<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<posts>
  <row Id="1" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="17" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:14:18.907" Score="3" ViewCount="140" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using LyX all the time and over the last 2 years I've accumulated some very handy macros for my lecture notes. As it is today, every time I start a new document, I copy and paste the macros from one of my other documents. Is it possible, somehow, to automatically load macros for all files?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I asked this on SO a while back and got no answers. I hope in this new home I'll get a response).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T19:53:29.997" Title="Automatically define macros in LyX documents" Tags="&lt;lyx&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="2" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:14:53.850" Score="8" ViewCount="181" Body="&lt;p&gt;My LaTeX document is acting strangely. Here is a simplified version of it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\newpage&#xA;&#xA;\addcontentsline{toc}{part}{A Part of My Document}&#xA;\include{includedfile}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And in &lt;code&gt;includedfile.tex&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section{My Section Title}&#xA;Quack.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Clearly, in the table of contents, the heading for the part should precede the one for the section, but it doesn't! What's wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="9" LastActivityDate="2010-08-21T05:48:15.653" Title="Table of contents numbering is strange" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;include&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:18:47.680" Score="26" ViewCount="1151" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have heard rumors that you can compile documents online, and more specifically that Google has a free online compiler, but I have never been able to find any. Is there a way to compile documents online, so that I can write and compile documents even if I don't have a TeX distribution installed on my computer?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="14" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-03T10:00:23.657" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T10:29:57.427" Title="Compiling documents online" Tags="&lt;compiling&gt;&lt;tools&gt;&lt;online&gt;" AnswerCount="8" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="17" />
  <row Id="4" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:19:17.320" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try \input instead of \include -- it's as if you typed in the contents of the file there. I believe \include does some additional processing, so maybe that's causing your problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="27" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T19:19:17.320" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:22:21.977" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the basic sense, it's just a case of running it through a parser, so such a service should be trivial to create.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Indeed, one such (and many others probably) exists here: &lt;a href=&quot;http://dev.baywifi.com/latex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://dev.baywifi.com/latex/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That being said, I'll prefer a local environment and a &lt;code&gt;Makefile&lt;/code&gt; any time. If you've got a lot of things that need to be parsed, files that need to be generated, etc. this is invaluable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T19:22:21.977" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="6" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:22:40.523" Score="14" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The Google-related solution is available here: &lt;a href=&quot;http://docs.latexlab.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://docs.latexlab.org/&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note, however, that the online compiler is not affiliated with Google. It simply uses Google UI toolkit and Google Apps hosting platform. (from &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/users/137/dima&quot;&gt;Dima&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="30" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-04T11:13:39.610" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T11:13:39.610" />
  <row Id="7" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="33" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:23:00.850" Score="6" ViewCount="182" Body="&lt;p&gt;For certain styles it appears that the &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt; statement must be included in &lt;code&gt;\caption&lt;/code&gt; to preserve good referencing. Why is that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="7" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-10T16:34:28.917" LastActivityDate="2010-12-11T21:23:01.400" Title="Label in caption" Tags="&lt;captions&gt;&lt;labels&gt;&lt;cross-referencing&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:23:10.257" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.verbosus.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;This web latex application&lt;/a&gt; seems the most convenient and appealing to me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T19:23:10.257" />
  <row Id="9" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:24:39.910" Score="-4" ViewCount="171" Body="&lt;p&gt;I copied a beamer presentation and made new slides, but when I compile it the table of contents is missing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried copying and pasting the old presentation into mine and it is still missing the table of contents.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any extra build flags I have to add to make this work?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="39" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T19:26:00.733" Title="Why does my table of contents not appear in my (beamer) presentation?" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;presentations&gt;&lt;table-of-contents&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:26:00.733" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You need to build the presentation twice to see the table of contents in it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first build will generate it based on the content, and the second will put the finished table of contents in your presentation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="39" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T19:26:00.733" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:26:16.193" Score="35" ViewCount="1230" Body="&lt;p&gt;Which book (free or otherwise) was the most useful to you when you started learning LaTeX? I am frequently asked this question by friends who want to learn LaTeX, and I recommend the book which got me started, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/lshort/english/lshort.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the not so short introduction to latex&lt;/a&gt;, but I feel that there might be better options around.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="14" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-21T18:12:02.067" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T07:51:16.963" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-26T19:26:16.193" Title="What is the best book to start learning LaTeX?" Tags="&lt;learning&gt;&lt;tutorials&gt;&lt;books&gt;" AnswerCount="13" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="22" />
  <row Id="12" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:26:29.687" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The problem is to do with the &lt;code&gt;\newpage&lt;/code&gt; command.  If you remove it, I think you'll get exactly the output you're looking for.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="32" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T19:26:29.687" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="18" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:26:36.803" Score="12" ViewCount="345" Body="&lt;p&gt;My experience at the present moment is restricted to Microsoft Word and is likely to remain for most of my collaborative work. However, for my individual authored documents I would like to use LaTeX. I am familiar with some tex notation but have not used LaTeX extensively.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In light of the above I was wondering what is the best way to make the transition from Word to LaTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="49" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-20T11:38:08.747" LastActivityDate="2010-11-20T11:38:08.747" Title="What is the best way to make the transition from Microsoft Word to LaTeX?" Tags="&lt;word-to-latex&gt;" AnswerCount="9" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="14" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="21" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:28:45.610" Score="41" ViewCount="1175" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know what my math symbol looks like, but I don't know what the command is.  How do I go about finding this out?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="39" LastActivityDate="2010-09-27T00:44:31.693" Title="How to look up a math symbol?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="7" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="10" />
  <row Id="15" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:28:46.563" Score="19" ViewCount="539" Body="&lt;p&gt;What's the best strategy for spell checking LaTeX documents?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="55" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-29T08:21:14.070" LastActivityDate="2010-08-29T08:21:14.070" Title="Spell checking LaTeX documents" Tags="&lt;tools&gt;&lt;spelling&gt;" AnswerCount="5" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="16" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:29:02.490" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I found &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.artofproblemsolving.com/Wiki/index.php/LaTeX%3aAbout&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Art of Problem Solving Wiki page on LaTeX&lt;/a&gt; to be a good resource. (it's themed towards learning simple syntax for texing math, which was exactly what I wanted)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Additionally, there is the useful &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/symbols/comprehensive/symbols-a4.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;list of LaTeX symbols&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-29T15:24:23.730" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T15:24:23.730" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-26T19:29:02.490" />
  <row Id="17" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:29:27.060" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am not sure if you mean LyX macros or not. But if they are standard LaTeX macros, you can make your own style file, say &quot;rachum.sty&quot;. Put all of your macros in there, and then have it included in the preamble by default.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is useful for (La)TeX users in general. I have a lot of common things in my own file, such as &lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\Integers}{\mathbb{Z}}&lt;/code&gt; and such.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="59" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T19:29:27.060" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="18" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:29:33.580" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The best way to learn it is simply to do it. Find someone else's template (e.g. from a friend) to get started. From there on you can always tinker and experiment with it to gain a greater insight.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://wikibooks.org/wiki/LaTeX&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://wikibooks.org/wiki/LaTeX&lt;/a&gt; is a pretty good reference.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you're in college/university there are probably a lot of people who can help you (particularly in science, math, CS and similar programs). At my university, the department of mathematics usually have beginner's LaTeX courses at the beginning of the year to get people started.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, often when people are editing text in Word they're focusing on how it looks. Make sure you don't do that when writing LaTeX. Just write it. The parser will figure out how to make it look good.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4" LastEditorUserId="4" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-26T19:43:54.653" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T19:43:54.653" />
  <row Id="19" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="15" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:31:24.730" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It sort of depends on the system you're working on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using GNU/Linux and here &lt;code&gt;aspell&lt;/code&gt; does a good job. For instance, to check &lt;code&gt;test.tex&lt;/code&gt; in Danish, I would do like this from the terminal:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;aspell -c test.tex -d da&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On Ubuntu/Debian, this can be installed using:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;sudo aptitude install aspell&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T19:31:24.730" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="20" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:31:26.603" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://web.ift.uib.no/Teori/KURS/WRK/TeX/symALL.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;This reference&lt;/a&gt; has yet to fail me; it has all the symbols typeset along with the &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt; command needed to generate them. There's also &lt;a href=&quot;http://docs.google.com/viewer?url=http%3A//amath.colorado.edu/documentation/LaTeX/Symbols.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this PDF&lt;/a&gt;, which is considerably better put-together and covers other symbols besides the base math ones&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="29" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T19:31:26.603" />
  <row Id="21" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:32:11.093" Score="67" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can look things up in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/symbols/comprehensive/symbols-a4.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Comprehensive LaTeX symbols&lt;/a&gt; list. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another good option is to try &lt;a href=&quot;http://detexify.kirelabs.org/classify.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Detexify&lt;/a&gt;, which allows you to draw the symbol and tries to recognize what you've drawn.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="61" LastEditorUserId="61" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-29T03:32:34.900" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T03:32:34.900" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="22" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:32:20.750" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't think that there's a special path for getting used to LaTeX after word than any other way. Take a TeX/LaTeX book, take it slow and don't panic. The most important thing it to try out whatever you learn! &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/info/gentle/gentle.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&quot;A Gentle Introduction to TeX&quot;&lt;/a&gt; might be a good started. Another option is to use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.lyx.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LyX&lt;/a&gt;, which is a graphical front-end for the latex engine, which will allow you to use LaTeX in a word-processor-like manner.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T19:32:20.750" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="23" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:32:30.237" Score="22" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Theres lots of ways of doing this, but the two I've found to be most useful are these:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://detexify.kirelabs.org/classify.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Detexify&lt;/a&gt; Allows you to draw the symbol, and then guesses based on similar symbols.  This is great for me because I don't always remember the name of the symbol, and even if I know the name, I may not have the &lt;em&gt;correct&lt;/em&gt; name.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;ftp://ftp.ams.org/pub/tex/doc/amsmath/short-math-guide.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;AMS LaTeX Short Math Guide&lt;/a&gt; This short pdf gives an overview of AMS LaTeX functionality, and includes a pretty thorough list of &lt;em&gt;most&lt;/em&gt; of the math symbols (un)commonly used in proofs and formulas.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="39" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T19:32:30.237" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="24" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="37" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:32:47.597" Score="7" ViewCount="181" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to layout a professionally designed book containing poems. What template should I use?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-03T18:17:44.980" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T05:08:36.777" Title="Is there a template available that allows easy publishing of poem book?" Tags="&lt;book-design&gt;&lt;publishing&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="26" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:33:39.093" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The old school way is to look it up in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/symbols/comprehensive/symbols-a4.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Comprehensive LaTeX Symbol List&lt;/a&gt; (&lt;strong&gt;warning:&lt;/strong&gt; 4 MB PDF file).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The new hotness is to use &lt;a href=&quot;http://detexify.kirelabs.org/classify.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;DeTeXify&lt;/a&gt; which uses handwriting recognition to look the symbol up for you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;DeTeXify even comes in an iPhone/Andriod app- you can get a free version or pay for one.  The only difference is that with the paid app you are making a donation to the developer- the feature set is exactly the same. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The author is planning to work on a mobile version of the website &lt;a href=&quot;http://detexify.posterous.com/the-road-ahead-20&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;that will supplant&lt;/a&gt; these apps.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastEditorUserId="17" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-26T20:25:59.233" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T20:25:59.233" />
  <row Id="27" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:33:41.980" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I often look up the relevant topic on Wikipedia, (e.g. &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Set_theory&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Set theory&lt;/a&gt;) and look at the source there. Wikipedia uses LaTeX for math markup as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T19:33:41.980" />
  <row Id="28" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="32" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:33:47.597" Score="8" ViewCount="191" Body="&lt;p&gt;My university's thesis guidelines require that each bibliographic entry appear in whole on a single page, rather than being split across two. How can I prevent (La)TeX breaking a paragraph across a page boundary?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="60" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-26T19:17:56.470" LastActivityDate="2010-08-26T19:17:56.470" Title="How can I prevent page break between lines of a paragraph or bibliography entry?" Tags="&lt;page-breaking&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="29" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="15" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:34:53.723" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Spell-checking can commonly be handled by your text editor&lt;/strong&gt;.  I'm not sure what the windows LaTeX editors have, but it's common to use &lt;strong&gt;vi&lt;/strong&gt; or &lt;strong&gt;emacs&lt;/strong&gt; in linux, and the editor's spell checking is pretty sufficient.  Also, because these editors are syntax-aware, your spell-checking can be as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="39" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T19:34:53.723" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="30" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:35:16.360" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Grätzer's under-appreciated book is excellent, especially at showing you how to do things the &quot;right&quot; way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;George Grätzer (2007), &lt;a href=&quot;http://rads.stackoverflow.com/amzn/click/0387322892&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;More Math into LaTeX&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, 4th edition, Springer, ISBN 978-0387322896&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Earlier editions were called &quot;Math into LaTeX&quot;; it's not a sequel.) Especially if you're learning LaTeX for typesetting mathematics or related areas, this is a wonderful book — it includes, for example, chapters on the several AMS environments for multiline equation displays, making presentations with Beamer and other classes, and BibTeX — all things that you're likely to need at some point. Several samples from the book are available &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/examples/Math_into_LaTeX-4/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;on CTAN&lt;/a&gt; (and you can also find online copies of the book of *cough* dubious legality).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt;: His first section, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/Math_into_LaTeX-4/Short_Course.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;A Short Course in LaTeX&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, is available on CTAN and I recommend it even higher than lshort/not-so-short introduction: it's shorter, though of course less detailed. As quoted in the comment below, it's IMHO the ideal introduction to LaTeX for mathematics.]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Among actually free books, take a look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/LaTeX/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the LaTeX book on Wikibooks&lt;/a&gt;; its excellent quality may surprise you!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="48" LastEditorUserId="48" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-29T15:45:18.900" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T15:45:18.900" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-26T19:35:16.360" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="31" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:35:32.333" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I found Kopka and Daly's &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://rads.stackoverflow.com/amzn/click/0321173856&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Guide to LaTeX&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; to be very helpful.  It starts with the basics of what a LaTeX document is, how it's laid out, what components it can and should have, etc. and then moves on to cover technics for drawing and including figures, creating new commands and environments, and more advanced customization in case you ever need it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Most important to me were the many examples scattered throughout, so that if you have some idea of what you're trying to do you usually don't have read an entire section but just flip through until you find an appropriate example and then try something similar.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="32" LastEditorUserId="43" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-26T19:37:59.987" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T19:37:59.987" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-26T19:35:32.333" />
  <row Id="32" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="28" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:35:34.753" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can modify the variable that tells TeX how bad an idea it is to break up lines of a paragraph as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\interlinepenalty=10000&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;10000&lt;/code&gt; there means TeX will never do this. This could mean that a long paragraph could even overrun the bottom of a page. If you just want to make a strong suggestion, use a smaller number.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="60" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T19:35:34.753" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="33" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:37:27.993" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Actually, &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt; must appear after (not necessarily inside) &lt;code&gt;\caption&lt;/code&gt;, because the &lt;code&gt;\caption&lt;/code&gt; command increments the counter to which &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt;'s argument associates itself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="60" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T19:37:27.993" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="34" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="15" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:38:50.173" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use a mac and I have &lt;a href=&quot;http://people.ict.usc.edu/~leuski/cocoaspell/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;cocoaspell&lt;/a&gt;, which works for the whole computer. As I use Aquamacs, I then enable flyspell (spell check on the fly), and it is all done!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="14" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T19:38:50.173" />
  <row Id="35" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="39" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:38:53.823" Score="17" ViewCount="567" Body="&lt;p&gt;I often see output from TeX with the warning &lt;code&gt;overfull hbox, badness 10000&lt;/code&gt;. What does this message mean?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="60" LastEditorUserId="100" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-16T17:53:43.033" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T17:53:43.033" Title="What does &quot;overfull hbox&quot; mean?" Tags="&lt;hbox&gt;&lt;warnings&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="36" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="72" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:39:08.660" Score="45" ViewCount="2255" Body="&lt;p&gt;I’m interested in the differences and commonalities between the “new” (La)TeX processors:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.luatex.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;LuaTeX&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt;,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/xetex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;XeTeX&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, and&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.contextgarden.net/Main_Page&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ConTeXt&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personally, I’ve only used XeTeX so far and without having the time to try out all three systems, I’m having a surprisingly hard time setting them off from one each other.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As I understand it, these systems are actually &lt;em&gt;very&lt;/em&gt; different in some regards. So I’m explicitly asking for strengths and weaknesses in every-day use (whatever that is), rather than very special scenarios.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I’ve already asked a &lt;a href=&quot;http://superuser.com/questions/112818/difference-between-xetex-and-luatex&quot;&gt;similar question&lt;/a&gt; on Super User some time ago.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2010-08-15T19:37:49.593" Title="Differences between LuaTeX, ConTeXt and XeTeX" Tags="&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;luatex&gt;&lt;context&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="21" />
  <row Id="37" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="24" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:39:15.990" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;See the LaTeX package &lt;code&gt;verse&lt;/code&gt; for typesetting poems: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/verse/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/verse/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="59" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T19:39:15.990" />
  <row Id="38" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:40:17.970" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've used &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/LaTeX&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX wikibook&lt;/a&gt; mostly. It's a really good resource when writing mark-up which is the easiest and fastest way to learn.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-29T15:22:07.067" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T15:22:07.067" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-26T19:40:17.970" />
  <row Id="39" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="35" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:40:29.063" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This message means that a line of your document is too long to fit within the horizontal space on the page, and TeX couldn't find a good way to break it apart. This will usually result in text hanging out past the margin, possibly even running off the side of the page. Common causes are long words without proper hyphenation information and long displayed equations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="60" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T19:40:29.063" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="40" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1070" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:41:48.933" Score="14" ViewCount="921" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a matrix enclosed in brackets &lt;code&gt;[ ]&lt;/code&gt; (or &lt;code&gt;()&lt;/code&gt;, or &lt;code&gt;{}&lt;/code&gt;, or &lt;code&gt;|&lt;/code&gt;'s, or &lt;code&gt;||&lt;/code&gt;'s): &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;- a b c d -&#xA;| e f g h |&#xA;| i j k l |&#xA;- m n o p -&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which I want to label like so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;           R&#xA;         |---|&#xA;  -- - a b c d -&#xA; A|  | e f g h |&#xA;  -- | i j k l |&#xA;     - m n o p -  &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Where the dashes by the labels are meant to be giant {'s as in this picture:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://www.csrjjsmp.com/images/offsite/labelmatrix.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;How can I do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Although two answers have been provided that work to an extent, I've added a bounty because I'd like to see if anyone has, or can come up with, a neat, robust solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-09T11:43:50.767" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T20:34:33.367" Title="How do I label different rows or columns of a matrix using braces?" Tags="&lt;labels&gt;&lt;brackets&gt;&lt;matrices&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="8" />
  <row Id="41" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:42:04.953" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There's also an iphone app for Detexify, which I've used occasionally, for some reason...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="77" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T19:42:04.953" />
  <row Id="42" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="57" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:42:18.840" Score="12" ViewCount="281" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to have my whole document showing a blank line (or space) between paragraphs and no indentation. I know how to do it line by line, but is there a way to change that with just one or a few lines at the beginning of the document? Like a package you can install, or a new command?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="14" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-12T09:49:33.173" LastActivityDate="2011-03-12T09:49:33.173" Title="Is there an easy way to have my whole document with a space between paragraphs rather than indentation?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;indentation&gt;&lt;paragraphs&gt;&lt;parskip&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="43" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:42:33.940" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In addition to the advice in the other answers, I'd say be ready to make changes to how you work. Word (and indeed all word processors) are fundamentally different from LaTeX. Some things that people do in Word are regards as poor typography, and so are discouraged by many LaTeX users. So the question is not always 'Word can do this, how do I do it in LaTeX?' but 'Should I do this at all, and if so how do I do it in LaTeX?'. It's subtle, I know, but also will help you get the best from answers you're given.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T19:42:33.940" />
  <row Id="44" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:42:41.380" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The most important is to learn by doing. Take some small piece you want to typeset and make a most simple possible document. Then start to make it more compilicated. If you want figures/plots use TikZ.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="69" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T19:42:41.380" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-26T19:42:41.380" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="45" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="86" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:43:39.117" Score="10" ViewCount="871" Body="&lt;p&gt;The slowest part is a dozen of diagrams in TikZ.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="69" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-03T09:56:21.453" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T22:57:40.607" Title="How can I speed up Latex compilation?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;compiling&gt;" AnswerCount="7" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="5" />
  <row Id="46" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:44:01.393" Score="11" ViewCount="483" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to use a really cool open-source OpenType font with my LaTeX document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I was told that either I could go through a long process of converting the OpenType font to one useable by LaTeX, or I should instead switch to using XeTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Is there a way for me to use an unmodified OpenType font with my LaTeX document (and existing LaTeX installation)?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="39" LastEditorUserId="137" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-28T15:51:40.053" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T15:51:40.053" Title="How do I use an OpenType font with my LaTeX document?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;opentype&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="47" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="117" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:45:36.413" Score="16" ViewCount="369" Body="&lt;p&gt;In what applications LaTeX doesn't give you much?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="69" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-17T19:18:15.700" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T16:51:34.050" Title="When does it make sense to use TeX only and skip LaTeX?" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;latex-general&gt;" AnswerCount="5" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="48" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="361" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:46:01.483" Score="13" ViewCount="419" Body="&lt;p&gt;The preambles of my LaTeX documents often include many many lines of \DeclareMathOperator instructions, e.g.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareMathOperator{Rep}&#xA;\DeclareMathOperator{Tet}&#xA;\DeclareMathOperator{Maps}&#xA;\DeclareMathOperator{Diff}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a nice way to &lt;em&gt;map&lt;/em&gt; some macro over a list, so I could do this more concisely, and with less copying and pasting when I add a new math operator?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="77" LastEditorUserId="46" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-28T22:57:40.293" LastActivityDate="2010-11-22T14:30:19.333" Title="How can I specify a long list of math operators?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;programming&gt;&lt;mathoperator&gt;" AnswerCount="8" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="49" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="85" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:46:44.927" Score="14" ViewCount="702" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know LaTeX and I've heard that LaTeX is a set of macros in TeX.&#xA;But what does it exactly mean?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="69" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-17T18:30:27.310" LastActivityDate="2010-08-17T18:30:27.310" Title="What is the difference between TeX and LaTeX?" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;latex-general&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="50" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="67" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:46:57.643" Score="8" ViewCount="503" Body="&lt;p&gt;Like most people here, my resume/CV is in LaTeX, but there are always these annoying companies (or more often, recruiters) who will only look at resumes in Microsoft Word format. How can I translate my beautiful LaTeX document into .doc without making it look horrible?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="132" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-06T13:21:01.183" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T20:00:20.363" Title="How can I convert math-less latex documents into Microsoft Word?" Tags="&lt;conversion&gt;&lt;resume&gt;&lt;msword&gt;" AnswerCount="5" FavoriteCount="5" />
  <row Id="51" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="45" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:47:14.910" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am unsure for TikZ, but for XY-pic the command \CompileMatrices doesn't recompile your arrays, greatly speeding up the compilation time.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="84" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T19:47:14.910" />
  <row Id="52" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="36" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:47:47.093" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Each of them is variation/implementation of TeX. LuaTeX is really just like Knuth's original TeX system (with LaTeX) but is implemented in Lua, which some find to be easier to handle and extend. I believe TeXLive is officially switching to use LuaTeX from now on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;XeTeX has especially useful font capabilities. It is essentially standard TeX but the ability to use OpenType and TrueType (instead of Type 1) fonts instead of the confusing setup in standard TeX. If you've ever had to install a font with standard TeX, or even make your own, you know it's a pain, even with &lt;code&gt;fontinst&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ConTeXt is a different approach to TeX. ConTeXt is like LaTeX, but with different ideas of how thing should work. ConTeXt attempts to make things easier, especially typographical issues. Colors, figures, and changing document structure is more straightforward in this system.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Disclaimer: I am no expert on these systems. I personally use just standard LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="59" LastEditorUserId="59" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-26T20:20:23.240" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T20:20:23.240" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="53" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="78" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:47:58.857" Score="23" ViewCount="799" Body="&lt;p&gt;As opposed to LaTeX, which is addressed in another question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Most of the references I've seen get too complex too quickly. I'm looking for something that gives me a top-down view of the language - what the parts of a document are and how (and when) each is processed before proceeding to infinite detail like character classes (e.g.). Something heavily example-based, with real-world examples, would be helpful as well. I just find the language incredibly obscure and difficult to grok.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="76" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-11T15:53:09.293" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T15:53:09.293" Title="What is the best way to learn TeX?" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;programming&gt;&lt;learning&gt;" AnswerCount="11" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="9" />
  <row Id="54" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="47" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:48:35.657" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Usually you want to use TeX directly when you don't want the typographic settings been done as it is done by LaTeX. If you want to use direct control of the kerning etc., you probably better off using directly TeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T19:48:35.657" />
  <row Id="55" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="60" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:48:39.603" Score="5" ViewCount="250" Body="&lt;p&gt;For some complicated diagrams, I need to use something like Adobe Illustrator or Inkscape, and would like to include nicely typeset labels. (I'm aware of post-processing solutions, such as pinlabel.) One way to do this is to use a closely-matching font, and then convert fonts to outlines. Better, however, would be to use Computer Modern directly in Illustrator.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Where can I find a Computer Modern font compatible with Adobe Illustrator?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="77" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T20:01:44.720" Title="Where can I find computer modern fonts for use in other programs, e.g. Adobe Illustrator?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;computer-modern&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="56" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="42" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:48:43.300" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}&#xA;&#xA;\setlength{\parskip}{\baselineskip}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in your preamble if you're not using any other fancy (or not so fancy) formatting such as tables, etc. Apparently the package parskip fixes most of the issues that this setup can cause if you do have more complicated formats within your document. I've never used that package myself, though, so I can't speak from personal experience. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="61" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-12T09:48:57.743" LastActivityDate="2011-03-12T09:48:57.743" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="57" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="42" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:49:20.430" Score="15" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Adding &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{parskip}&lt;/code&gt; to the preamble of your document (the part between &lt;code&gt;\documentclass{...} and \begin{document}&lt;/code&gt; will set the paragraphs to have no indentation and a bit of space between them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that this isn't a complete solution, because there may be elements in your document that you don't want this format to apply to (footnotes, for example).  A proper solution would involve (effectively) writing a new document class.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can read a bit about how the &lt;code&gt;parskip&lt;/code&gt; package works by looking at the comments in the &lt;code&gt;.sty&lt;/code&gt; file itself:  &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/parskip&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://ctan.org/pkg/parskip&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="80" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T19:49:20.430" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="58" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="53" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:49:51.783" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Although I must admit I haven't read it, the obvious choice would be to go straight to the source with Knuth: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www-cs-faculty.stanford.edu/~uno/abcde.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www-cs-faculty.stanford.edu/~uno/abcde.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T19:49:51.783" />
  <row Id="60" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="55" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:51:05.527" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can download them here: &lt;a href=&quot;http://sourceforge.net/projects/cm-unicode/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://sourceforge.net/projects/cm-unicode/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T19:51:05.527" />
  <row Id="61" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="50" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:51:22.640" Score="18" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Print or compile it to an image, then paste it in a word file. Then copy and paste the source and/or textual form, and paste it in the document invisible under the image.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This does 3 things:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Works independent of MS Word version. Pasting an image in a word file is not a new feature&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Includes the text in the document.  Many companies want this so they can do a textual search for keywords (to narrow down or sift resumes)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Sticks it to the Word users (makes me smile inside)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then I usually go find a different company that likes computer nerds.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="39" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T19:51:22.640" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="62" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="53" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:51:23.107" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I learned from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/info/gentle/gentle.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;A Gentle Introduction to TeX&lt;/a&gt; (PDF file). I also have a copy of Knuth's &lt;em&gt;TeXbook&lt;/em&gt; which I look at once in a while.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="52" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T19:51:23.107" />
  <row Id="63" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:51:36.680" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.scribtex.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ScribTeX&lt;/a&gt; is another good choice.  You can also checkout the &lt;a href=&quot;http://code.google.com/p/common-latex-service-interface/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Common LaTeX Service Interface&lt;/a&gt; (CLSI) which is one of the underlying technologies of both ScribTeX and &lt;a href=&quot;http://docs.latexlab.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX Lab&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The CLSI provides the underlying infrastructure for exposing a LaTeX compiler to requests from the internet and can be used to build your own custom web-based solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Update&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ScribTeX uses &lt;code&gt;git&lt;/code&gt; internally to store revisions to documents and the site's author is planning to open the service up to allow users to push and pull repositories as soon as he gets the logistics worked out.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Looks like there may finally be a GitHub-like service for LaTeX documents!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastEditorUserId="17" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-31T21:14:21.417" LastActivityDate="2010-07-31T21:14:21.417" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="64" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:52:45.287" Score="24" ViewCount="1200" Body="&lt;p&gt;A lot of people write makefiles that say something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;paper.pdf: paper.tex&#xA;        pdflatex paper&#xA;        bibtex paper&#xA;        pdflatex paper&#xA;        pdflatex paper&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To handle re-running TeX to get new/changed references and so forth. Is there a better way to do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="60" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-09T19:04:32.723" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T15:08:00.793" Title="Tools for automating document compilation" Tags="&lt;tools&gt;&lt;compiling&gt;&lt;automation&gt;&lt;makefile&gt;" AnswerCount="17" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="12" />
  <row Id="65" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="53" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:52:55.023" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As for a different method,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I learned by building LaTeX documents and then looking at the TeX generated.  This is so I could associate LaTeX commands with their TeX structures.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Much different from learning from a book.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="39" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T19:52:55.023" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="66" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:53:11.310" Score="26" ViewCount="421" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is a community wiki since there is no &quot;one true answer&quot;- if you find an answer that contains a lot of your choices, but is missing something you feel is incredibly useful.  Feel free to add it.  A short description of what topics the reference covers would be nice as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Organize by subject please.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example: I always keep the following PDFs at my fingertips.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Document Layout&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=memoir&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;The Memoir manual&lt;/a&gt;:  Covers, in exquisite detail, how to produce just about any document using the &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt; LaTeX class. (&lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/memoir/memman.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;PDF&lt;/a&gt; 4.5 MB)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Mathematical Typesetting&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/math/voss/mathmode/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Math Mode&lt;/a&gt;: A document by Herbert Voß that explains how to typeset just about any mathematical expression in LaTeX. (&lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/info/math/voss/mathmode/Mathmode.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;PDF&lt;/a&gt; 2MB)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Graphics&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=pgf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;The PGF Manual&lt;/a&gt;: Explains, with examples, how to draw just about any figure using PGF/TikZ.  Also a good example of what awesome documentation should look like. (&lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/graphics/pgf/base/doc/generic/pgf/pgfmanual.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;PDF&lt;/a&gt; 3.8MB)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastEditorUserId="1189" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-09T02:33:20.560" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T10:24:04.420" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-26T19:53:11.310" Title="Which manuals are on your &quot;TeX Reference&quot; shelf?" Tags="&lt;documentation&gt;&lt;books&gt;&lt;manuals&gt;" AnswerCount="11" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="19" />
  <row Id="67" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="50" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:53:17.847" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is a commercial product called &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.grindeq.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;GrindEQ&lt;/a&gt; which can also convert math. Another option is to import your LaTeX into LyX, and output as a Word document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Aside from the free solution using LyX, you can use &lt;a href=&quot;http://sourceforge.net/projects/latex2rtf/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX2RTF&lt;/a&gt;, which works okay. Also &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dur.ac.uk/p.j.heslin/Software/Latex/latex2doc.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;latex2doc&lt;/a&gt; which is a bit more sophisticated. Lastly, there is &lt;a href=&quot;http://johnmacfarlane.net/pandoc/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Pandoc&lt;/a&gt; which is a more universal converter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Your mileage may vary, which is why I am inundating you with choices.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="59" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T19:53:17.847" />
  <row Id="68" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:53:29.997" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can put all your macros in the Preamble in Documents &amp;rarr; Settings, then click &lt;kbd&gt;Save as Document Defaults&lt;/kbd&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://x12.xanga.com/528825f6060a9270202411/w215522556.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;These macros should then be present in every &lt;em&gt;new&lt;/em&gt; LyX document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="82" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T19:53:29.997" />
  <row Id="69" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="42" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:53:33.850" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To change the amount of space between paragraphs, you want to change &lt;code&gt;\parskip&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setlength{\parskip}{\baselineskip}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Will add an extra line between paragraphs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will remove the indent at the start of paragraphs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="16" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T19:53:33.850" />
  <row Id="70" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:53:58.407" Score="21" ViewCount="1161" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've heard that with LuaTeX, you can embed Lua code in your document that work directly with TeX internals, making it possible to do several things that are hard to do with macros. What is a good specific example of stuff that you can accomplish easily with LuaTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I see &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.danielstender.com/granthinam/506/&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; that LuaLaTeX is already available on Debian testing, and you can write documents like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{luainputenc}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;A random number:&#xA;\begin{luacode}&#xA;tex.print(math.random())&#xA;\end{luacode}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;resulting in something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;A random number: 0.135494265234&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;so I expect that other useful nontrivial things are possible.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="48" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-25T14:31:36.010" LastActivityDate="2010-12-25T14:31:36.010" Title="What is a simple example of something you can do with LuaTeX?" Tags="&lt;luatex&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="9" />
  <row Id="71" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:54:05.440" Score="4" ViewCount="103" Body="&lt;p&gt;My document consists (among other things) of blocks that look like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{Solution}{6.7.8,1.2.3}&#xA; ...&#xA;\end{Solution}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{Solution}{,1.2.3}&#xA; ...&#xA;\end{Solution}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like to define the Solution environment so that, upon setting a switch, the contents of the block is included as is (with LaTeX processing, of course), or is omitted completely if the last digit (the &quot;3&quot; above) is even. In addition, the inserted text, if it is inserted, should be labeled with the full string (&quot;1.2.3&quot;) in the above example. I don't know TeX well enough to even know where to start. Anyone willing to help?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="76" LastEditorUserId="42" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-09T09:02:34.190" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T09:02:34.190" Title="Need macro to ignore specific even-numbered inputs" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;programming&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="72" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="36" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:54:26.330" Score="38" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Both LuaTeX and XeTeX are UTF-8 engines for processing TeX documents. This means that the input (.tex files) can contain characters that with pdfTeX are difficult to use directly. Both can also use system fonts, again in contrast to pdfTeX. However, the two are very different in approach.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;XeTeX uses system-specific libraries to work. This means that it is very easy to use 'out of the box' for loading system fonts and other UTF-8 tasks. Indeed, it was written for this purpose: supporting languages, &lt;em&gt;etc&lt;/em&gt;., that traditional TeX struggles with. This makes for an easy to use engine for end users, particularly if you use the fontspec package on LaTeX. However, as things are 'farmed out' to the OS, so there is a trade-off in flexibility terms.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In contrast, LuaTeX has bigger aims. The idea is to add a scripting language (Lua) to TeX, and to open up the internals of TeX to this language. The result is that a lot is possible, but it has to be programmed in. There is growing LaTeX support for LuaTeX: fontspec v2 supports it, and new packages are being written to use more of the new features. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At the moment, I'd use XeTeX for UTF-8 and font support, unless I was after particular effects that only LuaTeX does well (Arabic typography is a particular challenge). LuaTeX is an exciting idea, but XeTeX is more mature and I think at the moment the easier choice for end users. (I'm on the LaTeX kernel team, so as a programmer I'm very keen on exploiting LuaTeX.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ConTeXt is not an engine, and so is in a slightly different place here. ConTeXt is a format for TeX, like LaTeX but is newer and much larger. ConTeXt Mark IV is a LuaTeX-only implementation. The people behind ConTeXt are very active in developing LuaTeX, and are using the new features to extend TeX and what ConTeXt can do. I've already pointed out that I'm working on LaTeX, so of course I'd like to see new features in LaTeX do the same. This is something I and the other members of the LaTeX project are working on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T19:54:26.330" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="73" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="97" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:54:29.370" Score="12" ViewCount="148" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Is there a way to programmatically determine which documentclass is in effect?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd like to be able to write conditional macros that behave differently depending on which documentclass is currently being used.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="77" LastEditorUserId="46" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-28T23:00:30.460" LastActivityDate="2010-08-26T11:16:33.743" Title="Which documentclass is being used?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;documentclass&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="74" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="53" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:55:07.153" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Victor Eijkhout's &lt;a href=&quot;http://eijkhout.net/texbytopic/texbytopic.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Tex by Topic&lt;/a&gt; provides for a good reference. It can complement more tutorial-style texts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="87" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T19:55:07.153" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="75" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="36" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:55:39.633" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;XeTeX&lt;/strong&gt; basically offers two improvements over the default LaTeX, and has one drawback.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The improvements are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;XeTeX supports UTF-8 encoded input by default. In fact, this is the only supported encoding.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;XeTeX supports TrueType/OpenType fonts directly. This can be harnessed by the powerful &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fontspec/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;fontspec&lt;/a&gt; package which makes loading and using installed fonts really easy.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Font support goes much further than what most (even professional) editors support. For example, it easily allows access to special font features such as rare ligatures, glyph variants and old style (text style) numbers.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The drawback is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;XeTeX does not (yet) support microtypography via the microtype package, as pdfTeX does.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Furthermore, XeTeX has PDF ouput only; no DVI or PS. I’m not sure if this can be counted as a drawback but YMMV.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T19:55:39.633" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="76" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="64" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:55:50.973" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I like &lt;a href=&quot;http://xpt.sourceforge.net/tools/latexmake/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LatexMake&lt;/a&gt;. It defines a big pile of pattern rules for make to automate the most common steps of compiling a LaTeX document. Using it is a simple matter of copying one makefile into your document's directory, or &lt;code&gt;include LaTeX.mk&lt;/code&gt; (as named in Debian's &lt;code&gt;latex-make&lt;/code&gt; package) in a makefile you already have, or symlink to it if your makefile wouldn't need to include anything else.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One really neat feature about it is that it detects dependencies on included files, and rebuilds as much of your document as needed to reflect those changes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another neat feature is that it knows about things like bibtex, and runs the appropriate commands.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="60" LastEditorUserId="60" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-28T16:12:20.977" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T16:12:20.977" />
  <row Id="77" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="108" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:56:13.610" Score="10" ViewCount="245" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a preamble that I copy and paste into nearly all of my documents. Is there a nice way to turn this into a package than I can use? I would prefer to do this in a way that doesn't depend on my Latex front end or compiler, so I can just &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{coolpreamble}&lt;/code&gt;. This would also be useful for distributing to others to keep a standard LaTeX format amongst my research group.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="84" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-06T07:07:27.210" LastActivityDate="2010-08-06T07:07:27.210" Title="How to make a standard preamble into a package" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;preamble&gt;" AnswerCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="78" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="53" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:56:24.903" Score="16" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The TeXBook (by &lt;a href=&quot;http://www-cs-faculty.stanford.edu/~uno/abcde.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Knuth himself&lt;/a&gt;) is actually great! It starts with examples and explains clearly all the things starting from the simplest that you're most likely to need, and goes sufficiently deep. It is a strange book in that needs to be read in multiple passes, but you can do it. It's worth reading, especially since it also gives you insights that can be later crucial — into typography, why Knuth made the choices he made, and other issues about the internals of TeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="48" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T19:56:24.903" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="79" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="53" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:56:49.443" Score="-6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To learn LaTeX (I won't refer to TeX since LaTeX is more oft learned these days), you have to have some patience. The way I learned was having a cheat sheet like &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.computing.dcu.ie/~moconnor/ref/latex-ref-card.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;, and just typing stuff! LaTeX packages are almost always very well documented.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I made lots and lots of dumb little documents not only to learn, but also because they looked nice to me. I ended up typing everything in it essentially.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After I got a very good grasp, then I moved to the books to learn some more of the intricacies.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="59" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T19:56:49.443" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="80" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:57:10.487" Score="62" ViewCount="4323" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you have a TeX'ed resume, did you use a template or make your own? Are there any useful packages? What looks the most professional? How about special considerations for different areas of work (e.g. in academia)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="2408" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-27T18:22:35.327" LastActivityDate="2011-01-30T16:17:21.187" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-26T19:57:10.487" Title="LaTeX template for resume/curriculum vitae" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;templates&gt;&lt;resume&gt;" AnswerCount="18" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="52" />
  <row Id="81" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="64" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:57:36.197" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I find GNU Make incredibly convenient for parsing. In vim I've mapped F2 to make, so when I've edited something I can just hit F2 and switch to evince to see it instantly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Below is my &lt;code&gt;Makefile&lt;/code&gt;, which also handles parsing graphviz files.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;GRAPHS=overview_dot.pdf hello_dot.pdf&#xA;TARGET=something.pdf&#xA;TEXFILES=file1.tex file2.tex file3.tex&#xA;HELPFILES=&#xA;&#xA;all: $(TARGET)&#xA;&#xA;$(TARGET): out.pdf&#xA;    mv out.pdf $(TARGET)&#xA;&#xA;out.pdf: $(GRAPHS) $(TEXFILES) $(HELPFILES) Makefile&#xA;&#xA;clean:&#xA;    rm -rf *.aux *.log *.out *.toc *.eps *.data *~ $(GRAPHS) $(TARGET)&#xA;&#xA;%.svg: %.dot&#xA;    dot $*.dot -Tsvg -o $*.svg&#xA;&#xA;%.png: %.dot&#xA;    dot $*.dot -Tpng -o $*.png&#xA;&#xA;%.ps: %.dot&#xA;    dot $*.dot -Tps -o $*.ps&#xA;&#xA;%_dot.pdf: %.dot&#xA;    dot $*.dot -Tpdf -o $*_dot.pdf&#xA;&#xA;%_neato.pdf: %.dot&#xA;    neato $*.dot -Tpdf -o $*_neato.pdf&#xA;&#xA;%_circo.pdf: %.dot&#xA;    circo $*.dot -Tpdf -o $*_circo.pdf&#xA;&#xA;%_dia.eps: %.dia&#xA;    dia $*.dia -e $*_dia.eps&#xA;&#xA;%_eps.pdf: %.eps&#xA;    epstopdf $*.eps -o $*_eps.pdf&#xA;&#xA;%.pdf: %.tex&#xA;    pdflatex $*.tex&#xA;    pdflatex $*.tex&#xA;    pdflatex $*.tex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T19:57:36.197" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="82" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:57:44.370" Score="2" ViewCount="144" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/64/tools-for-automating-document-compilation&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Tools for automating document compilation&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How do I handle building complicated and large LaTeX projects?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a makefile system (like GNU Make) or should I just write my own shell scripts (what I'm doing now)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="39" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T20:02:44.733" ClosedDate="2010-07-27T00:31:09.560" Title="Is there a makefile system for LaTeX, etc?" Tags="&lt;compiling&gt;&lt;makefile&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="83" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="55" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:57:48.303" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;They are available in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/cm/ps-type1/bakoma/ttf/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TrueType&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/cm/ps-type1/bakoma/otf/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;OpenType&lt;/a&gt; formats through the BaKoMa distribution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="80" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T19:57:48.303" />
  <row Id="84" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="77" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:58:12.950" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The easiest way would be to put it into a &lt;code&gt;.sty&lt;/code&gt; file, and then having the other people simply include it. Admittedly, this is a bit of a hack, and you can be more sophisticated with it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I recommend you look at another style file to kind of see the layout, like how to declare the package, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="59" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T19:58:12.950" />
  <row Id="85" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="49" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:58:40.657" Score="17" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;TeX is both a program (which does the typesetting) and format (a set of macros that the engine uses). Looked at in either way, TeX gives you the basics only. If you read the source for The TeXBook, you'll see that Knuth wrote more macros to be able to typeset the book, and made a format for that. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;LaTeX is a generalised set of macros to let you do many things. Most people don't want to have to program TeX, especially to set up things like sections, title pages, bibliographies and so on. LaTeX provides all of that: these are the 'macros' that it is made up of.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T19:58:40.657" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="86" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="45" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:59:22.323" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Read section 63, &quot;Externalizing Graphics&quot;, of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/graphics/pgf/base/doc/generic/pgf/pgfmanual.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;PGF Manual&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="77" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T19:59:22.323" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="87" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="64" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:59:42.947" Score="14" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is a tool named &lt;a href=&quot;http://rubber.sf.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Rubber&lt;/a&gt;. It is for instance used by Gedit LaTeX plugin. It should recognize which tools to run (BibTeX, makeindex...) and run &lt;code&gt;(pdf)latex&lt;/code&gt; and them in right order and how many times it is needed to converge to the ready file. It behaves like make, i.e. it does not recreate files that it thinks won't change recompiled (this can be omitted by adding &lt;code&gt;-f&lt;/code&gt; option).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Compiling to dvi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;rubber filename.tex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Compiling to pdf:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;rubber --pdf filename.tex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cleaning compilation debris:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;rubber --clean filename.tex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="7" LastEditorUserId="7" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-21T15:08:00.793" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T15:08:00.793" CommentCount="10" />
  <row Id="88" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="80" CreationDate="2010-07-26T19:59:49.997" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are lots of resume examples here with source: &lt;a href=&quot;http://rpi.edu/dept/arc/training/latex/resumes/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://rpi.edu/dept/arc/training/latex/resumes/&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Google can show a thousand other examples, but that's a good place to start.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="59" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T19:59:49.997" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-26T19:59:49.997" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="89" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="80" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:00:06.487" Score="18" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For my current CV, I ended up using &lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/moderncv/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;moderncv&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;. It doesn’t have very many features but it’s very easy to use and yields a very elegant output.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I also want to mention its drawbacks: customizing it isn’t easy, especially since it doesn’t really use a clean, semantic markup. For example, to specify multi-column properties, you actually need to specify the items in an odd order (namely line by line instead of column wise).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T20:00:06.487" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-26T20:00:06.487" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="90" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="82" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:00:21.777" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=latexmk&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeXMk&lt;/a&gt; is a Pearl script that is very intelligent about different TeX systems, whether or not you need &lt;code&gt;bibtex&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;mkindex&lt;/code&gt; run, how many times to run it, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Give it a shot!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T20:00:21.777" />
  <row Id="91" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="70" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:01:01.040" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Programming in TeX is quite complicated as it was never meant to be a general programming language (despite being Turing complete). Adding Lua makes a lot of programming jobs much easier. At the same time, the LuaTeX people are exposing the internals of TeX so they can be altered by Lua. This makes lots of clever stuff possible. Some of the best examples at the moment can be seen on the &lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.contextgarden.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ConTeXt wiki&lt;/a&gt;, as ConTeXt and LuaTeX are very closely linked.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-11T19:29:11.257" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T19:29:11.257" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="92" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="55" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:01:44.720" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Also see these &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ams.org/publications/type1-fonts&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;type 1&lt;/a&gt; fonts by the AMS.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="59" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T20:01:44.720" />
  <row Id="93" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="99" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:01:44.860" Score="10" ViewCount="342" Body="&lt;p&gt;What do I need in order to use TeX on windows as an eventual replacement for Word?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What software is available for windows for WYSIWYG editing of TeX files?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="91" LastEditorUserId="14" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-30T08:08:44.923" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T15:33:29.513" Title="What do I need in order to use TeX on windows as an eventual replacement for Word?" Tags="&lt;word-to-latex&gt;&lt;windows&gt;&lt;wysiwyg&gt;" AnswerCount="10" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="94" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:02:37.667" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think that the other answers here are quite good. But, they left out one thing which I think can cause a real problem for those new to LaTeX. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you've used Word for more than a few minutes, you've likely got into the habit of saving your document quite often. That's a good habit, no matter the program you use to edit with. But, with LaTeX, you also really ought to get into the habit of &lt;em&gt;compiling&lt;/em&gt; your document fairly often, too. You can really cut down on frustration that way. It is much easier to locate an error introduced in the last 5 minutes than it is one introduced in the last 5 hours!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="93" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T20:02:37.667" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="95" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="82" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:02:44.733" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pps.jussieu.fr/~beffara/soft/rubber/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;rubber&lt;/a&gt; is basically the &lt;code&gt;make&lt;/code&gt; of LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="59" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T20:02:44.733" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="96" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="80" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:03:24.840" Score="15" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.cv-templates.info/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;The CV Inn&lt;/a&gt; has some great tutorials and templates.  My current resume draws some ideas from resources I found on that site.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T20:03:24.840" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-26T20:03:24.840" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="97" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="73" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:04:06.260" Score="16" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You want the LaTeX kernel function &lt;code&gt;\@ifclassloaded&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\@ifclassloaded{&amp;lt;someclass&amp;gt;}&#xA;  {&amp;lt;true code&amp;gt;}&#xA;  {&amp;lt;false coode&amp;gt;}%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-27T16:46:26.223" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T16:46:26.223" />
  <row Id="98" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:05:05.413" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;On Windows XP, I really enjoy using &lt;a href=&quot;http://code.google.com/p/texworks/downloads/list&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeXworks 0.2.3 (r0.466)&lt;/a&gt;, which provides with an editor window and a document preview window.   Clicking in the document preview locates the edit mark at that TeX source corresponding to the clicked location.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I find this to be convenient for documents containing diagrams and many pages, when I have been used to working in an environment like Word.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;TeXworks is open source and the fruit of the TeX Users Groups.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've enjoyed learning LaTeX from &lt;a href=&quot;http://tinyurl.com/AmazonKopkaDaly&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;A Guide to LaTeX 2e, by Helmut Kopka and Patrick W. Daly&lt;/a&gt;, pictured below:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tinyurl.com/AmazonKopkaDaly&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://ecx.images-amazon.com/images/I/51B5TC7W8GL._SL160_.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Photo of Guide to LaTeX 2e&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I need to write a new document, I usually look at the TeX source for similar documents.  For example, when I first needed a business letter, I started from an example business letter.  Eventually, I have developed a TeX source which I &lt;code&gt;include&lt;/code&gt; as the preamble of a business letter.  This source applies my choices of style and is stored in a directory as its own file.  Thus, if I want to change something about my business letter style, I can do so and change all of my future business letters when I compile them or when I recompile the old letters.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Similarly, when I create diagrams and figures, I create them in a file of their own.  I then &lt;code&gt;include&lt;/code&gt; the diagrams from their source file.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is very different from Word, where the diagram or figure is essentially part of the text document.  In particular, I am able to have more than one document include the same figure.  For example, my article can contain a figure which is also shown on my poster.  Because the diagram is rendered from the same source file in both cases, a change made to the diagram is immediately available in both documents.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With very long documents, it becomes useful to &quot;factor&quot; the document into chapters incorporated into the document via &lt;code&gt;include&lt;/code&gt;.  Then, the &lt;code&gt;include-only&lt;/code&gt; command may be used during revisions to avoid recompiling any unchanged chapters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="94" LastEditorUserId="94" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-26T20:17:02.437" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T20:17:02.437" />
  <row Id="99" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="93" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:05:17.537" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://miktex.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;MiKTeX&lt;/a&gt; is a good bundle on Windows. It includes the LaTeX environment as well as an editor. Should be enough to get you started.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For WYSIWYG there is &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.lyx.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Lyx&lt;/a&gt; (though they call it &quot;What You Mean Is What You Get&quot;/WYMISYG, not WYSIWYG).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T20:05:17.537" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="100" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1488" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:05:44.273" Score="12" ViewCount="409" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there something like &lt;code&gt;indent&lt;/code&gt; for LaTeX? I have a collaborator that is using Scientific Workplace and the code it produces is totally messed up; I know I shouldn't expect miracles, but any machine support would be useful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="7" LastActivityDate="2010-08-10T17:51:12.017" Title="Tool for cleaning LaTeX code." Tags="&lt;tools&gt;&lt;cleanup&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="102" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:06:41.153" Score="6" ViewCount="292" Body="&lt;p&gt;Normally, I'm basically OK with bibtex's choice of citation key (by which I mean, the short symbol it shows in the final document, like [2] or [Hil05], not the one one types in the tex file), but every once in a while there's a paper that cries out for a particular key (such as the paper of Freyd, Hoste, Lickorish, Millet, Ocneano and Yetter in which the HOMFLY polynomial is defined clearly should have the key [HOMFLY], not [FHL+95]), or bibtex picks a particularly bad one.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In these cases, is there a field one can insert into the bibtex entry to override the key choice, or something one can do other than editing the .bbl file?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T21:57:08.120" Title="Can one &quot;manually override&quot; Bibtex's choice of citation keys by adding a field to the entry?" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;bibliographies&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="103" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:06:45.630" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is a mental tip more than a &quot;how to do it&quot; tip.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With Word, you have a constant feeling (or most do) to change the way things look, the fonts, the size, alignment, bla bla bla. With LaTeX, &lt;em&gt;especially when beginning to learn&lt;/em&gt;, I would avoid trying to &quot;micromanage&quot; your document. (La)TeX is intended to be written &lt;em&gt;semantically&lt;/em&gt;: if you want emphasis, you should write &lt;code&gt;\emph{text}&lt;/code&gt; and not &lt;code&gt;\CommandForItalicText{text}&lt;/code&gt;. A lot of people also complain about how default LaTeX classes are not good enough looking (margins too big, etc.). Until you have a good grasp on how things work generally, and the basic constructs, then I would begin to play around with styling and all that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="59" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T20:06:45.630" />
  <row Id="104" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="47" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:06:55.677" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The great advantage of LaTeX(2e) over TeX is that content and formatting are well separated.  This allows for logical markup, which improves the organisation of the document and allows you to make global changes to the &quot;look&quot;  without affecting the content.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hence if you want to exert total typographical control over the document, go for TeX, but if the document is in any way structurally complex, go for LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="18" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T20:06:55.677" />
  <row Id="105" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:07:01.197" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The Not So Short Introduction to LaTeX that the question references is good, but when first learning LaTeX, I found Peter Flynn's &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/info/beginlatex/html/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Formatting information&lt;/a&gt; a very useful supplement.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="93" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-29T15:31:20.317" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T15:31:20.317" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-26T20:07:01.197" />
  <row Id="106" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="66" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:07:33.723" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't keep a local copy, but I usually find that &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/LaTeX&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot; title=&quot;the LaTeX WikiBook&quot;&gt;the LaTeX WikiBook&lt;/a&gt; has most of the answers for my everyday questions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T20:07:33.723" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-26T20:07:33.723" />
  <row Id="107" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="45" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:08:00.760" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can try creating a &lt;a href=&quot;http://magic.aladdin.cs.cmu.edu/2007/11/02/precompiled-preamble-for-latex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Precompiled Preamble&lt;/a&gt; or &quot;format&quot; for your document.  This technique basically caches all the computations that LaTeX does when processing the preamble which is the stuff before &lt;code&gt;\begin{document}&lt;/code&gt;. If your packages, macro definitions, etc are not changing it can produce a noticeable savings in time.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Update&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Just noticed the reference to TikZ- in this case &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/45/how-can-i-speed-up-latex-compilation/86#86&quot;&gt;Scott's suggestion&lt;/a&gt; is the most pertinent.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Update 2:&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=mylatexformat&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;mylatexformat&lt;/a&gt; package can aid in creating and using format files.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastEditorUserId="17" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-10T18:24:15.867" LastActivityDate="2010-08-10T18:24:15.867" />
  <row Id="108" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="77" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:09:17.417" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can put your preamble code into a &lt;code&gt;.sty&lt;/code&gt; file and then use &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{mystyle}&lt;/code&gt; to load it.  Your &lt;code&gt;.sty&lt;/code&gt; file will look like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% Declare that this style file requires at least LaTeX version 2e.&#xA;\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}&#xA;&#xA;% Provide the name of your page, the date it was last updated, and a comment about what it's used for&#xA;\ProvidesPackage{mystyle}[2010/07/28 BBischof's custom LaTeX style]&#xA;&#xA;% Now paste your code from the preamble here&#xA;&#xA;% Finally, we'll use \endinput to indicate that LaTeX can stop reading this file. LaTeX will ignore anything after this line.&#xA;\endinput&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that style files can get much more complicated (if you want to include options like &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[option]{mystyle}&lt;/code&gt;, etc.), but this basic format should get you started.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Save your file as &lt;code&gt;mystyle.sty&lt;/code&gt; and put it in the current directory with your &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also take a look at the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.latex-project.org/guides/clsguide.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX2e for class and package writers&lt;/a&gt; guide.  It'll walk you through this in more detail.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="80" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T20:09:17.417" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="109" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="696" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:09:34.437" Score="5" ViewCount="192" Body="&lt;p&gt;I wanted to try the latest version of LuaTeX, so I downloaded the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.luatex.org/download.html&quot;&gt;official precompiled binaries&lt;/a&gt;. But these raw binaries are useless without a luatex.fmt. How can this file be created?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="97" LastActivityDate="2010-07-31T05:30:17.087" Title="How to create luatex.fmt" Tags="&lt;luatex&gt;&lt;format-files&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="110" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="48" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:10:33.950" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Not quite what you're looking for, but I'd probably write the quick hack:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\OP}[1]{\DeclareMathOperator{#1}}&#xA;\OP{Rep}&#xA;\OP{Tet}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and so forth. Moreover if I were to use these a lot, I'd just write them once and include them anywhere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="59" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T20:10:33.950" />
  <row Id="111" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="77" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:10:41.703" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I’d say: don’t. There’s a plethora of &lt;code&gt;thesis.sty&lt;/code&gt; packages on the web and I think they all miss one important point:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is what classes are there for, not packages. So if you find yourself reusing the same preamble, chances are it’s for the same kind of documents. In that case, don’t make a package out of it – make a class.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The differences are minimal:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;You need to call your file &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;foo&amp;gt;.cls&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;foo&amp;gt;.sty&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;You (most probably) need to load a base class inside your class using &lt;code&gt;\LoadClass&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;You load the class via &lt;code&gt;\documentclass&lt;/code&gt; at the beginning of your documents, instead of using &lt;code&gt;\usepackage&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T20:10:41.703" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="112" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="66" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:10:44.450" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I normally don't care much for actual physical references, but &lt;a href=&quot;http://rads.stackoverflow.com/amzn/click/0201362996&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;The LaTeX Companion&lt;/a&gt; is fantastic; it covers everything in LaTeX, and quite a few of the more popular packages&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="29" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T20:10:44.450" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-26T20:10:44.450" />
  <row Id="113" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="47" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:13:11.090" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;TeX is also useful if you are generating code. To compile a piece of TeX, you don't need to have all these preamble stuff. You can simply have &lt;code&gt;$x^2$ \bye&lt;/code&gt; and it will compile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="59" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T20:13:11.090" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="114" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="66" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:13:35.723" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have to say I tend to 'texdoc ' for most of my requirements. Tikz and beamer feature quite heavily, and as a programmer 'TeX by Topic' is hard to beat.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T20:13:35.723" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-26T20:13:35.723" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="115" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="93" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:13:51.900" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Once you have miktex installed, there are two different latex IDEs you can use.  &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texniccenter.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TexNICcenter&lt;/a&gt; is a nice freeware package and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.winedt.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;WinEdt&lt;/a&gt; is shareware but is also quite decent.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Both of these are more customizable than TeXWorks (the default editor that comes with miktex)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="103" LastEditorUserId="103" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-26T23:28:23.237" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T23:28:23.237" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="116" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="46" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:14:38.917" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You should definitely switch to XeTeX if you want to do that. Fonts are (and as far as I can see, will always be) a pain to use with LaTeX by itself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="59" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T20:14:38.917" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="117" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="47" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:18:20.890" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you have a simple document, with precise layout requirements, then TeX can be a more direct solution, because there are fewer things to 'turn off'.  The convenient features of LaTeX -- the ones that make it massively more useful than TeX in most cases -- are implemented via sometimes rather arcane logic, which can get in the way of your desire for a box to go &lt;em&gt;here, dammit!&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, I remember once producing a set of auto-numbered tickets, eight to a sheet, for some event.  They had (if I do say so myself) a rather elegantly sparse design.  Using TeX probably wasn't the wisest technology choice for that, but doing it in LaTeX would have resulted in rather more hair being torn out.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On another occasion, I wanted to produce a short booklet of simple texts (that is, no maths, tables, figures, and so on).  I had a very clear idea of my intended layout, and it wasn't planned to be generalisable.  I got exactly what I wanted, reasonably quickly and unhackily, using XeTeX, in combination with some nice platform fonts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="96" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T20:18:20.890" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="118" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="77" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:19:15.740" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Putting your preamble in a &lt;code&gt;.sty&lt;/code&gt; file, and changing &lt;code&gt;\usepackage&lt;/code&gt; statements to &lt;code&gt;RequirePackage&lt;/code&gt;, and closing off the file with &lt;code&gt;\endinput&lt;/code&gt; is the most straightforward way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is important to realize that in a style file &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt; is a letter, meaning that it can be used in commands. So if you have code in your preamble between a &lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\makeatother&lt;/code&gt; pair, you can leave out these two commands in the &lt;code&gt;.sty&lt;/code&gt; file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, if you want to go a step further, you can specify what format is needed, a name and description of the package using &lt;code&gt;\NeedsTeXFormat&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\ProvidesPackage&lt;/code&gt;. Furthermore, you can define package options and process them using &lt;code&gt;\DeclareOption&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\ProcessOptions&lt;/code&gt;, but if you go that far, either learn from looking in well-made &lt;code&gt;.sty&lt;/code&gt; files on CTAN or have a look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.latex-project.org/guides/clsguide.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX2e for class and package writers&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="87" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T20:19:15.740" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="119" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="93" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:19:39.327" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can install the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/texlive/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Texlive&lt;/a&gt; distribution and an editor such as TeXniccenter or even Emacs+Auctex.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="104" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T20:19:39.327" />
  <row Id="120" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="48" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:19:51.027" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Put the whole list of unabbreviated \DeclareMathOperator macros in a file &quot;myoperators.sty&quot;, somewhere in your latex path (I suggest ~/tex/).  Then add \usepackage{myoperators} at the top of any .tex file that uses those operators.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Do this for any macro you use more than once.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="105" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T20:19:51.027" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="121" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:19:54.287" Score="5" ViewCount="373" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've been toying with the idea of switching over from Xy-pic to TikZ for all of my diagramming needs, but one feature that's very important to me is the ability to create 2-categorical pasting diagrams (like the ones in Wikipedia's entry on &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/2-category&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;2-categories&lt;/a&gt;), as I can with Xy-pic's &quot;twocell&quot; commands (which, incidentally, I find to be a huge pain to deal with). How do I do these in TikZ? I'd be happy with just a reference to the relevant commands or an arXiv paper with good examples.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="101" LastEditorUserId="101" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-26T21:26:28.837" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T06:31:49.523" Title="How do I create pasting diagrams in TikZ?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="122" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="102" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:22:42.360" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There's actually a pretty good answer over at Stack Overflow: &lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/1982075/is-there-a-way-to-override-a-bibtex-style-file-for-a-particular-entry&quot;&gt;Is there a way to override a bibtex style file for a particular entry?&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The fact that the programming language BIBTEX style files (.bst) are written in is called BAFLL may alert you to the fact that this sort of problem is a pain to deal with.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="77" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T20:22:42.360" />
  <row Id="123" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="100" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:23:02.907" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use &lt;code&gt;M-q&lt;/code&gt; in emacs.  It does a good enough job of indenting and splitting long lines.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Be careful if you are using a source code repository to collaborate on your documents (you should be).  If you reformat the document each time you edit it, and Scientific Workplace does the same, it will become impossible to see what has changed between versions, or to merge changes.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: Also see the answers to this question: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/232/how-can-you-use-latex-to-write-a-document-with-other-people&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;How can you use latex to write a document with other people?&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="16" LastEditorUserId="16" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-27T11:58:42.637" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T11:58:42.637" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="124" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="100" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:23:46.710" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The wonderful &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;AUCTeX&lt;/a&gt; provides a command LaTeX-fill-environment that will (mostly) fix up the indentation of regions of or the entirety of a LaTeX source file. AUCTeX is an emacs package though. So, while a must have for the emacs using LaTeX'er, it isn't much help if you don't use emacs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="93" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-10T15:09:45.537" LastActivityDate="2010-08-10T15:09:45.537" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="125" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:23:47.880" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I recommend Peter Flynn's &lt;a href=&quot;http://silmaril.ie/downloads/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Formatting Information&lt;/a&gt; to people -- it seems to have the right pace and style for many, being well-written and reasonably brisk.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another (unusual) advantage is that it's more sympathetic towards humanities users than many introductions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="96" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T20:23:47.880" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-26T20:23:47.880" />
  <row Id="126" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="102" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:24:08.723" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Alternatively, you can modify your &lt;code&gt;.bbl&lt;/code&gt; file by hand. You could even use &lt;code&gt;sed&lt;/code&gt; to automatically make the desired change after each time you regenerate the &lt;code&gt;.bbl&lt;/code&gt; file using BIBTEX --- I can show you the details if you like (ask a new question?). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="77" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T20:24:08.723" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="127" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="121" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:24:55.803" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Would commutative diagrams work equivalently well? If so, see &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.jmilne.org/not/CDGuide.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.felixl.de/commu.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt;. The TikZ &lt;code&gt;matrix&lt;/code&gt; &quot;environment&quot; is a good place to look also.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="59" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T20:24:55.803" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="128" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:26:48.687" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I found Lamport's &lt;a href=&quot;http://books.google.com/books?id=khVUAAAAMAAJ&amp;amp;q=inauthor%3a%22Leslie+Lamport%22&amp;amp;dq=inauthor%3a%22Leslie+Lamport%22&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;ei=P55RTLfWC5SJnQf40_H1Ag&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;oi=book_result&amp;amp;ct=result&amp;amp;resnum=3&amp;amp;ved=0CC0Q6AEwAg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Latex: a document preparation system&lt;/a&gt; the best book for learning LaTeX&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="104" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-29T15:29:55.667" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T15:29:55.667" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-26T20:26:48.687" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="129" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="132" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:26:58.107" Score="15" ViewCount="508" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to include some basic math equations into a webpage. Is there an easy way of either compiling the LaTeX into an image which I can upload, or else of having the browser parse the code?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="68" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-10T17:22:25.987" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T17:22:25.987" Title="Embedding LaTeX equations into a webpage" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;embedding&gt;&lt;online&gt;" AnswerCount="8" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="6" />
  <row Id="130" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="129" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:28:40.817" Score="14" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.math.union.edu/~dpvc/jsMath/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;jsMath&lt;/a&gt; and its successor &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mathjax.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;MathJax&lt;/a&gt; are JavaScript libraries which provide client side rendering of LaTeX formulas. (jsMath is what MathOverflow uses to render LaTeX.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="52" LastEditorUserId="52" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-26T20:55:08.930" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T20:55:08.930" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="131" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="129" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:29:34.247" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://code.google.com/apis/chart/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Google Charts&lt;/a&gt; has an output format for LaTeX:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://chart.apis.google.com/chart?cht=tx&amp;amp;chl=%5CLaTeX&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://chart.apis.google.com/chart?cht=tx&amp;amp;chl=%5CLaTeX&quot; alt=&quot;\latex&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://chart.apis.google.com/chart?cht=tx&amp;amp;chl=%5Cfrac%7B1%7D%7B2%7D&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://chart.apis.google.com/chart?cht=tx&amp;amp;chl=%5Cfrac%7B1%7D%7B2%7D&quot; alt=&quot;\frac{1}{2}&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you prefer client-side rendering, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.math.union.edu/~dpvc/jsMath/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;jsmath&lt;/a&gt; is popular (and the system used on &lt;a href=&quot;http://mathoverflow.net/faq#latex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;MathOverflow&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="29" LastEditorUserId="29" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-26T20:34:52.957" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T20:34:52.957" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="132" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="129" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:29:35.590" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://mathurl.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;mathURL&lt;/a&gt; is pretty cool. It's specifically for mathematics though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T20:29:35.590" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="133" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="134" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:30:24.637" Score="15" ViewCount="407" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've got data that I need to include in a table, but there's a lot if it. I've played with the font size and table formatting as much as I can, but the table still won't fit on the page. Is there anyway to make a table that spans multiple pages with LaTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="93" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-17T21:10:26.777" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T22:08:57.537" Title="In LaTeX, how can I make a table that takes up more than a single page?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;page-breaking&gt;&lt;longtable&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="134" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="133" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:30:56.850" Score="17" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=longtable&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;longtable&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="93" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-27T19:27:53.407" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T19:27:53.407" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="135" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="129" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:31:23.340" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.forkosh.dreamhost.com/source_mimetexmanual.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;mimetex&lt;/a&gt; is a very simple way to have equations automatically rendered from (La)TeX source, and even includes a rudimentary picture environment. It also is dynamic, so images are generated on the fly.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.math.union.edu/~dpvc/jsMath/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;jsmath&lt;/a&gt; is a very good javascript option. The rendering is excellent but requires fonts (for good output) on the user's end.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are other solutions but I think these are the easiest/best.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="59" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T20:31:23.340" />
  <row Id="136" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="15" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:31:32.090" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There's a reasonable on-line spell-checker at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.microspell.com/fixmytypos.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Micro Spell&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="106" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T20:31:32.090" />
  <row Id="137" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="129" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:33:16.127" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you are using a Mac, &lt;a href=&quot;http://chachatelier.fr/programmation/latexit_en.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeXit&lt;/a&gt; is a great utility that lets you type in a bit of latex (intended for equations, but it will work with valid latex), runs latex of it and produces an image.  It embeds the latex in the image, so of you open the image latter, you can edit the latex.  This means you don't need a bunch of tiny .tex files laying around. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="16" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T20:33:16.127" />
  <row Id="138" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:35:42.750" Score="7" ViewCount="564" Body="&lt;p&gt;Often, TeX outputs underfull hbox and vbox warnings when running and in the generated log file. What are these and how can I get rid of them?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="87" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T20:52:14.880" Title="What are underfull hboxes and vboxes and how can I get rid of them?" Tags="&lt;compiling&gt;&lt;hbox&gt;&lt;warnings&gt;&lt;vbox&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="139" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="138" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:39:07.267" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;An underfull hbox means LaTeX couldn't space the line wide enough to fill the entire width of the page, without increasing word spacing beyond the allowed maximum; the opposite is an overfull hbox, where a line couldn't be broken and extends past the edge of the printable area. Usually it happens if you forced a linebreak yourself (with &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt;), so if you avoid doing that this should be pretty rare (other causes are weird tabular environments or forced blank lines)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="29" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T20:39:07.267" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="140" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="138" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:41:08.637" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Typically &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; will cause this because you have a blank line with no content (where the TeX algorithm expects content). You could get rid of those and space correctly (if you want extra space between paragraphs, use, e.g., &lt;code&gt;\setlength{\parskip}{6pt}&lt;/code&gt;). It also can occur when you have a really long object in a paragraph that is not enough to fill it completely (hence &quot;underfull&quot;). Lastly, in some cases, if you have really long words, the TeX algorithm has a difficult time finding a proper way to justify the paragraph without having underfull boxes (the text doesn't meet the very end of the line). You can avoid this by using some shorter words or rewriting some stuff to accommodate the algorithm.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="59" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T20:41:08.637" />
  <row Id="141" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="172" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:41:43.253" Score="6" ViewCount="486" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I run my LaTeX document through &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt;, some of the pages (the ones where figures appear) have all the text bolded.  Why, and what can I do to make it stop?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="112" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T04:25:22.663" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T04:25:22.663" Title="Why are some pages in my PDF coming out bold?" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;acrobat&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="142" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="149" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:42:09.880" Score="7" ViewCount="454" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sometimes, I want to have enumerate lists in LaTeX start at other than the first value (1, a, i, etc.) How can I make an enumerate list start at an arbitrary value?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="93" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-18T04:15:21.297" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T04:15:21.297" Title="How can I make an enumerate list start at something other than 1 in LaTeX?" Tags="&lt;lists&gt;&lt;enumerate&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="143" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="207" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:43:35.680" Score="18" ViewCount="910" Body="&lt;p&gt;When working with &lt;strong&gt;Bibtex&lt;/strong&gt;, manually transferring the &lt;strong&gt;citation information&lt;/strong&gt; for articles, prooceedings, books, etc. can be a tedious work. Some web sites provide citations in Bibtex format. What are your favorite sites to get Bibtex citations of your used references?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="46" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-10T16:10:49.163" LastActivityDate="2010-12-10T16:21:02.073" Title="What are good sites to find citations in BibTex format?" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;" AnswerCount="19" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="7" />
  <row Id="144" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="141" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:44:09.160" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This may just be your PDF viewer that acting strangely. Even though PDF files are supposedly seen as you would get them, there are some differences in how it looks on screen and on paper.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Back when I was using Windows with Adobe Reader, sometimes scrolling past a page and then back it again would get rid of this &quot;boldness&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T20:44:09.160" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="145" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="141" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:46:39.387" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To prime the answer pump with something else I observed:  It appears to be a bug in pdflatex stemming from the handling of images with transparency; converting the PNG images to PDFs seems to fix the problem whenever it crops up.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="112" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T20:46:39.387" />
  <row Id="146" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="129" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:46:49.167" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.codecogs.com/latex/eqneditor.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;CodeCogs&lt;/a&gt; turns LaTeX into the picture format of your choice and hosts it. They do ask for money if you are going to be hitting them more than a few thousand times a day, though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://meta.tex.stackexchange.com/questions/7/we-need-tex-markup&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;This meta topic&lt;/a&gt; is essentially the same question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-26T21:41:19.013" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T21:41:19.013" />
  <row Id="147" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="143" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:46:56.437" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Many scientific journals have readily available bibtex references available on their websites.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is a random one I found on ACM for instance:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://portal.acm.org/citation.cfm?id=1291536&amp;amp;jmp=cit&amp;amp;coll=ACM&amp;amp;dl=ACM&amp;amp;CFID=96100051&amp;amp;CFTOKEN=92185154#&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://portal.acm.org/citation.cfm?id=1291536&amp;amp;jmp=cit&amp;amp;coll=ACM&amp;amp;dl=ACM&amp;amp;CFID=96100051&amp;amp;CFTOKEN=92185154#&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T20:46:56.437" />
  <row Id="148" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="181" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:47:30.553" Score="7" ViewCount="96" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sometimes I want an element on a frame to change in steps.&#xA;I do this by&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;\only&amp;lt;2&gt;{&lt;br&gt;&#xA;...&lt;br&gt;&#xA;}&lt;br&gt;&#xA;\only&amp;lt;3&gt;{&lt;br&gt;&#xA;...&lt;br&gt;&#xA;}&lt;br&gt;&#xA;etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But this causes the frame to jump due to different sizes of the included content.&#xA;How can this be avoided?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="34" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T21:28:07.700" Title="Avoiding jumping frames in beamer" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="149" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="142" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:47:56.043" Score="16" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can change the counter named &lt;code&gt;enumi&lt;/code&gt;, like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;  \setcounter{enumi}{4}&#xA;  \item fifth element&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(If you have lists at deeper levels of nesting, the relevant counters are &lt;code&gt;enumii&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;enumiii&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;enumiv&lt;/code&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="48" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T20:47:56.043" />
  <row Id="150" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="142" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:49:02.377" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you only want to alter the starting value, the easiest way is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{enumerate}\addtocounter{enumi}{41}&#xA;  \item This item is numbered `42.'&#xA;    \begin{enumerate}\addtocounter{enumii}{5}% This cannot be more than 25&#xA;      \item This one is ``numbered'' `(f)'&#xA;    \end{enumerate}&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;While you can have six layers of nested list environments (itemize, description, enumerate), you can have no more than 4 of one type. The counters enumi through enumiv control the index of each item's label. You can increment (as shown) or decrement (add a negative value) all 4 levels.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note, though, that this won't be entirely arbitrary. Levels enumerated alphabetically cannot have items after an item labeled 'z.' (You could, however, add a negative amount to the appropriate counter to get it back to the `a' label.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Now that I see the other answer, I wonder why I always opt for the relative &lt;code&gt;\addtocounter&lt;/code&gt; rather than the absolute `\settocounter'?)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="93" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-26T22:16:05.643" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T22:16:05.643" />
  <row Id="152" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="143" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:49:20.613" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For books I usually use a site, where it is possible to get Bibtex citations from Amazon.com articles. This is very good for books, and some inproceedings and incollections might be found here as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Amazon:&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://lead.to/amazon/en/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://lead.to/amazon/en/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As a Software Engineer I quite often have to deal with technical papers from ACM or IEEE. Both their catalogs provide Bibtex export capabilities.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ACM:&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://portal.acm.org&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://portal.acm.org&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;IEEE:&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://ieeexplore.ieee.org&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://ieeexplore.ieee.org&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="46" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T20:49:20.613" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="153" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="143" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:50:18.817" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ams.org/mathscinet&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;MathSciNet&lt;/a&gt; a subscription only service (but available on most university campuses) provides BIBTEX entries for the entire mathematical literature.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A nice aspect of their interface is a &quot;clipboard&quot;, to which you can save articles, then ask for the BIBTEX for everything on your clipboard all at once.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mathematicians might also be interested in &lt;a href=&quot;http://sbseminar.wordpress.com/2009/06/14/have-someone-else-write-your-bibliography/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the shell scripts&lt;/a&gt; I wrote that automatically look up BIBTEX entries from MathSciNet, based on missing references in your &lt;code&gt;.aux&lt;/code&gt; files.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="77" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T20:50:18.817" />
  <row Id="154" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="143" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:50:18.940" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.slac.stanford.edu/spires/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;The Spires database&lt;/a&gt; of high energy particle and astrophysics papers can display its results in Bibtex format. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;They also have &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.slac.stanford.edu/spires/hep/bib/bibtex.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;some tools&lt;/a&gt; to help update bibliography lists.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="115" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T20:50:18.940" />
  <row Id="155" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="143" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:50:24.730" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you use Firefox and the wonderful extension &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.zotero.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Zotero&lt;/a&gt;, it can generally parse citation information from any webpage, and export a BibTeX-style citation from it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="48" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T20:50:24.730" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="156" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="138" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:52:14.880" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;TeX puts elements (letters, lines, paragraphs, pictures,...) in boxes and joins them together on pages using glue (put between them) that can stretch, e.g., to make sure that lines are justified, or that pages are filled to their specified height. In the first example, the line is put in a hbox (horizontal box, or box with material arranged horizontally with respect to one another, words in this case), in the second, the page is put in a vbox (vertical box, or box with material arranged vertically with respect to one another, usually paragraphs and displayed equations in this case). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Such a box is underfull in case TeX has to stretch the glue more than what is specified to be (aestethically) acceptable. In that case there will, e.g., be much whitespace between words of a line (hbox case) or extra whitespace between paragraphs (vbox case).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To avoid underfull hboxes (and also overfull ones), one can, in LaTeX, use the microtype package, which, when used in pdflatex mode (directly generating a &lt;code&gt;.pdf&lt;/code&gt; file, and not a &lt;code&gt;.dvi&lt;/code&gt; one), can stretch letters as well, which allows TeX to get acceptable whitespace in lines more often. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another, manual route is to reformulate sentences and paragraphs, or add explicit hyphenation (e.g., &lt;code&gt;hyphen\-ation&lt;/code&gt;) to get better linebreaks. One can sometimes even fix bad pagebreaks (overfull vboxes) in this way as well, by shortening or lengthening paragraphs with one line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="87" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T20:52:14.880" />
  <row Id="157" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="143" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:53:18.170" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For computer science the &lt;a href=&quot;http://liinwww.ira.uka.de/bibliography/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot; title=&quot;The Collection of Computer Science Bibliographies&quot;&gt;Collection of Computer Science Bibliographies&lt;/a&gt; is very useful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="34" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T20:53:18.170" />
  <row Id="158" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:55:11.143" Score="16" ViewCount="675" Body="&lt;p&gt;Occasionally, I write letters that I actually print out and send by snail mail :).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd like them to look as formal as possible. Archaic (pre-typewriter) Dutch customs require the sender's address to be in the top left corner and the recipient's in the top right. The place and date should be aligned with the recipient's address. The sign off (&quot;Yours truly&quot;) should also be aligned with that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course there are also specific rules for the amount of vertical whitespace.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anyone know of a good package that lets me customize all this stuff, preferably in a .sty file or something that I can include, so I don't have to do it again for every letter?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="116" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-11T20:42:54.060" LastActivityDate="2010-11-05T19:03:19.680" Title="Anyone know a good template for formal letters?" Tags="&lt;templates&gt;&lt;letters&gt;" AnswerCount="4" FavoriteCount="9" />
  <row Id="159" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="70" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:56:30.907" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Check out &lt;a href=&quot;http://luatex.bluwiki.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;those&lt;/a&gt; examples. Even if &quot;normal&quot; users might see no need for a general purpose language in LaTeX they will benefit from packages using Lua scripts internally.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="97" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T20:56:30.907" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="160" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="129" CreationDate="2010-07-26T20:59:13.863" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A friend of mine hacked together &lt;a href=&quot;http://mathcache.appspot.com/static/docs.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;mathcache&lt;/a&gt;: put a short &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;script&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; block at the end of a webpage, and it parses all text within the standard delimiters as math formulas, inserting them into the page the viewer sees as PNG images (or SVG, if the browser supports them).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's probably worth noting that &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.support.wordpress.com/latex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;blogs hosted on WordPress.com have LaTeX support&lt;/a&gt;.  Text beginning with &lt;code&gt;$latex&lt;/code&gt; and ending with &lt;code&gt;$&lt;/code&gt; is parsed as LaTeX code and rendered as PNG.  &lt;a href=&quot;http://terrytao.wordpress.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Terry Tao&lt;/a&gt; uses a more elaborate system, &lt;a href=&quot;http://lucatrevisan.wordpress.com/latex-to-wordpress/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX2WP&lt;/a&gt;, which operates on the document level, turning a LaTeX file into something which can be pasted into WordPress.  This allows for referencing by equation number; the &lt;code&gt;\ref&lt;/code&gt; command gives clickable links.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="112" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T20:59:13.863" />
  <row Id="161" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="169" CreationDate="2010-07-26T21:00:35.313" Score="40" ViewCount="1426" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use revision control (Subversion, to be exact) to keep track of the edits to my LaTeX documents. Is there a LaTeX package that interfaces with revision control? Specifically, it would be nice to see the revision number and time and date inside the document. (Obviously, I'd turn this off in the final version.) Also, it might be nice to get a PDF showing what was added and removed in a given revision.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="52" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-22T15:48:32.023" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T12:32:32.363" Title="LaTeX packages for use with revision control" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;tools&gt;&lt;automation&gt;&lt;revision-control&gt;" AnswerCount="8" FavoriteCount="21" />
  <row Id="162" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1621" CreationDate="2010-07-26T21:02:34.090" Score="13" ViewCount="473" Body="&lt;p&gt;Are there newsgroups, forums, FAQs, and other sites that provide quality information on TeX, LaTeX and friends?  Are all of these in English, or is there one in &quot;my language of choice&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="87" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-21T20:47:56.187" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T14:35:59.060" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-19T13:22:42.050" Title="What are other good resources on-line for information about TeX, LaTeX and friends?" Tags="&lt;big-list&gt;&lt;online&gt;&lt;resources&gt;" AnswerCount="12" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="8" />
  <row Id="163" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="176" CreationDate="2010-07-26T21:02:45.977" Score="14" ViewCount="264" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a program equivalent to lint for LaTeX? (lint checks C code for syntax errors and possible mistakes.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="93" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-28T16:49:00.417" LastActivityDate="2010-08-30T05:37:23.047" Title="Is there a program equivalent to lint for LaTeX?" Tags="&lt;tools&gt;&lt;syntax-checker&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="164" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="143" CreationDate="2010-07-26T21:03:05.760" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I maintain my Bibtex database manually (using JabRef as a GUI).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In particular with conference proceedings, it's not possible to find everything that you need in one service, and if you copy &amp;amp; paste information from different services, your bibliography won't be internally consistent. And even if you copy Bibtex entries directly from the publisher's site (e.g., ACM and IEEE services mentioned in other answers), you will get a lot of garbage. Details such as accented characters in authors' names, math in titles, etc., are very often wrong.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;MathSciNet is one of the very few sites that I actually trust so much that I usually copy &amp;amp; paste Bibtex entries almost verbatim. DBLP is useful but I nevertheless double-check the information that I get from it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's a lot of work initially, but as your Bibtex database grows, you will be able to reuse more and more entries in your new articles - especially as you don't need to check your bibliography again when you are preparing the final versions of your papers. Using Bibtex macros and/or cross-references helps a lot with the manual work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="100" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T21:03:05.760" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="165" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="202" CreationDate="2010-07-26T21:04:59.513" Score="24" ViewCount="960" Body="&lt;p&gt;LaTex documents print beautifully, but images often looks &quot;ugly&quot;, &quot;pixelated&quot; or &quot;low-res&quot; compared to the text. By images I don't mean photos, which I rarely use, but rather diagrams, charts and drawings made in other programs such as Visio, Excel and Photoshop. I would love for these to look just as good as the rest of the report when printed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="121" LastEditorUserId="42" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-09T11:53:46.940" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T11:53:46.940" Title="How do I insert an image in LaTex so it looks good on print?" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;diagrams&gt;&lt;printing&gt;" AnswerCount="4" FavoriteCount="8" />
  <row Id="166" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="162" CreationDate="2010-07-26T21:05:57.623" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The two big ones are &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.latex-community.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.latex-community.org/&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://tug.org/&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;And the site you're on right now, of course!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T21:05:57.623" />
  <row Id="167" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="293" CreationDate="2010-07-26T21:06:22.630" Score="8" ViewCount="723" Body="&lt;p&gt;Every now and then I use the description list environment&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{description}&#xA;\item[foo]  foo is good&#xA;\item[bar]  bar is bad&#xA;\end{description}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to create lists with non-numerical labels. Unfortunately the description list does not support the label-reference pair as normal latex: i.e. if I write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{description}&#xA;\item[foo] \label{foo} foo is good&#xA;....&#xA;\end{description}&#xA;....&#xA;For good things (see, for example \ref{foo})... &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the reference does not point to the item in the list. Instead it points to the closest environment that supports labeling (usually the subsection). So instead of showing the text foo (in boldface), it shows something like 2.2.1 (the subsection corresponding to where the description environment is sitting).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My question: is there a way or a package which allows references to description list items? My current work-around is to just type the text myself in the spot (since I named it myself, and it is not numbered, the formatting is unlikely to change the label =). But one of the good things about the label/reference pairs in latex is the implementation in pdflatex that allows in PDF hyperlinks between references and the objects referred to, this I cannot replicate myself. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt;: let me rephrase my question. The primary goal is &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; to display &lt;code&gt;\ref&lt;/code&gt; to something other than what LaTeX thinks the &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt; is. There are many ways to deal with it, some of which outlined in Michael Underwood's helpful answer below. What I am looking at is whether there exists an implementation of a list environment which is like the built-in &lt;code&gt;description&lt;/code&gt; environment in that the displayed &quot;title&quot; for the list item is completely customized, while having support for &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt;s. (The built-in &lt;code&gt;description&lt;/code&gt; environment does not support &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt;s, whereas the built-in &lt;code&gt;enumerate&lt;/code&gt; environment does not support customized &quot;title&quot;s.) The &lt;code&gt;enumitem&lt;/code&gt; package adds some customizability to the environments, but as far as I can tell it doesn't support exactly what I want. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-24T20:39:31.543" LastActivityDate="2010-08-24T20:39:31.543" Title="How does one set custom labels for description lists?" Tags="&lt;lists&gt;&lt;labels&gt;&lt;description&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="168" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="161" CreationDate="2010-07-26T21:07:14.343" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To get the revision id, date and time inside the document you need to use &lt;a href=&quot;http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.4/svn.advanced.props.special.keywords.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;keyword substitution&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Once you've set up your repository to do the substitution you can then insert &lt;code&gt;$Id$&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;$Revision$&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;$Date$&lt;/code&gt; or other keywords which will then be replaced when the file is committed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="115" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T21:07:14.343" />
  <row Id="169" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="161" CreationDate="2010-07-26T21:07:21.990" Score="26" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, there are packages called &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/svn.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;svn&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/svninfo.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;svninfo&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, as well as a few for other version-control systems. See the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=RCS&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;UK TeX FAQ&lt;/a&gt;: you can have something like &lt;code&gt;\SVNdate $Date$&lt;/code&gt; which will use the value of the &lt;code&gt;Date&lt;/code&gt; SVN variable in your document, or have footers containing the date and version number in the document. I don't think either of them shows diffs, though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="48" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T21:07:21.990" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="170" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="142" CreationDate="2010-07-26T21:07:36.963" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;enumitem&lt;/code&gt; package provides a simple solution to very many common problems that are related to minor tweaks of enumerate/itemize/description. In this case, you can use the &lt;code&gt;start&lt;/code&gt; parameter. Also have a look at the &lt;code&gt;resume&lt;/code&gt; parameter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="100" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T21:07:36.963" />
  <row Id="171" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="165" CreationDate="2010-07-26T21:08:51.907" Score="16" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you're working  with diagrams, I would recommend you to make them using vector graphics instead of raster graphics. This will allow you to upscale them infinitely. Inkscape (free) and Illustrator (paid) can make vector graphics. For graphs, I like to use graphviz (free).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T21:08:51.907" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="172" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="141" CreationDate="2010-07-26T21:12:23.477" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I guess you are using Adobe Reader? If you use transparency in your illustrations, it seems that Adobe Reader renders text incorrectly (something like the wrong gamma correction in anti-aliasing perhaps), which makes the text look a bit too bold. It should look OK if you use other PDF readers, and it should also look OK when printed from Adobe Reader.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A simple solution is to avoid using transparency whenever possible.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="100" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T21:12:23.477" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="173" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="162" CreationDate="2010-07-26T21:13:29.577" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?introduction=yes&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;UK TeX FAQ&lt;/a&gt;, where you'll the answer to what you're looking for surprisingly often.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="48" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T21:13:29.577" />
  <row Id="174" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="162" CreationDate="2010-07-26T21:16:39.267" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://wikibooks.org/wiki/LaTeX&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://wikibooks.org/wiki/LaTeX&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And you can even help improving it yourself :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T21:16:39.267" />
  <row Id="175" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="163" CreationDate="2010-07-26T21:19:33.527" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/lacheck/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;lacheck&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://baruch.ev-en.org/proj/chktex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ChkTeX&lt;/a&gt; are lint-like things that I have used. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/check/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;check&lt;/a&gt;, which I have not used, also seems to provide syntax checking.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="93" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-27T00:49:44.327" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T00:49:44.327" />
  <row Id="176" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="163" CreationDate="2010-07-26T21:20:18.460" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, &lt;a href=&quot;http://baruch.ev-en.org/proj/chktex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;ChkTeX&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;code&gt;lacheck&lt;/code&gt;. (You probably already have it: if you're using AucTeX on Emacs, when you hit C-c C-c to compile, type Check. Or else, at the commandline, try &lt;code&gt;lacheck&lt;/code&gt;.) Thanks for reminding me of this; I ought to use it more (though it can be very annoying :P).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="48" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T21:20:18.460" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="177" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="165" CreationDate="2010-07-26T21:24:49.990" Score="16" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have switched to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;PGF/TikZ&lt;/a&gt; for all vector drawing. The level of control and the beauty of the results provided by this package is worth learning the syntax.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="97" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T21:24:49.990" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="178" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="158" CreationDate="2010-07-26T21:24:51.550" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I haven't personally investigated any of them, but the internet tells me about &lt;a href=&quot;http://lifeisallabout.wordpress.com/2009/02/10/letter-writing-in-latex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this link&lt;/a&gt; which refers to several packages. The package scrlttr2 looks almost infinitely customizeable, so probably is what you want. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T21:24:51.550" />
  <row Id="179" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="161" CreationDate="2010-07-26T21:25:43.050" Score="17" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For systems like CVS or Subversion, which modify source files, the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=RCS&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX FAQ&lt;/a&gt;'s bare-bones answer is my favourite:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\RCS$#1: #2 ${\expandafter\def\csname RCS#1\endcsname{#2}}&#xA;\RCS$Revision: 1.13 $ % or any RCS keyword&#xA;\RCS$Date: 2010/04/02 18:20:00 $&#xA;...&#xA;\date{Revision \RCSRevision, \RCSDate}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's not very sophisticated, but you're only going to use it for draft versions, so this is a case where simple and robust beats pretty.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Systems like Mercurial or Git don't modify source files.  In such cases, a good solution is to generate a file which can be &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; into a source document.  In the case of Mercurial, I use a Makefile rule like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;hg.id: .hg&#xA;    hg tip --template '\\def\\HgNode\{{node|short}}\n\\def\\HgDate\{{date|rfc3339date}}\n\\def\\HgAuthor\{{author|person}}\n' &amp;gt;$@&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; that file into the document, and use &lt;code&gt;\HgDate&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\HgNode&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;\date&lt;/code&gt; commands or footnotes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update&lt;/strong&gt;: the OP also mentioned changes between versions.  That turns out to be a bit tricky in LaTeX, but the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=changebars&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX FAQ&lt;/a&gt; has a discussion of the various (not completely satisfactory) possibilities.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt;: More recent versions of Mercurial require the &lt;code&gt;{&lt;/code&gt; characters in the template to be escaped.  I modified the answer to include that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="96" LastEditorUserId="96" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-13T12:32:32.363" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T12:32:32.363" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="180" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="148" CreationDate="2010-07-26T21:26:41.020" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Add extra whitespace to your elements to ensure that they both take up the same amount of space on the frame? Vspace would probably do the trick.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="123" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T21:26:41.020" />
  <row Id="181" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="148" CreationDate="2010-07-26T21:28:07.700" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Wrap your code fragment inside the &lt;code&gt;overlayarea&lt;/code&gt; environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="100" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T21:28:07.700" />
  <row Id="182" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="143" CreationDate="2010-07-26T21:32:02.520" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If, through some peculiar combination of circumstances, you find yourself citing a Wikipedia article, the &quot;cite this page&quot; item under the &quot;toolbox&quot; in the left-hand sidebar provides BibTeX information.  For example, to cite what is now the current version of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Isaac_Newton&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Isaac Newton&lt;/a&gt; article, one clicks &quot;cite this page&quot; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Cite&amp;amp;page=Isaac_Newton&amp;amp;id=374986805&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;receives&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA; @misc{ wiki:xxx,&#xA;   author = &quot;Wikipedia&quot;,&#xA;   title = &quot;Isaac Newton --- Wikipedia{,} The Free Encyclopedia&quot;,&#xA;   year = &quot;2010&quot;,&#xA;   url = &quot;\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Isaac_Newton&amp;oldid=374986805}&quot;,&#xA;   note = &quot;[Online; accessed 26-July-2010]&quot;&#xA; }&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The URL in this block includes a reference to the specific version number, so even if the article is changed later, the version being referenced can be retrieved.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="112" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T21:32:02.520" />
  <row Id="183" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="45" CreationDate="2010-07-26T21:32:59.183" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't use TikZ, so I've no idea if this will help with TikZ-related slowness. But, the question asks how to speed up compilation (in general).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using the &lt;code&gt;draft&lt;/code&gt; option in your &lt;code&gt;\documentclass&lt;/code&gt; declaration will cause many different packages to skip some steps or niceties and will thus give a speed boost. When compiling the final document, either remove the &lt;code&gt;draft&lt;/code&gt; or replace it with &lt;code&gt;final&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="93" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-26T22:12:11.963" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T22:12:11.963" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="184" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="64" CreationDate="2010-07-26T21:35:10.480" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It does more than just compile documents, being a fully featured editor, but &lt;a href=&quot;http://kile.sf.net&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Kile&lt;/a&gt; is very good at completing all the compilation steps. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also define your own build processes which use command line tools. By adding a ViewPDF option at the end of the compile your pdf viewer of choice will be launched (or updated) after a successful compilation. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="115" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T21:35:10.480" />
  <row Id="185" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="143" CreationDate="2010-07-26T21:39:25.737" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Since it hasn't appeared in the other answers, &lt;a href=&quot;http://scholar.google.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Google Scholar&lt;/a&gt; also allows you to download a BibTeX citation for each of its search results. You have to enable the feature from the Preferences page, though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="125" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T21:39:25.737" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="187" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="64" CreationDate="2010-07-26T21:40:51.120" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For emacs users, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;AUCTeX&lt;/a&gt; provides the command TeX-command-master (bound to C-c C-c by default) that doesn't quite answer the request, but nevertheless helps a lot. The command runs (pdf)latex, bibtex, and makeindex on a &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; file as required. You do have to invoke it multiple times, but it does a pretty good job of sorting out what commands need to be run in what order. (I have had the occasional document that outsmarted it, mostly ones using the &lt;code&gt;exam.cls&lt;/code&gt; document class.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="93" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-27T21:20:14.820" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T21:20:14.820" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="188" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="80" CreationDate="2010-07-26T21:46:13.460" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For my current one I just rolled my own. I use &lt;code&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/code&gt; for the header and footer, and &lt;code&gt;lastpage&lt;/code&gt; so that I can display &lt;code&gt; page x/y&lt;/code&gt; in the footer (so that the person reviewing it would know if they lost a page). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The entirety of the rest of the document is built from nested customized &lt;code&gt;list&lt;/code&gt;s. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T21:46:13.460" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-26T21:46:13.460" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="189" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="80" CreationDate="2010-07-26T21:47:07.813" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I ended up making my own, but it took a while. Expect to have to fight LaTeX's defaults on a lot of things. That said, it's worth it. I learned a lot about LaTeX and have a good resume that I can say I wrote.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I wouldn't be surprised, but it seems like if you're going to use LaTeX for your resume, be prepared to answer truthfully whether you used a template or not, and be comfortable with the answer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T21:47:07.813" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-26T21:47:07.813" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="190" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="93" CreationDate="2010-07-26T21:48:14.630" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd suggest trying out &lt;a href=&quot;http://docs.latexlab.org&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://docs.latexlab.org&lt;/a&gt;. You sign in with an existing Google account, and it has syntax highlighting, docs can be saved 'on the cloud', and everything can be compiled there and saved in pdf format.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="126" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T21:48:14.630" />
  <row Id="191" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="93" CreationDate="2010-07-26T21:52:18.653" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One thing you need to move from MS Word to TeX and friends is to drop the desire for WYSIWYG. For complicated documents that paradigm is, at best, WYSIPCTYADFWYG: What You See is Probably Close To, Yet Actually Different From, What You Get. (Not the basis of a marketing campaign!) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;TeX and friends offer a fundamentally different way to think about document composition.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lyx, which other answers have directed you to, is WYSIWYG'&lt;em&gt;ish&lt;/em&gt;, but the &quot;ish&quot; bears emphasis. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I personally think that while the Lyx folk are awesome, you are best to think of Lyx like training wheels. If you can learn to ride without them, you are better off.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="93" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T21:52:18.653" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="192" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="102" CreationDate="2010-07-26T21:57:08.120" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you use the &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt; package, you can declare an &quot;alias&quot; or alternative citation for a source:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, the following &lt;code&gt;.bib&lt;/code&gt; entry:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@techreport{caltrans2002,&#xA;    Author = {{California Department of Transportation}},&#xA;    Title = {{Humboldt Bay Bridges Seismic Substructure Retrofit Environmental  Assessment/Finding of No Significant Impact (EA/FONSI)}},&#xA;    Year = {2002}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Produces the following output when &lt;code&gt;\citep{caltrans2002}&lt;/code&gt; used in a document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://lh4.ggpht.com/_3Y47oruCrqc/TE4CYYBwgcI/AAAAAAAAADQ/voqfdMEqWuo/s800/shortCiteWithoutAlias.png&quot; alt=&quot;Example citation without alias.&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Having a citation that spans most of a line can be pretty bothersome- especially when the full name has to appear in the bibliography but there is a nice shorthand that should be used when citing in the text. By including &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{natbib}&lt;/code&gt; in your preamble, you have access to citation aliases:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\defcitealias{caltrans2002}{\scshape CalTrans, 2002}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then using &lt;code&gt;\citepalias{caltrans2002}&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\citep{caltrans2002}&lt;/code&gt; produces the following output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://lh5.ggpht.com/_3Y47oruCrqc/TE4D2svkypI/AAAAAAAAADc/DQvJAclKLco/s800/shortCiteWithAlias.png&quot; alt=&quot;Example citation using an alias.&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In both cases, the associated entry in the bibliography looks like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://lh3.ggpht.com/_3Y47oruCrqc/TE4EQIEQQHI/AAAAAAAAADg/dLE0H1U3t3s/s800/shortCiteBib.png&quot; alt=&quot;Example bibliography text.&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The LaTeX and BibTeX source I used to create this example can be obtained from &lt;a href=&quot;http://gist.github.com/491290&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;GitHub&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T21:57:08.120" />
  <row Id="193" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="80" CreationDate="2010-07-26T21:58:45.140" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've been using a lightly tweaked version of Michael DeCorte's &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.math.nyu.edu/student_resources/res.cls&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;res.cls&lt;/a&gt;. No idea if it is best of breed (nor why I chose it), but if it ain't broke. . . .&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="93" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T21:58:45.140" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-26T21:58:45.140" />
  <row Id="194" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="143" CreationDate="2010-07-26T21:59:32.970" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mendeley.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Mendeley&lt;/a&gt; allows you to sync your collection with a bibtex file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="7" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T21:59:32.970" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="195" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="40" CreationDate="2010-07-26T22:00:06.310" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have done braces on rows the following way. First a macro has to be defined:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\threelinebrace}{$\left. \begin{array}{c} \\ \\ \\ \end{array} \right\rbrace$}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then add a column for the braces and put the following code in the firs cell included by the brace:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\multirow{3}{*}{\threelinebrace your label}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You also have to include the multirow package to make it work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is a minimal example extracted from a presentation I once did:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[ngerman]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{multirow}&#xA;\newcommand{\threelinebrace}{$\left. \begin{array}{c} \\ \\ \\ \end{array} \right\rbrace$}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|c|l}&#xA;\cline{1-1} &#xA;Protocol ID &amp;amp; \textbf{\multirow{3}{*}{\threelinebrace CPCS-PDU Payload}}\tabularnewline&#xA;\cline{1-1} &#xA;Information &amp;amp; \tabularnewline&#xA;\cline{1-1} &#xA;Padding &amp;amp; \tabularnewline&#xA;\cline{1-1} &#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know, this still is more a quick hack than a satisfying solution, but it's a start.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="97" LastEditorUserId="97" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-04T19:27:31.847" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T19:27:31.847" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="196" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="197" CreationDate="2010-07-26T22:13:42.650" Score="9" ViewCount="852" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to include a list of related equations, say, for a proof, in my LaTeX document. As far as I know, I have two good options, eqnarray and align. What is the difference between them, and how do I know which I should be using? Or does it not matter at all?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T22:24:49.550" Title="\eqnarray vs \align" Tags="&lt;align&gt;&lt;equations&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="197" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="196" CreationDate="2010-07-26T22:16:59.573" Score="18" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Although eqnarray may seem to work &quot;well enough&quot;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/pracjourn/2006-4/madsen/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Avoid eqnarray!&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://texblog.net/latex-archive/maths/eqnarray-align-environment/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Avoid eqnarray!&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.math.uiuc.edu/~hildebr/tex/displays.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Avoid eqnarray!&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Use align and the rest of the ams environments. See &lt;code&gt;texdoc amsldoc&lt;/code&gt; (&lt;a href=&quot;ftp://ftp.ams.org/pub/tex/doc/amsmath/amsldoc.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;PDF&lt;/a&gt;) or the &lt;a href=&quot;ftp://ftp.ams.org/pub/tex/doc/amsmath/short-math-guide.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;short math guide for LaTeX&lt;/a&gt; for documentation on how to use them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="48" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T22:16:59.573" />
  <row Id="198" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="167" CreationDate="2010-07-26T22:20:36.027" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's possible to change what &lt;code&gt;\ref&lt;/code&gt; will display for equations if you include the &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; package and use the &lt;code&gt;\tag&lt;/code&gt; command, like so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;...&#xA;\begin{equation}\label{eq:energy}\tag{Einstein}&#xA;  E=mc^2&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;...&#xA;Invoking the energy-mass equivalence of \ref{eq:energy}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not aware of a straightforward method to accomplish it in general though, since if the tag you want is not going to be changed by edits or recompilations, there's no need to make TeX keep track of it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would accomplish what you are attempting by defining a new command to be the text of the description:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\foo}{foo}&#xA;....&#xA;\begin{description}&#xA;\item[\foo] foo is good&#xA;....&#xA;\end{description}&#xA;....&#xA;For good things (see, for example \foo)... &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That way if you decide later that the description should instead be &lt;code&gt;bar&lt;/code&gt;, you just have to change the one defining command to &lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\foo}{bar}&lt;/code&gt; and all subsequent places that you use &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt; will automatically get updated to display &lt;code&gt;bar&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="32" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T22:20:36.027" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="199" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="196" CreationDate="2010-07-26T22:21:13.017" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt; is from &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt;, while &lt;code&gt;eqnarray&lt;/code&gt; is from base LaTeX, so I would expect the former to be better. Some differences:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;eqnarray&lt;/code&gt; has two alignment points (it's basically just &lt;code&gt;array&lt;/code&gt; with a default preamble); &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt; has one. &lt;code&gt;x + y &amp;amp;=&amp;amp; z&lt;/code&gt; versus &lt;code&gt;x + y &amp;amp;= z&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;eqnarray&lt;/code&gt; changes the spacing at the alignment points depending on different factors; &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt; keeps it fixed (which is generally what you want)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;eqnarray&lt;/code&gt; allows page breaks between lines; &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt; doesn't&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\\ *&lt;/code&gt; is treated the same as &lt;code&gt;\\*&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;eqnarray&lt;/code&gt;, but won't work in &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt; (since &lt;code&gt;*&lt;/code&gt; shows up commonly in equations)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sub&gt;(largely from The LaTeX Companion &amp;sect;8.2.1)&lt;/sub&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="29" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T22:21:13.017" />
  <row Id="200" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="196" CreationDate="2010-07-26T22:24:49.550" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt; environment only works if you use the AMS (American Mathematical Society) packages. If you need to use journal specific document classes or style files, the &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt; environment may not be available. (For example, when I needed to use the &lt;code&gt;iopart&lt;/code&gt; class for submission to an Institute of Physics journal, I had to change all my &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt;s to &lt;code&gt;eqnarray&lt;/code&gt;s for the file to compile. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But unless you are forced to, I generally recommend the &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt; environment. &lt;a href=&quot;http://texblog.net/latex-archive/maths/eqnarray-align-environment/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Here&lt;/a&gt;'s a good write-up of what the differences are. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T22:24:49.550" />
  <row Id="201" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="161" CreationDate="2010-07-26T22:31:16.347" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For the last part of your question, I like the Perl script &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/latexdiff/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;latexdiff&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.  This generates LaTeX documents displaying linebreak-insensitive differences, with changebars and other visual markup.  (Alas, the implementation is quite hacky, relying on complex regular expressions for parsing, so it's worth ensuring one has Perl 5.8.10 or later installed for greater regular expression nesting depth.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="132" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T22:31:16.347" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="202" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="165" CreationDate="2010-07-26T22:37:38.290" Score="31" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Vector Imagery&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you can, save diagrams as a vector-based format such as PDF or EPS- these formats can be readily included in LaTeX documents and scale without appearing pixelized.  Note that PDF should be used for input to &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; and EPS should be used with plain &lt;code&gt;latex&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.inkscape.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Inkscape&lt;/a&gt; is an excellent, free, cross-platform program for creating and editing vector graphics- similar to Adobe Illustrator.  There is even a project that is producing a plug-in for Inkscape that allows Inkscape graphics &lt;a href=&quot;http://code.google.com/p/inkscape2tikz/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;to be exported to TikZ&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=pgf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TikZ&lt;/a&gt; is a TeX-based language for creating vector graphics- it is incredibly expressive and lets you create graphics right inside your TeX document.  However, using TikZ requires writing out the commands required to create an image- it is not a GUI-based drawing program.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are using &lt;code&gt;latex&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt;, then the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/PSTricks/main.cgi/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;PSTricks&lt;/a&gt; package is also available- but your document must be rendered into PostScript somewhere along the for the images to appear.  However, passing through PostScript has advantages- PostScript is a complete programming language for creating graphics which PSTricks is able to leverage in order to produce some effects that are difficult/impossible to replicate using TikZ.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Raster Imagery&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If all you have is a raster image, PNG, JPEG, GIF, TIFF, ect, &lt;strong&gt;then you must pay close attention to the resolution&lt;/strong&gt; that the image file has been saved at.  The resolution will determine how much scaling can occur before the image starts to appear pixelated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Many programs default to saving images at 72 dpi (dots per inch) as that is a lightweight resolution that is commonly used for images displayed on the web.  However, for printed output you need a much higher resolution for the results to look good.  A common rule of thumb is that &lt;strong&gt;the final scaled image should have a resolution of at least 300 dpi&lt;/strong&gt; if it is to appear on a printed page without noticeable pixelation. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastEditorUserId="17" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-26T22:49:02.770" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T22:49:02.770" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="203" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="209" CreationDate="2010-07-26T22:41:01.720" Score="9" ViewCount="206" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to employ a &lt;code&gt;\verb&lt;/code&gt; command in a footnote. But, when I run &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; on&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;I want this.\footnote{\verb|But, it does not work!|}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I get this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! LaTeX Error: \verb illegal in command argument.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I do what I am after? (I know that I could just use &lt;code&gt;\footnote{\texttt{But, I lose the semantic mark-up.}}&lt;/code&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="93" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-13T15:44:33.057" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T15:44:33.057" Title="I need to have some verbatim text in a footnote, but LaTeX won't let me. How can I get around this?" Tags="&lt;footnotes&gt;&lt;verbatim&gt;&lt;errors&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="204" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="287" CreationDate="2010-07-26T22:45:02.603" Score="12" ViewCount="220" Body="&lt;p&gt;The most obvious way to speed up LaTeX processing is to split a large and complex document into smaller pieces.  Makefiles, &lt;code&gt;\beginpgfgraphicnamed&lt;/code&gt;/&lt;code&gt;\endpgfgraphicnamed&lt;/code&gt; when using TiKZ, and splitting a large file into separate chapters are all helpful in splitting a large job into smaller, hopefully independent pieces.  But sometimes this is not enough -- many packages do complicated things under the hood, leading to slow document processing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Are there any tools to help isolate&#xA;  the culprits?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It would be great to also have the profiling tool provide suggestions on ways to speed things up.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="132" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-29T19:24:56.847" LastActivityDate="2010-08-29T19:24:56.847" Title="Are there LaTeX performance profiling tools?" Tags="&lt;compiling&gt;&lt;tools&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="205" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-07-26T22:46:58.560" Score="10" ViewCount="798" Body="&lt;p&gt;What packages do you use and recommend for creating graphics in your LaTeX documents?   &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As this is a community wiki post, please add your package to the accepted answer (or add a comment, and someone with &gt;100 rep will add it to the CW answer), and include include a brief description of what differentiates it from others and how it can be used (GUI drawing tool which generates code, type in raw text, or generates image for inclusion in document).   We'll eventually sort these answers under headings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="136" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-26T07:07:08.527" LastActivityDate="2010-11-25T17:55:25.207" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-26T22:46:58.560" Title="What graphics packages are there for creating graphics in LaTeX documents?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;" AnswerCount="6" CommentCount="12" FavoriteCount="7" />
  <row Id="206" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="40" CreationDate="2010-07-26T22:48:41.427" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A very, very ugly hack is something like this&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{math}&#xA;\bordermatrix{ &amp;amp; &amp;amp; \overbrace{\qquad \qquad }^{R} \cr &#xA;A \left\{ \begin{array}{c} \\ \\ \end{array} \right.&amp;amp; \begin{array}{c}&#xA;v1 \\ v2 \\ v3 \end{array} &amp;amp; \begin{array}{ccc} f &amp;amp; g &amp;amp; h \\ g &amp;amp; h &amp;amp; f&#xA;\\ h &amp;amp; g &amp;amp; f \end{array} \cr &#xA;&amp;amp; a &amp;amp; \begin{array}{ccc} 1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3\end{array} \cr}&#xA;\end{math}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It uses the TeX command &lt;code&gt;\bordermatrix{}&lt;/code&gt; (which has no equivalent in latex as far as I know), hence the numerous appearances of &lt;code&gt;\cr&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt;, and the necessary last &lt;code&gt;\cr&lt;/code&gt; in the command. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also the bordermatrix produces matrix delimited by parentheses, not square brackets, so that might be not exactly what you want. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T22:48:41.427" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="207" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="143" CreationDate="2010-07-26T22:52:49.737" Score="17" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's my compilation of the suggestions given. Feel free to edit other suggestions in as appropriate, in addition to posting each suggestion in a separate answer. Note that this list is manually updated, and may not include all the other answers that have been posted! If you find some other answer helpful, please upvote it as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;General-purpose reference collections that provide BibTeX citations&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/143/what-are-good-sites-to-find-citations-in-bibtex-format/185#185&quot;&gt;Google Scholar&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/143/what-are-good-sites-to-find-citations-in-bibtex-format/211#211&quot;&gt;CiteULike&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/143/what-are-good-sites-to-find-citations-in-bibtex-format/152#152&quot;&gt;Amazon&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/143/what-are-good-sites-to-find-citations-in-bibtex-format/779#779&quot;&gt;Nelson Beebe's collection&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/143/what-are-good-sites-to-find-citations-in-bibtex-format/302#302&quot;&gt;Bibsonomy&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Subject-specific collections that provide BibTeX citations&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/143/what-are-good-sites-to-find-citations-in-bibtex-format/153#153&quot;&gt;MathSciNet&lt;/a&gt; (math) (Freely available &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/143/what-are-good-sites-to-find-citations-in-bibtex-format/781#781&quot;&gt;via MRef&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/143/what-are-good-sites-to-find-citations-in-bibtex-format/152#152&quot;&gt;ACM catalog&lt;/a&gt; (CS)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/143/what-are-good-sites-to-find-citations-in-bibtex-format/152#152&quot;&gt;IEEE catalog&lt;/a&gt; (engineering/technical)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/143/what-are-good-sites-to-find-citations-in-bibtex-format/157#157&quot;&gt;Collection of CS Bibliographies&lt;/a&gt; (computer science)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/143/what-are-good-sites-to-find-citations-in-bibtex-format/208#208&quot;&gt;DBLP&lt;/a&gt; (math/CS)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.slac.stanford.edu/spires/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;SPIRES&lt;/a&gt; (high-energy physics)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/143/what-are-good-sites-to-find-citations-in-bibtex-format/182#182&quot;&gt;Citing Wikipedia itself&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/143/what-are-good-sites-to-find-citations-in-bibtex-format/305#305&quot;&gt;TeXMed&lt;/a&gt;, of PubMed (medicine, biology, bioinformatics)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Reference managers that allow BibTeX export/import&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/143/what-are-good-sites-to-find-citations-in-bibtex-format/194#194&quot;&gt;Mendeley&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/143/what-are-good-sites-to-find-citations-in-bibtex-format/155#155&quot;&gt;Zotero&lt;/a&gt; (Firefox extension)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/143/what-are-good-sites-to-find-citations-in-bibtex-format/164#164&quot;&gt;JabRef&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/143/what-are-good-sites-to-find-citations-in-bibtex-format/296#296&quot;&gt;Bibliophile&lt;/a&gt; for converting from other formats&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="125" LastEditorUserId="117" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-10T16:21:02.073" LastActivityDate="2010-12-10T16:21:02.073" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-26T22:52:49.737" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="208" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="143" CreationDate="2010-07-26T22:53:30.487" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.informatik.uni-trier.de/~ley/db/index.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;DBLP&lt;/a&gt; has good BibTeX entries for much of computer science.  Their coverage is not comprehensive, and they have some awkward gaps pre-2000, but it is one of my favourite sources.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="132" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T22:53:30.487" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="209" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="203" CreationDate="2010-07-26T22:57:02.697" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The package &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyvrb/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;fancyvrb&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; supports this. Just put &lt;code&gt;\VerbatimFootnotes&lt;/code&gt; anywhere after the preamble, and then:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;We can put verbatim\footnote{\verb+_Yes!_+} text in footnotes.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: As pointed out in the comment and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=verbwithin&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;, this may conflict with some footnote-specific packages, e.g. &lt;code&gt;footmisc&lt;/code&gt; when used with the &quot;para&quot; option, but there are other alternatives. Quoting two from there:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The memoir class defines its \footnote command so that it will accept verbatim in its arguments, without any supporting package. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;With fancyverb, you can \SaveVerb something and \UseVerb it in a footnote&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="48" LastEditorUserId="48" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-26T23:28:41.880" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T23:28:41.880" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="210" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="215" CreationDate="2010-07-26T22:57:32.307" Score="8" ViewCount="234" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to have two distinct sequences of &quot;footnotes&quot; in a single text, one as footnotes, the other as endnotes. Can this be accomplished in LaTeX? If so, how?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In case it isn't clear what I mean, here's the use-case. Sometimes one has two distinct classes of material for notes:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Notes that extend or amplify the discussion of the text and that most readers would want to (or ought to) read, and&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Notes containing only scholarly apparatus or points of relevance to only the most specialized of specialists.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is especially helpful if these two classes of notes can have a different sequence of references and if those of type (1) are footnotes while those of type (2) are endnotes. &#xA;(This use can be seen in, for instance, Martha Nusbaum's &lt;a href=&quot;http://books.google.ca/books?id=GCKqZkyzFO0C&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;dq=inauthor%3a%22Martha+Craven+Nussbaum%22&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;ei=6g9OTM7hNKOQnwe78cXYCw&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;oi=book_result&amp;amp;ct=result&amp;amp;resnum=4&amp;amp;ved=0CDsQ6AEwAw#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;The fragility of Goodness&lt;/a&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would love to be able to achieve this in LaTeX, but I have no idea how to go about it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="93" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-30T09:21:48.117" LastActivityDate="2010-08-30T09:21:48.117" Title="How can I get two sequences of &quot;footnotes&quot; in one LaTeX document, one as footnotes, the other as endnotes?" Tags="&lt;footnotes&gt;&lt;endnotes&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="211" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="143" CreationDate="2010-07-26T22:58:44.800" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.citeulike.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.citeulike.org/&lt;/a&gt; Briliant cite with loads of references and it is a bit of &quot;social&quot; referencing. You can create, import, export collections as bibtex and manage all of them online. It is pre-populated with loads of sources (I personally care only about IEEE which they pre-import via links.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With this website the reference entry are by far the largest I saw including multiple web-view &amp;amp; purches links, full abstracts and customisable keys. Stopped writting bibtex files by-hand long time ago.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="137" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T22:58:44.800" />
  <row Id="212" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="210" CreationDate="2010-07-26T23:01:31.720" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can achieve this by using &lt;code&gt;\footnote&lt;/code&gt; for Case 1 and &lt;code&gt;\cite&lt;/code&gt; for Case 2.  While &lt;code&gt;\cite&lt;/code&gt; is designed to point to elements of the References list, there is no reason that your references must contain bibliographic data exclusively.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="32" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T23:01:31.720" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="213" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="205" CreationDate="2010-07-26T23:09:05.953" Score="18" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Depends on your particular needs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would recommend TikZ. Powerful, flexible, easy to use &amp;amp; stunning quality.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See samples here &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="137" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T23:09:05.953" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-26T23:09:05.953" />
  <row Id="214" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="241" CreationDate="2010-07-26T23:14:54.210" Score="14" ViewCount="475" Body="&lt;p&gt;Making tables in LaTeX can be painful. All you need is a semi complex table with cells that have to span multiple rows/columns. What tools do you use to get around this complexity? Tabular? Tabularx? Are there others?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="10" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-27T10:39:02.487" LastActivityDate="2011-01-16T00:03:16.567" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-27T00:55:07.953" Title="What table tools/packages do you use?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;tables&gt;" AnswerCount="4" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="215" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="210" CreationDate="2010-07-26T23:18:27.950" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Have you looked at the &lt;code&gt;endnotes&lt;/code&gt; package? It does precisely what you want, with the option to collect both footnotes and endnotes into one. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/endnotes.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/endnotes.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T23:18:27.950" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="216" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="223" CreationDate="2010-07-26T23:19:57.777" Score="4" ViewCount="325" Body="&lt;p&gt;My thesis currently has a few pdftricks pictures and tikz pictures. It takes a while to compile over &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/45/how-can-i-speed-up-latex-compilation/86#&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here Scott&lt;/a&gt; says he has some scripts to automate externalising TikZ pictures.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm looking ideally for something that will automatically name sequentially all of my figures, generate the graphics for them and automagically include them. I don't mind if I have to delete them by hand to recompile them if I change the code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For pdftricks &amp;amp; TikZ please =) cause currently latex is spanned for each pdftricks picture to generate a pdf graphic, and tikz compilations starts to take up time.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ps. half way through thesis I found out tikz but don't have time to redo pdftricks graphics.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="137" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-16T12:40:47.540" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T12:40:47.540" Title="Automagically externalising pdftricks and TikZ pictures" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;compiling&gt;&lt;pstricks&gt;&lt;pdftricks&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="217" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="165" CreationDate="2010-07-26T23:37:34.207" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One package that I'll do a shout out for is &lt;a href=&quot;http://tclab.kaist.ac.kr/ipe/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Ipe&lt;/a&gt;. You should think of Ipe as the next generation of xfig: great for line drawings, and by far the best killer feature: WYSIWYG latex. Ipe 7 has many of the modern vector graphics features (gradients, shading, transparency) etc that inkscape has, and is perfect for quick and dirty drawings. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;it also has an extensible API, so if you need to demonstrate your algorithm, you can actually write an Ipe plugin in C++ that does the computation for you. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="103" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T23:37:34.207" />
  <row Id="218" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="214" CreationDate="2010-07-26T23:56:21.940" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One excellent package is the multicol package for spreading things across multiple columns or rows. I highly recommend it. tabularx is also very good. the cline package allows for partial lines to separate columns.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="103" LastActivityDate="2010-07-26T23:56:21.940" />
  <row Id="219" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="224" CreationDate="2010-07-26T23:57:53.980" Score="-1" ViewCount="114" Body="&lt;p&gt;If I have some text and then \phantom{more text}, will LaTeX just allow an overfull (invisible) box at the end of the line, or could it potentially put in a line break and then have the invisible box at the start of the next line?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="136" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-27T10:37:57.340" LastActivityDate="2010-08-27T10:55:10.377" Title="Will the \phantom{...} command break left justification if placed at the end of a line?" Tags="&lt;line-breaking&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="220" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="221" CreationDate="2010-07-27T00:05:18.847" Score="11" ViewCount="630" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to write my final thesis using LaTeX, what should I do in order to be able to do that through Eclipse on a Mac OS X? If any another good editor exists, feel free to write your opinion on why using this instead of something else.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="62" LastEditorUserId="62" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-06T13:04:19.763" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T13:04:19.763" Title="I want to start using LaTeX on Mac OS X. Where do I start?" Tags="&lt;installing&gt;&lt;osx&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="221" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="220" CreationDate="2010-07-27T00:07:33.710" Score="18" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/mactex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;MacTeX&lt;/a&gt; is your friend!  This contains the latest TeXLive distribution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personally, I edit using &lt;a href=&quot;http://aquamacs.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Aquamacs&lt;/a&gt; with AUCTeX and friends enabled.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="18" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T00:07:33.710" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="222" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="375" CreationDate="2010-07-27T00:10:11.973" Score="16" ViewCount="335" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are at least two use cases where one might want to list items in a bibliography under separate subsections with different numbering conventions. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;a CV, where you'd like to list journal papers, conference papers, workshop papers, etc under different categories (often needed in academic settings)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;an annotated bibliography, where you might need different sections for different topics being covered. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I'd like is a method that allows me to specify names of subsections, and for an added bonus, different numbering conventions for each subsection, and then will list \cites in different sections as per my wishes. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="103" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-10T18:04:55.893" LastActivityDate="2010-12-10T18:04:55.893" Title="How do I break up a bibliography into separately numbered sections" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;" AnswerCount="4" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="223" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="216" CreationDate="2010-07-27T00:11:34.390" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you have a recent version of tikz, there is a handy command that will do this for you.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you go here: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/builds/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.texample.net/tikz/builds/&lt;/a&gt; you can download a up-to-date version of tikz. The documentation has instructions on how to implement the externalization in  section 4.31 Externalization (in the current documentation this is page 340).  The basic setup is explained in an example.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I use this for my own research and it is extremely easy.  You can find a file I have implemented this in here &lt;a href=&quot;http://pastebin.com/xYcqfXPn&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;more-ar-quivers.tex&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="144" LastEditorUserId="144" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-27T00:17:45.530" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T00:17:45.530" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="224" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="219" CreationDate="2010-07-27T00:14:23.917" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to the test I just did, LaTeX will break the line before the invisible box under certain circumstances; however the box has to begin very close to the end of the line in order for this to happen. Otherwise it'll just complain about an overfull (invisible) hbox.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To see it yourself, try compiling this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA; blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah&#xA; blah blah % remove this line to get overfull hbox&#xA; \phantom{blah blah blah foo blah blah blah blah blah blah}&#xA; blah blah blah blah&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As it is, this document produces a blank space on the beginning of the second line. But if you remove the last two &lt;code&gt;blah&lt;/code&gt;s before the &lt;code&gt;\phantom&lt;/code&gt;, you get the blank space appearing at the end of the first line, and the second line starting at the left margin.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="125" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T00:14:23.917" />
  <row Id="225" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="230" CreationDate="2010-07-27T00:14:47.673" Score="6" ViewCount="826" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are many different kind of options that you can do  in order to start using LaTeX on Ubuntu. I would prefer doing that through Eclipse, but if there is a better way of doing it, feel free to write your opinion on why using this instead of something else.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="62" LastActivityDate="2010-09-30T21:52:15.997" Title="I want to start using LaTeX on Ubuntu. Where do I start?" Tags="&lt;installing&gt;&lt;ubuntu&gt;&lt;linux&gt;&lt;editors&gt;" AnswerCount="6" />
  <row Id="226" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-07-27T00:18:26.030" Score="18" ViewCount="1113" Body="&lt;p&gt;One of the annoying aspects of LaTeX is the limited number of fonts that come by default, and the pain involved in making new fonts 'LaTeX' ready. I have a collection of truetype fonts that I'd like to prepare for use, and I definitely want to make sure I have vector versions of these fonts (i.e not type 3/bitmapped versions). Is there a relatively painless way to do this ? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="103" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-10T11:12:00.877" LastActivityDate="2010-10-19T18:33:50.303" Title="Installing TTF fonts in LaTeX" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;installing&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="5" />
  <row Id="227" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="235" CreationDate="2010-07-27T00:23:48.983" Score="12" ViewCount="237" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to add a footer to my document displaying the current number out of total number of pages. How do I do that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="62" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-14T13:56:28.287" LastActivityDate="2010-08-14T13:56:28.287" Title="How can I add &quot;page # of ##&quot; on my document?" Tags="&lt;header-footer&gt;&lt;page-numbering&gt;&lt;lastpage&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="228" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="225" CreationDate="2010-07-27T00:25:24.923" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The package you want to install the &lt;code&gt;texlive&lt;/code&gt; package, or one of the things it depends on. Something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;sudo aptitude install texlive-latex-extra&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ought to get you a pretty good starting point.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for editors, even the basic pre-installed gedit (&quot;Text Editor&quot;) should at least offer syntax highlighting.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="60" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T00:25:24.923" />
  <row Id="229" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="225" CreationDate="2010-07-27T00:28:44.323" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't run Ubuntu but perhaps these links will help:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://help.ubuntu.com/community/LaTeX&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;https://help.ubuntu.com/community/LaTeX&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://texlipse.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://texlipse.sourceforge.net/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="20" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T00:28:44.323" />
  <row Id="230" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="225" CreationDate="2010-07-27T00:30:27.223" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Eclipse strikes me as an odd choice of an IDE to use for LaTeX, but I guess it should work, since the steps in producing a LaTeX-generated document are quite similar to those involved in producing a computer program.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first step is obviously to make sure you have Eclipse and LaTeX themselves installed. Then, if you haven't already done so, you should definitely install the &lt;a href=&quot;http://texlipse.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeXlipse plugin&lt;/a&gt; or some equivalent, which provides syntax highlighting and autocompletion, among other things. (Without it, Eclipse would be nothing more than a glorified text editor and in that case you'd be better off just using a plain text editor.) The TeXlipse &lt;a href=&quot;http://texlipse.sourceforge.net/manual/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;user manual&lt;/a&gt; provides a good description, including screenshots, which I would recommend you follow to the letter, as all the enabled features will most likely be useful to you. Once you've got the plugin installed and configured, just open a project and try compiling it to make sure it works and to get a sense of how the process works.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Eclipse is, of course, not the only IDE you can use for LaTeX; there are specialized LaTeX editors available. My favorite happens to be &lt;a href=&quot;http://kile.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Kile&lt;/a&gt;, which also provides syntax highlighting and autocompletion, as well as a LaTeX symbol list and graphical build commands that are designed specifically for the LaTeX toolchain. It is based on KDE, so if you are using the default graphical environment for Ubuntu (Gnome) you may have to install some - okay, a lot of - extra packages to use Kile, and it's your choice whether that's worth it or not.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="125" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T00:30:27.223" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="231" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="214" CreationDate="2010-07-27T00:34:09.837" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;h2&gt;External Tools&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I find that a lot of the pain involved in creating LaTeX tables comes simply from laying them out- it's tough to make a table markup syntax that isn't tedious to type and modify.  Because of this, I use other programs to help me deal with some of the work involved in creating tables:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If my LaTeX editor has a table wizard, I use it to create the table.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If my data is in a spreadsheet, I use a plugin to export it to LaTeX.  For Excel, I use &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/excel2latex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;excel2latex&lt;/a&gt; and for OpenOffice I use &lt;a href=&quot;http://extensions.services.openoffice.org/en/project/Calc2LaTeX&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;calc2latex&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If my data is in R, I use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://cran.r-project.org/web/packages/xtable/index.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;xtable&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I find these tools take care of 80-95% of the work required to create a table- I then go through and refine some of the stylistic choices.  The only problem with this approach is that the tools aren't of much use if a table requires a substantial update or re-write or needs to be generated automatically from an arbitrary dataset.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;LaTeX Packages&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personally, I use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=memoir&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Memoir&lt;/a&gt; class for the majority of my documents.  Memoir integrates the functionality of a ton of table packages such as booktabs and tabularx and integrates them in a sane way so your document doesn't end up with a list of &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{}&lt;/code&gt;s that is a mile long.  See Chapter 11: Rows and Columns of the Memoir manual for a description of the support provided by the class for tabular material.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In addition to Memoir, I often augment it's capabilities with the following two packages:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=longtable&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;longtable&lt;/a&gt; package for laying out tables that flow across more than one page.  Longtable's handling of table headers and footers is extremely nice for putting things like &quot;Continued on the next page...&quot; exactly where they are supposed to be.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=siunitx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;siunitx&lt;/a&gt; package- this package is all about typesetting units and numbers.  The sinuitx package adds the &lt;code&gt;S&lt;/code&gt; column descriptor which can be used to perform all kinds of advanced formatting for table columns that contain numbers such as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Alignment of separators such as commas and decimal points.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Automatic rounding, truncation or conversion to scientific notation.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T00:34:09.837" />
  <row Id="232" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="249" CreationDate="2010-07-27T00:34:15.920" Score="14" ViewCount="383" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello all,&#xA;(glad we are at beta stage!!)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I imagine that many users are or were [PhD] students, so I would like to know: how do you use LaTeX to write a document (like the final dissertation) that requires many revisions from other people. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I work with my professor, I usually send him a PDF generated by LaTeX and the source files. He then uses a process like such:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Define some color for his commentaries or additions to the text&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;...&#xA;\define{\profSmith}[1]{{\color{red} #1}}&#xA;...&#xA;Lorem ipsum \profSmith{not very clever}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;He sends me his changes and I check his observations, marking my changes with another &lt;code&gt;\define&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Repeat until everyone is satisfied&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;For final versions comment defines and replace for &lt;code&gt;\define{\profSmith}[1]{#1}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So yes, it is a bit cumbersome. I have tried margin notes, but space is limited and sometimes the professor's correction are inside some phrases or paragraphs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I also thought about Version control differences (like svn, mercurial, etc), but my chances are low: everyone but me uses a one-liner for each paragraph. In consequence, I have a hard time checking these differences.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What do you guys [would] use in this case? Any other ideas or comments?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks a lot!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="146" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T16:16:27.220" Title="How can you use LaTeX to write a document with other people?" Tags="&lt;revision-control&gt;&lt;editors&gt;&lt;notes&gt;" AnswerCount="6" FavoriteCount="7" />
  <row Id="233" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="320" CreationDate="2010-07-27T00:34:35.263" Score="4" ViewCount="297" Body="&lt;p&gt;As &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/14/how-to-look-up-a-math-symbol&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;comprehensive&lt;/a&gt; as the existing set of symbols is, it doesn't have &lt;em&gt;every possible&lt;/em&gt; symbol that could exist, and it really takes the fun out of inventing a new symbol if you can't typeset it nicely.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One option I know of is &quot;combining&quot; existing symbols in some fashion, such as negative spaces. So I could write something like &lt;code&gt;m \gg\!\!= k&lt;/code&gt;, but that technique has obvious limitations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What's the best approach here? (&quot;Stop making up new symbols for no good reason&quot; is a valid answer.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt; For a bit of context my actual interest is in nicer display for typeset source code, particularly making common operators written as multiple ASCII characters look more like a single symbol. This often results in symbols not otherwise used--but recognizable to other programmers--and for which the negative spacing technique suffices. As mentioned in a comment on vanden's answer, I was curious about the more general case.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="129" LastEditorUserId="129" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-27T02:34:33.493" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T08:42:26.953" Title="Using custom symbols" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="234" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="64" CreationDate="2010-07-27T00:35:01.987" Score="14" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/support/latexmk/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Latexmk&lt;/a&gt; is one possibility, although I've never used it myself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="125" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T00:35:01.987" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="235" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="227" CreationDate="2010-07-27T00:35:51.330" Score="16" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have not tried, but I found this at some old .tex files:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{lastpage}&#xA;...&#xA;\cfoot{\thepage\ of \pageref{LastPage}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="146" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T00:35:51.330" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="236" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="226" CreationDate="2010-07-27T00:38:17.377" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One solution is to use &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/XeTeX&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;XeLaTeX&lt;/a&gt;, which lets you use system fonts (mostly) hassle-free.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="101" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T00:38:17.377" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="237" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="227" CreationDate="2010-07-27T00:38:20.623" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/pkg/lastpage&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;lastpage&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package, you can use the &lt;code&gt;\pageref{LastPage}&lt;/code&gt; command to get the final page number of the document.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So the following code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;page \thepage\ of \pageref{LastPage}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;would print &quot;page # of ##&quot; (where # is the current page number and ## is the final page number).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="80" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T00:38:20.623" />
  <row Id="240" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="248" CreationDate="2010-07-27T00:41:36.810" Score="0" ViewCount="147" Body="&lt;p&gt;I wan to be able adding numbered footnotes for some words in my documents, but displaying them on the same page and not at the end of the document. Ho do I do that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="62" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-13T15:38:20.513" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T15:38:20.513" Title="How do I add numbered footnotes on every page?" Tags="&lt;footnotes&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="241" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="214" CreationDate="2010-07-27T00:45:55.617" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I really like &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/booktabs/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;booktabs&lt;/a&gt;, it creates great, high quality tables (when I say quality I mean that they are really easy to read and look very clean). I feel weird when seeing a table with a lot of cluttered &lt;code&gt;\hline&lt;/code&gt;s and &lt;code&gt;\cline&lt;/code&gt;s everywhere...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="146" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T00:45:55.617" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="242" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="93" CreationDate="2010-07-27T00:49:09.243" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://code.google.com/p/texworks/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeXworks&lt;/a&gt; is a great cross-platform, free and open-source editing environment. On Windows it works great, and has a built-in previewer which my previous editing setup with WinEdt did not have. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My most productive setup is having the editor in a window in one half of the monitor, and the previewer in a window in the other half of the monitor. Wide screens make this real nice; you can preview an entire page legibly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="149" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T00:49:09.243" />
  <row Id="243" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11" CreationDate="2010-07-27T00:49:39.960" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ethan Bloch's &lt;a href=&quot;http://math.bard.edu/bloch/basicLaTeX.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;A Brief Introduction to LaTeX for Bard Students&lt;/a&gt; contains exactly enough info to get started (I started texing with it within an hour).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="150" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-29T15:25:25.553" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T15:25:25.553" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-27T00:49:39.960" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="244" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="240" CreationDate="2010-07-27T00:50:36.153" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could define a macro for each term that you want to present this way, as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\myword}{myword\footnote{stuff about myword}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And whenever you would write &lt;code&gt;myword&lt;/code&gt;, you write &lt;code&gt;\myword&lt;/code&gt; instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that this has a slight capitalization issue, in that its case is fixed, regardless of use at the beginning of a sentence.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please take my comment about this being a bad idea to heart, though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="60" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T00:50:36.153" />
  <row Id="245" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="80" CreationDate="2010-07-27T00:53:01.543" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I like &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/europecv/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;europass&lt;/a&gt; and everyone seems impressed when they see the results... specially for Europe applications!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="146" LastEditorUserId="146" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-12T10:21:33.190" LastActivityDate="2010-11-12T10:21:33.190" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-27T00:53:01.543" />
  <row Id="246" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="250" CreationDate="2010-07-27T00:55:34.503" Score="19" ViewCount="1077" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are two different commands to incorporate another file into the source of some document, &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt;. When should I use one or the other? What are the differences between them? Are there more things like them to be aware of?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="60" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-28T10:11:05.573" LastActivityDate="2010-08-28T10:11:05.573" Title="When should I use \input vs \include ?" Tags="&lt;include&gt;&lt;input&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="247" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="232" CreationDate="2010-07-27T00:56:57.013" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use a diff/merge tool to jump through each change made in a file and decide whether you want to accept that change or not. I personally use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.sourcegear.com/diffmerge/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot; title=&quot;diffmerge&quot;&gt;diffmerge&lt;/a&gt; (which is free).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If the other users were to each access your source control system (or if you checked in Professor Smith's changes under an appropriate username), several source controls have a &quot;blame&quot; feature that allows you to identify who made a change to a file (based on who checked that version in). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="147" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T00:56:57.013" />
  <row Id="248" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="240" CreationDate="2010-07-27T01:03:25.097" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If I understand your edited question correctly, you're asking how to attach a footnote to a word and have the footnote display on the same page as the word. (Right?) The first thing I would say is that LaTeX generally does this by default, if you use the &lt;code&gt;\footnote{}&lt;/code&gt; command.  That is, writing the following in your LaTeX source&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;This is some text with a word\footnote{the footnote is attached to &quot;word&quot;}&#xA;and some more words&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will produce a footnote that displays at the bottom of the page on which &lt;code&gt;word&lt;/code&gt; appears.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If your footnotes are appearing at the end of the document instead, there must be some package or class you're using which causes that behavior. It may have an option to switch between footnotes and endnotes, but I couldn't tell you what that might be unless you provide more information (namely, your document preamble).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="125" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T01:03:25.097" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="249" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="232" CreationDate="2010-07-27T01:08:10.797" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/todonotes/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;todonotes&lt;/a&gt; with enlarged margins. You just enlarge the size of your document and one margin, but you keep the textwidth the same. You need to use the geometry package for that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I actually wrote a &lt;a href=&quot;http://jcl.posterous.com/latex-todonotes-and-margins&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;blogpost about it&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A nice point about todonotes is that they are configurable (you can change the colour &amp;amp; background colour of your notes), that way you can define a \todojim{} command, a \todojeff{} command with different colour sets and you will know without any ambiguity who wrote the note.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit : Of course this would not be complete without a proper version control system. Pick your favourite!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="10" LastEditorUserId="10" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-27T16:16:27.220" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T16:16:27.220" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="250" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="246" CreationDate="2010-07-27T01:10:58.857" Score="20" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\input{filename}&lt;/code&gt; imports the commands from &lt;code&gt;filename&lt;/code&gt; into the target file; it's equivalent to typing all the commands from &lt;code&gt;filename&lt;/code&gt; right into the current file where the &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; line is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\include{filename}&lt;/code&gt; renders &lt;code&gt;filename&lt;/code&gt; separately, and merges its output into the current document. This is primarily useful when you have a big project on a slow computer; changing one of the include targets won't force you to regenerate the outputs of all the rest&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt; gets you the speed bonus, but it also can't be nested, can't appear in the preamble, and forces a page break after the included text&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="29" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T01:10:58.857" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="251" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="246" CreationDate="2010-07-27T01:11:08.683" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;From the &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/LaTeX/Basics&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX wikibook&lt;/a&gt; :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;When working on big documents, you&#xA;  might want to split the input file&#xA;  into several parts. LaTeX has three&#xA;  commands to insert a file into another&#xA;  when building the document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The simplest is the \input command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;\input{filename}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;\input inserts the contents of another&#xA;  file, named filename.tex; note that&#xA;  the .tex extension is omitted. For all&#xA;  practical purposes, \input is no more&#xA;  than a simple, automated cut-and-paste&#xA;  of the source code in filename.tex.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The other main inclusion command is&#xA;  \include:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;\include{filename}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The \include command is different from&#xA;  \input in that it's the output that is&#xA;  added instead of the commands from the&#xA;  other files. Therefore a new page will&#xA;  be created at every \include command,&#xA;  which makes it appropriate to use it&#xA;  for large entities such as book&#xA;  chapters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Very large documents (that usually&#xA;  include many files) take a very long&#xA;  time to compile, and most users find&#xA;  it convenient to test their last&#xA;  changes by including only the files&#xA;  they have been working on. One option&#xA;  is to hunt down all \include commands&#xA;  in the inclusion hierarchy and to&#xA;  comment them out:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;%\include{filename1}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;\include{filename2}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;\include{filename3}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;%\include{filename4}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In this case, the user wants to&#xA;  include only filename2.tex and&#xA;  filename3.tex. If the inclusion&#xA;  hierarchy is intricate, commenting can&#xA;  become error-prone: page numbering&#xA;  will change, and any cross references&#xA;  won't work. A better alternative is to&#xA;  retain the include calls and use the&#xA;  \includeonly command in the preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;\includeonly{filename2,filename3}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;This way, only \include commands for&#xA;  the specified files will be executed,&#xA;  and inclusion will be handled in only&#xA;  one place. Note that there must be no&#xA;  spaces between the filenames and the&#xA;  commas.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, you cannot do \include in an \included document, so then just use \input.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="10" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T01:11:08.683" />
  <row Id="252" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="246" CreationDate="2010-07-27T01:11:39.463" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; effectively replaces the command with the contents of the input file. &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt;'s &#xA;can be nested. So, you can write:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;AAA&#xA;&#xA;\input{b}&#xA;&#xA;AAA&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where b.tex is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;BBB&#xA;&#xA;\input{c}&#xA;&#xA;BBB&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and c.tex is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;CCC&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to get output like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;AAA&#xA;BBB&#xA;CCC&#xA;BBB&#xA;AAA&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;include&lt;/code&gt; triggers a newpage both before and after the included material, rather as though you'd used an &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; flanked by &lt;code&gt;\clearpage&lt;/code&gt; commands. &lt;code&gt;include&lt;/code&gt; also supports the &lt;code&gt;\includeonly&lt;/code&gt; mechanism. So, the file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\includeonly{c}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;AAA&#xA;&#xA;\include{b}&#xA;&#xA;\include{c}&#xA;&#xA;AAA &#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;with &lt;code&gt;b.tex&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;c.tex&lt;/code&gt; as before, will produce output with &lt;code&gt;AA&lt;/code&gt; on page one, &lt;code&gt;CCC&lt;/code&gt; on page two, and &lt;code&gt;AAA&lt;/code&gt; on page 3.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\includeonly&lt;/code&gt; pair is very useful for working on long documents: you can &lt;code&gt;\includeonly&lt;/code&gt; the file which you are editing, and compilation is much faster. If you do two runs on the full file before using &lt;code&gt;\includeonly&lt;/code&gt;, page numbers and cross-references will remain valid for the quicker &lt;code&gt;\includeonly&lt;/code&gt; compilation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="93" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-27T01:33:01.020" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T01:33:01.020" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="253" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="225" CreationDate="2010-07-27T01:23:31.760" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you're on ubuntu, then nothing like using XEmacs. Combined with the AUCTeX package, and reftex for handling citations. it's a dream to use, and is really the best IDE available. What it lacks is the nice latex support that Kile has, so I wouldn't recommend it if you're also trying to learn latex. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="103" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T01:23:31.760" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="254" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="232" CreationDate="2010-07-27T01:24:26.360" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Git has nifty options to do diffs like you want =)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://idnotfound.wordpress.com/2009/05/09/word-by-word-diffs-in-git/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://idnotfound.wordpress.com/2009/05/09/word-by-word-diffs-in-git/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also consider this tip to store preamble as a git submodule:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://markelikalderon.com/2008/07/31/keeping-your-latex-preamble-in-a-git-submodule/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://markelikalderon.com/2008/07/31/keeping-your-latex-preamble-in-a-git-submodule/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="137" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T01:24:26.360" />
  <row Id="255" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="232" CreationDate="2010-07-27T01:28:01.797" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use &lt;code&gt;svn&lt;/code&gt; to do version control (but I am the only one with access to the repository, so all I manually commit all edits sent to me via e-mail, with comments about who did what either included in the commit log or in the file itself as comments). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To see and merge differences, I just use &lt;code&gt;vimdiff&lt;/code&gt;, which is the same as using the &lt;code&gt;diff&lt;/code&gt; mode in the &lt;code&gt;vim&lt;/code&gt; editor. This, however, requires prior knowledge on how to use &lt;code&gt;vim&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T01:28:01.797" />
  <row Id="256" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="226" CreationDate="2010-07-27T01:32:26.327" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Prepare for the world of pain.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See the same question I posted on &lt;a href=&quot;http://superuser.com/questions/161718/how-to-create-and-install-all-relevant-font-metrics-and-fontmaps-of-a-truetype-fo&quot;&gt;superuser&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="137" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T01:32:26.327" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="257" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="233" CreationDate="2010-07-27T01:50:58.030" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying hard to resist introducing a dontdothat tag :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;While there genuinely are circumstances where a new symbol is needed, most areas seem to already have an embarrassment of riches. Inventing some new symbol ought be thought over long and hard, as doing so introduces a new barrier to communication. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think we ought to be able to introduce new symbols in TeX and friends (we can), but that it ought be hard enough to discourage frivolous novelty.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If one really wants a new symbol and setting extant symbols on top of one another just won't do, that's what &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/metafont.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;METAFONT&lt;/a&gt; is for.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="93" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-27T03:16:20.427" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T03:16:20.427" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="258" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="318" CreationDate="2010-07-27T01:59:17.870" Score="15" ViewCount="468" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the difference between the &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt; commands in TeX/LaTeX? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ideally please provide a simple example that will illustrate the difference between them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="136" LastEditorUserId="42" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-09T09:00:05.257" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T15:56:22.087" Title="What is the difference between \let and \def?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;tex-core&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="259" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-07-27T02:02:12.637" Score="2" ViewCount="66" Body="&lt;p&gt;I remember when I installed MiKTeX on my PC, I did it by clicking a series of links in a pdf document, which would run the various installer programs.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;What (La)TeX commands were used to make that happen? How would I create a pdf with a link that, when clicked, will run &lt;code&gt;C:\path\program.exe&lt;/code&gt; with command line arguments &lt;code&gt;-args&lt;/code&gt;? Any differences for OSX/Linux?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T02:23:31.040" Title="How do I make links in my pdf to run other programs?" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;miktex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="260" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="264" CreationDate="2010-07-27T02:11:20.600" Score="3" ViewCount="178" Body="&lt;p&gt;I had evince, installed TexLive 2010 pretest (ubuntu lucid linx, fresh install). texdoc was using evince. Then I installed kubuntu ontop, and texdoc switched to okular. Now I've installed acroread and texdoc is using it now.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to globally set it to use evince. How do I do that? (tried all the environmental variables mentioned in the man page and no luck so far)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="137" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-15T17:02:53.293" LastActivityDate="2010-11-15T17:02:53.293" Title="How to set preferred PDF viewer for texdoc in TeXLive 2010 pretest." Tags="&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;environments&gt;&lt;texdoc&gt;&lt;viewers&gt;&lt;evince&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="261" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="222" CreationDate="2010-07-27T02:12:01.177" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't know that it will do all that you ask, but the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/multibib.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;multibib&lt;/a&gt; package will get you at least some of it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="93" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T02:12:01.177" />
  <row Id="262" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="258" CreationDate="2010-07-27T02:12:57.553" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;They're pretty completely different. &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt; copies a command to a new name, while &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt; creates a new command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def \foo {bar}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;creates a new command &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt;, that evaluates to &lt;code&gt;bar&lt;/code&gt; when run.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let \foo \bar&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;copies the commands from the &lt;code&gt;\bar&lt;/code&gt; commands to the &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt; command, so you can call either. Because it's a copy (and not a pointer from one to the other), redefining &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt; won't change the behavior of &lt;code&gt;\baz&lt;/code&gt;. Hence:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def \foo {bar}&#xA;\let \baz \foo&#xA;\baz % Outputs 'bar'&#xA;\def \foo {new-definition}&#xA;\baz % Still outputs 'bar'&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="29" LastEditorUserId="29" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-27T14:33:17.160" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T14:33:17.160" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="263" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="259" CreationDate="2010-07-27T02:23:31.040" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Potentially a high security risk, nonportable and may not work in many viewers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nonetheless, you are probably looking for hyperref, pdftex, pdfx &amp;amp; xmpincl.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The last one is the most complete package I know for including arbitrary XML/PDF stream objects in the pdf and the like.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Check your sample pdf, it was probably was made using Adobe products with ActionScript stuff. The above packages can do some advanced PDF features but I don't know exactly whether they can launch programs with arguments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="137" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T02:23:31.040" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="264" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="260" CreationDate="2010-07-27T02:32:54.340" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If it hasn't changed since TeXLive 2009, you can set&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;viewer_pdf=evince&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in the configuration file. To find out which file to put that in, run&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;texdoc -f&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and you will see some output like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;texdoc 0.61&#xA;Configuration files are:&#xA;    absent      /home/username/texmf/texdoc/texdoc-bin.cnf&#xA;(*) absent      /home/username/texmf/texdoc/texdoc.cnf&#xA;    absent      /home/username/texmf/texdoc/texdoc-dist.cnf&#xA;    absent      /usr/local/share/texmf/texdoc/texdoc-bin.cnf&#xA;    absent      /usr/local/share/texmf/texdoc/texdoc.cnf&#xA;    active      /usr/share/texmf/texdoc/texdoc.cnf&#xA;(*) This is the recommended configuration file for your personal preferences.&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Put the line in the filename marked by the &lt;code&gt;(*)&lt;/code&gt;, creating it if necessary.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT:&lt;/strong&gt; To add to the above explanation: according to the documentation (and again, this is for TeXlive 2009), &lt;code&gt;texdoc&lt;/code&gt; gets its configuration information from 5 sources.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Command-line options (irrelevant for this question, since there's no CL option to set the viewer app)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Environment variables ending with &lt;code&gt;_texdoc&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;code&gt;PDFVIEWER_texdoc&lt;/code&gt; is the one that controls the PDF viewer.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Other environment variables. For the PDF viewer app, these are&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;PDFVIEWER&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;TEXDOCVIEW_pdf&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;TEXDOC_VIEWER_PDF&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The documentation isn't clear on which order they're checked in but &lt;code&gt;PDFVIEWER&lt;/code&gt; is the preferred alternative so I'd expect it to take precedence over the others.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Values from configuration files, read in the order given by &lt;code&gt;texdoc -f&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Hard-coded defaults (system-dependent)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Again, this is all explained in the documentation, which can be accessed by running&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;texdoc texdoc&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="125" LastEditorUserId="125" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-27T03:34:49.873" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T03:34:49.873" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="265" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="269" CreationDate="2010-07-27T03:49:39.700" Score="14" ViewCount="970" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I make text that is larger than the size of the output of {\Huge ...}? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like to be able to make text arbitrary large (even if that is done by some suboptimal scaling routine).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="136" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-29T17:35:15.387" LastActivityDate="2010-08-29T17:48:39.363" Title="Fonts larger than \Huge?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;size&gt;" AnswerCount="7" FavoriteCount="5" />
  <row Id="266" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="265" CreationDate="2010-07-27T03:52:56.187" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In XeTeX (using fontspec) you can use system fonts many of which have a &quot;Scale&quot; attribute you can set to a large number.  For instance, in one document I have this line for a largeish Japanese font:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;\newfontinstance\bigkanafont[Color=000000,Scale=2.5]{Hiragino Mincho Pro W3}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="18" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T03:52:56.187" />
  <row Id="267" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="265" CreationDate="2010-07-27T03:55:33.940" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mostlymaths.net/2009/03/big-fonts-in-latex.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.mostlymaths.net/2009/03/big-fonts-in-latex.html&lt;/a&gt;, you can use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=fix-cm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;fix-cm&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package to get arbitrary-size fonts. In fact, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/cgi-bin/search.py?metadataSearch=fix-cm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;searching CTAN for &lt;code&gt;fix-cm&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; seems to give a few different packages that provide this functionality. I've never used any of them myself so I couldn't tell you which ones might work or not, but it shouldn't be hard to try them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="125" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T03:55:33.940" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="268" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="276" CreationDate="2010-07-27T04:02:42.580" Score="16" ViewCount="793" Body="&lt;p&gt;When trying to write an e-mail address, there are always problems with the @ sign.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Solutions I've seen suggested are using some verbatim environment (more difficult in footnotes) and using a math-mode @.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is &lt;em&gt;the&lt;/em&gt; correct way to do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="135" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-17T19:42:41.040" LastActivityDate="2010-08-17T19:42:41.040" Title="What's the best way to write e-mail addresses?" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;addresses&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="269" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="265" CreationDate="2010-07-27T04:20:45.467" Score="14" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=memoir&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Memoir document class&lt;/a&gt;. It provides two things that are relevant to your question:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;More Base Font Sizes&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The standard LaTeX document classes only allow you to choose 10pt, 11pt or 12point as the &quot;base&quot; font size for your document.  Memoir provides many more choices: 9pt, 10pt, 11pt, 12pt, 14pt, 17pt, 20pt, 25pt, 30pt, 36pt, 48pt and 60pt.  Since all font size declarations are affected by the base font size, using a bigger base font size will make &lt;code&gt;\Huge&lt;/code&gt; render in a bigger font.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;The \HUGE Font Size&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For when it absolutely has to be bigger than &lt;code&gt;\Huge&lt;/code&gt;, crank it to 11 with &lt;code&gt;\HUGE&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://xkcd.com/670/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://imgs.xkcd.com/comics/spinal_tap_amps.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastEditorUserId="17" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-27T07:48:59.843" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T07:48:59.843" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="270" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="268" CreationDate="2010-07-27T04:23:42.827" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are a number of things that you can try:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(with the hyperref package):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;\url{email address} &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or more simply (for monospace font):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;\texttt{email address}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="23" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T04:23:42.827" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="271" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="268" CreationDate="2010-07-27T04:25:33.997" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't think that there is a unique correct way to handle this. As another answer says, you can use hyperref. But, the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/url.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;url&lt;/a&gt; package can also be used to render email addresses:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{url}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\url{me@example.com}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="93" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-27T05:57:05.103" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T05:57:05.103" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="272" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="273" CreationDate="2010-07-27T04:47:16.047" Score="11" ViewCount="409" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I make things link url references, my index, table of contents, and cross references clickable links in documents produced by LaTeX? I generally use pdflatex to produce my documents.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="93" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-31T07:15:26.147" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T07:15:26.147" Title="How to make clickable links and cross-references in pdfs produced by LaTeX?" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;cross-referencing&gt;&lt;links&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="273" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="272" CreationDate="2010-07-27T04:52:17.413" Score="21" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/applications/hyperref/manual.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;hyperref package&lt;/a&gt; does all of these things. you may need to include it with options like backlinks to get back references, but it does everything you need. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="103" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T04:52:17.413" />
  <row Id="274" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="277" CreationDate="2010-07-27T04:58:52.147" Score="7" ViewCount="367" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need to use a minipage environment and I need a footnote in that minipage. I want the footnote to be numbered in the normal footnote sequence and to occur together with the rest of the footnotes in my document. But, as this minimal example shows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Spam&#xA;&#xA;\begin{minipage}{.5\linewidth}&#xA;    Foo\footnote{bar}&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;&#xA;Ham&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the obvious thing produces a footnote that 1) appears at the bottom of the minipage, and not the page itself, and 2) is &quot;numbered&quot; alphabetically. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I get a regular footnote in a minipage?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="93" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-30T18:37:20.330" LastActivityDate="2010-08-30T18:37:20.330" Title="Can I get a normal footnote in a minipage environement in LaTeX? How?" Tags="&lt;footnotes&gt;&lt;minipage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="275" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="285" CreationDate="2010-07-27T05:13:18.363" Score="9" ViewCount="372" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sometimes I find that floats don't fit nicely on a page, so I use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\resizebox{\textwidth}{!}{ &amp;lt;blah blah blah&amp;gt; }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;so that the borders match the margins.  However, I'm now working on a paper in two-column format (specifically using sigplanconf.cls) and if I use the above command, it stretches the table over both columns.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way I can find the &quot;proper&quot; \textwidth?  As in, a variable that describes the width of a single column.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="154" LastActivityDate="2010-09-27T14:42:42.913" Title="How to find the \textwidth in two-column mode?" Tags="&lt;margins&gt;&lt;two-column&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="276" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="268" CreationDate="2010-07-27T05:13:30.313" Score="16" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another thing one can to with the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/hyperref.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;hyperref&lt;/a&gt; package is to use the &lt;code&gt;href&lt;/code&gt; command&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\href{mailto:me@example.com}{me@example.com}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which has the advantage that when clicked-on in an electronic document, it will (ideally) call up the mailer and cue up the e-mail address. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-03T23:42:38.393" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T23:42:38.393" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="277" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="274" CreationDate="2010-07-27T05:20:48.227" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You should use the &lt;code&gt;footnotemark&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;footnotetext&lt;/code&gt; commands to artificially insert the mark and text. See, e.g. &lt;a href=&quot;http://latex.computersci.org/Reference/Footnotes&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://latex.computersci.org/Reference/Footnotes&lt;/a&gt; , for usage information. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T05:20:48.227" />
  <row Id="278" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="338" CreationDate="2010-07-27T05:27:32.507" Score="7" ViewCount="410" Body="&lt;p&gt;The commands &lt;code&gt;\clap&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\llap&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\rlap&lt;/code&gt; are useful &quot;horizontal&quot; analogues of &lt;code&gt;\smash&lt;/code&gt;: they reduce the horizontal width of a box to zero, aligning the box with either the middle, left or right of the typeset contents. Unfortunately they don't work in math mode.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Can someone suggest a math mode macro that has the effect of &lt;code&gt;\clap&lt;/code&gt; and friends?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="77" LastEditorUserId="46" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-28T22:57:10.047" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T22:57:10.047" Title="Can I use \clap, \rlap and \llap in math mode?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;mathmode&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="279" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="282" CreationDate="2010-07-27T05:29:31.270" Score="12" ViewCount="195" Body="&lt;p&gt;Often floats may land quite a bit later in the document than the point they are created, sometimes after a section break.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Is there a way to force a new section to start on a new page, after any unplaced floats?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="77" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-05T22:39:28.617" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T22:39:28.617" Title="How do I ensure that figures appear in the section they're associated with?" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;page-breaking&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;sections-paragraphs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="280" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="284" CreationDate="2010-07-27T05:31:55.040" Score="6" ViewCount="150" Body="&lt;p&gt;In my field of work, mathematical operators that live on reduced dimensions are customarily defined as the normal one with a slash through it. For example, the gradient is usually written as &lt;code&gt;\nabla&lt;/code&gt;, and if we restrict the gradient to the surface of a sphere, we usually denote it by the same symbol with a slash through it. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One way to produce a similar effect is to (ab)use the &lt;code&gt;\not&lt;/code&gt; command. But as it is really built for binary relations, the slashes that it produces looks weirdly off-centre when applied to objects that are not binary relations. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a better way to get slashes through arbitrary symbols?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T05:41:26.023" Title="Slashed symbols" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;mathmode&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="281" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="279" CreationDate="2010-07-27T05:33:22.433" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The command &lt;code&gt;\clearpage&lt;/code&gt; will not only start a new page, but will also force any unset floats to be set before the page break. For documents with a left and a right page, &lt;code&gt;\cleardoublepage&lt;/code&gt; does the same, but also ensures that the next non-blank page is a right hand page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is all independent of the section break, save that if you are using a class that does not put a page break before section breaks, this method will force them. But, from your question, this doesn't seem to be a problem in your case.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="93" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T05:33:22.433" />
  <row Id="282" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="279" CreationDate="2010-07-27T05:35:10.450" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/placeins.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;placeins&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="143" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T05:35:10.450" />
  <row Id="283" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="48" CreationDate="2010-07-27T05:36:24.347" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;E.g.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\deflist#1{\ifx#1\stop\let\next=\kill\else\let\next=\parse\fi\next{#1}}  &#xA;\def\kill#1{\relax}&#xA;\def\parse#1#2{\newcommand{#1}{\operatorname{#2}}\deflist}&#xA;&#xA;\deflist&#xA;\holim{holim}&#xA;\hocolim{hocolim}&#xA;\stop&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;works (although I can't recommend using such tricks).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="85" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T05:36:24.347" />
  <row Id="284" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="280" CreationDate="2010-07-27T05:41:26.023" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is a package to do this, appropriately called &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=slashed&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;slashed&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="125" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T05:41:26.023" />
  <row Id="285" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="275" CreationDate="2010-07-27T05:45:25.347" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try &lt;code&gt;\columnwidth&lt;/code&gt; as a drop-in replacement for &lt;code&gt;\textwidth&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="125" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T05:45:25.347" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="286" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="290" CreationDate="2010-07-27T06:09:44.753" Score="8" ViewCount="461" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to use LaTeX for exam and assignment papers for a class that I am teaching. I obviously could just do the whole thing myself. But, what alternatives are there for easily typesetting such documents? Ideally, the solution would handle points (providing a total) or percentage values (ensuring they sum to 100), multi-part questions, optionally provide space for answers, and allow for all of fill in the blanks, multiple choice, and straight-up questions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="93" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-30T21:46:19.130" LastActivityDate="2010-08-31T10:22:02.493" Title="How can I typeset an exam or assignment paper in LaTeX?" Tags="&lt;exam&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="287" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="204" CreationDate="2010-07-27T06:16:58.730" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Perhaps not quite what you're after, but the trace package is used by the LaTeX Project to get a feel for the 'cost' of different things. This package lets you include every TeX expansion and assignment in the log file. So you can check how many lines a particular function adds to the log, which gives you an idea of how hard TeX is working to do whatever you've asked for. Other than that, the approach I take is to create simple test files (say one with a loop to repeat one function many times), then use 'time' at the command line to see what changes as I alter the input.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T06:16:58.730" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="288" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="226" CreationDate="2010-07-27T06:17:06.983" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;LuaTeX brings TTF-support, but I have no Idea how mature it is right now.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="97" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T06:17:06.983" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="290" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="286" CreationDate="2010-07-27T06:30:44.210" Score="16" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Check out the exam document class; it does all that and more!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/exam/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/exam/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've also had great success using it for homeworks and such (both as an instructor and as a student).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="92" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T06:30:44.210" />
  <row Id="291" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="295" CreationDate="2010-07-27T06:34:11.893" Score="13" ViewCount="540" Body="&lt;p&gt;How to wrap text around a figure in LaTeX like this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit.&#xA;Aenean quis mi ut elit interdum imperdiet quis non ante.&#xA;Sed imperdiet, sapien quis    +------------------------+&#xA;viverra rhoncus, tellus dui   |                        |&#xA;dictum nisl, at porta purus   |                        |&#xA;ipsum ac turpis. Fusce auctor |         FIGURE         |&#xA;ullamcorper adipiscing. Nunc  |          HERE          |&#xA;non quam ac orci egestas con- |                        |&#xA;sequat ut eget quam. Cras     |                        |&#xA;blandit condimentum ornare.   +------------------------+&#xA;Curabitur aliquam, nulla sit amet iaculis tristique, mi&#xA;nulla auctor magna, sit amet imperdiet ante arcu a libero.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="82" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T12:47:29.743" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T12:47:29.743" Title="How to wrap text around a figure?" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;wrapfigure&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="292" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="232" CreationDate="2010-07-27T06:36:14.120" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I usually use &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.dropbox.com/referrals/NTIxNzUxNzg5&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot; title=&quot;Dropbox&quot;&gt;Dropbox&lt;/a&gt; to manage files, using comments in the code to specify changes and notes, though the collaboration is usually done somewhat synchronously, with communication in some other form (IM, talking IRL, etc.) to help co-ordinate who is doing what...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="92" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T06:36:14.120" />
  <row Id="293" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="167" CreationDate="2010-07-27T06:36:55.163" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't know of a pre-built package that allows you to do this, but if I correctly understand what you're after then it is achievable by combining a counter with custom commands and the &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; package.  The first step is to create a new counter for the described items, and a pair of new commands to use in place of &lt;code&gt;\item&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\ref&lt;/code&gt;.  In the preamble, put the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcounter{desccount}&#xA;\newcommand{\descitem}[1]{%&#xA;  \item[#1] \refstepcounter{desccount}\label{#1}&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand{\descref}[1]{\hyperref[#1]{#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The new command &lt;code&gt;\descitem&lt;/code&gt; is to be used in place of &lt;code&gt;\item&lt;/code&gt; within a &lt;code&gt;description&lt;/code&gt; environment.  It takes a single argument and creates an item labeled with it.  It also increments the new counter, sets it as the current value for the &lt;code&gt;\ref&lt;/code&gt; command, and labels the location with the item's descriptor.  The new command &lt;code&gt;\descref&lt;/code&gt; takes the same argument and makes a hyperlink reference to the label, displaying the argument instead of the counter's value.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The commands work together like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{description}&#xA;  \descitem{foo} foo is good&#xA;  \descitem{bar} bar is bad&#xA;\end{description}&#xA;...&#xA;For good things (see, for example \descref{foo})... &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="32" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T06:36:55.163" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="294" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="278" CreationDate="2010-07-27T06:48:14.673" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't know if they are implemented in a specific package (search CTAN), but there's an article in TUGBoat, (TUGboat 22 (2001), 350–352.) that gives an implementation.  Here's the article on the author's website:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://math.arizona.edu/~aprl/publications/mathclap/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://math.arizona.edu/~aprl/publications/mathclap/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I suspect that anyone putting this in a package would have used the same names, or at least referred to this article, so searching on CTAN for the command names used there would be a reasonable thing to do.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Breadcrumb trail: I first learnt of this via &lt;a href=&quot;http://golem.ph.utexas.edu/~distler/blog/itex2MMLcommands.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this blog post&lt;/a&gt; about these commands in iTeX.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I'm feeling generous: I just tried the obvious searches on CTAN and nothing came up; so based on that, you should copy the definitions from that article.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T06:48:14.673" />
  <row Id="295" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="291" CreationDate="2010-07-27T06:48:29.167" Score="17" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/wrapfig.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;wrapfig&lt;/a&gt; package. The documentation in the &lt;code&gt;.sty&lt;/code&gt; file itself says:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The &quot;wrapfigure&quot; and &quot;wraptable&quot; environments interact&#xA;  properly with the &quot;\caption&quot; command to produce proper numbering, but&#xA;  they are not regular floats like &quot;figure&quot; and &quot;table&quot;, so (beware!) they&#xA;  may be printed out of sequence with the regular floats. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="93" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-27T19:29:58.020" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T19:29:58.020" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="296" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="143" CreationDate="2010-07-27T06:57:40.083" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Slightly orthogonal to the actual question, but hopefully useful to anyone interested in the answers to it, there are libraries that convert from one format to another and these can often be more useful than finding a website that exports them in exactly the right format.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, for PHP then &lt;a href=&quot;http://bibliophile.sourceforge.net/downloads.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;bibliophile&lt;/a&gt; has a library for converting to and from BibTeX.  This is used by programs such as &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.refbase.net&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;refbase&lt;/a&gt; for exporting references in BibTeX format.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Indeed, rather than a piecemeal approach, I would recommend using a reference program which can import and export to several formats (including BibTeX).  Some have been mentioned in the answers above already.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T06:57:40.083" />
  <row Id="297" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="330" CreationDate="2010-07-27T06:59:56.897" Score="11" ViewCount="494" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sometimes I want to describe portions of an equation using &lt;code&gt;\underbrace&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\overbrace&lt;/code&gt; in such a way that the portions are not completely distinct, for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;        /-------\&#xA;x = A + B + C + D + E&#xA;    \-------/   \---/&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;What is the best way to do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="32" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-27T10:46:38.763" LastActivityDate="2010-08-27T10:46:38.763" Title="How can I get an underbrace and an overbrace to partially overlap in an equation?" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;brackets&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="298" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="232" CreationDate="2010-07-27T07:07:50.517" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=changes&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;changes&lt;/a&gt; package, which allows authors to mark their changes and makes them colourful and so easier to spot.  There's also the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=latexdiff&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;latexdiff&lt;/a&gt; program which is a bit like running diff except that you can process the output via LaTeX and get a more useful way of displaying the differences, (see also &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=ldiff&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ldiff&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One tip if you're using non-LaTeX-specific tools (such as a DVCS or commands like &lt;code&gt;diff&lt;/code&gt;): use linebreaks only at the end of sentences.  It makes the output from diff (and similar) much more informative (for more detailed reasoning, see &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.math.ntnu.no/~stacey/HowDidIDoThat/LaTeX/versioning.html#stagetwo%3alinewrapping&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this part&lt;/a&gt; of my experiences of switching to using a DVCS with LaTeX).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T07:07:50.517" />
  <row Id="299" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="543" CreationDate="2010-07-27T07:12:45.047" Score="7" ViewCount="1039" Body="&lt;p&gt;I often format path names with \texttt which can be very long. Usually Tex will not break this text. The line will just create a hbox overflow. It looks like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;................&#xA;...C:\documents and settings&#xA;................&#xA;................&#xA;................&#xA;................&#xA;................&#xA;................&#xA;................&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How do I get Tex to create a line break?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="168" LastEditorUserId="132" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-06T13:22:47.890" LastActivityDate="2010-08-06T13:22:47.890" Title="How to get long \texttt sections to break" Tags="&lt;line-breaking&gt;&lt;texttt&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="300" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="265" CreationDate="2010-07-27T07:12:55.310" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A quick search on CTAN turned up &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=anyfontsize&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;anyfontsize&lt;/a&gt;.  To quote the description:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The package allows the to user select any font size (via e.g.  \fontsize{...}{...}\selectfont ), even those sizes that are not listed in the .fd file.  If such a size is requested, LaTeX will search for and select the nearest listed size; anyfontsize will then scale the font to the size actually requested.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Similar functionality is available for the CM family (type1cm), for the EC family (type1ec), or for either computer modern encoding (fix-cm); the present package generalises the facility.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T07:12:55.310" />
  <row Id="301" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-07-27T07:25:02.380" Score="19" ViewCount="352" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I produce exercises in one part of a LaTeX document with selected answers in another? I could, of course, simply typeset the questions and the answers separately, but this is too likely lead to divergence in the labels for the questions and the answers as the document is edited. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I'd really like is a command that would allow me to typeset exercises at the point at which the command was used and which took an optional argument for a solution to be stored until a final section (chapter, or part) &quot;Selected Exercise Answers&quot;. I'd like the questions (and the selected answers) to be labeled in the output by Chapter.Section.Question or even Chapter.Question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="93" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-17T19:13:06.023" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T22:00:22.373" Title="How can I produce exercises in one part of a LaTeX document with selected answers in another?" Tags="&lt;exercises&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="6" />
  <row Id="302" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="143" CreationDate="2010-07-27T07:26:39.287" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use &lt;a href=&quot;http://bibsonomy.org&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;BibSonomy&lt;/a&gt; to find and share Bibtex records. You may not find everything there, but with more and more users this should improve in time.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T07:26:39.287" />
  <row Id="304" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="299" CreationDate="2010-07-27T07:40:11.813" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Actually, &lt;code&gt;\texttt&lt;/code&gt; &lt;em&gt;does&lt;/em&gt; break the text flow, as evidenced from the following test:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \lipsum[1]&#xA;  \texttt{\lipsum[1]}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem is that &lt;code&gt;\texttt&lt;/code&gt; doesn’t break the text &lt;em&gt;correctly&lt;/em&gt;, because apparently it computes the line width incorrectly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The easiest solution is to introduce soft hyphens at appropriate places:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\texttt{C:\doc\-uments and set\-tings}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This will use the hyphens as hints for possible word separators, and hyphenate the words accordingly. If that doesn’t help, a manual line break helps.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Though quite unsatisfactory, another advice is actually to reformulate the offending sentence so that it flows more nicely.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T07:40:11.813" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="305" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="143" CreationDate="2010-07-27T07:45:44.623" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately, the largest source of medical, biological and bioinformatical papers, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;PubMed&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, doesn’t offer a BibTeX export (yet?).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As a workaround, there is the service &lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.bioinformatics.org/texmed/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeXMed&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; that transforms the numeric PubMed identifiers to BibTeX citations. It’s not very usable but still it’s better than nothing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastEditorUserId="42" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-01T19:09:08.293" LastActivityDate="2010-08-01T19:09:08.293" />
  <row Id="306" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="64" CreationDate="2010-07-27T07:48:13.463" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use a shell script to automatically compile the file with &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pps.jussieu.fr/~beffara/soft/rubber/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;rubber&lt;/a&gt; every time i save the file and my viewer automatically reloads the pdf.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;#!/bin/sh&#xA;&#xA;if [ &quot;$#&quot; != 2 ]; then&#xA;    echo &quot;USAGE: onsave &amp;lt;file&amp;gt; &amp;lt;action&amp;gt;&quot;&#xA;    exit 1&#xA;fi&#xA;&#xA;file=$1&#xA;action=$2&#xA;last_modified=&quot;0&quot;&#xA;&#xA;while [ 1 ]&#xA;do&#xA;    current=`stat -c &quot;%Y&quot; $file`&#xA;    if [ $current -gt $last_modified ]; then&#xA;        `$action`&#xA;        last_modified=$current&#xA;    fi&#xA;    sleep 2&#xA;done&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T07:48:13.463" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="307" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="301" CreationDate="2010-07-27T07:56:02.400" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/exam/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;exam&lt;/a&gt; document class in both your documents. Then refer to chapter 8: including solutions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Basically, anywhere in the document you can just specify &lt;code&gt;\printanswers&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\noprintanswers&lt;/code&gt; or use the &lt;code&gt;answers&lt;/code&gt; option when loading the document class.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It’s easiest if you have the actual questions and answers in a separate document that you &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; into both the exercise document and the sample solution document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want an extra section with the answers, you could instead &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; the questions document twice, once before and once after the &lt;code&gt;\printanswers&lt;/code&gt; document: this will cause the first appearance of the questions to be printed without answers, and the second appearance &lt;em&gt;with&lt;/em&gt; answers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T07:56:02.400" />
  <row Id="308" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="314" CreationDate="2010-07-27T07:58:10.833" Score="12" ViewCount="535" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to define a command that expands to two completely different things depending on whether I supply, or not, an optional argument. For example,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\mycmd{normal}            -&amp;gt;  something(normal)&#xA;\mycmd[optional]{normal}  -&amp;gt;  anotherthing(normal, optional)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastEditorUserId="42" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-09T09:03:52.720" LastActivityDate="2010-09-09T01:14:48.087" Title="Different command definitions with and without optional argument" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="309" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="308" CreationDate="2010-07-27T08:04:07.733" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I usually just use the &lt;code&gt;ifthen&lt;/code&gt; package to solve this, by testing whether the optional argument is empty.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\mycmd@noargs{foo}&#xA;\newcommand\mycmd@withargs[1]{bar #1}&#xA;\newcommand\mycmd[1][]{&#xA;  \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{}}{&#xA;    \mycmd@noargs{}}{&#xA;    \mycmd@withargs{#1}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;But&lt;/strong&gt; a &lt;em&gt;more TeXish&lt;/em&gt; solution would probably be to use &lt;code&gt;\ifx&lt;/code&gt; instead:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\mycmd[1][\@null]{&#xA;  \ifx#1\@null&#xA;    \mycmd@noargs{}&#xA;  \else&#xA;    \mycmd@withargs{#1}&#xA;  \fi}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Notice that since both solutions use &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt; as a letter, you need to use &lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&lt;/code&gt; before this definition if it’s in your main LaTeX file (instead of a package), and &lt;code&gt;\makeatother&lt;/code&gt; after it.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastEditorUserId="42" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-27T08:09:39.683" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T08:09:39.683" />
  <row Id="310" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="129" CreationDate="2010-07-27T08:08:25.677" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;When embedding mathematics into a webpage, there are two primary questions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;What format should be used to display it?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Where should the conversion be done?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In my opinion, each of these has a definite answer and a different solution should only be used if the optimal solution really cannot be done.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;MathML&lt;/strong&gt;.  Reasons:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;It is the &lt;em&gt;only&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;accessible&lt;/strong&gt; way of doing this.  Putting the original LaTeX in an &lt;code&gt;alt&lt;/code&gt; tag on an image is not accessible - it relies on the recipient being able to understand raw LaTeX source code (more on this in a moment).  Also, not all of those requiring accessible webpages use screen readers, some simply need to enlarge the page.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;It is &lt;strong&gt;styleable&lt;/strong&gt; (not sure if that's a word).  Since MathML is part of the XHTML suite, it can be styled in the same fashion as the rest of the document (namely, via CSS), so the resulting display is far more harmonious than any other (try changing the background colour to something easier on the eyes at one of those wordpress blogs and you'll see what I mean).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;It is &lt;strong&gt;small&lt;/strong&gt;.  A quick test on my system with 515 simple files that I happened to have lying around showed that PNGs weighed in at 175kB whilst the MathML equivalents were a shade under 60kB.  The PNGs were not large resolution, for example the PNG containing the Zeta symbol was a 9x13 image.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Server-side&lt;/strong&gt;.  Reasons:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;It is &lt;strong&gt;small&lt;/strong&gt;.  Instead of sending both the source &lt;em&gt;and&lt;/em&gt; the instructions on how to compile it, you just send the result.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;It is &lt;strong&gt;reliable&lt;/strong&gt;.  You can easily check that what you want the person to see is what they should see.  In particular, a javascript solution relies on two things being correct: the javascript script &lt;em&gt;and&lt;/em&gt; the implementation of javascript in the browser.  MathML just relies on the MathML implementation in the browser.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;It is &lt;strong&gt;fast&lt;/strong&gt;.  With server-side caching, you only need to process the mathematics once and then it's done.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;It is &lt;strong&gt;verifiable&lt;/strong&gt; (similar to reliable, I guess).  I don't fully understand the differences between the &lt;em&gt;types&lt;/em&gt; of spec that w3c produce, but MathML is certainly a recommendation.  Even though browser support is variable, the variations are known because they can be measured using the open standard, and thus can be taken into account.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Server-side MathML is the optimal solution.  Of course, it's not always possible and then other solutions are useful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are various standard arguments against using server-side MathML and other myths about mathematics in webpages that are worth taking a minute over.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Myths&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Sending the raw LaTeX code in an alt tag makes images accessible.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When people say this, they mean that they can read &lt;code&gt;$a^2 + b^2 = c^2$&lt;/code&gt; and understand it.  Try them on something a little more complicated and you'll soon see that this is complete rubbish.  For example, try having someone &lt;strong&gt;read out&lt;/strong&gt; the following to you: &lt;code&gt;$\begin{array}\ell^0(\mathbb{R})&amp;amp;\;\mapsto&amp;amp;\;\ell^2(\mathbb{R})\\\downarrow&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\uparrow\\L^2(\mathbb{R})&amp;amp;\subseteq\,&amp;amp;L^\infty(\mathbb{R})\end{array}$&lt;/code&gt;.  Of course, there's going to be people who will say, &quot;&lt;em&gt;I&lt;/em&gt; can understand that!&quot; but &lt;em&gt;that's not the point&lt;/em&gt;.  You write a webpage for other people and the more complicated the LaTeX, the fewer the number of people who can instantly read it.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;MathML is badly supported.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is the classic chicken-and-egg.  MathML support is absolutely fine in Firefox, in IE with the MathPlayer plugin, and in Amaya (what's that, I hear you cry!).  Plus there are groups working on it for Opera and WebKit who just &lt;em&gt;need a little encouragement&lt;/em&gt;!  Sending them an email saying, &quot;I love your browser but until it has proper MathML support then I can't use it&quot; would provide them with a little more motivation.  Of course, there are bugs in the implementations in Firefox and the others, but those are &lt;em&gt;known&lt;/em&gt; and so can be worked around.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;MathML requires documents to be valid XHTML.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Actually, this isn't a myth.  It's absolutely true.  But surely your pages were valid to begin with!  I'm a mathematician and my ideal document is one that &lt;em&gt;cannot&lt;/em&gt; be misunderstood.  That's impossible, so I try for the lesser goal of where any misunderstanding can be laid at the door of the person reading it rather than me.  MathML, as it's an open standard, allows me to reach that goal on webpages - at least technically, the contents are more variable!&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally - on this part - for those that &lt;em&gt;still&lt;/em&gt; worry about Joe Blogs (or Ola Nordmann, to be geographically correct) not being able to read your webpage due to using an old version of IE and refusing to install plugins, it is actually possible to have two versions of the mathematics on your server and send MathML to those that can see it and PNGs to those that can't, thus getting the best of both worlds.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What about implementation?  Well, there you're in luck.  &lt;a href=&quot;http://golem.ph.utexas.edu/~distler/blog/itex2MML.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;iTeX&lt;/a&gt; can do it all, and in spades.  iTeX is a fast c++ program that converts a subset of LaTeX mathematical language into MathML.  The original package comes with bindings for ruby, and I've extended this to PHP, Perl, and Python.  By combining it with other packages, in particular &lt;a href=&quot;http://grigoriev.ru/svgmath/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;svgmath&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;http://helm.cs.unibo.it/mml-widget/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;gtkmathview&lt;/a&gt;, it is possible to further convert the MathML to an image for broken browsers.  (Contact me for these extensions; I haven't gotten round to writing them up yet - it's on my TODO list!)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For examples, see the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ncatlab.org&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;nlab&lt;/a&gt; (pure MathML) and the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.math.ntnu.no/~stacey/Vanilla/nForum&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;nforum&lt;/a&gt; (MathML, SVG, or PNG depending on what browser you are using).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lastly, although I'm concerned with accessibility, I'm not an expert.  So I've cross-posted my answer to the blindmath mailing list and shall update this according to the response that I get there.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T08:08:25.677" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="311" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="301" CreationDate="2010-07-27T08:12:45.370" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/answers.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;answers&lt;/a&gt; package appears to do something like this (do &lt;code&gt;texdoc answers&lt;/code&gt;, or the equivalent on your platform, for the documentation).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If that doesn't work, or isn't really suitable, then I've got a hand-rolled solution to exactly this problem which I could post here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(duplicated from a &lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/3274727/solution-of-problems-in-the-end-of-a-book/3277148#3277148&quot;&gt;stackoverflow&lt;/a&gt; question)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;OK: Sam Nead, in the comments, wanted to see the hand-rolled version, so I've included it in part below.  The comments report an inheritance from Victor Eijkhout's &lt;code&gt;comment.sty&lt;/code&gt;, but he's not to blame for the way I've butchered it.  This isn't complete, as it doesn't show the output file being read in at the end.  It illustrates that if you want to write out stuff with backslashes, you might have to do entertaining things with catcodes.  Certainly, I learned a few things from examining and adapting Eijkhout's code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;No warranty expressed or implied; contents may settle during handling; do not ingest; and keep &lt;em&gt;well&lt;/em&gt; out of the reach of children.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%%% {examples} environment -- problem/example, to be collected at the end&#xA;%&#xA;% \if@examples is a flag to tell us if we've seen any examples yet.&#xA;\newif\if@examples \@examplesfalse&#xA;\newwrite\@exampleaux&#xA;\@definecounter{example}&#xA;%&#xA;% Don't use \newenvironment.  Instead use the fact that \begin{env}&#xA;% turns into \begingroup\env .  This code is simplified from&#xA;% Eijkhout's comment.sty&#xA;%&#xA;% The \@bsphack...\@esphack pair doesn't seem to want to work, here&#xA;% (well, it does in horizontal, but not in vertical, mode).&#xA;%&#xA;% The {example} environment takes an optional argument, giving the&#xA;% number of dangerousbend symbols to attach to the example.  The&#xA;% default is zero (negative numbers are treated the same as zero,&#xA;% numbers larger than about 2 are probably silly, but will work).&#xA;%&#xA;% Unfortunately, because of the \@ifnextchar, and the fact that the&#xA;% contents of this environment are processed oddly, you can't have&#xA;% anything expandable immediately after the \begin{example}, unless&#xA;% you write \begin{example}[0] or \begin{example}\relax.&#xA;%&#xA;% The end of the environment must be \end{example} alone on a line&#xA;% (ie, no whitespace before or after).  The same is true for the&#xA;% beginning and end of the {examplenotes} environment.&#xA;%&#xA;\def\makeother#1{\catcode`#1=12 }&#xA;\def\example{\@bsphack\@ifnextchar[%]&#xA;    \@example{\@example[0]}}&#xA;% \@openexamples opens the examples file.  Nilpotent.&#xA;\def\@openexamples{%&#xA;    \if@examples \else&#xA;        \immediate\openout\@exampleaux\jobname.examples%&#xA;        \immediate\write\@exampleaux{\relax}%&#xA;        \global\@examplestrue&#xA;    \fi&#xA;}&#xA;\def\theexample{\@arabic\c@example}&#xA;\def\@example[#1]{%&#xA;    \@openexamples&#xA;    \refstepcounter{example}%&#xA;    % Read in contents line by line, with all catcodes `other'&#xA;    \let\do\makeother \dospecials %&#xA;    \makeother\^^L%&#xA;    \endlinechar`\^^M \catcode`\^^M=12 %&#xA;    \immediate\write\@exampleaux %&#xA;        {\string\begin{examplebody}%&#xA;            {\theexample}%&#xA;            {\csname the\LN@currsectionlevel\endcsname}%&#xA;            {#1}%&#xA;        }%&#xA;    \if@screenpdf %&#xA;        \marginpar{\small{\hyperlink{ex-\@arabic\c@example}{Ex.\theexample}}}%&#xA;    \else %&#xA;        \marginpar{\small{See example \theexample}}%&#xA;    \fi %&#xA;        \@tempswatrue&#xA;    \ProcessExampleLine %&#xA;}&#xA;%&#xA;% Define \EndExampleTest, with all catcodes other&#xA;{\escapechar=-1 \xdef\EndExampleTest{\string\\end\string\{example\string\}}}&#xA;{\escapechar=-1 \xdef\BeginNotesTest{\string\\begin\string\{examplenotes\string\}}}&#xA;{\escapechar=-1 \xdef\EndNotesTest{\string\\end\string\{examplenotes\string\}}}&#xA;% Write out the body of the {example}, carefully surrounding the&#xA;% content of the {examplenotes} environment with&#xA;% \ifexamplenotes...\fi.  Note this _requires_ that the beginning and &#xA;% end of the {examplenotes} environment appear on lines by&#xA;% themselves.  Change the escape character so that we can write out&#xA;% \if..\fi without problems.&#xA;{\catcode`\^^M=12 \endlinechar=-1 \catcode`\|=0 |catcode`|\=12 %&#xA; |gdef|ProcessExampleLine#1^^M{|def|test{#1}%&#xA;        |if@tempswa&#xA;          |immediate|write|@exampleaux{\ifexampletext}|@tempswafalse&#xA;        |fi&#xA;    |ifx|BeginNotesTest|test %&#xA;        |immediate|write|@exampleaux{\fi\ifexamplenotes}%&#xA;    |fi %&#xA;    |ifx|EndExampleTest|test %&#xA;        |edef|next{%&#xA;            |immediate|write|@exampleaux{\fi\end{examplebody}}%&#xA;            |@esphack %&#xA;            |endgroup %&#xA;            }%&#xA;    |else %&#xA;        |immediate|write|@exampleaux{#1}%&#xA;        |ifx|EndNotesTest|test %&#xA;            |immediate|write|@exampleaux{\fi\ifexampletext}%&#xA;        |fi %&#xA;        |let|next|ProcessExampleLine %&#xA;    |fi %&#xA;    |next}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% Add text to the examples file&#xA;\long\def\addtoexamples#1{%&#xA;    \@openexamples&#xA;    {\@temptokena{#1}%&#xA;     \immediate\write\@exampleaux{\the\@temptokena}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="96" LastEditorUserId="96" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T22:00:22.373" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T22:00:22.373" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="312" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="317" CreationDate="2010-07-27T08:20:18.020" Score="23" ViewCount="726" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do I set the tilde (~) character correctly in LaTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There’s a &lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/256457/how-does-one-insert-a-backslash-or-a-tilde-into-latex&quot;&gt;question discussing that&lt;/a&gt; on Stack Overflow, with a lot of answers. But dare I say it? They all suck:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\textasciitilde&lt;/code&gt; is too high,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\texttildelow&lt;/code&gt; is too low.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;$\sim$&lt;/code&gt; can be tweaked to look more or less acceptable: &lt;code&gt;{\raise.17ex\hbox{$\scriptstyle\sim$}}&lt;/code&gt; – but even that is a hack and uses the wrong symbol.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The point is – the tilde character is &lt;em&gt;definitely&lt;/em&gt; an existing glyph in any font I am tempted to use. How can I just access and typeset &lt;em&gt;that&lt;/em&gt; character, please? Without resorting to some other, similar-looking glyph that first needs to be nudged into place using a cunning combination of font size and raised boxes?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There &lt;strong&gt;must&lt;/strong&gt; be a possibility to access that glyph directly from the font definition.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To demonstrate, look at this screenshot which attempts simply to display a C++ destructor of a type &lt;code&gt;T&lt;/code&gt; (&lt;code&gt;~T&lt;/code&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://dl.dropbox.com/u/6101039/latex-tilde.png&quot; alt=&quot;tilde symbols&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Compare this with the symbol we get in the browser: &lt;code&gt;~&lt;/code&gt; – &lt;em&gt;that&lt;/em&gt;’s what I want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastEditorUserId="42" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-27T11:00:45.980" LastActivityDate="2010-09-08T05:53:06.847" Title="Correctly typesetting a tilde" Tags="&lt;tilde&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="4" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="313" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="225" CreationDate="2010-07-27T08:21:19.470" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Take the editor you are familiar with. Most of the editors have builtin LaTeX support and install the TeX-Packages you need.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to have them all, do a&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;sudo apt-get install --install-recommends texlive-full&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But please be aware that this downloads about 600 MB of software, which expands to about 1.x GB.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am using Eclipse with Texlipse. Some of my colleagues are using Geany. Other taking LxX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The messages is, take the editor you like most.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="163" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T08:21:19.470" />
  <row Id="314" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="308" CreationDate="2010-07-27T08:21:55.037" Score="16" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you read deep in the LaTeX code you can find lots of examples where this is done.  Any command that has optional arguments actually does this already: there are actually two different commands and which one is called depends on whether or not it is called with an optional command.  The TeX trick is to use &lt;code&gt;\@ifnextchar[&lt;/code&gt;.  For example,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\mycmd{\@ifnextchar[{\@with}{\@without}}&#xA;\def\@with[#1]#2{hello #1, have you met #2?}&#xA;\def\@without#1{goodbye #1}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What happens there is that the TeX interpreter meets the &lt;code&gt;\mycmd&lt;/code&gt; macro and expands it (swallowing following white-space, of course).  The first thing it then encounters is a test on the next character (which, incidentally, is non-destructive - the next character is simply observed, not processed).  If it is a square bracket, then it puts &lt;code&gt;\@with&lt;/code&gt; in the stream and starts again.  &lt;code&gt;\@with&lt;/code&gt; is defined to take two arguments, the first of which is surrounded by square brackets.  It therefore matches the first optional argument and the next thingy in the TeX stream.  If the next character wasn't a square bracket then &lt;code&gt;\@without&lt;/code&gt; is put into the stream.  This takes one (normal) parameter.  But since &lt;code&gt;\@with&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\@without&lt;/code&gt; are two completely separate commands, they can do whatever they like with the input.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Note: For commands defined with &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; which take an optional parameter then sort-of what happens is that the two commands &lt;code&gt;\@with&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\@without&lt;/code&gt; expand to the same command, but the optional parameter of &lt;code&gt;\@with&lt;/code&gt; gets passed to it as the first parameter whereas in &lt;code&gt;\@without&lt;/code&gt; the default value is passed.  It's not &lt;em&gt;quite&lt;/em&gt; like that, but the difference is more in conciseness of programming than anything else.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T08:21:55.037" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="315" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="49" CreationDate="2010-07-27T08:23:19.370" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In short &lt;strong&gt;TeX is all about format&lt;/strong&gt;, for document/template designers, while &lt;strong&gt;LaTeX is all about content&lt;/strong&gt;, for document writers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;TeX is a typesetting system. It provides many commands which allow you to specify the format of your document with great detail (e.g. font styles, spacing, kerning, ligatures, etc.), and has specialized algorithms to compute the optimal flow of text in your document (e.g. where to cut lines, pages, etc.). TeX is all about giving you powerful algorithms and commands to specify even the tiniest detail to make your documents look pretty.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;LaTeX is a set of macros built on top of TeX. The idea behind LaTeX is to shift the focus from the &lt;em&gt;format&lt;/em&gt; to the &lt;em&gt;content&lt;/em&gt; of your document. In LaTeX commands are all about giving a structure to the content of your document (e.g. sections, emphasis, tables, indices, etc.). In LaTeX you just say &lt;code&gt;\section{...}&lt;/code&gt; instead of: selecting a larger font, a different font style, and inserting appropriate spaces before and after the section heading. As LaTeX is built on top of TeX you also get, of course, a beautiful document as your output; but, more importantly, your source input can also be well structured, easier to read (and write!) for humans.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-05T11:17:07.050" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T11:17:07.050" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="316" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="297" CreationDate="2010-07-27T08:33:14.153" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This may not be the best solution, due to the overhead, but this is quite simple using TikZ.  You insert invisible nodes at the points where you want the under and over braces to anchor to and then draw the braces between them.  In my preamble, I have:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{decorations.pathreplacing,decorations.pathmorphing,calc}&#xA;\newcommand{\tikzmark}[1]{\tikz[overlay,remember picture] \node (#1) {};}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Obviously, the name can be shortened if this is to be used a lot.  I'm not sure off the top of my head which of the decorations library is needed; the calc one is optional but extremely useful.)&#xA;Then, I would typeset your example using:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[&#xA;x = \tikzmark{ubl} A + \tikzmark{obl} B + C \tikzmark{ubr} + \tikzmark{ubll} D \tikzmark{obr} + E \tikzmark{ubrr}&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[overlay, remember picture]&#xA;\draw[decoration={brace,amplitude=10},decorate,thick] ($(ubl)+(-0.25,-1)$) -- ($(ubr)+(-0.25,1.2)$);&#xA;...&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Reversing the order of the nodes flips the brace, so if that's the wrong way up then simply swap them.  The stuff with the dollars is from the &lt;code&gt;calc&lt;/code&gt; tikz library.  What the above does is specify an offset from the node, so that if you find the default position of the braces a little off (which it probably is), it is simple to adjust them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I use this a lot in lectures: for adding strike-outs to things, for better-looking brackets on huge matrices, for all sorts of things where you want to add a little graphical decoration afterwards.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For more details, search for 'remember picture' in the TikZ manual, and browse the examples at &lt;a href=&quot;http://texample.net&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://texample.net&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T08:33:14.153" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="317" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="312" CreationDate="2010-07-27T08:34:29.470" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It all depends on what do you want this glyph to stand for.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to use it in an url then add &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{url}&lt;/code&gt; (or &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt;) to your preamble and then use &lt;code&gt;\url{http://example.com/~user}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to use it inside a math formula as some kind of relation then use &lt;code&gt;$a \sim b$&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;According to the &quot;Comprehensive Symbols List&quot;, to get a vertically centered &lt;code&gt;~&lt;/code&gt; you can use &lt;code&gt;\texttildelow&lt;/code&gt; in any font &lt;em&gt;other&lt;/em&gt; than Computer Modern, txfonts, and pxfonts. For example the following does the trick for typesetting a C++ destructor&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{times}&#xA;\usepackage{textcomp}&#xA;&#xA;\texttildelow T&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-27T13:36:43.770" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T13:36:43.770" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="318" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="258" CreationDate="2010-07-27T08:38:43.763" Score="16" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The difference is in the time at which the 'right hand side' is evaluated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thus &lt;code&gt;\let\foo\bar&lt;/code&gt; defines &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt; to have the value that &lt;code&gt;\bar&lt;/code&gt; had &lt;em&gt;at the point of defintion&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, &lt;code&gt;\def\foo{\bar}&lt;/code&gt; defines &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt; to have the value that &lt;code&gt;\bar&lt;/code&gt; has &lt;em&gt;at the point of use&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thus, consider:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\bar{hello}&#xA;\let\fooi\bar&#xA;\def\fooii{\bar}&#xA;\fooi +\fooii&#xA;&#xA;\def\bar{goodbye}&#xA;\fooi +\fooii&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This produces&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;hello+hello&#xA;hello+goodbye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="96" LastEditorUserId="96" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-30T08:32:42.417" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T08:32:42.417" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="319" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-07-27T08:40:03.573" Score="3" ViewCount="494" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I use TexMaker and Lyx in Ubuntu. I'd like to typeset Tamil/Telugu/Hindi text, and so far I've been unsuccessful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please suggest me a working TeX/LaTex/variants setup for Indic languages, especially Tamil. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;edit: XeTeX seems to have good Unicode support, and I read TexMaker has Xetex support too. I installed all XeTeX, latex-tamil packages etc. But couldn't make them work yet.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Documentations talk about Arabic or Korean text. Nothing mentioned about Tamil/Indic text. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks for any help in advance.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ananth&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="172" LastEditorUserId="172" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-27T21:19:00.653" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T08:09:04.930" Title="LaTex/XeTex setup Tamil/Indic languages" Tags="&lt;unicode&gt;&lt;indic&gt;&lt;tamil&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="320" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="233" CreationDate="2010-07-27T08:42:26.953" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Whilst I wouldn't go so far as to define completely new symbols, I do occasionally find myself wanting slightly different ones than the standard set.  Where I've encountered this is with arrows when lecturing: I find that I want the &amp;iff; to look a little more important, for example.  For those cases, I redraw it using TikZ:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\textIff}{\tikz \draw (-3ex,.25ex) -- (-.25ex,.25ex) (-3ex,-.25ex) -- (-.25ex,-.25ex) (-.5ex,.5ex) -- (0,0) -- (-.5ex,-.5ex) (-2.75ex,.5ex) -- (-3.25ex,0) -- (-2.75ex,-.5ex);\xspace}&#xA;\newcommand{\mathIff}{\mathrel{\textIff}}&#xA;\newcommand{\Iff}{\ifmmode\mathIff\else\textIff\fi\xspace}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I guess that using TikZ rather than MetaFont for this is that I already know how to use TikZ for my other diagrams.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T08:42:26.953" />
  <row Id="321" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-07-27T08:45:26.120" Score="11" ViewCount="416" Body="&lt;p&gt;I always use &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt; in my documents, and avoid &lt;code&gt;equation&lt;/code&gt;. Is there anything wrong with that? My reasoning behind this: align &gt; equation, so why not use it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="174" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-09T19:09:21.293" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T19:09:21.293" Title="align vs equation" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;amsmath&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="322" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="93" CreationDate="2010-07-27T08:46:31.687" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;On Windows I prefer using &lt;a href=&quot;http://texlipse.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeXlipse&lt;/a&gt; plug-in for &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.eclipse.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Eclipse&lt;/a&gt;. Not WYSIWYG but looks quite convenient for me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://texlipse.sourceforge.net/screenshots/bibref-screen.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&#xA;(screen-shot taken from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://texlipse.sourceforge.net/screenshots/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeXlipse site&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="13" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T08:46:31.687" />
  <row Id="323" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="797" CreationDate="2010-07-27T08:52:29.673" Score="3" ViewCount="123" Body="&lt;p&gt;Web2c defines its format style using Pascal strings, so there are no separator characters between csnames.  Is there a straightforward way of listing all csnames bound in a .fmt file?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-17T21:40:13.380" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T21:40:13.380" Title="What macros are defined in a Web2c format file?" Tags="&lt;format-files&gt;&lt;web&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="324" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="48" CreationDate="2010-07-27T09:14:10.347" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd probably do this differently if I were coding it today (as I've learnt a lot more about TeX in the last decade), but here's something like how I did it for my thesis:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\my@shift#1:#2.{#1}&#xA;\def\my@trunc#1:#2.{#2}&#xA;\def\my@void{}\relax&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\Mops}[1]{%&#xA; \def\my@test{}\relax&#xA; \def\my@list{#1:}\relax&#xA; \loop\ifx\my@test\my@void\relax&#xA; \edef\my@elt{\expandafter\my@shift\my@list.}\relax&#xA; \edef\my@list{\expandafter\my@trunc\my@list.}\relax&#xA; \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\DeclareMathOperator\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\csname \expandafter\my@elt\expandafter\endcsname\expandafter}\expandafter{\my@elt}&#xA; \ifx\my@list\my@void&#xA; \def\my@test{t}&#xA; \fi&#xA; \repeat}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\Mops{Det:Diff:Rep}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\(\Det \Diff \Rep\)&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The test in the loop could probably be cleaned up, and that is a rather horrendous number of &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt;s!  But it works.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T09:14:10.347" />
  <row Id="325" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="321" CreationDate="2010-07-27T09:19:09.027" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;While not exactly a bad idea in principle, unfortunately it &lt;em&gt;is&lt;/em&gt; a bad idea in practise because &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt; doesn't have the same feature as &lt;code&gt;equation&lt;/code&gt; whereby less vertical space is added if a small equation is displayed after a paragraph that ended early on the line. For example, consider&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\documentclass[twocolumn]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;hello&#xA;\[&#xA;a+b=c&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;hello&#xA;\begin{align}&#xA;a+b&amp;=c&#xA;\end{align}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You should easily be able to see the extra space after the second ‘hello’.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T09:19:09.027" />
  <row Id="326" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-07-27T09:24:14.257" Score="13" ViewCount="1101" Body="&lt;p&gt;Aside from CTAN, what are good resources/repositories for Latex templates? In particular, I'm looking for some pretty Thesis templates (I'm familiar with classicthesis)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="171" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-10T10:37:27.047" LastActivityDate="2011-01-10T10:37:27.047" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-30T04:57:36.650" Title="LaTeX templates for writing a thesis" Tags="&lt;templates&gt;&lt;big-list&gt;&lt;thesis&gt;&lt;resources&gt;&lt;repositories&gt;" AnswerCount="10" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="8" />
  <row Id="327" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="48" CreationDate="2010-07-27T09:26:19.217" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are several ways to do it using different programming facilities of different packages. Here's what it looks like using the LaTeX2e kernel command &lt;code&gt;\@for&lt;/code&gt; to map over a comma-separated list:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand\MakeMathOperators[1]{%&#xA;  \@for\@ii:=#1\do{%&#xA;    \expandafter\DeclareMathOperator\@ii&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\MakeMathOperators{&#xA;  \rep  {Rep}  ,&#xA;  \tet  {Tet}  ,&#xA;  \maps {Maps}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T09:26:19.217" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="328" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-07-27T09:33:44.007" Score="2" ViewCount="226" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm looking for a way to typeset Carnatic (Indian) music. The notation system is textual, similar to solfa, with some symbols like comma, semi-colon and | for durations, and bar lines. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fine control for notes, phrases, and spacing between is needed. &#xA;Control over Vertical alignment is needed too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://web4.twitpic.com/img/136480140-5bd5c872d438fb4583a5575f9e4250fe.4c4f5de8-full.png&quot; alt=&quot;Carnatic Music Score with LaTeX&quot;&gt;&#xA;source: &lt;a href=&quot;http://pastebin.com/SESf7RHa&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://pastebin.com/SESf7RHa&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grid like, fixed spacing between notes is possible - Tables etc., and are widely used too. I'm looking for flexible spacing between musical &lt;em&gt;phrases&lt;/em&gt;, and points of alignment between lines. Inspired by Lilypond, one could say.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to do these with LaTex. If so, how?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've tried using arrays and align (ams) with not so satisfactory results.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cheers,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Ananth&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="172" LastEditorUserId="172" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-27T22:26:26.417" LastActivityDate="2010-07-31T14:41:48.070" Title="LaTeX for Solfa style music notation (Carnatic)" Tags="&lt;music&gt;&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;&lt;spacing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="329" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="343" CreationDate="2010-07-27T09:47:33.600" Score="8" ViewCount="1655" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to use a smaller font size for the bibliography, e.g., \footnotesize. What is the easiest way to achieve this? I currently do &lt;code&gt;\renewenvironment{thebibliography}...&lt;/code&gt; and copy the definition from report.cls but with the \footnotesize inserted in. However, that seems to be a bit of a hack, so I'm looking for a cleaner way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="79" LastActivityDate="2010-11-28T22:08:50.013" Title="How to change font size for bibliography?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;bibliographies&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="330" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="297" CreationDate="2010-07-27T10:04:08.333" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One can use commands &lt;code&gt;\phantom&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\lefteqn&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Simple example: &lt;code&gt;\[\lefteqn{\overbrace{\phantom{1+2+3}}}1+\underbrace{2+3+4}\]&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;More complicated example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[&#xA;0+\lefteqn{\overbrace{\phantom{1+2+3}}}1+&#xA;\underbrace{2+3+\overbrace{x+y+z}+&#xA;\lefteqn{\overbrace{\phantom{4+5}}}4}+5&#xA;\]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Caveat: &lt;code&gt;\lefteqn&lt;/code&gt; switches font to &lt;code&gt;\displaystyle&lt;/code&gt; so one has to use something like &lt;code&gt;\lefteqn{\textstyle...&lt;/code&gt; in inline formulas.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;P.S. The recipe is taken from the excellent book by S.Lvovski (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mccme.ru/free-books/llang/newllang.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.mccme.ru/free-books/llang/newllang.pdf&lt;/a&gt;, in Russian).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="85" LastEditorUserId="85" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-01T19:05:14.807" LastActivityDate="2010-08-01T19:05:14.807" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="331" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="321" CreationDate="2010-07-27T10:08:11.187" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Will all due respect to Will Robertson, actually I think that it is a bad idea in principle, because they mean different things and markup (be it *TeX, HTML,...) should be logical as much as possible.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are typesetting an equation, then use &lt;code&gt;equation&lt;/code&gt; and if you desire alignment you can use &lt;code&gt;aligned&lt;/code&gt; blocks inside the equation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can decide easily whether you are typesetting an equation or not, by thinking how to want to reference it.  If you only want one equation number to be displayed and see yourself suppressing by hand any additional equation numbers, (say by using &lt;code&gt;\notag&lt;/code&gt;) then you are typesetting an equation and your markup should reflect that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="18" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T10:08:11.187" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="332" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="382" CreationDate="2010-07-27T10:11:27.643" Score="5" ViewCount="226" Body="&lt;p&gt;There's a couple of things I want to be able to do that are quite similar and basically involve keeping back a macro expansion until the last minute.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Possibly the simplest example is that I have a family of macros that expand out to variations of &quot;object in X&quot;, but sometimes I override the default.  So whilst &lt;code&gt;\cobj&lt;/code&gt; expands to &quot;object in C&quot;, &lt;code&gt;\sobj&lt;/code&gt; expands to &quot;set&quot; and &lt;code&gt;\gobj&lt;/code&gt; expands to &quot;group&quot;.  Where this causes trouble is when I want to talk about &lt;em&gt;an&lt;/em&gt; object.  Generically, I should type &quot;an \cobj&quot; but in the specific cases I may need to change to &quot;a \sobj&quot;.  The difficulty is that one reason for using these macros is so that I can change my mind as to which ones get special names and which don't.  But it (partially) defeats the purpose if I have to go back through rewriting all the 'an's as 'a's.  So what I'd like to do is define a macro '\a' which checks the next character for a vowel and produces 'an' or 'a' appropriately (modulo the odd special case!).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The difficulty with this is that it isn't followed by a character, it's followed by a macro.  So I need to expand that macro to find out what character is the eventual first one.  If it were a simple macro, say &lt;code&gt;\def\cobj{object in C}&lt;/code&gt; then I could just do &lt;code&gt;\def\a{\noexpand\@a}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\def\@a{\@ifnextchar{a}{an}{\@ifnextchar{e}{an}...}&lt;/code&gt;, but &lt;code&gt;\cobj&lt;/code&gt; is quite a complicated macro and there's several levels to be expanded before one actually gets to the final characters.  In particular, &lt;code&gt;\cobj&lt;/code&gt; takes an optional argument.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So what I'd like is to be able to expand &lt;code&gt;\a&lt;/code&gt; at the last possible minute.  Sort of like &lt;code&gt;\noexpand&lt;/code&gt;, but that only does a noexpand for one hop rather than 'end - 1' hops.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anyone have any ideas as to how best to proceed?  To give an indication of the level of answer that would be acceptable, I know about &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt; and I'm not afraid to use it!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt; Here's another example that is a little more complicated.  In a similar situation to the above, I have &lt;code&gt;\dcat&lt;/code&gt; for &quot;the category D&quot;.  On a few rare occasions, I want to &quot;eat&quot; the &quot;the&quot;, so I want a &lt;code&gt;\nothe&lt;/code&gt; command that I can put beforehand: &lt;code&gt;\nothe\dcat&lt;/code&gt; which eats the first word following it.  It's simple enough to write a command that gobbles the next word in the &lt;em&gt;input stream&lt;/em&gt;, but I want the next word in the &lt;em&gt;output&lt;/em&gt; to disappear.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-22T00:55:26.357" LastActivityDate="2010-08-22T00:55:26.357" Title="Is there a '\ReallyDontExpandUntilTheLastMinute' command?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;expansion&gt;" AnswerCount="4" />
  <row Id="334" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="407" CreationDate="2010-07-27T10:14:31.400" Score="13" ViewCount="565" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was taught to make a left subscript as a right subscript to &lt;code&gt;{}&lt;/code&gt;. For example, I would use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;f: {}_RA \rightarrow {}_RB&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to typeset this: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://mathurl.com/294sd4m.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you instead use &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;f: _RA \rightarrow _RB&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the left subscripts end up in the wrong place (because LaTeX thinks they are right subscripts of the object before):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://mathurl.com/2f5qg2g.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, this trick doesn't work well with operators like &lt;code&gt;/otimes&lt;/code&gt;. The code&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;A {}_\varphi\otimes_\psi B&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;puts too much spaace between the tensor product symbol and the subscript:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://mathurl.com/29gh63t.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One solution I've found is to use spaces (including a negative thin space) to adjust the spacing. The code &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;A \; {}_\varphi \! \otimes_\psi B&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;produces this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://mathurl.com/2bv7cf4.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, this is a kludge and doesn't communicate to LaTeX that &lt;code&gt;\varphi&lt;/code&gt; should be attached to the &lt;code&gt;\otimes&lt;/code&gt;. Also, the left subscript is still just a tad too far to the left. Does anyone know a more elegant solution to this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="52" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-15T23:17:16.630" LastActivityDate="2010-08-15T23:17:16.630" Title="non-kludgey left subscripts" Tags="&lt;subscripts&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="335" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="474" CreationDate="2010-07-27T10:16:27.170" Score="10" ViewCount="296" Body="&lt;p&gt;For my lectures, I like to colour the symbols in the equations to make it easier to follow what's going on - a bit like syntax highlighting.  So all vector spaces are one colour, all sets another, &lt;code&gt;e&lt;/code&gt; is in roman font, and so forth.  At the moment, I do this by defining new macros for each symbol, so a typical line reads something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Define \(\tyz^\tyw \coloneqq \tye^{\tyw \ty\ln(\tyz)}\)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd really like to be able to just type&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Define \(z^w \coloneqq e^{w \ln(z)}\)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To do this, I'd need to be able to tell TeX that the maths symbol for, say, 'e' was not 'e' but actually 'e' in roman font and with a particular colour.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anyone have any ideas on how to do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-11T22:22:35.500" LastActivityDate="2010-12-11T22:22:35.500" Title="Can I change the font and colour of a letter permanently?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;macros&gt;&lt;color&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="336" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="408" CreationDate="2010-07-27T10:24:51.577" Score="9" ViewCount="103" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to be able to place multiple sub and superscripts (in maths mode) on an element without having them expand vertically.  That is, so that in the output of &lt;code&gt;${x^2_4}^6_8$&lt;/code&gt;, the 2 and 6 were aligned, as were the 4 and 8 (obviously, I'd expect to do this with a macro rather than the super- and subscript commands).  As a bonus, it'd be nice to be able to control whether or not this appeared like &lt;code&gt;$x^{26}_{48}$&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;$x^{2\phantom{4}6}_{\phantom{2}4\phantom{6}8}$&lt;/code&gt;.  And it would be nice to truly be able to do this incrementally, so that each subscript or superscript could be added without having to know all the previous ones (useful for adding stuff via macros).  Simply writing &lt;code&gt;$x^2_4{}^6_8$&lt;/code&gt; wouldn't work as the latter super and subscripts wouldn't know the difference between x and X and &amp;prod;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(see also &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/334/non-kludgey-left-subscripts&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;non-kludgey left subscripts&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-15T23:16:52.447" LastActivityDate="2010-08-15T23:16:52.447" Title="Is there a way to stop the vertical spread of multiple super- and sub-scripts?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;style&gt;&lt;superscripts&gt;&lt;subscripts&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="337" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-07-27T10:42:59.203" Score="9" ViewCount="314" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I change some pages into document int o landscape mode, while leaving the others in portrait mode (or vice versa)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="183" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-13T13:45:24.520" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T13:45:24.520" Title="How to change certain pages into landscape/portrait mode" Tags="&lt;landscape&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="338" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="278" CreationDate="2010-07-27T10:43:48.610" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/mh/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;mathtools&lt;/a&gt; package contains (among other useful things) the implementations of \mathclap and relatives from Andrew's answer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T10:43:48.610" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="339" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-07-27T10:50:20.100" Score="34" ViewCount="2910" Body="&lt;p&gt;What editors/IDEs are available for easing the process of writing TeX/LaTeX documents?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please state some useful features like code completion, spell checking, building final dvi or pdf files, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="183" LastEditorUserId="2408" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-03T21:25:40.250" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T05:08:20.380" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-29T08:25:45.467" Title="Latex Editors/IDEs" Tags="&lt;editors&gt;&lt;big-list&gt;&lt;ide&gt;" AnswerCount="32" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="22" />
  <row Id="340" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="339" CreationDate="2010-07-27T10:53:58.893" Score="18" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://kile.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Kile&lt;/a&gt; is a very practical IDE for LaTeX. Note that its windows port is still experimental. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Kile can show your document's .tex files, sub files, included images, etc. in a tree view. It supports various customizable options for building the final output. It helps you write LaTeX markup through the menus or the autocomplete feature.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="183" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T10:53:58.893" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="341" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-07-27T10:56:59.433" Score="57" ViewCount="1673" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to create posters for my poster presentation on a conference. What tools or LaTeX classes are available for preparing posters ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="183" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-27T10:43:35.943" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T21:03:14.527" Title="How to create posters using LaTeX" Tags="&lt;documentclass&gt;&lt;posters&gt;" AnswerCount="8" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="28" />
  <row Id="342" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="341" CreationDate="2010-07-27T10:58:37.047" Score="25" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The beamerposter package is quite nice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="7" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T10:58:37.047" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="343" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="329" CreationDate="2010-07-27T11:00:17.683" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;First I have to say that you should avoid fiddling with font sizes in order to squish more text into a document. Conferences and journals often discourage such formatting hacks; some might even reject papers found to be doing this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anyway, if you &lt;em&gt;still&lt;/em&gt; need to to this for whatever reason, the easiest way I found is to write something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{\footnotesize&#xA;\bibliography{bibfile}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T11:00:17.683" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="344" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="341" CreationDate="2010-07-27T11:00:33.003" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.brian-amberg.de/uni/poster/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Baposter&lt;/a&gt; is a LaTeX class designed for posters. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Look at the example file included in the class' zip file and you will probably find your way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A few quick tips :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;You can position boxes by giving them names with &quot;name=abc&quot; and positioning other boxes using &quot;below=abc&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;You can set the total number of columns in the document by giving &quot;columns=X&quot; parameter in the &quot;\begin{poster}&quot; parameters.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="183" LastEditorUserId="183" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-29T08:25:19.850" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T08:25:19.850" />
  <row Id="345" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="268" CreationDate="2010-07-27T11:04:41.013" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can also combine the hyperref and url approaches to get a working link that is formatted like an url:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\href{mailto:me@example.com}{\nolinkurl{me@example.com}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T11:04:41.013" />
  <row Id="346" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="335" CreationDate="2010-07-27T11:05:35.600" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Obvious idea is to use something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\catcode\`\x=13 \def x{something}`&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but one need to do it only in formulas. Probably one can try to redefine &lt;code&gt;\(&lt;/code&gt; to include &lt;code&gt;\bgroup\catcode...&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But it will break any commands having &lt;code&gt;x&lt;/code&gt; in their name...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="85" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T11:05:35.600" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="347" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="339" CreationDate="2010-07-27T11:06:31.370" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I can recommend &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.latexeditor.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LEd&lt;/a&gt;. It is windows only and is just not working on some computers, still it is very functional; standard things like spelling, tree views, macros are present, while it has some more nice functions. I especially like a toolbar for beamer, but also noticible is an option in search which can be used to highlight occurences of a few queries at a time (regexp supported of course). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="7" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T11:06:31.370" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="348" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="373" CreationDate="2010-07-27T11:12:22.500" Score="7" ViewCount="649" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there an easy way to draw a contour image of torus (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.cs.princeton.edu/gfx/proj/sugcon/models/torus.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;like this one&lt;/a&gt;) with tikz? Or for that matter with any other graphics package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T13:58:56.447" Title="How to draw a torus" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;diagrams&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="349" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="358" CreationDate="2010-07-27T11:14:41.887" Score="22" ViewCount="1044" Body="&lt;p&gt;I understand that some packages (like PSTricks) can't be used with pdflatex.&#xA;Are there any other differences between these tools?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can we say that pdflatex is better if we don't care about ps?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="69" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-27T10:48:07.890" LastActivityDate="2010-08-27T10:48:07.890" Title="What is the practical difference between latex and pdflatex?" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;latex-general&gt;" AnswerCount="7" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="13" />
  <row Id="350" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="339" CreationDate="2010-07-27T11:15:09.903" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Mac I use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.uoregon.edu/~koch/texshop/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TexShop&lt;/a&gt;, and it works smoothly together with &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/mactex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;MacTeX&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="184" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-04T11:09:19.507" LastActivityDate="2010-10-04T11:09:19.507" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="351" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="348" CreationDate="2010-07-27T11:23:01.560" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'll see your torus and raise you &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.math.ntnu.no/~stacey/documents/smooth.1-1.svg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;two&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.math.ntnu.no/~stacey/documents/smooth_chern.3-1.svg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;more&lt;/a&gt; (both SVGs, for PDFs go &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.math.ntnu.no/~stacey/documents/smooth.1.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.math.ntnu.no/~stacey/documents/smooth_chern.3.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The sources can be found on &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.math.ntnu.no/~stacey/Seminars/chern.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this page&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.math.ntnu.no/~stacey/Seminars/ottawa.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this page&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(In general, I'd recommend the &lt;a href=&quot;http://texample.net&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://texample.net&lt;/a&gt; page for seeing what's capable with TikZ)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T11:23:01.560" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="352" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="359" CreationDate="2010-07-27T11:25:45.410" Score="12" ViewCount="451" Body="&lt;p&gt;{} and [] do some kind of grouping, and comma seems to be special as well. Being a programmer I find it frustrating to use Latex on incantation-only basis. I would like to know how does it exactly work. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is exactly the syntax of TeX/LaTeX?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;How is it parsed?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Does Latex introduces new commands only or changes the syntax as well?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Or maybe changing syntax locally is a inherent feature of Tex?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="69" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-09T09:52:51.177" LastActivityDate="2010-09-13T05:49:08.133" Title="Syntax of TeX/LaTeX" Tags="&lt;syntax&gt;&lt;languages&gt;&lt;parsing&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="353" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="349" CreationDate="2010-07-27T11:34:43.337" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use pstricks from pdflatex, by using a few tricks (all boils down to manual-&gt;automatic external invocation of latex&amp;amp;pstopdf to get pdf image of pstricks graphic which can then be picked up by pdflatex).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For beginners there are almost no difference. Once you get to advance usage you start to realise that special things need to be done to use Postscript constructs with pdftex (e.g. pstricks), but on the other hand pdftex engine gives you awesome stuff like pdf table of contents, pdf hyperlinks within document and URL to the web as well as generating pdf metadata, embedding movies / 3D objects, creating PDF-A ready documents for archiving and ability (with certain degrees of pain) to use TTF fonts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inverse search is a bit easier with latex. And dvi compilation &amp;amp; preview is much faster. But SyncTeX shows promise for awesome pdftex inverse and forward search.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you don't use postscript stuff and care about creating high quality PDFs then pdflatex is preffered. But many people use both and have conditional compilation and macros in the preemble when using one or the other engine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For beginners I would recommend pdflatex since most new users coming from WYSIWYG world of things do not know what dvi and ps are, but everyone nowadays is aware of PDF. After beginners stage it is an open-ended question which depends on particular needs with all engines having special features, advantages and disadvantages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="137" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T11:34:43.337" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="354" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="337" CreationDate="2010-07-27T11:38:01.723" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/lscape.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;lscape&lt;/a&gt; package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% lscape.sty Produce landscape pages in a (mainly) portrait document.&#xA;\usepackage{lscape}&#xA;...&#xA;\begin{landscape}&#xA;...&#xA;\end{landscape}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This modifies the margins and rotates the page contents but not the page number. Useful, for example, with large multipage tables, and is compatible with longtable  and supertabular.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are using PDFLaTeX, you should use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/pdflscape.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pdflscape&lt;/a&gt; instead. &#xA;The &lt;code&gt;pdflscape&lt;/code&gt; package adds PDF support to the landscape environment of package &lt;code&gt;lscape&lt;/code&gt;, by setting the PDF/Rotate page attribute. Pages with this attribute will be displayed in landscape orientation by conforming PDF viewers:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{pdflscape}&#xA;...&#xA;\begin{landscape}&#xA;...&#xA;\end{landscape}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="118" LastEditorUserId="118" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-27T11:56:56.103" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T11:56:56.103" />
  <row Id="355" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="341" CreationDate="2010-07-27T11:43:08.750" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have some advice on this topic &lt;a href=&quot;http://nxg.me.uk/docs/posters/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;elsewhere&lt;/a&gt;, which includes pointers to other resources.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Myself, I think that the most useful package for a task like this is the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/textpos.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;textpos package&lt;/a&gt; (disclaimer: I wrote that, as a spinoff from the task of laying out posters).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="96" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T11:43:08.750" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="356" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="339" CreationDate="2010-07-27T11:45:33.583" Score="28" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I highly recommend &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;AUCTeX&lt;/a&gt; for emacs, with source specials. Very powerful and simple!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Following Seamus' comment, I'll update some of the features of AUCTeX and emacs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Interesting features of AUCTeX:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex/reftex.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;RefTeX&lt;/a&gt; as well and all your references will be as easy to find as a &lt;code&gt;C-c &amp;lt;key&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Configure multi-file parsing so that huge document with &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt; is easily compiled with &lt;code&gt;C-c C-c&lt;/code&gt; from any of its files. No more going back to the master file in order to compile.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Turn on &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex/preview-latex.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;preview-latex&lt;/a&gt; for some WYSIWYG previews of formulae.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Interesting features of emacs:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;table-insert&lt;/code&gt; along with &lt;code&gt;table-generate-source&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;table-recognize-*&lt;/code&gt; functions to easily create a base for your tables.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'll keep adding more as I remember them.&#xA;I am not listing the source-specials because I wanted to verify it before posting it and it appears that it's called differently in my current auctex/emacs version.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="146" LastEditorUserId="146" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-26T13:06:18.900" LastActivityDate="2010-10-26T13:06:18.900" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="357" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="349" CreationDate="2010-07-27T11:50:17.943" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think the only reasons to continue to use &lt;code&gt;latex&lt;/code&gt; over &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; are&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;You need to use pstricks, or something else which requires dvips specials or particular features of a postscript workflow.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;You need to generate specifically postscript for some reason.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;You have to fit into an existing workflow (quite often journals require postscript figures, and so effectively require you to use &lt;code&gt;latex&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Apart from those, I think that &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; is effectively the default.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Note that &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;latex&lt;/code&gt; are typically the same program, but when it's invoked as &lt;code&gt;latex&lt;/code&gt; it defaults the value &lt;code&gt;\pdfoutput=0&lt;/code&gt;, rather than &lt;code&gt;\pdfoutput=1&lt;/code&gt;.  If this is the case in your installation, you can use plain &lt;code&gt;latex&lt;/code&gt;, set &lt;code&gt;\pdfoutput=1&lt;/code&gt;, amd get PDF output rather than DVI, and vice versa.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="96" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T11:50:17.943" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="358" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="349" CreationDate="2010-07-27T11:50:59.470" Score="31" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Some packages only work with direct PDF output.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;del&gt;For example, there’s &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;PGF/Tik&lt;em&gt;Z&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt; which is analogous to PSTricks but much more powerful in some regards.&lt;/del&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There’s also the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/microtype/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;microtype&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; package which improves LaTeX’ line-breaking algorithm by using microtypographic features of the font. Let me illustrate (left: LaTeX, right: pdfLaTeX with microtype):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://texblog.net/png/blindtext.png&quot; alt=&quot;microtype&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[Taken from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://texblog.net/latex-archive/layout/pdflatex-microtype/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeXblog&lt;/a&gt;]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And of course there are the packages that use special PDF features, as mentioned by Dima.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastEditorUserId="42" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-04T11:33:06.930" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T11:33:06.930" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="359" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="352" CreationDate="2010-07-27T11:53:02.803" Score="19" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For a programmer, I would recommend reading the book &quot;TeX by Topic&quot; (available for free at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.eijkhout.net/tbt/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.eijkhout.net/tbt/&lt;/a&gt;).  I think that that will give you the best answer to your general questions (which really are, in my opinion, a bit &lt;em&gt;too&lt;/em&gt; general for this site; I would advise you to read TbT and then ask more focussed questions on particular aspects).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, you mention a couple of specifics so let me try to answer them. {} are lexical:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\hello{world}&#xA;{\def\hello{hello}&#xA;\hello}&#xA;\hello&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;produces: &quot;hello world&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The grouping given by &lt;em&gt;square&lt;/em&gt; brackets is an illusion.  &lt;em&gt;Some&lt;/em&gt; commands in LaTeX start with &quot;If the next character is [, gobble the rest up to ] and use it as the first argument.&quot;.  This can cause problems if, for example, what you want to pass has a square bracket in it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\hello}[2][hello]{#1 #2}&#xA;\hello{world}&#xA;\hello[greetings]{world}&#xA;\hello[Greetings [1] to the]{world}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Produces&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;hello world&#xA;greetings world&#xA;Greetings [1 worldo the]world&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;because the first argument to &quot;hello&quot; in the last line is &quot;Greetings [1&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(This can be remedied by using braces to do proper grouping, &lt;code&gt;\hello[{Greetings [1] to the}]{world}&lt;/code&gt; would work fine).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've never heard of commas being special.  Can you give an example?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T11:53:02.803" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="360" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="49" CreationDate="2010-07-27T11:54:43.550" Score="-2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;TeX, LaTeX, ConTeXT - different languages / syntax for typesetting.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For each of these there are many engines available that can process the above syntax and generate dvi, ps, pdf, html, svg.... and what not.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To confuse even more there are engines called tex and latex, which can be used to process tex and latex syntaxes respectivly to produce dvi outputs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;@José Figueroa-O'Farrill:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Treating the system as blackbox: ConTeXt, LaTeX and TeX have significantly different syntax and different compilers hence they are different. And most users do not need to know that one is using the other behind the scene, that's an implementation detail. The beginner user needs to know that (a) they are different (b) they all produce awesome quality documents (c) each package has its own &quot;native&quot; way to do stuff (d) you can seek for all of them here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="137" LastEditorUserId="137" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-05T00:04:43.127" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T00:04:43.127" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="361" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="48" CreationDate="2010-07-27T11:56:08.117" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Combining the previous answers from Grigory and Andrew I was able to come up with the following somewhat cleaner implementation which also exposes a nice user interface.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\ops@declare#1{%&#xA;  \expandafter\DeclareMathOperator\csname #1\endcsname{#1}&#xA;}&#xA;\def\ops@scan#1,{%&#xA;  \ifx#1\relax&#xA;    \let\ops@next\relax&#xA;  \else&#xA;    \ops@declare{#1}\let\ops@next\ops@scan&#xA;  \fi\ops@next&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand{\DeclareMathOperators}[1]{\ops@scan#1,\relax,}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareMathOperators{Rep,Tet,Maps,Diff}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Operators: $\Rep, \Tet, \Maps, \Diff$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T11:56:08.117" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="362" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="71" CreationDate="2010-07-27T12:18:13.470" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The solution to your question probably involves a number of three smaller subproblems:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Scanning the input argument to find the last number.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Testing whether a number is even or not.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Making (La)TeX ignore a block of code.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the first one you probably need some TeX hackery, maybe something like this&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\scan#1.#2.{\ifx#2\relax\def\next{#1}\else\def\next{\scan #2.}\fi\next}&#xA;\newcommand{\lastnumber}[1]{\scan#1.\relax.}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the second task the &lt;code&gt;ifthen&lt;/code&gt; package provides an &lt;code&gt;\iffodd&lt;/code&gt; which might do the trick.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the final and third task take a look at the &lt;code&gt;verbatim&lt;/code&gt; package which, among other things, defines a &lt;code&gt;comment&lt;/code&gt; environment to ignore blocks of LaTeX code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T12:18:13.470" />
  <row Id="363" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1206" CreationDate="2010-07-27T12:28:36.070" Score="10" ViewCount="322" Body="&lt;p&gt;It seems that a common operation needed when defining new commands is to scan over a list of arguments (separated e.g. by a comma, but maybe by something else) and do something with each argument in the list, find the last one, or whatever.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example to write commands that look like &lt;code&gt;\Command{a,b,c}&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\Command{c.d.e}&lt;/code&gt; and&#xA;do something with each &lt;code&gt;a&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;b&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;c&lt;/code&gt;. See e.g. questions on &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/48/how-can-i-specify-a-long-list-of-math-operators&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;defining a list of operators&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/71/need-macro-to-ignore-specific-even-numbered-inputs&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ignoring even numbered inputs&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some solutions have been posted there, but what would be the best idiom to perform such kind of operations? LaTeX's &lt;code&gt;\@for&lt;/code&gt; looks very nice, but is it possible to use it to scan anything other than comma-separated lists?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastEditorUserId="42" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-09T09:04:26.557" LastActivityDate="2010-10-21T01:10:44.787" Title="What is the best way to scan over a list of somethings?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;programming&gt;" AnswerCount="6" FavoriteCount="6" />
  <row Id="364" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="332" CreationDate="2010-07-27T12:35:45.713" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Maybe I'm missing something, but you could probably use &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt; to expand the definition of &lt;code&gt;\cobj&lt;/code&gt; (or whatever) and &lt;em&gt;then&lt;/em&gt; find whether it starts with a vowel or not.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T12:35:45.713" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="365" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-07-27T12:39:16.253" Score="9" ViewCount="412" Body="&lt;p&gt;I usually use LyX to prepare lecture notes, course summaries, etc.&#xA;The reason I use LyX and not LaTex directly is twofold - &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I usually need to type in real time - summing a lecture. I think for this I'd still need LyX.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I write all these documents in Hebrew, and it seems to me that writing Hebrew documents with LaTeX will be a real pain (different direction of text, etc.).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I'm looking to solve #2 - have you ever used LaTeX for a right-to-left language effectively? What IDEs support this? What do you do when you need to write a document in such a language?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-31T10:06:06.283" LastActivityDate="2010-12-31T14:03:09.747" Title="IDE / Best known method for writing Hebrew documents with LaTeX" Tags="&lt;editors&gt;&lt;ide&gt;&lt;right-to-left&gt;&lt;hebrew&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="366" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="432" CreationDate="2010-07-27T12:41:33.453" Score="8" ViewCount="292" Body="&lt;p&gt;For my thesis my university has only a Word template with font sizes and &quot;window&quot; specifications to position title, name, date, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is the easiest way to layout such thing, if I'm not an expert in creating custom classes and only a basic user of pstricks and tikz?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="137" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-28T13:55:56.563" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T13:55:56.563" Title="How to painlessly create a custom layout for the title page for pdflatex?" Tags="&lt;thesis&gt;&lt;titlepage&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="367" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="369" CreationDate="2010-07-27T12:50:36.620" Score="8" ViewCount="288" Body="&lt;p&gt;Even-odd pages, inner edge 2.5cm, outer edge 1.5cm top and bottom 2cm. 1.5 spacing between the lines, double between paragraphs, no indent.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A general solution for other requirements would be best.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="137" LastEditorUserId="52" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-27T15:09:38.493" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T06:50:38.317" Title="How do I change my margins and spacing to fit the PhD thesis requirements of University XYZ?" Tags="&lt;margins&gt;&lt;thesis&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="368" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="50" CreationDate="2010-07-27T13:10:14.457" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The tug.org page has a significant list &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/utilities/texconv/index.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;. This list is in two parts, including both &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/utilities/texconv/textopc.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX to 'PC textprocessors'&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/utilities/texconv/pctotex.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;'PC textprocessors' to LaTeX&lt;/a&gt;, you want to look at the former.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="186" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T13:10:14.457" />
  <row Id="369" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="367" CreationDate="2010-07-27T13:11:21.583" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For the margins use the &lt;code&gt;geometry&lt;/code&gt; package. For your particular example use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[inner=2.5cm,outer=1.5cm,bottom=2cm]{geometry}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Check the documentation of this package for more details and other options!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the line spacing use &lt;code&gt;setspace&lt;/code&gt;. Again for your example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{setspace}&#xA;\onehalfspacing % or \doublespacing&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T13:11:21.583" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="370" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="367" CreationDate="2010-07-27T13:11:25.017" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could look at a class such as KOMA-Script, where there are settings for all of these things. On the other hand, you could use the appropriate packages for different items. The geometry package is the way to do margins, something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[&#xA;  left-margin=1.5cm,&#xA;  right-margin=2.5cm,&#xA;  top-margin=2cm,&#xA;  bottom-margin=2cm&#xA;]{geometry}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For line spacing, use the setspace package, and for not having indents at the start of paragraphs use the parskip package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-13T06:50:38.317" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T06:50:38.317" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="371" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="454" CreationDate="2010-07-27T13:38:23.190" Score="10" ViewCount="477" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is a counterpart to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/286/how-can-i-typeset-an-exam-or-assignment-paper-in-latex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&quot;How can I typeset an exam or assignment paper in LaTeX?&quot;&lt;/a&gt;, which was from a teacher looking for a template to compose assignments and exams.  I'm a student, and I'd like to submit PDFs or printouts composed in LaTeX in response to assignments submitted as Word documents.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As a math and engineering student, I regularly receive emailed or uploaded assignments with .doc (and now .docx) attachments, which generally contain a numbered list of questions (often with parts A, B, C, etc.) to answer.  Styles or other advanced Word structuring tools are rarely used. These assignments also frequently contain equations, tables, and images or Microsoft drawing objects (Usually circuits, graphs, or timing diagrams).  I don't really mind copying the images over, or, if they're simple, drawing them myself (as I'll likely have to make changes to it in my answer anyways).  However, on a long math assignment, the equations get tedious, and a little error in copying is a big problem. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/utilities/texconv/pctotex.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tug.org converter page,&lt;/a&gt; I see winw2ltx, Word2TeX and Word-To-LaTeX (These utilities have such clever names...) which have some support for equation transformation.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One thing which isn't clear from the documentation is whether the MathType extension to Word must be used to create the equation, or whether it can simply convert an Equation Editor or .docx equation to LaTeX if it's installed on my computer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The holy grail of answers to this question would be a utility which:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Recognizes MS Word numbered lists and outlines (I, 1, a, i, etc.).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Is faster than copy-pasting the text of each question into, say, the exam document class, writing the equations, and drawing the diagrams.  This is what I do right now.  Not too bad, but it adds half an hour to every assignment.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Makes better looking documents than the original Word document.  I'd like to do a little evangelism here.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Includes support for equations, tables, and images.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Can import both .doc and .docx files.  Saving the .docx as a .doc is not acceptable, as it renders the equations as bitmaps.  Saving the .doc as .docx might be acceptable.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't really need it to structure the document; if it just sticks some selected text into a section of my LaTeX document, that would be plenty.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="186" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-25T15:14:49.680" LastActivityDate="2010-08-25T17:42:05.493" Title="How can I import an exam or assignment from Word into LaTeX?" Tags="&lt;conversion&gt;&lt;word-to-latex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="372" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="312" CreationDate="2010-07-27T13:42:07.423" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;according to the Comprehensive LaTeX Symbol List, &lt;code&gt;\texttildelow&lt;/code&gt; &quot;&lt;em&gt;produces a vertically centered “~” in most fonts but a baseline-oriented “~” in Computer Modern, txfonts, pxfonts, and various other fonts originating from the TEX world.&lt;/em&gt;&quot; So to produce a centered Tilde, one can use something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{\fontfamily{ptm}\selectfont\texttildelow}T()&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Taken from the symbol list source code. A different font might give a better result, depending on what the main font of your text is.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T13:42:07.423" />
  <row Id="373" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="348" CreationDate="2010-07-27T13:42:57.373" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One fairly easy, but a bit rough-and-ready, would be to load that picture as the background in Inkscape, then draw over the top an SVG version of it, and finally export it to TikZ using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://code.google.com/p/inkscape2tikz/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;export-tikz plugin&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Actually, for a simple picture like this one you could do it &quot;by hand&quot; in TikZ: use TikZ to draw on top of the picture, adjust the parameters until it looks right, then remove the background.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Other than that, work out the equation of what you're seeing and code that into TikZ.  I thought about doing this when I was trying to draw a torus (see my other answer) and decided that I couldn't be bothered to work out the details so would draw a torus &quot;as it was meant to be&quot; (namely, a product of circles).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt; Here's the result, a little tweaked afterwards:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\draw (-3.5,0) .. controls (-3.5,2) and (-1.5,2.5) .. (0,2.5);&#xA;\draw[xscale=-1] (-3.5,0) .. controls (-3.5,2) and (-1.5,2.5) .. (0,2.5);&#xA;\draw[rotate=180] (-3.5,0) .. controls (-3.5,2) and (-1.5,2.5) .. (0,2.5);&#xA;\draw[yscale=-1] (-3.5,0) .. controls (-3.5,2) and (-1.5,2.5) .. (0,2.5);&#xA;&#xA;\draw (-2,.2) .. controls (-1.5,-0.3) and (-1,-0.5) .. (0,-.5) .. controls (1,-0.5) and (1.5,-0.3) .. (2,0.2);&#xA;&#xA;\draw (-1.75,0) .. controls (-1.5,0.3) and (-1,0.5) .. (0,.5) .. controls (1,0.5) and (1.5,0.3) .. (1.75,0);&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Produced the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://www.math.ntnu.no/~stacey/torus.png&quot; alt=&quot;torus via tikz&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastEditorUserId="86" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-28T13:58:56.447" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T13:58:56.447" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="374" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="339" CreationDate="2010-07-27T13:46:24.247" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;WinEdt is a good option on Windows.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I wrote a post on some of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://jeromyanglim.blogspot.com/2010/04/winedt-60-for-latex-features.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;features I liked in WinEdt 6.0&lt;/a&gt;.&#xA;To summarise:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Tree View can be customised&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Automatically display your current location in TOC&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Colour coding that aids usability&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Intelligent defaults&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Options to customise almost anything&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Easy configuration interface with MikTeX&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;One click build process for LaTeX documents&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Intuitive default shortcut keys and intuitive alt menu letters&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's not free, but it's also not that expensive.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="151" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T13:46:24.247" />
  <row Id="375" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="222" CreationDate="2010-07-27T13:49:58.090" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For your use cases, I tend to use the &lt;code&gt;bibentry&lt;/code&gt; package. As the focus is not really on providing a reference mechanism (i.e. &lt;code&gt;\cite&lt;/code&gt;'s), but actually on &lt;em&gt;listing&lt;/em&gt; the content of these bibliographical entries, this package works really nice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using LaTeX lists you can style your output in whatever way you want, and the &lt;code&gt;\bibentry&lt;/code&gt; command allows you to typeset the content of a bibliography entry wherever you want in your document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T13:49:58.090" />
  <row Id="377" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="312" CreationDate="2010-07-27T14:07:06.630" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For completeness’ sake: the accepted solution only seems to work with T1 fonts. When using XeTeX with the fontspec package, it once again displays a tilde at baseline level.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Luckily, there’s a simple workaround: When using a TTF or OTF font with fontspec, &lt;code&gt;\char`~&lt;/code&gt; works as expected. Unfortunately, this solution &lt;em&gt;only&lt;/em&gt; works for fontspec, not with T1 fonts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T14:07:06.630" />
  <row Id="378" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="334" CreationDate="2010-07-27T14:22:13.693" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think there are a few packages that support this, such as leftidx and mathtools&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/leftidx/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/leftidx/&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/mh/&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T14:22:13.693" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="379" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="332" CreationDate="2010-07-27T14:34:55.707" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's quite hard to fully expand things which have a non-fixed number of arguments, at least unless you know enough to pick them up yourself. The reason is that as far as TeX is concerned your 'last possible moment' for expansion &lt;em&gt;is&lt;/em&gt; when the token is read. For all TeX knows, your &lt;code&gt;\a&lt;/code&gt; may alter the meaning of subsequent macros, category codes, &lt;em&gt;etc&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Could you post a bit more detail on the nature of your optional arguments. It's possible to have a fully-expandable macro that takes optional arguments (see xparse for one approach), so you can imagine designing &lt;code&gt;\a&lt;/code&gt; so that it looks for the optional argument, grabs it if appropriate, does an &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt; for &lt;code&gt;\cobj&lt;/code&gt; and finally does the stuff you want to do.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-27T16:47:38.110" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T16:47:38.110" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="380" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="339" CreationDate="2010-07-27T14:37:48.490" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.lyx.org&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LyX&lt;/a&gt;. Available for Windows, Linux, and Mac. Quite intuitive and user-friendly, and it is possible to import from and (more importantly) export to LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Too many useful features to mention, but I'll mention one that I find extra good: If you want to typeset a &quot;2-dimensional&quot; math expression, LyX is the way to go. I have used LyX for nearly ten years. Switched to AucTeX recently, but I still use LyX whenever I want to get the LaTeX code for a complicated math expression.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="155" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T14:37:48.490" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="381" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="363" CreationDate="2010-07-27T14:42:00.447" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Scanning items in TeX is usually done by using a delimited macro. That is certainly the case for &lt;code&gt;\@for&lt;/code&gt;. As a result, you need a separate iterating function for each type of list. At the most basic, you could simply take the code from &lt;code&gt;\@for&lt;/code&gt; from the kernel and make the appropriate changes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've just added a function &lt;code&gt;\prg_new_map_functions:Nn&lt;/code&gt; to LaTeX3 (give it a few days for me to send it to CTAN). This will generate a family of mapping functions, for example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{expl3} % Once it's updated!&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;List entries are \\&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOn&#xA;\prg_new_map_functions:Nn ; { scolonlist }&#xA;\tl_new:N \example&#xA;\tl_set:Nn \example { 123 ; 456 ; 789 }&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \mapper #1 { List~entry:~#1 \\ }&#xA;\scolonlist_map_function:NN \example \mapper&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOff&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The advantage here is that you don't need to worry about how to do the mapping, &lt;em&gt;etc&lt;/em&gt;. It's all taken care of by &lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt;: you just need to use it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-04T20:48:09.007" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T20:48:09.007" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="382" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="332" CreationDate="2010-07-27T14:42:50.943" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another answer to your problem but not to your question, what about creating a &quot;\newobject&quot; command where you can specify whether it's an &quot;a&quot; or &quot;an&quot; (and then you're safe from any exceptions!) and provide you with a set of commands to typeset as you need. For example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newobject{Gobj}{a}{group}&#xA;\newobject{Aobj}{an}{axiom}&#xA;&#xA;\Gobj     % group&#xA;\aGobj    % a group&#xA;\theGobj  % the group&#xA;&#xA;\Aobj     % axiom&#xA;\aAobj    % an axiom&#xA;\theAobj  % the axiom&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can of course define alternative interfaces, like &lt;code&gt;\A\GObj&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\The{gobj}&lt;/code&gt; or whatever looks better to you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T14:42:50.943" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="383" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="388" CreationDate="2010-07-27T14:49:06.233" Score="15" ViewCount="628" Body="&lt;p&gt;The images in my paper are in EPS format. If I execute &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; to get a PDF version of my paper, the figures won't appear. I have to typeset using the &lt;code&gt;latex&lt;/code&gt; command, and then convert the DVI file to PDF using &lt;code&gt;dvipdf&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; doesn't support for EPS figures?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="165" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-23T09:42:21.517" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T14:24:46.447" Title="Why pdflatex can't print EPS figures?" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;pdftex&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="384" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="339" CreationDate="2010-07-27T14:51:31.733" Score="14" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I highly recommend &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texniccenter.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeXnicCenter&lt;/a&gt;. It stands out because it is the right mix between a gui heavy editor (think Lyx) and no gui (think emacs). Moreover, it is very easy to setup on both windows &amp;amp; linux.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="189" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T14:51:31.733" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="385" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1008" CreationDate="2010-07-27T14:52:45.710" Score="5" ViewCount="354" Body="&lt;p&gt;Looking a way to integrate something like &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.afterthedeadline.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;After the Deadline&lt;/a&gt; into writting LaTeX documents or a similar sophisticated spell checking. I don't mind it hitting the network each time. I already use flyspell-mode in AucTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;After the deadline&lt;/em&gt; is a webapp service which checks text for spell checking, grammar and style. In some ways it is similar to Microsfot Word spell-checking, more specifically green underline suggestions. &lt;em&gt;After the deadline&lt;/em&gt; is used on wordpress.com and there are firefox/chromium/openoffice plugins for it. I was wondering if anyone managed to get this or any other similar spell checker to work with latex documents to check grammar and style. I'm asking for something which will parse the whole sentences, and not just words.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="137" LastEditorUserId="137" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-27T15:46:31.063" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T13:06:49.680" Title="How to perform advanced spell checking of latex documents?" Tags="&lt;spelling&gt;&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="386" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="339" CreationDate="2010-07-27T14:58:49.127" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've been happily using &lt;a href=&quot;http://texlipse.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeXlipse&lt;/a&gt; in Eclipse for a long time, it has integrated code completion (including BibTeX entries), customizable templates, an outline view - and being integrated into Eclipse it includes all useful stuff I'm used to when working in Eclipse, like editor shortcuts, version control, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="30" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T14:58:49.127" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="387" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="383" CreationDate="2010-07-27T15:00:17.500" Score="17" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes it can and it will be default in TeXLive2010.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You need:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{epstopdf}&lt;/code&gt; in the preemble&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Include graphics without extension e.g &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics{picture}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;pdflatex -shell-escape&lt;/code&gt; or enabling write18 on windows&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="137" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T15:00:17.500" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="388" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="383" CreationDate="2010-07-27T15:10:41.627" Score="15" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;EPS is more than an image format: it's an entire programming language. The way that DVI mode includes EPS images is to simply leave a space for them in the output. If you look at a DVI, you'll find that the EPS images are not actually added to it: they have to be present for appropriate interpretation when looking at the DVI. When you convert the DVI to EPS format (or directly to PDF), it is the conversion tool that deals with the EPS, not TeX at all. (The usual DVI route uses GhostScript: it does contain all of the code to interpret EPS files.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When producing a PDF directly, the images do have to be properly included by pdfTeX. It doesn't include an EPS interpreter (which would be much too complex to do), and instead expects that some other tool (probably GhostScript) is used first to make PDF files for inclusion. PDF files use some of the same concepts as EPS, but in a way that pdfTeX can use successfully.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T15:10:41.627" />
  <row Id="389" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="93" CreationDate="2010-07-27T15:17:36.370" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you're looking for a direct replacement for Word, you're never going to find it in TeX. They are fundamentally different products, even if there is some overlap in what they're used for.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Word is built from the ground up to be a WYSIWYG word processor, and &lt;strong&gt;nothing&lt;/strong&gt; else. It couldn't care less about actually producing nice-looking text, as long as it's able to present an editor that looks &lt;em&gt;exactly&lt;/em&gt; like the output. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;TeX is designed from the ground up to actually output professional, nice-looking documents. It does this by sacrificing the WYSIWYG paradigm. In order for TeX to typeset your document, it has to be given freedom to do so. Which means that it doesn't let the user see the document while you're editing it (because the output is constantly changing in non-obvious ways. Line breaks change, ligatures are inserted, the table of contents is updated and so on.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In a sense, Word allows you to take a document, and insert a character into it. And what you get out of it is precisely that: the same document, but with that extra character of text. All other changes are minimized because it'd confuse the user of the WYSIWYG editor.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;TeX on the other hand, doesn't allow you to insert into an existing document. You can generate a new document which contains that extra character of text, but it's a different document from the original one. The entire paragraph you inserted into might have changed, the characters surrounding the one you inserted may have changed, and so on. Tables and images might have been moved to an entirely different page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As much as I like prefer TeX over Word, I would never recommend it as a direct replacement. Someone expecting to work with MS Word might find OpenOffice acceptable, but they'll just be frustrated by TeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anyway, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.lyx.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Lyx&lt;/a&gt; might be a reasonable compromise, giving you &lt;em&gt;something like&lt;/em&gt; Word's WYSIWYG editor, while still producing TeX-style documents.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For &quot;true&quot; TeX, &lt;a href=&quot;http://miktex.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;MikTeX&lt;/a&gt; is the de facto standard on Windows. It comes with pretty much everything you need.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="148" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T15:17:36.370" />
  <row Id="390" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="366" CreationDate="2010-07-27T15:22:14.110" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If it's for a one off solution, you can use &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt; to typeset individual &quot;windows&quot; with specific widths.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then tweak the vertical spacing between those windows using the &lt;code&gt;\vspace*{2cm}&lt;/code&gt; command. Of course you can specify whatever separation you want, other than &lt;code&gt;2cm&lt;/code&gt;, and even negative lengths.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With the &lt;code&gt;geometry&lt;/code&gt; package you can also get the proper margins around the whole page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T15:22:14.110" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="391" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="367" CreationDate="2010-07-27T15:30:03.617" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Have you checked if your university already has a document class (&lt;code&gt;.cls&lt;/code&gt;) or style file (&lt;code&gt;.sty&lt;/code&gt;) for theses? If there is no university wide one, you might also check with a prof or grad student in Computer Science or Mathematics. Many universities or departments do have such files already. Though, in some cases, the quality and utility of these files leaves a bit to be desired.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="93" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T15:30:03.617" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="392" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="352" CreationDate="2010-07-27T15:32:45.490" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The excellent &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.eijkhout.net/tbt/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;TeX by Topic&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; has already been mentioned, and I'd start there if you are a programmer looking for enlightenment. What you need to bear in mind is that TeX works with tokens with category codes. In the case of grouping, usually &lt;code&gt;{&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;}&lt;/code&gt; are tokens with category codes 1 (begin group) and 2 (end group), respectively. So TeX will start a group when it reads &lt;code&gt;{&lt;/code&gt; and finish it when it reads &lt;code&gt;}&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For a simple macro such as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*\example[1]{Stuff with #1}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the argument will be either a single token or a single group. Thus&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\example{stuff}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will absorb 'stuff' as #1, but&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\example stuff&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will only pick up the 's' of 'stuff', as 's' is a single token.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;LaTeX introduces the idea of optional arguments inside &lt;code&gt;[&lt;/code&gt; ... &lt;code&gt;]&lt;/code&gt;. As pointed out by Andrew, this isn't done by grouping, and so can give odd results. You can get around this: see how xparse manages optional arguments for example. LaTeX also uses &lt;code&gt;(&lt;/code&gt; ... &lt;code&gt;)&lt;/code&gt; for co-ordinate arguments, but again with no grouping.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As I said, category codes are important. ConTeXt uses &lt;code&gt;[&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;]&lt;/code&gt; for grouping rather than &lt;code&gt;{&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;}&lt;/code&gt;. So it's not the character you need to worry about, but the token (including the category code). This is a rather TeX-specific concept, so looking at &lt;em&gt;TeX by Topic&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;The TeXbook&lt;/em&gt; is a good way to get to grips with it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-27T16:51:22.427" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T16:51:22.427" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="393" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="404" CreationDate="2010-07-27T15:37:33.493" Score="4" ViewCount="778" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a documentclass specificaly for taking notes in a class? If not, what does the community see as things which should be included in such a class (which I'd be happy to write)? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt;: This was meant to be edited days ago, my apologies. However, I'm looking for a documentclass specifically for something like &lt;em&gt;Engineering&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Biology&lt;/em&gt; would be nice as well, something which allows the drawing of flow charts of metabolic processes, etc. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I type most of my math notes up in LaTeX because it's quite convenient. Not so much for something like organic &lt;em&gt;chemistry&lt;/em&gt;, I'd like all my compounds that I use regularly to be in say a bank of compounds which I could just insert at will, and link instances of that phrase to an image at the end, much like an endnote. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd also be interested if anyone has document classes for &lt;em&gt;Biochemistry&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="142" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-31T13:12:57.887" LastActivityDate="2010-08-31T13:12:57.887" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-27T15:37:33.493" Title="Best documentclass for class notes" Tags="&lt;documentclass&gt;&lt;notes&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="394" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="339" CreationDate="2010-07-27T15:42:53.933" Score="23" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you're really hardcore, you can always use VIM. There's a &lt;a href=&quot;http://vim-latex.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;suite of macros&lt;/a&gt; and whatnot appropriate for VIM which can be used to edit LaTeX files. Also, with vim 7, there's syntax highlighting&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/2Ao7h.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and some word completion (omni something or rather) &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;C-P&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;C-N&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; to go the previous and next matches, respectively.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="142" LastEditorUserId="142" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-14T19:39:16.627" LastActivityDate="2010-11-14T19:39:16.627" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="395" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="326" CreationDate="2010-07-27T16:00:12.977" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;UK-TUG have a list of thesis templates from various UK institutions at &lt;a href=&quot;http://uk.tug.org/training/thesis/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://uk.tug.org/training/thesis/&lt;/a&gt;. There is also a good generic template at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.sunilpatel.co.uk/thesistemplate.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.sunilpatel.co.uk/thesistemplate.php&lt;/a&gt;, but I'm note sure any of these are 'pretty'. At least in the UK the requirements tend to be vary much geared around a traditional manuscript style (double spaced and so on).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T16:00:12.977" />
  <row Id="396" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="401" CreationDate="2010-07-27T16:00:53.613" Score="3" ViewCount="196" Body="&lt;p&gt;Does LaTeX have an escape sequence for the open source &lt;a href=&quot;http://opensarcasm.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;sarcmark&lt;/a&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="142" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-31T17:35:03.863" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T01:55:41.553" Title="Does LaTeX support the sarcmark?" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="397" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="400" CreationDate="2010-07-27T16:03:05.517" Score="13" ViewCount="272" Body="&lt;p&gt;I do know that LaTeX3 is a long term project, but I'm interested to find out what's new in LaTeX3 and have there already been any big advancements and backwards incompatible changes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="137" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T16:48:47.157" Title="What new bits have already been implemented in Latex3? Will my current documents (with many packages) still compile with Latex3?" Tags="&lt;latex3&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="398" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="363" CreationDate="2010-07-27T16:04:20.850" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's my solution (borrowed form Kevin Walker):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% tricky way to iterate macros over a list&#xA;\def\semicolon{;}&#xA;\def\applytolist#1{&#xA;    \expandafter\def\csname multi#1\endcsname##1{&#xA;        \def\multiack{##1}\ifx\multiack\semicolon&#xA;            \def\next{\relax}&#xA;        \else&#xA;            \csname #1\endcsname{##1}&#xA;            \def\next{\csname multi#1\endcsname}&#xA;        \fi&#xA;        \next}&#xA;    \csname multi#1\endcsname}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And some examples of its use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% \def\cA{{\cal A}} for A..Z&#xA;\def\calc#1{\expandafter\def\csname c#1\endcsname{{\mathcal #1}}}&#xA;\applytolist{calc}QWERTYUIOPLKJHGFDSAZXCVBNM;&#xA;&#xA;% \DeclareMathOperator{\pr}{pr} etc.&#xA;\def\declaremathop#1{\expandafter\DeclareMathOperator\csname #1\endcsname{#1}}&#xA;\applytolist{declaremathop}{pr}{im}{gl}{ev}{coinv}{tr}{rot}{Eq}{obj}{mor}{ob}{Rep}{Tet}{cat}{Maps}{Diff}{Homeo}{sign}{supp}{Nbd}{res}{rad};&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="77" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T16:04:20.850" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="399" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="48" CreationDate="2010-07-27T16:06:19.820" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's a solution from Kevin Walker's LaTeX preambles:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% tricky way to iterate macros over a list&#xA;\def\semicolon{;}&#xA;\def\applytolist#1{&#xA;    \expandafter\def\csname multi#1\endcsname##1{&#xA;        \def\multiack{##1}\ifx\multiack\semicolon&#xA;            \def\next{\relax}&#xA;        \else&#xA;            \csname #1\endcsname{##1}&#xA;            \def\next{\csname multi#1\endcsname}&#xA;        \fi&#xA;        \next}&#xA;    \csname multi#1\endcsname}&#xA;&#xA;% \DeclareMathOperator{\pr}{pr} etc.&#xA;\def\declaremathop#1{\expandafter\DeclareMathOperator\csname #1\endcsname{#1}}&#xA;&#xA;\applytolist{declaremathop}{pr}{im}{gl}{ev}{coinv}{tr}{rot}{Eq}{obj}{mor}{ob}{Rep}{Tet}{cat}{Maps}{Diff}{Homeo}{sign}{supp}{Nbd}{res}{rad};&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="77" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T16:06:19.820" />
  <row Id="400" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="397" CreationDate="2010-07-27T16:25:09.880" Score="18" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;At present, the 'usable' bits of LaTeX3 are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The expl3 language. This provides a much more 'programming-like' language than using TeX primitives plus LaTeX internals. The language is still fluid (I have some changes I'm pushing, but the rest of the team are not so sure), but the general shape is there. The idea is to continue to extend expl3 to add more features. For example, I'm currently working out what type of real number arithmetic we need.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;xparse. This is a package to define document commands in a much more robust way than &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; does. I mention xparse a lot as I like it :-) For me, it works very well (Note: I wrote most of the current implementation, although the ideas are not really mine.) With xparse you can quickly define all sorts of input syntax that are a pain in LaTeX2e. It also generates robust commands (using e-TeX), and lets you automatically have access to the arguments to an environment at the end of the environment.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;xtemplate. This is intended to allow the separation of design and implementation by giving a proper structure to design decisions. The template concept is not easy to explain in a few lines: I can only recommend you read the documentation.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;None of the above alter any existing parts of LaTeX: this is deliberate. What we are working on at the moment is things like the galley (where boxes are on the page) and the output routine. Those packages (which are not currently on CTAN, but are available from the public SVN) do alter the behaviour of LaTeX (particularly the output routine one). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The advantage of the current modules is that you can use them and know you have documented stuff. Unlike programming in LaTeX2e, we're aiming to explain all of the expl3 functions that are 'public' so that you don't need to use bits of TeX, bits of documented LaTeX and bits of undocumented LaTeX to get things to work. I've written siunitx in expl3, and it makes programming LaTeX a lot easier. (Compare the code for siunitx v2 with that for v1 to see this!)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is not yet formalised is how LaTeX3 will look for the end user. I think, however, that we can be confident that the current basic model&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{&amp;lt;something&amp;gt;}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Some text \emph{with italics}.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will survive (the project will fail if it does not).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know that LaTeX3 is 'long term', but the aim with things like expl3 and xparse is to bring new ideas to users now. As I say, siunitx (a LaTeX2e package) is written almost entirely in expl3, and &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/pkg/fontspec&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;fontspec&lt;/a&gt; is moving that way too. This means that without needing to know about LaTeX3 users of these packages get the benefits that come from a clearer programming approach. I keep pushing xparse as it lets you easily do things that &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; does not&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\NewDocumentCommand\foo{omom}{%&#xA;  % Mandatory #2 and #4&#xA;  % Optional #1 and #3 &#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-27T16:48:47.157" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T16:48:47.157" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="401" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="396" CreationDate="2010-07-27T16:26:35.153" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\textexclamdown&lt;/code&gt; is an inverted exclamation point:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://detexify.kirelabs.org.s3.amazonaws.com/images/latex/04b27af4764eb9de551d0244a9d39107.png&quot; alt=&quot;example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(found via &lt;a href=&quot;http://detexify.kirelabs.org/classify.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Detexify&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="29" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T16:26:35.153" />
  <row Id="402" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="339" CreationDate="2010-07-27T16:32:21.623" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another option is the cross-platform &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.xm1math.net/texmaker/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TexMaker&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="193" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T16:32:21.623" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="403" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="301" CreationDate="2010-07-27T17:03:14.983" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you can't find a LaTeX package to do your job, this can be done with the \openout, \write and \closeout commands of TeX to output whatever you want to an auxilliary file, and then import it back by running \input on it. The file writing functions are described on pages 226--228 in the TeXBook.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="194" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T17:03:14.983" />
  <row Id="404" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="393" CreationDate="2010-07-27T17:33:13.407" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Right. This type of question is quite broad and I'll try to answer it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First of all depends whether you are doing humanities, languages, mathematics, engineering and particular sciences. More importantly depends on how many graphics, formulas you have in the notes and how quickly you are at typing those up (since typing those is the slowest of all).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I personally did take notes in latex using just report class. I would it great to type up syllabus beforehand for the whole year such that I can predict headings more precisely. I was able to keep up with formulas but I couldn't keep up with figures (I didn't know tikz back then). So I have ended up drawing figures on a tablet or paper and then scanning them in later on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm doing electronic engineering. If you are doing chemistry, biology or physics your experience can be much different. And if you are doing languages, history or law your requirements will be completely different.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Best is to ask: &quot;I'm doing electronics, what is the best way to quickly sketch circuits for later polishing in latex?&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The questions as it is now doesn't tell what area your are not finding report class to be suitable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="137" LastEditorUserId="18" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-27T18:59:40.303" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T18:59:40.303" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-27T17:33:13.407" />
  <row Id="405" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="416" CreationDate="2010-07-27T17:38:47.513" Score="4" ViewCount="127" Body="&lt;p&gt;ConTeXt and Latex are well known. And I'm aware of different engines to process those e.g. XeTeX, pdfTeX, LuaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But on this &lt;a href=&quot;http://meta.tex.stackexchange.com/questions/51/avoid-using-the-tex-tag/64#64&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;meta&lt;/a&gt; question discussion came up about TeX, plain-TeX, initex. Can someone please tell me the quick difference between those? Are there any other meta-packages? And what is bare minimum TeX (the one everything else is based upon)? And which one of these are &quot;frozen&quot; in featureset and bugs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="137" LastEditorUserId="137" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-28T11:51:12.180" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T14:26:50.590" Title="What are the less known TeX like macro-packages?" Tags="&lt;tex-history&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="406" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="393" CreationDate="2010-07-27T17:42:46.603" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Taking notes for a class&quot; covers a broad territory, but one thing which it might be nice in general to have is a way of marking sections of text with dates and instructor names.  One could tell LaTeX, &quot;This section of text comes from a lecture given on 27 January by the TA instead of the regular professor&quot;, and that information would be available for inclusion in the page header, the TOC, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I was taking lots of LaTeX notes during lectures, I defined commands to abbreviate the constructions which kept coming up in whichever class it was.  That way, I was able to keep up with hairy formulae; I sketched diagrams and such by hand and worked them up as SVG files later (or, in one case, I clipped figures from the professor's hand-written notes, which he posted on the class website).  Such abbreviations are like to be fairly subject-specific, so they're probably not suitable for a general &quot;lecture notes&quot; package or documentclass.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="112" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T17:42:46.603" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-27T17:42:46.603" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="407" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="334" CreationDate="2010-07-27T17:52:14.103" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=tensor&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tensor&lt;/a&gt; package. You can just issue&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$A \tensor[_\varphi]{\otimes}{_\psi} B$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to get what you specified as an example. Note that if you have mixed upper and lower indices, the standard &lt;code&gt;\tensor&lt;/code&gt; command will leave &quot;phantom&quot; spaces. To make all indices flush against the central symbol, use &lt;code&gt;\tensor*&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T17:52:14.103" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="408" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="336" CreationDate="2010-07-27T17:54:46.440" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;My answer to the linked question on &quot;non-kludgy left index&quot; also works here. Use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=tensor&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tensor&lt;/a&gt; package. The &lt;code&gt;\tensor&lt;/code&gt; form leaves phantom spaces, while the &lt;code&gt;\tensor*&lt;/code&gt; form compresses everything. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T17:54:46.440" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="409" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="414" CreationDate="2010-07-27T17:56:24.580" Score="3" ViewCount="522" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm about to start writing something up which includes a fair number of &lt;a href=&quot;http://mathworld.wolfram.com/DynkinDiagram.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Dynkin diagrams&lt;/a&gt;, and I can think of several ways of going about it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Just draw the darn things in, &lt;em&gt;e.g.,&lt;/em&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.inkscape.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;InkScape&lt;/a&gt;, and include the graphics in the standard way.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Hack them together using the &lt;code&gt;picture&lt;/code&gt; environment or tikz, as &lt;a href=&quot;http://www4.ncsu.edu/~njschwar/latex.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this person&lt;/a&gt; suggests.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Abuse the &lt;a href=&quot;http://xml.web.cern.ch/XML/textproc/feynmf.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;feynmf&lt;/a&gt; package, possibly with defining new kinds of &quot;propagator&quot; lines.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anybody have experience with this sort of task?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="112" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T20:26:03.690" Title="What is a good way to draw Dynkin diagrams in LaTeX?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;diagrams&gt;&lt;svg&gt;&lt;feynmf&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="410" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="319" CreationDate="2010-07-27T18:14:17.960" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For Hindi, you can probably use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/language/devanagari/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;devanagari&lt;/a&gt; package for LaTeX. I've used it for Sanskrit. Just note that the &quot;internal&quot; codes for the script is a bit obtuse, so it is suggested that you follow the documentation and type in a more readable format, and then pass the source file through a preprocessor. (Included in the distribution.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are also language packages for &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/language/telugu/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Telugu&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/language/tamil/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Tamil&lt;/a&gt;, but not having used either I cannot say more about them. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T18:14:17.960" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="411" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="339" CreationDate="2010-07-27T18:14:31.970" Score="19" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;On Windows, I use &lt;a href=&quot;http://code.google.com/p/texworks/downloads/list&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeXworks 0.2.3 (r0.466)&lt;/a&gt;, which provides with an editor window and a document preview window.   Clicking in the document preview locates the edit mark at that TeX source corresponding to the clicked location.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;TeXworks is also available for Mac and Linux, at the same link given above.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;TeXworks is open source and the fruit of the TeX Users Groups.  Here's a screenshot of the Windows build:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://tug.org/texworks/img/texworks-winxp.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="94" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T18:14:31.970" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="412" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="409" CreationDate="2010-07-27T18:19:19.090" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have two additional suggestions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/applications/Xy-pic/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Xy-pic&lt;/a&gt; package. I find easier than tikz or feynmf.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Or you can find a paper on the arxiv which has some Dynkin diagrams and see what the authors have done.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="104" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T18:19:19.090" />
  <row Id="413" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="339" CreationDate="2010-07-27T18:25:40.263" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use gedit with the gedit-latex-plugin, available for Linux, Windows and MacOSX. It has a clean interface and provides: Code Completion, Spell Checking, Syntax Checking and Validation, Outlines, Wizards, BibTeX Integration, Template Editing, User-Defined Snippets and a preconfigured comprehensive build system using rubber.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For my gedit LaTeX suite to be complete, I add two other plugins, first the 'Control your tabs' plugin to get Ctrl-(Shift)-Tab behavior, and also the AutoCompletion plugin which provides automatic suggestions for completion of any word, based on the words already present in the document - it can be a real time saver.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="10" LastEditorUserId="10" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-14T17:34:59.100" LastActivityDate="2010-11-14T17:34:59.100" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="414" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="409" CreationDate="2010-07-27T18:54:59.033" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would not recommend abusing the feynmf package.  In the past I have used the picture environment (with the &lt;code&gt;eepic&lt;/code&gt; package) to do precisely this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Table 6.2 in page 185 of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.maths.ed.ac.uk/~jmf/Teaching/Lectures/EDC.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;these lecture notes&lt;/a&gt; (PDF file), I typeset the Dynkin diagrams using the picture environment.  I'm happy to make the code available.  Here's a sample for the $A_n$ Dynkin diagram:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{picture}(50,7)&#xA;\multiput(5,1)(10,0){5}{\circle{2}}&#xA;\multiputlist(10,1)(10,0)%&#xA;{{\line(1,0){8}},{\line(1,0){8}},{$\cdots$},{\line(1,0){8}}}&#xA;\multiputlist(5,3)(10,0){$\scriptscriptstyle 1$,%&#xA;$\scriptscriptstyle 2$,$\scriptscriptstyle 3$,%&#xA;$\scriptscriptstyle \ell{-}1$,$\scriptscriptstyle \ell$}&#xA;\end{picture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The diagram is decorated with a labelling of the nodes, by the way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="18" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T18:54:59.033" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="415" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="409" CreationDate="2010-07-27T20:26:03.690" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I typically use tikz. I like tikz because I find it relatively straight-forward. Also, because my interest is in representation theory and quivers I have to create many other diagrams beyond Dynkin diagrams and tikz allows me to use a single language to create all of them and the resulting graphics have a consistent style (arrow heads, line thickness, etc). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="144" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T20:26:03.690" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="416" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="405" CreationDate="2010-07-27T20:28:37.897" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think you are wanting to know about iniTeX and the plain format, mainly. The TeX binary knows roughly 300 primitives: things which are actually defined in the binary. This includes some you probably know (such as &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt;) and others you probably don't (such as &lt;code&gt;\output&lt;/code&gt;). An easy way to see if something is a primitive is to &lt;code&gt;\show&lt;/code&gt; it: you'll just get the name again.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;gt; \let=\let.&#xA;l.1 \show\let&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you start TeX in iniTeX mode (&lt;code&gt;tex -ini&lt;/code&gt;), that is all you get. The problem is that this is not very useful. There are no fonts loaded, there is no output routine (so nothing will print), and so on. The primitives are all you need to build a working typesetting system, but there is 'some assembly required'. What iniTeX is good for is creating a format: you can only dump TeX's memory into a format when in iniTeX mode. So this is what is used 'behind the scenes' by TeX distributions to produce the LaTeX format, the plain TeX format (see below) and so on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This brings us to the plain TeX format, which is often referred to simply as 'plain'. This is a minimal set of macros, &lt;em&gt;etc&lt;/em&gt;., that Knuth wrote to make the TeX typesetting engine produce something usable. It doesn't provide very much, but there is a lot more than just the 300-ish iniTeX primitives. For example, there is an output routine, so things actually print. Plain TeX defines a lot of useful basics, such as constants and methods to allocate variables. If you type &lt;code&gt;tex&lt;/code&gt; at the Terminal, you will be using this plain format (unless you specifically ask for iniTeX). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;LaTeX2e uses most of the plain format as a base, and so you will find a source file 'l2plain.dtx' which copies much of plain TeX into LaTeX. There are some differences (for example, LaTeX's output routine is very different from plain TeX's). In that sense, plain TeX is a 'base'. If you look at the LaTeX3 work, things are rather different in implementation. However, the base requirements (set up variables, load fonts, do output, provide minimal macro support) remain the same. It's not really possible to drop parts of plain TeX and still do anything useful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Both the TeX engine itself and the plain TeX format are maintained by Knuth. There are no new features added to either of these by Knuth, but he does fix bugs. The later are &lt;em&gt;very&lt;/em&gt; rare indeed, so if you think you've found one make &lt;em&gt;very&lt;/em&gt; sure! One of the reasons for projects such as pdfTeX, XeTeX and LuaTeX is to add new features to the engine, something that will not happen with TeX itself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, over time there have been other formats. Knuth's model (as seen with &lt;em&gt;The TeXbook&lt;/em&gt;) was to have dedicated formats for dedicated purposes. Both LaTeX and ConTeXt have gone the other way: they are general formats that can be used for many things. Other specialised formats do exist (see CTAN for example), but these have never really caught on. It turns out to be easier to have more generalised formats and choose which bits to use than to have many formats and have to pick which one to use.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T20:28:37.897" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="417" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="424" CreationDate="2010-07-27T20:41:26.883" Score="13" ViewCount="276" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a BibTeX database with some big number of references which I use for work. When I need to send a document prepared using that database to somone I have two options: either send a full copy of the database (which I would not like to do), or copy all referenced entries from a large database to a smaller copy, and send that copy with a document. Are there any tools which would do this automatically?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="199" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T02:12:54.930" Title="How to split all BibTeX referenced entries from a big BibTeX database to a copy?" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="5" />
  <row Id="418" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="352" CreationDate="2010-07-27T20:51:21.693" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would recommend reading The TeXbook, by Donald Knuth, at least for two reasons:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;It is a big pleasure to read. Knuth's writing style is very clear and explanatory. Not to mention he is the author of TeX.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;It has a excellent chapter which is almost literally the answer to your question: ``Chapter 7. How TeX Reads What You Type.''&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I consider this book to be the best writing about the TeX low-level features.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="199" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T20:51:21.693" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="419" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="477" CreationDate="2010-07-27T21:09:02.777" Score="9" ViewCount="663" Body="&lt;p&gt;The title pretty much sums it up.  I use the package srcltx in my documents.  I am running Ubuntu with Kile 2.1 and Okular 0.8.2 as a viewer.  I am pretty sure that inverse search should work, but I haven't been able to set it up.  How does one configure the viewer and editor to make this feature work?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="200" LastEditorUserId="1189" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-19T21:18:02.340" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T21:18:02.340" Title="How to set up inverse search with Okular and Kile" Tags="&lt;editors&gt;&lt;kile&gt;&lt;srcltx&gt;&lt;inverse-search&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="420" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="430" CreationDate="2010-07-27T21:13:25.907" Score="4" ViewCount="257" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've had occasion to typeset &lt;a href=&quot;http://tqft.net/EH/matrices&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;extraordinarily large matrices&lt;/a&gt;, which I didn't seriously expect anyone to expect in detail (without a computer) or print, but I needed it to be obvious that they were completely explicit and written down &lt;em&gt;somewhere&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;By trial and error, I found a really large paper size that would compile (about 5.5m) in pdflatex and fit my matrices on a reasonable number of sheets. (I used the geometry package to choose custom page sizes.) But it would have been easier if I'd been able to find out:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;What are the limitations on paper sizes in pdflatex?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="77" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T21:14:34.387" Title="What's the absolute largest paper size permissible with pdflatex?" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;paper-size&gt;&lt;geometry&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="422" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="443" CreationDate="2010-07-27T21:19:38.140" Score="17" ViewCount="1104" Body="&lt;p&gt;Often in my papers I want to mention theorems in the introduction that are introduced in more detail and proved in a later section.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd like to include the statement of these theorems twice over, each time numbered as the theorem would naturally appear in its later section.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My current solution (using amsthm) is, e.g.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%(in the introduction)&#xA;\newtheorem*{thm:associativity}{Theorem \ref{thm:associativity}}&#xA;\begin{thm:associativity}&#xA;Lorem ipsum ...&#xA;\end{thm:associativity}&#xA;&#xA;%(in a later section)&#xA;\begin{thm}&#xA;\label{thm:associativity}&#xA;Lorem ipsum ...&#xA;\end{thm}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Can anyone think of a cleaner solution?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="77" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-17T15:17:59.077" LastActivityDate="2010-12-08T22:20:08.927" Title="How do I repeat a theorem number?" Tags="&lt;numbering&gt;&lt;cross-referencing&gt;&lt;theorems&gt;&lt;amsthm&gt;" AnswerCount="6" FavoriteCount="9" />
  <row Id="423" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="417" CreationDate="2010-07-27T21:24:20.767" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A reference manager such as &lt;a href=&quot;http://jabref.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;JabRef&lt;/a&gt; will allow you to save selected entries from your entire .bib database to a new, smaller .bib file.  JabRef also allows you to export to many other formats, such as XML, HTML, EndNote, and Harvard RTF.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="32" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T21:24:20.767" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="424" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="417" CreationDate="2010-07-27T21:40:43.870" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/utils/bibtool/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;BibTool&lt;/a&gt; is a command-line tool which allows you to perform various manipulations on &lt;code&gt;.bib&lt;/code&gt; files, including extracting all of the entries which are mentioned in a given &lt;code&gt;.aux&lt;/code&gt; file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="96" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T21:40:43.870" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="425" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="417" CreationDate="2010-07-27T22:00:23.910" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Or again &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mendeley.com&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Mendeley&lt;/a&gt; -- with it you could even have a shared collection which will stay in sync.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="7" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T22:00:23.910" />
  <row Id="426" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="417" CreationDate="2010-07-27T22:08:27.697" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use a shell script called &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/utils/bibexport/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;bibexport&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;bibexport: a tool to extract BibTeX entries out of .bib files.&#xA;usage: .../bibexport [-h|v] [-n] [-b bst] [-a [-e file]...] [-o file] file...&#xA;  -a, --all          export the entire .bib files&#xA;  -b, --bst          specifies the .bst style file  [default: export.bst]&#xA;  -e, --extra        extra .bib files to be used (for crossrefs)&#xA;  -c, --crossref     include entries that are crossref'd   [default: yes]&#xA;  -n, --no-crossref  don't include crossref'd entries       [default: no]&#xA;  -o file            write output to file        [default: bibexport.bib]&#xA;  -h, --help         print this message and exit&#xA;  -v, --version      print version number and exit&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="18" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T22:08:27.697" />
  <row Id="427" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="167" CreationDate="2010-07-27T22:33:13.603" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Okay, after Michael's second answer I had an idea which I want to just document here. Instead of using the &lt;code&gt;description&lt;/code&gt; environment, it seems that another way is to abuse the &lt;code&gt;list&lt;/code&gt; environment. The following snipplet is what can be done&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcounter{foobarcounter}&#xA;\renewcommand{\thefoobarcounter}&#xA;      {({\ifcase\value{foobarcounter}\or foo\or bar\else ehhh\fi\relax})}&#xA;\begin{list}{\thefoobarcounter}{\usecounter{foobarcounter}}&#xA; \item\label{foodesc} Foo is good&#xA; \item Bar is bad&#xA; \item This list was not supposed to be this long&#xA;\end{list}&#xA;......&#xA;.. Something good, see \ref{foodesc}.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Comments are welcome.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T22:33:13.603" />
  <row Id="428" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="422" CreationDate="2010-07-27T22:33:23.370" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A somewhat &quot;sketchy&quot; solution: there's a package by Ulrich Diez called theomac.sty that's floating online but isn't on CTAN, and which I've used once before. The latest version I'm aware of contains the string &quot;2007/06/18 v1.00beta4 Define macros from theorems&quot; in it, and can be found, say, in the discussions &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.hilpers.com/1228348-equation-kopieren-referenzieren#3&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;http://cookp.com/thread/1500775/Equation%20kopieren%20referenzieren&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; (or an older version on &lt;a href=&quot;http://groups.google.com/group/comp.text.tex/msg/2a964c4489a8b5d5?hl=en&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Google Groups&lt;/a&gt; where you can download it). You use it somewhat as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{theomac} %To repeat theorems&#xA;\newtheoremWithMacro{rtheorem}[theorem]{Theorem}&#xA;&#xA;...&#xA;&#xA;\begin{rtheorem}[\foo]&#xA;  $1 + 1 = 2$ &#xA;\end{rtheorem}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Or any name instead of &lt;code&gt;rtheorem&lt;/code&gt;.) Then you can write &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt; anywhere you want the theorem to appear, without having to repeat the body.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="48" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T22:33:23.370" />
  <row Id="429" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="511" CreationDate="2010-07-27T22:38:03.567" Score="8" ViewCount="954" Body="&lt;p&gt;I sometimes have to present on other people's equipment, such as machines running stripped down Linux distributions, presentation servers with a bare-bones PDF viewer running in a virtual machine, or a Windows box with a heavily locked-down Adobe Reader (e.g. with JavaScript disabled).  So far I've tried to avoid doing anything fancy with &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt;.  But for some concepts, animations seem necessary.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;How can one create PDF presentations in LaTeX, preferably with &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt;, which include animations that work on most PDF viewers?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ideally, if the animations don't work then they should degrade gracefully.  For instance, the first and last frame could still be shown.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;Beamer&lt;/code&gt; has &lt;code&gt;\animate&lt;/code&gt; but this requires the PDF viewer to support showing several slides in succession, without manual intervention.  &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.uoregon.edu/~noeckel/PDFmovie.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Jens Nöckel suggests using external movies&lt;/a&gt;, which seems even less likely to work; this relies on a viewer being available for the movie format, and that the movie viewer can be called by the PDF viewer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Older documents suggest MetaPost or animated GIF files, which seem hacky (though I will consider them if no other alternatives exist).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please discuss only one main approach per answer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="132" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-30T05:05:01.333" LastActivityDate="2010-08-30T10:46:41.513" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-27T22:38:03.567" Title="Animation in PDF presentations, without Adobe Reader?" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;animations&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="8" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="430" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="420" CreationDate="2010-07-27T22:48:59.357" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;From the immensely useful &lt;a href=&quot;https://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/texbytopic&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX by Topic&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;\maxdimen 16383.99999pt; the largest legal dimension.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Internally TEX works with multiples of a smallest dimension: the scaled point. Dimensions larger &#xA;  (in absolute value) than 2^30 − 1sp, which is about 5.75 metres or 18.9 feet, are illegal.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://river-valley.tv/an-earthshaking-announcement/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Knuth delivered a beautiful extended dig at &quot;modern&quot; software development practices at the 2010 TUG meeting&lt;/a&gt;, during the early part of which he referred to the value of &lt;code&gt;\maxdimen&lt;/code&gt;.  I can't work out if he was serious when he suggested it had been a mistake to fix the largest dimension in TeX at this rather small value.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perhaps it is worth mentioning that as far as I know, pdflatex does not apply any more restrictive limits than TeX itself for this application.  So the limitation that is relevant here is the internal TeX one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="132" LastEditorUserId="132" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-28T21:14:34.387" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T21:14:34.387" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="431" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="434" CreationDate="2010-07-28T08:02:54.103" Score="2" ViewCount="116" Body="&lt;p&gt;By &quot;bind more tightly&quot; I refer to the order in which operations are carried out by default.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Experimenting shows that if &lt;code&gt;\ab&lt;/code&gt; is &lt;code&gt;ab&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\cd&lt;/code&gt; is &lt;code&gt;cd&lt;/code&gt; then &lt;code&gt;\ab^\cd&lt;/code&gt; is &lt;code&gt;ab^cd&lt;/code&gt;.  I would like it to be &lt;code&gt;{ab}^{cd}&lt;/code&gt;.  Of course, I can do this by defining &lt;code&gt;\ab&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;{ab}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\cd&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;{cd}&lt;/code&gt; but that's not always an acceptable solution; for example, if &lt;code&gt;\cd&lt;/code&gt; is actually &lt;code&gt;c^d&lt;/code&gt; then &lt;code&gt;\cd_2&lt;/code&gt; is &lt;code&gt;c^d_2&lt;/code&gt; but if &lt;code&gt;\cd&lt;/code&gt; is &lt;code&gt;{c^d}&lt;/code&gt; then &lt;code&gt;\cd_2&lt;/code&gt; is &lt;code&gt;{c^d}_2&lt;/code&gt;.  Indeed, if &lt;code&gt;\cd&lt;/code&gt; is &lt;code&gt;c^d&lt;/code&gt; then with the current precedence, &lt;code&gt;\ab^\cd&lt;/code&gt; produces a complaint about double superscripts but changing the precedence would make it &lt;code&gt;{ab}^{c^d}&lt;/code&gt; which is fine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(NB I've tried to present the simplest case that I can; the actual macros that I'm using are considerably more complicated and introducing braces into these macros is much more problematic than in the simplistic case above.  In particular, they are recursively defined and so introducing new braces at the outside actually introduces new braces at several inconvenient spots inside as well.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T14:07:46.830" Title="Can super/sub-scripts bind more tightly than macro expansion?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;subscripts&gt;&lt;expansion&gt;&lt;superscripts&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="432" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="366" CreationDate="2010-07-28T08:06:40.257" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;While it has the disadvantage that it will likely look slightly different from the rest of your document, it does have the advantage that the title page will look like exactly like how the university expects it to be: include a PDF version you created with their Word template.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This can be done with the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/pdfpages/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pdfpages&lt;/a&gt; package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{pdfpages}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\includepdf[pages=-]{titlepage.pdf}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="193" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T08:06:40.257" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="433" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="440" CreationDate="2010-07-28T08:32:49.023" Score="5" ViewCount="197" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need to place an icon and text behind each other on one line. The icon is higher than a single text line, and would like to have the icon and text center aligned. How do I do that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="193" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T14:36:55.113" Title="How do a vertically align text and an icon in front of it?" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="434" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="431" CreationDate="2010-07-28T08:38:46.187" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can't change this behaviour directly, no. However, the breqn package makes &lt;code&gt;^&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;_&lt;/code&gt; active characters that behave as macros that take arguments ‘like normal’, which then has the effect you're looking for. So if you're happy to load breqn, that should fix your problem:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath,breqn}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\def\ab{ab}\def\cd{cd}&#xA;$\ab^\cd$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt; &#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T08:38:46.187" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="435" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="371" CreationDate="2010-07-28T08:47:43.700" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I recommend &lt;a href=&quot;http://docx2tex.codeplex.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;docx2tex&lt;/a&gt;.  It's C#/.NET3 based technology; supposedly it works with an up-to-date version of Mono, although the last time I tried, about 18 months ago, it did not work.  It's docx/OOXML-only technology.  Against your criteria:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Recognizes MS Word numbered lists and outlines (I, 1, a, i, etc.).&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Yes, although it doesn't try to keep enum types;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Is faster than copy-pasting the text of each question into, say, the exam document class, writing the equations, and drawing the diagrams. This is what I do right now. Not too bad, but it adds half an hour to every assignment.&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;It is automatic, provided it recognises all of your OOXML markup (it doesn't handle everything).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Makes better looking documents than the original Word document. I'd like to do a little evangelism here.&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;It gives pretty easy-to-read, vanilla Latex.  I don't call that beautiful, but it's easier to beautify than Word.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Includes support for equations, tables, and images.&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Yes.  It converts included images to .eps files; I'm not sure what quality that gives you with included SVG files.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Can import both .doc and .docx files. Saving the .docx as a .doc is not acceptable, as it renders the equations as bitmaps. Saving the .doc as .docx might be acceptable.&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Only docx files.  Provided you have Word 2007 or later, this shouldn't be a problem.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Issues: it's abandonware, not updated since November 2008;  It only supports the DVI toolchain.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://river-valley.tv/docx2tex-word2007-to-tex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;The TUG 2008 talk&lt;/a&gt; was recorded by River Valley TV.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T08:47:43.700" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="436" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="161" CreationDate="2010-07-28T09:12:28.527" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Keyword substitution is frowned on by revision control purists and is not facilitated in some modern systems such as &lt;a href=&quot;https://git.wiki.kernel.org/index.php/GitFaq#Does_git_have_keyword_expansion.3F&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Git&lt;/a&gt;  and &lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.darcs.net/Ideas/CVSKeywords&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Darcs&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Solution recommended to me is to have a script generate the information and then write it to a file.&#xA;Then add the information from file using &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="185" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T09:12:28.527" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="437" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="447" CreationDate="2010-07-28T09:15:48.717" Score="1" ViewCount="668" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is a problem I encountered some time ago and I never could solve it: how can you achieve correct line-breaking or hyphenation when citing references with the apalike style?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is an example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a5paper]{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;This is a paragraph with normal line breaking and hyphenation, isn't it? &#xA;Yes! It is. &#xA;&#xA;This is paragraph that does not break well when citing \cite{citeme1},&#xA;or even \cite{citeme1, citeme2, citeme3}.  &#xA;\bibliographystyle{apalike}&#xA;\bibliography{biblio}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With the following bib file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@Article{citeme1,&#xA;  author =       {Longlastname, Longfirstname and Helloworld E. Xample },&#xA;  title =        {A Title},&#xA;  journal =      {A journal},&#xA;  year =         {2009}&#xA;}&#xA;@Article{citeme2,&#xA;  author =       {Hofstadter, Leonard and Cooper, Sheldon},&#xA;  title =        {Experiences with a roommate that has Asperger syndrome},&#xA;  journal =      {The Big Bang Journal},&#xA;  year =         {2010},&#xA;}&#xA;@Article{citeme3,&#xA;  author =       {Cooper, Sheldon and Koothrappali, Rajesh and Wolowitz, Howard},&#xA;  title =        {Another example},&#xA;  journal =      {Another journal},&#xA;  year =         2010&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This renders as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://img213.imageshack.us/img213/176/exampleun.png&quot; alt=&quot;example rendering 1&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I understand that the problem comes from the fact that, &lt;em&gt;initially&lt;/em&gt;, citations where more likely to be numbers. But, how can I fix this situation and keep the citation style like apa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Okay, &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/437/line-breaking-or-hyphenation-of-references-in-apalike/447#447&quot;&gt;Charles Stewart's answer&lt;/a&gt; does help a lot: I have managed to correctly break the lines and even introduce my own hyphenation by adding:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\hyphenation{Lon-g-las-t-na-me}&#xA;\usepackage[square]{natbib}&#xA;...&#xA;... I use \citep instead of \citet&#xA;...&#xA;\bibliographystyle{plainnat}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The weird hyphenation for &lt;em&gt;longlastname&lt;/em&gt; was on purpose, to test the hyphenation)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This yields the following result:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://img827.imageshack.us/img827/6492/examplej.png&quot; alt=&quot;example rendering 2&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The only problem is that now the references section does not contain the brackets. I have not yet found a way to show them in the natbib package &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/natbib.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;documentation&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any ideas? (Maybe it does not make any sense to do have them anyways)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you think that I should accept this answer and open a new question, drop me a comment!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="146" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-13T17:13:59.923" LastActivityDate="2010-12-13T17:28:42.240" Title="Line breaking (or hyphenation?) of references in apalike" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;line-breaking&gt;&lt;natbib&gt;&lt;hyphenation&gt;&lt;apa-style&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="438" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="442" CreationDate="2010-07-28T09:18:06.767" Score="2" ViewCount="127" Body="&lt;p&gt;Why doesn't the following code work? From &lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/3282319/correct-way-to-define-macros-etc-ie-in-latex/3285603#3285603&quot;&gt;a failed SO answer&lt;/a&gt; of mine:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{expl3}&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOn&#xA;\newcommand\latinabbrev[1]{&#xA;  \peek_meaning:NTF . {% Same as \@ifnextchar&#xA;    #1\@}%&#xA;  { \peek_charcode:NTF a {% Check whether next char has same catcode as \'a, i.e., is a letter&#xA;      #1.\@ }%&#xA;    {#1.\@}}}&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOff&#xA;&#xA;%Omit final dot from each def.&#xA;\def\cf{\latinabbrev{cf}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  Knuth, \cf The TeXbook.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This code should check the next character to see if it is a dot (so the code shouldn't insert another dot, and it should space the coming dot as if it at the end of a sentence), or catcode 10 (then it should insert a dot and a space), or something else (then it should insert a dot).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Although the other two branches seem to work, the &lt;code&gt;\peek_charcode:NTF&lt;/code&gt; never seems to take its true branch, e.g., in the &lt;code&gt;\cf T&lt;/code&gt; case.  Why not?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-17T21:06:29.683" LastActivityDate="2010-08-17T21:06:29.683" Title="How to test whether next token on input stream is catcode 10" Tags="&lt;latex3&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="439" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="445" CreationDate="2010-07-28T09:29:43.187" Score="12" ViewCount="177" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to have drafting information appear on each page of document. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have seen something similar in the Kluwer document class where it defines &lt;code&gt;\@oddfoot&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\@evenfoot&lt;/code&gt; for a lot of possibilities.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there an easier way than this? &#xA;Is there a way to do it without overwriting existing headers?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="185" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-31T21:47:54.090" LastActivityDate="2010-08-31T22:20:18.873" Title="How to &quot;stamp&quot; the same text on each page of a document" Tags="&lt;tools&gt;" AnswerCount="5" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="440" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="433" CreationDate="2010-07-28T09:34:30.177" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The only way I found to do this robustly (well, Scott showed me this...) is to put the figure in a math matrix:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{graphics}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;hello here is $&#xA;\begin{array}{l}&#xA;\includegraphics{icon}&#xA;\end{array}&#xA;$ my line.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;resulting in &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Ym60p.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastEditorUserId="117" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-16T14:36:55.113" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T14:36:55.113" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="441" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="439" CreationDate="2010-07-28T09:39:21.130" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the package &lt;code&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/code&gt; to simplify the creation and modification of page styles.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, doing it manually isn’t that hard either. It basically boils down to redefining the &lt;code&gt;\ps@plain&lt;/code&gt; command, so that this redefines &lt;code&gt;\@oddfoot&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\@evenfoot&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% Define a nice example stamp.&#xA;\newcommand\myoverlay{&#xA;  % Taken from the TikZ documentation.&#xA;  % NB: This requires \usepackage{tikz}!&#xA;  \begin{tikzpicture}[remember picture,overlay]&#xA;    \node [rotate=60,scale=10,text opacity=0.2]&#xA;      at (current page.center) {Example};&#xA;  \end{tikzpicture} &#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% Save the old definition:&#xA;\let\old@ps@plain\ps@plain&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand\ps@plain{&#xA;  % First, load the old definition:&#xA;  \old@ps@plain&#xA;&#xA;  % Now, save the previously (by \@old@ps@plain) defined footers:&#xA;  \let\old@oddfoot\@oddfoot&#xA;  \let\old@evenfoot\@evenfoot&#xA;&#xA;  % Actual redefinition of the footer to include the overlay stamp.&#xA;  \gdef\@oddfoot{&#xA;    \old@oddfoot&#xA;    \myoverlay&#xA;  }&#xA;  \gdef\@evenfoot{&#xA;    \old@evenfoot&#xA;    \myoverlay&#xA;  }&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now tested, it works. But notice that it &lt;em&gt;only&lt;/em&gt; works on pages whose page style is actually &lt;code&gt;plain&lt;/code&gt;. Some pages – e.g. &lt;code&gt;\part&lt;/code&gt; title pages – automatically define their page to have some other page style. This can of course be addressed by redefining those page styles as well. But I guess that using &lt;code&gt;fancyvrb&lt;/code&gt; or the packages mentioned by Charles save a bit of work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastEditorUserId="42" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-28T10:31:29.397" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T10:31:29.397" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="442" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="438" CreationDate="2010-07-28T09:39:54.297" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think you want &lt;code&gt;\peek_catcode:NTF&lt;/code&gt; here:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{expl3}&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOn&#xA;\newcommand \latinabbrev [1] {&#xA;  \peek_meaning:NTF . &#xA;    { #1 \@ }&#xA;    { &#xA;      \peek_catcode:NTF a &#xA;        { #1 . \@ ~ }&#xA;        { #1 . \@ }&#xA;    }&#xA;}&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOff&#xA;&#xA;%Omit final dot from each def.&#xA;\def\cf{\latinabbrev{cf}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  Knuth, \cf The TeXbook.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;peek_charcode:NTF&lt;/code&gt; checks for character code, in your case looking for a letter 'a'. Remember that TeX will ignore spaces after &lt;code&gt;\cf&lt;/code&gt;, you you can never see a space here!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T09:39:54.297" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="443" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="422" CreationDate="2010-07-28T09:48:34.640" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you want to allow yourself to vary the text between the two occurrences, here's an alternative:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{amsthm}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newtheorem*{rep@theorem}{\rep@title}&#xA;\newcommand{\newreptheorem}[2]{%&#xA;\newenvironment{rep#1}[1]{%&#xA; \def\rep@title{#2 \ref{##1}}%&#xA; \begin{rep@theorem}}%&#xA; {\end{rep@theorem}}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}&#xA;\newreptheorem{theorem}{Theorem}&#xA;\newtheorem{lemma}{Lemma}&#xA;\newreptheorem{lemma}{Lemma}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{reptheorem}{myAmazingTheorem}&#xA;That theorem again&#xA;\end{reptheorem}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{theorem}&#xA;\label{myAmazingTheorem}&#xA;A theorem&#xA;\end{theorem}&#xA;\begin{lemma}&#xA;\label{anInsignificantLemma}&#xA;A lemma&#xA;\end{lemma}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{replemma}{anInsignificantLemma}&#xA;That theorem again&#xA;\end{replemma}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Probably needs a little tweaking to suit different theorem styles and the like.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastEditorUserId="86" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-28T11:25:46.637" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T11:25:46.637" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="444" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="335" CreationDate="2010-07-28T09:52:58.820" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is wild speculation, but you could define a new math environment which first scans the tokens in the input replacing some predefined set of symbols with their corresponding &quot;colored&quot; versions and leaving everything else the same. Finally, you do let LaTeX evaluate the resulting list of tokens.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Still, I'm not sure how many things would be broken by this. And diving inside of &lt;code&gt;{}&lt;/code&gt; will also probably be tricky.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Really have no clue about this, but maybe this is the kind of things you could do with LuaTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T09:52:58.820" />
  <row Id="445" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="439" CreationDate="2010-07-28T09:58:17.693" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/everypage/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the everypage module&lt;/a&gt; to execute Latex code just before each page is shipped.  You can use PS specials to put in things like watermarks in the page (cf. the watermark package in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/ctan/macros/latex/contrib/ncctools/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the ncctools bundle&lt;/a&gt;, which I belive uses this technique), or overlay graphics on the page using PS drawing packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T09:58:17.693" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="446" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="366" CreationDate="2010-07-28T09:59:15.463" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;textpos&lt;/code&gt; package makes the absolute positioning of &quot;text boxes&quot; fairly easy. I have used it to prepare flyers, posters, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="100" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T09:59:15.463" />
  <row Id="447" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="437" CreationDate="2010-07-28T10:03:05.803" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Add &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{natbib}&lt;/code&gt; to your preamble, and use &lt;code&gt;\citet&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\cite&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-13T17:28:42.240" LastActivityDate="2010-12-13T17:28:42.240" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="448" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="456" CreationDate="2010-07-28T10:33:54.717" Score="12" ViewCount="198" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a simple command which I use to write set comprehensions so that the braces automatically resize with respect to size of the enclosed arguments, e.g.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\newcommand{\set}[1]{\left\lbrace #1\right\rbrace}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{equation*}&#xA;\set{x \in X \mid x &amp;gt; \frac{1}{2}}  &#xA;\end{equation*}&#xA;% Produces something like: { x : X | x &amp;gt; 1/2 }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, the &lt;code&gt;\mid&lt;/code&gt; vertical bar wont resize like the braces &lt;code&gt;{ .. }&lt;/code&gt; do. How can I get the &lt;code&gt;\mid&lt;/code&gt; to resize as well?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-28T13:49:35.143" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T02:43:46.187" Title="How to automatically resize the vertical bar in a set comprehension?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;mathmode&gt;" AnswerCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="449" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="450" CreationDate="2010-07-28T10:39:07.863" Score="6" ViewCount="249" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know how to change the colour of a section name using for example &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section{\color{Red} Foobar}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but that still leaves the section number in black. Is there any way to change the colour of the numbers of the sections, subsections, etc?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="14" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-14T16:44:11.560" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T16:44:11.560" Title="How can I change the colour of my document's section numbering?" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;color&gt;&lt;numbering&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="450" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="449" CreationDate="2010-07-28T10:47:36.773" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm sure there is some package that does this, but the simplest way is to redefine the &lt;code&gt;\thesection&lt;/code&gt; command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand\thesection{\color{red}\arabic{section}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or if you also want the chapter number:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand\thesection{\color{red}\thechapter.\arabic{section}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Similar commands work for &lt;code&gt;\thechapter&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\thesubsection&lt;/code&gt;, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: A maybe unintended side effect of this is that it also color every reference to the section. To just change it in the section header you can use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand\@seccntformat[1]{\color{red} {\csname the#1\endcsname}\hspace{0.5em}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In any case you might want to have a look at section 2.2 of the LaTeX Companion and the &lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-28T12:11:06.227" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T12:11:06.227" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="451" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="519" CreationDate="2010-07-28T10:49:13.933" Score="21" ViewCount="1343" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm quite happy hacking TeX macros and cobbling together bits and pieces from different style files to suit my own ends, but I have a suspicion that my resulting hacks are not quite as elegant as they could be.  In particular, with regard to when to expand and when not to expand macros.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A common occurrence for me is defining a meta-command that defines a whole slew of sub-commands.  So the &lt;em&gt;names&lt;/em&gt; of the sub-commands will contain parameters depending on the parameter passed to the meta-command, and the &lt;em&gt;contents&lt;/em&gt; of the sub-commands will also vary a little depending on what the meta-command got.  Often it won't be a direct substitution but rather a &quot;if #1 is 'a' do \this else do \that&quot;, but &lt;code&gt;\this&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\that&lt;/code&gt; need expansion at define time, not call time.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a very simple example just involving direct substitution:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\cohtheory#1{&#xA;\expandafter\newcommand\expandafter{\csname #1func\endcsname}[1][*]{%&#xA;\MakeUppercase{#1}^{##1}}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sometimes I worry that my commands are more complicated than they need be.  For example, if I want to call a command with two arguments and the arguments expand before the command, here's how I've coded it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\expandafter&#xA;  \expandafter&#xA;  \expandafter&#xA;  \command\expandafter&#xA;            \expandafter&#xA;            \expandafter&#xA;              {\expandafter&#xA;                \argone&#xA;                \expandafter&#xA;              }\expandafter&#xA;              {\argtwo}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I'm looking for guidance on when and how to control expansion in defining macros.  I strongly suspect that such cannot be given in a simple answer, so to make this a focussed question, let me phrase it thus:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Where's a good reference for writing TeX macros that includes advice on how to best deal with how to handle expansions?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, if anyone can formulate some advice in short answer, I'd be only to happy to read it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Note: this was partially motivated by juannavarroperez's adaptation of my answer to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/48/how-can-i-specify-a-long-list-of-math-operators&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt; where over 20 &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt;s got condensed down to just 1!)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-14T21:04:43.220" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T20:05:08.100" Title="When to use \edef, \noexpand, and \expandafter?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;expansion&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="10" />
  <row Id="452" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="458" CreationDate="2010-07-28T10:50:14.713" Score="16" ViewCount="536" Body="&lt;p&gt;I often create pictures in tikz that I want to either send to someone, or include in an email. The problem with that is that there is a big white space around and and especially below my pictures.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To get around this, I usually print screen my figure and crop it to get the size I want. Another solution is to use beamer and then scaling to make the figure as big as the slide size. Those two solutions, though, are not all that good. What I would really like is a way to get the pdf file to be just as big as my picture, as if it was cropped from start.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a package to do that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="14" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-18T06:43:21.150" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T06:43:21.150" Title="How can I create a pdf document exactly as big as my tikz picture?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;paper-size&gt;" AnswerCount="4" FavoriteCount="6" />
  <row Id="453" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="348" CreationDate="2010-07-28T10:50:20.967" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Anthony Phan wrote a 3d extension of Metapost, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www-math.univ-poitiers.fr/~phan/m3Dplain.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;m3D&lt;/a&gt;, which is well suited to such things.  As an example, hoe wrote some code to draw a graph on a Torus (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www-math.univ-poitiers.fr/~phan/exemples2.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;last example&lt;/a&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://www-math.univ-poitiers.fr/~phan/images/jpg/naudin-l.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;torus with graph&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The downside is that this fork doesn't support nice things like the mptosvg SVG converter, &amp;amp;c, nor &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb19-2/tb59gibb.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the nice Metapost 2 extensions&lt;/a&gt;.  I seem to recall some discussion of adding 3d support to the mainstream (i.e. Taco Hoekwater stream) Metapost, but I guess that didn't come to anything.  But there is some fairly well established &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/graphics/metapost/contrib/macros/3d/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;3d drawing support for the regular Metapost language&lt;/a&gt; by Dennis Riegel.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T10:50:20.967" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="454" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="371" CreationDate="2010-07-28T10:54:01.243" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm sorry I wont be able to provide any answer other than: &lt;em&gt;&quot;Don't do it!&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Other than using some of the converters that you and other people have suggested, which may give you a reasonable place to start, there is really no satisfactory solution to convert an existing Word document into a LaTeX one. This is difficult to implement, and for a good reason. Word and LaTeX have two completely different approaches at describing and encoding documents. Word (as most people use it) stores formatting information while LaTeX encodes the &quot;logical structure&quot; of a document (which then gets translated to TeX formatting instructions while compiling). Trying to get a LaTeX document out of a Word document is somewhat similar to trying to obtain a C++ program from it's binary: You can do it, but the results wont be pretty.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You are better off taking a printout of your assignments and typing the whole thing yourself in LaTeX. Of course you can copy/paste large bodies of text, but for equations there is nothing better than typing them yourself. If you do this for a while, and show your beautiful documents to your teachers and colleagues, you might be even able to convince them to switch to LaTeX all together.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;LaTeX is not a format to &lt;em&gt;store&lt;/em&gt; pretty documents, it is a fully-fledged system to &lt;em&gt;create&lt;/em&gt; those documents.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T10:54:01.243" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="455" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="452" CreationDate="2010-07-28T10:57:00.583" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Make sure that there's nothing extra on the page (page numbers, for example, using &lt;code&gt;\thispagestyle{empty}&lt;/code&gt;) and then use the command &lt;code&gt;pdfcrop&lt;/code&gt; which is included in TeXLive.  (It's a perl script).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That's what I used to make this picture for &lt;a href=&quot;http://mathoverflow.net/questions/90/fn-2n-is-not-surjective&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this answer&lt;/a&gt; on MathOverflow:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://www.math.ntnu.no/~stacey/myicons/2n_graph_small.png&quot; alt=&quot;Graph of n to 2n&quot; title=&quot;Graph of n to 2n&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(source file: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.math.ntnu.no/~stacey/myicons/2n_graph_small.tex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.math.ntnu.no/~stacey/myicons/2n_graph_small.tex&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T10:57:00.583" CommentCount="14" />
  <row Id="456" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="448" CreationDate="2010-07-28T10:58:28.383" Score="14" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;code&gt;\middle|&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\mid&lt;/code&gt; like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[ \left\{ x \in X \middle| x &amp;gt; \frac{1}{2}\right\} \]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or with better spacing&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[ \left\{ x \in X \,\middle|\, x &amp;gt; \frac{1}{2}\right\} \]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I think this requires a somewhat modern TeX-distribution.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T10:58:28.383" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="457" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="448" CreationDate="2010-07-28T10:59:08.210" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is the &lt;code&gt;\middle&lt;/code&gt; command, it is like &lt;code&gt;\left&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\right&lt;/code&gt; but for the middle =)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, LaTeX does not consider &lt;code&gt;\mid&lt;/code&gt; to be a delimiter, so you have to use pipe instead (or vertical bar).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T10:59:08.210" />
  <row Id="458" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="452" CreationDate="2010-07-28T11:04:35.550" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;TikZ can do that itself. Have a look at section 63 of the TikZ documentation: “Externalizing graphics.”&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This describes how all TikZ graphics in a given document can be pre-processed to speed the actual processing of a document. This results in one PDF file per TikZ graphic.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is the (shortened) example document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% This is the file survey.tex&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{graphics}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\pgfrealjobname{survey}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;In the following figure, we see a circle:&#xA;\beginpgfgraphicnamed{survey-f1}&#xA;  \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \fill (0,0) circle (10pt);&#xA;  \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\endpgfgraphicnamed&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following command produces the image file &lt;code&gt;survey-f1.pdf&lt;/code&gt; from the above document, cropped to just the TikZ picture:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;pdflatex --jobname=survey-f1 survey.tex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T11:04:35.550" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="459" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="452" CreationDate="2010-07-28T11:09:48.677" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For a single TikZ picture, you can also use the &lt;code&gt;preview&lt;/code&gt; package&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usepackage[active,pdftex,tightpage]{preview}&#xA;\PreviewEnvironment[{[]}]{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[options]&#xA;...&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T11:09:48.677" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="460" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="448" CreationDate="2010-07-28T11:16:38.260" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This seems to work for me, possibly the horizontal spacing around the bar needs adjusting.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand{\my@set}[1]{\left\lbrace #1\right\rbrace}&#xA;\newcommand{\my@cset}[2]{%&#xA; \left\lbrace #1\vphantom{#2}\right\vert%&#xA; \left.\vphantom{#1}#2\right\rbrace}&#xA;&#xA;\def\my@first#1|#2\relax{#1}&#xA;\def\my@second#1|#2\relax{#2}&#xA;\newcommand{\set}[1]{%&#xA;\edef\my@given{#1}&#xA;\edef\my@start{\my@first #1|\relax}%&#xA;\ifx\my@start\my@given&#xA;\my@set{#1}&#xA;\else&#xA;\edef\my@last{\my@second #1\relax}%&#xA;\my@cset{\my@start}{\my@last}%&#xA;\fi}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\[&#xA;  \set{x \in X \int_0^1 | y \in Y} \; \set{x \in X \int_0^1 y \in Y}&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;\[&#xA;\set{x | y} \set{a b}&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T11:16:38.260" />
  <row Id="461" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="439" CreationDate="2010-07-28T11:19:50.313" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are a couple of packages to stamp a watermark on every page: &lt;code&gt;draftcopy&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;draftwatermark&lt;/code&gt;.  Depending on the nature of what you want to stamp on every page, they may be useful to you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="18" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T11:19:50.313" />
  <row Id="462" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="439" CreationDate="2010-07-28T11:39:37.877" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;ConTeXt provides layers for that purpose. You can read more about it at &lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.contextgarden.net/Layers&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://wiki.contextgarden.net/Layers&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="99" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T11:39:37.877" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-28T11:39:37.877" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="463" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-07-28T12:00:16.090" Score="4" ViewCount="218" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to reconstruct &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:Math-uniri-hr-logo.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:Math-uniri-hr-logo.jpg&lt;/a&gt; in MetaPost, and so far came up with this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;draw (-1cm,0)--(3cm,0);&#xA;draw (0,1cm)--(0,-1cm);&#xA;draw fullcircle scaled 1.8cm;&#xA;label(btex $y$ etex,(0,1.2cm));&#xA;label(btex $x$ etex,(3.2cm,0));&#xA;label(btex \textsf{SVEU\v CILI\v STE U RIJECI} etex,(1cm,1.7cm));&#xA;label(btex \textsf{ODJEL ZA MATEMATIKU} etex,(1cm,-1.5cm));&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Obviously, the sine graph is missing. I tried a few ways, but I couldn't even get it to compile. Can anyone provide some assistance?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="99" LastEditorUserId="34" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-28T17:30:09.173" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T17:30:09.173" Title="Graphing sine function in MetaPost" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;metapost&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="464" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-07-28T12:10:31.187" Score="3" ViewCount="67" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to have all references in my document (to equations, figures, lemmas, random locations in text, etc.) be numbered in the same series, and I would like these numbers to appear in the margin.  See &lt;a href=&quot;http://canyon23.net/math/tc.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; for examples: p. 30 (equation and paragraph labels), p. 31 (theorem label and figure label), p. 26 (\item label).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've managed to cobble together macros which do most of what I want, but two problems remain:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The marginal label aligns according to the &lt;em&gt;baseline&lt;/em&gt;, but for displayed equations I would like it to be more centered (see p. 4 of above document).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I can't get labels for figures into the margin.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a package which does something like this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way for TeX to know the height of the current displayed equation, so that I can adjust the vertical position of the marginal note accordingly?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="203" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T12:24:18.587" Title="Aligning marginal notes with center of line rather than baseline" Tags="&lt;margins&gt;&lt;numbering&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="465" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="463" CreationDate="2010-07-28T12:19:42.823" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know that you said &lt;em&gt;metapost&lt;/em&gt;, so I'll probably get voted down for this answer!  (In my defence, I suspect that more people are going to be interested in how to draw a sine wave &lt;em&gt;by any means&lt;/em&gt; than specifically by metapost, so although this doesn't answer your specific question, it's hopefully close enough to be worth leaving nearby).  This is &lt;strong&gt;really easy&lt;/strong&gt; in TikZ: p124 of the manual:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\draw (0,0) sin (1,1) cos (2,0) sin (3,-1) cos (4,0) sin (5,1);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;draws a sine wave.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;More generally, TikZ can interact nicely with gnuplot to draw graphs of functions (see the manual for details).  Gnuplot does the computation, TikZ does the rendering.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T12:19:42.823" />
  <row Id="466" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="464" CreationDate="2010-07-28T12:24:18.587" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Is there a package which does something like this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't know if it does exactly what you ask for, but there's the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=showlabels&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;showlabels&lt;/a&gt; package which I've used to do similar things.  It's got some configuration options so may be able to do what you need.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T12:24:18.587" />
  <row Id="467" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="220" CreationDate="2010-07-28T12:32:04.217" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use &lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://code.google.com/p/macvim/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;MacVim&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; for all my editing purposes, and naturally also for LaTeX. Together with the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://vim-latex.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Vim-LaTeX&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; plugin, it’s very powerful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But of course it’s Vim and that’s not to everybody’s liking, and furthermore setting the Vim-LaTeX plugin up correctly is a bit of a hassle, in particular since the plugin by default maps a lot of keys to custom commands. On the one hand this is helpful for writing said commands, on the other hand it’s very annying when you actually want to use those commands. For example, by default you cannot easily write a quote mark (&lt;code&gt;&quot;&lt;/code&gt;) and some other characters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T12:32:04.217" />
  <row Id="468" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="469" CreationDate="2010-07-28T12:34:16.443" Score="8" ViewCount="312" Body="&lt;p&gt;So, I want to typeset some &lt;strong&gt;proof trees&lt;/strong&gt;, i.e. trees of inference rules like those in natural deduction (see diagram below). Which are the best packages that you have found that allow you to do this, and which features do they have?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/XDgqe.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-18T12:39:34.387" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T12:39:34.387" Title="What is the best package out there to typeset proof trees?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;logic&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="469" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="468" CreationDate="2010-07-28T12:54:38.430" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Peter Smith's very useful &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.logicmatters.net/latex-for-logicians/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX for Logicians&lt;/a&gt; page offers suggestions both for &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.logicmatters.net/latex-for-logicians/trees/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;downward branching proof-trees&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.logicmatters.net/latex-for-logicians/nd/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;natural deduction proofs&lt;/a&gt; in both Gentzen sequent-style (the tree-like style you seem to be after) and Fitch-style. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've not used any of the alternatives for proof trees, as I use Fitch-style natural deduction proofs. But, I've found Smith a most reliable guide and for your desire he recommends as best of breed &lt;a href=&quot;http://math.ucsd.edu/%7Esbuss/ResearchWeb/bussproofs/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Sam Buss's &lt;code&gt;bussproofs.sty&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. Smith also has remarks about a few other alternatives that you might want to check out.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="93" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-28T16:08:05.910" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T16:08:05.910" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="470" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="463" CreationDate="2010-07-28T12:55:35.170" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;draw (-90/360*1.5cm,-0.9cm) for i = -90 upto 630: .. (i/360*1.5cm,0.9cm*(sind(i))) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="34" LastEditorUserId="34" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-28T13:10:02.427" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T13:10:02.427" />
  <row Id="471" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="468" CreationDate="2010-07-28T13:06:51.200" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Though not originally designed for proof trees, the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.matijs.net/software/synttree/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;synttree&lt;/a&gt; package is very nice and easy for drawing trees.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i25.tinypic.com/2dt85y1.png&quot; alt=&quot;synttree sample&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also check out this page on &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.essex.ac.uk/linguistics/external/clmt/latex4ling/trees/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Tree Drawing in LaTeX&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="30" LastEditorUserId="30" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-28T13:19:58.537" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T13:19:58.537" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="472" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="473" CreationDate="2010-07-28T13:16:22.427" Score="10" ViewCount="198" Body="&lt;p&gt;I often want to have more than one index in a longer LaTeX document. For instance, I might want a general concept index, and index of named persons, and an index of symbolism. How can I have 2 or more distinct indexes in LaTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="93" LastActivityDate="2010-08-26T08:45:14.643" Title="How can I have 2 or more distinct indexes in LaTeX?" Tags="&lt;index&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="473" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="472" CreationDate="2010-07-28T14:03:52.987" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/multind.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;multind&lt;/a&gt; package provides simple and straightforward multiple indexing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You tag each &lt;code&gt;\makeindex&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\index&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\printindex&lt;/code&gt; command with a file name, and indexing commands are written to (or read from) the name with the appropriate (.idx or .ind) extension appended. To create a “general” and an “authors” index, one might write:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{multind}&#xA;\makeindex{general}&#xA;\makeindex{authors}&#xA;...&#xA;\index{authors}{Another Idiot}&#xA;...&#xA;\index{general}{FAQs}&#xA;...&#xA;\printindex{general}{General index}&#xA;\printindex{authors}{Author index}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To complete the job, run LaTeX on your file enough times that labels, etc., are stable, and then execute the commands&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;makeindex general&#xA;makeindex authors&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See also this FAQ: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=multind&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Multiple indexes&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="118" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T14:03:52.987" />
  <row Id="474" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="335" CreationDate="2010-07-28T14:23:07.107" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In regular latex you can choose different fonts for different symbols, but not different colours. If you don't mind using xelatex or lualatex, however, you could try my new package &quot;Unicode-math&quot; which does allow you to do this sort of thing. The interface isn't that great, yet, but the general idea is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setmathfont{XITS Math}&#xA;\setmathfont[range= &amp;lt;Unicode slot for char you want&amp;gt;, Color=red]&#xA;            {XITS Math}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Limited by the number of fonts you can use at the moment, I'm afraid. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update&lt;/strong&gt;: Here's an actual example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{unicode-math}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\setmathfont{XITS Math}&#xA;\setmathfont[range=&quot;65,math-style=upright,Colour=FF0000]{XITS Math}&#xA;$def$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It doesn't work if you put &lt;code&gt;Colour&lt;/code&gt; before the &lt;code&gt;math-style&lt;/code&gt;, but I can't explain why that is right now. I also can't justify why you need to use &lt;code&gt;&quot;65&lt;/code&gt; rather than &lt;code&gt;&quot;1D452&lt;/code&gt;. It seems my code has taken on a life of its own &lt;code&gt;:)&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-07T01:06:47.313" LastActivityDate="2010-09-07T01:06:47.313" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="475" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="405" CreationDate="2010-07-28T14:26:50.590" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This site gobbled my previous answer, so you miss out on the hyperlinks, but some other less-known macro formats include:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;lollipop&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;eplain&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;BLUe&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of these, I think that eplain is the only one that is currently used and maintained.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T14:26:50.590" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="476" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="480" CreationDate="2010-07-28T14:29:14.017" Score="9" ViewCount="173" Body="&lt;p&gt;What are the advantages to using &lt;code&gt;\bigskip&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\medskip&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;\smallskip&lt;/code&gt; instead of just using &lt;code&gt;\vspace{somelength}&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="93" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T08:24:16.390" Title="What, if anything, is the advantage of \bigskip and friends over \vspace?" Tags="&lt;vspace&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="477" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="419" CreationDate="2010-07-28T14:30:32.610" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Check this Ubuntu forums thread: &lt;a href=&quot;http://ubuntuforums.org/showthread.php?t=1088573&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;How can I do an inverse search between okular and kile? &lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is a summary of the required steps (not tested):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Setup inverse search from Okular: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Settings -&gt; Configure Okular .. -&gt; Editor -&gt; Editor dropdown: &quot;custom text editor&quot; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;command: &lt;code&gt;kile %f --line %l&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Set up Kile to tell LaTeX to add source info, i.e., set LaTeX build tools from &lt;em&gt;Default&lt;/em&gt; to &lt;em&gt;Modern&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Settings -&gt; Configure kile -&gt; Build -&gt; LaTeX -&gt; &quot;Modern&quot; in the dropdown menu&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Add a new forwardDVI configuration:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Settings -&gt; Configure kile -&gt; Build -&gt; forwardDVI&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;then: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;new...&quot; button on the right&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;choose a name&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;put the full path to the perl script (see below) as the command (don't forget to escape, i.e., put a backslash in front of any spaces)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;put '%target' as Options (the single quotes are important) &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;#!/usr/bin/perl&#xA;# kile2okular. (c) Ian Wood, 2010&#xA;# based on:&#xA;# kile2xdvi. (c) Juerg Wullschleger, 2009&#xA;&#xA;if($ARGV[0] =~ m/file:(.*)#src:(\S*) (\S*)/){&#xA;$dviFile = $1;&#xA;$line = $2;&#xA;$sourceFile = $3;&#xA;$sourcePos = '--unique &quot;'.$line.' '.$sourceFile.'&quot;';&#xA;if($dviFile =~ m|.*/([^/]*.dvi)|){&#xA;$dviFile = $1;&#xA;}else{&#xA;print 'usage1: kile2xdvi &amp;lt;dvifile&amp;gt; or kile2xdvi &quot;file:&amp;lt;dvifile&amp;gt;#src:&amp;lt;line&amp;gt; &amp;lt;sourcefile&amp;gt;&quot;'.&quot;\n&quot;;&#xA;exit;&#xA;}&#xA;}else{&#xA;if((!$ARGV[0]) || ($ARGV[0] == &quot;--help&quot;) || ($ARGV[0] == &quot;-h&quot;)){&#xA;print 'usage2: kile2xdvi &amp;lt;dvifile&amp;gt; or kile2xdvi &quot;file:&amp;lt;dvifile&amp;gt;#src:&amp;lt;line&amp;gt; &amp;lt;sourcefile&amp;gt;&quot;'.&quot;\n&quot;;&#xA;exit;&#xA;}&#xA;$dviFile = $ARGV[0];&#xA;$sourcePos = '';&#xA;}&#xA;if (!(-e $dviFile)){&#xA;print &quot;$dviFile: No such file.\n&quot;;&#xA;exit -1;&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;`okular --unique &quot;$dviFile#src:$line$sourceFile&quot;\n`;&#xA;exit;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="118" LastEditorUserId="118" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-28T20:04:51.360" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T20:04:51.360" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="478" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="46" CreationDate="2010-07-28T14:33:13.273" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As far as I know you should install it as a system font. Such that it becomes available in system settings for UI fonts, web-browser and all apps. On Mac OS X and Linux (Gnome at least) it is simple as double clicking the downloaded font.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After that you can use fontspec &amp;amp; Xe(La)TeX to select that font by name (note that font name can be different from the file name).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you don't want to install the font as a system font, you can drop the font into the same folder as your tex document and xelatex should be able to find it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To use OpenType and TrueType fonts with tex, latex (for dvi, dvi-ps, dvi-ps-pdf workflow) special font metrics will need to be generated and font map installed. Unfortunately I'm on a quest to find out how to properly do it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that using &quot;cool fonts from the web&quot; might not be of high quality as highly engineered fonts. The Latin Modern has something like more than 50 complete fonts to cover different weights, italics, maths and special ligatures. None of the other fonts come close for exploiting latex typography power. Commercial fonts from Adobe, Apple, Microsoft are usually of high typographical quality and are more complete. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="137" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T14:33:13.273" />
  <row Id="479" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="564" CreationDate="2010-07-28T14:41:56.343" Score="4" ViewCount="1345" Body="&lt;p&gt;The standard font used for &lt;code&gt;\mathcal&lt;/code&gt; does not include any lowercase characters. The &lt;em&gt;Comprehensive LaTeX Symbols List&lt;/em&gt; suggests redefining &lt;code&gt;\mathcal&lt;/code&gt; to use Zapf Chancery. However I do not particularly like that font. For example the uppercase &quot;I&quot; is very hard do distinguish from the non-mathcal &quot;I&quot;. Are there any good alternatives?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-11T21:04:51.903" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T21:04:51.903" Title="Lowercase \mathcal" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;mathmode&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="480" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="476" CreationDate="2010-07-28T14:45:12.327" Score="15" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Flexibility.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\show\bigskip&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;reveals that &lt;code&gt;\bigskip&lt;/code&gt; expands to &lt;code&gt;\vspace{\bigskipamount}&lt;/code&gt; so in terms of functionality, there's no difference.  However, if after typing a 110 page thesis, you realise that the limit for length set by your university is 100 pages, then simply redefining &lt;code&gt;\bigskipammount&lt;/code&gt; might get you your extra 10 pages in one fell swoop, rather than having to go through and considering each individual &lt;code&gt;\vspace&lt;/code&gt; and remembering why it was there.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In general, a good rule is that commands should carry contextual information.  So even though &lt;code&gt;\(\vec{x}\)&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\(\overline{x}\)&lt;/code&gt; might look the same, &lt;code&gt;\(\vec{x}\)&lt;/code&gt; should always be used for vectors and for nothing else.  So that when that Big Shot Journal says &quot;House style is that all vectors are purple with yellow dots&quot;, a simple &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\vec}[1]{\color{purple with yellow dots}#1}&lt;/code&gt; does the trick &lt;em&gt;without&lt;/em&gt; messing up any of the rest of the document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt; (in response to vanden's request in the comments)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, &lt;code&gt;\bigskipamount&lt;/code&gt; is a &lt;em&gt;length&lt;/em&gt; and in TeX, lengths can be a bit complicated: they don't have to be exact measurements but can include a little flexibility.  Examining &lt;code&gt;latex.ltx&lt;/code&gt; reveals that, unless further modified, &lt;code&gt;\bigskipamount&lt;/code&gt; (and the others) are defined to be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newskip\smallskipamount \smallskipamount=3pt plus 1pt minus 1pt&#xA;\newskip\medskipamount   \medskipamount  =6pt plus 2pt minus 2pt&#xA;\newskip\bigskipamount   \bigskipamount =12pt plus 4pt minus 4pt&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hopefully, the meaning of the syntax is clear.  Thus if you are redefining &lt;code&gt;\bigskipamount&lt;/code&gt; then it's good practice to also include a little flexibility.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If this is new to someone, it's worth knowing that such lengths are called &lt;em&gt;rubber&lt;/em&gt; lengths and the extra bit is known as &lt;em&gt;glue&lt;/em&gt; so those are the words to look out for in the documentation.  (Hope I've gotten that bit right; certainly those two words are &lt;em&gt;associated&lt;/em&gt; with this concept.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Moral of the Story&lt;/strong&gt;: Flexibility's what you need.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Probably only people of my generation who grew up in Britain will have a hope of getting the reference there)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastEditorUserId="86" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-29T08:24:16.390" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T08:24:16.390" CommentCount="10" />
  <row Id="481" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="479" CreationDate="2010-07-28T14:53:04.600" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;symbols&lt;/code&gt; suggests using the &lt;code&gt;calligra&lt;/code&gt; package as an alternative to Zapf Chancery. Put&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareMathAlphabet{\mathcalligra}{T1}{calligra}{m}{n}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in the document’s preamble to use &lt;code&gt;\mathcalligra&lt;/code&gt; for calligraphic symbols in the Calligra font.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;/EDIT: To be honest, I’m not thrilled by the result, and I expect you won’t be either. Still, I’ll leave this here. Perhaps someone can profit from it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastEditorUserId="42" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-28T14:59:50.560" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T14:59:50.560" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="482" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="46" CreationDate="2010-07-28T15:04:10.407" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Switch to XeTeX:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Change your invocations of &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;xelatex&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{xltxtra}&lt;/code&gt; at the beginning of your preamble (some XeTeX goodies, in particular it also loads &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt;, which is needed for font selection).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setmainfont{Name of OTF font}&lt;/code&gt; in the preamble.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;No step 4.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It’s as easy as that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Drawback: you lose the advantages of the &lt;code&gt;microtype&lt;/code&gt; package. Ah, and be sure to use UTF-8 as your source encoding, and remove any &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{inputenc}&lt;/code&gt; declarations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See also: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/36/differences-between-luatex-context-and-xetex&quot;&gt;Differences between LuaTeX, ConTeXt and XeTeX&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T15:04:10.407" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="483" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="479" CreationDate="2010-07-28T15:04:19.907" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A lowercase L can be done with &lt;code&gt;\ell&lt;/code&gt;. But this seems to be the only lowercase letter that is included without loading any packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="97" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T15:04:19.907" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="484" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="437" CreationDate="2010-07-28T15:08:28.603" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you initially wanted to use the APA citation style, I can only recommend you use &lt;code&gt;\bibliographystyle{newapa}&lt;/code&gt;. I have struggled a lot to get to it, trying apacite, apalike, and others, and this one works the best for me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As to why you don't have brackets anymore, well, this is the way APA works actually, so this is to be expected! If you want to keep the brackets, then surely there is a better referencing style suited to you. I like &lt;a href=&quot;http://web.reed.edu/cis/help/LaTeX/bibtexstyles.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this page&lt;/a&gt; a lot to compare bibstyles, although none seem to have the full authors between brackets...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="124" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T15:08:28.603" />
  <row Id="485" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="486" CreationDate="2010-07-28T15:13:21.030" Score="13" ViewCount="1047" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In a table I would like to have a line break in the text inside a cell. Is there an easy way to do so, or do I have to create a new line without borders? The same holds true for other situations such as breaking a line in a caption for instance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks a lot&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="124" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-30T16:25:27.383" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T08:39:25.073" Title="How to break a line in a table" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;line-breaking&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="5" />
  <row Id="486" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="485" CreationDate="2010-07-28T15:27:52.007" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Would a &lt;code&gt;\parbox&lt;/code&gt; work?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}{ll}&#xA;one line&amp;amp; \parbox[t]{5cm}{another\\column}\\&#xA;second line here&amp;amp; and here&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-10T18:36:38.063" LastActivityDate="2011-01-10T18:36:38.063" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="487" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="489" CreationDate="2010-07-28T15:28:20.683" Score="5" ViewCount="179" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use linux and have available to me the &quot;compose&quot; key available and thus can type characters like °, ß, ï, į, ḯ, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it inherently &quot;bad&quot; to use the compose key to insert the characters, should I use LaTeX commands such as \ss instead of ß? Does it even matter in the long run?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="142" LastEditorUserId="9" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-28T19:19:15.963" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T12:26:09.017" Title="Glyph insertion" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;unicode&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="488" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="493" CreationDate="2010-07-28T15:31:21.197" Score="11" ViewCount="962" Body="&lt;p&gt;The blackboard bold font in the AMSFonts package only has capital letters.  I sometimes wish to use a blackboard bold &quot;1&quot;, for which I can use \usepackage{bbold}. But this changes the entire blackboard bold font, and I like the original AMSFonts versions of the capital letters better.  Is there a simple way for me to get \mathbb{1} from one package and and the blackboard bold capitals from another?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="206" LastActivityDate="2010-09-19T12:41:26.617" Title="Blackboard bold characters" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="489" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="487" CreationDate="2010-07-28T15:35:51.743" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Depends. If you only compile documents on your local machine do as you seem fit.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you collaborate you might want to use LaTeX commands for collaboration.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In general case though LuaTeX and XeLaTeX use UTF-8 encoding by default and thus favor glyph characters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With package definition as below in the comment UTF-8 can be done in plain latex as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't usually require special glyphs, I get them as a bonus author name spellings in citations hence I usually enable utx8 and friends just to make sure my document doesn't choke when it hits an accidental glyph here or there.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="137" LastEditorUserId="137" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-28T18:34:09.160" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T18:34:09.160" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="490" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="487" CreationDate="2010-07-28T15:45:33.567" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I’m a firm believer that anything but Unicode is evil anyway. So inserting correct characters directly instead of relying on macros is &lt;em&gt;highly recommended&lt;/em&gt; in my book. If nothing else, it improves the readability of the source code substantially.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And we all know that readability is the most important metric of any source code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T15:45:33.567" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="491" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="485" CreationDate="2010-07-28T15:51:28.977" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is this for a single cell, or an entire column of cells? If the later, try:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;    \begin{tabular}{lp{.2\textwidth}l}&#xA;        42 &amp;amp; A paragraph of text &amp;amp; 42\\&#xA;        42 &amp;amp; Another paragraph &amp;amp; 42&#xA;    \end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Even if it is for a single cell, I suspect that this is still the way to go.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="93" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T15:51:28.977" />
  <row Id="492" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="712" CreationDate="2010-07-28T15:57:00.130" Score="8" ViewCount="293" Body="&lt;p&gt;The current guides online and in texdoc that I could find did not deal with the problem I have.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;How to generate font metrics for system installed TrueType and OpenType fonts?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;How to generate font maps? What is a difference between font maps for regular T1, TrueType and OpenType fonts?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Where to place those things and what &quot;databases&quot; do I need to update to make latex and friends &quot;see&quot; those fonts?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;How to generate raster fonts for TrueType and OpenType fonts and how to install them?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The current documentation I could find didn't answer quickly and straight to the point about it. I don't want &quot;programmers&quot; guide to fonts. I want &quot;user's and packaging&quot; guide to fonts. Please point to existing resource or provided references to pages / section from texdoc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dead-end or not deadend, in the end of the day I need to generate PDF/A documents with embedded metadata. The PDF/A metadata is only possible with pdfTeX engine and pdf-x package. And I want embedded custom ttf fonts in those PDF/A documents.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="137" LastEditorUserId="137" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-03T16:12:12.370" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T16:12:12.370" Title="Where to find nitty-gritty details about TeX and friends' font handling systems?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;opentype&gt;&lt;packaging&gt;&lt;truetype&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="493" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="488" CreationDate="2010-07-28T16:20:29.957" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This doesn't exactly answer your question (how to use &lt;code&gt;bbold&lt;/code&gt; with AMS's black board bold characters). I believe that would require some TeX incantations. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A cheaper work around is to use either &lt;code&gt;bbm&lt;/code&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/bbm-macros.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;(here)&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;code&gt;doublestroke&lt;/code&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/doublestroke.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;(here)&lt;/a&gt;. The former defines the &lt;code&gt;\mathbbm&lt;/code&gt; command and the latter uses the &lt;code&gt;\mathds&lt;/code&gt; command, so they don't conflict with the AMS &lt;code&gt;\mathbb&lt;/code&gt;. Also asthetically I prefer the &lt;code&gt;bbm&lt;/code&gt; fonts over &lt;code&gt;bbold&lt;/code&gt; since the latter is sans serif, which doesn't quite fit in right against the AMS serifed fonts. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T16:20:29.957" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="494" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="497" CreationDate="2010-07-28T17:05:57.140" Score="6" ViewCount="172" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sometimes it is convenient to refer to a group of equations by a letter and a number. &#xA;For example: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;2+1   (A1)&#xA;2+4   (A2)&#xA;x^4   (B3)&#xA;x^e   (B4)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Placing &#xA;&lt;code&gt;\tag{A\theequation}\label{eqn:thisone}\stepcounter{equation}}&lt;/code&gt;&#xA;instead of just &lt;code&gt;\label{eqn:thisone}&lt;/code&gt; works, but seems hacky (especially manually stepping the counter). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a better way? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="185" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-16T12:51:15.860" LastActivityDate="2011-01-16T12:51:15.860" Title="How to referencing equations using letters and numbers" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;equations&gt;&lt;labels&gt;&lt;counters&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="495" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="488" CreationDate="2010-07-28T17:09:31.563" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You've already got a pretty good answer. Just in case you &lt;em&gt;really&lt;/em&gt; wanted to use &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;bbold&lt;/code&gt;, the following TeX-hack seems to do the trick.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{amsfonts}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\amsbb{\use@mathgroup \M@U \symAMSb}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{bbold}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;$\mathbb{1}, \amsbb{X}$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T17:09:31.563" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="496" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="601" CreationDate="2010-07-28T17:10:42.357" Score="-1" ViewCount="236" Body="&lt;p&gt;Since a good picture is better than a long text, here is the problem:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://www.freeimagehosting.net/uploads/2d4a4d6d26.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And here is most of my Latex file up to this point:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt,a4paper,oneside]{book}&#xA;\usepackage{setspace}&#xA;\usepackage[francais, english]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage[applemac]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{textcomp}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{enumerate}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\usepackage[bf,figurewithin=none,tablewithin=none]{caption}&#xA;\usepackage{verbatim}&#xA;\usepackage{tocloft}&#xA;&#xA;% Margins&#xA;\usepackage[left=4cm, right=2cm, top=3cm, bottom=2cm]{geometry}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% Nomenclature -&amp;gt; List of Abbreviations&#xA;\usepackage[intoc]{nomencl}&#xA;\renewcommand{\nomname}{List of Abbreviations}&#xA;\makenomenclature&#xA;&#xA;% Make magic URL&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\usepackage[all]{hypcap}&#xA;\hypersetup{&#xA;    pdfborder = {0 0 0 0}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% APA style referencing&#xA;\usepackage{natbib}&#xA;&#xA;% Hack for URL serif font formating&#xA;\let\oldUrl\url&#xA;\renewcommand{\url}[1] { \urlstyle{same}\oldUrl{#1} }&#xA;&#xA;% ToC &amp;amp; Abbreviations in the ToC&#xA;\usepackage[chapter]{tocbibind}&#xA;&#xA;% Widows &amp;amp; Orphans&#xA;\widowpenalty=10000&#xA;\clubpenalty=10000&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\selectlanguage{english}&#xA;&#xA;\frontmatter&#xA;&#xA;% --------------------------Table of Contents--------------&#xA;\renewcommand{\contentsname}{Table of Contents}&#xA;\setcounter{tocdepth}{1}&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;&#xA;% --------------------------List of Abbreviations----------&#xA;\clearpage&#xA;\printnomenclature[3 cm]&#xA;&#xA;% --------------------------List of Figures-------------------&#xA;\clearpage&#xA;\listoffigures&#xA;\listoftables&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Do you have any idea what is going on with the line spacing?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="124" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T19:19:10.580" Title="What is wrong with the line spacing of my lists of figures and tables?" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;line-spacing&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="497" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="494" CreationDate="2010-07-28T17:28:22.813" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;subequations&lt;/code&gt; environment provided by the &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; package trivially allows you to get equations grouped by number and differentiated by letter.  For example,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{subequations}&#xA;  \begin{align}&#xA;    2+1 &amp;amp; \\&#xA;    2+4 &amp;amp;&#xA;  \end{align}&#xA;\end{subequations}&#xA;\begin{subequations}&#xA;  \begin{align}&#xA;    x^4 &amp;amp; \\&#xA;    x^e &amp;amp;&#xA;  \end{align}&#xA;\end{subequations}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will give the output&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;2+1   (1a)&#xA;2+4   (1b) &#xA;&#xA;x^4   (2a)&#xA;x^e   (2b)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;By redefining how the equation and subequation counters are displayed, you should also be able to switch the primary labeling to Alpha and the secondary to arabic if you specifically want &lt;code&gt;(A1)&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;(A2)&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;(1a)&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;(1b)&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="32" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T17:28:22.813" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="498" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="506" CreationDate="2010-07-28T17:58:47.187" Score="8" ViewCount="957" Body="&lt;p&gt;What's the difference between the different vertical bars? I think all of these uses are correct, but I'm unsure:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$S = \{x \mid x \not= 17 \}$&#xA;$a \vert b$ implies $a \leq b$&#xA;$a|b$ implies $a \leq b$&#xA;$\lvert x \rvert$ is always positive&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="9" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T20:08:15.487" Title="\mid, |, \vert, \lvert, \rvert" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;usage&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="499" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="501" CreationDate="2010-07-28T18:08:43.207" Score="4" ViewCount="226" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know that when writing a displayed equation, it's correct to write punctuation before the closing &lt;code&gt;\]&lt;/code&gt; as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;This proves \[ x^2 = 3, \] and it follows that \[ x = \pm\sqrt{3}. \]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I'm using a &lt;code&gt;cases&lt;/code&gt; environment, where's the correct place for the period to end the sentence?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Absolute value is defined as \[ \lvert x \rvert = \begin{cases}&#xA;  x &amp;amp; \text{if $x \ge 0$} \\&#xA;  -x &amp;amp; \text{if $x &amp;lt; 0$}&#xA;\end{cases} \]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I put it after the &lt;code&gt;cases&lt;/code&gt; environment, it looks funny. If I leave it off completely, then it also looks bad. It looks okay to put it at the end of the second line (&lt;code&gt;$x &amp;lt; 0$.}&lt;/code&gt;), but are there any better solutions?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="9" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-26T19:30:09.700" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T19:30:09.700" Title="Proper punctuation after cases environment" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;punctuation&gt;&lt;typography&gt;&lt;cases&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="500" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="498" CreationDate="2010-07-28T18:15:23.177" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\mid&lt;/code&gt; is a relation symbol and &lt;code&gt;|&lt;/code&gt; is a delimiter. As far as I know &lt;code&gt;\vert&lt;/code&gt; is basically the same as &lt;code&gt;|&lt;/code&gt;. For things like abslute value and norm I like to use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/texlive/Contents/live/texmf-dist/tex/latex/mh/mathtools.sty&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;mathtools.sty&lt;/a&gt;. This class allows to define something like &lt;code&gt;\absval{}&lt;/code&gt; which translates to &lt;code&gt;\lvert ...\rvert&lt;/code&gt;. This is useful when you tend to forget the closing bar. :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="201" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T18:15:23.177" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="501" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="499" CreationDate="2010-07-28T18:23:14.800" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You've pretty much enumerated all the sensible options in your question, so I don't know that there's anything else. What I've seen sometimes (IIRC) is to put a comma after each case, and then I guess the period could go at the end of the last one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="125" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T18:23:14.800" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="502" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="64" CreationDate="2010-07-28T18:31:02.443" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Like @crazymaik, I’ve set up a script that runs continually in the background so the file is automatically compiled whenever I save. The idea for that originally comes from &lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/1240037/recommended-build-system-for-latex/1394702#1394702&quot;&gt;Paul Biggar&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mine uses &lt;code&gt;latexmk&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;rubber&lt;/code&gt; (however, I use &lt;code&gt;rubber-info&lt;/code&gt; from inside Vim to parse the &lt;code&gt;log&lt;/code&gt; file). This has the advantage of working out of the box with TeXLive.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The script is a bit longer – I think the comments sufficiently explain why this is. I’ve posted the &lt;a href=&quot;http://gist.github.com/495725&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;source as a gist&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt; on GitHub.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;#!/bin/bash&#xA;&#xA;# Author: Konrad Rudolph&#xA;# Original idea: Paul Biggar&#xA;#&#xA;# Usage: texit [--latex] target&#xA;#&#xA;#  --latex: Use pdflatex instead of xelatex as the processor. Optional&#xA;#  target:  The name of the target (i.e. the source file without trailing `.tex`)&#xA;&#xA;…&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T18:31:02.443" />
  <row Id="503" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="508" CreationDate="2010-07-28T18:33:25.823" Score="38" ViewCount="1050" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've heard that you should use &lt;code&gt;\[ ... \]&lt;/code&gt; for displayed equations instead of  &lt;code&gt;$$ ... $$&lt;/code&gt;, but why is that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd assumed that it's so that you can more easily tell which are starting and which are ending delimiters, but if I always use a syntax-highlighting text editor, I can see that easily based on the color of the symbols.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any reason for this suggestion?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="9" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-04T15:31:33.290" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T15:31:33.290" Title="Why is \[ ... \] preferable to $$?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;equations&gt;&lt;syntax&gt;" AnswerCount="6" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="8" />
  <row Id="504" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="498" CreationDate="2010-07-28T18:33:26.680" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As far as I know, by default they're all defined to be the same bar, except for maybe some spacing differences. But LaTeX, like properly written HTML, favors semantic markup over purely functional markup - you use the command for what you &lt;em&gt;mean&lt;/em&gt;, rather than just what you want to appear on the page. This way, if you decide later on that you want certain kinds of bars to look different, it's easier to change only the bars you actually want to and not mess with anything else. For example, if you want to have less space between the bars and the text in constructions like &lt;code&gt;|x|&lt;/code&gt;, you can redefine &lt;code&gt;\lvert&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\rvert&lt;/code&gt; appropriately.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As qbi said, it is recommended to define a higher level of semantic markup, namely things like &lt;code&gt;\abs&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\norm&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\union&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\or&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\suchthat&lt;/code&gt;, etc., to represent what you really mean in your formulas, and to use those instead of &lt;code&gt;\vert&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\lvert&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\rvert&lt;/code&gt; directly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="125" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T18:33:26.680" />
  <row Id="505" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="503" CreationDate="2010-07-28T18:34:57.537" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I suppose it could be useful if you share your files with someone else who doesn't have a syntax-highlighting text editor. Other than that, it probably doesn't matter much. Certainly if nobody else ever sees your LaTeX source files, I'd say write them however you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is neither here nor there, but personally I find neither of those as clear as &lt;code&gt;\begin{equation}...\end{equation}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="125" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T18:34:57.537" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="506" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="498" CreationDate="2010-07-28T18:40:24.810" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to &lt;code&gt;texdoc symbols&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\mvert&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\mid&lt;/code&gt; are identical and produce a &lt;em&gt;relation&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;code&gt;\vert&lt;/code&gt; is a synonym for &lt;code&gt;|&lt;/code&gt; and both produce the same symbol, but should be used in the context of an ordinal, and should be used as an &lt;em&gt;operator&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;not&lt;/strong&gt; as a delimiter (p54, bottom). &lt;code&gt;\divides&lt;/code&gt; once again produces the same symbol but should be used as a binary &lt;em&gt;“divides” operator&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\lvert&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\rvert&lt;/code&gt; are left and right delimiters, respectively.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T18:40:24.810" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="507" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="503" CreationDate="2010-07-28T18:40:45.560" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;[Edit: I should add the disclaimer that the following is based on just &quot;I read it somewhere sometime ago&quot;, so I have no references to backup my claims.]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As far as I know &lt;code&gt;$$ ... $$&lt;/code&gt; is a TeX, amsTeX thing. LaTeX still supports it for one reason or another, but the &quot;proper&quot; one to use, as defined in the specifications, is &lt;code&gt;\[ ... \]&lt;/code&gt;. All this just means that they are not promising that &lt;code&gt;$$&lt;/code&gt; will always work. So it is technically possible (though unlikely in the near future), that compatibility with &lt;code&gt;$$&lt;/code&gt; is removed from LaTeX and lots of your documents break. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As to why one is in the specifications and not the other? I have no idea. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T18:40:45.560" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="508" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="503" CreationDate="2010-07-28T18:42:19.127" Score="36" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Spacing is wrong.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is a &quot;deadly sin&quot; according to l2tabu:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/l2tabu/english/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/l2tabu/english/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="34" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T18:42:19.127" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="509" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="503" CreationDate="2010-07-28T18:44:26.503" Score="14" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;$$&lt;/code&gt; is plain TeX and could have some side effects, also &lt;code&gt;fleqn&lt;/code&gt; will  not work anymore. Please have a look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/info/l2tabu/english/l2tabuen.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;l2tabu&lt;/a&gt;. In my opinion the best environment for equations is &lt;code&gt;gather&lt;/code&gt; oder &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt;. If you use &lt;code&gt;equation&lt;/code&gt; you sometimes get some strange spacings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="201" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T18:44:26.503" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="510" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="513" CreationDate="2010-07-28T18:50:30.750" Score="30" ViewCount="681" Body="&lt;p&gt;Along the lines of &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/503/why-are-and-preferable-to&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt;, what reasons are there (if any) to favor &lt;code&gt;\( ... \)&lt;/code&gt; over &lt;code&gt;$ ... $&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="206" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-15T23:08:13.663" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T05:34:28.237" Title="Are \( and \) preferable to $?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;syntax&gt;" AnswerCount="4" FavoriteCount="7" />
  <row Id="511" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="429" CreationDate="2010-07-28T18:59:42.510" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/movie15.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;movie15&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package allows you to set graphics or text, including the first frame of the movie, to display if the movie is inactive.  This can be achieved with the &lt;code&gt;text&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;poster&lt;/code&gt; options (taken directly from the documentation):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\includemovie[&#xA;  text={\includegraphics[scale=2]{path/to/poster}}&#xA;]{}{}{path/to/movie}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will display the image specified by &lt;code&gt;path/to/poster&lt;/code&gt;, scaled to twice its size, and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\includemovie[&#xA;  poster,&#xA;  text={\phantom{\includegraphics[scale=2]{path/to/poster}}}&#xA;]{}{}{path/to/movie}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will display the first frame of the movie, and make it the size of the scaled &lt;code&gt;path/to/poster&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This obviously doesn't make the included movie playable in any more locations than it otherwise would be, but it &lt;em&gt;does&lt;/em&gt; make it more elegant when playback is unavailable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="32" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T18:59:42.510" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-28T18:59:42.510" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="512" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="220" CreationDate="2010-07-28T19:04:23.653" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are more integrated environments for editing Latex documents, but I'm happy with a good general-purpose text editor + a good PDF viewer + some scripts. One nice thing is that I don't need to learn that many different tools; I can use the same text editor for Latex files, programming, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;TextMate&lt;/em&gt; is fairly popular text editor for Mac OS X. It has a decent support for Latex, and it's easy to customise (e.g., you can define a keyboard shortcut that invokes a shell script that compiles your Latex document).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Preview&lt;/em&gt; (part of Mac OS X) is a good tool for previewing PDF files that you produce with pdflatex. My typical workflow:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;First, open the source code in your text editor and open the PDF file in Preview (you can make this a bit more automatic by using some scripts). Leave both windows open.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Edit the document in your text editor and hit the keyboard shortcut that compiles the document. Then press cmd+tab to switch to Preview. It will notice that the file has changed and it'll reload the document automatically, without losing the current location.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In any case, download and install MacTex first to get started, as suggested in other answers. Among others, it'll provide all command-line tools such as &quot;pdflatex&quot; that you will need.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="100" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T19:04:23.653" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="513" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="510" CreationDate="2010-07-28T19:10:04.970" Score="18" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\( ... \)&lt;/code&gt; is LaTeX syntax. &lt;code&gt;$ ... $&lt;/code&gt; is TeX syntax.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;plainTeX only allows &lt;code&gt;$&lt;/code&gt;. In LaTeX you can use both, but &lt;code&gt;\( ... \)&lt;/code&gt; will give less obscure error messages when there is a mistake inside it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Both are shortcuts to start inline math environments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="137" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-16T05:34:28.237" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T05:34:28.237" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="514" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="452" CreationDate="2010-07-28T19:20:28.863" Score="22" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The package &lt;strong&gt;standalone&lt;/strong&gt; does just that. It is a new package (released this year, I think) which will produce a document exactly as big as your figure (and you can use this for text or other things as well). Here is how you would set up your document&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{standalone}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz} &#xA;%include other needed packages here   &#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;% include your tikz code here&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you do that, then you will be able to compile this directly to get a .pdf document exactly as big as the figure, which can then be included in emails, word documents, or even as a picture in another .tex document using the \includegraphics{} command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The best thing about this is that it can also be included in a .tex document (e.g. article, beamer, etc) as a .tex file using the \input{} command without having to change anything in the .tex document above. The main thing is to include the package standalone in your preamble (i.e. before \begin{document}) together with any packages you used in the above code, which in my example would be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{standalone}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and then where you want the picture to go put, for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}[!h]&#xA;\input{mytikzfig.tex}&#xA;\caption{  }&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where mytikzfig.tex is the .tex document with your tikz picture using the standalone package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can see this solution given in an answer to an StackOverflow &lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/2701902/standalone-diagrams-with-tikz/2702045#2702045&quot;&gt;question&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="14" LastEditorUserId="14" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-03T20:23:03.227" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T20:23:03.227" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="515" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="529" CreationDate="2010-07-28T19:28:01.573" Score="7" ViewCount="138" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm looking for either a template (or some pointers to generate one) for using to give talks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I'm looking for is something that will allow a column for the 'full' talk, and then a second for notes, such that I can mostly work from the notes, but move back to the relevant point in the richer text should I lose my place.  At the moment I fudge it with margin notes, and wide right margins.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;This is for me to give a talk from, not something to display.  I'm after something that will allow me to use shorter notes to talk from, but still give me the fall back of a fuller text.  I guess something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;I want to talk today about the benefits of using version control software, &#xA;such as git, \righthandnote{Benefits of VCS and LaTeX} with talks, and why&#xA;pure text based systems such as LaTeX are a natural fit, allowing for easy&#xA;text based diffs, patching, etc.  The actual files are also smaller, and &#xA;and mean that entire repositories can be made available fairly easily.  I'm&#xA;now going to filler filler filler....&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The paragraph would be then on the left (1/2-2/3 width), and the \righthandnote would take the rest of the width, and be matched to the paragraph to allow me to see where I should move to, if I've lost the flow of what I was saying.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does that clarify what I'm after?  It's to help me move away from full talks to notes, but with a fallback position.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="22" LastEditorUserId="3463" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-19T18:20:00.050" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T18:20:00.050" Title="Template for a talk with a column to hold abridged content" Tags="&lt;templates&gt;&lt;marginpar&gt;&lt;notes&gt;&lt;columns&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="516" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="520" CreationDate="2010-07-28T19:47:18.937" Score="20" ViewCount="651" Body="&lt;p&gt;I typically use &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\textit{Some italicized text}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;while some of my colleagues use &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{\it Some other text}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Should I bother changing one or the other, or does it matter?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="16" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-06T21:34:24.577" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T21:34:24.577" Title="Does it matter if I use \textit or \it" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;formatting&gt;&lt;best-practices&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="517" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="516" CreationDate="2010-07-28T19:55:43.957" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\it&lt;/code&gt; syntax is inherited form LaTeX 2.09, and is regarded as supported 'for historical reasons only' in LaTeX2e. For bold, you should go for &lt;code&gt;\textbf&lt;/code&gt; rather than &lt;code&gt;\bf&lt;/code&gt;. For italic, you'd usually use &lt;code&gt;\emph&lt;/code&gt; rather than &lt;code&gt;\textit&lt;/code&gt; as it's semantic mark up and as it handles the italic correction automatically.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T19:55:43.957" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="518" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="498" CreationDate="2010-07-28T20:08:15.487" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is similar in spirit to qbi's answer.  Let me quote from the guide to the &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; package (the document known as &lt;code&gt;amsldoc&lt;/code&gt;), section 4.14.2 &lt;strong&gt;Vertical bar notations&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The amsmath package provides commands &lt;code&gt;\lvert&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\rvert&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\lVert&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\rVert&lt;/code&gt; (compare &lt;code&gt;\langle&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\rangle&lt;/code&gt;) to address the problem of overloading for the vert bar character &lt;code&gt;|&lt;/code&gt;. This character is currently used in LATEX documents to represent a wide variety of mathematical objects [...]. The multiplicity of uses in itself is not so bad; what is bad, however, is that fact that not all of the uses take the same typographical treatment, and that the complex discriminatory powers of a knowledgeable reader cannot be replicated in computer processing of mathematical documents. It is recommended therefore that there should be a one-to-one correspondence in any given document between the vert bar character &lt;code&gt;|&lt;/code&gt; and a selected mathematical notation, and similarly for the double-bar command &lt;code&gt;\|&lt;/code&gt;. This immediately rules out the use of &lt;code&gt;|&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\|&lt;/code&gt; for delimiters, because left and right delimiters are distinct usages that do not relate in the same way to adjacent symbols; recommended practice is therefore to define suitable commands in the document preamble for any paired-delimiter use of vert bar symbols:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\providecommand{\abs}[1]{\lvert#1\rvert} \providecommand{\norm}[1]{\lVert#1\rVert}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;whereupon the document would contain &lt;code&gt;\abs{z}&lt;/code&gt; to produce &lt;code&gt;|z|&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\norm{v}&lt;/code&gt; to produce &lt;code&gt;∥v∥&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="18" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T20:08:15.487" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="519" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="451" CreationDate="2010-07-28T20:22:29.337" Score="29" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Expansion is a complicated area of TeX programming. I'll try to explain the key primitives involved first, then try to come up with some examples.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt; primitive expands the token after the next one. So&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\expandafter\def\csname an-awkward-name\endcsname&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will expand &lt;code&gt;\csname&lt;/code&gt; before &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt;. So after one expansion the above turns into&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\an-awkward-name&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which will then do it's thing. Life becomes more complex when you want to step further ahead, and it soon becomes very hard to track what is going on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt; primitive does a full expansion of what is given as it's argument (in contrast to &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt;, which simply stores the input). So&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\examplea{more stuff}&#xA;\edef\exampleb{Some stuff \csname examplea\endcsname}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will expand the &lt;code&gt;\csname name\endcsname&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\examplea&lt;/code&gt;, then expand that to leave a final definition of &lt;code&gt;\exampleb&lt;/code&gt; as 'Some stuff more stuff'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, &lt;code&gt;\noexpand&lt;/code&gt; comes in by preventing &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt; from doing an expansion of the next token. So if I modify my above example to read&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\examplea{more stuff}&#xA;\edef\exampleb{Some stuff \expandafter\noexpand\csname examplea\endcsname}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;then what will happen is that the &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt; will execute the &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt;, which will turn the above effectively into&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\examplea{more stuff}&#xA;\edef\exampleb{Some stuff \noexpand\examplea}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now the &lt;code&gt;\noexpand&lt;/code&gt; will operate (disappearing in the process), leaving the definition of &lt;code&gt;\exmapleb&lt;/code&gt; as 'Some stuff \examplea'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;We can use this ability to cut down on &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt; use, but there are a couple of other things to know. First, e-TeX includes an additional primitive &lt;code&gt;\unexpanded&lt;/code&gt;, which will prevent expansion of multiple tokens. Secondly, there are various special cases where you don't need quite so many &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt; statements. A classic example is from withing &lt;code&gt;\csname&lt;/code&gt;, as this will do expansion anyway. So you'll see things like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\csname name\expandafter\endcsname\token&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which will expand &lt;code&gt;\token&lt;/code&gt; before &lt;code&gt;\name&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Back to your example. Using the fact that &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt; will expand everything, I would write what you have as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\edef\cohtheory#1{%&#xA;  \noexpand\newcommand\expandafter\noexpand\csname #1func\endcsname[1][*]{%&#xA;  \noexpand\MakeUppercase{#1}^{##1}}%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What will happen here is that &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\MakeUppercase&lt;/code&gt; will be protected from expansion, and the &lt;code&gt;\csname&lt;/code&gt; will only expand once. (Tokens which don't have an expansion don't need protection, which is why things like '[1]' are simply included as is.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For your second example, you could instead to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begingroup&#xA;  \edef\temp{%&#xA;    \endgroup&#xA;    \noexpand\command&#xA;    {\unexpanded\expandafter{\argone}}%&#xA;    {\unexpanded\expandafter{\argtwo}}%&#xA;  }&#xA;\temp&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using a couple of extra ideas here. First, the group is used so that &lt;code&gt;\temp&lt;/code&gt; is not altered anywhere other than where I'm using it. The &lt;code&gt;\endgroup&lt;/code&gt; primitive will do nothing inside the &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt;, and so will still be there to close the group when &lt;code&gt;\temp&lt;/code&gt; is used. Secondly, &lt;code&gt;\unexpanded&lt;/code&gt; works like a toks, and so will respect the &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt; after it but before the &lt;code&gt;{&lt;/code&gt;. This cuts down on an unnecessary &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are more wrinkles to this, and often there are several equally-efficient and clear methods. You are best off posting specific examples, and seeking advice on how they might be achieved.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-14T21:01:08.180" LastActivityDate="2010-11-14T21:01:08.180" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="520" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="516" CreationDate="2010-07-28T20:53:07.283" Score="29" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;From &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/l2tabu/english/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;l2tabu&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Why not use obsolete commands? Obsolete commands do not support LaTeX2e's new font&#xA;  selection scheme, or NFSS. &lt;code&gt;{\bf foo}&lt;/code&gt;, for example, resets all font attributes which had been&#xA;  set earlier before it prints &lt;em&gt;foo&lt;/em&gt; in bold face. This is why you cannot simply define a bold-italics style by &lt;code&gt;{\it \bf Test}&lt;/code&gt; only. (This definition will produce: &lt;strong&gt;Test&lt;/strong&gt;.) On the other hand, the new commands &lt;code&gt;\textbf{\textit{Test}}&lt;/code&gt; will behave as expected producing: &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Test&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Apart from that, with the former commands there is no ‘italic correction’, cf. for instance&#xA;  halfhearted (&lt;code&gt;{\it half}hearted&lt;/code&gt;) to halfhearted (&lt;code&gt;\textit{half}hearted&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The last sentence only makes sense, when you see it rendered by LaTeX. Essentially the 'f' in the first example overlaps with the 'h'.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-06T21:32:44.440" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T21:32:44.440" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="521" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="363" CreationDate="2010-07-28T21:07:46.000" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was hoping someone to post a better/nicer solution, but so far this seems to be the best one I've seen.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\do@scan#1:{%&#xA;  \ifx#1\relax&#xA;    \let\next\relax&#xA;  \else&#xA;    \DoSomethingWith{#1}\let\next\do@scan&#xA;  \fi\next&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand{\scanlist}[1]{\do@scan#1:\relax:}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course instead of &lt;code&gt;:&lt;/code&gt; one can use &lt;code&gt;,&lt;/code&gt; or any other sensible separator.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T21:07:46.000" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="522" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="525" CreationDate="2010-07-28T21:25:05.500" Score="11" ViewCount="773" Body="&lt;p&gt;It seems to be generally well accepted that the correct way to typeset a value with units is to separate the number from the units by a space, and write the units in an upright font.  For example,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;One hellameter is \( 1.0\times10^{27} \) m.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The symbol for 'micro-' is the Greek letter mu, but if you compile&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;At the telecom wavelength of \( 1.55\ \mu \)m ...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;then the spacing will be correct and the 'm' will be upright, but the 'mu' won't be.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;How do you produce an upright lowercase mu?  More generally, how do you make any Greek letter appear upright?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="32" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-29T08:18:43.907" LastActivityDate="2010-09-28T02:31:41.243" Title="Best way to typeset micrometers?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;units&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="523" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="510" CreationDate="2010-07-28T21:27:58.997" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are some good 'meta' reasons for using &lt;code&gt;\( ... \)&lt;/code&gt; in some circumstances.  Environments such as Fancy Verbatim and alltt will allow ( and ) to act as math mode, but $ will be interpreted as a literal.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another convenience is that some editors have an easier time with paren matching for &lt;code&gt;\( ... \)&lt;/code&gt; than with $.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="207" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T21:27:58.997" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="525" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="522" CreationDate="2010-07-28T21:35:46.423" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/upgreek.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;upgreek&lt;/a&gt; package provides upright Greek letters from the Euler or Adobe Symbol fonts as additional math symbols, with proper scaling in super- and subscripts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another way to properly write micrometer is by using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/SIunits/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;SIunits&lt;/a&gt; package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[mediumspace,mediumqspace,Grey,squaren]{SIunits}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \unit{100}{\micro\meter}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="118" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T21:35:46.423" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="526" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="544" CreationDate="2010-07-28T21:38:33.430" Score="4" ViewCount="92" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the following minimal document&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fourier,eulervm}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;$1 &amp;lt; 2$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the output is missing the &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;/code&gt; symbol.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, if I load the two font packages in the opposite order&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{eulervm,fourier}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;$1 &amp;lt; 2$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the output is as it should.  &lt;strong&gt;Why?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I could not find this documented anywhere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Added&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A less minimal example would also show that whereas in the latter case the &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;/code&gt; does appear, the math fonts being used are not the Euler fonts.  Hence I do think that the two are incompatible.  I'm starting to think that perhaps incompatibility between different font packages is the norm and not the exception?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="18" LastEditorUserId="18" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-29T00:18:04.910" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T02:57:12.897" Title="Is there an incompatibility between `eulervm` and `fourier` packages?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;fourier&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="527" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="334" CreationDate="2010-07-28T21:50:39.997" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The problem here is the special treatment of &lt;code&gt;\otimes&lt;/code&gt; as a relational symbol, which adds space on either side of the symbol.  Put it in braces to suppress this behaviour:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;A {}_\varphi{\otimes}_\psi B&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The accepted answer, using &lt;code&gt;tensor&lt;/code&gt;, does this implicitly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="132" LastEditorUserId="132" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-28T22:02:38.480" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T22:02:38.480" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="528" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-07-28T21:59:35.983" Score="22" ViewCount="852" Body="&lt;p&gt;What are some good &lt;strong&gt;tutorials&lt;/strong&gt; on writing custom styles (classes) that clearly explain commands used and some of the features that TeX has to offer in the way of styles?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="142" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-06T00:51:49.490" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T00:51:49.490" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-28T21:59:35.983" Title="Style/class tutorials" Tags="&lt;documentclass&gt;&lt;package-writing&gt;&lt;tutorials&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="13" FavoriteCount="13" />
  <row Id="529" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="515" CreationDate="2010-07-28T22:23:51.767" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think I see what you are after. Try this, and season lengths to taste:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[oneside]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[left=2.54cm,right=7cm]{geometry}&#xA;\setlength{\marginparwidth}{4cm}&#xA;\setlength{\marginparsep}{1cm}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;    Some text, else the margin par will be after the lipsum text&#xA;    completes.\marginpar{Point the first.}\lipsum[42]&#xA;&#xA;    Text.\marginpar{Point the second.} \lipsum[43]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Only after posting did I see that this is pretty much what the OP wished to improve upon. Deleted and then restored in light of exchange in the comments. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="93" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-30T03:58:47.177" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T03:58:47.177" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="530" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="503" CreationDate="2010-07-28T22:42:45.213" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;While my memory prevents me from naming the guilty software, I have seen LaTeX syntax highlighting become confused by the &lt;code&gt;$$ ... $$&lt;/code&gt; construct when it parsed the &lt;code&gt;\[ ... \]&lt;/code&gt; construct correctly.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Agreed, worry about some partially broken editor isn't a high priority. But, I have found that I am more than partially broken. If I've made a mess of a file, the left-hand and right-hand information in the &lt;code&gt;\[&lt;/code&gt; way has, on occasion, helped me figure out just what I was on about more easily than the symmetric &lt;code&gt;$$&lt;/code&gt; would have.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="93" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T22:42:45.213" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="531" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-07-28T22:47:55.410" Score="12" ViewCount="359" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are several types of &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Quotation_mark_glyphs&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;quotation marks&lt;/a&gt; in the English language (and in other languages there are even more). There are also several ways in LaTex to represent these. I have seen editors, that are capable of directly entering &lt;strong&gt;“&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;”&lt;/strong&gt;. And I have also seen things like this &lt;strong&gt;`''&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, what is the best way to do English quotation marks in LaTex?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="46" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-10T05:13:18.413" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T20:02:01.917" Title="What is the best way to use quotation mark glyphs" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;punctuation&gt;" AnswerCount="4" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="532" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="531" CreationDate="2010-07-28T23:02:24.857" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have always simply used two backticks, ``, to create an opening quotation mark, and two apostrophe's, '', to create a closing one.  In fact, many editors will automatically keep track of which one you need next and enter it if you type the 'regular' quotation mark, &quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="32" LastActivityDate="2010-07-28T23:02:24.857" />
  <row Id="533" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="531" CreationDate="2010-07-28T23:03:15.620" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;TeX/LaTeX display the real quotation marks by default: &lt;code&gt;`&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;``&lt;/code&gt; are converted to opening quotation marks; &lt;code&gt;'&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;''&lt;/code&gt; are closing quotation marks. You'll generally always see the curved quotes in the output, in the default font. You should always quote like &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;``this''&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and not like &lt;code&gt;''this''&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;&quot;this&quot;&lt;/code&gt;, because that appears like ”this” (closing quotation marks on both sides), and is very annoying to readers. (If you type the double quote character in Emacs, it automatically guesses whether you meant to insert &lt;code&gt;``&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;''&lt;/code&gt;; other editors probably do too.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also directly enter the curved quote characters if you like, if you're using an environment that supports Unicode input: either &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&lt;/code&gt;, or XeTeX/LuaTeX. See the question on &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/487/glyph-insertion&quot;&gt;glyph insertion&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="48" LastEditorUserId="1189" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-30T20:02:01.917" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T20:02:01.917" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="534" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="536" CreationDate="2010-07-29T00:10:02.383" Score="25" ViewCount="648" Body="&lt;p&gt;Often assignments (or even papers) have a word count limit. That is not a big deal when using Word, but I don't know how to do that using LaTeX. My solution has been so far to compile the document and then do a rough word count of my pdf file, sometimes even copying the contents of the pdf file and pasting in Word to get a mostly correct Word count.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any tool (maybe even an online tool), package, script or software to do that directly from my .tex document and still get the right word count (i.e., ignore commands, equations, etc)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="14" LastEditorUserId="14" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-03T22:56:06.737" LastActivityDate="2010-11-27T14:01:27.840" Title="Is there any way to do a correct word count of a latex document?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;compiling&gt;&lt;word-count&gt;&lt;script&gt;" AnswerCount="7" FavoriteCount="7" />
  <row Id="535" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="534" CreationDate="2010-07-29T00:43:16.370" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The first one to come to mind is &lt;code&gt;detex&lt;/code&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.cs.purdue.edu/homes/trinkle/detex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;which strips a tex file&lt;/a&gt; of commands. You will then have to pass it through &lt;code&gt;wc&lt;/code&gt; or some other word counting software. A search on the internet also brought up two items on Sourceforge: &lt;a href=&quot;http://lwc.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;word counter 1&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://sourceforge.net/projects/texwc/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;word counter 2&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Disclaimer: out of the three, I've only used &lt;code&gt;detex&lt;/code&gt; before. It worked reasonably well, but I was working with an English essay and it had no equations, so I don't know how it plays with math mode stuff. (Currently I don't have it installed so I can't check.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T00:43:16.370" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="536" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="534" CreationDate="2010-07-29T00:52:15.963" Score="23" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=wordcount&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;in the UK TeX FAQ&lt;/a&gt;. The solutions suggested are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/detex.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;detex&lt;/a&gt; filename (which tries to strip LaTeX commands), then use any word count tool. (E.g. &lt;code&gt;wc&lt;/code&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/latexcount.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;latexcount.pl&lt;/a&gt;, a Perl script for word count&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://folk.uio.no/einarro/Comp/texwordcount.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;texcount&lt;/a&gt;, another script even has an &lt;a href=&quot;http://folk.uio.no/einarro/Services/texcount.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;online interface&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/wordcount.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;wordcount&lt;/a&gt;, which has a script that runs LaTeX with some settings, then counts word indications in the log file.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="48" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T00:52:15.963" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="537" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1068" CreationDate="2010-07-29T01:43:35.007" Score="4" ViewCount="470" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gentium&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;gentium&lt;/a&gt; font in a LaTeX document, and the instructions I found &#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tclab.kaist.ac.kr/ipe/pdftex_3.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;at this site&lt;/a&gt; make it look rather difficult.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a simple package that is now available that would allow me to use the gentium font more easily?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="136" LastEditorUserId="137" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-29T09:20:08.310" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T21:22:18.893" Title="Is there a simple way to use the gentium font in latex?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;packages&gt;&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="538" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="548" CreationDate="2010-07-29T01:44:40.823" Score="17" ViewCount="729" Body="&lt;p&gt;..and I don't mean finding out why it doesn't compile, I mean serious debugging: breakpoints, figuring out value of variables at a given moment during run/compile, stepping, examining a stack (is there one?), etc. All the things that we take for granted when debugging a &quot;real&quot; programming language. Since TeX is &quot;turing-complete&quot;, I would like to be able to really see what is going on internally. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm guessing that a GUI interface for the debugger would be too much to ask, but if it exists, I'd love to hear about it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastActivityDate="2010-10-19T15:56:27.427" Title="How to best debug LaTeX?" Tags="&lt;tools&gt;&lt;debugging&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="5" />
  <row Id="539" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="537" CreationDate="2010-07-29T02:23:23.273" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/gentium&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;gentium&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package found on CTAN may help get you started with using Gentium in pdfLaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="80" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T02:23:23.273" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="540" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="448" CreationDate="2010-07-29T02:43:46.187" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think the best idea is to use the braket package, which provides markup for these sorts of constructions, for which the brackets and &quot;pipes&quot; expand where necessary.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T02:43:46.187" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="542" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="510" CreationDate="2010-07-29T02:50:38.013" Score="23" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Note that you shouldn't use &lt;code&gt;\(&lt;/code&gt;...&lt;code&gt;\)&lt;/code&gt; unless you also load the &lt;code&gt;fixltx2e&lt;/code&gt; package. By default, &lt;code&gt;\(&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\)&lt;/code&gt; are &lt;em&gt;fragile&lt;/em&gt; commands and cannot be used inside section headings or captions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T02:50:38.013" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="543" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="299" CreationDate="2010-07-29T02:52:32.487" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Load the &lt;code&gt;url&lt;/code&gt; package and use its &lt;code&gt;\path{...}&lt;/code&gt; command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\documentclass[twocolumn]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{url}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Here is a long path: \path{/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex/biblatex.sty}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T02:52:32.487" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="544" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="526" CreationDate="2010-07-29T02:57:12.897" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Both packages mess around with the maths font loading, so you'd generally expect problems to arise loading them together. What are the combinations of fonts you're trying to use?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T02:57:12.897" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="545" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="531" CreationDate="2010-07-29T02:58:47.087" Score="14" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;No discussion of quotation marks in LaTeX is complete without reference to the csquotes package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T02:58:47.087" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="546" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="534" CreationDate="2010-07-29T05:36:16.913" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The last time I had to worry about this, I compiled my LaTeX document to PDF and ran it through &lt;code&gt;pdftotext&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="112" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T05:36:16.913" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="547" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="204" CreationDate="2010-07-29T06:08:45.793" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;pdfTeX (which is the default nowadays, even if you're generating DVI) has functions for doing timing tests. Use &lt;code&gt;\pdfresettime&lt;/code&gt; to start it off and do ‘something’ with &lt;code&gt;\pdfelapsedtime&lt;/code&gt; when you're done:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\pdfresettimer&#xA;\usepackage{expl3,tikz}&#xA;\showthe\pdfelapsedtime&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The value of &lt;code&gt;\pdfelapsedtime&lt;/code&gt; is the number of seconds elapsed multiplied by 65536.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T06:08:45.793" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="548" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="538" CreationDate="2010-07-29T06:38:34.280" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The trace package will load everything that TeX is doing during a particular piece of the run. The problem with that is that you can get a &lt;em&gt;lot&lt;/em&gt; of information very rapidly. Selectively using trace can give a lot of insight into problems. At a lower level, there are various tracing settings that TeX provides (and which the trace package makes use of). It's possible to set just some of these values to get TeX to log certain parts of what it is doing, for example just assignments. Normally, the trace package is enough.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For examining variables, the &lt;code&gt;\wlog&lt;/code&gt; macro is the easiest way, although you can simply put&lt;code&gt;\show&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\showthe&lt;/code&gt; in the right places if it's a single thing you want to know.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One thing I do a lot (especially with infinite loops) is simply insert an undefined control sequence into the code (I use &lt;code&gt;\MARK&lt;/code&gt;). This will stop TeX with an error, and I can therefore see where I'm up to. Not elegant, but it works for me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The way TeX writes to the log can mean that you get an infinite loop without all of the data you want being added to the log. Strategic placement of &lt;code&gt;\@@end&lt;/code&gt; (the TeX primitive &lt;code&gt;\end&lt;/code&gt; renamed by LaTeX) can be used in these circumstances to force the run to end.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure how a graphical debugger would work, but then I only really program in TeX, so I'm used to the approach I've outlined. I've never come across one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T06:38:34.280" CommentCount="12" />
  <row Id="549" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="522" CreationDate="2010-07-29T08:13:36.277" Score="27" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/pkg/siunitx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;siunitx&lt;/a&gt; package does this 'properly' without the user needing to worry&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{siunitx}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \SI{1.55}{\micro\metre}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Note: I am the author of &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/pkg/siunitx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;siunitx&lt;/a&gt;, which is the successor to both SIunits and SIstyle.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, for the more general question about upright Greek letters then the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/pkg/upgreek&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;upgreek&lt;/a&gt; package is indeed the best plan.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-29T08:19:52.860" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T08:19:52.860" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="550" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="534" CreationDate="2010-07-29T08:31:34.533" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Way back in the depths of time, I scribbled my own perl script to do this.  My reason for doing this myself was that sometimes I wanted to count words in command arguments and sometimes not, so I built in a selection routine.  Plus I figured that a bit of maths was worth a word so added that in.  As the script is really simple, I'm copying it here (which automatically makes it some sort of free-to-use, I guess!).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't think that I've used it for years, though - it's been a long time since &quot;number of words&quot; mattered to me at all.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;#!/usr/bin/perl -w&#xA;&#xA;@ARGV and $ARGV[0] =~ /^-+h(elp)?$/ &amp;amp;&amp;amp; die &quot;Usage:\t$0 files\n\t$0 &amp;lt; files\n\t$0\n&quot;;&#xA;&#xA;my $count = 0;&#xA;my $first = &quot;&quot;;&#xA;my $tex = 0;&#xA;&#xA;while ($first =~ /^\s*$/) {&#xA;    $first = &amp;lt;&amp;gt;;&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;if ($first =~ /^\\(input|section|setlength|documentstyle|chapter|documentclass|relax|contentsline|indexentry|begin|glossaryentry)/) {&#xA;    $tex = sub { $r = $_[0];&#xA;                 $m = $_[1];&#xA;                 $r =~ s/\\(emph|textbf|textit|texttt|em)\{//g;&#xA;                 $r =~ s/\\(sub)*section\*?\{[^\}]*\}//;&#xA;                 $r =~ s/\\title\{[^\}]*\}//;&#xA;                 $r =~ s/\\\(.*?\\\)/maths/g;&#xA;                 $r =~ s/\\\(.*?$/maths/;&#xA;                 $r =~ s/^.*?\\\)/maths/;&#xA;                 $r =~ s/\\\[.*?\\\]/maths/g;&#xA;                 $r =~ s/.*?\\\]// and $m = 0;&#xA;                 $m and $r = &quot;&quot;;&#xA;                 $r =~ s/\\\[.*?$// and $m = 1;&#xA;                 $r =~ s/\\\S*//g;&#xA;                 $r =~ s/%.*//;&#xA;                 return ($r,$m) };&#xA;} else {&#xA;    $tex = sub { return ($_[0],0) };&#xA;    @split = split(&quot; &quot;, $first);&#xA;    $count += $#split + 1;&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;while ($s = &amp;lt;&amp;gt;) {&#xA;    ($t,$n) = &amp;amp;$tex($s,$n);&#xA;    @split = split(&quot; &quot;, $t);&#xA;    $count += $#split + 1;&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;print &quot;Number of words: $count\n&quot;;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T08:31:34.533" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="551" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="510" CreationDate="2010-07-29T08:40:08.397" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Anyone who's ever tried writing a simple perl (or whatever) script to quickly parse a LaTeX document and do something in maths mode but not in text mode will agree that &lt;code&gt;\( .. \)&lt;/code&gt; is the only way to go!  Trying to get the pattern matching right against &lt;code&gt;$a^2 + b^2$$c^2 + d^2$&lt;/code&gt; is a nightmare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Before anyone asks, yes I have, and it's called &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.math.ntnu.no/~stacey/HowDidIDoThat/LaTeX/mathgrep.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;mathgrep&lt;/a&gt;.  The pain and agony of writing that convinced me more than anything else of the value of making &lt;em&gt;everything&lt;/em&gt; a configurable macro so it can be easily changed later.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another reason: looking at the code, &lt;code&gt;\(&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\)&lt;/code&gt; actually checks that TeX is in the right mode before starting.  So &lt;code&gt;hello \(world \(can\) we\) have some tea?&lt;/code&gt; will produce an error, whereas &lt;code&gt;hello $world $can$ we$ have some tea?&lt;/code&gt; will not.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T08:40:08.397" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="552" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="496" CreationDate="2010-07-29T08:42:47.813" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;On my system, appending the following to your example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}\caption{Something}\end{figure}&#xA;\begin{figure}\caption{Something}\end{figure}&#xA;\begin{figure}\caption{Something}\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{table}\caption{Something}\end{table}&#xA;\begin{table}\caption{Something}\end{table}&#xA;\begin{table}\caption{Something}\end{table}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;produces a document where spacing between lines are all fine. Please do try to build a minimal and complete example that reproduces the bug.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T08:42:47.813" />
  <row Id="553" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-07-29T08:53:13.280" Score="39" ViewCount="2682" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm getting the impression from reading the answers written by some of the real experts here that there are quite a few little packages that just tweak LaTeX2e's default behaviour a little to make it more sensible here and there.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Rather than try to pick these up one by one as I read answers to questions (and thus risk missing them), I thought I'd ask up front what LaTeX2e packages people load by default in (almost) every document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As this is a &quot;big list&quot; question, I'm making it CW.  I don't know if there are standard rules across all SE/SO sites for such questions, but on MathOverflow the rule is generally: one thing (in this case, package) per answer.  I guess that if a couple of packages really do go together then it would be fine to group them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is perhaps a little subjective and a little close to the line, so I'll not be offended if it gets closed or voted down!  (But &lt;em&gt;please&lt;/em&gt; explain why in the comments.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-09T17:23:57.527" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T18:43:42.893" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-29T08:53:13.280" Title="What packages do people load by default in LaTeX?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;big-list&gt;" AnswerCount="35" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="48" />
  <row Id="554" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="326" CreationDate="2010-07-29T09:01:17.393" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For the spanish speaking community, I maintain a &lt;a href=&quot;http://navarroj.com/latex/ezthesis.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;thesis format&lt;/a&gt; which can be easily adapted to the requirements of different universities. The format itself can be used to write thesis documents in any language, but it has a &lt;code&gt;spanish&lt;/code&gt; option which takes care of loading a suitable set of packages and options to get the entire format consistently translated into spanish.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T09:01:17.393" />
  <row Id="555" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="499" CreationDate="2010-07-29T09:04:01.833" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is what I would do:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Absolute value is defined as:&#xA;%&#xA;\[&#xA;\left\lvert x \right\rvert \coloneqq&#xA; \begin{cases}&#xA;  x &amp;amp; \text{if } x \ge 0 \\&#xA;  -x &amp;amp; \text{if } x &amp;lt; 0&#xA; \end{cases}&#xA;\]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thus: a colon introducing the maths, and no punctuation afterwards.  My reasoning is in my answer to ... err ... I thought we had a question on punctuation after maths here?  What happened to it?  Nonetheless, it was asked over on MathOverflow so I can cite it as &lt;a href=&quot;http://mathoverflow.net/questions/6675/periods-and-commas-in-mathematical-writing/6680#6680&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this answer&lt;/a&gt; instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My basic point is that anyone reading more than a few symbols will need to stop &quot;reading English&quot; and switch to &quot;reading maths&quot; and that this mental switch has the same effect as a full stop.  Of course, you can punctuate &lt;em&gt;internally&lt;/em&gt; to the maths since punctuation still has meaning, but it should be read as being internal to the mathematics and not refer to the external text.  Thus David's suggestion in his last sentence (at time of writing) makes sense to me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Those that find the absence of a full stop abhorrent (there are some, as can be seen by looking at the comments to my answer on MO) can adjust the preceding remark to make it a full sentence, or to make it clearer that it isn't.  Thus:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Absolute value is defined as in the following formula.&#xA;%&#xA;\[&#xA;\left\lvert x \right\rvert \coloneqq&#xA; \begin{cases}&#xA;  x &amp;amp; \text{if } x \ge 0 \\&#xA;  -x &amp;amp; \text{if } x &amp;lt; 0&#xA;\end{cases}&#xA;\]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(You may notice that I've also introduced a couple of other stylistic &quot;improvements&quot;!)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T09:04:01.833" CommentCount="13" />
  <row Id="556" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="553" CreationDate="2010-07-29T09:15:30.007" Score="34" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The family of &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/amsmath&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;AMS math packages&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. At least &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;amssymb&lt;/code&gt;. Also &lt;code&gt;amsthm&lt;/code&gt; if I need theorems and the class I'm using doesn't already define them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Particularly for writing equations, the AMS packages define a rich set of environments to group and align formulas in many different and useful ways. I also like that it encourages the use of &lt;em&gt;semantic&lt;/em&gt; commands (e.g. the &lt;code&gt;cases&lt;/code&gt; environment) over syntactic commands (e.g. a &lt;code&gt;\left\{&lt;/code&gt; followed by an array).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Its documentation can be found running &lt;code&gt;texdoc amsldoc&lt;/code&gt; on a command line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-15T18:05:10.127" LastActivityDate="2010-11-15T18:05:10.127" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-29T09:15:30.007" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="557" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="559" CreationDate="2010-07-29T09:29:48.160" Score="10" ViewCount="294" Body="&lt;p&gt;Can someone please explain in a clear and concise way how am I supposed to enter the names of authors in a BibTeX file? I have entries with something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; @article{someid,&#xA;   author = {Juan A. Navarro P\'erez, Ra\'ul de la Garza and Andr\'es Espinoza},&#xA;   ...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but somehow the output seems kind of wrong!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T13:05:34.677" Title="How should I type author names in a bib file?" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;syntax&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="558" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="560" CreationDate="2010-07-29T09:43:04.890" Score="14" ViewCount="164" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\show&lt;/code&gt; command is extremely useful for figuring out what's going on with a particular macro.  Similarly, using &lt;code&gt;\the&lt;/code&gt; can tell me the value of a counter.  I'd like to know if there's something similar for lengths and skips.  At the moment, I end up doing something like &lt;code&gt;\rule{1pt}{\unknownlength}&lt;/code&gt; but that's a fairly crude method.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T11:00:42.183" Title="Is there a \show for lengths?" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;debugging&gt;&lt;lengths&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="559" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="557" CreationDate="2010-07-29T09:46:20.007" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Two things to remember. First, each name must be separated by 'and', as this is what BibTeX looks for to separate them out. (It has to be 'and' in English, I'm afraid.) Second, BibTeX can understand different parts of a name if you give it as 'Surname, Firstname', &lt;em&gt;i.e.&lt;/em&gt; with the surname first. So for your example I would have &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@article{someid,&#xA;  author = {Navarro P\'erez, Juan A. and de la Garza, Ra\'ul  and &#xA;    Espinoza, Andr\'es},&#xA;  ...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Notice that BibTeX can detect a 'von' part (which includes the 'de la' here), if it is in the surname section but starts with a lower case letter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T09:46:20.007" />
  <row Id="560" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="558" CreationDate="2010-07-29T09:47:29.210" Score="14" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To show registers (which include dimensions, skips and counts) you want &lt;code&gt;\showthe&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T09:47:29.210" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="561" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="553" CreationDate="2010-07-29T10:15:47.727" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use TeX for a variety of documents: research papers, lectures/tutorials, presentations, miscellaneous documents (some in Japanese).  Each of these different uses, requires different packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I like to be able to &lt;em&gt;read&lt;/em&gt; the document without being able to compile it, hence I use a unicode input encoding (this is particular useful for Japanese):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[utf8x]{inputenc}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As has been mentioned already, for documents with mathematical content, I use the &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; family of packages.  Most of them are loaded by default in the AMS document classes (&lt;code&gt;amsart&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;amsbook&lt;/code&gt;,...) but can be loaded explicitly with other classes (e.g., &lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{amsmath, % the general AMS math package documented in `amsldoc`&#xA;            amssymb, % AMS symbols in msam and mabm fonts&#xA;            amstext, % the \text command to insert text in equations&#xA;            amsthm,  % allows defining theorem-like environments&#xA;            amscd,   % simple commutative diagrams&#xA;            mathrsfs}% nicer calligraphic letters&#xA;\usepackage[all]{xy} % for complicated commutative diagrams&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Depending on my mood, I like to use different fonts.  A particular nice combination for mathematics papers is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} % better treatment of accented words&#xA;\usepackage{eulervm}   % Zapf's Euler fonts&#xA;\usepackage{tgpagella} % TeXGyre Pagella fonts&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For references,...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[notref,notcite]{showkeys} % useful when writing the paper&#xA;\usepackage[noadjust]{cite} % [1,2,3,4,5] --&amp;gt; [1-5]  useful in hep-th!&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref} % hyperlinks, metadata,...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For lecture notes (again mathematical) I often like to section the document into &quot;lectures&quot; instead of sections and to add some colours to the titles,....  To do this it's useful to use &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{fancyhdr} % fancy headers&#xA;\usepackage{titlesec} % to change how sections are displayed&#xA;\usepackage{color}    % to be able to do this in colour&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and I also like to decorate using some silly glyphs, for which these fonts are useful:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{wasysym,marvosym,pifont}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and also box equations and other things&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{fancybox,shadow}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I like adding pictures, whence &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[rflt]{floatflt}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx,subfigure,epic,eepic}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Modern tables are impossible without&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{array}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You may want to hide the answers to tutorial exercises, problems,... and this can be achieved with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{version,ifthen} % ifthen allows controlling exclusions&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I use XeLaTeX for documents containing Japanese, which works better with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{fontspec} % makes it very easy to select fonts in XeLaTeX&#xA;\usepackage{xunicode} % accents&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="18" LastEditorUserId="18" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-29T17:56:00.983" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T17:56:00.983" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-29T10:15:47.727" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="562" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="558" CreationDate="2010-07-29T11:00:42.183" Score="14" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Somewhat more friendly than \showthe, which returns lengths in pt, is the printlen package. It gives \printlength{...}, which will typeset (so it's actually more like \the I guess) the length in the units specified by \uselengthunit. E.g., from the documentation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;The \verb|\textwidth| is \printlength{\textwidth} which is also&#xA;\uselengthunit{in}\printlength{\textwidth} and&#xA;\uselengthunit{mm}\printlength{\textwidth}.&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T11:00:42.183" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="563" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="487" CreationDate="2010-07-29T11:04:01.477" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Disclaimer: This is not really an answer, but a bit long for a comment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What would worry me about using unicode characters directly is that the command might expand to more than just the character.  This is particularly the case in maths mode.  As an example, &amp;#x02218; is, as a unicode character, simply a letter.  However, mathematically it's an operator.  Is the unicode support smart enough to know that in maths mode, &lt;em&gt;f&amp;#x02218;g&lt;/em&gt;  should have a little extra space in it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I want to add that I &lt;em&gt;don't&lt;/em&gt; think that it should be that smart.  For the same reason that we have &lt;code&gt;\langle&lt;/code&gt; for &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;/code&gt;, then &amp;#x02218; should be simply the character with the default spacing and &lt;code&gt;\circ&lt;/code&gt; should be the operator.  Borrowing from MathML, &amp;#x02218; should expand to &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;mi&amp;gt;&amp;amp;#x02218;&amp;lt;mi&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; whereas &lt;code&gt;\circ&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;mo&amp;gt;&amp;amp;#x02218;&amp;lt;mo&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;.  So the behaviour that I would &lt;em&gt;like&lt;/em&gt; is that &amp;eacute; can be used for &lt;code&gt;\'e&lt;/code&gt; if they are &lt;em&gt;syntactically&lt;/em&gt; the same.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastEditorUserId="86" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-29T12:26:09.017" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T12:26:09.017" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="564" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="479" CreationDate="2010-07-29T11:20:31.900" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm a bit surprised that Will Robertson hasn't dropped by and mentioned the STIX fonts as these have the lowercase calligraphic (and lowercase blackboard bold) glyphs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There doesn't yet seem to be a simple LaTeX package available mapping all the glyphs to particular commands, though.  The stix package on CTAN at present seems to be just a copy of the fonts themselves (reorganised into correct texmf tree layout) but no style files as yet.  I recall reading on the STIX website that LaTeX-related stuff was intended, but given how long it took the fonts to be released, I'm not holding my breath!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T11:20:31.900" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="565" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="566" CreationDate="2010-07-29T11:23:33.207" Score="12" ViewCount="629" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm a total newbie to LaTeX and I get very annoyed about this. Every time I write an equation, the text following the equation has some indentation but I don't want it to be there!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Look at the following formula&#xA;&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;K_BT_k=Dexp\left\lbrace -\frac{1}{2N(E_F)|J|}\right\rbrace&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&#xA;where $Dexp$ is a ...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The line starting with &quot;where ...&quot; is indented and looks horrible. Some people told me about &lt;code&gt;\noindent&lt;/code&gt; but do I really have to write this command after every single equation? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-23T14:04:29.797" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T14:04:29.797" Title="How can I get rid of indentation after an equation?" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;indentation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="566" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="565" CreationDate="2010-07-29T11:31:51.197" Score="20" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Remove the blank lines, either by actually removing them or adding '%'s:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Look at the following formula&#xA;%&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;K_BT_k=Dexp\left\lbrace -\frac{1}{2N(E_F)|J|}\right\rbrace&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;%&#xA;where $Dexp$ is a long sentence guaranteed to take us over the&#xA;end of this line and well into the next.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Simple, but subtle!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Explanation:&lt;/strong&gt; (added in edit)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The indentation is created by the fact that, as far as TeX is concerned, the word 'where' begins a new paragraph and you've decided that new paragraphs should be indented (or rather, you haven't decided that new paragraphs shouldn't be indented).  TeX detects this by the presence of the blank line (well, actually by the double newline, but what it considers a double newline is a little complicated so &quot;blank line&quot; is best for now).  So to tell TeX that there isn't a new paragraph there, I simply remove the blank line.  As I like to keep my source code with lots of visual spaces between things, I do this by putting the comment marker '%' on the blank line.  Deleting it (as in Caramdir's answer) would be equivalent as far as TeX is concerned.  In fact (as Caramdir pointed out in his answer), both the blank line before and after should be removed.  As originally written, there are &lt;em&gt;three&lt;/em&gt; paragraphs where there should (according to the wording) be just one.  Although the fact that the equation starts a new paragraph is less obvious, it still can have an effect.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that although it may have almost the same effect, using the &lt;code&gt;\noindent&lt;/code&gt; command here would be wrong.  Using &lt;code&gt;\noindent&lt;/code&gt; says &quot;This is a new paragraph, but I don't want it indented.&quot; whereas putting in the &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt; says &quot;This isn't a new paragraph.&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastEditorUserId="86" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-02T08:49:21.503" LastActivityDate="2010-08-02T08:49:21.503" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="567" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="565" CreationDate="2010-07-29T11:33:48.387" Score="15" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just remove the empty lines before and after the equation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T11:33:48.387" CommentCount="10" />
  <row Id="568" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="553" CreationDate="2010-07-29T12:09:54.433" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nothing surprising here: I use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/natbib.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;natbib&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/hyperref.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;hyperref&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://ftp.uoi.gr/pub/tex/help/Catalogue/entries/hypernat.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;hypernat&lt;/a&gt; together.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Natbib&lt;/strong&gt; for referencing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Hyperref&lt;/strong&gt; adds bookmarks for sections and lists and turns references and urls into links.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Hypernat&lt;/strong&gt; allows natbib and hyperref to work together.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="14" LastEditorUserId="14" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-03T21:43:03.100" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T21:43:03.100" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-29T12:09:54.433" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="569" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="553" CreationDate="2010-07-29T12:12:50.573" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another package I use is &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/float.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;float&lt;/a&gt;. It allows for the placement H for floats, which is somewhat equivalent to h!, but a bit stronger, making sure the figure or table goes exactly where I want it to be.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="14" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-31T04:35:18.027" LastActivityDate="2010-07-31T04:35:18.027" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-29T12:12:50.573" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="570" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="553" CreationDate="2010-07-29T12:14:34.877" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[parfill]{parskip} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I much prefer no indentation and space between paragraphs, so the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/parskip.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;parskip&lt;/a&gt; package is a must for me!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="14" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-31T04:30:01.730" LastActivityDate="2010-07-31T04:30:01.730" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-29T12:14:34.877" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="571" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="553" CreationDate="2010-07-29T12:52:53.753" Score="14" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/applications/hyperref/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; for setting PDF metadata and to create links, both within the document and for clickable URLs.  Even Elsevier has used &lt;a href=&quot;http://nxg.me.uk/dist/urlbst/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;urlbst&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; to update their bibliography style to support URLs and DOIs; hyperref does the actual work of rendering &lt;code&gt;url =&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;doi =&lt;/code&gt; BibTeX fields into clickable PDF links.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="132" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T12:52:53.753" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-29T12:52:53.753" />
  <row Id="573" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="553" CreationDate="2010-07-29T13:00:09.743" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The 'rich' document classes such as &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/memoir.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;memoir&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/koma-script.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;KOMA-Script&lt;/a&gt; include a lot of functionality that is not available from the LaTeX kernel. So the packages you load when using the article class might be rather different from those when using memoir. A lot of packages that get used by many people with the base classes (things like float, caption, tocbibind and titlesec) are covered by the richer document classes. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-31T04:33:36.843" LastActivityDate="2010-07-31T04:33:36.843" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-29T13:00:09.743" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="574" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="557" CreationDate="2010-07-29T13:05:34.677" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think things are just a &lt;em&gt;bit&lt;/em&gt; more complicated than in @Joseph's answer. (Though in laying them out, I may violate the desire for a &quot;concise&quot; answer.) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My go to reference for details of the BibTeX format is Norman Walsh's &lt;a href=&quot;http://nwalsh.com/tex/texhelp/bibtx-4.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;page&lt;/a&gt; which self describes as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;This help entry contains the same information as Appendix B of the LaTeX manual. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In BibTeX's world view, a name has four components:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1) First name (which includes any middle names provided)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2) von (&quot;de la&quot; or &quot;van der&quot; like components)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;3) Last (Surname without the von part)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;4) Jr (Things like &quot;Jr.&quot;, &quot;III&quot;, etc)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://nwalsh.com/tex/texhelp/bibtx-4.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;page&lt;/a&gt; explains:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;you may type a name in one of three forms:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;First von Last&quot; &quot;von Last, First&quot; &quot;von Last, Jr, First&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;You may almost always use the first form; you shouldn't if either there's a Jr part or the Last part has multiple tokens but there's no von part. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can enclose components in braces to overcome BibTeX's identification of named components. Say, implausibly enough, that toni morrison were to wed someone named Jones and thus adopt the name 'toni morrison Jones'. You could render this '{t}oni {{m}orrison Jones}' with the braces around the 't' and 'm' to prevent a bibliographic style from altering the capitalization and the braces around 'morrison Jones' to force BibTeX to identify the entire string as the Last component, rather than treating `morrison' as the von part. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, you can use braces if 'and' or a coma are part of the name. In the example on the &lt;a href=&quot;http://nwalsh.com/tex/texhelp/bibtx-4.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;page&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;{Barnes and Noble, Inc.}&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="93" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T13:05:34.677" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="575" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-07-29T13:48:17.710" Score="1" ViewCount="197" Body="&lt;p&gt;I hope WinEdt6 is recognised as one of the best LaTeX's friends.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I write my latex stuff, and when a para is considered done, I want to \done{the completed para text} so that it differ from what I type next in say ink and background color. When the next para is done I do \done{another completed para text} and so on. I define \done as &quot;doing nothing&quot; command \newcommand{\done}{} as I do not want any changes to my compiled document - only to ease my writing by visually separating the &quot;done&quot; from &quot;yet to be done&quot;. How do I do that with WinEdt 6, perhaps using switches? Any ideas?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="158" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-27T11:16:47.780" LastActivityDate="2010-08-27T11:16:47.780" ClosedDate="2010-07-29T15:35:36.340" Title="In WinEdt 6, how do I highlight a block of just typed text with no effect on the compiled document?" Tags="&lt;syntax&gt;&lt;comments&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="576" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="616" CreationDate="2010-07-29T15:10:03.413" Score="11" ViewCount="455" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have heard about PDF &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Portable_Document_Format#Subsets&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;subsets&lt;/a&gt; PDF/A (for archival) and PDF/X (for printing). How to generate LaTeX documents like that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm also interested in answers with plain TeX and ConTeXt, and hopefully with both pdfTeX and XeTeX engines.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="137" LastActivityDate="2010-09-19T19:17:15.287" Title="How to generate PDF/A and PDF/X?" Tags="&lt;publishing&gt;&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;archiving&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="577" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="585" CreationDate="2010-07-29T15:11:46.357" Score="19" ViewCount="503" Body="&lt;p&gt;What resources (online or otherwise) exist that give good advice on &lt;em&gt;best practices&lt;/em&gt; for TeX, etc.?  I'm looking particularly for things that assume you already know TeX or LaTeX, and aim to help you achieve better results, with rationales explained.  Resources with some specific focus are welcome.  I'll start a list with two suggestions of my own so you can see what I mean.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Somewhat to my surprise I haven't found this question asked here already.  (Please point me to it if I'm wrong!) Note that what I'm asking is somewhat different from &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/11/what-is-the-best-book-to-start-learning-latex&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/162/what-are-other-good-respources-on-line-for-information-about-tex-latex-and-frien&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt;, although there's lots of room for overlapping answers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="206" LastActivityDate="2010-11-14T03:29:44.130" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-29T15:11:46.357" Title="Best practices references" Tags="&lt;big-list&gt;&lt;best-practices&gt;" AnswerCount="10" FavoriteCount="11" />
  <row Id="578" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="577" CreationDate="2010-07-29T15:14:08.167" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The AMS's &lt;a href=&quot;ftp://ftp.ams.org/pub/tex/doc/amsmath/short-math-guide.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Short Math Guide for LaTeX&lt;/a&gt;, besides being a good summary of math support (both native to (La)TeX and in the AMS's packages), includes a lot of good advice about typesetting math with LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="206" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T15:14:08.167" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-29T15:14:08.167" />
  <row Id="579" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="622" CreationDate="2010-07-29T15:15:41.740" Score="3" ViewCount="381" Body="&lt;p&gt;How to create tagged PDF such that they will be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;good enough for PDF/UA&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;reflowable&quot; on smaller screens and ebook readers&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any syntax &amp;amp; any engine will do. Preferably using LaTeX with [Xe|pdf]latex engines.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="137" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-13T13:44:13.650" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T13:44:13.650" Title="How to create tagged PDF?" Tags="&lt;pdf&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="580" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="577" CreationDate="2010-07-29T15:16:49.853" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The Beamer User Guide spends a lot of time on best practices both on using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/beamer.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Beamer package&lt;/a&gt; specifically, and more generally on writing presentations.  (Personally I find its tone somewhat off-puttingly preachy at times, but the advice is good.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="206" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-29T15:37:30.910" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T15:37:30.910" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-29T15:16:49.853" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="581" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="577" CreationDate="2010-07-29T15:23:53.213" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A. J. Hildebrand has an extensive list of very useful &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.math.uiuc.edu/~hildebr/tex/tips.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&quot;best practices&quot; LaTeX tips&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="48" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T15:23:53.213" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-29T15:23:53.213" />
  <row Id="582" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="577" CreationDate="2010-07-29T15:25:08.503" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'll stick in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/pgf.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;PGF package&lt;/a&gt; manual as well as it contains a fair amount of advice about how to prepare graphics and what makes a good graphic.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(NB One thing I find particularly good about advice is that even if I disagree with it, it makes me think about why I disagree with it and that makes me better at whatever it is.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-29T15:39:00.553" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T15:39:00.553" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-29T15:25:08.503" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="583" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11" CreationDate="2010-07-29T15:29:38.850" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I used the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/lshort/english/lshort.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Not so short introduction&lt;/a&gt; and still go back to it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I think that all the answers should be in the answers so that it's easier for people to compare them; also, what I said is true: it is the one that I use and continually go back to.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T15:29:38.850" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-29T15:29:38.850" />
  <row Id="584" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="575" CreationDate="2010-07-29T15:31:52.343" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use comments, any decent editor will highlight it in different color and not affect rendering.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Phasellus arcu magna, malesuada ultrices tristique iaculis, fermentum dapibus quam. Aliquam erat volutpat. Fusce at urna odio, eu sollicitudin nisi. Sed non purus eu libero semper iaculis.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;%%&lt;br&gt;&#xA;%% TODO insert dates about imsum &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.lipsum.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;from this website&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;%%  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Aenean pretium libero ac est aliquam ac consectetur nibh pellentesque. Morbi sit amet metus id enim pharetra interdum. Integer vel malesuada ante. Donec pellentesque erat eget neque imperdiet id posuere dolor aliquet. Duis quis accumsan nulla. Nullam eget velit egestas neque hendrerit ullamcorper. Donec et purus dolor, a bibendum neque. Vivamus lacinia pulvinar quam, nec blandit eros molestie eget. Fusce porttitor tortor nec tortor interdum.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;%%&lt;br&gt;&#xA;%% Finished&lt;br&gt;&#xA;%%  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="137" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T15:31:52.343" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="585" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="577" CreationDate="2010-07-29T15:43:08.523" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/l2tabu/english/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Essential Guide to LaTeX2e Usage (l2tabu)&lt;/a&gt; explains some of the most common mistakes in LaTeX usage.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T15:43:08.523" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-29T15:43:08.523" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="586" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="553" CreationDate="2010-07-29T15:54:06.650" Score="30" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I almost always load &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/microtype.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;microtype&lt;/a&gt;. It plays with spacing and the extent to which text protrudes into the right hand margin in a way that yields results that look better, that have fewer instances of hyphenation, and fewer overfull hboxes. It doesn't work with &lt;code&gt;latex&lt;/code&gt;, you have to use &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; instead. Be sure to load it &lt;em&gt;after&lt;/em&gt; you load any fonts; it needs to know what fonts are in use at the time that it is loaded.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="93" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T15:54:06.650" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-29T15:54:06.650" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="587" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="220" CreationDate="2010-07-29T15:58:22.623" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you like Eclipse, you can get the &lt;a href=&quot;http://texlipse.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeXlipse&lt;/a&gt; package, which adds LaTeX handling features to the IDE including:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Syntax highlighting  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Document outline   &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Code folding  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Templates  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Build support, also partial building  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Annotations for errors (while editing)  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Content assist (completion of commands and references)  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Easy navigation with F3                                 &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Outline of the current file and the full project        &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Spell checking                                          &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Menu with common LaTeX math symbols                     &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;BibTeX editor and BibTeX-support                        &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Line wrapping                                           &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Table editor                                            &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Support for several platforms (Windows, Linux, OS X)    &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd vote for a more lightweight text editor like Vim or Emacs, (Or their Mac-ified GUI equivalents listed above), or TextMate (Although I've never found the charm it seems to hold for others).  But, lightweight vs. sumo is a matter of personal preference (And the size of your RAM).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Once again, MacTeX is the package you want to install LaTeX.  After that, the editor you use is a matter of personal preference.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="186" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T15:58:22.623" />
  <row Id="588" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="594" CreationDate="2010-07-29T16:13:06.700" Score="10" ViewCount="301" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sometimes the margins need to be changed for a particular page, paragraph, or other section of text.  For example, if I'm writing a letter and want the left margin to be almost at the right side of the page for the four lines of my address, or if I am combining prose with poetry and want the poems to be indented relative to the rest of the work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;What is the best way to change both left and right margins on the fly?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="32" LastActivityDate="2010-09-30T01:21:56.047" Title="How can I change the margins for only part of the text?" Tags="&lt;margins&gt;" AnswerCount="6" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="589" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="553" CreationDate="2010-07-29T16:41:16.453" Score="20" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One package that’s &lt;em&gt;really&lt;/em&gt; general purpose is &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/nag.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;nag&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt;: It doesn’t &lt;em&gt;do&lt;/em&gt; anything, per se, it just warns when you accidentally use deprecated LaTeX constructs from l2tabu.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From the documentation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Old habits die hard. All the same, there are commands, classes and packages which are outdated and superseded. nag provides routines to warn the user about the use of those. As an example, we provide an extension that detects many of the “sins” described in l2tabu.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Therefore, I now always have the following in my header (&lt;em&gt;before&lt;/em&gt; the &lt;code&gt;\documentclass&lt;/code&gt;, thanks qbi):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\RequirePackage[l2tabu, orthodox]{nag}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It’s a bit like having &lt;code&gt;use strict;&lt;/code&gt; in Perl: a useful best practice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastEditorUserId="42" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-31T13:19:07.647" LastActivityDate="2010-07-31T13:19:07.647" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-29T16:41:16.453" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="590" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="534" CreationDate="2010-07-29T16:48:40.673" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here’s an excerpt from my &lt;code&gt;.vimrc&lt;/code&gt; that gives me a comfortable word count in Vim:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;function! WC()&#xA;    let filename = expand(&quot;%&quot;)&#xA;    let cmd = &quot;detex &quot; . filename . &quot; | wc -w | tr -d [:space:]&quot;&#xA;    let result = system(cmd)&#xA;    echo result . &quot; words&quot;&#xA;endfunction&#xA;&#xA;command WC call WC()&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now I can invoke &lt;code&gt;:WC&lt;/code&gt; in command mode to have the word count echoed in the status line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastEditorUserId="42" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-04T08:39:17.603" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T08:39:17.603" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="591" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="593" CreationDate="2010-07-29T16:58:36.417" Score="7" ViewCount="1164" Body="&lt;p&gt;In &lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&lt;/code&gt;, the &lt;code&gt;\maketitle&lt;/code&gt; command results in a lot of wasted vertical space. Is there any way for me to remove it? In other words, I'd like the author to appear directly below the title, and the date directly below the author.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="68" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T02:30:07.990" Title="Removing vertical space inside \maketitle" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;maketitle&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="592" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="588" CreationDate="2010-07-29T17:07:30.787" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It might not answer the question directly, but:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is a &lt;code&gt;letter&lt;/code&gt; class:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{letter}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;for writing letters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And for verse there is a package called...wait for it...verse:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{verse}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As I said, it doesn't answer the specific question, but it might solve the two applications you want the solution for.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T17:07:30.787" />
  <row Id="593" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="591" CreationDate="2010-07-29T17:10:09.580" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could alter the relevant documentclass definition wherein the &lt;code&gt;\maketitle&lt;/code&gt; command is defined. But, don't do that. Your document will then compile differently for you than for others.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Try something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\author{Some random fellow\vspace{-2ex}% Toggle commenting out the command&#xA;}&#xA;\date{A long time ago}&#xA;\title{A comprehensive treatise on everything\vspace{-2ex}% to see the effect&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;    \maketitle&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="93" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T17:10:09.580" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="594" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="588" CreationDate="2010-07-29T17:34:56.030" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are several packages available on CTAN to do this. &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=changepage&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;changepage&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; looks promising but you can find other alternatives by searching for &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/cgi-bin/search.py?metadataSearch=margins&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;margins&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/cgi-bin/search.py?metadataSearch=changepage&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;changepage&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="125" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T17:34:56.030" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="595" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="596" CreationDate="2010-07-29T17:37:33.793" Score="8" ViewCount="576" Body="&lt;p&gt;To make Latin-letter variables bold I can use e.g. &lt;code&gt;\mathbf{a}&lt;/code&gt;, but while putting Greek letters or symbols such as &lt;code&gt;\nabla&lt;/code&gt; inside &lt;code&gt;\mathbf&lt;/code&gt; doesn't cause any errors or warnings, it also doesn't do anything else.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;What is the best way to make bold math symbols, in particular Greek letters and &lt;code&gt;\nabla&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="32" LastActivityDate="2010-11-21T18:08:03.453" Title="Bold math symbols?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;mathmode&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="5" />
  <row Id="596" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="595" CreationDate="2010-07-29T17:43:17.777" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The AMS Short Math Guide recommends the \boldsymbol and \pmb commands (and suggests that you use the bm package for the former to get a more powerful version than provided by amsmath).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="206" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T17:43:17.777" />
  <row Id="597" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="205" CreationDate="2010-07-29T17:54:46.897" Score="17" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've compiled this list.  I don't have experience with most of these, but, if you do, &lt;strong&gt;please&lt;/strong&gt; add more descriptive text to your package.  If it does not appear, again, &lt;strong&gt;please&lt;/strong&gt; add it.  If you don't have the rep to edit, post it in a comment and @ messgage myself or the last editor.  Also, if you feel that a certain element should not be in the list, remove it and leave a note in your edit explaining why it was removed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The big ones:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;#1&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TikZ&lt;/a&gt;. The standard. As Dima said, it's &quot;powerful, flexible, easy to use, and stunning&quot;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;#2&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/PSTricks/main.cgi&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;PStricks&lt;/a&gt;. Probably the second most used package.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;#3&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/graphics/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;The default packages&lt;/a&gt;. More used than the others, but not by reason of being more powerful.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Other graphics packages and tools which create images suitable for inclusion in LaTeX documents include: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/applications/Xy-pic/Xy-pic.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Xy-pic&lt;/a&gt; - Best suited to graphs and diagrams, but capabilities for other formats.  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://mathcs.holycross.edu/~ahwang/current/ePiX.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ePiX&lt;/a&gt; - Best for mathematical figures, creates PSTricks, tikz, or eepic macros.  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/metapost.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;MetaPost&lt;/a&gt; - Similar to MetaFont, outputs PostScript files.  Used by Knuth. Allows direct inclusion in a LaTeX file via the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/emp/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;emp&lt;/a&gt; package.  MetaPost is now integrated in LuaTeX via the mplib library.  Using LuaTeX, you can include your metapost figures directly in the TeX/LaTeX file with the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/luatex/generic/luamplib/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;luamplib&lt;/a&gt; package, without using any external software.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.contextgarden.net/MetaFun&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;MetaFun&lt;/a&gt; - An extension to MetaPost.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://home.tiscali.nl/nickvanbeurden/latexpix.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeXPiX&lt;/a&gt; - Windows GUI, exports PGF LaTeX code&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tpx.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TPX&lt;/a&gt; - Another Windows GUI, more flexible outputs than LaTeXPiX&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://xfig.org/userman/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Xfig&lt;/a&gt; - X-Window drawing tool, saves in its own .fig file, but outputs many formats (Including PS).  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Asymptote&lt;/a&gt; - A vector graphics language.  Can embed LaTeX within the image.  Outputs graphics for your document, not code. It can generate both 2D and 3D figures.  3D figures can be included in a pdf file in the PRC format which allows them to be manipulated when viewed in Adobe Reader. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://inkscape.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Inkscape&lt;/a&gt; - A very powerful and well-supported SVG editor.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ipe7.sf.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Ipe&lt;/a&gt; - A powerful vector graphics editor, with several snapping modes that make it especially suitable for variety of technical illustrations. Saves in its own .ipe file format, but outputs pdf and eps for inclusion in TeX documents.  Uses LaTeX to typeset text, both labels and larger paragraphs.  Supports layers and views, which make it possible to &quot;build&quot; illustrations incrementally in a presentation. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.stat.uni-muenchen.de/~leisch/Sweave/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Sweave&lt;/a&gt; - A tool that allows you to include &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.r-project.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;R&lt;/a&gt; code directly into your LaTeX file.  It does much more than just generate graphics, but it makes inclusion of &lt;a href=&quot;http://addictedtor.free.fr/graphiques/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;R generated graphics&lt;/a&gt; into LaTeX document very easy. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.hackenberger.at/blog/ktikz-editor-for-the-tikz-language&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;KtikZ,QtikZ&lt;/a&gt; - A PGF/Tikz real - time compiler for Debian/Ubuntu with KDE (it works with Qt also, and it has a new version for Windows, but I haven't tested it yet). It can speed up the drawing time while at the same time allowing to code directly in Tikz code. It has a template option which allows to define user commands in an easy way as well as a menu with many common (and not so common) TikZ constructs.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="186" LastEditorUserId="401" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-25T17:55:25.207" LastActivityDate="2010-11-25T17:55:25.207" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-29T17:54:46.897" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="598" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="591" CreationDate="2010-07-29T18:27:20.093" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;vanden says:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;You could alter the relevant documentclass definition wherein the \maketitle command is defined. But, don't do that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I completely agree with the second sentence.  However, there's an alternative that gives you a little more control whilst ensuring that your document compiles the same wherever it is sent: copy the relevant section from the &lt;code&gt;article.cls&lt;/code&gt; file into the preamble of your article and make the relevant changes there.  Three things to note:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;There are some &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt;s in the definition, so you will need to enclose the definition with &lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&lt;/code&gt; before and &lt;code&gt;\makeatother&lt;/code&gt; afterwards.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The definition starts &lt;code&gt;\newcommand\maketitle&lt;/code&gt;.  As &lt;code&gt;\maketitle&lt;/code&gt; will already be a command, you need to change the &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Make sure you get the right one.  There are two definitions of &lt;code&gt;\maketitle&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;article.cls&lt;/code&gt;, depending on whether you send the option &lt;code&gt;titlepage&lt;/code&gt; to the class or not.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't recommend this to a beginner, but to someone wanting to learn a little more about how things work, it's a reasonable way to peek under the bonnet [translation: hood].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T18:27:20.093" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="599" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="553" CreationDate="2010-07-29T18:54:51.207" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The complete header for most of my documents looks as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\RequirePackage[l2tabu,orthodox]{nag}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Checks the code for old and deprecated things. See l2tabu.pdf.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\RequirePackage[ngerman=ngerman-x-latest]{hyphsubst}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;These are german hyphenation patterns. They correct some errors.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[ngerman,draft,parskip=half*,twoside]{scrreprt}&#xA;\usepackage{ifthen}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For some things I need &lt;code&gt;if&lt;/code&gt;-&lt;code&gt;then&lt;/code&gt;-constructs. This package provides an easy way to realise it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{index}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For generating an index.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;xcolor&lt;/code&gt; is needed by several packages. For some historical reason I load it manually.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[draft=false,colorlinks,bookmarksnumbered,linkcolor=blue,breaklinks]{hyperref}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Usually I write lots a formula and reference them. &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; comes in handy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{nicefrac}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;nicefrac&lt;/code&gt; allows typesetting fractions like 1/2. It is sometimes more readable than &lt;code&gt;\frac&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[intlimits,leqno]{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage[all,warning]{onlyamsmath}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This package warns if non-&lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt;-environments are used.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{amssymb}&#xA;\usepackage{fixmath}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Provides ISO conform greek letters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[euro]{isonums}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Defines comma as decimal delimiter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[amsmath,thmmarks,hyperref]{ntheorem}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;for Theorems, definitions and stuff.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{paralist}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Improves enumerate and itemize. Also provides some compact environments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{svn}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I work with VCS and svn displays some informations (keywords) from SVN.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{ellipsis}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;corrects &lt;code&gt;\dots&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{fixltx2e}&#xA;\usepackage[final,babel]{microtype}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Typographical improvements&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{mathtools}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I use it for defining absolute value and norm, also &lt;code&gt;\coloneqq&lt;/code&gt; (:=) is nice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{todonotes}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Often there are open todos. This package allows the markup of those.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclarePairedDelimiter{\abs}{\lvert}{\rvert}&#xA;\DeclarePairedDelimiter{\norm}{\lVert}{\rVert}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This are the definitions for absolute value and norm.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\SVN $LastChangedRevision$&#xA;\SVN $LastChangedDate$&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="201" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T18:54:51.207" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-29T18:54:51.207" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="600" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="588" CreationDate="2010-07-29T19:12:57.770" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is how you can do it. Put the following in the preamble (before \begin{document})&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\changemargin#1#2{\list{}{\rightmargin#2\leftmargin#1}\item[]}&#xA;\let\endchangemargin=\endlist &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;then in the text you can use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{changemargin}{&amp;lt;arg&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;arg&amp;gt;} &#xA;\end{changemargin} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;arg&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; is the distance you want to include on the margin (the first one defines the right-hand side margin, and the second defines the left-hand side one). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, for example, to add 0.5 cm to the margins on either side, you would have:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{changemargin}{0.5cm}{0.5cm} &#xA;%your text here  &#xA;\end{changemargin}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is exactly how the command&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{quote}&#xA;\end{quote}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is defined, but with the  set to 1cm. The command quote can be used without having to load any packages, by the way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="14" LastEditorUserId="14" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-30T22:37:42.847" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T22:37:42.847" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="601" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="496" CreationDate="2010-07-29T19:19:10.580" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After much trying to replicate the behavior in a &quot;minimal example&quot;, I actually found out what is happening. First let me say that I tried both ways: trying to recreate the behavior from scratch by adding bricks, and trying to provide a minimal example by removing bricks from my original document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, and sort of thanks to &lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/3029271/latex-make-listoffigures-look-like-listoftables-or-lstlistoflistings&quot;&gt;this other question&lt;/a&gt;, I found out that my &quot;behavior&quot; is not actually a bug, but a feature! In fact, what you can't really guess from my picture up there, is that all my figures were in the same chapter (document class is &quot;book&quot;), while all tables are in different chapters. Hence the line spacing for the tables, but not the figures, which symbolizes the chapter changes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anyway, sorry for bothering you and for not getting back to you earlier. Now I am going to try and see how I can add a line space between all figures and tables, independently from the fact that they are in the same chapter or not.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="124" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T19:19:10.580" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="602" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="618" CreationDate="2010-07-29T19:50:58.193" Score="6" ViewCount="84" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am working on a big document, 100-200 pages. It's getting quite big mostly because of the images and that's a problem because I need to share it by email with my supervisors.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The draft mode doesn't insert images, instead blank zones where the image should be. That solves part of my problem. For the sections I am actively working on, I kind of need to see the images. Is there a way to tell LaTeX that such section and such section should be non-draft, when I specified draft in the \documentclass statement?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Otherwise I guess I could just compile the section I am working on, having only the relevant section with images. But that would screw my references and they can come in handy sometimes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="10" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-01T13:46:30.907" LastActivityDate="2010-09-01T13:46:30.907" Title="Can I specify non-draft sections in a draft document?" Tags="&lt;draft&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="603" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="910" CreationDate="2010-07-29T19:51:54.493" Score="4" ViewCount="677" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I write equations in &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Trebuchet_MS&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Trebuchet MS&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;? Ideally, I'd like to have the following results:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;All symbols that are available in Trebuchet MS are written in Trebuchet MS. That includes, e.g., Latin and Greek letters and basic math symbols such as plus, minus, parentheses, commas, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Symbols that are not available in Trebuchet MS are taken from a font that looks sufficiently good when mixed with Trebuchet MS.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd like to use LaTeXiT to typeset equations that I would use in presentation slides that use the Trebuchet MS. I have tried several solutions, but none of them are completely satisfactory.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Solution 1:&lt;/strong&gt; I tried xelatex and the following preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{mathspec}&#xA;\usepackage{xunicode}&#xA;\usepackage{xltxtra}&#xA;\setallmainfonts{Trebuchet MS}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Latin and Greek letters look exactly as I'd like them to look. However, all symbols look completely out of place.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Solution 2:&lt;/strong&gt; Next I tried to use some kind of &quot;close replacement&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{arevmath}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At least &lt;em&gt;all&lt;/em&gt; math symbols are now in a sans-serif font. However, Arev Math is too far from Trebuchet MS to fool anyone.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Solution 3:&lt;/strong&gt; Finally, I combined solutions 1 and 2. I didn't even know if this is going to compile:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{arevmath}&#xA;\usepackage{mathspec}&#xA;\usepackage{xunicode}&#xA;\usepackage{xltxtra}&#xA;\setallmainfonts{Trebuchet MS}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The result was surprisingly good. I think this could actually fool a casual reader. All Latin and Greek letters are taken from Trebuchet MS, and all other symbols are from arevmath. Everything is in sans serif, and the &quot;thickness&quot; of symbols looks correct.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, it's still fairly easy to tell the difference between an equation that is typeset with these settings and the same equation that is typeset entirely in Trebuchet MS. Commonly used symbols such as {}, () and comma look different; + is too large, etc. If I place an equation typeset in Latex next to an equation that is typeset by simply writing a piece of text in Trebuchet MS, there are some eye-catching differences.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Question:&lt;/strong&gt; Is it possible to do something better than solution 3? I think I'm missing something obvious; for example, I'd assume that it should be fairly easy to typeset basic math symbols such as &quot;,&quot; and &quot;+&quot; in Trebuchet MS?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This time I'm not really interested in finding a &quot;correct&quot; solution; all that matters is that the output &quot;looks good&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Following Wojtek Myszka's advice, I tried something like this (with xelatex):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{arevmath}&#xA;\usepackage{mathspec}&#xA;\usepackage{xunicode}&#xA;\usepackage{xltxtra}&#xA;\setallmainfonts{Trebuchet MS}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\DeclareSymbolFont{my}{EU1}{\zf@family}{m}{n}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{!}{\mathclose}{my}{&quot;21}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{+}{\mathbin}{my}{&quot;2B}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{:}{\mathrel}{my}{&quot;3A}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{=}{\mathrel}{my}{&quot;3D}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{?}{\mathclose}{my}{&quot;3F}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{,}{\mathpunct}{my}{44}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{.}{\mathord}{my}{46}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Looks better, but how do I handle the delimiters ()[]{} correctly?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="100" LastEditorUserId="100" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-07T17:41:26.820" LastActivityDate="2010-08-07T17:41:26.820" Title="Math in Trebuchet MS" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;fontspec&gt;&lt;mathspec&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="605" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="610" CreationDate="2010-07-29T19:58:49.253" Score="9" ViewCount="282" Body="&lt;p&gt;I keep hearing people on this site talking about &quot;semantic&quot; vs &quot;syntactic&quot; commands and that the &quot;semantic&quot; ones are somehow better. I don't really get what they are talking about, could you explain and give some examples that show the difference.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Should I care about this at all?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-21T23:38:55.817" LastActivityDate="2010-08-22T01:00:48.047" Title="What is the deal about these semantic vs syntactic commands?" Tags="&lt;syntax&gt;&lt;languages&gt;&lt;semantics&gt;&lt;macros&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="609" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="341" CreationDate="2010-07-29T20:19:18.343" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Previously, I wasted a lot of time trying to get sufficiently large paper sizes, sufficiently large fonts, etc. And even when I was successful, I had difficulties with PDF previewers that e.g. waste ridiculous amounts of memory if you open an A0 document. Finally I realised that I can simply &lt;strong&gt;create my poster in A4 size&lt;/strong&gt;. Then you just ask that it's printed in A0 size (a single click in Adobe Reader printing dialog; in most cases, even your local university press &lt;em&gt;can&lt;/em&gt; do it). You can easily preview your poster by simply printing it on an A4 printer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I usually use 8pt fonts (&lt;code&gt;\footnotesize&lt;/code&gt;) in my A4 posters. It translates to 32pt fonts when scaled to A0, which seems to be a suitable size for a typical conference poster. Nowadays I'm simply using the &lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt; class and settings such as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}&#xA;\raggedright&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;code&gt;textpos&lt;/code&gt; package to place &quot;text boxes&quot; using absolute coordinates. Other useful packages include &lt;code&gt;color&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;enumitem&lt;/code&gt;, and psnfss.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For very large fonts (e.g. poster title), you can use something like &lt;code&gt;\fontsize{26}{30}\selectfont&lt;/code&gt; – alternatively, you can use the &lt;code&gt;\scalebox&lt;/code&gt; command. For layout tweaks: &lt;code&gt;\hspace&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\vspace&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\makebox&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\parbox&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\raisebox&lt;/code&gt;. For drawing lines and boxes: &lt;code&gt;\rule&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="100" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T20:19:18.343" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="610" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="605" CreationDate="2010-07-29T20:25:05.803" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Semantic is defined as &quot;Of or relating to meaning&quot;.  Syntactic is defined as &quot;described by grammatical structure.&quot;  When expressions are simple, it's fairly easy to read either structure.  When they're complex, it's much easier to read things which are defined by the meaning of their expressions rather than by the order of their symbols.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\set{a, b, c}&lt;/code&gt; is semantic, it tells you there is a set of three things: a, b, and c. Instead, &lt;code&gt;\{a, b, c\}&lt;/code&gt; tells you there is an opening left brace, followed by some symbol a, followed by some coma, followed by ..., but who knows what those symbols mean?  Both expand to the same thing, assuming a properly defined 'set' macro, but the former is easier to read, understand, and debug in source code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="186" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T20:25:05.803" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="611" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="613" CreationDate="2010-07-29T20:25:57.160" Score="6" ViewCount="278" Body="&lt;p&gt;Context: I'm working on my thesis, and the formatting requirements are pretty godawful. In addition to the version I submit to the grad school, I would like to also create a properly formatted version for everyone else.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In particular, my document begins:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[twoside]{book}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to later countermand the &lt;em&gt;twoside&lt;/em&gt; option?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="27" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T09:26:53.313" Title="Setting class options after \documentclass" Tags="&lt;documentclass&gt;&lt;thesis&gt;" AnswerCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="613" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="611" CreationDate="2010-07-29T20:45:09.063" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, but like many of the kernel class options it was not exactly designed for this. You'd by much better off simply having two potential document class lines, or something as simple as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[&#xA;   twoside&#xA; ]{book}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;so you can comment out the option as necessary.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T20:45:09.063" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="614" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="611" CreationDate="2010-07-29T20:52:06.143" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I did the same thing for my dissertation.  Crappy copies for the University library, decent copies for myself and the committee.  The easiest thing to do might be to have two versions of the master tex file, which then \input individual chapters.  This lets you tweak each one, while using the same content.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;BTW: Playing with LaTeX formatting is a great way to procrastinate, while maintaining the illusion that you are doing something useful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="16" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T20:52:06.143" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="615" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="620" CreationDate="2010-07-29T20:55:45.433" Score="6" ViewCount="238" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to be able to make a datasheet for a module that I'm building.  By datasheet, I mean a document containing:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;A title page, with the primary features, applications, and an application block diagram   &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;A table with electrical characteristics (Which might have multiple sections or span multiple pages).   &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;A set of graphs conveying the information in the table(s) in a graphical manner  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;One or more pages with large images describing a schematic view of the device  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;A section which defines abbreviations used in the schematic views  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;A section which describes the use of the device's hardware    &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;A section which describes the protocol for interacting with the device in software  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;And finally, a (possibly long) section which includes text, equations, source code, and schematics for a variety of applications.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here are some examples of such documents by current manufacturers (all PDFs):  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.google.com/url?sa=t&amp;amp;source=web&amp;amp;cd=2&amp;amp;ved=0CBsQFjAB&amp;amp;url=http%3A%2F%2Fcds.linear.com%2Fdocs%2FDatasheet%2F3757fb.pdf&amp;amp;ei=4-RRTILsDMmmnQePnKXTAw&amp;amp;usg=AFQjCNGmFMvXCejoEkvup_2PovnfecIcZw&amp;amp;sig2=h6DGWJhC5HEy1TjR0qnRwg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Linear Technology LT3757 switching regulator&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.national.com/ds/LM/LM117.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;National LM317 linear regulator&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.onsemi.com/pub/Collateral/1N5333B-D.PDF&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ON Semi Zener diode listing&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ti.com/lit/gpn/ads8330&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TI ADS8330 ADC&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.atmel.com/dyn/resources/prod_documents/doc8272.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Atmel ATmega324PA microcontroller&lt;/a&gt; [600MB]  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are a lot of these documents!  Does anyone here have experience creating them, or a document class or package which would be useful in making one?   With that high quantity and that much mathematical and technical writing involved, I can't help but imagine that they're using LaTeX, or at least they should be.  However, a google search for &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://lmgtfy.com/?q=LaTeX+datasheet+class&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX datasheet class&lt;/a&gt;&quot;  turns up nothing but datasheets for rubber-like compounds.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Are there any giveaways in these documents that tell what was used to create them?&lt;/strong&gt;  Are they (or are they not) LaTeX?  It's easy to see when the small companies use Word.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="186" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-01T16:10:50.397" LastActivityDate="2010-09-01T16:10:50.397" Title="Where can I find a `datasheet' document class or a tutorial on how to create one?" Tags="&lt;documentclass&gt;&lt;templates&gt;&lt;tutorials&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="616" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="576" CreationDate="2010-07-29T21:16:48.347" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is not just a question of 'use the right package', as you also have to watch what you do with your input. For LaTeX, take a look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/pkg/pdfx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://tug.ctan.org/pkg/pdfx&lt;/a&gt;. For plain TeX, you probably need to look over the LaTeX stuff, code your own bits and away you go! I'm not sure about ConTeXt: undoubtedly it can include the same data that LaTeX can, as ultimately the engine is the same.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T21:16:48.347" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="617" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="611" CreationDate="2010-07-29T21:21:44.980" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Joseph's answer is the most pragmatic one -- there's no need to complicate things.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Answering the question you didn't quite ask, however....&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In some circumstances, it can be useful to exercise some control over LaTeX from 'outside' -- perhaps you want to be able to produce two different versions of a document from a Makefile.  One way to do that is to create a file containing some LaTeX and &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; it at some strategic point.  The other is to use a not very well known feature of the TeX program (at least on Unix systems, but probably on Windows ones, too).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\documentclass&lt;/code&gt; doesn't have to be the first thing in the file.  Consider this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\expandafter\ifx\csname pointsize\endcsname\relax&#xA;  \def\pointsize{10pt}&#xA;\fi&#xA;\documentclass[\pointsize]{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Here is some text.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That defines &lt;code&gt;\pointsize&lt;/code&gt; to be &lt;code&gt;10pt&lt;/code&gt; if it's not defined already (or to be precise, if it's equal to &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt;, which &lt;code&gt;\csname&lt;/code&gt; does if the command isn't defined).  How could it be defined before the beginning of the file?  Easy!  If this file is &lt;code&gt;doc.tex&lt;/code&gt;, then you can do:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% latex '\def\pointsize{12pt}\input{doc}'&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Voilà!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is an &lt;em&gt;occasionally&lt;/em&gt; useful escape hatch.  I suspect it's also very easy to get carried away, and start writing something horribly obfuscated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="96" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T21:21:44.980" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="618" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="602" CreationDate="2010-07-29T21:33:00.993" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't think you can switch draft mode on and off like that (well, not un-hackily).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As a general point, this is the sort of thing that the &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt; mechanism is for.  You &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt; sections (in the thesis case, most naturally single chapters), and then at the top of the file have &lt;code&gt;\includeonly{chapter3}&lt;/code&gt; (or whatever chapter you're working on).  That will input only that chapter, but, crucially, keep your references working correctly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="96" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T21:33:00.993" />
  <row Id="620" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="615" CreationDate="2010-07-29T23:00:26.280" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;How about the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/papertex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;papertex&lt;/a&gt; class? This is designed for a making a &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/papertex/example/example.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;newspaper&lt;/a&gt;, but that only allows you to do more than what you want. After a quick scan of one of the data-sheets you linked, it seems that it would be rather painless to subvert papertex to your liking.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hope it works for you! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastActivityDate="2010-07-29T23:00:26.280" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="621" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="605" CreationDate="2010-07-29T23:38:26.327" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Suppose, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.lulu.com/product/paperback/the-open-laboratory-2009/6404707&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;purely for the sake of argument&lt;/a&gt;, that one were typesetting a book which had frequent occasion to reference publications by name --- &lt;em&gt;Science,&lt;/em&gt; the &lt;em&gt;New York Times&lt;/em&gt; and so forth.  In a WYSYWYG editor, one would highlight the name of the journal and click the &lt;em&gt;I&lt;/em&gt; button.  With syntactic markup, like plain ol' HTML, one would wrap the journal name in codes indicating that it is to be italicized:  &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Science&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;.  With semantic markup, by contrast, one could define a command which says, &quot;This text is the title of a publication, and is to be handled in such-and-such a manner&quot;.  Then, if one wished to change the style of the document, one could tweak the code defining that command, and the change would be reflected throughout, without having to modify each instance manually (and run the risk of missing something).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This has the added advantage that one can build extra features into the command.  Instead of expanding out as &quot;put this text in italics&quot;, the &quot;publication name&quot; command could do something more elaborate:  &quot;put this text in italics, and add the appropriate entry to the book's index&quot;.  That way, a reader who wanted to find all the places where the book references a &lt;em&gt;New Yorker&lt;/em&gt; article or an item in the &lt;em&gt;IEEE Transactions on Love Poetry&lt;/em&gt; could just flip to the back and look up the pages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The LaTeX implementation of that idea would look something like this, using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/LaTeX/Indexing&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;makeidx&lt;/code&gt; package&lt;/a&gt; to implement the indexing:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\newcommand{\journal}[1]{\emph{#1}\index{#1@\emph{#1}}}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Having defined the &lt;code&gt;\journal&lt;/code&gt; command in this way, we could type &lt;code&gt;\journal{Science}&lt;/code&gt;, and LaTeX would handle both the visual formatting and the auxiliary function of indexing for us.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit to add&lt;/strong&gt;:  Yes, this can easily become overkill.  But it's fun!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="112" LastEditorUserId="112" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-30T00:24:44.050" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T00:24:44.050" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="622" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="579" CreationDate="2010-07-30T02:18:33.823" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ross Moore talked about tagged pdf at TUG 2010:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://river-valley.tv/tex-mathml-for-tagged-pdf-the-next-frontier-in-mathematical-typesetting/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://river-valley.tv/tex-mathml-for-tagged-pdf-the-next-frontier-in-mathematical-typesetting/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;He mentioned that he uses an &quot;extension&quot; of pdfTeX, but I don't know the details. There would certainly need to be a lot of work done to transform the structure of a LaTeX document into a form that a re-flowable PDF viewer could take advantage of.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T02:18:33.823" />
  <row Id="623" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="591" CreationDate="2010-07-30T02:30:07.990" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The titling package gives you customisable hooks for re-styling the look of &lt;code&gt;\maketitle&lt;/code&gt;. In particular for your case, you might change&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\posttitle{\par\end{center}\vskip 0.5em}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\posttitle{\par\end{center}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to remove the space you're not so keen on. Furthermore,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setlength{\droptitle}{-10pt}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will raise the whole title up by 10pt (say), if you like.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T02:30:07.990" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="624" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="626" CreationDate="2010-07-30T03:37:14.157" Score="7" ViewCount="384" Body="&lt;p&gt;Inspired by a part of &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/615/where-can-i-find-a-datasheet-document-class-or-a-tutorial-on-how-to-create-one&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt;, this seemed like an interesting question to ask. Advocates of LaTeX often say that you can see the difference in typesetting quality when you look at a document prepared with LaTeX and compare it to something prepared in, say, MS Word. I certainly don't dispute this; I can often tell, but it's hard to put my finger on exactly why. So what are these differences? What are the distinctive features that make a document look like it was prepared in LaTeX, rather than some other system? In other words, if I have a PDF file and I would like to make an educated guess as to whether it was created in LaTeX or not, what should I be looking for? (ignoring any PDF metadata that identifies the creator)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have my own ideas about this but I'll refrain from self-answering, at least for now, to see what other people may suggest.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="125" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-26T19:31:18.390" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T19:31:18.390" Title="How can I recognize documents prepared in (La)TeX?" Tags="&lt;latex-general&gt;&lt;typography&gt;" AnswerCount="6" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="625" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="624" CreationDate="2010-07-30T03:44:41.490" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One almost-giveaway is the usage of &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Computer_Modern&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Computer Modern&lt;/a&gt;, the font Knuth designed for TeX. (Though I've had friends ask me how to use Computer Modern in non-TeX programs and many people also change the fonts in (Xe|La)?TeX to be different from the default.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="9" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T03:44:41.490" />
  <row Id="626" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="624" CreationDate="2010-07-30T03:55:04.823" Score="15" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The default style of section headings are often present in LaTeX documents and rarely found in documents produced by systems outside of the TeX family.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Wider margins and a sane number of characters per line are features of most TeX'ed documents and many documents with these features have been TeX'ed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Those first two can be overridden by a TeX user. The following two, much less so.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Proper ligatures (e.g. the way that the crossbars on &quot;f&quot;s will touch some following letters) are symptomatic of TeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My number one sign is relatively few hyphenations and much better looking line justification. You can make a TeX document have a line with bad justification, but it takes effort or bad luck. I've yet to be able to make a word processor have good justification.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="93" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T03:55:04.823" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="627" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="624" CreationDate="2010-07-30T03:57:39.707" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The first things I look for are Computer Modern fonts and proper ligatures.  If the document contains mathematical formulae, the spacing and arrangement of the symbols within looks quite different than the output of, say, Microsoft Equation Editor.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="112" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T03:57:39.707" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="628" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="629" CreationDate="2010-07-30T04:48:17.927" Score="6" ViewCount="190" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've heard (and read) about the new amsrefs system for citations. Is there a good explanation of the pros/cons of amsrefs vis-a-vis bibtex ? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="103" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T22:09:43.463" Title="When should I use amsrefs instead of regular bibtex ?" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;amsrefs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="629" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="628" CreationDate="2010-07-30T04:57:40.083" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't think that amsrefs is new, exactly, although updates to it appear to be reasonably recent. I haven't heard of many people using it. The much more recent biblatex package is probably a better way to go — it has a lot of momentum and supports, well, everything you would ever want to do with bibliographies. Some more information can be found in the TeX FAQ:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=biblatex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=biblatex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T04:57:40.083" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="630" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="624" CreationDate="2010-07-30T05:19:05.070" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are two things that always stand out for me, even on a printed page where I can't check what fonts were used (although it's fairly easy to identify CM fonts by sight, at least compared with Arial, Times, etc.).  One is the quality of math, as described by Blake.  The other, that makes me use TeX for even mathless writing, is the fact that nothing I've seen so far is able to make the inter-word spacing of fully justified text look anywhere near as clean as TeX does it (and for most documents I don't like the look of ragged right text).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="32" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T05:19:05.070" />
  <row Id="631" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="339" CreationDate="2010-07-30T05:21:44.973" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.winshell.de/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;WinShell&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;WinShell is a free multilingual integrated development environment (IDE) for LaTeX and TeX. The program includes a text editor, syntax highlighting, project management, spell checking, a table wizard, BibTeX support, Unicode support, different toolbars and user configuration options. It is not a LaTeX system; an additional LaTeX package is required.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://www.winshell.org/modules/ws_screenshots/images/main_small.png&quot; alt=&quot;WinShell screenshot&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="95" LastEditorUserId="95" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-30T06:50:48.343" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T06:50:48.343" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-30T05:21:44.973" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="632" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="634" CreationDate="2010-07-30T06:35:41.887" Score="7" ViewCount="108" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to show Prefix notation in my document, somewhat like this:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;+ (x 5 3) (- 6 4)&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I want to enter it in maths mode, but maths mode removes all the spaces, so I get:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;+(x53)(-64)&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which has rather a different meaning. Obviously I could add spaces explicitly, but&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$+\;(\times\;5\;3)\;(-\;6\;4) $&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is not exactly readable in the source.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any better ways of doing this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="147" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-30T08:33:07.687" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T08:45:17.067" Title="Using prefix notation" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;formatting&gt;&lt;spacing&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="633" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="647" CreationDate="2010-07-30T08:04:11.453" Score="12" ViewCount="953" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would really love to have a software or tool which provided real time compilation of my LaTeX document (to be able to see the final pdf or dvi document as I type the latex code), especially for when I am drawing pictures using tikZ. So far, I know of two things, but none of them work for me. They are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.hackenberger.at/blog/ktikz-editor-for-the-tikz-language&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;KtikZ&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;: This is only for tikZ, which would be perfect for me, but unfortunately as far as I know it only works with Ubuntu and Debian, and I use Mac OS X (so I have never actually tried it, though I did dig a lot to see whether I would be able to install on my mac and from what I see it is really what I want - I am even considering installing Ubuntu just to use it!).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://cristal.inria.fr/whizzytex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;WhizzyTeX&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;: This is a minor mode for Emacs. It was extremely hard to get it to work on the mac (see my quest &lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/3025890/can-i-install-whizzytex-for-emacs-on-a-mac-is-mac-os-x-a-unix-environment&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;), and it is not all that fast. The speed is not all that big of a deal for me, but the fact that it does not work with tikZ pictures is (the nodes all collapse in one point so that the words are all one on the top of the other).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So my question is: is there a software ideally like KtikZ or another type of editor which provides real-time compilation and that I can use on my mac? I guess if you know of a Windows/Linux option I would also like to know, and the same for a way to set up a script to get the document compiled every 5 seconds or so (I am sure I have seen this written somewhere, but I don't know whether I can do it with a mac or whether it is editor/pdf viewer dependent), but what I really want is a software/tool which would work with a mac.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To be clear, I am not after something like LyX, that is, I am not after a WYSIWYG-type thing, but rather something where I can type real LaTeX and see my code, but have at the same time another window showing me the pdf (or dvi) file compiled.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="14" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-04T05:29:40.700" LastActivityDate="2010-08-07T19:25:41.763" Title="Is there any way to get real-time compilation for LaTeX?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;compiling&gt;&lt;editors&gt;&lt;wysiwyg&gt;&lt;osx&gt;" AnswerCount="8" CommentCount="9" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="634" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="632" CreationDate="2010-07-30T08:24:12.687" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;What you want to write is something very similar to &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/S-expression&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;s-expressions&lt;/a&gt;. I was thinking some package might already be there to help you write these, but couldn't find anything after some googling. Anyway, the following TeX macro seems to do the work&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\sx@stop{\relax}\def\sx@open{(}\def\sx@close{)}&#xA;\def\sx@scan#1{%&#xA;  \def\sx@arg{#1}%        save the current token&#xA;  \ifx\sx@arg\sx@stop   % is it the end of the list?&#xA;    \let\sx@next\relax&#xA;  \else&#xA;    \ifx\sx@arg\sx@close\else\sx@space\fi % add space unless token is &quot;)&quot;&#xA;    {\sx@arg}%                            % write the token&#xA;    \ifx\sx@arg\sx@open                   &#xA;      \let\sx@space\relax                 % kill next space if token is &quot;(&quot;&#xA;    \else&#xA;      \let\sx@space\;&#xA;    \fi&#xA;    \let\sx@next\sx@scan                  % scan next token&#xA;  \fi\sx@next&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand{\sexp}[1]{\let\sx@space\relax\sx@scan#1\relax}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;$\sexp{+ (\times 5 3) (- 6 4 {7 8})}$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that you can also group elements, like &lt;code&gt;{7 8}&lt;/code&gt; to momentarily switch off the effect of the command (i.e. it shows as &quot;78&quot; in the output). You might also need this if some symbol in the expression is a complicated macro that takes arguments or whatever, just enclose the whole thing in a single &lt;code&gt;{group}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T08:24:12.687" />
  <row Id="635" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="632" CreationDate="2010-07-30T08:45:17.067" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would just define a macro &lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\prefix}[3]{#1\;#2\;#3}&lt;/code&gt;, and then use it like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$\prefix{+}{(\prefix{\times}{5}{3})}{(\prefix{-}{6}{4})}$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it readable enough is a personal preference.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="7" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T08:45:17.067" />
  <row Id="636" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="611" CreationDate="2010-07-30T09:26:53.313" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is quite similar to a problem that I encounter with just about every article: I get it looking just how I like it, and then the journal says something stupid like &quot;Only documents in our own &lt;em&gt;in house&lt;/em&gt; style will be accepted.&quot;  The problem is that they provide a class file which (they say) must be used, and which (helpfully!) defines a load of commands, which do nothing for the style and only get in the way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the past, I'd have to edit each document each time I submitted to a journal (and for some articles, that's a lot, sadly!).  Plus there were the various preprint servers that also required different options.  Having switched to keeping my articles in a version control system has actually made me &lt;em&gt;less&lt;/em&gt; willing to accept this as I want the changes between versions to be substantial rather than just &quot;changed all definitions from &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand&lt;/code&gt; to override definitions from journal &lt;em&gt;X&lt;/em&gt;&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So what I've developed is a &lt;em&gt;meta&lt;/em&gt; class file which sets up a load of stuff and then calls the &lt;em&gt;real&lt;/em&gt; class file.  So at the head of my document I have:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[%&#xA;a4paper,%&#xA;journalX,%&#xA;%draft,%&#xA;%hopf,%&#xA;%journalY,%&#xA;%arxiv,%&#xA;%article,%&#xA;%amsart,%&#xA;defaults,%&#xA;]%&#xA;{myclass}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There, you can see that I submitted it to a journal 'X' and that it was probably previously submitted to journal 'Y'.  There are presumably some changes made in draft mode.  It happened to be a paper in algebraic topology, so a copy when to the &lt;em&gt;hopf&lt;/em&gt; archive, which I've found has some font issues.  Plus there are some defaults getting set.  The 'a4paper' option (as with any other unknown option) gets passed on to the eventually-selected class file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Each time I choose a new journal, I have to integrate its class file into this meta class, but that only needs doing once rather than once-per-article.  One &lt;em&gt;major&lt;/em&gt; saving on this is with organising the title page.  All the title information is entered in the same way for all journals, the meta class file sorts it out into the right format for the specific journal (this is actually the major headache when integrating a new journal class file into my system - I could tell you some horror stories!).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The system gets even better when it comes to my lectures.  I use beamer now for my lectures and make the slides available to the students.  But I don't want them printing out the full set of slides, so I make the handout version available.  Plus, to make it easier to maintain a consistent style and cut-and-paste stuff between lectures, I keep all the lectures in &lt;em&gt;one&lt;/em&gt; file.  When I run LaTeX on it, I want to be able to select: a particular lecture and a particular format (beamer, trans, handout).  I do that by putting in to my meta class file a test that looks at the jobname for these details.  Then I make suitable symlinks to the main file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;ln -s lectures.tex lecture.handout.2010-08-23.tex&#xA;pdflatex lecture.handout.2010-08-23.tex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;produces the handout version of the lecture (to be) given on 23rd August 2010.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This solution is, I'm sure, overkill in your situation!  However, as I've said, your situation is only the tip of an iceberg.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T09:26:53.313" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="638" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="595" CreationDate="2010-07-30T10:29:21.293" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another possibility is &lt;a href=&quot;http://texblog.net/help/latex/boldmath.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot; title=&quot;\boldmath&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;\boldmath&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, though I would prefer &lt;code&gt;\boldsymbol&lt;/code&gt; of &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/amsmath&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;amsmath&lt;/a&gt; as well. &lt;code&gt;\unboldmath&lt;/code&gt; switches back to the normal math font.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-21T18:08:03.453" LastActivityDate="2010-11-21T18:08:03.453" />
  <row Id="639" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="654" CreationDate="2010-07-30T10:38:04.343" Score="1" ViewCount="123" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was trying out Will Robertson's answer to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/335/can-i-change-the-font-and-colour-of-a-letter-permanently&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt; and couldn't get it to compile correctly.  Chasing through the log output, it seems that an &lt;em&gt;old&lt;/em&gt; version of a package is getting loaded instead of a &lt;em&gt;new&lt;/em&gt; one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In slightly more detail, the package I was trying to test (unicode-math) said that it needed the most up-to-date versions of a couple of packages (the crucial one here seems to be fontspec).  So I downloaded them and put them in to my &lt;em&gt;user&lt;/em&gt; texmf tree.  However, when I compile the test file, the system one is loaded.  This is despite the fact that the requesting file specifies a version later than that provided for by the system version, &lt;strong&gt;and&lt;/strong&gt; the fact that when I do &lt;code&gt;kpsewhich fontspec.sty&lt;/code&gt; then &lt;em&gt;my&lt;/em&gt; version is returned.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;MWE:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;TeXLive2009 (TeXLive 2010 has the right versions of the packages, but 2009 is what comes with my distribution) with unicode-math, fontspec, expl3, and xpackages from CTAN (as per the page on unicode-math).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;test.tex:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{unicode-math}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;both&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;xelatex test.tex&#xA;lualatex test.tex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;complain.  The complaint appears later when loading some fonts, but given that the wrong fontspec package is loaded, I'm guessing that the error lies there rather than when TeX actually complains.  To confirm locations:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;tmp% kpsewhich fontspec.sty   &#xA;/home/astacey/texmf/tex/latex/bzr/unmodified/fontspec/fontspec.sty&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But the output from TeX (slightly condensed):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;tmp% xelatex test.tex&#xA;This is XeTeX, Version 3.1415926-2.2-0.9995.2 (TeX Live 2009/Debian)&#xA; restricted \write18 enabled.&#xA;entering extended mode&#xA;(./test.tex&#xA;...&#xA;(/home/astacey/texmf/tex/latex/bzr/unmodified/unicode-math/unicode-math.sty&#xA;...&#xA;(/home/astacey/texmf/tex/latex/bzr/unmodified/xpackages/xparse.sty)&#xA;(/home/astacey/texmf/tex/latex/bzr/unmodified/xpackages/l3keys2e.sty)&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/xelatex/fontspec/fontspec.sty&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that &lt;em&gt;some&lt;/em&gt; packages are getting pulled from my local texmf tree, it's just this one that isn't.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T15:25:58.633" Title="Why is the wrong version of a package being loaded?" Tags="&lt;compiling&gt;&lt;packages&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="640" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="332" CreationDate="2010-07-30T11:31:26.853" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm accepting Juan's second answer, but I think I'll add a twist of my own (which Juan couldn't have suggested because he doesn't know about the internals of the macros that I'm defining!).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The macros that I'm defining &lt;em&gt;already&lt;/em&gt; have variants that deal with capitals and plurals so it's no problem to add a new variant that correctly handles the article.  The problem, as I indicated in my comment to Juan, is that the capitals and plurals are handled by suffixes but the article should be handled by prefixes and prefixes are already special.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In more detail, buried in the expansion of &lt;code&gt;\dobj&lt;/code&gt; is something like '\my@lower{O}bject\my@singular{}{s} in D'.  &lt;code&gt;\dobj&lt;/code&gt; itself expands with &lt;code&gt;\my@lower&lt;/code&gt; equivalent to &lt;code&gt;\MakeLowercase&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\my@singular&lt;/code&gt; just giving its first argument.  &lt;code&gt;\dobjs&lt;/code&gt; changes the behaviour of &lt;code&gt;\my@singular&lt;/code&gt;, whilst &lt;code&gt;\dobju&lt;/code&gt; changes that of &lt;code&gt;\my@lower&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I could easily throw in a new switch, say &lt;code&gt;\my@article&lt;/code&gt;, which chose between &quot;a&quot; or &quot;the&quot; as appropriate and because it gets thrown in to the definition, I specify whether or not it is &quot;a&quot; or &quot;an&quot;.  My only problem is what to bind it to.  In the above scheme, the obvious choice is &lt;code&gt;\dobja&lt;/code&gt;, but that looks horrible!  But I can't use &lt;code&gt;\adobj&lt;/code&gt; because that conflicts with the fact that &lt;code&gt;\dobj&lt;/code&gt; is really the simplest one of these that I have and the current record for most complicated is &lt;code&gt;\KGvCGvTtobj&lt;/code&gt; [1].  So prefixes already have meaning and I don't want to overload them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So what I'll try is to mix both my original plan and this solution.  I'll write &lt;code&gt;\a \dobj&lt;/code&gt; as I originally intended, but the &lt;code&gt;\a&lt;/code&gt; &lt;em&gt;won't&lt;/em&gt; eat the &lt;code&gt;\dobj&lt;/code&gt;, rather it will set a flag telling the &lt;code&gt;\dobj&lt;/code&gt; command to select the 'a/an' part of the &lt;code&gt;\dobj&lt;/code&gt; command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(except, of course, I can't use &lt;code&gt;\a&lt;/code&gt; as that's already taken; boo-hoo)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[1] A monoid, with respect to the &lt;em&gt;Tall-Wraith&lt;/em&gt; monoidal structure, in the category of co-V^&lt;em&gt;-algebra objects in the category of complete V^&lt;/em&gt; objects, where the '^*' indicates that everything is graded; just in case you were wondering.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T11:31:26.853" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-30T11:31:26.853" />
  <row Id="641" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="633" CreationDate="2010-07-30T11:35:47.313" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/support/latexmk/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Latexmk&lt;/a&gt; has an option that will compile your document every time you save it. &#xA;It requires Perl. &#xA;There is also some very useful information in this &lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/738755/dont-make-me-manually-abort-a-latex-compile-when-theres-an-error&quot;&gt;Stackoverflow question&lt;/a&gt; about how to work with latexmk when you document has errors (which can happen a lot with TikZ). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="185" LastEditorUserId="185" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-30T12:51:48.303" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T12:51:48.303" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="642" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="365" CreationDate="2010-07-30T12:13:32.997" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't write in Hebrew, but I do use Lyx!  The wiki has instructions on how to set it up for Hebrew at &lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The URL says it's for Windows, but a quick check on my Mac shows that it works on other operating systems as well.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The link also shows how to set up a shortcut to switch back and forth between one language setting and another, so you should be able to do this in your lecture and go smoothly between English and Hebrew (if you need that).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="186" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T12:13:32.997" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="643" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="633" CreationDate="2010-07-30T13:04:53.750" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://texlipse.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeXlipse&lt;/a&gt; automatically compiles the document on save and I usually have the PDF open (in &lt;em&gt;Preview&lt;/em&gt; on Mac OS X or in &lt;em&gt;evince&lt;/em&gt; on Ubuntu 10.04, which both automatically show the updated PDF if it is changed).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="30" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T13:04:53.750" />
  <row Id="644" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="645" CreationDate="2010-07-30T13:46:01.123" Score="7" ViewCount="261" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am looking for all the tips and what should be considered specifically for the layout of professionally looking books.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-21T22:50:55.643" LastActivityDate="2010-11-21T22:50:55.643" Title="Is there anywhere a tutorial of how to publish a book with LaTeX?" Tags="&lt;publishing&gt;&lt;book-design&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="645" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="644" CreationDate="2010-07-30T13:50:49.100" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/memoir/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package, more specifically its documentation, is written as an introduction to professional layouts. It contains a lot of examples of different styles of books and how to obtain them. It can be a good start :).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="210" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T13:50:49.100" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="646" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="639" CreationDate="2010-07-30T14:11:03.403" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is somewhat LaTeX distribution dependent, but as it happens, I am also using a version of TeXLive. (2007, as I've let a few upgrades to my distro go by.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It isn't enough for package files to be in your local or user texmf-tree. You must also, as it were, register them with TeXLive. From a command prompt, run &lt;code&gt;texhash&lt;/code&gt;. (On ubuntu, I seem to recall that this requires root privileges, so &lt;code&gt;sudo texhash&lt;/code&gt; would be what you need.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Provided&lt;/em&gt; TeXLive is aware that your user texmf-tree exists, running this command should cause it to scan that tree, amongst other places, and become aware of what packages it can find there.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If this doesn't work, then TeXLive needs to be made aware of your user texmf-tree. (How to set that up is, I think, a separate question.) Or, you could run &lt;code&gt;sudo texhash path_to_user_texmf&lt;/code&gt;. But, since you say that some packages in your user tree do get invoked, this is an issue that you've already got sorted, it would seem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="93" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T14:11:03.403" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="647" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="633" CreationDate="2010-07-30T14:23:45.260" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;On a Mac, you can of course just open up a terminal, &lt;code&gt;cd&lt;/code&gt; to the directory where you keep the TeX file, and issue&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;while true; do sleep 5; latex -halt-on-error filename.tex; done&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and have the DVI file open in a viewer that watches for (and reloads on) changes. The one-liner runs &lt;code&gt;latex&lt;/code&gt; continuously with 5 second break between runs (the &lt;code&gt;-hald-on-error&lt;/code&gt; options prevents the incantation from getting stuck if you saved a file with errors). You can also swap in &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; instead. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This solves half of your problem. The other half has to be dealt with by your editor of choice. You need to set it up to automatically save the file every x seconds, and how to do that depends on the editor at hand. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, that one-liner I gave above is quite ugly and resource wasting, since it makes no sense to re-compile if no changes are made. So you can do something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;while true; do sleep 2; if [ filename.tex -nt filename.log ]; then latex -halt-on-error filename.tex; fi; done&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which watches for changes to the TeX file (signaled by the fact that &lt;code&gt;filename.tex&lt;/code&gt; is more recently modified than &lt;code&gt;filename.log&lt;/code&gt;) and compile when necessary (with a possible two seconds delay). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Short of a WYSIWYG, I am not quite sure how you can achieve full real-time solution. Compiling the code takes usually a short amount of time (1 or 2 seconds, or more if the file is large). So if you are looking for a solution that calls the LaTeX compiler, it probably shouldn't try to do it more often than once every 5 or 10 seconds. So you won't be able to immediately see what you typed in the DVI window. Also, if the editor autosaves the file in a spot where you are halfway typing a command, then the source won't compile. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With LaTeX I feel that the better idea is &quot;compile-on-saves&quot;, where the human initiates the saving of the file (as compared to &quot;automatically saving and compiling in the background). For that, modern editors can generally support hot-keys where saving and compiling is mapped to one keystroke. In &lt;code&gt;vim&lt;/code&gt; I map &lt;code&gt;F2&lt;/code&gt; to compile and &lt;code&gt;F4&lt;/code&gt; to call XDVI. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T14:23:45.260" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="648" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="639" CreationDate="2010-07-30T14:25:13.463" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is weird... if kpsewhich is returning the correct path for fontspec, I can't imagine why it's not being loaded. Perhaps try moving the old version of the package completely out of the texmf tree so only the new one is present?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;TL2010 will be available soon (it's already available &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/texlive/pretest.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; now but it's in the process of being burnt to DVD for official release), hopefully mitigating this problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T14:25:13.463" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="649" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="660" CreationDate="2010-07-30T14:35:14.890" Score="6" ViewCount="210" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; package redefines the &lt;code&gt;\dots&lt;/code&gt; command so that it &quot;guesses&quot; the correct height of the dots with respect to its context. For example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$x, \dots, y$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will produce three lowered dots, aligned with the commas. While&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$x \to \dots \to y$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;uses centered dots that align with the arrows. However, if I define my own macros, &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; can no longer guess and it always uses the lowered dots. For example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\myto}{\to}&#xA;$x \myto \dots \myto y$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;uses the wrong dots. How can I tell &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; that I want centered and not lowered dots?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Btw, I know about &lt;code&gt;\cdots&lt;/code&gt; but what I want is &lt;code&gt;\dots&lt;/code&gt; to still be able to guess the correct ones automatically.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T15:44:20.980" Title="How do magic \dots work in amsmath?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;amsmath&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="650" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="651" CreationDate="2010-07-30T14:40:47.717" Score="5" ViewCount="262" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using flyspell mode, but unfortunatly I have to &lt;code&gt;M-x flyspell-mode&lt;/code&gt; in each AucTeX buffer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Somehow &lt;code&gt;(add-hook 'LaTeX-mode-hook 'flyspell-mode)&lt;/code&gt; doesn't work for me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is the correct flyspell-hook in AucTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="137" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T03:22:10.377" Title="How to turn on flyspell mode with AucTeX?" Tags="&lt;spelling&gt;&lt;emacs&gt;&lt;auctex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="651" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="650" CreationDate="2010-07-30T14:47:33.563" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try &#xA;&lt;code&gt;(add-hook 'LaTeX-mode-hook '(flyspell-mode t))&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This will force flyspell-mode to turn on, instead of toggling it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="16" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T14:47:33.563" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="652" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="653" CreationDate="2010-07-30T15:03:10.813" Score="2" ViewCount="620" Body="&lt;p&gt;When trying to compile a LaTeX document in Ubuntu 10.04 with &lt;code&gt;xelatex&lt;/code&gt; I get the following error message:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;This is XeTeX, Version 3.1415926-2.2-0.9995.2 (TeX Live 2009/Debian)&#xA; restricted \write18 enabled.&#xA;entering extended mode&#xA;(./test.tex&#xA;LaTeX2e &amp;lt;2009/09/24&amp;gt;&#xA;Babel &amp;lt;v3.8l&amp;gt; and hyphenation patterns for english, usenglishmax, dumylang, noh&#xA;yphenation, ngerman, german, german-x-2009-06-19, ngerman-x-2009-06-19, loaded.&#xA;&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/base/article.cls&#xA;Document Class: article 2007/10/19 v1.4h Standard LaTeX document class&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/base/size10.clo))&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/xelatex/fontspec/fontspec.sty&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/generic/ifxetex/ifxetex.sty)&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/tools/calc.sty)&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/xkeyval/xkeyval.sty&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/generic/xkeyval/xkeyval.tex&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/generic/xkeyval/keyval.tex)))&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/base/fontenc.sty&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/xelatex/euenc/eu1enc.def)&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/xelatex/euenc/eu1lmr.fd)kpathsea: Invalid fontname&#xA; `[lmroman10-regular]', contains '['&#xA;&#xA;! Font EU1/lmr/m/n/10=[lmroman10-regular]:mapping=tex-text at 10.0pt not loadab&#xA;le: Metric (TFM) file or installed font not found.&#xA;&amp;lt;to be read again&amp;gt; &#xA;                   relax &#xA;l.100 \fontencoding\encodingdefault\selectfont&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T12:25:47.070" Title="XeTeX not working on Ubuntu 10.04?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;fontspec&gt;&lt;ubuntu&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="653" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="652" CreationDate="2010-07-30T15:06:22.287" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is a bug in Ubuntu 10.04's textlive-xetex package: It does not depend on the &lt;code&gt;lmodern&lt;/code&gt; package (see the &lt;a href=&quot;https://bugs.launchpad.net/ubuntu/+source/texlive-base/+bug/556071&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Lauchpad bug report&lt;/a&gt;). To fix the problem just install the &lt;code&gt;lmodern&lt;/code&gt; package, e.g. via&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;sudo apt-get install lmodern&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(This also effects Debian Lenny: &lt;a href=&quot;http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=576599&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=576599&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T15:06:22.287" />
  <row Id="654" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="639" CreationDate="2010-07-30T15:25:58.633" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Turned out that the answer to this one was that the different programs pass different options to the kpathsea engine about where to look for their packages.  Since I was calling &lt;code&gt;xelatex&lt;/code&gt;, packages in places like &lt;code&gt;texmf/tex/xelatex&lt;/code&gt; were preferred over packages elsewhere in the &lt;code&gt;texmf&lt;/code&gt; tree.  When I ran &lt;code&gt;kpsewhich&lt;/code&gt; on the command-line, it didn't know that I intended using &lt;code&gt;xelatex&lt;/code&gt; so just looked everywhere.  Moving the fontspec package to a directory under &lt;code&gt;~/texmf/tex/xelatex&lt;/code&gt; fixed that problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I see also that &lt;code&gt;kpsewhich&lt;/code&gt; can be given the option '-engine X' to make its search engine-specific.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Note: this program-specific behaviour seems to override the selection-by-date mechanism that Caramdir mentions in the comment to the question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, that didn't solve everything as I'm now getting issues with font generation; I'm currently downloading TL2010 to see if that fixes everything in one fell swoop.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T15:25:58.633" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="655" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="658" CreationDate="2010-07-30T15:27:07.603" Score="14" ViewCount="539" Body="&lt;p&gt;Inspired by a &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/258/what-is-the-difference-between-let-and-def&quot; title=&quot;What is the difference between \let and \def?&quot;&gt;question about &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, I have some that essentially all boil down to asking&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;What are the differences between &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In particular, I wonder&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Is it possible to have parameters passed to &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt;ed commands, both optional and required?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Is there a &lt;code&gt;\redef&lt;/code&gt; command equivalent to &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I have only ever used &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; -- is there any reason I should change that habit?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but I welcome comments on anything else I may not have thought of in this list!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="32" LastEditorUserId="32" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-30T18:22:01.857" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T18:22:01.857" Title="What is the difference between \def and \newcommand?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="656" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-07-30T15:32:32.927" Score="2" ViewCount="220" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using Latex. and title says it all =)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Such that is looks like the abstract and comes after it =)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="137" LastEditorUserId="137" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-30T21:58:23.877" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T22:01:38.850" Title="How to create acknowledgements in the report class?" Tags="&lt;thesis&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="657" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="649" CreationDate="2010-07-30T15:33:48.357" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;OK, so since I asked the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/538/how-to-best-debug-latex&quot;&gt;debugging&lt;/a&gt; question, I ventured out and tried to debug!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using just &lt;code&gt;\show&lt;/code&gt; didn't work, producing the following in the log file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;gt; \dots=macro:&#xA;-&amp;gt;\protect \dots  .&#xA;l.7 \show\dots&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;so I googled for the show command and found &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=ltxcmds&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt; page and so I did the following&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\pshow#1{{\let\protect\show #1}}&#xA;\begin{equation*}&#xA; a \pshow{\dots} b=0;&#xA;\end{equation*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which resulted in:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;gt; \dots =\long macro:&#xA;-&amp;gt;\ifmmode \@xp \mdots@ \else \@xp \textellipsis \fi .&#xA;\dots -&amp;gt;\protect \dots&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Looking deeper to examine &lt;code&gt;\mdots@&lt;/code&gt; is possible (using &lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\makeatother&lt;/code&gt;) but is quite horrific:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; &amp;gt; \mdots@=macro:&#xA;-&amp;gt;\FN@ \mdots@@ .&#xA;l.11 \show\mdots@&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;gt; \FN@=macro:&#xA;-&amp;gt;\futurelet \@let@token .&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;gt; \mdots@@=macro:&#xA;-&amp;gt;\gdef \thedots@ {\dotso@ }\ifx \@let@token \boldsymbol \gdef \thedots@ \boldsymbol {\boldsymboldots@ }\else \ifx ,\@let@token \gdef \thedots@ {\dotsc }\else \ifx \not \@let@token \gdef \thedots@ {\dotsb@ }\else \keybin@ \ifgtest@ \gdef \thedots@ {\dotsb@ }\else \xdef \meaning@ {\meaning \@let@token ..........}\xdef \meaning@@ {\meaning@ }\@xp \math@ \meaning@ \math@ \ifgtest@ \@xp \mathch@ \meaning@ \mathch@ \ifgtest@ \@xp \getmathch@ \meaning@ \getmathch@ \fi \else \@xp \macro@ \meaning@@ \macro@ \ifgtest@ \@xp \not@ \meaning@ \not@ \ifgtest@ \gdef \thedots@ {\dotsb@ }\else \@xp \DOTS@ \meaning@ \DOTS@ \ifgtest@ \ifcase \&#xA;number \DOTSCASE@ \gdef \thedots@ {\dotsb@ }\or \gdef \thedots@ {\dotsi }\else \fi \else \@xp \math@ \meaning@ \math@ \ifgtest@ \@xp \mathbin@ \meaning@ \mathbin@ \ifgtest@ \gdef \thedots@ {\dotsb@ }\else \@xp \mathrel@ \meaning@ \mathrel@ \ifgtest@ \gdef \thedots@ {\dotsb@ }\fi \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi \thedots@ . &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At this point, I give up....anyone care to continue this dissection?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastEditorUserId="117" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-30T15:40:05.580" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T15:40:05.580" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="658" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="655" CreationDate="2010-07-30T15:35:08.387" Score="15" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt; is a TeX primitive, &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; is a LaTeX overlay on top of &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt;.  The most obvious benefits of &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; over &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt; are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; checks whether or not the command already exists&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; allows you to define an optional argument&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In general, anything that &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; does can be done by &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt;, but it usually involves a little trickery and unless you want something that &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; can't do, there's no point in reinventing the wheel.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In answer to your particular points:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Yes and No.  A command defined using &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt; has to know exactly what it's options are, and how they will be presented to it.  However, a TeX command can be a bit clever and examine things &lt;em&gt;other&lt;/em&gt; than its arguments.  The way that optional commands are handled is to look at the next character in the stream and if it is &lt;code&gt;[&lt;/code&gt; then one version of the command is called, whereas if it isn't then another is called.  So if you're prepared to do some hackery, then optional arguments are possible via &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt;, but it isn't half so easy as &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;No.  Since &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt; doesn't check for a command already being defined, you can redefine stuff simply using &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt; again.  To get the checking, you need to use the &lt;code&gt;\@ifundefined&lt;/code&gt; command (note the ampersand!).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;No!&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There's probably lots more to be said on the differences, but that's enough from me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T15:35:08.387" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="659" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="649" CreationDate="2010-07-30T15:40:57.530" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This doesn't do what you're asking for, but in best semantic fashion, amsmath also defines &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;• \dotsc for “dots with commas”&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;• \dotsb for “dots with binary operators/relations”&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;• \dotsm for “multiplication dots”&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;• \dotsi for “dots with integrals”&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;• \dotso for “other dots” (none of the above)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Quoted from the &lt;a href=&quot;ftp://ftp.ams.org/pub/tex/doc/amsmath/short-math-guide.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Short Math Guide for LaTeX&lt;/a&gt;.)  Each of these specifies the height.  I didn't find the behavior of \dots you described documented.  Can you point out where it is?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="206" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T15:40:57.530" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="660" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="649" CreationDate="2010-07-30T15:44:20.980" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Looking at &lt;code&gt;amsmath.sty&lt;/code&gt;, I see lots of lines like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\gdef\coprod{\DOTSB\coprod@\slimits@}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would guess that the &lt;code&gt;\DOTSB&lt;/code&gt; controls what kind of dots go before (or after?) this symbol.  Doing &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\show\mapsto&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;shows that that has the magic &lt;code&gt;\DOTSB&lt;/code&gt;.  So if defining your own macro, I would experiment with adding &lt;code&gt;\DOTSB&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\DOTSI&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\DOTSX&lt;/code&gt; (those appear to be the options) before or after them.  (Please report back on what happens!).  I would guess that &lt;code&gt;\dots&lt;/code&gt; &quot;knows&quot; about certain commands, but has to be told about any extra.  &lt;code&gt;\to&lt;/code&gt; seems to come in under the &quot;known&quot; commands, but, for example, it has to be told about &lt;code&gt;\mapsto&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;gt; \mapsto=\long macro:&#xA;-&amp;gt;\DOTSB \mapstochar \rightarrow .&#xA;l.3 \show\mapsto&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T15:44:20.980" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="661" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="656" CreationDate="2010-07-30T15:58:56.840" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\section*{Acknowledgements}&#xA;Thanks Mum.&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T15:58:56.840" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="662" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="655" CreationDate="2010-07-30T16:07:47.020" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Adding to &lt;a href=&quot;#658&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Andrew's&lt;/a&gt; already good response, the one thing that &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt; can do that &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; cannot is define commands that take delimiters other than braces. For example, if you want to be able to write &lt;code&gt;\foo&amp;lt;hello&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; and have the ‘hello’ interpreted as an argument, you can write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\foo&amp;lt;#1&amp;gt;{...something with #1...}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also have commands that read input up to the &lt;em&gt;next&lt;/em&gt; brace, such as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\foobar#1#{\framebox[#1]}&#xA;\foobar 47pt {hello}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For a combination of the extensibility of &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt; with the ease-of-use of &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt;, check out David Kastrup's &lt;code&gt;suffix&lt;/code&gt; package. Very handy when you want to define custom markup for your document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also look at the LaTeX3 package &lt;code&gt;xparse&lt;/code&gt; which takes a more structured and generalised look at how &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; should work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T16:07:47.020" />
  <row Id="663" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="268" CreationDate="2010-07-30T16:29:26.427" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just to add to &lt;a href=&quot;#276&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Willie's&lt;/a&gt; good answer, in terms of the formatting (as the OP seems to be getting at) there isn't a &quot;correct&quot; way. Use &lt;code&gt;\textsf&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\texttt&lt;/code&gt; or whatever looks good for your particular document and use case and font choice. Also try the &lt;code&gt;randtext&lt;/code&gt; package to attempt to obfuscate the email address inside the PDF to make it less susceptible to spammers (but note that — I think — it doesn't play nice with hyperref's &lt;code&gt;\href&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to &quot;special-case&quot; the @ sign without adding markup to your text, you could write something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{color,hyperref}&#xA;    \catcode`\_=11\relax&#xA;    \newcommand\email[1]{\_email #1\q_nil}&#xA;    \def\_email#1@#2\q_nil{%&#xA;      \href{mailto:#1@#2}{{\emailfont #1\emailampersat #2}}&#xA;    }&#xA;    \newcommand\emailfont{\sffamily}&#xA;    \newcommand\emailampersat{{\color{red}\small@}}&#xA;    \catcode`\_=8\relax    &#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\email{foobar@gmail.com}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where you get the proper hyperlinking of the email address and you can customise the look of the email by changing &lt;code&gt;\emailfont&lt;/code&gt; and the look of the ampersat (or arrobase, or @) by changing &lt;code&gt;\emailampersat&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T16:29:26.427" />
  <row Id="664" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="677" CreationDate="2010-07-30T17:37:41.070" Score="24" ViewCount="1681" Body="&lt;p&gt;As a native English speaker, I've mostly been allowed the luxury of pretending that ASCII is enough, and have been able to treat font encodings as not my problem. I've seen lots of advice that I ought to include &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&lt;/code&gt; in my preamble. (See, for instance, p. 337 of &lt;a href=&quot;http://books.google.com/books?id=ngwZAQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;q=The+LaTeX+Companion&amp;amp;dq=The+LaTeX+Companion&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;ei=kAtTTOCBPdD_nQfsjL2RBA&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;oi=book_result&amp;amp;ct=result&amp;amp;resnum=1&amp;amp;ved=0CCUQ6AEwAA&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;The LaTeX Companion&lt;/a&gt;.) What isn't really adequately explained is why I ought to do so.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, if I am writing in English and have to make only occasional use of things like &lt;code&gt;G\&quot;odel&lt;/code&gt;, what does following the advice really get me?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="93" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-13T16:22:08.507" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T13:42:48.877" Title="Why should I use \usepackage[T1]{fontenc}?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;fontenc&gt;&lt;encodings&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="5" />
  <row Id="665" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="633" CreationDate="2010-07-30T17:49:16.633" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.uoregon.edu/~koch/texshop/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TexShop&lt;/a&gt; (also available through MacPorts) does a save on compile. It has a preview window so you can see your compiled document as you go.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="19" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T17:49:16.633" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="666" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="664" CreationDate="2010-07-30T18:05:11.577" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think everybody should use utf8. Look at things like &lt;code&gt;G\&quot;odel&lt;/code&gt; you mentioned -- with such use, you wouldn't be able to copy it properly from pdf; with utf8 you'd just type &lt;code&gt;Gödel&lt;/code&gt; in source, and it would just work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="7" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T18:05:11.577" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="667" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="668" CreationDate="2010-07-30T18:34:42.970" Score="3" ViewCount="119" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{url}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\url{…}&lt;/code&gt; to typeset URLs, but the typewriter font stands out a little too much.  How can I have the URLs typeset in a different font?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="35" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T18:57:40.083" Title="Typeset URL in a non-typewriter font" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;url&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="668" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="667" CreationDate="2010-07-30T18:37:40.780" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.utexas.edu/ogs/etd/LaTeX/Style.files/url.sty.readme.txt&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;README&lt;/a&gt;,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;you can switch the style of printing&#xA;  using &lt;code&gt;\urlstyle{tt}&lt;/code&gt;, where &lt;code&gt;tt&lt;/code&gt; can&#xA;  be any defined style.  The pre-defined&#xA;  styles are &lt;code&gt;tt&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;rm&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;sf&lt;/code&gt;, and&#xA;  &lt;code&gt;same&lt;/code&gt;, all of which produce the same&#xA;  linebreaks but use different fonts—the&#xA;  first three select a specific font and&#xA;  the ‘same’ style uses the current text&#xA;  font.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also define your own font:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\url@foostyle{%&#xA;  \@ifundefined{selectfont}{\def\UrlFont{\sf}}{\def\UrlFont{\small\ttfamily}}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;%% Now actually use the newly defined style.&#xA;\urlstyle{foo}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The last example is from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.kronto.org/thesis/tips/url-formatting.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.kronto.org/thesis/tips/url-formatting.html&lt;/a&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="35" LastEditorUserId="35" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-30T18:57:40.083" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T18:57:40.083" />
  <row Id="669" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="673" CreationDate="2010-07-30T18:42:39.740" Score="3" ViewCount="280" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know that I can put &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{times}&lt;/code&gt; in the preamble in order to use the Times font instead of Computer Modern for my document.  But this only affects the text; the math is still typeset using Computer Modern.  How can I make Latex use Times also for the math?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="35" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T12:46:20.063" Title="How do I make my document use the Times font, both for the text and the math?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="670" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="669" CreationDate="2010-07-30T18:43:02.157" Score="-1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Put&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[bigsym]{mathptm}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in your preamble.  This makes LaTeX use the Times and Symbol fonts for math, except for large symbols (summation, integration, etc.) which look funny in the Postscript Symbol font.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="35" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T18:43:02.157" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="671" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="676" CreationDate="2010-07-30T18:45:56.130" Score="3" ViewCount="233" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mathematical operators, such as function names, should be set in roman type, not italics. Latex already has commands for some operators, including &lt;code&gt;\max&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\min&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;\log&lt;/code&gt;.  How can I define additional such commands?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="35" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T18:53:40.623" Title="Define additional math operators to be typeset in roman" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;mathoperator&gt;&lt;roman&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="672" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="671" CreationDate="2010-07-30T18:46:26.113" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Define the command \newoperator as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\providecommand{\newoperator}[3]{%&#xA;  \newcommand*{#1}{\mathop{#2}#3}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is an example that defines \FD as an operator:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newoperator{\FD}{\mathrm{FD}}{\nolimits}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="35" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T18:46:26.113" />
  <row Id="673" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="669" CreationDate="2010-07-30T18:47:53.160" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The most up to date Times support using free fonts is mathptmx&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{mathptmx}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This package supersedes times and mathptm.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The commercial mathtime is available in a 'lite' version in a free (cost) package, but you need to pay for the full version. See &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pctex.com/mtpro2.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.pctex.com/mtpro2.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T18:47:53.160" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="674" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-07-30T18:52:44.463" Score="18" ViewCount="1100" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am submitting a paper to a conference that has a limit of 10 pages.  I have edited and edited the text, but the paper still fills 11 pages, and I am reluctant to remove anything.  What tricks can I use to make the paper fit in 10 pages?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know about &lt;code&gt;\vspace{-1mm}&lt;/code&gt;, but are other and better tricks?  How can I squeeze a little bit between lines, around the elements produced by \maketitle, around headlines, etc. in a way that is consistent and does not look too ugly?  Is it possible to reduce the font size from 11 points to, say, 10.9?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(This should be community wiki, but I don't have enough rep yet.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="35" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-21T18:18:18.793" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T07:46:32.997" Title="Squeezing scientific paper to fit within page limits" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;" AnswerCount="15" CommentCount="8" FavoriteCount="5" />
  <row Id="675" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="671" CreationDate="2010-07-30T18:53:24.413" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Alternatively, if you are using any of the packages from the AMS (&lt;code&gt;amsart.cls&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;amsmath.sty&lt;/code&gt;) then there is a command &lt;code&gt;\DeclareMathOperator&lt;/code&gt; which does what it says on the tin!  For example,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareMathOperator{\Det}{Det}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think that it can handle variants, but I don't recall off the top of my head.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T18:53:24.413" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="676" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="671" CreationDate="2010-07-30T18:53:40.623" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareMathOperator{\foo}{foo}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\DeclareMathOperator*{\hocolim}{hocolim}&lt;/code&gt; for sub- and superscripts in the limits position.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="85" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T18:53:40.623" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="677" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="664" CreationDate="2010-07-30T18:57:15.250" Score="27" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Note that this is &lt;em&gt;font&lt;/em&gt; encoding (determines what kind of font is used), not &lt;em&gt;input&lt;/em&gt; encoding. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The default font encoding (OT1) of TeX is 7-bit and uses fonts that have 128 glyphs, and so do not include the accented characters as individual glyphs. So a letter ö is made by adding an accent to the existing 'o' glyph.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With the T1 font encoding, you use fonts that use an 8-bit encoding that has 256 glyphs, and an 'ö' is an actual single glyph in the resulting font. Many of the older fonts have had T1 variants devised for them as well, and many newer fonts are available only in T1. I think &quot;Computer Modern&quot; was originally OT1, &quot;Latin Modern&quot; is T1.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you don't use use \usepackage[T1]{fontenc},&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Words containing accented characters &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/725/why-words-with-accented-characters-cant-be-automatic-hyphenated-with-the-default&quot;&gt;cannot be automatically hyphenated&lt;/a&gt;,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;You cannot properly copy-and-paste such words from the output (DVI/PS/PDF),&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Characters like the pipe sign, less than and greater sign &lt;a href=&quot;http://texblog.net/latex-archive/fonts/symbols/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;give unexpected results in text&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="48" LastEditorUserId="48" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-15T19:06:19.933" LastActivityDate="2010-08-15T19:06:19.933" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="678" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="553" CreationDate="2010-07-30T18:58:42.250" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Usually I write German texts. We have new and old rules for spelling. The package &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/hyphsubst.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;hyphsubst&lt;/a&gt; provides some new hyphenation pattern. That's why I load it in addition to &lt;code&gt;babel&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\RequirePackage[ngerman=ngerman-x-latest]{hyphsubst}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="201" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-31T04:25:31.343" LastActivityDate="2010-07-31T04:25:31.343" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-30T18:58:42.250" />
  <row Id="679" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="674" CreationDate="2010-07-30T19:01:56.173" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can reduce the base font size in the document class statement&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt,other options]{article}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which will make everything smaller. Your choices for that base font size are limited, though; I think it may only allow 10pt, 11pt, and 12pt. There are also various packages to change font sizes; have a look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=relsize&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;relsize&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=anyfontsize&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;anyfontsize&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, for example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another option would be to reduce the margin size by using a package like &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=vmargin&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;vmargin&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="125" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T19:01:56.173" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-30T19:02:29.213" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="680" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="553" CreationDate="2010-07-30T19:05:26.493" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For mathematical texts I instead use &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; &amp;amp; Co. One very useful package is &lt;code&gt;onlyamsmath&lt;/code&gt;. I load it as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[all,warning]{onlyamsmath}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So it looks for &lt;code&gt;$$..$$&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;eqnarray&lt;/code&gt; and produces a warning if some of them are used. If you left out &lt;code&gt;warning&lt;/code&gt;, it will result in an error and compile will stop. This package is normally very useful if you edit a text with many authors.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="201" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T19:05:26.493" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-30T19:05:26.493" />
  <row Id="681" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="674" CreationDate="2010-07-30T19:28:55.687" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Check out this page on &lt;a href=&quot;http://www-h.eng.cam.ac.uk/help/tpl/textprocessing/squeeze.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Squeezing Space in LaTeX&lt;/a&gt;, it contains many useful tips ranging from using standard stuff like &lt;code&gt;\linespread{0.9}&lt;/code&gt; to using packages that allow more customization like &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/paralist/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;paralist&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;caption&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="30" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T19:28:55.687" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="682" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-07-30T19:30:40.723" Score="2" ViewCount="149" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I do an list (or list-type) in beamer with the automatic pausing between each item, then there seems to be something wrong with the pauses afterwards.  If I put in a &lt;code&gt;\pause&lt;/code&gt; afterwards then I get a double pause, but if I leave it out then I get no pause.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's an example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;\begin{itemize}[&amp;lt;+-&amp;gt;]&#xA;\item On the first slide&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;\pause&#xA;On the first or third slide&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With the &lt;code&gt;\pause&lt;/code&gt;, I get three pages.  Without, I get only one.  I want two.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another example (added in edit) of similarly annoying behaviour is in trying to pause &lt;em&gt;within&lt;/em&gt; an item:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;On the first slide&#xA;\pause&#xA;\begin{itemize}[&amp;lt;+-&amp;gt;]&#xA;\item On the second slide.&#xA;\pause&#xA;Should be on the third slide, actually on the fourth&#xA;\item On the fourth slide&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What's going on?  More importantly, how do I stop it doing that? It's really annoying!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Added in edit): In response to Michael Underwood's answer: the &lt;code&gt;\pause&lt;/code&gt; command is so useful and so intuitive that I'd really like to use it.  I know that for complicated stuff, I need to use more refined commands, but this doesn't &lt;em&gt;feel&lt;/em&gt; complicated.  It seems that as soon as I use an automatic list (which is itself a useful shortcut to a more complicated command) then I have to abandon using the &lt;code&gt;\pause&lt;/code&gt; command.  Why can't I use both?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using beamer version 3.07 from TeXLive 2008.  I'm quite happy to upgrade if it will get rid of the problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastEditorUserId="86" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-02T08:37:58.567" LastActivityDate="2010-08-02T19:03:37.267" Title="How do I get the right number of pauses after a list in beamer?" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="683" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="674" CreationDate="2010-07-30T19:38:33.840" Score="26" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Keep in mind that by doing this you will be doing one or more of the following: annoying the reviewers, making your paper less readable, shooting yourself in the foot.  I've been know to play these tricks when I need to reduce it by a line or two, but 10% is pushing the limits.  Its even worse if its a grant proposal.  It may just be rejected out of hand, with no recourse.  Part of being a good researcher is knowing how to write concisely, and knowing what can be left out.   &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="16" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T19:38:33.840" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="684" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="682" CreationDate="2010-07-30T19:46:13.447" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Without the &lt;code&gt;\pause&lt;/code&gt; command, &lt;code&gt;On the first or third slide&lt;/code&gt; has no specification for when to appear, which means it always appears.  With the &lt;code&gt;\pause&lt;/code&gt; command, it uncovers the list items one at a time until they are all uncovered, and then pauses again, which is why you have the repeat slide (since nothing changes between uncovering the last item and pausing).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The solution is to specify when you want the items after the list to appear.  One method of accomplishing this is to surround it with an &lt;code&gt;\uncover&lt;/code&gt; command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;\begin{itemize}[&amp;lt;+-&amp;gt;]&#xA;\item On the first slide&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;\uncover&amp;lt;+-&amp;gt;{&#xA;On the second slide&#xA;}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;In response to your edit, here's another way to solve your problem.  You are using &lt;code&gt;\pause&lt;/code&gt; in combination with the list option &lt;code&gt;[&amp;lt;+-&amp;gt;]&lt;/code&gt;, which adds its own pauses and so results in double pauses sometimes.  If you really prefer to not give up &lt;code&gt;\pause&lt;/code&gt;, then you can fix your example's behaviour by using it exclusively:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;On the first slide&#xA;\pause&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;  \item On the second slide.&#xA;    \pause On the third slide&#xA;  \pause\item On the fourth slide&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This also works in your first example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;  \item On the first slide&#xA;  \pause\item On the second slide&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;\pause On the third slide&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The potential down side of this approach is that &lt;code&gt;\pause&lt;/code&gt; stops &lt;em&gt;everything&lt;/em&gt; after it on the current frame from appearing until the pause has passed, even if you specify that it should appear earlier.  For example,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;Here are important points:&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;  \item Point on Slide 1&#xA;  \pause\item Point on Slide 2&#xA;  \pause\item Point on Slide 3&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;\uncover&amp;lt;1-3&amp;gt;{&#xA;  I want to emphasize this on every slide:\\&#xA;  Always remember these points!\\&#xA;  (But it only appears on the third slide)&#xA;}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, with less code you can achieve this effect simply:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;Here are important points:&#xA;\begin{itemize}[&amp;lt;+-&amp;gt;]&#xA;  \item Point on Slide 1&#xA;  \item Point on Slide 2&#xA;  \item Point on Slide 3&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;Always remember these points!&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="32" LastEditorUserId="32" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-02T19:03:37.267" LastActivityDate="2010-08-02T19:03:37.267" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="685" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="528" CreationDate="2010-07-30T20:06:20.137" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/pracjourn/2006-4/flynn/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Flynn (2006)&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.latex-project.org/guides/clsguide.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;clsguide&lt;/a&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="100" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T20:06:20.137" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-30T20:06:20.137" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="686" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="692" CreationDate="2010-07-30T20:37:34.493" Score="18" ViewCount="421" Body="&lt;p&gt;When creating presentations in beamer, those little symbols that you can click on and will take you to different parts of your presentation are automatically included on your slides.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't like that, but decided not to try and change it for now. The problem is that when I gave my presentation to my supervisor to revise, the first thing he did was cross the symbols out in red, meaning: take this out!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What should I do? Is there an easy command to get rid of those symbols or do I have to change the theme of my presentation to get rid of the symbols?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="14" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-15T23:19:21.820" LastActivityDate="2010-08-15T23:19:21.820" Title="How to get rid of navigation symbols in beamer?" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;navigation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="687" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="553" CreationDate="2010-07-30T20:38:45.520" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I save my documents in an SVN repository. The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/svn.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;svn&lt;/a&gt; package helps to extract some informations out of the version control system. The document has somewhere a hint what revision number and what date it is. For this you have to set svn keywords and declare in your LaTeX document what you need:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\SVN $LastChangedRevision$&#xA;\SVN $LastChangedDate$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Wihtin the document you can refer to that information with &lt;code&gt;\SVNLastChangedRevision&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\SVNDate&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="201" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-31T04:37:48.413" LastActivityDate="2010-07-31T04:37:48.413" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-30T20:38:45.520" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="688" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="686" CreationDate="2010-07-30T20:41:44.763" Score="22" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It can be done with one quick command!  Just put&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setbeamertemplate{navigation symbols}{}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;before your &lt;code&gt;\begin{document}&lt;/code&gt; to clear the navigation symbols.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="32" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T20:41:44.763" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="689" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="691" CreationDate="2010-07-30T20:42:27.400" Score="9" ViewCount="566" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have seen presentations in Power Point which contain a timer. Can this be done in Beamer using a simple command, or maybe a package? If not a timer, is it possible to at least get a clock on your slides?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="14" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T14:12:11.657" Title="Is there a way to add a timer to a Beamer presentation?" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="691" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="689" CreationDate="2010-07-30T20:48:59.520" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;See the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/pkg/tdclock/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tdclock&lt;/a&gt; package, for which there is a &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/tdclock/tdclock-beamer-example.tex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;demo beamer tex file&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/tdclock/tdclock-beamer-example.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;resulting pdf&lt;/a&gt; (works only with Adobe Reader, I think).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-30T21:20:43.607" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T21:20:43.607" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="692" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="686" CreationDate="2010-07-30T20:56:31.093" Score="19" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In addition to Michael's way, there is the slightly different&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\beamertemplatenavigationsymbolsempty&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;that I've been using in my preambles.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="93" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-30T21:09:11.860" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T21:09:11.860" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="693" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="674" CreationDate="2010-07-30T21:06:18.887" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You might want to consider using a document class that is more space-efficient than &lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt;. I have fairly often used &lt;code&gt;amsart&lt;/code&gt; – I think it looks reasonably good, and it doesn't waste as much space as &lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="100" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T21:06:18.887" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="694" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="674" CreationDate="2010-07-30T21:10:37.427" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For 'squeezing' material of any kind, the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/pkg/savetrees&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;savetrees&lt;/a&gt; package is often a good place to start. It has a number of levels of squeezing, but even if you don't use the package you can pick up some tips from there. (I'm also agree with the other answers about worrying about the wisdom of looking for this much of a squeeze.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T21:10:37.427" />
  <row Id="695" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="674" CreationDate="2010-07-30T21:12:57.283" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the &lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt; class, I think the output of &lt;code&gt;\maketitle&lt;/code&gt; is both ugly and wastes too much space in a short document. If you don't want to use another document class, a simple solution is to design your own replacement of &lt;code&gt;\maketitle&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you don't want to worry about creating your own &lt;code&gt;\maketitle&lt;/code&gt; macro, you can simply omit commands such as &lt;code&gt;\title&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\maketitle&lt;/code&gt; and hard-code the title by using, e.g., &lt;code&gt;center&lt;/code&gt; environment, appropriate font selection commands, and &lt;code&gt;\vspace&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="100" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T21:12:57.283" />
  <row Id="696" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="109" CreationDate="2010-07-30T21:29:46.793" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm assuming you have TeX Live installed, so will have the file 'luatex.ini'. You need that (&lt;em&gt;i.e.&lt;/em&gt; copy to where you are going to generate your format file), as it specifies how to build the format. You should then be able to do&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;luatex -ini luatex.ini&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to build the format file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-31T05:30:17.087" LastActivityDate="2010-07-31T05:30:17.087" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="697" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="656" CreationDate="2010-07-30T22:01:38.850" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I went with:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{abstract}&#xA; This is cool paper about vuvuzelas.&#xA;\end{abstract}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand{\abstractname}{Acknowledgements}&#xA;\begin{abstract}&#xA; Thanks Mum!&#xA;\end{abstract}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This way both look similar and good.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="137" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T22:01:38.850" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="698" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-07-30T22:05:49.283" Score="27" ViewCount="964" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have been trying to encourage my students to use TeX in writing up homework, especially in early math major courses, like intro to proofs, where the typesetting is not too arduous.  I have had very limited success with students taking it up.  Does anyone else encourage/require assignments to be typeset?  What strategies have worked best for you?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="200" LastActivityDate="2010-08-27T00:43:39.210" Title="How to encourage TeX as a homework medium" Tags="&lt;soft-question&gt;&lt;teaching&gt;" AnswerCount="9" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="7" />
  <row Id="699" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="628" CreationDate="2010-07-30T22:09:43.463" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One problem with bib-tex is the need for lots of extra {} to get the formatting of titles correct.  I find this, personally, to be quite frustrating, and amsrefs is much nicer in this regard.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="200" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T22:09:43.463" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="700" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="698" CreationDate="2010-07-30T22:13:45.330" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;All of my reports were typeset in LaTeX in university. Only once I've tried to typeset math homework using LaTeX and it was a pain. It was much quicker to write up the answers on paper than to do context switching between typing up LaTeX, thinking &amp;amp; waiting/viewing the results.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One way would be to have an interactive web2.0 website to submit LaTeX typeset answer with automatic rendering. Gradually making the students love LaTeX syntax.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've started out with LaTeX with a small &quot;LaTeXiT&quot; app on macos which would render equations into pngs and allow me to drag and drop them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Later on you can introduce ready-made templates for question answers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(this is from student perspective what might have made me take up latex earlier on.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And be nice and release your document. All of my professors refuse to give me latex sources citing that sources are &lt;em&gt;theirs&lt;/em&gt;. Make these sources licensed under creative commons and put them on something like &lt;a href=&quot;http://docs.latexlab.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://docs.latexlab.org/&lt;/a&gt; to allow students &quot;fix&quot; lecture notes =)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="137" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T22:13:45.330" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="701" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="689" CreationDate="2010-07-30T22:32:38.903" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To get a nice &quot;presenter display&quot; (dual monitor support, clock and timer, displaying the following slide, etc.), I have used the following solution:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.cs.hmc.edu/~oneill/freesoftware/pdftokeynote.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;PDF to Keynote&lt;/a&gt; to convert the output of Beamer into Keynote format.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Then simply use Keynote to give the presentation.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Works very well in practice; quick and easy. Of course this approach requires Mac OS X.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="100" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T22:32:38.903" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="702" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="749" CreationDate="2010-07-30T22:41:25.103" Score="12" ViewCount="205" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to add vertical space, but only if that much vertical space has not already been added? In other words, to say &quot;put a minimum of &lt;em&gt;X&lt;/em&gt; points of space here, and if some other command has already put in &lt;em&gt;X&lt;/em&gt; or more points, do nothing&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, I have a command which creates a blank line and then begins a paragraph, but it puts in too much space when used after a section heading, since the section heading already puts in its own space.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="27" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-02T09:23:56.773" LastActivityDate="2010-09-02T09:23:56.773" Title="Adding a &quot;minimum&quot; vertical space" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="703" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="674" CreationDate="2010-07-30T22:49:37.683" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I'm reviewing conference papers, I don't mind limited margin/font/spacing abuse to get the paper under the limit; my favorite is to make the font size in the references smaller, or eliminate blank lines from the references. However, such abuse which affects the readability of the paper in any meaningful way would earn an immediate rejection recommendation from me, and a 9% reduction (if you really do have a full page to go) really is quite a lot to expect from this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And for the camera-ready copy, such tactics are totally unacceptable if they're noticeable at all.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Really, the only correct answer is &quot;edit it more&quot;. Having been there numerous times, I am 100% sure you can edit the paper down another page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perhaps you could say which conference you are submitting to. If it's an ACM conference, I might be able to give more advice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="27" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T22:49:37.683" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="704" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="674" CreationDate="2010-07-30T23:11:59.177" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I generally don't like to fiddle with fonts, margin or spacing because it can look very ugly, many journals and conferences explicitly ask you not to do this, and it just feels kind of cheating.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Having said that, I &lt;em&gt;do&lt;/em&gt; have a cheat which I usually apply when I need to squeeze a few extra lines in the paper (specially if I just have little time before the deadline): Go looking for paragraphs that end with a few words (maybe up to three or four) on its last line, and try to edit those paragraphs first. See if you can somehow reword things or cut some adjective here or there so that you can kill those maybe three words and get a whole extra line for your paper!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some other more obvious tricks: if you have displayed formulas, consider if you can have them inlined with the text instead, and if you have figures consider scaling them down a bit.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-07-30T23:11:59.177" />
  <row Id="705" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="706" CreationDate="2010-07-30T23:12:16.320" Score="6" ViewCount="279" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I am working on a big document, I find the srcltx package to be extremely useful. However, I also really like the hyperref package. Is it possible to use both?  In particular, is there a way to use ForwardDVI and inverse search with PDFLaTeX?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="200" LastEditorUserId="1189" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-19T21:19:46.890" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T21:54:14.793" Title="Is there a &quot;ForwardPDF&quot; tool available?" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;tools&gt;&lt;srcltx&gt;&lt;forward-search&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="706" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="705" CreationDate="2010-07-30T23:50:08.410" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If using pdflatex you should switch to using the SyncTeX patch (included in pdfTeX 3.1415926-1.40.8 and later), which is generally enabled with the flag &lt;code&gt;-synctex=1&lt;/code&gt; (TeX live 2010 and MiKTeX 2.8/2.9, at least).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Not all PDF viewers support it yet though. &#xA;You can see it working in TexWorks IDE. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="185" LastEditorUserId="1189" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-19T21:54:14.793" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T21:54:14.793" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="707" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="553" CreationDate="2010-07-31T00:14:49.733" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/url&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;url&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; to typeset urls.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="36" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-21T22:17:04.863" LastActivityDate="2010-11-21T22:17:04.863" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-31T00:14:49.733" />
  <row Id="708" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="698" CreationDate="2010-07-31T00:19:52.767" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I tried this in my real analysis class this past spring with limited success. I required my students to type at least one of their solutions using LaTeX for the first several homework assignments and then bumped it up to two solutions later in the semester. A few students fell in love and were turning in their entire homework set in LaTeX by the third week while others conveniently ignored the requirement most weeks and then turned in several LaTeXed problems every few weeks to make up for their lack. Since they were all required to turn in a LaTeXed paper for the end-of-semester project, they knew they had to learn it at some point. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To get them started, I had them install TeXnicCenter and did a 10-minute introduction to LaTeX during the first week of class. I also posted a .tex file with comments on my website for them and posted the homework assignment each week as a .tex file so that they could just fill in their solutions without worrying about document setup.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since each of my students had a college-issued laptop, if they were having problems that seemed machine-specific, they could just bring the laptop to me and we could troubleshoot together. I also started having them submit their .tex files so that I could see what their code looked like and comment on it. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am very interested in how other people approach this (I think you're correct that starting in an intro to proofs class or an early class is the best way to go) since I think I only convinced about half my students to really learn LaTeX and see it as the only way to type mathematics. It doesn't help that they were all given extra credit in calculus for typing their homework in Word. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a &lt;a href=&quot;http://campus.houghton.edu/webs/employees/RYates/LaTeXStartUp.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;document&lt;/a&gt; that I wrote for this coming semester in hopes of encouraging my students to use TeX. I'm going to give them templates for their first few homework assignments as well. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="61" LastEditorUserId="61" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-26T20:12:11.017" LastActivityDate="2010-08-26T20:12:11.017" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="709" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="265" CreationDate="2010-07-31T00:23:29.887" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\resizebox&lt;/code&gt; command (from &lt;code&gt;graphicx&lt;/code&gt; package) is convenient if you want to produce, e.g., a title that fills the entire page width:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\resizebox{\linewidth}{!}{\itshape Foo!}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="100" LastActivityDate="2010-07-31T00:23:29.887" />
  <row Id="710" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="705" CreationDate="2010-07-31T03:16:04.633" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://blog.kowalczyk.info/software/sumatrapdf/index.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;SumatraPDF&lt;/a&gt; allows forward and inverse searching, but is Windows only. It works seamlessly with MikTeX 2.8 and WinEdt 6.0. I haven't tried it with TeXLive or other windows editors.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="143" LastActivityDate="2010-07-31T03:16:04.633" />
  <row Id="711" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="674" CreationDate="2010-07-31T03:19:27.130" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I described several tools for this at &lt;a href=&quot;http://robjhyndman.com/researchtips/squeezing-space-with-latex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;my blog&lt;/a&gt; a few months ago.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Update: I have copied and pasted my post below.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Make your text block as big as possible. The simplest way to do that is using the geometry package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[text={16cm,24cm}]{geometry}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Use a compact font such as Times Roman:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{mathptmx}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Remove the spacing between paragraphs and have a small paragraph indentation&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setlength{\parskip}{0cm}&#xA;\setlength{\parindent}{1em}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Remove space around section headings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[compact]{titlesec}&#xA;\titlespacing{\section}{0pt}{2ex}{1ex}&#xA;\titlespacing{\subsection}{0pt}{1ex}{0ex}&#xA;\titlespacing{\subsubsection}{0pt}{0.5ex}{0ex}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Beware of enumerated and itemized lists. Instead, replace them with compact lists.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{paralist}&#xA;\begin{compactitem}&#xA;\item ...&#xA;\end{compactitem}&#xA;\begin{compactenum}&#xA;\item ...&#xA;\end{compactenum}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are allowed, switching to double column can save heaps of space.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{multicols}&#xA;\begin{multicols}{2}&#xA;...&#xA;\end{multicols}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If the rules say 12pt, you can usu ally get away with 11.5pt with out anyone noticing:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{document}\fontsize{11.5}{14}\rm&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When you get desperate, you can squeeze the inter-line spacing using&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\linespread{0.9}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="143" LastEditorUserId="143" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-03T10:37:28.343" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T10:37:28.343" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="712" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="492" CreationDate="2010-07-31T04:45:41.633" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think one of the issues here is that font installation is &lt;em&gt;very&lt;/em&gt; complicated, and so there is only really a 'programmers' solution. (That is to say there is no simple answer, so you have to be prepared to learn a lot of low-level stuff to get it to work.) One of the clearest descriptions, at least for Type 1 fonts, is written by Lehmann: &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/info/Type1fonts/fontinstallationguide/fontinstallationguide.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://mirror.ctan.org/info/Type1fonts/fontinstallationguide/fontinstallationguide.pdf&lt;/a&gt;. Other than that, I'm afraid you have to read the fontinst stuff (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/applications/fontinst/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tug.org/applications/fontinst/&lt;/a&gt;), but from your question I guess you already have and found it to be wanting.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-31T06:07:57.827" LastActivityDate="2010-07-31T06:07:57.827" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="713" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="719" CreationDate="2010-07-31T08:49:09.690" Score="3" ViewCount="173" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to write HMX_Y, and because someone out there (mr. or ms. TeX) thinks this is a math notation, I have to use verbatim function to convince him (or her) otherwise. So far I've been using examplep package and the command &lt;code&gt;\Q{HMX_Y}&lt;/code&gt;. However I would like the text to be in the same style and font as the rest of the document (and not in typewriter style). Any tips how to do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is the line where I'm trying to set the fonts to normal (as examplep documentation suggests) but I must be doing something wrong (as it's not working).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[Q=yes, url=yes, source-verbatimfont=normalfont]{examplep}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any help much appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="72" LastActivityDate="2010-07-31T10:35:58.567" Title="help me write verbatim" Tags="&lt;verbatim&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="715" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="713" CreationDate="2010-07-31T09:42:47.463" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;See &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=underscore&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=underscore&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Short summary: in textmode you can use &lt;code&gt;\textunderscore&lt;/code&gt; to get the underscore, but you should make sure to set your &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/664/why-should-i-use-usepackaget1fontenc&quot;&gt;font encoding to &lt;code&gt;T1&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; because the default encoding does not have the underscore character. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also use the &lt;code&gt;underscore&lt;/code&gt; package &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.cs.trinity.edu/Other_Attractions/tex-doc/help/Catalogue/entries/underscore.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; to simplify typing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastActivityDate="2010-07-31T09:42:47.463" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="716" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="265" CreationDate="2010-07-31T09:48:41.317" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you use Type 1 fonts (e.g., package &lt;code&gt;mathptmx&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;mathpazo&lt;/code&gt;), you can simply use the &lt;code&gt;\fontsize&lt;/code&gt; command with large point sizes:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{\fontsize{50}{60}\selectfont Foo!}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="100" LastActivityDate="2010-07-31T09:48:41.317" />
  <row Id="717" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="698" CreationDate="2010-07-31T10:27:07.933" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's one idea: you could create a one-page cheat sheet listing some basic LaTeX commands, including the notation that will come up in the class. You could send them the source and make compiling it an assignment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="52" LastActivityDate="2010-07-31T10:27:07.933" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="718" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="713" CreationDate="2010-07-31T10:27:50.773" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Reading the documentation of the &lt;code&gt;examplep&lt;/code&gt; package it seems that the option you actually need is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;pverb-verbatimfont=normalfont&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;however, it doesn't work. The package complains that &lt;code&gt;normalfont&lt;/code&gt; is not a valid option. Furthermore, even hacking into &lt;code&gt;\pexa@@verbatimfont&lt;/code&gt; and redefining it to &lt;code&gt;\normalfont&lt;/code&gt; doesn't work either, because (as Willie Wong pointed out) the default font encoding doesn't have an underscore character there!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Indeed, &lt;code&gt;underscore&lt;/code&gt; is the package you're looking for, but you might want to consider submitting a bug report to the author of &lt;code&gt;examplep&lt;/code&gt; nevertheless.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-07-31T10:27:50.773" />
  <row Id="719" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="713" CreationDate="2010-07-31T10:35:58.567" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Of course, you can also just type &lt;code&gt;HMX\_Y&lt;/code&gt; when you're in text mode to get the underscore (which is even shorter than &lt;code&gt;\Q{HMX_Y}&lt;/code&gt;!)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Probably you already knew that, and your question was about how &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; to type the &lt;code&gt;\&lt;/code&gt; before the underscore, but I still wanted to point out the most simple solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-07-31T10:35:58.567" />
  <row Id="720" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="721" CreationDate="2010-07-31T10:51:37.813" Score="11" ViewCount="573" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.stixfonts.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;STIX Fonts Project&lt;/a&gt; would provide consistent fonts for some things that are currently missing in LaTeX (e.g. lowercase &lt;code&gt;\mathcal&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\mathbb&lt;/code&gt;). The website says LaTeX support &quot;will follow in 2011&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Until then is there some way to already use the fonts? Maybe using &lt;code&gt;xelatex&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T19:10:33.223" Title="Is it already possible to use the STIX fonts?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="721" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="720" CreationDate="2010-07-31T10:59:08.253" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try the xits package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://typophile.com/node/71171&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Announcement by Khaled Hosny&lt;/a&gt;,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/xits&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;CTAN&lt;/a&gt;,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://github.com/khaledhosny/xits-math/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;XTIS font project&lt;/a&gt; on github.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-07-31T10:59:08.253" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="722" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="553" CreationDate="2010-07-31T11:24:25.063" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In addition to many packages already listed here, I always include &lt;code&gt;mathtools&lt;/code&gt;. It provides implementations of &lt;code&gt;\mathclap&lt;/code&gt; (and similar commands) as well as nice extensible arrow.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-07-31T11:24:25.063" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-31T11:24:25.063" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="723" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="726" CreationDate="2010-07-31T12:27:24.490" Score="5" ViewCount="959" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know that it can be done with graphics packages like &lt;code&gt;TikZ&lt;/code&gt;, but it seems to be a bit of an overkill. And for those &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; already familiar with the &lt;code&gt;TikZ&lt;/code&gt; system, learning it can be a bit of a barrier. So my question is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Assuming the advanced graphics capabilities are not necessary, and I just need a bare-bones flow chart (which should be implementable just using the &lt;code&gt;picture&lt;/code&gt; environment), is there a LaTeX package for simply making a flow chart?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-02T18:02:39.343" LastActivityDate="2010-09-02T18:02:39.343" Title="How to typeset flowcharts in LaTeX?" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="724" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="723" CreationDate="2010-07-31T12:48:43.230" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've never used it, but there seems to be the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/flow/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;flow&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/flow/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;program&lt;/a&gt; which produces a flowchart for the picture environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-07-31T12:48:43.230" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="725" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="745" CreationDate="2010-07-31T13:13:30.327" Score="9" ViewCount="171" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was reading the first &lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/664/why-should-i-use-usepackaget1fontenc/677#677&quot;&gt;answer&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; to this question: &lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/664/why-should-i-use-usepackaget1fontenc&quot;&gt;Why should I use \usepackage[T1]{fontenc}?&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[...] the default font encoding (OT1) of TeX&#xA;  is 7-bit and uses fonts that have 128&#xA;  glyphs, and so do not include the&#xA;  accented characters as individual&#xA;  glyphs. So a letter ö is made by&#xA;  adding an accent to the existing 'o'&#xA;  glyph. This means, among other things,&#xA;  that &lt;strong&gt;words containing accented&#xA;  characters cannot be automatically&#xA;  hyphenated&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can't see what is the relationship between the fact that a character like 'ö' has to be made from two different glyphs (the 'o' glyph and the accent glyph), and automatic hyphenation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="165" LastActivityDate="2010-07-31T22:09:17.543" Title="Why words with accented characters can't be automatic hyphenated with the default OT1 enconding?" Tags="&lt;hyphenation&gt;&lt;fontenc&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="726" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="723" CreationDate="2010-07-31T13:23:13.190" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;h1&gt;Pstricks with pst-matrix&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This will require you to atleast be tiny-bit familiar with pstricks. You layout nodes in a pstmatrix and connect them up. More info and examples here &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/PSTricks/main.cgi?file=pst-node/psmatrix/psmatrix#flowchart&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://tug.org/PSTricks/main.cgi?file=pst-node/psmatrix/psmatrix#flowchart&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Tikz&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;IMHO it is easier and better than previous one. Since you can design a few node styles (1-3 lines) and then possition nodes relative to each other (above, right, below, north east, etc) and connect them up with cool arrows in one go (A -- B -- C -- D) with an appropriate style the arrows will be automagic.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can use tikz matrix library for a more rigid control of node positioning. See &lt;code&gt;texdoc tikz&lt;/code&gt; for the excellent tutorial on how to do simple -&gt; advanced flowchart.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Dia&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can use Dia (&lt;a href=&quot;http://projects.gnome.org/dia/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;website&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://dia-installer.de/index_en.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;windows installer&lt;/a&gt;) for a point-and-click solution. It has a few different TeX exporters (pstricks, metapost and pgf/tikz)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Graphviz&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can use powerful graphviz / dot language to generate auto-layout for diagrams. This works very well for both small and large datasets. Although you have much less control in &quot;alligning&quot; nodes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The website is &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.graphviz.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;. There are a few solutions to &quot;integrate&quot; dot diagrams with LaTeX. See &lt;a href=&quot;http://mark.aufflick.com/blog/2007/03/25/embedding-graphviz-in-latex-documents&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.fauskes.net/code/dot2tex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; and finally &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.graphviz.org/Resources.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Other&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Like with any graphics you can create a flowchart in inkscape/OO.o etc and just do &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt; in your document. If you fancy that. Very depends on your needs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ps. /me is a TikZ fan =)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="137" LastEditorUserId="137" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-31T14:20:56.747" LastActivityDate="2010-07-31T14:20:56.747" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="727" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="833" CreationDate="2010-07-31T13:30:56.697" Score="14" ViewCount="155" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to somehow use LaTeX to automatically number constants. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Some background&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As a mathematician, in my daily work there are a lot of throw-away constants which are not extremely important in the discourse. So I will sometimes write inequalities like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[ f(x) \leq c_1 g(x) \leq c_2 (g'(x) + h(x)^2 -3) \leq c_3 \int h(x)^2 \]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since the constants themselves tend not to be important, to conserve alphabets, I call them all 'c' with a subscript. Now, it is a bit of a hassle to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;keep track manually which numbers I've used up to a given point in the paper, especially if I am working on a large document&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;renumber the constants if I modified an argument. Say if I remove the middle inequality from the example above, for aesthetic purposes it'd much better to have &lt;code&gt;\[ f(x) \leq c_1 g(x) \leq c_2 \int h(x)^2 \]&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;c_3&lt;/code&gt; in the last term. But then I'd have to go back through the document to renumber &lt;em&gt;all&lt;/em&gt; the constants. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now sometimes I can solve the problem using the convention that 'c' with no subscripts stands for a constant that can change from line to line. But often that is not feasible (suppose I do need to refer to individual of those constants and verify that they are indeed 'constant' enough for my purpose). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;What I'd like&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now I am aware of the &lt;code&gt;newcounter&lt;/code&gt; command to define a new counter. I even know how to use it to automatically increment the counter. So I can define a command that prints &lt;code&gt;c_\thecounter&lt;/code&gt; and increments the counter so I get a running list of constants. So that solves half the problem. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The other half of the problem that I don't know how to deal with is how to &lt;em&gt;refer&lt;/em&gt; to a constant defined previously. Naively using &lt;code&gt;label&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;ref&lt;/code&gt;, of course, doesn't work. (I actually don't quite understand the inner workings of those two commands; so an explanation of why they don't work will also be helpful.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As an illustration of what I'd like, it'd be great to have a pair of commands &lt;code&gt;\newconstant&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\oldconstant&lt;/code&gt; which can be used like this&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% Create some new constants&#xA;\[ f(x) \leq \newconstant g(X) \leq \newconstant h(x) \]&#xA;% Create a new constant with a label&#xA;\[ m \geq \newconstant[cnst:m] m' \]&#xA;% Refer to an already defined constant&#xA;The constant $\oldconstant{cnst:m}$ defined above is actually 1. &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which will display something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;f(x) &amp;lt;= c_1 g(x) &amp;lt;= c_2 h(x)&#xA;m &amp;gt;= c_3 m'&#xA;The constant c_3 defined above is actually 1&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I know how to do is to define, say&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcounter{cnstcnt}&#xA;\newcommand{\newconstant}{\ensuremath{c_\thecnstcnt}\addtocounter{cnstcnt}{1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and this will print the running list. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Is there already a package that does this? If not is there a way to get the behaviour I described? (Especially the ability to refer back to a previous constant.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastActivityDate="2010-08-02T17:00:18.093" Title="Automatically numbering constants" Tags="&lt;automation&gt;&lt;counters&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="728" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="727" CreationDate="2010-07-31T13:59:52.120" Score="18" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using &lt;code&gt;\refstepcounter&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\addtocounter{...}{1}&lt;/code&gt; will make &lt;code&gt;\ref&lt;/code&gt; work:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcounter{cnstcnt}&#xA;\newcommand{\newconstant}{%&#xA;\refstepcounter{cnstcnt}%&#xA;\ensuremath{c_\thecnstcnt}}&#xA;\newcommand{\oldconstant}[1]{\ensuremath{c_{\ref{#1}}}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\newconstant\label{first}&#xA;\oldconstant{first}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="85" LastEditorUserId="85" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-31T14:06:37.530" LastActivityDate="2010-07-31T14:06:37.530" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="729" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="725" CreationDate="2010-07-31T14:13:37.983" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I might not be correct, but hyphenation patterns are per-language. If you are typing up in English your hyphenation patterns will be for English language. These patters do not include accented characters since, English doesn't have those characters. So if you really want to hyphenate a word with accented character you need to tell babel to change to that language for one word, and change it back to English afterwords. This will also mean that you will have to typeset the accented character the way that particular language prefers it. Also if you really care about it there are many languages based on the Latin alphabet and if you start mixing for example English and Latvian words you can get the wrong hyphenation in the other language.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="137" LastActivityDate="2010-07-31T14:13:37.983" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="730" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="328" CreationDate="2010-07-31T14:41:48.070" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have to experience in this type of music. But it seems that you want some fancy align/verbantim stuff to typeset it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ideally a new package needs to be designed for this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I seems that ConTeXt with Auctex and table editing mode can greatly simplify such typesetting for you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Samples:     &lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.contextgarden.net/TABLE&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://wiki.contextgarden.net/TABLE&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Auctex help: &lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.contextgarden.net/More_AUCTeX&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://wiki.contextgarden.net/More_AUCTeX&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="137" LastActivityDate="2010-07-31T14:41:48.070" />
  <row Id="731" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="603" CreationDate="2010-07-31T14:53:10.697" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Based on the free math font survey &lt;code&gt;texdoc free-math-font-survey&lt;/code&gt; and their sources from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/Free_Math_Font_Survey/en/source/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;. This was done via loading a &quot;math font&quot; package. That is a packaged font which is encapsulated and tuned to be used for math. e.g. &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{mathpazo}&lt;/code&gt; So either that font needs additional packaging, or you can browse these other fonts in the survey and pick the one you like best.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From the chart included in that survey it looks like the author manages to mix a few math fonts to cover all symbols. Study that source and see if you can come up with better combination of packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="137" LastActivityDate="2010-07-31T14:53:10.697" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="732" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="761" CreationDate="2010-07-31T16:35:06.757" Score="3" ViewCount="161" Body="&lt;p&gt;I just installed a pretest version of TeXLive 2010 and tried compiling some files as a test.  None of my XeLaTeX files compile because apparently the command &lt;code&gt;\newfontinstance&lt;/code&gt; (which was defined in &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt;, if I remember correctly) no longer exists.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Reading the documentation (&lt;code&gt;texdoc fonstspec&lt;/code&gt;) I see that this is indeed the case and that there are now other commands such as &lt;code&gt;\fontspec&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\newfontfamily&lt;/code&gt;,...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Question&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is the minimal change I have to do to my XeLaTeX documents to get them to compile?  Is is simply a question of changing &lt;code&gt;\newfontinstance&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\newfontfamily&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Added&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It seems that making the above change works (insofar as the document compiles and looks alright), but I'd like confirmation that I'm doing the right thing.  Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="18" LastEditorUserId="18" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-07-31T16:41:32.973" LastActivityDate="2010-08-01T08:48:53.600" Title="Whatever happened to \newfontinstance?" Tags="&lt;fontspec&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;texlive&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="733" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="720" CreationDate="2010-07-31T16:57:27.650" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/texlive&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX Live 2010&lt;/a&gt; (and newer) includes all the prerequisites. So instead of manually installing all the necessary packages, you can just install that. For XeTeX, the fonts (currently) need to reside in the system font directory for easy access, so you might have to copy the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/xits/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;XITS otf files&lt;/a&gt; to &lt;code&gt;~/.fonts&lt;/code&gt; (or something similar).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since it might help other people too, I'll post how I got the XTIS fonts to work. This was my first time installing TeX packages by hand, so if I did anything in a non-standard or incorrect way please correct me. (I made this post community wiki, so you can edit it.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My system is Ubuntu 10.04 with TeXLive 2009 installed from the Ubuntu repositories. However something similar should also work on other operating systems (again, this is CW, so please add any instructions). I will install everything for use with XeTeX. There might be some changes for LuaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the following, replace ~/texmf by the output of &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$ kpsewhich --var-value TEXMFHOME&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$ kpsewhich --var-value TEXMFLOCAL&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First we will install current versions of some prerequisite packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$ mkdir ~/texmf&#xA;$ cd ~/texmf&#xA;$ wget http://mirror.ctan.org/install/macros/latex/contrib/fontspec.tds.zip&#xA;$ unzip fontspec.tds.zip&#xA;$ mkdir tex/xelatex&#xA;$ mv tex/latex/fontspec/ tex/xelatex/&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The last two lines are necessary, because otherwise &lt;code&gt;xelatex&lt;/code&gt; will select the old version already installed on the system, see &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/639/why-is-the-wrong-version-of-a-package-being-loaded/654#654&quot;&gt;Andrew's solution to his question&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$ cd ~/tmp&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(or whichever temporary directory you like)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$ wget http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/expl3.zip&#xA;$ unzip expl3.zip&#xA;$ cd expl3&#xA;$ tex l3.ins&#xA;$ mkdir ~/texmf/tex/latex/expl3&#xA;$ cp *.sty ~/texmf/tex/latex/expl3&#xA;&#xA;$ cd ..&#xA;$ wget http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/xpackages.zip&#xA;$ unzip xpackages.zip&#xA;$ cd xpackages/&#xA;$ tex xbase.ins &#xA;$ tex l3keys2e.ins&#xA;$ mkdir ~/texmf/tex/latex/xpackages&#xA;$ cp *.sty ~/texmf/tex/latex/xpackages/&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Next we will install &lt;code&gt;unicode-math&lt;/code&gt; from it's git repository. Alternatively you can download it from CTAN.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$ cd ..&#xA;$ git clone &quot;http://github.com/wspr/unicode-math.git&quot;&#xA;$ cd unicode-math/&#xA;$ tex unicode-math.dtx&#xA;$ mkdir ~/texmf/tex/latex/unicode-math&#xA;$ cp unicode-math.sty unicode-math-table.tex  ~/texmf/tex/latex/unicode-math/&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And now finally the XITS fonts. Instead of the git repository you can download them from &lt;a href=&quot;http://github.com/khaledhosny/xits-math/downloads&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://github.com/khaledhosny/xits-math/downloads&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$ cd ..&#xA;$ git clone git://github.com/khaledhosny/xits-math.git&#xA;$ cd xits-math/&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now install the &lt;code&gt;.otf&lt;/code&gt; files. I did this with Nautilus (the Gnome file manager), but I think you can just copy them to the &lt;code&gt;~/.fonts&lt;/code&gt; directory.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It only remains to tell TeX about the new packages:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$ sudo texhash&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To test if everything went right, compile something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{unicode-math}&#xA;\setmainfont{XITS}&#xA;\setmathfont{XITS Math}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;$\mathcal A = α²$&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;with &lt;code&gt;xelatex&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-06T19:10:33.223" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T19:10:33.223" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-31T16:57:27.650" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="734" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="698" CreationDate="2010-07-31T17:37:45.693" Score="27" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As a Mathematics/Engineering student approaching the end of my undergraduate career, I can say that typesetting my Homework was a pain until I had a nice refined template to use.  Based on my experiences, I would suggest the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Provide your students with a LaTeX template that they can use as a starting point for their homework.  Something that has nice features like a &quot;Problem&quot; environment that auto-increments question numbers and has support for sub-problems (parts, a, b, c, etc).  Bonus points for nice headers/footers that show the student's name, current problem and &quot;Continued on next page&quot; if the answer is long.  Providing a nice template eases the learning curve and can really sell some people on the elegance of TeX.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Absolutely, positively, provide the TeX sources to any assignment or notes page you hand out.  One of the most pointless, time-consuming activities I have been forced to undertake is copying problem statements out of a PDF, pasting them into my homework document, and then regenerating all the mathematical typesetting and enumeration markup that did not copy cleanly or at all.  Bonus points for using the homework template you developed to provide questions- then there is no copying and pasting, students just have to fill in the answer.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastActivityDate="2010-07-31T17:37:45.693" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="736" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="740" CreationDate="2010-07-31T19:56:09.180" Score="19" ViewCount="739" Body="&lt;p&gt;What's the difference? I know that &lt;code&gt;\pagebreak&lt;/code&gt; can take an optional argument that specifies how much a page break is desired, but is there any difference if the optional argument is not used?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="9" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-04T05:55:25.090" LastActivityDate="2011-01-29T01:25:23.407" Title="\pagebreak vs \newpage" Tags="&lt;page-breaking&gt;&lt;newpage&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="737" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="162" CreationDate="2010-07-31T20:17:35.697" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are also options on usenet: the newsgroups comp.text.tex, fr.comp.text.tex (French), de.comp.text.tex (German) are also places where questions can be asked. Moreover, announcements about new and updated packages are also sent there.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="87" LastActivityDate="2010-07-31T20:17:35.697" />
  <row Id="738" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="736" CreationDate="2010-07-31T20:20:12.787" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pagebreak&lt;/code&gt; tries to make the page the same height as other pages if it's possible (by stretching intervals between paragraphs etc) and &lt;code&gt;\newpage&lt;/code&gt; just fills the page with empty space.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="85" LastActivityDate="2010-07-31T20:20:12.787" />
  <row Id="739" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="736" CreationDate="2010-07-31T20:21:38.447" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newpage&lt;/code&gt; forces a new page at the point at which it occurs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pagebreak&lt;/code&gt; without options forces a new page at the end of the line in which it occurs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="93" LastActivityDate="2010-07-31T20:21:38.447" />
  <row Id="740" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="736" CreationDate="2010-07-31T20:23:06.197" Score="25" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Both commands start a new page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If the optional argument is not used, &lt;code&gt;\pagebreak&lt;/code&gt; will start a new page and the paragraphs of the old page will be spread out so that the old page will not look like the end of a chapter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With &lt;code&gt;\newpage&lt;/code&gt;, on the other hand, the old page will have the blank space at the bottom, because the paragraphs will stick together as if the chapter had ended there.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://help-csli.stanford.edu/tex/latex-pagebreaks.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;This&lt;/a&gt; link will be useful, and the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/9852/what-is-the-difference-between-page-break-and-new-page/9855#9855&quot;&gt;answer to a duplicate question&lt;/a&gt; (that was migrated from SO to this site later) gives the following example:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://dl.getdropbox.com/u/1885087/pagebreak.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="14" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-29T01:25:23.407" LastActivityDate="2011-01-29T01:25:23.407" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="741" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="742" CreationDate="2010-07-31T20:30:07.583" Score="10" ViewCount="530" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to automatically use roman numeral numbering for introduction pages and introductory tables, which would then switch to arabic numerals for the rest of the document?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="142" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-30T11:21:12.710" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T11:21:12.710" Title="Roman numeral numbering for introductions" Tags="&lt;numbering&gt;&lt;book-design&gt;&lt;front-matter&gt;&lt;page-numbering&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="742" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="741" CreationDate="2010-07-31T20:35:43.453" Score="14" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you are using the &lt;code&gt;book&lt;/code&gt; class, start your document with &lt;code&gt;\frontmatter&lt;/code&gt;. This changes the numbering to roman numerals. Then mark the main part of with &lt;code&gt;\mainmatter&lt;/code&gt;. There are also &lt;code&gt;\appendix&lt;/code&gt; (which changes the chapter numbering to uppercase letters) and &lt;code&gt;\backmatter&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-07-31T20:35:43.453" />
  <row Id="743" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="528" CreationDate="2010-07-31T20:41:37.417" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;em&gt;LaTeX Companion&lt;/em&gt;[1] has a chapter on writing package/class files.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: The table of content is &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.latex-project.org/guides/tlc2-ch0.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;available online&lt;/a&gt;. The relevant chapter is Appendix A and in particular Section A.4. The style of the chapter is pretty much the same as the style of the rest of the book (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.latex-project.org/guides/tlc2-ch3.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Chapter 3 is available online&lt;/a&gt;) with all needed commands explained in some details and with lots of examples (and counterexamples).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[1] F. Mittelbach and M. Goossens, The LaTeX Companion. Addison-Wesley 2004&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-01T20:38:57.520" LastActivityDate="2010-08-01T20:38:57.520" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-07-31T20:41:37.417" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="744" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1782" CreationDate="2010-07-31T20:47:38.073" Score="6" ViewCount="320" Body="&lt;p&gt;I can't seem to make my math come out in bold using the &lt;code&gt;mathspec&lt;/code&gt; package. Consider this example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{mathspec}&#xA;\setallmainfonts{Times New Roman}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\textbf{This line should all be bold: {\boldmath $17^2 = 289$}.}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When compiled, it gives:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://imgur.com/fvP04.png&quot; alt=&quot;bm&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If &lt;code&gt;mathspec&lt;/code&gt; is not used, then the math is bold, like it should be. How can I make my custom-font math bold as well?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="9" LastActivityDate="2010-08-15T20:27:29.897" Title="Bold math using mathspec" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;mathspec&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="745" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="725" CreationDate="2010-07-31T22:09:17.543" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=hyphenaccents&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;FAQ 1&lt;/a&gt;: &quot;TeX’s algorithm for hyphenation gives up when it encounters an \accent command&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=hyphen&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;FAQ 2&lt;/a&gt;: &quot;The candidates for hyphenation must be sequences of letters (or other single characters that TeX may be persuaded to think of as letters) — things such as TeX’s \accent primitive interrupt hyphenation.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="100" LastActivityDate="2010-07-31T22:09:17.543" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="746" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="162" CreationDate="2010-07-31T22:36:37.363" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;#latex&lt;/code&gt; IRC channel on freenode.net has some extremely knowledgeable people on it. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="185" LastActivityDate="2010-07-31T22:36:37.363" />
  <row Id="747" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="162" CreationDate="2010-07-31T22:46:26.307" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For drawing figures using TikZ &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;texample&lt;/a&gt; is a great resource for examples, complete with code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastActivityDate="2010-07-31T22:46:26.307" />
  <row Id="749" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="702" CreationDate="2010-07-31T23:19:32.603" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sounds like &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/texlive/Contents/live/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.html#g_t_005caddvspace&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;\addvspace&lt;/a&gt; is the command that you are looking for. Simply use &lt;code&gt;\addvspace&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\vspace&lt;/code&gt; and you will get the &lt;em&gt;maximum&lt;/em&gt; of the lengths instead of the &lt;em&gt;sum&lt;/em&gt; of the lengths whenever you have multiple consecutive spaces.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are using the &lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt; package to define your section headings, also have a look at the package option &lt;code&gt;largestsep&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="100" LastActivityDate="2010-07-31T23:19:32.603" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="750" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-01T02:52:12.930" Score="7" ViewCount="125" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm compiling a document with the essentially the following bib entry:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@misc{name,  &#xA;  title = {Title of Web Page},  &#xA;  howpublished   = {\url{http://somethinghere.com}}  &#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It compiles fine, but a period gets placed at the end of the url.  Is there a way to avoid this?  Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="217" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-10T15:31:31.910" LastActivityDate="2010-12-10T15:31:31.910" Title="url in Bibliography without period at the end" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;url&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="751" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="750" CreationDate="2010-08-01T03:40:04.407" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The period is being introduced by your bibliography style. Is the url by any chance the last element of the item's bibliography as rendered? Most, if not all, bibliography styles end entries with a period. I don't know of any bib styles in circulation which don't. You might try using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/custom-bib.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;custom-bib package&lt;/a&gt; to define your own bibliographic style to avoid this. Just run &lt;code&gt;latex makebst&lt;/code&gt;---if the package is correctly installed, this will give you a text-based interface in which you can define your style by answering a series of questions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="93" LastActivityDate="2010-08-01T03:40:04.407" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="752" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="698" CreationDate="2010-08-01T04:02:46.940" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I get reasonably good results with the following strategy:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Include the following line in my syllabus: &quot;Nicely typeset solutions will be awarded a modicum of extra credit.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Distribute .tex source for nicely typeset but obviously fake solutions for my first homework.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Award a modicum of extra credit for nicely typeset solutions.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="105" LastActivityDate="2010-08-01T04:02:46.940" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="753" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="297" CreationDate="2010-08-01T04:18:43.120" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Check out &quot;LaTeX Mathmode&quot; by Herbert Voß.  The manual can be found &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=voss-mathmode&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;on CTAN&lt;/a&gt; (&lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/math/voss/mathmode/Mathmode.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;PDF&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Skip down to section 63.2 &quot;Overlapping braces&quot;.  He also gives examples of other tricks you may want to pull using braces.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastActivityDate="2010-08-01T04:18:43.120" />
  <row Id="755" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="674" CreationDate="2010-08-01T05:58:20.803" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Under the constraints that you should not change any of the specifications that the committee lays out, the following work well, and can save you upto a page or more in a 10-11 page document. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Use Times Roman (&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{times}&lt;/code&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Use a compact bibliography style like abbrv instead of the defaults&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Preface the bibliography with a &lt;code&gt;\small&lt;/code&gt; &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Tables of results can often be typeset one size smaller without any visual impairment. In fact they often look better that way, because they stand out from the text in any case. Using &lt;code&gt;\small&lt;/code&gt; as above does the trick. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;As mentioned above, try to find and reword paragraphs that have dangling last lines with 2-3 words in them. This can make a bigger difference than you think. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Use the package &lt;code&gt;wrapfig&lt;/code&gt; to wrap figures around text, rather than having them set off and wasting space around them. This is very effective for small illustrative figures - not such a good idea for figures of results though. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Conference style files (ACM, can you hear me?) often waste a lot of space around subheaders like &lt;code&gt;\subsection&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\subsubsection&lt;/code&gt;. Often, you can get around this by replacing organizational elements by &lt;code&gt;\paragraph*&lt;/code&gt;. While this might kill the numbering, it is often reasonable, and saves a lot of space. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update&lt;/strong&gt;: Another trick I forgot to mention is using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/microtype/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;microtype&lt;/a&gt; package. It's very effective at doing subtle shrinkage that undetectable to a non-font expert. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="103" LastEditorUserId="103" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-03T05:20:48.150" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T05:20:48.150" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="756" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="222" CreationDate="2010-08-01T06:00:55.090" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A handy package that I use is &lt;code&gt;splitbib&lt;/code&gt;. It allows all of the above, and gives customized section titles and numbering schemes for different parts of the bibliography. It's pretty easy to use - all you have to do is specify a list of bibtex cites for each subsection, as well as a name for the section, and optionally a prefix to use when numbering the references in each section. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="103" LastActivityDate="2010-08-01T06:00:55.090" />
  <row Id="758" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="222" CreationDate="2010-08-01T07:40:08.367" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The other answers will all succeed, but I'd go with &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/pkg/biblatex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;biblatex&lt;/a&gt;. It was a number of features for bibliography subdivision, for example by keyword, and if designed from the start for flexibility.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-08-01T07:40:08.367" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="759" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-01T08:03:06.317" Score="5" ViewCount="878" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there in LaTeX a symbol or a macro for the average integral with a horizontal slash? I know about \strokedint, but I'd prefer the dash to be horizontal.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="214" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-02T20:16:58.687" LastActivityDate="2010-09-02T20:16:58.687" Title="Average integral symbol" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;mathoperator&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="760" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="759" CreationDate="2010-08-01T08:33:43.933" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I found a solution &lt;a href=&quot;http://planetmath.org/encyclopedia/LaTeXSymbolForCauchyPrincipalValue.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;. You can use the following instructions, which must be included on the preamble.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\Xint#1{\mathchoice&#xA;{\XXint\displaystyle\textstyle{#1}}%&#xA;{\XXint\textstyle\scriptstyle{#1}}%&#xA;{\XXint\scriptstyle\scriptscriptstyle{#1}}%&#xA;{\XXint\scriptscriptstyle\scriptscriptstyle{#1}}%&#xA;\!\int}&#xA;\def\XXint#1#2#3{{\setbox0=\hbox{$#1{#2#3}{\int}$ }&#xA;\vcenter{\hbox{$#2#3$ }}\kern-.6\wd0}}&#xA;\def\ddashint{\Xint=}&#xA;\def\dashint{\Xint-}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The commands to execute those macros are &lt;code&gt;\dashint&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\ddashint&lt;/code&gt; for single dash and double dash, respectively.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT&lt;/strong&gt;: I tested the code given in the page, and the dash was a bit to the left of the integral, so I changed it slightly, substituting the .5 from the line     &lt;code&gt;\vcenter{\hbox{$#2#3$ }}\kern-.5\wd0}}&lt;/code&gt; with a .6 . It worked for me, if it doesn't exactly do it for you, experiment with the .5 to find exactly where you want the dash to be, adding (subtracting) from the number to place it more to the right (left).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="14" LastEditorUserId="14" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-01T08:59:21.813" LastActivityDate="2010-08-01T08:59:21.813" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="761" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="732" CreationDate="2010-08-01T08:48:53.600" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This was a somewhat inadvertent change in fontspec v2, but as far I know you're the first person to notice :-) You are correct that \newfontfamily is the replacement to use -- it is exactly the same command with a more sensible/accurate name. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\newfontinstance=\newfontfamily &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in fontspec.cfg if you would like to fix this for all of your legacy documents. Sorry for any inconvenience. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-08-01T08:48:53.600" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="762" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="763" CreationDate="2010-08-01T10:22:41.430" Score="2" ViewCount="135" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I have TikZ images or I include .png graphics, I need to use pdflatex instead of plain vanilla latex. (That is, I need to use pdflatex all the time, rather than just when I want to produce the final pdf). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sometimes I forget that my current document (or one &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt;d in it) contains one of these things. The compilation using latex doesn't work. The errors I get out when this happens don't seem to be meaningful: they don't just say &quot;No such file image.eps&quot; or &quot;latex can't work TikZ&quot; or the like. Is there anyway I can make these kinds of errors more transparent?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've often spent ages fiddling with insignificant other bits of code, because I haven't realised it's the image that is messing up the compilation... Beamer also sometimes messes up in latex, but I normally spot that one...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="14" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-01T10:32:35.993" LastActivityDate="2010-08-01T17:49:39.530" Title="Meaningful error messages when using latex instead of pdflatex" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;errors&gt;&lt;debugging&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="763" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="762" CreationDate="2010-08-01T10:31:28.523" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;code&gt;ifpdf&lt;/code&gt; package to test at the beginning of your document whether you're running with pdflatex and, if not, make latex crash with a more meaningful error message.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-08-01T10:31:28.523" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="764" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="759" CreationDate="2010-08-01T10:56:26.980" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not aware of a pre-existing version of that sign. So you have to design it for yourself. I would suggest something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*{\avint}{\mathop{\ooalign{$\int$\cr$-$}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ooalign&lt;/code&gt; vertically overlaps symbols. Internally it creates a &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; environment. Thatswhy you need the &lt;code&gt;\cr&lt;/code&gt; between the &lt;code&gt;$\int$&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;$-$&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;edit&lt;/strong&gt;: This example compiles and shows the correct sign:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\newcommand*{\avint}{\mathop{\ooalign{$\int$\cr$-$}}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;$\avint_{i=0}^{\infty} f(x)dx$ or&#xA;\[&#xA;\giint_{i=0}^{\infty} f(x)dx&#xA;\]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="201" LastEditorUserId="201" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-01T19:04:32.563" LastActivityDate="2010-08-01T19:04:32.563" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="765" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="759" CreationDate="2010-08-01T11:03:24.893" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This answer probably will not help you right now, but it should sometime in the future.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is a unicode entry for that symbol &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.utf8-chartable.de/unicode-utf8-table.pl?start=10765&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;U+2A0D FINITE PART INTEGRAL&lt;/a&gt;: ⨍ (your computer might or might not display this correctly. At least modern Linux distros should). The STIX font and &lt;code&gt;unicode-math&lt;/code&gt; seem to support that symbol, so if you have them set up you can just use the symbol. As Will Robertson remarked below, &lt;code&gt;unicode-math&lt;/code&gt; provides the &lt;code&gt;\intbar&lt;/code&gt; command to access the symbol.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-01T14:41:04.557" LastActivityDate="2010-08-01T14:41:04.557" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="766" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="767" CreationDate="2010-08-01T13:04:58.827" Score="9" ViewCount="131" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want some words to always be in upright teletype (they are defined to be something specific). &#xA;If the sentence is emphasised and this word appears I do not want the text to be italic teletype, but remain upright teletype. &#xA;In this case is it OK to use {\tt word} to achieve this effect or is there some better way? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\emph{A sentence that contains the {\tt word} yet it remains upright teletype.}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="185" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-29T11:47:24.507" LastActivityDate="2010-08-29T11:47:24.507" Title="Is it OK to use \tt etc. in latex2e if you don't want the text to inherit the font of the containing text?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;best-practices&gt;&lt;formatting&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="767" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="766" CreationDate="2010-08-01T13:16:07.880" Score="16" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\tt&lt;/code&gt; is obsolete with LaTeX2e, it's just defined by classes. So, if you use a class that's still supporting it, it would work. But I would not recommend it.&#xA;Classes like &lt;code&gt;article.cls&lt;/code&gt; define for compatibility:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareOldFontCommand{\tt}{\normalfont\ttfamily}{\mathtt}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would use &lt;code&gt;\normalfont\ttfamily&lt;/code&gt;. Further, I wouldn't use it in the body text but in the preamble, defining a logical markup like &lt;code&gt;\code&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-14T16:59:54.977" LastActivityDate="2010-08-14T16:59:54.977" />
  <row Id="768" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="775" CreationDate="2010-08-01T14:51:30.273" Score="2" ViewCount="131" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a good utility for this? Does it more than the standard stuff, or does it also do formulas and poems etc. in a good way?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-01T15:40:48.330" LastActivityDate="2010-08-01T15:40:48.330" Title="How do I convert Open Office documents into LaTeX?" Tags="&lt;conversion&gt;&lt;open-office&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="769" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="773" CreationDate="2010-08-01T14:55:11.310" Score="11" ViewCount="414" Body="&lt;p&gt;Books often have a special letter (often spanning two lines) at the beginning of chapters. How can I create this in LaTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T15:37:24.360" Title="How can I create documents in LaTeX using a calligraphic first letter for chapters?" Tags="&lt;style&gt;&lt;calligraphy&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="770" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="772" CreationDate="2010-08-01T14:56:16.143" Score="2" ViewCount="100" Body="&lt;p&gt;Where can I find them?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastActivityDate="2010-08-02T01:49:12.607" Title="Are there any free fraktura fonts available for LaTeX?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="771" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="796" CreationDate="2010-08-01T14:58:50.583" Score="2" ViewCount="94" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tei-c.org/index.xml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TEI&lt;/a&gt; documents have a lot of information that can be used for representation and style. Are there any tools to convert such documents into LaTeX in order to create good pdf/html etc. editions?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-01T16:15:35.770" LastActivityDate="2010-08-01T22:26:20.987" Title="How can I efficiently convert TEI documents into LaTeX?" Tags="&lt;conversion&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="772" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="770" CreationDate="2010-08-01T15:07:34.027" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You have the &lt;code&gt;yfonts&lt;/code&gt; package that provides several styles of Fraktur fonts.  It's quite old and stable and should be part of all the standard TeX distributions (I just checked it is present in TeX Live, but don't have access to MiKTeX).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="170" LastActivityDate="2010-08-01T15:07:34.027" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="773" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="769" CreationDate="2010-08-01T15:12:10.707" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;em&gt;LaTeX Companion&lt;/em&gt; suggests looking at the &lt;code&gt;lettrine&lt;/code&gt; package. However the usage seems to be a bit complicated and you need suitable fonts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you also accept fraktur letters, then the &lt;code&gt;yfonts&lt;/code&gt; package has a very easy solution:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{yfonts,color}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\yinipar{\color{red}L}orem ipsum [...]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This results in &lt;img src=&quot;http://caramdir.at/uploads/tex.SE/yinipar.png&quot; alt=&quot;yinipar example&quot;&gt;. The &lt;em&gt;Companion&lt;/em&gt; suggests setting the paragraph with &lt;code&gt;\fraklines&lt;/code&gt; to get better spacing. See what you like better.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-01T15:25:11.543" LastActivityDate="2010-08-01T15:25:11.543" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="774" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="768" CreationDate="2010-08-01T15:14:51.567" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've not used it, but &lt;a href=&quot;http://extensions.services.openoffice.org/en/project/writer2latex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Writer2LaTeX&lt;/a&gt; seems like it might suit. The linked page says:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Writer2LaTeX provides Writer export filters for LaTeX and BibTeX.&#xA;  This enables you to typeset your Writer documents with LaTeX, which does a better job typesetting text, in particular text with formulas.&#xA;  Writer2LaTeX gives you extensive control over the export of formatting (using a configuration file). It can convert your document with as much formatting as possible preserved, or you can completely control the LaTeX code generated for each style in the source document – or even remove all formatting.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(If someone has experience with this software, please answer separately, and I will delete this answer.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="93" LastActivityDate="2010-08-01T15:14:51.567" />
  <row Id="775" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="768" CreationDate="2010-08-01T15:19:01.400" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use Writer2LaTeX:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://writer2latex.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot; title=&quot;Writer2LaTeX homepage&quot;&gt;homepage at sourceforge&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://extensions.services.openoffice.org/en/project/writer2latex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot; title=&quot;Writer2LaTeX OpenOffice extension&quot;&gt;OpenOffice extenion&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perhaps have a look at alternative ways: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/utilities/texconv/pctotex.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot; title=&quot;Converters to LaTeX&quot;&gt;Converters from PC Textprocessors to LaTeX&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-01T15:19:01.400" />
  <row Id="777" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="759" CreationDate="2010-08-01T17:02:02.310" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is &lt;a href=&quot;http://detexify.kirelabs.org/classify.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;a very useful site&lt;/a&gt; for this sort of questions.  It is a hand-writing interface to the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/symbols/comprehensive/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;comprehensive LaTeX symbol list&lt;/a&gt;: you draw the symbol you are looking for in a box (using your mouse,...) and the software tries to recognise it.  You can teach the software by telling it which one (if any) of its suggestions is the one you wanted.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried it with the average integral symbol and it suggested the command &lt;code&gt;\fint&lt;/code&gt; in the &lt;code&gt;esint&lt;/code&gt; package.  That package seems to contain a number of ornamented integral signs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="18" LastEditorUserId="18" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-01T23:29:27.903" LastActivityDate="2010-08-01T23:29:27.903" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="778" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="762" CreationDate="2010-08-01T17:49:39.530" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you have both &lt;code&gt;includedimage.png&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;includedimage.eps&lt;/code&gt; in the same directory and your LaTeX code doesn't specify the extension, i.e. it says &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics{includedimage}&lt;/code&gt;, then latex will pick up the .eps file and pdflatex will use the .png.  Even if you don't feel like converting your .png, you could just use a blank placeholder image in .eps format so that latex will also compile correctly.  (If you do feel like converting them but don't currently have an easy way to do it, I recommend &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.imagemagick.org/script/convert.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ImageMagick convert&lt;/a&gt; as an excellent free utility.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="32" LastActivityDate="2010-08-01T17:49:39.530" />
  <row Id="779" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="143" CreationDate="2010-08-01T18:32:44.233" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Since it hasn't been mentioned yet: Nelson Beebe maintains an &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.math.utah.edu/~beebe/bibliographies.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot; title=&quot;Beebe bibliography&quot;&gt;extensive database&lt;/a&gt; of references for mathematics and computer science.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="170" LastActivityDate="2010-08-01T18:32:44.233" />
  <row Id="780" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="158" CreationDate="2010-08-01T18:49:27.833" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Have you tried the built-in &lt;code&gt;letter&lt;/code&gt; class?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/LaTeX/Letters&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Wikibooks: LaTeX/Letters&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/letter.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Standard Letter Document Class for LaTeX2e&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="9" LastActivityDate="2010-08-01T18:49:27.833" />
  <row Id="781" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="143" CreationDate="2010-08-01T19:12:52.577" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A few people have already mentioned MathSciNet (and noted that it is subscription only).  The same BibTeX data are freely available from the AMS via &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ams.org/mref&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;MRef&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="206" LastActivityDate="2010-08-01T19:12:52.577" />
  <row Id="782" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-01T19:57:25.857" Score="14" ViewCount="793" Body="&lt;p&gt;Some of the available classes of documents in latex are well known and widely used, such as the &quot;article&quot; and &quot;beamer&quot; classes, while others are not so well known, such as the &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/452/how-can-i-create-a-pdf-document-exactly-as-big-as-my-tikz-picture/514#514&quot;&gt;standalone&lt;/a&gt;&quot; class. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I found &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/LaTeX/Basics&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this figure&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://dl.getdropbox.com/u/1885087/documentclass.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which lists the main classes and is a good starting point, but the description is too short and still leaves one wondering when it would be more suitable to choose one class over the other and what the characteristics of each class is. Furthermore, the list is not exhaustive I think, given that I know at least one more document class that is not there (the standalone class, as I mentioned).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So my question is: what are the available classes of documents in LaTeX, and could you provide a brief description of the class and the situations where it would be recommended? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please give only one class per answer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="14" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-13T15:49:14.570" LastActivityDate="2011-01-08T21:11:06.363" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-01T19:57:25.857" Title="What are the available &quot;documentclass&quot; types and their uses?" Tags="&lt;documentclass&gt;&lt;big-list&gt;" AnswerCount="13" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="5" />
  <row Id="783" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="788" CreationDate="2010-08-01T20:09:06.763" Score="14" ViewCount="476" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to have my document compiled with two pages in one using LaTeX, like what you see when you choose to print two pages in one. As my pages are &quot;portrait&quot;, I need the page to be shown in landscape when the two pages are compiled in one, and If I could also include margins around each page, that would be wonderful. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anyone know of any package(s) I can use to get the effect I am after?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="14" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T09:28:28.173" Title="Is there a way to get two pages in one with latex?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;layout&gt;&lt;printing&gt;" AnswerCount="8" CommentCount="9" FavoriteCount="5" />
  <row Id="784" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="793" CreationDate="2010-08-01T20:09:45.000" Score="4" ViewCount="234" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am using the book documentclass and have a list of figures. After &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/496/what-is-wrong-with-the-line-spacing-of-my-lists-of-figures-and-tables&quot;&gt;much trouble&lt;/a&gt; I noticed that there is a blank line to separate figures that are in different chapters, but not if they are within the same chapter. Since I changed the numbering of my figures to be {1, 2, 3, etc.} instead of {2.1, 2.2, 3.1, etc.} this looks silly and I'd rather have a blank line between each figure, no matter what.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How do I do that? Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="124" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-06T06:55:44.627" LastActivityDate="2010-12-24T12:12:19.063" Title="How to change the line spacing in my list of figures?" Tags="&lt;style&gt;&lt;line-spacing&gt;&lt;table-of-contents&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="785" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="782" CreationDate="2010-08-01T20:17:34.433" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sorry about violating your &quot;one class per answer&quot; request, but I feel that these three should be included in the same post: &lt;code&gt;amsart&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;amsbook&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;amsproc&lt;/code&gt;. They come from the &lt;code&gt;ams-LaTeX&lt;/code&gt; collection prepared by the American Mathematical Society and are the standard document classes to use for preparing documents for publication by the AMS. As their names suggest, they are modified versions of the &lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;book&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;proc&lt;/code&gt; classes to adhere to the AMS's house style, and also incorporate the features of the package &lt;code&gt;amsthm&lt;/code&gt; and load supplementary mathematics packages &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;amsfonts&lt;/code&gt;. For more detail one should refer to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ams.org/publications/authors/tex/amslatex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the website for the collection&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastEditorUserId="579" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-08T18:52:21.410" LastActivityDate="2011-01-08T18:52:21.410" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-01T20:17:34.433" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="786" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="782" CreationDate="2010-08-01T20:36:36.543" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Okay, one class per answer, so I'll make a start with something basic. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;minimal&lt;/code&gt; class is the absolute minimum you load and actually have LaTeX work. It's only intended for testing purposes, as it doesn't define many things you almost always expect (things lie titling and sectioning commands). You would not usually use the &lt;code&gt;minimal&lt;/code&gt; class yourself as it is so basic that there will not really be suitable for real work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-08-01T20:36:36.543" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-01T20:36:36.543" />
  <row Id="787" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="782" CreationDate="2010-08-01T20:47:42.943" Score="14" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The classes in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=koma-script&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;KOMA-Script bundle&lt;/a&gt; (&lt;code&gt;scrbook&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;scrreprt&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;scrartcl&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;scrlttr2&lt;/code&gt;) provide replacements of standard classes (&lt;code&gt;book&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;report&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;letter&lt;/code&gt; respectively). They offer lots of configuration options to accommodate different layouts without using ugly hacks. Generally I think they are nearer to European (and in particular German) typography conventions than the standard classes are.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="142" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-02T02:34:16.227" LastActivityDate="2010-08-02T02:34:16.227" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-01T20:47:42.943" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="788" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="783" CreationDate="2010-08-01T20:49:04.267" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/pdfpages&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pdfpages&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;http://www2.warwick.ac.uk/fac/sci/statistics/staff/academic/firth/software/pdfjam/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pdfjam&lt;/a&gt; and its pdfnup tool.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-01T20:49:04.267" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="789" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="782" CreationDate="2010-08-01T20:52:52.790" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think the base classes probably deserve a single answer. (&lt;code&gt;minimal&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;letter&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;slides&lt;/code&gt; are different enough to need their own answers.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt; class is, as the name suggests, intended for writing articles. This means relatively short documents which do not contain chapters or parts, only sections, subsections, &lt;em&gt;etc.&lt;/em&gt; As one of the base classes, the formatting is pretty basic. However, as the article class does provide the basic function most people expect from LaTeX it is often used with modifications for longer documents.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;report&lt;/code&gt; class is intended for longer documents which will have chapters, while &lt;code&gt;book&lt;/code&gt; is intended for very large documents. The standard settings for &lt;code&gt;report&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;book&lt;/code&gt; are slightly different from &lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt;. For example, the default for &lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt; is to put the &lt;code&gt;\maketitle&lt;/code&gt; information at the top of the first page, whereas &lt;code&gt;report&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;book&lt;/code&gt; use separate title pages. &lt;code&gt;book&lt;/code&gt; includes pre-defined shortcuts for the &lt;code&gt;\frontmatter&lt;/code&gt; (unnumbered chapters with roman page numbers), &lt;code&gt;\mainmatter&lt;/code&gt; (numbered chapters and arabic page numbers) and &lt;code&gt;\backmatter&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All of the base classes have very basic formatting. Some of this can be questioned, but the LaTeX Project have made it clear that with so much use of these classes, the decisions are 'fixed'. As a result, modifying the base classes is an approach many people use for there own documents.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-01T21:08:40.117" LastActivityDate="2010-08-01T21:08:40.117" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-01T20:52:52.790" />
  <row Id="790" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="782" CreationDate="2010-08-01T20:53:19.777" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;powerdot&lt;/code&gt; is a good alternative to the beamer class. Presentations can be developed easily. It provides many styles and allows creating your own style. powerdot offers automatic overlays, notes and a handout mode, further it supports LyX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's intended to replace the older classes &lt;code&gt;prosper&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;HA-prosper&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;powerdot requires PSTricks. So, it may be a good choice when you're using PSTricks in a presentation, but it cannot benefit from pdfTeX features.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-02T12:38:33.697" LastActivityDate="2010-08-02T12:38:33.697" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-01T20:53:19.777" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="791" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="782" CreationDate="2010-08-01T21:03:15.200" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt; class is designed for creating presentations (although it can be used for academic posters in conjunction with the &lt;code&gt;beamerposter&lt;/code&gt; class). It provides a wide range of graphical functions for making 'good looking' presentations. The specialist functions in &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt; include modifications to standard macros (such as the lists &lt;code&gt;itemize&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;enumerate&lt;/code&gt;) so that they can be revealed partwise. The class is designed to be able to also produce article-style material by including the appropriate. The documentation also provides advice on what makes a good presentation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-08-01T21:03:15.200" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-01T21:03:15.200" />
  <row Id="792" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="782" CreationDate="2010-08-01T21:10:21.873" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;slides&lt;/code&gt; is the basic class for presentations. It predated presenting using projectors, and shares with the other base classes the somewhat questionable layout choices. Other options such as &lt;code&gt;powerdot&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt; are very much better choices than &lt;code&gt;slides&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-08-01T21:10:21.873" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-01T21:10:21.873" />
  <row Id="793" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="784" CreationDate="2010-08-01T21:14:53.167" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the book class there's an internal macro &lt;code&gt;\@chapter&lt;/code&gt; that's adding the space by this line:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could redefine this macro. Alternatively, you could disable \addvspace in the list of figures, for instance by&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*{\noaddvspace}{\renewcommand*{\addvspace}[1]{}}&#xA;\addtocontents{lof}{\protect\noaddvspace}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The effect should end with the list of figures, but of course you could group it to limit the scope.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you disabled it you could use an environment or a declaration of the &lt;code&gt;setspace&lt;/code&gt; package, to get more space between the lines of the list of figures. Or you just use &lt;code&gt;\linespread&lt;/code&gt; locally:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\addtocontents{lof}{\linespread{2}\selectfont}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-24T12:12:19.063" LastActivityDate="2010-12-24T12:12:19.063" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="794" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="782" CreationDate="2010-08-01T21:17:44.713" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;REVTeX&lt;/code&gt; is a class designed for the American Physics Society (APS). It can produce output which is ready for production printing for a range of APS journals, depending on class options. The class provides a wide range of specialist functions needed by the journals, for example modifying how the &lt;code&gt;\author&lt;/code&gt; macro works to improve the meta-data control. The &lt;code&gt;REVTeX&lt;/code&gt; documentation includes a wide range of advice not only on the class itself but also on wider LaTeX use.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-08-01T21:17:44.713" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-01T21:17:44.713" />
  <row Id="795" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="782" CreationDate="2010-08-01T21:56:03.660" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There's a category in the TeX Catalogue: &lt;a href=&quot;http://texcatalogue.sarovar.org/bytopic.html#classes&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Alternative Document Classes&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-01T21:56:03.660" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-01T21:56:03.660" />
  <row Id="796" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="771" CreationDate="2010-08-01T22:26:20.987" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's an XML defined markup. There are XSLT stylesheets for this format from the same website you link to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tei-c.org/Tools/Stylesheets/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tei-c.org/Tools/Stylesheets/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;This is a set of XSLT 2.0 specifications to transform TEI XML documents to XHTML, to LaTeX, to XSL Formatting Objects, to OOXML (docx), and to ePub format. The files can be downloaded from the Releases area of &lt;a href=&quot;http://tei.sf.net&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://tei.sf.net&lt;/a&gt; . They concentrate on the simpler TEI modules, but adding support for other modules is fairly easy. In the main, the setup has been used on ‘new’ documents, ie reports and web pages that have been authored from scratch, rather than traditional TEI-encoded existing material.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="137" LastActivityDate="2010-08-01T22:26:20.987" />
  <row Id="797" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="323" CreationDate="2010-08-01T22:42:37.757" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the Web2C implementation of TeX and friends, the programs come with an (apparently undocumented) option &lt;code&gt;-debug-format&lt;/code&gt; that prints out a lot of information contained in the format file, most of which consists of the names of the control sequences (followed by a pipe sign: &lt;code&gt;|&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hence, for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$ tex -debug-format \\bye &#xA;This is TeX, Version 3.1415926 (TeX Live 2009)&#xA;fmtdebug:format magic number = 1462916184&#xA;fmtdebug:engine name size = 4&#xA;fmtdebug:string pool checksum = 57981441&#xA;fmtdebug:mem_bot = 0&#xA;fmtdebug:mem_top = 2999999&#xA;fmtdebug:string pool size = 29307&#xA;fmtdebug:sup strings = 2025&#xA;fmtdebug:csnames from 514 to 24525:&#xA;endlinechar|&#xA;AA|&#xA;AE|&#xA;@M|&#xA;OE|&#xA;downbracefill|&#xA;@m|&#xA;bigbreak|&#xA;Im|&#xA;bordermatrix|&#xA;Pi|&#xA;[etc.]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is the list of all control sequences defined in &lt;code&gt;tex.fmt&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="170" LastEditorUserId="170" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-05T21:32:55.453" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T21:32:55.453" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="798" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="783" CreationDate="2010-08-01T23:12:51.847" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The booklet package might be able to help, but Beamer compatibility could be a problem. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-08-01T23:12:51.847" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="799" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="299" CreationDate="2010-08-01T23:29:44.000" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hyphenation and full justification is possible with typewriter text as well. Here's a command &lt;code&gt;\justify&lt;/code&gt; for this purpose, shown with the example above:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*\justify{%&#xA;  \fontdimen2\font=0.4em% interword space&#xA;  \fontdimen3\font=0.2em% interword stretch&#xA;  \fontdimen4\font=0.1em% interword shrink&#xA;  \fontdimen7\font=0.1em% extra space&#xA;  \hyphenchar\font=`\-% allowing hyphenation&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\texttt{\justify\lipsum[1]}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://texblog.net/png/tthyph.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot; title=&quot;Typewriter justification&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Further the everysel package might be useful, as shown in &lt;a href=&quot;http://texblog.net/latex-archive/plaintex/full-justification-with-typewriter-font/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot; title=&quot;Full justification with typewriter font&quot;&gt;Full justification with typewriter font&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-01T23:29:44.000" />
  <row Id="800" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="783" CreationDate="2010-08-02T00:10:27.653" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/generic/2up/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;2up&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="143" LastActivityDate="2010-08-02T00:10:27.653" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="801" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="810" CreationDate="2010-08-02T00:41:58.073" Score="3" ViewCount="148" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want my document to have borders in all pages. I imagine I can do that using TikZ, but is there an easier way to do it? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I also asked this question &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/783/is-there-a-way-to-get-two-pages-in-one-with-latex&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;, but as the main question was something else, this one problem got ignored (probably the use of the word &quot;margin&quot; rather than &quot;border&quot; did not help my case).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can anyone help me?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="14" LastEditorUserId="14" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-02T01:09:51.590" LastActivityDate="2010-08-02T08:26:13.493" Title="What is the easiest way to get borders around a page in LaTeX?" Tags="&lt;margins&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="802" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="801" CreationDate="2010-08-02T01:09:07.550" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A box around your document: it sounds like a frame around your logical page on a bigger paper size. This can be done using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/crop.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;crop package&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-02T01:09:07.550" />
  <row Id="803" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="588" CreationDate="2010-08-02T01:48:00.283" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Earlier versions of the geometry package did not allow to change the margins inside the document. The package gmeometric could help then.&#xA;Today geometry supports changing the margin inside the document by its commands &lt;code&gt;\newgeometry{...}&lt;/code&gt; accepting the same &lt;code&gt;key=value&lt;/code&gt; arguments and by &lt;code&gt;\restoregeometry&lt;/code&gt;, see the manual of the current package version.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-02T01:48:00.283" />
  <row Id="804" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="770" CreationDate="2010-08-02T01:49:12.607" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A good place to look for questions such as this is the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX Font Catalogue&lt;/a&gt;.  &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/yfrak/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;This page&lt;/a&gt; shows how to use a Fraktur font.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastActivityDate="2010-08-02T01:49:12.607" />
  <row Id="805" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="811" CreationDate="2010-08-02T02:17:51.493" Score="9" ViewCount="850" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's often convenient to add line numbers to a page automatically and the lineno package generally does the trick. But I've had two problems with it&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;It doesn't seem to align the line numbers with the actual text lines - linenumbers drift between lines and occasionally skip lines as well as a consequence. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Sequences of equations get skipped. Now I've seen this work properly in other PDFs and so was wondering if there's some magic option I'm missing. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All I do is include the package and then turn line numbering on.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="103" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-01T20:22:33.080" LastActivityDate="2010-09-01T20:22:33.080" Title="Adding line numbers to latex and respecting equations" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;line-numbering&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="806" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="698" CreationDate="2010-08-02T06:01:29.607" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A few of my undergraduate physics classes required LaTeX in one way or another.  Our reports for each experiment in the laboratory course had to be in &lt;a href=&quot;https://authors.aps.org/revtex4/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;two-column APS classic&lt;/a&gt;, for example.  In our third term of quantum mechanics, we each did a term paper on some subject drawn from the literature (general instructions, LaTeX templates and a sample paper are available &lt;a href=&quot;http://ocw.mit.edu/courses/physics/8-06-quantum-physics-iii-spring-2005/projects/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;).  In some circumstances, having one or two big LaTeX projects over the course of the, ah, course might be preferable to lots of shorter LaTeXnical assignments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit to add:&lt;/strong&gt; For example, if the structure of the class is such that a longer writing project like a term paper is possible, then the students can gain familiarity with LaTeX features beyond equations and text formatting, such as building a bibliography and adding figures.  These would be beyond the requirements of an ordinary problem set; the student who uses BibTeX for a weekly homework assignment is not a student who needs help being enthused about typesetting.  But this might be a bit much to spring on people who've just encountered the TeXniverse for the first time.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="112" LastEditorUserId="112" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-02T16:31:43.250" LastActivityDate="2010-08-02T16:31:43.250" />
  <row Id="807" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="698" CreationDate="2010-08-02T07:54:36.237" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One university that I know of designated 5 out of 25 marks for &quot;clarity and style&quot;.  Since writing clearly is a recognisable skill and one that mathematicians really ought to learn, this is easily justifiable in a mark scheme.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I would be a little disturbed to find someone awarding credit &lt;em&gt;only&lt;/em&gt; for LaTeX'ing documents.  Although I agree that TeX and its derivatives are by far the best system for writing mathematics, it can be a little overwhelming to start with and so actually requiring it (other than for a TeX-specific course) would seem to me to be on dubious pedagogical grounds.  I would rather go down the route of encouragement rather than requirement.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It has just occurred to me that students learning LaTeX might actually be a side-benefit of something I'm planning on next semester.  I'm thinking of running a maths-enabled forum for my students to ask and answer questions.  They'll be able to use a LaTeX-like system for entering their mathematics to get it converted in to MathML.  That might get them introduced to (La)TeX equation markup without needing to know all the extra stuff (like what to put in a preamble).  Hopefully, once they see how easy and intuitive that part is, they'll recognise that it's worth learning how to do it properly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-08-02T07:54:36.237" />
  <row Id="808" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="801" CreationDate="2010-08-02T08:07:59.887" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You're right that it can be done with TikZ, but it's not necessary to load in the whole of TikZ to get the bits required for this.  The part that is needed is &lt;code&gt;pgfpages&lt;/code&gt;.  You can do a lot of page manipulation with this package, but here's some to get you started:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pgf}&#xA;\usepackage{pgfpages}&#xA;&#xA;\pgfpagesdeclarelayout{boxed}&#xA;{&#xA;  \edef\pgfpageoptionborder{0pt}&#xA;}&#xA;{&#xA;  \pgfpagesphysicalpageoptions&#xA;  {%&#xA;    logical pages=1,%&#xA;  }&#xA;  \pgfpageslogicalpageoptions{1}&#xA;  {&#xA;    border code=\pgfsetlinewidth{2pt}\pgfstroke,%&#xA;    border shrink=\pgfpageoptionborder,%&#xA;    resized width=.95\pgfphysicalwidth,%&#xA;    resized height=.95\pgfphysicalheight,%&#xA;    center=\pgfpoint{.5\pgfphysicalwidth}{.5\pgfphysicalheight}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\pgfpagesuselayout{boxed}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Something simple&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, if you're going to use the same layout again and again, put it in a separate style file and &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{mylayouts}&lt;/code&gt; in each document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note: the package &lt;code&gt;pgf&lt;/code&gt; is only needed to provide the command &lt;code&gt;\pgfstroke&lt;/code&gt;.  As all this does is draw a line, it may be possible to remove this in favour of a &lt;code&gt;\rule&lt;/code&gt; of some sort.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-08-02T08:07:59.887" />
  <row Id="809" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="783" CreationDate="2010-08-02T08:21:30.510" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As the question doesn't &lt;em&gt;specifically&lt;/em&gt; say that the solution should be for PDFs, I'd like a useful external tool that works on postscript documents called &lt;code&gt;pstops&lt;/code&gt;.  According to &lt;code&gt;dpkg-query -S pstops&lt;/code&gt;, this comes from the &lt;code&gt;psutils&lt;/code&gt; package on Debian/Ubuntu.  The syntax takes a little getting used to, but as it can do some really clever tricks with postscript files, it's worth learning the basics.  As with (La)TeX, the best way to learn is by example so here's the most frequent situation for me: I want to print an article, to save trees I decide to print it 2-up (and double sided).  But standard articles come with a lot of white-space when they are created as a4paper/letter, so in doing the 2-up, I don't shrink by the standard 71% - 90% tends to be okay.  The command to do this is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;pstops -pa4 &quot;2:0@.9L(24cm,-2cm)+1@.9L(24cm,12.85cm)&quot; original.ps new.ps&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Reading from left to right, this says: physical (output) page size is a4, work with the pages modulo 2, the even pages should be scaled .9, rotated to the left, and placed at '(24cm,-2cm)' on the page; the odd pages should be scaled .9, rotated to the left, and placed at '(24cm, 12.85cm)'; the original file is 'original.ps' and put the output in 'new.ps'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, I'll tweak the positioning and scaling for each document (I try not to print many) to optimise the spacing and size.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Once caveat: I note from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.math.ntnu.no/~stacey/HowDidIDoThat/Hints/Postscript.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;my notes&lt;/a&gt; on this that the files produced by &lt;code&gt;pstops&lt;/code&gt; didn't print duplex on my department printer so I needed to add a little extra hack to the file to ensure that they did.  I recommend testing with a simple file to see if this is necessary.  If so, follow the link at the start of this paragraph.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-08-02T08:21:30.510" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="810" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="801" CreationDate="2010-08-02T08:26:13.493" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;Memoir&lt;/code&gt; class has option &lt;code&gt;showtrims&lt;/code&gt; and commands &lt;code&gt;\trimFrame&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\settrimmedsize&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\settrims&lt;/code&gt;. Example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt,a4paper,showtrims]{memoir}&#xA;\trimFrame  &#xA;\settrimmedsize{210mm}{145mm}{*} &#xA;\settrims{20mm}{34mm}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="85" LastActivityDate="2010-08-02T08:26:13.493" />
  <row Id="811" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="805" CreationDate="2010-08-02T10:04:51.830" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;(This is a copy of the comment I posted above. Now an answer due to Will Robertson's suggestion.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This addresses, partially, problem 2 described in the question. I've never seen problem 1 happen myself; then again, I haven't used lineno that much.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Take a look at ulineno.pdf from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/&lt;/a&gt; (the user's manual). It explains why lineno has trouble with equations and paragraphs containing equations, and also some work-arounds. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Basically, the line number can only be computed after LaTeX finished typesetting the text. The package does this after every paragraph (this having something to do with LaTeX's internal workflow). However, when a paragraph is punctuated by equations, the portions before each equation environment is processed before the equation is processed. So when the package tries to number the lines for one of such paragraphs, it only knows about the last block of text not interrupted by an equation environment before the paragraph break. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To deal with this the package defines a wrapper to be put around the math environments so that it flushes the numbering before entering the math environment, numbers the equation when leaving the environment, and resumes as usual afterwards. So the work around described in the manual is to enclose the equation environments in this wrapper. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, to make life slightly simpler, you can also pass an option to lineno to automatically redefine the math environments to include the wrapper. But this will likely not work with document classes that defines their own math environments (such as AMS-LaTeX's &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt;). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastActivityDate="2010-08-02T10:04:51.830" />
  <row Id="812" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="782" CreationDate="2010-08-02T12:51:28.523" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt; class is based on the &lt;code&gt;book&lt;/code&gt; class. It implements a lot of design facilities that with other classes usually need loading additional packages. The result is a feature-rich, customizable and powerful class, especially useful for designing books.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt; offers an extensive manual with more than 500 pages containing also examples for the design of a book and of a thesis.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-02T12:51:28.523" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-02T12:51:28.523" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="813" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="782" CreationDate="2010-08-02T12:59:06.230" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;moderncv&lt;/code&gt; is a class for typesetting modern curriculums vitae. If offers both a classic and a casual style. It is fairly customizable allowing the definition of your own style regarding colors and fonts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;More classes useful for writing a CV can be found in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://texcatalogue.sarovar.org/bytopic.html#applications&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot; title=&quot;Applications and CVs&quot;&gt;CV category&lt;/a&gt; of the TeX Catalogue.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-02T12:59:06.230" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-02T12:59:06.230" />
  <row Id="814" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="782" CreationDate="2010-08-02T13:10:07.563" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/extsizes&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;extsizes package&lt;/a&gt; provides the classes extarticle, extreport, extbook, extletter and extproc. They can be used instead of a corresponding base class and allow choosing a base font of a size between 8pt and 20pt.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When you're in need of a base font size that standard classes don't provide, these classes adjust commands like \tiny, \Huge etc. fitting to your desired base font size, further they adjust page dimensions, list and float dimensions accordingly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that the KOMA-Script classes allow &lt;em&gt;any&lt;/em&gt; font size specified in &lt;em&gt;any&lt;/em&gt; TeX measurement unit so they might be considered as well when specific font sizes are needed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-02T13:10:07.563" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-02T13:10:07.563" />
  <row Id="815" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="848" CreationDate="2010-08-02T14:41:00.963" Score="7" ViewCount="387" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using multibib to typeset two &quot;bibliographies&quot;: references and bibliographies. My supervisors doesn't want any keys/number in the text nor in the bibliographies section. I'm using &lt;code&gt;\nocite{key}&lt;/code&gt; to suppress the key appearance in the text, but this still generates citations keys in the bibliography section. How do I simply insert full citation without a key (inverse of what is printed by the \cite)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit.[1] Vivamus urna nisi, mattis eget convallis eget, sollicitudin eget quam. Duis lobortis odio vitae nulla vestibulum id suscipit ante elementum. Nulla vitae justo nec risus vehicula commodo.[2] Aenean commodo diam eget mi tincidunt condimentum. Nunc dolor nibh, mollis in vehicula auctor, porta aliquam lorem. Ut sagittis ipsum vel lorem sagittis sed bibendum ipsum molesti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;References&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;[1] &lt;em&gt;Citation&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;[2] &lt;em&gt;Citation&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Bibliography&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Citation&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Citation&lt;/em&gt; - This one is best to read last.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="137" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-13T16:54:16.157" LastActivityDate="2010-12-27T21:59:33.637" Title="How to instert full citation, instead of citation key? List of Author's publication?" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="816" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-02T15:19:13.220" Score="11" ViewCount="480" Body="&lt;p&gt;What are different ways to use Cyrillic in (La)TeX? What are their pros and cons?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="85" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-12T23:03:10.360" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T15:45:24.647" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-02T15:19:13.220" Title="Cyrillic in (La)TeX" Tags="&lt;languages&gt;&lt;cyrillic&gt;&lt;localization&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="817" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="816" CreationDate="2010-08-02T15:27:55.673" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;h2&gt;inputenc + babel&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Usage&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[russian]{babel}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Pros&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Standard — works with any latex installation. One can use any encoding in .tex files. Works fine with &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Cons&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cyrillic letters become active symbols — so one can neither define commands with Cyrillic names nor use them in arguments of &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\cite&lt;/code&gt; etc. Cyrillic letters in .aux and .toc files become unreadable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="85" LastEditorUserId="201" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-02T18:59:46.230" LastActivityDate="2010-08-02T18:59:46.230" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-02T15:27:55.673" />
  <row Id="818" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="816" CreationDate="2010-08-02T15:49:25.593" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Cherepanov's russlh&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Usage&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%&amp;amp;latex --tcx=koi2t2&#xA;\usepackage{russlh}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Can be downloaded e.g. from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mccme.ru/free-books/p_cher.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.mccme.ru/free-books/p_cher.htm&lt;/a&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Pros&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cyrillic letters are \catcode'd to 11 (&quot;letter&quot;); thus, they can be freely used in control sequence names, labels, etc. In text files written by LaTeX (.toc, .aux, .idx, etc.) Russian letters are recoded back to their initial form, which makes these files readable and simplifies the processing of .idx files.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Cons&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One has to (download and) use a non-standard package. Doesn't work with &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; (at least not with the current version).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="85" LastActivityDate="2010-08-02T15:49:25.593" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-02T15:49:25.593" />
  <row Id="819" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="834" CreationDate="2010-08-02T16:30:11.050" Score="8" ViewCount="372" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to typeset a draft of my document with double linespacing so that my collaborators have space to write in their edits (with a pen).  How do I do it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="35" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-20T21:02:51.307" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T21:02:51.307" Title="Double line spacing" Tags="&lt;line-spacing&gt;&lt;setspace&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="820" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="819" CreationDate="2010-08-02T16:33:06.243" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Simple: put&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{setspace}&#xA;\doublespacing&#xA;% or:&#xA;%\onehalfspacing&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;into your preamble. (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=linespace&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX-FAQ&lt;/a&gt; advises for &lt;code&gt;setspace&lt;/code&gt; and against &lt;code&gt;doublespace&lt;/code&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastEditorUserId="42" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-07T13:51:34.723" LastActivityDate="2010-08-07T13:51:34.723" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="821" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-02T16:33:33.043" Score="6" ViewCount="189" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to mark the parts of my document that have changed since the last revision with vertical bars in the margin.  Is there a package to help with this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a tool that can compare two files and automatically add bars in the appropriate places, or do I have to insert markup manually?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="35" LastActivityDate="2010-08-02T22:17:28.243" Title="Mark changes since last edition with bars in the margin" Tags="&lt;changes&gt;&lt;highlighting&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="822" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="832" CreationDate="2010-08-02T16:35:37.830" Score="6" ViewCount="371" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to italicize my figure captions and make them smaller.  How can I do that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="35" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-23T09:36:22.093" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T09:36:22.093" Title="Change the font of figure captions" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;captions&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="823" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="824" CreationDate="2010-08-02T16:40:11.537" Score="24" ViewCount="872" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know that I can use &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/272/how-to-make-clickable-links-and-cross-references-in-pdfs-produced-by-latex&quot;&gt;hyperref&lt;/a&gt; to make crossreferences and hyperlinks clickable.  That makes the clickable areas outlined in fluorescent green, however.  How can I make the green boxes go away?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="35" LastEditorUserId="35" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-02T17:35:19.237" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T17:58:10.880" Title="Remove ugly borders around clickable crossreferences and hyperlinks" Tags="&lt;color&gt;&lt;hyperref&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="5" />
  <row Id="824" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="823" CreationDate="2010-08-02T16:42:13.547" Score="16" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\hypersetup{&#xA;    colorlinks=false,&#xA;    pdfborder={0 0 0},&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="100" LastActivityDate="2010-08-02T16:42:13.547" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="825" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="831" CreationDate="2010-08-02T16:43:37.977" Score="11" ViewCount="938" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I reduce the amount of space around items in an itemized or enumerated list?  I would like to reduce the vertical space between items, the space to the left of the bullet, and the space between the bullet and the text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="35" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-21T18:17:37.653" LastActivityDate="2010-11-21T18:17:37.653" Title="Remove space around bullet points in itemized or enumerated list" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;lists&gt;&lt;itemize&gt;&lt;enumerate&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="826" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="829" CreationDate="2010-08-02T16:45:39.580" Score="12" ViewCount="649" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I make Latex use symbols (*, †, ‡, and so on) instead of numbers to mark footnotes?  (The numbers are confusing I use superscripted numbers for citations.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="35" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-21T15:57:55.767" LastActivityDate="2010-11-21T15:57:55.767" Title="Symbols instead of numbers as footnote markers" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;footnotes&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="827" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="825" CreationDate="2010-08-02T16:45:57.770" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the &lt;code&gt;enumitem&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="100" LastActivityDate="2010-08-02T16:45:57.770" />
  <row Id="828" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-02T16:46:01.500" Score="4" ViewCount="106" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to determine the height of the current line?  More specifically, after the hbox comprising the current line is finalized, I'd like to determine it's height (and perhaps also depth) and write this information to an auxiliary file.  The application I have in mind is placing something in the margin which is vertically aligned with the center of the current line, rather than with the baseline of the current line.  I'm primarily interested in the case where the current line is a displayed equation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(This is  a more focused version of &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/464/aligning-marginal-notes-with-center-of-line-rather-than-baseline&quot;&gt;this older question&lt;/a&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="203" LastEditorUserId="203" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-02T18:32:37.800" LastActivityDate="2010-08-15T03:35:21.330" Title="Determining the height of the current line, especially in displayed math" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;&lt;hbox&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="829" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="826" CreationDate="2010-08-02T16:49:42.523" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the &lt;code&gt;footmisc&lt;/code&gt; package, with option &lt;code&gt;symbol&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="100" LastActivityDate="2010-08-02T16:49:42.523" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="830" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="826" CreationDate="2010-08-02T16:50:05.910" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This can be done by redefining the output of the footnote counter:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand*{\thefootnote}{\fnsymbol{footnote}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-02T16:50:05.910" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="831" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="825" CreationDate="2010-08-02T16:55:04.093" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;paralist&lt;/code&gt; package provides compressed lists, the new environments are called &lt;code&gt;compactitem&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;compactenum&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;compactdesc&lt;/code&gt;. Use it just like the corresponding standard list environments. It can even keep lists within a paragraph.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;enumitem&lt;/code&gt; provides more features but also compressed lists, for instance by&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{enumitem}&#xA;\setlist{nolistsep,leftmargin=*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setlist&lt;/code&gt; modifies all lists, &lt;code&gt;\setitemize&lt;/code&gt; just &lt;code&gt;itemize&lt;/code&gt; etc. It takes an optional parameter that stands for the level that should be changed, default it alters all levels. Since &lt;code&gt;enumitem&lt;/code&gt; allows a lot more customization I prefer it over &lt;code&gt;paralist&lt;/code&gt;, but the latter is easier to use and fits better to the question here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-02T17:29:35.033" LastActivityDate="2010-08-02T17:29:35.033" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="832" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="822" CreationDate="2010-08-02T16:56:22.373" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It can be done by loading the &lt;code&gt;caption&lt;/code&gt; package and by choosing options or &lt;code&gt;\captionsetup&lt;/code&gt;, for instance:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[font={small,it}]{caption}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The caption package provides a lot more feature and is very well documented.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-02T16:56:22.373" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="833" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="727" CreationDate="2010-08-02T17:00:18.093" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Since asking this question I've also discovered the &lt;code&gt;constants&lt;/code&gt; package &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/constants/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;on CTAN&lt;/a&gt;. It does precisely what I want it for, and also saves me brain-cell from having to define my own commands and counters. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In particular one can declare new families of constants by&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newconstantfamily{name}{symbol=&amp;lt;symbol&amp;gt;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(one can also tune how the subscripts are displayed etc.) And use this new family by&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\C[name]&#xA;\Cl[name]{label}&#xA;\Cr{label}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(the first form gives the next constant in family &lt;code&gt;name&lt;/code&gt;, the second also labels it with &lt;code&gt;label&lt;/code&gt;, the third refers to whichever constant &lt;code&gt;label&lt;/code&gt; points to. The default family has its symbol set to C. It also plays well with &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; in the sense that no links are generated for the constants (the way I think it should be). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One note: the command by default is not aware of the mode you are in. So if you want to use mathmode symbols, it may be quicker to define a wrapper&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newconstantfamily{errorterms}{symbol=\mathfrak{e}}&#xA;\newcommand{\errorterm}{\ensuremath{\C[errorterms]}}&#xA;\newcommand{\errorterml}[1]{\ensuremath{\C[errorterms]{#1}}}&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to make typing in textmode more pleasant. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastActivityDate="2010-08-02T17:00:18.093" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="834" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="819" CreationDate="2010-08-02T17:10:42.227" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;setspace&lt;/code&gt; package does it for you, but it turns doublespacing off within footnotes and floats like figure and table captions. That's usually desired.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But if you don't want to use &lt;code&gt;setspace&lt;/code&gt;, perhaps because of the mentioned reason, you could use the command &lt;code&gt;\linespread&lt;/code&gt;, for instance:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\linespread{1.5}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A package may be preferred over such a command though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-02T17:10:42.227" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="835" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="816" CreationDate="2010-08-02T17:15:56.570" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;h2&gt;XeLaTeX&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Usage&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec} % loaded by polyglossia, but included here for transparency &#xA;\usepackage{polyglossia}&#xA;\setmainlanguage{russian} &#xA;\setotherlanguage{english}&#xA;&#xA;% XeLaTeX can use any font installed in your system fonts folder&#xA;% Linux Libertine in the next line can be replaced with any &#xA;% OpenType or TrueType font that supports the Cyrillic script.&#xA;&#xA;\newfontfamily\russianfont[Script=Cyrillic]{Linux Libertine}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Привет&#xA;\begin{english}&#xA;Hello! &#xA;\end{english}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;compile with &lt;code&gt;xelatex&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Pros&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Works out of the box in fresh tex distributions. Cyrillic letters can be freely used in  control sequence names, labels, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Cons&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One needs pretty modern tex distribution. (What else?)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="85" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-22T15:45:24.647" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T15:45:24.647" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-02T17:15:56.570" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="836" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="821" CreationDate="2010-08-02T17:37:34.663" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Marking changes:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/changebar&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;changebar package&lt;/a&gt; allows marking changes by bars. Not automatically, it has to be done by commands:&lt;code&gt;\cbstart&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\cbend&lt;/code&gt;. Change may can be nested within each other and with other environments, they can be colored and can cross page boundaries.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/chbar&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;chbar package&lt;/a&gt; is an alternative for plain TeX.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Comparing files:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Since LaTeX files are text documents&#xA;you could use any &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Diff&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;diff tool&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;comparing txt files and printing out&#xA;the differences.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-02T18:39:35.367" LastActivityDate="2010-08-02T18:39:35.367" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="837" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="840" CreationDate="2010-08-02T18:51:09.183" Score="11" ViewCount="584" Body="&lt;p&gt;My institution's letterhead is available as a PDF file.  The PDF is not just of the logo (to be placed in a corner), but of the entire page.  Is it possible to make this PDF the background of the first page of my document?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="35" LastActivityDate="2010-08-17T17:24:02.303" Title="PDF letterhead as document background" Tags="&lt;letters&gt;&lt;letterhead&gt;&lt;background&gt;" AnswerCount="4" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="838" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="816" CreationDate="2010-08-02T19:14:32.687" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Mixing cyrillic and latin letters&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The basic idea is to use &lt;code&gt;babel&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;inputenc&lt;/code&gt; (like &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/816/cyrillic-in-latex/817#817&quot;&gt;inputenc+babel&lt;/a&gt;). Your document looks like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[OT2, T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[russian, english]{babel}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\foreignlanguage{russian}{Druzhba} is friendship.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Especially important is &lt;code&gt;OT2&lt;/code&gt;-encoding and &lt;code&gt;russian&lt;/code&gt; as option to &lt;code&gt;babel&lt;/code&gt;. The command &lt;code&gt;\foreignlanguage&lt;/code&gt; allows you to switch between english an russian. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;pros&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;You don't need a cyrillic keyboard.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;nearly every LaTeX system has &lt;code&gt;OT2&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;babel&lt;/code&gt; also offers speific names for i.e. table of contents (Содержание), table of ..&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;cons&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Hyphenation does not work perfect.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;using &lt;code&gt;OT2&lt;/code&gt; encoding is like a poor mans alternative to &lt;code&gt;T2A&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some time ago I wrote a blog posting in german: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.kubieziel.de/blog/archives/858-Kyrillischen-Text-mit-LaTeX-setzen.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Kyrillischen Text mit LaTeX setzen&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="201" LastActivityDate="2010-08-02T19:14:32.687" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-02T19:14:32.687" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="839" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="816" CreationDate="2010-08-02T19:23:55.987" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Using UTF-8&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If your using UTF-8, have a russian keyboard and want to type only russian texts, the best would be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[T2A]{fontenc}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;ЛаТеХ&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This way you don't have to change your behaviour. Typing LaTeX texts is as easy as typing other texts. Usually you also have corret hyphenation patterns, so you can use the full featureset of LaTeX. :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="201" LastActivityDate="2010-08-02T19:23:55.987" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-02T19:23:55.987" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="840" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="837" CreationDate="2010-08-02T19:29:28.750" Score="14" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can accomplish this with the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wallpaper/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;wallpaper&lt;/code&gt; package&lt;/a&gt;.  It has many options for creating background images that are tiled, centered, and scaled, on every page or only specific ones.  In your case if the letterhead is contained in &lt;code&gt;lh.pdf&lt;/code&gt; then you simply need&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{wallpaper}&#xA;\ULCornerWallPaper{1}{lh.pdf}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  Your text on the letterhead&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The key command in this case is of course &lt;code&gt;\ULCornerWallPaper{&amp;lt;scale&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;file&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt; that places the image contained in &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;file&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; in the upper-left corner, scaled by a factor of &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;scale&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="32" LastEditorUserId="32" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-02T20:39:51.157" LastActivityDate="2010-08-02T20:39:51.157" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="841" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="828" CreationDate="2010-08-02T19:56:17.657" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately I don't know how to answer your more general question, but it sounds as if the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/marginnote/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;marginnote&lt;/code&gt; package&lt;/a&gt; will help with the problem that motivated it.  By using the &lt;code&gt;\marginnote&lt;/code&gt; command in conjunction with its &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;voffset&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; option you can manually change to vertical alignment of the margin note arbitrarily.  For example, the margin note in the following example is vertically aligned with the equation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{marginnote}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Here is some text.&#xA;\[&#xA;  F(b)-F(a)&#xA;  =&#xA;  \int_a^b f(x)dx&#xA;  \marginnote{A form of the fundamental theorem of calculus}[-2em]&#xA;\]&#xA;Here's a little more text.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="32" LastActivityDate="2010-08-02T19:56:17.657" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="842" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="837" CreationDate="2010-08-02T20:11:45.030" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The package &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/eso-pic&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;eso-pic&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; allows to include a background image at each page but also on a single page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another option is to use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/textpos&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;textpos&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package that can put a box at a position on the page behind the text. It can be used together with &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt; and a PDF file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-02T20:11:45.030" />
  <row Id="843" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="977" CreationDate="2010-08-02T20:30:20.663" Score="13" ViewCount="616" Body="&lt;p&gt;Maybe TeX isn't the best for this particular problem, but any teachers out there use a particular class or package to plan lessons?  Right now I'm just using a spreadsheet, but I always find myself wishing there was a 'lessonplan.sty' or 'classschedule.sty' file out there somewhere so I could still use the LaTeX for equations, tables, lists etc.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A bit of searching yielded a few results, but there doesn't seem to be a consensus.  Anyone used any of these:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/calendar/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/calendar/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.sultanik.com/LaTeX_calendar_style&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.sultanik.com/LaTeX_calendar_style&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/termcal/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/termcal/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any recommendations from anyone on best way to make calendar-based class schedules and/or lesson plans?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="90" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-03T08:06:58.083" LastActivityDate="2010-09-03T08:06:58.083" Title="LaTeX Classes or Styles for Schedules and/or Calendars?" Tags="&lt;calendar&gt;&lt;planning&gt;" AnswerCount="4" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="844" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="528" CreationDate="2010-08-02T20:34:20.187" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;While I cannot point to a pre-built 'how to' guide, I can at least try to provide some pointers here. The first point to remember is that LaTeX2e is rather weak at providing documented 'hooks' for customisation in the kernel. As a result, a lot has to be done by loading support packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At the most basic, a class is a collection of instructions to alter the standard formatting. Many simple classes therefore start out as little more than a customised preamble spun out into a separate file. Unless you are very experienced, it is likely that the best place to start a custom class is by loading one of the standard ones, for example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\LoadClass{article}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's then possible to load a selection of packages (using &lt;code&gt;\RequirePackage&lt;/code&gt; rather than &lt;code&gt;\usepackage&lt;/code&gt;), to allow modification. Obvious examples here would be &lt;code&gt;geometry&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;float&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;caption&lt;/code&gt;, various font packages, &lt;em&gt;etc&lt;/em&gt;. Quite a lot can be achieved by simply bundling up a group of support packages and appropriate options into one file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The next thing to consider is providing custom commands. These might be as simply as something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\subject[1]{%&#xA;  \begin{center}&#xA;    \bfseries&#xA;    #1%&#xA;  \end{center}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which I do in a slightly-customised letter class for my own use. Of course, what makes sense here will depend on what you want. Custom commands might of course depend on packages that you know will be loaded as they are included in the list for the class.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The next thing that people tend to do in custom classes is simple redefinition of LaTeX internals. The most obvious one is &lt;code&gt;\@maketitle&lt;/code&gt;, which you may well want to modify. Remember that class files set &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt; as a letter, so &lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&lt;/code&gt; &lt;em&gt;is not needed&lt;/em&gt;. At this stage, modifications tend to be made by starting with the existing code and altering it. The LaTeX2e kernel classes (&lt;code&gt;article.cls&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;report.cls&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;em&gt;etc&lt;/em&gt;.) and the kernel itself (&lt;code&gt;latex.ltx&lt;/code&gt;) are the first port of call for code to modify. Taking the &lt;code&gt;\@maketitle&lt;/code&gt; example, the version from &lt;code&gt;article.cls&lt;/code&gt; reads&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\@maketitle{%&#xA;  \newpage&#xA;  \null&#xA;  \vskip 2em%&#xA;  \begin{center}%&#xA;  \let \footnote \thanks&#xA;    {\LARGE \@title \par}%&#xA;    \vskip 1.5em%&#xA;    {\large&#xA;      \lineskip .5em%&#xA;      \begin{tabular}[t]{c}%&#xA;        \@author&#xA;      \end{tabular}\par}%&#xA;    \vskip 1em%&#xA;    {\large \@date}%&#xA;  \end{center}%&#xA;  \par&#xA;  \vskip 1.5em}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So obvious changes are to alter the spacing or fonts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Beyond that, you are in to serious (La)TeX programming, where I'd suggest writing some of the code as a package and requiring it from the class might be better. This is a complex subject, and I think is not the way to start out learning how to write class files!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-08-02T20:34:20.187" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-02T20:34:20.187" />
  <row Id="845" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="846" CreationDate="2010-08-02T20:59:30.500" Score="10" ViewCount="271" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to create a command set that allows me to do something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\nestedlist{&#xA;  \listitem An item&#xA;  \sublist{&#xA;    \listitem A sub item&#xA;    \listitem Another sub item&#xA;  }&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and get&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;An item&lt;br&gt;&#xA;1.1 A sub item&lt;br&gt;&#xA;1.2 Another sub item&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;etc, but with infinite depth (that is, I want to be able to use &lt;code&gt;\sublist&lt;/code&gt; recursively, without specifying on beforehand how many nesting levels are allowed, or having to write extra code to allow another level).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried an approach with one counter to keep track of the current depth, and one per nesting level to keep track of the numbers. However, when I try to create the number counters with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcounter{n\arabic{depth}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I get an error the second time I reach a nesting level, since the counter is already defined. Is there any way to check if the counter is already defined, and if it is just set it to zero (or whatever number is appropriate)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And as a side note: Is there already some package where this functionality is provided? My requirements are that there should be no limit on the nesting depth, and on each item, the entire &quot;breadcrumb&quot; should be shown as the bullet.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="223" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-25T16:05:12.037" LastActivityDate="2010-08-25T16:05:12.037" Title="Infinite-depth list" Tags="&lt;lists&gt;&lt;enumerate&gt;&lt;counters&gt;&lt;nesting&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="846" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="845" CreationDate="2010-08-02T21:16:12.643" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/paralist/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;paralist&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package provides the package option &lt;code&gt;pointedenum&lt;/code&gt; (or &lt;code&gt;pointlessenum&lt;/code&gt; depending on whether you want 1.1.1. or 1.1.1) that makes the &lt;code&gt;enumerate&lt;/code&gt; environment behave in exactly this way. If you only want to use this on some enums, you can define (with &lt;code&gt;paralist&lt;/code&gt; loaded)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{myenum}%&#xA;{\pointedenum\begin{enumerate}}%&#xA;{\end{enumerate}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The same works with &lt;code&gt;\pointlessenum&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-08-02T21:16:12.643" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="847" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="823" CreationDate="2010-08-02T21:55:06.197" Score="18" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\definecolor{dark-red}{rgb}{0.4,0.15,0.15}&#xA;\definecolor{dark-blue}{rgb}{0.15,0.15,0.4}&#xA;\definecolor{medium-blue}{rgb}{0,0,0.5}&#xA;\hypersetup{&#xA;    colorlinks, linkcolor={dark-red},&#xA;    citecolor={dark-blue}, urlcolor={medium-blue}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This gets rid of the ugly color boxes, but uses dark colored fonts which still make it clear that they are clickable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-08-02T21:55:06.197" />
  <row Id="848" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="815" CreationDate="2010-08-02T22:00:59.720" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use whatever bibliography style you're currently using to &lt;code&gt;\cite&lt;/code&gt; and render your references section. Then use the &lt;code&gt;bibentry&lt;/code&gt; package to generate your bibliography section.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-03T21:21:07.357" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T21:21:07.357" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="849" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="821" CreationDate="2010-08-02T22:17:28.243" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;See latexdiff on ctan:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;Latexdiff is a Perl script for visual mark up and revision of significant differences between two latex files. Various options are available for visual markup using standard latex packages such as color . Changes not directly affecting visible text, for example in formatting commands, are still marked in the latex source. A rudimentary revision facilility is provided by another Perl script, latexrevise, which accepts or rejects all changes. Manual editing of the difference file can be used to override this default behaviour and accept or reject selected changes only.&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-08-02T22:17:28.243" />
  <row Id="850" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="863" CreationDate="2010-08-02T22:36:14.980" Score="8" ViewCount="144" Body="&lt;p&gt;Imagine I have two commands defined as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\witharg#1{something with #1}&#xA;\def\without{something without arg}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and I want to define a new command &lt;code&gt;\mycmd&lt;/code&gt; that behaves as &lt;code&gt;\witharg&lt;/code&gt; if it's followed by an argument (not necessarily enclosed in braces), and behaves like &lt;code&gt;\without&lt;/code&gt; if it is not followed by an argument. In fact, the later case can only be true if &lt;code&gt;\mycmd&lt;/code&gt; is followed by the token &lt;code&gt;}&lt;/code&gt;. To make things slightly more clear, I want&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{\mycmd\token\mycmd}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to expand to something similar to the expansion of&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{\witharg{\token}\without}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I achieve this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that, in fact, trying to evaluate something like &lt;code&gt;{\witharg}&lt;/code&gt; fails with TeX complaining that there is an extra &lt;code&gt;}&lt;/code&gt;, i.e. the argument to &lt;code&gt;\witharg&lt;/code&gt; is missing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-06T06:59:50.377" LastActivityDate="2010-08-06T06:59:50.377" Title="How can I test if a command is followed by an argument?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="851" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="852" CreationDate="2010-08-02T22:59:32.343" Score="8" ViewCount="422" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to set &lt;code&gt;$1024 \times 768$&lt;/code&gt; without any space between the three items. Is this possible? If so, how?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E.g., what I get is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;1024 x 768&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and what I want is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;1024x768&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="27" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T20:59:22.227" Title="Removing spaces between &quot;words&quot; in math mode" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;spacing&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="852" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="851" CreationDate="2010-08-02T23:04:24.490" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Math binary operators and relations automatically add appropriate spaces between the symbol and their operands. If you want to remove this space, you can turn the operator into a regular symbol by enclosing it in braces. For example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$1024 {\times} 768$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you will be using this often you can also define a new command and say something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\stimes}{{\times}}&#xA;$1024 \stimes 768$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where &lt;code&gt;\stimes&lt;/code&gt; is a &lt;em&gt;symbol&lt;/em&gt; version of the &lt;code&gt;\times&lt;/code&gt; &lt;em&gt;operator&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-08-02T23:04:24.490" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="853" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="851" CreationDate="2010-08-03T00:09:37.807" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Perhaps defining it as an ordinary math symbol might be better than just enclose it in braces and expect that would do it now and in the future. So, I would use &lt;code&gt;\mathord&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$1024\mathord{\times}768$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T00:09:37.807" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="854" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="861" CreationDate="2010-08-03T00:35:06.007" Score="16" ViewCount="141" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have create a template and some macros I would like to share. How can I contribute them to CTAN?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-09T09:48:24.733" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T09:48:24.733" Title="How can I contribute to CTAN?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;templates&gt;&lt;contribute&gt;&lt;ctan&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="855" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-03T00:42:43.450" Score="10" ViewCount="149" Body="&lt;p&gt;If so, how? Do I need any additional software?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T08:15:54.440" Title="Can I create music sheets with LaTeX?" Tags="&lt;music&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="856" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="900" CreationDate="2010-08-03T00:44:47.440" Score="5" ViewCount="342" Body="&lt;p&gt;Certainly, there must be some way to somewhat create a list of words suggested to be included in an index.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T18:45:48.547" Title="Is there an automatic process to create index creation?" Tags="&lt;index&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="857" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="860" CreationDate="2010-08-03T00:52:37.720" Score="8" ViewCount="175" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have and extensive database with references in form of an SQL database. How can I use this information in BibTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T05:13:59.707" Title="Is it possible to use sql database for BibTeX?" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;database&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="858" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="855" CreationDate="2010-08-03T03:21:08.023" Score="14" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd instead use &lt;a href=&quot;http://lilypond.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LilyPond&lt;/a&gt;, which, though not based on TeX at all, has similar goals of human-readable plain-text source files and beautiful, customizable output.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="9" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T03:21:08.023" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="859" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="857" CreationDate="2010-08-03T03:25:20.850" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One idea would be to use one of the many python APIs for SQL, and pipe that to one of the python modules that output bibtex&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="103" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T03:25:20.850" />
  <row Id="860" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="857" CreationDate="2010-08-03T05:13:59.707" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nelson Beebe gave &lt;a href=&quot;http://river-valley.tv/tag/nelson-beebe/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;a talk at TUG 2009&lt;/a&gt; on using SQL databases for bibliographic purposes as a replacement for BibTeX. The program is &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.semanticlab.net/index.php/BibSQL&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;bibsql&lt;/a&gt; and looks very promising, but I haven't used it myself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can read more details and examples in his paper in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/Contents/contents30-2.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TUGboat 30(2)&lt;/a&gt;; it's not publicly available to non-TUG members until 12 months after publication.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T05:13:59.707" />
  <row Id="861" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="854" CreationDate="2010-08-03T05:50:08.443" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Great! The process is simple. Everything is explained on the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/upload.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;upload page&lt;/a&gt;. My own guidelines are listed below.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Make sure the material is licensed appropriately. Most LaTeX package are licensed under the LPPL, but you can also use the GPL or one of the Apache/BSD/MIT licenses if you wish.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Make sure that you include the sources to any pre-built files. PDFs without source files are not permitted in TeX Live. The usual system for LaTeX packages is to use a DTX file as a combined source/documentation file that can be typeset to PDF or extracted to a STY or CLS file using an INS file -- this is known as the ‘docstrip’ system. See Scott Pakin's &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/dtxtut/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;dtxtut&lt;/a&gt; for good guidelines here.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If you're not using docstrip for your package source, make sure the material is documented; a package without PDF documentation will probably not be accepted these days. Remember to include a readme file (called &lt;code&gt;README&lt;/code&gt;, i.e., without an extension) that briefly explains the package.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Check the naming of things. Your the names of your files shouldn't conflict with anything on CTAN or anything in TeX Live/MiKTeX. The more specific the name can be, the better. E.g., don't call a conference class anything like &lt;code&gt;conference.cls&lt;/code&gt;; refer explicitly to which conference it is to be used for, such as &lt;code&gt;active-conf-2006.cls&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Having done that, take your files and bundle them up in a ZIP or TAR.BZ (or etc.) archive and upload it. There are three CTAN ‘mirrors’ to which you can upload your work:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/upload&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;USA&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/upload/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;England&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dante.ctan.org/upload/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Germany&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The only difference between the three is that a different person (in a different timezone) will process the upload. At time of writing, USA receives the most traffic so you'll probably get a slightly faster turn-around at one of the other sites.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T05:50:08.443" />
  <row Id="862" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="854" CreationDate="2010-08-03T05:51:39.737" Score="14" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I see Will has answered this, but I'm going to give the same information in a slightly different form! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The upload page at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/upload&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.ctan.org/upload&lt;/a&gt; contains some advice, as well as an upload form. You only have to upload the files themselves, but it is usual to include some kind of README file and also probably some documentation. If you have a package called 'mypkg', you might therefore want to upload:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;mypkg.sty, the package itself&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;mypkg.pdf, the documentation&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;mypkg.tex, the source for the documentation (needed to get the documentation into TeX Live)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;README, the readme file&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All of that needs to go into a single zip file, which you then upload.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A lot of LaTeX packages are written in 'dtx' format, which puts the source for the documentation and the code into one file. This is also used to document the code itself. If you use dtx format, then you'd upload&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;mypkg.dtx, the source file&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;mypkg.ins, used to unpack the dtx file&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;mypkg.pdf, the documentation&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;README, the readme file&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Again, everything goes into one zip file and gets uploaded using the form on the CTAN website.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are additional things that you can upload, but to begin with I think this is where to start.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-03T07:15:46.707" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T07:15:46.707" />
  <row Id="863" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="850" CreationDate="2010-08-03T06:02:47.903" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Whenever you need to check what comes next after a macro, the primitive to use is generally &lt;code&gt;\futurelet&lt;/code&gt; (see TeX by Topic for a good reference). In this case, you'd write something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\def\mycmd{%&#xA;  \futurelet\mytoken\myargparse&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which will &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt; the following token to &lt;code&gt;\mytoken&lt;/code&gt; and then expand &lt;code&gt;\myargparse&lt;/code&gt;. Define &lt;code&gt;\myargparse&lt;/code&gt; to be conditional on what &lt;code&gt;\mytoken&lt;/code&gt; is, and that's it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\def\myargparse{%&#xA;  \ifx\mytoken\closingbracetoken&#xA;    \expandafter\without&#xA;  \else&#xA;    \expandafter\witharg&#xA;  \fi&#xA;}&#xA;\let\closingbracetoken=}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, check that it works:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\def\witharg#1{something with #1}&#xA;\def\without{something without arg}&#xA;\def\token{TOK}&#xA;{\mycmd\token\mycmd}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T06:02:47.903" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="864" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="856" CreationDate="2010-08-03T07:25:32.330" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As others have mentioned, trying to automate this task would be close to impossible. But if you want to get some very rough hints of words for yourself, this is something I would try (note, requires some scripting):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;detex&lt;/code&gt; or something to strip the TeX markup and then write a small script that counts the number of time each word has been used in the document. The top words in the list will probably be useless words like &lt;code&gt;a&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;the&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;is&lt;/code&gt;, etc. But, after those, you might be able to find a few promising words.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T07:25:32.330" />
  <row Id="865" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="855" CreationDate="2010-08-03T07:31:21.393" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There's also &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mab.jpn.org/musictex/index_en.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;MusiXTeX&lt;/a&gt; for the actual typesetting (&lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=musixtex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;CTAN&lt;/a&gt;).  A bit of searching turned up &lt;a href=&quot;http://noteedit.berlios.de/doc/musixtex_export_appendix.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this page&lt;/a&gt; about exporting from LilyPond to MusiXTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T07:31:21.393" />
  <row Id="866" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="855" CreationDate="2010-08-03T07:38:06.840" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In addition to MusiXTeX, there's also &lt;a href=&quot;http://home.gna.org/gregorio/gregoriotex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;GregorioTeX&lt;/a&gt; for gregorian chant.  It's apparently very well suited to typesetting this particular type of scores, and is actively maintained.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="170" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T07:38:06.840" />
  <row Id="867" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="869" CreationDate="2010-08-03T07:38:58.957" Score="27" ViewCount="987" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there any way to include Python code in a LaTeX file and automatically color its syntax? Is it possible to do syntax coloring with any other language? If yes what packages can I use to do that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="230" LastEditorUserId="416" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-15T15:35:31.867" LastActivityDate="2010-11-26T12:08:11.573" Title="Syntax Coloring in LaTeX" Tags="&lt;syntax&gt;&lt;listings&gt;&lt;minted&gt;&lt;highlighting&gt;" AnswerCount="7" FavoriteCount="12" />
  <row Id="868" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="870" CreationDate="2010-08-03T07:44:46.543" Score="6" ViewCount="94" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is a follow-up to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/854/how-can-i-contribute-to-ctan&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt; on contributing to CTAN, but it applies to the situation when writing ones own package for private use.  In brief, the question is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Is there a way to avoid name-clashes with defining macros?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In a bit more detail, I know that &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; checks this, but I find that I need the flexibility of &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt;.  Also, I tend to define a lot of &lt;em&gt;internal&lt;/em&gt; commands that then get used in various ways in the ones that the user actually uses and I suspect that many others do the same.  It's a lot harder to go through every package and check that every command is &quot;clean&quot;, especially since many will be defined via the &lt;code&gt;\csname&lt;/code&gt; construction.  On the other hand, because most of the commands are internal, I'd be quite happy to simply add a unique prefix to each of them to avoid such a conflict.  For example, at the moment all my internal commands are prefixed &lt;code&gt;\my@&lt;/code&gt; and external ones &lt;code&gt;\my&lt;/code&gt; (with the exception of one package that was written specifically for one paper which gets &lt;code&gt;\hopf@&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\hopf&lt;/code&gt; respectively).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, expanding on my question above:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Is there a convention on CTAN to avoid conflicting names?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Is there an automatic way to avoid conflicts when loading a package?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I should confess that I strongly doubt that there is a positive answer to the second question since so many packages rely on being able to redefine macros defined by other packages; still, the programmers seem to be able to cope with this so I do wonder if TeXperts can as well.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T13:42:46.917" Title="How do I avoid clashes with macro names in packages?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;ctan&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="869" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="867" CreationDate="2010-08-03T07:45:40.800" Score="24" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The standard way of doing this is to use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/pkg/listings&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;listings&lt;/a&gt; package. It allows a wide range of formatting for the output, can choose to display only part of an input file and so on. The package also comes with a number of predefined languages it understands, including Python.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T07:45:40.800" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="870" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="868" CreationDate="2010-08-03T07:52:05.743" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's impossible to check everything, as you say. One way people work when they need the power of &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt; is to use &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; first:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\wibble{}&#xA;\def\wibble#1stuff#2{%&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alternatively, you can use &lt;code&gt;\@ifundefined&lt;/code&gt; to do the testing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For internal macros, the usual method is to pick a prefix that you hope no-one else is using. This tends to work best if you simply use the package name you've picked, which of course you can check on CTAN:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\mypkg@internal@one{%&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For user macros, some people use a similar approach, especially if the macros are only used rarely: something like &lt;code&gt;\MyPkgMacroNameOne&lt;/code&gt;. Of course, this can be rather awkward as the names get quite long.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With my LaTeX3 'hat' on, I'd point out that we are trying to come up with a scheme for LaTeX3 that will be more flexible and reliable. I can't say we have a definitive answer at the moment, and so suggestions are welcome!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-03T13:42:46.917" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T13:42:46.917" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="871" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="843" CreationDate="2010-08-03T08:03:53.860" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't know of one, but a few years' back I developed a layout for a scheme-of-work.  It's a bit long to cut-and-paste here so I've put the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.math.ntnu.no/~stacey/documents/scheme_of_work_example.tex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tex file&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.math.ntnu.no/~stacey/documents/scheme_of_work_example.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pdf file&lt;/a&gt; on my website.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's not very sophisticated: at heart, it's simply a big table and a load of wrapper commands to make it obvious how to put the right pieces in to the right places.  If it's of any use, you're welcome to use it!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T08:03:53.860" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="872" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="880" CreationDate="2010-08-03T08:07:01.950" Score="16" ViewCount="302" Body="&lt;p&gt;I once saw a maths journal which offered PDFs of published papers, where the bibliographic references were formatted as PDF annotations: if you moused over a reference in the text, the bibliography entry would appear in a pop-up window, without having to jump to the end of the file and inevitably have to spend ages re-finding where you were in the text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anyone know of a way of producing this effect automatically using BibTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="232" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-13T16:47:27.783" LastActivityDate="2010-12-13T16:47:27.783" Title="Pop-up references in PDF output" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;hyperref&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="873" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="855" CreationDate="2010-08-03T08:15:54.440" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd go for Lilypond, myself (see Ben Alpert's answer), but note that there's a &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=music&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX FAQ page of discussion about the alternatives&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="96" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T08:15:54.440" />
  <row Id="874" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="879" CreationDate="2010-08-03T08:44:40.610" Score="6" ViewCount="602" Body="&lt;p&gt;India has recently introduced a new symbol for its currency, the Indian rupee -- see &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Indian_rupee_sign&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Indian_rupee_sign&lt;/a&gt;. How can I typeset this in TeX / LaTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="232" LastActivityDate="2010-08-31T14:02:52.027" Title="Indian rupee symbol" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="875" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="882" CreationDate="2010-08-03T09:14:02.943" Score="6" ViewCount="812" Body="&lt;p&gt;What's the best way to draw UML class diagrams in LaTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="97" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-18T13:12:10.733" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T00:25:57.220" Title="Typsetting UML class diagrams" Tags="&lt;diagrams&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="876" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="875" CreationDate="2010-08-03T09:17:00.033" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;While I guess there are nicer ways to do it, I recently came across &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/class-diagram/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this example on texample.net&lt;/a&gt; on one way to produce UML diagrams with TikZ.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T09:17:00.033" />
  <row Id="878" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="976" CreationDate="2010-08-03T09:46:53.613" Score="8" ViewCount="368" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to create parallel text in multiple languages. With some success, I have tried some existing packages to do that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, one thing I found very difficult is to align each paragraph but use different font sizes and (thus) independent line spacing for each language. This would be useful for languages where the texts are very different in length (for example Chinese and English).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any ideas on how to do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="233" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T23:44:17.707" Title="How do I create parallel text aligned by paragraph?" Tags="&lt;parallel&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="879" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="874" CreationDate="2010-08-03T10:09:03.887" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/libertine&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot; title=&quot;Linux Libertine&quot;&gt;Linux Libertine&lt;/a&gt; v4.8.4 already supports the new rupee sign. From the &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/fonts/libertine/doc/fonts/libertine/ChangeLog.txt&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;changelog&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Changes to version 4.8.0 regular(-) &amp;amp;&#xA;  italic(/) &amp;amp; capitals (C) (20100430)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;new Indian Rupee symbol uni20A8&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T10:09:03.887" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="880" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="872" CreationDate="2010-08-03T10:25:00.790" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Pop-up annotations can be made using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/pdfcomment&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pdfcomment package&lt;/a&gt;. Though I haven't seen an automatic way yet. But you could redefine a cite macro to use for instance \pdfmarkupcomment for the output.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T10:25:00.790" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="881" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="45" CreationDate="2010-08-03T10:27:16.760" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If it's your TikZ graphics that are taking a long time, use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/standalone/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;standalone&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package to have them in a separate file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for more general hints, if you are compiling a big document, but you only really need part of it to compile (e.g. if you're compiling a book, but only chapter 3 has changed) split the file into several files and use &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt; to put it all together. Then you can use &lt;code&gt;\includeonly{chapter3}&lt;/code&gt; for example, and only chapter 3 will be compiled. This is useful for compulsive recompiliers like me...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T10:27:16.760" />
  <row Id="882" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="875" CreationDate="2010-08-03T10:35:29.877" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://metauml.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;MetaUML&lt;/a&gt; is a MetaPost library for typesetting UML diagrams with a human-friendly textual notation. Another useful package is emp. It allows to embed Metapost code and therefore MetaUML inside a LaTeX document&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/pst-uml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;pst-uml&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; is a  PSTricks package providing support for drawing UML diagrams.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/uml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;uml&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; is another package using PSTricks implementing at least a subset&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/pgf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pgf/TikZ&lt;/a&gt; is so feature rich that it can be used for typesetting UML diagrams as well, though I didn't see a UML specialized lib yet.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T10:35:29.877" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="883" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1143" CreationDate="2010-08-03T11:30:05.377" Score="6" ViewCount="121" Body="&lt;p&gt;The presence of floats appears to disrupt the setting of &lt;code&gt;\mark&lt;/code&gt;s, so that &lt;code&gt;\topmark&lt;/code&gt; ends up with the wrong value.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, consider this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\textheight 50mm&#xA;\textwidth 50mm&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter \def\@oddhead{[\topmark/\firstmark/\botmark]} \makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\def\block#1{\textbf{#1}\mark{#1}&#xA;Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing elit, sed do&#xA;eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua.&#xA;Foo bar baz.\par}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\block a&#xA;\block b&#xA;\block c&#xA;\block d&#xA;%\begin{figure}\hrule width 1pt height 20mm depth 0pt \end{figure}&#xA;\block e&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That works as it should: the page break appears in the middle of block 'c', blocks 'd' and 'e' start on page 2, and the header therefore shows '[c/d/e]'.  That's correct.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I uncomment the &lt;code&gt;{figure}&lt;/code&gt; line, however, then the 'figure' appears on page 3, and page 2 is unchanged (page breaks within blocks 'c' and 'e'), but the header now shows '[d/d/e]'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am perplexed as to why this happens.  I can't find anything in &lt;code&gt;\@float&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\@caption&lt;/code&gt; which touches the marks, and in general nothing in &lt;code&gt;latex.ltx&lt;/code&gt; that uses &lt;code&gt;\markboth&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\markright&lt;/code&gt; (which are the only things in &lt;code&gt;latex.ltx&lt;/code&gt; which call &lt;code&gt;\mark&lt;/code&gt;).   &lt;code&gt;article.cls&lt;/code&gt; has a few things that call &lt;code&gt;\@mkboth&lt;/code&gt;, but they're associated with &lt;code&gt;\@part&lt;/code&gt;, and with lists of figures and the index.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is it I'm missing?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="96" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-09T09:52:11.503" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T09:52:11.503" Title="Why do floats change the \mark?" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="884" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="875" CreationDate="2010-08-03T12:04:34.733" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;(Lifted from Dima's answer to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/723/how-to-typeset-flowcharts-in-latex&quot;&gt;my question on flowcharts&lt;/a&gt;.) You can also use the Dot language and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.graphviz.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;GraphViz&lt;/a&gt;. With &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.umlgraph.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;UMLGraph&lt;/a&gt; you can generate GraphViz specs, and use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.fauskes.net/nb/introducing-dot2tex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;dot2tex&lt;/a&gt; or Mark Aufflick's &lt;a href=&quot;http://mark.aufflick.com/blog/2007/03/25/embedding-graphviz-in-latex-documents&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;graphviz.sty&lt;/a&gt; to embed the graphs into LaTeX. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T12:04:34.733" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="885" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-03T12:19:46.163" Score="9" ViewCount="522" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need to generate documents from a web application and would like to do this using the Python language and LaTeX, are there any tools that will help me?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;This Application will be hosted on Linux, we can run any external commands using popen, there is currently no defined input document format, nor any storage format, but output to the end user should be PDF.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit 2&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;These documents will have complex tables, graphs, and require typeset equations - hence the reason to use LaTeX. We would also prefer not to use intermediate files such as xml-&gt;html-&gt;pdf  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ideally I would like something like pyTeX or plasTeX that could render directly to PDF.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="43" LastEditorUserId="43" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-06T10:55:50.320" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T10:16:55.300" Title="How can I use LaTeX from Python." Tags="&lt;tools&gt;" AnswerCount="8" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="886" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="885" CreationDate="2010-08-03T12:28:43.567" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pytex.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;PyTeX&lt;/a&gt; is an Open Source project allowing to use TeX from within Python.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T12:28:43.567" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="887" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="349" CreationDate="2010-08-03T12:30:01.083" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The most important practical difference for me is that with &lt;em&gt;pdflatex&lt;/em&gt; I can use PDF images instead of EPS.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="30" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T12:30:01.083" />
  <row Id="888" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="485" CreationDate="2010-08-03T13:01:12.740" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Regarding line breaks in captions: if you use the &lt;code&gt;caption&lt;/code&gt; package &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; works. In the optional argument you should protect it. Here's a demonstration example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[font=small,labelfont=bf]{caption}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\listoffigures&#xA;\bigskip&#xA;\begin{figure}[hb]&#xA;\centering Test&#xA;\caption[Short\protect\\text]{Test\\example}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Because the &lt;code&gt;caption&lt;/code&gt; package provides a lot of features regarding justification and customization I would not work without it. But if you really wish to avoid this package, it can also be done using &lt;code&gt;\parbox&lt;/code&gt;. The optional positioning parameter &lt;code&gt;t&lt;/code&gt; might be useful:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\listoffigures&#xA;\bigskip&#xA;\begin{figure}[hb]&#xA;\centering Test&#xA;\caption[Short\protect\\text]{\parbox[t]{0.2\textwidth}{Just a Test\\example}}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T13:01:12.740" />
  <row Id="889" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="885" CreationDate="2010-08-03T14:15:26.103" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;While I love LaTeX, you probably don't want or need TeX to solve your problem. Check out &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.reportlab.com/software/opensource/rl-toolkit/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ReportLab Toolkit&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="242" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T14:15:26.103" />
  <row Id="890" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="341" CreationDate="2010-08-03T14:23:45.647" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;a0poster and sciposter are two document classes that are designed to help you make posters. a0poster worked better for me...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T14:23:45.647" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="891" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="492" CreationDate="2010-08-03T14:32:31.553" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use LuaTeX + luaotfload + fontspec. Don't waste your time trying to learn a dead end technology. I have been doing a lot of font installation (also for money). This is awful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="243" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T14:32:31.553" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="892" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="856" CreationDate="2010-08-03T14:56:06.317" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In addition to what Juan A. Navarro suggested, I'd say that words which occur in chapter and section titles are likely candidates for indexing.  &lt;i&gt;E.g.,&lt;/i&gt; if section 2.3 is entitled &quot;The Virasoro Algebra&quot;, then that's probably a sufficiently important topic that other occurrences of &quot;Virasoro algebra&quot; should be indexed.  You could write a script (in your favourite scripting language) to pull out the arguments to &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt; commands and the like, throw out the prepositions and articles and sort the remainder by frequency.  How your script will know that the words &lt;i&gt;Virasoro&lt;/i&gt; and &lt;i&gt;algebra&lt;/i&gt; go together . . . well, either you &lt;a href=&quot;http://xkcd.com/521/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;call &lt;code&gt;import skynet&lt;/code&gt; and live with the consequences&lt;/a&gt;, or you do some manual work with its output.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Other things to check could include words which are capitalized when not at the beginning of a sentence and words set in emphatic type.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="112" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T14:56:06.317" />
  <row Id="893" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="885" CreationDate="2010-08-03T15:22:47.933" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://pyx.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;PyX&lt;/a&gt; is a useful package if you want graphs and charts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="251" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T15:22:47.933" />
  <row Id="894" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="326" CreationDate="2010-08-03T15:36:22.723" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is an unofficial class &lt;a href=&quot;http://biccari.altervista.org/c/informatica/latex/sapthesis.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;sapthesis&lt;/a&gt; for the Laurea, Laurea Specialistica and Dottorato degrees at the &lt;em&gt;La Sapienza&lt;/em&gt; university of Rome.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="260" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T15:36:22.723" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-03T15:36:22.723" />
  <row Id="895" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-03T15:40:05.573" Score="3" ViewCount="501" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/80/latex-template-for-resume-curriculum-vitae&quot;&gt;LaTeX template for resume/curriculum vitae &lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which class do you recommend to write a CV? The answer will probably be different depending on the CV being used in the academia or in an external context (the former will probably be more &quot;serious&quot;, and certainly it will not include a photo).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="260" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-21T18:10:44.027" LastActivityDate="2010-11-21T18:10:44.027" ClosedDate="2010-08-03T18:49:04.797" Title="Class for Curriculum Vitae" Tags="&lt;documentclass&gt;&lt;templates&gt;&lt;resume&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="896" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="895" CreationDate="2010-08-03T15:43:24.740" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've been using &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/moderncv/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;moderncv&lt;/a&gt; so far -- it gets the job done and has some pretty neat templates to get started.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="267" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T15:43:24.740" />
  <row Id="898" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="867" CreationDate="2010-08-03T15:46:47.293" Score="24" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;While &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt; package is good, it has some deficiencies, especially in Unicode support. I'd recommend trying out &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/minted/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;minted&lt;/a&gt;, which uses the output of &lt;a href=&quot;http://pygments.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Pygments&lt;/a&gt;, which is more likely to get grammar updates than &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="267" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T15:46:47.293" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="899" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="867" CreationDate="2010-08-03T15:47:23.347" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another package to consider is &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyvrb/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;fancyvrb&lt;/a&gt;.  It is a bit more general than listings as it provides an expanded verbatim environment where listings focuses specifically on formatting source code- this means you can pull some tricks with listings that are not possible with fancyvrb.  However, fancyvrb is the package used by the &lt;a href=&quot;http://sphinx.pocoo.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Sphinx&lt;/a&gt; documentation generator to highlight source code in PDF output.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are documenting some Python code, you may want to look into using Sphinx anyway- it is the bee's knees.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another package that looks promising is &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/minted/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;minted&lt;/a&gt;.  This package allows you to format code using &lt;a href=&quot;http://pygments.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Pygments&lt;/a&gt; which is a very sophisticated syntax highlighter written in Python.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T15:47:23.347" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="900" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="856" CreationDate="2010-08-03T15:50:53.963" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I suggest you look at the script &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.math.columbia.edu/algebraic_geometry/stacks-git/scripts/make_index.py&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;make-index.py&lt;/a&gt; (and related files) in the scripts folder of the download page at the Stacks Project (http://www.math.columbia.edu/algebraic_geometry/stacks-git/). The index it generates isn't really ideal, but at least their strategy will give you some idea how to get started. They seem to take the approach that (in a gigantic math textbook) the things which most deserve to be in the index are the italicized word(s) or phrase(s) in each definition environment. In my experience using math books, the most common reason I look something up in the index is to learn its definition, so this seems appropriate, although maybe not for books in other subjects. However you might be able to use the Stacks Project script as a guide to automate the creation of an index which suits your own needs, even if they are very different.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="259" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T15:50:53.963" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="901" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="895" CreationDate="2010-08-03T15:59:09.423" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I usually use &lt;code&gt;currvita&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrartcl}&#xA;\usepackage[openbib]{currvita}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{cv}{CV}                                                          &#xA;\begin{cvlist}{Personal Data}&#xA;\item Name&#xA;\item Address&#xA;\end{cvlist}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{cvlist}{Occupation}&#xA;\item[1999--2003] CEO of FooBar Inc.&#xA;\end{cvlist}&#xA;\cvplace{Teh Internetz}&#xA;\date{\today{}}&#xA;\end{cv}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="201" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T15:59:09.423" />
  <row Id="902" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="492" CreationDate="2010-08-03T16:05:06.077" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;simplefonts module provides fontspec-like functionality in ConTeXt (MkIV).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="99" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T16:05:06.077" />
  <row Id="903" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="339" CreationDate="2010-08-03T16:09:14.427" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to second the recommendation to go with TeXShop if you are Mac user and are using OS X v. 10.4 or higher (preferably 10.5 or higher). It is a frontend to an excellent UNIX based TeX system called teTeX, and both have been around long enough to be virtually bug free. Moreover TeXShop has a very consistent Mac user interface that is intuitive and a pleasure to use. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T16:09:14.427" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-03T16:09:14.427" />
  <row Id="904" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="895" CreationDate="2010-08-03T16:13:57.897" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Minimalia has a nice LaTeX &lt;a href=&quot;http://stefano.italians.nl/archives/5&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tutorial&lt;/a&gt; for CV, which gives a result like &lt;a href=&quot;http://stefano.italians.nl/wp-content/uploads/2007/09/samplecurriculum.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt; (pdf).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="279" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T16:13:57.897" />
  <row Id="905" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="815" CreationDate="2010-08-03T16:19:50.150" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I expect that there's a package that would do it better, and I second the suggestion to check &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt;.  However, if nothing turns up, here's a hack that does it.  I copied the definition of the &lt;code&gt;thebibliography&lt;/code&gt; environment from &lt;code&gt;article.cls&lt;/code&gt; and removed the bit where it prints a label (the empty first argument to the &lt;code&gt;\list{}%&lt;/code&gt; line).  With two bibliographies, you will probably want to keep the original bibliography environment as well so you should give this one a unique name.  If you're using the &lt;code&gt;\bibliography&lt;/code&gt; command to import the bibliographies rather than specifying them in the document then you will need to hack one of them to use the new command rather than the original one (unless the &lt;code&gt;multibib&lt;/code&gt; thing that you mention does this automatically).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewenvironment{thebibliography}[1]&#xA;     {\section*{\refname}%&#xA;      \@mkboth{\MakeUppercase\refname}{\MakeUppercase\refname}%&#xA;      \list{}%&#xA;           {\settowidth\labelwidth{\@biblabel{#1}}%&#xA;            \leftmargin\labelwidth&#xA;            \advance\leftmargin\labelsep&#xA;            \@openbib@code&#xA;            \usecounter{enumiv}%&#xA;            \let\p@enumiv\@empty&#xA;            \renewcommand\theenumiv{\@arabic\c@enumiv}}%&#xA;      \sloppy&#xA;      \clubpenalty4000&#xA;      \@clubpenalty \clubpenalty&#xA;      \widowpenalty4000%&#xA;      \sfcode`\.\@m}&#xA;     {\def\@noitemerr&#xA;       {\@latex@warning{Empty `thebibliography' environment}}%&#xA;      \endlist}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{thebibliography}{KPMS82}&#xA;&#xA;\bibitem{bm}&#xA;Michael Barr.&#xA;\newblock Coalgebras over a commutative ring.&#xA;\newblock {\em J. Algebra}, 32(3):600--610, 1974.&#xA;&#xA;\end{thebibliography}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T16:19:50.150" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="906" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="815" CreationDate="2010-08-03T16:21:29.073" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Maybe the &lt;code&gt;jurabib&lt;/code&gt; packages/bibstyle together with &lt;code&gt;\nocite&lt;/code&gt; for the &quot;bibliography&quot; bibliography provides what you want? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T16:21:29.073" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="908" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="579" CreationDate="2010-08-03T16:32:15.837" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I may be incorrect here, but I was under the impression that the output of Emacs' org-export-as-pdf generated a tagged pdf. Can anyone confirm this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T16:32:15.837" />
  <row Id="909" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="80" CreationDate="2010-08-03T17:00:19.290" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I made my own. In the end, it was much easier that way; you get what you want. Especially if you have situations in which you need to quickly prepare e.g. a 4-page CV, you know how to tweak your own layout to meet the requirements.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some key tools:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt; class&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;geometry&lt;/code&gt; package for margins&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; to have a nice PDF (e.g., DOI hyperlinks in the list of publications, proper PDF metadata)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;enumitem&lt;/code&gt; for tweaking list layout; &lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt; for section headings&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;cite&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;url&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;microtype&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;babel&lt;/code&gt;, ...&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Keep layout and content separated; easy to do something like &lt;code&gt;\input{layout2}\input{content}&lt;/code&gt; to produce yet another version with a different layout.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;multibib&lt;/code&gt; to get multiple lists of references in the CV (one for journal papers, another for conference papers, etc.):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcites{jrnl}{Journal Papers}&#xA;\newcites{conf}{Conference Papers}&#xA;...&#xA;\nocitejrnl{...}&#xA;\nociteconf{...}&#xA;...&#xA;\section{Scientific Publications}&#xA;{&#xA;    \renewcommand{\section}[2]{\subsection{#2}}&#xA;    \setbiblabelwidth{99}&#xA;    \bibliographystylejrnl{yyy}&#xA;    \bibliographyjrnl{xxx}&#xA;    \setbiblabelwidth{99}&#xA;    \bibliographystyleconf{yyy}&#xA;    \bibliographyconf{xxx}&#xA;   ...&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &quot;nocite&quot; lists, etc., are automatically generated from a source file by using a Python script. The lists are actually in a separate file that I &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;A tweaked version of the &lt;code&gt;unsrt&lt;/code&gt; Bibtex style: I added things like DOI links, etc., by using some ugly hacks.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;JabRef + some scripts to maintain the Bibtex database.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Rubber (with &lt;code&gt;% rubber: module pdftex&lt;/code&gt;) for compiling everything. It works OK with multibib.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="100" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T17:00:19.290" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-03T17:00:19.290" />
  <row Id="910" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="603" CreationDate="2010-08-03T17:20:32.563" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's not an answer. It's  a kind of discussion or only the hint. Using beamer I can define MS Trebuchet as a default sf font: \renewcommand{\sfdefault}{jtrr} (jtrr is my Trebuchet font) and this works in math also.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="291" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T17:20:32.563" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="911" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="349" CreationDate="2010-08-03T17:24:45.850" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yet another reason to use pdflatex instead of latex: the &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; package actually works, you can have line breaks in hyperlinks. Extremely useful if you want that your bibliography entries have DOI hyperlinks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="100" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T17:24:45.850" />
  <row Id="912" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="815" CreationDate="2010-08-03T17:32:41.913" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Taken from &lt;a href=&quot;http://groups.google.com/group/comp.text.tex/browse_thread/thread/90477737a2563a33/e9c7ceaf62e2adcf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On Mar 23 2009, 12:44&amp;nbsp;pm, Christian Riesch  wrote:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I got very helpful replies, especially from Michael Shell. I used this code:&#xA;  \documentclass{article}&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  \usepackage{multibib}&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  \newcites{apubs}{AuthorPublications}  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;\begin{document}&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  \cite{pub1,pub2,pub3}&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  \nociteapubs{apub1,apub2}  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;% authorpublications&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  \begingroup&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  \labelsep 0pt % set left indentation&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  \makeatletter&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  \def\@biblabel#1{\relax} % turn off biblabels&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  \makeatother&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  \bibliographystyleapubs{IEEEtran}&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  \bibliographyapubs{mybibfile}&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  \endgroup  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;% &quot;global&quot; bibliography&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  \begingroup&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  \continuouslabelsfalse&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  \bibliographystyle{IEEEtran}&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  \bibliography{mybibfile}&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  \endgroup  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;\end{document}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="137" LastEditorUserId="137" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-27T21:59:33.637" LastActivityDate="2010-12-27T21:59:33.637" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="913" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="872" CreationDate="2010-08-03T17:33:08.373" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non-answers that help even if you don't have the source code available:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Some PDF viewers display hyperlink popups automatically; at least &lt;a href=&quot;http://skim-app.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Skim.app&lt;/a&gt; does that. You don't need to do anything in Latex; just use hyperref as usual and open the document in Skim.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Most modern PDF viewers have a &quot;back&quot; button, just like a web browser. For example, if you click a hyperlink in Preview.app (built-in PDF viewer in Mac OS X), you can go back to where you were by pressing cmd-[.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="100" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T17:33:08.373" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="914" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="326" CreationDate="2010-08-03T17:37:20.477" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Chances are, your institution will have pretty strict specifications for your thesis format.  If you're lucky your institution may have a class file or some grad students may maintain a unofficial template.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Purdue University (a state school in Indiana, USA) has a document class that may be a good starting point.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://engineering.purdue.edu/~mark/puthesis/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;https://engineering.purdue.edu/~mark/puthesis/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An additional complication at Purdue is that each department has additional constraints on the formatting so the document class takes an option to specify the department. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="304" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T17:37:20.477" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-03T17:37:20.477" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="915" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="878" CreationDate="2010-08-03T17:37:38.900" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;have you tried using the &lt;code&gt;columns&lt;/code&gt; package ? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="103" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T17:37:38.900" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="916" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="837" CreationDate="2010-08-03T17:58:43.150" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If I want the watermark on page 4, can I issue the instruction on page 1 (at the beginning of the document, perhaps in the document's preamble) and specify “Put my mark on page 4”? You can guess why I ask: before compiling, I wouldn't know which text will fall on page 4. TeX is asynchronous.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="311" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T17:58:43.150" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="917" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="948" CreationDate="2010-08-03T18:11:05.523" Score="10" ViewCount="598" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.wordle.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Wordle&lt;/a&gt; creates word clouds based on the frequency on words in a text, similar to tag clouds. What makes it unique is that it can lay out words in arbitrary directions without too much white space. See the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.wordle.net/gallery&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;gallery&lt;/a&gt; for many examples.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Given a list of words together with their frequency,&#xA;is there some package that provides at least some of the functionality in (La)TeX? If not, is there some way to abuse the TeX layout engine to produce word clouds?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(This is not meant as advertisment for wordle, I just do not know of anything that is similar.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T14:14:02.590" Title="Wordle-like word clouds" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="5" />
  <row Id="918" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-03T18:15:00.447" Score="3" ViewCount="281" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a relatively large but sparse matrix (say 20x20). Maple has no problem displaying it on a screen because maple does not force the columns to be aligned when the matrix is large enough : element 6,3 might not be directly underneath element 5,3.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In LaTeX, on the other hand, the width of a matrix is at least the sum of the widths of the widest elements in each column. This does not fit on a paper at all.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, is there a way to make &quot;maple-style&quot; matrices in LaTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;this&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;|1 0 0 0 (very wide element) |&#xA;|(very wide element) 0 0 0 0 |&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;instead of&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;|1                   0 0 0 (very wide element) |&#xA;|(very wide element) 0 0 0         0           |&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T18:28:13.660" Title="Shrinking large matrices by preventing column alignment" Tags="&lt;matrices&gt;&lt;size&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="919" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="326" CreationDate="2010-08-03T18:18:01.833" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm currently writing a (bachelor) thesis myself and just using the LaTeX's own &quot;report&quot; class, I find it meets all of my universities requirements when I only use a custom title page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="313" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T18:18:01.833" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-03T18:18:01.833" />
  <row Id="920" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="918" CreationDate="2010-08-03T18:28:13.660" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;From the example given, it looks as though there's no common alignment between the rows.  In which case, all you really want is a list of numbers with a decent separation between and the appropriate braces either side.  So the following would do that (using &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; for nice matrices):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{bmatrix} % or pmatrix or what ever&#xA;3.1415926538 \; 0 \; 0 \; 1 \\&#xA;0 \; 0 \; 2.718281828459045 \; 0&#xA;\end{bmatrix}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T18:28:13.660" />
  <row Id="921" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="875" CreationDate="2010-08-03T18:34:13.370" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For UML class diagrams I'd recommend &lt;a href=&quot;http://code.google.com/p/pgf-umlcd/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pgf-umlcd&lt;/a&gt;, for sequence diagrams pgf-umlsd (for which I don't have enough reputation to post a freakin link).  Both packages are based on the PGF package collection, which I find very easy to use for drawing vector graphics within TeX &amp;amp; LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="313" LastEditorUserId="3300" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-04T00:25:57.220" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T00:25:57.220" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="922" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="528" CreationDate="2010-08-03T18:38:22.427" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If it's the syntax of writing macros that you're looking for I'd definitely recommend &lt;a href=&quot;http://eijkhout.net/texbytopic/texbytopic.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Tex By Topic&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="313" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T18:38:22.427" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-03T18:38:22.427" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="923" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="339" CreationDate="2010-08-03T18:38:35.687" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Emacs is great, but what I generally use is &lt;a href=&quot;http://gummi.midnightcoding.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Gummi&lt;/a&gt;. It has a 2-pane live preview which is really useful for catching syntax errors and formatting errors early on. Plus, when you save your latex document it will automatically save a pdf copy. Other features include helpers for matrix editing, inserting images, and a citing tool. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T18:38:35.687" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-03T18:38:35.687" />
  <row Id="925" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="856" CreationDate="2010-08-03T18:45:48.547" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/glossaries.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;glossaries&lt;/a&gt; package to suggest terms and acronyms for inclusion in an automatically generated glossary.  It won't pick out words for inclusion on its own though, that might require a rather advanced level of natural language processing to accomplish.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="313" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T18:45:48.547" />
  <row Id="926" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="71" CreationDate="2010-08-03T18:51:36.150" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As for the 3rd sub-problem mentioned by Juan: Making (La)TeX ignore a block of code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Having TeX ignore a block of code isn't all that difficult, somehow causing it to be executed anyway might proof more difficult.  I guess that one way to accomplish it might be to scan ahead to the \end{Solution} directive and put all tokens you encounter along the way in a macro, which optionally gets expanded later on.  I doubt that's a very easy endeavour though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="313" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T18:51:36.150" />
  <row Id="927" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="939" CreationDate="2010-08-03T18:52:03.903" Score="2" ViewCount="169" Body="&lt;p&gt;Following the \index quoting rules (prepend a reserved character with a double-quote), I do&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\index{&quot;|&quot;| operator}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but the entry never shows up in the index. Doing these (similar) things does work as expected:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\index{&quot;!&quot;! operator}&#xA;\index{&quot;| operator}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So what is special about ||? Needless to say, it also doesn't work without double-quotes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="325" LastEditorUserId="132" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-04T16:36:04.577" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T16:36:04.577" Title="How to create an index entry for “|| operator”?" Tags="&lt;index&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="928" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="822" CreationDate="2010-08-03T19:06:54.893" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/memoir/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;memoir&lt;/a&gt; document class has this baked in.  The provided functionality allows adjustments to the following parameters:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The font commands used for the caption label (the &lt;code&gt;Figure x:&lt;/code&gt; part).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The delimiter that separates the label from the caption.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The font commands used for the caption text that follows the label.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The alignment/justification of the caption (left, right, hanging indent, etc)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And much more.  See section 10.6 of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/memoir/memman.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;memoir manual&lt;/a&gt; for full details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Memoir also includes support for things such as sub-captions and side-captions.  Chapter 10 of the manual describes all this and much more.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T19:06:54.893" />
  <row Id="929" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="843" CreationDate="2010-08-03T19:33:26.960" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;TikZ/pgf has a nice Calendar library and an example of using it to produce a course schedule.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My first post ;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="337" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T19:33:26.960" />
  <row Id="930" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="528" CreationDate="2010-08-03T19:34:31.873" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tutex.tug.org/pracjourn/2005-4/hefferon/hefferon.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;This&lt;/a&gt; is a starter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="339" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T19:34:31.873" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-03T19:34:31.873" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="931" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="326" CreationDate="2010-08-03T19:46:52.897" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use tex live utility on the mac to maintain my tex distribution. Specifically I use the ctan repository. On searching for thesis templates, I got style (cls) files for the following thesis formats. More information can be found on their respective ctan pages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;afthesis, classicthesis, ebsthesis, gatech-thesis, hepthesis, muthesis, psu-thesis, ryethesis, seuthesis, thuthesis, ucdavisthesis, ucthesis, uiucthesis, umich-thesis, umthesis, ut-thesis, uwthesis, york-thesis&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My suggestion would be to see which one of these is closest to your university's requirements and then build on that. To search for each of the above theses files, use the following link format: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/cgi-bin/filenameSearch.py?filename=afthesis&amp;amp;Search=Search&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.ctan.org/cgi-bin/filenameSearch.py?filename=afthesis&amp;amp;Search=Search&lt;/a&gt; and replace the name appropriately and on the page visit the readme page for more details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="342" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T19:46:52.897" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-03T19:46:52.897" />
  <row Id="932" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="935" CreationDate="2010-08-03T19:47:32.243" Score="6" ViewCount="118" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Asking this question mainly because I could not find it being here already. If this is a dupe, sorry!&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've read about defining new, custom environments that can be used like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{thisismyown}&#xA;% do some funky stuff&#xA;\end{thisismyown}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How do I define &lt;code&gt;thisismyown&lt;/code&gt;, and why would I want to?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="223" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T20:06:02.947" Title="How do I define new environments, and why would I want to?" Tags="&lt;environments&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="933" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="927" CreationDate="2010-08-03T19:53:02.077" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you index the symbol in math mode, it should work.  That is, try&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\index{$&quot;|&quot;|$ operator}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="32" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T19:53:02.077" />
  <row Id="934" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="932" CreationDate="2010-08-03T20:05:16.643" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could define it like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{thisismyown}{%&#xA;  code run at the beginning%&#xA;}{%&#xA;code run at the end}%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Each time the environment is started the beginning code will run, similar when the environment is closed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could also define arguments for your environment:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{thisismyown}[arguments][optional]{beginning code}{end code}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A maximum of 9 arguments can be used. They are accessible in the beginning code by #1 to #9, but &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; in the end code. So, &lt;code&gt;\newenvironment&lt;/code&gt; is similar to &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt;. But it gives you a scope for the content.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T20:05:16.643" />
  <row Id="935" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="932" CreationDate="2010-08-03T20:06:02.947" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You would create your new environment with the command&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{thisismyown}[num]{begin}{end}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where &lt;code&gt;[num]&lt;/code&gt; is the number of arguments you want to pass to the environment, and can be omitted if you don't want any; &lt;code&gt;begin&lt;/code&gt; is the text that will be inserted at the point that you call &lt;code&gt;\begin{thisismyown}&lt;/code&gt; and correspondingly &lt;code&gt;end&lt;/code&gt; is what will appear when you have &lt;code&gt;\end{thisismyown}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for why you'd want to, the primary reason is if you have some sort of element that you will repeat multiple times -- theorems, problem statements, solutions, Shakespeare quotes, ... -- and want them all to be formatted in the same way.  By putting the formatting into a new environment, you make your document source more readable and can easily change the environment in a single place to update all instances of it throughout your document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, perhaps you are typing up an assignment and want to have an environment to define how your answers will look.  You could use something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{question}[2]{&#xA;  \noindent\textsc{Question #1}:\begin{quotation}\textit{#2}\end{quotation}&#xA;}{&#xA;  \hrule\vspace{2em}&#xA;}&#xA;...&#xA;\begin{question}{1}{Solve for $x$.}&#xA;  The answer is, $x=42$.&#xA;\end{question}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Every question will be nicely formatted to have a label in small caps, numbered by the first argument and restated by the second one.  You then place your solution inside the environment, and when it ends you get a solid line across the page and some blank vertical space.  Of course, you could also use customized counters to keep track of the question numbering for you, but that's a whole other answer...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="32" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T20:06:02.947" />
  <row Id="936" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="339" CreationDate="2010-08-03T20:07:01.370" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I highly recommend the cross-platform &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.xm1math.net/texmaker/download.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;texmaker&lt;/a&gt;, with a built-in pdf viewer very useful: the pdf preview is automatically refreshed after a &quot;quick compilation&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T20:07:01.370" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-03T20:07:01.370" />
  <row Id="937" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="867" CreationDate="2010-08-03T20:07:09.963" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use matlab code in my papers. To get syntax coloring in matlab, put the following in the header:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{alltt}&#xA;\usepackage{color}&#xA;\usepackage{fullpage}&#xA;\definecolor{string}{rgb}{0.7,0.0,0.0}&#xA;\definecolor{comment}{rgb}{0.13,0.54,0.13}&#xA;\definecolor{keyword}{rgb}{0.0,0.0,1.0}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.artefact.tk/software/matlab/highlight/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;highlight.m&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; function in matlab to generate the code to put in the latex file. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then just enclose the matlab code inside&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{alltt}&#xA;%% code generated by highlight.m %%&#xA;\end{alltt}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="342" LastEditorUserId="42" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-19T13:21:36.217" LastActivityDate="2010-08-19T13:21:36.217" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="938" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="53" CreationDate="2010-08-03T20:45:10.983" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Most of the references I've seen get too complex too quickly.&quot; I tried very hard not to do this in &lt;a href=&quot;http://latex.silmaril.ie/formattinginformation/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Formatting Information&lt;/a&gt;, so I'd appreciate any feedback. Since TUG published it, I have been busy with other things, so it needs an update, but the essentials are all still valid.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="355" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T20:45:10.983" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="939" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="927" CreationDate="2010-08-03T21:00:35.167" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\index{&quot;|&quot;| operator}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;should work. However there seem to exist some problems with &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt;. Simply put the index key or just the problematic part in braces works:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\index{{&quot;|&quot;|} operator}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="353" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T21:00:35.167" />
  <row Id="940" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-03T21:01:37.083" Score="12" ViewCount="1625" Body="&lt;p&gt;TeX and LaTeX are widely used in Computer Science. What other academic disciplines or professionals use it? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="356" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-10T13:12:18.473" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T20:47:22.360" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-25T15:10:49.093" Title="What professions use TeX/LaTeX besides CS?" Tags="&lt;usage&gt;&lt;big-list&gt;" AnswerCount="22" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="941" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="940" CreationDate="2010-08-03T21:04:17.717" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Economics  :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Notwithstanding economics is a social science, it makes heavy use of mathematics, even if one does not take into account econometrics (a set of statistical tools for economics).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="14" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T21:04:17.717" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-25T15:10:49.093" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="942" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="940" CreationDate="2010-08-03T21:04:43.457" Score="19" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It seems to be used fairly close to universally within physics and math.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="32" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T21:04:43.457" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-25T15:10:49.093" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="943" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="940" CreationDate="2010-08-03T21:11:00.123" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quite a lot of linguists seem to use LaTeX, at least in the UK.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T21:11:00.123" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-25T15:10:49.093" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="944" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="940" CreationDate="2010-08-03T21:12:44.583" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Well, anything that needs nice typesetting of mathematics.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Beyond that, many peer-reviewed journals accept or require submissions to be in LaTeX- this covers many, many fields.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personally, I use it for:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Documents that contain lots of formulae.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Documents that require extensive cross-referencing and a sane system for doing so.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Documents that require the output of computer programs.  Systems like &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sweave&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Sweave&lt;/a&gt; (for R) or the more general &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.cs.tufts.edu/~nr/noweb/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;noweb&lt;/a&gt; allow reports and the code that generates the data being reported to be combined into a single file.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Documents that must be automatically generated by computer programs.  LaTeX is a perfect  system for creating high-quality PDF files that are generated from templates. The &lt;a href=&quot;http://cran.r-project.org/web/packages/brew/index.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;brew&lt;/a&gt; package provides one such templating system for R.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Documents where I want to deliver results with as much impact as I can.  Good typography is absolutely essential for doing this in a sublime way. I.E. the person reading your report doesn't know &lt;em&gt;why&lt;/em&gt; they like it more than they should- but they can't help themselves.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T21:12:44.583" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-25T15:10:49.093" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="945" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="633" CreationDate="2010-08-03T21:17:17.137" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As a completely different option you might want to consider, it is also possible to use an editing program that exports TiKZ files.&#xA;This may be perhaps the most responsive option, unless you have a super-zippy machine to run TeX.  As mentioned by Andrew Stacey &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/348/how-to-draw-a-torus/373#373&quot;&gt;in an answer to an earlier question&lt;/a&gt;, the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.inkscape.org/?lang=en&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Inkscape&lt;/a&gt; extension &lt;a href=&quot;http://code.google.com/p/inkscape2tikz/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;inscape2tikz&lt;/a&gt; generates TiKZ output.&#xA;If you don't care too much about the readability of the TiKZ code this would be worth a look.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="132" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T21:17:17.137" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="946" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="992" CreationDate="2010-08-03T21:26:48.697" Score="1" ViewCount="96" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have created a bib database of maths textbooks, articles, notes etc. and I want to use JabRef to assign keywords to each entry to take advantage of the file management functionality which would result.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would be interested to hear from anyone who has done this already, either with JabRef or a similar package. How did you strike a balance between too few and too many keywords? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Two extreme approaches I have in mind are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;More or less sticking to top level AMS MSC or a similar classification scheme.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Harvesting contents pages and indexes for keywords.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="241" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T08:51:26.457" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-03T21:27:14.250" Title="Adding keywords to entries in bib file with a view to using JabRef as a file explorer / manager" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="947" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="940" CreationDate="2010-08-03T21:32:19.580" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In addition to what has already been said, a couple of publishers use some variant of TeX for the books they release, sometimes as their only typesetting software.  I'm aware of a least half a dozen such small publishing houses in Europe and North America; they use it for all kind of books, not only scientific ones.  And of course, big scientific publishers like Springer or Elsevier use TeX extensively because they deal with lots of mathematics texts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But one of my funniest encounters with TeX was when I overheard two staff members in a big Chinese bookshop in Paris discussing how to process documents with TeX; I think they used it to produce the shop’s catalogue (and needed it to typeset Chinese).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="170" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T21:32:19.580" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-25T15:10:49.093" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="948" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="917" CreationDate="2010-08-03T21:35:52.013" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Most word cloud generator simply generate a scaled word according to its relative frequency in the text, and then pack everything together in a nice way. Wordle really shines in using the &lt;strong&gt;shape&lt;/strong&gt; of each letter rather than the bounding box. That is the reason that the resultant word clouds have very little white space.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;AFAIU, TeX only knows the bounding box of a word. So, even if the wordle algorithm were known (is it?), we need more hooks to implement it in TeX. Perhaps luatex+mplib can be used to access the shape of the glyph, but I do not know the details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The easier option is to use worldle to generate a png and simply include the png in your tex file. The java file for the engine that powers wordle is available from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.alphaworks.ibm.com/tech/wordcloud&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.alphaworks.ibm.com/tech/wordcloud&lt;/a&gt; (you need to register first). Then, it is a simple matter of providing some plumbing so that&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{wordle}&#xA;  lots of text&#xA;\end{wordle}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;stores the text in an external file, runs it through wordle, and includes the resultant png. For example, if you want to do this in ConTeXt&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Download the IBM Word Cloud engine. After unzipping the files, I removed spaces from the folder names and renamed it to &quot;IBM-Word-Cloud&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Download the &lt;a href=&quot;http://github.com/adityam/filter/blob/master/t-filter.tex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;externalfilter&lt;/a&gt; module&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Then you can create word clouds as follows&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;    \usemodule[filter]&#xA;&#xA;    \defineexternalfilter&#xA;      [wordcloud]&#xA;      [filtercommand=/opt/java/jre/bin/java -jar $HOME/IBM-Word-Cloud/ibm-word-cloud.jar&#xA;        -c $HOME/IBM-Word-Cloud/examples/configuration.txt&#xA;        -w 800 -h 600&#xA;        -o \externalfilteroutputfile\space&#xA;        -i \externalfilterinputfile,&#xA;      output=\externalfilterbasefile.png,&#xA;      readcommand=\ExternalFigure,&#xA;      continue=yes,&#xA;      ]&#xA;&#xA;    \def\ExternalFigure#1{\externalfigure[#1]}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and then use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \startwordcloud&#xA;  lots of words&#xA; \stopwordcloud&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See this &lt;a href=&quot;http://randomdeterminism.wordpress.com/2010/08/03/word-clouds-in-context/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;blog post&lt;/a&gt; for more details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastEditorUserId="323" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-04T14:14:02.590" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T14:14:02.590" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="949" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="36" CreationDate="2010-08-03T21:39:56.953" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The choice is slightly wrong. First two are TeX engines while ConTeXt is a macro package and as such should be compared with LaTeX (in fact you can use both XeTeX and luatex in ConTeXt, although using luatex is definitely preferred). The best comparison of differences between LaTeX and ConTeXt can be found in the article by Berend de Boer &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.berenddeboer.net/tex/LaTeX2ConTeXt.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX in proper ConTeXt&lt;/a&gt;. To put it in rather simplistic terms: ConTeXt attempts at giving cleaner interface to control typography of the document while retaining LaTeX's structure-oriented approach.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="359" LastEditorUserId="359" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-05T07:24:37.703" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T07:24:37.703" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="950" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="940" CreationDate="2010-08-03T21:55:01.577" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Some philosophers use LaTeX, mostly those working in logic or in areas where there is frequent recourse to logical notation. Amongst linguists, quite a few semanticists use it, too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="93" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T21:55:01.577" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-25T15:10:49.093" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="951" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="553" CreationDate="2010-08-03T22:07:38.850" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{lmodern}  % better i18n Postscript version of Knuth's cm fonts&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="368" LastEditorUserId="1189" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-28T06:29:07.273" LastActivityDate="2010-12-28T06:29:07.273" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-03T22:07:38.850" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="952" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="339" CreationDate="2010-08-03T22:15:30.107" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Well, basically all LaTeX editors are going to handle building the dvi or pdf for you and I never use code completion.  What I mainly look for is an intuitive GUI, customizability and easy integration with external programs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the Mac I mostly use texmaker.  TeXShop is fine for quick jobs, but it lacks the power and customizability of texmaker, e.g. I want to have more control over which pdf viewer to use and how to configure it.  Sometimes I use Aquamacs Emacs when I need a bit more power, e.g. texmaker only does soft wordwrap but I find hard word wrap to be more useful when you are using version control systems.  Aquamacs is the best Mac version of Emacs for LaTeXing because it has all of the popular LaTeX modes and extensions built in and well-configured by default.  This saves a lot of time compared to setting up plain Emacs.  Your pdf viewer is also an important part of your LaTeXing setup and I like Skim for its annotation features and easy integration with Aquamacs Emacs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On windows I use texmaker or TeXnicCenter.  The latter is again due to texmaker's hard word wrap blind spot.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On Linux I generally use Kile or some flavor of Emacs, but I only use Emacs if it is a machine that I use regularly enough to go through the pain of setting it up to work with LaTeX properly.  I could use texmaker on Linux too, but since it is basically a slightly inferior clone of Kile there is not much point.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="376" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T22:15:30.107" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-03T22:15:30.107" />
  <row Id="953" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="986" CreationDate="2010-08-03T22:41:01.480" Score="13" ViewCount="1074" Body="&lt;p&gt;I feel as though I have been hearing about the LaTeX3 project for a very long time. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why is it taking so long for it to come into fruition? Are there major technical difficulties, or is it purely a lack of developers that is causing a bottleneck?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="136" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-16T17:03:16.353" LastActivityDate="2010-11-16T19:04:16.453" Title="Why is LaTeX3 taking so long to come out?" Tags="&lt;latex3&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="954" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="927" CreationDate="2010-08-03T22:50:52.920" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You might want to try using \| instead of || for the operator; both to deal with problematic escaping, but more importantly to get spacing right when you use it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="257" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T22:50:52.920" />
  <row Id="955" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="161" CreationDate="2010-08-03T22:55:12.430" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For Git and Mercurial the only packaged option for writing revision information to the output document is the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/vc/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;vc-bundle&lt;/a&gt;, which works without keyword substitution by writing to an &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt;’ed file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For rendering a diff document a commit hook could be used that calls latexdiff-vc.&#xA;Just inspecting diffs word-based instead of line based can be done with wdiff, or dwdiff.&#xA;Git has a helpful diff mode with --color-words&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;git diff --color-words&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="368" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T22:55:12.430" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="956" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="959" CreationDate="2010-08-03T23:12:50.157" Score="4" ViewCount="996" Body="&lt;p&gt;The Tufte handout class give a neat layout that shows the footnote at the right hand side not bottom line. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But, when I use the minipage with tufte-handout, and if the minipage has the footnote, the footnote is broken as the class modifies the footnote setup. So, I used the \footnotemark and \footnotetext, but the number is shown in alphabetical form at the bottom, whereas the arabic in the text area. And even, it gives me the error message - &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;l.29 The caller\footnotemark{\value{footnote}}&#xA;                                              \footnotetext[2]{hello} uses `...&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://a.imageshack.us/img822/181/screenshot20100803at121.png&quot;/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What's wrong with my code? And how to get the correct footnote number?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\documentclass{tufte-handout}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\newcommand{\clj}{\textcolor{blue}{\textsc{clojure}}}&#xA;&#xA;\title{Week 31, August$^{1st}$ 2010}&#xA;\newlength{\RoundedBoxWidth}&#xA;\newsavebox{\GrayRoundedBox}&#xA;\newenvironment{GrayBox}[1][\dimexpr\textwidth-4.5ex]%&#xA;   {\setlength{\RoundedBoxWidth}{\dimexpr#1}&#xA;    \begin{lrbox}{\GrayRoundedBox}&#xA;       \begin{minipage}{\RoundedBoxWidth}}%&#xA;   {   \end{minipage}&#xA;    \end{lrbox}&#xA;    \begin{center}&#xA;    \begin{tikzpicture}%&#xA;       \draw node[draw=black,fill=black!10,rounded corners,%&#xA;             inner sep=2ex,text width=\RoundedBoxWidth]%&#xA;             {\usebox{\GrayRoundedBox}};&#xA;    \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \end{center}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;hello\footnote{experiment}&#xA;%\newcounter{\myfootnote}&#xA;%\setcounter{\myfootnote}{\value{footnote}}&#xA;\vskip2ex&#xA;\begin{GrayBox}[1.2\textwidth]&#xA;{\LARGE How to use external \clj\ code}&#xA;\vskip0.3em\hrule\vskip1em&#xA;&#xA;The caller uses `use' to use \verb|CLASSPATH/hello.clj|. Now, it's OK to call&#xA;the (hi).\footnotemark[\thefootnote]{}\footnotetext[\thefootnote]{Hello}&#xA;&#xA;\end{GrayBox}&#xA;hello\footnote{experiment again}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="379" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-13T15:36:53.537" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T15:36:53.537" Title="\footnotemark and \footnotetext in minipage" Tags="&lt;minipage&gt;&lt;footnotes&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="957" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="958" CreationDate="2010-08-03T23:16:41.383" Score="2" ViewCount="337" Body="&lt;p&gt;I happen to write the following code over and over again.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;{\color{blue}\verb|&gt;|} {\footnotesize\verb|HI|} &#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, I came up with the following code to make it a command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\newcommand{\result}[2]{%&#xA;{\color{#1}\verb|&gt;|} {\footnotesize\verb|#2|} &#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem is that the result is not what I expected, there are '|' characters attached. &#xA;What might be wrong? I need to have the verbatim environment kept as the result can contain some characters something like $, \ ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\result}[2]{%&#xA;{\color{#1}$&gt;$} {\footnotesize \verb|#2|} &#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{color}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;{\color{blue}\verb|&gt;|} {\footnotesize\verb|HI|} &#xA;&#xA;\result{red}{HI}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://a.imageshack.us/img839/2220/screen20shot20201008032.png&quot;/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;ADDED&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;For the original source, \verb|&gt;| should have been $&gt;$. I updated the source example. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Following Willie's answer, I modified the command&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\newcommand{\result}[2]{{\color{#1}$&gt;$} {\footnotesize\texttt{#2}}}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It seems fine, but with &lt;strong&gt;multicols&lt;/strong&gt; environment, the footnotesize font, gives some blank spaces before its printing of characters. I attach the screen capture and source code. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://a.imageshack.us/img186/3980/screenshot20100803at908.png&quot;/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It seems that line break causes this problem, by adding \mbox inside the \texttt, I could remove the blank. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\newcommand{\result}[2]{{\color{#1}$&gt;$} {\footnotesize\texttt{\mbox{#2}}}}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://a.imageshack.us/img408/9236/screenshot20100803at933.png&quot;/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{multicol}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\result}[2]{{\color{#1}$&gt;$} {\footnotesize\texttt{\mbox{#2}}}}&#xA;\newcommand{\resultp}[2]{{\color{#1}$&gt;$} {\small\texttt{\mbox{#2}}}}&#xA;\usepackage{color}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{multicols*}{2}&#xA;\noindent\result{green}{Welcome to my project! These are your args: (a b c)}\\&#xA;\result{green}{hello}\\&#xA;\result{green}{HI my\string_name}&#xA;\vskip 2ex&#xA;\noindent\resultp{green}{Welcome to my project! These are your args: (a b c)}\\&#xA;\resultp{green}{hello}\\&#xA;\resultp{green}{HI}&#xA;&#xA;\end{multicols*}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="379" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-04T05:49:23.213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T07:43:11.597" Title="parameter passing to \verb|| environment" Tags="&lt;verbatim&gt;&lt;texttt&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="958" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="957" CreationDate="2010-08-03T23:54:48.280" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am surprised that it even compiled for you (your test example). On my installation&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;This is pdfTeX, Version&#xA;3.1415926-1.40.10 (Web2C 2009) entering extended mode &#xA;(./test.tex &#xA;LaTeX2e &amp;lt;2009/09/24&amp;gt; &#xA;Babel &amp;lt;v3.8l&amp;gt; and hyphenation patterns for english, usenglishmax, dumylang, noh yphenation, pinyin, bulgarian, russian, ukrainian, basque, french, loaded. &#xA;(/usr/share/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/article.cls &#xA;Document Class: article 2007/10/19 v1.4h Standard LaTeX document class &#xA;(/usr/share/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/size10.clo)) &#xA;(/usr/share/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/color.sty &#xA;(/usr/share/texmf-dist/tex/latex/latexconfig/color.cfg) &#xA;(/usr/share/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/dvips.def) &#xA;(/usr/share/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/dvipsnam.def)) (./test.aux)&#xA;&#xA;! LaTeX Error: \verb illegal in command argument.&#xA;&#xA;See the LaTeX manual or LaTeX Companion for explanation. Type  &#xA;H &amp;lt;return&amp;gt;  for immediate help.  ...    &#xA;&#xA;                                                   l.12 \result{red}{HI}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The reason is that &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=verbwithin&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;\verb&lt;/code&gt; is a very fragile command&lt;/a&gt;. The suggestion from the TeX faq I linked to is to replace &lt;code&gt;\verb&lt;/code&gt; by &lt;code&gt;\texttt&lt;/code&gt;, and when you type arguments to the &lt;code&gt;\result&lt;/code&gt; as you defined above, use &lt;code&gt;\string&lt;/code&gt; to escape the problematic characters. See also &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/TeX/string&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;'the string command'&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastActivityDate="2010-08-03T23:54:48.280" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="959" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="956" CreationDate="2010-08-04T00:09:19.567" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Footnotes within minipage environments are printed with small letters. The definition in latex.ltx is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\thempfootnote{{\itshape\@alph\c@mpfootnote}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could redefine it. A quick way would be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\thempfootnote\thefootnote&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Afterwards the footnote symbols within a minipage will be an arabic number as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T00:09:19.567" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="960" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="956" CreationDate="2010-08-04T00:32:53.250" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Also, you probably shouldn't use &lt;code&gt;\thefootnote&lt;/code&gt; in the optional argument to &lt;code&gt;\footnotemark&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\footnotetext&lt;/code&gt;, since those commands expect a number, while &lt;code&gt;\thefootnote&lt;/code&gt; can carry formatting information, and may actually be text (if you use roman or alpha numbering) or symbols. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Instead you should use &lt;code&gt;\value{footnote}&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But better yet, you should do this: in the definition of the GrayBox environment, add the lines&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setcounter{mpfootnote}{\value{footnote}}&#xA;\renewcommand{\thempfootnote}{\arabic{mpfootnote}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;directly after &lt;code&gt;\begin{minipage}&lt;/code&gt;, and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setcounter{footnote}{\value{mpfootnote}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;directly before &lt;code&gt;\end{minipage}&lt;/code&gt; so that the GrayBox will have consistent numbering of footnotes with the surrounding text, and you won't have to manually increment the &lt;code&gt;footnote&lt;/code&gt; counter after every use. Of course, you should swap &lt;code&gt;\arabic&lt;/code&gt; to the appropriate style you want for the footnote. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T00:32:53.250" />
  <row Id="961" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4763" CreationDate="2010-08-04T00:34:55.367" Score="16" ViewCount="395" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm looking for a BibTeX style that formats the reference list at the end in the way shown below. The key points are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The references are sorted by the (list of) authors, and then each author has a list of references keyed by year. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Each author has a full line for the name, and then the references for that author are listed below with no name, not even &quot;&amp;mdash;&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not too worried about the exact punctuation; if I had any class that sorted by authors, I could hack the punctuation if I had to. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have seen this style in various books. One modern example is Jech's &lt;em&gt;Set Theory&lt;/em&gt;, 3rd edition. But I have never found a BibTeX style that generates this kind of output. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example of desired output: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;Jones, Sam &#xA;[2001] &quot;Paper&quot;, Journal, etc&#xA;[2002] &quot;Other paper&quot;, Journal, etc&#xA;&#xA;Lewis, Jo&#xA;[1999a] Some book, Publisher, etc&#xA;[1999b] &quot;Another paper&quot;, Big Journal, etc&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="386" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-05T12:47:04.613" LastActivityDate="2010-11-07T20:54:55.737" Title="BibTeX style that groups by author" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;biblatex&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="962" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="553" CreationDate="2010-08-04T01:06:22.450" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This question assumes you are making a LaTeX document for personal use. If you are planning to submit the document to a journal, it's safer to avoid using too many unusual classes, because they may be incompatible with the journal's LaTeX classes or may be incompatible with the style that the journal will impose on your paper. Very common packages like amsthm are usually safe. (I would leave this as a comment, but I don't have enough reputation yet.) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="386" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T01:06:22.450" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-04T01:06:22.450" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="963" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="940" CreationDate="2010-08-04T02:18:06.537" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Educators!  I am a math teacher, so I use LaTeX to make sure my materials look professional.  I also love the flexibility, cross-platform compatibility and permanence of writing my materials in LaTeX.  No matter where I teach or what technology I have access to, I'll be able to find a computer somewhere that can compile .tex files and display a PDF. Not to mention all of the other things the other people here mentioned.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="90" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T02:18:06.537" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-25T15:10:49.093" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="964" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="940" CreationDate="2010-08-04T02:31:42.203" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm a minister of religion and I use LaTeX for both sermons and theological papers. I keep all my work in version control and the plain text format just makes so much more sense than a word processor.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd love an excuse to put some mathematical notation into a sermon one day, but I'm yet to find one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="397" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T02:31:42.203" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-25T15:10:49.093" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="966" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="953" CreationDate="2010-08-04T03:21:41.170" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Are you offering to help? :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T03:21:41.170" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="967" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="650" CreationDate="2010-08-04T03:22:10.377" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;(add-hook 'LaTeX-mode-hook '(flyspell-mode t))&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would be surprised if the above worked. But the following is better anyway:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;(add-hook 'LaTeX-mode-hook 'turn-on-flyspell)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="337" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T03:22:10.377" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="968" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="969" CreationDate="2010-08-04T03:30:22.430" Score="2" ViewCount="168" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a GrayBox environment defined as follows.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is used \begin{GrayBox}...\end{GrayBox} or \begin{GrayBox}[\textwidth]...\end{GrayBox}, that is, it can pass optional parameter to the environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I guess ???1 is the setup for default value, and ???2 is for setup for the value given. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Question&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How does ???2 possible? I mean, is it LaTeX's rule that if #1 is not given, the default value in [] is used instead? Is there any reference about this? Is the same technique can be applied to \newcommand?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\newlength{\RoundedBoxWidth}&#xA;\newsavebox{\GrayRoundedBox}&#xA;\newenvironment{GrayBox}[1][\dimexpr\textwidth-4.5ex]% **** ???1&#xA;   {\setlength{\RoundedBoxWidth}{\dimexpr#1} **** ???2&#xA;    \begin{lrbox}{\GrayRoundedBox}&#xA;       \begin{minipage}{\RoundedBoxWidth}}%&#xA;   {   \end{minipage}&#xA;    \end{lrbox}&#xA;    \begin{center}&#xA;    \begin{tikzpicture}%&#xA;       \draw node[draw=black,fill=black!10,rounded corners,%&#xA;             inner sep=2ex,text width=\RoundedBoxWidth]%&#xA;             {\usebox{\GrayRoundedBox}};&#xA;    \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \end{center}}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="379" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-04T18:05:01.620" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T18:05:01.620" Title="passing options to the newenvironment" Tags="&lt;environments&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="969" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="968" CreationDate="2010-08-04T03:52:44.723" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is LaTeX's rule that if the optional argument is not present, then &lt;code&gt;#1&lt;/code&gt; takes on the default value.  That is,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\newenvironment{hello}[1][world]{\noindent Hello #1, }{Bye now!\\}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{hello}&#xA;    nice to meet you.&#xA;  \end{hello}&#xA;  \begin{hello}[Bob]&#xA;    glad you could make it.&#xA;  \end{hello}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will produce&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Hello world, nice to meet you. Bye now!&lt;br&gt;&#xA;     Hello Bob, glad you could make it. Bye now!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;as its output.  The same is true for commands defined with optional parameters, as in&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\newcommand{\hi}[1][world!]{\noindent Hello #1}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \hi \\&#xA;  \hi[Bob]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which results in the output&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Hello world!&lt;br&gt;&#xA;     Hello Bob&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="32" LastEditorUserId="32" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-04T17:42:39.127" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T17:42:39.127" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="971" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-04T04:00:16.963" Score="6" ViewCount="207" Body="&lt;p&gt;What font package do I use to get the vertical Russan/German style integral signs? (subject says all)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="403" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-11T22:26:08.650" LastActivityDate="2010-12-11T22:26:08.650" Title="What font package do I use to get the vertical Russan/German style integral signs?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="972" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="53" CreationDate="2010-08-04T04:20:26.597" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Also see Making TeX Work and TeX For The Impatient. Obligatory FAQ link:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=ol-books&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=ol-books&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T04:20:26.597" />
  <row Id="973" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="291" CreationDate="2010-08-04T04:25:10.417" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another package I have used for this purpose is the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex209/contrib/picins/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;picins&lt;/a&gt; package. I believe that both wrapfig and picins package have problems when used inside a list environments.  They tend to mess up indents. I used to work around it by ending the list right after the item containing the figure, and starting a new list right away. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you can, you may want to use ConTeXt instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T04:25:10.417" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="974" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-04T04:56:21.533" Score="5" ViewCount="1210" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to know how to install LaTeX on Mac 10.6 or higher.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But the MacTeX is some 1.28 GB file! Is there a smaller distribution I could install?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What exactly is TeXLive?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="409" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-05T21:10:09.097" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T21:10:09.097" Title="Why is the MacTeX distribution so large? Is there anything smaller for OS X?" Tags="&lt;installing&gt;&lt;texlive&gt;&lt;mactex&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="975" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1184" CreationDate="2010-08-04T04:58:32.217" Score="8" ViewCount="406" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/&lt;/a&gt; has this note copied below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;amsmath&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  -------------&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  The environments &lt;code&gt;equation&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;eqnarray&lt;/code&gt; are not supported too well.&#xA;    For example, there might be spacing problems (&lt;code&gt;eqnarray&lt;/code&gt; isn't recommended&#xA;    anyway, see CTAN:info/l2tabu/, the situation for &lt;code&gt;equation&lt;/code&gt; is unclear,&#xA;    because nobody is interested in investigating). Consider using the&#xA;    environments that package &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; provide, e.g. &lt;code&gt;gather&lt;/code&gt; for &lt;code&gt;equation&lt;/code&gt;.&#xA;    The environment &lt;code&gt;equation&lt;/code&gt; can even redefined to use gather:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\let\equation\gather&#xA;\let\endequation\endgather`&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, &lt;code&gt;gather&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;equation&lt;/code&gt; environment have the spacing difference as in the answer by Will in &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/321/align-vs-equation&quot;&gt;align vs equation&lt;/a&gt;. Thus my question:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In a document using both hyperref and amsmath, what is the best replacement for &lt;code&gt;equation&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="337" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-16T09:50:05.697" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T16:13:30.420" Title="What to do with this hyperref note on amsmath?" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;amsmath&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="976" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="878" CreationDate="2010-08-04T04:59:50.047" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've used &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/parcolumns&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;parcolumns&lt;/a&gt; package for something similar.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T04:59:50.047" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="977" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="843" CreationDate="2010-08-04T05:05:41.533" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use termcal for planning lessons and creating syllabi. I usually start by creating a blank calendar for one semester for just specific days of the week, with holidays marked etc.  When I finish the plan, I fill in topics, quizzes and exams, homework info and other details for individual days. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A great advantage is that when I teach the same class again, usually I just need to change the starting day and the holidays, and can keep everything else pretty much unchanged.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is my typical schedule (parts omitted to make it shorter):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{termcal}&#xA;&#xA;% Few useful commands (our classes always meet either on Monday and Wednesday &#xA;% or on Tuesday and Thursday)&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\MWClass}{%&#xA;\calday[Monday]{\classday} % Monday&#xA;\skipday % Tuesday (no class)&#xA;\calday[Wednesday]{\classday} % Wednesday&#xA;\skipday % Thursday (no class)&#xA;\skipday % Friday &#xA;\skipday\skipday % weekend (no class)&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\TRClass}{%&#xA;\skipday % Monday (no class)&#xA;\calday[Tuesday]{\classday} % Tuesday&#xA;\skipday % Wednesday (no class)&#xA;\calday[Thursday]{\classday} % Thursday&#xA;\skipday % Friday &#xA;\skipday\skipday % weekend (no class)&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\Holiday}[2]{%&#xA;\options{#1}{\noclassday}&#xA;\caltext{#1}{#2}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\paragraph*{Tentative Schedule:}&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;\begin{calendar}{1/11/2010}{16} % Semester starts on 1/11/2010 and last for 16&#xA;                    % weeks, including finals week&#xA;\setlength{\calboxdepth}{.3in}&#xA;\TRClass&#xA;% schedule&#xA;\caltexton{1}{1.1, 1.2 Review}&#xA;\caltextnext{1.3, 1.4 Review}&#xA;\caltextnext{2.1, 2.2 Linear Equations}&#xA;% ... and so on&#xA;&#xA;% Holidays&#xA;\Holiday{1/18/2010}{Martin Luther King Day}&#xA;\Holiday{3/8/2010}{Spring Break}&#xA;% ... and so on&#xA;&#xA;\options{4/26/2010}{\noclassday} % finals week&#xA;\options{4/27/2010}{\noclassday} % finals week&#xA;\options{4/28/2010}{\noclassday} % finals week&#xA;\options{4/29/2010}{\noclassday} % finals week&#xA;\options{4/30/2010}{\noclassday} % finals week&#xA;\caltext{4/27/2010}{\textbf{Final Exam}}&#xA;\end{calendar}&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T05:05:41.533" />
  <row Id="978" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="974" CreationDate="2010-08-04T05:05:51.517" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It depends how many macros you install.  Basically TeXLive is almost the same with MacTex or much bigger.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T05:05:51.517" />
  <row Id="979" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="53" CreationDate="2010-08-04T05:09:56.380" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The TEXBOOK is necessary to read for beginner.  When you use TEX, you will meet many many problems.  You Google them, and you solve them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T05:09:56.380" />
  <row Id="980" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="940" CreationDate="2010-08-04T05:11:40.183" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mathematicians.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Background: At this point essentially all math papers are written in TeX/LaTeX. Almost all journals will want you, once your paper is accepted, to send them the .tex source (possibly after making sure it works with their in-house .cls file). I don't think I've ever seen a math paper on the arXiv in anything other than TeX and its variants. I only know of three mathematicians who don't know how to use TeX, and hundreds who do.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I know this was mentioned in the post by Michael Underwood, but I thought I would separate mathematicians from physicists, for whom there seems to be some disagreement.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="268" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T05:11:40.183" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-25T15:10:49.093" />
  <row Id="981" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="349" CreationDate="2010-08-04T05:24:01.613" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To Dima, re: “I have SyncTeX-aware editor, I just don't have SyncTeX-aware viewer =( I'm on Linux and I don't want to use texmaker.”&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don’t know why you mentioned Texmaker. It’s not SyncTeX aware. Perhaps you meant TeXworks? Anyway, you don’t need TeXworks for synctex on linux. The recent versions of Okular supports SyncTeX backward search with just about any editor (vim, emacs, kate, kile, gedit, etc.), and I think the next version of evince will as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T05:24:01.613" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="982" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="974" CreationDate="2010-08-04T05:47:10.407" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;MacTeX is, as the other answer says, basically TeX Live with a few extras. The extras are things like TeX Shop, a Mac-only TeX editor. The reason TeX Live is so big is that there are a lot of LaTeX packages, and most have documentation in PDF format. It's actually this documentation that takes up a lot of the space. You can install only part of TeX Live, but the standard settings are to install everything. That's because everyone's requirements are different, and it would be very confusing if beginners were told 'load package xxx' and found that it was not installed, but was in TeX Live.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can install TeX Live directly on a Mac, rather than downloading MacTeX. The later is Mac-like installer, whereas if you use the raw TeX Live installer you need to use the Terminal and acept that it is a Unix application. However, there is a small TeX Live installer that will download the packages you decide to install as the installation runs, and so can keep down the amount of downloading.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T05:47:10.407" />
  <row Id="983" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="940" CreationDate="2010-08-04T05:49:36.847" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;LaTeX use is very common amongst statisticians. Some econometricians use it, but most seem to use Scientific Word (which is built on LaTeX) instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="143" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T05:49:36.847" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-25T15:10:49.093" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="984" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="953" CreationDate="2010-08-04T07:21:28.380" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;1) The LaTeX3 people don't need LaTeX3 to make their living. It's &quot;just&quot; a hobby, but it's not the final result that is inspiring them, but getting the best technique into latex3. The LaTeX3 guys are smart but technic guys (IMO, that is not meant to be negative!) So shipping in time is not a primary goal.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2) LaTeX2 is &quot;good enough&quot;. And for those who need more, there is always ConTeXt. So: who needs LaTeX3? (Needing something is a high motivation factor for getting things done quickly)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="243" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T07:21:28.380" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="985" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="940" CreationDate="2010-08-04T07:24:09.013" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use TeX to make (printed) product catalogs commercially. No formulas, no &quot;high quality typography&quot;, but fast and efficient fully automated processing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="243" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T07:24:09.013" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-25T15:10:49.093" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="986" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="953" CreationDate="2010-08-04T07:24:33.913" Score="30" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Will has written a couple of short answers, I'll add a bit of detail. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are several things that are wrong with LaTeX2e. Most obviously to end users, the kernel is rather inflexible. As a result, to get what you want you almost always need to load quite a number of packages, or do some low-level hacks of the kernel. That is not really ideal: I think most people would be happier not having to remember 'load package X to do ...' for every document they write. So the first challenge is to write a kernel which does many of the common tasks (such as those covered by &lt;code&gt;KOMA-Script&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt;) without needing add-ons. The current aim to to include 'most of &lt;em&gt;The LaTeX Companion&lt;/em&gt;': that is a lot of material.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The second challenge is that programming LaTeX2e is a mix of TeX, documented LaTeX, undocumented LaTeX and picking up stuff from packages. That is not a good thing: what is needed is documented system for programming. That is at least partly what &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/pkg/expl3&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;expl3&lt;/a&gt; is about: it provides a lot of lower-level programming material, although there is still lots to do.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The next things are 'big challenges' (we know how to do the two things above, it's just lots of work, whereas here I'm talking about things we have to work out how to do). Actually providing a way to make design and coding separate is not easy. The CSS model from HTML does not answer all of the issues we have in a typesetting system, so a new model is being developed (as &lt;code&gt;xtemplate&lt;/code&gt;). There are then questions such as a better output routine, to allow things like grid typesetting, more complex column and float placement and so on. None of this is easy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You also cannot ignore the fact that LaTeX is written by people in their spare time. There have been periods when the various people involved have had a lot of things on outside of LaTeX. It is pretty clear that some momentum was lost due to writing &lt;em&gt;The LaTeX Companion&lt;/em&gt;, peoples jobs, other LaTeX packages, &lt;em&gt;etc&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Put together, these issues mean that the project is very challenging. Looking at it today, both Will and I are active in trying to get the work done. We've both only joined the LaTeX Project relatively recently, and are putting in the serious effort that is needed. One of the aims of releasing material to CTAN as it gets to a stable state is to demonstrate that delivery is possible. For example, both &lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;xparse&lt;/code&gt; are usable and do give real benefits.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One final point. LaTeX2e was released in 1994, and since then has acquired a lot of users. Even so, some people still use LaTeX2.09 concepts (such as &lt;code&gt;\documentstyle&lt;/code&gt;). LaTeX3 will face a much bigger 'hill' than LaTeX2e did, and it will only succeed if the benefits are big enough to get a critical mass of users. To do that, we need to deliver on a lot of the issues with LaTeX2e. (See for example the 'there is nothing to improve' answer.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is always more that can be done, and I &lt;em&gt;am&lt;/em&gt; focused on delivery (I don't want to load lots of support packages any more than anyone else does). One place to help out would be to work on documentation. We have some stuff, but we know that it needs improving. Feel free to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.latex-project.org/latex3.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;drop the Project a line&lt;/a&gt; with offers of assistance!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-16T16:58:30.057" LastActivityDate="2010-11-16T16:58:30.057" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="987" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="957" CreationDate="2010-08-04T07:43:11.597" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;With a modicum of coercion, the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=verbatim&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;verbatim&lt;/a&gt; package can be made to &lt;em&gt;almost&lt;/em&gt; do what you want.  The &quot;almost&quot; is because you have to use an environment instead of a command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{verbatim}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newenvironment{result}[1]{%&#xA;\def\verbatim@processline{\the\verbatim@line\ }%&#xA;\def\@verbatim{\the\every@verbatim&#xA;  \obeylines&#xA;  \let\do\@makeother \dospecials&#xA;  \verbatim@font&#xA;}%&#xA;\def\endverbatim{\endgroup}%&#xA;\noindent&#xA;{\color{#1}\texttt{&amp;gt;}}&#xA;\footnotesize&#xA;\verbatim}{\endverbatim}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Here are your results:&#xA;&#xA;\begin{result}{red}&#xA;greetings&#xA;\end{result}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{result}{green}&#xA;A load of *@&amp;amp;$!)%*#$&#xA;\end{result}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In short, I looked a the definitions in the &lt;code&gt;verbatim&lt;/code&gt; package and stripped out everything that looked as though it might insert a newline, thus making the verbatim environment work on one line instead of several and meaning that it doesn't start or end with new lines.  Then I put this inside a new environment so that the old &lt;code&gt;\begin{verbatim} ... \end{verbatim}&lt;/code&gt; construct still works as it should.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Caveat: Anything extra on the line &lt;code&gt;\end{result}&lt;/code&gt; gets discarded (LaTeX warns about this).  So if you want to take out the &lt;code&gt;\noindent&lt;/code&gt; from the &lt;code&gt;result&lt;/code&gt; environment and have the input more like in the example in the question, the code will have to be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\noindent\begin{result}{red}&#xA;greetings&#xA;\end{result}&#xA;\\&#xA;\begin{result}{green}&#xA;A load of *@&amp;amp;$!)%*#$&#xA;\end{result}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T07:43:11.597" />
  <row Id="988" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="349" CreationDate="2010-08-04T07:48:42.290" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;pdflatex allows me to use PNG images, and it's the easiest way to place screenshots into my documents.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="95" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T07:48:42.290" />
  <row Id="989" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="971" CreationDate="2010-08-04T08:10:19.627" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to &lt;a href=&quot;http://detexify.kirelabs.org/classify.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;detexify&lt;/a&gt;, the German one (upright, according to Wikipedia) is in the font package &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.uib.no/fonts/tipa&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tipa&lt;/a&gt; as the command &lt;code&gt;\textesh&lt;/code&gt;, but there it's regarded as a phonetic symbol so is a &lt;em&gt;text&lt;/em&gt; character.  That means that it won't behave correctly &lt;em&gt;as is&lt;/em&gt; in mathematics: that is, it won't stretch and it won't have the limits in the right place.  However, it could (probably) be converted to one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The closest detexify gives for the Russian one is &lt;code&gt;\rbag&lt;/code&gt; in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=stmaryrd&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;stmaryrd&lt;/a&gt; package, but it looks a little odd at the bottom.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T08:10:19.627" />
  <row Id="990" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="503" CreationDate="2010-08-04T08:18:47.050" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is one more reason (this is what converted me). If you use the \begin{proof}...\end{proof} environment, you occasionally end a proof with an equation. The automatic QED box then ends up on a line by itself, which is ugly. You can fix this by writing \qedhere at the end of the equation, but this doesn't work properly with $$...$$ --- you have to use \[...\] (or an environment, like equation/gather/align). To exemplify:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;DON'T:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{proof}&#xA;  This follows from&#xA;  $$e^{x+y}=e^xe^y. \qedhere$$&#xA;\end{proof}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;DO:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{proof}&#xA;  This follows from&#xA;  \[e^{x+y}=e^xe^y. \qedhere\]&#xA;\end{proof}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="196" LastEditorUserId="196" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-04T08:24:53.527" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T08:24:53.527" />
  <row Id="991" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-04T08:48:44.730" Score="8" ViewCount="322" Body="&lt;p&gt;Greyness, or &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Typography#Color&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;typographic color&lt;/a&gt; is the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.businessdictionary.com/definition/typographic-color.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;apparent blackness of a block of text&lt;/a&gt;.&#xA;I would be curious how you deal with improving it in TeX. How much can TeX's inherent line-breaking algorithm be fine-tuned to obtain the best solution?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Edit: Rephrased the question.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="359" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-04T15:41:01.233" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T20:51:13.540" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-04T15:35:13.937" Title="How to obtain perfect greyness with TeX?" Tags="&lt;line-breaking&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="8" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="992" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="946" CreationDate="2010-08-04T08:51:26.457" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using (a slightly modified version of) &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.refbase.net&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;RefBase&lt;/a&gt; to organise my references these days and that allows me to add keywords and to group references.  I've just started using &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.instiki.org&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;instiki&lt;/a&gt; as a place to take notes on these references and that allows me to add &quot;categories&quot; to the pages, which is somewhat akin to keywords, I guess.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since most of the stuff I index already has MSC and/or arXiv classification (I'm a mathematician), adding my own keywords based on those seems a little pointless.  The scheme I'm currently using is to add keywords based on the paper or idea I was working on when I looked for that reference.  Sometimes if a couple of papers are very closely related then I might use the same keyword for both (usually the name of the first paper).&#xA;So corresponding to a couple of my papers, I have articles tagged &quot;hopf&quot; and &quot;comparative smootheology&quot;.  If I don't have an actual paper, I'll still try to tag them by the answer to the question &quot;What was I thinking about when I went looking for this?&quot;.  So I have papers tagged &quot;loop spaces&quot;, even though that covers a wide spectrum of my work.  Lastly, I read the &quot;new on the arXiv&quot; and have a way of automatically importing references from that into my database; these, therefore, aren't articles that I've gone looking for so I tag them by the first connection that came into my head when I read the abstract.  So, in summary, when trying to tag an article I'll ask (in order):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;What article was I working on?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;What topic was I thinking about?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;What (of the above two) does it most remind me of?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T08:51:26.457" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-04T08:51:26.457" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="993" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="339" CreationDate="2010-08-04T09:01:52.800" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use gEdit, which along with the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.michaels-website.de/gedit-latex-plugin/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;latex-plugin&lt;/a&gt; gives really good LaTeX support. gEdit is available for Linux, Windows and MacOSX.&#xA;It has a clean interface.&#xA;Provides: Code Completion, Spell Checking, Syntax Checking and Validation, Outlines, Wizards, BibTeX Integration, Template Editing, User-Defined Snippets and a preconfigured comprehensive build system using rubber.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="422" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T09:01:52.800" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-04T09:01:52.800" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="994" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="995" CreationDate="2010-08-04T09:09:04.143" Score="13" ViewCount="353" Body="&lt;p&gt;For printed drafts of my papers, I would like to add a timestamp on every page with the date/time when the document was last compiled. Is there any LaTeX command that produces the current date/time at compile time? Even better, is there any package that already solves my problem?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T11:54:46.803" Title="How can I typeset the date/time at compile time?" Tags="&lt;datetime&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="995" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="994" CreationDate="2010-08-04T09:23:56.193" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One can use &lt;code&gt;\today&lt;/code&gt; to get the current date, the command &lt;code&gt;\currenttime&lt;/code&gt; from &lt;code&gt;datetime&lt;/code&gt; package to get the current time, and &lt;code&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/code&gt; package to add it to every page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="85" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T09:23:56.193" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="996" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="994" CreationDate="2010-08-04T09:45:06.507" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Expanding on Grigory's answer, here's a MWE.  To get the date and time in a reasonable format, I found that I wanted the most recent version of &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/datetime/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;datetime&lt;/a&gt;, which is dated 2010/02/06 (the version that is on my system - from TeXLive 2009 - is dated 2007).  Using the default options for date and time format made the information too long (as it is, I decided it was better to shift the page number from the centre to the left).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\usepackage[yyyymmdd,hhmmss]{datetime}&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;\rfoot{Compiled on \today\ at \currenttime}&#xA;\cfoot{}&#xA;\lfoot{Page \thepage}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;My great work.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If for some reason you can't use the 2010 version (or can't be sure that coworkers have it), a solution that works on the older &lt;code&gt;datetime&lt;/code&gt; is as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\usepackage[us,12hr]{datetime} % `us' makes \today behave as usual in TeX/LaTeX&#xA;\fancypagestyle{plain}{&#xA;\fancyhf{}&#xA;\rfoot{Compiled on {\ddmmyyyydate\today} at \currenttime}&#xA;\lfoot{Page \thepage}&#xA;\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0pt}}&#xA;\pagestyle{plain}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;My great work.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This later version also keeps the pagestyle closer to the &lt;code&gt;plain&lt;/code&gt; default, you can edit of course as you like. The date will also show as &quot;ddmmyyyy&quot; instead of &quot;yyyymmdd&quot; but that's probably fine for your needs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(edited by Andrew in response to Juan's comment - I can't resist a challenge; and then edited again by Juan to improve the example)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-04T11:54:46.803" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T11:54:46.803" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="997" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="991" CreationDate="2010-08-04T10:01:00.770" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I guess you mean the &lt;em&gt;gray value&lt;/em&gt; of a page. The &lt;code&gt;microtype&lt;/code&gt; package improves that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Other things you could do: In some books the headings are gray so the page looks more evenly gray.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="353" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T10:01:00.770" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-04T10:01:00.770" />
  <row Id="998" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="339" CreationDate="2010-08-04T10:35:54.723" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I just recently discovered &lt;a href=&quot;http://cristal.inria.fr/whizzytex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;WhizzyTeX&lt;/a&gt; for Emacs. It gives you a real-time preview of your document, as you type. It can also show you where your cursor is with respect to the document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It works with everything that I've thrown at it: Math, tipa, synttree, TikZ, etc. The only problem I've encountered so far is that TikZ nodes with text get garbled together.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For Ubuntu/Debian users:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;sudo apt-get install advi whizzytex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Start Emacs&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;M-x whizzytex-mode&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="434" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T10:35:54.723" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-04T10:35:54.723" />
  <row Id="999" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1002" CreationDate="2010-08-04T10:58:27.810" Score="5" ViewCount="431" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the recommended way to keep my TeX Live installation up to date? Is there any package manager (like MikTeX on Windows) that could help me with this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If it helps I'm running on Mac OS X and my installation comes from MacTeX, but I guess solutions for other *nix systems might also be useful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-06T07:14:21.487" LastActivityDate="2010-08-06T07:14:21.487" Title="How to keep my TeX Live installation up to date?" Tags="&lt;installing&gt;&lt;texlive&gt;&lt;mactex&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="1000" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="339" CreationDate="2010-08-04T11:06:14.100" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another great editor is &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.geany.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Geany&lt;/a&gt;. It comes with support for Windows and Linux. Furthermore the software has a &lt;a href=&quot;http://frank.uvena.de/en/Geany/geanylatex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;plugin for LaTeX&lt;/a&gt;. It is maintained by one of the main developers. The plugin has a wizard for new LaTeX documents, autocompletion, you can easily insert environments and it is &lt;a href=&quot;http://frank.uvena.de/files/geany/manuals/geanylatex/geanylatex.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;good documented&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="201" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T11:06:14.100" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-04T11:06:14.100" />
  <row Id="1001" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="339" CreationDate="2010-08-04T11:10:56.793" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Some time ago I wrote about (dis)advantages of several LaTeX editors (all post are in german):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.kubieziel.de/blog/archives/1326-jed-mit-JoergsLaTeXMode.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;jed with LaTeXmode&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.kubieziel.de/blog/archives/1327-AUCTeX-mit-GNUEmacs.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;AUCTeX and GNU Emacs&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.kubieziel.de/blog/archives/1333-Die-vim-LaTeXSuite.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;vim LaTeX suite&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.kubieziel.de/blog/archives/1342-Geany-mit-dem-LaTeX-Plugin.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Geany with LaTeX plugin&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="201" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T11:10:56.793" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-04T11:10:56.793" />
  <row Id="1002" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="999" CreationDate="2010-08-04T11:13:16.057" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Type&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;sudo tlmgr update --all&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in your Terminal app.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;MacTeX also comes with an extra application called &quot;TeX Live Utility.app&quot; which is a GUI version of tlmgr. (from &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/999/how-to-keep-my-tex-live-installation-up-to-date/1093#1093&quot;&gt;Dash&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="439" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-05T11:23:34.967" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T11:23:34.967" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="1003" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1006" CreationDate="2010-08-04T11:17:45.487" Score="5" ViewCount="439" Body="&lt;p&gt;My use case:  I am drawing chemical schemes.  Each molecule contains several nodes.  However, I also want to put each molecule into a &quot;wrapper&quot; node, so that I can use the usual anchors in combining the molecules into a reaction scheme.  How can I achieve that, or something similar?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="247" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T13:01:52.420" Title="In TikZ, is it possible to nest nodes?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="1004" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="971" CreationDate="2010-08-04T11:23:52.247" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The German one can be produced with the &lt;code&gt;wasysym&lt;/code&gt; package. More precisely, if loaded without arguments, then the package provides a &lt;code&gt;\varint&lt;/code&gt; command for the upright integral. If loaded with the &lt;code&gt;integrals&lt;/code&gt; option, it overrides the normal &lt;code&gt;\int&lt;/code&gt; command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The integrals from &lt;code&gt;mathabx&lt;/code&gt; (it redefines &lt;code&gt;\int&lt;/code&gt;) are beckwards slanted when used in inline style and upright when in display style.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Generally if you look for a symbol, &lt;a href=&quot;http://detexify.kirelabs.org/classify.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;detexify&lt;/a&gt; and the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/symbols/comprehensive/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;comprehensive symbol list&lt;/a&gt; are of invaluable help.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-04T12:40:31.777" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T12:40:31.777" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1005" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1003" CreationDate="2010-08-04T11:56:32.180" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I did it by including a whole &#xA;\begin{tikzpicture} ... \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;in the content of each node.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Maybe not the most elegant way of doing it... but it works.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="448" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T11:56:32.180" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="1006" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1003" CreationDate="2010-08-04T12:05:56.160" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just some initial ideas:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Depending how complicated the &quot;inner&quot; part needs to be, one way to do this would be to make the molecules a &quot;matrix&quot; node (see the pgfmanual for details on how to use it).  Another possibility to look in to is the &quot;chain&quot; library.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another option would be to draw an invisible node at the centre of the molecule of the requisite size (draw it visibly first to get it the right size).  The disadvantage of that is that you have to work out that size whereas it would be nice to get TikZ to do it by hand.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T12:05:56.160" />
  <row Id="1007" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1027" CreationDate="2010-08-04T12:13:28.473" Score="1" ViewCount="110" Body="&lt;p&gt;I recently installed &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/utils/bibexport/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;bibexport&lt;/a&gt; on my mac (10.5).  This command lets you export a small document-specific .bib file using only the references that you cite in that particular document.  This is useful for sharing references with coauthors, for example.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My question is, &lt;em&gt;what is the best way to install bibexport on a mac?&lt;/em&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I eventually succeeded, but only after jumping through several hoops, like recompiling the &quot;sed&quot; command.  I would love to hear from other users how to avoid these difficulties.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="450" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-04T12:23:37.753" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T15:45:12.200" Title="Installing bibexport on Mac OS X" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;installing&gt;&lt;osx&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1008" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="385" CreationDate="2010-08-04T12:14:05.430" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/detex.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;detex&lt;/a&gt; tool to strip LaTeX commands. If you do &lt;code&gt;detex file.tex&lt;/code&gt;, it will output to stdout. Then, you can use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gnu.org/software/diction/diction.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;diction&lt;/a&gt; tool to analyse your text, and suggest improvements. Putting it all together:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;detex file.tex | diction -bs&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This will strip the LaTeX, and pipe it into diction with suggestions and &quot;beginner mistakes&quot; enabled.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For Debian/Ubuntu:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;sudo apt-get install diction texlive-extra-utils&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This will install detex and diction, as well as several other useful tools.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since you mentioned that you're using Emacs, there is also &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.burlingtontelecom.net/~ashawley/gnu/emacs/diction.el&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;diction.el&lt;/a&gt; which provides diction integration with Emacs. You can do &lt;code&gt;M-x diction-buffer&lt;/code&gt;, and it will take care of detexing/dehtmling and show the diction results in a separate buffer. You can even hit enter on the individual results to be taken to approximately where the phrase is.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(If you do use diction.el, my version of detex didn't have the -C flag. I'm not sure of what it was meant to do, but if you search for 'detex -C' in the file, you can add other command line options if you want. Also, I recommend replacing 'diction -L' with 'diction -bsL')&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="434" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T12:14:05.430" />
  <row Id="1009" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="991" CreationDate="2010-08-04T12:50:09.823" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm no expert, but it appears that the easiest-win way to improve the greyness of the page is to use the microtype package (as andre-r noted).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is supported in pdflatex.  It's not at present supported in xetex, and I can't remember if it's supported in luatex.  However both of those implementation do anticipate supporting it eventually, if I understand correctly.  It can make quite a difference, especially to narrow columns.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There's some parenthetical discussion of the package &lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/414179/what-are-the-relative-merits-of-pdflatex&quot;&gt;on stackoverflow&lt;/a&gt;, and you might find more in comp.text.tex archives.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="96" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T12:50:09.823" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1010" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1007" CreationDate="2010-08-04T12:59:14.563" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;bibexport is a shell script, so it requires no compilation at all.  Just place it somewhere in your PATH and make sure you set the permissions to make it an executable.  It works for me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="18" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T12:59:14.563" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="1011" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1003" CreationDate="2010-08-04T13:01:52.420" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can abuse matrix nodes. Normal nodes do not let you put TikZ commands inside them (as they revert to text mode), but matrix nodes do. So you could just create a 1x1-matrix for every part. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \node[matrix] (A) {&#xA;        \draw (0,0) rectangle (1,1); &#xA;        \node at (0.5,0.5) {A}; \\&#xA;    };&#xA;    \node[matrix,left of=A] (B) &#xA;    {&#xA;        \draw (0.5,0.5) circle (0.5);&#xA;        \fill (0.5,0.5) circle (0.1); \\&#xA;    };&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T13:01:52.420" />
  <row Id="1012" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="385" CreationDate="2010-08-04T13:06:49.680" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;aspell -t -c &amp;lt;filename&amp;gt;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where  &amp;lt; filename &gt; is the name of the tex file you would like to spell check will also do the job if aspell (http://aspell.net/) is installed on your system. Here -t filters the tex keywords and the symbols and -c asks aspell to spellcheck.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T13:06:49.680" />
  <row Id="1013" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-04T13:32:52.233" Score="14" ViewCount="762" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's easy to make subscripts in math mode: &lt;code&gt;$a_i$&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How do I make a subscript outside math environment, like&lt;sub&gt;this&lt;/sub&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="280" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-03T10:18:23.883" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T00:39:16.117" Title="How to typeset subscript in usual text mode?" Tags="&lt;subscripts&gt;" AnswerCount="6" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1014" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1013" CreationDate="2010-08-04T13:42:49.500" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is included in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/pkg/fixltx2e&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;fixltx2e&lt;/a&gt; package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fixltx2e}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;like\textsubscript{this}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Interestingly (?), there's a &lt;code&gt;\textsuperscript&lt;/code&gt; command already in LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is included already in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=koma-script&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;KOMA-Script&lt;/a&gt; bundle.  If you want to typeset chemical formulas, have a look at the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/mhchem/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;mchem&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Thanks to Caramdir for those last two.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastEditorUserId="86" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-04T13:54:56.997" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T13:54:56.997" />
  <row Id="1016" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1013" CreationDate="2010-08-04T13:59:38.657" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you don't want to use additional packages you can use the following syntax:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;like&amp;#36;&amp;#95;{\text{this}}&amp;#36;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alternatively, you can define a command &lt;code&gt;\textunderscript&lt;/code&gt; in the beginning of your document:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;\newcommand{\textunderscript}[1]{&amp;#36;&amp;#95;{\text{#1}}&amp;#36;}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="475" LastEditorUserId="475" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-04T22:13:03.840" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T22:13:03.840" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="1017" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1013" CreationDate="2010-08-04T14:05:07.787" Score="14" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Note that &lt;code&gt;\textsubscript&lt;/code&gt; enters math mode as well. This might produce problems in PDF strings where math is not allowed, for instance in bookmarks. If you used hyperref and simply used &lt;code&gt;\textsubscript&lt;/code&gt; in a section heading, hyperref would complain about the math shift. The command &lt;code&gt;\texorpdfstring&lt;/code&gt; comes to the rescue:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fixltx2e}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section{\texorpdfstring{like\textsubscript{this}}{like this}}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That applies to math and math symbols in sectioning headings of course as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T14:05:07.787" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1018" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="431" CreationDate="2010-08-04T14:07:46.830" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another option is to add an extra group in the definition of the macros. For example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\ab{{ab}}&#xA;\newcommand\cd{{cd}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, depending on the actual usage, an additional group may not be desirable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T14:07:46.830" />
  <row Id="1019" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="689" CreationDate="2010-08-04T14:12:11.657" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The PDF presentation software &lt;a href=&quot;http://impressive.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://impressive.sourceforge.net/&lt;/a&gt; has a timer overlay.  It takes any PDF file and displays the pages in sequence, with optional transitions between pages.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Once in the software, press &quot;t&quot; to enable and disable the timer overlay.  You can control it's position by using the command line options to the program. e.g. here is my command line&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;impressive pres.pdf -L margin=16,time=BL --fontsize 16 --transition None&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This means it'll show the file pres.pdf with the timer on bottom left (after I press &quot;t&quot;), make the font a bit larger, and disable any transitions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="474" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T14:12:11.657" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1020" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="205" CreationDate="2010-08-04T14:42:54.343" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://latexdraw.sourceforge.net/index.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LatexDraw&lt;/a&gt; should also be mentioned as a graphic interface generating pstricks code. Very useful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T14:42:54.343" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-04T14:42:54.343" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="1021" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-04T14:58:04.207" Score="3" ViewCount="278" Body="&lt;p&gt;Recently, I made a beamer presentation and I want to link to a pdf I have made before, but I can only link to the first page of pdf document using the command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\href{doc/mydoc.pdf}{thedoc}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and I want to link to a specific page. &#xA;Someone told me to use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\href{doc/mydoc.pdf#page.5}{thedoc}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\href{doc/mydoc.pdf#page=5}{thedoc}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but they don't work.&#xA;Does anyone know how to do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Many thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="478" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-04T15:57:52.410" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T05:24:30.030" Title="How to link to specified page of an outer pdf document?" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="1022" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="205" CreationDate="2010-08-04T15:04:09.950" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's an article for &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.johndcook.com/blog/2009/12/22/including-latex-in-inkscape/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;including LaTeX in an Inkscape drawing&lt;/a&gt;, and one on &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.johndcook.com/blog/2009/12/22/including-inkscape-in-latex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;including an Inkscape drawing in LaTeX&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="334" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T15:04:09.950" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-04T15:04:09.950" />
  <row Id="1023" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1028" CreationDate="2010-08-04T15:23:13.923" Score="6" ViewCount="288" Body="&lt;p&gt;One of the difficulties I have with writing formulas in LaTeX is that the standard sizing tools for the variable-size operators (parentheses, etc.) do not account for &quot;high&quot; symbols and &quot;low&quot; symbols separately.  Thus, for instance, if you write something like&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;code&gt;\[ \left(&#xA;\sum_{\substack{&#xA;0\le i\le m\\&#xA;0&amp;lt;j&amp;lt;n}}&#xA;P(i,j)&#xA;\right) \]&lt;/code&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;which (using &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt;) produces a summation symbol with two lines of subscript, the top of the enclosing parentheses extend well above the top of the text:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/bIWuY.png&quot; alt=&quot;rendering of the example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Things get vastly worse if you try to enclose a commutative diagram in parentheses.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any way to make the size vary asymmetrically?  I.e., so that the parentheses could extend far down without having to extend far up, and vice versa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="484" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-29T20:46:05.470" LastActivityDate="2010-08-30T07:24:20.173" Title="Vertically asymmetric size variation for parentheses" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;&lt;brackets&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="1024" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="205" CreationDate="2010-08-04T15:26:51.567" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tclab.kaist.ac.kr/ipe/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Ipe&lt;/a&gt; is by a long, long way my favourite program for technical drawings. For some reason, it's not so well known (at least, it took me a long time to find it). Very good LaTeX integration (you can enter LaTeX directly, and also specify a LaTeX preamble).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="490" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T15:26:51.567" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-04T15:26:51.567" />
  <row Id="1025" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1023" CreationDate="2010-08-04T15:31:06.060" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using an &lt;a href=&quot;http://texblog.net/help/latex/ltx-202.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;array&lt;/a&gt; environment would be an easy way to achieve vertically centered alignment:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[&#xA;\left(\begin{array}{c}\displaystyle%&#xA;\sum_{\substack{ 0\le i\le m\\ 0&amp;lt;j&amp;lt;n}} P(i,j)%&#xA;\end{array}\right)&#xA;\]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T15:31:06.060" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="1026" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1021" CreationDate="2010-08-04T15:44:54.917" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try \hyperref{doc/mydoc.pdf}{page}{5}{thedoc}.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T15:44:54.917" CommentCount="10" />
  <row Id="1027" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1007" CreationDate="2010-08-04T15:45:12.200" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You probably did the best thing by installing GNU &lt;code&gt;sed&lt;/code&gt; (I supposed it's the implementation of &lt;code&gt;sed&lt;/code&gt; you chose).  GNU/Linux and Mac OS X have incompatible versions of &lt;code&gt;sed&lt;/code&gt;; in the case of &lt;code&gt;bibexport&lt;/code&gt; it seems to be the &lt;code&gt;-r&lt;/code&gt; switch that isn't supported by Mac OS X's &lt;code&gt;sed&lt;/code&gt; (inherited from BSD &lt;code&gt;sed&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, a still better way would be to convince the author of &lt;code&gt;bibexport&lt;/code&gt; to make his script more portable (BSD &lt;code&gt;sed&lt;/code&gt; seems to have a &lt;code&gt;-E&lt;/code&gt; switch that may be more or less the same as GNU &lt;code&gt;sed&lt;/code&gt;'s &lt;code&gt;-r&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="170" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T15:45:12.200" />
  <row Id="1028" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1023" CreationDate="2010-08-04T15:45:22.920" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There's probably a package to do this ... but in the meantime, here's a way to do it that keeps the baseline correct.  It lowers the line by a specified amount just before the opening parenthesis and then raises it back to where it should be just after.  Then it does the same again the other end.  One could add additional options to have one command deal with all styles of parenthesis and to deal with inline versus displaystyle (this is for displaystyle) - I'd wait to see if there's a package before tackling that!  The drawback of this is that you have to decide what the &quot;drop&quot; should be for yourself.  A more sophisticated approach would compute that for you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\lowerparen}[2]{%&#xA;  \raisebox{-#1}{\(\displaystyle\left(\raisebox{#1}{\(\displaystyle #2\)}\right)\)}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\[&#xA;  Y = \lowerparen{6pt}{\sum_{\substack{0 \le i \le m \\ 0 &amp;lt; j &amp;lt; m}}X}&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a slightly fuller solution, based on the above but with a little more flexibility with regard to mathmodes (thanks to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1223/is-there-a-test-for-the-different-styles-inside-maths-mode&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt; on mathmodes).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\newlength{\parenheight}&#xA;\newlength{\parendepth}&#xA;\newlength{\parendrop}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\paren}[4]{%&#xA;\settoheight{\parenheight}{\(#4 #2\)}%&#xA;\settodepth{\parendepth}{\(#4 #2\)}&#xA;\addtolength{\parendepth}{.5ex}&#xA;\addtolength{\parenheight}{-.5ex}&#xA;\addtolength{\parenheight}{\parendepth}&#xA;\addtolength{\parendepth}{-.5\parenheight}&#xA;\setlength{\parendrop}{-.5\parenheight}&#xA;\addtolength{\parendrop}{.5ex}&#xA;\raisebox{-\parendepth}{\(#4&#xA;\left#1%&#xA;\rule[\parendrop]{0pt}{\parenheight}%&#xA;\right.\)}&#xA;#2&#xA;\raisebox{-\parendepth}{\(#4&#xA;\left.%&#xA;\rule[\parendrop]{0pt}{\parenheight}%&#xA;\right#3\)}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\myleft#1#2\myright#3{%&#xA;\mathchoice{%&#xA;\paren{#1}{#2}{#3}{\displaystyle}%&#xA;}{%&#xA;\paren{#1}{#2}{#3}{\textstyle}%&#xA;}{%&#xA;\paren{#1}{#2}{#3}{\scriptstyle}%&#xA;}{%&#xA;\paren{#1}{#2}{#3}{\scriptscriptstyle}%&#xA;}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\(&#xA;  \myleft(\prod_{{s = 0 \atop s \ne 3}} X_s\myright)^2 \left(A\right) \left(x\right)&#xA;\)&#xA;&#xA;\[&#xA;  \myleft(\prod_{{s = 0 \atop s \ne 3}} X_s\myright)^2 \left(A\right) \left(x\right)&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I haven't tested it very much.  I suspect that something will break with the way I've coded the 'left-right' matching.  The main point is to get the heights lined up.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(As this answer has been accepted, I don't feel I should simply replace the original answer with this new one but it's only a little development of the original so doesn't really deserve a new answer.  So I'm posting it as an addendum.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastEditorUserId="86" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-30T07:24:20.173" LastActivityDate="2010-08-30T07:24:20.173" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1029" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1013" CreationDate="2010-08-04T16:23:12.360" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you use the $\text{}$ version and you have selected a different font (other than roman serif) then $\textnormal{}$ matches the font of the document. If you are using the default fonts, \text{} will work great.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="342" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T16:23:12.360" />
  <row Id="1030" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1123" CreationDate="2010-08-04T16:23:55.900" Score="3" ViewCount="410" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/movie15.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;movie15&lt;/a&gt; package (an interface to embed movies, sounds and 3D objects into PDF documents for use with LaTeX as well as pdfLaTeX) requires 3D files to be in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ecma-international.org/publications/standards/Ecma-363.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;u3d&lt;/a&gt; format for embedding into pdf. This works fine with the sample files provided, and I have no problem generating suitable 3D files, but so far, I have not found a way to convert them to u3d. &lt;a href=&quot;http://sourceforge.net/search/?group_artifact_id=774731&amp;amp;type_of_search=artifact&amp;amp;group_id=149444&amp;amp;words=u3d&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;MeshLab&lt;/a&gt;, usually the first place to go for such things, crashes during u3d export.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anyone know of a way to produce u3d files suitable for use with the movie15 package?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As I am a newbie, I can only post one link, so I put a version of this question with some links on &lt;a href=&quot;http://ways.org/en/blogs/2010/aug/04/for_movie15based_3d_embeds_how_to_get_u3d_files&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;my blog&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Links added in edit)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: I have to add that my question was about 3D files generated on the basis of imaging data; since some of the initial answers were specific for drawing. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="487" LastEditorUserId="487" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-05T12:15:06.537" LastActivityDate="2010-12-13T17:01:20.850" Title="For movie15-based 3D embeds, how to get u3d files?" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;embedding&gt;" AnswerCount="6" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1031" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="999" CreationDate="2010-08-04T16:26:44.493" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I agree with Joseph by including -self, but go a step further:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;sudo tlmgr update -self -all -reinstall-forcibly-removed&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I had found that sometimes with TeXlive 2009, packages were “forcibly removed” even when I had given no command to do so, and needed this to get them back. I haven't had that issue so far with TeXlive 2010 testing, however.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For awhile I used the texlive-full Debian/Ubuntu package, which doesn't include tlmgr, but got frustrated with the inability to upgrade packages as they were released.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastEditorUserId="411" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-05T01:51:55.350" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T01:51:55.350" />
  <row Id="1032" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="974" CreationDate="2010-08-04T16:31:58.650" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If the main concern is size, you can start with the essential packages by using the download links here &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/mactex/2009/morepackages.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tug.org/mactex/2009/morepackages.html&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would suggest that you also download &quot;TeX Live Utility.app&quot;. It is a great tool for beginners. You can automatically search/download/update packages when you need them later using this graphical tool. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="342" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T16:31:58.650" />
  <row Id="1033" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="220" CreationDate="2010-08-04T16:32:54.780" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For those who use Mac OS X &lt;em&gt;because&lt;/em&gt; it is Unix and integrates well with other unixes, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.finkproject.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;fink&lt;/a&gt; provides a set of texlive packages. Just install fink, then use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$ fink install texlive&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;at the command line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I believe &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.macports.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;MacPorts&lt;/a&gt; also provides a set of TeX packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="327" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T16:32:54.780" />
  <row Id="1034" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1023" CreationDate="2010-08-04T16:34:49.537" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another option is the &lt;code&gt;nath&lt;/code&gt; package which does the &quot;right thing&quot; without any user intervention&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{nath}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;( \sum_{0\le i\le m\\ 0&amp;lt;j&amp;lt;n} P(i,j)) &#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Notice, no &lt;code&gt;\left&lt;/code&gt; &lt;code&gt;\right&lt;/code&gt; tags, no &lt;code&gt;\substack&lt;/code&gt;, and even then you get the &lt;strong&gt;correct&lt;/strong&gt; scaling of delimiters. Unfortunately, nath does not work well with amsmath. I hope that someone will separate the nath &quot;goodies&quot; from nath display math features, so that the former work with amsmath.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T16:34:49.537" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1035" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1039" CreationDate="2010-08-04T16:34:54.263" Score="9" ViewCount="275" Body="&lt;p&gt;The two alternatives in my question of course lead to very different results. If you use \newline, then your paragraph will not begin indented. Also the spacing between the paragraphs differs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am asking this because this usage of \newline catches my eye in lots of documents.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="494" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-26T19:19:40.430" LastActivityDate="2010-08-26T19:19:40.430" Title="Is it good style to use \newline instead of just leaving a blank line in order to get a new paragraph?" Tags="&lt;paragraphs&gt;&lt;newline&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1036" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3" CreationDate="2010-08-04T16:35:36.400" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I’ve used some of the online compilers, and they’re fine, but occasionally I want to make use of my own TeX installation on my work computer because it has custom packages and settings installed not available with the online compiler. But what to do if I’m not sitting in front of my work computer? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My solution was to set up a SSH server on my work computer, and simply use an SSH client from wherever I am to log in, fire up vim or emacs or other text only text editor to do edits if need be, and/or simply run latex/pdflatex from the commandline through the shell.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Apparently, you can do this with an iPad or similar. (I don't have one.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T16:35:36.400" />
  <row Id="1037" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1035" CreationDate="2010-08-04T16:41:17.580" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newline&lt;/code&gt; does not start a new paragraph, it just forces a new line. So the result is very different: use two blank lines (or &lt;code&gt;\par&lt;/code&gt;) for a paragraph, and &lt;code&gt;\newline&lt;/code&gt; (or &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt;) when you want a new line. The later is rare but of course does happen (particularly in titles and so forth).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T16:41:17.580" />
  <row Id="1038" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="940" CreationDate="2010-08-04T16:42:03.150" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It does seem that it’s really catching on in my field (Philosophy); it certainly started with the logicians and philosophers of science, but has definitely spread even to those whose work has relatively little formalism. (I know a few ethicists using it.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some of us even started the &lt;a href=&quot;http://charlietanksley.net/philtex/forum/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;PhilTeX forums&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://charlietanksley.net/philtex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;blog&lt;/a&gt; dedicated to LaTeX for philosophy (and other humanities)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T16:42:03.150" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-25T15:10:49.093" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1039" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1035" CreationDate="2010-08-04T16:47:37.837" Score="15" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In addition to what @Joseph said, No, it is not good style. If you want paragraphs without leading indentation, use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/parskip.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;parskip package&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You are better off in LaTeX marking up what things mean and letting the engine decide how they ought to look. So, in general, when you are tempted to stick in some fine-grained layout command, you ought have a second thought. While thinking, see if there is a package that will provide the layout you are after globally. (In the case at hand, once you've sprinkled &lt;code&gt;\newline&lt;/code&gt; across your document, it will be more difficult to change the appearance than it would be to comment out the &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{parskip}&lt;/code&gt; line.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="93" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-04T16:56:41.477" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T16:56:41.477" />
  <row Id="1040" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="339" CreationDate="2010-08-04T16:47:48.197" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I recently wrote a &lt;a href=&quot;http://charlietanksley.net/philtex/editors/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;blog post comparing 8 free LaTeX editors&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And somewhat surprisingly, &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Comparison_of_TeX_editors&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Wikipedia has a nice chart comparing features of various LaTeX editors&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T16:47:48.197" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-04T16:47:48.197" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1041" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="974" CreationDate="2010-08-04T16:50:28.943" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;MacTeX (and by extension TeX Live) are so big because they contain everything up to, and including the kitchen sink, then heaps on yet more stuff.  Odds are, out of that 1.3 GB archive you will only use 300-400 MB worth of files on a regular basis.  This is similar in size to an application like OpenOffice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is an alternative to downloading and installing a 1.3 GB TeX distribution if you are using Mac OS X.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;BasicTeX&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One thing that hasn't been mentioned here, or in &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/220/i-want-to-start-using-latex-on-a-macos-where-do-i-start&quot;&gt;I want to start using LaTeX on a MacOS. Where do I start?&lt;/a&gt; is that MacTeX is available in a &quot;Lite&quot; edition &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/mactex/2009/morepackages.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;called BasicTeX&lt;/a&gt; that has been stripped down to ~90 MB.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The trade-off that comes with using BasicTeX is that you will have to download and install additional packages and programs as the need arises- and BasicTeX is so basic that the need will arise.  Unfortunately this is a lot more difficult for first time users than it really has to be. MikTeX has been delighting TeX newcomers on Windows for years by automagically installing missing packages as they are needed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, after installing BasicTeX you will be faced with the tasks of installing additional programs and installing missing packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Installing Additional Programs&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The components of TeX Live installed by MacTeX and BasicTeX includes TeX compilers and associated macro-systems such as LaTeX, ConTeXt and their add-on packages and modules.  These programs are command line based and focus on turning &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; files into output such as PDF documents- they leave the details of creating &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; and associated files up to the user.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;MacTeX includes additional programs such as an editor and a BibTeX reference manager that help users to work with TeX outside of the command line.  BasicTeX does not include these GUI programs.  There are two ways to add GUI support to BasicTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Install the MacTeX Additions&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Go to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/mactex/2009/morepackages.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the page where BasicTeX is available for download&lt;/a&gt; and download the mactex-additions package.  Installing this package will provide all the GUI programs that are included in MacTeX but excluded from BasicTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Do it Buffet-Style&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since the whole point of installing BasicTeX over MacTeX was to avoid downloading things we never use- you can install the GUI programs yourself by mixing and matching to your liking.  Here are some things you may want:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://code.google.com/p/mactlmgr/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX Live Utility&lt;/a&gt;.  You will want this- it provides a nice GUI to &lt;code&gt;tlmgr&lt;/code&gt; which is the command line program that installs additional packages for TeX Live.  This is how you will add missing packages that are required by LaTeX documents.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;A nice editor.  Choosing an editor is like choosing a religion so you may want to weigh your options.  MacTeX includes &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.uoregon.edu/~koch/texshop/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeXShop&lt;/a&gt; which is a nice Mac-only editor for &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; documents.  &lt;a href=&quot;http://code.google.com/p/texworks/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeXworks&lt;/a&gt; is similar but also works on Linux and Windows.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The universe of TeX-aware editors is covered in detail &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/339/latex-editors-ides&quot;&gt;by this question&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;A program for managing BibTeX entries.  BibTeX is a wonderful component of TeX Live that makes the creation and formatting of bibliography entries a breeze.  Unfortunately, creating BibTeX input files introduces yet another learning curve.  This problem is solved by programs that create the files for you given information such as titles, author names, publications, etc.  MacTeX includes &lt;a href=&quot;http://bibdesk.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;BibDesk&lt;/a&gt; which is an excellent Mac-only program for managing BibTeX entries.  Another good choice is &lt;a href=&quot;http://jabref.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;JabRef&lt;/a&gt; which is cross-platform.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Installing Missing TeX Live Components&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Missing Packages&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You will know there is a missing package when you attempt to compile your document and compilation stops with an error message that looks like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;! LaTeX Error: File `multirow.sty' not&#xA;  found.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Type X to quit or  to roceed,&#xA;  or enter new name. (Default extension:&#xA;  sty)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Enter file name:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this case, LaTeX is trying to load a package named &lt;code&gt;multirow&lt;/code&gt; but cannot find &lt;code&gt;multirow.sty&lt;/code&gt; which is the file that contains the code for the package.  To install missing packages, you can try the following things:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;*&lt;em&gt;Try to Install Directly Using &lt;code&gt;tlmgr&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is the &quot;hope-you-get-lucky&quot; approach and it works 90% of the time.  Just open the command line and type:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;tlmgr install pkgname&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Where &lt;code&gt;pkgname&lt;/code&gt; is the missing package that LaTeX was complaining about.  In the example above, LaTeX complained about &lt;code&gt;multirow.sty&lt;/code&gt;- the package name is the part before &lt;code&gt;.sty&lt;/code&gt; so the command would be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;tlmgr install multirow&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://code.google.com/p/mactlmgr/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX Live Utility&lt;/a&gt;.  Open the application and click on the &quot;Manage Packages&quot; tab.  Then:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Enter the &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;pkgname&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; into the search field.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Select the package in the main window.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Click install.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;When &lt;code&gt;tlmgr&lt;/code&gt; Can't Find the Package:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;This also applies to the TeX Live Utility as it is just a GUI for &lt;code&gt;tlmgr&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sometimes, you type in the package name and &lt;code&gt;tlmgr&lt;/code&gt; tells you &lt;code&gt;package &amp;lt;pkgname&amp;gt; not present in package repository.&lt;/code&gt; or nothing shows up in the TeX Live Utility as a match for your search.  In these cases, you may be dealing with a package that is part of a &quot;bundle&quot;.  A &quot;bundle&quot; is a group of packages that are known to &lt;code&gt;tlmgr&lt;/code&gt; by a single name so that they will always be installed together.  A good example is the &lt;code&gt;pdflscape&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately, figuring out the name of the bundle a package is part of is more convoluted than it should be.  The easiest way I have found is to use the &quot;Search the package descriptions&quot; feature on &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;CTAN&lt;/a&gt; to lookup the package name:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://lh6.ggpht.com/_3Y47oruCrqc/TFr8wx405-I/AAAAAAAAAEk/V-0Wf54OaS4/s800/searchBox.png&quot; alt=&quot;Searching by package description.&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this case searching for &lt;code&gt;pdflscape&lt;/code&gt; bring up a few results- choose the one that matches the package name:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://lh5.ggpht.com/_3Y47oruCrqc/TFr9WWl14fI/AAAAAAAAAEs/LPDTRcGVyPM/s800/searchResults.png&quot; alt=&quot;Search results.&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Find the &lt;code&gt;pkgname&lt;/code&gt; to use with &lt;code&gt;tlmgr&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://lh4.ggpht.com/_3Y47oruCrqc/TFsUGI-gvlI/AAAAAAAAAFA/BZBjAg6-grQ/s800/packageInfo.png&quot; alt=&quot;Package info.&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For a bundled package, the correct name to pass to &lt;code&gt;tlmgr install&lt;/code&gt; or put into the TeX live search box is the name that comes after &lt;code&gt;/macros/latex/contrib/&lt;/code&gt; in the &quot;Location on CTAN&quot; field.  For the &lt;code&gt;pdflscape&lt;/code&gt; package, &lt;code&gt;oberdiek&lt;/code&gt; is the name of the bundle that contains it.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Missing Fonts&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Coming soon.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastEditorUserId="17" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-05T19:42:55.977" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T19:42:55.977" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-02-16T03:44:54.973" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1042" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12463" CreationDate="2010-08-04T17:39:01.303" Score="7" ViewCount="119" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to be able to pass two options to a package (actually, a class) and have them be the same.  What's the best way to do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That is, I want:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[norsk]{myclass}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[bokmal]{myclass}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to do the same thing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-02T13:42:55.597" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T21:13:18.130" Title="How does one define synonymous options in style/class files?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;options&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="1043" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1201" CreationDate="2010-08-04T17:52:42.357" Score="6" ViewCount="373" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is a very active question about LaTeX editors and IDEs.  I personally use Vim with LaTeX-suite for any latex editing, and I am very happy with it.  Lately I began to use ConTeXt more and more.  I would like to know what people use for editing ConTeXt.  Especially is there is a set of Vim macros similar to LaTeX-suite. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know there is a page about Vim on ConTeXt garden, but as far as I can tell, it has not been updated in quite a while.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2010-08-06T07:18:48.543" Title="ConTeXt editors" Tags="&lt;editors&gt;&lt;context&gt;" AnswerCount="6" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="5" />
  <row Id="1044" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1046" CreationDate="2010-08-04T17:56:50.103" Score="2" ViewCount="186" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I use the following code on stats.stackexchange.com (which is powered by MathJax) the \le does not render properly. Is this a bug in MathJax or am I not using the \le symbol properly?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;$&#xA;X_3 = &#xA;\begin{cases} &#xA; X_{31} &amp;amp; \mbox{if }Y_1 Y_2 \mbox{ &gt;  0} \\ X_{32} &amp;amp; \mbox{if }Y_1 Y_2 \mbox{ \le 0} &#xA;\end{cases}$&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="49" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-21T23:46:54.030" LastActivityDate="2010-11-21T23:46:54.030" Title="Why does the less than equal to symbol not appear as intended in the following code?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;mathjax&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="1045" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1043" CreationDate="2010-08-04T17:58:38.493" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texworks.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeXworks&lt;/a&gt; has ConTeXt highlighting in addition to LaTeX (and plain TeX). The Windows-only &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.winedt.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;WinEdt&lt;/a&gt; also has some ConTeXt-specific support.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T17:58:38.493" />
  <row Id="1046" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1044" CreationDate="2010-08-04T17:59:54.467" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;use &lt;code&gt;\le&lt;/code&gt; in math mode, e.g. &lt;code&gt;\mbox{if $Y_1 Y_2 \le 0$}&lt;/code&gt;&#xA;(yes, that's math mode inside text)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;use T1 font encoding to get the &gt; symbol correctly typeset in text mode:&#xA;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&lt;/code&gt; Otherwise, with standard OT1 encoding, the output&#xA;wouldn't be &gt; except you use math mode as well: &lt;code&gt;$&amp;gt;$&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;On standard LaTeX you should also use &lt;code&gt;\text{...}&lt;/code&gt; rather than &lt;code&gt;\mbox{...}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-09T11:17:34.920" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T11:17:34.920" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1047" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1044" CreationDate="2010-08-04T18:01:50.360" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You need to use the math mode for math symbols; remove extra &lt;code&gt;mbox&lt;/code&gt; commands: &lt;code&gt;$ X_3 = \begin{cases} X_{31} &amp;amp; \mbox{if }Y_1 Y_2 &amp;gt; 0 \\ X_{32} &amp;amp; \mbox{if }Y_1 Y_2 \le 0 \end{cases}$&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="100" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T18:01:50.360" />
  <row Id="1048" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1042" CreationDate="2010-08-04T18:03:21.247" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It partly depends on how you implement them internally. If the two options set some kind of flag, then it would be easiest to code them by hand&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newif\if@mypkg@norsk&#xA;\DeclareOption{norsk}{\@mypkg@norsktrue}&#xA;\DeclareOption{bokmal}{\@mypkg@norsktrue}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If the code is more complex then it might be easiest to write a macro to do the job&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*\mypkg@option@norsk{&#xA;   % Code here&#xA;}&#xA;\DeclareOption{norsk}{\mypkg@option@norsk}&#xA;\DeclareOption{bokmal}{\mypkg@option@norsk}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T18:03:21.247" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1049" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1030" CreationDate="2010-08-04T18:07:42.300" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;a href=&quot;http://asymptote.sf.net&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Asymptote&lt;/a&gt; to generate prc files that can also be, as far as I know, included using Movie15. The asy package that ships with Asymptote actually takes care of the embedding for you.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, if you can get your file in the IDTF format, there is a free IDTF to u3d converter available somewhere, although I don't seem to be able to find it right now. I know I used it before.  The &lt;a href=&quot;http://udav.sf.net&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Udav&lt;/a&gt; program exports IDTF, and possibly u3d, it's not very clear from their webpage. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T18:07:42.300" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1050" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1057" CreationDate="2010-08-04T18:11:14.710" Score="22" ViewCount="699" Body="&lt;p&gt;I just spotted someone use &lt;code&gt;\newcommand*&lt;/code&gt; in an answer and realised that I'd never quite sorted out in my head what the star was there for.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(This one is practically impossible to search for on the internet so this is a good place to record the answer!)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-27T10:49:48.807" LastActivityDate="2010-08-27T10:49:48.807" Title="What's the difference between \newcommand and \newcommand*?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="1051" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1030" CreationDate="2010-08-04T18:12:40.387" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately Meshlab is the only opensource way to do it. The 3D models ideally should be conforming surfaces and &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; self-interlacing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So to embed a common IGES or STEP model you need mesh in something like Gmsh, export the mesh, import it into Meshlab and then hopefully it will manage to export it into u3d. Unfortunately u3d is not flexible enough format (it can't satisfy my needs for example). In my thesis I've ended up producing vector pdf's and including them. Takes ages to render them in adobe acrobat, but printing on laser colour printer looks stunning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course this doesn't quite solve your problem. You can also buy the most expensive adobe acrobat which has tools to create u3d files from solidworks and autocad as far as I know.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This questions covers trying to embed already created models, please see Jan's post about posobility to generate the 3d graphics using Asymptote.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also have a look at pst-solides3d - a pstricks like package for drawing 3d objects. It will not give you a 3D model in Adobe acrobat though. Also note that these embedded models can only be view with adobe products.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="137" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T18:12:40.387" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1052" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1043" CreationDate="2010-08-04T18:13:54.067" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I believe the author of ConTeXt uses SciTE (scriptable through python). Unfortunately the ConTeXt support in AUCTeX is not as good as LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="337" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T18:13:54.067" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1053" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1050" CreationDate="2010-08-04T18:17:26.680" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;From &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/mail-archives/texhax/2005-March/003732.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;: &quot;Using the starred version of \newcommand means that the arguments of the defined command cannot contain a blank line or \par. This makes it a lot easier to spot runaway arguments.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="100" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T18:17:26.680" />
  <row Id="1054" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1050" CreationDate="2010-08-04T18:17:32.873" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to the &lt;em&gt;Companion&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*&lt;/code&gt;] defines a [command], that is not, in TeX terms, long. This means that the newly defined command does not accept empty lines or &lt;code&gt;\par&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is also the default behaviour of &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt;, while the unstarred version is actually equivalent to &lt;code&gt;\long\def&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T18:17:32.873" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="1055" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1043" CreationDate="2010-08-04T18:17:43.623" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Someone has written a TextMate bundle: &lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.contextgarden.net/ConTeXt_Bundle_for_TextMate&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://wiki.contextgarden.net/ConTeXt_Bundle_for_TextMate&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;BTW: &lt;a href=&quot;http://macromates.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TextMate&lt;/a&gt; is my favorite text editor.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="243" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T18:17:43.623" />
  <row Id="1056" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1043" CreationDate="2010-08-04T18:19:38.720" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;See the page on the wiki: &lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.contextgarden.net/Text_Editors&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://wiki.contextgarden.net/Text_Editors&lt;/a&gt; - if it is obsolete at any place, please correct it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="243" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T18:19:38.720" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1057" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1050" CreationDate="2010-08-04T18:20:49.607" Score="27" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A bit of background first. When Knuth wrote TeX, he realised that most macros would not need to absorb more than one paragraph as an argument. As a result, a good way to test for errors such as a missing &lt;code&gt;}&lt;/code&gt; is to forbid macros to accept paragraph tokens (either those generated by blank lines or explicit &lt;code&gt;\par&lt;/code&gt; tokens). So he created &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt; for definitions which cannot take a paragraph token, and the &lt;code&gt;\long&lt;/code&gt; prefix to allow them to:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\examplea#1{% #1 cannot contain \par&#xA;}&#xA;\long\def\exampleb#1{% #1 can contain \par&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When LaTeX was written, Lamport created &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; as a wrapper around &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt; with various bits of error checking. He found that paragraph tokens can pop up in odd places. So he decided that &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; would be 'long' and that you would need to add the modifier &lt;code&gt;*&lt;/code&gt; to prevent this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\examplea[1]{% #1 can contain \par&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand*\exampleb[1]{% #1 cannot contain \par&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Most of the time, &lt;code&gt;\newcommand*&lt;/code&gt; is the best choice as you want the error-checking that it provides. That is why examples given by experienced LaTeX users normally use this form, rather than just &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For LaTeX3, we've decided to take a somewhat hybrid approach. If you use &lt;code&gt;xparse&lt;/code&gt; for defining document commands, they are only 'long' if you ask for it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\NewDocumentCommand\examplea{m}{% #1 cannot contain \par&#xA;}&#xA;\NewDocumentCommand\examplab{+m}{% #1 can contain \par&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(We've decided on &lt;code&gt;+&lt;/code&gt; to represent a long argument). On the other hand, for internal use it is normally best to accept paragraph tokens, and to leave the filtering to the user interface level.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T18:20:49.607" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="1058" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1050" CreationDate="2010-08-04T18:21:43.893" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the Latex2e for authors (usrguide.pdf) I found section 3.4 relating about all &quot;defin-y&quot; commands:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;All the above five ‘defining commands’ now have *-forms that are usually the&#xA;          better form to use when defining commands with arguments, unless any of these&#xA;            arguments is intended to contain whole paragraphs of text. Moreover, if you ever &#xA;            do find yourself needing to use the non-star form then you should ask whether &#xA;              that argument would not better be treated as the contents of a suitably defined &#xA;                environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="137" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T18:21:43.893" />
  <row Id="1059" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="975" CreationDate="2010-08-04T18:29:35.533" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;My rule of thumb is to always use &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt; everywhere for math. Works with hyperref just fine =)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To suppress too much whitespace do not place a double carridge-return after the environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;bla:&#xA;\begin{align}&#xA;a^2+b^2=c^2&#xA;\end{align}&#xA;More text straight away&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="137" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T18:29:35.533" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1060" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="940" CreationDate="2010-08-04T18:36:41.790" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Depends on the university I guess. Here in University of Hull only a few engineering and maths professors use LaTeX, there are no LaTeX classes for thesis nor assignments. The LaTeX installation on the machine is from 2004 and hasn't been updated since.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Over the past 4 years I haven't seen a single PhD student use LaTeX. =(&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="137" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T18:36:41.790" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-25T15:10:49.093" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1061" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1062" CreationDate="2010-08-04T18:59:57.657" Score="6" ViewCount="292" Body="&lt;p&gt;My question is along the lines of &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/279/how-do-i-ensure-that-figures-appear-in-the-section-theyre-associated-with&quot;&gt;a previous one&lt;/a&gt;, but slightly different. I have a figure that occupies a full page. By default, LaTeX wants it to go on the very last page of the document. The previous question was answered with Rob Hyndman's suggestion of using a &lt;code&gt;\FloatBarrier&lt;/code&gt; from placeins.sty to demand that it appears before the start of a section. But if I do that, I get a pattern like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;page (n-1): Section S of text ends halfway down the page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;page n: Full-page figure.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;page (n+1): Section S+1 begins at the top of the page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is arguably better than having the figure at the end of the document, but it isn't the behavior I want. What I really want is the full-page figure in the middle, but Section S+1 beginning on page (n-1), so that the text flows normally from page (n-1) to page (n+1), with a page in the middle for the figure. Is there an easy way to achieve this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edited to add:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The code looks something like this (&lt;code&gt;\FIGURE&lt;/code&gt; comes from the JHEP3.cls file supplied by the Journal of High-Energy Physics, but I don't think this is sensitive to details of that file).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\FIGURE[!p]{&#xA;\begin{tabular}{cc}&#xA; \includegraphics[scale=0.5]{curve1.pdf}&amp;amp;&#xA;\includegraphics[scale=0.5]{curve2.pdf}\\&#xA; \includegraphics[scale=0.5]{curve3.pdf}&amp;amp;&#xA;\includegraphics[scale=0.5]{curve4.pdf}\\&#xA;\includegraphics[scale=0.5]{curve5.pdf}&amp;amp;\includegraphics[scale=0.5]{curve6.pdf}\\&#xA;\includegraphics[scale=0.5]{curve7.pdf}&amp;amp;\includegraphics[scale=0.5]{curve8.pdf}&#xA;\caption{Curves for case A (left), case B (right)}&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\label{fig: constraints}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="505" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T12:50:32.377" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T12:50:32.377" Title="Full-page figure without extraneous whitespace in text?" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;page-breaking&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1062" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1061" CreationDate="2010-08-04T19:14:36.397" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/afterpage&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;afterpage&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package might be useful here:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{afterpage}&#xA;...&#xA;\section{S+1}&#xA;\afterpage{\clearpage}&#xA;% or \afterpage{\FloatBarrier}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T19:14:36.397" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1063" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="64" CreationDate="2010-08-04T19:39:44.583" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Those makefile are always a bit difficult, in part because they have to interact with the engine to find out how many compilation runs are necessary, which additional tools need to be run etc. and these steps are usually harder than trivial with makefiles.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That being said, I'd suggest you to try &lt;a href=&quot;http://code.google.com/p/latex-makefile/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;latex-makefile&lt;/a&gt;, which is a make-only solution, which goes long ways to accomplish what's needed. It's not complete, however it's better than most makefile solutions out there, tries covering all generation steps including converting images to right formats and most importantly it supports PDF(La)TeX and Xe(La)TeX out of the box now!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="267" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T19:39:44.583" />
  <row Id="1064" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="64" CreationDate="2010-08-04T19:46:48.347" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In addition to all of the good answers above, users on Windows using MiKTeX can use the &lt;code&gt;texify&lt;/code&gt; program, which has a number of options to adjust output mode (DVI or PDF), options for BibTeX and MakeIndex and so on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T19:46:48.347" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1065" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="64" CreationDate="2010-08-04T19:52:35.637" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use &lt;a href=&quot;http://scons.org&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;scons&lt;/a&gt;, a python based make tool. Some documents I have contain R code, scons (with rpy2) works well in handling them. I had to program the rules for document creation by myself, but it was basically calling texify.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="507" LastEditorUserId="507" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-07T04:16:58.237" LastActivityDate="2010-08-07T04:16:58.237" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1066" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="40" CreationDate="2010-08-04T20:05:19.697" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This solution is not as elegant as a dedicated package would (hopefully) be, but I don't know of one so here goes...  This example assumes that you are using the &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can achieve the desired effect by creating a 2x2 'super matrix' and leaving the (1,1) entry blank.  Then put a horizontal brace spanning some columns in the (1,2) entry and a vertical brace spanning some rows in the (2,1) entry.  Finally, put the actual matrix that these braces are spanning in the (2,2) entry.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To get the spacing right, you can use &lt;code&gt;\vphantom&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\hphantom&lt;/code&gt; to create invisible matrices in the (1,2) and (2,1) entries, and the &lt;code&gt;\mspace&lt;/code&gt; command to decrease the spacing between the two columns of the super matrix..&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's an example (that may look much better pasted into an editor that has syntax highlighting):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{matrix} %This is the super matrix&#xA;    %(1,1) cell: Empty&#xA;  &amp;amp;&#xA;    %(1,2) cell: Brace spanning columns&#xA;    \begin{matrix}   %One-row matrix to hold the brace&#xA;      \hphantom{a} &amp;amp; %Blank space to skip over first column&#xA;      \overbrace{&#xA;        \hphantom{\begin{matrix}b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d\end{matrix}}&#xA;      }^{\text{\footnotesize Final three columns}}&#xA;    \end{matrix}&#xA;  \\&#xA;    %(2,1) cell: Brace spanning rows&#xA;    \begin{matrix}    %One-column matrix to hold a brace&#xA;      \vphantom{a} \\ %Blank space to skip first row&#xA;      \text{\footnotesize Middle two rows}&#xA;        \left\{\vphantom{\begin{matrix} e \\ i \end{matrix}}\right. \\&#xA;      \vphantom{m}&#xA;    \end{matrix}&#xA;    %The inter-column spacing of the super matrix looks too big by default&#xA;    \mspace{-33mu}&#xA;  &amp;amp;&#xA;    %(2,2) cell: Actual matrix&#xA;    \begin{pmatrix}&#xA;      a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d \\&#xA;      e &amp;amp; f &amp;amp; g &amp;amp; h \\&#xA;      i &amp;amp; j &amp;amp; k &amp;amp; l \\&#xA;      m &amp;amp; n &amp;amp; o &amp;amp; p&#xA;    \end{pmatrix} &#xA;\end{matrix} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The invisible matrices in the (1,2) and (2,1) entries of the super matrix allow you to span whichever columns you want, or even have multiple braces in either direction.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="32" LastEditorUserId="32" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-09T20:34:33.367" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T20:34:33.367" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="1067" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="961" CreationDate="2010-08-04T20:22:02.893" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;jurabib&lt;/code&gt; style/package is able to do something sort of like this, if you use it with the &lt;code&gt;bibformat=ibidemalt&lt;/code&gt; option.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[bibformat=ibidemalt]{jurabib}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It will group references by author name but it won't put the year in front of each one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would suggest contacting the authors or publishers of books you've seen that use this format, and ask if any of them were prepared using LaTeX and if so, could they point you to a BibTeX style file that does what you want. If not, you could try to prepare a custom style file that does it for you, probably by copying &lt;code&gt;jurabib.sty&lt;/code&gt; and modifying it. BibTeX uses a wacky language to define styles, but once you spend some time with it, it's not too opaque. (Alternatively: search this site for a mention of biblatex, which might be easier if it works for you)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="125" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T20:22:02.893" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1068" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="537" CreationDate="2010-08-04T20:35:20.607" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Posting the XeLaTeX comment as an answer, per suggestion. You just  &lt;code&gt;\setromanfont{Gentium}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that the font Gentium &lt;a href=&quot;http://scripts.sil.org/cms/scripts/page.php?site_id=nrsi&amp;amp;item_id=Gentium_status&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;doesn't yet&lt;/a&gt; have a bold variant, so if you need to use &lt;strong&gt;bold&lt;/strong&gt; frequently, it's recommended that you use a different font. (If your interest in Gentium is because of its wide character repertoire, you may want to use a font like Charis SIL. If your interest was in the appearance, then there's a &quot;Gentium Basic&quot; that doesn't include Greek or Cyrillic characters, but has bold variants.) But in practice I found I could use Gentium with Gentium Basic Bold as the bold font, and it looks natural to my eyes (you still won't have bold Greek, of course):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\setromanfont[BoldFont={Gentium Basic Bold},ItalicFont={Gentium Italic}]{Gentium}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Look:\\&#xA;Hèllö wőrld: γεντιυμ \textit{Italic} \textbf{Bold}\\&#xA;\textbf{Hèllö wőrld}: γεντιυμ \textit{Italic} Bold&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="48" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T20:35:20.607" />
  <row Id="1069" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="953" CreationDate="2010-08-04T20:38:38.993" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;When Don Knuth wrote TeX he wanted to create &quot;just a typesetting language&quot; but in response to use demand the macro language grew and grew.  He also said that, if at the time he wrote TeX there was &quot;a universal simple interpretive langauge that was common to other systems, naturally I would have latched onto that right away&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The future in my view is to use TeX or similar as (largely) just a typesetting language, and use another language (Python is my choice), and to largely drop the TeX macro language.  After all, no-one except specialist write PostScript by hand today.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The LaTeX 3 project insist on doing almost everything using TeX macros, and the long-standing delay (already over 15 years) is proof not of the difficulty of the task by the problems in the approach.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The other problem is that to make progress one has to let go of a large amount of legacy code.  But this can be done, as is proved by ConTeXt.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="176" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T20:38:38.993" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1070" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="40" CreationDate="2010-08-04T20:43:46.283" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The following solution uses TikZ, but a minimal amount of hacks:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{matrix,decorations.pathreplacing}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[decoration=brace]&#xA;    \matrix (m) [matrix of math nodes,left delimiter=[,right delimiter={]}] {&#xA;        a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d \\&#xA;        e &amp;amp; f &amp;amp; g &amp;amp; h \\&#xA;        i &amp;amp; j &amp;amp; k &amp;amp; l \\&#xA;        m &amp;amp; n &amp;amp; o &amp;amp; p \\&#xA;    };&#xA;    \draw[decorate,transform canvas={xshift=-1.5em},thick] (m-3-1.south west) -- node[left=2pt] {$A$} (m-1-1.north west);&#xA;    \draw[decorate,transform canvas={yshift=0.5em},thick] (m-1-2.north west) -- node[above=2pt] {$R$} (m-1-4.north east);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First two tikz libraries are loaded (this only needs to be done once). In the &lt;code&gt;tikzpicture&lt;/code&gt; environment a matrix called &lt;code&gt;m&lt;/code&gt; is defined. The delimiters can be changed to anything that is acceptable after &lt;code&gt;\left&lt;/code&gt; in math mode. Entries of the matrix can be reference by &lt;code&gt;name-row-column&lt;/code&gt; (where in this case the name is &lt;code&gt;m&lt;/code&gt;). I found good looking shifts (i.e. the distances between brace and matrix entry) by trail-and-error; you might have to change them. Also you might want to try removing the &lt;code&gt;thick&lt;/code&gt; parameter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried wrapping the whole stuff in nice commands. Unfortunately I only succeeded partially, because I do not know how to handle the &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; in the matrix without LaTeX complaining about &quot;misplaced alignment tab character&quot;. I tweaked the spacing in the following tikz styles a bit to make the matrix look more like the usual ones. Maybe there are better ways to do this (are all the lengths the (usual) matrix environment used accessible somehow?).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anyway, on to the commands. Put the following wall of code somewhere near the beginning of the document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% Load TikZ&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{matrix,decorations.pathreplacing,calc}&#xA;&#xA;% Set various styles for the matrices and braces. It might pay off to fiddle around with the values a little bit&#xA;\pgfkeys{tikz/mymatrixenv/.style={decoration=brace,every left delimiter/.style={xshift=3pt},every right delimiter/.style={xshift=-3pt}}}&#xA;\pgfkeys{tikz/mymatrix/.style={matrix of math nodes,left delimiter=[,right delimiter={]},inner sep=2pt,column sep=1em,row sep=0.5em,nodes={inner sep=0pt}}}&#xA;\pgfkeys{tikz/mymatrixbrace/.style={decorate,thick}}&#xA;\newcommand\mymatrixbraceoffseth{0.5em}&#xA;\newcommand\mymatrixbraceoffsetv{0.2em}&#xA;&#xA;% Now the commands to produce the braces. (I'll explain below how to use them.)&#xA;\newcommand*\mymatrixbraceright[4][m]{&#xA;    \draw[mymatrixbrace] ($(#1.north west)!(#1-#3-1.south west)!(#1.south west)-(\mymatrixbraceoffseth,0)$)&#xA;        -- node[left=2pt] {#4} &#xA;        ($(#1.north west)!(#1-#2-1.north west)!(#1.south west)-(\mymatrixbraceoffseth,0)$);&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand*\mymatrixbraceleft[4][m]{&#xA;    \draw[mymatrixbrace] ($(#1.north east)!(#1-#2-1.north east)!(#1.south east)+(\mymatrixbraceoffseth,0)$)&#xA;        -- node[right=2pt] {#4} &#xA;        ($(#1.north east)!(#1-#3-1.south east)!(#1.south east)+(\mymatrixbraceoffseth,0)$);&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand*\mymatrixbracetop[4][m]{&#xA;    \draw[mymatrixbrace] ($(#1.north west)!(#1-1-#2.north west)!(#1.north east)+(0,\mymatrixbraceoffsetv)$)&#xA;        -- node[above=2pt] {#4} &#xA;        ($(#1.north west)!(#1-1-#3.north east)!(#1.north east)+(0,\mymatrixbraceoffsetv)$);&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand*\mymatrixbracebottom[4][m]{&#xA;    \draw[mymatrixbrace] ($(#1.south west)!(#1-1-#3.south east)!(#1.south east)-(0,\mymatrixbraceoffsetv)$)&#xA;        -- node[below=2pt] {#4} &#xA;        ($(#1.south west)!(#1-1-#2.south west)!(#1.south east)-(0,\mymatrixbraceoffsetv)$);&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After that, you can simply use the following code to produce your example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[mymatrixenv]&#xA;    \matrix[mymatrix] (m)  {&#xA;        a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d \\&#xA;        e &amp;amp; f &amp;amp; g &amp;amp; h \\&#xA;        i &amp;amp; j &amp;amp; k &amp;amp; l \\&#xA;        m &amp;amp; n &amp;amp; o &amp;amp; p \\&#xA;    };&#xA;    \mymatrixbraceright{1}{3}{$A$}&#xA;    \mymatrixbracetop{2}{4}{$R$}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The matrix definition remained pretty much the same as before, except that all the styles needed are now stored in &lt;code&gt;mymatrixenv&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;mymatrix&lt;/code&gt;. No need to repeat them for every matrix! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The braces are produced with &lt;code&gt;\mymatrixbraceright&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\mymatrixbracetop&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\mymatrixbraceleft&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\mymatrixbracebottom&lt;/code&gt; for right, top, left and bottom braces respectively. The commands all work the same way: They have three mandatory commands for starting and ending position of the brace (in &quot;natural&quot; order) and the label. Additionally they have one optional argument for specifying the name of the matrix (it defaults to &lt;code&gt;m&lt;/code&gt;). So, if you want a brace on the left of matrix &lt;code&gt;foo&lt;/code&gt; going from the row 3 to row 417 and with label &lt;code&gt;$415$ rows!&lt;/code&gt;, you use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\mymatrixbraceleft[foo]{3}{417}{$415$ rows!}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-05T10:04:42.907" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T10:04:42.907" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="1071" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="991" CreationDate="2010-08-04T20:51:13.540" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Perfect grayness, for typical text, is possible only at the expense of ugliness somewhere else.  Clearly, allowing arbitrary hyphenation will make perfect grayness much easier, and forbidding hyphenation will make it much harder.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Conversely, relaxing grayness would make perfect hyphenation (i.e. none) much easier.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Typography can often be improved by rewriting to fit the context (measure = text width, and location on the page).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;TeX's big achievement in line breaking are, in my view, the use of &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dynamic_programming&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;dynamic programming&lt;/a&gt;, and the care, experience and diligence applied to the many details involved in the problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A large part of the art of typesetting is the art of breaking things, but gracefully.  Best results will always require an element of hand adjustment, but TeX does a good job automatically, most of the time.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="176" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T20:51:13.540" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-04T20:51:13.540" />
  <row Id="1072" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1075" CreationDate="2010-08-04T20:55:07.867" Score="19" ViewCount="565" Body="&lt;p&gt;There several types of graphics files. In no particular order .jpeg .eps .pdf .png .tif .jif (and no doubt others). Some work with latex, dvips and some work with pdflatex. How am I supposed to know which?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Just to confuse matters, metapost produces .eps but I can use these with pdflatex as long as I put in a four line incantation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can anyone explain this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="511" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-25T13:59:37.503" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T17:27:37.177" Title="Which graphics formats can be included in documents processed by latex or pdflatex?" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;external-images&gt;" AnswerCount="6" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="6" />
  <row Id="1073" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="851" CreationDate="2010-08-04T20:59:22.227" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It seems to me that what you really want is a multiplication sign that works in text mode.  You can get this by writing $\times$ or, to answer your whole question&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;1024$\times$768&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;By the way, nice question.  This is a good example of where it makes sense not to use normal math typography.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="176" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T20:59:22.227" />
  <row Id="1074" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1072" CreationDate="2010-08-04T21:01:27.763" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is not an answer to the question &lt;em&gt;as asked&lt;/em&gt;, but I think it may be of use to those trying to work out which format to use and how to select it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=graphicx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;graphicx&lt;/a&gt; package and your intention is to be flexible (in that you want to be able to produce different output formats from the same source file) then there is a simple way to avoid having to know which to use: if you leave off the file extension in the &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt; command then it selects the best one available according to the mode.  Thus if you've got the &lt;code&gt;.eps&lt;/code&gt; and the &lt;code&gt;.pdf&lt;/code&gt; versions of the graphic available, then &lt;code&gt;latex + dvips&lt;/code&gt; will choose the &lt;code&gt;.eps&lt;/code&gt; whilst &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; will choose the &lt;code&gt;.pdf&lt;/code&gt;.  The command is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\includegraphics{MonaLisa}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which one it chooses is even customisable: there's a list of extensions for each output type and it goes through the list until it finds a file that exists.  Redefining that list changes the priorities.  The list is stored in a comma-separated macro called &lt;code&gt;\Gin@extensions&lt;/code&gt; so redefining that will change the order.  Here's a simple way to ensure that &lt;code&gt;.pdf&lt;/code&gt; is selected first when producing PDF output (since, oddly, the list for PDF output starts with &lt;code&gt;.png&lt;/code&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{ifpdf}&#xA;&#xA;\ifpdf&#xA;\PassOptionsToPackage{pdftex}{graphicx}&#xA;\fi&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\ifpdf&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\let\orig@Gin@extensions\Gin@extensions &#xA;\def\Gin@extensions{.pdf,\orig@Gin@extensions} %prepend .pdf before .png&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\fi&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\includegraphics{pullback}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For actually converting between formats, there are of course many ways to do that.  TeXLive comes with a program &lt;code&gt;epstopdf&lt;/code&gt; which converts an &lt;code&gt;.eps&lt;/code&gt; file to a &lt;code&gt;.pdf&lt;/code&gt; and there is even a LaTeX package &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=epstopdf-pkg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;epstopdf&lt;/a&gt; which will attempt to do the conversion for you (assuming that PDFTeX is allowed to do shell escapes) if it detects an &lt;code&gt;.eps&lt;/code&gt; image!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For commandline conversion (ie on a U*nx system, including MacOSX), ghostscript can easily convert back and forth and comes with two scripts &lt;code&gt;pdf2ps&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;ps2pdf&lt;/code&gt; that will do the conversion and the &lt;code&gt;netpbm&lt;/code&gt; tools can convert between PDF, PS and lots of other graphics formats (of course there are many other such tools).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thus by ensuring that you have each type of the image in the directory, you can be ensure that latex will pick up the right one for the right output.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastEditorUserId="4064" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-08T17:27:37.177" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T17:27:37.177" CommentCount="10" />
  <row Id="1075" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1072" CreationDate="2010-08-04T21:11:51.893" Score="21" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Formats that work with LaTeX (&lt;code&gt;dvi&lt;/code&gt; mode):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;eps&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Formats that work with pdfLaTeX (&lt;code&gt;pdf&lt;/code&gt; mode):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;pdf&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;png&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;jpeg&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;TeX Live 2010 will include some code to automatically convert &lt;code&gt;eps&lt;/code&gt; files to &lt;code&gt;pdf&lt;/code&gt; format. This can currently be done if you include the &lt;code&gt;epstopdf&lt;/code&gt; package in your preamble, but of course you have to remember.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The reason for this way of working is that in &lt;code&gt;dvi&lt;/code&gt; mode TeX simply leaves a space for the graphics. They are actually included in the output by dvips, which uses GhostScript (a PostScript interpreter) to do the work. pdfLaTeX includes graphics directly in the &lt;code&gt;pdf&lt;/code&gt;, using the features available in that format. The &lt;code&gt;pdf&lt;/code&gt; format can include other &lt;code&gt;pdfs&lt;/code&gt; (no surprise), &lt;code&gt;png&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;jpeg&lt;/code&gt; graphics. It &lt;em&gt;can't&lt;/em&gt; be used to include &lt;code&gt;eps&lt;/code&gt; graphics as this would require a full &lt;code&gt;eps&lt;/code&gt; interpreter in pdfTeX. The &lt;code&gt;eps&lt;/code&gt; format is complex, and so this is completely impractical.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-05T13:26:04.090" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T13:26:04.090" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1076" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1072" CreationDate="2010-08-04T21:14:58.443" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nowadays everything is actually very simple. In essence, you only need to worry about three different file formats:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;PDF for vector graphics&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;JPEG for photos&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;PNG for other kinds of raster graphics.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;pdflatex supports &lt;em&gt;all&lt;/em&gt; of these, and virtually any graphics file can be converted to one of these formats.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And pdflatex not only supports these, but it does it extremely well. For example, a JPEG file is included in the resulting PDF file &lt;em&gt;as is&lt;/em&gt;. It is not uncompressed and re-compressed; nothing is lost, and you know that including a 100 KB JPEG file in your document will enlarge the resulting PDF file by exactly 100 KB.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(With tools such as latex + dvips + ps2pdf, all bets are off; typically you will get huge PDF files or low-quality re-compressed JPEG files or both. But fortunately nowadays you can use almost always pdflatex instead of latex.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="100" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T21:14:58.443" />
  <row Id="1077" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="438" CreationDate="2010-08-04T21:15:06.773" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use \futurelet.  It's a TeX primitive, and it's the only way to do this sort of thing.  In fact, that's why it was introduced.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The LaTeX 3 stuff uses \futurelet under the hood, and to my way of thinking makes things more complicated and considerably slower.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you understand this you can solve the problem yourself (except perhaps for the problem of getting a space token into the \test macro).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$ tex&#xA;This is TeX, Version 3.1415926 (TeX Live 2009)&#xA;**\relax&#xA;&#xA;*\def\test{\message{\ifcat\tmp_YES\else NO\fi}}&#xA;&#xA;*\futurelet\tmp\test a&#xA;NO&#xA;*\futurelet\tmp\test _&#xA;YES! &#xA;Missing $ inserted.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="176" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T21:15:06.773" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1078" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="633" CreationDate="2010-08-04T21:18:17.943" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The MathTran Editor, which I developed, gives you instant preview of plain TeX math formulas.&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mathtran.org/editor/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.mathtran.org/editor/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="176" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T21:18:17.943" />
  <row Id="1079" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="940" CreationDate="2010-08-04T21:20:56.257" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm a UK based psychology PhD student. I'm using LaTeX for my dissertation and use Beamer for presentations. The only other person using it in my department trained as an econometrician. I'm forced to use MS Word for journal articles as a) coauthors generally use it, and b) most journals only accept .doc or .rtf. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="515" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T21:20:56.257" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-25T15:10:49.093" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1080" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="537" CreationDate="2010-08-04T21:22:18.893" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;While the XeLaTeX way is probably easier, if you wanted to stick with pdflatex, you could try the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/fontinst&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;fontinst&lt;/a&gt; tool for creating the necessary package. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T21:22:18.893" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1081" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="53" CreationDate="2010-08-04T21:27:00.140" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;TeX has several components, including (1) typesetting (2) fonts and (3) macros.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Often, it is macros that people have the most difficulty with.  For this there are some key concepts, such as the token stream and the action of the expansion of macros.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The expansion of a macro edits the stream of tokens.  This is a key concept.  Try running some very simple macros with \tracingall on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A good lesson would be to read through and understand the output of &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; $ tex '\relax \tracingall \input story \end'&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="176" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T21:27:00.140" />
  <row Id="1082" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1112" CreationDate="2010-08-04T21:35:07.093" Score="1" ViewCount="228" Body="&lt;p&gt;[ This is an updated version of &lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/3233031/latex-defining-a-custom-wrapfig-environment&quot;&gt;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/3233031/latex-defining-a-custom-wrapfig-environment&lt;/a&gt; ]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;wrapfig&lt;/code&gt; package interacts badly with the setup and teardown done by &lt;code&gt;\begin&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\end&lt;/code&gt;.  Concretely, this is not typeset correctly:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{wrapfig}&#xA;\newenvironment{pullquote}&#xA;  {\begin{wrapfigure}{o}{2in}\large}&#xA;  {\end{wrapfigure}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{pullquote}&#xA;Chicken chicken&#xA;\end{pullquote}&#xA;Chicken chicken chicken chicken,&#xA;chicken chicken chicken chicken.&#xA;Chicken chicken, chicken chicken&#xA;chicken chicken chicken chicken&#xA;chicken chicken chicken chicken.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &quot;pull quote&quot; is displaced downward to the end of the document (or to the next wrapfigure, if any) and I get a warning about collisions between wrapping environments in the log file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But this &lt;em&gt;is&lt;/em&gt; typeset correctly (note the dirty-trick use of the internal macros defined by &lt;code&gt;\newenvironment&lt;/code&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{wrapfig}&#xA;\newenvironment{pullquote}&#xA;  {\begin{wrapfigure}{o}{2in}\large}&#xA;  {\end{wrapfigure}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\pullquote&#xA;Chicken chicken&#xA;\endpullquote&#xA;Chicken chicken chicken chicken,&#xA;chicken chicken chicken chicken.&#xA;Chicken chicken, chicken chicken&#xA;chicken chicken chicken chicken&#xA;chicken chicken chicken chicken.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am looking for concrete advice on how to fix this apparent bug in wrapfig, which AFAICT is unmaintained.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="514" LastEditorUserId="1347" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-29T12:10:29.510" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T12:10:29.510" Title="Defining a custom ‘wrapfig’ environment" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;environments&gt;&lt;debugging&gt;&lt;wrapfigure&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="1083" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="49" CreationDate="2010-08-04T21:38:17.547" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Don Knuth provide both the TeX typesetting program and the plain TeX macros (the file plain.tex).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;TeX the program does the typesetting.  The preloaded macros (and the input documents, of course) control what is typeset.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Typically, the macros and input document place items on a horizontal list and then, when the \par command (for example, a blank line) is issued TeX the program breaks the paragraphs into lines.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you run TeX with \tracingall you can see what are macros and what are TeX commands.  I suggest you try this with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; $ tex '\relax \tracingall \input story \end'&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;rather than a LaTeX document.  LaTeX does a lot of macro processing, particularly for font selection.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="176" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T21:38:17.547" />
  <row Id="1084" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="451" CreationDate="2010-08-04T21:45:03.363" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For the particular problem of creating control sequences dynamically, I suggest you use something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\csarg #1{%&#xA;    \begingroup&#xA;    \expandafter&#xA;    \endgroup&#xA;    \expandafter #1\csname&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You use it like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\csarg\mycommandbuilder &amp;lt;whatever&amp;gt; \endcsname&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can even use it like this&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\csarg\mycommandbuilder &amp;lt;whatever&amp;gt; \expandafter\endcsname&#xA;    \csname &amp;lt;whatever2&amp;gt; \expandafter\endcsname&#xA;    \csname &amp;lt;whatever3&amp;gt; \endcsname&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, take care with the spaces.  The above code constructs control sequences that have spaces in their names!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="176" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T21:45:03.363" />
  <row Id="1085" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-04T21:49:18.600" Score="7" ViewCount="250" Body="&lt;p&gt;While writing articles about algebraic topology, I have had to typeset spectral sequences. These are tools for calculating homology and cohomology. Examples appear on page 10 of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.math.cornell.edu/~hatcher/SSAT/SSch1.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this book&lt;/a&gt; by Hatcher. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So far I've typeset these using xypic, but I'm not completely satisfied with this. It doesn't produce the best-looking spectral sequences, I have difficulty creating arrows leaving or entering the visible part of the page and I haven't figured out yet how to shade the background in a checkerboard style (or any other style), which is sometimes useful if your page contains many zeroes. An alternative is Tilman Bauer's package, but I don't really like the &quot;turtle&quot;-approach, moving a cursor between entries and dropping characters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My questions are: Are there other methods for typesetting spectral sequences? What is, in your opinion, the &quot;best&quot; one? Do you have any tips for typesetting spectral sequences?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="517" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T16:44:13.807" Title="What is the best way to typeset spectral sequences?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;diagrams&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1086" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="624" CreationDate="2010-08-04T21:49:30.363" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Proper small caps&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Optical Sizes (small text looks more robust and headlines look more skinny)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Floated figures with proper figure captions&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Whitespace (noobs will get this wrong however)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Wide use of numerical cross-references (word processors make this cumbersome to use)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Margin Kerning&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Text blocks centered vertically on the page&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Lines on opposing pages not on the same baseline&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Sentence spacing. Longer space after period (not with &lt;code&gt;\frenchspacing&lt;/code&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;General consistency&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="368" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T21:49:30.363" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1087" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="624" CreationDate="2010-08-04T22:03:15.080" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Lines that are too long. Sad but true.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you use virtually any word processor to produce fully justified text, they will simply add arbitrarily long inter-word spaces to do that. Latex avoids that, it gives up, outputs a warning and produces a document with a line that is too long.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course authors should read the warnings and fix the problem (or at the very least have a look at the final PDF file before sending it to the publisher). Anyway, it is very common to see Latex-prepared articles in conference proceedings with overfull lines.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="100" LastActivityDate="2010-08-04T22:03:15.080" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1088" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="826" CreationDate="2010-08-04T22:57:30.017" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You may also want to reset the footnote counter for each page. People are not familiar with the symbols beyond the double dagger, and more than (at most) 16 footnotes in a single chapter will result in an error message. To reset the counter per page, either use the footmisc option &lt;code&gt;perpage&lt;/code&gt; or the following code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{perpage}&#xA;\MakePerPage{footnote}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-05T13:39:19.777" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T13:39:19.777" />
  <row Id="1089" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1085" CreationDate="2010-08-04T23:40:37.563" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As long as there's no good package specialized in spectral sequences I would use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;TikZ with its nodes and arrows,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;its matrix library and a matrix of math nodes,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;also shapes and colors are no problem with TikZ.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a very simple demo example which you could extend:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usepackage{dsfont}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{matrix}&#xA;\newcommand*\Z{\mathds{Z}}&#xA;\newcommand*\ZZ{|[draw,circle]| \Z_2}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \matrix (m) [matrix of math nodes,&#xA;    nodes in empty cells,nodes={minimum width=5ex,&#xA;    minimum height=5ex,outer sep=-5pt},&#xA;    column sep=1ex,row sep=1ex]{&#xA;                &amp;amp;      &amp;amp;     &amp;amp;     &amp;amp; \\&#xA;          1     &amp;amp;  \ZZ &amp;amp;  0  &amp;amp; \ZZ &amp;amp; \\&#xA;          0     &amp;amp;  \Z  &amp;amp; \ZZ &amp;amp;  0  &amp;amp; \\&#xA;    \quad\strut &amp;amp;   0  &amp;amp;  1  &amp;amp;  2  &amp;amp; \strut \\};&#xA;  \draw[-stealth] (m-3-3.north west) -- (m-2-2.south east);&#xA;\draw[thick] (m-1-1.east) -- (m-4-1.east) ;&#xA;\draw[thick] (m-4-1.north) -- (m-4-5.north) ;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/JVtBF.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-16T16:44:13.807" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T16:44:13.807" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1090" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="472" CreationDate="2010-08-04T23:46:14.590" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One problem with multind is that the index heading(s) will not be formatted corresponding to your other chapter (or section) headings but simply with &lt;code&gt;\Large\bf&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want multiple indexes that respect the general formatting of your document class (and also work with other than the standard classes), use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/splitindex.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;splitidx&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-26T08:45:14.643" LastActivityDate="2010-08-26T08:45:14.643" />
  <row Id="1091" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="633" CreationDate="2010-08-05T00:06:30.720" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Linux has a relatively new editor called &lt;a href=&quot;http://gummi.midnightcoding.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Gummi&lt;/a&gt; that gives real-time output. Unfortunately it has crashed a few times for me (which is a few times too many). I plan to watch this editor closely as it becomes more stable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I currently use Ktikz to edit my LaTeX documents in real-time. By default only tikz pictures are compiled, but by simply writing an empty template with the text &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;&amp;gt;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ktikz will compile an entire LaTeX document. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="520" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T00:06:30.720" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1092" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1094" CreationDate="2010-08-05T00:25:36.593" Score="6" ViewCount="515" Body="&lt;p&gt;Debian and Ubuntu have very good texlive packaging. But I'd like to use &lt;code&gt;tlmgr&lt;/code&gt; to have a more fine-grained control about upgrades and which packages I want to be installed. So how do I install &quot;vanilla&quot; TeXLive on Debian/Ubuntu? Also how do I make &lt;code&gt;dpkg&lt;/code&gt; aware that I have TeXLive installed?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="137" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-21T11:58:09.613" LastActivityDate="2010-08-21T11:58:09.613" Title="How to install &quot;vanilla&quot; TeXLive on Debian or Ubuntu?" Tags="&lt;installing&gt;&lt;texlive&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="1093" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="999" CreationDate="2010-08-05T00:35:12.910" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you have installed the full MacTeX, it comes with a extra application called &quot;TeX Live Utility.app&quot; which is a GUI version of tlmgr. In fact it looks very similar to Fink Commander and you can read the info pdf right there. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="342" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T00:35:12.910" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1094" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1092" CreationDate="2010-08-05T01:47:57.277" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the net installer script from &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/texlive/acquire-netinstall.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; to install “vanilla” TeXlive. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tricking Ubuntu into satisfying the package dependencies is more involved and requires using the equivs package. There are basic guidelines for doing so &lt;a href=&quot;http://texblog.net/latex-archive/linux/kile-texlive-2008-equivs/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;. (This page is a bit old and was aimed at older versions of Ubuntu.) The package list there is a bit old, but the same overall procedure should still work. I’m afraid I don’t have a list offhand of what the dummy package should contain; maybe someone else will. (You can always just create new dummy packages as need be if you try to install something it tells you you have unsatisfied texlive dependencies.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T01:47:57.277" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1095" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-05T01:49:14.463" Score="4" ViewCount="446" Body="&lt;p&gt;(My first problem of compiling at all is solved, so I'm now posing a slightly different question).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hi, I'd like some help with producing handouts for my students. I'm using LyX as I'm far from fluent in LaTeX. I find the default fonts very serious, and would prefer to use something unusual on the title and footer, to make the document a little friendlier. I followed these instructions for installing XeTeX: &lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX&lt;/a&gt; , and for changing the fonts manually with \fontspec in ERT. I checked that the installation is fine: if I don't use any \fontspec commands, it doesn't compile within LyX but does work if I use the command line. But when I try it with the \fontspec, I don't get a pdf.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My LyX file: &lt;a href=&quot;http://math.stanford.edu/~amyp/test2.lyx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://math.stanford.edu/~amyp/test2.lyx&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The .tex file that LyX generated: &lt;a href=&quot;http://math.stanford.edu/~amyp/test2.tex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://math.stanford.edu/~amyp/test2.tex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My log: &lt;a href=&quot;http://math.stanford.edu/~amyp/test2.log&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://math.stanford.edu/~amyp/test2.log&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The font I tried here is located at C:\Windows\Fonts\PRISTINA.TTF on my computer, Windows tells me it's an Open Type font. I'm not too particular about the font (just that it's non-standard and readable).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastActivityDate="2010-08-07T18:53:24.477" Title="Custom title font in LyX" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;lyx&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="1096" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="885" CreationDate="2010-08-05T03:26:39.180" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Where does the data for the PDF you want to generate come from? A database?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I ask because (despite being a big Python fan) I once used PHP to generate a latex file with data populated from a database (this was for a very small conference proceedings). It's a bit messy, but works reasonably well; you can easily intermingle PHP code which pulls from the database with latex source, in the same way that you can mix PHP with HTML. Then just compile the resulting latex file to get a PDF.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="490" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T03:26:39.180" />
  <row Id="1097" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="326" CreationDate="2010-08-05T04:11:47.843" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In my case, I actually found it easiest to roll my own using the memoir package as a base. It's very well documented, and setting the appropriate margins, double/one-half line spacing, etc. was very easy. And it makes it easy to play around a bit within the thesis guidelines, for instance making fancy chapter headings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="490" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T04:11:47.843" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-05T04:11:47.843" />
  <row Id="1098" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1085" CreationDate="2010-08-05T04:53:16.130" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not a user of spectral sequences (although I know what they are and what they look like).  Here is a sort of meta-answer.  For TeX articles on the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.arxiv.org&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;arXiv&lt;/a&gt; you can download the TeX source.  So when you see a nicely typeset spectral sequence, look for the paper on the arXiv, download the source and see how its done.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="176" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T04:53:16.130" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1099" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="885" CreationDate="2010-08-05T05:01:44.357" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Depending on what you want to do, &lt;a href=&quot;http://sphinx.pocoo.org/contents.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Sphinx&lt;/a&gt; may suit you.  I think its the best Python-based tool for technical documentation, and it supports restructured text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="176" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T05:01:44.357" />
  <row Id="1100" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="867" CreationDate="2010-08-05T05:07:01.697" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For technical documentation my preferred method is to use &lt;a href=&quot;http://sphinx.pocoo.org/contents.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Sphinx&lt;/a&gt;.  The output LaTeX looks ugly (well, machine generated) but the output looks nice.  It uses Pygments behind the scenes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've not used minted, but from what people say it should work just as well, and allow you to author a LaTeX document.  (But if you use Sphinx, you'll get HTML and other outputs.  They're working on epub.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="176" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T05:07:01.697" />
  <row Id="1101" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1021" CreationDate="2010-08-05T05:24:30.030" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;All hyperref/pdflatex can do is insert a link of a certain form. It's up to the PDF viewer what to do with that link, and I don’t think there’s a standard link format for pages of external PDF files. Even if some viewers have implemented something for this, it wouldn’t be a robust solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My suggestion would be to actually include the linked-to PDF in the PDF you’re creating, and then you can use features of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/pdfpages&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pdfpages&lt;/a&gt; package to insert hyperlink targets for the included pages, and then you can use internal links. A quick example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pdfpages}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Here's a \hyperlink{included.pdf.2}{link to to page 2 of the included pdf}.&#xA;\includepdf[pages=1-5,link=true]{included.pdf}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With beamer, at the end, you probably want something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{&#xA;\beamertemplatenavigationsymbolsempty&#xA;\setbeamercolor{background canvas}{bg=}&#xA;\includepdf[pages=1-5,link=true,fitpaper]{included.pdf}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;so that the included PDF fits the paper size of the original for the included pages, and beamer's background color and navigation bars are suppressed on those pages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T05:24:30.030" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1102" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1085" CreationDate="2010-08-05T05:40:47.317" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;My go at it would be to say that &lt;a href=&quot;http://mlpost.lri.fr/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;mlpost&lt;/a&gt; is quite advisable. If you don't know how to program with OCaml, it takes some learning, of course. But if you are trying to achieve non-trivial things, I'd say it's the way to go.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T05:40:47.317" />
  <row Id="1103" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="553" CreationDate="2010-08-05T06:30:32.490" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The package &lt;code&gt;xspace&lt;/code&gt; lets you define commands that don't eat up whitespace after them.  So you can define an abbreviation like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\sA}{\mathcal{A}\xspace}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and then you can type &lt;code&gt;objects of \sA are called widgets&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;objects of \sA\ are called widgets&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="535" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T06:30:32.490" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-05T06:30:32.490" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="1104" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="885" CreationDate="2010-08-05T07:21:55.713" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Depending on exactly what you want to do, you may want to take a look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://plastex.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;plasTeX&lt;/a&gt;.  It's a python version of the TeX engine.  It's not a &lt;em&gt;true&lt;/em&gt; LaTeX interpreter, but if you have control over the input format of the documents then it could be possible to write them in such a manner that plasTeX can render them.  At present, it renders the document to XHTML.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So if you wanted web-viewable copies, you could have it so that your documents were sufficiently simple that plasTeX can read them, then use plasTeX for XHTML-rendering and call pdflatex externally for PDF.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T07:21:55.713" />
  <row Id="1105" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-05T08:07:25.607" Score="4" ViewCount="252" Body="&lt;p&gt;A simple question (in theory): is there any (La)TeX distribution for Windows that is capable of running as a daemon? I am not aware that either MiKTeX or TeX Live are capable as running as daemons on Windows, but are there any other solutions? Failing this, if I wanted to hack an existing TeX distribution to run as a daemon, what would be the best approach?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A few features that the daemon should have, ideally:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;One-time loading.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Load the preamble separately, so multiple documents can be generated without reloading the preamble.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Run as a Windows Service. (optional)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Callable as a library/API. (optional)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Input TeX and output DVI/PNG via standard I/O or pipes. (optional)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any information or suggestions on the subject would be much appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit 1:&lt;/strong&gt; Specifically, I am also rather curious how the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex/preview-latex.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;preview-latex&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package for EMACS works. This seems to have a very similar usage in mind to what I intend.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit 2:&lt;/strong&gt; I've just recalled that the &lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/InstantPreview&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Instant Preview&lt;/a&gt; feature of LyX also closely represents what I want to achieve. Additionally, this seems to work on Windows. An explanation/overview of this system and the daemon it uses would be very helpful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="303" LastEditorUserId="303" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-05T12:56:03.183" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T16:18:24.053" Title="TeX daemon for Windows" Tags="&lt;preamble&gt;&lt;windows&gt;" AnswerCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1106" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1105" CreationDate="2010-08-05T08:51:05.320" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is William Blum's LaTeXDaemon:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://william.famille-blum.org/software/latexdaemon/index.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://william.famille-blum.org/software/latexdaemon/index.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's on Google code as well, but I am only allowed one hyperlink.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It will generate a format for the preamble and re-compile every time the document is saved. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T08:51:05.320" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1107" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="365" CreationDate="2010-08-05T08:54:07.950" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I wouldn't necessarily say you need LyX for quick writing of documents/note-taking (it's more to ease the learning curve), but the following method should work well with either plain LaTeX or LyX I believe.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At present there exist the excellent &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/babel.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;babel&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;code&gt;hebfont&lt;/code&gt; packages. The combination of these two packages is likely the best option for typesetting Hebrew text. The former provides support for Hebrew characters/text encoding, RTL rendering, and switching between Hebrew/Latin/other scripts, while the latter provides a variety of fonts for rendering Hebrew characters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can turn 'Hebrew mode' on simply with the &lt;code&gt;\sethebrew&lt;/code&gt; macro, and off again with the &lt;code&gt;\unsethebrew&lt;/code&gt; macro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Boris Lavva has written a &lt;a href=&quot;http://sites.huji.ac.il/tex/newlatex_usage.txt&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;very useful guide&lt;/a&gt; to typesetting Hebrew in LaTex 2e, which should get you going. It would probably be fairly straightforward to set up a template for Hebrew documents. Apart from a handful of new macros to learn, you should essentially be able to use Hebrew in LaTeX as you would normal LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note: There is even a &lt;code&gt;hebtech&lt;/code&gt; document class for preparing formal technical documents/theses in Hebrew, if you find the need.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="303" LastEditorUserId="303" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-05T15:01:37.930" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T15:01:37.930" />
  <row Id="1108" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1109" CreationDate="2010-08-05T09:46:42.063" Score="10" ViewCount="645" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am writing a report and would like to include as appendix another document which is in pdf format.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="546" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T09:51:29.483" Title="include pdf pages in a latex document as appendix" Tags="&lt;publishing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="1109" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1108" CreationDate="2010-08-05T09:51:29.483" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/pkg/pdfpages&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pdfpages&lt;/a&gt; package to include the relevant pages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T09:51:29.483" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1110" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1092" CreationDate="2010-08-05T09:55:01.790" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Some comments:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;According to the Ubuntu package listing, the &lt;a href=&quot;http://packages.ubuntu.com/lucid/texlive&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;texlive&lt;/a&gt; package is a dummy package whose only purpose is to install a decent selection of dependencies.  So it is possible to install this texlive package &lt;em&gt;without&lt;/em&gt; installing any of its dependencies.  This requires using &lt;code&gt;dpkg&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;aptitude&lt;/code&gt; (as far as I can see, and I don't know if it's possible through the synaptic package manager): passing the &lt;code&gt;--ignore-depends=texlive&lt;/code&gt; option to &lt;code&gt;dpkg&lt;/code&gt; will cause it to forego the dependency check.  Then anything that depends on &lt;code&gt;texlive&lt;/code&gt; will afterwards install fine (I believe), though if something depends on, say, &lt;code&gt;texlive-bin&lt;/code&gt; then it &lt;em&gt;will&lt;/em&gt; complain.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Whilst checking the options for &lt;code&gt;aptitude&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;dpkg&lt;/code&gt; for the above, I came across the following snippet from &lt;code&gt;aptitude&lt;/code&gt;: the command&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;aptitude install texlive&amp;amp;m&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will mark &lt;code&gt;texlive&lt;/code&gt; as having been manually installed.  (Note that the &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; will probably need some sort of shell escaping to avoid it being interpreted by the shell.)  I &lt;em&gt;believe&lt;/em&gt; this basically says to the system &quot;I've installed this myself, so you can stop bothering with it.&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Possibly the easiest solution (and the one I use myself) is to simply ignore the system one and install your own version as well.  If you do this right, you get the best of both worlds because one possible problem with &lt;em&gt;replacing&lt;/em&gt; the system version with your own version is that the upgade may break some dependencies from other packages.  It's less likely with something like TeX, but you can imagine that lots might go wrong if you upgrade one of the core system libraries without upgrading all the programs that use it.  This is what the &lt;code&gt;/usr/local&lt;/code&gt; directory is for.  Put your installation of TeXLive in &lt;code&gt;/usr/local/texlive&lt;/code&gt; or somewhere using the standard installation (as mentioned by frabjous, for example).  By ensuring that &lt;code&gt;/usr/local&lt;/code&gt; appears before &lt;code&gt;/usr/bin&lt;/code&gt; in your path, and that &lt;code&gt;$TEXMFCNF&lt;/code&gt; points to the right place, you can effectively ignore the system installation whilst being able to fall back on it if necessary.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T09:55:01.790" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="1111" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1114" CreationDate="2010-08-05T10:01:42.707" Score="3" ViewCount="246" Body="&lt;p&gt;For &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/40/how-do-i-label-different-rows-or-columns-of-a-matrix-using-braces/1070#1070&quot;&gt;answering a question yesterday&lt;/a&gt; I wanted to define a shortcut for creating a matrix inside a &lt;code&gt;tikzpicture&lt;/code&gt;. As a minimal example, consider&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\mymatrix[1]{&#xA;    \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;        \matrix[matrix of math nodes] {#1};&#xA;    \end{tikzpicture}%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which would then be used as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\mymatrix{&#xA;    a &amp;amp; b \\&#xA;    e &amp;amp; f \\&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But LaTeX complains about &lt;code&gt;Package pgfbasematrix Error: Single ampersand used with wrong catcode&lt;/code&gt; at the line with the closing brace of &lt;code&gt;\amatrix{}&lt;/code&gt;. Why does it do that and how can I avoid it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T10:22:29.733" Title="Problem with defining shortcuts for TikZ matrices." Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;matrices&gt;&lt;macros&gt;&lt;ampersand&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="1112" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1082" CreationDate="2010-08-05T10:06:31.733" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One suggestion: shift the &quot;dirty trick&quot; inside the definition.  This seems to work for me:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{wrapfig}&#xA;\newenvironment{pullquote}&#xA;  {\wrapfigure{o}{2in}\large}&#xA;  {\endwrapfigure}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{pullquote}&#xA;Chicken chicken&#xA;\end{pullquote}&#xA;Chicken chicken chicken chicken,&#xA;chicken chicken chicken chicken.&#xA;Chicken chicken, chicken chicken&#xA;chicken chicken chicken chicken&#xA;chicken chicken chicken chicken.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I noticed from the source that the &lt;code&gt;wrapfigure&lt;/code&gt; environment is not itself defined using &lt;code&gt;\newenvironment&lt;/code&gt; but simply a &lt;code&gt;\def\wrapfigure{\wrapfloat{figure}}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\let\endwrapfigure\endwrapfloat&lt;/code&gt;.  I don't know if this has anything to do with the bad behaviour, though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T10:06:31.733" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="1113" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1111" CreationDate="2010-08-05T10:14:21.913" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;From p179 of the manual (emphasis added, one minor but significant error corrected):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Even though TikZ seems to use &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; to separate cells, pgf actually uses a different command to separate cells,&#xA;  namely the command &lt;code&gt;\pgfmatrixnextcell&lt;/code&gt; and using a normal &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; character will normally fail. What happens&#xA;  is that, TikZ makes &amp;amp; an active character and then defines this character to be equal to &lt;code&gt;\pgfmatrixnextcell&lt;/code&gt;.&#xA;  In most situations this will work nicely, but sometimes &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; cannot be made active; for instance because the&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;matrix is used in an argument of some macro&lt;/strong&gt; or the matrix contains nodes that contain normal {tabular}&#xA;  environments. In this case you can use the following option to avoid having to type &lt;code&gt;\pgfmatrixnextcell&lt;/code&gt;&#xA;  each time:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;/tikz/ampersand replacement= macro name or empty          (no default)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;If a macro name is provided, this macro will be defined to be equal to &lt;code&gt;\pgfmatrixnextcell&lt;/code&gt; inside&#xA;  matrices and &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; will not be made active. For instance, you could say &lt;code&gt;ampersand replacement=\&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; and&#xA;  then use &lt;code&gt;\&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; to separate columns as in the following example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\tikz&#xA;\matrix [ampersand replacement=\&amp;amp;]&#xA;{&#xA;\draw (0,0) circle (4mm); \&amp;amp; \node[rotate=10] {Hello}; \\&#xA;\draw (0.2,0) circle (2mm); \&amp;amp; \fill[red] (0,0) circle (3mm); \\&#xA;};&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is presumably some horrendously complicated way to turn on the active nature of the ampersand again inside the macro argument, but the above would seem the cleanest way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T10:14:21.913" />
  <row Id="1114" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1111" CreationDate="2010-08-05T10:22:29.733" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;TikZ cannot make the ampersand given in the argument to an active character. You could&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;use &lt;code&gt;\pgfmatrixnextcell&lt;/code&gt; instead of &amp;amp; and perhaps define a shortcut for it,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or use the ampersand replacement option:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\mymatrix[1]{&#xA;    \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;        \matrix[ampersand replacement=\&amp;amp;,matrix of math nodes] {#1};&#xA;    \end{tikzpicture}%&#xA;}&#xA;\mymatrix{&#xA;    a \&amp;amp; b \\&#xA;    e \&amp;amp; f \\&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T10:22:29.733" />
  <row Id="1115" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1043" CreationDate="2010-08-05T10:32:35.120" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As a devoted Emacs user I prefer using &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;AUCTeX&lt;/a&gt;, which supports ConTeXt. Another useful Emacs addition is &lt;a href=&quot;http://levana.de/emacs/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;etexshow&lt;/a&gt;,  which is an Emacs port of texshow, a browser for ConTeXt commands (not all, but most of them). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="359" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T10:32:35.120" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="1116" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-05T11:17:27.157" Score="2" ViewCount="331" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have installed the most recent version of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.eclipse.org&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Eclipse&lt;/a&gt; (version 1.3.0.20100617-0521, build id 20100617-1415) and am trying to install the &lt;a href=&quot;http://texlipse.sourceforge.net&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeXlipse&lt;/a&gt; plugin. I've followed the &lt;a href=&quot;http://texlipse.sourceforge.net/manual/installation.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;installation guide&lt;/a&gt; thoroughly (although in my build of Eclipse the option was called &quot;Install new software...&quot; instead of &quot;Software Updates/Find and install&quot;, but I assume that's because their screenshots are old...) and the installation seems to have gone through fine - no errors, and the Help/About pages suggest that TeXlipse (version 1.4) is installed and working.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, there are no configuration options available, so I can't follow &lt;a href=&quot;http://texlipse.sourceforge.net/manual/configuration.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;step 2 of the installation guide&lt;/a&gt;, and when I try to open a *.tex document my old tex editor (TeXWorks) opens it instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;What am I doing wrong here?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="223" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-05T11:19:46.733" LastActivityDate="2010-08-29T22:49:35.327" Title="TeXlipse installation problems" Tags="&lt;editors&gt;&lt;texlipse&gt;&lt;eclipse&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="1117" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1105" CreationDate="2010-08-05T11:27:49.200" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mathtran.org&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;MathTran&lt;/a&gt; runs TeX as a daemon.  For macros it runs a secure variant of plain TeX, but with some LaTeX additions, such as \frac.  Several years ago it could typeset a single formula in about 10 milliseconds (and so too cheap to be worth caching).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There's an &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mathtran.org/editor/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;experimental online editor&lt;/a&gt;, which gives instant preview (if you have a good internet connection).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To learn more about the technology behind MathTran go to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mathtran.org/wiki/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;its wiki&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Disclaimer:  I'm the developer of MathTran.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="176" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T11:27:49.200" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1118" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1121" CreationDate="2010-08-05T11:32:27.133" Score="17" ViewCount="1240" Body="&lt;p&gt;Why would I need to use version control with my LaTeX documents? I know people who do it, and I've seen questions about it on here and on SO, but I haven't understood what value there is to doing it...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[Maybe this should be CW? Also, someone &gt;150 rep add some more tags, e.g. version-control]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-05T12:06:09.580" LastActivityDate="2010-11-11T21:50:20.933" Title="What are the advantages of using version control (git, CVS etc) in LaTeX documents" Tags="&lt;revision-control&gt;&lt;best-practices&gt;" AnswerCount="12" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="1119" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1118" CreationDate="2010-08-05T11:37:55.347" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The same advantages you get of using version control for any other kind of documents.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Helps for many people to collaborate on a single document/project, keeps track of all the changes to the document as it evolves, you can revert and/or merge edits.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T11:37:55.347" />
  <row Id="1120" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1128" CreationDate="2010-08-05T11:46:03.900" Score="3" ViewCount="201" Body="&lt;p&gt;Recently I've come across &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1105/tex-daemon-for-windows&quot;&gt;a question&lt;/a&gt; that asks about &quot;TeX daemon&quot; for Windows.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I always thought that nature of TeX is compilation of document sources.  Why would anyone use a daemon for that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, what is a &quot;TeX daemon&quot;, and why is it used?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="280" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T19:05:40.870" Title="What is &quot;TeX daemon&quot; and why and how is it used?" Tags="&lt;compiling&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="1121" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1118" CreationDate="2010-08-05T11:47:30.653" Score="23" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As a single user the main advantages are&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Automatic backups: If you accidentally delete some file (or part of a file) you can undelete it. If you change something and want to undo it, the VCS can do so. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Sharing on multiple computers: VCSes are designed to help multiple people collaboratively edit text files. This makes sharing between multiple computers (say your desktop and laptop) particularly easy. You do not need to bother if you always copied the newest version; the VCS will do that for you. Even if you are offline and change files on both computers, the VCS will merge the changes intelligently once you are online.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Version control and branching: Say you published some class notes as a pdf and want to fix some typos in them while simultaneously working on the notes for next year. No problem. And you only need to fix the typos once, the VCS will merge them to the other versions.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T11:47:30.653" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1122" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1127" CreationDate="2010-08-05T11:50:42.770" Score="4" ViewCount="177" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've been pulling my hair out trying to get &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/latexdiff.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;latexdiff&lt;/a&gt; to work with a mathematics document. It produces output that latex can't compile if one of the files is this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{amsart}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;    \begin{equation} \label{eq:Psi-action}&#xA;        2=1+1&#xA;    \end{equation}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and the other is this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{amsart}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;    yo&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I think it chokes on other things as well. Am I doing something wrong? Is anyone able to use latexdiff for mathematics documents more than a few lines long? If anyone is able to use it by making some easy changes to their LaTeX code, are there general guidelines about what kind of LaTeX code to avoid?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Update 1: It appears that latexdiff doesn't like things like &quot;\big(&quot;. You can sort of get around this by changing every &quot;\big(&quot; to a &quot;\left(&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Update 2: Here is another pair of files that breaks it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{amsart}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;    \begin{equation*}&#xA;        X_{[1],n} &#xA;    \end{equation*}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{amsart}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;    \begin{equation*}&#xA;        [1]X_{n}&#xA;    \end{equation*}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I had only a few such examples and was able to get around them by just commenting out the offending code, but it would be nice to know if there are any rules of thumb to avoid having to worry about it in the first place, like Andrew's helpful comment about Perl and line breaks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="541" LastEditorUserId="541" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-08T05:04:08.197" LastActivityDate="2010-08-08T05:04:08.197" Title="Can latexdiff be used for mathematics documents?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;latexdiff&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="1123" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1030" CreationDate="2010-08-05T11:56:23.930" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I found one way which worked for me (seen in &lt;a href=&quot;http://artandlogic.blogspot.com/2008/08/blender-to-acrobat-3d.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this old blog post&lt;/a&gt;): &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.daz3d.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;DAZ Studio 3D&lt;/a&gt; can import many 3D file types and export to a few formats, including u3d. It is cross-platform and free (though not open), and the End User License demands that I tell at least two people about it who did not already know it (which I hope is satisfied by this post).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="487" LastEditorUserId="487" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-05T12:19:38.997" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T12:19:38.997" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1124" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1118" CreationDate="2010-08-05T12:02:01.783" Score="27" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm also someone who uses version control as a single user.  All of Caramdir's reasons are ones that I agree with, and I'll add the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tagging&lt;/strong&gt;.  When I send a paper off to a journal, I can &quot;tag&quot; that version and so even if I make my own improvements in the meantime, when I get the referee's report back then I can easily revert to the version that the comments are on.  Plus it's easy to see when I sent a copy to which journal or to collaborators or to eprint repositories.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Working with collaborators &lt;em&gt;even if they don't have the VCS themselves&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.  I can make a branch copy for my collaborator on my own system and simply copy in their corrections to that each time, then merge them into the main branch as if they'd been using the VCS all along.  Keeps the advantages of using version control but without requiring all collaborators to use it.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Maintaining different versions&lt;/strong&gt;.  Caramdir already said this, but I'd like to emphasise it as it happens a lot more than one might expect.  When I write a paper, I write it first for myself.  So I make life easy on myself by using lots of macros and the like to make it easy for me to type.  But then I want to submit it to a journal, send it to the arXiv, send it to some other eprint servers, put a copy on my webpage, put an &lt;em&gt;accessible&lt;/em&gt; copy on my webpage ...  Each of these might require a slight change to the document, for example one eprint server I use doesn't have a decent set of fonts so I have to &quot;downgrade&quot; my papers before sending it there.  But of course, I'm still working on the paper after sending a version to all these different places and so a VCS helps me keep all of them in step.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Incidentally, I switched to using a version control system around about the time I started taking online notes of everything that I did.  So I wrote up some notes on the process &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.math.ntnu.no/~stacey/HowDidIDoThat/LaTeX/versioning.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.  I also found an &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/pracjourn/2007-3/henningsen/henningsen.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;article&lt;/a&gt; (also available as a &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/LaTeX/Collaborative_Writing_of_LaTeX_Documents&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;wikibook&lt;/a&gt;) on the subject that was very helpful to me in deciding to switch to a version control system and on what to look for in one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T12:02:01.783" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1125" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1030" CreationDate="2010-08-05T12:10:09.790" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another way that did not work for me but quite possibly might for others is using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ultimate3d.org/U3DExportHelp.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;u3d export plugin&lt;/a&gt; for &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blender.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Blender&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="487" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T12:10:09.790" />
  <row Id="1126" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1130" CreationDate="2010-08-05T12:20:03.193" Score="3" ViewCount="275" Body="&lt;p&gt;As a follow-up to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/845/infinite-depth-list&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt;, I'd like to know if it is possible to automatically include the current section number, including all nesting levels, in the list number. How do I accomplish this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example of what I want:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section{This is section 1}&#xA;  \pointedenum\begin{enumerate}&#xA;    \item This item has number 1.1.&#xA;    \item This item has number 1.2.&#xA;    \pointedenum\begin{enumerate}&#xA;      \item This item has number 1.2.1.&#xA;    \end{enumerate}&#xA;  \end{enumerate}&#xA;&#xA;  \subsection{This is section 1.1}&#xA;    \pointedenum\begin{enumerate}&#xA;      \item This item has number 1.1.1.&#xA;      \item This item has number 1.1.2.&#xA;    \end{enumerate}&#xA;% etcetera...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="223" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-14T16:44:14.170" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T16:44:14.170" Title="Include section number in list number" Tags="&lt;lists&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;numbering&gt;&lt;enumerate&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1127" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1122" CreationDate="2010-08-05T12:24:26.193" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I can get the example that you gave to compile by moving the &lt;code&gt;\label{eq:Psi-action}&lt;/code&gt; on to a line by itself:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{amsart}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;    \begin{equation}&#xA;     \label{eq:Psi-action}&#xA;        2=1+1&#xA;    \end{equation}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Without that, what seemed to be happening was that it was recognising the &lt;code&gt;\end{equation}&lt;/code&gt; as the end of a mathematics environment that was in one file but not the other, so it marked it up as &lt;code&gt;\end{MATHMODE}&lt;/code&gt;.  But for some reason it didn't spot the beginning of that environment so there was no corresponding &lt;code&gt;\begin{MATHMODE}&lt;/code&gt;.  Putting the &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt; on the new line seems to be enough to make it recognise the &lt;code&gt;\begin{equation}&lt;/code&gt; once again.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Whilst doing a pretty fair job, &lt;code&gt;latexdiff&lt;/code&gt; doesn't interpret TeX documents in the same way that TeX does.  In particular, since &lt;code&gt;latexdiff&lt;/code&gt; is a perl program, I imagine it works on a line-by-line basis, so new-lines are more important to &lt;code&gt;latexdiff&lt;/code&gt; than to TeX.  So if there are other things that are causing it to complain, try adding more new-lines to separate things so that &lt;code&gt;latexdiff&lt;/code&gt; recognises them as separate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And, of course, if it gets stuck on something else, ask again!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T12:24:26.193" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1128" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1120" CreationDate="2010-08-05T12:30:53.747" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It can have all kind of uses.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://william.famille-blum.org/software/latexdaemon/index.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;One of the answers&lt;/a&gt; to the question you refer to shows an example: for one particular document, you can precompile the preamble and have the daemon run in the background, waiting for the document body to be modified, thus accelerating the usual edit-compile-preview cycle.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A variant of this is the ability to preview the result of your TeX source as you type it, such as is provided by the &lt;code&gt;preview-latex&lt;/code&gt; package for Emacs; but I don't think it uses a daemon.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another example is given by &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mathtran.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this other answer&lt;/a&gt; to the same question: you use TeX as a web service.  Of course you could run a new instance of TeX for each request and send the result back to the user, but a daemon is much more appropriate for that.  It's not different in nature from a &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/PHP&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;hypertext preprocessor&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The ConTeXt distribution contains a script that is a variant of the latter example: it uses LuaTeX to typeset font samples and to show the effect of the different OpenType features for each font you have installed.  In fact, the script runs the web server itself, as it is written in Lua, while the actual typesetting of the font samples is of course done in TeX.  Now, there is no actual daemon here (apart from the web server), we need a new process for each new sample, but this is exactly the kind of use a TeX daemon could have.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can't think of other uses right now, but I'm sure there are.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="170" LastEditorUserId="170" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-05T19:05:40.870" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T19:05:40.870" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1129" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1126" CreationDate="2010-08-05T12:31:26.117" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The variables governing the labels for the items in an enumerated list are &lt;code&gt;\labelenumi&lt;/code&gt; (for the top level), &lt;code&gt;\labelenumii&lt;/code&gt; (next-to-top level),... You can use &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand&lt;/code&gt; to redefine them to anything you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would expect this to work, but I have not tried it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\labelenumi}{\thesection.\arabic{enumi}}&#xA;\renewcommand{\labelenumii}{\thesection.\arabic{enumi}.\arabic{enumii}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="18" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T12:31:26.117" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1130" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1126" CreationDate="2010-08-05T12:33:48.297" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could redefine &lt;code&gt;\theenumi&lt;/code&gt; using &lt;code&gt;\thesection&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand*{\theenumi}{\thesection.\arabic{enumi}}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\theenumii}{\theenumi.\arabic{enumii}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In that case omit &lt;code&gt;\pointedenum&lt;/code&gt;, it would destroy that redefinition.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That may also be done using &lt;code&gt;\thesubsection&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alternatively, here's code using the &lt;code&gt;enumitem&lt;/code&gt; package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{enumitem}&#xA;\setenumerate[1]{label=\thesection.\arabic*.}&#xA;\setenumerate[2]{label*=\arabic*.}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using &lt;code&gt;enumitem&lt;/code&gt; you're able to continue numbering by &lt;code&gt;\begin{enumerate}[resume]&lt;/code&gt; if you like.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-05T13:08:47.057" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T13:08:47.057" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="1131" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1118" CreationDate="2010-08-05T12:35:54.550" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Version control systems are also very useful to view differences between versions of a document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This functionality is only relevant for files in plain text format, but thanks god, you use *TeX :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="439" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T12:35:54.550" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1132" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1133" CreationDate="2010-08-05T12:36:31.037" Score="3" ViewCount="361" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a set of commands for producing various kinds of specific list-items, such as &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\staritem}{\item[$\star$]} % not really, but you get the gist&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All the ones I currently have can be used in the same way as &lt;code&gt;\item&lt;/code&gt;, that is, just specify the item type at the start of the paragraph, and then write text as normal.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, I want to create a &lt;code&gt;\bolditem&lt;/code&gt; command, that produces an &lt;code&gt;\item&lt;/code&gt; and wraps the text in &lt;code&gt;\textbf{...}&lt;/code&gt;. However, I'd like to make it available with the same syntax (so the users don't have to wrap the entire item text in braces).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this possible? How?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="223" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-24T15:32:28.337" LastActivityDate="2010-08-24T15:32:28.337" Title="Define command for bold list-item" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;lists&gt;&lt;itemize&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1133" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1132" CreationDate="2010-08-05T12:53:53.530" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Assuming I understand correctly what you want, here's one way to do it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\let\origitem\item&#xA;\renewcommand{\item}{\normalfont\origitem}&#xA;\newcommand{\bolditem}{\normalfont\origitem\bfseries}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Before the list&#xA;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;\item First item&#xA;\bolditem Second item&#xA;\item Third item&#xA;\bolditem Fourth item&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;After the list&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That produces:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Before the list&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ol&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;First item&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Second item&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Third item&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Fourth item&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;After the list&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want the numbers in bold font as well, put the &lt;code&gt;\bfseries&lt;/code&gt; &lt;em&gt;before&lt;/em&gt; the &lt;code&gt;\origitem&lt;/code&gt;.  If you want to be able to write &lt;code&gt;\bolditem[A]&lt;/code&gt; then that will work with the &lt;code&gt;\bfseries&lt;/code&gt; before the &lt;code&gt;\origitem&lt;/code&gt; without further modification (but would need a modicum of modification if you don't want the numbers in bold font).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T12:53:53.530" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="1134" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1118" CreationDate="2010-08-05T12:59:51.833" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you haven't used a version control tool before, I seriously recommend you start using one. Otherwise you will version control manually i.e. paper-v5, paper-v6 etc which may be sufficient for one-off, short-term projects.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can see version control as recording a (discrete) history of your project allowing you to associate notes with the changes you make and to inspect at later stage why they were made. This might sound cumbersome but most good editors let you seamlessly integrate it into your workflow. In fact you will soon find version control tool indispensable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="337" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T12:59:51.833" />
  <row Id="1135" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1118" CreationDate="2010-08-05T13:15:35.017" Score="17" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using revision control makes you unafraid to make radical changes to your document. As one of my friends, Peter Boothe, &lt;a href=&quot;http://imprompt.us/2010/why-version-control/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;put it,&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;you can now freely throw away bits and pieces, secure in the knowledge that if you actually want them back, they are there in the revision control system. Interestingly, almost nobody actually uses this feature. Revision control systems are not there to save your old work. They are there to give you permission to throw that old work away.&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="52" LastEditorUserId="52" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-11T21:20:20.853" LastActivityDate="2010-11-11T21:20:20.853" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-05T13:15:35.017" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="1136" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1095" CreationDate="2010-08-05T13:30:40.820" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It sounds like LyX is not running XeTeX at all.  Here’s a simple way to check it: run the following document in Lyx&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{ifxetex}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\ifxetex{I'm running XeTeX}\else{I'm \textbf{not} running XeTeX}\fi&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and see if the output file contains “I’m running XeTeX” or “I’m &lt;strong&gt;not&lt;/strong&gt; running XeTeX”.  In the latter case, you should go again through the instructions to set up LyX to use XeTeX and not pdfTeX (or whatever it’s using); I can’t really help you there, as I’ve never used LyX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, if you’re going to use XeTeX and fontspec and use system fonts, you should absolutely not use the &lt;code&gt;fontenc&lt;/code&gt; package.  It’s not compatible with XeTeX.  The line above it in your code (&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\familydefault}{\rmdefault}&lt;/code&gt;) may also cause problems, and interacts anyway with what &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt; does, so you’re better off deleting it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="170" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T13:30:40.820" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="1137" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1138" CreationDate="2010-08-05T13:50:43.793" Score="25" ViewCount="1087" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know how to define a package - but how do I make it available (to myself) at all times?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Say I have the package file &lt;code&gt;commonstuff.sty&lt;/code&gt;, that I want to be able to include in any .tex file I create on my computer. Where do I put it? Do I need to run some installer on it, or is it enough to keep it in a certain folder?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Note: I know I can just place it in the same folder as the .tex file, but that's not what I'm after here. I'm looking for a way to &quot;install&quot; the package&lt;/em&gt; centrally &lt;em&gt;on my computer.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="223" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-05T14:15:21.810" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T08:28:04.270" Title="Where do I place my own .sty files, to make them available to all my .tex files?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;installing&gt;&lt;texmf&gt;" AnswerCount="6" FavoriteCount="9" />
  <row Id="1138" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1137" CreationDate="2010-08-05T13:58:55.323" Score="21" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could create a folder below your TeX home directory and put your .sty file therein. Use this command at the command prompt to find out where:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;kpsewhich -var-value=TEXMFHOME&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On my computer it shows&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;C:/Users/stefan/texmf&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but it might also be ~/texmf/ on a Linux or Unix computer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Following the TeX directory structure, you should place your file in a subdirectory like &lt;code&gt;~/texmf/tex/latex/commonstuff/&lt;/code&gt;, according to Arthur's comment below.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Afterwards it might be necessary to update the package database. Use a package manager like mpn or tlmgr or run at the command prompt &lt;code&gt;texhash&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;mktexlsr&lt;/code&gt;. On some Linux systems it could be necessary to use sudo, like &lt;code&gt;sudo mktexlsr&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Regarding MiKTeX, have a look at the section &quot;Installing sty or cls files&quot; in the answer to the question &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2063/how-can-i-manually-install-a-package-on-miktex-windows&quot;&gt;How can I manually install a package on MikTex (Windows)&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-29T18:13:39.037" LastActivityDate="2010-08-29T18:13:39.037" CommentCount="13" />
  <row Id="1139" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1137" CreationDate="2010-08-05T13:59:56.193" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It depends a bit on your OS and on your LaTeX distribution.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The standard answer for Unix-like OSes is either in your local texmf tree or your &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=privinst&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;home texmf tree&lt;/a&gt;. For some guidance as to which to choose, see &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=what-TDS&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this entry&lt;/a&gt; on the UK TUG FAQ.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="93" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T13:59:56.193" />
  <row Id="1140" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="741" CreationDate="2010-08-05T14:08:32.697" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\frontmatter&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\mainmatter&lt;/code&gt; will suffice for different styles of page numbering, but not for roman numbering of introductory tables (which are quite uncommon). Assuming you have only one frontmatter chapter that includes tables, the following should do the trick:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\frontmatter&#xA;&#xA;\begingroup&#xA;\renewcommand{\thetable}{\roman{table}}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{foo}&#xA;&#xA;Some text.&#xA;&#xA;\begin{table}&#xA;\caption{bla}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;&#xA;\mainmatter&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{bar}&#xA;&#xA;Some text.&#xA;&#xA;\begin{table}&#xA;\caption{blubb}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: Instead of saving the original definition of &lt;code&gt;\thetable&lt;/code&gt; and restoring it after &lt;code&gt;\frontmatter&lt;/code&gt;, changes to &lt;code&gt;\thetable&lt;/code&gt; are now kept inside a group.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-24T18:59:40.043" LastActivityDate="2010-10-24T18:59:40.043" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1141" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1137" CreationDate="2010-08-05T14:09:55.113" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;.sty&lt;/code&gt; files need to be put it some subdirectory of &lt;code&gt;tex/latex&lt;/code&gt; in a texmf tree.  Those trees have a rather fixed structure, but their location may vary according to your OS and TeX distribution.  If you use Unix (including Mac OS) and TeX Live, there's by default a hierarchy&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;/usr/local/texlive/2009/texmf&#xA;/usr/local/texlive/2009/texmf-dist&#xA;/usr/local/texlive/texmf-local&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;as well as other directories.  You want to put it in the &lt;code&gt;texmf-local&lt;/code&gt; directory, &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; in the other directories that are managed by the TeX Live installer; when you upgrade TeX Live, your package may be overwritten.  The &lt;code&gt;texmf-local&lt;/code&gt; hierarchy, as the names hints, is for local packages managed by you; it won't be touched by updates (which is also why it's directly under the &lt;code&gt;texlive&lt;/code&gt; directory, and not &lt;code&gt;texlive/2009&lt;/code&gt;, for instance).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You may also choose to create a directory called &lt;code&gt;texmf&lt;/code&gt; in your home directory, and the package will be visible only to you, not the other users on your computer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On Windows with MiKTeX, I believe the directory for local installs is &lt;code&gt;C:\Localtexmf&lt;/code&gt; by default.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In any case and whatever your distribution, you have to place the &lt;code&gt;.sty&lt;/code&gt; file inside &lt;code&gt;.../texmf-local/tex/latex&lt;/code&gt; and not directly in the root directory; it's just won't work otherwise.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then, if you've installed the package in your home directory, you have nothing to do.  If you've put in &lt;code&gt;texmf-local&lt;/code&gt;, on the other hand, you need to run the utility &lt;code&gt;mktexlsr&lt;/code&gt; (or &lt;code&gt;texhash&lt;/code&gt;, it's an alias).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="170" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T14:09:55.113" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1142" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1137" CreationDate="2010-08-05T14:10:25.487" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;On Linux, you can pick any directory you like, and then add a line like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;export TEXINPUTS=&quot;.:~/latex:&quot;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to your .bashrc file (you can add multiple directories, separated by colons. I think you do need the '.' in the beginning). There may be something similar in Windows. I find this easier, since it separates &quot;my&quot; stuff from the texmf tree. Probably not great if you're writing a big package, but handy for some small things you just want to share between all your projects.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="490" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T14:10:25.487" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="1143" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="883" CreationDate="2010-08-05T14:21:03.517" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Answering my own question...&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem here is, bluntly, that LaTeX messes up the TeX &lt;code&gt;\mark&lt;/code&gt; system: &lt;code&gt;\firstmark&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\botmark&lt;/code&gt; still work, but &lt;code&gt;\topmark&lt;/code&gt; doesn't.  This is because LaTeX's float algorithm, which handles &lt;code&gt;\marginpar&lt;/code&gt; as well as figures and tables, can invoke the output routine at times other than between pages.  That necessarily moves &lt;code&gt;\botmark&lt;/code&gt; into &lt;code&gt;\topmark&lt;/code&gt; in a way which means that &lt;code&gt;\topmark&lt;/code&gt; is no longer the value that &lt;code&gt;\botmark&lt;/code&gt; had at the end of the previous page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;LaTeX's &lt;code&gt;\markboth&lt;/code&gt; system uses the TeX &lt;code&gt;\mark&lt;/code&gt; system, but is specialised to the case of running section headings, and doesn't seem repurposable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The multicol and fixltx2e packages (and the fixmarks package, which they both cite) address this problem for the case of multi-column pages, but not in a way which makes &lt;code&gt;\topmark&lt;/code&gt; work in the case illustrated here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My particular case is this: I'm setting exam papers, and want to put a [Qx cont'd] at the top of pages which start in the middle of question x.  I had beeing putting &lt;code&gt;\mark{x}&lt;/code&gt; at the beginning of each question: testing &lt;code&gt;\topmark&lt;/code&gt; worked fine, until the paper included figures.  I've got it working in a slightly clunky way.  I put &lt;code&gt;\mark{1x}&lt;/code&gt; at the beginning of each question, and &lt;code&gt;\mark{0x}&lt;/code&gt; at the end: I can then tell by looking at the number at the beginning of &lt;code&gt;\firstmark&lt;/code&gt; whether I'm still in a question or not.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="96" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T14:21:03.517" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1144" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-05T14:43:31.973" Score="4" ViewCount="321" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do I typeset that little symbol which indicates that a commutative square is a pushout or pullback square? I usually draw my diagrams in XY-pic, so I'd be most interested in how to do it there.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Added&lt;/strong&gt;: The desired effect is a diagram like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://www.math.ntnu.no/~stacey/documents/pullback.png&quot; alt=&quot;pullback&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit:&#xA;The problem is in typesetting the actual symbol, the XY-pic user's guide says how to place it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="558" LastEditorUserId="558" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-05T15:39:34.667" LastActivityDate="2010-12-11T22:11:57.460" Title="Pushouts and pullbacks" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;diagrams&gt;&lt;xy-pic&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1145" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1144" CreationDate="2010-08-05T14:52:51.080" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/info/symbols/comprehensive/symbols-a4.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Comprehensive LaTeX Symbol List&lt;/a&gt; to find it or use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://detexify.kirelabs.org/classify.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Detexify&lt;/a&gt; tool.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You may use the symbols &lt;code&gt;\lrcorner&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\ulcorner&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\llcorner&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\urcorner&lt;/code&gt; of the &lt;code&gt;amssymb&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A dot might be put into the corner for instance by &lt;code&gt;$\rlap{$\cdot$}\lrcorner$&lt;/code&gt;. Or use &lt;code&gt;\mathrlap&lt;/code&gt; as suggested in the comments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a possible definition for that symbol:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*{\corner}{\mbox{\LARGE{$\mathrlap{\cdot}\lrcorner$}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Insert small spacing if you would like to adjust the position of the dot within the corner symbol.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a complete minimal example producing a complete matrix:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}&#xA;\usepackage{mathtools}&#xA;\usepackage{xypic}&#xA;\newcommand*{\corner}{\mbox{\LARGE{$\mathrlap{\cdot}\lrcorner$}}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\xymatrix{%&#xA;  \ar @{} [dr] | \corner A \ar[r] \ar[d] &amp;amp;B \ar[d] \\&#xA;  C \ar[r] &amp;amp; D&#xA;}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/qd1OJ.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-11T22:11:57.460" LastActivityDate="2010-12-11T22:11:57.460" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="1146" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1144" CreationDate="2010-08-05T15:05:41.510" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm posting this more so that people know what K.J. Moi is talking about!  Here's how to do it in TikZ:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{calc}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[&amp;gt;=latex]&#xA;\node (w) at (0,0) {\(W\)};&#xA;\node (x) at (0,-2) {\(X\)};&#xA;\node (y) at (2,0) {\(Y\)};&#xA;\node (z) at (2,-2) {\(Z\)};&#xA;\draw[-&amp;gt;] (w) -- (y);&#xA;\draw[-&amp;gt;] (w) -- (x);&#xA;\draw[-&amp;gt;] (x) -- (z);&#xA;\draw[-&amp;gt;] (y) -- (z);&#xA;\begin{scope}[shift=($(w)!.5!(z)$)]&#xA;\draw +(-.5,0) -- +(0,0)  -- +(0,.5);&#xA;\fill +(-.25,.25) circle (.05);&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And here's the output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://www.math.ntnu.no/~stacey/documents/pullback.png&quot; alt=&quot;pullback&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.math.ntnu.no/~stacey/documents/pullback.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pdf&lt;/a&gt;, and this is not to be confused with these &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.math.ntnu.no/~stacey/door.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;instructions for opening a door&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So strictly speaking, it's not a symbol itself but a couple of lines set into the diagram.  I don't know how to do this in XY as I'm a die-hard practitioner of TikZ, but hopefully seeing the picture will help others figure it out for you!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Note that there are probably slicker ways of doing it in TikZ as well, I was going for speed here as I guessed not &lt;em&gt;everyone&lt;/em&gt; would know what a pullback diagram is!)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Edited to add the dot and to shift the symbol a bit closer towards the Z; I'm not sure exactly how far it should be shifted, but the &lt;code&gt;.5&lt;/code&gt; in the expression &lt;code&gt;($(w)!.5!(z)$)&lt;/code&gt; controls how far between the &lt;code&gt;W&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;Z&lt;/code&gt; the point of the symbol lies; bigger numbers shift it to towards &lt;code&gt;Z&lt;/code&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastEditorUserId="86" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-05T17:34:05.120" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T17:34:05.120" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="1147" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="133" CreationDate="2010-08-05T15:14:44.523" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Be aware that &lt;code&gt;\caption&lt;/code&gt; commands are placed &lt;em&gt;inside&lt;/em&gt; a longtable environment, and therefore the respective code lines must end with &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T15:14:44.523" />
  <row Id="1148" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="874" CreationDate="2010-08-05T15:23:48.683" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Today the package &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/tfrupee&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;tfrupee&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; has been released on CTAN, providing LaTeX support for the &lt;a href=&quot;http://techfat.blogspot.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;techfat font&lt;/a&gt; containing the Indian rupee. It's been converted to Adobe Type 1 format.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T15:23:48.683" />
  <row Id="1149" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1105" CreationDate="2010-08-05T16:04:17.503" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &quot;mysterious precompilation&quot; by LaTeXDeamon is done by creating a custom format using mylatex &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/mylatex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://ctan.org/pkg/mylatex&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="565" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T16:04:17.503" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1150" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13" CreationDate="2010-08-05T16:04:33.913" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is pretty old, but still quite nice “manual”: LaTeX for Word Processor Users by Guido Gonzato: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/latex4wp.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/latex4wp.html&lt;/a&gt; It translates some things from one language (WP) to the other (LaTeX).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="291" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T16:04:33.913" />
  <row Id="1151" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1105" CreationDate="2010-08-05T16:18:24.053" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The BaKoMa TeX system &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.bakoma-tex.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.bakoma-tex.com/&lt;/a&gt; has a dynamical preview feature that you might find interesting as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="565" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T16:18:24.053" />
  <row Id="1152" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13" CreationDate="2010-08-05T16:21:53.190" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think that a good way of starting is doing all you have to do in LaTeX, no matter how trivial it is (but try not to put the learning process above other responsibilities). A good place to look for examples and different packages that may help is &lt;a href=&quot;http://rads.stackoverflow.com/amzn/click/0201362996&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;The LaTeX Companion&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="401" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T16:21:53.190" />
  <row Id="1153" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1161" CreationDate="2010-08-05T16:26:49.393" Score="5" ViewCount="430" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm a beginner with LaTex and writing an article in it (letter-sized). WinEDT and MikTeX (versions seen in the log).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have a PNG chart (obtained from R/ggplot2) which is 471 x 335 pixels and which I'm including as below. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem: in the PDF the image is scaled up to occupy the width of the page and thus becomes blurry. I see the warnings in the log, but am not sure what I need to do given it's a picture, not text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[letterpaper]{geometry}&#xA;\geometry{top=1.0in, bottom=1.0in, left=1.5in, right=1.0in}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;  \includegraphics{chart}\\                            % line 35 &#xA;  \caption{Adjusted Relative Risk (RR)}\label{mylabel} % line 36&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The output log shows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Command Line:   texify.exe --pdf --tex-option=--synctex=-1 &quot;C:\Documents and Settings\myself\Application Data\WinEdt Team\WinEdt 6\RW\test1.tex&quot;&#xA;Startup Folder: C:\Documents and Settings\myself\Application Data\WinEdt Team\WinEdt 6\RW&#xA;&#xA;This is pdfTeX, Version 3.1415926-1.40.10 (MiKTeX 2.8)&#xA;entering extended mode&#xA;&#xA;(&quot;C:/Documents and Settings/myself/Application Data/WinEdt Team/WinEdt 6/RW/test1.tex&quot;&#xA;LaTeX2e &amp;lt;2009/09/24&amp;gt;&#xA;Babel &amp;lt;v3.8l&amp;gt; and hyphenation patterns for english, dumylang, nohyphenation, ge&#xA;rman, ngerman, german-x-2009-06-19, ngerman-x-2009-06-19, french, loaded.&#xA;(C:\MiKTeX\tex\latex\base\article.cls&#xA;Document Class: article 2007/10/19 v1.4h Standard LaTeX document class&#xA;(C:\MiKTeX\tex\latex\base\size12.clo)) (C:\MiKTeX\tex\generic\babel\babel.sty&#xA;*************************************&#xA;* Local config file bblopts.cfg used&#xA;*&#xA;(C:\MiKTeX\tex\latex\00miktex\bblopts.cfg)&#xA;(C:\MiKTeX\tex\generic\babel\english.ldf (C:\MiKTeX\tex\generic\babel\babel.def&#xA;))) (C:\MiKTeX\tex\latex\graphics\graphicx.sty&#xA;(C:\MiKTeX\tex\latex\graphics\keyval.sty)&#xA;(C:\MiKTeX\tex\latex\graphics\graphics.sty&#xA;(C:\MiKTeX\tex\latex\graphics\trig.sty)&#xA;(C:\MiKTeX\tex\latex\00miktex\graphics.cfg)&#xA;(C:\MiKTeX\tex\latex\pdftex-def\pdftex.def)))&#xA;(C:\MiKTeX\tex\latex\geometry\geometry.sty&#xA;(C:\MiKTeX\tex\generic\oberdiek\ifpdf.sty)&#xA;(C:\MiKTeX\tex\generic\oberdiek\ifvtex.sty)&#xA;(C:\MiKTeX\tex\latex\geometry\geometry.cfg))&#xA;(C:\MiKTeX\tex\latex\base\flafter.sty)&#xA;(C:\MiKTeX\tex\latex\setspace\setspace.sty&#xA;Package: `setspace' 6.7 &amp;lt;2000/12/01&amp;gt;&#xA;)&#xA;(&quot;C:\Documents and Settings\myself\Application Data\WinEdt Team\WinEdt 6\RW\t&#xA;est1.aux&quot;) (C:\MiKTeX\tex\context\base\supp-pdf.tex&#xA;[Loading MPS to PDF converter (version 2006.09.02).]&#xA;)&#xA;*geometry* driver: auto-detecting&#xA;*geometry* detected driver: pdftex&#xA;[1{C:/MiKTeX/pdftex/config/pdftex.map}] [2]&#xA;&amp;lt;chart.png, id=15, 472.76625pt x 336.25626pt&amp;gt; &amp;lt;use chart.png&amp;gt;&#xA;Overfull \hbox (39.14508pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 35--36&#xA;[][] &#xA;&#xA;Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 35--36&#xA;&#xA;[3] [4 &amp;lt;C:/Documents and Settings/myself/Application Data/WinEdt Team/WinEdt &#xA;6/RW/chart.png (PNG copy)&amp;gt;] [5]&#xA;(&quot;C:\Documents and Settings\myself\Application Data\WinEdt Team\WinEdt 6\RW\t&#xA;est1.aux&quot;) )&#xA;(see the transcript file for additional information)&amp;lt;C:/MiKTeX/fonts/type1/publ&#xA;ic/amsfonts/cm/cmbx12.pfb&amp;gt;&amp;lt;C:/MiKTeX/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmr10.pfb&amp;gt;&amp;lt;&#xA;C:/MiKTeX/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmr12.pfb&amp;gt;&amp;lt;C:/MiKTeX/fonts/type1/publi&#xA;c/amsfonts/cm/cmr17.pfb&amp;gt;&amp;lt;C:/MiKTeX/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmr7.pfb&amp;gt;&amp;lt;C:/&#xA;MiKTeX/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmr8.pfb&amp;gt;&amp;lt;C:/MiKTeX/fonts/type1/public/am&#xA;sfonts/cm/cmti10.pfb&amp;gt;&#xA;Output written on test1.pdf (5 pages, 100528 bytes).&#xA;SyncTeX written on test1.synctex&#xA;Transcript written on test1.log.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="564" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-31T14:16:04.547" LastActivityDate="2010-08-31T14:16:04.547" Title="Included png appears too big in PDF" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;" AnswerCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1154" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="553" CreationDate="2010-08-05T16:32:41.697" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I nearly always use the &lt;code&gt;tikz&lt;/code&gt; package. Once you learn how to draw with it, you can do almost any vector graphic you need.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="401" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T16:32:41.697" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-05T16:32:41.697" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="1155" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1153" CreationDate="2010-08-05T16:44:39.640" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pdfimageresolution=300&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;if the image has a resolution of 300 dpi etc. Perhaps it has a higher resolution but the standard value is 72 dpi. Or save it with setting 72 dpi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T16:44:39.640" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1156" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1153" CreationDate="2010-08-05T16:52:28.303" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can specify the printed width: &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics[width=2in]{chart}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="467" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T16:52:28.303" />
  <row Id="1157" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1153" CreationDate="2010-08-05T17:11:17.900" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;What Geoff said, additionally you can specify the height, or even both: &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics[width=5cm,height=5cm]{chart}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That being said, if you use only one of them graphicx (the package providing the &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt; macro) will take care of maintaining the proper aspect ratio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="313" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T17:11:17.900" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1158" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1165" CreationDate="2010-08-05T17:38:23.553" Score="3" ViewCount="457" Body="&lt;p&gt;The answers to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1118/what-are-the-advantages-of-using-version-control-git-cvs-etc-in-latex-document/1121#1121&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt; have convinced me I want to start using some kind of version control system. The question is, which should I use? First this is mainly just for myself, not for collaboration.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What are the pros and cons of git, SVN, mercurial... others?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd like to be able to have a version number in the header or footer of my drafts. Ideally, I'd like a system which allowed me to compile a document such that differences between selected versions of the file are highlighted in the pdf output somehow (a sort of &quot;track changes&quot; like behaviour). And I'd like to have nice integration with emacs, my editor of choice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Pros and cons of one versioning system per answer please&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I've CWed this, but discuss whether I should undo that...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="509" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-05T18:42:14.613" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T18:42:14.613" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-05T17:38:23.553" ClosedDate="2010-08-05T19:55:08.667" Title="What version control system should I use for my LaTeX documents?" Tags="&lt;revision-control&gt;&lt;best-practices&gt;&lt;subjective&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="1159" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1163" CreationDate="2010-08-05T17:41:26.933" Score="3" ViewCount="669" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to use &lt;code&gt;\beginpgfgraphicnamed&lt;/code&gt; to externalise some complex figures in a large document, using the latest released version of TiKZ (2.00).  This produces standalone PDF images but for me the graphic is shifted up: the top part of the image is cut off and the bottom part has unnecessary whitespace.  The overall PDF that is generated by pdflatex when these externalised images are used has the same visual problem, so I'm having to drop the idea of externalising graphics for now.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As far as I can tell the overall size of the pictures is correct (when comparing to the version without externalisation).  &lt;em&gt;I am using a custom thesis style file that changes margins&lt;/em&gt;, which is probably breaking several of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/l2tabu/english/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;l2tabu&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; no-no's.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;How does PGF/TiKZ calculate the positioning of pictures on the page, at least as this affects positioning of externalised pictures?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In particular, are there specific things to tweak or to avoid tweaking to ensure this problem does not happen?  I'm trying to not embark on a big LaTeX hacking project like redoing the style based on a more modern &lt;code&gt;documentclass&lt;/code&gt; than &lt;code&gt;report&lt;/code&gt;, so ways to steer clear of this would be especially welcome.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="132" LastActivityDate="2010-08-15T21:40:53.727" Title="How does TiKZ calculate positioning of picture on page?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;margins&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1160" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1118" CreationDate="2010-08-05T17:47:37.470" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For me, one of the main reasons for using a VCS is to avoid cluttering my working directory with lots of mainly useless files with cryptic filenames like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;mydocument20103001.tex&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;mydocument20103001aa.tex&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;mudocument20091221.tex&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;mydocument20091221jonsversion.tex&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With such a system, it is hard to keep track of which changes occurred in which version.  It gets worse if you have multiple authors collaborating on a document with different file naming conventions.  It gets even worse if you are using a similar system for your bibtex and image files, as you have to keep remembering to update the references to the files in the main document.  It gets even more worse if you are collaborating via sending email attachments and don't know for sure that you have saved every single version that was emailed into your working directory.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With a VCS you just have one copy of each file, so you have a much cleaner and easier to navigate working directory.  The VCS should make it easy for you to find out where changes were made, so that you can easily find things when you want to restore something that you previously edited out.  Since the VCS stores everything, you know that every version of the file is available in one place.  It should also declutter your email inbox a little bit as you won't need the attachments and emails that just announce updates to the document are no longer needed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="376" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T17:47:37.470" />
  <row Id="1161" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1153" CreationDate="2010-08-05T17:50:51.693" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is not exactly an answer to the question you asked, but do you know that R/ggplot2 can write out your charts as pdf files that can be &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt;ed?  Just use pdf() instead of png() when setting up the output device, or if you're using ggsave(), give the file a .pdf extension instead of png.  Then you get real text and vector graphics, which pdfTeX can scale without blurriness.  Note: the width and height arguments to pdf() are in inches, not pixels.  Also, you may have to delete the .png file to get pdfTeX to pick up the PDF.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="514" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T17:50:51.693" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1162" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1209" CreationDate="2010-08-05T18:00:47.857" Score="11" ViewCount="846" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is a follow-up to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1153/included-png-appears-too-big-in-pdf&quot;&gt;an earlier question&lt;/a&gt;, but it's a separate issue so I'll put it in its own question instead of burying it in comments. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem: an included PNG, included without scaling, appears blurry in the PDF, as if the PDF has run it through a lossy compression.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have tried multiple times with different values for either &lt;code&gt;\pdfimageresolution&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics[width=...,height=...]&lt;/code&gt; added to the source below but no luck. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any way I can check log compresses the image as it appears to do? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And to be thorough, I'm looking at the PDF in Foxit 3.2 at 1:1 zoom.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[letterpaper]{geometry}&#xA;\geometry{top=1.0in, bottom=1.0in, left=1.5in, right=1.0in}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;  \includegraphics{chart}\\                            % line 35 &#xA;  \caption{Adjusted Relative Risk (RR)}\label{mylabel} % line 36&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Log is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Command Line:   texify.exe --pdf --tex-option=--synctex=-1 &quot;C:\Documents and Settings\myself\Application Data\WinEdt Team\WinEdt 6\RW\test1.tex&quot;&#xA;Startup Folder: C:\Documents and Settings\myself\Application Data\WinEdt Team\WinEdt 6\RW&#xA;&#xA;This is pdfTeX, Version 3.1415926-1.40.10 (MiKTeX 2.8)&#xA;entering extended mode&#xA;&#xA;(&quot;C:/Documents and Settings/myself/Application Data/WinEdt Team/WinEdt 6/RW/t&#xA;est1.tex&quot;&#xA;LaTeX2e &amp;lt;2009/09/24&amp;gt;&#xA;Babel &amp;lt;v3.8l&amp;gt; and hyphenation patterns for english, dumylang, nohyphenation, ge&#xA;rman, ngerman, german-x-2009-06-19, ngerman-x-2009-06-19, french, loaded.&#xA;(C:\MiKTeX\tex\latex\base\article.cls&#xA;Document Class: article 2007/10/19 v1.4h Standard LaTeX document class&#xA;(C:\MiKTeX\tex\latex\base\size12.clo)) (C:\MiKTeX\tex\generic\babel\babel.sty&#xA;*************************************&#xA;* Local config file bblopts.cfg used&#xA;*&#xA;(C:\MiKTeX\tex\latex\00miktex\bblopts.cfg)&#xA;(C:\MiKTeX\tex\generic\babel\english.ldf (C:\MiKTeX\tex\generic\babel\babel.def&#xA;))) (C:\MiKTeX\tex\latex\graphics\graphicx.sty&#xA;(C:\MiKTeX\tex\latex\graphics\keyval.sty)&#xA;(C:\MiKTeX\tex\latex\graphics\graphics.sty&#xA;(C:\MiKTeX\tex\latex\graphics\trig.sty)&#xA;(C:\MiKTeX\tex\latex\00miktex\graphics.cfg)&#xA;(C:\MiKTeX\tex\latex\pdftex-def\pdftex.def)))&#xA;(C:\MiKTeX\tex\latex\geometry\geometry.sty&#xA;(C:\MiKTeX\tex\generic\oberdiek\ifpdf.sty)&#xA;(C:\MiKTeX\tex\generic\oberdiek\ifvtex.sty)&#xA;(C:\MiKTeX\tex\latex\geometry\geometry.cfg))&#xA;(C:\MiKTeX\tex\latex\base\flafter.sty)&#xA;(C:\MiKTeX\tex\latex\setspace\setspace.sty&#xA;Package: `setspace' 6.7 &amp;lt;2000/12/01&amp;gt;&#xA;)&#xA;(&quot;C:\Documents and Settings\myself\Application Data\WinEdt Team\WinEdt 6\RW\t&#xA;est1.aux&quot;) (C:\MiKTeX\tex\context\base\supp-pdf.tex&#xA;[Loading MPS to PDF converter (version 2006.09.02).]&#xA;)&#xA;*geometry* driver: auto-detecting&#xA;*geometry* detected driver: pdftex&#xA;[1{C:/MiKTeX/pdftex/config/pdftex.map}] [2]&#xA;&amp;lt;chart.png, id=15, 362.11884pt x 257.55798pt&amp;gt; &amp;lt;use chart.png&amp;gt;&#xA;Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 37--38&#xA;&#xA;[3] [4 &amp;lt;C:/Documents and Settings/myself/Application Data/WinEdt Team/WinEdt &#xA;6/RW/chart.png (PNG copy)&amp;gt;]&#xA;(&quot;C:\Documents and Settings\myself\Application Data\WinEdt Team\WinEdt 6\RW\t&#xA;est1.aux&quot;) )&#xA;(see the transcript file for additional information)&amp;lt;C:/MiKTeX/fonts/type1/publ&#xA;ic/amsfonts/cm/cmbx12.pfb&amp;gt;&amp;lt;C:/MiKTeX/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmr10.pfb&amp;gt;&amp;lt;&#xA;C:/MiKTeX/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmr12.pfb&amp;gt;&amp;lt;C:/MiKTeX/fonts/type1/publi&#xA;c/amsfonts/cm/cmr17.pfb&amp;gt;&amp;lt;C:/MiKTeX/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmr7.pfb&amp;gt;&amp;lt;C:/&#xA;MiKTeX/fonts/type1/public/amsfonts/cm/cmr8.pfb&amp;gt;&amp;lt;C:/MiKTeX/fonts/type1/public/am&#xA;sfonts/cm/cmti10.pfb&amp;gt;&#xA;Output written on test1.pdf (4 pages, 100135 bytes).&#xA;SyncTeX written on test1.synctex&#xA;Transcript written on test1.log.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Clarification&lt;/strong&gt;: The blurriness is visible on-screen when looking at the PDF at 1:1 zoom. I haven't printed it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="564" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-01T17:27:06.003" LastActivityDate="2010-09-01T17:27:06.003" Title="Included PNG appears blurry in PDF" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1163" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1159" CreationDate="2010-08-05T18:01:08.823" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can set the bounding box of a tikzpicture explicitly by using \useasboundingbox&#xA;or more TikZ'ish: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;\path[use as bounding box] (0,0) rectangle (10,10); % adjust to fit&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in your tikzpicture. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You will have to provide some more information if the above is not what you want. As stated above, the way to control the size of a tikzpicture is to set the bounding box manually if you are not happy with what TikZ is calculating. To quote the pgfmanual (section Establishing a bounding Box): &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;pgf is reasonably good at keeping track of the size of your picture and reserving just the right amount of&#xA;  space for it in the main document. However, in some cases you may want to say things like \do not count&#xA;  this for the picture size&quot; or \the picture is actually a little large.&quot; For this you can use the option use as&#xA;  bounding box or the command \useasboundingbox, which is just a shorthand for \path[use as bounding&#xA;  box].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You might also try using the external library &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usetikzlibrary{external}&#xA;\tikzexternalize &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;this offers some additional functionality on top of the \beginpgfgraphicnamed ...\endpgfgraphicnamed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alternatively, the preview package offers a way to extract tightly cropped parts of a document&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[active,pdftex,tightpage]{preview}&#xA;\PreviewEnvironment{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="565" LastEditorUserId="565" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-15T21:38:11.883" LastActivityDate="2010-08-15T21:38:11.883" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1164" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-05T18:20:38.247" Score="2" ViewCount="207" Body="&lt;p&gt;For example, currently if I do a &lt;code&gt;\cite{name}&lt;/code&gt; I get this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(AUTHOR1, 2000)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;(AUTHOR1; AUTHOR2, 2000)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;(AUTHOR1; AUTHOR2; AUTHOR3, 2000)  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I'd like is to have et al. beyond 2 authors and have &quot;and&quot; when there are just 2. So:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(AUTHOR1, 2000)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;(AUTHOR1 and AUTHOR2, 2000)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;(AUTHOR1 et al., 2000)  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to get that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've found these packages being imported by the model:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[bibjustif,abnt-etal-cite=3,abnt-full-initials=yes]{abntcite}&#xA;\usepackage[toc,page]{modelo/tex/appendix}&#xA;\usepackage[portuguese,brazilian,portuges]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{abnt-alf}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{multicol}&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\usepackage{booktabs}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{amsthm}&#xA;\usepackage{eucal}&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}&#xA;\usepackage{mathrsfs}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I edit the &lt;code&gt;abnt-etal-cite=2&lt;/code&gt; I can get the et al. as I need, but what about the separator between 2 authors names?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="572" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-18T21:59:30.833" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T21:59:30.833" Title="Changing the way authors' names are displayed in a citation?" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="1165" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1158" CreationDate="2010-08-05T18:21:38.960" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Firstly, almost every common VCS is supported by an Emacs extension so that is not a key concern.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The only VCS that can output things to your drafts that I am aware of is SVN.  To do this you have to install a couple of LaTeX packages, as described here: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/pracjourn/2007-3/kalderon-svnmulti/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tug.org/pracjourn/2007-3/kalderon-svnmulti/&lt;/a&gt;  These allow you to put SVN version numbers and other details into your drafts.  There is no real reason why this can't be done with other VCSs, but so far nobody has released any LaTeX packages for them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't know of any LaTeX packages that allow you to track changes in the pdf itself, but they all allow you to do this for the .tex file via the various diff commands.  Again, getting this in the pdf file would be a matter of writing LaTeX packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Aside from these issues, the main thing you need to decide is whether to use a centralized (e.g. CVS, SVN) or distributed (e.g. git, Mercurial) system.  Distributed systems have a number of advantages and, as far as I can tell, no disadvantages for use with LaTeX.  For one thing, you can use them without setting up a server to just work with single-author projects on your own machine.  They also store the whole history of the project on your local machine so you always have access to it even if you are offline (one of my coauthors is very picky about this).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personally, I use Mercurial rather than git for the following reasons:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Git is undoubtedly more powerful than Mercurial, but the extra functionality is mainly relevant to software developers and you are extremely unlikely to need it for a LaTeX document.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Mercurial has a better user interface in the sense that, unlike git, most commands do what you would expect them to do and you won't need to use lots of flags and command line options to get it to do what you want. (WARNING!  The Git vs. Mercurial debate is an example of a holy war.  This is the personal view of the author and you are free to disagree, but if you do disagree then it is probably because you have never worked with anyone who is not intimately familiar with a *nix command line.)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Mercurial has excellent documentation, especially Mercurial:The Definitive Guide, which is available for free online.  I didn't find anything nearly as good for git.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Mercurial makes it easy to throw up a repository server on even the most backwards shared hosting provider that you can get for $5 a month.  The standard ways of serving git repositories require persistent processes, which means you may have to pay more for hosting.  Of course, this is moot if you run your own server or have in house IT staff to do it for you.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In summary, Mercurial will scare your collaborators who are only reluctantly agreeing to use a VCS in the first place a lot less than git would.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="376" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T18:21:38.960" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-05T18:21:38.960" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1166" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1180" CreationDate="2010-08-05T18:40:11.467" Score="21" ViewCount="596" Body="&lt;p&gt;A number of related questions have already been asked about this issue: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/321/align-vs-equation&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/503/why-is-preferable-to&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/975/what-to-do-with-this-hyperref-note-on-amsmath&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;, and even &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/196/eqnarray-vs-align&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;. But I'm still confused by the conflicting suggestions that have been given so far. So I'm trying again.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Which should be the preferred command to produce a displayed equation in my LaTeX documents?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So far the suggestions indicate that one should use &lt;code&gt;\[ ... \]&lt;/code&gt;, maybe &lt;code&gt;\begin{equation*} ... \end{equation*}&lt;/code&gt;, or maybe even the &lt;code&gt;gather*&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;align*&lt;/code&gt; environments from &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And one should definitely &lt;strong&gt;avoid&lt;/strong&gt; using either &lt;code&gt;$$...$$&lt;/code&gt; or the &lt;code&gt;eqnarray&lt;/code&gt; environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now I have to say that, from a language perspective, I have a &lt;em&gt;strong&lt;/em&gt; preference for the &lt;code&gt;equation*&lt;/code&gt; environment because it is less cryptic than the &lt;code&gt;\[ ... \]&lt;/code&gt; notation and it is &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/605/what-is-the-deal-about-these-semantic-vs-syntactic-commands&quot;&gt;semantically&lt;/a&gt; the most accurate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, is it fine to use &lt;code&gt;equation*&lt;/code&gt;? Maybe only after loading &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt;? Or should the &lt;code&gt;equation&lt;/code&gt;/&lt;code&gt;equation*&lt;/code&gt; environment be redefined to something else so that spacing, package support, or whatever is improved?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-27T10:51:31.847" LastActivityDate="2010-09-08T08:55:09.167" Title="Which command should I use for displayed equations? Really" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;equations&gt;&lt;amsmath&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="12" />
  <row Id="1167" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1137" CreationDate="2010-08-05T18:43:35.953" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;All of the other answers cover things quite well, but I thought a slightly different version might be helpful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are two parts to telling TeX about a new &lt;code&gt;.sty&lt;/code&gt; file. First, you have to put it in the 'right' place and second you need to update the database TeX uses to find files. The place to put the file depends on your operating system. Assuming you have a standard installation, this will probably be&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Windows XP &lt;code&gt;C:\Documents and Settings\&amp;lt;user name&amp;gt;\texmf\tex\latex\local\&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Windows Vista/7 &lt;code&gt;C:\Users\&amp;lt;user name&amp;gt;\texmf\tex\latex\local\&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Linux &lt;code&gt;~\texmf\tex\latex\local\&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Mac OS X &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;user name&amp;gt;\Library\texmf\tex\latex\local\&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A few of notes on that. First, on Windows the 'Users' part of the location is language dependent. Second, I've represented your home/user folder as '&lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;user name&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;': this will obviously be dependent on your system. The folder I've indicated may well not exist: you may just have the &lt;code&gt;texmf&lt;/code&gt; part, bits within that or nothing at all. The file location is important, and although you could just put your file inside &lt;code&gt;texmf\tex\latex&lt;/code&gt; is is usual to keep things organised by package. The &lt;code&gt;local&lt;/code&gt; folder is reserved for stuff installed on individual machines.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Letting TeX 'know' about the file means running a program that builds a database of file locations. There are graphical interfaces to do this, but the way that works on all operating systems is to use the Command Prompt/Terminal and type &lt;code&gt;texhash&lt;/code&gt;. This will build the databases for your tree (the one that is in your home folder). Once the 'hash' is created TeX should be able to find your file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T18:43:35.953" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1169" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1166" CreationDate="2010-08-05T19:00:13.520" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;equation&lt;/code&gt; environment cannot be compared to &lt;code&gt;\[...\]&lt;/code&gt; because it's &lt;em&gt;numbered&lt;/em&gt;. The equivalent to &lt;code&gt;\[...\]&lt;/code&gt; is the &lt;code&gt;displaymath&lt;/code&gt; environment. So you may use that for unnumbered equations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Though amsmath redefines equation to allow a starred version.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As using amsmath is always recommended, using &lt;code&gt;equation&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;equation*&lt;/code&gt; might be more consistent.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;$$&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;eqnarray&lt;/code&gt; are out of question, whereas &lt;code&gt;gather&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt; and the like are designed for multi-line formulas, I wouldn't misuse them for single-line equations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T19:00:13.520" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1170" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1164" CreationDate="2010-08-05T19:09:05.810" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I suggest taking out the &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[bibjustif,abnt-etal-cite=3,abnt-full-initials=yes]{abntcite}&lt;/code&gt; and putting somewhere &lt;code&gt;\bibliographystyle{plainnat}&lt;/code&gt;. That should work. Also, try loading &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[round]{natbib}&lt;/code&gt; and using the command &lt;code&gt;\citep{ }&lt;/code&gt; for cites in parenthesis and &lt;code&gt;\citet{ }&lt;/code&gt; for textual cites.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="401" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T19:09:05.810" />
  <row Id="1171" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1164" CreationDate="2010-08-05T19:10:07.570" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The package abntcite is not available on CTAN. According to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.latex-community.org/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&amp;amp;p=9743&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this discussion&lt;/a&gt;, the package and/or the accompanying style files were somewhat faulty two years ago. I suggest that you use the package biblatex instead, which handles author names the way you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[style=authoryear,maxnames=2]{biblatex}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.bib}&#xA;@misc{Aut10a,&#xA;  author = {Author, A.},&#xA;  year = {2010},&#xA;  title = {And now for something completely different},&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;@misc{Aut10b,&#xA;  author = {Author, A. and Buthor, B.},&#xA;  year = {2010},&#xA;  title = {And now for something completely different},&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;@misc{Aut10c,&#xA;  author = {Author, A. and Buthor, B. and Cuthor, C.},&#xA;  year = {2010},&#xA;  title = {And now for something completely different},&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\bibliography{\jobname}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\parencite{Aut10a}&#xA;&#xA;\parencite{Aut10b}&#xA;&#xA;\parencite{Aut10c}&#xA;&#xA;% Name cap also in bibliography&#xA;\printbibliography&#xA;&#xA;% No name cap in bibliography&#xA;\printbibliography[maxnames=99]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T19:10:07.570" />
  <row Id="1172" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-05T19:21:33.897" Score="2" ViewCount="113" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using LyX 1.6.5/MacTex-2009 my floating sideways figures only occupy half the page and the other half of the figure disappears off the left margin. I tried the rotfloat and rotating packages and they both give the same result.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The environment begins with &lt;code&gt;\begin{sidewaysfigure}&lt;/code&gt;.  The text is properly rotated but it just never gets past the half-way point of the page (along the short dimension in portrait).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anyone have any ideas?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="153" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T12:53:03.140" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T14:34:21.520" Title="How to get rotating and/or rotfloat to work" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;rotating&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="1173" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1172" CreationDate="2010-08-05T19:31:29.120" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This example is compilable and works as expected:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[demo]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{rotating}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{sidewaysfigure}&#xA;\centering&#xA;\includegraphics[width=0.8\textwidth,height=0.5\textheight]{Test}&#xA;\caption{Test example}&#xA;\end{sidewaysfigure}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perhaps do it like this or post some concrete code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T19:31:29.120" />
  <row Id="1174" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="885" CreationDate="2010-08-05T19:59:11.953" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This question should be closed because it actually has nothing to do with LaTeX and is more suited for StackOverflow.  In any case the answer is that just like with HTML the best way is to use a templating system like Jinja2 and just output a LaTeX file.  Once you have a LaTeX file simply use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://docs.python.org/library/subprocess.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;subprocess&lt;/a&gt; module to run pdflatex (obviously you need it installed on your server).  Don't forget to use the &quot;-interaction nonstopmode&quot; flag.  I could go into technical details but again it's really more suited for a different site.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="573" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T19:59:11.953" />
  <row Id="1175" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1195" CreationDate="2010-08-05T20:04:28.120" Score="11" ViewCount="380" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the proper way to draw a &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hypergraph&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;hypergraph&lt;/a&gt;? Is there a package to do this, or is there an easy way to draw such diagrams with a common drawing method like tikz?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to draw something like &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/thumb/5/57/Hypergraph-wikipedia.svg/262px-Hypergraph-wikipedia.svg.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="23" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-06T06:08:28.413" LastActivityDate="2010-08-06T10:39:03.693" Title="Drawing a hypergraph" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;diagrams&gt;&lt;graph&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="1176" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1178" CreationDate="2010-08-05T20:12:49.023" Score="1" ViewCount="238" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have to type the product of $n$ variables, $x_1\cdot\ldots\cdot x_n$. &#xA;Although maybe this is semantically the right way (like it is for the sum), it doesn't look very well. What should be, typographically, a better way to do it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Just the ldots as in $x_1\ldots x_n$ is confusing when there are going to be also&#xA;lists of the variables separated by commas in nearby sentences. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With \dotsc like in $x_1\dotsc x_n$ maybe, but is there a better idea?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="574" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-13T15:45:36.893" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T15:45:36.893" Title="How to type the three dots in a product?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1177" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1182" CreationDate="2010-08-05T20:15:24.090" Score="6" ViewCount="160" Body="&lt;p&gt;Many packages come with switches, to be defined in the preamble. Is it possible to hit such a switch also in the body of the document?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example: Can I switch from the functionality of  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[russian]{babel}  &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to that of  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[french]{babel}  &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;within one section or figure caption?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: babel is just one example for which I have a good idea about what the switches actually do, but the question is meant to be more general. By the way, is there a generic name for these switches that could be used, e.g., to search the documentation of a package? Or a term for cases when both options can be used in parallel (like in babel) or not?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="487" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-09T17:24:33.940" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T17:24:33.940" Title="Package switches within the document?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="1178" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1176" CreationDate="2010-08-05T20:19:26.453" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use \cdots.  (See also: \vdots and \ddots.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: Actually, I just read in the &lt;a href=&quot;ftp://ftp.ams.org/pub/tex/doc/amsmath/short-math-guide.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;«Short Math Guide for LaTeX» by the AMS&lt;/a&gt; that:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;\dotsc is for dots with commas,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;\dotsb is for dots with binary operators,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;\dotsm is for multiplication dots,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;\dotsi is for dots with integrals,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;\dotso is for other dots.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So \cdots and \ldots are commonly used but the AMS convention is to use the more semantic commands.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="573" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T20:19:26.453" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1179" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1177" CreationDate="2010-08-05T20:23:24.680" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you specifically mean &lt;code&gt;babel&lt;/code&gt;, then you load the package with both languages&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[russian,french]{babel}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;then switch with &lt;code&gt;\selectlanguage{russian}&lt;/code&gt; (In the example, &lt;code&gt;french&lt;/code&gt; will be the main language.) See the &lt;code&gt;babel&lt;/code&gt; documentation for more detail.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Other packages with load time options also provide methods to alter settings, but this is package-dependent.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T20:23:24.680" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1180" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1166" CreationDate="2010-08-05T20:24:30.780" Score="17" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You should use the environments from amsmath. In practice, &lt;code&gt;equation&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt; are all you usually need.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If you have a single equation, use &lt;code&gt;equation&lt;/code&gt;. (Or &lt;code&gt;equation*&lt;/code&gt; if you don't want it numbered. Most of the other environments below also have similar * variants.)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If you have a single equation spanning multiple lines, you can either use &lt;code&gt;multline&lt;/code&gt;, or use &lt;code&gt;split&lt;/code&gt; (inside &lt;code&gt;equation&lt;/code&gt;) to have the parts aligned.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If you have multiple equations and you want them to be aligned, use &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt; (or &lt;code&gt;align*&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If you simply want to typeset multiple equations independently (with no alignment), use &lt;code&gt;gather&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are also &lt;code&gt;flalign&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;alignat&lt;/code&gt;, for some special cases. See the &lt;a href=&quot;ftp://ftp.ams.org/pub/tex/doc/amsmath/short-math-guide.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Short Math Guide for LaTeX&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;code&gt;texdoc amsldoc&lt;/code&gt; (&lt;a href=&quot;ftp://ftp.ams.org/pub/tex/doc/amsmath/amsldoc.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;PDF&lt;/a&gt;) for more documentation on these environments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[&lt;/code&gt; simply says &quot;set the following in a math display&quot;, like plain TeX 's &lt;code&gt;$$&lt;/code&gt; (which you should not use), and is equivalent to &lt;code&gt;displaymath&lt;/code&gt;. You can use it if you want an unnumbered equation and are too lazy to type (not good practice, semantically speaking), or, I guess, when you're simply &quot;displaying&quot; some long bit of mathematics that isn't an actual equation. And &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/pracjourn/2006-4/madsen/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;never use&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://texblog.net/latex-archive/maths/eqnarray-align-environment/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;eqnarray&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="48" LastEditorUserId="48" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-05T21:01:39.113" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T21:01:39.113" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="1181" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1177" CreationDate="2010-08-05T20:24:49.500" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For Babel, you have the command &lt;code&gt;\selectlanguage&lt;/code&gt; that does exactly that.  Obviously, you need such a thing to switch language inside a document body, because it wouldn't make sense to select all the languages at the same time!  As you probably know, the convention in Babel is that the &lt;em&gt;last&lt;/em&gt; language in the list of option is activated at &lt;code&gt;\begin{document}&lt;/code&gt;; hence a command like &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[french,russian]{babel}&lt;/code&gt; will declare the document to be in Russian by default, and use the settings of &lt;code&gt;russian.ldf&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Generally speaking, any package you use should provide such switches because that's exactly what you need, as a user.  If the functionality of the package implies that you can switch between different options, the developer has probably foreseen such use, and it should be mentioned in the documentation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But you can't load a package mid-document (&lt;code&gt;\usepackage&lt;/code&gt; forbids that).  This is a technical limitation that has its justification from the point of view of an interface designer.  It is a guarantee to both the user and the developer: if someone writes a package for LaTeX, he knows that it will be loaded before &lt;code&gt;\begin{document}&lt;/code&gt;, and hence before any text will be output to the page; this means he will be able to make implementation choices depending on this (that might fail if this condition wasn't true).  If you were, as a user, to modify &lt;code&gt;\usepackage&lt;/code&gt;'s behaviour so that it could be invoked after the preamble—it shouldn't be too hard, by tweaking the LaTeX sources—, and you used that new possibility, you could unknowingly be in a situation that hasn't been foreseen at all by the developer, because it's impossible given the way LaTeX is currently written (and this is a design &lt;em&gt;choice&lt;/em&gt;, not a technical problem).  Hence you, the user, depend on the user interface the package developer has programmed for you; just like the package developer depends on the programming interface the LaTeX core provides.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, loading a package mid-document (with or without different switches) could be completely harmless in many cases, but this is not something you can rely on; the only guarantee the user has are the switches the package developer has provided himself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sorry I can't think of any concrete example right now.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="170" LastEditorUserId="170" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-05T23:09:40.283" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T23:09:40.283" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1182" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1177" CreationDate="2010-08-05T20:25:07.627" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;babel is perhaps not the best example, because you could state both options and switch by &lt;code&gt;\selectlanguage&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[russian,french]{babel}&#xA;...&#xA;\selectlanguage{french}&#xA;...&#xA;\selectlanguage{russian}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Many packages provide their own way to change options aka switches: &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; uses &lt;code&gt;\hypersetup&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;caption&lt;/code&gt; uses &lt;code&gt;\captionsetup&lt;/code&gt;, even classes offer such late configuration like KOMA-Script classes by &lt;code&gt;\KOMAoption&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\KOMAoptions&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T20:25:07.627" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1183" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1176" CreationDate="2010-08-05T20:26:47.623" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Or you can use &lt;code&gt;\dots&lt;/code&gt; which can be used both inside and outside of math-mode.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="313" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T20:26:47.623" />
  <row Id="1184" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="975" CreationDate="2010-08-05T20:47:17.817" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can see a spacing problem with the following example. The two equations have different spacing with hyperref, but the same spacing (as they should) without it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[fleqn]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;This is a test to check the spacing of the equation environment. Too much?&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;a=b&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;This is a test to check the spacing of the equation environment.&#xA;&#xA;This is a test to check the spacing of the equation environment. Too much?%&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;a=b&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;This is a test to check the spacing of the equation environment.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But this problem is imo not enough to stop using the equation environment. The other math environments produce too much space if the sentence before the displayed math is short:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;This is a test to check the spacing of the equation environment. Too much? Foo.&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;a=b&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;This is a test to check the spacing of the equation environment.&#xA;&#xA;This is a test to check the spacing of the align environment. Too much? Foo.&#xA;\begin{align}&#xA;a=b&#xA;\end{align}&#xA;This is a test to check the spacing of the align environment.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which is a much more common problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="565" LastEditorUserId="48" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-06T00:31:16.140" LastActivityDate="2010-08-06T00:31:16.140" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="1185" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1072" CreationDate="2010-08-05T21:37:52.313" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;unfortunately, the psfrag command which can be of little help when dealing with graphics is not handled by pdflatex. For font consistency along your document, it may be a non-negligible shortcoming (you can still use tikz instead). Also, the next-generation vector format svg should become the most used one soon. I cannot tell if either latex or pdflatex accept is. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T21:37:52.313" />
  <row Id="1187" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1030" CreationDate="2010-08-05T21:51:07.440" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;u3d has initially been developed by Right Hemisphere &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.righthemisphere.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;link text&lt;/a&gt; and some of the patents purchased by Adobe to create Acrobat 3D. This tool is able to translate most of the existing 3D formats to u3d but is not free. I think that new extensions are slowly replacing the u3d protocol.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T21:51:07.440" />
  <row Id="1188" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="975" CreationDate="2010-08-05T21:51:14.023" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;i'm writing on behalf of the maintainers of amsmath.  we do maintain a list of bugs reported for both amsmath and friends and the ams document classes, and are now actively examining the list in preparation for an upgrade of the entire collection.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the spacing problem mentioned in this thread appears to be a bug, though not identical to any that have already been reported (a vertical spacing mismatch between equation and multline is on our list), so this example will be examined and added to the list if verified.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;for bugs to be considered in upgrades or overhauls of amsmath, please report them to tech-support@ams.org&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="579" LastEditorUserId="579" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-11T16:13:30.420" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T16:13:30.420" />
  <row Id="1189" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1072" CreationDate="2010-08-05T22:49:53.930" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The graphics formats that you can use depend on the graphics driver not on (pdf)LaTeX:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As others have said pdfLaTeX in pdf-mode can use pdf, png, jpg, and mps. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;LaTeX in dvi-mode and dvips as driver can use eps (and mps).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;LaTeX in dvi-mode and dvipdfmx as driver can use eps (and mps), pdf, png, and jpg if you provide information about the bounding box and inform graphicx that you use dvipdfmx:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% test.tex&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[dvipdfm]{graphicx}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\includegraphics{demo.png}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First generate demo.bb with the bounding box information: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ebb demo.png&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;then compile to dvi with latex:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;latex test.tex &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and finally generate the pdf &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;dvipdfmx test.dvi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="565" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T22:49:53.930" />
  <row Id="1191" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1194" CreationDate="2010-08-05T23:02:28.733" Score="6" ViewCount="376" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I run pdfLaTeX, I get very verbose output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;(/usr/local/texlive/2008/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/librarie&#xA;s/tikzlibrarycalc.code.tex)&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a script to soak up all the verbose output and allow the important stuff to pass through, like errors, overfull hboxes, and so on?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, is there a reason why it sends a hard return to the console for lines longer than 79 characters?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="512" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-19T19:47:17.130" LastActivityDate="2010-08-19T19:47:17.130" Title="Formatting the console output of LaTeX" Tags="&lt;compiling&gt;&lt;debugging&gt;&lt;latex-general&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="1192" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1191" CreationDate="2010-08-05T23:08:04.810" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is what the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/silence&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;silence&lt;/a&gt; package is intended to help with.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="565" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-05T23:32:49.327" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T23:32:49.327" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1193" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1191" CreationDate="2010-08-05T23:17:54.467" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The line feed after 79 characters is defined in Web2C's configuration file, called texmf.cnf.  The variable name is &lt;code&gt;max_print_line&lt;/code&gt; which you can change in the file (not recommended in general, but in that case the setting is &lt;em&gt;really&lt;/em&gt; harmless); and if you run TeX from a shell you can also set this variable in the environment (&lt;code&gt;export max_print_line=1048576&lt;/code&gt; for Korn-like shells, &lt;code&gt;set max_print_line 1048576&lt;/code&gt; for C shells).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am not aware of a way to forbid line breaks entirely; I only set the variable to a very large value when this behaviour annoys me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="170" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T23:17:54.467" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1194" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1191" CreationDate="2010-08-05T23:37:05.950" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://rubber.sourceforge.net&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Rubber&lt;/a&gt; has (among other things) some filtering capabilities, and generally gives errors in a very compressed form. You can also tell it to give you only certain kinds of warnings using &lt;code&gt;--warn=&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="490" LastEditorUserId="48" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-06T08:29:45.487" LastActivityDate="2010-08-06T08:29:45.487" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="1195" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1175" CreationDate="2010-08-05T23:39:42.140" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is -- of course -- posible to draw diagrams like this with TikZ. However, as far as I know there is no automatic placement for things like this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Once one gets the hang of guessing distances, it is fairly easy to reproduce graph like the example in TikZ:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{topaths,calc}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \node (v1) at (0,2) {};&#xA;    \node (v2) at (1.5,3) {};&#xA;    \node (v3) at (4,2.5) {};&#xA;    \node (v4) at (0,0) {};&#xA;    \node (v5) at (2,0.5) {};&#xA;    \node (v6) at (3.5,0) {};&#xA;    \node (v7) at (2.5,-1) {};&#xA;&#xA;    \begin{scope}[fill opacity=0.8]&#xA;    \filldraw[fill=yellow!70] ($(v1)+(-0.5,0)$) &#xA;        to[out=90,in=180] ($(v2) + (0,0.5)$) &#xA;        to[out=0,in=90] ($(v3) + (1,0)$)&#xA;        to[out=270,in=0] ($(v2) + (1,-0.8)$)&#xA;        to[out=180,in=270] ($(v1)+(-0.5,0)$);&#xA;    \filldraw[fill=blue!70] ($(v4)+(-0.5,0.2)$)&#xA;        to[out=90,in=180] ($(v4)+(0,1)$)&#xA;        to[out=0,in=90] ($(v4)+(0.6,0.3)$)&#xA;        to[out=270,in=0] ($(v4)+(0,-0.6)$)&#xA;        to[out=180,in=270] ($(v4)+(-0.5,0.2)$);&#xA;    \filldraw[fill=green!80] ($(v5)+(-0.5,0)$)&#xA;        to[out=90,in=225] ($(v3)+(-0.5,-1)$)&#xA;        to[out=45,in=270] ($(v3)+(-0.7,0)$)&#xA;        to[out=90,in=180] ($(v3)+(0,0.5)$)&#xA;        to[out=0,in=90] ($(v3)+(0.7,0)$)&#xA;        to[out=270,in=90] ($(v3)+(-0.3,-1.8)$)&#xA;        to[out=270,in=90] ($(v6)+(0.5,-0.3)$)&#xA;        to[out=270,in=270] ($(v5)+(-0.5,0)$);&#xA;    \filldraw[fill=red!70] ($(v2)+(-0.5,-0.2)$) &#xA;        to[out=90,in=180] ($(v2) + (0.2,0.4)$) &#xA;        to[out=0,in=180] ($(v3) + (0,0.3)$)&#xA;        to[out=0,in=90] ($(v3) + (0.3,-0.1)$)&#xA;        to[out=270,in=0] ($(v3) + (0,-0.3)$)&#xA;        to[out=180,in=0] ($(v3) + (-1.3,0)$)&#xA;        to[out=180,in=270] ($(v2)+(-0.5,-0.2)$);&#xA;    \end{scope}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;    \foreach \v in {1,2,...,7} {&#xA;        \fill (v\v) circle (0.1);&#xA;    }&#xA;&#xA;    \fill (v1) circle (0.1) node [right] {$v_1$};&#xA;    \fill (v2) circle (0.1) node [below left] {$v_2$};&#xA;    \fill (v3) circle (0.1) node [left] {$v_3$};&#xA;    \fill (v4) circle (0.1) node [below] {$v_4$};&#xA;    \fill (v5) circle (0.1) node [below right] {$v_5$};&#xA;    \fill (v6) circle (0.1) node [below left] {$v_6$};&#xA;    \fill (v7) circle (0.1) node [below right] {$v_7$};&#xA;&#xA;    \node at (0.2,2.8) {$e_1$};&#xA;    \node at (2.3,3) {$e_2$};&#xA;    \node at (3,0.8) {$e_3$};&#xA;    \node at (0.1,0.7) {$e_4$};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think the code is fairly self-explanatory: First the vertice coordinates are specified. Then all the areas are drawn with the help of &lt;code&gt;curve to&lt;/code&gt; statements. Afterwards the circles and labels are placed. The result is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://caramdir.at/uploads/tex.SE/hypergraph.png&quot; alt=&quot;picture of a hypergraph&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is not a perfect copy of the original image. With some more fiddling around with the coordinates and some additional points in the paths one could get closer. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-08-05T23:39:42.140" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1196" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="577" CreationDate="2010-08-06T01:12:19.930" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There was a similar question on stackoverflow : &lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/193298/best-practices-in-latex&quot;&gt;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/193298/best-practices-in-latex&lt;/a&gt;, the answers are quite useful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="564" LastActivityDate="2010-08-06T01:12:19.930" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-06T01:12:19.930" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="1197" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1162" CreationDate="2010-08-06T01:55:47.597" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could try &lt;a href=&quot;http://png2pdf.sourceforge.net/usage.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;png2pdf&lt;/a&gt; or a similar tool. Check the result with it, perhaps specify interpolation to be off. Interpolation might cause the image to look blurry.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-06T01:55:47.597" />
  <row Id="1198" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-06T02:21:20.183" Score="1" ViewCount="200" Body="&lt;p&gt;I recently started using fedora with kde and I want to install kile. But, the version of TeX Live in the official repositories is TeX Live 2007 and I want a more complete and recent version. I tried adding the repository for fedora 13 found &lt;a href=&quot;http://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Features/TeXLive&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; but it does not work says it is not an rpm package.&#xA;Has anyone with fedora 13 been able to install kile 2.1 beta 4 with a version of texlive 2009 or 2010?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I installed kile from the official repositories it also installed texlive2007 as a dependency, and I can not install kile compiling configured to use texlive 2009.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="589" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-06T07:16:45.333" LastActivityDate="2010-09-12T01:22:46.267" Title="problem with kile installation in fedora 13 + texlive" Tags="&lt;kile&gt;&lt;texlive&gt;&lt;installing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="1199" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="577" CreationDate="2010-08-06T02:50:40.157" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;the book latex a documentent preparation system of Leslie Lamport is very easy to use and very concise explanations with practical examples&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="589" LastActivityDate="2010-08-06T02:50:40.157" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-06T02:50:40.157" />
  <row Id="1200" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1191" CreationDate="2010-08-06T05:05:34.610" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have used &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pps.jussieu.fr/~beffara/soft/rubber/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;rubber-info&lt;/a&gt; and it is the best TeX error parser I have seen. The package is not actively maintained though. I have it report error through &lt;a href=&quot;http://growl.info/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;growl&lt;/a&gt; as in this screenshot:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://www.freeimagehosting.net/uploads/8f09c6f7f6.png&quot; alt=&quot;TeX error report through growl&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="337" LastActivityDate="2010-08-06T05:05:34.610" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="1201" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1043" CreationDate="2010-08-06T07:18:48.543" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hans Hagen (the author of ConteXt) uses SciTE and, more recently, &lt;a href=&quot;http://code.google.com/p/textadept/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;textadept&lt;/a&gt;. He also wrote support files for those editors and these are part of the ConTeXt distribution.&#xA;The ConTeXt distribution also comes with a full set of support files for TeXWorks. The support for the various other editors mentioned above and on the ConTeXt wiki page are written by other people.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want the best possible editor support, you should probably use one of the three that&#xA;are actively supported by ConTeXt, but I have heard that Emacs and TextMate (at least) are also working well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-08-06T07:18:48.543" />
  <row Id="1202" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1162" CreationDate="2010-08-06T07:24:11.747" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This bit of the log:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;6/RW/chart.png (PNG copy)&gt;]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Explicitly notes that the PNG file is included as-is. Any issues with the display quality are therefore either caused by the previewer you use, or by the PNG image itself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-08-06T07:24:11.747" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1203" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1205" CreationDate="2010-08-06T07:26:38.887" Score="4" ViewCount="366" Body="&lt;p&gt;I switched to memoir and stopped including subfig and now all my subfigures interpret the caption as actual text, i.e., &quot;[caption...]&quot; shows up in the document with the square brackets.  How do I have captioned subfigures with memoir?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="512" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T14:42:23.997" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T14:42:23.997" Title="subfigures with memoir" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;captions&gt;&lt;memoir&gt;&lt;subfloats&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="1204" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1208" CreationDate="2010-08-06T07:46:40.267" Score="4" ViewCount="532" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am tired of writing company reports using MS Word, so I am looking for a way to define a custom template that follows the company branding. Basically what I would need to define is the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Enforce font-type and font-size&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Custom color for normal text (some sort of blue) and custom color for the section title, sub-title and sub-sub-title (each have different colors)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Standardized title page with watermark, document title, author and date&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Standardized last page with watermark, and list of office addresses in a tabular way&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Could any one help me?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="331" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-04T17:30:43.020" LastActivityDate="2010-09-04T17:30:43.020" Title="How to customize the standard report template" Tags="&lt;documentclass&gt;&lt;templates&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="1205" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1203" CreationDate="2010-08-06T07:47:36.723" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newsubfloat{&amp;lt;float&amp;gt;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to activate &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\subbottom&#xA;\subtop&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;inside  environments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="565" LastActivityDate="2010-08-06T07:47:36.723" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1206" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="363" CreationDate="2010-08-06T07:50:12.600" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have not progressed to the level of processing a list myself but I have been using &lt;code&gt;etoolbox&lt;/code&gt; by Philipp Lehman for some other TeX programming tasks I am doing. I believe &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/etoolbox/etoolbox.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;3.7 List processing&lt;/a&gt; should give you a good solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example (on a recent version of &lt;code&gt;etoolbox&lt;/code&gt;) you can write:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareListParser*{\myfor}{;}&#xA;\myfor{\fbox}{item1; item2; item3}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="337" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-14T13:19:52.423" LastActivityDate="2010-10-14T13:19:52.423" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1207" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1203" CreationDate="2010-08-06T07:58:06.937" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In addition to Marin's answer, if you also want to use &lt;code&gt;cleveref&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt;, I have found sub figures can not be properly referenced unless loading &lt;code&gt;subfig&lt;/code&gt;. Here is what I do:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\RequirePackage[caption=false,position=top]{subfig}&#xA;\let\subtop\subfloat&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;so that I can continue using &lt;code&gt;\subtop&lt;/code&gt; and if one day I decide to drop subfig my document needs no change.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A full example can look like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}&#xA;  \subtop[1 pass]{\includegraphics{eye1}}%&#xA;  \subtop[5 passes]{\includegraphics{eye5}}%&#xA;  \caption{loop performance comparison}&#xA;  \label{fig:eye-comparison}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="337" LastEditorUserId="337" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-06T08:36:40.747" LastActivityDate="2010-08-06T08:36:40.747" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="1208" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1204" CreationDate="2010-08-06T07:59:03.630" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Depending on which font you need you might want to consider using xelatex and the fontspec package to set the document font. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The textcolor can be set using color/xcolor packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Section titles can be customised using titletoc or sectsty or choose a flexible documentclass like memoir that has customisation tools build-in.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For inspiration on how to change the titlepage see &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/titlepages&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/titlepages&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Watermarks can be added with package atbegshi &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/atbegshi&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/atbegshi&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="565" LastActivityDate="2010-08-06T07:59:03.630" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1209" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1162" CreationDate="2010-08-06T08:07:28.387" Score="16" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A 94dpi PNG figure included in a PDF file will certainly look blurry on screen.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Most likely your PDF viewer doesn't show your document so that 1 pixel in the PNG file corresponds to 1 pixel on screen. Even if you manage to find exactly the right zoom level, the origin of the PNG file is not necessarily aligned with screen pixels. Some kind of interpolation is done in virtually any situation if you have PNG (or JPEG) figures in PDF files.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How to do it correctly:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Use vector graphics for line drawings.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Use high-resolution JPEG files for photos. Something like 300 dpi is usually enough; looks good on screen and when printed. There is always some scaling and interpolation involved when displayed on screen, but in practice you don't really see any softness in photos.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If you have a line drawing and if you really must use raster files instead of vector graphics, then use &lt;em&gt;very high-resolution&lt;/em&gt; PNG files. Something like 600 dpi is usually enough. It looks good when printed. It will look &lt;em&gt;reasonably&lt;/em&gt; good on screen; there &lt;em&gt;will be&lt;/em&gt; some softness, e.g. horizontal and vertical lines are not as sharp as you would like, but you can usually live with this solution fairly well.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="100" LastActivityDate="2010-08-06T08:07:28.387" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1210" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1162" CreationDate="2010-08-06T08:34:08.490" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using PNG files without DPI information (at least Irfan View shows blank fields for DPI), on paper they appear as it should, and Foxit blurs them at 100% but they are looking ok at 150% (at that zoom level they appear on screen at the same size as shown in Irfan View).&#xA;The figures are inserted with &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics[scale=0.5]{images/fig1}&lt;/code&gt; (the original size is 716x461 pixels)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="95" LastEditorUserId="95" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-06T08:42:14.697" LastActivityDate="2010-08-06T08:42:14.697" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1211" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1212" CreationDate="2010-08-06T08:36:18.360" Score="5" ViewCount="90" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am putting marginpars into the text to help the reader find important terms in my text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, where am I supposed to put the marginpar so that it aligns with the term?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;Let us define \marginpar{Ipsum}\emph{Ipsum}: ...&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;Let us define \emph{Ipsum}\marginpar{Ipsum}: ...&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Bonus: Will putting it after the colon mess anything up?)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;Let us define \emph{Ipsum}:\marginpar{Ipsum} ...&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="595" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-06T08:44:50.480" LastActivityDate="2010-08-06T08:54:20.603" Title="Put a marginpar before or after word it is supposed to be aligned to?" Tags="&lt;marginpar&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="1212" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1211" CreationDate="2010-08-06T08:54:20.603" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've just tried experimenting and although my experiments were perhaps simplistic, I could not detect any difference in the three cases so long as there was no space between the item and the marginpar.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My experiment was the following code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\newlength\shove&#xA;\setlength{\shove}{23.57pt}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;How much is that doggie in the window?\hspace{\shove}&#xA;The one with the waggly tail?&#xA;How much is that doggie in the window?&#xA;I do hope that doggie's for sale!&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;How much is that doggie in the window?\hspace{\shove}&#xA;The one with the waggly tail?\marginpar{That's ``tail'' not ``tale''}&#xA;How much is that doggie in the window?&#xA;I do hope that doggie's for sale!&#xA;&#xA;How much is that doggie in the window?\hspace{\shove}&#xA;The one with the waggly \marginpar{That's ``tail'' not ``tale''}tail?&#xA;How much is that doggie in the window?&#xA;I do hope that doggie's for sale!&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;How much is that doggie in the window?\hspace{\shove}&#xA;The one with the waggly tail\marginpar{That's ``tail'' not ``tale''}?&#xA;How much is that doggie in the window?&#xA;I do hope that doggie's for sale!&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;By trial-and-error, &lt;code&gt;\shove&lt;/code&gt; was the maximum space that could be added there without shoving the &quot;tail?&quot; on to the next line.  All three looked exactly the same in terms of positioning and spacing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Of course, there's probably an argument as to where to put it for &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/605/what-is-the-deal-about-these-semantic-vs-syntactic-commands&quot;&gt;semantic&lt;/a&gt; reasons, but I'll leave that to someone else as I don't know of a hard-and-fast rule to apply in this case so my opinion would be just that: an opinion.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-08-06T08:54:20.603" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1213" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1162" CreationDate="2010-08-06T09:25:19.377" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I had similar problems, but found I could resolve them by increasing the resolution of the generated PDF:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setlength{\pdfpxdimen}{1in/150} % Define resolution of PDF&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="595" LastEditorUserId="595" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-06T09:30:19.923" LastActivityDate="2010-08-06T09:30:19.923" />
  <row Id="1214" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1217" CreationDate="2010-08-06T09:32:39.000" Score="2" ViewCount="227" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi, I am trying to get rid of the default &quot;boxedsections&quot; with shadows used in the sciposter class and replace them with either &quot;plainboxedsections&quot; or &quot;plainsections&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the manual three heading options are mentioned, but not how to switch between them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="237" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-13T16:03:49.133" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T16:03:49.133" Title="How to change section style using sciposter" Tags="&lt;sciposter&gt;&lt;posters&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="1215" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1218" CreationDate="2010-08-06T09:50:44.243" Score="7" ViewCount="339" Body="&lt;p&gt;I asked &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1203/subfigures-with-memoir/1205#1205&quot;&gt;a question&lt;/a&gt; about how to use subfigure with memoir.  I got some great tips, but now pdflatex is making all subfigure hyper-refs point to the first couple subfigures.  It also gives me this error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;destination with the same identifier (name{subfigure.3}) has been already used, duplicate ignored&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;for every subfigure (except the first one at any index, i.e., the first {subfigure.n} gets no error for every n.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I was pointed &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=hyperdupdest&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;to this&lt;/a&gt;, but hyperref is the last package loaded.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Has anyone gotten this working?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Solution:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Make sure that&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newsubfloat{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;follows&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="512" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-22T21:07:23.013" LastActivityDate="2010-11-22T21:07:23.013" Title="Is it possible to use hyperref, subfigure, and memoir together?" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;warnings&gt;&lt;subfloats&gt;&lt;memoir&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="1216" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1175" CreationDate="2010-08-06T10:39:03.693" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have to confess myself not particularly enamored of the example given: it looks &lt;em&gt;messy&lt;/em&gt; to me.  I find it hard to separate the edge labels from the vertex labels, and the extra wiggliness of the edges is there for no good reason.  I would imagine that for it to be worth drawing such a diagram, it cannot be too complicated (imagine drawing the hypergraph corresponding to the powerset of even 3 elements).  So here's an attempt at making a cleaner diagram.  Again, it uses TikZ, but by making the diagram more stylised, I can get away with some tricks.  In particular, note that the edges are done by drawing &lt;em&gt;really thick&lt;/em&gt; lines between the vertices. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\tikzstyle{vertex} = [fill,shape=circle,node distance=80pt]&#xA;\tikzstyle{edge} = [fill,opacity=.5,fill opacity=.5,line cap=round, line join=round, line width=50pt]&#xA;\tikzstyle{elabel} =  [fill,shape=circle,node distance=30pt]&#xA;&#xA;\pgfdeclarelayer{background}&#xA;\pgfsetlayers{background,main}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\node[vertex,label=above:\(v_1\)] (v1) {};&#xA;\node[vertex,right of=v1,label=above:\(v_2\)] (v2) {};&#xA;\node[vertex,right of=v2,label=above:\(v_3\)] (v3) {};&#xA;\node[vertex,below of=v1,label=above:\(v_4\)] (v4) {};&#xA;\node[vertex,right of=v4,label=above:\(v_5\)] (v5) {};&#xA;\node[vertex,right of=v5,label=above:\(v_6\)] (v6) {};&#xA;\node[vertex,below of=v5,label=above:\(v_7\)] (v7) {};&#xA;&#xA;\begin{pgfonlayer}{background}&#xA;\draw[edge,color=yellow] (v1) -- (v2) -- (v3);&#xA;\begin{scope}[transparency group,opacity=.5]&#xA;\draw[edge,opacity=1,color=green] (v3) -- (v5) -- (v6) -- (v3);&#xA;\fill[edge,opacity=1,color=green] (v3.center) -- (v5.center) -- (v6.center) -- (v3.center);&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;\draw[edge,color=red,line width=40pt] (v2) -- (v3);&#xA;\draw[edge,color=purple] (v4) -- (v4);&#xA;\end{pgfonlayer}&#xA;&#xA;\node[elabel,color=yellow,label=right:\(e_1\)]  (e1) at (-3,0) {};&#xA;\node[elabel,below of=e1,color=red,label=right:\(e_2\)]  (e2) {};&#xA;\node[elabel,below of=e2,color=green,label=right:\(e_3\)]  (e3) {};&#xA;\node[elabel,below of=e3,color=purple,label=right:\(e_4\)]  (e4) {};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's the picture:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://www.math.ntnu.no/~stacey/documents/hypergraph.png&quot; alt=&quot;hypergraph&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For more complicated graphs, I would see if I could get &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.graphviz.org&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;graphviz&lt;/a&gt; or something like that to generate it, and then get TikZ to render it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-08-06T10:39:03.693" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="1217" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1214" CreationDate="2010-08-06T11:10:36.350" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The documentation indicates that these are class options. So I suggest you try&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[plainsections]{sciposter}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[plainboxedsections]{sciposter}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-06T11:23:37.233" LastActivityDate="2010-08-06T11:23:37.233" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1218" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1215" CreationDate="2010-08-06T11:21:16.863" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Please provide an example where it is not working? This seems to work for me:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{memoir}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\newsubfloat{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;  \centering&#xA;  \subtop[Sub~a.]{Foo\label{subfig:a}}\qquad&#xA;  \subtop[Sub~b.]{Bar\label{subfig:b}}&#xA;  \caption{First.}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\clearpage&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;  \centering&#xA;  \subtop[Sub~c.]{Baz\label{subfig:c}}\qquad&#xA;  \subtop[Sub~d.]{Foobar\label{subfig:d}}&#xA;  \caption{Second.}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\clearpage&#xA;\noindent&#xA;Main: \ref{subfig:a} Sub: \subcaptionref{subfig:a}\\&#xA;Main: \ref{subfig:b} Sub: \subcaptionref{subfig:b}\\&#xA;Main: \ref{subfig:c} Sub: \subcaptionref{subfig:c}\\&#xA;Main: \ref{subfig:d} Sub: \subcaptionref{subfig:d}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can even use the \autoref from hypreref if you like. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{memoir}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\newsubfloat{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\providecommand*{\subfigureautorefname}{Subfig.}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\noindent&#xA;\autoref{fig:1} on page \pageref{fig:1} contains two subfigures, &#xA;\autoref{subfig:a} \&amp;amp; \subcaptionref{subfig:b}.&#xA;&#xA;\clearpage&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;  \centering&#xA;  \subtop[Sub~a.]{Foo\label{subfig:a}}\qquad&#xA;  \subtop[Sub~b.]{Bar\label{subfig:b}}&#xA;  \caption{First.}\label{fig:1}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="565" LastEditorUserId="565" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-06T13:33:01.910" LastActivityDate="2010-08-06T13:33:01.910" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1219" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1204" CreationDate="2010-08-06T12:11:58.823" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;KOMA-Script classes like &lt;code&gt;scrreprt&lt;/code&gt; provide such features and many more:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Any font size is supported, even specified in any TeX unit: a class option might be &lt;code&gt;fontsize=13pt&lt;/code&gt; or even &lt;code&gt;fontsize=9bp&lt;/code&gt;, even mm or inch is possible.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Font type, size, shape and color may be specified for the elements, for instance &lt;code&gt;\setkomafont{section}{\Large\sffamily\bfseries\color{cyan}}&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\addtokomafont{\pagenumber}{\itshape}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;standardized title pages are available, including title, author, date and even subtitle, even extra (inner) titles are supported&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Documents built on scrreprt are highly customizable, it's easier to use class-built-in features than a lot of extra packages.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Instead of &lt;code&gt;atbegshi&lt;/code&gt; the package &lt;code&gt;eso-pic&lt;/code&gt; might be used. The current version (2.0b of 2010/06/08) builds on &lt;code&gt;atbegshi&lt;/code&gt;, not any more on &lt;code&gt;everyshi&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The mentioned &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt; class goes a similar way by integrating features in the class that would be otherwise available by extra packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-06T12:11:58.823" />
  <row Id="1220" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="64" CreationDate="2010-08-06T13:18:53.903" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Generation of references is handled automatically by the ConTeXt toolchain, so you never have to worry about remembering how many runs you need. The example Makefile would look like this if you used ConTeXt:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;paper.pdf: paper.tex&#xA;    context paper&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="359" LastActivityDate="2010-08-06T13:18:53.903" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1221" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="940" CreationDate="2010-08-06T13:24:16.233" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;At least one art historian uses TeX :) I wrote my Ph.D. in LaTeX and a couple of exhibition catalogues in ConTeXt.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="359" LastActivityDate="2010-08-06T13:24:16.233" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-25T15:10:49.093" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1222" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1215" CreationDate="2010-08-06T13:32:33.160" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The option &lt;code&gt;hypertexnames&lt;/code&gt; might fix it. Specify it when loading the package or in \hypersetup, i.e.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[hypertexnames=true]{hyperref}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\hypersetup{hypertexnames=true}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;after loading the package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-06T13:32:33.160" />
  <row Id="1223" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1253" CreationDate="2010-08-06T14:11:22.647" Score="8" ViewCount="256" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a test for the different styles within maths mode?  What I &lt;em&gt;really&lt;/em&gt; want is to be able to save the current style to reinvoke it later on, but a &lt;code&gt;\if&lt;/code&gt; along the lines of &lt;code&gt;\ifmmode&lt;/code&gt; would work just as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the specific example, I want to measure how big something will be when displayed in maths mode, so I do:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\settoheight{\mathheight}{some bit of maths}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;except that it complains because the &lt;code&gt;some bit of maths&lt;/code&gt; gets put in a box and measured, and the box doesn't know that it's maths.  So instead I put:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\settoheight{\mathheight}{\(some bit of maths\)}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;except that then I get the wrong answer if this is used in displayed maths.  So ideally, I want:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ifdisplaystyle&#xA; \let\currentstyle\displaystyle&#xA;\else&#xA; \iftextstyle&#xA;  \let\currentstyle\textstyle&#xA; ...&#xA; \fi&#xA;\fi&#xA;\settoheight{\mathheight}{\(\currentstyle some bit of maths\)}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and then I'll be happy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there such a test?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Okay, so &lt;code&gt;\mathchoice&lt;/code&gt; is clearly the way to go (thanks Martin!), but its behaviour is a little odd and since I want to use it to define a macro depending on which mode I'm in, this oddity is quite important.  Here's the code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\mathtest}{%&#xA;\gdef\name{a}%&#xA;\mathchoice{%&#xA;\name&#xA;\gdef\name{b}%&#xA;}{%&#xA;\name&#xA;\gdef\name{c}%&#xA;}{%&#xA;\name&#xA;\gdef\name{d}%&#xA;}{%&#xA;\name&#xA;\gdef\name{e}%&#xA;}%&#xA;\name}&#xA;&#xA;\[&#xA;\mathtest&#xA;\]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If &lt;code&gt;\mathchoice&lt;/code&gt; behaved like &lt;code&gt;\if&lt;/code&gt;, this ought to print &lt;code&gt;ab&lt;/code&gt;.  But it prints &lt;code&gt;ae&lt;/code&gt;.  &lt;em&gt;All&lt;/em&gt; the options to &lt;code&gt;\mathchoice&lt;/code&gt; get processed (which makes me wonder a bit how it works, but that's by-the-by).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, is there an obvious way to make &lt;code&gt;\mathchoice&lt;/code&gt; behave a little more like &lt;code&gt;\if&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastEditorUserId="86" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-06T15:11:35.647" LastActivityDate="2010-08-07T08:00:55.973" Title="Is there a test for the different styles inside maths mode?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;mathmode&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="1224" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1223" CreationDate="2010-08-06T14:19:26.280" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, you have \mathchoice&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\mathtest{%&#xA;  \mathchoice&#xA;  {displaystyle}&#xA;  {text style}&#xA;  {scriptstyle}&#xA;  {scriptscriptstyle}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\[&#xA; \mathtest x^{\mathtest^{\mathtest}}&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;\(&#xA;  \mathtest&#xA;\)&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="565" LastActivityDate="2010-08-06T14:19:26.280" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1225" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1166" CreationDate="2010-08-06T14:23:47.800" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;full disclosure: i have a built-in bias towards amsmath.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;although in most cases, &lt;code&gt;\[&lt;/code&gt;...&lt;code&gt;\]&lt;/code&gt; is comparable to the equation* environment, there's one place where it isn't.  if you are using an ams document class, a qed marker is automatically placed by the &lt;code&gt;\end{proof}&lt;/code&gt;.  if the proof ends with some other environment -- a display or list -- the qed marker is placed all by itself on the line below.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;if your proof ends with an unnumbered display, you probably want the qed marker to be placed on the same line as the display.  &lt;code&gt;\qedhere&lt;/code&gt;, placed just before the &lt;code&gt;\end{...}&lt;/code&gt; environment for the display will move the qed marker up into the scope of the display.  but it won't work for &lt;code&gt;\[...\]&lt;/code&gt;, and it won't work for &lt;code&gt;\begin{eqnarray}...\end{eqnarray}&lt;/code&gt;.  (it will also work for &lt;code&gt;\end{enumerate}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\end{itemize}&lt;/code&gt;, but that wasn't the question here.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="579" LastEditorUserId="42" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-08T08:55:09.167" LastActivityDate="2010-09-08T08:55:09.167" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1226" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1228" CreationDate="2010-08-06T14:24:38.313" Score="8" ViewCount="297" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to make &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.phys.psu.edu/~collins/software/latexmk-jcc/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot; title=&quot;Latexmk&quot;&gt;Latexmk&lt;/a&gt; invoke &lt;code&gt;makeglossaries&lt;/code&gt; (part of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot; title=&quot;glossaries&quot;&gt;glossaries&lt;/a&gt; package)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Specifically I want to use latexmk to compile a LaTeX document that uses the &lt;code&gt;glossaries&lt;/code&gt; package to produce a glossary.  Currently I'm using this rather clumsy sequence of commands:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;makeglossaries document&#xA;latexmk -pdf document.tex&#xA;makeglossaries document&#xA;latexmk -pdf document.tex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first run of makeglossaries is required to produce files that the &lt;code&gt;glossaries&lt;/code&gt; package needs, or otherwise causes latexmk to fail, but there's still no data in the (non-existant) .aux file, so that first makeglossaries invocation produces nothing (except for an empty file).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, how to do this using latexmk alone (and let that deal with invoking makeglossaries at the right time)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="313" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-06T15:07:17.247" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T22:01:16.243" Title="How to make Latexmk use makeglossaries?" Tags="&lt;tools&gt;&lt;compiling&gt;&lt;automation&gt;&lt;latexmk&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1227" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="843" CreationDate="2010-08-06T14:48:38.313" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.diyplanner.com/node/6270&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.diyplanner.com/node/6270&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Requires &lt;strong&gt;Python&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I wanted something to look 'modern' 'light' and 'open plan'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Can be easily internationalized to most European languages (e.g. French, German, Spanish, etc.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://img7.imageshack.us/img7/9155/caley.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="279" LastActivityDate="2010-08-06T14:48:38.313" />
  <row Id="1228" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1226" CreationDate="2010-08-06T14:59:30.820" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You need to write a configuration file that tells latexmk which files are interesting for the glossary and how to handle them. Fortunately, the author provides some &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/support/latexmk/example_rcfiles/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;sample rc files&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Putting&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;add_cus_dep('glo', 'gls', 0, 'makeglo2gls');&#xA;sub makeglo2gls {&#xA;    system(&quot;makeindex -s '$_[0]'.ist -t '$_[0]'.glg -o '$_[0]'.gls '$_[0]'.glo&quot;);&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in &lt;code&gt;.latexmkrc/latexmkrc&lt;/code&gt; (in you document directory) should do the trick.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-06T18:31:12.720" LastActivityDate="2010-08-06T18:31:12.720" />
  <row Id="1229" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1231" CreationDate="2010-08-06T15:16:16.987" Score="5" ViewCount="369" Body="&lt;p&gt;(Update: I learned that this kind of open question is not supposed to be asked here at tex.stackexchange.com, so I will refrain from furthering the discussion here and invite contributions instead via the link provided in the next line.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ff.im/oNYyz&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Overheard today&lt;/a&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I believe what is likely to happen is that some alternative language will be developed which is syntactically similar to TeX (since this will make it easier for mathematicians and physicists to transition to it) with less focus on typesetting but far richer semantically, allowing a smoother transition to MathML.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A brief Google search revealed that a number of initiatives have been started along these lines, e.g.: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://salt.semanticauthoring.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;SALT (Semantically Annotated LaTeX)&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://hermes.aei.mpg.de/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Hermes&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/texlive/devsrc/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/stex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;STeX&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www2.ph.ed.ac.uk/snuggletex/UpConversionDemo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;SnuggleTeX&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My question, now, is how to get an overview what the comparative strengths and weaknesses of these (and other) approaches are, what communities and applications drive them, and what else to consider. I would be surprised if there were a simple answer to any of these, so I expect to split this thread up into simpler ones as the discussion develops.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="487" LastEditorUserId="487" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-13T12:54:38.400" LastActivityDate="2011-01-07T12:22:48.633" Title="Semantic TeX - where are we heading?" Tags="&lt;languages&gt;&lt;subjective&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1230" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1248" CreationDate="2010-08-06T15:33:02.597" Score="6" ViewCount="638" Body="&lt;p&gt;(Repost from &lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/3423881/reference-name-of-description-list-item-in-latex&quot;&gt;Stack Overflow&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd like to refer to a description list item by name instead of number. To that effect, I've added labels to each item, but when referencing them I only get the name of the section, not of the list item. How can I change it to show a custom label for each item?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section{Definitions}&#xA;\begin{description}&#xA;    \item [Vehicle\label{itm:vehicle}] Something&#xA;    \item [Bus\label{itm:bus}] A type of \nameref{itm:vehicle}&#xA;    \item [Car\label{itm:car}] A type of \nameref{itm:vehicle} smaller than a \nameref{itm:bus}&#xA;\end{description}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The result is something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;1 Definitions&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Vehicle&lt;/strong&gt; Something&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;Bus&lt;/strong&gt; A type of Definitions&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;Car&lt;/strong&gt; A type of Definitions smaller than a Definitions&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd like to have the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;1 Definitions&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Vehicle&lt;/strong&gt; Something&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;Bus&lt;/strong&gt; A type of Vehicle&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;Car&lt;/strong&gt; A type of Vehicle smaller than a Bus&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An alternative solution would be to use subsections &lt;em&gt;and display them as a definition list&lt;/em&gt;. Anyone know how to do it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The best answer on Stack Overflow referenced a &lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/2767389/referencing-a-theorem-like-environment-by-its-name/3303192#3303192&quot;&gt;\makeatletter&lt;/a&gt; hack:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\namedlabel#1#2{\begingroup&#xA;   \def\@currentlabel{#2}%&#xA;   \label{#1}\endgroup&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;...&#xA;\section{Definitions}&#xA;\begin{description}&#xA;    \item [Vehicle\namedlabel{itm:vehicle}{Vehicle}] Something&#xA;    \item [Bus\namedlabel{itm:bus}{Bus}] A type of \ref{itm:vehicle}&#xA;    \item [Car\namedlabel{itm:car}{Car}] A type of \ref{itm:vehicle} smaller than a \ref{itm:bus}&#xA;\end{description}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It works, with the caveat that the links lead back to the section header, not to the list item. It would be nice to use something native which doesn't break &lt;code&gt;\ref&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="602" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-24T19:04:03.000" LastActivityDate="2010-08-24T19:04:03.000" Title="Reference name of description list item in LaTeX" Tags="&lt;cross-referencing&gt;&lt;syntax&gt;&lt;lists&gt;&lt;description&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1231" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1229" CreationDate="2010-08-06T16:14:55.750" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would classify gellmu &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.albany.edu/~hammond/gellmu/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.albany.edu/~hammond/gellmu/&lt;/a&gt; as well as possibly the XML layer of plastex in this category as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First of all, I think we should distinguish two meanings of &quot;semantic&quot; in this discussion.  There is the old fashioned sense in which HTML is semantic, i.e. it specifies content rather than how it is to be presented, but there is also the &quot;web3.0&quot; concept of semantic in which you have richer ways of specifying things like the relationships between items of data.  Since LaTeX is not even semantic in the first sense, I think it is far more important to discuss that notion of semantic than the more modern one. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For me the main interest in these things is to enable mathematical scientists to make use of rich web tools for collaboration, authoring and presentation of mathematically oriented work, e.g. specialist tools for things like the polymath projects.  This would indicate that XML or HTML based formats should be the way forward.  However, for the foreseeable future, it seems likely that mathematically oriented journals will continue to use LaTeX as their primary submission format.  It also seems likely that academics will continue to publish peer reviewed manuscripts as the main way of securing credit for their work.  These things may change in the long term, and arguably they should, but that is the reality that we are dealing with right now.  For these reasons, any workflow that is likely to catch on must involve a markup language that is similar to LaTeX (since academics have to learn that anyway), must be capable of being converted both to high quality LaTeX and XML/HTML, and must not suffer too badly from conversion from LaTeX back to the chosen authoring format, e.g. this may be needed to make corrections in the peer review process.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are various reasons why LaTeX to HTML converters cannot be expected to behave perfectly.  For one thing, LaTeX inherits many typesetting specific constructs from TeX that have no meaning in the HTML world.  For another thing, some people are very fond of pointing out that LaTeX is Turing complete, whereas HTML is not.  For these reasons, it is useful to identify a semantic core of LaTeX that can be converted to HTML/XML reversibly, i.e. things like \section{XXX} would be fine, but things like \vskip would be out.  We might also need to consider modifications of the LaTeX syntax to aid the conversion to XML based formats, e.g. this is done in gellmu, but in such a way that it is easy for LaTeX aficionados to adapt.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="376" LastActivityDate="2010-08-06T16:14:55.750" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1232" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1233" CreationDate="2010-08-06T16:42:26.263" Score="11" ViewCount="460" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi all,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;what is the difference between \big[ (or equivalently \big() and \bigl[? Is it always necessary to mention l (left) and r (right)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-09T11:05:38.713" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T11:05:38.713" Title="difference between \big[ and \bigl[" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;brackets&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="1233" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1232" CreationDate="2010-08-06T17:04:49.743" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\bigl&lt;/code&gt; declares an opening math delimiter with less horizontal spacing than the unspecified &lt;code&gt;\big&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;code&gt;\bigr&lt;/code&gt; defines a closing math delimiter. Using a &lt;code&gt;\bigl&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\bigr&lt;/code&gt; pair you could get the brackets or parentheses closer to the term within.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Just compare:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;$\bigl[ \times \bigr]$&#xA;&#xA;$\big[ \times \big]$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://texblog.net/png/brackets.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The definitions in latex.ltx are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\bigl{\mathopen\big}&#xA;\def\bigm{\mathrel\big}&#xA;\def\bigr{\mathclose\big}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-06T18:01:36.020" LastActivityDate="2010-08-06T18:01:36.020" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="1234" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1232" CreationDate="2010-08-06T17:43:17.610" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can see the difference in the following example. The left modifiers \bigl etc. are basically \mathopen{}\big. You also have to use \mathopen if you are using \left and \right to do automatic scaling to get correct spacing in some cases.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{align}&#xA;  x &amp;amp;= \sin\biggl(\frac12\biggr)          \\ % good&#xA;  x &amp;amp;= \sin\mathopen{}\bigg(\frac12\bigg) \\ % good&#xA;  x &amp;amp;= \sin\bigg(\frac12\bigg)            \\ % bad&#xA;  x &amp;amp;= \sin\left(\frac12\right)           \\ % bad&#xA;  x &amp;amp;= \sin\mathopen{}\left(\frac12\right)   % good&#xA;\end{align}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="565" LastActivityDate="2010-08-06T17:43:17.610" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="1235" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1230" CreationDate="2010-08-06T17:56:35.670" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Following up on the second suggesiton, assuming you're using hyperref, you could change the definition to:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\namedlabel#1#2{\begingroup&#xA;   \def\@currentlabel{#2}%&#xA;   \phantomsection\label{#1}\endgroup&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The phantomsection should anchor backreference links to the item.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There might be a way to do this using the enumitem package too, but I'd have to look further into it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-08-06T17:56:35.670" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1236" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1223" CreationDate="2010-08-06T18:14:16.700" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try using package mathstyle &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/mathstyle&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://ctan.org/pkg/mathstyle&lt;/a&gt;. This solution is more along the lines of the original question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{mathtools}&#xA;\usepackage{mathstyle}&#xA;\usepackage{calc}&#xA;&#xA;\newlength\mathheight&#xA;\newcommand*\intheight{%&#xA;  \settototalheight{\mathheight}{$\currentmathstyle\int$}&#xA;  \the\mathheight&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{align}&#xA; \text{displaystyle}&amp;amp;={\displaystyle\text{\intheight}}\\&#xA; \text{textstyle}&amp;amp;={\textstyle\text{\intheight}} \\&#xA; \text{scriptstyle}&amp;amp;={\scriptstyle\text{\intheight}} \\&#xA; \text{scriptscriptstyle}&amp;amp;={\scriptscriptstyle\text{\intheight}} &#xA;\end{align}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="565" LastActivityDate="2010-08-06T18:14:16.700" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1237" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1230" CreationDate="2010-08-06T18:14:28.553" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's a version that seems to work.  There are, I think, two separate issues with what you are trying to do.  One is simply to get the labels to be what you want and not according to some automatic numbering scheme.  That's what the SO hack does.  The other issue is to ensure that these labels refer to what you think that they are referring to.  The SO hack does not address this.  The point is that a label is both a label and a marker.  In normal TeX, this dual role isn't visible because the marker isn't really used (well, it's used to figure out what the label should contain, but you want to override that).  But when using a hyperlink package, such as &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;hyperref.sty&lt;/a&gt;, the marker means something again: it's where the hyperlink goes to.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So you need to both change the label and have the marker at the right point.  The former is solved by the SO hack, but the latter (as I said) is not.  Either you can add the markers in explicitly, or you can subvert something that would put them in automatically.  The reason they aren't there is that you are using the &lt;code&gt;description&lt;/code&gt; environment which doesn't automatically put in the markers.  By using a different listing environment, say &lt;code&gt;enumerate&lt;/code&gt;, which does get the markers put in, we can get the desired behaviour.  It's still a &quot;hack&quot;, I'm afraid, but not a very big one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following does it, as far as my testing shows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand{\labitem}[2]{%&#xA;\def\@itemlabel{\textbf{#1}}&#xA;\item&#xA;\def\@currentlabel{#1}\label{#2}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;\labitem{Vehicle}{itm:vehicle} Something&#xA;\labitem{Bus}{itm:bus} A type of \ref{itm:vehicle}&#xA;\labitem{Car}{itm:car} A type of \ref{itm:vehicle} smaller than a \ref{itm:bus}&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;&#xA;Let's refer to \ref{itm:vehicle} \ref{itm:bus} and \ref{itm:car}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-08-06T18:14:28.553" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1238" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1243" CreationDate="2010-08-06T20:14:07.557" Score="3" ViewCount="1221" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am great fan of pgf and tikz in general to produce great looking figures. But I don't like the amount of time I have to put in to draw a complicated picture, because I have to provide all the coordinates of the points lines etc. Is there any wrapper which makes this simpler? Like in some cases, eg when you have to put text over or around arrows, there are ways to give relative position instead of exact coordinates. Are there any similar ways to draw other shapes with relative coordinates? Is there any external program that can convert figures with lines and shapes into coordinates? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="342" LastEditorUserId="342" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-06T22:27:21.977" LastActivityDate="2010-08-06T22:27:21.977" Title="Better way to calculate coordinates in Tikz?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="4" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="1239" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1238" CreationDate="2010-08-06T20:19:36.750" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;jpgfdraw is a tool for freehand drawing and exporting to pgf. Perhaps see &lt;a href=&quot;http://texblog.net/latex-archive/maths/jpgfdraw-example/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this jpgfdraw example&lt;/a&gt;, exported to pgf/tex and used with &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://texblog.net/png/homotopy.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perhaps you could combine a freehand drawing with additional TikZ drawings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-06T20:19:36.750" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1240" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1238" CreationDate="2010-08-06T20:23:15.103" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is a plugin for Inkscape, &lt;a href=&quot;http://code.google.com/p/inkscape2tikz/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;inkscape2tikz&lt;/a&gt;, that allows you to export TikZ code from Inkscape. It's been mentioned a few times already on other questions on this site.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="125" LastActivityDate="2010-08-06T20:23:15.103" />
  <row Id="1241" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1238" CreationDate="2010-08-06T20:23:19.830" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think you need to be more specific in what you want to do. There are numerous ways to make relative coordinates in TikZ. Here are some Examples: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA; \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;   \fill (1,1) circle (2pt) node[above] (O) {Start};&#xA;   \draw (O) -- (2,2);   % absolute&#xA;   \draw (O) --++ (3,2); % relative&#xA;   \node[left=2cm] at (O) {Left}; % relative&#xA; \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Check out &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.texample.net/tikz/&lt;/a&gt; for a lot of excellent examples of how to draw with TikZ.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="565" LastActivityDate="2010-08-06T20:23:19.830" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1242" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1246" CreationDate="2010-08-06T21:09:03.720" Score="5" ViewCount="113" Body="&lt;p&gt;For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;*Image 1* *Image 2* *Image 3*&#xA;   (i)       (ii)     (iii)&#xA; Figure n. Multiple images. (i) image at time n. (ii) Image at time n+1. (iii) Image at time n+2&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="572" LastActivityDate="2010-08-06T21:39:37.697" Title="How can I have images that are side-by-side and have numbers attached to each one?" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1243" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1238" CreationDate="2010-08-06T21:11:09.283" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Complete LaTeX documents used to generate the figures in this answer are available as a &lt;a href=&quot;http://gist.github.com/512000&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Gist&lt;/a&gt; on GitHub.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One way to solve the &quot;putting text over arrows&quot; question is to use inline nodes and relative positioning:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \draw[-&amp;gt;] (0,0) -- (5,0) node[above]{Hello, world!};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://lh4.ggpht.com/_3Y47oruCrqc/TFx0ohNFyCI/AAAAAAAAAFI/G3Tj4tzEjGc/s800/relativePos.png&quot; alt=&quot;Example of using relative positioning in TikZ&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also use named nodes and coordinates combined with relative positioning.  A &lt;code&gt;\coordinate&lt;/code&gt; is just like a &lt;code&gt;\node&lt;/code&gt; without a text area (they may still have shapes).  Naming your nodes and coordinates allows you to re-use information about their position without re-typing the locations.  Using relative positioning constructs (provided by the TikZ &lt;code&gt;positioning&lt;/code&gt; library), like &lt;code&gt;left = 1ex of A&lt;/code&gt;, allows you to position nodes/coordinates relative to other nodes/coordinates without working out the mathematics and geometry in your head.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}[&#xA;  Name/.style = {font={\bfseries}}&#xA;]&#xA;&#xA;  \coordinate (A) at (0,0);&#xA;  %            ^---- A name for the node/coordinate&#xA;  \coordinate (B) at (5,1);&#xA;  \coordinate (C) at (3,4);&#xA;&#xA;  \draw (A) -- (B) -- (C)  -- cycle;&#xA;&#xA;  \node (A-label) [left=1ex of A, Name] {A};&#xA;  \node (B-label) [right=1ex of B, Name] {B};&#xA;  \node (C-label) [above=1ex of C, Name] {C};&#xA;&#xA;  \node [above left = 2 em of C] {This is a relatively positioned node!}&#xA;    edge[out=270,in=180,thick,-&amp;gt;] (C-label);&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://lh5.ggpht.com/_3Y47oruCrqc/TFx4gvvSMqI/AAAAAAAAAFQ/KeQ-8ukx1Lc/s800/namedCoord.png&quot; alt=&quot;Demonstration of named coordinates and relative positioning.&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See Tutorial 2 &quot;A Petri-Net for Hagen&quot; in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/graphics/pgf/base/doc/generic/pgf/pgfmanual.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TikZ manual&lt;/a&gt; for an excellent step-by-step walkthrough of named nodes and relative positioning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I prefer constructing figures using relative positioning as opposed to using a GUI program because I can change the look of the figure by adjusting the locations of a few &quot;base coordinates&quot;.  In this case, I could draw a completely different triangle by moving the locations of coordinates A, B and C and for most adjustments the rest of the figure would just fall into place.  Learning to set up figures like this takes practice but once you get the it down it can save a bunch of time when it comes to fine-tuning the image when compared to a GUI program.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, as to your question about GUI programs, I would recommend &lt;a href=&quot;http://inkscape.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Inkscape&lt;/a&gt;- it is a very robust, open source editor for vector graphics that is similar to Adobe Illustrator.  There is even a &lt;a href=&quot;http://code.google.com/p/inkscape2tikz/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;plugin available&lt;/a&gt; that generates TikZ code from Inkscape graphics.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastEditorUserId="17" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-06T21:26:24.270" LastActivityDate="2010-08-06T21:26:24.270" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1244" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1265" CreationDate="2010-08-06T21:11:38.957" Score="3" ViewCount="172" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm creating a set of documents which are contained in different LaTeX source files and are going to be compiled into different PDF files. Each one can have its own index, generated using the usual &lt;code&gt;makeindex&lt;/code&gt; procedure. But since this documents cover related topics, I'd like to be able to produce one master index that contains all the terms from all the documents. Obviously the references in the index, instead of just being page numbers, will have to include both the page number and some sort of identifier for the document. Is there a way to do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, I'm sure I could write a script to post-process the &lt;code&gt;.idx&lt;/code&gt; files, but I'd prefer to use something existing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I need to dump &lt;code&gt;makeindex&lt;/code&gt; and use some alternative, that should be fine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="125" LastActivityDate="2010-08-07T09:59:09.473" Title="How to produce a combined index from multiple documents?" Tags="&lt;index&gt;&lt;cross-referencing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="1245" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1242" CreationDate="2010-08-06T21:13:37.863" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are several packages available to achieve that:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;subcaption&lt;/code&gt;, belonging to the very good caption package&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;subfig&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;subfigure&lt;/code&gt;, older than subfig and some consider it as obsolete&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's an example using &lt;code&gt;subcaption&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{caption}&#xA;\usepackage{subcaption}&#xA;\renewcommand\thesubfigure{\roman{subfigure}}&#xA;\usepackage[demo]{graphicx}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;\begin{minipage}[b]{.3\linewidth}&#xA;\centering%&#xA;\includegraphics[width=100pt]{test}&#xA;\subcaption{First image}\label{fig:1a}&#xA;\end{minipage}%&#xA;\hfill%&#xA;\begin{minipage}[b]{.3\linewidth}&#xA;\centering%&#xA;\includegraphics[width=100pt]{test}&#xA;\subcaption{Second image}\label{fig:1b}&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;\hfill%&#xA;\begin{minipage}[b]{.3\linewidth}&#xA;\centering%&#xA;\includegraphics[width=100pt]{test}&#xA;\subcaption{Third image}\label{fig:1b}&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;\caption{Multiple images}\label{fig:1}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://texblog.net/png/subcaption.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-06T21:39:37.697" LastActivityDate="2010-08-06T21:39:37.697" />
  <row Id="1246" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1242" CreationDate="2010-08-06T21:13:47.473" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use &lt;code&gt;subfigure&lt;/code&gt; for this. Here's a &lt;a href=&quot;http://texblog.wordpress.com/2007/08/28/placing-figurestables-side-by-side-subfigure/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;blog post&lt;/a&gt; that describes its usage. In summary (taken from the post),&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}&#xA; \subfigure[Caption of subfigure 1]{&#xA;  % content of subfigure 1&#xA;  \label{fig:subfig1}&#xA; }&#xA; % repeat subfigure as necessary&#xA; \label{fig:labelForFullFigure}&#xA; \caption{Caption of subfigures \subref{fig:subfig1}, \subref{fig:subfig2} and \subref{fig:subfig3}}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An alternative would be &lt;a href=&quot;ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/subfig/subfig.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;subfig&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. The documentation on CTAN (linked) shows its usage.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="125" LastActivityDate="2010-08-06T21:13:47.473" />
  <row Id="1247" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1250" CreationDate="2010-08-06T22:26:48.780" Score="4" ViewCount="457" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to modify the contents of my head- and footlines - e.g., to display the current chapter and/or section title or to change the pagination alignment. How can I do that? I've noticed the packages &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/fancyhdr.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/a&gt; and scrpage2 (part of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/koma-script.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;KOMA-Script&lt;/a&gt;-bundle) - are they interchangeable, or are there situations where I should prefer one package to the other?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-06T22:10:52.610" LastActivityDate="2010-09-06T22:10:52.610" Title="How to customize head- and footlines?" Tags="&lt;header-footer&gt;&lt;koma-script&gt;&lt;fancyhdr&gt;&lt;scrpage2&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="1248" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1230" CreationDate="2010-08-06T22:36:49.080" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To expand a bit on some of the other answers: here is a modification that does not change the syntax of the description environment:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\usepackage{nameref}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\let\orgdescriptionlabel\descriptionlabel&#xA;\renewcommand*{\descriptionlabel}[1]{%&#xA;  \let\orglabel\label&#xA;  \let\label\@gobble&#xA;  \phantomsection&#xA;  \edef\@currentlabel{#1}%&#xA;  %\edef\@currentlabelname{#1}%&#xA;  \let\label\orglabel&#xA;  \orgdescriptionlabel{#1}%&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Definitions}&#xA;\begin{description}&#xA;    \item [Vehicle\label{itm:vehicle}] Something&#xA;    \item [Bus\label{itm:bus}] A type of \ref{itm:vehicle}&#xA;    \item [Car\label{itm:car}] A type of \ref{itm:vehicle} smaller than a \ref{itm:bus}&#xA;\end{description} &#xA;&#xA;The item `\ref{itm:bus}' is listed on page~\pageref{itm:bus} in section~\nameref{itm:bus}.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="565" LastActivityDate="2010-08-06T22:36:49.080" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1249" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1247" CreationDate="2010-08-06T22:37:47.970" Score="-1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The two links or images in your question are not visible in my browser. If you haven't mentioned fancyhdr in those, give it a try. A good tutorial on it can be found here: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1247/how-to-customize-head-and-footlines&quot;&gt;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1247/how-to-customize-head-and-footlines&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="342" LastActivityDate="2010-08-06T22:37:47.970" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1250" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1247" CreationDate="2010-08-06T23:05:07.437" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/code&gt; is the classical package. The last change has been 6 years ago.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;scrpage2&lt;/code&gt; has been available for years but is also developing currently together with the modern KOMA-script classes. Naturally its better integrated with those classes but they may be used with other classes as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/code&gt; provides a head rule and a foot rule, but scrpage2 offers head top line, head separation line, foot separation line and foot bottom line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;scrpage2&lt;/code&gt; comes with a sophisticated interface to specify own styles, beginning with a simple &lt;code&gt;\deftripstyle&lt;/code&gt; taking 9 parameters complemented by an expert interface: &lt;code&gt;\defpagestyle&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\newpagestyle&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\renewpagestyle&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\providepagestyle&lt;/code&gt;, see documentation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To ease work with different styles &lt;code&gt;scrpage2&lt;/code&gt; reads and processes a file &lt;code&gt;scrpage.cfg&lt;/code&gt; where several styles for many projects might be defined.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, I would prefer scrpage2 if it's available. I'm sure it can replace fancyhdr. The latter package might be preferred if the requirements aren't too sophisticated and quick learning is expected.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-06T23:12:09.110" LastActivityDate="2010-08-06T23:12:09.110" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1251" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1252" CreationDate="2010-08-06T23:37:38.197" Score="4" ViewCount="190" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm getting married this coming winter, and it's about time to think about wedding invitations. Are their any document classes or packages suitable for this purpose?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="52" LastActivityDate="2010-08-07T00:05:25.593" Title="Are there any packages suited for making wedding invitations?" Tags="&lt;documentclass&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1252" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1251" CreationDate="2010-08-07T00:05:25.593" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There's &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/gcard&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;gcard&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, intended for typesetting greeting cards with front and back cover and inside left and right page. All is arranged on a sheet to be folded.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href=&quot;http://texcatalogue.sarovar.org/bytopic.html#leaflets&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Creating Leaflets and Greeting Cards&lt;/a&gt; in the TeX Catalogue.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-07T00:05:25.593" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1253" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1223" CreationDate="2010-08-07T02:21:47.027" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Lets call such a macro mathsettoheight. I'll keep things simple and define only mathsettoheight (and not mathsettowidth and mathsettodepth).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;IIUC, you want this macro to behave like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\mathsettoheight{\dimen}{content}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First, lets consider a simplified version of \settoheight&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\settoheight#1#2%&#xA;  {\setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{{#2}}%&#xA;   #1=\ht\@temboxa&#xA;   \setbox\@temboxa\box\voidb@x}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The only change that we need to do in \mathsettoheight is to set the box correctly. Instead of &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\hbox{#2}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\hbox{$\mathpalette{}{#2}$}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;\mathpalette is a shortcut used for convenience and is usually defined by all macro packages (plain TeX, LaTeX, ConTeXt) as &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\mathpalette#1#2{%&#xA;  \mathchoice&#xA;    {#1\displaystyle{#2}}%&#xA;    {#1\textstyle{#2}}%&#xA;    {#1\scriptstyle{#2}}%&#xA;    {#1\scriptscriptstyle{#2}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A minor improvement is to use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\hbox{$\m@th\mathpalette{}{#2}$}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where \m@th sets the math surround to zero (useful if you are interested in the width of the content).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And thats it. The complete definition with you example is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{amsart}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;&#xA;\def\mathsettoheight#1#2%&#xA;  {\setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{{#2}}%&#xA;   #1=\ht\@temboxa&#xA;   \setbox\@temboxa\box\voidb@x}&#xA;&#xA;\def\mathsettoheight#1#2%&#xA;  {\setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{$\m@th\mathpalette{}{#2}$}%&#xA;   #1=\ht\@tempboxa&#xA;   \setbox\@tempboxa\box\voidb@x}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;% Test case&#xA;&#xA;\newlength\mathheight&#xA;\newcommand*\intheight{%&#xA;  \mathsettoheight{\mathheight}{\int}&#xA;  \the\mathheight&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;$\intheight$&#xA;&#xA;\begin{align}&#xA;\text{displaystyle}&amp;amp;={\displaystyle\text{\intheight}}\\&#xA; \text{textstyle}&amp;amp;={\textstyle\text{\intheight}} \\&#xA; \text{scriptstyle}&amp;amp;={\scriptstyle\text{\intheight}} \\&#xA; \text{scriptscriptstyle}&amp;amp;={\scriptscriptstyle\text{\intheight}} &#xA;\end{align}&#xA;&#xA;{\obeylines&#xA; \text{displaystyle}= $\displaystyle\text{\intheight}$\\&#xA; \text{textstyle}=$\textstyle\text{\intheight}$ \\&#xA; \text{scriptstyle}=$\scriptstyle\text{\intheight}$ \\&#xA; \text{scriptscriptstyle}=$\scriptscriptstyle\text{\intheight}$ &#xA;\endgraf}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2010-08-07T02:21:47.027" />
  <row Id="1254" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1271" CreationDate="2010-08-07T03:01:49.553" Score="3" ViewCount="214" Body="&lt;p&gt;I suppose this is a simple matter, but I'm still finding my way around where to put things in LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like to right-align (i.e. flush to right) the contents of an article's title page. By default it's centered. My preamble (leaving out other stuff) is basic:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt,titlepage]{article}&#xA;\title{My Title}&#xA;\author{This is me}&#xA;\date{Aug 2010}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I read in the LaTeX wikibook (wonderful resource) that one way to do that is to create a custom title within&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{titlepage} ... &#xA;\begin{flushright}&#xA;% title elements here&#xA;\end{flushright}&#xA;\end{titlepage}. &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But this is a heavy-handed solution and I hope there is a simpler way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="564" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-04T17:36:04.490" LastActivityDate="2010-09-04T17:36:04.490" Title="How to right-align a title (without creating a complete custom title page)?" Tags="&lt;titlepage&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1255" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1258" CreationDate="2010-08-07T04:32:03.307" Score="4" ViewCount="98" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1254/how-to-right-align-a-title-without-creating-a-complete-custom-title-page&quot;&gt;This question&lt;/a&gt; asks how to align titlepage elements to the right. I was trying out a possible an answer to it when to my surprise, my solution &lt;em&gt;almost&lt;/em&gt; worked. (I was expecting success or abject failure.) The code&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;document\documentclass[notitlepage]{article}&#xA;\title{\hfill{}Title}&#xA;\author{\hfill{}Author}&#xA;\date{\hfill{}Date}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;    \maketitle&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;sets the title and date flush right as I'd hoped. However, 'Author' is set centred, as though I'd not put in the &lt;code&gt;\hfill&lt;/code&gt; at all. This surprised me---I'd have expected my idea to work for all three fields of the title page or none. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why does &lt;code&gt;\author&lt;/code&gt; behave differently in conjunction with &lt;code&gt;\hfill&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;\maketitle&lt;/code&gt; than do &lt;code&gt;\title&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\date&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="93" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-07T17:05:41.227" LastActivityDate="2010-09-07T17:05:41.227" Title="Why does \author respond differently to \hfill than do \date and \title in \maketitle?" Tags="&lt;maketitle&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="1257" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1254" CreationDate="2010-08-07T04:51:46.607" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I’m not sure this is really “easier”, but how about something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{titling}&#xA;\pretitle{\begin{flushright}\LARGE}&#xA;\posttitle{\par\end{flushright}\vskip 0.5em}&#xA;\preauthor{\begin{flushright}\large \lineskip 0.5em}&#xA;\postauthor{\par\end{flushright}}&#xA;\predate{\begin{flushright}\large}&#xA;\postdate{\par\end{flushright}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;along with the regular \maketitle command?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/titling&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;titling package&lt;/a&gt; documentation for more info.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Otherwise you’ll need to switch to a class that has its own mechanism for this, like memoir or KOMA script article.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-08-07T04:51:46.607" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1258" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1255" CreationDate="2010-08-07T04:58:21.153" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The default \maketitle command puts the author field inside a centered tabular environment, but not the title or date. Don’t ask me why. You can customize the command with the titling package. See &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1254/how-to-right-align-a-title-without-creating-a-complete-custom-title-page&quot;&gt;this thread&lt;/a&gt; for info on using it to right-align a title.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-08-07T04:58:21.153" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="1260" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1267" CreationDate="2010-08-07T07:47:23.317" Score="6" ViewCount="494" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have an ellipse in a TikZ diagram and I would like to indicate a direction using an arrow head, but do not wish to draw the path leading up to the arrow head.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I currently have&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\draw[-&amp;gt;] (0,2) arc (90:45:1 and 2);&#xA;\draw (0,0) ellipse (1 and 2);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but I'd like the arc leading up to the arrow to be invisible (so it is not redrawing over the ellipse), so that it's just the head showing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is the best way to achieve this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="136" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-20T16:49:20.803" LastActivityDate="2010-12-20T16:49:20.803" Title="Drawing arrow heads without the tails in TikZ?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;diagrams&gt;&lt;arrows&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="1261" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1223" CreationDate="2010-08-07T08:00:55.973" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This answer will only apply to LuaTeX and LuaLaTeX, but your question was quite general, so ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The luatex engine defines a primitive that allows you to query the current math style. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This primitive is called \mathstyle, and when the value is queried (after \ifnum, for example) it returns a number between -1 (not in math mode), 0 (display style), and 7 (cramped scriptscript style).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Luatex also defines four new primitives with \cramped.. prefix: \crampeddisplaystyle, \crampedtextstyle, \crampedscriptstyle, \crampedscriptscriptstyle. These are like their&#xA;non-prefixed cousins (\displaystyle ... \scriptscriptstyle) except that they explicitly switch to one of the 'cramped' math styles.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, there is the new primitive \Ustack, that is to be used as a prefix for \over.. and \atop.. constructs (which is what commands like \frac and \binom eventually expand into), like so&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\Ustack {a \over b}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you do not do this, \mathstyle will return the wrong value in the initial part of {... \over ...}, as explained by Aditya.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All combined together, these primitives allow code like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ifnum\mathstyle=\textstyle&#xA;   \message{normal text style}&#xA;\else \ifnum\mathstyle=\crampedtextstyle&#xA;   \message{cramped text style}&#xA;\fi \fi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\cramped#1% switch the argument to a cramped math style&#xA;  {{\ifcase\mathstyle&#xA;    \crampeddisplaystyle      \or \or % 0 -&amp;gt; 1&#xA;    \crampedtextstyle         \or \or % 2 -&amp;gt; 3&#xA;    \crampedscriptstyle       \or \or % 4 -&amp;gt; 5&#xA;    \crampedscriptscriptstyle \fi     % 6 -&amp;gt; 7&#xA;    #1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and even allow you to define a version of \mathchoice that does not typeset everything four times:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\mathchoice#1#2#3#4%&#xA;  {{\ifcase\mathstyle&#xA;    #1\or #1\or&#xA;    #2\or #2\or&#xA;    #3\or #2\or&#xA;    #4\or #4\else #2\fi}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All this can currently only be used if your underlying engine is luatex, but it is hoped that this extension will eventually become supported by xetex as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-08-07T08:00:55.973" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1262" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="553" CreationDate="2010-08-07T09:00:19.460" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a whole slew of commands that that provide a nice short hand for standard idioms of mine. (and which if I ever share tex source would make someone grumpy if i made it a package)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So the meta habit is: whatever personal short hands you think would be nice, have them defined at the top of your template file!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="316" LastActivityDate="2010-08-07T09:00:19.460" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-07T09:00:19.460" />
  <row Id="1263" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1260" CreationDate="2010-08-07T09:42:06.443" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Any easy to type but slightly hackish solution is to use a very small path for the arrow:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \draw (0,0) ellipse (1 and 2);&#xA;    \draw[-&amp;gt;] (0,0) ++ (45:1 and 2) arc (45:44.9:1 and 2);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To get a flexible &quot;clean&quot; solution one can use markings:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usetikzlibrary{decorations.markings}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \draw (0,0) ellipse (1 and 2);&#xA;    \draw[decoration={markings,mark=at position 1 with {\arrow{&amp;gt;}}},decorate]&#xA;        (0,2) arc (90:45:1 and 2);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The marking can also be directly applied to the ellipse (which is drawn counterclockwise from 0 degrees):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \draw [decoration={markings,mark=at position 1/8 with {\arrowreversed{&amp;gt;}}},postaction={decorate}] &#xA;        (0,0) ellipse (1 and 2);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See Section 27.6 of the TikZ manual for the general syntax of the &lt;code&gt;mark&lt;/code&gt; option.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-07T10:17:56.257" LastActivityDate="2010-08-07T10:17:56.257" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1264" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1270" CreationDate="2010-08-07T09:45:50.280" Score="12" ViewCount="768" Body="&lt;p&gt;The ratio of markup to content in a beamer presentation is fairly high relative to a standard LaTeX document. What strategies do you use for speeding up the task of typing and editing beamer presentations?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="151" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-17T09:08:25.470" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T20:51:37.777" Title="Typing and editing Beamer presentations" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;editors&gt;&lt;presentations&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="5" />
  <row Id="1265" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1244" CreationDate="2010-08-07T09:59:09.473" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is possible to do this without any post processing except concatenation of the .idx&#xA;files for the generation of the master index, but it needs a bit of macro juggling. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The trick is that in the separate documents, you have to make some low-level changes to the \index command so that it includes what makeindex calls 'encapsulation'. You can do this by adding a | symbol followed by a macro name (without preceding backslash). Then you can give the \jobname as an argument to that macro name, like so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{makeidx}&#xA;\makeindex&#xA;\let\LATEXindex\index % save old definition to prevent recursion&#xA;\renewcommand\index[1]{\LATEXindex{#1|docname{\jobname}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This will create .idx entries that look like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\indexentry{alpha|docname{testdoc}}{1}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which, after running makeindex, is converted into the following .ind entry:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\item alpha, \docname{testdoc}{1}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, back in the separate documents, you have to add a definition for the \docname&#xA;macro, for example like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\docname[2]{#2}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After that, the separate documents should compile as before, except for any index entries that already used encapsulation (you will have to fix those manually).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now for the global index creation all you have to do is concatenate all the separate .idx files into a single file, run makeindex on the result, and use an input file like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{makeidx}&#xA;\newcommand\docname[2]{#1: #2}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\printindex&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Be careful: this document should not contain a \makeindex command itself, or at least&#xA;you should never run 'makeindex' for this file, as that will overwrite the combined .ind file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-08-07T09:59:09.473" />
  <row Id="1266" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-07T10:10:10.227" Score="4" ViewCount="164" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to define a &lt;code&gt;verbatim{}&lt;/code&gt; command  that I could use instead of the environment? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{verbatim}&#xA;\end{verbatim}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="617" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-07T15:18:44.767" LastActivityDate="2010-08-07T15:18:44.767" Title="is it possible to define a verbatim{} command?" Tags="&lt;verbatim&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="1267" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1260" CreationDate="2010-08-07T10:13:35.543" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use path decorations:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{decorations.markings}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[decoration={&#xA;  markings,&#xA;  mark=at position 0.2 with {\arrow{&amp;lt;}}}&#xA;]&#xA;  \draw[postaction={decorate}] (0,0) ellipse (1 and 2);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="565" LastActivityDate="2010-08-07T10:13:35.543" />
  <row Id="1268" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1266" CreationDate="2010-08-07T10:17:02.590" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Why not use \verb?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA; Foo \verb|\bar| baz&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="565" LastActivityDate="2010-08-07T10:17:02.590" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1269" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1229" CreationDate="2010-08-07T10:18:24.600" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the context of this Pete Sefton's &lt;a href=&quot;http://ptsefton.com/2010/08/07/the-next-wave-in-scholarly-word-processors.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;response&lt;/a&gt; to my original post is very interesting as well describing a Java plugin to really make the web properly editable. Slightly different direction again but worth considering.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="619" LastActivityDate="2010-08-07T10:18:24.600" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1270" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1264" CreationDate="2010-08-07T10:20:55.487" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;These are some of the things I do&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Have &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/605/what-is-the-deal-about-these-semantic-vs-syntactic-commands&quot;&gt;semantic&lt;/a&gt; markup for typing equations. It probably depends on your field, or the target audience, but on some of my slides about half of the content is equations. Defining macros that explain the meaning rather than the syntax of my math formulas helps to keep the source readable and often also concise. (And this is not only true for slides but for any kind of document!)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Use the &lt;code&gt;itemize&lt;/code&gt; and &quot;block environments&quot; for pretty much all the text I need. You don't really need any bloat of markup for these.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Don't abuse overlays. Probably most of the code and &quot;hacks&quot; you find in the sources of a beamer presentation are because of this. I tend to use overlays only sporadically, perhaps twice, definitely not more than five times in the whole presentation. Some advice I once overheard about making slides: &quot;Don't play striptease with your audience.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Code for TikZ figures go outside in their own &lt;code&gt;picture.tex&lt;/code&gt; which is then &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt;-ed at the appropriate place.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;And define macros. For the ocasional times when I need to do some &quot;hack&quot; that will be needed in many places all over the presentation (for example once I wanted to have some particular formulas display with some color and framed by a box) I would define, of course, a macro just once to do the dirty work, and then use the macro everywhere I need in the slides.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-08-07T10:20:55.487" />
  <row Id="1271" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1254" CreationDate="2010-08-07T10:23:55.187" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A dirty solution would be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begingroup&#xA;\let\center\flushright&#xA;\let\endcenter\endflushright&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then it would be right aligned, the author, as it is in a table, not quite. Here you can just define the author like this: &lt;code&gt;\author{This is me\hspace*{-\tabcolsep}}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I personally would use the &lt;code&gt;titling&lt;/code&gt; package, as frabjous already suggested.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="353" LastActivityDate="2010-08-07T10:23:55.187" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1272" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1266" CreationDate="2010-08-07T11:10:02.943" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you need further functionality, have a look at the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/fancyvrb&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;fancyvrb&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package, it provides further environments and commands for flexible handling of verbatim text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-07T11:10:02.943" />
  <row Id="1273" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1274" CreationDate="2010-08-07T11:16:46.617" Score="5" ViewCount="85" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to load some package from a .sty file only if some option is selected?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Naive approach &lt;code&gt;\DeclareOption{something}{\RequirePackage{something}}&lt;/code&gt; doesn't work.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="85" LastActivityDate="2010-08-07T11:45:56.553" Title="Loading a package conditionally" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="1274" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1273" CreationDate="2010-08-07T11:45:56.553" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;\if...&lt;/code&gt; switches, I do something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newif\if@loadsomething\@loadsomethingfalse&#xA;\DeclareOption{something}{\@loadsomethingtrue}&#xA;...&#xA;\ProcessOptions\relax&#xA;&#xA;\if@loadsomething&#xA;  \RequirePackage{something}&#xA;\fi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I haven't myself completely figured out how the &quot;options&quot; mechanism works, or why your example doesn't, but I guess it has to do with the precise moment when the options are being executed and the state of TeX's context when that happens.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-08-07T11:45:56.553" />
  <row Id="1275" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1264" CreationDate="2010-08-07T11:48:21.667" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Speed up typing using an editor with auto-completion and templates for environments.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Perhaps additionally use a utility like &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.autohotkey.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;AutoHotkey&lt;/a&gt;. This is a free and Open Source hotkey utility for Windows. Just define a key combination for&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;frame environments&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;itemize environments, perhaps with already some empty items inside&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;enumerate environments&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;various block environments, columns, math, ...&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Extend the auto-completion of the editor by typical beamer commands and environments, especially long words like &lt;code&gt;beamerboxesrounded&lt;/code&gt; etc.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If you expect you'll create several similar similar presentations, create a folder or project containing a presentation template containing preamble and dummy frames.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Put settings of your preamble into a file and reuse it. You could &quot;install&quot; that file in your TEXMFHOME directory, available for all your presentations. If you decide to change your style, all previously created presentations could benefit.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-07T11:48:21.667" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1276" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1316" CreationDate="2010-08-07T11:52:44.577" Score="3" ViewCount="195" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the following example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{memoir}&#xA;\usepackage{cleveref}&#xA;\newsubfloat{figure}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{Example}&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;  \centering&#xA;  \subtop[apple]{fig 100a\label{fig:100a}}\\&#xA;  \subtop[orange]{fig 100b\label{fig:100b}}&#xA;  \caption{Can you handle subfigures?}&#xA;  \label{fig:100}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\cref{fig:100a} and \namecref{fig:100b}.&#xA;\Cref{fig:100}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Both &lt;code&gt;\cref{fig:100a}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\namecref{fig:100b}&lt;/code&gt; produce ??&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The versions of packages used are: cleveref.sty 0.17.2 and memoir.cls v3.6.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="337" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-10T16:20:24.493" LastActivityDate="2010-12-10T16:20:24.493" Title="How to make sub figure referencing work in memoir + cleveref?" Tags="&lt;memoir&gt;&lt;subfloats&gt;&lt;cleveref&gt;&lt;cross-referencing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="1277" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1266" CreationDate="2010-08-07T14:11:06.527" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As Stefan has said, &lt;code&gt;fancyvrb&lt;/code&gt; is usually the way to go. However, it’s not straightforward to use in an environment since the relevant macro is undocumented&lt;sup&gt;1)&lt;/sup&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here’s a minimal working example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{fancyvrb}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{codeframe}[1]&#xA;  {&#xA;    % First, we tell fancyvrb that we're inside a verbatim environment.&#xA;    \VerbatimEnvironment&#xA;    \textbf{Source code ``#1'':}\\&#xA;    % Now we start the actual environment:&#xA;    \begin{Verbatim}[frame=single]%&#xA;  }&#xA;  {\end{Verbatim}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{codeframe}{example}&#xA;  this-&amp;gt;is(a[source]).code();&#xA;\end{codeframe}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The comment &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt; right behind the &lt;code&gt;\begin{Verbatim}…&lt;/code&gt; is important – otherwise, the compiler will complain with horrible, undecipherable error messages. The same will happen for any other error you make, so be careful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\VerbatimEnvironment&lt;/code&gt; command is equally crucial, and undocumented.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;1)&lt;/sup&gt; For simple cases, using the (documented) &lt;code&gt;\DefineVerbatimEnvironment&lt;/code&gt; may be enough, but the above example cannot be written with it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2010-08-07T14:11:06.527" />
  <row Id="1278" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1309" CreationDate="2010-08-07T14:28:39.860" Score="4" ViewCount="501" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've just noticed that (most likely caused by upgrading to opensuse 11.3 with TexLive 2009) whenever I try to \includegraphics{filename.eps} an eps file, I get the error: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Unable to load picture or PDF file&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So documents that built fine now do not build anymore. I use XeLaTeX, and using eps used to work just fine without any special setup (that I can recall). I quickly tried including the epstopdf package and dropping the eps extensions, but I think this is for (pdf)latex only, not xelatex.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My xelatex version is: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;This is XeTeX, Version 3.1415926-2.2-0.9995.2 (TeX Live 2009/openSUSE)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd like to be able to build my old documents again whilst having to do as little change as possible... I tried using &lt;code&gt;epstopdf&lt;/code&gt; to convert my eps into pdf and then include the pdf. That works, but I'd prefer not having to convert all my eps and references to them if possible at all. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks for any suggestions&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt; not working on my Fedora13 system anymore either that uses version&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;2.2-0.996 (Web2C 7.5.6)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,10pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8x]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\includegraphics[width=225pt,height=81pt]{magic2.eps}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or bundled with an eps file &lt;a href=&quot;http://bschwehn.de/temp/epstest.tar.gz&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="322" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-08T10:10:18.693" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T12:55:06.280" Title="can't \includegraphics eps files anymore with xelatex (used to work fine)" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;texlive&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1279" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1310" CreationDate="2010-08-07T14:51:50.050" Score="10" ViewCount="490" Body="&lt;p&gt;I’m a big fan of ampersands (possibly too much …) and I’d like to replace all mentions of “&lt;em&gt;et al.&lt;/em&gt;” (included in citations) by &lt;code&gt;\&amp;amp; al.&lt;/code&gt; – both &lt;em&gt;in the main text&lt;/em&gt; (I use natbib citations of the form &lt;code&gt;[Author1 et al., 1999]&lt;/code&gt;), &lt;em&gt;and in the actual bibliography&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I do that, considering that BiBTeX is inserting the words for me, and I have no control over the text?&#xA;Preferably, I’d like to do this &lt;em&gt;without&lt;/em&gt; creating my own bibliography style sheet (since I want to make this work regardless of the actual BiBTeX style that is used), but if anyone can tell me how I need to edit the style sheet file, that would be fine as well&#xA;(&lt;code&gt;makebst&lt;/code&gt; doesn’t seem to offer an option for this …).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-25T06:53:27.933" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T06:53:27.933" Title="Replace `et al.` with `\&amp; al.`" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;ampersand&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="11" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="1280" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1264" CreationDate="2010-08-07T15:18:08.493" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You've got some good answers already. Here's my 2c.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As the question says, the markup to content ratio is way higher is a beamer presentation than a &quot;regular&quot; document, and that cannot be avoided. Attending to the difference is the medium (page vs. screen) makes it inevitable that many choices that are better left to a TeX engine for printed content must be made by the user for the screen.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That said, the more markup, the more likely you've got a presentation using bells, whistles, and gongs in place of content. Much use of markup past frames and lists is definitely a smell for me that I need to focus on the content, not on the wizz bang of its display. Having sat through a few (a few, but enough) presentations from the land of Power Point, it seems obvious to be that a glitter or wipe slide transition doesn't stand a chance of hiding the ugly fact that the content is poor. The more &quot;cuteness&quot; on the screen, the harder it is to focus on the content, and, typically, the less content there is to focus upon.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, if you are finding your beamer presentation onerous to code, your audience is likely to find it onerous to sit through. Be minimal and be clear.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="93" LastActivityDate="2010-08-07T15:18:08.493" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1281" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1289" CreationDate="2010-08-07T15:38:45.190" Score="2" ViewCount="102" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to find out (from Tex) the page number corresponding to a particular location in the source file? Using a macro in the file at that location is fine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My motivation is that I'd like to (eventually) get a system working for partial compilation for Beamer presentations. Since I typically only change one or two frames between compilations, it's pretty inefficient that the entire document is recompiled every time (modulo tricks like conditional compilation, which help a bit). If I know which pages correspond to each frame, it should be possible to splice together an older compiled version with the new content.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: Sorry, I should have been more specific. I don't want any output in the pdf, rather I want to get it some other way (through a log file probably) so that I can access it from an external program.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="490" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-07T17:55:12.837" LastActivityDate="2010-08-07T20:13:48.533" Title="Mapping source code to page numbers in output" Tags="&lt;compiling&gt;&lt;logging&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1282" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1312" CreationDate="2010-08-07T15:49:44.997" Score="9" ViewCount="694" Body="&lt;p&gt;I usually create figures for my articles in Matlab: various plots of numerical and analytical solutions. One thing that I don't like about it is that the font is different in the figure and in the resulting paper. Another thing is that it is a pain to put nicely typeset math into the figure directly. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My solution: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/psfrag.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;psfrag&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;psfrag allows text in a postscript file to be replaced by latex so I would put a label AA (for example) where I want it in the figure, and then in latex write \psfrag{AA}{$my formula$}. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This isn't such a great solution because it depends on &lt;code&gt;psfrag&lt;/code&gt; (and journals do not like that), so I use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/fragmaster/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;fragmaster.pl&lt;/a&gt; which creates the modified pdf and eps files locally from the master file and an auxiliary file with the \psfrag commands...I then &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt; these generated files in my article.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This solution is a &lt;em&gt;little&lt;/em&gt; roundabout, and so I'll repeat my question from the title:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;What is your complete solution for generating nice figures using an external program (for example Matlab)? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Added Later:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After several answers were posted I noticed that none specifically addressed the issue of journals. Several times I've had editors come back to me saying something to the effect of &quot;we'd like to publish your paper, please make sure that the figures you give us are in final form and no changes happen to them during typesetting&quot;... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If would be so kind (and if you know the answer) please modify your answer to include information relating to how journals like your solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-24T00:12:10.373" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T00:12:10.373" Title="What do people use for modifying figures?" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;psfrag&gt;&lt;matlab&gt;" AnswerCount="8" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="5" />
  <row Id="1283" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1279" CreationDate="2010-08-07T16:08:01.330" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;What type of citation style are you using, i.e. author name and year or numbers?  If you are using numbered citations then you only need to make changes to the actual bibliography listing and the following method should work:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Wait until the very end once you are sure that you don't need to run bibtex again, i.e. when there are no further modifications to the .bib file needed and all the citations are in place in the .tex file. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Do the usual latex-&gt;bibtex-&gt;latex dance one last time just to be sure.  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Open the .bbl file in an editor and do a search and replace on &quot;et al.&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, next time you run latex your bibliography will have your replacements in it.  Be aware that running bibtex again by accident will overwrite the .bbl file, so you might want to keep a copy of it in another directory just in case.  Alternatively, you can just remove the bibliography commands from your .tex file and copy and paste the contents of the .bbl file in its place to have an old fashioned non-bibtex bibliography.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;BTW, editing the .bbl file like this can be a good way to correct minor annoyances in the way bibtex works without writing your own stylesheet, but if you find yourself doing it a lot then it is probably time to bite the bullet and write one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are using author and date style citations then I don't know how to change the &quot;et al.&quot;s appearing in the main document itself without going in to the style file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="376" LastActivityDate="2010-08-07T16:08:01.330" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1284" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1282" CreationDate="2010-08-07T16:27:43.553" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have two solutions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Some packages, like xfig, allow you to put labels on your figures using LaTeX fonts so it doesn't look too bad.  This has the disadvantage that the font size changes when you scale the image, which can mean that you have to do it several times to do it right.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Convert the output of your external program into an .eps or .pdf file without any labelling.  Then use the picture environment to place the labels on the figure.  This looks something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}&#xA;  \begin{picture}(100,100)&#xA;    \put(0,0){\includegraphics[scale = 0.7]{myfigure.eps}}&#xA;    \put(20,30){My $x$ axis label}&#xA;    \put(50,40){Some other label $E = mc^2$}&#xA;  \end{picture}&#xA;  \caption{The Pope is Catholic}    &#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This has the advantage that it is easy to change the labeling, but of course one has to experiment a bit to get the placement right.  I've never had any problems with journals objecting to this usage of the picture environment (although some don't want you to use it to actually draw pictures as they prefer to have the figures in separate files).  If they do object then you can always just make a small LaTeX document with just the picture in it and convert the output to .eps or .pdf.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="376" LastActivityDate="2010-08-07T16:27:43.553" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1285" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1281" CreationDate="2010-08-07T16:28:15.457" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This\label{this} is on page~\pageref{this} (needs multiple compiling)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastActivityDate="2010-08-07T16:28:15.457" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1286" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1282" CreationDate="2010-08-07T16:44:52.957" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use TikZ ;-) Okay, I know that's dodging the question a bit, but I create essentially all the graphics for my documents in TikZ these days, including simple function plots. Elementary functions can be directly plotted by the &lt;code&gt;\plot&lt;/code&gt; command in TikZ, and if that doesn't work, TikZ is able to generate a plot using data in an external text file, so you can export the raw numeric data from Matlab and create the plot in TikZ.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For more complicated things like 2D shadings and 3D plots, I've done something like exporting to PStricks and manually editing the output to replace the labels generated by the program with LaTeX labels. For programs that don't have a PStricks exporter (which I think might include Matlab), I can usually export my graphics as SVG (or PS) files, import them into Inkscape, and from there export as PStricks - although I've recently discovered that there is a plugin for Inkscape that can export directly to TikZ, which should make things easier. (At least easier to modify the generated LaTeX source)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="125" LastActivityDate="2010-08-07T16:44:52.957" />
  <row Id="1287" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1288" CreationDate="2010-08-07T17:00:49.177" Score="8" ViewCount="274" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to use LaTeX to typeset a collection of short stories.  I need something that lets each chapter have its own author or authors, with the author name(s) listed along with the chapter title, in the table of contents, and possibly also in running heads (I haven't decided yet how fancy I want to make the running heads).  I'm not having any luck finding something that does this in CTAN, can anyone recommend anything?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="514" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-05T14:47:53.473" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T14:47:53.473" Title="Author(s) per chapter - short story collection" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;memoir&gt;&lt;chapters&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="1288" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1287" CreationDate="2010-08-07T17:49:36.603" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Possibly (I haven't tried it myself) you can use memoir and &lt;code&gt;\chapterprecis&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From 6.5.8 of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/ctan/macros/latex/contrib/memoir/memman.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;memoir manual&lt;/a&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The command &lt;code&gt;\chapterprecis&lt;/code&gt; prints its&#xA;  argument both at the point in the&#xA;  document where it is called, and also&#xA;  adds it to the .toc ﬁle. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;...&#xA;\chapter{}% first chapter&#xA;\chapterprecis{Our hero is introduced; family tree; early days.}&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\chapterprecishere{&amp;lt;text&amp;gt;}&#xA;\chapterprecistoc{&amp;lt;text&amp;gt;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\chapterprecis&lt;/code&gt; command calls these two&#xA;  commands to print the &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;text&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; in the&#xA;  document (the &lt;code&gt;\chapterprecishere&lt;/code&gt;&#xA;  command) and to put it into the ToC&#xA;  (the &lt;code&gt;\chapterprecistoc&lt;/code&gt; command). These&#xA;  can be used individually if required.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It also has commands to alter the font and style used for &lt;code&gt;\chapterprecis&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="322" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-05T14:47:23.523" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T14:47:23.523" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="1289" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1281" CreationDate="2010-08-07T17:53:39.547" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;\typeout{Some identifier of your choice \thepage}&lt;/code&gt;. This will make the typed out message appear in the console output and the &lt;code&gt;.log&lt;/code&gt; file.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="93" LastActivityDate="2010-08-07T17:53:39.547" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1290" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1292" CreationDate="2010-08-07T18:00:31.297" Score="8" ViewCount="164" Body="&lt;p&gt;Most examples I've seen are like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}{@{}l r r@{}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;that is, with one &lt;code&gt;@{}&lt;/code&gt; to the left of first column specifier and another &lt;code&gt;@{}&lt;/code&gt; to the right of the last column specifier.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Yet the &quot;Not So Short Guide to LaTex&quot; says this construct suppresses the &lt;em&gt;leading&lt;/em&gt; space. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm a bit confused. Which of the following interpretations are correct?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;@{}&lt;/code&gt; suppresses the space on the side of the column specifier where it is placed (i.e. placed to the left of the specifier it suppresses the leading space and, conversely, placed to the right it suppresses the trailing space)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;only &lt;code&gt;@{}&lt;/code&gt; should be placed to the left of the first column and/or to the right of the last column, but not in between.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;neither of the above.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately I'm not at a computer with LaTeX at this very moment so I cannot try it instead of asking.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks a lot.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="564" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-10T18:38:29.747" LastActivityDate="2011-01-10T18:38:29.747" Title="clarification on the use of @{} with table headings?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;spacing&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1291" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1293" CreationDate="2010-08-07T18:03:52.527" Score="8" ViewCount="350" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have the following Latex-Document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,11pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8x]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[ngerman]{babel}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;&#xA;%opening&#xA;\title{Sample}&#xA;\author{Litb}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;&#xA;\begin{abstract}&#xA; This is a report about my praxisphase at the company foo bar which i enjoyed.&#xA;\end{abstract}&#xA;&#xA;\section{}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Much to my frustration, translating this to PDF using &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt;, this creates a document with Bitmap-Fonts. The reader's font-list shows it uses Type3 fonts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I remove the &lt;code&gt;fontenc&lt;/code&gt; loading, then i get a PDF using vector-fonts, but i heard that I should keep it, for having native German Umlauts working. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anyone know how i can get vector fonts with T1, and why it keeps using bitmap fonts if i have that package-load line in it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="580" LastActivityDate="2010-08-08T14:59:03.223" Title="Why are Bitmap-Fonts used automatically?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;fontenc&gt;" AnswerCount="4" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="1292" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1290" CreationDate="2010-08-07T18:05:18.887" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;@{}&lt;/code&gt;suppresses the space between columns, that means after the preceding column and before the next. This way it affects also the space before the first column and after the last, if positioned there.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-07T18:05:18.887" />
  <row Id="1293" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1291" CreationDate="2010-08-07T18:06:49.400" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The standard Computer Modern fonts are in OT1 encoding. Install the package &lt;code&gt;cm-super&lt;/code&gt; to get Computer Modern fonts with T1 support.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There's no change in your document needed. Just install &lt;code&gt;cm-super&lt;/code&gt; using the MiKTeX Package Manager or the TeX Live Manager and recompile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-07T18:06:49.400" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="1294" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1282" CreationDate="2010-08-07T18:16:46.950" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/overpic.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;overpic&lt;/code&gt; package&lt;/a&gt;, which essentially combines the abilities of the &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt; command and the &lt;code&gt;picture&lt;/code&gt; environment.  It is used very similarly to the &lt;code&gt;picture&lt;/code&gt; environment to place arrows, text, math, circles, etc. as if you were drawing a figure manually in LaTeX, but it also accepts an image file as a parameter which it uses as the background on which to place these elements.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So what I do is generate my graphics externally (e.g. with Matlab or Mathematica) in such a way that they don't include any labels or text.  I then use those images as the background and place LaTeX-generated labels and other features on top of them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One particular advantage of this package is that with the &lt;code&gt;[grid]&lt;/code&gt; option specified it generates a numbered grid over the background image to help you figure out where to place your elements.  Once they're all in the right place, just remove the &lt;code&gt;[grid]&lt;/code&gt; option.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="32" LastActivityDate="2010-08-07T18:16:46.950" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1295" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1291" CreationDate="2010-08-07T18:17:49.603" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The default fonts for T1 are bitmaps, as has been mentioned, and the most straightforward solution is to use cm-super, like Stefan said.  Alternatively, you could use the Latin Modern fonts (package lmodern).  It is based on Computer Modern and supports a &lt;em&gt;lot&lt;/em&gt; of languages written in the Latin alphabet.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="170" LastActivityDate="2010-08-07T18:17:49.603" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1296" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1278" CreationDate="2010-08-07T18:35:01.317" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Convert the picture to PDF or PNG and remove the file name extension from the &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt; command, maybe that will work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2010-08-07T18:35:01.317" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1297" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1341" CreationDate="2010-08-07T18:46:25.523" Score="5" ViewCount="257" Body="&lt;p&gt;Like those contributing to the discussion of &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1291/why-are-bitmap-fonts-used-automatically&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt;, I have also found the automatic use of bitmap fonts very annoying as the output is really horrible. My question is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How to configure LaTeX as in TeX Live such that if T1 is used it uses lmodern by default and if lmodern isn't available don't try to generate bitmap fonts?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="337" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-07T19:16:55.897" LastActivityDate="2010-08-08T12:22:48.920" Title="Configure LaTeX in TeX Live to use lmodern for T1 by default?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;fontenc&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1298" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1300" CreationDate="2010-08-07T18:53:39.983" Score="4" ViewCount="128" Body="&lt;p&gt;I read in the documentation of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/booktabs.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;booktabs package&lt;/a&gt; that &lt;code&gt;\abovetopsep&lt;/code&gt; can be used to add some space between a table and its caption (instead of the lower-level &lt;code&gt;\vspace{}&lt;/code&gt;). However, the exact placement of that option is not clear (at least to me). Is it standalone? Is it an attribute of toprule? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After a few attempts, all failing with &quot;Missing number, treated as zero&quot; it's clear I don't know where to put it. I'm not going to list them as they are obviously incorrect.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="564" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-15T14:37:44.223" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T14:37:44.223" Title="How to use \abovetopsep (to add space between a table's caption and tabular part)?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;captions&gt;&lt;booktabs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1299" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="819" CreationDate="2010-08-07T18:54:09.220" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The simplest possible way is probably by using the plain TeX macro &lt;code&gt;\openup&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E.g. if you want double line spacing, add a single line-height to the line spacing (1em) using:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\openup 1em&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(don't use any braces around the argument, the macro takes its argument as if you had written \openup=1em, i.e. an assignment of a dimension).j&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Following that macro's invocation all lines will have a single line's height extra to separate them, later on you can revert this effect by giving the negative argument:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\openup -1em&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This macro works by increasing (&lt;code&gt;\advance&lt;/code&gt;) the three parameters (&lt;code&gt;\lineskip&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\baselineskip&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\lineskiplimit&lt;/code&gt;) that govern line spacing by the given amount.  It's defined in &lt;code&gt;plain.tex&lt;/code&gt; if you want to have a look at it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="313" LastActivityDate="2010-08-07T18:54:09.220" />
  <row Id="1300" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1298" CreationDate="2010-08-07T18:57:52.380" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\abovetopsep&lt;/code&gt; is a length macro. Use &lt;a href=&quot;http://texblog.net/help/latex/ltx-88.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setlength&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; to modify it, place that in your preamble. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setlength{\abovetopsep}{1ex}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This space would be added above the line made with &lt;code&gt;\toprule&lt;/code&gt;. If you specify the length in your preamble, no change within a table environment is required. Jut put the caption above, the space by &lt;code&gt;\abovetopsep&lt;/code&gt; will follow automatically, then comes the toprule. A &lt;code&gt;\midrule&lt;/code&gt;, also if placed at the top, would ignore this space.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-07T18:57:52.380" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1301" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1282" CreationDate="2010-08-07T18:59:10.427" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.math.uni-leipzig.de/~matveyev/lpic/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;lpic&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is a LaTeX package to put LaTeX on top of included graphics, thus allowing to add TeX annotations to imported graphics. It defines convenient interface to put TeX over included graphics and allows to draw white background under the typeset material to overshadow the graphics. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="630" LastActivityDate="2010-08-07T18:59:10.427" />
  <row Id="1302" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="633" CreationDate="2010-08-07T19:25:41.763" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I can recommend a program similar to Ktikz, &lt;a href=&quot;http://kde-apps.org/content/show.php?content=107098&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;CirKuit&lt;/a&gt;, which I've been using successfully for quite a while. It enables you to create not only TikZ pictures, but also circuit diagrams using the Circuit macros.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="125" LastActivityDate="2010-08-07T19:25:41.763" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1303" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1264" CreationDate="2010-08-07T19:35:36.360" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Emacs Org-Mode makes it possible to write Beamer presentations with almost no LaTeX markup.  You make a normal Org outline, then use the Beamer export for Org to create a tex file with the markup you want.  Of course, if you want to do more than the basics you'll eventually have to use some LaTeX, but even then Org makes it much easier.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's an &lt;a href=&quot;http://orgmode.org/worg/org-tutorials/org-beamer/tutorial.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;orgmode/Beamer tutorial&lt;/a&gt; and here's another &lt;a href=&quot;http://emacs-fu.blogspot.com/2009/10/writing-presentations-with-org-mode-and.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Org/Beamer tutorial&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The above should give a taste of how it works.  Reading about Orgmode may make it appear confusing and complicated, but it's one of those things that's much simpler (and amazing) once you start using it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would suggest checking this out even if you're an Emacs-hater.  I don't care much for &#xA;Emacs, much prefer Vim, but Orgmode really transforms Emacs into a killer application for certain uses.  Besides having a great export to Beamer, Orgmode also can export an article-type outline into LaTeX, complete with sections and more, while having virtually no LaTeX markup in your original file.  You can choose &quot;Export to LaTeX and view PDF&quot; in a single step.  Very slick.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="631" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-17T15:37:42.550" LastActivityDate="2010-08-17T15:37:42.550" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1304" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1291" CreationDate="2010-08-07T19:36:46.700" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{ae,aecompl}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Both cm-super and lmodern used look worse than the real type 1 Computer Modern fonts (depending on your PDF viewer, zoom level, etc.). The &lt;code&gt;ae&lt;/code&gt; package is an ugly kludge, but at least it &lt;em&gt;looks&lt;/em&gt; ok, and you will get vectors instead of bitmaps. Copy-paste is another story...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="100" LastActivityDate="2010-08-07T19:36:46.700" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="1305" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1281" CreationDate="2010-08-07T20:13:48.533" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are packages that support that, for the purpose of forward searching: i.e. you click on  a source code location in your editor and you’re then taken to the corresponding location in the preview application. Both the editor and the preview application have to support this (but most do).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Long story short, forward search uses information in a separate file that is generated during compilation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, the &lt;a href=&quot;http://itexmac.sourceforge.net/pdfsync.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;code&gt;pdfsync&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package creates a file called &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;name&amp;gt;.pdfsync&lt;/code&gt;. You can use that file to get the information you need. I don’t know the format of that file but it shouldn’t be too hard to figure out, considering that the file format is described on the homepage.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An alternative (that seems to supersede &lt;code&gt;pdfsync&lt;/code&gt;) is the &lt;a href=&quot;http://mactex-wiki.tug.org/wiki/index.php?title=SyncTeX&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;code&gt;synctex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt; tool. It can be used directly from the command line, or activated from within LaTeX (on new distributions) by the command &lt;code&gt;\synctex=1&lt;/code&gt; (or via the command line switch &lt;code&gt;synctex=1&lt;/code&gt;). In that case, a file &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;name&amp;gt;.synctex.gz&lt;/code&gt; will be generated that contains a similar file as above, albeit gzipped.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2010-08-07T20:13:48.533" />
  <row Id="1306" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="341" CreationDate="2010-08-07T20:39:19.747" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I recently dicovered &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.brian-amberg.de/uni/poster/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;BaPoster&lt;/a&gt;. It is based on pgf so tikz related things will work fine. The macros are fairly easy to understand and Brain (the author) shows quite a lot of examples.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All I can say that I recently won the poster price at a conference with a baposter designed poster.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="632" LastActivityDate="2010-08-07T20:39:19.747" />
  <row Id="1307" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1317" CreationDate="2010-08-07T21:23:03.953" Score="7" ViewCount="616" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm no typography expert, but I heard that the bullets and numbers in itemize/enumerate environments are better placed outside of the main body of text, i.e. in the margin. How can I do that in LaTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And a bonus question, how can I do that in ConTeXt? :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT&lt;/strong&gt;:&#xA;One use is in this thesis: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.duo.uio.no/sok/work.html?WORKID=81971&amp;amp;lang=en&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.duo.uio.no/sok/work.html?WORKID=81971&amp;amp;lang=en&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;but I did not find any nested list there.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another case is this eBook: &lt;a href=&quot;http://designingfortheweb.co.uk/book/part3/part3_chapter13.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://designingfortheweb.co.uk/book/part3/part3_chapter13.php&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="628" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-31T16:50:03.223" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T16:50:03.223" Title="How to put bullets in the margin?" Tags="&lt;lists&gt;&lt;margins&gt;&lt;enumerate&gt;&lt;itemize&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1308" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1326" CreationDate="2010-08-07T21:31:11.720" Score="2" ViewCount="418" Body="&lt;p&gt;Do you know of any nice looking &lt;strong&gt;invoice&lt;/strong&gt; latex template/class. I would like to create a web invoice engine (maybe on top of the scribtex engine) that compiles for me an invoice using the latex engine (pdflatex) and some data filled by a web form. Before to begin the development I'm searching for an elegant or at least nice template for invoices.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Do you have any suggestion?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="633" LastActivityDate="2010-08-08T13:44:41.763" Title="Nice looking invoices in Latex" Tags="&lt;templates&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1309" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1278" CreationDate="2010-08-07T21:32:58.923" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think perhaps the information provided &lt;a href=&quot;http://osdir.com/ml/debian-bugs-dist/2010-01/msg00752.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; and discussed &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.latex-community.org/forum/viewtopic.php?f=45&amp;amp;t=8143&amp;amp;start=0&amp;amp;hilit=eps+xelatex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; may be relevant to your problem. Basically TeXlive 2009 (at least certain versions) shipped with the wrong version of a file (xetex.def); updating it may help. Or not. Good luck either way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-08-07T21:32:58.923" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1310" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1279" CreationDate="2010-08-07T21:37:35.240" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Editing the BST to make this kind of change is easy. Just search through the file and replace all instances of &quot;et al.&quot; with &quot;\&amp;amp; al.&quot; if that is your preference. In a few BSTs it may be entered differently, such as &quot;et~al.&quot; or similar, but this should be easy to figure out by looking in the generated BBL to find whatever form your particular BST is using.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-08-07T21:37:35.240" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1311" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1307" CreationDate="2010-08-07T21:52:43.730" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;you could use the enumitem package to adjust the leftmargin. &#xA;I have, however, never seem bullets in the margin.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{enumitem}&#xA;\usepackage[showframe]{geometry}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{itemize}[leftmargin=0ex]&#xA;    \item Some text in here&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="632" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-27T15:33:28.573" LastActivityDate="2010-09-27T15:33:28.573" />
  <row Id="1312" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1282" CreationDate="2010-08-07T22:25:54.133" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One solution is to export your graphics to a LaTeX-friendly format such as TikZ.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you use MATLAB, there is a project that aims to export MATLAB figures to TikZ code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://github.com/nicki/matlab2tikz&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://github.com/nicki/matlab2tikz&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are using &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.r-project.org&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;R&lt;/a&gt;, I am the co-author of a graphics device that produces TikZ code- it is available on &lt;a href=&quot;http://cran.r-project.org/web/packages/tikzDevice/index.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;CRAN&lt;/a&gt;.  Development releases may be downloaded from &lt;a href=&quot;https://r-forge.r-project.org/R/?group_id=440&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;R-Forge&lt;/a&gt; and bleeding-edge source code can be found on &lt;a href=&quot;http://github.com/Sharpie/RTikZDevice&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;GitHub&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.inkscape.org&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Inkscape&lt;/a&gt; can be used along with &lt;a href=&quot;http://code.google.com/p/inkscape2tikz/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;a plugin&lt;/a&gt; that exports to TikZ for general graphics conversion tasks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The advantage of exporting graphics to a format like TikZ is that there are no discontinuities in font usage or typesetting since LaTeX handles all the text.  In the case of the R graphics device the user is also allowed to use the full range of LaTeX commands and packages to typeset arbitrary mathematical notation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Response to Question Update&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One nice thing about TikZ is that graphics can be &lt;em&gt;externalized&lt;/em&gt;.  This means that the code used to create the graphic is separated and used to compile a stand-alone figure.  On subsequent runs the stand alone file is included as an image.  Using this system you can leverage the full power of TikZ and then provide your document and a handful of static image files to the Journal minimal changes to your TeX source (basically flipping a switch on or off).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/216/automagically-externalising-pdftricks-and-tikz-pictures&quot;&gt;Automagically externalising pdftricks and TikZ pictures&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1460/script-to-automate-externalizing-tikz-graphics&quot;&gt;Script to automate externalizing tikz graphics&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastEditorUserId="17" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-13T23:20:52.690" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T23:20:52.690" />
  <row Id="1313" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1315" CreationDate="2010-08-07T22:33:48.087" Score="5" ViewCount="327" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm working on my resume in LyX and I would like my section headers to look like &lt;a href=&quot;http://rpi.edu/dept/arc/training/latex/resumes/res2.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt;. What should I write in the preamble to achieve this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-14T17:03:18.810" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T17:03:18.810" Title="Section headers in margins" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;sections-paragraphs&gt;&lt;resume&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1314" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1592" CreationDate="2010-08-07T22:35:34.247" Score="3" ViewCount="871" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use LyX. When I use the &quot;Title&quot; environment under article(hebrew), it uses very big spacings between it and the rest of the document. How do I control the spacing and make it use a compact title so my resume will all fit in one page?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-06T23:51:21.560" LastActivityDate="2010-11-06T23:51:21.560" Title="Reducing the title spacing" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;lyx&gt;" AnswerCount="4" />
  <row Id="1315" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1313" CreationDate="2010-08-07T22:43:54.737" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;you could use the titlesec package to modify the definition of the \section command. in lyx you can add latex-code manually by going to the document preferences: Document-&gt;Settings -&gt; Latex preamble. I marked the part of code you have to put in your document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[showframe]{geometry}&#xA;&#xA;%to lyn preamble from here&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{titlesec}&#xA;&#xA;\titleformat{\section}[leftmargin]&#xA;{\normalfont&#xA;\sffamily\bfseries\filleft}&#xA;{}{0pt}{}&#xA;\titlespacing{\section}&#xA;{4pc}{1.5ex plus .1ex minus .2ex}{1pc}&#xA;&#xA;%to here&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Objective}&#xA;\noindent&#xA;Auditing/Analysis of Operations&#xA;&#xA;\section{Education}&#xA;\noindent&#xA;B.S. in Management, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, Troy, NY, May 1986&#xA;Concentrations in Accounting and Management Systems&#xA;QPA 3.9 in major, 3.7 overall&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="632" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-26T17:26:09.707" LastActivityDate="2010-08-26T17:26:09.707" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1316" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1276" CreationDate="2010-08-07T23:29:50.987" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You should contact Toby Cubitt, the author of cleveref. He is very responsive to bug reports and the memoir support of cleveref is very new and little tested. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem is that memoir redefines &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt; within subfigures, so the cleveref version does not get used...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the meantime, it's not pretty, but this works for your example at least:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{memoir}&#xA;\usepackage{cleveref}&#xA;\crefname{subfigure}{fig.}{figs.}&#xA;\Crefname{subfigure}{Figure}{Figures}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\newsubfloat{figure}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\let\old@sf@@memsub@label=\sf@@memsub@label&#xA;\renewcommand*{\sf@@memsub@label}[1]{%&#xA;    \@bsphack%&#xA;    \old@sf@@memsub@label{#1}%&#xA;    \protected@write\@auxout{}%&#xA;    {\string\newlabel{cref@#1}{{\cref@currentlabel}{\thepage}}}%&#xA;    \@esphack}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{Example}&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;  \centering&#xA;  \subtop[apple]{fig 100a\label{fig:100a}}\\&#xA;  \subtop[orange]{fig 100b\label{fig:100b}}&#xA;  \caption{Can you handle subfigures?}&#xA;  \label{fig:100}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\cref{fig:100a} and \namecref{fig:100a}.&#xA;\Cref{fig:100}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastEditorUserId="627" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-08T02:34:19.410" LastActivityDate="2010-08-08T02:34:19.410" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1317" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1307" CreationDate="2010-08-07T23:30:21.830" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've never seen placement of the bullets of a list in the margin. The text within a list isn't just body text. So, why line it up with body text. It's a good idea to indent it like you would do with a quotation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Let's think of choosing this style. What about a nested list? In consequence, its items would have to be aligned at the left margin of the parent list, so at the left margin of the document as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What about enumerated lists? Should the numbers be placed in the margin?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To sum up, bulleted list with bullets in margins and items in line with body text seems questionable. Though, it can easily be achieved.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With enumitem, better specify a style in the preamble than to each list by an optional argument. This is consistent and allows easy changes. If you later decide to change the list style, you just need to apply the modification once in the preamble for the whole document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Martin's example modified under this point of view:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{enumitem}&#xA;\setitemize[1]{leftmargin=0ex}&#xA;\usepackage[showframe]{geometry}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;\item text&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-07T23:30:21.830" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1318" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1314" CreationDate="2010-08-07T23:38:42.910" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi (again),&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;when designing your resume, you may not want use all the standard commands. this could become quite tedious.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I assume you want to use \title{} for your resume title &lt;em&gt;g&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Have you considered inserting a table without border lines. within a table you can select the fontsize and shape yourself and you should have better control over what is going on. To answer you could redefine the \maketitle command...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;go to document-&gt;settings-&gt;latex preamble and copy the marked section in there. for everything with \vskip you could put in another length e.g. \vskip 0.5em instead of \vskip 2em. Also you can alter the font size by e.g. changeing \LARGE to \large&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\title{My resume title}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;%copy to lynx preamble&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\@maketitle{%&#xA;  \newpage&#xA;  \null&#xA;  \vskip 2em%&#xA;  \begin{center}%&#xA;  \let \footnote \thanks&#xA;    {\LARGE \@title \par}%&#xA;    \vskip 1.5em%&#xA;    {\large&#xA;      \lineskip .5em%&#xA;      \begin{tabular}[t]{c}%&#xA;        \@author&#xA;      \end{tabular}\par}%&#xA;    \vskip 1em%&#xA;    {\large \@date}%&#xA;  \end{center}%&#xA;  \par&#xA;  \vskip 1.5em}&#xA;\makeatother&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;%up to here&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;\begin{document}&#xA;\maketitle&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;\end{document}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="632" LastActivityDate="2010-08-07T23:38:42.910" />
  <row Id="1319" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-08T00:51:47.447" Score="45" ViewCount="3739" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you were asked to show examples of beautifully typeset documents in LaTeX, what would you suggest? Preferably documents available online (I'm aware I could go to a bookstore and find many such documents called 'books'). Extra bonus for documents whose LaTeX source is available.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is not an idle question. Seeing great examples of any craft is both educational and inspiring, let alone explaining why we prefer LaTeX to Word or other text editors.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For instance, I like how Philipp Lehman's &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/info/Type1fonts/fontinstallationguide/fontinstallationguide.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Font Installation Guide&lt;/a&gt; looks. I don't know enough LaTeX to realize how much customization was done, but the ToC looks polished.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Your nominations, please...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="564" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-17T14:18:29.183" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T21:15:58.643" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-08T01:23:42.890" Title="Showcase of beautiful typography done in LaTeX?" Tags="&lt;big-list&gt;&lt;examples&gt;" AnswerCount="27" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="41" />
  <row Id="1320" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1319" CreationDate="2010-08-08T00:57:32.067" Score="20" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/texshowcase/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX Showcase&lt;/a&gt; contains many&#xA;examples.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tsengbooks.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;AAUP SHOWBOOKS site&lt;/a&gt; shows Humanities books typeset with TeX&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/tufte-latex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tufte-latex&lt;/a&gt; contains two classes and examples dedicated to the Tufte style&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-08T01:11:41.603" LastActivityDate="2010-08-08T01:11:41.603" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-08T01:23:42.890" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1321" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="339" CreationDate="2010-08-08T01:10:53.570" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am a big fan of the linux editor Ktikz. By default Ktikz is meant to be a real-time editor for tikz pictures. However, one can edit any type of environment just by editing the default template. Moreover, by creating a template consisting only of the text &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;lt;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;one can get real-time compilation of LaTeX documents. The editor never seems to crash (in contrast to my experience with the real-time editor gummi).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I usually restrict my use of Ktikz to editing Beamer presentations or drawing tikz pictures (or other projects where the visual output needs extra attention or tweaking). For other purposes the real-time compilation can be more of a distraction than it is worth.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="520" LastActivityDate="2010-08-08T01:10:53.570" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-08T01:10:53.570" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1322" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1323" CreationDate="2010-08-08T01:44:23.350" Score="5" ViewCount="189" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sorry, I don't know the name of this typographic effect, it's been years since I read &lt;em&gt;The Elements of Typographic Style&lt;/em&gt;. This is more than kerning. I'm referring to the &quot;tail&quot; of the N going under the following letters. Or is it a particular font with this feature?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://imgur.com/SxjVK.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The image is from page 2 of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tsengbooks.com/images/6176s.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tsengbooks.com/images/6176s.pdf&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'll update the question if I learn the proper typographical term.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update&lt;/strong&gt;: as Lev Bishop indicated, the effect is called swash (&lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Swash_%28typography%29&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;wikipedia&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="564" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-01T16:55:03.667" LastActivityDate="2010-09-01T16:55:03.667" Title="How is the effect (swash) achieved?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="1323" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1322" CreationDate="2010-08-08T02:02:42.143" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's a feature of the font. You can see the same thing with the Q in the 'swash' style of Minion Pro. Eg.,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\usepackage{MinionPro}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\textsw{Queen}&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-08-08T02:02:42.143" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1324" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1319" CreationDate="2010-08-08T03:24:23.570" Score="29" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If I can be allowed to plug my own project, my &lt;a href=&quot;http://people.umass.edu/klement/russell-imp.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;page for Bertrand Russell's &lt;i&gt;Introduction to Mathematical Philosophy&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/a&gt; shows off 6 different PDFs for different page sizes, including eBook versions, produced with the same core source file. The source is available too. However, it was also one of my first LaTeX projects and I’m a bit embarassed by some of the messiness in the code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A more recent, and cleaner project (source also available) is &lt;a href=&quot;http://people.umass.edu/klement/tlp/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Wittgenstein’s &lt;i&gt;Tractatus Logico-Philosophicus&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/a&gt; also available in different versions from the same source.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-08-08T03:24:23.570" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-08T03:24:23.570" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="1325" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1417" CreationDate="2010-08-08T04:15:01.390" Score="9" ViewCount="614" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to be able to use &lt;code&gt;latexdiff&lt;/code&gt; with git.  At the moment I have an alias in my &lt;code&gt;.gitconfig&lt;/code&gt; file for a word-based diff:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;[alias]&#xA; wdiff = diff --color-words&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but is it possible to make an alias that will use &lt;code&gt;latexdiff&lt;/code&gt; then compile the output and open the created dvi/pdf file?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Probably the best approach to this is using &lt;code&gt;git difftool&lt;/code&gt;, but has anyone already made an appropriate script?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="422" LastActivityDate="2011-01-02T00:13:48.030" Title="Using latexdiff with git" Tags="&lt;revision-control&gt;&lt;latexdiff&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="1326" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1308" CreationDate="2010-08-08T06:34:17.367" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Take a look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;scrlttr2&lt;/a&gt;, one of the most versatile letter classes. I made an invoice template based on it and it looked great. Sorry I can't post the source here at the moment (needs editing and my machine can't compile it) but I will briefly comment what I did.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I configured scrlttr2 to get a nice looking business-like letter (koma-script has &gt; 160 pages on scrlttr2). The invoice is embedded in the body of the letter by using the package &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/invoice/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;invoice&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="337" LastEditorUserId="337" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-08T13:44:41.763" LastActivityDate="2010-08-08T13:44:41.763" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1327" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1313" CreationDate="2010-08-08T06:44:38.883" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Have you looked at the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/europecv.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;europecv&lt;/a&gt; package?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've been using that to write my own CV.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From CTAN:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The europecv class is an unofficial&#xA;  LaTeX implementation of the standard&#xA;  model for curricula vitae (the&#xA;  “Europass CV”) as recommended by the&#xA;  European Commission. Although&#xA;  primarily intended for users in the&#xA;  European Union, the class is flexible&#xA;  enough to be used for any kind of&#xA;  curriculum vitae.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The class has localisations for all&#xA;  the official languages of the EU (plus&#xA;  Catalan), as well as options&#xA;  permitting input in UTF-8 and koi8-r.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/curve.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;curve&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/currvita.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;currvita&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/esieecv.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;esieecv&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/vita.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;vita&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The author is Nicola Vitacolonna.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="209" LastEditorUserId="48" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-08T15:01:57.990" LastActivityDate="2010-08-08T15:01:57.990" />
  <row Id="1328" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1329" CreationDate="2010-08-08T07:01:34.890" Score="3" ViewCount="457" Body="&lt;p&gt;What I'm doing:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{amsthm}&#xA;\usepackage{eucal}&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}&#xA;\usepackage{mathrsfs}&#xA;&#xA;% don't know what some of those do, but i think all the math related ones are&#xA;% there&#xA;% there are more packages being imported though&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then I try:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\textbf{w_{n+1}} = \textbf{w_{n}} + e\eta\textbf{x}(n) \\&#xA;\textbf{\Delta}\textbf{w} = e\eta\textbf{x}&#xA;&#xA;% above doesn't work, complains about missing $&#xA;&#xA;\textbf{$w_{n+1}$} = \textbf{$w_{n}$} + e\eta\textbf{$x$}(n) \\&#xA;\textbf{$\Delta$}\textbf{$w$} = e\eta\textbf{$x$}&#xA;&#xA;% above compiles, but no bold and no newline&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="572" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-15T23:09:11.307" LastActivityDate="2010-08-15T23:09:11.307" Title="Bold text and newlines inside equations." Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;equations&gt;&lt;newline&gt;&lt;bold&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1329" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1328" CreationDate="2010-08-08T07:07:46.353" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could bold an equation with &lt;code&gt;\boldsymbol&lt;/code&gt;. Use &lt;code&gt;\align&lt;/code&gt; for multiline equation with alignment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{align}&#xA;\boldsymbol{w_{n+1}} &amp;amp;= \boldsymbol{w_n} + e\eta\boldsymbol{x}(n) \\&#xA;\boldsymbol{\Delta w} &amp;amp;= e\eta\boldsymbol{x}&#xA;\end{align}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="82" LastEditorUserId="82" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-08T07:15:33.213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-08T07:15:33.213" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="1330" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1328" CreationDate="2010-08-08T07:13:44.887" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\textbf&lt;/code&gt; is for text mode, not math mode. Also, inline math (&lt;code&gt;$ ... $&lt;/code&gt;) is for use inline, and so does not produce new lines. This is pretty basic math stuff for TeX: perhaps you should read something like &lt;em&gt;Math Mode&lt;/em&gt; by Herbert Voss (type &lt;code&gt;texdoc mathmode&lt;/code&gt; at the Terminal/Command Line). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think you would be best using the &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt; environment:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{align}&#xA;  \mathbf{w_{n+1}}  &amp;amp;= \mathbf{w_{n}} + e\eta\mathbf{x}(n) \\&#xA;  \mathbf{\Delta w} &amp;amp;= e\eta\mathbf{x}&#xA;\end{align}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-08-08T07:13:44.887" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1331" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1328" CreationDate="2010-08-08T07:18:02.443" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;$\mathbf{w_{n+1}}$&lt;/code&gt;. However, if you want bold symbols, you'd have to use &lt;code&gt;$\pmb{\eta}$&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="401" LastActivityDate="2010-08-08T07:18:02.443" />
  <row Id="1332" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1319" CreationDate="2010-08-08T07:27:12.733" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The thesis of Eivind Uggedal is very nice: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.duo.uio.no/sok/work.html?WORKID=81971&amp;amp;lang=en&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.duo.uio.no/sok/work.html?WORKID=81971&amp;amp;lang=en&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The source is at &lt;a href=&quot;http://bitbucket.org/uggedal/thesis/src/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://bitbucket.org/uggedal/thesis/src/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="628" LastActivityDate="2010-08-08T07:27:12.733" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-08T07:27:12.733" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="1333" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-08T07:46:23.420" Score="2" ViewCount="393" Body="&lt;p&gt;Where can I find latex templates for project management tasks like work-breakdown structure doc, CPM/PERT diagrams, final project reports etc ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Examples here:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;https://docs.google.com/leaf?id=0B0NJuNGnNU9yNWRiNmIxMjctNzBmNi00ZTEzLWJlN2EtMGFkYWRmODZhZjU5&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;authkey=CMzarrgH&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;link1&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;https://docs.google.com/leaf?id=0B0NJuNGnNU9yNjViMjNhZjQtMGVlNi00YWM2LWE2NTEtZTRiYTk1MjQ4NmZj&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;authkey=CL-Uz_oO&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;link2&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;https://docs.google.com/leaf?id=0B0NJuNGnNU9yMzZlNjFhZDItZmZlOC00NTQ0LTkxMDItZmNjYjkxYmQ2NmVm&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;authkey=CL-KmpYC&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;link3&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;https://docs.google.com/leaf?id=0B0NJuNGnNU9yYjY1NDAzNTktOWU3OS00OTAzLTkwNDgtZTk3ODA4ZjA1MDE3&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;authkey=CLKUx6MJ&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;link4&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;https://docs.google.com/leaf?id=0B0NJuNGnNU9yZjE2OWVmZWEtOTUzZi00NzM5LWFkZTYtYTdkMmJlOTI4ZDk0&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;authkey=CPWKvqoG&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;link5&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="637" LastEditorUserId="637" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-22T09:04:30.880" LastActivityDate="2010-08-22T10:59:26.090" Title="Latex templates for project management tasks" Tags="&lt;templates&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="5" />
  <row Id="1334" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1333" CreationDate="2010-08-08T08:11:22.500" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is &lt;a href=&quot;http://jldiaz.wikidot.com/en-tikz-example%3agantt&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt; something of interest to you? It uses tikz/pgf.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="337" LastActivityDate="2010-08-08T08:11:22.500" />
  <row Id="1335" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1308" CreationDate="2010-08-08T09:25:19.640" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use Context for this, and use Context's layers to set out text on the PDF of my letterhead.  This works well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It was, in fact, generating letters and invoices that led to me switching from Latex to Context.  If I were to try and do this using Latex, it looks like using Tikz would be the way to go, but the learning curve for doing this kind of thing with Tikz looks higher than that of Context, especially if you know any Metapost already.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-08-08T09:25:19.640" />
  <row Id="1336" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1333" CreationDate="2010-08-08T09:41:18.133" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Recently a package (based on tikz) for &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.martin-kumm.de/tex_gantt_package.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;gantt charts&lt;/a&gt; has been published&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="632" LastActivityDate="2010-08-08T09:41:18.133" />
  <row Id="1337" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1339" CreationDate="2010-08-08T10:21:20.650" Score="1" ViewCount="196" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi--&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am using Fedora 13 and it had TeXLive 2007 by default. I installed texlive and then i wanted to use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/mathspec.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;mathspec package&lt;/a&gt; which TeXLive 2007 version doesn't seem to have. Cany anyone tell me as to how to install &quot;Mathspec&quot; package in Linux. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="641" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-09T11:45:06.350" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T11:45:06.350" Title="Using different Maths Font in LaTex" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;mathspec&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="1338" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1279" CreationDate="2010-08-08T10:53:18.077" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using the biblatex package, you only need to redefine one bibliography string:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[style=authoryear,maxnames=2]{biblatex}&#xA;\DefineBibliographyStrings{english}{andothers={\&amp;amp;~al\adddot}}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.bib}&#xA;@misc{Aut10,&#xA;  author = {Author, A. and Buthor, B. and Cuthor, C.},&#xA;  year = {2010},&#xA;  title = {And now for something completely different},&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\bibliography{\jobname}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Some text \autocite{Aut10}.&#xA;&#xA;\printbibliography&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-08-08T10:53:18.077" />
  <row Id="1339" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1337" CreationDate="2010-08-08T11:12:38.113" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Are there packages for newer versions of TeX Live for Fedora 13? If so you could upgrade to them (I don't know where to look for Fedora updates).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you can't find suitable upgrades for your system, you can download the package from CTAN. Place the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/xetex/latex/mathspec/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;mathspec.sty file from CTAN&lt;/a&gt; into &lt;code&gt;~/texmf/tex/latex/mathspec&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If that also does not work (maybe &lt;code&gt;mathspec&lt;/code&gt; needs a newer version of XeTeX than the one shipped with TL2007), you can manually install a new version of &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/texlive/quickinstall.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX Live&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-08-08T11:12:38.113" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1340" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1319" CreationDate="2010-08-08T11:41:04.353" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/alphfonts.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;The Latex Font Catalogue&lt;/a&gt; is a wonderful resource.  &lt;del&gt;For some reason&lt;/del&gt; it is missing the &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Zapfino&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Zapfino&lt;/a&gt; font (as it is nonfree), which was &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/metrics/w-a-schmidt/zap.txt&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;packaged by Walter Schmidt&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-10T07:27:13.817" LastActivityDate="2010-08-10T07:27:13.817" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-08T11:41:04.353" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1341" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1297" CreationDate="2010-08-08T12:22:48.920" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can change the font configuration by modifying fonttext.cfg and fontmath.cfg, see &lt;em&gt;Configuration Options for LaTeX 2e&lt;/em&gt;. You can find this document with &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;texdoc cfgguide&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hovever, it is not recommended to change the font setup. Here is a quote from fontdef.dtx:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% \section{Customization}&#xA;%&#xA;% You are not allowed to change this source file!  If you want to&#xA;% change the default encodings and/or the font shape groups preloaded&#xA;% you should should create a copy of \texttt{fonttext.ltx}&#xA;% under the name \texttt{fonttext.cfg} and change this copy. If&#xA;% \LaTeXe{} finds a file of this name it will use it, otherwise it&#xA;% uses the standard file which is \texttt{fontdef.ltx}.&#xA;%&#xA;% If you don't plan to use Computer Modern much or at all, it might&#xA;% (!)  be a good idea to make your own \texttt{fonttext.cfg}. Look at&#xA;% the comments below (docstrip module `text') to see what should&#xA;% should go into such a file.&#xA;%&#xA;% To change the math font setup use a copy of \texttt{fontmath.ltx}&#xA;% under the name \texttt{fontmath.cfg} and change this copy. However,&#xA;% dealing with this interface is even more a job for an expert than&#xA;% changing the text font setup --- in short, we don't encourage either.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="565" LastActivityDate="2010-08-08T12:22:48.920" />
  <row Id="1342" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1343" CreationDate="2010-08-08T13:30:42.017" Score="7" ViewCount="405" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I create a tree node with an aligned math equations inside?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{align}&#xA;\end{align}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;doesn't work&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{minipage}{100}&#xA;  \begin{align}&#xA;    ...&#xA;  \end{align}&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Gives a lot of margin and I don't want to manually tune 100.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;\nodepart from shapes tikz library seems to be overkill and doesnt do&#xA;the alignment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any ideas?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="69" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-09T17:31:33.613" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T17:31:33.613" Title="Aligned equations inside of TikZ node." Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;equations&gt;&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1343" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1342" CreationDate="2010-08-08T13:57:12.217" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use an &lt;code&gt;aligned&lt;/code&gt; environment with inline math inside nodes, their size is automatically calculated. Here's a small example with such a node in a tree:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[every node/.style={rectangle,draw}]&#xA;\node {Example:}&#xA;  child {node {%&#xA;  $\begin{aligned}&#xA;     a &amp;amp;= bx + c\\&#xA;     a+b &amp;amp;= d +1&#xA;  \end{aligned}$}};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://texblog.net/png/tikz-tree-aligned.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-08T14:19:23.897" LastActivityDate="2010-08-08T14:19:23.897" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1344" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-08T14:29:56.897" Score="1" ViewCount="571" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't want to change style only.&#xA;I want to create node that takes 3 numbers and display them with appropriate decorations.&#xA;For instance:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\mynode{5,6,7} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Should display node with &quot;a=5&quot;, &quot;b=6&quot; and &quot;c=7&quot; inside in 3 lines.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have this code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{standalone}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\statnode}[3]{&#xA;  \node[rectangle, draw]{&#xA;    $\begin{aligned}&#xA;      n &amp;amp;= #1 \\ &#xA;      \text{sum} &amp;amp;= #2 \\ &#xA;      \mu &amp;amp;= #3&#xA;    \end{aligned}$&#xA;  }&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\statnodex}[3]{&#xA;  node[rectangle, draw]{&#xA;    $\begin{aligned}&#xA;      n &amp;amp;= #1 \\ &#xA;      \text{sum} &amp;amp;= #2 \\ &#xA;      \mu &amp;amp;= #3&#xA;    \end{aligned}$&#xA;  }&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[&#xA;    level distance=100,&#xA;  ]&#xA;&#xA;  \statnode{1}{10}{0.1}&#xA;  child {&#xA;    \statnodex{1}{10}{0.1}&#xA;  };&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;it is ugly to have 2 commands&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;it renders incorrectly for some reason&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="69" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-30T10:10:11.307" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T10:10:11.307" Title="How to create custom Tikz nodes?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;macros&gt;&lt;nodes&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="1345" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1346" CreationDate="2010-08-08T14:36:14.900" Score="2" ViewCount="134" Body="&lt;p&gt;My main TeX template has a whole bunch of commented out packages and options (so that when I need a package, I can just skim my preamble and comment out the right thing, rather than try and remember the exact name of the package).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I also have quite a few packages that I load by default, and I'm not sure which of them I really need in any given file. I could go through one by one, commenting them out and seeing what breaks stuff, I suppose, but if it's not slowing stuff down, I might as well not bother...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does having a lot of extra commented out lines slow compilation of tex documents? Does loading packages that aren't used at all slow down compilation?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2010-08-08T15:57:11.817" Title="Do commented out options slow down compilation?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;compiling&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1346" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1345" CreationDate="2010-08-08T14:43:33.357" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Commented out lines will slow compilation, but by such a minuscule amount that it is not worth worrying about it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unnecessary packages will slow down compilation by a meaningful amount and if you are concerned about compilation time it is worth stripping things down to a minimal set of required packages. (This is also a good idea anyway, due to the multiple obscure interactions between packages, there are fewer chances for unpleasant surprises if you only load the ones you need.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastEditorUserId="627" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-08T14:55:50.783" LastActivityDate="2010-08-08T14:55:50.783" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1347" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1319" CreationDate="2010-08-08T14:48:14.810" Score="21" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I may be a &lt;em&gt;little&lt;/em&gt; biased, but I'm quite happy with the way &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.levbishop.org/thesis/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;my thesis&lt;/a&gt; turned out.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: I have now &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.levbishop.org/thesis/source&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;packaged up the source&lt;/a&gt; with a brief description of some of the tricks I used (tweaking your latex is a great way to procrastinate when you should be writing a thesis!)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you find the sources useful, or further if you use my format as the basis of your own thesis, I would love to hear from you!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastEditorUserId="627" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-10T02:11:59.203" LastActivityDate="2010-08-10T02:11:59.203" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-08T14:48:14.810" CommentCount="10" />
  <row Id="1348" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1291" CreationDate="2010-08-08T14:59:03.223" Score="-1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As for explicitly setting fontenc, I usually just set an inputenc, and write away. On TeXlive 2008 and 2009, this has been doing exactly what I expect so far; and I use both Swedish and German umlauts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="257" LastActivityDate="2010-08-08T14:59:03.223" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1349" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1344" CreationDate="2010-08-08T15:25:37.213" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Put the part, that both commands have in common, into another macro.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;use &lt;code&gt;anchor=north&lt;/code&gt; if you would like to draw the line to the top but not further&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-08T15:25:37.213" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1350" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1319" CreationDate="2010-08-08T15:26:38.650" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Admittedly, you asked for LaTeX, not TeX, but the TeXbook is quite nice. Its source is freely available (but you are not allowed to compile it).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-08-08T15:26:38.650" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-08T15:26:38.650" />
  <row Id="1351" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1360" CreationDate="2010-08-08T15:28:37.620" Score="12" ViewCount="834" Body="&lt;p&gt;(Background: I'm a beginner who will mostly use LaTeX for university articles and reports, but no math. Also, as I reside in Canada, the German typography conventions, which I understand KOMA-Script supports better than LaTeX, are less relevant).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've read that the KOMA-Script package has a lot of improvements for the default document classes. Yet the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/scrguien.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;manual&lt;/a&gt;'s length, about 250 pages, is somewhat daunting. I plan to read the chapters I'm interested in anyway but it'd be useful to have some pointers about low hanging fruits. I searched the site and &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/782/what-are-the-available-documentclass-types-and-their-uses/787#787&quot;&gt;other&lt;/a&gt; answers say KOMA-Script adds improvements but do not delve into details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'll ask this as a community wiki topic and, since the audience of this site is international, feel free to mention German typography is KOMA-Script is better there.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="564" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-08T19:52:26.853" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T16:21:37.143" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-08T15:28:37.620" Title="Most useful additions in KOMA-Script ?" Tags="&lt;documentclass&gt;&lt;best-practices&gt;&lt;koma-script&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="1352" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1359" CreationDate="2010-08-08T15:43:12.990" Score="6" ViewCount="609" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have set up the TexLive distribution on my Ubuntu system. What graphics or graph-drawing package should I use to embed bar graphs in my LaTeX documents?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="648" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-09T11:05:08.607" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T20:05:08.880" Title="How do I draw bar graphs in my LaTeX documents?" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;tools&gt;" AnswerCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1353" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1352" CreationDate="2010-08-08T15:48:58.577" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;TikZ is very a very powerful graphics package and capable of drawing bar charts. Have a look at Figure 22 in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb28-1/tb88mertz.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Graphics with PGF and TikZ&lt;/a&gt; at or the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TikZ example gallery&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;PSTricks is another approach, have a look at the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/PSTricks/main.cgi?file=Examples/Charts/chart&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Chart examples&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-08T15:48:58.577" />
  <row Id="1354" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1352" CreationDate="2010-08-08T15:53:14.720" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you already have the bar charts drawn with something like mathematica, maple or the like, export them as eps or pdf (depending on whether you are using latex or pdflatex) and then use the &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt; command to include them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or if you want to draw them inside LaTeX, TikZ is powerful. Or if you want to draw graphs in LaTeX using statistical data you might want to look at Sweave (but this is probably overkill...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2010-08-08T15:53:14.720" />
  <row Id="1355" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1345" CreationDate="2010-08-08T15:57:11.817" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's worth avoiding loading packages you don't need, not because it'll slow things down (though I suppose it might, a little bit), but because you want to avoid nasty interactions between packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's one of the standard problems of the LaTeX kernel that packages have no real way of isolating themselves from each other (the LaTeX 3 team are addressing this).  Quite often, packages work by overloading some part of the LaTeX internals, but no matter how carefully they do that, the end result is more fragile than you'd want.  It also means that packages can work, or not work, depending on the order in which they're loaded: the hyperref package, for example, has to be loaded last, but before the packages that have to be loaded after it (confused yet?).  Then you have to worry about different versions of packages in different distributions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, if you have some problem in your document, possibly as a result of two packages clashing, then the more packages you've loaded, the longer is the process of working out which two packages are squabbling.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Myself, I try to limit myself to only those packages which &lt;em&gt;must&lt;/em&gt; be present in a document.  That saves trouble for me, in the future, but also for any co-authors who might have slightly different installations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="96" LastActivityDate="2010-08-08T15:57:11.817" />
  <row Id="1356" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1352" CreationDate="2010-08-08T15:59:41.270" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would recommend the pgfplots package. It is based on the earlier mentioned tikz package and produces nice plots. The documentation is full of examples you can often just copy&amp;amp;paste and add your data.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="632" LastActivityDate="2010-08-08T15:59:41.270" />
  <row Id="1357" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-08T16:16:27.277" Score="4" ViewCount="353" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I use TikZ tree with nodes with rounded corners, the connecting lines do not touch the nodes (near corners) but end where would rectangle end. Is there an easy way around it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{standalone}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture} [sibling distance=100] &#xA;  \node[rectangle, draw, rounded corners = 3]{ }&#xA;  child { node { } }&#xA;  child { node { } }&#xA;  ;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="69" LastEditorUserId="69" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-09T12:03:23.257" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T12:18:25.177" Title="Rounded corners in TikZ trees." Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;rounded-corners&gt;&lt;trees&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1358" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1319" CreationDate="2010-08-08T17:01:02.720" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I got a directory &quot;Beautiful TeX document&quot; on my computer storing files that are beautiful and I might want to look at for inspiration when designing mine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;ArsClassica&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;ClassicThesis&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;the manual of pdfx&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;TKZdoc-linknodes-us&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All of them can be found in CTAN. &lt;code&gt;fontinstallationguide&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;tufte-sample-book&lt;/code&gt; have already been mentioned.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;LaTeX companion 2nd edition has chapter-3 free on-line (http://www.latex-project.org/guides/tlc2-ch3.pdf). I think the typography is one of the finest.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="337" LastEditorUserId="337" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-13T17:18:38.903" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T17:18:38.903" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-08T17:01:02.720" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1359" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1352" CreationDate="2010-08-08T17:19:24.000" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I find that if I am creating a plot or graph, I often need some data munging/analysis capabilities which are decidedly outside the scope of &quot;stuff TeX was designed to be good at&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Therefore, I use programming languages other than TeX which are suited to creating plots and have support for exporting the plots to a LaTeX-friendly format such as TikZ code.  Some such languages are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.r-project.org&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;R&lt;/a&gt;- with the &lt;a href=&quot;http://cran.r-project.org/web/packages/tikzDevice/index.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tikzDevice&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;MATLAB- with the &lt;a href=&quot;http://github.com/nicki/matlab2tikz&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;matlab2tikz&lt;/a&gt; script.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Full disclosure: I am a co-author of the tikzDevice for R&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also worth mentioning is Python's &lt;a href=&quot;http://matplotlib.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;matplotlib&lt;/a&gt; which does not render to TikZ code, but has support for letting TeX handle the typesetting of plot text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gnuplot.info/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;gnuplot&lt;/a&gt; is another program that is worth consideration.  TikZ already has some functionality for calling out to gnplot to generate graphs.  See section 18.6 &quot;Plotting a Function Using Gnuplot&quot; in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/graphics/pgf/base/doc/generic/pgf/pgfmanual.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TikZ Manual&lt;/a&gt; for more details.  Another interesting development is that the gnuplot folks are &lt;a href=&quot;http://peter.affenbande.org/gnuplot/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;working on a Lua-based terminal&lt;/a&gt; that should provide stronger ties to TikZ and LuaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you have a simple plot and want a LaTeX-only solution, the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=pgfplots&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pgfplots&lt;/a&gt; package mentioned by Martin is probably a good way to go.  However, you may find yourself wishing for a more powerful system once things get complex and data needs to be filtered/transformed before plotting.  Hopefully the brave new world of LuaTeX will help solve these problems- but I feel that Lua has a ways to go before it approaches the data analysis and visualization capability of a language like R that was developed for these tasks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastActivityDate="2010-08-08T17:19:24.000" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1360" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1351" CreationDate="2010-08-08T17:22:11.263" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Unlike memoir, the KOMA-Script-classes do not add the functionality of dozens of packages to the LaTeX core - but the KOMA-additions are useful and extremely easy to handle. Roughly in order of the documentation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Customizable type area with default values that also  (contrary to the standard classes) work well for letter- and A4-paper,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Support for arbitrarily chosen font sizes (e.g. 10.5pt),&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ability to change font size mid-document,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Customization of the font attributes of many document elements,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Enhanced &lt;code&gt;\maketitle&lt;/code&gt; features (e.g. &lt;code&gt;\subtitle&lt;/code&gt;),&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\addchap&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\addsec&lt;/code&gt; commands producing unnumbered chapters and sections that are nevertheless included in the table of contents,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Options to include the bibliography, the index etc. in the table of contents,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;parskip&lt;/code&gt; option that is more powerful than the package of the same name,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Configurable footnotes (including some features of the footmisc package),&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Consistent formatting of every &quot;listofsomething&quot; (e.g. &quot;chapter gaps&quot; in the &quot;List of Listings&quot;),&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Lots of little things.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-03T16:21:37.143" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T16:21:37.143" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-08T17:22:11.263" />
  <row Id="1361" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1344" CreationDate="2010-08-08T17:50:21.310" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Would the TikZ &quot;chains&quot; library work for your application?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quick hack of your code to demonstrate:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{standalone}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{chains}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{positioning}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\statnode}[3]{&#xA;  \node[rectangle, draw, on chain]{&#xA;    $\begin{aligned}&#xA;      n &amp;amp;= #1 \\ &#xA;      \text{sum} &amp;amp;= #2 \\ &#xA;      \mu &amp;amp;= #3&#xA;    \end{aligned}$&#xA;  }&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\statnodex}[3]{&#xA;  \node[rectangle, draw, on chain=going below, join]{&#xA;    $\begin{aligned}&#xA;      n &amp;amp;= #1 \\ &#xA;      \text{sum} &amp;amp;= #2 \\ &#xA;      \mu &amp;amp;= #3&#xA;    \end{aligned}$&#xA;  }&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[&#xA;    start chain,&#xA;    node distance=5mm&#xA;  ]&#xA;&#xA;  \statnode{1}{10}{0.1};&#xA;  \statnodex{1}{10}{0.1};&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastActivityDate="2010-08-08T17:50:21.310" />
  <row Id="1362" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1365" CreationDate="2010-08-08T20:05:19.473" Score="11" ViewCount="658" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know that there's CTAN but I would like to know if any &lt;strong&gt;latex template gallery&lt;/strong&gt; (commercial or not) exists on the web. I mean something where I have some PDF examples that I could preview, and a downloadable zip archive with the .tex source file and all the other resources needed (packages, sty, images...).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The best would be something like the website templates industry does (Themeforest).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm a non expert but happy latex user. I use textmate for editing .tex documents and the MacTex package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="633" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-08T20:49:42.253" LastActivityDate="2010-08-08T21:18:28.463" Title="latex template gallery" Tags="&lt;templates&gt;&lt;repositories&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="1363" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1351" CreationDate="2010-08-08T21:08:23.940" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;KOMA-Script brings even more than extended classes: it offers packages to allow other classes to benefit from its features.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here are some of them:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;typearea&lt;/code&gt; provides automatic calculation of layout dimensions according to classical typography,&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;scrpage2&lt;/code&gt; is a feature-rich replacement for fancyhdr,&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;scrextend&lt;/code&gt; brings various KOMA-features together with non-KOMA classes,&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;scrlfile&lt;/code&gt; helps managing package dependencies,&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;tocbasic&lt;/code&gt; manages table of contents and lists of tables and figures and so on,&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;tocstyle&lt;/code&gt; helps with formatting table of contents and lists of floats.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-08T21:08:23.940" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-08T21:08:23.940" />
  <row Id="1364" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1362" CreationDate="2010-08-08T21:13:00.893" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am not sure if this is what you had in mind. The arXiv &lt;a href=&quot;http://arxiv.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://arxiv.org/&lt;/a&gt; is a huge depository. You can view the .pdf which is the whole idea and the source code is also available.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course this comes with the disclaimer that you have to decide which examples you want to follow. This won't show you what is good practice. If you find something similar to what you are trying to do you can look and see how it was done in that case.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="511" LastActivityDate="2010-08-08T21:13:00.893" />
  <row Id="1365" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1362" CreationDate="2010-08-08T21:18:28.463" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You might be interested in the TeX Showcase &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/texshowcase/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tug.org/texshowcase/&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="565" LastActivityDate="2010-08-08T21:18:28.463" />
  <row Id="1366" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1351" CreationDate="2010-08-08T23:39:29.933" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In addition to what has already been mentioned the KOMA bundle provides the letter class scrlttr2 which is a huge improvement over the standard letter class. scrlttr2 is both easy to configure and has a lot of features including the option of generating letters from address lists.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="565" LastActivityDate="2010-08-08T23:39:29.933" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-08T23:39:29.933" />
  <row Id="1367" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="940" CreationDate="2010-08-09T00:19:13.427" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Literate_programming&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Literate programmers&lt;/a&gt; use TeX for commenting their code, and many more simply use TeX for documentation, especially if the program is math-heavy.   &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T00:19:13.427" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-25T15:10:49.093" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1368" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1369" CreationDate="2010-08-09T00:28:05.187" Score="5" ViewCount="445" Body="&lt;p&gt;For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{equation}&#xA;\delta % ok&#xA;\Delta % ok&#xA;\epsilon % ok&#xA;\Epsilon % error&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="572" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-23T18:49:55.493" LastActivityDate="2010-11-23T18:49:55.493" Title="Why can I only use some capital greek letters inside my equations?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;greek&gt;" AnswerCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1369" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1368" CreationDate="2010-08-09T00:31:37.007" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Uppercase epsilon is E. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{equation}&#xA;\delta % ok&#xA;\Delta % ok&#xA;\epsilon % ok&#xA;E        % ok&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="565" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T00:31:37.007" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="1370" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1368" CreationDate="2010-08-09T01:00:17.213" Score="14" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To quote from The LaTeX Companion (p. 527),&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Those capital Greek letters not present in this table are the letters that have the same appearance as some Latin letter. Similarly, the list of lowercase Greek letters contains no omicron because it would be identical in appearance to the Latin &lt;em&gt;o&lt;/em&gt;. Thus, in practice, the Greek letters that have Latin look-alikes are not used in mathematical formulas.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So basically, nobody would use a capital epsilon in a formula because it'd be visually indistinguishable from E.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If this bothers you, you could define the missing macros for Greek letters, e.g.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\Alpha}{A}&#xA;\newcommand{\Beta}{B}&#xA;\newcommand{\Epsilon}{E}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and so on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="125" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T01:00:17.213" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1371" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="940" CreationDate="2010-08-09T02:09:56.420" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use it for any important, customer facing documentation for our software company. That means, all of our contracts, product catalogs and product documentation. The fact that you can throw it into source control so nicely is huge! It's the only truly cross-platform tool that I know of, outside of InDesign. Also, nothing on earth does cross-referencing or indexing nearly as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, for our product catalog, I use the DataTool. I'm able to save the product pricing spreadsheet out of Numbers or Excel and create 12 specific versions our price sheet. We're a small company and there is no way we would price our products or have as many specific kinds of dealers without LaTeX, just because there is no other, efficient way to do what we do with it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Every now and again, we think, &quot;Is there something easier that the rest of our staff would pick up more readily?&quot; We always come back to LaTeX. Sometimes, it's a little bit hard to do a really complicated and important thing. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="659" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T02:09:56.420" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-25T15:10:49.093" />
  <row Id="1372" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1373" CreationDate="2010-08-09T02:58:39.143" Score="2" ViewCount="154" Body="&lt;p&gt;How to typeset the &quot;Re&quot; of Re(a+ib) correctly inside an equation in latex? I tried using \mathcal and \mathbb but it does not give me the typical rounded R I already saw in other documents...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any help?&#xA;Thanks in advance!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="660" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-04T05:38:35.427" LastActivityDate="2010-09-04T05:38:35.427" Title="Typeset Re(a+ib)" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="1373" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1372" CreationDate="2010-08-09T03:06:42.243" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use $\Re(a + ib)$&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T03:06:42.243" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1374" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1372" CreationDate="2010-08-09T03:06:55.847" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Might &lt;code&gt;\mathfrak{Re}&lt;/code&gt; be what you're looking for?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="125" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T03:06:55.847" />
  <row Id="1375" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-09T07:04:53.003" Score="12" ViewCount="508" Body="&lt;p&gt;I found this page with some examples:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/LaTeX/Algorithms_and_Pseudocode&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/LaTeX/Algorithms_and_Pseudocode&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm wondering which one to use. Any suggestions? I'm using other packages too so whichever is less likely to interfere with them is better for me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="572" LastEditorUserId="42" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-09T08:15:02.633" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T21:58:10.203" Title="What is a good package for displaying algorithms?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;algorithms&gt;&lt;pseudocode&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="8" />
  <row Id="1376" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1375" CreationDate="2010-08-09T07:15:32.683" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Personally, I favour &lt;code&gt;algpseudocode&lt;/code&gt; from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/algorithmicx/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;code&gt;algorithmicx&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt; (note the trailing &lt;strong&gt;&lt;code&gt;x&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;!) package. With a bit of setup, this can be harnessed to create beautiful pseudo codes. For an example of its usage, have a look at the “Algorithm” chapter of my &lt;a href=&quot;http://madrat.net/my/bachelor/thesis&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;bachelor thesis&lt;/a&gt;, e.g.:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://dl.dropbox.com/u/6101039/algpseudocode.png&quot; alt=&quot;algpseudocode example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This was produced by the following code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{algorithm}&#xA;  \caption{Counting mismatches between two packed \DNA strings&#xA;    \label{alg:packed-dna-hamming}}&#xA;  \begin{algorithmic}[1]&#xA;    \Require{$x$ and $y$ are packed \DNA strings of equal length $n$}&#xA;    \Statex&#xA;    \Function{Distance}{$x, y$}&#xA;      \Let{$z$}{$x \oplus y$} \Comment{$\oplus$: bitwise exclusive-or}&#xA;      \Let{$\delta$}{$0$}&#xA;      \For{$i \gets 1 \textrm{ to } n$}&#xA;        \If{$z_i \neq 0$}&#xA;          \Let{$\delta$}{$\delta + 1$}&#xA;        \EndIf&#xA;      \EndFor&#xA;      \State \Return{$\delta$}&#xA;    \EndFunction&#xA;  \end{algorithmic}&#xA;\end{algorithm}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And used the following setup:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*\Let[2]{\State #1 $\gets$ #2}&#xA;\algrenewcommand\alglinenumber[1]{&#xA;    {\sf\footnotesize\addfontfeatures{Colour=888888,Numbers=Monospaced}#1}}&#xA;\algrenewcommand\algorithmicrequire{\textbf{Precondition:}}&#xA;\algrenewcommand\algorithmicensure{\textbf{Postcondition:}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To get the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;code&gt;end&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;-less pseudocodes, I included the package as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[noend]{algpseudocode}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The above pseudo code is nested inside an &lt;code&gt;algorithm&lt;/code&gt; float environment. This environment isn’t part of &lt;code&gt;algorithmicx&lt;/code&gt;. Instead, you need to load the package &lt;code&gt;algorithm&lt;/code&gt; to get it. To produce a list of all algorithms, you can use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\listofalgorithms&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For further information, see the section “The &lt;code&gt;algorithm&lt;/code&gt; Environment” in the documentation of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/algorithms/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;algorithms&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package. But I want to stress again that (except for the float environment) the &lt;code&gt;algorithmicx&lt;/code&gt; package is superior to &lt;code&gt;algorithms&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastEditorUserId="42" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-09T08:12:32.327" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T08:12:32.327" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1377" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="93" CreationDate="2010-08-09T08:07:51.467" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would not go for a wysiwyg solution. It seems to be easier on the beginning but as soon as you get familiar with the syntax then you realize how much faster you can go with an &lt;em&gt;IDE&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On windows I usually go with the TeXnicCenter/MikTeX combo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="331" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T08:07:51.467" />
  <row Id="1378" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1379" CreationDate="2010-08-09T08:28:05.940" Score="2" ViewCount="173" Body="&lt;p&gt;In an equation, I want to display three points like &quot;...&quot;, but instead of horizontally, they should be diagonally. I'm sure there must be a command to do that, but a google search did not really help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any idea?&#xA;Thanks in advance!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="660" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-09T11:32:56.890" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T11:32:56.890" Title="How to type three points diagonally?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="1379" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1378" CreationDate="2010-08-09T08:44:35.213" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The command is called &lt;code&gt;\ddots&lt;/code&gt;. See also &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/14/how-to-look-up-a-math-symbol&quot;&gt;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/14/how-to-look-up-a-math-symbol&lt;/a&gt; (esp. &lt;a href=&quot;http://detexify.kirelabs.org/classify.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;detexify&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="85" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T08:44:35.213" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-09T09:10:11.800" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1380" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-09T09:27:24.647" Score="10" ViewCount="481" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using several bibtex files, dedicated to several topics. But some references are common to several topics and then appear in several of my bibtex files. Currently, I am writing a document dealing with several of these topics, and need to use several of these bibtex files at the same time. Obviously, I get the error message when compiling with bibtex: &quot;repeated entry&quot;. I would like to avoid this error message, but without removing my entries from the bibtex files, as I need them when compiling only with one of them (when writing articles on one topic only), and without merging my bibtex files. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="546" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T13:41:47.127" Title="how to avoid bibtex error message &quot;repeated entry&quot; for an entry appearing in several bibtex files?" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;compiling&gt;" AnswerCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1381" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1380" CreationDate="2010-08-09T09:36:14.620" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The easiest solution is to have &lt;em&gt;one&lt;/em&gt; BiBTeX file only.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And by that, I really mean &lt;em&gt;one&lt;/em&gt; BiBTeX file on your system for your whole bibliography.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As far as I understand this is actually the intended usage, and there are several good softwares out there that make managing a bibliography easy. Much easier, in fact, than having to manage separate bibliographies. This is also why BiBTeX only includes those references that are actually used, and not just the whole file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T09:36:14.620" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="1382" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1380" CreationDate="2010-08-09T10:00:47.240" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think, you are looking for the package  &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/bibtopic/bibtopic.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;bibtopic&lt;/a&gt;. But afaik it's not up to date (2006). I would also recommend to create one BiBTeX file. If you want your bibliography sorted by subject, you could use the multibib-package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="642" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T10:00:47.240" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1383" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1384" CreationDate="2010-08-09T10:26:29.360" Score="4" ViewCount="358" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have the code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\maketitle&#xA;\begin{abstract}Some text \end{abstract}&#xA;\newpage&#xA;\section{some section}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But when I comment out &quot;\maketitle&quot; the document shows &quot;\section{some section}&quot;, not the abstract nor seem to use the command &quot;\newpage&quot; because &quot;some section&quot; is displayed on page 1.  When uncommenting &quot;\maketitle&quot; everything is displayed correctly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How do I properly remove the maketitle and still having the abstract shown?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This example shows the issue (at least for me):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{amsart}&#xA;\title{}&#xA;\author{}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;%\maketitle&#xA;\begin{abstract}&#xA;Abstract&#xA;\end{abstract}&#xA;&#xA;\section*{Acknowledgement}&#xA;Text &#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-09T13:16:24.653" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T15:38:00.843" Title="Abstract not showing up when removing \maketitle" Tags="&lt;maketitle&gt;&lt;abstract&gt;&lt;amsart&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="1384" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1383" CreationDate="2010-08-09T10:46:00.617" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Both the abstract environment and the \maketitle command are defined by the document class. So, tell us at least which class you're using. Furthermore, post a small compilable example showing the problem. Here's such a compilable example using your piece of code but without problem, demonstrating that the cause must be somewhere else but not in those lines:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\title{Test}&#xA;\author{Anonymous}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;%\maketitle&#xA;\begin{abstract}Some text \end{abstract}&#xA;\newpage&#xA;\section{some section}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update:&lt;/strong&gt; in your edited post I can see you're using amsart. Here &lt;code&gt;\maketitle&lt;/code&gt; is indeed required to show the abstract. But as a workaround you could use the internal command &lt;code&gt;\@setabstract&lt;/code&gt;. Here it's inserted into your example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{amsart}&#xA;\title{}&#xA;\author{}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;%\maketitle&#xA;\begin{abstract}&#xA;Abstract&#xA;\end{abstract}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\@setabstract&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\section*{Acknowledgement}&#xA;Text &#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The output shows the abstract.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-09T15:38:00.843" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T15:38:00.843" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="1385" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-09T10:53:38.983" Score="12" ViewCount="295" Body="&lt;p&gt;It would be very useful to have a shared bib file across my research group which can be kept up-to-date by any member of the group. Are there any tools for this sort of thing? I know about &lt;a href=&quot;http://mendeley.com&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Mendeley&lt;/a&gt; which allows bib sharing and syncing. Are there any other tools?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="143" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T13:27:25.863" Title="Are there any tools for collaborative bib files?" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;collaboration&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="7" />
  <row Id="1386" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1378" CreationDate="2010-08-09T11:04:57.437" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=mathlips&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=mathlips&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The mathdots package (besides fixing up the behaviour of (La)TeX \ddots and \vdots when the font size changes) provides an “inverse diagonal” ellipsis \iddots&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That is, \iddots is three dots sloping forwards while \ddots is three dots sloping backwards.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="143" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T11:04:57.437" />
  <row Id="1387" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1383" CreationDate="2010-08-09T11:46:08.627" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you clear the &lt;code&gt;\title&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\author&lt;/code&gt; fields, as you did in your minimal example, you can use &lt;code&gt;\maketitle&lt;/code&gt; to output the abstract without any title headings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T11:46:08.627" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1388" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-09T11:49:22.597" Score="3" ViewCount="365" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to make TikZ matrix cells span multiple rows/columns, like they can in LaTeX tables using \multirow/\multicolumn?  Specifically, I'd like to typeset something like the following in a TikZ matrix:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;header1  longcell1   longcell2&#xA;header2  cellA cellB cellC cellD&#xA;header3  X     Y     Z     W&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="673" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-09T11:50:52.377" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T12:43:55.157" Title="Multirow/multicolumn cells in TikZ matrices?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;matrices&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="1389" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1380" CreationDate="2010-08-09T12:07:49.207" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Answer&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I recommend using Norman Ramsey's &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.cs.tufts.edu/~nr/nbibtex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;nbibtex&lt;/a&gt; for this.  The basic idea is that you run the &lt;code&gt;nbibtex&lt;/code&gt; command instead of Bibtex, which uses the argument to &lt;code&gt;\cite&lt;/code&gt; as a search query, and goes looking for the best match for that query and puts it in the &lt;code&gt;.bbl&lt;/code&gt; file it creates.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Another possibility&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Something I do with my clients is replace the &lt;code&gt;\bibliography&lt;/code&gt; command with the contents of the &lt;code&gt;*.bbl&lt;/code&gt; file.  Then, magically, you don't need to run Bibtex on that Latex document ever again.  The downside of doing this is that if you find errors in your reference list, or if you add items, that magic won't propagate changes back to your &lt;code&gt;*.bib&lt;/code&gt; files.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Breaking up bibliography files into a number of separate &lt;code&gt;*.bib&lt;/code&gt; files is A Good Thing, IMO, since it allows you to work with other people on putting together good bibliography files: no one except you will want to work with the contents of &lt;code&gt;AllMyReferences.bib&lt;/code&gt; file.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Old, lost code&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I wrote some code back in my days as a doctoral student that did the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Looked through the &lt;code&gt;*.aux&lt;/code&gt; file for Bibtex keys, where I generally followed the convention author:key in citations;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Searched &lt;code&gt;BIBPATH&lt;/code&gt; for &lt;code&gt;*.bib&lt;/code&gt; files that might match these keys, using the convention to narrow the search where it was used;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Looked in those files either for exact matches for those keys, and also in special &lt;code&gt;alternate-key&lt;/code&gt; fields in Bibtex entries, to allow one key to be used&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Report problems where there are (i) keys not matching sources, (ii) several sources for some key (you need to check for errors, ideally this code would have been able to tell whether two citations are identical, but it didn't do that), (iii) one source referenced by several keys (each document should be consistent in the way it cites sources)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Create a &lt;code&gt;.bib&lt;/code&gt; file from what is found, ensuring that each citation matches exactly one reflist entry, which might mean several occurrences of a single source if it is cited by more than one key, and a &lt;code&gt;.aux&lt;/code&gt; key, which cites one key for each source.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Run Bibtex on the &lt;code&gt;.aux/.bib&lt;/code&gt; file to create the &lt;code&gt;.bbl&lt;/code&gt; file to be used by the &lt;code&gt;\thebibliography&lt;/code&gt; program.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't think this approach makes much sense now given the availability of &lt;code&gt;nbibtex&lt;/code&gt;, which is more usable and more robust, but the code did do more in the way of sanity checks of the Bibtex database, which &lt;code&gt;nbibtex&lt;/code&gt; doesn't do with the &lt;code&gt;--permissive&lt;/code&gt; option, and &lt;code&gt;nbibtex&lt;/code&gt; isn't really useful for multiple bibliographies without it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-02T13:41:47.127" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T13:41:47.127" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="1390" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1393" CreationDate="2010-08-09T12:07:51.657" Score="19" ViewCount="1237" Body="&lt;p&gt;So I've read various answers to questions on here that suggest the original Computer Modern fonts have been superceded. Sometimes it is suggested we use the &lt;code&gt;cm-super&lt;/code&gt; package, sometimes that we instead use latin modern fonts. Which is better? Which is easier to get working? (getting new fonts to work in LaTeX seems a daunting task...) Which look better?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="1189" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-08T21:52:51.510" LastActivityDate="2010-12-08T21:52:51.510" Title="Latin Modern vs cm-super?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;latin-modern&gt;&lt;cm-super&gt;" AnswerCount="4" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="1391" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1385" CreationDate="2010-08-09T12:11:48.917" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.cs.tufts.edu/~nr/nbibtex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;nbibtex&lt;/a&gt;.  I discuss shared .bib files and why nbibtex is great in &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1380/how-to-avoid-bibtex-error-message-repeated-entry-for-an-entry-appearing-in-seve/1389#1389&quot;&gt;another answer&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-09T15:37:56.727" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T15:37:56.727" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1392" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1357" CreationDate="2010-08-09T12:18:25.177" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It looks a bit different, but you could use the &lt;code&gt;rounded rectangle&lt;/code&gt; shape:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usetikzlibrary{shapes.misc}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture} [sibling distance=100] &#xA;  \node[rounded rectangle, draw]{ }&#xA;  child { node { } }&#xA;  child { node { } }&#xA;  ;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This gives&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://www.caramdir.at/uploads/tex.SE/tree-rounded.png&quot; alt=&quot;tree with rounded corners&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that the sides are now complete half-circles, not two quarter-circles joined by a line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T12:18:25.177" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="1393" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1390" CreationDate="2010-08-09T12:33:32.993" Score="18" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Latin Modern is derived from cm, cm-super also.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;cm-super is a vectorization of cm bitmap fonts but mainly automatically done.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The vectorization of Latin Modern is handmade.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Latin Modern has revised metrics.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Latin Modern provides more glyphs, especially diacritical characters. There are 72 text fonts, each of them containts more than 700 glyphs. In addition there are 20 math fonts. cm-super comes with a higher number of fonts but afaik less number of glyphs, check its README file.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Latin Modern development goes on.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-09T12:41:11.247" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T12:41:11.247" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1394" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1388" CreationDate="2010-08-09T12:43:55.157" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use the anchors of the matrix to place a multicolumn node over the matrix.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An approach would be to nest matrices, but afaik TikZ doesn't support that yet.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T12:43:55.157" />
  <row Id="1395" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1529" CreationDate="2010-08-09T12:44:35.187" Score="6" ViewCount="339" Body="&lt;p&gt;I really like the protrusion and margin kerning features of pdfTeX and LuaTeX. I also like to use other fonts than those available for TeX. What choices do I have when I want to use both? Also, what problems with typography should I expect?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="628" LastEditorUserId="628" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-09T13:09:05.120" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T01:15:53.747" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-09T12:44:35.187" Title="What possibilities are there of using OpenType fonts and margin kerning?" Tags="&lt;luatex&gt;&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;protrusion&gt;&lt;font-expansion&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="1396" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1390" CreationDate="2010-08-09T13:03:28.907" Score="14" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In addition to what Stefan wrote:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Both are easy to use in any modern TeX distribution. The distributor has taken care of this for you&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;cm-super takes up more space in your distribution, but in my testing lmodern generally takes up more space in your generated PDF. This is because lmodern uses font subroutines, which all must be put in the PDF, even if you only use a subset of glyphs&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;lmodern is available in the same optical sizes as computer modern, cm-super is available in more optical sizes (this 'feature' of cm-super switched is off by using the fix-cm package (highly recommended))&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;With cm-super it's recommended to use the fix-cm package to fix a lot of broken design decisions in cm-super (and in addition this makes the final PDF a bit smaller)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Neither cm-super or lmodern are as well-hinted (for onscreen reading) as the bluesky computer modern fonts. Hinting is simply too hard to get right and the lmodern developers don't focus on it. Both cm-super and lmodern each have their hinting flaws, and I'm not sure which I prefer&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;As I understand it, neither cm-super or lmodern will give exactly identical page breaks as the traditional computer modern, but lmodern will be closer&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastEditorUserId="627" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-09T15:27:58.683" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T15:27:58.683" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1397" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1390" CreationDate="2010-08-09T13:08:58.960" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One more addition: cm-super contains Cyrillic fonts and lmodern doesn't.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="85" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T13:08:58.960" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1398" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1416" CreationDate="2010-08-09T13:56:52.627" Score="4" ViewCount="402" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm in the middle of a &quot;drop a file here and compile it using Latex&quot; project. I have a &lt;a href=&quot;http://dropbox.com&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;dropbox&lt;/a&gt; and I would like to drop a .tex file in a specific folder and have a script that compiles It for me. I'm on MAC OS X (Snow Leopard). Can you point me on a .sh script or an Automator one (a Tutorial would be good too) that compile my documents into a PDF using pdflatex?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How could I handle the latex document dependencies like .sty, images, whatever? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT&lt;/strong&gt; I posted the question on SuperUser an I found a good suggestion about using latexmk+folderactions, so go &lt;a href=&quot;http://superuser.com/questions/173914/dropbox-latex-automated-pdf-compile&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; for details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="633" LastEditorUserId="633" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-10T12:13:02.153" LastActivityDate="2010-08-10T17:48:02.460" Title="Dropbox Latex compiling automation" Tags="&lt;automation&gt;&lt;compiling&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1399" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="940" CreationDate="2010-08-09T14:01:18.810" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I proofread someone's theology dissertation which was written in LaTeX -- I'm sure the packages it used for displaying Hebrew and polytonic Greek were simpler than entering those characters in a word processor.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="677" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T14:01:18.810" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-25T15:10:49.093" />
  <row Id="1400" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1395" CreationDate="2010-08-09T14:53:14.007" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;XeTeX has recently been enhanced with microtypography extensions as well, but it's still in a beta phase.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="170" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T14:53:14.007" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-09T14:53:14.007" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1401" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-09T14:54:21.523" Score="4" ViewCount="304" Body="&lt;p&gt;A colleague of mine is submitting a research proposal to one of the UK research councils, whose guidelines stipulate a minimum font-size of 10pt.  My colleague, who is of course using LaTeX, uses the &lt;code&gt;amsart&lt;/code&gt; document class with the &lt;code&gt;10pt&lt;/code&gt; option (which, in fact, I think it's the default).  Looking at the &lt;code&gt;.log&lt;/code&gt; file one sees that the 10pt version of the fonts are indeed being loaded.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However word has come back that the proposal falls foul of the research council's guidelines because the font-size in the PDF file that my colleague submitted is actually 9.6pt!  Alas, no information has been given as to how this font-size was determined.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Questions&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;When is 10pt &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; really 10pt?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;And how can one determine the true font size of a LaTeX-generated PDF document?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Added&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This just in: it seems that the culprit was the default scaling of &lt;code&gt;helvetica&lt;/code&gt;, which according to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/psnfss/psnfss2e.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the PSNFSS2e documentation&lt;/a&gt; (PDF file) is smaller than 1.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This still leaves the second question. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="18" LastEditorUserId="18" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-09T15:50:29.317" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T18:28:30.380" Title="How to determine the true size of a font?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;pdftex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1402" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1401" CreationDate="2010-08-09T15:35:59.250" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Adobe Acrobat professional: Tools -&gt; Advanced Editing -&gt; Touchup text tool. Select text, right click -&gt; Properties. Text tab, Font Size box.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T15:35:59.250" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1403" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1385" CreationDate="2010-08-09T16:06:42.150" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could try &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.citeulike.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;CiteULike&lt;/a&gt;. I use it as my primary reference database; it makes it easy to add an article by automatically scraping journal webpages. It exports to BibTeX (very easily; you can bookmark a particular URL which will download the bib file). Moreover, it has a 'groups' feature where multiple people can share a common library. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="490" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T16:06:42.150" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1404" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1385" CreationDate="2010-08-09T16:42:20.727" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;We are simply using svn + JabRef + standardised JabRef settings; works well. JabRef automatically enforces a consistent formatting and ordering of the Bibtex entries. After saving the file in JabRef, you can easily use &quot;svn diff&quot; to see what was changed, and commit the changes if everything looks good.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The only issue is that JabRef tries to support collaboration as well, which doesn't make much sense if you are using svn. Therefore it seems to be easiest to &lt;em&gt;close the file in JabRef before running &quot;svn up&quot;&lt;/em&gt; so that JabRef doesn't try to do anything clever.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="100" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T16:42:20.727" />
  <row Id="1405" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1407" CreationDate="2010-08-09T16:56:17.853" Score="3" ViewCount="854" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to fill the cells of a table with a background color. How can this be done?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="97" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T17:08:03.920" Title="How do I fill table cells with a background color?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;color&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1406" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1390" CreationDate="2010-08-09T16:59:01.140" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As Lev Bishop explained, both cm-super and lmodern have problems with hinting; the PDF files may look bad in some PDF viewers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Therefore I'd suggest that you consider the third option as well: &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{ae}&lt;/code&gt;. Looks good on screen and works everywhere without installing anything new.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="100" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T16:59:01.140" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1407" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1405" CreationDate="2010-08-09T17:02:44.053" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=xcolor&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;xcolor&lt;/a&gt; provides support for coloring table rows in a variety of patterns.  The &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=colortbl&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;colortbl&lt;/a&gt; can color rows, columns, cells and rules.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is a nice &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/pracjourn/2007-1/mori/mori.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;article&lt;/a&gt; by Lapo Filippo Mori in the PracTeX Journal that describes the usage of both packages.  Scroll down to section 4.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastEditorUserId="17" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-09T17:08:03.920" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T17:08:03.920" />
  <row Id="1408" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-09T17:24:10.350" Score="8" ViewCount="840" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've seen in other documentclass's that one can input the authors' institutes via special commands for example in &lt;code&gt;revtex4&lt;/code&gt; I can put do&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\title{Aggregation According to Classical Kinetics---From Nucleation to &#xA;Coarsening}&#xA;\author{Yossi Farjoun}&#xA;\email{yfarjoun@math.mit.edu}&#xA;\thanks{Corresponding author}&#xA;\affiliation{G. Mill\'an Institute of Fluid Dynamics, Nanoscience and Industrial&#xA;Mathematics, Universidad Carlos III de Madrid, Spain}&#xA;\author{John C. Neu}%&#xA;\email{neu@math.berkeley.edu}&#xA;\affiliation{Department of Mathematics, University of California, Berkeley}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and it gets typeset nicely:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://imgur.com/po6LR.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;--snip--&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://imgur.com/M4UH1.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a nice of doing the same with plain-old article?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-02T05:52:13.700" LastActivityDate="2010-09-02T05:52:13.700" Title="Where to put the institute information in the article documentclass?" Tags="&lt;article&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1409" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="133" CreationDate="2010-08-09T17:30:08.203" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would recommend using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/xtab.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;xtab&lt;/a&gt; package, which is designed as a improvement of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/supertabular.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;supertabular&lt;/a&gt; package. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="18" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T17:30:08.203" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1410" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1408" CreationDate="2010-08-09T18:03:46.590" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure you can add that to the standard title page, but you could use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/titling/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;titling&lt;/a&gt; package to write a custom one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="564" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T18:03:46.590" />
  <row Id="1411" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1408" CreationDate="2010-08-09T18:05:59.457" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As article doesn't support it, you may use a titlepage environment. If you would like just to use the standard \maketitle, you could redefine this command or hook into the author macro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The author is typeset using a simple table:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}[t]{c}%&#xA;  \@author&#xA;\end{tabular}\par}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, you could use tabular features inside the argument to \author. Simply use \ for a new row, perhaps several times. It would be set below and centered. Demonstrating tabular commands:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[titlepage]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[onehalfspacing]{setspace}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\title{Aggregation According to Classical Kinetics---From&#xA;    Nucleation to Coarsening}&#xA;\author{Yossi Farjoun \\&#xA;  \multicolumn{1}{p{.7\textwidth}}{\centering\emph{G. Mill\'an Institute&#xA;  of Fluid Dynamics, Nanoscience and Industrial Mathematics,&#xA;  Universidad Carlos III de Madrid, Spain}}}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://texblog.net/png/title-article.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could add further rows for futher authors and institutes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is just a workaround and a demonstration what happens internally. I would recommend to use a titlepage environment instead of misusing the article \maketitle feature that isn't intended to be used with an institute.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T18:05:59.457" />
  <row Id="1412" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-09T18:25:42.913" Score="2" ViewCount="309" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've tried using both algorithm2e and algorithmic to generate a list of algorithms, but they both do it this way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;List of Algorithms&#xA;&#xA;1 BFS ..... 1&#xA;2 DFS ..... 2&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I'd like to it to be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;List of Algorithms&#xA;&#xA;Algorithm 1 BFS ..... 1&#xA;Algorithm 2 DFS ..... 2&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The packages being used:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[pnumabnt,normaltoc,capchap,floatnumber=continuous]{abnt}  &#xA;\usepackage[bibjustif,abnt-etal-cite=2,abnt-full-initials=yes]{abntcite}&#xA;\usepackage[toc,page]{modelo/tex/appendix}&#xA;\usepackage[portuguese,brazilian,portuges]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{abnt-alf}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{multicol}&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\usepackage{booktabs}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{amsthm}&#xA;\usepackage{eucal}&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}&#xA;\usepackage{mathrsfs}&#xA;\usepackage[portugues]{algorithm2e}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="572" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-13T15:47:57.207" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T04:23:37.547" Title="Is it possible to change the way a list of algorithms is generated to include the word &quot;Algorithm&quot; before each element in the list?" Tags="&lt;algorithms&gt;&lt;pseudocode&gt;&lt;lists&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="1413" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1401" CreationDate="2010-08-09T18:28:30.380" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://pdfedit.petricek.net/en/download.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;PDFedit&lt;/a&gt; will be able tell you what the size of particular bit of text in a PDF document is. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T18:28:30.380" />
  <row Id="1414" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1412" CreationDate="2010-08-09T18:44:33.577" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Isn't it obvious, that below the heading &lt;strong&gt;List of Algorithms&lt;/strong&gt; only algorithms follow? Why mention 20 times &lt;em&gt;Algorithm&lt;/em&gt; again?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One could start by redefining the counter presentation like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand*{\thealgocf}{Algorithm~\arabic{algocf}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But the list of contents requires modification, this could be done with a package like &lt;code&gt;tocloft&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;titletoc&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;tocbasic&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For consistency it may be following to do the same for figures, tables, sections and so on. That seems odd to me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T18:44:33.577" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="1415" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1398" CreationDate="2010-08-09T19:24:01.273" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can compile file.tex from the command line by just typing &quot;pdflatex file.tex&quot;, assuming all your resources (graphics, style files) are where the .tex file says they are.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you can assume that then you could just write a shell script that checks the directory for all .tex files then, if the timestamp on the corresponding .pdf file is older then run pdflatex on it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This should just be a couple of lines of shell code. Like Caramdir suggests, the people at superuser can help you write that script.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Still, chances are the compile will break. So then you have to worry about getting those error messages back to you and not trying to re-compile it again and again. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="686" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T19:24:01.273" />
  <row Id="1416" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1398" CreationDate="2010-08-09T19:24:47.463" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can add a Folder Action to your dropbox: when something new arrives it'll fire off an AppleScript to fire off the commands to compile the file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Finder, right click on the folder. Go to Services and then Folder Actions Setup. You can then select which action (you can add yours to show up in the options).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="19" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T19:24:47.463" />
  <row Id="1417" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1325" CreationDate="2010-08-09T19:30:08.810" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Do you mean something like the following?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;~/bin/git-latexdiff&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;#!/bin/bash&#xA;TMPDIR=$(mktemp -d /tmp/git-latexdiff.XXXXXX)&#xA;latexdiff &quot;$1&quot; &quot;$2&quot; &gt; $TMPDIR/diff.tex&#xA;pdflatex -interaction nonstopmode -output-directory $TMPDIR $TMPDIR/diff.tex&#xA;evince $TMPDIR/diff.pdf&#xA;rm -rf $TMPDIR&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;~/.gitconfig&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;[difftool.latex]&#xA;        cmd = git-latexdiff &quot;$LOCAL&quot; &quot;$REMOTE&quot;&#xA;[difftool]&#xA;        prompt = false&#xA;[alias]&#xA;        ldiff = difftool -t latex   &#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="673" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T19:30:08.810" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1418" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1430" CreationDate="2010-08-09T19:44:09.307" Score="10" ViewCount="494" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to typeset documents using the '&lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Grid%5F%28page%5Flayout%29&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Grid system&lt;/a&gt;' of page layout. Good examples are on pages 40-53 of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.vignelli.com/canon.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this document&lt;/a&gt;. The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/textpos.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;textpos&lt;/a&gt; package is helpful for this, but two additional features would be useful:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Automatic flow of text across (arbitrarily placed) columns / textpos blocks.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Vertical line spacing enforced to be an integer multiple of a base line spacing, even when interrupted (for example) by an equation of arbitrary height.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any ideas as to how either or both of these could be accomplished?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="45" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-09T22:30:34.007" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T14:43:03.693" Title="Grid System in LaTeX" Tags="&lt;line-spacing&gt;&lt;typography&gt;&lt;grids&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="5" />
  <row Id="1419" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1418" CreationDate="2010-08-09T19:51:36.807" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;See the grid package &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/grid&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://ctan.org/pkg/grid&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="565" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T19:51:36.807" />
  <row Id="1420" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1458" CreationDate="2010-08-09T19:59:00.457" Score="3" ViewCount="146" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think I've seen a script for converting mediawiki syntax to Latex. Also, in case there are more than one solution for this, it might be nice to summarize them here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="690" LastEditorUserId="627" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-11T02:38:09.907" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T02:38:09.907" Title="How to convert mediawiki syntax to latex?" Tags="&lt;syntax&gt;&lt;conversion&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="1421" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1352" CreationDate="2010-08-09T20:05:08.880" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I found &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gnu.org/software/octave/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;octave&lt;/a&gt; the most convenient tool (quick and easy to learn the required syntax) for creating various charts, being not familiar with more advanced statistics software, but having used MATLAB in school.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="690" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T20:05:08.880" />
  <row Id="1422" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1420" CreationDate="2010-08-09T20:10:29.647" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://nullprogram.com/blog/2007/09/23/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;This&lt;/a&gt; perl script seems to be the script I was thinking of. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="690" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T20:10:29.647" />
  <row Id="1423" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1426" CreationDate="2010-08-09T20:12:58.457" Score="9" ViewCount="885" Body="&lt;p&gt;Say I made a beamer presentation and I want to print it out.  Is there a nice way to make beamer ignore the pauses so that I don't get lots of pages with duplicate information?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course there are some things one could do with find &amp;amp; replace, but I would prefer a more sophisticated solution if such exists. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="166" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T20:56:04.670" Title="Is there a nice way to compile a beamer presentation without the pauses?" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="1424" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1420" CreationDate="2010-08-09T20:14:47.453" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://code.google.com/p/javalatex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Javalatex&lt;/a&gt; seems like a very interesting project, and should have support for this. (Haven't tried them yet, but will report experience when I have)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="690" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T20:14:47.453" />
  <row Id="1425" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1423" CreationDate="2010-08-09T20:16:38.433" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Add the &quot;handout&quot; class option:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[handout]{beamer}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that this will also remove the navigation symbols, which should be a good thing for your handout.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T20:16:38.433" />
  <row Id="1426" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1423" CreationDate="2010-08-09T20:16:49.087" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the &lt;code&gt;handout&lt;/code&gt; mode:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[handout]{beamer}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It collapses each frame to one page.  Sometimes its method of collapsing needs a little fine-tuning, but it's generally okay.  For more on that fine-tuning, read about mode-specific instructions in the beamer user guide.  As lockstep says, it also sets up some other defaults such as removing the navigation symbols (which, after all, don't make sense on a handout version).  All of these changes are customisable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The sections to read in the beamer user guide are in Part IV (Creating Supporting Material), in particular section 21 (Creating Handouts and Lecture Notes).  Section 21.3 has the details on how to achieve the fine-tuning using &lt;em&gt;mode specifications&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mikael included &lt;a href=&quot;http://mathoverflow.net/questions/5893/beamer-printout&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this link&lt;/a&gt; to a version of this question on MathOverflow.  As I answered that question, and I think that it's good to keep TeX-related stuff here rather than there, I'm copying my answer to that question below, with very minor modification, which deals with variants of the basic answer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Print it 4-up using the pgfpages package (from the pgf/TikZ meta-package).  If you want to distinguish the pages, don't change the background colour (waste of ink), rather use pgfpages to put a border around each frame (this isn't one of the standard page-type declarations, but it isn't hard and I can make mine available if anyone wants it).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;It's possible to change the type of the output (between beamer, handout, trans, or article) without modifying the file.  The trick is to put the main document in one file, say &lt;code&gt;geometry.tex&lt;/code&gt; but &lt;em&gt;without&lt;/em&gt; the documentclass declaration.  Then you create a new file for each type with just the documentclass declaration.  For example, &lt;code&gt;geometry.beamer.tex&lt;/code&gt; could contain:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt,t,xcolor=dvipsnames,ignorenonframetext]{beamer}&#xA;\input{geometry.tex}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;whilst &lt;code&gt;geometry.handout.tex&lt;/code&gt; might contain&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt,xcolor=dvipsname,ignorenonframetext,handout,%&#xA; notes=only%&#xA;]{beamer}&#xA;\input{geometry.tex}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and &lt;code&gt;geometry.article.tex&lt;/code&gt; might be&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,10pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[envcountsect]{beamerarticle}&#xA;\setjobnamebeamerversion{geometry.beamer}&#xA;\input{geometry.tex}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Not only does this make sure that you are always compiling the correct version of the document, it also means that if you use a version control system then it doesn't keep complaining about you modifying the file just because you change the output type.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If you are strong in the ways of beamer and TeX, you can go one step further.  I use beamer for lectures which means that one single file contains the beamer versions and the handout versions of nearly 30 lectures.  To produce a given version of a given lecture, I need to have a way of telling TeX what I want.  I could have 60 separate files all with variations on the above, but I've found a simpler way is to have TeX examine the jobname to determine this.  Then I just have to have 60 symlinks to the main file (and I can create all 60 symlinks with a single &lt;code&gt;zsh&lt;/code&gt; command).  That is, &lt;code&gt;lecture.beamer.2009-11-19.tex&lt;/code&gt; is a symlink to &lt;code&gt;lectures.tex&lt;/code&gt; and when I run LaTeX on it then I get tomorrow's lecture in beamer format (well, I would if I'd written it yet).  Again, I'd be happy to share the code for this if anyone's interested.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastEditorUserId="86" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-09T20:56:04.670" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T20:56:04.670" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1427" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1423" CreationDate="2010-08-09T20:17:57.867" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The class option &lt;em&gt;handout&lt;/em&gt; will remove pauses and get you one page per actual &lt;em&gt;frame&lt;/em&gt; environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For much much more on the subject, see also:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://mathoverflow.net/questions/5893/beamer-printout&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://mathoverflow.net/questions/5893/beamer-printout&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="257" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T20:17:57.867" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1428" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1423" CreationDate="2010-08-09T20:18:08.443" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the &lt;code&gt;handout&lt;/code&gt; option:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[handout]{beamer}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T20:18:08.443" />
  <row Id="1429" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1431" CreationDate="2010-08-09T20:32:51.967" Score="12" ViewCount="738" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to be able to generate QR barcodes in my LaTeX documents, and I'm having a hard time finding a solution.  The use would be a command such as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\qr[1in]{Your text to be QR encoded here}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The optional argument would be the width of the square. I'd be using this to put a barcode on each page of an exam for my students, so that the assignments could be scanned and sorted electronically once they hand them in.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anyone know of such a package?  I don't mind using an external script (e.g., python) to generate a graphic that I could include.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="207" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-05T10:43:00.013" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T17:40:53.733" Title="LaTeX Package to generate QR codes?" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;barcodes&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="1430" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1418" CreationDate="2010-08-09T20:41:35.033" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your requirement 2 is very difficult in latex (and a frequent topic of discussion when people get together to talk about future versions). As well as the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/grid.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;grid&lt;/a&gt; package there is the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/gridset.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;gridset&lt;/a&gt; package. The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/grid.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;grid&lt;/a&gt; package tries to make all vertical spaces a multiple of the baselineskip (or pairs of pre-/post-spacing that sum to a multiple of baselineskip), and removes vertical glue. The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/gridset.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;gridset&lt;/a&gt; package tries to &quot;reset&quot; the text back onto the grid after an odd-sized equation or floating figure or table, but it doesn't necessarily do it in the most aesthetic way, and it may take &lt;em&gt;many&lt;/em&gt; compilation passes before convergence.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For your requirement 1, check out the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/flowfram.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;flowfram&lt;/a&gt; package. It seems to do what you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastEditorUserId="627" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-17T14:43:03.693" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T14:43:03.693" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1431" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1429" CreationDate="2010-08-09T20:49:06.077" Score="15" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/graphics/pstricks/contrib/pst-barcode/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;pst-barcode&lt;/code&gt; package&lt;/a&gt; will work as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pst-barcode}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{pspicture}(1in,1in)&#xA;    \psbarcode{test string}{}{qrcode}&#xA;  \end{pspicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The empty &lt;code&gt;{}&lt;/code&gt; between the string to encode, &lt;code&gt;{test string}&lt;/code&gt;, and the barcode type, &lt;code&gt;{qrcode}&lt;/code&gt;, can contain options that are detailed in the package documentation (but which, by definition, are not needed).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;NB:&lt;/strong&gt; This package relies on &lt;code&gt;pstricks&lt;/code&gt;, which of course uses postscript, so you can't use &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; to compile.  Creating a .dvi or .ps and converting it to .pdf works perfectly well though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="32" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T20:49:06.077" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1432" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1395" CreationDate="2010-08-09T20:51:15.463" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;LuaTeX supports both. I'm not sure about the state of Lua in LaTeX, but you can already do it in ConTeXt.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is how I did it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usemodule[simplefonts]&#xA;\setupsimplefonts[expansion=quality,protrusion=quality]&#xA;\setmainfont[Fontin Sans]&#xA;\setsansfont[Fontin Sans]&#xA;\setmathfont[iwona]&#xA;\setupalign[hanging,hz]&#xA;\switchtobodyfont[11pt]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="628" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T20:51:15.463" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-09T20:51:15.463" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1433" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1438" CreationDate="2010-08-09T21:07:55.780" Score="4" ViewCount="162" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to configure vim so that it only checks spelling in the text regions of tex files?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="512" LastEditorUserId="512" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-09T21:13:16.960" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T21:41:53.500" Title="Configuring vim to only check spelling in text regions" Tags="&lt;spelling&gt;&lt;vim&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="1434" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1573" CreationDate="2010-08-09T21:16:44.077" Score="2" ViewCount="172" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a string of inequalities, and somewhere  in the middle I have two things which are equal. To fit this nicely on a single line, I would like to stack the equal things. So I wanted to do something like this (using the stackrel package):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;\[ A \leq \stackrel[B]{C}{\parallel} \leq D \]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However this makes B and C smaller.&#xA;I can fix this with an even kludgier hack:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;\[ A \leq \stackrel[\text{\normalsize $B$}]{\text{\normalsize $C$}}{\parallel} \leq D \]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My question is: What the right way to do something like this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: I would like something without a begin and end if possible.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="692" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-09T22:27:00.830" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T21:32:14.783" Title="What is a good way to stack things in an equation?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;equations&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1435" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1433" CreationDate="2010-08-09T21:20:06.170" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the project specific dictionary for latex given at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=499&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=499&lt;/a&gt;. It will remove all the keywords from being marked by vim's spellchecker.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="342" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T21:20:06.170" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1437" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1434" CreationDate="2010-08-09T21:34:38.673" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For your particular case, I'd write it&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;A \leq B = C \leq D&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But in general, if you want to stack things, I suppose it could be done with an AMS matrix environment,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;A \leq \begin{matrix}B \\ \parallel \\ C\end{matrix} \leq D&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;although there's probably something perfectly appropriate for this task.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(By the way, I'm not too happy with using &lt;code&gt;\parallel&lt;/code&gt; to get a rotated equals sign, but if you're not willing to just use a regular unrotated equals sign, I don't know the proper way to do it.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="125" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T21:34:38.673" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1438" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1433" CreationDate="2010-08-09T21:41:53.500" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;With the &lt;a href=&quot;http://vim-latex.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;vim-latexsuite&lt;/a&gt; spell-checking works fine. Since it makes typing latex files a lot easier and faster I can only recommend it to every LaTeX-writing vim user.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T21:41:53.500" />
  <row Id="1439" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1434" CreationDate="2010-08-09T21:48:23.583" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\stackrel&lt;/code&gt; is for placing superscripts, so it's not the right one,&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\substack&lt;/code&gt; is also intended for subscripts or superscripts, so it's not the best choice,&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\genfrac&lt;/code&gt; would be an option: &lt;code&gt;\[A \leq \genfrac{}{}{0pt}{0}{B}{C} \leq D.\]&lt;/code&gt;, but there might be more space between the letters than you might wish,&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;the &lt;code&gt;aligned&lt;/code&gt; environment would be possible,&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;an &lt;code&gt;array&lt;/code&gt; environment seems natural: &lt;code&gt;\[A \leq \begin{array}{c} B \\ C \end{array}\leq D.\]&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;if you use array you could modify \arraystretch locally t get it more cramped, another quick way is to use the optional argument of \ like in &lt;code&gt;\[A \leq \begin{array}{c} B \\[-3pt] C \end{array}\leq D\]&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Better use &lt;code&gt;\[ ...\]&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;$$ ... $$&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T21:48:23.583" />
  <row Id="1440" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1375" CreationDate="2010-08-09T21:58:10.203" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've used &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/algorithm2e/algorithm2e.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Algorithm2e&lt;/a&gt; successfully in the past.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="694" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T21:58:10.203" />
  <row Id="1441" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="329" CreationDate="2010-08-09T22:46:46.243" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/biblatex.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;biblatex&lt;/a&gt; package you could also write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand*{\bibfont}{\footnotesize}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Personally I'd use &lt;code&gt;\small&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\footnotesize&lt;/code&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T22:46:46.243" />
  <row Id="1442" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="329" CreationDate="2010-08-09T23:21:59.787" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;And if you use the &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt; package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\bibfont{\footnotesize}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="100" LastActivityDate="2010-08-09T23:21:59.787" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1443" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1476" CreationDate="2010-08-09T23:42:22.353" Score="2" ViewCount="328" Body="&lt;p&gt;I type fast enough that for most things it's not a pain, but I have a few big stacks of old course notes I'd like in LaTeX which I'm dreading having to go through. So, I'm just wondering what the best solution for handwriting -&gt; LaTeX is so far, if any.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="228" LastActivityDate="2010-08-10T09:52:04.867" Title="What is the status of generating LaTeX from handwriting (i.e., OCR)?" Tags="&lt;conversion&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1444" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-09T23:57:52.133" Score="8" ViewCount="328" Body="&lt;p&gt;Being a mathematician, I use LaTeX a lot for writing. However, I am interested (mildly) in working with TeX instead, even if only for keeping my own notes. What is the minimum amount of TeX do I need to know to produce reasonable documents with mathematical content? I'm not interested in the finer points of compositing and typefaces and so on, so I may be barking up the wrong tree here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also (and this is a stretch) what about diagrams in TeX? Usually I use xymatrix in LaTeX, is there an easy way to do simple diagrams in TeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: The answers to the second question are good, but what about the first? Shall I go back a step and ask: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;What is the minimum amount of TeX do I need to know to produce reasonable documents?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="141" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-12T09:10:52.663" LastActivityDate="2010-11-20T12:15:35.787" Title="What is the minimum TeX one can use to put together a mathematical document?" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;templates&gt;&lt;soft-question&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1445" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="133" CreationDate="2010-08-10T00:43:37.730" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Depending on your overall requirements and the shape of the data in the table, you might also consider dropping your &lt;code&gt;longtable&lt;/code&gt; into a &lt;code&gt;landscape&lt;/code&gt; environment, as provided, e.g., by the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/pdflscape.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot; title=&quot;pdflscape&quot;&gt;pdflscape&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-08-10T00:43:37.730" />
  <row Id="1446" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1444" CreationDate="2010-08-10T01:02:42.287" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use plain TeX for mathematics.  (My PhD thesis, written two decades ago, was typeset in plain TeX with additional macros.)  Of course, you may have to provide a number of additional macros if you want cross-referencing,...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for diagrams, XY-pic (which is what I think you mean by xymatrix) works just fine in plain TeX; although I have not used it in plain TeX in years.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="18" LastActivityDate="2010-08-10T01:02:42.287" />
  <row Id="1447" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1444" CreationDate="2010-08-10T01:12:46.070" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ams.org/publications/authors/tex/amstex.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;AMSTeX&lt;/a&gt; works with plain TeX, adding features for mathematics. It also provides simple macros for (commutative) diagrams: &lt;code&gt;\CD ... \endCD&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-10T01:12:46.070" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1448" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1444" CreationDate="2010-08-10T02:02:52.283" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For graphics, &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=pgf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TikZ&lt;/a&gt; supports TeX, LaTeX and ConTeXt.  The &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/graphics/pgf/base/doc/generic/pgf/pgfmanual.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;beautifully illustrated manual&lt;/a&gt; starts off with several tutorials that show how to set TikZ up for use with TeX, LaTeX or ConTeXt.  After the environment has been set up, the syntax used to draw pictures is consistent across all three systems.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=metapost&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;MetaPost&lt;/a&gt; is another vector drawing language that grew out of MetaFont and inspired much of the syntax used by TikZ.  Hans Hagen, the creator of ConTeXt, has done a lot of work on MetaPost and has produced a &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pragma-ade.com/general/manuals/metafun-s.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;very fine manual&lt;/a&gt; detailing the system and his MetaFun extensions.  The University of Berkeley has &lt;a href=&quot;http://math.berkeley.edu/~vojta/tex/samp-p/mpost.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;an example&lt;/a&gt; that shows how to use MetaPost from plain TeX or AMSTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;LuaTeX has MetaPost support baked in thanks to MPLib.  A plain-TeX example for using MetaPost code inside LuaTeX can be found &lt;a href=&quot;http://github.com/mpg/luamplib/blob/master/luamplib-test-plain.tex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastActivityDate="2010-08-10T02:02:52.283" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1449" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1466" CreationDate="2010-08-10T02:32:01.277" Score="10" ViewCount="632" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's often the case that I'd like to include some graphic in a LaTeX document and overlay it with some text or other annotation, maybe including arrows or other simple graphics. The annotations can be easily handled using TikZ, so obviously if I create the graphic itself in TikZ, I'm all set. But sometimes the graphic is very complex and it's not practical to recreate it with TikZ commands. In these cases, I would like to include the graphic file directly, but still be able to layer my annotations over it. Editing the image to include the annotation is a possibility, but I'd really like to avoid that because the annotations then wouldn't reflect the document's font style and size, and also because it'd be harder to change them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a preferred way to include an external image and then layer additional content over it? A solution that lets me continue to use TikZ for the annotations is preferred, but not required.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT:&lt;/strong&gt; All three answers (&lt;code&gt;overpic&lt;/code&gt;, a TikZ node, and &lt;code&gt;\pgftext&lt;/code&gt;) work fine, but unfortunately I can only accept one, so I'm going with the one recommended in the &quot;official source,&quot; the TikZ manual.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="125" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-02T12:28:26.840" LastActivityDate="2010-09-02T12:28:26.840" Title="How can/should I include annotated images?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="1450" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1319" CreationDate="2010-08-10T02:38:41.027" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Perhaps a little off the track of beautiful &lt;em&gt;document&lt;/em&gt; typography per se, but I often turn to the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TikZ and PGF examples&lt;/a&gt; pages when I'm seeking inspiration or solutions re snazzy and relatively easy to produce vector graphics typography.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-08-10T02:38:41.027" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-10T02:38:41.027" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1451" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1449" CreationDate="2010-08-10T03:14:23.850" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using TikZ, you can include the image inside a &lt;code&gt;\node&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\node[anchor=south west, inner sep=0pt, outer sep=0pt]&#xA;  (image) at (0,0) {\includegraphics{image}};&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then draw away:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\draw (image.south west) -- ++(1,1);&#xA;&#xA;\coordinate[at = 1in of image.west] (pathStart);&#xA;\draw (pathStart) -- ++(42,13);&#xA;&#xA;% Etc.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is a complete example &lt;a href=&quot;http://kogs-www.informatik.uni-hamburg.de/~meine/tikz/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;at this site&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are creating graphics such as plots, you can use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.r-project.org&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;R&lt;/a&gt; programming language along with the &lt;a href=&quot;http://cran.r-project.org/web/packages/tikzDevice/index.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tikzDevice&lt;/a&gt; package that an associate and I developed.  The tikzDevice encodes graphics created by R into TeX commands.  We just released a new version, 0.5.0, that includes support for inserting named coordinates into the generated figures so that they may be further annotated by TikZ commands.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastActivityDate="2010-08-10T03:14:23.850" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1452" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1449" CreationDate="2010-08-10T03:19:28.597" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/overpic.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;overpic&lt;/code&gt; package&lt;/a&gt; sounds to be just what you're after.  From the package description:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The overpic environment is a cross between the LaTeX picture environment and the \includegraphics command of graphicx. The resulting picture environment has the same dimensions as the included eps graphic. LaTeX commands can be placed on the graphic at defined positions. A grid for orientation is available.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that it is possible to use other graphics formats besides .eps -- anything you'd be able to use with &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt; will still work with this package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="32" LastActivityDate="2010-08-10T03:19:28.597" />
  <row Id="1453" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-10T03:52:38.970" Score="6" ViewCount="345" Body="&lt;p&gt;Inspired by &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1380/how-to-avoid-bibtex-error-message-repeated-entry-for-an-entry-appearing-in-seve/1381#1381&quot;&gt;an answer&lt;/a&gt; to another question, I am reminded of the various reasons why it's difficult to have only one BIB file. I would like to have a set of command line tools that I could script to take my 'master' BIB and convert it for a specific situation. I am aware of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/utils/bibtool/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;bibtool&lt;/a&gt; which is probably powerful enough that it can meet most of my needs, but I haven't figured out how to use it...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here are some common tasks that could be automated this way. Of course, the strategic goal would be solved 'the right way' by using a smarter BST (or something like biblatex) but often one is constrained (or at least it is &lt;em&gt;much&lt;/em&gt; more convenient) to use a publisher's broken BST and make a few tweaks to the database:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Truncate all papers with more than 5 authors, and keep only the first 3 authors of any truncated papers (because you are running low on space)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Remove a field (month, url, ISSN, ISBN) because a journal has a broken BST that makes a mess of these &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Remove a field conditionally (eg, remove title only for articles but not books)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Expand/collapse @string references (eg, I have 2 files, one &lt;code&gt;apsjour.bib&lt;/code&gt; with&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;code&gt;@STRING{prl = {Phys. Rev. Lett.}}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;and one &lt;code&gt;fulljour.bib&lt;/code&gt; with&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;code&gt;@STRING{prl = {Physical Review Letters}}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;so I can write &lt;code&gt;\bibliography{apsjour,articlebib}&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\bibliography{fulljour,articlebib}&lt;/code&gt; as required, but I certainly don't expect my co-authors to deal with this convention.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Remove &lt;code&gt;archiveprefix&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;eprint&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;primaryclass&lt;/code&gt; from &lt;code&gt;@article&lt;/code&gt;s with a page number&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Remove &lt;code&gt;DOI&lt;/code&gt;s with weird characters in them because the documentclass doesn't do enough escaping (seriously, Wiley, is&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;code&gt;10.1002/(SICI)1521-3978(200005)48:5/7&amp;lt;531::AID-PROP531&amp;gt;3.0.CO;2-#&lt;/code&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;really&lt;/strong&gt; a good idea for something that needs to end up in a URL?)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;A tool that is flexible enough to do more sophisticated things would be nice, so long as the flexibility isn't at the price of usability (cf &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/utils/bibtool/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;bibtool&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;There are probably other use cases that I've temporarily forgotten. I feel like I'm forever making journal-specific or even paper-specific modifications of bibtex databases. &lt;a href=&quot;http://jabref.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;JabRef&lt;/a&gt; makes it fairly easy, but still...&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are lots of cute tools living on CTAN in &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/utils/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/utils&lt;/a&gt; but I feel that there &lt;em&gt;must&lt;/em&gt; be some other place where the &lt;em&gt;serious&lt;/em&gt; tools hide. I can't be the only one with these problems, can I? (Feel free to tell me that I'm approaching this the wrong way and let me know your personal strategy for dealing with the above issues without using commandline tools! This includes, as Jukka Suomela suggests in his answer, tools for editing the generated BBL file instead of editing the BIB.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here are some problems that I already know of solutions for:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Process an AUX file to keep only the cited entries (many solutions, including &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/utils/bibextract/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;bibextract&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Merge BIB files and remove duplicates (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/utils/pybib/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pybib&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Force a particular format of page ranges (1234-56 or 1234-1256) (&lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/utils/bibfile-reformat-pages/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;bibfile-reformat-pages&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastEditorUserId="627" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-12T14:37:14.280" LastActivityDate="2010-08-12T14:37:14.280" Title="Command-line tools for some bibtex database manipulations" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;bibliographies&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="1454" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2646" CreationDate="2010-08-10T04:38:06.517" Score="7" ViewCount="336" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've always used &lt;code&gt;\left&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\right&lt;/code&gt; with my delimiters, but &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1232/difference-between-big-and-bigl/1234#1234&quot;&gt;Martin Heller's answer&lt;/a&gt; to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1232/difference-between-big-and-bigl&quot;&gt;another question&lt;/a&gt; indicates that this method gives incorrect spacing. The correction appears to be prepending &lt;code&gt;\mathopen{}&lt;/code&gt;. Is this the canonical &quot;correct&quot; method? And what exactly does the &lt;code&gt;\mathopen&lt;/code&gt; command do? A quick Google search does not turn up much useful information on it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The other alternative offered involved the &lt;code&gt;\biggl&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\biggr&lt;/code&gt; commands and their ilk. I've never quite felt comfortable with using these because it doesn't feel right to specify these sizes manually. Is there a reason to prefer these commands to &lt;code&gt;\left&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\right&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="101" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T17:59:40.927" Title="What is the correct way to do delimiters?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;brackets&gt;" AnswerCount="4" />
  <row Id="1455" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1477" CreationDate="2010-08-10T05:54:33.153" Score="10" ViewCount="702" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do I specify the fonts, and general font size, for the titles, chapters and sections in my document&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can see how my question is confusing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I use &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\chapter&lt;/code&gt; etc. to organise my document, and I would like to change the way the section and chapter titles are displayed. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="167" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-10T15:01:25.533" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T15:01:25.533" Title="How to set the font for a \section title (and chapter etc)" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;titlesec&gt;&lt;fontsize&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="1456" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1453" CreationDate="2010-08-10T05:54:48.287" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I do not know any non-programmer tools that can do those things you ask for, so I think you will need a bib scripting toolkit, and pybib is the most commonly used of those. If you are not familiar with python but do know perl, then &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gerg.ca/software/btOOL/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;btOOL&lt;/a&gt; may be more suited to you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-08-10T05:54:48.287" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1457" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1455" CreationDate="2010-08-10T06:05:20.327" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Depending on the level of customization you want, pick one of the following, in decreasing order of power/difficulty:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;read the Latex Companion and get your hands dirty programming&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/titlesec.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;titlesec&lt;/a&gt; package &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/sectsty.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;sectsty&lt;/a&gt; package &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/fncychap.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;fncychap&lt;/a&gt; package&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/memoir.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;memoir&lt;/a&gt; document class.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastEditorUserId="627" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-10T23:59:29.543" LastActivityDate="2010-08-10T23:59:29.543" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1458" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1420" CreationDate="2010-08-10T06:08:37.120" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you working from within a mediawiki, there is the &lt;a href=&quot;http://code.google.com/p/wiki2latex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;wiki2latex&lt;/a&gt; extension.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-08-10T06:08:37.120" />
  <row Id="1459" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1444" CreationDate="2010-08-10T06:19:13.667" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;On the first question you should be more elaborate. At the most minimum level, the only TeX command you need to know is &lt;code&gt;\end&lt;/code&gt;. You should explain what you want to do, &lt;i&gt;reasonable documents&lt;/i&gt; on its own is just too vague to give better answers. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the subject of learning tex, see the excellent (and nowadays free) book &lt;a href=&quot;http://eijkhout.net/texbytopic/texbytopic.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX by Topic&lt;/a&gt; by Victor Eijkhout. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For a short introduction to (plain) TeX, try &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/gentle/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;A Gentle Introduction to TeX&lt;/a&gt; by Michael Doob. It is quite old and the part about running TeX and editing is somewhat obsolete, but it covers enough of the plain functionality to get started, and it very easy to follow.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastEditorUserId="89" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-12T04:52:57.803" LastActivityDate="2010-08-12T04:52:57.803" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1460" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1475" CreationDate="2010-08-10T06:23:04.720" Score="6" ViewCount="526" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a script to automate externalizing tikz graphics?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(As suggested by Scott &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/45/how-can-i-speed-up-latex-compilation&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="512" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-10T10:58:11.740" LastActivityDate="2010-09-22T00:02:34.623" Title="Script to automate externalizing tikz graphics" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;automation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1461" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1454" CreationDate="2010-08-10T06:30:07.547" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Martin's answer is specifically about spacing following so called 'large operators'. Those  are operators like &lt;code&gt;\int&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\sum&lt;/code&gt;, but also the goniometric functions &lt;code&gt;\sin&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\cos&lt;/code&gt;, et cetera. The special thing about those is that these operators are followed by a delimited argument. In all other cases, &lt;code&gt;\left&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\right&lt;/code&gt; work just fine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-08-10T06:30:07.547" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="1462" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1587" CreationDate="2010-08-10T06:35:22.667" Score="7" ViewCount="166" Body="&lt;p&gt;Or at least in most distributions...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="253" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-01T10:04:22.087" LastActivityDate="2010-09-01T10:04:22.087" Title="Is there a common set of packages that is available in every distribution?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;distributions&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1463" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-10T07:02:29.837" Score="1" ViewCount="199" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have tried to set the options in the preamble:&#xA;\SweaveOpts{keep.source=TRUE, eps=FALSE, pdf=FALSE, png=TRUE}, but this does not reliably produce only .PNG (or indeed any!) figures. I say 'reliably' as I have been successful previously in getting the .PNG figures, but having made some modifications to my document (alas, unscientifically) Sweave no longer produces any figures.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="702" LastEditorUserId="17" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-10T07:34:35.420" LastActivityDate="2010-08-10T07:34:35.420" Title="Using Sweave, how can I reliably get .PNG figures instead of .EPS or .PDF figures?" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;sweave&gt;&lt;literate-programming&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="1464" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1462" CreationDate="2010-08-10T07:14:13.503" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Modern distributions are extremely large (often several gigabytes), and while most of the space is taken by fonts, these distributions also include a wealth of packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In fact, most packages that are distributed via the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;CTAN directory&lt;/a&gt; are included in &lt;em&gt;all&lt;/em&gt; modern distributions – at the moment, that’s 2300 packages in &lt;code&gt;contrib&lt;/code&gt; alone (i.e. packages that are not part of the LaTeX &lt;em&gt;core&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Notice that not all of them are installed by default, depending on your distribution. For example, MikTeX prefers to install packages on demand, i.e. as soon as they get used. TeX Live, on the other hand, installs most of them (all of them?) by default.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There’s also a slight lag between the time that packages are released on CTAN and the time they are included into the various distributions, so not all packages on CTAN are part of all distributions yet.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2010-08-10T07:14:13.503" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1465" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1463" CreationDate="2010-08-10T07:26:04.567" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is no option for automatic PNG output in the official Sweave distribution.  The only options are PDF or EPS-- you are not seeing output because you have turned both of those off.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can use whatever output device you want by forgoing the use of &lt;code&gt;fig=TRUE&lt;/code&gt; and writing code that looks like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\caption{Some silly plot.}&#xA;\label{fig:sillyPlot}&#xA;&#xA;&amp;lt;&amp;lt;fig1&amp;gt;&amp;gt;=&#xA;png( 'fig1.png' )&#xA;&#xA;# Plotting stuff.&#xA;&#xA;dev.off() # &amp;lt;- very very important&#xA;@&#xA;\includegraphics{fig1}&#xA;&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Instead of:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\caption{Some silly plot.}&#xA;\label{fig:sillyPlot}&#xA;&#xA;&amp;lt;&amp;lt;fig1,fig=TRUE&amp;gt;&amp;gt;=&#xA;&#xA;# Plotting stuff.&#xA;&#xA;@&#xA;&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;fig=TRUE&lt;/code&gt; option really just saves some typing by freeing you from opening the device, closing it and then inserting the &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics{}&lt;/code&gt; command for LaTeX.  If you really want &lt;code&gt;fig=TRUE&lt;/code&gt; to support PNG output you will have to roll your own modified Sweave driver or use &lt;a href=&quot;http://sites.google.com/site/thibautjombart/r-packages&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this one&lt;/a&gt; created by Thibaut Jombart.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastActivityDate="2010-08-10T07:26:04.567" />
  <row Id="1466" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1449" CreationDate="2010-08-10T07:53:08.497" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The pgf/TikZ manual suggests using the command &lt;code&gt;\pgftext&lt;/code&gt; to insert external graphics (section 53.3.3 &quot;Inserting Text and Images&quot;).  Here's an example taken from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.math.ntnu.no/~stacey/Seminars/chern.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this seminar&lt;/a&gt; (slides 5 and 6 in the presentation version):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\pgftext{%&#xA;\includegraphics[width=\textwidth]{Bridge05a}%&#xA;}%&#xA;\node[fill=black, opacity=.5, text opacity=1] at (0,.5) {\Large \color{yellow} Geometry};&#xA;\node[fill=black, opacity=.5, text opacity=1] at (0,-.5) {\Large \color{red} \emph{Manifolds}};&#xA;\node[fill=black, opacity=.5, text opacity=1] at (-4,.5) {\Large \color{yellow} Algebra};&#xA;\node[fill=black, opacity=.5, text opacity=1] at (4,.5) {\Large \color{yellow} Analysis};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is also a &lt;em&gt;hint&lt;/em&gt; elsewhere in the manual (in 53.3.1) that the command &lt;code&gt;\pgfimage&lt;/code&gt; can be used instead of &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt; (although still within the &lt;code&gt;\pgftext&lt;/code&gt; command); however, searching for &lt;code&gt;\pgfimage&lt;/code&gt; in the manual doesn't turn up any further explanation of this command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-08-10T07:53:08.497" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="1467" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="45" CreationDate="2010-08-10T08:12:50.120" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another way to speed-up compilation is to figure out what it is that is making each picture slow and then do something about it.  As a case study, it just took nearly 18s to compile the source for &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.math.ntnu.no/~stacey/Seminars/chern.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this seminar&lt;/a&gt;.  That's a bit long for a compulsive recompiler like me!  Watching the page numbers go by, I could see that the picture that takes the longest is on page 51.  The source of this diagram &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.math.ntnu.no/~stacey/documents/smooth_chern.3.tex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;is available&lt;/a&gt; and it's fairly clear that it's the torus that takes the time (there are two foreach loops, nested).  If you look carefully at the start of the foreach loops, you'll see:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\foreach \t in {\start,\tsnd,...,\tend} {&#xA;\foreach \s in {0,\sstep,...,\send} {&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Even without looking at how the various commands are defined, it's clear that by changing them, I can change how many times these loops loop.  Thus when I'm working on the diagram itself then I can use values that I'll use in the final document, but when I'm working elsewhere in the document, I can set them to something a little more user-friendly.  Indeed, near the top of the document, I have:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% Only do every \step th step in draft mode when drawing pictures&#xA;\ifdraft&#xA;\def\step{10}&#xA;\else&#xA;\def\step{1}&#xA;\fi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which sets a &lt;em&gt;global&lt;/em&gt; option (of course, I can override it for a particular picture when I'm actually working on it).  (Note: &lt;code&gt;\ifdraft&lt;/code&gt; isn't a standard &quot;if&quot;, hopefully it's obvious what it does.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One more tip: when working on a document with lots of diagrams, I often have a &quot;diagram-only&quot; file for working on a specific diagram at a time.  This has the same preamble as my main document but only one diagram in it (the one I'm currently working on).  It's like a scrap piece of paper.  To save my working, when starting to a new picture then I just put a &lt;code&gt;\end{document}&lt;/code&gt; in above the previous picture.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-08-10T08:12:50.120" />
  <row Id="1468" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1434" CreationDate="2010-08-10T08:40:52.703" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Having looked at the output of the various possibilities, I can't help feeling that this question should carry the &quot;don't do that&quot; tag!  I find myself wondering exactly what the circumstances are that lead you to want to do this.  My guess is that the overall expression is quite long with lots of terms and so putting them line-by-line makes it just &lt;em&gt;too&lt;/em&gt; big.  So the aim is to make the full expression compact.  Given that it (presumably) doesn't &lt;em&gt;quite&lt;/em&gt; fit on one line, using the equalities as compression points does make a certain amount of sense.  But how about using just a little more space to make it just a little clearer?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So with that in mind, here's my offering (using the amsmath package):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{align*}&#xA;A \le B \le C &amp;amp;\le D \\&#xA;&amp;amp;\phantom{{}\le{}}\parallel \\&#xA;&amp;amp;\phantom{{}\le{}}E \le F \le G \le H&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note the &lt;code&gt;\phantom&lt;/code&gt;s.  Putting the alignment tag &lt;em&gt;after&lt;/em&gt; the &lt;code&gt;\le&lt;/code&gt; on the first line leads to bad spacing between the &lt;code&gt;\le&lt;/code&gt; and the &lt;code&gt;D&lt;/code&gt;, so we have to shift the vertical equals sign and the &lt;code&gt;E&lt;/code&gt; along a bit so that they correctly lie under the &lt;code&gt;D&lt;/code&gt;.  Without the extra braces, the space either side of the &lt;code&gt;\le&lt;/code&gt; gets trimmed in the &lt;code&gt;\phantom&lt;/code&gt; making it too short.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-08-10T08:40:52.703" />
  <row Id="1470" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1319" CreationDate="2010-08-10T08:56:11.700" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's another shameless plug for one's own thesis:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://purl.org/utwente/e58346&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://purl.org/utwente/e58346&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's some of the typographically relevant code I used, plus the code for the abstract page: &lt;a href=&quot;http://pastebin.com/JWFjbZ1q&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://pastebin.com/JWFjbZ1q&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="677" LastActivityDate="2010-08-10T08:56:11.700" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-10T08:56:11.700" />
  <row Id="1471" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1460" CreationDate="2010-08-10T09:02:31.670" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I’ve just come up with the following. It seems to work quite well (on Unix/Linux and Mac):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;SOURCE=$1&#xA;for name in $( \&#xA;    grep '^[:space:]*\\beginpgfgraphicnamed' $SOURCE | \&#xA;    sed s'/[:space:]*\\beginpgfgraphicnamed{\(.*\)}/\1/' \&#xA;); do&#xA;    pdflatex --jobname=$name $SOURCE&#xA;done&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;An explanation:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It uses &lt;code&gt;grep&lt;/code&gt; to filter out all lines that contain &lt;code&gt;\beginpgfgraphicsnamed&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;em&gt;but only&lt;/em&gt; if there’s only whitespace before the command in the line. This prevents that commented-out commands are also found.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Next, it invokes &lt;code&gt;sed&lt;/code&gt; to filter from those lines only the relevant part, i.e. the command argument that’s to be used as the &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; jobname. It then uses &lt;code&gt;for&lt;/code&gt; to iterate over all these jobnames and calls &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; in turn for each of them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2010-08-10T09:02:31.670" />
  <row Id="1472" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="226" CreationDate="2010-08-10T09:21:48.657" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The process for PdfTeX is something like this (depends a little bit on your distribution):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Get autoinst.pl from Fontools from CPAN&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Get otf2tfm from lcdf-typetools&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Run autoinst.pl (using Perl) on all ttfs&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Add generated PdfTeX font mapping (in MikTeX for instance &lt;a href=&quot;http://docs.miktex.org/manual/advanced.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;initexmf --edit-config-file updmap&lt;/code&gt;, add &lt;code&gt;Map yourmap.map&lt;/code&gt; and run &lt;code&gt;initexmf --mkmaps&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can do the whole process manually as well (autoinst.pl is nothing but a smart wrapper):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Create tfm metrics and a ttfonts.map using &lt;code&gt;ttf2tfm&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Create virtual font tables using &lt;code&gt;vptovf&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Create afm metrics using &lt;code&gt;ttf2afm&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Create pdf font map using &lt;code&gt;afm2tfm&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Put *.tfm, *.afm, *.ttf, *.vf into the &lt;code&gt;fonts/tfm/&lt;/code&gt; etc.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Add the font maps&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Create a package/sty to pull the various fonts into a font family (this is where I am stuck)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My ruby script for running the commands looks like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;require 'fileutils'  &#xA;&#xA;basename = &quot;Nexus&quot;&#xA;&#xA;open(&quot;#{basename}.map&quot;, 'a') { |pdfFontMap|&#xA;&#xA;    Dir[&quot;#{basename}*.ttf&quot;].each{ |file|&#xA;&#xA;        file.sub!(/\.ttf$/, &quot;&quot;)&#xA;&#xA;        ttf = &quot;#{file}.ttf&quot;&#xA;&#xA;        file.gsub!(/_/,&quot;&quot;) # Remove underscores&#xA;&#xA;        puts `ttf2tfm #{ttf} -q -T T1-WGL4.enc -v ec#{file}.vpl rec#{file}.tfm &amp;gt;&amp;gt; ttfonts.map`&#xA;&#xA;        puts `vptovf ec#{file}.vpl ec#{file}.vf rec#{file}.tfm`&#xA;&#xA;        puts `ttf2afm -e T1-WGL4.enc -o rec#{file}.afm #{ttf}`&#xA;&#xA;        pdfFontMap.puts `afm2tfm rec#{file}.afm -T T1-WGL4.enc rec#{file}.tfm`.gsub(/\r|\n/, &quot;&quot;) + &quot; &amp;lt;#{ttf}&quot;&#xA;    }&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can find more details about the manual way in:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.radamir.com/tex/ttf-tex.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.radamir.com/tex/ttf-tex.htm&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;P.S.:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Run &lt;code&gt;initexmf --update-fndb&lt;/code&gt; EVERY time new files are put somewhere&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="595" LastActivityDate="2010-08-10T09:21:48.657" />
  <row Id="1473" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1453" CreationDate="2010-08-10T09:22:09.453" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have never had a situation in which I &lt;em&gt;must&lt;/em&gt; provide a Bibtex file that compiles flawlessly with a journal-supplied BST file. Do you really need to do that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For conference and journal submissions, one typically just sends a PDF file, not the source code. For the final version, in my experience it's usually enough to provide a Latex source code in which I have already replaced the \bibliography command by the contents of the Bibtex-generated *.bbl file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nobody will see &lt;em&gt;how&lt;/em&gt; I created the *.bbl file, so I can do anything I want:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Take the journal-supplied BST file and hack it a bit. It may be much faster to simply remove some buggy parts from the BST file than to tweak your Bibtex database. This makes a lot of sense if you need to deal with the same buggy BST file frequently.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Just take the final *.bbl file and edit it directly. Particularly useful to handle some one-off special cases.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another trick that I have used to handle some very exceptional cases is to have two entries in my Bibtex database for the same paper (obviously with different keys, like &quot;foo&quot; and &quot;foo2&quot;). This is useful if you'd like to decide case-by-case which version to use in which paper, independently of other issues such as different BST files.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="100" LastActivityDate="2010-08-10T09:22:09.453" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1474" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1319" CreationDate="2010-08-10T09:27:06.837" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;While writing it, I really liked my &lt;a href=&quot;http://madrat.net/my/bachelor/thesis&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;bachelor thesis&lt;/a&gt;, even though the margins (and some other things) were all wrong.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Looking back, I probably wouldn’t use such a heavy font again (Hoefler Text). But I still like the chapter headings a lot:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://dl.dropbox.com/u/6101039/bsc-chapter-heading.png&quot; alt=&quot;chapter heading&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2010-08-10T09:27:06.837" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-10T09:27:06.837" />
  <row Id="1475" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1460" CreationDate="2010-08-10T09:31:51.003" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One answer to this question is &quot;the developers are working on it&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The externalization method present in PGF/TikZ 2.00 works well if you need to pull a handfull of figures out of a document.  However, it is a drag when it comes to automatically exporting &lt;strong&gt;all&lt;/strong&gt; of the figures into external files.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This limitation has been known for some time and a new TikZ library, &lt;code&gt;external&lt;/code&gt;, has been created to address this issue.  The problem is, this new library is only present in the development builds of PGF and PGF has a very, very long development cycle (it has been two years since the last release).  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Development versions can be obtained from the project's &lt;a href=&quot;http://sourceforge.net/projects/pgf/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;SourceForge site&lt;/a&gt;, but requires checking the code out using CVS- which is about as fun as ramming a flaming stick into your eyeball.  Fortunately, the guys over at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/builds/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;texample&lt;/a&gt; provide relatively up-to-date builds of the development code which are packaged in ready-to-use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=inst-tds-zip&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TDS-compliant&lt;/a&gt; zip files.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using the development version of PGF, externalizing all TikZ graphics in a LaTeX document is as easy as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usetikzlibrary{external}&#xA;\tikzexternalize&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If your document is named &lt;code&gt;report.tex&lt;/code&gt;, this will dump out a series of images: &lt;code&gt;report-figure0.pdf&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;report-figure1.pdf&lt;/code&gt;, etc, etc.  To get a more manageable output, you can specify a directory for in which the files are to be placed and names that are more descriptive than &lt;code&gt;report-figure0.pdf&lt;/code&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usetikzlibrary{external}&#xA;\tikzexternalize[prefix=figures/]&#xA;&#xA;% Rest of preamble&#xA;% Begin document, write stuff&#xA;&#xA;% Set a filename for the next tikzpicture.&#xA;\tikzsetnextfilename{importantFigure}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}  % This will be output to figures/importantFigure.pdf&#xA;  % Picture code&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To compile the document, you will need to ensure the &lt;code&gt;figures&lt;/code&gt; directory exists and run &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; with shell execution enabled:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;mkdir figures&#xA;pdflatex -shell-escape &amp;lt;tex file&amp;gt;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A whole pile of options is available to customize the way the figures are output. See section 31.4 (this numbering is subject to change!) of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://media.texample.net/pgf/builds/pgfmanualCVS2010-07-25.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;development version documentation&lt;/a&gt; for complete info and options.  The manual also covers how to obtain EPS output- but this option looks less polished than PDF output.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastEditorUserId="17" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-22T00:02:34.623" LastActivityDate="2010-09-22T00:02:34.623" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="1476" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1443" CreationDate="2010-08-10T09:52:04.867" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;So, I'm just wondering what the best solution for handwriting -&gt; LaTeX is so far, if any.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is none, and if there’ll ever be one it’s probably years, if not decades off. I know people who are currently working on recognizing just the &lt;em&gt;layout&lt;/em&gt; of a document, i.e. recognizing that a paper represents a letter, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That works fairly well, but it’s still research level, and going from recognizing the layout to replicating the layout using LaTeX is a big, non-obvious step. And we’re not even talking about text recognition itself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Just text recognition (i.e. ignoring any layout issue) works fairly well today but only for plain text, not with any formatting.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;That said&lt;/strong&gt;, there’s &lt;a href=&quot;http://page.mi.fu-berlin.de/tapia/projects.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;JMathNotes&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt; (scroll almost to the bottom) which recognizes basic formulas and produces LaTeX output. It’s a nice and quite powerful proof of concept.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But it’s important to realize that even though many of the individual building blocks exit, piecing together a working solution is hard.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2010-08-10T09:52:04.867" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1477" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1455" CreationDate="2010-08-10T10:14:18.270" Score="14" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For the standard classes titlesec would be my choice. Here's an example using titlesec and the standard formatting/spacing, except that the font is changed to Helvetica (Arial has been derived from it) and the font color for demonstration. Adjust the \titleformat arguments to achieve what you desire.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{report} &#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;\usepackage{mathptmx}% Times Roman font&#xA;\usepackage[scaled=.90]{helvet}% Helvetica, served as a model for arial&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{titlesec}&#xA;\titleformat{\chapter}[display]&#xA;  {\normalfont\sffamily\huge\bfseries\color{blue}}&#xA;  {\chaptertitlename\ \thechapter}{20pt}{\Huge}&#xA;\titleformat{\section}&#xA;  {\normalfont\sffamily\Large\bfseries\color{cyan}}&#xA;  {\thesection}{1em}{}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\Blinddocument&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://texblog.net/png/report-title.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With KOMA-Script classes it's easy as many other issues, just use &lt;code&gt;\setkomafont&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\addtokomafont&lt;/code&gt;. Here's the example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrreprt} &#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;\usepackage{mathptmx}% Times Roman font&#xA;\usepackage[scaled=.90]{helvet}% Helvetica, served as a model for arial&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{titlesec}&#xA;\setkomafont{chapter}{\normalfont\huge\sffamily\bfseries\color{blue}}&#xA;\addtokomafont{section}{\color{cyan}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\Blinddocument&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://texblog.net/png/koma-title.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-10T10:14:18.270" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1478" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="226" CreationDate="2010-08-10T10:16:34.740" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The easiest way is with XeTeX or LuaTeX and the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=fontspec&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package. They can use any TTF font installed on the system. For Linux this means both the system wide fonts and any fonts you put into &lt;code&gt;~/.fonts/&lt;/code&gt; (e.g. by installing them via Nautilus).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To use the fonts you simply have to load the &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt; package and set the font:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\setmainfont{Arial}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Lorem ipsum...&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then compile the the document with &lt;code&gt;xelatex&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;lualatex&lt;/code&gt;. The &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fontspec/fontspec.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt; documentation&lt;/a&gt; describes all the possibilities for changing fonts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The only drawbacks (as far as I am aware) are that you can only generate .pdf files and that you need a sufficiently new TeX distribution (TeX Live 2009 should work for XeTeX and Tex Live 2010 for LuaTeX).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-19T18:33:50.303" LastActivityDate="2010-10-19T18:33:50.303" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1479" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1418" CreationDate="2010-08-10T10:31:52.633" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you would consider using ConTeXt: First, I don't know if I fully understand your question, but re.1 if you mean a DTP like flow of text across chained boxes it's not possible in ConTeXt. However you can take a look at the possibilities offered by &lt;a href=&quot;http://pragma-ade.com/general/manuals/columns.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;columnsets&lt;/a&gt; and see if they fit your needs. Obviously you can also try using &lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.contextgarden.net/layers&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;layers&lt;/a&gt; to obtain really complicated layouts. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;re.2&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setuplayout[grid=yes]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and see options for &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setupinterlinspacing&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in &lt;a href=&quot;http://pragma-ade.com/general/manuals/cont-eni.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ConTeXt manual&lt;/a&gt;, for more of grid trickery see &lt;a href=&quot;http://pragma-ade.com/general/manuals/details.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Details&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="359" LastActivityDate="2010-08-10T10:31:52.633" />
  <row Id="1480" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1481" CreationDate="2010-08-10T12:09:12.503" Score="2" ViewCount="511" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've asked this on &lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/2990312/changing-the-textwidth-of-the-notes-in-beamer-latex&quot;&gt;SO&lt;/a&gt; and didn't get a good answer, so I'm reposting it here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've been using the beamer class to create presentations in LaTeX and I love it. Recently I started using the \note command to add notes to my handout so that I have a printed version with some pointers to remind myself of things I want to say in the lecture.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;I have a problem with the longer lines in the notes environment as they seems to spill out of the right end of the page without formatting correctly. I don't know if this is so for a reason, but in any case, I would like to find out how to change it. Clearly, I do not want to change the width of the text everywhere, only in the note environment. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is a minimal example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[beamer]{beamer}&#xA;\title{An example of itemize in notes not working in beamer}&#xA;\usetheme{Boadilla}&#xA;\setbeameroption{show notes}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;$$  e^{i\pi}+1=0$$&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\note[itemize]{&#xA;\item At vero eos et accusamus et iusto odio dignissimos ducimus qui blandiis pra&#xA;}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which results in: &lt;img src=&quot;http://imgur.com/CC6rL.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Without the [itemize] option it works fine.&#xA;If you put a \begin{itemize}...\end{itemize} environment manually the result is the same.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any ideas?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastActivityDate="2011-01-07T12:40:39.983" Title="Changing the textwidth of the notes in Beamer (repost from SO)" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;margins&gt;&lt;notes&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1481" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1480" CreationDate="2010-08-10T13:56:40.910" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've isolated the problem down to the &lt;code&gt;infolines&lt;/code&gt; outer theme and specifically the line:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setbeamersize{text margin left=1em,text margin right=1em}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;towards the end.  What seems to be happening is that the note templates aren't quite configured correctly with regard to &lt;em&gt;changing&lt;/em&gt; the margins.  Some length that the &lt;code&gt;itemize&lt;/code&gt; environment uses to figure out its width is not getting set correctly when using notes.  As I've not much idea which lengths these are, and which beamer mucks about with, I've not much of an idea as to how to properly fix this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I have a way to &lt;em&gt;improperly&lt;/em&gt; fix this.  What I found was that by putting the note within a &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt; environment of the right width worked.  That reset all the correct widths to the right ones without my having to know any of the 'orrible details!  Of course, that's a bit annoying to put in every time so it's possible to force it by modifying the beamer template for the notes page.  Copying out the default one, and adding the necessary lines, I arrived at:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\defbeamertemplate{note page}{infolines}&#xA;{%&#xA;  {%&#xA;    \scriptsize&#xA;    \insertvrule{.25\paperheight}{white!90!black}&#xA;    \vskip-.25\paperheight&#xA;    \nointerlineskip&#xA;    \vbox{&#xA;      \hfill\insertslideintonotes{0.25}\hskip-\Gm@rmargin\hskip0pt%&#xA;      \vskip-0.25\paperheight%&#xA;      \nointerlineskip&#xA;      \begin{pgfpicture}{0cm}{0cm}{0cm}{0cm}&#xA;        \begin{pgflowlevelscope}{\pgftransformrotate{90}}&#xA;          {\pgftransformshift{\pgfpoint{-2cm}{0.2cm}}%&#xA;          \pgftext[base,left]{\footnotesize\the\year-\ifnum\month&amp;lt;10\relax0\fi\the\month-\ifnum\day&amp;lt;10\relax0\fi\the\day}}&#xA;        \end{pgflowlevelscope}&#xA;      \end{pgfpicture}}&#xA;    \nointerlineskip&#xA;    \vbox to .25\paperheight{\vskip0.5em&#xA;      \hbox{\insertshorttitle[width=8cm]}%&#xA;      \setbox\beamer@tempbox=\hbox{\insertsection}%&#xA;      \hbox{\ifdim\wd\beamer@tempbox&amp;gt;1pt{\hskip4pt\raise3pt\hbox{\vrule&#xA;            width0.4pt height7pt\vrule width 9pt&#xA;            height0.4pt}}\hskip1pt\hbox{\begin{minipage}[t]{7.5cm}\def\breakhere{}\insertsection\end{minipage}}\fi%&#xA;      }%&#xA;      \setbox\beamer@tempbox=\hbox{\insertsubsection}%&#xA;      \hbox{\ifdim\wd\beamer@tempbox&amp;gt;1pt{\hskip17.4pt\raise3pt\hbox{\vrule&#xA;            width0.4pt height7pt\vrule width 9pt&#xA;            height0.4pt}}\hskip1pt\hbox{\begin{minipage}[t]{7.5cm}\def\breakhere{}\insertsubsection\end{minipage}}\fi%&#xA;      }%&#xA;      \setbox\beamer@tempbox=\hbox{\insertshortframetitle}%&#xA;      \hbox{\ifdim\wd\beamer@tempbox&amp;gt;1pt{\hskip30.8pt\raise3pt\hbox{\vrule&#xA;            width0.4pt height7pt\vrule width 9pt&#xA;            height0.4pt}}\hskip1pt\hbox{\insertshortframetitle[width=7cm]}\fi%&#xA;      }%&#xA;      \vfil}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \vskip.25em&#xA;  \nointerlineskip&#xA;  \begin{minipage}{\textwidth} % this is an addition&#xA;  \insertnote&#xA;  \end{minipage}               % this is an addition&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\setbeamertemplate{note page}[infolines]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and that seemed to work fine!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-08-10T13:56:40.910" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="1482" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1486" CreationDate="2010-08-10T14:54:30.863" Score="5" ViewCount="120" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using a class &lt;code&gt;classX&lt;/code&gt; that accepts class option &lt;code&gt;optionX&lt;/code&gt;.  Thus, I can write:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[optionX]{classX} ...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, as I understand it, being a class option, after &lt;code&gt;classX&lt;/code&gt; processes this option, &lt;code&gt;optionX&lt;/code&gt; is globally defined.  All well and good, except that subsequently, for &lt;code&gt;packageY&lt;/code&gt; that also accepts &lt;code&gt;optionX&lt;/code&gt; (same option name, however semantically unrelated), the two lines &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{packageY}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[optionX]{packageY}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;both (erroneously) produce the same effect.  All would be well if I could undefine &lt;code&gt;optionX&lt;/code&gt; before executing &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{packageY}.&lt;/code&gt; (At this point I should also note that, lest anyone be worried about how this might affect &lt;code&gt;classX&lt;/code&gt;'s subsequent performance, there's no need for the slightest concern -- &lt;code&gt;classX&lt;/code&gt; has no need of this option remaining defined after executing its class &lt;code&gt;\ProcessOptions&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, to the heart of my question, would anyone with better TeX\LaTeX knowledge than I, have any idea how to go?  FYI, I've tried several of the usual suspects: &lt;code&gt;\let\optionX\@undefined&lt;/code&gt; along with several clueless stabs at &lt;code&gt;\let\&amp;lt;prefix&amp;gt;@optionX\@undefined&lt;/code&gt; after scouring source2e.pdf.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(JW: sadly I don't think I can hold back for LaTeX3's promised encapsulated namespaces solution. &lt;em&gt;sigh.&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-03T20:23:24.860" LastActivityDate="2010-09-03T20:23:24.860" Title="How can one undefine an already processed class option?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;documentclass&gt;&lt;programming&gt;&lt;options&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1483" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1484" CreationDate="2010-08-10T14:57:24.867" Score="1" ViewCount="581" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the past, I've given up learning LaTeX because:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;General&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Installing and using fonts is a pain.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Simple things like custom page headers are insufferably hard to implement.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Documentation for the above items is incomplete.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;LaTeX shows 10 errors for every 1 SLOC, so the code is impossible to debug.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;So many errors that I feel like my code will never compile.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;It's a pain having to scroll/find a previewed page every time I update it.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cross-compatibility&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Code that compiles in LyX doesn't compile in TeXnicCenter/MiKTeX.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Code that compiles in TeXnicCenter/MiKTeX doesn't compile in TeXShop/MacTeX.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Code that compiles in TeXShop/MacTeX doesn't compile in LyX.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Specifically, adding newlines breaks compilation.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Systems&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;TeXShop/MacTeX requires 1GB of hard drive space.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;TeXShop has no Windows or Linux version.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;TeXShop has few graphical abilities. I would do better with vi or emacs.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;TeXnicCenter has no Linux or Mac OS X version.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;TeXnicCenter updates references such as table of contents and BibTeX every three compiles.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;TeXnicCenter compilation shortcut requires four button presses on a Mac laptop.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;LyX's WYSIWYG isn't really a WYSIWYG.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I was able to quickly learn Perl, Python, Ruby, newLISP, and Haskell because they don't have these problems. Instead, these languages offer:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;A single multiplatform, standard edition.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Alternative editions for the minority of users who really need them.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;A small collection of binaries: perl, cpan; python, pythonw; ruby, irb, rdoc; newlisp; ghc, ghci, runghc, hugs, runhugs.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;All-in-one installers: ActiveState Perl, Python, RubyInstaller, newLISP, Haskell Platform.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Small installation size (with the exception of GHC Haskell vs Hugs)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Detailed tutorials with solutions for common errors.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In conclusion, I reserve judgment on TeX/LaTeX until the community not only produces a multiplatform system, but champions it in a highly visible way. LyX isn't even mentioned at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.latex-project.org/ftp.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Obtaining LaTeX&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="712" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-08T13:04:15.993" LastActivityDate="2010-10-08T13:04:15.993" ClosedDate="2010-08-10T23:20:47.380" Title="What's a good multiplatform text editor/system?" Tags="&lt;latex-general&gt;&lt;editors&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="16" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1484" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1483" CreationDate="2010-08-10T15:04:58.530" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;TeXworks is a multi-platform editor and user friendly. It can use the same input encoding on Windows and on Linux and Mac OS X.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Texmaker is multi-platform and a complex editor&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;TeX Live is a multi-platform distribution. It worked fine for me on Linux and on Windows.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;LyX is cross-platform as well.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-10T15:04:58.530" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="1485" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1483" CreationDate="2010-08-10T15:25:32.343" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In my opinion, TexWorks + TeXLive is the user-friendliest cross-platform solution to TeX/LaTeX editing and previewing. I think LyX's attempt at WYSIWYG creates more confusion than it solves. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Incidentally, there is a Mac OSX version of TeX Live, and is called &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/mactex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;MacTeX&lt;/a&gt;. It comes with a bunch of extra features, but at its core it is the TeX Live distribution repackaged for easier installation and use on Mac OSX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-08-10T15:25:32.343" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1486" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1482" CreationDate="2010-08-10T15:27:29.350" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The relevant macro seems to be &lt;code&gt;\@classoptionslist&lt;/code&gt;.  It's a comma separated list of options passed to the class.  So redefining it by stripping out the unwanted options will remove them from the view of later packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Test document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,draft,wibble]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\@classoptionslist{a4paper,draft}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{options}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Test package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ProvidesPackage{options}&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareOption{draft}{\message{^^JGot draft^^J}}&#xA;\DeclareOption{wibble}{\message{^^JGot wibble^^J}}&#xA;&#xA;\ProcessOptions&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With reference to a comment I left to the actual question, I would make any redefinitions of &lt;code&gt;@classoptionslist&lt;/code&gt; a &lt;em&gt;local&lt;/em&gt; thing (save the real value before modifying it and restore it once the package is loaded) to avoid problems with other packages that might want to know the full list passed to the class.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For how to actually do the modification, see &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/363/what-is-the-best-way-to-scan-over-a-list-of-somethings&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt; about iterating over a list.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-08-10T15:27:29.350" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1487" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1483" CreationDate="2010-08-10T15:37:14.970" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Vim, Emacs, Texworks, Texmaker, Kile and LyX are all cross-platform (though setting up Kile is tricky on some).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unicode is the future. Save your files with Unicode encoding and refuse to use text editors that can't or don't. That should eliminate half your problems.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Incompatibilities between different versions of TeX systems do happen, but I think they tend to be temporary, and when identified, fixed ASAP. That's been my experience anyway. Just be sure to keep your system up to date.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;FWIW, I’ve personally not have problems compiling source with DOS newlines using TeXlive on linux. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-08-10T15:37:14.970" />
  <row Id="1488" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="100" CreationDate="2010-08-10T15:43:18.763" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I switched to using a VCS then I had a load of documents that I was writing that were not in suitable format for putting in to a VCS.  In particular, the one-sentence-per-line rule was not in force.  So I wrote one.  I now use it for similar circumstances as you describe: when collaborators send me something and I want to import it in to my VCS.  It's available from my website: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.math.ntnu.no/~stacey/HowDidIDoThat/LaTeX/fmtlatex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;direct link&lt;/a&gt; and the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.math.ntnu.no/~stacey/HowDidIDoThat/LaTeX/versioning.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;relevant page&lt;/a&gt; about my experiences switching to a VCS.  It's a perl script and the documentation is embedded: &lt;code&gt;perldoc fmtlatex&lt;/code&gt; should provide it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When using this program, I LaTeX the document first and then &lt;code&gt;dvips&lt;/code&gt; to produce a postscript file.  Then I run &lt;code&gt;fmtlatex&lt;/code&gt; on it, and run &lt;code&gt;latex+dvips&lt;/code&gt; again (being sure not to overwrite the original one).  Doing &lt;code&gt;diff original.ps new.ps&lt;/code&gt; will tell me if there's any functional difference between the two documents - it should just produce something about timestamps.  If you have a document that &lt;em&gt;does&lt;/em&gt; produce a significant difference, please send it to me (if possible) as that's evidence of a bug.  (All this is in the documentation.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I also have a script for swapping dollars for their LaTeX equivalents.  Leave a comment if that would be useful as well as it's not yet on my website.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-08-10T15:43:18.763" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1489" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1483" CreationDate="2010-08-10T15:43:29.683" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There's no doubt that the Tex family of software is disordered, tricky, and hard to master.  If mastering Tex is the key, and that means mastering it in the same way as you want to master Haskell, then something  minimalist will suffice: program in Plain Tex on Xetex.  Then work through the following detailed tutorial:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Knuth, 1984, The TeXbook&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which has lots of exercises, and is supported by an excellent reference work, &lt;a href=&quot;http://eijkhout.net/texbytopic/texbytopic.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX by Topic&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is not the easiest way to use the Tex system for document processing, but it seems to address your learnability complaints.  I believe that Texlive offers the multiplatform standard you are looking for, but it is not the easiest install, and, as I noted elsewhere, there are sometimes compatibility issues from one year to the next.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for size, well, Word for Mac 2004 plus VBA scripting is over 300 Mb, and has a much smaller font collection than Texlive's full install.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-08-10T15:43:29.683" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1490" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1483" CreationDate="2010-08-10T15:59:25.347" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am glad you are still willing to give TeX a shot!  The learning curve can be steep, but hopefully this site can help.  There are already answers for most of the points you raised:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Installing and using fonts is a pain.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This can be difficult- but package management tools like TeX Live's &lt;code&gt;tlmgr&lt;/code&gt; amd MikTeX's &lt;code&gt;mpm&lt;/code&gt; can take most of the pain away.  &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;The LaTeX Font Catalouge&lt;/a&gt; is a great place to see which fonts are available and how to use them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;TeX and LaTeX are moving towards tighter integration with system fonts through the efforts put into the XeTeX and LuaTeX engines.  See the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=fontspec&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;fontspec&lt;/a&gt; package for details on how to use those engines to access system fonts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Simple things like custom page headers are insufferably hard to implement.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are packages and class files that simplify this considerably. The &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=fancyhdr&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/a&gt; package is a good choice and the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=memoir&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;memoir&lt;/a&gt; document class has comparable support baked-in. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also see, &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1455/how-to-set-the-font-for-a-section&quot;&gt;How to set the font for a section&lt;/a&gt; for similar discussion concerning section and chapter headings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;LaTeX shows 10 errors for every 1 SLOC, so the code is impossible to debug.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Most of the output of TeX and LaTeX consists of notes about where the typesetting engine was forced to make sub-optimal decisions in order to produce a document that is better overall.  All the noise about &quot;badness&quot; is related to this- badness is a metric that TeX tries to optimize to a minimum when typesetting.  See &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1191/formatting-the-console-output-of-latex&quot;&gt;Formatting the console output of Latex&lt;/a&gt; for information about how to reduce the verbosity of the log output.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;It's a pain having to scroll/find a previewed page every time I update it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A good editor should help with this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Code that compiles in LyX doesn't compile in TeXnicCenter/MiKTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is most likely because LyX code is not LaTeX code- it won't compile outside of the LyX environment unless exported.  This also means that LaTeX code won't compile in LyX unless imported or transcribed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Code that compiles in TeXnicCenter/MiKTeX doesn't compile in TeXShop/MacTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Probably due to missing packages- &lt;code&gt;tlmgr&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;mpm&lt;/code&gt; should help with this.  &lt;code&gt;mpm&lt;/code&gt; is more helpful with on-the-fly installation of missing components.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;TeXShop/MacTeX requires 1GB of hard drive space.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is for the full everything-including-the-kitchen-sink install.  You can select subsections when installing via the &lt;code&gt;install-tl&lt;/code&gt; instructions are &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/texlive/quickinstall.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.  See also &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/974/why-is-the-mactex-distribution-so-large-is-there-anything-smaller-for-os-x&quot;&gt;Why is the MacTeX distribution so large? Is there anything smaller for OS X?&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;TeXnicCenter updates references such as table of contents and BibTeX every three compiles.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is by design in LaTeX. To get a complete Bibliography with references you must run:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;pdflatex document&#xA;bibtex document&#xA;pdflatex document&#xA;pdflatex document&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is because TeX writes out metadata about cross-references that gets used to enhance the output on subsequent runs:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;On the first &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; run, information gets written concerning which citations are needed.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;bibtex&lt;/code&gt; uses that information to pull the required citations from a database.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; then uses the &lt;code&gt;bibtex&lt;/code&gt; output to produce a bibliography.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;With a bibliography present, &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; can finally insert citations in the text.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/64/tools-for-automating-document-compilation&quot;&gt;Tools for automating document compilation&lt;/a&gt; for ways to make this less of a chore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;LyX's WYSIWYG isn't really a WYSIWYG.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is not supposed to be.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;TeX-based systems do have a pile of quirks and &quot;WTF moments&quot; but compared to systems like MS Word you usually only have to jump these hurdles once.  If I want to reuse a nicely formatted header/footer that I had in a document- I only have to open the source to find the exact steps that were executed to create them.  And if there were &quot;WTF issues&quot; or &quot;magic&quot;, I usually have a good comment explaining why part of the process looks like voodoo.  Comparatively, I still waste a lot of time in MS Word with similar tasks because there is no good way to record in black and white the exact sequences of menu selections and clicks that led to a given output.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;TeX requires a larger up-front investment of time to get comfortable with, but pays large dividends and your investment in learning the system will not be suddenly and drastically depreciated as was the case with the complete overhaul that occurred in MS Office 2007.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastEditorUserId="17" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-10T18:48:34.803" LastActivityDate="2010-08-10T18:48:34.803" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1491" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1462" CreationDate="2010-08-10T16:05:25.280" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The two main TeX distributions are TeX Live and MiKTeX. Of the two, TeX Live defaults to installing 'everything' while MiKTeX starts with a small, basic set of packages. So the 'core' you can assume is likely to be available is defined more or less by what MiKTeX installs as 'basic' packages. Of course, if you mean Linux distros then life is very different.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-08-10T16:05:25.280" />
  <row Id="1492" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1501" CreationDate="2010-08-10T16:24:13.703" Score="6" ViewCount="365" Body="&lt;p&gt;I compile most of my documents via Makefiles which take care of the bibliography, indexes, etc. Often I'd like to compile different versions from the same TeX file changing only small things (e.g. a beamer presentation plus a version with the &lt;code&gt;handout&lt;/code&gt; option).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any standard mechanism for passing parameters to the TeX file so that I can just type &lt;code&gt;make handout&lt;/code&gt; to get the &lt;code&gt;handout&lt;/code&gt; version in the above example?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-11-24T16:24:16.683" Title="Passing parameters to a document" Tags="&lt;automation&gt;&lt;compiling&gt;" AnswerCount="7" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="1493" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1462" CreationDate="2010-08-10T16:40:24.343" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is, I am afraid, nothing like &lt;a href=&quot;http://docs.python.org/library/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Python's standard library&lt;/a&gt;, which comes with a &lt;a href=&quot;http://docs.python.org/modindex.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;long list of uniformly documented modules&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Add to that that there's plain TeX, LaTeX and ConTeXt, the whole situation is quite sorry indeed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Good question, and perhaps in a couple of years they'll be a more encouraging answer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="176" LastActivityDate="2010-08-10T16:40:24.343" />
  <row Id="1494" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1492" CreationDate="2010-08-10T17:07:57.567" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know that your question is focused on LaTeX. I just want to mention that ConTeXt provides such an option. You can use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;context --mode=handout filename&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to enable handout mode. See &lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.contextgarden.net/Modes&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ConTeXt wiki&lt;/a&gt; for details&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2010-08-10T17:07:57.567" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1495" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1492" CreationDate="2010-08-10T17:11:18.917" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's a hacky way, probably this is the wrong way :).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Instead of passing a filename, you can pass a sequence of commands. So in particular, you could do something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;pdflatex &quot;\def\ishandout{1} \input{foo.tex}&quot;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And then you can check the value of &lt;code&gt;ishandout&lt;/code&gt; (and whether it's defined) inside foo.tex:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ifdefined\ishandout&#xA;  \documentclass[handout]{beamer}&#xA;\else&#xA;  \documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\fi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="490" LastEditorUserId="490" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-10T17:59:33.140" LastActivityDate="2010-08-10T17:59:33.140" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1496" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1398" CreationDate="2010-08-10T17:48:02.460" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To make things much easier for yourself, you could use &lt;a href=&quot;http://iml.univ-mrs.fr/~beffara/soft/rubber/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Rubber&lt;/a&gt; as the compiler. Rubber handles all the dependency stuff for you, so there's no need to reinvent the wheel.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's a command-line tool, so you can combine it with any mechanism, such as the previously-mentioned Folder Actions (if you're using a Mac), or anything else. You &lt;em&gt;might&lt;/em&gt; want to write  a wrapper which checks the exit status, and pops up the &lt;code&gt;.log&lt;/code&gt; file if it fails, too. (Or, since you're on Mac, a Growl notification?)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="708" LastActivityDate="2010-08-10T17:48:02.460" />
  <row Id="1497" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="100" CreationDate="2010-08-10T17:51:12.017" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;What exactly is the problem? The way I use SWP, it produces very clean code. Have you asked your collaborator to save his files as &quot;Portable Latex&quot;? SWP breaks the code up into lines of roughly the same length. When it breaks math, it puts % sign in. This is correct, but if the line breaks have been lost, it causes problems.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="714" LastActivityDate="2010-08-10T17:51:12.017" />
  <row Id="1498" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1492" CreationDate="2010-08-10T17:55:52.583" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I do this by using symlinks and testing the jobname.  That is, I have a main (la)tex file and a bunch of symlinks to it.  To find out which symlink what actually used, I examine the &lt;code&gt;\jobname&lt;/code&gt; macro in my document and set certain parameters accordingly.  In particular, if &lt;code&gt;\jobname&lt;/code&gt; contains the string &quot;handout&quot;, then the beamer class is called using the &lt;code&gt;handout&lt;/code&gt; option.  I do this by using a &quot;wrapper&quot; class which sets things up before calling the &lt;em&gt;real&lt;/em&gt; class.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-08-10T17:55:52.583" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="1499" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1504" CreationDate="2010-08-10T18:19:53.190" Score="6" ViewCount="248" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to typeset a table indicating various kinds of $\subset$ relations for objects in a grid.  Is there a way to obtain a subset symbol that applies vertically, between objects where one is above the other?  Detexify doesn't seem to have a symbol like this, although there are many vertical arrow-like objects in the Comprehensive LaTeX Symbol List.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This can be done by drawing a picture (e.g. with TiKZ or Xy-pic), or one could apply a rotation somehow to a standard &quot;horizontal&quot; symbol.  I would be happy with a solution that only worked with PDF files.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a &quot;best practice&quot; for rotating individual symbols?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="132" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T02:27:15.347" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T02:27:15.347" Title="What is the best way to obtain a &quot;vertical&quot; subset symbol?" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;rotating&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="1500" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1499" CreationDate="2010-08-10T18:31:41.717" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A quick way: you could use &lt;code&gt;\cap&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\cup&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For rotating I would use &lt;code&gt;\rotatebox&lt;/code&gt; of the &lt;code&gt;graphicx&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-10T18:31:41.717" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1501" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1492" CreationDate="2010-08-10T18:35:43.627" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Have the target in your Makefile clobber a file that is &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; by your Latex document, which, say, sets or resets a &lt;code&gt;\newif&lt;/code&gt; conditional.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, let the Makefile run &lt;code&gt;echo &quot;\handouttrue&quot;&amp;gt;flags.tex; latex manuscript&lt;/code&gt; on the &lt;code&gt;handout&lt;/code&gt; goal.  Then &lt;code&gt;manuscript.tex&lt;/code&gt; might begin:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\newif\handout&#xA;\input{flags}&#xA;\documentclass...&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-08-10T18:35:43.627" />
  <row Id="1502" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1492" CreationDate="2010-08-10T18:40:15.320" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;What ConTeXt does is, in simplified form, something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;# Makefile rule&#xA;handout:&#xA;      echo &quot;\\RequirePackage[handout]{beamer}&quot; &amp;gt; myfile-options.tex&#xA;      echo &quot;\\endinput&quot; &amp;gt;&amp;gt; myfile-options.tex&#xA;      pdflatex myfile&#xA;      rm myfile-options.tex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Where &lt;code&gt;myfile.tex&lt;/code&gt; (loads a document class that ...) starts with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\InputIfFileExists{\jobname-options.tex}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can then adjust the Makefile rule to put whatever you like in the options file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-08-10T18:40:15.320" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1503" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1454" CreationDate="2010-08-10T19:52:48.607" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Well, in most cases &lt;code&gt;\left&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\right&lt;/code&gt; are not needed. Often the size of delimiters does not need to be changed. For example &lt;code&gt;$(a+b)$&lt;/code&gt; is enough and gives the same result as &lt;code&gt;$\left(a+b\right)$&lt;/code&gt;. There are many cases where &lt;code&gt;\left&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\right&lt;/code&gt; choose the wrong sizes, for example &lt;code&gt;$\left(\sum_{i=1}^\infty ... \right)$&lt;/code&gt; gives most likely far to big delimiters, better is to select the appropriate size yourself. &lt;code&gt;$\Bigl( \sum ...\Bigr)$&lt;/code&gt; is probably what I would do (I just finished typing my PhD thesis in maths and have not used a single time the &lt;code&gt;\left&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\right&lt;/code&gt; command).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\mathopen&lt;/code&gt; belongs with &lt;code&gt;\mathord&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\mathop&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\mathbin&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\mathrel&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\mathclose&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\mathpunct&lt;/code&gt; to a family of commands which changes the classes of individual characters or whole subformulas in mathmode. More information can be found in Knuth's &quot;The TeXbook&quot;, p. 154ff.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="715" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-06T17:59:40.927" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T17:59:40.927" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1504" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1499" CreationDate="2010-08-10T20:33:48.977" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The graphics package also lets you rotate boxes, as explained in Section 7.2 of Lamport's &lt;em&gt;LaTeX: A document preparation system&lt;/em&gt;. You use \rotatebox{x}{text}, where x is a specified angle in the positive (counterclockwise) direction with the &quot;positive $x$-axis&quot;, which extends horizontally from the basepoint of the box that contains &lt;em&gt;text&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="491" LastEditorUserId="491" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-11T16:06:57.237" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T16:06:57.237" />
  <row Id="1505" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1307" CreationDate="2010-08-10T21:26:47.787" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I actually found the source for that thesis somewhere, and extracted the following (ok, I added a . for the enum-list!)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://bitbucket.org/uggedal/thesis/src/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Here is the thesis source, if anyone else is interested later on.&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% Enumeratable list&#xA;\newenvironment{enum}{%&#xA;  \begin{list}{\arabic{enumi}.}{%&#xA;    \setlength{\topsep}{\onelineskip}&#xA;    \setlength{\partopsep}{0pt}&#xA;    \setlength{\parsep}{\parskip}&#xA;    \setlength{\itemsep}{\parskip}&#xA;    \setlength{\leftmargin}{0pt}&#xA;    \setlength{\itemindent}{0pt}&#xA;    \usecounter{enumi}&#xA;  }&#xA;}{\end{list}}&#xA;&#xA;% Itemized list&#xA;\newenvironment{items}{%&#xA;  \begin{list}{\textbullet}{%&#xA;    \setlength{\topsep}{\onelineskip}&#xA;    \setlength{\partopsep}{0pt}&#xA;    \setlength{\parsep}{\parskip}&#xA;    \setlength{\itemsep}{\parskip}&#xA;    \setlength{\leftmargin}{0pt}&#xA;    \setlength{\itemindent}{0pt}&#xA;  }&#xA;}{\end{list}}&#xA;&#xA;% Definitions in lists&#xA;\newcommand{\iterm}[1]{\item \term{#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="656" LastActivityDate="2010-08-10T21:26:47.787" />
  <row Id="1506" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1368" CreationDate="2010-08-10T21:31:31.813" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;David's point is worth underlining:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;So basically, nobody would use a capital epsilon in a formula because it'd be visually indistinguishable from E.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you wanted to type something actually in Greek, then you would use one of the packages designed for that (search on CTAN for &quot;greek&quot; to get an idea of what's available).  The Greek letters that are defined in unadorned LaTeX should not be viewed as letters but as mathematical symbols.  So &amp;alpha; should be viewed in the same regard as something like &amp;le;.  This is underlined by their appearance: just as &quot;x&quot; looks different in text and in maths, so &quot;&amp;alpha;&quot; will look different in text and in maths.  So the fact that &quot;&amp;Alpha;&quot;  (&lt;code&gt;\Alpha&lt;/code&gt;) and the like are missing is simply because regarded as a symbol, it's just &quot;A&quot;, and &lt;em&gt;no-one&lt;/em&gt; would ever write &lt;code&gt;\Alpha&lt;/code&gt; because they can just write &lt;code&gt;A&lt;/code&gt; and the fact of calling it &quot;Alpha&quot; adds nothing.  Compare this with &quot;x&quot; (&lt;code&gt;x&lt;/code&gt;) and &quot;&amp;times;&quot; (&lt;code&gt;\times&lt;/code&gt;) where the different names actually mean something (variable versus operator).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, in summary, if you want to type &lt;code&gt;\Epsilon&lt;/code&gt; and the system complains then you are doing something wrong: either you are trying to type something in Greek without loading a proper Greek alphabet, or you are distinguishing in the source code something that will be indistinguishable in the actual document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-08-10T21:31:31.813" />
  <row Id="1507" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1508" CreationDate="2010-08-10T21:42:03.470" Score="4" ViewCount="402" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm working on a document that has been published only as a PDF file until now. To utilize some of PDF's features, it uses the packages &lt;code&gt;pdfpages&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;pdftex&lt;/code&gt; and commands like &lt;code&gt;includepdf{}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But soon that document shall be available in both PDF an HTML format. I figured out I can use &lt;code&gt;htlatex&lt;/code&gt; / &lt;code&gt;tex4ht&lt;/code&gt; to convert it, but it seems that this tool is not compatible with the special pdf features and packages. Once I remove them, it works.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Removing the pdf stuff, converting to html and then putting it in again manually is not an option &lt;em&gt;(This is an evolving document that has been worked on for over 10 years by a large number of contributors and is still edited by several people, so we rely on an automated build process using &lt;code&gt;make&lt;/code&gt;)&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any way similar to &lt;em&gt;conditional compilation&lt;/em&gt; to ignore some &lt;code&gt;\usepackage&lt;/code&gt; directives on some of the make runs, or do you have any other hint on how to do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="717" LastEditorUserId="17" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-10T21:45:14.457" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T13:11:46.793" Title="How to create PDF and HTML output from the same source" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;conversion&gt;&lt;makefile&gt;&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;html&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1508" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1507" CreationDate="2010-08-10T22:33:18.460" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use package ifpdf and enclose pdf-specific stuff in \ifpdf ... \fi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{ifpdf}&#xA;&#xA;\ifpdf&#xA;%pdf specific stuff&#xA;\fi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alternatively, you can make the pdf-file and convert to html using a tool like &lt;a href=&quot;http://pdftohtml.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pdftohtml&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="565" LastActivityDate="2010-08-10T22:33:18.460" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1509" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1507" CreationDate="2010-08-10T22:44:10.710" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://evalwhen.com/tex2page/index.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tex2page&lt;/a&gt; usually produces stunning html pages; see for example its website and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.math.umbc.edu/~rouben/beamer/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.math.umbc.edu/~rouben/beamer/&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="337" LastEditorUserId="337" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-11T09:00:11.550" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T09:00:11.550" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1510" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1319" CreationDate="2010-08-11T00:17:59.613" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The last document I opened that made me say &quot;wow&quot; was the elsarticle documentclass documentation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.elsevier.com/framework_authors/misc/elsdoc.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.elsevier.com/framework_authors/misc/elsdoc.pdf&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The layout is highly nonstandard, and it wouldn't be suitable for most purposes, but it sure displays beautifully. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="520" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T00:17:59.613" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-11T00:17:59.613" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1511" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1527" CreationDate="2010-08-11T01:33:33.353" Score="5" ViewCount="702" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi Guys,&#xA;I'm new to LaTeX, so I might not be asking exactly the right question here; but I'll try my best.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm getting the warning:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;`h' float specifier changed to `ht'&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not attempting to change the float property of anything - the warning is showing up if I attempt to simply encapsulate some words in quotation marks:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;``highly distributed''&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As far as I'm aware, there's no open sections anywhere and the file seems to render properly. So realistically it doesn't matter if the issue gets solved or not; but I'd like to know the reason I'm getting the warning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="182" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T17:59:13.327" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T17:59:13.327" Title="`h' float specifier changed to `ht' warning when not attempting to specify a float" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;warnings&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1512" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1514" CreationDate="2010-08-11T02:14:03.210" Score="1" ViewCount="165" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm having a frame in beamer which compiles just right when I do not use pauses (\pause). However, when I pause the different list items, the last items do not appear on the frame anymore (actually, they are outside the frame viewable part). It seems in some way beamer has some problem calculating how to fit the different items on the page when pauses are included.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any idea how to avoid this problem?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT : Some source code exhibiting the problem :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[slidetop,11pt]{beamer}&#xA;\linespread{1.2}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}{Kubo-Greenwood Transport Formalism : Derivation}&#xA;Mott Method :&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;\pause \item Electric field :&#xA;\footnotesize&#xA;\begin{equation*}&#xA;E(t) = E_0 cos(\omega t) u_x&#xA;\end{equation*}&#xA;\normalsize&#xA;\pause \item Coulomb gauge ($E=\delta A / \delta t$) :&#xA;\footnotesize&#xA;\begin{equation*}&#xA;A(t) = -\frac{E_0}{2 i \omega} (e^{i \omega t} - e^{-i \omega t}) u_x&#xA;\end{equation*}&#xA;\normalsize &#xA;\pause \item First order perturbation of H :&#xA;\footnotesize&#xA;\begin{equation*}&#xA;\delta \widehat{H} (t) = \frac{2e \widehat{P}.A(t)}{2 m} = e \widehat{V}.A(t) = -\frac{e     E_0}{2 i \omega}(e^{i\omega t} - e^{-i \omega t}) \widehat{V}_x&#xA;\end{equation*}&#xA;\normalsize&#xA;\pause \item Transition from a state at t=0 to a state at t :&#xA;\footnotesize&#xA;\begin{equation*}&#xA;p_{nm} (t) = \frac{1}{\hbar^2} \left |\int_0^t d\tau e^{i(E_m-E_n) \tau / \hbar} \langle    m|\delta \widehat{H}(\tau)|n \rangle \right |^2&#xA;\end{equation*}&#xA;\normalsize&#xA;\pause \item At long times :&#xA;\footnotesize&#xA;\begin{equation*}&#xA;\frac{p_{nm}(t)}{t}  = \frac{2 \pi}{\hbar} \left(\frac{e2E_0}{2 \omega}\right)^2 \langle m|\widehat{V}_x|n \rangle \left[ \delta(E_m-E_n+\hbar \omega) +  \delta(E_m-E_n-\hbar     \omega)\right]&#xA;\end{equation*}&#xA;\normalsize&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And actually, thanks to your comment vanden to give a minimal amount of packages and comments, I managed to find the cause to this compilation error. It is the &quot;\linespread{1.2}&quot; command that messes things up when using \pause. If no fix available, I'll just comment it out I guess.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="660" LastEditorUserId="660" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-11T03:22:08.150" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T04:43:17.373" Title="\pause messes up the page layout" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;itemize&gt;&lt;pause&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1514" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1512" CreationDate="2010-08-11T04:43:17.373" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is special syntax for item's - I've never tried &lt;code&gt;pause&lt;/code&gt; with lists for that reason, but my guess is that it's causing trouble. Try removing all the pauses and replace &lt;code&gt;\begin{itemize}&lt;/code&gt; with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{itemize}[&amp;lt;+-&amp;gt;]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This causes each item to be uncovered one by one. For more fine-grained control, instead of the above change, use e.g.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\item&amp;lt;3-&amp;gt;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To make an item appear on slides 3 and above. There are other variants, see the Beamer user guide.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="490" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T04:43:17.373" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1515" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1538" CreationDate="2010-08-11T07:30:17.397" Score="3" ViewCount="695" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dear list, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have been experimenting with a setup for slides and handouts with one main.tex file that is &lt;code&gt;\input{}&lt;/code&gt; into a &quot;slides&quot; and a &quot;handout&quot; file (as described in the beamer user guide 21.2.1, or &lt;a href=&quot;http://happymutant.com/latex/misce/beamer.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this example&lt;/a&gt;. This setup allows the handout to be typeset using different documentclasses (i.e. report, article - which I am able to produce). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I have been trying to use the tufte-handout class, but the compilation comes to a halt, without giving any particular error messages. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I noticed the compilation halted on &lt;code&gt;amsthm&lt;/code&gt; so I used the &lt;code&gt;[noamsthm]{beamerarticle}&lt;/code&gt; class option. Then the compilation halted on &lt;code&gt;beamerbasetheorems.sty&lt;/code&gt;so I used &lt;code&gt;[notheorems]{beamerarticle}&lt;/code&gt; in the class option, but then it once again halted on &lt;code&gt;amsthm&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I then tried to give both in the class options (i.e. &lt;code&gt;[notheorems,noamsthm]{beamerarticle}&lt;/code&gt;), but this appears to ignore the &lt;code&gt;[notheorems]{beamerarticle}&lt;/code&gt; option resulting in the same error message as when only giving the &lt;code&gt;[noamsthm]{beamerarticle}&lt;/code&gt; option. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, my question is, has anyone successfully used this setup to produce beamer slides and handouts using the tufte-handout class?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Minimal examples provided as requested:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;File1 (slides.tex):  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[ignorenonframetext]{beamer}  &#xA;\input{main.tex} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;File2 (handout.tex):  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article} % This class works  &#xA;%\documentclass{tufte-handout} % Whish to use this documentclass  &#xA;\usepackage{beamerarticle}  &#xA;\input{main.tex}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;File3 (main.tex):  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usetheme{Singapore}  &#xA;\title{Title here}  &#xA;\author{Some author}  &#xA;\date{}  &#xA;\begin{document}  &#xA;\maketitle  &#xA;\begin{frame}  &#xA;\titlepage  &#xA;\end{frame}  &#xA;\section{One section}  &#xA;\begin{frame}  &#xA;\frametitle{One frame} &#xA;\end{frame}  &#xA;Text out of frame. Should print on handout only.  &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="237" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-26T12:51:45.727" LastActivityDate="2010-12-31T22:03:49.033" Title="Beamer slides and tufte-handout" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;documentclass&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="1516" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1520" CreationDate="2010-08-11T07:41:11.567" Score="1" ViewCount="183" Body="&lt;p&gt;If I have a Tex font, and I want to really understand how it will be laid out by Tex, and what features of the font to bear in mind when tuning my output to be beautiful, what tools are useful for this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I've heard that the usual measure of font size, points per em, is tricky.  Is there a good overview of how these measurements are used in font design?  One that relates this information to Metafont and True/Open Type fonts?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I'd like to see where baselines and the em square are on the glyphs of a font.  Are there tools to do that?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Where can I get summary information about fonts?  How do I understand the content of .tfm files?  Are there tools that generate these summaries?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Is there relevant information in fontspec?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've asked this question as a generalisation of &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1401/how-to-determine-the-true-size-of-a-font&quot;&gt;How to determine the true size of a font&lt;/a&gt;, because the narrow discussion there didn't really settle all the issues.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T09:12:55.657" Title="How to make sense of font metrics?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;fontspec&gt;&lt;big-list&gt;&lt;metafont&gt;&lt;font-metrics&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="1517" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1617" CreationDate="2010-08-11T08:15:08.270" Score="20" ViewCount="625" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am currently letting friends and family spellcheck my thesis written with LaTeX.&#xA;Since my markup is macro-heavy and not all of them have ever used another editor but MS Word, I cannot let them work with the source files directly. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is the best way for them to review the PDF and send me comments, so that I can quickly integrate them back into my .tex files?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some of them have Adobe Acrobat at work and can send me annotated PDFs, but at least 50% of the time of fixing the changes is searching the exact position of the missing comma or mistake.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a (preferably cross-plattform) solution that would make their and my life easier?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="595" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T03:04:13.650" Title="Workflow for reviewing PDFs generated from TeX?" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;spelling&gt;&lt;collaboration&gt;" AnswerCount="9" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="12" />
  <row Id="1518" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1517" CreationDate="2010-08-11T08:26:40.553" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;you could install the FoxIt PDF reader. In its latest version it has a comment function. Your friends could make suggestions and save those in their copy of your thesis. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="632" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T08:26:40.553" />
  <row Id="1519" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1517" CreationDate="2010-08-11T08:27:26.183" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The best tools for copy editing are still Microsoft Word and OpenOffice.org with their “record changes” feature switched on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Have you tried copying the PDF content (or the stripped TeX source – &lt;code&gt;detex&lt;/code&gt; does that) into a Word document and distributing that? I know that the result is not always acceptable – but when it is, this solution is probably the easiest and fastest (both for you and for the copy editors).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T08:27:26.183" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1520" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1516" CreationDate="2010-08-11T08:32:30.850" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is an attempt at answering item 2, assuming you are using a traditional tex or pdftex format with TFM-based fonts (not xelatex or lualatex):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For plain tex, there is &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/pkg/testfont&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;textfont.tex&lt;/a&gt;.&#xA;For latex, the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=fonttable&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;fonttable&lt;/a&gt; does something similar. For context, there is the &lt;code&gt;\showfont&lt;/code&gt; command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;PS I have no idea how to answer anything else; 1 and 3 are much too general for an answer&#xA;that is shorter than a medium-sized book, and I know nothing of 4.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T08:32:30.850" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1521" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1517" CreationDate="2010-08-11T08:39:51.533" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can ask one of the people that have a full Adobe Acrobat to enable the document for commenting in the Adobe Reader.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T08:39:51.533" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="1522" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-11T08:50:46.360" Score="4" ViewCount="230" Body="&lt;p&gt;I started using &lt;code&gt;showkeys&lt;/code&gt; in one of my documents and see this error&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pdfendlink ended up in different nesting level than \pdfstartlink&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A bit of google suggests that this &quot;happens when hyperref is used under pdftex and a citation splits across a page boundary&quot;. (See: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/errors.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://tug.org/errors.html&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But this package is only useful at drafting stage where the text is changing frequently i.e. the chance of the error is high. Is there a general way to smoothly use &lt;code&gt;showkeys&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt;? Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="337" LastActivityDate="2010-10-22T08:14:48.453" Title="\pdfendlink ended up in different nesting level than \pdfstartlink" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;cross-referencing&gt;&lt;errors&gt;&lt;draft&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1523" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1517" CreationDate="2010-08-11T08:56:29.343" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I can highly recommend &lt;a href=&quot;http://skim-app.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Skim.app&lt;/a&gt; (BSD license) if they are using MacOSX. This tool has been valuable to my research and it provides various ways of commenting on pdf files.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="337" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-11T09:44:23.503" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T09:44:23.503" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="1524" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1517" CreationDate="2010-08-11T09:00:20.050" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Konrad is right: use Word or OpenOffice, with Word being rather nicer to work with.  LyX is not too bad, but it is not nice to ask family and friends to install it.  I recommend Word where you can.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Work with the source if you can, don't detex, and don't work with the PDF, since the back and forth generally causes problems, needlessly missing corrections or introducing errors that you are likely to miss.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can put the source text directly in Word, and highlight regions that don't contain text to be reviewed (say, middle grey on pale grey), and it is possible to tell Word to make these regions uneditable.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Switch the document to Track Changes, and send both this document and the PDF to your reviewers.  If you send the text to several people, it is likely that one does a far better job than the others and if you are lucky returns them as tracked changes: work with this text and add additional changes from other comments from your friends and family.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A nice bonus: Word's spelling checker is good, and you can set the language of the highlighted regions to non-spellcheckable, but please switch off the deeply problematic grammar checker. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then at the end, with all changes accepted and rejected, and all issues handled, turn your Word document back into plain text, run it through Latex, and  give the output a last, careful read through.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I made some notes on working through changes on my weblog: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.textproof.com/chronicle/Reviewing_Edits.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Reviewing Edits&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-11T09:08:59.250" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T09:08:59.250" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1525" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1516" CreationDate="2010-08-11T09:12:55.657" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The font metric (tfm) file contains only metric information about the font.  It does not contain information such as the shape of the glyphs.  It contains only the information TeX needs to know where to place characters in the font (glyphs) on the page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a program that makes TFM files less inscrutable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$ tftopl --help&#xA;Usage: tftopl [OPTION]... TFMNAME[.tfm] [PLFILE[.pl]]&#xA;  Translate the font metrics TFMNAME to human-readable property list file&#xA;  PLFILE or standard output.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think that most of your questions involve information that is not in the TFM file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="176" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T09:12:55.657" />
  <row Id="1526" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="204" CreationDate="2010-08-11T09:47:33.970" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am late to the party.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;tikz/pgf seems to provide a general profiler built on top of &lt;code&gt;\pdfelapsedtime&lt;/code&gt; to optimise TeX code. See &quot;44 Profiler Library&quot; in its manual from a recent CVS checkout. The stable release pgf 2.0 is out of date.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="337" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T09:47:33.970" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1527" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1511" CreationDate="2010-08-11T10:45:52.120" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Youd did not change the float specifier, LaTeX did that for you and informed you. The reason is, that you provided just the optional placement argument &lt;em&gt;h&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;!h&lt;/em&gt; for a float (figure or table), but the float didn't fit on the current page. It had to be put on top of the next page, corresponding to a placement argument &lt;em&gt;t&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I recommend to use at least ht as positioning argument. If you mean &quot;exactly here&quot;, then use the argument &lt;em&gt;H&lt;/em&gt; of the float package or one of the possibilities listed here: &lt;a href=&quot;http://texblog.net/latex-archive/graphics/prevent-floating-image-figure-table/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Prevent floating of figures or tables&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Often it's satifsying to specify all possible placement options &lt;em&gt;!htbp&lt;/em&gt;, so still letting the figures and tables float.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;h&lt;/em&gt; means &lt;em&gt;here allowed&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;t&lt;/em&gt; means &lt;em&gt;top&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;b&lt;/em&gt; means &lt;em&gt;bottom&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;p&lt;/em&gt; means on a float-&lt;em&gt;page&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;!&lt;/em&gt; means &lt;em&gt;try harder!&lt;/em&gt; to place it earlier.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T10:45:52.120" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1528" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1517" CreationDate="2010-08-11T10:59:58.293" Score="22" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;First of all, you are asking people to do you a favour.  That's an important thing to remember and my answer would be different if this was about collaborators.  Therefore, the number one principle is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Make it as easy as possible for them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately, the exact answer is therefore going to be as variable as the people involved!  But in case it's of any use, here are my recommendations (which can be broadly interpreted as being what I would like if I were being asked to do this):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Don't send anyone the whole thesis.  Theses can get quite long and it's a bit daunting to be given the whole lot.  People's effectiveness in proof-reading tends to slide a bit after a dozen pages (unless they're specially trained) so chop it up in to sections.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I really do find it much easier to proof-read &lt;em&gt;on paper&lt;/em&gt;.  I don't know what it is about it, but I spot far more when I'm reading it on paper rather than on screen.  If you're only sending smallish sections, that's not a lot for any one person to print out.  Plus you can make it so that it prints 2-up with reasonable margins but without shrinking the print size very much.  Offer to pay for the printing cost, and then it's shouldn't be hard for a person to find a scanner to send you back the scanned copy - again, offer to pay for any costs (no-one will take you up on that).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;For someone who does feel happy doing the proof-reading on-screen, I &lt;em&gt;strongly&lt;/em&gt; recommend annotating the PDF.  If the person has a graphics tablet then it's easy: get hold of one of the programs designed for annotating PDFs and let them use that.  If you use &lt;a href=&quot;http://levine.sscnet.ucla.edu/general/software/tc1000/jarnal.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;jarnal&lt;/a&gt; then it's cross-platform (written in java) and it can also be installed on a central webserver so your friends and family don't have to install anything.  Other free annotators are &lt;a href=&quot;http://math.mit.edu/%7Eauroux/software/xournal/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;xournal&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.adebenham.com/gournal/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;gournal&lt;/a&gt; for Linux.  These can save their annotations as XML files or export them back as PDFs.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Give the person a one-page list of proof-readers' marks.  An example can be found &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.merriam-webster.com/mw/table/proofrea.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;, though it would be best to customise it a little.  Most won't use it, but the idea is to make it clear that all you really need to know is where an error is, actually what the error is is less important as you'll be able to figure that out for yourself.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Provide a nice wide margin for comments.  Add or subtract a lot from &lt;code&gt;\hoffset&lt;/code&gt; to get the whole document as close to the edge as possible.  Also, use line numbers so that big comments can be easily &quot;anchored&quot; to points in the text without long lines going this way and that.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;To make it easy on yourself to integrate their comments, add in easily-findable tags that get shoved in to the margin every, say, paragraph.  Then you can search for them rather than searching for words in the text.  And if you do need to search for words in the text, make sure that your source is in one-sentence-per-line format as some programs aren't so good at searching when the desired text goes over a linebreak.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Lastly, &lt;em&gt;don't&lt;/em&gt; send them back again.  If you need it proof-read again, find some new friends.  Ideally, proof-reading should be done at the very last stage and only when you've been through it so many times that you've started to think that &quot;your's&quot; is correct because you've seen it so often.  Anyone not trained is going to be far less effective when seeing something for the second time.  And you can never predict exactly what minor grammatical points the examiners are going to pick up on (mine was a rather over-heavy use of the word &quot;then&quot; - quite justified, I should add) so trying to be 100% perfect is senseless.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In case it's lost in that lot, let me repeat the names of those PDF annotators:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://levine.sscnet.ucla.edu/general/software/tc1000/jarnal.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;jarnal&lt;/a&gt;.  Java (so cross-platform), can also be used in client-server mode.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://math.mit.edu/%7Eauroux/software/xournal/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;xournal&lt;/a&gt;.  C++ (so fast), Linux (AFAIK).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.adebenham.com/gournal/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;gournal&lt;/a&gt;. Gtk2-Perl, Linux (AFAIK).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've used both xournal and jarnal and found them great tools for just this purpose.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T10:59:58.293" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="1529" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1395" CreationDate="2010-08-11T11:29:27.950" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is for lualatex:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\setmainfont[RawFeature={protrusion=default}]{TeX Gyre Pagella}&#xA;&#xA;\pdfprotrudechars2 % 1 if you don't want to change line breaking&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\input{knuth}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T11:29:27.950" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-11T11:29:27.950" />
  <row Id="1530" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1515" CreationDate="2010-08-11T11:34:02.980" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The problem appears to be related to the &lt;code&gt;\title&lt;/code&gt; command.  When I compile a document using &lt;code&gt;\title&lt;/code&gt; then it hangs, and when I compile it without then it works just fine.  There's a bit of a tangled web of definitions and redefinitions going on that is a bit hard to track.  One method that worked for me was to copy out the (re)definition of &lt;code&gt;\title&lt;/code&gt; from &lt;code&gt;tufte-common.def&lt;/code&gt; and stick it in after the call to &lt;code&gt;beamerarticle&lt;/code&gt;.  Thus my main file looks like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{tufte-handout}&#xA;\usepackage{beamerarticle}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand{\title}[2][]{%&#xA;  \gdef\@title{#2}%&#xA;  \begingroup%&#xA;    % TODO store contents of \thanks command&#xA;    \renewcommand{\thanks}[1]{}% swallow \thanks contents&#xA;    \protected@xdef\thanklesstitle{#2}%&#xA;  \endgroup%&#xA;  \ifthenelse{\isempty{#1}}%&#xA;    {\renewcommand{\plaintitle}{\thanklesstitle}}% use thankless title&#xA;    {\renewcommand{\plaintitle}{#1}}% use provided plain-text title&#xA;  \@ifpackageloaded{hyperref}{\hypersetup{pdftitle={\plaintitle}}}{}% set the PDF metadata title&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\input{tufteMain}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, that means that the title doesn't get &quot;beamerified&quot;, but as this is only for the article version, that doesn't matter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried storing the old definition of &lt;code&gt;\title&lt;/code&gt; before calling &lt;code&gt;beamerarticle&lt;/code&gt; and resetting it afterwards, but that didn't work:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{tufte-handout}&#xA;\let\tufteTitle=\title&#xA;\usepackage{beamerarticle}&#xA;\let\title=\tufteTitle&#xA;&#xA;\input{tufteMain}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;still hung.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In general, TeX hangs like that when it enters an infinite loop, so my &lt;em&gt;guess&lt;/em&gt; is that somehow the definition and redefinition of &lt;code&gt;\title&lt;/code&gt; mean that it ends up calling itself again and again.  Also, when TeX enters an infinite loop then the logfile contains the last thing that it did okay, so removing stuff that has appeared in the logfile isn't an optimal strategy (you &lt;em&gt;may&lt;/em&gt; happen on whatever it was that created the loop, but there's no guarantee).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T11:34:02.980" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="1531" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1507" CreationDate="2010-08-11T11:41:36.383" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's my main suggestion: use version control and have a branch for XHTML+MathML[1] and a branch for PDF.  Let the version control system keep track of the changes and leave you to concentrate on making sure that both look as good as they can for the desired output.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Other possibilities spring to mind: as it's quite easy to go from XHTML to PDF (File-&gt;Print-&gt;Print_to_File!), concentrate on the XHTML version and leave the PDF to the reader.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And, slightly tongue-in-cheek, I'd consider adding a &quot;don't do that&quot; tag to this question (if it wasn't already at the maximum).  The requirements for a document to be viewed on the screen are sufficiently different to that to be printed out that it's worth considering having two almost completely separate documents.  (NB I know that PDFs are often viewed on the screen, but I'm thinking more about the interaction possible between reader and document that is possible with an XHTML document and is difficult with PDF.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[1] I know you &lt;em&gt;wrote&lt;/em&gt; HTML, but you &lt;em&gt;meant&lt;/em&gt; XHTML+MathML.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T11:41:36.383" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1532" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1546" CreationDate="2010-08-11T11:47:54.983" Score="3" ViewCount="98" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm tired of manually creating the tarfiles I need for uploading articles to the &lt;a href=&quot;http://arxiv.org&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;arxiv&lt;/a&gt;. &#xA;The process involves creating a tarfile of all the (non-standard) source files. So naturally it needs the .tex file(s), the .pdf files, the .bbl file and perhaps an .idx if you have an index (perhaps something else?). I usually keep my figures in a subdirectory under the one where the .tex file lives, so the tar file would have to keep that directory structure.&#xA;What I usually do is compile with &lt;code&gt;\listfiles&lt;/code&gt; then manually grab the list of files from the output, stick them in &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;filelist&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; together with the name of the main .tex file and then run &lt;code&gt;tar c -T&amp;lt;filelist&amp;gt; -f&amp;lt;output.tar&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;. Not a huge operation, but it would be nice to automate since I usually forget the required switches by the time I need to upload another article to the arxiv....&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I looked online and found &lt;a href=&quot;http://arxiv.org/archive/cs/unlog.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;unlog.sh&lt;/a&gt; on the arxiv itself, but it specifically states that it is not designed for the output of pdflatex. When I tried to modify it for the output of the pdflatex, indeed I didn't manage, but this might be due to my lacking perl skills, and not for any good reason. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anyone know of a nice script for creating the required tarfiles for the arxiv, or is interested in modifying unlog.sh so that it works properly on pdflatex log files?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastEditorUserId="117" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-11T12:05:55.930" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T15:33:25.923" Title="is there an unlog.sh script for pdflatex?" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;automation&gt;&lt;arxiv&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="1533" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="669" CreationDate="2010-08-11T11:51:00.687" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you don't mind using a Times-like font, a different engine, and the not yet officially released TeXLive-2010, then you can try XITS font with LuaLaTeX (my preference) or XeLaTeX:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\usepackage{unicode-math}&#xA;&#xA;\setmainfont{XITS} % you can use any other Times font if you wish&#xA;\setmathfont{XITS Math}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Some text and \(\sqrt{x+y}=z\) equation&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T11:51:00.687" />
  <row Id="1534" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-11T12:31:50.450" Score="1" ViewCount="222" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/80/latex-template-for-resume-curriculum-vitae&quot;&gt;LaTeX template for resume/curriculum vitae &lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm gona make a CV of my own. I wonder wether there are some other packages focused on CV making except the &quot;moderncv&quot; package? Thank you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="524" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T12:43:01.533" ClosedDate="2010-08-11T14:49:26.073" Title="Are there any other packages defined to create a CV except the &quot;moderncv&quot; package?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1535" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1534" CreationDate="2010-08-11T12:37:30.703" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, there are. Have a look at that category in the TeX Catalogue:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://texcatalogue.sarovar.org/bytopic.html#applications&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Writing Applications for a Job / CV&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;By the way: I wasn't satisfied by the results of such packages. So, I used scrartcl and tabularx to typeset my CV. This way I could match it to the design of my application letter done with scrlttr2. I used tabularx in macros, allowing easy adjustments for all parts of the CV at once. Simple and elegant, no fancy colored lines and the like. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-11T12:43:01.533" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T12:43:01.533" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1536" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="669" CreationDate="2010-08-11T12:46:20.063" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I’ve  been using the &lt;b&gt;txfontsb&lt;/b&gt; package for Times, though generally I avoid Times. (After reading countless student papers in Times, it grates on me.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T12:46:20.063" />
  <row Id="1537" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1540" CreationDate="2010-08-11T13:05:10.067" Score="4" ViewCount="205" Body="&lt;p&gt;Any idea why yshift doesn't work in the following tikz example?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \coordinate (A) at (0,0);&#xA;  \coordinate (B) at (2.5,0);&#xA;  \draw (A) -- (B);&#xA;  \draw[yshift=2cm] (A) -- (B);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="337" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T13:38:42.030" Title="why yshift doesn't work in this tikz example?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;diagrams&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="1538" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1515" CreationDate="2010-08-11T13:07:10.033" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The answer provided by &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/users/86/andrew-stacey&quot;&gt;Andrew Stacey&lt;/a&gt; includes copying style definitions from tufte-common.def into the main.tex file. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following works fine:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{tufte-handout}  &#xA;\usepackage{beamerarticle}  &#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter  &#xA;\renewcommand{\title}[2][]{%  &#xA;  \gdef\@title{#2}%  &#xA;  \begingroup%  &#xA;    % TODO store contents of \thanks command  &#xA;    \renewcommand{\thanks}[1]{}% swallow \thanks contents  &#xA;    \protected@xdef\thanklesstitle{#2}%  &#xA;  \endgroup%  &#xA;  \ifthenelse{\isempty{#1}}%  &#xA;    {\renewcommand{\plaintitle}{\thanklesstitle}}% use thankless title  &#xA;    {\renewcommand{\plaintitle}{#1}}% use provided plain-text title  &#xA;  \@ifpackageloaded{hyperref}{\hypersetup{pdftitle={\plaintitle}}}{}% set the PDF metadata title  &#xA;}  &#xA;\makeatother  &#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter  &#xA;\renewcommand*{\author}[2][]{%  &#xA;  \gdef\@author{#2}%  &#xA;  \begingroup%  &#xA;    % TODO store contents of \thanks command  &#xA;    \renewcommand{\thanks}[1]{}% swallow \thanks contents  &#xA;    \protected@xdef\thanklessauthor{#2}%  &#xA;  \endgroup%  &#xA;  \ifthenelse{\isempty{#1}}  &#xA;    {\renewcommand{\plainauthor}{\thanklessauthor}}% use thankless author  &#xA;    {\renewcommand{\plainauthor}{#1}}% use provided plain-text author  &#xA;  \@ifpackageloaded{hyperref}{\hypersetup{pdfauthor={\plainauthor}}}{}% set the PDF   metadata author  &#xA;}  &#xA;\makeatother  &#xA;\input{main.tex}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="237" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T13:07:10.033" />
  <row Id="1539" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1507" CreationDate="2010-08-11T13:11:46.793" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Since the text is mainly prose + floats, you can consider writing your source in markdown and convert it to html and latex/context using &lt;a href=&quot;http://johnmacfarlane.net/pandoc/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pandoc&lt;/a&gt;, which does a fairly good job of creating predictable output. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T13:11:46.793" />
  <row Id="1540" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1537" CreationDate="2010-08-11T13:14:11.763" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It would work with coordinates or if you place the yshift inside the parentheses next to the name A and B:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \coordinate (A) at (0,0);&#xA;  \coordinate (B) at (2.5,0);&#xA;  \draw (A) -- (B);&#xA;  \draw ([yshift=2cm]A) -- ([yshift=2cm]B);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://texblog.net/png/yshift.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T13:14:11.763" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1541" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1537" CreationDate="2010-08-11T13:33:41.997" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;yshift&lt;/code&gt; (and similar commands) are applied to all coordinates in the path, not to the path as a whole. They are also not applied to anchors: according to the TikZ manual (section 15.11. in the 2.0 version):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Once the node x has been defined, you&#xA;  can use (x. anchor ) wherever you&#xA;  would normally use a normal&#xA;  coordinate. This will yield the&#xA;  position at which the given anchor is&#xA;  in the picture. Note that&#xA;  transformations do not apply to this&#xA;  coordinate, that is, (x.north) will be&#xA;  the northern anchor of x even if you&#xA;  have said scale=3 or xshift=4cm. This&#xA;  is usually what you would expect.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-11T13:38:42.030" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T13:38:42.030" />
  <row Id="1542" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="80" CreationDate="2010-08-11T13:44:11.237" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The TeX Catalogue list CV packages in a category:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://texcatalogue.sarovar.org/bytopic.html#applications&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Writing Applications for a Job / CV&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;By the way: I wasn't satisfied by the results of such packages. So, I used scrartcl and tabularx to typeset my CV. This way I could match it to the design of my application letter done with scrlttr2. I used tabularx in macros, allowing easy adjustments for all parts of the CV at once. Simple and elegant, no fancy colored lines and the like.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Copied from &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1534/are-there-any-other-packages-defined-to-create-a-cv-except-the-moderncv-package&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; to this topic following a request.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T13:44:11.237" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-11T13:44:11.237" />
  <row Id="1543" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="80" CreationDate="2010-08-11T14:19:44.787" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Minimalia has a nice LaTeX &lt;a href=&quot;http://stefano.italians.nl/archives/5&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tutorial&lt;/a&gt; for CV, which gives a result like &lt;a href=&quot;http://stefano.italians.nl/wp-content/uploads/2007/09/samplecurriculum.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt; (pdf). Minimalia also has a nice &lt;a href=&quot;http://stefano.italians.nl/archives/65&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;cover letter template&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="279" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T14:19:44.787" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-11T14:19:44.787" />
  <row Id="1544" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1545" CreationDate="2010-08-11T14:26:01.153" Score="17" ViewCount="342" Body="&lt;p&gt;For instance, in Welsh the alphabet starts a, b, c, ch, d, dd, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to automatically alter the ordering of lists to match this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="106" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-27T10:34:29.840" LastActivityDate="2010-08-27T10:34:29.840" Title="How can I change the order of an alphabetic enumeration in LaTex?" Tags="&lt;lists&gt;&lt;enumerate&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="1545" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1544" CreationDate="2010-08-11T14:33:42.493" Score="16" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could define a command for this purpose. Use that command in defining the label. Here's an example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand*\welsh[1]{%&#xA;  \ifcase#1\or a\or b\or c\or ch\or d\or dd\or ... \else\@ctrerr\fi}&#xA;\newcommand*\Welsh[1]{%&#xA;  \ifcase#1\or A\or B\or C\or ... \else\@ctrerr\fi}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\renewcommand*{\theenumi}{\welsh{\value{enumi}}}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\labelenumi}{(\theenumi)}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;\item One&#xA;\item Two&#xA;\item Three&#xA;\item Four&#xA;\item Five&#xA;\item Six&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://texblog.net/png/welsh.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-11T14:44:43.200" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T14:44:43.200" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1546" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1532" CreationDate="2010-08-11T15:33:25.923" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;With some &lt;em&gt;basic&lt;/em&gt; testing, the following works for me.  Copy it to a file, say &lt;code&gt;unlog.pl&lt;/code&gt;, and save it somewhere on your path.  Either make it executable or invoke it via &lt;code&gt;perl unlog.pl logfile tarfile&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It goes through the logfile looking for suitable files (much as the original script did).  I modified the search pattern to pick up included graphics (these seemed to be signalled by angular brackets in the logfile) and added &lt;code&gt;.pdf&lt;/code&gt; to the extensions (others can easily be added).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It builds the tar file out of those files that are &lt;em&gt;below&lt;/em&gt; the user's home directory on the supposition that those are the unusual ones.  Those that are below the &lt;em&gt;current&lt;/em&gt; directory are added with directories (relative to the current directory), those that aren't are stripped of leading directories.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The logic there being that if it's below the current directory it's probably special to this file and is probably included via &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics{relative/path/to/file}&lt;/code&gt; so the relative path is important.  If it's not below the current directory then it's probably included via something like &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{style}&lt;/code&gt; so putting it in without any directory should work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;#!/usr/bin/perl&#xA;&#xA;use strict;&#xA;use Cwd qw/abs_path getcwd/;&#xA;use Archive::Tar;&#xA;&#xA;die &quot;unlog logfile output-file&quot; unless $#ARGV == 1;&#xA;&#xA;my ($logfile,$tarfile) = @ARGV;&#xA;&#xA;if (!($logfile =~ /\.log$/)) {&#xA;    $logfile .= &quot;.log&quot;;&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;open(LOGFILE,&quot;$logfile&quot;) or&#xA;    die &quot;cannot read $logfile&quot;;&#xA;&#xA;my $tar = Archive::Tar-&amp;gt;new();&#xA;&#xA;my $cwd = getcwd();&#xA;my %tarfiles;&#xA;&#xA;while (&amp;lt;LOGFILE&amp;gt;) {&#xA;    while (/[\(|&amp;lt;](\S*\.(bbl|tex|sty|cls|e?ps|tib|ttz|ttx|pdf))\b/g) {&#xA;    print &quot;found $1: &quot;;&#xA;    # Convert relative directories to absolute in the tar args:&#xA;    my $x=abs_path($1);&#xA;    if (exists($tarfiles{$x})){&#xA;        print &quot;already in, skipping\n&quot;;&#xA;        next;&#xA;    } &#xA;    $tarfiles{$x} = 1;&#xA;    if ($x =~ m/^$ENV{HOME}/) {&#xA;        # Only add files that are within our home directory&#xA;        if ($x =~ s#^$cwd/##) {&#xA;        # Subdirectories of _this_ one get preserved&#xA;        print &quot;adding to tar, preserving directory\n&quot;;&#xA;        $tar-&amp;gt;add_files($x);&#xA;        } else {&#xA;        # Probably within our own texmf tree, so add it to the list&#xA;        # but strip off any leading directories&#xA;        my ($dir,$name) = ($x =~ m/(.*\/)?([^\/]*)/);&#xA;        print &quot;adding to tar, no leading directory\n&quot;;&#xA;        chdir($dir);&#xA;        $tar-&amp;gt;add_files($name);&#xA;        chdir($cwd);&#xA;        }&#xA;    } else {&#xA;        # Otherwise, do nothing as it's probably in the global texmf tree&#xA;        print &quot;omitting\n&quot;;&#xA;    }&#xA;    }&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;$tar-&amp;gt;write($tarfile);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T15:33:25.923" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1547" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1549" CreationDate="2010-08-11T16:16:57.243" Score="8" ViewCount="189" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm working in a project (Ubuntu Manual, if you're curious) which requires TeX to create a pdf document. But when we have almost all translated, I've found that there wasn't an hyphenation pattern for my language (Asturian). Actually, there isn't almost anything :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I started creating a new one, which involved some hard mining in obscure Internet dungeons to get some documentation on how to do that ;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My approach is creating a list of hyphenated words (etymological when I'm 100% sure, syllabic else) from our Aspell word list. When I've got a decent list, I'll use a hyphenation generator (I can't remember the actual name of the script) to have the Asturian hyphenation file, then I'll try and install under my LiveTeX installation to test it, and then I'll upload it to TeX repositories.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;No, OpenOffice.org hyphenation is not an option (it still doesn't exist).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My question is: &lt;em&gt;is there anything else I'm missing to have a working hyphenation for my language? Am I fully wrong and that won't work?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you in advance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="733" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T23:44:48.320" Title="New language - hyphenation" Tags="&lt;syntax&gt;&lt;texlive&gt;&lt;languages&gt;&lt;hyphenation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="8" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1548" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1550" CreationDate="2010-08-11T16:34:13.983" Score="6" ViewCount="261" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure whether this is an appropriate question for tex.SE. If you think questions like this should not be asked here, please voice you concern. If necessary I'll open a question on meta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For readability I like to keep line lengths in my source files at about 80 characters. Vim has the nice shortcut &lt;code&gt;gqap&lt;/code&gt; that reflows the current paragraph to fit within 80 characters without wasting space with lines that are too short. It even keeps indentation. Unfortunately it considers paragraphs to be marked by empty lines and considers everything that is not separated by an empty line to be in the same paragraph. In particular any equations (started with [ or \begin{...}) are always considered to be part of the paragraph and reflowed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any way to have vim handle LaTeX syntax more intelligently in this respect? Are there any other text editors which can to that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I know that I can highlight only the text and then use &lt;code&gt;gq&lt;/code&gt;, but if possible I'd like to have a single command to reflow a paragraph without the need to manually mark what a paragraph is.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T16:42:17.280" Title="Intelligent paragraph reflowing in vim?" Tags="&lt;automation&gt;&lt;vim&gt;&lt;editors&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="1549" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1547" CreationDate="2010-08-11T16:35:31.860" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The standard way to generate hyphenation patterns is to use PatGen. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is a TUGboat article about custom pattern generation: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb20-3/tb64sojka.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Hyphenation on Demand&lt;/a&gt; &#xA;and there is a &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/patgen2/patgen2.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;PatGen2 tutorial on CTAN&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="565" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T16:35:31.860" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1550" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1548" CreationDate="2010-08-11T16:42:17.280" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have the following function in my &lt;code&gt;$VIM/ftplugin/context.vim&lt;/code&gt; file to format ConTeXt paragraphs (same as LaTeX: the environments are enclosed in &lt;code&gt;\start...&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\stop...&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\begin{...}&lt;/code&gt; and \end{...}. It should be easy to adapt this to LaTeX (In fact, I think that I copied it originally from someone who had written it for LaTeX and adapted it to ConTeXt).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&quot; Reformat lines (getting the spacing correct) {{{&#xA;fun! TeX_fmt()&#xA;    if (getline(&quot;.&quot;) != &quot;&quot;)&#xA;    let save_cursor = getpos(&quot;.&quot;)&#xA;        let op_wrapscan = &amp;amp;wrapscan&#xA;        set nowrapscan&#xA;        let par_begin = '^\(%D\)\=\s*\($\|\\start\|\\stop\|\\Start\|\\Stop\|\\\(sub\)*section\&amp;gt;\|\\item\&amp;gt;\|\\NC\&amp;gt;\|\\blank\&amp;gt;\|\\noindent\&amp;gt;\)'&#xA;        let par_end   = '^\(%D\)\=\s*\($\|\\start\|\\stop\|\\Start\|\\Stop\|\\place\|\\\(sub\)*section\&amp;gt;\|\\item\&amp;gt;\|\\NC\&amp;gt;\|\\blank\&amp;gt;\)'&#xA;    try&#xA;      exe '?'.par_begin.'?+'&#xA;    catch /E384/&#xA;      1&#xA;    endtry&#xA;        norm V&#xA;    try&#xA;      exe '/'.par_end.'/-'&#xA;    catch /E385/&#xA;      $&#xA;    endtry&#xA;    norm gq&#xA;        let &amp;amp;wrapscan = op_wrapscan&#xA;    call setpos('.', save_cursor) &#xA;    endif&#xA;endfun&#xA;&#xA;nmap Q :call TeX_fmt()&amp;lt;CR&amp;gt;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T16:42:17.280" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1551" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-11T16:47:41.597" Score="18" ViewCount="2013" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm asking here a question which was asked on the italian TeX group forum.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to produce Epub output automatically from a LaTeX source?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I should remark that Epub is just HTML+a subset of CSS+some XML for metadata, packed in a ZIP file. So one can settle with the existing tools for HTML conversion. Still something better could be done for Epub output.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the first place, Epub accepts only a subset of CSS. Then it would be nice to produce the file with the metadata from the LaTeX source too. Finally, I'm not sure how it works, but Epub files allow for automatic hyphenation of words. By this I mean that hyphenation can be specified in the Epub file itself, so that a reader will not need to know hyphenation rules. Note that since Epub files are resizable, all possible points of hyphenation must be specified.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="260" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-13T19:21:14.007" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T19:21:14.007" Title="Use LaTeX to produce Epub" Tags="&lt;conversion&gt;&lt;ebook&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="7" />
  <row Id="1552" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1551" CreationDate="2010-08-11T16:59:29.863" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I’ve never tried to automate this, but I would think that a script that generates HTML from the TeX source, and then passes that HTML to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.calibre-ebook.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Calibre&lt;/a&gt;’s &lt;a href=&quot;http://calibre-ebook.com/user_manual/cli/ebook-convert.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ebook-convert&lt;/a&gt; command line program would be sufficient. You could use TeX4t or similar for the first step.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Do any ePub viewers support hyphenation, even when specified? Most ePub software is based on Adobe Digital Editions, and last I heard, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mobileread.com/forums/showthread.php?t=28139&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;it chokes on this&lt;/a&gt;. I doubt iBooks is any better.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T16:59:29.863" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1553" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-11T17:49:58.390" Score="5" ViewCount="668" Body="&lt;p&gt;Given point A and a node B with an ellipse shape, how to draw a line from A horizontally until it reaches the border of B? Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://www.freeimagehosting.net/uploads/c803ec2aac.png&quot; alt=&quot;tikz&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="337" LastActivityDate="2010-11-12T10:58:46.073" Title="TikZ: draw a line horizontally until reach the border of a node?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;diagrams&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1554" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1557" CreationDate="2010-08-11T18:10:05.980" Score="2" ViewCount="449" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/biblatex.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;biblatex&lt;/a&gt; package to add citations and a bibliography to my LaTeX document. I've noticed that only the first author plus &quot;et al.&quot; is displayed for works with more than three authors. That's fine with me for in-text-citations, but I'd rather have the complete author information in the bibliography. How can I do that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-19T11:19:05.283" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T11:19:05.283" Title="Using biblatex, how can I display all authors of multi-author works in the bibliography?" Tags="&lt;biblatex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="1555" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1554" CreationDate="2010-08-11T18:14:06.203" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Check the option &lt;code&gt;maxnames&lt;/code&gt; and set it to a large value.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="337" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T18:14:06.203" />
  <row Id="1556" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1553" CreationDate="2010-08-11T18:18:59.673" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One way is to use the intersection library:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{intersections}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA; \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \coordinate[label=left:$A$] (A) at (0,0);&#xA;    \coordinate[label=center:$B$] (B) at (2,1);&#xA;&#xA;    \draw[name path=B node] (B) ellipse (0.5 and 1.2);&#xA;    \path [name path=A--B] (A) -| (B);&#xA;    \path [name intersections={of=A--B and B node}];&#xA;    \fill (A) circle (2pt);&#xA;    \draw (A)  -- (intersection-1);&#xA; \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="565" LastEditorUserId="565" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-11T19:51:34.090" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T19:51:34.090" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="1557" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1554" CreationDate="2010-08-11T18:54:22.957" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The maximum number of displayed authors - both for in-text-citations and the bibliography - is controlled by the option &lt;code&gt;maxnames&lt;/code&gt; (with a default value of 3). To show all authors only in the bibliography, don't change the value of &lt;code&gt;maxnames&lt;/code&gt; in the document preamble, but use the optional argument of &lt;code&gt;\printbibliography&lt;/code&gt; instead: Type&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\printbibliography[maxnames=99]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;at the place in your document where you want the bibliography to appear.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want all bibliographies (and lists of shorthands) in all your LaTeX documents to display the complete author information, instead of typing &lt;code&gt;[maxnames=99]&lt;/code&gt; every time, you can add the following code to the configuration file &lt;code&gt;biblatex.cfg&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcounter{bibmaxnames}&#xA;\setcounter{bibmaxnames}{99}&#xA;\patchcmd{\blx@printbibliography}{#1}{#1,maxnames=\thebibmaxnames}{}{}&#xA;\patchcmd{\blx@bibbysection}{#1}{#1,maxnames=\thebibmaxnames}{}{}&#xA;\patchcmd{\blx@bibbysegment}{#1}{#1,maxnames=\thebibmaxnames}{}{}&#xA;\patchcmd{\blx@bibbycategory}{#1}{#1,maxnames=\thebibmaxnames}{}{}&#xA;\patchcmd{\blx@printshorthands}{#1}{#1,maxnames=\thebibmaxnames}{}{}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that is a hack which uses internal biblatex commands and hopefully will be replaced by a proper package option in a later version of biblatex (the current version is 0.9b). (&lt;code&gt;\patchcmd&lt;/code&gt; derives from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/etoolbox.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;etoolbox&lt;/a&gt; package, which is loaded automatically by biblatex.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;UPDATE: biblatex 1.1, which was released on January 5th, 2011, introduced the options &lt;code&gt;maxbibnames&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;minbibnames&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;maxcitenames&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;mincitenames&lt;/code&gt; (settable in the document preamble and in the configuration file &lt;code&gt;biblatex.cfg&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-19T11:18:44.147" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T11:18:44.147" />
  <row Id="1558" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="70" CreationDate="2010-08-11T19:14:36.207" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Triggered by the Epub question: here is something useful you can easily do with luatex:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{\catcode`\#=12&#xA;\directlua {&#xA;local words = io.open('hyphens-' .. tex.jobname .. '.txt', 'w');&#xA;local outchar = unicode.utf8.char&#xA;local function dumphyphens (head)&#xA;   local data = {}&#xA;   for v in node.traverse(head) do&#xA;       if v.id == node.id('glyph') then&#xA;         data[#data+1] = outchar(v.char);&#xA;       elseif v.id == node.id('disc') then&#xA;          data[#data+1] = '-'&#xA;       elseif v.id == node.id('glue') then&#xA;         data[#data+1] = outchar(32)&#xA;       elseif v.id == node.id('hlist') then&#xA;         data[#data+1] = dumphyphens(v.list)&#xA;       end&#xA;   end&#xA;   return table.concat(data)&#xA;end&#xA;callback.register ('hyphenate', function (head,tail)&#xA;   lang.hyphenate(head, tail) &#xA;   words:write (dumphyphens(head) .. outchar(10))&#xA;   end)&#xA;}}&#xA;&#xA;\input knuth&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This will write to hyphens-\jobname.txt a dump of all the characters that luatex has been asked to add hyphenation points to from this point on in the source, with the output of each callback call on a single line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Although you cannot use this to generate Epub (mostly because macros like \TeX create two lines of output, once 'E' only for the lowered hbox and once 'TEX' for the actual macro use) the output is still useful because you can check to make sure there are no potential bad breaks allowed by the hyphenation patterns you are using.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T19:14:36.207" />
  <row Id="1559" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1563" CreationDate="2010-08-11T19:37:30.973" Score="6" ViewCount="807" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm writing a short document listing some chronological events. I want to pick out a period with a big brace. Here's a quick mockup:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://img339.imageshack.us/img339/7062/50338102.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What's the best way to do this? Can I set the size declaratively - ie from line A to line B - somehow?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="735" LastEditorUserId="735" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-12T15:27:55.537" LastActivityDate="2010-11-27T14:00:22.757" Title="Adding a large brace next to a body of text" Tags="&lt;brackets&gt;&lt;braces&gt;" AnswerCount="5" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="1560" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-11T19:39:42.637" Score="-2" ViewCount="292" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/553/what-packages-do-people-load-by-default-in-latex&quot;&gt;What packages do people load by default in LaTeX?&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As subject.  What are the most popular LaTeX packages?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="176" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T19:48:24.550" ClosedDate="2010-08-11T20:16:23.063" Title="What are the most popular LaTeX packages?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;best-practices&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1561" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1559" CreationDate="2010-08-11T19:47:30.683" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In mathmode you could use some trickery like putting a matrix to the left of a &lt;code&gt;\right}&lt;/code&gt;, e.g.:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{displaymath}&#xA;    \left. \begin{array}{cc}&#xA;        - &amp;amp; - \\&#xA;        - &amp;amp; - \\&#xA;        - &amp;amp; -&#xA;    \end{array} \right\}&#xA;\end{displaymath}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="313" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T19:47:30.683" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1562" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1560" CreationDate="2010-08-11T19:48:24.550" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For papers on the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.arxiv.org&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;arXiv&lt;/a&gt; (maths, physics and computer science mostly) there's a list of packages sort by frequency of use &lt;a href=&quot;http://arxmliv.kwarc.info/package_usage.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The top twenty packages are article, graphicx, amssymb, amsmath, revtex, revtex4, epsfig, amsfonts, bm, latexsym, amsart, dcolumn, amsthm, graphics, aastex, amscd, epsf, color, aa, times.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="176" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T19:48:24.550" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1563" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1559" CreationDate="2010-08-11T19:52:59.547" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I suggest a variation of Giel's answer with &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$\left.\begin{tabular}{l}&#xA;line \\&#xA;one more line&#xA;\end{tabular}\right\}$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(or smth like &lt;code&gt;{tabular}{p{5cm}}&lt;/code&gt; if you need not a couple of short lines but a paragraph inside the tabular).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="85" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-11T20:06:30.653" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T20:06:30.653" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-11T19:52:59.547" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1564" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="158" CreationDate="2010-08-11T20:12:58.033" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Most sites point to the options below for &lt;strong&gt;formal letters&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/akletter/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;akletter&lt;/a&gt; for German business letters;  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/newlfm/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;newlfm&lt;/a&gt; for US-centric letters, faxes and memos;  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/dinbrief/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;dinbrief&lt;/a&gt; for German letters;  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/ntgclass/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;brief&lt;/a&gt; in the Dutch ntgclass bundle; &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.komascript.de/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;scrlttr2&lt;/a&gt; in the KOMA-Script bundle.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is my .tex code for a formal &lt;strong&gt;letter&lt;/strong&gt; or an &lt;strong&gt;invoice&lt;/strong&gt; based on scrlttr2 &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.komascript.de/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;(part of KOMA-script)&lt;/a&gt;. I found the package flexible enough for my needs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[brief]{scrlttr2}&#xA;&#xA;\setkomavar{yourref}{Microspino \\Address XX }&#xA;\setkomavar{yourmail}{mail@microspino.com}&#xA;\setkomavar{myref}{Your Refn. XXX}&#xA;\setkomavar{customer}{Client Name \\ Comapny name}&#xA;\setkomavar{invoice}{VAT NUMBER \\ IBAN}&#xA;\setkomavar{date}{\today}&#xA;\setkomavar{subject}{The very true reason I'm writing this thing}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{letter}&#xA;{FirstNameTO LastNameTO\\&#xA;Address. XX\\&#xA;00100 Siena, Italy&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\opening{Your majesty,}&#xA;&#xA;Bla bla bla ....&#xA;&#xA;\closing{All the best,}&#xA;&#xA;\end{letter}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd like to add another tex letter source with a logo on the top-left and  rulers, based on &lt;code&gt;newlfm&lt;/code&gt; &lt;strong&gt;Remember to put a logo.pdf in the same folder of it&lt;/strong&gt; otherwise it will complain:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt,stdletter]{newlfm}&#xA;\usepackage{charter}&#xA;&#xA;\widowpenalty=1000&#xA;\clubpenalty=1000&#xA;&#xA;\newsavebox{\Luiuc}&#xA;\sbox{\Luiuc}{%&#xA;    \parbox[b]{1.75in}{%&#xA;        \vspace{0.5in}%&#xA;        \includegraphics[scale=1.0,ext=.pdf]&#xA;        {logo.pdf}%&#xA;    }%&#xA;}%&#xA;&#xA;\makeletterhead{Uiuc}{\Lheader{\usebox{\Luiuc}}}&#xA;&#xA;\newlfmP{headermarginskip=20pt}&#xA;\newlfmP{sigsize=50pt}&#xA;\newlfmP{dateskipafter=20pt}&#xA;\newlfmP{addrfromphone}&#xA;\newlfmP{addrfromemail}&#xA;\PhrPhone{Phone}&#xA;\PhrEmail{Email}&#xA;&#xA;\lthUiuc&#xA;&#xA;\namefrom{Daniele Spinosa}&#xA;\addrfrom{%&#xA;    Polyfunctional Laboratory\\&#xA;    Casal dei Pazzi\\&#xA;    Siena, SI Italy 53100&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\phonefrom{000-000-0000}&#xA;\emailfrom{nnnn@nnn.edu}&#xA;&#xA;\addrto{%&#xA;Faculty of Somewhere\\&#xA;Department of Null and Nothing\\&#xA;Vacuum University\\&#xA;NoLand, XX 0000-0000}&#xA;&#xA;\greetto{To Whom It May Concern,}&#xA;\closeline{Sincerely,}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{newlfm}&#xA;&#xA;Let's talk about Italian developers...\\&#xA;Let's assume they are talented...\\&#xA;Let's assume they are skilled...\\&#xA;Let's assume they have a good government...\\&#xA;Ok Let's talk about real things.&#xA;&#xA;\end{newlfm}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="633" LastEditorUserId="633" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-05T19:03:19.680" LastActivityDate="2010-11-05T19:03:19.680" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1565" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1572" CreationDate="2010-08-11T20:19:42.370" Score="3" ViewCount="329" Body="&lt;p&gt;To include metapost pictures in a latex file compiled by pdflatex I usually do something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx}&#xA;...&#xA;\includegraphics{filename-without-mps}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but this requires all metapost output to have extension &lt;code&gt;.mps&lt;/code&gt; (which is &lt;em&gt;usually&lt;/em&gt; fine — one can just add the line &lt;code&gt;filenametemplate &quot;%j-%c.mps&quot;;&lt;/code&gt; into .mp source). Is there a way to include mps pictures with their usual filenames (&lt;code&gt;smth.1&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;smth.2&lt;/code&gt; etc)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Upd.&lt;/em&gt; I usually need it to recompile some old files with pdflatex — so I need some recipe that adds couple of lines in the preamble but not requires to changes &lt;em&gt;everything&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried to invent some hack (for Windows, to be compiled with &lt;code&gt;pdflatex -enable-write18&lt;/code&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[pdftex]{graphics}&#xA;\DeclareGraphicsRule{.1}{pdf}{.1.pdf}{`copy #1 #1.eps &amp;amp;&amp;amp; epstopdf #1.eps}&#xA;...&#xA;\includegraphics{smth.1}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which indeed generates &lt;code&gt;smth.1.pdf&lt;/code&gt; but fails with the error&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Package pdftex.def Error: File `smth-1-converted-to.1.pdf' not found.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Upd2.&lt;/em&gt; The question was answered. But maybe someone knows how to make this hack work?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="85" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-15T15:03:10.820" LastActivityDate="2010-08-15T15:03:10.820" Title="metapost pictures in pdflatex" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;metapost&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1566" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1565" CreationDate="2010-08-11T20:28:15.563" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Do you know that there's a package for encapsulating metapost figures in LaTeX? It's called &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/emp&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;emp&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T20:28:15.563" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="1567" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="553" CreationDate="2010-08-11T20:28:19.853" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For papers on the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.arxiv.org&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;arXiv&lt;/a&gt; (maths, physics and computer science mostly) there's a list of packages sort by frequency of use &lt;a href=&quot;http://arxmliv.kwarc.info/package_usage.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The top twenty packages are article, graphicx, amssymb, amsmath, revtex, revtex4, epsfig, amsfonts, bm, latexsym, amsart, dcolumn, amsthm, graphics, aastex, amscd, epsf, color, aa, times.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="176" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T20:28:19.853" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-11T20:28:19.853" />
  <row Id="1568" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1559" CreationDate="2010-08-11T20:29:37.167" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just for fun an answer using TikZ:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usetikzlibrary{matrix,decorations.pathreplacing}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \matrix (m) [matrix of nodes,column 1/.style={anchor=west}]&#xA;    {&#xA;    The first line. \\&#xA;    The second line. \\&#xA;    A very long third line that goes on. \\&#xA;    A fourth line. \\&#xA;    And finally a last line. \\&#xA;    };&#xA;&#xA;    \draw [decoration={brace,amplitude=0.5em},decorate,ultra thick,gray]&#xA;        (m-2-1.north -| m.east) -- (m-4-1.south -| m.east);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://www.caramdir.at/uploads/tex.SE/text-with-brace.png&quot; alt=&quot;example rendering&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To specify from which row to which row the brace should go change &lt;code&gt;m-2-1&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;m-4-1&lt;/code&gt; accordingly (the second number is always the row). To change thickness and color, change the &lt;code&gt;ultra thick&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;gray&lt;/code&gt; parts (see section 14.3 of the TikZ manual). To add a text to the right of the brace change &lt;code&gt;--&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;-- node[black, right=0.7em] {some text}&lt;/code&gt;. The &lt;code&gt;amplitude&lt;/code&gt; option defines how much the brace extends and you can add &lt;code&gt;,aspect=factor&lt;/code&gt; (with &lt;code&gt;factor&lt;/code&gt; replaced by a number between 0 and 1) to specify where the pointy part lies on the brace (see section 27.3). Changing &lt;code&gt;anchor=west&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;anchor=east&lt;/code&gt; make the lines right aligned, removing it centers them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-11T21:03:40.923" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T21:03:40.923" />
  <row Id="1569" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="479" CreationDate="2010-08-11T20:43:00.503" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Think about meaning. Mathematical symbols are symbols used by mathematicians to carry a particular meaning (which may depend on the subject area).  Unicode takes that point of view (more-or-less) by giving each distinct mathematical symbol its own code point.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Typographically, a calligraphic &lt;strong&gt;F&lt;/strong&gt; is an 'F' in a particular font, but mathematically it  is mathematical symbol with its own meaning.  Ordinarily Unicode does not care about the font, but for math symbols it does.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In my experience, mathematicians don't use lower-case calligraphic symbols, and as far as I know there are no Unicode code points for them.  Put another way, Knuth did not create lower-case mathematical calligraphic letters because mathematicians don't use them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As a mathematician, I don't see a sufficiently good reason to start using them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="176" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T20:43:00.503" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="1570" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1559" CreationDate="2010-08-11T20:47:58.107" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd &lt;em&gt;seriously&lt;/em&gt; suggest using tikz for this.  Here's an alternative to Caramdir's (excellent) solution:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{decorations.pathreplacing,calc}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\tikzmark}[1]{\tikz[overlay,remember picture] \node (#1) {};}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\hfill\tikzmark{right}&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;\item First line&#xA;\item Second line \tikzmark{2nd}&#xA;\item Third line, which is quite long and seemingly tedious in the extreme&#xA;\item Fourth line, which isn't as long as the third \tikzmark{4th}&#xA;\item Fifth line&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[overlay, remember picture]&#xA;\draw [decoration={brace,amplitude=0.5em},decorate,ultra thick,gray]&#xA; ($(right)!(2nd.north)!($(right)-(0,1)$)$) --  ($(right)!(4th.south)!($(right)-(0,1)$)$);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I like about this one is that it doesn't mess around with how the actual data is put in, the decoration is added afterwards almost as an afterthought, which (to me) fits in better with the feel of what you're trying to do.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What isn't so good is the placement of the brace horizontally.  Because I don't know how your are typesetting your data, nor what sort of data it is, I've just shoved the brace to the right-hand side.  If your data is more structured, as the graphic suggests, then it would be easy to make it appear in the right place.  (Indeed, from experimenting, I'd say that if your data &lt;em&gt;isn't&lt;/em&gt; nicely structured - by which I mean that the lines should be of similar widths - then a brace at the right-hand side doesn't look good as it's not easy to see exactly which lines it is including or excluding.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T20:47:58.107" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1571" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1553" CreationDate="2010-08-11T20:49:39.053" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you have the &lt;code&gt;intersections&lt;/code&gt; library available, I agree that it's the best way to go for this. But versions of TikZ prior to the introduction of &lt;code&gt;intersections&lt;/code&gt; (which are apparently fairly common in the wild) didn't have the capability to automatically compute the intersection point between a line and an elliptical node. If it were a circular node, you could do &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA; \node (A) at (0,0) {A};&#xA; \node[draw,circle,minimum height=3cm] (B) at (2,1) {B};&#xA; \draw (A) -- (intersection cs: first line={(A)--+(10,0)},second node=B,solution=2);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but that doesn't work for ellipses. So here are some alternatives.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One option would be to &quot;cheat&quot; by drawing the line before the node, and then filling the node with an opaque color:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA; \node (A) at (0,0) {A};&#xA; \node[ellipse,minimum height=3cm] (B) at (2,1) {};&#xA; \draw (A) -- (intersection cs: first line={(A)--+(10,0)},second line={(B.center)--(B.south)});&#xA; \node[fill=white,draw,ellipse,minimum height=3cm] at (B) {B};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but this is highly undesirable because it requires you to specify the same node twice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A slightly better (but still not ideal) option is to use TikZ to manually calculate the proper position for the line to end.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA; \node (A) at (0,0) {A};&#xA; \node[draw,ellipse,minimum height=3cm] (B) at (2,1) {B};&#xA; \newdimen\semimajor&#xA; \newdimen\semiminor&#xA; \newdimen\ydiff&#xA; \pgfextracty{\semimajor}{\pgfpointdiff{\pgfpointanchor{B}{south}}{\pgfpointanchor{B}{center}}}&#xA; \pgfextractx{\semiminor}{\pgfpointdiff{\pgfpointanchor{B}{west}}{\pgfpointanchor{B}{center}}}&#xA; \pgfextracty{\ydiff}{\pgfpointdiff{\pgfpointanchor{A}{center}}{\pgfpointanchor{B}{center}}}&#xA; \pgfmathparse{\semiminor * sqrt(1 - pow(\ydiff / \semimajor,2))};&#xA; \draw (B.center) ++(-\pgfmathresult pt,-\ydiff) -- (A);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="125" LastEditorUserId="125" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-13T02:01:54.730" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T02:01:54.730" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="1572" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1565" CreationDate="2010-08-11T21:27:50.773" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just do:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareGraphicsRule{.1}{mps}{*}{} &#xA;\DeclareGraphicsRule{.2}{mps}{*}{} &#xA;% etc. &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="565" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T21:27:50.773" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1573" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1434" CreationDate="2010-08-11T21:32:14.783" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am going to avoid the topic of whether or not it is a good idea to do something like this and answer your specific question.  Your problem is that &lt;code&gt;\stackrel&lt;/code&gt; implicitly takes the &lt;code&gt;B&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;C&lt;/code&gt; out of displaystyle.  To fix this, you just need to explicitly tell it to typeset them in displaystyle:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[ A \leq \stackrel[\displaystyle B]{\displaystyle C}{\parallel} \leq D \]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="737" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T21:32:14.783" />
  <row Id="1574" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-11T21:44:10.747" Score="4" ViewCount="687" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm aware that it's possible to embed some kinds of videos and animations in LaTeX files (using the beamer or prosper classes) but I couldn't locate good documentation on this. My web searches returned a list of scattered forum questions and answers. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Could anybody give a link to some help or documentation page that systematically deals with the various ways of embedding videos and animations, the file types that work, etc.?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="738" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-12T09:17:07.440" LastActivityDate="2010-08-12T09:17:07.440" Title="Embedding videos and animations" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;animations&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="1575" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1492" CreationDate="2010-08-11T21:57:42.603" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you are using Rubber to compile your documents, the following solution seems to work very well:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Put almost everything in &lt;code&gt;main.tex&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Create files like &lt;code&gt;slides.tex&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;handout.tex&lt;/code&gt;, etc. These are short files contain the parts that are different between the two versions, followed by &lt;code&gt;\input{main}&lt;/code&gt;. For example, they may contain &lt;code&gt;\documentclass&lt;/code&gt; with different options. Or they may load a different set of packages. Or they may define the same macro in two different ways, etc. These files may also contain rubber directives in comments.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Then I can simply run &lt;code&gt;rubber -Wall slides.tex handout.tex&lt;/code&gt; and I will have up-to-date versions of both &lt;code&gt;slides.pdf&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;handout.pdf&lt;/code&gt;. Or just &lt;code&gt;rubber -Wall handout.tex&lt;/code&gt; if I don't need the slides.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You don't need to do any scripting or write complicated Makefiles. In many cases, you don't even need to use any &lt;code&gt;\if...&lt;/code&gt; commands. Instead of defining a flag and doing something depending on the flag in &lt;code&gt;main.tex&lt;/code&gt;, you can do the right thing directly in &lt;code&gt;slides.tex&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;handout.tex&lt;/code&gt;. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;slides.tex&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\input{main}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;handout.tex&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[handout]{beamer}&#xA;\input{main}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also re-use these files in different projects; just drop in a different &lt;code&gt;main.tex&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="100" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T21:57:42.603" />
  <row Id="1576" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1574" CreationDate="2010-08-11T21:58:55.647" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm personally only familiar with doing this in Beamer, which uses the &lt;code&gt;multimedia&lt;/code&gt; package, distributed as part of Beamer itself. (Although it can be used in normal documents as well, independently from the rest of Beamer) The canonical reference on how to use the &lt;code&gt;multimedia&lt;/code&gt; package is the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/beamer/doc/beameruserguide.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Beamer user's guide&lt;/a&gt;, section 14.1, but basically it boils down to using the command&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\movie[options]{placeholder box}{movie filename}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The placeholder box is some text or other content (could be an image, for example) that determines the size at which the multimedia file is shown.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The multimedia file can be shown either with an external viewer application, which launches when you click on the appropriate part of the PDF file, or directly in the PDF viewer itself. In both cases, though, this functionality is only supported by certain PDF viewers, mostly Adobe Reader. The file types it is able to display depend on the capabilities of the PDF viewer, or if using an external viewer, on which viewer program is being used.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A quick search on CTAN turns up one possible alternative, &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=movie15&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;movie15&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. According to the documentation, its main command is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\includemovie[options]{width}{height}{media file}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and it seems to offer some of the same main features as Beamer's &lt;code&gt;multimedia&lt;/code&gt;. However, I've never used this one myself so I can't say anything about it that isn't mentioned in the package documentation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="125" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T21:58:55.647" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1577" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1574" CreationDate="2010-08-11T22:10:51.003" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One possibility is to use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=animate&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;animate&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is a nice pile of examples showing &lt;code&gt;animate&lt;/code&gt; usage over on &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/tag/animations/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeXample&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T22:10:51.003" />
  <row Id="1578" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1586" CreationDate="2010-08-11T22:20:20.467" Score="2" ViewCount="277" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do I modify a .bbl file to change the label which appears in my document when something is cited?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Despite indicating in &lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/1982075/is-there-a-way-to-override-a-bibtex-style-file-for-a-particular-entry&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt; question that I know how to do this, I have forgotten and can't manage to google my way to an answer. Scott mentions in &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/102/can-one-manually-override-bibtexs-choice-of-citation-keys-by-adding-a-field-to/126#126&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt; answer that thisis possible.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: In response to some answers below, here is the typical entry of the .bbl file that bibtex produces:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;\bib{abbotKR:picard}{article}{&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;   author={Abbott, Timothy~G.},&#xA;  author={Kedlaya, Kiran~S.},&#xA;  author={Roe, David},&#xA;   title={Bounding picard numbers of surfaces using p-adic cohomology},&#xA;    date={2007Jan},&#xA;  eprint={math/0601508},&#xA;     url={http://arxiv.org/abs/math/0601508},&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And &quot;\bib[label]{abbotKR:picard}{article}{&quot; gives me errors. I'm using ucthesisnew.sty, which is probably the cause of this problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="198" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-12T09:13:41.103" LastActivityDate="2010-08-12T09:13:41.103" Title="How do I modify a .bbl file to change the label which appears in my document when it is cited." Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;amsrefs&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="1579" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1574" CreationDate="2010-08-11T22:22:36.360" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/flashmovie&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;flashmovie&lt;/a&gt; package allows you to embed flash movies in pdfLaTeX documents. You need Acrobat Reader 9 to view the documents.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="565" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T22:22:36.360" />
  <row Id="1580" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1582" CreationDate="2010-08-11T22:59:51.030" Score="6" ViewCount="200" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm writing long equations with the split environment:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{equation}&#xA;\begin{split}&#xA;...&#xA;\\&#xA;...&#xA;\\&#xA;...&#xA;\end{split}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem is that the single lines are a bit high, and there is too little vertical spacing, so that the result looks messy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Is there a way to increase the vertical space of the split environment?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="260" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-12T13:33:44.573" LastActivityDate="2010-08-12T13:33:44.573" Title="Increase spacing in split environment" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;amsmath&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="1581" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1580" CreationDate="2010-08-11T23:14:01.490" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The traditional way is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{equation}&#xA;\openup 1\jot&#xA;\begin{split}&#xA;...&#xA;\\&#xA;...&#xA;\\&#xA;...&#xA;\end{split}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt;: From the definition in ltmath.dtx (which is copied directly from plain tex)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\openup{\afterassignment\@penup\dimen@}&#xA;\def\@penup{\advance\lineskip\dimen@&#xA;   \advance\baselineskip\dimen@&#xA;   \advance\lineskiplimit\dimen@}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ie, &lt;code&gt;\openup dimen&lt;/code&gt; just increases the line spacing by dimen. Traditionally, &lt;code&gt;dimen&lt;/code&gt; is given in units of &lt;code&gt;\jot&lt;/code&gt;, which often set to 3 pt. It's all described in the TeXBook.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastEditorUserId="627" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-12T13:24:46.950" LastActivityDate="2010-08-12T13:24:46.950" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1582" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1580" CreationDate="2010-08-11T23:17:37.490" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The length &lt;code&gt;\jot&lt;/code&gt; determines the space in a multi-line amsmath enironment. You could adjust it, affecting all lines or use the optional argument of &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; to increase the spacing specifically.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;\setlength{\jot}{10pt} % affecting the line spacing in the environment&#xA;\begin{split}&#xA;1&#xA;\\&#xA;2&#xA;\\[3ex]% additional space affecting just this line&#xA;3&#xA;\end{split}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Changing &lt;code&gt;\jot&lt;/code&gt; inside the outer equation environment limits the scope of this action.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But as it seems that you just want to adjust certain lines, using &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; at this point should be sufficient.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-11T23:17:37.490" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="1583" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-12T01:24:18.817" Score="10" ViewCount="524" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to have footnotes in tables, but the &lt;code&gt;\footnote&lt;/code&gt; command does not work inside a &lt;code&gt;table&lt;/code&gt; environment.  Googling one finds that this is &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=footintab&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;a frequently asked question&lt;/a&gt;, at least in the UK.  That link contains a list of solutions to the problem, but since the author of the FAQ does not believe that this is good style, no comparison is made between the different methods.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am sure that there are good typographical reasons why in most situations it is undesirable to have footnotes in tables (although I have never come across them), however I have recently felt the need to do just this in a paper I am currently writing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Therefore I'd like to ask two questions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;What are the arguments against footnotes in tables?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If one really must go against the advice in 1., which method (whether considered in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=footintab&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;FAQ above&lt;/a&gt; or not) would you recommend?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Added&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In response to ShreevatsaR's comment: I do not much care for where the text of the footnote appears.  I do however insist on the footnote marks being attached to the relevant entries in the table, so that I can avoid having to reference &quot;the second entry in the eighth line of the table&quot;, etc...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="18" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-13T15:36:15.347" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T02:22:46.267" Title="Footnotes in tables?" Tags="&lt;best-practices&gt;&lt;tables&gt;&lt;footnotes&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="6" />
  <row Id="1584" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1578" CreationDate="2010-08-12T02:38:54.660" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;What I understand from your question is that you want to change how something is cited. For example, change it from (1) to (Knuth, 2010). What you have to do is, in any place before the &lt;code&gt;\bibliography&lt;/code&gt; command, put &lt;code&gt;\bibliographystyle{&quot;some style here}&lt;/code&gt;. You can find a comprehensive list of styles &lt;a href=&quot;http://amath.colorado.edu/documentation/LaTeX/reference/faq/bibstyles.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;. Try also reading the &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt; package documentation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="401" LastActivityDate="2010-08-12T02:38:54.660" />
  <row Id="1585" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1578" CreationDate="2010-08-12T03:21:41.127" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The answer to the question as originally written was trivial (because there was no mention of the fact that &lt;code&gt;amsrefs&lt;/code&gt; was involved). If you want to change your reference to the paper by Breuer, Huber, and Petruccione in 1997 from [BHP97] to something like [Stochastic] then you open up the .bbl file and you find the entry, and change it from &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\bibitem[BHP97]{breuer_stochastic_1997}&#xA;Heinz-Peter Breuer, Wolfgang Huber, and Francesco Petruccione.&#xA;\newblock Stochastic wave-function method versus density matrix: a numerical&#xA;  comparison.&#xA;\newblock {\em Computer Physics Communications}, 104(1-3):46--58, August 1997.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\bibitem[Stochastic]{breuer_stochastic_1997}&#xA;Heinz-Peter Breuer, Wolfgang Huber, and Francesco Petruccione.&#xA;\newblock Stochastic wave-function method versus density matrix: a numerical&#xA;  comparison.&#xA;\newblock {\em Computer Physics Communications}, 104(1-3):46--58, August 1997.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This answers the question you asked, but I suspect it is not the question that &lt;em&gt;you meant to ask&lt;/em&gt;, is it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastEditorUserId="627" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-12T06:08:53.987" LastActivityDate="2010-08-12T06:08:53.987" />
  <row Id="1586" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1578" CreationDate="2010-08-12T04:35:55.857" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Based on your revised question, it appears that you are using the &lt;code&gt;amsrefs&lt;/code&gt; package. In this case, modify your .bbl by adding a &lt;code&gt;label&lt;/code&gt; field, thusly:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\bib{abbotKR:picard}{article}{&#xA;   label={Picard},&#xA;  author={Abbott, Timothy~G.},&#xA;  author={Kedlaya, Kiran~S.},&#xA;  author={Roe, David},&#xA;   title={Bounding picard numbers of surfaces using p-adic cohomology},&#xA;    date={2007Jan},&#xA;  eprint={math/0601508},&#xA;     url={http://arxiv.org/abs/math/0601508},&#xA;&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and make sure to be using the &lt;code&gt;alphabetic&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;shortalphabetic&lt;/code&gt; options to &lt;code&gt;amsrefs&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-08-12T04:35:55.857" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="1587" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1462" CreationDate="2010-08-12T04:51:33.263" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In theory, the only packages that are guaranteed to be present are the ones which are part of the latex distribution itself, and the ones in &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;/macros/latex/required&lt;/a&gt;. To quote:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;These are packages that the LaTeX team&#xA;  have declared are ‘required’ of any&#xA;  LaTeX distribution—in the sense that&#xA;  any package writer is entitled to&#xA;  assume the presence of these packages&#xA;  in support of her package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You get amslatex, babel, slovak, cyrillic, grfguide, graphics, graphicx, trig, keyval, epsfig, color, psnfss, afterpage, array, bm, calc, dcolumn, delarray, enumerate, fileerr, fontsmpl, ftnright, hhline, indentfirst, layout, longtable, multicol, rawfonts, showkeys, somedefs, tabularx, theorem, trace, varioref, verbatim, xr, xspace.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In practice, if it's on CTAN, it's probably in your distribution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-08-12T04:51:33.263" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="1588" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1589" CreationDate="2010-08-12T05:34:52.680" Score="2" ViewCount="269" Body="&lt;p&gt;Given an equation, say Bayes' rule,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$P(X \mid O) \propto P(X)P(O \mid X)$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;how do I label the different parts of the equation using curly braces?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="512" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-12T09:11:57.717" LastActivityDate="2010-08-12T09:11:57.717" Title="Using braces to label parts of an equation" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;braces&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="1589" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1588" CreationDate="2010-08-12T05:49:53.573" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think you're after the &lt;code&gt;\underbrace&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\overbrace&lt;/code&gt; commands, which you could use as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$\underbrace{P(X \mid O)}_{p_1} \propto \overbrace{P(X)P(O \mid X)}^{p_2}$.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="32" LastActivityDate="2010-08-12T05:49:53.573" />
  <row Id="1590" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1583" CreationDate="2010-08-12T07:48:58.040" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;With the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/threeparttable.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;threeparttable&lt;/code&gt;s&lt;/a&gt; you can add table notes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="742" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T02:20:05.910" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T02:20:05.910" />
  <row Id="1591" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1319" CreationDate="2010-08-12T09:16:45.443" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;OK, so here is one &quot;from the Friends&quot;. I am a great admirer of typographic skill of Hans Hagen and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pragma-ade.com/general/manuals/metafun-s.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Metafun manual&lt;/a&gt; is one of my favourites. Also available is  &lt;a href=&quot;http://context.aanhet.net/svn/manuals/metafun/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Metafun manual source&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="359" LastActivityDate="2010-08-12T09:16:45.443" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-12T09:16:45.443" />
  <row Id="1592" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1314" CreationDate="2010-08-12T09:22:24.200" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;While I would look for a proper resume class, the &quot;quick and dirty&quot; (and non-encouraged) way to reduce vertical spacing is to insert the command \vskip -1.5em after the \maketitle, with 1.5 substituted for an appropriate amount.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="194" LastActivityDate="2010-08-12T09:22:24.200" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1593" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1314" CreationDate="2010-08-12T09:28:52.143" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Consider instead using a format or style already defined to produce a resume, there are already lots of useful answers in &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/80/latex-template-for-resume-curriculum-vitae&quot;&gt;another question&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-08-12T09:28:52.143" />
  <row Id="1594" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="319" CreationDate="2010-08-12T09:57:55.233" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was able to typeset Tamil using LaTeX on Ubuntu by installing the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/language/indian/itrans/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot; title=&quot;itrans&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;itrans&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;code&gt;itrans-fonts&lt;/code&gt; packages via synaptic (or apt-get). It doesn't let you type in Tamil directly, rather you have to key in the ASCII transcription, then process it with &lt;code&gt;itrans&lt;/code&gt; from the command prompt, then run (pdf)latex on the resultant file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Say I have the following file &lt;code&gt;nandri-pre.tex&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage[preprocess]{itrans}&#xA;&#xA;\newfont{\tmlb}{wntml12}&#xA;\newfont{\tmls}{wntml10}&#xA;\hyphenchar\tmlb=-1 &#xA;\hyphenchar\tmls=-1 &#xA;&#xA;#tamilifm=wntml.ifm&#xA;#tamilfont=\tmlb&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Hi! {#tamil na^nRi #endtamil}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Process it with &lt;code&gt;itrans&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$ itrans -i nandri-pre.tex -o nandri.tex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then run (pdf)latex on &lt;code&gt;nandri.tex&lt;/code&gt;, which is of course the file to edit if you have further text to add.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="226" LastActivityDate="2010-08-12T09:57:55.233" />
  <row Id="1595" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1583" CreationDate="2010-08-12T11:16:42.943" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Imho, I don't see any specific reason not to put footnotes in a table; however, if the content of the footnotes can be explained in the caption of the table itself, I'd prefer to use the caption. I'm used to write in the caption a short explanation of what in the table is, rather than a short title.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I suggest you to use the &lt;code&gt;ctable&lt;/code&gt; package, using the &lt;code&gt;\tnote&lt;/code&gt; command.&#xA;From the package documentation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The ctable package lets you easily typeset captioned table and ﬁgure ﬂoats with optional footnotes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At page 3 of the documentation the &lt;code&gt;\tnote&lt;/code&gt; command is explained, and at page 4  you can see a clear example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="177" LastActivityDate="2010-08-12T11:16:42.943" />
  <row Id="1596" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1599" CreationDate="2010-08-12T11:49:13.700" Score="2" ViewCount="461" Body="&lt;p&gt;Up until now, I've just been using LyX for all my LaTeX needs. Now I have a &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; file and I need to compile it (turn to pdf). How do I do this on Windows XP? Obviously I have LaTeX installed (MikTeX).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-12T12:03:51.860" LastActivityDate="2010-08-12T12:06:44.443" Title="How to compile a LaTeX document?" Tags="&lt;compiling&gt;&lt;windows&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1597" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1598" CreationDate="2010-08-12T11:54:58.680" Score="6" ViewCount="930" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm just getting started with LaTeX to write scientific papers. I don't want to have paragraph indentation, so I've used the parskip package to deal with that. However, that doesn't seem to deal with the indentation of the first line of the abstract. I've tried manually setting parident but that doesn't seem to work either.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a special way of setting the paragraph indent within the abstract section?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{parskip}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\title{What are the fundamental gaps in scientific knowledge?}&#xA;\author{Robin Wilson}&#xA;&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;&#xA;\begin{abstract}&#xA;Recent reports by the global environmental ...&#xA;\end{abstract}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Introduction}&#xA;Here is the text of your introduction.&#xA;&#xA;And another paragraph here.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="495" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-23T14:06:16.427" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T14:06:16.427" Title="Remove paragraph indent from abstract in article class" Tags="&lt;formatting&gt;&lt;indentation&gt;&lt;abstract&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1598" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1597" CreationDate="2010-08-12T11:58:47.393" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The easiest way is to insert &lt;a href=&quot;http://texblog.net/help/latex/ltx-280.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;\noindent&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{abstract}&#xA;\noindent Recent reports ...&#xA;\end{abstract}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The reason is, that article uses a &lt;a href=&quot;http://texblog.net/help/latex/ltx-297.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;quotation&lt;/code&gt; environment&lt;/a&gt; for the abstract, and &lt;code&gt;quotation&lt;/code&gt; uses paragraph indentation in contrary to &lt;a href=&quot;http://texblog.net/help/latex/ltx-298.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;quote&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. So, you coud redefine the &lt;code&gt;abstract&lt;/code&gt; environment to use &lt;code&gt;quote&lt;/code&gt;, but it's easier just to insert &lt;code&gt;\noindent&lt;/code&gt;. If needed, you could additionally set &lt;code&gt;\parindent&lt;/code&gt; to 0pt inside the abstract.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-12T12:09:44.530" LastActivityDate="2010-08-12T12:09:44.530" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1599" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1596" CreationDate="2010-08-12T11:59:24.880" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi Amir, one way of doing this is using the command line by entering &lt;code&gt;pdflatex yourfilename.tex&lt;/code&gt; (assuming MikTex is in your path - just give it a try). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another way would include installing software such as &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texniccenter.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeXnicCenter&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/texworks/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeXworks&lt;/a&gt; which will let you open/edit/compile a &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; file from within an editor environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A third way could be to import it into LyX and then compile with LyX as usual.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="237" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-12T12:06:44.443" LastActivityDate="2010-08-12T12:06:44.443" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1600" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="158" CreationDate="2010-08-12T12:38:49.933" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I use the scrlttr2 class from koma-skript. You can define your own letterhead and also the head on subsequent pages (same for footer). It is highly adjustable and I think you can adjust it to your own needs fairly easy (depending on your experience).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="632" LastActivityDate="2010-08-12T12:38:49.933" />
  <row Id="1601" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1604" CreationDate="2010-08-12T12:52:44.303" Score="4" ViewCount="350" Body="&lt;p&gt;Most of my documents start with a couple of quick hacks that save me literally a couple of keystrokes a month:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\cite\texcite&#xA;\let\epsilon\varepsilon&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and so on.&#xA;Now, I'd like to do a similar thing to globally have my &lt;code&gt;itemize&lt;/code&gt; environments behave like the &lt;code&gt;itemize*&lt;/code&gt; environment defined by the &lt;code&gt;mdwlist&lt;/code&gt; package. This is a little trickier, because itemize is an environment, not a command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How do I do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-15T15:01:43.007" LastActivityDate="2010-08-15T15:01:43.007" Title="Replacing itemize by mdwlist's itemize* throughout?" Tags="&lt;environments&gt;&lt;itemize&gt;&lt;lists&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="1602" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1601" CreationDate="2010-08-12T13:04:49.803" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Wrong answer&lt;/strong&gt; (in this case):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If this is LaTeX, then in general something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewenvironment{itemize}{\begin{itemize*}}{\end{itemize*}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;should do the trick. However in this case it will cause nesting problems if &lt;code&gt;itemize*&lt;/code&gt; internally uses &lt;code&gt;itemize&lt;/code&gt;. (Thanks, Stefan)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-12T13:17:49.870" LastActivityDate="2010-08-12T13:17:49.870" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1603" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1597" CreationDate="2010-08-12T13:10:33.597" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you want to remove the indentation of the first line from every abstract in every LaTeX document (or more precisely, from every abstract based on the quotation environment), add the following to your personal configuration file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{etoolbox}&#xA;\ifundef{\abstract}{}{\patchcmd{\abstract}%&#xA;    {\quotation}{\quotation\noindent\ignorespaces}{}{}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-08-12T13:10:33.597" />
  <row Id="1604" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1601" CreationDate="2010-08-12T13:13:02.580" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Generally, in such cases we could achieve it by&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\newname\name&#xA;\let\endnewname\endname&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or &lt;code&gt;\renewenvironment&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But here it's not this simple, since the old environment would still be used. We would easily end up with &lt;code&gt;TeX capacity exceeded&lt;/code&gt; because of nesting. A solution is to store the old environment in another macro, afterwards we could refer to that. Or easier, use the &lt;code&gt;\makecompactlist&lt;/code&gt; command of mdwlist to redefine the original itemize environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{mdwlist}&#xA;\let\stditemize\itemize&#xA;\let\endstditemize\enditemize&#xA;\let\itemize\undefined&#xA;\makecompactlist{itemize}{stditemize}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;\item One&#xA;\item Two&#xA;\item Three&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The compact output list:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://texblog.net/png/mdwlist.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-12T13:20:43.810" LastActivityDate="2010-08-12T13:20:43.810" />
  <row Id="1605" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-12T13:15:49.063" Score="6" ViewCount="502" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to know how to create a table of contents in LaTeX. For example, if I were to write a book, I would want something like this&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Contents&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;    Chapter 1&#xA;      1.1 Real Analysis .............. 1&#xA;      1.2 Role of LUB Axiom........... 3&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How do I create this? I'd like to know.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-12T14:55:57.810" LastActivityDate="2010-08-12T15:32:54.507" Title="Making a table of contents for a book" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1606" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1605" CreationDate="2010-08-12T13:23:32.447" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A table of contents (TOC) is produced by inserting &lt;code&gt;\tableofcontents&lt;/code&gt; at the appropriate place in your document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{(Chapter Name)}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Real Analysis}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Role of LUB Axiom}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that you need at least two LaTeX runs to produce the TOC (LaTeX collects the data for the TOC in the first run and typesets it in the second run).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-12T15:32:54.507" LastActivityDate="2010-08-12T15:32:54.507" />
  <row Id="1607" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1583" CreationDate="2010-08-12T13:27:15.090" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I had this kind of problem about 10 years ago, and no package provided any trick at this time. My solution was the following. I managed footnotemarks and footnotetexts separately. Semantically it is not really satisfactory, but it works quite well. The only problem may be that the table could be placed in another page than the footnotetext :-( &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://public.telecom-bretagne.eu/~cfontain/public_html/MISC/footnotes.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;footnotes in hostile environments: compilation result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section{Footnotes in hostile environments}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{table}[h] &#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{c|c|c}&#xA;O &amp;amp; X\protect\footnotemark &amp;amp; O \\&#xA;\hline&#xA;X &amp;amp; O\protect\footnotemark &amp;amp; X \\&#xA;\hline&#xA;X &amp;amp; O &amp;amp; O&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;\caption{Victory for Gilles\protect\footnotemark}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;\addtocounter{footnote}{-2}&#xA;\footnotetext{X}&#xA;\addtocounter{footnote}{1}&#xA;\footnotetext{O}&#xA;\addtocounter{footnote}{1}&#xA;\footnotetext{happy birthday Gilles ;-)}&#xA;&#xA;bla\raisebox{0.8ex}{\addtocounter{footnote}{1}\scriptsize\thefootnote}\footnotetext{forced test}blabla\footnote{footnote test}&#xA;&#xA;and now, more difficult: two footnotes in a \fbox{hostile\footnotemark environment\footnotemark}~... &#xA;\addtocounter{footnote}{-1}&#xA;\footnotetext{or very hostile}&#xA;\addtocounter{footnote}{1}&#xA;\footnotetext{area}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="546" LastEditorUserId="546" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-13T07:53:56.420" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T07:53:56.420" />
  <row Id="1608" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1605" CreationDate="2010-08-12T13:33:07.057" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There's just one command necessary: &lt;code&gt;\tableofcontents&lt;/code&gt;, as already mentioned by lockstep. It takes the entries from the sectioning commands &lt;code&gt;\part&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\chapter&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt; etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Additionally, you could use the optional argument of a sectioning command to get a different, shorter entry for the table of contents, for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section[short entry]{long title}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is useful if you have very long titles in the body text but need shorter list entries in the table of contents.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are package for further customization of the contents list, if desired, for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;tocloft&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;titletoc&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;tocbasic&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;tocstyle&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A very similar index could be created for your figures and tables. The commands are &lt;code&gt;\listoffigures&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\listoftables&lt;/code&gt;. I mention it because it's the same concept, here the content entries come from the &lt;code&gt;\caption&lt;/code&gt; commands.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-12T13:33:07.057" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1609" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1517" CreationDate="2010-08-12T13:36:21.650" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For me the best application to do that is PDF-XChange viewer, as discussed on Gnurou's blog at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gnurou.org/blog/2008/09/09/finally_real_pdf_annotating_under_linux&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.gnurou.org/blog/2008/09/09/finally_real_pdf_annotating_under_linux&lt;/a&gt; . I use it now and find it really easy from the reviewer and the writer point of view. There are free and commercial versions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The soft is available at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tracker-software.com/product/pdf-xchange-viewer&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tracker-software.com/product/pdf-xchange-viewer&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It runs on windows or wine (currently I use it on wine under linux debian and it works great).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;The FREE version of the PDF-XChange Viewer may be used without limitation for Private, Commercial, Goverment and all uses, provided it is not -: incorporated or distributed for profit/commerical gain with other software or media distribution of any type  - without first gaining permission.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="546" LastActivityDate="2010-08-12T13:36:21.650" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1610" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1319" CreationDate="2010-08-12T14:46:58.237" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The articles from the online journal 'Semantics &amp;amp; Pragmatics' seem to come out very well: &lt;a href=&quot;http://semprag.org/index&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://semprag.org/index&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="451" LastActivityDate="2010-08-12T14:46:58.237" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-12T14:46:58.237" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1611" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1616" CreationDate="2010-08-12T15:11:36.053" Score="2" ViewCount="489" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have two nodes (drawn as rectangles) in my picture, one filled in green, the other red. I wish to produce a third 'rectangle' which shows the effect of splicing these two rectangles and stitching them back together.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or, in other words, I wish to produce a rectangle twice the width of my starting rectangles that is subdivided up into smaller segments, each segment filled alternating between red and green.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Given my picture:&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[node distance=5mm]&#xA;  \node [fill=red!30,minimum width=40mm] (b1) {Bank 1 \unit[1024]{MiB}};&#xA;  \node [fill=green!30,minimum width=40mm,right=of b1] (b2) {Bank 2 \unit[1024]{MiB}};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have been able to 'create' the desired effect using two \foreach loops:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;    \foreach \n in {0,2,...,10}&#xA;      \draw [fill=red!30] (\n*6.66mm,1) +(-3.33mm,0) rectangle&#xA;      ++(3.33mm,5mm);&#xA;    \foreach \n in {1,3,...,11}&#xA;      \draw [fill=green!30] (\n*6.66mm,1) +(-3.33mm,0) rectangle&#xA;      ++(3.33mm,5mm);&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, this requires several manual factors (40 / 6 = 6.66, 6.66 / 2 = 3.33) and I have been unable to position it under my existing two nodes due to the use of absolute coordinates.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are there better ways of doing this which would give me more/easier control of the positioning of the 'group'? I looked into splitting a rectangle but this is seemingly limited to four horizontal splits.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="753" LastActivityDate="2010-08-12T16:21:11.587" Title="Subdividing and Filling a Tikz Rectangle" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="1612" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1649" CreationDate="2010-08-12T15:23:34.127" Score="5" ViewCount="206" Body="&lt;p&gt;Last year I was involved in writing a large group proposal with LaTeX.  This involved various sections written and rewritten by disparate subgroups, with all the merging and editing headaches you'd expect and more.  In particular, handling the bibliography was a nightmare.  Everyone handled references by hand without using BibTeX or anything similar (some people didn't even use \cite), and it took hours of work at the end to get a properly alphabetized bibliography without duplications; we ran out of time and energy for any attempt at consistency of formating, or even checking which preprints were now publications in print.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is likely that I will be involved in a similar proposal at some point in the future, and I'm looking for suggestions to make (at least) the bibliography work more smoothly.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Keep in mind that what I'm dealing with is at least as much a sociological problem as a technological one. I think almost none of the people I'm working with have even heard of BibTeX, and some may be resistant to making the time investment to learn any unfamiliar software at all.  So very low overhead is a must.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I had been planning to insist on using BibTeX, but I just recently learned about AMSRefs, which (used in the simplest way) seems to require less overhead for novices.  (Since we are mathematicians, it's easy to get both BibTeX and AMSRefs data for our citations from MathSciNet or MRefs.)  And of course there may be other alternatives, or things that work with BibTeX, that I don't know about.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm well aware that BibTeX or something similar would at best only help with a very few aspects of the problems I described with my past experience, and that the Right Solution would be to use some kind of VCS for the entire thing.  Unfortunately, I think it's probably out of the question to get everyone else to learn to use such a system (though I'm open to being convinced otherwise).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="206" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T14:17:36.710" Title="Handling bibliographies with many coauthors" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;collaboration&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="1613" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1612" CreationDate="2010-08-12T15:55:17.283" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You might want to consider to use Mendeley &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mendeley.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.mendeley.com/&lt;/a&gt;, which is in essence a bibliography manager that is -- in my opinion easy to use. You can also share (partial) libraries, and collections can be exported (and imported) to BibTeX. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The program Mendeley is free, and quite good in organizing even your existing library of PDF articles. It should be intuitive enough for your collaborators to use, and is available for most platforms (MAC / Linux / Windows)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastActivityDate="2010-08-12T15:55:17.283" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-12T15:55:17.283" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1614" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1611" CreationDate="2010-08-12T16:14:21.373" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the TikZ \scope instruction to make your picture local and then use shifts and scales as options to the \scope to place the whole group where you want it. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="257" LastActivityDate="2010-08-12T16:14:21.373" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1615" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1368" CreationDate="2010-08-12T16:17:47.737" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Other answers have made this fairly clear: a capital epsilon is identical to a capital E, so there's no need for a separate LaTeX command.  However, there is a point missing from the answers above.  Roman letters (by which I mean letters from the Roman alphabet) are conventionally set italic in math mode, to make clearer the distinction between maths and text.  But Greek letters are set upright by default (though some journals deviate), because there's no distinction that needs making (assuming you're not writing in Greek).  So if you really want a capital epsilon, and you want a consistent look for all your capital Greek letters, you should use \mathrm{E}.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="739" LastActivityDate="2010-08-12T16:17:47.737" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1616" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1611" CreationDate="2010-08-12T16:21:11.587" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use a chain and position the first node in the chain using the anchors of the unsplit nodes: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{positioning}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{chains}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\newlength\nodewidth&#xA;\setlength\nodewidth{40mm}&#xA;&#xA;\tikzset{%&#xA;    fill1/.style={fill=red!30,outer sep=0pt},&#xA;    fill2/.style={fill=green!30,outer sep=0pt},&#xA;    split/.style={%&#xA;        minimum width=0.5/3*\nodewidth,&#xA;        minimum height=5mm,&#xA;        %inner sep=0pt,&#xA;        outer sep=0pt,&#xA;        on chain},&#xA;    split1/.style={split,fill1},&#xA;    split2/.style={split,fill2},&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[%&#xA;    start chain,&#xA;    node distance=0pt]&#xA;&#xA;    \node [fill1,minimum width=\nodewidth] (b1) {Bank 1 1024 MiB};&#xA;    \node [fill2,minimum width=\nodewidth,right=of b1] (b2) {Bank 2 1024 MiB};&#xA;&#xA;    \node [split1,anchor=north west] at (b1.south west) {};&#xA;    \node [split2] {};&#xA;    \foreach \n in {0,1,...,4} {%&#xA;        \node [split1] {};&#xA;        \node [split2] {};&#xA;    };&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="565" LastActivityDate="2010-08-12T16:21:11.587" />
  <row Id="1617" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1517" CreationDate="2010-08-12T16:28:08.850" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://itexmac.sourceforge.net/pdfsync.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;PDFSync&lt;/a&gt; is the way to go. Also, compile your thesis with the lineno package for line numbering (you can find it on CTAN with docs). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When anyone annotates your PDF and send it to you, PDFSync will allow you to just click on the passage in the PDF in order to open your LaTeX file in the corresponding position. It will save a lot of time when searching for missing commas and such things. For people that cannot annotate your PDF, they can refer to page and line number (thanks to lineno), and that will also greatly speed up your ability to find the place you need to do corrections, because you can just open your own PDF, and thanks to PDFSync you will be able to open the LaTeX source in the right place.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is what I do now for my LaTeX writing, and it works wonders when passing review versions around to co-authors. Moreover, line numbers are used by APS when they send proofs for papers about to be published (not sure why they don't do it for referee versions too, but ...), and that makes the communication of typesetting errors much easier.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="756" LastEditorUserId="756" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-18T03:04:13.650" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T03:04:13.650" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="1618" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1597" CreationDate="2010-08-12T16:50:41.680" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I saw a paper, written by two eminent mathematicians, that had&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\ni{\noindent}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in the preamble, and \ni at the start of every paragraph.  This seemed to do no harm to the formatting or to the mathematics (which is of the highest class).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So my advice is: by all means strive for typographic excellence and good use of TeX.  But first class mathematics is both harder and more important.  If you've got something important to say, don't worry that your TeX is not the best.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;By the way, it's just as well that they did not need 'cancelled element of' in their paper, for its name is \ni!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="176" LastActivityDate="2010-08-12T16:50:41.680" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1619" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="291" CreationDate="2010-08-12T17:29:39.543" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/floatflt&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;floatflt&lt;/a&gt; package is another approach to wrap text around floats.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-12T17:29:39.543" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1620" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-12T17:57:33.563" Score="0" ViewCount="146" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have several questions concerning possible features / configurations I am searching for in Winedt6.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd like to do the following stuff but I even don't know if this is possible or if there are respective options:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;a)&#xA;I'd like the tex tree to be built automatically all the time. That is, I don't want to click any button in order to refresh the tree.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;b)&#xA;The TOC tree should show the numbering of the sections etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;c) &#xA;I'd like to clone my window such that I can see and edit the very same file in two views/panes/windows in parallel/simultaneously.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;d)&#xA;I want the TOC tree to expand till the level of sections by default.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e)&#xA;If I edit a file opened in Winedt6.0 with another editor, I want Winedt to update its Window silently without asking me if it should show the changes made externally.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any suggestions?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-13T00:38:42.983" LastActivityDate="2010-09-12T02:22:46.233" Title="Winedt 6.0 toc tree and window view automation?" Tags="&lt;editors&gt;&lt;winedt&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="1621" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="162" CreationDate="2010-08-12T18:42:15.657" Score="28" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Newsgroups:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://groups.google.com/group/comp.text.tex/topics&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;comp.text.tex&lt;/a&gt;: usenet discussion group for TeX and LaTeX&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://groups.google.de/group/de.comp.text.tex/topics&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;de.comp.text.tex&lt;/a&gt;: German usenet discussion group for TeX and LaTeX&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://groups.google.de/group/fr.comp.text.tex/topics&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;fr.comp.text.tex&lt;/a&gt;: French usenet group&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Web forums:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/&quot;&gt;TeX, LaTeX and friends&lt;/a&gt; on Stack Exchange&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.latex-community.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX-Community.org&lt;/a&gt;: LaTeX-dedicated web forum&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.golatex.de/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;goLaTeX Deutsch&lt;/a&gt;: German LaTeX forum, with Wiki&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mrunix.de/forums/forumdisplay.php?f=38&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;mrunix.de&lt;/a&gt;: very frequented German LaTeX subforum of a programmers site&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.frankputtemans.org/latexforum/index.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Dutch LaTeX Forum&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ):&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/faq&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;UK TeX FAQ&lt;/a&gt;: FAQ of the UK TeX Users Group, maintened by Robin Fairbairns&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/visualfaq.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;The Visual LaTeX FAQ&lt;/a&gt;: formatting samples available through a hyperlink interface&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/mactex/faq/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;MacTeX FAQ&lt;/a&gt;: Mac OS X specific questions and answers&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ams.org/tex/amsmath-faq.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;amsmath FAQ&lt;/a&gt;: FAQ for amsmath and related packages&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ams.org/authors/author-faq.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;AMS authors FAQ&lt;/a&gt;: FAQ for AMS Authors dealing with AMS-LaTeX but also with LaTeX in general&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dante.de/faq/de-tex-faq/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;de-tex-faq&lt;/a&gt;: FAQ of the German TeX user group DANTE e.V.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/get/info/l2picfaq/german/l2picfaq.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Picture FAQ&lt;/a&gt;: How to Include Pictures, in German&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Software and Package Archives and Catalogues:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;CTAN - The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network&lt;/a&gt;: the authoritative collection of materials related to TeX and LaTeX&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://texcatalogue.sarovar.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;The TeX Catalogue Online&lt;/a&gt;: TeX/LaTeX package catalogue with topical, hierarchical, brief and alphabetical index&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/interest.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX Resources on the Web&lt;/a&gt;: Collection by the TeX User Group&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;The LaTeX Font Catalogue&lt;/a&gt;: displays nearly all free fonts available for use with LaTeX&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Wikis:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/LaTeX&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;The LaTeX Wiki book&lt;/a&gt; on wikibooks.org&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.golatex.de/wiki/index.php?title=Hauptseite&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;goLaTeX wiki&lt;/a&gt;: German wiki with language reference and package information&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.latexwiki.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX-Wiki&lt;/a&gt;: German wiki&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Mailing lists:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/mailman/listinfo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;mailing lists of the TeX Users Group&lt;/a&gt;: around 50 lists on tug.org for general subjects and certain packages&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://gmane.org/lists.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;mailing lists on gmane.org&lt;/a&gt;: among many lists there are several tex related mailing lists&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mail-archive.com/ctan-ann@dante.de/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ctan-ann - CTAN Announcements&lt;/a&gt;: announcements of the Comprehensive TeX Archive Network: updates, new packages etc.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://lists.sourceforge.net/lists/listinfo/pgf-users&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pgf-users&lt;/a&gt;: mailing list for pgf/TikZ&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://listserv.heanet.ie/lists/typo-l.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Typo-L&lt;/a&gt;: discussion of type and typographic design&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.listserv.dfn.de/archives/tex-d-l.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tex-d-l&lt;/a&gt;: German mailing list for TeX and LaTeX &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;User group sites&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TUG - TeX Users Group&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://uk.tug.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;UK-TUG&lt;/a&gt;: TeX in the United Kingdom&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dante.de/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;DANTE e.V.&lt;/a&gt;: German users group&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.latex-project.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;The LaTeX Project&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/usergroups.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;more groups&lt;/a&gt; listed by the TUG&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Blogs:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://texblog.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeXblog&lt;/a&gt;: News and information by Stefan Kottwitz&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texdev.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Some TeX Developments&lt;/a&gt;: blog by LaTeX developer Joseph Wright&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://latex-alive.tumblr.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX Alive&lt;/a&gt;: blog by Will Robertson&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://latexforhumans.wordpress.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX for Humans&lt;/a&gt;: Tips, resources and tutorials&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;more to be found on &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/community/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;texample.net/community&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Distributions:&lt;/strong&gt; - where to get a complete TeX system:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/texlive/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX Live&lt;/a&gt;: TeX system for Linux, Unix, Mac OS X and Windows&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.miktex.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;MiKTeX&lt;/a&gt;: user-friendly TeX system for Windows&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/protext/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;proTeXt&lt;/a&gt;: easy-to-install distribution for Windows, based on MiKTeX&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/mactex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;MacTeX&lt;/a&gt;: TeX Live customized for Mac OS X with useful additions&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Editors:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Cross-platform: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.xm1math.net/texmaker/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Texmaker&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://texmakerx.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TexmakerX&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/texworks/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TexWorks&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Emacs&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Windows: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texniccenter.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeXnicCenter&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.winedt.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;WinEdt&lt;/a&gt; (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.winedt.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;community&lt;/a&gt;), &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.latexeditor.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LEd&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.meshwalk.com/latexeditor/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX-Editor&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.winshell.de/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;WinShell&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Linux: &lt;a href=&quot;http://kile.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Kile&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gnome.org/projects/gedit/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;gedit&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://live.gnome.org/Gedit/LaTeXPlugin&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;plugin&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;MAC OS X: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.uoregon.edu/~koch/texshop/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeXShop&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Viewers:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;see &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2006/output-viewers-for-use-with-latex&quot;&gt;Output viewers topic&lt;/a&gt; for all platforms and formats&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Friends:&lt;/strong&gt; - Software related to TeX and LaTeX&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.contextgarden.net/Main_Page&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ConTeXt Garden&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.lyx.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LyX homepage&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.lyx.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;wiki&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.luatex.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LuaTeX&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-15T14:35:59.060" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T14:35:59.060" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-19T13:29:01.880" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="1622" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1620" CreationDate="2010-08-12T19:22:31.247" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've done some WinEdt macro programming (in version 5.5, but I don't think it's changed much since then).  In any case, that's the way to go, even though its macro programming language is pretty awful.  However, it does have DDE, and so you can have an external program issue commands to WinEdt.  This is similar to, but more powerful than, the commands issued from the preview when doing an inverse search.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, if WinEdt does not have a 'execute every 5 seconds' command, you could fake one by using an external process to send a request by DDE every 5 seconds.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can get help on the basic WinEdt commands from the main menu bar, under Help or Macros, as I recall.  I hope this gets you going on your problem, because I don't think they'll be an off-the-shelf solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another place to ask for help is usually friendly and helpful &lt;a href=&quot;http://winedt.com/support.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;WinEdt mailing list&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="176" LastActivityDate="2010-08-12T19:22:31.247" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1623" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1368" CreationDate="2010-08-12T19:25:36.170" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Well, my wild guess is that such macros are missing because CM has no such glyphs to begin with, Knuth's Greek is meant for use in math and not for running text and thus there were no point in duplicating glyphs that are visually indistinguishable from Latin counterparts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastActivityDate="2010-08-12T19:25:36.170" />
  <row Id="1624" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1517" CreationDate="2010-08-12T19:35:28.890" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;OK, I have been thinking about this for some more.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;OpenOffice appears to have a pdf import extension (it is no longer marked beta) but I tried using it to import a 60-page pdf and it said input/output error. Not sure if it had something to do with me using it through ssh.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/utilities/texconv/textopc.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://tug.org/utilities/texconv/textopc.html&lt;/a&gt; has a lot of useful comments on various options of converting LaTeX to other formats.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personally I will go with Convert LaTeX to an intermediate format such as docbook/html (See &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1507/how-to-create-pdf-and-html-output-from-the-same-source&quot;&gt;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1507/how-to-create-pdf-and-html-output-from-the-same-source&lt;/a&gt;) and import it into word or openoffice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is also latex2rtf (http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/LaTeX/Export_To_Other_Formats) but I have never used it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="337" LastActivityDate="2010-08-12T19:35:28.890" />
  <row Id="1625" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1627" CreationDate="2010-08-12T21:13:00.487" Score="5" ViewCount="300" Body="&lt;p&gt;Whenever I insert an image into my PDFTex document (using the code below) it seems to be resized to fit the width of the page. I know I can change this using the scale parameter, but that means I have to play with the scaling factor until it comes out roughly the size I actually created it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{center}&#xA;\includegraphics[scale=0.75]{ikonos.png}&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to display an image without scaling it to the width of the page?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="495" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T00:32:06.240" Title="How to make images appear at their actual size?" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;pdftex&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="1626" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1625" CreationDate="2010-08-12T21:29:11.353" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you insert the picture with scale=1, then the picture is at the size you created it. I don't really understand your problem. If you want the picture to appear more centered on the page, there is a solution with makebox \makebox[1\textwidth][c]{\includegraphics[1.2\textwidth]{pic}}. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Other than that, you have to create your graphics according to the available text-area. I highly recommend that you export your graphics as vector graphics (pdf,eps). Scaling will then have no influence on the picture quality.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="632" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-13T00:32:06.240" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T00:32:06.240" />
  <row Id="1627" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1625" CreationDate="2010-08-12T21:38:03.213" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Simply omit the optional argument and the picture will be inserted 'as is'&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{center}&#xA;  \includegraphics{ikonos}&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Be warned, however, that &lt;code&gt;.png&lt;/code&gt; files often don't include the correct information on resolution. This will lead pdfTeX to insert them as 72 dpi images, which may not be desirable. See other questions on apparently 'blocky' images, for example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-08-12T21:38:03.213" />
  <row Id="1628" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1625" CreationDate="2010-08-12T21:43:29.363" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Check the printing resolution of your PNG file. It's given in DPI, dots per inch. If necessary, adjust the resolution using a graphics software, there are free programs available. You might see that the DPI value of the PNG file affects the output.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could use a pdfTeX parameter to specify the resolution of embedded images, if they don't contain that data: &lt;code&gt;\pdfimageresolution&amp;lt;integer&lt;/code&gt;, like &lt;code&gt;\pdfimageresolution96&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alternatively, you may set the resolution by an option:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\includegraphics[resolution=300]{filename}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setkeys{Gin}{resolution=72}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-12T21:43:29.363" />
  <row Id="1629" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="588" CreationDate="2010-08-12T22:10:44.217" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;With either one of the KOMA-Script-classes or the package scrextend (which is part of KOMA-Script), you can use the &lt;code&gt;addmargin&lt;/code&gt; environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{scrextend}&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\blindtext&#xA;&#xA;\begin{addmargin}[4em]{1em}&#xA;\blindtext&#xA;\end{addmargin}&#xA;&#xA;\blindtext&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-08-12T22:10:44.217" />
  <row Id="1630" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1319" CreationDate="2010-08-13T00:32:58.627" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is only somewhat related, but Springer lets you search their journals for strings of latex.  This can help you understand how to format certain commands (and decide whether it is done well or not):&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.latexsearch.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.latexsearch.com/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T00:32:58.627" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-13T00:32:58.627" />
  <row Id="1631" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1198" CreationDate="2010-08-13T00:35:15.377" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;wget &lt;a href=&quot;http://jnovy.fedorapeople.org/texlive/texlive-f13-release-2009-0.3.fc12.noarch.rpm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://jnovy.fedorapeople.org/texlive/texlive-f13-release-2009-0.3.fc12.noarch.rpm&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;sudo rpm -Uvh texlive-f13-release-2009-0.3.fc12.noarch.rpm&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="764" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T00:35:15.377" />
  <row Id="1632" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1790" CreationDate="2010-08-13T04:14:21.457" Score="17" ViewCount="2315" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hey guys,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So let's say I have a large amount of documents (from ArXiv.org, suppose) that I have the LaTeX source for, and for which I would like to compile particularly Kindle-friendly versions. In particular, I would like to accomplish some combination of the following things:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Generate at specifically 1200x824 and/or 600x800 resolution&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Make margins as small as possible since screen real estate is precious on the Kindle&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Generate diagrams directly to 4-bit grayscale (the Kindle will do this conversion anyway, but I have a feeling it will be easier if the diagrams are just generated that way)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Do not draw boxes around links/references in the paper. These are useful on a computer but they still show up on the Kindle where it's not possible to click or select them anyway.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anybody know of the easiest way to apply settings such as these to a large number of document source files?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="767" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-16T05:47:59.707" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T05:47:59.707" Title="LaTeX options for Kindle" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;compiling&gt;&lt;arxiv&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="7" />
  <row Id="1633" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-13T04:42:32.490" Score="9" ViewCount="489" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to place two (or more) figures with side by side. The figures are independent, so need separate captions, with no overall caption for the two. I know how to do this with minipages within a figure environment. But the captions don't line up without trail and error &lt;code&gt;\vspace&lt;/code&gt;'s before the individual captions. Is there a way to line up the captions automatically?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-28T00:31:53.210" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T00:31:53.210" Title="Line up captions on side by side figures" Tags="&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;&lt;floats&gt;&lt;captions&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1634" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="121" CreationDate="2010-08-13T06:31:49.523" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Making pasting diagrams in TikZ is pretty easy, as has been said; I think easier than in xypic for complicated ones, since it's easy to place the 2-cell arrows exactly where you want them and in exactly the right orientation.  One useful trick for placing them is barycentric coordinates; then once you've got a node/coordinate at the center of the 2-cell arrow, you can use adjustments like &lt;code&gt;+(0,0.2)&lt;/code&gt; to get to the starting and ending points.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A significant problem, however, is that as far as I know, in versions of TikZ prior to the current CVS version, there is no good way to draw a double-shafted arrow, as is used for 2-cells in pasting diagrams.  In the CVS version of TikZ, you can say &lt;code&gt;\draw[double,-implies]&lt;/code&gt;, but this won't compile for anyone (such as arXiv or a journal editor) who has an older, &quot;released&quot; version of TikZ.  For that reason, I'm personally holding off on switching from xypic to TikZ for pasting diagrams until the next version of TikZ is released and becomes at least somewhat more widely available.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="535" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T06:31:49.523" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1635" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-13T06:41:50.423" Score="1" ViewCount="237" Body="&lt;p&gt;Normally I write my LaTeX with Emacs/AUCTeX viewing in xdvi, which has the very nice &quot;source specials&quot; feature that I can hit a key command in Emacs to jump to the current location in the output dvi file in xdvi, and likewise I can click on a location in xdvi and have Emacs jump to that location in the source file.  But sometimes, notably when using TikZ, I need to compile with pdflatex.  Is there any source-specials-like feature for PDF files which works with AUCTeX?  I'd be willing to switch to any PDF viewer that will run in Linux.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="535" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T09:21:24.867" Title="Source specials for PDF?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;pdftex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="1636" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1635" CreationDate="2010-08-13T06:58:15.490" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Recent versions of AUCTeX's source specials handles synctex. So make sure you have the latest release 11.86.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You also need a recent version of pdftex that supports synctex. The one in TeX Live 2009 is fine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;This is pdfTeX, Version 3.1415926-1.40.10 (TeX Live 2009)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For backward search, you need to configure your pdf viewer to support emacs. Usually the pdf viewer would have an entry in the FAQ or Wiki teaching how to set this up and usually pretty simple.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For forward search, I am not sure if 'C-c C-v' does this automatically.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But backward search is usually more important.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="337" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T06:58:15.490" />
  <row Id="1637" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1633" CreationDate="2010-08-13T07:21:36.217" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Would &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/subfigure/subfigure.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;subfigure&lt;/a&gt; (omitting the caption argument and only using subcaptions) solve your problem? &lt;a href=&quot;http://texblog.wordpress.com/2007/08/28/placing-figurestables-side-by-side-subfigure/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;(See this example)&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT:&lt;/strong&gt; Subfigure has apparently been replaced by &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/subfig/subfig.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;subfig&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="237" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T07:21:36.217" />
  <row Id="1638" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1771" CreationDate="2010-08-13T07:47:32.707" Score="5" ViewCount="573" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to create a document in latex (whatever &lt;code&gt;\documentclass&lt;/code&gt;) to reproduce the layout below and its typography style. I'd like to know if there is any open font at FontSquirrel or anywhere else, like the one in the picture. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Let's break through my research in steps:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The font seems Futura BT (see Edit 2)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Which 'sectional header' style would you use?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Which margins?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Which &lt;code&gt;\documentclass&lt;/code&gt; ? &lt;strong&gt;memoir&lt;/strong&gt;?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT:&lt;/strong&gt; I've found the origin of the book from where the image is taken. Is a book from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Isotype_%28picture_language%29&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ISOTYPE&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.isotyperevisited.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;collection&lt;/a&gt;. I added a useless (for the purpose of this question) photo below.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT2:&lt;/strong&gt; Thanks to the comment from &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/users/759/thrope&quot;&gt;thrope&lt;/a&gt;, using identifont I discovered that the type-face is &lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.identifont.com/similar?284&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Futura BT&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; (or BQ). I could buy a license for the font at linotype or I could find a free font like that somewhere. I'll post updates about this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://microspino-files.s3.amazonaws.com/TypographySamples/iso.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Ay7qN.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="633" LastEditorUserId="633" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-15T14:29:27.280" LastActivityDate="2010-08-15T14:56:12.333" Title="LaTeX challenge: how to reproduce this layout and typography" Tags="&lt;typography&gt;&lt;layout&gt;&lt;opentype&gt;&lt;truetype&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="1639" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1633" CreationDate="2010-08-13T07:56:42.170" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/floatrow.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;floatrow&lt;/a&gt; package, particularly its &lt;code&gt;floatrow&lt;/code&gt; environment and &lt;code&gt;\ffigbox&lt;/code&gt; command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[format=hang]{caption}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{floatrow}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;\begin{floatrow}&#xA;\ffigbox{%&#xA;  \rule{3cm}{3cm}%&#xA;}{%&#xA;  \caption{A figure}%&#xA;}&#xA;\ffigbox{%&#xA;  \rule{2cm}{2cm}%&#xA;}{%&#xA;  \caption{Another figure with a long caption}%&#xA;}&#xA;\end{floatrow}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T07:56:42.170" />
  <row Id="1640" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="319" CreationDate="2010-08-13T08:09:04.930" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Few years back I also had done as above. It had worked fine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T08:09:04.930" />
  <row Id="1641" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1646" CreationDate="2010-08-13T08:15:54.900" Score="7" ViewCount="227" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am writing a document on a foreigh language, say French, and want to put some paragraphs in French with their translation in English. But I would like to print one line in French, the corresponding line in English, one line in French, the corresponding line in English, and so on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, if I have these two paragraphs:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;On ne connaît que les choses que l'on&#xA;  apprivoise, dit le renard. Les hommes&#xA;  n'ont plus le temps de rien connaître.&#xA;  Ils achètent des choses toutes faites&#xA;  chez les marchands. Mais comme il&#xA;  n'existe point de marchands d'amis,&#xA;  les hommes n'ont plus d'amis. Si tu&#xA;  veux un ami, apprivoise-moi!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;We only know the things that we tame,&#xA;  said the fox. People no longer have&#xA;  the time to know anything. They buy&#xA;  things already made for peddlers. But&#xA;  since there are no peddlers of&#xA;  friends, they no longer have friends.&#xA;  If you want a friend, tame me!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like them to be automatically printed like this, providing interlinear translation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;On ne connaît que les choses que l'on apprivoise, dit le renard. Les hommes n'ont plus &#xA;We only know the things that we tame, said the fox. People no longer have &#xA;&#xA;le temps de rien connaître. Ils achètent des choses toutes faites chez les marchands.&#xA;the time to know anything. They buy things already made for peddlers. &#xA;&#xA;Mais comme il n'existe point de marchands d'amis, les hommes n'ont plus d'amis. &#xA;But since there are no peddlers of friends, they no longer have friends. &#xA;&#xA;Si tu veux un ami, apprivoise-moi!&#xA;If you want a friend, tame me! &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, I am looking for a way to mix both paragraphs, eventually with a way to provide sync information to tell latex which parts have to be kept together. Ideally I would like this to be processed automatically in such a way that a modification of the layout of the page or the size of the font should not oblige me to reformat the text by myself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="546" LastEditorUserId="546" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-13T13:43:13.953" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T13:43:13.953" Title="printing interlinear translation: how to mix automatically two paragraphs, printing lines alternately" Tags="&lt;publishing&gt;&lt;layout&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="1642" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1612" CreationDate="2010-08-13T09:05:34.890" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;See the third answer to the question&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1380/how-to-avoid-bibtex-error-message-repeated-entry-for-an-entry-appearing-in-seve&quot;&gt;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1380/how-to-avoid-bibtex-error-message-repeated-entry-for-an-entry-appearing-in-seve&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;it explains how nbibtex can help you without deploying any new app or database server ;-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="546" LastEditorUserId="546" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-13T14:17:36.710" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T14:17:36.710" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1643" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1635" CreationDate="2010-08-13T09:21:24.867" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A solution for the reverse search (from PDF to the source code): I currently use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive//macros/latex/contrib/pdfsync/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pdfsync&lt;/a&gt;; here's an excerpt from the readme file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;pdfsync.sty allows one to synchronize between LaTeX source and pdf output.&#xA;  When used with a text editor and a PDF viewer that both support pdfsync,&#xA;  you can navigate from the source to the output and vice versa.&#xA;  This is some kind of srcltx ported from dvi to pdf.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All you need to do is to include it in your preamble with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{pdfsync}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you use the hyperref package or another similar package that manipulates the references, take care of load pdfsync as the last one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Caveat: it is a little buggy (but, to me, it works quite well)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;You should not use pdfsync on final documents because&#xA;  it can change the layout rather significantly&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The accuracy of pdf synchronization depends on the application used for that purpose.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In case of conflicts or malfunctioning, read the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ftp.uniroma2.it/TeX/macros/latex/contrib/pdfsync/README&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;documentatation&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="177" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T09:21:24.867" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1644" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1641" CreationDate="2010-08-13T10:02:50.080" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Intriguing idea.  Here's a proof of concept:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{setspace}&#xA;&#xA;\newlength{\syncheight}&#xA;\newcommand{\sync}[2]{%&#xA;\setlength{\syncheight}{\baselineskip}&#xA;\begin{spacing}{3}&#xA;\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{minipage}[t][0pt][t]{\textwidth}&#xA;#1&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;&#xA;\vspace{-2\syncheight}&#xA;#2&#xA;\end{spacing}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;The following paragraph is in both English and French.&#xA;That is to say, there are two paragraphs, one is in French and one in English,&#xA;and each is a translation of the other.&#xA;&#xA;\sync{%&#xA;On ne connaît que les choses que l'on apprivoise, dit le renard. Les hommes&#xA;n'ont plus le temps de rien connaître. Ils achètent des choses toutes faites&#xA;chez les marchands.  Mais comme il n'existe point de marchands d'amis, les&#xA;hommes n'ont plus d'amis. Si tu veux un ami, apprivoise-moi!&#xA;}{%&#xA;We only know the things that we tame, said the fox. People no longer have&#xA;the time to know anything. They buy things already made for peddlers. But&#xA;since there are no peddlers of friends, they no longer have friends. If you&#xA;want a friend, tame me!&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;The preceeding paragraph is in both English and French.&#xA;That is to say, there are two paragraphs, one is in French and one in English,&#xA;and each is a translation of the other.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Problems with this implementation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Excessive whitespace before and after the translated paragraph (maybe that's actually a good thing!).  Probably not too hard to overcome.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If the French paragraph is longer than the English one then the extra line(s) will cause problems with spacing the following text.  Not sure on this one; easy enough if it's possible to measure the height of a paragraph and to compare two lengths.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;It won't flow correctly across a page boundary: the French one will simply continue down the old page whilst the English one will correctly go over.  This could be tricky.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I used a similar trick long ago doing booklets that needed marginal comments a bit beyond what &lt;code&gt;\marginpar&lt;/code&gt; seemed capable of.  I took my inspiration from a remark in the &lt;em&gt;Not So Short Guide&lt;/em&gt; when talking about the width of parboxes and the like: &quot;In a demented case you can even set the width to 0pt so that the text inside the box will be typeset without influencing the surrounding boxes.&quot; to which I added: &quot;Of course, if you're really certifiable you can do the same with the height.&quot;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T10:02:50.080" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="1645" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1633" CreationDate="2010-08-13T10:14:46.853" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use the optional argument &lt;code&gt;b&lt;/code&gt; to the &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt; environments to align the images at their bottom, this way the caption would be side by side. At least you did'nt say if you want the images aligned in another way. Though, a common baseline at their bottom would be good, especially as their captions are aligned.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's an example using the &lt;code&gt;caption&lt;/code&gt; package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}&#xA;\usepackage[demo]{graphicx}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{figure}[ht]&#xA;\begin{minipage}[b]{.4\linewidth}&#xA;\centering%&#xA;\includegraphics[width=140pt]{test}&#xA;\captionof{figure}{First image}&#xA;\end{minipage}%&#xA;\hfill%&#xA;\begin{minipage}[b]{.5\linewidth}&#xA;\centering%&#xA;\includegraphics[width=180pt,height=50pt]{test}&#xA;\captionof{figure}{Second image with caption}&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\begin{figure}[ht]&#xA;\centering%&#xA;\includegraphics{test}&#xA;\caption{Another figure}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/WGPdv.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using the tiny &lt;code&gt;capt-of&lt;/code&gt; package would be sufficient. The &lt;code&gt;\captionof&lt;/code&gt; command is important. As you can see, the numbering of the subfigures matches the numbering of normal figures.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T10:14:46.853" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1646" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1641" CreationDate="2010-08-13T10:42:19.013" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Partitions similar to these, but with even higher degrees of syncing, are common in linguistics. At &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.essex.ac.uk/linguistics/external/clmt/latex4ling/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.essex.ac.uk/linguistics/external/clmt/latex4ling/&lt;/a&gt; most LaTeX resources for linguistics have been gathered. Specifically your synched texts are similar to what's called &lt;em&gt;glosses&lt;/em&gt; in linguistics; and these can be handled by &lt;code&gt;cgloss4e.sty&lt;/code&gt;. See &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.essex.ac.uk/linguistics/external/clmt/latex4ling/examples/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.essex.ac.uk/linguistics/external/clmt/latex4ling/examples/&lt;/a&gt; for more details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="257" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T10:42:19.013" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1647" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1648" CreationDate="2010-08-13T11:01:45.740" Score="6" ViewCount="277" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've heard making and managing a resume in LaTeX is highly useful. I am sure consistent and easy to maintain output format is one reason.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I haven't used LaTeX before (a suggestion to where from to learn will also be helpful) so my question may be fairly trivial.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The questions:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to have one resume&#xA;and have multiple outputs (I don't&#xA;know it is called, but I mean when&#xA;you make a PDF, etc. of it) based on&#xA;you selecting show this section and&#xA;don't show this section? How?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;For example, at some places I would&#xA;like to give them my resume with&#xA;mentions of X and Y and not A while&#xA;I would like to give my resume&#xA;elsewhere with A and not X or Y.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Also, is it possible to have a&#xA;couple of summary sections written&#xA;and chose one of them to be inserted&#xA;when the documented is exported (as&#xA;in made into a PDF, etc.)? How?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="724" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T15:42:31.997" Title="Guide to managing multiple resume with one LaTeX?" Tags="&lt;resume&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="1648" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1647" CreationDate="2010-08-13T11:11:39.623" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For this sort of “conditional” compilation I would suggest the use of, e.g., verbatim to create &lt;code&gt;comment&lt;/code&gt; environments to skip over parts of a document with respect to your selected options. A quick example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{verbatim}&#xA;\newenvironment{optionA}{}{} % use this to show&#xA;% \newenvironment{optionA}{\comment}{\endcomment} % use this to hide&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{optionA}&#xA;Some text to show only if optionA is enabled.&#xA;\end{optionA}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Toggling between the two definitions of the &lt;code&gt;optionA&lt;/code&gt; environment (of course you should give it a more descriptive name) you can select whether the appropriate content is shown (or not) in the final pdf output.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-13T12:00:03.223" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T12:00:03.223" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1649" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1612" CreationDate="2010-08-13T11:18:00.503" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd recommend using a central reference database that everyone can add references to and which generates unique citation keys.  In particular, I'd recommend &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.refbase.net&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;refbase&lt;/a&gt;.  I have a slightly modified version of it (see below) in which I've changed the field names to something a little more useful for mathematicians (it was designed by geologists) and in which I've added automatic importers for the arXiv and MathSciNet: so simply specifying an arXiv id or an MR number is enough for it to go and fetch the data needed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This approach would also mean that you could put off the BibTeX/AMSRefs choice for a while (assuming that both use &lt;code&gt;\cite{ref}&lt;/code&gt; in the text).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My modified version of refbase is available as a &lt;code&gt;bzr&lt;/code&gt; repository at: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.math.ntnu.no/~stacey/code/RefBase&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.math.ntnu.no/~stacey/code/RefBase&lt;/a&gt; .  To get a copy, you need to use something capable of reading &lt;code&gt;bzr&lt;/code&gt; repositories.  For example, using &lt;code&gt;bzr&lt;/code&gt; on a unix system, you would type:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;bzr branch http://www.math.ntnu.no/~stacey/code/RefBase&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastEditorUserId="86" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-13T13:56:37.153" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T13:56:37.153" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1650" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1653" CreationDate="2010-08-13T11:53:57.710" Score="9" ViewCount="308" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm updating my CV, which is written by modifying &lt;a href=&quot;http://nitens.org/taraborelli/cvtex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this template&lt;/a&gt;. I have always been very happy with the result, but now I'm getting a &lt;em&gt;Too many unprocessed floats&lt;/em&gt; error.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For those who do not want to have a look at the template, it basically works like this. In the preamble I have a command&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{years}[1]{\marginpar{\scriptsize #1}}&#xA;...&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\reversemarginpar&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which one then uses like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section*{Seminars}&#xA;\years[2005]Blah blah...&#xA;\\&#xA;\years[2007]Blah blah blah..&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem is, when I insert the 10th item, I get the &lt;em&gt;Too many unprocessed floats&lt;/em&gt; error.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inserting a clearpage is not an option, since it would just leave half page empty. Also, doing a major change to the CV, like switching to another template or using a CV class is not an option either. I have tried many different ways to write my CV; it always takes time to switch, and I need to compile it soon. Moreover I'm very happy with this template.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Is there a way to increase the number of floats that LaTeX can handle?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="260" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-17T22:30:32.440" LastActivityDate="2010-11-06T16:20:42.660" Title="Too many unprocessed floats with marginpar" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;marginpar&gt;&lt;errors&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="1651" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1647" CreationDate="2010-08-13T11:56:03.683" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't use LyX, so I don't know what constraints you're working under, but I'd structure the problem like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Use the &lt;code&gt;comment&lt;/code&gt; package&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Create a stub (cv1, cv2, etc) for each instance of your CV.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Create a common file with everything in it, with the variable stuff in comment-derived environments&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Call the common file from each stub&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a simple example for you to try:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;cv1.tex:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{comment}&#xA;\includecomment{cv1}&#xA;\excludecomment{cv2}&#xA;\excludecomment{cv3}&#xA;\input{cvcommon}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;cv2.tex:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{comment}&#xA;\excludecomment{cv1}&#xA;\includecomment{cv2}&#xA;\excludecomment{cv3}&#xA;\input{cvcommon}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;cvcommon.tex:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% Rest of your preamble here&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;This text appears everywhere.&#xA;\begin{cv1}%&#xA;This is my Number 1 CV!&#xA;\end{cv1}&#xA;\begin{cv2}%&#xA;This is my Number 2 CV!&#xA;\end{cv2}&#xA;I &#xA;\begin{cv1}%&#xA;did&#xA;\end{cv1}&#xA;\begin{cv2}%&#xA;didn't&#xA;\end{cv2}&#xA;go to university.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="344" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T11:56:03.683" />
  <row Id="1652" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1647" CreationDate="2010-08-13T12:03:17.223" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Even simpler than using comment (and more versatile), you can use multiple files for different sections. For instance you can have a main file cv.tex, and the a file for each section, for instance hobbies.tex, programming.tex, study.tex, languages.tex and so on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then you include exactly the sections you want, using input&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Here goes the preamble&#xA;...&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\input{study}&#xA;\input{programming}&#xA;%\input{hobbies}&#xA;\input{languages}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Whenever you put a % sign at the beginning of a line, that line is ignored. So in the example I made you would have sections study, programming and languages, but not hobbies.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for writing the CV itself, I advise &lt;a href=&quot;http://nitens.org/taraborelli/cvtex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this very nice template&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="260" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T12:03:17.223" />
  <row Id="1653" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1650" CreationDate="2010-08-13T12:05:30.713" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The package &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/morefloats&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;morefloats&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; doubles the number of floats that can be handled.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T12:05:30.713" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1654" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3" CreationDate="2010-08-13T13:25:54.887" Score="21" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Online compiler with storage and editor features:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.verbosus.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;verbosus&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://monkeytex.bradcater.webfactional.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;MonkeyTeX&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://latexlab.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX Lab&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.scribtex.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ScribTeX&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Online compiler with basic functionality:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://sciencesoft.at/index.jsp?link=latex&amp;amp;js=0&amp;amp;lang=en&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX servlet on sciencesoft.at&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://nirvana.informatik.uni-halle.de/~thuering/php/latex-online/latex.php?sprachauswahl=2&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX online-compiler in Halle, Germany&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.mendelu.cz/en/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX on Web&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tiny equation compiler:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.codecogs.com/latex/eqneditor.php?lang=en-en&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX equation editor&lt;/a&gt; with realtime rendering&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://mathurl.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;mathurl.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.hamline.edu/~arundquist/equationeditor/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Hamline University Physics Department Latex Equation Editor&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://mathtran.open.ac.uk/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;MathTran&lt;/a&gt; for TeX-notation mathematics&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://rogercortesi.com/eqn/index.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Roger's Online Equation Editor&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.sitmo.com/latex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;sitmo equation editor&lt;/a&gt; with realtime rendering&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texify.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeXify&lt;/a&gt; based on mimeTeX&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://hausheer.osola.com/latex2png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX2PNG&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Document frame generator:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://latex.sehnot.de/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX Generator&lt;/a&gt;, in German&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The other way round:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://detexify.kirelabs.org/classify.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;DeTeXify&lt;/a&gt; outputs the corresponding LaTeX command code after you've drawn a symbol&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T13:25:54.887" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1655" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-13T13:32:45.400" Score="4" ViewCount="171" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to use &lt;code&gt;nameref&lt;/code&gt;s within a sentence, and have the case of the resulting text match the position within the sentence. The section title is naturally title case, but is there some command to either a) force lowercase of &lt;code&gt;nameref&lt;/code&gt;s (&lt;code&gt;\lowercase{}&lt;/code&gt; doesn't work), or b) insert init-case, i.e., uppercase the initial word if it's at the beginning of a sentence, lowercase elsewhere?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section{Object}&#xA;\label{sec:obj}&#xA;[definition of an object]&#xA;...&#xA;\nameref{sec:obj} instance variables are often called simply &quot;\nameref{sec:obj}&quot;.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;should produce:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Object&#xA;[definition of an object]&#xA;...&#xA;Object instance variables are often called simply &quot;object&quot;.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note case difference at the start and in the middle of the sentence.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="602" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-05T10:40:03.937" LastActivityDate="2010-09-05T10:40:03.937" Title="Correct case in namerefs" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;cases&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1656" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1659" CreationDate="2010-08-13T13:41:34.020" Score="10" ViewCount="304" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like the footnote counter to automatically restart from '1' for each page of my document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="546" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-13T15:35:33.787" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T15:35:33.787" Title="footnote counter, would like to restart from '1' each page" Tags="&lt;counters&gt;&lt;footnotes&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="1657" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="162" CreationDate="2010-08-13T13:45:42.403" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For LaTeX the way it's used by linguists, there is &#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.essex.ac.uk/linguistics/external/clmt/latex4ling/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.essex.ac.uk/linguistics/external/clmt/latex4ling/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="257" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T13:45:42.403" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1659" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1656" CreationDate="2010-08-13T14:00:18.080" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[perpage]{footmisc}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="337" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T14:00:18.080" />
  <row Id="1660" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1656" CreationDate="2010-08-13T14:07:45.860" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One just needs to make the counter &lt;code&gt;footnote&lt;/code&gt; &quot;subcounter&quot; of the counter &lt;code&gt;page&lt;/code&gt; (as in &lt;code&gt;\newcounter{subcounter}[counter]&lt;/code&gt;). The only problem is lack of &lt;code&gt;\renewcounter&lt;/code&gt; command, so one has to use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\@newctr{footnote}[page]&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Update:&lt;/em&gt; as &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/users/510/lockstep&quot;&gt;lockstep&lt;/a&gt; points out, the counter &lt;code&gt;page&lt;/code&gt; is unreliable and one has to use e.g.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \usepackage{perpage}&#xA; \MakePerPage{footnote}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="85" LastEditorUserId="85" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-13T14:40:48.263" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T14:40:48.263" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-13T14:40:48.263" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1661" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1656" CreationDate="2010-08-13T14:27:11.227" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using the counter &lt;code&gt;page&lt;/code&gt; will produce wrong results.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\@newctr{footnote}[page]&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\blindtext\footnote{bla}&#xA;&#xA;\blindtext\footnote{bla}&#xA;&#xA;\blindtext\footnote{bla}&#xA;&#xA;\blindtext\footnote{bla}&#xA;&#xA;\blindtext\footnote{bla}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Instead, you should use either the package &lt;code&gt;footmisc&lt;/code&gt; with the &lt;code&gt;perpage&lt;/code&gt; option or the following code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{perpage}&#xA;\MakePerPage{footnote}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-13T14:32:44.600" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T14:32:44.600" />
  <row Id="1662" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1655" CreationDate="2010-08-13T14:42:05.937" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think that it would be hard for TeX to &lt;em&gt;automatically&lt;/em&gt; know whether the &lt;code&gt;\nameref&lt;/code&gt; should be title-case, lowercase, or init-case.  But if &lt;em&gt;you&lt;/em&gt; are prepared to tell TeX, then this can be done.  I don't claim that this is the most elegant method, but it's the one that I use in a similar situation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\lnameref}[1]{%&#xA;\bgroup&#xA;\let\nmu\MakeLowercase&#xA;\nameref{#1}\egroup}&#xA;\newcommand{\fnameref}[1]{%&#xA;\bgroup&#xA;\def\nmu{\let\nmu\MakeLowercase}%&#xA;\nameref{#1}\egroup}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\nmu}{}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\section{\nmu This \nmu Is a \nmu Section}&#xA;\label{sec}&#xA;&#xA;\lnameref{sec} is a section.&#xA;&#xA;\nameref{sec} is a section.&#xA;&#xA;\fnameref{sec} is a section.&#xA;&#xA;\nameref{sec} is a section.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Produces:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;1 This Is a Section&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;this is a section is a section.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  This Is a Section is a section.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  This is a section is a section.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  This Is a Section is a section.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(It makes a modicum more sense when the &quot;this is a section&quot; looks like a link since then it looks like '&quot;this is a section&quot; is a section'.  Only when I transcribed it did I realise how daft it looked.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T14:42:05.937" />
  <row Id="1663" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="93" CreationDate="2010-08-13T15:33:29.513" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Since you're looking for something WYSIWYG-like, I know two approaches:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.lyx.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LyX&lt;/a&gt; is a document processor but &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WYSIWYM&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;WYSIWYM&lt;/a&gt; (alread mentioned by other users)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texmacs.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;GNU TeXmacs&lt;/a&gt; (not yet mentioned) is a free WYSIWYW document processor with TeX export and plugins for Maple, Mathematica, Maxima, Matlab, Axiom, GraphVIZ, GNUplot and more. The latest version has been released in Oct 2008 though (1.0.7).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T15:33:29.513" />
  <row Id="1664" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1647" CreationDate="2010-08-13T15:42:31.997" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Like &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1647/guide-to-managing-multiple-resume-with-one-latex/1652#1652&quot;&gt;Andrea&lt;/a&gt;, I maintain separate bits of my CV/resume in individual files, but for each style (full CV (for academia), brief CV (likewise), industry resume, separate list of publication, etc...) I have a separate master file to pull in the bits I want. On top of that, I use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gnu.org/software/make/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;make&lt;/a&gt; to handle the build management.{*}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;{*} Yes, I have the usual trouble with knowing how many passes are needed, and no I don't have a magic solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="327" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T15:42:31.997" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1665" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1667" CreationDate="2010-08-13T16:04:10.800" Score="3" ViewCount="375" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a document I am trying to copy to learn Tex. Here is what I have encountered:&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/AuetQ.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt; How can I have the &quot;or&quot; in the equation. This is what I have right now:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[ f = ma; \] &#xA;But $a$ is the change in velocity,&#xA;&#xA;\[ f = m \frac{dv}{dt};\]&#xA;\[ f = m  \frac{d^2y}{dt^2};\]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: Trying out Stefan's answer&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/yofiI.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="776" LastEditorUserId="776" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-13T16:17:15.533" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T16:21:01.130" Title="Adding left aligned text to an equation." Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;align&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="1666" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-13T16:08:02.717" Score="6" ViewCount="337" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have used Computer Modern, and I love it.&#xA;Is there any other complete METAFONT font that can be used with LaTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="777" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-25T15:12:18.950" LastActivityDate="2010-08-25T15:12:18.950" Title="What fonts are available for LaTeX?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;metafont&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="1667" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1665" CreationDate="2010-08-13T16:11:36.053" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; package and the commands &lt;code&gt;\text{...}&lt;/code&gt; for text in the formula or &lt;code&gt;\intertext{...}&lt;/code&gt; for text between the lines of multi-line formulas. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{align*}&#xA;  f &amp;amp;= ma;\\&#xA;\intertext{But $a$ is the change in velocity} &#xA;  f &amp;amp;= m \frac{dv}{dt};\\&#xA;\intertext{or} &#xA;  f &amp;amp;= m  \frac{d^2y}{dt^2};&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One advantage of &lt;code&gt;align*&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\[ ... \]&lt;/code&gt; is that you can align the equations on relation symbols.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you wish to put &lt;em&gt;or&lt;/em&gt; in the same line, you could use &lt;code&gt;\text&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;flalign*&lt;/code&gt; :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{flalign*}&#xA;  &amp;amp;&amp;amp; f &amp;amp;= ma;&amp;amp;\\&#xA;\text{or} &amp;amp;&amp;amp; f &amp;amp;= m \frac{dv}{dt};&amp;amp;\\&#xA;\text{or}  &amp;amp;&amp;amp;f &amp;amp;= m  \frac{d^2y}{dt^2};&#xA;\end{flalign*}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/F7C3O.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-13T16:21:01.130" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T16:21:01.130" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="1668" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1666" CreationDate="2010-08-13T16:15:18.093" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX Font Catalogue&lt;/a&gt; provides an overview with examples and how to use them of nearly all freely available fonts with good LaTeX support.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T16:15:18.093" />
  <row Id="1669" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1670" CreationDate="2010-08-13T17:06:30.093" Score="8" ViewCount="297" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to be able to resume an enumerated list, continuing the old numbering, after some intervening text which should not be formatted like a list item.  Is there a nice way to do this?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In particular, I &lt;em&gt;don't&lt;/em&gt; want to start a second list with a hard-coded initial counter value, because that will break if I change the number of items in the first list.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="206" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-22T15:47:59.247" LastActivityDate="2010-08-22T15:47:59.247" Title="Resuming a list" Tags="&lt;lists&gt;&lt;enumerate&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="1670" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1669" CreationDate="2010-08-13T17:14:47.613" Score="15" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This can easily be done using the &lt;code&gt;enumitem&lt;/code&gt; package, for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{enumitem}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;  \item One&#xA;  \item Two&#xA;  \end{enumerate}&#xA;Some text&#xA;\begin{enumerate}[resume]&#xA;  \item Three&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Gpq2N.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alternatively, the package &lt;code&gt;mdwlist&lt;/code&gt; provides the commands &lt;code&gt;\suspend&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\resume&lt;/code&gt; for temporarily ending a list and restarting it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-13T17:21:37.650" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T17:21:37.650" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="1671" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1674" CreationDate="2010-08-13T17:19:46.107" Score="4" ViewCount="155" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am currently including:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[ruled,vlined]{algorithm2e}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}&#xA;\usepackage{bm}&#xA;\usepackage{cancel}&#xA;\usepackage{fixltx2e}&#xA;\usepackage{float}&#xA;\usepackage[stretch=10]{microtype}&#xA;\usepackage{multirow}&#xA;\usepackage{paralist}&#xA;\usepackage{verbatim}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which of these can I remove?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="512" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T17:40:11.330" Title="Which packages are automatically included by memoir?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;memoir&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="1672" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1666" CreationDate="2010-08-13T17:20:13.360" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;An early project to make a complete font family was &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/pandora/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Pandora&lt;/a&gt;, but it has never really caught on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="170" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T17:20:13.360" />
  <row Id="1673" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="162" CreationDate="2010-08-13T17:22:01.050" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One of my favourite books on LaTeX is 'The LaTeX companion'. It has the whole 3rd chapter 113 pages freely online (See: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.latex-project.org/guides/tlc2-ch3.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;full text of chapter 3&lt;/a&gt;). The typography is also excellent.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="337" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T17:22:01.050" />
  <row Id="1674" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1671" CreationDate="2010-08-13T17:26:40.713" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is written to the log file or check the manual Section 18.24:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;memoir does include code from several packages and uses a similar internal command to ensure that the packages are not loaded following some later \usepackage command. The names of the emulated packages are written to the log file. At the time of writing the emulated packages are: abstract, appendix, array, booktabs, ccaption, chngcntr, crop, dcol- umn, delarray, enumerate, epigraph, ifmtarg, ifpdf, index, makeidx, moreverb, needspace, newfile, nextpage, pagenote, patchcmd, parskip, setspace, shortvrb, showidx, tabularx, ti- tleref, tocbibind, tocloft, verbatim, and verse. As well as the emulated packages memoir provides functions equivalent to those in the following packages, although the class does not prevent you from using them: fancyhdr, framed, geometry, sidecap, subfigure, and ti- tlesec.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="337" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T17:26:40.713" />
  <row Id="1675" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1671" CreationDate="2010-08-13T17:40:11.330" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Aside from reading the documentation (which you should always do, although in the case of memoir it can be intimidating), you always have the option to check the log file: it reports all the names of the files it includes in brackets, with their nesting levels; hence you would have something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;(.../memoir.sty (.../somepackage.sty) [etc.])&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is only a hypothetical example, as according to the documentation quoted by Leo, many packages are actually not included at all, but have their code embedded into memoir.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="170" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T17:40:11.330" />
  <row Id="1676" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1677" CreationDate="2010-08-13T18:20:02.127" Score="8" ViewCount="515" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to include copyright © or registered ® symbols in my document. However they look terrible! As far as I can tell it is generating a small caps letter with a big circle around it (not even centered).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have tried using &lt;code&gt;\textregistered&lt;/code&gt; and also using &lt;code&gt;[utf]{inputenc}&lt;/code&gt; and putting the symbol in directly... they both look the same. &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/zORlr.png&quot; alt=&quot;image&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am using &lt;code&gt;[utopia]{mathdesign}&lt;/code&gt; for the fonts - perhaps this is something to do with it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="759" LastActivityDate="2010-08-14T12:30:49.693" Title="how to get good looking copyright and registered symbols" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="1677" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1676" CreationDate="2010-08-13T18:29:37.443" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use the &lt;code&gt;textcomp&lt;/code&gt; package. It offers a &lt;code&gt;\textregistered&lt;/code&gt; symbol, both serif and sans-serif, different to standard LaTeX which uses &lt;code&gt;\textcircled&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{textcomp}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\textregistered\textcopyright&#xA;\sffamily\textregistered\textcopyright&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/iAV2F.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here are the original LaTeX definitions from latex.ltx:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareTextCommandDefault{\textcopyright}{\textcircled{c}}&#xA;\DeclareTextCommandDefault{\textregistered}{\textcircled{%&#xA;      \check@mathfonts\fontsize\sf@size\z@\math@fontsfalse\selectfont R}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If designed symbols like those of textcomp wouldn't fit to your text font, you could use &lt;code&gt;\textcircled&lt;/code&gt; similarly to create a symbol with the used font together with some correction if necessary, with &lt;a href=&quot;http://texblog.net/help/latex/ltx-302.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;\raisebox&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-13T19:03:12.600" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T19:03:12.600" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1678" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1679" CreationDate="2010-08-13T19:16:05.720" Score="5" ViewCount="212" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I put an equation in a tabular, it gets vertically compressed.  How do I prevent that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="512" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-19T17:19:42.470" LastActivityDate="2010-08-19T17:19:42.470" Title="Embedding large equation in tabular" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;equations&gt;&lt;tables&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="1679" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1678" CreationDate="2010-08-13T19:22:01.603" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Put &lt;code&gt;\displaystyle&lt;/code&gt; inside your &lt;code&gt;\(  \)&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;$ $&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Added: The issue here actually has nothing to do with tables (unless I'm missing something). It's just about inline as opposed to displayed math.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="206" LastEditorUserId="206" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-19T14:37:12.637" LastActivityDate="2010-08-19T14:37:12.637" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1680" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1685" CreationDate="2010-08-13T19:55:07.250" Score="2" ViewCount="210" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do I have footnotes in a table while using memoir?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried ctable, but I get the following errors:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;/usr/local/texlive/2008/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hyperref.sty:4022: No room for a new \dimen .&#xA;/usr/local/texlive/2008/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hyperref.sty:4022: leading text: \newdimen\Field@Width&#xA;/usr/local/texlive/2008/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hyperref.sty:4023: No room for a new \dimen .&#xA;/usr/local/texlive/2008/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hyperref.sty:4023: leading text: \newdimen\Fld@charsize&#xA;/usr/local/texlive/2008/texmf-dist/tex/context/base/supp-pdf.tex:137: No room for a new \dimen .&#xA;/usr/local/texlive/2008/texmf-dist/tex/context/base/supp-pdf.tex:137: leading text: ... \csname newdimen\endcsname \scratchdimen&#xA;/usr/local/texlive/2008/texmf-dist/tex/context/base/supp-pdf.tex:1253: No room for a new \dimen .&#xA;/usr/local/texlive/2008/texmf-dist/tex/context/base/supp-pdf.tex:1253: leading text: \newdimen\MPscratchDim&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="512" LastEditorUserId="512" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-13T20:02:57.107" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T20:40:05.190" Title="table notes in memoir" Tags="&lt;footnotes&gt;&lt;memoir&gt;&lt;tables&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="1681" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1684" CreationDate="2010-08-13T20:23:06.260" Score="3" ViewCount="240" Body="&lt;p&gt;To ensure that a new chapter starts on a right-hand page, the book class (and the report class with the option &lt;code&gt;openright&lt;/code&gt;) will insert blank pages between chapters if necessary. However, these pages still contain the headlines and footlines as defined by the class. How can I remove those?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note: I know that I can manually add &lt;code&gt;\clearpage\thispagestyle{empty}&lt;/code&gt; at the appropriate points of my document. However, this seems awkward and is prone to fail if I change my document later. I'm looking for automatic solutions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-05T14:50:44.703" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T14:50:44.703" Title="How to remove head- and footlines for pages between chapters?" Tags="&lt;header-footer&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;chapters&gt;&lt;page-style&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="1682" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1680" CreationDate="2010-08-13T20:24:27.117" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Errors with this messages may be resolved using &lt;code&gt;etex&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{etex}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The error message means that the dimen register set is full. etex allows to use e-TeX’s extended register sets. See the UK TeX FAQ: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=noroom&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;No room for a new ‘thing’&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-13T20:40:05.190" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T20:40:05.190" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1683" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1681" CreationDate="2010-08-13T20:26:37.453" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could redefine &lt;code&gt;\cleardoublepage&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand*{\cleardoublepage}{\clearpage\if@twoside \ifodd\c@page\else&#xA;\hbox{}%&#xA;\thispagestyle{empty}%&#xA;\newpage%&#xA;\if@twocolumn\hbox{}\newpage\fi\fi\fi}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The fancyhdr package deals with this topic in its documentation. Have a look at &lt;strong&gt;15 Those blank pages&lt;/strong&gt; on page 15.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T20:26:37.453" />
  <row Id="1684" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1681" CreationDate="2010-08-13T20:27:42.990" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{emptypage}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T20:27:42.990" />
  <row Id="1685" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1680" CreationDate="2010-08-13T20:29:38.553" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/threeparttable.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;threeparttable&lt;/a&gt; package is compatible with memoir.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T20:29:38.553" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1686" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1681" CreationDate="2010-08-13T20:42:13.173" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The KOMA-Script-classes allow to set the pagestyle of inserted &quot;blank&quot; pages with the option &lt;code&gt;cleardoublepage&lt;/code&gt; (which defaults to &lt;code&gt;empty&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T20:42:13.173" />
  <row Id="1687" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1690" CreationDate="2010-08-13T21:23:08.260" Score="6" ViewCount="352" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using biblatex with the authoryear styles.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So far I've been able to find everything I need easily in the excellent documentation, but I'm stuck on one thing. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With my current settings (below) citations only have the year hyperlinked to the bibliography entry. I think prior to using biblatex I would have the whole citation (authors + year) as a reference - I think this is easier to click etc. when browsing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there an easy way to get this (or does it involve creating a new style).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[style=authoryear,&#xA;            bibstyle=authoryear,&#xA;            citestyle=authoryear,&#xA;            natbib=true,&#xA;            hyperref=true,&#xA;            backref=true,&#xA;            abbreviate=true]{biblatex}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="759" LastActivityDate="2011-01-07T14:26:16.490" Title="hyperlink name with biblatex authoryear" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;citing&gt;&lt;biblatex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="1688" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-13T21:30:23.270" Score="6" ViewCount="539" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/422/how-do-i-repeat-a-theorem-number&quot;&gt;How do I repeat a theorem number?&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am writing a paper, and would like to state the main results in the Introduction.  Then, when I come to prove the main results in later sections, I would like to restate the theorem before proceeding with the proof.  (We could debate about whether that is good style, but it is what my co-author and I want to do in this instance.)  I would prefer to restate the theorem with the original theorem number - so &quot;Theorem 1.1&quot; again, rather than &quot;Theorem 4.1,&quot; when restated.  Does anyone have a good solution for how to do this in LaTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have done this a couple times before, but never with an elegant solution.  The best solution I have come up with is to create a different theoremstyle for main results, and call the main results &quot;Theorem A&quot;, etc, in the introduction; and then use yet another theoremstyle to reproduce the results, again &quot;Theorem A&quot; later in the paper.  This method works so long as you prove the results in the order that you discuss them in the introduction, but is inelegant.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I also realize that hard core TeX users might tell me just to use TeX, where you have much more control.  That would also take more time than I have energy for to finish this paper!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;What is a good way to re-use Theorem numbers, to repeat a theorem, using LaTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;More technically, how can I get a Theorem to use a \ref for the number, rather than referring automatically to a counter?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="784" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-16T21:25:02.993" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T21:25:02.993" ClosedDate="2010-08-17T13:16:13.810" Title="Using LaTeX, how can I restate a theorem, with the same theorem number, later in a paper?" Tags="&lt;numbering&gt;&lt;cross-referencing&gt;&lt;theorems&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1690" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1687" CreationDate="2010-08-13T22:03:39.133" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Add the following to you preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareCiteCommand{\cite}&#xA;  {\usebibmacro{prenote}}&#xA;  {\usebibmacro{citeindex}%&#xA;   \printtext[bibhyperref]{\usebibmacro{cite}}}&#xA;  {\multicitedelim}&#xA;  {\usebibmacro{postnote}}&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareCiteCommand*{\cite}&#xA;  {\usebibmacro{prenote}}&#xA;  {\usebibmacro{citeindex}%&#xA;   \printtext[bibhyperref]{\usebibmacro{citeyear}}}&#xA;  {\multicitedelim}&#xA;  {\usebibmacro{postnote}}&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareCiteCommand{\parencite}[\mkbibparens]&#xA;  {\usebibmacro{prenote}}&#xA;  {\usebibmacro{citeindex}%&#xA;    \printtext[bibhyperref]{\usebibmacro{cite}}}&#xA;  {\multicitedelim}&#xA;  {\usebibmacro{postnote}}&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareCiteCommand*{\parencite}[\mkbibparens]&#xA;  {\usebibmacro{prenote}}&#xA;  {\usebibmacro{citeindex}%&#xA;    \printtext[bibhyperref]{\usebibmacro{citeyear}}}&#xA;  {\multicitedelim}&#xA;  {\usebibmacro{postnote}}&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcite}[\mkbibfootnote]&#xA;  {\usebibmacro{prenote}}&#xA;  {\usebibmacro{citeindex}%&#xA;  \printtext[bibhyperref]{ \usebibmacro{cite}}}&#xA;  {\multicitedelim}&#xA;  {\usebibmacro{postnote}}&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcitetext}[\mkbibfootnotetext]&#xA;  {\usebibmacro{prenote}}&#xA;  {\usebibmacro{citeindex}%&#xA;   \printtext[bibhyperref]{\usebibmacro{cite}}}&#xA;  {\multicitedelim}&#xA;  {\usebibmacro{postnote}}&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareCiteCommand{\textcite}&#xA;  {\boolfalse{cbx:parens}}&#xA;  {\usebibmacro{citeindex}%&#xA;   \printtext[bibhyperref]{\usebibmacro{textcite}}}&#xA;  {\ifbool{cbx:parens}&#xA;     {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}}&#xA;     {}%&#xA;   \multicitedelim}&#xA;  {\usebibmacro{textcite:postnote}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that this code snipped is basically taken from &lt;a href=&quot;http://groups.google.com/group/comp.text.tex/browse_thread/thread/ad23e11b68dddcab&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; and adapted to biblatex v0.9b, i.e. the definitions for &lt;code&gt;\footcitetext&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\textcite&lt;/code&gt; are added resp. changed. (I also decided not to add hyperlinks for &lt;code&gt;\citeauthor&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\citeyear&lt;/code&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-13T22:15:23.740" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T22:15:23.740" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1691" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1696" CreationDate="2010-08-13T22:10:45.553" Score="5" ViewCount="187" Body="&lt;p&gt;(with apologies for the title)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've just entered the murky waters of trying to get one LaTeX file to write out something useful as it goes along.  In brief, I want my lecture LaTeX file to be able to write out a file that, upon LaTeX'ing, will give me the corresponding lesson plan.  So at the start of the (main) document I want to write out the header, then as the document progresses, I want to write out bits to go in the plan, then at the end it needs to write out a footer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is confusing me is &lt;em&gt;when&lt;/em&gt; writes happen.  The lecture file consists of lots and lots of lectures (it's a beamer file) and only one is produced upon LaTeX'ing, but one of the pieces of information that I want to write out is the lecture title and I keep getting the last lecture title.  I thought that maybe &lt;code&gt;\immediate&lt;/code&gt; would be the answer, but that really does mean &lt;strong&gt;immediate&lt;/strong&gt;.  What I want is to put the &lt;code&gt;\write&lt;/code&gt; in a macro in such a way that when the macro is called, the write is immediate (in particular, I want to hook it in to the lecture title page).  So the question is: how do I do that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm probably just missing something obvious, but whatever it is, I'm missing it!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(And for some reason, searching on google for 'latex write' doesn't help much.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-08-14T05:00:05.647" Title="What are the right rites to \write right now?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;write&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1692" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1691" CreationDate="2010-08-13T22:38:59.693" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Can you not just use \let to save the current title, and use it later to write to a file?  Another alternative would be to always use \immediate so that the chronology of typesetting is respected.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="170" LastActivityDate="2010-08-13T22:38:59.693" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1693" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1583" CreationDate="2010-08-13T23:53:05.723" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The commands &lt;code&gt;\savenotes&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\spewnotes&lt;/code&gt; from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/threeparttable.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;footnote&lt;/code&gt; package&lt;/a&gt; might help you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="704" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T02:22:46.267" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T02:22:46.267" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1694" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1290" CreationDate="2010-08-14T02:35:14.023" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Incidentally, this is a good trick to use when you have &quot;complicated&quot; numbers. Use &lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}{lr@{.}l}&#xA;Variable 1 &amp;amp; -2&amp;amp;35 \\ Variable 2 &amp;amp; 127&amp;amp;50*** ...&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &quot;.&quot; in the braces of &quot;@{.}&quot; uses a decimal point to separate columns 2 and 3 with no space. So you get -2.35 and 127.50*** aligned at the decimal points. This is difficult to do another way because the numbers are different orders of magnitude, one is negative, and one is marked as significant using stars.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="758" LastEditorUserId="758" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-15T00:08:29.993" LastActivityDate="2010-08-15T00:08:29.993" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="1695" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1691" CreationDate="2010-08-14T03:39:12.453" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One solution is to use &lt;code&gt;filecontents&lt;/code&gt; (CTAN).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="337" LastActivityDate="2010-08-14T03:39:12.453" />
  <row Id="1696" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1691" CreationDate="2010-08-14T05:00:05.647" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I guess I must not understand the question. What is wrong with:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\mywrite}[1]{\immediate\write\myoutputfile{#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Although I like to be a bit more complete and handle the fact that not all input files may be read on each compilation (due to &lt;code&gt;\includeonly&lt;/code&gt;) but you still want the complete lesson plan even if some parts live in the non-included files, also the user maybe want to switch off all file output via &lt;code&gt;\nofiles&lt;/code&gt;, or only wants to stop automatically updating the lesson plan so they can do some hand editing (here remove the &lt;code&gt;\makemyrecords&lt;/code&gt; line). I would also want to avoid putting spurious spaces in the document, so I would do it this way, modelled loosely after how &lt;code&gt;\makeindex&lt;/code&gt; works in latex:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ProvidesPackage{myrecords}%&#xA;          [2010/08/14 v0.01 my example record package (LSB)]&#xA;\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}&#xA;&#xA;\def\myrec@outputfileextension{.mrc}&#xA;\newcommand*{\myrec@write}[1]{}&#xA;&#xA;\def\myrec@verb{\expandafter\strip@prefix\meaning}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*{\makemyrecords}{%&#xA;    \newwrite\myrec@outfile&#xA;    \immediate\openout\myrec@outfile=\jobname\myrec@outputfileextension&#xA;    \typeout{Writing my records to file \jobname\myrec@outputfileextension}%&#xA;    \let\makemyrecords\@empty&#xA;    \renewcommand*{\myrec@write}[1]{\immediate\write\myrec@outfile{##1}}%&#xA;}&#xA;\@onlypreamble\makemyrecords&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*{\myrecord}[1]{%&#xA;    \@bsphack&#xA;    \if@filesw&#xA;        \immediate\write\@auxout{\string\myrecordentry{#1}}%&#xA;    \fi&#xA;    \@esphack&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*{\myliteral}[1]{%&#xA;    \@bsphack&#xA;    \if@filesw&#xA;        \def\@tempa{#1}&#xA;        \immediate\write\@auxout{%&#xA;            \string\myrecordentry{%&#xA;                \myrec@verb\@tempa}}%&#xA;    \fi&#xA;    \@esphack&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*{\mywritecurrenttitle}{&#xA;    \if@filesw&#xA;        \immediate\write\@auxout{\string\myrecordentry{%&#xA;            \string\lessonplanitem{\currenttitle}}}%&#xA;    \fi&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*{\myrecordentry}[1]{}&#xA;\AtEndDocument{%&#xA;    \renewcommand*{\myrecordentry}[1]{%&#xA;        \def\@tempa{#1}%&#xA;        \myrec@write{\myrec@verb\@tempa}%&#xA;}}&#xA;&#xA;\endinput&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I test this with what I imagine you have in mind (obviously you would want to wrap the \renewcommand{\currenttitle}\mywritecurrenttitle up with a command that generates the document sectioning, or put them in hooks provided by your document class). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{myrecords}&#xA;\makemyrecords&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\myliteral{&#xA;    \documentclass{lessonplan}&#xA;    \begin{document}}&#xA;\newcommand*{\currenttitle}{This is the title of lesson 1}&#xA;\mywritecurrenttitle&#xA;Lesson 1....&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand{\currenttitle}{This is the title of lesson 2}&#xA;\mywritecurrenttitle&#xA;Lesson 2.....&#xA;&#xA;\myliteral{\end{document}}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then, as expected, the lesson plan file looks like &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass {lessonplan} \begin {document}&#xA;\lessonplanitem {This is the title of lesson 1}&#xA;\lessonplanitem {This is the title of lesson 2}&#xA;\end {document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-08-14T05:00:05.647" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1697" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1700" CreationDate="2010-08-14T06:06:42.457" Score="10" ViewCount="275" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is probably going to sound like a strange request (trust me that there's a good reason for it), but is it possible to have LaTeX compile straight to an image file instead of to something like PDF, PostScript, or DVI? I know there are probably good ways to convert &lt;em&gt;those&lt;/em&gt; formats to an image instead, but I figured I would see if there was a more direct route.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some requirements:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The image format can be either PNG or JPG.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I'm not looking just for a single expression or something (I'm aware of tools like &lt;code&gt;tex2im&lt;/code&gt;). I want to compile an entire document.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;There should be one image for each page in the corresponding PDF, with the same resolution, margins, etc. It should be identical to just converting each page faithfully.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In case this turns out to be impossible for some reason, I would also be happy with a simple conversion routine to accomplish this with a PDF generated by &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="767" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-04T22:00:05.277" LastActivityDate="2010-09-04T22:00:05.277" Title="Compiling LaTeX straight to an image" Tags="&lt;compiling&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1698" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1697" CreationDate="2010-08-14T06:14:40.473" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You want the &lt;code&gt;preview&lt;/code&gt; package. For example, this is what I use for tikz:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\RequirePackage[active,tightpage]{preview}&#xA;\PreviewEnvironment{tikzpicture}&#xA;\setlength\PreviewBorder{1pt}%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can insert as many &lt;code&gt;tikzpicture&lt;/code&gt; env as you wish and each one appears on a single page with the page fit to the image.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="337" LastActivityDate="2010-08-14T06:14:40.473" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="1699" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1697" CreationDate="2010-08-14T06:40:21.670" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is not a way to get a PNG or JPG directly from LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My guess is you're attempting to make some web service where users enter LaTeX and get pictures as a result. If this is the case, there are many that do this already and I should caution you that it is unsafe to directly expose LaTeX to the internet. If this is not the case, ignore this graf.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-08-14T06:40:21.670" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="1700" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1697" CreationDate="2010-08-14T07:04:12.120" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Probably the best way is latex followed by dvipng. The main advantages over pdflatex followed by pdf2png are: it is faster; it can start working on the dvi while latex is still in the process of producing the dvi. It's optimized for producing screen-resolution antialiased images at maximum speed. If your foo.dvi has 4 pages then you get foo1.png foo2.png foo3.png foo4.png.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-08-14T07:04:12.120" />
  <row Id="1701" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1688" CreationDate="2010-08-14T07:29:46.503" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I define my own &lt;code&gt;oneshot&lt;/code&gt; environment in a private macro package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{oneshot}[1]{\@begintheorem{#1}{\unskip}}{\@endtheorem}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's how it's used:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{theorem}&#xA;\label{Th:wet}&#xA;The rain in Spain falls mainly on the plain.&#xA;\end{theorem}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{oneshot}{Theorem~\ref{Th:wet}}&#xA;Iberian precipitation primarily hits the flatlands.&#xA;\end{oneshot}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="105" LastActivityDate="2010-08-14T07:29:46.503" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1702" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1669" CreationDate="2010-08-14T12:13:14.330" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just save the counter and then restore it.  There's no reason to use packages for things like this. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\newcounter{tmpc}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;\item Foo&#xA;\setcounter{tmpc}{\theenumi}&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;&#xA;Foo&#xA;&#xA;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;\setcounter{enumi}{\thetmpc}&#xA;\item Foo&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="386" LastActivityDate="2010-08-14T12:13:14.330" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1703" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-14T12:26:50.823" Score="3" ViewCount="130" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I convert the old tex file below into a pdf?&#xA;I would very much like to know as I have a few other files that I would like to convert.&#xA;Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PS: I selected the shortest example I had to hand.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\hrule&#xA;\vskip 2cm&#xA;\centerline{\magtwotenrm Some reciprocal summation identities with &#xA;applications to the}&#xA;\centerline{\magtwotenrm Fibonacci and Lucas numbers}&#xA;&#xA;\vskip 1cm&#xA;&#xA;\centerline{\magonetenit Derek Jennings}&#xA;\centerline{\magonetenrm Faculty of Mathematics, University of Southampton,}&#xA;\centerline{\magonetenrm Southampton, Hampshire, SO17 1BJ, England.}&#xA;&#xA;\vskip 2cm&#xA;&#xA;\centerline{\magtwotenrm 1: Introduction} &#xA;\vskip 1cm &#xA;&#xA;\noindent In this arcticle we use theta functions and simple telescoping&#xA;of series to produce some reciprocal summation results for the Fibonacci&#xA;and Lucas numbers. The two results that we prove are the following:&#xA;\gap&#xA;{\noindent\bf Theorem 1}&#xA;$${\left( \sum_{n=1}^\infty {1 \over F_{2n-1}} \right)}^2 -&#xA;\sum_{n=1}^\infty {1 \over F_{2n-1}^2} = &#xA;2\sum_{n=1}^\infty {1 \over F_{4n-2}^2}$$&#xA;\gap&#xA;{\noindent\bf Theorem 2} &#xA;$$\sum_{n=1}^\infty {\left( {2^n \over L_{2^n} } \right)}^2 = {4 \over 5}$$&#xA;\gap&#xA;\noindent $F_n$ and $L_n$ are the Fibonacci and Lucas numbers respectively,&#xA;satisfying the usual recurrence $U_{n+1}=U_n+U_{n-1}$ where $F_0=0$, $F_1=1$,&#xA;$L_0=2$ and $L_1=1$.&#xA;\vskip 2cm&#xA;&#xA;\centerline{\magtwotenrm 2: Proof of Theorem 1} &#xA;\vskip 1cm&#xA;\noindent By simple series rearrangement we have &#xA;&#xA;$$\sum_{n=1}^\infty {q^{2n-1} \over (1+q^{2n-1})^2} = &#xA;\sum_{n=1}^\infty (-1)^{n-1}{ nq^n \over 1-q^{2n}}.$$&#xA;&#xA;\noindent Replacing $q$ by $q^2$ in the above then splitting the summation &#xA;over the odd and even numbers we obtain&#xA;&#xA;$$\eqalign{&#xA;\sum_{n=1}^\infty {q^{4n-2} \over (1+q^{4n-2})^2} &amp;amp;= &#xA;\sum_{n=1}^\infty (-1)^{n-1}{ nq^{2n} \over 1-q^{4n}} \cr&#xA;&amp;amp;= \sum_{n=1}^\infty (2n-1){q^{4n-2} \over 1-q^{8n-4}} -&#xA;2\sum_{n=1}^\infty {nq^{4n} \over 1-q^{8n}}. \cr }\eqno(1)$$&#xA;&#xA;\noindent Now a theorem originally due to Guass gives&#xA;&#xA;$$\sum_{n=1}^\infty (2n-1){q^{8n-4} \over 1-q^{16n-8}} =&#xA;{ \left\{ {1 \over 2} \theta_2(q^4) \right\} }^4$$&#xA;&#xA;\noindent where &#xA;&#xA;$$\theta_2(q) = \sum_{-\infty}^\infty q^{(n+1/2)^2} =&#xA;2q^{1/4} \prod_{n=1}^\infty(1-q^{2n})(1+q^{2n})^2.$$&#xA;&#xA;\noindent Therefore &#xA;&#xA;$$\sum_{n=1}^\infty (2n-1){q^{4n-2} \over 1-q^{8n-4}} = &#xA;{\left( \sum_{n=1}^\infty {q^{2n-1} \over 1+q^{4n-2} } \right)}^2,\eqno(2)$$&#xA;&#xA;\noindent using &#xA;&#xA;$$\theta_2(q^2)^2 = 4 \sum_{n=1}^\infty {q^{2n-1} \over 1+q^{4n-2} }.$$&#xA;&#xA;\noindent The last equality follows directly from equating the coefficient&#xA;of $x$ in (2) of {\bf [1]}.&#xA;&#xA;\noindent Also, by simple series rearrangement we have &#xA;&#xA;$$\sum_{n=1}^\infty { nq^n \over 1-q^{2n}} =&#xA;\sum_{n=1}^\infty {q^{2n-1} \over (1-q^{2n-1})^2},$$&#xA;&#xA;\noindent which on replacing $q$ by $q^4$ gives&#xA;&#xA;$$\sum_{n=1}^\infty { nq^{4n} \over 1-q^{8n}} =&#xA;\sum_{n=1}^\infty {q^{8n-4} \over (1-q^{8n-4})^2}.\eqno(3)$$&#xA;&#xA;\noindent Using (2) and (3) to substitute for the summations in the RHS of&#xA;(1) gives&#xA;&#xA;$$\sum_{n=1}^\infty {q^{4n-2} \over (1+q^{4n-2})^2}=&#xA;{\left( \sum_{n=1}^\infty {q^{2n-1} \over 1+q^{4n-2} } \right)}^2 -2&#xA;\sum_{n=1}^\infty {q^{8n-4} \over (1-q^{8n-4})^2}.\eqno(4)$$&#xA;&#xA;\noindent Setting $q=(1-\sqrt 5)/2$ in (4), and using the Binet form &#xA;$F_n = (\alpha^n - \beta^n)/(\alpha -\beta)$ of the Fibonacci numbers&#xA;($\alpha = (1+\sqrt 5)/2$, $\beta = (1-\sqrt 5)/2$) we obtain Theorem 1.&#xA;\vskip 2cm&#xA;&#xA;\centerline{\magtwotenrm 3: Proof of Theorem 2} &#xA;\vskip 1cm&#xA;\noindent Our starting point is the identity &#xA;&#xA;$${q \over (1+q)^2} + {4q^2 \over (1-q^2)^2 } = {q \over (1-q)^2}.$$&#xA;&#xA;\noindent This telescopes to&#xA;&#xA;$${q \over (1+q)^2} + {4q^2 \over (1+q^2)^2 } + {16q^4 \over (1-q^4)^2}&#xA;= {q \over (1-q)^2}$$&#xA;&#xA;\noindent and continuing the expansion process we arrive at&#xA;&#xA;$$\sum_{n=0}^\infty {2^{2n} q^{2^n} \over (1+q^{2^n})^2} = &#xA;{q \over (1-q)^2}.$$&#xA;&#xA;\noindent Now we put $q=(1-\sqrt 5)/2$ in the above identity and use the&#xA;Binet form of $L_n = \alpha^n + \beta^n$ of the Lucas numbers ($\alpha$,&#xA;$\beta$ as in section 2) to obtain Theorem 2.&#xA;\vskip 2cm&#xA;&#xA;\centerline{\magonetenrm References}&#xA;\vskip .75cm&#xA;\item{[1]} D.Jennings {\sl An identity for the Fibonacci and Lucas numbers}&#xA;Glasgow Math. J. {\bf 35} (1993) 381--384.&#xA;\vfill\eject&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="790" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-14T13:17:07.133" LastActivityDate="2010-08-14T13:30:35.823" Title="How do I create a pdf file from old tex code?" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;plain-tex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1704" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1676" CreationDate="2010-08-14T12:30:49.693" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Many professional fonts have dedicated glyphs for the copyright and registered symbols, so if you are using a font like that you can simply use those glyphs. Some of the fonts available for free with TeX include these symbols - I checked Palantino, Utopia and Charter, they all have them.  Most professional fonts I have seen have them. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The \copyright command defined in the TeXBook was a superposition of two characters, which is never going to look as good as a specifically-designed glyph. But copyright symbols are rare in mathematics publishing, apart from the copyright page, so it was probably a case of &quot;good enough&quot;, particularly because of the font limitations of early TeX.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="386" LastActivityDate="2010-08-14T12:30:49.693" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1705" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1703" CreationDate="2010-08-14T12:38:25.123" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would built a small LaTeX frame document for this purpose and use &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; to include such tex code.&#xA;Do know the definition of commands like &lt;code&gt;\magtwotenrm&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\magonetenit&lt;/code&gt; etc.? If you don't have it, define them by &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt;. These look like font declarations &lt;code&gt;\rm&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\it&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/plain&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;plain bundle&lt;/a&gt; contains files to use plain TeX code in LaTeX documents. So, together with Carls lines and plain.tex I could create a pdf document with this LaTeX code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\input{plain}&#xA;\font\magtwotenrm=cmr10 scaled\magstep2&#xA;\let\magonetenrm\rm&#xA;\let\magonetenit\it&#xA;\def\gap{\vskip16pt}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\input{file1}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course you could use pdftex instead if you just want to get a pdf. But if you would like to modify page dimensions or the content, you could go further with LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To convince that it works, heres the pdf output of that file: &lt;a href=&quot;http://texblog.net/pdf/main.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;main.pdf&lt;/a&gt;.&#xA;I still had to confirm some errors but the pdf has been produced. Now the formatting could be enhanced.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-14T13:30:35.823" LastActivityDate="2010-08-14T13:30:35.823" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="1706" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1710" CreationDate="2010-08-14T13:00:02.177" Score="5" ViewCount="410" Body="&lt;p&gt;My only knowledge of LaTeX is that it is a markup language that lets me concentrate on the structure of my document rather than its appearance. It uses tags similar to HTML.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My problem is that I've only experienced all that through reading tutorials and Wikipedia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How do I start using LaTeX on Windows XP? I have programming experience in Python and MATLAB. I would prefer to start out &quot;raw&quot; or low-level, without any WYSIWYG's, so that I can get my hands dirty and understand how it works. But any answers about WYSIWYG's would surely be helpful as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have just installed LyX, but I'm not sure if it fits my &quot;raw&quot; preference well enough.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="791" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-22T10:30:31.010" LastActivityDate="2010-08-22T10:30:31.010" Title="How do I get started with LaTeX on Windows XP?" Tags="&lt;installing&gt;&lt;windows&gt;&lt;lyx&gt;" AnswerCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1707" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1703" CreationDate="2010-08-14T13:02:17.010" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's a quick and dirty way. Put the following at the top of the file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\font\magtwotenrm=cmr10 scaled\magstep2&#xA;\let\magonetenrm\rm&#xA;\let\magonetenit\it&#xA;\def\gap{\vskip16pt}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then put &quot;\bye&quot; at the bottom of the file, and run it through pdftex.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &quot;mag&quot; commands were intended to change the size of the text, and you can redefine them to scale differently if you want. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="386" LastActivityDate="2010-08-14T13:02:17.010" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1708" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1706" CreationDate="2010-08-14T13:07:20.040" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You basically have to do three things&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Install &lt;a href=&quot;http://miktex.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;MikTeX&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Install &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texniccenter.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeXnicCenter&lt;/a&gt; (or another alternative &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/339/latex-editors-ides&quot;&gt;IDE&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Read some of the entry level &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/11/what-is-the-best-book-to-start-learning-latex&quot;&gt;guides and tutorials&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;LyX is definitely &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; “raw” level. It might sound too harsh, but I wouldn't recommend LyX for anything. Conceptually, there is really not much difference between LyX and Word, which could sound like an advantage but it's actually more like a flaw. LaTeX offers you a completely different way to “think” about documents, allowing you to clearly separate the format from the content of a document. Really, try the &lt;em&gt;real&lt;/em&gt; LaTeX, specially if you already are a programmer, you will be amazed by the power and the new perspective that it brings to you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-08-14T13:07:20.040" />
  <row Id="1709" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1706" CreationDate="2010-08-14T13:11:55.397" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;LyX may be a good way to entice users of Microsoft Word to structural markup, but it is inappropriate for a low-level LaTeX start.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My recommendation: Use &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/texworks/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeXworks&lt;/a&gt; as the editor of your choice - it combines an editor for &quot;raw&quot; LaTeX code with a preview window that shows the corresponding final output. Load the file &lt;code&gt;sample2e.tex&lt;/code&gt; which offers a selection of basic LaTeX commands, compile it, then play around with the code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-08-14T13:11:55.397" />
  <row Id="1710" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1706" CreationDate="2010-08-14T13:12:33.150" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's a very good decision to start with LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For working with it, you need a LaTeX distribution. You could choose between two:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/texlive/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX Live&lt;/a&gt; ist cross-platform and maintained by many people or&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://miktex.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;MiKTeX&lt;/a&gt; is very user-friendly, runs only on Windows and is maintained by one man.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Both distributions install &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/texworks/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeXworks&lt;/a&gt;, a cross-platform LaTeX editor. It's easy to use and not overloaded, so you are encouraged to learn LaTeX instead of learning buttons and toolbars. Start TeXworks and you're ready to go. It comes with an integrated pdf previewer supporting SyncTeX. That means: clicking somewhere in the output would get you to the corresponding line in the source code, and the other way round as well. That's very handy with large documents.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you prefer a more complex editor, you may try the outstanding &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texniccenter.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeXnicCenter&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.xm1math.net/texmaker/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Texmaker&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perhaps have a look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://texblog.net/latex-link-archive/distribution-editor-viewer/windows/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Distributions, Editors and Viewer for Windows&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;By the way, the new version 2.9 of MiKTeX is expected to be released this month, and TeX Live 2010 may be released at the end of August or in September. A &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/texlive/pretest.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pretest version&lt;/a&gt; is available.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-14T13:20:11.590" LastActivityDate="2010-08-14T13:20:11.590" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1712" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1715" CreationDate="2010-08-14T13:29:46.650" Score="5" ViewCount="161" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a revision string automatically saved to a file VERSION (it is the output of &lt;code&gt;git describe&lt;/code&gt; and usually looks like v2.2-19-g0a51c27), and define a command&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*\fileversion{\input{VERSION}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, each time the command is used, the file is read once. So if I put the command on every page, VERSION will be read many times (= number of pages).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Currently I use savebox to avoid this problem but unfortunately this can not pick up the surrounding formatting style, for example, if surrounding text is in footnotesize, the savebox still uses normal size.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I also tried &lt;code&gt;\edef\fileversion{\input{VERSION}}&lt;/code&gt; but somehow TeX gave me 'stack limit' error.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So my question is how to define a command that expands to the contents of VERSION and not \input{VERSION}.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="337" LastEditorUserId="337" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-14T13:57:09.033" LastActivityDate="2010-08-14T15:42:07.587" Title="Avoid inputting a file multiple times" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;revision-control&gt;&lt;input&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1713" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1714" CreationDate="2010-08-14T13:33:46.767" Score="10" ViewCount="482" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am just starting out with LaTeX on Windows XP, and I was advised to install MiKTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What would I get in the complete MiKTeX that isn't in basic MiKTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="791" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-19T05:58:01.503" LastActivityDate="2010-08-19T05:58:01.503" Title="What is the difference between the basic MiKTeX and the complete MiKTeX?" Tags="&lt;windows&gt;&lt;miktex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="1714" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1713" CreationDate="2010-08-14T13:37:50.453" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The basic MiKTeX installs a small set of packages. The complete one installs all of the ones that MiKTeX knows about. As MiKTeX can install packages 'on the fly', the main advantages of the complete install are &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;When using MiKTeX on a PC that is not always connected to the internet&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;For multi-user installations where it is best to ensure that a known set of packages are available.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are using your own PC and will be attached to the internet most of the time then you can happily use the basic installation and add packages 'as needed'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A bit more detail on multi-user systems. MiKTeX will install packages for each user separately, which is fine for a couple of people using a small set of packages, but would be bad for a system used by lots of people with very varying requirements. Hence for network-type installations a 'full' install or at least a bigger set of packages than the 'basic' is usually preferable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-08-14T13:37:50.453" />
  <row Id="1715" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1712" CreationDate="2010-08-14T14:02:20.503" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A solution in plain tex could be like this (assuming a one-line file)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newread\versionread&#xA;\immediate\openin\versionread = VERSION&#xA;\immediate\read\versionread to \fileversion&#xA;\immediate\closein\versionread&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A (much) sneakier definition of \fileversion is also possible if you are using the etex extensions (which is probably true these days):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;{\everyeof{\noexpand}\xdef\fileversion{\@@input VERSION }}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastEditorUserId="89" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-14T14:12:09.250" LastActivityDate="2010-08-14T14:12:09.250" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="1716" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1712" CreationDate="2010-08-14T14:07:02.053" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Expanding on what Taco has just posted, I'd go for&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*\fileversion{%&#xA;  \newread\myread&#xA;  \openin\myread=VERSION &#xA;  \read\myread to \fileversion&#xA;  \closein\myread&#xA;  \fileversion&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;as this will automatically redefine itself and print the version on first use.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-08-14T14:07:02.053" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="1717" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1712" CreationDate="2010-08-14T15:42:07.587" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am pretty sure you're using LuaTeX :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\edef\fileversion{%&#xA;  \directlua{&#xA;    local f = io.open('VERSION')&#xA;    tex.print(f:read())&#xA;    f:close()&#xA;}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="243" LastActivityDate="2010-08-14T15:42:07.587" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="1718" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1666" CreationDate="2010-08-14T16:18:04.430" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Essentially any font will work with LaTeX as a text font, you just have to set it up first. Math fonts are more trouble because they need more symbols. A list of free math fonts is at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/Free_Math_Font_Survey/survey.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/Free_Math_Font_Survey/survey.html&lt;/a&gt; . There are also commercial LaTeX font sets, including all math fonts, for Times (known as MathTime) and Lucida. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is also a program called XeTeX that is supposed to have very good support for fonts already installed on your computer. I haven't tried it, though. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="386" LastActivityDate="2010-08-14T16:18:04.430" />
  <row Id="1719" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-14T17:24:59.660" Score="5" ViewCount="115" Body="&lt;p&gt;In my document (KOMA script article) I use the &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt; package for code listings and the &lt;code&gt;caption&lt;/code&gt; package for additional control over captions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My problem is that some listings flow over multiple pages. When this occurs I would like to have something like &quot;Listing n, continued&quot;, or something to that effect at the start of each additional page --- so a contination caption.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know the captions package supports breaking up captions and doing the &quot;continued&quot; stuff, but am unsure how to get the listings package on board. Any ideas?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="753" LastActivityDate="2010-08-14T17:57:06.937" Title="Listings and continuation captions" Tags="&lt;captions&gt;&lt;listings&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1720" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1721" CreationDate="2010-08-14T17:38:59.547" Score="3" ViewCount="219" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi everyone,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I just found out about the &lt;code&gt;versions&lt;/code&gt; package here and am interested in using it to hide solutions in a problem set document. Recall that, to create versions block, in the preamble, you need&#xA;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{versions}&lt;br&gt;&#xA;\excludeversion{sol}&lt;br&gt;&#xA;%\includeversion{sol}&lt;/code&gt; &lt;br&gt;&#xA;and, in the document, &lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;code&gt;\begin{sol} ... \end{sol}&lt;/code&gt; &lt;br&gt;&#xA;Here, the blocks labeled &quot;sol&quot; will be excluded.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In my document, I define a new environment &quot;Solution&quot; as &lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{Solution}{\begin{sol} \\ \textbf{Solution: }}{\end{sol}}&lt;/code&gt; &lt;br&gt;&#xA;This construction works perfectly if I instruct LaTeX to include the &quot;sol&quot; blocks, but chokes if I try to exclude them. For example, the following code chokes and gives an &quot;Incomplete \iffalse&quot; error: &lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&lt;br&gt;&#xA;\usepackage{versions}&lt;br&gt;&#xA;\excludeversion{sol}&lt;br&gt;&#xA;%\includeversion{sol}&lt;br&gt;&#xA;\newenvironment{Solution}{&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  \begin{sol}\\ \textbf{Solution: }}{&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  \end{sol}}&lt;br&gt;&#xA;\begin{document}&lt;br&gt;&#xA;\section{Question 1}&lt;br&gt;&#xA;What is $2+2$?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;\begin{Solution}&lt;br&gt;&#xA;It is $2+2=4$.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;\end{Solution}&lt;br&gt;&#xA;\end{document}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I change the commenting and include &quot;sol&quot;, then this code works as expected. I'm guessing that there's something going on with the way that the versions package works. Any suggestions? Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="758" LastActivityDate="2010-08-14T17:45:59.393" Title="Using versions environment tags inside a new environment definition" Tags="&lt;environments&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1721" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1720" CreationDate="2010-08-14T17:45:59.393" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Don't use &lt;code&gt;\begin{sol} ... \end{sol}&lt;/code&gt; in the definition of the Solution environment.  &lt;code&gt;\begin ... \end&lt;/code&gt; blocks don't nest very well.  Rather, use &lt;code&gt;\sol ... \endsol&lt;/code&gt;.  Thus:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{versions}&#xA;\excludeversion{sol}&#xA;%\includeversion{sol}&#xA;\newenvironment{Solution}{&#xA;\sol\\ \textbf{Solution: }}{&#xA;\endsol}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section{Question 1}&#xA;What is $2+2$?&#xA;\begin{Solution}&#xA;It is $2+2=4$.&#xA;\end{Solution}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;works.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-08-14T17:45:59.393" />
  <row Id="1722" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1719" CreationDate="2010-08-14T17:57:06.937" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you don't find a ready-to-use feature here's an approach using the header: right before the long listing you could use \markboth to add the listings name to the header entry. No matter how long the (perhaps external) file is, the header would show the name, perhaps in addition to the section name.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you like this approach I could create an example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-14T17:57:06.937" />
  <row Id="1723" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="828" CreationDate="2010-08-14T23:03:38.033" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is some discussion along these lines in the TeXbook, appendix D (dirty tricks). For example, set &lt;code&gt;\vsize&lt;/code&gt; very small so the lines get sent one at a time to the output routine, which can process them and then send them back to the page builder for regular processing (with a normal value of &lt;code&gt;\vsize&lt;/code&gt; this time). Or, more close to your question, have the output routine write out notes to a file in a first pass, and process those notes on a second pass.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastEditorUserId="627" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-15T03:35:21.330" LastActivityDate="2010-08-15T03:35:21.330" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1724" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="674" CreationDate="2010-08-14T23:09:01.427" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Find a long paragraph with only 1 or 2 words on the last line, and say &lt;code&gt;\looseness=-1&lt;/code&gt; immediately after the last word of the paragraph, to ask tex to try to reset that paragraph a line shorter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-08-14T23:09:01.427" />
  <row Id="1725" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1726" CreationDate="2010-08-14T23:35:58.963" Score="13" ViewCount="314" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need to include some licensing information on the back cover of a free CC-licensed book. Instead of frankly mentioning the license (&quot;This work is licensed under CC-by-nc-sa, Google knows more&quot;), I'd like to have complete information about the rights it gives, i.e. comparable to what the license description says on their &lt;a href=&quot;http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/2.5/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;site&lt;/a&gt;, both images and text. I imagined the following to be in the code for that:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{creativecommons}&#xA;...&#xA;\license[2.5]{by-nc-sa}&#xA;...&#xA;% images only&#xA;\shortlicense[3.0]{by-nc-sa}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anyone know of a package that makes such licensing notices easier?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="267" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-11T22:34:14.933" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T15:51:50.690" Title="How do I generate Creative Commons license information?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;licensing&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="1726" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1725" CreationDate="2010-08-14T23:53:42.380" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For typesetting the Creative Commons licence logos you could use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/cclicenses&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;cclicenses&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-14T23:53:42.380" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1727" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1729" CreationDate="2010-08-15T00:06:43.180" Score="6" ViewCount="399" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a &lt;code&gt;scrbook&lt;/code&gt; document with an &lt;code&gt;openright&lt;/code&gt; option, i.e. every once in a while a blank left page appears in the document. Not that I really want to do this, but how could I include the infamous &quot;This page has been intentionally left blank&quot; in those blank pages cleanly, i.e. without too many hacks?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Bonus points for including a different famous quote on each blank page instead of the dull default ;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="267" LastActivityDate="2010-08-15T10:41:07.030" Title="How do I make pages which were &quot;intentionally left blank&quot;?" Tags="&lt;koma-script&gt;&lt;blank-page&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="1728" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1731" CreationDate="2010-08-15T00:42:37.600" Score="8" ViewCount="384" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to access environment variables from within a LaTeX document?&#xA;Suppose I define a variable in a batch file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;set MY_VAR=HelloWorld&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I programmatically print the string &quot;HelloWorld&quot; inside my LaTeX document, without resorting to creating a new source document with the string in it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="802" LastActivityDate="2010-08-15T07:05:19.337" Title="Accessing environment variables within a document" Tags="&lt;programming&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1729" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1727" CreationDate="2010-08-15T00:56:30.740" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could redefine &lt;code&gt;\cleardoublepage&lt;/code&gt;. Here's an example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[openright]{scrbook}&#xA;\newcommand*{\blankpage}{%&#xA;\vspace*{\fill}&#xA;\centering This page would be intentionally left blank if we would not wish to inform about that.&#xA;\vspace{\fill}}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand*{\cleardoublepage}{\clearpage\if@twoside \ifodd\c@page\else&#xA;\blankpage&#xA;\thispagestyle{empty}&#xA;\newpage&#xA;\if@twocolumn\hbox{}\newpage\fi\fi\fi}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Text&#xA;\chapter{First chapter}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\blankpage&lt;/code&gt; just prints what you like, both vertically and horizontally centered.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-15T00:56:30.740" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1730" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="674" CreationDate="2010-08-15T00:56:49.570" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a lot of math in your document? If you suspect that the blocks of displayed math are taking up too much space (and possibly interfering with natural column/page breaks), then you might want to try these tricks:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Reducing the font size of only the math environment block&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Allowing breaks within the math environment block&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To achieve this, you can define the following commands in the preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\startcompact}[1]{\par\vspace{-0.75em}\begin{#1}%&#xA;\allowdisplaybreaks\ignorespaces}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\stopcompact}[1]{\end{#1}\ignorespaces}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and use them in your document like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\startcompact{small} % or footnotesize, scriptsize, etc.&#xA;\begin{align}&#xA;E &amp;amp;= mc^2\\&#xA;a^2 + b^2 &amp;amp;= c^2&#xA;\end{align}&#xA;\stopcompact{small}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to allow breaks for &lt;em&gt;all&lt;/em&gt; displayed math blocks, you can just put &lt;code&gt;\allowdisplaybreaks&lt;/code&gt; in the preamble on its own;&#xA;then to prevent breaks across individual lines, simply use &lt;code&gt;\\*&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This approach works quite well for the IEEE templates.&#xA;(I would even argue that the compiled document looks better.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="802" LastEditorUserId="802" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-15T01:09:05.097" LastActivityDate="2010-08-15T01:09:05.097" />
  <row Id="1731" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1728" CreationDate="2010-08-15T01:20:19.503" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use the write18 feature. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\immediate\write18{echo $MY_VAR &amp;gt; var.tex}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\input{var}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Though, a file var.tex would be automatically created. You may have to enable the write18 feature, for instance by compiling with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;pdflatex --enable-write18 filename.tex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or configuring your editor accordingly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I just tested this example with the line&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\immediate\write18{kpsewhich -var-value=TEXMFHOME &amp;gt; var.tex}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and got &lt;code&gt;C:/Users/stefan/texmf&lt;/code&gt; as output in the pdf file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-15T01:20:19.503" />
  <row Id="1732" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-15T03:03:17.463" Score="8" ViewCount="518" Body="&lt;p&gt;In preparing a solutions manual for a textbook, I quite often wanted to place some text and an associated figure side-by-side as part of the solution. What I ended up doing was either using multicolumn mode or else (more often) a two-column table. The problem with the latter solution is that it required tuning to get the widths of the columns correct so that the entire thing looked right. What I'd like is a more automatic way to accomplish this. Specifically, I want two columns, with text in one and a figure in the other; I'd like the column containing the figure to be sized so that the figure just fits in the column, and the column containing the text to be left- and right-justified.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There was a somewhat related conversation in comp.text.tex recently (&quot;spring margin&quot;, Jun 8) in which someone suggested the memoir class with \leftspringright, but at a quick read that didn't seem to actually do what I'd like.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any suggestions?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is an example. The following tex:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$\,$\newline  &#xA;\begin{tabular}{m{2.8in}m{3.2in}}  &#xA;The point on the unit circle associated with $-13\pi/3$ is  &#xA;$(1/2,-\sqrt{3}/2)$, so  &#xA;\[  &#xA;  \cot (-13\pi/3) = -1/\sqrt{3}=-\sqrt{3}/3.  &#xA;\]  &#xA;&amp;amp;  &#xA;\begin{center}  &#xA;\includegraphics[scale=0.75]{1_3_13.pdf}  &#xA;\end{center}  &#xA;\end{tabular}  &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;generates the following pdf snippet:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ndbcW.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&#xA;The document has several hundred such images, and different spacing is required in general depending on the size of the image so as not to exceed the right margin.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My preamble looks like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[twoside]{book} &#xA;\usepackage[margin=1in,twoside]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr} &#xA;\usepackage{amstext}&#xA;\usepackage{amsthm}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\usepackage{multicol}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;so I'm not using anything particularly unusual.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="76" LastEditorUserId="76" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-09T12:24:32.937" LastActivityDate="2010-09-12T11:51:00.967" Title="Autosizing two-column layouts" Tags="&lt;two-column&gt;" AnswerCount="6" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1733" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1734" CreationDate="2010-08-15T03:24:10.517" Score="6" ViewCount="468" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to align multiple underbraces so that they sit on the same horizontal line?&#xA;For example, the following code&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[&#xA;\biggl(&#xA;\underbrace{0,1}_{A}, &#xA;\underbrace{\frac{1}{2},\frac{1}{3}}_{B}&#xA;\biggr)&#xA;\]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;produces this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/E05iq.png&quot; alt=&quot;underbraces&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I would like &quot;A&quot; and &quot;B&quot; to be on the same line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="802" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-15T14:14:15.383" LastActivityDate="2010-08-15T14:14:15.383" Title="Adjusting vertical alignment of underbraces" Tags="&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;&lt;braces&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="1734" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1733" CreationDate="2010-08-15T04:05:47.670" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To align the braces and the text&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[&#xA;\biggl(&#xA;\underbrace{\vphantom{\frac{1}{2},\frac{1}{3}}0,1}_{A},&#xA;\underbrace{\frac{1}{2},\frac{1}{3}}_{B}&#xA;\biggr)&#xA;\]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or to align the text only&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[&#xA;\biggl(&#xA;\mathop{\vphantom{\underbrace{\frac{1}{2},\frac{1}{3}}}\underbrace{0,1}}_{A},&#xA;\underbrace{\frac{1}{2},\frac{1}{3}}_{B}&#xA;\biggr)&#xA;\]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-08-15T04:05:47.670" />
  <row Id="1735" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="741" CreationDate="2010-08-15T06:02:41.537" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you are using an article you can use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pagenumbering{Roman} &#xA;\pagenumbering{arabic} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="795" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-21T16:18:02.423" LastActivityDate="2010-11-21T16:18:02.423" />
  <row Id="1736" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1737" CreationDate="2010-08-15T06:09:43.343" Score="9" ViewCount="437" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using &lt;code&gt;titlepage&lt;/code&gt; to create a title/abstract page for a paper, and I don't want a page number to appear, so I use the following fragment:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{titlepage}&#xA;\clearpage\thispagestyle{empty}&#xA;  \maketitle&#xA;&#xA;\begin{abstract}&#xA;&#xA;\end{abstract}&#xA;&#xA;\end{titlepage}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;inside a default article class. While the page number resets correctly (so the second page is labelled '1'), the page number '1' still appears on the first page. I'm sure there's some obvious mistake I'm making here, and would be grateful for some help. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="103" LastActivityDate="2010-08-15T06:52:14.690" Title="removing page number for title page" Tags="&lt;titlepage&gt;&lt;page-numbering&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1737" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1736" CreationDate="2010-08-15T06:42:08.540" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\maketitle&lt;/code&gt; sets the page style to &lt;code&gt;plain&lt;/code&gt;, so you need to move &lt;code&gt;\thispagestyle{empty}&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;em&gt;after&lt;/em&gt; &lt;code&gt;\maketitle&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;\clearpage\maketitle&#xA;\thispagestyle{empty}&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="226" LastActivityDate="2010-08-15T06:42:08.540" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1739" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1728" CreationDate="2010-08-15T06:56:24.337" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A LuaTeX solution:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\edef \myvar{%&#xA;   \directlua{&#xA;     tex.sprint(os.getenv('MY_VAR'))&#xA;}}&#xA;&#xA;\myvar&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="243" LastEditorUserId="243" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-15T07:05:19.337" LastActivityDate="2010-08-15T07:05:19.337" />
  <row Id="1740" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1732" CreationDate="2010-08-15T07:42:15.847" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I suspect that &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/LaTeX/Tables#The_tabularx_package_-_simple_column_stretching&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tabularx&lt;/a&gt; (also available within memoir) might be able to handle this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Something like this might be the basis for a solution:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{Xc}&#xA;Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. &#xA;Maecenas in felis sapien. &#xA;&amp;amp; \fbox{\parbox[t]{2cm}{Simulated Figure}}&#xA;\end{tabularx}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{Xc}&#xA;Phasellus consectetur, sapien nec mollis euismod, &#xA;sapien sapien posuere justo, nec elementum sapien nisl vitae metus. &#xA;Ut nisl lacus, tincidunt eget fringilla eget, eleifend sit amet ipsum. &#xA;&amp;amp; \fbox{\parbox[t]{4cm}{Simulated Figure}}&#xA;\end{tabularx}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The segment &lt;code&gt;\fbox{\parbox[t]{4cm}{Simulated Figure}}&lt;/code&gt; stands in place of your figures.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There may be problems with this, depending on the exact nature of your figure. If you'd like to post an example, we may be able to help you better.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="344" LastActivityDate="2010-08-15T07:42:15.847" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1741" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1727" CreationDate="2010-08-15T07:54:51.857" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/memoir/memman.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;memoir&lt;/a&gt; has \cleartooddpage (and \cleartoevenpage) which do just this. Paraphrased from the manual:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A likely example for the optional&#xA;  argument is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\cleartooddpage[\vspace*{\fill}   &#xA;THIS&#xA;PAGE ACCIDENTALLY PRINTED&#xA;ON   &#xA;\vspace*{\fill}]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;which will put ‘THIS PAGE ACCIDENTALLY PRINTED ON’ in the centre of any potential skipped&#xA;  (empty) even numbered page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="344" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-15T10:41:07.030" LastActivityDate="2010-08-15T10:41:07.030" />
  <row Id="1742" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-15T09:14:12.540" Score="13" ViewCount="362" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to automatically &quot;add&quot; &lt;code&gt;\left&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\right&lt;/code&gt; commands in front of all brackets? The source code should be left intact, but LaTeX should interpret every pair of brackets as if they were preceded by such commands. This is because adding &lt;code&gt;\left&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\right&lt;/code&gt; commands is time consuming and makes source code longer and less readable. I considered defining new commands such as &lt;code&gt;\lb&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\rb&lt;/code&gt; for &lt;code&gt;\left(&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\right)&lt;/code&gt;, but it doesn't seem very elegant to me: what if I also want to add square brackets for example?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any ideas? Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="808" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-15T09:20:33.687" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T17:12:42.710" Title="Automatic left and right commands" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;brackets&gt;" AnswerCount="4" FavoriteCount="6" />
  <row Id="1743" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1762" CreationDate="2010-08-15T09:16:52.523" Score="4" ViewCount="199" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using the gfsneohellenic for my paper (which is in English). I load it using:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[LGR,T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[default]{gfsneohellenic}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Everything works fine except for capital greek letters! In other words when I use $\Lambda$ instead of using the corresponding lambda in the neohellenic package LaTeX uses Lambda from computer modern! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is really annoying since computer modern looks quite different from neohellenic and the inconsistency makes my paper look very ugly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="809" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-28T23:34:28.063" LastActivityDate="2010-11-28T23:34:28.063" Title="How do I get a proper mathematical \Lambda when using gfsneohellenic?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;greek&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="1744" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1742" CreationDate="2010-08-15T09:21:33.297" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;I'm leaving this answer up for “academic purposes” but, consider &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1742/automatic-left-and-right-commands/1765#1765&quot;&gt;Lev Bishop's&lt;/a&gt; answer for an easier solution than mine.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Over the years I've evolved my own solution which I think turned out quite nice. It gives you a command which you can call like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newdelimcommand{parens}{(}{)}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which in turn will define for you a &lt;code&gt;\parens&lt;/code&gt; command which you can then use as &lt;code&gt;\parens{thing}&lt;/code&gt; to produce something like &lt;code&gt;(thing)&lt;/code&gt; where, moreover, the parenthesis automatically resize. In fact you can use the command in three different ways&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\parens{thing}       % automatic resize&#xA;\parens*{thing}      % no resize&#xA;\parens[big]{thing}  % use the specified size&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the latter option you can use &lt;code&gt;auto&lt;/code&gt; (the default), &lt;code&gt;base&lt;/code&gt; (no resize), or one of the sizes: &lt;code&gt;big&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;Big&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;bigg&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;Bigg&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Furthermore, inside of &lt;code&gt;thing&lt;/code&gt; you can use the commands &lt;code&gt;\ldelim&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\rdelim&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;\mdelim&lt;/code&gt; to create even more delimiters with the appropriate size selected by the given options. This allows, for example, to use &lt;code&gt;\mdelim&lt;/code&gt; to automagically resize a “middle” bar. (See example at the end of the code).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For this to work you have to drop the following code in a .sty file and include it in your main .tex file with &lt;code&gt;\usepackage&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\RequirePackage{amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;% delim sizing options&#xA;\let\delim@autol\left  \let\delim@autor\right \let\delim@autom\middle&#xA;\let\delim@basel\relax \let\delim@baser\relax \let\delim@basem\relax&#xA;\let\delim@bigl\bigl   \let\delim@bigr\bigr   \let\delim@bigm\big&#xA;\let\delim@Bigl\Bigl   \let\delim@Bigr\Bigr   \let\delim@Bigm\Big&#xA;\let\delim@biggl\biggl \let\delim@biggr\biggr \let\delim@biggm\bigg&#xA;\let\delim@Biggl\Biggl \let\delim@Biggr\Biggr \let\delim@Biggm\Bigg&#xA;&#xA;% default definitions&#xA;\newcommand\ldelim{\relax}&#xA;\newcommand\rdelim{\relax}&#xA;\newcommand\mdelim{\relax}&#xA;&#xA;% the actual command&#xA;\newcommand\delim@command[4]{{%   #1 size #2 ldelim #3 rdelim #4 content&#xA;  \def\ldelim{\csname delim@#1l\endcsname}%&#xA;  \def\rdelim{\csname delim@#1r\endcsname}%&#xA;  \def\mdelim{\csname delim@#1m\endcsname}%&#xA;  \ldelim#2#4\rdelim#3}}&#xA;&#xA;% a factory to define new delimiter commands&#xA;\newcommand{\newdelimcommand}[3]{% #1 name #2 ldelim #3 rdelim&#xA;  \expandafter\newcommand\csname delim@#1@st\endcsname[1]{% ##1 content&#xA;    \delim@command{base}{#2}{#3}{##1}}%&#xA;  \expandafter\newcommand\csname delim@#1@ns\endcsname[2][auto]{%&#xA;    % ##1 size ##2 content&#xA;    \delim@command{##1}{#2}{#3}{##2}}%&#xA;  \expandafter\DeclareRobustCommand\csname#1\endcsname{%&#xA;    \@ifstar{\csname delim@#1@st\endcsname}{\csname delim@#1@ns\endcsname}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% syntactically named delimiters&#xA;\newdelimcommand{braces}{\lbrace}{\rbrace}&#xA;\newdelimcommand{angles}{\langle}{\rangle}&#xA;\newdelimcommand{verts}{\lvert}{\rvert}&#xA;\newdelimcommand{Verts}{\lVert}{\rVert}&#xA;\newdelimcommand{brackets}{[}{]}&#xA;&#xA;% semantically named delimiters&#xA;\newcommand{\set}{\braces}&#xA;\newcommand{\abs}{\verts}&#xA;\newcommand{\size}{\verts}&#xA;\newcommand{\norm}{\Verts}&#xA;\newcommand{\tuple}{\angles}&#xA;&#xA;% Automagic `such that' for set comprehension. Inside an automagic&#xA;% delimiter command, the vertical bar will resize appropriately&#xA;% Example:&#xA;%   \set{ x \in W \st x &amp;gt; 0 }&#xA;\newcommand{\st}{\;\mdelim\vert\;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've been thinking to eventually release this (and other bits of code) as a proper style file. But for the time being here it is for you to copy&amp;amp;paste. :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-07T17:12:42.710" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T17:12:42.710" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1745" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1743" CreationDate="2010-08-15T09:32:10.723" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to the package documentation you should load &lt;code&gt;cmbright&lt;/code&gt; as well as &lt;code&gt;gfsneohellenic&lt;/code&gt;. Did you try something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{cmbright}&#xA;\usepackage[default]{gfsneohellenic}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\[ \Lambda = \lambda \]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-08-15T09:32:10.723" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1746" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="553" CreationDate="2010-08-15T09:50:37.260" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Since my files nowdays are UTF-8 I need this for some UTF-8 chars.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="795" LastActivityDate="2010-08-15T09:50:37.260" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-15T09:50:37.260" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1747" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="553" CreationDate="2010-08-15T09:53:58.347" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To use the palatino font (it's just a nice looking font)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{palatino}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update&lt;/strong&gt;: &#xA;To use palatino style fonts today apparently you should use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[sc]{mathpazo}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="795" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-10T14:49:09.407" LastActivityDate="2010-10-10T14:49:09.407" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-15T09:53:58.347" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="1748" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="553" CreationDate="2010-08-15T09:57:03.240" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To make sure you have ISO formated dates (YYYY-MM-DD).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[english]{isodate}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{datetime}&#xA;\renewcommand{\dateseparator}{-}&#xA;\newcommand{\todayiso}{\the\year \dateseparator \twodigit\month \dateseparator \twodigit\day}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="795" LastActivityDate="2010-08-15T09:57:03.240" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-15T09:57:03.240" />
  <row Id="1749" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1742" CreationDate="2010-08-15T09:59:11.133" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use the following newcommands:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\of}[1]{\left(#1\right)}&#xA;\newcommand{\off}[1]{\left[#1\right]}&#xA;\newcommand{\offf}[1]{\left\{#1\right\}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hence, in the text, &lt;code&gt;f\of{x}&lt;/code&gt; will appear as &lt;code&gt;f(x)&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;M\ast\offf{g\off{x}+h\off{x}}&lt;/code&gt; will appear as &lt;code&gt;M*{g[x]+h[x]}&lt;/code&gt;, etc. with the &lt;code&gt;\left&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\right&lt;/code&gt; commands automatically built-in.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="810" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-02T01:14:27.760" LastActivityDate="2010-09-02T01:14:27.760" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1750" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1757" CreationDate="2010-08-15T10:32:00.277" Score="6" ViewCount="348" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to attach a footnote to each author of a paper and write that their research was supported by different grants. How do I do that? Simply &quot;\footnote&quot; after each author does not work!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-16T05:38:34.203" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T08:37:18.280" Title="How to write a footnnote attached to the author in a LaTeX paper?" Tags="&lt;footnotes&gt;&lt;amsart&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1751" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1750" CreationDate="2010-08-15T10:33:07.157" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think the command you're looking for is &lt;code&gt;\thanks&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\title{My great paper}&#xA;\author{One author\thanks{some info}, Another author\thanks{more info}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-08-15T10:33:07.157" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="1752" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="940" CreationDate="2010-08-15T11:07:27.523" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Some computer programmers use it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Layout from content is separated&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;It's pure text so you can use you favourite editor (like vim).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Makefile can be used bind it together&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Easy to create LaTeX files with scripts.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;More or less, as a programmer you can reuse a lot of tools... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="795" LastActivityDate="2010-08-15T11:07:27.523" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-25T15:10:49.093" />
  <row Id="1753" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1742" CreationDate="2010-08-15T11:09:43.087" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Adding \left and \right to all delimiters is difficult and likely not to yield the desired result in many places. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/nath&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;nath&lt;/a&gt; package aims at making \left and right obsolete. From the readme:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;delimiters adapt their size to the material enclosed, rendering \left and \right almost obsolete.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="565" LastActivityDate="2010-08-15T11:09:43.087" />
  <row Id="1754" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-15T11:19:41.710" Score="1" ViewCount="110" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I use TexniCentre and Miktex 2.8 in Windows XP. I would like to typeset Tamil text, and so far I've been unsuccessful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please suggest me a working TeX/LaTex/variants setup for Tamil language.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks for any help in advance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-16T05:47:16.867" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T05:47:16.867" Title="Tamil Tex in windows" Tags="&lt;windows&gt;&lt;tamil&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1755" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="161" CreationDate="2010-08-15T11:30:52.937" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To do this I don't use a LaTeX package, but I play with a Makefile and some simple shell scripts. (But that also mean that this is a Unix/Linux/Cygwin hack).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Add something like this a Makefile&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;SVN_INFO=svn.info.tex&#xA;svninfo: &#xA;    $(shell svn info &amp;gt; $(SVN_INFO) )&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then add something like this in a .tex file&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section{SVN info}&#xA;{\scriptsize \verbatiminput{svn.info.tex}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Maybe with a check so you don't get a error if you don't want to include this svn info.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\IfFileExists{svn.info.tex}&#xA;{&#xA;    .....&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This can be changed to include some kind of diff if you rather would like that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Add something like this in your Makefile to include a diff between the current version and verison 40.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;DIFF_INFO=diff.info.tex&#xA;DIFF_REV=40&#xA;diffinfo:&#xA;    $(shell svn diff --revision $(DIFF_REV) $(NAME).tex &amp;gt; $(DIFF_INFO) )&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then add something like this to your .tex.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\IfFileExists{diff.info.tex}&#xA;{&#xA;    \newpage&#xA;    \begin{landscape}&#xA;    \section{Diff}&#xA;    {\scriptsize \verbatiminput{diff.info.tex}}&#xA;    \end{landscape}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And this can then be enhanced with whatever shell scripts you feel like, &#xA;so I don't see any problem doing more or less the same for other systems like git.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;/Have fun&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="795" LastEditorUserId="795" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-15T11:36:56.383" LastActivityDate="2010-08-15T11:36:56.383" />
  <row Id="1756" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-15T11:43:30.393" Score="18" ViewCount="1103" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have heard a lot about LaTeX, but never used it myself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is mainly used for typesetting professional research papers. But I am not writing research papers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is LaTeX for me? If yes, why should I be shifting from OpenOffice to LaTeX? What does LaTeX offer to normal users who use word processing softwares to make reports of all kinds?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="813" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-17T18:28:19.607" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T11:45:10.640" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-19T12:23:31.780" Title="Why should I use LaTeX?" Tags="&lt;latex-general&gt;" AnswerCount="10" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="5" />
  <row Id="1757" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1750" CreationDate="2010-08-15T11:55:49.770" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If your document class is &lt;code&gt;amsart&lt;/code&gt; then the syntax is a bit different&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{amsart}&#xA;&#xA;\title{My great paper}&#xA;&#xA;\author{Fist author}&#xA;\thanks{The first author wants to thank someone.}&#xA;&#xA;\author{Second author}&#xA;\thanks{The second author wants to thank someone else.}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that in the &lt;code&gt;\thanks&lt;/code&gt; command you have to explicitly mention which information corresponds to which author, since no footnote “marks” will be printed with the acknowledgements. This is apparently the preferred style for AMS as discussed for example at the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.springerlink.com/content/v021433762012757/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;The AMS article document class&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-08-15T11:55:49.770" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1758" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1756" CreationDate="2010-08-15T11:57:57.910" Score="15" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are bound to be several answers to this question, and different aspects that people highlight. I'll try to list a few. There are a number of webpages with detail on the reasons to use LaTeX: I'll highlight a few.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;LaTeX is a typesetting system, not a word processor. LaTeX uses source code to generate a document: you edit one file and typeset it to a generate the output (usually PDF nowadays). This is in contrast to a word processor, where you edit the text as it appears. For a critique of word processors, look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://ricardo.ecn.wfu.edu/~cottrell/wp.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://ricardo.ecn.wfu.edu/~cottrell/wp.html&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;LaTeX does things that word processors do not do but that well-designed published material does do. For example, LaTeX uses a hyphenation algorithm which generates well-spaced out justified paragraphs. It also uses ligatures where applicable, which means that letters which 'go together' look better than if the letter design is all done separately. See for example &lt;a href=&quot;http://nitens.org/taraborelli/latex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://nitens.org/taraborelli/latex&lt;/a&gt; for more details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;LaTeX is intended to focus on document structure rather than appearance. Of course, some set up is needed to get the correct appearance, but once it is done most of the source you write is focused on structure. For example, there are commands such as &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt; for document structure rather than making everything bold, italic or whatever. This structured approach helps when you want to do things that are repetitive, as the formatting is always taken care of 'behind the scenes'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are a large number of add-ons to LaTeX (called packages) that are designed to help with particular tasks. Many of these have an academic focus but this is not true of every package. For example, the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/datatool&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;datatool&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package can be used to do mail-merging from a list of names and addresses, which is common for business documents.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-15T12:03:13.420" LastActivityDate="2010-08-15T12:03:13.420" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-19T12:23:31.780" />
  <row Id="1759" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1756" CreationDate="2010-08-15T12:01:28.557" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Regarding the benefits of LaTeX, some in short:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;LaTeX provides very high quality and is extremely customizable.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;It's extremely stable, no matter how complex the documents are.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;It's free and Open Source, we can study and improve everything as we do on this site.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;LaTeX is portable concerning its implementation, your document source and its output -- all is cross-platform.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;It provides a logical approach do create documents instead of a physical, enhancing consistency.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Your document is safe because the file format is open and there's no virus threat.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you have questions to any of this points, don't hesitate to ask.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-15T12:01:28.557" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-19T12:23:31.780" />
  <row Id="1760" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1756" CreationDate="2010-08-15T12:16:21.937" Score="22" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Superficially, one of the advantages of LaTeX over other more traditional systems (e.g. Word or OpenOffice) is the &lt;strong&gt;high typographical quality of the documents&lt;/strong&gt; that you'll be able to produce. This is particularly true for documents that are heavy on mathematics, but documents for &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/940/what-professions-use-tex-latex-besides-cs&quot;&gt;any other area&lt;/a&gt; could also take advantage of these qualities.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A less obvious advantage, but much more important, is that LaTeX allows you to &lt;strong&gt;clearly separate the &lt;em&gt;content&lt;/em&gt; from the &lt;em&gt;format&lt;/em&gt; of your document&lt;/strong&gt;. As a writer (scientist, researcher or not), this gives you the opportunity to focus on the “what”, the creative part of your work, rather than the “how” is it going to look printed out in paper (that is the work of LaTeX document class designers).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, &lt;strong&gt;you shouldn't use LaTeX&lt;/strong&gt; if&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;You don't have time to learn it.&lt;/strong&gt; Unlike other traditional systems, LaTeX does take&#xA;some time to learn. There are of course &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/11/what-is-the-best-book-to-start-learning-latex&quot;&gt;many guides and tutorials&lt;/a&gt; that can&#xA;help you with this, but don't try to learn LaTeX if you have, say, less than 24 hours&#xA;to prepare a manuscript.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Your document is already written.&lt;/strong&gt; Say, if you have already&#xA;written your thesis in Word, there isn't much point in trying to “convert” your&#xA;document to LaTeX. You can do it, but the results won't be pretty. LaTeX isn’t just another&#xA;“format” to store documents, it's a “system” to help you write those documents.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;What you care about &lt;em&gt;is&lt;/em&gt; the design of the document.&lt;/strong&gt; If you &lt;em&gt;do&lt;/em&gt; care about creating&#xA;your own designs for your documents (rather than the content), LaTeX is perhaps not&#xA;the best system for you. There are a number of packages (perhaps most&#xA;notably &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/memoir.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;memoir&lt;/a&gt;) that allow you to customize the look of your document, but things&#xA;are not always straightforward. Having said that, if you &lt;em&gt;are&lt;/em&gt; a designer, of course&#xA;we would welcome your help in designing new document classes and templates!&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-26T11:45:10.640" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T11:45:10.640" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-19T12:23:31.780" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1761" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1756" CreationDate="2010-08-15T12:21:09.977" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;plain text&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;programmability&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;highest-quality&lt;/code&gt; output are what make me use LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I used to think that for short one-off documents, word processors are better. But since having a wiki live right inside my text editor (I use &lt;a href=&quot;http://orgmode.org&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;orgmode&lt;/a&gt;), this is no longer the case. That is one can use LaTeX as the backend and use wiki markup as the input language.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="337" LastActivityDate="2010-08-15T12:21:09.977" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-19T12:23:31.780" />
  <row Id="1762" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1743" CreationDate="2010-08-15T12:24:36.533" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could redefine &lt;code&gt;\Lambda&lt;/code&gt; to use gfsneohellenic:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[default]{gfsneohellenic}&#xA;\usepackage[greek,english]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\let\CMLambda\Lambda&#xA;\newcommand*{\gfs}[2]{\renewcommand*{#1}{\mathalpha{\text{%&#xA;  \selectlanguage{greek}\textneohellenic{#2}}}}}&#xA;\gfs{\Lambda}{L}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{ll}&#xA;  Neohellenic text: &amp;amp; {\selectlanguage{greek}\textneohellenic{L}} \\&#xA;  Neohellenic math: &amp;amp; $\Lambda$ \\&#xA;  Computer Modern:  &amp;amp; $\CMLambda$&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I saved the original Computer Modern &lt;code&gt;\Lambda&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;\CMLambda&lt;/code&gt;. This way it's still accessible for comparing. Here's the output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/IXUII.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For convenience, here's the an example font table of gfshellenic:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/JWhLG.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I created it using this code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fonttable}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\fonttable{gneohellenicrg6r}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Replace &lt;code&gt;gneohellenicrg6r&lt;/code&gt; by &lt;code&gt;cmr9&lt;/code&gt; to see a Roman table. This might help you to get the correspondence that you asked for in your comments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-16T12:32:33.843" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T12:32:33.843" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="1763" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1756" CreationDate="2010-08-15T12:35:57.817" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;With LaTeX, you have the option to control &quot;content&quot; and &quot;presentation&quot; separate. And you should.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You might compare it to HTML+CSS in a modern webpage: the content is stored in the HTML file (pretty much everything after \begin{document}), with style tags that control what's the name of the format for the specific element, and CSS (the preamble), where you &lt;em&gt;define&lt;/em&gt; the styles that will render your document the way you want it - with these font shapes and sizes, with such and such margins, footnotes, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This way, if you decide at a later stage to reformat your document (e.g. different figure caption styles, changed headers and numbering) you would only change this in one place --- in the preamble. All occurrences of the corresponding styles will change automatically.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's not that you can't do the same in Word or OpenOffice.org, but in these programs it's easier (and pretty much the norm) to get sloppy and just do quick manual formatting with a shortcut instead of using proper style definitions and formatting for all your document elements.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you've ever struggled formatting a document for two or more printing medias (e.g. two journals with specific stylistic guidelines) or paper formats. If you've ever written anything over 50 pages (think master thesis), and you remember your frustration making  everything &quot;just right&quot; --- like table of contents, index, figure and equation numbering, references --- you'd be reborn with LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="711" LastActivityDate="2010-08-15T12:35:57.817" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-19T12:23:31.780" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1764" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="940" CreationDate="2010-08-15T12:54:39.943" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nobody mentioned engineers --- everybody from my research group (optimization-driven design) is using LaTeX for all our publications, reports, compendiums, lab assignments, etc., despite the fact we're pretty much Microsoft shop up here. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some journals in the field, however, started accepting .doc or .odf files as well, much to my frustration. But as long as LaTeX is an option, no way we're switching to something else.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="711" LastActivityDate="2010-08-15T12:54:39.943" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-25T15:10:49.093" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1765" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1742" CreationDate="2010-08-15T12:58:33.800" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\DeclarePairedDelimiter&lt;/code&gt; command from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/mathtools&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;mathtools&lt;/a&gt; is useful. For example defining an absolute value macro;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclarePairedDelimiter\abs{\lvert}{\rvert}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;gives also a starred version with &lt;code&gt;\left&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\right&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\abs*{\frac{a}{b}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and the unstarred version takes an optional argument that can be &lt;code&gt;\big&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\Big&lt;/code&gt;, etc&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\abs[\Bigg]{\frac{a}{b}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-08-15T12:58:33.800" />
  <row Id="1766" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="553" CreationDate="2010-08-15T13:03:40.093" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I can't live without &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt; --- pretty-printing (colours, formatting and all) algorithms and code is indispensable --- in pretty much any programming languages and dialects under the sun. Plus, I can import a source file directly from the repository, and the latest version will be automatically rendered.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="711" LastActivityDate="2010-08-15T13:03:40.093" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-15T13:03:40.093" />
  <row Id="1767" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="64" CreationDate="2010-08-15T13:15:28.317" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is nothing wrong with Makefiles, the magic is to understand the dependency chain that exist so make don't rerun everything all the time and when he reruns he does this in the right order.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How about a simple example with table of context, that is stored in a .toc file. &#xA;So just add .toc as a dependency in the Makefile, &#xA;that way it will run twice the first time but only once the following times.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;NAME=MyTestFile&#xA;&#xA;pdf: $(NAME).toc&#xA;    pdflatex $(NAME).tex&#xA;&#xA;$(NAME).toc: &#xA;    pdflatex -draftmode $(NAME).tex &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And when it is time to to a final version make sure you do a &quot;clean&quot; so everything builds and links together in a correct way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update&lt;/strong&gt;:&#xA;After reading you question (and comment), I will change my answer to. &#xA;There is nothing wrong with makefiles but it is not the most optimal solution for all people in all circumstances. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you don't plan to add some command line magic in your makefile and never plan to script anything at all maybe the makefile method is unnecessary complicated. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But if you plan to use LaTeX in a little bit unorthodox way and with some command line magic, a Makefile will help you a lot.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="795" LastEditorUserId="795" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-16T05:53:44.093" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T05:53:44.093" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="1768" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1769" CreationDate="2010-08-15T14:07:21.750" Score="6" ViewCount="266" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to compile sections of the article independently. Clearly, I can make their numbers right just by using something like &lt;code&gt;\setcounter{section}{4}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I get something like &lt;code&gt;\ref{VeryUsefulTheorem}&lt;/code&gt; working if the command &lt;code&gt;\label{VeryUsefulTheorem}&lt;/code&gt; is in another section (i.e. in another .tex file, which is compiled to its own .pdf file)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using a hyperref package, and, therefore, inter-document links are clickable. Is it possible to make links to a stuff in a different pdf file clickable?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="475" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-17T14:29:19.157" LastActivityDate="2010-08-17T14:29:19.157" Title="How to reference another document in latex?" Tags="&lt;cross-referencing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="1769" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1768" CreationDate="2010-08-15T14:14:01.123" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/xr&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;xr&lt;/a&gt; package and &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/xr-hyper&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;xr-hyper&lt;/a&gt; if you need hyperref. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If all you want to do is compile selected parts of you document you should \include them and use \includeonly to select which files to compile. This will keep track of references and numbering. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="565" LastActivityDate="2010-08-15T14:14:01.123" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1770" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1118" CreationDate="2010-08-15T14:26:05.340" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I agree with the others, &#xA;but the most &quot;non technical&quot; reason is to think about it as &quot;unlimited undo&quot; between the versions that was saved in the VCS.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can always get a old version back regardless what you do.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is the meaning of the &quot;automatic backup&quot; that is a little bit tricky to understand.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;SubVersion is a simple to understand system, that works well for small teams. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Git on the other hand is is more technical advanced and scales better, &#xA;but for small teams this is a academical question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But the point is that any VCS is better than not using this type of systems at all.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="795" LastActivityDate="2010-08-15T14:26:05.340" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1771" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1638" CreationDate="2010-08-15T14:56:12.333" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm going through the list in your question, step by step.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Regarding the font Bitstream Futura BT, that you found out, here are instructions: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gaehrken.de/tex/bfutura.txt&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Using Bitstream Futura with LaTeX&lt;/a&gt;. It belongs to Michael Gährkens page &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gaehrken.de/tex/index.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Bitstream-Fonts for TeX/LaTeX&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The sectioning could be designed for instance using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/titlesec&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package and its commands &lt;code&gt;\titleformat&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;titlespacing&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Measure the margins out and specify their exact values to the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/geometry&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;geometry&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package using its margin options. If you are not bound to that margins: a typographically very good page design could be achieved using the &lt;code&gt;typearea&lt;/code&gt; package. It calculates the margins from a typographical point of view, letting you decide the basic page partitioning.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt; is a very capable class, but I would prefer &lt;code&gt;scrbook&lt;/code&gt;. But both classes offer many ways for customization.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-15T14:56:12.333" />
  <row Id="1772" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1118" CreationDate="2010-08-15T14:58:34.700" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For why this is needed, look at the other (very good) answers.&#xA;I would like to add that I use &lt;a href=&quot;http://dropbox.com&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;DropBox&lt;/a&gt; for my LyX documents. It does pretty much what you would get with a VCS (without branches/merges etc. - but as a single use for a document, you probably won't need it), but it does that automatically. It syncs your files between computers and it makes your documents available to you online.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5" LastActivityDate="2010-08-15T14:58:34.700" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1773" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1866" CreationDate="2010-08-15T15:04:10.723" Score="4" ViewCount="606" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need to convert a Latex document to OpenOffice -&gt; Word in order to allow cooperation with non-latex users. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've tried two commands:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;oolatex foo.tex &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;mk4ht oolatex foo.tex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In both cases tex4ht failed to produce the odt or swx file, but a number of temp files were produced (foo.4ct, 4od, 4oo, 4tc, foo-manifes.4of, foo-meta.4ot, foo-setting.4os, foo-styles.4oy). From my study of env file of tex4ht it became obvious that those files should have been later converted into the OO file. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Has anyone else encoutered that problem and found a solution?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After using Lian Tze's suggestion I changed all the path in tex4ht.env file, but still no go, the error I received now is somehow connected to java which is completely outside my league. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;C:\Users\Wojtek\Documents\My Dropbox\INSiK\Raporty\Artykuł problemowy&amp;gt;t4ht docum&#xA;ent  -cooxtpipes -coo -ec:\tex4ht\texmf\tex4ht\base\win32\tex4ht.env -cvalidate&#xA;&#xA;----------------------------&#xA;t4ht.c (2009-01-31-07:34 kpathsea)&#xA;t4ht document&#xA;  -cooxtpipes&#xA;  -coo&#xA;  -ec:\tex4ht\texmf\tex4ht\base\win32\tex4ht.env&#xA;  -cvalidate&#xA;(C:/Program Files (x86)/MiKTeX 2.8/tex4ht/base/win32/tex4ht.env)&#xA;Entering document.lg&#xA;System call: move document.4oo document.tmp&#xA;        1 file(s) moved.&#xA;System return: 0&#xA;System call: java -classpath  c:\Program Files (x86)\MiKTeX 2.8\tex4ht\bin\tex4h&#xA;t.jar xtpipes -i c:\Program Files (x86)\MiKTeX 2.8\tex4ht\xtpipes\ -o document.4&#xA;oo document.tmp&#xA;Exception in thread &quot;main&quot; java.lang.NoClassDefFoundError: Files&#xA;Caused by: java.lang.ClassNotFoundException: Files&#xA;        at java.net.URLClassLoader$1.run(Unknown Source)&#xA;        at java.security.AccessController.doPrivileged(Native Method)&#xA;        at java.net.URLClassLoader.findClass(Unknown Source)&#xA;        at java.lang.ClassLoader.loadClass(Unknown Source)&#xA;        at sun.misc.Launcher$AppClassLoader.loadClass(Unknown Source)&#xA;        at java.lang.ClassLoader.loadClass(Unknown Source)&#xA;Could not find the main class: Files.  Program will exit.&#xA;--- Warning --- System return: 1&#xA;System call: mkdir sxw-document.dir\Pictures&#xA;System return: 0&#xA;System call: move  document-settings.4os                  sxw-document.dir\setti&#xA;ngs.xml&#xA;        1 file(s) moved.&#xA;System return: 0&#xA;System call: move  document-styles.4oy    sxw-document.dir\styles.xml&#xA;        1 file(s) moved.&#xA;System return: 0&#xA;System call: mkdir sxw-document.dir\META-INF&#xA;System return: 0&#xA;System call: move  document-manifest.4of sxw-document.dir\META-INF\manifest.xml&#xA;        1 file(s) moved.&#xA;System return: 0&#xA;System call: move  document-meta.4ot    sxw-document.dir\meta.xml&#xA;        1 file(s) moved.&#xA;System return: 0&#xA;System call: cd    sxw-document.dir &amp;amp; zip -r -m  document.zip * &amp;amp; cd ..&#xA;  adding: META-INF/ (164 bytes security) (stored 0%)&#xA;  adding: META-INF/manifest.xml (164 bytes security) (deflated 66%)&#xA;  adding: meta.xml (164 bytes security) (deflated 58%)&#xA;  adding: Pictures/ (164 bytes security) (stored 0%)&#xA;  adding: settings.xml (164 bytes security) (deflated 46%)&#xA;  adding: styles.xml (164 bytes security) (deflated 91%)&#xA;System return: 0&#xA;System call: move sxw-document.dir\document.zip document.odt&#xA;        1 file(s) moved.&#xA;System return: 0&#xA;System call: del document.4od&#xA;System return: 0&#xA;System call: if exist sxw-document.dir rmdir /Q /S sxw-document.dir&#xA;System return: 0&#xA;&#xA;C:\Users\Wojtek\Documents\My Dropbox\INSiK\Raporty\Artykuł problemowy&amp;gt;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is the log of the last converting operation... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="815" LastEditorUserId="815" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-17T13:04:30.417" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T06:51:07.907" Title="converting Latex to OpenOffice" Tags="&lt;conversion&gt;&lt;open-office&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1774" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1775" CreationDate="2010-08-15T15:50:58.630" Score="8" ViewCount="1634" Body="&lt;p&gt;How to insert pipe symbol &lt;code&gt;|&lt;/code&gt; in TeX (LaTeX)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have tried this sample with &lt;code&gt;pdflatex tmp.tex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{extarticle}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\textpipe&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And it give &lt;code&gt;undefined control sequence&lt;/code&gt; error&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;This is pdfTeX, Version 3.1415926-1.40.10 (TeX Live 2009/Debian)&#xA;restricted \write18 enabled.&#xA;entering extended mode&#xA;(./tmp.tex&#xA;LaTeX2e &amp;lt;2009/09/24&amp;gt;&#xA;Babel &amp;lt;v3.8l&amp;gt; and hyphenation patterns for english, usenglishmax, dumylang, noh&#xA;yphenation, loaded.&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/extsizes/extarticle.cls&#xA;Document Class: extarticle 1996/10/08 v1.0 Non Standard LaTeX document class&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/base/size10.clo)&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/base/exscale.sty))&#xA;No file tmp.aux.&#xA;! Undefined control sequence.&#xA;l.3 \textpipe&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="816" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-15T16:08:45.683" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T03:41:43.370" Title="how to insert pipe symbol in TeX?" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;fontenc&gt;&lt;encodings&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1775" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1774" CreationDate="2010-08-15T15:53:16.803" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The pipe symbol may be used directly in the input and will produce the desired output if you use T1 font encoding. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Pipe sign: |&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/l3oaA.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Compare these tables to see the difference between the two font encodings: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.micropress-inc.com/fonts/encoding/ot1.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;OT1 (Standard encoding)&lt;/a&gt; vs. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.micropress-inc.com/fonts/encoding/t1.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;T1 (Cork encoding)&lt;/a&gt;. The OT1 table doesn't contain the pipe symbol, but it can be found in the T1 table. It's position is 7C. With OT1 7C means a wide dash, that's why we get a wide dash instead of the pipe symbol in standard encoding.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See &lt;a href=&quot;http://texblog.net/latex-archive/fonts/symbols/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Special LaTeX characters&lt;/a&gt; for some more information.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For using the command &lt;code&gt;\textpipe&lt;/code&gt; loading a package like &lt;code&gt;tipa&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;t4phonet&lt;/code&gt; is necessary.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-15T19:40:35.937" LastActivityDate="2010-08-15T19:40:35.937" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1776" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1778" CreationDate="2010-08-15T16:49:26.753" Score="7" ViewCount="532" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anybody know of a good way to write simple paper letters in LaTeX, so that the formatting shows the receivers address on the right place so I will show in the window of those C5 envelops with a &quot;address window&quot; (see picture)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://www.art4m.se/Images/Produkter/kuvert_C5.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;envelope&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Those envelope follows some kind of standard here in Sweden, &#xA;I would like too use them since my handwriting is not that good looking.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The question is how I get a box with the receivers address in the upper right corner on the first page?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks&#xA;Johan&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update&lt;/strong&gt;:&#xA;I think the letter should conform to SS 34321 (Swedish Standard).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Note:&lt;/strong&gt; &#xA;This question is &quot;moved&quot; over from SuperUser where I did not find a working answer (&lt;a href=&quot;http://superuser.com/questions/58404/latex-letter-with-adress-field-in-the-right-place-for-a-c5-envelope-with-window&quot;&gt;http://superuser.com/questions/58404/latex-letter-with-adress-field-in-the-right-place-for-a-c5-envelope-with-window&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I created a basic example using the scrlttr2 and it's close enough for now, &#xA;I have printed and the address show up in the right place.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is how my example looks like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/XIwwa.png&quot; alt=&quot;The second try&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And then the tex code I used to create this version.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[fontsize=11pt,a4paper]{scrlttr2}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage[english]{isodate}&#xA;&#xA;% font and input setup&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{datetime}&#xA;\renewcommand{\dateseparator}{-}&#xA;\newcommand{\todayiso}{\the\year \dateseparator \twodigit\month \dateseparator \twodigit\day}&#xA;&#xA;\setkomavar{date}{\todayiso}&#xA;\setkomavar{signature}{Johan Simonsson}&#xA;&#xA;\let\raggedsignature=\raggedright&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\@setplength{toaddrvpos}{30mm}&#xA;\@setplength{toaddrhpos}{130mm}&#xA;&#xA;% The space to sign my name&#xA;\@setplength{sigbeforevskip}{10mm}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\setkomavar{subject}{Long fortune example}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document} &#xA;\begin{letter}{Pelle Gustavsson \\ Bergsgatan 17 lgh1115 \\ 123 45 Malmö \\ Sweden}&#xA;\opening{Dear Pelle Gustavsson}&#xA;&#xA;The camel died quite suddenly on the second day, and Selena fretted&#xA;sullenly and, buffing her already impeccable nails -- not for the first&#xA;time since the journey begain -- pondered snidely if this would dissolve&#xA;into a vignette of minor inconveniences like all the other holidays spent&#xA;with Basil.&#xA;\\&#xA;--- Winning sentence, 1983 Bulwer-Lytton bad fiction contest.&#xA;\\\\&#xA;Gratitude and treachery are merely the two extremities of the same procession.&#xA;You have seen all of it that is worth staying for when the band and the gaudy&#xA;officials have gone by.&#xA;\\&#xA;--- Mark Twain, &quot;Pudd'nhead Wilson's Calendar&quot;&#xA;&#xA;%\baselineskip&#xA;&#xA;\closing{Best regards}&#xA;\end{letter}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="795" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-17T19:41:42.117" LastActivityDate="2010-08-17T19:41:42.117" Title="LaTeX letter with adress field in the right place for a &quot;C5 envelope with window&quot;" Tags="&lt;layout&gt;&lt;letters&gt;&lt;addresses&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1777" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1776" CreationDate="2010-08-15T17:09:54.693" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Check out &lt;code&gt;scrlttr2&lt;/code&gt; from koma-scripts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="337" LastActivityDate="2010-08-15T17:09:54.693" />
  <row Id="1778" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1776" CreationDate="2010-08-15T17:16:56.290" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;My choice would be the document class &lt;code&gt;scrlttr2&lt;/code&gt;. It can be customized in many ways.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A very quick way to get the address field to the right is using the document class option SN:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,SN]{scrlttr2}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This option decides that the file &lt;code&gt;SN.lco&lt;/code&gt; has to be used which sets the address to the right side. If you look into this file, which is located in the same folder like the scrlttr2 class, you would see the used lenghts. They are set by the command &lt;code&gt;\@setplength&lt;/code&gt;. Those lengths are called pseudolengths, they are described in the KOMA-Script manual. Have a look at Figure 6.1.: Schematic of the pseudo-lengths for a letter. It's a drawing visualing the lenghts. Here are useful for instance &lt;code&gt;toaddrhpos&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;toaddrvpos&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;toaddrwidth&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;toaddrheight&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;toaddrindent&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;toaddrindent&lt;/code&gt;. You could adjust those lengths in your preamble according to your needs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It may be done linke this, in your preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\@setplength{toaddrvpos}{40mm}&#xA;\@setplength{toaddrhpos}{110mm}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could vary these values until they fit well, or calculate it from the paper size and the other dimensions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-15T17:55:58.560" LastActivityDate="2010-08-15T17:55:58.560" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1779" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1774" CreationDate="2010-08-15T18:02:17.080" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As a side note: MikTeX supports using pipes in \input if you supply the flag -enable-pipes. This is useful for calling external programs directly from your document. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is an example of getting input from Octave and a listing of the document files:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%&amp;amp; -enable-pipes&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\newcommand\octave[2][]{%&#xA;   \input&quot;|octave -qf --eval 'format #1;disp(#2)'&quot;&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Foo $\pi \approx \octave{pi}$ bar.&#xA;\begin{align}&#xA;   \pi           &amp;amp;\approx \octave[long]{pi} \\&#xA;   \sqrt 2       &amp;amp;\approx \octave[short]{sqrt(2)} \\&#xA;   \pi\exp(3\pi) &amp;amp;\approx \octave[short g]{pi*exp(3*pi)}&#xA;\end{align}&#xA;&#xA;{\obeylines&#xA;List of files:&#xA;\input&quot;|ls -l \jobname.*&quot;&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am using MikTeX on a Linux system. If you are running windows you must make changes to the example accordingly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="565" LastActivityDate="2010-08-15T18:02:17.080" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1780" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1776" CreationDate="2010-08-15T18:42:32.930" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A package similar to &lt;code&gt;scrlttr2&lt;/code&gt; is the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=isodoc&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;isodoc&lt;/a&gt; class. This class specifically aims at NEN 1029 compliance. According to the documentation, in that case, setting up the right window goes like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{isodoc}&#xA;\setupdocument {&#xA;    rightaddress,        % leftaddress is the default&#xA;    addresscenter=60mm,  % vertical center of the envelope window &#xA;    addresswidth=110mm,   % width of the address window&#xA;&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-08-15T18:42:32.930" />
  <row Id="1781" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="36" CreationDate="2010-08-15T19:37:49.593" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Joseph Wright's answer sums up the differences very well, I just want to add that luatex is also a scripting language in its own right: when you run the &lt;code&gt;luatex&lt;/code&gt; executable as &lt;code&gt;texlua&lt;/code&gt; &#xA;(or alternatively, run &lt;code&gt;luatex --luaonly&lt;/code&gt;) it will behave as a lua script interpreter with a few library additions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this mode, no typesetting can be done, but that does not mean it is not useful. For example, as far as I know, this is the only script interpreter with a built-in kpathsea interface. None of the typesetting-related features are exposed, but the other lua functionality in luatex is available to scripts: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;kpse&lt;/em&gt;, for file searching&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;fontloader&lt;/em&gt;, to investigate font files&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;mplib&lt;/em&gt;, for creating metapost graphics&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;epdf&lt;/em&gt;, to investigate pdf files (still experimental)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, some useful lua libraries from the internet have been added:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;luamd5&lt;/em&gt;, for checksum calculations&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;luasocket&lt;/em&gt;, for network i/o&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;luafilesystem&lt;/em&gt;, for disk i/o&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;slnunicode&lt;/em&gt;, for unicode string processing&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;luazip&lt;/em&gt;, for zipfile input&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;lpeg&lt;/em&gt;, for writing parsers&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This scripting capability of luatex is used for some of the scripts in TeXLive 2010, and hopefully this more scripts can be replaced in the future.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-08-15T19:37:49.593" />
  <row Id="1782" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="744" CreationDate="2010-08-15T19:40:54.440" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Separating out the font setting for math and text seems to work&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{mathspec}&#xA;\setmainfont{Times New Roman}&#xA;\setmathfont{Times New Roman}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\textbf{This line should all be bold: {\boldmath $17^2 = 289$}.}&#xA;&#xA;\textbf{This line should all be bold except the&#xA;math: {$17^2 = 289$}.}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-15T20:27:29.897" LastActivityDate="2010-08-15T20:27:29.897" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1783" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1786" CreationDate="2010-08-15T19:44:27.427" Score="2" ViewCount="204" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've finally manged to produce my custom \bibliographystyle (.bst) file. Below is the output (sample) of listed references. Is it possible to remove the comma after the last author (just before the year)? I would also like to get rid of &quot;Literatura&quot; title that is assigned as well. Any help appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Literatura&#xA;Abbiati, M., Bianchi, C. N., Castelli, A., 1987. Polychaete vertical zonation along a&#xA; littoral cliff in the western Mediterranean. Marine ecology, 8(1): 33–48.&#xA;Antoniadou, C., Nicolaidou, A., Chintiroglou, C., 2004. Polychaetes associated with&#xA; the sciaphilic alga community in the northern Aegena Sea: spatial and temporal&#xA; variability. Helgoland Marine Research, 58: 168–182.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="72" LastActivityDate="2010-08-15T20:29:36.383" Title="remove comma after the last author" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;bibliographies&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="1784" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1783" CreationDate="2010-08-15T20:01:29.833" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The heading for the bibliography is stored in \bibname in the standard classes. Try: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand\bibname{Your title}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for the comma after the author list you will have to check your custom bst file to see where it is coming from. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="565" LastActivityDate="2010-08-15T20:01:29.833" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1785" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1783" CreationDate="2010-08-15T20:14:43.483" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've found the little bugger. To remove the comma after the last author, I edited these lines in the .bst file (took out 4th line and replaced with with the 5th):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;FUNCTION {output.nonnull}&#xA;{ 's :=&#xA;  output.state mid.sentence =&#xA;    &amp;lt;strike&amp;gt;{ &quot;, &quot; * write$ }&amp;lt;/strike&amp;gt;&#xA;    { &quot; &quot; * write$ }&#xA;    { output.state after.block =&#xA;        { add.period$ write$&#xA;          newline$&#xA;          &quot;\newblock &quot; write$&#xA;        }&#xA;        { output.state before.all =&#xA;            'write$&#xA;            { add.period$ &quot; &quot; * write$ }&#xA;          if$&#xA;        }&#xA;      if$&#xA;      mid.sentence 'output.state :=&#xA;    }&#xA;  if$&#xA;  s&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="72" LastActivityDate="2010-08-15T20:14:43.483" />
  <row Id="1786" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1783" CreationDate="2010-08-15T20:29:36.383" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Regarding the &quot;Literatura&quot; title: I suppose you're using babel like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[slovene]{babel}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In that case use &lt;code&gt;\addto&lt;/code&gt; like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\addto{\captionsslovene}{%&#xA;  \renewcommand*{\refname}{Bibliography title}%&#xA;  \renewcommand*{\bibname}{\refname}%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Depending on your document class either &lt;code&gt;\refname&lt;/code&gt; (article) or &lt;code&gt;\bibname&lt;/code&gt; (book, report) would be used. This definition applies to both of them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-15T20:29:36.383" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1787" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1319" CreationDate="2010-08-15T21:40:41.497" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I really like the documentation of Philipp Lehman. The Font Installation Guide was mentioned in the question, but I also think for a simpler article (rather than the book style) his package documentation is hard to beat aesthetically.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Eg &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/exptl/biblatex/doc/biblatex.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;biblatex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: &lt;a href=&quot;http://newsgroups.derkeiler.com/Archive/Comp/comp.text.tex/2008-06/msg00210.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Here&lt;/a&gt; is a post where the author explains how to recreate this style (fonts and such)/&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="759" LastEditorUserId="759" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-17T12:05:28.413" LastActivityDate="2010-08-17T12:05:28.413" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-15T21:40:41.497" />
  <row Id="1788" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1159" CreationDate="2010-08-15T21:40:53.727" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To position a picture on the page you could use the &lt;code&gt;current page&lt;/code&gt; node. Here is an example doing it that way, placing a blue square in the top left corner of the page:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[svgnames]{report}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[remember picture,overlay]&#xA;  \node[yshift=-1cm] at (current page.north west) {%&#xA;    \begin{tikzpicture}[remember picture, overlay]&#xA;      \draw[fill=LightSkyBlue] (0,0) rectangle (1cm,1cm);&#xA;     \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;      };&#xA; \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-15T21:40:53.727" />
  <row Id="1789" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-15T22:34:25.257" Score="2" ViewCount="607" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use AucTeX in my Mac Emacs, which is Aquamac 23.1.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Typically in AucTeX, when I type C-c C-c it runs &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt;, then C-c C-c again and it opens it in a PDF viewer. But in this Aquamac emacs version, it renders the PDF right in the emacs buffer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I change that? I just want it to open the PDF in a PDF viewer (ideally, &lt;a href=&quot;http://skim-app.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Skim&lt;/a&gt;) when I press C-c C-c.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3860" LastEditorUserId="14" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-16T00:43:05.197" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T19:37:35.020" Title="Aquamac AucTeX should open PDF in external viewer, not render it in Emacs buffer" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;emacs&gt;&lt;auctex&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1790" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1632" CreationDate="2010-08-15T23:43:33.880" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This will only be possible with a &lt;em&gt;lot&lt;/em&gt; of manual intervention. (Many arXiv documents use plain tex or context or amstex instead of latex. But your question specified latex, so I'll assume that much.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The main problem is that tex isn't very good at doing fully-automated typesetting. In particular, it will not rebreak displayed equations to fit with your new margins. It also has a pretty perfectionist view of regular text. It will try to set what it thinks is a beautiful paragraph, but if it fails then rather than making a compromise paragraph it will just give up and make an underfull/overfull box for the author to deal with (by rewording the paragraph, by adding explicit &lt;code&gt;\linebreak&lt;/code&gt;s, by telling tex about additional hyphenations). This isn't a problem when you're editing your own paper, but it's very bad when you want to batch convert a large number of documents in an automatic way. Some tricks are discussed &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=overfull&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;in this FAQ answer&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, here are partial solutions to the problems you pointed out.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Resolution&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tex generates DVI and pdftex generates PDF. Both of these are resolution independent. If you want to convert to a bitmap format, then you can use something like pdf2png (slow) or dvipng (fast). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Margins&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/geometry&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;geometry&lt;/a&gt; package gives a lot of control of margins.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Figures in grayscale&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Figures on the arXiv will be in a huge variety of formats. EPS, PNG, PDF, not to mention metapost code, PSTricks, PSFrag, and the latex picture environment. The standard formats can all be rasterized to a 4-bit PNG at a decent resolution using something like &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.graphicsmagick.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;GraphicsMagick&lt;/a&gt;, but it will likely need manual intervention or some really clever scripting. Once you've got the bitmap, you need to feed it to latex, dealing with the fact that some submissions use latex (which doesn't understand png) and others use pdflatex (which doesn't understand eps), they will use a combination of packages, such as graphics, graphicx, epsfig and various journal classes with their own twists, so there will need to be some intelligent editing of the latex file. For metapost, PSTricks, PSFrag you will need more extensive editing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Removing boxes around hyperlinks&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This one is relatively easy. In many cases, simply compiling the arXiv tarball will do this already, because the arXiv uses hypertex to add these links, and if you compile with regular tex this won't happen. If the authors used the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/hyperref&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;hyperref&lt;/a&gt; you can in many cases remove the &lt;code&gt;\usepackage&lt;/code&gt; line, or, more safely since maybe the author used some commands from hyperref, add the &lt;code&gt;colorlinks&lt;/code&gt; option to colour the links instead of drawing boxes (you can set the colour to black if you don't even want to see them that way).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-08-15T23:43:33.880" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1791" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1789" CreationDate="2010-08-16T00:27:30.453" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You need to customize Auctex:&#xA;LaTeX -&gt; Customize AucTeX -&gt; TeX Command -&gt; TeX Output View Style&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Click view, change the viewer for &lt;code&gt;^pdf&lt;/code&gt; extension, &quot;safe&quot; for future sessions on the top and you are done.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="137" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T00:27:30.453" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1792" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1789" CreationDate="2010-08-16T00:28:22.900" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't know whether it is going to work, but try the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;M-x customize-apropos RET&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;then write:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;tex-view-program RET&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This will bring two customisable options: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;tex-view-program-selection&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;tex-view-program-list&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is how I have set them&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/EeIzg.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The most important, I think, is the one I circled in red. If you click on the button &lt;code&gt;value menu&lt;/code&gt; it should give you the option to put Skim.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Remember to save your options by clicking on &lt;code&gt;set for current session&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;set for future sessions&lt;/code&gt;, on the top of this same screen. If it doesn't work, try re-starting Emacs (after having saved the options, of course).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT&lt;/strong&gt;: If you can't find it using the &lt;code&gt;customize-apropos&lt;/code&gt; command, you can use the menu as shown here:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/q0xTV.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then scroll down until you find the options I mentioned above, i.e. &lt;code&gt;tex-view-program-selection&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;tex-view-program-list&lt;/code&gt;, and change then accordingly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="14" LastEditorUserId="14" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-16T19:37:35.020" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T19:37:35.020" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1793" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-16T00:38:34.067" Score="4" ViewCount="390" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is anybody aware of a simple way to place nodes at arbitrary positions along an ellipse?  Ideally I  would want to mimic notation like &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\draw (0,0) ellipse [ x radius=2, y radius = 1] node[pos=.3] {Hi, I am a node.};&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But this does not work. It is possible to splice together four curves that will do a good approximation, for instance&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\node[coordinate,name=top] at (0,3) {};&#xA;\node[coordinate,name=bottom] at (0,-3) {};&#xA;\node[coordinate,name=left] at (-5,0) {};&#xA;\node[coordinate,name=right] at (5,0) {};&#xA;&#xA;\draw (left) .. controls ($(left)+(0,2)$) and ($(top)-(2,0)$) .. (top);&#xA;\draw (left) .. controls ($(left)-(0,2)$) and ($(bottom)-(2,0)$) .. (bottom);&#xA;\draw (right) .. controls ($(right)+(0,2)$) and ($(top)+(2,0)$) .. (top);&#xA;\draw (right) .. controls ($(right)-(0,2)$) and ($(bottom)+(2,0)$) .. (bottom);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will give a decent approximation to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\draw (0,0) ellipse [ x radius=5, y radius = 3];&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using this method I can then use the notation I wanted to use.&#xA;But if I want to make several pictures with this method or make adjustments, then it can become a lot of work.  Also, the control points I picked were from guess and check as opposed to some other knowledge (this is a fault I know) so for varying sizes I will need to guess and check each time. So I am hoping for something a little more compact.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="144" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-18T00:16:29.710" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T00:16:29.710" Title="Placing nodes along an ellipse in TikZ" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;nodes&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1794" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1793" CreationDate="2010-08-16T00:43:27.020" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One thing you could do is create an elliptical node and then use the anchor points of that node. So for example,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\node[draw,ellipse,minimum height=2cm,minimum width=4cm] (a) at (0,0) {};&#xA;\node[above right] at (a.75) {Hi I am a node};&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here &lt;code&gt;75&lt;/code&gt; is the angle around the ellipse where you want the text node to be placed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="125" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T00:43:27.020" />
  <row Id="1795" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1773" CreationDate="2010-08-16T02:10:39.907" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;(The reputation system prevents me from commenting so an answer is the best I can do, sorry.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With such a small amount of text, a manual conversion (copying and pasting the text, possibly removing extraneous newlines) is probably the fastest way to go.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T02:10:39.907" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1796" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1800" CreationDate="2010-08-16T02:53:29.210" Score="11" ViewCount="137" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have seen LaTeX code that &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt; puts a ~ between &lt;em&gt;every&lt;/em&gt; math expression and the text preceding it, &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt; does not use ~ in this manner at all, and&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt; uses a ~ in this way if and only if the math expression is a number (i.e, consists of digits).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think the first way is not very nice, since it constrains TeX a lot in how it can typeset the rest of the text. I follow the third way, because I vaguely seem to remember reading somewhere that this is how it should be done; but I cannot recollect where, and I don't have any justification for this. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is the rule to follow here, and what are the typographical/TeX principles behind this rule? It would be great to have references too, to convince obstinate co-authors (if required!).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Similarly, what is the reasoning behind the (almost universally observed) rule that a ~ should precede a \cite{}? Is &lt;em&gt;this&lt;/em&gt; documented somewhere?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="155" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T06:25:24.280" Title="What is the right way to use of non-breakable space before math expressions?" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;tilde&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="1797" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1796" CreationDate="2010-08-16T03:09:34.443" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;See chapter~14 of the TeXbook, where Knuth suggests the following ties: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Chapter~12&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Theorem~1.2 &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Appendix~A&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Figure~3&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Table~\hbox{B-8}&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Lemmas 5 and~6&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Donald~E. Knuth&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Luis~I. Trabb~Pardo&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Bartel~Lendert van~der~Waerden&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Charles~XII&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Charles Louis Xavier~Joseph de~la Vall\'ee~Poussin&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;dimension~$d$&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;width~$w$&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;function~$f(x)$&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;string~$s$ of length~$l$&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;string~$s$ of length $l$~or more&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;1,~2, or~3&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;$a$,~$b$, and~$c$.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;1,~2, \dots,~$n$.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;of~$x$&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;from 0 to~1&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;increase $z$ by~1&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;in common with~$m$&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;of $u$~and~$v$.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;equals~$n$&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;less than~$\epsilon$&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;(given~$X$)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;mod~2&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;modulo~$p^e$&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;for all large~$n$&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;is~15&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;is 15~times the height&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;(b)~Show that $f(x)$ is (1)~continuous; (2)~bounded&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are even more examples in the exercises, but that covers most cases...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T03:09:34.443" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1798" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1754" CreationDate="2010-08-16T03:23:06.990" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Typesetting Tamil is possible with the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/language/indian/itrans/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;itrans&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; pakcage, but it's not packaged properly in MikTeX. You will need to install it manually. Download &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/language/indian/itrans/itrans53-win32.zip&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;itrans53-win32.zip&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; from CTAN. After unzipping the contents (say &lt;code&gt;C:\itrans53\&lt;/code&gt;), assuming &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;texmf&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; being your local TEXMF tree,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Move the contents of the &lt;code&gt;lib&lt;/code&gt; folder into &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;texmf&amp;gt;\tex\latex\itrans&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Move the contents of the &lt;code&gt;fonts&lt;/code&gt; folder into the appropriate locations, i.e.&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;*.mf&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;texmf&amp;gt;\fonts\source\itrans&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;*.afm&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;texmf&amp;gt;\fonts\afm\itrans&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;*.tfm&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;texmf&amp;gt;\fonts\tfm\itrans&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;*.pfb, *.pfa, *.pfm&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;texmf&amp;gt;\fonts\type1\itrans&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;*.ttf&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;texmf&amp;gt;\fonts\truetype\itrans&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Refresh the file name database (e.g. via MikTeX Options/Settings)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then try out the minimal example I gave in my answer to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/319/latex-xetex-setup-tamil-indic-languages&quot;&gt;this related question&lt;/a&gt;. You would need to evoke &lt;code&gt;itrans.exe&lt;/code&gt; in the &lt;code&gt;itrans53\bin&lt;/code&gt; folder. (However I'm not sure if it works in 64-bit Windows.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="226" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T03:23:06.990" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1799" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1412" CreationDate="2010-08-16T04:23:37.547" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The construction of the List of Algorithms uses the &lt;code&gt;\l@algocf&lt;/code&gt; macro (or at least when I use the &lt;code&gt;algorithm2e&lt;/code&gt; package it does). This may be slightly different depending on your algorithm package/settings/...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anyway, you could place the following in the preamble in order to change the way that lines in the TOC are drawn:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\let{\oldl@algocf}{\l@algocf}&#xA;\renewcommand{\l@algocf}[2]{\oldl@algocf{Algorithm #1}{#2}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The first and last lines simply allow you to use the &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt; character in macro names.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The second line makes a copy of the original &lt;code&gt;\l@algocf&lt;/code&gt; macro (so you can call it on the 3rd line)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The third line redefines the &lt;code&gt;\l@algocf&lt;/code&gt; macro to insert the word Algorithm before the first argument (the caption text) in the TOC line.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="644" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T04:23:37.547" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1800" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1796" CreationDate="2010-08-16T05:40:16.040" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The physical effect you would get from a line break at some point is a small pause / distraction in reading, so what I do is use a mental trick: imagine how the sentence sounds with a small pause in the trouble spot(s) when read out loud. Some cases are clearer than others, but in general that works fairly well for me. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Occasionally I see something in the typeset output that looks bad visually even though it sounds OK, then I correct the ties in the input to fix that one break.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As the problem is related to the actual language you are using, you could also ask this question on &lt;a href=&quot;http://english.stackexchange.com&quot;&gt;english.stackexchange.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastEditorUserId="89" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-16T06:25:24.280" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T06:25:24.280" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1801" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-16T06:14:49.433" Score="6" ViewCount="440" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am wondering if there is any tool that can help me work with tables in LaTeX. Specifically I'd like to be able to import HTML tables (or small Excel tables) into LateX&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are there tools that can help me do that painlessly?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="230" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-16T12:17:52.173" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T21:55:59.023" Title="Tool for manipulating LaTeX tables (HTML to LaTeX)" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;html&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="1802" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1789" CreationDate="2010-08-16T07:40:08.730" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;AUCTeX actually has code for handling viewers on darwin system but somehow it is commented out. I have been using the following patch in AUCTeX: &lt;a href=&quot;http://paste.pocoo.org/show/250752/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://paste.pocoo.org/show/250752/&lt;/a&gt; and haven't found a problem. I will find time to encourage upstream to do the same.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="337" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T07:40:08.730" />
  <row Id="1803" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1801" CreationDate="2010-08-16T07:45:31.777" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think that, if you are able to import your html tables in Excel or OpenOffice Calc, these tolls are what you need:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/excel2latex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Excel2LaTeX&lt;/a&gt; for MSExcel&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://extensions.services.openoffice.org/en/project/Calc2LaTeX&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Calc2LaTeX&lt;/a&gt; for OO Calc (this one is my preferred, guess why ;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first one is a macro you add to your Excel, and provides you with an extra button to create the LaTeX code for the table from a set of selected cells, ready to be pasted in your .tex source.&#xA;The second, is an extension of OO, but should work in the same way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: there is also &lt;a href=&quot;http://html2latex.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;html2LaTeX&lt;/a&gt;, but I never used it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Happy TeXing!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="177" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T07:45:31.777" />
  <row Id="1804" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1801" CreationDate="2010-08-16T07:48:51.893" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Check out this page &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/datatool.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/datatool.html&lt;/a&gt; and tools it links ie &lt;code&gt;csvtools&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;pgfplotstable&lt;/code&gt;. They allow you to keep the data in csv or tsv format and configure typesetting options in .tex source. I have used pgfplotstable and it is very handy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="337" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T07:48:51.893" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="1805" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1793" CreationDate="2010-08-16T07:58:24.757" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Alternatively, you can let TikZ calculate the position of the node for you:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usetikzlibrary{calc}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \draw (2,0) ellipse (2 and 1);&#xA;    \node at ($(2,0)+(75:2 and 1)$) {a node};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The key here is that &lt;code&gt;(75:2 and 1)&lt;/code&gt; is the position at 75 degrees on an ellipse with axis lengths 2 and 1 centered at (0,0). The (2,0) is just an example how you get an off-center position.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T07:58:24.757" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1806" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1808" CreationDate="2010-08-16T08:08:15.090" Score="2" ViewCount="322" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you look at older documents the \mathbb characters appear different. For example they are sans serif. I don't know how I can use that set of characters instead of the current default. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are not sure what version I am talking about load the package fourier and then use \mathbb{C} for example to see the difference. No other package beside fourier does that and I want to know how to do it with other packages. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="809" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T09:21:58.893" Title="How can you change \mathbb{} characters to the old version?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="1807" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1750" CreationDate="2010-08-16T08:37:18.280" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've been doing something similar to have different authors with the same affiliation and have adapted an example from &lt;a href=&quot;http://anthony.liekens.net/index.php/LaTeX/MultipleFootnoteReferences&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Anthony Liekens&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\newcommand{\footremember}[2]{%&#xA;   \footnote{#2}&#xA;    \newcounter{#1}&#xA;    \setcounter{#1}{\value{footnote}}%&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand{\footrecall}[1]{%&#xA;    \footnotemark[\value{#1}]%&#xA;} &#xA;\title{How to bowl properly}&#xA;\author{%&#xA;    The Dude\footremember{alley}{Holly Star Lanes Bowling Alley}%&#xA;    \and Walter Sobchak\footremember{trailer}{probably in a trailer park}%&#xA;    \and Jesus Quintana\footrecall{alley} \footnote{Mexico?}%&#xA;    \and Uli Kunkel\footrecall{trailer} \footnote{Germany?}%&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;The whole example is taken from \href{http://anthony.liekens.net/index.php/LaTeX/MultipleFootnoteReferences}{anthony liekens}\ldots&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="828" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T08:37:18.280" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1808" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1806" CreationDate="2010-08-16T09:14:22.960" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The following is a hack that seems to do the work, it actually comes from the source of the &lt;code&gt;fourier&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareFontFamily{U}{futm}{}&#xA;\DeclareFontShape{U}{futm}{m}{n}{&#xA;  &amp;lt;-&amp;gt; s * [.92] fourier-bb&#xA;  }{}&#xA;\DeclareSymbolFont{Ufutm}{U}{futm}{m}{n}&#xA;\DeclareSymbolFontAlphabet{\mathbb}{Ufutm}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Hello World $\mathbb{C}$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T09:14:22.960" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1809" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1806" CreationDate="2010-08-16T09:21:21.857" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could try using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/msym/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;msym&lt;/a&gt; package, which provides an older version of the AMS blackboard bold font (but it only has the letters C, N, R, S, Z).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="232" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T09:21:21.857" />
  <row Id="1810" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1806" CreationDate="2010-08-16T09:21:58.893" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/comprehensive&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Symbols Guide&lt;/a&gt; has the following suggestions for blackboard bold fonts:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://www.caramdir.at/uploads/tex.SE/mathbb.png&quot; alt=&quot;bb fonts&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In particular, &lt;code&gt;bbold&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;mathbbol&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;mbboard&lt;/code&gt; provide sans-serif fonts. The last two also provide additional symbols in blackboard bold.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T09:21:58.893" />
  <row Id="1811" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1817" CreationDate="2010-08-16T09:33:54.003" Score="5" ViewCount="890" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I write in german if that matters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;pro and contra?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="817" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-16T10:57:29.157" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T14:07:17.327" Title="utf8 or latin1 encoding - german" Tags="&lt;encodings&gt;&lt;unicode&gt;&lt;inputenc&gt;" AnswerCount="7" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1812" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1811" CreationDate="2010-08-16T09:38:38.717" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm of the idea that, whenever possible, you should stick to &lt;code&gt;utf8&lt;/code&gt; (unicode) as it is finally &lt;em&gt;the&lt;/em&gt; solution about character encodings on computer documents. Of course you only have to make sure that your text editor supports and behaves nicely with unicode documents.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In either case, if you have to work with collaborators, you have to make sure that they &lt;em&gt;do&lt;/em&gt; also use decent text editors that can handle the appropriate encoding without messing with the special characters. For documents with many collaborators I've learned the hard way that it is better to stick to &lt;code&gt;ascii&lt;/code&gt; and use (La)TeX commands to produce special characters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T09:38:38.717" />
  <row Id="1813" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1811" CreationDate="2010-08-16T09:47:36.553" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Short answer: If your editor can use Unicode (and in my opinion any good editor should safe files as UTF-8 by default), then use Unicode.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The main advantage of Unicode (and its main encoding UTF-8) is that it makes text files universally readable: Someone writing German umlauts can use the same encoding as someone writing Korean. Prior to that, when obtaining a a text file, there was no way to know which character encoding to apply to it: Latin 1? or Latin 9? or maybe a Russian encoding? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also for documents that use more than 256 different characters, UTF-8 is very useful. With it you can for example use both &quot;ü&quot; and &quot;ł&quot; in the same text (as I do here).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Both modern (experimental) TeX compilers (LuaTeX and XeTeX) use Unicode/UTF-8 by default as do modern programming languages (i.e. .NET) and operating systems.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T09:47:36.553" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1814" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6206" CreationDate="2010-08-16T09:48:38.533" Score="9" ViewCount="267" Body="&lt;p&gt;Has anyone written an interface through which I can get a citation of a book/paper from &lt;a href=&quot;http://amazon.com&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;amazon.com&lt;/a&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks for the suggestions from fellow users. I'm updating the questions to detail in more specifics:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Citeulike.org issue: I used BibTeX &quot;Export from my library&quot; features. However it's not that accurate... it cannot extract all meta-data from amazon and  complete the bibliographic reference.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Mendeley Desktop: I used &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mendeley.com/blog/academic-features/mendeley-bookmarklet-released-one-click-import-from-google-scholar-pubmed-arxiv-acm-ieee-etc/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.mendeley.com/blog/academic-features/mendeley-bookmarklet-released-one-click-import-from-google-scholar-pubmed-arxiv-acm-ieee-etc/&lt;/a&gt;. This is a long way round, I want something where I give the URL and it gives me back the BibTeX entry.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="637" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-25T15:44:23.413" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T15:44:23.413" Title="How do I get BibTeX entries from amazon.com?" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="1815" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-16T09:54:09.483" Score="5" ViewCount="443" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a software which can parse pdfs and extract  bibliographic references? ACM DL is a web service which can give that info like here: &lt;a href=&quot;http://portal.acm.org/citation.cfm?id=296806.296823&amp;amp;coll=ACM&amp;amp;dl=ACM&amp;amp;CFID=98288669&amp;amp;CFTOKEN=12911537&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://portal.acm.org/citation.cfm?id=296806.296823&amp;amp;coll=ACM&amp;amp;dl=ACM&amp;amp;CFID=98288669&amp;amp;CFTOKEN=12911537&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;Mendeley's current release can't do this, would someone confirm: &lt;a href=&quot;http://feedback.mendeley.com/forums/4941-mendeley-feedback/suggestions/834313-version-0-9-7-does-not-extract-references-from-the&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;link&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Hello - This feature was removed in&#xA;  0.9.7 because it was consuming a fair amount of resources (client and server&#xA;  side) without providing enough value.&#xA;  We plan to re-introduce it in an&#xA;  improved form in future&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="637" LastEditorUserId="637" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-16T21:01:39.500" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T13:29:28.093" Title="Extract bibliographic references from pdf files to a bib file" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;pdf&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="1816" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1811" CreationDate="2010-08-16T10:02:20.943" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One of the advantages of using utf8 for source files is it is friendly towards version control tools. For example, if you have the source in latin-1, then most of latin-1 chars will show up as \267, \320 etc. when diffing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="337" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T10:02:20.943" />
  <row Id="1817" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1811" CreationDate="2010-08-16T10:03:23.190" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you can: don't use &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&lt;/code&gt; nor &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}&lt;/code&gt;. Use LuaTeX:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{luaotfload}&#xA;\usepackage[EU2]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{lmodern}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Das Mädchen ging über die \textbf{Brücke} nach \textit{draußen}.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This will give you access to all modern things (OpenType fonts for example) while keeping most of the backward compatibility.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Wait for TeXlive 2010 (or get the pretest) and you have a decent environment for LuaTeX. Million thanks to the few people who make the LuaLaTeX packages!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are able to read german: see the site &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.luatex.de&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.luatex.de&lt;/a&gt; for more examples (especially on fontspec).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="243" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T10:03:23.190" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1818" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-16T10:07:29.880" Score="4" ViewCount="400" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need to be able to connect any arbitrary nodes in a tree to each other.  I am using the tree package in tikz  to create my tree.  I cannot figure out though how to connect to nodes by let say a draw or path command.&#xA;here is a minimal example.  Let say I like to connect node F to node D, any suggestions would be truly appreciated.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Artimess&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt]{book}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{backgrounds}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{trees,positioning,arrows}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=0.8,font=\small, edge from parent fork down,&#xA;every node/.style={fill=blue!10},&#xA;edge from parent/.style={red,thick,draw},&#xA;level 1/.style={sibling distance=8cm},&#xA;level 2/.style={sibling distance=4.5cm}]&#xA;\node {A} &#xA; child {node {B}&#xA;   child {node {C} }  &#xA;  child {node {D}  child{node{E}}}} &#xA; child {node {F}&#xA;  child {node {G}}&#xA;  };&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="833" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-17T17:20:45.193" LastActivityDate="2010-08-17T17:20:45.193" Title="How two connect any arbitrary nodes of tree in tikz" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;trees&gt;&lt;nodes&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1819" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1818" CreationDate="2010-08-16T10:23:49.463" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I find that adding labels to the nodes makes this work.  Note the &lt;code&gt;(D)&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;(F)&lt;/code&gt; in the syntax for the corresponding nodes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt]{book}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{backgrounds}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{trees,positioning,arrows}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=0.8,font=\small, edge from parent fork down,&#xA;every node/.style={fill=blue!10},&#xA;edge from parent/.style={red,thick,draw},&#xA;level 1/.style={sibling distance=8cm},&#xA;level 2/.style={sibling distance=4.5cm}]&#xA;\node {A} &#xA; child {node {B}&#xA;   child {node {C} }  &#xA;  child {node (D) {D}  child{node{E}}}} &#xA; child {node (F) {F}&#xA;  child {node {G}}&#xA;  };&#xA;\draw (F) -- (D);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Though I don't discount the possibility that trees have an &lt;em&gt;implicit&lt;/em&gt; labelling system in the same fashion as matrices.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T10:23:49.463" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="1820" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1821" CreationDate="2010-08-16T11:09:29.933" Score="4" ViewCount="442" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using KOMA-Script (scrreprt) and hyperref.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The PDF bookmarks are generated nicely from the table of contents, but I would like an extra Contents bookmark to point to the table of contents itself (wihtout including an entry in the table of contents) - like the KOMA manual itself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Also list of figures and list of tables if I include them)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is the best way to do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I could add a pdfbookmark manually but I'm not sure how to get it to point correctly to the start of the section - if I do it after it will be on the wrong page (multipage toc), if I do before it will be the page before (since \tableofcontents does cleardoublepage?). I guess I have to redefine \tableofcontents somehow.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="759" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-06T07:35:21.133" LastActivityDate="2010-09-06T07:35:21.133" Title="Contents in pdf bookmarks" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;koma-script&gt;&lt;bookmarks&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1821" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1820" CreationDate="2010-08-16T11:21:57.527" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The following code should create a correct TOC bookmark for both scrreprt and scrbook (wiith the default option &lt;code&gt;openright&lt;/code&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\usepackage{etoolbox}&#xA;\pretocmd{\tableofcontents}{%&#xA;  \if@openright\cleardoublepage\else\clearpage\fi&#xA;  \pdfbookmark[0]{\contentsname}{toc}%&#xA;}{}{}%&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T11:21:57.527" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1822" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1811" CreationDate="2010-08-16T11:30:46.840" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In short:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;utf8 supports much more characters than latin1.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;utf8 is multilingual and cross-platform spread, latin1 is mainly used on Windows.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unicode, which is supported by utf8,  is international standard and it shall support all languages and shall handle all kinds of writing. utf8 is the widest spread encoding for Unicode and it is backwards-compatible with ASCII (in contrary to other Unicode encodings). In utf8, each character is represented by 1 to 4 bytes. That's why the number of possible symbols is really huge. latin1 uses just one byte, beeing limited to a maximum of 256 characters. I think it uses just 191 of 256 possible.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, utf8 might be already be favourable if you use just one platform.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;utf8 is the standard encoding on Linux and Mac OS X. The number of LaTeX editors supporting utf8 on Windows increased, for instance TeXworks uses it by default.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If there's a possibility that anybody, including you, would open your document on a Mac or on Linux, I recommend to use utf8. This already concerns german umlauts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-16T13:31:49.920" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T13:31:49.920" />
  <row Id="1823" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1814" CreationDate="2010-08-16T12:01:49.413" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Check out &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.zotero.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot; title=&quot;zotero.org&quot;&gt;zotero.org&lt;/a&gt;.  You'll find bib/bibtex discussions in the forums and useful information spread across the web (e.g., &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.curiousjason.com/zoterotobibtex.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot; title=&quot;Zotero to bibtex&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T12:01:49.413" />
  <row Id="1824" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1820" CreationDate="2010-08-16T12:04:30.327" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A general way for base classes using &lt;code&gt;\addtocontents&lt;/code&gt; would be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\addtocontents{toc}{\protect{\pdfbookmark[0]{\contentsname}{toc}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Similar for lof and lot with &lt;code&gt;\listfigurename&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\listtablename&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But, since KOMA-Script uses &lt;code&gt;tocbasic&lt;/code&gt;, this would be better way and very simple:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\BeforeTOCHead[toc]{{\pdfbookmark[0]{\contentsname}{toc}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Just this line will get you the bookmark for the table of contents.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a compilable example, where &lt;code&gt;\BeforeTOCHead&lt;/code&gt; is used to create bookmarks for &lt;em&gt;all&lt;/em&gt; such lists like toc, lof and lot.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrbook}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\BeforeTOCHead{%&#xA;  \cleardoublepage&#xA;    \edef\@tempa{%&#xA;      \noexpand\pdfbookmark[0]{\list@fname}{\@currext}%&#xA;    }\@tempa&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\listoffigures&#xA;\listoftables&#xA;\chapter{One}&#xA;text&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;No redefinition of &lt;code&gt;\tableofcontents&lt;/code&gt; and no etoolbox would be required. Different names by babel are supported.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-16T12:15:15.267" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T12:15:15.267" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1825" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1826" CreationDate="2010-08-16T12:39:23.847" Score="6" ViewCount="317" Body="&lt;p&gt;When writing papers, I like to keep track of notes, thoughts and to do's inside the documents. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd love to have tiny coloured multi-line marginalia. So far I used sth like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\mymarginnote}[1]{\marginpar{\begin{spacing}{0.8}\textcolor{red}{\scriptsize{#1}}\end{spacing}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to have a red side-note, but the single-spacing does not work. How can I have this marginalia single-spaced (or less)? And is it possible to have the text with a yellow background? The &lt;code&gt;\colorbox{}&lt;/code&gt; command doesn't seem to wrap the text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd also be interested how you keep track of notes and thoughts within your documents...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-16T13:00:07.330" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T17:03:54.823" Title="Single-spaced multi-line marginalia" Tags="&lt;line-spacing&gt;&lt;marginpar&gt;&lt;notes&gt;&lt;color&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1826" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1825" CreationDate="2010-08-16T12:54:13.147" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use &lt;code&gt;\setstretch&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\parbox&lt;/code&gt; inside &lt;code&gt;\colorbox&lt;/code&gt;. Here's an example, using even smaller stretch value to make the effect more visible:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;\usepackage[svgnames]{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage[doublespacing]{setspace}&#xA;\newcommand{\mymarginnote}[1]{%&#xA;  \marginpar{\colorbox{yellow}{\parbox{\marginparwidth}{%&#xA;  \setstretch{0.5}\textcolor{red}{\scriptsize{#1}}}}}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\blindtext&#xA;\mymarginnote{Some text in the margin spanning several lines}&#xA;\blindtext&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The output looks like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/PeDk1.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T12:54:13.147" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1827" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1773" CreationDate="2010-08-16T13:23:19.690" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have the same problem.  For documents that aren't too complex, I often render the LaTeX as a PDF, and then use one of the PDF-to-Word coverters to make a Word document.  For many jobs that works quite well, although if you have mathematical formulas, tables, or other complicated formatting, you will probably need to do some editing of the target document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="837" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T13:23:19.690" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1828" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1825" CreationDate="2010-08-16T13:37:58.407" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Have you considered using &lt;code&gt;\linespread&lt;/code&gt;, e.g., &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\oldmarginpar\marginpar&#xA;\renewcommand\marginpar[1]{%&#xA;  {\linespread{0.85}\normalfont\scriptsize%&#xA;   \oldmarginpar[\vspace{-1.5ex}\raggedright\scriptsize\color{red}\textsf{#1}]%&#xA;                {\vspace{-1.5ex}\raggedright\scriptsize\color{green}\textsf{#1}}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, just adjust the &lt;code&gt;\linespread&lt;/code&gt; factor to tighten things up (note that it's tucked inside a new &lt;code&gt;{...}&lt;/code&gt; group).  To make things interesting, I've redefined &lt;code&gt;\marginpar&lt;/code&gt; to show that you can format each side differently in &lt;code&gt;twoside&lt;/code&gt; docs.  While I was at it, I adjusted the vertical position of the margin note up a notch to better align its baseline with the body text it relates to.  I omitted the &lt;code&gt;\colorbox&lt;/code&gt; command you were interested in since Stefan's answer made its usage pretty clear.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastEditorUserId="416" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-16T13:44:02.620" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T13:44:02.620" />
  <row Id="1829" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1815" CreationDate="2010-08-16T14:01:25.327" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.molspaces.com/cb2bib/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;cb2bib&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T14:01:25.327" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1830" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1831" CreationDate="2010-08-16T14:06:43.707" Score="11" ViewCount="196" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the quickest way to check (on Linux) whether I already have a given package?  In particular I'm interested in whether there is something that will take less time than the 20 seconds or so it would take me to create a tiny latex document and try to compile it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="206" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-23T18:14:07.447" LastActivityDate="2010-11-23T18:14:07.447" Title="What is the quickest way to check whether I already have a given package?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;file-lookup&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="1831" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1830" CreationDate="2010-08-16T14:17:27.283" Score="17" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;kpsewhich pkgname.sty&#xA;kpsewhich clsname.cls&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T14:17:27.283" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1832" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1830" CreationDate="2010-08-16T14:39:05.627" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The standard tool works not only on Linux but also on Windows systems: at the command prompt, the command&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;kpsewhich name.sty&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;prints path and file name of one file &lt;code&gt;name.sty&lt;/code&gt; if it can be found, otherwise nothing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;kpsewhich -all name.sty&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;prints all occurences if there are several (try &lt;code&gt;kpsewhich -all texmf.cnf&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It uses ls-R files but could search the disk as well if you specify the option -must-exist. kpsewhich recognizes a lot of format names. Beside tex formats like .cls, .sty, .tex it finds font files, bib files and many more.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Type&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;kpsewhich --help&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;man kpsewhich&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to learn more or have a look at this &lt;a href=&quot;http://texblog.net/hypertext-help/latex-tools/kpsewhich/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;kpsewhich manpage&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This standalone program belongs to the kpathsea library. To read about it, type&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;texdoc kpathsea&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;at the command prompt. As you may know, texdoc is another very useful command for the shell.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-16T17:21:26.357" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T17:21:26.357" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1833" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-16T15:25:09.113" Score="4" ViewCount="165" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/417/how-to-split-all-bibtex-referenced-entries-from-a-big-bibtex-database-to-a-copy&quot;&gt;How to split all BibTeX referenced entries from a big BibTeX database to a copy?&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have one big &lt;code&gt;foo.bib&lt;/code&gt; file that contains all my references. Every one of my different LaTeX documents uses this with &lt;code&gt;\bibliography{foo}&lt;/code&gt; and cites only a subset of the contained references.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a good script that takes one of my LaTeX documents (including everything it includes using &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt;) and extracts all the items in &lt;code&gt;foo.bib&lt;/code&gt; that are cited?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In other words, I'd like to filter the big &lt;code&gt;foo.bib&lt;/code&gt; file using a LaTeX document so that only the cited bibliography items survive.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3860" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-31T20:43:53.037" LastActivityDate="2010-08-31T20:43:53.037" ClosedDate="2010-08-16T18:51:21.433" Title="Filter .bib file for items that are actually used with \cite?" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;script&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1834" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1833" CreationDate="2010-08-16T15:29:20.223" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think there are some perl scripts doing that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex/reftex.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;RefTeX&lt;/a&gt; which offers a function &lt;code&gt;reftex-create-bibtex-file&lt;/code&gt; that does just that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="337" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T15:29:20.223" />
  <row Id="1835" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1833" CreationDate="2010-08-16T15:34:03.223" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;bibkey&lt;/code&gt; command from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.petercorke.com/pybib.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pybib&lt;/a&gt; can do this (amongst other tools)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T15:34:03.223" />
  <row Id="1836" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1773" CreationDate="2010-08-16T16:05:50.600" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have never before used tex4ht, however, what I have done in the past is use latex2html and then import the .html into OpenOffice/Word.  The only problem with this approach is that large equations will be rendered as images (and will therefore not be editable).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="737" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T16:05:50.600" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1837" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1825" CreationDate="2010-08-16T17:03:54.823" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think the &lt;em&gt;real&lt;/em&gt; problem is this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Wrong spacing:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\mymarginnote}[1]{\marginpar{\textcolor{red}{\scriptsize #1}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Right spacing:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\mymarginnote}[1]{\marginpar{\scriptsize\textcolor{red}{#1}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Explanation: In the second version, &lt;code&gt;\scriptsize&lt;/code&gt; is still in effect when the paragraph ends. This is the point at which Latex chooses the line spacing for the paragraph.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;No need to use any extra tweaks like the &quot;spacing&quot; environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="100" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T17:03:54.823" />
  <row Id="1838" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1839" CreationDate="2010-08-16T17:29:22.677" Score="1" ViewCount="337" Body="&lt;p&gt;Running revtex4-1 with the preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[aps, pre, floatfix, reprint]{revtex4-1}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and the section later:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{acknowledgements}&#xA;The authors would like to thank Tex, LaTeX and Friends &#xA;for the answer to this question.&#xA;\end{acknowledgements}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Gives the warning:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; Class revtex4-1 Warning: Environment acknowledgements is obsolete;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Have I done something wrong here?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="352" LastEditorUserId="352" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-16T20:12:28.977" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T20:12:28.977" Title="How come Revtex says acknowledgements are obsolete?" Tags="&lt;warnings&gt;&lt;revtex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1839" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1838" CreationDate="2010-08-16T17:39:50.067" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have never used &lt;code&gt;revtex&lt;/code&gt; but the &lt;a href=&quot;https://authors.aps.org/revtex4/auguide4-1.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;author's guide&lt;/a&gt; explicitly states:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Please note the spelling of “acknowledgments.”&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is also the full error message LaTeX produces:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Class revtex4-1 Warning: Environment acknowledgements is obsolete;&#xA;  Use acknowledgments instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So replacing &lt;code&gt;acknowledgements&lt;/code&gt; by &lt;code&gt;acknowledgments&lt;/code&gt; removes the message.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T17:39:50.067" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1841" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1848" CreationDate="2010-08-16T18:36:13.837" Score="10" ViewCount="446" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/microtype&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;microtype&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package allows to completely suppress ligatures. However, this feature requires pdfTeX 1.30 or newer. That's unfortunate if I'm using LaTeX or XeLaTeX while having to avoid ligatures.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any other way to disable ligatures for a complete document or just an environment?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-15T17:56:12.960" LastActivityDate="2010-11-15T18:57:35.107" Title="How can I completely suppress ligatures?" Tags="&lt;ligatures&gt;&lt;microtype&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1842" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-16T18:45:34.503" Score="3" ViewCount="148" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&#xA;Forgive me for my perhaps naive questions, I am beginning to discover Tikz potentials.  To ease certain operations as moving objects or transforming them, I want to know if there is a mechanism in Tikz that I can group certain operations and  give a name to this grouping and use that name in doing operations on the whole collection of objects that are grouped.  My first guess was perhaps &lt;strong&gt;scope&lt;/strong&gt; will do this.  But could not see how I can refer collectively to the scoped operations and/or  objects.&#xA;The best analogy, for give me to mention it, is the grouping operation in Power Point.&#xA;Thanks for your help.&#xA;Artimess&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="833" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-16T18:55:06.170" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T18:55:06.170" Title="Grouping objects and applying operation to the group" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;diagrams&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="1843" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1846" CreationDate="2010-08-16T18:49:53.280" Score="4" ViewCount="213" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I use the &lt;code&gt;setspace&lt;/code&gt; package in an &lt;code&gt;amsart&lt;/code&gt; document, the indentation of footnotes is messed up: the first-line indent is lost, with everything pushed to the left.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sample document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{amsart}&#xA;\usepackage{setspace}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Hello.\footnote{There.}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Compare the placement of the footnote text when the second line is included vs. excluded. This does not occur in the &lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt; class, for which the inclusion of &lt;code&gt;setspace&lt;/code&gt; appears to make no difference.  I experience the issue on both MacTeX (from MacPorts) on Max OS 10.6, and on MikTeX on a Windows XP machine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I keep &lt;code&gt;setspace&lt;/code&gt; from messing up the footnote indentation when using &lt;code&gt;amsart&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="842" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-16T18:57:22.903" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T19:01:02.163" Title="amsart, setspace, and footnotes" Tags="&lt;footnotes&gt;&lt;amsart&gt;&lt;setspace&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="1844" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1842" CreationDate="2010-08-16T18:54:00.947" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;tikzpicture envionments can be nested. They behave like scope environments and support optional arguments for parameters. For instance, &lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=0.5, transform shape] ... \end{tikzpicture}&lt;/code&gt; could be used inside a parent tikzpicture environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T18:54:00.947" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1845" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1842" CreationDate="2010-08-16T18:54:39.010" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can apply transformations to a &lt;code&gt;scope&lt;/code&gt;, like for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \begin{scope}[rotate=45]&#xA;        \draw (-1,-1) rectangle (1,1);&#xA;        \draw (0,0) circle (1);&#xA;    \end{scope}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Whatever parameters and operations you specify in the &lt;code&gt;[...]&lt;/code&gt; at the beginning of the &lt;code&gt;scope&lt;/code&gt; environment is applied to every command inside the &lt;code&gt;scope&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T18:54:39.010" />
  <row Id="1846" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1843" CreationDate="2010-08-16T19:01:02.163" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;setspace redefines &lt;code&gt;\@footnotetext&lt;/code&gt;. You could save that command in your own macro and restore it after loading setspace:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{amsart}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\let\std@footnotetext\@footnotetext&#xA;\usepackage{setspace}&#xA;\let\@footnotetext\std@footnotetext&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Hello.\footnote{There.}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is a method that can generally be used for such workarounds regarding undesired changes by packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T19:01:02.163" />
  <row Id="1847" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1849" CreationDate="2010-08-16T19:36:45.897" Score="4" ViewCount="280" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like a command that takes two arguments: a page number and a block of text.  I would like the command to create a PDF hyperlink around the text that will jump to the given page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I see that the undocumented &lt;code&gt;\hyperpage{}&lt;/code&gt; command from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/applications/hyperref/manual.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;hyperref&lt;/a&gt; package will create a link to the given page, however, I don't see how it can be used to make a link for arbitrary text.  I took a look at the underlying code in hyperref.sty but I can't really figure it out.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I do realize that I could use &lt;code&gt;\hyperlink{}{}&lt;/code&gt;, but that requires I put a &lt;code&gt;\hypertarget{}{}&lt;/code&gt; on each of the pages to be linked.  In my case, I only know the numerical number of the page to be linked.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="737" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T20:21:14.057" Title="PDF hyperlinks to a given page." Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;pdf&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1848" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1841" CreationDate="2010-08-16T19:44:15.613" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In XeLaTeX (or LuaLaTeX), if you are using an opentype/truetype font, you can just load it with the default ligature features (usually just &lt;code&gt;liga&lt;/code&gt;) turned off.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In standard LaTeX, the only safe solution that I know is to create special tfm files that do not contain ligatures.  The new primitive, '&lt;code&gt;\noligs&lt;/code&gt;' in pdftex 1.30 was created specifically so that you do not have to mess with these tfm files. The modification to the tfm files is not that hard, but I do not know how to make latex make use of the results.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To patch a tfm file, say 'cmr10.tfm', first find the file and go to its location, then do this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$ tftopl cmr10.tfm &amp;gt; cmr10-noligs.pl&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The output file &lt;code&gt;cmr10-noligs.pl&lt;/code&gt; is a 'human readable' representation of the tfm contents. You can open it in any text editor. Close to the top, there is a table that starts like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;(LIGTABLE&#xA;    (LABEL O 40)&#xA;    (KRN C l R -0.277779)&#xA;    (KRN C L R -0.319446)&#xA;    (STOP)&#xA;    (LABEL C f)&#xA;    (LIG C i O 14)&#xA;    (LIG C f O 13)&#xA;    (LIG C l O 15)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;within the &lt;code&gt;LIGTABLE&lt;/code&gt;, delete all lines with &lt;code&gt;LIG&lt;/code&gt; in it (most fonts have only &lt;code&gt;LIG&lt;/code&gt;, but there are some variations possible like &lt;code&gt;/LIG&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;LIG/&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;). When you have done that, you&#xA;may end up with combinations of &lt;code&gt;LABEL&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;STOP&lt;/code&gt; on consecutive lines. Whenever that happens, delete both those lines also.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then save the file, and run the shell command&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$ pltotf cmr10-noligs.pl&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This creates the new metrics file, &lt;code&gt;cmr10-noligs.tfm&lt;/code&gt;, that can then be used to do typesetting without any automatic ligatures. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Before you can actually use this font, you (usually) also have to add a dvips/pdftex map file entry for it, otherwise these programs will believe you have created a completely&#xA;new metafont font. In this case, my &lt;code&gt;pdftex.map&lt;/code&gt; contains this line for &lt;code&gt;cmr10&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; cmr10 CMR10 &amp;lt;cmr10.pfb&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;all that is needed is a copy of that line with the new tfm name &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; cmr10-noligs CMR10 &amp;lt;cmr10.pfb&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note: it is actually possible that there is no matching map line for the original font&#xA;because it was itself a virtual font. In that case, you do not need an extra map line at all, but you &lt;em&gt;do&lt;/em&gt; need to copy the &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;fontname&amp;gt;.vf&lt;/code&gt; file (use &lt;code&gt;kpsewhich&lt;/code&gt; to find it, it is on your disk somewhere) to &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;fontname&amp;gt;-noligs.vf&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Someone else will have to explain how to create a LaTeX package from new tfm files, &#xA;I do not remember how to do that any more.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T19:44:15.613" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="1849" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1847" CreationDate="2010-08-16T19:53:45.233" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use &lt;code&gt;\hyperlink&lt;/code&gt; with the already defined page targets:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\hyperlink{page.2}{Go to page 2}&#xA;\newpage&#xA;text on page 2&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T19:53:45.233" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1850" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1847" CreationDate="2010-08-16T20:21:14.057" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Not sure it is the same, but you can create a link with something like this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First you add a label somewhere in the document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\label{sec:listOfFiles}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And then add the link to that label with.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ref{sec:listOfFiles} &#xA;\pageref{sec:listOfFiles}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And if you add &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;it becomes a link you can click on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="795" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T20:21:14.057" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1851" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1811" CreationDate="2010-08-16T20:43:35.907" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The background...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Pure ascii is a 7-bit encoding that is only good for english, the german characters is missing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Latin1 is a 8-bit (1 byte) character encoding that used to be the standard encoding in Germany some 5-10 years ago. And it does support the special german characters.&#xA;If you have a look at the &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO/IEC_8859-1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;latin1 page over at wikipedia&lt;/a&gt; you quickly realised that it was a little bit messy but it did work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So to solve this in a nicer way, utf8 was created and since it is using 1-4 bytes to store one character. More or less all special characters from all different countries inclusive the Asian ones can be saved in the same character encoding.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And since all modern OS (Windows, Linux and MacOS) use utf8, &#xA;you are probably using it right now without even knowing it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="795" LastEditorUserId="795" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-16T21:16:51.537" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T21:16:51.537" />
  <row Id="1852" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-16T21:08:54.583" Score="8" ViewCount="382" Body="&lt;p&gt;how to enumerate theorems using letters?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-16T21:24:34.273" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T21:28:04.417" Title="how to enumerate theorems using letters?" Tags="&lt;numbering&gt;&lt;counters&gt;&lt;theorems&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1853" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1852" CreationDate="2010-08-16T21:16:40.290" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could redefine the presentation of the theorem counter. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\thetheorem}{\Alph{theorem}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{theorem}&#xA;  Text&#xA;\end{theorem}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Sprag.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If your counter has the name &lt;code&gt;theorem&lt;/code&gt;, the corresponding output command has the name &lt;code&gt;\thetheorem&lt;/code&gt;. The command &lt;code&gt;\Alph&lt;/code&gt; takes a counter as argument and returns the value converted into the corresponding capital letter. &lt;code&gt;\alph&lt;/code&gt; would return lowercase letters instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-16T21:28:04.417" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T21:28:04.417" />
  <row Id="1854" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1756" CreationDate="2010-08-16T21:31:13.187" Score="20" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't intend this to be a complete answer to your question, but I don't believe anyone else has yet brought up the topic of longevity.  TeX has been around for over thirty years, and the underlying language hasn't changed very much in that time.  Has anyone ever tried using Word 2007 to load a file that was originally written in Word '97?  Even if the file imports properly, chances are some of the page/line breaks are going to be off, possibly skewing the entire layout.  What if you had decided to write your document in Lotus Word Pro back in 1990?  Would you be able to view/edit that document today?  These problems almost never occur with (La)TeX.  A document that is typeset in (La)TeX today is likely to look exactly the same when you re-typeset it 10, 20, or 30 years down the road.  Since TeX is stored in a human-readable plain text file, you also have the knowledge that you will always be able to edit the file in the future.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="737" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T21:31:13.187" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-19T12:23:31.780" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1855" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-16T21:37:03.050" Score="1" ViewCount="183" Body="&lt;p&gt;it is possible to switch the list of theorems between letters and numbers?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-16T21:43:10.027" LastActivityDate="2010-08-22T20:02:38.357" Title="Theorem Ambient" Tags="&lt;numbering&gt;&lt;theorems&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1856" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1857" CreationDate="2010-08-16T21:48:31.247" Score="2" ViewCount="119" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a bibtex .bst file that issues something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&quot;\MR{&quot; mrnumber &quot;}&quot; * *&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in order to produce things like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\MR{MR123456789 (99 \#9999)}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\MR{MR123456789}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;inside the .bbl file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is then parsed by one of the many MR implementations out there to produce a little URL to the review:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\href{http://www.ams.org/mathscinet-getitem?mr=123456789}{MR123456789}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately, it no longer works too reliably as some records I am getting now look like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\MR{123456789 (99 \#9999)}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\MR{123456789}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;without the inital MR.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In terms of (perl compatible) regexes I want to capture $1 from &lt;code&gt;/^(?:MR)([0-9]*)[^0-9]*.*$/&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;What sort of magic do I put in the &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt; in order to omit an optional leading &quot;MR&quot; and optional trailing garbage begun by a non-numeric character?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="846" LastActivityDate="2011-01-01T18:09:22.567" Title="Macro definition: Ignoring leading &quot;MR&quot; and trailing garbage begun by non-numeric / Parsing the mrnumber returned by MathSciNet" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;bibtex&gt;" AnswerCount="4" />
  <row Id="1857" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1856" CreationDate="2010-08-16T22:08:36.050" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You need to process this input in two stages. &#xA;Something like this should do the trick:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\checkMR MR#1#2#3 #4\relax%&#xA;  {\ifx#1M%&#xA;     \ifx#2R\message{#3}\else\message{#1#2#3}\fi&#xA;   \else&#xA;     \message{#1#2#3}%&#xA;   \fi}&#xA;\def\MR#1{\checkMR MR#1 \relax}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If the input is &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \MR{MR10000}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the macros &lt;code&gt;\checkMR&lt;/code&gt; gets fed these arguments:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \checkMR MRMR10000\relax&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in that case, &lt;code&gt;#1&lt;/code&gt; is M, &lt;code&gt;#2&lt;/code&gt; is R, and the number is in argument &lt;code&gt;#3&lt;/code&gt; (because &lt;code&gt;\checkMR&lt;/code&gt; is a delimited macro whose call has to start with &lt;code&gt;MR&lt;/code&gt;, so the first &lt;code&gt;MR&lt;/code&gt; appearance is deleted by the macro scanner inside TeX).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If the input is &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \MR{10000}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the number is all three arguments concatenated, because it expands to &lt;code&gt;\checkMR MR1000\relax&lt;/code&gt;. The &lt;code&gt;\ifx&lt;/code&gt; tests in &lt;code&gt;\checkMR&lt;/code&gt; differentiate between those cases.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt; is there only to end &lt;code&gt;\checkMR&lt;/code&gt; argument scanning. It could be anything, as long as it does not appear in the original &lt;code&gt;\MR&lt;/code&gt; argument at all.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: sorry, I missed the space problem originally, I have adjusted the macro definitions to handle that as well. As an exercise to the reader: see if you configure out how that works on your own :) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastEditorUserId="89" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-16T22:13:38.017" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T22:13:38.017" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1858" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1861" CreationDate="2010-08-16T23:07:37.027" Score="3" ViewCount="1033" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Beamer, I often use a two-column slide layout, picture on the left and text on the right. Sometimes the same picture is used on multiple slides, with the text on the right changing. I use the Beamer &lt;code&gt;columns&lt;/code&gt; environment for this purpose.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My problem is that typically the pictures in the two slides do not have the same vertical alignment, causing a slightly annoying &quot;jiggle&quot;. None of the various options for &lt;code&gt;column&lt;/code&gt; seems to help, and the default (align centers) is the most reasonable anyway. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to force the picture to be vertically centered with respect to the page, irrespective of the size of the content of the other column?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's an example - the text on the left (representing a picture) moves a little between frames.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage{calc}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}\frametitle{Test frame}&#xA;    \begin{columns}&#xA;        \column{.5\textwidth}&#xA;          A figure&#xA;        \column{.5\textwidth}&#xA;          \begin{itemize}&#xA;              \item Item 1&#xA;              \item Item 2&#xA;          \end{itemize}&#xA;      \end{columns}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\begin{frame}\frametitle{Test frame 2}&#xA;    \begin{columns}&#xA;        \column{.5\textwidth}&#xA;          A figure&#xA;        \column{.5\textwidth}&#xA;          \begin{itemize}&#xA;              \item Another item 1&#xA;              \item Another item 2&#xA;              \item This list is longer&#xA;              \item Than the previous one&#xA;              \item was&#xA;          \end{itemize}&#xA;      \end{columns}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="490" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-23T18:32:27.390" LastActivityDate="2010-11-23T18:32:27.390" Title="Stable vertical alignment of columns in Beamer" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;&lt;columns&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="1859" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14649" CreationDate="2010-08-16T23:20:54.787" Score="1" ViewCount="171" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to declare some macros in my preamble which allow me to create 2 x 2 matrices more quickly, and in particular, I want to be able to tab through the four entry positions. I feel like this is super basic and I am missing an obvious solution. Ideally I would like the command to implement &lt;code&gt;smallmatrix&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;pmatrix&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT:&lt;/strong&gt; I apologize for the confusion. What I mean was something like &lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\norm}[1]{\left|\left|#1\right|\right|}&lt;/code&gt; where the command takes an argument and using tab-completion in TexWorks or enter-completion in Kile will put your cursor in the argument field automatically. I hope this clarification helps!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="84" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-31T08:20:59.687" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T08:20:59.687" Title="Defining a good tab-able macro for matrices." Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;matrices&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1860" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1859" CreationDate="2010-08-16T23:56:08.850" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Do you mean just shortcuts? Here's one possibility defining commands instead of environments:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\newcommand*{\pmat}[1]{\begin{pmatrix}#1\end{pmatrix}}&#xA;\newcommand*{\smat}[1]{\begin{smallmatrix}#1\end{smallmatrix}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\[&#xA;\pmat{a &amp;amp; b \\ c &amp;amp; d}&#xA;\smat{e &amp;amp; f \\ g &amp;amp; h}&#xA;\]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-16T23:56:08.850" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1861" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1858" CreationDate="2010-08-17T00:12:33.623" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could fix the vertical alignment by using minipages of the same height in the second column. Here's the modified example with a stable left column:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage{calc}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}\frametitle{Test frame}&#xA;    \begin{columns}&#xA;        \column{.5\textwidth}&#xA;          A figure&#xA;        \column{.5\textwidth}&#xA;          \begin{minipage}[c][.6\textheight][c]{\linewidth}&#xA;            \begin{itemize}&#xA;                \item Item 1&#xA;                \item Item 2&#xA;            \end{itemize}&#xA;          \end{minipage}&#xA;      \end{columns}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\begin{frame}\frametitle{Test frame 2}&#xA;    \begin{columns}&#xA;        \column{.5\textwidth}&#xA;          A figure&#xA;        \column{.5\textwidth}&#xA;          \begin{minipage}[c][.6\textheight][c]{\linewidth}&#xA;            \begin{itemize}&#xA;                \item Another item 1&#xA;                \item Another item 2&#xA;                \item This list is longer&#xA;                \item Than the previous one&#xA;                \item was&#xA;            \end{itemize}&#xA;          \end{minipage}&#xA;      \end{columns}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-17T00:12:33.623" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="1862" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1858" CreationDate="2010-08-17T00:16:47.843" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think this is a good candidate for the &lt;code&gt;overprint&lt;/code&gt; environment. It typesets different material on different slides, but puts them all inside a box the size of the largest one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage{calc}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;    \frametitle&amp;lt;1&amp;gt;{Test frame}&#xA;    \frametitle&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;{Test frame 2}&#xA;    \begin{columns}&#xA;        \column{.5\textwidth}&#xA;          A figure&#xA;        \column{.5\textwidth}&#xA;        \begin{overprint}&#xA;          \onslide&amp;lt;1&amp;gt;&#xA;          \begin{itemize}&#xA;              \item Item 1&#xA;              \item Item 2&#xA;          \end{itemize}&#xA;          \onslide&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;&#xA;          \begin{itemize}&#xA;              \item Another item 1&#xA;              \item Another item 2&#xA;              \item This list is longer&#xA;              \item Than the previous one&#xA;              \item was&#xA;          \end{itemize}&#xA;        \end{overprint}&#xA;      \end{columns}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT:&lt;/strong&gt; although, I just realized that this makes both lists be top-aligned, so the shorter one may look a bit displaced. I'm not sure if there's a way to specify that the contents of &lt;code&gt;overprint&lt;/code&gt; should be vertically centered.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="125" LastActivityDate="2010-08-17T00:16:47.843" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1863" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1868" CreationDate="2010-08-17T00:39:23.393" Score="16" ViewCount="450" Body="&lt;p&gt;The hyperref documentation says: &quot;Make sure it comes last of your loaded packages&quot;. The reason is that it redefines many LaTeX commands. It's a rule of thumb that helps to avoid errors.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, there are exceptions, for instance the amsrefs user's guide notes that amsrefs has to be loaded &lt;em&gt;after&lt;/em&gt; hyperref.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To avoid problems when adding hypertext functionality: do you know further such exceptions?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T17:25:18.180" Title="Which packages should be loaded after hyperref instead of before?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;hyperref&gt;" AnswerCount="6" FavoriteCount="10" />
  <row Id="1864" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1863" CreationDate="2010-08-17T01:03:42.413" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;cleveref&lt;/code&gt; is one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="337" LastActivityDate="2010-08-17T01:03:42.413" />
  <row Id="1865" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1859" CreationDate="2010-08-17T02:09:44.080" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure what you mean by tabbing through the four entries, but the following is a slight modification to what Stefan Kottwitz gave.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\newcommand*\pmat[4]{\begin{pmatrix}#1&amp;amp;#2\\#3&amp;amp;#4\end{pmatrix}}&#xA;\newcommand*\smat[4]{\begin{smallmatrix}#1&amp;amp;#2\\#3&amp;amp;#4\end{smallmatrix}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\[&#xA;\pmat{a}{b}{c}{d}&#xA;\smat{e}{f}{g}{h}&#xA;\]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-08-17T02:09:44.080" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1866" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1773" CreationDate="2010-08-17T02:25:02.733" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Not sure if your problem is the same as mine, but I got &lt;code&gt;oolatex&lt;/code&gt; etc to work under Windows XP by editing &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;texmf&amp;gt;\tex4ht\base\win32\tex4ht.env&lt;/code&gt;. I updated all occurrences of &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;c:\tex4ht\texmf&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;c:/tex4ht/texmf&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to the actual TEXMF path on my system, so that all the paths resolve.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update:&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;Note that &lt;code&gt;java&lt;/code&gt; doesn't like space characters in file paths, so you'll need to use those old-style 8.3 filenames if a directory name contains spaces. For the purpose of &lt;code&gt;oolatex&lt;/code&gt;, search for the &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;ooxtpipes&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; section and edit the &lt;code&gt;java&lt;/code&gt; calls accordingly:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;ooxtpipes&amp;gt;&#xA;.4oo move %%0.4oo %%0.tmp&#xA;.4oo java -classpath  c:/Progra~1/MiKTeX~1/tex4ht/bin/tex4ht.jar xtpipes -i c:\Progra~1\MiKTeX~1\tex4ht\xtpipes\ -o %%0.4oo %%0.tmp&#xA;.4om move %%1.4om %%1.tmp&#xA;.4om java -classpath  c:/Progra~1/MiKTeX~1/tex4ht/bin/tex4ht.jar xtpipes -i c:\Progra~1\MiKTeX~1\tex4ht\xtpipes\ -o %%1.4om %%1.tmp&#xA;&amp;lt;/ooxtpipes&amp;gt;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="226" LastEditorUserId="226" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-18T06:51:07.907" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T06:51:07.907" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="1867" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1856" CreationDate="2010-08-17T02:33:47.190" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The following seems to do what you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\MR#1{\futurelet\lettoken\checkMR#1 \endMRgarbage}&#xA;\def\checkMR{%&#xA;        \if\lettoken M\expandafter\doMR&#xA;        \else \expandafter\doMR\expandafter M\expandafter R%&#xA;        \fi&#xA;}&#xA;\def\doMR MR{%&#xA;        \afterassignment\skipMRgarbage&#xA;        \begingroup&#xA;        \count255=%&#xA;}&#xA;\def\skipMRgarbage#1\endMRgarbage{%&#xA;        MR%&#xA;        \the\count255&#xA;        \endgroup&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\MR{MR10000}&#xA;&#xA;\MR{12345689 (99 \#9999)}&#xA;&#xA;\MR{MR323(99)}&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The three example expand to MR10000, MR123456789, and MR232. (Actually, it's not just expansion due to assignments, but that's the basic idea.) It should be easy enough to change the definition of \skipMRgarbage to produce an \href or whatever else you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-17T08:00:13.307" LastActivityDate="2010-08-17T08:00:13.307" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1868" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1863" CreationDate="2010-08-17T02:50:01.037" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;cleveref&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Many others are documented in section 6 of the &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; README. Some are more complex than simply loading after &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt;. Here are some more common ones...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;amsrefs&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;float&lt;/code&gt; before &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; before  &lt;code&gt;algorithm&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;chappg&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;sidecap&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;linguex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-08-17T02:50:01.037" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1869" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1863" CreationDate="2010-08-17T04:18:10.320" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Other common ones include&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;bookmark&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;glossaries&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-08-17T04:18:10.320" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="1870" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-17T05:02:46.083" Score="4" ViewCount="301" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've needed a few new packages for some macros to draw diagrams that I'm working with.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've heard that some LaTeX editors can automatically download the correct packages from CTAN when they're not found when attempting to compile a &lt;code&gt;tex&lt;/code&gt; file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I.e. when I put in &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{xiften}&lt;/code&gt;, for example, and then (I'm sure this is the wrong way, I've only been using auctex for a couple of days) do &lt;code&gt;M-x compile&lt;/code&gt; with command &lt;code&gt;pdflatex file.tex&lt;/code&gt;, and it gives the error &lt;code&gt;xifthen.sty not found&lt;/code&gt;, it would go to ctan and find &lt;code&gt;xifthen.sty&lt;/code&gt; and download it, then after that when &lt;code&gt;ifmtarg.sty&lt;/code&gt; (a dependency) was not found, it would fetch that, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can AUCTeX do anything like this? If not, is there a simple way to install packages via the command line? The equivalent of a package manager, or something? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="848" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-17T15:53:13.187" LastActivityDate="2010-08-17T15:53:13.187" Title="Installing new packages from ctan through command line or AUCTeX on Mac OS?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;osx&gt;&lt;auctex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="1871" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1870" CreationDate="2010-08-17T05:18:46.727" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you are using a TeX Live based distribution, such as MacTeX, I am aware of no &quot;on-the-fly&quot; installation of packages.  This is a feature of the Windows-based MikTeX distribution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ACUTeX may provide some functionality to remedy this- those emacs users are crafty.  However I cannot speak authoritatively on the subject as I don't use emacs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;TeX Live does indeed have a package manager though- the command you want is &lt;code&gt;tlmgr --help&lt;/code&gt; for general usage notes and &lt;code&gt;tlmgr install &amp;lt;pkgname&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; to install a package.  You may also want to check out the &lt;a href=&quot;http://code.google.com/p/mactlmgr/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX Live Utility&lt;/a&gt; which provides a nice GUI for &lt;code&gt;tlmgr&lt;/code&gt; on OS X.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastActivityDate="2010-08-17T05:18:46.727" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1872" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1876" CreationDate="2010-08-17T07:03:04.850" Score="5" ViewCount="282" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to reference BibTeX sources with full name and year, e. g. [Adams1979]. Is there an easy way to to this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="97" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-06T16:36:02.957" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T14:58:54.313" Title="Full name and year as BibTeX key" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;natbib&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="1873" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1859" CreationDate="2010-08-17T07:05:12.643" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.michaels-website.de/gedit-latex-plugin/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX plug-in for gedit&lt;/a&gt;, as with most good LaTeX editors, has a macro for tables and matrices. It supports tabbing between the entries. Being a gnome application you can assign any menu item a short-cut just by selecting it then pressing the keys you want. gedit is available for most operating systems.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Texmaker has a spreadsheet-like wizard for creating matrices and tables and is also available for most platforms.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="422" LastActivityDate="2010-08-17T07:05:12.643" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1874" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1883" CreationDate="2010-08-17T07:20:11.157" Score="7" ViewCount="377" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm writing up some notes that will be displayed on an overhead projector. The standard time-derivative \dot{x} produces a dot that is hard to see. Does anyone know of a package or have a macro that produces a (nice looking) larger dot? Similarly with \ddot{x}.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At the moment, I've been supplied with some ugly code that produces an ugly output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\dt#1{{\buildrel  {\hbox{\LARGE . }} \over {#1}}}    % dot-over &#xA;\def\ddt#1{{\buildrel {\hbox{\LARGE ..}} \over {#1}}}    % double dot&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="422" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-17T09:07:35.970" LastActivityDate="2010-08-17T10:17:21.090" Title="How to make a larger &quot;\dot&quot;" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;presentations&gt;&lt;accents&gt;" AnswerCount="4" />
  <row Id="1875" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1874" CreationDate="2010-08-17T07:38:53.203" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The normal &lt;code&gt;\dot&lt;/code&gt; uses the dot accent from the font, so switching font families to a font set with larger accents would be the cleanest solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-08-17T07:38:53.203" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-17T07:38:53.203" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1876" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1872" CreationDate="2010-08-17T07:40:03.340" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Take a look at the natbib or biblatex packages. Either should be able to do what you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: Take a look at \setcitestyle for natbib.&#xA;Edit 2: Here's a complete example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[authoryear]{natbib}&#xA;\bibliographystyle{plainnat}&#xA;\setcitestyle{square,aysep={}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\citep{adams:79}&#xA;\bibliography{test}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And the .bib:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@Article{adams:79,&#xA;        author = {Foo Adams},&#xA;        year = 1979,&#xA;        title = {Test},&#xA;        journal = {Test},&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-17T08:47:55.330" LastActivityDate="2010-08-17T08:47:55.330" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1877" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1872" CreationDate="2010-08-17T07:50:46.297" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt; you only need to specify something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[authoryear]{natbib}&#xA;\bibliographystyle{plainnat}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can read its full documentation by typing &lt;code&gt;texdoc natbib&lt;/code&gt; on a command line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-08-17T07:50:46.297" />
  <row Id="1878" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1874" CreationDate="2010-08-17T08:03:52.193" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Maybe rather use &lt;code&gt;\partial_t x&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;x_t&lt;/code&gt;? Also quite compact and much more noticeable.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="7" LastActivityDate="2010-08-17T08:03:52.193" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1879" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1856" CreationDate="2010-08-17T08:51:24.823" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I can't resist: a LuaTeX solution. The &lt;code&gt;\bgroup&lt;/code&gt;/&lt;code&gt;\catcode&lt;/code&gt; is not necessary if you put the definition in a separate lua-file, wich I'd always recommend. See that Lua has regular expressions (although limited compared to perl).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\bgroup&#xA;\catcode`\%=11&#xA;\gdef\MR#1{&#xA;  \directlua{&#xA;  local str = ('#1'):gsub(&quot;^%a?%a?(%d+) ?.*$&quot;,&quot;%1&quot;)&#xA;  tex.sprint(str)&#xA;}}&#xA;\egroup&#xA;&#xA;\MR{MR123456789}&#xA;&#xA;\MR{MR123456789 (99 \#9999)}&#xA;&#xA;\MR{123456789 (99 \#9999)}&#xA;&#xA;\MR{123456789}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;yields 4 times &lt;code&gt;123456789&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="243" LastActivityDate="2010-08-17T08:51:24.823" />
  <row Id="1880" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1874" CreationDate="2010-08-17T09:24:37.483" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; package provides the commands &lt;code&gt;\overset&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\underset&lt;/code&gt; to set arbitrary things over/under other arbitrary things. So with &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;bm&lt;/code&gt; loaded you can use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\overset{\bm .}{a}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to obtain an &quot;a&quot; with a bold dot on it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-08-17T09:24:37.483" />
  <row Id="1881" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-17T09:26:01.697" Score="2" ViewCount="140" Body="&lt;p&gt;I tried installing the nimbus font (http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/psfonts/urwvf/) in my local texmf tree by following the README provided with the package (and also on the website above). However, after installing and using the package, all characters are invisible in my document when I use 'latex' to compile the document. When I use 'pdflatex' it works. What could be the reason for it, not working with 'latex'?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="856" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-03T13:13:08.007" LastActivityDate="2010-09-03T13:13:08.007" ClosedDate="2010-08-25T13:41:38.817" Title="Install font in latex results in invisible text when compiling with ‘latex’" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;installing&gt;" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1882" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="64" CreationDate="2010-08-17T09:32:07.407" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I did a large amount of research for a &lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/1240037/recommended-build-system-for-latex/1394702#1394702&quot;&gt;very similar StackOverflow question&lt;/a&gt;. To summarize the problems of each tool:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;latexmk will overwrite your document in place, frequently causing your viewer to display an incomplete document (eg when there are errors). It's errror support is bad.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;rubber will overwrite your document in place (see above). It also frequently doesn't update your document enough.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;rubber-info prints errors spectacularly, and is better than all other tools at this task. It can be used seperately from rubber, with any other tool.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;vim-latexsuite has an awful build system. Avoid.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I couldnt make ltx work.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;MikTex is windows only.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;latex-makefile doesn't allow you use pdflatex, only latex -&gt; ps -&gt; pdf. It also misses bibtex sometimes.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My &lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/1240037/recommended-build-system-for-latex/1394702#1394702&quot;&gt;final solution &lt;/a&gt; constantly rebuilds the document via pdflatex, only overwriting when the document has changed (for your viewing pleasure). It relies on rubber-info for errors. I set vim to save the file after every X keystrokes, so that my script constantly rebuilds.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="855" LastActivityDate="2010-08-17T09:32:07.407" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="1883" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1874" CreationDate="2010-08-17T10:09:14.980" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use the &lt;code&gt;accents&lt;/code&gt; package and its command &lt;code&gt;\accentset&lt;/code&gt; to create faked accents. Here`s an example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{accents}&#xA;\newcommand*{\dt}[1]{%&#xA;  \accentset{\mbox{\large\bfseries .}}{#1}}&#xA;\newcommand*{\ddt}[1]{%&#xA;  \accentset{\mbox{\large\bfseries .\hspace{-0.25ex}.}}{#1}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;$\dot{x} \neq \dt{x}$&#xA;&#xA;$\ddot{x} \neq \ddt{x}$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ETiyg.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Instead of a large bold period you could also choose for instance a tiny \bullet.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-17T10:17:21.090" LastActivityDate="2010-08-17T10:17:21.090" />
  <row Id="1884" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1885" CreationDate="2010-08-17T10:47:09.827" Score="6" ViewCount="174" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using the standard book class. If I write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\frontmatter&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;&#xA;\mainmatter&#xA;\chapter{foo}&#xA;\section{Donald}&#xA;&#xA;\backmatter&#xA;\chapter{bar}&#xA;\section{Mickey}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would expect to have chapter bar numbered as appendix A and section Mickey as A.1. Instead chapter bar is not numbered and section Mickey is 1.2, following section Donald. If I insert the appendix command to obtain&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\frontmatter&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;&#xA;\mainmatter&#xA;\chapter{foo}&#xA;\section{Donald}&#xA;&#xA;\backmatter&#xA;\appendix&#xA;\chapter{bar}&#xA;\section{Mickey}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;then chapter bar is unnumbered and section Mickey is numbered as .1.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What am I doing wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="260" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-03T18:17:23.077" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T18:17:23.077" Title="Use of appendices" Tags="&lt;appendices&gt;&lt;book-design&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1885" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1884" CreationDate="2010-08-17T10:50:55.580" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Simply remove the &lt;code&gt;\backmatter&lt;/code&gt; in your second version. The &lt;code&gt;\backmatter&lt;/code&gt; should only be the bibliography and index (and similar things) at the end, which are not numbered.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-08-17T10:50:55.580" />
  <row Id="1886" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1884" CreationDate="2010-08-17T10:52:15.810" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try putting &lt;code&gt;\backmatter&lt;/code&gt; after your appendices?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="759" LastActivityDate="2010-08-17T10:52:15.810" />
  <row Id="1887" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-17T12:12:45.843" Score="11" ViewCount="369" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have no experience with TeX or any other typesetting system.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am going to university soon and have been told that I should learn LaTeX as it will help with bibliographies and essay writing. I am also self employed and would like to generate invoices in the future.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My original intention was just to learn LaTeX, however I found out about ConTeXt and now am a bit confused by the different options!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What are the advantages and disadvantages of the different typesetting systems?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="858" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-17T18:27:56.193" LastActivityDate="2010-08-17T18:27:56.193" Title="What typesetting system should I use?" Tags="&lt;context&gt;&lt;latex-general&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="1888" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1887" CreationDate="2010-08-17T12:55:08.080" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is safe to say that in general ConTeXt focuses a bit more on typography and a bit less on structure than LaTeX. There is quite a lot of functionality to handle page layouts, page arrangements, and page layering, for example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some other strong points of ConTeXt:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Multi-lingual interface with support for markup commands in Czech, Dutch, English, French, German, Italian, Persian and Rumanian.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Although extensibility is offered via a module system, the equivalent functionality of many (if not most) of the commonly used LaTeX packages is built into the ConTeXt core.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;ConTeXt’s unified design avoids the package clashes that can happen with LaTeX&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Extensive use of key-value setup commands means that defining your own style is quite easy.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;ConTeXT has an active mailing list that is closely monitored by the core developers.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;ConTeXt integrates a superset of MetaPost called MetaFun which allows the users to use the drawing abilities of MetaPost for page backgrounds and ornaments. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;ConTeXt closely follows LuaTeX development.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;ConTeXt provides a command-line wrapper script that among other this takes care of setting document modes and making sure that enough typesetting runs are done auomatically to resolve all references correctly.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;It is possible to process xml and mathml files directly.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-08-17T12:55:08.080" />
  <row Id="1889" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1887" CreationDate="2010-08-17T13:02:35.007" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In addition to Taco's answer: there is an entry in the TeX FAQ: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=context&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=context&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="243" LastActivityDate="2010-08-17T13:02:35.007" />
  <row Id="1890" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1887" CreationDate="2010-08-17T13:31:28.360" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;LaTeX is more of a standard document preparation system in academia. So if you ever want to submit a paper to a journal or conference and want to do it in TeX, LaTeX is your option. But if you have time, I would recommend learn both and then focus on one for your long term use, business, personal or academic.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;BTW, universities usually have free training courses on these computing skills.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="337" LastActivityDate="2010-08-17T13:31:28.360" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1891" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1892" CreationDate="2010-08-17T13:55:48.427" Score="2" ViewCount="195" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have an article with the following figure (there are 2 small charts near each other, horizontally):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}[h]&#xA;  \centering&#xA;  \includegraphics{left-graph}&#xA;  \includegraphics{right-graph}&#xA;  \caption{My caption}\label{mylabel}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I reference the figure with:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Figure~\ref{fig:result} shows bla-bla-bla.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The rendered PDF shows &lt;strong&gt;??&lt;/strong&gt; instead of the figure number. I tried with the reference occurring both before and after the figure (in the LaTeX source), but it didn't make a difference.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The relevant packages I'm using are below (those removed are for titling).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[english]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage[letterpaper]{geometry}&#xA;\geometry{top=1.0in, bottom=1.0in, left=1.5in, right=1.0in}&#xA;\usepackage{flafter} % make sure figures do not appear before their text&#xA;\usepackage{sidecap} % use side captions for floats&#xA;\usepackage{subfig} % subfloats&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure what's wrong here, advice is appreciated. I'm using MiKTeX 2.8.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="564" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-28T00:33:24.677" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T00:33:24.677" Title="Figure reference \ref{fig:result} renders as ?? in PDF" Tags="&lt;cross-referencing&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1892" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1891" CreationDate="2010-08-17T13:58:11.527" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your labels don't match. Change the reference to &lt;code&gt;\ref{mylabel}&lt;/code&gt; or the label to &lt;code&gt;label{fig:result}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-08-17T13:58:11.527" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1893" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1891" CreationDate="2010-08-17T14:23:10.013" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Besides the mistake noted by Lev Bishop (assuming that you just did some incomplete editing for this post, and in reality the labels match), it is possible that you did not run latex enough times. For the labels to work out you need to run it at least twice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="211" LastActivityDate="2010-08-17T14:23:10.013" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1894" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1319" CreationDate="2010-08-17T14:30:13.460" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The handbook for the memoir class showcases quite a few different layouts, some of which I would call quite beautiful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="194" LastActivityDate="2010-08-17T14:30:13.460" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-17T14:30:13.460" />
  <row Id="1895" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-17T16:56:18.573" Score="2" ViewCount="266" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have this shaded circle:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\shade [ball color=black!80!white] (0,0) circle (1);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to encapsulate it with node style?&#xA;Including fixing circle radius?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="69" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T00:03:21.343" Title="Tikz: How to encapsulate shade in node?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;shading&gt;&lt;circles&gt;&lt;nodes&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="1896" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1895" CreationDate="2010-08-17T17:11:01.340" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could define a style for nodes using &lt;code&gt;\tikzstyle&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article} &#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tikzstyle{ball} = [circle,shading=ball, ball color=black!80!white,&#xA;    minimum size=1cm]&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\node [style=ball] {};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/OMhXM.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-18T00:03:21.343" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T00:03:21.343" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="1897" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="837" CreationDate="2010-08-17T17:24:02.303" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is a example with eso-pic, that uses frontpage.pdf for the first page and normalBackground.pdf for the rest.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First create 2 macros that can be used later.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{eso-pic}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\BackgroundPicFront{&#xA;    \put(0,0){&#xA;        \parbox[b][\paperheight]{\paperwidth}{&#xA;            \vfill&#xA;            \centering&#xA;            \includegraphics[width=\paperwidth,height=\paperheight,keepaspectratio]{frontpage}%&#xA;            \vfill&#xA;        }&#xA;    }&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\BackgroundPic{&#xA;    \put(0,0){&#xA;        \parbox[b][\paperheight]{\paperwidth}{&#xA;            \vfill&#xA;            \centering&#xA;            \includegraphics[width=\paperwidth,height=\paperheight,keepaspectratio]{normalBackground}%&#xA;            \vfill&#xA;        }&#xA;    }&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then use those macros and don't forget to &quot;clear&quot;/&quot;remove&quot; the first background when you add the next background.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\AddToShipoutPicture{\BackgroundPicFront}&#xA;\ClearShipoutPicture&#xA;\AddToShipoutPicture{\BackgroundPic}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Have fun&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="795" LastActivityDate="2010-08-17T17:24:02.303" />
  <row Id="1898" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1899" CreationDate="2010-08-17T17:26:08.370" Score="4" ViewCount="403" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the best way to draw checker board in tikz?&#xA;I'm interested in what is the best way to draw many circular pieces on board.&#xA;(the checker background is not important)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="69" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-17T19:15:32.243" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T00:01:54.763" Title="Checkers board in TikZ." Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1899" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1898" CreationDate="2010-08-17T17:28:24.667" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I suggest to use a &lt;code&gt;matrix of nodes&lt;/code&gt; from the tikz matrix library.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A small example using the style devloped in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1895/tikz-how-to-encapsulate-shade-in-node&quot;&gt;other topic&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article} &#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{matrix}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tikzstyle{ball} = [circle, shading=ball,&#xA;    ball color=black!80!white, minimum size=1cm]&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\matrix (m) [matrix of nodes,nodes=ball] {&#xA; {} &amp;amp;    &amp;amp; {} &amp;amp;    &amp;amp; {} &amp;amp;    &amp;amp; {} &amp;amp; \\&#xA;    &amp;amp; {} &amp;amp;    &amp;amp; {} &amp;amp;    &amp;amp; {} &amp;amp;    &amp;amp; {} \\&#xA; {} &amp;amp;    &amp;amp; {} &amp;amp;    &amp;amp; {} &amp;amp;    &amp;amp; {} &amp;amp; \\};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/HB5PU.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-18T00:01:54.763" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T00:01:54.763" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="1900" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-17T17:57:20.293" Score="7" ViewCount="685" Body="&lt;p&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\tikzstyle{...}=[...]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This command seems to be extremaly usefull since it allows to re-use the same style in multiple TikZ pictures.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is is used in a few places in TikZ manual (pgfmanual.pdf), but why it is not defined or described ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What are the other useful commands not described in TikZ manual?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="69" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-21T23:44:44.917" LastActivityDate="2010-08-21T23:44:44.917" Title="Undocumented useful commands in Tikz." Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;macros&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1901" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-17T18:17:05.527" Score="11" ViewCount="203" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is what I'm after: I'd like to have the sentence 'John loves his mother.' displayed with an arrow running from 'his' to 'John'. I looked at gb4e.sty, but I found the documentation confusing and I haven't been able to make it work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="451" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-17T21:13:56.567" LastActivityDate="2010-08-17T22:44:54.937" Title="How can I draw arrows between words in linguistic examples?" Tags="&lt;linguistics&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1902" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1898" CreationDate="2010-08-17T18:20:59.513" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;TikZ usually has more than one way to produce a result. Stefan's solution is perfectly fine, but here is another way: TikZ has some programming constructs and many math functions built in that can be used to quickly generate all kinds of diagrams:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \foreach \row in {0, 1, 2} {&#xA;        \foreach \column in {0, 1, ..., 3} {&#xA;            \fill[shading=ball, ball color=black!80]&#xA;                ({2*\column+mod(\row,2)}, -\row) circle (0.5cm);&#xA;        }&#xA;    }&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This produces exactly the same picture as Stefan's solution does (well, except for a slightly changed bounding box because of the matrix padding). The advantage is that you can easily change the size by changing a few numbers and that you can put anything you like inside the foreach loops.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-17T18:47:43.687" LastActivityDate="2010-08-17T18:47:43.687" />
  <row Id="1903" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1900" CreationDate="2010-08-17T18:30:02.023" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The command &lt;code&gt;\tikzstyle&lt;/code&gt; is not well documented because the author would like to encourage users to set styles locally instead. Styles should be declared&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}[..., certain style/.style={...}, ...]&#xA;...&#xA;\en{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This way the style belongs to that picture.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perhaps read this message of the author Till Tantau: &lt;a href=&quot;http://osdir.com/ml/tex.pgf.user/2007-08/msg00004.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Keeping the tikzstyle command&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-21T15:20:28.267" LastActivityDate="2010-08-21T15:20:28.267" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="1904" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1905" CreationDate="2010-08-17T18:34:53.043" Score="6" ViewCount="250" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need to do the following: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the first page of every section, the page number should be at the bottom and centered. The text should stop one &quot;double space&quot; above it. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For all other pages, the page number should be at the top right, with the text starting one &quot;double space&quot; below that. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;1. Change the location of the page number according to the above?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;2. How can I specify a &quot;double space&quot; distance above/below the page number?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks for your help.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-17T18:43:27.393" LastActivityDate="2010-08-17T18:43:27.393" Title="Changing page number location" Tags="&lt;page-numbering&gt;&lt;header-footer&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1905" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1904" CreationDate="2010-08-17T18:42:57.957" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use a package like &lt;code&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;scrpage2&lt;/code&gt; to customize header and footer.&#xA;Compile this example and look at header and footer of the pages with filler text:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article} &#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\headrulewidth}{0pt}&#xA;\fancyhf{}&#xA;\rhead{\thepage}&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\thispagestyle{plain}&#xA;\blinddocument&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The commands and their usage are described in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;fancyhdr manual&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-17T18:42:57.957" />
  <row Id="1906" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1908" CreationDate="2010-08-17T19:17:54.157" Score="3" ViewCount="431" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the easiest way to make a cursive lowercase ell in latex math mode?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="512" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-17T19:23:27.293" LastActivityDate="2010-08-17T19:23:27.293" Title="Cursive lowercase ell" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1908" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1906" CreationDate="2010-08-17T19:21:16.597" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Simply use &lt;code&gt;$\ell$&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="401" LastActivityDate="2010-08-17T19:21:16.597" />
  <row Id="1909" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1906" CreationDate="2010-08-17T19:21:27.783" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Well &lt;code&gt;\( \ell \)&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-08-17T19:21:27.783" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1911" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1898" CreationDate="2010-08-17T21:01:00.803" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The difficulty with Caramdir's approach is that it is &lt;em&gt;too&lt;/em&gt; regular so it would be hard, for example, to display the layout of the board in an actual game.  Stefan's is better at that, but doesn't have the grid.  However, a grid is very regular so Caramdir's approach can be adapted to that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So here's my version which is an amalgamation of the two.  First, the result:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://www.math.ntnu.no/~stacey/documents/checkers.png&quot; alt=&quot;checker board&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some things to note:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;These are meant to be checkers pieces, after all!&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Using the &quot;between origins&quot; option in the matrix spacing means that the checkers (aka nodes) are placed very precisely on the squares.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;As in Stefan's answer, the syntax for actually placing the checkers on their squares is very intuitive.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The only thing left is a simple syntax for changing the colour of the pieces!&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(random text to avoid the code being thought of as part of the list, really ought to be using Markdown Extra not just Markdown ...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article} &#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{matrix,shapes.geometric}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tikzstyle{checker} = [cylinder, minimum width=.8cm, &#xA; shape border rotate=90,cylinder end fill=gray!50!white,&#xA; cylinder body fill=gray, cylinder uses custom fill]&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\draw[ultra thick] (0,0) rectangle (8,-8);&#xA;    \foreach \row in {0,1, ..., 7} {&#xA;        \foreach \column in {0, ..., 3} {&#xA;    \fill ({2*\column + mod(\row,2)}, -\row) rectangle +(1,-1);&#xA;        }&#xA;    }&#xA;\matrix (m) at (0,0) [matrix of nodes,nodes=checker,&#xA;  anchor=north west,column sep={1cm,between origins},&#xA;  row sep={1cm,between origins}] {&#xA; {} &amp;amp; {} &amp;amp; {} &amp;amp;    &amp;amp; {} &amp;amp;    &amp;amp; {} &amp;amp; \\&#xA;    &amp;amp;    &amp;amp;    &amp;amp; {} &amp;amp; {} &amp;amp; {} &amp;amp;    &amp;amp; {} \\&#xA;    &amp;amp; {} &amp;amp; {} &amp;amp;    &amp;amp;    &amp;amp;    &amp;amp; {} &amp;amp; \\&#xA;    &amp;amp; {} &amp;amp;    &amp;amp; {} &amp;amp;    &amp;amp; {} &amp;amp;    &amp;amp; {} \\&#xA; {} &amp;amp;    &amp;amp;    &amp;amp; {} &amp;amp; {} &amp;amp;    &amp;amp; {} &amp;amp; \\&#xA;    &amp;amp; {} &amp;amp;    &amp;amp; {} &amp;amp;    &amp;amp; {} &amp;amp;    &amp;amp; {} \\&#xA;    &amp;amp;    &amp;amp; {} &amp;amp;    &amp;amp;    &amp;amp;    &amp;amp; {} &amp;amp; \\&#xA;    &amp;amp;    &amp;amp;    &amp;amp; {} &amp;amp; {} &amp;amp; {} &amp;amp;    &amp;amp; {} \\&#xA;};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-08-17T21:01:00.803" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1912" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1901" CreationDate="2010-08-17T21:07:21.210" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use TikZ&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tikzstyle{every picture}+=[remember picture]&#xA;\tikzstyle{na} = [shape=rectangle,inner sep=0pt]&#xA;\tikz\node[na](word1){John}; loves \tikz\node[na](word2){his}; mother.&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[overlay]&#xA;  \path[-&amp;gt;,red,thick](word2) edge [out=90, in=90] (word1);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't know what type of arrow you want =)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="137" LastEditorUserId="137" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-17T22:44:54.937" LastActivityDate="2010-08-17T22:44:54.937" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1914" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1929" CreationDate="2010-08-17T22:37:20.017" Score="12" ViewCount="739" Body="&lt;p&gt;I often see people creating new macros where the macro token is surrounded by braces. For example,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\foo}{foo}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is unnecessary and I find the extra braces make it harder to read. Why do people do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(As an aside, I've even seen people try to use &lt;code&gt;\let{\foo}{\bar}&lt;/code&gt; which, of course, doesn't work.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-07T12:35:47.413" LastActivityDate="2010-10-07T12:35:47.413" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-17T22:37:20.017" Title="Why do people use unnecessary braces?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;best-practices&gt;" AnswerCount="8" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="1915" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-17T22:44:42.253" Score="1" ViewCount="208" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is a nice pice of TikZ for typesetting Go boards (gobans).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{standalone}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{shadows}&#xA;&#xA;%% -----------------------------------------------------------------------------&#xA;&#xA;\definecolor{wood}{rgb}{0.80,0.65,0.36}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\goban}[2]{&#xA;  \clip (0.3,0.3) rectangle (#1+0.5,#2+0.5);&#xA;  \fill [color=wood] (0,0) rectangle (20,20);&#xA;  \draw [step=1] (1,1) grid (19,19);&#xA;  \draw [thick] (1,1) -- (1,19) -- (19, 19) -- (19, 1) -- cycle;&#xA;  \foreach \row in {4, 10, 16} {&#xA;    \foreach \column in {4, 10, 16} {&#xA;      \fill (\row,\column) circle (0.07);&#xA;    }&#xA;  }&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\tikzstyle{stone}=[&#xA;  ball color = #1!70!gray,&#xA;  circle,&#xA;  %drop shadow,&#xA;  minimum size = 0.95cm&#xA;]&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\wstone}[2]{\node[black,stone=white] at (#1) {#2};}&#xA;\newcommand{\bstone}[2]{\node[white,stone=black] at (#1) {#2};}&#xA;&#xA;%% -----------------------------------------------------------------------------&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;%&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \goban {10} {7}&#xA;  \bstone {4,4} {}&#xA;  \wstone {6,3} {1}&#xA;  \bstone {3,6} {2}&#xA;  \wstone {4,2} {3}&#xA;  \bstone {3,3} {4}&#xA;  \wstone {9,3} {5}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;%&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&#xA;%% -----------------------------------------------------------------------------&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &quot;drop shadow&quot; is commented out.&#xA;If I uncomment it a shadow appears where it should, but also a whole picture become darker.&#xA;Why such thing is happening? How can I avoid it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="69" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-15T16:55:39.397" LastActivityDate="2010-11-15T16:55:39.397" Title="Tikz: Strange color change." Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;color&gt;&lt;shadows&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1916" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1914" CreationDate="2010-08-17T22:48:14.433" Score="16" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;What's easy to read for one person is not necessarily easy to read for another. Personally I find:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\foo}{foo}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;much&lt;/i&gt; easier to read than:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\foo{foo}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In particular, it clearly reveals what the two arguments to the function are, which the latter does not.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastEditorUserId="767" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-18T02:32:52.790" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T02:32:52.790" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-17T22:48:14.433" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="1917" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1914" CreationDate="2010-08-17T22:52:35.490" Score="20" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Code should be readable and understandable. Using braces for all arguments, even if they aren't necessary, is more consistent. So, I prefer to use braces to not confuse unexperienced users.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Leslie Lamport writes in &lt;em&gt;LaTeX - A Document Preparation System&lt;/em&gt;: &quot;Macho TeX programmers sometimes remove the braces around the first argument of &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt;; don't do it yourself.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Leslie Lamport is the initial developer of LaTeX. In the reference manual he specified the syntax of &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; to have braces: &lt;code&gt;\newcommand{cmd}[args][opt]{def}&lt;/code&gt;. That no error occurs if you deviate from a syntax doesn't mean that this deviation is correct and will work for all times and that automatic syntax checker will understand that this deviation would do no harm, for &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\providecommand&lt;/code&gt; and their starred environments and perhaps for all places where braces belong to the syntax but aren't strictly necessary.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt; is not a LaTeX command, that syntax doesn't apply.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-18T13:43:02.547" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T13:43:02.547" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-17T22:52:35.490" />
  <row Id="1918" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1915" CreationDate="2010-08-17T22:58:20.427" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I suggest check your output using another pdf viewer, if there are differences as well. It could be a reader issue.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-17T22:58:20.427" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1919" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1915" CreationDate="2010-08-17T23:03:26.003" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;No colour change in Evince on Ubuntu....&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="137" LastActivityDate="2010-08-17T23:03:26.003" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1920" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-17T23:04:16.873" Score="6" ViewCount="567" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using &lt;code&gt;\cite&lt;/code&gt; a lot in my document, but now I discovered that I really need &lt;code&gt;\citep&lt;/code&gt; instead (from natbib). No problem, I thought, just redefine the &lt;code&gt;\cite&lt;/code&gt; command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\cite}[1]{\citep{#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That worked for the &lt;code&gt;LaTeX&lt;/code&gt; version on my laptop (Mac), but on my Linux box this &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand&lt;/code&gt; has no effect. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I safely redefine the &lt;code&gt;\cite&lt;/code&gt; command, so that it works on all LaTeX distributions? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;P.S.: The version where it didn't work is this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;pdfTeX 3.1415926-1.40.10-2.2 (TeX Live 2009/Debian)&#xA;kpathsea version 5.0.0&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Update: After &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt; didn't work either (see answer) I found the source of the trouble: I had the &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{natbib}&lt;/code&gt; command &lt;em&gt;after&lt;/em&gt; my &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\cite}&lt;/code&gt; command. Changing the order fixed it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3860" LastEditorUserId="3860" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-17T23:15:25.030" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T09:05:36.273" Title="\renewcommand{\cite} does not work" Tags="&lt;citing&gt;&lt;macros&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1921" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1920" CreationDate="2010-08-17T23:09:24.167" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could try&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\cite\citep&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Update: after seeing your upated question: I assume &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt; would have worked if you would have placed it after &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{natbib}&lt;/code&gt; as well. Generally, placing redefinitions after all packages have been loaded prevents macros from beeing accidentally overwritten.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-18T00:09:19.833" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T00:09:19.833" />
  <row Id="1922" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1914" CreationDate="2010-08-18T00:25:52.060" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Contra Stefan (and therefore contra Leslie Lamport), and at the risk of weighing in on a matter involving personal style, I very much &lt;em&gt;prefer&lt;/em&gt; the forms&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\foo{...\baz{\bar}...}&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\foo}{...\baz{\bar}...}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*\foo[n]{...\baz{\bar}...}&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\newcommand*{\foo}[n]{...\baz{\bar}...}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My reasons are as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;When standing in this position, &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt; is a distinguished entity with a very different role to to play than &lt;code&gt;\bar&lt;/code&gt;. For that reason, I like to lexically distinguish it as such.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;To run with TH's point above, the pattern &lt;code&gt;\newcommand*{\foo}[n]{...}&lt;/code&gt; is, for someone who must regularly interpret and sometimes produce TeX and LaTeX-interspersed code, ... well, let's say, a little 'over-ornate'.  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Re my second point, the human brain (yes, I actually &lt;em&gt;do&lt;/em&gt; hold a research degree in neuropsych and learning), has to manage a huge amount of information during programming and program maintenance.  Personally for my tiny little brain, the more regular the patterns it has to deal with, the fewer times it must take its metaphorical eye off the ball and attend to non-problem related tasks.  The converse is also true.  Of course, I wish it weren't so, but (sadly even more so than in any other computer language I have encountered), this situation is very much the case with the TeX et al. family. [And, here, JW, comes my major and so far only gripe with LaTeX3 - it is layering even &lt;em&gt;more&lt;/em&gt; lexical pattern-breaking onto an already complex lexical (let alone syntactic or semantic or pragmatic or programmatic) pattern space. Of course, I agree that there are good &lt;em&gt;technical&lt;/em&gt; reasons for this (encapsulation/namespaces being one), however real &lt;em&gt;psychological&lt;/em&gt; tradeoffs accrue to &lt;em&gt;real&lt;/em&gt; programmers managing &lt;em&gt;real&lt;/em&gt; TeX/LateX2/LaTeX3(/LuaTeX) systems. I'm afraid (actually, I'm certain) that as this sort of complexity increases, the program error rate in these systems (and the commercial and non-commercial costs of producing and maintaining them) is going to increase in complex ways as well. Thank God we don't build rocket ships or commercial systems with this code! It might be provably deterministic Turing machine complete, but for heavens sake, TeX/LateX2/LaTeX3(/LuaTeX)'s little programming idioms like &lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\foo}{...}&lt;/code&gt; and myriad ilk add like grains of sand to our psychological ability to build robust stuff in this code.  And that is why I prefer to keep lexical patterns like &lt;code&gt;\newcommand\foo{...}&lt;/code&gt; as far as possible in harmony with the patterns that TeX has for better or worse delivered earlier to us.]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My tuppenny-ha'pence, guys and gals, sorry for taking the bait :))&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastEditorUserId="416" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-18T02:44:41.560" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T02:44:41.560" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-18T00:25:52.060" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1923" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1914" CreationDate="2010-08-18T00:40:04.297" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I tend to use braces in all but a few situations, just for clarity. So in the specific case you give above, I would definitely use braces to make it clear that \foo is a separate token/entity that is part of the &lt;em&gt;definition&lt;/em&gt; of the command. Essentially the only exception I have to the braces rule is for superscripts and subscripts consisting of a single character, so a_i rather than a_{i}. But there have been many occasions when I have regretted that as well, since I have often forgotten to add the braces back in when making the expression more complicated...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="76" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T00:40:04.297" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-18T00:40:04.297" />
  <row Id="1924" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-18T02:42:47.057" Score="3" ViewCount="796" Body="&lt;p&gt;Whenever I try to use the alignat environment, it doesn't seem to work on my computer! I tried the following simple code (my file had \usepackage{amsmath}):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{alignat}{3}  &#xA;    \min \quad x_1        &amp;amp; + 2x_2 &amp;amp; + 4x_3 &amp;amp;      &amp;amp;   &amp;amp; \\  &#xA;    \text{s.t.} \quad x_1 &amp;amp; + x_2  &amp;amp; + 3x_3 &amp;amp; =    &amp;amp; 5 &amp;amp; \\  &#xA;    2x_1                  &amp;amp; + x_2  &amp;amp; + 6x_3 &amp;amp; =    &amp;amp; 8 &amp;amp; \\  &#xA;    x_1                   &amp;amp;, x_2   &amp;amp;, x_3   &amp;amp; \geq &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; .  &#xA;\end{alignat}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On compilation, I get the following error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;    ! Missing # inserted in alignment preamble.  &amp;lt;to be read again&amp;gt;   &#xA;               \crcr l.114   \end{alignat}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any ideas why this might be?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-18T19:50:33.180" LastActivityDate="2010-10-18T20:32:54.653" Title="alignat problem" Tags="&lt;amsmath&gt;&lt;align&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1925" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1756" CreationDate="2010-08-18T03:05:59.933" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I use LaTeX because it allows me not to think about the visual aspect of documents. I get a high quality layout, even if boring, of aricle etc. but I don't have to choose anything. Presentation may not have fancy animation but it will have 'professional look' without work.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;LaTeX allows typesetting math easily. Really - writing &lt;code&gt;\alpha&lt;/code&gt; is quicker then searching alpha symbol in GUI. Similary writing &lt;code&gt;x^y&lt;/code&gt; is quicker then searching power in list of symbols. I guess with AMS packages included LaTeX have much more symbols then anything else.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;PDF guarantees same-look on everything. You won't run into problem because the computer you're useing don't have some fonts installed.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;You can script it (program it)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;It is plain text, open source and highly stable&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;It is standard (at least for many CS/Physics/Math... departments). When I want to send an e-mail about math I use LaTeX because other side will probably understend (1. because it is standard but 2, because it is intuitive)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;It has many packages that allows vector graphics (tikz for example)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To conclude.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Use it if&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;You type a lot of equation&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;You like plain text, stable formats&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;You don't want to bother with formatting documents&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Don't use it if&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;You want to control every graphical aspect of whole document (it is possible to create custom layout but LaTeX is not designed to fine-tuning every page)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;You are afraid of plain text (however - you can use some WYSIWYG)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;You need to exchange documents with non-LaTeX people (for example someone requires doc and it's final)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="592" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T03:05:59.933" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-19T12:23:31.780" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1926" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="422" CreationDate="2010-08-18T03:16:09.440" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is how I do it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{amsthm}&#xA;&#xA;    \theoremstyle{plain}&#xA;    \newtheorem{thm}{Theorem}[section]&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;    \newtheoremstyle{TheoremNum}&#xA;        {\topsep}{\topsep}              %%% space between body and thm&#xA;        {\itshape}                      %%% Thm body font&#xA;        {}                              %%% Indent amount (empty = no indent)&#xA;        {\bfseries}                     %%% Thm head font&#xA;        {.}                             %%% Punctuation after thm head&#xA;        { }                             %%% Space after thm head&#xA;        {\thmname{#1}\thmnote{ \bfseries #3}}%%% Thm head spec&#xA;    \theoremstyle{TheoremNum}&#xA;    \newtheorem{thmn}{Theorem}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{thmn}[\ref{T:1}] $1+1 = 2$&#xA;\end{thmn}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{thm}\label{T:1} $1+1 = 2$&#xA;\end{thm}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="867" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T03:16:09.440" />
  <row Id="1927" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1924" CreationDate="2010-08-18T03:50:23.537" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your example works for me. You should try to construct a &lt;a href=&quot;http://meta.tex.stackexchange.com/questions/228/ive-just-been-told-i-have-to-write-a-minimal-example-what-is-that&quot;&gt;minimal test case&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T03:50:23.537" />
  <row Id="1928" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1920" CreationDate="2010-08-18T04:07:45.277" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As you noted, the order matters. Note that you can get roughly the same effect of your \renewcommand with less work by doing&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand\cite{\citep}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That is, you don't need the argument. This can often be necessary for things like \url that change catcodes before looking at arguments, but probably don't make any difference in this case.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T04:07:45.277" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1929" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1914" CreationDate="2010-08-18T06:00:27.367" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;With my LaTeX3 'hat' on, I'd like to give a slightly different perspective. This will overlap with the other answers, but hopefully will be useful. To follow this you need to understand 'tokens', I'm afraid. TeX turns input into tokens, and in particular control sequences such as &lt;code&gt;\bar&lt;/code&gt; are single tokens.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When Leslie Lamport designed LaTeX, he decided that &lt;em&gt;all&lt;/em&gt; LaTeX arguments should be wrapped in braces. This is in contrast to TeX, where many of the primitives require arguments without braces. However, when only a single token is begin passed you can omit the braces, hence the fact that&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\bar}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\bar&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;both work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are really two different cases where you can omit braces:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Cases where the argument is always a single token. This is the case for &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt;, where you have to have a macro name as the argument. The braces will never be needed as the argument is always &lt;code&gt;\&amp;lt;something&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;. I do not use braces for these.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Places where you are passing a single token to an argument that will accept more. The classic example would be a subscript, where &lt;code&gt;a_i&lt;/code&gt; will work but you'd need &lt;code&gt;a_{ii}&lt;/code&gt;. I would always use braces here, so favour &lt;code&gt;a_{i}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The LaTeX3 part to this answer is that we are trying to be much more rigourous about which arguments are single tokens and which are multiple tokens. At the moment this is only happening at a code level, but I'd anticipate a similar approach for users. So if the argument must be a single token, then make this clear by &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; using braces. On the other hand, it the argument can take multiple tokens then you &lt;em&gt;must&lt;/em&gt; use braces even if only passing a single token.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T06:00:27.367" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-18T06:00:27.367" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="1930" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1932" CreationDate="2010-08-18T07:35:49.237" Score="14" ViewCount="834" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there ever a case when the use of &lt;code&gt;\begingroup&lt;/code&gt; is preferred to &lt;code&gt;\bgroup&lt;/code&gt;? Obviously, &lt;code&gt;\bgroup&lt;/code&gt; is necessary in cases where you need to have balanced braces and thus cannot use &lt;code&gt;{&lt;/code&gt;, but when is it necessary to use &lt;code&gt;\begingroup&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A related question would be: What's the difference between a simple group and a semi-simple group?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-28T08:51:28.227" LastActivityDate="2011-01-28T08:51:28.227" Title="When should one use \begingroup instead of \bgroup?" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;best-practices&gt;&lt;implicit-braces&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="1931" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1934" CreationDate="2010-08-18T09:00:19.937" Score="8" ViewCount="588" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am in the process of writing a large document containing some theorems, lemma, and propositions. Currently, I am using packages &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;amsthm&lt;/code&gt;. I defined my own environment for theorems by adding&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\theoremstyle{plain}&#xA;\newtheorem{thm} {Theorem}[chapter]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to the preamble. However, I am not quite satisfied with the looks. So is there a possibility to change the way this would be displayed? I would like to have the word &quot;Theorem&quot; appear in &lt;em&gt;small caps&lt;/em&gt;. Furthermore, I would like a line break after the theorem's title.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is the best way to do this? Are there nice packages for this purpose (prefereably without too much fiddling)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="870" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-18T11:37:51.840" LastActivityDate="2010-08-25T12:38:01.117" Title="How to change the way theorems are displayed?" Tags="&lt;style&gt;&lt;theorems&gt;&lt;amsthm&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="1932" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1930" CreationDate="2010-08-18T09:38:12.233" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\bgroup&lt;/code&gt; is a synonym for &quot;{&quot;, which is defined in Plain Tex using &lt;pre&gt;\let\bgroup={&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It interacts with Tex's &quot;digestive system&quot; in hairy ways: {s and &lt;code&gt;\bgroup&lt;/code&gt;s start the same sort of groups, called simple groups, and each can be terminated with either }s or &lt;code&gt;\egroup&lt;/code&gt;s, since they are the same.  But when the Tex digestive system encounters them, they are of different catcodes, so commands that look ahead, e.g., in Latex with &lt;code&gt;\section\bgroup Title}&lt;/code&gt;, can break this matching.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begingroup&lt;/code&gt; is different.  It is a Tex primitive, and it matches a different sort of group that Tex accounts for separately, called &quot;semi-simple groups&quot; (a Knuth joke, I assume).  Thus a &lt;code&gt;\begingroup&lt;/code&gt; must be terminated by an &lt;code&gt;\endgroup&lt;/code&gt;, not a }, and vice versa for &lt;code&gt;\endgroup&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I generally avoid &lt;code&gt;\bgroup&lt;/code&gt;, and use &lt;code&gt;\begingroup&lt;/code&gt;, but &lt;code&gt;\bgroup&lt;/code&gt; could be useful if you are messing about with a nested token list.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-18T10:23:04.877" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T10:23:04.877" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1933" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1931" CreationDate="2010-08-18T09:45:23.453" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\usepackage[amsthm]{ntheorem}&#xA;\newcommand{\theoremheaderfont}{\scshape}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(using &lt;code&gt;ntheorem&lt;/code&gt; in place of &lt;code&gt;amsthm&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-18T10:14:07.367" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T10:14:07.367" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1934" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1931" CreationDate="2010-08-18T10:02:12.617" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;amsthm&lt;/code&gt; provides the &lt;code&gt;\newtheoremstyle&lt;/code&gt; command for defining new theorem styles. It is described in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/amslatex/amscls/doc/amsthdoc.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;amsthm&lt;/code&gt; documentation&lt;/a&gt;. To have a style that is the same as &lt;code&gt;plain&lt;/code&gt; except for the header font, you can use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newtheoremstyle{mytheoremstyle} % name&#xA;    {\topsep}                    % Space above&#xA;    {\topsep}                    % Space below&#xA;    {\itshape}                   % Body font&#xA;    {}                           % Indent amount&#xA;    {\scshape}                   % Theorem head font&#xA;    {.}                          % Punctuation after theorem head&#xA;    {.5em}                       % Space after theorem head&#xA;    {}  % Theorem head spec (can be left empty, meaning ‘normal’)&#xA;&#xA;\theoremstyle{mytheoremstyle}&#xA;\newtheorem{thm}{Theorem}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/ntheorem&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;ntheorem&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package provides even more flexibility (as Charles hinted).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T10:02:12.617" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1935" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1319" CreationDate="2010-08-18T10:25:31.163" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know two nice repositories (the last one has already been listed here):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://nitens.org/taraborelli/latex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Dario Taraborelli&lt;/a&gt; shows some of the elegant and beautiful features of LaTeX.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;There is the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/texshowcase/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Tex Showcase&lt;/a&gt;, edited by Gerben Wierda, which contains examples of what you can do with LaTeX. Most, if not all, of these examples are of exceptionally high quality.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="870" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T10:25:31.163" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-18T10:25:31.163" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1936" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1937" CreationDate="2010-08-18T10:51:23.693" Score="4" ViewCount="165" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the document class &lt;code&gt;amsart&lt;/code&gt;, I get different vertical spacing around the caption in tables and figures. For instance, compare the difference:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{amsart}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;    \begin{figure}&#xA;        \begin{center}&#xA;            \begin{tabular}{c}&#xA;                Figure &#xA;            \end{tabular}&#xA;        \caption{Caption}&#xA;        \end{center}&#xA;    \end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;    \begin{table}&#xA;        \begin{center}&#xA;            \begin{tabular}{c}&#xA;                Table &#xA;            \end{tabular}&#xA;        \caption{Caption}&#xA;        \end{center}&#xA;    \end{table}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this a bug? More to the point, is there some way of getting the figure spacing in tables? If I change the document class to &lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt;, then the spacings become the same.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="541" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T02:30:06.513" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T02:30:06.513" Title="In amsart, how I can get caption spacing in tables to be like that in figures?" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;floats&gt;&lt;captions&gt;&lt;amsart&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="1937" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1936" CreationDate="2010-08-18T11:00:20.077" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Im amsart captions are usually positioned above a table and below a figure. It's very common in typesetting. That means, position the &lt;code&gt;\caption&lt;/code&gt; command before you begin the tabular environment. Then there will be the appropriate space between the caption and the table. Or do you want to use the intended style?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If needed, a quick fix would be to add the missing space manually before the caption:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{center}&#xA;        \begin{tabular}{c}&#xA;            Table &#xA;        \end{tabular}&#xA;    \vspace{\abovecaptionskip}&#xA;    \caption{Caption}&#xA;    \end{center}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In that case, consider to remove the space after the caption by this line in the preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setlength{\belowcaptionskip}{0pt}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or set it to the space you like. Similar you can change the value of \abovecaptionskip.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alternatively, you could use the very fine &lt;code&gt;caption&lt;/code&gt; package. It offers many ways of customizing caption format and justification. For instance, if you just write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[tableposition=above]{caption}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;then you may put \caption above the tabular environment and get the correct spacing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, if you don't want to use the caption package, you could redefine the internal &lt;code&gt;\@makecaption&lt;/code&gt; command of amsart by writing in your preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand{\@makecaption}[2]{%&#xA;  \setbox\@tempboxa\vbox{\color@setgroup&#xA;    \advance\hsize-2\captionindent\noindent&#xA;    \@captionfont\@captionheadfont#1\@xp\@ifnotempty\@xp&#xA;        {\@cdr#2\@nil}{.\@captionfont\upshape\enspace#2}%&#xA;    \unskip\kern-2\captionindent\par&#xA;    \global\setbox\@ne\lastbox\color@endgroup}%&#xA;  \ifhbox\@ne % the normal case&#xA;    \setbox\@ne\hbox{\unhbox\@ne\unskip\unskip\unpenalty\unkern}%&#xA;  \fi&#xA;  \ifdim\wd\@tempboxa=\z@ % this means caption will fit on one line&#xA;    \setbox\@ne\hbox to\columnwidth{\hss\kern-2\captionindent\box\@ne\hss}%&#xA;  \else % tempboxa contained more than one line&#xA;    \setbox\@ne\vbox{\unvbox\@tempboxa\parskip\z@skip&#xA;        \noindent\unhbox\@ne\advance\hsize-2\captionindent\par}%&#xA;  \fi&#xA;  \addvspace\abovecaptionskip&#xA;  \hbox to\hsize{\kern\captionindent\box\@ne\hss}%&#xA;\relax&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I just removed the different handling of figures and other floats. The original code has the difference here:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  \ifnum\@tempcnta&amp;lt;64 % if the float IS a figure...&#xA;    \addvspace\abovecaptionskip&#xA;    \hbox to\hsize{\kern\captionindent\box\@ne\hss}%&#xA;  \else % if the float IS NOT a figure...&#xA;    \hbox to\hsize{\kern\captionindent\box\@ne\hss}%&#xA;    \nobreak&#xA;    \vskip\belowcaptionskip&#xA;  \fi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;just before the last &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt;. Note, it's usually not a good idea to redefine internal commands like this. Such commands might be changed later. It's just a workaround for the moment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And doing it with &lt;code&gt;caption&lt;/code&gt; package features is much more easier.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, note: using &lt;code&gt;\begin{center} ... \end{center}&lt;/code&gt; inside a figure or float environment causes additional space since the center environment is a list environment internally, bringing some space before and after it. I recommend to use the command &lt;code&gt;\centering&lt;/code&gt; instead. Perhaps see &lt;a href=&quot;http://texblog.net/latex-archive/layout/center-centering/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;center&lt;/code&gt; vs. &lt;code&gt;\centering&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-18T13:53:32.897" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T13:53:32.897" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1938" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1946" CreationDate="2010-08-18T12:06:45.093" Score="7" ViewCount="566" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to format two groups of equations such that all their equal signs line up and such that I can put a big brace to the right of each block to annotate that block.  The last part is easily achieved using the 'aligned' environment of amsmath:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{align}&#xA;  \left.\begin{aligned}&#xA;    \alpha_X \times \alpha_Y &amp;amp;= \chi \\&#xA;    \alpha_X \times \beta_Y &amp;amp;= \xi \\&#xA;    \beta_X \times \beta_Y &amp;amp;= \zeta&#xA;  \end{aligned}\right\} \quad X&amp;lt;Y \\[2em]&#xA;  \left.\begin{aligned}&#xA;    \Upsilon_j &amp;amp;= 0 \\&#xA;    \Psi_j &amp;amp;= \sqrt{\sinh E - \tan^2\tfrac{F}{2}} \\&#xA;    \Gamma_j &amp;amp;= F&#xA;  \end{aligned}\right\} \quad j=1,\ldots,g&#xA;\end{align}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But that doesn't line up the equal signs.  I guess I could achieve this with some manual horizontal white space, but I'd like something automatic.  Something like the 'split' environment which supports reusing the anchor points of the outside 'align' environment:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{align}&#xA;  A &amp;amp;= 0 \\&#xA;  BB &amp;amp;= AVE + VEA + EAV \\&#xA;  \begin{split}&#xA;  CCC &amp;amp;= UVWXY + VWXYU + WXYUV \\&#xA;      &amp;amp;\quad {} + XYUVW + YUVWX&#xA;  \end{split}&#xA;\end{align}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to make 'aligned' reuse the anchor points of the outside 'align'?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, is there an automatic way to additionally line up the big braces in the first example?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="598" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-21T02:10:12.910" LastActivityDate="2010-11-19T17:42:57.347" Title="Aligning across 'aligned' equation blocks" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;align&gt;&lt;amsmath&gt;&lt;braces&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="1939" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1938" CreationDate="2010-08-18T12:11:02.573" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could adopt &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1559/adding-a-large-brace-next-to-a-body-of-text/1570#1570&quot;&gt;Andrew's&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1559/adding-a-large-brace-next-to-a-body-of-text/1568#1568&quot;&gt;my&lt;/a&gt; answer to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1559/adding-a-large-brace-next-to-a-body-of-text&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T12:11:02.573" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1940" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-18T12:16:49.410" Score="7" ViewCount="175" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello guys..&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd like to define acronyms via the \def command. I know that the acronym package exists, but that's too much typing (\ac{myacronym} vs. \myacronym).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem that I have is that for \def\myacronym{acronym expanded}, it won't have an empty space after it, so I can only use it in front of punctuation. For \def\myacronym{acronym expanded }, I cannot use it before punctuation because it always causes an empty space.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My question is: How can I detect whether punctuation comes after the acronym, so I can dynamically generate a space only if needed. Also, it would be nice to be able to detect whether there is the string &quot;. &quot; before my acronym, so I could make the acronym uppercase dynamically.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I guess this is kind of hard to do since those parameters are not passed to the function, but maybe somebody has an idea. Thanks for your help:)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-18T13:10:45.400" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T13:58:10.343" Title="Custom acronyms via \def" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;spacing&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1941" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1940" CreationDate="2010-08-18T12:27:11.930" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/xspace&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;xspace&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package, and put &lt;code&gt;\xspace&lt;/code&gt; at the end of your definitions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T12:27:11.930" />
  <row Id="1942" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1940" CreationDate="2010-08-18T12:28:48.060" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If I understand it correctly, the &lt;code&gt;\xspace&lt;/code&gt; macro from the xspace package does this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Usage:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{xspace}&#xA;...&#xA;\newcommand\myacronym{whatever\xspace}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;similar for plain.tex.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="243" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T12:28:48.060" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1943" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1956" CreationDate="2010-08-18T12:34:51.090" Score="7" ViewCount="460" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there an easy way to draw a triangular grid in TikZ, like this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/SB1JJ.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://i.imgur.com/SB1JJ.png&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="874" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-18T13:11:42.980" LastActivityDate="2010-08-19T08:39:26.850" Title="How to draw triangular grid in TikZ?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;diagrams&gt;&lt;grids&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1944" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1940" CreationDate="2010-08-18T12:48:23.853" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't know of any way to look behind to tell whether or not the acronym should be capitalised, but you could fake it.  If you define &lt;code&gt;\Myacronym&lt;/code&gt; to be the correctly capitalised version then you can use &lt;code&gt;\myacronym&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\Myacronym&lt;/code&gt; accordingly.  Although this isn't quite what you want, it will actually look better when scanning the source text: compare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;And so to bed.  \Myacronym got up early in the morning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;And so to bed.  \myacronym got up early in the morning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On a quick scan, the eye doesn't recognise the &lt;code&gt;\&lt;/code&gt; and disregards it as noise; thus the small 'm' looks a bit odd on the second one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T12:48:23.853" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="1945" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1943" CreationDate="2010-08-18T12:54:21.207" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just a pointer. Sorry for not offering real code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd draw it just like there were no &lt;code&gt;grid&lt;/code&gt;. Use &lt;code&gt;foreach&lt;/code&gt; to draw the three sets of lines.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="337" LastEditorUserId="337" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-18T13:03:02.687" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T13:03:02.687" />
  <row Id="1946" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1938" CreationDate="2010-08-18T12:58:31.290" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's a solution using the widths of the widest expression on each side. You have to specify which expression it is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\newlength{\leftside}&#xA;\newlength{\rightside}&#xA;\newcommand*{\leftterm}{}&#xA;\newcommand*{\rightterm}{}&#xA;\newcommand*{\term}[1]{$\displaystyle#1$}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\[&#xA;\renewcommand*{\leftterm}{\alpha_X \times \alpha_Y}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\rightterm}{\sqrt{\sinh E - \tan^2\tfrac{F}{2}}}&#xA;\settowidth{\leftside}{\term{\leftterm}}&#xA;\settowidth{\rightside}{\term{\rightterm}}&#xA;\begin{array}{l}&#xA;  \left.\begin{aligned}&#xA;    \leftterm &amp;amp;= \makebox[\rightside][l]{\term{\chi}} \\&#xA;    \alpha_X \times \beta_Y &amp;amp;= \xi \\&#xA;    \beta_X \times \beta_Y &amp;amp;= \zeta&#xA;  \end{aligned}\right\} \quad X&amp;lt;Y \\[2em]&#xA;  \left.\begin{aligned}&#xA;    \makebox[\leftside][r]{\term{\Upsilon_j}} &amp;amp;= 0 \\&#xA;    \Psi_j &amp;amp;= \rightterm \\&#xA;    \Gamma_j &amp;amp;= F&#xA;  \end{aligned}\right\} \quad j=1,\ldots,g&#xA;\end{array}&#xA;\]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Equal signs as well as the big braces line up:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/4UJui.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T12:58:31.290" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1947" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-18T13:55:17.293" Score="4" ViewCount="887" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to create a Go stone in TikZ. &quot;ball color&quot; option in node style is almost OK.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Here is my result: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/hP8rZ.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I don't like the stones, they are &quot;too balish&quot;.&#xA;The &quot;reflection&quot; should be less spot-on and more ambient.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I could get such a result if I could manipulate both shading colors or shading curve.&#xA;Can I do it in TikZ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is what I want to achieve:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/L654J.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PS.&#xA;Any ideas to render wood-like background w/o texture?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="69" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-18T14:57:55.193" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T16:13:39.713" Title="Is there a way to tune ball shading in TikZ ?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;shading&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1948" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1940" CreationDate="2010-08-18T13:58:10.343" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You have gotten the answer to the \def question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is just a note.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I used to format acronyms as I go and find that very distracting with long documents. So now while drafting I input acronyms as is (all caps) and at final stage use the text editor to change all of them into the markup I need. It takes about 0.3 second for each chapter and save me from all those extra typings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;BTW, in general I'd recommend the package &lt;code&gt;glossaries&lt;/code&gt; for typesetting acronyms.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="337" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T13:58:10.343" />
  <row Id="1949" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1811" CreationDate="2010-08-18T14:07:17.327" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would also suggest using utf8, but you should &lt;strong&gt;definitely&lt;/strong&gt; check whether all the editors you are going to use (if working with many platforms) actually support it. Although it is 2010, this may &lt;em&gt;still&lt;/em&gt; pose a problem. Shame on some developers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In my personal opinion, using the package &lt;code&gt;ngerman&lt;/code&gt; and encoding umlauts via &lt;code&gt;&quot;&lt;/code&gt; (i.e. &lt;code&gt;ä = &quot;a&lt;/code&gt;) may work better in the long run. It takes a few days to adjust to writing like this, but then your TeX files are ASCII files. With ASCII files, you will never run into any problems.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[I realize that this is not the most modern approach. I myself am quite happy with using utf8 and the venerable &lt;code&gt;vim&lt;/code&gt; editor. Your mileage may vary...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="870" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T14:07:17.327" />
  <row Id="1951" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1924" CreationDate="2010-08-18T14:12:02.307" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your code also compiles for me, and as &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1924/alignat-problem#1927&quot;&gt;Lev suggested&lt;/a&gt; constructing a &lt;a href=&quot;http://meta.tex.stackexchange.com/questions/228/ive-just-been-told-i-have-to-write-a-minimal-example-what-is-that&quot;&gt;minimal example&lt;/a&gt; will really help to narrow down where your problem lies, but I was able to generate a similar error to what you have by incorrectly using the &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; environment inside the &lt;code&gt;alignat&lt;/code&gt; environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{alignat}{3}&#xA;  \begin{tabular}{||}&#xA;    test&#xA;  \end{tabular}&#xA;\end{alignat}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;results in the error&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Missing # inserted in alignment preamble.&#xA;&amp;lt;to be read again&amp;gt; &#xA;               \cr &#xA;l.9 \end{alignat}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since the &lt;code&gt;l.9&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;l.114&lt;/code&gt; just refer to line numbers in the code, the main difference is that my error includes &lt;code&gt;\cr&lt;/code&gt; where yours says &lt;code&gt;\crcr&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can solve my alignment preamble error by using at least one correct column alignment character in the &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; environment, for example by  switching to &lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}{|c|}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="32" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T14:12:02.307" />
  <row Id="1952" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-18T14:26:31.430" Score="17" ViewCount="549" Body="&lt;p&gt;I had not been aware of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Tikz&lt;/a&gt; before joining this site, but am impressed with what it appears to be able to accomplish.  Before I jump in and start learning all about it though, I wanted to see if people have any experience with submitting papers that use TikZ to scientific journals.  Do they tend to automatically support it, or definitely not accept it, or work with you if you can convince them it's needed?  Something else entirely?  (I recognize that it would be possible to use TikZ in my copy of a paper, then generate a raster image from the output, and include that in place of the &lt;code&gt;tikzpicture&lt;/code&gt; in the copy I submit, but that's not what I'm wondering about here.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm personally interested in physics journals, but I think answers from any field could be potentially useful to others who may be wondering the same thing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="32" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-03T15:02:16.860" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T15:02:16.860" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-18T14:26:31.430" Title="Using TikZ in journal articles" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;publishing&gt;&lt;journal-publishing&gt;" AnswerCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1953" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1947" CreationDate="2010-08-18T14:33:31.303" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use &lt;code&gt;\pgfdeclareradialshading&lt;/code&gt; to modify the ball shading.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, insert:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\pgfdeclareradialshading[tikz@ball]{ball}{\pgfqpoint{-10bp}{10bp}}{%&#xA; color(0bp)=(tikz@ball!30!white);&#xA; color(9bp)=(tikz@ball!75!white);&#xA; color(18bp)=(tikz@ball!90!black);&#xA; color(25bp)=(tikz@ball!70!black);&#xA; color(50bp)=(black)}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &quot;reflection&quot; will be less spotty and more ambient than with the original code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/eulac.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Adjust the color values according to your needs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T14:33:31.303" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1954" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1947" CreationDate="2010-08-18T14:38:05.333" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can get an effect like the shading on the go stones in the picture with radial shading. I don't know how to get radial shading off-center, so some clipping is needed:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \begin{scope}&#xA;        \fill[black] (0,0) circle (0.5);&#xA;        \clip (0,0) circle (0.5);&#xA;        \shade[outer color=black, inner color=black!30] (-0.15,0.5) circle (0.7);&#xA;    \end{scope}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://www.caramdir.at/uploads/tex.SE/go-black.png&quot; alt=&quot;an example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;scope&lt;/code&gt; is needed in order to have the clipping only applied to the shading.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I had some time to kill and the following is the result:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/zC5AD.png&quot; alt=&quot;go board example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is produced with the following code&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usetikzlibrary{calc,shadows}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{goboard}{%&#xA;    \begin{tikzpicture}[&#xA;        scale=0.5,&#xA;        stone/.style={drop shadow={shadow xshift=0.03, shadow yshift=-0.05}},&#xA;        black-stone/.style={black!80},&#xA;        black-highlight/.style={outer color=black!80, inner color=black!30},&#xA;        black-number/.style={white},&#xA;        white-stone/.style={white!70!black},&#xA;        white-highlight/.style={outer color=white!70!black, inner color=white},&#xA;        white-number/.style={black}]&#xA;        \fill[brown!80] (-1,-1) rectangle (19,19);&#xA;        \draw[black] (0,0) grid (18,18);&#xA;        \draw[thick,black] (0,0) rectangle (18,18);&#xA;        \fill (3,3) circle (0.1);&#xA;        \fill (3,9) circle (0.1);&#xA;        \fill (3,15) circle (0.1);&#xA;        \fill (9,3) circle (0.1);&#xA;        \fill (9,9) circle (0.1);&#xA;        \fill (9,15) circle (0.1);&#xA;        \fill (15,3) circle (0.1);&#xA;        \fill (15,9) circle (0.1);&#xA;        \fill (15,15) circle (0.1);&#xA;    }{%&#xA;    \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;    }&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\gostone[4][]{%&#xA;    \begin{scope}&#xA;        \fill[stone,#2-stone] (#3,#4) circle (0.45);&#xA;        \clip (#3,#4) circle (0.45);&#xA;        \shade[#2-highlight] (-0.15+#3,0.5+#4) circle (0.7);&#xA;    \end{scope}&#xA;    \node[#2-number] at (#3,#4) {\sffamily\bfseries{#1}};&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{goboard}&#xA;    \gostone[4]{black}{2}{2}&#xA;    \gostone{black}{3}{3}&#xA;    \gostone[2]{black}{2}{5}&#xA;    \gostone[3]{white}{3}{1}&#xA;    \gostone[1]{white}{5}{2}&#xA;    \gostone[5]{white}{8}{2}&#xA;\end{goboard}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The syntax for the &lt;code&gt;goboard&lt;/code&gt; environment and &lt;code&gt;\gostone&lt;/code&gt; command is modeled after the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/graphics/pstricks/contrib/psgo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;psgo&lt;/code&gt; package&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-18T16:13:39.713" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T16:13:39.713" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1955" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1952" CreationDate="2010-08-18T14:39:09.463" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If the journal doesn't support TikZ directly, you could create pdf images of your TikZ pictures. That's much better than providing raster images. pdf should be supported well and keeps the high quality. You still could provide the TikZ source with it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T14:39:09.463" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-18T14:39:09.463" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1956" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1943" CreationDate="2010-08-18T14:57:09.623" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Like Leo said: use &lt;code&gt;\foreach&lt;/code&gt; and some math:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usetikzlibrary{calc}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*\rows{10}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \foreach \row in {0, 1, ...,\rows} {&#xA;        \draw ($\row*(0.5, {0.5*sqrt(3)})$) -- ($(\rows,0)+\row*(-0.5, {0.5*sqrt(3)})$);&#xA;        \draw ($\row*(1, 0)$) -- ($(\rows/2,{\rows/2*sqrt(3)})+\row*(0.5,{-0.5*sqrt(3)})$);&#xA;        \draw ($\row*(1, 0)$) -- ($(0,0)+\row*(0.5,{0.5*sqrt(3)})$);&#xA;    }&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-19T08:39:26.850" LastActivityDate="2010-08-19T08:39:26.850" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1957" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1958" CreationDate="2010-08-18T15:08:24.527" Score="10" ViewCount="343" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm investigating about possible strategies to get nice vectors, discarding bold fonts. To make it simple, I'm not very happy with traditional ways of writing vectors with arrows. Please compare &lt;code&gt;$\overrightarrow{OM}$&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;$\overrightarrow{M}$&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;$\vec{OM}$&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;$\vec{M}$&lt;/code&gt;. My preference goes to the &lt;code&gt;$\vec{M}$&lt;/code&gt; command which is not suited for longer names like &lt;code&gt;$\vec{OM}$&lt;/code&gt; and I do not like &lt;code&gt;\overrightarrow&lt;/code&gt;. I would be interested in possibles ways to overcome these problems. Thank you&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-28T23:30:59.193" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T04:15:57.060" Title="Strategies for nice vectors" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1958" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1957" CreationDate="2010-08-18T15:12:42.990" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/esvect&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;esvect&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package allows to choose between several vector arrows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/gwSFW.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Width (according to the argument) and size (according to the context, normal, subscripts, subsubscripts) are automatically calculated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-18T15:19:22.467" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T15:19:22.467" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1959" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1960" CreationDate="2010-08-18T15:22:38.257" Score="15" ViewCount="684" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the inline math mode (&lt;code&gt;$...$&lt;/code&gt;), if the formula is too long, LaTeX will try to break it on operators, e.g.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;very long text followed by a very long equation like $a+b+c+d+e+f+g+h+i+j+k+l$ etc&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;may be rendered as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;very long text followed&#xA;by a very long equation&#xA;like a+b+c+d+e+f+g+h+i+&#xA;j+k+l etc&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, the break won't happen if they are separated by commas, e.g.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;very long text followed by a very long equation like $a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,i,j,k,l$ etc&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will overflow the page like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;very long text followed&#xA;by a very long equation&#xA;like a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,i,j,k,l&#xA;etc&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How to make LaTeX able to insert line breaks after a comma too?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="82" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T18:16:55.033" Title="Allowing line break at ',' in inline math mode?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;line-breaking&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="1960" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1959" CreationDate="2010-08-18T15:30:41.613" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If the expression contains many commas then consider to break it into several math expressions, separated by commas. It reads like a list of math expressions. This way TeX can break the line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To achieve line breaks after a comma, you could insert &lt;code&gt;\allowbreak&lt;/code&gt; after the comma and before the next math symbol. If necessary, leave a blank after &lt;code&gt;\allowbreak&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you would like to have a document wide solution, you could redefine the comma. One solution, following the tip &lt;a href=&quot;http://users.ugent.be/~gdschrij/LaTeX/textricks.html#mathcommabreak&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; would be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\old@comma{,}&#xA;\catcode`\,=13&#xA;\def,{%&#xA;  \ifmmode%&#xA;    \old@comma\discretionary{}{}{}%&#xA;  \else%&#xA;    \old@comma%&#xA;  \fi%&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-18T15:47:52.320" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T15:47:52.320" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1961" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1962" CreationDate="2010-08-18T15:43:48.123" Score="2" ViewCount="202" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello. Complete LaTeX and LyX newbie here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am currently writing a document in LyX and I'm using hyperref to have links in the ToC, citations etc. The problem is that I added a figure (with float) and when I make a cross-reference in the text, the reference itself becomes a link that leads to the page that contains the actual figure. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;------Sample Graphic-------&#xA;&#xA;Figure 1.1: Example of a graphic&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And in the text that follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;As we can see in figure 1.1 there is...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now if I hover the mouse over 1.1 there is a link pointing to the location of the actual figure. Is there any way to disable the links for figures? Perhaps using &quot;hypersetup&quot; or a renewcommand...?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you in advance. :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="876" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-28T00:34:58.170" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T00:34:58.170" Title="How can I disable the linking for figures in LyX?" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;cross-referencing&gt;&lt;lyx&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1962" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1961" CreationDate="2010-08-18T16:04:53.950" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use the starred form &lt;code&gt;\ref*&lt;/code&gt; to suppress the link. If you want to suppress all links for cross-references in your document, you could write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\let\ref\@refstar&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;after &lt;code&gt;\begin{document}&lt;/code&gt;. With LyX that means, insert it as ERT at the beginning of your document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note, this definition wouldn't work this way in the preamble because hyperref makes changes after the preamble. So, it might be done with &lt;code&gt;\AtBeginDocument{...}&lt;/code&gt; after loading hyperref but I guess the simple solution may be sufficient.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T16:04:53.950" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1963" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-18T16:06:21.950" Score="2" ViewCount="571" Body="&lt;p&gt;What are relative merits of these two Latex editors:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texniccenter.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeXnicCenter&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.xm1math.net/texmaker/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Texmaker&lt;/a&gt;?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;What are their shortcomings to prefer one over other?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inspired by &lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/270121/best-latex-editor-for-windows&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt; SO question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="69" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-18T19:12:00.023" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T19:12:00.023" Title="Texmaker and TeXnicCenter." Tags="&lt;editors&gt;&lt;texniccenter&gt;&lt;texmaker&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="1964" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1963" CreationDate="2010-08-18T16:19:39.660" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Texmaker is cross-platform, working on Windows, Linux and Mac OS X while TeXnicCenter works only on Windows.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Texmaker supports Unicode, for TeXnicCenter it's been announced for the new version.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Texmaker provides a built-in pdf viewer, but forward and inverse search works only with dvi. TeXnicCenter supports any pdf viewer and forward and inverse search with pdf.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Note, for Texmaker there's a version &lt;a href=&quot;http://texmakerx.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TexmakerX&lt;/a&gt; with some improments.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-18T16:32:37.140" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T16:32:37.140" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1965" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1963" CreationDate="2010-08-18T16:36:23.733" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Personally, I prefer &lt;a href=&quot;http://winshell.de&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Winshell&lt;/a&gt; when I'm working on Windows. A main sticking point is the possibility to better organize better my papers by organizing all of the files into projects, so I can quickly switch between the papers and see which file belongs to which project (I like to use a large number of .tex files -- one per section/subsection, if applicable). WinShell also has a BibTeX manager, if you need it. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One drawback is that it's not open-source (but is completely free), so if you have strongly feelings about this, you should probably look elsewhere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm also checking regularly the progress on &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/texworks/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeXWorks&lt;/a&gt;, which is under development, but has a built-in PDF reader and synchronized scrolling of both the source and the rendered document. It lacks a lot of other features that I'd like to have --- notably, file organization, that I mentioned above.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="711" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T16:36:23.733" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1966" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1968" CreationDate="2010-08-18T16:45:28.683" Score="10" ViewCount="956" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've been just reading through this &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/LaTeX/Floats,_Figures_and_Captions&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Latex wikibook&lt;/a&gt; and I spotted they advocate use of &lt;code&gt;\subfloat&lt;/code&gt; in figures. I've always used &lt;code&gt;\subfigure&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;What is the difference?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="69" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-28T18:03:28.590" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T18:03:28.590" Title="What is the difference between \subfigure and \subfloat?" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;subfloats&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="1967" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1959" CreationDate="2010-08-18T16:56:37.390" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could take a look at the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/breqn&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;breqn&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package, which is aimed at solving this problem in a general sense.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T16:56:37.390" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1968" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1966" CreationDate="2010-08-18T16:59:32.550" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\subfigure&lt;/code&gt; belongs to the obsolete package with the name &lt;code&gt;subfigure&lt;/code&gt;. It's still supported in the newer &lt;code&gt;subfig&lt;/code&gt; package because of backward compatibility. I recommend to use &lt;code&gt;\subfloat&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;subfig&lt;/code&gt; should be preferref to &lt;code&gt;subfigure&lt;/code&gt;, that's why the command &lt;code&gt;\subfigure&lt;/code&gt; is not needed. Though it's available if you load the configuration &lt;code&gt;altsf.cfg&lt;/code&gt;. It defines simply&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\@ifundefined{c@subfigure}{\newsubfloat{figure}}{}&#xA;\def\subfigure{\subfloat}&#xA;\@ifundefined{c@subtable}{\newsubfloat{table}}{}&#xA;\def\subtable{\subfloat}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and further options for captions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-18T17:06:21.320" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T17:06:21.320" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1969" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1970" CreationDate="2010-08-18T17:06:03.710" Score="6" ViewCount="734" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm making a beamer presentation and I'd like to use &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt; because of its &lt;code&gt;\citet&lt;/code&gt; and that it recognizes URLs. However, when I try to compile it, while doing the third PDFLaTeX pass, there appear this error (among others):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;[28] (./presentacion.toc) [29] (./presentacion.bbl  &#xA;&#xA;(./presentacion.toc  &#xA;&#xA;! Missing } inserted.  &#xA;&#xA;&amp;amp;lt;inserted text&amp;amp;gt;   &#xA;&#xA;                }  &#xA;&#xA;l.3 ...r@sectionintoc {1}{Introducci\'on}{4}{0}{1}  &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I take out the &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt; package, everything works well, including the &lt;code&gt;\bibliography&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to solve this, or I shouldn't use &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="401" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-18T17:14:24.943" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T17:40:02.343" Title="Beamer and Natbib" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;natbib&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1970" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1969" CreationDate="2010-08-18T17:09:55.183" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt; class is not working with &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt;. The initial author of the class Till Tantau said:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Currently, beamer does not work with&#xA;  natbib since beamer meddles with the&#xA;  same things as natbib and beamer's&#xA;  meddling is not done in such a way&#xA;  that natbib can tolerate this. Also,&#xA;  it is not possible to &quot;switch off&#xA;  beamer's meddling&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, you may use it in article mode.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can read it &lt;a href=&quot;http://osdir.com/ml/tex.latex.beamer.general/2005-07/msg00005.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; in the tex.latex.beamer.general mailing list.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T17:09:55.183" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1971" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1969" CreationDate="2010-08-18T17:26:08.963" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is a working example. I compiled this on MacTex-2009, using pdflatex. No errors, no warnings (except a message about pgfbaseimage.sty being obsolete, which is unrelated).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[hyperref={pdfpagelabels=false}]{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage[scaled]{helvet}&#xA;\usepackage[round]{natbib}&#xA;\newcommand{\newblock}{}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;    See \citet{foo}.&#xA;&#xA;    \begin{thebibliography}{22}&#xA;        \bibitem[Foo(1988)]{foo} Foo (1998). Bar. \emph{CONF 1988}.&#xA;    \end{thebibliography}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The result is a PDF document that looks like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;See Foo (1988).&#xA;&#xA;Foo (1998). Bar. CONF 1988.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And another example using Bibtex; &lt;em&gt;test.tex&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[hyperref={pdfpagelabels=false}]{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage[scaled]{helvet}&#xA;\usepackage[round]{natbib}&#xA;\newcommand{\newblock}{}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;    See \citet{foo}.&#xA;&#xA;    \bibliographystyle{abbrvnat}&#xA;    \bibliography{test}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and &lt;em&gt;test.bib&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@INPROCEEDINGS{foo,&#xA;    author={Bar Foo},&#xA;    year={1988},&#xA;    title={Foo},&#xA;    booktitle={CONF 1988}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Again, works fine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="100" LastEditorUserId="100" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-18T17:40:02.343" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T17:40:02.343" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1972" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1973" CreationDate="2010-08-18T17:40:55.507" Score="2" ViewCount="611" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using babel package for spanish language. However, each time I compile my document, the package babel throws me a warning:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Package babel Warning: No hyphenation patterns were loaded for&#xA;(babel)                the language `Spanish'&#xA;(babel)                I will use the patterns loaded for \language=0 instead.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What goes?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="496" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-18T17:46:57.433" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T17:52:50.493" Title="No hyphenation patterns were loaded for the language" Tags="&lt;languages&gt;&lt;hyphenation&gt;&lt;babel&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1973" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1972" CreationDate="2010-08-18T17:52:50.493" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You may have to install spanish language support for TeX on your operating system. For instance, on Debian or Ubuntu it means to install &lt;code&gt;texlive-lang-spanish&lt;/code&gt; I guess.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Afterwards it may be necessary to rebuilt the format files, for instance by&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;fmtutil --all&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;at the command prompt or the package manager of your TeX distribution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I suggest you add some information to your question regarding operating system and TeX distribution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, this topic in the UK TeX FAQ may help you: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=newlang&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Using a new language with Babel&lt;/a&gt;. It deals with this warning message and shows ways how to fix that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T17:52:50.493" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1974" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1963" CreationDate="2010-08-18T18:10:01.193" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Personally, I would recommend &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/texworks/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeXworks&lt;/a&gt; over both of these programs. The goal of TeXworks is to offer the same functionality and look &amp;amp; feel for all major operating systems. This consistency may come in &lt;em&gt;very&lt;/em&gt; handy when you are TeXing at different computers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="870" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T18:10:01.193" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1975" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1990" CreationDate="2010-08-18T18:15:50.883" Score="5" ViewCount="228" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do I overwrite the default &lt;code&gt;$l$&lt;/code&gt; character so that it is substituted by &lt;code&gt;$\ell$&lt;/code&gt; throughout math mode?&#xA;(More generally, is there an easy way to make such symbol substitutions?)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="802" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-18T18:21:02.997" LastActivityDate="2010-08-21T13:03:14.507" Title="Substituting character $l$ with $\ell$ throughout math mode" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="1976" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1975" CreationDate="2010-08-18T18:27:04.870" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is if you are using Lyx or SWP. E.g., you can have SWP search for l in math (SWP is wysiwym) and replace it with \ell. It will do this and ignore l in text. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="714" LastEditorUserId="714" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-18T18:45:32.213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T18:45:32.213" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1978" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1952" CreationDate="2010-08-18T18:35:31.577" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know that &lt;a href=&quot;http://arxiv.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;arXiv&lt;/a&gt; support TikZ, though not necessarily the most recent versions. I imagine that you would run into the same problems with publishers, so Stefan's idea of creating PDF images seems best to me. In the TikZ manual, there is a section on &lt;strong&gt;Externalizing Graphics&lt;/strong&gt;. It gives detailed instructions on how to do convert inline images to PDFs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="870" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T18:35:31.577" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-18T18:35:31.577" />
  <row Id="1979" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1984" CreationDate="2010-08-18T18:50:23.390" Score="8" ViewCount="567" Body="&lt;p&gt;When typing (La)TeX some keys are used a lot more often then in plain text, especially &lt;code&gt;\&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;{&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;}&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;[&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;]&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;$&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;^&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;_&lt;/code&gt;. On most keyboard layouts these keys are rather cumbersome to type. The English QWERTY keyboard is a lot better than the German QWERTZ, but is still far from optimal.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Given that I mostly type mathematical texts in English, what keyboard layout would you recommend?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Bonus points for the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ability to type non-English Latin characters, especially German umlauts.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Some similarity to QWERTZ or QWERTY as I'm most used to these layouts (I currently use the US-International layout from Linux)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ability to type math symbols directly (Greek letters, &lt;code&gt;\times&lt;/code&gt;, etc.)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-08-19T15:11:44.563" Title="Good keyboard layouts for typing (La)TeX" Tags="&lt;untagged&gt;" AnswerCount="8" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="1980" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1983" CreationDate="2010-08-18T18:57:12.173" Score="15" ViewCount="460" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the comments section of &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/516/does-it-matter-if-i-use-textit-or-it&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt;, I asked for a clarification of these points. The clarification has mostly been made, but it was requested that I turn this into a question to provide for more room for this question to be fielded.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So here it is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Please explain the difference between \emph and \textit. When should they be used respectively.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="84" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-18T19:08:17.283" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T05:33:08.100" Title="\emph or \textit" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;best-practices&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="1981" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1975" CreationDate="2010-08-18T19:00:30.950" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think your best plan is to do a search and replace. You'll need to use some kind of regular expression (or, as user714 notes, so set up that can search selectively within math). The advantage of altering the source is you avoid any nasty side issues.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-21T13:03:14.507" LastActivityDate="2010-08-21T13:03:14.507" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1982" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1979" CreationDate="2010-08-18T19:00:48.577" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I now use a czech programmer keybord (custom made) which has the special symbols in the english number row accessible by using right alt and the rest of important symbols ({}[]\/=) are on the home row (ASDF...) again with right alt. Very convenient.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="628" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T19:00:48.577" />
  <row Id="1983" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1980" CreationDate="2010-08-18T19:04:52.970" Score="17" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Those are very different commands even if the output happens to look the same.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If you want to emphasize a word or some text, use &lt;code&gt;\emph&lt;/code&gt;. Don't just make the text italic or bold. If needed, you may change the behaviour of &lt;code&gt;\emph&lt;/code&gt; whenever you wish in the preamble and the whole document will be adjusted accordingly.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If you want to get italic text, use &lt;code&gt;\textit&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;code&gt;\emph&lt;/code&gt; might have a different effect, a package like &lt;code&gt;ulem&lt;/code&gt; might change it to underlining for instance.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\emph&lt;/code&gt; may be nested: emphasized text within emphasized text may be upright. In contrary, nesting &lt;code&gt;\textit&lt;/code&gt; just keeps the italic shape.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Further, I rarely use physical font commands in my body text. I use them to define styles in the preamble and use the styles in the document afterwards, ensuring consistency and allowing changes to be easily made.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T19:04:52.970" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1984" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1979" CreationDate="2010-08-18T19:05:00.910" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Since you're asking for german umlauts: There is the &lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.neo-layout.org/wiki/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Neo layout&lt;/a&gt; which is for german language. The wiki sounds rather interesting! There are even pages for TeX. (I have not used it myself, though).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.neo-layout.org/wiki/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://wiki.neo-layout.org/wiki/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.neo-layout.org/wiki/Neo%20f%C3%BCr%20Latex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://wiki.neo-layout.org/wiki/Neo%20f%C3%BCr%20Latex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="243" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T19:05:00.910" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="1985" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1979" CreationDate="2010-08-18T19:06:47.507" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Long, long ago in a galaxy far, far away, I attempted starting a blog.  It didn't last, but one of the things I posted was about this very subject.  When I deleted the blog, I kept the articles.  So here's that one.  I apologise for the length.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A few years back I started to get what I think was RSI in my hands.  I never got it officially diagnosed so I can't be sure, but all the symptoms seemed clear.  It was worse when I was typing, and worst in my little fingers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Think about typing.  How much work do the little fingers do compared to the others?  As well as having their own letters, they also work many of the punctuation characters and the shift (and control) keys.  I found I was often having to stretch my hand to type characters and this was putting a lot of strain on my little fingers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's even worse when typing LaTeX documents.  A quick scan through a thirty-page paper reveals that the five most typed characters are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;space 15525&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;e 7266&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;\ 6834&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;o 5476&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;t 5470&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There then follow a few more lowercase letters, in 14th and 15th place are the parentheses (worryingly not the same number of each - must have some half-open intervals in there).  22nd is the underscore, 24th and 25th are the curly braces (quick check: the same number this time) with just over a thousand occurrences.  The first number, 1, is way down the list with only 362 appearances.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;By the way, if you want to generate this list, there are probably more elegant ways but here's my two-minute hack:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;~% cat paper.tex| \&#xA;       perl -lne 'while ($_) {&#xA;            $_ =~ s/(.)//;&#xA;            $count{$1}++};&#xA;            END {&#xA;               @chars = sort {$count{$b}  $count{$a}} keys %count;&#xA;               while (@chars) {&#xA;                  $c = shift @chars;&#xA;                  print &quot;$c $count{$c}&quot;;&#xA;               }&#xA;           }'&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The backslash key is often hard to stretch to, the curly braces usually require shift (or Alt-Gr on some international keyboards).  That's a lot of work for what is, as far as catching mammoths is concerned, something pretty useless.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My solution was to modify the keyboard.  No, &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; with a hammer.  With a nifty &#xA;little program called &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.xfree86.org/4.2.0/xmodmap.1.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;xmodmap&lt;/a&gt;.  T&#xA;his is a UNIX program which allows you to modify what the keys on the keyboard actually &lt;em&gt;do&lt;/em&gt;.  I use it to put the backslash where the semi-colon is (after all, who uses a semi-colon these days?), swap the curly braces and square brackets, and swap the numbers with their symbols (so pressing '3' produces '#' and 'Shift+3' produces '3').&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately, this method isn't very portable and I have to set it up for each machine.  The problem is that it is a translation table from what the keyboard currently does to what you want it to do, so you first have to know what it currently does.  However, it's fairly simple to explain how to set it up.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Suppose you want to put the backslash where the semi-colon is.  First you need to find the keycode for the semi-colon.  There are two ways to do this.  Firstly, from a terminal run a program called xev.  When you press a key in its window, it tells you lots of information about it in the terminal - including the keycode.  The other way to do it is to run xmodmap -pke.  This produces a list of all the current assignments from which you can read off the keycode for the semi-colon.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;~% xmodmap -pke | grep semicolon&#xA;keycode   47 = semicolon colon oslash Oslash&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Yeah, I'm on a Norwegian keyboard.)  Now you just need to remap that:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;~% xmodmap -e 'keycode 47 = backslash colon oslash Ooslash'&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lo and behold!  Keyboard modified.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Three things to note.  Save the initial output of xmodmap -pke since if everything goes wrong typing:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;~% xmodmap original_list&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will reset it (though that might be difficult if you've reset &lt;em&gt;all&lt;/em&gt; the keys!  In that case, log out and log back in again).  Secondly, to save you typing in all those commands every time, you can put them all in a file called, say, .xmodmap and put a line xmodmap ~/.xmodmap in your startup file.  Gnome actually goes looking for these files and asks if you want to load them so you don't need to put them in your startup file.  The final point is that you might want to consider having different keyboards for different tasks.  I have a keyboard for writing LaTeX documents and a &quot;normal&quot; one for everything else; switching between them is easy using &quot;hot keys&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Several years after figuring this out, I discovered that I was alone neither in the problem nor in the solution.  &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.math.ucdavis.edu/~greg/pinky-rsi.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Greg Kuperberg&lt;/a&gt;  has also written about this, though his solution uses XKB rather than xmodmap.  Your mileage may vary.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's the actual layout:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;` 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 _ +&#xA;~ ! @ # $ % ^ &amp;amp; * ( ) - =&#xA;&#xA;TAB Q W E R T Y U I O P [ ]&#xA;    q w e r t y u i o p { }&#xA;&#xA;Ctrl A S D F G H J K L : &quot; |&#xA;     a s d f g h j k l \ ' /&#xA;&#xA;Shift &amp;gt; Z X C V B N M &amp;lt; &amp;gt; ? Shift&#xA;      &amp;lt; z x c v b n m , . ;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In addition, the &quot;weird&quot; keys along the bottom are mapped to various modifiers which give me access to other characters (most usually, øæå, as I'm in Norway).  This is actually done with a two-stage xmodmaprc: the first stage changes my Scandinavian keyboard into something I'm a little more used to; the second stage does the TeX-related changes.  I have one hotkey that starts Emacs &lt;em&gt;and&lt;/em&gt; changes the keyboard all in one go!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastEditorUserId="86" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-18T20:35:40.087" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T20:35:40.087" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="1986" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1980" CreationDate="2010-08-18T19:07:57.097" Score="18" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\emph&lt;/code&gt; macro is designed to be semantic mark up. So while convention it makes text italic, this is not always the case. For example, the &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt; class makes &lt;code&gt;\emph&lt;/code&gt; text red as this works better in presentations than using italic.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, &lt;code&gt;\textit&lt;/code&gt; makes text italic, with no variation. Thus it is intended for making text italic when that is exactly what you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would usually favour using &lt;code&gt;\textit&lt;/code&gt; in a design context, where you are deciding 'these things should be italic'. Normally, that would be in the preamble or a class file, perhaps something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*\latin[1]{\textit{#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the document body, I'd favour the semantic approach and use &lt;code&gt;\emph&lt;/code&gt;, as this can then be defined in the preamble to do something else entirely.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T19:07:57.097" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1987" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1979" CreationDate="2010-08-18T19:24:16.873" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I completely gave up trying to use &quot;national&quot; keyboards to type anything.  When you're a programmer, you need to have easy access to the same keys the designer(s) of the language had easy access to on his or her own keyboard, and that holds for TeX, too.  I use both QWERTY or Dvorak keyboards (where the &quot;special&quot; characters are at the same location as on QWERTY), with shortcuts to typeset the different accented characters for the languages that need it (my favourite layout is a Compose-like key as on Sun keyboards, but dead keys are OK too, although usually leas general).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="170" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T19:24:16.873" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1988" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1975" CreationDate="2010-08-18T19:26:55.463" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To do it via an external search-and-replace, you could use a script that I wrote called &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.math.ntnu.no/~stacey/HowDidIDoThat/LaTeX/mathgrep.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;mathgrep&lt;/a&gt;.  It's a perl script designed to do search and search-and-replace within maths sections of a LaTeX document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The main limitation of this script is that it doesn't regard dollars as valid maths delimiters - but then, no-one uses them, right?  Actually, I wrote a script to deal with that as well, which I called &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.math.ntnu.no/~stacey/documents/debuck&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;debuck&lt;/a&gt; for some reason that escapes me now.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Oh yeah, I remember: dollar = buck.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-18T19:30:34.923" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T19:30:34.923" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1989" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1991" CreationDate="2010-08-18T19:29:19.280" Score="10" ViewCount="252" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am writing a long document with many chapters. They are all included from a root document using &lt;code&gt;\input{chapterX.tex}&lt;/code&gt; etc. Compiling everything takes pretty long.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As a workaround to make compilation faster, I typically comment out most &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; commands and include only the chapter I'm currently working on. But that's a bad method because then the references to chapters that are not currently included won't work, and the table of contents is almost empty.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm wondering if there is a method that does precompilation? Ideally, it would detect that, while I am working on &lt;code&gt;chapter1.tex&lt;/code&gt;, nothing in &lt;code&gt;chapter2.tex&lt;/code&gt; etc. has changed, and reuse the results from previous compilation runs. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is that possible? It would be like separate compilation units in languages like &lt;code&gt;C&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3860" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-18T20:54:37.717" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T21:09:27.260" Title="Speed up compilation by (pre-)compiling chapters separately?" Tags="&lt;compiling&gt;&lt;include&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="1990" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1975" CreationDate="2010-08-18T19:31:45.187" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is similar to how &lt;code&gt;MinionPro&lt;/code&gt; deals with open vs closed mathematical g's.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\mathcode`l=&quot;8000&#xA;\begingroup&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\lccode`\~=`\l&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\lsb@l}{\mathalpha}{letters}{`l}&#xA;\lowercase{\gdef~{\ifnum\the\mathgroup=\m@ne \ell \else \lsb@l \fi}}%&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\( l = 2 \) \( \lim = 2 \)&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-21T13:02:21.920" LastActivityDate="2010-08-21T13:02:21.920" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="1991" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1989" CreationDate="2010-08-18T19:32:17.697" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can't precompile chapters, but you can use the &lt;code&gt;\includeonly&lt;/code&gt; mechanism to ensure that your cross-references and page numbers stay correct while choosing to only include parts of your source.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T19:32:17.697" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1992" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1989" CreationDate="2010-08-18T19:44:26.920" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Extending Joseph's answer a bit: This mean that you use &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; for including the desired chapters. See &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.uni-graz.at/~binder/texhelp/ltx-245.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; for example usage.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="870" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T19:44:26.920" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="1993" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1979" CreationDate="2010-08-18T20:00:12.170" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Following up on Andrew Stacey's answer, I have this in my .Xmodmap:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;keysym Alt_R = Multi_key&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That makes the right alt behave as a Compose key: first you press this key, then a combination of keys. There is a list of valid combinations (depending on your locale), and once you reach something that is valid, the combination is output. So, for example, Schröder is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;S,c,h,r,Alt-R,&quot;,o,d,e,r&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Many keyboard layouts on linux have shift+Alt_R or the right windows key as Multi_key by default, but I find the first a that a lot harder to type, probably because I am lefthanded, and my keyboard does not have windows keys.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Further, I use a Qwerty US 102-key keyboard that migrated with me from an old Compaq ever since the nineties.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T20:00:12.170" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-18T20:00:12.170" />
  <row Id="1995" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1979" CreationDate="2010-08-18T21:30:44.163" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am recently started to use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.autohotkey.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;autohotkey&lt;/a&gt;. You can write your own little macros. I started to program some macros- easily accessable by hitting space+letter. I think this could save a little time in typing. The same tool also allows remapping of keys&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Space &amp;amp; t::&#xA;Send, \begin{`{}table{`}}{[}{`!}htb{]}{enter}&#xA;send, \centering{enter}&#xA;send, \caption{`{}{`}}{enter}&#xA;send, \label{`{}tab{`:}{`}}{enter}{enter}&#xA;send, \end{`{}table{`}}{UP}&#xA;return&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="632" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-18T21:53:36.577" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T21:53:36.577" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1996" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1756" CreationDate="2010-08-18T23:30:40.883" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In my opinion, Latex is the best system to typesetting that I have ever seen. Because the quality of it's output is great. I strongly recommend you to use Latex and throw away systems like Word and Open office. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="885" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T23:30:40.883" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-19T12:23:31.780" />
  <row Id="1997" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1547" CreationDate="2010-08-18T23:44:48.320" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Once you have the pattern file (the standard way to generate it from a word list is to use PatGen, as has been said), you need to edit your distribution's language.dat file and to regenerate the formats, because hyphenation patterns are only loaded at iniTeX time (except for LuaTeX).  Then you can send the file to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/tex-hyphen&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;us&lt;/a&gt; in order to be included in TeX Live :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="170" LastActivityDate="2010-08-18T23:44:48.320" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="1998" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1979" CreationDate="2010-08-19T02:33:02.473" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Quick advice&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Get a good keyboard, get a good text editor, and practice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Detailed suggestions&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A good programming keyboard will make your fingers happy with no re-mapping. Personally, I use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://elitekeyboards.com/products.php?sub=pfu_keyboards,hhkbpro2&amp;amp;pid=pdkb400b&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Happy Hacking Keyboard Professional II&lt;/a&gt;. I find that I can still type around 40 WPM, even stumbling over LaTeX syntax, when using this keyboard.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A good text editor with syntax highlighting and auto-complete will make writing LaTeX documents much, much easier. I got the keyboard above when I was using &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;GNU Emacs&lt;/a&gt;, since it replaces the Caps-Lock key with a control key (you can accomplish the same with software remapping). Since then, I've used  &lt;a href=&quot;http://code.google.com/p/macvim/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;MacVIM&lt;/a&gt;, which uses a nice &lt;a href=&quot;http://vim-latex.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX Bundle&lt;/a&gt;. Currently, I use &lt;a href=&quot;http://macromates.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TextMate&lt;/a&gt;. If you're on Windows, you can use the similar &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.e-texteditor.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;E-Text Editor&lt;/a&gt;. I switched to TextMate because working with tables is much, much easier with the included bundle. TextMate also auto closes the &lt;code&gt;(),$$,[],&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;{}&lt;/code&gt; sequences, plus others. It also handles quoting automatically (typing two backticks closes with straight quotes). I find the shortcuts for automatically closing environments is helpful, as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The one thing I picked up from &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1979/good-keyboard-layouts-for-typing-latex/1985#1985&quot;&gt;Andrew Stacey's post&lt;/a&gt; is that your most common characters are going to be alpha characters. Typing math is going to be equally painful on most layouts. I find with enough practice, my fingers find special characters easily enough. If you're interested is gaining speed from typing alpha characters, I hear &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dvorak_Simplified_Keyboard&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Dvorak&lt;/a&gt; is all the nerd-rage, but its efficacy is &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.utdallas.edu/~liebowit/keys1.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;dubious&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Special characters&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For printing special characters... that's why I use LaTeX. To me, typing &lt;code&gt;\alpha&lt;/code&gt; is a lot easier than remembering an alt-code or option-key press, and faster than hunting and pecking on a character map. Umlauts, graves (or diacrticals), and special math characters are best expressed using the LaTeX macros, in my opinion. It avoids any problems that might arise when sharing files with others (no worries about UTF compatibilities). For instance, it's easy to type &lt;code&gt;ü&lt;/code&gt; on my Mac, but it's just as simple to type &lt;code&gt;\&quot;u&lt;/code&gt; in LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="887" LastEditorUserId="887" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-19T15:11:44.563" LastActivityDate="2010-08-19T15:11:44.563" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="1999" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1952" CreationDate="2010-08-19T02:40:47.293" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;At least some parts of Elsevier support TiKZ.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="132" LastActivityDate="2010-08-19T02:40:47.293" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-19T02:40:47.293" />
  <row Id="2000" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1979" CreationDate="2010-08-19T03:07:39.660" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.vim.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;vim&lt;/a&gt; editor, which I think partially solves your issues despite not being a keyboard layout. There's a bit of a learning curve, but I found it much easier learning vim than trying to switch to a Dvorak keyboard layout.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vim is highly programmable so with some LaTeX, snippet and delimiter plugins you can simplify a lot of the typing, with the added bonus of very simple latex compilation and parsing of the error log from within the editor.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Some plugins I find useful:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=2540&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;SnipMate&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; lets you make snippets, where you type say &lt;code&gt;desc&lt;/code&gt;, hit &lt;code&gt;TAB&lt;/code&gt; and it turns into&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{description}&#xA;    \item[]&#xA;\end{description}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where the cursor is in the square brackets of \item making it easy to start a list without ever hitting any of the annoyingly placed &lt;code&gt;\[]{}&lt;/code&gt; keys.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=2754&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;delimitMate&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; automatically fills in delimiters (quotes, brackets, parentheses...) so you don't have to type as many.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=3109&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LatexBox&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; provides a bunch of simple helpful additions like autocomplete of standard commands, and simple wrapping of text in a latex command/environment, which works as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You have typed some text:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;...the experiment showed a detrimental effect on...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But you now want to wrap detrimental in some macro (e.g. &lt;code&gt;\emph&lt;/code&gt;), so you select it and hit a shortcut (F5 by default I think, but easily customised) and it adds in the &lt;code&gt;\{&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;}&lt;/code&gt; for you, and puts the cursor after the &lt;code&gt;\&lt;/code&gt; ready for you to type your macro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;...the experiment showed a \|{detrimental} effect on...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where &lt;code&gt;|&lt;/code&gt; is the cursor position. There's another key to wrap a selection in a new environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Further customisation lets you do things like highlight text and hit a shortcut (cmd+I for me) to wrap it in &lt;code&gt;\emph{&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;}&lt;/code&gt;. So as you can see you avoid actually having to hit those keys a lot with some customisation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another very popular one is &lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://vim-latex.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Vim-Latex-Suite&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; (I personally find that one does a bit &lt;em&gt;too&lt;/em&gt; much, but a lot of people use it and find it very useful). That provides you very simple short-cuts for entering environments, greek symbols, etc. To be honest, I guess I should recommend checking this out &lt;strong&gt;first&lt;/strong&gt; and if you find it's a bit too complex try the ones above as simpler alternatives.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've also used the &lt;a href=&quot;http://macromates.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TextMate&lt;/a&gt; editor (Mac OS X only), which is where the snipMate and delimitMate plugins get their inspiration, which provides a lot of these features in a more &quot;traditional&quot; editor. It's not as cheap (since its not free) and doesn't work on Linux/Windows.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="644" LastActivityDate="2010-08-19T03:07:39.660" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2001" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1914" CreationDate="2010-08-19T04:21:02.380" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use braces after \newcommand mainly to remind myself that I'm not using \def.&#xA;But there is one (not very weighty) reason to keep the braces: a good Latex&#xA;spellchecker like Excalibur looks for them, to forestall definition errors.&#xA;Inserting the braces makes spellchecking painless. (Yes, I can spell, but it's best&#xA;to stamp out misprints before sending files to my coauthors.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="796" LastActivityDate="2010-08-19T04:21:02.380" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-19T04:21:02.380" />
  <row Id="2002" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1706" CreationDate="2010-08-19T04:31:42.230" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I suggest MikTeX and TeXnicCenter to start, download and instalation are easy. You can then, very easily download template documents from many websites, I suggest articles to start. The advantage of TeXnicCenter is that it includes buttons which write the corresponding code for you, this will allow you to see how different things look like, e.g. equation environments, greek letters, etc.&#xA;I also suggest the LaTeX cook book &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.personal.ceu.hu/tex/cookbook.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;avilable here&lt;/a&gt; to get started with , probably-not-so-basic stuff. You'll find this tremendously easy to follow and experiment.&#xA;I hope you have fun.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="888" LastActivityDate="2010-08-19T04:31:42.230" />
  <row Id="2003" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10534" CreationDate="2010-08-19T04:44:10.237" Score="11" ViewCount="319" Body="&lt;p&gt;TeX puts no space between &lt;code&gt;\mathrel&lt;/code&gt; characters, so one can type := to make a definition.&#xA;But careless authors often type stuff like  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;lt; a, b &amp;gt; = &amp;lt; c, d &amp;gt;  &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to indicate that two scalar products are equal, and get the central three characters stuck together with no space around the equality sign. (I do tell them to use &lt;code&gt;\langle&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\rangle&lt;/code&gt;, fat lot of good it does.) Is there any clever way to override the &lt;code&gt;\mathrel&lt;/code&gt; convention, at least in this instance, so that the equality sign is separated from the others, but remains a math relation character?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="796" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-19T05:48:44.627" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T09:34:46.993" Title="The trestle problem: how to avoid &gt;=&lt; in the output" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;spacing&gt;" AnswerCount="8" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2004" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1966" CreationDate="2010-08-19T05:06:15.087" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Note that you might prefer &lt;code&gt;subfig&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;subfloat&lt;/code&gt; if wanting to use &lt;code&gt;tocloft&lt;/code&gt; (*) to configure your TOC, LOF and LOT look and feel.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In which case, for example,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\@ifpackageloaded{subfig}&#xA;  {\usepackage[subfigure,...]{tocloft}}&#xA;  {\usepackage[...]{tocloft}}&#xA;\renewcommand{\cftchappresnum}{...}&#xA;...&#xA;\@ifpackageloaded{subfig}{\renewcommand{\cftsubfigpresnum}{...}}{}&#xA;...&#xA;\renewcommand{\cftchappagefont}{...}&#xA;...&#xA;\@ifpackageloaded{subfig}{\renewcommand{\cftsubfigpagefont}{...}}{}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(*) I'm sure &lt;code&gt;tocloft&lt;/code&gt;'s &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/users/179/will-robertson&quot; title=&quot;Will Robertson&quot;&gt;Current Maintainer&lt;/a&gt; could provide the canonicals should anyone want to ask.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-08-19T05:06:15.087" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2005" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2003" CreationDate="2010-08-19T05:53:58.733" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Probably the best thing to do is to offer them a macro (package) that makes typing easier. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now I am a very lazy typist, so I would do something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\&amp;lt;#1&amp;gt;{\langle #1\rangle}&#xA;$\&amp;lt;a,b&amp;gt; = \&amp;lt;c,d&amp;gt;$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but probably &lt;code&gt;\&amp;lt;&lt;/code&gt; is already used for somethingelse in LaTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In LuaTeX, you can actually change the internal math spacing table, like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\Umathrelrelspacing\textstyle=\thickmuskip&#xA;\Umathrelrelspacing\displaystyle=\thickmuskip&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but as you probably cannot use LuaTeX and it has side-effects for predefined relations like &lt;code&gt;:=&lt;/code&gt;, I doubt that will help you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-08-19T05:53:58.733" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="2006" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-19T06:10:45.317" Score="9" ViewCount="463" Body="&lt;p&gt;What viewers do you use for reviewing the beautifully-styled output of your LaTeX source? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;List PDF, DVI and PostScript options.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Possibly, one entry per answer, and list platform availability, license conditions (open source vs. freeware/proprietary).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="711" LastEditorUserId="711" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-19T13:56:14.840" LastActivityDate="2010-08-29T08:06:00.533" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-19T06:10:45.317" Title="Output viewers for use with LaTeX" Tags="&lt;big-list&gt;&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;dvi&gt;&lt;viewers&gt;" AnswerCount="12" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="2007" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2003" CreationDate="2010-08-19T06:11:41.960" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you can get them to use any macros for this, then something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*\sp[2]{\langle#1,#2\rangle}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;might be the way to go. (Okay, maybe not &lt;code&gt;\sp&lt;/code&gt; since that's &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;^&lt;/code&gt;, but something to indicate the scalar product.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since you probably don't want to have less than and greater than in your final output and your coauthors aren't likely to change, then you might have to simply take a final pass through and fix their little mistakes. This is what I do.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-19T07:22:50.200" LastActivityDate="2010-08-19T07:22:50.200" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2008" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2006" CreationDate="2010-08-19T06:19:43.863" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For PDF, I use Preview, evince, or xpdf, depending on which computer I'm using. For dvi, I almost never do not convert the dvi to postscript, but if I don't, I use xdvi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-08-19T06:19:43.863" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-19T06:19:43.863" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="2009" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2006" CreationDate="2010-08-19T06:24:47.813" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One unexpected entry here: &lt;a href=&quot;http://okular.kde.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Okular&lt;/a&gt; on &lt;a href=&quot;http://windows.kde.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Windows&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Good stuff:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Light-weight and quick to start, even on Windows (and that says something).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Rendering quality is perfectly good for a quick check of the output.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Supports refreshing of the document, so no need to close it and open again. That makes it so quick.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;PDF bookmarks are supported.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Nicer output than the other viable contender (&lt;a href=&quot;http://blog.kowalczyk.info/software/sumatrapdf/index.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Sumatra PDF&lt;/a&gt;), and works better with .PNG files than the dreaded Reader.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Bad stuff:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;You need to install &lt;a href=&quot;http://windows.kde.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;KDE for Windows&lt;/a&gt; in order to use it, and that takes some extra HDD space (even the minimally required will eat some 200+ MB).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Some KDE libraries need to be loaded, and this will take up some precious memory (on my system, something like 50 MB just for those)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="711" LastActivityDate="2010-08-19T06:24:47.813" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-19T06:24:47.813" />
  <row Id="2010" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2006" CreationDate="2010-08-19T06:36:04.890" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Mac OS X&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://skim-app.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Skim&lt;/a&gt; supports &quot;reload when the file changed&quot; and synctex (for forward and backward searching). It has a very nice &quot;preview the internal link&quot; feature (good for checking your bibliography references).  It has lots of features, but it misses layer support (OCG). &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Acrobat professional for layer support and to examine the file.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;less&lt;/code&gt; for looking at the pdf in another way :)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Others please continue this list)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="243" LastEditorUserId="627" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-19T13:36:35.353" LastActivityDate="2010-08-19T13:36:35.353" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-19T06:36:04.890" />
  <row Id="2011" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2006" CreationDate="2010-08-19T06:37:40.330" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Linux&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I use a whole slew of PDF viewers, basically anything I can get my hand on:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;xpdf. Mostly because it starts up so quickly, but its feature set is quite limited.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;acroread. When you want to be &lt;em&gt;sure&lt;/em&gt; a pdf is generated ok, this is the best, but it is slow. Also needed for annotation support.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;okular &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;evince &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;gv &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;mupdf&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-19T07:09:33.290" LastActivityDate="2010-08-19T07:09:33.290" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-19T06:37:40.330" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="2012" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2027" CreationDate="2010-08-19T07:47:22.950" Score="16" ViewCount="227" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\outer&lt;/code&gt; is a strange beast. Any control sequence declared &lt;code&gt;\outer&lt;/code&gt; cannot be used as either the parameter text or replacement text of a macro, at least if the control sequence is declared &lt;code&gt;\outer&lt;/code&gt; at the time the parameters are tokenized or the definition is scanned, respectively. That is, both the definition of &lt;code&gt;\bar&lt;/code&gt; and the use of &lt;code&gt;\baz&lt;/code&gt; are errors:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\outer\def\foo{asdf}&#xA;\def\bar{\foo}&#xA;\def\baz#1{#1}&#xA;\baz\foo&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, changing this slightly to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\bar{\foo}&#xA;\def\baz#1{\outer\def\foo{asdf}#1}&#xA;\baz\foo&#xA;\bar&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;so that &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt; is only declared &lt;code&gt;\outer&lt;/code&gt; after the definition of &lt;code&gt;\bar&lt;/code&gt; and after the parameters to &lt;code&gt;\baz&lt;/code&gt; have been parsed, compiles correctly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I could see requiring a macro to appear only in vertical mode, but &lt;code&gt;\outer&lt;/code&gt; doesn't do that. In fact, &lt;code&gt;\outer&lt;/code&gt; control sequences can appear in any of vertical, internal vertical, horizontal, restricted horizontal, math, and display math modes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\outer\def\foo{asdf}&#xA;\foo% vertical mode&#xA;&#xA;foo \foo% horizontal mode&#xA;&#xA;\hbox{\foo}% restricted horizontal mode&#xA;&#xA;\vbox{\foo}% internal vertical mode&#xA;&#xA;$\foo$% math mode&#xA;&#xA;$$\foo$$% display math mode&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So given all of that, what is the utility of &lt;code&gt;\outer&lt;/code&gt;? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-02T09:16:42.377" LastActivityDate="2011-01-02T09:16:42.377" Title="When is it appropriate to use \outer?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;tex-core&gt;" AnswerCount="7" />
  <row Id="2013" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2012" CreationDate="2010-08-19T07:55:24.537" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd assume that commands like &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt; should be &lt;code&gt;\outer&lt;/code&gt;, so that they don't appear in a macro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Depending on the use case, of course)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="243" LastActivityDate="2010-08-19T07:55:24.537" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2014" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-19T08:14:35.630" Score="1" ViewCount="250" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like the ylabel on a gnuplot to be the same as $\omega_2(R_{3,n})$ appears in LaTeX.  But if I use the following, it overlaps with the plot itself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;set ylabel &quot;\omega_2(R_{3,n})&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One way to get around this problem is to rotate the ylabel by 90 degrees.  How can that be done?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="154" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-19T10:04:00.853" LastActivityDate="2010-08-19T10:04:00.853" Title="How to rotate a LaTeX ylabel in gnuplot?" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;gnuplot&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="2015" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-19T08:21:30.060" Score="4" ViewCount="162" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I plotted a number of curves on the same figure using tikzpicture. but i am having a problem with enlarging part of the curves on the same figure. I searched for that and i found something similar on this website &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/difference-quotient/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/difference-quotient/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but, i tried everything and it is not working, does anyone know anything i can do to fix the problem?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="891" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-19T10:03:45.813" LastActivityDate="2010-08-19T13:10:41.343" Title="Tikz and enlarging part of the draw." Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;diagrams&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2016" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2017" CreationDate="2010-08-19T08:22:21.290" Score="11" ViewCount="360" Body="&lt;p&gt;Tex has powerful support for extensions triggered by events happen in generating output, by running one of six token lists appropriately:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA; \everycr \everydisplay \everyhbox \everymath \everypar \everyvbox&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;They're used with effect in such places as Latex classes, but they are much less useful than they could be, because the &lt;code&gt;\everyfoo={\t\o ks}&lt;/code&gt; assignment simply wipes the current value, making it rather tricky to use them by authors of packages and documents.  Emacs' Elisp has a widely understood technology for registering and deregistering code to run at events, namely hooks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The LaTeX3 Project's &lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt; library offers supports for managing token lists, and LuaTeX augments TeX's event handling mechanism with a set of Lua callbacks.  Are these the beginning of proper support for event-driven TeX code, as usable as hooks?  Is this a priority for developers on these projects?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-19T19:17:47.950" LastActivityDate="2010-08-21T08:23:53.410" Title="Will LaTeX3 have proper support for hooks? Does LuaTeX?" Tags="&lt;luatex&gt;&lt;latex3&gt;&lt;token-lists&gt;&lt;expl3&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="2017" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2016" CreationDate="2010-08-19T08:35:07.780" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;LuaTeX does not offer these hooks out of the box, but you can make them yourself. The LuaLaTeX people do this (thanks!). See &lt;a href=&quot;http://github.com/mpg/luatexbase&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://github.com/mpg/luatexbase&lt;/a&gt; (and there: &lt;code&gt;luatexbase-mcb.dtx&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="243" LastActivityDate="2010-08-19T08:35:07.780" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="2018" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-19T08:42:11.960" Score="4" ViewCount="445" Body="&lt;p&gt;This might sound odd but I really like the old typewriter books from the pre-TeX era (the type of books that inspired Knuth to make TeX!). I don't know the exact reason, maybe its because I am very fond of typewriter and monospace fonts or just a nostalgia for old math books from 1960s ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anyway I am looking for typewriter font with matching math support. It is easy to change the text of a document into a typewriter font however the math font never matches and that results in an ugly combination. An example which I really like is &lt;a href=&quot;http://books.google.ca/books?id=Tp7BN8JAv7AC&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt; &lt;b&gt;Moments, monodromy, and perversity: a diophantine perspective&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/a&gt; by Nick Katz. I contacted the author and unfortunately he has not done this in TeX. The fonts are &lt;b&gt;bit fonts&lt;/b&gt; created by William Fulton back in the 1980s. So what are your suggestions?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="809" LastActivityDate="2010-08-19T12:26:50.213" Title="A monospace or typewriter font with matching math support" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="2020" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2006" CreationDate="2010-08-19T08:58:36.723" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you like vim, you might also like &lt;a href=&quot;http://code.google.com/p/apvlv/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;apvlv&lt;/a&gt;. This PDF viewer uses vim-like movement behaviour.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="870" LastActivityDate="2010-08-19T08:58:36.723" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-19T08:58:36.723" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2021" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2015" CreationDate="2010-08-19T08:59:13.073" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;See &quot;48 Spy Library: Magnifying Parts of Picutres&quot; in the tikz manual, which contains two short examples on using this library.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But you will need to install the devel version of tikz/pgf. The stable release of tikz/pgf 2.0 (which is included in TeX live) is a bit dated. Meanwhile the devel version has moved forward incorporating bug fixes and new libraries. You can get the devel version by either of the following methods.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;http://www.texample.net/tikz/builds/ (pre-packaged and hence recommended)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;cvs -z3 -d:pserver:anonymous@pgf.cvs.sourceforge.net:/cvsroot/pgf co -P pgf&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="337" LastEditorUserId="337" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-19T13:10:41.343" LastActivityDate="2010-08-19T13:10:41.343" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2022" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2006" CreationDate="2010-08-19T09:02:07.810" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://trac.emma-soft.com/epdfview/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;epdfview&lt;/a&gt; is also nice. It is more like evince, but does &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; require the GNOME libraries.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="870" LastActivityDate="2010-08-19T09:02:07.810" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-19T09:02:07.810" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2023" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2014" CreationDate="2010-08-19T09:05:48.893" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could try the following (&lt;a href=&quot;http://t16web.lanl.gov/Kawano/gnuplot/label3-e.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;source&lt;/a&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;gnuplot&amp;gt; set lmargin 20&#xA;gnuplot&amp;gt; set label 1 '\omega_2(R_{3,n})' at graph -0.2, graph 0.5&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Somewhat unrelated here, but don't you need to use write &lt;code&gt;$\omega_2(R_{3,n})$&lt;/code&gt; when trying to produce LaTeX-output with gnuplot?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="870" LastActivityDate="2010-08-19T09:05:48.893" />
  <row Id="2024" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2012" CreationDate="2010-08-19T09:16:16.230" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;A Beginner's book of TeX&lt;/em&gt; says it is for error detection.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think it is a good idea with a bad semantics.  It's perfectly reasonable to define wrappers around macros like &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt;, to allow, say, optional indexing information to be added.  Throwing an error if the macro is expanded within a box would fit this intended use much better.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can think of one use for the semantics as it stands: to ensure that macros that change catcodes occur at the definitional top level, making it harder to hide catcode changes, and so make the Tex source that bit easier to understand.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-08-19T09:16:16.230" />
  <row Id="2025" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2018" CreationDate="2010-08-19T09:37:12.600" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;They aren't monospace (neither is the font used in the main text of your example), but I think the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/ccfonts&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Concrete fonts&lt;/a&gt; have a bit of a typewrite look.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-08-19T09:37:12.600" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2026" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2006" CreationDate="2010-08-19T11:06:55.947" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Windows&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;strong&gt;Foxit Reader&lt;/strong&gt; is a small though feature-rich PDF viewer for Windows. Besides the usual features of a reader it provides&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;multi-tab browsing, single and multiple document interface mode,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;editing tools like textbox and form filling,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;adding comments with spell checking and undo/redo,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;reviewing and commenting tools like highlighting, underlining and magnifying glass&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;conversion to text format,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;adding and modifying bookmarks,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;adding multimedia attachments and links to a document,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;secure reading in safe mode.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sadly, there's no auto-refresh.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Be careful though when installing: an additional installation of the ask.com toolbar is default.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-19T15:01:47.553" LastActivityDate="2010-08-19T15:01:47.553" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-19T11:06:55.947" />
  <row Id="2027" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2012" CreationDate="2010-08-19T11:13:00.803" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\outer&lt;/code&gt; isn't used in LaTeX2e and I'm not aware of any packages that do, either (there are probably some, though). However, I've come across occasion to think it might sometimes be a good idea.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\outer&lt;/code&gt; prevents a macro from being used inside any other macro. But when is this even desirable? Well, consider the use of &lt;code&gt;\verb&lt;/code&gt;: because it changes catcodes, and catcodes are frozen when tokenization occurs, &lt;code&gt;\verb&lt;/code&gt; can never be (reliably) used inside any other macro. For examples, this will not work:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section{The \verb|\outer| primitive}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, &lt;code&gt;\verb&lt;/code&gt; contains its own processing to give a suitable error message in this case anyway, but there are other packages that define commands that use catcode-mucking to do their work. For examples, some indexing commands and, say, &lt;code&gt;\url&lt;/code&gt;, can give bad output if they're used inside macros. In theory, you could use &lt;code&gt;\outer&lt;/code&gt; to enforce their use in running text only, but this isn't done very often.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note also that eTeX gives &lt;code&gt;\scantokens&lt;/code&gt; which relieves many of the restrictions of only being able to change catcodes before tokenization occurs. So &lt;code&gt;\outer&lt;/code&gt; is less useful these days from that point of view.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-08-19T11:13:00.803" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2028" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3017" CreationDate="2010-08-19T11:22:41.770" Score="6" ViewCount="413" Body="&lt;p&gt;I had hoped to use the Minion and Myriad fonts from my new copy of Adobe CS 5 in XeLaTeX; but &lt;code&gt;\setmainfont{Minion Pro}&lt;/code&gt; produces the following error: (output of &lt;code&gt;xdvipdfmx -vvv&lt;/code&gt; shown)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;DVI File Info&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Unit: 25400000 / 473628672&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Magnification: 1000&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Media Height: 41484288&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Media Width: 26673152&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Stack Depth: 3&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Page count:         1&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  DVI Comment:  XeTeX output 2010.08.20:1057&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  DVI file font info&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  TeX Font: MinionPro-Regular loaded at ID=   16, size= 9.96pt (scaled 100.0%)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  tufte.xdv -&gt; tufte.pdf&lt;br&gt;&#xA;   D:/TEMP/dvipdfmx.a0056400001 [1&#xA;  ** ERROR ** Cannot proceed without the &quot;native&quot; font: MinionPro-Regular (Minion Pro Regular)...&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Output file removed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Variations of the argument, such as &lt;code&gt;MinionPro&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;MinionPro-Regular&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;Minion Pro Regular&lt;/code&gt;, etc., also produce the error. Refreshing the font cache, with &lt;code&gt;fc-cache -fv&lt;/code&gt;, doesn't change anything either.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have determined that it is the output driver, xdvipdfmx, that is causing this error, since invoking xelatex with &lt;code&gt;--no-pdf&lt;/code&gt; works without any problems. Apparently XeLaTeX can find the font, but the output driver can't.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To make things even more bizarre, if I select the font like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setmainfont[ExternalLocation,%&#xA; BoldFont=MinionPro-Bold.otf,%&#xA; ItalicFont=MinionPro-It.otf,%&#xA; BoldItalicFont=MinionPro-BoldIt.otf]{MinionPro-Regular.otf}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;everything works as expected. Can somebody advise me as to what is going on here?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;UPDATE&lt;/strong&gt;: I changed above to show the output of &lt;code&gt;xdvipdfmx -vvv&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="677" LastEditorUserId="677" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-20T09:05:11.793" LastActivityDate="2010-09-12T14:27:48.417" Title="XeLaTeX can find font, but xdvipdfmx can't" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;opentype&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2029" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2016" CreationDate="2010-08-19T11:28:08.703" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sure, it would be great if LaTeX3 provided hooks for this sort of thing—not using the primitives directly, but rather providing an interface to a reliable way to use these token registers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately, ripping out the current LaTeX2e machinery for, say, giving a good way to access &lt;code&gt;\everypar&lt;/code&gt; simply isn't possible without breaking backwards compatibility with lots and lots of current packages. Experimental LaTeX3 packages such as &lt;code&gt;galley&lt;/code&gt; are written to start thinking about these ideas, but we're quite a way away from anything that can be used for general purposes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-08-19T11:28:08.703" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2030" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2035" CreationDate="2010-08-19T11:35:03.827" Score="7" ViewCount="200" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using LaTeX and &lt;code&gt;book.cls&lt;/code&gt; and have one problem:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want that my starred sections (only starred sections) appear in the center of the pages instead of the left side of the pages and also these sections to be added to the table of contents automatically.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="885" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-10T17:12:23.260" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T17:12:23.260" Title="Centering `\section*`s and adding them to the ToC" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;centering&gt;&lt;sections-paragraphs&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="2031" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2030" CreationDate="2010-08-19T11:45:05.527" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For the second part of your question (adding these sections to the table of contents), you can use &lt;code&gt;\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{My chapter}&lt;/code&gt; before specifying the &lt;code&gt;section&lt;/code&gt; command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="870" LastActivityDate="2010-08-19T11:45:05.527" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2032" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2006" CreationDate="2010-08-19T11:48:37.640" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://blog.kowalczyk.info/software/sumatrapdf/download.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Sumatra&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, an open source viewer for Windows. It is very lightweight and fast, supports reload-on-file-change and synctex (for forward and backward searching). It intentionally doesn't have a lot of features, but it works very well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="885" LastEditorUserId="627" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-19T13:43:50.033" LastActivityDate="2010-08-19T13:43:50.033" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-19T11:48:37.640" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2033" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2028" CreationDate="2010-08-19T12:06:52.300" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can try running xdvipdfmx on the XDV file with ascending verbosity levels, -v, -vv, -vvv etc. probably you will be able identify some possible cause.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastActivityDate="2010-08-19T12:06:52.300" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2034" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2018" CreationDate="2010-08-19T12:26:50.213" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;DejaVu Sans Mono have both Latin and Greek plus some math symbols, if you use fontspec and unocode-math then it can be used for simple formulas:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\usepackage{unicode-math}&#xA;&#xA;\setmainfont{DejaVu Sans Mono}&#xA;\setmathfont[math-style=upright]{DejaVu Sans Mono}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\(&#xA;  \text{Sum}(E, f, ψ) ≔ ∑_{x_1,\dots, x_n \text{in} E} ψ_E(f(x_1,\dots, x_n)).&#xA;\)&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But more complex formulas needs OpenType math tables in the font.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastActivityDate="2010-08-19T12:26:50.213" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="2035" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2030" CreationDate="2010-08-19T13:09:00.457" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I recommend to create a new macro with a different name instead of changing the behaviour of \section* and thus redefining \section. A separate macro would be a cleaner solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The main LaTeX command for sectioning is &lt;code&gt;\@startsection&lt;/code&gt;. It is documented in source2e.pdf, just type &lt;code&gt;texdoc source2e&lt;/code&gt; at the command prompt. You would find it in &lt;em&gt;61.2 Sectioning&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, let's create a macro, use &lt;code&gt;\@startsection&lt;/code&gt; with a &lt;code&gt;\centering&lt;/code&gt; in the formatting argument:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand\@csection{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}%&#xA;  {-3.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}%&#xA;  {2.3ex \@plus.2ex}%&#xA;  {\normalfont\Large\bfseries\centering}}&#xA;\newcommand{\csection}[1]{%&#xA;  \@csection*{#1}%&#xA;  \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{#1}%&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\chapter{First chapter}&#xA;\section{First section}&#xA;some text&#xA;\csection{A centered section}&#xA;more filler text.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since &lt;code&gt;\@startsection&lt;/code&gt; contains the &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt; character, I had to use &lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&lt;/code&gt; ... &lt;code&gt;\makeatother&lt;/code&gt;. I defined an internal macro &lt;code&gt;\@csection&lt;/code&gt; that does the sectioning. The final user command &lt;code&gt;\csection&lt;/code&gt; calls this but additionally adds the entry to the table of contents.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\csection&lt;/code&gt; does what you asked for: it creates an unnumbered section-level heading with toc entry. Note, it doesn't support an optional argument, since this hadn't been a requirement.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you need more customization, also regarding other sectioning commands, I recommend to use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/titlesec&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package. It offers a very good interface for sectioning customization.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/7FwbT.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-19T13:09:00.457" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2036" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-19T13:09:33.123" Score="1" ViewCount="117" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1191/formatting-the-console-output-of-latex&quot;&gt;Formatting the console output of Latex&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to make Latex / PdfLatex less verbose?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Basically I would like to only get warnings, errors and one line summary with number of pages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="69" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-19T13:12:09.407" LastActivityDate="2010-08-19T13:12:09.407" ClosedDate="2010-08-19T15:14:43.100" Title="Better error reporting in Latex?" Tags="&lt;compiling&gt;&lt;errors&gt;&lt;warnings&gt;" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2037" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-19T13:11:42.480" Score="15" ViewCount="427" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm relatively new to LaTeX, and am starting to use it for academic paper writing. I'm doing a lot of computer programming as part of my academic work, so need to be able to include code extracts easily.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know I can easily make them appear in a monospaced font, but what would you suggest for getting automatic syntax highlighting?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="495" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-19T13:16:44.233" LastActivityDate="2010-08-19T13:18:00.127" Title="How best to include programming source code in LaTeX documents?" Tags="&lt;highlighting&gt;&lt;listings&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="8" />
  <row Id="2038" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2030" CreationDate="2010-08-19T13:14:38.870" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can define a new command to use in place of &lt;code&gt;\section*&lt;/code&gt;, combining Bran's answer and the &lt;code&gt;\centering&lt;/code&gt; command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\secstar}[1]{\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{#1}\section*{\centering #1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The new &lt;code&gt;\secstar&lt;/code&gt; command takes the section name as an argument, then adds it to the the table of contents and creates a new &lt;code&gt;\section*&lt;/code&gt;, centering the section title.  A complete example of its use is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\newcommand{\secstar}[1]{\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{#1}\section*{\centering #1}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\section{Test 1}&#xA;First numbered section&#xA;\secstar{Test 2}&#xA;An unnumbered section&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="32" LastActivityDate="2010-08-19T13:14:38.870" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2039" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2037" CreationDate="2010-08-19T13:15:54.937" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use package &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt;. But there are other options see: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=codelist&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=codelist&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="337" LastActivityDate="2010-08-19T13:15:54.937" />
  <row Id="2040" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2037" CreationDate="2010-08-19T13:18:00.127" Score="20" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As the developer of &lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://minted.googlecode.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;minted&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, that’s of course what I recommend.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It uses Pygments to produce beautifully coloured code, e.g.:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://page.mi.fu-berlin.de/krudolph/stuff/pi-in-the-sky&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, I realize that installing &lt;code&gt;minted&lt;/code&gt; isn’t trivial, and it relies on an external program. Simpler, more efficient (very noticeable for a large number of code fragments!) and already installed on most systems – but also less versatile than &lt;code&gt;minted&lt;/code&gt; – is the package &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt;. (Furthermore, &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt; has a nice feature to break over-long lines automatically and indent them correctly. &lt;code&gt;minted&lt;/code&gt; can’t do this.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2010-08-19T13:18:00.127" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="2041" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2006" CreationDate="2010-08-19T13:26:52.257" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Windows&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After progressing from Adobe (!) through Sumatra and Foxit, I finally arrived at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tracker-software.com/product/pdf-xchange-viewer&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;PDF-XChange Viewer&lt;/a&gt;, and am very pleased with it, especially the two full-screen modes (one of which truly is full-screen) and the facilities for annotation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hmm, forgot something very important: it also has the ability to add dimension lines, thus feeding my OCD for microscopic fine tuning of page layout!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;@user714: Yes, your comment is partially valid; but my workflow is probably not the same as yours.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the quick-and-dirty is-it-working sort of questions, I use the PDF viewer that comes with TeXworks; PDF-XChange is for close work and fine tuning, measuring distances, and so forth.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="344" LastEditorUserId="344" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-29T08:06:00.533" LastActivityDate="2010-08-29T08:06:00.533" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-19T13:26:52.257" />
  <row Id="2042" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2012" CreationDate="2010-08-19T13:29:49.083" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Latex defines ASCII formfeed &lt;code&gt;^^L&lt;/code&gt; as an &lt;code&gt;\outer&lt;/code&gt;. This is the only good use of outer that I can think of. So, the answer to your question is &quot;almost none&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-08-19T13:29:49.083" />
  <row Id="2043" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2006" CreationDate="2010-08-19T14:06:48.683" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To be useful as a TeX viewer, a program has to allow you to TeX the file while you are viewing it, and then it has to automatically refresh the file (so you are viewing it at the same spot). Neither PDF-XChange nor Foxit seem to do this, so I'm not sure why they are being recommended. Sumatra does do this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="714" LastActivityDate="2010-08-19T14:06:48.683" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-19T14:06:48.683" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2044" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12090" CreationDate="2010-08-19T14:11:16.003" Score="11" ViewCount="1335" Body="&lt;p&gt;TikZ is undergoing lots of development with new features being added, but the versions distributed with standard TeX releases are often a little old. How do I get the latest version? If I want to be sure that I get the latest stable version, how do I do that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note: I'm not asking this question for myself, but because a question like this seems to be useful for pointing to it when a new feature of TikZ is mentioned in an answer to some other question. Feel free to post answers for any operating system/TeX distribution combination.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-19T16:40:11.170" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T07:05:04.133" Title="How to install a current version of TikZ?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;installing&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="2045" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2044" CreationDate="2010-08-19T14:49:41.000" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The tikz offical update cycle is rather slow. However, development goes on and the latest build can be found here (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/builds/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tikz builds&lt;/a&gt;). The build has to be installed manually, but comes in the correct tex-tree-structure already.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For Windows users who use MikTeX, it is advisable to create a local-tree to install packages which are not available in the MkTeX package browser.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Download the latest build from the link above&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Create a new folder e.g &lt;code&gt;C:\LocalTexFiles&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Copy the downloaded zip-file in this folder and unpack it&#xA;You should now have two new folders in &lt;code&gt;C:\LocalTexFiles&lt;/code&gt;, namely '&lt;code&gt;tex&lt;/code&gt;' and '&lt;code&gt;doc&lt;/code&gt;'&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;em&gt;Start&lt;/em&gt;-&gt;&lt;em&gt;Program Files&lt;/em&gt;-&gt;&lt;em&gt;MikTeX2.x&lt;/em&gt;-&gt;&lt;em&gt;Settings (Administrator)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;In the settings window click the &lt;em&gt;Root&lt;/em&gt; tab, click &lt;em&gt;Add&lt;/em&gt; and browse to &lt;code&gt;C:\LocalTexFiles&lt;/code&gt; and select it, confirm by clicking &lt;em&gt;OK&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;MikTeX should now automatically execute &lt;code&gt;texhash&lt;/code&gt; and the local tree is from now on the first to be searched by MikTeX&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;If you want to confirm that the latest version is used, create a document with &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{tikz}&lt;/code&gt; and add the &lt;code&gt;\listfiles&lt;/code&gt; command before the &lt;code&gt;\documentclass&lt;/code&gt; command. The log file will then show a file list with dates&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="632" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-15T21:12:42.770" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T21:12:42.770" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2046" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2006" CreationDate="2010-08-19T14:56:47.113" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Preview.app&lt;/strong&gt; on &lt;strong&gt;Mac OS X&lt;/strong&gt; seems to work surprising well as a PDF previewer, and it is a standard part of the operating system.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I usually keep two windows open: editor and Preview.app. I use a keyboard shortcut in my editor to trigger the Latex compilation. Then I cmd-tab to change windows; when I switch to Preview.app, it automatically notices that the document has changed and reloads it quickly. It doesn't lose the current location, zoom level or anything.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Even the following kind of scenarios work flawlessly: I have foo.pdf open in Preview.app. I delete foo.pdf (e.g., using something like &quot;make clean&quot; or &quot;rubber --clean&quot; to get a fresh start). Preview.app is still happy, I can still read the latest version of the document. Then I re-create the file foo.pdf (e.g., using something like &quot;make&quot; or &quot;rubber&quot;). When I switch to Preview.app, it notices that the file has been re-created and automatically reloads it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Regarding dvi files: do we really need those any more?-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="100" LastActivityDate="2010-08-19T14:56:47.113" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-19T14:56:47.113" />
  <row Id="2047" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2048" CreationDate="2010-08-19T15:30:24.187" Score="14" ViewCount="530" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;etex&lt;/code&gt; package provides an interface to e-TeX features. What advantages does it offer to LaTeX users?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are there any possible disadvantages like incompatibility to any other package or can I just use it without worries?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-26T21:02:21.130" Title="What are benefits of e-TeX for LaTeX users?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;e-tex&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="2048" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2047" CreationDate="2010-08-19T15:45:56.547" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;e-TeX provides lots of additional features for package writers such as an increased number of registers. The thing I find most useful is its extended tracing ability which I usually access through the &lt;code&gt;trace&lt;/code&gt; package. In particular, tracing commands and tracing assignments are extremely helpful when trying to diagnose a problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e-TeX also provides a &lt;code&gt;\middle&lt;/code&gt; delimiter that works like &lt;code&gt;\left&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\right&lt;/code&gt; which can be helpful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[\left\{\sum_{i=0}^n a_i\ \middle|\ a_0&amp;lt;a_1&amp;lt;\dotsb&amp;lt;a_n\right\}\]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: While writing an answer to another question, I just remembered two pretty useful extensions in e-TeX. The first is &lt;code&gt;\unless&lt;/code&gt; which lets you negate the arms of an &lt;code&gt;\if&lt;/code&gt;. It's especially useful in loops where you want to loop unless some condition is true. Reading files was my example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\loop\unless\ifeof\file&#xA;    \readline\file to\foo&#xA;    % Do something with \foo&#xA;\repeat&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This also shows the second of the two extensions: &lt;code&gt;\readline&lt;/code&gt;. It acts exactly like &lt;code&gt;\read&lt;/code&gt; except that all of the characters are given category code other or space. It's very handy for reading in text that contains characters like &lt;code&gt;$&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;^&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;_&lt;/code&gt;, or &lt;code&gt;\&lt;/code&gt;. For example, here's a cheater's quine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newread\file&#xA;\openin\file\jobname&#xA;\endlinechar-1&#xA;\tt&#xA;\loop\unless\ifeof\file&#xA;\readline\file to\foo&#xA;\noindent\foo\endgraf&#xA;\repeat&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are other category changing commands like &lt;code&gt;\scantokens&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\detokenize&lt;/code&gt;, but I've never used either.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-26T21:02:21.130" LastActivityDate="2010-08-26T21:02:21.130" CommentCount="10" />
  <row Id="2049" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2047" CreationDate="2010-08-19T17:57:43.197" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;etex.sty&lt;/code&gt; seems aim to be to LaTeX as &lt;code&gt;etex.src&lt;/code&gt; is to plain TeX. It seems to be useful for giving nice names to e-TeX (the engine)'s magic constants, so you can write &lt;code&gt;\hboxgrouptype&lt;/code&gt; for 2, &lt;code&gt;\ligaturenode&lt;/code&gt; for 7, and so on. It is loaded internally by quite a lot of packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another feature it provides is transparently making the extended register pool available if the normal pool gets exhausted. It is recommended for the user to load it to help with 'no room for a new &lt;em&gt;thing&lt;/em&gt;' errors, as in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=noroom&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this FAQ answer&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-19T20:14:34.460" LastActivityDate="2010-08-19T20:14:34.460" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="2050" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-19T18:17:09.180" Score="6" ViewCount="288" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello, I'm writing an thesis in British architecture and I need to follow the MLA style for bibliography.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm now using &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/biblatex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/biblatex-mla.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;biblatex-mla&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;; but I can't find out how to define official reports (published by gov., commissions, associations, ...) or and web sites references (when it's not an article but just from the main website)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can't find any clue in the two documentations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: &lt;code&gt;biblatex-mla&lt;/code&gt; adds restrictions to &lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt;, so &lt;code&gt;@misc&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;@online&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;@report&lt;/code&gt; are not written in the output file&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="896" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-21T10:29:37.493" LastActivityDate="2011-01-09T20:29:32.087" Title="Biblatex / MLA for official reports and websites" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;biblatex&gt;&lt;mla-style&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="2051" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2012" CreationDate="2010-08-19T18:31:39.790" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I see no real use for &lt;code&gt;\outer&lt;/code&gt; either, because it semantics are such that it does not do anything helpful except in trivial cases. Even macros that do change category codes can make perfect sense in an argument, in actual cases (for example in the setup macros of more complex environments).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Older versions of LuaTeX silently ignored &lt;code&gt;\outer&lt;/code&gt;. This was later changed by request to be more compatible with older engines, so now &lt;code&gt;\outer&lt;/code&gt; can produce an error again, but this backward compatibility feature can still be disabled by specifying&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\suppressoutererror=1&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in the source code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-08-19T18:31:39.790" />
  <row Id="2052" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="162" CreationDate="2010-08-19T18:48:19.210" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;German resources for LuaTeX: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.luatex.de/ressourcen/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.luatex.de/ressourcen/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="243" LastActivityDate="2010-08-19T18:48:19.210" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-19T18:48:19.210" />
  <row Id="2053" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2054" CreationDate="2010-08-19T18:58:51.030" Score="11" ViewCount="261" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am looking for changing the font just of a little part of my text, not a section title or anything, just some text in my document. If I use &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{font}&lt;/code&gt; in the doc heading, then I change the whole document's font, but I only want to change the font of certain text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I achieve this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="496" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-20T05:07:40.273" LastActivityDate="2010-08-20T05:07:40.273" Title="change font of certain part of the text" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="2054" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2053" CreationDate="2010-08-19T19:04:52.610" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can set the fontfamily using \fontfamily{}\selectfont&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{mathpazo}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Text in Palatino&#xA;&#xA;{\fontfamily{ptm}\selectfont &#xA;Text in Times%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="565" LastActivityDate="2010-08-19T19:04:52.610" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2055" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2050" CreationDate="2010-08-19T19:20:56.070" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Reading the &lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt; documentation, it says that there is an &lt;code&gt;online&lt;/code&gt; type (like the &lt;code&gt;book&lt;/code&gt; type you could use for web site referernces. It also has a &lt;code&gt;url&lt;/code&gt; field. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Regarding the official reports, you could just use the &lt;code&gt;misc&lt;/code&gt; type and fill its &lt;code&gt;howpublished&lt;/code&gt; field.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="401" LastActivityDate="2010-08-19T19:20:56.070" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2056" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2050" CreationDate="2010-08-19T19:23:22.397" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For web site references, the &lt;code&gt;@misc&lt;/code&gt; type might be sufficient. This is for example what Wikipedia suggests when you click &quot;Cite Page&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; @misc{ wiki:xxx,&#xA;   author = &quot;Wikipedia&quot;,&#xA;   title = &quot;BibTeX --- Wikipedia{,} The Free Encyclopedia&quot;,&#xA;   year = &quot;2010&quot;,&#xA;   url = &quot;\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=BibTeX&amp;amp;oldid=379386079}&quot;,&#xA;   note = &quot;[Online; accessed 19-August-2010]&quot;&#xA; }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="870" LastActivityDate="2010-08-19T19:23:22.397" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2057" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2058" CreationDate="2010-08-19T20:19:57.613" Score="9" ViewCount="208" Body="&lt;p&gt;What for?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I thought pdfLaTeX was simpler and eliminated useless steps as well as possible font issues?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In other words what is the difference between a pdf generated using the LaTeX command and dvi's and the one generated using the pdfLaTeX command?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT #1 : As an example, for the submission of an electronical thesis, my university requires the .tex file and all the associated files which are required to compile it AND a .dvi file. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's in french but here it is anyways : &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;LaTeX&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Forme du mémoire ou de la thèse&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lorsque le mémoire ou la thèse a été&#xA;  rédigé à l'aide de LaTeX, il faut&#xA;  acheminer à la Faculté des études&#xA;  supérieures le fichier .tex avec tout&#xA;  autre document nécessaire à sa&#xA;  compilation (images, fichiers de&#xA;  bibliographie, fichiers d'index, etc.)&#xA;  et le fichier DVI. Pour acheminer le&#xA;  mémoire ou la thèse, il est recommandé&#xA;  d'utiliser un format de fichier&#xA;  compressé.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.fes.ulaval.ca/sgc/Etudes/mte/pid/2627&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;official webpage&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT #2 : Further research shows that Jukka Suomela's answer is right. Here is what is listed on the webpage of a conference I am writing for (right after the part that explains how to compile successfully through dvi-ps-pdf) : &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Another alternative is to use the&#xA;  pdflatex (pdftex) program instead of&#xA;  straight LaTeX or TeX. This program&#xA;  avoids the Type 3 font problem,&#xA;  however you must ensure that all of&#xA;  the fonts are embedded (the pdffonts&#xA;  utility mentioned above will yield&#xA;  this information). If they are not,&#xA;  you need to configure pdftex to use a&#xA;  font map file that specifies that the&#xA;  fonts be embedded. Also you should&#xA;  ensure that images are not downsampled&#xA;  or otherwise compressed in a lossy&#xA;  way. &lt;strong&gt;If you are knowledgeable about&#xA;  how pdflatex deals with included&#xA;  images and how to ensure that they are&#xA;  not compressed or downsampled, please&#xA;  email us at submissions@vgtc.org so&#xA;  that we might improve our support for&#xA;  this program.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Funny.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="10" LastEditorUserId="10" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-19T20:58:30.657" LastActivityDate="2010-08-19T20:58:30.657" Title="Why does my conference/university require me to use dvi intermediary format?" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;dvi&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="2058" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2057" CreationDate="2010-08-19T20:28:50.523" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In practice, in situations like this, there isn't a good reason.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The instructions are written 10 years ago. By people who haven't really used Latex since 1990s.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To give a stupid example, many ACM conferences require that you submit the PostScript file produced by dvips. The reason for this is that earlier people didn't know how to use latex + dvips + ps2pdf to produce a valid PDF file with all fonts embedded (including those used in EPS figures). Of course, nowadays we could simply use PDF illustrations + pdflatex.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="100" LastActivityDate="2010-08-19T20:28:50.523" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="2059" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2061" CreationDate="2010-08-19T20:32:23.870" Score="6" ViewCount="204" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a document containing, among other things, some figures created using the &lt;code&gt;picture&lt;/code&gt; environment.  Now I need to create a postscript file for each figure, but if I simply copy them into otherwise blank documents, each one will take up an entire page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, if I have&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;...&#xA;\setlength{\unitlength}{1in}&#xA;\begin{picture}(3.14,2.71)&#xA;  %Draw things&#xA;\end{picture}&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;then I would like to create a .PS file that is 3.14x2.71 inches and which contains nothing but this drawing.  I should be able to change my &lt;code&gt;picture&lt;/code&gt; environment above to an &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt; command that loads the new file, and have it make zero change to the document that is output.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;What's the best way to create a postscript file from a LaTeX-drawn &lt;code&gt;picture&lt;/code&gt; with the same dimensions as the original?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="32" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T21:16:55.037" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T21:16:55.037" Title="How to generate postscript files from LaTeX pictures, with correct dimensions?" Tags="&lt;diagrams&gt;&lt;postscript&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2060" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2059" CreationDate="2010-08-19T20:49:23.127" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Run &lt;code&gt;ps2eps&lt;/code&gt; on the postscript file you produce. You'll get an encapsulated postscript that you can view with postscript viewers or embed via &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-08-19T20:49:23.127" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2061" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2059" CreationDate="2010-08-19T21:35:50.997" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You should look into the (extremely useful) &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/preview&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;preview&lt;/a&gt; package. You'll probably want the &lt;code&gt;tightpage&lt;/code&gt; option, and if you want the generated eps to have &lt;em&gt;exactly&lt;/em&gt; the same dimensions as the original you'll need to &lt;code&gt;\setlength\PreviewBorder{0 pt}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You don't need to copy the &lt;code&gt;picture&lt;/code&gt; environments into otherwise blank documents, you just need have a &lt;code&gt;\PreviewEnvironment{picture}&lt;/code&gt; line in the preamble, in order to extract only the pictures.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To expand on your example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[active,tightpage]{preview}&#xA;\setlength\PreviewBorder{0pt}&#xA;\PreviewEnvironment{picture}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\setlength{\unitlength}{1in}&#xA;Text before picture&#xA;\begin{picture}(3.14,2.71)&#xA; Contents of picture environment&#xA;\end{picture}&#xA;\begin{picture}(1.00,1.00)&#xA; Contents of picture environment2&#xA;\end{picture}&#xA;Text after pictures&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Gives, when compiled with pdflatex, a pdf which has pages of exactly 3.14in*2.71in and 1.00in*1.00in, and when compiled by latex and dvips gives a ps with the same dimension pages. Either the pdf or the ps can be turned into eps using external tools, but if you want to, you can replace &lt;code&gt;tightpage&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;psfixbb&lt;/code&gt; and then run &lt;code&gt;dvips -E -i&lt;/code&gt; on the dvi to get a series of eps files each with the correct dimensions (named jobname.001 jobname.002 etc, which you have to rename as jobname.001.eps etc). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Removing the &lt;code&gt;active&lt;/code&gt; option from the &lt;code&gt;usepackage&lt;/code&gt; line means the file will compile as if preview was never loaded.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PS: if you want the &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt; boxes to be very accurately the same as the original ones then you should also look into the &lt;code&gt;hiresbb&lt;/code&gt; option of the &lt;code&gt;graphicx&lt;/code&gt; package. Otherwise the dimensions get rounded to 1 &lt;code&gt;bp&lt;/code&gt; (big point) accuracy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastEditorUserId="627" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-20T16:15:04.907" LastActivityDate="2010-08-20T16:15:04.907" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2062" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-19T23:01:32.973" Score="6" ViewCount="212" Body="&lt;p&gt;A lot of leading-edge programming languages (like Coq and Agda) allow nearly unrestricted use of unicode symbols in program text, so you can have math characters like &lt;code&gt;$\otimes$&lt;/code&gt; (Unicode U+2A02) as operators in your program.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd like to be able to cut and paste these programs directly into my LaTeX documents inside a verbatim-like environment and get a reasonable result.  For various reasons I can't use the listings environment -- I need the typeset output to look the same as the program looks on the computer screen, even if the listings package would make it &quot;prettier&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately the computer modern typewriter (cmtt) font, which I really like a lot, doesn't have math symbols, but there ought to be some package that acts like verbatim using cmtt wherever possible and falls back to the math fonts when it encounters a unicode symbol that isn't in cmtt.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A package like this would probably require a major effort to &quot;line up&quot; the unicode math symbols with the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/symbols/comprehensive/symbols-a4.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Latex Symbols List&lt;/a&gt;, but once a table like that were to be compiled it would be really, really useful!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, I guess my question is in two parts: has anybody compiled such a table, and (more importantly) has anybody used it to produce a verbatim that makes a &quot;reasonable effort&quot; at handling unicode math characters?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="901" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-20T07:03:10.527" LastActivityDate="2010-08-20T07:03:10.527" Title="unicode \begin{verbatim} with cmtt?" Tags="&lt;verbatim&gt;&lt;unicode&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2063" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2066" CreationDate="2010-08-19T23:31:57.930" Score="10" ViewCount="3174" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm new to LaTex, investigating using it for some work projects.  I'm using MiKTeX on Windows.  My employer's locked-down network blocks the application's automatic installation function.  I can take my laptop home and successfully install from there, but if I need a package in the middle of the day I'm stuck.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am able to access the CTAN website and download the package files (.dtx or .ins?), but I don't know what do do with them.  How can I do a manual package installation?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="902" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-19T23:40:29.307" LastActivityDate="2010-08-29T18:21:45.273" Title="How can I manually install a package on MikTex (Windows)" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;installing&gt;&lt;windows&gt;&lt;miktex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="5" />
  <row Id="2064" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2062" CreationDate="2010-08-20T00:06:39.333" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I recommend using either XeLaTeX or LuaLaTeX and loading an appropriate Unicode font for the verbatim that requires those symbols. pdfLaTeX won't cut it in this case, I'm afraid.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-20T05:16:41.063" LastActivityDate="2010-08-20T05:16:41.063" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2065" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2067" CreationDate="2010-08-20T00:12:20.350" Score="7" ViewCount="289" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a table whose column headings (centre aligned with &lt;code&gt;\multicolumn{1}{c}{Foobar here}&lt;/code&gt;) are wider than the left-aligned data. This looks somewhat odd, as there are large right-margins in each column.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is probably easiest to illustrate my query with an example. Let say that the column heading is 10em and the data in the column varies from 2em to 3em. Currently each row of data will have a right margin of between 8em and 7em (as the data is left aligned so the right margin picks up any slack).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I want is a means of evening this out; so the left margin is (10em - 3em) / 2 = 3.5em and the right margin varying between 3.5em and 4.5em.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I go about this? I know the text of each column heading and the text of the widest piece of data in the table.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="753" LastActivityDate="2010-08-20T14:48:43.953" Title="Padded Left Align for Table Columns" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;align&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2066" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2063" CreationDate="2010-08-20T00:15:40.593" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Firstly, check README files, available documentation of the package, perhaps the beginning of the &lt;code&gt;.dtx&lt;/code&gt; file to get installation information.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Installing a package available as dtx/ins bundle:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Download the content of the package directory. &lt;code&gt;dtx&lt;/code&gt; is the extension of a documented source file, &lt;code&gt;ins&lt;/code&gt; is the extension of an installation file.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Run LaTeX (or TeX) on the &lt;code&gt;.ins&lt;/code&gt; file. This may be done using your editor or at the command prompt (&lt;code&gt;latex packagename.ins&lt;/code&gt;). This would usually produce one or more files ending with &lt;code&gt;.sty&lt;/code&gt;, perhaps some additional files. As you now have cls or sty files or the like, the remaining steps are the same like in the next alternative way:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Installing sty or cls files:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Create a new directory with the package name in your tex directory structure. With MiKTeX that directory might be &lt;code&gt;C:\Program Files\MiKTeX 2.8\texmf\tex\latex\packagename\&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Copy the package files (&lt;code&gt;*.sty&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;*.cls&lt;/code&gt; etc.) into this directory.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Make the new package known to MiKTeX: refresh the MiKTeX filename database. To do this, click Start/ Programs/ MiKTeX 2.8/ Maintenance/ Settings (or similar) to get to the MiKTeX options, click the button &quot;Refresh FNDB&quot;. The installation is complete.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If you did not download the documentation already, you could get it by running pdfLaTeX or LaTeX on the &lt;code&gt;.dtx&lt;/code&gt; file. Compile twice to get correct references.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Obtaining and installing packaged universal archives:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perhaps you could get a file with the extension &lt;code&gt;.tds.zip&lt;/code&gt;. Such files are archives fitting to your &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/tds/tds.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX directory structure&lt;/a&gt;. Open it, check the content structure. You could extract it to the right place. Also here, as after any installation, refresh the MiKTeX filename database.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Links with further information:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://docs.miktex.org/2.8/manual/localadditions.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Integrating Local Additions&lt;/a&gt; on MiKTeX.org&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=dtx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;What are documented LaTeX sources (.dtx files)&lt;/a&gt; in the UK TeX FAQ&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=installthings&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Installing things on a (La)TeX system&lt;/a&gt; with detailed general instructions in the UK TeX FAQ&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://theoval.cmp.uea.ac.uk/~nlct/latex/novices/installsty.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Downloading and Installing Packages&lt;/a&gt; by Nicola L. C. Talbot&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texdev.net/2009/10/05/the-dtx-format/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;The dtx format&lt;/a&gt; by Joseph Wright&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;A different and very effective way, using a local repository:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://miktex.org/2.8/setup&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;MiKTeX net installer&lt;/a&gt; to download the complete MiKTeX repository to a USB drive.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;On a MiKTeX system, choose this directory as the local package repository in the package manager.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Use this local repository for installation and updates.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;You may update that local repository later using the net installer: it loads the database from the server, compares and downloads new or updated packages.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-29T18:21:45.273" LastActivityDate="2010-08-29T18:21:45.273" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2067" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2065" CreationDate="2010-08-20T00:56:53.707" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;eqparbox&lt;/code&gt; package will solve this. Here is an example (modified from the &lt;code&gt;eqparbox&lt;/code&gt; documentation to have left-aligned data like you described, and to be more aesthetic by using &lt;code&gt;booktabs&lt;/code&gt;). (You have to run it through latex twice, for the box widths to converge.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{eqparbox}&#xA;\usepackage{booktabs}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{@{}lccc@{}} \toprule&#xA;&amp;amp; \multicolumn{3}{c}{Sales (in millions)} \\ \cmidrule{2-4}&#xA;Product &amp;amp;&#xA;October &amp;amp; November &amp;amp; December \\ \midrule&#xA;Widgets &amp;amp; \eqparbox{oct}{55.2} &amp;amp;&#xA;\eqparbox{nov}{\textbf{89.2}} &amp;amp;&#xA;\eqparbox{dec}{57.9} \\&#xA;Doohickeys &amp;amp; \eqparbox{oct}{\textbf{65.0}} &amp;amp;&#xA;\eqparbox{nov}{64.1} &amp;amp;&#xA;\eqparbox{dec}{9.3} \\&#xA;Thingamabobs &amp;amp; \eqparbox{oct}{10.4} &amp;amp;&#xA;\eqparbox{nov}{8.0} &amp;amp;&#xA;\eqparbox{dec}{\textbf{109.7}} \\ \bottomrule&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To make the wrapping in &lt;code&gt;eqparbox&lt;/code&gt; more automatic, you can do some trickery with the &lt;code&gt;array&lt;/code&gt; package&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{eqparbox}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\newsavebox{\tempbox}&#xA;\newcolumntype{Q}[1]{&amp;gt;{\begin{lrbox}{\tempbox}}%&#xA;    c&amp;lt;{\end{lrbox}\eqparbox{#1}{\unhcopy\tempbox}}}&#xA;\usepackage{booktabs}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{@{}lQ{oct}Q{nov}Q{dec}@{}}&#xA;\toprule&#xA;    &amp;amp; \multicolumn{3}{c}{Sales (in millions)} \\ &#xA;\cmidrule{2-4}&#xA;Product      &amp;amp; &#xA;\multicolumn{1}{c}{October} &amp;amp; &#xA;\multicolumn{1}{c}{November} &amp;amp; &#xA;\multicolumn{1}{c}{December} \\&#xA;\midrule&#xA;Widgets      &amp;amp; 55.2 &amp;amp; 89.2 &amp;amp; 57.9 \\&#xA;Doohickeys   &amp;amp; 65.0 &amp;amp; 64.1 &amp;amp; 9.3 \\&#xA;Thingamabobs &amp;amp; 10.4 &amp;amp; 8.0  &amp;amp; 109.7 \\&#xA;\bottomrule&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastEditorUserId="627" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-20T14:43:27.443" LastActivityDate="2010-08-20T14:43:27.443" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2068" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2076" CreationDate="2010-08-20T05:49:38.503" Score="12" ViewCount="221" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have long despaired of resolving the following glitch: if I am using hyperref with amsrefs, then all \cite links to the bibliography point to the line right below where they are supposed to.  Here is an example document with the bad behavior and some other links that don't have this problem.  In particular, note the target on the second page, which is exactly the code used in amsrefs.sty (lines 595--597) to (apparently) produce its targets.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\usepackage{amsrefs}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA; \section{First}&#xA; \ref{s:second}, \hyperlink{text}{link}, \cite{testbib}&#xA; \newpage&#xA;&#xA; \section{Second}&#xA; \label{s:second}&#xA; \csname hyper@anchorstart\endcsname{text}Text\csname hyper@anchorend \endcsname&#xA;&#xA; \section{References}&#xA; \begin{biblist}&#xA;  \bib{testbib}{article}{author={Ryan Reich},title={Title}}&#xA; \end{biblist}&#xA; \newpage&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is the cause of this problem?  It really bugs me.  I have asked this on comp.text.tex but received no useful reply.  Hopefully, it is appropriate for this site.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="575" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-20T13:02:51.403" LastActivityDate="2010-08-20T21:36:38.127" Title="Hyperlinks to a bibliography are one line off" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;amsrefs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2069" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2059" CreationDate="2010-08-20T06:13:46.713" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you create the images as otherwise empty pdf pages (no page number!) you can then use&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/pdfcrop.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pdfcrop&lt;/a&gt; to trim the whitespace&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-08-20T06:13:46.713" />
  <row Id="2070" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2062" CreationDate="2010-08-20T06:49:07.037" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I usually do like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{verbatim}&#xA;&#xA;{\scriptsize \verbatiminput{fileToInput.txt}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Maybe \verbatiminput does the work for you?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;/Have fun&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="795" LastActivityDate="2010-08-20T06:49:07.037" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="2071" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2044" CreationDate="2010-08-20T07:24:53.503" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is how to use the latest CVS version in TeX Live 2009 in a TSD-compatible way. I recommend the installation chapter from the PGF manual for alternative installation methods.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;0. Checkout&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Get the latest &lt;a href=&quot;http://sourceforge.net/projects/pgf/develop&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;CVS version&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;1. Delete old PGF-Version&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First you need to delete the following directories from the TeX Live installation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;texlive\2009\texmf-dist\tex\generic\pgf&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;texlive\2009\texmf-dist\tex\context\pgf&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;texlive\2009\texmf-dist\tex\latex\pgf&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;texlive\2009\texmf-dist\tex\plain\pgf&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;2. Replace deleted directories&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For easy updating the sandbox should be kept in a single location. By using softlinks you can replace the deleted directories with those from the CVS sandbox.&#xA;In Windows 7 for example you write something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;mklink /D D:\portable_\texlive\2009\texmf-dist\tex\latex\pgf D:\tikz_sandbox\pgf\latex\pgf&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;3. Run texhash&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the end you need to update the file database by running texhash.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="97" LastEditorUserId="97" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-20T12:02:40.687" LastActivityDate="2010-08-20T12:02:40.687" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="2072" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2078" CreationDate="2010-08-20T08:02:27.937" Score="2" ViewCount="593" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have been using the &lt;code&gt;Frankfurt&lt;/code&gt; theme in Beamer recently. It includes navigational section titles at the top of the slide and when subsections are included, it adds circles below section titles. Each circle represents a slide. The circle representing the active slide is filled and the circles representing the active subsection are shown in bold.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My question is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Is it possible to include navigational circles in a Beamer presentation to represent each slide while having sections, but not subsections?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My motivation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I think this would be useful to highlight to readers the number of slides per section and it would also be a useful navigational tool.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="151" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-20T13:02:31.463" LastActivityDate="2010-12-13T14:32:44.523" Title="Beamer navigation circles without subsections?" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;presentations&gt;&lt;navigation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2073" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-20T09:14:09.183" Score="5" ViewCount="398" Body="&lt;p&gt;So, I am doing a presentation using Beamer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In my earlier presentation, I used the list elements auto unhiding one each time. : &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.slideshare.net/scorpion032/building-pluggable-web-applications-using-django/38&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.slideshare.net/scorpion032/building-pluggable-web-applications-using-django/38&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;using the following code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{frame}&#xA;    \begin{itemize}[&amp;lt;+-| alert@+&amp;gt;]                  \item&#xA;        Admin Interface                         \item&#xA;        Generic Views                           \item&#xA;        Testing Tools                           \item&#xA;        Sessions                                \item&#xA;        Authentication                          \item&#xA;        Caching                                 \item&#xA;        Internationalization                    \item&#xA;        RSS                                     \item&#xA;        CSRF protection                         \item&#xA;        File Storage                            &#xA;    \end{itemize}&#xA;    \end{frame}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;from &lt;a href=&quot;http://github.com/becomingGuru/gids-django-ppt/blob/master/contents.tex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://github.com/becomingGuru/gids-django-ppt/blob/master/contents.tex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I want right now, is the ability to sneak-in a few slides for each of these entries. Is there a simple direct easy way to do it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or should I consider using sections and displaying section titles? The problem with that approach is that, there will be way too many sections and given that I am displaying the sections on top bar, there might not be enough space for that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, how do I display the contents page, with the current section highlighted for each section.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="906" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-14T22:31:24.303" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T22:31:24.303" Title="Beamer Presentation: Sneak in slides for each bulleted element" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;lists&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="2074" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2072" CreationDate="2010-08-20T09:24:10.303" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Really? I thought the circles would always be shown, even without declared subsections. That's what the example in the documentation appears to show, and it's the way I seem to remember that theme behaving when I used it in the past. (It was a while ago, perhaps I'm misremembering, and my LaTeX is broken so I can't test)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anyway, as a quick fix, I suppose you could just declare one nameless subsection per section.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section{Axxqzropy}&#xA;\subsection{}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Maybe define a command for it,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*{\ssection}[1]{\section{#1}\subsection{}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;although this is admittedly a hack, not an ideal solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="125" LastActivityDate="2010-08-20T09:24:10.303" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2075" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2073" CreationDate="2010-08-20T09:49:08.117" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Not sure of the first part, but this may help for &quot;&lt;em&gt;how do I display the contents page, with the current section highlighted for each section&lt;/em&gt;&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\AtBeginSection[]&#xA;{&#xA;  \frame&amp;lt;handout:0&amp;gt;&#xA;  {&#xA;    \frametitle{Agenda}&#xA;    \tableofcontents[currentsection,hideothersubsections]&#xA;  }&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="344" LastActivityDate="2010-08-20T09:49:08.117" />
  <row Id="2076" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2068" CreationDate="2010-08-20T11:08:17.347" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here you go Ryan. This should fix it for you...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{amsrefs}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand{\BibLabel}{%&#xA;  \Hy@raisedlink{\hyper@anchorstart{cite.\CurrentBib}\relax\hyper@anchorend}%&#xA;  [\thebib]%&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastEditorUserId="416" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-20T21:36:38.127" LastActivityDate="2010-08-20T21:36:38.127" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="2078" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2072" CreationDate="2010-08-20T11:48:20.767" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You don't need to declare a subsection, raising it's counter by &lt;code&gt;\setcounter{subsection}{1}&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\stepcounter{subsection}&lt;/code&gt; would be sufficient.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But as the section counter resets the subsection counter, I would do it in the preamble together with removing it from the reset:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{remreset}% tiny package containing just the \@removefromreset command&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\@removefromreset{subsection}{section}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\setcounter{subsection}{1}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This way that counter will stay at the value 1 and the circles are shown without any &lt;code&gt;\subsection&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A minimal working example demonstrating the solution:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usetheme{Frankfurt}&#xA;\usepackage{remreset}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\@removefromreset{subsection}{section}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\setcounter{subsection}{1}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section{Test}&#xA;\frame{one}&#xA;\frame{two}&#xA;\frame{three}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/lEP6f.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you uncomment the command &lt;code&gt;\setcounter{subsection}{1}&lt;/code&gt; and compile twice, you could see the original problem of missing circles.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-13T14:32:44.523" LastActivityDate="2010-12-13T14:32:44.523" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2079" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2080" CreationDate="2010-08-20T13:13:09.153" Score="4" ViewCount="455" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have experience in programming Python in NetBeans and using the code hints with &lt;kbd&gt;Ctrl | Space&lt;/kbd&gt; or &lt;kbd&gt;Tab&lt;/kbd&gt; is a breeze. Here is my experience with using the code hints in TeXnicCenter:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I type the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{d&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I will then get a popup that says:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;\begin{document}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;\end{document}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At this point I eagerly press &lt;kbd&gt;Ctrl | Space&lt;/kbd&gt;. But to my dismay, I get the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any tips on how to use code hints / code completion in TeXnicCenter?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="791" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-20T13:35:36.793" LastActivityDate="2010-08-20T14:22:17.593" Title="Tips on code completion on TeXnicCenter?" Tags="&lt;editors&gt;&lt;texniccenter&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2080" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2079" CreationDate="2010-08-20T13:25:06.233" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Start typing only the name of the environment, e.g. &lt;code&gt;docu&lt;/code&gt;, press the code-completion shortcut, and TexnicCenter will create it with &lt;code&gt;\begin&lt;/code&gt;, and appropriate braces. I've been tripped off by this in the beginning as well, but apparently it's supposed to save more typing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="711" LastActivityDate="2010-08-20T13:25:06.233" />
  <row Id="2081" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2079" CreationDate="2010-08-20T13:46:54.543" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;FYI, Tino Weinkauf regularly publishes news about TeXnicCenter 2 (currently alpha 3) developments at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.latex-community.org/forum/viewtopic.php?f=34&amp;amp;t=9001&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot; title=&quot;LaTeX Community - TeXnicCenter&quot;&gt;LaTeX Community&lt;/a&gt;.  Maybe you could ask him about his plans for this feature and if there's any interesting news, add his answer back here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-08-20T13:46:54.543" />
  <row Id="2082" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2079" CreationDate="2010-08-20T14:22:17.593" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's a feature. To save typing, TeXnicCenter additionally inserts &lt;code&gt;\begin{&lt;/code&gt; when environments are completed. This may be confusing if you don't know it. With this knowledge, it should be easy to use, as mindcorrosive said.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Though, you could change this behavior if you like. To do this, go to TeXnicCenter directory (&lt;code&gt;C:\Program Files\TeXnicCenter&lt;/code&gt; for instance), change to the subdirectory &lt;code&gt;Packages&lt;/code&gt; and open the file TeX.xml. It contains these lines:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;    &amp;lt;lxEnvironment name=&quot;document&quot;&#xA;        desc=&quot;Starts a new document&quot;&#xA;        expafter=&quot;}&amp;amp;#xA;&amp;amp;#xA;\end{document}&quot; &#xA;        expbefore=&quot;\begin{&quot;&#xA;    /&amp;gt;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you change the &lt;code&gt;expbefore&lt;/code&gt;line to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;        expbefore=&quot;&quot;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;then &lt;code&gt;\begin{do&lt;/code&gt; would be expanded to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But the feature just to expand &lt;code&gt;do&lt;/code&gt; to the complete environment would be replaced. I guess you would keep it the original way, but if you're used to the other kind of code-completion you could adjust TeXnicCenter's behavior like described.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note, you could add further &lt;code&gt;.xml&lt;/code&gt; files in that subfolder to extend the code-completion capabilities.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-20T14:22:17.593" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2083" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2094" CreationDate="2010-08-20T14:40:13.547" Score="12" ViewCount="235" Body="&lt;p&gt;Some of you may know the Web Developer Toolbar for Firefox that can outline the block level elements of a page like this:&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/EvA73.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to do something similar with TeX boxes for a complete document?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="97" LastActivityDate="2010-08-21T18:02:16.437" Title="How can I visualize boxes?" Tags="&lt;hbox&gt;&lt;vbox&gt;&lt;boxes&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="5" />
  <row Id="2084" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2065" CreationDate="2010-08-20T14:42:23.763" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have simply created multiple columns (and used a multi-column heading). Then inside the table body, I just need to replace &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; -&gt; &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt;; not too much typing. In the first row you can add some spacing commands that ensures that the empty columns aren't too narrow.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to keep your table body very simple, here is another trick:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\filler}{\hspace{2em}}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{r@{\filler}r@{\filler}r@{\filler}}&#xA;    \multicolumn{1}{c}{Long heading} &amp;amp;&#xA;    \multicolumn{1}{c}{Long heading} &amp;amp;&#xA;    \multicolumn{1}{c}{Long heading} \\&#xA;      1 &amp;amp;  2 &amp;amp; 123 \\&#xA;    111 &amp;amp; 12 &amp;amp;  23 \\&#xA;     21 &amp;amp;  2 &amp;amp;   3 \\&#xA;      1 &amp;amp; 22 &amp;amp;  13&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="100" LastEditorUserId="100" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-20T14:48:43.953" LastActivityDate="2010-08-20T14:48:43.953" />
  <row Id="2085" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2088" CreationDate="2010-08-20T14:46:31.803" Score="6" ViewCount="211" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the best way to use non-ASCII (say, Cyrillic) characters in a .sty file?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If it's used in a LaTeX file that uses &lt;code&gt;\inputenc[utf8]{inputenc}&lt;/code&gt;, than one can just use utf8 encoding in the .sty file and everything's fine. Or the other way round: one can add &lt;code&gt;\RequirePackage[utf8]{inputenc}&lt;/code&gt; to the .sty file. But in any case, the author of .tex file has to use the encoding used in .sty file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to specify encoding in the .sty file, so it may be used in a .tex file in any encoding?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Recipe that is also compatible with XeLaTeX would be especially nice.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="85" LastActivityDate="2010-08-21T06:41:16.580" Title="Using non-ASCII characters in packages" Tags="&lt;packaging&gt;&lt;localization&gt;&lt;inputenc&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="2086" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1957" CreationDate="2010-08-20T14:47:23.487" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This has long been a bugbear for me as well. While boldface is standard in my field, and good enough for almost all of my work, there have always been occasions when I wished for extensible and well-placed &lt;strong&gt;harpoons&lt;/strong&gt; as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Prompted by your question, I've looked once more, and found a potential solution: I submit for your approval the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/harpoon/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;harpoon&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="911" LastActivityDate="2010-08-20T14:47:23.487" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2087" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2073" CreationDate="2010-08-20T15:25:32.403" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One way to do this - if I understand correctly what you want - is to use the &lt;code&gt;\againframe&lt;/code&gt; command.  You label the frame:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{frame}[label=list]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and, in addition, you tell it to only display the first few slides:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{frame}&amp;lt;1-3&amp;gt;[label=list]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;then when you want to recall the frame, you use the &lt;code&gt;\againframe&lt;/code&gt; command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\againframe&amp;lt;4-5&amp;gt;{list}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's best if there's no repetition of slides, otherwise the pdf generation gets confused over page labels (I don't know if that causes a problem with hyperlinks or is just annoying errors).  Simulated repetition can be done by ensuring that, say, slides 3 and 4 display exactly the same thing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I used this in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.math.ntnu.no/~stacey/Seminars/ottawa.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this seminar&lt;/a&gt;.  As one goes through, a certain definition is modified time and again.  So each time, I want to recall the previous version and then modify it.  There's only one frame but bits of it are displayed again and again.  The code is as follows, I include this to show what can be done - it won't compile for anyone &lt;em&gt;as is&lt;/em&gt; because it uses a few of my own shortcuts.  But by comparing it with the resulting PDF (and in particular, comparing the beamer, trans, and handout versions), it should be clear how to achieve similar things.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{frame}&amp;lt;1-3 |trans: 1|handout: 1&amp;gt;[label=definition]&#xA;\frametitle{\only&amp;lt;1-4|trans: 1|handout: 1&amp;gt;{First}\only&amp;lt;5-6|trans: 2| handout: 2&amp;gt;{Second}\only&amp;lt;7-8|trans: 3|handout: 3&amp;gt;{Third}\only&amp;lt;9-10| trans: 4|handout: 4&amp;gt;{Fourth}\only&amp;lt;11-12|trans: 5-6|handout: 5-6&amp;gt;{Fifth} Candidate\visible&amp;lt;12|trans: 6|handout: 6&amp;gt;{: Fr\&quot;olicher Space}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{definition}[{\only&amp;lt;1-4|trans: 1|handout: 1&amp;gt;{First}\only&amp;lt;5-6|trans: 2|handout: 2&amp;gt;{Second}\only&amp;lt;7-8|trans: 3|handout: 3|handout: 3&amp;gt;{Third}\only&amp;lt;9-10|trans: 4|handout: 4|handout: 4&amp;gt;{Fourth}\only&amp;lt;11|trans: 5|handout: 5&amp;gt;{Fifth}\only&amp;lt;1-11|trans: 1-5|handout: 1-5|handout: 1-5&amp;gt;{ Attempt}\only&amp;lt;12|trans: 6|handout: 6&amp;gt;{Fr\&quot;olicher Space}}]&#xA;A \alert{\alt&amp;lt;1-11|trans: 1-5|handout: 1-5| handout: 1-5&amp;gt;{smooth}{Fr\&quot;olicher} space} is a triple \((X,\m{\alt&amp;lt;1-11|trans: 1-5|handout: 1-5| handout: 1-5&amp;gt;{I}{C}},\m{\alt&amp;lt;1-11|trans: 1-5| handout: 1-5&amp;gt;{O}{F}})\) where:&#xA;%&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;\item \(X\) is a \alt&amp;lt;1-10|trans: 1-4|handout: 1-4&amp;gt;{\alert&amp;lt;1-3&amp;gt;{topological space}}{\alert&amp;lt;11&amp;gt;{set}}&#xA;\item \(\m{\alt&amp;lt;1-11|trans: 1-5|handout: 1-5&amp;gt;{I}{C}}\only&amp;lt;1-8|trans: 1-3| handout: 1-3&amp;gt;{(U)} \subseteq \Hom{\alt&amp;lt;1-10|trans: 1-4|handout: 1-4&amp;gt;{\TopCat}{\Set}}{\alt&amp;lt;1-8|trans: 1-3|handout: 1-3&amp;gt;{U}{\R}}{X}\),\only&amp;lt;1-8|trans: 1-3|handout: 1-3&amp;gt;{ \(U \subseteq \R^m\) open,}&#xA;\item \(\m{\alt&amp;lt;1-11|trans: 1-5|handout: 1-5&amp;gt;{O}{F}}\only&amp;lt;1-10|trans: 1-4| hando&#xA;ut: 1-4&amp;gt;{(V\only&amp;lt;1-8|trans: 1-3|handout: 1-3&amp;gt;{;\R^m})} \subseteq \Hom{\alt&amp;lt;1-10|trans: 1-4|handout: 1-4&amp;gt;{\TopCat}{\Set}}{\alt&amp;lt;1-10|trans: 1-4|handout: 1-4&amp;gt;{V}{X}}{\alt&amp;lt;1-8|trans: 1-3|handout: 1-3&amp;gt;{\R^m}{\R}}\)\only&amp;lt;1-10|trans: 1-4|handout: 1-4&amp;gt;{, \(V \subseteq X\) open}.&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;&#xA;\only&amp;lt;1-4|trans: 1|handout: 1&amp;gt;{\medskip}&#xA;\pause[2]&#xA;&#xA;\only&amp;lt;5-11|trans: 2-5|handout: 2-5&amp;gt;{&#xA;such that&#xA;&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;\item \(\m{I}\) and \(\m{O}\) are \alert&amp;lt;5&amp;gt;{compatible},&#xA;\item \(\alt&amp;lt;5-6|trans: 2|handout: 2&amp;gt;{\overline{\m{I}}}{\m{I}}\) and \(\alt&amp;lt;5-6|trans: 2|handout: 2&amp;gt;{\overline{\m{O}}}{\m{O}}\) are  \only&amp;lt;5-6|trans: 2|handout: 2&amp;gt;{\alert&amp;lt;5&amp;gt;{also compatible}}\only&amp;lt;7-|trans: 3-| handout: 3-&amp;gt;{\alert&amp;lt;7&amp;gt;{saturated}: \(\m{I} = \overline{\m{I}}\), \(\m{O} = \overline{\m{O}}\)}.&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;}&#xA;\only&amp;lt;12|trans: 6|handout: 6&amp;gt;{&#xA;such that&#xA;&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;\item \(\m{C} = \{\psi \colon \R \to X : \phi\psi \in \Ci(\R,\R), \phi \in \m{F}\}\)&#xA;\item \(\m{F} = \{\phi \colon X \to \R : \phi\psi \in \Ci(\R,\R), \psi \in \m{C}\}\)&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;A \alert{morphism} is a \only&amp;lt;1-10|trans: 1-4|handout: 1-4&amp;gt;{continuous }map \(f \colon X \to Y\) such&#xA;that&#xA;%&#xA;\[&#xA;  \phi f \psi \alt&amp;lt;1-2|trans: 1|handout: 1&amp;gt;{\text{ is }}{\in} \Ci \text{ for } \psi \in \m{\alt&amp;lt;1-11|trans: 1-5|handout: 1-5&amp;gt;{I}{C}}\only&amp;lt;1-2|trans:1|handout: 1&amp;gt;{(U)}, \phi \in \m{\alt&amp;lt;1-11|trans:1-5|handout: 1-5&amp;gt;{O}{F}}\only&amp;lt;1-2|trans: 1|handout: 1&amp;gt;{(V;\R^m)}&#xA;\]&#xA;\end{definition}&#xA;&#xA;\only&amp;lt;3|trans: 1|handout: 1&amp;gt;{&#xA;Notation:&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;\item smooth map = morphism&#xA;\item \(\psi \in \m{I}\), \(\phi \in \m{O}\), \(\theta \in \Ci\)&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I hope that I've understood correctly what you want and that this is of some help to you!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-08-20T15:25:32.403" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2088" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2085" CreationDate="2010-08-20T15:27:43.197" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edited (my original answer was quite confusing):&lt;/strong&gt; The &lt;code&gt;babel&lt;/code&gt; package has this problem, because it needs to translate &quot;Table of contents&quot;, and so on into other languages, in a way that doesn't force a particular encoding on the document author. The way &lt;code&gt;babel&lt;/code&gt; deals with Cyrillic (which can be used in with multiple input encodings) without forcing an a choice, is to use encoding-dependent commands (&lt;code&gt;\cyrr&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\cyre&lt;/code&gt;, etc). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastEditorUserId="627" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-21T06:41:16.580" LastActivityDate="2010-08-21T06:41:16.580" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2089" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2083" CreationDate="2010-08-20T15:30:10.060" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I believe I once came across a tool that parsed synctex files (produced by running pdftex with the &lt;code&gt;--synctex=-1&lt;/code&gt; option) to produce this kind of display, but I can not find it at the moment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt; I found it. Jerome Laurens demonstrates the tool &lt;a href=&quot;http://river-valley.tv/direct-and-reverse-synchronization-with-synctex/#more-905&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;in this presentation&lt;/a&gt;, starting at about 6:30. I am not sure whether this is a publicly available tool.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastEditorUserId="627" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-21T18:02:16.437" LastActivityDate="2010-08-21T18:02:16.437" />
  <row Id="2090" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2085" CreationDate="2010-08-20T15:32:11.900" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's generally not a good idea to use non-ascii characters in LaTeX packages, since TeX doesn't have much understanding of input encodings, but inputenc itself provides a command to specify the encoding:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\inputencoding{encoding name}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It may perform what you need, but the better idea would be to use standard LaTeX control sequences for such characters. (Of course, this isn't always convenient, hence your question.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For XeLaTeX packages, it's a different story, because XeTeX can handle different input encodings natively. For this, you can use the &lt;code&gt;\XeTeXinputencoding&lt;/code&gt; primitive.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-08-20T15:32:11.900" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="2091" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="162" CreationDate="2010-08-20T15:50:54.620" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For philosophers and others in the humanities there is &lt;a href=&quot;http://charlietanksley.net/philtex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the PhilTeX blog&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://charlietanksley.net/philtex/forum&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the PhilTeX forum&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-08-20T15:50:54.620" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-20T15:50:54.620" />
  <row Id="2092" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2093" CreationDate="2010-08-20T16:00:23.067" Score="16" ViewCount="491" Body="&lt;p&gt;Both are vector graphics (typically) and both can be imported painlessly into a pdflatex document (so let's say we ignore dvi for this question).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What are the advantages and disadvantages of each? What should I use?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="10" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-23T09:40:20.843" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T09:40:20.843" Title="Which figure type to use: pdf or eps?" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;eps&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2093" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2092" CreationDate="2010-08-20T16:08:52.697" Score="18" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use PDF. EPS cannot be imported directly by pdftex but must be converted using something like &lt;code&gt;epstopdf&lt;/code&gt;. These conversion procedures will often cause unwanted changes to the graphics, such as lossy JPEG encoding of embedded images. Pdftex will include PDF files directly without making any changes (except for unifying fonts), so you can have complete control over the final result by generating a PDF which is exactly as you want it (assuming your image editing software gives you control over image encoding lossiness, colour spaces, etc).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastEditorUserId="627" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-20T18:53:08.387" LastActivityDate="2010-08-20T18:53:08.387" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2094" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2083" CreationDate="2010-08-20T16:09:41.277" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hans Hagen has written a &quot;package&quot; for that. See &lt;a href=&quot;http://pragma-ade.com/articles/art-visi.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://pragma-ade.com/articles/art-visi.pdf&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="243" LastActivityDate="2010-08-20T16:09:41.277" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2095" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2097" CreationDate="2010-08-20T16:17:48.117" Score="9" ViewCount="391" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do I typeset an entire document in Helvetica/sans serif without littering the document with font changes for every heading/paragraph, etc.? Like &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1455/how-to-set-the-font-for-a-section-title-and-chapter-etc/1477#1477&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt; but with the paragraphs all in Helvetica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, I've seen documents typeset in Computer Modern and then switched to Palatino, but can I do the same with Helvetica with a few commands at the beginning?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(And please don't tell me to use a serif font for body copy / paragraphs. I know. I'm trying to use latex to typeset my resume to look like the one I've created in a word processor, which is hard to maintain but looks good. I'm hoping latex will let me do more advanced formatting/layout, separating content from form.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="251" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-20T16:55:13.590" LastActivityDate="2010-08-20T16:55:13.590" Title="Simplest way to typeset entire document in sans serif (Helvetica)" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="2096" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2092" CreationDate="2010-08-20T16:20:29.407" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;EPS doesn't support transparency and embeds bitmap images without compression. PDF all the way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-08-20T16:20:29.407" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2097" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2095" CreationDate="2010-08-20T16:42:31.220" Score="15" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\familydefault}{\sfdefault}&lt;/code&gt; will switch to using sans-serif for everything except mathematics. The sans-serif will be computer modern sans unless you also put &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{helvet}&lt;/code&gt; in the preamble in order to make the default sans be Helvetica (or &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{avant}&lt;/code&gt; for Avant-Garde, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-08-20T16:42:31.220" />
  <row Id="2098" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2104" CreationDate="2010-08-20T16:53:52.907" Score="4" ViewCount="163" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the literature of sequence transformations, some algorithms are nicely represented as lozenge diagrams, e.g.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/vCSQK.png&quot; alt=&quot;Wynn epsilon&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or in an extended form,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/K3X8a.png&quot; alt=&quot;Wynn table&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I could probably cheat and use &lt;code&gt;matrix&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;array&lt;/code&gt; or some such construct, but might there be a better way to render these in LaTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="914" LastActivityDate="2010-08-21T10:41:09.683" Title="On lozenge diagrams" Tags="&lt;diagrams&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="2099" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2107" CreationDate="2010-08-20T17:16:57.987" Score="25" ViewCount="997" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm making all my diagrams in SVG format using Inkscape and then I export them to some other format (e.g. PDF, EPS or PNG). I wrote a short script that does this for me automatically, but I'd like to avoid this step, if possible --- sometimes the conversion from SVG converts the text labels into vectors, and that's annoying. Hence the question:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;Is there a way to include SVG diagrams directly without conversion to an intermediate format?&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Package suggestions, or instructions for specific LaTeX distribution welcome. Tips and personal experience on which tools you have found to be working reliably would be also appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="711" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-23T09:39:45.077" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T09:39:45.077" Title="How to include SVG diagrams in LaTeX?" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;svg&gt;" AnswerCount="7" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="7" />
  <row Id="2101" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2098" CreationDate="2010-08-20T18:02:41.593" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For the first diagram you could use any package that is used for drawing commutative diagrams. I usually use &lt;a href=&quot;http://sourceforge.net/projects/pgf/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TikZ&lt;/a&gt; (see also &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.felixl.de/commu.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Commutative Diagramms using TikZ&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The second picture can be typeset like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand\epsilon\varepsilon&#xA;\[ &#xA;\begin{matrix}&#xA;    \epsilon_{-1}^{(0)} = 0 &amp;amp;                          &amp;amp;                    &amp;amp;                    &amp;amp; \\&#xA;                            &amp;amp; \epsilon_{0}^{(0)} = S_0 &amp;amp;                    &amp;amp;                    &amp;amp; \\&#xA;    \epsilon_{-1}^{(1)} = 0 &amp;amp;                          &amp;amp; \epsilon_{1}^{(0)} &amp;amp;                    &amp;amp; \\&#xA;                            &amp;amp; \epsilon_{0}^{(1)} = S_1 &amp;amp;                    &amp;amp; \epsilon_{2}^{(0)} &amp;amp; \\&#xA;    \epsilon_{-1}^{(2)} = 0 &amp;amp;                          &amp;amp; \epsilon_{1}^{(1)} &amp;amp;                    &amp;amp; \ddots \\&#xA;    \vdots                  &amp;amp; \epsilon_{0}^{(2)} = S_2 &amp;amp;                    &amp;amp; \epsilon_{2}^{(1)} &amp;amp; \\&#xA;    \vdots                  &amp;amp; \vdots                   &amp;amp; \epsilon_{1}^{(1)} &amp;amp;                    &amp;amp; \ddots \\&#xA;    \vdots                  &amp;amp; \vdots                   &amp;amp; \vdots             &amp;amp; \epsilon_{2}^{(2)} &amp;amp; \\&#xA;    \vdots                  &amp;amp; \vdots                   &amp;amp; \vdots             &amp;amp; \vdots             &amp;amp; \ddots \\&#xA;\end{matrix}&#xA;\]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/9QBtU.png&quot; alt=&quot;the result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-21T10:41:09.683" LastActivityDate="2010-08-21T10:41:09.683" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2102" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2099" CreationDate="2010-08-20T18:02:57.880" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Inkscape has a(n experimental) tikz exporter: &lt;a href=&quot;http://code.google.com/p/inkscape2tikz/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;link&lt;/a&gt;.  (I've never used it but perhaps someone who has will stop by and give a few more details.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-08-20T18:02:57.880" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2103" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2099" CreationDate="2010-08-20T18:08:35.403" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.inkscape.org/wiki/images/SVG_in_LaTeX.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Some additional information&lt;/a&gt; concerning Andrew's answer. As far as I know, LaTeX does &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; support including SVG files directly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="870" LastActivityDate="2010-08-20T18:08:35.403" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2104" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2098" CreationDate="2010-08-20T18:10:46.523" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would use &lt;a href=&quot;http://sourceforge.net/projects/pgf/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TikZ&lt;/a&gt; to draw such diagrams. Here's a small example drawing your diagram:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{matrix}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\matrix (m) [matrix of math nodes, row sep=2em, column sep=2em] {%&#xA;      &amp;amp; \varepsilon_k^{(n)}   &amp;amp;  \\&#xA;  \varepsilon_{k-1}^{(n+1)} &amp;amp; &amp;amp;  \varepsilon_{k+1}^{(n)} \\&#xA;      &amp;amp; \varepsilon_k^{(n+1)} &amp;amp;  \\ };&#xA;\path[-stealth] (m-2-1) edge (m-1-2) edge (m-3-2) ;&#xA;\path[stealth-] (m-2-3) edge (m-3-2) edge (m-1-2) ;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/0Y3qo.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alternative packages for such diagrams are &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/xypic&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;xy-pic&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/amscd&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;amscd&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/PSTricks/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;PSTricks&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For more TikZ examples visit the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TikZ example gallery&lt;/a&gt; or this &lt;a href=&quot;http://texblog.net/latex/graphics/pgf-tikz/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;blog TikZ category&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the extended diagram, a matrix would be sufficient. But you could use the TikZ &lt;code&gt;matrix of math nodes&lt;/code&gt; feature as well as in the first example, thus you could benefit from all features of TikZ like arrows, labelling, positioning and many more.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-20T18:17:32.950" LastActivityDate="2010-08-20T18:17:32.950" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="2105" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2099" CreationDate="2010-08-20T18:27:51.683" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Having read your comment, maybe a combination of Inkscape and the &lt;a href=&quot;http://alan.smcvt.edu/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/overpic/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;overpic package&lt;/a&gt; may be helpful. This package allows you to write any LaTeX commands on top of an existing picture. A colleague of mine uses it to draw pictures of free-form curves, for example, and adds all labels and points of interests manually. The package allows you to display a grid, so it should not be too tedious---depending on the size of your picture, of course.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="870" LastActivityDate="2010-08-20T18:27:51.683" />
  <row Id="2106" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2099" CreationDate="2010-08-20T19:36:35.583" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you figures are sufficiently simple TikZ 2.0 provides the SVG path operation: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\path . . . svg[&amp;lt;options&amp;gt;] &quot;&amp;lt;path data&amp;gt;&quot; ... ;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See the pgfmanual section 14.12. Only SVG 1.1 path data is supported. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="565" LastActivityDate="2010-08-20T19:36:35.583" />
  <row Id="2107" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2099" CreationDate="2010-08-20T19:49:10.847" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The latest alpha version of inkscape supports pdf+latex export. The graphic itself is exported as pdf, but all text can be put into a tex file. This way all the text appears in your document font.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The latest inkscape version can be &lt;a href=&quot;http://sourceforge.net/projects/inkscape/files/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;found here&lt;/a&gt; (v0.48)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An article about the export can be &lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.inkscape.org/wiki/images/SVG_in_LaTeX.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;found here&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="632" LastActivityDate="2010-08-20T19:49:10.847" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2108" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2119" CreationDate="2010-08-20T20:18:49.913" Score="7" ViewCount="113" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sometimes it would be convenient to have several versions of a package installed at once. For example I’d like to have a development version of TikZ for my own work and the current stable version to test whether code I share works with it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a standard way to do this? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: I’m using Linux and TL 2010.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-20T22:51:34.173" LastActivityDate="2010-08-20T23:11:58.710" Title="Installing several versions of a package" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;installing&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2109" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2108" CreationDate="2010-08-20T20:55:47.173" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The only way I can think of right now is to have several local trees with different package versions in them. Then you could hook the trees in your distribution. In e.g. MikTeX it is fairly easy to change the order in which trees are searched. Just make sure that the package you want to use is in the first tree.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is however by far not an automated process....&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="632" LastActivityDate="2010-08-20T20:55:47.173" />
  <row Id="2110" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-20T21:02:23.320" Score="12" ViewCount="1030" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Looking back, what really convinced you to begin writing with TeX or LaTeX?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This question is &quot;community wiki&quot;, so there's no reputation to lose or to gain.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please don't write advantages of TeX and LaTeX or any pros and cons.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I hope to read about something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;a drastic experience that led you to TeX,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;a beautiful book, paper or poster that changed your view dramatically,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;a first big success with a (La)TeX creation,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;a person who inspired you.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anything in this spirit would be great. Please post just a single reason or event in each answer. If you further shared a similar experience that you read here, voting that up would be fine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-21T12:23:07.270" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T05:38:32.267" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-20T21:02:23.320" Title="Most significant reasons that led us to (La)TeX" Tags="&lt;big-list&gt;&lt;latex-general&gt;" AnswerCount="21" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="5" />
  <row Id="2111" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2108" CreationDate="2010-08-20T22:02:09.683" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't think this would be hard to automate at all. Providing your environment exposes symlinks (&lt;code&gt;linux&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;windows&lt;/code&gt; do, &lt;code&gt;mac&lt;/code&gt; presumably as well), it should be pretty easy to set up a little script to switch various subtrees in and out. Include a call to &lt;code&gt;texhash&lt;/code&gt; or whatever your distro gives you and you should be flying in no time at all. : )&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-08-20T22:02:09.683" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2112" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2110" CreationDate="2010-08-20T22:06:07.323" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The same reasons that led Knuth to creating TeX in the first place: to have our math texts look good.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="324" LastActivityDate="2010-08-20T22:06:07.323" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-20T22:06:07.323" />
  <row Id="2113" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2110" CreationDate="2010-08-20T22:13:11.340" Score="16" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've written my bachelor thesis in Microsoft Word (version 2003, if memory serves), and that was excruciatingly painful experience. It's not that I was new to Word, or that I can't find my way around a computer program, but it frustrated me to no end.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Word has automatic TOC creation and formatting, but there are occasions that you want to make it &lt;em&gt;just right&lt;/em&gt; --- for example, trimming a bit a long section title to fit on one row (which in LaTeX is trivial). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As far as figures went, it worked mostly okay, unless you try to keep a figure on a specific page and manually try to adjust it to fit. Even the slightest change in the text moved all the stuff around, and I had to double check almost all of the figures again and again. Numbering worked okay-ish, though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;References.. Don't even get me started on references --- I had to manually format them all (30+ entries), and that Gargantuan effort took probably a better part of a workday.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fortunately, I had a good equation editor (not the Microsoft-supplied excuse of a such), and that made writing equations a breeze.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Code formatting and pretty-printing was another thing I struggled with --- I ended up taking screenshots of the Matlab code from the editor, and adding those in the appendix. My nerves were seriously shaken and I didn't want to get through the painful manual formatting again.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, just a few days before I finished the thesis, I went to complain about my miserable existence to my math go-to guy, and he showed me one of the exams he prepared for his students --- he was doing some black magic in &lt;code&gt;vi&lt;/code&gt; in a terminal, and he had some &lt;code&gt;Makefile&lt;/code&gt;s for additional stuff like automatic generation of the problems and the solutions, uploading them automatically to the server, and preparing a sheet with names of all students in which the results are to be published later. All this with a click of a button. To my jaw-dropped mug he said &quot;Oh, it's just LaTeX&quot;. And then he explained some of the basic stuff, and gave me a book to read. (Knuth's, of course). That's how it started.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for a personal LaTeX pride --- my master thesis is prepared with LaTeX, and I used quite a lot of functionality outside basic LaTeX --- subfigures, listings, ams packages, page margins, headers and footers, BibTeX, customized hyperref, plus more. I even made a &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; template that resembled the one we had in &lt;code&gt;.doc&lt;/code&gt; format for thesis work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="711" LastActivityDate="2010-08-20T22:13:11.340" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-20T22:13:11.340" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="2114" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2047" CreationDate="2010-08-20T22:18:10.647" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Looking at the e-TeX extensions in general, I'd highlight two points that have not been mentioned by others. First, e-TeX provides primitives for carrying out calculations when assignin integers, dimensions, &lt;em&gt;etc&lt;/em&gt;. For example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcount\mycount&#xA;\mycount\numexpr 1 + 2 * 3\relax&#xA;\showthe\mycount&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will give &lt;code&gt;7&lt;/code&gt;. Now, you can do something similar with the &lt;code&gt;calc&lt;/code&gt; package, but only for LaTeX-managed variables. I find the e-TeX primitives particularly handy with &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/pgf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;Tikz&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, as it uses TeX registers directly and so does not work with the &lt;code&gt;calc&lt;/code&gt; package. e-TeX means that things like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\tikzset{ key-name = \dimexpr 3 * \SomeDimension\relax }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;work nicely.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondly, and more 'conceptually', LaTeX users get the benefit of packages that use e-TeX primitives for the code: one I'd point to is &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/biblatex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. As a programmer, the e-TeX extensions make many things much easier, and also allow programming ideas that simply don't work with TeX82 (&lt;em&gt;i.e.&lt;/em&gt; TeX written by Knuth). The direct influence of e-TeX may not show up to users, but the availability of packages certainly does.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-21T08:36:10.997" LastActivityDate="2010-08-21T08:36:10.997" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="2115" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2016" CreationDate="2010-08-20T22:22:26.773" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Expanding on the LaTeX3 side of things, I guess this is a place where I'd expect to provide a different input syntax to LaTeX2e. As the question points out, the current implementation uses the token register syntax&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\everyfoo{tokens}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which overwrites whatever was in &lt;code&gt;\everyfoo&lt;/code&gt; unless you do&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\everyfoo\expandafter{\the\everyfoo tokens}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which is not exactly obvious. So a better approach would be something like the current &lt;code&gt;\AtBeginDocument&lt;/code&gt;, something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\AtEveryFoo{tokens}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where this is additive. The implementation of such an approach would be easy enough.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Proof of concept&lt;/strong&gt; A short piece of concept code that might be an approach for LaTeX3. The idea here is that the TeX primitive is only used by the kernel, with two separate hooks provided. First, settings that the kernel needs are applied, then ones from programmers and finally those from the user. In the demo I've only considered the &lt;code&gt;\everymath&lt;/code&gt; concept. I've provided an interface for the user to both add to and clear the list, plus an alias to the LaTeX2e &lt;code&gt;\everymath&lt;/code&gt; interface. (In a pure LaTeX3 approach I'd drop this TeX-like interface, or at least mark it depreciated.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{xparse}&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOn&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\tl_new:N \l_every_math_programmers_tl&#xA;\tl_new:N \l_every_math_users_tl&#xA;\toks_set:Nn \tex_everymath:D {&#xA;  \check@mathfonts % LaTeX2e's requirement&#xA;  \tl_use:N \l_every_math_programmers_tl&#xA;  \tl_use:N \l_every_math_users_tl&#xA;}&#xA;\NewDocumentCommand \InsertForEvery { m +m } {&#xA;  \tl_put_right:cn { l_every_ #1 _users_tl } {#2}  &#xA;}&#xA;\NewDocumentCommand \ClearForEvery { m } {&#xA;  \tl_clear:c { l_every_ #1 _users_tl }&#xA;}&#xA;\RenewDocumentCommand \everymath { +m } { \InsertForEvery { math } {#1} }&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOff&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\InsertForEvery{math}{\mathrm{Look!\,}}&#xA;\( y = mx +  c \)&#xA;&#xA;\ClearForEvery{math}&#xA;\( y = mx +  c \)&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I should add that a real implementation would need error-checking and so on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-21T08:23:53.410" LastActivityDate="2010-08-21T08:23:53.410" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="2116" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2110" CreationDate="2010-08-20T22:24:34.960" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Powerpoint sucks. I couldn't in the best of my enthusiasm, complete a presentation with 20 sides filled with code and images. More than half the time would be spent in formatting it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then I came across beamer and wrote some custom commands in an hour and then created a presentation the way I wanted, with images in a folder, code in a folder and all the content mentioned in a file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am proud of very happy with this alternative, and the work I was able to do using it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="906" LastActivityDate="2010-08-20T22:24:34.960" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-20T22:24:34.960" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="2117" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-20T22:43:20.193" Score="9" ViewCount="122" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://meta.tex.stackexchange.com/questions/389/promoting-tex-latex-and-friends/395#395&quot;&gt;Someone&lt;/a&gt; mentioned a TUG meeting in UK, so I though we can try to keep something of a calendar/dashboard for new and upcoming events. Probably no better way of promoting these to new members.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I suggest the following template:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;What?&lt;/strong&gt; Event name, organizing entity&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;When?&lt;/strong&gt; Dates and/or times&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Where?&lt;/strong&gt; Address, driving directions if necessary. A link would probably work fine as well.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Who?&lt;/strong&gt; Notable individuals/guests, or a profile of the expected audience (if applicable). Mention event fees payable by participants.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Why?&lt;/strong&gt; Topic/agenda of the meeting, if any.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is community wiki, so feel free to step up and edit to your heart's content. A one-entry-per-event requirement is probably self-evident.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="711" LastEditorUserId="711" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-21T03:59:22.623" LastActivityDate="2010-09-21T18:26:45.937" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-20T22:43:20.193" Title="LaTeX-related events" Tags="&lt;untagged&gt;" AnswerCount="6" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="2118" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2110" CreationDate="2010-08-20T23:06:13.353" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was in college and my friend told me about this LaTeX thing. I was initially totally dismissive, &quot;Why would anyone want to compile a document?&quot; As a computer science student, I had spent more than enough time waiting for programs to compile and couldn't imagine doing the same for my documents.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I forget the specifics, but I believe we had a (modern) algebra assignment to write up. My friend did his in LaTeX. I wrote mine in some &quot;normal&quot; text editor. After comparing the output and the relative difficulty of producing beautiful mathematics, I was a convert.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-08-20T23:06:13.353" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-20T23:06:13.353" />
  <row Id="2119" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2108" CreationDate="2010-08-20T23:11:58.710" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;From &lt;code&gt;texmf/web2c/texmf.cnf&lt;/code&gt;, &quot;You can set an environment variable to override TEXMF if you're testing a new TeX tree, without changing anything else.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you don't want a full TeX tree, you can use the &lt;code&gt;TEXMFHOME&lt;/code&gt; environment variable to point that at something other than &lt;code&gt;~/texmf&lt;/code&gt;. For example,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;export TEXMFHOME=~/texmf-testing&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then install the testing versions of packages in there.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-08-20T23:11:58.710" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2120" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2110" CreationDate="2010-08-20T23:28:34.673" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was an undergraduate at MIT in the early 1980s and used TeX ('78) for the first time to write my undergraduate thesis in Physics.  I had been using something called &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Scribe_%28markup_language%29&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Scribe&lt;/a&gt; in order to write essays and also played around with &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Troff&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;troff&lt;/a&gt;.  Both were very limited in their ability to typeset mathematical content -- although I recall writing an essay on group theory using Scribe.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;During my time working as an undergraduate research assistant at the Laboratory for Nuclear Science, I saw people producing beautifully typeset preprints with lots of mathematical formulae.  I asked around and found out that they had been produced using TeX (which at the time was TeX '78) and which was installed on only a handful of computers at MIT at the time.  I was converted immediately and wrote my &lt;a href=&quot;http://dl.dropbox.com/u/5096148/jth.tex78&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;1984 undergraduate thesis&lt;/a&gt; using TeX.  That version does not compile any longer, but at some point I converted &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.maths.ed.ac.uk/~jmf/Research/PVBLICATIONS/jth.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;it to LaTeX&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In graduate school in Stony Brook, TeX '82 (as the new version was called then) was available and this is what I used to typeset letters, notes, papers, thesis,...   I always used TeX (with an increasing collection of macros) instead of LaTeX, until some time in the 1990s when LaTeX2e came out and I was persuaded to change.  I liked the way my PhD thesis looked and I especially liked the fact that the macros made the source very readable.  Visually it was perhaps &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.maths.ed.ac.uk/~jmf/Research/PVBLICATIONS/Thesis.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;not too striking&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In summary, it was an aesthetic choice based on the need to typeset documents with a complicated structure and substantial mathematical content.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="18" LastEditorUserId="18" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-21T00:08:35.543" LastActivityDate="2010-08-21T00:08:35.543" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-20T23:28:34.673" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2121" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2117" CreationDate="2010-08-20T23:43:14.027" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;What?&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dante.de/events/mv43.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Autumn conference of DANTE e.V.&lt;/a&gt;, the german TeX users group&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;When?&lt;/strong&gt; 25.9.2010 - 26.9.2010, additional meeting the evening before&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Where?&lt;/strong&gt; University of Trier, Fachbereich II / Germanistik, Universitätsring 15, 54296 Trier. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dante.de/events/mv43/Anreise.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;How to get there&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Who?&lt;/strong&gt; Mainly members of DANTE e.V.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Why?&lt;/strong&gt; See &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dante.de/events/mv43/Programm.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;conference program&lt;/a&gt; in German.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dante.de&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;DANTE e.V.&lt;/a&gt; was founded 1989 in Heidelberg and supports TeX users in Germany. DANTE subsidizes the German CTAN server and hosts a German FAQ. There's a &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.lob.de/?flag=dan&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;DANTE edition&lt;/a&gt; of TeX books.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-20T23:43:14.027" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-20T23:43:14.027" />
  <row Id="2122" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2083" CreationDate="2010-08-20T23:43:40.483" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could probably write an output routine that does this, possibly by using \vsplit and \unvbox or something. Seems like it'd be tricky.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is possible to get TeX to write the contents of every box it outputs to the log (also to standard out, but that's probably overkill).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\newtoks\realoutput&#xA;\realoutput\output&#xA;\output{%&#xA;        \batchmode&#xA;        \showboxbreadth\maxdimen&#xA;        \showboxdepth\maxdimen&#xA;        \showbox255&#xA;        \the\realoutput&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This saves the current output routine into a new token register &lt;code&gt;\realoutput&lt;/code&gt; and then when the output routine is called from the page builder (I think), it dumps the contents of &lt;code&gt;\box255&lt;/code&gt; which contains the page. Of course, the output routine need not actually use all of &lt;code&gt;\box255&lt;/code&gt; so the log can contain extra information.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, the output is, uh, verbose.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;gt; \box255=&#xA;\vbox(550.0+1.94444)x345.0&#xA;.\write-{}&#xA;.\glue(\topskip) 3.05556&#xA;.\hbox(6.94444+1.94444)x345.0, glue set 0.85849&#xA;..\hbox(0.0+0.0)x15.0&#xA;..\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 L&#xA;..\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 o&#xA;..\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 r&#xA;..\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 e&#xA;..\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 m&#xA;..\glue 3.33333 plus 1.66666 minus 1.11111&#xA;..\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 i&#xA;..\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 p&#xA;..\discretionary&#xA;...\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 -&#xA;..\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 s&#xA;..\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 u&#xA;..\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 m&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can see the &quot;Lorem ipsum&quot; there as well as glue for spaces and basically every bit of information you'd want to know about a box.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately, it's not exactly a visual output.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-08-20T23:43:40.483" />
  <row Id="2123" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1957" CreationDate="2010-08-20T23:59:24.110" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just be sure to use your own &lt;code&gt;newcommand&lt;/code&gt; as a wrapper, so that you can then make any changes you like.  I recently changed the textbook I wrote for my class from bold-face notation to over-arrow notation.  (I did this because the students preferred it.  If, this year, the students prefer bold-face, I can go back to that in a jiffy.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="922" LastEditorUserId="922" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-21T00:10:33.093" LastActivityDate="2010-08-21T00:10:33.093" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2124" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2128" CreationDate="2010-08-21T00:19:04.653" Score="11" ViewCount="364" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I dived into Python, I went through the beginner's tutorials. Of course, these tutorials cover only the basics and present only a shallow exhibition of what I can do with Python.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Right now I'm going through &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.andy-roberts.net/misc/latex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Getting to grips with LaTeX&lt;/a&gt; by Andrew Roberts. After this, I will want to see a complete LaTeX reference. For Python, I can immediately go to &lt;a href=&quot;http://docs.python.org&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://docs.python.org&lt;/a&gt;, then I am presented with a host of comprehensive documents about the Python standard core.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a similar site for the LaTeX core? Something that I can &quot;keep under my pillow&quot;, like &lt;a href=&quot;http://docs.python.org/release/2.6.5/library/index.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;The Python Standard Library&lt;/a&gt;? I want to be well-versed with the standard installation first (I have MikTeX) before I go out and use additional packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="791" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-21T20:19:34.927" LastActivityDate="2010-08-21T20:19:34.927" Title="Is there a comprehensive and complete LaTeX reference?" Tags="&lt;latex-general&gt;&lt;tutorials&gt;&lt;books&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="2125" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2124" CreationDate="2010-08-21T00:27:01.503" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;What I found most helpful when learning LaTeX was reading Knuth's TeXbook. It doesn't cover any LaTeX (of course), but you get a pretty deep understanding of why TeX behaves the way it does.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are books like the LaTeX Companion which document various packages, but I find it easier to just look at the documentation for those packages that comes with my TeX distribution. (I have never used MiKTeX so I cannot comment on it.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I should add that Lamport's book is not worth spending money on. It contains very little information that isn't in standard free tutorials like &lt;code&gt;lshort&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-08-21T00:27:01.503" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2126" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-21T00:57:32.517" Score="4" ViewCount="430" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've searched for this but haven't found a solution.  Is it possible to have multiple signatures in a letter, one above the other?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="923" LastActivityDate="2010-08-21T11:03:42.443" Title="Multiple signatures in a letter" Tags="&lt;letters&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2127" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2124" CreationDate="2010-08-21T01:37:55.557" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The short answer, as far as I know, is no. Perhaps there is some complete reference out there which I'm unaware of, but I've been looking for a while and have never found such a thing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Beyond that, I would have to agree with TH's answer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="125" LastActivityDate="2010-08-21T01:37:55.557" />
  <row Id="2128" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2124" CreationDate="2010-08-21T01:44:42.767" Score="15" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Today LaTeX is more than just its core. I don't want to go without amsmath, inputenc, fontenc, babel, microtype, hyperref, natbib, graphicx and many more.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To learn just about the LaTeX kernel, Lamports book is not bad, it's good to read what the author said. It's his reference manual. Reading source2e.pdf provides further insights.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But the &lt;strong&gt;LaTeX Companion&lt;/strong&gt; is really something you could keep under your pillow. It gives deep insights but also an overview to important packages for various subjects. For me it's the LaTeX encyclopedia, because it goes beyond the LaTeX kernel. The companion could be a good foundation and roadmap. I recommend it to you, because I think you prefer a good recommendation over just hearing there's none.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Current LaTeX distributions install a huge amount of documentation, you could access it by &lt;code&gt;texdoc&lt;/code&gt; at the command prompt. For instance:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;texdoc source2e&lt;/code&gt; for the commented LaTeX source,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;texdoc clsguide&lt;/code&gt; for LaTeX2e for class and package writers,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;texdoc koma&lt;/code&gt; to get the KOMA-Script classes guide&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and documentation to many hundred packages and classes, from small to big. What a book cannot provide, &lt;strong&gt;texdoc&lt;/strong&gt; does for me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-21T01:44:42.767" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="2129" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2126" CreationDate="2010-08-21T02:04:06.893" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;At a point, where you place the signature, you could also use a &lt;a href=&quot;http://texblog.net/help/latex/parbox.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;parbox&lt;/a&gt; or a &lt;a href=&quot;http://texblog.net/help/latex/ltx-267.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;minipage environment&lt;/a&gt;. So, replace &lt;code&gt;signature text&lt;/code&gt; for example just by&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\parbox{5cm}{signature one&#xA;&#xA;signature two}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\parbox{5cm}{signature one\\signature two}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to get a two lines, even as argument to another command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another way would be to use a &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; environment to stack multiple signatures on top of each other.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-21T11:03:42.443" LastActivityDate="2010-08-21T11:03:42.443" />
  <row Id="2130" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2143" CreationDate="2010-08-21T03:31:11.427" Score="4" ViewCount="582" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to draw something like this using TikZ:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/wYrnh.png&quot; alt=&quot;curve&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can probably make the curve using controls but that wouldn't allow me to draw the points on it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="573" LastActivityDate="2010-08-21T08:16:42.427" Title="Drawing a curve with TikZ" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="2131" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2" CreationDate="2010-08-21T05:37:00.240" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt; macro is intended for inputting chapters in long documents. Thus any file used with &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt; really should start &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\chapter{Some-chapter}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It also automatically starts a new page (which will confuse the order of things with your &lt;code&gt;\addcontentlines&lt;/code&gt; instruction, I think). What you want is &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt;. This simply places the contents of the subfile into the TeX source at the current location, with no additional stuff going on. If you replace &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; then all is well. (Note: I'm trying to 'flesh out' the answer given by Reid Priedhorsky here: the end result is of course the same.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-21T05:48:15.653" LastActivityDate="2010-08-21T05:48:15.653" />
  <row Id="2132" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2134" CreationDate="2010-08-21T06:23:30.390" Score="9" ViewCount="267" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a mathematical transformation that takes 16 parameters (grouped into 3+8+5) and would like to make a latex command for it, so that I can easily change the notation for it if the need arises.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As far as I know, both &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; take a maximum of 9 arguments, is there any (recommended) way to extend this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="422" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-21T23:38:02.200" LastActivityDate="2010-08-21T23:38:02.200" Title="How to make define a command that takes more than 9 arguments" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2133" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2132" CreationDate="2010-08-21T06:41:24.973" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There's the &lt;code&gt;xargs&lt;/code&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/xargs&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;package&lt;/a&gt;, and there's also some &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=moren9&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;black TeX magic&lt;/a&gt;. As for myself, being conditioned in Python, I prefer the key-value parameter syntax provided by &lt;code&gt;keyval&lt;/code&gt;/&lt;code&gt;xkeyval&lt;/code&gt; packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On an unrelated note, if I find myself needing more than 9 parameters, that usually means that my macro/def/code organization is not very good, and I'd try to improve that first. But of course, there are legitimate situations where 9 parameters are perfectly okay --- especially if you try to build a definition with a lot of knobs and tweaks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="711" LastActivityDate="2010-08-21T06:41:24.973" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2134" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2132" CreationDate="2010-08-21T06:42:22.803" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You are going to have to parse the arguments some at a time and store them into temporary registers or macros. For example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\foo[9]{%&#xA;    \def\tempa{#1}%&#xA;    \def\tempb{#2}%&#xA;    \def\tempc{#3}%&#xA;    \def\tempd{#4}%&#xA;    \def\tempe{#5}%&#xA;    \def\tempf{#6}%&#xA;    \def\tempg{#7}%&#xA;    \def\temph{#8}%&#xA;    \def\tempi{#9}%&#xA;    \foocontinued&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand\foocontinued[7]{%&#xA;    % Do whatever you want with your 9+7 arguments here.&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-08-21T06:42:22.803" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2135" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2117" CreationDate="2010-08-21T06:48:11.153" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dante is maintaining an online &lt;a href=&quot;http://texcalendar.dante.de/year.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;calendar&lt;/a&gt; of TeX events, but it is little known and therefore not always up-to-date&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-08-21T06:48:11.153" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-21T06:48:11.153" />
  <row Id="2136" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2117" CreationDate="2010-08-21T07:02:16.617" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;What?&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://meeting.contextgarden.net/2010&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;4th international ConTeXt meeting&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;When?&lt;/strong&gt; 13.9.2010 - 18.9.2010, from Monday evening to Saturday afternoon. See the &lt;a href=&quot;http://meeting.contextgarden.net/2010/programme.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;online program&lt;/a&gt; for details&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Where?&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://meeting.contextgarden.net/2010/location.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Brejlov&lt;/a&gt;, Czech Republic (close to Prague)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Who?&lt;/strong&gt; ConTeXt users, developers and other interested people. Registration is still open, all-in fees are 300 Euro for LUG members.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Why?&lt;/strong&gt; The ConTeXt meetings started because typical TeX (EuroTeX, TUG) conferences are often expensive to attend, tend to focus on LaTeX, and are too formal for our taste.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-08-21T07:02:16.617" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-21T07:02:16.617" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2137" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2117" CreationDate="2010-08-21T07:12:03.693" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The TeX Users Group maintains a calendar for TUG and EuroTeX conferences: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/meetings.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://tug.org/meetings.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And TUGboat prints a calendar each issue: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb31-1/tb97calendar.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb31-1/tb97calendar.pdf&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-08-21T07:12:03.693" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-21T07:12:03.693" />
  <row Id="2138" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2110" CreationDate="2010-08-21T07:18:43.713" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In 1993, I was drafted in the army (at that time, army service was still mandatory in the Netherlands). I was placed at a communications centre that ran 24/7. Being a communications centre, we had access to quite a lot of good PC hardware for that time. Also, typically nothing much happened, and so we installed the then brand-new &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.slackware.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Slackware Linux&lt;/a&gt; distribution on a bunch of them, to toy with and study Unix system administration (as that was a lot safer than experimenting on the actual srv4 minicomputer we ran). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Slackware at the time came on 40 or so floppy disks, and about a quarter of them were marked 'TeX'. I remember thinking: if it is considered that important, it &lt;em&gt;must&lt;/em&gt; be good ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-08-21T07:18:43.713" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-21T07:18:43.713" />
  <row Id="2139" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2130" CreationDate="2010-08-21T07:22:31.847" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can draw the points (and give each point a name for convenience when drawing the curve) and the straight lines first.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When drawing the curve check out the &lt;code&gt;in&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;out&lt;/code&gt; options which control the angles. Search &quot;in=&quot; or &quot;out=&quot; in the manual and you will get tons of examples.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="337" LastActivityDate="2010-08-21T07:22:31.847" />
  <row Id="2140" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2190" CreationDate="2010-08-21T07:29:53.050" Score="7" ViewCount="292" Body="&lt;p&gt;Inside of a group, a command like &lt;code&gt;\tiny&lt;/code&gt; has effect only until the group ends. One would like to be able to say &lt;code&gt;\global\tiny&lt;/code&gt; to have it last after the group ends, but that does not work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The best that I was able to come up with (described &lt;a href=&quot;http://texhacks.blogspot.com/2010/03/global-font-size-changes.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;) is the following.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newif\ifhelper&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\unithelper#1\@nnil{\global\helpertrue\helper}&#xA;\def\helper{\ifhelper\afterassignment\helper\global\fi}&#xA;\newcommand*\globalfontsize[1]{%&#xA;\begingroup&#xA;       #1%&#xA;       \def\@defaultunits{\helperfalse\afterassignment\unithelper\global}%&#xA;       \let\realvrule\vrule&#xA;       \def\vrule{\helperfalse\global\helpertrue\afterassignment\helper\realvrule}%&#xA;       \global\helpertrue&#xA;       \helper#1%&#xA;       \helperfalse&#xA;\endgroup}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then you can say &lt;code&gt;\globalfontsize\tiny&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\globalfontsize\normalsize&lt;/code&gt; to achieve the desired effect. What is the right way to do that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: Several people have suggested some variant of &lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt]{article}&lt;/code&gt;. That is not related to my question. I'm using &quot;global&quot; in analogy to the TeX primitive &lt;code&gt;\global&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-22T22:10:29.527" LastActivityDate="2010-08-22T23:19:42.753" Title="What's the right way to globally change the font size?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2141" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2117" CreationDate="2010-08-21T07:30:37.883" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;What?&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://pavel.striz.cz/texperience/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeXperience 2010&lt;/a&gt;, the annual Czechoslovak TeX User Group meeting.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;When?&lt;/strong&gt; 16.9.2010-19.9.2010, from Thursday evening to Sunday afternoon. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Where?&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://meeting.contextgarden.net/2010/location.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Brejlov&lt;/a&gt;, Czech Republic (close to Prague)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Who?&lt;/strong&gt; Czech and Slovak TeX Users.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Why?&lt;/strong&gt; See the &lt;a href=&quot;http://meeting.contextgarden.net/2010/programme.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;online program&lt;/a&gt; for details. Fees are 140 Euro all-in for LUG members, 160 otherwise.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This meeting overlaps partially with the 4th ConTeXt meeting, and is held at the same venue.&#xA;ConTeXt meeting participants can stay for TeXperience as well for an extra 40 Euro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-08-21T07:30:37.883" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-21T07:30:37.883" />
  <row Id="2142" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2124" CreationDate="2010-08-21T07:31:08.647" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I love the ability to view documents in info format with Emacs. So I highly appreciate Karl Berry's effort to produce one. See &lt;a href=&quot;http://svn.gna.org/viewcvs/latexrefman/trunk/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://svn.gna.org/viewcvs/latexrefman/trunk/&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;This project is an attempt to write a reference manual for core LaTeX.&#xA;  It is unofficial and the LaTeX Project members have not reviewed it. -- README&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It covers pretty much everything as far as core LaTeX is concerned.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Because it is written in texinfo, it produces pdf, dvi, html, txt, xml formats as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="337" LastEditorUserId="337" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-21T11:17:50.737" LastActivityDate="2010-08-21T11:17:50.737" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2143" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2130" CreationDate="2010-08-21T07:33:14.870" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use the intersections library. &#xA;Here is a modified version of one of the examples from the pgfmanual (TikZ 2.0). It's reasonable close to your figure and you should be able to modify it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{intersections}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\clip (-2,-2) rectangle (2,2);&#xA;\draw [name path=curve] (-2,1) .. controls (8,1) and (-8,-1) .. (2,-1);&#xA;\path[name path=line 1] (0,-2) -- (0,2)  (-1,-2) -- (-1,2) (1,-2) -- (1,2);&#xA;\draw [name intersections={of=curve and line 1, name=i}] &#xA;  (i-6) -- (i-7) (i-5) -- (i-8);&#xA;\draw [name intersections={of=curve and line 1, name=i},name path=line 2]&#xA;  (i-5) --(i-3) -- (i-7) (i-6) -- (i-2) -- (i-8); &#xA;&#xA;\fill [name intersections={of=curve and line 1, name=i}][blue, opacity=0.5]&#xA;\foreach \s in {1,2,3,5,6,7,8}{(i-\s) circle (2pt)};&#xA;&#xA;\fill [name intersections={of=curve and line 2, name=i}][blue, opacity=0.5]&#xA;\foreach \s in {5,7}{(i-\s) circle (2pt) node {\footnotesize\s}};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This might be better? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{intersections}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\path[name path=circle] &#xA;  (0,0) circle (2cm);&#xA;&#xA;\path[name path=cross] &#xA;  (-2,-2) -- (2,2) &#xA;  (-2,2) -- (2,-2) &#xA;  (0,2) -- (0,-2);&#xA;&#xA;\draw [% &#xA;  name intersections={of=circle and cross, name=i},&#xA;  name path=line&#xA;] &#xA;  (i-1) -- (i-5) -- (i-3) &#xA;  (i-4) -- (i-2) -- (i-6) &#xA;  (i-1) -- (i-4) &#xA;  (i-3) -- (i-6);&#xA;&#xA;\fill [% &#xA;  name intersections={of=line and line, name=i}&#xA;] [blue, opacity=0.5]&#xA;  \foreach \s in {1,2,3,6,8,10,11,21,25}{(i-\s) circle (2pt)};&#xA;&#xA;\draw [%&#xA;  name intersections={of=line and line, name=i}&#xA;]&#xA;  (i-8) ++(-0.5,0) -- (i-8) &#xA;    to[out=45,in=180]  (i-10) &#xA;    to[out=0,in=135]   (i-3)&#xA;        to[out=-45,in=0]   (i-2)&#xA;    to (i-21) to (i-6) &#xA;    to[out=180,in=135] (i-11)&#xA;    to[out=-45,in=180] (i-1)&#xA;    to[out=0,in=225]   (i-25) &#xA;    --++(0.5,0);&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="565" LastEditorUserId="565" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-21T08:16:42.427" LastActivityDate="2010-08-21T08:16:42.427" />
  <row Id="2144" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2110" CreationDate="2010-08-21T07:59:55.360" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I like emacs and always want it to be able to fulfil my document preparation needs. LaTeX/TeX turns out to be the best solution. I make templates for most of the uninteresting documents and make them accessible through a key shortcut in emacs and thus I can produce documents no slower than people using word or the like.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/T2xY0.png&quot; alt=&quot;emacs-tex&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Emacs extension used in the screenshot:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have temporarily released minibuffer-choose.el at &lt;a href=&quot;http://paste.lisp.org/display/113728&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://paste.lisp.org/display/113728&lt;/a&gt;. Most packages (org-mode included) when present choices to users use a message in the minibuffer (echo area to be precise) or a new buffer. This package actually uses the minibuffer so you get the experience of a real buffer and the convenience of the each area. You can TAB, Shift-TAB, C-n, C-p, C-s, C-r, M-n, M-p or type directly the highlighted character to choose a choie. Example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;(let ((files (directory-files &quot;/usr/local&quot; t &quot;[a-z]+&quot;)))&#xA;  (minibuffer-choose &quot;Choose: &quot; files 'file-name-nondirectory nil 'alpha))&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="337" LastEditorUserId="337" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-21T11:27:08.273" LastActivityDate="2010-08-21T11:27:08.273" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-21T07:59:55.360" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="2145" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-21T09:24:06.520" Score="11" ViewCount="301" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've produced a .tex file using the pstricks package for figures and the times font (via the mathptmx package).  When the arXiv compiles this to a .pdf file it doesn't seem to have the necessary fonts embedded.  It seems that that iPad and some other devices don't have the times font available, so some characters are missing when viewing the arXiv pdf on an iPad.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anyone know if it is possible to get the arXiv to produce a pdf with embedded fonts.  The problem seems to have to do with the fact that pstricks necessitates a latex -&gt; dvips -&gt; ps2pdf compilation instead of pdfLaTeX.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm aware of solutions like using pdftricks or converting the figures to pdfs and then using &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics{...}&lt;/code&gt;, but the former seems to require some hand tweaking and the latter is a bit more fuss if I want to edit something in the future.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any ideas?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="926" LastEditorUserId="926" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-21T14:22:11.943" LastActivityDate="2010-08-22T07:32:41.937" Title="getting the arXiv to produce a pdf with embedded fonts" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;arxiv&gt;&lt;pstricks&gt;" AnswerCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2146" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2145" CreationDate="2010-08-21T09:39:17.653" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Are you running &lt;code&gt;ps2pdf&lt;/code&gt; like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;ps2pdf -dCompatibilityLevel=1.4 -dPDFSETTINGS=/prepress foo.ps foo.pdf&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That seems to work for me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: I don't actually know what level of control arXiv provides though, so maybe using those arguments isn't possible.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-08-21T09:39:17.653" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2147" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2110" CreationDate="2010-08-21T11:30:26.767" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I was starting to attend university, I was truly enlightened by LaTeX. This system really absolved me from my previous troubles: When I high school, I used to fiddle with Microsoft Word. All went well, but, naturally, one of my friends did not have the correct version of Microsoft Office to open my file. This was when I started to think that the WYSIWYG approach is doomed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nowadays, I do &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; use Microsoft Word or OpenOffice Writer. Instead, I fire up my favourite text editor (&lt;code&gt;vim&lt;/code&gt; *ducks*) and type &lt;strong&gt;anything&lt;/strong&gt; in LaTeX: Memos, letters, documentation, papers, presentations, you name it. Coupled with the version control tool &lt;code&gt;git&lt;/code&gt;, I can browse through the history of my works with ease, all the while never having to fear that something is lost.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am not sure whether &lt;em&gt;any&lt;/em&gt; word processor, how advanced it may be, can give me this feeling of bliss when simply concentrating on &lt;strong&gt;what&lt;/strong&gt; I want to write, not &lt;strong&gt;how&lt;/strong&gt; it should look. To quote &lt;a href=&quot;http://ricardo.ecn.wfu.edu/~cottrell/wp.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Allin Cottrell&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;One only has to imagine, say, Jane Austen wondering in what font to put the chapter headings of &lt;em&gt;Pride and Prejudice&lt;/em&gt; to see how ridiculous the notion is. Jane Austen was a great writer; she was not a typesetter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="870" LastActivityDate="2010-08-21T11:30:26.767" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-21T11:30:26.767" />
  <row Id="2148" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2092" CreationDate="2010-08-21T11:31:23.303" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For really big bitmapped images, I've always converted to jpeg at the required quality, then I'd use 'jpeg2ps' which takes just the raw jpeg data and wraps it in a postscript wrapper. It's been a lifesaver for me on arXiv. You can then use 'eps2pdf' to get it the way you want it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-21T11:52:14.370" LastActivityDate="2010-08-21T11:52:14.370" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2149" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2124" CreationDate="2010-08-21T12:08:10.310" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is an unofficial reference which can be accessed (at least in TeX Live) with &lt;code&gt;texdoc latex2e&lt;/code&gt;. For more in-depth information, you can use the source code documentation (&lt;code&gt;texdoc source2e&lt;/code&gt;). Several special topics (the names are meant to be used with &lt;code&gt;texdoc&lt;/code&gt;, too) are covered by the &lt;code&gt;usrguide&lt;/code&gt; (switching from LaTeX 2.09), &lt;code&gt;clsguide&lt;/code&gt; (writing packages and classes), &lt;code&gt;encguide&lt;/code&gt; (8-bit font encodings), &lt;code&gt;fntguide&lt;/code&gt; (8-bit font commands) and &lt;code&gt;classes&lt;/code&gt; (standard classes). This should cover the basic LaTeX kernel. For other classes and packages, use the corresponding package manual (type &lt;code&gt;texdoc &amp;lt;PACKAGENAME&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I agree with the others in that the Companion is an invaluable source of information, but unfortunately it is a bit dated by now.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2010-08-21T12:08:10.310" />
  <row Id="2150" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2099" CreationDate="2010-08-21T12:21:17.947" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are several SVG → PDF converters available, e.g. &lt;a href=&quot;http://xmlgraphics.apache.org/batik/tools/rasterizer.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Apache Batik's rasterizer&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2010-08-21T12:21:17.947" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2151" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-21T13:06:54.983" Score="4" ViewCount="187" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have several figures compiled independently into several pdf files.&#xA;Rubber works great in their compilation.&#xA;The main document is compiling great with rubber as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I add dependency (if figure pdf is outdated then recompile) into Rubber?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="69" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T10:33:29.703" Title="Dependencies in Rubber?" Tags="&lt;compiling&gt;&lt;rubber&gt;&lt;build-system&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="2152" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2153" CreationDate="2010-08-21T13:12:35.533" Score="5" ViewCount="948" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to create a custom vector drawing in Inkscape and then use it many times in many tikz pictures.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it possible?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Should I use PDF or SVG or other output from Inkscape?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;How to use external vector image in Tikz node?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;How to define anchors / dimensions(bounding box)?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="69" LastActivityDate="2010-08-21T15:38:52.720" Title="Tikz: using external images as building blocks." Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;svg&gt;&lt;external-images&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="2153" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2152" CreationDate="2010-08-21T14:19:45.507" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;PGF tools for working with external images:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;use &lt;code&gt;\pgfdeclareimage&lt;/code&gt; to make your external image known to pgf/TikZ&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;use &lt;code&gt;\pgfuseimage{name}&lt;/code&gt; to include the image into your document&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;encapsulate the image by &lt;code&gt;\pgfbox&lt;/code&gt; to be able to use it within a node&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An advantage of this way is that each image will be included just once in a pdf document and may be reused several times, thus saving space.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Follow general recommendations about including pictures: prefer vector format like pdf.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Code example:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This small example builds a tree with nodes using external images. I've simple taken images from our site for this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\pgfdeclareimage{gold}{gold}&#xA;\pgfdeclareimage{silver}{silver}&#xA;\pgfdeclareimage{bronze}{bronze}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[sibling distance=12em]&#xA;  \node {\pgfbox[center,bottom]{\pgfuseimage{gold}}}&#xA;    child {node {\pgfbox[center,top]{\pgfuseimage{silver}}}}&#xA;    child {node {\pgfbox[center,top]{\pgfuseimage{bronze}}}};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Output:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/1n9Q1.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Further explanation of the pgf commands:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pgfdeclareimage[options]{image name}{file name}&lt;/code&gt; declares an image without printing it. It understands &lt;code&gt;key=value&lt;/code&gt; options like height, width, page, interpolate and mask. The usual formats are supported and their extensions would automatically be tried.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pgfuseimage{image name}&lt;/code&gt; simply outputs that image.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pgfbox[horizontal alignment,vertical alignment]{content}&lt;/code&gt; outputs the content aligned left, center or right respectively top, center, bottom or base.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Detailed syntax, options and examples could be found in the pgf user guide.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The normal LaTeX approach:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could simply use &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt;, use it within &lt;code&gt;\pgftext&lt;/code&gt;. The example modified in this sense:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[sibling distance=12em]&#xA;  \node[anchor=south] {\pgftext{\includegraphics{gold}}}&#xA;    child {node[anchor=north] {\pgftext{\includegraphics{silver}}}}&#xA;    child {node[anchor=north] {\pgftext{\includegraphics{bronze}}}};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Choosing the right way:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt; instead of pgf commands is recommended &lt;a href=&quot;http://stuff.mit.edu/afs/athena/contrib/tex-contrib/beamer/pgf-1.01/doc/generic/pgf/version-for-tex4ht/en/pgfmanualse27.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; because &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt; is a better implementation. The pgf way may be preferred if the document size matters and graphics are multiply used or if masking is desired.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-21T15:38:52.720" LastActivityDate="2010-08-21T15:38:52.720" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="2154" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1900" CreationDate="2010-08-21T15:15:55.837" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;From the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/beamer&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; manual you can find that there is a macro called &lt;code&gt;\pgfdeclareimage&lt;/code&gt; (Section 13, &lt;em&gt;Graphics&lt;/em&gt;). This can be used to load a graphics file with a reusable name, to be applied using &lt;code&gt;\pgfuseimage&lt;/code&gt;. This is obviously best for cases where the image is repeated in the output file (it only needs to be included once in the PDF, saving on file size). &lt;code&gt;\pgfdeclareimage&lt;/code&gt;  takes an optional argument for graphics settings, in the same way as &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-08-21T15:15:55.837" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="2155" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2145" CreationDate="2010-08-21T15:20:22.950" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think the simple answer is &quot;you can't directly&quot;. The way that fonts are embedded (or not) in DVI mode depends on the settings used by &lt;code&gt;dvips&lt;/code&gt;. You can't influence them from within your TeX source. Of course, you can e-mail the people who run arXiv and ask them to ensure that the base fonts are always downloaded. They might do it if you are lucky.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-08-21T15:20:22.950" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2156" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2161" CreationDate="2010-08-21T18:25:50.757" Score="6" ViewCount="803" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/quotchap&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;quotchap&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package to format chapter headings in a document. Is it possible to change the default font size for the chapter headings? For example, in the &lt;code&gt;document.tex&lt;/code&gt; file at the above URL, what would need to be changed to make the title smaller?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I could of course just use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\chapter{\small Quote to be quoted}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but this messes up things like tables of contents and running headers, and the font size applies to those too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks for any help!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="931" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-22T12:39:45.897" LastActivityDate="2010-08-22T12:39:45.897" Title="Changing the chapter heading size in quotchap" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;quotchap&gt;&lt;chapters&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2157" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2151" CreationDate="2010-08-21T18:51:04.000" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think you should be able to add something like this in your &lt;code&gt;rules.ini&lt;/code&gt; file (I haven't tested this; read the manual and see the predefined examples in &lt;code&gt;rules.ini&lt;/code&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;[textopdf]&#xA;target = (.*)\.pdf&#xA;source = \1.tex&#xA;cost = 1&#xA;rule = shell&#xA;command = rubber -Wall $source&#xA;message = converting $source to PDF&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This assumes that running &lt;code&gt;rubber -Wall figure1.tex&lt;/code&gt; actually generates &lt;code&gt;figure1.pdf&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that you don't need to manipulate the &quot;global&quot; &lt;code&gt;share/rubber/rules.ini&lt;/code&gt; file; it should be possible to add a directive like &lt;code&gt;% rubber: rules myrules.ini&lt;/code&gt; in your &lt;code&gt;main.tex&lt;/code&gt;, and then put the above rule in &lt;code&gt;myrules.ini&lt;/code&gt;. (Again, I haven't tested this.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="100" LastActivityDate="2010-08-21T18:51:04.000" />
  <row Id="2158" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2145" CreationDate="2010-08-21T19:49:48.403" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://arxiv.org/help/00README&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;You can submit a file &lt;code&gt;00README.XXX&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; containing a line &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;myfonts.map fontmap&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which will cause the arXiv software to issue a &lt;code&gt;dvips&lt;/code&gt; commandline including the option &lt;code&gt;-u+./myfonts.map&lt;/code&gt;. If your file &lt;code&gt;myfonts.map&lt;/code&gt; specifies embedding of all the fonts you use (the &quot;base 35&quot; should be enough), then you should be able to acheive your goal. I haven't tried this, however, so I'd be interested to know if it works.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-08-21T19:49:48.403" />
  <row Id="2159" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2006" CreationDate="2010-08-21T20:00:22.020" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;PDF/PS&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;okular&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;open source&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Linux/Unix&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;automatic reload on file change -&gt; perfect for pdflatex runs!&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;great usability (e.g. automatic vertical mouse wrap around while scrolling)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;consumes some memory to cache next page etc.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;DVI&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;xdvi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;some magnifying features via mouse available&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="929" LastActivityDate="2010-08-21T20:00:22.020" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-21T20:00:22.020" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2160" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2162" CreationDate="2010-08-21T20:09:44.667" Score="7" ViewCount="252" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do I make theorems and equations share numbering? The default numbering system goes like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Theorem 1. Blah blah blah...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;1=0+1 (1)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Theorem 2. More blahs...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Theorem 3. No more blahs...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;2=1+1 (2)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The numbers in the parenthesis are equation numbers. How do you change the above into this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Theorem 1. Blah blah blah...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;1=0+1 (2)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Theorem 3. More blahs...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Theorem 4. No more blahs...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;2=1+1 (5)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am using ntheorem package, but couldn't figure out how. Would I need to use a different package? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1000" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-21T20:17:39.830" LastActivityDate="2010-08-29T15:22:23.297" Title="How to Make Theorems and Equations Share Numbering" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;numbering&gt;&lt;theorems&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2161" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2156" CreationDate="2010-08-21T20:51:12.790" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;quotchap&lt;/code&gt; uses this command to specify the size of the chapter heading:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\size@chapter\huge&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In your document, after loading &lt;code&gt;quotchap&lt;/code&gt;, you could to the same but with another font size command, for instance:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\let\size@chapter\small&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You have to write &lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&lt;/code&gt; ... &lt;code&gt;\makeatother&lt;/code&gt; around the command to be able to use the &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt; sign in the command name.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you would like to adjust more than just the size: &lt;code&gt;quotchap&lt;/code&gt; calls a macro &lt;code&gt;\sectfont&lt;/code&gt; that may be redefined to switch to a certain font family, shape or weight. For instance, regarding Levs answer concerning a condensed version, using condensed Helvetica could be done by&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{helvet}% if desired&#xA;\renewcommand*{\sectfont}{\sffamily\fontseries{mc}\selectfont}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\sectfont&lt;/code&gt; is used automatically for all &lt;code&gt;quotchap&lt;/code&gt; chapter headings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-21T23:28:20.013" LastActivityDate="2010-08-21T23:28:20.013" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2162" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2160" CreationDate="2010-08-21T21:03:03.797" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You just need to tell it to number your theorems using the equation counter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newtheorem{thm}[equation]{Theorem}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now &lt;code&gt;\begin{thm}&lt;/code&gt; will be numbered the same as &lt;code&gt;\begin{equation}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-08-21T21:03:03.797" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2163" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2165" CreationDate="2010-08-21T21:15:07.537" Score="7" ViewCount="137" Body="&lt;p&gt;In his answer to the question &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2152/tikz-using-external-images-as-building-blocks&quot;&gt;Tikz: using external images as building blocks.&lt;/a&gt; Stefan Kottwitz says:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The pgf way may be preferred if the document size matters and graphics are multiply used or if masking is desired.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When is there a problem regarding large document size caused be multiple inclusions of the same image? With a random photo in jpg-format I get the results below using the following test-files:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\newcount\n&#xA;\n=0&#xA;\loop\ifnum\n&amp;lt;100 \advance\n by1&#xA;\includegraphics[width=5cm]{IMG_1823.JPG}&#xA;\newpage&#xA;\repeat&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pgf}&#xA;\pgfdeclareimage[width=5cm]{test}{IMG_1823.JPG}&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\newcount\n&#xA;\n=0&#xA;\loop\ifnum\n&amp;lt;100 \advance\n by1&#xA;\pgfuseimage{test}&#xA;\newpage&#xA;\repeat&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Compiling with pdfTeX-1.40.10 the resulting document sizes are (output from pdfinfo):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;pgf-version: &#xA;File size:      1673589 bytes&#xA;&#xA;Graphicx-version:&#xA;File size:      1667806 bytes&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The photo is about 1.6 Mb:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$ du IMG_1823.JPG &#xA;1592    IMG_1823.JPG&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Adding &lt;code&gt;\pdfcompresslevel=0&lt;/code&gt; and inspecting the contents of the pdf-file directly both methods seem (as far as I can tell) to embed the image data once only?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="565" LastActivityDate="2010-08-21T22:23:48.487" Title="Resulting document size when Including a graphics file multiple times - pgf vs. graphicx" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2164" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2160" CreationDate="2010-08-21T21:37:56.667" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;See the &lt;a href=&quot;ftp://ftp.ams.org/pub/tex/doc/amscls/amsthdoc.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;amsthm documentation&lt;/a&gt;. It is only a few pages long and includes a discussion of this point (as well as lots of others relating to theorem styles).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="76" LastActivityDate="2010-08-21T21:37:56.667" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2165" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2163" CreationDate="2010-08-21T22:23:48.487" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The FAQ &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=repeatgrf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;says&lt;/a&gt; that repeated graphics are only a problem if you are producing PostScript as the final format. Distillation of the PostScript to PDF (by ghostscript or Distiller) will consolidate the figures, as will direct production of PDF via pdftex. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the case that small PostScript files &lt;em&gt;are&lt;/em&gt; the desired outcome, the FAQ offers several techniques (of varying sneakiness) to ensure that multiply-included graphics are only inserted once.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-08-21T22:23:48.487" />
  <row Id="2166" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2156" CreationDate="2010-08-21T22:43:26.840" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Stefan's answer is direct and as always absolutely spot on.  Of course, if you do decide to change &lt;code&gt;quotchap&lt;/code&gt;'s heading size, you might now want to alter the &quot;aesthetics&quot; of the whitespace on the page, relocating the heading placement up or down.  If so, then try this, experimenting with the numbers as you go...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{quotchap}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\chapterheadstartvskip}{\vspace*{-0.5\baselineskip}} % quotchap default is 2.3; some negative amount will place you at the very top of the page&#xA;\renewcommand*{\chapterheadendvskip}{\vspace{1.3\baselineskip}}     % quotchap default is 1.7&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Just for fun, here's some code to change the volume of whitespace around &lt;code&gt;quotchap&lt;/code&gt; chapter headers in &lt;em&gt;non&lt;/em&gt;-&lt;code&gt;mainmatter&lt;/code&gt; parts of your document (&lt;code&gt;\frontmatter&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\appendix&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\backmatter&lt;/code&gt;)...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{quotchap}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\let\oldchapterheadstartvskip\chapterheadstartvskip&#xA;\renewcommand*\chapterheadstartvskip{&#xA;  \if@mainmatter&#xA;    \oldchapterheadstartvskip&#xA;  \else&#xA;    \vspace*{0\baselineskip}&#xA;  \fi&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\let\oldchapterheadendvskip\chapterheadendvskip&#xA;\renewcommand*\chapterheadendvskip{&#xA;  \if@mainmatter&#xA;    \oldchapterheadendvskip&#xA;  \else&#xA;    \vspace*{1.5\baselineskip}&#xA;  \fi&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Happy TeXing, astrofrog!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-08-21T22:43:26.840" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2167" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2156" CreationDate="2010-08-21T22:43:43.093" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Stefan already answered how to set the default size, but I'll point out that you can use &lt;code&gt;\chapter{\small Quote to be quoted}&lt;/code&gt; in a way which doesn't mess up the running headings and the table of contents. The &lt;code&gt;\chapter&lt;/code&gt; command has an optional argument, which is used for the Table of Contents and running headings, so you could use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\chapter[Quote to be quoted]{\small Quote to be quoted}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or, as I've sometimes done when my documentclass uses a font that comes in both regular and condensed versions (eg, Helvetica) as the chapter typeface: for a problematic chapter with a long title, I've switched to the condensed version for that chapter only:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\chapter[Shorter version of long title]%&#xA;  {\fontseries{mc}\selectfont Very very long title}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is not great, because breaks the consistency of the document design, but only in a fairly subtle way, and sometimes it is the lesser evil.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastEditorUserId="627" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-22T02:00:31.953" LastActivityDate="2010-08-22T02:00:31.953" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2168" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="605" CreationDate="2010-08-22T01:00:48.047" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Consider &lt;code&gt;hello!&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;bon jour!&lt;/code&gt; &lt;code&gt;sup!&lt;/code&gt;. Natural and computer language taxonomy makes (amongst others) these distinctions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;lexical&lt;/em&gt; : each occupies a different place in any lexical ordering (e.g., a dictionary)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;syntactic&lt;/em&gt; : most grammars (or 'production rules') parsing these terms would differ in the sense that two of the three would swallow two tokens (don't forget the &lt;code&gt;!&lt;/code&gt;), while the other would consume three. To clarify, syntax (or grammar) is the set of rules governing how and where terms can legitimately stand in relationship to one another in a valid program&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;semantic&lt;/em&gt; : the three utterances broadly &lt;em&gt;intend&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;mean&lt;/em&gt; the same thing&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;pragmatic&lt;/em&gt; : while the producers of these lexically, syntactically and semantically valid utterances all intend to convey a greeting, the context, place or pattern of their usage will determine their &quot;efficiency&quot; (not just in the program, but also within the community of producers, consumers and cultural guardians of the patterns).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, this taxonomy applies as equally to TeX/LaTeX as any other language that might or might not exist (swap the word &lt;em&gt;phonemic&lt;/em&gt; for &lt;em&gt;lexical&lt;/em&gt; in purely spoken lingua if you like). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-08-22T01:00:48.047" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="2170" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2174" CreationDate="2010-08-22T03:57:33.303" Score="-2" ViewCount="366" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I used packages like Mathdesign and give commands like &lt;code&gt;\setrmdefault{cmr}&lt;/code&gt; or something like this, what used to happen is the Text Font used to get lighter whereas the Math font used to be darker. Why does this happen, and how can I prevent this from happening?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="641" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-23T01:21:47.593" LastActivityDate="2010-08-23T01:21:47.593" Title="Why is my text font lighter than my math font?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;mathdesign&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2171" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2145" CreationDate="2010-08-22T07:32:41.937" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I received this very nice explanation by email from Thorsten S.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Asking arXiv admins with technical questions like this should always&#xA;be your first choice. These should percolate up to the people that&#xA;actually operate the TeX system at arXiv even if a little persistence&#xA;may be necessary.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Indeed, arXiv does not embed the base 35 fonts in dvips generated&#xA;PostScript. If you are familiar with texlive arXiv's setting in&#xA;texmf/web2c/updmap.cfg is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;dvipsDownloadBase35 false&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;however (as mentioned in previous responses) due to repeated reports&#xA;of problems with arXiv generated pdf from pdflatex, despite the&#xA;standards requirement that every PDF or PostScript interpreter must&#xA;have the base 35 fonts, arXiv does embed the base 35 fonts in pdflatex&#xA;generated pdf. This is the setting&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;pdftexDownloadBase14 true&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in texmf/web2c/updmap.cfg&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;It seems that that iPad and some other devices don't have the times font available&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;They should, so if this is indeed the case arXiv would love to see&#xA;some examples and get to the bottom of this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The dvips fontmap advice above by Lev Bishop will work, however if&#xA;there is a widespread problem arXiv should know about this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is also possible to control most PDF parameters and options via&#xA;literal PostScript from a \special command in you TeX source, e.g. you&#xA;could specify the list of fonts to always embed like this&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;   &amp;lt;&amp;lt;/AlwaysEmbed [/Helvetica /Times-Roman]&amp;gt;&amp;gt; setdistillerparams&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://arxiv.org/help/faq/pdfrotate&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://arxiv.org/help/faq/pdfrotate&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;for some more info on this. If this doesn't help, send email with&#xA;details to arXiv for further advice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hope this helps&#xA;T.&#xA;(yes, I do provide technical support for arXiv)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="926" LastActivityDate="2010-08-22T07:32:41.937" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-22T07:32:41.937" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2172" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2176" CreationDate="2010-08-22T09:01:03.727" Score="1" ViewCount="231" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do I install missing style files with macports' tex install?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; File `nag.sty' not found.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="512" LastActivityDate="2010-08-22T11:05:16.407" Title="macports tex install does not have nag.sty" Tags="&lt;osx&gt;&lt;macports&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2174" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2170" CreationDate="2010-08-22T10:03:54.507" Score="29" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Chandru, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(First things first: we're all here to help.  However, you can make things easier on everyone by paying attention to the way you present your questions. Please don't be put off, life is one big learning game! But also please think of the community before throwing improperly considered questions to the group - we've all got better things to do than to help those who are too lazy to first try hard themselves.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now to your question... frabjous essentially answered it when he asked why you had loaded &lt;code&gt;mathdesign&lt;/code&gt; (presumably with one of the &lt;code&gt;utopia&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;garamond&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;charter&lt;/code&gt; options), only afterwards to change your document's default Roman font to &lt;code&gt;Computer Modern&lt;/code&gt;.  Don't get me wrong, there is nothing wrong with this &lt;em&gt;per se&lt;/em&gt;. I sometimes do things like this when wanting to pair another Roman typeface with the &lt;code&gt;mathdesign&lt;/code&gt; math font set. Still, because they pair so poorly, it seems very &lt;em&gt;odd&lt;/em&gt; to want to mix &lt;code&gt;CM&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;mathdesign&lt;/code&gt;.  &lt;code&gt;Computer Modern&lt;/code&gt; is an exceptionally light font; as you point out, too light for &lt;code&gt;mathdesign&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, why not use &lt;code&gt;garamond&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;charter&lt;/code&gt; as your primary Roman font?  The &lt;code&gt;mathdesign&lt;/code&gt; package has been specifically tuned for them.  If for some strange reason you can't and you really need to stick with &lt;code&gt;cmr&lt;/code&gt;, then why not dispense with &lt;code&gt;mathdesign&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{amsfonts}&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{amssymb}&lt;/code&gt;?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If that doesn't suit your requirements, and you really like the 'lightness' of &lt;code&gt;Computer Modern&lt;/code&gt;, you might consider replacing the line where you write &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[...]{mathdesign}&lt;/code&gt; with (1) &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{lmodern}&lt;/code&gt; or (2) with &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[light]{kpfonts}&lt;/code&gt;, that is, with (1) Latin Modern or (2) Kepler Project fonts using the &lt;code&gt;light&lt;/code&gt; option. Both are downloadable from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot; title=&quot;CTAN&quot;&gt;CTAN&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, if none of that makes sense, or if it doesn't provide the answer you wanted or expected, here's what you should do:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;as others have mentioned, post another question that more precisely describes your problem and the nature of what you want sorted out, &lt;em&gt;including a better title&lt;/em&gt;;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;read up on LaTeX font selection commands&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;stop trying to pair &lt;code&gt;Computer Modern&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;mathdesign&lt;/code&gt; math fonts!&lt;/em&gt; &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anyway, Chandru, please don't be deterred. TeX/LaTeX is a powerful but confusing beast, the fun is learning how to climb that wall to tame it to your needs. We're here to help you, but show us that you've done your best to solve your own problems before hitting on us.  In no time at all, you'll even be helping others! So, welcome to this board.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-08-22T10:03:54.507" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="2175" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1333" CreationDate="2010-08-22T10:59:26.090" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is also &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/graphics/pstricks/contrib/pst-gantt/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pst-gantt&lt;/a&gt;, which is based on pstricks. It is a bit older and more clunky though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="870" LastActivityDate="2010-08-22T10:59:26.090" />
  <row Id="2176" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2172" CreationDate="2010-08-22T11:05:16.407" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you are using &lt;code&gt;texlive&lt;/code&gt; from the MacPorts, there is a packet manager &lt;code&gt;tlmgr&lt;/code&gt; that allows you to install missing packages. If you are using something else, Joseph's comment points in the correct directions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="870" LastActivityDate="2010-08-22T11:05:16.407" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2177" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2183" CreationDate="2010-08-22T12:30:59.533" Score="7" ViewCount="272" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using the &lt;code&gt;scrbook&lt;/code&gt; class and I would like to achieve the following effect for my chapter headings:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; ####   &#xA;#####   &#xA;  ###   &#xA;  ###   &#xA; #####      Name of chapter&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How would I do this best? Is it possible to do this by simply changing the preamble?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="870" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-22T14:42:31.187" LastActivityDate="2010-08-22T14:42:31.187" Title="What's the right way to change display of chapter headings?" Tags="&lt;koma-script&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;chapters&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2178" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1313" CreationDate="2010-08-22T12:59:51.440" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Er, perhaps I'm a little slow these days (go easy, guys, I'm being rhetorical), but as far as I can tell from your example, what you've got there is a table. A &lt;code&gt;longtable&lt;/code&gt; if you want to run things over one page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Or am I just being painfully dense?)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-08-22T12:59:51.440" />
  <row Id="2179" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1756" CreationDate="2010-08-22T13:26:54.537" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I will echo Leo's point, about plain-text. Programmability and highest-quality are perks, but the fact that the input is plain-text has one extremely important consequence:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;You are not at the mercy of buggy word-processing software, proprietary or otherwise.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I once used MS Word happily, as this was a substantial improvement over WordPerfect 5.1 for DOS, and contemporary office suites offered e.g. by Lotus. But whenever I tried to do anything modestly non-trivial, such as bullet points, it would begin to exhibit what could at best be charitably termed &quot;eccentric&quot; behaviour. Using Word to do anything more than a simple letter --- anything which involved a list, or controlling varying font sizes, or tables (especially tables!) --- involved for me a struggle against the software. And modern, well-meaning, open-source Office clones are even worse: in trying to reliably imitate Word's codependent behaviour, they have produced software with even more quirks against which I must fight.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With LaTeX, I can have documents which are as simple or as complicated as I like, with all of the mark-up and structure plainly visible to me, and with reliable results --- and I don't need anything more complicated than a text-editor to write the source-file to produce a high-quality PDF. Furthermore, &lt;em&gt;any&lt;/em&gt; text-editor will do.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For this reason alone, LaTeX is excellent!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="911" LastActivityDate="2010-08-22T13:26:54.537" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-22T13:26:54.537" />
  <row Id="2180" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2189" CreationDate="2010-08-22T13:32:30.983" Score="5" ViewCount="234" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Problem Statement.&lt;/strong&gt; I am writing a large document that is too big to provide here for illustration.  For the first hundred pages or so, the hyperlinks are correctly matched to the displayed text.  For example, the text might refer to page 55, and the hyperlink would also direct the PDF viewer to that page. But then, at some point, the hyperlinks start pointing to incorrect pages, much earlier in the document.  For example, a link might go to page 8, but the displayed text might refer correctly to page 80.  (Throughout the document, the &lt;em&gt;displayed&lt;/em&gt; references, e.g. page numbers or section numbers, remain correct.  It is the hyperlinks that are broken at some point.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Question.&lt;/strong&gt; is there a way to debug documents that use the &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; package, to find out why this sort of thing is happening?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="922" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-22T13:42:40.730" LastActivityDate="2010-08-22T21:36:19.573" Title="hyperref incorrect links: how to debug?" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;debugging&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="2181" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2177" CreationDate="2010-08-22T13:39:46.803" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;That looks like a job for the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fncychap/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;fncychap&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/titlesec/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;titlesec&lt;/a&gt; packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="143" LastActivityDate="2010-08-22T13:39:46.803" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2182" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2177" CreationDate="2010-08-22T13:47:41.140" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;...or the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/quotchap&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;quotchap&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="85" LastActivityDate="2010-08-22T13:47:41.140" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2183" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2177" CreationDate="2010-08-22T14:32:34.217" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Three packages have been already mentioned. Since KOMA-Script classes provide a lot of sophisticated features, I usually aim not to lose them. Though packages usually work fine also with KOMA classes, they might remove class features by redefining class commands. For instance, &lt;code&gt;quotchap&lt;/code&gt; doesn't care about periods after chapter numbers, supported by KOMA options like &lt;code&gt;numbers=enddot&lt;/code&gt; or the autoenddot mechanism.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, my first question would be: how can I solve the problem using class features? Usually there's a good chance. In this case, I could redefine the macro &lt;code&gt;\chapterformat&lt;/code&gt; which is responsible for printing the chapter number.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Code example:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrbook} &#xA;\usepackage{lmodern}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\chapterformat}{%&#xA;  \fontsize{80}{88}\selectfont\thechapter\autodot\enskip}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\chapter{Name of chapter}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Output:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/2mR9L.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This way not only periods but also user defined chapter or sectioning fonts are still supported like done by&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setkomafont{sectioning}{\rmfamily\bfseries\color{Gray}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Choosing the right way:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To sum up, I believe generally the right way would be&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Figure out if it may be done using class features by consulting the documentation.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If not, look out for packages, for instance in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://texcatalogue.sarovar.org/bytopic.html#title&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;titles and sectioning category&lt;/a&gt; of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://texcatalogue.sarovar.org/index.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX Catalogue Online&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If neither a class feature nor a package could solve it, then consider to program it yourself. Check out the corresponding macros within the class source file, take them as a starting point, be careful to preserve their other features you don't wish to change.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-22T14:32:34.217" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2184" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2186" CreationDate="2010-08-22T17:37:24.543" Score="8" ViewCount="150" Body="&lt;p&gt;After browsing through related threads, I am now of the understanding (please correct me if I am wrong) that the rule of thumb is to use the &lt;code&gt;\bigl&lt;/code&gt;,&lt;code&gt;\bigr&lt;/code&gt; pair with brackets, parentheses, etc. for operators like sums, products, and integrals, and &lt;code&gt;\left&lt;/code&gt;,&lt;code&gt;\right&lt;/code&gt; in all other cases.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I only recently found out about &lt;code&gt;\middle&lt;/code&gt; , which has solved what had been a vexing problem for me: delimiters for function arguments (slashes, bars) not scaling properly. Leafing through my cheatsheet has not been of much help, so I wish to ask: is there an equivalent of &lt;code&gt;\middle&lt;/code&gt; for &lt;code&gt;\bigl&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\bigr&lt;/code&gt;, or would the use of &lt;code&gt;\middle&lt;/code&gt; along with that pair not be gauche?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="914" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-23T01:17:26.730" LastActivityDate="2010-08-23T20:47:37.780" Title="Is there a command for large middle delimiters consistent with \bigl and \bigr?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;delimiters&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2185" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="162" CreationDate="2010-08-22T17:50:25.600" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;No one has talked about &quot;Friends&quot; so far :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For ConTeXt, the ConTeXt &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.contextgarden.net&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;wiki&lt;/a&gt; is pretty useful &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2010-08-22T17:50:25.600" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-22T17:50:25.600" />
  <row Id="2186" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2184" CreationDate="2010-08-22T18:00:18.580" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;\bigm, \Bigm, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2010-08-22T18:00:18.580" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2187" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2140" CreationDate="2010-08-22T19:49:06.340" Score="-1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For at least some font sizes, you can use something like &lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&lt;/code&gt;. However, I'm entirely sure which font sizes this works for---I do know it works for 10pt (the default) and 12pt. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="941" LastActivityDate="2010-08-22T19:49:06.340" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2188" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1855" CreationDate="2010-08-22T20:02:38.357" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There's an option to do this with the ntheorem package. I can't remeber the specific code, but the documentation includes an example of doing that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you don't want to use ntheorem, then here's what you should do: Suppose the (latex) count associated with your theorem is &lt;code&gt;theorem&lt;/code&gt; (if you use amsthm, I'm pretty sure this will just be the name of your theorem environment, ie the &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;text&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;\begin{&amp;lt;text&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt;). Then after defining said theorem environment (but before &lt;code&gt;\begin{document}&lt;/code&gt;) insert the following:&#xA;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand\thetheorem{\Alph{theorem}}&lt;/code&gt;&#xA;for capital letters or &#xA;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand\thetheorem{\alph{theorem}}&lt;/code&gt;&#xA;for lowercase. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="941" LastActivityDate="2010-08-22T20:02:38.357" />
  <row Id="2189" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2180" CreationDate="2010-08-22T21:36:19.573" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Clean Compile (delete all auxiliary files and do the latex-bibtex-latex-latex, etc dance from scratch)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Remove/turn-off as many packages as you can. Some packages may conflict with others&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Reduce your document to the smallest sample showing the problem&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Google =)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Grep *.log files and run latex interractevly to see if there are problems.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ps. inserting pdfpages can mess-up page number orderring.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="137" LastActivityDate="2010-08-22T21:36:19.573" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2190" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2140" CreationDate="2010-08-22T23:19:42.753" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\doglobally}[1]{{\globaldefs=1#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now you can write &lt;code&gt;\doglobally\tiny&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-08-22T23:19:42.753" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2191" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2192" CreationDate="2010-08-22T23:39:43.220" Score="2" ViewCount="681" Body="&lt;p&gt;I recently installed Ubuntu 10.04 over-top of Ubuntu 9.04, preserving my /home partition, but aside from that partition, it was a fresh install. I installed the texlive package (2009-7) from Ubuntu's main repository.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, when I try to run latex or pdflatex on a &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; file, I get the not so helpful error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;brian@thoralf:~/tmp$ pdflatex test.tex &#xA;This is pdfTeX, Version 3.1415926-1.40.10 (TeX Live 2009/Debian)&#xA; restricted \write18 enabled.&#xA;---! /home/brian/.texmf-var/web2c/pdftex/pdflatex.fmt doesn't match pdftex.pool&#xA;(Fatal format file error; I'm stymied)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What can I do to fix this problem?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="93" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-23T01:08:42.130" LastActivityDate="2010-11-10T02:23:36.080" Title="TeX Live error on Ubuntu 10.04: pdflatex.fmt doesn't match pdftex.pool" Tags="&lt;texlive&gt;&lt;errors&gt;&lt;ubuntu&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2192" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2191" CreationDate="2010-08-22T23:44:22.370" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;[I asked, then search the net. I've made my answer community wiki so as not to look like I'm rep-hunting.]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There was a &lt;a href=&quot;https://bugs.launchpad.net/ubuntu/+source/texlive-bin/+bug/543529&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;bug filed&lt;/a&gt; against ubuntu 10.04 beta. I'm somewhat surprised it's not been fixed as it makes latex rather useless.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One commentator on the bug thread said that deleting &lt;code&gt;/home/.texmf-var&lt;/code&gt; worked for them. Worked for me, too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="93" LastActivityDate="2010-08-22T23:44:22.370" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-22T23:44:22.370" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2193" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2195" CreationDate="2010-08-23T01:38:16.763" Score="10" ViewCount="168" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to make a reference to the page where a figure is rendered?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like to write something like &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;see figure~\ref{figure-xyz} on page NN&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where NN will automatically be maintained by LaTeX. The figure that prompted my question is almost a page so it may be floated further in the doc. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I suppose it's possible, after all the figure-to-page mapping is generated by &lt;code&gt;\listoffigures&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="564" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-28T13:07:03.593" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T13:07:03.593" Title="How to reference the page of a figure?" Tags="&lt;cross-referencing&gt;&lt;floats&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="2194" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2193" CreationDate="2010-08-23T02:11:46.417" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just use &lt;code&gt;\pageref{}&lt;/code&gt;, so in your case:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;see figure \ref{figure-xyz} on page \pageref{figure-xyz}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="14" LastActivityDate="2010-08-23T02:11:46.417" />
  <row Id="2195" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2193" CreationDate="2010-08-23T02:12:08.210" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;see figure~\ref{figure-xyz} on page~\pageref{figure-XYZ}&lt;/code&gt;. Also see the &lt;code&gt;varioref&lt;/code&gt; package which lets you write &lt;code&gt;see figure~\vref{figure-xyz}&lt;/code&gt; which will automatically add the &quot;on page NN&quot; iff the figure is not on the current page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-08-23T02:12:08.210" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2196" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2199" CreationDate="2010-08-23T02:57:55.667" Score="9" ViewCount="524" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using &lt;em&gt;setspace&lt;/em&gt; to double-space an article (as it's widely known, this package behaves more intelligently than &lt;code&gt;\linespread&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/819/double-line-spacing&quot;&gt;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/819/double-line-spacing&lt;/a&gt; alread covers the details).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{setspace}&#xA;\doublespacing&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I'd like to finely adjust the &quot;double&quot; spacing so I can control the overall length of the paper. If I use &lt;code&gt;\linespread&lt;/code&gt;, I go back to the less intelligent mechanism. Is there a way to fine tune what the &lt;em&gt;setspace&lt;/em&gt; package does?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My question is specific to the article and, perhaps, report document classes. I'm saying this because some googling found some &lt;a href=&quot;http://greengabbro.net/2009/02/15/line-spacing-with-the-latex-memoir-class-why-doesnt-setspacesty-work/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tricks&lt;/a&gt; specific to the memoir class.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="564" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-23T13:05:31.297" LastActivityDate="2010-08-23T13:05:31.297" Title="Finely control line spacing when already using the setspace package?" Tags="&lt;line-spacing&gt;&lt;setspace&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="2197" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-23T03:01:33.210" Score="7" ViewCount="510" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a rectangle in TikZ and the top left and bottom right corners are called (topleft) and (bottomright) respectively. I wanted to have a label midway down the left hand side of the rectangle, so I tried the following, both of which failed with cryptic error messages:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\draw let \p1 = (topleft), \p2 = (bottomright) &#xA;in (\x1,\pgfmathparse{0.5*(\y1 + \y2)}\pgfmathresult) node[right]{6 metres};&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\draw let \p1 = (topleft), \p2 = (bottomright) &#xA;in (\x1,{0.5*(\y1 + \y2)}) node[right]{6 metres};&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I got the desired result in a roundabout way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\draw let \p1 = (topleft), \p2 = (bottomright) &#xA;in ($(\x1,\y1)!.5!(\x1,\y2)$) node[right]{6 metres};&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But why did the first two attempts not work?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT (in response to request for more detail): &#xA;If it helps, you can assume that the context of the command above is something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usetikzlibrary{calc}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\draw (0,10) coordinate (topleft) rectangle (6,0) coordinate (bottomright);&#xA;%% relevant let statement would go just below here&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but I do not want a solution that uses the knowledge that the coordinates are (0,10) and (6,0).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="136" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-26T22:59:26.363" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T20:34:56.620" Title="Why is this let expression not working in TikZ (calculating a midpoint)?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;calculations&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="2198" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2202" CreationDate="2010-08-23T03:13:04.377" Score="23" ViewCount="966" Body="&lt;p&gt;I feel that PDF documents when intended to be uploaded to the Internet should be of a minimal final size in bytes. Many strategies exist to create a small document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Pay attention to the size of the embedded raster images.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Create diagrams with &lt;code&gt;tikz&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;pstricks&lt;/code&gt; and avoid external applications that can create unwanted big files. Using &lt;code&gt;tikz&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;pstricks&lt;/code&gt; provides access to an almost unlimited control of the properties of a specific object. For instance, creating a point A of coordinates (1,1) should be preferred to a point A of coordinates (1.0000000,1.00000000), that you cannot control in many applications.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Pay attention to the fonts used in your documents. Some fonts contain a coding for a single size and are then scaled, when used in titles or equivalents. Some other fonts contain a coding for different size, making the document a bit larger. You may observe a non negligible difference.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am interested in this 3rd point: have some of you investigated the best fonts for smaller PDF files?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastEditorUserId="4363" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-23T15:55:23.780" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T15:55:23.780" Title="How to create small final PDF files for the Internet" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;size&gt;&lt;online&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="9" />
  <row Id="2199" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2196" CreationDate="2010-08-23T03:20:44.823" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In addition to the familiar &lt;code&gt;\onehalfspacing&lt;/code&gt; (etc.) commands and &lt;code&gt;\begin{onehalfspace}...\end{onehalfspace}&lt;/code&gt; (etc.) environments, the &lt;code&gt;setspace&lt;/code&gt; package includes a &lt;code&gt;\setstretch{baselinestretch}&lt;/code&gt; command that can help you out, or a &lt;code&gt;\begin{spacing}{nnn}...\end{spacing}&lt;/code&gt; environment. Set the spacing factor number, &lt;code&gt;nnn&lt;/code&gt; to, say, &lt;code&gt;1.85&lt;/code&gt; or whatever your situation needs.  See the documentation in the comments in &lt;code&gt;setspace.sty&lt;/code&gt; for more details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-08-23T03:20:44.823" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2200" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1863" CreationDate="2010-08-23T03:28:38.190" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One more is &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ftp.uoi.gr/pub/tex/help/Catalogue/entries/hypernat.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;hypernat&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To quote its README:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Allows hyperref package and the natbib package with options 'numbers' and 'sort&amp;amp;compress' to work together. This means that multiple sequential citations (e.g [3,2,1]) will be compressed to [1-3], where the '1' and the '3' are (color-)linked to the bibliography. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="422" LastActivityDate="2010-08-23T03:28:38.190" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2201" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2110" CreationDate="2010-08-23T05:15:03.447" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was re-writing the documentation to our software (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.trms.com/support/documentation&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;check out the LaTeX versions here&lt;/a&gt;). I like to write using lots of figure examples. I also like to write lots of cross-references. The trouble was, Word was an absolute train wreck. If I modified anything mid-document, all of my figures would end up pilled up at the bottom. My cross-references needed constant and manual updating... it just was not working.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I was in the middle of this nightmare when I was playing poker with some friends. I said something like, &quot;I %^&amp;amp;*in' hate Word for what I'm doing. I wish there was something out there that was made for this.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Two of my poker buddies (both nerds) said, at the same time, &quot;LaTeX!&quot; They described it to me and I could not concentrate from then on. I was absolutely obsessed with finding out more. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I did and the rest, as they say, is history. I wrote my first manual (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.trms.com.s3.amazonaws.com/assets/support/manuals/cablecast/Cablecast42Guide.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;The Cablecast Guide&lt;/a&gt;) and have slowly built up quite a robust set of macros that define the style and common tools for everything from our documentation to our pricing guides.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's been about 4 years with this work flow and I find myself, very often, looking for something better. LaTeX has its oddities. The drill is, I'll hear about something (Prince, DocBook) and then I think to myself, &quot;This is it! The end of LaTeX! Now I can finally be rid of Longtable!&quot; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This never pans out, however. 30+ years of LaTeX has lead to some pretty fantastic capabilities and indispensable packages (Datatool, TikZ).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="659" LastActivityDate="2010-08-23T05:15:03.447" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-23T05:15:03.447" />
  <row Id="2202" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2198" CreationDate="2010-08-23T05:25:01.230" Score="22" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are a number of tricks for getting optimized pdfs. Many of them are implemented in the tool &lt;a href=&quot;http://code.google.com/p/pdfsizeopt/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pdfsizeopt&lt;/a&gt;. With some patches (posted in the pdfsizeopt bugtracker) this tool can run on all my tex-generated pdfs (and nearly all of the non-tex-generated ones). I use the commandline:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;python ./pdfsizeopt.py --use-pngout=true --use-jbig2=true --use-multivalent=true\&#xA;    --do-unify-fonts=false filetocompress.pdf&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I use &lt;code&gt;--do-unify-fonts=false&lt;/code&gt; even though it produces slightly larger pdfs, because of a bug where a few glyphs are not displayed with certain pdf viewers (windows adobe reader, for example). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are indeed various things you can do during document production with tex, to make sure that the compressed pdf ends up as small as possible: several of these are discussed in the EuroTeX 2009 White paper about pdfsizeopt (available from the above link). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As regards fonts, pdfsizeopt will recode fonts to the very compressed CFF format, and take care of subsetting and duplication issues. I haven't investigated deeply, but in my tests it seems that of the 2 options for type 1 encoded T1 (multilingual) tex fonts, the Latin Modern fonts generally produce significantly larger PDFs than the CM-Super version (which is unfortunate, because Latin Modern is superior in just about every other way (see &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1390/latin-modern-vs-cm-super&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt;). I just did a quick experiment and this difference in size seems to be only for the pre-pdfsizeopt pdfs: after pdfsizeopt, Latin Modern is the same or smaller than CM-Super.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using fonts that don't have optical scaling will indeed produce a smaller PDF, but I don't recommend it because if you are using multiple sizes then the non-optically scaled fonts will look much worse.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastEditorUserId="627" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-23T07:27:36.463" LastActivityDate="2010-08-23T07:27:36.463" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2203" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-23T05:53:52.960" Score="5" ViewCount="288" Body="&lt;p&gt;In dealing with continued fractions in LaTeX, I've become less and less enamored of the &lt;code&gt;\cfrac&lt;/code&gt; construct. Especially in my case where I deal with complicated numerators and denominators, listing a few terms can get unwieldy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I encountered a nice notation for CFs in Lorentzen and Waadeland's &quot;Continued Fractions with Applications&quot; that seemed to be adaptable to my needs. I have no digital copy of the book, so I offer Wolfram's approximation on how this operator is rendered:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/6fzKZ.gif&quot; alt=&quot;continued fraction&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(the only difference is that the b terms come before the a terms, and they are separated by a backslash (this is why I asked this &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2184/is-there-a-command-for-large-middle-delimiters-consistent-with-bigl-and-bigr&quot;&gt;question&lt;/a&gt;, so I now know how to render the operands and the delimiters properly))&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My question now, then, is how can I construct a &quot;continued fraction operator&quot; that acts like &lt;code&gt;\sum&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\product&lt;/code&gt;? Somehow, trying to use a large letter K and then putting the limits as over- and underscripts has been a bit of a mixed bag (and of course, if the operands themselves are fractions, I have to manually tweak the size of the &quot;K&quot; again!). Might there be a more elegant approach to this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="914" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-23T11:24:30.107" LastActivityDate="2010-08-24T16:34:16.610" Title="Continued Fractions as an operator." Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;mathoperator&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2204" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2203" CreationDate="2010-08-23T06:09:34.840" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\bigk}{\mathop{\raisebox{-5pt}{\huge K}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;gives a fairly good result. Your example would be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[ \bigk_{k=0}^\infty \frac{a_k}{b_k} \]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="9" LastActivityDate="2010-08-23T06:09:34.840" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="2205" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2110" CreationDate="2010-08-23T06:28:22.120" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have seen the beautiful typography in a computer magazine. I was stunned by its beauty, it just looked like &quot;printed&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="243" LastActivityDate="2010-08-23T06:28:22.120" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-23T06:28:22.120" />
  <row Id="2206" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2198" CreationDate="2010-08-23T06:54:59.807" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If for some reason you don't want to use pdfsizeopt: both XeTeX and LuaTeX typically generate smaller PDF files than pdfTeX because OpenType fonts are already encoded in either CFF or TrueType outlines.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-08-23T06:54:59.807" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2207" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2198" CreationDate="2010-08-23T07:48:33.253" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using true type fonts that are specified in the PDF standard (and thus available with every conforming pdf viewer) dramatically reduces for me the file size of PDFs generated with pdflatex. Else, other fonts are included in the generated PDF which increases the file size.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example via&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{mathptmx}&#xA;\usepackage[scaled=.95]{helvet}&#xA;\usepackage{courier}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The scaling of helvet is needed, because it is by default a bit larger.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that the package times is obsolete.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/psnfss/psnfss2e.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Using common PostScript fonts with LaTeX&lt;/a&gt; describes these packages and more.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;To get a list of fonts the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.adobe.com/devnet/pdf/pdfs/PDFReference.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;PDF standard 1.4 specifies&lt;/a&gt; see section 2.2.3 (page 36) and section 5.5.1 (page 339). To quote:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;These fonts, or their font metrics and suitable substitution fonts, are guaranteed&#xA;to be available to the viewer application.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Section 9.6.2.2 of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.adobe.com/devnet/acrobat/pdfs/PDF32000_2008.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;PDF standard 1.7&lt;/a&gt; uses a slightly other wording:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;[..]These fonts, or their font metrics and suitable substitution fonts, shall be available&#xA; to the conforming reader.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thus for example, the acrobat reader on an (relatively) obscure Solaris system comes with some otf/pfb font files.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="929" LastEditorUserId="929" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-23T12:19:13.697" LastActivityDate="2010-08-23T12:19:13.697" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="2208" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2197" CreationDate="2010-08-23T10:46:02.650" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Rather than doing &quot;all that arithmetic&quot;, I'd let Tikz do it for me. Try something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=1,&amp;gt;=stealth]&#xA;\draw(-10,0)  node (topleft) {TL}; &#xA;\draw(0,-10)  node (bottomright) {BR}; &#xA;\draw (topleft) rectangle (bottomright);&#xA;\path (topleft) edge node (here) {Here} (topleft |- bottomright);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The two secrets are these: node will draw at the midpoint of a path, and |- (or -|) represents a vertical/horizontal point of intersection (ie, in the example, &quot;drop a line vertically from (topleft) until it meets a horizontal line through (bottomright). Try swapping -| for |- and you'll see what I'm getting at.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also refine things, like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\path (topleft) edge[draw opacity=0] &#xA;     node [right,pos=0.25] (here) {Here} &#xA;     (topleft |- bottomright);`&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;draw opacity=0&lt;/code&gt; suppresses the line that \path normally draws&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;right&lt;/code&gt; places the text to the right&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;pos=0.25&lt;/code&gt; places the node 1/4 of the way along the path (and so on), saving your arithmetic for better things...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="344" LastEditorUserId="344" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-30T19:35:35.150" LastActivityDate="2010-08-30T19:35:35.150" />
  <row Id="2209" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2210" CreationDate="2010-08-23T11:01:28.460" Score="8" ViewCount="283" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know that it is possible to include &lt;code&gt;somedir/subdir/anotherfile.tex&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;somedir/file.tex&lt;/code&gt; by using &lt;code&gt;\include{subdir/file}&lt;/code&gt;. Is it possible to do it the other way around?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A Linux workaround that I'm aware of is a symbolic link of &lt;code&gt;somedir/file.tex&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;somedir/subdir/file.tex&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="945" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-23T13:07:08.360" LastActivityDate="2010-08-25T13:01:28.963" Title="(How) can I include the file somedir/file.tex in the file somedir/subdir/anotherfile.tex" Tags="&lt;include&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="2210" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2209" CreationDate="2010-08-23T11:10:32.047" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;\include{../file}&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;..&lt;/code&gt; is UNIX for the parent directory, which Tex uses.  See &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.chemie.fu-berlin.de/chemnet/use/info/kpathsea/kpathsea_4.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Kpathsea: Path searching&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Postscript&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lev Bishop notes that this won't allow you to write to the parent directory, and that &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt; typically wants to write to a &lt;code&gt;*.aux&lt;/code&gt; file in the parent directory.  You can workaround the absence of write permission by setting TEXMFOUTPUT: on a Unix system, &lt;code&gt;env TEXMFOUTPUT=.. latex mydoc&lt;/code&gt; will allow Latex to write (and overwrite) any file in the parent directory or any of its subdirectories when it compiles &lt;code&gt;mydoc.tex&lt;/code&gt;.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is somewhat safer than allowing overwriting everywhere the Tex binary has permission, and should work with Pdftex on both Texlive and Miktex (I'm not sure if TEXMFOUT is supported by Xetex).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-25T13:01:28.963" LastActivityDate="2010-08-25T13:01:28.963" />
  <row Id="2211" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2197" CreationDate="2010-08-23T12:40:04.873" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I ran into a similar problem. I am not sure, but it &lt;em&gt;seems&lt;/em&gt; as if TikZ has some problems with evaluating nested expressions. So, instead of calulating&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;0.5*(\y1 + \y2)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would suggest to calculate&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;0.5*\y1+0.5*\y2&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This worked for me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="870" LastActivityDate="2010-08-23T12:40:04.873" />
  <row Id="2212" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2197" CreationDate="2010-08-23T12:46:31.647" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Working with \pgfmathparse inside a path&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you need to do a calculation inside a path, I recommend to suspend this path, do the calculation, then resume the path. That &quot;escaping&quot; could be done by using the &lt;code&gt;\pgfextra{code}&lt;/code&gt; macro executing &lt;code&gt;code&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In your example, &lt;code&gt;\pgfextra&lt;/code&gt; may contain the &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathparse&lt;/code&gt; calculation, &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathresult&lt;/code&gt; may be used later on in the path.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's the modification for your first example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{calc}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\draw (0,10) coordinate (topleft) rectangle (6,0) coordinate (bottomright);&#xA;\draw let \p1 = (topleft), \p2 = (bottomright) &#xA;  in \pgfextra{\pgfmathparse{0.5*(\y1 + \y2)}}&#xA;    (\x1,\pgfmathresult pt) node[right]{6 metres};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/XvWf7.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This advice is for the case that you need to do more complex calculation not easily done by simple expressions or perhaps intersections.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-23T13:31:06.423" LastActivityDate="2010-08-23T13:31:06.423" />
  <row Id="2213" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2209" CreationDate="2010-08-23T13:20:00.067" Score="-1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I guess that you can give the full path, and then the hierarchy is irrelevant.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="412" LastActivityDate="2010-08-23T13:20:00.067" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2214" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2209" CreationDate="2010-08-23T13:37:45.117" Score="15" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;With modern distributions, you can't, for security reasons: the idea is that tex input files should only allow files to be written at the same level or lower in the directory hierarchy, because tex will happily overrwrite preexisting files. &lt;em&gt;Reading&lt;/em&gt; is ok, as with &lt;code&gt;\input{../xyz}&lt;/code&gt; but the trouble is that &lt;code&gt;\include{../xyz}&lt;/code&gt; causes writing of a file &lt;code&gt;../xyz.aux&lt;/code&gt;, which is not permitted.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One workaround is, as you said, to use symbolic links. Another (not recommended) is to deactivate the security feature: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;in miktex: set environment variable &lt;code&gt;MIKTEX_ALLOWUNSAFEOUTPUTFILES=1&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;in most other tex distributions, set &lt;code&gt;openout_any=a&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The best thing is to avoid needing to include files from parent directories. This is good anyway because then the structure of your files can mirror the logical structure of the document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-08-23T13:37:45.117" />
  <row Id="2215" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2524" CreationDate="2010-08-23T15:41:37.840" Score="5" ViewCount="208" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to have a scrolling marquee across the entire width of a page.  I am intending this for a Beamer presentation, but the solution doesn't necessarily have anything to do with beamer.  I would rather not use Beamer's built-in &lt;code&gt;\animate&lt;/code&gt; command because (1) I would like to have control over the frame rate; and (2) I would like the slide to appear as a single page in the PDF.  I therefore started playing around with the &lt;code&gt;animate&lt;/code&gt; package for PDF animations.  The tricky part is that I would like to have the marquee scroll &lt;em&gt;on top of&lt;/em&gt; some other text/images on the slide.  My first instinct was to do something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{amimateinline}[autoplay,&#xA;                      begin={\begin{tikzpicture}[overlay]},&#xA;                      end={\end{tikzpicture}}]{10}&#xA;  \multiframe{20}{rmarqueexpos=1.0+-0.05}{&#xA;    \node at ($(current page.west)!\rmarqueexpos!(current page.east)$) {The marquee text!};&#xA;  }&#xA;\end{animateinline}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem with this approach is that &lt;code&gt;animateinline&lt;/code&gt; apparently expects its contents to be a non-zero-width box, and &lt;code&gt;tikzpicture&lt;/code&gt; overlays are not apparently typeset as a box (I'm assuming they act like floats).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My second, more successful approach was to put the &lt;code&gt;animateinline&lt;/code&gt; inside of an overlaid node that is centered on &lt;code&gt;(current page.center)&lt;/code&gt;.  The difficulty there is that &lt;code&gt;animateinline&lt;/code&gt; apparently also expects each frame of the animation to be the same width.  Therefore, I have to pad the right and left sides of the marquee with whitespace to make it work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is the closest I have gotten so far:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usepackage{animate}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \LARGE Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing&#xA;  elit. Vivamus nibh nibh, porttitor eu porttitor ac, tincidunt ut&#xA;  massa. Nullam quis semper erat. Ut non massa eu est aliquam suscipit&#xA;  at vel mi. Fusce commodo porttitor metus rhoncus bibendum. Ut&#xA;  fermentum pharetra lacus, id ornare dolor pretium tempor. Sed&#xA;  scelerisque mollis nisi quis malesuada. Mauris vitae nisi vitae&#xA;  augue gravida ultrices et nec metus. Quisque egestas, libero vel&#xA;  tempor dignissim, dolor tellus lacinia felis, nec imperdiet tortor&#xA;  ipsum dapibus ipsum. Quisque sodales eleifend molestie. Duis ac&#xA;  tortor velit. Nullam non justo a nunc tempus dignissim. Praesent&#xA;  condimentum ullamcorper mi, ut molestie odio placerat at. Duis&#xA;  consectetur consequat luctus. Nullam neque sem, sodales non porta&#xA;  ut, commodo vitae justo. Aenean eu facilisis quam. Sed dui nulla,&#xA;  venenatis a ullamcorper ac, blandit non dolor.&#xA;&#xA;  \begin{tikzpicture}[remember picture,overlay]&#xA;    \node at (current page.center) {&#xA;      \begin{animateinline}[autoplay]{10}&#xA;        \multiframe{20}{rmarqueexpos=1.0+-0.05}{    &#xA;          \setbox0=\hbox{\scalebox{2}{\Huge The marquee text!}}&#xA;          \dimen0=\wd0 % The width of the marquee&#xA;          \dimen1=\textwidth %% \dimen1 will be the lefthand padding&#xA;          \advance\dimen1 by \dimen0&#xA;          \dimen2=\dimen1 %% \dimen2 will be the righthand padding&#xA;          \advance\dimen2 by -\rmarqueexpos\dimen1&#xA;          \advance\dimen2 by -\dimen0&#xA;          \hspace*{-\dimen0}\hspace*{\rmarqueexpos\dimen1}\box0\hbox to \dimen2{}&#xA;        }&#xA;      \end{animateinline}&#xA;    };&#xA;  \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strike&gt;The problem with that is that the margins are a bit off (probably due to my hacked padding).&lt;/strike&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;&lt;b&gt;Edit:&lt;/b&gt; I solved this problem: It was just an off-by-one error in the &lt;code&gt;multiframe&lt;/code&gt; for-loop.  See my answer for details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What am I doing wrong (besides being crazy enough to try and do an animated marquee in TeX)?&#xA;Is there a better way to do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="737" LastEditorUserId="737" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-23T16:14:38.540" LastActivityDate="2010-08-31T09:22:57.913" Title="Animated scrolling marquee across an entire page." Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;animations&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="2216" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2047" CreationDate="2010-08-23T15:57:38.870" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Now I found the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/etoolbox&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;etoolbox&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package. It' a toolbox of programming facilities providing LaTeX frontends to some new e-TeX primitives and further features.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It supports&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Definition of &quot;robust&quot; commands: &lt;code&gt;\newrobustcmd&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\renewrobustcmd&lt;/code&gt; etc.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Patching existing commands to be robust: &lt;code&gt;\robustify&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Protecting entire chunks of code by &lt;code&gt;\protecting&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Defining counters and lengths with arithmetic expressions (&lt;code&gt;\defcounter&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\deflength&lt;/code&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Using hooks similar to &lt;code&gt;\AtBeginDocument&lt;/code&gt; but in different variants: &lt;code&gt;\AfterPreamble&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\AtEndPreamble&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\AfterEndPreamble&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\AfterEndDocument&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Many shorthands for macro definitions (corresponding to &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\gdef&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt; etc. but with control sequences as first argument and robust)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Undefining macros&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Arithmetic definitions (similar to &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt; etc. but with integer expressions)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Expansion control (useful in &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt; and the like) by &lt;code&gt;\expandonce&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Hook management: appending and prepending to hooks&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Patching of existing commands: extracts the text of a command, does search&amp;amp;replace in the code, and reassembles it - nice for workarounds&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Appending and prepending to commands&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Control sequence tests (if defined, if empty, equality)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;String tests (equality, empty or blank)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Artihmetic tests&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Two different interfaces to boolean switches&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;List processing&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If some of the features seem to be interesting for you, there's documentation available: &lt;code&gt;texdoc etoolbox&lt;/code&gt; at the command prompt or the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/etoolbox/etoolbox.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;package documentation&lt;/a&gt; on CTAN, a reference manual with 30 pages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The package &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/etextools&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;etextools&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; bases on &lt;code&gt;etoolbox&lt;/code&gt; and provides many further macros. You can access its documentation also by &lt;code&gt;texdoc&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/etextools/etextools.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;on CTAN&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-23T16:03:41.050" LastActivityDate="2010-08-23T16:03:41.050" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2217" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2215" CreationDate="2010-08-23T16:16:06.293" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The margin issue was due to an off-by-one error in the &lt;code&gt;multiframe&lt;/code&gt; for-loop.  Increasing &lt;code&gt;{20}&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;{21}&lt;/code&gt; solves that problem.  I guess the question now is: Is there a better, less-hackish way to do this?  I am going to leave this question open for a while in case anyone has an answer to that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="737" LastActivityDate="2010-08-23T16:16:06.293" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2218" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-23T17:10:05.057" Score="5" ViewCount="203" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to create a command to modify fontsize with one parameter, it seems that the paramater is not expanding properly:&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&#xA;\newcommand{\mycfs}[1]{\fontsize{#1pt}{1.2*#1pt}}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="942" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-23T18:16:13.157" LastActivityDate="2010-08-23T18:57:59.110" Title="How to create a newcommand for fontsize?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;macros&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="2219" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2218" CreationDate="2010-08-23T18:11:20.463" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Omit the * if you use a factor. Further, introduce a length macro that can be multiplied. If needed, add &lt;code&gt;\selectfont&lt;/code&gt; to make it effective:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newlength{\mysize}&#xA;\newcommand{\mycfs}[1]{\setlength{\mysize}{#1pt}%&#xA;  \fontsize{\mysize}{1.2\mysize}\selectfont}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-23T18:57:59.110" LastActivityDate="2010-08-23T18:57:59.110" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="2220" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-23T18:21:04.427" Score="7" ViewCount="313" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi everyone,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;According to the Tikz manual I can use &quot;name=&quot; to assign a label to the drawings, but when I do the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\draw [ blue, thick, name=e1]  (10pt,10pt)  ellipse   (50pt and 30pt);&#xA;\node (red,above) at (e1.north) {E1};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I get an error message that e1 is not defined. What am I doing wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My second question is where can I find a concise  syntactical representation of Tikzs commands ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks for help,&#xA;Artimess&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="833" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-24T05:44:54.967" LastActivityDate="2010-08-24T07:37:50.533" Title="Tikz: Labeling objects and referencing them" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;diagrams&gt;&lt;labels&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="2221" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-23T18:41:26.430" Score="3" ViewCount="114" Body="&lt;p&gt;This question is related to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2218/how-to-create-a-newcommand-for-fontsize&quot;&gt;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2218/how-to-create-a-newcommand-for-fontsize&lt;/a&gt;.&#xA;I would like to change the fontsize within &lt;code&gt;\ul&lt;/code&gt; of the &lt;code&gt;soul&lt;/code&gt; package. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\mycfs}[1]{\fontsize{#1pt}{1.2#1pt}\selectfont} &#xA;\soulregister{\mycfs}{1}&#xA;&#xA;\ul{{\mycfs{6} Size 6 font} Normal size font}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This error message occurs: &lt;code&gt;! Package soul Error: Reconstruction failed.&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can this be fixed?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="942" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-23T21:19:54.797" LastActivityDate="2010-08-24T08:38:14.757" Title="Changing fontsize within soul underline" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;macros&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2222" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2218" CreationDate="2010-08-23T18:47:47.273" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This works, using e-TeX functionality to calculate the baseline skip on the fly:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\mycfs}[1]{\fontsize{#1pt}{\dimexpr 1.2pt*#1pt\relax}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or this solution, without e-TeX, that uses an intermediate dimension register &#xA;so is a bit more complex:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newdimen\mycfsdim&#xA;\newcommand{\mycfs}[1]{\mycfsdim=#1pt \mycfsdim=1.2\mycfsdim &#xA;                       \fontsize{#1pt}{\the\mycfsdim}\selectfont}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-08-23T18:47:47.273" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2223" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2220" CreationDate="2010-08-23T19:08:26.220" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can only name nodes, not arbitrary parts of a drawing. In your example, if you wanted to be able to refer to the ellipse by name, you'd need to create it as a node instead of a plain ellipse. Try replacing your &lt;code&gt;\draw&lt;/code&gt; command with this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\node[draw=blue,ellipse,name=e1,minimum width=100pt,minimum height=60pt] at (10pt,10pt) {};&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To address the second part of your question, I know of no better documentation of TikZ than the PGF manual itself. I've never heard of a short &quot;cheat sheet&quot; that briefly lists TikZ commands along with reminders of their syntax, if that's what you're looking for. Although it might be out there somewhere, at least for the most commonly used ones. You could probably create such a quick reference by extracting lines from the PGF documentation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="125" LastEditorUserId="125" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-23T21:18:24.407" LastActivityDate="2010-08-23T21:18:24.407" />
  <row Id="2224" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2221" CreationDate="2010-08-23T19:48:58.757" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\mbox&lt;/code&gt; could already fix it for you:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\usepackage{soul}&#xA;\newlength{\mysize}&#xA;\newcommand{\mycfs}[1]{\setlength{\mysize}{#1pt}%&#xA;  \fontsize{\mysize}{1.2\mysize}\selectfont}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;text&#xA;&#xA;\ul{\mbox{\mycfs{6}Size 6 font} Normal size font}&#xA;&#xA;text&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Wsm8x.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-23T19:48:58.757" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="2225" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2184" CreationDate="2010-08-23T20:47:37.780" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Also, if you need the large middle delimiters for typing set-builder or bra-ket notation, you can use the &lt;code&gt;\Set{...|...}&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\Braket{...|...}&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\Bra{...}&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;\Ket{...}&lt;/code&gt; commands from the braket package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="941" LastActivityDate="2010-08-23T20:47:37.780" />
  <row Id="2226" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2198" CreationDate="2010-08-23T21:07:06.650" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;(Not specifically font related)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A way to create smaller documents with pdf(La)TeX is to use &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pdfminorversion=5&#xA;\pdfobjcompresslevel=3 &#xA;\pdfcompresslevel=9&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This will generally produce considerably smaller files but it requires pdf version 1.5 and might not be readable by old pdf-viewers. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="565" LastActivityDate="2010-08-23T21:07:06.650" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2227" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2110" CreationDate="2010-08-23T21:38:25.630" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm just getting started, and haven't actually used LaTeX for a real project yet...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've had a few projects lately related to programmatically-generated documents, and I'm not satisfied with the results.  LaTeX was on my radar, but I didn't had time to investigate until last week.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some process complex lab data and produce a report that describes the results.  Early versions were plain *.txt files; other than using a bit of white space they were difficult to read at times.  Lately I've been using HTML output which allows for more complex formatting and is still accessible; but the output is inconsistent between browsers, and prints terribly!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have also let the creation of some documents which were quote large and repetitive (over 2400 pages on 11x17!).  Typically these documents are created by hand in Word, but that clearly wasn't an option due to the scale needed for these.  We were able to generate MS Word files in sections, which were manually stitched together, and tweaked to keep it from breaking.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have wanted to include diagrams, but haven't found a practical method of generating them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At this point, LaTeX looks to be a great fit, as I can generate plain-text files easily enough (even broken across multiple files), then render them to print-perfect PDF files that anyone can view.  With Tikz (or the like), I can even include those diagrams!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="902" LastActivityDate="2010-08-23T21:38:25.630" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-23T21:38:25.630" />
  <row Id="2228" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2253" CreationDate="2010-08-23T23:46:01.920" Score="8" ViewCount="333" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to emphasize some lines in a listing environment by applying a special style on them (for example, a different background color).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All custom styling seem to be content-based. I would like to be able to do something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\lstinputlisting[emphlines={4},emphstyle=\color{red}]{sourcecode.f}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If it is not possible with the plain listings package, what do you suggest to get this effect?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My goal is to highlight different lines in different slides of a beamer presentation, so if there is a simple way to do this, I will be very thankful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt;: I came up with &lt;a href=&quot;http://gist.github.com/548097&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this solution&lt;/a&gt; after Ulrike's idea. I'm satisfied with the result, and the redundancy is bearable for my taste. It'd be very nice if someone more knowledgeable in TeX scripting suggests some improvements.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="341" LastEditorUserId="341" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-24T21:09:23.140" LastActivityDate="2010-08-25T09:24:27.990" Title="Apply style to specific lines of a listings environment" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;listings&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="2229" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2236" CreationDate="2010-08-23T23:58:17.207" Score="13" ViewCount="421" Body="&lt;p&gt;Does latex do anything special with periods?  If so, is there a way to differentiate end-of-sentence periods from periods indicating abbreviation?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="512" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-24T07:48:28.833" LastActivityDate="2010-08-24T07:48:28.833" Title="Is a period after an abbreviation the same as an end of sentence period?" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;typography&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="2230" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2229" CreationDate="2010-08-24T00:27:11.570" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes. See &lt;a href=&quot;http://latex-alive.tumblr.com/post/827168808/correct-punctuation-spaces&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://latex-alive.tumblr.com/post/827168808/correct-punctuation-spaces&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-08-24T00:27:11.570" />
  <row Id="2231" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2237" CreationDate="2010-08-24T00:59:13.067" Score="5" ViewCount="375" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to make text size and alignment automatically &quot;best fit&quot; on a page? So that a large amount of text will be constrained on the page in a small font, but a small amount of text can be of larger font and centered properly?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The best way I found to fit lots of text on a page is with:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{minipage}{width}&#xA;...&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;\newpage&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;...but when there is a smaller amount of text, the font remains small and is awkwardly aligned at the top of the page, whereas I'd like it to be centered vertically and horizontally. I tried \vfill with \minipage, but it makes no difference.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For smaller amounts of text, I succeeded with:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\mbox{}&#xA;\vfill&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;....&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;\vfill&#xA;\newpage&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This centered the text perfectly, but I couldn't constrain a large block to one page with this. I tried combining minipage and mbox, but minipage overrode the vfill spacing and the alignment was screwed up again for small amounts of text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="953" LastActivityDate="2010-08-24T11:56:56.920" Title="Fitting and centering text (both!) in a constrained area" Tags="&lt;minipage&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2232" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2099" CreationDate="2010-08-24T02:43:28.613" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You may also want to look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://ipe7.sf.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Ipe&lt;/a&gt;. It is a graphics editor similar to Inkscape, but integrates tightly with LaTeX, and exports eps and pdf files that are easy to include into TeX documents.  It also comes with a svgtoipe script that converts many svg figures to the ipe format, so that they can be edited with Ipe. I'm not sure how well does the conversion handle text, but it is easy to add the necessary labels in Ipe, and since Ipe uses LaTeX to render text, you can have your labels match your text perfectly. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2010-08-24T02:43:28.613" />
  <row Id="2233" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2238" CreationDate="2010-08-24T03:14:35.810" Score="12" ViewCount="470" Body="&lt;p&gt;When studying systems of linear equations, it's nice to remind people that the last column of the coefficient matrix holds the constants.  This is often done in books by putting a vertical line between the last column and the next to last column.  What is a good way to do this in LaTex?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="788" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-24T07:47:53.730" LastActivityDate="2010-08-24T10:43:20.667" Title="What's the best way make an &quot;augmented&quot; coefficient matrix?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;matrices&gt;" AnswerCount="4" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="2234" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2233" CreationDate="2010-08-24T03:43:00.970" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you are using an array to input the matrix, you just have to specify something like &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\left(\begin{array}{cc|c}  &#xA; 2 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 1\\  &#xA; 0 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 1  &#xA;\end{array}\right)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="401" LastActivityDate="2010-08-24T03:43:00.970" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2235" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2233" CreationDate="2010-08-24T04:44:57.310" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;easybmat&lt;/code&gt; package provides a way to add all sorts of lines between cells in a matrix, including dashed lines which I seem to recall being popular in my undergraduate linear algebra text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: Here's an example. I'm actually not thrilled about the spacing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[\left(\begin{BMAT}(@){cc.c}{cc}&#xA;a_{11} &amp;amp; a_{12} &amp;amp; b_1\\&#xA;a_{21} &amp;amp; a_{22} &amp;amp; b_2&#xA;\end{BMAT}\right)\]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-24T04:52:46.233" LastActivityDate="2010-08-24T04:52:46.233" />
  <row Id="2236" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2229" CreationDate="2010-08-24T05:46:13.950" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is the issue of end of sentence space vs. space between words. By default the first one is bigger.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;e.g. this and that\\&#xA;e.g.\ this and that&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the first line the space after the 2nd period is typset like an end of sentence space. In the second line the space after the 2nd period is typeset like a normal inter-word  space.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can setup with \frenchspacing that the end of sentence space is not different from the normal inter-word spacing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An \@ before a period sets up end of sentence spacing. This is needed, if the sentence ends with a one capitial letter word.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="929" LastActivityDate="2010-08-24T05:46:13.950" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2237" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2231" CreationDate="2010-08-24T07:16:30.713" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Okay, TeX isn't really designed with this in mind. That said, it can be done (sort of).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{lmodern}&#xA;\newdimen\fontdim&#xA;\newdimen\upperfontdim&#xA;\newdimen\lowerfontdim&#xA;\newif\ifmoreiterations&#xA;\fontdim12pt&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\buildbox{%&#xA;        \setbox0\vbox{\fontsize{\fontdim}{1.2\fontdim}%&#xA;                      \selectfont&#xA;                      \centering&#xA;                      \stuff}%&#xA;        \dimen@\ht0&#xA;        \advance\dimen@\dp0&#xA;        %\message{Total height: \the\dimen@^^J}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\fillthepage[1]{%&#xA;        \protected@edef\stuff{#1}%&#xA;        \buildbox&#xA;        % Compute upper and lower bounds&#xA;        \ifdim\dimen@&amp;gt;\textheight&#xA;                \loop&#xA;                        \fontdim.5\fontdim&#xA;                        \buildbox&#xA;                \ifdim\dimen@&amp;gt;\textheight&#xA;                \repeat&#xA;                \lowerfontdim\fontdim&#xA;                \upperfontdim2\fontdim&#xA;                \fontdim1.5\fontdim&#xA;        \else&#xA;                \loop&#xA;                        \fontdim2\fontdim&#xA;                        \buildbox&#xA;                \ifdim\dimen@&amp;lt;\textheight&#xA;                \repeat&#xA;                \upperfontdim\fontdim&#xA;                \lowerfontdim.5\fontdim&#xA;                \fontdim.75\fontdim&#xA;        \fi&#xA;        % Now try to find the optimum size&#xA;        \loop&#xA;                %\message{Bounds: \the\lowerfontdim\space&#xA;                %         \the\fontdim\space \the\upperfontdim^^J}&#xA;                \buildbox&#xA;                \ifdim\dimen@&amp;gt;\textheight&#xA;                        \moreiterationstrue&#xA;                        \upperfontdim\fontdim&#xA;                        \advance\fontdim\lowerfontdim&#xA;                        \fontdim.5\fontdim&#xA;                \else&#xA;                        \advance\dimen@-\textheight&#xA;                        \ifdim\dimen@&amp;lt;10pt&#xA;                                \lowerfontdim\fontdim&#xA;                                \advance\fontdim\upperfontdim&#xA;                                \fontdim.5\fontdim&#xA;                                \dimen@\upperfontdim&#xA;                                \advance\dimen@-\lowerfontdim&#xA;                                \ifdim\dimen@&amp;lt;.2pt&#xA;                                        \moreiterationsfalse&#xA;                                \else&#xA;                                        \moreiterationstrue&#xA;                                \fi&#xA;                        \else&#xA;                                \moreiterationsfalse&#xA;                        \fi&#xA;                \fi&#xA;        \ifmoreiterations&#xA;        \repeat&#xA;        % build the page&#xA;        \newpage&#xA;        \null&#xA;        \vfill&#xA;        \box0&#xA;        \vfill&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\fillthepage{\lipsum}&#xA;\fillthepage{\lipsum[1]}&#xA;\fillthepage{Very little}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can uncomment out the &lt;code&gt;\message&lt;/code&gt;s if you want to see how it decides on the font sizes to use. It doesn't make any effort to constrain horizontal size, so if you don't give it enough text to work with, you'll run off the right side of the page. (Try &lt;code&gt;\fillthepage{X}&lt;/code&gt; for an example of that.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's pretty much essential that you use a vector font, otherwise it'll tend to go back and forth between two font sizes, spewing warnings and probably never converge. That's why I have the &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{lmodern}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm sure there are (many) cases where this doesn't work, but it was sort of fun to write.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: Maybe that &lt;code&gt;\protected@edef&lt;/code&gt; should just be a &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt;. I was originally thinking expanding it would be better, but now I'm not so sure&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-24T09:36:19.543" LastActivityDate="2010-08-24T09:36:19.543" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2238" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2233" CreationDate="2010-08-24T07:24:28.923" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One way to do this is implemented in the (free, in both senses!) online linear algebra textbook &lt;a href=&quot;http://joshua.smcvt.edu/linearalgebra/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Linear Algebra&lt;/a&gt; by Jim Hefferon.  It's written in LaTeX and is open-source so one can download the book and its attendant style files.  One of them, called &lt;code&gt;linalgjh.sty&lt;/code&gt; is about typesetting common linear algebra stuff such as augmented matrices and row reductions and the like.  The code for the augmented matrices is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{amatrix}[1]{%&#xA;  \left(\begin{array}{@{}*{#1}{c}|c@{}}&#xA;}{%&#xA;  \end{array}\right)&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and is used as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{amatrix}{2}&#xA;   1  2  3 \\  4  5  6&#xA; \end{amatrix}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(note that the argument is one less than the total number of columns).  I guess that the &lt;code&gt;@{}&lt;/code&gt;s at the start and end are to get the spacing right with the parentheses (mentioned by TH in a comment to fabikw's similar answer).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That style file has several other useful linear algebra macros that may be useful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-08-24T07:24:28.923" />
  <row Id="2239" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2220" CreationDate="2010-08-24T07:37:50.533" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is not a precise answer to your second question, but did you try the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeXample website&lt;/a&gt;? It contains &lt;em&gt;a lot&lt;/em&gt; of examples (including source code) for doing all sorts of nice things with TikZ. In my experience, the TikZ manual can be a bit overwhelming at first glance. So if you are looking for doing something &lt;em&gt;specific&lt;/em&gt;, you may be better off with adapting an example from this site.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="870" LastActivityDate="2010-08-24T07:37:50.533" />
  <row Id="2240" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2221" CreationDate="2010-08-24T08:38:14.757" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would change the definition of \mycfs so that it no longer has an argument:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\usepackage{soul}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\mycfs{\fontsize{\mysize}{\the\dimexpr \mysize*1.2\relax}\selectfont}&#xA;\newcommand\mysetsize[1]{\edef\mysize{#1pt}}&#xA;\soulregister{\mycfs}{0}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\mysetsize{6}&#xA;&#xA;\ul{\mycfs Size 6 font} Normal size font&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-08-24T08:38:14.757" />
  <row Id="2241" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2242" CreationDate="2010-08-24T10:16:47.853" Score="7" ViewCount="564" Body="&lt;p&gt;My document uses the &lt;code&gt;txfonts&lt;/code&gt; package, which provides Times Roman, Helvetica and what appears to be a facsimile of Courier.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I dislike the monospace font and find it to be particularly ugly. I am therefore interested in alternatives that ship as part of texlive. Bera mono is nice however I am more in the market for a serif monospace font as opposed to sans serif.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any ideas/suggestions?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="753" LastActivityDate="2010-08-24T13:45:26.443" Title="Alternative monospace fonts" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;" AnswerCount="5" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="2242" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2241" CreationDate="2010-08-24T10:27:44.297" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;From the Latex Font Catalogue: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/typewriterfonts.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;typewriter fonts&lt;/a&gt;, which are not all typewriter fonts, but I think they are all monospaced.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-08-24T10:27:44.297" />
  <row Id="2243" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2241" CreationDate="2010-08-24T10:43:19.197" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Have a look at the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/luximono.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;luximono&lt;/a&gt; font. (Note that it is part of MiKTeX, but not of TeX Live.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-08-24T10:43:19.197" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2244" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2233" CreationDate="2010-08-24T10:43:20.667" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you build your own environment using array, you're on the safe side. I would extend an internal macro of amsmath using an optional argument.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advantages:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;It extends several matrix environments at the same time (matrix, pmatrix, bmatrix, Bmatrix, vmatrix, Vmatrix).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The names and meanings of those environments remain (not apmatrix etc.)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Spacing etc. is the same like in amsmath.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;You could do more than just insert a vertical line (use color and alignment, for instance right aligned columns because of minus signs).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If you omit the optional argument, it acts exactly like the amsmath environment.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Caution:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Since you redefine an internal macro, it might not work if the original package changes its code. But amsmath.sty has not been changed for more than 10 years. If there's a change in the matrices later, you could adjust your own macro.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Code:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's the redefinition, just put it in your preamble after loading amsmath:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand*\env@matrix[1][*\c@MaxMatrixCols c]{%&#xA;  \hskip -\arraycolsep&#xA;  \let\@ifnextchar\new@ifnextchar&#xA;  \array{#1}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I had to use &lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&lt;/code&gt; ... &lt;code&gt;\makeatother&lt;/code&gt; because of the &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt; in macro names.&#xA;The optional argument is the standard amsmath argument to &lt;code&gt;\array&lt;/code&gt;. The original definition in amsmath is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\env@matrix{\hskip -\arraycolsep&#xA;  \let\@ifnextchar\new@ifnextchar&#xA;  \array{*\c@MaxMatrixCols c}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, there's not much that's been changed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Examples:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Simple augmented matrix:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{pmatrix}[cc|c]&#xA;  1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3\\&#xA;  4 &amp;amp; 5 &amp;amp; 9&#xA;\end{pmatrix}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;More complex use, with different alignment, spacing and color:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{bmatrix}[*2cr@{\quad}|@{\quad}&amp;gt;{\color{red}}r]&#xA;  a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; 1  &amp;amp;  4 \\&#xA;  c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; -2 &amp;amp; -3&#xA;\end{bmatrix}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Output:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/tpC96.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Just remove the optional argument in brackets and you will get the standard pmatrix or bmatrix.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've used this code and examples in a blog post in 2008: &lt;a href=&quot;http://texblog.net/latex-archive/maths/amsmath-matrix/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;An extension to amsmath matrix environments&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you don't wish to redefine that internal macro, you could give it a different name and build your amatrix environment on it exactly the same way that amsmath does with pmatrix.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-24T10:43:20.667" />
  <row Id="2245" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2252" CreationDate="2010-08-24T10:48:00.123" Score="9" ViewCount="194" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do I make an item in a description list verbatim? \verb in \item[] seems to be not allowed:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{description}&#xA;    \item[\verb+list comprehension [f a | a &amp;lt;- M a]+] bla bla bla&#xA;\end{description}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="956" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-24T19:02:49.553" LastActivityDate="2010-08-24T19:02:49.553" Title="Verbatim description list item" Tags="&lt;lists&gt;&lt;verbatim&gt;&lt;description&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="2246" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2241" CreationDate="2010-08-24T11:07:24.663" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I personally prefer either Inconsolata or CM typewriter (usually using LM's).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastActivityDate="2010-08-24T11:07:24.663" />
  <row Id="2247" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2241" CreationDate="2010-08-24T11:29:36.277" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I like &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/inconsolata&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Inconsolata&lt;/a&gt; like Khaled does. It's monospaced and it supports several encodings including T1, OT1 and LY1.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Just load inconsolata.sty, you could additionally specify a scaling option &lt;code&gt;[scaled=factor]&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's an example how the font looks like, taken from &lt;a href=&quot;http://texblog.net/latex-archive/fonts/inconsolata/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;my blog&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/DxfxA.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Links:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://levien.com/type/myfonts/inconsolata.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Inconsolata Homepage&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/inconsolata&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Inconsolata on CTAN&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/inconsolata/inconsolata.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;documentation by Karl Berry&lt;/a&gt; including font tables&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://nodnod.net/2009/feb/12/adding-straight-single-and-double-quotes-inconsola/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;adding straight single and double quotes to Inconsolata&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-24T11:29:36.277" />
  <row Id="2248" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2254" CreationDate="2010-08-24T11:34:20.200" Score="11" ViewCount="421" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know there are a few packages related to typesetting units:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;unitsdef&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;units&lt;/code&gt;, which can be seen as a &quot;base package&quot; used by &lt;code&gt;unitsdef&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;SIunits&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;siunitx&lt;/code&gt;, which is the successor to &lt;code&gt;SIunits&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;maybe others? like &lt;code&gt;cjwunits&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;hepunits&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;What is the difference between them? Do they also work inside Math mode? And, more importantly, which one should I use?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Suggestion for people trying to answer this question: show some examples of how to typeset both simple and complex units. For instance, try typesetting these items:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;100 Celsius&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;3 x 10^5 km/s&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;gravitational constant is measured in N m^2/kg^2&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;10 kHz = 1 s^{-4}&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;sin(x) meters&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think these examples cover most needs when writing scientific texts: simple measurements (value + simple unit), values written in scientific notation, simple fractional units, complex fractional and squared units, units without any value accompanying them, units with arbitrary exponents, and arbitrary math code instead of a simple value.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="375" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-24T11:45:07.960" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T06:51:29.670" Title="What package should I use to typeset units?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;units&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="2249" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2231" CreationDate="2010-08-24T11:56:56.920" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not quite sure what you are actually trying to do. But &quot;but minipage overrode the vfill spacing&quot; sounds as if you have put the \vfill inside the minipage. This makes only sense if you give the minipage a specific height (which is possible with an optional argument). If you want to move the minipage itself the \vfill must go outside. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can use varwidth to get a minipage which adjust its width to its content. You can use \resizebox to scale a minipage to a given width.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Btw: Center things horizontally is in general a well-defined conzept: Chars, boxes and words have only one width and the reference point one wants to use is clear. This is different when you want to center things vertically. Chars and boxes have height and depth. Do you want to center a &quot;A&quot; along the baseline or along a line somewhere in the middle of the char? You can see the problem if you remove the [b] in the last example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{varwidth,lipsum,graphics}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\vspace*{\fill}&#xA;&#xA;{\centering&#xA; \begin{minipage}{0.5\textwidth}&#xA;  \lipsum[1]&#xA; \end{minipage}&#xA;\par}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\vfill&#xA;&#xA;\newpage&#xA;\vspace*{\fill}&#xA;&#xA;{\centering&#xA; \begin{varwidth}{0.5\textwidth}&#xA;  abc&#xA; \end{varwidth}&#xA;\par}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\vfill&#xA;\newpage&#xA;\vspace*{\fill}&#xA;&#xA;{\centering&#xA; \begin{minipage}{0.5\textwidth}&#xA;  \centering abc\\cdeaddff&#xA; \end{minipage}&#xA;\par}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\vfill&#xA;&#xA;\newpage&#xA;\vspace*{\fill}&#xA;&#xA;{\centering&#xA; \resizebox{\textwidth}{!}{%&#xA; .\begin{varwidth}[b]{0.5\textwidth}&#xA;  abc&#xA; \end{varwidth}}&#xA;\par}&#xA;\vfill&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-08-24T11:56:56.920" />
  <row Id="2250" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2245" CreationDate="2010-08-24T12:14:41.540" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\verb&lt;/code&gt; command is not allowed inside arguments of other commands. One workaround is to use &lt;code&gt;\SaveVerb&lt;/code&gt; from &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/fancyvrb&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;fancyvrb&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following definition of &lt;code&gt;\vitem&lt;/code&gt; is taken from the &lt;em&gt;Companion&lt;/em&gt;. It has an optional argument taking styling parameters from the &lt;code&gt;fancyvrb&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{fancyvrb}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\vitem[1][]{\SaveVerb[%&#xA;    aftersave={\item[\textnormal{\UseVerb[#1]{vsave}}]}]{vsave}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{description}&#xA;    \vitem+list comprehension [f a | a &amp;lt;- M a]+ bla bla bla&#xA;\end{description}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-08-24T12:14:41.540" />
  <row Id="2251" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2248" CreationDate="2010-08-24T12:25:04.443" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;em&gt;siunitx&lt;/em&gt; package discusses each of the others you've listed, noting that it can emulate all of them.  I haven't used it extensively, but in the experience I do have, it seems to work very well, and be very comprehensive.  A quick scan through that manual should let you find examples matching each of the ones you've listed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thus I think that the short answer is: use siunitx.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="96" LastActivityDate="2010-08-24T12:25:04.443" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="2252" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2245" CreationDate="2010-08-24T12:39:27.267" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The package &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/examplep&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;examplep&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; provides several commands and environments for typesetting verbatim text. For instance, the robust commands &lt;code&gt;\PVerb[options]{text}&lt;/code&gt;and &lt;code&gt;\Q{text}&lt;/code&gt; can be used in macro arguments and in section titles as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Code example for your description list:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[Q=yes]{examplep}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{description}&#xA;    \item[\Q{list comprehension [f a | a &amp;lt;- M a]}] bla bla bla&#xA;    \item[\PVerb{testing: \verb||{} #_$ }] item text&#xA;\end{description}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/LxsVL.png&quot; alt=&quot;verbatim example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/examplep/eurotex_2005_examplep.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Verbatim phrases and listings in LaTeX&lt;/a&gt; by Péter Szabó (or &lt;code&gt;texdoc examplep&lt;/code&gt;) for further information. Escaping special characters (for instance with &lt;code&gt;\Q&lt;/code&gt;) may be necessary as described in section 3.1 of the documentation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note, T1 font encoding has to be use to get a proper &amp;lt; symbol because it's unavailable in standard OT1 encoding.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-24T12:47:25.337" LastActivityDate="2010-08-24T12:47:25.337" />
  <row Id="2253" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2228" CreationDate="2010-08-24T13:36:23.790" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The only way I know is to reinput the file with different firstline/lastline settings. Not difficult but a bit tedious:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{listings,color}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lstinputlisting[lastline=4,belowskip=0pt]{test-utf8.log}&#xA;\lstinputlisting[firstline=5,lastline=5,&#xA;   aboveskip=0pt,belowskip=0pt,backgroundcolor=\color{yellow}]{test-utf8.log}&#xA;\lstinputlisting[firstline=6,aboveskip=0pt]{test-utf8.log}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-08-24T13:36:23.790" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2254" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2248" CreationDate="2010-08-24T13:36:40.593" Score="20" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As the author of &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/siunitx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;siunitx&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; I have some idea about the relative strengths of the various alternatives. There are various things that need to be done for units:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Semantic input of units, so &lt;code&gt;\kilo\metre&lt;/code&gt; rather than &lt;code&gt;km&lt;/code&gt;: this allows special effects such as reformatting fractions 'on the go' (some people prefer to use literal input, and this ideally needs to be supported too).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Formatting of numbers, for example dividing up digits into groups.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Correctly presenting awkward symbols such as the micro symbol.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Setting the font: many guidelines call for units to be in upright roman font with no bold or italic variation.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Keeping numbers and units together (no space breaking)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Many packages have been written to address one or other aspect of this question. For example, &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/SIunits&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;SIunits&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; is good at providing semantic input, whereas &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/SIstyle&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;SIstyle&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; focusses on correct typesetting but leaves the input to the user. On the other hand, &lt;code&gt;unitsdef&lt;/code&gt; sticks to doing only units and does not worry about other aspects.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The aim of the &lt;code&gt;siunitx&lt;/code&gt; package is to cover all of the requirements above, and to provide a way that package behaviour can be altered. Thus it uses a series of key-value options that will change how the output is formatted. The options can be applied to the entire document or to an individual piece of input. It also is designed to work in either math or text mode equally well. I have also been very careful to provide up to date advice about the internationally-agreed units in the documentation of &lt;code&gt;siunitx&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As a demo, using the latest release of &lt;code&gt;siunitx&lt;/code&gt; the following all show off the package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{siunitx}&#xA;\sisetup{load-configurations = abbreviations}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;  \item \SI{100}{\degreeCelsius}&#xA;  \item \SI{3e5}{\km\per\s} or \SI[per-mode = symbol]{3e5}{\km\per\s}&#xA;  \item \si{\newton\metre\squared\per\kilogram\squared} or &#xA;    \si[per-mode = symbol]{\newton\metre\squared\per\kilogram\squared}&#xA;  \item \(  \SI{10}{\kilo\hertz} = \SI{1}{\per\second\tothe{4}} \)&#xA;  \item \SI[parse-numbers = false]{\sin(x)}{\metre}&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are a couple of notes to bear in mind if using &lt;code&gt;siunitx&lt;/code&gt;. First, it requires e-TeX, which can be an issue with some publishers (even over 10 years after it was finalised!). Secondly, the formatting does take up some time. There are settings to turn things off but it's always the case that working by hand will ultimately be faster. However, the upside of clearer and more flexible input is in my opinion worth it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One other point is that &lt;code&gt;siunitx&lt;/code&gt; is under development, with bug fixes (for example one due to the above example) and new features (there is a long list for v2.1). In contrast, both &lt;code&gt;SIunits&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;SIstyle&lt;/code&gt; are depreciated: bug fixes only. The &lt;code&gt;units&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;unitsdef&lt;/code&gt; packages have not been updated for many years.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-25T06:51:29.670" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T06:51:29.670" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="2255" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2241" CreationDate="2010-08-24T13:45:26.443" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think most of the easily available monospaced &lt;em&gt;serif&lt;/em&gt;  (as you asked) typefaces have already been mentioned. One worthy typeface that hasn't yet is &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gust.org.pl/projects/e-foundry/tex-gyre/cursor&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot; title=&quot;Gyre Cursor&quot;&gt;Gyre Cursor&lt;/a&gt;. Although it doesn't ship with TeX Live, it's very easy to obtain and install.  I find lots of use for it in small blocks of running text, especially &lt;code&gt;\url&lt;/code&gt;'s.  It's a nicely reworked &lt;code&gt;courier&lt;/code&gt; drop-in (however, on that front, I'm guessing you might find it &quot;particularly ugly&quot; :)).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know you asked for typefaces from the TeX Live distro, but as I have a minor love affair going right now with Adobe's &lt;code&gt;ITC American Typewriter&lt;/code&gt;, I can't resist mentioning this very attractive font set (see sample below), if only to provide a look at a &lt;code&gt;tt&lt;/code&gt; typeface that is not, to my eyes, &quot;particularly ugly.&quot; Only for running text, however; I certainly wouldn't use it for listings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/XSl2c.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-08-24T13:45:26.443" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2256" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2228" CreationDate="2010-08-24T14:29:29.350" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The simplest way is to use the &lt;code&gt;semiverbatim&lt;/code&gt; environment from &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt;, see Section 3.13 (Verbatim Text) of the manual. The disadvantage of this method is that you don’t get highlighting.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In order to have all the functionality of the &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt; package, you could use its &lt;code&gt;fancyvrb&lt;/code&gt; interface with &lt;code&gt;commandchars&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyvrb,listings}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}[fragile]&#xA;    \lstset{language=pascal,fancyvrb=true,basicstyle=\normalfont}&#xA;    \fvset{commandchars=\|[]}&#xA;    \begin{Verbatim}&#xA;|alert[for i:=maxint to 0 do]&#xA;begin&#xA;{ do nothing }&#xA;end;&#xA;    \end{Verbatim}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The symbols in &lt;code&gt;commandchars&lt;/code&gt; are replacement characters for &lt;code&gt;\&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;{&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;}&lt;/code&gt;, properly escaped with backslashes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don’t know however how to get overlay specifications (like &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;1&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;) to work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-24T14:37:23.010" LastActivityDate="2010-08-24T14:37:23.010" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2258" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2259" CreationDate="2010-08-24T15:11:58.593" Score="2" ViewCount="168" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I get this to work:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{description}&#xA;    \item[\texttt{foo :: a \rightarrow b}] bla&#xA;\end{description}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;without having to write:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{description}&#xA;    \item\ttfamily[foo~::~a~$\rightarrow$~b]\normalfont~bla&#xA;\end{description}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;\ttfamily: for typewriter formating&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;~: to get the spacing right(??)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;$: to activate math mode&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;\normalfont: to get back to normal&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;last ~: insert simple space(??)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or how would you list some function definitions and append a description for the functions?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="956" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-24T19:01:34.580" LastActivityDate="2010-08-24T19:01:34.580" Title="item formatting in description list" Tags="&lt;lists&gt;&lt;description&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2259" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2258" CreationDate="2010-08-24T15:21:22.187" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;How about&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{description}&#xA;    \item[\texttt{foo :: a $\rightarrow$ b}] bla&#xA;\end{description}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That is: add a closing brace and &lt;code&gt;$&lt;/code&gt;s around &lt;code&gt;\rightarrow&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or maybe you want&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{description}&#xA;    \item[\texttt{[foo ::~a $\rightarrow$ b]}] bla&#xA;\end{description}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-24T15:28:31.733" LastActivityDate="2010-08-24T15:28:31.733" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2260" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2258" CreationDate="2010-08-24T15:23:02.583" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;i notice you're missing a closing brace before the closing bracket, other than that the two seem to produce identical output for me, save the enclosing brackets in your second example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="960" LastActivityDate="2010-08-24T15:23:02.583" />
  <row Id="2261" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2258" CreationDate="2010-08-24T16:23:21.247" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In this case I would &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{enumitem}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And then write:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{description}[font=\tt]&#xA;    \item[foo :: a $\rightarrow$ b] bla&#xA;\end{description}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This way you don't need to define the font for each of your items.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="467" LastActivityDate="2010-08-24T16:23:21.247" />
  <row Id="2262" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2203" CreationDate="2010-08-24T16:34:16.610" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd define a new operator:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\K}{\operatornamewithlimits{K}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can then do the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Math-mode example:&#xA;\[&#xA;        \K_{k=0}^\infty \frac{a_k}{b_k}&#xA;\]&#xA;or inline $\K_k \frac{a_k}{b_k}$.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And get:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/84ZDY.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Note that you must &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{amsmath}&lt;/code&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="467" LastActivityDate="2010-08-24T16:34:16.610" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2263" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2248" CreationDate="2010-08-24T17:17:07.030" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd also recommend &lt;code&gt;siunitx&lt;/code&gt;. As you know its author is very active in the TeX community and provides excellent support.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="337" LastActivityDate="2010-08-24T17:17:07.030" />
  <row Id="2264" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-24T18:01:23.723" Score="4" ViewCount="437" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the best package/style to build a presentation? I use PDFSLID. Any better?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastActivityDate="2010-08-24T20:11:52.757" Title="Presentations best style" Tags="&lt;presentations&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="2265" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2264" CreationDate="2010-08-24T18:10:15.507" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt;. It has a good documentation, which can be found in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/beamer/doc/beameruserguide.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the CTAN archive&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="401" LastActivityDate="2010-08-24T18:10:15.507" />
  <row Id="2266" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2264" CreationDate="2010-08-24T18:11:03.210" Score="19" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;My favorite (so far, I haven't tried them all) is beamer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/beamer&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Beamer page on CTAN&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://bitbucket.org/rivanvx/beamer/wiki/Home&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Beamer homepage on bitbucket&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are lots of beautiful templates you can choose from and it's very customizable. It also seems to be widely used so you can find help online.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-08-24T18:11:03.210" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2267" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2269" CreationDate="2010-08-24T18:47:55.383" Score="4" ViewCount="85" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there some easy trick to make &lt;code&gt;\node[place,tokens=3]{}&lt;/code&gt; place 3 tokens in a row (and not in a triangle)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="85" LastActivityDate="2010-08-24T21:15:02.063" Title="Placement of tokens in tikz/petri" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="2268" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2264" CreationDate="2010-08-24T19:26:16.337" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Though &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/beamer&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;beamer&lt;/a&gt; is my favorite, I would like to mention the &lt;code&gt;powerdot&lt;/code&gt; class.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/powerdot&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Package on CTAN&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot/doc/powerdot.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;powerdot manual&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is the successor of &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/prosper&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;prosper&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/ha-prosper&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;HA-prosper&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; class resp. package. It offers a LyX layout file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;powerdot requires PSTricks. As I already mentioned &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/782/what-are-the-available-documentclass-types-and-their-uses&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;, it offers many styles and allows creating your own style, further it provides automatic overlays and a handout mode.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some demonstration files for a quick impression:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://stuwww.uvt.nl/~hendri/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Compiled examples&lt;/a&gt; from the documentation&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;A &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.math.wisc.edu/~ynagel/tex/defense.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;thesis defence&lt;/a&gt; (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.math.wisc.edu/~ynagel/tex/defense.zip&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;source&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.math.wisc.edu/~ynagel/tex/GPStalk.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;A research talk&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.siart.de/typografie/powerdot_20060207.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Presentation&lt;/a&gt; and powerdot demo by Uwe Siart&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The nice &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.personal.uni-jena.de/~xcr/v2/Dateien/File/neu-powerdot-jena/demo-powerdotJena.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Jena style&lt;/a&gt; (btw. I've studied there :-)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, here's a very nice overview by Michael Wiedmann: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.miwie.org/presentations/presentations.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Screen Presentation Tools&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. It compares packages like beamer, prosper, slides, powerdot and many more.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-24T19:57:45.400" LastActivityDate="2010-08-24T19:57:45.400" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2269" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2267" CreationDate="2010-08-24T19:50:17.917" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the file &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/graphics/pgf/base/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarypetri.code.tex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tikzlibrarypetri.code.tex&lt;/a&gt; you would find the needed macros. There are commands &lt;code&gt;\tikz@def@grow@tokens{number of tokens}{number of the token}{x shift}{y shift}&lt;/code&gt; as in Grigorys comment) that can be analyzed and modified.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's the modification for &lt;code&gt;number of tokens&lt;/code&gt;= 3 and &lt;code&gt;number of the token&lt;/code&gt;= 1, 2, 3 - just place this code in your preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\tikz@def@grow@tokens{3}{1}{-1}{0}&#xA;\tikz@def@grow@tokens{3}{2}{0}{0}&#xA;\tikz@def@grow@tokens{3}{3}{1}{0}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sample output of the modified manual Petri-net example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/YZ7kA.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note the three tokens in a row in the middle of the image.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-24T21:15:02.063" LastActivityDate="2010-08-24T21:15:02.063" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="2270" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2264" CreationDate="2010-08-24T20:11:52.757" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Responding to a request for an answer with ConTeXt links: probably the most useful would be &#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.contextgarden.net/Presentations&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this page on ConTeXtGarden&lt;/a&gt;. You can also look at some &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pragma-ade.com/show-exa-1.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;examples of ConTeXt presentations&lt;/a&gt; at the pragma web site.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2010-08-24T20:11:52.757" />
  <row Id="2271" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2278" CreationDate="2010-08-24T21:06:08.713" Score="6" ViewCount="306" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do I reduce the vertical spacing of &lt;code&gt;\intertext&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="512" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-24T22:22:52.983" LastActivityDate="2010-08-24T23:05:55.490" Title="Intertext vertical spacing" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;equations&gt;&lt;amsmath&gt;&lt;line-spacing&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="2272" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2295" CreationDate="2010-08-24T21:23:02.007" Score="15" ViewCount="246" Body="&lt;p&gt;I found this code somewhere on the Tex archives and have been puzzling over it for some time. Can anyone describe how it works?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;     % Date: Thu, 7 Feb 91 12:20:50 -0500&#xA;%From: amgreene@ATHENA.MIT.EDU&#xA;%Subject: A response to perl hackers&#xA;\let~\catcode~`?`\&#xA;\let?\the~`#?~`~~`]?~`~\let]\let~`\.?~`~~`,?~`~~`\%?~`~~`=?~`~]=\def&#xA;],\expandafter~`[?~`~][{=%{\message[}~`\$?~`~=${\uccode`'.\uppercase&#xA;{,=,%,{%'}}}~`*?~`~=*{\advance.by}]#\number~`/?~`~=/{*-1}\newcount.&#xA;=\-{*-}~`-?~`~]-\-~`^?~`~=^{*1}~`\ ?~`~= {.`\ $}~`@?~`~=@{,.,&quot;#`@^$}&#xA;.`#*`'$.?~`~0-?~`~$//$^$ .``^$*?~`~$^$.?~`~0-?~`~/$-?~`~^$@*?~`~$ *&#xA;?~`~*?~`~*?~`~*?~`~$@-?~`~$ .?~`~0-?~`~-?~`~$.``^$^^$.`&amp;lt;-?~`~*`&amp;lt;$@*&#xA;?~`~$*?~`~-`(-`+$%}\batchmode&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It lists all your input files!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-08-25T08:38:05.487" Title="Can you explain how this code works?" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="5" />
  <row Id="2273" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2271" CreationDate="2010-08-24T21:29:50.140" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;one option, if you only want to change the spacing between lines in a certain part of your document (like one block of equations) is to use the setspace package, and use the spacing environment like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{spacing}{.1}&#xA;    \begin{align}&#xA;        a = 4&#xA;        \intertext{this is a long line of text between your equations}&#xA;        b = 3&#xA;    \end{align}&#xA;\end{spacing}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the second argument for the spacing environment is the spacing factor.  for smaller than normal, use values &amp;lt; 1.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="960" LastActivityDate="2010-08-24T21:29:50.140" />
  <row Id="2274" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2280" CreationDate="2010-08-24T21:46:45.857" Score="12" ViewCount="331" Body="&lt;p&gt;In a paper I'm writing, I end a proof with a displayed equation that has some cases in it.  The relevant code looks something like the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[f(x) = \begin{cases}&#xA;2x &amp;amp; \text{if $x&amp;lt;0$}\\&#xA;7  &amp;amp; \text{if $x=0$}\\&#xA;1-x &amp;amp; \text{if $x&amp;gt;0$}&#xA;\end{cases} \]&#xA;\end{proof}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I want to happen is for the amsthm &quot;tombstone&quot; to be placed on the right-hand side of the page aligned with the &quot;1-x&quot; line.  I think this should be possible by placing a \qedhere in an appropriate place, but I can't seem to figure out where (I've tried all the obvious choices, and they all give me incorrect behavior).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks for any help!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="967" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-25T14:00:50.433" LastActivityDate="2010-08-25T14:00:50.433" Title="Problem with qedhere" Tags="&lt;amsmath&gt;&lt;theorems&gt;&lt;amsthm&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2275" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-24T22:19:10.343" Score="9" ViewCount="709" Body="&lt;p&gt;1) Is there any package or a method to force pdflatex to keep float tables and figures closer to where they are declared?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2) I am using &lt;em&gt;listings&lt;/em&gt; package for my code examples, I have this problem that the list is broken and in between I get a figure placed.  In a sense this may be the side effect of the above question, is there any way or other packages that I could use to avoid this problem?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;3)The spacing of my code is getting messed up in using &lt;em&gt;listing&lt;/em&gt; package, is there any that  can make sure my spacing is being respected?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Once again I do appreciate your help.   &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="833" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T23:48:54.077" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T23:48:54.077" Title="Keeping tables/Figures close to where they are mentioned" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;" AnswerCount="6" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="2276" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2275" CreationDate="2010-08-24T22:33:39.677" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;regarding your first question, an easy way to specify for latex to place something is by adding an optional argument for position:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}[h]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where the [h] means here, or &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}[h!]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where the [h!] is for forced here.  do these work?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="960" LastActivityDate="2010-08-24T22:33:39.677" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="2277" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2271" CreationDate="2010-08-24T22:49:24.673" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Below the upper part of the formula comes a vertical space with the height &lt;code&gt;\belowdisplayskip&lt;/code&gt;. Afterwards comes the text by &lt;code&gt;\intertext&lt;/code&gt;. Before the rest of the formula, a vertical space with a height of &lt;code&gt;\abovedisplayskip&lt;/code&gt; will be inserted.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;These are usual spaces before and after displayed math environments and surrounding text. So, it's the same for inserted texts. &lt;code&gt;\abovedisplayshortskip&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\belowdisplayshortskip&lt;/code&gt; are further such skips, these short skips would be used if the line before resp. after ends before the formula begins, for the visual appearance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could change those lengths. If you need it just at a certain place, you could modify the lengths there and limit this effect by grouping with braces or &lt;code&gt;\begingroup&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\endgroup&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{%&#xA;\setlength{\belowdisplayskip}{0pt}%&#xA;\setlength{\abovedisplayskip}{0pt}%&#xA;\begin{align}&#xA;...&#xA;\intertext{some text}&#xA;...&#xA;\end{align}%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Instead of 0 pt you could insert any other value. If you need it several times, you could consider to create a macro or to modify the behavior of &lt;code&gt;\intertext&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-24T22:49:24.673" />
  <row Id="2278" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2271" CreationDate="2010-08-24T22:58:53.257" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/mathtools.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;mathtools&lt;/a&gt; package provides the command  &lt;code&gt;\shortintertext&lt;/code&gt;, which has less vertical space than the standard &lt;code&gt;\intertext&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="586" LastEditorUserId="586" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-24T23:05:55.490" LastActivityDate="2010-08-24T23:05:55.490" />
  <row Id="2279" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2275" CreationDate="2010-08-24T23:03:23.100" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As @asia1281 mentioned, the [h] directive helps. I'd not know of [h!] before (thanks!), but reading around seems to suggest that it isn't quite forced as there may still be circumstances where LaTeX refuses to put the float right there.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another thing that may help is one of &lt;code&gt;\clearpage&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\cleardoublepage&lt;/code&gt;. These force all unprocessed floats to be typeset and then a new page or two (with &lt;code&gt;\cleardoublepage&lt;/code&gt; and some classes). If you wait until you're document is written and you are worrying only about apperance, you can put one of these commands at the end of the text on the very bottom of a page to force the outstanding floats to appear right thereafter. This is really best saved for final stages and needs to be redone (or at least checked) whenever the text is edited.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="93" LastActivityDate="2010-08-24T23:03:23.100" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2280" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2274" CreationDate="2010-08-24T23:08:45.867" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This can be achieved using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/ntheorem&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;ntheorem&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package. This package handles endmarks properly. Note, you should specify the &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;amsthm&lt;/code&gt; options if you use amsmath and the &lt;code&gt;proof&lt;/code&gt;environment, further &lt;code&gt;thmmarks&lt;/code&gt; to get endmarks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a complete example, placing the qed symbol at the same height like &lt;code&gt;1-x&lt;/code&gt;, like desired by you:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article} &#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage[amsmath,amsthm,thmmarks]{ntheorem}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{proof}&#xA;\[ f(x) = \begin{cases}&#xA;     2x &amp;amp; \text{if $x&amp;lt;0$}\\&#xA;     7  &amp;amp; \text{if $x=0$}\\&#xA;    1-x &amp;amp; \text{if $x&amp;gt;0$}&#xA;\end{cases} \]&#xA;\end{proof}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/01W68.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could use further features of &lt;code&gt;ntheorem&lt;/code&gt; to customize the proof layout and to choose a qed symbol. The &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/ntheorem/ntheorem.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ntheorem documentation&lt;/a&gt; may tell you more.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-24T23:08:45.867" />
  <row Id="2281" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2275" CreationDate="2010-08-24T23:21:13.147" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Check out &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/float.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot; title=&quot;float&quot;&gt;float&lt;/a&gt;. It adds ability to include &lt;code&gt;[H]&lt;/code&gt; forced here float placement. You can also select this as automatic default with &lt;code&gt;\floatplacement{figure}{H}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-08-24T23:21:13.147" />
  <row Id="2282" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2275" CreationDate="2010-08-24T23:21:25.387" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Easing the float placement by options:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could use more positioning options. Not just &lt;code&gt;[h]&lt;/code&gt;. If you wish to place the figure near, allow more positioning options, for instance by [htbp] (here, top, bottom, page). Use a ! symbol to remove further restrictions. So, in many cases this is sufficient:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}[!htbp]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Useful package regarding float placement:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/float&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;float&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; introduces a placement option H enforcing the placement exactly at that point.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/placeins&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;placeins&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; provides the command &lt;code&gt;\FloatBarrier&lt;/code&gt; to limit the floating of figures or tables. You could place such a barrier before and after a listing.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/afterpage&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;afterpage&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; allows a more clever &lt;code&gt;\clearpage&lt;/code&gt;, putting the effect off until the page is full: &lt;code&gt;\afterpage{\clearpage}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Further reading:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Because it's an important and not easy subject, there's a lot of material to be found, for instance in FAQ collections. There's an extensive document dealing with graphics inclusion, manipulation and placement:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/epslatex/english/epslatex.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Using Imported Graphics in LaTeX and pdfLaTeX&lt;/a&gt; by Keith Reckdahl.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The interesting part for your question may be &lt;em&gt;Part IV: The Figure Environment&lt;/em&gt; beginning on page 55.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-25T00:24:58.753" LastActivityDate="2010-08-25T00:24:58.753" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2283" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2275" CreationDate="2010-08-24T23:44:14.497" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Controlling floats isn't difficult once you understand what LaTeX is trying to do with them. Requisite FAQ link: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=floats&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=floats&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Three things, broadly speaking, will prevent floats from staying close to their definition:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;underspecified position parameters. I recommend always using [htbp] until the document is complete. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;graphics too large. Do you really need a graph 2/3 the page size?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;too many graphics near each other. Once graphics start building up, it just isn't possible to keep the last one near its source location. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Above all, forget about formatting your floats until the document is absolutely finished. You'll produce better results and write the document faster that way.    &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-08-24T23:44:14.497" />
  <row Id="2284" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2272" CreationDate="2010-08-24T23:54:03.537" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Maybe this is cheating, but try running the code with &lt;code&gt;\tracingall&lt;/code&gt; before the first line. You can watch TeX work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-08-24T23:54:03.537" />
  <row Id="2285" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2275" CreationDate="2010-08-24T23:54:15.973" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Fairly often all that you need is to declare tables and figures earlier, &lt;em&gt;before&lt;/em&gt; the first point of reference (for example, one or two paragraphs before the point of reference, or before the previous subsection heading).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately, it tends to be a little bit of trial and error. Some kinds of floats need to be declared earlier than others; for example, floats with placement [b] are sometimes trickier than floats with [t].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="100" LastActivityDate="2010-08-24T23:54:15.973" />
  <row Id="2286" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2289" CreationDate="2010-08-25T02:27:08.160" Score="4" ViewCount="143" Body="&lt;p&gt;Greetings,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using the following settings for fancyhdr in a two-page book-derived documentclass:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;\fancyhf{}&#xA;\fancyhead[LO]{\sffamily \footnotesize \rightmark}&#xA;\fancyhead[RE]{\sffamily \footnotesize \leftmark}&#xA;\fancyfoot[LO]{\footnotesize \thepage~{\color{red}\vline}}&#xA;\fancyfoot[RE]{\footnotesize {\color{red}\vline}~\thepage}&#xA;\fancyfootoffset{0.5cm}&#xA;\fancypagestyle{plain} {&#xA; \fancyhf{} % get rid of headers on plain pages&#xA; \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0pt} % and the line&#xA; \renewcommand{\footrulewidth}{0pt} % and the line&#xA;}&#xA;\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0pt}&#xA;\renewcommand{\footrulewidth}{0pt}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But, somehow, the page number on even pages gets slightly below those on odd...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Help? :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="877" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-25T14:27:39.100" LastActivityDate="2010-08-25T14:27:39.100" Title="FancyHeader (Mis-)Placement" Tags="&lt;header-footer&gt;&lt;color&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="2287" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2290" CreationDate="2010-08-25T02:27:57.413" Score="3" ViewCount="301" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am attempting to place the document's title on the left side of a header and the chapter's name on the right side of the header. However, I am unable to find how to use the title variable specified in by &lt;code&gt;\title{my title}&lt;/code&gt; in the header. Additionally, whenever I use &lt;code&gt;\chaptermark&lt;/code&gt; the right section of the header appears blank on all pages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How do I insert a document's title and the chapter's name into a header?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My tex file contents are pasted below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{report}&#xA;\usepackage{lastpage}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;\fancyhf{}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\rhead{\bfseries \chaptermark}&#xA;\lfoot{\thepage\ of \pageref{LastPage}}&#xA;\rfoot{My Company}&#xA;\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0.4pt}&#xA;\renewcommand{\footrulewidth}{0.4pt}&#xA;&#xA;% redefine headers and footers for chapters&#xA;\fancypagestyle{plain}{%&#xA; \fancyhf{}&#xA; \rhead{\bfseries \chaptermark}&#xA; \lfoot{\thepage\ of \pageref{LastPage}}&#xA; \rfoot{My Company}&#xA; \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0.4pt}&#xA; \renewcommand{\footrulewidth}{0.4pt}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\title{My Document Title}&#xA;\author{Ryan Taylor}&#xA;\date{\today}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\chapter{Version Control}&#xA;Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Donec sapien metus, tempus sit amet feugiat id, feugiat in diam. Integer ut nunc eget orci hendrerit ullamcorper nec at enim.&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{Introduction}&#xA;Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Donec sapien metus, tempus sit amet feugiat id, feugiat in diam. Integer ut nunc eget orci hendrerit ullamcorper nec at enim.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="952" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-22T01:11:55.020" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T01:11:55.020" Title="How do I insert a document's title and the chapter's name into a header?" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;header-footer&gt;&lt;chapters&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="2288" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2293" CreationDate="2010-08-25T02:31:06.407" Score="2" ViewCount="186" Body="&lt;p&gt;Greetings,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anybody know how to align an header/footer on the outside of the text margins? For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\fancyfoot[LO]{\footnotesize \thepage~{\color{red}\vline}}&#xA;\fancyfoot[RE]{\footnotesize {\color{red}\vline}~\thepage}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I want is to fix the position of \vline on the text-width, and make \thepage left (or right) align on the outside.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cheers!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="877" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-26T08:55:06.230" LastActivityDate="2010-08-26T08:55:06.230" Title="Aligning a footer on the outside text margins" Tags="&lt;margins&gt;&lt;header-footer&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="2289" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2286" CreationDate="2010-08-25T03:04:58.803" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not quite sure the reason for your problem, but it goes away if I change to &lt;code&gt;\textcolor{red}{\vline}&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;{\color{red}\vline}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-08-25T03:04:58.803" />
  <row Id="2290" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2287" CreationDate="2010-08-25T03:34:55.203" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For the title:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\oldtitle\title&#xA;\renewcommand{\title}[1]{\oldtitle{#1}\def\titletext{#1}}&#xA;\lhead{\titletext}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the chapter name, use &lt;code&gt;\leftmark&lt;/code&gt; not &lt;code&gt;\chaptermark&lt;/code&gt; (which is the command which is used by &lt;code&gt;\chapter&lt;/code&gt; in order to set up the marks).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-08-25T03:34:55.203" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="2291" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2292" CreationDate="2010-08-25T03:45:45.343" Score="6" ViewCount="228" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've seen documentation whereby an &lt;code&gt;\alph&lt;/code&gt; command is put around the &lt;code&gt;\begin{enumerate}&lt;/code&gt; somewhere, but I'm not entirely sure how that operates...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="192" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-25T09:12:47.713" LastActivityDate="2010-08-25T09:12:47.713" Title="How do I change the `enumerate` list format to use letters instead of the default Arabic numerals?" Tags="&lt;lists&gt;&lt;enumerate&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2292" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2291" CreationDate="2010-08-25T04:09:40.133" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't really understand the question as applied to itemize, which doesn't use numbers, but for enumerate:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Without package you could do it by redefining the command theenumi for formatting the enumi counter. (Also enumii, etc., for nested lists.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\theenumi}{\Alph{enumi}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;inside the environment.... Or better, you could use a package like &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/enumitem&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;enumitem&lt;/a&gt; which allows, e.g.,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{enumerate}[label=\Alph*]&#xA;\item this is item a&#xA;\item another item&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Use \alph for lowercase letters, \Alph for uppercase, etc. See the package documentation for more info.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastEditorUserId="411" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-25T06:45:17.320" LastActivityDate="2010-08-25T06:45:17.320" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2293" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2288" CreationDate="2010-08-25T04:18:27.377" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\fancyfoot[LO]{\footnotesize\leavevmode\llap{\thepage~}\textcolor{red}{\vline}}&#xA;\fancyfoot[RE]{\footnotesize\textcolor{red}{\vline}\rlap{~\thepage}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastEditorUserId="627" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-26T01:27:17.780" LastActivityDate="2010-08-26T01:27:17.780" />
  <row Id="2294" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2291" CreationDate="2010-08-25T06:25:25.793" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This works for me:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{enumerate}[(a)]&#xA;\item&#xA;\item&#xA;    .&#xA;    .&#xA;    .&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" LastActivityDate="2010-08-25T06:25:25.793" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2295" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2272" CreationDate="2010-08-25T07:50:03.760" Score="15" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Most of the code here is set up, with very little actual 'payload'. Splitting things into one line per instruction is useful, with the proviso that this will cause issues with the real thing due to the spaces that get introduced as a result. &lt;code&gt;\tracingall&lt;/code&gt; will help also, as already pointed out.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Taking the first line of the posted code we have&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let~\catcode&#xA;~`?`\&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This starts with the assumption that &lt;code&gt;~&lt;/code&gt; is active, and so can be &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\catcode&lt;/code&gt;. Next, this new way of setting a catcode is used to make &lt;code&gt;?&lt;/code&gt; active, as the end-of-line character has character code 13, which is the category code for an active character. (To see this, notice that there is no space after the &lt;code&gt;\&lt;/code&gt; at the end of the line).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The next line in the original contains:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;~`#?~`~&#xA;~`]?~`~&#xA;\let]\let&#xA;~`\.?~`~&#xA;~`,?~`~&#xA;~`\%?~`~&#xA;~`=?~`~&#xA;]=\def&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So this is mainly catcode assignments (remembering that &lt;code&gt;~&lt;/code&gt; is &lt;code&gt;\catcode&lt;/code&gt;). The characters &lt;code&gt;#&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;]&lt;/code&gt; are both made active, and the &lt;code&gt;]&lt;/code&gt; is &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt;. Next, &lt;code&gt;.&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;,&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;=&lt;/code&gt; are all made active. These line would normally be written&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\catcode`\.\the\catcode`~&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or more usually&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\catcode`\.\active&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The final instruction on the second line is to &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt; the &lt;code&gt;=&lt;/code&gt; token to &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The third line of the original actually goes over slightly onto the forth one:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;],\expandafter&#xA;~`[?~`~&#xA;][{&#xA;=%{\message[}&#xA;~`\$?~`~&#xA;=${\uccode`'.\uppercase{,=,%,{%'}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So we have another &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt;, a category code change and then yet another &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt;. There is then a &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt; (using the &lt;code&gt;=&lt;/code&gt; version), which results in the active &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt; having the definition &lt;code&gt;\message[&lt;/code&gt;. That macro is going to be used later to build up the message that the code prints. Yet another category code change follows, to make &lt;code&gt;$&lt;/code&gt; active, and then this is defined in the last part of the line. The idea of that definition is to make &lt;code&gt;'&lt;/code&gt; active and to redefine &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt; within a case-changing block.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The remainder of the fourth line contains&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;~`*?~`~&#xA;=*{\advance.by}&#xA;]#\number&#xA;~`/?~`~&#xA;=/{*-1}&#xA;\newcount.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So yet again we have a token made active, this time &lt;code&gt;*&lt;/code&gt;, which is then defined to &lt;code&gt;\advance.by&lt;/code&gt;. We then have &lt;code&gt;#&lt;/code&gt; begin &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\number&lt;/code&gt;, and then &lt;code&gt;/&lt;/code&gt; is made active and defined as expanding to &lt;code&gt;*-1&lt;/code&gt;. The last instruction on this line creates a new &lt;code&gt;\count&lt;/code&gt;, which will be referred to as &lt;code&gt;.&lt;/code&gt; (which was made active a while ago).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The next line can be broken up to read&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;=\-{*-}&#xA;~`-?~`~&#xA;]-\-&#xA;~`^?~`~&#xA;=^{*1}&#xA;~`\ ?~`~&#xA;= {.`\ $}&#xA;~`@?~`~&#xA;=@{,.,&quot;#`@^$}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So there is a definition of &lt;code&gt;\-&lt;/code&gt;, then &lt;code&gt;-&lt;/code&gt; is made active and &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt; to the definition of &lt;code&gt;\-&lt;/code&gt;. The &lt;code&gt;^&lt;/code&gt; token is made active and defined as &lt;code&gt;*1&lt;/code&gt;, then the space token is made active and given a definition. Finally, &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt; is made active and given a definition. That completes the bulk of the set up: most of the rest of the code is the message that gets printed!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The rest of the code consists of altering the value of &lt;code&gt;.&lt;/code&gt; (a count) and then redefining &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt;. The idea (in general) is that &lt;code&gt;'&lt;/code&gt; is given the upper-case code of the value of &lt;code&gt;.&lt;/code&gt;, and this value is the character code of the letter required for the message. To keep the code complex, the numbers are done as far as possible using character codes rather than actual numbers. This is rather tedious to go through, so I'd recommend reading the &lt;code&gt;\tracingall&lt;/code&gt; output for full details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One more point to note is that the code finishes&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%}\batchmode&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As this stage, &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt; is defined as &lt;code&gt;\message[Just another TeX hacker&lt;/code&gt;, where &lt;code&gt;[&lt;/code&gt; will act as an opening brace but there is no closing brace. That is supplied by the literal &lt;code&gt;}&lt;/code&gt;, which comes after &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt; is finally used.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-25T08:38:05.487" LastActivityDate="2010-08-25T08:38:05.487" CommentCount="11" />
  <row Id="2296" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2110" CreationDate="2010-08-25T09:03:45.700" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I played about with Latex as an undergraduate at the end of the '80s, but didn't &quot;commit&quot; to Tex until I started postgraduate work in 1994 and needed to typeset logic, and found that the advantage in this domain that Latex had, and still has, over any non-Tex-based document preparation system is huge: the support for laying out proof trees alone would have been decisive (I know of four implementations, and I wrote one myself), but additionally the specialist typesetting needs of logicians have received attention in the Tex community and not outside of it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-08-25T09:03:45.700" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-25T09:03:45.700" />
  <row Id="2297" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-25T09:21:12.030" Score="1" ViewCount="211" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1072/which-graphics-formats-can-be-included-in-documents-processed-by-latex-or-pdflate&quot;&gt;Which graphics formats can be included in documents processed by latex or pdflatex?&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Latex I used the package \usepackage[driver]{graphicx} and used \includegraphics command to include a .eps format picture.But the picture not shown in the pdf file.Is there any way to do this?.Any suggestion will help me. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="971" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-25T14:29:22.123" LastActivityDate="2010-08-25T14:29:22.123" ClosedDate="2010-08-25T09:49:32.677" Title="Can't include a picture in pdf using \includegraphics command" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;external-images&gt;&lt;eps&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2298" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2228" CreationDate="2010-08-25T09:24:27.990" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could save some arguments in your \emphline-command if you let LaTeX do some of calculations. linerange doesn't seem to like numexpr, but lastline and firstline works fine.  E.g in your example you could use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\emphline}[2]{%                                                    &#xA; \lstinputlisting[lastline=\the\numexpr#1-1\relax]{#2}            &#xA; \lstinputlisting[linerange={#1}-{#1},style=h]{#2}                            &#xA; \lstinputlisting[firstline=\the\numexpr#1+1\relax]{#2}                       &#xA;}                                                                              &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and then&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \only&amp;lt;1&amp;gt; {\emphline{6} {potencia.f95}}             &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-08-25T09:24:27.990" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2300" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2303" CreationDate="2010-08-25T09:53:59.243" Score="7" ViewCount="163" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using &lt;code&gt;\colon&lt;/code&gt; gives correct spacing for a map &lt;code&gt;$F\colon C\to D$&lt;/code&gt; in one direction. But writing &lt;code&gt;$L\colon C\rightleftarrows D\colon R$&lt;/code&gt; for a couple of maps in both directions (e.g. for an adjunction) gives disturbingly asymmetric spaces near first and second colons (like if D were a map from R, not the other way round). Probably, it should be fixed (e.g. some other command should be used)&amp;nbsp;— but how?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="85" LastEditorUserId="85" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-25T10:28:23.460" LastActivityDate="2010-08-25T11:01:22.277" Title="\colon for maps in opposite direction" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;spacing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="2301" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1072" CreationDate="2010-08-25T09:56:47.727" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This question has got received excellent answers to the general question relating to the two engines, but Metapost part has been neglected...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;mptopdf&lt;/code&gt; to create PDFs when you need them.  &lt;code&gt;mptopdf&lt;/code&gt; is a modification of Metapost to create PDFs natively that was implemented, I think, alongside the Metafun extensions, and shares the mplib codebase.  See Pragma's &lt;a href=&quot;http://context.aanhet.net/metapost.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Metapost and Metafun&lt;/a&gt; pages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-08-25T09:56:47.727" />
  <row Id="2302" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1931" CreationDate="2010-08-25T10:09:18.023" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You may also use the &lt;code&gt;thmtools&lt;/code&gt; package which offers a key-value-interface to define new theoremstyles and theorems. (The package acts as a frontend to the &lt;code&gt;amsthm&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;ntheorem&lt;/code&gt; packages, and one of these must be loaded before &lt;code&gt;thmtools&lt;/code&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{amsthm}&#xA;\usepackage{thmtools}&#xA;\declaretheoremstyle[headfont=\scshape,postheadspace=\newline]{mystyle}&#xA;\declaretheorem[style=mystyle]{theorem}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{theorem}&#xA;Some text.&#xA;\end{theorem}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-25T12:38:01.117" LastActivityDate="2010-08-25T12:38:01.117" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2303" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2300" CreationDate="2010-08-25T11:01:22.277" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; defines &lt;code&gt;\colon&lt;/code&gt; as &lt;code&gt;\nobreak \muskip 2mu\mathpunct{}\nonscript\mkern-\thinmuskip{:}\mskip 6mu plus1mu\relax&lt;/code&gt;. So how about the following?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*\cocolon{%&#xA;        \nobreak&#xA;        \mskip6mu plus1mu&#xA;        \mathpunct{}%&#xA;        \nonscript&#xA;        \mkern-\thinmuskip&#xA;        {:}%&#xA;        \mskip2mu&#xA;        \relax&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-08-25T11:01:22.277" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2304" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2286" CreationDate="2010-08-25T12:10:30.890" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is a known problem: \color doesn't switch to horizontal mode (it doesn't &quot;start a line&quot;). So if you are in vertical mode (as you are e.g. at the start of a \parbox) the following text which starts horizontal mode is forced on a new line. You get this effect e.g. in \parbox or in p-cells of a tabular. The solution is either to use \textcolor as already suggested or to quite vmode before the color command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;xxx&#xA;\parbox[t]{1cm}{abc}&#xA;\parbox[t]{1cm}{\color{red}abc}&#xA;\parbox[t]{1cm}{\leavevmode\color{blue}abc}&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-08-25T12:10:30.890" />
  <row Id="2305" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2307" CreationDate="2010-08-25T14:29:51.997" Score="11" ViewCount="407" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I find out which fonts are currently available in my TeX installation? (I'm using a Mac, OS 10.6.x, if that matters, although I'd prefer a machine-independent TeX-based answer). Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As a followup, I tried googling for an answer to this question, without much success. Is there somewhere I could have looked for myself?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="76" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T23:02:22.010" Title="What fonts are installed on my box?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;" AnswerCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2306" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2110" CreationDate="2010-08-25T14:58:00.263" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Througout high school, I did all my math, physics and chemistry hand-ins in MS Word using Equation Editor, teaching myself the various short cuts, and patiently moving the equations back where they belonged when they for no apparent reason jumped. It was natural to continue this when I started at the university (and I had never heard of TeX/LaTeX). A few weeks later, my TA in linear algebra wrote &quot;Come to the dark side. Learn LaTeX!&quot; on one of my hand-ins. A week later, I was addicted :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="275" LastActivityDate="2010-08-25T14:58:00.263" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-25T14:58:00.263" />
  <row Id="2307" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2305" CreationDate="2010-08-25T15:25:39.253" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There isn't a definitive &quot;these are the fonts installed&quot; reference, but you can usually discover them by poking around in your TeX distribution. For example, look in /usr/local/texlive/2009/texmf-dist/fonts/ ; you'll find a bunch of subdirectories with type1 fonts, tfm files, and so on. To load a font in LaTeX, however, you need .fd files, and these are found alongside any .sty files for the fonts. For example, t1lmr.fd is the font definition for loading the Latin modern roman fonts with \fontfamily{lmr} (assuming the T1 encoding). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anyway, the directory names for the fonts themselves will give you clues about packages to load if you're using LaTeX; otherwise, any font with a tfm file (such as ec-lmr10.tfm for Latin modern roman at 10pt) can be loaded in plain TeX with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\font\tenrm=ec-lmr10 at 10pt&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You might font individual font packages easier to locate by browsing through CTAN, since the support files will be located alongside the fonts themselves.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could grep through the LaTeX support files to find a comprehensive listing of available font families, if you liked; not sure how useful this is, but try:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; find /usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/ -name '*.fd' | xargs grep '\\DeclareFontFamily' | sed 's#.*\\DeclareFontFamily{\([a-zA-Z0-9]*\)}{\([a-zA-Z0-9]*\)}.*#  \1    \2#'&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(My shell scripting skills are a little rusty, but you get the idea.) Change the first &lt;code&gt;[a-zA-Z0-9]*&lt;/code&gt; into, say, &lt;code&gt;T1&lt;/code&gt; if you want only fonts with that encoding.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-09T23:02:22.010" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T23:02:22.010" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="2308" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2305" CreationDate="2010-08-25T15:37:46.923" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Besides searching for font files with the appropriate extension or looking below the texmf-dist/fonts/ directory, I would check the font map files.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This command gives an system wide overview of the active and inactive font map files:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;updmap-sys --listmaps&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Use it at the command prompt. The output looks like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Map      euler.map&#xA;MixedMap cm.map&#xA;MixedMap cmextra.map&#xA;MixedMap cyrillic.map&#xA;MixedMap symbols.map&#xA;Map bera.map&#xA;MixedMap cm-super-t1.map&#xA;MixedMap cm-super-t2a.map&#xA;MixedMap cm-super-t2b.map&#xA;MixedMap cm-super-t2c.map&#xA;MixedMap cm-super-ts1.map&#xA;MixedMap cm-super-x2.map&#xA;Map cmcyr.map&#xA;Map dstroke.map&#xA;Map fourier-utopia-expert.map&#xA;Map fourier.map&#xA;Map kpfonts.map&#xA;Map libertine.map&#xA;Map lm.map&#xA;MixedMap lxfonts.map&#xA;Map marvosym.map&#xA;Map MnSymbol.map&#xA;Map charter.map&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I know among others there are installed: euler, cm-super, dstroke, fourier, kpfonts, libertine, marvosym, MnSymbol, charter, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For a reference of &lt;code&gt;updmap-sys&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;updmap&lt;/code&gt; go to the command prompt (terminal) and type&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;man updmap-sys&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or for a brief overview&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;updmap-sys --help&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or have a look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://gd.tuwien.ac.at/linuxcommand.org/man_pages/updmap1.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this web manpage&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-25T15:37:46.923" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2309" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2310" CreationDate="2010-08-25T15:59:48.407" Score="2" ViewCount="196" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have defined my own math operator (for displaying the order of certain function sequences--this is not the &quot;normal&quot; Big-O notation, though) by:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\order}[1]{\ensuremath{\operatorname{o}\left({#1}\right)}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This leads to pretty strange spacing:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Fbqit.png&quot; alt=&quot;strange spacing&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I resolve this? Is there a better way to specify the operator?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="870" LastActivityDate="2010-08-25T17:38:53.813" Title="How do I change the spacing for math operators?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;mathoperator&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2310" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2309" CreationDate="2010-08-25T16:55:06.527" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;First, I think in general it is probably a better idea to use &lt;code&gt;\DeclareMathOperator&lt;/code&gt; rather than a combination of &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\operatorname&lt;/code&gt;. That said, I think your problem is because you used &lt;code&gt;\left(&lt;/code&gt;. It should be fixed if you insert &lt;code&gt;\mathopen{}&lt;/code&gt; before the &lt;code&gt;\left(&lt;/code&gt;. See also &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1232/difference-between-big-and-bigl/1234#1234&quot;&gt;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1232/difference-between-big-and-bigl/1234#1234&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastActivityDate="2010-08-25T16:55:06.527" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2311" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2332" CreationDate="2010-08-25T17:05:20.023" Score="5" ViewCount="184" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using &lt;a href=&quot;http://pgfplots.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the awesome pgfplots package&lt;/a&gt; to draw some plots. I usually use \addlegendentry and get a nice default legend box. There are some options for legend box placement and layout (e.g. number of columns).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For some plots I would like to add a title inside the legend box.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Could not find the something about this in &lt;a href=&quot;http://pgfplots.sourceforge.net/pgfplots.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the manual&lt;/a&gt;. Does anyone know what is the way to customize the legend box?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="929" LastActivityDate="2010-08-25T23:48:49.637" Title="Add a legend title to the legend box with pgfplots?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;pgfplots&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2312" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2305" CreationDate="2010-08-25T17:32:46.227" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The above solutions make more sense depending on what you want to do, but the output can be confusing, since it includes things like symbol-only fonts, and doesn't actually show you what the fonts look like or even what their full names are.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I find that if I have a complete, up-to-date installation of TeXlive, however, that the fonts I can choose from (unless I've installed my own custom package) are usually pretty much exactly the ones listed in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX font catalogue&lt;/a&gt; online, and that's usually my go-to source if I'm trying to decide between fonts on aesthetic grounds alone.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, there are other reasons I might want a font list where Stefan's or Will's methods would be more appropriate. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-08-25T17:32:46.227" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2313" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2309" CreationDate="2010-08-25T17:38:53.813" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I tend to use the spacing commands such as \mathleft for left punctuation, \mathright for right punctuation, \mathop for a &quot;large&quot; operator, \mathbin for a binary operator, \mathrel for a relation sign. Details on p. 75ff of Voß's &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/info/math/voss/mathmode/Mathmode.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Mathmode.pdf&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-08-25T17:38:53.813" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2315" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-25T17:43:33.340" Score="9" ViewCount="210" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm writing my masters thesis and my supervisor has picked up my sentence structure, in that they are too long. She commented that Microsoft Word has a feature to investigate 'large' sentences. How can I do this with TeX? I'm using a mac and TexShop.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="883" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-24T19:46:47.447" LastActivityDate="2010-11-24T19:46:47.447" Title="Resources For Calculating Average Sentence Length" Tags="&lt;latex-general&gt;&lt;calculations&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2316" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2328" CreationDate="2010-08-25T17:48:23.390" Score="12" ViewCount="472" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to make a translation of entire paragraphs at a time for a large document, with the start of the new sentences aligning.  The following is almost what I want done, though it doesn't yet do the alignment for new sentences.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[margin=1in, paperwidth=8.5in, paperheight=11in]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{url}&#xA;\usepackage{setspace}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\def\english{In the heart of the forest lived three little pigs who were brothers. The wolf always was chasing them in order to eat them. In order to escape the wolf, the pigs decided to make a house each. The smallest made his from straw, to finish first and go out to play. The middle one constructed a cottage from wood. Seeing that his little brother had finished already, he hurried to go and play with him. The oldest worked on his house of brick. 'You'll soon see what the wolf does with your houses,' he scolded his brothers but they were having a great time.}&#xA;&#xA;\def\spanish{En el corazón del bosque vivían tres cerditos que eran hermanos. El lobo siempre andaba persiguiéndoles para comérselos. Para escapar del lobo, los cerditos decidieron hacerse una casa. El pequeño la hizo de paja, para acabar antes y poder irse a jugar. El mediano construyó una casita de madera. Al ver que su hermano perqueño había terminado ya, se dio prisa para irse a jugar con él. El mayor trabajaba en su casa de ladrillo. - Ya veréis lo que hace el lobo con vuestras casas - riñó a sus hermanos mientras éstos se lo pasaban en grande.}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{minipage}[t][0pt]{\linewidth}&#xA;    \setstretch{3}&#xA;    \english&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{minipage}[t]{\linewidth}&#xA;    \setstretch{3}&#xA;    \spanish&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i49.tinypic.com/w80u8k.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Sample of dual line translation&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I automatically align new sentences?  For bonus points, how can I modify this method to manually indicate when one sentence in english aligns to two in spanish?  I would like the paragraph to flow naturally, I don't want to add a line break after each sentence or use a package that essentially does that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="978" LastEditorUserId="978" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-25T17:56:55.720" LastActivityDate="2010-10-11T20:10:41.920" Title="Sentence alignment for dual-line bilingual paragraph translation in LaTeX" Tags="&lt;publishing&gt;&lt;layout&gt;&lt;minipage&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="2317" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2493" CreationDate="2010-08-25T17:49:55.077" Score="12" ViewCount="266" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a suitable macro (or even style) for responses to referees and editor?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;These often entails several points to that need to be addressed.  It would be nice to, say, quote the original text (possibly numbered) and the show the response slightly indented, as in&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;a) Spell foo as bar&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;blockquote&gt;     &#xA;         We opted to follow the ABC style of ...&#xA;  &lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;b) Include reference to Really, Important and Stuff (2010)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;blockquote&gt;     &#xA;         Section 2 has been updated and the discussion ...&#xA;  &lt;/blockquote&gt;     &#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="980" LastEditorUserId="137" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-29T22:53:23.300" LastActivityDate="2010-08-29T22:53:23.300" Title="LaTeX style or macro for detailed response to referee report" Tags="&lt;templates&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2318" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2315" CreationDate="2010-08-25T18:16:05.590" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think this is the easiest way.  First, make sure you have &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pdftotext&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pdftotext&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gnu.org/software/diction/diction.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;diction&lt;/a&gt; installed.  These should be available via &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.macports.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;MacPorts&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Render your document to a PDF.  Let's assume it's called &lt;code&gt;paper.pdf&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Grab the plain text from the PDF using &lt;code&gt;pdftotext&lt;/code&gt;.  At the terminal, run this: &lt;code&gt;pdftotext paper.pdf paper.txt&lt;/code&gt; &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Now run &lt;code&gt;style -l N paper.txt&lt;/code&gt;, where you should replace &lt;code&gt;N&lt;/code&gt; with a number.  This will print out all lines of your document that are longer than &lt;code&gt;N&lt;/code&gt; words.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alternatively, you can do it all as a one-liner:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$ pdflatex paper.tex &amp;amp;&amp;amp; pdftotext paper.pdf - | style -l 20&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;style&lt;/code&gt; is extremely powerful and has many other features.  For a good overview, see &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.linux.com/archive/articles/56833&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="737" LastEditorUserId="737" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-25T18:21:19.853" LastActivityDate="2010-08-25T18:21:19.853" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="2319" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2324" CreationDate="2010-08-25T19:14:44.603" Score="1" ViewCount="273" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have the following flow chart but it appears uncentered.  How can I center it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pstricks}&#xA;\usepackage{pst-node}&#xA;\usepackage{pst-blur}&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;\psframebox[linearc=5mm,cornersize=absolute]{%&#xA;\begin{psmatrix}[rowsep=0.6,colsep=0.5]&#xA;\psovalbox[fillstyle=solid]{Begin} &amp;amp;&#xA;\psframebox[]{ChIP-seq} &amp;amp;&#xA;\psframebox[]{align to genome} &amp;amp;&#xA;\psdblframebox[framearc=.4,fillstyle=solid]{Find peaks} &amp;amp;&#xA;\psdblframebox[framearc=.4,fillstyle=solid]{Thresholding} &amp;amp;&#xA;\psdblframebox[framearc=.4,fillstyle=solid]{Analysis} &amp;amp;&#xA;\psframebox[]{stop} &#xA;\ncline{-&amp;gt;}{1,1}{1,2}&#xA;\ncline{-&amp;gt;}{1,2}{1,3}&#xA;\ncline{-&amp;gt;}{1,3}{1,4}&#xA;\ncline{-&amp;gt;}{1,4}{1,5}&#xA;\ncline{-&amp;gt;}{1,5}{1,6}&#xA;\ncline{-&amp;gt;}{1,6}{1,7}&#xA;\end{psmatrix}}&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="978" LastEditorUserId="978" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-25T22:35:55.020" LastActivityDate="2010-08-25T22:35:55.020" Title="Center flow chart horizontally" Tags="&lt;diagrams&gt;&lt;pstricks&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2320" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2323" CreationDate="2010-08-25T19:37:45.440" Score="4" ViewCount="372" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to use scientific notation with the &lt;code&gt;siunitx&lt;/code&gt; package.  However, when I try to do it I am getting  an error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;The width of a human hair is \SI{1 \times 10^{-4}}{m}.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This has always given me a LaTeX Error&quot; &lt;code&gt;invalid character '10^{-4}' in numerical input&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a better way to do this while continuing to use &lt;code&gt;siunitx&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="984" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-25T19:46:45.513" LastActivityDate="2010-08-25T20:19:34.087" Title="siunitx: scientific notation" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;units&gt;&lt;siunitx&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="2321" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2319" CreationDate="2010-08-25T20:05:29.393" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As near as I can tell the only reason it isn't centered as it is that it is too large to fit within the margins. You have several options:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Scale the image down (sent the fonts smaller and the dimensions as well)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Change the paper size or margins with something like the geometry package&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Put the page or the document as a whole in landscape mode&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is difficult to tell which of these options is the best without knowing more about the context. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-08-25T20:05:29.393" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2322" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2110" CreationDate="2010-08-25T20:07:16.750" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It was a bottle of sherry for me!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't know quite how I first became aware of the existence of TeX - I installed Linux on my first PC (my first &lt;em&gt;computer&lt;/em&gt; was a BBC Micro which didn't, back then, support Linux) because the people with whom I was friends at the time wouldn't have stayed my friends if I hadn't!  So TeX came along with it, and I suppose that many of my lecturers used TeX (of some flavour) for typesetting notes and the like so it was &quot;in the air&quot; as it were.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So by the middle of the fourth year of my degree I was sufficiently aware of TeX, and it's importance in mathematics, that when a lecturer set a challenge problem (I think it was that A_5 is simple), I decided to write my solution in LaTeX in order to learn it (I guess I'd already absorbed the lesson that the best way to learn LaTeX is simply to Do It^{TM}).  So I wrote up my solution and duly handed it in!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I got the sherry)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-08-25T20:07:16.750" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-25T20:07:16.750" />
  <row Id="2323" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2320" CreationDate="2010-08-25T20:19:34.087" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sure: &lt;code&gt;\SI{1e-4}{\metre}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="586" LastActivityDate="2010-08-25T20:19:34.087" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="2324" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2319" CreationDate="2010-08-25T20:35:06.760" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As frabjous already mentioned, the image is just too big and either image or margins require adjustment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But there's trick how you can center oversized images: use &lt;code&gt;\makebox&lt;/code&gt;. This way even your wide image gets properly centered:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\noindent\makebox[\textwidth]{%&#xA;\psframebox[linearc=5mm,cornersize=absolute]{%&#xA;\begin{psmatrix}&#xA;  ...&#xA;\end{psmatrix}&#xA;}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-25T20:35:06.760" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="2325" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1914" CreationDate="2010-08-25T20:37:20.857" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use braces for all arguments to all macros in LaTeX because &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; to do this seems to me to be the situation requiring justification.  LaTeX is designed such that its macros behave as functions, and so my mental model of something like &lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\foo}{\bar}&lt;/code&gt; is &quot;feed &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; the intended command &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt; and its behavior &lt;code&gt;\bar&lt;/code&gt;&quot;; when I see &lt;code&gt;\newcommand\foo{\bar}&lt;/code&gt; (or, worse, &lt;code&gt;\newcommand\foo\bar&lt;/code&gt;, which works since &lt;code&gt;\bar&lt;/code&gt; is a single token) I see the much less obvious &quot;expand &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt;; also, here is &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt;, which happens to be eaten by this expansion before it is, itself, expanded; also, here is &lt;code&gt;\bar&lt;/code&gt;, which is likewise serendipitously absorbed&quot;.  If I did not know (or, in a moment of premature senility, I didn't recall) how &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; worked, the latter formation would not tell me.  The former would.  Even when reading my own document, this allows me to visually group the tokens into &quot;part of a function&quot; and &quot;part of the text&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am a little surprised that there is any support at all (much less extremely eloquent support) for &lt;code&gt;\newcommand\foo{\bar}&lt;/code&gt;, and the nod to &lt;code&gt;\frac23&lt;/code&gt; baffles me (what is the twenty-third fraction command?).  It seems to indicate that the respondents regularly engage in a low-level analysis of the TeX parser far beyond what is necessary to compose a structured document.  I wouldn't go so far as to write directly in XML myself, but the structure imposed by the LaTeX brace style is clarifying and error-reducing (especially since LaTeX allows it to be applied consistently, unlike the poisonous behavior of TeX's &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt;, a command which fortunately need never be used in normal circumstances).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Basically, as I see it, &lt;code&gt;\newcommand\foo{\bar}&lt;/code&gt; is born of vestigial habits learned from TeX and which support and require a programming mindset that is neither necessary nor desirable in everyday LaTeX.  Indeed, it is never taught in references that concern only LaTeX, and I suspect the people here who use it learned to do so in earlier times or from people who themselves learned in those times (specifically in response to Geoffrey Jones: TeX's idioms are familiar to some, but hopefully becoming less so).  If a newcomer should read this response, my personal opinion is that they should be aware of this phenomenon and triple-check everything they read about LaTeX on the Internet before learning it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="575" LastActivityDate="2010-08-25T20:37:20.857" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-25T20:37:20.857" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="2326" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2380" CreationDate="2010-08-25T21:10:24.530" Score="7" ViewCount="277" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do I vertically center the text on a page?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="512" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-25T21:12:46.373" LastActivityDate="2010-08-26T21:22:33.943" Title="vertically center a page" Tags="&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2327" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2326" CreationDate="2010-08-25T21:27:21.327" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is what I found:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{document}&#xA;%&#xA;\vspace*{\fill}&#xA;text&#xA;\vspace*{\fill}&#xA;%&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="512" LastActivityDate="2010-08-25T21:27:21.327" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2328" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2316" CreationDate="2010-08-25T21:31:46.677" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is a huge hack (and I can't wholeheartedly recommend using it as-is), but it is the only way I can think of doing it without mucking with TeX's linebreaking engine.  You will need to latex this twice for it to work.  This also assumes that the Spanish translations are not too much longer than the English.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[margin=1in, paperwidth=8.5in, paperheight=11in]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{url}&#xA;\usepackage{setspace}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{calc}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\newcount\numsentences\numsentences=0&#xA;\def\sentence#1#2{&#xA;  \expandafter\xdef\csname sentenceeng\the\numsentences\endcsname{#1}&#xA;  \expandafter\xdef\csname sentenceesp\the\numsentences\endcsname{#2}&#xA;  \advance\numsentences by 1&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\sentence{In the heart of the forest lived three little pigs who were brothers.}&#xA;         {En el corazón del bosque vivían tres cerditos que eran hermanos.}&#xA;\sentence{The wolf always was chasing them in order to eat them.}&#xA;         {El lobo siempre andaba persiguiéndoles para comérselos.}&#xA;\sentence{In order to escape the wolf, the pigs decided to make a house each.}&#xA;         {Para escapar del lobo, los cerditos decidieron hacerse una casa.}&#xA;\sentence{The smallest made his from straw, to finish first and go out to play.}&#xA;         {El pequeño la hizo de paja, para acabar antes y poder irse a jugar.}&#xA;\sentence{The middle one constructed a cottage from wood.}&#xA;         {El mediano construyó una casita de madera.}&#xA;\sentence{Seeing that his little brother had finished already, he hurried to go and play with him.}&#xA;         {Al ver que su hermano perqueño había terminado ya, se dio prisa para irse a jugar con él.}&#xA;\sentence{The oldest worked on his house of brick.}&#xA;         {El mayor trabajaba en su casa de ladrillo.}&#xA;\sentence{``You'll soon see what the wolf does with your houses,'' he scolded his brothers but they were having a great time.}&#xA;         {- Ya veréis lo que hace el lobo con vuestras casas - riñó a sus hermanos mientras éstos se lo pasaban en grande.}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{minipage}[t][0pt]{\linewidth}&#xA;  \setstretch{3}&#xA;  \count0=-1&#xA;  \loop&#xA;    \advance\count0 by 1&#xA;    \ifnum\count0&amp;lt;\numsentences&#xA;      \tikz[remember picture]\coordinate(s\the\count0 begin);\csname sentenceeng\the\count0\endcsname\tikz[remember picture]\coordinate(s\the\count0 end);\hskip0.5in&#xA;  \repeat&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[remember picture,overlay]&#xA;  \count0=-1&#xA;  \loop&#xA;    \advance\count0 by 1&#xA;    \ifnum\count0&amp;lt;\numsentences&#xA;      \path let \p1=(s\the\count0 begin), \p2=(s\the\count0 end) in (s\the\count0 begin) node {\xdef\xpos{\x1}\xdef\ypos{\y1}\xdef\xxpos{\x2}\xdef\yypos{\y2}};&#xA;      \ifdim\ypos=\yypos&#xA;        \node[below=12pt,left=1mm,anchor=west] at (s\the\count0 begin) {\dimen0=\xxpos\advance\dimen0 by -\xpos\hbox to \dimen0{\csname sentenceesp\the\count0\endcsname\hfill}};&#xA;      \else&#xA;        \path (current page.west) -- +(1.2in+\oddsidemargin,0) node[coordinate] (leftanchor) {};&#xA;        \path let \p1=(leftanchor) in (s\the\count0 begin) node {\xdef\leftxpos{\x1}};&#xA;        \path (leftanchor) |- node[below=12pt,left=1mm,anchor=west] {\begin{minipage}[t][0pt]{\linewidth}\setstretch{3}\dimen0=\xpos\advance\dimen0 by -\leftxpos\hspace*{\dimen0}\csname sentenceesp\the\count0\endcsname\end{minipage}} (s\the\count0 begin);&#xA;      \fi&#xA;  \repeat&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/YuyZY.png&quot; alt=&quot;This is how the huge hack looks!&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="737" LastActivityDate="2010-08-25T21:31:46.677" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="2329" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-25T23:23:37.093" Score="5" ViewCount="223" Body="&lt;p&gt;in latex with \tilde{x} put ~ over x.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;how I can put ~ down x ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="986" LastActivityDate="2010-08-26T00:17:10.043" Title="Sub tilde in latex" Tags="&lt;tilde&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="2330" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2329" CreationDate="2010-08-25T23:31:56.403" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the package &lt;code&gt;utilde&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt; As Stefan correctly observes, the command is &lt;code&gt;utilde&lt;/code&gt;; the package is &lt;code&gt;undertilde&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="575" LastEditorUserId="575" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-26T00:17:10.043" LastActivityDate="2010-08-26T00:17:10.043" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2331" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-25T23:32:08.463" Score="0" ViewCount="280" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am getting the following annoying warning from &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;hyperref.sty: [hyperref] Height of page (\paperheight) is invalid (0.0pt), usi\&#xA;ng 11in. (page 1)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am using a thesis class (&lt;code&gt;thesis.cls&lt;/code&gt;) and some packages like &lt;code&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/code&gt; etc. I compile using &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried to fix the warning with this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\special{papersize=11in,8.5in}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but it didn't help. Any suggestions? Thanks! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3860" LastActivityDate="2010-08-26T11:08:37.303" Title="hyperref: Height of page (\paperheight) is invalid (0.0pt)" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;margins&gt;&lt;paper-size&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2332" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2311" CreationDate="2010-08-25T23:48:49.637" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could perhaps use the &lt;code&gt;\addlegendimage&lt;/code&gt; command, as in this discussion from the pgfplots-features mailing list:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://comments.gmane.org/gmane.comp.tex.pgfplots/152&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://comments.gmane.org/gmane.comp.tex.pgfplots/152&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="586" LastActivityDate="2010-08-25T23:48:49.637" />
  <row Id="2334" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-26T00:13:33.610" Score="11" ViewCount="347" Body="&lt;p&gt;I really like the &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; command, but what I really like more is the &lt;code&gt;\includeonly&lt;/code&gt; command.&#xA;Is there a way to have the best of these worlds? (i.e. an &lt;code&gt;\inputonly&lt;/code&gt; or an &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt; without page-breaks?)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="704" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-11T13:31:56.023" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T13:48:06.257" Title="Include without pagebreak" Tags="&lt;page-breaking&gt;&lt;include&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="2335" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2331" CreationDate="2010-08-26T00:45:49.597" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Okay, I found the solution. It it is broken in the &lt;code&gt;thesis.cls&lt;/code&gt; that I'm using. But just setting it manually fixed it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setlength{\paperheight}{11in}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3860" LastActivityDate="2010-08-26T00:45:49.597" />
  <row Id="2336" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2334" CreationDate="2010-08-26T01:07:17.573" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You won't get the behaviour that &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt; gives, where it saves the missing page numbers, chapter/footnote/equation/theorem/etc counters, bibliographic citations, etc, but if all you want is the ability to conditionally select which pieces of the document you want to compile, then there are several options, as &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=conditional&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;discussed in the FAQ&lt;/a&gt;. The &lt;code&gt;comment&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;version&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;optional&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;versions&lt;/code&gt; packages allow this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-08-26T01:07:17.573" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="2338" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-26T09:08:42.793" Score="0" ViewCount="133" Body="&lt;p&gt;I inserted hyperlink in latex using &lt;code&gt;\href{}&lt;/code&gt; command and  used article document class.I got no error in that document.But the problem is whenever i click that link(text) in pdf it said unable to open the external link.example my program looks like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Click \href{http://google.com}{here}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any suggestion will help me&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="971" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-26T09:24:50.257" LastActivityDate="2010-08-26T12:51:18.757" Title="problem with hyperlink in pdf" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2339" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-26T10:11:39.627" Score="9" ViewCount="306" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am writing a manual/guide for our intranet using LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am wondering if there are classes developed for this purpose? A search returns results that are manuals about using LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Spefically I want to make use of &quot;hint&quot; boxes and the like (Floating boxes in a guide that have a short hint or some such thing). I find the way these stand out from the rest of the text really draws in the readers attention.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perhaps there is a better -- read less complex -- way of going about this using the standard book or article class?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="990" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-26T19:12:44.983" LastActivityDate="2010-08-26T19:12:44.983" Title="What is a good Manual/Guide class in LaTeX?" Tags="&lt;latex-general&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="6" />
  <row Id="2340" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2341" CreationDate="2010-08-26T10:11:40.437" Score="7" ViewCount="533" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am busy making a full binary tree of three levels deep.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The code I am having now is (using the trees library):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \node {root}&#xA;    child {node {left}&#xA;      child {node {lleft}}&#xA;      child {node {rleft}}&#xA;    }&#xA;    child {node {right}&#xA;    child {node {lright}}&#xA;      child {node {rright}}&#xA;    };&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem is that rleft and rright are printed over each other.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Preferably I would like tikz to figure this out by itself, for example if I give a minimum distance between nodes on the same level. Is this possible? (My final nodes will not have text but will be fixed size shapes)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Off course it can be that the solution is: &quot;Don't use 'trees'&quot;. In that case, what is the best way to do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="459" LastActivityDate="2010-08-26T12:43:00.817" Title="How to make a 3 level deep tree with tikz" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;trees&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2341" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2340" CreationDate="2010-08-26T10:18:09.330" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/tikz-qtree.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Tikz-qtree is an awesome package for more convenient tree drawing in tikz.&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="929" LastActivityDate="2010-08-26T10:18:09.330" />
  <row Id="2342" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2339" CreationDate="2010-08-26T10:25:47.113" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Do consider &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Texinfo&lt;/a&gt;, as endorsed by Karl Berry for this task.  The Latex-based compilation route is pretty bare bones, but it allows you to produce custom html, and supporting hint boxes in the html is not too difficult.  &lt;a href=&quot;http://johnmacfarlane.net/pandoc/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;pandoc&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; is a serviceable Latex to Texinfo converter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A Latex example, the source of Oetiker's &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/lshort/english/lshort.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Not so short introduction to LaTeX2e&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; is available: he uses the normal book class, together with a custom style, and supports some graphically offset hints, although I think not really what you are after.  See &lt;a href=&quot;http://web.mit.edu/texsrc/source/latex/lshort/src/lshort.tex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;lshort.tex&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://web.mit.edu/texsrc/source/latex/lshort/src/lshort.sty&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;lshort.sty&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Context was designed with producing educational books in mind, and is good for putting together documents with boxed content for emphasis, and allows some use of interactive PDFs and XML-based publishing.  The introductory text, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pragma-ade.com/general/manuals/ms-cb-en.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Context: An Excursion&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, showcases this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-26T10:49:29.857" LastActivityDate="2010-08-26T10:49:29.857" />
  <row Id="2343" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2331" CreationDate="2010-08-26T11:08:37.303" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;With this minimal example, containing all information of your post, the error cannot be produced:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{thesis} &#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;text&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, there may be information missing. I also assume you mean the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/thesis&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;thesis&lt;/code&gt; class&lt;/a&gt; that we can find on CTAN.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Instead of manually adjusting lengths, I strongly recommand to use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/geometry&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;geometry&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package for that purpose:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[papersize={8.5in,11in}]{geometry}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You may also specify margins and various other page dimensions using the &lt;code&gt;key=value&lt;/code&gt; option interface. geometry calculates missing dimensions. Otherwise the user has to ensure that text width, left margin, right margin, binding offset and perhaps margin note width all sum up to the correct page width.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;geometry autodetects the driver like pdftex or dvips.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-26T11:08:37.303" />
  <row Id="2344" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="73" CreationDate="2010-08-26T11:16:33.743" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you want to differentiate between &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/koma-script.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;KOMA-Script&lt;/a&gt;-classes (scrartcl, scrbook, scrreprt, scrlttr2) and other classes, you may also test for &lt;code&gt;\KOMAClassName&lt;/code&gt; (which is defined by the former classes):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\@ifundefined{KOMAClassName}&#xA;  {&amp;lt;code for other classes&amp;gt;}&#xA;  {&amp;lt;code for KOMA-Script-classes&amp;gt;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-08-26T11:16:33.743" />
  <row Id="2345" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2340" CreationDate="2010-08-26T11:21:42.463" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could specify options for each level, for instance silbling distance but also level distance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Example:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article} &#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{trees}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[level distance=1.5cm,&#xA;  level 1/.style={sibling distance=3cm},&#xA;  level 2/.style={sibling distance=1.5cm}]&#xA;  \node {root}&#xA;    child {node {left}&#xA;      child {node {lleft}}&#xA;      child {node {rleft}}&#xA;    }&#xA;    child {node {right}&#xA;    child {node {lright}}&#xA;      child {node {rright}}&#xA;    };&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Output:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/n90r3.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-26T11:21:42.463" />
  <row Id="2346" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2305" CreationDate="2010-08-26T11:38:55.937" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I can't offer a TeX distribution independent answer as requested but, as some great but nevertheless distribution specific answers have already been provided, I won't feel too out of place about filling in the gaps for MikTeX distro users.  It's as easy-as in MikTeX -- load up Package Manager (Admin), click the Category column header to sort on that field, check out the &quot;Installed On&quot; date in the &lt;code&gt;\Fonts\METAFONT&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\Fonts\Outline fonts&lt;/code&gt; categories.  Repeat the process with Package Manager (User) for local configs. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately, despite its simplicity, this approach is not a perfect bet; there are still some  big 'ifs' involved:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;it doesn't tell you anything about &quot;non-packaged&quot; fonts (for that, you'll need to run  solutions closer to the metal, as already mentioned, e.g., by Will)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;it doesn't tell you anything about &quot;hand installed&quot; fonts (ditto above)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;it doesn't say anything PSNFSS standard fonts (however, let's assume you at least have these)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nevertheless, for those with MikTeX, it'll take less than a minute to complete, and it can take them quite a long way to their goal.  Besides being super quick and simple, you can right-click on any entry in Package Manager, click on Properties, to see the detailed description bundled with the package, whether installed on the box or not. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-08-26T11:38:55.937" />
  <row Id="2347" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2358" CreationDate="2010-08-26T12:02:08.740" Score="7" ViewCount="538" Body="&lt;p&gt;By default, LaTeX allows a page break after the first two lines of paragraphs following section/subsection headings. How can I enlarge this minimum to, say, three lines or 10 percent of the value of &lt;code&gt;\textheight&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-09T23:31:05.967" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T01:07:46.910" Title="Avoiding page breaks shortly after section/subsection headings" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;page-breaking&gt;&lt;e-tex&gt;&lt;sections-paragraphs&gt;" AnswerCount="6" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2348" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2340" CreationDate="2010-08-26T12:43:00.817" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I suspect that, for this case, the qtree package mentioned by maxschlepzig is the right choice.  However, for more complicated structures you might find it worthwhile to compute the tree using &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.graphviz.org&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;graphviz&lt;/a&gt; and then using &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.fauskes.net/code/dot2tex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;dot2tex&lt;/a&gt; to convert it to TikZ for the actual rendering.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-08-26T12:43:00.817" />
  <row Id="2349" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2334" CreationDate="2010-08-26T12:46:08.150" Score="-1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think I have understand what you need. If you don't like the bothersome pagebreaks at the end of your chapters, you should use &quot;openany&quot; like following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;‎\documentclass[openany]{book}‎&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="885" LastActivityDate="2010-08-26T12:46:08.150" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2350" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2338" CreationDate="2010-08-26T12:51:18.757" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It works fine for me too. What's your pdf viewer? Check your pdf viewer settings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="885" LastActivityDate="2010-08-26T12:51:18.757" />
  <row Id="2352" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2347" CreationDate="2010-08-26T13:03:42.320" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There isn't a generalisable mechanism.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Single last lines or single first lines of a paragraph, appearing at the beginning or the end of a page, are known as 'widows' and 'orphans/clubs' (I think they're that way round).  TeX has a mechanism for avoiding, or at least penalising, widows and orphans, but it's specialised for this case of keeping the first or last two lines together, and it can't be extended to three lines or more.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There may be a way of addressing this by doing scary output routine gymnastics, but that would be a &lt;em&gt;very&lt;/em&gt; exotic thing to do.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="96" LastActivityDate="2010-08-26T13:03:42.320" />
  <row Id="2353" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2347" CreationDate="2010-08-26T13:13:26.310" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use needspace. With a bit calculations and tests it shouldn't be too difficult to find sensible values:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum,needspace}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum[1] \vspace{27\baselineskip}&#xA;&#xA;\Needspace{7\baselineskip}&#xA;\section{Blubb}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;&#xA;\newpage&#xA;\lipsum[1] \vspace{28\baselineskip}&#xA;&#xA;\Needspace{7\baselineskip}&#xA;\section{Blabb}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-08-26T13:13:26.310" />
  <row Id="2354" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2347" CreationDate="2010-08-26T13:16:30.313" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I haven't tried it myself, but perhaps you can use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/needspace&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;needspace&lt;/a&gt; package for this. Be sure to heed &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=nopagebrk&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the FAQ warning&lt;/a&gt; about how this may confuse tex, even if you do succeed in preventing page breaks between the lines (eg, ending up with an overfull page leaving those lines jutting out of the bottom of the page).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-08-26T13:16:30.313" />
  <row Id="2356" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2357" CreationDate="2010-08-26T13:39:29.537" Score="5" ViewCount="120" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to have subsection titles show in the margin of the page?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm never happy with subsections, I usually tend to avoid them. What I do like, is letting the readers know what's going on by using \marginpar.&#xA;It would sometimes be useful if some of these (more important) margin notes were actual subsections of the document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="704" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-14T22:31:28.983" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T22:31:28.983" Title="Margins as Subsections" Tags="&lt;margins&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;titlesec&gt;&lt;sections-paragraphs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2357" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2356" CreationDate="2010-08-26T13:44:03.610" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Take a look at the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/titlesec.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;titlesec&lt;/a&gt; package. The manual (page 24-25) shows an example of a heading in the margin.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="586" LastActivityDate="2010-08-26T13:44:03.610" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2358" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2347" CreationDate="2010-08-26T14:09:24.573" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There may be a generalisable mechanism: Using e-TeX and its &lt;code&gt;\clubpenalties&lt;/code&gt; command. In the following example, patching &lt;code&gt;\@afterheading&lt;/code&gt; seems to do the trick.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{etex}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{etoolbox}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\patchcmd{\@afterheading}%&#xA;    {\clubpenalty \@M}{\clubpenalties 3 \@M \@M 0}{}{}&#xA;\patchcmd{\@afterheading}%&#xA;    {\clubpenalty \@clubpenalty}{\clubpenalties 2 \@clubpenalty 0}{}{}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;\textheight 480pt&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\section{bla}&#xA;&#xA;\blindtext[3]&#xA;&#xA;\section{blubb}&#xA;&#xA;\blindtext&#xA;&#xA;\clearpage&#xA;&#xA;\section{foo}&#xA;&#xA;\blindtext[3]&#xA;&#xA;An extra line.&#xA;&#xA;\section{bar}&#xA;&#xA;\blindtext&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-26T15:31:12.520" LastActivityDate="2010-08-26T15:31:12.520" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="2360" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2410" CreationDate="2010-08-26T15:58:59.403" Score="0" ViewCount="230" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&#xA;   I use Laprint in Matlab to generate my eps figures. In the tex file that accompanies the eps file with the Laprint output, I have some psfrag commands. If we consider say the yaxis, I find in some cases that the yaxis label is very close to the tickmarks labels. And in some cases, they overlap. Here a psfrag code for a yaxis label:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\psfrag{s04}[b][b]{\color[rgb]{0,0,0}\setlength{\tabcolsep}{0pt}\begin{tabular}{c}Force $F$, kN\end{tabular}}%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where label s04 is to be replaced by Force F, kN. I find that I can get further separation between the yaxis label and the tickmarks label by using&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\psfrag{s04}[bc][bl]{\color[rgb]{0,0,0}\setlength{\tabcolsep}{0pt}\begin{tabular}{c}Force $F$, kN\end{tabular}}%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where the only change was from [b] to [bc] and [b] to [bl].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However at times this is insufficient. I have been looking at the psfrag manual but couldn't find any good solutions. Any suggestions?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I'm basically looking to increase the separation between the y label and the tickmarks on the graph axis. This amounts to moving the y label more to the left.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks a lot...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="993" LastEditorUserId="993" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-27T06:22:26.703" LastActivityDate="2010-08-27T15:39:28.927" Title="correcting label placement with psfrag" Tags="&lt;labels&gt;&lt;psfrag&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="2361" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2347" CreationDate="2010-08-26T16:40:28.930" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;\patchcmd{\@afterheading}%&#xA;    {\clubpenalty \@M}{\clubpenalties 3 \@M \@M 0}{}{}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;\patchcmd works for all scannable parameterless macros, but it is meant for scannable parametered macros. For parameterless macros, LaTeX \g@addto@macro does the job without the need for the  and  parts and, of course, without the need for etoolbox.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="994" LastActivityDate="2010-08-26T16:40:28.930" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2362" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1282" CreationDate="2010-08-26T16:53:54.547" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use Laprint with Matlab. It is a very robust combination. An eps file is generated together with a tex file in which there are psfrag commands. So in your main LaTeX document, you end up with an eps figure with LaTeX fonts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nothing works more perfect! For other types of drawings, I use Adobe Illustrator and in LaTeX I can use psfrag labels on the Adobe Illustrator figure very easily. Maybe Inkscape can be an alternative for those who don't have AI.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The good thing is that you can choose whatever size (and name) of font you want for your labels/tickmarks and this independently of the scale of your diagrams in your LaTeX document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="993" LastEditorUserId="993" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-27T17:50:45.793" LastActivityDate="2010-08-27T17:50:45.793" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2363" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2372" CreationDate="2010-08-26T17:28:06.553" Score="6" ViewCount="184" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to set the indention of an itemize-list. How can this be done?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="97" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-28T08:06:08.217" LastActivityDate="2010-08-28T08:06:08.217" Title="Setting the indention of unordered lists" Tags="&lt;lists&gt;&lt;itemize&gt;&lt;indentation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="2364" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2363" CreationDate="2010-08-26T17:47:37.550" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Define a new environment. Say you wanted a 0.25 inch indentation, something like this could do the trick.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{itemize1}{&#xA;  \begin{itemize}{$\bullet$}{&#xA;      \setlength{\leftmargin}{0.25in}}}{\end{itemize}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;then use the newly defined environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{itemize1}&#xA;\item First item!&#xA;\item Second!&#xA;\end{itemize1}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="10" LastActivityDate="2010-08-26T17:47:37.550" />
  <row Id="2365" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1282" CreationDate="2010-08-26T17:51:30.703" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;gnuplot&lt;/code&gt; has the &lt;code&gt;epslatex&lt;/code&gt; terminal. This allows you to add normal LaTeX commands in labels, titles, and the key. Plus, the output will be a nice &lt;code&gt;.eps&lt;/code&gt; file along with a &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; file containing the text. Via &lt;code&gt;epstopdf&lt;/code&gt; you can easily compile this for PDFs, too. No journal could possible object to that because no external software is required for them to process your figures.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="870" LastActivityDate="2010-08-26T17:51:30.703" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="2366" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2371" CreationDate="2010-08-26T18:04:37.210" Score="4" ViewCount="187" Body="&lt;p&gt;While attempting to answer &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2316/sentence-alignment-for-dual-line-bilingual-paragraph-translation-in-latex/2328#2328&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt;, I re-read Chapter 14 of The TeX Book (on how TeX breaks paragraphs into lines).  It got me thinking: Is there a way to restrict the length of a string of text while still allowing that text to be broken across lines?  For example, let's say I want to typeset &quot;Lorem Ipsum Dolor&quot; and I want it to be exactly 3cm in length.  I could do &lt;code&gt;\hbox to 3cm{Lorem Ipsum Dolor}&lt;/code&gt; (with an optional &lt;code&gt;\hfill&lt;/code&gt; at the end if I just want to pad the extra length with whitespace).  The problem with that is that the &lt;code&gt;\hbox&lt;/code&gt; will not be broken across lines.  Is there a way to do something similar while allowing for line breaks?  In other words, I would be okay with &quot;Lorem Ipsum&quot; being at the end of one line and &quot;Dolor&quot; being at the begging of the next, as long as their total length equals 3cm.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt; I don't think I was very clear about for what I'm looking.  Consider the line &lt;em&gt;&quot;Ut fermentum pharetra lacus, id ornare dolor pretium tempor&quot;&lt;/em&gt; in this example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/8YrNI.png&quot; alt=&quot;Line break example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this example, that sentence was broken over two lines.  I want to be able to explicitly set the total length of the &lt;em&gt;&quot;Ut fermentum...&quot;&lt;/em&gt; sentence, regardless of how it is broken across lines.  In this example, I might want the sum of the lengths of s_1 and s_2 to be equal to, say, 5in.  This could be accomplished by adding glue between words or padding the end with glue.  This is easy to do if we know that there will be no line breaks in the string; we can then use either &lt;code&gt;\hbox spread 5in{}&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\hbox to 5in{}&lt;/code&gt;.  The problem occurs when a line break does occur in the string, since the &lt;code&gt;\hbox&lt;/code&gt; method would likely force the string to be on a single line.  Furthermore, if the natural length of the string is greater than &lt;code&gt;\textwidth&lt;/code&gt;, then the &lt;code&gt;\hbox&lt;/code&gt; would overfill.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="737" LastEditorUserId="737" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-30T12:23:25.997" LastActivityDate="2010-08-30T12:23:25.997" Title="Restricting the length of a line of text while allowing line breaks." Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;line-breaking&gt;&lt;hbox&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="2367" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2366" CreationDate="2010-08-26T18:27:56.450" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One simple (though perhaps heavy-handed) solution, also in Chapter 14 (page 101, the last &quot;dangerous curve&quot; paragraph), is to use &lt;code&gt;\parshape&lt;/code&gt;; to summarize, &lt;code&gt;\parshape=n&lt;/code&gt; where &lt;em&gt;n&lt;/em&gt; is a nonnegative integer, followed by &lt;em&gt;2n&lt;/em&gt; dimension specifications, &lt;code&gt;\parshape=n i1 l1 i2 l2 ... in ln&lt;/code&gt; produces a paragraph whose first &lt;em&gt;n&lt;/em&gt; lines have lengths &lt;code&gt;l1&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;l2&lt;/code&gt;, ..., &lt;code&gt;ln&lt;/code&gt;, and will be indented from the left margin by the amounts &lt;code&gt;i1&lt;/code&gt;, ..., &lt;code&gt;in&lt;/code&gt;. If you have fewer than &lt;em&gt;n&lt;/em&gt; lines the other specifications are ignored, if you have more then the specifications will be repeated. You can cancel the effect by saying &lt;code&gt;\parshape=0&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So to get a paragraph with lines 3cm long, you should be able to do &lt;code&gt;\parshape=1 0 3cm&lt;/code&gt; and then type away (replacing the 0 would indent it some).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="491" LastActivityDate="2010-08-26T18:27:56.450" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="2368" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2366" CreationDate="2010-08-26T18:44:50.123" Score="-1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think perhaps you want the simple &lt;code&gt;\parbox{width}{text}&lt;/code&gt; command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-08-26T18:44:50.123" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2369" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2376" CreationDate="2010-08-26T19:18:58.510" Score="7" ViewCount="745" Body="&lt;p&gt;When typing &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; in LaTeX and compiling with &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt;, the less than and greater than symbols appear at upside down exclamation points. I'm not in math mode. Any ideas?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="996" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-13T20:35:31.197" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T20:35:31.197" Title="Less than symbol (&lt;) appears as upside down “!”" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;fontenc&gt;&lt;encodings&gt;&lt;punctuation&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2370" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2369" CreationDate="2010-08-26T19:24:00.170" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;\textless&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\textgreater&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="467" LastActivityDate="2010-08-26T19:24:00.170" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2371" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2366" CreationDate="2010-08-26T19:35:09.293" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The answer to the question as posted is a bit fuzzy&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Spaces tend to have a glue component that makes predicting their actual width rather hard unless you remove the glue by using &lt;code&gt;\spaceskip&lt;/code&gt; &amp;amp; &lt;code&gt;\xspaceskip&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Do you really mean 'restrict' or do you mean 'expand'? If there is too much text for 3cm, there is no way to meet the requirements.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The three words, when on one line, will have two intermediate spaces. When on two lines, there will be only one space. It will be quite difficult to make sure the total used space&#xA;in both cases is identical (in fact, I no idea how to do that in TeX82).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Do you really want the extra room to be filled with &lt;code&gt;\hfill&lt;/code&gt;? &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anyway, you could try something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newdimen\mydimen&#xA;\mydimen=3cm&#xA;\setbox0=\hbox {Lorem Ipsum Dolor}\advance\mydimen-\wd0 \unhbox0\hskip\mydimen&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which may or may not give you something that is exactly 3cm, depending on the rest of the paragraph.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A much more precise solution would be possible using node processing in LuaTeX, but there are not that many hooks in TeX82's line breaking routine that can really alter its behaviour.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-08-26T19:35:09.293" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2372" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2363" CreationDate="2010-08-26T19:43:41.573" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To customize itemize lists and other lists, I recommend to use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/enumitem&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;enumitem&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package. It provides commands to customize the different dimension of lists as well as their labels, using &lt;code&gt;key=value&lt;/code&gt; options.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First, load the package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{enumitem}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then, for instance, if you like to set both left margin and item indentation to 10pt, for the first level (0):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setitemize[0]{leftmargin=10pt,itemindent=10pt}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, if the bulletpoints shall align with the left margin of the text, use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setitemize[0]{leftmargin=*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The lengths you may specify:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;horizontal: leftmargin, rightmargin, itemindent, listparindent, labelwidth, labelsep&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;vertical: topsep, partopsep, parsep, itemsep&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could choose various symbols for the bullets, further you might benefit even more if you also use enumerated lists and wish to modify their appearance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For complete information, type &lt;code&gt;texdoc enumitem&lt;/code&gt; at the command prompt or open the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;documentation on CTAN&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-26T19:43:41.573" />
  <row Id="2373" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2387" CreationDate="2010-08-26T20:19:19.173" Score="6" ViewCount="285" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hey everybody,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've been using LaTeX and R for a few years now, but am only now bringing them together via Sweave. As I put the document together, I run my R code in its own session to verify that it works properly, then add it to the Sweave file. Then, I Sweave the file in R. This goes fine, since all the R code has checked out. When I compile the TeX file, though, there are almost invariably errors that I have made.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finding an error in the TeX file, tracing it to the Sweave file, and re-Sweaving and TeXing isn't that difficult. It does become a pain when there are multiple errors, meaning multiple reruns of Sweave and pdftex. It would be simpler if I could fix all the errors in the TeX file, which can be rerun alone simply, and have them transfer into the Sweave file, rendering it ready for a final Sweave and TeX compile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any tips on how you handle this workflow?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One tip is to not make any errors, but, as an economist, I believe that the optimal number of errors is probably greater than 0.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&#xA;Charlie&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="758" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T07:41:14.827" Title="Workflow in Sweave: Handling TeX errors" Tags="&lt;sweave&gt;" AnswerCount="4" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="2374" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2369" CreationDate="2010-08-26T20:26:56.987" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;May be using some other sane font encoding, something like &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&lt;/code&gt; or something. (Well, I don't think any of this legacy font encoding and input encoding is sane any way).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastActivityDate="2010-08-26T20:26:56.987" />
  <row Id="2375" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2408" CreationDate="2010-08-26T20:27:42.243" Score="6" ViewCount="278" Body="&lt;p&gt;Are there any LaTeX packages that can assist with reading and writing to files? I am trying to develop a solution to the following problem:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1) I am producing a long report regularly. Part of the report include items like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;   Key date: 12 Sep 2010    Complete Floor 1&#xA;   Key date: 18 Sep 2010    Other activity&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2) It will be nice to have all these dates saved into a sort of an  aux file and then import later as a section of its own. It will also need to be sorted.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have so far looked at the answers package for inspiration and also thought of hacking the&#xA;index mechanism. Any ideas and pointers would be greatly appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-27T08:55:28.673" LastActivityDate="2010-08-27T10:09:26.097" Title="File input and output" Tags="&lt;filesystem-access&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="2376" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2369" CreationDate="2010-08-26T20:30:32.060" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Geoffs tip with &lt;code&gt;\textless&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\textgreater&lt;/code&gt; will work well for you. However, you could type these symbols &amp;lt; and &gt; directly in your editor and they would be correctly printed if you use the recommended font encoding, Cork resp. T1:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Have a look at the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.micropress-inc.com/fonts/encoding/t1.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;T1 encoding table&lt;/a&gt;, search for the symbols &amp;lt; and &gt;. Afterwards, open the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.micropress-inc.com/fonts/encoding/ot1.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;OT1 encoding table&lt;/a&gt;, which is the default. At the two corresponding places you will find the upside down exclamation resp. quotation mark. That should explain it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For further reasons, why you should use T1 encoding, have a look at this question: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/664/why-should-i-use-usepackaget1fontenc&quot;&gt;Why should I use \usepackage[T1]{fontenc}?&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You should use a font supporting T1. For instance use the very good Latin Modern font, derived from the standard fonts:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{lmodern}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or install the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/cm-super&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;cm-super&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package which provides the standard Computer Modern fonts with T1 support.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-26T20:30:32.060" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2377" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2375" CreationDate="2010-08-26T20:40:00.910" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can easily write to a file using&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newwrite\file&#xA;\immediate\openout\file=myfilename.txt&#xA;\immediate\write\file{A line of text to write to the file}&#xA;\immediate\write\file{Another line of text to write to the file}&#xA;\closeout\file&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can read from a file a line at a time in a similar way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newread\file\file&#xA;\openin\file=myfilename.txt&#xA;\loop\unless\ifeof\file&#xA;    \read\file to\fileline % Reads a line of the file into \fileline&#xA;    % Do something with \fileline&#xA;\repeat&#xA;\closein\file&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: Note that &lt;code&gt;\unless&lt;/code&gt; is an e-TeX extension. &lt;code&gt;\readline&lt;/code&gt; is another useful extension. It reads the line and assigns each character a category code of other (12) or space (10). This is true even of the end of line character.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-08-26T20:40:00.910" />
  <row Id="2378" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="698" CreationDate="2010-08-26T20:57:46.777" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Introduce &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.lyx.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LyX&lt;/a&gt; to your students. First impression of LaTeX is scary after years with word processors. But both GUI approach and good tutorial of LyX may attract your students. It has almost all the benefits of LaTeX, for starters, and easier to learn compared to LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="998" LastActivityDate="2010-08-26T20:57:46.777" />
  <row Id="2379" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2375" CreationDate="2010-08-26T21:01:25.967" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If some of your report data is table like, perhaps &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/texmf-dist/doc/latex/pgfplots/pgfplotstable.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the pgfplotstable package&lt;/a&gt; is an option. It makes it really easy to read in (parts) of delimited text files and typeset the data as nice tables.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="929" LastActivityDate="2010-08-26T21:01:25.967" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2380" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2326" CreationDate="2010-08-26T21:22:33.943" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/memoir/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;memoir&lt;/a&gt; document class provides, among a lot of other excellent things, the &lt;code&gt;vplace&lt;/code&gt; environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Try:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{vplace}[0.7]&#xA;This is some text to be centred vertically.&#xA;\end{vplace}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;[0.7]&quot; is the ratio of space above to space below - &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/memoir/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;1&lt;/a&gt; is the default value.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="344" LastActivityDate="2010-08-26T21:22:33.943" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2381" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2383" CreationDate="2010-08-26T21:36:35.230" Score="5" ViewCount="201" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know that I can change the font for the equation numbers by redefining \theequation command by, say, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;\renewcommand{\theequation}{{\sffamily\arabic{equation}}}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am wondering if there's a better way of doing this. The reason I ask is because if I include the section number to the equation numbers using the following amsmath command&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;\numberwithin{equation}{section}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;then this will nullify the previous redefinition. Of course an obvious solution for this is to just use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;\renewcommand{\theequation}{{\sffamily\thesection.\arabic{equation}}}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but I am curious if there's another way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1000" LastEditorUserId="1000" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-27T02:10:08.367" LastActivityDate="2010-08-27T02:10:08.367" Title="Changing the Font for Equation Numbering" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;equations&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="2382" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2385" CreationDate="2010-08-26T22:03:15.013" Score="6" ViewCount="486" Body="&lt;p&gt;One thing annoying in &lt;code&gt;sparklines&lt;/code&gt; is its verbosity and dependence on external arithmetics. For example, to depict a three bar graph of 16%, 53%, 31%, one has to write:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{sparkline}{4}&#xA;  \sparkspike .166 .302&#xA;  \sparkspike .500 1&#xA;  \sparkspike .834 .585 &#xA;\end{sparkline}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would prefer:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\threesparkline{0.16}{0.53}{0.31}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So my main question is &lt;em&gt;can I do basic arithmetic in LaTeX, like dividing and multiplying numbers, finding the max among three parameters, etc?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alternatively, &lt;em&gt;is there a better way of using sparklines that I've missed?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;UPDATE:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After the sugestion of using the &lt;code&gt;calc&lt;/code&gt; package, I'm stuck with the following attempt which yields an error in &lt;code&gt;\real&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\ratio&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\threespike}[3]{&#xA;    \newcounter{max}\setcounter{max}{\maxof{\maxof{\real{#1}}{\real{#2}}}{\real{#3}}}&#xA;    \newcounter{a}\setcounter{a}{\ratio{\real{#1}}{max}}&#xA;    \newcounter{b}\setcounter{b}{\ratio{\real{#2}}{max}}&#xA;    \newcounter{c}\setcounter{c}{\ratio{\real{#3}}{max}}    &#xA;    \begin{sparkline}{4}&#xA;      \sparkspike .166 a&#xA;      \sparkspike .500 b&#xA;      \sparkspike .834 c &#xA;    \end{sparkline}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;UPDATE2:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I eventually got to make &lt;code&gt;\ratio&lt;/code&gt; work directly like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\ratiofivespark}[7]{&#xA;    \begin{sparkline}{6}&#xA;      \sparkspike .1 \ratio{#2}{#1}&#xA;      \sparkspike .3 \ratio{#3}{#1}&#xA;      \sparkspike .5 \ratio{#4}{#1}&#xA;      \sparkspike .7 \ratio{#5}{#1}&#xA;      \sparkspike .9 \ratio{#6}{#1} &#xA;    \end{sparkline}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Where the first parameter passed establishes the full height of a bar. See the accepted answer for more powerful LaTeX-Fu!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="877" LastEditorUserId="877" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-27T14:36:25.617" LastActivityDate="2010-08-27T14:36:25.617" Title="Performing basic arithmetic in custom commands" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;calculations&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="2383" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2381" CreationDate="2010-08-26T22:21:21.390" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think your obvious solution is the right way to go. There's certainly no harm in it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-08-26T22:21:21.390" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2384" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2317" CreationDate="2010-08-26T22:27:19.223" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just use itemize or enumerate.  Put the suggestion (or, better, a one-line summary of it) in bold or italic at the start of each item.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Although it is useful to use latex or tex (in case there is mathematics involved), the formatting should not matter much to the editor or the reviewers, so long as things are clear.  Don't waste time worrying about formatting.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Instead, spend your time documenting the changes to your document (or reasons for not changing).  I normally quote line numbers in the revised version, so that reviewers can check quickly the changes that have been made, to see if they judge them sufficient.  Few reviewers are going to read the whole text again, with the original one at its side, to see the changes.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The reviewers have done a lot of work for you, and few systems credit that work.  (Deans and bosses of all kinds want to count beans, and providing careful reviews counts as, well, as a first approximation, &lt;em&gt;zero&lt;/em&gt; beans.)  You should give your reviewers a break, in the second round.  Tell them what you've changed (and &lt;em&gt;where&lt;/em&gt; in the text), and why you refuse to change other things.  If you have some minimal formatting (even a blank line between items), that's sufficient.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="922" LastActivityDate="2010-08-26T22:27:19.223" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2385" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2382" CreationDate="2010-08-26T22:31:13.543" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can certainly do basic arithmetic in LaTeX. You have several options. You can use the standard TeX &lt;code&gt;\advance&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\multiply&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;\divide&lt;/code&gt;. You can use the &lt;code&gt;calc&lt;/code&gt; package for a more natural way of doing arithmetic (although, I find I don't use it). You can also use the e-TeX extension &lt;code&gt;\numexpr ... \relax&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: Okay. I think I've got a solution for you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{sparklines}&#xA;\usepackage{fp}&#xA;\newcount\slnum&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand\dosparkline[2][4]{%&#xA;        \FPset\slmax{0}%&#xA;        \FPset\slpos{0}%&#xA;        \slnum0&#xA;        \slparse#2,\relax&#xA;        \FPadd\sladvance{1}{\the\slnum}%&#xA;        \FPdiv\sladvance{1}\sladvance&#xA;        \count@\slnum&#xA;        \loop\ifnum\count@&amp;gt;0&#xA;                \advance\count@-1&#xA;                \FPdiv\sltemp{\csname sl@\the\count@\endcsname}\slmax&#xA;                \expandafter\let\csname sl@\the\count@\endcsname\sltemp&#xA;        \repeat&#xA;        \begin{sparkline}{#1}&#xA;                \count@0&#xA;                \loop\ifnum\count@&amp;lt;\slnum&#xA;                        \FPadd\slpos\slpos\sladvance&#xA;                        % The {} are necessary&#xA;                        \sparkspike \slpos{} \csname sl@\the\count@\endcsname{}&#xA;                        \advance\count@1&#xA;                \repeat&#xA;        \end{sparkline}&#xA;}&#xA;\def\slparse#1,#2\relax{%&#xA;        \FPset\sltemp{#1}%&#xA;        \FPmax\slmax\slmax\sltemp&#xA;        \expandafter\let\csname sl@\the\slnum\endcsname\sltemp&#xA;        \advance\slnum1&#xA;        \ifx\relax#2\relax\else&#xA;                \slparse#2\relax&#xA;        \fi&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\dosparkline[10]{16,53,31,25,10,45}&#xA;&#xA;\dosparkline{.16,.53,.31}&#xA;\begin{sparkline}{4}&#xA;  \sparkspike .166 .302&#xA;  \sparkspike .500 1&#xA;  \sparkspike .834 .585 &#xA;\end{sparkline}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first &lt;code&gt;\dosparkline&lt;/code&gt; shows the optional argument which is the width (in ex of all things!). The second one shows what you asked for which you can compare without the output of yours. You'll note I didn't match your spacing. You can play around with that by changing how &lt;code&gt;\sladvance&lt;/code&gt; is computed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-27T08:05:45.577" LastActivityDate="2010-08-27T08:05:45.577" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2386" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2381" CreationDate="2010-08-26T22:34:10.493" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use the &lt;code&gt;\pretocmd&lt;/code&gt; command of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/etoolbox.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;etoolbox&lt;/a&gt; package to insert code at the beginning of &lt;code&gt;\theequation&lt;/code&gt; (and leave the rest of its definition unchanged).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{etoolbox}&#xA;\pretocmd{\theequation}{\sffamily}{}{}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The code snipped must be placed after using &lt;code&gt;\numberwithin&lt;/code&gt; and the like.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-26T22:43:50.387" LastActivityDate="2010-08-26T22:43:50.387" />
  <row Id="2387" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2373" CreationDate="2010-08-26T22:44:20.063" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I also use sweave (a few months) and latex (20 years).  With a reasonably fast machine, the optimal scheme is simply to rebuild &lt;em&gt;often&lt;/em&gt;.  I use &quot;make&quot; (on a unix-like machine) so that only the chapters whose Rnw file has changed get rebuilt into tex files.  That saves a lot of sweave time. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alternatively, you can edit the .tex file and work away at errors, and put your results back into the .Rnw file when you're ready.  But that's error-prone.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you run sweave-latex often, and fix errors as soon as you see them, then you won't make so many errors.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The other advice is to use a decent editor (e.g. emacs) that does a lot of the work for you, e.g. finishing off parenthetic blocks, begin/end environments and so forth.  That prevents 2/3 of the errors you're likely to make.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="922" LastEditorUserId="922" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-28T10:47:02.507" LastActivityDate="2010-08-28T10:47:02.507" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2390" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="698" CreationDate="2010-08-27T00:43:39.210" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Put the source code for a sample answer on your course website.  Better yet, don't worry about it.  It's really not fun grading assignments that have errors that, if written by hand would imply complete lack of understanding, but if typeset imply only a trivial typo.  (For example, it is  easy to forget a &lt;code&gt;partial&lt;/code&gt; in a tex expression, which is something that only weak students would do with pen on paper.)  Do you &lt;em&gt;really&lt;/em&gt; want to write &quot;C&quot; (or worse) on such a paper?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I bet that most people reading this site love tex and latex.  But if students are not using these things of their own free will, then that indicates that these things are not useful to them (yet).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I use latex for all my course materials, which are quite mathematical.  The results are manifestly more beautiful than they would have been, had I used word or openoffice.  Guess what?  A lot of students notice this, and start using latex, without my asking.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tex and Latex can argue for themselves.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="922" LastActivityDate="2010-08-27T00:43:39.210" />
  <row Id="2391" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2392" CreationDate="2010-08-27T00:53:32.327" Score="2" ViewCount="126" Body="&lt;p&gt;Currently, the space between the bottom of my header and the top of the chapter number is quite large and I would like to be able to reduce the space between the header and the chapter number.  How would I go about doing this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am using the report documentclass.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="952" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T07:59:00.190" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T07:59:00.190" Title="How do I modify the amount of space between the heading and the chapter's number and/or name?" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;chapters&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="2392" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2391" CreationDate="2010-08-27T01:16:23.757" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I found the answer over at &lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/2801107/latex-positions-of-page-numbers-position-of-chapter-headings-chapters-and-tab/2803289#2803289&quot;&gt;stackoverflow.com&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To recap, I had to use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{titlesec}&#xA;\titleformat{ command }[ shape ]{ format }{ label }{ sep }{ before }[ after ]&#xA;\titlespacing{ command }{ left }{ beforesep }{ aftersep }[ right ]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\titleformat&lt;/code&gt; must be specified in order for the spacing to take effect.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="952" LastActivityDate="2010-08-27T01:16:23.757" />
  <row Id="2393" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2526" CreationDate="2010-08-27T01:27:58.410" Score="13" ViewCount="280" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a way of testing if a &lt;code&gt;\pageref&lt;/code&gt; is the current page? For example, in the next code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\figureref[1]{%&#xA;  Figure~\ref{#1} (p.~\pageref{#1})&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like to eliminate the &lt;code&gt;(p.~\pageref{#1})&lt;/code&gt; if the referenced figure is on the same page as the reference. I tried using the &lt;code&gt;varioref&lt;/code&gt; package and but couldn't tweak it to the desired behavior.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;UPDATE:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Going back to the original question of &lt;em&gt;testing for current page&lt;/em&gt;, this almost worked:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcounter{cPage}&#xA;\newcommand\figureref[1]{%&#xA;  Figure~\ref{#1}%&#xA;  \setcounter{cPage}{\value{page}}\addtocounter{cPage}{1}%&#xA;  \ifthenelse{\value{cPage}=\pageref{#1}}{}{(p.~\pageref{#1})}%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But, the page value is not very consistent. Sometimes it changes in the middle of a page. The offset varies, between -1/1 and +1/2, and I can't seem to find any logic behind it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="877" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-23T09:41:25.527" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T09:41:25.527" Title="Testing for current page" Tags="&lt;cross-referencing&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2394" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2419" CreationDate="2010-08-27T01:51:28.090" Score="1" ViewCount="67" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have found that for only one page (so far) the spacing between the header and content is different from the spacing on all the other pages. You can see this behavior in the images below (from pages 2 and 3 of the document):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/eJM5l.png&quot; alt=&quot;correct spacing&quot;&gt;&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/FJ7hH.png&quot; alt=&quot;incorrect spacing&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My .tex file contents are shown below.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{report}&#xA;\usepackage{fullpage}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;\setlength{\headsep}{0.5cm}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0.4pt}&#xA;\renewcommand{\chaptermark}[1]{\markboth{\thechapter. #1}{}}&#xA;\fancyhead[L]{\bfseries \leftmark}&#xA;\fancyhead[R]{\bfseries \rightmark}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{Version Control}&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="952" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-27T12:41:38.990" LastActivityDate="2010-08-27T12:41:38.990" Title="What is causing different spacing between a header and content on one page only?" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;header-footer&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="2395" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2360" CreationDate="2010-08-27T02:35:28.580" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Strut_(typesetting)&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;struts&lt;/a&gt;, or phantom objects, which is ugly but which does the trick. Thus, you might include \phantom{a} or something before the text in order to force the text to the right.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="480" LastActivityDate="2010-08-27T02:35:28.580" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2396" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2430" CreationDate="2010-08-27T03:24:13.373" Score="7" ViewCount="190" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need to change the indentation that the quote and quotation environments and commands employ. I assume that there is some length I need to set, but I've googled around, and cannot find what I am after. So, how to alter the indentation?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="93" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T16:47:03.570" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T16:47:03.570" Title="How can I change the indentation in quote and quotation environments and commands?" Tags="&lt;indentation&gt;&lt;lengths&gt;&lt;quoting&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="2397" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-27T04:07:47.740" Score="6" ViewCount="249" Body="&lt;p&gt;So I'm writing up a CV and I would like to use the nifty &lt;code&gt;itemize&lt;/code&gt; environment to list some things within a &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; environment.  Unfortunately, things end up looking a bit &#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/TqN2h.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt;, which isn't at all what I want.  Specifically, I want to the itemize environment to hug closely to &quot;BIG COMPANY NAME&quot; so that it appears as &quot;Software Development Intern&quot; does, and likewise at the bottom.  My current code looks a bit like so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\textsc{May 2010 to Aug 2010}&#xA;    &amp;amp; Software Development Intern  \\&#xA;    &amp;amp; \textsc{BIG COMPANY NAME} \\&#xA;    &amp;amp; \begin{itemize}&#xA;        \setlength{\itemsep}{0pt}&#xA;        \setlength{\parskip}{0pt}&#xA;        \setlength{\parsep}{0pt}&#xA;        \setlength{\partopsep}{0pt}&#xA;        \setlength{\topsep}{0pt}&#xA;        \item item1&#xA;        \item item2&#xA;    \end{itemize} \\&#xA;    &amp;amp; \small{Cool Details}\\&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Buuut it's not doing the job at all.  Any suggestions, Latex gurus?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1003" LastActivityDate="2010-08-27T10:33:49.280" Title="Lists in Tabular Environment" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;lists&gt;&lt;itemize&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="2398" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2397" CreationDate="2010-08-27T05:33:00.167" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have several suggestions. I would suggest using one of the numerous cv/resumé packages. My own cv uses &lt;code&gt;currvita&lt;/code&gt;. The next suggestion would be to use the &lt;code&gt;enumitem&lt;/code&gt; package for changing the spacing of your lists. Finally, you don't have a table of data so &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; is probably the wrong thing to use.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-08-27T05:33:00.167" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2399" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2382" CreationDate="2010-08-27T05:41:38.500" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For calculations using real numbers, take a look at the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/fp&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;fp&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package. If you are using LuaTeX then escaping to Lua is going to be the best approach.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-08-27T05:41:38.500" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2400" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2396" CreationDate="2010-08-27T05:49:46.787" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\advance\leftmargini 2em&lt;/code&gt; before &lt;code&gt;\begin{quote}&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\begin{quotation}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-08-27T05:49:46.787" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2401" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2402" CreationDate="2010-08-27T06:25:57.990" Score="7" ViewCount="165" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have the following equation: &lt;code&gt;$\|\text{DFT}\left( f_t (n) \right)\|^2 $&lt;/code&gt; (&lt;img src=&quot;http://mathurl.com/2f7gx2s.png&quot; alt=&quot;rendered&quot;&gt;) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This equation is rendered with a space before the second &lt;code&gt;$\|$&lt;/code&gt;. Why is this and how can I fix it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="459" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-27T07:09:08.790" LastActivityDate="2010-09-01T01:34:48.060" Title="Why is there a space in this equation" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;spacing&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="9" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2402" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2401" CreationDate="2010-08-27T06:58:18.333" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;$\left\|\text{DFT}\left( f_t (n) \right)\right\|^2$&lt;/code&gt;.  Otherwise LaTeX does not know that the first &lt;code&gt;\|&lt;/code&gt; is supposed to be a left delimiter and the second &lt;code&gt;\|&lt;/code&gt; a right one. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-27T07:09:56.090" LastActivityDate="2010-08-27T07:09:56.090" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2403" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2406" CreationDate="2010-08-27T08:24:42.250" Score="4" ViewCount="148" Body="&lt;p&gt;minimal example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[oneside]{memoir}&#xA;&#xA;\setstocksize{8.5in}{3.6666in}&#xA;\settrimmedsize{8.5in}{3.6666in}{*}&#xA;\settrims{0in}{0in}&#xA;\settypeblocksize{9.0in}{32pc}{*}&#xA;\setlrmarginsandblock{0.37in}{*}{1}&#xA;\setulmarginsandblock{0.1in}{*}{1}&#xA;\setheadfoot{0pt}{0pt}&#xA;\setheaderspaces{*}{0pt}{*}&#xA;\checkandfixthelayout&#xA;\clearpage\thispagestyle{empty}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{vplace}[1]&#xA;test&#xA;\end{vplace}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="512" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-27T08:55:46.923" LastActivityDate="2010-08-27T09:10:39.267" Title="Vertically centering text on a page doesn't work?" Tags="&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;&lt;memoir&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2404" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2397" CreationDate="2010-08-27T08:32:24.597" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use \novspace to get rid of the space at the top, nolistsep from enumitem for the spaces in the list, the internal \parbox for the space at the bottom and the \strut to give the \parbox the correct depth.   &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[]{book}&#xA;\usepackage{enumitem}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand\novspace{\@minipagetrue}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{lp{5cm}}&#xA; \textsc{May 2010 to Aug 2010}&#xA;    &amp;amp; Software Development Intern  \\&#xA;    &amp;amp; \textsc{BIG COMPANY NAME} \\&#xA;    &amp;amp;\parbox[t]{5cm}{\novspace&#xA;      \begin{itemize}[nolistsep]&#xA;        \item item1&#xA;        \item item2\strut&#xA;      \end{itemize}}\\&#xA;    &amp;amp; \small Cool Details&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-08-27T08:32:24.597" />
  <row Id="2405" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2393" CreationDate="2010-08-27T08:36:28.253" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Looks like you want something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*\figureref[1]{Figure~\vref{#1}}&#xA;\renewcommand*\reftextbefore{(p.~\thevpagerefnum)}&#xA;\let\reftextfacebefore\reftextbefore&#xA;\let\reftextafter\reftextbefore&#xA;\let\reftextfaceafter\reftextbefore&#xA;\renewcommand*\reftextfaraway[1]{(p.~\pageref{#1})}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: After reading &lt;code&gt;varioref&lt;/code&gt; more closely, I see my redefinition of \vref was unnecessary.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit 2: You didn't mention anything about &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; before. I'm not sure what the best way to go about this is, but the following sort of works.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*\figureref[1]{Figure~\ref{#1}\vpageref[]{#1}}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\let\old@vpageref\@vpageref&#xA;\def\@vpageref[#1]{\@ifnextchar[%]&#xA;        {\vpageref@interpose{#1}}%&#xA;        {\vpageref@interpose{#1}[\unskip\vref@space]}%&#xA;}&#xA;\def\vpageref@interpose#1[#2]#3{%&#xA;        \def\thereflabel{#3}%&#xA;        \@@vpageref{#1}[#2]{#3}%&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\renewcommand*\reftextbefore{\reftextfaraway{\thereflabel}}&#xA;\let\reftextfacebefore\reftextbefore&#xA;\let\reftextafter\reftextbefore&#xA;\let\reftextfaceafter\reftextbefore&#xA;\renewcommand*\reftextfaraway[1]{(p.~\pageref{#1})}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; changes &lt;code&gt;\@@vpageref&lt;/code&gt; which is why I didn't just modify that directly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Update:&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Okay, going back to your original question. This is essentially what &lt;code&gt;varioref&lt;/code&gt; does to solve this problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\newcount\testpagecount&#xA;\testpagecount0&#xA;\DeclareRobustCommand\ifrefthispage[3]{%&#xA;        \global\advance\testpagecount1&#xA;        \getpagenum\refstartnum{tpcstart\the\testpagecount}%&#xA;        \getpagenum\refendnum{tpcend\the\testpagecount}%&#xA;        \getpagenum\labelnum{#1}%&#xA;        \ifx\refstartnum\refendnum\else&#xA;                \GenericWarning{}{Reference to #1 fell on page&#xA;                boundary \refstartnum-\refendnum}%&#xA;        \fi&#xA;        \testpagelabel{tpcstart\the\testpagecount}%&#xA;        \ifx\labelnum\refendnum&#xA;                #2%&#xA;        \else&#xA;                #3%&#xA;        \fi&#xA;        \testpagelabel{tpcend\the\testpagecount}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\getpagenum#1#2{%&#xA;        \@ifundefined{r@#2}{\@namedef{r@#2}{{??}{??}}}{}%&#xA;        \protected@edef#1{\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;                \@cdr\csname r@#2\endcsname\@nil}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\testpagelabel#1{%&#xA;        \protected@write\@auxout{}{\string\newlabel{#1}{{}{\thepage}}}%&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Foo}\label{sec:foo}&#xA;\ifrefthispage{sec:foo}{Ref is on this page}{Ref is not on this page}&#xA;\newpage&#xA;\ifrefthispage{sec:foo}{Ref is on this page}{Ref is not on this page}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Basically, it generates two new labels, one on either side of the two replacement texts using &lt;code&gt;\testpagelabel&lt;/code&gt; which is nearly identical to the standard &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt;, just without the actual label. On subsequent runs, it checks if the two labels straddle a page boundary. If they do, a warning is issued. (Admittedly, I didn't check that code path.) Then, if the second label is on the same page as the label you want to test, it uses the tokens in the second argument, otherwise it use the tokens in the third argument.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that on page boundaries, it could change every time you compile. I don't really know of a way to handle that .&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-30T12:11:47.597" LastActivityDate="2010-08-30T12:11:47.597" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="2406" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2403" CreationDate="2010-08-27T08:52:20.253" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The environment, as you've discovered, is clearly broken. For now, you can work around it with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\documentclass{memoir}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\null&#xA;\begin{vplace}[1]&#xA;test&#xA;\end{vplace}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'll contact Lars about the problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-08-27T08:52:20.253" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="2407" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2403" CreationDate="2010-08-27T08:53:59.413" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can add &lt;code&gt;\hrule height0pt&lt;/code&gt; before the &lt;code&gt;\begin{vplace}&lt;/code&gt;. From reading the documentation, it seems like it should work, but it doesn't. It looks like a bug in &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt; to me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{vplace}[1][1]{%&#xA;  \par\vspace{\stretch{#1}}%&#xA;}{%&#xA;  \vspace*{\stretch{1}}%&#xA;  \par}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think that should be&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{vplace}[1][1]{%&#xA;    \par&#xA;    \vspace*{\stretch{#1}}&#xA;}{%&#xA;    \par&#xA;    \vspace{\stretch{1}}%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-08-27T08:53:59.413" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2408" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2375" CreationDate="2010-08-27T09:05:47.417" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sounds like the perfect task for the &lt;code&gt;datatool&lt;/code&gt; package. It is design to create &quot;databases&quot; in TeX, which can then be saved to an external file and then read in later. Lots of useful data manipulation commands, as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-27T09:19:17.657" LastActivityDate="2010-08-27T09:19:17.657" />
  <row Id="2409" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2403" CreationDate="2010-08-27T09:10:39.267" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Fixed in the next memoir release&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;/daleif&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1005" LastActivityDate="2010-08-27T09:10:39.267" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2410" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2360" CreationDate="2010-08-27T09:36:50.097" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have found a solution by modifying the \arraystretch parameter. It works fine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e.g.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\psfrag{s04}[bc][bl]{\color[rgb]{0,0,0}\setlength{\tabcolsep}{0pt}\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.8}\begin{tabular}{c}Write here\end{tabular}}%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="993" LastEditorUserId="993" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-27T15:39:28.927" LastActivityDate="2010-08-27T15:39:28.927" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2411" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2375" CreationDate="2010-08-27T10:09:26.097" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I tried all the answers given so far - except I did not spent too much time on the &lt;code&gt;datatool&lt;/code&gt; mentioned by Will Robertson. At the end I decided to hack a simple solution which is shown below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; %% Define a new command for activity key-dates&#xA; %% this can be saved for shipout later&#xA; \newcommand{\keydate}[2]{#1  #2 \\}&#xA; \newcommand{\out}[2]{\immediate\write\tempfile{\noexpand\keydate{ #1}{#2}}}&#xA;&#xA; %% We open the file to  to write the key-dates&#xA; %% we will use it later to import&#xA;\newwrite\tempfile&#xA;\immediate\openout\tempfile=keydates.tex&#xA;&#xA;&#xA; %% Example&#xA; %% &#xA;&#xA;\out{Activity 1}{10 Sep 2010}&#xA;\out{Activity 2}{12 Sep 2010}&#xA;\out{Activity 3}{13 Sep 2010}&#xA;&#xA; %% finally we close the file&#xA; %%&#xA; \immediate\closeout\tempfile&#xA;&#xA; %% we now read the file and dostuff with it&#xA; %% &#xA; \section{Summary of  Key Dates}&#xA; \input{keydates}  &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This quick hack did the job. On the next version, I will try using the &lt;code&gt;datatool&lt;/code&gt; in order to be able to manipulate the data more extensively.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-08-27T10:09:26.097" />
  <row Id="2412" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2397" CreationDate="2010-08-27T10:33:49.280" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the package &lt;code&gt;paralist&lt;/code&gt; which defines among others the &lt;code&gt;compactitem&lt;/code&gt; environment (which is a compact itemize). It also redefines &lt;code&gt;itemize&lt;/code&gt; that way, but there are options to leave it, like &lt;code&gt;olditem&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;In your case I would just load&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[olditem,oldenum]{paralist}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and use &lt;code&gt;\begin{compactitem} ... \end{compactitem}&lt;/code&gt; inside tables.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="353" LastActivityDate="2010-08-27T10:33:49.280" />
  <row Id="2413" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="219" CreationDate="2010-08-27T10:55:10.377" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Of course it will. &lt;code&gt;\phantom&lt;/code&gt; produces a box -- one that happens to be empty -- just like anything else, and all that a regular word is in TeX is a box. (Okay, a potentially breakable one, but you get the idea.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-08-27T10:55:10.377" />
  <row Id="2414" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2415" CreationDate="2010-08-27T11:22:21.547" Score="7" ViewCount="351" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm writing some integrals and I don't like the way the &lt;code&gt;\int&lt;/code&gt; symbol is displayed when it is followed by a big delimiter.&#xA;Here's the code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[&#xA;\int_S\biggl(\nabla\times\bar B - \mu_0\bar J -&#xA;\mu_0\varepsilon_0\frac{\partial\bar E}{\partial t}\biggr) \cdot\hat n\,ds = 0&#xA;\]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And here's the output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/eUOu6.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I'd like to have is an integral sign taller than the parenthesis, as if it would have a sort of &lt;code&gt;\bigg&lt;/code&gt; command right before. Is there any way to do this, or the &lt;code&gt;\int&lt;/code&gt; symbol is impossible to modify?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="177" LastActivityDate="2010-08-27T11:46:35.683" Title="How can I have a bigger integral (\int) delimiter?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;equations&gt;&lt;delimiters&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2415" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2414" CreationDate="2010-08-27T11:46:35.683" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Maybe the bigints package? &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/bigints/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/bigints/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastActivityDate="2010-08-27T11:46:35.683" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2416" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2434" CreationDate="2010-08-27T11:47:21.757" Score="9" ViewCount="238" Body="&lt;p&gt;Once a LaTeX user get more and more skilled, and writes its own code, the question &quot;should I make a package (or a class) out of it?&quot; will probably come.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My question is (you catch me: I'm one of those users!): is there a reference guide other than the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.latex-project.org/guides/clsguide.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTEX 2ε for class and package writers&lt;/a&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I mean, to me it seems that writing a class or a package is something gained only by experience. Every LaTeX package is always well documented.&#xA;Is there a document on how to write packages assuming a very little knowledge on LaTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You know, there's always find a &quot;Hello world&quot; example for every programming language and, starting from that example, the language is explained in all of its functions. But I've not yet found something similar for writing LaTeX packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="177" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-06T00:47:54.610" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T00:47:54.610" Title="Reference guide to begin writing a class and/or a package" Tags="&lt;documentclass&gt;&lt;package-writing&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="2417" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="80" CreationDate="2010-08-27T11:55:48.980" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I adapted the resume class found in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.iro.umontreal.ca/~csuros/latex.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.iro.umontreal.ca/~csuros/latex.html&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="324" LastActivityDate="2010-08-27T11:55:48.980" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-27T11:55:48.980" />
  <row Id="2418" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2416" CreationDate="2010-08-27T12:08:12.103" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't think there are many interesting LaTeX packages that could be written with only a little knowledge of LaTeX. Most (but not all) require a fairly deep understanding of TeX. I highly recommend reading the TeXbook to learn about TeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One could probably write a class that essentially loaded another class (like &lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt;), used some packages (like &lt;code&gt;geometry&lt;/code&gt;) and supplied the necessary arguments to them without a whole lot of LaTeX knowledge. Dealing with &lt;code&gt;docstrip&lt;/code&gt; for documentation is a whole other issue.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-08-27T12:08:12.103" />
  <row Id="2419" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2394" CreationDate="2010-08-27T12:32:21.480" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Compiling the document produces the following warning on page 2:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Package Fancyhdr Warning: \headheight is too small (0.0pt): &#xA;   Make it at least 12.0pt.&#xA;   We now make it that large for the rest of the document.&#xA;   This may cause the page layout to be inconsistent, however.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Doing what &lt;code&gt;fancyhdn&lt;/code&gt; suggests, i.e. replacing &lt;code&gt;\setlength{\headsep}{0.5cm}&lt;/code&gt; by &lt;code&gt;&#xA;\setlength{\headheight}{0.5cm}&lt;/code&gt; fixes the problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-08-27T12:32:21.480" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2420" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="80" CreationDate="2010-08-27T12:48:41.723" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I found &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.lrde.epita.fr/~didier/software/latex.php#curve&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;CurVe&lt;/a&gt; to be a nice package. Used it to get two student jobs and apparently, it worked :). The only drawback is that the default structure of the CV may need adjustments to your specific purposes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="870" LastActivityDate="2010-08-27T12:48:41.723" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-27T12:48:41.723" />
  <row Id="2421" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2427" CreationDate="2010-08-27T13:08:17.340" Score="2" ViewCount="412" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a B5 thesis to print and the printing houses proposed me to print and bind it on A4 paper and then make two cuts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've used the crop package but the problem is for twoside document, you can only use the &quot;center&quot; option with this package, and I need to have the odd pages in the top-left corner and the even pages in the top-right corner to print recto-verso and make only two cuts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any hint ? &#xA;Thanks,&#xA;Fred.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="439" LastActivityDate="2010-08-27T14:46:31.003" Title="Print two-sided B5 book on A4 &quot;corners&quot;" Tags="&lt;paper-size&gt;&lt;crop&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="2422" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2425" CreationDate="2010-08-27T13:10:03.237" Score="7" ViewCount="944" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have some graphs I drew in maple, some simple line plots and histograms. Now I'd like to redraw these graphs in LaTeX, so I can do fancy stuff in beamer like have one histogram appear, and then another on top of it on the next slide.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I guess one way to do this would be using R and sweave, but learning R seems like overkill, since I'm not really doing any statistical analysis: I just want to plot some data. Is there a simpler way to pass LaTeX the data in such a way that it will be able to plot the data in, say, a TikZ picture (since I already know how to use TikZ a bit...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="396" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-27T16:47:58.173" LastActivityDate="2010-09-09T21:27:53.510" Title="Using LaTeX to draw time series graphs and histograms" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;pgfplots&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="2423" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2424" CreationDate="2010-08-27T13:19:21.153" Score="2" ViewCount="91" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a paper with an equation in the title, and I would like to include the equals sign in the pdf metadata by using the hyperref key &quot;pdftitle&quot;, by including it as in the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\hypersetup{pdftitle={P = NP}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But when I typeset this, the metadata stops just after the P.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So my question is, &lt;em&gt;how can I get the symbol = to appear in the pdf metadata with hyperref?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;I'm using TeX+DVI, in case that matters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After Ulrike kindly pointed out the there was no problem.  I tried to just restart to see if the problem evaproated... and it did!  I'll leave this up in case someone else has something similar happen.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="450" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-12T23:03:42.717" LastActivityDate="2010-12-12T23:03:42.717" Title="Equals sign in the pdftitle using hyperref" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;hyperref&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="2424" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2423" CreationDate="2010-08-27T13:29:08.430" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This works fine for me. The Reader shows the title P = NP with both compile routes (pdflatex, latex+dvips+ps2pdf)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\hypersetup{pdftitle={P = NP}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;abc&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using hyperref.sty    2010/06/18 v6.81g Hypertext links for LaTeX&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-08-27T13:29:08.430" />
  <row Id="2425" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2422" CreationDate="2010-08-27T13:34:08.183" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/pgfplots.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pgfplots&lt;/a&gt; package might be what you need. It is based on Tikz, and lets you plot data or functions. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="586" LastActivityDate="2010-08-27T13:34:08.183" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2426" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="80" CreationDate="2010-08-27T13:41:55.390" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I also ended up making my own style, however, I added one twist: I actually store my CV in XML format and then use an XSLT transform to convert it into a &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; file.  While this required a lot more work upfront, the benefit is that I can use the same XML file to generate plain text, HTML, abridged, &lt;em&gt;&amp;amp;c.&lt;/em&gt; versions without having to maintain &lt;em&gt;n&lt;/em&gt; separate files.  If you end up making your own LaTeX style for your CV, I would also suggest you seriously consider investing the time to use the XML/XSLT technique.  You can see the results of this technique &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.sultanik.com/CV&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; (scroll to the bottom of the page to see the XML and HTML versions).  It would take me a bit of time to clean them up, but I'd be happy to share my XSLTs with people if anyone is interested.  &lt;a href=&quot;http://xmlresume.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;This is an open source project that does something similar&lt;/a&gt;, however, it was started after I created my technique and I've never used it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="737" LastActivityDate="2010-08-27T13:41:55.390" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-27T13:41:55.390" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2427" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2421" CreationDate="2010-08-27T14:15:59.393" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Maybe you can use &lt;code&gt;a4paper&lt;/code&gt; to specify the paper size, and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.artofproblemsolving.com/Wiki/index.php/LaTeX%3aLayout&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;manually play with margins&lt;/a&gt;? For example, if you are using &lt;code&gt;B5&lt;/code&gt;, then the page width is 176mm. Assume you want 25.4mm margins on the page, this leaves 176 - (2 * 25.4) = 125.2mm width for text. The pagewidth is 250mm, so the total text height should be 250 - (2 * 25.4) = 199.2mm So you can set&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setlength{\textwidth}{125.2mm}&#xA;\setlength{\textheight}{199.2mm}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in the preamble. Now, A4 paper has width 210mm, so the difference is 210 - 176 = 34mm. You want the odd pages on top left, and even pages on the top right, so you set&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setlength{\oddsidemargin}{0mm}&#xA;\setlength{\evensidemargin}{34mm}&#xA;\setlength{\topmargin}{0mm}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(since 25.4mm is added to the values of &lt;code&gt;\oddsidemargin&lt;/code&gt;,  &lt;code&gt;\evensidemargin&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;\topmargin&lt;/code&gt; automatically). This &lt;em&gt;should&lt;/em&gt; get you what you want. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastActivityDate="2010-08-27T14:15:59.393" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2428" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2421" CreationDate="2010-08-27T14:43:21.320" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[a4paper,layout=b5paper]{geometry}&lt;/code&gt; comes close, but doesn't do the even-odd trick you're looking for. You can probably achieve it using the lower-level options of the package, though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, maybe &lt;code&gt;zwpagelayout&lt;/code&gt; can help?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-08-27T14:43:21.320" />
  <row Id="2429" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2421" CreationDate="2010-08-27T14:46:31.003" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/memoir/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;memoir&lt;/a&gt; should be able to help you. You might want to try something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[b5paper,twoside]{memoir}&#xA;\usepackage{showframe}&#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage[toc,math]{blindtext}&#xA;\setstocksize{297mm}{210mm}&#xA;\checkandfixthelayout&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;    \blinddocument&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="344" LastActivityDate="2010-08-27T14:46:31.003" />
  <row Id="2430" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2396" CreationDate="2010-08-27T15:05:10.240" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;And what about something like that ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{myquote}{\list{}{\leftmargin=0.3in\rightmargin=0.3in}\item[]}{\endlist}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="439" LastActivityDate="2010-08-27T15:05:10.240" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2431" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2416" CreationDate="2010-08-27T15:37:03.447" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I might be wrong, but your question seems to be asking how to go about authoring LaTeX packages rather than programming in LaTeX. Right? In this case, you might be interested in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.tug.org/pkg/dtxtut&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;dtxtut&lt;/a&gt; guide and the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.tug.org/pkg/dtxgallery&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;dtxgallery&lt;/a&gt; collection of examples.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-08-27T15:37:03.447" />
  <row Id="2432" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1282" CreationDate="2010-08-27T16:22:39.127" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I also use Matlab to create my graphs as well but I use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mathworks.com/matlabcentral/fileexchange/21286-matlabfrag&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;matlabfrag&lt;/a&gt; to export psfrag versions of the EPS graphics instead of Laprint.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My solution to the &quot;journal problem&quot; is a little more generic, however. Haven't written any portable code for it yet because it's not easily generalisable, but the outline is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;endfloat&lt;/code&gt; to send all figures to the end of the document&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Hide the captions with &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand\@makecaption[2]{}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Create a new document that only contains the pages with figures (that should now be blank except for the graphics themselves); e.g., using &lt;code&gt;pdfpages&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;pdftk&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;pdfcrop&lt;/code&gt; to trim each page down to the exact size of the graphic&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I then have some other macros to use these pregenerated figures in subsequent document compilations, but that's only useful if the journal is actually going to use your TeX source.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-08-27T16:22:39.127" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="2433" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2435" CreationDate="2010-08-27T18:05:23.573" Score="10" ViewCount="519" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to compile a LaTeX code with an older version of some package. Thus, I'm having a few issues due to undefined commands.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I add conditional code so that I can define some work-around commands of this older package version?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% I want something like this:&#xA;if command \foobar is not defined&#xA;  \newcommand{\foobar}{FooBar}&#xA;&#xA;% I don't need an &quot;else&quot; clause here, but it would be good&#xA;% to know how to add one, in case I need it in future&#xA;&#xA;end if&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="375" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-05T12:16:21.333" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T12:16:21.333" Title="How to conditionally define a new command in LaTeX?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2434" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2416" CreationDate="2010-08-27T18:08:10.793" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I wrote my first LaTeX package (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/idxlayout.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;idxlayout&lt;/a&gt;) about half a year ago. I didn't know a comprehensive class/package writing guide then (and do not now), but I can offer a few hopefully useful hints:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;You may not need advanced TeX programming skills, but you should be familiar with the existing solutions (and their shortcomings) in the subject area you're interested in. Delve in the respective code of the LaTeX kernel, study the packages that may already exist.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Try to straighten out the desired features of your package and their interdependencies before you write lots of code. Come up with intuitive names for options and user commands.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Consider a key-value-interface for the options you're going to offer. There are quite a few support packages for key-value-syntax; I've used &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/kvoptions.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;kvoptions&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;You've already mentioned the importance of documentation. I'll add that writing a comprehensible user manual is necessary, but that your top priority should be documenting the intricacies of your source code - neglecting this will come to haunt you later.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;For distributing your package you may use the dtx-format which packs source code and documentation in one file. A good tutorial is &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/info/dtxtut/dtxtut.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Scott Pakins article&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-27T18:18:12.303" LastActivityDate="2010-08-27T18:18:12.303" />
  <row Id="2435" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2433" CreationDate="2010-08-27T18:13:12.437" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The LaTeX kernel command &lt;code&gt;\providecommand{\foobar}{FooBar}&lt;/code&gt; does exactly what you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-08-27T18:13:12.437" />
  <row Id="2436" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2433" CreationDate="2010-08-27T18:44:10.947" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think that &lt;code&gt;\providecommand&lt;/code&gt; is what you want for this, as lockstep says, but it's worth mentioning the &lt;code&gt;\@ifundefined&lt;/code&gt; LaTeX command which tests for whether or not a command is defined and executes some code if it is or isn't.  It's more flexible than &lt;code&gt;\providecommand&lt;/code&gt; in that it doesn't just deal with defining a particular command.  Here's a simple example that I use when anglicising a few commands:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\@ifundefined{centre}{%&#xA;\newenvironment{centre}{\center}{\endcenter}%&#xA;}{}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So if the &lt;em&gt;command&lt;/em&gt; &lt;code&gt;\centre&lt;/code&gt; is not defined then it defines the &lt;em&gt;environment&lt;/em&gt; &lt;code&gt;centre&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastEditorUserId="86" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-27T19:13:16.613" LastActivityDate="2010-08-27T19:13:16.613" />
  <row Id="2437" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2433" CreationDate="2010-08-27T18:47:10.873" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/ifthen.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ifthen package&lt;/a&gt; provides some easy-to-use macros for this.  For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ifthenelse{\isundefined{\foobar}}{&#xA;  %% Do this if it is undefined&#xA;}{&#xA;  %% Do this if it is defined&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also do it in plain TeX (which doesn't require any external packages):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ifx\foobar\undefined&#xA;  %% Do this if it is undefined&#xA;\else&#xA;  %% Do this if it is defined&#xA;\fi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="737" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-27T22:02:14.877" LastActivityDate="2010-08-27T22:02:14.877" />
  <row Id="2438" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2391" CreationDate="2010-08-27T20:36:11.870" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could also use the &lt;code&gt;\vspace&lt;/code&gt; command. For example, &lt;code&gt;\vspace{-2ex}&lt;/code&gt; means &quot;move the stuff immediately following up 2 lines worth of vertical space&quot;. (1ex is is the height of a line in the current font).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="941" LastActivityDate="2010-08-27T20:36:11.870" />
  <row Id="2439" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2369" CreationDate="2010-08-27T20:39:42.123" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;What I usually do is just enter mathmode to type them, e.g. &lt;code&gt;This object is $&amp;lt;$ that object&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="941" LastActivityDate="2010-08-27T20:39:42.123" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2440" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-27T22:55:25.610" Score="3" ViewCount="481" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using &lt;code&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/code&gt;package for headings and footers. I have defined left-header as a big image, and I want to vertically align (to the top or to the center, the default is to the bottom) the text from the right-header. How can I do that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;&#xA;\lhead{\includegraphics[height=21mm]{some_fancy_logo.pdf}}&#xA;\chead{}&#xA;\rhead{I want to vertically align THIS text}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="375" LastActivityDate="2010-08-30T09:59:05.093" Title="How to vertically align headers/footers in `fancyhdr` package?" Tags="&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;&lt;header-footer&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="2441" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-28T00:10:34.810" Score="10" ViewCount="1185" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have some text in a table and I want to add a forced line break. I want to insert a forced line break without having to specify the column width. Something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|}&#xA;\hline&#xA;Foo bar &amp;amp; Foo &amp;lt;forced line break here&amp;gt; bar &amp;amp; Foo bar \\&#xA;\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know that &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; inserts a line break in most cases, but here it starts a new table row instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Similar question: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/485/how-to-break-a-line-in-a-table&quot;&gt;How to break a line in a table&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="375" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T14:33:58.850" Title="How to add a forced line break inside a table cell" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;line-breaking&gt;" AnswerCount="7" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2442" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2441" CreationDate="2010-08-28T00:25:10.097" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could try the &lt;code&gt;\newline&lt;/code&gt; command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-08-28T00:25:10.097" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2443" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2440" CreationDate="2010-08-28T00:53:54.953" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I got a solution. It's a very ugly hack, but it works in my case (because I know in advance the height of the header).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\rhead{\parbox[b][21mm][t]{0.5\textwidth}{\raggedleft I want to vertically align THIS text}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm accepting better solutions. :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="375" LastActivityDate="2010-08-28T00:53:54.953" />
  <row Id="2444" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2441" CreationDate="2010-08-28T01:26:53.013" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't have direct help on how to add a linebreak, but using the multirow package may provide different route to same desired end.  You can read a tutorial here:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://andrewjpage.com/index.php?/archives/43-Multirow-and-multicolumn-spanning-with-latex-tables.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://andrewjpage.com/index.php?/archives/43-Multirow-and-multicolumn-spanning-with-latex-tables.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I have a feeling the \parbox answer in the similar question you linked is what you're looking for.  I think using a box in the cell is going to be simplest and best way, was there something about that that wasn't working for you?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to use parbox without having to hardcode in a width, here's one way that works for me.  Not perfect, since it requires you to know beforehand the text of the longest line in the multi-line column, but it does work:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% define new length and set to length of longest line&#xA;\newlength{\longline}&#xA;\settowidth{\longline}{longest line in table}\\&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{lll}&#xA;&#xA;one line &amp;amp; \parbox[t]{\longline}{longest line in table \\ and another line} &amp;amp; more text \\&#xA;second line here&amp;amp; and what &amp;amp; more text &#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="631" LastEditorUserId="631" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-28T04:36:30.057" LastActivityDate="2010-08-28T04:36:30.057" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2445" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-28T01:34:38.843" Score="3" ViewCount="179" Body="&lt;p&gt;How to create figure numbers like 1.1.1 and then 1.2.1, not 1.2.2?&#xA;I mean even if I added &lt;code&gt;\arabic{section}&lt;/code&gt; into the command, the order of figures is still continuous, not accordingly rearranged by sections.&#xA;Is there any mistake I made? Below is the command line:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\thefigure}{\arabic{chapter}.\arabic{section}.\arabic{figure}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-28T13:07:21.270" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T13:07:21.270" Title="How to create multilevel figure / table numbers?" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;numbering&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2446" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2448" CreationDate="2010-08-28T01:39:19.697" Score="6" ViewCount="236" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is often the case that a postscript or PDF image used in a math paper consists mainly of a few lines and bezier curves.  If there were an easy way to extract this information and convert it into tikz \draw commands, one could conveniently replace existing included graphics with tikz pictures.  Does anyone know of a conversion program which does this?  It would &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; need to be a completely general solution -- if it extracted a majority of the useful information (lines, curves, labels(?), ...) from a majority of the files it was presented with, that would be quite useful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ADDED:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One of the commenters asked what the output of eps2pgf looks like.  Here's a sample:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% Created by Eps2pgf 0.7.0 (build on 2008-08-24) on Sat Aug 28 14:14:16 PDT 2010&#xA;\begin{pgfpicture}&#xA;\pgfpathmoveto{\pgfqpoint{0cm}{0cm}}&#xA;\pgfpathlineto{\pgfqpoint{5.186cm}{0cm}}&#xA;\pgfpathlineto{\pgfqpoint{5.186cm}{4.092cm}}&#xA;\pgfpathlineto{\pgfqpoint{0cm}{4.092cm}}&#xA;\pgfpathclose&#xA;\pgfusepath{clip}&#xA;\begin{pgfscope}&#xA;\pgfpathmoveto{\pgfqpoint{0cm}{4.092cm}}&#xA;\pgfpathlineto{\pgfqpoint{0cm}{0cm}}&#xA;\pgfpathlineto{\pgfqpoint{5.186cm}{0cm}}&#xA;\pgfpathlineto{\pgfqpoint{5.186cm}{4.092cm}}&#xA;\pgfpathclose&#xA;\pgfusepath{clip}&#xA;\begin{pgfscope}&#xA;\begin{pgfscope}&#xA;\pgfsetdash{}{0cm}&#xA;\pgfsetlinewidth{0.317mm}&#xA;\definecolor{eps2pgf_color}{rgb}{0,0,0}\pgfsetstrokecolor{eps2pgf_color}\pgfsetfillcolor{eps2pgf_color}&#xA;\pgfpathmoveto{\pgfqpoint{0.044cm}{2.586cm}}&#xA;\pgfpathcurveto{\pgfqpoint{0.789cm}{2.747cm}}{\pgfqpoint{1.394cm}{3.29cm}}{\pgfqpoint{1.633cm}{4.014cm}}&#xA;\pgfusepath{stroke}&#xA;\end{pgfscope}&#xA;\begin{pgfscope}&#xA;\pgfsetdash{}{0cm}&#xA;\pgfsetlinewidth{0.317mm}&#xA;\definecolor{eps2pgf_color}{rgb}{0,0,0}\pgfsetstrokecolor{eps2pgf_color}\pgfsetfillcolor{eps2pgf_color}&#xA;\pgfpathmoveto{\pgfqpoint{3.538cm}{4.014cm}}&#xA;\pgfpathcurveto{\pgfqpoint{3.629cm}{3.205cm}}{\pgfqpoint{4.31cm}{2.592cm}}{\pgfqpoint{5.125cm}{2.586cm}}&#xA;\pgfusepath{stroke}&#xA;\end{pgfscope}&#xA;\begin{pgfscope}&#xA;\pgfsetdash{}{0cm}&#xA;\pgfsetlinewidth{0.317mm}&#xA;\definecolor{eps2pgf_color}{rgb}{0,0,0}\pgfsetstrokecolor{eps2pgf_color}\pgfsetfillcolor{eps2pgf_color}&#xA;\pgfpathmoveto{\pgfqpoint{0.046cm}{4.015cm}}&#xA;\pgfpathlineto{\pgfqpoint{5.126cm}{4.015cm}}&#xA;\pgfpathlineto{\pgfqpoint{5.126cm}{0.046cm}}&#xA;\pgfpathlineto{\pgfqpoint{0.046cm}{0.046cm}}&#xA;\pgfpathclose&#xA;\pgfusepath{stroke}&#xA;\end{pgfscope}&#xA;\begin{pgfscope}&#xA;\pgfsetdash{}{0cm}&#xA;\pgfsetlinewidth{0.317mm}&#xA;\definecolor{eps2pgf_color}{rgb}{0,0,0}\pgfsetstrokecolor{eps2pgf_color}\pgfsetfillcolor{eps2pgf_color}&#xA;\pgfpathmoveto{\pgfqpoint{0.046cm}{1.316cm}}&#xA;\pgfpathlineto{\pgfqpoint{5.126cm}{1.316cm}}&#xA;\pgfusepath{stroke}&#xA;\end{pgfscope}&#xA;\end{pgfscope}&#xA;\end{pgfscope}&#xA;\end{pgfpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="203" LastEditorUserId="203" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-28T21:26:15.173" LastActivityDate="2010-08-28T21:26:15.173" Title="PS-or-PDF to tikz converter?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="2447" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2440" CreationDate="2010-08-28T02:02:58.353" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think the problem is that in &lt;code&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/code&gt; there is no easy way to communicate the width of a box in the left header to the right header.  You could allocate a dimen register, place the width of the box in the left header into it, and use it in the right header, but I think much easier solution is to just place everything into the same header:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\lhead{\hbox to \hsize{%&#xA;       \hbox{\vtop{\vskip 0pt \hbox{\includegraphics[height=21mm]{some-fancy-logo.pdf}}}}%&#xA;       \hfill\hbox{\vtop{\vskip 0pt \hbox{I want to vertically align THIS text}}}}}&#xA;\chead{}&#xA;\rhead{}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You probably don't even need &lt;code&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2010-08-28T02:02:58.353" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2448" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2446" CreationDate="2010-08-28T02:18:29.037" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can try &lt;a href=&quot;http://sourceforge.net/projects/eps2pgf/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;eps2pgf&lt;/a&gt;, it seems to be written for exactly this purpose.  I have never tried it, so I am not sure how well it works. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another option could be using &lt;code&gt;pstoedit&lt;/code&gt; to convert your postscript to an editable format like gnuplot, xfig or svg, and convert that to tikz using an appropriate tool. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Number of tools that generate pgf/tikz code are described &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/resources/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2010-08-28T02:18:29.037" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="2449" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2446" CreationDate="2010-08-28T02:32:32.210" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There's also a &lt;a href=&quot;http://code.google.com/p/inkscape2tikz/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TikZ exporter&lt;/a&gt; plugin for &lt;a href=&quot;http://inkscape.org&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Inkscape&lt;/a&gt; you might try. (Inkscape can import EPS/PS and PDFs and other vector formats.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I guess I don't really see how it's more &quot;convenient&quot; to have TikZ code to replace the PDFs, unless you plan on making edits. PS/EPS/PDF images are very easily incorporated into LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-08-28T02:32:32.210" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2450" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2466" CreationDate="2010-08-28T04:50:23.737" Score="8" ViewCount="395" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know how to use \label and \ref to get a reference to a result(or whatever else really) that I have made previously in the document. But this is tedious and requires me to create a label name every time.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I am wondering, is if there is a more systematic/powerful way to accomplish this. I suppose there are many ways to skin a cat, so I will word the question like this;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;How do you reference theorem styles in your LaTeX documents, and why do you do so in this way?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since I am asking the question in a way that suggest multiple answers with some opinions, I am marking this CW and putting the Big-list tag. If this is wrong, feel free to change.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="84" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-28T13:43:51.997" LastActivityDate="2010-10-29T12:48:24.710" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-28T04:50:23.737" Title="What is the correct way to reference theorem styles in LaTeX" Tags="&lt;cross-referencing&gt;&lt;theorems&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2451" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2453" CreationDate="2010-08-28T05:28:35.577" Score="10" ViewCount="223" Body="&lt;p&gt;Running TeXLive 2009 on Ubuntu 10.4, a vanilla install.  I used to be able to get updates for TeXLive 2009, I'm sure.  But for months now it just tells me:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;sudo /usr/local/texlive/2009/bin/i386-linux/tlmgr update --list&#xA;tlmgr: package repository http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/systems/texlive/tlnet&#xA;tlmgr: no updates available&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have a large TeXLive installation, with lots of packages.  I would expect dozens of updates weekly to CTAN.  Wouldn't 'tlmgr' normally get them?  Or do I misunderstand things.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I also tried the tlmgr GUI, with the same result.  My net connection is working.  Any ideas?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="695" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T09:12:21.043" Title="In TexLive 2009, 'tlmgr' tells me there are 'no updates available' for months now. Really?" Tags="&lt;texlive&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2452" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2445" CreationDate="2010-08-28T05:33:18.330" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For numbering figures and tables per chapter you could use the command &lt;code&gt;\numberwithin&lt;/code&gt; of &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/amsmath&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\numberwithin{figure}{section}&#xA;\numberwithin{table}{section}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;amsmath is very recommendable if you write mathematical expressions in your document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alternatively, use the package &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/chngcntr&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;chngntr&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; which is specialized in such manipulations of counters:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{chncntr}&#xA;\counterwithin{figure}{section}&#xA;\counterwithin{table}{section}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-28T05:33:18.330" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2453" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2451" CreationDate="2010-08-28T05:39:35.340" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;We are currently 'between versions' of TeX Live. TeX Live 2009 is now 'frozen', which means there will be no further updates. Once TeX Live 2010 is released you'll be able to install it and update that. As I understand it, there are good technical reasons why TeX Live 2009 can't use the TeX Live 2010 packages (even though most of them do not contain binaries).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This question comes up quite a bit in one way or the other as MiKTeX has a different approach, with each version able to use its immediate predecessor's non-binary packages. So the TeX Live developers are well-aware that many users would like a more 'flexible' approach. As I say, I believe that there are good reasons why this is not currently the case.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-08-28T05:39:35.340" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="2454" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2441" CreationDate="2010-08-28T06:37:19.677" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}{lll}&#xA;a&amp;amp;\vbox{\hbox{\strut ASDF}\hbox{\strut ASDF}\hbox{\strut This is my&#xA;really long line}}&amp;amp;c&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\strut&lt;/code&gt; is essential for spacing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-08-28T06:37:19.677" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="2455" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2441" CreationDate="2010-08-28T08:18:16.377" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;How about using &lt;code&gt;\parbox&lt;/code&gt; in a custom command&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\newsavebox\mybox&#xA;\newlength\mylength&#xA;\newcommand\boxup[2]{%&#xA;  \savebox\mybox{#1}%&#xA;  \setlength\mylength{\wd\mybox}%&#xA;  \parbox{\mylength}{#1 \\ #2}%&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|}&#xA;Foo bar &amp;amp; \boxup{Foo}{bar} &amp;amp; Foo bar \\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This takes two arguments with the assumption that the first line is longer than the second. It would be possible to refine the code to work through an arbitrary number of lines and find the longest. If that's of interest I'll write something, probably using &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/expl3&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; for the looping.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-08-28T08:18:16.377" />
  <row Id="2456" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2450" CreationDate="2010-08-28T09:04:42.670" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you use &lt;code&gt;ntheorem&lt;/code&gt; package, this allows you to use &lt;code&gt;\thref&lt;/code&gt; to reference theorem environments in a smart way. So it will reference a theorem as &quot;Theorem 1&quot; and a lemma as &quot;Lemma 2&quot; automatically.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; will also automatically do the same sort of thing with its &lt;code&gt;\autoref&lt;/code&gt; command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-29T12:48:24.710" LastActivityDate="2010-10-29T12:48:24.710" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-28T09:04:42.670" />
  <row Id="2457" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2441" CreationDate="2010-08-28T09:18:59.590" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This approach isn't so different from some of the others already given, except that it &quot;externalises&quot; all of the design decisions from the table definition itself (that is, leaving it cleaner to write and read each table should you want to include multiple tables like this throughout your doc or docs).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Preliminaries (presumably in your preamble):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{array} % needed if you're going to use \\ together with centering,&#xA;                   % raggedright, raggedleft in your column specifier (see&#xA;                   % manuals on \arraybackslash)&#xA;\newlength{\mywidestcolwidth}&#xA;\newcommand*\mycellformat{\protect\footnotesize}&#xA;\newcommand*\mytableparskip{\setlength\parskip{4pt}}&#xA;\newcommand*\setmywidestcolwidth[1]{&#xA;  \settowidth{\mywidestcolwidth}{\mycellformat #1}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Usage:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setmywidestcolwidth{foo baz bar}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|&amp;gt;{\mycellformat}c&#xA;                |&amp;gt;{\mytableparskip\mycellformat\centering\arraybackslash}p{\mywidestcolwidth}&#xA;                |&amp;gt;{\mycellformat}c|}&#xA;\hline&#xA;foo bar baz&amp;amp;&#xA;foo&#xA;&#xA;foo baz bar&#xA;&#xA;baz&amp;amp; &#xA;foo&#xA;&#xA;foo baz bar&#xA;&#xA;baz\\ \hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Skip the &lt;code&gt;\mycellformat&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\parskip&lt;/code&gt; if you have no need for them (although not necessary in your case, I included &lt;code&gt;\parskip&lt;/code&gt; since it's useful to visually distinguish paragraphs from one another since paragraph  indentation is automatically switched off in tables, and added &lt;code&gt;\mycellformat&lt;/code&gt; to allow for uniform document-wide table design settings).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-08-28T09:18:59.590" />
  <row Id="2458" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2459" CreationDate="2010-08-28T10:35:37.807" Score="3" ViewCount="127" Body="&lt;p&gt;In my paper I need a letter $\mathbb{R}$ with a small circle above it.&#xA;Currently I'm using the following command:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\obbR}{{\mbox{\kern1.4pt \raisebox{7pt} {\scriptsize$\circ$} \kern-9.1pt}\mathbb{R}}}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;But unfortunately it works only with standard font size. The question is how to make a command for this &quot;composed letter&quot;, which works with all font sizes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Actually, I have two problems with writing of this &quot;universal&quot; command.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;1. I don't know, how can one make values font-dependent.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;2. I don't know, how can one make the small circle, I should put above R, smaller, than &lt;code&gt;\scriptsize\circ&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="475" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-28T11:09:52.567" LastActivityDate="2010-08-28T11:09:52.567" Title="How to make a command for a composed symbol to work with all font sizes?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;font-metrics&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2459" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2458" CreationDate="2010-08-28T11:02:44.677" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think you are looking for the &lt;code&gt;\mathring&lt;/code&gt; accent. &lt;code&gt;$\mathring{\mathbb{R}}$&lt;/code&gt; should do what you want. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastActivityDate="2010-08-28T11:02:44.677" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2460" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="80" CreationDate="2010-08-28T11:23:40.893" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's an example of a nice-looking &quot;home-made&quot; CV: &lt;a href=&quot;http://nitens.org/taraborelli/cvtex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://nitens.org/taraborelli/cvtex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="988" LastActivityDate="2010-08-28T11:23:40.893" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-28T11:23:40.893" />
  <row Id="2461" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2396" CreationDate="2010-08-28T12:19:31.077" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/etoolbox.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;etoolbox&lt;/a&gt; package to patch the &lt;code&gt;\quote&lt;/code&gt; command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{etoolbox}&#xA;\patchcmd{\quote}{\rightmargin}{\leftmargin 4em \rightmargin}{}{}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The default definition of &lt;code&gt;\quote&lt;/code&gt; is &lt;code&gt;\list{}{\rightmargin\leftmargin}\item\relax&lt;/code&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-28T13:53:14.733" LastActivityDate="2010-08-28T13:53:14.733" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2462" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2469" CreationDate="2010-08-28T12:24:24.180" Score="1" ViewCount="451" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am trying to recompile a document in kwrite; I previously compiled it all OK under debian squeeze about 6 months ago, but I now have an opensuse 11.2 (kwrite-4.3.5-0.1.1.x86_64).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A few problems have cropped up in the recompile&#xA;1) \begin{enumerate}...\end{enumerate} are undefined&#xA;2) \begin{itemize}...\end{itemize} are also undefined&#xA;3) all my captions now lead to undefined control errors &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;1)&#xA;&#xA;! Undefined control sequence.&#xA;\enit@endenumerate -&amp;gt;\enit@after &#xA;                                 \endlist \enit@toks \expandafter {\enit@sav...&#xA;l.163 \end{enumerate}&#xA;&#xA;2)&#xA;[9]&#xA;! Undefined control sequence.&#xA;\enit@enditemize -&amp;gt;\enit@after &#xA;                               \endlist \enit@toks \expandafter {\enit@savek...&#xA;&#xA;3)&#xA;! Undefined control sequence.&#xA;\captiontextfont@default -&amp;gt;\cpb@font &#xA;&#xA;l.144 ...d compositions as estimated by weighing.}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any advice?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, the captcha on this site is really broken. disabling javascript just throws a (framed) content-length required error and shows a google page (WTF?) Secondly, I had to enter it in 4 times (after enabling javascript) because (I didn't have tags, I had invalid tags, I had a bad captcha (unreadable) and then I got a good one); Is there somewhere I can report this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Could not report bug. Would not let me post my question &quot;your openID (?) is incorrect&quot;, but there was no field (even with javascript) to enter this. ???&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Here is the minimal example that was asked for in the discussion (Am I meant to just keep editing my posts??)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\documentclass[a4paper,12pt,openright,twoside]{thesis}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{enumitem}&#xA;\usepackage{paralist} %fancy list of figures&#xA;&#xA;\title{A b C d e f g}&#xA;&#xA;\author{me}\vspace{4ex}&#xA;\date{2010}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\pagestyle{empty} \hspace{1pt} \pagebreak&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\pagestyle{plain}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{abstract}&#xA;\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Abstract}&#xA;\vspace{1ex}&#xA;Stuff.&#xA;&#xA;\end{abstract}&#xA;&#xA;\cleardoublepage&#xA;&#xA;{&#xA;&#xA;\cleardoublepage&#xA;\mbox{}&#xA;\cleardoublepage&#xA;&#xA;%back to 1,2,3 style numbering&#xA;\pagenumbering{arabic}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA; \item One&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Caption minimal example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;\documentclass[a4paper,12pt,openright,twoside]{thesis}&#xA;\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{caption}&#xA;\title{asdf}&#xA;\author{me}\vspace{4ex}&#xA;&#xA;\date{2010}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{abstract}&#xA;Lalalla&#xA;\end{abstract}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;\includegraphics[width=0.95 \textwidth]{test.png}&#xA;\caption{Caption test}&#xA;\label{fig:test}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;\thispagestyle{plain}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This results in:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;  ! Undefined control sequence. \captionlabelfont@default -&gt;\cph@font l.19 \caption{Caption test} ! Undefined control sequence. \captionlabelfont@default -&gt;\cph@font l.19 \caption{Caption test} ! Undefined control sequence. \captiontextfont@default -&gt;\cpb@font l.19 \caption{Caption test} ! Undefined control sequence. \captionlabelfont@default -&gt;\cph@font l.19 \caption{Caption test} ! Undefined control sequence. \captionlabelfont@default -&gt;\cph@font l.19 \caption{Caption test} ! Undefined control sequence. \captiontextfont@default -&gt;\cpb@font l.19 \caption{Caption test} &#xA;[2 ] (./test.aux) ) (see the transcript file for additional information) Output written on test.pdf (2 pages, 471338 bytes). Transcript written on test.log.&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" LastActivityDate="2010-08-28T16:04:59.540" Title="Enumerate and itemize undefined + captions not working" Tags="&lt;lists&gt;&lt;enumerate&gt;&lt;itemize&gt;&lt;errors&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="2464" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2450" CreationDate="2010-08-28T13:36:00.640" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;How would the auto-labelling work?  If there were a way of generating, say, &lt;code&gt;\label{thm1}&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\label{thm2}&lt;/code&gt;, and so on, then you couldn't rearrange the theorems or insert new ones without the labels automatically changing.  And if you're willing to forswear such edits, then you might as well write &lt;code&gt;Theorem 1&lt;/code&gt; in the source, and skip the &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt; business entirely.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="96" LastActivityDate="2010-08-28T13:36:00.640" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-28T13:36:00.640" />
  <row Id="2465" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2422" CreationDate="2010-08-28T13:47:13.350" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;pstricks extension and more specifically pst-plot package &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/graphics/pstricks/contrib/pst-plot/pst-plot-doc.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pst-plot guide&lt;/a&gt; may be a good solution as well. It is also a bit problematic if you use the pdflatex engine but works very well with dvips and ps2pdf.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastEditorUserId="371" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-08T23:02:02.613" LastActivityDate="2010-09-08T23:02:02.613" />
  <row Id="2466" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2450" CreationDate="2010-08-28T14:30:33.053" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I solved this problem for myself a few years ago without knowing about the &lt;code&gt;theoremref&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;ntheorem&lt;/code&gt; packages, but those in themselves do not do what you want anyway.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problems that I had with the standard setup were the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;You have to give each theorem type a different environment, which has both a &quot;begin&quot; and &quot;end&quot; tag containing the name of the theorem.  If you want to make a change, you have to change two words not near each other.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;You have to write &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt; every time.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;You have to remember the name of the theorem type whenever you use &lt;code&gt;\ref&lt;/code&gt;.  This is the problem which &lt;code&gt;theoremref&lt;/code&gt; also solves, though I think they do it in a slightly different way than I did.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The hyperlink produced by &lt;code&gt;ref&lt;/code&gt; (when using &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt;) only encompasses the number and not the name (&quot;Theorem 2&quot;, etc.), which is a small target but to change it is awkward.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I dealt with 1 and 2 by overwriting the &lt;code&gt;theorem&lt;/code&gt; environment with one that has the syntax&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{theorem}{theorem type}{name of label} ... \end{theorem}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;thus solving the locality problem for the theorem type and also allowing me to omit &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt;.  For 3, I used the &lt;code&gt;fncylab&lt;/code&gt; package to do the work that &lt;code&gt;theoremref&lt;/code&gt; does (note that at the time, there was a bug in &lt;code&gt;amsthm&lt;/code&gt; which makes this impossible without some work.  It may be fixed now).  This also takes care of 4, since now the word &quot;Theorem&quot; is part of the text produced by &lt;code&gt;\ref&lt;/code&gt;, which is all wrapped in a hyperlink without my needing to do anything.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I like this solution very much.  I write things like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{theorem}{lem}{little lemma} This is a small lemma. \end{theorem}&#xA;It follows from \ref{little lemma} that we have&#xA;\begin{theorem*}{thm} The main result. \end{theorem*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can guess the effect of a &lt;code&gt;theorem*&lt;/code&gt; environment, of course.  You can see the .sty file on my website if you are interested.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Later:&lt;/strong&gt; I just found out about the &lt;code&gt;thmtools&lt;/code&gt; package.  Man, that thing is awesome.  I wish I had known about it.  It does everything above (and more) and uses a keyval syntax for setting parameters, which is far better than having multiple arguments.  Read p. 8 of its manual to see my hack done right. (It's not quite the same: it doesn't address point 1.  However, I can imagine writing a wrapper environment taking a key &quot;type&quot; that would duplicate the above example.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="575" LastEditorUserId="575" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-29T16:31:05.320" LastActivityDate="2010-08-29T16:31:05.320" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-28T14:30:33.053" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2467" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2462" CreationDate="2010-08-28T15:58:32.850" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;OK, So for anyone out there; the UWA style file &quot;thesis&quot; is broken with my version of caption. Similar problems have been reported with upgrades to caption breaking university style files.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have no ability to edit custom style files, I just use them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As a work around, as suggested at &lt;a href=&quot;http://macosx-tex.576846.n2.nabble.com/problem-with-caption-in-Mactex-2009-td3988716.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://macosx-tex.576846.n2.nabble.com/problem-with-caption-in-Mactex-2009-td3988716.htm&lt;/a&gt; , is to use &quot;ccaption&quot;, instead of &quot;caption&quot;. The result is different (and less nice looking), but it works.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately, the caption file does not seem to be clearly version stamped, or a dependency is causing the problem, as the last marked change is in 2008, which was long enough ago, and my other system was up-to-date to make me suspicious.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So the only info I have is the non-working caption.sty file has:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]&#xA;\ProvidesPackage{caption}[2008/04/01 v3.1h Customizing captions (AR)]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;$ md5sum ./texmf/tex/latex/caption/caption.sty&#xA;677bc2647b4de7942f16e897e1eadab2  ./texmf/tex/latex/caption/caption.sty&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks to everyone for the help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hope this helps.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;P.s. For a latex site, a software package that is usually associated with anti-wysiwig fuddy duddies, there sure is a lot of scripting going on here -- I can't even post without it. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastActivityDate="2010-08-28T15:58:32.850" />
  <row Id="2468" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2800" CreationDate="2010-08-28T16:02:40.217" Score="5" ViewCount="139" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am rolling out my own &lt;code&gt;mathview.el&lt;/code&gt; (similar to &lt;code&gt;preview.el&lt;/code&gt; but aim to be more efficient) package for editing LaTeX in emacs. Currently it uses &lt;code&gt;dvipng&lt;/code&gt; but I would like to use &lt;code&gt;dvisvgm&lt;/code&gt; as an alternative. Could someone share how they compile &lt;code&gt;dvisvgm&lt;/code&gt; with TeX live 2009 installed to &lt;code&gt;/usr/local/texlive/2009&lt;/code&gt;? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The reason I am considering using &lt;code&gt;dvisvgm&lt;/code&gt; is that text in pngs doesn't look as thick as normal text in emacs buffer. See this image&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/M6Z99.png&quot; alt=&quot;mathview&quot;&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am using Snow Leopard 10.6.4. Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't mind if this question is deleted. Basically the header files of kpathsea must be available. But my tl2009 installation is incomplete so I stopped trying. Also &lt;code&gt;dvipng&lt;/code&gt; has a --gamma option to change the darkness of the font, which can be adjusted to make images blend better with text in emacs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="337" LastEditorUserId="337" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-31T09:45:17.230" LastActivityDate="2010-09-06T12:12:19.827" Title="How to compile dvisvgm with texlive 2009?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;tools&gt;&lt;texlive&gt;&lt;osx&gt;&lt;svg&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2469" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2462" CreationDate="2010-08-28T16:04:59.540" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Regarding your caption problem. I don't get any error. I would suspect that your caption.sty is too old.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have caption.sty    2010/01/09 v3.1m Customizing captions (AR)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-08-28T16:04:59.540" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2470" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-28T17:59:58.577" Score="13" ViewCount="430" Body="&lt;p&gt;We are successfully using LaTeX at our company to create our product documentation. We have a custom document class that works OK and we currently use TeXnicCenter to edit our documentation. &quot;We&quot; are a bunch of Windows C++ developers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm involved in maintaining our doc creation process and would like to improve the situation for all here when errors and warnings appear during PDF generation from our LaTeX files.&#xA;We would obviously like to have warning-free &quot;builds&quot; of our documents.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem with TeXnicCenter is that &lt;strike&gt;it does not parse the pdflatex output and so it's extremely tedious to manually scroll through pages and pages of output to see where a certain error or warning occurred.&lt;/strike&gt; though it &lt;em&gt;does&lt;/em&gt; parse the output and allow to jump to errors and warnings (via toolbar buttons) in the &lt;em&gt;result log&lt;/em&gt;, it is not possible to jump to the file position where the error occurred, so it is left to the user to read the warning prelude and conclude where, in which file, the error happened, go there manually and see if he can spot the error.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have tried TeXmaker and it does a semi decent job at parsing the output but it seems it gets lost as soon as there are errors in addition to warnings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So long story short what I need is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;IDE/Editor for Windows + MikTeX&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;One click generation of PDF&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Resulting in a list/table of warnings and errors and info messages that the developer can click on (as far as possible) to jump to the line where the error occured.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1012" LastEditorUserId="1012" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-20T07:54:25.343" LastActivityDate="2010-12-20T07:54:25.343" Title="Which (La)TeX IDE(s) have good warning/error analysis" Tags="&lt;editors&gt;&lt;windows&gt;&lt;warnings&gt;&lt;ide&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2471" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-28T20:01:51.583" Score="6" ViewCount="489" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/multibib.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;multibib package&lt;/a&gt; but cannot get links to work with it and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/hyperref.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;hyperref&lt;/a&gt;. Is this combination possible? A sample document follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I add a &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{natbib}&lt;/code&gt; in the preamble then links do work, but the custom labeling provided by multibib is removed. For example, without natbib the citations are [F3] and [B2] and no links. With natbib, citations are (3) and (2) and do link.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/multibib/multibib.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;multibib documentation (PDF)&lt;/a&gt; has a section (3) on how to handle packages which modify &lt;code&gt;\@citex&lt;/code&gt;, but I am not sure how to use the information there to solve this problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% multibiblinktest.tex&#xA;&#xA;\documentclass[10pt,letter]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[labeled,resetlabels]{multibib}&#xA;\newcites{F}{Foo}&#xA;\newcites{B}{Bar}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\hypersetup{&#xA;  colorlinks = true,&#xA;  linkcolor=blue,   % color of internal links&#xA;  citecolor=blue,   % color of links to bibliography&#xA;  urlcolor=blue,    % color of external links&#xA;  pagebackref=true,&#xA;  implicit=false,&#xA;  bookmarks=true,&#xA;  bookmarksopen=true,&#xA;  pdfdisplaydoctitle=true&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% \usepackage{natbib} % links work, citations not formatted by multibib...&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\nociteF{ref1}&#xA;\nociteF{ref2}&#xA;\nociteB{ref3}&#xA;&#xA;A link to \citeF{ref4} and \citeB{ref5} goes here.&#xA;&#xA;\bibliographystyleF{unsrt}&#xA;\bibliographyF{test.bib}&#xA;&#xA;\bibliographystyleB{unsrt}&#xA;\bibliographyB{test.bib}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And the bibliography file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% test.bib&#xA;@Article {ref1, author = Author1, title = Title1, year = 2010}&#xA;@Article {ref2, author = Author2, title = Title2, year = 2010}&#xA;@Article {ref3, author = Author3, title = Title3, year = 2010}&#xA;@Article {ref4, author = Author4, title = Title4, year = 2010}&#xA;@Article {ref5, author = Author5, title = Title5, year = 2010}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And to compile the document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;pdflatex multibiblinktest&#xA;pdflatex multibiblinktest&#xA;pdflatex multibiblinktest&#xA;bibtex F&#xA;bibtex B&#xA;pdflatex multibiblinktest&#xA;pdflatex multibiblinktest&#xA;pdflatex multibiblinktest&#xA;open multibiblinktest.pdf&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="360" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-29T03:03:03.720" LastActivityDate="2010-08-29T06:32:33.713" Title="multibib and links to bibliography (with hyperref, natbib)?" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;natbib&gt;&lt;links&gt;&lt;multibib&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2472" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2470" CreationDate="2010-08-28T21:29:02.890" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have only used it for about 10 minutes, but the &lt;a href=&quot;http://texlipse.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeXlipse&lt;/a&gt; plugin to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.eclipse.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Eclipse&lt;/a&gt; seems to do a good job of parsing errors and warnings.  Here is a screenshot of its error handling taken from their website:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/R7z0Y.png&quot; alt=&quot;TeXlipse's error handling.&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="737" LastActivityDate="2010-08-28T21:29:02.890" />
  <row Id="2473" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2470" CreationDate="2010-08-28T21:46:43.543" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I always found that &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.winedt.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;WinEdt&lt;/a&gt; was pretty good at this. My current editor-of-choice is &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texworks.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeXworks&lt;/a&gt;, which currently is not so hot on automated parsing of the log, but the way I work means this is not a big issue for me: I always halt on the first error and jump to the appropriate line number.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-08-28T21:46:43.543" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2474" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2471" CreationDate="2010-08-28T23:51:25.717" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have changed the line:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[labeled,resetlabels]{multibib}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[labeled]{multibib}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And it seems to work without natbib.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Make sure you keep multibib before hyperref!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="137" LastActivityDate="2010-08-28T23:51:25.717" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="2475" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2470" CreationDate="2010-08-29T01:42:36.270" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Texmaker and Texmakerx, although I've never used either in Windows.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastActivityDate="2010-08-29T01:42:36.270" />
  <row Id="2476" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2477" CreationDate="2010-08-29T03:48:00.957" Score="2" ViewCount="211" Body="&lt;p&gt;I decided to look if the solution &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/users/83/caramdir&quot;&gt;Caramdir&lt;/a&gt; gave in this &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2098&quot;&gt;question&lt;/a&gt; would work as well for my attempts to use a new notation for hypergeometric functions. However, trying&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{}_3 F_2\left(\begin{matrix}a&amp;amp; &amp;amp;b&amp;amp; &amp;amp;c\\&amp;amp;d&amp;amp; &amp;amp;e&amp;amp;\end{matrix}\middle;z\right)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;resulted in the arguments before the semicolon being too widely spaced. I could of course just give up on the &quot;staggered array notation&quot; and align by columns what can be aligned by columns, or just use a two row, one column &lt;code&gt;matrix&lt;/code&gt; and then use commas as delimiters, but I kind of like to see how to do a staggered array in LaTeX, and reserve &lt;code&gt;matrix&lt;/code&gt; for the case of the number of parameters in both rows being equal.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, how does one do a tighter looking (but still nicely spaced) staggered array?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="914" LastActivityDate="2010-08-29T10:20:26.787" Title="Using LaTeX to render hypergeometric function notation" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="2477" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2476" CreationDate="2010-08-29T05:18:37.077" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setlength\arraycolsep{1pt}&#xA;{}_3 F_2\left(\begin{matrix}a&amp;amp; &amp;amp;b&amp;amp; &amp;amp;c\\&amp;amp;d&amp;amp;&#xA;&amp;amp;e&amp;amp;\end{matrix};z\right)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That tightens up the spacing quite a bit. I made a hypergeometric macro previously, but it doesn't support the &lt;code&gt;;z&lt;/code&gt;, unfortunately.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*\pFq[2]{{}_{#1}F_{#2}\genfrac[]{0pt}{}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then you use &lt;code&gt;\pFq{3}{2}{a,b,c}{d,e}&lt;/code&gt;. (Or replace the commas with any other sort of spacing you want.) I was fairly happy with that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: Actually, how about something like this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*\pFqskip{8mu}&#xA;\catcode`,\active&#xA;\newcommand*\pFq{\begingroup&#xA;        \catcode`\,\active&#xA;        \def ,{\mskip\pFqskip\relax}%&#xA;        \dopFq&#xA;}&#xA;\catcode`\,12&#xA;\def\dopFq#1#2#3#4#5{%&#xA;        {}_{#1}F_{#2}\biggl[\genfrac..{0pt}{}{#3}{#4};#5\biggr]%&#xA;        \endgroup&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Change &lt;code&gt;\pFqskip&lt;/code&gt; to whatever spacing you want between the elements. You use it like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pFq{3}{2}{a,b,c}{d,e}{z}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-29T10:20:26.787" LastActivityDate="2010-08-29T10:20:26.787" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2478" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="15" CreationDate="2010-08-29T05:51:30.483" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;detex doc.tex | spell&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="360" LastActivityDate="2010-08-29T05:51:30.483" />
  <row Id="2479" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-29T06:02:33.533" Score="11" ViewCount="345" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are &lt;strong&gt;many&lt;/strong&gt; ways to get LaTeX on an OS X box. I prefer to manage my software via fink, and even then there are a lot of choices. At the time of this writing (2010-08-28) I have the following options:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;texlive (0.20080816-3)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;xetex (0.996-1001)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;tetex (3.0-1006)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;extex (0.0svn8062-1)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;ptex (3.1.11-3)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And I might have missed some. Which of these works best? Which is most up-to-date? Why are there so many?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="360" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-29T06:43:15.487" LastActivityDate="2011-01-07T12:45:04.143" Title="What are the differences between the many LaTeX versions available for OS X?" Tags="&lt;osx&gt;" AnswerCount="4" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="2480" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2471" CreationDate="2010-08-29T06:32:33.713" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You are using a standard BibTeX style with &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt;. You should be using the &lt;code&gt;unsrtnat&lt;/code&gt; style rather than &lt;code&gt;unsrt&lt;/code&gt; as you are using the &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-08-29T06:32:33.713" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2481" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2479" CreationDate="2010-08-29T06:37:16.593" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've never heard of ptex or extex until now, but ptex seems to be something related to Japanese LaTeX. I can't find much information on extex. XeTeX is a particular TeX engine that is distributed with recent TeX distributions, so I'm not sure why it's listed separately. teTeX is &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/tetex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;old&lt;/a&gt; and not updated any longer. TeX Live is what I suggest you use. TeX Live and MiKTeX are the two major TeX distributions. TeX Live 2008 is fairly recent.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-08-29T06:37:16.593" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="2482" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2479" CreationDate="2010-08-29T07:22:29.357" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Don't use Tetex.  Unfortunately, last time I looked, it was the only Tex supported as a binary by Fink.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Your list misses:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/twg/mactex/award/2007/gerben/aboutgwtex.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Gwtex&lt;/a&gt;, which is, like Tetex, abandonware, but used to be the nicest Tex install for the Mac.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/twg/mactex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Mactex&lt;/a&gt;, which is an up-to-date descendant of Gwtex, and is a reasonable alternative to Texlive.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Your best options are Texlive (the 2009 is considered stable, and the 2010 version is usable) or Mactex.  I install Texlive from the ISO image directly to my Mac, and have no problems.  Mactex comes with GUI extras.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-08-29T07:22:29.357" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="2483" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2484" CreationDate="2010-08-29T08:30:33.260" Score="15" ViewCount="455" Body="&lt;p&gt;I often find myself wanting to use standard data structures in TeX. For example, lists or maps. Each time this need comes up, I reinvent the wheel. For some reason, I find myself using stacks fairly frequently.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a standard package (either plain TeX or LaTeX) that offers a convenient interface to data structures? They would be most useful if the structures could be combined so that you could have lists of maps, for example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-09-20T23:56:01.243" Title="Data structures for TeX" Tags="&lt;programming&gt;" AnswerCount="4" FavoriteCount="5" />
  <row Id="2484" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2483" CreationDate="2010-08-29T08:57:38.190" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One of the ideas of &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/expl3&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; is to provide a number of standard programming tools, and data structures are included in this. Currently, the structured data types available are sequences, stacks and property lists. Sequences and stacks have the same underlying structure: they are different ways of looking at the same thing. So we might have&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\seq_new:N \l_my_seq&#xA;\seq_put_right:Nn \l_my_seq { Some-tokens } % Sequence-like access&#xA;\seq_push:Nn \l_my_seq { More-tokens } % Stack-like access, puts to right&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Property lists are a  key-value type data type&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\prop_new:N \l_my_prop&#xA;\prop_put:Nnn \l_my_prop {  key-name } { value }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Property lists are 'unordered', whereas sequences/stacks are ordered. In both cases there are functions available to map to each item in the stored data, for example &lt;code&gt;\seq_map_function:NN&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;New data types can be added to &lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt; as needed: this depends on the requirements of the LaTeX3 Project but also of others. (Note of course that I'm on the LaTeX3 Project!)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An alternative set of packages providing some similar ideas to &lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt; including a number of data-related structures is the combination of &lt;a href=&quot;http://catn.org/pkg/etoolbox&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;etoolbox&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/etextools&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;etextools&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. These two packages provide functions for mapping to lists and so on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You might also look at the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/datatool&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;datatool&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package, which can be used to construct tables in LaTeX and access the data in a database-like fashion.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One other note. LuaTeX provides access to the native Lua data storage methods, which if you are doing a LuaTeX-only project would of course be the first place to look.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-29T13:05:55.470" LastActivityDate="2010-08-29T13:05:55.470" CommentCount="15" />
  <row Id="2485" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2486" CreationDate="2010-08-29T10:05:51.743" Score="7" ViewCount="180" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi every one,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like to know that which one of the following commands is faster in running?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;‎&lt;code&gt;‎\usepackage{A,B,C,...}‎&lt;/code&gt; or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;‎\usepackage{A}‎&#xA;‎\usepackage{B}‎&#xA;‎\usepackage{C}‎&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="885" LastEditorUserId="137" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-29T22:56:47.717" LastActivityDate="2010-08-29T22:56:47.717" Title="Is it faster to load packages together or not?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="2486" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2485" CreationDate="2010-08-29T10:15:52.440" Score="16" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In either case, the difference is too small to worry about it. If you preamble is slow to process, you might consider using &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/mylatex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;mylatex&lt;/a&gt; to speed things up.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-08-29T10:15:52.440" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2487" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2479" CreationDate="2010-08-29T10:35:03.607" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.extex.org&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ExTeX&lt;/a&gt; is (was?) a project that aims to create 'typesetting for the 21st century' with a Java-based system derived from TeX (via NTS). It is not finished and in fact seems to be abandoned or at least hybernating (even the nightly builds fail since August last year)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-08-29T10:35:03.607" />
  <row Id="2488" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2496" CreationDate="2010-08-29T10:50:10.617" Score="3" ViewCount="443" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sometimes, I get errors when I compile with pdfLaTeX in TeXnicCenter. Looking through the error logs, I get something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;See the LaTeX manual or LaTeX Companion for explanation.&#xA;Type H &amp;lt;return&amp;gt; for immediate help.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How do I take advantage of this &lt;code&gt;Type H &amp;lt;return&amp;gt; for immediate help&lt;/code&gt;? I'm new to LaTeX and I would purposefully introduce errors to my source so I could learn more about them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="791" LastActivityDate="2010-08-29T14:15:00.733" Title="Get help on errors in TeXnicCenter" Tags="&lt;errors&gt;&lt;texniccenter&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="2489" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2488" CreationDate="2010-08-29T10:55:41.660" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I can't help with TeXnicCenter, but why not just run pdflatex on the file and then type H when you get an error?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-08-29T10:55:41.660" />
  <row Id="2490" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2479" CreationDate="2010-08-29T11:42:58.360" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd simply go to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/mactex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tug.org/mactex/&lt;/a&gt; and download one zip file and that's everything that you'll need. It includes a complete TeX Live distribution, and also some very useful Mac-specific GUI tools like LaTeXiT.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fink, MacPorts, etc. may be useful for many things, but getting a complete up-to-date TeX distribution isn't one of those cases. See also &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2172/macports-tex-install-does-not-have-nag-sty&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt; closely related question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="100" LastActivityDate="2010-08-29T11:42:58.360" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2491" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2488" CreationDate="2010-08-29T11:55:04.770" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Texniccenter builds the file in a way similar to a silent mode, and displays you only a subset of the log file.&#xA;You can take advantage of the live help (&lt;code&gt;type H for help&lt;/code&gt;) only if you build the file from a command prompt. That is: open a command prompt, go to the folder of the files you are working on, issue the command &lt;code&gt;pdflatex filename.tex&lt;/code&gt; and see the output.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="177" LastActivityDate="2010-08-29T11:55:04.770" />
  <row Id="2492" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2485" CreationDate="2010-08-29T12:02:13.130" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think the only difference that may arise is when you have to specify some options for the packages you are loading. In this case you have to load the packages one by one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="177" LastActivityDate="2010-08-29T12:02:13.130" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2493" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2317" CreationDate="2010-08-29T12:42:21.910" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Given the lack of pointers to anything pre-existing, I ended up with the following (and rather simplistic) solution, at least for now:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\pointRaised}[2]{\medskip \hrule \noindent &#xA;               \textsl{{\fontseries{b}\selectfont #1}: #2}} &#xA;\newcommand{\reply}{\noindent \textbf{Reply}:\ }       &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\pointRaised&lt;/code&gt; macro takes two arguments. The first is the enumeration and/or location of the issue.  This will be set bold.  The remainder is the what I chose to quote from the issue raised.  This will be set in slanted.  The whole block is separated by some vertically space and a horizontal rule.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\reply&lt;/code&gt; simply starts with a bold token followed by the comment.                      &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="980" LastActivityDate="2010-08-29T12:42:21.910" />
  <row Id="2494" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-29T13:27:57.057" Score="1" ViewCount="248" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2063/how-can-i-manually-install-a-package-on-miktex-windows&quot;&gt;How can I manually install a package on MikTex (Windows)&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am new to LaTeX and looking to convert my undergraduate thesis to LaTeX format for practice. &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/326/latex-templates-for-writing-a-thesis/914#914&quot;&gt;This community wiki answer&lt;/a&gt; suggests that a document class &lt;code&gt;puthesis&lt;/code&gt; from Purdue University would be a good starting point.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I already know how to install packages using the MiKTeX Package Manager. However, I could not find &lt;code&gt;puthesis&lt;/code&gt; there. Also, I could not find beginner-class instructions on the &lt;a href=&quot;https://engineering.purdue.edu/~mark/puthesis/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;puthesis&lt;/code&gt; page&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="791" LastActivityDate="2010-08-29T13:27:57.057" ClosedDate="2010-08-29T19:54:23.410" Title="How can I install MiKTeX packages that are not found in the Package Manager?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;installing&gt;&lt;miktex&gt;" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2495" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2497" CreationDate="2010-08-29T13:37:25.380" Score="8" ViewCount="335" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to completely separate formatting and content creation. The articles I will write are all plain prose that requires minimum or zero LaTeX formatting.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, the text file doesn't have the &lt;strong&gt;one-blank-line gap&lt;/strong&gt; between paragraphs. They are separated only by one linefeed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;SUMMARY:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Is there a way to import it roughly like:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{document}&#xA;  \importtextfile{my_essay.txt}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can I also tell LaTeX to interpret the &lt;em&gt;single&lt;/em&gt; linefeeds as &lt;em&gt;new paragraph&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="791" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-29T14:41:25.803" LastActivityDate="2010-08-29T14:41:25.803" Title="How do I import a text file so that it becomes the body text of my LaTeX document?" Tags="&lt;import&gt;&lt;external-file&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2496" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2488" CreationDate="2010-08-29T14:06:12.290" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Since your plan is to &quot;purposefully introduce errors to my source so I could learn more about them&quot;, you might find this will help expedite your cunningly twisted goals:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Define a new profile in &lt;code&gt;TeXnicCenter&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Choose &lt;code&gt;Define Output Profiles...&lt;/code&gt; from &lt;code&gt;TeXnicCenter&lt;/code&gt;'s &lt;code&gt;Build&lt;/code&gt; menu&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Select the profile you'd like to use, e.g., &lt;code&gt;LaTeX =&amp;gt; PDF&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Clone it by clicking the &lt;code&gt;Copy&lt;/code&gt; button&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Give it a nice new name, e.g., &lt;code&gt;LaTeX =&amp;gt; PDF (shell)&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;In the &lt;code&gt;Path to the (La)TeX compiler&lt;/code&gt; box, type &lt;code&gt;launchpdflatex.bat&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;In the &lt;code&gt;Command line arguments to pass to the compiler&lt;/code&gt; box, type &lt;code&gt;&quot;%pm&quot;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Create a new file called &lt;code&gt;launchpdflatex.bat&lt;/code&gt; containing this line:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;start cmd /K pdflatex.exe -interaction=errorstopmode %1&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(you can omit the &lt;code&gt;-interaction=errorstopmode&lt;/code&gt; part if you like.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Save this file somewhere in your system path.  (NB, this command assumes that the shell processor can also find &lt;code&gt;pdflatex.exe&lt;/code&gt; somewhere in your system path.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, whenever you've run a compile that has errors in it for which you'd like to &lt;code&gt;Type H &amp;lt;return&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;, simply select your &lt;code&gt;LaTeX =&amp;gt; PDF (shell)&lt;/code&gt; profile from &lt;code&gt;TeXnicCenter&lt;/code&gt;'s &lt;code&gt;LaTeX&lt;/code&gt; toolbar dropdown listbox and, voila, it will launch &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; in an interactive command shell for you. (Of course, &lt;code&gt;TeXnicCenter&lt;/code&gt; won't run &lt;code&gt;makeindex&lt;/code&gt; or whatever other postprocessor commands you have in your build profile, but, hey, you've got an error to deal with, so there's no point in chugging any further along.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastEditorUserId="416" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-29T14:15:00.733" LastActivityDate="2010-08-29T14:15:00.733" />
  <row Id="2497" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2495" CreationDate="2010-08-29T14:07:12.590" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sure. TeX inserts (by default) &lt;code&gt;^^M&lt;/code&gt; at the end of each line. So something like &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begingroup&#xA;\catcode`\^^M\active&#xA;\let ^^M\par%&#xA;\input{youressay.txt}%&#xA;\endgroup%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;should do it, although I didn't test.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: I just remembered the &lt;code&gt;\obeylines&lt;/code&gt; macro which does exactly what I wrote above.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begingroup&#xA;\obeylines&#xA;\input{youressay.txt}%&#xA;\endgroup%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-08-29T14:07:12.590" />
  <row Id="2498" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6917" CreationDate="2010-08-29T14:19:46.747" Score="5" ViewCount="501" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The Context:&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;I am writing a multi-chapter scientific report with many numbered hypotheses.&#xA;I have created a custom hypothesis environment in the preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newtheorem{hypothesis}{Hypothesis}[chapter]&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An example of a hypothesis in the body of the document is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{hypothesis}&#xA;\label{HXonY}&#xA;There is a positive relationship between X and Y.&#xA;\end{hypothesis}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;My Question:&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;How can I create a custom List of Hypotheses like a Table of Contents that lists:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;the hypothesis number (e.g.,1.1, 1.2, 2.1, etc.) &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;the text of each hypothesis in the document&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;the page number where it is recorded&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E.g., &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; List of Hypotheses&#xA; 1.1 There is a positive relationship between X and Y .................. 32&#xA; 1.2 There is a negative relationship between something and Z........... 43&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="151" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-11T17:00:31.557" LastActivityDate="2010-12-12T22:53:23.453" Title="Custom list of hypotheses in table of contents format" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;theorems&gt;" AnswerCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2499" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2498" CreationDate="2010-08-29T14:34:46.630" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;ntheorem&lt;/code&gt; package can do this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\listtheorems{hypothesis}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-08-29T14:34:46.630" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2500" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2498" CreationDate="2010-08-29T14:41:29.817" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You may use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/thmtools.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;thmtools&lt;/a&gt; package (note the different syntax for creating new theorems).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{amsthm}&#xA;\usepackage{thmtools}&#xA;\declaretheorem[numberwithin=chapter]{hypothesis}&#xA;\declaretheorem[numberwithin=chapter]{theorem}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand{\listtheoremname}{List of Hypotheses}&#xA;\listoftheorems[ignoreall,show={hypothesis}]&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{foo}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{hypothesis}[X-Y-relationship]&#xA;There is a positive relationship between X and Y.&#xA;\end{hypothesis}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{theorem}&#xA;Some text.&#xA;\end{theorem}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-08-29T14:41:29.817" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2501" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2160" CreationDate="2010-08-29T15:22:23.297" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's a solution using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/thmtools.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;thmtools&lt;/a&gt; package in addition to ntheorem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{ntheorem}&#xA;\usepackage{thmtools}&#xA;\declaretheorem[numberlike=equation]{theorem}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;a^2 + b^2 = c^2&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{theorem}&#xA;Some text.&#xA;\end{theorem}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-08-29T15:22:23.297" />
  <row Id="2502" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="422" CreationDate="2010-08-29T16:44:25.073" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;What about the thmtools bundle? Check out page 6 of the guide: there's a 'restatable' environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="704" LastActivityDate="2010-08-29T16:44:25.073" />
  <row Id="2503" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="265" CreationDate="2010-08-29T17:48:39.363" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In your class add:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%% Define a HUGE &#xA;\newcommand\HUGE{\@setfontsize\Huge{38}{47}} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-08-29T17:48:39.363" />
  <row Id="2504" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-29T18:12:34.587" Score="4" ViewCount="182" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to emulate  beamer blocks, e.g., alert/example, in &#xA;ordinary pdflatex in article documents? Is there a pure tikz way of&#xA;doing this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1018" LastActivityDate="2010-08-30T02:28:50.123" Title="beamer blocks in ordinary article-style document" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2505" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2506" CreationDate="2010-08-29T18:43:02.740" Score="12" ViewCount="485" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm looking for a nice font to use for my &lt;code&gt;\url{...}&lt;/code&gt;s that goes well with Palatino. Courier does not look good at all. It's much too light. Helvetica (scaled .92) looks pretty good, but the &lt;code&gt;~&lt;/code&gt; looks bad, raised so high.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;None of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/typewriterfonts.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;these&lt;/a&gt; fonts looked very good to me, but I'm no designer so I'm sure my opinion could be changed if others think one of those looks good.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-09-01T17:48:38.987" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-29T18:43:02.740" Title="What is a good font for URLs to go with Palatino for the main text?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="2506" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2505" CreationDate="2010-08-29T19:06:46.227" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A sans serif font that blends well with Palatino (and is freely available) is Bera Sans:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[scaled=0.86]{berasans}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;URLs are often typeset in a monospaced font. Probably anything is better than Courier; I recommend Inconsolata:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[scaled=1.03]{inconsolata}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The specified scale factors will adapt the x-height of the respective font to that of the Palatino.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: The Myriad font and its Open Type incarnation Myriad Pro, which are not freely available, are even better sans serif matches for Palatino. The files (excluding the actual font files) necessary to use Myriad with LaTeX can be found &lt;a href=&quot;http://home.vrweb.de/~was/fonts.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-01T17:48:38.987" LastActivityDate="2010-09-01T17:48:38.987" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-29T19:06:46.227" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="2507" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-29T20:30:06.423" Score="1" ViewCount="165" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1023/vertically-asymmetric-size-variation-for-parentheses&quot;&gt;Vertically asymmetric size variation for parentheses&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to typeset something like the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{equation}&#xA;    x = f\Biggl[\sum_{i\in\Omega} w_i\bigl(g(b_i)-b_i\bigr)^2\Biggr]&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which looks like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/p8x3N.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Clearly the alignment is too high.  But moving to the next size smaller (\bigg) makes it look a little too tight.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Is there a way to fix the vertical alignment?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="450" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-29T20:32:37.060" LastActivityDate="2010-08-29T20:32:37.060" ClosedDate="2010-08-30T02:40:44.167" Title="Bad vertical centering in an equation" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;&lt;brackets&gt;" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2508" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2509" CreationDate="2010-08-29T21:18:40.017" Score="4" ViewCount="420" Body="&lt;p&gt;The screenshot has the bottom part of a figure with two subfigures. As you can see, the labels have a very narrow width. I don't understand why. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}[htp]&#xA;  \centering&#xA;  \subfloat[Frequency Histogram]{}\includegraphics[width=2.75in,height=2.5in]{left-figure}&#xA;  \subfloat[Boxplots]{}\includegraphics[width=2.75in]{right-figure}&#xA;  \caption{The caption of the entire figure which displays fine but not shown here} &#xA;  \label{whatever}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/tSzmn.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I am trying to achieve is the same layout as in &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/File%3aLatex_example_subfig.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this wikibook page&lt;/a&gt; (where the subfigure text fits on a line under each image).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks ahead for the advice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="564" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-28T13:07:46.497" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T13:07:46.497" Title="Subfloat labels don't display properly" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;captions&gt;&lt;subfloats&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="2509" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2508" CreationDate="2010-08-29T22:25:12.313" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The layout is correct for the code you are using! i.e.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;centering&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Empty subfloat with a &quot;subcaption&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;graphic&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Empty subfloat with a &quot;subcaption&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;graphic&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;caption&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anything that you want to appear as a subfloat needs to be enclosed in the&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\subfloat[Optional TOC caption][Sub-caption]{subfloat body}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So for your example try ths:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}[htp]&#xA;  \centering&#xA;  \subfloat[Frequency Histogram]{\includegraphics[width=2.75in,height=2.5in]{left-figure}}&#xA;  \subfloat[Boxplots]{\includegraphics[width=2.75in]{right-figure}}&#xA;  \caption{The caption of the entire figure which displays fine but not shown here} &#xA;  \label{whatever}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This results in:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;centering&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Subfloat with a &quot;subcaption&quot;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;contents graphic&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Subfloat with a &quot;subcaption&quot;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;contents graphic&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;caption&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;NB!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\subfloat { body } % correct&#xA;\subfloat {} body  % wrong&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For more info &amp;amp; more examples see:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$texdoc subfig&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="137" LastEditorUserId="137" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-29T22:34:12.670" LastActivityDate="2010-08-29T22:34:12.670" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2510" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1116" CreationDate="2010-08-29T22:49:35.327" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Well I've tried just now.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Yeap the screenshots are old. I have added the repository, clicked on the TeXlipse and went throught the installation (downaloding, confirming unsigned content etc.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Upto the part where Ecplipse suggest to restart itself. Choose to restart eclipse.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After the restart the options are available in the &quot;Window -&gt; Preferences -&gt; Texlipse&quot; You can use the filter in the preferences dialog to search for &quot;Tex&quot; and texlipse shows up.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is tested with &quot;Version: 3.5.2&quot; of eclipse.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="137" LastActivityDate="2010-08-29T22:49:35.327" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2511" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2505" CreationDate="2010-08-30T00:13:23.453" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you're happy with &lt;code&gt;ttfamily&lt;/code&gt; for typesetting &lt;code&gt;\url&lt;/code&gt;'s, you might like LuxiMono. It is, dare I say it, Palatino's identical twin cast in &lt;code&gt;tt&lt;/code&gt; typeface.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[scaled]{luximono}   % equivalent to [scaled=0.87]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastEditorUserId="416" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-30T00:42:20.587" LastActivityDate="2010-08-30T00:42:20.587" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-30T00:13:23.453" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2512" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2504" CreationDate="2010-08-30T02:28:50.123" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is relatively easy to reproduce similar boxes using TikZ in a non-beamer document.  For example, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/boxes-with-text-and-math/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;see here&lt;/a&gt;.  Do you really need it to look exactly the same as in beamer?  If so, you can just look at how it is implemented within beamer; I think it is defined either in &lt;code&gt;beamerbaselocalstructure.sty&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;beamerinnerthemeinmargin.sty&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="737" LastActivityDate="2010-08-30T02:28:50.123" />
  <row Id="2513" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="163" CreationDate="2010-08-30T05:37:23.047" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Below is a link to a package that provides style checking for latex source files.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.cs.umd.edu/~nspring/software/style-check-readme.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.cs.umd.edu/~nspring/software/style-check-readme.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It will find common latex typos (e.g. &quot; instead of ``) rather than overt syntax problems.  It also comes with a set of rules to detect common grammar mistakes.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I used it (with some modifications to the style rules) on my thesis.  I found it most useful to enforce my own spelling rules and standardize some latex constructions.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's pretty easy to customize, which makes it handy; though I haven't used the other suggestions so I don't know how easy they are to customize.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="474" LastActivityDate="2010-08-30T05:37:23.047" />
  <row Id="2514" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-30T05:48:03.023" Score="3" ViewCount="390" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello. This is a bit of a long post, so apologies in advance. I would like to nest xymatrices in &lt;code&gt;Xy-pic&lt;/code&gt; so that entire xymatrices would be treated as single entries in another xymatrix. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried the obvious method of putting an xymatrix as an entry in another, which didn't work. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I then did some search and read a few manuals, and found one method which only deals with two matrices side by side, with the starting point of the arrows not at the centers of the two matrices, as in the code below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[&#xA;\xymatrix{&#xA;&amp;amp; R_1 \ar[r] \ar[d] &amp;amp; P \\&#xA;R_2 \ar[r] \ar[d] &amp;amp; B &amp;amp; \\&#xA;Q &amp;amp;&amp;amp; &#xA;} \qquad\rightarrow\qquad &#xA;\xymatrix{a}&#xA;\]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I then found on a thread on the Xy official site someone asking the same question as me; and he was told to use xygraph, and that there is an xymovie about this type of construction. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I couldn't find the movie; and couldn't find much information on how to use xygraph either ( the section in Xy-pic RM didn't include many examples). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Eventually I tried this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\xy&#xA;\xygraph{!M&#xA;&#xA;\xymatrix{&#xA;&amp;amp; R_1 \ar[r] \ar[d] &amp;amp; P \\&#xA;R_2 \ar[r] \ar[d] &amp;amp; B &amp;amp; \\&#xA;Q &amp;amp;&amp;amp; &#xA;} ([u]X : ?, [l]Y : ?)&#xA;&#xA;}&#xA;\endxy&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which still didn't do what I wanted.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So is there a way to nest xymatrices? Or maybe I need to use some other graphics packages? Thank you very much for you help! (And your time for reading this.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1025" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-30T06:21:54.337" LastActivityDate="2010-08-30T16:07:10.047" Title="How to nest xymatrix in Xy-pic" Tags="&lt;diagrams&gt;&lt;xy-pic&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="2515" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2518" CreationDate="2010-08-30T08:09:57.373" Score="10" ViewCount="906" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there any source where I can find the required fields in my bibliography file to refer to a chapter within a book? I found @inbook, but I cannot find the fields (author=, chapter=... ). In general it would be nice to know what are all the possible fields for each type of reference i.e. @article, @book, @unpublished and so forth. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="888" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-06T16:32:44.367" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T16:32:44.367" Title="How to cite chapter in book?" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="2516" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2515" CreationDate="2010-08-30T08:38:25.617" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For the various fields, I usually check &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the BibTeX article&lt;/a&gt; in Wikipedia. I believe you want &lt;code&gt;@inbook&lt;/code&gt; to cite a chapter. Normally, I'll just write &lt;code&gt;\cite[Chapter~5]{foo}&lt;/code&gt;, though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From the Wikipedia link, the required fields for &lt;code&gt;@inbook&lt;/code&gt; are: author/editor, title, chapter/pages, publisher, year and the optional fields are volume, series, address, edition, month, note, key.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-30T11:05:02.137" LastActivityDate="2010-08-30T11:05:02.137" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="2517" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2440" CreationDate="2010-08-30T09:59:05.093" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[demo]{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;&#xA;\lhead{\raisebox{-0.5\height}{\includegraphics[height=21mm]{some_fancy_logo.pdf}}}&#xA;&#xA;\chead{}&#xA;&#xA;\rhead{I want to vertically align THIS text}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;abc&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And don't ignore the warning of fancyhdr:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Package Fancyhdr Warning: \headheight is too small (12.0pt): &#xA; Make it at least 59.75078pt.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Use    \headheight=22mm or something like this. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-08-30T09:59:05.093" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2518" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2515" CreationDate="2010-08-30T10:01:12.527" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think the best policy is never to talk of chapter numbers in the reflist at all, and move talk of chapter numbers, on the few occasions they are needed, to the citation in the main text.  But of course you can't always choose.  So, if you &lt;em&gt;must&lt;/em&gt; use a particular Bibtex style that uses chapters, then include them in your &lt;code&gt;*.bib&lt;/code&gt; files, and avoid Bibtex styles that allow you to refer to chapter numbers in the reference list whenever you can.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Notes on citation style&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Citation styles vary, but IMO the cleanest and policy is the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Do not refer to chapters in the reference list (i.e., what Bibtex calls the bibliography, but the &lt;code&gt;{thebibliography}&lt;/code&gt; environment calls the &lt;em&gt;References&lt;/em&gt; section/chapter), and refer only to page numbers in references for articles in journals and collected articles;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Citations of chapters and page numbers within works cited in the reflist should consist of the identifier of the work cited in the reflist, together with the specification of the part of the work of interest;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Volume numbers are trickier... I could say more, but for the sake of brevity, I won't.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This policy is followed by Chicago MoS and APA, and is supported by the &lt;code&gt;{natbib}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;{apalike}&lt;/code&gt; Bibtex styles.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Example&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Reflist&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Boolos, G., 1971/1998.  'The iterative conception of set'.  &lt;em&gt;In&lt;/em&gt; R.C. Jeffrey (ed.), &lt;em&gt;Logic, Logic, and Logic&lt;/em&gt;, Harvard U. Press, pp. 13-29.  First published, &lt;em&gt;The Journal of Philosophy&lt;/em&gt;, 68:215-232.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Johnstone, P.T., 1987. &lt;em&gt;Notes on Logic and Set Theory&lt;/em&gt;.  Cambridge U. Press.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(We are interested in chapter one of the collected articles of George Boolos, a fact we never mention, since we have the title of the chapter and the page numbers in the reflist.  We are interested in three chapters of Peter Johnstone's work, which we don't mention in the reflist, but do in the citation in the main text).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Citations&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The cumulative hierarchy had a long prior history, but was not taken seriously as the intellectual foundation of Zermelo-Fränkel set theory until the landmark work of Boolos (1971).  In the following, we shall assume the treatment of ZFC given by Johnstone (1987, chapters 5-7).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-30T16:54:24.987" LastActivityDate="2010-08-30T16:54:24.987" />
  <row Id="2519" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="429" CreationDate="2010-08-30T10:46:41.513" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The easiest way to produce animations from image sequences (pdf, mps&#xA;[metapost], jpeg, png, jb2 with pdflatex; ps/eps, mps with latex) or&#xA;inline images (pstricks, tikz) is to use the animate package. Depending&#xA;on the option settings, poster=first or poster=last, bare-bone viewers&#xA;without JavaScript, such as Xpdf, GV or GSview will display the&#xA;corresponding animation frame. For playback however, Adobe Reader, is&#xA;indispensable. Animated Gif must be split into png or eps sequence&#xA;before embedding, because it is not supported by the PDF specification.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alexander&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/animate/animate.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/animate/animate.pdf&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastActivityDate="2010-08-30T10:46:41.513" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-30T10:46:41.513" />
  <row Id="2520" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2523" CreationDate="2010-08-30T10:59:53.860" Score="10" ViewCount="119" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a difference between&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;A\hskip 1pt \hskip 0pt plus 1fil B&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;A\hskip 1pt plus 1fil B&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are these two glues the same in terms of spacing and (line-)breaking? Or do they just add up, as I assume?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="243" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-30T11:21:46.100" LastActivityDate="2010-08-30T11:42:21.850" Title="Difference between one glue and two glues after each other" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;glue&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2521" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2525" CreationDate="2010-08-30T11:16:05.917" Score="4" ViewCount="418" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do I write some text in the bottom-right hand corner of a rectangle so that the text is as far to the right and down as possible without exceeding the bounds of the rectangle?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The rectangle is defined using &lt;code&gt;fit&lt;/code&gt;, like so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\node[draw=black,inner sep=2mm,thick,rectangle,fit=(a) (b)] {}; &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="512" LastActivityDate="2010-08-31T10:34:36.010" Title="Text in corner of tikz rectangle" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2522" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2520" CreationDate="2010-08-30T11:34:35.663" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;They are mostly the same. The difference comes if you put a &lt;code&gt;\unskip&lt;/code&gt; before &lt;code&gt;B&lt;/code&gt;. In the first case, there will be &lt;code&gt;1pt&lt;/code&gt; of space between the A and B. In the second case, there will be no space.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-08-30T11:34:35.663" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2523" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2520" CreationDate="2010-08-30T11:42:21.850" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For spacing and line breaking rules, two glue nodes are exactly the same as one glue except that the algorithms run a little slower. So, the distinction only matters if &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;you do node processing with &lt;code&gt;\unskip&lt;/code&gt; (or using luatex) &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;when the absolute of one of the combined parts would be larger than &lt;code&gt;\maxdimen&lt;/code&gt; (in which case you cannot specify the single glue without an error)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;when you parse the output of &lt;code&gt;\showbox&lt;/code&gt; somehow.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-08-30T11:42:21.850" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="2524" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2215" CreationDate="2010-08-30T12:08:05.293" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;try this (edited, see comment below):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usepackage{animate}&#xA;&#xA;\newlength\diffPos %diff between two positions&#xA;\def\markeetext{\scalebox{2}{\Huge+++ The marquee text +++}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \LARGE Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing&#xA;  elit. Vivamus nibh nibh, porttitor eu porttitor ac, tincidunt ut&#xA;  massa. Nullam quis semper erat. Ut non massa eu est aliquam suscipit&#xA;  at vel mi. Fusce commodo porttitor metus rhoncus bibendum. Ut&#xA;  fermentum pharetra lacus, id ornare dolor pretium tempor. Sed&#xA;  scelerisque mollis nisi quis malesuada. Mauris vitae nisi vitae&#xA;  augue gravida ultrices et nec metus. Quisque egestas, libero vel&#xA;  tempor dignissim, dolor tellus lacinia felis, nec imperdiet tortor&#xA;  ipsum dapibus ipsum. Quisque sodales eleifend molestie. Duis ac&#xA;  tortor velit. Nullam non justo a nunc tempus dignissim. Praesent&#xA;  condimentum ullamcorper mi, ut molestie odio placerat at. Duis&#xA;  consectetur consequat luctus. Nullam neque sem, sodales non porta&#xA;  ut, commodo vitae justo. Aenean eu facilisis quam. Sed dui nulla,&#xA;  venenatis a ullamcorper ac, blandit non dolor.&#xA;&#xA;  \begin{tikzpicture}[remember picture, overlay]&#xA;  \node&#xA;  at (current page.center) {%&#xA;    \begin{animateinline}[autoplay,loop]{5}&#xA;      \setlength{\diffPos}{%&#xA;        (\textwidth+\widthof\markeetext)*\real{0.025}}%&#xA;      \multiframe{40}{dTextPos=\textwidth+-\diffPos}{%&#xA;         \makebox[\textwidth][l]{%&#xA;            \hspace{\dTextPos}%&#xA;            \makebox[0pt][l]\markeetext%&#xA;         }%&#xA;      }%&#xA;    \end{animateinline}&#xA;  };&#xA;  \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alexander&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastActivityDate="2010-08-31T09:22:57.913" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2525" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2521" CreationDate="2010-08-30T12:09:45.480" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;While driving up from Wales to London, I realised that the &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; was redundant for the question as asked, and when I arrived, I found that @Caramdir had justly taken me to task. Here is a completely new answer, which addresses a bit more than the original question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For a single line of text, all you need to do is align the &lt;strong&gt;node&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\node at (0,0) (a) {a};&#xA;\node at (5,5) (b) {b};&#xA;\node[draw=black,inner sep=2mm,thick,rectangle,fit=(a) (b)] (x) {};&#xA;\node[anchor=south east,inner sep=1pt] at (x.south east) &#xA;    {$ H \Psi = \nabla \Psi $};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For multiple lines, things get a bit more elephantine, though the next release of Tikz will have, I believe, constructs like &lt;code&gt;align=right&lt;/code&gt; for text. Meanwhile, one way is to use a &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\node at (0,0) (a) {a};&#xA;\node at (5,5) (b) {b};&#xA;\node[draw=black,inner sep=0pt,thick,rectangle,fit=(a) (b)] (x) {};&#xA;\node[anchor=south east] at (x.south east) {%&#xA;    \begin{tabular}{r} &#xA;    $ H \Psi = \nabla \Psi $\\&#xA;    $ J \Phi = \nabla \Phi $&#xA;    \end{tabular}&#xA;};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You may want to tweak the tabular parameters to alter the space between the right/bottom of the text &#xA;and the corner of the rectangle...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="344" LastEditorUserId="344" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-31T10:34:36.010" LastActivityDate="2010-08-31T10:34:36.010" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="2526" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2393" CreationDate="2010-08-30T12:16:03.237" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you want to compare a \pageref with the current page you should use \pageref for the current page too by setting an internal label. E.g.:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{ifthen}&#xA;\newcounter{cPage}&#xA;\newcommand\figureref[1]{%&#xA;  Figure~\ref{#1}%&#xA; \refstepcounter{cPage}\label{current\thecPage}%&#xA; \ifthenelse{\equal{\pageref{#1}}{\pageref{current\thecPage}}}%&#xA;  {}{~(p.~\pageref{#1})}}%&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA; \caption{blub}\label{bla}&#xA; \end{figure}&#xA;&#xA; \figureref{bla} \newpage \figureref{bla} abc&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(varioref is setting such internal labels too, and I'm rather certain that one could get the wanted behaviour with varioref but I don't have the time to look it up).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Your \spacefactor error is probably due to a missing \makeatletter. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-08-30T12:16:03.237" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="2527" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2544" CreationDate="2010-08-30T15:26:04.853" Score="14" ViewCount="251" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there any convenient package/way to link photograph credits with a figure, and then generate a kind of &lt;code&gt;\listoffigures&lt;/code&gt;? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Have you any other solution than generating the &lt;code&gt;.lof&lt;/code&gt; temporary file, and edit it manually?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="896" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-25T13:48:47.473" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T13:48:47.473" Title="Photograph credits in LaTeX" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;floats&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="2528" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2542" CreationDate="2010-08-30T15:43:40.330" Score="6" ViewCount="329" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to use symbols from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/phaistos&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;phaistos&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package as &quot;numbers&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This means that I want to type something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{amsart}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{phaistos}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\lo}{\text{\PHbee}}&#xA;\newcommand{\loo}{\text{\PHboomerang}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\[&#xA;\lo + \loo&#xA;\]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and have it come out looking semi-decent. Since the symbols in this package are large text symbols, they do no go below the bottom line that text is sitting on. To make the math look correct, they would need to go below the line. I think if I made them large math symbols, this would center them the way I want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thoughts on a good way to do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="867" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-30T15:58:52.147" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T11:18:02.310" Title="New Large Math Symbol" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2529" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2514" CreationDate="2010-08-30T15:48:23.227" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use several xy matrices inside an xy environment and refer to them. Here's an example, using pieces of your code, which prints two xy matrices and connects them by an arrow:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[matrix,arrow]{xy}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\[&#xA;\xy&#xA;\xymatrix&quot;m&quot;{&#xA;&amp;amp; R_1 \ar[r] \ar[d] &amp;amp; P \\&#xA;R_2 \ar[r] \ar[d] &amp;amp; B &amp;amp; \\&#xA;Q &amp;amp;&amp;amp; &#xA;}&#xA;\POS+(42,0)&#xA;\xymatrix{&#xA;\ar@{&amp;lt;-}[&quot;m&quot;rr] A \ar[r] &amp;amp; B&#xA;}&#xA;\endxy&#xA;\]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first matrix is named &lt;code&gt;&quot;m&quot;&lt;/code&gt;. The command &lt;code&gt;\ar@{&amp;lt;-}[&quot;m&quot;rr]&lt;/code&gt;in the second matrix draws an arrow from the current point to the node &lt;code&gt;P&lt;/code&gt; of the matrix &lt;code&gt;&quot;m&quot;&lt;/code&gt; using the relative positioning &lt;code&gt;rr&lt;/code&gt; from the upper left corner. I used &lt;code&gt;@{&amp;lt;-}&lt;/code&gt; to revert the arrow.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/P4hT9.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This way you could use several matrices and connect them by arrows. Regarding actual nesting: the xy-pic reference manual says: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Matrix nesting is not safe.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-30T15:48:23.227" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2530" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2563" CreationDate="2010-08-30T15:48:23.497" Score="4" ViewCount="291" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have been using my computer to generating pdf files from latex file by Winshell (or lyx), but the characters (or images) in the pdf files generated on my computer looks always much worse than the pdf files other people generate on their computers. Could anyone tell me what the problem is, or how to improve the quality of pdf file to be generated on the my computer? (I am using the newest version of Adobe Reader, and the miktek files are almost complete.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1028" LastEditorUserId="627" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-30T20:15:17.857" LastActivityDate="2010-08-31T09:18:03.370" Title="Image quality of pdf file generated from latex" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;pdf&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="2531" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2514" CreationDate="2010-08-30T16:07:10.047" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your second example wouldn't compile because you shouldn't add the &lt;code&gt;\xymatrix&lt;/code&gt; command after &lt;code&gt;M&lt;/code&gt;. The documentation states that&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;M&amp;lt;matrix&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; will be insert the result of &lt;code&gt;\xymatrix&amp;lt;matrix&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; as the node&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\xy&#xA;\xygraph{!M{&#xA;&amp;amp; R_1 \ar[r] \ar[d] &amp;amp; P \\&#xA;R_2 \ar[r] \ar[d] &amp;amp; B &amp;amp; \\&#xA;Q &amp;amp;&amp;amp; &#xA;} ([u]X : ?, [l]Y : ?)&#xA;}&#xA;\endxy&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will compile. On the other hand, reading the manual, it states that for an &lt;code&gt;\xymatrix&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;the entire matrix is an object itself with reference point its top left entry&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;arrows going to and from it won't center correctly. Which can be seen if you compile the above code. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastActivityDate="2010-08-30T16:07:10.047" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2532" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2534" CreationDate="2010-08-30T16:14:21.760" Score="7" ViewCount="185" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a set of equations that I'd like to display together (as an example, the Maxwell's equations).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Requirement #1:&lt;/strong&gt; I'd like to have them labelled like in an &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt; environment&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{align}&#xA;&amp;amp;\nabla\times\bar E = -\frac{\partial\bar B}{\partial t}-\bar J_{\text{mi}} \\&#xA;&amp;amp;\nabla\times\bar H = \bar J + \bar J_i + \frac{\partial\bar D}{\partial t}\\&#xA;&amp;amp;\nabla\cdot\bar J + \nabla\cdot\bar J_i = - \frac{\partial\rho}{\partial t}\\&#xA;&amp;amp;\nabla\cdot\bar J_{\text{mi}} = - \frac{\partial\rho_{\text{mi}}}{\partial t}\\&#xA;&amp;amp;\nabla\cdot\bar D = \rho\\&#xA;&amp;amp;\nabla\cdot\bar B = \rho_m&#xA;\end{align}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/tdAdg.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Requirement #2:&lt;/strong&gt; I'd like to have them grouped by a lateral brace like in a &lt;code&gt;cases&lt;/code&gt; environment&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{equation}&#xA;\begin{cases}&#xA;&amp;amp;\nabla\times\bar E = -\frac{\partial\bar B}{\partial t}-\bar J_{\text{mi}} \\&#xA;&amp;amp;\nabla\times\bar H = \bar J + \bar J_i + \frac{\partial\bar D}{\partial t}\\&#xA;&amp;amp;\nabla\cdot\bar J + \nabla\cdot\bar J_i = - \frac{\partial\rho}{\partial t}\\&#xA;&amp;amp;\nabla\cdot\bar J_{\text{mi}} = - \frac{\partial\rho_{\text{mi}}}{\partial t}\\&#xA;&amp;amp;\nabla\cdot\bar D = \rho\\&#xA;&amp;amp;\nabla\cdot\bar B = \rho_m&#xA;\end{cases}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/HAloh.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't like the &lt;code&gt;cases&lt;/code&gt; environment because of the spacing of the equations (note the difference in the display of the &lt;code&gt;\frac&lt;/code&gt; command) and because of the labelling (Req #1).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to merge these two environments?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="177" LastActivityDate="2010-08-30T17:16:37.817" Title="A lateral brace to group a set of equations with labels" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;equations&gt;&lt;align&gt;&lt;braces&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="2533" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2530" CreationDate="2010-08-30T16:16:53.377" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=dvips-pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;This FAQ answer&lt;/a&gt; discusses a number of reasons why the PDF quality may suffer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/testflow&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;testflow&lt;/a&gt; package can also help with diagnosing such problems.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you post a &lt;a href=&quot;http://meta.tex.stackexchange.com/questions/228/ive-just-been-told-i-have-to-write-a-minimal-example-what-is-that&quot;&gt;small example&lt;/a&gt; of latex you are compiling and you also put resulting PDF online somewhere (&lt;a href=&quot;http://drop.io&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;drop.io&lt;/a&gt; for example) then we can probably help further.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-08-30T16:16:53.377" />
  <row Id="2534" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2532" CreationDate="2010-08-30T16:19:12.997" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/empheq/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;empheq&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath,empheq}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{empheq}[left=\empheqlbrace]{align}&#xA;&amp;amp;\nabla\times\bar E = -\frac{\partial\bar B}{\partial t}-\bar J_{\text{mi}} \\&#xA;&amp;amp;\nabla\times\bar H = \bar J + \bar J_i + \frac{\partial\bar D}{\partial t}\\&#xA;&amp;amp;\nabla\cdot\bar J + \nabla\cdot\bar J_i = - \frac{\partial\rho}{\partial t}\\&#xA;&amp;amp;\nabla\cdot\bar J_{\text{mi}} = - \frac{\partial\rho_{\text{mi}}}{\partial t}\\&#xA;&amp;amp;\nabla\cdot\bar D = \rho\\&#xA;&amp;amp;\nabla\cdot\bar B = \rho_m&#xA;\end{empheq}&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastEditorUserId="627" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-30T16:42:19.910" LastActivityDate="2010-08-30T16:42:19.910" />
  <row Id="2535" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2527" CreationDate="2010-08-30T16:37:08.000" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Attempt #1:&lt;/strong&gt; Use &lt;code&gt;tocloft&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/tocloft.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tocloft&lt;/a&gt; package you can create your own &lt;em&gt;List of ...&lt;/em&gt; list. &lt;a href=&quot;http://texblog.wordpress.com/2008/07/13/define-your-own-list-of/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Here&lt;/a&gt; is a nice tutorial. You can define a &lt;code&gt;\PictureAuthor{John Doe}&lt;/code&gt; command to issue in each figure caption.&#xA;However, in the lists of figures there will be no links to the authors (as they will be lested in a separate page).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Attempt #2&quot;:&lt;/strong&gt; Use &lt;code&gt;bibtopic&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/bibtopic/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;bibtopic&lt;/a&gt; package to generate a reference list only for the authors, and use the &lt;code&gt;cite{John Doe}&lt;/code&gt; command in each picture caption.&#xA;Using the &lt;code&gt;backref&lt;/code&gt; option of the &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; package, in the list of references (generated by &lt;code&gt;\bibliography{}&lt;/code&gt;), for each of the referenced authors a list of the picture will be appended.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="177" LastActivityDate="2010-08-30T16:37:08.000" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2537" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2515" CreationDate="2010-08-30T16:47:41.450" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;See &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/557/how-should-i-type-author-names-in-a-bib-file/574#574&quot;&gt;my answer&lt;/a&gt; to another question for a good resource for all the field types for the various reference types.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="93" LastActivityDate="2010-08-30T16:47:41.450" />
  <row Id="2538" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2532" CreationDate="2010-08-30T16:59:18.393" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Perhaps you should try this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\pd}[2]{\frac{\partial{#1}}{\partial{#2}}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{eqnarray}&#xA;  \left\{&#xA;  \begin{aligned}&#xA;    \del\times\vec{E}&amp;amp;\;=\;-\pd{\vec{B}}{t}-...\\&#xA;    \del\times\vec{E}&amp;amp;\;=\;\vec{J}+...\\&#xA;    .&#xA;    .&#xA;    .&#xA;  \end{aligned}&#xA;  \right.&#xA;\end{eqnarray}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="810" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-30T17:16:37.817" LastActivityDate="2010-08-30T17:16:37.817" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2539" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2528" CreationDate="2010-08-30T17:05:37.567" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use the command &lt;a href=&quot;http://texblog.net/help/latex/ltx-302.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;\raisebox&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; with negative height to lower your symbols:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{amsart}&#xA;\usepackage{phaistos}&#xA;\newcommand*{\lo}{\raisebox{-.6ex}{\PHbee}}&#xA;\newcommand*{\loo}{\raisebox{-1ex}{\PHboomerang}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\[&#xA;\lo + \loo = ?&#xA;\]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/4egCB.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alternatively, you could use an array or a tabular environment to achieve vertical centering:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*{\lo}{\begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}\PHbee\end{tabular}}&#xA;\newcommand*{\loo}{\begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}\PHboomerang\end{tabular}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here I used &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; because those symbols require text mode, otherwise I would prefer &lt;code&gt;array&lt;/code&gt;. The &lt;code&gt;@{}&lt;/code&gt; suppress the tabular resp. array intercolumn space, that's why the I used the &lt;code&gt;@{}c@{}&lt;/code&gt; column options.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-30T18:56:14.290" LastActivityDate="2010-08-30T18:56:14.290" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="2540" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2528" CreationDate="2010-08-30T17:32:05.987" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Perhaps you can take the + and = signs from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ntg.nl/maps/34/11.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;cow font&lt;/a&gt;. They are part of ConTeXt minimals(but not TL, as far as I could tell). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2010-08-30T17:32:05.987" />
  <row Id="2541" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2559" CreationDate="2010-08-30T18:45:54.347" Score="6" ViewCount="550" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a beamer presentation in which I have some additional slides in an appendix.  The additional slides are only there in case someone asks a specific question; I won't necessarily have to use any of them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am using a theme that prints both the current frame number and the total number of frames on the bottom of each page.  My problem is that the total number of frames includes all of the &quot;extra&quot; frames I have in the appendix.  Let's say I have 20 &quot;real&quot; frames and then 5 additional frames in the appendix.  The problem now is that &lt;code&gt;\inserttotalframenumber&lt;/code&gt; (which is what the theme uses to print the total number of frames) returns 25.  This is misleading to the audience because I may never even present any of the 5 additional frames.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The ideal behavior would be for &lt;code&gt;\inserttotalframenumber&lt;/code&gt; to return 20, not 25.  If I did advance to one of the appendix frames then I would like the frame to be &quot;26/25&quot;, &quot;27/25&quot;, and so on.  How can this be done?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I see that &lt;code&gt;\inserttotalframenumber&lt;/code&gt; is defined in &lt;code&gt;beamerbasemisc.sty&lt;/code&gt; by writing the value of the &lt;code&gt;\c@framenumber&lt;/code&gt; counter to the &lt;code&gt;.aux&lt;/code&gt; file at the end of the document.  I guess one way to achieve my desired behavior is to do something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\AtEndDocument{&#xA;  \immediate\write\@auxout{\string\@writefile{nav}%&#xA;    {\noexpand\headcommand{\noexpand\def\noexpand\inserttotalframenumber{\insertframenumber}}}}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;on the last &quot;real&quot; slide of my document.  That seems like a bit of a hack though.  Is there a better way?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="737" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-30T19:45:37.323" LastActivityDate="2010-08-31T07:50:48.193" Title="Beamer frame numbering in appendix" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;numbering&gt;&lt;appendices&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2542" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2528" CreationDate="2010-08-30T18:55:34.027" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This way does automatic centering...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*{\lo}{\vcenter{\hbox{\PHbee}}}&#xA;\newcommand*{\loo}{\vcenter{\hbox{\PHboomerang}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-08-30T18:55:34.027" />
  <row Id="2543" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2546" CreationDate="2010-08-30T19:06:36.013" Score="7" ViewCount="350" Body="&lt;p&gt;This question is pretty much identical to &lt;a href=&quot;http://newsgroups.derkeiler.com/Archive/Comp/comp.text.tex/2009-01/msg00317.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this (to the best of my knowledge) unanswered question from comp.text.tex&lt;/a&gt;, which, at the moment, is the top Google hit for this problem: when specifying frame labels in Beamer with the intention of using them with the &lt;code&gt;\againframe&lt;/code&gt; command, LaTeX begins spitting out errors over &quot;multiply-defined labels&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a specific, compilable example to demonstrate this issue:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}&amp;lt;1&amp;gt;[label=firstframe]{The first frame}&#xA;    \begin{itemize}&#xA;        \item This is not the fourth slide&#xA;            \pause&#xA;        \item Ah, but now it \emph{is} the fourth slide!&#xA;    \end{itemize}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}{The second frame}&#xA;    This is a boring second slide.&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\againframe{firstframe}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The intention here is to display the first frame's first bullet point in the first slide, then again on the third slide, and then both bullet points on the fourth slide.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;LaTeX will report the following warnings when compiling this presentation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;LaTeX Warning: Label `firstframe&amp;lt;1&amp;gt;' multiply defined.&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;LaTeX Warning: Label `firstframe' multiply defined.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How does one remove the occurrence of these warnings, other than avoiding the use of &lt;code&gt;\againframe&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="879" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-30T19:43:20.467" LastActivityDate="2010-08-30T19:49:34.710" Title="Multiply-defined labels warnings with frame labels in Beamer with againframe" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;cross-referencing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="2544" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2527" CreationDate="2010-08-30T19:11:08.453" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For my thesis I made a &quot;copyright permissions&quot; section, using a combination of &lt;code&gt;bibunits&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;bibentry&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;cleveref&lt;/code&gt;. I made a bibliography style file that displays the &lt;code&gt;copyright&lt;/code&gt; field (only for this list--the main bibliography can use a normal style). You can &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.levbishop.com/thesis/source&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;see the sources&lt;/a&gt; for all the details, but in the end, you enter a list like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{itemize}&#xA; \item \Cref{fig:coupling,fig:capnet} reproduced with permission from:\\*&#xA;    \bibentry{koch_charge-insensitive_2007}.&#xA; \item \Cref{sample,schematic,fig:vrabimap,fig:extjc,fig:exp,fig:relim,%&#xA;    fig:hetvsphtcnt,fig:arrows,%&#xA;    fig:linecuts,fig:powsweep,fig:hirelim3,fig:wolverine} &#xA;     reproduced (with altered formatting) with permission from:\\*          &#xA;     \bibentry{bishop_nonlinear_2009}.&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and this produces a list like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;• Figures 2.7 and 2.8 reproduced with&#xA;  permission from:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Jens Koch, Terri M. Yu, Jay Gambetta,&#xA;  A. A. Houck, D. I. Schuster, J. Majer,&#xA;  Alexandre Blais, M. H. Devoret, S.&#xA;  M. Girvin, and R. J. Schoelkopf,&#xA;  Physical Review A 76, 042319 (2007).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Copyright (2007) by the American&#xA;  Physical Society.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;• Figures 4.2 to 4.8 and 4.10 to 4.14&#xA;  reproduced (with altered formatting)&#xA;  with permission from:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lev S. Bishop, J. M. Chow, Jens Koch,&#xA;  A. A. Houck, M. H. Devoret, E.&#xA;  Thuneberg, S. M. Girvin, and R. J.&#xA;  Schoelkopf, Nature Physics 5, 105–109&#xA;  (2009).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Copyright © 2009, Nature Publishing&#xA;  Group.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-08-30T19:11:08.453" />
  <row Id="2545" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2541" CreationDate="2010-08-30T19:46:19.773" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use the standard referencing features and redefine &lt;code&gt;\inserttotalframenumber&lt;/code&gt; right after &lt;code&gt;\begin{document}&lt;/code&gt; (not before):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand*{\inserttotalframenumber}{\pageref{lastframe}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the last frame, before your appendix, set the label:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{frame}\label{lastframe}&#xA;...&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;% now your appendix frames follow&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you set the &lt;code&gt;lastframe&lt;/code&gt; label on frame 20 and let 5 frames follow, an infolines theme would show &quot;4 / 20&quot; and so on. The last appendix frame would show &quot;25 / 20&quot; like desired.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-08-30T19:46:19.773" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2546" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2543" CreationDate="2010-08-30T19:49:34.710" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You add a second &lt;code&gt;\pause&lt;/code&gt; and use the overlay specification. Like this&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{frame}&amp;lt;1&amp;gt;[label=firstframe]{The first frame}&#xA;    \begin{itemize}&#xA;        \item This is not the fourth slide&#xA;            \pause \pause&#xA;        \item Ah, but now it \emph{is} the fourth slide!&#xA;    \end{itemize} \end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}{The second frame}&#xA;    This is a boring second slide. \end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\againframe&amp;lt;2-3&amp;gt;{firstframe}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Yes, the solution is a bit silly, but this has to do with how &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt; process the &lt;code&gt;\againframe&lt;/code&gt; command internally. The command is built to 'continue' a frame, not to 'repeat' a frame. (The reason that you get repeated label warnings is that every frame/overlay is labelled internally (so that the various TOC jumping around and hyperlinks work). If you label a frame, the internal labels will be &lt;code&gt;name&amp;lt;n&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; for the n'th overlay of that frame.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastActivityDate="2010-08-30T19:49:34.710" />
  <row Id="2547" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2549" CreationDate="2010-08-30T20:19:08.207" Score="12" ViewCount="510" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have two figure/caption related questions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Firstly, in many textbooks, it is customary to put thin figures (along with their captions) entirely in the outer margin of the page. What is the most elegant way of doing this in LaTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondly, for wider figures many books set the figure to be the width of the page (so spewing out into the outer margin) and then place the caption in the margin space below the figure. How can one achieve this effect in LaTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="753" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-28T21:59:20.507" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T21:59:20.507" Title="Margin Figures/Captions" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;margins&gt;&lt;layout&gt;&lt;captions&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="2548" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2541" CreationDate="2010-08-30T20:21:06.470" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Inspired by Stefan's answer, here is the solution up with which I ended (which rectifies the problem of using &lt;code&gt;\pageref&lt;/code&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Immediately before &lt;code&gt;\appendix&lt;/code&gt; I added this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;  \immediate\write\@mainaux{\string\gdef\string\inserttotalframenumbernew{\insertframenumber}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That writes the number of the last &quot;real&quot; frame to the &lt;code&gt;.aux&lt;/code&gt; file as the new command &lt;code&gt;\inserttotalframenumbernew&lt;/code&gt;.  Then, at the beginning of my document, I added this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;  \@ifundefined{inserttotalframenumbernew}{&#xA;    \gdef\inserttotalframenumbernew{1}&#xA;  }{}&#xA;  \gdef\inserttotalframenumber{\inserttotalframenumbernew}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That redefines &lt;code&gt;\inserttotalframenumber&lt;/code&gt; to be the value of &lt;code&gt;\inserttotalframenumbernew&lt;/code&gt; (which is read from the &lt;code&gt;.aux&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This still feels like a bit of a hack to me, though.  It would be a lot cleaner if beamer had a macro that acted like &lt;code&gt;\pageref&lt;/code&gt; but instead returned a frame number, but beamer doesn't seem to.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="737" LastActivityDate="2010-08-30T20:21:06.470" />
  <row Id="2549" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2547" CreationDate="2010-08-30T20:42:03.357" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the the tufte-book class. It has margin figures, margin notes as well as full width environments. In general it has the general style you are looking for. It also has a fullwidth environment for larger figures - as you describe.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-08-30T20:42:03.357" />
  <row Id="2550" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2551" CreationDate="2010-08-30T21:51:38.887" Score="7" ViewCount="282" Body="&lt;p&gt;Running the code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\begin{document} Test: $e^{\sum{x}}$ \end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dies, yet it runs just fine with the &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{amsmath}&lt;/code&gt; commented out. The logs show:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;!pdfTeX error: pdflatex (file fmex7.pfb): cannot open Type 1 font file for reading&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which seems to indicate a missing font. I've used amsmath quite a bit in the past and never come across the problem. A bit of googleing shows some other Debian users have had this problem but I'm not quite sure what to do here. I'm running Ubuntu 10.04 with most LaTeX packages installed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="352" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-30T22:13:35.490" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T08:52:56.593" Title="Amsmath has problems with $e^{\sum{x}}$" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;amsmath&gt;&lt;errors&gt;&lt;ubuntu&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2551" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2550" CreationDate="2010-08-30T22:12:58.020" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This &lt;a href=&quot;http://groups.google.com/group/comp.text.tex/browse_thread/thread/771bd8f21acb8571&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;seems to be caused by an out-of-date &lt;code&gt;$HOME/.texmf-var&lt;/code&gt; folder&lt;/a&gt;. Simply deleting that folder should solve the problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I like Ubuntu, but its TeX packages are a mess.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-08-30T22:12:58.020" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2552" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2527" CreationDate="2010-08-30T22:39:38.283" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;While I haven't previously attempted exactly what you need (I'm in economics so have little need for photos), I have done something very similar using the ever-powerful but sometimes daunting &lt;code&gt;glossaries&lt;/code&gt; package.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can set up any number of &lt;em&gt;List of...&lt;/em&gt; structures in your doc with &lt;code&gt;glossaries&lt;/code&gt;, the two standards being &lt;em&gt;Glossary&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;Abbreviations&lt;/em&gt;. The &lt;em&gt;List of...&lt;/em&gt; structures can be formatted in a number of canned and tailored ways, including, for example, look-alike of Lev's example in his answer.  If you were to attach the glossary citations (in your case, references to credits) to your figure captions or labels, then only those credits attached to figures actually appearing in your end document would be listed in your &lt;em&gt;List of Credits&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For myself, I'm a great fan of the &lt;code&gt;glossaries&lt;/code&gt; package. It's still relatively new, but that shouldn't stop it from being more widely known.  I have no doubt that it would satisfy your needs.  Nevertheless, it does have a bit of a learning curve, so in that respect it mightn't be as &quot;convenient&quot; as you might like.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-08-30T22:39:38.283" />
  <row Id="2553" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2562" CreationDate="2010-08-31T01:07:00.823" Score="9" ViewCount="520" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to format sections/subsections/etc. so that the entire body text of subsections is indented relative to the body text of the parent section as it is for nested lists, i.e.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;1. Section heading.  Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing elit,&#xA;   sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua.&#xA;&#xA;   a. Subsection heading.  Duis aute irure dolor in reprehenderit in voluptate&#xA;      velit esse cillum dolore eu fugiat nulla pariatur.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am currently using the &lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt; package to achieve the run-in section heading with the following macros:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\titleformat{\section}[runin]{\normalfont\bfseries}{\thesection.}{.5em}{}[\quad]&#xA;&#xA;\titleformat{\subsection}[runin]{\normalfont\bfseries}{\thesubsection.}{.5em}{}[\quad]&#xA;\titlespacing{\subsection}{\parindent}{*2}{\wordsep}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The resulting output looks like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;1. Section heading.  Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing elit,&#xA;sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua.&#xA;&#xA;   a. Subsection heading.  Duis aute irure dolor in reprehenderit in voluptate&#xA;velit esse cillum dolore eu fugiat nulla pariatur.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've tried using the &lt;code&gt;hanging&lt;/code&gt; package and the underlying &lt;code&gt;\hangindent&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\hangafter&lt;/code&gt; commands in the &lt;code&gt;\titleformat&lt;/code&gt; definitions, but nothing I've tried has produced the desired results.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="569" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-14T22:31:33.743" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T22:31:33.743" Title="How can I format sections/subsections/etc. like nested lists?" Tags="&lt;lists&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;sections-paragraphs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2554" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2560" CreationDate="2010-08-31T03:13:07.163" Score="8" ViewCount="284" Body="&lt;p&gt;I recently created a makefile to use with my TeX documents and am quite happy with the discovery. When I create Beamer slides to use in class, I create both a set of slides and a handout to go along with them. I'd like to have a makefile that creates the slides, then changes one or two lines of the header of my TeX file (by uncommenting and commenting perhaps) to create a set of handouts (possibly by generating a new, intermediate TeX file). I'm guessing that a make file can't edit my TeX file, but that would be cool. Is it possible? Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="758" LastActivityDate="2010-08-31T10:42:34.793" Title="Changing LaTeX headers via a makefile" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;makefile&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="2555" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2554" CreationDate="2010-08-31T03:28:10.377" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The way I would accomplish this would be to place the core content in one LaTeX file (say &lt;code&gt;content.tex&lt;/code&gt;) and write two wrapper files (say &lt;code&gt;slides.tex&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;handouts.tex&lt;/code&gt;) that incorporate &lt;code&gt;content.tex&lt;/code&gt; by invoking &lt;code&gt;\input{content}&lt;/code&gt;.  Then you could create the appropriate targets and rules in your makefile, one to compile &lt;code&gt;slides.tex&lt;/code&gt; and the other to compile &lt;code&gt;handouts.tex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="569" LastActivityDate="2010-08-31T03:28:10.377" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2556" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2554" CreationDate="2010-08-31T04:22:57.753" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The answer by las3rjock is probably the best, but if you really want &lt;code&gt;make&lt;/code&gt; to change or generate your headers, there are several options.  You could use &lt;a href=&quot;http://sed.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;sed&lt;/a&gt; or another stream editor to actually edit your file.  Or you could use a preprocessor like &lt;a href=&quot;http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/cpp/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;cpp&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/cpp/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;M4&lt;/a&gt; to generate a proper file from a template. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2010-08-31T04:22:57.753" />
  <row Id="2557" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2541" CreationDate="2010-08-31T05:36:58.177" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've dealt with this by making two distinct pdfs and then pasting them together with the command line tool &lt;code&gt;pdftk&lt;/code&gt;. Not fancy, but it works. (That said, I will be trying the solution @ESultanik ended up with if ever this comes up again.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="93" LastActivityDate="2010-08-31T05:36:58.177" />
  <row Id="2558" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2554" CreationDate="2010-08-31T07:03:14.517" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another way to do this is to use a macro to contain the information you wish to pass, and do something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;pdflatex &quot;\def\MyHeaders{Whatever} \input MyFile.tex&quot;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in your &lt;code&gt;makefile&lt;/code&gt;. You'd probably include a &lt;code&gt;\providecommand*\MyHeaders{}&lt;/code&gt; line in the main document to avoid awkward errors.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-08-31T07:03:14.517" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2559" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2541" CreationDate="2010-08-31T07:50:48.193" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've used the following macros for this purpose:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\backupbegin}{&#xA;   \newcounter{framenumberappendix}&#xA;   \setcounter{framenumberappendix}{\value{framenumber}}&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand{\backupend}{&#xA;   \addtocounter{framenumberappendix}{-\value{framenumber}}&#xA;   \addtocounter{framenumber}{\value{framenumberappendix}} &#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The bonus slides are then put between the two commands:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\appendix&#xA;\backupbegin&#xA;&#xA;\frame{\frametitle{One more thing}}&#xA;&#xA;\backupend&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This will get you the desired numbering, too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1037" LastActivityDate="2010-08-31T07:50:48.193" />
  <row Id="2560" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2554" CreationDate="2010-08-31T08:13:26.823" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is the same sort of problem as asked the &lt;em&gt;Passing parameters to a document&lt;/em&gt; question; what follows is adapted from &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1492/passing-parameters-to-a-document/1501#1501&quot;&gt;my answer&lt;/a&gt; there.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Have the target in your Makefile clobber a file that is &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; by your Latex document, which should set the header.  Don't be fussy about Latex convention: saving characters by using &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt; makes your makefile easier to read.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, let the Makefile have:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;HEADERNAME = My Header&#xA;&#xA;handout: echo &quot;\def\hdrparam{$(HEADERNAME)}&quot;&gt;params.tex;  latex manuscript&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then &lt;code&gt;manuscript.tex&lt;/code&gt; should begin with &lt;code&gt;\input{params.tex}&lt;/code&gt;, defining &lt;code&gt;\hdrparam&lt;/code&gt; for use in your header macros.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-08-31T08:13:26.823" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2561" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2547" CreationDate="2010-08-31T08:56:39.560" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;h3&gt;Figures in margins&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I haven't done this for years, but when I did I used the wrapfig package. Something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\documentclass[twoside]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{wrapfig,calc,lipsum}&#xA;\newlength{\marginspace}&#xA;\setlength{\marginspace}{\marginparwidth+\marginparsep}&#xA;\setlength{\wrapoverhang}{\marginspace+\columnsep}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\begin{wrapfigure}{o}{\marginspace}&#xA;   \centering&#xA;   \rule{4em}{4em}&#xA;   \caption{Black box.}&#xA;   \label{fig:bb}&#xA;\end{wrapfigure}&#xA;\lipsum[2]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Full-width figures&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This one is easier. Using the changepage package,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{changepage,lipsum,calc}&#xA;\newenvironment{wide}{%&#xA;  \strictpagecheck % just in case&#xA;  \begin{adjustwidth*}{0pt}{-\marginparsep-\marginparwidth}&#xA;}{%&#xA;  \end{adjustwidth*}&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;\begin{wide}&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;\end{wide}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, you could also use a command instead of an environment if you prefer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;While the code above is fairly small (in the scheme of things) the floatrow package provides an interface around such elements (and much more).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update&lt;/strong&gt;: I don't personally use floatrow, so I don't know if it has its own methods for doing something like this, but here's an example of putting a margin caption beneath a wide figure:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand\margincaption[1]{%&#xA;  \par&#xA;  \setbox\@tempboxa=\hbox{\parbox{\marginparwidth}{\caption{#1}}}&#xA;  \@tempdima=\dimexpr\ht\@tempboxa+\dp\@tempboxa\relax&#xA;  \par\null\hfill\usebox\@tempboxa\par&#xA;  \vspace*{\dimexpr-\@tempdima-\baselineskip\relax}&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;...&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\begin{figure}[tp]&#xA;\begin{wide}&#xA;\rule{15cm}{1em}&#xA;\margincaption{A black long line with lots of explanation so it fills up some space.}&#xA;\end{wide}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\lipsum[2]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-31T09:56:20.063" LastActivityDate="2010-08-31T09:56:20.063" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2562" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2553" CreationDate="2010-08-31T09:13:17.207" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Not really. In theory, the &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt; command could be rewritten to adjust the page layout, but that would not be fun. Also, it could be ambiguous, sometimes, where sections end. I recommend instead something like the following, where you redefine the section headings into environments and then change the margins with the changepage package. .&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\documentclass[twoside]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{changepage,lipsum}&#xA;\newenvironment{h1}[2][]{\section[#1]{#2}}{}&#xA;\newenvironment{h2}[2][]{%&#xA;  \begin{adjustwidth}{2em}{}&#xA;    \subsection[#1]{#2}%&#xA;}{%&#xA;  \end{adjustwidth}&#xA;}&#xA;\newenvironment{h3}[2][]{%&#xA;  \begin{adjustwidth}{2em}{}&#xA;    \subsubsection[#1]{#2}%&#xA;}{%&#xA;  \end{adjustwidth}&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{h1}{first}&#xA;  \lipsum[1]&#xA;  \begin{h2}{second}&#xA;    \lipsum[2]&#xA;  \end{h2}&#xA;  \begin{h2}{third}&#xA;    \lipsum[3]&#xA;    \begin{h3}{fourth}&#xA;      \lipsum[4]&#xA;    \end{h3}&#xA;  \end{h2}&#xA;\end{h1}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Changing the formatting of the section headings can be done, as you mention, with titlesec.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-31T13:36:31.637" LastActivityDate="2010-08-31T13:36:31.637" />
  <row Id="2563" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2530" CreationDate="2010-08-31T09:18:03.370" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{lmodern}&lt;/code&gt;. When you switch to the &lt;code&gt;T1&lt;/code&gt; encoding, the only available fonts (I assume) for your distribution are the bitmap Computer Modern fonts (caveat: I'm simplifying). Loading the Latin Modern fonts will fix that — they are largely identical in appearance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-08-31T09:18:03.370" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2564" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-08-25T09:07:34.833" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;tex-core&lt;/code&gt; tag refers to questions that are independent of formats and macro packages. Such questions usually relate to low-level TeX programming or the behaviour of TeX at an underlying level.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that even Plain TeX is a format in itself; users who wish to ask questions about creating documents in Plain TeX are advised to use the &lt;code&gt;plain-tex&lt;/code&gt; tag.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-16T01:09:01.490" LastActivityDate="2010-09-16T01:09:01.490" />
  <row Id="2565" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2553" CreationDate="2010-08-31T09:29:58.410" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Even if you could insert somehow code to indent the following text in the (sub)section commands you will run into problems at the next subsection as it will indent the text even more. You should better surround the one of the changemargin commands (http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=chngmargonfly) e.g. the one of the KOMA-classes:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrartcl}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage{titlesec}&#xA;\titleformat{\section}[runin]{\normalfont\bfseries}{\makebox[1cm][l]{\thesection.}}{0pt}{}[\quad]&#xA;\titleformat{\subsection}[runin]{\normalfont\bfseries}{\makebox[1cm][l]{\thesection.}}{0pt}{}[\quad]&#xA;\titlespacing{\section}{-1cm}{*2}{\wordsep}&#xA;\titlespacing{\subsection}{-1cm}{*2}{\wordsep}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA; \section{section heading} \lipsum[1]&#xA;&#xA;\begin{addmargin}[1cm]{0cm}&#xA; \leavevmode&#xA; \subsection{sub heading} \lipsum[2]&#xA; \begin{quote}&#xA; \lipsum[1]&#xA; \end{quote}&#xA;\end{addmargin}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If the text after your heading is simple (that means doesn't contain environments/commands like lists which change the margin) you can also simply advance \leftskip.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-08-31T09:29:58.410" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2566" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2581" CreationDate="2010-08-31T09:55:04.433" Score="4" ViewCount="239" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to create a LaTeX template for reports we use in our organization. The original template is in &lt;code&gt;.doc&lt;/code&gt; format, and uses a few non-free fonts, specifically  &lt;a href=&quot;http://new.myfonts.com/fonts/linotype/gill-sans/gill-sans/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Gill Sans&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. I'm looking for a LaTeX font that is a close match for this. There's no need for it to be a perfect replacement, as it won't be used for copyrighted materials such as logos, but still should be difficult to distinguish from the real thing for non-specialists.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To generalize the question a bit:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;Is there some sort of a recommendation engine for font substitution using LaTeX typefaces?&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ideally, choose a font, and get some reasonably good substitutes that are readily available on, say CTAN. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="711" LastActivityDate="2010-08-31T17:29:58.313" Title="Recommendations for substitution of non-free fonts with LaTeX typefaces?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;substitution&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2567" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="286" CreationDate="2010-08-31T10:22:02.493" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;TJ Ellis is right.  The &lt;code&gt;exam&lt;/code&gt; class terrific.  As a bonus, it has a good manual, with some very funny sample questions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="922" LastActivityDate="2010-08-31T10:22:02.493" />
  <row Id="2568" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2515" CreationDate="2010-08-31T10:28:20.200" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Don't use &lt;code&gt;@inbook&lt;/code&gt; ever for anything. Use one of the following, depending on the situation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;@book&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\cite[Chapter~5]{foo}&lt;/code&gt; for a monograph.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;@incollection&lt;/code&gt; for a book in which each chapter has a different author. Then the relevant fields are &lt;code&gt;booktitle=&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;title=&lt;/code&gt;; this is similar to &lt;code&gt;@inproceedings&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="100" LastActivityDate="2010-08-31T10:28:20.200" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2569" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2554" CreationDate="2010-08-31T10:42:34.793" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;My answer to the question &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1492/passing-parameters-to-a-document/&quot;&gt;passing parameters to a document&lt;/a&gt; wasn't great because I didn't give any code.  So I'll take this opportunity to put the code in!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In short, my method for this is to have symlinks to the main file with the name of the symlink containing parameters.  It is, perhaps, not as flexible as passing options to the file but it does mean that the resulting compiled file will have the right name and neither it nor any of the auxiliary files will get clobbered by making different versions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The core bit of the code is as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\my@real@class{beamer}&#xA;&#xA;% Copied from the TeX FAQ entry 'comparing the ``jobname'''.&#xA;&#xA;  \def\be@mertypeis#1{FF\fi&#xA;   \edef\my@predicate{#1}%&#xA;   \edef\my@predicate{\expandafter\strip@prefix\meaning\my@predicate}%&#xA;   \edef\my@job{\be@mertype}%&#xA;   \ifx\be@mertype\my@predicate&#xA;  }&#xA;&#xA;  \def\be@mertwo#1.#2\relax{#2}&#xA;  \def\be@merone#1.#2\relax{#1}&#xA;&#xA;% Find out how many components jobname has.  Format is&#xA;% name[.type[.date]] where name has not dots, type is the type of&#xA;% output (default ``beamer'') and date is the date of the lecture to&#xA;% be produced, in ISO format of YYYYMMDD.&#xA;&#xA;  \let\be@merdate\@empty&#xA;&#xA;  \edef\be@mertest{\expandafter\be@merone\jobname.j\relax}&#xA;  \edef\my@jobname{\jobname}&#xA;&#xA;  \ifx\be@mertest\my@jobname&#xA;&#xA;% Only one component&#xA;&#xA;   \def\be@mertype{beamer}&#xA;   \def\be@merfile{\jobname}&#xA;  \else&#xA;   \edef\be@mertest{\expandafter\be@merone\jobname\relax.\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\be@merone\expandafter\be@mertwo\jobname.j\relax\relax}&#xA;&#xA;   \ifx\be@mertest\my@jobname&#xA;&#xA;% Only two components&#xA;&#xA;    \edef\be@mertype{\expandafter\be@mertwo\jobname\relax}&#xA;    \edef\be@merfile{\expandafter\be@merone\jobname\relax}&#xA;   \else&#xA;&#xA;% Three components&#xA;&#xA;    \edef\be@merdate{\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\be@merone\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\be@mertwo\expandafter\be@mertwo\jobname\relax\relax.j\relax}&#xA;    \edef\be@mertype{\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\be@merone\expandafter\be@mertwo\jobname\relax\relax}&#xA;    \edef\be@merfile{\expandafter\be@merone\jobname\relax}&#xA;&#xA;  \g@addto@macro{\my@afterpackages}{%&#xA;    \expandafter\includeonlylecture\expandafter{\be@merdate}&#xA;&#xA;  }&#xA;&#xA;   \fi&#xA;  \fi&#xA;&#xA;  \edef\be@merdefopts{12pt,t,xcolor=dvipsnames,ignorenonframetext}&#xA;&#xA;  \if\be@mertypeis{article}&#xA;   \def\my@real@class{article}&#xA;   \PassOptionsToPackage{envcountsect}{beamerarticle}&#xA;   \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper,10pt}&#xA;  \fi&#xA;&#xA;  \if\be@mertypeis{handout}&#xA;   \PassOptionsToClass{handout,12pt,xcolor=dvipsnames,xcolor=gray,ignorenonframetext}{beamer}&#xA;  \fi&#xA;&#xA;  \if\be@mertypeis{trans}&#xA;   \PassOptionsToClass{trans,12pt,xcolor=dvipsnames,ignorenonframetext}{beamer}&#xA;  \fi&#xA;&#xA;\LoadClass{\my@real@class}&#xA;  \if\be@mertypeis{article}&#xA;   \RequirePackage[envcountsect]{beamerarticle}&#xA;   \setjobnamebeamerversion{\be@merfile.beamer}&#xA;  \fi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's probably not the &lt;em&gt;cleanest&lt;/em&gt; code - I could probably condense half the &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt;s.&#xA;This code comes from a class that I load for &lt;em&gt;all&lt;/em&gt; my documents which can be found (with a brief description) &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.math.ntnu.no/~stacey/HowDidIDoThat/LaTeX/MyClass.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-08-31T10:42:34.793" />
  <row Id="2570" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2573" CreationDate="2010-08-31T10:56:40.020" Score="7" ViewCount="198" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am looking to create a template where I can quickly generate pages of basic math equations. LaTeX seems like a good place to start typesetting math equations but I am completely stumped with the syntax.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My thoughts are to first build a template, use python to generate the template code with random numbers, convert to PDF, then print. here is an example of what I have come up with so far, but trying to nest this within another table created issues.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\halign{\hfil # &amp;amp; # \hfil \cr 4\cr \underline{+2}\cr}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This produces &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/EhnbR.png&quot; alt=&quot;rendered example&quot;&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are there any other languages or tools that I could use to meet my goals? I'm all ears.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1039" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-31T11:21:34.227" LastActivityDate="2010-09-01T19:06:58.847" Title="help with creating a page of equations using (LaTeX?)" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="2571" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2575" CreationDate="2010-08-31T11:52:10.303" Score="7" ViewCount="158" Body="&lt;p&gt;Imagine I have a complete latex file and I want to extract only the text that appears in a specified environment (i.e., within a custom &lt;code&gt;hypothesis&lt;/code&gt; environment)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{document}&#xA;...&#xA;Lots of stuff that I don't want extracted&#xA;\begin{hypothesis}&#xA; The content that I want to extract&#xA;\end{hypothesis}&#xA;...&#xA;Lots more stuff I don't want to exract&#xA;...&#xA;\begin{hypothesis}&#xA; Some more content that I want to extract&#xA;\end{hypothesis}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The question:&lt;/strong&gt; What's a simple way of taking a complete latex source file and extracting just the text in a specified environment and saving it to a new text file?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Although I'm not an expert I've heard a lot of people talk about Perl scripts being good for string manipulation. I also sometimes use regular expressions. Thus, in addition to a specific solution to the above problem, I would be interested to hear about general approaches to related LaTeX text manipulation tasks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update:&lt;/strong&gt; Copying and pasting is not a desired option because the environment occurs over 20 times in a 20,000 word document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="151" LastEditorUserId="151" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-31T13:52:17.727" LastActivityDate="2010-09-01T06:05:59.183" Title="Extracting the contents of text in a specified environment into a new file" Tags="&lt;environments&gt;&lt;text-manipulation&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="2572" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-08-31T12:06:55.147" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ubuntu.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Ubuntu&lt;/a&gt; is a Linux distribution based on &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.debian.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Debian&lt;/a&gt;. It includes TeX, LaTeX and Friends in the form of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/texlive&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX Live&lt;/a&gt; distribution (see also &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/texlive&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'texlive'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;texlive&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ubuntu’s version of TeX Live is split into many &lt;a href=&quot;http://packages.ubuntu.com/search?keywords=texlive&amp;amp;searchon=names&amp;amp;suite=all&amp;amp;section=all&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;packages&lt;/a&gt;, based on the &lt;a href=&quot;http://packages.debian.org/search?keywords=texlive&amp;amp;searchon=names&amp;amp;suite=all&amp;amp;section=all&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Debian packages&lt;/a&gt;. Not all packages are installed by default, so it might be necessary to manually install additional packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When updating to a new version of Ubuntu, it is generally recommended to delete the &lt;code&gt;$HOME/.texmf-var&lt;/code&gt; folder (it will be automatically recreated with up-to-date information on the next tex run).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The TeX Live packages contained in many Ubuntu/Debian releases are slightly out of date and do not contain the &lt;code&gt;tlmgr&lt;/code&gt; tool to update packages. Thus many users ignore these packages and &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/texlive/quickinstall.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;install TeX Live directly&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-18T17:20:42.837" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T17:20:42.837" />
  <row Id="2573" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2570" CreationDate="2010-08-31T12:39:44.547" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Not so hackish, but still a bit, here are some ideas.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First define a new command to produce each of your equations. I used the &lt;code&gt;array&lt;/code&gt; environment to do this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\myeq}[2]{$\begin{array}{@{}r@{}}#1\\#2\\\hline\end{array}$}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then arrange them on a page in a grid using a &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}{c@{\qquad}c}&#xA;\myeq{4}{+2} &amp;amp; \myeq{3}{\times 2} \\[2em]&#xA;\myeq{4}{+2} &amp;amp; \myeq{3}{\times 2}&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/wbi3Y.png&quot; alt=&quot;rendered example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that you can give an optional argument to the &lt;code&gt;\\[..]&lt;/code&gt; command in order to control the spacing between rows. And in the &lt;code&gt;@{..}&lt;/code&gt; specifiers passed to &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; you can also use commands like &lt;code&gt;\qquad&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\hspace{..}&lt;/code&gt; to control the spacing between columns.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-31T12:59:11.047" LastActivityDate="2010-08-31T12:59:11.047" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="2574" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2571" CreationDate="2010-08-31T13:26:04.637" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Writing the content of one environment to a file is easy: LaTeX already knows the filecontents-environment. The filecontents packages extends this environment. fancyvrb defines VerbatimOut. The listings package has some internal code (used e.g. by the showexpl) too. If you want to collect the content of more than one environment you will have to change their definition so that the end doesn't close the file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you don't care about the line breaks and the comments in your environment you can also try something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{environ}&#xA;&#xA;\newwrite\myexport&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\NewEnviron{test}{%&#xA;\toks@=\expandafter{\BODY}%&#xA;\immediate\write\myexport{\the\toks@}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\immediate\openout\myexport=test-export.tex&#xA;\begin{test}&#xA;\section{blub}&#xA;abc % cde&#xA;ghi&#xA;\end{test}&#xA;&#xA;some text&#xA;\begin{test}&#xA; continuation&#xA;\end{test}&#xA;\immediate\closeout\myexport&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-08-31T13:26:04.637" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2575" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2571" CreationDate="2010-08-31T13:34:03.937" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As well as the options provided by Ulrike, you might also be interested in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/extract.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;extract package&lt;/a&gt;, which was written for exactly the problem you're looking to solve. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-31T16:07:01.883" LastActivityDate="2010-08-31T16:07:01.883" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2576" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2578" CreationDate="2010-08-31T13:56:40.500" Score="6" ViewCount="493" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have learn LaTeX for a while. Now, I want to type Indic scripts using Tex and I found that XeTeX is the best because it supports unicode and opentype fonts. But the problem is there are not any single tutorial which gives on how to get XeTeX working. Normally, when a Unicode text file is sent for XeTeX it works but all ligatures and conjuncts are NOT considered. &#xA;After a long search I found one which uses a mix of romanized way and original devangari, when is posted below as example 1. I just want to type in display as english character are typed for the .tex file as example 2.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Example 1: Using a mix of romanized mapping or something like that.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% This is a Unicode file.&#xA;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{multicol} % just to get narrow columns on one page&#xA;\usepackage{polyglossia} % the multilingual support package&#xA;% for XeLaTeX - includes Sanskrit.&#xA;% Next, from the polyglossia manual:&#xA;\setdefaultlanguage{english} % this is mostly going to be English text, with&#xA;\setotherlanguage{sanskrit} % some Sanskrit embedded in it.&#xA;% These will call appropriate hyphenation.&#xA;\usepackage{xltxtra} % standard for nearly all XeLaTeX documents&#xA;\defaultfontfeatures{Mapping=tex-text} % ditto&#xA;\setmainfont{Gandhari Unicode} %could be any Unicode font&#xA;% Now define some Devanagari fonts:&#xA;% John Smith's Nakula, input using Velthuis transliteration&#xA;\newfontinstance&#xA;\velthuis [Script=Devanagari,Mapping=velthuis-sanskrit]{Nakula}&#xA;% John Smith's Sahadeva, input using Velthuis transliteration&#xA;\newfontinstance&#xA;\sahadeva [Script=Devanagari,Mapping=velthuis-sanskrit]{Sahadeva}&#xA;% John's Sahadeva, input using scholarly romanisation in Unicode&#xA;\newfontinstance&#xA;\sahadevaunicode [Script=Devanagari,Mapping=RomDev]{Sahadeva}&#xA;% Microsoft's Mangal font (ugh!), input using standard romanisation in Unicode.&#xA;\newfontinstance&#xA;\mangal [Script=Devanagari,Mapping=RomDev]{Mangal}&#xA;% Somdev's RomDev.map is used above to get the mapping&#xA;% from Unicode -&amp;gt; Devanāgarī. Zdenek Wagner's velthuis-sanskrit.map&#xA;% is used to get the Velthuis-&amp;gt;Devanāgarī mapping. These are the files&#xA;% that XeTeX uses to make all the conjunct consonants without needing&#xA;% any external preprocessor (like the old devnag.c program).&#xA;% % Set up the font commands:&#xA;%&#xA;\newcommand{\velt}[1]{{\velthuis \textsanskrit{#1}}}&#xA;\newcommand{\saha}[1]{{\sahadeva\textsanskrit{#1}}}&#xA;\newcommand{\sahauni}[1]{{\sahadevaunicode\textsanskrit{#1}}}&#xA;\newcommand{\mangaluni}[1]{{\mangal\textsanskrit{#1}}}&#xA;% \textssanskrit, above, is a Polyglossia command that gets Sanskrit hyphenation right.&#xA;% ... and here we go!&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{multicols}{2} % narrow cols to force plenty of hyphenation&#xA;\large % ditto.&#xA;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;\item[1]&#xA;With Xe\LaTeX\ it's easy to typeset Velthuis encoded Devanagari like the following example, without using a preprocessor:&#xA;\velt{sugataan sasutaan sadharmakaayaan pra.nipatyaadarato 'khilaa.m&quot;sca vandyaan|&#xA;sugataatmajasa.mvaraavataara.m kathayi.syaami yathaagama.m samaasaat||} Bodhicaryāvatāra 1,1.&#xA;NB: automatic hyphenation.&#xA;\item[2]&#xA;A different Devanāgarī font:&#xA;\saha{sugataan sasutaan sadharmakaayaan pra.nipatyaadarato 'khilaa.m&quot;sca vandyaan|&#xA;sugataatmajasa.mvaraavataara.m kathayi.syaami yathaagama.m samaasaat||} Bodhicaryāvatāra 1,1.&#xA;\item[3]&#xA;Another sentence: \saha{ratnojjvalastambhamanorame.su muktaamayodbhaasivitaanake.su|&#xA;svacchojjvalasphaa.tikaku.t.time.su sungandhi.su snaanag.rhe.su te.su||} 2,10.&#xA;\item[4]&#xA;Now, thanks to Somdev's RomDev.map, we can input in Unicode, using standard scholarly transliteration, and get Devanāgarī generated for us automatically:&#xA;\sahauni{āsīdrājā nalo nāma vīrsenasuto balī||\par }&#xA;\item[5]&#xA;Plain Unicode input, no tricks:&#xA;āsīdrājā nalo nāma vīrsenasuto balī||&#xA;\item[6]&#xA;Plain Unicode romanisation input, no tricks:&#xA;\mangaluni{āsīdrājā nalo nāma vīrsenasuto balī||\par }&#xA;Plain Unicode Devanāgarī input, no tricks:&#xA;{\mangal आसीद्राजा नलो नाम वीरसेनसुतो बली|\par}&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;\end{multicols}&#xA;&#xA;\noindent&#xA;English and Devanāgarī are both doing okay. The only thing that isn't hyphenating well yet is Sanskrit in roman transliteration.&#xA;&#xA;Other nice stuff becomes easy. E.g., define a command \verb|\example| that prints a romanised word in Nāgarī, and then repeats it in romanisation, in parentheses:&#xA;&#xA;\verb|\newcommand\example[1]{\sahauni{#1}~(\emph{#1})}|\newcommand\example[1]{\sahauni{#1}~(\emph{#1})}&#xA;&#xA;Input: \verb|\example{ekadhā}|&#xA;&#xA;Output: \example{ekadhā}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;%that's all folks!&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;And output is here at bit.ly/dbbWvT I couldn't embed images as it requires 10 reputation points to post link and image&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example 2: What I want tutorial to focus on to be like ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As in standard latex&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section{संस्कृतम्}&#xA;जीवनस्य लक्ष्यमेव संस्कृतस्य वर्धनम्&#xA;\subsection{कोऽम्}&#xA;संस्कृतं (Sanskrit) पृथिव्‍यां प्राचीना समृद्घा शास्त्रीया च भाषा मन्‍यते। विश्‍ववाङ्‌मयेषु संस्‍कृतं श्रेष्‍ठरत्‍नम्‌ इति न केवलं भारते अपि तु समग्रविश्‍वे एतद्‌विषये निर्णयाधिकारिभि: जनै: स्‍वीकृतम्‌। महर्षिणा पाणिनिना विरचितम् &quot;अष्‍टाध्‍यायी&quot; इति संस्‍कृतव्‍याकरणम्‌ अधुनापि भारते विदेशेषु च भाषाविज्ञानिनां प्रेरणास्‍थानं वर्तते। संस्‍कृतशब्‍दान् एव उत्तरभारते दक्षिणभारते च स्वमातृभाषास्य संयोजयन्‍ति। संस्कृतात् प्राय: सर्वा अपि भारतीयभाषाः उद्भूताः।&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What i really what to focus is input of devangari letters in same as that of english letters. **&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I don't want to write saṁskr̥taṁ (or&#xA;  any romanized tricks) to get संस्कृतं&#xA;  as output.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;** I just that I type संस्कृतं to get संस्कृतं and you type english in latex to get english as output.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So guys, thanks in advance for reading this much. Is there any nice tutorial and any help for me to get started typesetting devangari unicode with xetex?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1036" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-01T02:26:46.847" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T02:26:46.847" Title="Getting Started to Xetex for Devangari ?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;languages&gt;&lt;indic&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="2577" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="874" CreationDate="2010-08-31T14:02:52.027" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;They say it might take around 18 months, to get into Unicode.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1036" LastActivityDate="2010-08-31T14:02:52.027" />
  <row Id="2578" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2576" CreationDate="2010-08-31T14:31:25.750" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Well example 1 makes quite a great effort (with all this mapping directives) to enable a romanized input. If you don't want this ignore all this code and simply start writing e.g. use something like this&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\setmainfont[Script=Devanagari]{your font}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section{संस्कृतम्}&#xA;जीवनस्य लक्ष्यमेव संस्कृतस्य वर्धनम्&#xA;\subsection{कोऽम्}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to write also english (or another script) you will perhaps have to insert font switching commands at the language boundaries. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastEditorUserId="2388" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-31T14:40:01.050" LastActivityDate="2010-08-31T14:40:01.050" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2579" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2576" CreationDate="2010-08-31T14:57:43.817" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;polyglossia&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;% The fontspec package provides a nice interface to font loading.&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;&#xA;% standard packages for XeLaTeX&#xA;\usepackage{xunicode}&#xA;\usepackage{xltxtra}&#xA;&#xA;% The polyglossia package lets us easily use several languages.&#xA;\usepackage{polyglossia}&#xA;&#xA;% Define the used fonts. Replace Nakula and XITS by your font choice.&#xA;\newfontfamily\devanagarifont[Script=Devanagari]{Nakula}&#xA;\newfontfamily\englishfont[Script=Latin]{XITS}&#xA;&#xA;\setmainlanguage{sanskrit}&#xA;\setotherlanguages{english}&#xA;&#xA;% Display counters with Devanagari digits&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\devanagarinumber#1{\devanagaridigits{\number#1}}&#xA;\let\orig@arabic\@arabic&#xA;\let\@arabic\devanagarinumber&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\section{संस्कृतम्}&#xA;जीवनस्य लक्ष्यमेव संस्कृतस्य वर्धनम्&#xA;\subsection{कोऽम्}&#xA;संस्कृतं \textenglish{(Sanskrit)} पृथिव्‍यां प्राचीना समृद्घा शास्त्रीया च भाषा मन्‍यते। विश्‍ववाङ्‌मयेषु संस्‍कृतं श्रेष्‍ठरत्‍नम्‌ इति न केवलं भारते अपि तु समग्रविश्‍वे एतद्‌विषये निर्णयाधिकारिभि: जनै: स्‍वीकृतम्‌। महर्षिणा पाणिनिना विरचितम् &quot;अष्‍टाध्‍यायी&quot; इति संस्‍कृतव्‍याकरणम्‌ अधुनापि भारते विदेशेषु च भाषाविज्ञानिनां प्रेरणास्‍थानं वर्तते। संस्‍कृतशब्‍दान् एव उत्तरभारते दक्षिणभारते च स्वमातृभाषास्य संयोजयन्‍ति। संस्कृतात् प्राय: सर्वा अपि भारतीयभाषाः उद्भूताः।&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This renders as (compiled with &lt;code&gt;xelatex&lt;/code&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/1D1V8.png&quot; alt=&quot;rendered example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can’t verify whether the output is correct, but it seems to be fine (Latin ligatures work).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You might want to define a shortcut for &lt;code&gt;\textenglish&lt;/code&gt;, e.g. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\eng[1]{\textenglish{#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Original solution&lt;/strong&gt;, expanded on Ulrike’s answer:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;% The fontspec package provides a nice interface to font loading.&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec} &#xA;&#xA;% Set the main font to Nakula (a Devanagari font I found on my system).&#xA;\setmainfont[Script=Devanagari]{Nakula}&#xA;&#xA;% Define the \latinfont command to switch to the XITS font for Latin text&#xA;\newfontfamily\latinfont[Script=Latin]{XITS}&#xA;% Define the \eng command as a localized version of \latinfont&#xA;\newcommand\eng[1]{{\latinfont #1}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\section{संस्कृतम्}&#xA;जीवनस्य लक्ष्यमेव संस्कृतस्य वर्धनम्&#xA;\subsection{कोऽम्}&#xA;संस्कृतं \eng{(Sanskrit)} पृथिव्‍यां प्राचीना समृद्घा शास्त्रीया च भाषा मन्‍यते। विश्‍ववाङ्‌मयेषु संस्‍कृतं श्रेष्‍ठरत्‍नम्‌ इति न केवलं  भारते अपि तु समग्रविश्‍वे एतद्‌विषये निर्णयाधिकारिभि: जनै: स्‍वीकृतम्‌। महर्षिणा पाणिनिना विरचितम् &quot;अष्‍टाध्‍यायी&quot; इति संस्‍कृतव्‍याकरणम्‌ अधुनापि भारते विदेशेषु च भाषाविज्ञानिनां प्रेरणास्‍थानं वर्तते। संस्‍कृतशब्‍दान् एव उत्तरभारते दक्षिणभारते च स्वमातृभाषास्य संयोजयन्‍ति। संस्कृतात् प्राय: सर्वा अपि भारतीयभाषाः उद्भूताः।&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-31T19:15:32.913" LastActivityDate="2010-08-31T19:15:32.913" CommentCount="12" />
  <row Id="2580" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2616" CreationDate="2010-08-31T15:53:30.690" Score="2" ViewCount="386" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a problem about Appendices.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to delete the numbering behind the Appendices in the TOC while I want the Appendices pages to appear by default in the first page of each Appendix. In other words, I ONLY want to delete the numbering.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I hope I be clear enough.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="885" LastEditorUserId="885" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-31T21:26:43.660" LastActivityDate="2010-09-01T03:32:29.287" Title="Deleting the numbering behind the Appendices in the TOC" Tags="&lt;appendices&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2581" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2566" CreationDate="2010-08-31T16:14:35.540" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To address your more specific question, check out GilliusADF, which is a GPL license font based on Gill Sans from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://arkandis.tuxfamily.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Arkandis Digital Foundry&lt;/a&gt; (ADF). The folks at ADF have been working to make TeX packages for their fonts. Some are already on CTAN like &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/baskervaldadf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;BaskervaldADF&lt;/a&gt; (based on Baskerville), &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/venturisadf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;VenturisADF&lt;/a&gt; (based to Utopia), &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/electrumadf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ElectrumADF&lt;/a&gt; (original design?), &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/romandeadf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;RomandeADF&lt;/a&gt; (original design?). Unfortunately, Gillius hasn’t been packaged for LaTeX yet, but in the meantime, you could download the opentype versions from the ADF website, and use them either with XeLaTeX, or run them through &lt;A href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/utilities/otfinst/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;otfinst&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/utilities/fontools/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;autoinst&lt;/a&gt; to use them with pdflatex.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-31T17:29:58.313" LastActivityDate="2010-08-31T17:29:58.313" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2583" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2570" CreationDate="2010-08-31T18:08:14.613" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can even use LaTeX to generate your random numbers for you, using the &lt;code&gt;pgfmath&lt;/code&gt; package, which is a part of &lt;a href=&quot;http://sourceforge.net/projects/pgf/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pgf/tikz&lt;/a&gt;.  Here is minimal example, using Juan's macros from his answer:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pgfmath}&#xA;&#xA;% Juan's macro:&#xA;\newcommand{\myeq}[2]{$\begin{array}{@{}r@{}}#1\\#2\\\hline\end{array}$}&#xA;&#xA;% Generate random integer between 1 and 9:&#xA;\newcommand{\rand}{\pgfmathrandominteger{\rndint}{1}{9}\rndint}&#xA;&#xA;% The rest is from Juan's answer again, with numbers replaced by \rand:&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{c@{\qquad}c}&#xA;\myeq{\rand}{+\rand} &amp;amp; \myeq{\rand}{\times \rand} \\[2em]&#xA;\myeq{\rand}{+\rand} &amp;amp; \myeq{\rand}{\times \rand}&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then all you need to do is process the file by &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; to get the pdf. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another option would be using &lt;code&gt;lua&lt;/code&gt; to generate the numbers, and process the file by &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.luatex.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;luatex&lt;/a&gt;. That will give you more flexibility, you can generate the numbers exactly the way you want. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2010-08-31T18:08:14.613" />
  <row Id="2584" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-31T18:26:37.267" Score="3" ViewCount="158" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a style sheet that has some problems. At this point I am just writing my paper and do not really care about \viiipt warnings and errors. So I need to press enter a million times to skip errors while my latex file is compiling . &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any way to tell the compiler (Latex2Pdf) that I want to skip all the errors?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="230" LastActivityDate="2010-08-31T18:56:21.960" Title="Suppressing error messages" Tags="&lt;compiling&gt;&lt;errors&gt;&lt;warnings&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="2585" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2584" CreationDate="2010-08-31T18:33:58.603" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Type &lt;code&gt;latex --help&lt;/code&gt; and check out -interaction=. An example can look like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; latex -interaction=nonstopmode file.tex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="337" LastActivityDate="2010-08-31T18:33:58.603" />
  <row Id="2586" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2584" CreationDate="2010-08-31T18:41:18.243" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Correct the errors directly. At some point in the future you will have an error which completly prevent the generation of the document and then you will have a &lt;strong&gt;very&lt;/strong&gt; hard time to get around this problem if you have tons of other error messages still lurking around in your log. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-08-31T18:41:18.243" />
  <row Id="2588" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2584" CreationDate="2010-08-31T18:56:21.960" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use \keepsilent in the preamble. This will suppress all messages as well. However, it is normally best to keep on correcting as you go along. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-08-31T18:56:21.960" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2589" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-08-31T19:25:50.673" Score="10" ViewCount="471" Body="&lt;p&gt;The programming language introduced by &lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt; in LaTeX3 is a bit unusual compared to other TeX macro languages in that it uses both _ and : for function names. Could someone provide some technical insight on the pros and cons of the syntax?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="337" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-31T20:57:06.567" LastActivityDate="2010-09-01T07:14:37.413" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-31T19:25:50.673" Title="Pros and cons of the LaTeX3 syntax?" Tags="&lt;programming&gt;&lt;latex3&gt;&lt;expl3&gt;" AnswerCount="8" CommentCount="18" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2590" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2594" CreationDate="2010-08-31T19:48:33.973" Score="5" ViewCount="362" Body="&lt;p&gt;In a book I'm typesetting, I want the tabular environment to be in footnote size and the other body of the book to be in normalsize font. To do this, I've tried something like the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;‎‎‎‎‎‎‎\re‎newenvironment‎{‎‎tabular‎‎}[1][t‎]{\footnotesize‎‎‎‎‎&#xA;\begin{tabular}‎&#xA;‎‎‎‎‎‎‎‎‎‎‎‎‎[#1]}{‎‎‎‎\end{tabular}‎\normalsize‎‎‎‎}‎&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I get the following error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! TeX capacity exceeded, sorry [save size=50000]. &#xA; &amp;lt;to be read again&amp;gt; &#xA;               \relax &#xA; l.72 \centering\begin{tabular}{&#xA;                           cccccc}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;By the way, I'm using the tabular as below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{‎table}[t]‎&#xA;\caption{Title}\label{tab1‎}‎‎&#xA;‎\centering‎‎‎‎‎\begin{‎tabular}{c‎c‎‎‎‎‎‎c‎‎c‎‎‎‎cc‎‎}‎‎‎&#xA;‎....&#xA;‎‎‎\end{‎tabular}‎&#xA;\end{‎table}‎‎&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Have I done something wrong here?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks for any hints&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="885" LastEditorUserId="885" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-31T20:18:06.450" LastActivityDate="2010-08-31T21:24:18.800" Title="Problem with redefining Tabular environment with the \renewenvironment ‎command‎" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;tables&gt;&lt;environments&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2591" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2589" CreationDate="2010-08-31T20:13:30.817" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;(Note: the answer covers things that were in various versions of the question!)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The question asks about two main issues, the 'primitives renamed' idea and the 'argument specification'. Just as background, the &lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt; environment makes &lt;code&gt;_&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;:&lt;/code&gt; 'letters' for inclusion in control sequences, and also ignores whitespace. Using &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt; as a 'letter' has, at least in LaTeX2e, been somewhat unsystematic. The idea of using &lt;code&gt;_&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;:&lt;/code&gt; is that their role is more defined, with &lt;code&gt;_&lt;/code&gt; used to divide up function and variable names into readable 'blocks' and &lt;code&gt;:&lt;/code&gt; used to show the arguments taken by a function.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On 'primitives renamed', in the main directly using the primitives is not the idea of the &lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt; language. In the question, the case&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ifXXX:Nno&#xA;  ...&#xA;\fi:&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;was given. To put things on a more concrete footing, the &lt;em&gt;current&lt;/em&gt; &lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt; renames all of the primitive TeX &lt;code&gt;\if...&lt;/code&gt; statements as, for example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\if_mode_horizontal: % \ifhmode&#xA;  ....&#xA;\else:&#xA;  ...&#xA;\fi:&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The idea is, however, that the primitives should not really be used in most cases (outside of the kernel itself). So instead the recommended test would be&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \mode_if_horizontal:TF { true-code } { false-code }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;for two branches or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\mode_if_horizontal:T { true-code }&#xA;\mode_if_horizontal:F { false-code }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;for a single branch. I've argued that the documentation shouldn't even mention the 'renamed primitives' where there is a better alternative.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the 'argument specification' idea, I should first say what it is. The idea of the &lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt; approach to naming functions is that letters and &lt;code&gt;_&lt;/code&gt; are used to generate the name, and that &lt;code&gt;:&lt;/code&gt; is then used to end the name and start a list of arguments. This can be used in a couple of ways. First, I've shown above how we can have three related functions&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\mode_if_horizontal:T&#xA;\mode_if_horizontal:F&#xA;\mode_if_horizontal:TF&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where the &lt;em&gt;name&lt;/em&gt; is the same but the &lt;em&gt;arguments&lt;/em&gt; are different. So the idea is that I can read the above an quickly see what the test is supposed to achieve. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The second part of the 'argument specification' idea is that it allows a systematic way to show expansion. An example is &lt;code&gt;\cs_set_nopar:Npn&lt;/code&gt;, which is the &lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt; name for &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt;. In LaTeX2e we also have &lt;code&gt;\@namedef&lt;/code&gt; as a shortcut for &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\expandafter\def\csname #1\endcsname&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but it is hard to extend this to all of the possibilities. The same idea in &lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt; is called &lt;code&gt;\cs_set_nopar:cpn&lt;/code&gt;. Notice that the only difference is the argument specification:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\cs_set_nopar:Npn \ControlSequence    #1#2 { stuff here } &#xA;\cs_set_nopar:cpn { ControlSequence } #1#2 { stuff here } &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can then go further, as &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt; is specified in the above by using an 'x' in the last position rather than an 'n':&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\cs_set_nopar:Npx \ControlSequence    #1#2 { stuff here } % \edef&#xA;\cs_set_nopar:cpx { ControlSequence } #1#2 { stuff here } % `\@nameedef`&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Obviously there are more example that can be given for this, but that is best studied in something like 'expl3.pdf' or recent TUGBoat articles I've written.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The question asked if the community likes these ideas. On that, I can offer no real answer other than a personal perspective. There is of course a learning curve to the syntax, and that will put some people off. However, I think that it does address at least some of the issues with writing code in TeX. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The question also asked about the downsides. One obvious issue is that &lt;code&gt;_&lt;/code&gt; is used by TeX for subscripts, and so there are some issues in coding subscripts with &lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt;. That can be got around using the normal TeX approach to generating tokens with awkward category codes: &lt;code&gt;\lowercase&lt;/code&gt; (in &lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt; &lt;code&gt;\tl_to_lowercase:n&lt;/code&gt;, at least at the moment). Obviously, this requires some knowledge of how to program TeX, and it would be best if an alternative was available.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is also the point that &lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt; is still be altered as new things come up. While that means that useful changes can happen it also means you need to be prepared to keep up to date. Usually the changes are flagged up in the CTAN uploads but there is still a need to do testing with the current &lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt; release if you want to be sure things work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(LuaTeX offers the possibility to program in Lua, which is obviously an alternative approach to &lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt;. That seems such a big difference that I'm not going to attempt to cover it in this answer!)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-31T20:26:06.053" LastActivityDate="2010-08-31T20:26:06.053" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-31T20:13:30.817" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="2593" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2580" CreationDate="2010-08-31T20:18:24.100" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It sounds like you are not using &lt;code&gt;\appendix&lt;/code&gt; before your appendices.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section{Normal section}&#xA;\appendix&#xA;\section{First appendix}&#xA;\section{Second appendix}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, that's going to show&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;1  Normal section&#xA;A  First appendix&#xA;B  Second appendix&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and not &lt;code&gt;Appendix A&lt;/code&gt;. The obvious fix of sticking &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand\thesection{\appendixname~\Alph{section}}&lt;/code&gt; after &lt;code&gt;\appendix&lt;/code&gt; does not work well with the table of contents. I'm sure there's a better way to do that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-08-31T20:18:24.100" />
  <row Id="2594" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2590" CreationDate="2010-08-31T20:32:20.050" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using the &lt;code&gt;\tabular&lt;/code&gt; macro inside a redefinition of the same macro will produce an infinite loop. Try the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand{\tabular}{\let\@halignto\@empty\footnotesize\@tabular}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-08-31T20:32:20.050" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2595" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2590" CreationDate="2010-08-31T20:32:57.367" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;When you use \renewenvironment, it doesn't expand the new definition until it is used. So in your case, when you call it, it tries to expand the new tabular environment and substitutes the \begin{tabular}, you've included in that one, leading to another one, and so on, leading to an infinite loop.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In general you cannot define an environment or command in terms of itself, unless you're very very careful to ensure that's its recursively well-grounded. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(EDIT: Sorry to duplicate lockstep; we were answering at the same time.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-08-31T20:32:57.367" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2596" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2589" CreationDate="2010-08-31T20:35:16.723" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've done a couple of Google searches.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.google.co.uk/search?q=%22mode_if_horizontal%22&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;web search for mode_if_horizontal&lt;/a&gt; produces 3 hits (not including this page, which hasn't been indexed yet).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.google.com/codesearch?as_q=mode_if_horizontal&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;open source code search for mode_if_horizontal&lt;/a&gt; produces no hits.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="176" LastActivityDate="2010-08-31T20:35:16.723" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-31T20:35:16.723" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2597" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2598" CreationDate="2010-08-31T21:07:32.217" Score="6" ViewCount="565" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have equation like this&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;   \begin{align}&#xA;      P(A \cup B) = \sum_{\omega \in A \cup B} P(\omega) = \sum_{\omega \in A} P(\omega) + \sum_{\omega \in B} P(\omega)&#xA;      = P(A) + P(B)&#xA;    \end{align}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;$&#xA;For some reason, latex is automatically labeling the equation. How do I turn that off? Secondly how do I write something in latex on this site. I tried enclosing in '$' but it doesn't work. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1046" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-31T21:10:40.143" LastActivityDate="2010-09-15T10:18:46.107" Title="How do I turn off equation auto numbering" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;numbering&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2598" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2597" CreationDate="2010-08-31T21:15:43.303" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Do a \begin{align*} - \end{align*}. That should do the trick.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="10" LastActivityDate="2010-08-31T21:15:43.303" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2599" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2589" CreationDate="2010-08-31T21:21:07.283" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;(Answering the question as revised.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;TeX does not provide any namespacing, and so there is only convention to keep the macros/variables of one package separate from another. Knuth introduced the idea of using an extra 'letter' in the plain TeX format, where he used &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt; in names which were not intended for use in typesetting.  Both LaTeX and ConTeXt have continued to use the idea of one or more additional 'letters' for internal macros. At a technical level there is no reason to enforce such a separation: one could simply use variation of case to make the origin of macros obvious. For example, for a package 'foo' the usual LaTeX2e approach would be to use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\foo@internal@macro&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;while for &lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt; we might have&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\foo_internal_macro:&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but there is no reason not to simply use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\FooInternalMacro&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;from a purely technical point of view.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;LaTeX2e uses &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt; as a 'letter'. This is unfortunately not done systematically, with internal names often containing arbitrary numbers of &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt; symbols. This does not make for clear code. However, this has nothing to do with the choice of symbol: &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt; could be applied systematically. ConTeXt uses a few more 'letters', for example &lt;code&gt;!&lt;/code&gt;, in code blocks and is more systematic.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The choice of &lt;code&gt;_&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;:&lt;/code&gt; for &lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt; is to some extent arbitrary, although both symbols are seen in other programming languages. To my knowledge, &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt; is much less used in this way. As TeX only relies on category code, the choice of &lt;code&gt;_&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;:&lt;/code&gt; can be regarded as being one about readability. This is of course a highly subjective area!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One clear issue with using &lt;code&gt;_&lt;/code&gt; is that it is used by TeX to indicate a subscript. The overlap between code (which &lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt; is intended for) and typesetting math (where &lt;code&gt;_&lt;/code&gt; is needed for subscripts) is small. This means that an approach using the &lt;code&gt;\lowercase&lt;/code&gt; primitive is possible when a &lt;code&gt;_&lt;/code&gt; is needed inside a code block to indicate a subscript. However, you can argue that an alternative choice may have been better here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-08-31T21:26:57.010" LastActivityDate="2010-08-31T21:26:57.010" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-31T21:21:07.283" />
  <row Id="2600" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2590" CreationDate="2010-08-31T21:24:18.800" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A better approach is to define a new tabular environment with your own customizations&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{smalltabular}{\bgroup\footnotesize\tabular}{\endtabular\egroup}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And then use &lt;code&gt;smalltabular&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt;. A few things to note:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\bgroup&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\egroup&lt;/code&gt; are used to create a “group” which delimit the scope of the effect of &lt;code&gt;\footnotesize&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;In the definition of a new environment, instead of &lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\end{tabular}&lt;/code&gt; it's enough to say &lt;code&gt;\tabular&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\endtabular&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;You dont need to register any arguments for &lt;code&gt;smalltabular&lt;/code&gt;, because the last command in it's definition (i.e. &lt;code&gt;\tabular&lt;/code&gt;) will already look for and process any arguments appropriately.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If for some reason you &lt;em&gt;really&lt;/em&gt; want to redefine the tabular environment, you first need to save it's old definition and then redefine it. For example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\oldtabular\tabular&#xA;\let\endoldtabular\endtabular&#xA;\renewenvironment{tabular}{\bgroup\footnotesize\oldtabular}%&#xA;                          {\endoldtabular\egroup}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-08-31T21:24:18.800" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2602" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2597" CreationDate="2010-08-31T21:57:35.060" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As a sidenote, the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/mathtools.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;mathtools&lt;/a&gt; package, which makes some improvements on amsmath,  provides a way of labeling only those equations that are referenced in the text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}  &#xA;\usepackage{mathtools}  &#xA;\mathtoolsset{showonlyrefs}  &#xA;\begin{document}  &#xA;\begin{gather}  &#xA;  a = b \label{eq1} \\  &#xA;  c = d \label{eq2}  &#xA;\end{gather}  &#xA;Some text, \eqref{eq2}.  &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this case, only the second of the equations, &lt;code&gt;c = d&lt;/code&gt;, will be labeled, as that is the only one being referenced in the text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="586" LastEditorUserId="586" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-15T10:18:46.107" LastActivityDate="2010-09-15T10:18:46.107" />
  <row Id="2603" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="439" CreationDate="2010-08-31T22:20:18.873" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The 'background' package is another one that makes it simple to put a watermark (or other overlays) on pages.  Default setting, I believe, is to put a huge 'DRAFT' diagonally across the page:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=background&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=background&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="631" LastActivityDate="2010-08-31T22:20:18.873" />
  <row Id="2604" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2606" CreationDate="2010-08-31T22:46:46.523" Score="8" ViewCount="251" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to change the bar in a fraction to a different symbol? ie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\frac{x}{y}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But instead of a straight line, I'd like to choose the delimiter to say &lt;code&gt;\overbrace&lt;/code&gt;. I know I can get rid of the delimiter completely using &lt;code&gt;\genfrac&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\genfrac{}{}{0pt}{}{x}{y}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And the closest I've come is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\genfrac{}{}{0pt}{}{x}{\overbrace{y}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;While this extends if &lt;code&gt;y&lt;/code&gt; is a large expression, it does not extend the delimiter if &lt;code&gt;x&lt;/code&gt; is a large expression. Any thoughts?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT&lt;/strong&gt;: Changed to &lt;code&gt;\overbrace&lt;/code&gt; from &lt;code&gt;\hat&lt;/code&gt; as the hat does not compile. Question remains the same.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="352" LastEditorUserId="352" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-01T12:41:28.923" LastActivityDate="2010-09-06T08:37:58.997" Title="Change the shape of a fraction" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="4" />
  <row Id="2605" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2589" CreationDate="2010-08-31T23:35:46.353" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I see two potential problems with &lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt;. The first is one of readability. Not only are there a whole new set of macros to learn for the ones we already know, their names seem to have gotten longer and are more opaque. &lt;code&gt;\cs_set_nopar:Npn&lt;/code&gt; is far less clear than &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt;. (For a better example, look at the definition of &lt;code&gt;\ExplSyntaxOff&lt;/code&gt; and compare that to its second definition (whose purpose I don't follow) in the expansion of &lt;code&gt;\ExplSyntaxOn&lt;/code&gt;. On the plus side, the second definition is a lot happier :D) Worse, &lt;code&gt;\cs_set_nopar:cpn&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\cs_set_nopar:Npx&lt;/code&gt; look extremely similar to &lt;code&gt;\cs_set_nopar:Npn&lt;/code&gt;. Maybe this is easy to get passed with a little practice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, LaTeX 2e doesn't do so well with that last point either. &lt;code&gt;\@namedef&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\@nameedef&lt;/code&gt; look extremely similar.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The changes to &lt;code&gt;\if...&lt;/code&gt; also seem strange, beyond just the name expansion and rearrangement. Maybe it's easy to work around, but the two arms of the if seem to get tokenized completely. This seems potentially bad.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The second potential problem is debugging. As we all know, debugging LaTeX is &lt;em&gt;painful&lt;/em&gt;. Often, the best way is to use TeX's tracing ability and see what it is actually doing. Consider the following if statement.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ifhmode T\else F\fi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's a very simple piece of TeX code and if we look at the tracing output, that is reflected.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{\ifhmode}&#xA;{true}&#xA;{the letter T}&#xA;{\else}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The false branch is similar except it says &lt;code&gt;the letter F&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\fi&lt;/code&gt;, but it also enters hmode so there is some text in the log about that.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now consider the corresponding piece of expl3.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\mode_if_horizontal:TF{T}{F}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Apart from the &lt;code&gt;if&lt;/code&gt; not being at the beginning of the name (this name makes me think it is going to set some mode if something else is horizontal), it is as straight-forward as the first snippet. Unfortunately, the log output is far less clear.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\mode_if_horizontal:TF -&amp;gt;\if_mode_horizontal: \prg_return_true: \else: \prg_ret&#xA;urn_false: \fi: \c_zero \exp_after:wN \use_i:nn \else: \exp_after:wN \use_ii:nn&#xA; \fi:&#xA;{\ifhmode}&#xA;{true}&#xA;&#xA;\prg_return_true: -&amp;gt;\exp_after:wN \if_true: \tex_romannumeral:D&#xA;{\expandafter}&#xA;{\romannumeral}&#xA;{\else}&#xA;{\iftrue}&#xA;{true}&#xA;{\expandafter}&#xA;{\else}&#xA;&#xA;\use_i:nn #1#2-&amp;gt;#1&#xA;#1&amp;lt;-T&#xA;#2&amp;lt;-F&#xA;{the letter T}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to imagine what this would look like for a complicated piece of code. The most confusing part is this could have been written very simply as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\mode_if_horizontal:TF{\ifhmode\expandafter\@firstoftwo\else\expandafter\@secondoftwo\fi}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(substitute &lt;code&gt;\use_i:nn&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\use_ii:nn&lt;/code&gt; as necessary). It still wouldn't be quite as short, but at least it wouldn't be using &lt;code&gt;\romannumerial&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, it could be that it's just so much easier to write readable code that no one will ever have to look at TeX's execution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Either way, I'm looking forward to seeing what LaTeX3 has to offer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-01T06:16:38.243" LastActivityDate="2010-09-01T06:16:38.243" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-08-31T23:35:46.353" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="2606" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2604" CreationDate="2010-09-01T00:08:52.227" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure what you're doing to get &lt;code&gt;\hat&lt;/code&gt; to extend—it doesn't for me—but the following sort of works. I'm not totally happy with the spacing. Note that I used &lt;code&gt;\overbrace&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\hat&lt;/code&gt; since it actually does extend.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*\hatfrac[2]{&#xA;        \genfrac{}{}{0pt}{}{#1}{\mathpalette\makehathelper{{#1}{#2}}}&#xA;}&#xA;\def\makehathelper#1#2{\makehat#1#2}&#xA;\def\makehat#1#2#3{&#xA;        \begingroup&#xA;        \setbox0\hbox{$\mathsurround0pt #1#2$}&#xA;        \setbox2\hbox{$\mathsurround0pt #1#3$}&#xA;        \ifdim\wd0&amp;lt;\wd2&#xA;                \overbrace{\box2}&#xA;        \else&#xA;                \overbrace{\hbox to\wd0{\hfil\box2\hfil}}&#xA;        \fi&#xA;        \endgroup&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The braces don't seem to line up in the two cases. If you make the vinculum (the fraction bar) larger than 0pt, you get a line, of course, but then the braces line up. Try&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[&#xA;\hatfrac{abcdefghijkl}{x}&#xA;\hatfrac{x}{abcdefghijkl}&#xA;\hatfrac{x}{y}&#xA;\]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to see what I mean.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;I'm leaving my old solution because I suspect that with some modifications, someone can make it work. Here's my current solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*\hatfrac[2]{&#xA;        \mathchoice{\makehat\textstyle{#1}{#2}}&#xA;                   {\makehat\scriptstyle{#1}{#2}}&#xA;                   {\makehat\scriptscriptstyle{#1}{#2}}&#xA;                   {\makehat\scriptscriptstyle{#1}{#2}}&#xA;}&#xA;\def\makehat#1#2#3{&#xA;        \mathinner{&#xA;        \hskip\nulldelimiterspace&#xA;        \setbox0\hbox{\strut$\mathsurround0pt#1#2$}&#xA;        \setbox2\hbox{\strut\cramped[#1]{#3}}&#xA;        \dimen0 \wd\ifdim\wd0&amp;lt;\wd2 2\else0\fi&#xA;        \setbox4\hbox{$\mathsurround0pt\overbrace{\hbox to\dimen0{\hfil}}$}&#xA;        \dimen0 \wd4&#xA;        \dimen2 \ht2&#xA;        \advance\dimen2 \dp2&#xA;        \advance\dimen2 \ht4&#xA;        \setbox6\vbox{\hbox to\dimen0{\hfil\unhbox0\hfil}&#xA;                      \nointerlineskip&#xA;                      \box4&#xA;                      \nointerlineskip&#xA;                      \hbox to\dimen0{\hfil\unhbox2\hfil}}&#xA;        \lower.5\dimen2\box6&#xA;        \hskip\nulldelimiterspace&#xA;        }&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It has one problem, which I hope is minor enough that you can use it. The first is that the numerator and denominator are typeset with a &lt;code&gt;\strut&lt;/code&gt; for spacing. What should happen instead is the numerator (resp. denominator) should be moved up (resp. down) some amount dependent on the font and its height+depth. In principle, this is doable, but I'd need to spend a lot more time reading Appendix G of the TeXbook.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT&lt;/strong&gt;: There was an additional problem regarding cramped math styles that has been resolved thanks to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2623/how-does-one-change-the-math-style-to-one-of-the-primed-styles/2655#2655&quot;&gt;this answer&lt;/a&gt;. You need the &lt;code&gt;mathtools&lt;/code&gt; package for the &lt;code&gt;\cramped&lt;/code&gt; macro. Actually, a similar issue exists with the numerator. The denominator should always be cramped, so using &lt;code&gt;\cramped&lt;/code&gt; we can solve it. The numerator should be cramped only when the entire fraction is cramped. I don't know how to test if the current style is cramped or not.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-06T08:37:58.997" LastActivityDate="2010-09-06T08:37:58.997" />
  <row Id="2607" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2610" CreationDate="2010-09-01T01:12:27.050" Score="7" ViewCount="264" Body="&lt;p&gt;Why does the addition of a &lt;code&gt;\left&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\right&lt;/code&gt; introduces an extra space around the formula? Specifically, why do &lt;code&gt;$\cos(\theta)$&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;$\cos\left(\theta\right)$&lt;/code&gt; render differently?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to use resizeable delimiters without introducing the spurious spaces?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why did Knuth design it like this? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1035" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-01T09:01:51.513" LastActivityDate="2010-09-12T22:08:43.390" Title="Spacing around \left and \right" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;brackets&gt;&lt;delimiters&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="5" />
  <row Id="2608" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2589" CreationDate="2010-09-01T01:13:22.400" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;h3&gt;Argument specifications&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One of the fundamental improvements of the expl3 syntax revolves around its use of &lt;em&gt;argument specifiers&lt;/em&gt;; that is, what comes after the : in the function names. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;These argument specifiers signify how the arguments to a function will be pre-processed before being executed upon. For example, TeX provides the \let primitive to copy the meaning of one control sequence to another.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let \foo \bar&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In expl3, this is written as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\cs_set_eq:NN \foo \bar&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &quot;N&quot; means an argument of a single token, and \cs_set_eq:NN in this case is the &lt;em&gt;base function&lt;/em&gt; from which variants are created. For example, this is equivalent to the above:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\cs_set_eq:cc {foo} {bar}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What the &quot;cc&quot; is saying is that before being executing \cs_set_eq:NN, first take the two arguments and turn them into control sequences. Other variants in this case are :cN and :Nc. To write this in TeX syntax would be&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\expandafter \let \csname foo\expandafter \endcsname \csname bar\endcsname&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I hope you'll agree the expl3 version is more readable and maintainable. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another argument specifier is &quot;V&quot;, whose meaning is &quot;take the next token and replace it with the data stored by that token&quot;. For example,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\baz{\foo}&#xA;\cs_set_eq:VN \baz \bar&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &quot;V&quot; arg spec works not only with token list variables (or macros) as above, but also with token registers, integers, and so on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, it happens that \cs_set_eq:VN isn't defined out of the box in expl3. No problem, there is a generic method for creating new variants:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\cs_generate_variant:Nn \cs_set_eq:NN {VN}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In brief, the full list of specifiers are&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;N n c V v x f o T F&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &quot;T&quot; and &quot;F&quot; specifiers don't do any expansion; they exist solely as a shorthand to signify true and false branches of a conditional. Please read the expl3 docs for more information.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;While other programming tools for LaTeX convey similar ideas, the advantage in my eyes to expl3's approach is the generic and extensibility of the argument specifier syntax. Your package has a command that takes nine arguments? No problem at all to write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\cs_set:Nn \foo_something:nnnnnnnnn {...}    &#xA;\cs_generate_variant:Nn \foo_something:nnnnnnnnn {cxVnfcxcv}    &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Obviously ridiculous, but in practise very powerful and convenient.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-09-01T01:13:22.400" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-09-01T01:13:22.400" />
  <row Id="2609" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2607" CreationDate="2010-09-01T01:17:16.197" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;See &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1232/difference-between-big-and-bigl/1234#1234&quot;&gt;this answer&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-09-01T01:17:16.197" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2610" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2607" CreationDate="2010-09-01T01:21:30.617" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've found an answer in a usenet post by Heiko Oberdiek and another by Donald Arseneau. Improved code thanks to shiznick.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The issue is that &lt;code&gt;\left&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\right&lt;/code&gt; introduces an inner atom (see The TeXbook, chapter 18, section 4), which has different spacing rules than ordinary atoms, produced by &lt;code&gt;(&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;)&lt;/code&gt; (and the other delimiters).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To remove this spurious spacing, one has to manually insert opening and closing atoms in the formula. Specifically, &lt;code&gt;$\cos(\theta)&lt;/code&gt;$ and &lt;code&gt;$\cos\mathopen{}\left(\theta\right)\mathclose{}$&lt;/code&gt; render exactly the same.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, inserting it does make your formulas ugly. So a good solution would be to just redefine \left and \right :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\originalleft\left&#xA;\let\originalright\right&#xA;\renewcommand{\left}{\mathopen{}\mathclose\bgroup\originalleft}&#xA;\renewcommand{\right}{\aftergroup\egroup\originalright}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Incidentally, this code also fixes the spacing of |, that is very fragile. Check for example $|+x|$ and $\left|+x\right|$. Also $\cos|\theta|$ and $\cos\left|\theta\right|$. This is due to the fact that both delimiters are equal, and TeX don't know if they're opening or closing the expression. The same logic applies to \|&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: The old code had a problem with subscripts and superscripts: they didn't accompany the growth of the delimiters. Fixed now thanks to Philipp Stephani and Heiko Oberdiek.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1035" LastEditorUserId="1035" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-12T22:08:43.390" LastActivityDate="2010-09-12T22:08:43.390" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2611" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2589" CreationDate="2010-09-01T01:23:00.973" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;h3&gt;Whitespace&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When writing expl3 code, whitespace is ignored. This produces more readable code because you don't have comment chars littering the ends of most lines. Consider&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\cs_set:Nn \foo: {&#xA;  \mode_if_math:TF {&#xA;    \foo_math:&#xA;  }{&#xA;   \foo_text:                &#xA;  }&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And now:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\cs_set:Nn \foo: {%&#xA;  \mode_if_math:TF {%&#xA;    \foo_math:&#xA;  }{%&#xA;   \foo_text:                &#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It might not seem much, but it takes away the cognitive burden of dealing with whitespace problems. You can change your indentation/brace style without worrying if you need to add &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt;, and more C-like brace syntax is possible without messes of &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt; everywhere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;By the way, if you need to insert a space in expl3 code, you use the ~ char instead, which has catcode 10 for this purpose. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-01T06:29:05.753" LastActivityDate="2010-09-01T06:29:05.753" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-09-01T01:23:00.973" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="2612" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2597" CreationDate="2010-09-01T01:32:28.413" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you only want some of the lines in an align environment to not be numbered, just put \nonumber before the end characters on each of the lines you don't want to have numbers. Otherwise, use align* as JCL suggested so that none of the lines will be numbered. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="61" LastEditorUserId="61" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-01T10:50:19.593" LastActivityDate="2010-09-01T10:50:19.593" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2613" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2401" CreationDate="2010-09-01T01:34:48.060" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is due to some weird design choices by Knuth. Notice that there's also an extra space after \text{DFT}. They are produced because \left and \right follow different spacing rules.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To obtain the expected spacing, use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;$\|\text{DFT}\mathopen{}\left( f_t (n) \right)\mathclose{}\|^2$&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For a more complete discussion, see &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2607/spacing-around-left-and-right/2610#2610&quot;&gt;this answer&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1035" LastActivityDate="2010-09-01T01:34:48.060" />
  <row Id="2614" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2607" CreationDate="2010-09-01T02:16:22.767" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The following code fixes both \left and \right -- put it in the preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\originalleft\left&#xA;\let\originalright\right&#xA;\def\left#1{\mathopen{}\originalleft#1}&#xA;\def\right#1{\originalright#1\mathclose{}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I haven't tested it in all scenarios, of course, but I added it to the preamble of my entire Ph.D. dissertation, and it worked without errors and without any additional modifications to the code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1020" LastActivityDate="2010-09-01T02:16:22.767" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="2615" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-01T02:47:29.760" Score="9" ViewCount="560" Body="&lt;p&gt;Now that I'm procrastinating with tweaking LaTeX, instead of finishing my Ph.D. thesis, I'm wondering what's the most beautiful way to typeset source code (C#, C++, LISP, XML, BNF) in LaTeX. Currently, I'm using the &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt; package, and the &lt;code&gt;literate&lt;/code&gt; option, to search&amp;amp;replace some characters with mathematical equivalent symbols, such as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\lstset{ %&#xA;  ...&#xA;  literate= {+}{{$+$}}1 {*}{{$*$}}1 {=}{{$\gets$}}1 &#xA;            {&amp;lt;=}{{$\leq$}}1 {&amp;gt;=}{{$\geq$}}1 {!=}{{$\neq$}}1 &#xA;            {==}{{$\equiv$}}1 {=&amp;gt;}{{$\leadsto$}}1&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Although one can find some inspiration for symbols in CWEB, I'm wondering if there exists any standard symbology for common programming (and domain specific) languages. Or maybe more appropriate packages (btw, I'm not looking for fancy syntax coloring, which would ruin my two-colored document).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since there was some users concerned if this should be regarded as a good practice, I think this question deserves some further explanation. Overall, I have to both agree &lt;strong&gt;and&lt;/strong&gt; disagree them (and I think a lot of the literate programming community too). Here's when:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I &lt;strong&gt;absolutely would agree&lt;/strong&gt; in cases one is writing a book on the language, a tutorial, a recipe, patterns, something where it is intended the reader to try that code on the computer. This can provoke confusion on the reader (where is that &amp;lt;- sign?), and hinder their &lt;em&gt;reading&lt;/em&gt; pattern (you know, when you glance at hundreds of lines of code very quickly).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;But in thesis, papers, and other scientific publications, most of the snippets are &lt;strong&gt;illustrative&lt;/strong&gt;; almost as if they were &lt;strong&gt;pseudo-code&lt;/strong&gt;. Readability is improved, especially because lots of two/three character symbols (which can vary depending on the language) are compressed to a more symbolic notation. Now, it is true that most of you will suggest: &quot;then why don't you you pseudo-code?&quot; Well... First, because the pseudo-code provided by the &lt;code&gt;algorithmic&lt;/code&gt; environment is nice for simplifying imperative languages, but it fails for things like LISP, XML and BNF. Second, because it takes a lot of time converting them, and it quickly falls out of sync.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Still, I maintain my original question: &quot;examples of beautiful typography of source code&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Seems I'm having peer-pressure to delete this post, right? :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="877" LastEditorUserId="877" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-04T02:57:59.460" LastActivityDate="2010-09-04T17:21:54.493" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-09-01T02:47:29.760" Title="Listings, Literate Programming, and Beautiful Typography" Tags="&lt;typography&gt;&lt;listings&gt;&lt;pseudocode&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="5" />
  <row Id="2616" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2580" CreationDate="2010-09-01T03:32:29.287" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is an example of the appendix package that should help:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[title,titletoc]{appendix}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\clearpage&#xA;\section{first}\section{second}&#xA;\begin{appendices}&#xA;\section{additional material}&#xA;\section{more of it}&#xA;\end{appendices}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;title&lt;/code&gt; option puts &quot;Appendix&quot; in each appendix section heading, and &lt;code&gt;titletoc&lt;/code&gt; puts &quot;Appendix&quot; in each ToC entry. More options are available, such as &lt;code&gt;page&lt;/code&gt; to insert a page that says &quot;Appendices&quot;. See the documentation for full details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-09-01T03:32:29.287" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2617" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2571" CreationDate="2010-09-01T03:59:35.913" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As Will Robertson let me know, the &lt;code&gt;extract&lt;/code&gt; package makes the task very easy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the sake of completeness, the following code in the preamble did what I wanted:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[active,  generate=filename,  extract-env={hypothesis}]{extract}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;exporting all text within the &lt;code&gt;hypothesis&lt;/code&gt; environment to a file called &lt;code&gt;filename&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="151" LastEditorUserId="151" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-01T06:05:59.183" LastActivityDate="2010-09-01T06:05:59.183" />
  <row Id="2618" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3265" CreationDate="2010-09-01T04:23:58.187" Score="8" ViewCount="279" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it possible using the geometry package to store (and restore) the original layout specified by the document class (in my case, the class is 'report')?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is some context.  I have been editing a long document in the default page layout for the report document class.  Now I found out that I need a title page.  There is a particular title page layout, and in fact, it works perfectly if I just load the geometry package with &lt;em&gt;its default&lt;/em&gt; and change just two settings.  But then I want the rest of the document back in the original page layout!  I can't do something like \restoregeometry, since I think geometry just overrides the class options... i.e. there doesn't seem to be anything to restore.  Similarly, it seems I can't use \savegeometry or \loadgeometry.  So how can I get back to my original layout for the rest of the document without painstakingly hard-coding in all of the specific page layout variables?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Here is a minimum working example:&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,10pt]{report}&#xA;&#xA;\RequirePackage[a4paper,dvips]{geometry} % g1&#xA;\geometry{top=2.5cm,bottom=2.3cm}        % g2&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\input{the_title_page}&#xA;&#xA;\SomeGeometryCommandsHere  % g3&#xA;&#xA;\input{the_rest}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I run the above code with the lines labeled &quot;g&quot; commented out, then the title page does not have the correct page layout, but the rest of the document is formatted perfectly.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I leave lines g1 and g2 uncommented, then the title page has exactly the correct layout, but no matter what I put for g3 (e.g. \loadgeometry, \restoregeometry, etc.) I can't recover the original layout that I had when g1 and g2 were commented.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, I could completely specify the original layout exhaustively in line g3, and this should in principle work.  However, I spent almost one hour on this last night and when I still couldn't get it formated correctly I decided I really needed a smarter solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="450" LastEditorUserId="450" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-01T15:12:58.850" LastActivityDate="2010-09-19T14:36:13.587" Title="Storing the original documentclass page layout with geometry" Tags="&lt;layout&gt;&lt;geometry&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2619" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2604" CreationDate="2010-09-01T05:02:37.267" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is a slightly modified version of TH's solution that does not use &lt;code&gt;\genfrac&lt;/code&gt;. Instead, I use the TeX primitive &lt;code&gt;\atop&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\genbraced#1#2#3#4%accent style num den&#xA;  {\begingroup&#xA;   \setbox0\hbox{$\mathsurround0pt #2#3$}%&#xA;   \setbox2\hbox{$\mathsurround0pt #2#4$}%&#xA;   \dimen0\wd0&#xA;   \ifdim\dimen0&amp;lt;\wd2 \dimen0\wd2 \fi&#xA;   {\box0 \atop #1{\hbox to \dimen0{\hss\box2\hss}}}&#xA;   \endgroup}&#xA;&#xA;\def\braced{\genbraced\overbrace\displaystyle}&#xA;&#xA;%\showboxes %Really useful for visual debugging&#xA;&#xA;\starttext&#xA;&#xA;\startformula&#xA;\braced{abcdefghijkl}{x}&#xA;\braced{x}{abcdefghijkl}&#xA;\braced{x}{y}&#xA;\stopformula&#xA;&#xA;\stoptext&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2010-09-01T05:02:37.267" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2620" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2589" CreationDate="2010-09-01T05:28:53.430" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Disclaimer: originally the question was phrased as like/dislike instead of pros/cons, and that is the only way in which I can provide an answer. I do not have enough practical experience in expl3 to comprehend the technical (de)merits of the language. So this answer is an (outside) opinion piece only.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To readers that know my background as one of the luatex and ConTeXt developers it should come as no surprise that I do not like the new syntax.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My main objection is that it adds additional complexity to a task (macro programming) that is already highly complex. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Taking the definition of &lt;code&gt;\mode_if_horizontal:TF&lt;/code&gt; as an example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\prg_set_conditional:Npnn \mode_if_horizontal: {p,TF,T,F}{&#xA;   \if_mode_horizontal: &#xA;   \prg_return_true: \else: \prg_return_false: \fi:&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This looks like I would have to learn a completely new programming language that looks  similar to, but is clearly not the same as, TeX macros. Taking into account that it took me more than a year at a full-time job to learn how to write TeX macros properly, this scares me quite a bit.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the example, the naming of the internal macros and the use of a comma-separated list suggest that the intent is to make macros behave more like functions in other languages would. But looking at expl3 as a beginner while already having a lot of knowledge of the underlying engine, I do not truly believe that the new syntax will succeed in shielding off the underlying engine. The problem is that if it fails to do that then it is not a replacement language, but an additional language that needs to be learned and used on top of the already existing macro language. And, at least to me, it is an additional language with &lt;em&gt;very&lt;/em&gt; unfamiliar syntax and semantics.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All in all, I much prefer traditional TeX style macros with lua for more complex tasks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-09-01T05:28:53.430" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-09-01T05:28:53.430" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="2621" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2604" CreationDate="2010-09-01T05:41:49.757" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another possibility is to build the &quot;fractions&quot; from scratch, from boxes.  Something like this seems to be working for me:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*\hatfrac[2]{&#xA;        \mathchoice{\makehat\displaystyle{#1}{#2}}&#xA;                   {\makehat\textstyle{#1}{#2}} &#xA;                   {\makehat\scriptstyle{#1}{#2}}&#xA;                   {\makehat\scriptscriptstyle{#1}{#2}} &#xA;        }&#xA;&#xA;\def\makehat#1#2#3{&#xA;        \begingroup&#xA;        \setbox0\hbox{$\mathsurround0pt #1#2$}&#xA;        \setbox2\hbox{$\mathsurround0pt #1#3$}&#xA;    \dimen0 = \ht0&#xA;    \advance\dimen0 by \dp0&#xA;    \dimen2 = \ht2&#xA;    \advance\dimen2 by \dp2&#xA;    \ifdim\dimen0&amp;lt;\dimen2&#xA;       \setbox4\vbox to\dimen2{\vfil\copy0\vskip0pt}&#xA;       \setbox6\vbox to\dimen2{\copy2\vskip0pt}&#xA;    \else&#xA;       \setbox4\vbox to\dimen0{\copy0\vskip0pt}&#xA;       \setbox6\vbox to\dimen0{\copy2\vfil\vskip0pt}&#xA;    \fi&#xA;        \ifdim\wd0&amp;lt;\wd2&#xA;       \dimen4=\wd2&#xA;        \else&#xA;       \dimen4=\wd0&#xA;        \fi&#xA;    \setbox8\hbox{\strut$\overbrace{\hbox to\dimen4{\hfil}}$}&#xA;    \dimen4=\wd8&#xA;    \;\vcenter{\hbox{\vbox{\hbox to\dimen4{\hfil\box4\hfil}%&#xA;    \box8\hbox to\dimen4{\hfil\box6\hfil}}}}\;&#xA;        \endgroup&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2010-09-01T05:41:49.757" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2622" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2615" CreationDate="2010-09-01T06:27:59.127" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For the logical operators, it is quite natural to use &lt;code&gt;\not&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\and&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;\lor&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But in general, I agree with Aditya: the more the used symbol deviates from the actual input, the more likely it is to create confusion. For example, Pascal WEB uses a leftward pointing arrow for assignment (&lt;code&gt;:=&lt;/code&gt; in Pascal) and I find that quite confusing, even after years of exposure to it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-09-01T06:27:59.127" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-09-01T06:27:59.127" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2623" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2655" CreationDate="2010-09-01T06:36:16.657" Score="10" ViewCount="198" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;TeX typesets each portion of a mathematical expression in one of 8 styles:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;display,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;display',&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;text,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;text',&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;script,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;script',&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;scriptscript, or&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;scriptscript'.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Knuth calls them, D, D', T, T', S, S', SS, and SS', respectively.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;TeX transitions between styles for subscripts, superscripts, and for the numerators and denominators of fractions (&lt;code&gt;\above&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\atop&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\over&lt;/code&gt; and their &lt;code&gt;\...withdelims&lt;/code&gt; variants).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Four of these style are well known via &lt;code&gt;\displaystyle&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\textstyle&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\scriptstyle&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;\scriptscriptstyle&lt;/code&gt;. The other four are less known (in fact, I don't think I've seen any reference to them outside of the TeXbook). They are almost the same as the corresponding nonprimed style except that superscripts are typeset a bit farther down.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One simple way to see the difference is to look at the output of (the plain TeX document)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$${\atop x^y}{\atop\textstyle x^y}$$&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The reason these differ is that TeX starts the math display in style D. It typesets the numerator in style T and the denominator in style T'. The &lt;code&gt;\textstyle&lt;/code&gt; causes TeX to typeset the denominator in style T instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Question&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;How can one force TeX to go into one of the primed styles? As the example above illustrates, even when TeX is in one of the primed styles, it moves to the nonprime variant with &lt;code&gt;\textstyle&lt;/code&gt; (similarly for the other three).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Motivation&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;This can be important when building vertical boxes in math mode. For example, see my &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2604/change-the-shape-of-a-fraction/2606#2606&quot;&gt;answer&lt;/a&gt; to changing the shape of a fraction for a case where this is needed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Follow up question&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to check if the current style is cramped? I thought about putting &lt;code&gt;X^X&lt;/code&gt; in a &lt;code&gt;\vcenter&lt;/code&gt; and comparing its height to the current style as determined by &lt;code&gt;\mathchoice&lt;/code&gt;, but this doesn't work because &lt;code&gt;\vcenter&lt;/code&gt; doesn't give you a box.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-02T00:20:39.310" LastActivityDate="2010-09-02T00:20:39.310" Title="How does one change the math style to one of the &quot;primed&quot; styles?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;tex-core&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="2624" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2623" CreationDate="2010-09-01T06:56:37.850" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\mathaccent&lt;/code&gt;'s accentee is typeset in cramped style. So, if the math font has a character available that does not actually print anything, you could use that to force the style.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(luatex defines 4 new primitives for this purpose)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-09-01T06:56:37.850" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2625" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2589" CreationDate="2010-09-01T07:14:37.413" Score="-1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;\newenvironment and friends&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How do I define and modify environments using the expl3 syntax?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alexander&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1053" LastActivityDate="2010-09-01T07:14:37.413" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-09-01T07:14:37.413" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2627" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2623" CreationDate="2010-09-01T07:53:45.157" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A totally different answer: after some toying around, I managed to produce this plain TeX macro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newdimen\savedrulethickness&#xA;\def\docramped#1#2%&#xA;  {\savedrulethickness = \fontdimen8\textfont3&#xA;   \hbox{$\mathsurround0pt &#xA;          \fontdimen8\textfont3=0pt &#xA;           #1\overline{#2}$}%&#xA;    \fontdimen8\textfont3 \savedrulethickness}&#xA;&#xA;\def\cramped{\mathpalette\docramped}&#xA;&#xA;$f^b \overline{f^b} \cramped{f^b}$&#xA;&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If math family 3 has three different fonts instead of just 3 copies of cmex10, this needs extending a bit, and there are the general pitfalls with &lt;code&gt;\mathchoice&lt;/code&gt;, but it seems to work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In comparison, here is how the definition of &lt;code&gt;\cramped&lt;/code&gt; would look in Luatex:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\cramped#1%&#xA;  {{\ifcase\mathstyle&#xA;    \crampeddisplaystyle      \or \or % 0 -&amp;gt; 1&#xA;    \crampedtextstyle         \or \or % 2 -&amp;gt; 3&#xA;    \crampedscriptstyle       \or \or % 4 -&amp;gt; 5&#xA;    \crampedscriptscriptstyle \fi     % 6 -&amp;gt; 7&#xA;   #1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: used \mathpalette, and added the Luatex version&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastEditorUserId="89" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-01T09:50:41.440" LastActivityDate="2010-09-01T09:50:41.440" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="2628" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-01T07:56:45.297" Score="6" ViewCount="1002" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have previously been writing psychology manuscripts according to the standards of the American Psychological Association (APA, version 5) using the excellent &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/apa/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;apa class&lt;/a&gt;, with &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/contrib/apacite/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;apacite&lt;/a&gt; managing my references. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, there have been many changes to this standard with &lt;a href=&quot;http://blog.apastyle.org/apastyle/2009/06/apa-style-who-we-are.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the release of the new version&lt;/a&gt; of APA's formatting requirements (now in version 6) a year ago. Neither of the packages apa nor apacite have been updated in light of these changes to the APA requirements, and I have not been able to determine if such work is in progress and whether it is possible to contribute to such work (although I have no programming skills myself).  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, does anyone use LaTeX to write papers in APA 6th, and if so, have you got any recommendations or packages that make this work easier? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="237" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-21T19:52:29.947" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T19:52:29.947" Title="How to APA 6th in LaTex?" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;documentclass&gt;&lt;apa-style&gt;" AnswerCount="4" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="2629" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2628" CreationDate="2010-09-01T08:15:16.283" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Great question. In case it's useful the following are some good general links. However, I post them more for the benefit of others who may stumble on this page. They don't directly address your question of specific issues related to APA 6th edition. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.personality-project.org/revelle/syllabi/205/apa.style.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;William Revelle's notes&lt;/a&gt; on LaTeX and APA style&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ista Zahn's document &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.scribd.com/doc/6451985/Learning-to-Sweave-in-APA-Style&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Learning To Sweave in APA style.&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://jeromyanglim.blogspot.com/2010/03/apa-style-references-in-latex.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;My own notes on APA referencing with LaTeX&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="151" LastActivityDate="2010-09-01T08:15:16.283" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2630" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2628" CreationDate="2010-09-01T08:48:22.943" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't write to APA style, but I do copy-edit APA a lot (mostly 5th, still).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The style class and bibliography style files for the major scholarly styles don't ensure that you write in accordance with the style.  Rather, they give you tools that allow you to write documents that are in accordance with the styles.  Typically, they don't provide you with the ability to fully exploit the style: there has been something of a gulf between, say, how Chicago MoS recommends that translations of works be summarised in a reference list, and the opportunities to actually represent this information in a Bibtex file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;APA has done better, due to the relative simplicity of the style and Erik Meijer's excellent work.  I can't think of much in the way of changes from 5th to 6th that needs support in the apa class, but you will need to make changes to how you handle bibliographies.  The three most important changes are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Your &quot;howpublished&quot; fields for text retrived from reasonably stable URLs don't need dates, so what would have been  &lt;code&gt;howpublished = {Retrieved on Ides of March, 44BC, from {\tt &lt;a href=&quot;http://et-tu-brutus.tld&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://et-tu-brutus.tld&lt;/a&gt;}}&lt;/code&gt; in your &lt;code&gt;.bib&lt;/code&gt; file now would be &lt;code&gt;howpublished = {Retrieved from {\tt &lt;a href=&quot;http://et-tu-brutus.tld&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://et-tu-brutus.tld&lt;/a&gt;}}&lt;/code&gt;.  But you don't &lt;em&gt;have&lt;/em&gt; to do this.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;6th is fussier about qualifying cities with countries or states.  So there will be changes such as from &lt;code&gt;address = {Elsevier: Amsterdam}&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;address = {Elsevier: Amsterdam, Netherlands}&lt;/code&gt;.  I this is slightly reader unfriendly, so I recommend not doing this if you can avoid it;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;6th wants ellipsis rather than &quot;et al.&quot; in reflists with too many authors (from &lt;code&gt;author = {$FIRSTSIXAUTHORS et al.}&lt;/code&gt; to .  I think there is a case for using a &lt;code&gt;\lastauthors#1&lt;/code&gt; macro to handle this change.  I don't like this, but it is probably me being resistant to change, and it's perhaps to obvious to conceal.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;These three can all be changed by editing your &lt;code&gt;.bib&lt;/code&gt; files.  The joy of Bibtex' limitations mean that you will need to keep two sets of &lt;code&gt;.bib&lt;/code&gt; files, with all the consistency errors that entails, if you will need to keep writing to both the 5th and 6th.  I recommend always running Bibtex once, when you have a reaonably complete set of citations, and cutting and pasting the resulting &lt;code&gt;.bbl&lt;/code&gt; file in place of the &lt;code&gt;\bibliography&lt;/code&gt; command.  This means that you correct and work with the actual form the reflist takes in your document, and you can tweak it without worrying about the limitations of Bibtex.  This, IMO, results in appreciably better reflists, and ones that are easier to collaboratively edit with colleagues.  You can still run Bibtex on the &lt;code&gt;.aux&lt;/code&gt; files produced by Latex, to get new &lt;code&gt;\bibitems&lt;/code&gt; to cut and paste into your &lt;code&gt;[thebibliography}&lt;/code&gt; environment. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there another, particular change with the 6th that you are concerned about?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-09-01T08:48:22.943" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="2631" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2632" CreationDate="2010-09-01T09:16:40.173" Score="8" ViewCount="377" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have noticed that whenever I start a new section, subsection, etc., I need to preface my text block with &lt;strong&gt;\paragraph{}&lt;/strong&gt; to get correct indentation for the first paragraph. In subsequent paragraphs, however, I note that I can simply leave an empty line and the paragraph is formatted correctly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this correct behaviour, and if so what is the reason for this? Is the first paragraph supposed to be naturally unindented, perhaps for the reason of compatibility with lettrines and such? Is there an easier (terser) way to stipulate first-paragraph indentation?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using the &lt;strong&gt;article&lt;/strong&gt; documentclass under &lt;strong&gt;xelatex&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks for any insight you can offer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1052" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-10T12:15:59.593" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T12:15:59.593" Title="Why do I need to use \paragraph{} after a \section{} to get correct indenting whereas a blank line suffices for subsequent paragraphs?" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;indentation&gt;&lt;paragraphs&gt;&lt;sections-paragraphs&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2632" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2631" CreationDate="2010-09-01T09:26:56.520" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is the expected behavior. If you look into any book, you will see that the first paragraph of each chapter/section is not indented. The indentation is there to signify the start of a new paragraph and thus is not necessary for the first paragraph.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-09-01T09:26:56.520" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="2633" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2631" CreationDate="2010-09-01T09:28:11.960" Score="19" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is correct behaviour and the reason is that you don't need to show with an indent that a paragraph starts here as everyone knows that after a section title a new paragraph starts.&#xA;You can change this with &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.mirror.rafal.ca/help/Catalogue/entries/indentfirst.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;indentfirst package&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-01T15:13:04.720" LastActivityDate="2010-09-01T15:13:04.720" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2634" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-08-09T17:36:32.573" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questions tagged with &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/mathmode&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'mathmode'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;mathmode&lt;/a&gt; are about how to typeset the mathematical content in a document. For example how to produce specific mathematical constructs, or how to tweak the appearance of spacing and symbols in a formula.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Consider the &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/equations&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'equations'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;equations&lt;/a&gt; tag for questions about how to include an equation in a document (e.g. about the &quot;wrapper&quot; environments such as &lt;code&gt;equation&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;gather&lt;/code&gt;, etc.). If you have questions about specific mathematical symbols additionally use the &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/symbols&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'symbols'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;symbols&lt;/a&gt; tag.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A useful reference for LaTeX users is &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/voss-mathmode.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Herbert Voß' &lt;em&gt;Math mode&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-12T04:10:50.977" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T04:10:50.977" />
  <row Id="2635" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2637" CreationDate="2010-09-01T10:59:18.903" Score="12" ViewCount="270" Body="&lt;p&gt;In math mode, writing &lt;code&gt;\prime&lt;/code&gt; gives too big a &quot;prime&quot; symbol, and it isn't a superscript, like it always is in textbooks. Why is this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This isn't a question about how to get &lt;code&gt;\prime&lt;/code&gt; to be a superscript, I know that. The questions is about the reasoning behind why it isn't like that &lt;em&gt;by default&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-01T16:53:57.367" LastActivityDate="2010-09-01T16:53:57.367" Title="Why isn't \prime automatically set to be a superscript?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2636" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2635" CreationDate="2010-09-01T11:29:50.027" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If the default is subscript, that would appear to make the regular form inaccessible, essentially removing functionality.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;edit: this appears to mesh with a statement on wikipedia which suggests the prime symbol is big so that it can be optionally subscripted.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1052" LastActivityDate="2010-09-01T11:29:50.027" />
  <row Id="2637" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2635" CreationDate="2010-09-01T11:46:20.753" Score="15" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is actually one of the exercises in The TeXBook &lt;code&gt;:)&lt;/code&gt; (exercise 16.5, p. 130):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Why do you think TeX treats &lt;code&gt;\prime&lt;/code&gt; as&#xA;  a large symbol that appears only in&#xA;  superscripts, instead of making it a&#xA;  smaller symbol that has already been&#xA;  shifted up into the superscript&#xA;  position?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And the answer is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The second alternative doesn’t work&#xA;  properly when there’s a subscript at&#xA;  the same time as a prime. Furthermore,&#xA;  some mathematicians use &lt;code&gt;\prime&lt;/code&gt; also in&#xA;  the subscript position; they write,&#xA;  for example, &lt;code&gt;$F'(w,z)=\partial F(w,z)/\partial z$&lt;/code&gt;&#xA;  and &lt;code&gt;$F_\prime(w,z)=\partial F(w,z)/\partial w$&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastActivityDate="2010-09-01T11:46:20.753" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2638" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2702" CreationDate="2010-09-01T12:19:31.727" Score="6" ViewCount="236" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to insert an article into my thesis, and compile the thesis into postscript with normal LaTeX. (not pdfLaTeX).  I have an article that is in pdf format that I'd also like to insert in there.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Every method I try to use to convert the pdf to ps (or eps) and insert it into the document results in a mess.  When I try pdf2ps, and then use &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt;, it includes all of the article on 1 page, and the text isn't even centered. I get the same result when I try &lt;code&gt;\epsfig&lt;/code&gt;.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't want to use &lt;code&gt;pdfpages&lt;/code&gt;, as it only works with pdfLaTeX.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I also have the article source, but its a complete document with its own styles and document class.  I don't know if there's a way to recompile the article too inside of the thesis compilation?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1057" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-01T18:43:06.653" LastActivityDate="2010-09-03T12:08:54.637" Title="How to I convert a pdf to a ps format so that I can insert it into a document?" Tags="&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;postscript&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2639" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2618" CreationDate="2010-09-01T12:48:53.663" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't believe geometry provides such tools. An alternative that I'd suggest is to use the changepage package to create a single page with different margins. E.g.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\begin{adjustwidth}{2em}{-2em}&#xA;Title page goes here&#xA;\end{adjustwidth}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are other environments in changepage that you can use that change more than just the left/right margin.   &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-09-01T12:48:53.663" />
  <row Id="2640" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2638" CreationDate="2010-09-01T12:56:04.177" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This might be a long shot, but you could try using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/combine.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;combine package&lt;/a&gt;. It's designed for doing things like this, but it is somewhat fragile (and if the article is midway through the document I &lt;em&gt;think&lt;/em&gt; you're out of luck).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-01T15:09:15.660" LastActivityDate="2010-09-01T15:09:15.660" />
  <row Id="2641" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2660" CreationDate="2010-09-01T13:13:02.363" Score="3" ViewCount="491" Body="&lt;p&gt;Greetings,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Has anyone been able to install the &lt;code&gt;MinionPro&lt;/code&gt; package on OSX? I usually install (and update) TeXlive through &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.macports.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;MacPorts&lt;/a&gt; and the first package I have ever found that it wasn't already included is &lt;code&gt;MinionPro&lt;/code&gt;. Googling for this returns me &quot;manual&quot; instructions for a seemingly endeavour of paths, conversions, and failed installations. So I was wondering: am I missing some package already available in MacPorts?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cheers!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="877" LastActivityDate="2010-09-02T01:51:12.840" Title="MinionPro on OSX" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;packages&gt;&lt;osx&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2642" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-01T13:30:34.340" Score="3" ViewCount="222" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi all,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've written a paper for the AIChE Journal, but using the achemso.sty, given that this journal does not provide with a style file. &#xA;Now that the article is finished and approved, the editor is asking me to use the AMA reference style. &#xA;After re-searching the web for a correct .sty for the journal I'm submitting to (AIChE Journal) I couldn't find none. And I could not set achemso.sty to use the AMA reference style. I've found ama.sty and aichej.sty, but I dont know how to override the achemso.sty in order to access such styles.&#xA;In this sense, I've tried to use the command \bibliographystyle{ama} but I've got errors when generating the references file.&#xA;Has anyone tried to do something similar? does anybody know how to set up the AMA reference style in achemso? &#xA;thanks in advance...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1059" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-10T16:19:38.130" LastActivityDate="2010-12-10T16:19:38.130" Title="using AMA reference style while using the achemso.sty" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2643" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2638" CreationDate="2010-09-01T13:51:51.913" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is not an elegant approach, but you could print the pages of the article into individual .ps files and then include each page.  Good luck!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="200" LastActivityDate="2010-09-01T13:51:51.913" />
  <row Id="2644" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2645" CreationDate="2010-09-01T14:50:41.597" Score="8" ViewCount="290" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is not nice to have a page break right after the colon and have the list start on a new page: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;And here, finally, is the list of mission-critical items:&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;...&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I prevent that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3860" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-01T15:15:42.567" LastActivityDate="2010-09-01T15:15:42.567" Title="How to prevent pagebreak before item list?" Tags="&lt;lists&gt;&lt;page-breaking&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2645" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2644" CreationDate="2010-09-01T14:58:32.950" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter &#xA;\newcommand\mynobreakpar{\par\nobreak\@afterheading} &#xA;\makeatother&#xA;.....&#xA;text\mynobreakpar&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;....&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-09-01T14:58:32.950" />
  <row Id="2646" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1454" CreationDate="2010-09-01T15:54:05.700" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2607/spacing-around-left-and-right/&quot;&gt;This question&lt;/a&gt; addresses the spacing problems with &lt;code&gt;\left&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\right&lt;/code&gt; and the relationship with &lt;code&gt;\mathopen&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\mathclose&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1020" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-06T17:55:47.907" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T17:55:47.907" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2647" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1454" CreationDate="2010-09-01T16:19:04.037" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;From the TeXBook:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;At this point you are probably wondering why should you bother learning about &lt;code&gt;\bigl&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\bigr&lt;/code&gt; and their relatives, when &lt;code&gt;\left&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\right&lt;/code&gt; are there [...] There are at least three situations in which you will want to use your wisdom [...]:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ol&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Sometimes &lt;code&gt;\left&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\right&lt;/code&gt; use a smaller delimiter than you want. For example, [...] &lt;code&gt;$\left|\left|x\right|-\left|y\right|\right|$&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Sometimes &lt;code&gt;\left&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\right&lt;/code&gt; choose a larger delimiter than you want. For example, [...] &lt;code&gt;$$\left( \sum_{k=1}^n A_k \right)$$&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Sometimes you need to break a huge formula into two or more separate lines, and you want to make sure that its opening and closing delimiters have the same size; but you can't use &lt;code&gt;\left&lt;/code&gt; on the first line and &lt;code&gt;\right&lt;/code&gt; on the last, since &lt;code&gt;\left&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\right&lt;/code&gt; must occur in pairs.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[...] Of course, one of the advantages of &lt;code&gt;\left&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\right&lt;/code&gt; is that they can make arbitrarily large delimiters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="458" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-06T17:58:00.213" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T17:58:00.213" />
  <row Id="2648" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2642" CreationDate="2010-09-01T16:45:45.433" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Well, &lt;code&gt;achemso&lt;/code&gt; is really intended for a particular task! However, there are ways to achieve what you want:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\LaTeXbibliographystyle\bibliographystyle&#xA;\def\bibliographystyle#1{}&#xA;\usepackage{achemso}&#xA;\let\bibliographystyle\LaTeXbibliographystyle&#xA;\bibliographystyle{ama}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This will save the original definition of &lt;code&gt;\bibliographystyle&lt;/code&gt; and restore it after loading &lt;code&gt;achemso&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-09-01T16:45:45.433" />
  <row Id="2649" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2638" CreationDate="2010-09-01T16:50:08.953" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pdflabs.com/tools/pdftk-the-pdf-toolkit/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pdftk&lt;/a&gt; to split the pdf document into single pages, convert each page into postscript by pdf2ps, and insert each of them into your document. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2010-09-01T16:50:08.953" />
  <row Id="2650" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2670" CreationDate="2010-09-01T16:51:28.553" Score="6" ViewCount="340" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am typesetting a manual, that uses normal indentation for paragraphs. The pages have a lot of figures and tables and I would like to have the paragraph after tables and figures to have no indentation. Currently I just use \noindent, but I am sure there is an easier way?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can anyone explain how this is achieved after sections? It might give me a pointer as to how to write a macro to do this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-02T09:22:34.933" LastActivityDate="2010-09-02T09:22:34.933" Title="Is there a general command to disable indentation of paragraphs after figures and tables?" Tags="&lt;formatting&gt;&lt;floats&gt;&lt;indentation&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="2651" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2652" CreationDate="2010-09-01T16:58:29.130" Score="23" ViewCount="462" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the correct way to center figures?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{center}&#xA;...&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{centering}&#xA;...&#xA;\end{centering}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-24T22:01:06.447" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T22:01:06.447" Title="Should I use center or centering for figures?" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;centering&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="7" />
  <row Id="2652" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2651" CreationDate="2010-09-01T17:05:14.020" Score="33" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The correct way is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}&#xA;\centering&#xA;... (Code for pictures, captions) ...&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{center}&lt;/code&gt; ... &lt;code&gt;\end{center}&lt;/code&gt; inside a &lt;code&gt;figure&lt;/code&gt; environment will result in (generally unwanted) additional vertical space.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-09-01T17:05:14.020" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2653" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2638" CreationDate="2010-09-01T18:55:54.820" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd try this (assuming that you absolutely must use latex instead of pdflatex, and you absolutely must produce PS instead of PDF as the final result):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Use latex + dvips + ps2pdf to produce a PDF version of your thesis.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Use pdftk to combine your thesis + the article. Now you have one PDF file, and everything should look good.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Use pdftops (or something similar) to convert the result back to PostScript.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All other parts should be fairly reliable, except the last step. (But if you are producing PS, you shouldn't expect any portability anyway...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="100" LastActivityDate="2010-09-01T18:55:54.820" />
  <row Id="2654" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2570" CreationDate="2010-09-01T19:06:58.847" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;based upon the accepted answer I was able to put together a quick script that does exactly what I set out to do. I added logic to avoid carry-overs. Thanks for all your input.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;#!usr/bin/python&#xA;import random&#xA;&#xA;#cfg&#xA;numRows = 6&#xA;numColumns = 5&#xA;numPages = 1&#xA;equation_top_range=[1,30]&#xA;equation_bottom_range=[1,20]&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;# text blocks&#xA;multiply = r'\myeq{%s}{\times %s}'&#xA;add = r'\myeq{%s}{+%s}'&#xA;subtract = r'\myeq{%s}{-%s}'&#xA;page = r'''\begin{center}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{%s}&#xA;%s&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{center}'''&#xA;end_row = r'\\[6em]'&#xA;column = r'c@{\hspace{%sin}} '%(5.0/numColumns)&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;def hasCarryOver(top,bottom):&#xA;    a = b = c = d = 0&#xA;    if len(str(top))==2:a,b = int(str(top)[0]),int(str(top)[1])&#xA;    else:b = top&#xA;&#xA;    if len(str(bottom))==2:c,d = int(str(bottom)[0]),int(str(bottom)[1])&#xA;    else:d = bottom&#xA;&#xA;    if a+c &amp;gt; 9 or b+d &amp;gt; 9:return True&#xA;    else:return False&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;pages = []&#xA;for p in range(numPages):&#xA;    lines = []&#xA;    for x in range(numRows):&#xA;        line = []&#xA;        for y in range(numColumns):&#xA;            reject = True&#xA;            while reject:&#xA;                top = random.randrange(*equation_top_range)&#xA;                bottom = random.randrange(*equation_bottom_range)&#xA;                reject = hasCarryOver(top,bottom)&#xA;&#xA;            line.append(add%(top,bottom))&#xA;        lines.append(' &amp;amp; '.join(line)+end_row)&#xA;    pages.append(page%(&quot;&quot;.join(column * column_number),'\n'.join(lines)))&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;body = r'''\documentclass[10pt,letterpaper]{report}&#xA;\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{amsfonts}&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}&#xA;\usepackage[margin=2.5cm]{geometry}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\myeq}[2]{$\begin{array}{@{}r@{}}#1\\#2\\\hline\end{array}$}&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareMathSizes{10}{18}{12}{8}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;%s&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;'''%('\pagebreak'.join(pages))&#xA;&#xA;print body&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;produces&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/sGXyI.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1039" LastActivityDate="2010-09-01T19:06:58.847" />
  <row Id="2655" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2623" CreationDate="2010-09-01T19:45:55.053" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/mathtools/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;mathtools&lt;/a&gt; package gives the &lt;code&gt;\cramped&lt;/code&gt; command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-09-01T19:45:55.053" />
  <row Id="2656" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-01T22:20:11.550" Score="9" ViewCount="280" Body="&lt;p&gt;The command &lt;code&gt;\rightrightarrows&lt;/code&gt; (from &lt;code&gt;amssymb&lt;/code&gt;) draws two arrows, one on top of another. How do I get three arrows arranged in a similar fashion? An example of this (and other fancy arrow stackings) appears on page 3 of &lt;a href=&quot;http://math.mit.edu/conferences/talbot/2007/tmfproc/Chapter07/douglas-sheaves.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this paper&lt;/a&gt;, for which a source file unfortunately does not seem to be available. Commands like &lt;code&gt;\stackrel&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\overset&lt;/code&gt; do not size or space things properly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="101" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-18T02:44:05.253" LastActivityDate="2010-12-18T02:44:05.253" Title="How do I stack more than two arrows in math mode?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;arrows&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2657" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2641" CreationDate="2010-09-01T22:43:53.987" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;By far the easiest way to use the wonderful Minion Pro font (installed on my Mac via Adobe CS4) is with XeTeX as ShreevatsaR suggests.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e.g.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\usepackage{xltxtra}&#xA;\setromanfont{Minion Pro}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This can then be compiled with &lt;code&gt;xelatex&lt;/code&gt; on the command line, or using the proper setting in TeXShop.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you prefer to use pdftex then you must install the font in a format that TeX can read (only XeTeX can read the true type font used by modern system software).  This in my experience is a bit of a pain, but is described here: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/mactex/fonts/fonttutorial-current.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tug.org/mactex/fonts/fonttutorial-current.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1067" LastActivityDate="2010-09-01T22:43:53.987" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2658" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2656" CreationDate="2010-09-02T00:16:25.880" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can mess around with XY-pic, the &lt;code&gt;\xymatrix&lt;/code&gt; command in particular could be used. You might begin with the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/generic/diagrams/xypic/xy/doc/xyguide.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;XY-pic User's Guide (pdf)&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, if you &lt;code&gt;\input xy&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\xyoption{all}&lt;/code&gt; in your preamble, then&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \[\xymatrix{&#xA;  A\ar@&amp;lt;1ex&amp;gt;[r]\ar[r]\ar@&amp;lt;-1ex&amp;gt;[r] &amp;amp; B&#xA; }\]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Will produce 3 arrows from A to B.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1068" LastActivityDate="2010-09-02T00:16:25.880" />
  <row Id="2659" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2677" CreationDate="2010-09-02T01:03:51.547" Score="4" ViewCount="252" Body="&lt;p&gt;Greetings,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using the following bibliography code at the end of my document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[...]{book}&#xA;...&#xA;\begin{singlespace}&#xA;\begin{footnotesize}&#xA;\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{References}&#xA;\bibliographystyle{amsalpha}&#xA;\renewcommand{\bibname}{References}&#xA;\bibliography{thesis}&#xA;\end{footnotesize}&#xA;\end{singlespace}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But, I would like to widen a little the margin between the citation Key and the Full Entry, because some of the citation keys are big and protrude intro the description. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/x1IuM.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;UPDATE:&lt;/strong&gt; Using Lev's answer, I almost got it working:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/5cfN8.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But now the left square bracket always appear right aligned, with an empty space in the reference key.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Bonus question:&lt;/strong&gt; If possible, &lt;code&gt;amsalpha&lt;/code&gt; also seems to only use the + sufix when the number of authors is greater than 4 (e.g. [SAJ+02]). Is it possible to decrease the threshold to 3?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="877" LastEditorUserId="877" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-02T19:07:10.947" LastActivityDate="2010-09-02T19:38:15.417" Title="Fixing the bibliography key margin when using AMSALPHA" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="2660" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2641" CreationDate="2010-09-02T01:51:12.840" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hugo, you say &quot;I do have Minion Pro installed in my system -- although I honestly don't know how, but I suppose it either came with Adobe InDesign or Microsoft Office&quot;, however before you can use the Minion Pro OTF fonts on your system, they first need to be converted into Type1 format. I'm guessing you haven't done this yet (please correct me if I'm wrong).  The &lt;code&gt;MinionPro&lt;/code&gt; README on &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/minionpro/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;CTAN&lt;/a&gt; contains the exact instructions you'll need to step through to convert your &lt;code&gt;otf&lt;/code&gt; files to &lt;code&gt;pfb&lt;/code&gt;, where to place them in your &lt;code&gt;texmf&lt;/code&gt;, how to install them, etc. Assuming you've already installed the MinionPro package, the font and map files properly on your system, the main things you'll need to do are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;create a temporary directory&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;install &lt;code&gt;LCDF Typetools&lt;/code&gt; into it (download these from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.lcdf.org/type/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;www.lcdf.org/type&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;install &lt;code&gt;convert.sh&lt;/code&gt; into it (contained in &lt;code&gt;scripts.zip&lt;/code&gt; at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/minionpro/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;CTAN&lt;/a&gt;, although you probably have downloaded this already)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;make a directory under it called &lt;code&gt;otf&lt;/code&gt; and copy your Minion Pro &lt;code&gt;otf&lt;/code&gt; files there&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;run &lt;code&gt;convert.sh&lt;/code&gt; (this creates a directory called &lt;code&gt;pfb&lt;/code&gt; containing your Type1 fonts)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;copy your new &lt;code&gt;pfb&lt;/code&gt; files into the appropriate place in your &lt;code&gt;texmf&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;texhash&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;updmap&lt;/code&gt; or their equivalents on your system (see the README)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The number of steps might appear onerous compared to usual one-click package installations, but they're really not too difficult. Just follow them quite precisely and you'll be right.  You'll be rewarded with a very handsome dual-purpose text and math typeface, with the added bonus of the equally handsome and quite complete &lt;code&gt;MnSymbol&lt;/code&gt; symbols set at the end.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-09-02T01:51:12.840" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2661" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2675" CreationDate="2010-09-02T05:08:56.583" Score="8" ViewCount="519" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have 3 sub-figures:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}&#xA;    \subfloat[Apple]{&#xA;        \includegraphics{apple}&#xA;    }&#xA;    \subfloat[Orange]{&#xA;        \includegraphics{orange}&#xA;    }&#xA;    \subfloat[Cherry]{&#xA;        \includegraphics{cherry}&#xA;    }&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want the background behind the row of images to be a solid black rectangle, with no gaps between the images. How can I achieve this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have used &lt;code&gt;colorbox&lt;/code&gt; around the separate images, but this leaves gaps between them. If I wrap the whole thing in a &lt;code&gt;colorbox&lt;/code&gt; then the captions also have the background color, which I do not want. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have also tried putting a &lt;code&gt;tikz&lt;/code&gt; node in the top left and bottom right, but using &lt;code&gt;overlay&lt;/code&gt; puts a black box on top of the images, not below them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="467" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-02T05:19:27.770" LastActivityDate="2010-12-18T09:15:31.620" Title="Seamless background of subfigure bodies, but not captions" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;color&gt;&lt;subfloats&gt;" AnswerCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2662" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2664" CreationDate="2010-09-02T05:14:47.420" Score="4" ViewCount="66" Body="&lt;p&gt;i want to draw a vector with the &lt;code&gt;vector&lt;/code&gt; command, but it seems like that the slope must be specified in integers less than some limit, thus commands like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\put(0,10){\vector(8,7){200}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will failed to compile, but this works:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\put(0,10){\vector(1,0){200}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;so how can i specify arbitrary slope, is there a way to specify two endpoints rather than specifying the slope&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1055" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-02T05:27:09.777" LastActivityDate="2010-09-02T06:21:47.667" Title="How to specify an arbitrary slope with the vector command?" Tags="&lt;vector&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2663" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2662" CreationDate="2010-09-02T05:24:44.100" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.giss.nasa.gov/tools/latex/ltx-341.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.giss.nasa.gov/tools/latex/ltx-341.html&lt;/a&gt;, the &lt;code&gt;\vector&lt;/code&gt; command takes only integers -5 &amp;lt; x, y &amp;lt; 5.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="93" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-02T06:21:47.667" LastActivityDate="2010-09-02T06:21:47.667" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="2664" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2662" CreationDate="2010-09-02T05:54:47.320" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This specific limitation is removed by the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/pict2e&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pict2e&lt;/a&gt; package (load the package and it should &quot;just work&quot;). However, for programmatic drawing in LaTeX these days I'd suggest looking into &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/pgf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;PGF/Tikz&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-09-02T05:54:47.320" />
  <row Id="2665" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2650" CreationDate="2010-09-02T06:53:21.733" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In any 'normal' application of TeX, the main text and the float boxes are both created independently before they are combined to create actual pages. So by the time it is known where the floats will go on the final combined page, the body text paragraphs have already been typeset, and there is no way to re-indent them. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So unless you only use 'here' floats, manual &lt;code&gt;\noindent&lt;/code&gt; is the way to go for floats.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For 'here' floats, section heads and display blocks like quotations it is possible to do this programmatically. I know that this is possible in principle because ConTeXt does it, but I do not know whether there is a LaTeX package or configuration option for such cases.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-09-02T06:53:21.733" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="2666" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2650" CreationDate="2010-09-02T07:13:06.080" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure what you are looking for, but have you tried to use parskip?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[parfill]{parskip}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="795" LastActivityDate="2010-09-02T07:13:06.080" />
  <row Id="2667" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2656" CreationDate="2010-09-02T07:48:07.453" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use TikZ!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\triplerightarrow}{%&#xA;\tikz[minimum height=0ex]&#xA;  \path[-&amp;gt;]&#xA;   node (a)            {}&#xA;   node (b) at (1em,0) {}&#xA;  (a.north)  edge (b.north)&#xA;  (a.center) edge (b.center)&#xA;  (a.south)  edge (b.south);%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\[&#xA;A \triplerightarrow B&#xA;\]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;minimum height=0ex&lt;/code&gt; doesn't do anything.  I included it to show how to increase the separation of the arrows if desired.  To get longer arrows, increase the &lt;code&gt;1em&lt;/code&gt; (this could be made an optional parameter, of course, and with a bit of work could be made so that there was a(nother) parameter specifying some text on top whereupon the arrows scaled to the correct length).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-09-02T07:48:07.453" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2668" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2674" CreationDate="2010-09-02T07:53:59.177" Score="9" ViewCount="154" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using the &lt;code&gt;exam&lt;/code&gt; class (with the &lt;code&gt;addpoints&lt;/code&gt; option) to create assignments, and I want to create some bonus questions. I have a customized question format that looks like this: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\qformat{Question \thequestion: [\totalpoints]}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which works fine for regular questions. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, the \totalpoints command doesn't return a value for bonus questions, and so those questions are incorrectly marked as having 0 points. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I hacked this by redefining \qformat (before the bonus questions) to be&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\qformat{Question \thequestion: [\totalbonuspoints]}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which works fine. But I'd rather have a single designation that works for all question (bonus or not). How might I do that ? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;note: I could have used \thepoints in the definition, but some of my questions have parts, and so \totalpoints is needed to add up the points. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="103" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-02T09:17:40.760" LastActivityDate="2010-09-02T09:57:25.093" Title="Customized bonus questions in exam class" Tags="&lt;exam&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2669" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2604" CreationDate="2010-09-02T08:11:13.127" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm in a TikZ-mood.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{decorations.pathreplacing}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\intfunnyfrac}[1]{%&#xA;\tikz[baseline]&#xA;\draw&#xA;node[anchor=mid] (frac) {\(#1\)}&#xA;[draw,decorate,decoration=brace]&#xA;(frac.west) -- (frac.east)&#xA;;%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\funnyfrac}[2]{%&#xA;\mathchoice{%&#xA;\intfunnyfrac{\displaystyle{ #1 \atop #2}}%&#xA;}{%&#xA;\intfunnyfrac{\textstyle{ #1 \atop #2}}%&#xA;}{%&#xA;\intfunnyfrac{\scriptstyle {#1 \atop #2}}%&#xA;}{%&#xA;\intfunnyfrac{\scriptscriptstyle {#1 \atop #2}}%&#xA;}%&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\[&#xA;X \frac{A}{B} \funnyfrac{A}{B} \frac{A}{B} Y&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;\[&#xA;X \funnyfrac{A B C D}{B} \funnyfrac{A}{A B C D} \funnyfrac{A}{B} Y&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It could do with a bit of adjustment on spacing, and with bumpy replacements for the horizontal line then the numerator and denominator could do with a bit more separation, but it's intended more as a &quot;proof of concept&quot; than some code you could cut-and-paste.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-09-02T08:11:13.127" />
  <row Id="2670" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2650" CreationDate="2010-09-02T08:13:08.960" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You asked how it is done for sections: \section uses \@afterheading which puts code in \everypar so that it suppress the indentation in the first paragraph and then reset its own content to empty for the following paragraphs. The latex kernel also has a \@doendpe command which is e.g. used by lists to supress the indentation after the list if there is no empty line/\par following. Here two examples how you could use this code yourself (but I doubt that they can be used in the case of real floats.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \documentclass{article}&#xA; \usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA; \makeatletter&#xA; %Variant 1:&#xA; \newif\ifafterpar&#xA; \newcommand\afterparnoindent{%&#xA;   \afterpartrue&#xA;   \everypar{%&#xA;     \ifafterpar&#xA;       \afterparfalse&#xA;       {\setbox\z@\lastbox}%&#xA;     \else&#xA;       \everypar{}%&#xA;     \fi}}&#xA;&#xA; %Variant 2:&#xA; % will suppress indentation if there is no&#xA; % empty line behind \afterparnoindent&#xA; %\renewcommand\afterparnoindent{\par\@doendpe}&#xA; \makeatother&#xA; \begin{document}&#xA;&#xA; \lipsum[1]&#xA;&#xA; abc\afterparnoindent&#xA;&#xA; first paragraph \lipsum[1]&#xA;&#xA; the next \lipsum[1]&#xA;&#xA; \end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-09-02T08:13:08.960" />
  <row Id="2671" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-09-02T08:47:37.383" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="Questions tagged with {mathmode} are about how to typeset the mathematical content in a document. For example how to produce specific mathematical constructs, or how to tweak the appearance of spacing and symbols in a formula.&#xD;&#xA;&#xD;&#xA;Consider the {equations} tag for questions about how to include an equation in a document (e.g. about the &quot;wrapper&quot; environments such as equation, align, gather, etc.).&#xD;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-25T17:48:30.500" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T17:48:30.500" />
  <row Id="2672" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2678" CreationDate="2010-09-02T08:55:26.710" Score="7" ViewCount="234" Body="&lt;p&gt;One nice feature of vim is the quickfix mode (:help quickfix) - after calling :make you can navigate through the error messages of e.g. your C compiler and vim jumps to the right locations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How do I use that with pdflatex?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I mean most times I am only interested in errors and 'undefined reference' warnings (or something like that) - and not in over/under-full foo messages etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="929" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-02T09:23:06.443" LastActivityDate="2010-09-02T16:09:47.360" Title="How to use the vim quickfix mode for LaTeX?" Tags="&lt;vim&gt;&lt;build-system&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2673" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2661" CreationDate="2010-09-02T09:47:03.343" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I can only offer a bit of a hack with tikz&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The background library fits the whole figure including captions. By adding a white line on the bottom of the background rectangle the captions appear again.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A much easier solution is probably not to use the \subfloat command at all and to arrange the pictures in tikz nodes and then simply use the fit-library (or again the background library) to draw the rectangle around the nodes. In this approach caption could be added with the \captionof command from the caption or the capt-of package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{caption}&#xA;\usepackage{subcaption}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{backgrounds}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;\tikzset{background rectangle/.style={fill=black},&#xA;background bottom/.style={draw=white,line width=8ex}}&#xA; \begin{tikzpicture}[framed,tight background,show background bottom,outer frame xsep=4pt]&#xA; \node {&#xA;    \subfloat[Apple]{&#xA;        {\color{red}&#xA;        \rule{0.3\textwidth}{90pt}}&#xA;    }&#xA;    \subfloat[Orange]{%&#xA;        {\color{orange}\rule{0.3\textwidth}{90pt}}&#xA;    }&#xA;    \subfloat[Cherry]{%&#xA;        {\color{red!90!green}%&#xA;        \rule{0.3\textwidth}{90pt}}&#xA;    }&#xA;    };&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="632" LastActivityDate="2010-09-02T09:47:03.343" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2674" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2668" CreationDate="2010-09-02T09:57:25.093" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Looking at the source of exam.cls there is a &lt;code&gt;if@bonus&lt;/code&gt; that you can use to test if you are typesetting a bonus or a regular question. Hacking a bit you can do something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand\thetotalpoints{%&#xA;  \if@bonus&#xA;    [\totalbonuspoints\ bonus points]&#xA;  \else&#xA;    [\totalpoints\ points]&#xA;  \fi&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\qformat{Question \thequestion: \thetotalpoints \hfill}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-09-02T09:57:25.093" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2675" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2661" CreationDate="2010-09-02T11:51:53.990" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Remove the spaces from your code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[]{scrreprt}&#xA;\usepackage[demo]{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{subfig,xcolor}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;    \subfloat[Apple]{%&amp;lt;---&#xA;        \colorbox{red}{\includegraphics{apple}}%&amp;lt;...&#xA;    }&#xA;    \subfloat[Orange]{%&amp;lt;---&#xA;        \colorbox{red}{\includegraphics{orange}}%&amp;lt;---&#xA;    }&#xA;    \subfloat[Cherry]{%&amp;lt;---&#xA;        \colorbox{red}{\includegraphics{cherry}}%&#xA;    }&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-09-02T11:51:53.990" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2676" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2628" CreationDate="2010-09-02T12:21:55.913" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To format your references, now you might use the package &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/exptl/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-apa/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;biblatex-apa&lt;/a&gt;. It is made for the 6th edition of the APA Style Guide. It does require biblatex, though, so it might be a little work to adjust your .bib.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But you'll be better off moving away from bibtex anyway.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1035" LastActivityDate="2010-09-02T12:21:55.913" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2677" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2659" CreationDate="2010-09-02T16:07:41.620" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I guess the problem is that &lt;code&gt;amsalpha.bst&lt;/code&gt; uses the bibtex &lt;code&gt;width$&lt;/code&gt; primitive for calculating the longest label. But this calculation is based on &quot;using cmr10 of June 1987&quot;. If you are using a font with different metrics then this doesn't always work. There are various ways to work around this, the simplest probably being to edit the .bbl file &lt;code&gt;\begin{thebibliography}{longestlabel}&lt;/code&gt; line. A &quot;better&quot; solution would be to use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/eqparbox/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;eqparbox&lt;/a&gt; package. For example, using &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/natbib/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;natbib&lt;/a&gt; this is as easy as putting in the preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{eqparbox}&#xA;\usepackage[numbers]{natbib}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\bibnumfmt}[1]{\eqparbox[t]{bblnm}{[#1]}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To change the number of authors before abbreviation, you can edit &lt;code&gt;amsalpha.bst&lt;/code&gt;. The &lt;code&gt;format.lab.names&lt;/code&gt; function seems to be the place to do this. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastEditorUserId="627" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-02T18:31:46.327" LastActivityDate="2010-09-02T18:31:46.327" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="2678" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2672" CreationDate="2010-09-02T16:09:47.360" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Have a look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://vim-latex.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;latex-suite&lt;/a&gt; plugin. If you do not want the all the functionality of latex-suite, you can just copy the values of &lt;code&gt;makeprg&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;errorformat&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2010-09-02T16:09:47.360" />
  <row Id="2679" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2659" CreationDate="2010-09-02T17:07:22.987" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Adjusting the list margin:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The widths of the labels and the left margins should be determined by the widest label. But you might specify it yourself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To check what happened, you could look at the file with the extension &lt;code&gt;.bbl&lt;/code&gt;, created by BibTeX. There you would see a line like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{thebibliography}{WYWB09}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here &lt;code&gt;WYWB09&lt;/code&gt; is the model for the label width. That argument can be changed, you could even prepare that in your preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\stdthebibliography\thebibliography&#xA;\let\stdendthebibliography\endthebibliography&#xA;\renewenvironment*{thebibliography}[1]{%&#xA;  \stdthebibliography{WYWBJ07}}&#xA;  {\stdendthebibliography}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here I used a common workaround: I saved the original thebibliography environment and redefined it. The redefinition uses the original environment commands but use a fixed label. You may choose the label you wish, or state just dummy text as place holder, this way you could adjust the margin.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Regarding several authors:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Have a look at the file amsalpha.bst. You could find it by&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;kpsewhich amsalpha.bst&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;at the command prompt, the location could be like &lt;code&gt;C:\texlive\2009\texmf-dist\bibtex\bst\amscls\amsalpha.bst&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;C:\Program Files\MiKTeX 2.8\bibtex\bst\amscls\amsalpha.bst&lt;/code&gt; or the like, depending on your installation. In that file you would find a function called &lt;code&gt;format.lab.names&lt;/code&gt;, this could be the place for the desired modification. A brief glance might show that such modifications are sometimes a bit difficult.&#xA;I would prefer to use that style unmodified as many authors use it this way, as long as there's not a very important reason to deviate from it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-09-02T17:07:22.987" />
  <row Id="2680" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2661" CreationDate="2010-09-02T17:34:28.317" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Minipages and &lt;code&gt;captionsetup&lt;/code&gt; to the rescue&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;@Ulrike Fischer's &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2661/seamless-background-of-subfigure-bodies-but-not-captions/2675#2675&quot;&gt;answer&lt;/a&gt; is a good start. By placing the sub-figures exactly next to each-other you can get each &lt;code&gt;colorbox&lt;/code&gt; to touch the next one. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This, however, results in captions which may be too close to each other. To address this, I've wrapped each &lt;code&gt;subfloat&lt;/code&gt; in a &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt; and added &lt;code&gt;\captionsetup{width=0.95\textwidth}&lt;/code&gt; to constrain the width of the sub-captions. It's also important to be sure that the contents of each &lt;code&gt;colorbox&lt;/code&gt; is fully as wide as the space needed, so I've used yet another &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;For example:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}&#xA;    \centering&#xA;    \begin{minipage}{0.32\linewidth}&#xA;        \captionsetup{width=0.95\textwidth}&#xA;        \subfloat[A long caption about cherries that spans two lines]{&#xA;            \colorbox{black}{&#xA;                \begin{minipage}{\linewidth}&#xA;                    \centering&#xA;                    {\color{red}\rule{0.8\textwidth}{90pt}}&#xA;                \end{minipage}&#xA;            }&#xA;        }&#xA;    \end{minipage}&#xA;    \begin{minipage}{0.32\linewidth}&#xA;        \captionsetup{width=0.95\textwidth}&#xA;        \subfloat[A long caption about oranges that spans two lines]{&#xA;            \colorbox{black}{&#xA;                \begin{minipage}{\linewidth}&#xA;                    \centering&#xA;                    {\color{orange}\rule{0.8\textwidth}{90pt}}&#xA;                \end{minipage}&#xA;            }&#xA;        }&#xA;    \end{minipage}&#xA;    \begin{minipage}{0.32\linewidth}&#xA;        \captionsetup{width=0.95\textwidth}&#xA;        \subfloat[A long caption about apples that spans two lines]{&#xA;            \colorbox{black}{&#xA;                \begin{minipage}{\linewidth}&#xA;                    \centering&#xA;                    {\color{green}\rule{0.8\textwidth}{90pt}}&#xA;                \end{minipage}&#xA;            }&#xA;        }&#xA;    \end{minipage}&#xA;    \caption{Some fruits, with a black background to help with contrast.}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Results in:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/RDwwi.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Improve this!&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tend to overuse minipages. Please post a better answer and I'll accept it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="467" LastActivityDate="2010-09-02T17:34:28.317" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2681" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2682" CreationDate="2010-09-02T17:52:19.697" Score="9" ViewCount="495" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need the characters «» in my LaTeX document.  I'm writing in English though, and I don't want to use Babel.  I have the following hack but I'd like a better way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\q}[1]{{%&#xA;\font\larm = larm1000%&#xA;\larm%&#xA;\char 190}{#1}{%&#xA;\font\larm = larm1000%&#xA;\larm%&#xA;\char 191}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="573" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-08T23:04:39.633" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T23:04:39.633" Title="Guillemets in LaTeX («»)" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;punctuation&gt;&lt;csquotes&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2682" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2681" CreationDate="2010-09-02T18:17:36.883" Score="14" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are several ways to do this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;With &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/14/how-to-look-up-a-math-symbol&quot;&gt;standard methods&lt;/a&gt;, you will find &lt;code&gt;\guillemotleft&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\guillemotright&lt;/code&gt;. For this you need &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&lt;/code&gt; (which is recommended anyways).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Using the language switching capabilities of &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=babel&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;babel&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, e.g. &lt;code&gt;\foreignlanguage&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Using &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=csquotes&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;csquote&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; and its &lt;code&gt;\foreignquote&lt;/code&gt; command.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personally, I would recommend the third option.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-03T08:09:12.263" LastActivityDate="2010-09-03T08:09:12.263" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2683" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2659" CreationDate="2010-09-02T19:38:15.417" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Regarding your bonus question (decreased author threshold): Stefan has already provided part of the solution. Copy &lt;code&gt;amsalpha.bst&lt;/code&gt; to your working directory. In the copy, search for the string (which occurs two times)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;numnames #4 &amp;gt;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and replace both incidents with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;numnames #3 &amp;gt;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-09-02T19:38:15.417" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2684" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-09-02T20:11:59.110" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="The tex-core tag refers to questions that are independent of formats and macro packages." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-16T01:09:01.600" LastActivityDate="2010-09-16T01:09:01.600" />
  <row Id="2685" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="64" CreationDate="2010-09-02T20:14:03.113" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;texi2dvi, from the texinfo package, is a tool similar to MiKTeX's texify (actually, IIRC, MiKTeX has an alias to texify called texi2dvi). It is a front-end to both LaTeX and PDFLaTeX, and through environment variables you can specify extra options to either processor (and even run XeLaTeX).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastActivityDate="2010-09-02T20:14:03.113" />
  <row Id="2686" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2703" CreationDate="2010-09-03T02:56:08.970" Score="6" ViewCount="209" Body="&lt;p&gt;I suspect I'm asking for magic, but I'll go ahead anyway. Suppose I have a command &#xA;that accepts an arbitrary-sized list of comma-separated terms. One that we're&#xA;all familiar with is &lt;code&gt;\usepackage&lt;/code&gt; although of course we could all come up with&#xA;dozens more. In the case of &lt;code&gt;\usepackage&lt;/code&gt;, we can write:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[opta,optb,optc]{pkgx,pkgy,pkgz}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I.e.,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[ &amp;lt;comma-separated-options&amp;gt; ]{ &amp;lt;comma-separated-pkg-names&amp;gt; }&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;More generally, we might be given a command to be used like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\command{ &amp;lt;comma-separated-list&amp;gt; }&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My question is, is there any TeX\LaTeX wizardry for constructing commands &#xA;such as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\mylist{&#xA;  ... possible wizardry ...&#xA;  a,b,c&#xA;  ... possibly more wizardry ...&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;so that the effect of writing&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\command{\mylist}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\command{a,b,c}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\command{ ...code... \mylist ...code... }&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\command{a,b,c}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;would be the same?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In other words, is it possible to construct a TeX\LaTeX command that can stand, be expanded and accepted in the compile where &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;comma-separated-list&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; would normally be accepted?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Motivation: (apart from the immense pleasure of learning new TeX-related things :) ) On multiple occasions, I have to pass a large non-fixed-sized list to several places, some being to packaged commands that, due to their complexity and the maintenance burden it would impose, I'm rather reluctant to dive into and redefine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;While some very good ideas have been suggested (thanks esp. TH and Will!), these solutions don't&#xA;completely fit the bill.  So, to ground my question somewhat, here are the specifics of the&#xA;case I'm trying to solve.  As background, my code consumes the same long list of values in&#xA;multiple locations. While I could hard-code the list literally in all the places that consume it,&#xA;for good and practical reasons, the idea of doing so is not at all appealing. I would really like to pass it as an argument,&#xA;as I can for any other normal value.  One of the (let's say) two places&#xA;consuming the list is a command, &lt;code&gt;\command&lt;/code&gt;, for which TH's and then Will's repeat, perfectly&#xA;solve the problem. The other case where I'm struggling, however, is in my reusing the list in&#xA;&lt;code&gt;xkeyval&lt;/code&gt; command &lt;code&gt;\define@choicekey&lt;/code&gt;, although the same problem would exist in the case of any other&#xA;commands sharing the same type template.  (FYI, I've tried hacking TH's nice solution to fit,&#xA;but got nowhere particularly fast.)  Here's an example list of values and the situations where I access them:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*\mylist{a,b,c,...,l,m,n}&#xA;&#xA;\define@choicekey{myfamily}{mykey}[]&#xA;  \mylist%             &amp;lt;-- how can I consume \mylist here?&#xA;  [a]&#xA;  {\renewcommand*\mynewkey{#1}}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\anothercmd{&#xA;  ...&#xA;  \command{\mylist}%   &amp;lt;-- this problem is easily fixed with TH's nice solution&#xA;  ...&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastEditorUserId="416" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-03T10:22:41.527" LastActivityDate="2010-09-03T12:34:49.500" Title="Is it possible to define a command that can be used where literal &lt;comma-separated-list&gt; is normally required?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;programming&gt;&lt;expansion&gt;" AnswerCount="6" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2687" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2686" CreationDate="2010-09-03T04:21:17.070" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There's not really a way to do it in general. That said, you could easily write a macro that takes &lt;code&gt;\command&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;{...code... \mylist ...code...}&lt;/code&gt; as arguments and expand to what you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\expandargument#1#2{%&#xA;    \edef\temp{#2}%&#xA;    \expandafter#1\expandafter{\temp}%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-09-03T04:21:17.070" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2688" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2686" CreationDate="2010-09-03T04:27:26.170" Score="-1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's a couple macros I wrote a year ago to do just that:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I start by defining the &quot;main&quot; macro, &lt;code&gt;\ProcessList&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\ProcessList[1]{\pr@cesslist#1,,}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This calls the supplementary macro &lt;code&gt;\pr@cesslist&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter % enables &quot;@&quot; to be used in macro names&#xA;\def\pr@cesslist#1,{%&#xA;    \ifx#1\empty%&#xA;    \else&#xA;        #1%&#xA;        \expandafter\pr@cesslist%&#xA;    \fi}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To illustrate how this works, let's run through the expansion of &lt;code&gt;\ProcessList{\a,\b}&lt;/code&gt;, where &lt;code&gt;\a&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\b&lt;/code&gt; are some user-defined macros. LaTeX starts by expanding &lt;code&gt;\ProcessList&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\pr@cesslist \a,\b,,&lt;/code&gt;. Glancing at its definition, we find out that &lt;code&gt;\pr@cesslist&lt;/code&gt; eats everything that follows it until it hits a comma. (Note, however, that the space immediately following &lt;code&gt;\pr@cesslist&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;\pr@cesslist \a,\b,,&lt;/code&gt; is &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; eaten). Next, TeX checks to see whether &lt;code&gt;\a&lt;/code&gt; is the empty string (&lt;code&gt;\empty&lt;/code&gt; is defined by &lt;code&gt;\def\empty{}&lt;/code&gt;); since it isn't, &lt;code&gt;\a&lt;/code&gt; is expanded. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, recall that TeX is reads everything as a stream of tokens; right now, after &lt;code&gt;\a&lt;/code&gt; has been expanded, that stream is &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt; &lt;code&gt;\pr@cesslist&lt;/code&gt; &lt;code&gt;\fi&lt;/code&gt; &lt;code&gt;\b&lt;/code&gt; &lt;code&gt;,&lt;/code&gt; &lt;code&gt;,&lt;/code&gt; plus whatever comes after. What we'd &lt;em&gt;like&lt;/em&gt; to happen is for &lt;code&gt;\pr@cesslist&lt;/code&gt; to eat &lt;code&gt;\b&lt;/code&gt;; but without the &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt;, TeX would feed it &lt;em&gt;both&lt;/em&gt; &lt;code&gt;\fi&lt;/code&gt; &lt;em&gt;and&lt;/em&gt; &lt;code&gt;\a&lt;/code&gt; (since they both appear before the first comma). With the &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt;, TeX jumps past &lt;code&gt;\pr@cesslist&lt;/code&gt;, expands &lt;code&gt;\fi&lt;/code&gt; once (which is enough to get rid of it), then jumps back, leaving the stream as &lt;code&gt;\pr@cesslist&lt;/code&gt; &lt;code&gt;\b&lt;/code&gt; &lt;code&gt;,&lt;/code&gt; &lt;code&gt;,&lt;/code&gt; plus whatever comes after.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From there, it's simple tail-recursion.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT:&lt;/strong&gt; OK, so I've modified the above macro so that it &lt;em&gt;won't&lt;/em&gt; expand the list entries until after the list is processed; e.g., if &lt;code&gt;\abs&lt;/code&gt; is defined by &lt;code&gt;\def\abs#1{|#1|}&lt;/code&gt;, then &lt;code&gt;\ProcessList{\abs,a}&lt;/code&gt; will expand to &lt;code&gt;|a|&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand\ProcessList[1]{\newtoks\processedlist%&#xA;    \pr@cesslist\processedlist#1,,%&#xA;%   \showthe\processedlist         &amp;lt;---- this line is for debugging purposes&#xA;    \the\processedlist} % unpack \processlist&#xA;\def\pr@cesslist#1#2,{%&#xA;    \ifx#2\empty%&#xA;    \else&#xA;        \appendtoks{#2}{#1}% append #2 to token list #1&#xA;        \expandafter\pr@cesslist\expandafter#1%&#xA;    \fi}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\appendtoks[2]{\toks0={#1}%&#xA;    \edef\act{\noexpand#2={\the#2\the\toks0}}&#xA;    \act}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\appendtoks&lt;/code&gt; macro is, with some minor modifications, the &lt;code&gt;\Prepend&lt;/code&gt; macro from page 154 of Eijkhout's &lt;em&gt;TeX by Topic&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="941" LastEditorUserId="941" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-03T05:13:26.567" LastActivityDate="2010-09-03T05:13:26.567" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2689" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2686" CreationDate="2010-09-03T04:44:09.877" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/xkeyval/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;xkeyval&lt;/a&gt; package. It offers what you want and in addition you can define key value parameters as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-09-03T04:44:09.877" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2690" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2656" CreationDate="2010-09-03T06:19:14.303" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;How about the following?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\rightthreearrow{%&#xA;        \mathrel{\vcenter{\mathsurround0pt&#xA;                \ialign{##\crcr&#xA;                        \noalign{\nointerlineskip}$\rightarrow$\crcr&#xA;                        \noalign{\nointerlineskip}$\rightarrow$\crcr&#xA;                        \noalign{\nointerlineskip}$\rightarrow$\crcr&#xA;                }%&#xA;        }}%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/GZWVf.png&quot; alt=&quot;example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is basically how &lt;code&gt;\overbrace&lt;/code&gt; works except that it uses a fill and a &lt;code&gt;\vbox&lt;/code&gt; instead of a &lt;code&gt;\vcenter&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-17T10:42:35.097" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T10:42:35.097" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2691" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2686" CreationDate="2010-09-03T06:56:18.270" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Unless I'm mistaken, I think you're essentially asking for a new way to process keyval input. All of the keyval processing packages (keyval, xkeyval, kvoptions, l3keys, etc.) are very careful to ensure that the comma-separated entries they receive are &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; expanded.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It would be theoretically possible to have code like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\innerclist\mylist{x,y,z}&#xA;&#xA;\processclist{a,\foo,b,\mylist,c,\bar,d} % etc.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;only expand &lt;code&gt;\mylist&lt;/code&gt; to insert &lt;code&gt;x&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;y&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;z&lt;/code&gt; into the processing but otherwise leave &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\bar&lt;/code&gt; alone, but keyval code requires a fair amount of care and attention to write.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An alternative might be to always fully expand your keyval arguments, if that is possible. If you just write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\edef\temp{a,\foo,b,\mylist,c,\bar,d}&#xA;\expandafter\processclist\expandafter{\temp}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;then assuming &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\bar&lt;/code&gt; are expandable then you'll be okay. (This is the same as what TH wrote earlier.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, if you can restrict the position of your clist-to-be-expanded so that it only and always occurs at the beginning of your options, then you could simply use &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt; on it, as so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\innerclist{x,y,z}&#xA;\expandafter\processclist\expandafter{\innerclist,a,b,c,\foo}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The solution you choose (and what we can sensibly suggest) is pretty specific to the actual problems you're trying to solve.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-09-03T06:56:18.270" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2692" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-03T06:57:39.543" Score="8" ViewCount="844" Body="&lt;p&gt;My organisation needs to update its website, which, in particular, will host a number of blogs and wikis on mathematics-related themes. We need to use some way of rendering of LaTeX on our web pages. Given a choice of MathJax and MathML, which one would you recommend? Any other solutions?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1080" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-21T20:54:18.660" LastActivityDate="2010-11-21T20:54:18.660" Title="Comparing MathJax and MathML" Tags="&lt;tools&gt;&lt;online&gt;&lt;mathjax&gt;&lt;mathml&gt;" AnswerCount="7" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2693" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2692" CreationDate="2010-09-03T07:05:48.777" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would recommend MathJax. MathJax has the ability to  be configured to use native MathML rendering when available in a browser, and only fall back to HTML-CSS mode when native rendering is not available. This way you get the best part of both worlds. (One limitation of MathJax is that fonts tend to load slowly. However, once they are cached in the browser the display is very quick).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-09-03T07:05:48.777" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2694" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2661" CreationDate="2010-09-03T07:32:32.220" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Well you are really using a lot of minipages. As I already said in my comment I would use \captionsetup{margin=...}. You can also put a black rule between the floats. (I'm using the makebox to get a bit overhang, this will close small gaps due to pixel rounding).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[]{scrreprt}&#xA;\usepackage[demo]{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{subfig,xcolor}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}\captionsetup{margin=2ex}\fboxsep=1ex&#xA;   \subfloat[A long caption about apples that spans two lines]{%&#xA;        \colorbox{black}{{\color{red}\rule{0.3\linewidth}{90pt}}}%&amp;lt;...&#xA;    }%&#xA;   \makebox[1cm]{\colorbox{black}{\vphantom{\rule{0.3\linewidth}{90pt}}\hspace{1cm}}}%&#xA;  \subfloat[A long caption about apples that spans two lines]{%&#xA;        \colorbox{black}{{\color{orange}\rule{0.3\linewidth}{90pt}}}%&amp;lt;---&#xA;    }&#xA;    \subfloat[Cherry]{%&amp;lt;---&#xA;        \colorbox{black}{{\color{green}\rule{0.3\linewidth}{90pt}}}%&#xA;    }&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-09-03T07:32:32.220" />
  <row Id="2695" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2686" CreationDate="2010-09-03T07:35:06.847" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The other answers are all very interesting in their own right, but the short answer to the question is simply &lt;em&gt;No&lt;/em&gt;. You can't change the behaviour of &lt;code&gt;\command&lt;/code&gt; solely by defining a special kind of &lt;code&gt;\mylist&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-09-03T07:35:06.847" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2696" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2692" CreationDate="2010-09-03T08:31:40.413" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This question is similar to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/129/embedding-latex-equations-into-a-webpage&quot;&gt;Embedding LaTeX equations into a webpage&lt;/a&gt; and I think that my arguments for MathML there are pretty strong.  I can also now add a couple of extra things since MathOverflow uses MathJaX so I've some direct experience.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;MathJaX is &lt;strong&gt;really slow&lt;/strong&gt;, particularly when the server is in the US and I'm sitting here in Norway.  You need to consider the geographical locations of your users.  Yiannis says that one limitation is that the fonts take a long time to load.  That's true, and if - like a good internet user - you clear your cache then they have to load again each session.  And even in the same session, I find that the same page takes just as long the second time as it did the first.  And even in the right geographical location, not everyone can afford fancy computers and high-speed internet connections.  When I'm &quot;on the road&quot;, I use a 6-year old iBook that creaks along running Linux off a USB-stick.  Add to that the dodgy internet connection and MathJaX makes a site completely unusable.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;MathJaX with HTML+CSS is just plain awful.  It looks really nice with MathML rendering but then why not go for MathML in the first place?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've decided to interpret the &quot;Any other solutions&quot; as a request for implementations.  I don't think this is the place for a full list, but just to let you know that on the server side, there is MathML-capable software for all the usual things:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Wiki: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.instiki.org&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;instiki&lt;/a&gt; is a MathML-enabled wiki system.  It's what the nLab uses.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Forum: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.vanillaforums.org&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Vanilla&lt;/a&gt; is a forum software that I've adapted to be MathML-enabled.  It's what the nForum uses.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Blog: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.vanillaforums.org&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Vanilla&lt;/a&gt; can actually be run as a blog.  Also I've written a plugin for Wordpress for MathML (see &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.math.ntnu.no/~stacey/Vanilla/WPMathML&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; for an example), &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blosxom.com&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;blosxom&lt;/a&gt; can also generate MathML, and the n-Category Cafe runs on Moveable Type.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastEditorUserId="86" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-03T18:48:31.873" LastActivityDate="2010-09-03T18:48:31.873" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="2697" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3" CreationDate="2010-09-03T09:40:52.290" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Amusingly, many of the online previewers given in other answers are vulnerable to maliciously crafted input. I can only think of one fairly-far fetched way this could be a problem for users, but the people running the preview services should think long and hard about what it is they're doing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-09-03T09:40:52.290" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2698" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2701" CreationDate="2010-09-03T10:41:13.120" Score="0" ViewCount="378" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm on Windows 7 Enterprise 64bit. Are there 64-bit executables for Windows? I'm using the proTeXt TeX distribution: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/protext/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tug.org/protext/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="637" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-03T10:50:19.053" LastActivityDate="2010-09-03T11:44:19.930" Title="Protext 64-bit executables for Windows" Tags="&lt;windows&gt;&lt;distributions&gt;&lt;protext&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="2699" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-03T11:01:13.057" Score="5" ViewCount="245" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a tutorial on how to create a package or class with pgfkeys/pgfopts that goes beyond this pdf? &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/TUGboat/tb30-1/tb94wright-keyval.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;keyval.pdf&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In particular I would be interested on how I can create package/class options and new commands that pass options to tikz-drawings (such as colours, line length/width, shape). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="632" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-03T11:11:44.010" LastActivityDate="2010-10-11T03:41:24.820" Title="Example on how to use pgfkeys and pgfopts for class or package" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;pgfkeys&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="2700" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1013" CreationDate="2010-09-03T11:19:00.900" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In ConTeXt, you can write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;like\low{this}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-09-03T11:19:00.900" />
  <row Id="2701" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2698" CreationDate="2010-09-03T11:44:19.930" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Christian Schenk wrote on the miktex mailing list:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;MiKTeX 2.9 is 32-bit. The 64-bit packages are for testing purposes only. &#xA;I am not planning to release a 64-bit MiKTeX 2.9.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;None of the earlier versions of miktex even mentioned 64-bit apps, and protext is definitely based on an earlier version (although I do not know which one) so: &lt;em&gt;No&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-09-03T11:44:19.930" />
  <row Id="2702" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2638" CreationDate="2010-09-03T11:50:41.397" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ok, here's what I ended up doing..  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First off, I can't find a simple way to just merge a ps or eps into latex so it appears in the .dvi file.. go figure...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Jukka's comment about pdftops was the most helpful, as its the only way of converting my pdf to eps that actually gave a clear scaleable image.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in the end I cheated by converting each pdf page to eps, and saving as a different file.  Since it was 4 pages, it was ok.. but def not a great solution.  Then in my main master.tex, I include the article.tex file below.  For each eps page, I included the following block in article.tex:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\thispagestyle{empty}&#xA;\begin{figure}[!ht]&#xA;  \vspace{-3.5cm}&#xA;  $$&#xA;  \epsfig{file=page_1,width=1.40\textwidth}&#xA;  $$&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\clearpage&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I then cheated by adjusting the vspace and hoffset for the pages.  Crappy.. but gives the desired result.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks everyone for your help!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;master.tex&#xA;----------------------------&#xA;\include{article}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;article.tex&#xA;-----------------------------&#xA;&#xA;\addtolength{\hoffset}{-1.2in}&#xA;&#xA;\thispagestyle{empty}&#xA;\begin{figure}[!ht]&#xA;  \vspace{-3.5cm}&#xA;  $$&#xA;  \epsfig{file=opex_1,width=1.40\textwidth}&#xA;  $$&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\clearpage&#xA;&#xA;\thispagestyle{empty}&#xA;\begin{figure}[!ht]&#xA;  \vspace{-3.5cm}&#xA;  $$&#xA;  \epsfig{file=opex_2,width=1.40\textwidth}&#xA;  $$&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\clearpage&#xA;&#xA;\addtolength{\hoffset}{1.2in}&#xA;------------------------------------  End article.tex ---------------------&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1057" LastEditorUserId="86" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-03T12:08:54.637" LastActivityDate="2010-09-03T12:08:54.637" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-09-03T11:50:41.397" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2703" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2686" CreationDate="2010-09-03T12:34:49.500" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Well if \mylist is defined before the \define@choicekey it is rather easy to expand it before calling define@choicekey. If \mylist changes afterwards you will have to recall \define@choicekey and hope that xkeyval does all necessary cleaning to remove trace from the former content of \mylist.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{xkeyval}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand\mylist{left,center,right}&#xA;\toks@=\expandafter{\mylist}&#xA;\edef\next{\unexpanded{\define@choicekey*{fam}{align}[\val\nr]}{\the\toks@}&#xA; \unexpanded{{%&#xA;  \ifcase\nr\relax&#xA;    raggedright&#xA;  \or&#xA;   centering&#xA;  \or&#xA;   raggedleft&#xA; \fi}}}%&#xA; \next&#xA;&#xA; \setkeys{fam}{align=left}&#xA; \end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-09-03T12:34:49.500" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2704" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1013" CreationDate="2010-09-03T12:54:18.380" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Since I've always been bugged by the fact that LaTeX's sscripts need math mode (setting normal text inside math mode have issues with LuaTeX's directionality), motivated by this question, I &quot;stole&quot; the subscript/superscript code from ConTeXt which is set entirely in text mode, with quick hacks to get it work with plain TeX (needs pdftex/luatex though), it is &lt;a href=&quot;http://gist.github.com/563837&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; for now, if there is interest may be it can be turned into some package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastActivityDate="2010-09-03T12:54:18.380" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2705" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2712" CreationDate="2010-09-03T13:40:05.813" Score="4" ViewCount="559" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to define a command which typesets a column vector.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For one vector I can have something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\left(&#xA;\begin{array}{c}&#xA;a\\&#xA;b\\&#xA;\end{array}&#xA;\right)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like the command to produce such a vector, for either 2 or 3 arguments. \colvec{a}{b}{c} should produce the same vector as above only with one more entry where \colvec{a}{b} will produce the above vector. How should I do it? I tried to overload a command name but that's impossible.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="412" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-03T13:42:03.177" LastActivityDate="2010-09-04T09:42:05.467" Title="typesetting column vector" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;matrices&gt;&lt;vector&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="2706" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2713" CreationDate="2010-09-03T14:48:20.680" Score="12" ViewCount="491" Body="&lt;p&gt;Contrary to English, in German there are quite a few words containing a hyphen, e.g. &quot;Arbeiter-Unfallversicherung&quot; (workers' accident insurance). By default, (La)TeX will only break such words after the present hyphen and discard all other breakpoints. This behaviour will often result in overfull hboxes for German texts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are at least three ways to achieve proper hyphenation, two of which use shorthands of the &lt;code&gt;babel&lt;/code&gt; package and none of which I consider really satisfactory:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;&quot;=&lt;/code&gt; shorthand: Arbeiter&lt;code&gt;&quot;=&lt;/code&gt;Unfallversicherung. This allows every (otherwise legal) breakpoint and therefore may produce correct but unfavourable hyphenation (e.g. Arbeiter-Un-fallversicherung). This seems to be a method of last resort, suited for documents to be created with (almost) no manual intervention.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\-&lt;/code&gt; command: Ar&lt;code&gt;\-&lt;/code&gt;beiter-Unfall&lt;code&gt;\-&lt;/code&gt;ver&lt;code&gt;\-&lt;/code&gt;si&lt;code&gt;\-&lt;/code&gt;che&lt;code&gt;\-&lt;/code&gt;rung. By manually setting allowed breakpoints, one can avoid unfavourable ones shortly before or after a present hyphen (I use a minimum of four characters as a rule of thumb). As a downside, one has to look up the correct breakpoints of the respective words. Also, the body of a LaTeX document may become quite cluttered.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;&quot;-&lt;/code&gt; shorthand: Ar&lt;code&gt;&quot;-&lt;/code&gt;beiter-Unfall&lt;code&gt;&quot;-&lt;/code&gt;versicherung. This method (the one I'm currently using) also avoids unfavourable breakpoints and allows for a tidier document body. But one still has to look up the correct breakpoints.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To cut a long story short: Is there a way to automatically allow hyphenation of words already containing a hyphen, &lt;em&gt;discarding breakpoints less than, say, four characters before or after the present hyphen?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-09-05T03:54:42.943" Title="Adequate hyphenation of words already containing a hyphen" Tags="&lt;hyphenation&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="2708" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-03T15:18:11.650" Score="9" ViewCount="212" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to define a function which splits an input text into its constituent letters, so I can process each letter individually (the background to this question is that I would like to put each letter into an individual box, and would like to avoid calling the my boxing function by hand over and over).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So how would I go about splitting a text into its letters, so that for each letter, I can call an appropriate subfunction?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-03T20:45:00.947" LastActivityDate="2010-09-03T20:45:00.947" Title="How to split text into characters" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;text-manipulation&gt;" AnswerCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2709" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2708" CreationDate="2010-09-03T16:19:16.697" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The answer depends a lot about what you mean by a &quot;character&quot; and how your input looks like (does it e.g. commands). One possibility is to use soul which contains a lot code to analyze text. E.g. you can get your boxes simply by misusing the \so command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{soul}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\SOUL@soeverytoken{%&#xA; \fbox{\the\SOUL@token}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\so{abcADBC kdkkk dkdk kdkdk }&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-09-03T16:19:16.697" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2710" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2705" CreationDate="2010-09-03T16:34:00.903" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the xparse package to define commands with optional braced arguments.  Something like (untested)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareDocumentCommand \colvec {mmg} {%&#xA;  \IfNoValueTF #3 {%&#xA;    \twocolvec {#1}{#2}&#xA;  }{%&#xA;    \threecolvec {#1}{#2}{#3}&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Where the two intermediate functions typeset the array as appropriate. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-09-03T16:34:00.903" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2711" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2708" CreationDate="2010-09-03T18:01:14.187" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's fairly easy to write such a macro for yourself, at least for simple cases. Here's one I just wrote.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*\foreachletter[2]{%&#xA;        \begingroup&#xA;        \let\templettercommand#1%&#xA;        \let\tempspacecommand#2%&#xA;        \catcode`\ 12&#xA;        \foreachlettergo&#xA;}&#xA;\def\foreachlettergo#1{%&#xA;        \testletter#1\relax&#xA;        \endgroup&#xA;}&#xA;\def\testletter#1#2\relax{%&#xA;        \if#1\otherspace&#xA;                \tempspacecommand&#xA;        \else&#xA;                \templettercommand{#1}%&#xA;        \fi&#xA;        \ifx\relax#2\relax&#xA;                \let\next\relax&#xA;        \else&#xA;                \let\next\testletter&#xA;        \fi&#xA;        \next#2\relax&#xA;}&#xA;\catcode`\ 12&#xA;\def\otherspace{ }%&#xA;\catcode`\ 10&#xA;&#xA;\foreachletter\fbox\textvisiblespace{Here is some text!}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\foreachletter&lt;/code&gt; macro takes three arguments, the first is a macro that takes a single argument (like &lt;code&gt;\fbox&lt;/code&gt;) that will be expanded for each nonspace token in the third argument. The second argument is the macro that will be expanded for each space token. The third argument should only contain letters, &quot;other&quot; (for example punctuation), and spaces.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This doesn't work in all cases, but I think it's more readable than using &lt;code&gt;\futurelet&lt;/code&gt; which is probably the better way to do it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-09-03T18:01:14.187" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2712" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2705" CreationDate="2010-09-03T18:27:46.200" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Note that you have extra space around space around your vector. You should probably using something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{pmatrix}a\\b\end{pmatrix}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The standard LaTeX &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; provides a way to have a single optional argument.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*\colvec[3][]{&#xA;    \begin{pmatrix}\ifx\relax#1\relax\else#1\\\fi#2\\#3\end{pmatrix}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that you have to use &lt;code&gt;\colvec[a]{b}{c}&lt;/code&gt; if you want three elements or &lt;code&gt;\colvec{a}{b}&lt;/code&gt; if you want two.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;As per your request in the comments, here's one that takes any number of elements based on the number passed in the first argument.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcount\colveccount&#xA;\newcommand*\colvec[1]{&#xA;        \global\colveccount#1&#xA;        \begin{pmatrix}&#xA;        \colvecnext&#xA;}&#xA;\def\colvecnext#1{&#xA;        #1&#xA;        \global\advance\colveccount-1&#xA;        \ifnum\colveccount&amp;gt;0&#xA;                \\&#xA;                \expandafter\colvecnext&#xA;        \else&#xA;                \end{pmatrix}&#xA;        \fi&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You use it exactly as you wanted, &lt;code&gt;\colvec{5}{a}{b}{c}{d}{e}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-04T09:42:05.467" LastActivityDate="2010-09-04T09:42:05.467" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2713" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2706" CreationDate="2010-09-03T18:33:19.853" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;No. You could possibly use an external parsing script to apply one of those options to a text, but writing that will be a lot of work still, do manually adding commands is probably less work in practice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Future update: LuaTeX has rudimentary support for some special hyphenation cases, and in a future version (spring 2011, most likelu) there will be core support for weighted hyphenation and multiple hyphenation passes. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-09-03T18:33:19.853" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2714" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2708" CreationDate="2010-09-03T18:53:47.897" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/xstring&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;xstring&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package provides macros for splitting strings, extracting characters of strings and replacement in strings. This may be combined with the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/forloop&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;forloop&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/ifthen&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;ifthen&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; packages if needed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-09-03T18:53:47.897" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2715" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2706" CreationDate="2010-09-03T18:54:45.130" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This seems to be what the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyphenat/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;hyphenat&lt;/a&gt; package is for.  From the manual:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;TeX does not want to hyphenate a word that appears in the source&#xA;   already hyphenated, such as &lt;code&gt;electromagnetic-endioscopy&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;      The &lt;code&gt;\hyp&lt;/code&gt; command is like the other &lt;code&gt;\...hyp&lt;/code&gt; commands, only it&#xA;   typesets a hyphen and allows full automatic hyphenation of the other&#xA;   words forming the compound word. It is used like&#xA;   &lt;code&gt;electromagnetic\hyp{}endioscopy&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure about your last criterion, though it seems that if TeX applies its normal hyphenating rules then this would be unlikely to happen anyway since (I think) that what happens is that the word after the &lt;code&gt;\hyp{}&lt;/code&gt; is treated (as far as hyphenation is concerned) as a new word and I guess that not many words get hyphenated in the first (or last) few characters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-09-03T18:54:45.130" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2716" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2721" CreationDate="2010-09-03T19:17:37.543" Score="7" ViewCount="223" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need to add a bunch of fields for a handwritten text &#xA;to my document that's looking like that:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Your Name ___________&#xA;Your Age  ___________&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example I can show you the document form, that I must to reproduce: &lt;a href=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/bq0bd.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://i.imgur.com/bq0bd.jpg&lt;/a&gt; (sorry, I can't the image).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you can see in the top and in the middle we have such fields.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sure I've thought about &lt;code&gt;_&lt;/code&gt; symbol, but I think that typing &lt;code&gt;______&lt;/code&gt; all the way is not the TeX style.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="75" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-29T14:46:56.333" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T14:46:56.333" Title="How can i add a &quot;field&quot; for handwritten text?" Tags="&lt;formatting&gt;&lt;rules&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="2717" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2716" CreationDate="2010-09-03T19:21:34.413" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Have a look at the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/dashundergaps.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;dashundergaps&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-09-03T19:21:34.413" />
  <row Id="2718" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2708" CreationDate="2010-09-03T19:49:54.587" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just a quick hack using the coolstring package for \substr and the ifthen package for&#xA;the whiledo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  \newcounter{scancount}&#xA;   \whiledo{\value{scancount}&amp;lt;8}{%&#xA;      \stepcounter{scancount} &#xA;      \thescancount &#xA;      \substr{abcdefgh}{\thescancount}{1}&#xA;   }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This will print:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; 1a 2b 3c 4d 5e 6f 7g 8h&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-09-03T19:49:54.587" />
  <row Id="2719" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2716" CreationDate="2010-09-03T20:01:07.060" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I often use a box, instead of an underlined region, because boxes are more visible, and so people tend to notice them and fill them in.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I just insert something along the lines of &lt;code&gt;\fbox{\phantom{first-name}}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\fbox{}&lt;/code&gt; makes a framed box around whatever is inside the braces.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\phantom{}&lt;/code&gt; puts space on the page for the indicated text, but does not actually write it.  (To save typing, I often put XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX or something of that sort,  inside the &lt;code&gt;\phantom&lt;/code&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="922" LastActivityDate="2010-09-03T20:01:07.060" />
  <row Id="2720" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2692" CreationDate="2010-09-03T20:20:42.250" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A 'quick and dirty' way is to use google's chart api: &lt;a href=&quot;http://ardoris.wordpress.com/2010/06/27/converting-inline-latex-to-images-with-javascript-and-google-chart-api/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://ardoris.wordpress.com/2010/06/27/converting-inline-latex-to-images-with-javascript-and-google-chart-api/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1089" LastActivityDate="2010-09-03T20:20:42.250" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2721" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2716" CreationDate="2010-09-03T20:38:53.400" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For my exams, I use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  \begin{center}Name: \line(1,0){275} \end{center}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's simple. (That said, I will look at the package that @lockstep mentioned.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="93" LastActivityDate="2010-09-03T20:38:53.400" />
  <row Id="2722" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2692" CreationDate="2010-09-03T21:09:10.007" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;It seems that to use MathML, I (&quot;hypothetical I&quot;) need to use a Ruby program called iTeX, w&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There seem to be some very confused descriptions of MathML, which doesn't require itex or ruby or any server side configuration at all.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You cant really compare mathjax and mathml as they are different things,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;mathjax is a an implementation of a client side parser for both a tex-like syntax  and mathml&#xA;then (which ever input syntax is used for input) it can use various rendering methods including native mathml in the browser (including IE+MathPlayer, or recent webkit builds, not just firefox) or it can use css rendering.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Currently, if you don't want to use some javascript such as mathjax (or the simpler, less ambitious asciimathml) then you do need to serve the files as well formed xhtml (not necessarily valid xhtml, despite the comment above) however this is changing, mathml parsing is built into html5 so firefox 4 (beta) for example will render mathml in an html page not just xhtml. So going forward a year or two one would expect html+mathml pages to not require any javascript or server side support at all. whereas a tex like syntax (like a wiki) will always require some additional javascript or server processing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;whether you want to use a linear tex-like syntax or the xml/html syntax of mathml is pretty much a matter of choice, it is exactly analogous to a choice of whether to use a linear wiki style markup for your web pages, or to directly code (or generate) html markup.&#xA;Sometimes one is more appropriate than the other, many sites use both wiki and traditional html markup, depending on the context.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;David&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(co editor of mathml2 and 3, and before that co-developer of latex2e, and before that a long time association with the Mathematics department at Manchester, and still an LMS member should you want any discussion offline at any stage about mathml, I'm easy enough to find:-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1090" LastActivityDate="2010-09-03T21:09:10.007" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2723" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="64" CreationDate="2010-09-03T21:48:53.133" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I posted some sample makefiles for TeX/Sweave on my site: &lt;a href=&quot;http://cgibbons.berkeley.edu/Research/writings.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://cgibbons.berkeley.edu/Research/writings.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One makefile does a simple compilation, another compiles a Beamer file into presentation slides, handout slides, and a notes page. The third takes a tex file that contains questions and solutions to an exam or problem set and turns it into a plain version to pass out and a solutions set.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using some tips from the web (don't remember where), the following code only runs bibtex or reruns pdflatex if a warning is found in the log file produced by the initial pdflatex run:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$(TEXFILE).pdf: $(TEXFILE).tex $(FIGURES) $(INPUTS)&#xA;     # Initial run&#xA;     pdflatex $(TEXFILE)&#xA;&#xA;     # Run BibTeX if missing citations&#xA;         @if(grep &quot;Citation&quot; $(TEXFILE).log &amp;gt; /dev/null);\&#xA;          then \&#xA;              bibtex $(TEXFILE);\&#xA;              pdflatex $(TEXFILE); \&#xA;     fi&#xA;&#xA;     # Recompile if instructed&#xA;     @if(grep &quot;Rerun&quot; $(TEXFILE).log &amp;gt; /dev/null);\&#xA;     then \&#xA;         pdflatex $(TEXFILE); \&#xA;     fi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that $(TEXFILE) is the name of the tex file. Some documentation explaining the code is also available at my site. The documentation also gives code to create an emacs keybinding to save your document and run the makefile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="758" LastActivityDate="2010-09-03T21:48:53.133" />
  <row Id="2724" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2730" CreationDate="2010-09-03T23:42:11.490" Score="11" ViewCount="229" Body="&lt;p&gt;In my college, there isn't any course where you can learn anything about LaTeX, so I've been thinking on doing a little workshop or seminar in order to give other students and teachers a chance at trying it out and learning the basics. I'd like your advice in many things:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Has any of you done anything similar? If yes, how did it go?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I think that the installation and configuration in Windows is a troublesome aspect, but many people in my college use it, so I'd have to show it, should I do it at the beginning or at the end?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;What do you think is better for initiating non-LaTeX people, something like a beamer presentation showing the commands and the result or magnifying the typing of the commands in place (or de-commenting) and compiling to show?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Is it better if people can try things during the &quot;course&quot; in a preinstalled computer or will they get distracted and not follow the ideas properly?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any other advice you can give will be appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="401" LastActivityDate="2010-09-04T08:31:18.230" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-09-03T23:42:11.490" Title="Introducing LaTeX" Tags="&lt;teaching&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="2725" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2724" CreationDate="2010-09-04T02:33:14.500" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have never done anything like this, but I think it's a great idea.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure that showing source from beamer would be the way to go. Its basic commands are different from those used to write a document. Maybe give the presentation using Beamer and then at some point mention that you created it with LaTeX as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I do not know what the best way to motivate the use of LaTeX is. I'd worry that showing two versions of a document, one typeset with TeX and one with Microsoft Word, to someone who has never thought about what a beautiful document looks like might be fairly unimpressed. You could point out Word's deficient line breaking algorithm and show how you get overly loose lines, but I suspect the response would be, &quot;So?&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One way to motivate its use might be to show off the more automatic features. Labels and references, citations, tables of contents, reordering sections requires just moving text. The separation of form and content. &quot;Oh, you don't want Foo in bold any longer, now you want it small and typewriter everywhere in the document, let's just redefine this one macro then!&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for actually teaching, I think it'd be essential to have computers at which the attendees could try out what you're doing. Imagine if just hearing something like, &quot;Okay. Now you start off your document with backslash documentclass and then a left curly brace and then the word article and then a right curly brace. Now we start the document with begin document, that is, backslash begin and then document in curly braces like we did with article. ...&quot; Even with slides, that's likely to go in one ear and out the other.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If this is to be a one time thing, plan to stick to the bare basics. It always takes longer to teach material than you expect—even when you expect to cover less material than you expected. =)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-04T08:31:18.230" LastActivityDate="2010-09-04T08:31:18.230" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-09-04T02:33:14.500" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="2726" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2706" CreationDate="2010-09-04T03:22:26.160" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can set &lt;code&gt;\lefthyphenmin=4&lt;/code&gt; to ensure at least 4 characters after the explicit &lt;code&gt;&quot;=&lt;/code&gt; hyphen before any hyphens inserted by tex. (It really sets that there should be 4 characters after the beginning of &lt;em&gt;any word&lt;/em&gt;, not only compound words with a &lt;code&gt;&quot;=&lt;/code&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's possible to make the change to &lt;code&gt;\lefthyphenmin&lt;/code&gt; locally, but it is awkward. Tex only looks at the value of &lt;code&gt;\lefthyphenmin&lt;/code&gt; at the beginning of paragraphs and at language changes, so you have to write  something like: &lt;code&gt;{\lefthyphenmin4\setlanguage\language ...}\setlanguage\language&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastEditorUserId="627" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-05T03:54:42.943" LastActivityDate="2010-09-05T03:54:42.943" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2727" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2729" CreationDate="2010-09-04T03:44:05.393" Score="2" ViewCount="197" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm working on a paper which will include several tables from a book. I would like to keep the same table numbers as in the book, it makes it easier for people reading the paper in this case. They'll know what table 8.2 is.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Is it possible to force specific numbers to tables?&lt;/strong&gt; I initially thought of removing tables numbers altogether (I suppose it's possible but haven't checked), but this is not the best solution as I still need to reference the tables in the text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The tables in the book are not necessarily sequential, so I need to force numbers such as 8.2, 8.5 and 10.1. As a secondary question, the &lt;em&gt;m.n&lt;/em&gt; format for the table numbers is not just a mere example: this is how the table numbers are in this case. Is it possible to force tables like this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If the above are not possible I'll the normal automatic table numbering and use footnotes to reference the original tables, but I hope there's a more straightforward solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="564" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T23:49:38.163" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T23:49:38.163" Title="Forcing specific numbers for tables" Tags="&lt;cross-referencing&gt;&lt;floats&gt;&lt;numbering&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2728" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2692" CreationDate="2010-09-04T04:02:50.310" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am involved with the MathJax project and, IMHO, David Carlisle has the best explanation on this thread (as usual). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All I can add is that MathJax is only just at 1.0 and has not received all the performance tuning it will eventually get. Of course, that is not to be interpreted as a promise that it will be faster in some specific browser or in all browsers. Just the other day, I noticed it was excruciatingly slow on my HTC Evo. A bug was swatted and now it is an order of magnitude faster, though it still has room for improvement. MathJax will also gain from the JavaScript engine speed wars currently being waged between all the browser vendors. Internet Explorer is particularly slow but IE9 promises to be much faster.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Paul&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastActivityDate="2010-09-04T04:02:50.310" />
  <row Id="2729" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2727" CreationDate="2010-09-04T05:21:32.720" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I suspect that'll just be confusing for your readers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt; Based on Will's comment, here's a solution that seems to work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{calc}&#xA;\newcounter{tablemajor}&#xA;\renewcommand\thetable{\arabic{tablemajor}.\arabic{table}}&#xA;\newcommand*\settablecounter[2]{%&#xA;        \setcounter{tablemajor}{#1}%&#xA;        \setcounter{table}{#2-1}%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then you use it like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\settablecounter{8}{2}&#xA;\begin{table}&#xA;\caption{First table}\label{tab:first}&#xA;This is a table&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-04T08:15:45.667" LastActivityDate="2010-09-04T08:15:45.667" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2730" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2724" CreationDate="2010-09-04T05:42:34.877" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nicola Talbot and I ran a course for UK-TUG earlier in the year: see &lt;a href=&quot;http://uk.tug.org/2010/07/30/training-day-a-success/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://uk.tug.org/2010/07/30/training-day-a-success/&lt;/a&gt; for the slides and so on. The course ran for one day, which was probably as about right. Some people wanted more time (we did have to move fast), but getting people together and having the teaching time is of course a challenge.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The approach we took was to built the material around writing a thesis (a pretty common requirement). So we made a few decisions&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ideally, people should leave with a PC capable of running TeX&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;We'd focus on some aspects, such as document structure, and not try to cover everything&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;We'd only talk about PDF output, no DVI mode&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The general scheme was to start with installation, then do document basics, then structure and finally some more advanced stuff. Setting up TeX is no too bad with TeX Live (we went with that as it's the same across platforms). The only issue there was the time it takes to install: for the next course I'm going to send out DVDs in advance with instructions, and give anyone who struggled some help on the day.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Again, we were aiming for cross-platform working so had decided to use TeXworks as our editor. The built-in PDF viewer and SyncTeX, plus the fact it basically looks the same on Windows, Mac and Linux made this a good choice for a mixed audience. It also kept the screen pretty clear so we could stick to typing in commands: I think not such a bad way to learn.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;We did a mix of slides and examples. So the start was 'what is TeX and what is LaTeX?', where we kept the TeX part short and mainly focused on LaTeX. We then showed some basic ideas in beamer before moving on to some real examples. Again, I think for the next time I might have a bit more on how (La)TeX works, explaining about the 'source code and output' and 'command sequence' ideas. This is easy to miss out once you've got experience!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The way we did the bulk of the course was a few minutes at the front, with slides and examples, then a period when the students tried things out. Nicola did a hand-out with lots of exercises to try. We then went round the students and helped them out (there were about 20, which was manageable). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some of the students came with very specific questions, so the last hour was a Q&amp;amp;A session where we tried to help with whatever was asked. We also mentioned various places for support, and gave what pointers we could to other resources. That included recommending a book: Kopka and Daly is the best single book in English, I think, so we said that one!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As I say, things seemed to work quite well that way. We're planning to present the same material again, learning from the things we didn't quite get right and hoping to help out another batch of students. So I think the approach was okay.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-09-04T05:42:34.877" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-09-04T05:42:34.877" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2731" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-09-04T05:59:46.920" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;tex.stackexchange.com is for &lt;em&gt;enthusiastic users of TeX, LaTeX and related systems&lt;/em&gt;, people who love to create well-structured and beautifully typeset documents. If you have a question about ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;TeX or any of its descendants like LaTeX, XeTeX, LuaTeX and ConTeXt&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;TeX distributions like TeX Live, MiKTeX, or MacTeX&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;(La)TeX related software and tools like BibTeX, LyX, LaTeX editors, viewers, and converters&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;... then you're in the right place to ask your question!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;These questions are answered by other enthusiasts and by experts in the world of TeX, who are happy to share their techniques and expertise with others.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To help people answer your question quickly and precisely, remember to ask clear questions and, if possible, to include a &lt;a href=&quot;http://meta.tex.stackexchange.com/questions/228/ive-just-been-told-i-have-to-write-a-minimal-example-what-is-that&quot;&gt;small example of code&lt;/a&gt; that shows the problem that you want to solve.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="1211" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-17T06:38:23.010" LastActivityDate="2010-09-17T06:38:23.010" />
  <row Id="2732" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2727" CreationDate="2010-09-04T08:05:00.653" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would take an alternative route. I would enclose the tables as figures and caption them as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;fig 1: Table 8.5 from Zacharias et al etc&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-09-04T08:05:00.653" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2733" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2727" CreationDate="2010-09-04T10:44:58.973" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't see a reason to use counters if it is not intended to advance this counters. You are actually not asking for numbers but how to use more or less arbitrary text:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: setting \@currentlabel was unnecessary. So I change the code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{table}&#xA; \renewcommand\thetable{Blub 8.3-x}&#xA; \caption{a caption}%&#xA; \label{test}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&#xA;Test ref: \ref{test}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-04T11:22:16.177" LastActivityDate="2010-09-04T11:22:16.177" />
  <row Id="2734" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2736" CreationDate="2010-09-04T11:28:59.667" Score="0" ViewCount="244" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2229/is-a-period-after-an-abbreviation-the-same-as-an-end-of-sentence-period&quot;&gt;Is a period after an abbreviation the same as an end of sentence period?&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hi,&#xA;   I often use the abbreviations e.g. and i.e. when writing. The period after these abbreviations makes LaTeX to think that it's an end of a sentence and thus starts the next word that follows with some unnecessary indentation or advance. Is there a way to automatically instruct LaTeX to not do this? I believe that one can always design a macro and then use some command like \kern (I'm only guessing here). But before I try to make such a macro, I would like to know if more elegant solutions exist.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks a lot&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="993" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-04T11:46:35.660" LastActivityDate="2010-09-04T13:05:10.353" ClosedDate="2010-09-04T17:20:40.880" Title="taking unncessary space after e.g. or i.e." Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="2736" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2734" CreationDate="2010-09-04T13:05:10.353" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Personally, I think of &quot;i.e.&quot; and &quot;e.g.&quot; as just shorthand for &quot;that is&quot; and &quot;for example&quot;. Since these are typically written with a comma following them, I put a comma after &quot;i.e.&quot; and &quot;e.g.&quot;, yielding &quot;i.e.,&quot; and &quot;e.g.,&quot;. This eliminates the problem for LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, if you want to use them without commas, the natural thing would be to use &quot;\ &quot; after them, which always produces a normal sized space: &quot;e.g.\ &quot; and &quot;i.e.\ &quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-09-04T13:05:10.353" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2737" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2738" CreationDate="2010-09-04T15:04:48.343" Score="13" ViewCount="707" Body="&lt;p&gt;Guys, I am one the process of mastering LaTeX, so that later when times come I shall be fully prepared to typeset almost anything without thinking twice. So during this awesome process, I am now encountering this tables on LaTeX. And they say that tables are the most boring, bad and worst aspect of the modern TeX-LaTeX.To quote-&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;However, if there is one area about&#xA;  LaTeX that I feel is the least&#xA;  intuitive, then I am afraid that this&#xA;  is tables.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, after having read this statement from LaTeX wiki books, I stopped learning manually to type codes for LaTeX. I found the automated process of generating table codes for LaTeX from a Excel Add-in(Excel2LaTeX) and especially the LaTable by Alex Denisov are perfect for making tables. I tried some variations of tables and they seems to work perfectly and largely faster than the manual process &lt;strong&gt;anyway&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Real Question: Should I learn to manually code any types of tables, that needs to be made OR Should I just skip this part as automated process is perfect and go on to explorer other areas of LaTeX. So all LaTeX Guru's out there, What do you suggest ? I am in an dilemma. Don't know what to do. Suggestion of any kind will be truly appreciated. ;) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1036" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T07:45:15.743" Title="Creating Table: On Mastering LaTeX" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;latex-general&gt;" AnswerCount="6" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2738" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2737" CreationDate="2010-09-04T15:18:55.490" Score="14" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The more you become familiar with TeX and LaTeX the more you will want to 'control' it. It only takes a few hours for someone to use a decent class with LaTeX. Tables are actually not that hard to produce with LaTex, but they are very visual. At a point you will want to manipulate how they look in more detail.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Learning LaTeX takes a few hours, mastering it will take a few years - and if you are still studying, as my late professor used to say - anyone that has mastered TeX/LaTeX deserves a PhD just for that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When you master TeX/LaTeX you continue a tradition which is over 500 years - that of producing beautiful books. Knuth tried to make it easier for us, by incorporating - as he is fond of saying about 100 typographical rules in TeX. Lamport made it even easier (but left a few out on the way). Incorporating tables straight from an Excel plugin will result in your data being imprisoned in a grid that is both aesthetically wrong and in most instances unreadable. Tables need to be read like the normal text of a page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-09-04T15:18:55.490" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2739" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2737" CreationDate="2010-09-04T16:05:28.610" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you read any &quot;how-to&quot; manuals on constructing document-quality tables layout, make sure you include in this the first few pages of Simon Fear's documentation for the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/booktabs&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;booktabs&lt;/a&gt; package. You'll very quickly start looking at table layouts with a discriminating &quot;schooled&quot; eye. From there you'll very quickly develop the motivation to educate yourself on the ins and outs of this. Do yourself a favour, read this doc; it's a reasonably quick read. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-09-04T16:05:28.610" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2740" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2615" CreationDate="2010-09-04T17:21:54.493" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;When typesetting C code in non-monospaced fonts, I've certainly found the &quot;literate programming&quot; options useful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I've used them for is specifying typography for symbol pairs that aren't very readable in the standard non-monospaced font -- not replacing them with a different symbol, but adjusting to make the same symbols more readable.  For instance, &quot;--&quot; doesn't look right in Times, so I've used &lt;code&gt;literate={--}{{\texttt{--}}&lt;/code&gt; to make that look better.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Meanwhile, when one's using illustrative pseudocode in discussions of algorithms that are detached from details of programming language syntax, I do think it's useful to use non-programming symbols.  For one thing, it helps make it clear that what you are writing is not compilable C code -- even if it has a C-like syntax, and is really just C with irrelevant bits removed.  (Or Lisp, or whatever.)  And, since the &quot;irrelevant bits&quot; are going to vary from discussion to discussion, I haven't found that one specific pseudocode format applies to everything.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1103" LastActivityDate="2010-09-04T17:21:54.493" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-09-04T17:21:54.493" />
  <row Id="2741" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2737" CreationDate="2010-09-04T18:52:43.523" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;LaTable and the other Excel Plugin might provide a good basis to manage large data tables. But the produced LaTeX code will not look very nice and you might need to add additional effort, to reformat it in your favorite editor. LaTable might give you basic control over the table, but if you really go into details, you will need your editor -- and the possibility, to visualize the data in there in a readable way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So my suggestion would be, to not use an external tool to create tables, but, if you need it, write your own skript to reformat large chunks of data. This might even flawless integrate into your editor and therefore your overall work flow.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1104" LastActivityDate="2010-09-04T18:52:43.523" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2742" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2744" CreationDate="2010-09-04T18:56:52.780" Score="4" ViewCount="416" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using the following general outline in &lt;code&gt;book&lt;/code&gt; class:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\mainmatter&#xA;    \include{introduction}&#xA;&#xA;    \part{...}&#xA;        \include{chapter1}&#xA;        ...&#xA;&#xA;    \part{...}&#xA;        ...&#xA;        \include{conclusions}&#xA;&#xA;\addcontentsline{toc}{part}{\appendixtocname}&#xA;\appendixpage&#xA;\appendix&#xA;    \include{...}&#xA;&#xA;\backmatter&#xA;    % Glossary&#xA;    \cleardoublepage&#xA;    \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Nomenclature}&#xA;    \markboth{Nomenclature}{Nomenclature}&#xA;    \makenomenclature&#xA;    \input{nomenclature}&#xA;    \printnomenclature[4.5cm]&#xA;&#xA;    % Bibliography / References&#xA;    \cleardoublepage&#xA;    \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{References}&#xA;    \bibliographystyle{amsalpha}&#xA;    \renewcommand{\bibname}{References}&#xA;    \bibliography{thesis}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But a lot of things comes wrong in the final PDF, among them:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Appendices appear as childs of last section in the last chapter.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Clicking on Nomenclature and References bookmarks sends to the wrong page.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Despite these problems, the page numbers in TOC are right.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Help?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="877" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-05T22:38:32.877" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T22:38:32.877" Title="Appendices in PDF Outline appear as childs of last section" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;page-numbering&gt;&lt;appendices&gt;&lt;bookmarks&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2743" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2742" CreationDate="2010-09-04T19:21:56.730" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Something must have gone wrong in the class you are using. Under the appendix definition you should have this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand\appendix{\par&#xA;  \setcounter{chapter}{0}%&#xA;  \setcounter{section}{0}%&#xA;  \setcounter{subsection}{0}%&#xA;  \gdef\@chapapp{\appendixname}%&#xA;  \gdef\thechapter{\@Alph\c@chapter}&#xA;  \renewcommand{\chaptertitlename}{\appendixstring}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The code resets the chapter and section and subsection counters to represent an Appendix. What class are you using?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-09-04T19:21:56.730" />
  <row Id="2744" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2742" CreationDate="2010-09-04T20:18:37.397" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I guess you're using hyperref. If you would modify your question and extend your code to show a &lt;a href=&quot;http://meta.tex.stackexchange.com/questions/228/ive-just-been-told-i-have-to-write-a-minimal-example-what-is-that&quot;&gt;compilable minimal example&lt;/a&gt;, it would make helping easier.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sectioning commands cause hyperref to create bookmarks. However, if you use starred sectioning commands like &lt;code&gt;nomencl&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\bibliography&lt;/code&gt; implicitely do (&lt;code&gt;\chapter*&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;section*&lt;/code&gt;), and create the bookmarks by &lt;code&gt;\addcontentsline&lt;/code&gt;, you have to set an anchor for hyperref. The needed command is &lt;code&gt;\phantomsection&lt;/code&gt;. The anchor must fall onto the correct page, so use it after &lt;code&gt;\cleardoublepage&lt;/code&gt; like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\cleardoublepage&#xA;\phantomsection&#xA;\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{References}&#xA;\bibliographystyle{amsalpha}&#xA;\renewcommand{\bibname}{References}&#xA;\bibliography{thesis}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Do it similar each time you call &lt;code&gt;\addcontentsline&lt;/code&gt; followed by a non-numbered chapter or section.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the nesting issue, to put the bookmarks to the root level, frabjous provided the correct solution in his answer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-05T07:38:31.147" LastActivityDate="2010-09-05T07:38:31.147" />
  <row Id="2745" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2737" CreationDate="2010-09-04T20:23:48.233" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If it's the large quantity of data you don't wish to convert by hand from Excel (or some other spreadsheet program), then I suggest you convert it to comma separated values (or if you can choose the delimiter, choose &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt;). Then you can use your favorite editor/scripting tool to replace all of the commas with &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; and add &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; at the end of every line. Then it's just a matter of writing the column specification.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Doing that will probably suffice for most cases. Some things might require more work, but that'll at least get your data into the format that LaTeX wants.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-09-04T20:23:48.233" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="2746" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2747" CreationDate="2010-09-04T20:42:50.957" Score="9" ViewCount="425" Body="&lt;p&gt;Let me begin by stating that I did google the answers (and I'll reference to them soon). Yet each of the resources I found discussed one particular method, I'm interested in a comparison of the approaches.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So far, I've found three ways to deal with this problem:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;split the number into two columns (integer and fractional parts), as documented &lt;a href=&quot;http://ryanmlayer.wordpress.com/2009/10/05/aligning-on-decimal-points-an-example-of-the-specifier/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.volkerschatz.com/tex/halign.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;. The LaTeX code is simple, but the approach is a pain when it comes to copying and pasting tables from external sources.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;use &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/dcolumn&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;dcolumn&lt;/a&gt; manually&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;use Mike Zhang's automatic &lt;a href=&quot;http://blog.mikezhang.com/dcolumn/processtable.cgi&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;converter&lt;/a&gt; (&lt;a href=&quot;http://blog.mikezhang.com/2008/09/08/decimal-point-alignment-in-latex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;description&lt;/a&gt;). I have yet to test it.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What do most people use? dcolumn? Are there other options?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="564" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-06T15:57:05.570" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T15:57:05.570" Title="Aligning numbers by decimal points in table columns" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;horizontal-alignment&gt;&lt;siunitx&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="2747" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2746" CreationDate="2010-09-04T20:59:13.707" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The newest option is using the S column type of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/siunitx.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;siunitx&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{siunitx}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{S[table-format=3.2]}&#xA;555 \\&#xA;7.77 \\&#xA;99.9&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-09-04T20:59:13.707" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="2748" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2742" CreationDate="2010-09-04T21:03:48.537" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another thing to try is the &lt;code&gt;\bookmarksetup{startatroot}&lt;/code&gt; command from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/bookmark&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;bookmark&lt;/a&gt; package to make the next entry go back to the root rather than act as a child of the previous one. The package has some other options that might interest you. I agree that &lt;code&gt;\phantomsection&lt;/code&gt; is the answer to the links going to the wrong page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-09-04T21:03:48.537" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2749" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3463" CreationDate="2010-09-04T22:36:18.597" Score="6" ViewCount="223" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've found the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/float/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;float&lt;/a&gt; package, which lets me specify &lt;code&gt;\newfloat{program}{...}&lt;/code&gt; to get other named floats than Table and Figure. However, if I try to use this more than once, I get a cryptic error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;! You can't use `\def' after \the.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  \fs@plain -&gt;\def&lt;br&gt;&#xA;                  \@fs@cfont {\rmfamily }\let \@fs@capt \floatc@plain \def \@...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It points to the first line where I try to use one of the new floats - not where I define the second one. However, if I remove all calls to &lt;code&gt;\newfloat&lt;/code&gt; except one, everything works as expected.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this a problem with the package? If so, is there another package I can use that does the same thing (and doesn't depend on this package)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;UPDATE:&lt;/strong&gt; This seems to be related to using the &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt; package in new floats. The following code produces the above error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{floatrow}&#xA;\DeclareNewFloatType{program}{name=Program,fileext=lop,within=section}&#xA;\DeclareNewFloatType{output}{name=Output,fileext=loo,within=section}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{program}&#xA;\lstinputlisting{thisfile.tex}&#xA;\caption{some code}&#xA;\end{program}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I comment out the second &lt;code&gt;\DeclareNewFloatType&lt;/code&gt;, or do something else in the float (for example &lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}...\end{tabular}&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\lstinputlisting{...}&lt;/code&gt;), the code compiles correctly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="223" LastEditorUserId="223" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-24T12:04:59.663" LastActivityDate="2010-09-25T10:17:37.210" Title="Why can't I use \newfloat more than once?" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;newfloat&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="2750" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2749" CreationDate="2010-09-04T22:50:25.153" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try the &lt;code&gt;\DeclareNewFloatType&lt;/code&gt; command of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/floatrow.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;floatrow&lt;/a&gt; package (see p. 63 of the documentation for details).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{floatrow}&#xA;\DeclareNewFloatType{example}{name=Example,fileext=loe}&#xA;\DeclareNewFloatType{map}{name=Map,fileext=lom,within=section}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\section{A section}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{example}[!ht]&#xA;\caption{An example}&#xA;\end{example}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{map}[!ht]&#xA;\caption{A map}&#xA;\end{map}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-09-04T22:50:25.153" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2751" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2753" CreationDate="2010-09-05T03:31:51.717" Score="6" ViewCount="161" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to have headings inside {thebibliography}? I need to categorize the references into, say, &quot;required&quot; and &quot;optional&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried simply putting some text in between bibitems, but the compiler complains about encountering text not part of a bibitem. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A solution not involving BibTeX is preferred for now, I'm still learning LaTeX and for the paper I'm writing I only have a handful of references (and not that much time, surprise-surprise :-). I plan to learn BibTeX in the future, of course.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Just before posting I looked at &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/222/how-do-i-break-up-a-bibliography-into-separately-numbered-sections&quot;&gt;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/222/how-do-i-break-up-a-bibliography-into-separately-numbered-sections&lt;/a&gt; and one of the answers was mentioning &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/multibib.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;multibib&lt;/a&gt; which appears to have such functionality. I'll ask anyway in case there are other solutions, I just need some extra text displayed, not to really break the bibliography into subbibliographies.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="564" LastActivityDate="2010-09-05T08:46:39.080" Title="headings inside the bibliography list?" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2752" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2751" CreationDate="2010-09-05T05:58:52.897" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have several categories of references in my CV. I used &lt;code&gt;bibunits&lt;/code&gt; and I'm pretty happy with how that came out. I've never tried writing a bibliography by hand though, so I have no idea how much trouble that would be. I highly recommend learning BibTeX. It won't take very long at all, especially if you have a sample to look at.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-09-05T05:58:52.897" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2753" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2751" CreationDate="2010-09-05T08:46:39.080" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As you don't like to use BibTeX, here's a solution simply using the standard bibliography environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could use the &lt;code&gt;\item&lt;/code&gt; command to insert headings or text into a bibliography, for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{thebibliography}{KnuthXX}&#xA;\item[]\hspace{-\labelwidth}\hspace{-\labelsep}\textbf{Required}:&#xA;\bibitem[Knuth86]{DK86} D.E. Knuth,&#xA;  The TeXbook, 1986&#xA;\item[]\hspace{-\labelwidth}\hspace{-\labelsep}\textbf{Optional}:&#xA;\bibitem[Knuth89]{DK89} D.E. Knuth,&#xA;  Typesetting Concrete Mathematics, 1989&#xA;\end{thebibliography}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/S9kiM.png&quot; alt=&quot;references&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or use two bibliography environments:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\renewcommand{\refname}{Required}&#xA;\begin{thebibliography}{KnuthXX}&#xA;\bibitem[Knuth86]{DK86} D.E. Knuth,&#xA;  The TeXbook, 1986&#xA;\end{thebibliography}&#xA;\renewcommand{\refname}{Optional}&#xA;\begin{thebibliography}{KnuthXX}&#xA;\bibitem[Knuth89]{DK89} D.E. Knuth,&#xA;  Typesetting Concrete Mathematics, 1989&#xA;\end{thebibliography}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/csGaa.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-09-05T08:46:39.080" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2754" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-05T11:42:34.120" Score="2" ViewCount="373" Body="&lt;p&gt;Has anyone written a Master's thesis in APA with LaTeX (preferably LyX)? The documentation for apa.cls says &quot;do not use this for your thesis&quot;, but I can't find any alternative on the web.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1111" LastActivityDate="2010-09-05T17:47:07.827" Title="APA Master's thesis?" Tags="&lt;thesis&gt;&lt;apa-style&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="2755" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2754" CreationDate="2010-09-05T12:20:33.403" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Exactly what do you require for your thesis? Is it the APA-citations, the general outline or something else? I usually write my papers (and my bachelor thesis) in an ordinary article or report-class, make my outline according to some pseudo-APA-style and use APA-like citations in the end. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="656" LastActivityDate="2010-09-05T12:20:33.403" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2757" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-05T13:54:42.250" Score="1" ViewCount="415" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have to make a presentation run by PDFlatex. But I want to draw a picture in it with the Tikz package. How can I manage this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="524" LastActivityDate="2010-09-05T17:16:50.123" Title="How to use PDFlatex with Tikz package?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;pdftex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2758" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2757" CreationDate="2010-09-05T14:04:39.147" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Start by reading and stepping through the graduated exercises in the wonderful TikZ and PGF manual that comes with the package, downloadable from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/pgf.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;CTAN&lt;/a&gt;. Then consider whether to use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/beamer/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;beamer&lt;/a&gt; package as the container for your TikZ components. From there, you'll be able to ask more directed questions about what to do.  Best of luck!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-09-05T14:04:39.147" />
  <row Id="2759" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2821" CreationDate="2010-09-05T16:02:14.927" Score="0" ViewCount="170" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to have the command line arguments in pstricks to sketch the curve $$x^{2}-y^{2}=n^{2}$$&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="641" LastActivityDate="2010-09-06T22:49:07.170" Title="Help me sketch this curve using PStricks" Tags="&lt;pstricks&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="2760" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2761" CreationDate="2010-09-05T16:08:38.027" Score="7" ViewCount="539" Body="&lt;p&gt;(This one may be obvious for advanced LaTeX users, but it was a stumbling block for me when I was a beginner.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using the &lt;code&gt;\author&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\title&lt;/code&gt; commands to produce a title with &lt;code&gt;\maketitle&lt;/code&gt;. I also know that there is a &lt;code&gt;\date&lt;/code&gt; command to specify the date of my work. However, if I omit &lt;code&gt;\date&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\maketitle&lt;/code&gt; will produce the current date. How do I achieve that no date is displayed at all?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-09-06T16:02:10.457" Title="Omitting the date when using \maketitle" Tags="&lt;maketitle&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="2761" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2760" CreationDate="2010-09-05T16:14:14.243" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you want a blank date, just use &lt;code&gt;\date{}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to remove the spacing altogether where the date usually goes, look into using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/titling&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;titling&lt;/a&gt; packages, or else the mechanisms provided by your document class, depending on what it is.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-09-05T16:14:14.243" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2762" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-05T17:16:46.910" Score="1" ViewCount="184" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi all, i would like to know how can i cut a figure in a way that some part is show in one page and the continuation in other page. Actually it just take the all figure to the next page and i get a lots of space empty that really looks ugly&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1113" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-05T17:26:31.243" LastActivityDate="2010-09-06T00:06:50.170" Title="insert big images…cut in two parts, LaTeX" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2763" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2757" CreationDate="2010-09-05T17:16:50.123" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Have a look at the great &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TikZ example gallery&lt;/a&gt;. You would find more than hundred examples in different categories with the complete source code. Using examples makes starting easier.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On your computer, you can open the very extensive TikZ manual by typing&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;texdoc tikz&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or &lt;code&gt;texdoc pgfmanual&lt;/code&gt; at the command prompt. Or follow the link given by Geoffrey (&lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/graphics/pgf/base/doc/generic/pgf/pgfmanual.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;direct link&lt;/a&gt;). In my blog there are several examples, for instance for diagrams and for colorful tables: &lt;a href=&quot;http://texblog.net/latex/graphics/pgf-tikz/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TikZ category&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Further you might find interesting:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://automatica.dei.unipd.it/people/varagnolo/tikz.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TikZ Mini Course&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/pracjourn/2007-1/mertz/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Graphics with PGF and TikZ&lt;/a&gt; from the PracTeX journal&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or video tutorials:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://river-valley.tv/a-tikz-tutorial-generating-graphics-in-the-spirit-of-tex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Generating graphics in the spirit of TeX&lt;/a&gt; (TUG 2009)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.river-valley.tv/conferences/practex2006/entries/william-com.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Graphics with PGF and TikZ&lt;/a&gt; (PracTeX 2006)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;More resources are listed on &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.texample.net/tikz/&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-09-05T17:16:50.123" />
  <row Id="2764" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2762" CreationDate="2010-09-05T17:28:40.040" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Does &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=dpfloat&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this FAQ answer&lt;/a&gt; solve your problem? If not, please give more details about what it is you are trying to achieve.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastEditorUserId="627" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-06T00:06:50.170" LastActivityDate="2010-09-06T00:06:50.170" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2765" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2754" CreationDate="2010-09-05T17:47:07.827" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think I used &lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt; class for my Master's thesis. I'm currently using &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt; for my PhD. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You'll probably need to add a custom title page to conform with your school's format requirements.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2010-09-05T17:47:07.827" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="2766" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2767" CreationDate="2010-09-05T18:48:01.523" Score="4" ViewCount="287" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is a follow-up question for &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2746/old-question-aligning-numbers-by-decimal-points-in-table-columns&quot;&gt;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2746/old-question-aligning-numbers-by-decimal-points-in-table-columns&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;User lockstep provided this solution:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{siunitx}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{S[table-format=3.2]}&#xA;555 \\&#xA;7.77 \\&#xA;99.9&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The accepted answer worked; but I subsequently found that it did not if the numbers are bolded in the table (i.e. within \textbf{}). In this case, everything is flushed left. &#xA;I do need to use bold face in my case (to direct the user's eyes towards a particular column in a larger table). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To give an example, below is a test table and the output.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{table}&#xA;   \begin{tabular}{@{}l S[table-format=3.2] S[table-format=3.2]@{}}&#xA;          \toprule&#xA;          \textbf{Foo} &amp;amp; \textbf{Normal} &amp;amp; \textbf{Bold}  \\&#xA;          \midrule&#xA;          foo1 &amp;amp; 111 &amp;amp; \textbf{111}\\&#xA;          foo2 &amp;amp; 222.2 &amp;amp; \textbf{222.2}\\&#xA;          foo3  &amp;amp; 3.33 &amp;amp; \textbf{3.33}\\&#xA;          foo4  &amp;amp; 4 &amp;amp; \textbf{4}\\&#xA;          foo5  &amp;amp; 5.5 &amp;amp; \textbf{5.5}\\&#xA;          \bottomrule&#xA;    \end{tabular}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/gkntY.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I checked the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/siunitx/siunitx.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;manual&lt;/a&gt; but didn't find anything about this. I suppose the presence of the markup confuses the parser to believe there cell is not a number, but this is mere speculation and I could be wrong.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance for suggestions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="564" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-06T15:55:08.677" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T15:55:08.677" Title="siunitx: aligning numbers by decimal points in tables doesn't work for bolded or italicized numbers" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;formatting&gt;&lt;horizontal-alignment&gt;&lt;siunitx&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="2767" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2766" CreationDate="2010-09-05T19:16:02.173" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You have to use the &lt;code&gt;detect-all&lt;/code&gt; package option and to add &lt;code&gt;\bfseries&lt;/code&gt; to the column declaration instead of using &lt;code&gt;\textbf&lt;/code&gt; for every cell. (Sorry for not answering before - I wrongly assumed you wanted a single cell in bold.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{booktabs}&#xA;\usepackage[detect-all]{siunitx}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{table}&#xA;  \begin{tabular}{@{}lS[table-format=3.2]&amp;gt;{\bfseries}S[table-format=3.2]@{}}&#xA;    \toprule&#xA;    \textbf{Foo} &amp;amp; \textbf{Normal} &amp;amp; \textbf{Bold} \\&#xA;    \midrule&#xA;    foo1 &amp;amp; 111 &amp;amp; 111 \\&#xA;    foo2 &amp;amp; 222.2 &amp;amp; 222.2 \\&#xA;    foo3 &amp;amp; 3.33 &amp;amp; 3.33 \\&#xA;    foo4 &amp;amp; 4 &amp;amp; 4 \\&#xA;    foo5 &amp;amp; 5.5 &amp;amp; 5.5 \\&#xA;    \bottomrule&#xA;  \end{tabular}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-05T19:24:54.650" LastActivityDate="2010-09-05T19:24:54.650" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2768" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2766" CreationDate="2010-09-05T19:30:50.220" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;this came up recently in another forum and Joseph came up with a solution. I include his aswer. the key is to use the &lt;code&gt;etoolbox&lt;/code&gt; package and &lt;code&gt;\robustify\bfseries&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Okay, the way that &lt;code&gt;siunitx&lt;/code&gt; works with&#xA;  formatting is a little complex as it&#xA;  has to pick up which macros to expand&#xA;  and which not to. As e-TeX is&#xA;  required, I've taken the attitude that&#xA;  things 'not to expand' can be e-TeX&#xA;  &lt;code&gt;\protected&lt;/code&gt;. For the case in hand, you&#xA;  therefore need to make `bfseries`&#xA;  robust. Something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{colortbl,etoolbox,siunitx,xcolor}&#xA;\robustify\bfseries \sisetup{&#xA;detect-weight = true , locale = DE , }&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{table} \sisetup{&#xA;group-separator = ., table-format = 5.0,&#xA;table-number-alignment = right , }&#xA;\begin{tabular}{S[table-format = 8.0,&#xA;table-number-alignment = right]SlSS} \rowcolor[gray]{0.9}&#xA;\bfseries 1234567 &amp; \bfseries 12345 &amp;&#xA;\bfseries Test &amp; \bfseries 12345 &amp;&#xA;\bfseries 12345 \\ 1234567 &amp; 12345 &amp;&#xA;Test &amp; 12345 &amp; 12345 \\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;should do the job. I've got a bug fix&#xA;  of siunitx to do, so I'll add a note&#xA;  on this to the documentation. Let me&#xA;  know if the above works for you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="632" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-05T21:20:06.400" LastActivityDate="2010-09-05T21:20:06.400" />
  <row Id="2769" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2772" CreationDate="2010-09-05T20:05:41.423" Score="5" ViewCount="173" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to be able to write a LaTex document with numbered theorems and equations, but I would like &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; to have them numbered automatically, but rather put in by hand.  Ideally, I'd like to be able to write something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{thm-handnumbered}{3.1416}.  &#xA;The number $\pi$ is rational.&#xA;\end{thm-handnumbered}&#xA;&#xA;As a consequence,&#xA;\begin{equation-handnumbered}{2.718}&#xA;e^{\pi i} = -1.003+0.014 i.&#xA;\end{equation-handnumbered}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and so produce &quot;Theorem 3.1416&quot;, and an equation numbered &quot;(2.718)&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I can create a new theorem type for each numbered theorem (\newtheorem{thm-3.1416}...), but I've got a lot of them.  I can handcraft a &quot;thm-handnumbered&quot; command, but it looks ugly...)  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="54" LastActivityDate="2010-09-05T20:29:47.707" Title="How do I produce Theorems and equations which are numbered by hand?" Tags="&lt;numbering&gt;&lt;theorems&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="2770" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2831" CreationDate="2010-09-05T20:15:46.973" Score="0" ViewCount="169" Body="&lt;p&gt;Greetings,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to use L-Systems in LaTeX (pdflatex), but the following minimal example exits with an error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper, pdftex]{book} &#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture} &#xA;    \draw [green!50!black, rotate=90]&#xA;    [l-system={rule set={F -&amp;gt; FF-[-F+F]+[+F-F]}, axiom=F, order=4, step=2pt, randomize step percent=25, angle=30, randomize angle percent=5}]&#xA;    lindenmayer system; &#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The error is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Missing \endcsname inserted.&#xA;&amp;lt;to be read again&amp;gt; &#xA;                   \pgf@arrows@invertl &#xA;l.8 ...t=25, angle=30, randomize angle percent=5}]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;UPDATE&lt;/strong&gt;: It seems I might be missing something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usetikzlibrary{lindenmayersystems}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which, incidentally, results in the following error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! I can't find file `tikzlibrarylindenmayersystems.code.tex'.&#xA;&amp;lt;argument&amp;gt; ...nput tikzlibrary\pgf@temp .code.tex &#xA;                                                  \catcode `\@ =\csname tikz...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thoughts?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="877" LastEditorUserId="877" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-05T21:01:44.220" LastActivityDate="2010-09-07T01:17:53.183" Title="L-Systems and Tikz" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="2771" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2769" CreationDate="2010-09-05T20:16:02.877" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For the second one, you could use &lt;code&gt;\tag&lt;/code&gt; from the &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{equation}\tag{2.718}&#xA;e^{\pi i} = -1.003+0.014 i.&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the first, I'd use &lt;code&gt;ntheorem&lt;/code&gt; with a no-number style and then use the optional name:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{ntheorem}&#xA;\theoremstyle{nonumberplain}&#xA;\newtheorem{handnum-theorem}{Theorem}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And in the body:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \begin{handnum-theorem}[3.1416]&#xA;     This result is interesting.&#xA; \end{handnum-theorem}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See the ntheorem documentation for more info.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastEditorUserId="411" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-05T20:29:14.587" LastActivityDate="2010-09-05T20:29:14.587" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2772" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2769" CreationDate="2010-09-05T20:29:47.707" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;And here's a solution for hand-numbered theorems.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{amsthm}&#xA;\usepackage{thmtools}&#xA;\declaretheoremstyle[notefont=\bfseries,notebraces={}{},%&#xA;    headpunct={},postheadspace=1em]{mystyle}&#xA;\declaretheorem[style=mystyle,numbered=no,name=Theorem]{thm-hand}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{thm-hand}[3.1416]&#xA;Some text.&#xA;\end{thm-hand}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-09-05T20:29:47.707" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="2773" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2774" CreationDate="2010-09-05T22:58:49.563" Score="6" ViewCount="182" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I use the \cite{} command for my citations, often LaTeX will overflow the margins for my lines, and the text looks pretty bad.  How can I make LaTeX push long citations to the next line automatically?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1057" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-05T23:21:13.267" LastActivityDate="2010-09-06T04:48:08.277" Title="How do I make latex push long citations to a new line?" Tags="&lt;citing&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2774" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2773" CreationDate="2010-09-05T23:15:30.657" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Without a minimal example (i.e., code that will show the problematic behaviour), one can only speculate. However, I've stumbled over this problem in the past, and it may (!) help if you add the following to your preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{breakcites}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/breakcites.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this page&lt;/a&gt; for details. If it doesn't help, you'll have to provide a minimal example that (above all) shows your document class and your bibliography style.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-09-05T23:15:30.657" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2775" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2776" CreationDate="2010-09-06T02:20:06.133" Score="4" ViewCount="117" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the difference between the different dvipdf executables in \MiKTeX 2.8\miktex\bin&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;dvipdfm.exe&#xA;dvipdfmx.exe&#xA;dvipdft.exe&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="637" LastActivityDate="2010-09-06T12:40:09.880" Title="Difference between dvipdf executables" Tags="&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;dvi&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="2776" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2775" CreationDate="2010-09-06T02:29:29.550" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;dvipdft is a thumpnailer for &lt;code&gt;dvipdfm&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;dvipdfmx&lt;/code&gt; is an extended &lt;code&gt;dvipdfm&lt;/code&gt;, in new TeX distributions &lt;code&gt;dvipdfm&lt;/code&gt; is actually &lt;code&gt;dvipdfmx&lt;/code&gt; running in compatibility mode.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href=&quot;http://project.ktug.or.kr/dvipdfmx/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;The DVIPDFMx Project&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastEditorUserId="729" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-06T12:40:09.880" LastActivityDate="2010-09-06T12:40:09.880" />
  <row Id="2777" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3027" CreationDate="2010-09-06T02:37:15.580" Score="6" ViewCount="264" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm making a biblatex style to solve an issue with the standard styles: if you have the a reference with an doi field, it just prints the DOI number, clickable link if hyperref enable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But a DOI number is big and ugly; no one wants to see it. I want to make the link anchored behind the journal reference: beginning with the journal name and ending with the pages. So far I managed to make the following code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareBibliographyDriver{article}{%&#xA;  \usebibmacro{bibindex}%&#xA;  \usebibmacro{begentry}%&#xA;  \usebibmacro{author/translator+others}%&#xA;  \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock&#xA;  \usebibmacro{title}%&#xA;  \newunit&#xA;  \printlist{language}%&#xA;  \newunit\newblock&#xA;  \usebibmacro{byauthor}%&#xA;  \newunit\newblock&#xA;  \usebibmacro{bytranslator+others}%&#xA;  \newunit\newblock&#xA;  \printfield{version}%&#xA;  \newunit\newblock&#xA;  \href{http://dx.doi.org/\thefield{doi}}{\usebibmacro{journal+issuetitle}%&#xA;  \newunit\newblock&#xA;  \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%&#xA;  \newunit\newblock&#xA;  \usebibmacro{note+pages}}%&#xA;  \newunit\newblock&#xA;  \iftoggle{bbx:isbn}&#xA;    {\printfield{issn}}&#xA;    {}%&#xA;  \newunit\newblock&#xA;  \usebibmacro{eprint+url}%&#xA;  \newunit\newblock&#xA;  \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}%&#xA;  \newunit\newblock&#xA;  \usebibmacro{pageref}%&#xA;  \usebibmacro{finentry}}&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But there's a problem: as the punctuation and spacing is actually produced by the first printfield after \newunit\newblock, they are captured by the href, and the result is very ugly. There's a way to force they to be produced before the journal title, and the next one exactly after \usebibmacro{note+pages}? In other words, can I make the link environment to begin exactly at the journal name, and include the punctuation after note+pages?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1035" LastActivityDate="2010-09-12T20:36:46.297" Title="hyperlinks in biblatex" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;biblatex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="2778" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2785" CreationDate="2010-09-06T02:41:33.073" Score="1" ViewCount="457" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm creating a resumé using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=res&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;res.cls&lt;/code&gt; package&lt;/a&gt; and need to make the left and bottom margins smaller. I know I can use e.g. &lt;code&gt;\topmargin=-0.5in&lt;/code&gt; to decrease the space at the top of the page, but neither &lt;code&gt;\bottommargin&lt;/code&gt; nor &lt;code&gt;\leftmargin&lt;/code&gt;, used similarly, have the same effect. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've also tried &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[margin=1.0in]{geometry}&lt;/code&gt; with no effect (and errors from the keyval package in the TeX log output).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anyone know of a way to set the margins for documents created using &lt;code&gt;res.cls&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit (09/08):&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I found an &lt;a href=&quot;http://newsgroups.derkeiler.com/Archive/Comp/comp.text.tex/2006-03/msg00357.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;old email thread&lt;/a&gt; from 2006 that made me go &quot;duh!&quot;. Both res.cls and geometry try to handle the &lt;code&gt;margin&lt;/code&gt; option. I guess I have to somehow send geometry the value instead of the class option, but I don't know how to do that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="351" LastEditorUserId="351" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-09T00:55:13.683" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T18:26:03.767" Title="Edit margins in res.cls (How to pass through correct value for &quot;margin&quot;?)" Tags="&lt;margins&gt;&lt;resume&gt;&lt;geometry&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="2779" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2782" CreationDate="2010-09-06T03:52:30.170" Score="4" ViewCount="541" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is a followup question to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2766/siunitx-aligning-numbers-by-decimal-points-in-tables-doesnt-work-for-bolded-o&quot;&gt;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2766/siunitx-aligning-numbers-by-decimal-points-in-tables-doesnt-work-for-bolded-o&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2746/old-question-aligning-numbers-by-decimal-points-in-table-columns&quot;&gt;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2746/old-question-aligning-numbers-by-decimal-points-in-table-columns&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;While the solutions to both questions worked, there is a final change I hope it is possible. Currently, while the numbers are aligned by decimal points, they are centered within the column. Below is the code and its output. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Is there a way to make the numbers in the rightmost column be flushed right as well, while maintaining the alignment by decimal point&lt;/strong&gt;? It is alright if a little bit of help is needed, such as declaring in advance how many digits are in each part (integer and fractional). Thus it is known which decimal position will be the rightmost one and the alignment can be determined.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{table}[htp]&#xA;    \centering&#xA;    \begin{tabular}{@{}l r r&amp;gt;{\bfseries}S[table-format=3.2]@{}}&#xA;          \toprule&#xA;          \textbf{Product Group} &amp;amp; \textbf{Production Size} &amp;amp; \textbf{Number of Failures} &amp;amp; \textbf{Failure Rates} \\&#xA;          &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; \textbf{(per 1,000 items)} \\&#xA;          \midrule&#xA;          %  \addlinespace&#xA;          foo1 &amp;amp; 11,111 &amp;amp; 1,111 &amp;amp; 11.11\\&#xA;          foo2 &amp;amp; 22,222 &amp;amp; 2,222 &amp;amp; 222\\&#xA;          foo3 &amp;amp; 33,333 &amp;amp; 3,333 &amp;amp; 3.33\\&#xA;          foo4 &amp;amp; 44,444 &amp;amp; 4,444 &amp;amp; 44.4\\&#xA;          foo5 &amp;amp; 55,555 &amp;amp; 5,555 &amp;amp; 5.5\\&#xA;          \bottomrule&#xA;    \end{tabular}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/jmRl4.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="564" LastActivityDate="2010-09-06T05:19:29.210" Title="Numbers in tables: align by decimal point *and* flush right?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;align&gt;&lt;siunitx&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="2780" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2773" CreationDate="2010-09-06T04:48:08.277" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &quot;general solution&quot; for overfull boxes in paragraph mode runs as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Rewrite your text. Seriously. In some cases, this can be the only way to achieve &quot;perfect&quot; typesetting.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Enable the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/microtype&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;microtype&lt;/a&gt; package. Surprisingly enough, this package reduces &lt;em&gt;many&lt;/em&gt; occurrences of overfull lines.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Wrap the paragraph with &lt;code&gt;\begin{sloppypar}...\end{sloppypar}&lt;/code&gt;. This relaxes LaTeX's rules for how much interword space is acceptable; you'll get less &quot;grey&quot; paragraph, but at least it will stay within its margins.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Finally, if this happens a lot, you can enable &lt;code&gt;\sloppy&lt;/code&gt; for the entire document. With this mode in effect, well-typeset paragraphs will (almost almost always) remain just as well typeset, but &quot;bad&quot; paragraphs such as you're talking about will behave as if they were wrapped with &lt;code&gt;sloppypar&lt;/code&gt;. I tend not to recommend this route as it can make you lazier about good typesetting—but depending on your document this is not necessarily a bad thing.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-09-06T04:48:08.277" />
  <row Id="2781" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2779" CreationDate="2010-09-06T05:17:05.427" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't think that's actually going to look as good as you think, but....&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Probably the most straightforward way is to fill out the numbers all to the same number of decimal points, and then right-align them.  You obviously don't want to print out all of that, so use &lt;code&gt;\phantom&lt;/code&gt; on the parts you don't want to print:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;foo2 &amp;amp; 22,222 &amp;amp; 2,222 &amp;amp; 222\phantom{.00}\\&#xA;foo3 &amp;amp; 33,333 &amp;amp; 3,333 &amp;amp; 3.33\\&#xA;foo4 &amp;amp; 44,444 &amp;amp; 4,444 &amp;amp; 44.4\phantom{0}\\&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1103" LastActivityDate="2010-09-06T05:17:05.427" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2782" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2779" CreationDate="2010-09-06T05:19:29.210" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the following as your column format:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;S[table-format=3.2,table-number-alignment=right]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="353" LastActivityDate="2010-09-06T05:19:29.210" />
  <row Id="2783" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-06T05:58:56.187" Score="7" ViewCount="455" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know &lt;code&gt;\mathcal{ABC...}&lt;/code&gt;, but can't seem to bold these - thanks for help - PMF&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-06T12:53:39.050" LastActivityDate="2010-09-10T19:18:02.247" Title="Bold calligraphic typeface" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;bold&gt;&lt;mathcal&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="2784" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2783" CreationDate="2010-09-06T06:26:49.260" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You're going to need a font that contains bold calligraphic fonts. One possibility for fonts without it is to use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/bm.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;bm&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\bm{\mathcal{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ}}\&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-09-06T06:26:49.260" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2785" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2778" CreationDate="2010-09-06T06:31:24.093" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{res}&#xA;\usepackage[margin=1.0in]{geometry}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;foo\par\vfill bar&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Works for me. Can you provide a &lt;a href=&quot;http://meta.tex.stackexchange.com/questions/228/ive-just-been-told-i-have-to-write-a-minimal-example-what-is-that&quot;&gt;minimal working example&lt;/a&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-09-06T06:31:24.093" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="2786" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2789" CreationDate="2010-09-06T06:33:13.733" Score="3" ViewCount="217" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt; package has an option &lt;code&gt;sectionbib&lt;/code&gt;, that causes the bibliography to be typeset as an unnumbered section, as opposed to the default unnumbered chapter. However, when using the &lt;code&gt;scrreprt&lt;/code&gt; class, this option has no effect, so the bibliography is typeset as a chapter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I will normally use BibTeX, but to make it easier, here is an example with the standard bibliography environment -- the result is, as far as I can see, the same: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrreprt}  &#xA;\usepackage[sectionbib]{natbib}&#xA;\setcitestyle{numbers,square}&#xA;\begin{document}  &#xA;\chapter{A chap}  &#xA;Some text.  \citep{lamport94}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{thebibliography}{9}  &#xA;&#xA;\bibitem[Lamport (1994)]{lamport94}  &#xA;  Leslie Lamport,  &#xA;  \emph{\LaTeX: A Document Preparation System}.  &#xA;  Addison Wesley, Massachusetts,  &#xA;  2nd Edition,  &#xA;  1994.  &#xA;&#xA;\end{thebibliography}  &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The reason for wanting the bibliography typeset as a section, is that I want to have a separate bibliography for each chapter (using the &lt;code&gt;chapterbib&lt;/code&gt; package), and then I'd rather have the bibliography as a section. This is for a report written by several persons, each person writing his/hers chapter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm aware that it works fine with the standard report class, but is there a way to make it work with the KOMA-script report class?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you for your time.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;P.S My internet connection is a little shaky at the moment, so please forgive me if I'm late in replying.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="586" LastActivityDate="2010-09-06T07:18:58.927" Title="[sectionbib] option for natbib doesn't work with scrreprt" Tags="&lt;koma-script&gt;&lt;natbib&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="2787" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-06T06:48:55.967" Score="5" ViewCount="406" Body="&lt;p&gt;Inside of a table column with a width determined by a p{5in} tag, I want all but the first line of text to be indented.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any way to achieve this? Doing it by hand would make later edits overly cumbersome.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastActivityDate="2010-10-17T18:43:23.100" Title="Indent all but first lines of paragraph." Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;indentation&gt;&lt;paragraphs&gt;&lt;two-column&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="2788" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2787" CreationDate="2010-09-06T06:54:04.713" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\everypar{\hangindent1em \hangafter1}&lt;/code&gt; seems to do what you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[margin=1in]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\noindent&#xA;\begin{tabular}{cp{5in}c}&#xA;X&amp;amp;\everypar{\hangindent1em \hangafter1} \lipsum[1-3]&amp;amp;X&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-09-06T06:54:04.713" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="2789" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2786" CreationDate="2010-09-06T07:18:58.927" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Put the &lt;code&gt;thebibliography&lt;/code&gt; environment inside a group and do some hacking:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begingroup&#xA;\let\chapter\section&#xA;\begin{thebibliography}{9}  &#xA;...&#xA;\end{thebibliography}  &#xA;\endgroup&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-09-06T07:18:58.927" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2790" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2791" CreationDate="2010-09-06T07:39:39.017" Score="8" ViewCount="648" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sometimes people here use &lt;code&gt;\verb!A SHORT COMMAND!&lt;/code&gt; and sometimes &lt;code&gt;\textt{A SHORT COMMAND}&lt;/code&gt;.&#xA;I'm unsure when to use which.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are there any guidelines or arguments for verbatim vs. textTT?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1012" LastActivityDate="2010-09-06T08:58:59.543" Title="When should one use \verb!! and when \texttt{}" Tags="&lt;syntax&gt;&lt;verbatim&gt;&lt;style&gt;&lt;texttt&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="2791" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2790" CreationDate="2010-09-06T08:58:59.543" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The short answer is you use &lt;code&gt;\verb&lt;/code&gt; where you need to write a small piece of inline verbatim material that contains characters TeX treats (or rather, is currently treating) as special. &lt;code&gt;\texttt&lt;/code&gt; is for when you just want typewriter font.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\verb&lt;/code&gt; has some downsides, such as not working in moving arguments. In those cases, you're probably better off using &lt;code&gt;\texttt&lt;/code&gt; (or related semantic markup) and performing the appropriate escaping.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-09-06T08:58:59.543" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2792" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2803" CreationDate="2010-09-06T09:11:05.793" Score="6" ViewCount="131" Body="&lt;p&gt;I’d like to display those small makers in the edges of my text areas (i.e. the main area and the head and foot areas). Since I’ve got no idea how they are called or how to describe them, here’s a picture:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://dl.dropbox.com/u/6101039/page-marks.png&quot; alt=&quot;http://dl.dropbox.com/u/6101039/page-marks.png&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a package that does that? Otherwise I got the idea of getting TikZ to do it but I am not very versed in page geometry …&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2010-09-06T13:25:59.780" Title="Display text area markers" Tags="&lt;layout&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2793" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2801" CreationDate="2010-09-06T09:14:33.173" Score="3" ViewCount="251" Body="&lt;p&gt;In general auctex makes a good job of formating latex. However, the formating for Bibtex doesn't seem that great. For example, I would tend to format my bibtex entries in this way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@article{Smith,&#xA;   author = {Smith, John},&#xA;   journal = &quot;A good journal&quot;,&#xA;   title = {A snappy title},&#xA;   volume = {1},&#xA;   year = {2010}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, &lt;code&gt;C-M-\&lt;/code&gt; formats the entry as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;          @article{Smith,&#xA;          author = {Smith, John},&#xA;          journal = &quot;A good journal&quot;,&#xA;          title = {A snappy title},&#xA;          volume = {1},&#xA;          year = {2010}&#xA;          }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(notice the large gap on the LHS). Is there a better mechanism for formating Bibtex entries when using emacs?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="224" LastActivityDate="2010-09-06T14:37:45.407" Title="Formatting Bibtex entries using auctex" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;auctex&gt;&lt;emacs&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2794" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2792" CreationDate="2010-09-06T09:26:10.337" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;These marks are usually inserted to indicate the outer page bounds. If that's what you're after, use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/crop&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;crop&lt;/a&gt; package. I don't think it can put marks around the text block, however.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-09-06T09:26:10.337" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2795" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2775" CreationDate="2010-09-06T09:29:41.140" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;And, just before you ask, &lt;code&gt;xdvipdfmx&lt;/code&gt; is an extension of &lt;code&gt;dvipdfmx&lt;/code&gt; used by XeTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-09-06T09:29:41.140" />
  <row Id="2796" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2793" CreationDate="2010-09-06T10:45:57.750" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;On OSX, I just load the bibtex file with an application called &lt;code&gt;bibdesk&lt;/code&gt; and then save it, which sets up the format you desire.  Probably there is a similar tool on most platforms.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I love emacs dearly, but end up doing most of my citation work in bibdesk because of its extra features.  The tagging of entries with keywords is particularly helpful, because I maintain a large central bibtex file, and when I am writing something specific I like to extract a subset and use it locally.  (This use of a separate bibtex file for each paper I write makes the papers less brittle.  I never have to worry that when I go to make revisions to satisfy reviewers, I might have accidentally deleted an entry or changed its citation key.)  Another great feature of bibdesk is that it supports drag and drop of PDF files and URLs, so that bibdesk is not just a citation manager, but a sort of reading library.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One more bit of advice: pay careful attention to your citation keys.  I've tried several schemes, but lately I've switched to the following scheme.  Take the last name of the first author, and write this in lower case.  To the right, put the 4 digits of the publication date.  To the right of that, put (in lower case) the first letter of each of the first four words of the title (or as many words as exist).  I &lt;em&gt;never&lt;/em&gt; skip a word in a title, e.g. &quot;The End of the World&quot; becomes &quot;teot&quot;.  The benefit of this scheme is that there are essentially never any conflicts, and the keys are very easy to remember, or to construct at a glance, given the full citation as it appears in a bibliography.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="922" LastActivityDate="2010-09-06T10:45:57.750" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2797" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2802" CreationDate="2010-09-06T10:57:14.910" Score="4" ViewCount="188" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to define a very plain caption format that simply typesets the caption label and text as if it were normal inline text. Of course I would like to keep the the functionality of \caption (label/ref, hyperlinks, list of figures, etc.). I want to position the caption manually using TikZ nodes. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this somehow possible with the caption package? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An example to illustrate what I am trying to do:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usepackage{caption}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\tikzset{%&#xA;caption/.style={%&#xA;    anchor=center, &#xA;    draw=blue, fill=blue!20, &#xA;    font=\color{blue}},&#xA;figure/.style={%&#xA;    inner sep=1cm,&#xA;    draw=blue, &#xA;    minimum width=\linewidth}%&#xA;}%&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \node[figure] (fig) {Nice figure.};&#xA;    \node[caption] at (fig.north) {Figure 0: My figure};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;% Does not work&#xA;% \captionsetup[figure]{format=plain,skip=0pt,indention=0pt}&#xA;% \begin{figure}&#xA;% \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    % \node[figure] (fig) {Nice figure.};&#xA;    % \node[caption] at (fig.north) {%&#xA;        % \caption{My figure}\label{fig:myfig}};&#xA;% \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;% \end{figure}&#xA;% This is \autoref{fig:myfig}.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="565" LastActivityDate="2010-09-06T13:08:07.283" Title="Very plain captions that can be placed in TikZ nodes?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;captions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="2798" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2804" CreationDate="2010-09-06T11:36:10.790" Score="7" ViewCount="703" Body="&lt;p&gt;Adobe Garamond Pro and XeLaTeX&#xA;Guys, I am trying to use opentype fonts using XeLaTeX. Now when, I am trying to use Adobe Garamond Pro. It says&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;! Font \zf@basefont=Garamond at 10.0pt&#xA;  not loadable: Metric (TFM) file or&#xA;  insta lled font not found.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My operating system is Fedora 12. The /usr/share/fonts contain both folder name linux-libertine and Garamond in which it contains the .otf files. When of use Linux Libertine it is fine with Latex but Adobe Garamond Pro shows error. See the code below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;For Linux Libertine&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt]{book}&#xA;\usepackage{xltxtra}&#xA;\setmainfont{Linux Libertine} % could be any Unicode font&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua. Ut enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exercitation ullamco laboris nisi ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat. Duis aute irure dolor in reprehenderit in voluptate velit esse cillum dolore eu fugiat nulla pariatur. Excepteur sint occaecat cupidatat non proident, sunt in culpa qui officia deserunt mollit anim id est laborum.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Output:&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/tlLnG.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Now using Garamond - Code&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt]{book}&#xA;\usepackage{xltxtra}&#xA;\setmainfont{Garamond} % could be any Unicode font&#xA;%\setmainfont{Adobe Garamond Pro} % could be any Unicode font&#xA;%\setmainfont{AGaramond Pro} % could be any Unicode font&#xA;%I have used all possible combination.&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua. Ut enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exercitation ullamco laboris nisi ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat. Duis aute irure dolor in reprehenderit in voluptate velit esse cillum dolore eu fugiat nulla pariatur. Excepteur sint occaecat cupidatat non proident, sunt in culpa qui officia deserunt mollit anim id est laborum.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Output is a BLANK File&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;The log says something like this:&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/base/fixltx2e.sty))&#xA;! Font \zf@basefont=Garamond at 10.0pt not loadable: Metric (TFM) file or insta&#xA;lled font not found.&#xA;\zf@fontspec ...ntname \zf@suffix &quot; at \f@size pt &#xA;                                                  \unless \ifzf@icu \zf@set@...&#xA;l.3 \setmainfont{Garamond}&#xA;                           % could be any Unicode font&#xA;? &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you can see, I have tried every possible way to name the font.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So what should I do to fix this serious issues ?&#xA;PS: Both fonts are installed in my computer.&#xA;Verification:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;ls -R /usr/share/fonts/linux-libertine/ /usr/share/fonts/linux-libertine/: LinBiolinumB.ttf  LinLibertineBI.ttf  LinLibertineC.ttf  LinLibertine.ttf LinBiolinum.ttf   LinLibertineB.ttf   LinLibertineI.ttf&#xA;&#xA;ls -R /usr/share/fonts/Garamond/&#xA;/usr/share/fonts/Garamond/:&#xA;AGaramondPro-BoldItalic.otf  AGaramondPro-Regular.otf&#xA;AGaramondPro-Bold.otf        AGaramondPro-SemiboldItalic.otf&#xA;AGaramondPro-Italic.otf      AGaramondPro-Semibold.otf&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any help with be appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1036" LastActivityDate="2011-01-27T16:00:07.367" Title="Adobe Garamond Pro not working with XeLaTeX" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;opentype&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="2799" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2798" CreationDate="2010-09-06T12:08:42.770" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;fc-query &amp;lt;font-name&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; and examine the &lt;em&gt;family&lt;/em&gt; and perhaps also the &lt;em&gt;fullname&lt;/em&gt; field to make certain you've tried the correct name to use.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If that doesn't work, use something like &lt;code&gt;fc-list | grep -i gara&lt;/code&gt; to make sure the system knows about the font. If it doesn't, run &lt;code&gt;fc-cache -v&lt;/code&gt; and try again.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If that doesn't work, then I don't have any other ideas.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="249" LastActivityDate="2010-09-06T12:08:42.770" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="2800" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2468" CreationDate="2010-09-06T12:12:19.827" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;dvisvgm&lt;/code&gt; cannot be successfully built using the &lt;code&gt;kpathsea&lt;/code&gt; library that's installed with TeX Live 2009 on Mac OS X. There are two problems, the first is that the shared library is broken, it cannot be used. This turns out not to be a problem because none of the binaries in the distribution link to the dynamic library. (Someone should fix that; it's probably an artifact of &lt;code&gt;kpathsea&lt;/code&gt; using a custom libtool, &lt;code&gt;klibtool&lt;/code&gt;, for some reason.) So the dynamic library and its symlink can be safely removed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The bigger problem is that the &lt;code&gt;kpathsea&lt;/code&gt; does not contain &lt;code&gt;kpse_enc_format&lt;/code&gt; so the &lt;code&gt;dvisvgm&lt;/code&gt; file &lt;code&gt;FileFinder.cpp&lt;/code&gt; does not compile. If you comment out the line containing that (essentially preventing &lt;code&gt;dvisvgm&lt;/code&gt; from being able to find &lt;code&gt;.enc&lt;/code&gt; files), then it builds, but fails &lt;code&gt;make check&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried compiling &lt;code&gt;kpathsea&lt;/code&gt; myself to see if that would help, but I'm not actually sure how to configure it properly. You have to replace its &lt;code&gt;config.guess&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;config.sub&lt;/code&gt; with newer ones to get it to configure. I'm not really sure how to get it to point at my texmf tree though. I copied the &lt;code&gt;texmf/web2c/texmf.cnf&lt;/code&gt; from my tree over the generated one (and fixed up lines ending in &lt;code&gt;\&lt;/code&gt;) but after building, the &lt;code&gt;kpsewhich&lt;/code&gt; program couldn't find my files.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The best part is that &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/dviware/tkdvi/kpathsea.tar.gz&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://mirror.ctan.org/dviware/tkdvi/kpathsea.tar.gz&lt;/a&gt; doesn't actually contain &lt;code&gt;kpse_enc_format&lt;/code&gt; either; the entire preceding graf was a waste of time. Oh well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-09-06T12:12:19.827" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2801" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2793" CreationDate="2010-09-06T13:03:52.113" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I guess you're looking for &lt;code&gt;C-c C-q&lt;/code&gt; (= &lt;code&gt;bibtex-fill-entry&lt;/code&gt;). Result for your example would be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@article{Smith,&#xA;  author =       {Smith, John},&#xA;  journal =      &quot;A good journal&quot;,&#xA;  title =        {A snappy title},&#xA;  volume =       {1},&#xA;  year =         {2010}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is also a &lt;code&gt;bibtex-reformat&lt;/code&gt; (in the menu) which uses &lt;code&gt;bibtex-fill-entry&lt;/code&gt; for the whole buffer. See also the help for these functions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="353" LastActivityDate="2010-09-06T13:03:52.113" />
  <row Id="2802" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2797" CreationDate="2010-09-06T13:08:07.283" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, it's possible with the caption package. Just use the &lt;code&gt;\captionof&lt;/code&gt; command, for instance inside a parbox:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\listoffigures&#xA;\bigskip&#xA;&#xA;\captionsetup[figure]{format=plain,skip=0pt,indention=0pt}&#xA;\begin{figure}[hbp]&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \node[figure] (fig) {Nice figure.};&#xA;    \node[caption] at (fig.north) {%&#xA;        \parbox{4cm}{\captionof{figure}{My figure}\label{fig:myfig}}};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;This is \autoref{fig:myfig}.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/1TwKs.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-09-06T13:08:07.283" />
  <row Id="2803" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2792" CreationDate="2010-09-06T13:25:59.780" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The geometry package's &lt;code&gt;pass&lt;/code&gt; option might give you what you want. It disables all of geometry's layout setting shenanigans except for the &lt;code&gt;showframe&lt;/code&gt; display. I.e.,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[showframe,pass]{geometry}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The result isn't exactly as depicted in your picture, but judging from your comment to @Juan, it just might fit the bill.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-09-06T13:25:59.780" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2804" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2798" CreationDate="2010-09-06T13:43:56.137" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For me your sample works just fine, with the line:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setmainfont{Adobe Garamond Pro}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;uncommented (and the previous one commented out).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I suspect the font isn't cached. Try running &lt;code&gt;[sudo] fc-cache -fv&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-09-06T13:43:56.137" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2805" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2783" CreationDate="2010-09-06T13:59:01.353" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In mathematical environment you may use &lt;code&gt;\boldsymbol&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;here is my suggestion:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[...]{...}&#xA;\usepackage{amsbsy,amsmath}&#xA;\newcommand{\bs}[1]{\boldsymbol{#1}}&#xA;\newcommand{\HH}{\bs{\mathcal{H}}}&#xA;\newcommand{\DD}{\bs{\mathcal{D}}}&#xA;\newcommand{\pd}[2]{\frac{\partial{#1}}{\partial{#2}}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;$\nabla\times\HH-\pd{\DD}{t}=\bs{j}$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-06T14:37:57.967" LastActivityDate="2010-09-06T14:37:57.967" />
  <row Id="2806" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2793" CreationDate="2010-09-06T14:37:45.407" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You have used the wrong command to format bib entries.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This might be an oversight from bibtex-mode's part that C-M-\ does not do the right thing. You can use &lt;code&gt;C-c C-q&lt;/code&gt; as others have suggested. I personally use &lt;code&gt;C-c C-c&lt;/code&gt; which cleans up the entry including proper indentation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="337" LastActivityDate="2010-09-06T14:37:45.407" />
  <row Id="2807" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2783" CreationDate="2010-09-06T14:58:13.880" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another option is to bite the bullet and use luatex with opentype math fonts. In Context mkiv you can use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&#xA;\setupbodyfont[xits]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;\starttext&#xA;${\bf\cal abc}$&#xA;\stoptext &#xA;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To get bold calligraphic fonts. As a bonus you get lowercase calligraphic as well. I am sure that unicode-math for lualatex has something similar. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastEditorUserId="323" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-10T19:18:02.247" LastActivityDate="2010-09-10T19:18:02.247" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2808" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2760" CreationDate="2010-09-06T16:02:10.457" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For a cheap and easy solution to removing the spacing without delving into the titling package that @frabjous mentions, try:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\author{Me}&#xA;\title{Foo}&#xA;\date{\vspace{-5ex}}&#xA;%\date{}  % Toggle commenting to test&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;&#xA;Bar&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="93" LastActivityDate="2010-09-06T16:02:10.457" />
  <row Id="2809" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2838" CreationDate="2010-09-06T16:06:38.467" Score="5" ViewCount="195" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need to typeset some computing class algorithms like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Repeat&#xA; Accept Roll_Number&#xA;If (the Roll Number has already been added to the absent list) then &#xA; Prompt”You have already added the roll number to the absent list”&#xA;Else&#xA;         Continue with the adding process&#xA;End if&#xA;         Connect to the Student’s table of Malpi’s database&#xA;Search for the match of Roll_Number&#xA;If (the match is found) Then&#xA;         Display Student’s firstname,middlename,lastname,guardianname,contactnumber&#xA;Else&#xA;         Don’t Display Anything&#xA;End If&#xA;Until (all the absent students have been added to the absent list)&#xA;Open the absent file where the records are to be added&#xA;Repeat&#xA;         If (the student has already been added to the file for that day) Then&#xA;                  Prompt” The student has already been added to the file”&#xA;         Else&#xA;                  Continue&#xA;         End if&#xA;Until (All the Roll_Number in the list have been checked)&#xA;Get the record number of the last record in the absent file&#xA;Open the absent file where the records are to be added&#xA;Repeat&#xA;        Add 1 to the record number&#xA;        Save the student’s absent details to the file&#xA;Until (the records of all the students are saved in the absent file)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is the best way to represent this in XeTeX ? I tried using \verbatim package but it seems to break margins ? Is there any good to present this ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1036" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-06T22:18:25.357" LastActivityDate="2010-09-07T06:51:55.790" Title="Best solution to present school computing algorithm" Tags="&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;algorithms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="2810" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2812" CreationDate="2010-09-06T16:07:09.917" Score="8" ViewCount="317" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi, I'd like to know how to replace parts of a string in latex. Specifically I'm given a measurement (like 3pt, 10mm, etc) and I'd like to remove the units of that measurement (so 3pt--&gt;3, 10mm--&gt;10, etc). The reason why I'd like a command to do this is in the following piece of code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newsavebox{\mybox}&#xA;\sbox{\mybox}{Hello World!}&#xA;\newlength{\myboxw}&#xA;\settowidth{\myboxw}{\usebox{\mybox}}&#xA;\begin{picture}(\myboxw,\myboxw)&#xA;\end{picture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Basically I create a savebox called mybox. I insert the words &quot;Hello World&quot; into mybox. I create a new length, called myboxw. I then get the width of mybox, and store this in myboxw. Then I set up a square picture environment whose dimensions correspond to myboxw. The trouble is that myboxw is returning something of the form &quot;132.56pt&quot;, while the input to the picture environment has to be dimensionless: &quot;\begin{picture}{132.56, 132.56}&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, I need a command which will strip the units of measurement from a string. Thanks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1124" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-06T16:39:21.900" LastActivityDate="2010-09-06T17:27:56.547" Title="String replacement in latex" Tags="&lt;lengths&gt;&lt;strings&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2811" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2815" CreationDate="2010-09-06T16:10:02.753" Score="29" ViewCount="866" Body="&lt;p&gt;I appreciate that in the past, &lt;code&gt;latex&lt;/code&gt; was faster than &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt;, but computer speeds being what they are nowadays, I can't see any difference in how quickly documents compile...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, given that the end product I want is the PDF, are there good reasons not to always compile to pdf?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2010-09-07T22:22:06.833" Title="Is there any reason to compile to DVI rather than PDF these days?" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;compiling&gt;&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;latex-general&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2812" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2810" CreationDate="2010-09-06T17:21:20.740" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The internal LaTeX macro &lt;code&gt;\strip@pt&lt;/code&gt; returns a length in pt without the unit. For example, if you set &lt;code&gt;\myboxw&lt;/code&gt; to 10 mm, it will have a length of 28.45274 pt, and this code&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\strip@pt\myboxw&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will output just 28.45274. So you could use this or define your own command like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand*{\stripunit}[1]{\strip@pt#1}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\strip@pt&lt;/code&gt; uses &lt;code&gt;\the&lt;/code&gt; on a dimen register and strips &lt;code&gt;pt&lt;/code&gt;, that's why you did not get 10 (mm) but the corresponding value in pt without unit. Such a conversion to pt and stripping pt seems better to me than just doing string replacement getting some value without knowing the unit.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can see the source code of &lt;code&gt;\strip@pt&lt;/code&gt; with comment if you look into source2e.pdf in section &lt;em&gt;26.1 Macros for the user&lt;/em&gt; (part of the section &lt;em&gt;26. Selecting a new font&lt;/em&gt;), you could open it at the command prompt by typing &lt;code&gt;texdoc source2e&lt;/code&gt; or get it from &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/source2e&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;CTAN&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-06T17:27:56.547" LastActivityDate="2010-09-06T17:27:56.547" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="2813" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2810" CreationDate="2010-09-06T17:25:37.080" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;ConTeXt defines &lt;code&gt;\withoutpt&lt;/code&gt; like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{\catcode`\.=\@@other&#xA; \catcode`\p=\@@other&#xA; \catcode`\t=\@@other&#xA; \gdef\WITHOUTPT#1pt{#1}}&#xA;&#xA;\def\withoutpt#1%&#xA;  {\expandafter\WITHOUTPT#1}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(syst-ext.mkii)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So you can use this or a similar mechanism to strip the &quot;pt&quot; suffix.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="243" LastActivityDate="2010-09-06T17:25:37.080" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="2814" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2819" CreationDate="2010-09-06T17:26:50.917" Score="5" ViewCount="264" Body="&lt;p&gt;Does anyone know of a list of LaTeX fonts that can be considered as already available on typical platforms? My interpretation of &quot;typical platform&quot; now means Windows XP, Vista, 7, whatever the current crop of Mac OSes are and, possibly not very likely, Ubuntu. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know there are other platforms (I've had quite a few Linux distributions around the house), but in my case the above matches the platforms readers of my non-math LaTeX documents would have.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, I am aware of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Font Catalogue&lt;/a&gt;, but my question is looking for the &quot;safe subset&quot; which I could use without my readers having problems and needing to install fonts. To be precise, I'm producing PDFs. Ignoring Ubuntu, it's quite possible that most readers will also have MS Office installed (which comes with a number of fonts) but I cannot guarantee it, so to play it safe, I cannot fully rely on it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I did google for this, but couldn't find such a list, perhaps others know more.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="564" LastActivityDate="2010-09-06T18:13:13.200" Title="Which LaTeX fonts can be practically considered as available on most platforms?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="2815" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2811" CreationDate="2010-09-06T17:29:29.623" Score="14" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Unless you are a heavy pstricks user, I think the answer is no, you can always go to pdf directly. Actually, in modern TeX distributions, latex is pdflatex in dvi mode; the underlying engine is the same.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastActivityDate="2010-09-06T17:29:29.623" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="2816" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2814" CreationDate="2010-09-06T17:36:19.533" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;AFAIK, nothing other than Computer Modern is guaranteed. TeXLive and other TeX distributions come with a plethora of free fonts, but nothing guarantees that the user actually installs them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That being said, if you are distribution PDFs rather than TeX sources, then you don't need to worry about any of this, PDF will typically have the fonts embedded and no font installation is needed on your readers' side.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastActivityDate="2010-09-06T17:36:19.533" />
  <row Id="2817" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2811" CreationDate="2010-09-06T17:52:40.393" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is a reason: &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt;'s lack of support for eps figures. If you have a program that only outputs eps graphics and wants to include them in your document, the best alternative is to use &lt;code&gt;latex + dvipdf&lt;/code&gt;; if you use &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; you have to convert them somehow, and the most practical way is to use epstopdf, whose output is underwhelming.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: My point is: the pdf outputted by epstopdf is buggy and ugly; so if you can't generate the picture in pdf, your best shot is using &lt;code&gt;latex&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1035" LastEditorUserId="1035" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-07T00:40:37.243" LastActivityDate="2010-09-07T00:40:37.243" CommentCount="12" />
  <row Id="2818" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2814" CreationDate="2010-09-06T18:11:35.910" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The PDF standard contains a list. See &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2198/how-to-create-small-final-pdf-files-for-the-internet/2207#2207&quot;&gt;this answer for more details&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="929" LastActivityDate="2010-09-06T18:11:35.910" />
  <row Id="2819" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2814" CreationDate="2010-09-06T18:13:13.200" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Even if everyone had certain fonts installed, that wouldn't mean they had them installed for use with LaTeX. The ones in the catalogue are really the only ones typically set up for regular LaTeX support. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or are you distributing XeLaTeX documents which use system fonts? If so, you might be interested in the empirical data here on which fonts are typically installed on which platforms: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.codestyle.org/css/font-family/sampler-CombinedResults.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Here&lt;/a&gt;. Take these with a grain of salt. I personally run linux and use only free fonts if I can help it, and hence I do not have Times or Helvetica or Arial or Courier or anything like that installed. (I do have some free clones like Nimbus Roman/Nimbus Sans and the TeX Gyre fonts installed, however.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If instead, you're looking for regular LaTeX fonts, and are asking which of the fonts listed in the catalogue does nearly everyone have installed, while I agree that only Computer Modern is &lt;i&gt;guaranteed&lt;/i&gt;, I think just about everyone is going to have the standard PostScript fonts installed. These are the ones listed in &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/psnfss&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;psnfss2e.pdf&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-09-06T18:13:13.200" />
  <row Id="2820" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2826" CreationDate="2010-09-06T18:22:31.133" Score="3" ViewCount="260" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using the amsart documentclass. I want to to change the text in the titles (such as in \author{}) to be written normally and not in smallcaps.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;How can I change this globally? That is, so that the text in all titles (\title, \author, \section, and so on) is written without smallcaps.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;How can I change this locally? That is, only change it in one place. If, for example, I include my email address in the \author{} field, I don't want it to be written in smallcaps. Wrapping the text inside \textnormal or \textrm does not work. Wrapping it inside \lowercase works, but I don't consider it a good solution.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="196" LastActivityDate="2010-09-06T21:20:46.400" Title="Disable/toggle smallcaps" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;formatting&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2821" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2759" CreationDate="2010-09-06T19:01:01.570" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[fleqn]{book}&#xA;\usepackage[top=3cm,left=3cm,right=3cm,bottom=2.5cm,a4paper]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{lmodern}&#xA;\usepackage{pst-plot}&#xA;\usepackage{pstricks-add}&#xA;\usepackage{multido}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{figure}[h]\centering&#xA;\psset{unit=0.75}&#xA;\def\xMax{12}&#xA;\def\yMax{6}&#xA;\def\Po{300}&#xA;\begin{pspicture}(0,-\yMax)(\xMax,\yMax)&#xA;\psclip{\psframe[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=gray!10,linestyle=none](0,-\yMax)(\xMax,\yMax)}&#xA;\psline(-\xMax,0)(\xMax,0)&#xA;\psline(0,-\yMax)(0,\yMax)&#xA;\multido{\n=0+1,\i=9+9}{10}{&#xA;\psplot[linewidth=1.5pt,plotpoints=\Po,plotstyle=line,algebraic=true,linecolor=black!\i]{\n}{2\n}{sqrt(x^2-\n^2)}%&#xA;\psplot[linewidth=1.5pt,plotpoints=\Po,plotstyle=line,algebraic=true,linecolor=black!\i]{\n}{2\n}{-sqrt(x^2-\n^2)}}&#xA;\endpsclip&#xA;\end{pspicture}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastActivityDate="2010-09-06T19:01:01.570" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2822" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-06T19:19:45.273" Score="9" ViewCount="355" Body="&lt;p&gt;Out of curiosity I wonder how would a macro coded in &lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt; that does the basics of &lt;code&gt;mhchem&lt;/code&gt; (as in section &lt;strong&gt;basics&lt;/strong&gt; in &lt;code&gt;mhchem&lt;/code&gt; manual) looks like?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/tADJk.png&quot; alt=&quot;mhchem&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have found examples in TeX and LuaTeX in &lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.contextgarden.net/Programming_in_LuaTeX&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://wiki.contextgarden.net/Programming_in_LuaTeX&lt;/a&gt; but their input style is too close to math (in my view, not as convenient as&lt;code&gt;mhchem&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So gurus please showcase the power of &lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="337" LastEditorUserId="337" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-07T06:34:23.267" LastActivityDate="2010-09-30T01:08:34.170" Title="A LaTeX3 macro to typeset chemical compounds?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;latex3&gt;&lt;expl3&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2823" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2824" CreationDate="2010-09-06T19:32:33.150" Score="2" ViewCount="197" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to center-align the two-line heading of the rightmost column of the following table. Given that I use decimal point alignment, I guess the centre of the headings should be aligned with the decimal point. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ZB1OY.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The code I used is below. I put &lt;em&gt;table-text-alignment=center&lt;/em&gt; but it doesn't make any difference, as it can be seen. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{table}[htp]&#xA;    \centering&#xA;    \begin{tabular}{&#xA;            @{}&#xA;           l&#xA;            S[group-separator={,}, group-four-digits=true,table-format=5.0] &#xA;            S[group-separator={,}, group-four-digits=true,table-format=5.0]&#xA;            &amp;gt;{\bfseries}S[table-format=3.2, table-text-alignment=center]&#xA;            @{}&#xA;            }&#xA;          \toprule&#xA;          \textbf{Product Group} &amp;amp; \textbf{Production Size} &amp;amp; \textbf{Number of Failures} &amp;amp; \textbf{Failure Rates} \\&#xA;          &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; \textbf{(per 1,000 items)} \\&#xA;          \midrule&#xA;          %  \addlinespace&#xA;          this is foo1 &amp;amp; 11111 &amp;amp; 1111 &amp;amp; 11.11\\&#xA;          this was foo2 &amp;amp; 22222 &amp;amp; 2222 &amp;amp; 222\\&#xA;          this will be foo3 &amp;amp; 33333 &amp;amp; 3333 &amp;amp; 3.33\\&#xA;          foo4 &amp;amp; 44444 &amp;amp; 4444 &amp;amp; 44.4\\&#xA;          foo5 &amp;amp; 55555 &amp;amp; 5555 &amp;amp; 5.5\\&#xA;          \bottomrule&#xA;    \end{tabular}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure what I'm doing wrong. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="564" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-06T15:54:52.703" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T15:54:52.703" Title="siunitx: centering table headings (or other text contents)" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;horizontal-alignment&gt;&lt;siunitx&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="2824" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2823" CreationDate="2010-09-06T19:47:42.897" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You have to mask the critical heading cell with an additional set of curly braces.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;... &amp;amp; {\textbf{Failure Rates}} \\&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-09-06T19:47:42.897" />
  <row Id="2825" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="577" CreationDate="2010-09-06T20:12:11.253" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This may be off-topic, but chapter 2 of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ftp.univie.ac.at/packages/tex/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/scrguien.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;KOMA-script-guide&lt;/a&gt; is a good introduction to constructing a typographically sound page layout.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-09-06T20:12:11.253" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-09-06T20:12:11.253" />
  <row Id="2826" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2820" CreationDate="2010-09-06T21:09:40.360" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;While &lt;code&gt;amsart&lt;/code&gt; uses smallcaps for section headings, it actually uses (full) capitals for &lt;code&gt;\author&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\title&lt;/code&gt;. Note that a title argument given in upper- and lowercase will produce capitals which are all of the same height.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You may disable the formatting globally in the following way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{amsart}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\let\uppercasenonmath\@gobble% disables title uppercase&#xA;\let\MakeUppercase\relax% disables author uppercase&#xA;\let\scshape\relax% disables section smallcaps&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\author{Author, A.}&#xA;\title{And now for something completely different}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;&#xA;\section{A section}&#xA;&#xA;Some text.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, this may lead to undesirable reformatting of other elements. For a redefinition that only affects &lt;code&gt;\author&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\title&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt;, add the following to your preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{etoolbox}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\patchcmd{\@settitle}{\uppercasenonmath\@title}{}{}{}&#xA;\patchcmd{\@setauthors}{\MakeUppercase}{}{}{}&#xA;\patchcmd{\section}{\scshape}{}{}{}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-06T21:20:46.400" LastActivityDate="2010-09-06T21:20:46.400" />
  <row Id="2827" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2820" CreationDate="2010-09-06T21:17:51.520" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't understand why you'd use &lt;code&gt;amsart&lt;/code&gt; if you want to customize the style. Using &lt;code&gt;amsart&lt;/code&gt; is basically just a way of telling it you want to use AMS style. It doesn't make sense to me to do that, but then deviate so significantly from its style. If it were me, I'd use the regular &lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt; class along with the &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; package for the power of the AMS classes without the style, which will free you up to use, e.g., packages like &lt;code&gt;titling&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt; for customizing the title, headers/footers and section headings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sure you &lt;i&gt;can&lt;/i&gt; redefine some of the class's internals (lockstep tells you how), but it seems like a funny way of proceeding to me. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-09-06T21:17:51.520" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2828" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2829" CreationDate="2010-09-06T22:23:14.520" Score="5" ViewCount="204" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have bibtex entries that look like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@inproceedings{Defraene2010,&#xA;annote = {This is a very nice paper.I will say more about it later},&#xA;author = {Defraene, Bruno and van Waterschoot, Toon and Ferreau, Hans Joachim and Diehl, Moritz and Moonen, Marc and Waterschoot, Toon Van},&#xA;booktitle = {Proceedings of the 18th European Signal Processing Conference (EUSIPCO ’10), Aalborg, Denmark, Aug. 2010},&#xA;keywords = {clipping},&#xA;title = {{Perception-based clipping of audio signals}},&#xA;volume = {006},&#xA;year = {2010}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I get the content of the &quot;annote&quot; field in my latex document?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am looking for something like this in the latex file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;\cite{Defraene2010}: \citexxx[annote]{Defraene2010}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1128" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-01T19:58:12.707" LastActivityDate="2010-11-01T19:58:12.707" Title="Get the &quot;annote&quot; field of a bibtex file" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;biblatex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2829" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2828" CreationDate="2010-09-06T22:49:00.540" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is a solution using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/biblatex.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;biblatex&lt;/a&gt; package. (Note that biblatex treats the field &lt;code&gt;annote&lt;/code&gt; as an alias for &lt;code&gt;annotation&lt;/code&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{biblatex}&#xA;\newcommand*{\annotecite}[1]{(\citefield{#1}{annotation}) \autocite{#1}}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.bib}&#xA;@inproceedings{Defraene2010,&#xA;  annote = {This is a very nice paper. I will say more about it later},&#xA;  author = {Defraene, Bruno and van Waterschoot, Toon and Ferreau, Hans Joachim and Diehl, Moritz and Moonen, Marc and Waterschoot, Toon Van},&#xA;  booktitle = {Proceedings of the 18th European Signal Processing Conference (EUSIPCO 10), Aalborg, Denmark, Aug. 2010},&#xA;  keywords = {clipping},&#xA;  title = {Perception-based clipping of audio signals},&#xA;  volume = {006},&#xA;  year = {2010},&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\bibliography{\jobname}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Some text \annotecite{Defraene2010}.&#xA;&#xA;\printbibliography&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-07T05:59:24.507" LastActivityDate="2010-09-07T05:59:24.507" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2830" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2759" CreationDate="2010-09-06T22:49:07.170" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;you may want to visit the page of all pstricks extensions on CTAN:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/graphics/pstricks/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pstricks&lt;/a&gt; and then, click on &quot;base&quot; or &quot;contrib&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastActivityDate="2010-09-06T22:49:07.170" />
  <row Id="2831" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2770" CreationDate="2010-09-07T01:17:53.183" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is your pgf version?  It appears that l-systems library is in the CVS version of pgf, not in the regular 2.0 version. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2010-09-07T01:17:53.183" />
  <row Id="2832" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-07T03:49:26.790" Score="7" ViewCount="907" Body="&lt;p&gt;Suppose I have two tables that don't have many columns (3, for example). How can I position them side by side?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="572" LastActivityDate="2010-09-07T05:45:11.587" Title="How can I have two tables side by side?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="2833" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2832" CreationDate="2010-09-07T04:17:20.630" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't know that this is the best way, but you could make a 2-column table with a single row. In each cell of the table, wrap one of your intended tables in a minipage environment. Thus:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{cc}&#xA;    \begin{minipage}{.5\linewidth}&#xA;        \begin{tabular}{ll}&#xA;            1 &amp;amp; 2&#xA;        \end{tabular}&#xA;    \end{minipage} &amp;amp;&#xA;&#xA;    \begin{minipage}{.5\linewidth}&#xA;        \begin{tabular}{ll}&#xA;            3 &amp;amp; 4&#xA;        \end{tabular}&#xA;    \end{minipage} &#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="93" LastActivityDate="2010-09-07T04:17:20.630" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="2834" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2832" CreationDate="2010-09-07T04:21:40.693" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ceteris paribus&lt;/em&gt;, you might consider the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/subfig/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;subfig&lt;/a&gt; package. It is suitable for subtables and subfigures and combinations of these.  For myself, I've managed much mileage from it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-09-07T04:21:40.693" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="2835" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2865" CreationDate="2010-09-07T04:59:36.163" Score="4" ViewCount="200" Body="&lt;p&gt;I only recently came across the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/fixltx2e.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;fixltx2e package&lt;/a&gt;. Given that it patches aspects of LaTeX, my spidey-sense begins to tingle out of a concern for possible package conflicts. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are there known conflicts? Is it better to load fixltx2e early, or, like &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/hyperref.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;hyperref&lt;/a&gt;, as late as possible? (Yes, I am worrying about a problem I don't as yet have. But, the concern won't be fresh in my mind six months from now if some conflict produces a hard to figure out bug.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd originally thought that there was little documentation, as none is linked on the CTAN Catalogue page that I used as the package link. In light of the answer, I thought to run &lt;code&gt;texdoc fixltx2e1&lt;/code&gt; in the terminal. It turns out there is an extensive amount of documentation available, just not where I am used to looking for a new package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="93" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-07T08:20:50.063" LastActivityDate="2010-09-08T06:24:03.670" Title="Possible conflicts with fixltx2e?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;best-practices&gt;&lt;conflicts&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="2836" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2832" CreationDate="2010-09-07T05:03:30.107" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just put two &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; environments side by side. Add spacing as desired.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}{ccc}&#xA;\hline&#xA;a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;c\\&#xA;\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\quad&#xA;\begin{tabular}{ccc}&#xA;\hline&#xA;d&amp;amp;e&amp;amp;f\\&#xA;\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to use &lt;code&gt;subfig&lt;/code&gt; because you want them to have separate captions, then that is simple as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\subfloat[caption]{\begin{tabular}{...}...\end{tabular}}&#xA;\subfloat[caption]{\begin{tabular}{...}...\end{tabular}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want two tables that are independent, and thus don't want to use &lt;code&gt;\subfloat&lt;/code&gt;, you can use &lt;code&gt;\parbox&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{table}&#xA;\parbox{.45\linewidth}{&#xA;\centering&#xA;\begin{tabular}{ccc}&#xA;\hline&#xA;a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;c\\&#xA;\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\caption{Foo}&#xA;}&#xA;\hfill&#xA;\parbox{.45\linewidth}{&#xA;\centering&#xA;\begin{tabular}{ccc}&#xA;\hline&#xA;d&amp;amp;e&amp;amp;f\\&#xA;\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\caption{Bar}&#xA;}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is basically the same as before just that I've centered each &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; in a &lt;code&gt;\parbox&lt;/code&gt; with an included caption and wrapped the whole thing in a &lt;code&gt;table&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-07T05:45:11.587" LastActivityDate="2010-09-07T05:45:11.587" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="2837" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2835" CreationDate="2010-09-07T06:21:09.963" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The documentation for &lt;code&gt;fixltx2e&lt;/code&gt; says only to load it in the preamble. It sounds like it doesn't matter where in the preamble you load it. I tend to do it right after the &lt;code&gt;\documentclass&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-09-07T06:21:09.963" />
  <row Id="2838" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2809" CreationDate="2010-09-07T06:51:55.790" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Why not use “normal” text instead of &lt;code&gt;\verbatim&lt;/code&gt;? A list (&lt;code&gt;enumerate&lt;/code&gt;) would be well suited, I think. I don’t think &lt;code&gt;\verbatim&lt;/code&gt; really offers any advantage here and I wouldn’t necessarily choose a typesetting font here, either: it’s an &lt;em&gt;algorithm&lt;/em&gt;, not &lt;em&gt;source code&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alternatively, you could try one of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1375/what-is-a-good-package-for-displaying-algorithms&quot;&gt;pseudo-code typesetting packages&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personally, I prefer &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Flowchart&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;flowchart diagrams&lt;/a&gt; to display algorithms but I don’t know a good way of typesetting them in LaTeX (besides using TikZ or PSTtricks, of course).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2010-09-07T06:51:55.790" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2839" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5602" CreationDate="2010-09-07T10:22:00.380" Score="15" ViewCount="424" Body="&lt;p&gt;Where would be a good place to start learning ConTeXt if you haven't got a lot of experience under your belt yet? Any place online or in a bookstore is welcome, provided that the reading is well-structured, well-written and beginner-friendly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know there is quite a heap of &quot;official documentation&quot;, including &quot;ConTeXt, an excursion&quot;, the official handbook and the contextgarden.net Wiki. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Still, often ConTeXt novices find it very difficult to get a good start with the documentation provided -- the command syntax seems to work sometimes, sometimes not; some commands work well with each other, others only in a specific order (which isn't documented anywhere) and some don't work with each other at all etc. The consequence is that there is a lot of experimenting with the code while the focus should be on the topic to be published itself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This question would love to get &lt;b&gt;RTFM&lt;/b&gt; answers, so please point out any &lt;b&gt;M&lt;/b&gt;s which should &lt;b&gt;TF&lt;/b&gt; be &lt;b&gt;R&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1133" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T19:06:54.060" Title="Where can I find good ConTeXt documentation" Tags="&lt;context&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="7" />
  <row Id="2840" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2839" CreationDate="2010-09-07T10:39:24.337" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.contextgarden.net/Main_Page&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ConTeXt wiki&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.contextgarden.net/ConTeXt_Mailing_Lists&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ConTeXt mailing lists&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Generally I first check for an answer in the wiki, if I can't find, I just ask in the mailing list.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastActivityDate="2010-09-07T10:39:24.337" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2841" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2842" CreationDate="2010-09-07T10:58:49.430" Score="4" ViewCount="152" Body="&lt;p&gt;Now that I've gotten Will Robertson's excellent &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/unicode-math.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;unicode-math&lt;/a&gt; package working to change the colour and style of letters in my mathematics (trust me, there &lt;em&gt;is&lt;/em&gt; a reason) thanks to his answer to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/335/can-i-change-the-font-and-colour-of-a-letter-permanently&quot;&gt;my previous question&lt;/a&gt;, I want to figure out how to implement this properly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The key step seems to be that the command to change how a letter is displayed needs the unicode numerical value of the letter.  The example that Will gave was:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setmathfont[range=&quot;66,math-style=upright,Colour=FF0000]{xits-math.otf}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(font name changed to work with xelatex as per Will's comment on that question) which changes the letter &lt;code&gt;e&lt;/code&gt;.  But I want a command that I can invoke as &lt;code&gt;\type{constR}{e}&lt;/code&gt; (which should declare &lt;code&gt;e&lt;/code&gt; to be a constant real number).  So I need to convert &lt;code&gt;e&lt;/code&gt; to its unicode value.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now it seems possible that there isn't a general &quot;charater to unicode&quot; command, so I'd be content if I could convert a standard letter to some number since the characters that I'm most going to use this on are the alphanumerics.  Thus:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;What's the best way to convert an alphanumerical character to a position in the alphabet?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-09-08T02:46:05.250" Title="How do I convert a character to a numeric value?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;unicode&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="2842" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2841" CreationDate="2010-09-07T11:09:44.120" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is a general way of converting a character to its char number (which is equivalent to its unicode glyph slot in unicode), but it unfortunately doesn't work well in options to fontspec/unicode-math (an issue I'm aware of). Usually you can use something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcount\foo&#xA;\foo=`\e&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to assign the char number of &quot;e&quot; to \foo; this &quot;backtick-escape&quot; syntax works wherever TeX expects a number. However, it &lt;em&gt;doesn't&lt;/em&gt; work if the argument is being expanded first, which is what happens in fontspec &amp;amp; unicode-math.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, you don't &lt;em&gt;actually&lt;/em&gt; need the backslash in the code above; this will work too:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\foo=`e&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The difference is that this cannot be used for &quot;difficult&quot; characters such as &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;#&lt;/code&gt;. If you're just using letters, this won't be a problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So in unicode-math you should be able to write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;range={`e,`j,...}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or with whatever letters you need.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-08T02:46:05.250" LastActivityDate="2010-09-08T02:46:05.250" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2843" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2835" CreationDate="2010-09-07T11:18:41.997" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not aware of any conflicts, but that's not saying much... I don't think it really matters when in the preamble you load it. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-09-07T11:18:41.997" />
  <row Id="2845" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2846" CreationDate="2010-09-07T13:06:02.263" Score="10" ViewCount="161" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I'm debugging a big multifile project, it's often useful to make extensive use of &lt;code&gt;\includeonly&lt;/code&gt; to narrow down where the problem is. but today I found myself using: &lt;code&gt;\includeonly{chap1,chap2,chap4,chap5}&lt;/code&gt;. Surely &lt;code&gt;\exclude{chap3}&lt;/code&gt; would be a simpler way to achieve this functionality? But that particular command doesn't seem to exist. Is there a command with this functionality?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T08:41:58.883" Title="Is there an \exclude option?" Tags="&lt;include&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="2846" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2845" CreationDate="2010-09-07T13:47:27.720" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/excludeonly/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;excludeonly&lt;/a&gt; package defines an &lt;code&gt;\excludeonly&lt;/code&gt; command that does what you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: Package description:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The package defines an &lt;code&gt;\excludeonly&lt;/code&gt;&#xA;  command, which is (in effect) the&#xA;  opposite of &lt;code&gt;\includeonly&lt;/code&gt;. If both&#xA;  &lt;code&gt;\includeonly&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\excludeonly&lt;/code&gt; exist in&#xA;  a document, only files &quot;allowed&quot; by&#xA;  both will be included.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The package redefines the internal&#xA;  &lt;code&gt;\@include&lt;/code&gt; command, so it conflicts&#xA;  with packages that do the same.&#xA;  Examples are the classes paper.cls&#xA;  (paper) and thesis.cls (thesis).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-17T08:41:58.883" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T08:41:58.883" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="2847" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2849" CreationDate="2010-09-07T14:47:48.773" Score="9" ViewCount="721" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to dump some minds map in latex. I have them following this structure:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/gpcMV.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;http://www.wikilearning.com/imagescc/sinop2.jpg&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Although it does not need need to be exactly like in that chart, just some nice way of drawing hierarchical outline summaries.&#xA;Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1136" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-07T15:05:43.617" LastActivityDate="2010-09-07T16:27:40.077" Title="Mind maps in Latex?" Tags="&lt;diagrams&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="2848" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2847" CreationDate="2010-09-07T15:17:41.860" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;See TikZ manual &lt;strong&gt;38 Mindmap Drawing Library&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/m9kOs.png&quot; alt=&quot;tikz mind map&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="337" LastActivityDate="2010-09-07T15:17:41.860" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="2849" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2847" CreationDate="2010-09-07T16:12:36.073" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could hack your way out using nested &lt;code&gt;\left\{&lt;/code&gt; delimiters and &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; environments. This is a first approximation on which one could improve further.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{subgroup}&#xA;  {$\left\{\tabular{l}}&#xA;  {\endtabular\right.$}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Idea General&#xA;\begin{subgroup}&#xA;  Idea Principal&#xA;  \begin{subgroup}&#xA;    Ideas Complementarias \\&#xA;    Ideas Complementarias \\&#xA;    Ideas Complementarias  &#xA;  \end{subgroup} \\[2em]&#xA;  Idea Principal&#xA;  \begin{subgroup}&#xA;    Ideas Complementarias \\&#xA;    Ideas Complementarias \\&#xA;    Ideas Complementarias  &#xA;  \end{subgroup} \\[2em]&#xA;  Idea Principal&#xA;  \begin{subgroup}&#xA;    Ideas Complementarias \\&#xA;    Ideas Complementarias \\&#xA;    Ideas Complementarias  &#xA;  \end{subgroup}&#xA;\end{subgroup}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have some improvements in mind (but no time to implement them right now): one would like each “entry” in the map to be typeset on a &lt;code&gt;\parbox&lt;/code&gt; with a &lt;code&gt;\raggedright&lt;/code&gt; and a specific width. One would also probably want appropriate spacings (such as &lt;code&gt;\\[2em]&lt;/code&gt;) to be automatically added. Finally one would probably like an user interface closer to &lt;code&gt;enumerate&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\item&lt;/code&gt;'s instead of ending entries by &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I wonder if a package to do exactly this has been already implemented?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-09-07T16:12:36.073" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2850" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2847" CreationDate="2010-09-07T16:27:40.077" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;this solution with tikz trees might be helpful&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{trees}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[edge from parent fork right,grow=right,level distance=3cm,level 1/.style={sibling distance=4cm},&#xA;level 2/.style={sibling distance=1cm}]&#xA;\node[text width=1cm] {Idea General}&#xA;child {node {Some idea}}&#xA;child {node {Some idea}&#xA;child {node {Details}}&#xA;child {node {Details}}&#xA;child {node {Details}}&#xA;};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="632" LastActivityDate="2010-09-07T16:27:40.077" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2851" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2982" CreationDate="2010-09-07T16:29:00.853" Score="2" ViewCount="313" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like a command such as this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\href{../src/wkfl/vlyUpstrOvrlp.sh}{vlyUpstrOvrlp}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but I want the subsequent link to open the file in gedit or the default text editor in linux.  Bonus points if it also works in windows.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="978" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-17T14:45:07.373" LastActivityDate="2010-09-17T14:45:07.373" Title="Create a link to open a script as a text file (don't run it) from a latex document in linux" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;editors&gt;&lt;links&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="2852" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2874" CreationDate="2010-09-07T17:36:45.220" Score="11" ViewCount="605" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quite a few of the freely available LaTeX fonts include oldstyle figures (numerals that harmonize with lower case letters) in addition to lining figures. (Generally, you have to load the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/textcomp.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;textcomp&lt;/a&gt; package to make the additional symbols available.) However, only a few font packages provide an easy switch to oldstyle figures - the ones I know that are freely available are&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[osf]{mathpazo}&lt;/code&gt; (for the Palatino font),&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[osf]{libertine}&lt;/code&gt; and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{cfr-lm}&lt;/code&gt; (for the Latin Modern font).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For other fonts, one may use the &lt;code&gt;\oldstylenums&lt;/code&gt; macro to access oldstyle figures, typing (e.g.) &lt;code&gt;\oldstylenums{123}&lt;/code&gt; in every single instance. This is impractical and tedious.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{textcomp}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tgschola}% or e.g. tgtermes, cmbright, iwona&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\Huge&#xA;&#xA;0123456789&#xA;&#xA;\oldstylenums{0123456789}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know that XeLaTeX allows for easy access to Open Type Font features (among them oldstyle figures). However, I'm interested in (pdf)LaTeX for the moment. Is it possible to conveniently utilize oldstyle figures for every LaTeX font that includes them?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-05T13:16:12.827" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T13:16:12.827" Title="Utilizing oldstyle figures without resorting to \oldstylenums" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;oldstylenums&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2853" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-07T18:09:09.827" Score="0" ViewCount="310" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to format the front matter of a thesis and am running into trouble with both the table of contents and the list of figures. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The current table of contents looks like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;List of Figures  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;List of Tables  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Chapter  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;1. Introduction  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;2. etc.  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I want to do is get rid of the &quot;Chapter&quot; heading in the above, so right after List of Tables, it starts with &quot;1. Introduction&quot;. Any ideas? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, for the list of figures. It automatically puts the figure caption when generating the list, but my captions are long. I want to keep them long in the text, but short in the generated list of figures. Is it possible to, say, just include the first sentence of the caption for the list of figures? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks for your help. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-21T15:45:35.423" LastActivityDate="2010-11-21T15:45:35.423" Title="\tableofcontents and \listoffigures help" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;front-matter&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="2854" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2853" CreationDate="2010-09-07T18:16:26.110" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Figure captions: Use the optional argument of &lt;code&gt;\caption&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\caption[short title for list of figures]{long title for text}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Getting rid of &quot;Chapter&quot; in the table of contents: You have to provide a working code example or at least give information about your document class and packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-09-07T18:16:26.110" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2855" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2907" CreationDate="2010-09-07T18:29:50.483" Score="4" ViewCount="200" Body="&lt;p&gt;Suppose I want to draw an horizontal line, at shipout, the position of which is on top of the footnotes if some are in the page, and the bottom of the text otherwise.  How can I retrieve the height of the footnote section to do so?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For instance, the following puts a line at the end of the page (footnote included) :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{atbegshi}&#xA;\usepackage{picture}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\AtBeginShipout{%&#xA;  \AtBeginShipoutUpperLeftForeground{%&#xA;    \dimen@i\topmargin\advance\dimen@i\headheight%&#xA;    \advance\dimen@i\headsep\advance\dimen@i 1in%&#xA;    \advance\dimen@i\textheight%&#xA;    \put(0, -\dimen@i){\line(1,0){2\textwidth}}}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcount\@cp&#xA;\def\copypasta#1#2{\@cp=0\loop\ifnum\@cp&amp;lt;#1 #2\advance\@cp by1\repeat}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\copypasta{400}{white purple }&#xA;\footnote{Oh noes}&#xA;\copypasta{200}{brown fox }&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="65" LastActivityDate="2010-09-09T06:48:36.127" Title="What is the height of the footnote, at shipout ?" Tags="&lt;footnotes&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2856" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2852" CreationDate="2010-09-07T18:52:41.717" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You might be able to use the fontaxes package (distributed as part of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/fonts/minionpro/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;MinionPro&lt;/a&gt;). It gives commands for choosing different axes of fonts: regular/smallcaps/spacedsmallcaps; upright/italic/slanted/swash; oldstylefigs/liningfigs; proportionalTextFigs/tabularTextFigs; proportionalMathFigs/tabularMathFigs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is mainly designed for MinionPro, but I believe it also works with other fonts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-09-07T18:52:41.717" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2857" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2811" CreationDate="2010-09-07T19:20:00.150" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One reason I can think of: &lt;a href=&quot;http://linux.die.net/man/1/xdvi&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;xdvi is supposed to support &lt;em&gt;reverse search&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; (a.k.a. inverse search). I.e. you click in xdvi on some text and directly jump to the corresponding location in the text-editor.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I never tried it, but it sounds neat.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It seems that some xdvi clones support that feature for dvi files, too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I guess that current PDF viewer/pdflatex combinations does not support reverse search ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="929" LastActivityDate="2010-09-07T19:20:00.150" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="2858" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-07T20:20:16.440" Score="5" ViewCount="252" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to learn to manipulate comma separated lists in Latex.&#xA;To give a concreet but artificial example, I would like to have this command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\swap{1,10}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;expand to this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{10,1}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I achieve it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="69" LastActivityDate="2010-09-07T20:56:50.663" Title="\newcommand and comma separated parameters." Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;comma&gt;&lt;parameters&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="2859" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2869" CreationDate="2010-09-07T20:54:18.450" Score="8" ViewCount="284" Body="&lt;p&gt;I seem to recall reading somewhere that &lt;code&gt;fontenc&lt;/code&gt; should be loaded either before or after the packages loading fonts, but I cannot remember which. I don't see differences between loading it before and after. Was what I read incorrect, or is there a preferred package loading order and why?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-08T13:46:47.940" LastActivityDate="2010-09-08T13:46:47.940" Title="Should the fontenc package be loaded before or after font packages?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;fontenc&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="2860" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2858" CreationDate="2010-09-07T20:56:50.663" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think you should ask what you want in full generality. For your concrete example,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*\swap[1]{\doswap#1\relax}&#xA;\def\doswap#1,#2\relax{{#2,#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;should work, although I didn't test it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-09-07T20:56:50.663" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="2861" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2886" CreationDate="2010-09-07T22:22:06.843" Score="7" ViewCount="211" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi all, if you want to include an image in your chapter title, what follows may be an option:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\thechapterimage}{}&#xA;\newcommand{\chapterimage}[1]{\renewcommand{\thechapterimage}{#1}}&#xA;\def\thechapter{\Roman{chapter}}&#xA;\def\@makechapterhead#1{%&#xA;{\centering \normalfont\sffamily&#xA;\ifnum \c@secnumdepth &amp;gt;\m@ne&#xA;\if@mainmatter&#xA;\vspace*{-3.9cm}\hspace*{-3.1cm}% to position the figure&#xA;\includegraphics[width=\paperwidth]{\thechapterimage}\par&#xA;\rput[lb](0,2){\sffamily\bfseries\thechapter}}\par&#xA;\vspace*{30\p@}%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;then, in the main document, you would call the name of a figure just before the chapter command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\chapterimage{image.eps}&#xA;\chapter{Title}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is the exact role of the first two commands \thechapterimage and \chapterimage above? Thank you&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-22T01:11:59.327" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T01:11:59.327" Title="defining commands of commands" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;chapters&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2862" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2811" CreationDate="2010-09-07T22:22:06.833" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Some of the journals I use require figures to be submitted separately in eps or tiff format, so that they can deal with not just the latex work, but also the archiving of the figures in higher resolution for the journal website. I don't know why they prefer eps and tiff to pdf, but they do, and they are &quot;the boss&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="922" LastActivityDate="2010-09-07T22:22:06.833" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2863" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="577" CreationDate="2010-09-07T22:38:27.643" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;probably &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.cs.utk.edu/~eijkhout/texbytopic-a4.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tex by topic&lt;/a&gt; is a must read to reach unexpected results and developments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastActivityDate="2010-09-07T22:38:27.643" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-09-07T22:38:27.643" />
  <row Id="2864" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2885" CreationDate="2010-09-07T22:39:11.170" Score="0" ViewCount="79" Body="&lt;p&gt;For example: &lt;a href=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/anxGi.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://i.imgur.com/anxGi.png&lt;/a&gt; (can't post images)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've only found answers that involve centering only one column, such as &lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/1910478/centering-text-within-a-multirow-cell-in-latex&quot;&gt;this one&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastActivityDate="2010-09-08T07:41:22.017" Title="How can I vertically center multiple cells in the same line of a table?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="2865" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2835" CreationDate="2010-09-07T22:49:57.743" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Load &lt;code&gt;fixltx2e&lt;/code&gt; before &lt;code&gt;footmisc&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;subfig&lt;/code&gt; have special compatibility code to deal with &lt;code&gt;fixltx2e&lt;/code&gt;, so it seems to be possible to have conflicts, but I have not had to deal with any.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastEditorUserId="627" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-08T06:24:03.670" LastActivityDate="2010-09-08T06:24:03.670" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2866" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2861" CreationDate="2010-09-07T23:26:33.147" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;\chapterimage (re)defines \thechapterimage which is used inside \chapter. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-09-07T23:26:33.147" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2867" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2859" CreationDate="2010-09-07T23:32:17.050" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It used to be a bad idea to have&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;before any other font packages because it could trigger LaTeX to attempt to load T1 versions of the Computer Modern font; nowadays I believe this isn't a problem because the EC fonts are installed by default (even though you probably don't want to use them with Latin Modern now in existence). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Just to be on the safe side, however, probably best to still follow this practice of first loading your font package and only then switching the encoding.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-09-07T23:32:17.050" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2869" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2859" CreationDate="2010-09-07T23:43:03.703" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/fntguide.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;fntguide&lt;/a&gt; is my standard go-to reference for these kinds of questions. Here's the entirety of what it has to say about the matter:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Warning&lt;/em&gt;: If you wish to use T1-encoded fonts other than the 'cmr' family then&#xA;  you may need to load the package (e.g. times) that selects the fonts before&#xA;  loading fontenc (this prevents the system from attempting to load any T1-&#xA;  encoded fonts from the `cmr' family).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In other words, there are no (non-pathological) dependencies in the load order that affect the final output.  Compilation efficiency, however, might be less in one direction than the other. I used to load fonts then &lt;code&gt;fontenc&lt;/code&gt; but, as I have never noticed a downside effect, solely for code tidiness, now lump it with my other encoding code before loading fonts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-09-07T23:43:03.703" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="2870" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2871" CreationDate="2010-09-08T00:15:11.307" Score="3" ViewCount="215" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics{}&lt;/code&gt; from &lt;code&gt;graphicx&lt;/code&gt;, I'm including this figure in my document:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/NTGsh.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Due to the long legend text, when the caption is centered underneath this, it's not centered under the graph region. Is there some way to adjust the horizontal positioning of the graphic rightwards?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="766" LastActivityDate="2010-09-08T01:16:18.820" Title="Horizontal positioning with \includegraphics{}" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2871" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2870" CreationDate="2010-09-08T01:16:18.820" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;you may be able to play with the horizontal positioning through \hspace*{length} command&#xA;where length has to include units like 2cm.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;\begin{figure}[h]&#xA;\hspace*{length}\includegraphics{}&#xA;\end{figure}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but it is probably not a good idea to have a legend on the side.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastActivityDate="2010-09-08T01:16:18.820" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="2872" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2873" CreationDate="2010-09-08T01:38:33.010" Score="4" ViewCount="426" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to try to use pdflatex to generate  pdfs but my images are all in eps.  I would also like for the images to remain scaleable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have tried using ImageMagik's convert:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;convert file.eps file.pdf&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but the result sucks, and the image becomes grainy after a few zooms.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I try epstopdf file.eps , but get the following error message:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Error: /undefined in II*&#xA;Operand stack:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Execution stack:&#xA;   %interp_exit   .runexec2   --nostringval--   --nostringval--   --nostringval--   2   %stopped_push   --nostringval--   --nostringval--   --nostringval--   false   1   %stopped_push   1878   1   3   %oparray_pop   1877   1   3   %oparray_pop   --nostringval--   1861   1   3   %oparray_pop   1755   1   3   %oparray_pop   --nostringval--   %errorexec_pop   .runexec2   --nostringval--   --nostringval--   --nostringval--   2   %stopped_push   --nostringval--&#xA;Dictionary stack:&#xA;   --dict:1160/1684(ro)(G)--   --dict:1/20(G)--   --dict:89/200(L)--&#xA;Current allocation mode is local&#xA;Last OS error: 2&#xA;GPL Ghostscript 8.71: Unrecoverable error, exit code 1&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which doesn't really tell me anything.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anyone know any other ways to convert eps to pdf?  (I have about 200 images, so commandline is better)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1057" LastEditorUserId="1057" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-08T03:11:19.717" LastActivityDate="2010-09-08T05:44:28.210" Title="What are good ways to convert eps to pdf?" Tags="&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;conversion&gt;&lt;eps&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="2873" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2872" CreationDate="2010-09-08T01:41:54.513" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/epstopdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;epstopdf&lt;/a&gt;, of course, which is what the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/epstopdf-pkg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;epstopdf&lt;/a&gt; package relies on. (If you used the package there would be no need to convert.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or is that what you meant by eps2pdf? I've never noticed any problems with it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I suppose you could also try &lt;a href=&quot;http://inkscape.org&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Inkscape&lt;/a&gt;; I think it does have some batch functions, perhaps even commandline options for conversion, even though it is principally a GUI app.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: Judging by &lt;a href=&quot;http://inkscape.modevia.com/inkscape-man.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt;, you could just do:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;inkscape --export-pdf=output.pdf input.eps&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT2: Actually, you might need to use svg input for inkscape export on the commandline; I'll look into this a bit more. You could do it through the GUI, though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastEditorUserId="411" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-08T02:36:05.723" LastActivityDate="2010-09-08T02:36:05.723" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2874" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2852" CreationDate="2010-09-08T02:37:01.997" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There isn't generally a single answer for this. It all depends on the fonts and font tables that the font foundry provides and how they're mapped and installed in your TeX system. Let me try to explain. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[To make things less confusing, the answer that follows assumes your question is directed at &lt;code&gt;LaTeX&lt;/code&gt; scenarios, rather than &lt;code&gt;XeTeX&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;LuaTeX&lt;/code&gt; etc. which provide different and somewhat simpler ways to approach this.]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Assuming that your fonts are properly installed in your &lt;code&gt;texmf&lt;/code&gt; directory stucture, and perhaps assuming outline (non-bitmap) fonts, you'll have several sets of fonts (let's say, &quot;shapes&quot; and/or &quot;series&quot;) for each typeface. Depending on the particular typeface, i.e., depending on what the particular font foundry has provided, you will have shapes/series for regular, bold, italic, bold-italic as a minimum (although in some cases there might be less), and then possibly, old style nums, true caps, condensed, alternative weights etc (usually from 'Pro' or 'expert' collections).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, TeX can access the oldstyle nums provided in your fonts in several ways, depending on how the font has been created or (more accurately) how its mappings are laid out on your system. In cases where you have dedicated oldstyle font files, all TeX needs to do to switch from oldstyle figures to lining figures is to switch its tables pointing at them in its mappings. And all you need to do is specify what you want by selecting them.  Here are some examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Font Family       lining figures   old style figures&#xA;----------------------------------------------------&#xA;Kepler Project        jkpx             jkpxosn&#xA;ADF Venturis          yvt               yvtj&#xA;Palatino              pplx              pplj&#xA;Adobe Sabon           psb               psbj&#xA;Adobe Minion Pro   MinionPro        MinionPro-OsF&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To select, say, Palatino with lining figures as the default Roman font, write &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand*\rmdefault{pplx}&lt;/code&gt; in your document preamble, or &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand*\rmdefault{pplj}&lt;/code&gt; if you want Palatino with oldstyle nums.  That's all that's happening underneath when you write &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[osf]{mathpazo}&lt;/code&gt; to load up Palatino with Pazo math fonts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alternatively, if you want to use Palatino with oldstyle nums at a particular place in your document, you might write &lt;code&gt;\fontfamily{pplj}\selectfont&lt;/code&gt;. If you do that while you're in a group (e.g., inside an inner &lt;code&gt;{&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;}&lt;/code&gt;), you'll revert to the font that was in effect when you leave the group.  As above, this is all that &lt;code&gt;mathpazo&lt;/code&gt; is doing for you when you write &lt;code&gt;\oldstylenums{12345}&lt;/code&gt;. I.e., &lt;code&gt;mathpazo&lt;/code&gt; includes the command (notice the group):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\oldstylenums}[1]{{\fontfamily{pplj}\selectfont #1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Not too many font foundries give you this ease of access to old style figures (mostly because these extra sets make up their 'Pro' collections for which they charge more, or because it's extra work, or because oldstyle nums don't look so fantastic in that particular typeface).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, as with GUST e-foundry, some font makers provide oldstyle figure glyphs outside the usual slots for these.  In other words, you get the usual set of lining figures as well as oldstyle figures through symbol glyphs mappings (TS1 vs T1 encodings).  If your mappings have been set up properly (e.g., by &lt;code&gt;fontinst&lt;/code&gt; or if someone has done this work for you), you can access lining figures in the usual way ('1', '2',...) and oldstyle figures through commands like &lt;code&gt;\textzerooldstyle&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\textoneoldstyle&lt;/code&gt;, etc.  The trouble is, you can't easily switch in and out of lining and oldstyle figures just by selecting them as we saw in the Palatino example above. This is reason the &lt;code&gt;fontaxes&lt;/code&gt; approach (per Lev's and lockstep's suggestion) won't work - for Gyre Schola, it's looking for font definition &lt;code&gt;qcsj&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;qcs-OsF&lt;/code&gt; and can't find either (&lt;code&gt;qcs&lt;/code&gt; is the base fontfamily name for Gyre Schola). However, without the &lt;code&gt;fontaxes&lt;/code&gt; package loaded, &lt;code&gt;\oldstylenums&lt;/code&gt; (defined in the &lt;code&gt;textcomp&lt;/code&gt; package) can access them. You can see how it does this by fooling around a little like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tgschola}                % or whatever&#xA;\usepackage{textcomp}                % no real need to explicitly load textcomp in this case&#xA;\usepackage{fontenc}                 % to control your font encoding&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;T1 font encoding:\par&#xA;\fontencoding{T1}\selectfont&#xA;01234567890\par                      % lining figures under T1 encoding, osf under TS1&#xA;\oldstylenums{01234567890}\par       % forces TS1 encoding, so typeset osf regardless&#xA;abcdefghijABCDEFGHIJ\par             % normal chars under T1 encoding, gobbledygook under TS1&#xA;\oldstylenums{abcdefghijABCDEFGHIJ}  % forces TS1 encoding, so typeset symbols regardless&#xA;\vspace{\baselineskip}&#xA;&#xA;TS1 font encoding:\par&#xA;\fontencoding{TS1}\selectfont&#xA;01234567890\par                      % lining figures under T1 encoding, osf under TS1&#xA;\oldstylenums{01234567890}\par       % forces TS1 encoding, so typeset osf regardless&#xA;abcdefghijABCDEFGHIJ\par             % normal chars under T1 encoding, gobbledygook under TS1&#xA;\oldstylenums{abcdefghijABCDEFGHIJ}  % forces TS1 encoding, so typeset symbols regardless&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you do this, you'll quickly see that all that &lt;code&gt;\oldstylenums&lt;/code&gt; is doing is switching in and out of TS1 encoding. However, you can see by the nonsense that is printed when you try to typeset normal characters in TS1 font encoding that you mustn't select that encoding when wanting to typeset normal text! Thus, you have to somehow tell &lt;code&gt;LaTeX&lt;/code&gt; before entering and after leaving every block of oldstyle nums that this is what you want to do.  I.e., you're back to using &lt;code&gt;\oldstylenums&lt;/code&gt;, although perhaps by some other name.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is a third way, which is to set up a set of virtual fonts that assemble the oldstyle figures the font provides into the slots where the normal figures usually reside.  This takes some expertise and probably shouldn't be entered lightly but is completely do-able if you have the patience and time to spare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastEditorUserId="416" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-08T08:00:13.713" LastActivityDate="2010-09-08T08:00:13.713" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2875" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2864" CreationDate="2010-09-08T02:39:12.770" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's pretty ugly and I really wouldn't recommend to make this type of table (see the discussion of how to design publication-quality tables in the documentation of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/booktabs&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;booktabs&lt;/a&gt;), but if you're sure you want to reproduce exactly your image:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{tabular}{|m{3em}|c|c|c|}&#xA;  \hline&#xA;  &amp;amp;x1&amp;amp;x2&amp;amp;x3\\\hline&#xA;  Long Label&amp;amp;1 &amp;amp;0 &amp;amp;1\\\hline&#xA;  Long Label&amp;amp;0 &amp;amp;1 &amp;amp;1\\\hline&#xA;  \end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt;: Your question title talks about &lt;em&gt;vertical&lt;/em&gt; centering, but since you say you aren't happy with the above centering, perhaps you actually wanted &lt;em&gt;horizontal&lt;/em&gt; centering also? You can get it like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\newsavebox{\tempbox}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcolumntype{M}[1]{&amp;gt;{\begin{lrbox}{\tempbox}}%&#xA;    c&amp;lt;{\end{lrbox}\parbox{#1}{%&#xA;    \everypar{\vrule\@height\ht\@arstrutbox\@width\z@\everypar{}}%&#xA;    \centering\unhcopy\tempbox\@finalstrut\@arstrutbox}}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{tabular}{|M{3em}|c|c|c|}&#xA;  \hline&#xA;  &amp;amp;x1&amp;amp;x2&amp;amp;x3\\\hline&#xA;  Long Label&amp;amp;1 &amp;amp;0 &amp;amp;1\\\hline&#xA;  Long Label&amp;amp;0 &amp;amp;1 &amp;amp;1\\\hline&#xA;  \end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If that is still not what you wanted, please edit your question to be more clear about what exactly you are trying to reproduce from your figure.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastEditorUserId="627" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-08T05:43:26.823" LastActivityDate="2010-09-08T05:43:26.823" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2876" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2877" CreationDate="2010-09-08T03:15:54.110" Score="1" ViewCount="187" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like my bibliography and appendix bookmarks to appear at the top level of my bookmarks hierarchy.  So behind the &lt;code&gt;\bibliography&lt;/code&gt; command, I placed:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pdfbookmark[-1]{Bibliography}{bibliography}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which worked, but it still adds the default bibliography bookmark to the hierarchy underneath the new one.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So how can I either reassign the level of the default one, or remove it entirely and replace with the new one?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1057" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-03T12:31:39.890" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T12:31:39.890" Title="When using hyperref and pdfbookmarks, how do I remove or override a pdfbookmark from a section?" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;bookmarks&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="2877" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2876" CreationDate="2010-09-08T03:42:54.423" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You want to use the &lt;code&gt;bookmark&lt;/code&gt; package with its &lt;code&gt;\bookmarksetup{startatroot}&lt;/code&gt; command. Probable duplicate of &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2742/appendices-in-pdf-outline-appear-as-childs-of-last-section&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-09-08T03:42:54.423" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2878" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2872" CreationDate="2010-09-08T04:09:02.050" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;code&gt;ps2pdf&lt;/code&gt; with options to suppress resampling and lossily compressing images &lt;code&gt;-dAutoFilterColorImages=false&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;-dColorImageFilter=/FlateEncode&lt;/code&gt;. (On windows, replace the &lt;code&gt;=&lt;/code&gt; by &lt;code&gt;#&lt;/code&gt;). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;ps2pdf&lt;/code&gt; may not keep the same bounding box, unlike &lt;code&gt;epstopdf&lt;/code&gt;, but you can fix that either by copying the logic from &lt;code&gt;epstopdf&lt;/code&gt; (eg, edit &lt;code&gt;epstopdf.pl&lt;/code&gt; to add those options to the ghostscript command line) or you can redo the clipping by using &lt;code&gt;pdfcrop&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastEditorUserId="627" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-08T05:44:28.210" LastActivityDate="2010-09-08T05:44:28.210" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2879" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2882" CreationDate="2010-09-08T04:36:15.757" Score="3" ViewCount="190" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2198/how-to-create-small-final-pdf-files-for-the-internet&quot;&gt;how to create small final pdf files for the internet&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I compile&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;tex -&gt; dvi -&gt; ps -&gt; pdf&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have a 9 MB file... something emailable&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I .tex -&gt; pdf  with pdflatex, its 44 MB&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I read that its likely largely due to how pdflatex embeds the Type 1 fonts..&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anyone have any idea about how or what to adjust to get smaller filesizes with pdflatex?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1057" LastActivityDate="2010-09-08T05:52:28.613" ClosedDate="2010-09-09T12:30:48.907" Title="How do I make smaller pdf file sizes with pdflatex? (Or, how do I make pdflatex use CFF fonts?)" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;size&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2880" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2881" CreationDate="2010-09-08T05:35:34.857" Score="4" ViewCount="57" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to do something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;\if{\pdflatex}{&#xA;   \includepdf{file.pdf}&#xA;}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;\if{\latex}{&#xA;  \epsfig{file.eps}&#xA;}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Maybe this isn't the best example, but do control-flow solutions exist in latex to let us do something depending on how we compile?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1057" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-08T07:46:55.900" LastActivityDate="2010-09-08T07:46:55.900" Title="Are there any ways to do control flow depending on the compilation method?" Tags="&lt;compiling&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="2881" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2880" CreationDate="2010-09-08T05:51:15.260" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/ifpdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ifpdf&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Although for your specific example of wanting to include graphics.eps or graphics.pdf it's better to &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{graphicx}&lt;/code&gt; and not specify an extension, i.e. &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics{graphics}&lt;/code&gt;. See &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=graph-pspdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this FAQ answer&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-09-08T05:51:15.260" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2882" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2879" CreationDate="2010-09-08T05:52:28.613" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use pdfsizeopt, as described in &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2198/how-to-create-small-final-pdf-files-for-the-internet/2202#2202&quot;&gt;this answer&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-09-08T05:52:28.613" />
  <row Id="2883" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="312" CreationDate="2010-09-08T05:53:06.847" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you want to write in computer modern and still use the tilde, just load lmodern; them nice folks seem to consider it a bug, and \textasciitilde produces the vertically centred tilde.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1035" LastActivityDate="2010-09-08T05:53:06.847" />
  <row Id="2884" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2839" CreationDate="2010-09-08T06:06:23.307" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The context reference manual is somewhat outdated, but we are (slowly) working on improving and extending it. It is a community project, and three chapters have already been improved:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Chapter on &lt;a href=&quot;http://context.aanhet.net/svn/contextman/context-reference/en/co-typography.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;typography&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Chapter on &lt;a href=&quot;http://context.aanhet.net/svn/contextman/context-reference/en/co-fonts.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;fonts&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Chapter on &lt;a href=&quot;http://context.aanhet.net/svn/contextman/context-reference/en/co-pagedesign.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pagedesign&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-09-08T06:06:23.307" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2885" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2864" CreationDate="2010-09-08T07:41:22.017" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;why don't you use \centering for the horizontal centering?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA; \begin{tabular}{|&amp;gt;{\centering}m{3em}|c|c|c|}&#xA;  \hline&#xA;  &amp;amp;x1&amp;amp;x2&amp;amp;x3\\\hline&#xA;  Long Label&amp;amp;1 &amp;amp;0 &amp;amp;1\\\hline&#xA;  Long Label&amp;amp;0 &amp;amp;1 &amp;amp;1\\\hline&#xA;  \end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-09-08T07:41:22.017" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2886" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2861" CreationDate="2010-09-08T08:34:45.703" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you have prior programming experience, it may help to think of it this way (although that’s not actually what’s happening):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\thechapterimage&lt;/code&gt; is a variable (which stores the image path), and to assign a new value to this variable, you need to write &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand\thechapterimage{some value}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, this is obviously very cumbersome when done repeatedly so we define a shortcut for this “assignment.” The shortcut corresponds to a method (more precisely, a setter method): it gets one parameter and &lt;em&gt;sets&lt;/em&gt; the value:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\chapterimage[1]{\renewcommand\thechapterimage{#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Clearly, this “setter” is executing the same assignment as above. Strictly speaking, you don’t need the &lt;code&gt;\chapterimage&lt;/code&gt; macro but it makes the code simpler and clearer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2010-09-08T08:34:45.703" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="2887" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2861" CreationDate="2010-09-08T08:58:19.597" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You probably mean &quot;why not using directly \renewcommand\thechapterimage{image} in the document instead of the detour with \chapterimage&quot;. That is possible too, but it is 1. longer and 2. means that a user has to use \renewcommand regularly. Package writer write in such cases often a wrapper command which hides the \def/\renewcommand from the user. Other examples for such wrapper commands are \title and \author. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-09-08T08:58:19.597" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2888" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2889" CreationDate="2010-09-08T09:43:07.750" Score="2" ViewCount="288" Body="&lt;p&gt;To customize the appearance of our Table of contents we use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/tocloft/tocloft.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tocloft&lt;/a&gt; package.&#xA;One point we would like to implement is to underline the chapter entries in the TOC.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, if we use the &lt;code&gt;\cftchapaftersnum&lt;/code&gt; command to specify a horizontal line we always get a weird overfull hbox warning. (Weird, because if I shorten the line, the overfull hbox is shown in the middle of the page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Small example compiled with MikTeX and pdfLaTeX:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[draft]{book} % use draft to show overfull hboxes&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tocloft}&#xA;% underline chapter entries:&#xA;\renewcommand{\cftchapaftersnum}{\hspace{4mm}\rule[-0.5mm]{0.5\textwidth}{.4pt}} &#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{Antelope}&#xA;Antelope is a term referring to many even-toed ungulate &#xA;species found all over the world.&#xA;&#xA;\rule[-0.5mm]{0.5\textwidth}{.4pt} &#xA;This \verb|\rule| does not generate a warning!&#xA;&#xA;\section{Impala}&#xA;An impala is a medium-sized African antelope.&#xA;&#xA;\emph{fin \dots}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that I've placed &lt;code&gt;0.5\textwidth&lt;/code&gt; as ruler width in the example above. This way, my draft PDF shows the black rectangle for the overfull box in the middle of the page (just at the end of the &lt;code&gt;\rule&lt;/code&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What's going on here?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1012" LastActivityDate="2010-09-08T10:36:53.650" Title="Overfull hbox (in the middle of page) in TOC with tocloft package and cftchapaftersnum" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;hbox&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="2889" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2888" CreationDate="2010-09-08T10:11:23.250" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The documentation for &lt;code&gt;tocloft&lt;/code&gt; makes this clear.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Normally the section number is typeset within a box of width &lt;code&gt;\cftXnumwidth&lt;/code&gt;. Within the box the macro &lt;code&gt;\cftXpresnum&lt;/code&gt; is first called, then the number is typeset, and next the &lt;code&gt;\cftXaftersnum&lt;/code&gt; macro is called after the number is typeset. The last command within the box is &lt;code&gt;\hfil&lt;/code&gt; to make the box contents flushleft.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What this means is that the box is constructed like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\hbox to\cftchapnumwidth{\cftchappresnum 1\cftchapaftersnum\hfil}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Your box is wider than &lt;code&gt;\cftchapnumwidth&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you change&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\cftchapaftersnum}{\hspace{4mm}\rule[-0.5mm]{0.5\textwidth}{.4pt}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\cftchapaftersnum}{\hspace{4mm}\rule[-0.5mm]{0.5\textwidth}{.4pt}\hss}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;then the infinite shrinkability causes the warning to go away.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: You should probably not be using spacing of &lt;code&gt;4mm&lt;/code&gt; and instead using something proportional to the size of the font. Better still would be to use &lt;code&gt;\cftchapaftersnumb&lt;/code&gt; (note the &lt;strong&gt;b&lt;/strong&gt; at the end):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\cftchapaftersnumb}{\rlap{\rule[-0.5mm]{0.5\textwidth}{.4pt}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using &lt;code&gt;-0.5mm&lt;/code&gt; is also probably a bad idea.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-08T10:36:53.650" LastActivityDate="2010-09-08T10:36:53.650" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="2890" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2892" CreationDate="2010-09-08T10:39:06.890" Score="6" ViewCount="263" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a table (tabular) with some fixed width columns, and I'd like to prevent a hyphen being inserted (preferring a line break to be inserted prematurely).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The sample table's content is below.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}{p{4cm}p{4cm}}&#xA;Want to avoid hyphenation &amp;amp; also want to avoid hyphenation here \\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I do this? I'd also like to tell latex not to allow each column to exceed its specified width (so I don't want a solution that means assigning hyphenation the same badness rating as an overfull hbox).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="136" LastActivityDate="2010-09-09T06:51:43.883" Title="How can I prevent hyphenation in a table column?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;line-breaking&gt;&lt;hyphenation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2891" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2893" CreationDate="2010-09-08T10:53:12.757" Score="6" ViewCount="140" Body="&lt;p&gt;As described in &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/2888/1012&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt; I'm using the tocloft package to customize the table of contents. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;We are putting a horizontal line under the whole section text up to the page number. Therefore we cannot just use &lt;code&gt;\underline&lt;/code&gt; for the section text (because this would only affect the text) but have to use &lt;code&gt;\rule&lt;/code&gt; to put the underlining.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, the underlining for the chapter numbers can just be placed with &lt;code&gt;\underline&lt;/code&gt; because we want to have a gap btw. the underlining of the chapter number and the underlining of the chapter title+page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you can see in the following snippet, the line is currently positioned with &lt;code&gt;[-0.5mm]&lt;/code&gt; ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{tocloft}&#xA;\renewcommand{\cftchappresnum}{\underline} % chapter numbers are underlined&#xA;\renewcommand{\cftchapaftersnumb}{\rlap{\rule[-0.5mm]{0.96\textwidth}{.4pt}\hss}} % chapter entries are underlined as well&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;... however this does &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; correctly align with the previous underline.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think the question is now:  &lt;em&gt;What would be the correct length&lt;/em&gt; (in &lt;code&gt;ex&lt;/code&gt;?) &lt;em&gt;to move the line so that it aligns with an underline on the same line?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also: &lt;em&gt;What would be the correct thickness so it's the same as for the underline?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1012" LastActivityDate="2010-09-08T11:54:59.890" Title="How to align underlined text and a horizontal line created with \rule" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;lengths&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2892" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2890" CreationDate="2010-09-08T11:11:23.533" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Setting the text ragged right will do this for you. Something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;...&#xA;\begin{tabular}{&gt;{\raggedright}p{4cm}&gt;{\raggedright\arraybackslash}p{4cm}}&#xA;Want to avoid hyphenation &amp; also want to avoid hyphenation here \\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-09T06:51:43.883" LastActivityDate="2010-09-09T06:51:43.883" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="2893" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2891" CreationDate="2010-09-08T11:29:14.383" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;How about something like this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{calc}&#xA;\usepackage{tocloft}&#xA;\newlength\tocchaplength&#xA;\setlength\tocchaplength{\textwidth-\cftchapnumwidth}&#xA;\renewcommand\cftchapaftersnumb{\rlap{\underline{\hbox&#xA;to\the\tocchaplength{\hfil}}}}&#xA;\renewcommand\cftchappresnum{\underlinenumber}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\underlinenumber#1\@cftasnum{\underline{#1}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: The first version didn't handle multiple token chapter numbers (so 10 and higher were wrong). The second version didn't handle noninteger chapter numbers. This version seems to work for any chapter numbers (as long as the numbers do not descend below the baseline).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit 2: Here's a version that adds more spacing so that the underline doesn't go through descenders. (The &lt;code&gt;\smash&lt;/code&gt; isn't really necessary unless you're doing something that makes the chapter numbers descend too far down. In that case, the underline will go through the number, but it'll still be aligned with the chapter name.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{calc}&#xA;\usepackage{tocloft}&#xA;\newlength\tocchaplength&#xA;\setlength\tocchaplength{\textwidth-\cftchapnumwidth}&#xA;\renewcommand\cftchapaftersnumb{\rlap{\underline{\hbox&#xA;to\the\tocchaplength{\strut\hfil}}}}&#xA;\renewcommand\cftchappresnum{\underlinenumber}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\underlinenumber#1\@cftasnum{\underline{\strut\smash{#1}}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\renewcommand\cftchapafterpnum{\vadjust{\vskip1ex}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-08T11:54:59.890" LastActivityDate="2010-09-08T11:54:59.890" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2894" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2896" CreationDate="2010-09-08T12:11:02.070" Score="7" ViewCount="251" Body="&lt;p&gt;The TeX font catalogue doesn't allow you to see which fonts have real small caps. Some fonts do not have real small caps (e.g. any of the &lt;code&gt;mathdesign&lt;/code&gt; ones). But some do (computer modern and therefore &lt;code&gt;lmodern&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;cm-super&lt;/code&gt;...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have restricted this to fonts that come with TeXLive, but I guess answers about other standard LaTeX distributions (MikTeX etc) wouldn't be out of place.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-11T22:52:58.033" LastActivityDate="2010-09-11T22:52:58.033" Title="Which fonts that are part of TeXLive have &quot;real small caps&quot;?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;texlive&gt;&lt;small-caps&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="2895" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2894" CreationDate="2010-09-08T12:25:02.637" Score="-2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;LaTeX does not fake smallcaps, so any font that gives you smallcaps has real smallcaps.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastActivityDate="2010-09-08T12:25:02.637" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="2896" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2894" CreationDate="2010-09-08T12:57:16.403" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Two fonts with accurately designed small capitals are Palatino (&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[sc]{mathpazo}&lt;/code&gt;) and Libertine (&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{libertine}&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;No. 2, p. 17 of the 2005 volume of the &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dante.de/DTK/Ausgaben.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeXnische Komödie&lt;/a&gt;&quot; (the journal of the German-speaking TeX community DANTE) includes an article by Ralf Stubner and Walter Schmidt about the design of &quot;real small caps&quot; and oldstyle figures for the Palatino. The text is in German, but see page 21 for a lineup of &quot;real&quot; and &quot;faked&quot; small capitals.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-08T13:38:31.377" LastActivityDate="2010-09-08T13:38:31.377" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2897" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2900" CreationDate="2010-09-08T15:03:08.777" Score="6" ViewCount="659" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've created a custom theme for beamer that I plan to use for multiple presentations. So while I currently have the .sty file (just one at this point, as I load an inner theme and color theme, then define the outer theme) in the same directory as the presentation I'm working on now, I want it available in the future without have to maintain multiple copies.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1137/where-do-i-place-my-own-sty-files-to-make-them-available-to-all-my-tex-files&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt; I understand I can install packages in my home texmf folder (e.g. ~/texmf on Linux, which is where I do most of my work), however should I then structure my texmf folder like the beamer subdirectory in the main texmf folder (i.e. /usr/share/texmf/tex/later/beamer/themes/[color,font,inner,outer,theme] on my Ubuntu machine), or just put put down any/all .sty files in the single directory.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note, while I mentioned I do most of my work on Linux, answers for OS X and Windows would be useful, as I do work on both of these platforms as well - and frequently sync files between machines via Git repositories.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="957" LastActivityDate="2010-09-08T15:21:58.053" Title="Where to place custom beamer themes" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;texmf&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2898" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2901" CreationDate="2010-09-08T15:16:12.000" Score="5" ViewCount="433" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{hyperref}&lt;/code&gt;and the &lt;code&gt;\pdfbookmark[0]{...}{...}&lt;/code&gt; command you can place a PDF bookmark just &lt;em&gt;before&lt;/em&gt; the index page generated with &lt;code&gt;\printindex&lt;/code&gt; (Sometimes it will point to the empty page before the index.)&#xA;How can one place a bookmark exactly to the Index title?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After reading the answers so far, I have to refine the question a bit it seems.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have now noticed two things that escaped me at first:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The index is always placed on an odd page. (May be common knowlegde but wasn't for me :-)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;If the even page before the index &lt;em&gt;has&lt;/em&gt; text on it, then the bookmark placed before &lt;code&gt;\printindex&lt;/code&gt; &lt;em&gt;will&lt;/em&gt; point to the index page. If there is an empty (even) page inserted, then the bookmark will point to this empty page instead of the index page.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I also should have provided the construct that places the index in our custom document class:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \AtEndDocument{&#xA;   \pdfbookmark[0]{\indexname}{bookmarkForTheIndex}&#xA;   \printindex&#xA; }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that I found something talking about AtEndDocument and the index, but I fear I do not quite understand it ... &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb19-1/tb58works.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb19-1/tb58works.pdf&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1012" LastEditorUserId="1012" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-09T07:08:59.557" LastActivityDate="2010-09-09T07:08:59.557" Title="Placing a PDF bookmark to the index page?" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;index&gt;&lt;bookmarks&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="2899" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2902" CreationDate="2010-09-08T15:19:43.113" Score="8" ViewCount="180" Body="&lt;p&gt;Looking at the output of &lt;code&gt;pdffonts&lt;/code&gt;, I see fonts I expect and some I do not. How can I determine where a particular font is used? For example, I see that &lt;code&gt;SFTT1095&lt;/code&gt; is being used somewhere in one of my documents. Google tells me this is from the &lt;code&gt;cm-super&lt;/code&gt; package (which I am not using) and that it is the computer modern typewriter font. I don't believe I have any text in typewriter font and I don't see a difference when I change the typewriter font to a different font.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a good way to determine what is causing this particular font to be embedded? Some sort of visual pdf debugger would be handy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I suspect that in the end, I'll just end up binary searching my way through the document, but I'm hoping there's a better way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-08T21:33:30.220" LastActivityDate="2010-09-09T18:17:33.737" Title="How can one determine where in a document a font is used?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="2900" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2897" CreationDate="2010-09-08T15:21:58.053" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You should copy the first two folder levels of the main tree (in your example tex/latex). Everything below this point is optional. You can use additional subfolders and name them at your liking. Use your sense of order. I would certainly make at least a subfolder &quot;beamer&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-09-08T15:21:58.053" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2901" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2898" CreationDate="2010-09-08T16:06:53.857" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\printindex&lt;/code&gt; starts a &lt;code&gt;theindex&lt;/code&gt; environment, which by default calls &lt;code&gt;\twocolumn&lt;/code&gt;, which - and this causes your problem - starts a new page. The following should do the trick:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\cleardoublepage&#xA;\pdfbookmark[0]{\indexname}{idx}&#xA;\printindex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(You could also simply include the index in your table of contents.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-09-08T16:06:53.857" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2902" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2899" CreationDate="2010-09-08T16:08:20.843" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would at first look when t1cmtt.fd is loaded. This should give you some indication when the font is used the first time. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could also manipulate the map-line. With a bit chance you can see where the font is used, or you get at least informations in the log about the glyph names used.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \documentclass{scrartcl}&#xA;&#xA; \usepackage[ansinew]{inputenc}&#xA; \usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA; \pdfmapline{=ectt1095 SFTT1095 &amp;lt;SkakNew-Figurine.pfb}&#xA;&#xA; \begin{document}&#xA; abc {\ttfamily abc KQR}&#xA;&#xA; \end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-09-08T16:08:20.843" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2903" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2898" CreationDate="2010-09-08T16:19:41.947" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This one's easy, or at least it finally was for me.  It used to drive me crazy.  I'd injected every piece of code I could imagine into &lt;code&gt;\printindex&lt;/code&gt; to try to get it right.  I came very close with careful use of &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; &lt;code&gt;\phantomsection&lt;/code&gt; along with a customised &lt;code&gt;\Hy@raisedlink&lt;/code&gt;. But it never felt completely perfect.  Then I discovered our good friend &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/users/510/lockstep&quot;&gt;lockstep&lt;/a&gt;'s &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/idxlayout.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;idxlayout&lt;/a&gt; package, using it like this: &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[unbalanced,totoc]{idxlayout}&lt;/code&gt;.  Now everything is sweet.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-09-08T16:19:41.947" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2904" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5122" CreationDate="2010-09-08T17:10:28.830" Score="6" ViewCount="443" Body="&lt;p&gt;It may be a bit difficult sometimes to deal with the legend of a figure in a LaTeX document. Depending on the context, you may have to place the legend over the existing curves because of a lack of space. You may also have to place it on the side making the centering of the main content difficult. Some people choose to put the legend in the caption thus discarding the above mentioned difficulties. Below is a solution with pstricks:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[dvips,11pt,fleqn]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{lmodern}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{pstricks-add}&#xA;\usepackage[top=2cm,bottom=2cm,left=2cm,right=2cm,a4paper]{geometry}&#xA;&#xA;\newbox{\LegendeA}&#xA;\savebox{\LegendeA}{&#xA;    (\begin{pspicture}(0,0)(0.6,0)&#xA;    \psline[linewidth=0.04,linecolor=red](0,0.1)(0.6,0.1)&#xA;    \end{pspicture})}&#xA;\newbox{\LegendeB}&#xA;    \savebox{\LegendeB}{&#xA;    (\begin{pspicture}(0,0)(0.6,0)&#xA;    \psline[linestyle=dashed,dash=1pt 2pt,linewidth=0.04,linecolor=blue](0,0.1)(0.6,0.1)&#xA;    \end{pspicture})}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{figure}[h]&#xA;    \centering&#xA;    \begin{pspicture*}[showgrid=true](0,-2.5)(7,2.5)&#xA;        \psframe[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=gray!10](-1,-3)(8,3)&#xA;        \psplot[linewidth=1.5pt,algebraic=true,linecolor=red]&#xA;            {0}{7}{sqrt(x)*cos(x)*sin(x)}&#xA;        \psplot[linewidth=1.5pt,algebraic=true,linecolor=blue,linestyle=dashed,dash=1pt 2pt]&#xA;            {0}{7}{sqrt(x)*cos(x)}&#xA;    \end{pspicture*}&#xA;    \caption{Vibrations of the structure; wheel~\usebox{\LegendeA} and&#xA;        piston~\usebox{\LegendeB}}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/jpaYe.png&quot; alt=&quot;example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What are your strategies?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-28T22:21:08.727" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T22:21:08.727" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-09-08T18:01:09.057" Title="Legend in caption" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;captions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="2905" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2915" CreationDate="2010-09-08T17:40:12.863" Score="8" ViewCount="283" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to take the full citation of a reference in my BibTeX file and write commentary in-line after it.  A &lt;code&gt;\fullcitation{id}&lt;/code&gt; command would be perfect.  I would like to use it as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\fullcitation{id1}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This paper talks about A with applications to B.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\fullcitation{id2}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This paper considers how C affects A.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Whenever the &lt;code&gt;\fullcitation{id}&lt;/code&gt; command appears, I want it to be replaced with the full reference, including authors, title, journal, and date.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this possible?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="278" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-07T16:33:48.397" LastActivityDate="2011-01-07T16:33:48.397" Title="How can I list references from BibTeX file in-line with commentary?" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;natbib&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="2906" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2908" CreationDate="2010-09-08T17:44:25.167" Score="8" ViewCount="147" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to insert some literature quotations in my thesis. My first thought was to modify the verse environment as demonstrated in &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2396/how-can-i-change-the-indentation-in-quote-and-quotation-environments-and-commands&quot;&gt;another question&lt;/a&gt;, though the result is not so pleasing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like each quotation to be in quotation marks, provide an easy way to attribute the source below the quotation and be right aligned.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1141" LastActivityDate="2010-09-08T17:55:25.107" Title="Insert quotations" Tags="&lt;environments&gt;&lt;quoting&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="2907" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2855" CreationDate="2010-09-08T17:49:31.330" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hoisted from comments:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A non-answer: &lt;code&gt;\ht\footins&lt;/code&gt; tells you how high the footnotes are that are currently queued for insertion, but this doesn't help because (i) some of these may be deferred if there are too many for this page, and (ii) by the time the shipout hook is invoked, the footnotes you are interested in will have been split from this register. But if you could get the difference between the value of &lt;code&gt;\ht\footins&lt;/code&gt; before and after the insertions were performed...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Redefining &lt;code&gt;\output&lt;/code&gt;: yes, good idea.  In fact, you can avoid messing about with dimensions by putting an &lt;code&gt;\hrule&lt;/code&gt; at the top of &lt;code&gt;\box\footins&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\edef\@@output{\the\output}&#xA;\output={\setbox\footins=\vbox{\hrule width 2in\unvbox\footins}&#xA;\@@output}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-09T06:48:36.127" LastActivityDate="2010-09-09T06:48:36.127" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="2908" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2906" CreationDate="2010-09-08T17:55:25.107" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you’re using the KOMA-Script document classes, take a look at the &lt;code&gt;\dictum&lt;/code&gt; command in the documentation – this does exactly what you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, to put a quotation in front of a chapter:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setchapterpreamble{&#xA;  \dictum[Anonymous]{Forecasting is the art of saying what is going to happen&#xA;    and then to explain why it didn’t.}}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{Weather forecasting}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2010-09-08T17:55:25.107" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="2909" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-08T17:56:09.947" Score="6" ViewCount="171" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a large plot. It is a big file and it renders slowly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is the best method to slim it down without loosing to much of its visual properties ?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;I know that PDF and PS support cubic splines.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Is there a software that takes adventage of that and approximates true plot curve with splines?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="69" LastActivityDate="2010-09-08T22:47:54.690" Title="How to speed up a large plot?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;plot&gt;&lt;performance&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2910" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2909" CreationDate="2010-09-08T18:47:56.457" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Inkscape does this up to an extent and Illustrator as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastActivityDate="2010-09-08T18:47:56.457" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="2911" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2899" CreationDate="2010-09-08T19:03:50.080" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I usually open the PDF in FontForge, select the font in question and see what subset of glyphs are used and then search for them in the PDF. Might not be the best method, but I used it a lot while testing unicode-math package to see what symbols were still taken from CM and not from my fonts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastActivityDate="2010-09-08T19:03:50.080" />
  <row Id="2912" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2909" CreationDate="2010-09-08T19:11:57.623" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you use the &lt;code&gt;pgfplot&lt;/code&gt; package the plot/draw command takes a [smooth] option. In most cases this provides a satisfactory solution, so that you can include less points in the plots. (If I am not mistaken it either uses splines or bezier curves for smoothing, there might even be an option.) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-09-08T19:11:57.623" />
  <row Id="2913" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-08T19:14:41.303" Score="-1" ViewCount="338" Body="&lt;p&gt;Please can anyone tell me the source of the following error?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I simply entered&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\label{xlastpage} on last page&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and the call&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setkeys[KV]{fam}{lhead={Page \thepage of \pageref{xlastpage}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;gave the following funny errors.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%%%%%%%%% Trace log %%%%%%%%%%&#xA;&#xA;\T@pageref #1-&amp;gt;\NR@setref {#1}\@secondoffive {#1}&#xA;#1&amp;lt;-xlastpage&#xA;&#xA;\NR@setref #1-&amp;gt;\begingroup \@safe@activestrue \expandafter \endgroup \expandaft&#xA;er \NR@@setref \csname r@#1\endcsname&#xA;#1&amp;lt;-xlastpage&#xA;{\begingroup}&#xA;{entering semi simple group (level 19) at line 141}&#xA;&#xA;\@safe@activestrue -&amp;gt;\let \if@safe@actives \iftrue&#xA;{\let}&#xA;{changing \if@safe@actives=\iffalse}&#xA;{into \if@safe@actives=\iftrue}&#xA;{\expandafter}&#xA;{\expandafter}&#xA;{\csname}&#xA;{\endgroup}&#xA;{restoring \if@safe@actives=\iffalse}&#xA;{leaving semi simple group (level 19) entered at line 141}&#xA;&#xA;\NR@@setref #1-&amp;gt;\ifx \@undefined #1\let #1\relax \fi \@setref #1&#xA;#1&amp;lt;-\r@xlastpage&#xA;{\ifx}&#xA;{false}&#xA;&#xA;\@setref #1#2#3-&amp;gt;\ifx #1\relax \protect \G@refundefinedtrue \nfss@text {\reset@&#xA;font \bfseries ??}\@latex@warning {Reference `#3' on page \thepage \space undef&#xA;ined}\else \expandafter \Hy@setref@link #1\@empty \@empty \@nil {#2}\fi&#xA;#1&amp;lt;-\r@xlastpage&#xA;#2&amp;lt;-\@secondoffive&#xA;#3&amp;lt;-xlastpage&#xA;{\ifx}&#xA;{false}&#xA;{\expandafter}&#xA;&#xA;\r@xlastpage -&amp;gt;{2}{4}&#xA;&#xA;\Hy@setref@link #1#2#3#4#5#6\@nil #7-&amp;gt;\begingroup \toks 0={\hyper@@link {#5}{#4&#xA;}}\toks 1=\expandafter {#7{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}}\edef \x {\endgroup \the \toks 0&#xA; {\the \toks 1 }}\x&#xA;#1&amp;lt;-2&#xA;#2&amp;lt;-4&#xA;#3&amp;lt;-\@empty&#xA;#4&amp;lt;-\@empty&#xA;#5&amp;lt;-\@nil&#xA;! Argument of \Hy@setref@link has an extra }.&#xA;&amp;lt;inserted text&amp;gt;&#xA;                \par&#xA;&amp;lt;to be read again&amp;gt;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="994" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-07T22:58:18.500" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T22:58:18.500" ClosedDate="2011-02-08T09:26:54.623" Title="\pageref and hyperref" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;bookmarks&gt;&lt;lastpage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="2915" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2905" CreationDate="2010-09-08T19:28:25.647" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you want full citations in the main text, then you can use the bibentry package. Distributed as part of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/natbib&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;natbib&lt;/a&gt;. Use it as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\nobibliography{bibfile1,bibfile2} % or starred if also using \bibliography{...} &#xA;See \bibentry{id1} for a pedagogical introduction or \bibentry{id2} for more&#xA;technical details.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=bibinline&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this FAQ answer&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or perhaps you just want to add annotations to a regular list-style bibliography (i.e., a section of it's own). For this purpose, some bibliography styles will honour an &lt;code&gt;annote&lt;/code&gt; field, and otherwise you can usually abuse the &lt;code&gt;note&lt;/code&gt; field to achieve something similar.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastEditorUserId="627" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-08T19:40:56.507" LastActivityDate="2010-09-08T19:40:56.507" />
  <row Id="2916" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2913" CreationDate="2010-09-08T19:55:37.590" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't know what's causing your error; to even have a chance, I'd have to reproduce it, but I don't know what packages, etc., you're using. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But have you tried doing what you're doing by loading the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/lastpage&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;lastpage&lt;/a&gt; package with &lt;code&gt;\pageref{LastPage}&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or alternatively, with &lt;code&gt;\total{page}&lt;/code&gt; provided by the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/totcount&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;totcount&lt;/a&gt; package? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or with &lt;code&gt;\ref{TotPages}&lt;/code&gt; from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/totpages&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;totpages&lt;/a&gt; package?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastEditorUserId="411" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-08T20:01:05.487" LastActivityDate="2010-09-08T20:01:05.487" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2917" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2918" CreationDate="2010-09-08T20:20:49.063" Score="7" ViewCount="168" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to define a function where the page is resized to exactly the dimension of an mbox? For example, I want to do something like the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{report}&#xA;\thispagestyle{empty}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\mbox{\Huge buffer}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And have the output be a PDF whose dimension are exactly the size of the bounding box around the word &quot;buffer&quot;. Currently, I am using the program &lt;code&gt;pdfcrop&lt;/code&gt; to trim the resulting image, but this is a hack. I was wondering if there was a way to do this in TeX natively.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="352" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-18T06:49:48.667" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T06:49:48.667" Title="Resize paper to mbox" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;paper-size&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2918" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2917" CreationDate="2010-09-08T20:53:49.313" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newbox\mybox&#xA;\setbox\mybox=\hbox{stuff goes here}&#xA;\pdfhorigin=0pt&#xA;\pdfvorigin=0pt&#xA;\pdfpagewidth=\wd\mybox&#xA;\pdfpageheight=\ht\mybox&#xA;\advance\pdfpageheight by \dp\mybox&#xA;\shipout\box\mybox&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But it works for PDFTeX/LuaTeX only.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastActivityDate="2010-09-08T20:53:49.313" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2919" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2920" CreationDate="2010-09-08T21:22:09.170" Score="4" ViewCount="201" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi all,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm interested in using \nocite and pagebackref together which sounds a bit strange.&#xA;I'd like to get bibliographic references at the end of a document with mention of the page where they appear (hence the use of pagebackref) but with no specific reference in the text (like the usual [1] number, hence the use of \nocite). Maybe, I could use \cite instead but using an option with no reference? References in the page will be achieved through footnotes.&#xA;endnote and footbib packages do not seem to offer solutions of this type but  I may be wrong&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastActivityDate="2010-09-08T21:44:41.947" Title="\nocite and pagebackref option" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;citing&gt;&lt;pageref&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="2920" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2919" CreationDate="2010-09-08T21:44:41.947" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\oldnocite\nocite&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand*{\nocite}[1]{\oldnocite{#1}\Hy@backout{#1}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-09-08T21:44:41.947" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2921" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2909" CreationDate="2010-09-08T22:47:54.690" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using Adobe Illustrator you can select the problematic curve and then use the command: Object -&gt; Path -&gt; Simplify... (Make sure the &quot;straight lines&quot; option is not checked). Play with the quality sliders to balance the number of points against the fidelity to the true curve.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I wish I knew a more flexible way to do it, because the sliders don't give you that much control...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-09-08T22:47:54.690" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2922" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2905" CreationDate="2010-09-08T22:56:51.787" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's how to do it using &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/biblatex.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;biblatex&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{biblatex}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.bib}&#xA;@article{Bli74,&#xA;  author = {Blinder, Alan S.},&#xA;  year = {1974},&#xA;  title = {The economics of brushing teeth},&#xA;  journaltitle = {Journal of Political Economy},&#xA;  volume = {82},&#xA;  number = {4},&#xA;  pages = {887--891},&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\bibliography{\jobname}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;This paper is really cool:&#xA;&#xA;\fullcite{Bli74}.&#xA;&#xA;\printbibliography&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-09-08T22:56:51.787" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="2923" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2917" CreationDate="2010-09-08T23:17:51.760" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For the type of things that you seem to be doing, perhaps you might also want to look at the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/preview&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;preview&lt;/a&gt; package. The \mbox isn't necessary, and it gives you a way to make a series of properly trimmed images, in a single run.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-09-08T23:17:51.760" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2924" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2926" CreationDate="2010-09-08T23:57:45.400" Score="5" ViewCount="362" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using fixed-width columns with my table, and using both &lt;code&gt;longtable&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;booktabs&lt;/code&gt; packages (as well as &lt;code&gt;tabularx&lt;/code&gt; because of &lt;code&gt;\newcolumntype&lt;/code&gt; command).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In my table, I'll have lots of number data in &lt;strong&gt;cells that I want to align to the right&lt;/strong&gt;. However, &lt;strong&gt;I still want to keep the headers aligned to the center&lt;/strong&gt;, because some heading text will be broken into two (or more) lines.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I solve this? Here is a small testcase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[brazilian]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{longtable}&#xA;\usepackage{tabularx}&#xA;\usepackage{booktabs}&#xA;&#xA;\title{Table header aligment}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\newcolumntype{D}{m{20mm}}&#xA;\newcolumntype{L}{&amp;gt;{\raggedright\arraybackslash}m{20mm}}&#xA;\newcolumntype{C}{&amp;gt;{\centering\arraybackslash}m{20mm}}&#xA;\newcolumntype{R}{&amp;gt;{\raggedleft\arraybackslash}m{20mm}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{longtable}{DLCR}&#xA;&#xA;\toprule&#xA;I want this header text centered &amp;amp;&#xA;I want this header text centered &amp;amp;&#xA;I want this header text centered &amp;amp;&#xA;I want this header text centered \\&#xA;\midrule&#xA;&#xA;\endhead&#xA;&#xA;Justified alignment &amp;amp;&#xA;Left alignment &amp;amp;&#xA;Center alignment &amp;amp;&#xA;Right alignment \\&#xA;&#xA;% This row is just to show which columns will hyphenate, and which ones won't&#xA;Love alignment &amp;amp;&#xA;Love alignment &amp;amp;&#xA;Love alignment &amp;amp;&#xA;Love alignment \\&#xA;&#xA;\midrule&#xA;&#xA;% I wanna keep the numbers of this column aligned to the right, while keeping&#xA;% the headers aligned to the center.&#xA;dummy text &amp;amp; dummy text &amp;amp; dummy text &amp;amp; 123456 \\ &#xA;dummy text &amp;amp; dummy text &amp;amp; dummy text &amp;amp;   1234 \\ &#xA;dummy text &amp;amp; dummy text &amp;amp; dummy text &amp;amp;    456 \\ &#xA;&#xA;\bottomrule&#xA;&#xA;\end{longtable}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://a.imageshack.us/img36/9907/tablealignment.png&quot; alt=&quot;LaTeX rendering of the above code&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="375" LastActivityDate="2010-09-09T10:27:30.473" Title="How to align table headers differently than all other table cells?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;align&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2925" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="308" CreationDate="2010-09-09T01:14:48.087" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The LaTeX3 xparse package is designed to aid the construction of macros that take complex optional arguments. In this case, you'd write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{xparse}&#xA;....&#xA;\DeclareDocumentCommand \foo { o m } {%&#xA;  \IfNoValueTF #1 {%&#xA;    \something {#2}%&#xA;  }{%&#xA;    \someotherthing {#1} {#2}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Internally, this does the same thing as &lt;a href=&quot;#314&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Andrew's&lt;/a&gt; answer, but the coding is a little more straightforward/readable and it is also more easily extended. Want another optional argument? Just add another &lt;code&gt;o&lt;/code&gt; in the &lt;code&gt;{ o m }&lt;/code&gt; argument. (&lt;code&gt;o&lt;/code&gt; is ‘optional argument’ and &lt;code&gt;m&lt;/code&gt; is ‘mandatory argument’; see the xparse documentation for more.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-09-09T01:14:48.087" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2926" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2924" CreationDate="2010-09-09T01:16:57.750" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a problem with changing the headers of your table to:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\toprule&#xA;\centering I want this header text centered &amp;amp;&#xA;\centering I want this header text centered &amp;amp;&#xA;\centering I want this header text centered &amp;amp;&#xA;\centering I want this header text centered \tabularnewline&#xA;\midrule&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-09-09T01:16:57.750" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2927" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2924" CreationDate="2010-09-09T08:12:29.433" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I suggest to use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\multicolumn{1}{C}{I want this header text centered}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\multicolumn&lt;/code&gt; allows you to change the formatting of single cells. Here you've already defined the C type, so just use this.&#xA;Though using&lt;code&gt;\centering&lt;/code&gt; directly in cells works, it changes the meaning of &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt;, thus you may have to use &lt;code&gt;\arraybackslash&lt;/code&gt; afterwards or use &lt;code&gt;\tabularnewline&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt;. Your &lt;code&gt;C&lt;/code&gt; type has it already built in.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since you use that format several times, perhaps in further tables, you could define a shortcut for it like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\centercell}[1]{\multicolumn{1}{C}{#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To go further to semantic markup, I would define a head cell style and write just&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\head{This is my column head}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in the document body and define in the header my desired formatting document wide, like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\head}[1]{\centercell{\bfseries#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That allows easy and consistent changing later. Imagine, you decide later to omit the centering - instead of searching and removing &lt;code&gt;\centering&lt;/code&gt; in the document body it's just a small change in the preamble. Here you could quickly switch to bold or medium typeface or perhaps to &lt;code&gt;\Centering&lt;/code&gt; of ragged2e. That's no problem, since you separated the formatting from the content.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-09-09T08:12:29.433" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2928" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2924" CreationDate="2010-09-09T10:27:30.473" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is a package &lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/makecell/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;makecell&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, that defines a macro &lt;code&gt;\thead&lt;/code&gt; for one column table heads. Alignment by &lt;strong&gt;default is centered&lt;/strong&gt;, but you can give optional argument (l, c or r) like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\thead[c]{header text}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The font is by default &lt;code&gt;\footnotesize&lt;/code&gt;. To redefine it do for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\theadfont{\bfseries}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately it doesn't seem to work with &lt;code&gt;S&lt;/code&gt; table format from &lt;code&gt;siunitx&lt;/code&gt; package. &lt;code&gt;\multicolumn&lt;/code&gt; works though, see Stefan's answer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="353" LastActivityDate="2010-09-09T10:27:30.473" />
  <row Id="2929" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2931" CreationDate="2010-09-09T14:15:32.163" Score="8" ViewCount="281" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to consistently increase the vertical spacing between equation lines in a &lt;code&gt;gather&lt;/code&gt; (or &lt;code&gt;gather*&lt;/code&gt;) environment from &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Specifically, I want to produce something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{gather*}&#xA;a = b \\[2ex]&#xA;c = d \\[2ex]&#xA;e = f&#xA;\end{gather*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;without having to write &lt;code&gt;[2ex]&lt;/code&gt; at the end of each equation line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can think of some hacks that redefine &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; to automatically add the spacing, but is there some cleaner/better way to achieve this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-09-09T15:53:10.083" Title="How to increase the spacing between equations in &quot;gather&quot;?" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;amsmath&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2930" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2946" CreationDate="2010-09-09T14:56:39.970" Score="3" ViewCount="258" Body="&lt;p&gt;A simple(?) question, how do I reduce the space before and after a environment? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I suppose I'm after a redefine environment command that I can put at the top of my document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Example&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using Sweave and the R highlight environment. Basically, R code gets transformed into latex code. The end latex result looks like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{Hchunk}&#xA;  \begin{Hinput}&#xA;     \ttfamily\noindent&#xA;     \hlprompt{\usebox{\hlnormalsizeboxgreaterthan}{\ }}&amp;lt;snip&amp;gt;&#xA;     \normalfont&#xA;   \end{Hinput}&#xA;&#xA;   \begin{Houtput}&#xA;     \ttfamily\noindent&#xA;      NC-17{\ }{\ }{\ }{\ }PG{\ }PG-13{\ }{\ }{\ }{\ }{\ }&amp;lt;snip&amp;gt;&#xA;   \end{Houtput}&#xA;&#xA; %A few more Hinput and Houtput environments.&#xA;\end{Hchunk}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like to reduce the space after &lt;code&gt;\end{Houtput}&lt;/code&gt; For example &lt;code&gt;\end{Houtput}\vspace{-0.2em}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="224" LastEditorUserId="224" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-09T15:25:25.103" LastActivityDate="2010-09-09T18:48:10.733" Title="Reduce space before and after an enviroment" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;environments&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="2931" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2929" CreationDate="2010-09-09T15:32:40.323" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Not sure if this is exactly what you're after, but the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/mathtools.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;mathtools&lt;/a&gt; manual mentions, in relation to a new environment it provides, that the distance between lines in &lt;code&gt;gather&lt;/code&gt; and other multiline environments is set by a dimension called &lt;code&gt;\jot&lt;/code&gt;. By changing this length, e.g. &lt;code&gt;\setlength{\jot}{2ex}&lt;/code&gt;, you can set it for the entire document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Said environment is called &lt;code&gt;spreadlines&lt;/code&gt; by the way, and changes this setting locally. This example is copied from the manual:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{spreadlines}{20pt}  &#xA;Large spaces between the lines.  &#xA;\begin{gather}  &#xA;a=b\\  &#xA;c=d  &#xA;\end{gather}  &#xA;\end{spreadlines}  &#xA;Back to normal spacing.&#xA;\begin{gather}  &#xA;a=b\\    &#xA;c=d   &#xA;\end{gather}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="586" LastEditorUserId="586" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-09T15:46:06.187" LastActivityDate="2010-09-09T15:46:06.187" />
  <row Id="2932" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2929" CreationDate="2010-09-09T15:39:25.143" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This can be achieved by increasing the length &lt;code&gt;\jot&lt;/code&gt; which amsmath uses between lines in multi-line formulas. Either write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setlength{\jot}{value}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\addtolength{\jot}{value}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to increase the spacing. It's very similar to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1580/increase-spacing-in-split-environment&quot;&gt;Increase spacing in split environment&lt;/a&gt;, since it's the same technique though another environment is meant.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-09-09T15:39:25.143" />
  <row Id="2933" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2963" CreationDate="2010-09-09T15:46:23.703" Score="8" ViewCount="274" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Problem&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This question is related to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/48/how-can-i-specify-a-long-list-of-math-operators&quot;&gt;How can I specify a long list of math operators?&lt;/a&gt; – but with a twist: I want to allow spaces in in the comma-separated list, like so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newacronyms{acm, ams, cpu, nih}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For each of these, the macro &lt;code&gt;\newacronym&lt;/code&gt; (note missing suffix “&lt;strong&gt;s&lt;/strong&gt;”) should be invoked, which is defined as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*\newacronym[1]{&#xA;  \expandafter\newcommand\csname#1\endcsname[1][]{{\acronymstyle#1}##1\xspace}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then I can use the acronyms in a text as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;The \nih is the National Institute of Health.&#xA;Modern computers have several \cpu[s].&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;– But how does the &lt;code&gt;\newacronyms&lt;/code&gt; macro look like?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Partial solution&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I got it working without spaces – that is, it only works as &lt;code&gt;\newacronyms{foo,bar}&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*\newacronyms[1]{&#xA;  \@for\@i:=#1\do{\expandafter\newacronym\expandafter{\@i}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;My approach (not working …)&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now I need a way to gobble the leading spaces inside the &lt;code&gt;\@i&lt;/code&gt; macro but I’ve come up dry. My initial thought was that something along the following lines should work, but to no avail.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\gobble@spaces{\@ifnextchar\space{\@gobble\gobble@spaces}{}}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*\newacronyms[1]{&#xA;  \@for\@i:=#1\do{%&#xA;    \edef\@ii{\expandafter\gobble@spaces\@i}%&#xA;    \expandafter\newacronym\expandafter{\@ii}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It should be noted that &lt;code&gt;\gobble@spaces&lt;/code&gt; &lt;em&gt;works&lt;/em&gt; in similar circumstances (although I’m not sure why … shouldn’t there be an &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt; before the &lt;code&gt;\@gobble&lt;/code&gt;?), just not in the above:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% This WORKS:&#xA;\def\mylst{1, 2, 3, 4}&#xA;\@for\i:=\mylst\do{print ``\expandafter\gobble@spaces\i''\\}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Incidentally, does an equivalent command already exist somewhere in the kernel? I can’t imagine that I’m the first to need it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2010-09-10T10:35:29.680" Title="Parse comma-separated list of command names with spaces" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;lists&gt;&lt;parsing&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="2934" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2929" CreationDate="2010-09-09T15:53:10.083" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The traditional way (inherited from plain tex) is to do &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\openup 2ex&#xA;\begin{gather*}&#xA;a = b \\&#xA;c = d \\&#xA;e = f&#xA;\end{gather*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Although it's more traditional to use units of &lt;code&gt;\jot&lt;/code&gt; rather than &lt;code&gt;ex&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-09-09T15:53:10.083" />
  <row Id="2935" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2939" CreationDate="2010-09-09T16:10:42.353" Score="3" ViewCount="220" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi all,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm currently creating an index with the book class. I would like to play with the vertical separation between items in the index. Below is what I am redefining:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand\@idxitem{\par\hangindent 40\p@}&#xA;\renewcommand\subitem{\vspace*{-2\p@}\@idxitem \hspace*{20\p@}}&#xA;\renewcommand\subsubitem{\vspace*{-4\p@}\@idxitem \hspace*{30\p@}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and I control the vertical space with two \vspace* commands. Is this correct?&#xA;Thanks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-10T12:38:31.980" LastActivityDate="2010-09-10T12:38:31.980" Title="index and item separation" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;index&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="2936" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2943" CreationDate="2010-09-09T16:11:18.977" Score="12" ViewCount="364" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to test whether a token list register is empty without expanding it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-11-28T12:05:20.340" Title="Test whether token list is empty" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;token-lists&gt;" AnswerCount="5" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="2938" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2839" CreationDate="2010-09-09T16:49:10.370" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Shameless plug: I write a regular (rather semi-regular) article series in tugboat on specific ConTeXt topics aimed at beginners. Articles so far:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb28-2/tb89mahajan.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Font Styles&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb28-3/tb90mahajan.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Table Macros I&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb29-1/tb91mahajan.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Table Macros II&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb29-2/tb92mahajan.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Indentation&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.tug.org/members/TUGboat/tb31-1/tb97mahajan.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Conditional Processing&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The newer articles require a TUG membership to view. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-09T23:15:02.047" LastActivityDate="2010-09-09T23:15:02.047" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2939" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2935" CreationDate="2010-09-09T16:57:53.690" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your approach will produce variable vertical separation. However, by adding negative vertical space to subitems and subsubitems, their respective separation will actually be smaller than the vertical space between two lines of the same ((sub)sub)item, which may be confusing (besides producing rather cramped text lines). As an alternative, consider adding positive vertical space to items and subitems.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-09-09T16:57:53.690" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2940" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2933" CreationDate="2010-09-09T17:32:33.243" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In ConTeXt, you have a &lt;code&gt;\processcommalist&lt;/code&gt; macro for processing comma lists. So your example could be written as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\newacronyms#1{\processcommalist[#1]\donewacronyms}&#xA;&#xA;\def\donewacronyms#1%&#xA;  {\setvalue{#1}{\newacronym{#1}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am pretty sure that there will be a LaTeX package that does the same thing. If not, you can always copy the definition of &lt;a href=&quot;http://source.contextgarden.net/tex/context/base/syst-aux.mkiv&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;\processcommalist&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2010-09-09T17:32:33.243" />
  <row Id="2941" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2947" CreationDate="2010-09-09T17:34:10.500" Score="7" ViewCount="1357" Body="&lt;p&gt;Inspired by the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2811/is-there-any-reason-to-compile-to-dvi-rather-than-pdf-these-days/2857#2857&quot;&gt;comments to this answer&lt;/a&gt; I am curious how to actually setup and use forward/reverse (inverse) search with vim, pdflatex and an open-source PDF-viewer under Linux.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Btw, to give more details:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Forward search means that when you at some location in your text editor you issue some command and auto-magically the PDF-viewer jumps to the corresponding location in the typeset PDF. Perhaps even marks it somehow.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Reverse search means that issuing a command in your PDF-Viewer (e.g. clicking somewhere in the document), instructs the PDF-viewer to send a command to your editor that then jumps to the corresponding source location.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt; Currently I am not using any latex plugin in vim. And usually the LaTeX documents I edit with vim make use of \include or \input a lot.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="929" LastEditorUserId="929" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-09T19:14:28.110" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T02:31:49.513" Title="How to setup synctex with vim, pdflatex and an open-source PDF-viewer under Linux?" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;vim&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="2942" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2936" CreationDate="2010-09-09T17:38:10.633" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;With LuaTeX you can do this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\directlua{&#xA;if string.len(tex.toks[&quot;headline&quot;]) &amp;gt; 0 then&#xA;    print(&quot;not emtpy&quot;)&#xA;end&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But since I never use token list: don't use this code to build nuclear plants.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="243" LastActivityDate="2010-09-09T17:38:10.633" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="2943" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2936" CreationDate="2010-09-09T17:38:53.173" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Would something like this work?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\ifempty#1{%&#xA;\edef\ContentsOfList{\the#1}%&#xA;\edef\CompareTo{}%&#xA;\ifx\ContentsOfList\CompareTo}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could then use it like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\toks0={\blah\bloh a b c}&#xA;\toks2={}&#xA;&#xA;\ifempty{\toks0} empty\else nonempty\fi&#xA;&#xA;\ifempty{\toks2} empty\else nonempty\fi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2010-09-09T17:38:53.173" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="2944" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2936" CreationDate="2010-09-09T17:59:49.200" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Similar to Jan Hlavacek's answer, but expandable:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\certainlynotintoks{\certainlynotintoks}&#xA;\def\iftoksempty#1{\expandafter\ifx\expandafter&#xA;    \certainlynotintoks\the#1 \certainlynotintoks}&#xA;&#xA;\toks0{\undefined will not be expanded}&#xA;\toks2{}&#xA;\iftoksempty{\toks0} empty\else not empty\fi \par&#xA;\iftoksempty{\toks2} empty\else not empty\fi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This requires that &lt;code&gt;\certainlynotintoks&lt;/code&gt; does not appear as the first token in the token register. Both this and Jan's answer do expand the token register, but only once. I don't believe there's a way to avoid that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: Taking Will's (absolutely correct) comment into consideration, change the definition of &lt;code&gt;\iftoksempty&lt;/code&gt; to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\iftoksempty#1{\expandafter\ifx\expandafter&#xA;    \certainlynotintoks\the#1 \certainlynotintoks \expandafter\@firstoftwo&#xA;    \else \expandafter\@secondoftwo\fi}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then you can use &lt;code&gt;\iftoksempty{\toks0}{empty}{not empty}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-28T12:05:20.340" LastActivityDate="2010-11-28T12:05:20.340" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="2945" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2899" CreationDate="2010-09-09T18:17:33.737" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can do this with Acrobat Professional, but it's a little bit obscure. Here's the recipe for Acrobat 9:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;Advanced&lt;/code&gt;-&gt;&lt;code&gt;Preflight...&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Select the &lt;code&gt;Profiles&lt;/code&gt; tab, and the left of the three buttons (with the tooltip &lt;code&gt;Select profiles&lt;/code&gt;, and an icon that's maybe supposed to be a basket?)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;This step is optional, but if you do it then you can choose the fonts from a list instead of having to type them:&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Select any one of the profiles (I like &lt;code&gt;Report PDF syntax issues&lt;/code&gt;) and execute it by pressing the &lt;code&gt;Analyze&lt;/code&gt; button.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Assuming there were no errors, go back to the profile tab&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;From the &lt;code&gt;Options&lt;/code&gt; button/menu in the top right of the window, select &lt;code&gt;Create New Preflight Profile...&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Give the profile a name (eg &quot;Check usage of specific fonts&quot;).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;In the tree panel on the left, on the &lt;code&gt;Fonts&lt;/code&gt; branch of your new profile.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Use the dropdown next to &lt;code&gt;A font is used which is&lt;/code&gt; to change it to &lt;code&gt;Info&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Click on the &lt;code&gt;Add...&lt;/code&gt; button and choose the font(s) you wish to investigate (if you skipped the optional step above, then you have to simply type the font name, ignoring the 6-character random prefix).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;code&gt;OK&lt;/code&gt;, select your new profile (under &lt;code&gt;Custom profiles&lt;/code&gt;) and press &lt;code&gt;Analyze&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Expand the &lt;code&gt;Text uses font&lt;/code&gt; tree branch, to see all the uses. Choose the different uses of your font(s) and either double click to jump to the location in the document (with a box around it for emphasis), or click &lt;code&gt;Show in snap&lt;/code&gt; to see a preview of only the text in question.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another useful tool for investigating the usage of fonts in PDFs is also available from the Acrobat 9 preflight tool. Click on the &lt;code&gt;Options&lt;/code&gt; button/menu and choose &lt;code&gt;Create inventory...&lt;/code&gt;. Check only &lt;code&gt;Fonts&lt;/code&gt; and click &lt;code&gt;OK&lt;/code&gt;. Now you have a document showing the use of all the fonts, including which glyphs are included in the subset, what are their Unicode names, which pages they appear on, as well as other arcana such as the PostScript name and the italic angle.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-09-09T18:17:33.737" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2946" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2930" CreationDate="2010-09-09T18:46:30.043" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The highlight package seems to define&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{Hinput}{}{}&#xA;\newenvironment{Houtput{}{}&#xA;\newenvironment{Hchunk}{%&#xA;\vspace{0.5em}\noindent\begin{lrbox}{\highlightbox}%&#xA;\begin{minipage}[b]{.9\textwidth}%&#xA;}{%&#xA;\end{minipage}\end{lrbox}%&#xA;\fcolorbox{highlightBorder}{highlightBg}{\usebox{\highlightbox}}%&#xA;\vspace{0.5em}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can change those to be more suitable to what you want. In particular, you can remove the &lt;code&gt;\vspace&lt;/code&gt;. Just use &lt;code&gt;\renewenvironment&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-09-09T18:46:30.043" />
  <row Id="2947" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2941" CreationDate="2010-09-09T18:52:59.407" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It would help to know which, if any, LaTeX plugin you're using for vim. (E.g., the latex-suite, vim-auctex, latex-box, etc.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Next, as far as viewer choice, the only widely used open source PDF viewer for linux which currently supports SyncTeX well out of the box is Okular. That's probably your best choice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are instructions fo setting up SyncTeX with Okular with the vim-latex plugin &lt;a href=&quot;https://facwiki.cs.byu.edu/nlp/index.php/Vim%2BLaTeX_on_Linux&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;, and some related observations &lt;a href=&quot;http://ubuntuforums.org/showthread.php?t=1081337&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;. I had mixed results following those directions. Here's what seems to be important.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Be sure that your LaTeX compilation method (which will depend on your plugin) calls pdflatex (or xelatex or whatever) with the -synctex=1 flag.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I think something like this should suffice for Forward Searches with Okular, though it might be better to try to rewrite or modify the forward search function for your plugin (there's some info on that in one of the links above). Put this in your .vimrc (and change the mapping to whatever you like).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;function! SyncTexForward()&#xA;     let execstr = &quot;silent !okular --unique %:p:r.pdf\#src:&quot;.line(&quot;.&quot;).&quot;%:p &amp;amp;&quot;&#xA;     exec execstr&#xA;endfunction&#xA;nmap &amp;lt;Leader&amp;gt;f :call SyncTexForward()&amp;lt;CR&amp;gt;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;For reverse searches, set the editor line in Okular to &lt;code&gt;gvim --servername GVIM --remote +%l %f&lt;/code&gt;. It might also work to use &lt;code&gt;gvim --servername GVIM --remote-send &quot;&amp;lt;Esc&amp;gt;%lgg&quot;&lt;/code&gt; if you only use it with the file already open. Change the servername to whatever you use. (Not sure if it's different with regular vim, but this doesn't make much sense out of a graphical environment.)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I do not have Okular installed right now, however, so I could not test any of that. (And the links I gave earlier have slightly different advice which is worth trying.) I really hope someone with both Okular and gvim installed can test this advice, and correct where I went wrong.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And all of that advice isn't going to work well if you're using subdocuments called through &lt;code&gt;\input{...}&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\include{...}&lt;/code&gt;, where the PDF name doesn't match the name of the document you're editing. There are ways around that, but it would require knowing more about what LaTeX plugins and methods you're already using, if any.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, other choices are kinda/sorta already available. The next version of evince will support SyncTeX through Dbus, and apparently someone is already working on a plugin for vim to make use of it. &lt;a href=&quot;https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=543503&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Details here.&lt;/a&gt; However, it's very unlikely that this version of evince is already available for your linux distribution, and there may be some problems with it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There's &lt;a href=&quot;http://aur.archlinux.org/packages.php?ID=29148&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;an old fork of an old version evince that provides synctex support&lt;/a&gt;; there are instructions that come with that detail how to set this up with gvim. It works fine. It's easy to set up if you're using Arch Linux, since this is in the AUR. If you're not, I don't know how hard it would be to compile. (I used to use Ubuntu before Arch, and couldn't get it working there,  but that may have been my ignorance.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Next, I wrote some scripts that provide very limited, very poor, but still better than nothing, synctex support between gvim and the open-source vim-like PDF viewer Zathura, which uses vim-like keybindings. You'll &lt;A href=&quot;https://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?pid=800460&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;find them mentioned and detailed in this thread in the Arch forums here. (post #370)&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, I think this kind of stuff will work its way into the major LaTeX plugins for vim soon, and then you don't have to resort to so much trial and error.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastEditorUserId="411" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-09T19:02:24.783" LastActivityDate="2010-09-09T19:02:24.783" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2948" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2692" CreationDate="2010-09-09T21:03:12.670" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You might want to look at using SVG on the web page, with dvisgm to generate the SVG, and Google's svgweb for IE prior to version 9.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="176" LastActivityDate="2010-09-09T21:03:12.670" />
  <row Id="2949" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2422" CreationDate="2010-09-09T21:27:53.510" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A half hour spent learning R is all you'll need.  If you can work in maple, you'll find R to be simple.  The good thing is that R and maple do quite different things, so time spent learning a bit of R will not be lost time.  If you do &lt;em&gt;any&lt;/em&gt; work with data, R is a tool you should investigate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="922" LastActivityDate="2010-09-09T21:27:53.510" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2950" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-09T22:07:57.170" Score="7" ViewCount="602" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm working with a colleague who uses LyX (I use LaTeX), and we have a hard time exchanging documents because of conversion issues. Is there any easy way to convert LyX to LaTeX and vice versa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="103" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-13T17:40:45.780" LastActivityDate="2010-09-13T17:40:45.780" Title="Converting LyX to LaTeX" Tags="&lt;latex-general&gt;&lt;conversion&gt;&lt;lyx&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2951" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2936" CreationDate="2010-09-09T22:59:03.077" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;At time of writing the other TeX based answers on this page are flawed in that they hide a conditional \ifx inside a macro but still use \else/\fi at the &quot;top&quot; level. This will mean that things break unexpectedly when used inside other conditionals. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The LaTeX3 programming language expl3 contains a module for doing stuff with token registers: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{expl3}&#xA;...&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOn&#xA;\toks_if_empty:NTF \mytoks {true} {false}&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOff&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It essentially does internally what the other answers here are suggesting, but it uses expansion to grab its arguments so the branching is robust (and you don't have \fi lying around to get in your way).  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update&lt;/strong&gt;:&#xA;So what does this approach do that is superior to other methods? Consider the style of solution first offered in answer to this question:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\IfEmpty#1{%&#xA;  \edef\1{\the#1}&#xA;  \ifx\1\empty&#xA;}&#xA;...&#xA;\IfEmpty\foo T\else F\fi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This doesn't behave nicely when nested, because TeX scans ahead when discarding unfollowed branches of a conditional. Consider&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ifx\bar\baz&#xA;  \IfEmpty\foo T\else F\fi % &amp;lt;- uh oh&#xA;\else&#xA;  E&#xA;\fi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If &lt;code&gt;\bar&lt;/code&gt; = &lt;code&gt;\baz&lt;/code&gt;, then the second branch is discarded and the first branch is executed. So far so good. If &lt;code&gt;\bar&lt;/code&gt; ≠ &lt;code&gt;\baz&lt;/code&gt;, then the first branch is discarded by reading ahead until the first unmatched &lt;code&gt;\else&lt;/code&gt; — and this is the one in the line labelled &quot;uh oh&quot; above. So you could collapse the expansion of the above snippet in this case to:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\iffalse\else F\fi % &amp;lt;- uh oh&#xA;\else&#xA;  E&#xA;\fi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and hence the cause of the ‘Extra &lt;code&gt;\else&lt;/code&gt;’ error message in this case.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So this form for conditionals doesn't work so well. Next try. You can also write this style of code like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\IfEmpty#1#2#3{%&#xA;  \edef\1{\the#1}&#xA;  \ifx\1\empty&#xA;    #2%&#xA;  \else&#xA;    #3%&#xA;  \fi&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This avoids the problems of nesting as in the previous trial solution, but it's prone to another problem: &lt;code&gt;#2&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;#3&lt;/code&gt; have trailing material behind them, namely &lt;code&gt;\else&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\fi&lt;/code&gt;. This is a problem if you want to write something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\processfoo#1{...something with #1...}&#xA;\IfEmpty\foo{\error}{\processfoo} {arg}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;because the &lt;code&gt;#1&lt;/code&gt; passed to &lt;code&gt;\processfoo&lt;/code&gt; will be &lt;code&gt;\fi&lt;/code&gt; instead of the desired &lt;code&gt;{arg}&lt;/code&gt;. The conditional in this case is better written as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\IfEmpty#1#2#3{%&#xA;  \edef\1{\the#1}&#xA;  \ifx\1\empty&#xA;    \expandafter\@firstoftwo&#xA;  \else&#xA;    \expandafter\@secondoftwo&#xA;  \fi&#xA;  {#2}{#3}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;so overcome this problem. This is how expl3 conditionals work, and it's why we're writing &lt;code&gt;TF&lt;/code&gt; at the end of all their names to indicate &quot;true&quot; and &quot;false&quot; branches. (Or just &lt;code&gt;T&lt;/code&gt; or just &lt;code&gt;F&lt;/code&gt; if you only want one of them.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Incidentally, there are expandable tests for checking for emptiness, which is why I suggest using the expl3 approach for this test. Expandability is not always required, of course, but code that is fully expandable tends to be more reliable and it's always nice to have for cases such as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\typeout{ \toks_if_empty:NT \foo {Warning:~\string\foo\space is~ empty} }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-10T04:53:52.417" LastActivityDate="2010-09-10T04:53:52.417" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="2952" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2933" CreationDate="2010-09-09T23:23:06.320" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To answer your smaller question: to gobble spaces inside a macro or even around a string of tokens, check out the trimspaces package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\usepackage{trimspaces}&#xA;...&#xA;\newcommand*\newacronyms[1]{%&#xA;  \@for\@ii:=#1\do{%&#xA;    \trim@spaces@in\@ii&#xA;    \expandafter\newacronym\expandafter{\@ii}}}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-10T10:35:29.680" LastActivityDate="2010-09-10T10:35:29.680" />
  <row Id="2953" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2950" CreationDate="2010-09-09T23:40:36.483" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;LyX has LaTeX import/export functions accessible in its menu. I don't have it installed right now, but from what I remember, you can't miss 'em.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-09-09T23:40:36.483" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2954" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2955" CreationDate="2010-09-10T00:52:21.913" Score="3" ViewCount="193" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like the Old English fonts used for ideals, cardinality of the reals, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/mDnyn.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks very much,&#xA;Nicholas&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1149" LastActivityDate="2010-09-10T01:39:23.797" Title="How does one use the Old English fonts? e.g. for ring ideals" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="2955" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2954" CreationDate="2010-09-10T01:39:23.797" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think the usual method is to use the Fraktur font (strictly speaking, not Old English, but a Germanic gothic font, but close) provided by, e.g., &lt;code&gt;amsfonts&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsfonts}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;     $\mathfrak{c}$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/yfonts&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;yfonts&lt;/a&gt; package provides some interesting alternatives you may wish to look at too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-09-10T01:39:23.797" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2956" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2957" CreationDate="2010-09-10T01:55:32.867" Score="3" ViewCount="137" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want the index to appear under the intersection symbol.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="512" LastActivityDate="2010-09-10T02:29:09.697" Title="How do I do an iterated intersection?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="2957" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2956" CreationDate="2010-09-10T02:29:09.697" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In display math mode:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[&#xA;       \bigcap_{x}&#xA;\]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will create a larger-than-normal ⋂, with x underneath it. (For &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;inline math mode, use &lt;code&gt;\displaystyle&lt;/code&gt; if you want it always underneath it.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want the intersection sign to be regular-sized, then I'd load the &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; package and use &lt;code&gt;\underset{x}{\cap}&lt;/code&gt; or something like that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If neither of these are what you want, then I'm afraid I didn't fully understand the question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-09-10T02:29:09.697" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2958" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2960" CreationDate="2010-09-10T03:14:33.803" Score="10" ViewCount="1017" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have the following towards the end of an article. The bibliography is short (4 entries).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What's happening is that on the very last page of document I get the chart and immediately afterwards the References section, despite the &lt;code&gt;\newpage&lt;/code&gt; directive. While I personally prefer everything on one page, I have a requirement to put the references on a different page. Is LaTeX ignoring &lt;code&gt;\newpage&lt;/code&gt; because it finds plenty of space to use on that page? If so, I'm confused why it does so even when told explicitly to start a new page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I cannot post the entire article so hopefully the excerpt below will be helpful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;bla bla bla&#xA;bla bla bla&#xA;bla bla bla&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}[htp]&#xA;  \centering&#xA;  \includegraphics{my-image}&#xA;  \caption{caption here}\label{my-label}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\newpage&#xA;\begin{thebibliography}{99}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="564" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-05T22:39:14.860" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T22:39:14.860" Title="Why is \newpage ignored sometimes ?" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;page-breaking&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="2959" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2958" CreationDate="2010-09-10T04:03:43.633" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try using &lt;code&gt;\clearpage&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\newpage&lt;/code&gt;. The former will print any remaining figures first, and then start a new page, if I've understood correctly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="586" LastActivityDate="2010-09-10T04:03:43.633" />
  <row Id="2960" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2958" CreationDate="2010-09-10T04:03:58.797" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Floating figures and tables can move past &lt;code&gt;\newpage&lt;/code&gt;, so what is happening is that the &lt;code&gt;\newpage&lt;/code&gt; does start a new page, then inserts the figure, then starts the references section.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You want &lt;code&gt;\clearpage&lt;/code&gt;, which has the same effect as &lt;code&gt;\newpage&lt;/code&gt; but restricts floats as well. If there are pending floats when &lt;code&gt;\clearpage&lt;/code&gt; hits, a float page is created only after which the content will continue.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-09-10T04:03:58.797" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2961" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2936" CreationDate="2010-09-10T07:29:13.143" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A rather retro way of avoiding the problems Will talks about is to use flags.  Define:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\newif\iftest &#xA;\def\testtoksempty#1{\edef\1{\the#1}&#xA;  \ifx \1\empty \testtrue % from plain.tex: \def\empty{}&#xA;  \else\testfalse \fi}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\testtoksempty\toksreg&#xA;\iftest toksreg is empty \else toksreg's got something \fi&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tend to avoid any kind of overlap between \if conditional and macro expansion because of my incomplete, fearful grasp of the issues Will nicely explained (and which I now understand a bit better).  This is clunky, ASM-like way to code, and the use of a fixed test flag means that Boolean expressions are going to be fiddly: you may be driven to multiple, nearly identical macros - \tessttoksempty, \tesssttoksempty, &amp;amp;c.  But it's robust and easy to debug.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-10T07:44:14.817" LastActivityDate="2010-09-10T07:44:14.817" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="2962" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2692" CreationDate="2010-09-10T07:31:21.747" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Peter Luschny has prepared a nice &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.luschny.de/math/euler/BrowserMathTest.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;test page&lt;/a&gt; and started a &lt;a href=&quot;http://groups.google.de/group/de.comp.text.tex/browse_thread/thread/632dbcd770d3e79b/9668fd39712323d8&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;discusson&lt;/a&gt; on de.c.t.t (in German).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2010-09-10T07:31:21.747" />
  <row Id="2963" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2933" CreationDate="2010-09-10T07:38:11.933" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here a solution that uses the &lt;code&gt;etoolbox&lt;/code&gt; package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{etoolbox}&#xA;\newcommand*{\newacronym}[1]{\typeout{New acronym: [#1]}}&#xA;\newcommand*{\newacronyms}{%&#xA;  \let\do\newacronym&#xA;  \docsvlist&#xA;}&#xA;\newacronyms{acm, ams, cpu, nih}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2010-09-10T07:38:11.933" />
  <row Id="2964" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-09-10T07:49:56.293" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-10T07:49:56.293" LastActivityDate="2010-09-10T07:49:56.293" />
  <row Id="2965" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-09-10T07:49:56.293" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="expl3 is the programming &quot;language&quot; written for the LaTeX3 project. It is a library of common functions for storing and manipulating data and performing higher-level logical tasks than commonly provided for in TeX and LaTeX." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-10T07:49:56.293" LastActivityDate="2010-09-10T07:49:56.293" />
  <row Id="2966" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2950" CreationDate="2010-09-10T07:59:14.323" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Exporting Lyx to Latex is easy, although it is quite possible to have documents that look fine in Lyx, but which correspond to Latex code that doesn't compile.  This happens if you have odd Latex code in the preamble or in Tex code boxes.  But these are obvious enough to the Lyx user, because you can't produce dvi/pdf from the document. &amp;mdash; &lt;strong&gt;Addendum:&lt;/strong&gt; Another possible problem: inclusion of local files; then the document might compiler locally, but not when transferred.  But this can be a Lyx to Lyx problem, also.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The other way is more likely to be problematic.  Some possible problems:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Parsing&lt;/strong&gt; &amp;mdash; When Lyx imports Latex code, it has to parse it to recognise the structure of the document: section headings, formulae, &amp;amp;c.  If it doesn't manage to parse a part of the Latex source, it gobbles up the code until it does recognise something and puts the part not understood inside a Tex code box.  These code boxes might contain structure Lyx should have spotted, which is very easy to do if you use, say, packages that Lyx has not been programmed to digest.  Unless you are doing anything very strange, you should be able to edit text paragraphs in the usual way.  The Tex code boxes could be a problem for your colleague;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Character encoding&lt;/strong&gt; &amp;mdash; Make sure you use ASCII or UTF8 as your character encoding in your Latex source;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Lyx preamble&lt;/strong&gt; &amp;mdash; Lyx puts some code in the document preamble.  There is the possibility that this inclusion will clash with the imported Latex preamble.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd say the course of least resistance is to use Lyx yourself.  You have a fair bit of freedom mess about with Lyx's appearance using the preamble and Tex code boxes, and Lyx is pretty intuitive to a Latex user.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-10T13:03:10.440" LastActivityDate="2010-09-10T13:03:10.440" />
  <row Id="2967" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2968" CreationDate="2010-09-10T08:20:07.047" Score="5" ViewCount="123" Body="&lt;p&gt;When compiling a beamer document using xelatex, I encountered a problem with the macro &lt;code&gt;\C&lt;/code&gt;.  Basically, I want to use that to stand for the set of complex numbers so I want to redefine it to be &lt;code&gt;\mathbb{C}&lt;/code&gt;, but &lt;code&gt;xelatex&lt;/code&gt; complains that it is already defined.  Using &lt;code&gt;\show&lt;/code&gt;, I can see that it is defined to be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;gt; \C=macro:&#xA;-&amp;gt;\PU-cmd \C \PU\C .&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but a texmf-wide grep doesn't show me anything sensible on what that actually means!  So I don't know if it's safe to clobber it or not.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's the minimal test case.  Note that the issue only shows up with &lt;code&gt;xelatex&lt;/code&gt;, not with &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;lualatex&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\show\C&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It feels like something font-y, since if I remove the &lt;code&gt;\show&lt;/code&gt; (i.e., actually try to &lt;em&gt;use&lt;/em&gt; the command), then I get the error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! LaTeX Error: Command \C unavailable in encoding OT1.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-09-10T08:58:24.030" Title="What is &quot;\C&quot; with xelatex and beamer?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="2968" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2967" CreationDate="2010-09-10T08:58:24.030" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;\C is defined in puenc.def from hyperref and is e.g. loaded if you use the &quot;unicode&quot; option which beamer does probably if you run xelatex. It encodes U+030F &quot;COMBINING DOUBLE GRAVE ACCENT&quot;. The same unicode char is encoded in puenc.def by \textdoublegrave and \G. \textdoublegrave is also defined in T3 encoding (tipa). I don't know if \C and \G are defined in other packages. You can probably safely redefine it, but I personally avoid to define one-char commands as they are often used for accents commands. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-09-10T08:58:24.030" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2969" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2970" CreationDate="2010-09-10T09:35:10.367" Score="9" ViewCount="278" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is a partial re-asking of my question &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/335/can-i-change-the-font-and-colour-of-a-letter-permanently&quot;&gt;Can I change the font and colour of a letter permanently?&lt;/a&gt;.  The answers there focussed on the &lt;em&gt;colour&lt;/em&gt; aspect of what I wanted.  I also want to be able to change the actual font used for a character.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;What's the right way to reassign a character to a particular glyph from a particular font?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As a possible (albeit slightly manic) example, suppose I wanted (in maths mode) to use &lt;code&gt;C&lt;/code&gt; just for the set of complex numbers.  So typing &lt;code&gt;C&lt;/code&gt; should produce ℂ.  I also want to be able to shift the glyphs around, so maybe typing &lt;code&gt;d&lt;/code&gt; should produce δ.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Will's answer to my original question began with:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In regular latex you can choose different fonts for different symbols&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but didn't tell me exactly how to do that!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-12T01:19:53.820" LastActivityDate="2010-12-12T16:44:12.120" Title="How do I change the font of a letter?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="2970" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2969" CreationDate="2010-09-10T09:41:41.100" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareMathSymbol{C}{\mathord}{AMSb}{`C}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first argument is the token (control sequences are valid here) you're defining. The second is the class, &lt;code&gt;\mathord&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\mathbin&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\mathop&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\mathrel&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\mathopen&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\mathclose&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\mathpunct&lt;/code&gt;, and 7 for variable (there's probably some &lt;code&gt;\mathfoo&lt;/code&gt; for variable, but I don't know what it is). The third is the font family. The fourth is the position within that family.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As would be expected, this particular case eventually expands to a &lt;code&gt;\mathcode `C=&quot;0.43&lt;/code&gt;. I don't really know what the missing hex digit (the family) is. &lt;code&gt;\mathcode&lt;/code&gt; is one of those mysterious (to me) primitives.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I believe the basic format is: &lt;code&gt;\mathcode `x=&quot;cfpp&lt;/code&gt; where &lt;code&gt;x&lt;/code&gt; is any literal character, &lt;code&gt;c&lt;/code&gt; is the class (0 = ordinary through 7 = variable), &lt;code&gt;f&lt;/code&gt; is the family, and &lt;code&gt;pp&lt;/code&gt; is the position within that family. &lt;code&gt;cfpp&lt;/code&gt; is a hexadecimal value, of course.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It occurs to me that you might want to use &lt;code&gt;7&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\mathord&lt;/code&gt; to get a letter in the variable class. I'm not sure. Hopefully someone else can express an opinion on the matter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-10T10:12:48.493" LastActivityDate="2010-09-10T10:12:48.493" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2971" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2973" CreationDate="2010-09-10T10:42:42.997" Score="8" ViewCount="204" Body="&lt;p&gt;One thing I find annoying about (La)TeX is that there are too many special characters. To have any of &lt;code&gt;\ $ % &amp;amp; # _ ~ ^ { }&lt;/code&gt; in a text in the document we have to escape it using &lt;code&gt;\&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personally I think  this is stupid - after all we are writing a text document and not doing programming.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think it would be great if there was a mode where we only have one escape character (and &lt;code&gt;\&lt;/code&gt; would suite me just fine) and &lt;em&gt;all&lt;/em&gt; commands and control sequences would have to be preceded by &lt;code&gt;\&lt;/code&gt;. Comments would be (e.g.) &lt;code&gt;\%&lt;/code&gt; math could be introduced with &lt;code&gt;\$&lt;/code&gt; etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are there any packages/hacks/modifications that allow this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1012" LastActivityDate="2010-09-10T19:16:21.580" Title="A (La)TeX with only one special control character in the source file" Tags="&lt;latex-general&gt;&lt;syntax&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2972" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2969" CreationDate="2010-09-10T10:49:28.720" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just an example to get you started; see &lt;code&gt;texdoc fntguide&lt;/code&gt; for the complete documentation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsfonts}&#xA;\DeclareSymbolFont{eulerfrak}{U}{euf}{m}{n}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{C}{\mathalpha}{eulerfrak}{`C}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\[ABCD\]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This doesn't have a proper user interface in unicode-math yet, since it's a somewhat obscure feature to have. But I'll definitely keep it mind when I do my next round of updates.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-09-10T10:49:28.720" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="2973" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2971" CreationDate="2010-09-10T11:03:22.603" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I can't answer your question about any packages that do that. Some of those parameters could be changed. For example, if you alway use &lt;code&gt;\( ... \)&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;$...$&lt;/code&gt;, then you could make &lt;code&gt;$&lt;/code&gt; just be a normal punctuation symbol (or you could use &lt;code&gt;\$&lt;/code&gt;). Likewise, &lt;code&gt;\&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\_&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\^&lt;/code&gt; could easily be swapped with their nonslashed counterparts. There's no need for &lt;code&gt;~&lt;/code&gt; to be active, you could easily define &lt;code&gt;\~&lt;/code&gt; to have the same effect. As Will notes in the comments, &lt;code&gt;#&lt;/code&gt; can be made a symbol.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I wasn't able to get comments working. I can't figure out how to get a macro to expand to an end of line token. Actually, I'm not even sure that's one of the tokens that gets to TeX's &quot;stomach.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The real problem would come with braces. You really do need two additional characters to act as groupings. You could make two characters you don't frequently use be those.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So barring braces being special and not having line comments (although it'd be easy to define a block comment like &lt;code&gt;\def\%#1\relax{}&lt;/code&gt; which might be sufficient for your purposes), this seems to work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{plaintext}{%&#xA;        \catcode`\$12&#xA;        \def\&amp;amp;{&amp;amp;}%&#xA;        \catcode`\&amp;amp;12&#xA;        \def\_{_}%&#xA;        \catcode`\_12&#xA;        \def\^{^}%&#xA;        \catcode`\^12&#xA;        \catcode`\#12&#xA;        \catcode`\%12&#xA;        \let\~~%&#xA;        \catcode`\~12&#xA;}{}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Use it like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{plaintext}&#xA;Here is some test text % ^ &amp;amp; _ $ # &amp;amp;.&#xA;&#xA;How about some math \(x\_y\^z\). You're still out of luck with braces&#xA;though.&#xA;\end{plaintext}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-10T11:40:56.073" LastActivityDate="2010-09-10T11:40:56.073" CommentCount="13" />
  <row Id="2974" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="553" CreationDate="2010-09-10T13:43:45.083" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For citations and bibliographies, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/biblatex.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;biblatex&lt;/a&gt; is the package of my choice. Key points:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;biblatex includes a wide variety of built-in citation/bibliography styles (numeric, alphabetic, author-year, author-title, verbose [full in-text-citations], with numerous variants for each one). A number of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/exptl/biblatex-contrib/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;custom styles&lt;/a&gt; have been published.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Modifications of the built-in or custom styles can be accomplished using LaTeX macros instead of having to resort to the BibTeX programming language.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;biblatex offers well-nigh every feature of other bibliography-related LaTeX packages (e.g. multiple/subdivided bibliographies, sorted/compressed citations, entry sets, ibidem functionality, back references). If a feature is not included, chances are high it is on the package authors' to-do list.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/babel.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;babel&lt;/a&gt; package is supported, and biblatex comes with localization files for about a dozen languages (with the list still growing).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Although the current version of biblatex (1.3) by default still uses BibTeX as a database backend, it is designed to cooperate with &lt;a href=&quot;http://biblatex-biber.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;biber&lt;/a&gt; which supports bibliographies using unicode. &lt;a href=&quot;http://sourceforge.net/projects/biblatex-biber/files/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Stand-alone binaries&lt;/a&gt; of the latest biber version (0.8.3) are available. Some features introduced since biblatex 1.1 (e.g. configurable sorting schemes) are &quot;biber only&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-15T18:43:42.893" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T18:43:42.893" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-09-10T13:43:45.083" />
  <row Id="2975" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2971" CreationDate="2010-09-10T14:04:22.387" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;LuaTeX defines primitives for single char control sequences used in TeX:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\Usuperscript           ^&#xA;\Usubscript             _&#xA;\Ustartmath             $&#xA;\Ustopmath              $&#xA;\Ustartdisplaymath      $$&#xA;\Ustopdisplaymath       $$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So one can use these primitives in a way or another and set the catcode of those special characters to normal. This leaves percent sign, but I think if really needed, one can define a different comment character to replace it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastActivityDate="2010-09-10T14:04:22.387" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-09-10T14:04:22.387" />
  <row Id="2976" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2991" CreationDate="2010-09-10T14:06:11.420" Score="14" ViewCount="238" Body="&lt;p&gt;For context, an implicit character is a control sequence that has been &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt; to a character. For example, both plain TeX and LaTeX use &lt;code&gt;\let\bgroup{ \let\egroup}&lt;/code&gt; making &lt;code&gt;\bgroup&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\egroup&lt;/code&gt; into implicit braces.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In some places, TeX accepts either, in other places, it does not. For example, implicit braces cannot be used to collect tokens for undelimited macro arguments, nor can they be used to delimit the replacement text of a macro assignment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Implicit braces can be used&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;to form groups: &lt;code&gt;\bgroup...\egroup&lt;/code&gt;;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;to construct boxes: &lt;code&gt;\hbox&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\vbox&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;\vtop&lt;/code&gt;;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;to create vertical material with &lt;code&gt;\insert&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\vadjust&lt;/code&gt;;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;for alignment material with &lt;code&gt;\halign&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\valign&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;\noalign&lt;/code&gt;; and&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;to create a new math atom.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Implicit &lt;em&gt;left&lt;/em&gt; braces—which must be matched with literal characters with category code 2 (e.g., &lt;code&gt;}&lt;sub&gt;2&lt;/sub&gt;&lt;/code&gt;)—can be used&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;to assign to token variables;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;with &lt;code&gt;\hyphenation&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\patterns&lt;/code&gt;;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;to change case with &lt;code&gt;\uppercase&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\lowercase&lt;/code&gt;;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;to write messages using &lt;code&gt;\message&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\errmessage&lt;/code&gt;;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;to write files using &lt;code&gt;\write&lt;/code&gt;;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;to construct a &lt;code&gt;\special&lt;/code&gt;;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;for &lt;code&gt;\mark&lt;/code&gt;;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;for &lt;code&gt;\discretionary&lt;/code&gt;; and&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;for a four-way &lt;code&gt;\mathchoice&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried to be thorough, but TeX is extremely complicated. Are there any other places where an implicit brace can be used instead of an explicit one?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-28T08:50:16.650" LastActivityDate="2011-01-28T08:50:16.650" Title="When can one use implicit braces instead of explicit braces?" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;implicit-braces&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="2977" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-10T14:26:35.120" Score="10" ViewCount="273" Body="&lt;p&gt;(My personal interest in this question is mainly for OS X but solutions/approaches for other operating systems are also appreciated.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I see as a main distraction with using Tex/Latex is that it creates too many auxiliary files beneath the files which are interesting. Especially, when browsing the folders to look for that certain file to print, I’m only interested in the PDF file which was generated. Of course, that’s a thing which is much easier with Word and OpenOffice files; you could have hundreds of those files in a directory and just quickview them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since it is good practice to have only a single document per folder, I wonder if there is a tool to make that folder a bundle which hides its contents from the Finder and only opens the PDF file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or is there a Tex editor which uses this technique for its project files? How is the best approach to deal with this distraction on the file system?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;To clarify things, I’m not so much interested in deleting the auxiliary files or putting them somewhere else. The problem is that, even with a makefile and a clean target or a special command which removes all aux files, I’ll still need to have a separate folder for each PDF target anyway. Just because thing get messier and messier when you have multiple documents per directory. It’s just that folders are distracting in their very own way. You can’t really preview the contents (e.g. the PDF) of them and actually the OS X finder does not look as if it’s designed for folders containing only folders but that’s another story.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I just want to have a way that the GUI layer of the file system shows my latex document folders in the same way it shows &lt;code&gt;.app&lt;/code&gt; bundles. (Or XML Word/OpenOffice files, only that these files are actively bundled in a zip container, of course, but the principle is similar.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1154" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-31T21:50:06.010" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T21:50:06.010" Title="‘Bundle’ Tex output in a directory" Tags="&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;osx&gt;&lt;auxiliary-files&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="2978" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2977" CreationDate="2010-09-10T15:23:28.177" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;TextMate filters its file list, so it does not show the &lt;code&gt;.aux&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;.bbl&lt;/code&gt;, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But for the Finder, a more pragmatic alternative is to simply clean up your directory once you have generated the PDF. A convenient way to do that is by invoking &lt;code&gt;latexmk -c&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="78" LastActivityDate="2010-09-10T15:23:28.177" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2979" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2971" CreationDate="2010-09-10T15:24:45.973" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In ConTeXt, we are discussion adding a macro &lt;code&gt;\asciimode&lt;/code&gt; which will set catcodes such that only &lt;code&gt;\&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;{&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;}&lt;/code&gt; and spaces (tab, newlines, and pagefeed) have their usual meaning. Everything else (including &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;$&lt;/code&gt;) are set to other. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can enter into math mode using &lt;code&gt;\math{...}&lt;/code&gt;, display math mode using &lt;code&gt;\startformula&lt;/code&gt;, comments using &lt;code&gt;\starthidden&lt;/code&gt;, etc. Inside the math mode, &lt;code&gt;_&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;^&lt;/code&gt; have their usual meaning. There will be a dedicated 'programming' environment that will restore the traditional TeX catcodes. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A preliminary version is at the end of &lt;a href=&quot;http://source.contextgarden.net/tex/context/base/catc-ctx.tex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://source.contextgarden.net/tex/context/base/catc-ctx.tex&lt;/a&gt; (although commented out at present)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastEditorUserId="323" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-10T19:16:21.580" LastActivityDate="2010-09-10T19:16:21.580" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2980" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1732" CreationDate="2010-09-10T15:54:24.663" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's a new/fresh answer after @rogerl's clarification.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is possible to measure the figure, and adapt the table dimensions accordingly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a (slightly elephantine} proof of concept:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newsavebox{\figbox}&#xA;\newlength{\myfigwid}&#xA;\newlength{\myfigheight}&#xA;\newlength{\myotherside}&#xA;\sbox{\figbox}{\includegraphics[scale=1.2]{1_3_13.pdf}}&#xA;\settowidth{\myfigwid}{\usebox{\figbox}}&#xA;\settoheight{\myfigheight}{\usebox{\figbox}}&#xA;\setlength{\myotherside}{\textwidth}&#xA;\addtolength{\myotherside}{-\myfigwid}&#xA;\addtolength{\myotherside}{-5mm} % column separator&#xA;\begin{tabular*}{\textwidth}{m{\myotherside}c}&#xA;\parbox[c]{\myotherside}{&#xA;The point on the unit circle associated with $-13\pi/3$ is  &#xA;$(1/2,-\sqrt{3}/2)$, so  &#xA;\[  &#xA;  \cot (-13\pi/3) = -1/\sqrt{3}=-\sqrt{3}/3.  &#xA;\]}&#xA;&amp;amp;&#xA;\parbox[c][\myfigheight][c]{\myfigwid}{\usebox{\figbox}}&#xA;\end{tabular*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Just edited the solution to give slightly better centering (I think...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="344" LastEditorUserId="344" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-10T17:00:49.017" LastActivityDate="2010-09-10T17:00:49.017" />
  <row Id="2981" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1732" CreationDate="2010-09-10T15:56:31.103" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;And, finally, here's another possible answer, though I accept this may not be exactly what you want: scale all the figures to the same width, using, for example, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\includegraphics[width=4cm]{1_3_13.pdf}&lt;/code&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If the figure sizes are within reasonable limits, I think this may be aesthetically more appealing, but I accept that your mileage may vary considerably from mine...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="344" LastEditorUserId="344" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-10T17:03:08.890" LastActivityDate="2010-09-10T17:03:08.890" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2982" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2851" CreationDate="2010-09-10T18:50:44.950" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Make a small script &quot;rungedit&quot; containing&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;#!/bin/bash --&#xA;gedit /path/to/vlyUpstrOvrlp.sh&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and use &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\href{run:rungedit}{vlyUpstrOvrlp}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in your document. This works for me in Acrobat Reader on Linux.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="565" LastActivityDate="2010-09-10T18:50:44.950" />
  <row Id="2983" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2977" CreationDate="2010-09-10T20:20:05.377" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can specify different directories for auxiliary files and output files.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  -aux-directory=DIR              Use DIR as the directory to write auxiliary&#xA;                                  files to.&#xA;  -output-directory=DIR           Use DIR as the directory to write output&#xA;                                  files to.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;These are MikTeX option names. They might be called something differently in your TeX distribution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alternatively, define a :clean target in your Makefile. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="565" LastActivityDate="2010-09-10T20:20:05.377" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2984" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3000" CreationDate="2010-09-10T20:47:20.870" Score="26" ViewCount="1035" Body="&lt;p&gt;Until now, I have been compiling my LaTeX documents with pdfLaTeX. My standard document preamble includes the &quot;usual suspects&quot; for non-English speakers (inputenc, fontenc, babel) and a bunch of other packages. Assuming I were to convert to XeLaTeX, what modifications of my preamble are advisable? I'm aware that the CTAN version of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/microtype.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;microtype&lt;/a&gt; package is not (yet) compatible with XeLaTeX, and that &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/fontspec.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;fontspec&lt;/a&gt; is sort of a default package for OpenType fonts. What other packages (and package options) should be removed and, vice versa, incorporated when switching from pdfLaTeX to XeLaTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-10T20:58:20.100" LastActivityDate="2010-09-14T08:09:33.613" Title="Frequently loaded packages: Differences between pdfLaTeX and XeLaTeX" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="9" />
  <row Id="2985" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2984" CreationDate="2010-09-10T20:56:50.467" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Apart from the packages you mentioned, the only difference that I have is that I don’t load the &lt;code&gt;inputenc&lt;/code&gt; package and don’t set a font encoding.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Furthermore, you should remove any explicit driver names if you have given them in options to packages (e.g. &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;xcolor&lt;/code&gt;). These driver names are wrong at worst and redundant at best, since the packages do find the correct driver automatically when loaded within &lt;code&gt;xelatex&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2010-09-10T20:56:50.467" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="2986" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2999" CreationDate="2010-09-10T21:47:09.100" Score="6" ViewCount="467" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using the pre-release testing version of TeXlive 2010. From what I understand &lt;A href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/texlive/doc/texlive-en/texlive-en.html#x1-7800010.2&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;from the TeXlive Guide&lt;/a&gt;, a new feature is that support for magin kerning has been added to XeTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From what I can tell, it is not enabled by default, though I'm not &lt;i&gt;certain&lt;/i&gt; about that. (The effect might be subtle enough that I cannot tell.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it possible for me to enable this when compiling a more or less standard XeLaTeX document? If so, how? The &lt;b&gt;microtype&lt;/b&gt; package still throws an error when I try to use it with xelatex. Will there be an updated version of this package?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Will it be necessary to use certain fonts, or prepare/acquire a special configuration file for each font? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anyway, I can find very little information about this new feature online. Any light that can be shed would be appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-09-11T21:10:27.807" Title="Margin kerning in Xe(La)TeX for TeXlive 2010: how to enable?" Tags="&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;kerning&gt;&lt;microtype&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2987" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="553" CreationDate="2010-09-11T00:27:01.423" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A nice commenting environment is provided by the package: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{verbatim}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For debugging purposes I find this package indispensable. Before I found this package I would have to enter % before each line I wished to comment. The environment works as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{comment}&#xA;Text in this environment will be ignored by LaTeX.&#xA;\end{comment}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The packages&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{comment}&#xA;\usepackage{xcomment}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;provide even greater commenting capabilities (i.e. the ability to selectively typeset certain environments) though I personally haven't had much use for these extended features.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="520" LastActivityDate="2010-09-11T00:27:01.423" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-09-11T00:27:01.423" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2988" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1732" CreationDate="2010-09-11T00:59:44.083" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;How about using &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;wrapfig&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; to place your graphics on the right and then have your text flow around it? Something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{wrapfig}&#xA;\newbox\wfigbox&#xA;\newcommand*\wfig[3][]{%&#xA;        \setbox\wfigbox\hbox{\includegraphics[#1]{#2}}%&#xA;        \begin{wrapfigure}{r}{\wd\wfigbox}%&#xA;                \box\wfigbox&#xA;                \caption{#3}%&#xA;        \end{wrapfigure}%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then you use it like this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\wfig[scale=2]{image-name}{Caption here}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The optional argument is the same as the optional argument to &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-09-11T00:59:44.083" />
  <row Id="2989" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2977" CreationDate="2010-09-11T02:01:37.673" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A Mac OS X bundle is nothing but a particular directory structure. Some bundles (e.g., application bundles) are displayed by the Finder as single files. See the &lt;a href=&quot;http://developer.apple.com/library/mac/#documentation/corefoundation/conceptual/CFBundles/BundleTypes/BundleTypes.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;documentation&lt;/a&gt; for details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That said, I was able to package a pdf into an application bundle.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$ ls -R paper.app&#xA;paper.app:&#xA;Contents&#xA;&#xA;paper.app/Contents:&#xA;Info.plist  MacOS  Resources&#xA;&#xA;paper.app/Contents/MacOS:&#xA;paper&#xA;&#xA;paper.app/Contents/Resources:&#xA;paper.pdf&#xA;&#xA;$ cat paper.app/Contents/Info.plist &#xA;{&#xA;        CFBundleExecutable = paper;&#xA;        CFBundleSignature = THth;&#xA;        CFBundlePackageType = APPL;&#xA;        CFBundleVersion = &quot;1.0&quot;;&#xA;        CFBundleIdentifier = &quot;foo.bar&quot;;&#xA;        CFBundleDisplayNam = paper;&#xA;        CFBundleName = paper;&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;$ cat paper.app/Contents/MacOS/paper &#xA;#!/bin/sh&#xA;dir=&quot;`dirname $0`&quot;&#xA;open &quot;$dir&quot;/../Resources/paper.pdf&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So you do your building inside &lt;code&gt;paper.app/Contents/Resources&lt;/code&gt; and then double clicking on &lt;code&gt;paper.app&lt;/code&gt; in the Finder opens your pdf.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't think this is particularly useful though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-09-11T02:01:37.673" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2990" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1732" CreationDate="2010-09-11T05:17:33.297" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is semantically better to flow the text and figures as normal writing (as suggested by TH) rather than placing it in a tabular environment; you can use the &lt;code&gt;wrapfig&lt;/code&gt; environment. This makes it also possible to flow the figures both left or right, which will improve the overall look of the page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is a solution:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{wrapfigure}[10]{r}[-1.5em]{0pt}&#xA;\includegraphics[width=2.0in]{./graphics/p93.pdf}&#xA;\end{wrapfigure}&#xA;&#xA;\quad  % dummy to let wrapfig start before &#xA;           % actual paragraph&#xA;&#xA;\mathsubparagraph{Parallelogram.}%&#xA;\index{Area of parallelogram, to find}%&#xA;\index{Parallelogram, to find area of}%&#xA;---To find the area of a parallelogram,&#xA;multiply its&#xA;length, or \textit{base} as it is&#xA;called, by its height, or&#xA;\textit{altitude} as it is called, or&#xA;expressed in the simple&#xA;form of an algebraic&#xA;equation.---&#xA;\[&#xA;A = b \times  h&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;\begin{wrapfigure}[9]{l}[-1.5em]{0pt}&#xA;\includegraphics[width=1.5in]{./graphics/p94a.pdf}&#xA;\end{wrapfigure}&#xA;&#xA;\mathsubparagraph{Triangle.}%&#xA;\index{Area of triangle, to find}%&#xA;\index{Triangle, to find area of}%&#xA;---To find the area of a triangle when&#xA;the base and altitude are given,&#xA;multiply its base by its altitude&#xA;and divide by $2$, or&#xA;\[&#xA;A=\frac{bh}{2}&#xA;\]&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You might need to experiment a little at first, but if your text and figures are more or less the same width and amount of text, the work involved is not that much. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The above code gives me this:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/QIDmf.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-09-11T05:17:33.297" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="2991" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2976" CreationDate="2010-09-11T09:32:33.427" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In TeX82, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Explicit left braces are required: to start the body of a macro definition: &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\xdef&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\gdef&lt;/code&gt;, and when a token list should be tucked into a single token.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Explicit right braces are required whenever a token list must end, including the case where a token list should be tucked into a single token.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Primitives that need a token list argument: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\xdef&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\gdef&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\mark&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\message&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\errmessage&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\uppercase&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\lowercase&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\write&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\special&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\patterns&lt;/code&gt;, but only in the special erroneous case of extra &lt;code&gt;\patterns&lt;/code&gt; in initex after typesetting has already started (other uses of are happy with an implicit right brace).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Assignments that need a token list argument: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\toks&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\output&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\everypar&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;everymath&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\everydisplay&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\everyhbox&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\everyvbox&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\everyjob&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\everycr&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\errhelp&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As far as I can make out, these are all the cases in TeX82. The new extended typesetting engines will have longer primitive lists for explicit right braces, but the same basic rule about closing a token list will apply.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-09-11T09:32:33.427" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="2992" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2977" CreationDate="2010-09-11T13:23:41.077" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Jerome Laurens has written a specification for doing exactly this in iTeXMac: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb27-0/laurens.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb27-0/laurens.pdf&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://itexmac.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;iTeXMac&lt;/a&gt; is no longer under development, I believe, but I always liked this idea.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-09-11T13:23:41.077" />
  <row Id="2993" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3009" CreationDate="2010-09-11T15:49:16.533" Score="4" ViewCount="158" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a box &lt;code&gt;\mybox&lt;/code&gt; that contains a letterhead. The dimensions of the box are 7&quot; by 1&quot; (and depth 0pt). The box is going to be used only inside my letterhead macro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareRobustCommand\letterhead{%&#xA;        \cleardoublepage % letterhead only belongs at the top of a page&#xA;        % something&#xA;        \copy\mybox&#xA;        % something&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thus, the letterhead can only appear at the top of the page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My requirements are that &lt;code&gt;\mybox&lt;/code&gt; needs to be .75&quot; from the left and right margin, .5&quot; from the top margin and at least .5&quot; from the text of the page on which the letterhead appears. Further, (since I cannot convince people to upgrade their TeX distributions) it needs to work with a fairly old version of teTeX. The teTeX requirement rules out &lt;code&gt;wallpaper&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;textpos&lt;/code&gt;. The requirement that the text of the page be at least some distance would also rule those out in addition to &lt;code&gt;eso-pic&lt;/code&gt;. Thus, my situation is different from &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/837/pdf-letterhead-as-document-background&quot;&gt;this one&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Right now, I'm forcing the margins to be 1&quot; via &lt;code&gt;\RequirePackage[margin=1in]{geometry}&lt;/code&gt;, but I'd like not to have to do that. I'd prefer that any margins could be set and the letterhead stay in exactly the same place and that the minimum of .5&quot; between the letterhead and the text of the page be maintained. (Actually, a way to set that via a package option would be handy and it'd encourage me to learn how to use &lt;code&gt;xkeyval&lt;/code&gt;. For a default, .5&quot; seems pretty good, and it falls out nicely from my current solution.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since the margin is currently forced to be 1&quot;, my solution is the following.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newbox\mybox&#xA;\setbox\mybox\vbox to1in{&#xA;        \vss&#xA;        % TeX to generate the letterhead&#xA;        \vskip.5in&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareRobustCommand\letterhead{%&#xA;        \cleardoublepage&#xA;        \hb@xt@\z@{%&#xA;                \skip\z@\oddsidemargin&#xA;                \advance\skip\z@.25in&#xA;                \hskip-\skip\z@&#xA;                \copy\mybox&#xA;                \hss&#xA;        }&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Using &lt;code&gt;\moveleft&lt;/code&gt; also works nicely. I'm not sure which way is better.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I should be able to remove the &lt;code&gt;\vss&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\vskip.5in&lt;/code&gt; from &lt;code&gt;\mybox&lt;/code&gt; and position the box appropriately. What is the correct way to do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-12T00:07:03.873" LastActivityDate="2010-09-12T09:48:14.297" Title="What is the right way to place a box at a specific location?" Tags="&lt;letterhead&gt;&lt;positioning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="2994" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2998" CreationDate="2010-09-11T16:26:04.503" Score="12" ViewCount="1010" Body="&lt;p&gt;For various reasons, I’m using the &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I’d also like to use Palatino as the document’s main font, and I want to use it with small caps and old-style figures.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I’ve got four requirements:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt;,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Palatino,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Small caps,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Old-style figures (everywhere, not only selected via &lt;code&gt;\oldstylenums&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any three out of these four features work fine together. But I can’t get all four working in the same document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In fact, using &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[osf]{mathpazo}&lt;/code&gt;, I get nice small caps and lowercase figures. But as soon as I &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{fontspec}&lt;/code&gt;, old-style figures no longer work, even if I don’t select a font.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, I could be tempted to say &lt;code&gt;\usemainfont[Numbers=OldStyle]{Palatino}&lt;/code&gt;, but this doesn’t work: figures remain as they are. Furthermore, small caps now cease to work (presumably because I don’t have the expensive, shiny version of Palatino that includes old-style figure glyphs – with &lt;code&gt;mathpazo&lt;/code&gt; this only works because the package “cheats” and selects the typeface family &lt;code&gt;pplj&lt;/code&gt; instead).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I get this to work? Is there a way to explicitly select &lt;code&gt;pplj&lt;/code&gt; for the main text (&lt;code&gt;\rmfamily&lt;/code&gt;) even when using &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt; for other fonts?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;MWE:&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[osf]{mathpazo}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;&#xA;%\setmainfont[Numbers=OldStyle]{Palatino}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\textsc{This is a test} 0123&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastEditorUserId="42" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-12T11:09:55.687" LastActivityDate="2010-09-17T06:36:06.760" Title="Fontspec: Palatino with small caps and old-style figures" Tags="&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;fontspec&gt;&lt;oldstylenums&gt;&lt;small-caps&gt;&lt;mathpazo&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="2995" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-11T18:38:30.263" Score="1" ViewCount="327" Body="&lt;p&gt;How to remove page number from table of contents page&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastActivityDate="2010-09-12T21:34:54.457" Title="removing page number" Tags="&lt;page-numbering&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="2996" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2995" CreationDate="2010-09-11T18:55:44.813" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;See &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=nopageno&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this FAQ answer&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-09-11T18:55:44.813" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="2997" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3003" CreationDate="2010-09-11T20:11:23.910" Score="2" ViewCount="178" Body="&lt;p&gt;I like the kpfonts package. It's a nice font and some of the extra symbols it defines are sometimes useful. But I do not like the &lt;code&gt;\sum&lt;/code&gt; symbol either in displaystyle or inline. It's too thin and too tall. I tried looking at how kpfonts defines &lt;code&gt;\sum&lt;/code&gt; in the hope of just being able to &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand&lt;/code&gt; but it does something weird with the maths operators, in order to have package options like &lt;code&gt;fullsumlimits&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I get the &lt;code&gt;\sum&lt;/code&gt; symbol looking more like the cm sum, for example, without breaking kpfonts package options?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-12T16:57:16.107" LastActivityDate="2010-09-13T17:07:27.957" Title="Changing the kpfonts \sum symbol" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="2998" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2994" CreationDate="2010-09-11T20:50:54.533" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You need a Palatino with proper OpenType support, alternatively you can use TeX Gyre Pagella (which is true Palatino by Zapf, and further opentypified by GUST) which is included in TeXlive.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;&#xA;\setmainfont[Numbers=OldStyle]{TeX Gyre Pagella}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Text 12345.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastActivityDate="2010-09-11T20:50:54.533" CommentCount="10" />
  <row Id="2999" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2986" CreationDate="2010-09-11T21:10:27.807" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You need to install a preliminary version of the &lt;code&gt;microtype&lt;/code&gt; package which can be found at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.xetex.tk&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.xetex.tk&lt;/a&gt; as soon as that site is up again.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2010-09-11T21:10:27.807" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3000" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2984" CreationDate="2010-09-11T21:13:21.793" Score="16" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Don't load &lt;code&gt;inputenc&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;fontenc&lt;/code&gt;; use UTF-8 input and the &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt; package instead&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Don't load the &lt;code&gt;textcomp&lt;/code&gt; package; if you want macros to enter varios symbols, load the &lt;code&gt;xunicode&lt;/code&gt; package&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;polyglossia&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;babel&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;For math support, use &lt;code&gt;unicode-math&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;amsfonts&lt;/code&gt;/&lt;code&gt;amssymb&lt;/code&gt; etc (but &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; can/should still be used).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The &lt;code&gt;xltxtra&lt;/code&gt; package isn't necessary any more&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Everything in this list is probably valid for LuaLaTeX, too, with the exception of &lt;code&gt;xunicode&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;polyglossia&lt;/code&gt;, which require XeTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastEditorUserId="345" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-14T08:09:33.613" LastActivityDate="2010-09-14T08:09:33.613" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="3001" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3002" CreationDate="2010-09-11T21:30:26.603" Score="14" ViewCount="430" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can one have a mini table of contents for the current chapter appear just after the chapter name listing all sections of that chapter?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1161" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-05T00:44:48.977" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T01:22:11.963" Title="List sections of chapter at beginning of that chapter" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;chapters&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;minitoc&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="3002" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3001" CreationDate="2010-09-11T21:33:51.560" Score="14" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Have a look at the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/minitoc.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;minitoc&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: Here's a minimal example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{minitoc}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\dominitoc% Initialization&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{bla}&#xA;\minitoc% Creating an actual minitoc&#xA;&#xA;\section{blubb}&#xA;&#xA;\section{foo}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-11T21:52:56.757" LastActivityDate="2010-09-11T21:52:56.757" />
  <row Id="3003" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2997" CreationDate="2010-09-11T22:25:17.470" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Have a look at the answers to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2969/how-do-i-change-the-font-of-a-letter&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareSymbolFont{cmlargesymbols}{OMX}{cmex}{m}{n}&#xA;\let\sumop\relax&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\sumop}{\mathop}{cmlargesymbols}{&quot;50}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That gets you the &lt;code&gt;\sum&lt;/code&gt; from Computer Modern but called &lt;code&gt;\sumop&lt;/code&gt;. With &lt;code&gt;kpfonts&lt;/code&gt; loaded, that should make the macro &lt;code&gt;\sum&lt;/code&gt; respect the various limits option while using the CM sum symbol.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-13T17:07:27.957" LastActivityDate="2010-09-13T17:07:27.957" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="3004" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3007" CreationDate="2010-09-12T00:18:51.873" Score="7" ViewCount="216" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using the fancy header package, yet I've also adjusted all of my margins, to allow more text on each page as there is no need for the excessively large margins.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've run in to some trouble with my header coming much too close the the top of the text though: &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/PpibO.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How would I go about adjust space downwards?&#xA;Also, here is the code I'm using for the headers:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{fullpage}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\setlength{\headheight}{15pt}&#xA;\pagestyle{fancyplain}&#xA;%adjust lengths to suit me&#xA;\addtolength{\topmargin}{-.5in}&#xA;\addtolength{\oddsidemargin}{-.375in}&#xA;\addtolength{\textheight}{1.25in}&#xA;\addtolength{\textwidth}{.5in}&#xA;&#xA;\lhead{Name}&#xA;\chead{}&#xA;\rhead{}&#xA;\lfoot{Name}&#xA;\cfoot{\fancyplain{}{\thepage}}&#xA;\rfoot{\fancyplain{}{\today}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="142" LastEditorUserId="142" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-14T18:21:30.573" LastActivityDate="2010-12-14T18:21:30.573" Title="header spacing trouble" Tags="&lt;margins&gt;&lt;layout&gt;&lt;geometry&gt;&lt;fancyhdr&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="3005" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-12T01:40:26.497" Score="-1" ViewCount="203" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nesting itemize was working until I &lt;code&gt;usepackage{enumitem}&lt;/code&gt;.  Now it doesn't work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="512" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-12T16:57:58.260" LastActivityDate="2010-09-12T16:57:58.260" ClosedDate="2010-09-15T05:32:10.263" Title="itemize cannot nest if enumitem is included before some package" Tags="&lt;lists&gt;&lt;itemize&gt;&lt;enumitem&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3006" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3005" CreationDate="2010-09-12T01:58:23.323" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The problem was inclusion order.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[ruled,vlined]{algorithm2e}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}&#xA;\usepackage{bm}&#xA;\usepackage{cancel}&#xA;\usepackage{threeparttable}&#xA;\usepackage{fixltx2e}&#xA;\usepackage{MnSymbol}&#xA;\usepackage[stretch=10]{microtype}&#xA;\usepackage{multirow}&#xA;\usepackage{paralist}&#xA;\usepackage{units}&#xA;\usepackage[shortlabels]{enumitem}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One of these packages must be included before enumitem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="512" LastActivityDate="2010-09-12T01:58:23.323" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="3007" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3004" CreationDate="2010-09-12T03:23:59.833" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There's a better way than this to set up and adjust page margins. Use the &lt;code&gt;geometry&lt;/code&gt; package. (Seriously!)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That said, here's the solution to your problem. (NB, I've added the &lt;code&gt;layout&lt;/code&gt; package in addition to &lt;code&gt;geometry&lt;/code&gt;'s &lt;code&gt;showframe&lt;/code&gt; option to help you visualise what is going on.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[twoside]{article}&#xA;%\usepackage{fullpage}  % &amp;lt;-- you don't want this&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{geometry}&#xA;\geometry{&#xA;  top=0.5in,            % &amp;lt;-- you want to adjust this&#xA;  inner=0.5in,&#xA;  outer=0.5in,&#xA;  bottom=0.5in,&#xA;  headheight=3ex,       % &amp;lt;-- and this&#xA;  headsep=2ex,          % &amp;lt;-- and this&#xA;}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\pagestyle{fancyplain}&#xA;&#xA;\lhead{Eric Rasche}&#xA;\chead{}&#xA;\rhead{}&#xA;\lfoot{Eric Rasche}&#xA;\cfoot{\fancyplain{}{\thepage}}&#xA;\rfoot{\fancyplain{}{\today}}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}          % body text&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{layout}          % display page dimensions&#xA;%\AtBeginDocument{\layout*}  % uncomment this line *OR*&#xA;\geometry{showframe=true}    % uncomment this line (best if not both)&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \subsection{Timeline}&#xA;  \lipsum[1-30]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastEditorUserId="416" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-12T03:29:17.627" LastActivityDate="2010-09-12T03:29:17.627" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3008" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2994" CreationDate="2010-09-12T05:20:07.923" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I like Khaled's approach better, but here's an answer to your more general problem. You can mix fonts with TeX-era encodings with unicode fonts if you specifically switch between font encodings:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\newfontfamily\foo{Helvetica}&#xA;\usepackage[sc,osf]{mathpazo}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Text 12345. {\fontencoding{EU1}\foo fontspec font}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now that I write out this example, it strikes me that &lt;code&gt;\newfontfamily&lt;/code&gt; should include the line about switching font encodings. This has been simplified in &lt;a href=&quot;http://github.com/wspr/fontspec/commit/f6cc385015e0d34e38a917411dca43c9ecd8f756&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this commit&lt;/a&gt;  on Github.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-17T06:36:06.760" LastActivityDate="2010-09-17T06:36:06.760" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3009" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2993" CreationDate="2010-09-12T06:58:30.333" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Update: Here's an example that's actually working. Just had my calculations a bit off, earlier. This isn't exactly reproducing your example output, but this should be flexible enough that you can insert whatever you like.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage[a4paper,margin=2in]{geometry}&#xA;&#xA;\newbox\mybox&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\letterhead{%&#xA;  \cleardoublepage&#xA;  \setbox\mybox=\vbox{%&#xA;    \parindent=0pt&#xA;    \vskip\dimexpr-1in-\voffset-\topmargin-\headheight-\headsep-\topskip\relax&#xA;    \hbox to \paperwidth{\letterheadcontents\hss}%&#xA;  }&#xA;  \dp\mybox=0pt\ht\mybox=0pt\wd\mybox=0pt        &#xA;  \moveleft\dimexpr1in+\hoffset+\oddsidemargin\relax&#xA;  \box\mybox&#xA;  \vskip-\baselineskip&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\letterheadcontents{%&#xA;  \hspace*{\fill}%&#xA;  \fbox{\parbox{7in}{hello\\ this is my letterhead}}%&#xA;  \hspace*{\fill}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\letterhead&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-12T08:13:18.073" LastActivityDate="2010-09-12T08:13:18.073" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3010" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2993" CreationDate="2010-09-12T07:43:07.663" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This seems to work. Credit to Will for pointing out what was missing!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage[margin=1in]{geometry}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newbox\mybox&#xA;\setbox\mybox\vbox{&#xA;        \hrule \@height.5in \@depth.5in \@width7in&#xA;}&#xA;\wd\mybox\z@&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareRobustCommand\letterhead{%&#xA;        \cleardoublepage&#xA;        \begingroup&#xA;                \skip\z@\topmargin&#xA;                \advance\skip\z@\headheight&#xA;                \advance\skip\z@\headsep&#xA;                \advance\skip\z@\topskip&#xA;                \advance\skip\z@\voffset&#xA;                \advance\skip\z@-.5in&#xA;                \setbox\z@\vbox to\z@{&#xA;                        \vss&#xA;                        \skip\tw@\oddsidemargin&#xA;                        \skip\tw@\hoffset&#xA;                        \advance\skip\tw@.25in&#xA;                        \moveleft\skip\tw@\copy\mybox&#xA;                        \vskip\skip\z@&#xA;                }&#xA;                \advance\skip\z@-.5in&#xA;                \dp\z@-\skip\z@&#xA;                \box\z@&#xA;                \nointerlineskip&#xA;        \endgroup&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\letterhead&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-12T09:48:14.297" LastActivityDate="2010-09-12T09:48:14.297" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-09-12T09:48:14.297" />
  <row Id="3011" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3018" CreationDate="2010-09-12T09:52:02.933" Score="2" ViewCount="89" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using the gsm-l class file to write a small text.  I want to have two indices at the end, one for names, and one for subjects.  So, as instructed in the AMS instructions, I include then line&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{amsmidx}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and then I have the following two lines in the preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeindex{name}&#xA;&#xA;\makeindex{subj}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At the end, I put the two commands&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\Printindex{name}{Name Index}&#xA;&#xA;\Printindex{subj}{Subject Index}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But things are not going as expected.  First, if I include the &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; package, I get about two errors for every &lt;code&gt;\index&lt;/code&gt; command.  But even if I don't include the &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; package, my document doesn't contain an index.  According to the log, the processor can't find name.idx or subj.idx, even though I can see both files in the directory, and they contain all the entries just fine.  I will include a small sample to show what is going wrong:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[makeidx]{gsm-l}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{amsmidx}&#xA;&#xA;%\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\makeindex{name}&#xA;&#xA;\makeindex{subj}&#xA;&#xA;\def\thechapter{\Roman{chapter}} &#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\frontmatter&#xA;&#xA;\title{TeX}&#xA;&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;&#xA;\mainmatter&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{Test}&#xA;&#xA;Here are some things\index{subj}{things} I\index{name}{This Guy} have been working on.&#xA;&#xA;\appendix&#xA;&#xA;\include{}&#xA;&#xA;\backmatter&#xA;&#xA;\Printindex{name}{Name Index}&#xA;&#xA;\Printindex{subj}{Subject Index}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would appreciate any help on this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="863" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-12T15:28:07.840" LastActivityDate="2010-09-12T16:17:22.520" Title="How to use the amsmidx package to include multiple indices" Tags="&lt;index&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="3012" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1732" CreationDate="2010-09-12T11:51:00.967" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;OK, as vaguely promised, here's my final (!?) suggestion.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/ncctools/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;ncctools&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; bundle includes, within the &lt;code&gt;nccfloats&lt;/code&gt; package, the &lt;code&gt;\sidefig&lt;/code&gt; command. Here's a complete example based on &lt;code&gt;\sidefig&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,twoside,12pt]{memoir}&#xA;\usepackage{nccfloats}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\newsavebox{\sbsfigbox}&#xA;\newlength{\sbsfigwid}&#xA;\newcommand{\sidebyside}[2]{&#xA;    \sbox{\sbsfigbox}{#1}                              % Get figure into a box&#xA;    \settowidth{\sbsfigwid}{\usebox{\sbsfigbox}}       % Measure the box&#xA;    \sidefig[c](\sbsfigwid){\usebox{\sbsfigbox}}{#2}   % Build everything&#xA;    }&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section{1.3.3}&#xA;\sidebyside{\includegraphics{1_3_13.pdf}}{%&#xA;The point on the unit circle associated with $-13\pi/3$ is  &#xA;$(1/2,-\sqrt{3}/2)$, so  &#xA;\[  &#xA;  \cot (-13\pi/3) = -1/\sqrt{3}=-\sqrt{3}/3.\]&#xA;  }&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="344" LastActivityDate="2010-09-12T11:51:00.967" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3013" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2994" CreationDate="2010-09-12T13:08:45.070" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This answer shouldn't take anything away from Khaled's or Will's insightful answers.  Its purpose is just to pull their ideas together, to provide a soultion about &lt;code&gt;\oldstylenums&lt;/code&gt; that they'd omitted, to bring up the issue of math (since you had initially pulled in &lt;code&gt;mathpazo&lt;/code&gt;), and to introduce some font naming code to help you visualise your problem, especially when it comes to encodings.  Here goes...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In fact, using \usepackage[osf]{mathpazo}, I get nice small caps and lowercase figures. But as soon as I \usepackage{fontspec}, old-style figures no longer work, even if I don’t select a font.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Firts, try adding &lt;code&gt;(\fontname\the\font)&lt;/code&gt; to your body text. If you do that, you'll quickly see that &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt; has set your body text to Latin Modern (non-OSF) for you.  Why, you might ask? Good question, go ask Will.  In any event, you'll need to (re)load a compatible Palatino font.  Per Khaled's answer, &lt;code&gt;\setmainfont[Numbers=OldStyle]{TeX Gyre Pagella}&lt;/code&gt; will do the trick. It's typeface is amazingly similar to &lt;code&gt;ppl&lt;/code&gt;.  Everything will work now, except unfortunately this breaks &lt;code&gt;\oldstylenums{...}&lt;/code&gt; (because of the way &lt;code&gt;mathpazo&lt;/code&gt; has redefined &lt;code&gt;\oldstylenums&lt;/code&gt;, XeTeX throws a &quot;Font shape `EU1/pplj/m/n' undefined&quot; warning).  This is the problem I was wrestling with when I started working on your problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You're very clear about the four points in your question.  What's less clear is whether you also require that:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\oldstylenums{...}&lt;/code&gt; must be available (and work)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;mathpazo&lt;/code&gt; is absolutely needed for its nicer maths symbols than those from other Palatino families&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem about using &lt;code&gt;\oldstylenums&lt;/code&gt; in your current configuration is that it reverts to printing Latin Modern (terrible match for Palatino). The second point is probably no big deal - &lt;code&gt;mathpazo&lt;/code&gt; math symbols are little different to those &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt; gives you with TeX Gyre Pagella. Still, to my eye, the &lt;code&gt;mathpazo&lt;/code&gt; math symbols are definitely (albeit subtly) more refined.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The code below shows you the consequences and trade-offs that you get from various combinations.  Try commenting out the &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[sc,osf]{mathpazo}&lt;/code&gt; line and, alternatively, my new definition for &lt;code&gt;\oldstylenums&lt;/code&gt; to see the effects of these.  I've thrown in some font naming code and a &lt;code&gt;\liningstylenums&lt;/code&gt; command to help you with your choices.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[margin=0.5in]{geometry}  % there are some pretty wide hboxes below&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}                 % needed for the example below&#xA;\usepackage[sc,osf]{mathpazo}        % comment this line in and out to see the&#xA;                                     % differences in the displayed math&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\setmainfont[Numbers=OldStyle]{TeX Gyre Pagella}&#xA;\newfontfamily\altfont[Numbers=OldStyle]{TeX Gyre Bonum}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand*\oldstylenums[1]{{\fontencoding{T1}\fontfamily{pplj}\selectfont #1 (\fontname\the\font)}}&#xA;\newcommand*\liningstylenums[1]{{\fontencoding{T1}\fontfamily{pplx}\selectfont #1 (\fontname\the\font)}}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\printstuff{&#xA;  Plain text: abcdefghijk ABCDEFGHIJK (\fontname\the\font)\par&#xA;  \textsc{Small caps: abcdefghijk ABCDEFGHIJK (\fontname\the\font)}\par&#xA;  Plain figures: 0123456789 (\fontname\the\font)\par&#xA;  Old style figures: \oldstylenums{0123456789}\par&#xA;  Lining figures: \liningstylenums{0123456789}\par&#xA;  \vspace{\baselineskip}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Palatino...\par\printstuff&#xA;Here's some math:&#xA;\[\frac{1}{2\pi i}\int_\gamma f = \sum_{k=1}^m n(\gamma;a_k) \text{Res}(f;a_k).&#xA;\qquad (\fontname\the\font)\]\par&#xA;{\altfont Alternative font...\par\printstuff}&#xA;Palatino...\par\printstuff&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-09-12T13:08:45.070" CommentCount="11" />
  <row Id="3014" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3019" CreationDate="2010-09-12T13:29:13.200" Score="2" ViewCount="194" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am learning to use the &lt;code&gt;puthesis&lt;/code&gt; document class. I have the following code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[iupuiece,thesis]{puthesis}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\title{The Theory of Everything}&#xA;\campus{West Lafayette}&#xA;\author{Kit}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;&#xA;Hello World!&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Take note of the &lt;code&gt;\author&lt;/code&gt; line. That won't work. Out of the blue, I tried this one, and it works:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\author{Kit}\&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;https://engineering.purdue.edu/~mark/puthesis/#author&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;documentation here&lt;/a&gt; does not say anything about the trailing &lt;code&gt;\&lt;/code&gt;. Is this some consistency issue with LaTeX syntax?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="791" LastActivityDate="2010-09-12T21:43:20.137" Title="When to use trailing backslashes" Tags="&lt;syntax&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3015" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3016" CreationDate="2010-09-12T13:40:24.993" Score="8" ViewCount="171" Body="&lt;p&gt;For example, I have a command which has a &lt;em&gt;lot&lt;/em&gt; of options:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[option1,option2,option3,option4,option5,option6,option7]{article}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to split it to several lines so I could read the code better:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[option1,&#xA;               option2,&#xA;               option3,&#xA;               option4,&#xA;               option5,&#xA;               option6,&#xA;               option7]{article}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is the proper way to do it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="791" LastActivityDate="2010-09-21T04:19:51.887" Title="How do I split a command into several lines and have LaTeX read it as only one line?" Tags="&lt;syntax&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3016" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3015" CreationDate="2010-09-12T14:09:48.407" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;End each line with a &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt;. This will gobble the line-feed and all whitespace at the beginning of next line. Thus you'd get &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[option1,%&#xA;               option2,%&#xA;               option3,%&#xA;               option4,%&#xA;               option5,%&#xA;               option6,%&#xA;               option7]{article}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to do what you want it to.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Edited To Add:&lt;/em&gt; As Geoffrey points out in a comment to this answer, in this context, this solution is overkill. Using &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt; at the end of a line will &lt;em&gt;always&lt;/em&gt; gobble up the newline and the leading whitespace — however, this is (as Geoffrey points out) irrelevant unless in a context where initial whitespace is influential. Thus, in a &lt;code&gt;\documentclass&lt;/code&gt;, it can be omitted and Kit's original code used; while in a case like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \foreach \p/\x/\y in {%&#xA;    0/1/2,%&#xA;    2/3/4,%&#xA;    3/4/5,%&#xA;    4/5/6,%&#xA;  } {&#xA;    \node [coordinate] (p\p) at (\x,\y) {};&#xA;  }&#xA;% Do stuff with the defined coordinates&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;it becomes relevant, as otherwise the whitespace would be included with the definition of &lt;code&gt;\p&lt;/code&gt;, and destroy the crafted coordinate names.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Plenty similar examples outside of TikZ exist — this was the example I could think of the quickest where it becomes relevant.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="257" LastEditorUserId="257" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-12T18:52:31.933" LastActivityDate="2010-09-12T18:52:31.933" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="3017" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2028" CreationDate="2010-09-12T14:27:48.417" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;An update to TeX Live 2010 solved the problem for me. Apparently, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.macfreek.nl/mindmaster/LaTeX_package_conflicts#Invalid_Font_Description&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this is a problem specific to XeTeX 0.9996&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2010-09-12T14:27:48.417" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3018" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3011" CreationDate="2010-09-12T16:17:22.520" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't use the &lt;code&gt;gsm-l&lt;/code&gt; class or the  &lt;code&gt;amsmidx&lt;/code&gt; package, but I suspect that the following quote from &lt;code&gt;amsmidx.txt&lt;/code&gt; is relevant:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;When the file is processed, files of&#xA;  index terms, (filename).idx, will be&#xA;  generated.  To sort the index terms,&#xA;  process the .idx files separately with&#xA;  Makeindex; this will create&#xA;  (filename).ind files, which will in&#xA;  turn be input by \Printindex the next&#xA;  time the .tex file is processed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Check if your working directory contains the files &lt;code&gt;name.ind&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;subj.ind&lt;/code&gt;. If not, after your first LaTeX run you have to run makeindex two times (presumably from the command line):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;makeindex name&#xA;&#xA;makeindex subj&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt;: It patches a lot of LaTeX kernel and class commands and so may well be incompatible with your custom class.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-09-12T16:17:22.520" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3019" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3014" CreationDate="2010-09-12T16:41:45.147" Score="16" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A look in puthesis.cls shows that \author expects 2 arguments in this class:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand*{\author}[2]{%&#xA;  \renewcommand*{\@@TitleAuthor}{#1}%&#xA;  \renewcommand*{\@@AbstractAuthor}{#2}%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So naturally everything explodes if this second argument is \maketitle.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-09-12T16:41:45.147" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3020" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-12T18:03:58.317" Score="4" ViewCount="198" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a big latex file which I would like to compile so that certain environments like 'figure', etc are not shown. To that end I wanted to make use of the 'renewenvironment' command. But the facilities of this command are rather limited: essentially one can only replace an environment by something, which is logically also an environment. What would suffice for me, hence, is to introduce a 'dummy enviroment' - the one which discards the argument. Is there any way to define it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: I also need to eliminate the 'displaymath' environment. This might be essential, because the argument of it is not going to be valid text on its own.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1166" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-13T17:27:50.597" LastActivityDate="2010-09-13T17:27:50.597" Title="'Dummy' LaTeX environment" Tags="&lt;compiling&gt;&lt;environments&gt;&lt;comments&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3021" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3020" CreationDate="2010-09-12T18:22:12.293" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try using something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{comment}&#xA;\renewenvironment{displaymath}{}{}&#xA;\excludecomment{displaymath}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For more details read the TeX FAQ on &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=conditional&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Conditional compilation&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-13T17:25:17.963" LastActivityDate="2010-09-13T17:25:17.963" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="3022" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3020" CreationDate="2010-09-12T18:42:54.780" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;draft&lt;/code&gt; option with many document classes will leave blank spaces where your pictures should be. Otherwise using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=ifdraft&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;ifdraft&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package and wrapping your figures in the following might be an option:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ifdraft{}{FIGURE CODE}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This should cause the figures not to appear if your document class calls the &lt;code&gt;draft&lt;/code&gt; option. (Or put something like &lt;code&gt;FIGURE GOES HERE&lt;/code&gt; in the first set of curly braces to have that text appear in drafts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2010-09-12T18:42:54.780" />
  <row Id="3023" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3025" CreationDate="2010-09-12T19:05:33.790" Score="5" ViewCount="316" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to tag sections of your .tex file so that you can make text appear or not?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have a long document and would like to be able to comment a certain section in each chapter, and produce two different pdfs, one with the comments, and one without.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I read here (http://devdaily.com/blog/post/latex/multi-line-comments-in-latex-begin-123-comment-125-verbatim) about the &lt;code&gt;\begin{comment}&lt;/code&gt; tag in the &lt;code&gt;verbatim&lt;/code&gt; package. Is it possible to make this appear if I redefined the comment tag? How is this done?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(On suggestion, migrated this question from StackOverflow: &lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/3696128/latex-tag-for-making-a-comment-appear-or-disappear-in-pdf&quot;&gt;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/3696128/latex-tag-for-making-a-comment-appear-or-disappear-in-pdf&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1167" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-14T12:23:13.543" LastActivityDate="2010-09-14T15:05:42.273" Title="Latex tag for making a comment appear or disappear in pdf?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;comments&gt;" AnswerCount="4" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="3024" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3023" CreationDate="2010-09-12T19:28:52.580" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=ifdraft&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;ifdraft&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package, and compile the pdf once with the draft option, once without.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So have the text you only want to appear in one version inside &lt;code&gt;\ifdraft{comment here}{}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;draft&lt;/code&gt; option causes some other stuff to work differently (hyperref doesn't include clickable links, for instance, unless you give it the &lt;code&gt;final&lt;/code&gt; option when you call the package). So this option isn't as versatile as the currently accepted one. But if actually having several things happen differently when making draft version is desirable, then this is a viable approach.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-13T11:24:42.940" LastActivityDate="2010-09-13T11:24:42.940" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3025" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3023" CreationDate="2010-09-12T19:31:50.887" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, this is indeed possible, and it’s very simple, too: just redefine the &lt;code&gt;comment&lt;/code&gt; environment as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewenvironment{comment}{}{}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This will cause the comment text to be included as normal text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2010-09-12T19:31:50.887" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3026" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3023" CreationDate="2010-09-12T20:11:59.550" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd recommend the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/comment/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;comment&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package. You can use it something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{comment}&#xA;\includecomment{myspecial}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\excludecomment{myspecial}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;then&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{myspecial}&#xA;I only want this paragraph in the special version of the output&#xA;\end{myspecial}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This will allow you to have multiple variations, should you ever need them. Each &lt;code&gt;\includecomment{...}&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\excludecomment{...}&lt;/code&gt; defines a new environment {...}. Everything placed in one of these environments can be &quot;turned on or off&quot; by switching between &lt;code&gt;\includecomment&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\excludecomment&lt;/code&gt; in the preamble.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="344" LastActivityDate="2010-09-12T20:11:59.550" />
  <row Id="3027" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2777" CreationDate="2010-09-12T20:36:46.297" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've found a way (thanks to Mr. Lehman!)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As \href changes the formatting, it's best to use it inside a biblatex formatting primitive, so it will get handled consistently. The code is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareFieldFormat{doilink}{\href{http://dx.doi.org/\thefield{doi}}{#1}}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;\DeclareBibliographyDriver{article}{%&#xA;  \usebibmacro{bibindex}%&#xA;  \usebibmacro{begentry}%&#xA;  \usebibmacro{author/translator+others}%&#xA;  \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock&#xA;  \usebibmacro{title}%&#xA;  \newunit&#xA;  \printlist{language}%&#xA;  \newunit\newblock&#xA;  \usebibmacro{byauthor}%&#xA;  \newunit\newblock&#xA;  \usebibmacro{bytranslator+others}%&#xA;  \newunit\newblock&#xA;  \printfield{version}%&#xA;  \newunit\newblock&#xA;  \printtext[doilink]{\usebibmacro{journal+issuetitle}%&#xA;  \newunit\newblock&#xA;  \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%&#xA;  \newunit\newblock&#xA;  \usebibmacro{note+pages}}%&#xA;  \newunit\newblock&#xA;  \iftoggle{bbx:isbn}&#xA;    {\printfield{issn}}&#xA;    {}%&#xA;  \newunit\newblock&#xA;  \usebibmacro{eprint+url}%&#xA;  \newunit\newblock&#xA;  \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}%&#xA;  \newunit\newblock&#xA;  \usebibmacro{pageref}%&#xA;  \usebibmacro{finentry}}&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, one should add some logic (\iffieldundef{doi}, \ifhyperref); I only decided to keep the example simple.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1035" LastActivityDate="2010-09-12T20:36:46.297" />
  <row Id="3028" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3044" CreationDate="2010-09-12T21:21:25.257" Score="11" ViewCount="321" Body="&lt;p&gt;The command &lt;code&gt;\footnote&lt;/code&gt; is really annoying me. I have to use hacks to use it in section headings, epigraphs, &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/1583/1035&quot;&gt;tables&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/274/1035&quot;&gt;minipages&lt;/a&gt; and whatnot. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can it be fixed? Has someone already implemented a footnote command that Just Works™?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1035" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-13T03:57:32.913" LastActivityDate="2010-09-13T13:13:21.973" Title="Is there a reliable footnote command?" Tags="&lt;best-practices&gt;&lt;footnotes&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="3029" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2995" CreationDate="2010-09-12T21:34:54.457" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pagestyle{plain}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will (usually) remove numbering from that point on in the document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1167" LastActivityDate="2010-09-12T21:34:54.457" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3030" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3014" CreationDate="2010-09-12T21:37:45.810" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As Konrad Rudolph points out, there is no such thing as a trailing backslash.  (With the usual category codes,) A backslash is an escape character, and must be escaping &lt;em&gt;something&lt;/em&gt;.  In this case, it's escaping the following line break, which, if I remember correctly, is usually interpreted to mean the same as an escaped space, which, again if I remember correctly, is used to tell TeX that you want exactly one space where it might otherwise put 0 or more than 1:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Mr.\ Not-a-sentence&#xA;$bad\ way\ to\ put\ text\ in\ math\ mode$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(UPDATE:  Probably a better example is the traditional use to prevent space-swallowing after a macro, as in &lt;code&gt;\TeX\ is fascinating&lt;/code&gt;.)  As Ulrike points out &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3014/when-to-use-trailing-backslashes/3019#3019&quot;&gt;above&lt;/a&gt;, your original document attempts to pass the macro &lt;code&gt;\maketitle&lt;/code&gt; as the second argument to \author, which breaks somewhere down the line (presumably when &lt;code&gt;\@@AbstractAuthor&lt;/code&gt; is used); whereas the fixed document instead passes the macro &lt;code&gt;\&amp;lt;par&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; as the second argument, which'll probably compile, but will put a space everywhere the abstract-author's name might be expected.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1169" LastEditorUserId="1169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-12T21:43:20.137" LastActivityDate="2010-09-12T21:43:20.137" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3031" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3028" CreationDate="2010-09-12T22:46:57.747" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Not that I'm aware of, but it might be nice to have. There are numerous issues here:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt;: do you really want a footnote in a section heading? If so, you &lt;em&gt;definitely&lt;/em&gt; don't want that footnote to end up in the ToC.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;table&lt;/code&gt;: tables float, and the idea of a floating object sending a footnote to the bottom of the page is a little weird (mostly in terms of the design, but it would also be a horror to implement). That's why it's usual to use a &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt; inside a &lt;code&gt;table&lt;/code&gt; and have minifootnotes attached to tables.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt;: it's often &lt;em&gt;desirable&lt;/em&gt; to have minipages have their own minifootnotes (see above). So ideally you need a new &lt;code&gt;\footnote&lt;/code&gt; command with the option to break out into the complete page.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;epigraph&lt;/code&gt;: these are usually set in a minipage, so once so solve the &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt; problem you're set.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-09-12T22:46:57.747" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="3032" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3028" CreationDate="2010-09-12T23:17:59.103" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Perhaps not a 100% signed-up part of the Just Works™ family, but the &lt;code&gt;footmisc&lt;/code&gt; package especially with its &lt;code&gt;stable&lt;/code&gt; option is probably as perfect as it currently gets.  Check it out, I think you'll like it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-09-12T23:17:59.103" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3033" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-13T03:55:59.843" Score="9" ViewCount="592" Body="&lt;p&gt;I wish to typeset some relatively long URLs in a piece of text, and when I use &lt;code&gt;\url{..}&lt;/code&gt;, the resulting text does not respect the margin boundaries that govern the main text body, instead going all the way to the edge of the paper before wrapping around. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For reference, my preamble looks like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{mathptmx}&#xA;\usepackage{fullpage}&#xA;\usepackage[pdftex]{hyperref}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and example of the url I'm including is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{itemize}&#xA;\item Some text&#xA;&#xA;\url{very-long-url}&#xA;...&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm compiling using pdflatex, although I doubt this makes a difference. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="103" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T19:03:59.997" Title="Forcing linebreaks in \url" Tags="&lt;line-breaking&gt;&lt;url&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3034" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3033" CreationDate="2010-09-13T05:09:28.140" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;(converting a previous comment to an answer)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A quick google search (alas, too quick) reveals one solution. Use the &lt;code&gt;[hyphens]&lt;/code&gt; option with the &lt;code&gt;url&lt;/code&gt; package. Some recommendations also include inserting &lt;code&gt;\sloppy&lt;/code&gt; in case latex is trying too hard to align things. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="103" LastActivityDate="2010-09-13T05:09:28.140" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3035" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="352" CreationDate="2010-09-13T05:49:08.133" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Since &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/352/syntax-of-tex-latex/359#359&quot;&gt;TeX by Topic&lt;/a&gt; and the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/352/syntax-of-tex-latex/418#418&quot;&gt;TeXbook&lt;/a&gt; have already been mentioned as particularly relevant to programmers, I think it would be egregious not to mention &lt;a href=&quot;http://rads.stackoverflow.com/amzn/click/0201134373&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX:  The Program&lt;/a&gt;.  This is a beautiful—probably the crowing—example of Knuth's philosophy of literate programming; I am at absolute best an amateur programmer, and I found it very easy to dive in and read the parts I wanted (I, too, am deeply concerned with the parsing, and not so much right now with the layout) and leave out the rest.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As a warning, as Juan Navarro mentioned, any visions of getting a clean view of parsing, separate from the actual ‘compilation’ &lt;em&gt;per se&lt;/em&gt;, will soon be dashed.  What one would hope to think of from a modern point of view as distinct parts of the typesetting process are hopelessly intermingled; this is at least part of why people say that TeX is a &lt;a href=&quot;http://lambda-the-ultimate.org/node/3464#comment-49450&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;terrible programming language&lt;/a&gt;.  &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb29-3/tb93rowley.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Chris Rowley&lt;/a&gt; argues for a modern approach to separating what should be separate (and people like &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/users/89/taco-hoekwater&quot;&gt;Taco Hoekwater&lt;/a&gt; have done some beautiful things that should count as steps in that direction, even though I'm not sure that was their intention).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1169" LastActivityDate="2010-09-13T05:49:08.133" />
  <row Id="3036" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-13T08:01:52.187" Score="4" ViewCount="233" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've just switched from pdflatex to xelatex for my lectures to take advantage of the &lt;code&gt;unicode-math&lt;/code&gt; package so that I can change the colours of all my mathematics.  When compiling the &quot;handout&quot; version last night, I found that it didn't work as I expected.  I use the &lt;code&gt;pgfpages&lt;/code&gt; package to produce the handout as a 4-up document (with a nice box round each frame) to save paper.  But the page size in the resulting document was that of one slide, not a full a4 piece of paper.  A little googling led me to a quick fix on &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/pipermail/xetex/2008-November/011184.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tug&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newlength\hackpaperwidth \hackpaperwidth210mm&#xA;\newlength\hackpaperheight \hackpaperheight297mm&#xA;\RequirePackage{everyshi}&#xA;\EveryShipout{%&#xA; \special{papersize=\the\hackpaperwidth,\the\hackpaperheight}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;with the comment (from the author):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Probably not the cleanest way of doing things, so if someone has a&#xA;  better idea and/or can locate the bug exactly, comments welcome.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There were no follow-up comments, but it was dated November 2008.  In June 2009, there's a similar-looking problem on the xetex mailing list with this response:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;That's a reported (and probably not fixed yet) problem in pgfpages. Use this&#xA;  to tell pgfpages how to set page sizes in XeLaTeX:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand\pgfsetupphysicalpagesizes{%&#xA;    \pdfpagewidth\pgfphysicalwidth\pdfpageheight\pgfphysicalheight%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(These are (linked from) the top two hits on google for &lt;code&gt;xelatex pgfpages&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My &lt;em&gt;real&lt;/em&gt; question is: is this going to get fixed? But that's not a good tex.SE question.  So my attempt to make it into a good question is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The second of the above seems the better of the two.  Is that the best way to fix this problem?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PS The MWE from the first linked post is still a suitable one:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage{pgfpages}&#xA;\pgfpagesuselayout{2 on 1}[a4paper]&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\frame{\frametitle{A} foo}&#xA;\frame{\frametitle{B} bar}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-09-13T21:20:48.343" Title="xelatex and pgfpages compatibility" Tags="&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;paper-size&gt;&lt;pgfpages&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3037" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3033" CreationDate="2010-09-13T09:12:43.240" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If it's not necessary for the url to appear verbatim, you could use &lt;code&gt;\href{url}{text}&lt;/code&gt;. That way you could give the url a human-readable form. If your document is used electronically you just use it as an hyperlink and if the document is printed you could (or should) question the relevance of long (and probably cryptic) url's.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="210" LastEditorUserId="210" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-13T10:07:57.280" LastActivityDate="2010-09-13T10:07:57.280" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3039" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-13T10:55:39.767" Score="4" ViewCount="164" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using BibTeX, I'm trying to add a DOI &lt;code&gt;10.1002/(SICI)1097-0118(199902)30:2&amp;lt;71::AID-JGT1&amp;gt;3.0.CO;2-G&lt;/code&gt; to my bibliography.  However, the presence of the &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; characters causes problems.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a good way to add such a DOI?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using a bibliography style which has been processed with &lt;a href=&quot;http://nxg.me.uk/dist/urlbst/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;urlbst&lt;/a&gt; to support DOI and URL fields.  My current workaround is to drop the DOI field.  Instead I add a field&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;url = {http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/(SICI)1097-0118(199902)30:2&amp;lt;71::AID-JGT1&amp;gt;3.0.CO;2-G},&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which seems to work, but it would be preferable to use the DOI directly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="132" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-13T17:13:47.727" LastActivityDate="2010-09-13T17:13:47.727" Title="Bibliography entry containing &lt;&gt;" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;doi&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3040" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3039" CreationDate="2010-09-13T11:28:14.440" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/doi/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;doi&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package that gives you the command &lt;code&gt;\doi{...}&lt;/code&gt; that will probably do exactly what you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2010-09-13T11:28:14.440" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3041" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3039" CreationDate="2010-09-13T12:00:12.283" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was having similar problems with underscores in doi's, and found that using &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/biblatex.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;BibLaTeX&lt;/a&gt; solved the problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="245" LastActivityDate="2010-09-13T12:00:12.283" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3043" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3048" CreationDate="2010-09-13T12:22:13.067" Score="10" ViewCount="195" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to read &lt;code&gt;source2e.pdf&lt;/code&gt; (&lt;code&gt;texdoc source2e&lt;/code&gt; on the command line), but I'm stumped. It seems a rather mysterious tome to me. As I understand from &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3014/when-to-use-trailing-backslashes/3019#3019&quot;&gt;this answer about what arguments a command expects&lt;/a&gt;, a source file is somehow the &lt;em&gt;de facto&lt;/em&gt; &quot;complete reference&quot; for LaTeX macros that a particular package provides. &lt;code&gt;source2e.pdf&lt;/code&gt; doesn't provide clues as to where to start reading. The beginning chapters &lt;code&gt;ltdirchk.dtx&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;ltplain.dtx&lt;/code&gt;, etc. don't seem to help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are there guidelines on how to read source files? Or is there prerequisite knowledge that I might have missed? I'm familiar with the syntax, and I would like to know what options and arguments are available for a particular command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;In response to TH's answer:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;I come from a programming background. I see that LaTeX has many elements of programming such as macros, commands, arguments, etc. So I'm approaching it the way I would learn a new programming language.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;To put it simply:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;If, in the course of tutorial, I read about &lt;em&gt;italicizing&lt;/em&gt; text using &lt;code&gt;\textit&lt;/code&gt;. For some odd reason, the tutorial didn't mention how to make &lt;strong&gt;bold&lt;/strong&gt; text. Instinctively as a programmer, I would want to look up a reference library, go to the &lt;strong&gt;Text Formatting&lt;/strong&gt; section, then, &quot;Aha! Here are all the macros for formatting text!&quot;. There, I'll find things like italicize, bold, underline, strikethrough, superscript, subscript, etc., as well as syntax guidelines and some live examples.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Another example:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;When I learn that a particular package has an &lt;code&gt;\author&lt;/code&gt; macro, I'll say, &quot;Aha! This package has capabilities to make writing &lt;em&gt;front matter&lt;/em&gt; easier.&quot; So I would want to look up the reference library, then see all the other capabilities, like the date, or even specifying a separate title page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;About tutorials and reference libraries:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;For me, tutorials are what I call a &quot;linear&quot; mode of learning, e.g. step-by-step or &lt;em&gt;ouido&lt;/em&gt;. They make a good launch pad from which I learn what a particular tool is able to do. In my example above, I learned that LaTeX can italicize text. I think to myself &quot;Oh, LaTeX can do some fancy text formatting, therefore it must be able to do other related things.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At this point, I switch to &quot;hierarchical&quot; mode of learning. I begin to classify the capabilities as &lt;strong&gt;Text Formatting&lt;/strong&gt;, or &lt;strong&gt;Front Matter&lt;/strong&gt;, then I'll know how to look for it in the reference library.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;What I'm trying to get from reading commented sources:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;I want to see how LaTeX macros are related to each other, then I'll be able to effectively use my &quot;hierarchical&quot; learning approach. Also have a look &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3014/when-to-use-trailing-backslashes/3019#3019&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; (same link as at the beginning of the question). I want to be able to read through all the &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt;'s and &lt;code&gt;{#1}%&lt;/code&gt;'s and &lt;code&gt;{#2}%&lt;/code&gt;'s. So I'm also looking for guidelines on what all those symbols mean.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="791" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-13T18:34:19.043" LastActivityDate="2011-01-13T18:34:19.043" Title="Are there guidelines on how to read commented sources of LaTeX packages?" Tags="&lt;latex-general&gt;&lt;syntax&gt;&lt;documentation&gt;&lt;resources&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3044" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3028" CreationDate="2010-09-13T13:13:21.973" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To get footnote in headings you can use either footmisc or simply the option argument of \section[without footnote]{with footnote}. But I agree with the comments claiming that one shouldn't use footnotes in a section heading.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With minipage (and tabular and \parbox and even \mbox) the problem is that they trap the footnote. You can either use \footnotemark inside such boxes and \footnotetext outside, or you can use the footnote package which offers a lot options to help footnotes escape E.g.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[stable]{footmisc}&#xA;\usepackage{footnote}&#xA;\makesavenoteenv{minipage}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section{title\footnote{a footnote}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{minipage}{5cm}&#xA; text\footnote{in minipage} text&#xA;\end{minipage}%&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See also the FAQ: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=footintab&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=footintab&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-09-13T13:13:21.973" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3045" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3049" CreationDate="2010-09-13T13:16:07.470" Score="6" ViewCount="479" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to keep all footnotes on the page where they belong to? I have several (20-30) footnotes per page (some short, some stretch over multiple lines). Sometimes latex places the last one or two footnotes on the next page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to enforce a strict footnote placement?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="752" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-16T15:26:37.403" LastActivityDate="2010-09-16T15:26:37.403" Title="Keep all footnotes on the according page" Tags="&lt;footnotes&gt;&lt;page-breaking&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3046" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2950" CreationDate="2010-09-13T13:37:31.163" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using the export feature a lot nowadays. I actually always build PDFs with a script calling pdfLaTeX and don't use the PDF export feature of LyX. You don't have to use the GUI to export from LyX to LaTeX. This does the same on the commandline (replace pdflatex with latex if you're not using pdfLaTeX):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; $ lyx --force-overwrite --export pdflatex document.lyx&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is also a commandline version for importing, but since your colleague is using LyX anyway the GUI is probably good enough.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1172" LastActivityDate="2010-09-13T13:37:31.163" />
  <row Id="3047" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3045" CreationDate="2010-09-13T16:01:14.480" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Latex attempts to do what you are looking for, but sometimes it thinks that the result would be better otherwise. For example: if you put a footnote on the last line of a certain page (or rather what was the last line before you added the footnote), where should the actual not be? there is no room to place it in the original page, so it must be in the next, but then the last line must also move to the next page, which creates badness (due to empty lines in the page). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Read here: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=splitfoot&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=splitfoot&lt;/a&gt; for a way to change the penalty of a &quot;split foot&quot; (ouch!) and thereby, perhaps, alleviating your problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The idea is to give the command &lt;code&gt;\interfootnotelinepenalty=10000&lt;/code&gt; at the beginning of the &#xA;document (the default is 100). Note that you might want to give the command &lt;code&gt;\raggedbottom&lt;/code&gt; (double ouch!) so that you will no get error due to the empty lines you will no doubt get.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastActivityDate="2010-09-13T16:01:14.480" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3048" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3043" CreationDate="2010-09-13T17:37:06.653" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is it you're hoping to get out of reading the source to LaTeX? One piece of information that might be important to reading the source is how &lt;code&gt;doc&lt;/code&gt;/&lt;code&gt;docstrip&lt;/code&gt; works. That accounts for all of the lines like &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;initex&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; that appear. Beyond that, &lt;code&gt;source2e.pdf&lt;/code&gt; is just a combination of documentation and the source code to LaTeX2e. It's readable, but more importantly, it's searchable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I frequently just search it for the macro I'm interested in to see how it works.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: In response to your updated question, I'd say that reading the LaTeX source is akin to reading the source code to GCC (or the C library) to learn how to program C, a frustrating and probably fruitless endeavor.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You have the right idea regarding your linear and hierarchal learning and general approach to learning how to program in TeX, but I think you're looking in the wrong place for answers. For individual packages (e.g., &lt;code&gt;geometry&lt;/code&gt;) you should read the package documentation. If you use TeX Live, this documentation is already installed. Run &lt;code&gt;texdoc packagename&lt;/code&gt; in a terminal to see the documentation. For the standard LaTeX macros and environments, I'm not really sure what the best source of information is. There is Lamport's book which I find lacking. The LaTeX Companion is good but a lot of that information is contained in the individual package documentation. See the answers to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/66/which-manuals-are-on-your-tex-reference-shelf&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt; for a list of good references.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you're looking to program TeX, I think there is no better book than the TeXbook by Knuth. It describes everything there is to know about TeX, in more or less detail. People also typically recommend TeX by Topic, but I haven't gotten around to reading it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-14T01:43:33.560" LastActivityDate="2010-09-14T01:43:33.560" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="3049" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3045" CreationDate="2010-09-13T20:10:32.543" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;20 to 30 footnotes per page is unusual, so it's not surprising that default latex classes don't handle it well. The &lt;code&gt;footmisc&lt;/code&gt; package has a feature (option &lt;code&gt;para&lt;/code&gt;) to avoid starting a new line for each short footnote, which may help a little.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\dimen\footins&lt;/code&gt; (default &lt;code&gt;8truein&lt;/code&gt;) gives the maximum amount of space that Latex will allow for footnotes on one page. You can try increasing this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You should also set &lt;code&gt;\raggedbottom&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\addtolength{\topskip}{0pt plus 10pt}&lt;/code&gt; to help tex look for page breaks before it's too late. (See &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=nopagebrk&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this FAQ answer&lt;/a&gt; for the reason behind the stretchy &lt;code&gt;\topskip&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Critical editions typically have a large number of footnotes, so possibly &lt;code&gt;ledmac&lt;/code&gt; or one of the other packages for that purpose will have some features that can help you (I haven't checked).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-09-13T20:10:32.543" />
  <row Id="3050" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3036" CreationDate="2010-09-13T21:20:48.343" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use option dvipdfm:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[dvipdfm]{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage{pgfpages}&#xA;\pgfpagesuselayout{2 on 1}[a4paper]&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\frame{\frametitle{A} foo}&#xA;\frame{\frametitle{B} bar}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="565" LastActivityDate="2010-09-13T21:20:48.343" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3051" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3053" CreationDate="2010-09-13T21:53:56.907" Score="5" ViewCount="427" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do I get a full page width underline or bottom-border on a section title?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At the moment I'm using&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{sectsty}  &#xA;\sectionfont{\normalfont\sffamily\large\underline\bfseries\color{orange}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but that only underlines the text.  I want the line to stretch the entire width of the page.  Can I do it in the font definition or do I have to play with the rendering of &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1178" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-15T17:50:19.993" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T17:50:19.993" Title="Underline a section header the full width of the page" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;titlesec&gt;&lt;sectsty&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="3053" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3051" CreationDate="2010-09-13T22:15:35.277" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/sectsty.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;sectsty package&lt;/a&gt; provides mechanisms to add rules, rather than to use underlining as you have done. See section 8.2 of the manual. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alternatively, the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/titlesec.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;titlesec package&lt;/a&gt; seems to offer like facilities, described in section 3.4 of the manual.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="93" LastActivityDate="2010-09-13T22:15:35.277" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3054" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-09-14T06:07:48.837" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;This tag should be used for questions that relate to the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/fontspec&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;fontspec&lt;/a&gt; package, which is used for loading OpenType fonts in XeLaTeX and LuaLaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Actually, fontspec can be used to load other sorts of fonts, too, but loading OpenType fonts is the main use case.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-14T06:07:48.837" LastActivityDate="2010-09-14T06:07:48.837" />
  <row Id="3055" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-09-14T06:07:48.837" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="For questions relating to the fontspec package." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-14T06:07:48.837" LastActivityDate="2010-09-14T06:07:48.837" />
  <row Id="3056" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-09-14T06:10:20.420" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/xetex&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'xetex'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;xetex&lt;/a&gt; is about the XeTeX engine, a Unicode-capable variant of TeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-13T12:20:24.020" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T12:20:24.020" />
  <row Id="3057" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-09-14T06:10:20.420" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="XeTeX is a Unicode-capable variant of the TeX engine." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T06:20:27.170" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T06:20:27.170" />
  <row Id="3058" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-09-14T06:12:03.387" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;XeTeX is a Unicode-capable variant of TeX. When LaTeX is built on top of XeTeX, it is known as XeLaTeX. Questions relating to this format should carry the &lt;code&gt;xelatex&lt;/code&gt; tag. Questions relating to XeTeX only should use the &lt;code&gt;xetex&lt;/code&gt; tag instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-14T06:12:03.387" LastActivityDate="2010-09-14T06:12:03.387" />
  <row Id="3059" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-09-14T06:12:03.387" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="For questions relating to using LaTeX on the XeTeX engine (or &quot;XeLaTeX&quot;)." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-14T06:12:03.387" LastActivityDate="2010-09-14T06:12:03.387" />
  <row Id="3060" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3061" CreationDate="2010-09-14T08:03:20.853" Score="3" ViewCount="132" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sometimes I want to &lt;code&gt;\ref&lt;/code&gt;erence a &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt; from some other tex file. What is the right way to do it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(It's, of course, possible to &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt; all files in one and then use &lt;code&gt;\includeonly&lt;/code&gt; — but it breaks e.g. page and section numbering.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="85" LastActivityDate="2010-09-14T09:55:54.810" Title="\ref'erencing \label's from other files" Tags="&lt;cross-referencing&gt;&lt;labels&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3061" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3060" CreationDate="2010-09-14T08:13:55.143" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=extref&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=extref&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-09-14T08:13:55.143" />
  <row Id="3062" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3078" CreationDate="2010-09-14T09:20:03.477" Score="5" ViewCount="270" Body="&lt;p&gt;For an assignment at university I have to copy a lay-out template that is provided in Word but I want to use LaTeX. For this, I need to have two lines in the footer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I achieve this using scrpage2? It is possible to simply use &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; in the text, e.g.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\refoot{\upshape Course year\\ 2010/2011}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;however, then the text is shifted upwards into my separation line instead of downwards.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are the commands&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setheadwidth&#xA;\setfootwidth&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;available but not&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setfootheight&#xA;\setheadheight&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Minimal example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrartcl}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{ucs}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8x]{inputenc}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[headsepline, footsepline]{scrpage2}&#xA;&#xA;\refoot{Course year\\ 2010/2011} &#xA;\rofoot{Course year\\ 2010/2011}&#xA;&#xA;\thispagestyle{scrheadings}&#xA;\pagestyle{scrheadings}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA; This is a sample document.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1183" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-16T13:46:29.277" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T20:36:56.907" Title="How can I have multiple lines in a header or footer using scrpage2?" Tags="&lt;header-footer&gt;&lt;koma-script&gt;&lt;scrpage2&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3063" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-14T09:39:50.163" Score="6" ViewCount="319" Body="&lt;p&gt;Well I want to do is when Latex writes &lt;strong&gt;Theorem&lt;/strong&gt; at the new line in stead of the left side of the page it be a little indented. In other words I want it to start from a little bit to the right.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="809" LastActivityDate="2010-09-14T22:13:30.147" Title="Tweaking \theoremstyle" Tags="&lt;theorems&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3065" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3060" CreationDate="2010-09-14T09:55:54.810" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use package xr.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="750" LastActivityDate="2010-09-14T09:55:54.810" />
  <row Id="3067" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3063" CreationDate="2010-09-14T11:26:25.947" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;one possible solution here, maybe not the best. If you are happy with it, you may want to control the indentation with the line&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\theoremframecommand{{\hspace{10pt}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;minimal exmaple is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[fleqn]{book}&#xA;\usepackage{lmodern}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage[top=3cm,left=3cm,right=3cm,bottom=2.5cm,a4paper]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{framed}&#xA;\usepackage[amsmath,thmmarks,framed]{ntheorem}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\theoremstyle{plain}&#xA;\theorembodyfont{\normalfont}&#xA;\setlength\theorempreskipamount{0pt}&#xA;\setlength\theorempostskipamount{-3pt}&#xA;\def\theoremframecommand{{\hspace{10pt}}}&#xA;\newshadedtheorem{Theorem}{Theorem}[chapter]&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section{chapter 1}&#xA;\section{section 1}&#xA;\lipsum[5]&#xA;\begin{Theorem}[Theorem 1]&#xA;\lipsum[5]&#xA;\end{Theorem}&#xA;\lipsum[5]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastActivityDate="2010-09-14T11:26:25.947" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3068" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3069" CreationDate="2010-09-14T13:02:10.033" Score="12" ViewCount="200" Body="&lt;p&gt;Plain Tex defines &lt;code&gt;\quad&lt;/code&gt; so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;\def\quad{\hskip1em\relax}&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why is the &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt; there?  It's usually used as a token that can't be expanded, serving as a &quot;do nothing&quot; operation  after macro expansion is finished.  But that use seems redundant, because it follows a command, namely &lt;code&gt;\hskip&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The macro is defined alongside &lt;code&gt;\enskip&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\qquad&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/plain/base/plain.tex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;plain.tex&lt;/a&gt;, and in Latex in &lt;code&gt;ltspace.dtx&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An idle question, but I guess the reason for it will be worth knowing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-14T16:11:41.737" LastActivityDate="2010-09-14T16:11:41.737" Title="Why do the definitions of \quad, etc. have \relax in them?" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;expansion&gt;&lt;plain-tex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="3069" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3068" CreationDate="2010-09-14T13:07:38.907" Score="14" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;So that \quad doesn't eat following text while assembling the argument of \hskip:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\def\quad{\hskip1em\relax}&#xA;&#xA;\quad plus 1em text&#xA;&#xA;\def\quad{\hskip1em}&#xA;&#xA;\quad plus 1em text&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-09-14T13:07:38.907" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3070" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3074" CreationDate="2010-09-14T14:10:32.277" Score="19" ViewCount="1038" Body="&lt;p&gt;People are nowadays increasingly often reading papers on screen, using ebook readers, tablet PCs, laptops, etc. A typical PDF file generated with Latex is far from ideal for such use; in particular, there is a lot of empty space around the text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course there are applications with which you can take any PDF file and trim the margins. But when I'm preparing PDF versions of my own papers, it might make more sense to do this directly in Latex.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hence two questions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;1. How do I easily prepare a PDF file for screen reading if I'm lazy?&lt;/strong&gt; In particular, I don't want to change the line breaks or page breaks or placement of floating figures, etc. I'd like to keep the original font size, \textheight, \textwidth, etc. However, I'd like to remove as much white space as possible around the body (and possibly between the body and footer/header).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using the &lt;code&gt;geometry&lt;/code&gt; package and experimenting with its settings might look like an obvious idea, but it doesn't seem to be easy to preserve the original layout (unless you manually re-set textheight, textwidth, etc.).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For backwards-compatibility, I'd prefer to have a solution that works both with pdflatex and with latex + dvips + ps2pdf; in particular, I'd prefer to not add any special command line switches on dvips command line for specifying the non-standard paper size. And I'd like to have a somewhat robust solution that I can use not only with standard class files such as article and amsart but also with publisher-specific styles.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;2. What are the best practices to follow if I'm not lazy?&lt;/strong&gt; If I'm willing to re-do the layout, are there any guidelines of recommended font sizes, fonts, page dimensions, aspect ratios, margin sizes, etc., that I should follow? Do we perhaps have a Latex document class or a package that produces an ebook-friendly layout?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="100" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-13T19:21:46.703" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T19:21:46.703" Title="Preparing PDF files for ebook readers, etc." Tags="&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;margins&gt;&lt;layout&gt;&lt;ebook&gt;" AnswerCount="6" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="15" />
  <row Id="3071" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3077" CreationDate="2010-09-14T14:41:57.493" Score="7" ViewCount="519" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am typesetting my first book.  I am using Computer Modern for the font.  I am trying to decide which font to use for the covers/dust jacket.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I took a look at a number of similarly formatted books, and they all seem to use sans serif fonts for the cover, even if they are typeset with serif fonts in the body.  &lt;strong&gt;Is there a good reason—aesthetic or otherwise—why one should use a sans serif font (&lt;em&gt;e.g.&lt;/em&gt;, CMSS) over regular CMR for the cover?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Backstory:&lt;/strong&gt; My university has, in my opinion, an incredibly ugly format that is &lt;em&gt;required&lt;/em&gt; for all Masters and Ph.D. theses.  Double spaced, single sided, letter paper, small margins, single column ... it just looks terrible.  For my Ph.D. dissertation I of course used the required formatting for the archival versions that go to the university library, however, I also created my own style file that I think looks a lot better.  I am going to use my &quot;prettier&quot; format for printing copies of my dissertation for my advisors, friends, family, &lt;em&gt;&amp;amp;c.&lt;/em&gt;  The book binder I am using allows me to customize the cover of the book.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Disclaimer:&lt;/strong&gt; I realize this question isn't specifically related to (La)TeX, however, it is realted to typesetting; I hope it is not off topic!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="737" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-21T15:34:00.900" LastActivityDate="2010-12-24T11:42:21.220" Title="Book cover fonts" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;book-design&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="3072" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3063" CreationDate="2010-09-14T15:02:41.737" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's a solution using &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/etoolbox.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;etoolbox&lt;/a&gt; and the &lt;code&gt;addmargin&lt;/code&gt; environment of the &lt;code&gt;scrextend&lt;/code&gt; package (which is included in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/koma-script.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;KOMA-script&lt;/a&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{etoolbox}&#xA;\usepackage{scrextend}&#xA;\pretocmd{\theorem}{\bigskip\begin{addmargin}[1.5em]{0pt}}{}{}&#xA;\apptocmd{\endtheorem}{\end{addmargin}\bigskip}{}{}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\blindtext&#xA;&#xA;\begin{theorem}&#xA;\blindtext&#xA;\end{theorem}&#xA;&#xA;\blindtext&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-09-14T15:02:41.737" />
  <row Id="3073" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3023" CreationDate="2010-09-14T15:05:42.273" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The (relatively new) &lt;a href=&quot;http://texcatalogue.sarovar.org/entries/xcomment.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;xcomment&lt;/a&gt; package has the ability to selectively typeset existing environments such as the table environment or the tikzpicture environment. Simply place the text&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{xcomment}   &#xA;\xcomment{table,tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in the preamble, and then only the table environment and tikzpicture environment will be compiled.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="520" LastActivityDate="2010-09-14T15:05:42.273" />
  <row Id="3074" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3070" CreationDate="2010-09-14T15:10:51.457" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;PhilTeX has a nice article about it: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.charlietanksley.net/philtex/reading-pdfs-on-portables/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Reading PDFs on portables&lt;/a&gt;. It answers some of your TeXnical questions, but I'm afraid it is hard to give advice on things like aspect ratios and font sizes. The medium you're targetting is very diverse and something that works for a laptop might not work on a Kindle.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Update: I just stumbled across &lt;a href=&quot;http://river-valley.tv/tex-and-the-ipad/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;a talk on typesetting for the iPad&lt;/a&gt; given at TUG2010. It could be interesting, he gives a demo too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="210" LastEditorUserId="210" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-10T18:48:06.767" LastActivityDate="2010-10-10T18:48:06.767" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3075" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3102" CreationDate="2010-09-14T15:29:06.640" Score="1" ViewCount="351" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm working on mac.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I donwloaded the archive 1.8.23 from the SourceForge page&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I extracted its contained files in my &lt;code&gt;~/.vim/&lt;/code&gt; directory&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I made the necessary changes (described in de vim latex manual) in my &lt;code&gt;~/.vimrc&lt;/code&gt; file (which I had to create because it did not exist yet)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I opened vim and typed &lt;code&gt;:helptags ~/.vim/doc&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I reopened vim and started editing an existing &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; file, but it seems vim latex-suite is not being loaded properly...&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What am I doing wrong?&#xA;I tried several things, including going into the &lt;code&gt;~/.vim/&lt;/code&gt; directory, and used &lt;code&gt;make&lt;/code&gt;, but I got the following errors :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;rm -rf -- ./vim-latex-1.8.23-20100914-r&#xA;svn export -r HEAD . vim-latex-1.8.23-20100914-r&#xA;svn: '.' is not a working copy&#xA;make: *** [snapshot] Error 1&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT : My &lt;code&gt;.vimrc&lt;/code&gt; file &lt;a href=&quot;http://dl.dropbox.com/u/467509/vimrc&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="660" LastEditorUserId="660" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-15T07:25:38.953" LastActivityDate="2010-09-15T08:27:00.200" Title="Problems installing vim latex-suite" Tags="&lt;editors&gt;&lt;vim&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3076" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3071" CreationDate="2010-09-14T15:37:11.880" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I wonder if your collection of books all come from a single source with a certain house style? It doesn't match my experience.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I current have 14 books sitting on my desk. Of those, 4 have sans serif typefaces for the printing on their covers, and 10 have serif typefaces on their covers. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm no expert, but I can't think of any reason why covers ought to use sans fonts; perhaps some people do it because it is one place where sans fonts do look appropriate, and they want some variety.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Computer Modern Roman doesn't seem like a great title font to me personally, but I think that's just a matter of taste. It's your book; if you like it, go for it. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-09-14T15:37:11.880" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3077" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3071" CreationDate="2010-09-14T15:45:19.153" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think the KOMA documentation puts it very nicely, when describing which title is created using &lt;code&gt;\maketitle&lt;/code&gt; and how it differs from the book cover:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A cover is actually something that should be created in a separate document. The cover often has a very individual format. It can also be designed with the help of a graphics or DTP program. A separate document should also be used because the cover will be printed on a different medium, possibly cardboard, and possibly with another printer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This means: the layout/formatting of the main document has absolutely no bearing on the layout and formatting of the cover.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2010-09-14T15:45:19.153" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3078" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3062" CreationDate="2010-09-14T16:58:50.937" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in LaTeX2e the command &lt;code&gt;\footheight&lt;/code&gt; does not longer exist. It actually did in LaTeX 2.09.&#xA;To solve your problem there are two possible options.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1) You can use &lt;code&gt;\raisebox&lt;/code&gt; and e.g. a tabular environment to get everything below the line&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrartcl}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{ucs}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8x]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{layout}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[headsepline, footsepline]{scrpage2}&#xA;&#xA;\refoot{Course year\\ 2010/2011} &#xA;\rofoot{\raisebox{-5ex}{\begin{tabular}[t]{rr}&#xA;Course year\\&#xA;2010/2011&#xA;\end{tabular}}}&#xA;&#xA;\thispagestyle{scrheadings}&#xA;\pagestyle{scrheadings}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA; This is a sample document.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2) or you draw the line yourself with &lt;code&gt;\rule&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrartcl}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{ucs}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8x]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{layout}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[headsepline]{scrpage2}&#xA;&#xA;\refoot{Course year\\ 2010/2011} &#xA;\rofoot{%&#xA;\rule{1\textwidth}{1.5pt}&#xA;\begin{tabular}[t]{rr}&#xA;Course year\\&#xA;2010/2011&#xA;\end{tabular}}&#xA;&#xA;\thispagestyle{scrheadings}&#xA;\pagestyle{scrheadings}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA; This is a sample document.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="632" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-13T20:36:56.907" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T20:36:56.907" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3079" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3083" CreationDate="2010-09-14T18:12:58.097" Score="8" ViewCount="401" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like a way to convert a document from HTML to LaTeX on a Windows platform. What is my best option?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="701" LastActivityDate="2010-09-15T03:59:14.610" Title="How do I convert HTML to LaTeX?" Tags="&lt;conversion&gt;&lt;html&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="3080" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3100" CreationDate="2010-09-14T18:24:31.727" Score="7" ViewCount="261" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have been toying with the idea of converting some forms at work to interactive forms. I have tried some of the routines that come with &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.math.uakron.edu/~dpstory/webeq.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;insdljs&lt;/a&gt;, but they seem a bit dated. The idea is very attractive. I am looking for more recent information, links and pointers. Does Beamer use JavaScript?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-14T21:46:14.293" LastActivityDate="2010-09-15T12:43:20.267" Title="What is the best way to insert document-level JavaScript in LaTeX documents" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;javascript&gt;&lt;acrotex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="3081" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3079" CreationDate="2010-09-14T18:26:16.813" Score="-3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;tex4ht seems to be the best option. But, in my experience, all these latex/html converters cause troubles when applied to documents more complicated than beginner's ones. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1166" LastEditorUserId="1166" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-14T19:05:38.300" LastActivityDate="2010-09-14T19:05:38.300" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3082" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3070" CreationDate="2010-09-14T18:43:49.293" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can have a preable in your class that can set parameters for either viewing or printing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%% UNCOMMENT the next line for a PRINT-OPTIMIZED VERSION of the text %%&#xA;%\setboolean{ForPrinting}{true}&#xA;&#xA;%% Initialize values to ForPrinting=false&#xA;\newcommand{\Margins}{hmarginratio=1:1}     % Symmetric margins&#xA;\newcommand{\HLinkColor}{blue}              % Hyperlink color&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I had a similar problem sometimes back. The best information came from an unlike source. A Project Gutenberg&#xA;book &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gutenberg.org/etext/33283&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Calculus Made Easy&lt;/a&gt;. Download it and have a look at the class. On my screen the Page settings are perfect for reading.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-09-14T18:43:49.293" />
  <row Id="3083" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3079" CreationDate="2010-09-14T19:44:25.513" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;What your best option would be depends on a lot on what your needs are. Are you only trying to import the structure, or exact look, or what? How important is it that the resulting document really be done properly?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anyway, here are a number of things to try.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://abisource.org&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;AbiWord&lt;/a&gt;: an open source word processor that can import HTML or similar formats and export LaTeX. (Be sure to install the extra export plugins when installing; the default install doesn't include a LaTeX export, but it can easily be chosen.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://writer2latex.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Writer2LaTeX&lt;/a&gt;: An openoffice plugin for exporting to LaTeX; Open office supports HTML import of course (Though W2L can handle .odt to .tex even without Open Office installed; but then converting .html to .odt might be trickier.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://sourceforge.net/projects/rtf2latex2e/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;rtf2latex2e&lt;/a&gt;: as its name implies, converts RTF to LaTeX; so you'd need some way to convert HTML to RTF (though that's relatively easy, can be done with most any word processor).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://johnmacfarlane.net/pandoc/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pandoc&lt;/a&gt;: Haskell program for converting between various mark-up languages, including HTML and LaTeX&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;A href=&quot;http://html2latex.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;html2latex&lt;/a&gt;: Perl script for such conversions (I've never tried it but plan on doing so soon) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://htmltolatex.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;htmltolatex&lt;/a&gt; Java program along similar lines (Again, I haven't tried it.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Even with all those options, however, personally, if it was something I truly &lt;i&gt;cared&lt;/i&gt; about doing right, simply transferring over the plain text and redoing everything manually would still be my solution of choice. The above are just quick fixes for a document of relatively little importance, or when having it in LaTeX in addition to HTML is just a matter of convenience.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastEditorUserId="411" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-14T20:51:29.077" LastActivityDate="2010-09-14T20:51:29.077" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3084" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-09-14T20:06:00.090" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/bibtex&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'bibtex'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;bibtex&lt;/a&gt; tag covers (i) the BibTeX program written by Oren Patashnik, (ii) its widely used source representation of bibliography entries in &lt;code&gt;*.bib&lt;/code&gt; files and the corresponding output representation in &lt;code&gt;*.bbl&lt;/code&gt; files, and (iii) use of these in creating documents.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;BibTeX was written for use with LaTeX where it is most widely used, but support for it exists in Plain Tex and ConTeXt.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-24T22:36:48.410" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T22:36:48.410" />
  <row Id="3085" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-09-14T20:06:00.090" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="This tag is for questions that concern Oren Patashnik's BibTeX program and its use." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-14T20:06:00.090" LastActivityDate="2010-09-14T20:06:00.090" />
  <row Id="3086" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3348" CreationDate="2010-09-14T20:15:32.043" Score="2" ViewCount="297" Body="&lt;p&gt;So, I'm using emacs with auctex to edit my latex documents. It's been a while since last time I used it, but I still remember my shortcuts. Except one. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;While editing equations inside and align environment, you have to add &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; at the end of each line, and add a label if you want reference that line specifically. I remember that emacs had a keyboard shorcut for that. You would use the shorcut and emacs automatically added &lt;code&gt;\label{numer} \\&lt;/code&gt; followed by a line break.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What shortcut is that? I tried &lt;kbd&gt;Alt&lt;/kbd&gt;+&lt;kbd&gt;Enter&lt;/kbd&gt;, but that simply inserts a new line followed by a &lt;code&gt;\item&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: Seems that C-c-( key should be doing the trick, but it just inserts a label for me. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I got both auctex and emacs from the repositories. My emacs version is 32.1.1. If I use C-h a and type in &quot;LaTeX-amsmath-env-alignat&quot; (or even just &quot;amsmath&quot;) it doesn't find any matches, so I guess it's not defined. The major/minor modes I use for editing latex documents are &quot;LaTeX/S Ref&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1074" LastEditorUserId="1074" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-16T14:07:02.033" LastActivityDate="2010-09-21T13:02:50.250" Title="Emacs kerboard shortcut to insert \label{} \\ and a new line in math mode." Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;editors&gt;&lt;emacs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="3087" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3063" CreationDate="2010-09-14T22:13:30.147" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the &lt;code&gt;ntheorem&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{ntheorem}&#xA;\setlength\theoremindent{\parindent}&#xA;\newtheorem{thm}{Theorem}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now the &lt;code&gt;thm&lt;/code&gt; environment will be indented the same amount as a paragraph.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-09-14T22:13:30.147" />
  <row Id="3088" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3079" CreationDate="2010-09-14T22:38:25.770" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For a page from a typical website, the best way is probably to simply:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Paste the text from the page into a blank LaTeX document&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Properly escape (or make &lt;code&gt;verbatim&lt;/code&gt;) any text with special characters in it&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Fill in the rest of the markup&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Of course, if you actually have a well-structured page, which e.g. uses H1 for the document title and properly nests H2- and H3-headed sections, it might be worth trying a converter program. You'll still need to add markup for the things that HTML does not provide markup for, of course.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1189" LastActivityDate="2010-09-14T22:38:25.770" />
  <row Id="3089" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3091" CreationDate="2010-09-15T02:18:06.767" Score="6" ViewCount="97" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to conditionally do some things (like input a file) depending on if a specific class option was passed.  For example, I'd like to have an &quot;instructor&quot; option to the class that would input a file of instructor notes.  Something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[instructor]{book}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\if@instructor&#xA;   \input{instructor-notes}&#xA;\fi&#xA;Rest of stuff&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there some code I can put in the preamble to set something (maybe an ifthen boolean?) based on if the instructor option is passed to the class?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My goal in doing this is to make it trivial for someone to change the file to include the instructor portions of the book.  If what I'm trying to do above is an ugly way to do it, I'd love to hear a more elegant way!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1190" LastEditorUserId="1190" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-15T02:43:14.103" LastActivityDate="2010-09-15T09:29:26.737" Title="How do I conditionally execute something based on a documentclass option?" Tags="&lt;options&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="3090" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3098" CreationDate="2010-09-15T03:52:26.140" Score="11" ViewCount="223" Body="&lt;p&gt;This isn't a real question, so I'm marking it community wiki.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I was new to LaTeX, I thought that the \usepackage command worked much like the #include command of the C language: just put whatever you need in the preamble, in whatever order you like.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But then bugs began to bite me and I realised, with growing horror, that commutative packages seem to be the exception rather than the rule.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/1863&quot;&gt;They&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/2859&quot;&gt;appear&lt;/a&gt; so &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/2835/1035&quot;&gt;often&lt;/a&gt; that I think it would be useful to have a list here of problematic interactions between pairs of packages, and their correct order.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, a question for amusement: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to know if there exists three packages &lt;code&gt;A&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;B&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;C&lt;/code&gt;, such that &lt;code&gt;A&lt;/code&gt; has to be included before &lt;code&gt;B&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;B&lt;/code&gt; needs to be included before &lt;code&gt;C&lt;/code&gt;, but &lt;code&gt;C&lt;/code&gt; needs to be included before &lt;code&gt;A&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1035" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-24T23:21:24.657" LastActivityDate="2010-10-24T23:21:24.657" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-09-15T04:13:33.080" Title="Packages that need to be included in a specific order" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;big-list&gt;&lt;conflicts&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="3091" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3089" CreationDate="2010-09-15T03:58:42.190" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Package and class options generally have meaning just for that particular class or package. The book class doesn't have an instructor option. If you're making your own class, based on book, then it is quite simple. It'd be something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newif\if@instructor&#xA;\@instructorfalse&#xA;\DeclareOption{instructor}{\@instructortrue}&#xA;\ProcessOptions\relax&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then you could use &lt;code&gt;\if@instructor&lt;/code&gt; in the document (although you'd need to have used &lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&lt;/code&gt; first, so maybe it's better to omit the &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you're not making your own class, then the easiest way would be to just have&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newif\if@instructor&#xA;\@instructortrue % or \@instructorfalse depending on which you want&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in your preamble.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-09-15T03:58:42.190" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3092" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3079" CreationDate="2010-09-15T03:59:14.610" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If the document is XHTML (rather than HTML), then it can be  processed directly in ConTeXt. See &lt;a href=&quot;http://dl.contextgarden.net/myway/tas/xhtml.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://dl.contextgarden.net/myway/tas/xhtml.pdf&lt;/a&gt; for a tutorial and &lt;a href=&quot;http://dl.contextgarden.net/myway/tas/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://dl.contextgarden.net/myway/tas/&lt;/a&gt; for the sample files.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2010-09-15T03:59:14.610" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3093" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3070" CreationDate="2010-09-15T04:06:39.520" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Personally, I set the paper size to be the same as the physical size of the device, use extremely tiny margins, and use fonts that have large x-height (Fontin + Cambria Math is my current choice). I &lt;a href=&quot;http://randomdeterminism.wordpress.com/2009/10/21/creating-a-style-file-in-context/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;blogged&lt;/a&gt; about the setup with some samples. I use ConTeXt, but the style can be easily replicated in LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2010-09-15T04:06:39.520" />
  <row Id="3094" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3099" CreationDate="2010-09-15T04:10:02.290" Score="16" ViewCount="1267" Body="&lt;p&gt;Currently I use pdflatex to process my documents, but I want to be with the cool kids and switch to XeTeX or LuaTeX. My documents are moderately multilingual (main text in portuguese or english, quotations and references in english, german, french, russian and greek), but nothing that pdflatex can't handle with some effort. I just want to get rid of the cruft and be able to use OpenType fonts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, is there any drawback of XeTeX/LuaTeX that should stop me from switching right now?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My main concern is math typesetting, as there's usually more math than text in my documents =)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The only issue I am aware is that their support for microtype is incomplete.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1035" LastActivityDate="2010-10-28T14:37:52.867" Title="Drawbacks of XeTeX/LuaTeX" Tags="&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;luatex&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="5" />
  <row Id="3095" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3080" CreationDate="2010-09-15T04:19:32.883" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;AFAIK, Beamer does not use JavaScript. I do not have a direct answer for LaTeX, but some pointers that might be useful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ConTeXt provides a mechanism for including arbitrary JS. See the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pragma-ade.com/general/manuals/mwidget-s.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;widgets&lt;/a&gt; manual for details. ConTeXt presentation modules (s-pre-60 onwards) also use JavaScript to sequentially displaying things on a page (unlike Beamer which creates multiple pages), as does  Paul Isambert's &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/generic/lecturer/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;lecturer&lt;/a&gt; package (which works for plain TeX, LaTeX, and ConTeXt).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastEditorUserId="323" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-15T04:35:27.510" LastActivityDate="2010-09-15T04:35:27.510" />
  <row Id="3096" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3094" CreationDate="2010-09-15T04:34:46.047" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have been extensively using LuaTeX (with ConTeXt) for about three years now, and like you my documents are mostly math. Although I use ConTeXt, I assume that most of this will also be true for LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;LuaTeX is a superset of pdfTeX, so everything that works in pdfTeX also works in LuaTeX. &#xA;The only real issue is that the engine and the associated macros are still evolving, and on rare occasions bugs creep into the latest version. I normally keep a backup of two previous versions of the engine and the macro package, and have rollback back on two or three occasions (usually when close to a deadline, when I have no time to see why something fails).&#xA;Rolling back is relatively simple if your package manager or TeX installation supports it. Most Linux distributions allow you to rollback and I believe that the latest TeX Live also supports rollback of packages. Other than that, I have not faced any issues with luatex. I do not use XeTeX, so cannot comment on that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2010-09-15T04:34:46.047" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="3097" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3094" CreationDate="2010-09-15T04:55:33.203" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I tried switching to XeTeX as my standard compilation path recently, and ran into issues with non-english characters in unicode source files: while pdfTeX will happily produce the &lt;code&gt;ö&lt;/code&gt; glyph when faced with the word &lt;code&gt;Gröbner&lt;/code&gt; and with &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&lt;/code&gt; in the preamble, XeTeX simply left out the glyph, forcing me to switch back to pdfTeX or use &lt;code&gt;\&quot;o&lt;/code&gt; instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There may well be an easy fix for this behaviour, but I didn't find it, and didn't particularly (at that time) need the benefits of using XeTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Edited to add:&lt;/em&gt; araujoms pointed out in comments to this answer that all my issues with XeTeX are solved completely by the inclusion of &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{fontspec}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="257" LastEditorUserId="257" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-15T05:27:11.983" LastActivityDate="2010-09-15T05:27:11.983" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3098" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3090" CreationDate="2010-09-15T07:27:55.193" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Freek Dijkstra has put together a nice wiki of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.macfreek.nl/mindmaster/LaTeX_package_conflicts&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Latex package conflicts&lt;/a&gt;.  Hyperref is the one he singles out for criticism: it has the nasty property that sometimes it conflicts when it is put earlier, sometimes when it is put later than other widely used packages, encouraging cargo-cult document headers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;He's had less trouble with inputenc conflicts that others, judging from complaints that I've seen, mostly, I guess, because he uses Xetex.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-15T08:58:54.110" LastActivityDate="2010-09-15T08:58:54.110" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-09-15T07:27:55.193" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3099" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3094" CreationDate="2010-09-15T08:02:44.613" Score="15" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Math isn't the problem if you are happy with the &quot;normal&quot; math fonts used already by pdftex. This will work fine with xelatex + lualatex too. You can also try unicode-math but I don't know if it works in all cases.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The multilanguage support is more problematic: As you are using different scripts (greek, russian) you can't use babel (at least for this languages), as it will break the unicode font support. So you need polyglossia and this doesn't work with lualatex yet as it use (at least for some languages) xetex specific commands like \XeTeXinterclass. Also the support files of some of the languages (e.g. french) are much more sophisticated in the babel version. It is possible to mix babel + polyglossia but it depends a lot on the actual language combination if and how good it works.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Regarding the microtype support: The newest version of xetex can do protrusion (I haven't tried it yet), lualatex can protrusion + expansion. The author of microtype has just announced on c.t.t. that a preliminary version of microtype exists which supports both engines. &#xA;(http://xetex.tk/mediawiki/index.php/Microtype_package_(preliminary_version) &#xA;But at least for lualatex it isn't needed, one can activate both without problems manually:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \documentclass[fontsize=12pt]{scrartcl}&#xA;  \pdfprotrudechars1&#xA;  \pdfadjustspacing1&#xA;&#xA; \usepackage{lipsum}&#xA; \usepackage{fontspec}&#xA; \newfontfeature{Microtype}{protrusion=default;expansion=default;}&#xA; \setmainfont[Microtype,Ligatures=TeX]{Linux Libertine O}&#xA; \begin{document}&#xA; \lipsum&#xA; \end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-09-15T08:02:44.613" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3100" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3080" CreationDate="2010-09-15T08:04:24.240" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A similar question was posted in the German newsgroup de.comp.text.tex recently.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With pdfLaTeX it is easy to add JavaScript at the document level. User defined JavaScript functions can be added as Action dictionaries (simple pdf objects) to the document. Then their names have to be mapped to the corresponding PDF object numbers in the /JavaScript name tree of the /Names dictionary in the PDF catalog using the pdfTeX primitive \pdfnames. Finally, the functions can be used within any PDF object that accepts an Action dictionary (links, widgets, pages, etc.). All this is documented in the PDF reference and in the JavaScript reference of Acrobat:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.adobe.com/devnet/pdf/pdf_reference_archive.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;PDF-1.7 (Acrobat 8)&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.adobe.com/devnet/pdf/pdf_reference.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Extensions in Acrobat 9&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://livedocs.adobe.com/acrobat_sdk/9.1/Acrobat9_1_HTMLHelp/JavaScript_SectionPage.70.1.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;JavaScript&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is a simple example which may serve as a starting point. Therein, doc-level JavaScript functions which accept arguments are used in the Action dictionaries of two links:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\immediate\pdfobj{&amp;lt;&amp;lt;&#xA;  /S/JavaScript/JS (someFunc=function(arg){app.alert('I say ' + arg);})&#xA;&amp;gt;&amp;gt;}&#xA;\edef\someFunc{\the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}&#xA;&#xA;\immediate\pdfobj{&amp;lt;&amp;lt;&#xA;  /S/JavaScript/JS (otherFunc=function(arg){app.alert('You say ' + arg);})&#xA;&amp;gt;&amp;gt;}&#xA;\edef\otherFunc{\the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}&#xA;&#xA;\pdfnames{&#xA;  /JavaScript &amp;lt;&amp;lt;&#xA;    %name tree mapping doc. level JavaScript functions to object numbers&#xA;    /Names [(someFunc) \someFunc (otherFunc) \otherFunc ]&#xA;    /Limits [(otherFunc) (someFunc)] %first and last in alphab. order&#xA;  &amp;gt;&amp;gt;&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;   \leavevmode&#xA;   \pdfstartlink user {&#xA;      /Subtype /Link&#xA;      /A &amp;lt;&amp;lt;&#xA;        /S/JavaScript&#xA;        /JS (someFunc('Hello!'))&#xA;      &amp;gt;&amp;gt;&#xA;   }Hello!\pdfendlink&#xA;&#xA;   \leavevmode&#xA;   \pdfstartlink user {&#xA;      /Subtype /Link&#xA;      /A &amp;lt;&amp;lt;&#xA;        /S/JavaScript&#xA;        /JS (otherFunc('Good bye!'))&#xA;      &amp;gt;&amp;gt;&#xA;   }Good bye!\pdfendlink&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alexander&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1053" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-15T12:43:20.267" LastActivityDate="2010-09-15T12:43:20.267" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3101" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-15T08:06:20.763" Score="6" ViewCount="211" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am an absolute beginner with Latex. I have Texnic Centre and MikTex 2.8. I just want to be able to use the truetpe or opentype fonts from my &lt;code&gt;C:/Windows/Fonts&lt;/code&gt; folder. How hard can it be? Very apparently. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have found a &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/fonts/fontinstall.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;page&lt;/a&gt; that says I can use &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/xetex.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Xetex&lt;/a&gt;, but I have absolutely no idea &lt;em&gt;how&lt;/em&gt; to use Xetex. I think it's installed - it came with MikTex, but I don't know how to get it working. I'd really appreciate some &quot;baby steps&quot; on how I can get this working.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have tried konrad's suggestion below and got a fontsec.cfg error. However, using the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{xltxtra}&#xA;\setmainfont[Mapping=tex-text]{Tahoma}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I got it to work. I don't know why the first failed and this one worked, but it does appear to be using system fonts :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1192" LastEditorUserId="1192" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-15T10:31:41.380" LastActivityDate="2010-09-15T12:18:37.300" Title="How can I get Latex to use the fonts that are already on my PC via Xetex?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3102" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3075" CreationDate="2010-09-15T08:08:47.657" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If I understand you correctly, you have tried &lt;code&gt;make&lt;/code&gt; and not &lt;code&gt;make install&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The Makefile is written such that &lt;code&gt;make&lt;/code&gt; downloads the newest snapshot with SVN, and &lt;code&gt;make install&lt;/code&gt; installs it. Try &lt;code&gt;make install&lt;/code&gt; instead!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would have written suggestion as a comment, but I do not have enough reputation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1110" LastActivityDate="2010-09-15T08:08:47.657" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3103" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3075" CreationDate="2010-09-15T08:27:00.200" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can also try vim-addons install latex-suite in a shell.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="104" LastActivityDate="2010-09-15T08:27:00.200" />
  <row Id="3104" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3101" CreationDate="2010-09-15T08:36:37.950" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A minimal document that uses an OTF font from your PC can look like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\setmainfont{Constantia}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;This is a text.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Assuming that you have the font “Constantia” installed (included in current versions of Windows and Microsoft Office). You can of course use any other font.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To build the document, all you need to do is change the build command from &lt;code&gt;latex&lt;/code&gt; (or &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt;) to &lt;code&gt;xelatex&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don’t know how to do this in  TeXnicCenter but it should be very straightforward – consult the help file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, have a look at the documentation of &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt;. This is the package that controls loading of TTF and OTF fonts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is one rather important caveat: XeTeX assumes that your document is saved using the character encoding UTF-8. This controls how extended characters (á, ö, ß …) are represented in the file. Unfortunately, TeXnicCenter &lt;strong&gt;still&lt;/strong&gt; has no support for UTF-8, which is a crying shame. However, as long as you only use the normal American alphabet, there should be no problems. If you need extended characters, you must unfortunately switch to a better editor.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastEditorUserId="42" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-15T12:18:37.300" LastActivityDate="2010-09-15T12:18:37.300" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3105" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3089" CreationDate="2010-09-15T09:29:26.737" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;More as an aside, &lt;em&gt;class&lt;/em&gt; options get passed on to packages so if you don't want to modify the class but want to simulate the situation that you describe, you could write a new package, say &lt;code&gt;instructor.sty&lt;/code&gt;, and have it do something with the &lt;code&gt;instructor&lt;/code&gt; option.  (You'd get a warning that the class didn't know how to deal with the &lt;code&gt;instructor&lt;/code&gt; option.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If your goal is to make this as easy as possible for the end user, I would make a lot of commands in the &lt;code&gt;instructor.sty&lt;/code&gt; package that did one thing if given the &lt;code&gt;instructor&lt;/code&gt; option but did something else if not, rather than have lots of &lt;code&gt;\if ... \fi&lt;/code&gt;s in your document.  So, for example, you could have a command &lt;code&gt;\instructorinput{filename}&lt;/code&gt; which input the filename if the &lt;code&gt;instructor&lt;/code&gt; option was given but did nothing if not.  Something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ProvidesPackage{instructor}&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareOption{instructor}{&#xA;\renewcommand{\instructorinput}[1]{\input{#1}}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\instructorinput}[1]{}&#xA;&#xA;\ProcessOptions&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I should say that TH's answer is probably the simplest way to do it in terms of code, though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Also, &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1482/how-can-one-undefine-an-already-processed-class-option&quot;&gt;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1482/how-can-one-undefine-an-already-processed-class-option&lt;/a&gt; is a slightly related question that may contain some information that may help)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-09-15T09:29:26.737" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3106" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3094" CreationDate="2010-09-15T09:39:29.973" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Depends on your needs:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Micro-typography for OTF fonts isn't really stable yet&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;OTF math doesn't work in XeTeX on 64-bit Linux systems&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;OTF math doesn't work in LuaLaTeX yet (accent placement and delimiter scaling is broken)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Support for micro-typography and OpenType math seems to be much better in ConTeXt than in LaTeX, so you might consider switching to ConTeXt&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;If you don't need micro-typography or OpenType math and want to continue with LaTeX, both XeLaTeX and LuaLaTeX are fine&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Normally you want mathing text and math fonts. There are very few such combinations: Latin Modern, Cambria, Asana, XITS, mathptmx, mathpazo, mathdesign. Personally I like Latin Modern and Cambria most. Cambria is the only &quot;professional&quot; font in this list, and would be my first choice if OTF math support were stable enough. For the moment, I keep using Latin Modern with pdftex.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PdfTeX + microtype + Latin Modern has the advantage of being absolutely stable and giving coherent output. I'd say you should try both ways and then decide whether the advantages of OTF/Unicode outweigh the remaining issues.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2010-09-15T09:39:29.973" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3108" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3111" CreationDate="2010-09-15T11:31:14.453" Score="7" ViewCount="348" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to define a &lt;em&gt;grammar&lt;/em&gt; environment which basically wraps a &lt;em&gt;tabular&lt;/em&gt; environment. Inside the &lt;em&gt;grammar&lt;/em&gt; environment I'd like to use an environment called &lt;em&gt;production&lt;/em&gt; to insert rows. Example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\documentclass[a4paper,10pt]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{production}[1]&#xA;{\noindent\ignorespaces#1 ::= &amp;}&#xA;{\\}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{grammar}&#xA;{\begin{tabular}{p{3cm}l}}&#xA;{\end{tabular}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{grammar}&#xA;\begin{production}{XmlStartTag}&#xA;  ...&#xA;\end{production}&#xA;\begin{production}{XmlEndTag}&#xA;  ...&#xA;\end{production}&#xA;\end{grammar}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The goal of this code is to put the name of the non-terminal that is being defined in the left column and the actual production into the right column of the tabular.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately this fails due to the &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; within the &lt;em&gt;production&lt;/em&gt; environment. I guess it has something to do with macro expansion. I guess I have to escape the &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; with something that is only expanded after the macro was used?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1194" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-15T16:17:30.430" LastActivityDate="2011-01-02T10:35:45.123" Title="Use column-separator &amp; (ampersand) inside \newenvironment" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;tables&gt;&lt;syntax&gt;&lt;environments&gt;&lt;ampersand&gt;" AnswerCount="4" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="3109" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3112" CreationDate="2010-09-15T12:04:58.117" Score="5" ViewCount="249" Body="&lt;p&gt;How could one get a displayed equation inside a list environment, say &lt;code&gt;itemize&lt;/code&gt;, so that the equation is both centered horizontally and on the same line as the bullet, but with the bullet still on the left?  Trying &lt;code&gt;\item \begin{center} \( \displaystyle \int x \ dx = \frac{x^2}{2} + C \) \end{center}&lt;/code&gt; centers the bullet as well as the equation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is a somewhat frivolous question, since I don't actually want to use the answer.  I personally would use &lt;code&gt;\item \( \displaystyle \int x \ dx = \frac{x^2}{2} + C \)&lt;/code&gt; and do without the horizontal centering.  But I'm currently at a conference where I've seen several beamer presentations that clearly involved something like &lt;code&gt;\item \[ \int x \ dx = \frac{x^2}{2} + C \]&lt;/code&gt;, which made me curious how one could do what I asked, if one really wanted to.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I really wasn't sure how to tag this.  Please feel free to retag.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="206" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-16T12:50:46.743" LastActivityDate="2011-01-16T12:50:46.743" Title="Displaying an equation in a list" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;equations&gt;&lt;lists&gt;&lt;horizontal-alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3110" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3108" CreationDate="2010-09-15T12:15:52.960" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It has nothing to do with macro expansion but with grouping: Cells in a tabular build a group. You are starting an environment in one group and close it in the next. Use better a command \production.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-09-15T12:15:52.960" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3111" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3108" CreationDate="2010-09-15T12:27:20.900" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The problem is that the &lt;code&gt;\begin{...}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\end{...}&lt;/code&gt; pair commands automatically create a &quot;group&quot; so that, in effect, the &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; are &quot;out of scope&quot; for the tabular, while inside the &quot;production&quot; environment they just show up at a place where the compiler is not expecting them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A second problem with your definitions is that, even if they would work, they would be adding an extra &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; at the end of the tabular, adding an unwanted space at the end. Perhaps some more appropriate definitions would be&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,10pt]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\production}[1]{#1 ::= &amp;amp;}&#xA;\newenvironment{grammar}{\tabular{p{3cm}l}}{\endtabular}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{grammar}&#xA;\production{XmlStartTag} ... \\&#xA;\production{XmlOtherTag} ... \\&#xA;\production{XmlEndTag} ...&#xA;\end{grammar}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note no &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; at the end of the last production. Also in the definition of the &lt;code&gt;grammar&lt;/code&gt; you don't need to repeat the work of &lt;code&gt;\begin&lt;/code&gt;/&lt;code&gt;\end&lt;/code&gt;, and you can instead directly use &lt;code&gt;\tabular&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\endtabular&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-09-15T12:27:20.900" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3112" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3109" CreationDate="2010-09-15T12:35:54.563" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Would&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\item ~ \hfill \( ... \) \hfill ~&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;not work? Primitive, perhaps, but effective just for the purposes of alignment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unless the formulae are quite long, so that each one comes close enough to the left to be closely associated with it's corresponding bullet point, I'm not sure that I would &lt;em&gt;want&lt;/em&gt; to do this, though. Of course, this could also be solved by doing something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\item \begin{minipage}{0.4\textwidth}\centering \( ... \) \end{minipage}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or something similar, to center the equations on a vertical axis which is closer to the bullet points.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="911" LastActivityDate="2010-09-15T12:35:54.563" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3113" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-15T16:22:35.583" Score="2" ViewCount="178" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using XeTeX to encode Opentype fonts. One of the feature of opentype font is availability of Private Use Area.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Generally, Private Use Area in most cases contains different variants of same characters and different ligatures. It also contains characters that has not been defined by Unicode.&#xA;This Private Use Area comes in great application when encoding many Indic Texts(Sanskrit and others), which have many variants of same text and many more text left to be encoded by Unicode. So, font provider supply those characters in Private Use Area.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Question&lt;/strong&gt;: How do I access Private Use Area by using fontspec in XeTeX ?&#xA;Yes! I check the manual of fontspec but didn't seem to find this ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any help would be appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1036" LastEditorUserId="1036" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-15T16:27:43.343" LastActivityDate="2010-09-15T18:22:56.933" Title="Accessing Private Use Area Character by fontspec in XeTeX" Tags="&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;opentype&gt;&lt;fontspec&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="3114" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3070" CreationDate="2010-09-15T16:40:59.100" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To answer the 2nd part: You could argue that from a user's perspective, PDF is not the optimal choice of format for an ebook device.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mainly because the ebook devices differ a lot in screen-size and users want to some users want to use custom font settings on their devices.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E.g. epub is a format choice that deals better with these issues.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I.e. you would need to convert your LaTeX document to some HTML-subset that is used by epub.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which is obviously complicated to do right (convert formulas, figures etc.).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Related to this - (as mentioned in a comment to another post,) someone asked a question on StackExchange &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1551/use-latex-to-produce-epub&quot;&gt;regarding the LaTeX to epub conversion process&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="929" LastEditorUserId="929" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-16T07:31:09.553" LastActivityDate="2010-09-16T07:31:09.553" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3116" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3113" CreationDate="2010-09-15T17:59:25.837" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can either insert the character itself into the source, since XeTeX expects unicode-encoded source (provided your editor is compliant), or you can use \char&quot;#### where #### is the unicode hex number.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article} &#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\setmainfont{Linux Libertine O}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA; %Here I have the character itself, which may or may not show up on your end&#xA;\char&quot;E000 % here is the unicode reference number&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;produces:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/3feAz.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are probably other ways too, but these work for me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-09-15T17:59:25.837" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3117" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3113" CreationDate="2010-09-15T18:22:56.933" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you want to write &quot;different variants of same characters and different ligatures&quot; as your quotation says, then you should &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; use the PUA but select glyph variants. Unicode encodes characters, not glyphs, and fonts using the PUA is usually only due to technical reasons; PUA characters are non-portable and shoudn't be entered directly. See section 10.9 in the &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt; manual on how to select glyph variants manually. If that isn't sufficient, describe your actual goal.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2010-09-15T18:22:56.933" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3118" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3070" CreationDate="2010-09-15T18:27:04.210" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Regarding your second question, the guidelines are the ones that are valid for web design, and you can't do much with LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2010-09-15T18:27:04.210" />
  <row Id="3119" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3128" CreationDate="2010-09-15T21:09:41.423" Score="1" ViewCount="111" Body="&lt;p&gt;A list environment &lt;strong&gt;[Edit: used to]&lt;/strong&gt; start a new paragraph. Thus, in &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{itemize}&#xA;\item \begin{enumerate} \item Something \end{enumerate}&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nothing is printed at the right of the bullet, the number (1.) appears below. How can I get an enumerated list in an item, starting just after the bullet?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;I had this problem some time ago, before stackexchange existed; apologies for not checking the problem persisted.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1173" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-16T10:09:31.847" LastActivityDate="2010-09-16T10:09:31.847" Title="How to make an \item consisting of a list" Tags="&lt;lists&gt;&lt;spacing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="3120" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-15T21:10:11.250" Score="3" ViewCount="292" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've drawn some figures using xymatrix, but they're much larger than I'd like them to be. Is there a way to resize them? I'd be happy to cut them down to a fixed percentage of the original or to a given size. I know how to change the size of the entries using the standard font size changing commands, but I really want to make the arrows shorter as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-28T21:59:34.907" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T02:16:05.753" Title="Is there a way to resize a figure created with xymatrix?" Tags="&lt;diagrams&gt;&lt;xy-pic&gt;&lt;scaling&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3121" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3120" CreationDate="2010-09-15T21:29:52.257" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think you can use &lt;code&gt;\resizebox&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\resizebox{width}{height}{your stuff}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to specify only the width, write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\resizebox{width}{!}{your stuff}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;wight or height can be any length like 3cm, 4em or 1\textwidth&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="632" LastActivityDate="2010-09-15T21:29:52.257" />
  <row Id="3122" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3124" CreationDate="2010-09-15T22:38:52.730" Score="4" ViewCount="152" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm writing a custom document class. It's kinda simple, but it will use the &lt;code&gt;geometry&lt;/code&gt; package to set page size, orientation and margins. However... Whenever I use that package, the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.loria.fr/general/new/clsguide.html#Sec%3acommands.options&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ExecuteOptions&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; command stops working. Look at this minimalist testcase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;File: &lt;em&gt;myclass.cls&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ProvidesClass{myclass}&#xA;\LoadClass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[brazilian]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[a4paper,&#xA;    includehead, includefoot,&#xA;    headheight=23mm, headsep=5mm, footskip=1.5em]{geometry}&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareOption{landscape}{\geometry{landscape, top=12mm, bottom=12mm, left=15mm, right=15mm}}&#xA;\DeclareOption{portrait}{\geometry{portrait, top=15mm, bottom=15mm, left=12mm, right=12mm}}&#xA;\ExecuteOptions{portrait}&#xA;\ProcessOptions&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;File: &lt;em&gt;doc.tex&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% This works: \documentclass{myclass}&#xA;% This does not work: \documentclass[foobar]{myclass}&#xA;% This does not work: \documentclass[landscape]{myclass}&#xA;% This does not work: \documentclass[anythingITypeHere]{myclass}&#xA;\documentclass[landscape]{myclass}&#xA;&#xA;\title{Simple testcase}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Simple experiment... I think it should have worked.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Error message:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Undefined control sequence.&#xA;\ExecuteOptions ...eserved@a \CurrentOption \@nil &#xA;&#xA;l.19 \ExecuteOptions{portrait}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I don't pass any option to the &lt;code&gt;\documentclass&lt;/code&gt; command, then it compiles. However, if I try to pass anything (like in the example above), it fails with that weird message.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I comment out &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[...]{geometry}&lt;/code&gt;, and replace &lt;code&gt;\geometry&lt;/code&gt; with something else, then it compiles. So, I'm quite sure this package is messing with &lt;code&gt;\ExecuteOptions&lt;/code&gt; command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I put both &lt;code&gt;\DeclareOption&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\ExecuteOptions&lt;/code&gt; before importing the package, I get an error about undefined &lt;code&gt;\geometry&lt;/code&gt; (as expected).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I put &lt;code&gt;\DeclareOption&lt;/code&gt; before the &lt;code&gt;\usepackage&lt;/code&gt;, and leave &lt;code&gt;\ExecuteOptions&lt;/code&gt; after it, then I get an error about importing a package inside the Options section.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So... the question is how to implement document class options while still using &lt;code&gt;geometry&lt;/code&gt; package? In other words, how to make the above code work?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="375" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-08T20:27:37.543" LastActivityDate="2010-10-08T20:27:37.543" Title="I get an error when using `\ExecuteOptions` together with `\usepackage{geometry}`" Tags="&lt;documentclass&gt;&lt;geometry&gt;&lt;options&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="3124" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3122" CreationDate="2010-09-15T23:28:42.753" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareOption{landscape}{\PassOptionsToPackage{landscape,top=12mm,bottom=12mm,left=15mm,right=15mm}{geometry}}&#xA;\DeclareOption{portrait}{\PassOptionsToPackage{portrait,top=15mm,bottom=15mm,left=12mm,right=12mm}{geometry}}&#xA;\ExecuteOptions{portrait}&#xA;\ProcessOptions&#xA;&#xA;\RequirePackage{geometry}&#xA;\geometry{%&#xA;  a4paper,&#xA;  includehead, &#xA;  includefoot,&#xA;  headheight=23mm,&#xA;  headsep=5mm,&#xA;  footskip=1.5em&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="565" LastActivityDate="2010-09-15T23:28:42.753" />
  <row Id="3125" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3134" CreationDate="2010-09-15T23:31:18.277" Score="4" ViewCount="214" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there an easy way to simultaneously have a comma separator for \citet{} and a semicolon separator for \citep{}? It is currently [comma]{natbib}, but (e.g., Black and White, 2006, Pink, 2006) looks ugly and so does by White and Black (2006); Pink(2006).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="158" LastActivityDate="2010-09-16T13:36:20.710" Title="A comma separator for \citet{} and a semicolon separator for \citep{} simultaneously?" Tags="&lt;natbib&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="3126" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-16T00:48:08.593" Score="2" ViewCount="1028" Body="&lt;p&gt;Below is my file.  I am trying to make sure that I am in 12pt Times New Roman font. Also, I am trying to get rid of the page number on this first page without getting rid of the header.  If anyone has any suggestions for ensuring these two features in the document, it would be appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[left=0.75in,right=0.75in,top=0.75in,bottom=0.75in]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0pt}&#xA;%\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\rhead{John Doe \\ #########}&#xA;&#xA;Hello, world!&#xA;&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-16T01:10:44.103" LastActivityDate="2010-10-11T20:57:11.300" Title="Times New Roman in LaTeX plus fancy header w/o page number on first page." Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;header-footer&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="3127" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3126" CreationDate="2010-09-16T01:00:30.997" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Q1. Times: &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{mathptmx}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Q2. Is a bit harder. The simplest solution (but not the best) would be to write in the preamble something like&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\cfoot{}&#xA;\usepackage{afterpage}&#xA;\AtBeginDocument{\afterpage{\cfoot{\thepage}}}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-16T01:10:20.973" LastActivityDate="2010-09-16T01:10:20.973" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="3128" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3119" CreationDate="2010-09-16T01:07:01.240" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Could you please tell us what documentclass, packages and options you are using. When I compile &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;\item &#xA;    \begin{enumerate}&#xA;        \item Something&#xA;        \item Something else&#xA;    \end{enumerate}&#xA;\item &#xA;    \begin{enumerate}&#xA;        \item even more&#xA;        \item and yet more&#xA;    \end{enumerate}&#xA;&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I get&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/LqIOC.png&quot; alt=&quot;compiled example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-09-16T01:07:01.240" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3129" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3130" CreationDate="2010-09-16T02:21:49.590" Score="12" ViewCount="287" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just had a surprise. I have a section in an article followed by a figure. The text flows over a page and ... one more word on the next page (which also includes the figure).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Yes, I added a ~ before that word to make it fit on the first page but I thought LaTeX wouldn't do this (leave widow words, not even sentences)!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there anything in particular that needs to be enabled to avoid this? I used MikTeX 2.8 with output to PDF (both pdftex and pdflatex produced the same problem).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="564" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-16T13:43:31.530" LastActivityDate="2010-09-16T13:43:31.530" Title="Widow *word* on a page? I thought LaTeX wouldn't do that." Tags="&lt;page-breaking&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="3130" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3129" CreationDate="2010-09-16T02:31:47.027" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;LaTeX is set up to avoid this &lt;em&gt;if possible&lt;/em&gt; but sometimes there just isn't a good alternative. You can suppress widow lines entirely with &lt;code&gt;\widowpenalty=10000&lt;/code&gt; but you'll want to have &lt;code&gt;\raggedbottom&lt;/code&gt; enabled.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Avoiding widow words isn't as directly straightforward. You cannot automatically suppress them but you can specify that you want a final line of at least some certain length with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\parfillskip 0pt plus 0.75\textwidth&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where &quot;some certain length&quot; is, in this case, one quarter of the text width of the document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-09-16T02:31:47.027" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3131" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-16T04:53:34.030" Score="3" ViewCount="375" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to specify a &lt;code&gt;\graphicspath&lt;/code&gt; that includes all sub-directories? &#xA;I know I could put all my graphics in a texmf tree, but I'd like to have them in another directory tree. As far as I can tell, &lt;code&gt;\graphicspath&lt;/code&gt; won't include sub-directories.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using MikTeX 2.8.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="143" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T14:20:12.970" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T14:21:18.103" Title="Graphicspath for MikTeX" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;miktex&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="3132" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3131" CreationDate="2010-09-16T05:11:32.077" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nope. (Not as far as I know.) The way &lt;code&gt;\graphicspath&lt;/code&gt; works is simply to iterate over each directory specified and ask the equivalent of &lt;code&gt;\IfFileExists{&amp;lt;thepath&amp;gt;&amp;lt;thegraphic&amp;gt;.pdf}&lt;/code&gt; when you try to &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics{&amp;lt;thegraphic&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt;. Since you can't specify wildcards when asking TeX to input a file, similarly you can't specify wildcards when asking it to insert a graphic.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One small caveat: with &lt;code&gt;-shell-escape&lt;/code&gt; you could run a batch script (or, better, a Lua script) that iteratively listed the subdirectories of a given path and then inserted them back into the document for &lt;code&gt;\graphicspath&lt;/code&gt;. But there's nothing around currently that will do that. (Again, as far as I know. I don't use Windows these days so I'm a bit out of the loop with MiKTeX.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-09-16T05:11:32.077" />
  <row Id="3133" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3135" CreationDate="2010-09-16T05:54:04.950" Score="1" ViewCount="56" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=newalg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;newalg&lt;/a&gt; package to typeset some algorithms, and I'd like to be able to typeset a keyword using the algkey macro. the problem is that I can't get it to work. Here's what I'm trying to do:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{algorithm}{PromoteServer}{x}&#xA;servers \= \CALL{GetMeshServers}(x) \\&#xA;\begin{FOR}{\EACH M_n \IN servers}&#xA;    \begin{IF}{n \eq \algkey{sizeof}(servers)}&#xA;    \ELSE&#xA;    \end{IF}&#xA;    \CALL{AssignCachePartner}(M_{n+1})&#xA;\end{FOR}&#xA;\end{algorithm}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Where am I going wrong? The documentation for the package doesn't give any examples....&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="903" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-16T16:32:21.740" LastActivityDate="2010-09-16T16:32:21.740" Title="Create a keyword using the newalg package and algkey" Tags="&lt;algorithms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3134" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3125" CreationDate="2010-09-16T06:30:28.043" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If I'm understanding what you want correctly, I think this should do it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{natbib}&#xA;\usepackage{etoolbox}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand\bibstyle@comma{\bibpunct(),a,,}&#xA;\newcommand\bibstyle@semicolon{\bibpunct();a,,}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\pretocmd\citet{\citestyle{comma}}\relax\relax&#xA;\pretocmd\Citet{\citestyle{comma}}\relax\relax&#xA;\pretocmd\citep{\citestyle{semicolon}}\relax\relax&#xA;\pretocmd\Citep{\citestyle{semicolon}}\relax\relax&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could probably omit the &lt;code&gt;\citestyle&lt;/code&gt; and just use &lt;code&gt;\bibpunct&lt;/code&gt; directly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-09-16T06:30:28.043" />
  <row Id="3135" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3133" CreationDate="2010-09-16T07:00:15.627" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The most recent version of the package is from 2005, it doesn’t ship with TeX Live, the documentation is very incomplete and promises “future work” … I don’t think this package is supported any longer. &lt;strong&gt;Try using&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1375/what-is-a-good-package-for-displaying-algorithms/1376#1376&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;another package&lt;/strong&gt;, e.g. &lt;code&gt;algpseudocode&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, or Cormen’s own &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/pkg/clrscode&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;clrscode&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That said, &lt;em&gt;what do you mean by&lt;/em&gt; “I can't get it to work”? The code, as you’ve written it, is correct. I’ve had a look at the source code of the package and &lt;code&gt;\algkey&lt;/code&gt; is defined as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\algkey#1{\mbox{\bf #1\ }}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So there’s absolutely nothing special about that command (apart from the fact that it always appends a space which may be unwanted) and it should work out of the box. Alternatively, you can just use &lt;code&gt;\textbf{sizeof}&lt;/code&gt; to get the same effect, minus the annoying space at the end.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastEditorUserId="42" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-16T07:06:13.950" LastActivityDate="2010-09-16T07:06:13.950" />
  <row Id="3136" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3108" CreationDate="2010-09-16T07:40:49.237" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I suppose having separate &lt;em&gt;prod1&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;prodn&lt;/em&gt; production commands would allow \\ to be automatically inserted: make &lt;em&gt;prodn&lt;/em&gt; prepend \\.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1202" LastActivityDate="2010-09-16T07:40:49.237" />
  <row Id="3137" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3138" CreationDate="2010-09-16T08:19:28.737" Score="3" ViewCount="127" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello,&#xA;      sometimes when writing mathematical expression with partial derivatives, one needs to write a vertical bar afterwards and write the value at the which the partial derivatives are being computed as subscripts. See for example the bottom post here:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.physicsforums.com/showthread.php?t=63809&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.physicsforums.com/showthread.php?t=63809&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, the \mid symbol doesn't produce a tall bar that corresponds to the size of the partial derivatives term. Is there a way to have a taller bar? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PS: Some other posts here mention \middle| but this doesn't compile on my computer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance....&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="993" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-16T11:15:33.137" LastActivityDate="2010-09-16T11:15:33.137" Title="How to get a vertical bar which is longer than \mid ?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="3138" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3137" CreationDate="2010-09-16T08:27:28.507" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\left.\frac{\partial f}{\partial x}\right|_{x_0}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or if you have &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{amsmath}&lt;/code&gt;, you can use &lt;code&gt;\rvert&lt;/code&gt; instead of the &lt;code&gt;|&lt;/code&gt;. In fact, this is probably the better way to go.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-09-16T08:27:28.507" CommentCount="10" />
  <row Id="3139" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-16T08:38:52.200" Score="2" ViewCount="961" Body="&lt;p&gt;On one particular frame I would like to remove the shadow that the theme I am using inserts under the title. The reason is that with a black background (which I use &lt;em&gt;only&lt;/em&gt; on this frame), it looks quite ugly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Do you have any idea how I can do that? I've managed to remove the shadow under a block environment, thanks to:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setbeamertemplate{blocks}[rounded]% [shadow=false]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but I could not find a similar thing for \titleframe (except one that you can only put in your preamble - which would not help, in my case).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you very much for your help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastActivityDate="2010-09-17T14:37:30.463" Title="Beamer: How to remove shadow under the title on a given frame?" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;titlepage&gt;&lt;shading&gt;" AnswerCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3140" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3137" CreationDate="2010-09-16T08:45:31.563" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;\middle should work in any current system. But it needs accompaigning \left+\right. Like braces in \left/right it will adapt its size to the size of the content:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,10pt]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;$\left\{a\middle|a\right.$ &#xA;$\left\{\int \middle|\int\right.$&#xA;$\int\mid \int$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-09-16T08:45:31.563" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3141" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3143" CreationDate="2010-09-16T08:49:55.787" Score="3" ViewCount="197" Body="&lt;p&gt;[Moved from StackOverflow.com]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I format certain characters without using macros? For example, if I want to make all instances of the character ‘f’ bold, how can I make TeX do it automatically?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I’m using XeLaTeX to process my document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Actually, the document is written in Simplified Chinese. The Asian full stop symbol (‘。’, U+3002) in my fonts, however, have their small circle placed at the center, which is inconsistent with the standard of the Chinese Mainland. Since full stops appear after every sentence, it would seem too cumbersome to use macros.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1204" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-12T23:02:20.563" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T05:36:12.390" Title="In XeLaTeX, how to format certain characters without using macros?" Tags="&lt;xetex&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3142" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3141" CreationDate="2010-09-16T09:09:14.167" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you're talking about characters in text mode, I'm afraid there isn't a good way to do this automatically. However, Paul Isambert's &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/xesearch&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;xesearch package&lt;/a&gt; might be able to achieve the effects you're after.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-09-16T09:09:14.167" />
  <row Id="3143" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3141" CreationDate="2010-09-16T09:29:54.550" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One way is to make the char active and then define it. Here an example (its dangerous to do it for ascii chars I'm doing it only as example!)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,10pt]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begingroup&#xA;\catcode`\y=\active&#xA;\defy{\textbf{\char121}}&#xA;abcyyabc&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you only want to use another glyph in your font you can also use a mapping, like the tex-text mapping which maps e.g. -- to \endash. You need teckit to generate such mappings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://scripts.sil.org/cms/scripts/page.php?site_id=nrsi&amp;amp;id=TECkit&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://scripts.sil.org/cms/scripts/page.php?site_id=nrsi&amp;amp;id=TECkit&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-09-16T09:29:54.550" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3144" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3139" CreationDate="2010-09-16T11:53:15.753" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One option is to use &lt;a href=&quot;http://old.nabble.com/-Patch--Real-transparency-for-box-shadows-td25504011.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this patch to Beamer&lt;/a&gt; that uses &quot;real&quot; transparency for all shadows.  On the page with the black background the transparent shadows would simply disappear.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt; If I recall correctly, all you have to do to use the patch is download &lt;code&gt;beamerbaseboxes.sty&lt;/code&gt; from that link and put it in the same directory as your &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; file.  That's it!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="737" LastEditorUserId="737" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-16T12:50:03.133" LastActivityDate="2010-09-16T12:50:03.133" />
  <row Id="3145" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3149" CreationDate="2010-09-16T12:41:06.813" Score="7" ViewCount="320" Body="&lt;p&gt;Some material I'm creating requires output that looks like this:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/98VWA.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&#xA;(note the position of the arrows).  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using the following code (with the AMS macros) to generate this, and I'm looking for comments - it works fine, but I'm curious if there's a better/cleaner way to deal with the arrows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[&#xA;  \begin{bmatrix}[rrr|r] 1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; -1 \\ 2 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 1 \\ -1 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; -1 &amp;amp; -1   \end{bmatrix}&#xA;  \begin{matrix}[c] ~ \\ \xrightarrow{R_2-2R_1} \\ \xrightarrow{R_3+R_1} \end{matrix}&#xA;  \begin{bmatrix}[rrr|r] 1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; -1 \\ 0 &amp;amp; -3 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 3 \\ 0 &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; -1 &amp;amp; -2 \end{bmatrix}&#xA;  \begin{matrix}[c] ~ \\ ~ \\ \xrightarrow{R_2+R_3} \end{matrix}&#xA;  \begin{bmatrix}[rrr|r] 1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; -1 \\ 0 &amp;amp; -3 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 3 \\ 0 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 1 \end{bmatrix}&#xA;\]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using only the standard AMS macros, together with a cute addition to the matrix macros that I found on the Web that allows column specifications within the AMS matrices:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand*\env@matrix[1][*\c@MaxMatrixCols c]{%&#xA;  \hskip -\arraycolsep&#xA;  \let\@ifnextchar\new@ifnextchar&#xA;  \array{#1}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="76" LastActivityDate="2010-09-18T18:50:03.590" Title="Formatting arrows between rows of corresponding matrices" Tags="&lt;best-practices&gt;&lt;formatting&gt;&lt;matrices&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="3146" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3257" CreationDate="2010-09-16T12:55:35.760" Score="3" ViewCount="366" Body="&lt;p&gt;In TeX Live 2010, using &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[pdfborder={0 0 0}]{hyperref}&lt;/code&gt; results in the warning&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Package hyperref Warning: Invalid value `0 0 0'&#xA;(hyperref)                for option `pdfborder'.&#xA;(hyperref)                Option setting is ignored on input line 3790.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The same warning occurs using &lt;code&gt;\hypersetup{pdfborder=0 0 0}&lt;/code&gt;. Both of these are verbatim from the &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; manual.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-09-19T10:27:07.657" Title="Is hyperref's pdfborder option broken in TL 2010?" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;texlive&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="3147" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3139" CreationDate="2010-09-16T13:15:57.920" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;First of all, thank you for answering me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have installed this package and updated latex with the texhash command but, unfortunately, while it does change something for boxes, it seems everything remains the same for the title.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;NB: it also adds some strange colour bugs on some slides.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have found another &quot;release&quot; of this file (20th Sep '09) but it is even worse: the compilation stops then.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastActivityDate="2010-09-16T13:15:57.920" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3148" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3125" CreationDate="2010-09-16T13:36:20.710" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Cool! Thanks. It works for me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That mathematical writing need not be ugly was demonstrated by Halmos and Savage&#xA;(1949), Halmos (1949), Gillman et al. (1975), Halmos (1991) among few others.&#xA;Many enjoyed his style and approach (e.g., Albers, 1982; Ewing, 2007;&#xA;Sunder, 2007).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That mathematical writing need not be ugly was demonstrated by \citet{HS49, Halmos49, GHF+75, bHalmos1991} among few others. Many enjoyed his style and approach \citep[e.g.,][]{Albers82,Ewing07,Sunder07}.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="158" LastActivityDate="2010-09-16T13:36:20.710" />
  <row Id="3149" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3145" CreationDate="2010-09-16T13:49:01.827" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I can't offer anything other than making your arrows into a simple macro to make it easier to type. Something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\arrows[3]{&#xA;        \begin{matrix}[c]&#xA;        \ifx\relax#1\relax\else \xrightarrow{#1}\fi\\&#xA;        \ifx\relax#2\relax\else \xrightarrow{#2}\fi\\&#xA;        \ifx\relax#3\relax\else \xrightarrow{#3}\fi&#xA;        \end{matrix}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You'd use it like &lt;code&gt;\arrows{}{R_2-2R_1}{R_3+R_1}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Maybe it'd be better to explicitly pass in the number of rows, like this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcount\arrowcount&#xA;\newcommand\arrows[1]{&#xA;        \global\arrowcount#1&#xA;        \ifnum\arrowcount&amp;gt;0&#xA;                \begin{matrix}[c]&#xA;                \expandafter\nextarrow&#xA;        \fi&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\nextarrow[1]{&#xA;        \global\advance\arrowcount-1&#xA;        \ifx\relax#1\relax\else \xrightarrow{#1}\fi&#xA;        \ifnum\arrowcount=0&#xA;                \end{matrix}&#xA;        \else&#xA;                \\&#xA;                \expandafter\nextarrow&#xA;        \fi&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You'd use it like &lt;code&gt;\arrows3{}{}{R_2+R_3}&lt;/code&gt;. It seems to work for your example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-09-16T13:49:01.827" />
  <row Id="3150" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3145" CreationDate="2010-09-16T14:51:56.720" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I present the following answer in the fervent hope that &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;someone, anyone&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; can provide an equivalent response which does not involve XyPic.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Answer&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You must &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{xypic}&lt;/code&gt; or equivalent in the pre-amble.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\newcommand\map[1]{\xrightarrow{#1}} % For brevity&#xA;\[&#xA;   \xymatrix @R0em @C0.5ex {&#xA;       &amp;   &amp;    &amp; \ar@{-}[dddd] &amp;    &amp;                &amp;   &amp;   &amp;    &amp; \ar@{-}[dddd] &amp;    &amp;               &amp;   &amp;   &amp;    &amp; \ar@{-}[dddd] &amp;    \\&#xA;     1 &amp; 2 &amp; 0  &amp;               &amp; -1 &amp;                &amp; 1 &amp; 2 &amp; 0  &amp;               &amp; -1 &amp;               &amp; 1 &amp; 2 &amp; 0  &amp;               &amp; -1 \\&#xA;     2 &amp; 1 &amp; 1  &amp;               &amp; 1  &amp; \map{R_2-2R_1} &amp; 0 &amp; 3 &amp; -1 &amp;               &amp; 3  &amp;               &amp; 0 &amp; 3 &amp; -1 &amp;               &amp; 3  \\&#xA;    -1 &amp; 1 &amp; -1 &amp;               &amp; -1 &amp; \map{R_3+R_1}  &amp; 0 &amp; 3 &amp; -1 &amp;               &amp; -2 &amp; \map{R_2+R_3} &amp; 0 &amp; 0 &amp; 0  &amp;               &amp; -1 \\&#xA;       &amp;   &amp;    &amp;               &amp;    &amp;                &amp;   &amp;   &amp;    &amp;               &amp;    &amp;               &amp;   &amp;   &amp;    &amp;               &amp; ~&#xA;    \POS&quot;2,1&quot;.&quot;4,1&quot;.&quot;2,5&quot;.&quot;4,5&quot;!C*+&amp;lt;0.5pt&amp;gt;\frm{)}&#xA;    \POS&quot;2,1&quot;.&quot;4,1&quot;.&quot;2,5&quot;.&quot;4,5&quot;!C*+&amp;lt;0.5pt&amp;gt;\frm{(}&#xA;    \POS&quot;2,7&quot;.&quot;4,7&quot;.&quot;2,11&quot;.&quot;4,11&quot;!C*+&amp;lt;0.5pt&amp;gt;\frm{)}&#xA;    \POS&quot;2,7&quot;.&quot;4,7&quot;.&quot;2,11&quot;.&quot;4,11&quot;!C*+&amp;lt;0.5pt&amp;gt;\frm{(}&#xA;    \POS&quot;2,13&quot;.&quot;4,13&quot;.&quot;2,17&quot;.&quot;4,17&quot;!C*+&amp;lt;0.5pt&amp;gt;\frm{)}&#xA;    \POS&quot;2,13&quot;.&quot;4,13&quot;.&quot;2,17&quot;.&quot;4,17&quot;!C*+&amp;lt;0.5pt&amp;gt;\frm{(}&#xA;   }&#xA;\]&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Reasons why I hate this answer&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following complaints are intended with no disrespect to the authors of XyPic, who went to a lot of work to make a package which is quite versatile &amp;mdash; but whose time has passed in my opinion.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Xypic is &lt;em&gt;slow&lt;/em&gt;. In my experience, if you put more than a handful of smallish &lt;code&gt;\xymatrix&lt;/code&gt;-ces in your document, it will bog down compilation time.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;It requires extra rows and columns to implement the &quot;sub-matrix&quot; bars: the &lt;code&gt;\ar@{-}[dddd]&lt;/code&gt; commands implement vertical lines four rows high in the specified columns, which are necessary to span the three rows of the &quot;actual&quot; matrices. It must do so in its own column, and in so doing it unbalances the horizontal spacing between the final two columns of each matrix.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;It is extremely cryptic. For instance, unless you are an expert in XyPic, it will be difficult to decipher the final four &lt;code&gt;\POS&lt;/code&gt; lines, which implement the round parentheses about the matrices. (And these commands break if you don't insert some dummy material such as the &lt;code&gt;~&lt;/code&gt; character in the last row!)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Why have I put round parentheses instead of square ones, in the arguments to &lt;code&gt;\frm&lt;/code&gt; (which produce round parentheses for the matrices)? It's not because I prefer round parentheses; it's because there doesn't seem to be a way to put square ones. The possible decorations, which are described on page 25 of &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/generic/diagrams/xypic/xy/doc/xyrefer.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the XyPic guide&lt;/a&gt;, does not include them.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In short: it is inefficient, it is clumsy, it is not flexible enough, and the code is uglier than I would like. The only reason why I have any clue how even to write this is because, for a time, the best available tool to automatically draw quantum circuit diagrams was &lt;a href=&quot;http://info.phys.unm.edu/Qcircuit&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;qcircuit.tex&lt;/a&gt;, which is based on XyPic. I needed to learn it to try and hack my own figures.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;If I hate this answer, why am I posting it?&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Because:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I foresee having to write exactly these sorts of matrix transformations in my future,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Some&lt;/em&gt; answer which ensures proper vertical alignment is better than &lt;em&gt;no&lt;/em&gt; answer,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I hope that if I'm snarky enough, someone will improve this solution using their superior TiKZ-fu or something, and everyone will live happily ever after.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="911" LastEditorUserId="911" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-16T19:32:48.620" LastActivityDate="2010-09-16T19:32:48.620" />
  <row Id="3151" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3155" CreationDate="2010-09-16T15:31:15.100" Score="2" ViewCount="156" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;\setlength\fboxrule{2pt}\setlength\fboxsep{2mm}&#xA;  \fbox{ Let $f:[0,1] \to \mathbb{R}$ be a continuous function. If $f$ is infinitely differentiable, \ then prove that $f$ coincides with a polynomial.}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When i use this command, boxes are being created but the text is not aligning properly, means the text doesn't take the next line automatically it continues in some erratic manner. I hope someone is able to understand what i want to say.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="641" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-16T17:01:19.670" LastActivityDate="2010-09-16T17:01:19.670" Title="Boxes in LaTeX not proper" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;boxes&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3152" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3192" CreationDate="2010-09-16T15:32:53.060" Score="1" ViewCount="335" Body="&lt;p&gt;We have a large document that runs through pdflatex and through htlatex.&#xA;The pdflatex output is fully ok.&#xA;The htlatex output is also ok (it contains all images etc.) except that for &#xA;&lt;em&gt;some&lt;/em&gt; cross-references it will not create a link, but just a &quot;??&quot; as if the &#xA;reference were undefined (but it cannot be undefined in the tex source, because&#xA;the link/crossref is correctly inserted in the PDF).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It only happens for this one document, so I assume there is some minor problem &#xA;somewhere in it's 300 pages, but I really don't know where to start looking.&#xA;(Even it's english translation works, and that's supposed to contain exactly &#xA; the same references named exactly the same!)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, &lt;strong&gt;is there a known pattern when htlatex would not resolve a crossreference&#xA;but pdflatex would?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;System: MikTeX 2.6 on Windows XP&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;pdfLaTex command(s) used:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;pdflatex -output-format=pdf -interaction=nonstopmode myfile.tex&#xA;pdflatex -output-format=pdf -interaction=nonstopmode myfile.tex&#xA;// Note that the references already work after two pdflatex runs&#xA;pdflatex -output-format=pdf -interaction=nonstopmode myfile.tex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;htlatex command used: (Note that &lt;code&gt;\&quot;&lt;/code&gt; is to make htlatex.exe of MikTeX happy)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;htlatex.exe \&quot;myfile.tex\&quot; \&quot;html,5\&quot; \&quot;\&quot; \&quot;\&quot; \&quot;-interaction=nonstopmode\&quot;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt;: While the command below still appears in the document, further experiments have shown that directly using \namref or \autoref also just yields &lt;code&gt;??&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The links are all created the same. They use a custom macro named &lt;code&gt;\KShortLink&lt;/code&gt; that inserts a formatted link. The macro definition looks like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\KShortLink}[1]{\emph{``\nameref{#1}''} (\KLngChapName\ref{#1}\KLngOnPage\pageref{#1})}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where the other part involved build up like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\KTranslateTable}[3]{&#xA;    \iflanguage{ngerman}{&#xA;        \newcommand{#1}{#2}&#xA;    }{}&#xA;    \iflanguage{english}{&#xA;        \newcommand{#1}{#3}&#xA;    }{}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\KTranslateTable{\KLngChapName}{Kapitel\ }{Chapter\ }&#xA;\KTranslateTable{\KLngOnPage}{\ auf Seite\ }{\ on page\ }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Interestingly the english version appears to work while the german version just creates &lt;code&gt;??&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1012" LastEditorUserId="1012" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-17T08:27:48.957" LastActivityDate="2010-09-17T10:01:51.283" Title="htlatex leaves undefined reference (&quot;??&quot; link) but pdflatex produces correct output" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;cross-referencing&gt;&lt;html&gt;&lt;links&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3153" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3158" CreationDate="2010-09-16T15:34:14.407" Score="4" ViewCount="293" Body="&lt;p&gt;In my resume, for each of my jobs I have a tabbing environment set up for the name of the company, the city, and the dates for the job. I then would like to have the description of the job immediately following. The problem is LaTeX is adding a big space after my &lt;code&gt;\end{tabbing}&lt;/code&gt;. I have been working around the problem using negative &lt;code&gt;vspace&lt;/code&gt; commands, but this is sloppy and I'm sure there must be a better way to do it. Any ideas?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e.g.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\job}[6] {&#xA;  \begin{tabbing}\hspace{2.3in}\= \hspace{2in}\= \kill &#xA;  {\bf #1}\&amp;gt;#2\&amp;gt; #3 -- #4 \\ %Company  City  BeginDate -- EndDate &#xA;  {\bf #5: }\end{tabbing} %Position:&#xA;  \vspace{-20pt} %there is a bunch of space added by \end{tabbing}&#xA;  #6 %job description&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="92" LastActivityDate="2010-09-16T16:47:09.917" Title="How to reduce space after the end of a tabbing environment" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;line-spacing&gt;&lt;resume&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="3154" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3157" CreationDate="2010-09-16T16:07:12.270" Score="4" ViewCount="260" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm writing a moderately long text using LaTeX, and it's great to be able to organize chapters, sections, appendices, and everything else almost automatically. One thing has been bothering me though. This text has a lot of equations (multi or single-lined), and I can't find a convenient way to handle the labels.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since the text is still being written, I can't tell whether I'll need to reference a given equation later on, so I'm just labeling all of then. What I'd like though, is for latex to only number the equations that are cited somewhere in the text. I'm using the align environment (since most equations are multi-line). After researching a bit, I've found the following options:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Use the &lt;code&gt;align*&lt;/code&gt; environment instead, and manually &lt;code&gt;\tag&lt;/code&gt; the equations.&lt;/strong&gt; This is not very convenient, since the tagging is done manually as well as the citing. Also, I'm constantly going back and adding equations, which would force me to change every tag that comes after the added equation in that section (not as bad as I thought at first). &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Keep using &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt;, but &lt;code&gt;\notag&lt;/code&gt; each line, and then remove the &lt;code&gt;\notag&lt;/code&gt; once I realize I want to cite that equation.&lt;/strong&gt; This is the best I could find, but it is still cumbersome. Emacs automatically adds the labels, but not the notags.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this really it? LaTeX always manages to surprise me in how there's a package for everything. Isn't there one that hides the labels unless it's been called by an &lt;code&gt;\eqref&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1074" LastEditorUserId="1074" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-16T16:28:23.107" LastActivityDate="2010-09-16T16:40:13.050" Title="How to organize labels when there are too many equations?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;equations&gt;&lt;cross-referencing&gt;&lt;align&gt;&lt;labels&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3155" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3151" CreationDate="2010-09-16T16:21:44.087" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;What you describe isn't improper; it's normal behavior for \fbox, which does not put its text in paragraph mode.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You either need to use a parbox inside the fbox, as so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;    \noindent\setlength\fboxrule{2pt}\setlength\fboxsep{2mm}% &#xA;    \newlength{\boxwidth}%&#xA;    \setlength{\boxwidth}{\textwidth}%&#xA;    \addtolength{\boxwidth}{-2\fboxrule}%&#xA;    \addtolength{\boxwidth}{-2\fboxsep}%&#xA;    \fbox{\parbox{\boxwidth}{Let $f:[0,1] \to \mathbb{R}$ be a continuous function. If $f$ is infinitely differentiable, \ then prove that $f$ coincides with a polynomial.}}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or better, yet use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/framed&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;framed&lt;/a&gt; package and its namesake environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath,framed}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;    \setlength{\FrameRule}{2pt}&#xA;    \setlength{\FrameSep}{2mm}&#xA;    \begin{framed}&#xA;        \noindent Let $f:[0,1] \to \mathbb{R}$ be a continuous function. If $f$ is infinitely differentiable, \ then prove that $f$ coincides with a polynomial.}&#xA;    \end{framed}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-09-16T16:21:44.087" />
  <row Id="3156" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-16T16:35:34.160" Score="5" ViewCount="246" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to use wrapfig to insert a figure which sticks out into the margin.  This does not work, it causes the figure to appear at the end of the text:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{\addtolength\textwidth{1in}&#xA;\begin{wrapfigure}{r}{0.5\textwidth}&#xA;  \begin{center}&#xA;    \includegraphics[width=0.48\textwidth]{funcimmet1.pdf}&#xA;  \end{center}&#xA;  \caption{Graph of $2{{\sin }^{2}}x-1$}&#xA;\end{wrapfigure}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This makes the picture bigger but it doesn't stick out, it eats up more space to the left:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\addtolength\textwidth{1in}&#xA;\begin{wrapfigure}{r}{0.5\textwidth}&#xA;  \begin{center}&#xA;    \includegraphics[width=0.48\textwidth]{funcimmet1.pdf}&#xA;  \end{center}&#xA;  \caption{Graph of $2{{\sin }^{2}}x-1$}&#xA;\end{wrapfigure}&#xA;\addtolength\textwidth{-1in}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="793" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-01T22:18:45.687" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T22:18:45.687" Title="Make figure stick out past the margin" Tags="&lt;margins&gt;&lt;wrapfigure&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3157" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3154" CreationDate="2010-09-16T16:40:13.050" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/mathtools&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;mathtools package&lt;/a&gt; has a feature only to show the equation number for equations that are actually referenced, which seems to be what you are asking for.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;However&lt;/strong&gt; let me advise you against this, as a matter of style. Just because &lt;em&gt;you&lt;/em&gt; don't refer to one of your equations, doesn't mean that your readers won't. It's extremely annoying as a user of a mathematical document to have to discuss with your colleagues &quot;the 3rd unnumbered equation on page 42&quot;, or whatever, and there is really no harm in having a number for every equation in the document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-09-16T16:40:13.050" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="3158" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3153" CreationDate="2010-09-16T16:47:09.917" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I believe the space that is put before and after a tabbing environment is &lt;code&gt;\topsep&lt;/code&gt;. (And &lt;code&gt;\partopsep&lt;/code&gt; is added when the tabbing environment begins a paragraph.) So depending on your document you could try:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setlength{\topsep}{0pt}&#xA;\setlength{\partopsep}{0pt}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But be warned that if you change that globally it'll change other environments too. (Itemize, etc.) So you could make the definitions local, or just use &lt;code&gt;\topsep&lt;/code&gt; as the value for your negative \vspace at the end there. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-09-16T16:47:09.917" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3159" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-16T17:31:14.933" Score="6" ViewCount="143" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am setting my font using this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setmainfont[Mapping=tex-text]{Tahoma}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But text labelled &lt;code&gt;\textit&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\itshape&lt;/code&gt; isn't appearing italicised. is there a way to setup fake italics?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1192" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-16T17:39:26.630" LastActivityDate="2010-09-16T18:18:34.243" Title="How do I get fake slant (italics) with XeLaTeX?" Tags="&lt;xetex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="3160" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="534" CreationDate="2010-09-16T17:44:54.013" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can try Microspell. It's a very robust software that knows if you have a main tex document and other subsidiary ones.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Find it here:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://microspell.com/index.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://microspell.com/index.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="993" LastActivityDate="2010-09-16T17:44:54.013" />
  <row Id="3161" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3172" CreationDate="2010-09-16T17:47:44.707" Score="10" ViewCount="1056" Body="&lt;p&gt;Like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;.------&amp;lt;------.&#xA;|             |&#xA;v             ^&#xA;|             |&#xA;'------&amp;gt;------'&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am currently using&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{scope}[very thick,-&amp;gt;]&#xA;  \draw (-4,1)--(-4,0)--(0.1,0);&#xA;  \draw (0,0)--(4,0)--(4,1.1);&#xA;  \draw (4,1)--(4,2)--(-0.1,2);&#xA;  \draw (0,2)--(-4,2)--(-4,0.9);&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but this is rather inelegant. I prefer something more like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{scope}[very thick,middle decoration=&amp;gt;] &#xA;             %           ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ a hypothetical option&#xA;  \draw (-4,0)--(4,0);&#xA;  \draw (4,0)--(4,2);&#xA;  \draw (4,2)--(-4,2);&#xA;  \draw (-4,2)--(-4,0);&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="82" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-20T16:48:49.043" LastActivityDate="2010-12-20T16:48:49.043" Title="TikZ: How to draw an arrow in the middle of the line?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;arrows&gt;&lt;decorations&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3163" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3159" CreationDate="2010-09-16T18:18:34.243" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setmainfont[Mapping=tex-text,AutoFakeSlant=0.4]{Tahoma}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The number determines the severity of the slant. I don't have Tahoma installed so I don't know what looks good with it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Search the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/fontspec&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;fontspec&lt;/a&gt; manual for &quot;FakeSlant&quot; to see more options.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-09-16T18:18:34.243" />
  <row Id="3164" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3145" CreationDate="2010-09-16T18:41:43.797" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One way to do this is implemented in the (free, in both senses!) online linear algebra textbook &lt;a href=&quot;http://joshua.smcvt.edu/linearalgebra/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Linear Algebra&lt;/a&gt; by Jim Hefferon.  It's written in LaTeX and is open-source so one can download the book and its attendant style files.  One of them, called &lt;code&gt;linalgjh.sty&lt;/code&gt; is about typesetting common linear algebra stuff such as augmented matrices and row reductions and the like.  The code for the row reductions is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%--------grstep&#xA;% For denoting a Gauss' reduction step.&#xA;% Use as: \grstep{\rho_1+\rho_3} or \grstep[2\rho_5 \\ 3\rho_6]{\rho_1+\rho_3}&#xA;\newcommand{\grstep}[2][\relax]{%&#xA;   \ensuremath{\mathrel{&#xA;       {\mathop{\longrightarrow}\limits^{#2\mathstrut}_{&#xA;                                     \begin{subarray}{l} #1 \end{subarray}}}}}}&#xA;\newcommand{\swap}{\leftrightarrow}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and is used as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{linalgjh}&#xA;\thispagestyle{empty}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\[&#xA;  \begin{bmatrix}&#xA;  -1&amp;amp;2&amp;amp;-1&amp;amp;-2\\&#xA;%&#xA;  2&amp;amp;-3&amp;amp;4&amp;amp;1\\&#xA;%&#xA;  2&amp;amp;3&amp;amp;1&amp;amp;-2&#xA;  \end{bmatrix}&#xA;%&#xA;\grstep[R_3 + 2 R_1]{R_2 + 2 R_1}&#xA;%&#xA;  \begin{bmatrix}&#xA;  -1&amp;amp;2&amp;amp;-1&amp;amp;-2\\&#xA;%&#xA;  0&amp;amp;1&amp;amp;2&amp;amp;-3\\&#xA;%&#xA;  0&amp;amp;7&amp;amp;-1&amp;amp;-6&#xA;  \end{bmatrix}&#xA;\]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This produces:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/N6uQv.png&quot; alt=&quot;grstep example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This isn't quite the same as in the question, I freely admit, so may not be a Good Answer as far as the original questioner is concerned.  However, someone &lt;em&gt;else&lt;/em&gt; looking at this question might not be so bothered about the arrows being aligned on the rows and so this might suffice.  Also, the &lt;code&gt;linalgjh&lt;/code&gt; package is worth mentioning more than once, as is the text book that it was developed to produce.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That style file has several other useful linear algebra macros that may be useful (I previously mentioned it in answer to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2233/whats-the-best-way-make-an-augmented-coefficient-matrix&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-09-16T18:41:43.797" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3165" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3161" CreationDate="2010-09-16T19:12:20.307" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Given that the precise syntax you specify isn't possible, here's something that achieves the desired effect without having to specify the coordinates of the midpoints.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\thispagestyle{empty}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{arrows}&#xA;\newcommand{\midarrow}{\tikz \draw[-triangle 90] (0,0) -- +(.1,0);}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{scope}[very thick, every node/.style={sloped,allow upside down}]&#xA;  \draw (-4,0)-- node {\midarrow} (4,0);&#xA;  \draw (4,0)-- node {\midarrow} (4,2);&#xA;  \draw (4,2)-- node {\midarrow} (-4,2);&#xA;  \draw (-4,2)-- node {\midarrow} (-4,0);&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(the &lt;code&gt;arrows&lt;/code&gt; tikz library is just to get more prominent arrowheads)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This produces:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ap6mT.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(not sure what that vertical line is down the right-hand side.  It's not in the original so must be an artefact of the pdf-&gt;png process)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-09-16T19:12:20.307" />
  <row Id="3166" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3168" CreationDate="2010-09-16T19:46:56.550" Score="4" ViewCount="147" Body="&lt;p&gt;One can specify a box in LaTeX, using various methods for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \newsavebox{\Abox}&#xA; \savebox{\Abox}{\parbox{4cm}{\lorem}}&#xA; \usebox{\Abox} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I retrieve the width, height and depth of the box. TeX has the primitives \wd, \ht and \dp. However in order for these to be used it is necessary to know the number of the box for example box13. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-16T20:11:39.523" LastActivityDate="2010-09-16T20:49:28.283" Title="How can the dimensions of a box be retrieved with LaTeX" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;lengths&gt;&lt;boxes&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3167" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3156" CreationDate="2010-09-16T19:49:03.597" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use &lt;code&gt;\makebox&lt;/code&gt; to put the picture into a smaller box like in &lt;a href=&quot;http://texblog.net/latex-archive/layout/centering-figure-table/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this blog post&lt;/a&gt;, such as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makebox[smaller width]{\includegraphics[bigger width]{funcimmet1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-09-16T19:49:03.597" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3168" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3166" CreationDate="2010-09-16T20:08:27.493" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You really shouldn't be referring to boxes by number even with the plain format. For example,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newbox\mybox&#xA;\setbox\mybox=\hbox{Hello}&#xA;\showthe\wd\mybox&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will work fine. Both &lt;code&gt;\newbox&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\newsavebox&lt;/code&gt; do a &lt;code&gt;\chardef&lt;/code&gt; to assign the name you give as a number. So in LaTeX you can happily do &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newsavebox{\mybox}&#xA;\savebox{\Abox}{\parbox{4cm}{\lorem}}&#xA;\showthe\wd\mybox &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and all will be fine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-09-16T20:08:27.493" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3169" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5652" CreationDate="2010-09-16T20:24:26.590" Score="5" ViewCount="637" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to define a new environment that consists of a &lt;em&gt;split&lt;/em&gt; environment inside an &lt;em&gt;equation&lt;/em&gt; environment. But I'm getting an error. Here's what I'm doing:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[brazil]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\newenvironment{example}{\begin{equation}\begin{split}}{\end{split}\end{equation}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{example}oi\end{example}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And the error message I'm getting is: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;ERROR: LaTeX Error: \begin{split} on input line 8 ended by \end{example}.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I then tried a few other cases. If I remove the *split*s and define &lt;em&gt;example&lt;/em&gt; to be just &lt;em&gt;equation&lt;/em&gt;, it runs fine. If I remove the *equation*s and define &lt;em&gt;example&lt;/em&gt; to be just &lt;em&gt;split&lt;/em&gt;, I get the exact same error message.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In other words: I only get this error when &lt;em&gt;split&lt;/em&gt; is involved. Is there a way to make this work?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: The reason I'm doing this, is because I want a convenient way to create split-equations. I know it's similar to &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt;. I prefer split-equations because the entire line of equations gets a single number for referencing (it's even placed in the middle line). &lt;em&gt;align&lt;/em&gt;, however, will force me to &lt;code&gt;\notag&lt;/code&gt; each line, otherwise I get a number for each line in the equation (which tends to get messy when equations are long and numerous). It's not the end of the world, but the split-equation combination is just quicker and easier (if I can manage to define a command for it).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alternatively, the &lt;code&gt;multline&lt;/code&gt; environment is not appropriate either, because it doesn't let you manually align each line (like aligning the equal signs). Instead it only lets you push everything left or right.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT2: I just tried this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{example}{ \begin{equation}\split}{\endsplit \end{equation}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and got this error&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;ERROR: LaTeX Error: \begin{equation} on input line 8 ended by \end{example}.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which is weird, because removing &lt;code&gt;\split&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\endsplit&lt;/code&gt; entirely doesn't return any errors (so it's not &lt;em&gt;equation&lt;/em&gt;'s fault).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1074" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-21T14:01:53.110" LastActivityDate="2010-11-19T20:46:28.823" Title="Making a new environment combining `equation` and `split`." Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;environments&gt;&lt;errors&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3170" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3156" CreationDate="2010-09-16T20:36:02.327" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The wrapfigure has an optional parameter for this. Use the full definition &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;[number of narrow lines] {placement} [overhang] {width of figure}&#xA;&#xA;Placement is one of   r, l, i, o, R, L, I, O,  for right, left,&#xA;&#xA;The figure sticks into the margin by `overhang', if given.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-09-16T20:36:02.327" />
  <row Id="3171" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3166" CreationDate="2010-09-16T20:49:28.283" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I believe the canonical LaTeX way is this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newlength{\myhh}&#xA;\newlength{\mydd}&#xA;\newlength{\myww}&#xA;\settoheight{\myhh}{\usebox{\Abox}}&#xA;\settodepth{\mydd}{\usebox{\Abox}}&#xA;\settowidth{\myww}{\usebox{\Abox}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="344" LastActivityDate="2010-09-16T20:49:28.283" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3172" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3161" CreationDate="2010-09-16T20:53:02.627" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;decorations&lt;/code&gt; library can be used to all kinds of stuff like this. Unfortunately it is slightly verbose. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usetikzlibrary{decorations.markings}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{scope}[very thick,decoration={&#xA;    markings,&#xA;    mark=at position 0.5 with {\arrow{&amp;gt;}}}&#xA;    ] &#xA;    \draw[postaction={decorate}] (-4,0)--(4,0);&#xA;    \draw[postaction={decorate}] (4,0)--(4,2);&#xA;    \draw[postaction={decorate}] (4,2)--(-4,2);&#xA;    \draw[postaction={decorate}] (-4,2)--(-4,0);&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-09-16T20:53:02.627" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="3173" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3180" CreationDate="2010-09-16T20:58:00.503" Score="6" ViewCount="454" Body="&lt;p&gt;If I just try to set the figure's size to &lt;code&gt;0.9\textwidth&lt;/code&gt; my figure will just end up on the right column, sized to be two-columns wide.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Has anyone done this before?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="10" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-01T17:21:02.467" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T17:21:02.467" Title="How to make a figure span on two columns in a scientific paper?" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;two-column&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="3174" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3181" CreationDate="2010-09-16T21:31:29.007" Score="12" ViewCount="642" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to have LaTeX (or another program) to expand a the macros in a .tex file, and output the expanded LaTeX source? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If no such program exists: are LaTeX macros processed simply as string substitutions, before the document is interpreted? If so, it might be easy enough to write my own such converter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt; The reason I ask is journals which don't accept LaTeX submissions with macros. It would be useful to be able to develop with my usual macros, and convert automatically to the 'macro-expanded' format for submission. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="45" LastEditorUserId="45" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-19T17:50:44.203" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T16:47:59.197" Title="LaTeX macro expander" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;expansion&gt;" AnswerCount="6" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="3175" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3174" CreationDate="2010-09-16T23:50:20.140" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There's no way to do this in general without also executing the primitive commands since the macros can easily depend on them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, consider&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\foo{\ifdim\ht0&amp;gt;10pt foo\else bar\fi}&#xA;\setbox0\vbox{...}&#xA;\foo&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Even assuming that the &lt;code&gt;...&lt;/code&gt; was completely specified, &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt; could not be expanded until box 0 was set.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It might be possible to completely emulate TeX except for the typesetting and output the stream of tokens, but I'm unaware of such a program.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-09-16T23:50:20.140" />
  <row Id="3176" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3178" CreationDate="2010-09-17T00:25:06.307" Score="2" ViewCount="561" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using this for captions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[font=small,format=plain,labelfont=bf,up,textfont=normal,up]{caption}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But they all come out centred - I want them aligned with the left margin - how can I do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1192" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-17T01:09:22.680" LastActivityDate="2010-09-17T01:09:22.680" Title="How can I left-align a caption?" Tags="&lt;align&gt;&lt;captions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="3177" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3183" CreationDate="2010-09-17T00:31:17.983" Score="5" ViewCount="408" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm fairly new to LaTex and I want to know how to change the way sections are numbered by default. I use Lyx, and there it is relatively simple to change the way an enumeration is numbered, i.e.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;1 foo&#xA; a bar&#xA;   i baz&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I want to know if there is a way to do this by default for sections and subsections.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1209" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-15T17:50:25.003" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T17:50:25.003" Title="How to change section numbering" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;numbering&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3178" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3176" CreationDate="2010-09-17T00:33:31.790" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Add the options &lt;code&gt;justification=justified,singlelinecheck=false&lt;/code&gt;. This is described in the &lt;code&gt;caption&lt;/code&gt; manual.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-09-17T00:33:31.790" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="3180" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3173" CreationDate="2010-09-17T01:12:36.650" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;From the TUG &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=widefigs&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;faq&lt;/a&gt;: use the starred versions &lt;code&gt;figure*&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;table*&lt;/code&gt;. Unfortunately, they're somewhat limited in positioning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, the same solution applies to equations. Just include them in a &lt;code&gt;figure*&lt;/code&gt; environment. But I don't recommend doing this: it will look ugly and confusing. For an example, see &lt;a href=&quot;http://link.aps.org/doi/10.1103/PhysRevA.58.883&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this paper&lt;/a&gt;. (sorry, I couldn't find an example in arXiv)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1035" LastActivityDate="2010-09-17T01:12:36.650" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="3181" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3174" CreationDate="2010-09-17T01:25:53.080" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you just want to see how LaTeX works, and what it does when macros are expanded, you can put  &lt;code&gt;\tracingmacros&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\tracingall&lt;/code&gt; in your .tex file, and LaTeX will write the expansion process in the log file. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2010-09-17T01:25:53.080" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3182" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3139" CreationDate="2010-09-17T01:36:21.743" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I did some digging, and I figured out how to do it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The title page is defined in the &lt;code&gt;title page&lt;/code&gt; Beamer template.  Luckily, this template takes a parameter which gets passed to the &lt;code&gt;beamercolorbox&lt;/code&gt; that is used for the title/author/institute/date.  In &lt;code&gt;beamerinnerthemerounded.sty&lt;/code&gt;, the parameters to this template are set by default to:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setbeamertemplate{title page}[default][colsep=-4bp,rounded=true,shadow=\beamer@themerounded@shadow]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All we have to do is reset the parameters to remove the shadow.  To do this, simply call:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setbeamertemplate{title page}[default][colsep=-4bp,rounded=true]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;before you make the call to &lt;code&gt;\titlepage&lt;/code&gt;.  That should do it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="737" LastActivityDate="2010-09-17T01:36:21.743" />
  <row Id="3183" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3177" CreationDate="2010-09-17T02:33:40.120" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You change section numbering by redefining the commands used to generate each section number. For example, the default article class uses something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand\thesection{\arabic{section}}&#xA;\renewcommand\thesubsection{\thesection.\arabic{subsection}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;with similar commands &lt;code&gt;\thesubsection&lt;/code&gt; and so on. Commands to typeset numbers include &lt;code&gt;\alph{}&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\roman&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;\Roman&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-09-17T02:33:40.120" />
  <row Id="3184" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5354" CreationDate="2010-09-17T02:36:36.667" Score="18" ViewCount="665" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sometime, for example in a &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3161/tikz-how-to-draw-an-arrow-in-the-middle-of-the-line/3172#3172&quot;&gt;solution to a recent question&lt;/a&gt;, one wants to apply a &lt;code&gt;postaction&lt;/code&gt; (like a decoration) to a group of paths. A naive solution is to use &lt;code&gt;every path/.style={}&lt;/code&gt;. Unfortunately this also this then applies the postaction to every path drawn in the postaction, leading to an infinite regress. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any way to avoid this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A somewhat stupid minimal example of the problem:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}[every path/.style={postaction={draw}}]&#xA;    \draw (0,0)--(1,0);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;with error message&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! TeX capacity exceeded, sorry [grouping levels=255].&#xA;\pgfutil@g@addto@macro #1#2-&amp;gt;\begingroup &#xA;                                         \toks@ \expandafter {#1#2}\xdef #1{...&#xA;l.12     \draw (0,0)--(1,0);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-11-14T09:07:39.863" Title="Applying a postaction to every path in TikZ" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;errors&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3185" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3174" CreationDate="2010-09-17T07:58:53.977" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can wrap segments of (La)TeX code in &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt; and then show or execute them, e.g.,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\long\edef\excerpt{&#xA;\def\quad{\hskip1em}&#xA;\quad plus 1em text&#xA;}&#xA;\show\excerpt&#xA;\excerpt&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;logs&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;&gt; \excerpt=\long macro:&#xA;-&gt; \def \hskip 1em\relax {\hskip 1em} \hskip 1em\relax plus 1em text .&#xA;l.14 \show\excerpt&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However note, &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt; expands token by token, evaluating nothing, so that the effects of the expansion on Tex code involving certain constructs, such as in special places like the body of the &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt; in the example, will almost certainly have completely different semantics from how it would be evaluated normally.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You should be able to code something more robust inside Luatex, but I have not heard of anyone actually doing that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-21T15:15:30.777" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T15:15:30.777" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="3186" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3195" CreationDate="2010-09-17T08:15:26.650" Score="6" ViewCount="102" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&#xA;I have been using XeTeX for typsetting Devanāgarī documents and it is going great. But I have encountered one issue, that whenever i use commands like \section, \begin{enumerate},\footnote or any command that generates numbering the numbering appears in the roman. Like&#xA;1,2,3 but I want to it in Devanāgarī like १, २, ३ ,४ ....&#xA;Any possible way/best practices to make this happen ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PS: Once fixed, this could be used for other Indic Scripts too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1036" LastActivityDate="2010-09-17T11:53:30.767" Title="Numbering in Devanāgarī while using XeTeX" Tags="&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;indic&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="3187" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3186" CreationDate="2010-09-17T08:34:08.143" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can create your own numbering style as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*\devanagari[1]{\expandafter\@devanagari\csname c@#1\endcsname}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*\@devanagari[1]{%&#xA;  \ifcase#1\or १\or २\or ३\or ४\or ५\or ६\or ७\or ८\or ९\fi}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since this code uses the &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt; character in commands, you need to put &lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&lt;/code&gt; before this code if it’s not in a package file. And it’s best to put &lt;code&gt;\makeatother&lt;/code&gt; after it, to switch the character code of &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt; back to its default.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then you can use this numbering style like any other (e.g. &lt;code&gt;\arabic&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\roman&lt;/code&gt;). For example, to set the footnote numbering, do the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand*\thefootnote{\devanagari{footnote}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And to change the first-level enumeration style, do:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand*\theenumi{\devanagari{enumi}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastEditorUserId="42" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-17T08:40:04.833" LastActivityDate="2010-09-17T08:40:04.833" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="3188" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3197" CreationDate="2010-09-17T08:34:43.947" Score="5" ViewCount="111" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/applications/hyperref/ftp/doc/manual.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Documentation of hyperref&lt;/a&gt; states that &lt;code&gt;hypertexnames&lt;/code&gt; : &lt;em&gt;use guessable names for links&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What does this mean? What are the consequences of using this option?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1012" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-17T14:27:33.267" LastActivityDate="2010-09-17T14:27:33.267" Title="What does the hyperref option hypertexnames do?" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;links&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="3189" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3190" CreationDate="2010-09-17T08:56:07.737" Score="7" ViewCount="178" Body="&lt;p&gt;I figure this must be a common issue but I could not find a solution. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is my code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;    Text: This text should be above the table, but it is not.&#xA;    \begin{table}&#xA;        Table: This table should be below the text, but it is not.  &#xA;    \end{table} &#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why is the table at the top? Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1213" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T10:48:35.503" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T10:48:35.503" Title="Why is my table displayed at the top of the page?" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="3190" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3189" CreationDate="2010-09-17T09:08:37.163" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;table&lt;/code&gt; is a &lt;em&gt;floating&lt;/em&gt; environment. TeX has special rules for placing floats so that they cause minimal disruption of the surrounding text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can give LaTeX hints of how to place your floats. For example, to make LaTeX try to place it where you inserted it, specify the option &lt;code&gt;h&lt;/code&gt; (for “here”):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{table}[h]&#xA;    Table: This table should be below the text, but it is not.  &#xA;\end{table} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that this won’t always work because LaTeX still tries to make the text look &lt;em&gt;nice&lt;/em&gt;. Your hint is only that: a hint, not a definite command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can force LateX to obey your command to place a floating environment HERE by loading the package &lt;code&gt;float&lt;/code&gt; and specifying the option &lt;code&gt;H&lt;/code&gt; (capital letter!):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{table}[H]&#xA;    Table: This table should be below the text, but it is not.  &#xA;\end{table} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But notice that this can lead to an ugly layout.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2010-09-17T09:08:37.163" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="3191" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3189" CreationDate="2010-09-17T09:31:46.603" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To quote the FAQ (http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=floats)&#xA;&quot;Tables and figures have a tendency to &lt;em&gt;surprise&lt;/em&gt;, by floating away from where they were specified to appear....&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Read the FAQ to learn how to control the placement of your tables.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-09-17T09:31:46.603" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3192" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3152" CreationDate="2010-09-17T10:01:51.283" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The key to finding the problem was to &lt;em&gt;systematically reduce the problematic document&lt;/em&gt; (which took me about 3 1/2 hours after already spending 2 hours trying to find out what part of the document to start at - hence why I asked the question before continuing to dissect my problem.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It turns out that htlatex (or tex4ht or latex itself, whatever) completely falls over if you specify any &lt;code&gt;\hypertarget&lt;/code&gt; with a label that contains non-ASCII characters! (Someone used an Umlaut - ü - in the label.) pdfLaTeX, however, is just fine with labels containing Umlauts!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What's interesting is that not only the link with the invalid character is messed up, but also arbitrary other links. (That why I never found the label in the first place - because it destroyed 80% of all links in the generated HTML files.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A small example that will produce a correct PDF with pdfLaTeX but will mess up the links with htlatex:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[fontsize=12pt,paper=a4]{scrbook}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[latin10]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[ngerman]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{longtable}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\chapter{One}&#xA;\hypertarget{labelOne}{Link Text for One}&#xA;&#xA;Some Text ...&#xA;&#xA;\section{Sec X}&#xA;\hypertarget{labelTwö}{Link Text Two}&#xA;&#xA;Lorem Ipsum etc.&#xA;&#xA;\section{The Links}&#xA;&#xA;First \hyperlink{labelTwö}{this links to link number Two} and then &#xA;second \hyperlink{labelOne}{this link to One}.&#xA;Done.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The logging output of this does contain two &lt;code&gt;! LaTeX Error: Missing \begin{document} in '.&lt;/code&gt; messages. There's also a &lt;code&gt;! Missing \endcsname inserted.&lt;/code&gt; just before the wrong label.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1012" LastActivityDate="2010-09-17T10:01:51.283" />
  <row Id="3193" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-17T10:56:43.453" Score="2" ViewCount="141" Body="&lt;p&gt;Problem Statement. &#xA;I am writing a presentation using beamer with links to files on my harddrive. Everything works fine with files in pdf-format. But: links to *.txt open the browser - and that's it.&#xA;What am I'm missing?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1215" LastActivityDate="2010-09-20T09:49:00.200" Title="How to link from my pdf to a txt-file using hyperref" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="3194" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-17T11:16:35.540" Score="2" ViewCount="54" Body="&lt;p&gt;As I lay out &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3152/htlatex-leaves-undefined-reference-link-but-pdflatex-produces-correct-outp/3192#3192&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; when using hypperef it appears to be problematic if anyone is using non-ASCII characters for hypertarget/hyperlink label names and then uses htlatex (with MikTeX on Windows) to produce HTML files.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Long story short is that using &lt;code&gt;\hypertarget{labelTwö}{Link Text Two}&lt;/code&gt; (note non-ASCII &lt;code&gt;ö&lt;/code&gt;) will simply not work with htlatex, but will work with pdfLaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sub points for me here are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Is this expected?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Why does it not work?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Does it work under non MikTeX systems?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Any way to make it work?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1012" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-17T14:28:49.570" LastActivityDate="2010-09-17T14:28:49.570" Title="Is it possible to use non-ASCII characters in hyperref labels with htlatex?" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;html&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="3195" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3186" CreationDate="2010-09-17T11:53:30.767" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A better and easier solution is to use the package &lt;code&gt;polyglossia&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{polyglossia}&#xA;\setdefaultlanguage{hindi}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This should be enough to switch on Devanāgarī numerals. (Is Hindi the correct language? I’m guessing here. According to the documentation of &lt;code&gt;polyglossia&lt;/code&gt; it has the correct numerals, at least.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2010-09-17T11:53:30.767" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="3196" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3169" CreationDate="2010-09-17T11:57:35.697" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;split&lt;/code&gt; environment has to be used within a math displaying environment. I guess that what you are trying to do is to create a shortcut so that you don't have to write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{equation}&#xA;\begin{split}&#xA;...&#xA;\end{split}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;every time.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perhaps an alternative to &lt;code&gt;split&lt;/code&gt; would be the &lt;code&gt;aligned&lt;/code&gt; environment which also allows you align a sequence of formulas on the equal sign and, placing it inside an &lt;code&gt;equation&lt;/code&gt; environment, you also get a single equation number for the whole expression. Also luckily, &lt;code&gt;aligned&lt;/code&gt; doesn't have the parsing problems of &lt;code&gt;split&lt;/code&gt; and plays well with new environment definitions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\newenvironment{equations}{\equation\aligned}{\endaligned\endequation}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{equations}&#xA;a &amp;amp;= b + c \\&#xA;  &amp;amp;= d + e&#xA;\end{equations}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, you can always read the documentation from amsmath by typing&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;texdoc amsldoc&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;on a command line to find inspiration and browse for alternatives.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-21T13:58:53.450" LastActivityDate="2010-09-21T13:58:53.450" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="3197" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3188" CreationDate="2010-09-17T11:59:35.383" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;With the option &lt;code&gt;hypertexnames&lt;/code&gt; hyperref uses the corresponding counter in addition to the link type to construct the link name. Imagine, you have two chapters and one section in each chapter plus one table. The link names would be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With &lt;code&gt;hypertexnames&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;chapter.1&#xA;section.1.1&#xA;table.1.1&#xA;chapter.2&#xA;section.2.1&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Without &lt;code&gt;hypertexnames&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;chapter.3&#xA;section.4&#xA;table.5&#xA;chapter.6&#xA;section.7&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Without &lt;code&gt;hypertexnames&lt;/code&gt; it's just counting upwards, using the &lt;code&gt;\Hy@linkcounter&lt;/code&gt; instead of the corresponding chapter resp. section counter. It's similar for other objects and links to them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thus, with &lt;code&gt;hypertexnames&lt;/code&gt; you could guess the link name, if you would like to use it for referencing, from the corresponding counter value instead of a shared counter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Looking for &lt;code&gt;hypertexnames&lt;/code&gt; in hyperref.sty gives further information, for instance in the definition of the command &lt;code&gt;\hyper@makecurrent&lt;/code&gt;. But you could also take a quick look into the .aux, .toc, .lot etc. files to notice the different kind of link names.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-17T12:21:39.247" LastActivityDate="2010-09-17T12:21:39.247" />
  <row Id="3198" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3194" CreationDate="2010-09-17T13:08:07.380" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would certainly expect troubles. \label expands commands in his argument. And Umlaute are commands if you use inputenc. As an example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[ansinew]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;abc\label{öä}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Without the T1-encoding in fontenc this wouldn't work in pdflatex, with T1 the definition of ö and ä is a bit more &quot;label&quot;-friendly. But if you look in the aux-file you see \newlabel{\&quot;o\&quot;a}{{1}{1}}. Chances that things like this breaks later are high. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-09-17T13:08:07.380" />
  <row Id="3199" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3204" CreationDate="2010-09-17T13:25:03.290" Score="7" ViewCount="331" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://code.google.com/p/tufte-latex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tufte-book class&lt;/a&gt; and I like it so much! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I'd like to have the references in the natbib-way, so that I &#xA;can use both textual (\citep) and parenthetical (\citep) citations. &#xA;I have a lot of citations, and I don't want them to take all the room &#xA;in the page margin (tufte class extensively uses side notes). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All I'd like to have is a working natbib reference style. How can I modify the &lt;a href=&quot;http://code.google.com/p/tufte-latex/source/checkout&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tufte-common.def&lt;/a&gt; file?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="177" LastActivityDate="2010-09-17T15:12:10.120" Title="Natbib author-year citation style in the tufte-book class" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;documentclass&gt;&lt;natbib&gt;&lt;tufte&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="3200" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3209" CreationDate="2010-09-17T14:17:51.630" Score="4" ViewCount="177" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I used the (awesome) &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/chemstyle/chemstyle.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;chemstyle&lt;/a&gt; bundle to write several theses on my old PC (with MiKTeX), and would like to continue using it with my new mac (OSX). I &lt;em&gt;think&lt;/em&gt; I've managed to install it okay at the command line using &lt;code&gt;sudo tlmgr install chemstyle&lt;/code&gt;, but I'm unsure about where to proceed from there - I've read about needing to enable write18 (I tried &lt;code&gt;pdflatex --enable-write18&lt;/code&gt;, but wasn't sure about what to do next). Any help would be much appreciated! When I try to compile previous projects (using texmaker), the numbers appear in order in the text, but the graphics still have the temporary numbers (TMP1, TMP2 etc). Thanks in advance!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1214" LastActivityDate="2010-09-18T01:12:48.870" Title="Installing chemstyle package with OSX" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;mactex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="3201" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3139" CreationDate="2010-09-17T14:20:10.210" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ok, this method works:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1° Put between opening and closing braces everything concerning the frame(s) for which you want the theme to be modified. Do any modifications you want (background color, etc) there.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2° Redefine the frametitle template (I use the Frankfurt theme, so the original definitions are coming from the smoothbars theme, see the beamerthemeFrankfurt.sty file).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To do that, I have copy pasted the original definition of the frametitle template directly in my .tex file, where I needed it to be changed, and removed parts where shading was included:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%%%Copy-paste from /usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/beamer/themes/outer/beamerouterthemesmoothbars.sty:&#xA;&#xA;\setbeamertemplate{frametitle}{&#xA;\nointerlineskip%&#xA;  \usebeamerfont{headline}%&#xA;  \begin{beamercolorbox}[wd=\paperwidth,ht=1.5ex,dp=0ex,vmode]{empty}&#xA;    \pgfuseshading{beamer@aboveframetitle}%&#xA;  \end{beamercolorbox}%&#xA;  \vskip-.5ex%&#xA;  \nointerlineskip%&#xA;  \begin{beamercolorbox}[wd=\paperwidth,leftskip=.3cm,rightskip=.3cm plus1fil,vmode]{frametitle}&#xA;    \usebeamerfont*{frametitle}\insertframetitle%&#xA;      \ifx\insertframesubtitle\@empty%&#xA;        \strut\par%&#xA;      \else&#xA;        \par{\usebeamerfont*{framesubtitle}{\usebeamercolor[fg]{framesubtitle}\insertframesubtitle}\strut\par}%&#xA;      \fi%%&#xA;    \usebeamerfont{headline}%&#xA;%%%%\vskip.5ex %REMOVE THIS SPACE, WHICH IS DEDICATED TO SHADING, DEFINED BELOW (OPTIONAL)&#xA;  \end{beamercolorbox}%&#xA;  \nointerlineskip&#xA;%%%% SHADING DEF:&#xA;%%%%  \begin{beamercolorbox}[wd=\paperwidth,ht=.5ex,dp=0ex]{empty}&#xA;%%%%  \pgfuseshading{beamer@belowframetitle}%&#xA;%%%%\end{beamercolorbox}%&#xA;&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It might not be the best way to achieve this but the result is exactly what I needed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To improve it, one should look in the direction of ESultanik's answer, once &quot;titlepage&quot; replaced by &quot;frametitle&quot;. (It does work for the titlepage).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setbeamertemplate{frametitle}[default][colsep=-4bp,rounded=false,shadow=false]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;does something similar to what is needed but it looks very different from what Frankfurt theme without shadowing looks like. There is no straightforward way to apply changes/options to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setbeamertemplate{frametitle}[Frankfurt]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;because it doesn't accept any. An other way could be to start from the default theme and apply laboriously every modification made by the theme (painful, the above solution looks easier).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;NB:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;ESultanik, you have confused the title of a frame and the titlepage. Nevertheless, it is your answer which made me find a working solution (though maybe not the best one).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;vanden: this is true but I have used a temporary account so I could not add comments, after cleaning cookies, even for my own question.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1216" LastEditorUserId="1216" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-17T14:37:30.463" LastActivityDate="2010-09-17T14:37:30.463" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3202" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3299" CreationDate="2010-09-17T14:25:51.927" Score="7" ViewCount="584" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm looking for a way to span minipages across pages in LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have a collection of recipes (presented through the recipe environment provided by the cuisine package) that varies in length, from something like 10 lines to more than can fit on a page. I want to fit as many as possible on one page and span the text across pages only if necessary.&#xA;Until now I used the minipage environment that is sufficient if the content is not longer than a page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to get a &quot;2 pages&quot;-minipage or something similar ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have something like : texts A, B, C and D. I don't want them to span across pages if not necessary.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;AAAABB (newpage) BBCCDD is not acceptable&#xA;AAAA (newpage) BBBB (newpage) CCDD is the desirable output&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My content is a collection of recipes from the cuisine package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1219" LastEditorUserId="1219" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-19T16:10:39.547" LastActivityDate="2010-09-20T11:03:56.697" Title="Minipage spanning across pages" Tags="&lt;minipage&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="3203" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3139" CreationDate="2010-09-17T14:35:32.763" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Now, a better alternative would be that the shadowing effect was not ugly in the first place (then, there would be no need to remove it - which can still be done using the previous solution).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The reason why those 'shadows' below titleframes look ugly when you change your background colour is because of the way colours are handled in beamer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can fix that the following way. Before the(se) slide(s) put:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%%&#xA;%SOME CHANGES HERE, LIKE THE NEW BACKGROUND COLOUR..&#xA;%\setbeamercolor{background canvas}{bg=black}&#xA;%\setbeamertemplate{blocks}[rounded][shadow=false] %%TO REMOVE THE PSEUDO-SHADOW UNDER BLOCKS&#xA;%%&#xA;&#xA;\pgfdeclareverticalshading{beamer@belowframetitle}{\the\paperwidth}{%&#xA;      color(0ex)=(black);%PUT THE COLOUR YOU WANT, INSTEAD OF black&#xA;      color(0.5ex)=(frametitle.bg)&#xA;    }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then your slide and, finally, once you want the previous theme to come back:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pgfdeclareverticalshading{beamer@belowframetitle}{\the\paperwidth}{%&#xA;      color(0ex)=(bg);% bg BEING THE &quot;normal text&quot; BACKGROUND COLOUR&#xA;      color(0.5ex)=(frametitle.bg)&#xA;    }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;We have finally found this with a colleague. Thanks for your help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1216" LastActivityDate="2010-09-17T14:35:32.763" />
  <row Id="3204" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3199" CreationDate="2010-09-17T15:12:10.120" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The class only redefines the &lt;code&gt;\cite&lt;/code&gt; command, you can use &lt;code&gt;\citet&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\citep&lt;/code&gt; as normal. It works in a document that I have using the package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-09-17T15:12:10.120" />
  <row Id="3205" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3169" CreationDate="2010-09-17T15:29:38.953" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;the reason that \begin{split} ... \end{split} doesn't work when the \begin ... \end are invoked within the begin and end parts of another environment is related to the reason given in the &quot;technical notes on the amsmath package&quot; (texdoc technote) -- the parsing requires an exact match of the environment specified by \begin{...}.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;this isn't really obvious from the current documentation in technote, but it would be a good idea to add it, and i'll try to arrange for that to happen.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="579" LastActivityDate="2010-09-17T15:29:38.953" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3206" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3145" CreationDate="2010-09-17T15:54:16.743" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;as i see it, the problem is that the rows of the matrices are too close together.  if they were farther apart, the arrows should be able to align.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;a fix for this is provided by the array package (from the latex tool set).  with this, you can specify (for example)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setlength{\extrarowheight}{3pt}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and that will space out the rows.  this should be done &lt;em&gt;outside&lt;/em&gt; the affected display, and will continue in effect thereafter, so if you don't want it everywhere, you either need to turn it off after the affected display(s), or limit its scope by appropriate grouping.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="579" LastActivityDate="2010-09-17T15:54:16.743" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3207" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3208" CreationDate="2010-09-17T22:46:06.130" Score="3" ViewCount="127" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is similar to this &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1003/in-tikz-is-it-possible-to-nest-nodes&quot;&gt;question&lt;/a&gt;, but not quite the same thing.  I want to make a matrix of graphs that are all relatively the same, and I made the graphs using the matrix construct.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[By the way, did you know that if you type in Ctrl+L when you're writing your question, stackexchange will put a hyperlink reference for you?  Super cool.]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="799" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-18T00:39:59.363" LastActivityDate="2010-09-18T01:04:15.200" Title="In TikZ, is it possible to nest matrices?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;matrices&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3208" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3207" CreationDate="2010-09-18T01:04:15.200" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As far as I know it is not possible. When you try it, there is even an error message, that says so explicitly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-09-18T01:04:15.200" />
  <row Id="3209" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3200" CreationDate="2010-09-18T01:12:48.870" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The command line argument you want to pass is &lt;code&gt;-shell-escape&lt;/code&gt; to enable &lt;code&gt;\write18&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-09-18T01:12:48.870" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3210" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3213" CreationDate="2010-09-18T04:06:49.670" Score="5" ViewCount="71" Body="&lt;p&gt;I can &lt;code&gt;texdoc&lt;/code&gt; for the following classes:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;code&gt;letter&lt;/code&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;code&gt;slides&lt;/code&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;code&gt;proc&lt;/code&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But, where are the &lt;code&gt;texdoc&lt;/code&gt;s for the following built-in document classes?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;code&gt;report&lt;/code&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;code&gt;book&lt;/code&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="791" LastActivityDate="2010-09-18T04:54:19.767" Title="Where are the texdocs for the built-in LaTeX document classes?" Tags="&lt;documentclass&gt;&lt;texdoc&gt;&lt;documentation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="3211" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3212" CreationDate="2010-09-18T04:17:49.057" Score="3" ViewCount="53" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am reading the &lt;code&gt;texdoc&lt;/code&gt; for the &lt;code&gt;letter&lt;/code&gt; document class. But it doesn't say anything about getting started. I think this is a commented source code document. Yes, it lists all the features of the &lt;code&gt;letter&lt;/code&gt; class, but it doesn't say anything about how to use them in practice. There is no tutorial or walkthrough or something similar. To illustrate what I mean:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/dp9Q2.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This question is related to the one I asked about &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3043/are-there-guidelines-on-how-to-read-commented-sources-of-latex-packages&quot;&gt;reading commented sources&lt;/a&gt;. I noticed that most documentation is in this form, which is rather frustrating. In contrast, the &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;pgfmanual&lt;/code&gt; are superb examples of documentation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="791" LastActivityDate="2010-09-18T04:53:03.577" Title="How do I read the texdoc for the letter document class?" Tags="&lt;documentclass&gt;&lt;texdoc&gt;&lt;documentation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="3212" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3211" CreationDate="2010-09-18T04:53:03.577" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As far as I know there is no user documentation for the letter class, just as there is no user documentation for the other standard LaTeX classes; users were expected, back in the day, to buy Lamport's book as a manual.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The letter class is generally considered sub-standard compared to the alternatives. Robin Fairbairn's &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=letterclass&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;FAQ answer on the matter&lt;/a&gt; lists the alternatives.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-09-18T04:53:03.577" />
  <row Id="3213" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3210" CreationDate="2010-09-18T04:54:19.767" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The standard classes are all built from the source file &lt;code&gt;classes.dtx&lt;/code&gt;. Therefore:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;texdoc classes&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I'm afraid you might be disappointed by its contents; it's not really a user manual, simply documented source code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-09-18T04:54:19.767" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3214" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3224" CreationDate="2010-09-18T05:45:24.173" Score="3" ViewCount="503" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is causing this error?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;(see the transcript file for additional information){E:/MikTeX/fonts/enc/dvips/ fontname/texnansi.enc}&#xA;!pdfTeX error: miktex-pdftex (file ugmr8a.pfb): cannot open Type 1 font file for reading&#xA;==&amp;gt; Fatal error occurred, no output PDF file produced!&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have the following lines after &lt;code&gt;\documentclass[stdletter]{newlfm}&lt;/code&gt; and before &lt;code&gt;\begin{document}&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[urw-garamond]{mathdesign}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Exchanging their order or omitting the &lt;code&gt;fontenc&lt;/code&gt; line doesn't help. I'm new to LaTeX and I cannot decode log files very well yet.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="791" LastEditorUserId="791" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-18T05:53:02.547" LastActivityDate="2010-10-04T17:24:08.760" Title="Error when using T1 fontenc and urw-garamond from mathdesign" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;fontenc&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="3215" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3214" CreationDate="2010-09-18T07:11:44.043" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think the problem is described in the package documentation for mathdesign:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;This package alone is useless. You have to install one of the full set of fonts available. Please consult the provided README file. It deals with all the installation and system configuration process.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Do you have copies of the fonts required by mathdesign? (I think the script &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/fonts/getnonfreefonts/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;getnonfreefonts&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; can help.) But from here I can't help you—I haven't installed these fonts before myself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-09-18T07:11:44.043" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3216" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-18T07:24:36.097" Score="3" ViewCount="336" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using the latex &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt; package for the first time to format some HTML.  I'm noticing that by default, the html code is being pushed further left than the main paragraph text of my document.  Is there any simply option or way of specifying to &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt; that all source code should have the same margin width on the left as my general paragraph text does?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For reference, my latex code thus far is as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{lstlisting}[language=html]&#xA;&amp;lt;html lang=``en&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;head&amp;gt;...&amp;lt;/head&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;body&amp;gt;&#xA;...&#xA;   &amp;lt;img src=``http://cnn.com/af/pic.gif&quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/img&amp;gt;&#xA;...&#xA;&amp;lt;/body&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;/html&amp;gt;&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;edit: I've isolated this down to only happening when I add &lt;em&gt;line numbers&lt;/em&gt; to the listing using:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\lstset{&#xA;numbers=left&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Minimum working example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum,listings}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lstset{&#xA;numbers=left&#xA;}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}[language=html]&#xA;&amp;lt;html lang=``en&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;head&amp;gt;...&amp;lt;/head&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;body&amp;gt;&#xA;...&#xA;&amp;lt;img src=``http://cnn.com/af/pic.gif&quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/img&amp;gt;&#xA;...&#xA;&amp;lt;/body&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;/html&amp;gt;&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So is there a way to get the &lt;em&gt;line numbers&lt;/em&gt; to align with the general paragraph text?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3484" LastEditorUserId="3484" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-18T13:35:00.500" LastActivityDate="2010-09-18T16:41:59.690" Title="How to align source code produced by listings package with main paragraph text" Tags="&lt;margins&gt;&lt;listings&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3217" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3218" CreationDate="2010-09-18T07:25:39.283" Score="7" ViewCount="365" Body="&lt;p&gt;The following gives an error with PGF 2.00:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \draw (0,0) to +(1,1);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I could swear that this worked once with a different version, but I don't know which.  The problem seems to be that the target coordinate of a &quot;to&quot; path must begin with a parenthesis.  But drawing &quot;to&quot; paths to a relative coordinate is a really useful thing to be able to do!  Is there any way around this?  The only one I've thought of so far is to use the &quot;calc&quot; package instead:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \draw (0,0) to ($(0,0)+(1,1)$);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but this quickly gets cumbersome, especially with a path of several segments using ++ relative coordinates in the middle.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Edit:&lt;/em&gt; Yes, of course in this simple example I could replace &lt;code&gt;to&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;--&lt;/code&gt;, but the point is that I want to use other &lt;code&gt;to&lt;/code&gt; paths, specifically &lt;code&gt;curve to&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Edit:&lt;/em&gt; Here's a more complicated thing I'd like to be able to do:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \filldraw[fill=gray] (0,0) to[out=20,in=180] ++(2,1)&#xA;    to[out=0,in=160] ++(2,-1) -- cycle;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="535" LastEditorUserId="535" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-21T17:47:39.337" LastActivityDate="2010-09-21T17:47:39.337" Title="to path + relative coordinates in TikZ?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="3218" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3217" CreationDate="2010-09-18T08:29:40.733" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;That is annoying!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you're just drawing straight lines then you can replace the &lt;code&gt;to&lt;/code&gt; by &lt;code&gt;--&lt;/code&gt; and it will work.  However, that won't fix more general &lt;code&gt;to&lt;/code&gt; paths.  If you have a lot of &lt;code&gt;to&lt;/code&gt; paths that are essentially the same, you can specify your own variant which takes relative coordinates.  For example, to get the example that you gave to work (I've added in nodes to show that they work as expected), you could do:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\draw (0,0) to node {x} (1,1);&#xA;\begin{scope}[to path={-- +(\tikztotarget) \tikztonodes}]&#xA;\draw (0,1) to node {y} (1,1);&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To define this globally, you can use the &lt;code&gt;\tikzstyle&lt;/code&gt; command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\tikzstyle{rel line to}= [to path={-- +(\tikztotarget) \tikztonodes}]&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\draw (0,0) to node {x} (1,1);&#xA;\draw (0,1) to[rel line to] node {y} (1,1);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To see how to modify the other types of &lt;code&gt;to&lt;/code&gt; path, you need to look in the file &lt;code&gt;tikzlibrarytopath.code.tex&lt;/code&gt; (using &lt;code&gt;zsh&lt;/code&gt;: &lt;code&gt;less $(kpsewhich tikzlibrarytopath.code.tex)&lt;/code&gt;).  Some of the definitions look easy to modify (simply add a &lt;code&gt;+&lt;/code&gt; in the right place), but some might be a little more complicated as the target coordinate might be used in more than one place.  If there's a specific type that you want to get working and you can't figure it out just ask!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-09-18T08:29:40.733" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="3220" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3216" CreationDate="2010-09-18T12:22:10.057" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Works fine for me too! My guess is that you should check your &lt;code&gt;lstset&lt;/code&gt; command, you probably need to adjust the margins (&lt;code&gt;xleftmargin&lt;/code&gt;). &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt; have an option for virtually everything:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  \lstset{&#xA;%frame=tblr,&#xA;    framesep=5pt,&#xA;basicstyle=\normalsize\ttfamily,&#xA;showstringspaces=false,&#xA;keywordstyle=\itshape\color{blue},&#xA;%identifierstyle=\ttfamily,&#xA;stringstyle=\color{Maroon},&#xA;commentstyle=\color{black},&#xA;rulecolor=\color{Gray},&#xA;xleftmargin=5pt,&#xA;xrightmargin=5pt,&#xA;aboveskip=\bigskipamount,&#xA;belowskip=\bigskipamount,&#xA;   %backgroundcolor=\color{LightGray!.50}&#xA;  }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-09-18T12:22:10.057" />
  <row Id="3221" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-18T13:06:26.953" Score="4" ViewCount="193" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to get a tex file to read certain lines from a different text file. More precisely, in my database file $a.tex$ I have a long list. Now in a different file, I would like to have items with specific numbers. Of course, I can copy-paste. My question is, is there a way to get LaTeX to do it? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1227" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-18T16:20:50.787" LastActivityDate="2010-09-18T17:03:47.157" Title="Cross reference between latex files" Tags="&lt;filesystem-access&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="3222" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3217" CreationDate="2010-09-18T13:17:01.690" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is this simple enough?:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\path (0,0) node (y) {} +(-1,-2) edge [-] (y);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Yes, I &lt;em&gt;do&lt;/em&gt; appreciate this means inverting the coordinates, but...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="344" LastActivityDate="2010-09-18T13:17:01.690" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="3223" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3228" CreationDate="2010-09-18T13:29:10.297" Score="9" ViewCount="284" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I add a subscript to a primed variable, the subscript is rendered lower than when it is a subscript to an unprimed variable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, when I compile&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;$l_x l'_x l_x l'_x l_x l'_x$&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I get&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://mathurl.com/2egj2pg.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The subscript x is at a different height for the primed variables and the unprimed ones.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any one have any idea why this is happening? And how I can fix this so that the subscript of the primed variable appears at the same height? (Or am I doing something wrong?)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1228" LastEditorUserId="323" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-18T16:24:47.200" LastActivityDate="2010-09-19T00:43:09.880" Title="Subscripts for primed variables" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;subscripts&gt;" AnswerCount="4" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="3224" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3214" CreationDate="2010-09-18T13:54:48.893" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can get the needed fonts from CTAN&#xA;mirror.ctan.org/fonts/urw/garamond/&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Probably you need only the fonts themselves (the pfb-files). Put them in a local root in fonts/type1/garamond. (http://docs.miktex.org/2.8/manual/localadditions.html#id574074)&#xA;Update the fndb and then try again. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-09-18T13:54:48.893" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3225" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-18T13:59:42.397" Score="6" ViewCount="150" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a complicated document containing files with a letter as the first document followed by several article type documents.  I have done this by setting up a master tex file with all the frontpeice information, defining common style elements and whatnot, then adding the documents with \include statements.  Is there a way to use the letter document class for the first file then switch to the article class for the rest of the files?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="277" LastActivityDate="2010-09-18T17:21:37.590" Title="Combining Document Classes" Tags="&lt;documentclass&gt;&lt;include&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="3226" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3223" CreationDate="2010-09-18T14:10:39.610" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you put curly braces around the object you're subscripting, e.g. {l'}_x, the subscript will appear at the same height as the others. However, the spacing of the prime and the subscript will not be the same as in your example, so this may not be the solution you want. You can also put curly braces around the object on which you want a prime, e.g. {l_x}', but this also alters the spacing of the prime and the subscript. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="61" LastActivityDate="2010-09-18T14:10:39.610" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3228" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3223" CreationDate="2010-09-18T14:35:25.493" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This behaviour is intended, but not always desired. My somewhat neglected &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/subdepth&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;subdepth&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package alters this so the subscript height is constant in these situations. Just load the package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-09-18T14:35:25.493" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3229" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3223" CreationDate="2010-09-18T14:40:17.883" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try this. It's a bit cumbersome, but, I think, semantically reasonable:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;$l^{}_x l'_x l^{}_x l'_x l^{}_x l'_x$&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/0y1oE.png&quot; alt=&quot;Rendered&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="344" LastActivityDate="2010-09-18T14:40:17.883" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3230" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-18T16:19:47.483" Score="1" ViewCount="168" Body="&lt;p&gt;In my pdf, I have my initial pages for the intro and TOC in roman numerals, and the pages for the main content in arabic numbers, and I'd like for page 1 of the PDF as shown in Acrobat to correspond to Page 1 of the arabic numbers in the pdf in my tex document.  Is there a way to accomplish this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT:  Ok, invalid question.  It works as expected in Acrobat.  It doesn't work in Okular on linux, which is why I was misguided.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1057" LastEditorUserId="1057" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-18T17:15:56.273" LastActivityDate="2010-09-18T17:29:14.843" Title="How do I make my pdf Page1 correspond to my Latex Page 1" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;page-numbering&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3231" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3221" CreationDate="2010-09-18T16:30:59.057" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The short answer is yes. The longer answer is that we'd need more information. You can easily read a file one line at a time. The e-TeX extension &lt;code&gt;\readline&lt;/code&gt; is especially helpful for reading files.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How are these lines numbered? How many do you want to read at once? Are the lines sorted by these &quot;specific numbers&quot;? Is your list of numbers sorted? What else can you tell us about these lines?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-09-18T16:30:59.057" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3232" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3225" CreationDate="2010-09-18T16:32:59.637" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't believe there is going to be an easy way to do what you want. You could move all of the &quot;common style elements&quot; into a a .sty file that you can then use via &lt;code&gt;\usepackage&lt;/code&gt; from your other documents.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-09-18T16:32:59.637" />
  <row Id="3233" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3216" CreationDate="2010-09-18T16:41:59.690" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can combine the &lt;code&gt;xleftmargin&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;numbersep&lt;/code&gt; options to line the numbers up. For example, if you have lines 2 digit line numbers, you could do something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{calc}&#xA;\newlength\listingnumberwidth&#xA;\setlength\listingnumberwidth{\widthof{00} + 1em}&#xA;\lstset{&#xA;numbers=left,&#xA;xleftmargin=\listingnumberwidth,&#xA;numbersep=1em&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, if you use the &lt;code&gt;numberstyle&lt;/code&gt; option, you'll need to take that into account for the &lt;code&gt;\widthof&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-09-18T16:41:59.690" />
  <row Id="3234" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3221" CreationDate="2010-09-18T17:03:47.157" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Maybe the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/datatool&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;datatool package&lt;/a&gt; can do what you want. It can sort external files, do things like mail merging and so on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-09-18T17:03:47.157" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3235" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3230" CreationDate="2010-09-18T17:16:19.813" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;invalid question&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1057" LastActivityDate="2010-09-18T17:16:19.813" />
  <row Id="3236" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3225" CreationDate="2010-09-18T17:21:37.590" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=multidoc&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;This FAQ answer&lt;/a&gt; discusses some solutions to this type of problem. The only one that I think is likely to work for you in this case, is the &lt;code&gt;pdfpages&lt;/code&gt; based solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-09-18T17:21:37.590" />
  <row Id="3237" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3230" CreationDate="2010-09-18T17:29:14.843" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can suppress resetting of the page numbering when you change numbering style:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\pagenumbering#1{\gdef\thepage{\csname @#1\endcsname \c@page}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, your &lt;code&gt;\frontmatter&lt;/code&gt; can be numbered, eg, from &quot;i&quot; to &quot;xii&quot; and the &lt;code&gt;\mainmatter&lt;/code&gt; will start at page &quot;13&quot; rather than page &quot;1&quot;. This is non-standard for a printed document, but I find it appropriate for an electronic document, because not all pdf viewers understand the page labelling features, and even with adobe reader there are some contexts (eg printing) where you have to be careful the difference between &quot;page 20&quot; and the 20th page of the pdf.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-09-18T17:29:14.843" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="3238" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3250" CreationDate="2010-09-18T18:02:29.950" Score="7" ViewCount="471" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi, I'm typing a bold vector small x with a tilde sign above it. Now when I want to write its derivative, I'm putting a dot on top of everything. This is giving me problems and I found one solution:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\overset{\mathrm{\textbf .}}{\boldsymbol{\mathrm{\tilde{x}}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;after I read this post: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1874/how-to-make-a-larger-dot&quot;&gt;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1874/how-to-make-a-larger-dot&lt;/a&gt; .&#xA;This post has a solution for a similar problem: &lt;code&gt;\overset{\bm .}{a}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To write bold mathematical symbols, such as vectors is &lt;code&gt;\boldsymbol&lt;/code&gt; better or do you recommend using the &lt;code&gt;\bm&lt;/code&gt; package? I have always been using &lt;code&gt;\boldsymbol&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks a lot...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="993" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-11T22:25:07.807" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T14:02:33.303" Title="\bm package versus \boldsymbol" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;bold&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="3239" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3145" CreationDate="2010-09-18T18:50:03.590" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is a &lt;em&gt;different&lt;/em&gt; clumsy solution to your problem --- but which is better than the earlier solution I presented using XyPics.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The basic principle is the same: you put all of your matrices into a single super-matrix. Then, you use horizontal spacing to introduce your matrix delimiters into the &lt;strong&gt;middle&lt;/strong&gt; of your super-matrix, where the 'logical' matrices begin and end, thusly:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\newcommand\map[1]{\xrightarrow{#1}} % For brevity&#xA;\[&#xA;   \left.\left.\left.\left.\left[&#xA;    \begin{array}{rrr|rcrrr|rcrrr|r}&#xA;      1  &amp; 2 &amp; 0  &amp; -1 &amp;                &amp; 1 &amp; 2 &amp; 0  &amp; -1 &amp;               &amp; 1 &amp; 2 &amp; 0  &amp; -1 \\&#xA;      2  &amp; 1 &amp; 1  &amp; 1  &amp; \map{R_2-2R_1} &amp; 0 &amp; 3 &amp; -1 &amp; 3  &amp;               &amp; 0 &amp; 3 &amp; -1 &amp; 3  \\&#xA;      -1 &amp; 1 &amp; -1 &amp; -1 &amp; \map{R_3+R_1}  &amp; 0 &amp; 3 &amp; -1 &amp; -2 &amp; \map{R_2+R_3} &amp; 0 &amp; 0 &amp; 0  &amp; -1&#xA;    \end{array}\right]&#xA;    \mspace{-448mu}\right]&#xA;    \mspace{70mu}\right[&#xA;    \mspace{125mu}\right]&#xA;    \mspace{60mu}\right[&#xA;\]&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first &lt;code&gt;\right]&lt;/code&gt; is the final square-bracket for your matrices; we do this first in order to ensure that at least this delimiter is in Knuth-standard position. All the other delimiters are positioned by manually choosing how much forward or backward it should be from the last one produced.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(This obviously only works if the matrix transformations are the only, or the last, object in your math environment; otherwise, you should produce the matrix delimiters in sequence, ending with the last one, in order for the subsequent mathematics to follow in the correct location in your equation.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I dislike this solution because of the necessity of manually choosing the spacing &amp;mdash; among other things, you will have to modify the spacing each time you modify the matrices. But at least if you change your matrices incrementally, the spacing also needs only incremental changes; and this solution is otherwise robust and flexible.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ideally, one could use some mechanism to determine precisely how to position the delimiters correctly; but I don't have enough TeXpertise to know how. Can anyone help?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="911" LastActivityDate="2010-09-18T18:50:03.590" />
  <row Id="3240" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3254" CreationDate="2010-09-18T18:52:18.053" Score="1" ViewCount="173" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to make a package for easy font switching for XeTeX. The command that loads such fonts, would automatically try to substitute the missing font (like slanted fonts), and try to guess the font type, and set all the definitions that were defined by default for Computer Modern font. I have an attempt for that, but I clearly remember, that that does not takes too much time to compile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now I'm trying to remake with a different approach, that compiling it by it self takes too much time. I'm not certain of the proper use of \newtoks, but I use that to store the name of the font, so whenever I slightly change for instance the font size, I can apply it by only reissue an apply command. Is that possible, that such tokens takes up to ~5-10 second? Or MikTeX have completely wrong setup for XeTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After some debugging, I figured out, that the slower part is for loading Computer Modern font &lt;em&gt;again&lt;/em&gt;. Someone asked me to share the code, however, now that I know where is the problem, I only share the necessary part of the code. (Not that if it would be a secret. I shared a link to the code) Slow part is marked with the text &quot;Ridiculously slow, no matter what&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% Define tokens for fontfaces&#xA;\newtoks\rmface&#xA;\newtoks\itface&#xA;\newtoks\slface&#xA;\newtoks\bfface&#xA;\newtoks\biface  % Bold italic&#xA;\newtoks\bsface  % Bold slanted&#xA;% Technically impossible to create MORE slanted (slanted) italic font, or&#xA;% slanted bold slanted italic.&#xA;\newtoks\ttface&#xA;&#xA;% I slightly modified the Typewriter Type, so it can be used, with \rm \it etc.&#xA;% Although its still be available with \tt.&#xA;\newtoks\ttrmface&#xA;\newtoks\ttitface&#xA;\newtoks\ttslface&#xA;\newtoks\ttbfface&#xA;\newtoks\ttbiface&#xA;\newtoks\ttbsface&#xA;&#xA;\newtoks\titleface&#xA;\newtoks\titleitface&#xA;\newtoks\titleslface&#xA;\newtoks\titlebfface&#xA;\newtoks\titlebiface&#xA;\newtoks\titlebsface&#xA;&#xA;\newtoks\mrmface % Math roman (for Ms font set)&#xA;\newtoks\mitface % Math italic&#xA;\newtoks\msyface % Math symbols&#xA;\newtoks\mexface % Math extended&#xA;\newtoks\calface % Caligraphic face (Restored to default if empty)&#xA;\newtoks\setface % Caligraphic face (Removed/Ignored if empty)&#xA;\let\omathbb=\relax % Temporary placement of \mathbb, if defined.&#xA;&#xA;[...]&#xA;&#xA;\rmface={cmr10}&#xA;\itface={cmr10}&#xA;\slface={cmsl10}&#xA;\bfface={cmbx10}&#xA;\biface={cmbxti10}&#xA;\bsface={cmbxsl10}&#xA;&#xA;\titleface={cmss10}&#xA;\titleitface={cmssi10}&#xA;\titleslface={cmssi10}&#xA;\titlebfface={cmssdc10}&#xA;\titlebiface={cmssbx10}&#xA;\titlebsface={cmssqi8}&#xA;&#xA;\ttface={cmtt10}&#xA;\ttrmface={cmtt10}&#xA;\ttitface={cmitt10}&#xA;\ttslface={cmsltt10}&#xA;\ttbfface={cmtt10}&#xA;\ttbiface={cmitt10}&#xA;\ttbsface={cmsltt10}&#xA;&#xA;\mrmface={cmr10}&#xA;\mitface={cmmi10}&#xA;\msyface={cmsy10}&#xA;\mexface={cmex10}&#xA;\calface={}&#xA;\setface={}&#xA;&#xA;\fontsize=10pt&#xA;\count\footins=830&#xA;\titlesize={3}&#xA;\hasize={1.5}&#xA;\hbsize={1.17}&#xA;\hcsize={1.17}&#xA;\hdsize={1}&#xA;\hesize={1}&#xA;\hfsize={.85}&#xA;\hgsize={.85}&#xA;\hhsize={.85}&#xA;\hisize={.85}&#xA;&#xA;[...]&#xA;&#xA;% Defining main font faces&#xA;\font\trm=&quot;\the\rmface&quot; at \fontsize%&#xA;\ifnum\XeTeXfonttype\trm=0\def\oldstyle{\fam1\tit}\else%&#xA;\font\osy=&quot;\the\rmface:+onum&quot; at \fontsize%&#xA;\def\oldstyle{\fam8\osy}\fi%&#xA;\if&amp;amp;\the\itface&amp;amp;%&#xA;\font\tit=&quot;\the\rmface:slant=.2&quot; at \fontsize%&#xA;\font\sit=&quot;\the\rmface:slant=.2&quot; at .7\fontsize%&#xA;\font\fit=&quot;\the\rmface:slant=.2&quot; at .5\fontsize%&#xA;\else%&#xA;\font\tit=&quot;\the\itface&quot; at \fontsize%&#xA;\font\sit=&quot;\the\itface&quot; at .7\fontsize% Ridiculously slow, no matter what.&#xA;\font\fit=&quot;\the\itface&quot; at .5\fontsize%&#xA;\fi%&#xA;\if&amp;amp;\the\slface&amp;amp;%&#xA;\font\tsl=&quot;\the\rmface:slant=.167&quot; at \fontsize%&#xA;\font\ssl=&quot;\the\rmface:slant=.167&quot; at .7\fontsize%&#xA;\font\fsl=&quot;\the\rmface:slant=.167&quot; at .5\fontsize%&#xA;\else%&#xA;\font\tsl=&quot;\the\slface&quot; at \fontsize%&#xA;\font\ssl=&quot;\the\slface&quot; at .7\fontsize%&#xA;\font\fsl=&quot;\the\slface&quot; at .5\fontsize%&#xA;\fi%&#xA;\if&amp;amp;\the\bfface&amp;amp;%&#xA;\font\tbf=&quot;\the\rmface:embolden=3&quot; at \fontsize%&#xA;\font\sbf=&quot;\the\rmface:embolden=3&quot; at .7\fontsize%&#xA;\font\fbf=&quot;\the\rmface:embolden=3&quot; at .5\fontsize%&#xA;\else%&#xA;\font\tbf=&quot;\the\bfface&quot; at \fontsize%&#xA;\font\sbf=&quot;\the\bfface&quot; at .7\fontsize%&#xA;\font\fbf=&quot;\the\bfface&quot; at .5\fontsize%&#xA;\fi%&#xA;\if&amp;amp;\the\biface&amp;amp;\if&amp;amp;\the\itface&amp;amp;\font\tbi=&quot;\the\rmface:embolden=3:slant=.2&quot; at \fontsize%&#xA;\else\font\tbi=&quot;\the\itface:embolden=3&quot; at \fontsize\fi%&#xA;\else\font\tbi=&quot;\the\biface&quot; at \fontsize\fi%&#xA;\if&amp;amp;\the\bsface&amp;amp;\if&amp;amp;\the\bfface&amp;amp;\font\tbs=&quot;\the\rmface:embolden=3:slant=.167&quot; at \fontsize%&#xA;\else\font\tbs=&quot;\the\bfface:slant=.167&quot; at \fontsize\fi%&#xA;\else\font\tbs=&quot;\the\bsface&quot; at \fontsize\fi%&#xA;\if&amp;amp;\the\ttface&amp;amp;%&#xA;\else%&#xA;\font\ttt=&quot;\the\ttface&quot; at \fontsize%&#xA;\font\stt=&quot;\the\ttface&quot; at .7\fontsize%&#xA;\font\ftt=&quot;\the\ttface&quot; at .5\fontsize%&#xA;\fi%&#xA;% Math font face definitions&#xA;\if&amp;amp;\the\mrmface&amp;amp;%&#xA;\font\mtrm=&quot;\the\rmface&quot; at \fontsize%&#xA;\font\msrm=&quot;\the\rmface&quot; at .7\fontsize%&#xA;\font\mfrm=&quot;\the\rmface&quot; at .5\fontsize%&#xA;\ifnum\XeTeXfonttype\mtrm=0\let\mosy=\relax\else\font\mosy=&quot;\the\rmface:+onum&quot; at \fontsize\fi%&#xA;\else%&#xA;\font\mtrm=&quot;\the\mrmface&quot; at \fontsize%&#xA;\font\msrm=&quot;\the\mrmface&quot; at .7\fontsize%&#xA;\font\mfrm=&quot;\the\mrmface&quot; at .5\fontsize%&#xA;\ifnum\XeTeXfonttype\mtrm=0\let\mosy=\relax\else\font\mosy=&quot;\the\mrmface:+onum&quot; at \fontsize\fi%&#xA;\fi%&#xA;\if&amp;amp;\the\mitface&amp;amp;%&#xA;\font\mtit=&quot;\the\itface&quot; at \fontsize%&#xA;\font\msit=&quot;\the\itface&quot; at .7\fontsize%&#xA;\font\mfit=&quot;\the\itface&quot; at .5\fontsize%&#xA;\else%&#xA;\font\mtit=&quot;\the\mitface&quot; at \fontsize%&#xA;\font\msit=&quot;\the\mitface&quot; at .7\fontsize%&#xA;\font\mfit=&quot;\the\mitface&quot; at .5\fontsize%&#xA;\fi%&#xA;\font\mtsy=&quot;\the\msyface&quot; at \fontsize%&#xA;\font\mssy=&quot;\the\msyface&quot; at .7\fontsize%&#xA;\font\mfsy=&quot;\the\msyface&quot; at .5\fontsize%&#xA;\font\mtex=&quot;\the\mexface&quot; at \fontsize%&#xA;\font\msex=&quot;\the\mexface&quot; at .7\fontsize%&#xA;\font\mfex=&quot;\the\mexface&quot; at .5\fontsize%&#xA;\if&amp;amp;\the\calface&amp;amp;%&#xA;\def\cal{\fam2}%&#xA;\else%&#xA;\font\tcal=&quot;\the\calface&quot; at \fontsize%&#xA;\font\scal=&quot;\the\calface&quot; at .7\fontsize%&#xA;\font\fcal=&quot;\the\calface&quot; at .5\fontsize%&#xA;\textfont9=\tcal\scriptfont9=\scal\scriptscriptfont9=\fcal%&#xA;\def\cal{\fam9\tcal}%&#xA;\fi%&#xA;\if&amp;amp;\the\setface&amp;amp;%&#xA;\ifx\omathbb\relax\let\mathbb=\relax\else\let\mathbb=\omathbb\let\omathbb=\relax\fi%&#xA;\else%&#xA;\font\tset=&quot;\the\setface&quot; at \fontsize%&#xA;\font\sset=&quot;\the\setface&quot; at .7\fontsize%&#xA;\font\fset=&quot;\the\setface&quot; at .5\fontsize%&#xA;\textfont10=\tset\scriptfont10=\sset\scriptscriptfont10=\fset%&#xA;\ifx\omathbb\relax\ifx\mathbb\relax\else\let\omathbb=\mathbb\fi\fi%&#xA;\def\mathbb####1{{\fam10\tset####1}}%&#xA;\fi%&#xA;% Family setup&#xA;\textfont0=\mtrm\scriptfont0=\msrm\scriptscriptfont0=\mfrm%&#xA;\textfont1=\mtit\scriptfont1=\msit\scriptscriptfont1=\mfit%&#xA;\textfont2=\mtsy\scriptfont2=\mssy\scriptscriptfont2=\mfsy%&#xA;\textfont3=\mtex\scriptfont3=\msex\scriptscriptfont3=\mfex%&#xA;\textfont4=\tit\scriptfont4=\sit\scriptscriptfont4=\fit%&#xA;\textfont5=\tsl\scriptfont5=\ssl\scriptscriptfont5=\fsl%&#xA;\textfont6=\tbf\scriptfont6=\sbf\scriptscriptfont6=\fbf%&#xA;\textfont7=\ttt\scriptfont7=\stt\scriptscriptfont7=\ftt%&#xA;\ifx\mosy\relax\else\textfont8=\mosy\scriptfont8=\mosy\scriptscriptfont8=\mosy\fi%&#xA;%&#xA;\rm%&#xA;\initrmfam%&#xA;\inititfam%&#xA;\initsyfam%&#xA;\initexfam%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The code above follow the procession order, and not how it appears in the file)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;The interesting part, that no matter what I removed, the next line that stood in its place become slow, so it may be independent from what is on that line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1230" LastEditorUserId="1230" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-26T10:12:53.023" LastActivityDate="2010-09-26T10:12:53.023" Title="Slow compilation XeTeX - misused \newtoks?" Tags="&lt;xetex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3241" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-18T20:38:34.433" Score="4" ViewCount="192" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I started to play with XeTeX, I noticed, that some of the True Type fonts does not produces the standard five ligatures properly (fi, fl, ff, ffi, ffl), even if they have some of the proper character for that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to define such ligatures for certain fonts?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1230" LastActivityDate="2010-09-19T00:39:30.983" Title="Specifying undefined ligatures with XeTeX" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;truetype&gt;&lt;ligatures&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="3242" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3146" CreationDate="2010-09-18T20:50:40.480" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Adding the following line just before \endinput in your hyperref.cfg must fix the bug.&#xA;\providecommand*\@pdfborder{0 0 0}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This file was in directory texmf/tex/latex on my configuration.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I hope it will work for you too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastActivityDate="2010-09-18T20:50:40.480" />
  <row Id="3243" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3253" CreationDate="2010-09-18T21:44:20.900" Score="10" ViewCount="458" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the papers I read the caption in figure floats are placed below the figure and in table floats the caption is placed above the table.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I recognize that this is a common style that a lot of people recommend.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But what is the reason behind this difference?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="929" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T15:48:56.280" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T15:48:56.280" Title="Why should a table caption be placed above the table?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;floats&gt;&lt;captions&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="3244" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3247" CreationDate="2010-09-18T22:25:19.627" Score="4" ViewCount="955" Body="&lt;p&gt;Basically there are three possibilities:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;add just a 'Acknowledgement' section as last section of you introduction chapter&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;put it at the end - between the last appendix and the bibliography&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;put it after the abstract page and before the table of contents&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I see 1 a lot in books and 2 a lot in thesis documents. 3 is suggested by the KOMA guide (not - see edit).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To implement 3 I would just use a second abstract environment in KOMA script (with a redefined abstract name):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[twoside,abstracton]{scrreprt}&#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel}&#xA;\title{title}&#xA;\author{author}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;\begin{abstract}&#xA;One&#xA;\end{abstract}&#xA;%\KOMAoptions{abstract=false}&#xA;\renewcaptionname{english}{\abstractname}{Acknowledgements}&#xA;\begin{abstract}&#xA;Two&#xA;\end{abstract}&#xA;\tableofcontents &#xA;\chapter{Chapter}&#xA;text&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How would you implement the third choice?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is the best choice from an aesthetic/type-setting point of view?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt;: Uh, I mixed up the numbers regarding the KOMA guide. The guide actually recommends 2:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Acknowledgements in the introduction? No, the proper acknowledgements&#xA;  can be found in the addendum. My comments here are not intended for&#xA;  the authors of this guide — and those thanks should rightly come from you,&#xA;  the reader, anyhow. I, the author of KOMA - Script, would like to extend&#xA;  my personal thanks to Frank Neukam.[..]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hm, 'Special Thanks' vs. 'Acknowledgements' ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="929" LastEditorUserId="929" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-19T12:55:43.367" LastActivityDate="2010-09-19T12:55:43.367" Title="Where to put the acknowledgements in a thesis document?" Tags="&lt;style&gt;&lt;koma-script&gt;&lt;abstract&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3245" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3243" CreationDate="2010-09-18T22:28:35.050" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A figure only ever fills one page (or at most a double page spread). A long table may extend over several pages, and you don't want your readers to have to page ahead to find the explanation of what the table is about.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-09-18T22:28:35.050" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3246" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3243" CreationDate="2010-09-18T22:57:26.207" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I can't pinpoint the source, but reportedly readers will first comprehend a figure as a whole and only then study its caption (so the caption is placed below the figure), whereas they will first look up a table's caption in order to fathom out the table data (so the caption is placed above the table).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-09-18T22:57:26.207" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3247" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3244" CreationDate="2010-09-19T00:24:32.713" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Does your institution not specify where to put an acknowledgement section for your thesis? Usually they have pretty draconian rules about that sort of thing. Personally, I think that 2 seems like a terrible choice for a thesis. For papers, you typically have acknowledgement, bibliography, appendices, in that order. For a thesis, the acknowledgements should be in the front matter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, one thesis guideline I'm looking at right now shows dedication, epigraph, table of contents, lists of {abbreviations, figures, schemes, tables, etc.}, preface, acknowledgements, vita, abstract, introduction, etc. So that's similar to 3 except that the abstract comes a long way after table of contents in the front matter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I guess I don't really have an opinion about 1.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-09-19T00:24:32.713" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3248" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3241" CreationDate="2010-09-19T00:39:30.983" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use teckit character mapping to map your input to code points for ligatures. This is however is limited to ligatures that are encoding in Unicode. I can't find documentation for it though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, luatex provides a more general solution through feature files that can augment the font with any OpenType data on the fly, including kerning and complex substitutions (check fontspec manual for some examples).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastActivityDate="2010-09-19T00:39:30.983" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="3249" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3223" CreationDate="2010-09-19T00:43:09.880" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The prime is just a superscript in TeX eyes, when you have both a subscript and superscript they are positioned differently to give more room between them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastActivityDate="2010-09-19T00:43:09.880" />
  <row Id="3250" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3238" CreationDate="2010-09-19T00:50:51.753" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you take a look at the documentation for &lt;code&gt;bm&lt;/code&gt;, it says that if the bold fonts are not allocated, it will use the correct symbol—if it exists—by using &lt;code&gt;\boldmath&lt;/code&gt;, but that this is slower. If there is not a bold version of the symbol, it uses poor man's bold.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think that in most cases, you want to use &lt;code&gt;\bm&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-09-19T00:50:51.753" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3251" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3252" CreationDate="2010-09-19T02:17:18.167" Score="4" ViewCount="319" Body="&lt;p&gt;Not too well up on LaTeX, but I want to use the &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt; package for listings &lt;em&gt;spanning&lt;/em&gt; a two-column format.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately, asterisks cannot save me (like for figures/tables); this doesn't work:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{lstlisting*}&#xA;...&#xA;\end{lstlisting*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've Googled about, but got no satisfactory answer, and getting a bit desperate. Should be simple... hope I'm not missing something stupid. Perhaps it's possible to embed this into a separate spanning float?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Help?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(P.S., I've posted this on the main stackoverflow site as well... &lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com/posts/3744232/edit&quot;&gt;http://stackoverflow.com/posts/3744232/edit&lt;/a&gt; if this is considered a duplicate, please comment and I'll remove the other. Getting a bit desperate fighting a deadline.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1232" LastActivityDate="2010-09-19T02:25:23.113" Title="LaTeX: double-column listing package" Tags="&lt;listings&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3252" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3251" CreationDate="2010-09-19T02:25:23.113" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The answer is in the listings documentation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{lstlisting}[float=*]&#xA;...&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-09-19T02:25:23.113" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3253" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3243" CreationDate="2010-09-19T02:33:56.090" Score="17" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It has to do with the way people absorb printed information or, more accurately, how readers of Western texts are acculturated into this. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tables are &lt;em&gt;textual&lt;/em&gt; devices and are, to some or other approximate degree, structured to be read in the same left-&gt;right, top-&gt;bottom order (*).  To this degree, they therefore do not differ in important information processing ways from the body text.  Normal text (not, e.g., poetry or other intentionally disruptive forms) is ordinarily structured in a &quot;pyramidal&quot; form: general and introductory concepts are best placed at the beginning, with increasingly fleshed-out details placed later on.  The reading eye that saccades across text and the brain that controls it has learnt beginning at the age of two or whatever to most efficiently gather (Western) textual information in this way. By our age, we cannot &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; process text this way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Graphics, on the other hand, are iconic. The eye does not scan pictures for information in remotely the same way (in fact entirely different cerebral systems are in charge of gathering and interpreting textual and graphical information - you can knock out one part of the brain and impair one system without noticeably affecting the performance of the other; see, e.g., almost any popular writing by Oliver Sachs).  It would be almost impossible to prevent the normal human brain from scanning and interpreting, no matter how briefly, a picture on the page before forcing it to reading the caption (no matter where the caption is placed because by that time the attentional mechanisms in the part of the brain that is now switched on is directing the eye to saccade in non-linear sequences).  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, to answer your question, good typesetting sets out to provide readers the most productive (rate of information processing for expended effort) reading experience that it can. For text: the caption summary is placed above the details to fit in with linear eye saccades and the pyramid principle of text interpretation; for graphics: the graphic is placed first to fit in with quite different attentional control mechanisms, non-linear eye saccading and non-linear information processing.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(*) Factor in acculturation.  Good typesetting for R-&gt;L or bottom-&gt;top reading orders will follow these general principles (for biologically human species (**)) , leading however to different outcomes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(**) The point is that it's our brain biology that has ultimately led to the development of these rules. Here's something to think about: what are the optimal typesetting rules for non-human species, e.g., maybe sapient machines, or echo-locating information gatherers like bats or porpoises.  Where would they like to &quot;see&quot; their captions? :))&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastEditorUserId="416" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-19T02:51:25.013" LastActivityDate="2010-09-19T02:51:25.013" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3254" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3240" CreationDate="2010-09-19T05:50:32.853" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;No, from your description I doubt it's the fault of using token registers. You're not calling \newtoks every time, though, right?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are you writing your package for plain xetex? Sounds like a fair amount of overlap with the fontspec package, otherwise.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-09-19T05:50:32.853" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3255" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3244" CreationDate="2010-09-19T09:25:05.223" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I put it next to the colophon (yes, I have a colophon. I’m vain that way) in the appendix.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Colophon_%28publishing%29&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;colophon&lt;/a&gt; holds information about the software and fonts used to produce a document. I think it’s somewhat fitting to put the acknowledgements next to it since both are a list of “entities” that supported you in producing the text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2010-09-19T09:25:05.223" />
  <row Id="3256" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3202" CreationDate="2010-09-19T10:22:09.323" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the &lt;code&gt;samepage&lt;/code&gt; environment for the stuff you want to stay on the same page. You'll likely need &lt;code&gt;\raggedbottom&lt;/code&gt; as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-09-19T10:22:09.323" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3257" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3146" CreationDate="2010-09-19T10:27:07.657" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This bug was fixed in the next version of &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt;. The solution is simply to update to a newer version. Currently v6.81q is the latest.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-09-19T10:27:07.657" />
  <row Id="3258" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-19T10:34:37.080" Score="5" ViewCount="147" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have seen the answer to this question:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/917/wordle-like-word-clouds&quot;&gt;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/917/wordle-like-word-clouds&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So yes it can be done by generating an image and inserting it, but that's kind of cheating. I'd like to be able to generate a word cloud that is made of searchable text, rather than a .png file. Does anyone know if that is possible?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;I'm interested in any style, it doesn't have to be a complex cloud with words in different directions, it could be a &quot;horizontal&quot; cloud like some of those &lt;a href=&quot;http://coelomic.wordpress.com/2006/01/02/tag-clouds/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1192" LastEditorUserId="1192" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-19T11:36:14.213" LastActivityDate="2010-09-19T20:45:54.503" Title="Wordle-like word clouds - can it be done without using an image?" Tags="&lt;word-cloud&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="3259" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3369" CreationDate="2010-09-19T12:22:45.053" Score="8" ViewCount="166" Body="&lt;p&gt;It seems that TeX likes to insert a pagebreak after a displayed equation (if that equation is close to the bottom of the page anyway). This also happens if the current paragraph contains only one more line after the equation, as e.g. in&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;... it follows that&#xA;\[&#xA;  a_n = ...&#xA;\]&#xA;for all $n\in\N$.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(And it happens although there is enough space in current page.) Since I don't like this behaviour, I came up with the following solution that seems like a hack to me: I write &lt;code&gt;\avoidbreak&lt;/code&gt; before the closing &lt;code&gt;\]&lt;/code&gt;, where &lt;code&gt;\avoidbreak&lt;/code&gt; is defined by&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\avoidbreak}{\postdisplaypenalty=50} .&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now the question: What would be a clean solution?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(What is bad about my solution is that I have to write &lt;code&gt;\avoidbreak&lt;/code&gt; at every instance of a possibly &quot;bad&quot; pagebreak. Of course I could just globally define &lt;code&gt;\postdisplaypenalty=50&lt;/code&gt;, but I don't know if that has some unwanted side effects. If the global definition is &quot;the&quot; solution, then I wonder why Knuth came up with &lt;code&gt;\postdisplaypenalty=0&lt;/code&gt;, and if there is a package that offers to change this default.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I came up with an answer below, but for me this leaves a few questions open: Why does &lt;code&gt;\displaywidowpenalty&lt;/code&gt; have such a low default? Is there any reason against setting &lt;code&gt;\displaywidowpenalty=100&lt;/code&gt;? If not, shouldn't one increase the default? (It's not clear to me how one would implement this: If, just as an example, one puts it into article.cls, then this will lead to lots of documents being typeset in a different way than before.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-23T07:49:39.177" LastActivityDate="2010-09-23T07:50:10.440" Title="Pagebreaks after displayed equations" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;page-breaking&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3260" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="488" CreationDate="2010-09-19T12:41:26.617" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I had the same question about a year ago. I came up with the following solution, which seems a bit cleaner that Juan's &quot;hack&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareSymbolFont{bbold}{U}{bbold}{m}{n}&#xA;\DeclareSymbolFontAlphabet{\mathbbold}{bbold}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then one can use &lt;code&gt;$\mathbbold{1}$&lt;/code&gt; (and I store this, without the dollar signs, in the macro `\ind' since I use it as an indicator function).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2010-09-19T12:41:26.617" />
  <row Id="3261" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="576" CreationDate="2010-09-19T13:11:26.877" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;to go a bit further, if you perform a full check of a latex document with Acrobat Pro, it looks like there is no way you can avoid messages like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;None of the images on this page that need alternate text have it.&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;All of the text on this page lacks a language specification.&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;Text that does not map to Unicode reliably may be read incorrectly by assistive technologies.&quot; (for equations and mathematical fonts mainly)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Your lights are of interest to me. Thank you&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastEditorUserId="371" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-19T13:57:23.633" LastActivityDate="2010-09-19T13:57:23.633" />
  <row Id="3262" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3263" CreationDate="2010-09-19T13:17:14.497" Score="4" ViewCount="833" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{align*}&#xA;\begin{array}{c}&#xA;\min \: A = \min \: \sum_{i\in B} C_i &#xA;\\ \\&#xA;\min \: D = \min \: \sum_{i\in B} \pi_i \cdot F_i&#xA;\end{array}&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See &lt;a href=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/TFIfY.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://i.imgur.com/TFIfY.png&lt;/a&gt; for an image of the equation. How can I get {i \in B} below the Sigma symbol without breaking the align into multiple aligns?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1236" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-12T23:05:16.210" LastActivityDate="2010-12-12T23:05:16.210" Title="Big \sum instead of small \sum in array environment" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;equations&gt;&lt;align&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3263" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3262" CreationDate="2010-09-19T13:23:40.947" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;By putting a &lt;code&gt;\displaystyle&lt;/code&gt; in front of the &lt;code&gt;\sum&lt;/code&gt;. You basically want the font to behave like it does in a top-level environment, because it's nested in an array it gets assigned a &lt;code&gt;\textstyle&lt;/code&gt; font size.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why you're not aligning the equations on the equals sign beats me though. It might be better to use two &lt;code&gt;equation&lt;/code&gt; environments in this case, the code wouldn't look so bloated as it does now.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="210" LastActivityDate="2010-09-19T13:23:40.947" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="3264" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3262" CreationDate="2010-09-19T13:35:59.957" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would typeset this as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{align*}&#xA;\min \: A &amp;amp;= \min \: \sum_{i\in B} C_i \\&#xA;\min \: D &amp;amp;= \min \: \sum_{i\in B} \pi_i \cdot F_i&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then it is aligned, and the sums are as you want them. If you do not want it aligned, use &lt;code&gt;gather&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt;. If you want more vertical space between the two lines, use &lt;code&gt;\\[1ex]&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt;. (Incidentally, I would not use &lt;code&gt;\:&lt;/code&gt; after the &lt;code&gt;\min&lt;/code&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2010-09-19T13:35:59.957" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3265" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2618" CreationDate="2010-09-19T14:36:13.587" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;With &lt;code&gt;pass&lt;/code&gt; option, geometry package will change nothing and use the original layout. You can restore the original layout with &lt;code&gt;\restoregeometry&lt;/code&gt;. For example,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,10pt]{report}&#xA;\usepackage[pass]{geometry}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}%&amp;lt;-- the original layout for 'report' is saved here.&#xA;\newgeometry{top=2.5cm,bottom=2.3cm}&#xA;\input{the_title_page}&#xA;\restoregeometry %&amp;lt;-- the original layout is restored.&#xA;\input{the_rest}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The new/restore-geometry commands have been introduced since v5.0, but use v5.6 or later, because in v5.6 a bug was fixed where &lt;code&gt;\newgeometry&lt;/code&gt; didn't work when &lt;code&gt;pass&lt;/code&gt; is specified in the preamble. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1237" LastActivityDate="2010-09-19T14:36:13.587" />
  <row Id="3266" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3270" CreationDate="2010-09-19T15:15:37.220" Score="7" ViewCount="410" Body="&lt;p&gt;To denote the interior of a set, I'd like to have a command &lt;code&gt;\interior&lt;/code&gt;. Now, as one can learn from &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2458/how-to-make-a-command-for-a-composed-symbol-to-work-with-all-font-sizes&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt; post, one possibility is to use &lt;code&gt;\mathring&lt;/code&gt;. This is a neat command, but it produces a circle that to my taste is too small for the purpose. Of course one can experiment with &lt;code&gt;\overset{\circ}{...}&lt;/code&gt;, but this way I had difficulties getting satisfactory vertical and in particular horizontal positioning of the &lt;code&gt;\circ&lt;/code&gt;. An example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$\mathring{I}\ \mathring{J}\ \overset{\circ}{I}\ \overset{\circ}{J}$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;yields &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/RTjj2.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt; .&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If one has a close look then one sees that the &lt;code&gt;\circ&lt;/code&gt; over the &lt;code&gt;J&lt;/code&gt; should be moved to the right &lt;em&gt;more&lt;/em&gt; than the &lt;code&gt;\circ&lt;/code&gt; over the &lt;code&gt;J&lt;/code&gt;! Is there a way to obtain the same nice automatic positioning as with mathring?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="323" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-19T20:57:13.417" LastActivityDate="2010-09-19T20:57:13.417" Title="How do I use a circle as a math accent (larger than \mathring)?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;positioning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3267" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-19T15:24:53.480" Score="6" ViewCount="358" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am completely new to Latex so forgive me if this is a stupid question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I want to be able to do is specify a number of different font styles for use in different parts of my document. So for example, I might create a style called &lt;code&gt;title&lt;/code&gt; which uses Helvetica Black at 14pt, and a style &lt;code&gt;sub-title&lt;/code&gt; that uses Helvetica Condensed at 12pt, and a &lt;code&gt;body&lt;/code&gt; style that uses Tahoma at 10pt in 80% grey. I would then just label the various bits of my document. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am currently using XeLaTeX, like so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{xltxtra}&#xA;\setmainfont[Mapping=tex-text]{Tahoma}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But this just gives me one font throughout and then the document styles the headers etc, I don't get a chance to use a different type face, or take fine grained control. I'm probably missing something here, but I'm sure what I'm asking is possible?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1192" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-21T14:34:03.727" LastActivityDate="2010-09-21T14:34:03.727" Title="How can I define a series of different font styles for use in a document? (like a .css style sheet...)" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3268" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3289" CreationDate="2010-09-19T15:42:02.797" Score="5" ViewCount="83" Body="&lt;p&gt;I found a &lt;code&gt;latex2e.pdf&lt;/code&gt; in my MiKTeX installation tree. How do I make &lt;code&gt;texdoc latex2e&lt;/code&gt; open the PDF version by default?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;UPDATE&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;I tried renaming &lt;code&gt;latex2e.html&lt;/code&gt; to something else, and now the PDF version is opened by default. Is there a more elegant way to do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="791" LastActivityDate="2010-09-19T21:54:01.280" Title="How do I make the command texdoc latex2e to open the PDF version by default?" Tags="&lt;documentation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="3269" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3267" CreationDate="2010-09-19T15:46:13.633" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/koma-script.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;KOMA-Script&lt;/a&gt; classes have a dedicated interface for fonts:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newkomafont{abc}{\large\bfseries}&#xA;...&#xA;\usekomafont{abc}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Otherwise you can just use &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*{\abc}{\large\bfseries}&#xA;...&#xA;\abc&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-19T16:03:30.407" LastActivityDate="2010-09-19T16:03:30.407" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3270" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3266" CreationDate="2010-09-19T15:56:01.697" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;code&gt;\accentset&lt;/code&gt; from the &lt;code&gt;accents&lt;/code&gt; package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$ \mathring{I}\ \mathring{J}\ \accentset{\circ}{I}\ \accentset{\circ}{J} $&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/VAl09.png&quot; alt=&quot;example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-09-19T15:56:01.697" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3272" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3267" CreationDate="2010-09-19T15:58:54.423" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;xltxtra&lt;/code&gt; automatically loads the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/fontspec&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package (which is actually where &lt;code&gt;\setmainfont&lt;/code&gt; comes from), which gives you as much fine grained control over fonts and font options in xelatex as you could possibly want. Read its documentation. In particular, the &lt;code&gt;\fontspec&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\addfontfeatures&lt;/code&gt; should cover you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to set styles for the headings at various levels, etc., however, considering using a package like &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/titlesec&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;titlesec&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/sectsty&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;sectsty&lt;/a&gt;. Again, their documentation will give you more info than I can give here. (Most likely, you'll want to use &lt;code&gt;\fontspec&lt;/code&gt; commands along with these.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-09-19T15:58:54.423" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3273" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3259" CreationDate="2010-09-19T16:07:17.403" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I can't see any problems with setting &lt;code&gt;\postdisplaypenalty&lt;/code&gt; globally—if you encounter any problems, they are probably signs of a package bug. The default values are probably fine for Knuth; but these settings are implemented as parameters because you &lt;em&gt;should&lt;/em&gt; customize them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2010-09-19T16:07:17.403" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3274" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-19T16:07:52.553" Score="9" ViewCount="533" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm interested in the general application architecture, how it hangs together. I know it was originally written by Knuth, and it's clear others can write plugin packages to achieve certain things, but what is the overall application structure? How does it work? What are packages written in? What do they conform to? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1192" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-19T16:28:27.443" LastActivityDate="2010-11-12T04:02:53.427" Title="LaTeX architecture - how does it all work?" Tags="&lt;latex-general&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3275" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3279" CreationDate="2010-09-19T16:11:15.680" Score="7" ViewCount="247" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am setting the following in my preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[urw-garamond]{mathdesign}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I find that the &lt;strong&gt;ffi&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;ffl&lt;/strong&gt; ligatures aren't available in &lt;code&gt;urw-garamond&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As advised in this &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.fonts.com/AboutFonts/Articles/fyti/LigaturesPartOne.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Fonts.com page&lt;/a&gt;, if triple f-ligatures aren't available in the font, it is better to suppress it and use individual letters instead. An example word is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;officers&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How do I suppress just the triple f-ligatures? Or is there a way to incorporate triple f-ligatures to &lt;code&gt;urw-garamond&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="791" LastEditorUserId="791" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-19T23:04:50.173" LastActivityDate="2010-09-19T23:04:50.173" Title="Triple f-ligatures for urw-garamond" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;ligatures&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="3276" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3278" CreationDate="2010-09-19T16:33:02.740" Score="5" ViewCount="268" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the simplest way to have part of a bold caption (including some inline math) non-bold?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1236" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-23T09:35:05.817" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T09:35:05.817" Title="Caption is bold. Can I have part of it not bold?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;captions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="3277" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3267" CreationDate="2010-09-19T16:52:08.147" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It feels from your question that you're coming from another class of text processors.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;LaTeX is (approximately) a semantic markup system where the structure of your document defines the reslutant layout and typography. Thus, rather than saying &quot;define chapterfont as 10pt Helvetica Small Caps&quot; and then using &quot;select chapterfont&quot;, this tends to be hidden much more behind the scenes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Typically, you might say &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\chapter{Loomings}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which would, as well as printing the chapter title in its own layout and font, make a TOC entry, set up a page header, skip to an odd page... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The tailoring of this stuff would (obviously) normally be done in the preamble.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you're new to LaTeX, you might want to consider investing your time in one or more of these packages:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/memoir/memman.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;memoir&lt;/a&gt; for general book/article/report tailoring, with extensive incorporation of many other useful LaTeX packages, but all documented in two big books &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/beamer/doc/beameruserguide.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;beamer&lt;/a&gt; for presentation material&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/graphics/pgf/base/doc/generic/pgf/pgfmanual.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pgf/tikz&lt;/a&gt; for diagramming&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With these three (admittedly large) packages under my belt, only very rarely do I feel the need to look for anything else. It's a big learning hump, yes, but once you've got a bit of the way, there are only three manuals you need to search, and usually you know which one of them is relevant.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please forgive me if this answer appears patronising, as that is definitely not my intention; I hope you'll get to love LaTeX as much as most of us who hang out here do. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="344" LastActivityDate="2010-09-19T16:52:08.147" />
  <row Id="3278" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3276" CreationDate="2010-09-19T16:56:56.873" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Put the respective part of the caption in &lt;code&gt;\textmd{}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[font=bf]{caption}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;\caption{A bold caption with a \textmd{medium/regular} part}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: By default, LaTeX will use (non-bold) italics for inline math even in a bold caption. I assumed that you wanted to change an additional part of the caption to non-bold.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-19T17:27:39.430" LastActivityDate="2010-09-19T17:27:39.430" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3279" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3275" CreationDate="2010-09-19T17:27:06.467" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Au contraire, mon ami — URW Garamond does indeed contain the &lt;strong&gt;ffi&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;ffl&lt;/strong&gt; ligatures. They occupy slots 30 and 31 respectively in their T1-encoded font tables. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In common with many typeface designs, URW Garamond splits the first &lt;strong&gt;f&lt;/strong&gt; subglyph from the remaining &lt;strong&gt;fi&lt;/strong&gt; or &lt;strong&gt;fl&lt;/strong&gt; subglyphs in each ligature. You can see this in the &lt;code&gt;rm&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;sf&lt;/code&gt; families, but not the &lt;code&gt;tt&lt;/code&gt; family where the designer has connected all subglyphs in each whole (see &lt;em&gt;edit&lt;/em&gt; note, below). One mustn't simply assume that a ligature is not a single well-integrated type component simply because the full set of strokes comprising it are not completely connected. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.fonts.com/AboutFonts/Articles/fyti/LigaturesPartOne.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Font.com&lt;/a&gt;'s recommendation is directed at cases where, e.g., the &lt;strong&gt;ffi&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;ffl&lt;/strong&gt; ligatures are simply not available, and where, therefore, grafting a single &lt;strong&gt;f&lt;/strong&gt; onto a trailing &lt;strong&gt;fi&lt;/strong&gt; or &lt;strong&gt;fl&lt;/strong&gt; might (subject to the quality of the kerning table) create a fairly unbalanced look.  This is not the situation here. In this case, URW Garamond's designer has produced a well-integrated series of glyphs that should not be discarded simply because their various elements do not completely connect.  These designs are very much part of URW Garamond's integrated look and feel. Your typeset works would suffer by excluding them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's some code to help you check this out:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[urw-garamond]{mathdesign}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{fonttable}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \xfonttable{T1}{\rmdefault}{m}{n}\newpage&#xA;  \xfonttable{T1}{\sfdefault}{m}{n}\newpage&#xA;  \xfonttable{T1}{\ttdefault}{m}{n}\newpage&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;BTW, if you really want to force non-ligatures, a simple trick is to insert braces to keep your letters apart, e.g., of{}f{}icers.  Apart from that, the &lt;code&gt;microtype&lt;/code&gt; package contains options to selectively disable just the ones you want.  E.g.,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DisableLigatures[?,!]{encoding = T1}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will inhibit ?‘ and !‘, but not fi, –, », etc.  &lt;code&gt;microtype&lt;/code&gt; currently works under pdflatex and luatex but not, as far as I know, all that successfully with xelatex (there's a beta version out there but I haven't yet checked it out, mainly because everytime I do its website is down).  Will's and Khaled's &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt; package seems to provide control over ligatures at font load-time, but as I tend to stick to pdflatex (never in a million years could I bring myself to give up &lt;code&gt;microtype&lt;/code&gt;), and as &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt; doesn't function in that environment, I'm still rather clueless about its detailed ins and outs.  However, note that as URW Garamond is a Type1 font, &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt; won't provide much assistance in your case.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Errg! I must learn to resist answering questions at 4am in the morning (Eastern Australian Time).  Of course the &lt;code&gt;sf&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;tt&lt;/code&gt; fonts printed by the code above are Computer Modern (or some such system-provided variants).  They have nothing to do with URW Garamond.  Nevertheless, except for confirming that I'm a klutz, everything else about all other aspects of my answer still stands.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastEditorUserId="416" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-19T18:35:27.667" LastActivityDate="2010-09-19T18:35:27.667" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3280" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="260" CreationDate="2010-09-19T17:30:45.790" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;When you get confused about what is set where, try &lt;code&gt;texdoc --debug=config&lt;/code&gt;. It helps you find which environment variable you forgot, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The variable &lt;code&gt;PDFVIEWER&lt;/code&gt; should definitly work if no other variable is set for PDF.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1239" LastActivityDate="2010-09-19T17:30:45.790" />
  <row Id="3281" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3202" CreationDate="2010-09-19T17:33:29.577" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can put the text into a &lt;code&gt;\vbox&lt;/code&gt; and test if it is too long to fit the page.  If not, you can set it, otherwise you can &lt;code&gt;\vsplit&lt;/code&gt; it across two pages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I asked a somewhat similar question on SO, &lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/2217516/making-latex-typeset-given-text-on-two-facing-pages&quot;&gt;Making Latex typeset given text on two facing pages&lt;/a&gt;; Steve's answer can be tailored for your requirements.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-09-19T17:33:29.577" />
  <row Id="3282" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3274" CreationDate="2010-09-19T17:39:47.863" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This question is not clear enough to motivate many answers.  You might wish to start reading at &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/LaTeX&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/LaTeX&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="922" LastActivityDate="2010-09-19T17:39:47.863" />
  <row Id="3283" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3275" CreationDate="2010-09-19T17:54:38.280" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The font has non, but Rogério Brito &lt;a href=&quot;http://github.com/rbrito/urw-garamond&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;urw-garamond fork&lt;/a&gt; have them (and more). The repository has only sources, no generated font files though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastActivityDate="2010-09-19T17:54:38.280" />
  <row Id="3284" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3274" CreationDate="2010-09-19T17:59:41.757" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As Dan mentioned, this question is probably too broad for the size of responses available from forums such as this.  You asked about the &quot;general application architecture&quot;, in which case your question covers the major document classes (book, article, etc.) and perhaps many of the extensional classes and packages that comprise the standard repertoire that LaTeX experts use reflexively in their work.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, if you can confine your question to the core LaTeX engine architecture, that is, to the layer that sits on TeX and that provides abstractions and services to bolt-on classes and packages, you might consider perusing the documented source code, generally available in &lt;code&gt;source2e.pdf&lt;/code&gt; (type &lt;code&gt;texdoc source2e&lt;/code&gt; at a command prompt). It's certainly not for the faint-hearted but, even if your TeX programming skills are not yet strong, the documentation and the document structure will provide a good sense of things to any reasonably competent systems architect.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-09-19T17:59:41.757" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="3285" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3267" CreationDate="2010-09-19T18:01:25.613" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;\newfontfamily&lt;/code&gt; command, check the documentation for more details:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;&#xA;\newfontfamily\MyTitle[Ligatures=TeX]{TeX Gyre Pagella}&#xA;\newfontfamily\FooBar[Numbers=OldStyle]{Foo Bar}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;{\MyTitle some text} {\FooBar other text}&#xA;\end{docment}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastActivityDate="2010-09-19T18:01:25.613" />
  <row Id="3286" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="576" CreationDate="2010-09-19T19:17:15.287" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;ConTeXt now supports PDF/X out of the box. You need the latest version of ConTeXt for this to work (that is, the version from TL 2010 does not have this support). This only works with MkIV (that is, luaTeX) and not pdfTeX and XeTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Basically, all you need to do is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\setupinteraction&#xA;     [title={...},&#xA;      subtitle={...},&#xA;      author={...},&#xA;      keywords={...}]&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and then&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\setupbackend&#xA;   [format={...},&#xA;    intent={...}]&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See context &lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.contextgarden.net/PDFX&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;wiki&lt;/a&gt; for details. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2010-09-19T19:17:15.287" />
  <row Id="3287" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3266" CreationDate="2010-09-19T19:41:40.400" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;you can also try &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\overset{\:\circ}{I} or \overset{\;\circ}{I}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="810" LastActivityDate="2010-09-19T19:41:40.400" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3288" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3258" CreationDate="2010-09-19T20:45:54.503" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's a first stab at it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{mathpazo}&#xA;\usepackage{etoolbox}&#xA;\newcount\wcmaxfreq&#xA;\newdimen\wcsmall&#xA;\newdimen\wcscale&#xA;\newcommand\wordcloud[3]{%&#xA;        \begingroup&#xA;                \wcsmall#1&#xA;                \wcmaxfreq0&#xA;                \def\wordlist{}%&#xA;                \def\temp{ }%&#xA;                \edef\temp{\noexpand\parsewords#3\temp\relax\temp}%&#xA;                \temp&#xA;                \wcscale \dimexpr (#2 - \wcsmall)/(\wcmaxfreq - 1)\relax&#xA;                \forlistloop\printword\wordlist&#xA;        \endgroup&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\long\def\parsewords#1 {%&#xA;        \ifx\relax#1&#xA;        \else\ifx\par#1&#xA;        \else&#xA;                \ifcsdef{wc@#1}{%&#xA;                        \count255 \numexpr \csuse{wc@#1} + 1 \relax&#xA;                        \csedef{wc@#1}{\numexpr \csname wc@#1\endcsname + 1\relax}&#xA;                }{%&#xA;                        \count255 1&#xA;                        \csdef{wc@#1}{1}&#xA;                        \listadd\wordlist{#1}%&#xA;                }%&#xA;                \csedef{wc@#1}{\the\count255 }%&#xA;                \ifnum\count255&amp;gt;\wcmaxfreq&#xA;                        \wcmaxfreq\count255&#xA;                \fi&#xA;                \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\parsewords&#xA;        \fi\fi&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\printword#1{%&#xA;        \count255 \numexpr \csuse{wc@#1} - 1 \relax&#xA;        \dimen0 \dimexpr \the\count255 \wcscale + \wcsmall \relax&#xA;        \fontsize{\dimen0}{1.2\dimen0}\selectfont #1 % intentional space&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And then you can use it like this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\wordcloud{8pt}{36pt}{foo bar baz foo foo foo foo foo baz}&#xA;&#xA;\wordcloud{8pt}{36pt}{Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur&#xA;adipiscing elit.  Praesent laoreet sem a metus dignissim iaculis. Cum&#xA;sociis natoque penatibus et magnis dis parturient montes, nascetur&#xA;ridiculus mus.  Cras quis orci sit amet lectus fermentum mollis. Donec&#xA;sagittis diam id magna consectetur eget sagittis nulla sodales. Aenean&#xA;vel dapibus sem. Aliquam semper commodo elit vitae dictum. Donec vitae&#xA;adipiscing elit. Donec non turpis urna, dapibus commodo turpis.&#xA;Aliquam dapibus est nec ante pellentesque vitae sodales enim laoreet.&#xA;Mauris molestie dui porttitor lacus adipiscing vitae iaculis ipsum&#xA;pretium.  Suspendisse et nulla ante. Integer mauris neque, dictum quis&#xA;lacinia non, iaculis ut nulla. Nam rhoncus dignissim ipsum ut&#xA;adipiscing.  Aliquam dapibus viverra justo id pharetra. In nec mauris&#xA;nisl.}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It doesn't seem to work correctly with paragraphs, but I didn't look into it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-09-19T20:45:54.503" />
  <row Id="3289" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3268" CreationDate="2010-09-19T20:50:16.607" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Look for a file &lt;code&gt;texdoc.cnf&lt;/code&gt; in your installation tree. It might be in &lt;code&gt;texmf/texdoc&lt;/code&gt;. Look out for a line with the setting &lt;code&gt;ext_list&lt;/code&gt; and adjust that, or add one such line, like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;ext_list = pdf, html, txt, dvi, ps&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The order is important: place &lt;code&gt;pdf&lt;/code&gt; before &lt;code&gt;html&lt;/code&gt;. Otherwise the html documentation would be opened.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You would get further information by &lt;code&gt;texdoc texdoc&lt;/code&gt;, look at &lt;em&gt;4.4 Configuration files&lt;/em&gt;, especially &lt;em&gt;4.4.4&lt;/em&gt;, perhaps also to &lt;em&gt;4.1. Precedence&lt;/em&gt; for settings order and config file locations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-09-19T20:50:16.607" />
  <row Id="3290" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3268" CreationDate="2010-09-19T21:54:01.280" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The ordered list of extensions used by &lt;code&gt;mthelp&lt;/code&gt; (the real program behind the name &lt;code&gt;texdoc&lt;/code&gt; on MiKTeX) can be set in the registry.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the registry editor, create the key &lt;code&gt;HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\MiKTeX.org\MiKTeX\2.8\mthelp&lt;/code&gt; if it doesn't exist yet, then add a new string value named &lt;code&gt;DocExtensions&lt;/code&gt; and set the associated data to, eg &lt;code&gt;.chm;.pdf;.html;.dvi;.ps;.txt&lt;/code&gt; (that is, the default value with pdf move forward). Obviously, you need to replace &lt;code&gt;2.8&lt;/code&gt; with your actual MiKTeX version number.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, you may replace &lt;code&gt;HKEY_CURRENT_USER&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE&lt;/code&gt; if you want the change to affect all users (and have sufficient privileges).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1239" LastActivityDate="2010-09-19T21:54:01.280" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3291" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3292" CreationDate="2010-09-19T22:56:52.010" Score="2" ViewCount="252" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to use Cambria Math font in mathematical equation, and I have a simple problem here. plain TeX uses many symbols for the root sign, so it can use the proper one depending on context, however the Unicode have only one (or maybe two) that is capable to replace big roots:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;If the 3. family is set to Cambria Math, the line &lt;code&gt;\def\sqrt{\XeTeXradical 3 `\⎷}&lt;/code&gt; does not produces the root sign at the proper place for example &lt;code&gt;$\sqrt{a\over b}$&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;How can I do this properly?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1230" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-12T01:17:05.023" LastActivityDate="2010-12-12T01:17:05.023" Title="Custom radical sign with plain XeTeX" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;mathoperator&gt;&lt;truetype&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3292" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3291" CreationDate="2010-09-20T00:08:46.800" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think the &lt;code&gt;`\⎷&lt;/code&gt; is causing you trouble. Use the Unicode code point for the sqrt radical instead:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\font\x=&quot;Cambria Math:script=MATH&quot; at 10pt&#xA;\textfont1=\x\textfont2=\x\textfont3=\x&#xA;\def\sqrt{\XeTeXradical 3 &quot;0221A}&#xA;$$&#xA;\sqrt{1\over 2}&#xA;$$&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-09-20T00:08:46.800" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3293" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-20T01:35:24.830" Score="4" ViewCount="467" Body="&lt;p&gt;Let's say I have a document that uses cross-references and also bibtex/biblatex to manage the bibliography. Currently I need to run &lt;code&gt;pdflatex + bibtex/biber + pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; to generate the final document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It gets kinda boring to do that; is it possible to only need one invocation? Perhaps with the scripting capabilities of LuaTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unlike &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/64/1035&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt;, I'm not interested in abstraction layers, only in making it happen within *TeX itself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: What about the \write18 command? I know that it is possible to it use to at least avoid one call to &lt;code&gt;bibtex&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT2: Two people asked me why I don't want an abstraction layer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1 - Should you need one? It is the most basic functionality of *TeX. It is bloody archaic to have to manage yourself the details of the compilation process. I want to make *TeX better; in this case it means easier to use.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2 - Abstraction layers add complexity and reduce flexibility. You have to worry about its bugs as well (I've been bitten by unreliable error reporting). And what if you want to compile with LuaTeX instead of pdfTeX? Or use biber instead of BibTeX? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1035" LastEditorUserId="1035" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-21T01:18:00.577" LastActivityDate="2010-11-03T14:06:08.517" Title="Is it possible to compile a *TeX document with a single command?" Tags="&lt;compiling&gt;&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;write18&gt;" AnswerCount="6" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3294" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3293" CreationDate="2010-09-20T01:48:29.277" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;No. Because of the nonlinear flow of cross referencing, you always need multiple passes, and TeX is not designed to perform them in one go. Even LuaTeX can only (at time of writing) perform a single pass of typesetting.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ConTeXt uses LuaTeX as a scripting language to compile its documents as necessary until everything converges, but it still consists of multiple typesetting passes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For LaTeX things are rather more archaic; recently, Philipp Lehman has written a package called &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/logreq&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;logreq&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; to help indicate when more compilations and other programs need to be run.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-20T06:03:08.163" LastActivityDate="2010-09-20T06:03:08.163" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3295" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3293" CreationDate="2010-09-20T05:42:57.883" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you drop the references and citations, then sure. Entire books can be compiled with but a single pass.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's not too hard to come up with a TeX document that changes after every compilation (and I don't just mean using the time) so your invocation of pdflatex, bibtex, pdflatex is not sufficient in every case (or even many cases which is why you often see people suggest pdflatex, bibtex, pdflatex, pdflatex; this is also not sufficient for every case—see the first part of this run-on sentence—but works in many).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Regarding your edit about &lt;code&gt;\write18&lt;/code&gt;, you can probably arrange for bibtex to run (something like &lt;code&gt;\write18{bibtex \jobname}&lt;/code&gt;) after the .aux file is closed. You might be able to run pdflatex after the bibtex too. But how does that answer your question? It's not a single pass.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-09-20T05:42:57.883" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="3296" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3174" CreationDate="2010-09-20T06:13:39.767" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not aware of a package to do this, but I'd love to have one. The &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/pkg/cleveref&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;cleveref&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package has an option along these lines:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;When the poorman option is supplied, your document will be processed as normal. But in addition, a sed script will automatically be written, containing rules for replacing all the \cref commands with the LATEX code that they would produce, and using the standard \ref command to produce the cross-references themselves.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the package I imagine for LaTeX, you'd have a command such as &lt;code&gt;\newmacro&lt;/code&gt; that behaved along the same lines, which would behave like &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; except the author would ensure that only &quot;sane&quot; expansions would occur. It could then write an auxiliary file that uses a Lua script to generate a copy of the document with all the macros replaced by their definitions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, er, anyone willing to write it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-09-20T06:13:39.767" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3297" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3298" CreationDate="2010-09-20T06:48:43.270" Score="4" ViewCount="67" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm new to latex, but it seems you can temporarily redefine some commands? The problem I have is that normally the citation is (SMITH, 2000). But at times, I'd like to have Smith (2000) instead. Anyway I can temporarily redefine it, then use the standard version again after that &quot;block&quot; of code?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-10T16:14:31.050" LastActivityDate="2010-12-10T16:14:31.050" Title="Redefining the citation macro temporarily." Tags="&lt;natbib&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="3298" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3297" CreationDate="2010-09-20T07:00:10.167" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Have a look at the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/natbib&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;natbib&lt;/a&gt; package, it gives you two different citation commands, &lt;code&gt;\citep&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\citet&lt;/code&gt;, that do exactly what you're asking for.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-09-20T07:00:10.167" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3299" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3202" CreationDate="2010-09-20T08:50:09.340" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your specification is too vague. You want to fit as many onto one page as possible, but some are larger than a single page so they should be split. What's the criterion for allowing a split? I'd do something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Typeset the recipe in a box and measure it.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If it's shorter than some constant length (say 40% the height of the page), then put it in a minipage on the page.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If it's longer, insert it onto the page without using minipage (hence allowing it to split)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's code to do something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum,environ}&#xA;\newsavebox\recipebox&#xA;\newlength\recipebreaklength&#xA;\setlength\recipebreaklength{0.4\textheight}&#xA;\newcommand\typesetrecipe[1]{%&#xA;  \par\noindent\rule{\linewidth}{1ex}\par&#xA;  \BODY&#xA;  \par\noindent\rule{\linewidth}{1ex}\par&#xA;}&#xA;\NewEnviron{recipe}{%&#xA;  \savebox{\recipebox}{\parbox{\linewidth}{%&#xA;    \typesetrecipe{\BODY}%&#xA;  }}%&#xA;  \ifdim&#xA;      \dimexpr\ht\recipebox+\dp\recipebox\relax &#xA;      &gt; \recipebreaklength&#xA;    \typesetrecipe{\BODY}%&#xA;  \else&#xA;    \par\noindent\usebox\recipebox&#xA;  \fi&#xA;  \bigskip&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\raggedbottom&#xA;\begin{recipe}\lipsum[2]\end{recipe}&#xA;\begin{recipe}\lipsum[3]\end{recipe}&#xA;\begin{recipe}\lipsum[4]\end{recipe}&#xA;\begin{recipe}\lipsum[5]\end{recipe}&#xA;\begin{recipe}\lipsum[6]\end{recipe}&#xA;\begin{recipe}\lipsum[7-10]\end{recipe}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-20T11:03:56.697" LastActivityDate="2010-09-20T11:03:56.697" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3300" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3193" CreationDate="2010-09-20T09:02:02.483" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think it's fairly clear that there's nothing that hyperref can do about this. Entirely up to the PDF viewer. I'm just answering here to attempt to move this question from the &quot;Unanswered&quot; list.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-09-20T09:02:02.483" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-09-20T09:02:02.483" />
  <row Id="3301" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2483" CreationDate="2010-09-20T09:15:57.333" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It seems that &lt;code&gt;etoolbox&lt;/code&gt; contains several sorts of list processing which is fantastic as I've written similar code over and over.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-09-20T09:15:57.333" />
  <row Id="3302" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3293" CreationDate="2010-09-20T09:43:52.710" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;LaTeX is not setup for that. But if you can control your output (= write your own macro package), then you can do that. Typeset material does not neet to be placed in the PDF the first time. You can typeset your document, throw away the result (but remember the cross references etc.) and then typeset your document again with the correct cross references. If you have forward references (like table of contents), then you need to know on what page the destination will be, this is one thing you can't do (in most of the times) in advance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="243" LastActivityDate="2010-09-20T09:43:52.710" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="3303" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3358" CreationDate="2010-09-20T09:47:09.090" Score="4" ViewCount="764" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am making a beamer presentation of someone else's research paper (so I don't have the original tex code). I am using pdfs of tables in the presentation but wanted to cut out all of the original captions, which can be a bit wordy for a slideshow, and simply label them with either &quot;Table X&quot; or &quot;Figure X&quot; along with the title.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I'd like to suppress automatically inserted caption label (otherwise it would say &quot;Figure: Table I&quot;, and so on). If I put the title/label without the &lt;code&gt;\caption{}&lt;/code&gt; function, then I have to fight with word wrapping.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="320" LastEditorUserId="320" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-21T18:16:18.280" LastActivityDate="2010-09-21T19:17:21.750" Title="LaTeX (beamer) — Is there a way to suppress the caption label of “Figure X:” or “Table X:”?" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;captions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="3304" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3193" CreationDate="2010-09-20T09:49:00.200" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This works for me. The log-file is opened (after a confirmation dialog from acrobat) in winedt, the editor set-up to open log-files. The log-file is in the same folder as the pdf.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;abc\href{run:test-ansinew.log}{log-file}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-09-20T09:49:00.200" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3306" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3310" CreationDate="2010-09-20T10:02:39.237" Score="8" ViewCount="197" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want something like &lt;code&gt;\ifmmode\else\GenerateWarning{The command \backslash uzuka is supported only in math mode.}\fi&lt;/code&gt;, which is supposed to generate a warning &quot;The command \uzuka is supported only in math mode.&quot;. Is there a command or a package with this capacibility?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="475" LastEditorUserId="86" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-21T10:29:26.583" LastActivityDate="2010-09-21T10:29:26.583" Title="Is there any way to generate custom errors/warnings in LaTeX?" Tags="&lt;compiling&gt;&lt;latex-general&gt;&lt;errors&gt;&lt;warnings&gt;&lt;macros&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3307" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2483" CreationDate="2010-09-20T10:06:18.237" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Did no one mention the bridges to Lua in Luatex?  Well, Patrick did, oblliquely.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Luatex itself provides a number of low-level primitives to the Lua half of the implementation, most importantly the &lt;code&gt;\directlua&lt;/code&gt; command.  Using this level is a bit fiddly.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Context 4 has, unsurprisingly, nice support for Lua.  For example, &lt;code&gt;\startluacode ... \endluacode&lt;/code&gt; allows Lua to be naturally embedded in Context documents.  This is important, because Context uses Lua to manage the whole compilation process.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;There's high-level Lua infrastructure for Latex appearing, codename Lualatex, with the obligatory &lt;code&gt;\LuaLaTeX&lt;/code&gt; macro, and similarly nice environments for embedding code.  There's not much in Texlive 2009, and I've not made the jump to 2010 yet, but the document about supporting Luatex's hook in Latex, which &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2016/will-latex3-have-proper-support-for-hooks-does-luatex/2017#2017&quot;&gt;Patrick pointed out&lt;/a&gt; to me, looks appetising.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;There's some Luatex support for Plain Tex, codename Luatextras.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lua has a nice, efficient, minimalist approach to datastructures, based on its notion of tables, that fuses lists and associative arrays, and is used together with its novel approach to lightweight closures as its basis for a prototype-based object system.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's good, take a look.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-09-20T10:06:18.237" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="3308" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3306" CreationDate="2010-09-20T10:07:21.613" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;code&gt;\typeout{msg}&lt;/code&gt;. The command will print msg on the terminal and in the log file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-09-20T10:07:21.613" />
  <row Id="3309" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3306" CreationDate="2010-09-20T10:08:48.157" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just use the built-in &lt;code&gt;\errmessage&lt;/code&gt;.  Try &lt;code&gt;\let\GenerateWarning=\errmessage&lt;/code&gt;, which should give you the behaviour you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-09-20T10:08:48.157" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3310" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3306" CreationDate="2010-09-20T11:02:50.020" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For LaTeX, use the commands described in section 4.9 of &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/doc/clsguide.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;clsguide.pdf&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\PackageWarning&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\PackageWarningNoLine&lt;/code&gt; if you are writing a package&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\CLassWarning&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\ClassWarningNoLine&lt;/code&gt; if you are writing a class&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The internal generic version for warnigns is &lt;code&gt;\GenericWarning&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt; bundle has another interface for warnings and similar messages, see Part XVII in &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/expl3/source3.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;source3.pdf&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2010-09-20T11:02:50.020" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3311" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3313" CreationDate="2010-09-20T14:25:39.193" Score="13" ViewCount="1513" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a TeXLive 2009 installation on my Linux machine. And, I'd like to upgrade it to TeXLive 2010. I tried the command &lt;code&gt;sudo tlmgr update --self --all&lt;/code&gt; as suggested in &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/999/how-to-keep-my-tex-live-installation-up-to-date&quot;&gt;How to keep my TeX Live installation up to date?&lt;/a&gt;. But, I get the following error message.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;tlmgr: package repository &lt;a href=&quot;http://.../mirrors/ctan.org/systems/texlive/tlnet&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://.../mirrors/ctan.org/systems/texlive/tlnet&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The release version of the installation source and the installation media do not agree: source: 2010, media: 2009&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Please fix your location &lt;a href=&quot;http://.../mirrors/ctan.org/systems/texlive/tlnet&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://.../mirrors/ctan.org/systems/texlive/tlnet&lt;/a&gt; at /usr/local/bin/tlmgr line 4205.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This error message makes me wonder if it's possible at all to upgrade from TeXLive 2009 to 2010 automatically by pointing my repository location to the right address. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-21T16:18:41.453" LastActivityDate="2010-10-15T16:05:09.100" Title="How to upgrade TeXLive 2009 to TeXLive 2010" Tags="&lt;installing&gt;&lt;texlive&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="3312" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-20T14:40:33.987" Score="3" ViewCount="73" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the (preferred way of) defining a command that &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;places a heading (like \section, \chapter, etc.)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;creates a label for this heading that can be referenced&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;places the heading in the TOC (I think the TOC part is pretty automatic, yes?)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;places the heading in the index&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and what is the (preferred way of) defining a referencing command that&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;places a reference to the heading with the name of the heading and it's page number&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;makes this reference a Link when generating a PDF&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;maybe some options on how the referencing should be spelled out&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and what packages are needed for this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\headx[label1]{This is a heading}&#xA;...&#xA;\headxx[label12}]{Some sub-heading}&#xA;...&#xA;...&#xA;For further details, see \headreference[style=short]{label1}.&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(edit) Note: &lt;code&gt;[style=...]&lt;/code&gt; could control what details are inserted. E.g. &lt;code&gt;short&lt;/code&gt; could mean to only insert the section name as link (and skip the section number and page). &lt;code&gt;Full&lt;/code&gt;could mean to also insert section number and page as text for the link. (This is just an example to show that I think that such a command should probably have some fine-tuning switches.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1012" LastEditorUserId="1012" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-21T06:56:27.770" LastActivityDate="2010-09-21T13:45:59.883" Title="Defining a command for linked and indexed section headings?" Tags="&lt;cross-referencing&gt;&lt;macros&gt;&lt;links&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3313" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3311" CreationDate="2010-09-20T15:20:26.963" Score="18" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Upgrading from 2009 to 2010 is not possible. The &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/texlive/bugs.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;bugs and updates&lt;/a&gt; page says the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;It is not possible to upgrade from TL 2009 to TL 2010, so install the new release in a new directory (as is done by default). install-tl may offer to import options (not packages) from a previous release, but results are not guaranteed. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastEditorUserId="89" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-22T05:53:30.790" LastActivityDate="2010-09-22T05:53:30.790" />
  <row Id="3314" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-20T16:05:11.170" Score="2" ViewCount="171" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the simplest way to make a slide presentation?&#xA;I tried beamer, but it is really complicated and I would like to have the same simple look as in &lt;em&gt;slides&lt;/em&gt;, but horizontal rather than vertical.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="888" LastActivityDate="2010-09-20T18:38:26.293" Title="Simple horizontal slides" Tags="&lt;presentations&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="3315" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3314" CreationDate="2010-09-20T16:24:48.103" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;the &lt;a href=&quot;http://texcatalogue.sarovar.org/entries/prosper.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;prosper class&lt;/a&gt; maybe&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can customize Beamer as much as you wish to get &quot;simple horizontal&quot; slides&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastActivityDate="2010-09-20T16:24:48.103" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3316" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-20T16:26:49.990" Score="5" ViewCount="147" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi, I've been googling now for a week or so trying to dig up as much information as possible about typesetting XML using ConTeXt. I was wondering if there was a repo of styles for setting XML, specifically TEI XML markup, as I've read in several old (from 2005) articles about building such a repository. I can't seem to find anything though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can anyone point me in the right direction?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1222" LastEditorUserId="729" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-12T17:47:11.357" LastActivityDate="2010-10-12T17:47:11.357" Title="ConTeXt environment file for TEI?" Tags="&lt;context&gt;&lt;xml&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3317" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3314" CreationDate="2010-09-20T17:43:39.680" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Uhm...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[landscape,letterpaper,pdftex]{slides}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;does &lt;code&gt;landscape&lt;/code&gt; not work for you?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I keep meaning to learn one of the newer presentation classes, but I have this well developed set of tools I use with &lt;code&gt;slides&lt;/code&gt; and it never seem worth the effort &lt;em&gt;just now, for this talk&lt;/em&gt;...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="327" LastActivityDate="2010-09-20T17:43:39.680" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3318" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3321" CreationDate="2010-09-20T18:33:19.580" Score="3" ViewCount="148" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is essentially asking how to do a &lt;code&gt;case&lt;/code&gt; switch in LaTeX.  I want to define a macro so that if the argument passed is one thing, then something happens, and if not then something else happens.  I know ways to hack this, but they do feel very hacky.  What I currently use is something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\my@testcase}{world}&#xA;\newcommand{\hello}[1]{%&#xA; \edef\my@temp{#1}%&#xA; \ifx\my@temp\my@testcase&#xA;  Greetings%&#xA; \else&#xA;  Hello%&#xA; \fi&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's a pain to nest (though I suppose one could be clever with loops) and it seems a bit overkill to have to define two macros in order to test if they expand to the same thing.  So: what's the cleanest way to do this (for preference in LaTeX2e, though as I'm starting to use a bit of &lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt; then I'd be happy to learn about that too, and of course answers explaining how easy this is in other variants are equally welcome)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Edit in response to Joseph's comment, part of the problem is that I don't know what all those words mean!): Here's my &quot;real world&quot; example.  Using the &lt;code&gt;unicode-math&lt;/code&gt; package, I've colour coded lots of letters so that the colour (and style) links to what it is.  That's fine, except that sometimes a letter or number plays more than one role.  So I have a command that can do a one-time switch.  The problem is that these one-time switches appear to be very expensive (my document compilation time went up to about 20minutes on a new machine).  So for the most common ones, I've found a way around the one-time switch - the best example being that &lt;code&gt;0&lt;/code&gt; is sometimes a real number, sometimes a vector, and sometimes a function.  But as far as the &lt;em&gt;document&lt;/em&gt; is concerned, it's &lt;em&gt;still&lt;/em&gt; a one-time switch: that is &lt;code&gt;\vect{0}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\vect{x}&lt;/code&gt; both say &quot;Do a one-time switch to typeset &lt;code&gt;0&lt;/code&gt; (or &lt;code&gt;x&lt;/code&gt;) as a vector&quot;, but &lt;code&gt;\vect{0}&lt;/code&gt; implements the &quot;way round&quot; whilst &lt;code&gt;\vect{x}&lt;/code&gt; does the expensive switch.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So all I'm passing to the macro are characters, but I'd like it to be robust enough that if a passed it something longer then it Did The Right Thing without complaining.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Is that clearer?)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oh, and I'm using TeXLive 2010.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastEditorUserId="86" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-20T19:11:15.137" LastActivityDate="2010-09-20T19:37:23.967" Title="What's the best/right way to test an argument to a macro?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;expansion&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3319" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3314" CreationDate="2010-09-20T18:38:26.293" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Also consider &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/powerdot&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;powerdot&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-09-20T18:38:26.293" />
  <row Id="3320" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3318" CreationDate="2010-09-20T18:42:36.753" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use &lt;code&gt;ifstrequal&lt;/code&gt; from &lt;code&gt;etoolbox&lt;/code&gt;, but that doesn't help with nesting. Same with &lt;code&gt;\ifthenelse&lt;/code&gt; from &lt;code&gt;ifthen&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-09-20T18:42:36.753" />
  <row Id="3321" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3318" CreationDate="2010-09-20T19:30:48.030" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As the questions seems to if possible want a solution without using &lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt;, I'll provide one by taking the code we have there are reworking it in the traditional style. This is of course not the only approach, but seems to form enough material for one answer! (The reason for basing the solution on &lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt; is that there are a lot of good TeX programming ideas in it, whether you like the particular approach or not.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The idea here is to provide two tests:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\CompareMacro\MacroName{%&#xA;  \ComparisonMacroOne{Code for case one}%&#xA;  \ComparisonMacroTwo{Code for case two}%&#xA;  ...&#xA;}{Code for case 'else}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\CompareString{test-string}{%&#xA;  {comparison-string-one}{Code for case one}%&#xA;  {comparison-string-two}{Code for case two}%&#xA;  ...&#xA;}{Code for case 'else}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;both of which can be nested. Obviously, for the macro-based comparison you need to store the value to be tested and then each possible value to check. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Comparing as macros means that both the characters ('a', 'b', etc.) and their category code ('letter', 'other', etc.) are checked, and have to agree. On the other hand, testing as strings means that on the characters are compared. (In most other languages only the string test exists: category code is something TeX seems to have to itself!) Comparing as strings (easily) needs a primitive function that was not present in TeX as written by Knuth. pdfTeX calls this &lt;code&gt;\pdfstrcmp&lt;/code&gt;, while XeTeX uses just &lt;code&gt;\strcmp&lt;/code&gt;. (LuaTeX users will probably use Lua here, but you can simulate &lt;code&gt;\pdfstrcmp&lt;/code&gt;, most easily using the &lt;code&gt;pdftexcmds&lt;/code&gt; package).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First, let's have the comparison functions themselves. For comparing as macros, the code is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\CompareMacro[2]{% But needs three arguments!&#xA;  \compare@macro#1#2\compare@tail?\compare@stop&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand\compare@macro[3]{%&#xA;  \compare@if@tail@do{#2}{\@firstofone}%&#xA;  \ifx#1#2&#xA;    \expandafter\@firstoftwo&#xA;  \else&#xA;    \expandafter\@secondoftwo&#xA;  \fi&#xA;    {\compare@end{#3}}%&#xA;    {\compare@macro#1}%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;while for strings it's&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\CompareString[2]{% But needs three arguments!&#xA;  \compare@string{#1}#2\compare@tail?\compare@stop&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand\compare@string[3]{%&#xA;  \compare@if@tail@do{#2}{\@firstofone}%&#xA;  \ifnum\pdfstrcmp{\unexpanded{#1}}{\unexpanded{#2}}%&#xA;    =\z@ % When two strings are equal \pdfstrcmp returns 0&#xA;    \expandafter\@firstoftwo&#xA;  \else&#xA;    \expandafter\@secondoftwo&#xA;  \fi&#xA;    {\compare@end{#3}}%&#xA;    {\compare@string{#1}}%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The support material is common to both:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\compare@if@tail@do[2]{%&#xA;  \expandafter\ifx\compare@if@tail@do@aux#1?\@nil\compare@tail\compare@tail&#xA;    \expandafter\compare@do@after@stop&#xA;  \else&#xA;    \expandafter\@gobble&#xA;  \fi&#xA;  {#2}%&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand\compare@if@tail@do@aux{}&#xA;\long\def\compare@if@tail@do@aux#1#2\@nil\compare@tail{#1}&#xA;\newcommand\compare@do@after@stop{}&#xA;\long\def\compare@do@after@stop#1#2\compare@stop{#1}&#xA;\newcommand*\compare@tail{\compare@tail}&#xA;\newcommand\compare@end{}&#xA;\long\def\compare@end#1#2\compare@stop#3{#1}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This works by looping over the second argument to &lt;code&gt;\Compare...&lt;/code&gt;. The first test in both cases is to see if we've hit the marker &lt;code&gt;\compare@tail&lt;/code&gt;, and if so do find the 'else' case and do it. On the other hand, for any other loop value the comparison is done. If it is successful, all of the other cases are thrown away (using the second marker &lt;code&gt;\compare@stop&lt;/code&gt;), and the 'success' code is used. On the other hand, if the test fails then there is a loop.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Implemented in this way the tests can be nested. For example, you can do&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\CompareString{Hello}{%&#xA;  {Hello}{%&#xA;    \CompareString{Joseph}{%&#xA;      {Fred}{Nice to see you, Fred}%&#xA;      {Jane}{Nice to meet you, Jane}%&#xA;      {Joseph}{Oh, it's you!}%&#xA;    }{OH NO!}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;  {Goodbye}{See you}%&#xA;}{HELP!}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and the result will be correct. Secondly, the tests are expandable. That may not always be relevant but it's very handy to be able to &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt; cases, or put them inside a &lt;code&gt;\write&lt;/code&gt;, rather than having to do the test, save the result and then apply it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(For those people willing to use &lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt;, I've described the functions &lt;code&gt;\prg_case_tl:Nnn&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\prg_case_str:nnn&lt;/code&gt;. You can load &lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt; and use these without needing to go through all of that detail!)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-20T19:37:23.967" LastActivityDate="2010-09-20T19:37:23.967" />
  <row Id="3322" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-20T19:38:56.437" Score="4" ViewCount="253" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to convert a colored image to grayscale both for printing as well as screen viewing through pdfLaTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-09-20T20:13:54.160" Title="Is there a way to convert an image to grayscale?" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="3323" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3324" CreationDate="2010-09-20T19:43:48.150" Score="2" ViewCount="405" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am wondering if it is possible in LaTeX to generally adjust the spacing before and after math in the align environment from &lt;em&gt;AMSmath&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From the Mathmode-guide (by Herbert Voss) I gather that \belowdisplayskip and friends should do the job, but manipulating them doesn't yield any visible results.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1040" LastEditorUserId="1040" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-20T19:55:00.107" LastActivityDate="2010-09-20T19:55:00.107" Title="Vertical space before and after align environment" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;amsmath&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3324" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3323" CreationDate="2010-09-20T19:54:38.220" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It has a pretty clear effect to me:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\hrule&#xA;\begin{align}&#xA;f(x)&amp;amp;=x&#xA;\end{align}&#xA;\hrule&#xA;\vskip1cm&#xA;\belowdisplayskip=0pt&#xA;\hrule&#xA;\begin{align}&#xA;f(x)&amp;amp;=x&#xA;\end{align}&#xA;\hrule&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can you provide a minimal working example where it doesn't?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-09-20T19:54:38.220" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3325" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3322" CreationDate="2010-09-20T20:13:54.160" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would suggest using a tool like &quot;convert&quot; of the ImageMagick package (which is usually installed if you're running linux, but is also available for windows). &lt;a href=&quot;http://imagemagick.org/script/index.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://imagemagick.org/script/index.php&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm just looking into whether this is possible..&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;edit:&#xA;And indeed it is :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;convert -colorspace gray originalfile outputfile&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1040" LastActivityDate="2010-09-20T20:13:54.160" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="3326" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-20T20:22:18.340" Score="2" ViewCount="149" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a tex file created by someone else which redefines commands of the algorithmic package to translate them to the Portuguese language. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\algorithmicwhile}{\textbf{enquanto}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is used to replace the word &lt;strong&gt;while&lt;/strong&gt; by &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;enquanto&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, which is the translation of while to Portuguese.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I am getting errors when I invoke &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand&lt;/code&gt; for the following lines:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\algorithmicand}{\textbf{e}}&#xA;\renewcommand{\algorithmicor}{\textbf{ou}}&#xA;\renewcommand{\algorithmicto}{\textbf{até}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's the error for the first line:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! LaTeX Error: \algorithmicand undefined.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Do I get this error because &lt;code&gt;\algorithmicand&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\algorithmicor&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;\algorithmicto&lt;/code&gt; are not included the algorithmic package? Is it ok for me to use the &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand&lt;/code&gt; in this case?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="252" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-05T12:44:39.593" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T12:44:39.593" Title="Is \algorithmicand a standard command in the algorithmic package?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;algorithms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3327" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3329" CreationDate="2010-09-20T20:38:00.463" Score="8" ViewCount="559" Body="&lt;p&gt;It seems that the memoir class automatically avoids numbering subsection headings. Chapter and section titles are numbered, but subsection headings contain only the subsection name, and are not prefixed by the subsection number. Why is this the case, and more importantly, how do I turn subsection numbering back on?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1208" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T12:49:52.167" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T12:49:52.167" Title="Subsection numbers in memoir" Tags="&lt;numbering&gt;&lt;memoir&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3328" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3326" CreationDate="2010-09-20T20:44:41.003" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You may look up the definition of a command &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt; (including if it is defined at all) with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\show\foo&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A test for &lt;code&gt;\algorithmicand&lt;/code&gt; reveals that it is indeed defined by the &lt;code&gt;algorithmic&lt;/code&gt; package. Redefining it also works.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{algorithmic}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\show\algorithmicand&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand{\algorithmicand}{\textbf{e}}&#xA;&#xA;\algorithmicand&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You should provide a minimum example that produces the error described by you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-09-20T20:44:41.003" />
  <row Id="3329" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3327" CreationDate="2010-09-20T21:03:19.890" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The counter &lt;code&gt;secnumdepth&lt;/code&gt; controls &quot;[t]he level number of the least significant sectional unit with numbered headings&quot; (Lamport, LaTeX: A document preparation system, p. 176). The memoir class sets &lt;code&gt;secnumdepth&lt;/code&gt; to 1 (section), so you should change this to 2 (subsection). Alternatively, you may use the memoir command &lt;code&gt;\setsecnumdepth&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{memoir}&#xA;&#xA;\setcounter{secnumdepth}{2}% alternative A&#xA;% \setsecnumdepth{subsection}% alternative B&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{bla}&#xA;&#xA;\section{blubb}&#xA;&#xA;\subsection{foo}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-09-20T21:03:19.890" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3330" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3332" CreationDate="2010-09-20T23:11:15.547" Score="1" ViewCount="69" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have an align like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{align*}&#xA;\sigma &amp;amp;= \sqrt{\sum_x \left[ (x-\mu_x)^2\mathbf{f}(x) \right] } = \sqrt{\frac{1}{10}\sum_x (x-\mu_x)^2 } \\&#xA; &amp;amp;= \sqrt{\frac{1}{10}(&#xA;    (0-.45)^2 + (1-.45)^2 + (2-.45)^2 + (3-.45)^2 + (4-.45)^2 +&#xA;     (5-.45)^2 + (6-.45)^2 + (7-.45)^2 + (8-.45)^2 + (9-.45)^2 } \\&#xA; &amp;amp;= \sqrt{24.6525}&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, this goes off the edge of the page. I wanted to create a multiline inside the middle square root symbol, so I tried this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{align*}&#xA;\sigma &amp;amp;= \sqrt{\sum_x \left[ (x-\mu_x)^2\mathbf{f}(x) \right] } = \sqrt{\frac{1}{10}\sum_x (x-\mu_x)^2 } \\&#xA; &amp;amp;= \sqrt{\frac{1}{10}(&#xA;    \begin{split} (0-.45)^2 + (1-.45)^2 + (2-.45)^2 + (3-.45)^2 + (4-.45)^2 + \\&#xA;     (5-.45)^2 + (6-.45)^2 + (7-.45)^2 + (8-.45)^2 + (9-.45)^2 } \end{split} \\&#xA; &amp;amp;= \sqrt{24.6525}&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but this gives me errors about mismatched curly braces.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ideally, I would have something exactly like \frac, except which did not draw the horizontal line between it's operands.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="192" LastActivityDate="2010-09-20T23:38:43.180" Title="How can I create a multi line split inside of a radical inside of an array environment?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;align&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="3331" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3334" CreationDate="2010-09-20T23:16:35.160" Score="10" ViewCount="251" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm preparing a document that requires the body of the text and the references to be separate PDF files.  Of course, the bibliography comes from \bibliograpy command and the text citations come from \cite command.. you need both to be present in order for BibTeX to work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have been typesetting the document and then breaking it apart with pdftk(1) -- but that is annoying and requires me to know page numbering.  Is there a TeX-only way to do it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="987" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-06T16:28:28.300" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T16:28:28.300" Title="How do I [simply] typeset a bibliography as a separate PDF?" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;pdf&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3332" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3330" CreationDate="2010-09-20T23:38:43.180" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\sqrt{\frac{1}{10}&#xA;\begin{aligned}&#xA;  ( &amp;amp; (0-.45)^2 + (1-.45)^2 + (2-.45)^2 + (3-.45)^2 + (4-.45)^2 +\\&#xA;   &amp;amp; (5-.45)^2 + (6-.45)^2 + (7-.45)^2 + (8-.45)^2 + (9-.45)^2 ) &#xA;\end{aligned}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This works just like &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt; but is only usable inside math mode.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There's also &lt;code&gt;gathered&lt;/code&gt; which works like &lt;code&gt;gather&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="401" LastActivityDate="2010-09-20T23:38:43.180" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3333" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2483" CreationDate="2010-09-20T23:56:01.243" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I recently discovered the package &lt;code&gt;arrayjobx&lt;/code&gt; (nee arrayjob) which has transformed my TeX usage.  Linked lists and indexed references are very simple to do.  Arrays combined with &lt;code&gt;fp&lt;/code&gt; have allowed me to manage numerical data in TeX for display.  Reading the code for &lt;code&gt;arrayjobx&lt;/code&gt; was also very enlightening.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{arrayjobx}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\usepackage{trimspaces}&#xA;\def\trimspace#1{\trim@spaces@in{#1}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\newarray\MyData&#xA;&#xA;\readarray{MyData}{%&#xA;Years       &amp;amp; 1996 &amp;amp; 1997 &amp;amp; 1998 &amp;amp; 1999 &amp;amp; 2000 &amp;amp;%&#xA;Revenues    &amp;amp; 1034 &amp;amp; 1226 &amp;amp; 1445 &amp;amp; 1503 &amp;amp; 1992 &amp;amp;%&#xA;Costs       &amp;amp; 668  &amp;amp; 706  &amp;amp; 813  &amp;amp; 946  &amp;amp; 1010  }&#xA;\dataheight=6&#xA;&#xA;\def\returnHeading(#1){\checkMyData(#1,1)\trimspace\cachedata \cachedata}&#xA;\def\returnYear(#1){\checkMyData(1,#1)\trimspace\cachedata \cachedata}&#xA;\def\returnData(#1){\expandafter\checkMyData(#1)\trimspace\cachedata \cachedata}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\def\mycolumn{3}&#xA;\def\myrow{2}&#xA;&#xA;Our expected \returnHeading(\myrow) in \returnYear(\mycolumn) were &#xA;\$\returnData(\myrow,\mycolumn).&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, I am not familiar with the packages mentioned in other answers.  Maybe they render arrayjob obsolete.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="987" LastActivityDate="2010-09-20T23:56:01.243" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3334" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3331" CreationDate="2010-09-20T23:57:12.887" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure if this is exactly what you want, but if you have &lt;code&gt;foo.bbl&lt;/code&gt; from running BibTeX, then you can make a simple document which typesets just the bibliography.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\input{foo.bbl}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To have the bibliography not appear in your main document, use the following.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{comment}&#xA;\excludecomment{thebibliography}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;This is wrong. (I'd completely forgotten that I'd given this answer.) As is noted in the comments, doing this breaks things. A friend asked me how to do this just the other day and the solution I gave her is better, but I'm not sure that it's the best way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{\setbox0\vbox{\bibliography{foo}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This typesets the bibliography in a vertical box and stores it in box register 0. Then the group ends and box 0 is restored.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-20T12:50:30.967" LastActivityDate="2010-12-20T12:50:30.967" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="3335" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3316" CreationDate="2010-09-21T00:07:04.267" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;AFAIK, such a XML mapping does not exist. The dblatex project (which, in spite of its name, also supports context) provides some mappings for DocBook. However, even that has not been updated in almost a year, during which time ConTeXt has added a completely new and much more efficient way of typesetting XML. See this &lt;a href=&quot;http://dl.contextgarden.net/myway/tas/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;My Way&lt;/a&gt; for an environment for XHTML. You may also want to ask at the context mailing list to check if someone has already written such a converter for TEI.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT:&lt;/strong&gt; There is a &lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.contextgarden.net/TEI_xml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;wiki page&lt;/a&gt; on TEI now&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastEditorUserId="323" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-12T17:00:21.400" LastActivityDate="2010-10-12T17:00:21.400" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3336" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3339" CreationDate="2010-09-21T01:26:11.000" Score="10" ViewCount="364" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've noticed that \catcode is poorly documented in the TeXbook.  The primitive is defined as \catcode but every time it is used, it is used as \catcode` .. the backquote is never discussed.  ` itself is not active (right?) so I don't understand its function.. is it required for \catcode to work properly?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[To complicate matters, ` IS an active character on stackexchange :) ]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="987" LastActivityDate="2010-09-21T11:30:25.220" Title="Is it \catcode or \catcode`?" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3337" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3331" CreationDate="2010-09-21T01:43:21.197" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I actually like the other solution better (and have so voted), but if you wanted to stick with pdftk, one option would be to use synctex to determine on what page the bibliography started, set that to a variable which is then passed to pdftk.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On linux or unix (probably) mac, e.g., you might use a script like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;#!/bin/bash&#xA;&#xA;# first, process the file&#xA;pdflatex -interaction=nonstopmode -synctex=1 myfile.tex &#xA;bibtex myfile&#xA;pdflatex -interaction=nonstopmode -synctex=1 myfile.tex&#xA;pdflatex -interaction=nonstopmode -synctex=1 myfile.tex&#xA;# now check where the bibliography starts&#xA;bibpage=$(synctex view -i 1:1:&quot;myfile.bbl&quot; -o &quot;myfile.pdf&quot; | grep -m1 'Page:' | sed 's/Page://')&#xA;# now call pdftk to break it apart&#xA;pdftk A=myfile.pdf cat A1-$((endpage - 1)) output myfile-body.pdf&#xA;pdftk A=myfile.pdf cat A${bibpage}-end output myfile-bibliography.pdf&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or something of that nature.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastEditorUserId="411" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-21T01:50:57.397" LastActivityDate="2010-09-21T01:50:57.397" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3338" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3790" CreationDate="2010-09-21T01:43:43.807" Score="4" ViewCount="340" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there an intelligent way to left-align the parts right of &amp;amp; of the two cases environments shown below (if x &gt;= 0, otherwise, if y &amp;lt; 0, otherwise). I wonder if there is a better way than using manual spaces:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{align*}&#xA; u(x) &amp;amp;=&#xA;  \begin{cases}&#xA;   0        &amp;amp; \text{if } x \geq 0 \\&#xA;   1        &amp;amp; \text{otherwise}&#xA;  \end{cases}&#xA;  \\&#xA; \tau &amp;amp;=&#xA;  \begin{cases}&#xA;   a+b+c+d  &amp;amp; \text{if } y &amp;lt; 0 \\&#xA;   1        &amp;amp; \text{otherwise}&#xA;  \end{cases}&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Ofp3T.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1236" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-21T02:09:57.807" LastActivityDate="2010-10-05T14:23:21.867" Title="Aligning the right parts in multiple \begin{cases}" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;align&gt;&lt;amsmath&gt;&lt;braces&gt;&lt;cases&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="3339" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3336" CreationDate="2010-09-21T01:58:15.387" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The backquote notation is discussed in the TeXbook, page 44.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\catcode&lt;/code&gt; takes as its first argument the character code of the character you want to change the catcode of. For example,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\catcode65=\active&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will make ‘A’ an active character.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Instead of inserting the number ‘65’ directly, TeX allows the character code of a character to be inserted with the backtick notation you're referring to:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\catcode`A=\active&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You need to escape the character if it happens to have a special catcode, though: &lt;code&gt;`\%&lt;/code&gt;, for instance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This backtick notation can be used wherever TeX expects a number. E.g.,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\number`A&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will typeset ‘65’.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-21T11:30:25.220" LastActivityDate="2010-09-21T11:30:25.220" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="3340" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3342" CreationDate="2010-09-21T02:53:50.283" Score="12" ViewCount="234" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use LaTeX to type up my homework, but as I work I often need to pop things into &lt;em&gt;Mathematica&lt;/em&gt; (or manually type them in, or manually use my Ti-89, etc)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Currently, I've been manually translating things like &lt;code&gt;\frac{a}{b}&lt;/code&gt; into (a/b) for &lt;em&gt;Mathematica&lt;/em&gt;'s consumption... is there a tool out there which does this automagically?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="192" LastEditorUserId="93" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-21T17:40:21.680" LastActivityDate="2010-09-21T17:40:21.680" Title="Does a tool exist which can take a LaTeX equation and convert it to a format suitable for evaluation in Wolfram's Mathematica?" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;latex-general&gt;&lt;mathematica&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="3341" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3015" CreationDate="2010-09-21T04:19:51.887" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you are too lazy to type &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt; at the end of each input line (or you think it looks ugly to do so), then a sneaky trick is to redefine &lt;code&gt;\endlinechar&lt;/code&gt;. Another trick is to set the catcode of &lt;code&gt;^^M&lt;/code&gt; to 9 (ignore). In these cases if you &lt;strong&gt;do&lt;/strong&gt; want a space at the end of the line you have to use &quot;&lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt;&quot; (space percent) at the line ending.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{%&#xA;a%&#xA;  b%&#xA;     c&#xA;d&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is equivalent to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{\endlinechar=-1&#xA;a&#xA;  b&#xA;    c %&#xA;d&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is equivalent to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{\catcode`\^^M=9&#xA;a&#xA;  b&#xA;    c %&#xA;d&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is equivalent to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{abc d}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-09-21T04:19:51.887" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3342" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3340" CreationDate="2010-09-21T05:01:27.240" Score="19" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mathematica can do this itself: &lt;code&gt;ToExpression[&quot;\\frac{a}{b}&quot;, TeXForm]&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The mathematica frontend will automatically perform the necessary doubling of the backslashes so long as you are pasting into a string (ie, put the cursor between quotes &lt;code&gt;&quot;&quot;&lt;/code&gt; before pasting)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You didn't ask, but you can also go the other way mathematica-&gt;Tex: &lt;code&gt;TeXForm[a/b]&lt;/code&gt; gives &lt;code&gt;\frac{a}{b}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also use a mixture of TeX and mathematica in a file &lt;code&gt;document.mtex&lt;/code&gt; and use the mathematica &lt;code&gt;Splice[&quot;document.mtex&quot;]&lt;/code&gt; command to replace &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;*&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;*&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; delimited mathematica input by TeXForm mathematica output. Eg:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;The derivative of $x^x$ is $&amp;lt;*D[x^x,x]*&amp;gt;$.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Splices to:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;The derivative of $x^x$ is $x^x (\log (x)+1)$.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastEditorUserId="627" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-21T05:21:03.330" LastActivityDate="2010-09-21T05:21:03.330" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3343" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3316" CreationDate="2010-09-21T07:25:22.773" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The problem with this question is that you are essentially asking for an XSLT transformation straight to your desired layout. There cannot be a clean solution to that, as the 'your desired layout' part is specific to &lt;em&gt;you&lt;/em&gt;. TEI only defines structure, not visual appearance, so the appearance part has to come from somewhere else.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to make full use of ConTeXt as a typesetting engine, then you will have to write your own module. But, on the other hand, if you are OK in loosing some of the power of ConTeXt, you could search for an external XSLT transformation to convert the TEI to XSL-FO. ConTeXt does come with built-in support modules for XML Formatting Objects, no need to install anything special (although it only works under pdftex at the moment, nobody has updated the subsystem for luatex yet).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See &lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.contextgarden.net/XML&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this wiki page&lt;/a&gt; for a pointer into the XML support in ConTeXt.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-09-21T07:25:22.773" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3344" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3274" CreationDate="2010-09-21T07:58:15.780" Score="22" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Briefly, LaTeX consists of several layers. (Those who were actually involved in LaTeX's development, please feel free to correct me.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The lowest layer is the three hundred or so TeX primitives such as &lt;code&gt;\hbox&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\vskip&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On top of this, there is the LaTeX kernel. This is a set of macros such as &lt;code&gt;\documentclass&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\usepackage&lt;/code&gt;, or &lt;code&gt;\begin&lt;/code&gt;. The source of the kernel is documented in the &lt;em&gt;source2e&lt;/em&gt; document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Each document written in LaTeX begins (more or less) with &lt;code&gt;\documentclass{foo}&lt;/code&gt; which loads the file &lt;code&gt;foo.cls&lt;/code&gt;, for example &lt;code&gt;article.cls&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;book.cls&lt;/code&gt;. This file is another set of macros, this time written using a combination of TeX primitives and macros from the LaTeX kernel. These class files can also load another class to extend it or modify the macros from that class. It can also load packages which are up next.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;LaTeX packages—that is, files ending in .sty (and their related files)—are additional sets of macros written using any combination of macros from lower levels. Some are specific to particular document classes, others are more general. These packages can be loaded using &lt;code&gt;\usepackage&lt;/code&gt; from user documents, or &lt;code&gt;\RequirePackage&lt;/code&gt; from classes and other packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At the highest level, the users' documents use a class file and optionally packages. As I'm sure you're aware, these documents contain macros written using any combination of TeX primitives and class- and package-defined macros as well as the prose, verse, and mathematics to be typeset.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is a lot more detail that one could go into regarding things like fonts and class and package options, but this isn't so &quot;brief&quot; after all.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One final point, Knuth wrote TeX as well as the plain TeX macro package—a set of about 600 macros that make typesetting far easier than using just TeX's primitives. LaTeX was originally written by Leslie Lamport. LaTeX 2e—the most recent version—was also written by Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, Alan Jeffrey, Frank Mittelbach, Chris Rowley, and Rainer Schöpf.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-12T04:02:53.427" LastActivityDate="2010-11-12T04:02:53.427" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3345" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3353" CreationDate="2010-09-21T09:07:29.037" Score="6" ViewCount="684" Body="&lt;p&gt;On a beamer slide, I want to produce something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://mathurl.com/39v9kou.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I use the following LaTeX code, which works well in LaTeX with the article class.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{minipage}[t]{1.4cm}&#xA;Questions:&#xA;\end{minipage}\nobreak&#xA;\begin{minipage}[t]{9cm}&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;\item 1st question;&#xA;\item 2nd question.&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With the beamer class, however, I don't get the horizontal alignment correct: There is some additional vertical space above the itemize environment, and I don't manage to remove it. (Is it some &lt;code&gt;\topsep&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\partopsep&lt;/code&gt;? I tried the package enumitem, but this only made things worse.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is a good way to solve this problem? Are there fixes for the &lt;code&gt;itemize&lt;/code&gt;, or should I use a totally different approach?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT1:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;OK, with Juan's help I have father pinpointed the problem. Let me first elaborate on what the remaining alignment problem is: Yes, Juan, you're right, at the first sight it seems to be pixel perfect. But if you &lt;em&gt;really&lt;/em&gt; magnify (3000% or so), then you see that it isn't. It gets worse and much easier visible if you change &quot;1st question&quot; to &quot;1st question $(*)$&quot;. You get perfect alignment if you change &quot;1st question&quot; to &quot;Questions:&quot; (really helpful ...). So the contents of the first &lt;code&gt;\item&lt;/code&gt; really matters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've checked with article class; there the alignment is 100% perfect. A very funny thing: In this case you &lt;em&gt;mustn't&lt;/em&gt; use the &lt;code&gt;\vspace{0pt}&lt;/code&gt; hack since it destroys the desired alignment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT2:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Juan's answer provides a great fix for my problem, but to me it doesn't seem like the final solution. Is this strange behaviour of the beamer class a bug or a feature?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-23T08:10:25.703" LastActivityDate="2010-09-23T08:10:25.703" Title="In beamer class, how do I remove the additional vertical space before an itemize environment?" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;itemize&gt;&lt;minipage&gt;&lt;horizontal-alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3346" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3274" CreationDate="2010-09-21T11:37:25.800" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You have TeX which is a typesetting engine, the real binary program that you invoke when you typeset a *TeX document. TeX has a macro programming language that is used to write &quot;packages&quot; i.e. collection of macros to simplify certain tasks. LaTeX is a macro package written in TeX macros and is set to achieve certain goals (other common macro package are plain TeX which was written by Knuth himself, Texinfo the official GNU documentation system, and ConTeXt which is general purpose typesetting system).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastActivityDate="2010-09-21T11:37:25.800" />
  <row Id="3347" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3350" CreationDate="2010-09-21T12:55:48.687" Score="5" ViewCount="158" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is &lt;code&gt;plus0pt&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;minus0pt&lt;/code&gt; automatically added if I write, e.g.,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setlength{\abovedisplayskip}{1em}&#xA;\setlength{\jot}{0pt}&#xA;\setlength{\parsep}{0pt}&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1236" LastEditorUserId="1236" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-21T13:09:29.107" LastActivityDate="2010-09-21T13:40:17.550" Title="Does {1em} mean {1em plus0pt minus0pt}?" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;&lt;horizontal-alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="3348" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3086" CreationDate="2010-09-21T13:02:50.250" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Got it. Back when I wasn't using Reftex I had to add this line to my &lt;em&gt;.emacs&lt;/em&gt; file:&#xA;&lt;code&gt;(add-hook 'LaTeX-mode-hook (lambda () (LaTeX-add-environments '(&quot;align&quot; LaTeX-env-label))))&lt;/code&gt; because auctex alone didn't recognize the &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt; environment. Now that I'm using Reftex, this line was causing it to misbehave. Removing it solved my problem. The shortcut that does what I was asking for is: &lt;kbd&gt;Alt&lt;/kbd&gt;+&lt;kbd&gt;Enter&lt;/kbd&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1074" LastActivityDate="2010-09-21T13:02:50.250" />
  <row Id="3349" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3347" CreationDate="2010-09-21T13:11:37.870" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Semantically, yes, but not syntactically: &lt;code&gt;\hbox to 10pt&lt;/code&gt; doesn't &lt;em&gt;expand&lt;/em&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\hbox to 10pt plus 0pt minus 0pt&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-09-21T13:11:37.870" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3350" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3347" CreationDate="2010-09-21T13:40:17.550" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Only if TeX expects a glue. Lengths with &lt;code&gt;skip&lt;/code&gt; in the name are always glues (unless the programmer is a bit crazy). But there are some other length &quot;variables&quot;. For example &lt;code&gt;\hsize&lt;/code&gt; accepts a ⟨dimen⟩, for example &lt;code&gt;\hsize 4in&lt;/code&gt;. There the plus and minus do not apply. Charles has shown the example of &lt;code&gt;\hbox&lt;/code&gt; that accepts a ⟨dimen⟩ as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See chapter 24 of the TeXbook for a complete definition.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="243" LastActivityDate="2010-09-21T13:40:17.550" />
  <row Id="3351" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3312" CreationDate="2010-09-21T13:45:59.883" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;hyperref&lt;/a&gt; can help you to do pretty much all what you're asking for. Have a look at it's documentation (e.g. by running &lt;code&gt;texdoc hyperref&lt;/code&gt; on a command line) and have a close look at the section on “Additional user macros”. Here are some macro definitions to get you started:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\mychapter}[2][???]{\chapter{#2}\label{#1}}&#xA;\newcommand{\verylongref}[1]{%&#xA;  \hyperref[#1]{\autoref*{#1} with title `\nameref*{#1}' in page \pageref*{#1}}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\mychapter[hello]{Hello World}&#xA;&#xA;This is \verylongref{hello}.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that the &lt;code&gt;\mychapter&lt;/code&gt; command has the interface you we're looking for, but it has two problems: the “optional” argument is not really optional since (of course) you &lt;em&gt;do&lt;/em&gt; need a label to assign to the chapter; and, moreover, &lt;code&gt;\chapter&lt;/code&gt; already had an optional argument (which is used as a short title for running headers) and now it's no longer accessible with the &lt;code&gt;\mychapter&lt;/code&gt; command. Maybe it's better just to keep writing &lt;code&gt;\chapter{..}\label{..}&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-09-21T13:45:59.883" />
  <row Id="3352" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3345" CreationDate="2010-09-21T14:12:31.200" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For the vertical spacing try the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;enumitem&lt;/a&gt; package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{itemize}[noitemsep,nolistsep]&#xA;\item 1st question;&#xA;\item 2nd question.&#xA;\end\{itemize}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;you can adjust the vertical and horizontal spacing with the directives in that package&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="277" LastActivityDate="2010-09-21T14:12:31.200" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3353" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3345" CreationDate="2010-09-21T14:50:23.393" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have no clue why, but the following seems to fix the problem&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{minipage}[t]{2cm}\vspace{0pt}&#xA;Questions:&#xA;\end{minipage}\nobreak&#xA;\begin{minipage}[t]{5cm}&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;\item 1st question;&#xA;\item 2nd question.&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note the added &lt;code&gt;\vspace&lt;/code&gt; at the beginning of the first minipage. The problem isn't really a space before the &lt;code&gt;itemize&lt;/code&gt; (you can see this by wrapping each minipage on an &lt;code&gt;\fbox&lt;/code&gt;), but somehow beamer gets different “tops” for the minipage with the &lt;code&gt;itemize&lt;/code&gt; and the one starting with a regular paragraph, making them look misaligned. Maybe someone with more experience in beamer's internals can figure out what is going on?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt; The above solution almost works, but not quite. It seems to be bitten by what I call “Beamer's vertical alignment problem”. The problem seems to be that, in some situations, beamer aligns the absolute “tops” of pieces of text. For example the tops of “aaa” and “ttt” lie at very different levels, and if one aligns the tops, the baselines get misaligned. A solution is to use &lt;code&gt;\vphantom&lt;/code&gt; and fake the “top” of each piece of text to a common maximum. For example, the following seems to work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{minipage}[t]{1.4cm}\vspace{0pt}&#xA;Questions:\vphantom{(}&#xA;\end{minipage}\nobreak&#xA;\begin{minipage}[t]{9cm}&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;\item 1st question $(*)$;&#xA;\item 2nd question.&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-22T20:00:33.760" LastActivityDate="2010-09-22T20:00:33.760" CommentCount="11" />
  <row Id="3354" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3360" CreationDate="2010-09-21T16:20:40.827" Score="3" ViewCount="154" Body="&lt;p&gt;In ConTeXt, I have text that is say 5cm wide. Once in a while I'd like to have a table or an image that sticks out of the right margin and is for example 10 cm wide. My idea is to have something like &lt;code&gt;\startnarrower&lt;/code&gt;, just the opposite way. So what is the best approach to that? I have not specified my layout yet, so I am open to any clean solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="243" LastEditorUserId="243" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-22T06:03:00.743" LastActivityDate="2010-09-22T19:34:17.040" Title="In ConTeXt: how to change the hsize locally?" Tags="&lt;context&gt;&lt;hsize&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3355" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2117" CreationDate="2010-09-21T18:05:42.723" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;What?&lt;/strong&gt; UK TeX Users' Group AGM and Speaker Meeting&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;When?&lt;/strong&gt; Saturday 16.10.2010, AGM at 2 pm, speaker day details still being finalised&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Where?&lt;/strong&gt; Birmingham, as part of &lt;a href=&quot;http://unconference2010.flossuk.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;FLOSS Unconference&lt;/a&gt; on same day&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Who?&lt;/strong&gt; TeX Users in the UK&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Why?&lt;/strong&gt; UK-TUG has a yearly AGM, and this is a rare opportunity to meet other TeX users in the UK.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;More details on the group website: &lt;a href=&quot;http://uk.tug.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://uk.tug.org/&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-21T18:26:45.937" LastActivityDate="2010-09-21T18:26:45.937" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-09-21T18:05:42.723" />
  <row Id="3356" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-21T18:45:03.500" Score="3" ViewCount="185" Body="&lt;p&gt;Environment:LaTeX&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb,amsopn}% read amsldoc.pdf for more details&#xA;%\genfrac{left-delim}{right-delim}{thickness}{mathstyle}{numerator}{denominator}&#xA;%\newcommand{\frac}[2]{\genfrac{}{}{}{}{#1}{#2}}&#xA;%\newcommand{\tfrac}[2]{\genfrac{}{}{}{1}{#1}{#2}}&#xA;%\newcommand{\binom}[2]{\genfrac{(}{)}{0pt}{}{#1}{#2}}&#xA;\newcommand[1]{\over}[1]{\genfrac{}{}{}{}{#1}{#2}}&#xA;\newcommand[1]{\tover}[1]{\genfrac{}{}{}{1}{#1}{#2}}&#xA;\newcommand[1]{\binomial}[1]{\genfrac{(}{)}{0pt}{}{#1}{#2}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How do I precede a command by an argument?&#xA;Preferably answer the question by fixing the last 3 lines of the example above.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: the reason I need to do this is to reduce the time necessary to write notes, for quick note taking. for instance:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%macros to make quick note taking easier all escapes try to keep at 3 chars or less&#xA;\def\t{\text }&#xA;\def\o{\over }&#xA;\def\to{\tover }&#xA;\def\part{\partial }&#xA;\def\({\left( }&#xA;\def\){\right) }&#xA;\def\[{\left[ }&#xA;\def\]{\right] }&#xA;\def\l{\left. }&#xA;\def\r{\right. }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;by adding this in addition to the desired abilities in the original question above it means I can type:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;${\part f \o \part x}$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;as opposed to:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$\tfrac{\partial f}{\partial x}$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1244" LastEditorUserId="1244" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-23T21:03:08.743" LastActivityDate="2010-09-23T21:03:08.743" Title="preceding a command by an argument" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;macros&gt;&lt;amsmath&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3357" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3356" CreationDate="2010-09-21T18:51:59.340" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can't, that I know of. The way that TeX does &lt;code&gt;\over&lt;/code&gt; is as a primitive not as a macro. You might consider some special environment that looks for the 'macro' as a delimited argument.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-09-21T18:51:59.340" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3358" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3303" CreationDate="2010-09-21T19:17:21.750" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Unless each member of the audience is expected to have a printed copy of the paper to follow while you do your presentation, I think it doesn't make a lot of sense to number your Figures/Tables in the presentation. How about just keeping something like &quot;Figure: Some short title&quot; with the standard captioning facilities from beamer?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If for some reason you &lt;em&gt;really, really&lt;/em&gt; want to include the number of each figure/table as it appeared on the original document, you could manually redefine &lt;code&gt;\figurename&lt;/code&gt; before issuing each &lt;code&gt;\caption&lt;/code&gt; command to include the appropriate number. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}&#xA;% your figure goes here&#xA;&#xA;\def\figurename{Figure 1}&#xA;\caption{Some short title}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-09-21T19:17:21.750" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3359" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3362" CreationDate="2010-09-21T21:10:15.617" Score="4" ViewCount="260" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am placing figures in a tabularx and I am having trouble getting them to embed properly. I keep getting an annoying spacer before the figure... Now if only this space could be split evenly before and after the figure I wouldn't mind, but it's always on the LEFT - no matter what I try (&gt;\centering didn't work &gt;\raggedright either).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Do you have any suggestions?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is my code and a screenshot : &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{table*}[t!]&#xA;%make things in tabularx columns vertically centered&#xA;\renewcommand{\tabularxcolumn}[1]{&amp;gt;{\small}m{#1}}&#xA;\newcolumntype{y}{&amp;gt;{\small\centering\arraybackslash}X}&#xA;\centerline{&#xA;\begin{small}&#xA;\begin{tabularx}{7in}{&amp;gt;{\small\raggedright\arraybackslash}p{0.05\textwidth}|y|y|y|y|y|y|y|y|}&#xA;Symbol  &amp;amp;&#xA;\includegraphics[width=0.70in]{../images/paper/charlie.jpg}&amp;amp;&#xA;\includegraphics[width=0.70in]{../images/paper/charlie.jpg}&amp;amp; &#xA;\includegraphics[width=0.70in]{../images/paper/charlie.jpg}&amp;amp; &#xA;\includegraphics[width=0.70in]{../images/paper/charlie.jpg}&amp;amp; &#xA;\includegraphics[width=0.70in]{../images/paper/charlie.jpg}&amp;amp; &#xA;\includegraphics[width=0.70in]{../images/paper/charlie.jpg}&amp;amp; &#xA;\includegraphics[width=0.70in]{../images/paper/charlie.jpg}&amp;amp; &#xA;\includegraphics[width=0.70in]{../images/paper/charlie.jpg}\\ \hline&#xA;B   &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; test &amp;amp; is text centered &amp;amp;&#xA;\end{tabularx}&#xA;\end{small}}&#xA;    \caption{RAAAAAAAAAGE}&#xA;    \label{tab:rage}    &#xA;\renewcommand{\tabularxcolumn}[1]{&amp;gt;{\small}p{#1}}&#xA;\end{table*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/JoxR0.png&quot; alt=&quot;Annoying spaces from hell.&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT : After some more toying around, I think these spaces are margins, and it's because my table is too crowded that they were omitted on the right side... so reducing the sizes of my images fixed the whole thing. Over! However if you have anything to add go ahead, I'll be glad to hear what you have to say!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here it is once I removed one column to make space... &#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/DWy2p.png&quot; alt=&quot;no more rage&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="10" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T23:53:33.543" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T23:53:33.543" Title="Always a space before embedded figures in table - how do I get rid of it?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;embedding&gt;&lt;tabularx&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="3360" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3354" CreationDate="2010-09-21T21:14:55.220" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think that the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pragma-ade.com/general/manuals/details.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;details manual&lt;/a&gt; has lots of ideas on how to &quot;bleed&quot; an image to margins. Also see &lt;a href=&quot;http://source.contextgarden.net/tex/context/base/pack-box.mkiv&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pack-box.mkiv&lt;/a&gt; for examples (search for bleed).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\startnarrower[-left]&#xA;\stopnarrower&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;for text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastEditorUserId="323" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-22T16:12:21.313" LastActivityDate="2010-09-22T16:12:21.313" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="3361" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3356" CreationDate="2010-09-21T22:10:57.303" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you only need this for primitives, then your definitions work (at least on the minimal example that I tested). However, note that you are redefining a lot of core LaTeX macros: &lt;code&gt;\part&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\(&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\[&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;\to&lt;/code&gt;. You can avoid some of these by using upper case names &lt;code&gt;\PART&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\TO&lt;/code&gt;, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another option is to have a look at the nath package, which allows for automatic scaling of delimiters (no need to define &lt;code&gt;\(' and&lt;/code&gt;[`). It also defines many other shortcuts for easy typesetting of math. Note that nath clashes with amsmath, so you can only use one of them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2010-09-21T22:10:57.303" />
  <row Id="3362" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3359" CreationDate="2010-09-21T22:32:15.537" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure what else can be said. You may be interested in controlling the tabcolsep parameter:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tabularx}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{c|c|c}&#xA;\colorbox{yellow}{point}&amp;amp; \colorbox{yellow}{point}&amp;amp;\colorbox{yellow}{point} \\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\setlength\tabcolsep{0pt}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{c|c|c}&#xA;\colorbox{red}{line}&amp;amp; \colorbox{blue}{line}&amp;amp;\colorbox{green}{line} \\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastActivityDate="2010-09-21T22:32:15.537" />
  <row Id="3363" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-22T00:27:31.283" Score="3" ViewCount="436" Body="&lt;p&gt;The TikZ documentation gives the following example for adding a label on an edge in a tree:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \node {r}&#xA;    child {node {t}&#xA;      edge from parent node {label}};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, I want to tweak the way the edges are drawn.  Namely, I want to be able to specify an arbirtary number of wires to link the two nodes.  I'm pretty close to it, but I get stuck when I want to label midway, as in the example.  My problem is with the following, stripped example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;[edge from parent path={%&#xA;  \foreach \n in {0} { (\tikzparentnode) -- (\tikzchildnode) }}]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When this tweak is put, the &lt;code&gt;label&lt;/code&gt; of the first example is stuck to the bottom of the picture.  My first idea was to add a portion of path so that the &lt;code&gt;node {label}&lt;/code&gt; can be attached to something.  The closest I can get to is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;[edge from parent path={%&#xA;  \foreach \n in {0} { (\tikzparentnode) -- (\tikzchildnode) };&#xA;  \path ($(\tikzparentnode)!.5!(\tikzchildnode)$)}]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This terminates the path and starts a new one.  Now, &lt;code&gt;label&lt;/code&gt; gets positioned at the right place.  But here is the odd thing.  Let's define a counter to see how many of those paths are actually drawn (the expected value being 1) :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcounter{cnt}\setcounter{cnt}{0}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}%&#xA;    [edge from parent path={%&#xA;      \pgfextra{\addtocounter{cnt}{1}}%&#xA;      \foreach \n in {0} { (\tikzparentnode) -- (\tikzchildnode) };&#xA;      \path ($(\tikzparentnode)!.5!(\tikzchildnode)$)}]&#xA;  \node (root) {r}&#xA;    child {node {t}&#xA;      edge from parent node {label}};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\arabic{cnt}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With my previous fix, the path is drawn... 2 times!  (I noticed that because with multiple wires, it is pretty obvious).  Also, if I put a semicolon immediately after &lt;code&gt;{label}&lt;/code&gt;, it seems that everything runs smoothly; trouble is, the usual syntax has to work too...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Summing up, my question is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;How can I redefine &lt;code&gt;edge from parent path&lt;/code&gt; so that I can use a &lt;code&gt;foreach&lt;/code&gt; in it, and still be able to place a label midway between the nodes?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="65" LastActivityDate="2010-09-22T00:27:31.283" Title="TikZ `edge from parent` followed by a node." Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;diagrams&gt;" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3364" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3359" CreationDate="2010-09-22T00:53:53.927" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You &lt;em&gt;do&lt;/em&gt; have a space before your pictures, just after the &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; (a newline, to be more precise).  I'm pretty sure just commenting it would do the job :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\includegraphics[width=0.70in]{../images/paper/charlie.jpg}&amp;amp;%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="65" LastActivityDate="2010-09-22T00:53:53.927" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3365" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3367" CreationDate="2010-09-22T02:29:34.510" Score="5" ViewCount="357" Body="&lt;p&gt;The documentation uses numeric citations instead, so maybe that's why that doesn't happen there. I can't change my citations to numeric ones though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1255" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-22T07:49:33.297" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T23:15:39.773" Title="Using abntcite, \citeauthor puts the author's name in caps. How can I fix it?" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;citing&gt;&lt;abntex&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="3366" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2110" CreationDate="2010-09-22T03:20:18.287" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Invisible formatting in MS Word. So many times I had the bullets of a list become italicized or differently sized because somewhere (before?, in the item?, after? - never figured it out) there was or used to be a formatting of that sort.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And then I had to make some last minute changes to a paper written in Word but I was at a machine that only had OpenOffice. It wrecked the formatting. It looked good in OO, but when I opened it in Word the next day, I realized how the paper was submitted (the prof had Word).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That was the last straw. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="564" LastActivityDate="2010-09-22T03:20:18.287" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-09-22T03:20:18.287" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3367" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3365" CreationDate="2010-09-22T07:43:10.607" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are two Bibtex style files as part of ABN-Tex: abnt-alf.bst, citating by name, and abnt-num.bst, citing by number.  I wrote the answer below assuming you want to use ABNT bibliography, but with names in title case, rather than all caps; I realise now that maybe you want to use numeric citing, in which case just specify the other bibliography style.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can't change the case used in the citation from your Latex document, because capitalisation is determined in the style file, &lt;a href=&quot;http://subversion.assembla.com/svn/revisao/ERS/abnt-alf.bst&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;abnt-alf.bst&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;FUNCTION {format.single.name}&#xA;{&#xA;s nameptr get.person 'r :=&#xA;abnt.last.names&#xA;  {r #1 &quot;{ll}{ jj}&quot; format.name$ &quot;u&quot; change.case$&#xA;   abnt.full.initials&#xA;    {r #1 &quot;{, ff}{ vv}&quot; format.name$ *}&#xA;    {r #1 &quot;{, f.}{ vv}&quot; format.name$ *}&#xA;  if$}&#xA;  {%r #1 is.composed.von {r #1 recompose.name 'r :=} 'skip$ if$&#xA;   r #1 &quot;{ll}&quot; format.name$&#xA;   #1 &quot;{ll}&quot; format.name$&#xA;   r #1 &quot;{ jj}&quot; format.name$ * &quot;u&quot; change.case$&#xA;   abnt.full.initials&#xA;    {r #1 &quot;{, ff}{ vv}&quot; format.name$ *&#xA;     r #1 &quot;{ll}&quot; format.name$&#xA;     #1 &quot;{ ff}{ vv}&quot; format.name$ *}&#xA;    {iso.author.punctuation&#xA;      {r #1 &quot;{, f{}}{ vv}&quot; format.name$ *}&#xA;      {r #1 &quot;{, f.}{ vv}&quot; format.name$ *} if$&#xA;     r #1 &quot;{ll}&quot; format.name$&#xA;     #1 &quot;{ f.}{ vv}&quot; format.name$ *}&#xA;  if$}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could use your own modified bst file: change the instances  &lt;code&gt;&quot;u&quot; change.case$&lt;/code&gt; (upper case the string) to &lt;code&gt;&quot;t&quot; change.case$&lt;/code&gt; (title case the string) and save it as a new file.  There may be other similar changes needed than the two quoted above.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-22T07:52:33.607" LastActivityDate="2010-09-22T07:52:33.607" />
  <row Id="3368" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2110" CreationDate="2010-09-22T09:22:43.063" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Before using LaTeX, I created documents in OpenOffice.org and made extensive use of its semantic markup to format text (basically, I have never used the &lt;code&gt;B&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;I&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;U&lt;/code&gt; buttons or the “font” selection in the formatting menu bar – I always created my own styles). Unfortunately, OOo had a few bugs that made this a real pain. Sometimes, changes in formatting were not adopted across the document. Sometimes, changes got mixed up.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Automatic references and figure numbering were also buggy as hell. Oh, and did I mention that I spent hours adjusting the word breaking and orphans to improve the overall look?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At some point I actually unzipped the document files (the &lt;code&gt;.odf&lt;/code&gt; files are just renamed &lt;code&gt;.zip&lt;/code&gt; containers) and edited the content XML manually to fix some wrongly nested markup.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So you can imagine that once I heard of LaTeX, my conversion was natural and immediate. But I was somewhat disappointed because LaTeX didn’t live up to my expectations of semantic markup: &lt;code&gt;\textit&lt;/code&gt;? &lt;code&gt;\textbf&lt;/code&gt;? Doesn’t sound very semantic to me. It took me some time to figure out that to work effectively in LaTeX, you need to define your own macros and use those. Once I learned this, I haven’t looked back.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2010-09-22T09:22:43.063" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-09-22T09:22:43.063" />
  <row Id="3369" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3259" CreationDate="2010-09-22T10:03:16.440" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;OK, now at least I understand why TeX likes to insert a pagebreak after a displayed equation, as I observed in the question. By accident I stumbled across TeX´s &lt;code&gt;\displaywidowpenalty&lt;/code&gt;, which defaults to 50. This means that a widow line after a display gets a penalty of 50, whereas the usual &lt;code&gt;\widowpenalty&lt;/code&gt; defaults to 150. Thus, a possible answer to my question is: globally set &lt;code&gt;\displaywidowpenalty=100&lt;/code&gt;. This seems to be better than my idea of increasing &lt;code&gt;\postdisplaypenalty&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-23T07:50:10.440" LastActivityDate="2010-09-23T07:50:10.440" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3370" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3365" CreationDate="2010-09-22T11:07:07.353" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you don't like to change the style file, you could prevent the capitalization if you enclose the author's name in additional braces, in your &lt;code&gt;.bib&lt;/code&gt; file, like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;author = {{Knuth}},&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;author = {D. {Knuth}},&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or the like, depending on your needs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-09-22T11:07:07.353" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3371" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3460" CreationDate="2010-09-22T15:09:55.143" Score="8" ViewCount="345" Body="&lt;p&gt;By default, the list environments (such as &lt;code&gt;itemize&lt;/code&gt;) has the nice property that if you add a blank line after it, it starts a new paragraph, and if you don't, the paragraph continues. So &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;The following objects&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;\item car&#xA;\item tree&#xA;\item pupil&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;are countable.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will produce one paragraph, while&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Here's a list of uncountable objects:&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;\item hair&#xA;\item rice&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;&#xA;And now for something completely different&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;gives two paragraphs. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the theorem type environments (I use the theorems from &lt;code&gt;amsart&lt;/code&gt; class), no matter what I do after &lt;code&gt;\end{&amp;lt;theorem type&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt;, the paragraph breaks. Is there a way to make it behave like &lt;code&gt;itemize&lt;/code&gt; (so that page breaking depends on whether I insert a blank line after the environment)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt; Since both of the answers so far enquires to why I want this behaviour, rather than the default, let me clarify a bit. I agree that it looks weird to state a theorem in the middle of a paragraph. But I actually want to use the behaviour for (short) definitions or setting of notations. For example, I may write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;For the purposes of this monograph, all functions are infinitely differentiable. &#xA;That is, we usually work in the space&#xA;\begin{definition}&#xA;$C^\infty(\Real^k) \eqdef$ the space of complex-valued smooth functions.&#xA;\end{definition}&#xA;Often, however, we wish to ignore complications ``from infinity'', i.e.~from &#xA;the non-compactness of $\Real^k$. In these situations we want to use&#xA;\begin{definition}&#xA;$\mathcal{D} = C^\infty_c(\Real^k) \eqdef$ the space of complex-valued &#xA;smooth functions with compact support.&#xA;\end{definition}&#xA;Since one of our main tools will be the Fourier transform, the above definition &#xA;is not always satisfactory: the Fourier transform of a function in &#xA;$C^\infty_c(\Real^k)$ will necessarily not be in the same space by the &#xA;uncertainty principle. So a better space is&#xA;\begin{definition}&#xA;$\mathcal{S}\eqdef$ the space of complex-valued smooth functions with rapid &#xA;decay. That is, all functions $f$ such that $x^\alpha D^\beta f$ remain &#xA;bounded for all multi-indices $\alpha,\beta$. &#xA;\end{definition}&#xA;For convenience, we will also introduce the notations&#xA;\begin{definition}&#xA;$\mathcal{D}' \eqdef$ the space of distributions, or continuous linear maps &#xA;from $\mathcal{D}$ to $\Complex$; and similarly $\mathcal{S}' \eqdef$ the &#xA;space of \emph{tempered} distributions. &#xA;\end{definition}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I find the jagged edge caused by the indentation unpleasant. So no, this is not just an idle question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastEditorUserId="119" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-24T17:42:32.513" LastActivityDate="2010-09-24T22:09:05.080" Title="How to prevent paragraph breaks after theorem environments?" Tags="&lt;environments&gt;&lt;theorems&gt;&lt;paragraphs&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3372" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3374" CreationDate="2010-09-22T18:15:01.510" Score="13" ViewCount="259" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know I've seen somewhere how to typeset 1/2 as ½, but with arbitrary fractions (that is, a macro that takes two arguments and makes the first denominator and the second numerator...). Now I can't seem to find it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;How do I typeset an arbitrary fraction the same way as ½?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="223" LastActivityDate="2010-09-25T00:45:09.380" Title="How do I typeset arbitrary fractions like the standard symbol for .5 = ½?" Tags="&lt;fractions&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="3373" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3372" CreationDate="2010-09-22T18:20:30.200" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Perhaps &lt;code&gt;nicefrac&lt;/code&gt; is something you want to use?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{nicefrac}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\nicefrac{12}{3}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="243" LastActivityDate="2010-09-22T18:20:30.200" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3374" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3372" CreationDate="2010-09-22T18:25:02.733" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You want &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/xfrac&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;xfrac&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{xfrac}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\sfrac{12}{3}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are differences between &lt;code&gt;xfrac&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;nicefrac&lt;/code&gt; (detailed in the manual for &lt;code&gt;xfrac&lt;/code&gt;), particular if you are using fonts other than CM.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-22T18:34:09.770" LastActivityDate="2010-09-22T18:34:09.770" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3375" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3371" CreationDate="2010-09-22T18:33:58.760" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Not really answering your question, but it kind of looks funny if you state a theorem right in the middle of a paragraph, no?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anyway, if you would like to do that in the odd case, would it be enough to fake it with a &lt;code&gt;\noindent&lt;/code&gt;? Unless you have some modifications in your document layout, the spacing seems to be the same as, say, a &lt;code&gt;quote&lt;/code&gt; in the middle of a paragraph. Compare:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{amsthm}&#xA;\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Someone said&#xA;\begin{quote}&#xA;Some funny quote.&#xA;\end{quote}&#xA;and it was quite funny.&#xA;&#xA;Someone proved&#xA;\begin{theorem}&#xA;Some interesting theorem.&#xA;\end{theorem}&#xA;\noindent&#xA;and it was quite interesting.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-09-22T18:33:58.760" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3376" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3356" CreationDate="2010-09-22T18:38:33.083" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This doesn't directly answer your question, but how about this hack for typesetting fractions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\mathcode`/&quot;8000&#xA;{\catcode`/13 \global\let/\over}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now you want a fraction? No problem &lt;code&gt;\[ -{3+x/x^2} \]&lt;/code&gt; gives you the fraction you would expect.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[Odd, I thought I already edited my answer.] If you want a &lt;code&gt;\binomial&lt;/code&gt; that works, you could simply use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*\binomial{\atopwithdelims()}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which is exactly how &lt;code&gt;\choose&lt;/code&gt; is defined.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure exactly what you want to do with &lt;code&gt;\over&lt;/code&gt; since it already works the way you want. There's not an easy way to do something like &lt;code&gt;\tover&lt;/code&gt; since the &lt;code&gt;\textstyle&lt;/code&gt; has to come before the fraction itself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-23T00:25:09.133" LastActivityDate="2010-09-23T00:25:09.133" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="3378" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-22T19:32:45.090" Score="2" ViewCount="224" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using &lt;code&gt;longtable&lt;/code&gt; package (together with &lt;code&gt;xcolor&lt;/code&gt; for alternating row colors and &lt;code&gt;booktabs&lt;/code&gt; for elegant table headers) to generate a huge table. And by huge, I mean it has more than 900 lines and takes up more than 29 pages. However, I'm getting this error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;TeX capacity exceeded, sorry [main memory size=3000000].&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My code is similar to this one:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcolumntype{D}{&amp;gt;{\raggedright\arraybackslash}m{54mm}}&#xA;% Plus a few other new column types&#xA;&#xA;% Alternating colors starting on 3rd row&#xA;\definecolor{tabular-odd-color}{gray}{0.90}&#xA;\definecolor{tabular-even-color}{gray}{0.97}&#xA;\rowcolors{3}{tabular-odd-color}{tabular-even-color}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{longtable}{DTCNAHHHHHH}&#xA;&#xA;\toprule&#xA;col1 &amp;amp; col2 &amp;amp; col3 &amp;amp; col4 &amp;amp; col5 &amp;amp; col6 &amp;amp; col7 &amp;amp; col8 &amp;amp; col9 &amp;amp; col10 &amp;amp; col11 \\&#xA;\midrule&#xA;\endhead&#xA;&#xA;% LOTS of rows here. I mean, maybe a few thousand, taking up 30, 40 or more pages.&#xA;&#xA;\bottomrule&#xA;&#xA;\end{longtable}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I avoid exceeding the TeX capacity?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(by the way, I'm using &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; from &lt;code&gt;texlive&lt;/code&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I've already read &lt;a href=&quot;http://programming.itags.org/tex/131103/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this page&lt;/a&gt;, but my rows already have blank lines between them, thus that solution does not apply to me.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="375" LastEditorUserId="375" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-22T23:22:18.483" LastActivityDate="2010-09-22T23:32:58.310" Title="How to avoid exceeding TeX capacity when using multi-page tables?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;errors&gt;&lt;longtable&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="3379" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3354" CreationDate="2010-09-22T19:34:17.040" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is what I do now:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setuplayout [&#xA;    backspace=2cm,&#xA;    width=10cm,&#xA;    height=20cm,&#xA;    rightmargin=10cm,&#xA;    ]&#xA;&#xA;\showframe&#xA;\starttext&#xA;&#xA;\definestartstop&#xA;  [big]&#xA;  [before={\setupnarrower[right=-4cm]\startnarrower[right]},&#xA;   after={\stopnarrower}]&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\startbig&#xA;\externalfigure[cow][width=\localhsize]&#xA;\stopbig&#xA;&#xA;\input tufte&#xA;&#xA;\stoptext&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's exactly what I want. Thanks Aditya and Taco!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="243" LastActivityDate="2010-09-22T19:34:17.040" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3380" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3378" CreationDate="2010-09-22T19:48:01.510" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A first possibility is to add the option &lt;code&gt;--extra-mem-top=n&lt;/code&gt; to your invocation of &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt;. Replace &lt;code&gt;n&lt;/code&gt; by a number of which you suppose it's big enough.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A more permanent solution is to invoke &lt;code&gt;initexmf --edit-config-file=latex&lt;/code&gt; and change the line with &lt;code&gt;main_memory&lt;/code&gt;. Afterwards you have to rebuild your format files using &lt;code&gt;initexmf --dump=latex&lt;/code&gt;. Perform the same for &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; to get all configurations straight.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But these are just workarounds, there could be other problems with your document that lead to exceeded capacity errors. Does your document compile with a subset of the rows? Are you sure all your &lt;code&gt;\newcolumntype&lt;/code&gt;'s and such are correct?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="210" LastActivityDate="2010-09-22T19:48:01.510" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="3381" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3382" CreationDate="2010-09-22T19:55:11.143" Score="4" ViewCount="89" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using the &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.contextgarden.net/TABLE&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;natural tables&lt;/a&gt;&quot; in ConTeXt:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\bTABLE&#xA;\bTR \bTD 2 \eTD \bTD 3 \eTD \eTR&#xA;\bTR \bTD 2 \eTD \bTD 3 \eTD \eTR&#xA;\eTABLE&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I setup the table that the whole table uses a certain width? For example &lt;code&gt;width=\textwidth&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="243" LastActivityDate="2010-09-22T21:22:23.033" Title="ConTeXt TABLEs width" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;context&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3382" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3381" CreationDate="2010-09-22T21:22:23.033" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\bTABLE[width=broad,autowidth=no]&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\bTABLE[option=stretch]&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2010-09-22T21:22:23.033" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3383" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2110" CreationDate="2010-09-22T22:14:20.683" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As an undergrad I often failed to find a free machine in the shared labs on which to run Word or T&lt;sup&gt;3&lt;/sup&gt;, as machines with hard drives were still relatively scarce.  In contrast, editing plain text files with vi meant I could use essentially any system with a keyboard (even my ancient home PC), yet TeX produced such good-looking documents.  Bibliographies and cross-references that just worked were the icing on the cake.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="132" LastActivityDate="2010-09-22T22:14:20.683" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-09-22T22:14:20.683" />
  <row Id="3386" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3274" CreationDate="2010-09-22T22:59:30.837" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you want to learn about the basic typesetting engine TeX, you can read &lt;i&gt;The TeXbook&lt;/i&gt;, which is essentially the manual, or even &lt;i&gt;TeX the Program&lt;/i&gt;, a book consisting primarily of the the result of running &lt;code&gt;weave&lt;/code&gt; on TeX's own source code (which is not to say it isn't quite well-written; the program was written to be presented in this manner from the outset). Bibliographic details for both books are available on Knuth's &lt;a href=&quot;http://www-cs-faculty.stanford.edu/~uno/abcde.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Computers and Typesetting&lt;/a&gt; page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1189" LastActivityDate="2010-09-22T22:59:30.837" />
  <row Id="3387" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3378" CreationDate="2010-09-22T23:32:58.310" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use luatex it dynamically allocates memory so you are limited by the physical memory available AFAIK (there is no sample file that I can test to tell if it actually works).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastActivityDate="2010-09-22T23:32:58.310" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="3388" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-23T01:24:34.823" Score="2" ViewCount="292" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2553/how-can-i-format-sections-subsections-etc-like-nested-lists&quot;&gt;How can I format sections/subsections/etc. like nested lists?&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to get my subsections indented by one level (compared to the main sections). I know the best way to do this is probably to redefine the subsection and add an \hspace but I'm not quite sure how exactly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\subsection}{\hspace{2cm}{subsection}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or something similar? Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="804" LastActivityDate="2010-09-23T01:24:34.823" ClosedDate="2010-11-02T12:59:04.950" Title="Indent Subsections (and their content) by one level" Tags="&lt;indentation&gt;" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3389" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3390" CreationDate="2010-09-23T01:26:48.527" Score="5" ViewCount="231" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;How should one typeset an elided passage in a quote?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{quotation}&#xA;some text [...] then some more&#xA;\end{quotation}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Elision in a quote is usually indicated by an ellipsis (three dots) in square brackets.  I have tried variations on &lt;code&gt;[ \ldots ]&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;[\ldots]&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\emph{[ \ldots ]}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\emph{[\ldots]}&lt;/code&gt;, which all look quite ugly.  Since the specific quotation environment typesets the quote in italics, the best so far seems to be &lt;code&gt;\emph{[\,\ldots ]}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, this seems a horribly fragile and hacky way to achieve a nice-looking indication that some part of the quote has been left out.  Is there a standard way to do this, or should I start experimenting with under-the-hood things like boxes, negative kerning, and &lt;code&gt;\phantom&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(By the way, I'm not sure &lt;em&gt;elision&lt;/em&gt; is the right technical term here, I'd welcome a pointer to the correct term.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="132" LastActivityDate="2010-09-23T04:06:00.757" Title="How to indicate elision in a quotation?" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;quoting&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3390" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3389" CreationDate="2010-09-23T01:50:07.320" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;How about something like the following?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*\elide{\textup{[\,\dots]}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-09-23T01:50:07.320" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="3391" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1319" CreationDate="2010-09-23T03:03:38.720" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;some of you may be interested in this &lt;a href=&quot;http://cel.archives-ouvertes.fr/cel-00519301/fr/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;resource&lt;/a&gt; although it is far to be as fancy as some of documents already mentioned. It is a bit too dense and comments are welcome. The final code is probably very nasty. Anyway.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastActivityDate="2010-09-23T03:03:38.720" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-09-23T03:03:38.720" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3392" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3389" CreationDate="2010-09-23T04:06:00.757" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Elision is the omission of one or more sounds. If it can be applied as a typographical  term, I am not sure. However, since an ellipsis represents dot-dot-dot an ellipsis within square brackets named an elision seems like a good idea.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Both &lt;code&gt;\dots&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\ldots&lt;/code&gt; would print the same. They are both defined the same way in TeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \mathchardef\ldotp=&quot;613A % ldot as a punctuation mark&#xA; \def\ldots{\mathinner{\ldotp\ldotp\ldotp}}&#xA; \def\dots{\relax\ifmmode\ldots\else$\m@th\ldots\,$\fi}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The reason that Math mode is used is to ensure that the normal rules for spacing are not applied here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An ellipsis within a square bracket looks ugly! It is an intrusion within the text. Bringhurst suggests that normally an ellipsis should be spaced fore-and-aft to separate it from the text, but when it combines with other punctuation, the leading space disappears and the other punctuation follows. So to define the command fully, one needs to take all aspects into consideration.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;TH's suggestion is possibly the best you can get, I would just add &lt;a href=&quot;http://www-control.eng.cam.ac.uk/~pcr20/latex/xspace.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;xspace&lt;/a&gt;, in case someone sticks an elision at the end of the sentence or starts a new sentence after it. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \newcommand*\elide{\textup{[\,\dots]\xspace}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This should have gone probably as a comment rather than an answer, but I thought you would find the TeX code of interest.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-09-23T04:06:00.757" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="3393" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3394" CreationDate="2010-09-23T07:01:27.460" Score="15" ViewCount="719" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have been using LaTeX for five years now and have been using PDFLaTeX ever since. I find it hard to monitor the progress of LaTeX development.&#xA;Recently there is a lot of talk about XeTeX. What is that exactly? Does it make sense to switch to it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1183" LastActivityDate="2010-09-23T07:29:07.480" Title="What is XeTeX exactly and why should I use it?" Tags="&lt;xetex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="3394" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3393" CreationDate="2010-09-23T07:11:11.247" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you have trouble with fonts and character sets, it may be for you: lots of people have the experience that things just work with Xetex which require fiddling with Pdftex.  Two capabilities:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Xetex assumes its input is Unicode.  To use Unicode with Pdftex, you need Tex code that manipulates encoding tables, like the &lt;code&gt;{inputenc}&lt;/code&gt; Latex package;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Xetex treats many system fonts, like TTF and OTF, on a par with Tex fonts.  Using them is generally no harder than giving the path to the fonts.  Pdftex needs to have the font metrics described to it for system fonts.  Luatex can figure out this from system fonts, but it's not a perfectly troublefree matter yet.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If these aren't issues for you, then there's not much reason to consider moving to Xetex.   Pfdtex has more sophisticated microtypography.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/36/differences-between-luatex-context-and-xetex/72#72&quot;&gt;Joseph Wright's answer&lt;/a&gt; to the &lt;em&gt;Differences between LuaTeX, ConTeXt and XeTeX&lt;/em&gt; question: Luatex is intended to be the successor project to Pdftex, and he is informative about what is ahead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-23T07:29:07.480" LastActivityDate="2010-09-23T07:29:07.480" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3395" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3398" CreationDate="2010-09-23T07:21:32.643" Score="13" ViewCount="742" Body="&lt;p&gt;List here which packages can be used to make text easier to read and nicer to look at. After all, the superior typographic quality is one of the main reasons to prefer LaTeX to, for example, MS Word.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1183" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-15T15:34:16.347" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T15:34:16.347" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-09-23T07:21:32.643" Title="Which packages can you use to improve the typographic quality?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;typography&gt;" AnswerCount="4" FavoriteCount="5" />
  <row Id="3396" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-23T07:54:11.380" Score="6" ViewCount="383" Body="&lt;p&gt;Looking at &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3384/converting-latex-within-firefox&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt;, I wonder what good and useful web services are out there. For example the &lt;a href=&quot;http://detexify.kirelabs.org/classify.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX symbol classifier&lt;/a&gt; looks interesting. You can draw a symbol with your mouse and get back the LaTeX name of that symbol (the software analyzes your drawing). There are many others out there. Which one do you use regularly? Please provide a link and a short description.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="243" LastActivityDate="2010-09-26T00:26:37.030" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-09-23T07:54:11.380" Title="What useful web services are out there?" Tags="&lt;big-list&gt;&lt;www&gt;" AnswerCount="6" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3397" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3401" CreationDate="2010-09-23T08:22:28.950" Score="12" ViewCount="270" Body="&lt;p&gt;In my tex file I have changed the chapter name from 'Chapter' to 'Day', using:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand \chaptername {Day}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But when I generate a table of contents it only shows '1' and not 'Day 1'. How do I get the 'Day' to show up in the contents?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1267" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-31T07:07:10.673" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T08:07:12.113" Title="How do I get \chaptername to appear in the table of contents?" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;chapters&gt;&lt;tocloft&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="3398" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3395" CreationDate="2010-09-23T08:53:59.110" Score="17" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/microtype/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;microtype&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package, which enables pdfTeX's microtypographical enhancements such as character protrusion and font expansion.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From the &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Microtypography&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Wikipedia article on microtypography&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;The width of glyphs can be increased or decreased.&#xA;  These methods are sometimes called expansion. (Bringhurst 2005) suggests about 3% expansion or contraction of interword spacing and about 2% expansion or compression of glyphs.&#xA;  Compare Kashida in Persian typography.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Glyphs at the end of a line can be extended beyond the end of the line to create a more even line at the edge of the text. This is called protrusion or hanging punctuation.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastEditorUserId="345" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-25T10:55:31.147" LastActivityDate="2010-09-25T10:55:31.147" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-09-23T08:53:59.110" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3399" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-23T10:57:57.013" Score="7" ViewCount="150" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm formatting a play as a LaTeX book. Is there any particular package the is best for laying out books like this (aside from the LaTeX-book class)? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1167" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-18T19:55:55.830" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T19:55:55.830" Title="What are good packages for laying out a play?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;book-design&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3400" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3399" CreationDate="2010-09-23T11:06:38.113" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There aren't really a &lt;em&gt;lot&lt;/em&gt; of things that need to be included in such a package. The ones I can think of right now are&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;A margin on the left side with role names of whoever is talking&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;A way to give instructions on how something should be said&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;A way to give longer instructions or descriptions of things that happen on stage without anything being said&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;(Possibly a separate notation for entry and exit, if neither of the two above suit your preferences)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since this, along with stuff already built into LaTeX, will do just fine, it shouldn't be too hard to roll your own package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="223" LastActivityDate="2010-09-23T11:06:38.113" />
  <row Id="3401" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3397" CreationDate="2010-09-23T11:22:32.600" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I recommend using the &lt;code&gt;tocloft&lt;/code&gt; package, although I suspect the &lt;code&gt;titletoc&lt;/code&gt; package could also be used quite easily. &lt;code&gt;tocloft&lt;/code&gt; provides many hooks for content to be inserted into the table of contents.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's an example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\usepackage{tocloft,calc}&#xA;\renewcommand\chaptername{Day}&#xA;\renewcommand\cftchappresnum{\chaptername\space}&#xA;\setlength{\cftchapnumwidth}{\widthof{\textbf{Day~999~}}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\setcounter{chapter}{500}&#xA;\chapter{Hello}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this case &lt;code&gt;\cftchappresnum&lt;/code&gt; inserts its argument in the &lt;code&gt;chap&lt;/code&gt; entry, &lt;code&gt;pre&lt;/code&gt; (before) the &lt;code&gt;snum&lt;/code&gt; (sectioning number).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As mentioned by Juan (thanks!), it's also necessary to increase the size of the space allocated for the &quot;chapter number&quot;. In this case we calculate how large &lt;strong&gt;Day 999&lt;/strong&gt; would be (using the calc package) and use that length.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-31T08:07:12.113" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T08:07:12.113" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3402" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3395" CreationDate="2010-09-23T11:30:28.403" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/typearea&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;typearea&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package calculates page dimensions based on typographical rules. It divides a page into parts and calculates the margins accordingly. The user may specify the number of parts and a binding correction. Users don't need to figure out which margin sizes might look well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;typearea&lt;/code&gt; is part of the KOMA-Script bundle but may be used together with other classes as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-23T20:07:39.653" LastActivityDate="2010-09-23T20:07:39.653" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-09-23T11:30:28.403" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="3403" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3399" CreationDate="2010-09-23T12:53:33.063" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The following style and class files could be useful: &lt;code&gt;play.sty&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;dramatist.sty&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;screenplay.cls&lt;/code&gt;.  I've never used them, though, so I have no idea how featured or usable they are.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="206" LastActivityDate="2010-09-23T12:53:33.063" />
  <row Id="3404" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3438" CreationDate="2010-09-23T13:34:26.280" Score="5" ViewCount="168" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think this is a tough one. Have you ever wondered why TeX sometimes produces vertical spacing around equations that is far from satisfactory? An example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\setlength{\textheight}{2.93cm}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;A short line,&#xA;\[ a = b_{11}^2 b_{12}^2 b_{13}^2 b_{14}^2, \]&#xA;a long line containing superscripts $\delta^{22}\beta^{22}$,&#xA;almost touching the above formula,&#xA;\[ c = d, \]&#xA;and another short line,&#xA;\[ e = f. \]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;produces&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/fxGdl.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In my opinion, the vertical space after the first display is much too small, whereas after the second one it's too large.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Before I ask the question, I'd like to explain this behaviour: The first text line is short and doesn't overlap the diplay that follows, so TeX put only little vertical space in between, namely &lt;code&gt;\abovedisplayshortskip&lt;/code&gt;. This is good. Now there is also &lt;code&gt;\belowdisplayshortskip&lt;/code&gt;, but this doesn't behave as you might expect (e.g. after reading &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2271/intertext-vertical-spacing/2277#2277&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt;): It does control the vertical space &lt;em&gt;after&lt;/em&gt; the display, but the space becomes small if the line &lt;em&gt;above&lt;/em&gt; the display is short (which I find weird). This also explains why the space after the second display is large.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now my question: Is there any way to obtain a &lt;code&gt;\belowdisplayshortskip&lt;/code&gt; that becomes short if there is no overlap &lt;em&gt;after&lt;/em&gt; the display? My fear is that in TeX/LaTeX the answer is no, but maybe with XeTeX or LuaTeX one can do something?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I do have a fix for the problem, but this fix is also far from satisfactory. I set &lt;code&gt;\belowdisplayshortskip=9pt plus 3pt minus 5pt&lt;/code&gt;, and then after each display where there is no overlap with the next line, I put a macro that makes the vertical space shorter. This is a real nuisance if one makes changes in the text.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-23T15:09:12.653" LastActivityDate="2010-09-24T09:57:31.200" Title="Is it possible to have a &quot;real&quot; \belowdisplayshortskip?" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;spacing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="9" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3405" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-23T14:20:59.383" Score="3" ViewCount="327" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is my LaTex script:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\usepackage{xunicode}&#xA;\usepackage{xltxtra}&#xA;\setmainfont[Mapping=tex-text]{Jenson Classico}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;ąęśćłó&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I compile this using xelatex through eclipse plugin.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As Jenson Classico has no polish characters I have edited this font to add them. In Microsoft Office it works fine (I am able to use polish characters). Unfortunately in pdf generated from above tex-file it doesn't. If I use any other font (e.g. Arial) it works like a dream.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any suggesions? I really don't have any more ideas...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1268" LastActivityDate="2010-09-23T15:02:18.310" Title="Unicode characters in XeLatex" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3406" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3405" CreationDate="2010-09-23T14:37:14.323" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;What does the log file say? If XeTeX thinks the font is missing characters you'll get in the log file&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Missing character: There is no ä in font [...]!&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-09-23T14:37:14.323" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="3407" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3410" CreationDate="2010-09-23T14:56:07.733" Score="0" ViewCount="130" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm looking for a symbol that merges &lt;code&gt;\iint&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\oint&lt;/code&gt; together (a dedicated package, if it could exist, would provide something like &lt;code&gt;\oiint&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\oiiint&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The purpose of &lt;code&gt;\oint&lt;/code&gt; is to show that the integration path is closed (it is often used in the definition of the circulation), but the adding one (or two) more integral it is emphasized that the integral is calculated over a surface (&lt;code&gt;\oiint&lt;/code&gt;) or over a volume (&lt;code&gt;\oiiint&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Do these symbols exist in the world of LaTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="177" LastActivityDate="2010-09-23T15:07:41.197" Title="Enhanced \oint to emphasize circulation" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;amsmath&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3408" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3405" CreationDate="2010-09-23T15:02:18.310" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is part of the log file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Requested font &quot;Jenson Classico&quot; at 10.0pt&#xA; -&amp;gt; C:/WINNT/Fonts/Jenson.ttf&#xA;Requested font &quot;Jenson Classico/ICU&quot; at 10.0pt&#xA; -&amp;gt; C:/WINNT/Fonts/Jenson.ttf&#xA; fontspec Info: Font Jenson Classico does not contain any OpenType `Script' inf&#xA;ormation.&#xA;&#xA;\c@zf@famc@Jenson Classico=\count151&#xA; fontspec Info: Defining font family for 'Jenson Classico' with options [Mappin&#xA;g=tex-text].&#xA;&#xA;Package fontspec Info: Defining shape m/n with raw font features:&#xA;(fontspec)             mapping=tex-text;.&#xA;Requested font &quot;Jenson Classico/B/ICU&quot; at 10.0pt&#xA; -&amp;gt; C:/WINNT/Fonts/Jenson.ttf&#xA; fontspec Info: Could not resolve font Jenson Classico/B (it probably doesn't e&#xA;xist).&#xA;&#xA;Requested font &quot;Jenson Classico/I/ICU&quot; at 10.0pt&#xA; -&amp;gt; C:/WINNT/Fonts/Jenson.ttf&#xA; fontspec Info: Could not resolve font Jenson Classico/I (it probably doesn't e&#xA;xist).&#xA;&#xA;Requested font &quot;Jenson Classico/BI/ICU&quot; at 10.0pt&#xA; -&amp;gt; C:/WINNT/Fonts/Jenson.ttf&#xA; fontspec Info: Could not resolve font Jenson Classico/BI (it probably doesn't &#xA;exist).&#xA;&#xA;Requested font &quot;Jenson Classico/ICU:mapping=tex-text;&quot; at 10.0pt&#xA; -&amp;gt; C:/WINNT/Fonts/Jenson.ttf&#xA;&#xA;[...]&#xA;&#xA;Missing character: There is no ą in font Jenson Classico/ICU:mapping=tex-text;&#xA;!&#xA;Missing character: There is no ę in font Jenson Classico/ICU:mapping=tex-text;&#xA;!&#xA;Missing character: There is no ś in font Jenson Classico/ICU:mapping=tex-text;&#xA;!&#xA;Missing character: There is no ć in font Jenson Classico/ICU:mapping=tex-text;&#xA;!&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1268" LastActivityDate="2010-09-23T15:02:18.310" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3409" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3426" CreationDate="2010-09-23T15:02:54.270" Score="8" ViewCount="721" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need to typeset a block matrix that is made of a 2X2 structure of blocks such that the (1,1) block and the (2,2) blocks are zero and the (1,2) and the (2,1) blocks are non-zero (and happen to have a band structure of 5 diagonals). If I were writing this matrix on a blackboard, I would put a big zero  in the middle of the zero blocks, perhaps separate the blocks out with a horizontal and vertical line and also put big zeros in the 4 triangles that form around the band structure. I would also have diagonal showing the band structure.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My knowledge of LaTeX allows me to place \vdots, \hdots and \ddots inside an array but this is less than satisfying. Is there a nice solution for making beautiful band structured matrices?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-30T16:40:53.267" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T16:40:53.267" Title="How to typeset block matrices?" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;matrices&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="3410" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3407" CreationDate="2010-09-23T15:07:41.197" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;wasysym, txfonts, and pxfonts packages provide these symbols. It is always a good idea to check the &lt;strong&gt;comprehensive&lt;/strong&gt; latex &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/symbols/comprehensive/symbols-a4.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;symbol list&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2010-09-23T15:07:41.197" />
  <row Id="3411" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-23T16:16:41.507" Score="8" ViewCount="99" Body="&lt;p&gt;Assuming the amsmath package is installed. I found a difference between the way that an equation object and a gather object is embedded within the text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If an equation is beneath a line of text that does not extend as far to the right as the equation. Then the equation is placed higher up for asphetic reasons like so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Hello there this is some text, blah, blah,  &#xA;blah, blah  &#xA;              a+b=c  &#xA;&#xA;Some more text, hello  &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or if the text goes beyond the equation, like so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Hello there this is some text, blah, blah,&#xA;blah, blah, blah, blah&#xA;&#xA;              a+b=c&#xA;&#xA;Some more text, hello  &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If gather is used, then the gather object is placed a certain distance beneath the last line of text, regardless of it's extent across the page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like gather to align equations in the same way as equation objects but this isn't as simple as using a permanent vspace{} command to push text up as it's need will be depend on the final layout of the text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can any one help? maybe this is even a bug to be resolved. by the ams group.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have prepared an example latex document here: &lt;a href=&quot;http://pastebin.com/EUKyNi2A&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://pastebin.com/EUKyNi2A&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1269" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T20:46:58.120" Title="How do I make &quot;gather&quot; object, place its self in the text, the same way as an equation object?" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;amsmath&gt;&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3412" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3411" CreationDate="2010-09-23T16:31:51.073" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;How about doing &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{equation}&#xA;     \begin{gathered}&#xA;          1+1=2&#xA;     \end{gathered}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is more typing, but it will do what you want. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2010-09-23T16:31:51.073" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3413" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3414" CreationDate="2010-09-23T17:50:57.660" Score="3" ViewCount="231" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have generally been using &lt;code&gt;pdfLaTeX&lt;/code&gt; to typeset my documents. I recently heard about &lt;code&gt;XeTeX&lt;/code&gt; which supposedly is the same thing, except has better support for things like unicode and fonts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a tool which operates as XeTeX does but which allows a direct PDF translation, rather than going through intermediate stages?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="192" LastActivityDate="2010-09-23T18:12:54.827" Title="Does anything like a &quot;pdfXeLaTeX&quot; exist?" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="3414" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3413" CreationDate="2010-09-23T17:56:17.773" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, and it's called &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.luatex.org&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LuaTeX&lt;/a&gt;. See also &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/36/differences-between-luatex-context-and-xetex&quot;&gt;this question on se&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="243" LastActivityDate="2010-09-23T17:56:17.773" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="3415" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3418" CreationDate="2010-09-23T17:59:15.787" Score="9" ViewCount="274" Body="&lt;p&gt;Lets say I have something like: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[ Let x = number of cats \]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(This is a contrived example, but pretend we are actually inside a long &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt; environment block...) &quot;Let&quot; and &quot;number of cats&quot; need to be written like normal text, while x= needs to be math type text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've seen this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[ \mbox{Let } x = \mbox{ number of cats} \]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[ \textrm{Let } x = \textrm{ number of cats} \]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;They seem to produce equivalent output, but I'm not sure which is the &quot;correct&quot; one. Also, they are not ideal in that the extra space needs to be placed inside the text mode block, otherwise it is ignored as math mode and butts the text right up against the math.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ideally there would be some command which allowed embedding text into an equation, which correctly inserted leading and trailing space around the block as required without adding space inside the text block.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How does one do that &quot;correctly&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="192" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-08T12:57:46.383" LastActivityDate="2010-10-08T15:05:03.563" Title="What is the &quot;correct&quot; way of embedding text into math mode?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="3416" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3371" CreationDate="2010-09-23T18:09:22.417" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another way to prevent the new paragraph effect is to wrap the theorem inside a minipage:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{amsart}&#xA;\newtheorem{thm}{Theorem}[section]&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Here we state&#xA;\newline&#xA;\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}&#xA;\begin{thm}&#xA;(Famous Theorem) Statement,&#xA;\end{thm}&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;\newline&#xA;which is part of this paragraph.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If the theorem statement is short enough and you remove the &lt;code&gt;\newline&lt;/code&gt; commands you might even get it to fit inline.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I second Juan's opinion though that this looks funny...  Do you have any examples of instances in which what you're asking for is a better solution than the default?  Or are you just curious if it's possible?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="32" LastActivityDate="2010-09-23T18:09:22.417" />
  <row Id="3417" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3413" CreationDate="2010-09-23T18:12:54.827" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;XeLaTeX outputs a PDF by default. Yes, it does use &lt;code&gt;xdvipdfmx&lt;/code&gt; along the way, but why should that bother you? No DVI file is left behind. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-09-23T18:12:54.827" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="3418" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3415" CreationDate="2010-09-23T18:19:58.450" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another option is to use the &lt;code&gt;\text{}&lt;/code&gt; command provided by the &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Having said that, I doubt that it's possible to have a single format that is &quot;correct&quot; for all possible requirements of leading and trailing spaces.  For instance, I think you'll find that your example looks better without the space before &quot;number&quot; but with the space after &quot;Let.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If there's some reason that you really want to not have the space inside whatever text environment you choose, you can force a space in math mode using a single backslash followed by a space (i.e. &lt;code&gt;\&amp;lt;space&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;).  For example,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[ \text{Let}\ x=\text{number of cats}. \]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="32" LastActivityDate="2010-09-23T18:19:58.450" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3419" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3396" CreationDate="2010-09-23T18:47:58.887" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;h3&gt;Google Docs&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://docs.google.com&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Google Docs&lt;/a&gt; supports LaTeX equations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="360" LastActivityDate="2010-09-23T18:47:58.887" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-09-23T18:47:58.887" />
  <row Id="3420" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3396" CreationDate="2010-09-23T18:51:27.513" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;h3&gt;LaTeX Lab&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://docs.latexlab.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://docs.latexlab.org/&lt;/a&gt; supports full LaTeX inside Google Docs with realtime PDF preview.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="360" LastActivityDate="2010-09-23T18:51:27.513" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-09-23T18:51:27.513" />
  <row Id="3421" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3396" CreationDate="2010-09-23T18:54:44.350" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;h3&gt;DeTexify&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This was mentioned in the original post but deserves its own mention in the answer section.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://detexify.kirelabs.org/classify.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;DeTexify&lt;/a&gt; (and the &lt;a href=&quot;http://detexifyblog.kirelabs.org/past/2009/9/5/iphone_app_is_live/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;iPhone/iPod app&lt;/a&gt;) allow you to draw a symbol and a neural network backend will provide a list of likely LaTeX commands to create the symbol.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="360" LastActivityDate="2010-09-23T18:54:44.350" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-09-23T18:54:44.350" />
  <row Id="3422" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-23T19:07:43.937" Score="4" ViewCount="159" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a few personall class and style files that I keep in a Git repository as they change often.  On UNIX-based systems, I simply insert a symbolic link in my texmf tree that points to these files:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;ln -sf /path/to/GitRepository/someClass.cls /path/to/texmf-local/tex/latex/&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This way, LaTeX always uses the most recent version of the class file.  However, my attempts to create a similar setup on Windows with MikTeX have failed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using a Windows shortcut produces a &quot;file not found&quot; error during LaTeX compilation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;! LaTeX Error: File `homework.cls' not found.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And a &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; completely fails to understand a Cygwin symlink:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;! LaTeX Error: Missing&#xA;  \begin{document}.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;See the LaTeX manual or LaTeX&#xA;  Companion for explanation. Type  H&#xA;    for immediate help.  ...    &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;l.1 ! '&amp;lt;'symlink'&gt;'��.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any way to achieve the effect of symbolically linking files into a texmf tree on Windows using MikTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Windows XP is the version I encounter most often.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastEditorUserId="17" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-23T19:13:57.170" LastActivityDate="2010-09-24T17:55:16.853" Title="Can MikTeX texmf trees contain the equivalent of a &quot;symbolic link&quot;?" Tags="&lt;miktex&gt;&lt;texmf&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="3423" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3396" CreationDate="2010-09-23T19:18:31.327" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Uniquation&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://uniquation.com&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://uniquation.com&lt;/a&gt; is a math search engine that indexes and searches formulas represented in a tex format.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1271" LastActivityDate="2010-09-23T19:18:31.327" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-09-23T19:18:31.327" />
  <row Id="3424" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3415" CreationDate="2010-09-23T19:49:20.910" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Which command is best is subject to an open discussion. See for example the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=mathstext&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;FAQ&lt;/a&gt;, but also &lt;a href=&quot;http://groups.google.de/group/comp.text.tex/browse_thread/thread/9e7089e3636dfaeb/4285a1ba8b68bb17&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this thread&lt;/a&gt;.&#xA;Concerning the space, I think the manual solution that you posted is indeed the best one; after all, the normal case is to enter spaces manually, and every attempt to introduce some automatic behavior would break the strict separation concerning space handling in text and math mode.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2010-09-23T19:49:20.910" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3425" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3435" CreationDate="2010-09-23T20:05:31.030" Score="6" ViewCount="229" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am creating a new document class that needs to render an image (&lt;em&gt;e.g.&lt;/em&gt;, a logo) on the title page.  What is the correct way to distribute image with the class?  Should the image file be distributed along with the &lt;code&gt;.cls&lt;/code&gt; file?  That seems like a hack to me, since the user would have to have that image file in the same directory as each of the documents that uses the class, correct?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I seem to recall (from years ago) reading about a method for embedding an image into a &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; file itself.  That seems prone to error, too, since one would have to know if the document is being rendered using &lt;code&gt;pdftex&lt;/code&gt; (requiring the image to be a &lt;code&gt;.pdf&lt;/code&gt; file) as opposed to &lt;code&gt;latex&lt;/code&gt; (requiring a &lt;code&gt;.eps&lt;/code&gt; file).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The approach up with which I ended was to convert the logo to Ti&lt;em&gt;k&lt;/em&gt;z code which I embedded in the &lt;code&gt;.cls&lt;/code&gt; file.  The downside is that my class now requires &lt;code&gt;tikz&lt;/code&gt; as a dependency, and many users with old LaTeX installations don't have &lt;code&gt;tikz&lt;/code&gt; installed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My approach works well because my original image is simple vector art.  What would one do if it were a raster image?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is the correct way to handle this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="737" LastActivityDate="2010-09-24T06:03:54.253" Title="Correct way to distribute/embed an image in a LaTeX package/document?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3426" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3409" CreationDate="2010-09-23T20:56:51.843" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think you want to look into the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/easy/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;easybmat&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's an example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[&#xA;\left(&#xA;\begin{BMAT}(rc){c:c}{c:c}&#xA;0 &amp;amp; \begin{BMAT}(rc){ccc}{ccc}&#xA;        1 &amp;amp; &amp;amp;\\&#xA;        &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp;\\&#xA;        &amp;amp; &amp;amp; 3&#xA;    \end{BMAT}\\&#xA;\begin{BMAT}(rc){ccc}{ccc}&#xA;4 &amp;amp; &amp;amp;\\&#xA;&amp;amp; 5 &amp;amp;\\&#xA;&amp;amp; &amp;amp; 6&#xA;\end{BMAT} &amp;amp; 0&#xA;\end{BMAT}&#xA;\right)&#xA;\]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-23T21:07:08.543" LastActivityDate="2010-09-23T21:07:08.543" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3427" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3422" CreationDate="2010-09-23T21:36:17.980" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Usually you have a Makefile or similar installation procedure which copies the files to the correct locations. I don't know of any possible symbolic link replacements for Windows XP; starting with Vista, Windows supports symbolic links natively.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2010-09-23T21:36:17.980" />
  <row Id="3428" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3425" CreationDate="2010-09-23T21:40:29.760" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure what the &lt;em&gt;correct&lt;/em&gt; way to handle this is, but here's one idea. End your .cls file with &lt;code&gt;\endinput&lt;/code&gt;. After that, include the contents of the eps. After that, put in a marker line and then include the contents of the pdf.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then, for the code that needs to display the image, use &lt;code&gt;\openin&lt;/code&gt; and the e-TeX extension &lt;code&gt;\readline&lt;/code&gt; to read your class file line by line until you reach the &lt;code&gt;\endinput&lt;/code&gt;. Then you &lt;code&gt;\openout&lt;/code&gt; the &lt;code&gt;foo.eps&lt;/code&gt; file to write, read and write each line until you reach the marker. Then you &lt;code&gt;\closeout&lt;/code&gt; the eps file, &lt;code&gt;\openout&lt;/code&gt; the &lt;code&gt;foo.pdf&lt;/code&gt; file, read and write each line until &lt;code&gt;\ifeof&lt;/code&gt; is true. (The e-TeX extension &lt;code&gt;\unless&lt;/code&gt; is pretty handy in loops like &lt;code&gt;\loop\unless\ifeof\file ...\repeat&lt;/code&gt;.) Finally &lt;code&gt;\closeout&lt;/code&gt; the pdf and &lt;code&gt;\closein&lt;/code&gt; the class file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then you can just use &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics{foo}&lt;/code&gt; and it'll pick the correct one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are some details to take care of such as handling the &lt;code&gt;\endlinechar&lt;/code&gt;, but in principle, it should work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-09-23T21:40:29.760" />
  <row Id="3429" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3395" CreationDate="2010-09-23T22:42:23.130" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Not a package as such, but combining LaTeX with quality fonts (with ligatures, old-style figures, proper small caps etc.) can produce very nice-looking documents, e.g. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/texshowcase/winawer.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this book set in Adobe Jenson&lt;/a&gt;, from the TeX showcase.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Installing OTF fonts in LaTeX can be done with &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ece.ucdavis.edu/~jowens/code/otfinst/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;oftinst&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="45" LastActivityDate="2010-09-23T22:42:23.130" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-09-23T22:42:23.130" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="3430" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3432" CreationDate="2010-09-23T23:31:14.090" Score="3" ViewCount="95" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi, are you aware of a diagram showing all the connections between tex-related methods/engines. It would use terms such as tex - latex - context - luatex - xetex - xelatex - pdftex - pdflatex - etex and could even be extended to terms like xdvipdfmx and so on?&#xA;All this is getting confusing, I think and it would be a good way to summarize. Thanks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastActivityDate="2010-09-24T04:34:45.937" Title="diagram showing all tex-related methods/approaches/engines" Tags="&lt;tex-general&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="3431" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3397" CreationDate="2010-09-23T23:56:31.927" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Woo, answering my own question!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I probably should have mentioned it was Memoir class in the first place.&#xA;Anyway, after some investigating, I worked out that I had to add the line:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand*{\cftchaptername}{Day\space}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which did it for me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1267" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-31T07:08:01.110" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T07:08:01.110" />
  <row Id="3432" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3430" CreationDate="2010-09-24T00:15:19.350" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Arno Trautman has a great overview document with graphical representations of these connections:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;http://github.com/alt/tex-overview&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's released on CTAN, yet, but I think it will be soon. I hear that suggestions and contributions for the missing bits'n'pieces (e.g., xdvipdfmx) are gratefully accepted &lt;code&gt;:)&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-24T04:34:45.937" LastActivityDate="2010-09-24T04:34:45.937" />
  <row Id="3433" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3359" CreationDate="2010-09-24T02:06:05.353" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Modifying &lt;code&gt;\tabcolsep&lt;/code&gt; is a workable solution. However, it is &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; in general the best way out since it creates 'document-global' rather than 'table-local' effects. In other words, coded this way, all subseqent tabular layouts come under its sway. For this reason, you will rarely see TeX/LaTeX code written like this. The more common approach is to insert &lt;code&gt;@{}&lt;/code&gt; in those places in your table column specifier where you want to eliminate the TeX-provided extra columnar padding. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(BTW, you can include whatever you want in between the braces of &lt;code&gt;@{}&lt;/code&gt;, e.g., &lt;code&gt;@{:}&lt;/code&gt; to introduce &lt;code&gt;:&lt;/code&gt; column separators. In your case you don't want anything, hence the empty &lt;code&gt;{}&lt;/code&gt; parameter.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's some code to illustrate some somewhat more standard alternatives:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tabularx}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;% Problem: unwanted column separator spacing&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c}&#xA;\colorbox{red}{box}&amp;amp;\colorbox{yellow}{box}&amp;amp;\colorbox{green}{box} \\&#xA;\end{tabular}\vspace{\baselineskip}&#xA;&#xA;% Solution 1: Eliminates column spacing. However, the effect is global. Unless&#xA;%             some care is taken by inserting it in a group or by manually&#xA;%             saving and restoring the column separator spacing, it breaks&#xA;%             subsequent table layouts.&#xA;\setlength\tabcolsep{0pt}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|}&#xA;\colorbox{red}{box}&amp;amp;\colorbox{yellow}{box}&amp;amp;\colorbox{green}{box} \\&#xA;\end{tabular}\vspace{\baselineskip}&#xA;&#xA;% Solution 1b: fixes the problem introduced in the solution above.&#xA;\begingroup&#xA;\setlength\tabcolsep{0pt}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|}&#xA;\colorbox{red}{box}&amp;amp;\colorbox{yellow}{box}&amp;amp;\colorbox{green}{box} \\&#xA;\end{tabular}\vspace{\baselineskip}&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;&#xA;% Solution 2: `TeX-standard' solution - include `@{}' at places where extra&#xA;%             columnar padding is unwanted.&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|@{}c@{}|@{}c@{}|@{}c@{}|}&#xA;\colorbox{red}{box}&amp;amp;\colorbox{yellow}{box}&amp;amp;\colorbox{green}{box} \\&#xA;\end{tabular}\vspace{\baselineskip}&#xA;&#xA;% Solution 2b: Best solution - write `*{n}{column pattern}' to repeat the pattern&#xA;%              n times (saves a little typing, maybe easier to maintain).&#xA;\begin{tabular}{*{3}{|@{}c@{}}|}&#xA;\colorbox{red}{box}&amp;amp;\colorbox{yellow}{box}&amp;amp;\colorbox{green}{box} \\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-09-24T02:06:05.353" />
  <row Id="3434" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3436" CreationDate="2010-09-24T05:49:54.290" Score="3" ViewCount="172" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to put my name in the top-right margin on every page. How could I do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="653" LastActivityDate="2010-09-24T11:11:43.010" Title="Text in the top-right Margin on every page" Tags="&lt;margins&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="3435" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3425" CreationDate="2010-09-24T06:03:54.253" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are a few approaches, and the 'best' one depends upon the nature of your target community.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Approach one is to use a &lt;code&gt;.dtx&lt;/code&gt; file to distribute your class. You can then include and &lt;code&gt;.eps&lt;/code&gt; file in the source and have it extract out on unpacking. I've done this in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/chemstyle&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;chemstyle&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package. Now, you will end up needing to use &lt;code&gt;latex&lt;/code&gt; rather than &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; in this case, although automatic conversion is available using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/auto-pst-pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;auto-pst-pdf&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package or in TeX Live 2010 with no extra effort.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Approach two is to distribute your files as a ready-to-install 'TDS-style' &lt;code&gt;.zip&lt;/code&gt; file. The idea here is that you include everything in a &lt;code&gt;.zip&lt;/code&gt; file with the correct folder structure to just unzip in the local texmf folder on the users PC. In that case, you can include both a &lt;code&gt;.eps&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;.pdf&lt;/code&gt; version of the picture. This method is also best for raster images, as you can have a &lt;code&gt;.jpeg&lt;/code&gt; for &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; and convert it to &lt;code&gt;.eps&lt;/code&gt; format for &lt;code&gt;latex&lt;/code&gt; users.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The third approach is as you say to use &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/tikz&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;tikz&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. That avoids needing anything other than the &lt;code&gt;.cls&lt;/code&gt; file itself, and keeps things easy to use with &lt;code&gt;latex&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt;. The downside is the requirement for a reasonably new distribution. Then again, you might find it better to require something up to date as other packages can also change a lot over the years.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, you could just not worry too much and provide a standard &lt;code&gt;.zip&lt;/code&gt; file including the necessary extras. This is often seen with journals. It's then down to the user to put the right files in the right place, but this is probably the easiest and most general approach for you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As I say, what is best in a given case does to some extent depend on the situation. For example, normally logos are only needed withing organisations. I do a journal class which in the 'real  thing' includes a logo, but that is only needed for final printing by the publisher. So the user version just has a space!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-09-24T06:03:54.253" />
  <row Id="3436" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3434" CreationDate="2010-09-24T06:24:51.797" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;\rhead{Eldila}&lt;/code&gt; with the &lt;code&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-09-24T06:24:51.797" />
  <row Id="3437" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3395" CreationDate="2010-09-24T08:08:48.673" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;babel&lt;/code&gt;, for language-specific hyphenation. Or &lt;code&gt;polyglossia&lt;/code&gt; for XeTeX-usage.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="656" LastActivityDate="2010-09-24T08:08:48.673" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-09-24T08:08:48.673" />
  <row Id="3438" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3404" CreationDate="2010-09-24T09:57:31.200" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Finding better ways to handle displayed math including (sub)formulanumbers is on the todo list for luatex, but in the current situation even in luatex doing this is far from trivial.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The issue is that the engine puts the display on the page as a full-width line, and it takes considerable effort to extract the actual width(s) from that, even with luatex node processing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-09-24T09:57:31.200" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="3439" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3448" CreationDate="2010-09-24T10:40:28.923" Score="1" ViewCount="120" Body="&lt;p&gt;In continuation to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3409/how-to-typeset-block-matrices&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt; question, I was looking for a way to add nice diagonal lines inside a BMAT matrix to express a band structure of the matrix. However, a LaTeX file with both TikZ and easybmat fails to compile. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there anything I could do to have these two packages compile together?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Minimal example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,10pt]{article}&#xA;&#xA;%\usepackage{easybmat}&#xA;%\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;This document fails to compile if you remove both percent&#xA;signs. Remove any one of them and it compiles fine.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastActivityDate="2010-09-24T13:56:09.967" Title="using easybmat and tikz packages together?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;compiling&gt;&lt;matrices&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="3440" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3442" CreationDate="2010-09-24T10:55:21.857" Score="5" ViewCount="322" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have some text that nearly fits the given line width. I can see that a minimal adjustment of font size or kerning would make the text fit, but how do I tell LaTeX to squeeze the text? Yes, this would be bad typography for an average paragraph, but in my case it is a custom In a custom quotation environment, that has a smaller font size anyway, so it won't look ugly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1044" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-02T00:03:13.373" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T00:03:13.373" Title="How to adjust font size or kerning to fit line width?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;size&gt;&lt;font-metrics&gt;&lt;microtype&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="3441" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3434" CreationDate="2010-09-24T11:11:43.010" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Depends on the document class or package. Here an example that uses &lt;code&gt;scrpage2&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{scrpage2}&#xA;\pagestyle{scrheadings}&#xA;\ohead{abc}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\null&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2010-09-24T11:11:43.010" />
  <row Id="3442" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3440" CreationDate="2010-09-24T11:21:47.000" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you compile your document with pdfLaTeX, use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/microtype.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;microtype&lt;/a&gt; package and its font expansion feature. Microtype will try to horizontally stretch your font (by default from -2% to +2%), and this will affect line breaks (and in your case, possibly make the text fit).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-09-24T11:21:47.000" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3443" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3446" CreationDate="2010-09-24T11:24:07.067" Score="4" ViewCount="100" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to install TeXLive on NAS; the problem is that its built-in Linux has very small /tmp partition which is quickly filled by packages downloaded by installer. Yet I have a plenty of place on other partitions, so it would be nice to somehow change temp location it uses... Any ideas?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="7" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-25T22:02:33.937" LastActivityDate="2010-09-25T22:02:33.937" Title="How to change TeXLive installer temp?" Tags="&lt;installing&gt;&lt;texlive&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="3444" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1429" CreationDate="2010-09-24T12:53:15.440" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/pipermail/texhax/2009-September/013160.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tug.org/pipermail/texhax/2009-September/013160.html&lt;/a&gt; should be a help for using pstricks in general&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastActivityDate="2010-09-24T12:53:15.440" />
  <row Id="3445" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3449" CreationDate="2010-09-24T12:58:49.203" Score="5" ViewCount="1130" Body="&lt;p&gt;The question says it all: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In LaTeX tables: How do I make bold horizontal lines (typically \hline)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="10" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-29T10:36:52.473" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T10:36:52.473" Title="LaTeX tables: How do I make bold horizontal lines (typically \hline)?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;rules&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="3446" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3443" CreationDate="2010-09-24T13:17:22.183" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As far as I can tell, it tries the $TMPDIR, $TMP and $TEMP environment settings before falling back to &lt;code&gt;/tmp&lt;/code&gt;, so defining one of those in the environment should do the trick.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-09-24T13:17:22.183" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3447" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3445" CreationDate="2010-09-24T13:17:23.567" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\hlinewd#1{%&#xA;\noalign{\ifnum0=`}\fi\hrule \@height #1 %&#xA;\futurelet\reserved@a\@xhline} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and then use &lt;code&gt;\hlinewd{2pt}&lt;/code&gt; in your tables, for instance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This should compile:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,10pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tabularx}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\hlinewd#1{%&#xA;\noalign{\ifnum0=`}\fi\hrule \@height #1 %&#xA;\futurelet\reserved@a\@xhline}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{ccc}&#xA;\hlinewd{2pt}&#xA;plo &amp;amp; plo &amp;amp; plo\\ \hlinewd{2pt}&#xA;plo &amp;amp; plo &amp;amp; plo\\ \hlinewd{5pt}&#xA;plo &amp;amp; plo &amp;amp; plo&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastEditorUserId="371" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-24T14:11:58.383" LastActivityDate="2010-09-24T14:11:58.383" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="3448" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3439" CreationDate="2010-09-24T13:56:09.967" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;add &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{etex}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastActivityDate="2010-09-24T13:56:09.967" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="3449" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3445" CreationDate="2010-09-24T14:06:07.593" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your question suggests that you might be interested in setting tabular rules (&lt;code&gt;\hline&lt;/code&gt;'s) of different weight in order to improve your typography rather than for the purposes of some simple &quot;one-off&quot; adjustment. If so, you should consider the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/booktabs/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;booktabs&lt;/a&gt; package (if you haven't already done so). It provides canned weighted rules (&lt;code&gt;\toprule&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\midrule&lt;/code&gt;, etc) which, for typographical reasons, are defined in terms of fractions of &lt;code&gt;em&lt;/code&gt;'s rather than &lt;code&gt;pt&lt;/code&gt;'s, although these are very easy to define in &lt;code&gt;pt&lt;/code&gt;'s as well.  Each rule can be locally or globally parameterised for your own specific weighting requirements. The package also provides macros like &lt;code&gt;\heavyrulewidth&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\lightrulewidth&lt;/code&gt; which you can use &quot;as is&quot; or can redefine to suit your particular needs. (Just as the author uses the term 'rule' where others might call it 'line', the author also uses the term 'width' where others might prefer to use 'thickness'.) The package is exceptionally easy to use. As a side-benefit, the documentation contains some very insightful guidelines about the ins and outs of good tabular typography.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-09-24T14:06:07.593" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3450" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3451" CreationDate="2010-09-24T15:39:41.590" Score="4" ViewCount="200" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I usually open a PDF with Acrobat Reader it opens it in Fill Window mode (the page fills all the space of the window). When using the hyperref package it always opens the file in Full page mode (show a single page at a time and jumps from page to page when scrolling) and show the bookmarks. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How to make this effect disappear? I know there is an option of hyperref that forces the way a PDF file is opened but I forgot and are having trouble finding it again. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks if you remember it or can find it easily and tell us.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="574" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T23:53:07.317" Title="Hyperref fill windows PDF" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;pdf&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3451" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3450" CreationDate="2010-09-24T15:52:59.793" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\hypersetup{pdfstartview={XYZ null null 1.00}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which instructs the pdf reader to use initial view zoom factor = 1.00, i.e., to open at zoom = 100%. Other &lt;code&gt;pdfstartview=&lt;/code&gt; values include &lt;code&gt;Fit&lt;/code&gt;, to show the whole page; &lt;code&gt;FitH&lt;/code&gt;, to fit the width of the page in the window; or &lt;code&gt;FitB&lt;/code&gt;, to fit the width of the contents to the window.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-09-24T15:52:59.793" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3452" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2749" CreationDate="2010-09-24T17:10:25.957" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt; package already has the ability to float programs. Try&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\lstinputlisting[float,caption=some code]{thisfile.tex}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want these to be called &lt;code&gt;Program&lt;/code&gt;s instead of &lt;code&gt;Listing&lt;/code&gt;s, then you can use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand\lstlistlistingname{Programs} % Header for the List of Listings&#xA;\renewcommand\lstlistingname{Program} % Caption label&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To define a new environment, you should use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\lstnewenvironment{program}{}{}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which is similar to LaTeX's &lt;code&gt;\newenvironment&lt;/code&gt;. Take a look in the &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt; documentation for details. As Joseph notes, you cannot use &lt;code&gt;output&lt;/code&gt; as a name, so you'll need to work around that by picking a different name.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-25T10:17:37.210" LastActivityDate="2010-09-25T10:17:37.210" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3453" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3422" CreationDate="2010-09-24T17:49:23.763" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could maybe do something with &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/NTFS_junction_point&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;NTFS junction points&lt;/a&gt;, which seem to perform essentially the same function as symlinks to directories. This is unfortunately not going to work for the precise file path you mention above, but you could put a junction point for your entire package at &lt;code&gt;$TEXMFROOT/tex/latex/&lt;i&gt;&amp;lt;packagename&amp;gt;&lt;/i&gt;/&lt;/code&gt; &amp;mdash; speaking of which, shouldn't you have been putting those symlinks in &lt;code&gt;$TEXMFROOT/tex/latex/misc/&lt;/code&gt; as it is? (Yeah, I was looking at the TDS spec recently...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The only other suggestion I have is looking into a Cygwin build of MiKTeX (hey, if it can be built on *nix, why not on Cygwin?), but I suspect that that might not be terribly convenient, due to issues integrating with non-Cygwin GUI tools and/or lack of support by GUI tools for a win32 ui but *nix everything else. Of course, if you weren't using any GUI tools to run TeX anyway, it's probably not much of a problem ;-).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1189" LastEditorUserId="1189" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-24T17:55:16.853" LastActivityDate="2010-09-24T17:55:16.853" />
  <row Id="3454" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3532" CreationDate="2010-09-24T18:16:04.473" Score="1" ViewCount="211" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using emacs 23.1.1, with Auctex plugged in, to edit my .tex files, but I'm having a small problem with my amsmath environments. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The current document I'm editing is divided into multiple files. Only the main file contains the &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{amsmath}&lt;/code&gt; command. When I'm editing the main file, auctex automatically detects amsmath, and so all commands work perfectly. When I'm editing one of the embedded files (which don't have amsmath loaded, they don't even have a preamble), auctex does not implement any of the amsmath command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For instance, if I press &lt;code&gt;C-c C-e&lt;/code&gt; the environments available don't include any of the amsmath specific environments. Even if I manually type in &quot;align&quot;, auctex will open an align environment but won't label it. I know I can manually define environments for auctex to remember and label in my &lt;em&gt;.emacs&lt;/em&gt; file, but they still won't behave well with reftex (the &lt;code&gt;M-RET&lt;/code&gt; key doesn't behave correctly).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Each embedded file has the following lines at the end of the file, but it didn't help:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%% Local Variables:&#xA;%% mode: LaTeX&#xA;%% tex-main-file: &quot;../main.tex&quot;&#xA;%% TeX-master: &quot;../main.tex&quot;&#xA;%% End &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, if I add the &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{amsmath}&lt;/code&gt; line at the beginning of the embedded file, then auctex behaves exactly like it should. Obviously I can't just declare a package in the middle of the document, and latex returns errors and doesn't compile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there something I can do to get auctex to load amsmath-behavior for the embedded files? Or maybe I can just force auctex to load amsmath on every file (even those that don't declare the package)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT:I failed to reproduce this at home. Since I'm testing with the same files I used at work, all seems to indicate the problem is with the &lt;em&gt;.emacs&lt;/em&gt; file I use at work. I'll look through it and try to find what's causing the problem, or post it here if needed. Unfortunately, I'll only be able to access it by Monday (I think a power surge at my workplace might have shut down my machine there, cause my &lt;code&gt;ssh&lt;/code&gt; attempts are having no success).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1074" LastEditorUserId="1074" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-25T05:28:06.230" LastActivityDate="2010-09-27T15:24:14.390" Title="Getting Auctex and amsmath to work with multiple files." Tags="&lt;amsmath&gt;&lt;emacs&gt;&lt;auctex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3455" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3456" CreationDate="2010-09-24T18:38:16.487" Score="3" ViewCount="442" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use this in my personal &lt;code&gt;.sty&lt;/code&gt; file to change the standard enumerate scheme (when I do homework it better matches the numbering scheme in texts/MSWord):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{enumerate}&#xA;&#xA;% Change enumerate numbering scheme&#xA;\renewcommand{\theenumi}{(\alph{enumi})} &#xA;\renewcommand{\labelenumi}{\theenumi} &#xA;\renewcommand{\theenumii}{{(}\roman{enumii}{)}} &#xA;\renewcommand{\labelenumii}{\theenumii}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But the other day I created a beamer presentation (that didn't call the enumerate package) and I keep getting these errors:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;/etc/texmf/tex/latex/herron.sty|7 error| \labelenumi undefined.&#xA;/etc/texmf/tex/latex/herron.sty|9 error| \labelenumii undefined.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It compiles just fine and I have no complaints with the &lt;code&gt;.pdf&lt;/code&gt; it generates, but I would like to understand why this happens (and make the error go away, mainly because I'm using Vim anf vimlatexsuite and it's a bit of pain to deal with the panes that split out).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="320" LastEditorUserId="320" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-26T01:36:12.067" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T15:46:54.380" Title="Problem with enumerate package in beamer class" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;lists&gt;&lt;enumerate&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3456" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3455" CreationDate="2010-09-24T20:57:29.400" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;My guess is that the beamer class doesn't define &lt;code&gt;\labelenumi&lt;/code&gt; etc., then &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand&lt;/code&gt; complains, but nevertheless defines the command so that there is effectively no difference. One possible solution is to use the TeX primitive &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt;, which creates or overwrites commands without checks:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\labelenumi{\theenumi}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2010-09-24T20:57:29.400" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3457" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3467" CreationDate="2010-09-24T21:05:03.410" Score="7" ViewCount="285" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm working on a two column document, and on one of the pages, I want to fill an entire column with three different floats.  But when I use, for instance, h!, ht!, b, b!, t!, etc., on all three of them (or any combination of these), I get two in one column and one in the other.  Is there a package or something that fixes this problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1031" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T14:24:16.410" Title="Override tendency to avoid filling entire page with floats" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;two-column&gt;" AnswerCount="5" />
  <row Id="3458" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3487" CreationDate="2010-09-24T21:58:58.670" Score="2" ViewCount="297" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to create mapping files, to make use of Cambria Math italic calligraphic and double stroke letters in Plain XeTeX. However, I'm unable to do so. This is what I tried to create for the italic mapping based on tex-text.map:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;; Math italic conversion for Cambria Math (and the like)&#xA;&#xA;LHSName &quot;Math-Italic&quot;&#xA;RHSName &quot;UNICODE&quot;&#xA;&#xA;[...]    &#xA;&#xA;pass(Unicode)&#xA;&#xA;; Latin big and SMALL letters&#xA;U+0041   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D434 ; A&#xA;U+0042   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D435 ; B&#xA;U+0043   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D436 ; C&#xA;U+0044   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D437 ; D&#xA;U+0045   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D438 ; E&#xA;U+0046   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D434 ; F&#xA;U+0047   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D439 ; G&#xA;U+0048   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D43A ; H&#xA;U+0049   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D43B ; I&#xA;U+004A   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D43C ; J&#xA;U+004B   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D43D ; K&#xA;U+004C   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D43E ; L&#xA;U+004D   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D43F ; M&#xA;U+004E   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D440 ; N&#xA;U+004F   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D441 ; O&#xA;U+0050   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D442 ; P&#xA;U+0051   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D443 ; Q&#xA;U+0052   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D444 ; R&#xA;U+0053   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D445 ; S&#xA;U+0054   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D446 ; T&#xA;U+0055   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D447 ; U&#xA;U+0056   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D448 ; V&#xA;U+0057   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D44A ; W&#xA;U+0058   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D44B ; X&#xA;U+0059   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D44C ; Y&#xA;U+005A   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D44D ; Z&#xA;&#xA;U+0061   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D44E ; a&#xA;U+0062   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D44F ; b&#xA;U+0063   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D450 ; c&#xA;U+0064   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D451 ; d&#xA;U+0065   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D452 ; e&#xA;U+0066   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D453 ; f&#xA;U+0067   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D454 ; g&#xA;U+0068   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+210E  ; h&#xA;U+0069   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D456 ; i&#xA;U+006A   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D457 ; j&#xA;U+006B   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D458 ; k&#xA;U+006C   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D459 ; l&#xA;U+006D   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D45A ; m&#xA;U+006E   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D45B ; n&#xA;U+006F   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D45C ; o&#xA;U+0070   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D45D ; p&#xA;U+0071   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D45E ; q&#xA;U+0072   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D45F ; r&#xA;U+0073   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D460 ; s&#xA;U+0074   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D461 ; t&#xA;U+0075   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D462 ; u&#xA;U+0076   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D463 ; v&#xA;U+0077   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D464 ; w&#xA;U+0078   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D465 ; x&#xA;U+0079   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D466 ; y&#xA;U+007A   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D467 ; z&#xA;&#xA;; Greek big and SMALL letters&#xA;&#xA;;đť›ł&#xA;U+0391   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D6E2 ; Alpha&#xA;U+0392   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D6E3 ; Betha&#xA;U+0393   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D6E4 ; Gamma&#xA;U+0394   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D6E5 ; Delta&#xA;U+0395   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D6E6 ; Epsilon&#xA;U+0396   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D6E7 ; Zeta&#xA;U+0397   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D6E8 ; Eta&#xA;U+0398   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D6E9 ; Theta&#xA;U+0399   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D6EA ; Iota&#xA;U+039A   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D6EB ; Kappa&#xA;U+039B   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D6EC ; Lambda&#xA;U+039C   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D6ED ; Mu&#xA;U+039D   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D6EE ; Nu&#xA;U+039E   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D6EF ; Xi&#xA;U+039F   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D6F0 ; Omicron&#xA;U+03A0   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D6F1 ; Pi&#xA;U+03A1   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D6F2 ; Ro&#xA;U+03A3   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D6F4 ; Sigma&#xA;U+03A4   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D6F5 ; Tau&#xA;U+03A5   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D6F6 ; Upsilon&#xA;U+03A6   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D6F7 ; Phi&#xA;U+03A7   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D6F8 ; Chi&#xA;U+03A8   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D6F9 ; Psi&#xA;U+03A9   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D6FA ; Omega&#xA;&#xA;U+03B1   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D6FC ; alpha&#xA;U+03B2   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D6FD ; betha&#xA;U+03B3   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D6FE ; gamma&#xA;U+03B4   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D6FF ; delta&#xA;U+03B5   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D600 ; varepsilon&#xA;U+03B6   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D701 ; zeta&#xA;U+03B7   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D702 ; eta&#xA;U+03B8   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D703 ; theta&#xA;U+03B9   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D704 ; iota&#xA;U+03BA   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D705 ; kappa&#xA;U+03BB   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D706 ; lambda&#xA;U+03BC   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D707 ; mu&#xA;U+03BD   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D708 ; nu&#xA;U+03BE   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D709 ; xi&#xA;U+03BF   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D70A ; omicron&#xA;U+03C0   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D70B ; pi&#xA;U+03C1   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D70C ; ro&#xA;U+03C3   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D70D ; varsigma&#xA;U+03C3   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D70E ; sigma&#xA;U+03C4   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D70F ; tau&#xA;U+03C5   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D710 ; upsilon&#xA;U+03C6   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D711 ; phi&#xA;U+03C7   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D712 ; chi&#xA;U+03C8   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D713 ; psi&#xA;U+03C9   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D714 ; omega&#xA;U+03F5   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D715 ; epsilon&#xA;U+03D1   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D717 ; vartheta&#xA;U+03F0   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D718 ; varkappa&#xA;U+03D5   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D719 ; varphi&#xA;U+03F1   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D71A ; varrho&#xA;U+03D6   &amp;lt;&amp;gt; U+1D71B ; varpi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What did I do wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1230" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-05T07:41:51.633" LastActivityDate="2010-10-05T07:41:51.633" Title="Create my own mapping for XeTeX fonts" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;plain-tex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="3459" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3457" CreationDate="2010-09-24T21:59:52.943" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Probably the easiest way to handle this is to use the &lt;code&gt;afterpage&lt;/code&gt; package along with the &lt;code&gt;float&lt;/code&gt; package's &lt;code&gt;H&lt;/code&gt; specifier. Here's a complete example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[twocolumn]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{afterpage}&#xA;\usepackage{float}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;\afterpage{&#xA;        \begin{figure}[H]&#xA;        \fbox{Top figure}&#xA;        \caption{Top figure}&#xA;        \end{figure}&#xA;        \vfill&#xA;        \begin{figure}[H]&#xA;        \fbox{Middle figure}&#xA;        \caption{Middle figure}&#xA;        \end{figure}&#xA;        \vfill&#xA;        \begin{figure}[H]&#xA;        \fbox{Bottom figure}&#xA;        \caption{Bottom figure}&#xA;        \end{figure}&#xA;        \newpage&#xA;}&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another option is to use the &lt;code&gt;p&lt;/code&gt; float placement specifier outside of the &lt;code&gt;\afterpage&lt;/code&gt;. There's no guarantee that those three will appear together with that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-25T01:55:44.447" LastActivityDate="2010-09-25T01:55:44.447" />
  <row Id="3460" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3371" CreationDate="2010-09-24T22:00:16.433" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The environment &lt;code&gt;theorem&lt;/code&gt; ends a paragraph and you are creating a new environment, definition, out of it, so it inherits the properties of theorem since you are just changing the name. &#xA;Semantically not wanting an end of the paragraph and inheriting from theorem is not correct. That why you would have to do some patch to solve it. &#xA;A &quot;cleaner&quot; way would be to define your environment definition. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcounter{definitioncounter}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{mydefinition}{\noindent\textbf{Definition}\arabic{definitioncounter}:\newline\indent}{\newline}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This will give what you want (I hope). Inside the second pair of {}s, in the &lt;code&gt;\newenvironment&lt;/code&gt; command, you can insert more commands to give style to the text inside the definition if you want some style different from the surrounding text. For example if you want it in italics. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: use &#xA;&lt;code&gt;\addtocounter{definitioncounter}{1}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want it to start in 1 instead of 0.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="574" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-24T22:09:05.080" LastActivityDate="2010-09-24T22:09:05.080" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3461" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3372" CreationDate="2010-09-25T00:45:09.380" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can actually make your own pretty easily by using superscripts and subscripts:&#xA;this would be a/b:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$\,^a\!/_b$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I use the following command to make it easier to use more than once:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\slantfrac}[2]{\,^#1\!/_#2}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" LastActivityDate="2010-09-25T00:45:09.380" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3462" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3464" CreationDate="2010-09-25T05:08:04.773" Score="8" ViewCount="403" Body="&lt;p&gt;Okay, I've puzzled over this for a while and I can't work it out.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have a document with several chapters, using the Memoir class. I've separated each chapter into separate files, and I'm including them using \input&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I did this because at times I may want to produce a file with just chapter 2, or just chapter 3 and not the others. But when I do this, the chapters get renumbered. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I make my file customizable, so if I want to, I can make a pdf with just Chapter 2, or just Chapter 3, and no 1?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1267" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-22T14:32:31.803" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T14:32:31.803" Title="How can I customise the chapter number?" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;numbering&gt;&lt;chapters&gt;&lt;include&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="3463" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2749" CreationDate="2010-09-25T06:36:46.687" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You've had a couple of answers, but I think a careful analysis points to a specific issue. In LaTeX2e, the way that environments work is by defining macros called &lt;code&gt;\&amp;lt;name&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\end&amp;lt;name&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; although the later is optional). This is important because &lt;code&gt;\output&lt;/code&gt; is the name of a TeX primitive, so declaring an environment called &lt;code&gt;output&lt;/code&gt; will overwrite the primitive with the new definition.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In most circumstances this will not show up as LaTeX has already done what it needs to do with &lt;code&gt;\output&lt;/code&gt; before you load anything at all (it's in the kernel). However, the &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt; package wants to alter the behaviour of &lt;code&gt;\output&lt;/code&gt;, and that is where the issue comes in. The new definition (for the environment) is fundamentally different from the old one (the primitive) and it is this that leads to the errors.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The net result is that you cannot safely call an environment &lt;code&gt;output&lt;/code&gt;. Overwriting the primitive here is just too risky. (With my LaTeX3 hat on, this is a reason why we plan to save all of the primitives with new, internal, names, and also why we plan to implement environments in a safer way.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-09-25T06:36:46.687" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="3464" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3462" CreationDate="2010-09-25T07:28:42.637" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You should use &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt;, and then in the preamble say with &lt;code&gt;\includeonly&lt;/code&gt; which of the included files you want in your pdf file, like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{memoir}&#xA;\includeonly{chapter1,chapter3}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\include{chapter1}&#xA;\include{chapter2}&#xA;\include{chapter3}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first run(s) of pdflatex should be done without the &lt;code&gt;\includeonly&lt;/code&gt; in order to get all the references right.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-07T08:27:28.457" LastActivityDate="2011-01-07T08:27:28.457" />
  <row Id="3465" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3462" CreationDate="2010-09-25T07:46:49.683" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;On the off-chance that you prefer to &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; your chapters rather than &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt;-ing them, then the solution involves nothing more than redefining the chapter number prior to selectively &lt;code&gt;input&lt;/code&gt;-ing your chapters.  If that's the path you want to take then here's all you need to do:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{memoir}&#xA;\usepackage{calc}  % for the arithmetic below&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*\chapternumber[1]{%&#xA;  \setcounter{chapter}{#1 - 1}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \mainmatter&#xA;%  \chapternumber{1}\input{chapter1}&#xA;  \chapternumber{2}\input{chapter2}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'll leave it to you to work out why the arithmetical adjustment is warranted.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-09-25T07:46:49.683" />
  <row Id="3466" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3469" CreationDate="2010-09-25T09:01:33.860" Score="2" ViewCount="97" Body="&lt;p&gt;I saw, that in &lt;code&gt;plain.tex&lt;/code&gt; file, the delimiters are defines two characters at once. However for Plain XeTeX &lt;code&gt;\XeTeXdelimiter&lt;/code&gt; macro description in the documentation only states one character. However I understand, that &lt;code&gt;\delimiter&lt;/code&gt; is defining these character for a big and small alternative. Is it possible to define the same with &lt;code&gt;\XeTeXdelimiter&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The reason that I ask this, is that when I write &lt;code&gt;\left|f(x)\right|&lt;/code&gt; for instance, then the U+FFFD character appears, instead of something like a big vertical line or bar, when I use Cambria Math. How to define what character to display for &lt;code&gt;\left|&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1230" LastActivityDate="2010-09-25T10:30:59.760" Title="XeTeX big and small delimiter" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;delimiters&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="3467" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3457" CreationDate="2010-09-25T09:54:21.460" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If I want to keep a bunch of figures together, I simply use one &lt;code&gt;figure&lt;/code&gt; environment:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}&#xA;    \includegraphics{foo}&#xA;    \caption{Foo}&#xA;    \vspace{5mm}&#xA;    \includegraphics{bar}&#xA;    \caption{Baz}&#xA;    \vspace{5mm}&#xA;    \includegraphics{bar}&#xA;    \caption{Baz}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It looks a bit strange, but it works. You can have multiple &lt;code&gt;\caption&lt;/code&gt;s in one &lt;code&gt;figure&lt;/code&gt; environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now there is no way Latex can place these three figures on different columns or different pages. You can fine-tune &lt;code&gt;\vspace&lt;/code&gt;s to your needs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="100" LastActivityDate="2010-09-25T09:54:21.460" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3468" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3471" CreationDate="2010-09-25T10:04:18.053" Score="4" ViewCount="376" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using the book document class and what I would like to do is to have a abstract like text at the start of every chapter (in smaller font outlining what will happen in the chapter, etc.). I don't have a problem changing to amsbook if that helps in anyway.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example: &lt;a href=&quot;http://rads.stackoverflow.com/amzn/click/038797329X&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.amazon.com/Classical-Introduction-Modern-Graduate-Mathematics/dp/038797329X&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="809" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-22T14:32:34.767" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T14:32:34.767" Title="An 'abstract' at the start of every chapter?" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;chapters&gt;&lt;koma-script&gt;&lt;abstract&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3469" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3466" CreationDate="2010-09-25T10:30:59.760" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You need to assign the delimiter code for the vertical bar using \XeTeXdelcode. Away from my machine at present so I can't give an example, sorry. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-09-25T10:30:59.760" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3470" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3468" CreationDate="2010-09-25T10:34:39.567" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can define a similar abstract environment to your example using&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{abstract}{\rightskip1in\itshape}{}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Just use &lt;code&gt;\begin{abstract}...\end{abstract}&lt;/code&gt; after your &lt;code&gt;\chapter&lt;/code&gt; and then start a &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt; after that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-09-25T10:34:39.567" />
  <row Id="3471" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3468" CreationDate="2010-09-25T11:21:21.353" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is an example that uses one of the KOMA-Script classes to achieve a similar effect:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[pagesize=auto, version=last, chapterprefix=true]{scrbook}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{amsfonts}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand*{\thesection}{\S\enspace\arabic{section}}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\dictumwidth}{0.7\textwidth}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\raggeddictum}{\raggedright}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\raggeddictumtext}{}&#xA;&#xA;\addtokomafont{disposition}{\rmfamily\mdseries}&#xA;\addtokomafont{chapterprefix}{\large}&#xA;\setkomafont{dictumtext}{\normalfont\normalcolor\itshape\setlength{\parindent}{1em}\noindent}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\setchapterpreamble{%&#xA;  \dictum{%&#xA;    The notion of prime number is fundamental in number theory.&#xA;    The first part of this chapter is devoted to proving that every integer can be written as a product of primes in an essentially unique way.&#xA;&#xA;    After that, we shall prove an analogous theorem in the ring of polynomials over a field.%&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \vspace{24pt}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{Unique Factorization}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Unique Factorization in $\mathbb Z$}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2010-09-25T11:21:21.353" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3472" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3458" CreationDate="2010-09-25T12:49:44.933" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Not exactly an answer to your question, but I think you are doing it the wrong way. You should use &lt;code&gt;\XeTeXmathchardef&lt;/code&gt; and the likes instead, something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\XeTeXmathchardef\alpha = &quot;1 &quot;1 &quot;1D6FC&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Check &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/xetexref/XeTeX-reference.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;XeTeX Reference&lt;/a&gt; for syntax.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastActivityDate="2010-09-25T12:49:44.933" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="3473" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3474" CreationDate="2010-09-25T13:36:35.847" Score="5" ViewCount="532" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is common (or it used to be) to use a blackboard-bold variant of \mu to denote roots of unity in some mathematical papers.  However, despite searching (several times, periodically over several years) I have never been able to locate any package or technique that makes this possible, other than using Metafont or possibly hunting through the font definitions to see if it is something I can create a variant of (along the lines of the suggestions in Section 8 of the Comprehensive LaTeX symbol list).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thus far, I haven't been sufficiently motivated to learn how to do any of this (although it probably would have resulted in a net time savings), and I feel like I cannot be the only person who would have tried.  Is anyone aware of an existing way to produce this character?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1260" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-23T18:50:25.010" LastActivityDate="2010-11-23T18:50:25.010" Title="Blackboard bold variants for Greek letters" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;greek&gt;&lt;blackboard&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3474" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3473" CreationDate="2010-09-25T14:41:47.570" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/mbboard/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;mbboard package&lt;/a&gt; provides blackboard bold Greek letters, and the letter you want is &lt;code&gt;\bbmu&lt;/code&gt;. However, I don't know if you like how the symbol looks. (I don't like it, actually.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The mathbbol package with the bbgreekl option also provides (a possibly nicer version of) &lt;code&gt;\bbmu&lt;/code&gt;: Use &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[bbgreekl]{mathbbol}&lt;/code&gt; in the preamble. The disadvantage is that the package also redefines &lt;code&gt;\mathbb&lt;/code&gt;; see &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/488/blackboard-bold-characters&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt; post for possiblities to avoid this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: I just realised that the mbboard package redefines &lt;code&gt;\mathbb&lt;/code&gt;, too. If you don't like this, then an easy solution is to load the amssymb package &lt;em&gt;after&lt;/em&gt; the mbboard package. This gives you the &quot;usual&quot; blackboard bold letters, and you can still use &lt;code&gt;\bbmu&lt;/code&gt; and friends.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-26T07:58:25.197" LastActivityDate="2010-09-26T07:58:25.197" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3475" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-25T20:00:26.300" Score="1" ViewCount="179" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I see on the Miktex page, that &quot;Yap: revival of the MiKeX 2.4 render method&quot; is planned. What does this mean?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-25T21:58:59.073" LastActivityDate="2010-09-29T04:56:49.453" Title="yap revival of Miktex 2.4" Tags="&lt;miktex&gt;&lt;yap&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3476" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2631" CreationDate="2010-09-25T21:29:10.120" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;What perhaps isn't obvious from the other answers is that &lt;code&gt;\paragraph{}&lt;/code&gt; is a part of the sectioning hierarchy, coming between &lt;code&gt;\subsubsection{}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\subparagraph{}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With the right levels of &lt;code&gt;{tocdepth}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;{secnumdepth}&lt;/code&gt;, you can even make it appear in the TOC with a lunatic prefix like 1.3.1.1.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4990/how-should-i-manage-to-get-titled-and-untitled-paragraphs-together/5015#5015&quot;&gt;This answer&lt;/a&gt; may also be helpful...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="344" LastEditorUserId="344" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-26T20:18:19.857" LastActivityDate="2010-11-26T20:18:19.857" />
  <row Id="3477" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3396" CreationDate="2010-09-25T21:39:54.893" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;At &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.scribtex.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Scribtex&lt;/a&gt; you and collaborators can edit and compile latex files. With the free version you can have three projects with one collaborator per project. For more you have to pay.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="343" LastActivityDate="2010-09-25T21:39:54.893" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-09-25T21:39:54.893" />
  <row Id="3478" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-25T22:27:35.390" Score="10" ViewCount="456" Body="&lt;p&gt;Some typographers say it's a good habit to increase the letterspace when writing words in caps or small caps. So my question is, how to do it with pdflatex and/or xelatex? And while we're at it, which words would you alter this way? Acronyms like USA, NATO, IBM, GNU, etc.? How about words like PCs, UdSSR, FreeBSD or TV-Station?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1290" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-13T01:31:40.627" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T01:31:40.627" Title="Increasing Letterspace for words in caps or small caps" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;fontspec&gt;&lt;microtype&gt;&lt;small-caps&gt;" AnswerCount="4" />
  <row Id="3479" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3478" CreationDate="2010-09-25T23:36:06.337" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the microtype package, loading it with &lt;code&gt;[tracking=smallcaps]&lt;/code&gt; should take care of small caps&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For all-uppercase words you can use microtype's &lt;code&gt;\textls&lt;/code&gt;, e.g.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\versal}[1]{\textscale{0.9}{\textls*[80]{#1}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I came across this &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.zvisionwelt.de/?page_id=56&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;, check the provided “Präambel”, the spacing/scaling might be font specific, so use with care and check your output, maybe someone else could comment on this one)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;hope this helps&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1292" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-29T12:49:59.360" LastActivityDate="2010-09-29T12:49:59.360" />
  <row Id="3480" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3396" CreationDate="2010-09-26T00:26:37.030" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;My go-to-web favourite is this nice little &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.codecogs.com/latex/eqneditor.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Online LaTeX Equation Editor&lt;/a&gt; for making the business of assembling complex math LaTeX code a complete non-brainer. The interface is very intuitive and the online preview makes it easy to immediately see what's going right and wrong.  Its preview function extends its usefulness well beyond the TeX domain.  You can select a good range of display options (typeface, font size, colour, transparency, dpi, etc.), then download its output in one of a number of formats (gif, png, pdf, etc.) for those times you or non-TeX others might want to embed LaTeX-typeset formulae into non-TeX applications.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-09-26T00:26:37.030" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-09-26T00:26:37.030" />
  <row Id="3481" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3478" CreationDate="2010-09-26T01:00:37.787" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;you can also use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/soul/soul.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;soul&lt;/a&gt; package for letterspacing with xelatex since microtype is not supported yet by xelatex (as far as I know)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would use letterspacing on small caps for titles.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastEditorUserId="371" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-15T17:08:34.530" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T17:08:34.530" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3482" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3483" CreationDate="2010-09-26T02:09:27.613" Score="4" ViewCount="198" Body="&lt;p&gt;Consider the following code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setbox0 \hbox{XXX}&#xA;\fbox{\copy0}&#xA;&#xA;{&#xA;        \setbox0\hbox{ZZZ}&#xA;        {\wd0 0pt}&#xA;        \fbox{\copy0}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\fbox{\box0}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This produces three ruled boxes. The two XXXs are inside the rules, the ZZZ is not.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After &lt;code&gt;\wd0 0pt&lt;/code&gt;, box 0 has width 0 and this assignment is global which explains why ZZZ is not entirely inside the rules. At the same time, the assignment is local in that it doesn't affect the box 0 which contains the XXX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is the purpose of this behavior? Alternatively, what is the utility of being able to set the dimensions of boxes outside the current group?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt;: To be clear, this was not a question about &lt;strong&gt;what&lt;/strong&gt; the behavior is, it was a question about &lt;strong&gt;why&lt;/strong&gt; Knuth gave TeX this behavior. I thought there might be a use for it that I didn't see since TeX by Topic explicitly mentions it. My suspicion now is that Taco's comment about it being merely an implementation detail, not a design goal, is the right answer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-26T12:30:20.197" LastActivityDate="2010-09-26T15:10:56.930" Title="Why are box dimension assignments both local and global?" Tags="&lt;boxes&gt;&lt;dimensions&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="3483" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3482" CreationDate="2010-09-26T02:28:45.457" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am just guessing here, but I believe box dimensions are associated with each box. You don't have special dimen registers for these.  This is what I believe happens here.  After you enter the first group, at the moment you assign \setbox0\hbox{ZZZ}, TeX assigns a local box register.  You then enter the second group, but your box register 0 is still the same \hbox{ZZZ}, TeX will not create a local copy of the box.  So when you assign 0pt to \wd0, you modify the \hbox{ZZZ} from the previous group.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Try to modify your code like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setbox0 \hbox{XXX}&#xA;\fbox{\copy0}&#xA;&#xA;{&#xA;   \wd0 0pt&#xA;   \setbox0\hbox{ZZZ}&#xA;   {\wd0 0pt}&#xA;   \fbox{\copy0}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\fbox{\box0}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and see what happens. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt; I think the following behavior is related to this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setbox0 \hbox{XXX}&#xA;\fbox{\copy0}&#xA;&#xA;{&#xA;   \fbox{\box0}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\fbox{\box0}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Notice that the \box0 inside the group empties the box register, it does not get restored at the end of the group. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastEditorUserId="396" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-26T15:10:56.930" LastActivityDate="2010-09-26T15:10:56.930" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="3484" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3478" CreationDate="2010-09-26T03:30:43.073" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In XeLaTeX with the fontspec package you can select a font with the LetterSpace feature:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\tracked[1]{%&#xA;  {\addfontfeature{LetterSpace=2}#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;LetterSpace=s is an additional s/F space between letters where F is the font size.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I swear I once saw an example of letterspacing involving additional glue rather than just fixed space, but I can't see anything around that this could be. Any idea?)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-26T19:19:27.343" LastActivityDate="2010-09-26T19:19:27.343" />
  <row Id="3485" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3475" CreationDate="2010-09-26T03:38:44.930" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I seem to recall that in MiKTeX 2.4, YAP was a &quot;pure&quot; DVI renderer. After then, presumably because users reported &quot;bugs&quot; when features involving postscript specials were not displayed (since they only appear after the conversion to PS), YAP switched to first running dvips on the file to display and then showing the PostScript output. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This method was slower and perhaps didn't work as well with forward/inverse search between the source and output, but I don't know why MiKTeX would be reverting to the old method now. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-29T04:56:49.453" LastActivityDate="2010-09-29T04:56:49.453" />
  <row Id="3486" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3482" CreationDate="2010-09-26T07:06:50.790" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As Jan has stated: box assignments (&lt;code&gt;\setbox&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\copy&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\box&lt;/code&gt;) are subject to grouping, width/height/depth assignments to a box are always connected to a particular box (these are stored inside the first box node itself).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Your second &lt;code&gt;\fbox{\copy0}&lt;/code&gt; should be &lt;code&gt;\fbox{\box0}&lt;/code&gt;, because it is not used after that. And the grouping in &lt;code&gt;{\wd0 0pt}&lt;/code&gt; is useless, because grouping does not make sense here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So exactly as Jan said.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="243" LastActivityDate="2010-09-26T07:06:50.790" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3487" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3458" CreationDate="2010-09-26T08:49:42.083" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I figured what I did wrong. First, I don't needed the part that is currently marked with [...], and I only need the &lt;code&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; conversion instead of &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But most important, that map files does not used directly, I need to convert it to a &lt;code&gt;*.tec˙&lt;/code&gt; file. But that itself is not enough, it is need to be placed under &lt;code&gt;texmf/fonts/misc/xetex/fontmapping&lt;/code&gt;. You may need to copy the map file as well, I didn't tried it without that yet. Conversion is done with TECkit.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, the TECkit converter is not shipped with MiKTeX (or maybe not even with TeX Live), so you need to download that from &lt;a href=&quot;http://intranet.ipub.sil.org/cms/scripts/page.php?&amp;amp;item_id=TECkitDownloads&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TECkit Download page&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The command that you need to use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;teckit_compile &amp;lt;file&amp;gt;.map -o &amp;lt;file&amp;gt;.tec&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If this does not work (since this isn't what I used as my last attempt) or it is not satisfying for you, you may alternatively use the SILConverters, that you can download from &lt;a href=&quot;http://intranet.ipub.sil.org/cms/scripts/page.php?item_id=EncCnvtrs#c20c35ef&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;SILConverters page Download section&lt;/a&gt;, that is also can show you what characters will be translated to what characters, but that is only available for Windows. (I needed to copy the DLL files from the first downloaded file to the programs folder, so it is possible that is the same because of this.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Don't forget to refresh the File Name database. You can do that with &lt;code&gt;texhash&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1230" LastEditorUserId="1230" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-26T08:56:15.993" LastActivityDate="2010-09-26T08:56:15.993" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3488" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3974" CreationDate="2010-09-26T09:37:09.200" Score="2" ViewCount="284" Body="&lt;p&gt;After some experiments and tests, I managed to create the following code for &lt;code&gt;\upbracefill&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\downbracefill&lt;/code&gt; in Plain XeTeX, which it seems is that used for &lt;code&gt;\underbrace&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\overbrace&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\midshift#1{&#xA;\setbox0=\hbox{#1}\dimen0=\ht0\advance\dimen0by+\dp0\advance\dimen0by-1ex&#xA;\lower.5\dimen0\box0 }&#xA;&#xA;\def\rotatebrace#1{%&#xA;\leavevmode\setbox0=\hbox{#1}\rlap{%&#xA;\kern.5\wd0\dimen0=\ht0\advance\dimen0by-\dp0%\advance\dimen0by+1ex%&#xA;\raise.5\dimen0\hbox{\special{x:gsave}\special{x:rotate 90}}}%&#xA;\box0\special{x:grestore}}&#xA;&#xA;[...]&#xA;&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\bracelu = 0 3 `\⎧&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\bracemu = 0 3 `\⎨&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\braceru = 0 3 `\⎩&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\bracebar = 0 3 `\⎪&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\braceld = 0 3 `\⎫&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\bracemd = 0 3 `\⎬&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\bracerd = 0 3 `\⎭&#xA;&#xA;\def\upbracefill{\rotatebrace{\midshift{$\bracelu$}}%&#xA;    \cleaders\hbox{\rotatebrace{\midshift{$\bracebar$}}}\hfill&#xA;    \rotatebrace{\midshift{$\bracemu$}}%&#xA;    \cleaders\hbox{\rotatebrace{\midshift{$\bracebar$}}}\hfill&#xA;    \rotatebrace{\midshift{$\braceru$}}}%&#xA;\def\downbracefill{\rotatebrace{\midshift{$\braceld$}}%&#xA;    \cleaders\hbox{\rotatebrace{\midshift{$\bracebar$}}}\hfill&#xA;    \rotatebrace{\midshift{$\bracemd$}}%&#xA;    \cleaders\hbox{\rotatebrace{\midshift{$\bracebar$}}}\hfill&#xA;    \rotatebrace{\midshift{$\bracerd$}}}%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Where Cambria Math is loaded for the 3. family.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;However, the height of these braces are bigger because of the middle part of the brace, and I can't find a way to shrink/limit the height of the box, without which the brace would fall apart.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I originally used the &lt;code&gt;:vertical&lt;/code&gt; parameter for the font, which I figured has no dimension in horizontal text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So how can I make this horizontal brace height smaller? (preferably to the character width, which is now the height.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1230" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-05T08:03:18.543" LastActivityDate="2010-10-10T22:24:49.353" Title="Horizontal braces with XeTeX take too much space" Tags="&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;braces&gt;&lt;boxes&gt;&lt;plain-tex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3489" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3482" CreationDate="2010-09-26T11:24:18.227" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Maybe one could think of the following “translation” to C:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;box *box0 = alloc_hbox(&quot;XXX&quot;);&#xA;fbox(box0);&#xA;{&#xA;  box *box0 = alloc_hbox(&quot;ZZZ&quot;);&#xA;  {&#xA;    /* only affects the box object pointed to by the *inner* box0 */&#xA;    box0-&amp;gt;width = 0;&#xA;  }&#xA;  fbox(box0);&#xA;}&#xA;fbox(box0);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The inner declaration of &lt;code&gt;box0&lt;/code&gt; shadows the outer one, and that's why modifying the object contents (not the pointer) only affects the &lt;code&gt;ZZZ&lt;/code&gt; box.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2010-09-26T11:24:18.227" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3490" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4939" CreationDate="2010-09-26T14:16:35.600" Score="15" ViewCount="645" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use the standard AMS theorem style, which means that my theorems are set in italic. In combination with math variables, this sometimes gives horrible spacing: The input &lt;code&gt;If $U$ or $V$ \dots&lt;/code&gt; yields&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://mathurl.com/37enabt.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I see two spacing problems here: The space between &quot;If&quot; and &quot;U&quot; is too small, and the space between &quot;U&quot; and &quot;or&quot; is too large. Thus, the output would look a lot better if the &quot;U&quot; would be moved a bit to the right. One non-solution is to remove the dollar signs: &lt;code&gt;If U or V \dots&lt;/code&gt; yields&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://mathurl.com/38lpkg4.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here the spacing is a lot better, but now the problem is that a different font (name italic) is used for &quot;U&quot; and &quot;V&quot;, which is similar but not quite the same. Another non-solution is to use italic correction &lt;code&gt;\/&lt;/code&gt; after &quot;If&quot;: This only corrects the first space (and it is not nice if one has to remember typing &lt;code&gt;\/&lt;/code&gt; all the time).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My present &quot;solution&quot; is to apply manual corrections where I find it appropriate, which of course is a real nuisance. Does anyone have a better solution? Do XeTeX or LuaTeX offer something?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I think I do understand what causes the problem. The idea is to show the bounding boxes of the relevant characters in both examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://mathurl.com/27qhnou.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://mathurl.com/35lbelm.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What you see is that the spacing of the bounding boxes is good in both cases. But the italic letters tend to stick out of their boxes to the right, and with &quot;U&quot; (in the right picture) and &quot;o&quot; you see that they have some white space in the left of the box. The math &quot;U&quot; (in the left picture), however, does not have this white space in the left, and it doesn't stick out to the right. As a result, the math &quot;U&quot; sits too far to the left.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Khaled is quite right, the space between the math &quot;U&quot; and &quot;or&quot; is so large since the math &quot;U&quot; includes an italic correction. This is explicitly described in the infamous Appendix G of the TeXbook, rule 17. So the math &quot;U&quot; doesn't stick out of its box since the box includes the italic correction, and this is quite alright if the math in embedded in roman text. I just have no idea how to get rid of the italic correction if the math is already in some italic text!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-26T20:30:36.640" LastActivityDate="2010-12-13T14:29:00.670" Title="Bad spacing of math letters within italic text" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;spacing&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3491" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3556" CreationDate="2010-09-26T15:07:34.483" Score="6" ViewCount="206" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to place some of my floats (specifically code listings) in my documents in a section at the end, without disturbing the numbering. Currently, I have them numbered within sections, so in section 1 all listings are called &lt;strong&gt;Program 1.1&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;Program 1.2&lt;/strong&gt; etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to create a section at the end (like an appendix) where all the program floats go, without changing their numbering? Ideally, I'd like to have&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Section 1&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Some text in Section 1, and a reference to Program 1.1 and 1.2.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Section 2&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Apparently Program 2.1 was the only code shown in this section.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Appendix A&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;Program 1.1:&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;for i = 1:n&#xA;    doStuff();&#xA;end&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Program 1.2:&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;% This program doesn't do anything&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Etc...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Before anyone shoots me for not showing exactly how the programs are defined, here's how it works:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% In the preamble&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\usepackage{float}&#xA;\newfloat{program}{tbphH}{lop}&#xA;\floatname{program}{Program}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\codefrom}[2][Matlab]&#xA;{&#xA;\begin{program}[hbt]&#xA;    \lstinputlisting[language=#1]{#2}&#xA;    \caption{#2}&#xA;    \label{#2}&#xA;\end{program}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% In the document&#xA;\codefrom{alocalfile.m}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="223" LastEditorUserId="223" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-28T14:11:03.677" LastActivityDate="2010-09-28T17:14:34.087" Title="Place all floats last without changing numbering" Tags="&lt;numbering&gt;&lt;floats&gt;&lt;appendices&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="3492" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3493" CreationDate="2010-09-26T15:13:32.277" Score="1" ViewCount="181" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to make a blackboard &quot;1&quot; character to show an indicator variable, but &lt;code&gt;$\mathbb{1}$&lt;/code&gt; doesn't work.  How do I do it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="512" LastActivityDate="2010-09-26T15:25:18.240" Title="How do I make a blackboard 1?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;blackboard&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3493" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3492" CreationDate="2010-09-26T15:25:18.240" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;symbols&lt;/code&gt; (see &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/14/how-to-look-up-a-math-symbol&quot;&gt;“How to look up a math symbol?”&lt;/a&gt;) lists the following packages: &lt;code&gt;bbold&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;mathbbol&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;mbboard&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;bbm&lt;/code&gt; (with &lt;code&gt;\mathbbm&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\mathbbmss&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\mathbbmtt&lt;/code&gt;) and &lt;code&gt;dsfont&lt;/code&gt; (with or without the &lt;code&gt;sans&lt;/code&gt; option).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alternatively, XeTeX+&lt;code&gt;unicode math&lt;/code&gt; supports it directly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-09-26T15:25:18.240" />
  <row Id="3494" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-26T15:51:32.963" Score="2" ViewCount="234" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've got references that have math markup in their titles, and I'm having trouble getting bibtex to compile subscript output.  For instance, a title including &lt;code&gt;$\mathcal{A}_5$&lt;/code&gt; comes out as though it were &lt;code&gt;$\mathcal{A}\_5$&lt;/code&gt;.  Anyone know how to fix this? What formatting would bibtex prefer?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="554" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-26T17:36:33.883" LastActivityDate="2010-09-27T23:37:24.627" Title="Subscripts in bibtex" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="3495" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3530" CreationDate="2010-09-26T15:59:09.433" Score="7" ViewCount="259" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Where do I find a symbol that looks like a slightly smaller version of a 90 degrees rotated &lt;code&gt;\Bowtie&lt;/code&gt; from the &lt;code&gt;wasysym&lt;/code&gt; package?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Something like &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/2KSzz.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I couldn't find anything in the usual tables. The &lt;a href=&quot;http://detexify.kirelabs.org/classify.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;detexify site&lt;/a&gt; yields nothing close. I managed the following hack (which defines a binary operator):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&lt;br&gt;&#xA;\usepackage{wasysym,graphicx}&lt;br&gt;&#xA;\newcommand{\uproduct}{\mathbin{\;{\rotatebox{90}{$\small\Bowtie$}}}}&#xA;\begin{document}&lt;br&gt;&#xA;$A \uproduct B$&lt;br&gt;&#xA;\end{document}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It produces &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/hgPsV.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;. Although it looks OK here, it looks bad when used in a subscript. This is surely not the right solution. I'd well believe that a solution using metafont exists, but would prefer something less esoteric. Perhaps there is a standard symbols package that I overlooked?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;**EDIT: Geoffrey and Aditya gave admirable solutions for creating this symbol (I'm sorry for previously calling them &quot;hacks&quot;). And Seamus found a font package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="343" LastEditorUserId="343" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-27T18:41:37.907" LastActivityDate="2010-09-27T18:41:37.907" Title="Is there a readymade symbol for a 90 degrees rotated \Bowtie?" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="3496" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3490" CreationDate="2010-09-26T16:11:52.157" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is fixed in the &lt;code&gt;mathtools&lt;/code&gt; package (see section 4.1 of the package documentation).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is an example. Note that math must be typed using &lt;code&gt;\(&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\)&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&lt;br&gt;&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath,mathtools}&lt;br&gt;&#xA;\begin{document}&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Bad:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;\mathtoolsset{mathic=false}&lt;br&gt;&#xA;\textit{If \(U\) or \(V\) \dots.}&lt;br&gt;&#xA;\par Good:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;\mathtoolsset{mathic=true}&lt;br&gt;&#xA;\textit{If \(U\) or \(V\) \dots.}&lt;br&gt;&#xA;\end{document}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="343" LastActivityDate="2010-09-26T16:11:52.157" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="3497" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3495" CreationDate="2010-09-26T17:41:57.680" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try it with the &lt;code&gt;\scalebox&lt;/code&gt; command for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\rotatebox{90}{\scalebox{0.5}{$\Bowtie$}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\scalebox&lt;/code&gt; can virtually scale anything. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-09-26T17:41:57.680" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3498" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3501" CreationDate="2010-09-26T17:57:33.500" Score="4" ViewCount="272" Body="&lt;p&gt;How to make the symbols for &lt;a href=&quot;http://mathworld.wolfram.com/InteriorProduct.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;interior product&lt;/a&gt; (a.k.a. contraction)? The best I've been able to come up with is &lt;code&gt;\mathrel{\llcorner}&lt;/code&gt; (or &lt;code&gt;\lrcorner&lt;/code&gt;). Any other suggestions?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="988" LastActivityDate="2010-09-27T07:40:13.593" Title="Symbol for contraction / interior product?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="3499" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3495" CreationDate="2010-09-26T18:19:33.127" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think that judiciously combining &lt;code&gt;\mathchoice&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\rotatebox&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;scalebox&lt;/code&gt; should give you what you want:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx,wasysym}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\uproduct{%&#xA;  \mathchoice{\mathbin{\;\rotatebox{90}{$\Bowtie$}}}%&#xA;             {\mathbin{\;\rotatebox{90}{$\Bowtie$}}}%&#xA;             {\mathbin{\;\rotatebox{90}{\scalebox{0.65}{$\Bowtie$}}}}%&#xA;             {\mathbin{\;\rotatebox{90}{\scalebox{0.65}{$\Bowtie$}}}}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  $A = B \uproduct C$, whereas $X_{B \uproduct C} &amp;gt; Y$&#xA;  \[&#xA;    A=\sum_{B \uproduct C}^{D \uproduct E}{F \uproduct G}&#xA;  \]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, the spacing and the scaling are still up to you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-09-26T18:19:33.127" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3501" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3498" CreationDate="2010-09-26T18:56:15.220" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/mnsymbol/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;MnSymbol&lt;/a&gt; package has &lt;code&gt;\invneg&lt;/code&gt; symbol, which is most likely what you're looking for. Hope this helps.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{mnsymbol}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\[\invneg\]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="711" LastActivityDate="2010-09-26T18:56:15.220" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3502" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3495" CreationDate="2010-09-26T19:18:58.697" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is an attempt with slightly better spacing:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand\douproduct[1]%&#xA;  {\mathbin&#xA;  {\m@th\leavevmode\raisebox{-0.03ex}&#xA;    {\vbox{\baselineskip\z@skip \lineskip-.2ex% =0.25*0.8&#xA;     \ialign{##\cr&#xA;     \rotatebox{90}{\scalebox{0.8}{$#1\triangleleft $}}\cr&#xA;     \rotatebox{90}{\scalebox{0.8}{$#1\triangleright$}}\cr}}}}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\uproduct{\mathpalette\douproduct\relax}&#xA;&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastEditorUserId="323" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-27T14:36:34.060" LastActivityDate="2010-09-27T14:36:34.060" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="3503" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3457" CreationDate="2010-09-26T19:24:32.607" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In two-column mode, a &quot;column&quot; is equivalent to a &quot;page&quot; in one-column mode. So if you want three floats in one column on their own, simply specify the &lt;code&gt;[p]&lt;/code&gt; float option. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\documentclass[twocolumn]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\begin{figure}[p]&#xA;\centering&#xA;\rule{10em}{10em}&#xA;\caption{A black box.}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\begin{figure}[p]&#xA;\centering&#xA;\rule{10em}{10em}&#xA;\caption{A black box.}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\begin{figure}[p]&#xA;\centering&#xA;\rule{10em}{10em}&#xA;\caption{A black box.}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-09-26T19:24:32.607" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3504" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3509" CreationDate="2010-09-26T19:31:45.123" Score="10" ViewCount="261" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the following document, the subsection title gets colored red. Why does this happen?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{color}&#xA;\newcommand{\comment}[1]{{\color{red}#1}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \paragraph{This should not be red!}&#xA;  \comment{Only this!}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I fix it? If I replace &lt;code&gt;{\color{red}#1}&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;\textcolor{red}{#1}&lt;/code&gt; I get a &quot;runaway argument&quot; error.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="196" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-26T19:42:42.070" LastActivityDate="2010-09-26T22:44:07.577" Title="\color after inline section colors the section title" Tags="&lt;color&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3505" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3504" CreationDate="2010-09-26T20:23:37.317" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is a bug in the standard classes: the style argument of &lt;code&gt;\@startsection&lt;/code&gt; must include &lt;code&gt;\normalcolor&lt;/code&gt;. Fix for the moment:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand\paragraph{\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{\z@}%&#xA;                                {3.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}%&#xA;                                {-1em}%&#xA;                                {\normalfont\normalsize\normalcolor\bfseries}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Other classes such as KOMA-Script include the required &lt;code&gt;\normalcolor&lt;/code&gt;. Should probably be reported at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.latex-project.org/bugs-upload.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.latex-project.org/bugs-upload.html&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2010-09-26T20:23:37.317" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3506" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3508" CreationDate="2010-09-26T21:24:04.733" Score="19" ViewCount="837" Body="&lt;p&gt;Would TeX (LaTeX, ConTeXt, etc) be a good solution for PDF business reports that require dynamically generated graphs and tables?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I need to create financial reports that must look top-notch in their graphics, charts, and typesetting.  These reports are typically several pages long and will contain charts, tables of numbers, and typeset text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have been using some 'general' PDF libraries, but these have been expensive and typically have some sort of limitation simply because 1) you are working at a higher level with the data and 2) their author's just didn't give them as much flexibility as I need.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This question applies to other TeX flavors, but some of these specifics are related to ConTeXt. It has some amazing features:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;drawing support (MetaPost, TikZ/PGF)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;lua scripting (specifically, adding a JSON parser and using it to populate a .tex file would be awesome)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;as much layout control as you could possibly want&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I could create my own reports where I lay things out and draw charts myself.  Is there anybody out there using TeX for business reporting solutions like this?  Would I be off my rocker to suggest such a thing?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1293" LastActivityDate="2011-01-19T09:30:20.350" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-09-27T01:24:39.947" Title="Is anybody using TeX for business reporting?" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;context&gt;&lt;metapost&gt;" AnswerCount="6" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="3507" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3506" CreationDate="2010-09-26T21:48:19.330" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In my opinion TeX and compatible tools are perfectly suitable for this task. I haven't used it for this personally though, just for academic work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also you can use any program which can output PDFs for the charts in case Metapost/TikZ isn't good enough for you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="628" LastEditorUserId="628" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-28T21:48:12.243" LastActivityDate="2010-09-28T21:48:12.243" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="3508" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3506" CreationDate="2010-09-26T22:09:17.550" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;TeX/Latex and all their friends are the best solution for any type of reports (sorry if I am biased).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I use them for probably the most unlike application. Construction reports - as in Building Construction! I have been doing so for quite a long time. The reports include anything from graphs to financial summaries and commissioning data for electro-mechanical services.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some pointers, before you automate anything write a few static reports. Define what changes weekly/monthly such as graphs, tables etc. and then automate via python/lua or whatever language you are comfortable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At the moment - I just import tables via PgfplotsTable. This makes it easy to interface with external programs via csv delimited tables. The datatool package also provides similar functionality. All graphs are automated via LaTeX. No need to struggle to interface with external programs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Use LaTeX to start with and PGF/TikZ for graphics. Get some pointers from Tufte for presentation and readability. It is not necessary to buy anything. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One of the drawbacks I had at the beginning was to convince people to give  sections of the content in plain text files and to get them to divorce excel.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-09-26T22:09:17.550" />
  <row Id="3509" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3504" CreationDate="2010-09-26T22:44:07.577" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The reason this happens is because the color changing command does not cause TeX to enter horizontal mode. Thus, the color changes to red, then when the first character of the argument to &lt;code&gt;\comment&lt;/code&gt; is processed, TeX switches from vertical mode to horizontal mode to start a new paragraph. &lt;code&gt;\everypar&lt;/code&gt; inserts the &lt;code&gt;\paragraph&lt;/code&gt; title which, as Philipp notes, is missing &lt;code&gt;\normalcolor&lt;/code&gt; so it is typeset in the color you chose.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To remedy this, you need to get TeX to start a new paragraph before you change color.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\comment}[1]{\leavevmode{\color{red}#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That said, as Will notes,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\comment}[1]{\textcolor{red}{#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;works too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-09-26T22:44:07.577" />
  <row Id="3510" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3494" CreationDate="2010-09-26T23:04:18.430" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't see your behavior.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{filecontents*}{foo.bib}&#xA;@misc{foo,&#xA;        title = {Math $a_x$},&#xA;        author = {Not me},&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents*}&#xA;&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\cite{foo}&#xA;\bibliography{foo}&#xA;\bibliographystyle{plain}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Compiling this with &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;bibtex&lt;/code&gt; produces &lt;code&gt;foo.bbl&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{thebibliography}{1}&#xA;&#xA;\bibitem{foo}&#xA;Not me.&#xA;\newblock Math $a_x$.&#xA;&#xA;\end{thebibliography}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is no added backslash.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can you give a similar minimal example that exhibits the behavior you see?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The one thing I can think of to try without seeing your example is to surround your math material in braces &lt;code&gt;{$a_x$}&lt;/code&gt; in the .bib.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-27T23:37:24.627" LastActivityDate="2010-09-27T23:37:24.627" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3511" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14" CreationDate="2010-09-27T00:44:31.693" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The LaTeX wikibook &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/LaTeX/Mathematics&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Mathematics&lt;/a&gt; section has been very helpful for me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1286" LastActivityDate="2010-09-27T00:44:31.693" />
  <row Id="3512" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3514" CreationDate="2010-09-27T03:59:21.673" Score="8" ViewCount="236" Body="&lt;p&gt;The attachfile package allows files to be embedded within the output PDF of a pdfLaTeX document, and the attachfile2 extends this for &lt;code&gt;dvips&lt;/code&gt; use as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/tb30-1/tb94cho.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;an article&lt;/a&gt;, the author of &lt;code&gt;dvipdfmx&lt;/code&gt; gives a recipe for doing the same thing with that driver instead:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{filecontents*}{example.txt}&#xA;this is a text file to be embedded&#xA;\end{filecontents*}&#xA;&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;test&#xA;\special{pdf:fstream @myfile (example.txt)}%&#xA;\special{pdf:ann bbox 0 0 10 10 &amp;lt;&amp;lt;&#xA;  /Subtype /FileAttachment /FS &amp;lt;&amp;lt; &#xA;    /Type /Filespec /F (example.txt)&#xA;      /EF &amp;lt;&amp;lt; /F @myfile &amp;gt;&amp;gt; &amp;gt;&amp;gt; &#xA;  /Name /PushPin &amp;gt;&amp;gt;}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, when I compile this with &lt;code&gt;latex&lt;/code&gt;+&lt;code&gt;dvipdfmx&lt;/code&gt;, I get the following warning:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;** WARNING ** Could not open file: example.txt&#xA;** WARNING ** Interpreting special command fstream (pdf:) failed.&#xA;** WARNING ** &gt;&gt; at page=&quot;1&quot; position=&quot;(168.14, 707.125)&quot; (in PDF)&#xA;** WARNING ** &gt;&gt; xxx &quot;pdf:fstream @myfile (example.txt)&quot;&#xA;]&#xA;** WARNING ** Object @myfile used, but not defined. Replaced by null.&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anyone know what I'm going wrong? (TeX Live 2010, Mac OS X.) It would be great to be able to embed files using this method, since that would facilitate XeTeX use with the attachfile packages. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update&lt;/strong&gt;: things seem to work fine in TeX Live 2009. I'm thinking that this is a bug in the latest version of dvipdfmx. Any confirmation on this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-27T04:08:26.247" LastActivityDate="2010-09-27T05:47:35.407" Title="Attach files to PDF with dvipdfmx" Tags="&lt;embedding&gt;&lt;dvipdfmx&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3513" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-27T04:09:16.947" Score="10" ViewCount="575" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a good way to create a path in TikZ only some segments of which are stroked?  I want to create the whole path in a single command so that it can be filled, but I also want to stroke some parts of the boundary of the filled region, but not all of them.  The best solution I've thought of so far is to use &lt;code&gt;edge&lt;/code&gt; operations in the middle of the path to do the stroking; for instance here is a green-filled square with one edge stroked:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\path[fill=green] (0,0) -- (1,0) edge (1,1) -- (1,1) -- (0,1) -- cycle;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is a little better than&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\path[fill=green] (0,0) -- (1,0) -- (1,1) -- (0,1) -- cycle;&#xA;\draw (1,0) -- (1,1);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but it still requires giving the command that draws the segment from (1,0) to (1,1) twice, which is annoying and error-prone if it's a more complicated command like a Bézier curve, and impossible if it's something like a circular arc that can't be drawn by a &lt;code&gt;edge&lt;/code&gt; command (at least, not without writing a custom &quot;to path&quot;).  Any suggestions?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="535" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-27T07:14:40.883" LastActivityDate="2010-11-16T17:23:23.013" Title="Draw only some segments of a path in TikZ?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;diagrams&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="8" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3514" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3512" CreationDate="2010-09-27T05:47:35.407" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Thanks to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/pipermail/tex-live/2010-September/027378.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Akira Kakuto&lt;/a&gt; on the TeX Live mailing list for the answer to this. The current directory is no longer searched for security reasons, so the relative path must be included in the filename:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\special{pdf:fstream @myfile (./example.txt)}%&#xA;\special{pdf:ann bbox 0 0 10 10 &amp;lt;&amp;lt;&#xA;  /Subtype /FileAttachment /FS &amp;lt;&amp;lt; &#xA;    /Type /Filespec /F (./example.txt)&#xA;      /EF &amp;lt;&amp;lt; /F @myfile &amp;gt;&amp;gt; &amp;gt;&amp;gt; &#xA;  /Name /PushPin &amp;gt;&amp;gt;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-09-27T05:47:35.407" />
  <row Id="3515" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3506" CreationDate="2010-09-27T07:24:33.527" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You might want to check out &lt;strong&gt;R and Sweave&lt;/strong&gt;. R is great for analysing data and generating tables and graphs. Sweave is a tool for integrating this output into LaTeX. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I wrote a post on &lt;a href=&quot;http://jeromyanglim.blogspot.com/2010/02/getting-started-with-sweave-r-latex.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;getting started with Sweave&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="151" LastActivityDate="2010-09-27T07:24:33.527" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-09-27T07:24:33.527" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3516" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3498" CreationDate="2010-09-27T07:40:13.593" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I believe you are looking for&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\rfloor&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;as in&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;X\rfloor\alpha&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1303" LastActivityDate="2010-09-27T07:40:13.593" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3517" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-27T08:38:17.310" Score="2" ViewCount="158" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using &lt;code&gt;\includeslide&lt;/code&gt; to create copies of my Beamer presentation slides in handouts, but have hit a small snag. By default, it appears to choose the &lt;em&gt;first&lt;/em&gt; slide in a frame unless I specify the page number with an option or a suffix:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% assume 4 slides in the frame&#xA;\includeslide{mylabel}  % this shows the first slide&#xA;\includeslide{mylabel&amp;lt;4&amp;gt;} % this shows the fourth slide&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, my presentation is very big, so I'm using a lot of new commands and environments to speed things up. Is there some way I can convince &lt;code&gt;\includeslide&lt;/code&gt; to default to the &lt;em&gt;last&lt;/em&gt; slide in a frame? e.g. is there a Beamer variable that contains the number of slides, or an option to pgfimage I can somehow hack into a new version of includeslide?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1304" LastActivityDate="2010-10-27T09:44:16.233" Title="Beamer: how to convince &quot;includeslide&quot; to include the last slide of a frame" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="3518" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3517" CreationDate="2010-09-27T09:30:06.863" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I started doing presentations with beamer, I kept getting caught out by the fact that I'd forget exactly when the end of a frame was going to happen so I'd jump to the next frame before I intended as I wasn't sure that everything on the current frame had been displayed.  (Now, of course, I print out the handout version and have it in front of me.)  So I came up with a hack that modified the title when it was on the &lt;em&gt;last&lt;/em&gt; frame to give me a visual clue that it was the last frame.  This might be adaptable to what you want (though there may well be a better solution) as it uses a counter to keep track of the last frame number.  It's not completely robust as it can get confused if a frame changes size radically between compilations (in which case, delete the aux file).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This was my &quot;experiment&quot; file to test the system.  It also allows for one to define an &quot;offset&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt,color=dvipsnames]{beamer}&#xA;&#xA;\newcounter{last}&#xA;\newcounter{lastoffset}[framenumber]&#xA;\setcounter{last}{1}&#xA;\setcounter{lastoffset}{0}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\last}{%&#xA;\setcounter{last}{1}%&#xA;\addtocounter{last}{\insertframeendpage}%&#xA;\addtocounter{last}{-\insertframestartpage}%&#xA;\addtocounter{last}{\value{lastoffset}}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\lastlabel}[1]{%&#xA;\last%&#xA;\label&amp;lt;\value{last}&amp;gt;{#1}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\definecolor{last}{named}{purple}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\lastframetitle}[1]{%&#xA;\last%&#xA;\frametitle{\color&amp;lt;\value{last}| trans:0&amp;gt;{last}#1}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% Either: \reset redefines \last&#xA;% Or: just redefine the \lastframetitle and \lastlabel to the originals.&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\reset}{%&#xA;\renewcommand{\last}{%&#xA;\setcounter{last}{1}%&#xA;}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;\setcounter{lastoffset}{-1}&#xA;\lastframetitle{Example Frame}&#xA;\lastlabel{ex}&#xA;&#xA;\arabic{lastoffset}&#xA;&#xA;\hyperlink{ex}{\beamergotobutton{Last Slide}}&#xA;&#xA;This is an example frame.&#xA;\pause&#xA;&#xA;Wait here    &#xA;\pause&#xA;&#xA;Paws for Thought&#xA;&#xA;\onslide    &#xA;Visible all along?    &#xA;\end{frame}    &#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;\lastframetitle{Second Frame}&#xA;&#xA;\arabic{lastoffset}&#xA;&#xA;This is the second frame.    &#xA;\pause&#xA;&#xA;Another slide appears    &#xA;\pause&#xA;&#xA;Yet more appear&#xA;\pause&#xA;&#xA;Wait until the end    &#xA;\onslide&#xA;&#xA;Should be here any time soon    &#xA;\pause&#xA;&#xA;What's going on?    &#xA;\onslide&#xA;&#xA;When do all these appear?    &#xA;\pause&#xA;&#xA;Phew, that's all folks.&#xA;\end{frame}    &#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-09-27T09:30:06.863" />
  <row Id="3519" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3521" CreationDate="2010-09-27T09:32:00.350" Score="4" ViewCount="179" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using &lt;code&gt;bmatrix&lt;/code&gt; environment from the &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; package, and I'm trying to do something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;&#xA; \begin{document}&#xA;     \begin{equation}&#xA;         \begin{bmatrix}&#xA;             1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; 4 &amp;amp; 5 &amp;amp; 6 &amp;amp; 7 &amp;amp; 8 &amp;amp; 9 &amp;amp; 10 &amp;amp; 11\\&#xA;         \end{bmatrix}&#xA;    \end{equation}&#xA; \end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, pdfLaTeX returns an error: &quot;Extra alignment tab has been changed to \cr&quot;, and in the output the extra element is moved to the next row. (If I remove one element, then it works perfectly fine). I guess this means that I've hit some hard limit on the number of tab stops in a matrix. Is there a way to change this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The elements in the matrix are short and could fit perfectly on a single row. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="711" LastActivityDate="2010-09-27T10:21:41.983" Title="How to use more than 10 tab stops in \bmatrix?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;amsmath&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3520" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3533" CreationDate="2010-09-27T09:45:28.477" Score="8" ViewCount="163" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need to typeset a dialogue in LaTeX, it's for a translation assignment. The original dialogue does something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;- I found it, I told him.&#xA;My finger was in the book, where George Best's autograph was. My da was&#xA;sitting in his chair.&#xA;- Did you? he said. - Good man. What?&#xA;- What?&#xA;- What did you find?&#xA;- The autograph, I told him.&#xA;He was messing.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like to keep that formatting without resorting to \\ and such. I found the &lt;code&gt;dialogue&lt;/code&gt; package on CTAN, but it doesn't seem to be what I'm looking for.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any ideas?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="656" LastActivityDate="2010-09-27T15:31:08.610" Title="Typeset a dialogue?" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3521" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3519" CreationDate="2010-09-27T10:21:41.983" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Googling &quot;10 columns&quot; together with &quot;tex&quot; and &quot;halign&quot; lead me to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ocf.berkeley.edu/~latex/f09/files/reader.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt; document, where it is explained that, e.g.,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setcounter{MaxMatrixCols}{20}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;enables you to use 20 columns.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2010-09-27T10:21:41.983" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3522" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-27T10:51:57.123" Score="0" ViewCount="89" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1492/passing-parameters-to-a-document&quot;&gt;Passing parameters to a document&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to include a package conditionally depending on the value of a variable defined outside the document/preamble.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, I would like to accomplish the following: if I issue &lt;code&gt;make pdf-wide&lt;/code&gt; somehow the target in the Makefile tells to &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{savetrees}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1307" LastActivityDate="2010-09-27T10:51:57.123" ClosedDate="2010-09-27T15:46:19.477" Title="Conditionally include a package" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3523" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-27T12:27:24.413" Score="6" ViewCount="285" Body="&lt;p&gt;The character &lt;code&gt;\mathbb{Z}&lt;/code&gt; is not displayed correctly in my pdf-output: it is not a vector graphic, but a pixelated raster image. I have loaded the amssymb package and I am using Windows and MiKTeX.&#xA;I suppose I lack some fonds. But which and how do I install them?&#xA;Hope you can help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit to clarify my post:&#xA;Here is a minimal example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{bbold}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;$\mathbb{Z} $&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The actual problem comes from using bbold.&#xA;Adding &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}\usepackage{lmodern}&lt;/code&gt; doesn't help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1308" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-27T15:34:04.133" LastActivityDate="2010-09-27T16:11:41.657" Title="\mathbb{Z} is not displayed correctly" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="3524" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3526" CreationDate="2010-09-27T13:05:07.917" Score="3" ViewCount="350" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1126/include-section-number-in-list-number&quot;&gt;redefined the enumerate counters to include the section number&lt;/a&gt;, and this works as expected. However, when I try to cross-reference text in my document, the number on the reference doesn't show correctly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Upon request, I have edited in a full MWE here instead of the original sample code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand*{\theenumi}{\thesection.\arabic{enumi}}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\theenumii}{\theenumi.\arabic{enumii}}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\theenumiii}{\theenumii.\arabic{enumiii}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\section{The main stuff}&#xA;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;    \item Some text&#xA;    \item \textbf{A header}&#xA;    \begin{enumerate}&#xA;        \item The first item in a sublist&#xA;        \item \label{important} This stuff is really cool&#xA;        \begin{enumerate}&#xA;            \item Some text here...&#xA;            \item ...and here&#xA;        \end{enumerate}&#xA;    \end{enumerate}&#xA;    \item The outer list continues&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;&#xA;When I reference \lq\lq{}important\rq\rq{}, I get \ref{important}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The last row outputs&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;When I reference &quot;important&quot;, I get 1.21.2.2&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where I would have expected the number to be just simply &lt;code&gt;1.2.2&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Solution:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;The solution to this problem was presented by Geoffrey Jones - simply switching from one suggested way of changing the numbering to the other made it work. Instead of the above &lt;code&gt;\newcommands&lt;/code&gt;, the following works:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{enumitem}&#xA;\setenumerate[1]{label=\thesection.\arabic*.}&#xA;\setenumerate[2]{label*=\arabic*.}&#xA;\setenumerate[3]{label*=\arabic*.}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="223" LastEditorUserId="223" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-28T14:07:47.083" LastActivityDate="2010-09-29T02:01:16.573" Title="Label numbering gone crazy" Tags="&lt;cross-referencing&gt;&lt;numbering&gt;&lt;enumerate&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3526" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3524" CreationDate="2010-09-27T14:31:20.100" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Tomas, I've tried my best to replicate your problem but no matter what I do, I can't get anything to go wrong at all.  In the absence of your providing a MWE (which, frankly, I wish you could have supplied), I'm guessing that your code looks essentially like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{verbatim}     % this is just for the print-out below&#xA;\usepackage{enumitem}     % for lack of a MWE, I'm just guessing here&#xA;\setenumerate[1]{label=\thesection.\arabic*.}&#xA;\setenumerate[2]{label*=\arabic*.}&#xA;\setenumerate[3]{label*=\arabic*.}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\setcounter{section}{3}   % to remain in sync with your numbering&#xA;\section{The main stuff}&#xA;  \begin{enumerate}&#xA;    \item Some text&#xA;    \item \textbf{A header}&#xA;    \begin{enumerate}     % NB, your code had \begin{item} here which, judging by &#xA;                          % your printout, I assume to be another typo (correct me&#xA;                          % if I'm wrong&#xA;      \item The first item in a sublist&#xA;      \item \label{important} This stuff is really cool&#xA;      \begin{enumerate}   % NB, ditto&#xA;          \item Some text here...&#xA;          \item ...and here&#xA;      \end{enumerate}&#xA;    \end{enumerate}&#xA;  \end{enumerate}&#xA;  ``When I reference this label (\verb|\ref{important}|), &#xA;  the number that shows up is \ref{important}''&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Apart from the listing part of my printout coinciding with your listing in your question, my code includes the following line:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;When I reference this label (\ref{important}), the number that shows up is&#xA;  4.2.2.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So obviously our code does not coincide.  Can you help me out by providing a MWE that doesn't leaving people guessing about what's causing the problem you see?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-09-27T14:31:20.100" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3527" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3529" CreationDate="2010-09-27T14:33:22.000" Score="4" ViewCount="156" Body="&lt;p&gt;In a two column document in LaTex, is there any way to put a table* (a table spanning both columns) at the bottom of the page?  The obvious doesn't work:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{table*}[b]   % b!, hb, hb!, etc. doesn't work either&#xA;   %... a wide table&#xA;\end{table*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1031" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-28T03:49:26.723" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T03:49:26.723" Title="Put a table* at the bottom of a page?" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;two-column&gt;&lt;positioning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="3528" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11640" CreationDate="2010-09-27T14:39:24.837" Score="6" ViewCount="279" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi! I have a very specific problem that needs solving:&#xA;I would like to produce a shape which can be most easily thought of as a circle or an ellipsis cut out of another bigger circle: Think e.g. the apple of the Apple logo (basically a big circle with something cut out on the right).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have tried the following fragment with the &lt;code&gt;pstricks&lt;/code&gt; package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{psclip}{\psellipse(1.8,0)(0.8,0.6)}&#xA;  \pscircle(2.6,0){.45}&#xA;\end{psclip}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This draws an ellipsis, and inside part of a circle clipped to the shape of the ellipsis. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to subtract or cut out some shape out of another shape with &lt;code&gt;pstricks&lt;/code&gt; (or other)? Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1309" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T12:09:15.867" Title="Graphics: Clip or cutout a circle from a circle" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;diagrams&gt;&lt;pstricks&gt;" AnswerCount="6" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3529" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3527" CreationDate="2010-09-27T14:40:37.067" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;(I just learned about this recently:) This can be solved by loading the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/stfloats.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;stfloats&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package and specifying a figure placement of &lt;code&gt;[bp]&lt;/code&gt; as usual. (The &lt;code&gt;p&lt;/code&gt; should always be included in case the bottom placement can never be achieved.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-09-27T14:40:37.067" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3530" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3495" CreationDate="2010-09-27T14:42:09.943" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\udtimes&lt;/code&gt; is defined in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/mathdesign/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;mathdesign&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2010-09-27T14:42:09.943" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="3531" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="275" CreationDate="2010-09-27T14:42:42.913" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Rather than &lt;code&gt;\columnwidth&lt;/code&gt;, the appropriate length to use is &lt;code&gt;\linewidth&lt;/code&gt;, which will either be &lt;code&gt;\columnwidth&lt;/code&gt; in two-column mode or &lt;code&gt;\textwidth&lt;/code&gt; in one-column mode.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-09-27T14:42:42.913" />
  <row Id="3532" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3454" CreationDate="2010-09-27T15:24:14.390" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Turns out it was two issues at once, which is why I couldn't troubleshoot it myself at first. Initially, it was a typo in the file's local variable declaration (&lt;code&gt;End :&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;End:&lt;/code&gt;), which is why it didn't work when I removed my &lt;code&gt;.emacs&lt;/code&gt; file. While trying to troubleshoot, I eventually added a couple of lines to the &lt;code&gt;.emacs&lt;/code&gt; file, and, because of them, the issue didn't go away when I finally spotted and corrected the typo.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;That's also what made me think this wasn't bug, but a standard behavior.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1074" LastActivityDate="2010-09-27T15:24:14.390" />
  <row Id="3533" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3520" CreationDate="2010-09-27T15:31:08.610" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Really depends on how long you need this to go for and how fussy you are. Based on your description I'd define something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setlength\parindent{0pt}&#xA;\setlength\parskip{1ex plus 2pt minus 1pt}&#xA;\newcommand\X{\par\noindent---~}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\X I found it, I told him.&#xA;&#xA;My finger was in the book, where George Best's autograph was. My da was&#xA;sitting in his chair.&#xA;&#xA;\X Did you? he said. ---~Good man. What?&#xA;\X What?&#xA;\X What did you find?&#xA;\X The autograph, I told him.&#xA;&#xA;He was messing.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;No need to be fancy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-09-27T15:31:08.610" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3534" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3523" CreationDate="2010-09-27T16:11:41.657" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible answer:&lt;/strong&gt; How about just using &lt;code&gt;amssymb&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;bbold&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And now a &lt;strong&gt;non-answer&lt;/strong&gt; but to help with the original question: On my system, I also got the pixelated font running pdflatex (from TeX Live on OSX) on the example from the OP. This is how the letter looks when running the code myself&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/hIccF.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is how it looks in &lt;code&gt;bbold&lt;/code&gt; documentation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/gpYFs.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;While running (and each time I tried with a different font size) I saw something like this on the output log&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;kpathsea: Running mktexpk --mfmode / --bdpi 600 --mag 1+120/600 --dpi 720 bbold12&#xA;mktexpk: Running mf-nowin -progname=mf \mode:=ljfour; mag:=1+120/600; nonstopmode; input bbold12&#xA;This is METAFONT, Version 2.718281 (TeX Live 2009)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not an expert in fonts, but this seems to be creating the pixelated bitmaps for the font. Does anyone know how to actually fix this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-09-27T16:11:41.657" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3535" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3544" CreationDate="2010-09-27T18:29:27.340" Score="7" ViewCount="429" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is a follow-up to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/595/bold-math-symbols&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Suppose you want to denote vectors by &lt;strong&gt;upright bold&lt;/strong&gt; letters; then &lt;code&gt;\mathbf{u}&lt;/code&gt; works fine, except that if it's a Greek letter you have to use &lt;code&gt;\boldsymbol(\omega)&lt;/code&gt; instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Question&lt;/strong&gt;: Is it possible to define a generic vector command in LaTeX which automatically chooses between &lt;code&gt;\mathbf&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\boldsymbol&lt;/code&gt;, so that one can write just &lt;code&gt;\vect{u}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\vect{\omega}&lt;/code&gt; without having to treat the Greek symbols specially by hand?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Just to be clear: &lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\vect}[1]{\boldsymbol{#1}}&lt;/code&gt; is no good in this situation, since &lt;code&gt;\boldsymbol{u}&lt;/code&gt; gives &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;bold italic&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; instead of roman.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="988" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T06:45:45.427" Title="Bold math: Automatic choice between \mathbf and \boldsymbol for Latin and Greek symbols?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="3536" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1307" CreationDate="2010-09-27T18:31:35.310" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The ConTeXt part is easy:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\startitemize[inmargin]&#xA;\item foo&#xA;\item bar&#xA;\item baz&#xA;\stopitemize&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="243" LastActivityDate="2010-09-27T18:31:35.310" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3537" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-27T18:32:53.417" Score="10" ViewCount="267" Body="&lt;p&gt;Can anyone recommend/provide an example as to include pictures in the chapter headers? Any packages known for this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have read about &lt;code&gt;fncychap&lt;/code&gt; which looks great, but would still require add'l programming to include pictures which is what I would apparently need anyway.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1313" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-22T14:32:28.650" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T14:32:28.650" Title="Placing picture above \chapter?" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;chapters&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="3538" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="595" CreationDate="2010-09-27T18:48:29.627" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you use the package &lt;code&gt;bm&lt;/code&gt; you can do &lt;code&gt;$\bm{a}=\bm{\alpha}$&lt;/code&gt; etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="343" LastActivityDate="2010-09-27T18:48:29.627" />
  <row Id="3539" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3535" CreationDate="2010-09-27T18:52:53.593" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Although this doesn't answer your question, have you tried using the &lt;code&gt;bm&lt;/code&gt; package? Then &lt;code&gt;$\bm{\omega}$&lt;/code&gt; gives a bold omega, &lt;code&gt;$\bm{u}$&lt;/code&gt; gives a bold (math italic) u, and &lt;code&gt;$\bm{\mathrm{u}}$&lt;/code&gt; a bold roman u.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="343" LastActivityDate="2010-09-27T18:52:53.593" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="3540" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3546" CreationDate="2010-09-27T19:25:55.920" Score="2" ViewCount="209" Body="&lt;p&gt;Does anyone know how to change the marins of a document midpage? IE a header has .5 inch margins but the text itself has only 1 inch margins?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1118" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-27T23:33:10.967" LastActivityDate="2010-09-27T23:57:12.057" Title="Two Sets of Margins for a single page" Tags="&lt;margins&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3541" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3528" CreationDate="2010-09-27T19:39:51.540" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This may be a slightly simplistic answer, but I think you can do this in Tikz by &quot;overlaying with white&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\path[fill=green,draw=none] (0,0) circle(3cm); &#xA;\path[fill=white,draw=none] (2,0) circle(2cm); &#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="344" LastActivityDate="2010-09-27T19:39:51.540" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3542" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3545" CreationDate="2010-09-27T20:38:19.560" Score="4" ViewCount="844" Body="&lt;p&gt;So I'm working on a presentation that will be given to a very small group of people (3-5 people) that has a lot of citations (100-200), any one of which could be interesting to the audience at a given time.  I was thinking that it would be nice to create a separate page (well, multiple pages) of references that the audience could refer to during my presentation.  Can beamer do this?  Can I use bibtex at all with beamer?&#xA;The citations &lt;em&gt;must&lt;/em&gt; be numbered in order that they are used, since sometimes I will reference 20 or 30 articles at once, and I need to be able to use the dash notation (i.e. 35-56 to cite all references from 35 to 56 at once).  Obviously, putting references on a slide at the end or at the bottom of the slides is not an option.  I'd like to be able to apply a citation style file to the bibliography if possible.  Also, numbering by hand isn't really an option, since I would have to renumber every time I added a citation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1031" LastActivityDate="2010-09-27T22:14:12.757" Title="Bibtex and Beamer" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;bibtex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3543" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3528" CreationDate="2010-09-27T21:15:34.900" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;is this what you want?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\usepackage{pstricks-add}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{pspicture}(0,0)(5,5)&#xA;\psclip{\psellipse[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=red,linestyle=none](1.8,0)(0.8,0.6)}&#xA;\pscircle[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=blue,linestyle=none](2.6,0){.45}&#xA;\endpsclip&#xA;\end{pspicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastActivityDate="2010-09-27T21:15:34.900" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3544" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3535" CreationDate="2010-09-27T21:42:38.973" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;em&gt;both&lt;/em&gt; commands together and define something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{bm}&#xA;\newcommand{\vect}[1]{\boldsymbol{\mathbf{#1}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which should work for most cases.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-09-27T21:42:38.973" />
  <row Id="3545" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3542" CreationDate="2010-09-27T22:14:12.757" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, you &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1969/beamer-and-natbib/1971#1971&quot;&gt;can&lt;/a&gt; use Bibtex with Beamer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I guess something along these lines might work reasonably well:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Prepare your Beamer slides as usual, using Bibtex. (You can hide the Bibtex-generated bibliography if you don't need it.)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Prepare another Latex document (using e.g. the &lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt; class), in which you &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; your Bibtex-generated *.bbl file.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="100" LastActivityDate="2010-09-27T22:14:12.757" />
  <row Id="3546" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3540" CreationDate="2010-09-27T23:32:45.680" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can change the margins for small pieces of text (not spreading over more than a page, usually) using the changepage package. E.g.,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{changepage,lipsum}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\begin{adjustwidth*}{4cm}{2cm}&#xA;\lipsum[2]&#xA;\end{adjustwidth*}&#xA;\lipsum[3]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;changepage&lt;/code&gt; package has some more features for adjusting more of the textblock, but if it's the entire page that you want to change, the latest version of the geometry package provides this somewhat more conveniently. Here's an example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{geometry,lipsum}&#xA;\geometry{margin=4cm}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;\clearpage&#xA;\newgeometry{margin=1cm}&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;\clearpage&#xA;\restoregeometry&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-27T23:57:12.057" LastActivityDate="2010-09-27T23:57:12.057" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3547" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="64" CreationDate="2010-09-27T23:44:20.430" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I used a simple bash / shell script for Mac OS X / teTex to produce PDFs of various documents including my master's thesis back several years ago.&#xA;It basically scans the output produced by &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; to see whether it needs to run the document through additional passes and also executes &lt;code&gt;bibtex&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;makeindex&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The script was inspired by the &lt;code&gt;texify.exe&lt;/code&gt; program bundled with the MiKTeX package for Windows.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure how well it works for other UNIX-like systems but at the time of initial writing it ran flawlessly on my Mac and a Linux box I tested.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personally, this is still the solution I use when working with LaTeX documents as it just works for me, no compilation and no cumbersome installation needed, just one executable file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, as I haven't developed it further and didn't have the resources to test it extensively with various systems (and have no plans to develop it further), I cannot guarantee for its proper function on other systems than those that I've had at hand.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I hereby release it to the public in hope that it might still be useful for someone out there.&#xA;You can find it on my &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/users/1314/archimedix&quot;&gt;user's profile page here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1314" LastActivityDate="2010-09-27T23:44:20.430" />
  <row Id="3548" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3537" CreationDate="2010-09-27T23:53:07.527" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's an example using the &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt; class; perhaps one of the other options would have an easier approach. You'll need to load some sort of package like memoir or KOMA-Script or fncychap to be able to write this sort of thing without too much programming, but as you can see below, there's still some manual bits and pieces.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\documentclass{memoir}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\renewcommand\chapterheadstart{%&#xA;  \vspace*{\beforechapskip}&#xA;  \noindent&#xA;  \smash{%             = don't take up any vertical space&#xA;    \raisebox{1cm}{%   = place graphic at a certain height&#xA;      \rule{5em}{5em}% = insert graphic&#xA;    }%&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \par&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\chapter{foo}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-09-27T23:53:07.527" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="3549" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="422" CreationDate="2010-09-28T00:59:28.037" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's a solution I like even though it's not very clever. You simply temporarily redefine &lt;code&gt;\thetheorem&lt;/code&gt; (or in your case, &lt;code&gt;\thethm&lt;/code&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% in the introduction&#xA;{&#xA;\renewcommand{\thetheorem}{\ref{thm:associativity}}&#xA;\begin{theorem}&#xA;  Lorem ipsum ...&#xA;\end{theorem}&#xA;\addtocounter{theorem}{-1}&#xA;} % note: these braces are here to take advantage of LaTeX scoping ... &#xA;  % \thetheorem is returned to its rightful definition outside of this group&#xA;&#xA;% elsewhere&#xA;\begin{theorem} \label{thm:associativity}&#xA;  Lorem ipsum ...&#xA;\end{theorem}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="44" LastActivityDate="2010-09-28T00:59:28.037" />
  <row Id="3552" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3491" CreationDate="2010-09-28T14:14:51.620" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's a bit of a hack that &lt;em&gt;might&lt;/em&gt; be suitable for what you need. I hope you don't mind the floats appearing on their own pages. See the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=floats&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;FAQ answer&lt;/a&gt; on floats for something of an explanation here. The code is uncommented but you should be able to get the gist of it. Also, be aware that you won't be able to have more than 36 floats using this technique.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{morefloats}&#xA;\usepackage{chngcntr}&#xA;\counterwithin{figure}{section}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\allowfloats{%&#xA;    \renewcommand{\topfraction}{.85}&#xA;    \renewcommand{\bottomfraction}{.7}&#xA;    \renewcommand{\textfraction}{.15}&#xA;    \renewcommand{\floatpagefraction}{.66}&#xA;    \setcounter{topnumber}{0}&#xA;    \setcounter{bottomnumber}{0}&#xA;    \setcounter{totalnumber}{0}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\dontallowfloats{%&#xA;    \renewcommand{\topfraction}{.01}&#xA;    \renewcommand{\bottomfraction}{.01}&#xA;    \renewcommand{\textfraction}{.99}&#xA;    \renewcommand{\floatpagefraction}{.99}&#xA;    \setcounter{topnumber}{9}&#xA;    \setcounter{bottomnumber}{9}&#xA;    \setcounter{totalnumber}{20}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\newcommand\textandfloat{%&#xA;  \lipsum[1-2]&#xA;  \par&#xA;  \begin{figure}[p]&#xA;    \centering\rule{5cm}{5cm}&#xA;    \caption{Black square.}&#xA;  \end{figure}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\dontallowfloats&#xA;\section{Begin document}&#xA;\textandfloat\textandfloat&#xA;\textandfloat\textandfloat&#xA;\section{Middle}&#xA;\textandfloat\textandfloat&#xA;\textandfloat\textandfloat&#xA;\section{End document}&#xA;\textandfloat\textandfloat&#xA;\textandfloat\textandfloat&#xA;&#xA;\allowfloats&#xA;\section{Floats}&#xA;Here are all the floats.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-09-28T14:14:51.620" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3553" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-28T15:04:17.670" Score="4" ViewCount="199" Body="&lt;p&gt;So I'm using &lt;strong&gt;algorithmicx&lt;/strong&gt; to define some algorithms. It looks great, but I have one problem. When I use &lt;code&gt;\listofalgorithms&lt;/code&gt; a page is created with the captions and links to the algorithms. However, there is no &quot;List of algorithms&quot; section in the contents section of the document. &quot;List of tables&quot; and &quot;List of figures&quot; are there just as expected.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any ideas on why?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1319" LastActivityDate="2010-09-28T19:18:15.457" Title="algorithmicx no listofalgorithms in contents section" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;algorithms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3554" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3506" CreationDate="2010-09-28T15:43:04.900" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have already implemented a report generation tool in a business setting in latex/python/gnuplot, and it works great! The only problem for me was to get the idea accepted in the company. I ended up writing a proof of concept utility that generates professional looking reports. There are no problems what so ever. The reports generated is about 100 pages long and used to take the company days to write. Now the entire thing is generated in ten seconds. :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So how do you convince you coworkers of the laTeX way? Most people had never heard of laTeX and even though most people were interested in the idea, they wanted it &quot;implemented&quot; in MS Word. Even now they are skeptical of the idea since I am the only TeXer in the company and nobody else can alter the software if I leave. My software is used by other people in the company, and saves us huge amounts of money, but I still doubt that I will get to use more engineering time on TeX ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Good luck, though!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1110" LastActivityDate="2010-09-28T15:43:04.900" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-09-28T15:43:04.900" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3555" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1863" CreationDate="2010-09-28T16:18:00.847" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/tabularx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tabularx&lt;/a&gt; package is definitely one of the candidates. Otherwise links to footnotes are prevented.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-09-28T16:18:00.847" />
  <row Id="3556" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3491" CreationDate="2010-09-28T17:14:34.087" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;So this is my candidate solution which basically consists in manually moving all the floats to the end, and then temporarily hack into the &lt;code&gt;section&lt;/code&gt; counter in order to show the desired numbers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{float}&#xA;\newfloat{program}{tbphH}{lop}[section]&#xA;\floatname{program}{Program}&#xA;&#xA;\newcounter{savesection}&#xA;\newenvironment{fromsection}[1]{%&#xA;  \setcounter{savesection}{\value{section}}%&#xA;  \setcounter{section}{#1}%&#xA;  \renewcommand{\thesection}{\arabic{section}}}&#xA;  {\setcounter{section}{\value{savesection}}}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\codefrom}[1]{%&#xA;\begin{program}[hbt]&#xA;    \caption{#1}&#xA;    \label{#1}&#xA;\end{program}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Introduction}&#xA;Please see Program~\ref{dostuff} and \ref{donothing}.&#xA;&#xA;\section{Another thing}&#xA;Also see Program~\ref{onlyone}.&#xA;&#xA;\appendix&#xA;\section{Appendix}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{fromsection}{1}&#xA;\codefrom{dostuff}&#xA;\codefrom{donothing}&#xA;\end{fromsection}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{fromsection}{2}&#xA;\codefrom{onlyone}&#xA;\end{fromsection}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Yet another appendix}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As the floats don't really need to “float” anymore, I would furthermore suggest to change their placement simply to “H” rather than “hbt”. Also I have no idea about the terrible things that this could cause if you're trying to use this together with hyperref.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-09-28T17:14:34.087" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3557" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-28T17:25:38.260" Score="6" ViewCount="187" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have an &quot;XYZ's Law&quot; quote that I'd like to show somewhere on a page vertically centered in a box with some form of simple border around it.  Basically I'm trying to achieve the latex equivalent of how &lt;code&gt;Norvig's Law&lt;/code&gt; is shown at &lt;a href=&quot;http://norvig.com/norvigs-law.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://norvig.com/norvigs-law.html&lt;/a&gt; where there's some text centred and placed inside a bordered box on the page.  Can anyone begin to make suggestions on how I'd go about creating something of such an appearance?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I apologize if my use of the term &lt;em&gt;box&lt;/em&gt; here overlaps with another use of the term that is specific to latex.  I've seen the term &lt;em&gt;box&lt;/em&gt; come up a number of times in latex, so I don't know whether it has special meaning within the realms of latex that I've gone and unintentionally overlapped here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3484" LastActivityDate="2010-09-28T21:52:40.490" Title="Suggestions on how to place a sentence of text inside a box with a border around it" Tags="&lt;boxes&gt;" AnswerCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3558" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3557" CreationDate="2010-09-28T17:37:16.640" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For start, you may want to look at the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancybox/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;fancybox&lt;/a&gt; package.  For some ideas how to create even fancier boxes, look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/boxes-with-text-and-math/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this tikz example&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2010-09-28T17:37:16.640" />
  <row Id="3559" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3557" CreationDate="2010-09-28T17:47:32.197" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To get you started, and following &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3557/suggestions-on-how-to-place-a-sentence-of-text-inside-a-box-with-a-border-around/3558#3558&quot;&gt;Jan's suggestion&lt;/a&gt; of using &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancybox/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;fancybox&lt;/a&gt;, you could define an environment such as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{fancybox}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{boxedlaw}[1]&#xA;  {\begin{Sbox}\begin{minipage}{#1}\centering}&#xA;  {\end{minipage}\end{Sbox}\begin{center}\shadowbox{\TheSbox}\end{center}}&#xA;&#xA;...&#xA;&#xA;\begin{boxedlaw}{5cm}&#xA;XYZ's Law&#xA;\end{boxedlaw}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And really have a look at the documentation from this package for further suggestions as well as other styles of boxes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-09-28T17:47:32.197" />
  <row Id="3560" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3557" CreationDate="2010-09-28T18:13:04.000" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Metafun/ConTeXt is great at this. See for example chapter 4 in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pragma-ade.com/general/manuals/metafun-p.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;metafun manual&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="243" LastActivityDate="2010-09-28T18:13:04.000" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3561" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3553" CreationDate="2010-09-28T19:18:15.457" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can manually add the list of algorithms to the table of contents using the &lt;code&gt;\addcontentsline&lt;/code&gt; command.  Immediately after &lt;code&gt;\listofalgorithms&lt;/code&gt; in your code, include&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{List of algorithms}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(and make sure to compile it a couple of times until the output stops changing).  By changing &lt;code&gt;section&lt;/code&gt; in that command to &lt;code&gt;chapter&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;subsection&lt;/code&gt;, etc., you can affect what level it displays at in the table of contents (i.e. how big it is, whether it's bold, if it's indented below another higher item).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="32" LastActivityDate="2010-09-28T19:18:15.457" />
  <row Id="3562" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2742" CreationDate="2010-09-28T21:31:03.533" Score="-3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have this problem using the amsbook class.  The fixes above corrected the bookmark layout, but clicking the hyperlinks for anything after \appendix is still wrong.  I looked in the amsbook.cls file for the appendix definitions, but they are much more complicated than the &quot;what it should look like&quot; from Yiannis.  Suggestions?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="335" LastActivityDate="2010-09-28T21:31:03.533" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3563" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3557" CreationDate="2010-09-28T21:52:40.490" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For proclamations like such, you can also consider using the &lt;code&gt;ntheorem&lt;/code&gt; package, which provides a &quot;framed theorem&quot; environment. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{ntheorem}&#xA;&#xA;\theoremstyle{nonumberplain}&#xA;\newframedtheorem{XYZLaw}{XYZ's Law}&#xA;&#xA;...&#xA;&#xA;\begin{XYZLaw}&#xA;XYZ's law states that blah implies foobar&#xA;\end{XYZLaw}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastActivityDate="2010-09-28T21:52:40.490" />
  <row Id="3564" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3524" CreationDate="2010-09-29T02:01:16.573" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Tomas, excellent update. Now we can see what's going on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As odd as the result you see is at first glance, it happens that your odd output is exactly what LaTeX should produce without further modifications from you.  Here's a modified version of your (new) code to help you see what's going on (sorry for the long lines):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{verbatim}&#xA;\usepackage[margin=1in]{geometry}&#xA;&#xA;%\renewcommand*{\theenumi}{\thesection.\arabic{enumi}}  % run once without uncommenting, review output, then uncomment and run again&#xA;%\renewcommand*{\theenumii}{\theenumi.\arabic{enumii}}  % uncomment after running and reviewing ouput from uncommented line above&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section{Stuff}&#xA;  \begin{enumerate}&#xA;    \item This line contains \verb|\label{a}|. \label{a} \verb|\labelenumi|: \labelenumi;\ \verb|\theenumi|: \theenumi&#xA;    \item This line contains \verb|\label{b}|. \label{b} \verb|\labelenumi|: \labelenumi;\ \verb|\theenumi|: \theenumi&#xA;    \begin{enumerate}&#xA;      \item This line contains \verb|\label{c}|. \label{c} \verb|\labelenumii|: \labelenumii;\ \verb|\theenumii|: \theenumii&#xA;      \item This line contains \verb|\label{d}|. \label{d} \verb|\labelenumii|: \labelenumii;\ \verb|\theenumii|: \theenumii&#xA;      \begin{enumerate}&#xA;        \item This line contains \verb|\label{e}|. \label{e} \verb|\labelenumiii|: \labelenumiii;\ \verb|\theenumiii|: \theenumiii&#xA;        \item This line contains \verb|\label{f}|. \label{f} \verb|\labelenumiii|: \labelenumiii;\ \verb|\theenumiii|: \theenumiii&#xA;      \end{enumerate}&#xA;    \end{enumerate}&#xA;  \end{enumerate}&#xA;  \verb|\ref|'s to \verb|\label|'s\{a, b, c, d, e, f\}: \ref{a}, \ref{b}, \ref{c}, \ref{d}, \ref{e}, \ref{f}.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you can see if you run this code as is, the output LaTeX produces is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;\ref's to \label's{a, b, c, d, e, f}: 1, 2, 2a, 2b, 2(b)i, 2(b)ii.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I hope you'll agree that that is the result everyone would ordinarily expect LaTeX to produce.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, if you uncomment the first of your &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand&lt;/code&gt;'s, your output will include:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;\ref's to \label's{a, b, c, d, e, f}: 1.1, 1.2, 1.2a, 1.2b, 1.2(b)i, 1.2(b)ii.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;OK, so now it's starting to look a little strange. But it follows from what we just saw before (right?).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, if you uncomment the second of your &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand&lt;/code&gt;'s, you'll see:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;\ref's to \label's{a, b, c, d, e, f}: 1.1, 1.2, 1.21.2.1, 1.21.2.2, 1.2(1.2.2)i, 1.2(1.2.2)ii.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which, while exactly as you describe in your problem statement, nevertheless follows consistently from the results we saw in our previous tests above.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So now you can see what's going on (and that your expectations about the output you saw didn't account for the way LaTeX prints labels in &lt;code&gt;enumerate&lt;/code&gt; environments).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To fix this (which I wouldn't bother with given the working solution I provided above), you're going to need to dive into redefining LaTeX's &lt;code&gt;\p@enumii&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\p@enumiii&lt;/code&gt;, but that's a whole new kettle of fish.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-09-29T02:01:16.573" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3565" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-29T02:20:09.277" Score="8" ViewCount="739" Body="&lt;p&gt;What are some ways to draw electric circuits in TeX systems?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm making this community wiki since I haven't found a question related to this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I was thinking along the lines of &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/circuitikz&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;circuitikz&lt;/a&gt;. What do you think of that? Other examples are more than welcome, of course.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="791" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-07T01:52:06.443" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T01:56:02.510" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-09-29T02:20:09.277" Title="Electric circuits in TeX, LaTeX, and Friends" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;circuitikz&gt;" AnswerCount="6" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="3566" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3565" CreationDate="2010-09-29T03:38:27.663" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Since somebody has to do it, it might as well be me. How about &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/simple-circuit-schematics-symbols/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TikZ&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/logic-circuits-library/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-29T04:00:04.403" LastActivityDate="2010-09-29T04:00:04.403" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-09-29T03:38:27.663" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3567" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3565" CreationDate="2010-09-29T04:35:08.083" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You may also want to have a look the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/graphics/pstricks/contrib/pst-circ/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pst-circ&lt;/a&gt; package from the pstricks family.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastActivityDate="2010-09-29T04:35:08.083" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-09-29T04:35:08.083" />
  <row Id="3568" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3569" CreationDate="2010-09-29T04:47:40.453" Score="13" ViewCount="321" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to insert a URL. Is there a &quot;correct&quot; way of doing that? If so, is there a way to turn it into a link inside the final pdf generated with pdfTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="192" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-01T12:51:24.150" LastActivityDate="2010-10-01T12:51:24.150" Title="How does one insert a URL correctly?" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;url&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3569" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3568" CreationDate="2010-09-29T04:51:40.227" Score="18" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I thought this was a duplicate but I think I was thinking of email addresses. URLs are simple:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;...&#xA;\url{http://google.com}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Colours can be changed by setting up hyperref as desired:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\hypersetup{&#xA;  colorlinks, linkcolor=red&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you're not using hyperref then load the url package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\usepackage{url}&#xA;...&#xA;\url{http://google.com}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but you won't get hyperlinks, of course.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-09-29T04:51:40.227" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3570" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3565" CreationDate="2010-09-29T04:54:21.907" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For users of Asymptote, there seems to be a new package for doing this, discussed &lt;a href=&quot;https://sourceforge.net/projects/asymptote/forums/forum/409349/topic/3867701&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-09-29T04:54:21.907" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-09-29T04:54:21.907" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3571" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3568" CreationDate="2010-09-29T05:44:00.743" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Also,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\href{http://google.com}{Google}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;so that when you press on the word &lt;em&gt;Google&lt;/em&gt; you get connected to Google's site.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is what you should put in the preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}&#xA;\hypersetup{citecolor=DeepPink4}&#xA;\hypersetup{linkcolor=DarkRed}&#xA;\hypersetup{urlcolor=DarkBlue}&#xA;\usepackage{cleveref}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This should be placed &lt;strong&gt;as is&lt;/strong&gt; at the &lt;strong&gt;bottom&lt;/strong&gt; of the list of added packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="810" LastActivityDate="2010-09-29T05:44:00.743" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3572" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3565" CreationDate="2010-09-29T07:00:49.010" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;My guess would be to actually use a normal cad program, and then export into a format that could be used by LaTeX (and friends). Preferable a format like svg (scalable vector graphics) so that you could zoom in the resulting pdf.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I checked over at chiphacker for cad programs:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://chiphacker.com/questions/1749/what-are-the-best-free-schematic-tools-out-there&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://chiphacker.com/questions/1749/what-are-the-best-free-schematic-tools-out-there&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://chiphacker.com/questions/1222/what-are-low-cost-circuit-and-pcb-design-software/1226#1226&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://chiphacker.com/questions/1222/what-are-low-cost-circuit-and-pcb-design-software/1226#1226&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And maybe &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.lis.inpg.fr/realise_au_lis/kicad/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;kicad&lt;/a&gt; can be useful since that seem to have svn export, but I have not tried it my self.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="795" LastEditorUserId="795" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-29T07:16:16.137" LastActivityDate="2010-09-29T07:16:16.137" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-09-29T07:00:49.010" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3573" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2822" CreationDate="2010-09-29T07:38:38.237" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I wouldn't have a clue if this is sufficient to fully implement what &lt;code&gt;\ce&lt;/code&gt; is capable of, but here's a quick example of how I'd go about this. Note that there are no state machines or active characters, just judicious use of search'n'replace. The TeX equivalent, I suppose, of a regexp solution. Who knows if it's efficient, though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{expl3,xparse,&#xA;  fixltx2e, % for \textsubscript&#xA;  amstext   % for \text&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\textsubsuperscript[2]{$_{\text{#1}}^{\text{#2}}$}&#xA;\newcommand\textsupersubscript[2]{$_{\text{#2}}^{\text{#1}}$}&#xA;&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOn&#xA;&#xA;% \catcode 12 strings of otherwise special chars:&#xA;\tl_set:Nx \c_underscore_char { \cs_to_str:N \_ }&#xA;\tl_set:Nx \c_caret_char      { \cs_to_str:N \^ }&#xA;\tl_set:Nx \c_bgroup_char     { \cs_to_str:N \{ }&#xA;\tl_set:Nx \c_egroup_char     { \cs_to_str:N \} }&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareDocumentCommand \ce {m} {&#xA;  \tl_set:Nx \l_ce_tl { \tl_to_str:n {#1} }&#xA;&#xA;  \tl_replace_all_in:Nnn \l_ce_tl {1} {\ce_sub:w{1}}&#xA;  \tl_replace_all_in:Nnn \l_ce_tl {2} {\ce_sub:w{2}}&#xA;  \tl_replace_all_in:Nnn \l_ce_tl {3} {\ce_sub:w{3}}&#xA;  \tl_replace_all_in:Nnn \l_ce_tl {4} {\ce_sub:w{4}}&#xA;  \tl_replace_all_in:Nnn \l_ce_tl {5} {\ce_sub:w{5}}&#xA;  \tl_replace_all_in:Nnn \l_ce_tl {6} {\ce_sub:w{6}}&#xA;  \tl_replace_all_in:Nnn \l_ce_tl {7} {\ce_sub:w{7}}&#xA;  \tl_replace_all_in:Nnn \l_ce_tl {8} {\ce_sub:w{8}}&#xA;  \tl_replace_all_in:Nnn \l_ce_tl {9} {\ce_sub:w{9}}&#xA;  \tl_replace_all_in:Nnn \l_ce_tl {0} {\ce_sub:w{0}}&#xA;&#xA;  \tl_replace_all_in:Non \l_ce_tl \c_caret_char {\ce_super:w}&#xA;  \tl_replace_all_in:Non \l_ce_tl \c_underscore_char {\ce_sub:w}&#xA;&#xA;  \tl_replace_all_in:Nnn \l_ce_tl {+} {\ce_super:w{+}}&#xA;  \tl_replace_all_in:Nnn \l_ce_tl {-} {\ce_super:w{$-$}}&#xA;&#xA;  % fix syntax like &quot;^2&quot;:&#xA;  \tl_replace_all_in:Nnn \l_ce_tl {\ce_super:w \ce_sub:w} {\ce_super:w}&#xA;&#xA;  % finally, fix up braces that were detokenized:&#xA;  \tl_rescan:nV {\ExplSyntaxOn} \l_ce_tl&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\cs_set:Npn \ce_super:w #1 {&#xA;  \peek_meaning_remove_ignore_spaces:NTF \ce_sub:w&#xA;  {\textsupersubscript{\ce_disable_subsuper: #1}}&#xA;  {\textsuperscript{\ce_disable_subsuper: #1}}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\cs_set:Npn \ce_sub:w #1 {&#xA;  \peek_meaning_remove_ignore_spaces:NTF \ce_super:w&#xA;  {\textsubsuperscript{\ce_disable_subsuper: #1}}&#xA;  {\textsubscript{\ce_disable_subsuper: #1}}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\cs_set:Nn \ce_disable_subsuper: {&#xA;  \cs_set_eq:NN \ce_super:w \use:n&#xA;  \cs_set_eq:NN \ce_sub:w \use:n&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% Need these variants:&#xA;\cs_generate_variant:Nn \tl_replace_all_in:Nnn {Non}&#xA;\cs_generate_variant:Nn \tl_rescan:nn {nV}&#xA;&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOff&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\ce{Y^{99}+}\par&#xA;\ce{Y^{99+}}\par&#xA;\ce{H20}\par&#xA;\ce{Sb2O3}\par&#xA;\ce{H+}\par&#xA;\ce{CrO4^2-}\par&#xA;\ce{AgCl2-}\par&#xA;\ce{[AgCl2]-}\par&#xA;\ce{H2_{(aq)}}\par&#xA;\ce{NO3-}\par&#xA;\ce{(NH4)2S}\par&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The premise of &lt;code&gt;\ce&lt;/code&gt; is that the argument is turned into a string before replacing the various characters with macros to expand to the desired output. First the numbers are replaced by themselves inside a conditional subscript, then &lt;code&gt;^&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;_&lt;/code&gt; are replaced macros to perform &quot;conditional superscripts and subscripts&quot; (resp.), and finally &lt;code&gt;+&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;-&lt;/code&gt; are replaced by themselves superscripted.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In case of syntax like &lt;code&gt;^2&lt;/code&gt;, which would be replaced by &lt;code&gt;[superscript]&lt;/code&gt;+&lt;code&gt;[subscript 2]&lt;/code&gt;, we replace the combination of &lt;code&gt;[superscript]&lt;/code&gt;+&lt;code&gt;[subscript]&lt;/code&gt; with the conditional superscript alone.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, the string is the &quot;retokenised&quot; using the expl3 wrapper around &lt;code&gt;\scantokens&lt;/code&gt; to perform all of the typesetting.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &quot;conditional subscripts&quot; and &quot;conditional superscripts&quot; that I refer to above are simply text sub-/super-scripts that deactivates themselves for nested material. E.g., &lt;code&gt;[subscript [subscript x]]&lt;/code&gt; is interpreted as &lt;code&gt;[subscript x]&lt;/code&gt;. This allows things like &lt;code&gt;+&lt;/code&gt; inside a superscript not superscripting itself again.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-30T01:08:34.170" LastActivityDate="2010-09-30T01:08:34.170" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3574" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3578" CreationDate="2010-09-29T08:29:30.937" Score="3" ViewCount="479" Body="&lt;p&gt;I get problem with bounding box in my graphics. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example 1 below, where I only include a .png works fine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example 2 below, where I also have &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[dvips]{color}&lt;/code&gt; in order to include a .ps, does not work - the .png is blown up!  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;WHY?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Code example 1&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{figure}[htbp]&#xA;    \includegraphics[scale=0.7]{irg.png}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Code example 2&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage[dvips]{color}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{figure}[htbp]&#xA;    \includegraphics[scale=0.7]{irg.png}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\begin{figure}[htbp]&#xA;        \includegraphics{irg2.ps}&#xA; \end{figure}&#xA; \end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1213" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-29T13:03:30.287" LastActivityDate="2010-09-30T10:41:39.413" Title="How to use `\usepackage[dvips]{color}` together with `\usepackage{graphicx}`" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;color&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="3575" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3565" CreationDate="2010-09-29T08:48:39.917" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have seen two Metapost-based circuit drawing environments:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Tomasz Cholewo's &lt;a href=&quot;http://ci.louisville.edu/tom/software/LaTeX/mpcirc/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;mpcirc&lt;/a&gt;, which is a suite of four minimally documented Metapost libraries to support writing Metapost to layout circuits.  The examples are impressively compact, but I don't understand the code;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Gustavo Argañaraz' &lt;a href=&quot;ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/graphics/metapost/contrib/macros/makecirc/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;makecirc&lt;/a&gt;, which is a pair of Metapost libraries, to handle circuit layout and creating Latex labels.  The code is much more what one would expect, and there is a user guide.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Makecirc is somewhat tied to Latex, because its label creation library uses latex-specific code to create parametric label ranges.  Mpcirc should work with Context.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-09-29T08:48:39.917" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-09-29T08:48:39.917" />
  <row Id="3576" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3574" CreationDate="2010-09-29T09:20:08.400" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If &lt;code&gt;graphicx&lt;/code&gt; is not told the output driver to use it will do its best at auto-detecting it. This is usually the best way to go by far.  However, by loading &lt;code&gt;color&lt;/code&gt; &lt;em&gt;after&lt;/em&gt; &lt;code&gt;graphicx&lt;/code&gt; you've told &lt;code&gt;color&lt;/code&gt; to use (presumably) another driver than the one &lt;code&gt;graphicx&lt;/code&gt; initialised, thus leading to the conflict which caused your figure to &quot;blow up&quot;.  (I say presumably because you'd need to identify your platform and your LaTeX compiler to know for sure.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The solution is quite simple. Either, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;remove the [dvips] driver option to &lt;code&gt;color&lt;/code&gt; (do-able if you can convert irg2.ps to, say, pdf format first), or more simply, &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;load &lt;code&gt;graphicx&lt;/code&gt; after loading &lt;code&gt;color&lt;/code&gt;, i.e., swap the two &lt;code&gt;\usepackage&lt;/code&gt; lines to allow &lt;code&gt;graphicx&lt;/code&gt;'s driver auto-detection routine to initialise itself for the driver you intend to use.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As a footnote, I'd recommend looking into using &lt;code&gt;xcolor&lt;/code&gt; rather than &lt;code&gt;color&lt;/code&gt; if you possibly can.  It provides a more robust colour framework and cohabitates very much better with recent packages than &lt;code&gt;color&lt;/code&gt; does.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-09-29T09:20:08.400" />
  <row Id="3577" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3478" CreationDate="2010-09-29T11:37:37.423" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another example, this is what's used in the TUGboat journal:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{relsize}&#xA;\def\acro#1{\textsmaller{#1}\@}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;They also have a list of abbreviations/acronyms you can use to get some ideas how/what to letterspace, see&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/tugboat/tugboat.dtx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tugboat.dtx&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\MacOSX{Mac\,\acro{OS\,X}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\MathML{Math\acro{ML}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can use the microtype package and AssBurger's &lt;code&gt;\versal&lt;/code&gt; command if you want additional microtypgraphic features like increased letterspace.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1328" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-29T12:09:17.207" LastActivityDate="2010-09-29T12:09:17.207" />
  <row Id="3578" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3574" CreationDate="2010-09-29T12:58:34.873" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You cannot mix &lt;code&gt;.png&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;.eps&lt;/code&gt; files in the same document. The short story is that&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;if you're using &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; to compile your document then you can use &lt;code&gt;.png&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;.jpg&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;.pdf&lt;/code&gt; pictures; while&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;if you're using &lt;code&gt;latex&lt;/code&gt; you can only include &lt;code&gt;.eps&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The best solution is to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2811/is-there-any-reason-to-compile-to-dvi-rather-than-pdf-these-days&quot;&gt;stick to pdflatex&lt;/a&gt; and use &lt;code&gt;epstopdf&lt;/code&gt; to convert your &lt;code&gt;.eps&lt;/code&gt; figure to a &lt;code&gt;.pdf&lt;/code&gt; (or, if possible, generate directly a &lt;code&gt;.pdf&lt;/code&gt; from your source application).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And you don't need to load &lt;code&gt;color&lt;/code&gt; (or &lt;code&gt;xcolor&lt;/code&gt;) to include figures.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-30T10:41:39.413" LastActivityDate="2010-09-30T10:41:39.413" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3579" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3585" CreationDate="2010-09-29T14:23:58.433" Score="5" ViewCount="228" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi all,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ins what's below, the equation numbering is annoying and forcing it to move up would be a solution. Anyway what are your suggestions to fix this without modifying the equations?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{book}&#xA;\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[a4paper,top=3.5cm,bottom=3cm,left=3.6cm,right=3.6cm]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum[4]&#xA;\begin{equation}\begin{aligned}&#xA;ac_1 &amp;amp;= a_1c_1 \\&#xA;a^2c_2 &amp;amp;= a_1c_2 + a_2c_1^2 \\&#xA;a^3c_3 &amp;amp;= a_1c_3 + 2a_2c_1c_2 + a_3c_1^3 \\&#xA;a^4c_4 &amp;amp;= a_1c_4 + a_2(c_2^2+2c_1c_3) + 3a_3c_1^2c_2 + a_4c_1^4 \\&#xA;a^5c_5 &amp;amp;= a_1c_5 + a_2(2c_1c_4+2c_2c_3) + a_3(3c_1^2c_3+3c_1&#xA;c_2^2) + a_4(c_1^3c_2+3c_1^2c_2) + a_5c_1^5 \end{aligned}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;\lipsum[4]&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastActivityDate="2010-09-29T16:22:38.177" Title="moving the equation number up" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;numbering&gt;" AnswerCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3580" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3579" CreationDate="2010-09-29T14:29:09.867" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Does this produce something like what you want? I've just replaced the &lt;code&gt;aligned&lt;/code&gt; environment with &lt;code&gt;split&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{book}&#xA;\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[a4paper,top=3.5cm,bottom=3cm,left=3.6cm,right=3.6cm]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum[4]&#xA;\begin{equation}\begin{split}&#xA;ac_1 &amp;amp;= a_1c_1 \\&#xA;a^2c_2 &amp;amp;= a_1c_2 + a_2c_1^2 \\&#xA;a^3c_3 &amp;amp;= a_1c_3 + 2a_2c_1c_2 + a_3c_1^3 \\&#xA;a^4c_4 &amp;amp;= a_1c_4 + a_2(c_2^2+2c_1c_3) + 3a_3c_1^2c_2 + a_4c_1^4 \\&#xA;a^5c_5 &amp;amp;= a_1c_5 + a_2(2c_1c_4+2c_2c_3) + a_3(3c_1^2c_3+3c_1&#xA;c_2^2) + a_4(c_1^3c_2+3c_1^2c_2) + a_5c_1^5 \end{split}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;\lipsum[4]&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="586" LastActivityDate="2010-09-29T14:29:09.867" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3581" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3579" CreationDate="2010-09-29T14:54:17.950" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The problem is with the last equation that is almost too big to fit in a line. Another possible solution is to use a small hack with &lt;code&gt;\hspace&lt;/code&gt; and make LaTeX think that the length of the equation is actually a bit shorter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{equation}\begin{aligned}&#xA;ac_1 &amp;amp;= a_1c_1 \\&#xA;a^2c_2 &amp;amp;= a_1c_2 + a_2c_1^2 \\&#xA;a^3c_3 &amp;amp;= a_1c_3 + 2a_2c_1c_2 + a_3c_1^3 \\&#xA;a^4c_4 &amp;amp;= a_1c_4 + a_2(c_2^2+2c_1c_3) + 3a_3c_1^2c_2 + a_4c_1^4 \\&#xA;a^5c_5 &amp;amp;= a_1c_5 + a_2(2c_1c_4+2c_2c_3) + a_3(3c_1^2c_3+3c_1&#xA;c_2^2) + a_4(c_1^3c_2+3c_1^2c_2) + a_5c_1^5\hspace{-10pt}\end{aligned}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-09-29T14:54:17.950" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3582" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3579" CreationDate="2010-09-29T14:54:22.410" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;How about using align?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{book}&#xA;\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[a4paper,top=3.5cm,bottom=3cm,left=3.6cm,right=3.6cm]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{align}&#xA;ac_1 &amp;amp;= a_1c_1 \notag\\&#xA;a^2c_2 &amp;amp;= a_1c_2 + a_2c_1^2 \notag\\&#xA;a^3c_3 &amp;amp;= a_1c_3 + 2a_2c_1c_2 + a_3c_1^3 \\&#xA;a^4c_4 &amp;amp;= a_1c_4 + a_2(c_2^2+2c_1c_3) + 3a_3c_1^2c_2 + a_4c_1^4 \notag\\&#xA;a^5c_5 &amp;amp;= a_1c_5 + a_2(2c_1c_4+2c_2c_3) + a_3(3c_1^2c_3+3c_1&#xA;c_2^2) + a_4(c_1^3c_2+3c_1^2c_2) + a_5c_1^5 \notag&#xA;\end{align}&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastActivityDate="2010-09-29T14:54:22.410" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3583" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3579" CreationDate="2010-09-29T15:04:50.230" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have another option, using Alexander R. Perlis's &lt;a href=&quot;http://math.arizona.edu/~aprl/publications/mathclap/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;mathclap&lt;/a&gt; and friends:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{book}&#xA;\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[a4paper,top=3.5cm,bottom=3cm,left=3.6cm,right=3.6cm]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\def\clap#1{\hbox to 0pt{\hss#1\hss}}&#xA;\def\mathllap{\mathpalette\mathllapinternal}&#xA;\def\mathrlap{\mathpalette\mathrlapinternal}&#xA;\def\mathclap{\mathpalette\mathclapinternal}&#xA;\def\mathllapinternal#1#2{%&#xA;\llap{$\mathsurround=0pt#1{#2}$}}&#xA;\def\mathrlapinternal#1#2{%&#xA;\rlap{$\mathsurround=0pt#1{#2}$}}&#xA;\def\mathclapinternal#1#2{%&#xA;\clap{$\mathsurround=0pt#1{#2}$}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{equation}\begin{aligned}&#xA;ac_1 &amp;amp;= a_1c_1 \\&#xA;a^2c_2 &amp;amp;= a_1c_2 + a_2c_1^2 \\&#xA;a^3c_3 &amp;amp;= a_1c_3 + 2a_2c_1c_2 + a_3c_1^3 \\&#xA;a^4c_4 &amp;amp;= a_1c_4 + a_2(c_2^2+2c_1c_3) + 3a_3c_1^2c_2 + a_4c_1^4 \\&#xA;a^5c_5 &amp;amp;= a_1c_5 + a_2(2c_1c_4+2c_2c_3) + a_3(3c_1^2c_3+3c_1&#xA;c_2^2) +\mathrlap{a_4(c_1^3c_2+3c_1^2c_2) + a_5c_1^5}&#xA;\end{aligned}&#xA;\end{equation}\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastActivityDate="2010-09-29T15:04:50.230" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="3584" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3589" CreationDate="2010-09-29T16:22:05.713" Score="4" ViewCount="376" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am running Windows 7 and create some charts in Powerpoint 2010. I export the charts to PDFs and load them into a Latex document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can I load the default Latex font into Office? How? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Essentially, I just need a few letters in the latex font, but in arbitrary positions in my charts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Many thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1236" LastActivityDate="2010-11-23T21:19:46.617" Title="Including Latex font in Powerpoint chart" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3585" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3579" CreationDate="2010-09-29T16:22:38.177" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This way does not push the equations left (does not change the spacing at all, only the tag position):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{book}&#xA;\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[a4paper,top=3.5cm,bottom=3cm,left=3.6cm,right=3.6cm]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum[4]&#xA;\begin{gather}\begin{aligned}&#xA;ac_1 &amp;amp;= a_1c_1 \\&#xA;a^2c_2 &amp;amp;= a_1c_2 + a_2c_1^2 \\&#xA;a^3c_3 &amp;amp;= a_1c_3 + 2a_2c_1c_2 + a_3c_1^3 \\&#xA;a^4c_4 &amp;amp;= a_1c_4 + a_2(c_2^2+2c_1c_3) + 3a_3c_1^2c_2 + a_4c_1^4 \\&#xA;a^5c_5 &amp;amp;= a_1c_5 + a_2(2c_1c_4+2c_2c_3) + a_3(3c_1^2c_3+3c_1&#xA;c_2^2) + a_4(c_1^3c_2+3c_1^2c_2) + a_5c_1^5 \end{aligned}\raisetag{3\baselineskip}&#xA;\end{gather}&#xA;\lipsum[4]&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-09-29T16:22:38.177" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3586" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3584" CreationDate="2010-09-29T17:11:27.227" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;They are available for download: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/lm/fonts/opentype/public/lm/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/lm/fonts/opentype/public/lm/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Look for &lt;code&gt;lmroman10-regular.otf&lt;/code&gt; and other sizes/shapes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How to install them is off topic here (and I wouldn't be able to anser this question anyway :-))&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="243" LastActivityDate="2010-09-29T17:11:27.227" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3587" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3608" CreationDate="2010-09-29T17:13:11.970" Score="12" ViewCount="532" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm looking to cite a number of web pages using bibtex and I was wondering if there was a specific template of the form &lt;code&gt;@&amp;lt;template name here&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; for doing that. If you could use the following website as an example that would be great&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://web.archive.org/web/20080207010024/http://www.808multimedia.com/winnt/kernel.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://web.archive.org/web/20080207010024/http://www.808multimedia.com/winnt/kernel.htm&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1332" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T15:24:44.093" Title="How can I use BibTeX to cite a web page?" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="3588" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3587" CreationDate="2010-09-29T17:25:06.237" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hm, it would seem that it isn't possible to cite webpages directly, but there does seem to be a workaround using the general purpose &lt;code&gt;@misc&lt;/code&gt; field.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=citeURL&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=citeURL&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1332" LastActivityDate="2010-09-29T17:25:06.237" />
  <row Id="3589" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3584" CreationDate="2010-09-29T17:52:47.797" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;(&lt;strong&gt;cut-n-paste from my answer to a &lt;a href=&quot;http://superuser.com/q/42420/1711&quot;&gt;similar question&lt;/a&gt; from Super User&lt;/strong&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That default TeX font is called &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Computer_Modern&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Computer Modern&lt;/a&gt;, which might help you in your search. And in the wikipedia link I find &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/cm/ps-type1/bakoma/ttf/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Computer Modern typeface in TrueType format&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/cm/ps-type1/bakoma/otf/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;OpenType&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://cm-unicode.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Computer Modern Unicode fonts&lt;/a&gt; X11 licensed&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and others which are probably just what you need.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="327" LastActivityDate="2010-09-29T17:52:47.797" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3590" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-29T19:52:24.560" Score="4" ViewCount="139" Body="&lt;p&gt;Plain TeX defines &lt;code&gt;\Pr&lt;/code&gt; as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\Pr{\mathop{\rm Pr}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;LaTeX and ConTeXt define it similarly (with some syntax sugar around the choice of the font). To me, a more reasonable definition is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\Pr{\mathop{\rm Pr}\nolimits}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;so that constructs like &lt;code&gt;\Pr^{f}(X)&lt;/code&gt; look nice. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are there any scenarios where the tradition TeX definition is more appropriate than the latter?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2010-09-29T22:07:06.677" Title="Why is \Pr not defined using \nolimits?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="3591" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3590" CreationDate="2010-09-29T22:07:06.677" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I can't speak to the design decisions made in plain TeX, LaTeX, ConTeXt, or &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; (which reimplements &lt;code&gt;\Pr&lt;/code&gt;). My guess is the reason it doesn't have &lt;code&gt;\nolimits&lt;/code&gt; is because it is common to see &lt;code&gt;\Pr_x&lt;/code&gt; denoting the probability over the choice of &lt;em&gt;x&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I agree that &lt;code&gt;\Pr^f(X)&lt;/code&gt; looks quite strange with the normal definitions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-09-29T22:07:06.677" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3592" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3593" CreationDate="2010-09-29T22:53:03.220" Score="8" ViewCount="178" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I remove the separator line between the footnotes and text? Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="338" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-30T00:55:51.857" LastActivityDate="2010-09-30T00:55:51.857" Title="footnote separator" Tags="&lt;footnotes&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="3593" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3592" CreationDate="2010-09-29T23:16:34.943" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand*\footnoterule{}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-09-29T23:16:34.943" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3594" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3596" CreationDate="2010-09-30T00:29:31.190" Score="3" ViewCount="386" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using the tikz package.&#xA;Is there a typografical/semantic/other reason why &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\draw(2,0.6) node[\label=below:$b_1$]{}--(2,4);&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;produces a label more below than &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\draw(2,0.6)node[below]{$b_1$};&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, try the code &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA; \draw(0,0)--(1,0);&#xA; \draw(2,0.6)node[below]{$b_1$};&#xA; \end{tikzpicture}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA; \draw(0,0)--(1,0);&#xA; \draw(2,0.6)node[label=below:$b_1$]{};&#xA; \end{tikzpicture}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to notice the difference.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="574" LastActivityDate="2010-09-30T01:08:44.637" Title="Tikz node labels more below than below" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="3595" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3646" CreationDate="2010-09-30T00:41:30.857" Score="7" ViewCount="273" Body="&lt;p&gt;In writing error messages and warnings for a package/class, I find it a pain to manually insert &lt;code&gt;\MessageBreak&lt;/code&gt;s so that words don't get cruelly bisected because of TeX's &lt;code&gt;max_print_line&lt;/code&gt; value (which typically is set to 79).  In some cases it's not possible to predict where the &lt;code&gt;\MessageBreak&lt;/code&gt; should go because a macro in the warning/error message may be expanded to any length of string.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd like to have a macro that would take my warning/error message, expand it (so that any macros are expanded to plain strings), and insert &lt;code&gt;\MessageBreak&lt;/code&gt;s in the appropriate places based on the value of &lt;code&gt;max_print_line&lt;/code&gt; and LaTeX's per-line prefixes (&lt;code&gt;Package &amp;lt;XXX&amp;gt; Warning:&lt;/code&gt; and similar).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(If the value of &lt;code&gt;max_print_line&lt;/code&gt; can't be accessed from within TeX, I'd settle for just implementing a greedy word-wrap algorithm with the default line length values.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="80" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-30T18:49:19.130" LastActivityDate="2010-10-01T05:09:33.523" Title="How can I word-wrap LaTeX warning/error output?" Tags="&lt;errors&gt;&lt;warnings&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3596" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3594" CreationDate="2010-09-30T01:08:44.637" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the first case the one node is placed below the point with content &lt;code&gt;$b_1$&lt;/code&gt;. In the second case a node without content (but still with positive height) is placed at the point and a &lt;em&gt;second&lt;/em&gt; node with &lt;code&gt;$b_1$&lt;/code&gt; is placed below it. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Maybe a picture helps:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \fill (0,0) circle (0.05) node[below,draw]{$b_1$};&#xA;    \fill (1,0) circle (0.05) node[label=below:$b_1$,draw]{};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/MmMUM.png&quot; alt=&quot;example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-09-30T01:08:44.637" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3597" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="588" CreationDate="2010-09-30T01:21:56.047" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;what about the narrower (Tex?) command? Is it ok to use even though it does not offer a very precise control?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{book}&#xA;\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[a4paper,top=3.5cm,bottom=3cm,left=3.6cm,right=3.6cm]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum[4]&#xA;{\narrower\lipsum[4]&#xA;\par}&#xA;\lipsum[4]&#xA;\lipsum[4]&#xA;\lipsum[4]&#xA;\lipsum[4]&#xA;{\narrower\narrower\narrower \lipsum[4]&#xA;\par}&#xA;\lipsum[4]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastActivityDate="2010-09-30T01:21:56.047" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3598" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3599" CreationDate="2010-09-30T04:14:37.307" Score="3" ViewCount="271" Body="&lt;p&gt;The following is a (fairly) minimal example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{amsthm}&#xA;\usepackage{thmtools}&#xA;&#xA;\declaretheoremstyle[&#xA;spaceabove=6pt, spacebelow=6pt,&#xA;headfont=\normalfont\bfseries,&#xA;notefont=\itshape, notebraces={(}{)},&#xA;bodyfont=\itshape,&#xA;postheadspace=1em&#xA;]{mystyle}&#xA;&#xA;\declaretheorem[name=Theorem, parent=section, style=mystyle,&#xA;refname={Theorem,Theorems},&#xA;Refname={Theorem,Theorems}]{theorem}&#xA;&#xA;\declaretheorem[name=Proposition, sibling=theorem, style=mystyle,&#xA;refname={Proposition,Propositions},&#xA;Refname={Proposition,Propositions}]{prop}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\hypersetup{%&#xA;colorlinks = true,&#xA;linkcolor = blue,&#xA;urlcolor = magenta,&#xA;citecolor = red,&#xA;pdfpagemode = UseNone,&#xA;pdfpagelayout = SinglePage,&#xA;pdfdisplaydoctitle = true,&#xA;plainpages = false}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[capitalize]{cleveref}&#xA;&#xA;\crefname{prop}{Proposition}{Propositions}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{prop}\label[prop]{prop:112}&#xA;&#xA;Testing this out!&#xA;\end{prop}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{prop}\label[prop]{prop:113}&#xA;Still Testing!&#xA;\end{prop}&#xA;&#xA;\cref{prop:112} and \cref{prop:113}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem is that both links point to the first proposition.  I also get the error &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;destination with the same identifier (name{prop.\\theHprop\040}) has been already used, duplicate ignored&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anyone know what steps I need to take to resolve this problem (I thought I had already done enough!).  Perhaps it is pertinent, but I also get the error&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;Package thmtools warning: Your version of cleveref is too old!&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but I just updated both packages!  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="863" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-11T22:11:01.983" LastActivityDate="2010-12-11T22:11:01.983" Title="Problem with hyperref / cleveref / thmtools" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;warnings&gt;&lt;cleveref&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3599" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3598" CreationDate="2010-09-30T04:46:31.667" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your example works properly for me. (No log file messages from thmtools). Package versions&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;hyperref.sty    2010/09/13 v6.81n Hypertext links for LaTeX&#xA;cleveref.sty    2010/09/04 v0.17.4 Intelligent cross-referencing&#xA;thmtools.sty    2010/08/09 v50&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-09-30T04:46:31.667" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="3600" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3604" CreationDate="2010-09-30T06:12:36.017" Score="4" ViewCount="183" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm looking to type the &quot;EE&quot; character, the one that means &quot;* 10^{x}&quot; -- I'm trying to represent what might be typed on a Ti-84 calculator....&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="192" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-30T06:13:50.543" LastActivityDate="2010-09-30T10:22:37.343" Title="How can I type the &quot;EE&quot; character?" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3601" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3605" CreationDate="2010-09-30T07:42:24.087" Score="3" ViewCount="256" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I was wondering if I'll have the option to add something like \listoffootnotes in my document like I can use \listoffigures or tables...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anyone knows how?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1331" LastEditorUserId="711" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-30T07:49:02.627" LastActivityDate="2010-09-30T08:40:56.193" Title="List of footnotes in latex" Tags="&lt;lists&gt;&lt;footnotes&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3602" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3919" CreationDate="2010-09-30T07:59:25.467" Score="12" ViewCount="799" Body="&lt;p&gt;LuaLaTeX, through the luaotfload package, is able to dynamically add and modify features and properties of a font. This is performed by using the &lt;code&gt;FeatureFile&lt;/code&gt; option in fontspec when loading a font; e.g., &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setmainfont[FeatureFile=times-nr.fea]{Times New Roman}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where &lt;code&gt;times-nr.fea&lt;/code&gt; is given as a listing in the fontspec manual (see §11). The syntax of these feature files is given by &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.adobe.com/devnet/opentype/afdko/topic_feature_file_syntax.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Adobe&lt;/a&gt;. Unfortunately, I haven't had the chance to look into this myself and I'm not sure what's possible nor how to do it. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd like to add some more examples to the fontspec manual, especially for adjusting the side-bearings around single glyphs and adjusting the kerning between adjacent glyphs and so on. The ability to define custom kerning for your fonts would truly make LuaLaTeX a world-class typesetting engine—no other TeX program is able to do this sort of thing so easily.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd like to perform an experiment: the source for fontspec is on &lt;a href=&quot;http://github.com/wspr/fontspec&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;GitHub&lt;/a&gt;. I'll offer a bounty on this question for the best patch to the fontspec manual adding more documentation for the FeatureFile option, specifically for sidebearing and/or kerning but hopefully for anything else that you also might happen to see that's fun.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, can anyone help?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&#xA;P.S.  If you're stuck on the fact that to compile fontspec.pdf requires a whole bunch of pre-built PDFs for the examples, you can grab them &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/xetex/latex/fontspec/doc/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;from CTAN&lt;/a&gt;.&#xA;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-05T12:57:40.577" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T12:30:56.850" Title="An example of changing kerning of a font in LuaLaTeX" Tags="&lt;fontspec&gt;&lt;luatex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="10" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="3603" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3601" CreationDate="2010-09-30T08:32:54.640" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;From your clarification, this is how I would try to do it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Use two separate bibliographies, with the help of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=multibib&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;multibib&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package and give each an appropriate name. Set the first one for the books and articles, and the second one for the URLs (that is, your footnotes). See &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3587/how-can-i-use-bibtex-to-cite-a-web-page&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt; on info how to cite URLs. You would have to add footnotes as &lt;code&gt;\footnote{\cite{}}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't have enough time for testing this right now, but give this a try, and if it doesn't work, I'll try to edit this with an example later.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="711" LastActivityDate="2010-09-30T08:32:54.640" />
  <row Id="3604" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3600" CreationDate="2010-09-30T08:38:04.140" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I’ve never seen it written as “EE” but how about something like this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*\EE[1]{\ensuremath{\text{\textsc{e}}#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then you can write something like the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;One googol is $1\EE{100}$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Requires &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2010-09-30T08:38:04.140" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3605" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3601" CreationDate="2010-09-30T08:40:56.193" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I wouldn't recommend a &lt;code&gt;\listoffootnotes&lt;/code&gt; command for this — instead, you should define a new command like &lt;code&gt;\externallink{...}&lt;/code&gt; which then populates a &lt;code&gt;\listoflinks&lt;/code&gt; command. Then write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\footnote{\externallink{{...}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or something along those lines. Anyway, to create new &quot;List of...&quot; lists, you can use the tocloft package. Here's an example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tocloft,url}&#xA;\newlistof{links}{lks}{List of Links}&#xA;\newcommand\externallink[1]{%&#xA;  \refstepcounter{links}%&#xA;  \footnote{\url{#1}}%&#xA;  \addcontentsline{lks}{links}{%&#xA;    \protect\numberline{\thelinks}%&#xA;    \protect\url{#1}}%&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\listoflinks&#xA;\section{Start}&#xA;Google\externallink{gmail.com}&#xA;and Yahoo\externallink{mail.yahoo.com}&#xA;and Microsoft\externallink{hotmail.com}&#xA;all have webmail.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#3603&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;mindcorrosive&lt;/a&gt;'s answer is also very sensible.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-09-30T08:40:56.193" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3606" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3614" CreationDate="2010-09-30T09:43:05.627" Score="3" ViewCount="513" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm still working on rendering a nice block matrix. I've been using BMAT but it is irrelevant for the question at hand. I want to connect various entries in an array/matrix/BMAT by lines, and I'm using TikZ for that. However, I've run into this problem: When I surround an entry with a TikZ node (for drawing a path later), it changes the vertical alignment and basically screws everything up. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a MWE:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article} &#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;\begin{array}{ccc}&#xA; 2 &amp;amp; \tikz \node {$0$}; &amp;amp; \frac{2}{3} \\&#xA; 0 &amp;amp; \frac{4}{3} &amp;amp; 0 \\&#xA; -\frac{2}{3} &amp;amp; \tikz \node [inner sep=0pt,outer sep=0pt]{$0$}; &amp;amp; \tikz \node [inner sep=0pt,outer sep=0pt]{$\frac{6}{5}$}; \\&#xA; 0 &amp;amp; -\frac{4}{5} &amp;amp; 0 \\&#xA;\end{array}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/KAvln.png&quot; alt=&quot;matrix with mis-aligned entries&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you can see, The entries that have nodes around them are vertically mismached and differently aligned from the others. Setting &lt;code&gt;outer sep&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;inner sep&lt;/code&gt; to zero doesn't help....&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any ideas?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-30T17:17:57.070" LastActivityDate="2010-10-03T07:56:54.323" Title="How to get TikZ nodes not to change alignment?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;matrices&gt;&lt;nodes&gt;&lt;alignment&gt;&lt;arrays&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3607" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3600" CreationDate="2010-09-30T10:22:37.343" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm guessing from my hazy recollection of TI calculators and their manuals (really just a stab in the dark, mind you) that you might be after something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/IRet4.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If so, here's the code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\newcommand*\EE{\textsf{\raise.2ex\hbox{[\kern-.12em{\lower.2ex\hbox{E\kern-.05em E}}\kern-.095em]}}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  Press the \EE{} button to enter orbit now.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You'll probably need to magnify your pdf reader View to see how it renders on the page (or just print it out to see for certain). If this is what you wanted (did I mention I'm only guessing?), it'll probably need some tweaking to make it better match the fonts in your LaTeX doc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-09-30T10:22:37.343" />
  <row Id="3608" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3587" CreationDate="2010-09-30T12:05:31.000" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A simple way of doing it in BibTeX is with a &lt;code&gt;@misc&lt;/code&gt; entry:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@misc{WinNT,&#xA;  title = {{MS Windows NT} Kernel Description},&#xA;  howpublished = {\url{http://web.archive.org/web/20080207010024/http://www.808multimedia.com/winnt/kernel.htm}},&#xA;  note = {Accessed: 30/09/2010}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You should also perhaps include an author if you know it. And remember to load a package such as &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;url&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/5091/what-to-do-to-switch-to-biblatex&quot;&gt;using BibLaTeX&lt;/a&gt; there is an &lt;code&gt;@online&lt;/code&gt; entry type:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@online{WinNT,&#xA;  author = {MultiMedia LLC},&#xA;  title = {{MS Windows NT} Kernel Description},&#xA;  year = 1999,&#xA;  url = {http://web.archive.org/web/20080207010024/http://www.808multimedia.com/winnt/kernel.htm}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-23T11:50:04.893" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T11:50:04.893" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="3609" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-30T13:09:59.240" Score="3" ViewCount="534" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have been using latex for abut four months now but by all means I am a total nube.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I was wondering if anyone had a template for homework (specifically a one page report).  My teacher is pretty anal about the report being &lt;em&gt;just one page&lt;/em&gt; and I am finding that the article class has too much white-space.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anyone have a template they would like to share?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One thing I did to reduce the white space was: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;\newenvironment{mynum}{&#xA;  \begin{enumerate}&#xA;    \setlength{\itemsep}{1pt}&#xA;    \setlength{\parskip}{0pt}&#xA;    \setlength{\parsep}{0pt}&#xA;  }{\end{enumerate}}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Other things that take up unproportionate amounts of whitespace include:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;the title made by &lt;code&gt;\maketitle&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;headings made by &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;narrow margins&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1333" LastActivityDate="2010-09-30T19:53:52.337" Title="Template: One page homework report (defaults have too much whitespace)" Tags="&lt;templates&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3610" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3609" CreationDate="2010-09-30T13:44:56.823" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The savetrees package uses lots of tricks like these to cram as much material as possible into a page. Not typographically great, but sounds like something you might like. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-09-30T13:44:56.823" />
  <row Id="3611" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3609" CreationDate="2010-09-30T14:17:02.243" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Multiple columns with &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=multicol&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;multicol&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Less spacing between &lt;code&gt;itemize&lt;/code&gt; bullets with &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=mdwlist&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;mdwlist&lt;/a&gt; (using &lt;code&gt;itemize*&lt;/code&gt; )&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Shrinking section headings with &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[medium,compact]{titlesec}&lt;/code&gt; (or &lt;code&gt;[small,compact]&lt;/code&gt; if you're hardcore) &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=titlesec&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Titlesec&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And someone's already mentioned &lt;code&gt;savetrees&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And the answers to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/674/squeezing-scientific-paper-to-fit-within-page-limits&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt; are super relevant.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2010-09-30T14:17:02.243" />
  <row Id="3612" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-30T14:56:31.303" Score="2" ViewCount="212" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use some LaTeX style which includes &lt;code&gt;bk1\@ptsize.clo&lt;/code&gt; by the line&#xA;&lt;code&gt;\input{bk1\@ptsize.clo}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, my LaTeX environment (I'm using texlipse) produces error&#xA;&quot;bk1\@ptsize.clo was not found&quot;. Despite of the error, it seems everything works&#xA;fine. How can I get rid of this annoying error message? If I remove the line&#xA;I get a 'serious' compilation error (I should also add I'm using pdfLaTeX).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1336" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-02T14:50:08.393" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T14:50:08.393" Title="LaTeX, problem with bk1" Tags="&lt;eclipse&gt;&lt;texlipse&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3613" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3620" CreationDate="2010-09-30T15:25:01.863" Score="7" ViewCount="213" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm writing some templates and class files that need to use some strings of text, say names for theorems, lemmas, etc., and I would like to provide the ability to easily switch the language in which these pieces of text are written; much like Babel does for standard LaTeX document classes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The question is what would be the preferred way to implement this? Is there a way to make it work nicely together with Babel (e.g. somehow “read” the chosen language in babel options and use this for my own text labels)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-11T10:21:51.140" LastActivityDate="2010-11-11T10:21:51.140" Title="Multilingual class/style file?" Tags="&lt;languages&gt;&lt;babel&gt;&lt;package-writing&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="3614" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3606" CreationDate="2010-09-30T15:41:06.523" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use the &lt;code&gt;\matrix&lt;/code&gt; command provided by the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/pgf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pgf/tikZ&lt;/a&gt; package. See the sample below for some inspiration.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{matrix}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{equation}&#xA;    \begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=(current bounding box.west)]&#xA;      \matrix [%&#xA;        matrix of math nodes,&#xA;        text centered&#xA;      ] {%&#xA;        2 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; \frac{2}{3} \\&#xA;        0 &amp;amp; \frac{4}{3} &amp;amp; 0 \\&#xA;        -\frac{2}{3} &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; -\frac{4}{5} \\&#xA;      };&#xA;    \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \end{equation}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-09-30T15:41:06.523" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3615" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3613" CreationDate="2010-09-30T16:16:37.327" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/translator&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;translator&lt;/a&gt; package might help. It should be part of your TeX installation since it is shipped with the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/beamer&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;beamer&lt;/a&gt; class (which uses it).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-09-30T16:16:37.327" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3616" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3609" CreationDate="2010-09-30T16:24:29.730" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;fullpage&lt;/code&gt; package gives you margins which are smaller than the normal margins and resembles the margins most WYSIWYG systems give you as default.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1110" LastActivityDate="2010-09-30T16:24:29.730" />
  <row Id="3617" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-30T16:39:02.070" Score="11" ViewCount="436" Body="&lt;p&gt;At a basic level TeX does not provide a for-loop construct, but allows tail-end recursion, however Knuth defined &lt;code&gt;\loop&lt;/code&gt; in the plain macros. Coders have been coming with variations of their own ever since.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;ifthen&lt;/code&gt; package provides the &lt;code&gt;whiledo&lt;/code&gt; loop and there is a &lt;code&gt;forloop&lt;/code&gt; macro. TikZ   provides similarly a &lt;code&gt;foreach&lt;/code&gt; macro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a canonical way to write a &lt;code&gt;forloop&lt;/code&gt; in LaTeX, TeX and friends. How would you write the following?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\triangle#1{{\def\bull{}%&#xA;\count1=0&#xA;\loop&#xA;   \edef\bull{$\bullet$\bull}&#xA;   \ifnum\count1&amp;lt;#1&#xA;      \advance\count1 by 1&#xA;      \centerline{\bull}&#xA;      \vskip-7.7pt&#xA;      \repeat&#xA;      \vskip 7.7pt\relax}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which will produce a triangle made of dots&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;        *&#xA;     *    *&#xA;  *     *    *&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As typically found in programming texts, can you re-write it in a better way?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-23T17:35:40.600" LastActivityDate="2010-11-23T17:35:40.600" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-09-30T20:45:48.963" Title="What is the canonical way to write a for-loop macro?" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;programming&gt;&lt;loops&gt;" AnswerCount="7" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="3618" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3617" CreationDate="2010-09-30T16:54:36.710" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is how I will do it in ConTeXt:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\def\TRIANGLE#1%&#xA;  {\dorecurse{#1}&#xA;     {\centerline{$\dorecurse{\recurselevel}{{\bullet}}$}}}&#xA;&#xA;\starttext \TRIANGLE{4} \stoptext&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The extra braces around &lt;code&gt;\bullet&lt;/code&gt; is so that is has math class ord rather than bin.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2010-09-30T16:54:36.710" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-10-01T15:47:13.790" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3619" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-30T17:12:37.640" Score="3" ViewCount="395" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use the &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt; package. If a line break inside a multi-word &lt;code&gt;\lstinline{}&lt;/code&gt; occurs, I get a nasty spaces at the beginning of the new line:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;page left                  page right&#xA;    |                          |   &#xA;    |normal text normal text IF|&#xA;    | FORALL normal text       | &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;IF FORALL&lt;/code&gt; is inside a &lt;code&gt;\lstinline{}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How to avoid the space before &lt;code&gt;FORALL&lt;/code&gt;? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: I don't mind to elaborate. I am typing a document that includes some inline code snippets. I use &lt;code&gt;\lstinline{}&lt;/code&gt; to typeset them (since I also use &lt;code&gt;lstlisting&lt;/code&gt; in my document).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The illustration above depicts the result from latex code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;normal text normal text \lstinline{IF FORALL} normal text&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now if &lt;code&gt;IF FORALL&lt;/code&gt; does fit into a single line, I get&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;    |normal text normal text IF FORALL normal|&#xA;    |text                                    | &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;on my page, which is fine. The &lt;code&gt;|&lt;/code&gt; mark the start of the page margin.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If &lt;code&gt;IF FORALL&lt;/code&gt; is broken down into multiple lines, I get the result shown above. I would much rather like to have:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;    |normal text normal text IF|&#xA;    |FORALL normal text        | &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hope that this makes it more clear. Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1236" LastEditorUserId="1236" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-05T12:41:11.560" LastActivityDate="2010-10-22T15:48:48.360" Title="Eat space in a line break in \lstinline{}" Tags="&lt;formatting&gt;&lt;listings&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3620" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3613" CreationDate="2010-09-30T17:19:24.117" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can provide a switch in your class for language or use it locally if you wish. You can add 'captions' as you wish, using babel's mark-up for the language, for example for Greek:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\addto\captionsgreek{%&#xA;  \def\prefacename{Pr'ologos}%&#xA;  \def\refname{Anafor'es}%&#xA;  \def\abstractname{Per'ilhyh}%&#xA;  \def\bibname{Bibliograf'ia}%&#xA;  ...&#xA;  \def\proofname{Ap'odeixh}%&#xA;  \def\glossaryname{Glwss'ari}% &#xA;  }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-09-30T17:19:24.117" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3621" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3617" CreationDate="2010-09-30T17:32:24.870" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A LuaTeX solution could look like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\luatriangle#1{%&#xA;\directlua{&#xA;&#xA;  for i = 1,#1 do&#xA;    tex.sprint(string.format(&quot;\\centerline{\%s}\\vskip-7.7pt&quot;, string.rep(&quot;$\\bullet$&quot;,i) ))&#xA;  end&#xA;&#xA;}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is only one little problem here, because the macro contains &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; and TeX complains about it. So the solution (and the advice) is to put all Lua code into a separate file and do something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\luatriangle#1{%&#xA;\directlua{&#xA;  dofile(&quot;loop.lua&quot;)&#xA;  loop(#1)&#xA;}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and the Lua file (&lt;code&gt;loop.lua&lt;/code&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;function loop( count )&#xA;  for i = 1,count do&#xA;      tex.sprint(string.format(&quot;\\centerline{%s}\\vskip-7.7pt&quot;, string.rep(&quot;$\\bullet$&quot;,i) ))&#xA;  end&#xA;end&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Not the best LuaTeX example. The ugly part is the string.format(...) line, but I think the loop part is very readable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="243" LastActivityDate="2010-09-30T17:32:24.870" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-10-01T15:46:45.913" />
  <row Id="3622" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-09-30T18:33:02.033" Score="8" ViewCount="888" Body="&lt;p&gt;Which is the best way to put function graphs into a LaTeX document?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Note: Since the question is fairly wide, and perhaps a bit individual, I will wait for at least 4 answers before I close it (according to most up votes).&lt;/em&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1213" LastActivityDate="2010-11-12T01:09:04.170" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-09-30T18:33:02.033" Title="Best way to generate a nice function graph in LaTeX?" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;big-list&gt;&lt;graph&gt;" AnswerCount="9" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="5" />
  <row Id="3623" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3622" CreationDate="2010-09-30T18:35:11.827" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;graphs = &lt;code&gt;pgfplots&lt;/code&gt; package. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1222" LastActivityDate="2010-09-30T18:35:11.827" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-09-30T18:35:11.827" />
  <row Id="3624" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3595" CreationDate="2010-09-30T18:51:21.117" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can't get at &lt;code&gt;max_print_line&lt;/code&gt; from within TeX, so that's out for a start. There are also issues with trying to write an automatic line-breaking algorithm. Will Robertson proposed some code a while ago for &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/expl3&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, but there are issues with TeX's expansion system. So I'm afraid that I think you are stuck having to do things by hand!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-09-30T18:51:21.117" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3625" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3617" CreationDate="2010-09-30T18:57:46.843" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A couple of LaTeX3 solutions. You could do this as a replication&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{expl3,fixltx2e}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOn&#xA;\int_new:N \l_my_int&#xA;\prg_replicate:nn { 3 } {&#xA;  \int_incr:N \l_my_int&#xA;  \centerline { \prg_replicate:nn { \l_my_int } { \( \bullet \) } } &#xA;}&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOff&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alternatively, the while-do approach:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{expl3,fixltx2e}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOn&#xA;\int_new:N \l_my_int&#xA;\intexpr_while_do:nn { \l_my_int &amp;lt; 4 } {&#xA;  \int_incr:N \l_my_int&#xA;  \centerline { \prg_replicate:nn { \l_my_int } { \( \bullet \) } } &#xA;}&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOff&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I should add that there are limitations on the replication system in &lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt; (usually at the tens of thousands of replications!). So for a really big loop while-do might be safer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-30T19:20:23.123" LastActivityDate="2010-09-30T19:20:23.123" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-10-01T15:46:58.863" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="3626" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3606" CreationDate="2010-09-30T19:05:14.823" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd go for the &quot;putting everything within one diagram&quot; approach in this case, but sometimes that's not possible.  An alternative is to put empty nodes at the places where you want the lines (or whatever) to go to:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;\begin{array}{ccc}&#xA; 2 &amp;amp; \tikz \node[inner sep=0pt, outer sep=0pt]{};0 &amp;amp; \frac{2}{3} \\&#xA; 0 &amp;amp; \frac{4}{3} &amp;amp; 0 \\&#xA; -\frac{2}{3} &amp;amp; \tikz \node[inner sep=0pt, outer sep=0pt] {};0 &amp;amp;&#xA;  \tikz \node[inner sep=0pt, outer sep=0pt]{};\frac{6}{5} \\&#xA; 0 &amp;amp; -\frac{4}{5} &amp;amp; 0 \\&#xA;\end{array} &#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(don't forget to label the nodes, and to refer to them outside the tikz command used to define them, then you need to add the options &lt;code&gt;remember picture&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;overlay&lt;/code&gt;; see the &lt;code&gt;pgfmanual&lt;/code&gt; for more on these)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-09-30T19:05:14.823" />
  <row Id="3627" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3622" CreationDate="2010-09-30T19:09:04.410" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;tikz + gnuplot (see the manual for details).  Here's a &quot;live&quot; example used in a lecture (using beamer) to illustrate the convergence of a series of square-integrable functions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}[domain=-1:1,yscale=2,xscale=4,smooth]&#xA;\fill[gray] (-1.2,-1.2) rectangle (1.2,2.5);&#xA;\draw[very thin] (-1.1,-1.1) grid[step=.5] (1.1,2.4);&#xA;\draw[thick,-&amp;gt;] (-1.2,0) -- (1.2,0);&#xA;\draw[thick,-&amp;gt;] (0,-1.2) -- (0,2.5);&#xA;\draw[color=red] plot[id=1] function{cos(pi*x)};&#xA;\draw&amp;lt;2-&amp;gt;[color=blue,thick] plot[id=2] function{cos(pi*x)+cos(2*pi*x)/2};&#xA;\draw&amp;lt;3-&amp;gt;[color=green!50!black,thick] plot[id=3] function{cos(pi*x) + cos(2*pi*x)/2 + cos(3*pi*x)/3};&#xA;\draw&amp;lt;4-&amp;gt;[color=yellow,thick] plot[id=4] function{cos(pi*x) + cos(2*pi*x)/2 + cos(3*pi*x)/3 + cos(4*pi*x)/4};&#xA;\draw&amp;lt;5-&amp;gt;[color=cyan,thick] plot[id=5] function{cos(pi*x) + cos(2*pi*x)/2 + cos(3*pi*x)/3 + cos(4*pi*x)/4 + cos(5*pi*x)/5};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-09-30T19:09:04.410" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-09-30T19:09:04.410" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3628" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3622" CreationDate="2010-09-30T19:10:46.123" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Further possibilities are &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/pst-plot&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pst-plot&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Asymptote&lt;/a&gt; via the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/asymptote&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;asymptote&lt;/a&gt; package. Not so good (because of less consistency) would be &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/gnuplottex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;gnuplottex&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-09-30T19:10:46.123" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-09-30T19:10:46.123" />
  <row Id="3629" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3609" CreationDate="2010-09-30T19:53:52.337" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try some awesome homework templates by Ted Pavlic (I had to modify them for my purposes).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tedpavlic.com/post_homework_tex_example.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tedpavlic.com/post_homework_tex_example.php&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1342" LastActivityDate="2010-09-30T19:53:52.337" />
  <row Id="3630" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3622" CreationDate="2010-09-30T19:54:45.303" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To extend the answer from Mica, &lt;code&gt;pgfplots&lt;/code&gt; can do calculations in TeX:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \begin{axis}[ &#xA;    xlabel=$x$,&#xA;    ylabel={$f(x) = x^2 - x +4$}&#xA;  ] &#xA;    \addplot {x^2 - x +4}; &#xA;  \end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or using GNUplot:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \begin{axis}[&#xA;    xlabel=$x$,&#xA;    ylabel=$\sin(x)$&#xA;  ]&#xA;    \addplot gnuplot[id=sin]{sin(x)}; &#xA;  \end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also pre-calculate values using another program, for example a spreadsheet, and import the data. This is all detailing in the manual. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-09-30T19:54:45.303" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-09-30T19:54:45.303" />
  <row Id="3631" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3634" CreationDate="2010-09-30T21:40:01.180" Score="2" ViewCount="394" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have found this symbol defined as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;    \def\ci{\perp\!\!\!\perp}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;on the wikipedia page for &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Conditional%5Findependence&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Conditional Independence&lt;/a&gt;. There's this from the Comprehensive LaTex Symbol List page 106:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Donald Arseneau posted the following \mathpalette-based definition of a probabilistic-independence symbol ⊥⊥ to comp.text.tex in June 2000:&#xA;&#xA;    \newcommand\independent{\protect\mathpalette{\protect\independenT}{\perp}}&#xA;    \def\independenT#1#2{\mathrel{\rlap{$#1#2$}\mkern2mu{#1#2}}}&#xA;&#xA;The \independent macro uses \mathpalette to pass the \independenT helper &#xA;macro both the current math style and the \perp symbol. \independenT &#xA;typesets \perp in the current math style, moves two math units to the &#xA;right, and finally typesets a second—overlapping—copy of \perp, again &#xA;in the current math style. \rlap, which enables text overlap, is described &#xA;later on this page.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Frankly, I like the first version better, even though it doesn't typeset properly on my machine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are there any better alternatives?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1343" LastEditorUserId="711" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-30T22:22:47.370" LastActivityDate="2010-09-30T22:52:32.180" Title="Is there a standard symbol for conditional independence?" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="3632" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="225" CreationDate="2010-09-30T21:52:15.997" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Texmaker is a nice GUI that is native to the Gnome desktop for Ubuntu.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;sudo apt-get install texmaker&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1344" LastActivityDate="2010-09-30T21:52:15.997" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3633" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3652" CreationDate="2010-09-30T22:00:39.977" Score="2" ViewCount="295" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm drawing trees with TikZ and &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \node {$C$}&#xA;        child[missing]&#xA; child{node {$i$}&#xA; child[missing]&#xA; child{node {$j$}}&#xA;    };&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;produces edges that don't line up as I want them to. If I were to draw circles around the nodes, an edge goes from the bottom center of the parent's circle to the top center of the child's, making the arm appear jagged. I've tried moving the anchors around, but that wasn't it. What I want seems to occur automatically in the examples in the pgf manual (see the final tree example on page 192). What am I not doing?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1345" LastActivityDate="2010-10-01T11:18:21.077" Title="Lining up edges of a tree with TikZ" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;trees&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3634" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3631" CreationDate="2010-09-30T22:01:25.410" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The usual place at Comprehensive LaTeX Symbol List has the &lt;code&gt;\upmodels&lt;/code&gt; symbol in the &lt;code&gt;mnsymbol&lt;/code&gt; package, which looks more like the first symbol used in the Wikipedia article. The horizontal distance between the bars is be a bit smaller than the first version, though. See for yourself:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{mnsymbol}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\def\ci{\perp\!\!\!\perp} % from Wikipedia&#xA;\newcommand\independent{\protect\mathpalette{\protect\independenT}{\perp}} % symbols-a4, p.106&#xA;\def\independenT#1#2{\mathrel{\rlap{$#1#2$}\mkern2mu{#1#2}}} &#xA;&#xA;$\upmodels$ % mnsymbol&#xA;$\independent$&#xA;$\ci$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="711" LastEditorUserId="711" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-09-30T22:17:00.157" LastActivityDate="2010-09-30T22:17:00.157" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3635" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="875" CreationDate="2010-09-30T22:14:55.400" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Tangentially related to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/875/typsetting-uml-class-diagrams/884#884&quot;&gt;Willie's answer&lt;/a&gt;, if you think you might use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.graphviz.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;graphviz&lt;/a&gt; to generate the diagrams, you might consider &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.stack.nl/~dimitri/doxygen/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;doxygen&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This approach would be especially handy if you have more documentation than just the diagrams to create.  Doxygen is intended to document software projects. If you have a set of classes in C++ or java, then you can use doxygen to generate latex from the source code.  It can automatically generate several types of diagrams from the source, including UML class diagrams all hyperlinked and integrated with the rest of the documentation and its source code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1343" LastActivityDate="2010-09-30T22:14:55.400" />
  <row Id="3636" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3622" CreationDate="2010-09-30T22:46:35.360" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The latest version of gnuplot itself also has a tikz output terminal&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="584" LastActivityDate="2010-09-30T22:46:35.360" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-09-30T22:46:35.360" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3637" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3631" CreationDate="2010-09-30T22:52:32.180" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Unicode this is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;⫫ U+2AEB DOUBLE UP TACK&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you have a working &lt;code&gt;unicode-math&lt;/code&gt; installation, you can either use the symbol directly, or its alias &lt;code&gt;\Vbar&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-09-30T22:52:32.180" />
  <row Id="3638" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3617" CreationDate="2010-10-01T01:29:46.683" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is essentially same as Partick's solution, but adapted to ConTeXt, and much more readable, IMO&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\def\TRIANGLE#1{\ctxlua{third.triangle(#1)}}&#xA;&#xA;\startluacode&#xA;  third = third or {}&#xA;  function third.triangle(n)&#xA;    for i=1,n do&#xA;      context.centerline(string.rep(&quot;$\\bullet$&quot;, i))&#xA;      context.blank{ &quot;-7.7pt&quot; }&#xA;    end&#xA;  end&#xA;\stopluacode&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pragma-ade.com/general/manuals/cld-mkiv.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Context lua documents&lt;/a&gt; manual for details of how &lt;code&gt;context&lt;/code&gt; function works.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2010-10-01T01:29:46.683" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-10-01T01:29:46.683" />
  <row Id="3639" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3668" CreationDate="2010-10-01T01:30:56.620" Score="4" ViewCount="398" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to create a title page for my thesis proposal, which is using the article class.  I have the page formatted correctly, but it does not act like the default article title page where the document starts on the title page.  Instead, I get the body of the proposal starting on the second page, which is not what I want.  Also, it is not sufficient to just put the abstract on the title page; the first section should also start on the title page if there is room.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is my code right now:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{titlepage}&#xA;    \begin{center}&#xA;        {\LARGE Insert Title Here \par}&#xA;        \vskip 2em&#xA;        A Master's Thesis Proposal \\&#xA;        {\tiny by} \\&#xA;        Christopher J. Lieb \\&#xA;        \vskip 2em&#xA;        Thesis Advisor \par&#xA;        Professor Gary Pollice \par&#xA;        \vskip 1em&#xA;        Reader\\&#xA;        {\Large \makebox[3in]{\hrulefill} \par}&#xA;        \vskip 1em&#xA;        {\small&#xA;            \today \\&#xA;            Department of Computer Science\\&#xA;            Worcester Polytechnic Institute\\&#xA;            100 Institute Road\\&#xA;            Worcester, MA  01609\\}&#xA;    \end{center}&#xA;    \par&#xA;\end{titlepage}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am just inserting it right at the beginning of my document environment.  I started this from the article.cls where I thought the title page was being created, but apparently I missed the part that gets rid of the page break.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How do I make the document start on the title page like the article class does?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1101" LastActivityDate="2010-10-01T18:56:04.700" Title="Preventing page break after title page" Tags="&lt;titlepage&gt;&lt;article&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3640" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3622" CreationDate="2010-10-01T01:42:21.330" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;OK, here's a non-TikZ answer for balance (you'd think TikZ is the second coming on SE!)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{pstricks-add}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\psset{xunit=7cm,yunit=0.6cm}&#xA;\def\xlim{1}&#xA;\def\ylim{16}&#xA;\begin{pspicture*}(-\xlim,-\ylim)(\xlim,\ylim)&#xA;\psaxes[Dx=0.5,Dy=5]{&amp;lt;-&amp;gt;}(0,0)(-\xlim,-\ylim)(\xlim,\ylim)&#xA;\psplot[plotpoints=500,showpoints=false,algebraic]{-1}{1}{sin(1/x)/x}&#xA;\end{pspicture*}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="987" LastActivityDate="2010-10-01T01:42:21.330" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-10-01T01:42:21.330" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="3641" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3639" CreationDate="2010-10-01T01:58:22.290" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Figures that I'd get it AFTER I posted the question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;...&#xA;&#xA;    % prevent a page break from being put at the end of the title page so that &#xA;            % the contents of the paper spill onto the title page&#xA;    % save the function of the \newpage macro so we can restore it later&#xA;    \global\let\newpagegood\newpage&#xA;    \global\let\newpage\relax&#xA;\end{titlepage}&#xA;% restore the \newpage command after creating the title page&#xA;\global\let\newpage\newpagegood&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1101" LastActivityDate="2010-10-01T01:58:22.290" />
  <row Id="3642" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3617" CreationDate="2010-10-01T01:59:52.430" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another solution, this time using Metapost. Again, this is tuned for ConTeXt, but should be easy to modify for LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\startMPinclusions[+]&#xA;  vardef TRIANGLE(expr n) = &#xA;    bullet_sep  := 5bp ;&#xA;    bullet_size := 3bp ;&#xA;&#xA;    path bullet ;&#xA;    bullet := fullcircle scaled bullet_size ;&#xA;&#xA;    for i := 1 upto n:&#xA;      y := -i * bullet_sep ;&#xA;      x := - (i-1)/2 * bullet_sep ;&#xA;      for j := 1 upto i :&#xA;        fill bullet shifted ( x + j*bullet_sep, y) ;&#xA;      endfor ;&#xA;    endfor ;&#xA;  enddef ;&#xA;\stopMPinclusions&#xA;&#xA;\def\TRIANGLE#1{\startMPcode TRIANGLE(#1); \stopMPcode}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2010-10-01T01:59:52.430" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-10-01T01:59:52.430" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3643" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1319" CreationDate="2010-10-01T03:05:07.363" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;1 - I would not say that it is very nice but probably interesting in terms of coding &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.lightandmatter.com/books.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Light and matter&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2 - This one is very nice but with no sources &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.motionmountain.net/download.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;motionmountain&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastEditorUserId="371" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-01T03:16:53.777" LastActivityDate="2010-10-01T03:16:53.777" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-10-01T03:05:07.363" />
  <row Id="3644" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3645" CreationDate="2010-10-01T03:49:17.787" Score="8" ViewCount="502" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi all,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;what is the difference between flushright and raggedleft?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;thanks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastActivityDate="2010-10-01T08:02:54.837" Title="difference between flushright and raggedleft" Tags="&lt;flushright&gt;&lt;raggedleft&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="3645" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3644" CreationDate="2010-10-01T04:22:15.797" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{flushright}...\end{flushright}&lt;/code&gt; is the environment form of &lt;code&gt;\raggedleft&lt;/code&gt;. They are the equivalent of &lt;code&gt;\begin{center}...\end{center}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\centering&lt;/code&gt;, respectively. Here's an example using the two:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\documentclass[twocolumn]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\listfiles\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\begin{flushright}\lipsum[2]\end{flushright}&#xA;\lipsum[3]&#xA;&#xA;\newpage&#xA;\lipsum[4]&#xA;{\raggedleft\lipsum[5]\par}&#xA;\lipsum[6]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In particular, note the extra space around &lt;code&gt;flushright&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-10-01T04:22:15.797" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3646" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3595" CreationDate="2010-10-01T04:53:53.320" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I never published the solution I wrote some time ago, but perhaps I should. Here's the link to an example: &lt;a href=&quot;http://gist.github.com/605753&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://gist.github.com/605753&lt;/a&gt; It's written in the plain old LaTeX programming style; it was a while ago so there are probably a few things in there that I now know how to do in a better way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are three examples where the broken text is typeset at different line lengths, and then a fourth example in which it is printed to the terminal. This isn't expandable (if it's possible, it would be difficult to say the least), but for many purposes that won't be an issue.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The code is undocumented, but you should be able to see the gist of it by ignoring everthing before &lt;code&gt;\begin{document}&lt;/code&gt;. If you find it useful, I suggest we write a package for CTAN with some documentation and a better interface.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-10-01T04:53:53.320" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3647" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3595" CreationDate="2010-10-01T05:09:33.523" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is an orthogonal comment to my actual answer above; if you have TeX Live 2010, this will work in pdfTeX by default to access the &lt;code&gt;max_print_line&lt;/code&gt; variable: (MiKTeX users will need to compile it with &lt;code&gt;-enable-pipes&lt;/code&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\newcount\maxprintline&#xA;\ifnum\pdfshellescape&gt;0&#xA;  \maxprintline=\pdfprimitive\input&quot;|kpsewhich -var-value=max_print_line&quot;&#xA;\else&#xA;  \maxprintline=79 % default&#xA;\fi&#xA;The variable \verb|max_print_line| is \the\maxprintline.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It &lt;em&gt;won't&lt;/em&gt; work if have &lt;code&gt;-shell-escape&lt;/code&gt; turned off entirely (hence the &lt;code&gt;\else&lt;/code&gt; clause), but from my point of view there's no reason that restricted shell escape shouldn't always be activated (as it is by default).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This example could be re-written in a more general way to support XeTeX/LuaTeX use as well using the pdftexcmds package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-10-01T05:09:33.523" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="3648" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3644" CreationDate="2010-10-01T08:02:54.837" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The environments internally are based on a list (exactly a »trivlist«) with fixed list parameters. That's why they cause the extra vertical space before and behind that Will mentioned. The amount of this space is determined by the length &lt;code&gt;\topsep&lt;/code&gt;. Regarding the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.html#center&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;center&lt;/a&gt; environment this can be very annoying when used to center float objects.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-10-01T08:02:54.837" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3649" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3622" CreationDate="2010-10-01T08:14:36.090" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Vincent Zoonekynd gives an example for this, from &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.loria.fr/prod-graph/zoonekynd/metapost/metapost.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;his long list of Metapost examples&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;beginfig(166)&#xA;  ux:=2mm;&#xA;  uy:=5mm;&#xA;  numeric xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, M;&#xA;  xmin := -6.3; xmax := 12.6;&#xA;  ymin := -2;   ymax := 2;&#xA;  M := 100;&#xA;  draw (ux*xmin,0) -- (ux*xmax,0);&#xA;  draw (0,uy*ymin) -- (0,uy*ymax);&#xA;  pair a[];&#xA;  for i=0 upto M:&#xA;    a[i] := (&#xA;      xmin + (i/M)*(xmax-xmin),&#xA;      sind(180/3.14*( xmin + (i/M)*(xmax-xmin) ))&#xA;    ) xscaled ux yscaled uy;&#xA;  endfor;&#xA;  draw a[0] for i=1 upto M: --a[i] endfor;&#xA;endfig;&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;gives &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/q2zkb.gif&quot; alt=&quot;sine plot&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is much longer than the other examples, because it does everything from scratch, but it would be easy to put some functions for creating axes and scaling the graph, so that specifying the plot was some boilerplate plus the function definition.  I might do that later...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-10-01T08:14:36.090" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-10-01T08:14:36.090" />
  <row Id="3650" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7467" CreationDate="2010-10-01T10:58:27.387" Score="4" ViewCount="457" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need to add two logos on the first slide. The problem is that these logos have very different dimensions. So I have decided to align to the centre of the page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The slide should look like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;|                                |&#xA;|                                |&#xA;|         TITLE AND STUFF        |&#xA;|             AUTHORS            |&#xA;|                                |&#xA;|      | logo 1 ||  logo 2      ||&#xA;|      |        ||              ||&#xA;|      |        |                |&#xA;|      |        |                |&#xA;|                                |&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I achieve this layout in beamer?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="770" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-21T15:04:10.360" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T15:04:10.360" Title="Two images aligned to the center of the page" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;horizontal-alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="3651" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3650" CreationDate="2010-10-01T11:14:48.143" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's how I would do it. First go inside a center environment then place the left graphic in a zero width box &quot;facing&quot; left and the right graphic in a zero width box facing right. E.g.,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum[11]&#xA;&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;  \makebox[0pt][r]{%&#xA;    \fbox{\rule{10em}{20em}}% = first graphic&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \qquad % space in the middle&#xA;  \makebox[0pt][l]{%&#xA;    \fbox{\rule{20em}{10em}}% = second graphic&#xA;  }%&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum[14]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Note this isn't specific to beamer but will work equally well there.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-01T11:20:09.960" LastActivityDate="2010-10-01T11:20:09.960" />
  <row Id="3652" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3633" CreationDate="2010-10-01T11:18:21.077" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Not quite sure what's going on here. Have you altered the default parent and child anchors?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here are 3 examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}[parent anchor=south,child anchor=north,every  node/.style={circle,draw}]&#xA;\node {$C1$}&#xA;    child[missing]&#xA;    child{node {$i$}&#xA;        child[missing]&#xA;        child{node {$j$}}&#xA;        };&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[parent anchor=center,child anchor=center,every  node/.style={circle,draw}]&#xA;\node {$C2$}&#xA;    child[missing]&#xA;    child{node {$i$}&#xA;        child[missing]&#xA;        child{node {$j$}}&#xA;        };&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[every node/.style={circle,draw}]&#xA;\node {$C3$}&#xA;    child[missing]&#xA;    child{node {$i$}&#xA;        child[missing]&#xA;        child{node {$j$}}&#xA;        };&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which produce:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/0U91M.png&quot; alt=&quot;Three trees&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, your example (my C3) appears to be the best; is it C1 you're looking for?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="344" LastActivityDate="2010-10-01T11:18:21.077" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3653" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-01T12:04:45.060" Score="9" ViewCount="244" Body="&lt;p&gt;Can you recommend any tools or processes that are similar to MS Word track changes?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am &lt;strong&gt;not&lt;/strong&gt; looking to use a source control system (no svn or git), this is for working with non-programmers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Do any of the widely-used latex frontends support tracking changes? Any web applications that do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The main features of track changes people like are&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;See who changed what parts of the document&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Add side-comments (marginal comments) to a document which don't appear when printed&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ability to accept or ignore someone elses' changes&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="686" LastEditorUserId="686" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-01T14:23:23.957" LastActivityDate="2010-10-01T17:45:52.717" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-10-01T12:04:45.060" Title="What is the best way to track changes with non-computer people?" Tags="&lt;tools&gt;&lt;collaboration&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="8" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3654" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3655" CreationDate="2010-10-01T12:08:58.073" Score="0" ViewCount="123" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using the C-j map for regular navigation in Vim; it is defined like this in .vimrc:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;map &amp;lt;C-j&amp;gt; &amp;lt;C-e&amp;gt;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, C-j is redfined in the latex suite. When I try to use the described (imaps.vim) way by doing:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;imap &amp;lt;C-somekey&amp;gt; &amp;lt;Plug&amp;gt;IMAP_JumpForward&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in .vimrc C-j still doesn't get mapped as it does without vim-latex installed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The vim latex suite is installed in /usr/share/vimfiles/plugin.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1353" LastActivityDate="2010-10-31T12:44:28.953" Title="Change &lt;C-j&gt; binding for vim-latex" Tags="&lt;vim&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3655" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3654" CreationDate="2010-10-01T12:14:57.457" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;err..right, this works:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&quot; redef C-j to C-g&#xA;imap &amp;lt;C-g&amp;gt; &amp;lt;Plug&amp;gt;IMAP_JumpForward&#xA;nmap &amp;lt;C-g&amp;gt; &amp;lt;Plug&amp;gt;IMAP_JumpForward&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1353" LastActivityDate="2010-10-01T12:14:57.457" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="3656" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3653" CreationDate="2010-10-01T12:25:20.957" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I take it that you've considered using a full copy of Acrobat to make the PDFs commentable, and that this is not an option?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-10-01T12:25:20.957" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-10-01T12:25:20.957" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3657" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3658" CreationDate="2010-10-01T13:37:50.240" Score="12" ViewCount="202" Body="&lt;p&gt;Suppose I have a figure in my LaTeX document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}&#xA;  \includegraphics[scale=0.5]{some_graphic}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My question is pretty simple:  Is there a way to get the size that &lt;code&gt;some_graphic&lt;/code&gt; will be rendered to in points/inches/whatever unit into a variable for use in the rest of the document?  Here's a slightly more reasonable motivating example from beamer:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{frame}&#xA;  \begin{block} \begin{block}&amp;lt;2-&amp;gt;{Title}&#xA;    Text on the first part.&#xA;    \only&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;{&#xA;    %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%&#xA;    \vspace{2.19in}  % Would be nice not to have to tweak this value manually&#xA;    %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%&#xA;    }&#xA;    \only&amp;lt;3&amp;gt;{&#xA;    \begin{figure}\centering&#xA;      \includegraphics[width=0.60\textwidth,clip,trim=0in 2.1in 0in 0in]{figures/scheme}&#xA;    \end{figure}&#xA;    %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%&#xA;    \vspace{0.775in} % Would be nice not to have to tweak this value manually&#xA;    %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%&#xA;    }   &#xA;    \only&amp;lt;4&amp;gt;{&#xA;    \begin{figure}\centering&#xA;      \includegraphics[width=0.60\textwidth]{figures/scheme_new}&#xA;    \end{figure}&#xA;    }&#xA;  \end{block}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In other words, I realize that there is a way around this problem manually, by tweaking the vspace values, but that's not very reasonable, and it seems to go against the whole idea behind TeX of letting the rendering engine do the work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1031" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-01T17:21:15.463" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T17:21:15.463" Title="Get the size that a figure is being rendered" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;size&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="3658" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3657" CreationDate="2010-10-01T14:13:11.940" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The literal method for doing this looks something like as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\usepackage{calc}&#xA;...&#xA;\def\mygraphic{\includegraphics{...}}&#xA;&#xA;\newlength\graphicheight&#xA;\setlength\graphicheight{\heightof{\mygraphic}}&#xA;% OR: \settoheight\graphicheight{\mygraphic}&#xA;...&#xA;\mygraphic % to insert the graphic&#xA;...&#xA;\vspace{\graphicheight} % whitespace same size as the graphic&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But there is also the &lt;code&gt;\phantom&lt;/code&gt; command which creates an empty box of the same size as its contents, which might suit your specific circumstances better:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\mygraphic % insert the graphic&#xA;...&#xA;\phantom{\mygraphic} % insert a blank box of the same size&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-01T17:45:57.263" LastActivityDate="2010-10-01T17:45:57.263" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3659" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3667" CreationDate="2010-10-01T14:54:17.063" Score="4" ViewCount="226" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How do I make some reference entries bold in bibtex?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="338" LastActivityDate="2010-10-01T18:44:12.273" Title="making bibtex reference entry bold" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="3660" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3657" CreationDate="2010-10-01T15:05:17.230" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If this is for beamer, an alternative solution might be to look into the &lt;code&gt;\begin{overlayarea}&lt;/code&gt; command which should allow you to replace one figure with another while keeping the text outside the overlayarea unmoved. See page 79 &lt;em&gt;et seq.&lt;/em&gt; of the beamer user guide.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2010-10-01T15:05:17.230" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3661" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3622" CreationDate="2010-10-01T15:12:36.563" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a specific reason you need to graph the function within LaTeX? wouldn't it be better to use something like &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.r-project.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;R&lt;/a&gt; or matlab to generate a pdf that you can then &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt; ? This will generally speed up compilation, and graphs thus generated are probably more customisable and so on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you absolutely have to generate the graph inside LaTeX then consider using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/standalone/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;standalone&lt;/a&gt; package: this will save some time when compiling big documents...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then of course, there is &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.stat.uni-muenchen.de/~leisch/Sweave/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;sweave&lt;/a&gt;...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2010-10-01T15:12:36.563" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-10-01T15:12:36.563" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3662" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3653" CreationDate="2010-10-01T16:14:53.560" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If they can handle LaTeX, they can handle a version control system: they &lt;strong&gt;are&lt;/strong&gt; computer people!  Of course, SVN is not really appropriate (not distributed/sucks at merging), and git certainly has a rather sprawling user interface, so they might not be the best choices...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As to the marginal comments, you could use &lt;code&gt;\marginpar&lt;/code&gt; (perhaps conditionally, if you're really set on this not showing up in all copies...), or you could just forget about the &quot;marginal&quot; aspect and use plain-old &lt;code&gt;% TeX&lt;/code&gt; comments&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, the accept/ignore thing might be a bit trickier, but if you're the only one that has to do that part I'm sure you can figure it out. Actually, this would be &lt;em&gt;very&lt;/em&gt; easy with darcs, as long as you can get the changes committed in small enough pieces. (Unfortunately, the way it makes this easy leaves it with no real concept of history.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1189" LastActivityDate="2010-10-01T16:14:53.560" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-10-01T16:14:53.560" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3663" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3653" CreationDate="2010-10-01T16:27:32.213" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://docs.latexlab.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://docs.latexlab.org/&lt;/a&gt; is build on google docs, which does revision control i believe. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1222" LastActivityDate="2010-10-01T16:27:32.213" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-10-01T16:27:32.213" />
  <row Id="3664" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3657" CreationDate="2010-10-01T17:32:49.320" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is a solution that I have recently developed to measure the dimensions of an image&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article} &#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\newlength{\imageh}&#xA;\newlength{\imaged}&#xA;\newlength{\imagew}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\setimageh}[1]{&#xA; \settoheight{\imageh}{\usebox{#1}}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\setimagew}[1]{&#xA; \settowidth{\imagew}{\usebox{#1}}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\setimaged}[1]{&#xA; \settowidth{\imaged}{\usebox{#1}}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\ImageDimensions}[1]{&#xA;   % create and save the box&#xA;  \newsavebox{\Image}&#xA;  \savebox{\Image}{\includegraphics[scale=0.5]{#1}}&#xA;  \centering\usebox{\Image}\&#xA;  \setimageh{\Image}&#xA;  \setimagew{\Image}&#xA;  \setimaged{\Image}&#xA;  \footnotesize&#xA;     {\vskip7pt&#xA;      The height of the image (#1) is : \the\imageh\\&#xA;     The width of the  image (#1) is : \the\imagew\\&#xA;     The depth of the  image (#1) is : \the\imaged\\}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\ImageDimensions{./graphics/maths1}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It renders as shown below. There are three dimensions shown (width, height and depth)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/DFS8U.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-10-01T17:32:49.320" />
  <row Id="3665" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3653" CreationDate="2010-10-01T17:37:42.860" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know that you asked for answers not involving version control, but I'd like to look at them slightly obliquely. One approach is for you to send out plain LaTeX sources to your collaborators, receive them back and then for you to check them into a version control system of your choice. The idea here is that as far as everyone else is concerned there is nothing happening in terms of versions, except that you can tell them what changes they previously made when then change stuff back again! You gain the benefits of version control, your collaborators don't have to worry about it and hopefully things work out.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-10-01T17:37:42.860" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-10-01T17:37:42.860" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3666" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3653" CreationDate="2010-10-01T17:45:52.717" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've personally used the &lt;code&gt;changes&lt;/code&gt; package &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/changes/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/changes/&lt;/a&gt; to great effect, and if your collaborators are also users familiar with LaTeX, then it is simple to learn to use, though the markup may be a bit primitive. Also this doesn't satisfy part 3 of your question, since I don't know of any editors that incorporates this package. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A quick google search also brought up &lt;code&gt;TrackChanges&lt;/code&gt;: &lt;a href=&quot;http://trackchanges.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://trackchanges.sourceforge.net/&lt;/a&gt; which has similar syntax and also a GUI program to accept/reject changes. Though I have not use it myself, so cannot offer recommendations for or against it. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastActivityDate="2010-10-01T17:45:52.717" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-10-01T17:45:52.717" />
  <row Id="3667" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3659" CreationDate="2010-10-01T18:44:12.273" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It depends on the bibliography style you're using. But you could use the common commands to choose bold typeface: &lt;code&gt;\textbf&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\bfseries&lt;/code&gt; work in BibTeX entries as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For instance, with this file &lt;code&gt;tex.bib&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@book{texbook,&#xA;author = {D.E. Knuth},&#xA;title = {\textbf{The {\TeX}book}},&#xA;publisher = {Addison Wesley},&#xA;year = 1986&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and that simple example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\refname}{{\TeX} books}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\nocite{texbook}&#xA;\bibliographystyle{plain}&#xA;\bibliography{tex}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;you would get:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/8wU9e.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The bold typeface has been added to the italic shape of the plain style. It's just an example, I would not combine font properties this way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A more consistent way would be to modify the bibliography style according to your needs. Or use biblatex.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-10-01T18:44:12.273" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3668" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3639" CreationDate="2010-10-01T18:56:04.700" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Simply redefining &lt;code&gt;\endtitlepage&lt;/code&gt; in the preamble would be sufficient:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\endtitlepage\relax&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-10-01T18:56:04.700" />
  <row Id="3669" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-01T19:14:39.417" Score="1" ViewCount="916" Body="&lt;p&gt;Anyone know of any simple Template for scientific paper which is easy to modify and looks great? So that i don't have to use several hour to find out the syntax.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1355" LastActivityDate="2010-10-02T19:47:20.960" Title="Lyx template for scientific paper" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;templates&gt;&lt;lyx&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="3671" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3669" CreationDate="2010-10-01T20:24:30.830" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is no single format for a &quot;scientific paper.&quot; It really depends what you're writing. Journal and Conference papers typically have a style mandated by the publisher/organizer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-10-01T20:24:30.830" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3673" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3674" CreationDate="2010-10-02T00:58:47.453" Score="7" ViewCount="319" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have my own master bibtex files that I use in all my research papers, which I strive to keep up-to-date. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I have numerous co-authors with whom I am writing papers, and they sometimes send me their bibtex files as they contribute to our common article tex file. Occasionally, their files contain entries for the same articles in my master file, with the same bibtex reference name (whatever that is called). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can I just save their file in my bib folder and then use it like this in my tex file? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\bibliography{MyBiblioFile,MySecondBibliofile,CoAuthorsBiblioFile}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I would want is that in the cases that our bibtex names are the same, then it uses my bibtex file first. Is that what occurs?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am on a grant deadline, so I'd really appreciate a fast answer. And I'd rather not have to sort through the bibtex file comparing entries, if I can be confident that my file will get preference by being first on the list, since there are hundreds of entries in the files.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks very much and I'm very happy for this resource.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1357" LastEditorUserId="627" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-02T01:06:04.973" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T06:26:11.310" Title="How should I handle bibtex files of my co-authors?" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="3674" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3673" CreationDate="2010-10-02T01:12:48.143" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm sure it took you longer to write the question than it would have taken for you simply to test it yourself... but yes, that is how it works.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: here is a testcase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{filecontents}{b1.bib}&#xA;@ARTICLE{a,&#xA;  author = {a1},&#xA;  title = {a1},&#xA;  journal = {a1},&#xA;  year = {a1},&#xA;  volume = {a1},&#xA;  pages = {a1}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;@ARTICLE{b,&#xA;  author = {b1},&#xA;  title = {b1},&#xA;  journal = {b1},&#xA;  year = {b1},&#xA;  volume = {b1},&#xA;  pages = {b1}&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{b2.bib}&#xA;@ARTICLE{b,&#xA;  author = {b2},&#xA;  title = {b2},&#xA;  journal = {b2},&#xA;  year = {b2},&#xA;  volume = {b2},&#xA;  pages = {b2}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;@ARTICLE{c,&#xA;  author = {c2},&#xA;  title = {c2},&#xA;  journal = {c2},&#xA;  year = {c2},&#xA;  volume = {c2},&#xA;  pages = {c2}&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\bibliographystyle{unsrt}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \cite{a,b,c}&#xA;  \bibliography{b1,b2}&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastEditorUserId="627" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-02T21:17:26.443" LastActivityDate="2010-10-02T21:17:26.443" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="3675" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3617" CreationDate="2010-10-02T01:42:00.870" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's a Plain TeX macro that's similar to the one in the question except it handles things like being used from horizontal mode or a change to &lt;code&gt;\mathsurround&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\triangle#1{%&#xA;        \par&#xA;        \vbox{%&#xA;                \baselineskip4.3pt&#xA;                \m@th&#xA;                \toks@{}%&#xA;                \count@#1&#xA;                \loop\ifnum\count@&amp;gt;\z@&#xA;                        \advance\count@\m@ne&#xA;                        \toks@\expandafter{\the\toks@{\bullet}}%&#xA;                        \centerline{$\the\toks@$}%&#xA;                \repeat&#xA;        }%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It should be pretty fast too. &lt;code&gt;\setbox0\vbox{\triangle{500}}&lt;/code&gt; takes about .2 seconds on my laptop (an average over 1000 trials). Using 100 (about the largest that fits on a page) instead of 500 takes .007 seconds.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I also find the loop pretty readable, modulo the &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt; in the names which just takes getting used to and isn't part of the loop really. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-10-02T01:42:00.870" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-10-02T01:42:00.870" />
  <row Id="3676" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-02T05:15:41.037" Score="11" ViewCount="429" Body="&lt;p&gt;I just got the error&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Too many math alphabets used in version normal.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;on a document I'm editing.  What can I do to fix this, other than stop using an alphabet?  All I've found online is instructions on what to do if you're using the bm.sty package, which I'm not calling (but maybe it's hidden in the AMS stuff?).  I'll note, the thing that broke it was adding mathrsfs and using \mathscr.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anyways, as you'll see in my preamble, I tried what they suggested anyways, and it didn't work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{amsart}&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  \newcommand{\bmmax}{0}&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  \newcommand{\hmmax}{0}&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  \usepackage{amsmath, amssymb, amsthm, latexsym, amscd, enumerate, MnSymbol,bbm, etex,nicefrac,mathrsfs}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;\mathbf&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  \mathcal&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  \mathfrak&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  \mathscr&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  \mathsf&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  \mathbb&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  \mathbbm (for a lower case blackboard bold letter)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I recognize this is a lot of math fonts, but doesn't seem unreasonable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT:&lt;/strong&gt; getting rid of MnSymbol fixed things...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-02T07:48:56.347" LastActivityDate="2010-10-02T07:48:56.347" Title="&quot;Too many math alphabets&quot; error" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;errors&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3677" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3676" CreationDate="2010-10-02T07:09:45.553" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It looks like you've got some redundant packages in there which are using up math family slots (of which there are only 16 total). (Note that &lt;code&gt;amsart&lt;/code&gt; also loads the &lt;code&gt;amsfonts&lt;/code&gt; package which uses up several more for &lt;code&gt;\mathfrak&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\mathbb&lt;/code&gt;, etc.) For example, in the &lt;code&gt;latexsym&lt;/code&gt; docs:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;These fonts are not automatically included in the NFSS2/LATEX2ε since they take up important space and aren’t necessary if one makes use of the packages amsfonts or amssymb.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Furthermore, if you're using &lt;code&gt;MnSymbol&lt;/code&gt;, doesn't that override much of the &lt;code&gt;amssymb&lt;/code&gt; package? I could be wrong about that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, it looks the &lt;code&gt;bbm&lt;/code&gt; family takes up five (or is it only three?) on its own—if you don't need that many you can copy out just the definitions you need, such as &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareMathAlphabet{\mathbbm}{U}{bbm}{m}{n}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Bearing all this in mind, here's a minimal example that at least compiles: (I've removed a couple of unrelated packages)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\documentclass[11pt]{amsart}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath, amssymb, amscd, MnSymbol,mathrsfs}&#xA;\DeclareMathAlphabet{\mathbbm}{U}{bbm}{m}{n}% from bbm.sty&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\[&#xA;\mathbf A&#xA;\mathcal A&#xA;\mathfrak A&#xA;\mathscr A&#xA;\mathsf A&#xA;\mathbb A&#xA;\mathbbm a&#xA;\]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-10-02T07:09:45.553" CommentCount="11" />
  <row Id="3678" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3617" CreationDate="2010-10-02T07:16:07.817" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Kees van der Laan wrote an article titled &quot;Paradigms: Loops&quot; which discusses several different TeX-based approaches for writing loops. See &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ntg.nl/maps/17/20.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;MAPS 17&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-10-02T07:16:07.817" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-10-02T07:16:07.817" />
  <row Id="3679" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3680" CreationDate="2010-10-02T11:37:04.760" Score="5" ViewCount="242" Body="&lt;p&gt;Coming from an HTML background using &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; to mark paragraphs I consequently use &lt;code&gt;\par&lt;/code&gt; to mark paragraphs instead of using two consecutive blank lines. This feels more semantic (of course I realize this argument is bogus) and after a few years of LaTeX this habit is hard to lose. It also feels handier in (for instance) enumeration environments, the line with &lt;code&gt;\item&lt;/code&gt; doesn't get its own &lt;code&gt;\par&lt;/code&gt; while the other paragraphs do, using whitespace between consecutive &lt;code&gt;\item&lt;/code&gt;'s, but as said before, this is just a feeling.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I was wondering whether there are other people doing this or if there are any reasons to &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; do it this way? The only argument I can come up with could be readability (more whitespace is easier for the eyes) but if there are others I might have to get rid of this tic.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="210" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-02T16:04:03.823" LastActivityDate="2010-10-02T16:04:03.823" Title="Downsides of using \par instead of two new lines" Tags="&lt;best-practices&gt;&lt;paragraphs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="3680" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3679" CreationDate="2010-10-02T12:10:46.777" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your co-authors will be very surprised when they see your source code, and very likely the first thing they will do is to replace each &lt;code&gt;\par&lt;/code&gt; with a blank line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are some situations (like macros, lists, and situations such as &lt;code&gt;{\centering Foo\par}&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;{\small Foo\par}&lt;/code&gt;) in which &lt;code&gt;\par&lt;/code&gt; might be a good idea, but most of the time it is both hard-to-read and non-standard.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="100" LastActivityDate="2010-10-02T12:10:46.777" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3681" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3679" CreationDate="2010-10-02T13:04:26.173" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Runaway macros: if you have something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;I have something to say\footnote{Although I forget to end this footnote&#xA;\par&#xA;Oh, and another thing.&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;then the complaint about the runaway argument will take much longer to be generated.  All macros are, in effect &lt;code&gt;\long&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-10-02T13:04:26.173" />
  <row Id="3682" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3725" CreationDate="2010-10-02T13:43:03.597" Score="11" ViewCount="411" Body="&lt;p&gt;I sometimes find that the &lt;code&gt;\widetilde&lt;/code&gt; accents sits too high above the math letter it is applied to. An example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://mathurl.com/2ub2659.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To me it looks as if the first tilde is sitting just in between the two lines; it is not visually attached to the &quot;B&quot;. As the second &quot;B tilde&quot; shows, I did manage to produce a version where the &lt;code&gt;\widetilde&lt;/code&gt; is lowered, but this is an ugly hack using &lt;code&gt;\textcolor&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\rlap{\raisebox{-0.1ex}{$\widetilde{B}$}}&#xA;\rlap{\smash{\textcolor{white}{\rule[-1ex]{2em}{2.7ex}}}}&#xA;B&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I'm doing here: I lower the &lt;em&gt;whole&lt;/em&gt; &lt;code&gt;\widetilde{B}&lt;/code&gt;, then I erase the &quot;B&quot; by some (manually adjusted) white box, and finally I typeset the &quot;B&quot; that is seen in the output. Of course I have this wrapped in some macro, but this macro does not work for small letters such as &quot;m&quot;, which is due to the white box.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The more straightforward attempt&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\rlap{\raisebox{-0.1ex}{$\widetilde{\phantom{B}}$}}B&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;does not work as the output shows: the tilde in &lt;img src=&quot;http://mathurl.com/24terxl.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt; is too far to the left. The reason for this is that TeX handles accents over single characters differently, using the &lt;code&gt;\skewchar&lt;/code&gt; of the font, and &lt;code&gt;\phantom{B}&lt;/code&gt; is not a single character. Moreover, in the version &lt;code&gt;\tilde B&lt;/code&gt; I find the tilde too small: &lt;img src=&quot;http://mathurl.com/2cs2lck.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One of the problems of my solution is that it doesn't render properly when I view the dvi file in Yap. Does anyone know a better solution to lower the &lt;code&gt;\widetilde&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;TH's first solution works rather well. It has the only drawback that it does not lower the &lt;code&gt;\widetilde&lt;/code&gt; over small letters such as &quot;m&quot;. However, this is not a big deal since in this case the tilde does not look as if it is sitting in between two lines. I came up with an answer that does lower the &lt;code&gt;\widetilde&lt;/code&gt; over &quot;m&quot;, but that has other major problems. TH's (rather involved) second solution fixes most of these problems. Great work!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-12T22:57:53.217" LastActivityDate="2010-12-12T22:57:53.217" Title="How do I lower the \widetilde accent, i.e., move it closer to the variable?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;positioning&gt;&lt;accents&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="3683" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3684" CreationDate="2010-10-02T14:24:26.233" Score="3" ViewCount="311" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi all,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;what are your techniques to make what's below look better? Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\newcommand{\ud}{\mathop{\mathrm{{}d}}\mathopen{}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{equation}\everymath{\displaystyle}\begin{pmatrix} \ud X_1&#xA;\\ \ud X_2 \\ \ud X_3&#xA;\end{pmatrix}=\begin{pmatrix} \ud x_1 \\ \ud x_2&#xA;\\\ud x_3 \end{pmatrix}+\begin{bmatrix}&#xA;\frac{\partial u_1}{\partial x_1} &amp;amp; \frac{\partial u_1}{\partial x_2} &amp;amp; &#xA;\frac{\partial u_1}{\partial x_3} \\&#xA;\frac{\partial u_2}{\partial x_1} &amp;amp; \frac{\partial u_2}{\partial x_2} &amp;amp; &#xA;\frac{\partial u_2}{\partial x_3} \\&#xA;\frac{\partial u_3}{\partial x_1} &amp;amp; \frac{\partial u_3}{\partial&#xA;x_2} &amp;amp; \frac{\partial u_3}{\partial x_3}&#xA;\end{bmatrix}\begin{pmatrix} \ud x_1 \\ \ud x_2 \\&#xA;\ud x_3 \end{pmatrix}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/7rhPg.png&quot; alt=&quot;rendered code&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-02T15:31:36.590" LastActivityDate="2010-10-02T20:48:21.940" Title="vertically aligning vectors and matrices" Tags="&lt;matrices&gt;&lt;vector&gt;&lt;alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3684" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3683" CreationDate="2010-10-02T14:33:53.793" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is more a mathematical than a TeXnical answer: I would typeset the matrix with &lt;code&gt;\partial_1 u_1&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\frac{\partial u_1}{\partial x_1}&lt;/code&gt; and so on. Then it looks better, and I also find that it is better readable. You may want to explain that the notation &lt;code&gt;\partial_j&lt;/code&gt; is a shorthand for &lt;code&gt;\frac{\partial}{\partial x_j}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/WDGaF.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-02T15:43:45.123" LastActivityDate="2010-10-02T15:43:45.123" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3685" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3683" CreationDate="2010-10-02T14:42:45.577" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You might try using \\[0.5em] (or your favorite spacing) to spread out all the arrays vertically so that the rows line up horizontally. This will also relieve some of the crowding in the 3x3 array caused by your use of \displaystyle.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="76" LastActivityDate="2010-10-02T14:42:45.577" />
  <row Id="3686" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3689" CreationDate="2010-10-02T15:11:25.107" Score="9" ViewCount="186" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am thinking of organising an introductory course on LaTeX for my colleagues in the philosophy department. I'm wondering what kind of resources are available for &lt;em&gt;teaching&lt;/em&gt; LaTeX. And a related question, what are the best ways to motivate interest in LaTeX? (Word's Equation Editor does a lot of good work converting people to LaTeX, but for people who don't do much techy stuff, I want to show what LaTeX is capable of...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm worried that a lot of my (self-taught) LaTeX knowledge is passive and I won't know what things I will need to teach at first.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anyone have any experience in doing this sort of thing? Are there good internet resources for this? (I cannot just assign the not-so-short guide as required reading for the course...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2010-10-02T21:50:48.250" Title="Resources and advice for teaching LaTeX" Tags="&lt;teaching&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3687" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3686" CreationDate="2010-10-02T15:39:05.890" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;UK-TUG has some resources at &lt;a href=&quot;http://uk.tug.org/2010/07/30/training-day-a-success/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://uk.tug.org/2010/07/30/training-day-a-success/&lt;/a&gt;, which were used as the basis for a training course. This was a single day event with a variety of needs from users: physics, chemistry, linguistics, computing, &lt;em&gt;etc&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-10-02T15:39:05.890" />
  <row Id="3688" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3686" CreationDate="2010-10-02T16:14:31.827" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have no idea what philosophers need from a text processor. The painless handling of references (both inside the document and to the bibliography) maybe? The question &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2110/most-significant-reasons-that-led-us-to-latex&quot;&gt;”Most significant reasons that led us to (La)TeX”&lt;/a&gt; does list lots of good motivations. You could also impress them with &lt;a href=&quot;http://people.umass.edu/klement/tlp/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://people.umass.edu/klement/tlp/&lt;/a&gt; (especially generating a index like this is probably rather painful in Word).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-10-02T16:14:31.827" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3689" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3686" CreationDate="2010-10-02T17:50:03.550" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm going to address my answer the part of your question that had to do with “motivating interest”.&#xA;&#xA;&lt;li&gt; One way to sell LaTeX I think is to stress the potential benefits for &lt;em&gt;the profession as a whole&lt;/em&gt; (and perhaps academia as a whole).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the current economic situation, nearly all Universities are struggling financially, and library budgets have been hit particularly hard. Couple this with the fact that institutional subscription costs of Academic Journals published by the large academic presses are ridiculously high, and we have a huge problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The traditional workflow for a journal article would be composition in Word, then layout by the publisher in something like Adobe InDesign. Word is proprietary and expensive, and InDesign more so. But LaTeX generates output with comparable quality (--I actually prefer it--) using a format comprehensible to an intelligent end-user, and its completely free to use and open source.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Point to Philosopher's Imprint as a Success Story.&lt;/b&gt; It's not uncommon to hear philosophers put down the quality of online journals, and put down this model. But this is a self-fulfilling prophecy, and Philosopher's Imprint is a huge exception. It's published by the University of Michigan, has a rock solid reputation for quality, and is completely open access to anyone with a web connection. It's no coincidence that they're using LaTeX for typesetting; it saves them thousands of dollars a year in licensing fees. Their document class is on CTAN; stress how easy it would be if &lt;em&gt;all&lt;/em&gt; journals had their templates and bibliography styles there too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Imagine the potential savings to the discipline as a whole if this model caught on (not to mention speed in a discipline in which it can take well over a year for something to appear in print).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;And while maybe I'm thinking overly optimisitcally, this could be a good segue into discussion of the benefits of open source generally, and the philosophy behind it (which I think would appeal to many, if not all philosophers, even those who aren't super-tech savvy). Stress that LaTeX is more cross-platform than Word, and that it frees us from the mercy of Microsoft and Adobe's pricing policies.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Stress the relief from the upgrade treadmill. I think a lot of academics are still smarting over the transition from .doc to .docx and being more or less forced into upgrading to Word 2007 as a result. Stress that the LaTeX format has changed little in the past 20 years, and as a plain-text based open format, it has no proprietary secrets to hide. (I know Microsoft has taken steps to move towards making their XML specifications an open standard, but from I hear, they're not really sticking to it.) And when you do upgrade your LaTeX system, it doesn't mean a lot of new costs.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Stress the typographical quality, and show some comparisons. Show off some stuff from the TeX Showcase. Give a brief explanations of things such as paragraph-as-a-whole layout, pair and margin kerning, ligatures, hyphenation, vertical justification, math spacing, etc. I think a fair number of philosophers are nerdy enough to appreciate these.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-10-02T17:50:03.550" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3690" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3673" CreationDate="2010-10-02T18:03:29.807" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you and your friends can stick to a single convention, you'd be fine.  For example, I use citation keys of the form&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;foo2003barr&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;for any paper with &quot;foo&quot; as the (last name of) the first author, written in 2003, with title words beginning with letters &quot;b&quot;, &quot;a&quot;, etc. Titles with fewer than 4 words yield fewer letters, of course.  All words in the title are used, even e.g. &quot;of&quot;, because if you let people decide on which words to skip, different people will skip different words.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I use ascii characters, i.e. I ignore accents on names.  I also ignore dashes and spaces in names, e.g. &quot;de Long&quot; or &quot;de-Long&quot; both become &quot;delong&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The scheme is simple enough to generate on the fly (i.e. you won't have to look in your bib file to remember a key, if you remember enough about the paper to be citing it in the first place).  It does a good job at avoiding collision, too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The scheme will annoy authors other then the first one.  It will annoy people who insist on having accents in their names, or in the words of their titles.  And it will be thwarted by people who republish papers in a given year with similar (or the same) titles.  Too bad.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="922" LastActivityDate="2010-10-02T18:03:29.807" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3691" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3669" CreationDate="2010-10-02T19:47:20.960" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The very elegant &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/classicthesis&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;classicthesis template&lt;/a&gt; by André Miede has been ported to LyX by Nick Mariette. It's available here:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.soundsorange.net/resources/classic-thesis-for-lyx/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.soundsorange.net/resources/classic-thesis-for-lyx/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For further templates like this, have a look at&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;the &lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.lyx.org/Examples/Thesis&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Example/Thesis&lt;/a&gt; category in the LyX wiki,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.thesis-template.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;www.thesis-template.com&lt;/a&gt; collecting such LyX and LaTeX templates&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and the links on those pages. You would find nice and customizable scientific LyX templates there.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-10-02T19:47:20.960" />
  <row Id="3692" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3719" CreationDate="2010-10-02T20:20:45.743" Score="2" ViewCount="338" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to know how to justify individual columns in the AMS align environment. In the matrix environment, the Table toolbar buttons are active, but not inside the AMS align environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1362" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-03T20:46:49.303" LastActivityDate="2010-10-03T20:46:49.303" Title="LyX AMS align environment justification/ horizontal alignment" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;align&gt;&lt;lyx&gt;&lt;horizontal-alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="3693" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3683" CreationDate="2010-10-02T20:47:00.270" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One other option is to use &lt;code&gt;\phantom&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\lefteqn&lt;/code&gt; as in &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/297/how-can-i-get-an-underbrace-and-an-overbrace-to-partially-overlap-in-an-equation/330#330&quot;&gt;this answer&lt;/a&gt;. For the &lt;code&gt;pmatrix&lt;/code&gt; blocks, change it to, for example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{pmatrix}&#xA;\lefteqn{\phantom{\frac{\partial u_1}{\partial x_3}}} dx_1 \\&#xA;\lefteqn{\phantom{\frac{\partial u_2}{\partial x_3}}} dx_2 \\&#xA;\lefteqn{\phantom{\frac{\partial u_3}{\partial x_3}}} dx_3&#xA;\end{pmatrix}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inside the &lt;code&gt;\phantom&lt;/code&gt; should go the &quot;tallest&quot; term in the row you want to line up. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastActivityDate="2010-10-02T20:47:00.270" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3694" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3683" CreationDate="2010-10-02T20:48:21.940" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's a way improving the spacing of you notation. It's a redefinition of an internal amsmath macro. It allows to add an optional space to each matrix row and it's extending all amsmath matrix environments like bmatrix, pmatrix, vmatrix, Bmatrix etc. (except smallmatrix). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\let\origenv@matrix\env@matrix&#xA;\renewcommand*{\env@matrix}[1][0pt]{%&#xA;  \expandafter\def\expandafter\@arraycr\expandafter{\@arraycr[#1]}&#xA;  \origenv@matrix}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, with the common LaTeX matrix commands, omit the optional argument to get their standard behavior, or specify the additional space. In your example, writing &lt;code&gt;\begin{bmatrix}[2.5ex]&lt;/code&gt; instead results in:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/jiQOh.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could do that very similar using an optional argument that's temporarily set for &lt;code&gt;\arraystretch&lt;/code&gt;. But the first method keeps the delimiters right, the &lt;code&gt;\arraystretch&lt;/code&gt; way may leave undesired space at the top of the matrix because it's vertically stretching all rows including the first one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I used &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt; avoiding a recursion to add the space in brackets to the &lt;code&gt;\@arraycr&lt;/code&gt; macro using its own definition. &lt;code&gt;\g@addto@macro&lt;/code&gt; would do it easier but works globally. That's why some classes or packages define a local &lt;code&gt;\l@addto@macro&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-10-02T20:48:21.940" />
  <row Id="3695" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-02T21:16:24.030" Score="3" ViewCount="217" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to include smiles in my LaTeX document. Is there any package with lots of different smiles?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I found mnsymbol package and wasysym general symbols but I do not like the output. Actually, I am looking for such smiles which look like &quot;default smiles&quot; in google talk, MSN, ... ;) &amp;lt;- this one is my favourite. ;) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1364" LastActivityDate="2010-10-02T23:23:41.817" Title="Smiles in LateX" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="3696" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3686" CreationDate="2010-10-02T21:50:48.250" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;UC Berkeley had (has?) a student-taught LaTeX course. It basically consisted of a lecture each week followed by lab time with a weekly homework. Unfortunately, the presentation slides and homeworks no longer seem to be online.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To tell the truth, when I was involved in it, I don't think the course was ever as good as we hoped it would be. LaTeX is probably best learned experientially and it was difficult to replicate that in a more formal setting. That said, we did succeed in teaching some people LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure what sort of course you're envisioning, but I've become convinced that some sort of short &quot;quick start&quot; workshop might be the best route. Give people enough instruction to get going (perhaps encourage them to bring something they want to TeX during the workshop) and loads of resources. I guess I've given up on the idea of teaching people LaTeX, but rather getting them going enough so that they actually carry on and teach themselves.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1345" LastActivityDate="2010-10-02T21:50:48.250" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3697" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3723" CreationDate="2010-10-02T22:05:40.050" Score="11" ViewCount="467" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm starting to write a LaTeX-based reference manual, and have realised that a lot of my needs could be solved by writing a database and then producing the reference manual from that. Lots of my pages will be exactly the same, with slightly different information in them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to link LaTeX to a database, in a similar way to Database Report engines do - so that I can, for example, create a page per record in the database, including each field in different locations on the page?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="495" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-03T07:48:31.757" LastActivityDate="2010-11-21T13:21:57.413" Title="Is it possible to connect a database to LaTeX to produce data-driven documents?" Tags="&lt;database&gt;" AnswerCount="6" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3698" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-02T22:23:25.087" Score="7" ViewCount="210" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is the PDF file of a book I wrote: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.abstractmath.org/Handbook/handbook.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.abstractmath.org/Handbook/handbook.pdf&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It takes a long time to download because it is a big file.  I generated it using pdfLaTeX.  Is there a way to generate it as many different PDF files while automatically preserving the links between pieces?  (It makes quite heavy use of internal links.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="793" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-02T23:07:26.717" LastActivityDate="2010-10-03T10:17:43.143" Title="Generate large document by pdfTeX, then break result into many PDF files while preserving links" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;links&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="3699" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3695" CreationDate="2010-10-02T23:23:41.817" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A dingbats style font?  How about James Stirling's smiley faces font:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://new.myfonts.com/fonts/fontry-west/jls-smiles/sampler/specs.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Sampler selection gratis for noncommercial use&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://new.myfonts.com/fonts/fontry-west/jls-smiles/buy.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Standard rights commercial, full range for $5&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/JwTmI.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-10-02T23:23:41.817" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3700" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3706" CreationDate="2010-10-02T23:25:38.717" Score="7" ViewCount="208" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using the &lt;code&gt;ulem&lt;/code&gt; for strikethrough, but need two formats of strikethrough. I'm currently using &lt;code&gt;\dout{text}&lt;/code&gt; which looks good, but the second&lt;code&gt;\xout{text}&lt;/code&gt; makes the base text a little too unreadable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm looking for a clean double-strikethrough... the closest I've gotten is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\dout{\bgroup \markoverwith{\rule[0.2ex]{0.1pt}{0.4pt}\rule[0.8ex]{0.1pt}{0.4pt}}\ULon}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but this creates a &lt;em&gt;slight&lt;/em&gt; hatching effect. (It's good enough, but I figured I'd see if any of ye clever folk had a cleaner solution.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/jutV8.png&quot; alt=&quot;example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1232" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-02T23:52:17.030" LastActivityDate="2010-10-03T01:27:44.453" Title="Double strikeout" Tags="&lt;formatting&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="3701" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3697" CreationDate="2010-10-02T23:28:48.003" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Assuming each record has at most 9 fields, then one possibility would be to define a macro like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\handlerecord[8]{...}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and then write a script as Jukka Suomela suggested that basically writes out the preamble and then a bunch of &lt;code&gt;\handlerecord{field1}{field2}...&lt;/code&gt; and ends it off with an &lt;code&gt;\end{document}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you have more than 9 fields, you can use any of the answers to this &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/2132/647&quot;&gt;question&lt;/a&gt; to define the &lt;code&gt;\handlerecord&lt;/code&gt; macro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-10-02T23:28:48.003" />
  <row Id="3702" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3697" CreationDate="2010-10-02T23:30:24.547" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can load dynamic libraries into Luatex, like the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.keplerproject.org/luasql/index.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Lua-SQL database bridge&lt;/a&gt;.  I've never done this kind of thing, mind, but there are people here who would know how to do this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can invoke Lua from Tex with appropriate directive, such as from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.luatex.de/tag/lualatex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Lualatex&lt;/a&gt;, to pull and process data from the database bridge.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-02T23:47:41.953" LastActivityDate="2010-10-02T23:47:41.953" />
  <row Id="3703" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3705" CreationDate="2010-10-02T23:55:20.207" Score="8" ViewCount="391" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm including some equations in my document, but want them to appear very large. I have them in display mode, as opposed to inline mode, but can't seem to find any way to make them larger.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've tried using &lt;code&gt;\huge&lt;/code&gt; but that seems to make all of the text in that section large (even when using it with {'s).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a simple way to do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="495" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-19T21:07:44.410" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T16:40:49.603" Title="Make equations large" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;equations&gt;&lt;size&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="3704" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3700" CreationDate="2010-10-03T00:03:59.847" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;More an observation, then an answer, but too long for a comment: The effect dependens on the pdf viewer:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is Evince (300%, 400%):&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/O0TsZ.png&quot; alt=&quot;evince 300&quot;&gt; &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Rx86b.png&quot; alt=&quot;evince 400&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It looks better in Acrobat (300%, 400%)&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/qf4EN.png&quot; alt=&quot;acrobat 300&quot;&gt; &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ZpoXl.png&quot; alt=&quot;acrobat 400&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At least until you zoom in really close (1600%):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/wIJxX.png&quot; alt=&quot;acrobat 1600&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How does it look when printed?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-10-03T00:03:59.847" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3705" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3703" CreationDate="2010-10-03T00:21:40.077" Score="15" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Two thoughts come to mind.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Put a &lt;code&gt;\scalebox&lt;/code&gt; command from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/graphicx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;graphicx&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[ \scalebox{2}{$2+2=4$} \]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will make an equation twice as big as normal.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another option would be to use the &lt;code&gt;\mathlarger&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\mathsmaller&lt;/code&gt; commands from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/relsize&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;relsize&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm sure there are other options too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-21T16:40:49.603" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T16:40:49.603" />
  <row Id="3706" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3700" CreationDate="2010-10-03T00:31:36.750" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is modified from the double underline macro of &lt;code&gt;ulem&lt;/code&gt; (note that &lt;code&gt;\MakeRobust&lt;/code&gt; is also defined by that package): &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\dout{\bgroup&#xA; \markoverwith{\lower-0.2ex\hbox&#xA; {\kern-.03em\vbox{\hrule width.2em\kern0.45ex\hrule}\kern-.03em}}%&#xA; \ULon}&#xA;\MakeRobust\dout&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and seems to work quite well:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/r9tok.png&quot; alt=&quot;example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-03T01:27:44.453" LastActivityDate="2010-10-03T01:27:44.453" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="3707" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3697" CreationDate="2010-10-03T01:49:18.657" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You might want to check the answers to these questions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/2375/627&quot;&gt;File input and output&lt;/a&gt;;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/1801/627&quot;&gt;Tool for manipulating LaTeX tables&lt;/a&gt;;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/3506/627&quot;&gt;Is anybody using TeX for business reporting?&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Depending on what you want to do, you could look into the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/datatool&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;datatool package&lt;/a&gt; or pgfplotstable. Or if your needs are more complex (tex is not the most efficient language for doing sophisticated database manipulation), you should write a script to produce a latex formatted report directly from the database (as Jukka suggested).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastEditorUserId="627" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-03T13:53:13.003" LastActivityDate="2010-10-03T13:53:13.003" />
  <row Id="3708" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3738" CreationDate="2010-10-03T02:38:37.893" Score="3" ViewCount="237" Body="&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: As Bill B. and Caramdir point out in their comments after Bill B. produced his results posted below, more information is needed in order to make a better call. To remedy, my output was produced using MiKTeX 2.8 &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; with no special command line flags or switches. My pdf viewer is Adobe Acrobat Pro 9.0. The platform is Windows 7. All software including &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; is fully up to date against the latest rev levels and patches.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As I'm guessing that this is a pretty normal setup, at least in the Windows world, I'd be very interested (and grateful) in learning whether this problem affects other people or whether it's just some kind of rather weird one-off. My gut feel after seeing Bill B's results (and also after having traversed &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt;'s code) is that the culprit is Adobe Acrobat or possibly MiKTeX &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt;.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can anyone corroborate? I'd be very grateful to know.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Original question:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have a problem with &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt;; it &quot;enquotes&quot; Author and Keywords (but not Title or Subject) metadata if the data sent to these contain a comma or semi-colon (but not, say, a full stop or a colon).  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've included some figures and code that show this below. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/OFCTF.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt; &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/dvOnO.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/60ELT.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt; &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/DLmNS.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*\metadata{%&#xA;% uncomment all but one line below&#xA;%  a  b  c%     &amp;lt;-- no problem&#xA;   a, b, c%     &amp;lt;-- problem&#xA;%  a; b; c%     &amp;lt;-- problem&#xA;%  a: b: c%     &amp;lt;-- no problem&#xA;%  a* b* c%     &amp;lt;-- no problem&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[&#xA;  pdftitle={\metadata},    % never enquoted&#xA;  pdfauthor={\metadata},   % enquoted if , or ; is present&#xA;  pdfsubject={\metadata},  % never enquoted&#xA;  pdfkeywords={\metadata}, % enquoted if , or ; is present&#xA;]{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  Press ctl-d (in Acrobat Reader) to see pdf file metadata.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Not only is this quite ugly but, more importantly, it interferes with metadata extracting programs used by certain document repositories. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've worked my way through &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt;'s code without much success. Would anyone have a solution for this problem?  Or advice about what I might be doing wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastEditorUserId="416" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-04T04:42:44.937" LastActivityDate="2010-10-07T16:25:30.717" Title="Hyperref &quot;enquotes&quot; metadata" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;acrobat&gt;&lt;pdf-reader&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3709" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3710" CreationDate="2010-10-03T04:02:45.820" Score="2" ViewCount="130" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've been working on writing a contingency table in LaTeX (I've prepared myself for a long battle to get multi-line and multi-column cells to appear as I need).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{booktabs}&#xA;\usepackage[detect-all]{siunitx}&#xA;\usepackage{multirow}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{table}[htp]&#xA;    \centering&#xA;    \begin{tabular}{&#xA;           @{}&#xA;           l&#xA;           S[table-format=3.2]&#xA;           S[table-format=3.2]&#xA;           S[table-format=3.2]&#xA;           S[table-format=3.2]&#xA;           S[table-format=3.2]&#xA;           S[table-format=3.2]&#xA;           @{}&#xA;           }&#xA;        \toprule&#xA;        \multicolumn{7}{|c|}{Factor B} \\&#xA;        &amp;amp; Alpha &amp;amp; Beta &amp;amp; Gamma &amp;amp; Delta &amp;amp; Epsilon &amp;amp; Row Total \\&#xA;&#xA;        \midrule&#xA;        \multirow{2}{*}{Alpha} &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 1 \\&#xA;        &amp;amp; 11.11 &amp;amp; 2.11 &amp;amp; 3.11 &amp;amp; 4.11 &amp;amp; 5.11 &amp;amp; \\&#xA;        \multirow{2}{*}{Beta} &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 2 \\&#xA;        &amp;amp; 22.22 &amp;amp; 2.22 &amp;amp; 3.22 &amp;amp; 4.22 &amp;amp; 5.22 &amp;amp; \\&#xA;        \multirow{2}{*}{Gamma} &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; 3 \\&#xA;        &amp;amp; 33.33 &amp;amp; 2.33 &amp;amp; 3.33 &amp;amp; 4.33 &amp;amp; 5.33 &amp;amp; \\&#xA;        \multirow{2}{*}{Delta} &amp;amp; 4 &amp;amp; 4 &amp;amp; 4 &amp;amp; 4 &amp;amp; 4 &amp;amp; 4 \\&#xA;        &amp;amp; 44.44 &amp;amp; 2.44 &amp;amp; 3.44 &amp;amp; 4.44 &amp;amp; 5.44 &amp;amp; \\&#xA;        \multirow{2}{*}{Epsilon} &amp;amp; 5 &amp;amp; 5 &amp;amp; 5 &amp;amp; 5 &amp;amp; 5 &amp;amp; 5 \\&#xA;        &amp;amp; 55.55 &amp;amp; 2.55 &amp;amp; 3.55 &amp;amp; 4.55 &amp;amp; 5.55 &amp;amp; \\&#xA;        Column Total &amp;amp; 111 &amp;amp; 222 &amp;amp; 333 &amp;amp; 444 &amp;amp; 555 &amp;amp; 666 \\&#xA;&#xA;        \bottomrule&#xA;    \end{tabular}&#xA;    \caption {Table Caption}\label{my-table}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I receive the following error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! siunitx Error&#xA;&#xA;(siunitx) Invalid numerical input 'e'.&#xA;&#xA;For immediate help type H &amp;lt;return&amp;gt;.&#xA; ...                                              &#xA;&#xA;l.157          &amp;amp; Alpha &amp;amp; Beta &amp;amp;&#xA;                                Gamma &amp;amp; Delta &amp;amp; Epsilon &amp;amp; Row Total \\&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I admit I don't understand it. The non-numerical text is in the header of the table. To see the table, replace the line&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;    &amp;amp; Alpha &amp;amp; Beta &amp;amp; Gamma &amp;amp; Delta &amp;amp; Epsilon &amp;amp; Row Total \\&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;    1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; 4 &amp;amp; 5 &amp;amp; 6 &amp;amp; 7 \\&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;just to allow it to render.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm puzzled. Why &quot;e&quot;? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Suggestions are very appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="564" LastEditorUserId="564" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-03T04:09:17.647" LastActivityDate="2010-10-03T04:25:12.150" Title="Puzzling error while using sunitx (in a tabular environment)" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;siunitx&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="3710" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3709" CreationDate="2010-10-03T04:25:12.150" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &quot;e&quot; is because siunitx is trying to parse &quot;Delta&quot; as a number in engineering notation (eg, 1.234E+04). Fix it by writing the headings as &lt;code&gt;\multicolumn{1}{c}{Delta}&lt;/code&gt;, etc&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-10-03T04:25:12.150" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3711" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-03T06:02:40.983" Score="7" ViewCount="275" Body="&lt;p&gt;I once encountered the advice to use &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand\baselinestretch{1.025}&lt;/code&gt; after &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{bera}&lt;/code&gt; (though I am not 100% certain that 1.025 was the suggested value). There's little doubt to my relatively untrained eye that the results are better with the renewal than without. If I recall correctly, the source I got that from also had suggested values for other fonts, together with an explanation of why this was necessary for some fonts. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've googled around and consulted the dead-trees I have at hand, but cannot find where I got this all from. So, is there a canonical source of the required adjustment values? A clear explanation of why this is necessary for some fonts? Or, is this all a figment of my imagination?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="93" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T06:57:20.227" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T06:57:20.227" Title="Source of &quot;correct&quot; baselinestretch values for various fonts?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;line-spacing&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="3712" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3698" CreationDate="2010-10-03T06:08:37.560" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is a bit orthogonal to your question, but is probably useful: Your pdf can be compressed by around a factor of 3 even without splitting it up (using the techniques I wrote &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2198/how-to-create-small-final-pdf-files-for-the-internet/2202#2202&quot;&gt;in this answer&lt;/a&gt;). &lt;a href=&quot;http://drop.io/fspza3q&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Here is the compressed version&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To answer your actual question: acrobat professional can split a PDF into chunks (choosing the breaks in various ways: by file size, by number of pages, by top-level headings) but as far as I can tell, there is no way to keep intra-chunk links active (pdf hyperlinks outside of the pdf are always a bit awkward anyway, because the PDF needs to be aware of its own location in order for the links to work, which makes it rather non-portable).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastEditorUserId="627" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-03T06:39:17.303" LastActivityDate="2010-10-03T06:39:17.303" />
  <row Id="3713" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3711" CreationDate="2010-10-03T06:19:35.760" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's not a figment of your imagination—the amount of leading is an important aspect of the typographic design. It's more complicated than just a certain value for a certain font, however.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ages ago I wrote a document comparing a paragraphs with varying linewidths and leading; you can find the file here: &lt;a href=&quot;http://gist.github.com/608324&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://gist.github.com/608324&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The file also gives &quot;relative speed&quot; values for quantitative tests that were performed at some stage, but I've lot my reference right now so that's about as much information as I can give you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Digression aside, there are two main variables to consider when choosing the leading:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The x-height of the font: a font like Palatino will need more leading than a font like Garamond, since the lines are effectively closer together due to the larger height of the lowercase letters&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The width of the text block: a longer linewidth requires larger leading&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It would be fun to produce an empirical equation to relate these three.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-10-03T06:19:35.760" />
  <row Id="3714" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3726" CreationDate="2010-10-03T06:23:40.053" Score="1" ViewCount="144" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi all,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to move the following remark environment, which nicely splits over pages :), towards the left so that it is not centered anymore. I have been unsuccessfully trying for a while: would you please have suggestions? Thanks. I was thinking of embedding it in a second environment with the required properties?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[fleqn,10pt]{book}&#xA;\usepackage{kpfonts}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage[top=7cm,left=5cm,right=5cm,bottom=7cm,a4paper]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage{framed}&#xA;\renewcommand*\FrameCommand{\fcolorbox{red!10}{red!10}}%&#xA;\newenvironment{rem}[1][]{%&#xA;\MakeFramed{\advance\hsize-10em \FrameRestore}%&#xA;\noindent\textsc{#1}%&#xA;\small%&#xA;  \begin{list}{}{%&#xA;    \setlength{\leftmargin}{0.04\textwidth}%&#xA;    \setlength{\rightmargin}{0.01\textwidth}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;    \item[]%&#xA;    }{%&#xA;    \hfill$\square$%&#xA;  \end{list}\endMakeFramed}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum[4]&#xA;\lipsum[4]&#xA;\lipsum[4]&#xA;\lipsum[5]&#xA;\begin{rem}[Latin]&#xA;some random text some random text some random text some random text some random &#xA;text some random text some random text some random text some random text some &#xA;random text some random text some random text some random text some random text some   &#xA;random text some random &#xA;\end{rem}&#xA;\lipsum[4]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastEditorUserId="371" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-03T07:07:03.323" LastActivityDate="2010-10-03T12:08:46.447" Title="moving a framed environment to the left" Tags="&lt;lists&gt;&lt;framed&gt;&lt;colorbox&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3715" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3698" CreationDate="2010-10-03T06:25:29.823" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm also not sure if this is possible. (You'd think it should be, but PDF manipulation doesn't seem to be very friendly about internal linking.) An alternative is to generate the files separately and then link between the PDFs explicitly with the &lt;code&gt;xr&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-10-03T06:25:29.823" />
  <row Id="3717" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3711" CreationDate="2010-10-03T06:31:56.897" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The optimum leading depends: very strongly on size and style of the font; fairly strongly on the measure (longer lines favouring more leading); weakly on the kind of text (heavy mathematics vs technical prose vs fiction); to some extent on stylistic preference. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first few factors are such an important part of typographical design, that typographers abbreviate them as, eg &quot;12/13x22 Centaur&quot; meaning the typeface is Centaur in 12pt with 13pt leading on a 22pc measure.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The default classes set the leading independent of these factors. Eg. &lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt]{book}&lt;/code&gt; loads &lt;code&gt;bk10.clo&lt;/code&gt; which sets 10/12. &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{bera}&lt;/code&gt; sets &lt;code&gt;\linespread{1.05}&lt;/code&gt; modifying this to 10/12.6. But depending on the above factors, maybe you are better off with your &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand\baselinestretch{1.025}&lt;/code&gt; for 10/12.3.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastEditorUserId="627" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-03T06:38:14.560" LastActivityDate="2010-10-03T06:38:14.560" />
  <row Id="3718" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3703" CreationDate="2010-10-03T06:38:36.653" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This example doesn't work with the default CM fonts, but &lt;code&gt;\Huge&lt;/code&gt; and friends should be able to do the job for you. Try:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{mathpazo}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section{foo}&#xA;some text&#xA;{\Huge\[&#xA;\int_0^\infty e^{-x} dx&#xA;\]}%&#xA;more text&#xA;\section{bar}&#xA;more text&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-03T08:11:19.790" LastActivityDate="2010-10-03T08:11:19.790" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3719" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3692" CreationDate="2010-10-03T07:24:25.513" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The alignment of the columns of an align environment is fixed. It's like &lt;code&gt;rl&lt;/code&gt; for each pair of columns. That's why the toolbar buttons are disabled.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you would like to have different adjustment, you could use an array environment, especially if you don't need numbered rows.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, you may change the alignment by placing the &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; symbol differently. This might be better with alignat instead of align.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-10-03T07:24:25.513" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3721" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3606" CreationDate="2010-10-03T07:56:54.323" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I &lt;em&gt;knew&lt;/em&gt; I'd read something about this in the pgf manual, but couldn't remember where.  I've just read it again, so here's &lt;em&gt;another&lt;/em&gt; answer.  I &lt;em&gt;still&lt;/em&gt; recommend Thorsten's solution, but I can imagine times when that isn't possible so here's how to do exactly what is asked in the question: use the &lt;code&gt;baseline&lt;/code&gt; option on the &lt;code&gt;\tikz&lt;/code&gt; command.  That tells TeX where the &quot;baseline&quot; of the picture should be (and so where it should rest on the current line).  The great thing is that this is computed after the picture is drawn and so can make use of information computed whilst the picture was drawn.  Here's an example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article} &#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\tikzstyle{matnode} = [inner sep=0pt,outer sep=0pt,anchor=base,remember picture,overlay]&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;\begin{array}{ccc}&#xA; 2 &amp;amp; \tikz \node[inner sep=0pt,outer sep=0pt] {$0$}; &amp;amp; \frac{2}{3} \\&#xA; 0 &amp;amp; \frac{4}{3} &amp;amp; 0 \\&#xA; -\frac{2}{3} &amp;amp; \tikz \node [inner sep=0pt,outer sep=0pt]{$0$}; &amp;amp; \tikz \node [inner sep=0pt,outer sep=0pt,anchor=base]{$\frac{6}{5}$}; \\&#xA; 0 &amp;amp; -\frac{4}{5} &amp;amp; 0 \\&#xA;\end{array}&#xA;\begin{array}{ccc}&#xA; 2 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; \frac{2}{3} \\&#xA; 0 &amp;amp; \frac{4}{3} &amp;amp; 0 \\&#xA; -\frac{2}{3} &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; \frac{6}{5} \\&#xA; 0 &amp;amp; -\frac{4}{5} &amp;amp; 0 \\&#xA;\end{array}&#xA;\begin{array}{ccc}&#xA; 2 &amp;amp; \tikz[baseline=0pt] \node[matnode] (a) {$0$}; &amp;amp; \frac{2}{3} \\&#xA; 0 &amp;amp; \frac{4}{3} &amp;amp; 0 \\&#xA; -\frac{2}{3} &amp;amp; \tikz[baseline=0pt] \node [matnode] (b) {$0$}; &amp;amp; \tikz[baseline=0pt] \node [matnode] (c) {$\frac{6}{5}$}; \\&#xA; 0 &amp;amp; -\frac{4}{5} &amp;amp; 0 \\&#xA;\end{array}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Incidentally, here's a trick I use for trying to figure out where the alignment is right or wrong.  Stare at the document on the screen and then make your eyes go &quot;cross-eyed&quot; until one eye is seeing one version and the other eye is seeing the other version.  Then any mis-alignments will cause the text to &quot;jump&quot; in or out of the page.  You should look for large jumps as even a pixel difference will be noticeable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-10-03T07:56:54.323" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="3722" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3703" CreationDate="2010-10-03T08:00:35.773" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use &lt;code&gt;\DeclareMathSizes&lt;/code&gt; to specify the font sizes for math mode. The first argument is a text size, the further arguments set the corresponding math sizes in display/text style, script style and scriptscript style.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Example:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\DeclareMathSizes{12}{30}{16}{12}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\noindent&#xA;This is regular text. An equation should be really big:&#xA;\[&#xA;    2x^2 + y^{2^2} = 1&#xA;\]&#xA;The text continues.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Output:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/XqqN2.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, by just one command you may adjust the math font sizes consistently for all styles.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-10-03T08:00:35.773" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3723" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3697" CreationDate="2010-10-03T10:09:49.150" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You may try &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/latexdb&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;latexdb&lt;/a&gt;. It connects LaTeX to a MySQL database.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-10-03T10:09:49.150" />
  <row Id="3725" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3682" CreationDate="2010-10-03T10:50:01.103" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Implementation 1&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;This code changes the x-height of the accent font for its argument. It should be fairly robust. Rather than scaling the height by 1.3, one could simply add a fixed value to it. Because of the way TeX computes accent heights, there is some minimum height of an accent and so this tends to have no discernible effect on lowercase letters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand*\wt[1]{\mathpalette\wthelper{#1}}&#xA;\newcommand*\wthelper[2]{%&#xA;        \hbox{\dimen@\accentfontxheight#1%&#xA;                \accentfontxheight#11.3\dimen@&#xA;                $\m@th#1\widetilde{#2}$%&#xA;                \accentfontxheight#1\dimen@&#xA;        }%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*\accentfontxheight[1]{%&#xA;        \fontdimen5\ifx#1\displaystyle&#xA;                \textfont&#xA;        \else\ifx#1\textstyle&#xA;                \textfont&#xA;        \else\ifx#1\scriptstyle&#xA;                \scriptfont&#xA;        \else&#xA;                \scriptscriptfont&#xA;        \fi\fi\fi3&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Implementation 2&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;This attempts to duplicate Rule 12 and the relevant portions of Rules 16–18 in Appendix G of &lt;em&gt;The TeXbook&lt;/em&gt; for typesetting math accents.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some notes on the implementation: I don't know how to compute successors, so instead I replace box &lt;em&gt;y&lt;/em&gt; which should just be the accent and the italic correction with &lt;code&gt;$\widetilde{\hphantom{...}}$&lt;/code&gt;. As a result, the tilde should already be shifted by half(&lt;em&gt;w&lt;/em&gt;+width(&lt;em&gt;y&lt;/em&gt;)). From &lt;code&gt;tex.web&lt;/code&gt;, the shift amount of box &lt;em&gt;y&lt;/em&gt; is given by&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;code&gt;shift_amount(y):=s+half(w-width(y));&lt;/code&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;thus it suffices to compute the kerning &lt;em&gt;s&lt;/em&gt; and shift right by that amount.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The code below contains 3 main parts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The first thing it does is tries to parse the argument to &lt;code&gt;\wt&lt;/code&gt; which will appear as the nucleus of the Acc atom. This is &lt;em&gt;extremely&lt;/em&gt; brittle. If the argument expands to any primitives other than &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\bgroup&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\egroup&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\begingroup&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\endgroup&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\fam&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\&amp;nbsp;&lt;/code&gt; (control space), &lt;code&gt;\char&lt;/code&gt; (not tested), &lt;code&gt;\mathchar&lt;/code&gt; (not tested), &lt;code&gt;\mathcode&lt;/code&gt; (not tested), a letter, or a symbol, it will treat the nucleus as not a single character even if it really is. If there is an unknown control sequence, for example &lt;code&gt;\let\unknown\foo&lt;/code&gt;, it will fail with a mysterious error because it cannot expand &lt;code&gt;\unknown&lt;/code&gt;. Some effort is put into checking for changes of fonts.&lt;p&gt;If the &lt;code&gt;\wt@checknucleus&lt;/code&gt; macro decides that the nucleus of the Acc atom we're about to fake is just a single character, it stores the &lt;code&gt;\mathcode&lt;/code&gt; and notes the fact by setting &lt;code&gt;\ifwt@nucleussingle&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\iftrue&lt;/code&gt;. (I suppose the third part of the code could just check the saved math code instead.)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;After &lt;code&gt;\wt@checknucleus&lt;/code&gt; is complete, it scans ahead looking for &lt;code&gt;_&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;^&lt;/code&gt;. If these are hidden in macros, it won't find them! Any subscripts and superscripts are saved for later processing in either Rule 12 or Rule 18.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Finally, &lt;code&gt;\wt@choice&lt;/code&gt; uses &lt;code&gt;\mathchoice&lt;/code&gt; to typeset the formula in each of the 4 styles which is done by &lt;code&gt;\wt@applyrules&lt;/code&gt; and then pick the appropriate one. &lt;code&gt;\wt@applyrules&lt;/code&gt; contains the relevant rules from &lt;em&gt;The TeXbook&lt;/em&gt; as comments followed by some code that attempts to apply the rules.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The code is not perfect. See the output from my test at the bottom of this answer. Also, it loses &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2623/how-does-one-change-the-math-style-to-one-of-the-primed-styles&quot;&gt;crampedness&lt;/a&gt; because pdfTeX provides no way to test for it. It does perform the appropriate cramping where Rule 12 calls for it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\newif\ifwt@nucleussingle&#xA;\newif\ifwt@sub&#xA;\newif\ifwt@sup&#xA;\newtoks\wt@nucleus&#xA;\newtoks\wt@sub&#xA;\newtoks\wt@sup&#xA;\newcount\wt@nucleusmathcode&#xA;\newcount\wt@fam&#xA;\newdimen\wt@s&#xA;\newdimen\wt@delta&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareRobustCommand*\wt[1]{%&#xA;        \begingroup&#xA;        \wt@nucleus{#1}%&#xA;        \wt@checknucleus%&#xA;        \wt@subfalse&#xA;        \wt@supfalse&#xA;        \futurelet\wt@temp\wt@parse&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\wt@checknucleus{%&#xA;        \begingroup&#xA;        \wt@nucleussinglefalse&#xA;        \setbox\z@\hbox{$\the\wt@nucleus&#xA;                \def\use@mathgroup##1##2{\relax\math@bgroup&#xA;                        \mathgroup##2\relax\math@egroup}%&#xA;                \expandafter\xdef\expandafter\wt@gtemp&#xA;                        \expandafter{\the\wt@nucleus}$}%&#xA;        \expandafter\wt@checktoken\wt@gtemp\wt@sentinel&#xA;        \endgroup&#xA;        \wt@gtemp&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\wt@sentinel{\wt@sentinel}&#xA;&#xA;\def\wt@checktoken#1{%&#xA;        \let\wt@temp\wt@checktoken&#xA;        \ifx#1\relax&#xA;        \else\ifx#1\bgroup&#xA;                \bgroup&#xA;        \else\ifx#1\egroup&#xA;                \egroup&#xA;        \else\ifx#1\begingroup&#xA;                \begingroup&#xA;        \else\ifx#1\endgroup&#xA;                \endgroup&#xA;        \else\ifx#1\fam&#xA;                \let\wt@temp\fam&#xA;                \afterassignment\wt@checktoken&#xA;        \else\ifx#1\&#xA;        \else\ifx#1\wt@sentinel&#xA;                \let\wt@temp\relax&#xA;        \else\ifx#1\@sptoken&#xA;        \else\ifcat#1a%&#xA;                \wt@checksingle{\mathcode`#1}%&#xA;        \else\ifcat#1/%&#xA;                \wt@checksingle{\mathcode`#1}%&#xA;        \else\ifx#1\char&#xA;                \let\wt@temp\count@&#xA;                \afterassignment\wt@checkchar&#xA;        \else\ifx#1\mathchar&#xA;                \let\wt@temp\count@&#xA;                \afterassignment\wt@checkmathchar&#xA;        \else\ifx#1\mathcode&#xA;                \let\wt@temp\mathcode&#xA;                \afterassignment\wt@checktoken&#xA;        \else&#xA;                \global\let\wt@gtemp\wt@nucleussinglefalse&#xA;                \wt@nucleussingletrue % Not really true...&#xA;        % In principle, this could handle every primitive.&#xA;        \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi&#xA;        \wt@temp&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\wt@checkchar{%&#xA;        \wt@checksingle{\mathcode\count@}%&#xA;        \wt@checktoken&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\wt@checkmathchar{%&#xA;        \wt@checksingle{\count@}%&#xA;        \wt@checktoken&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\wt@checksingle#1{%&#xA;        \ifwt@nucleussingle&#xA;                \global\let\wt@gtemp\wt@nucleussinglefalse&#xA;        \else&#xA;                \xdef\wt@gtemp{%&#xA;                        \noexpand\wt@nucleussingletrue&#xA;                        \wt@fam\the\fam\relax&#xA;                        \wt@nucleusmathcode\the#1\relax&#xA;                }%&#xA;                \wt@nucleussingletrue&#xA;        \fi&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\wt@parse{%&#xA;        \let\wt@next\wt@choice&#xA;        \ifdefmacro{\wt@temp}{}%&#xA;        {%&#xA;                \ifcat_\wt@temp&#xA;                        \ifwt@sub\else&#xA;                                \let\wt@next\wt@parsesub&#xA;                        \fi&#xA;                \else\ifcat^\wt@temp&#xA;                        \ifwt@sup\else&#xA;                                \let\wt@next\wt@parsesup&#xA;                        \fi&#xA;                \else\ifcat\@sptoken\wt@temp&#xA;                        \def\wt@next##1{\futurelet\wt@temp\wt@parse}%&#xA;                \fi\fi\fi&#xA;        }%&#xA;        \wt@next&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\wt@parsesub#1#2{%&#xA;        \wt@sub{#2}%&#xA;        \wt@subtrue&#xA;        \futurelet\wt@temp\wt@parse&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\wt@parsesup#1#2{%&#xA;        \wt@sup{#2}%&#xA;        \wt@suptrue&#xA;        \futurelet\wt@temp\wt@parse&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\def\wt@choice{%&#xA;        \mathchoice{\wt@applyrules\displaystyle\textfont}%&#xA;                   {\wt@applyrules\textstyle\textfont}%&#xA;                   {\wt@applyrules\scriptstyle\scriptfont}%&#xA;                   {\wt@applyrules\scriptscriptstyle\scriptscriptfont}%&#xA;        \endgroup&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\wt@applyrules#1#2{%&#xA;        % The following block comments are quotes from Knuth's The&#xA;        % TeXbook. My notes appear [in brackets].&#xA;        %&#xA;        % Rule 12:&#xA;        % If the current item is an Acc atom (from \mathaccent) [this&#xA;        % is what we're constructing], just go to Rule 16 if the&#xA;        % accent character doesn't exist in the current size [ignoring&#xA;        % this]. Otherwise set box x to the nucleus in style C', and&#xA;        % set u to the width of this box.&#xA;        % [We don't need u.]&#xA;        \setbox\z@\hbox{$\m@th\cramped[#1]{\the\wt@nucleus}$}%&#xA;        % If the nucleus is not a single character, let s = 0;&#xA;        % otherwise set s to the kern amount for the nucleus followed&#xA;        % by the \skewchar of its font&#xA;        \ifwt@nucleussingle&#xA;                \count@\wt@nucleusmathcode&#xA;                \divide\count@\@cclvi&#xA;                \@tempcnta\count@&#xA;                \divide\@tempcnta8&#xA;                \multiply\@tempcnta8&#xA;                \advance\count@-\@tempcnta&#xA;                \ifnum\@tempcnta=&quot;70&#xA;                        \ifnum\wt@fam&amp;gt;\z@&#xA;                                \ifnum\wt@fam&amp;lt;16&#xA;                                        \count@\wt@fam&#xA;                                \fi&#xA;                        \fi&#xA;                \fi&#xA;                \@tempcnta\wt@nucleusmathcode&#xA;                \divide\@tempcnta\@cclvi&#xA;                \multiply\@tempcnta\@cclvi&#xA;                \advance\@tempcnta-\wt@nucleusmathcode&#xA;                \@tempcnta-\@tempcnta&#xA;                \edef\currentfont{\the#2\count@}%&#xA;                \count@\skewchar\currentfont&#xA;                \ifnum\count@=\m@ne&#xA;                        \wt@s\z@ % s&#xA;                \else&#xA;                        \setbox\tw@\hbox{\currentfont\char\@tempcnta\char\count@}%&#xA;                        \wt@s\wd\tw@&#xA;                        \setbox\tw@\hbox{\currentfont\char\@tempcnta}%&#xA;                        \advance\wt@s-\wd\tw@&#xA;                        \setbox\tw@\hbox{\currentfont\char\count@}%&#xA;                        \advance\wt@s-\wd\tw@ % s&#xA;                \fi&#xA;        \else&#xA;                \wt@s\z@&#xA;        \fi&#xA;        % If the accent character has a successor in its font whose&#xA;        % width is &amp;lt;= u, change it to the successor and repeat this&#xA;        % sentence.&#xA;        % [I don't know how to do this, so I'm ignoring it.]&#xA;        % &#xA;        % Now set delta &amp;lt;- min(h(x), chi), where chi is \fontdimen5&#xA;        % (the x-height in the accent font).&#xA;        \edef\accentfont{\the#2\thr@@}%&#xA;        \wt@delta\fontdimen5\accentfont % x-height in accent font&#xA;        \ifdim\wt@delta&amp;gt;\ht\z@ \wt@delta\ht\z@ \fi % delta&#xA;        \advance\wt@delta\p@ % Increase delta by 1pt&#xA;        % If the nucleus is a single character, replace box x by a box&#xA;        % containing the nucleus together with the superscript and&#xA;        % subscript of the Acc atom, in style C, and make the&#xA;        % sub/superscript of the Acc atom empty; also increase delta&#xA;        % by the difference between the new and old values of h(x).&#xA;        % [Note that we lose crampedness here since one cannot check&#xA;        % for it with pdfTeX.]&#xA;        \ifwt@nucleussingle&#xA;                \advance\wt@delta-\ht\z@&#xA;                \setbox\z@\hbox{$\m@th#1%&#xA;                        \the\wt@nucleus&#xA;                        \ifwt@sub_{\the\wt@sub}\fi&#xA;                        \ifwt@sup^{\the\wt@sup}\fi $}%&#xA;                \wt@subfalse&#xA;                \wt@supfalse&#xA;                \advance\wt@delta\ht\z@&#xA;        \fi&#xA;        % Put the accent into a new box y, including the italic&#xA;        % correction.&#xA;        % [\setbox\tw@\hbox{\accentfont\char&quot;65\/} would work except&#xA;        % that I didn't find the larger accents above. Instead, use&#xA;        % \widetilde and \hphantom.]&#xA;        \setbox\tw@\hbox{$\m@th#1\widetilde{\hphantom{\the\wt@nucleus}}$}% box y&#xA;        \wd\tw@\z@&#xA;        % Let z be a vbox consisting of: boy y moved right s +&#xA;        % (1/2)(u-w(y)), kern -delta, and box x.&#xA;        \setbox\tw@\vbox{%&#xA;                % [Since we aren't setting the accent ourself, we only&#xA;                % need to move right by s since the \widetilde will&#xA;                % take care of the rest.&#xA;                % \moveright\dimexpr\dimen@+.5\wd\z@-.5\wd\tw@\relax\box\tw@]&#xA;                \moveright\wt@s\box\tw@&#xA;                \nointerlineskip&#xA;                \kern-\wt@delta&#xA;                \copy\z@&#xA;        }% box z&#xA;        % If h(z) &amp;lt; h(x), add a kern of h(x) - h(z) above box y and&#xA;        % set h(z) &amp;lt;- h(x).&#xA;        \ifdim\ht\tw@&amp;lt;\ht\z@&#xA;                \dimen@\ht\z@&#xA;                \advance\dimen@\ht\tw@&#xA;                \setbox\tw@\vbox{%&#xA;                        \kern\dimen@&#xA;                        \unvbox\tw@&#xA;                }%&#xA;                \ht\tw@\ht\z@&#xA;        \fi&#xA;        % Finally set w(z) &amp;lt;- w(x),&#xA;        \wd\tw@\wd\z@&#xA;        % replace the nucleus of the Acc atom by box z, and continue&#xA;        % with Rule 16.&#xA;        %&#xA;        % Rule 16:&#xA;        % Change the current item to an Ord atom, and continue with&#xA;        % Rule 17.&#xA;        \mathord{\box\tw@}%&#xA;        %&#xA;        % Rule 17:&#xA;        % If the nucleus of the current item is a math list [it&#xA;        % isn't]...&#xA;        % Then if the nucleus is not simply a symbol [it isn't], go on&#xA;        % to Rule 18. ...&#xA;        %&#xA;        % Rule 18:&#xA;        % (The remaining task for the current atom is to attach a&#xA;        % possible subscript and superscript.) If both the subscript&#xA;        % and superscript fields are empty, move to the next item.&#xA;        % Otherwise continue with the following subrules.&#xA;        % [Let's let TeX deal with subscripts and superscripts here.]&#xA;        \ifwt@sub_\the\wt@sub\fi&#xA;        \ifwt@sup^\the\wt@sup\fi&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This requires the &lt;code&gt;mathtools&lt;/code&gt; package for &lt;code&gt;\cramped&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;etoolbox&lt;/code&gt; for &lt;code&gt;\ifdefmacro&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is my current test. Note that &lt;code&gt;\mathrm&lt;/code&gt; doesn't work properly for some reason.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$\widetilde{B}\wt{B}$&#xA;$\widetilde{m}\wt{m}$&#xA;$\widetilde{W}\wt{W}$&#xA;$\widetilde{w}\wt{w}$&#xA;$\widetilde{XY}\wt{XY}$&#xA;&#xA;$\widetilde{\mathcal{B}}\wt{\mathcal{B}}$&#xA;$\widetilde{\mathcal{M}}\wt{\mathcal{M}}$&#xA;$\widetilde{\mathcal{W}}\wt{\mathcal{W}}$&#xA;$\widetilde{\mathcal{I}}\wt{\mathcal{I}}$&#xA;$\widetilde{\mathcal{XY}}\wt{\mathcal{XY}}$&#xA;&#xA;$\widetilde{\mathrm{B}}\wt{\mathrm{B}}$&#xA;$\widetilde{\mathrm{M}}\wt{\mathrm{M}}$&#xA;$\widetilde{\mathrm{W}}\wt{\mathrm{W}}$&#xA;$\widetilde{\mathrm{I}}\wt{\mathrm{I}}$&#xA;$\widetilde{\mathrm{XY}}\wt{\mathrm{XY}}$&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\triple[2]{#1{#2}_{#1{#2}_{#1{#2}}}}&#xA;\newcommand\tw{\triple\widetilde}&#xA;\newcommand\twt{\triple\wt}&#xA;$\tw A\tw B\tw I\tw W\tw m\tw w$&#xA;&#xA;$\twt A\twt B\twt I\twt W\twt m\twt w$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-09T12:55:57.520" LastActivityDate="2010-10-09T12:55:57.520" CommentCount="23" />
  <row Id="3726" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3714" CreationDate="2010-10-03T12:08:46.447" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Would &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand*\FrameCommand{\hskip-2cm\fcolorbox{red!10}{red!10}}%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;not do it? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="565" LastActivityDate="2010-10-03T12:08:46.447" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3727" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-03T12:53:10.560" Score="0" ViewCount="206" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/339/latex-editors-ides&quot;&gt;Latex Editors/IDEs&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I need a tool to write my thesis. It should work with TeX, support multiple languages (want to publish this work in several languages), bibliographic references, create table of contents, and be able to export the result to pdf format. What editor do you use to create your articles?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1368" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-03T15:41:58.660" LastActivityDate="2010-10-03T15:41:58.660" ClosedDate="2010-10-04T06:27:18.120" Title="Tool for writing articles" Tags="&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;editors&gt;&lt;tools&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="3728" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3711" CreationDate="2010-10-03T12:55:09.270" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another factor to be considered is the frequency of uppercase letters within the text. Ideally, a text in German (with all nouns capitalized) should be typeset with slightly larger leading than an English text, given the same font size/style and measure.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-10-03T12:55:09.270" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3729" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3727" CreationDate="2010-10-03T13:10:56.250" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mostly a matter of personal preferences. And of course the operating system. If you already have a favourite editor for other tasks, you may look after a LaTeX plug-in or something similar.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Language support is a feature of LaTeX itself, as well as the others you mentioned. You should be more specific. There are editors from basic functionality up to comfortable document management.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-10-03T13:10:56.250" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3730" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-03T13:13:36.167" Score="3" ViewCount="641" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;can someone point me to some good instructions and resources on how to setup &lt;a href=&quot;http://libweb.anglia.ac.uk/referencing/harvard.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Harvard referencing style&lt;/a&gt; with bibtex in a LaTeX document? The final formatting of the bibliography should look as in this page:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://libweb.anglia.ac.uk/referencing/harvard.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://libweb.anglia.ac.uk/referencing/harvard.htm&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not totally new to LaTeX itself, but didn't use BibTex a lot, other than the default, predefined setup.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Thx a lot&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1369" LastActivityDate="2010-10-03T16:52:35.570" Title="Using Harvard referencing style" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;bibliographies&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3731" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3743" CreationDate="2010-10-03T13:17:47.403" Score="5" ViewCount="361" Body="&lt;p&gt;So, I'm using the article class, and I'd like to make the page number smaller, and set it in a different font. I don't need to create a new pagestyle, necessarily, and I'm hesitant to do so without understanding the ramifications.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1370" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-23T18:19:54.417" LastActivityDate="2010-11-23T18:19:54.417" Title="How to change the formatting/font of page numbers in latex?" Tags="&lt;page-numbering&gt;&lt;page-style&gt;" AnswerCount="4" />
  <row Id="3732" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3731" CreationDate="2010-10-03T13:55:37.043" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use a KOMA-script class (e.g. &lt;code&gt;scrartcl&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt;) and add the following to the preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\addtokomafont{pagenumber}{\small\sffamily}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I initially recommended to redefine the  &lt;code&gt;\thepage&lt;/code&gt; command but, as Lev Bishop has pointed out, this has adverse effects and shouldn't be done.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-04T10:47:52.937" LastActivityDate="2010-10-04T10:47:52.937" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="3733" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3731" CreationDate="2010-10-03T13:59:53.193" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT&lt;/strong&gt;: As Lev kindly pointed out in his comment about it breaking various things, you definitely shouldn't think of this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can't help you with your font unless you mention which font you'd like.  However, this code should give you a start:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\oldthepage\thepage&#xA;\renewcommand*\thepage{\small{\ttfamily-- \oldthepage\ --}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastEditorUserId="416" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-03T22:19:44.217" LastActivityDate="2010-10-03T22:19:44.217" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3734" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3730" CreationDate="2010-10-03T14:07:33.963" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The package you want is here:  &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/harvard/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;CTAN/harvard&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Instructions for installing packages are here:  &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/beginlatex/html/chapter5.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;CTAN, packages, and online help&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It depends on your tex distribution.  If you are using MiKTex, or another distribution with a package manager you just need to call the bib style as per usual and the package manager will handle installation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="277" LastActivityDate="2010-10-03T14:07:33.963" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3735" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3737" CreationDate="2010-10-03T14:17:45.493" Score="5" ViewCount="125" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is my first time using the math mode. My problem is visible in the following screen capture. I find that the lower-case &lt;em&gt;chi&lt;/em&gt; letter is rendered lower than the latin characters. Is that normal?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/1gd2M.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A test text and my relevant packages are below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt,titlepage]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{setspace}&#xA;\setstretch{1.6}&#xA;\usepackage[final,babel]{microtype}&#xA;&#xA;Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua:  $\chi^{2} = 123.4567$ Ut enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exercitation ullamco labori nisi ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat. Duis aute irure dolor in reprehenderit in voluptate velit esse cillum dolore eu fugiat nulla pariatur. Excepteur sint occaecat cupidatat non proident, sunt in culpa qui officia deserunt mollit anim id est laborum.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="564" LastActivityDate="2010-10-03T14:29:52.613" Title="Greek letter in math mode appears lower than the rest of the statement" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3736" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3727" CreationDate="2010-10-03T14:18:18.157" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.charlietanksley.net/philtex/editors/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Here is a nice comparison&lt;/a&gt; of various free editors.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But you should totally ignore it and just use emacs. I'm only half joking.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2010-10-03T14:18:18.157" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3737" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3735" CreationDate="2010-10-03T14:29:52.613" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes. The lowercase greek letter &amp;chi; (chi) is set lower &amp;mdash; not unlike a roman letter g or y.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="911" LastActivityDate="2010-10-03T14:29:52.613" />
  <row Id="3738" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3708" CreationDate="2010-10-03T15:35:59.320" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;EDIT:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't have any way to test using the software you're using.  But I can tell you how to narrow it down - Divide and conquer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Open the PDF file in a text editor. (some of the data is binary, but the meta data is in XML)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Search for all occurrences of a, b, c&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Look to see if the quotes are part of the string stored in the file.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If the quotes aren't in the PDF, then the problem is with Acrobat.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If the quotes are there, then the problem is on the MikTex side, either in the PDF generation, or perhaps something deeper into the Latex side of things.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Original Response:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm afraid I don't have an answer for you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I cut-and-pasted the above code into a new file, compiled it, and got this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ohiJg.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, whatever the problem is, it must have something to do with your software version or configuration.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1322" LastEditorUserId="1322" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-04T02:27:25.600" LastActivityDate="2010-10-04T02:27:25.600" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3739" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3731" CreationDate="2010-10-03T15:37:43.970" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The correct way to achieve this &lt;strong&gt;is&lt;/strong&gt; to make a new page style. As &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=the-commands&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this FAQ answer&lt;/a&gt; discusses, redefining the &lt;code&gt;\thepage&lt;/code&gt; will only cause problems with all the places page numbers are used (&lt;code&gt;\pageref&lt;/code&gt;, table of contents, hyperref labels, etc, etc). Such changes will also not survive past a book-class change from &lt;code&gt;\frontmatter&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\mainmatter&lt;/code&gt; and so on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Changing the pagestyle is easy enough with &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/fancyhdr&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the fancyhdr package&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-10-03T15:37:43.970" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3740" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3730" CreationDate="2010-10-03T16:52:35.570" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The Harvard style covers a wide range of choices of exactly how to do things. Using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/natbib&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package has already been mentioned, while you could also consider &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/biblatex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-10-03T16:52:35.570" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3741" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3697" CreationDate="2010-10-03T18:04:12.327" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd write some script to extract the data in XML format (perhaps the database already offers that?) and process the file directly with ConTeXt. ConTeXt is well suited for a) reading XML input (directly) and b) for generating datasheets or alike. For example ConTeXt now offers &lt;code&gt;\asciimode&lt;/code&gt; that makes most funny characters normal (&amp;amp;,#,~,$), so don't have to deal with escaping characters beyond &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt; &lt;code&gt;{&lt;/code&gt; &lt;code&gt;}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="243" LastActivityDate="2010-10-03T18:04:12.327" />
  <row Id="3742" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5578" CreationDate="2010-10-03T18:09:27.400" Score="1" ViewCount="206" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using this minimal example I get a vertical space above the title bar&#xA;on slide 2. This seems to be an unfortunate interaction with CVS&#xA;versions of pgf/TikZ (I am using the build from 28 September 2010, the&#xA;version on CTAN does not have this problem)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usetheme{split}&#xA;\listfiles&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA; \frametitle{Foo}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA; \frametitle{Bar}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there an easy fix?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My list of files is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; *File List*&#xA;  beamer.cls    2010/06/21 development version 3.10 A class for&#xA;typesetting pre&#xA;sentations (rcs-revision a6b1a8434d30)&#xA;beamerbasercs.sty    2010/06/12 (rcs-revision c3821710bb40)&#xA;beamerbasemodes.sty    2010/05/01 (rcs-revision efa082c6111d)&#xA;beamerbasedecode.sty    2010/05/01 (rcs-revision efa082c6111d)&#xA;beamerbaseoptions.sty    2010/04/27 (rcs-revision 982469101dd6)&#xA;  keyval.sty    1999/03/16 v1.13 key=value parser (DPC)&#xA;geometry.sty    2008/12/21 v4.2 Page Geometry&#xA;   ifpdf.sty    2009/04/10 v2.0 Provides the ifpdf switch (HO)&#xA;  ifvtex.sty    2008/11/04 v1.4 Switches for detecting VTeX and its&#xA;modes (HO)&#xA;geometry.cfg&#xA;  size11.clo    2007/10/19 v1.4h Standard LaTeX file (size option)&#xA; pgfcore.sty    2010/04/11 v2.00-cvs (rcs-revision 1.7)&#xA;graphicx.sty    1999/02/16 v1.0f Enhanced LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)&#xA;graphics.sty    2009/02/05 v1.0o Standard LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)&#xA;    trig.sty    1999/03/16 v1.09 sin cos tan (DPC)&#xA;graphics.cfg    2009/08/28 v1.8 graphics configuration of TeX Live&#xA;  pdftex.def    2009/08/25 v0.04m Graphics/color for pdfTeX&#xA;  pgfsys.sty    2010/06/30 v2.00-cvs (rcs-revision 1.37)&#xA;  pgfrcs.sty    2008/05/19 v2.00-cvs (rcs-revision 1.22)&#xA;everyshi.sty    2001/05/15 v3.00 EveryShipout Package (MS)&#xA;  pgfrcs.code.tex&#xA;  pgfsys.code.tex&#xA;pgfsyssoftpath.code.tex    2008/07/18  (rcs-revision 1.7)&#xA;pgfsysprotocol.code.tex    2006/10/16  (rcs-revision 1.4)&#xA;  xcolor.sty    2007/01/21 v2.11 LaTeX color extensions (UK)&#xA;   color.cfg    2007/01/18 v1.5 color configuration of teTeX/TeXLive&#xA; pgfcore.code.tex&#xA; xxcolor.sty    2003/10/24 ver 0.1&#xA;hyperref.sty    2009/10/09 v6.79a Hypertext links for LaTeX&#xA; ifxetex.sty    2009/01/23 v0.5 Provides ifxetex conditional&#xA; hycolor.sty    2009/10/02 v1.5 Code for color options of hyperref/&#xA;bookmark (HO&#xA;)&#xA;xcolor-patch.sty    2009/10/02 xcolor patch&#xA;  pd1enc.def    2009/10/09 v6.79a Hyperref: PDFDocEncoding definition&#xA;(HO)&#xA;etexcmds.sty    2007/12/12 v1.2 Prefix for e-TeX command names (HO)&#xA;infwarerr.sty    2007/09/09 v1.2 Providing info/warning/message (HO)&#xA;hyperref.cfg    2002/06/06 v1.2 hyperref configuration of TeXLive&#xA;kvoptions.sty    2009/08/13 v3.4 Keyval support for LaTeX options (HO)&#xA;kvsetkeys.sty    2009/07/30 v1.5 Key value parser with default handler&#xA;support&#xA;(HO)&#xA;     url.sty    2006/04/12  ver 3.3  Verb mode for urls, etc.&#xA;  bitset.sty    2007/09/28 v1.0 Data type bit set (HO)&#xA; intcalc.sty    2007/09/27 v1.1 Expandable integer calculations (HO)&#xA;bigintcalc.sty    2007/11/11 v1.1 Expandable big integer calculations&#xA;(HO)&#xA;pdftexcmds.sty    2009/09/23 v0.6 LuaTeX support for pdfTeX utility&#xA;functions (&#xA;HO)&#xA;ifluatex.sty    2009/04/17 v1.2 Provides the ifluatex switch (HO)&#xA; ltxcmds.sty    2009/08/05 v1.0 Some LaTeX kernel commands for general&#xA;use (HO)&#xA;&#xA;atbegshi.sty    2008/07/31 v1.9 At begin shipout hook (HO)&#xA; hpdftex.def    2009/10/09 v6.79a Hyperref driver for pdfTeX&#xA;beamerbaserequires.sty    2010/05/01  (rcs-revision efa082c6111d)&#xA;beamerbasecompatibility.sty    2010/07/12  (rcs-revision 6648c3177e4e)&#xA;beamerbasefont.sty    2010/05/10  (rcs-revision cd36e8a33c6b)&#xA; amssymb.sty    2009/06/22 v3.00&#xA;amsfonts.sty    2009/06/22 v3.00 Basic AMSFonts support&#xA;beamerbasetranslator.sty    2010/06/11  (rcs-revision 85fd1cc7fc42)&#xA;translator.sty    2010/06/12 ver 1.10&#xA;translator-language-mappings.tex&#xA;beamerbasemisc.sty    2010/06/06  (rcs-revision bff0a9294b45)&#xA;beamerbasetwoscreens.sty    2010/05/01  (rcs-revision efa082c6111d)&#xA;beamerbaseoverlay.sty    2010/05/07  (rcs-revision 5584dad462a9)&#xA;beamerbasetitle.sty    2010/06/12  (rcs-revision 717e481ca47a)&#xA;beamerbasesection.sty    2010/06/17  (rcs-revision e0d9401bb743)&#xA;beamerbaseframe.sty    2010/06/06  (rcs-revision bff0a9294b45)&#xA;beamerbaseverbatim.sty    2010/05/01  (rcs-revision efa082c6111d)&#xA;beamerbaseframesize.sty    2010/06/27  (rcs-revision 6baa2d92e6f1)&#xA;beamerbaseframecomponents.sty    2010/07/12  (rcs-revision&#xA;09e82992d9b1)&#xA;beamerbasecolor.sty    2010/06/06  (rcs-revision d1a9b48be06d)&#xA;beamerbasenotes.sty    2010/05/01  (rcs-revision efa082c6111d)&#xA;beamerbasetoc.sty    2010/06/11  (rcs-revision 242ecaa6783b)&#xA;beamerbasetemplates.sty    2010/05/01  (rcs-revision efa082c6111d)&#xA;beamerbaseauxtemplates.sty    2010/05/01  (rcs-revision efa082c6111d)&#xA;beamerbaseboxes.sty    2010/05/01  (rcs-revision efa082c6111d)&#xA;beamerbaselocalstructure.sty    2010/06/01  (rcs-revision&#xA;81f9e33f7cc2)&#xA;enumerate.sty    1999/03/05 v3.00 enumerate extensions (DPC)&#xA;beamerbasenavigation.sty    2010/05/01  (rcs-revision efa082c6111d)&#xA;beamerbasetheorems.sty    2010/06/06  (rcs-revision 7e7cc5e53e9d)&#xA; amsmath.sty    2000/07/18 v2.13 AMS math features&#xA; amstext.sty    2000/06/29 v2.01&#xA;  amsgen.sty    1999/11/30 v2.0&#xA;  amsbsy.sty    1999/11/29 v1.2d&#xA;  amsopn.sty    1999/12/14 v2.01 operator names&#xA;  amsthm.sty    2004/08/06 v2.20&#xA;beamerbasethemes.sty    2010/05/01  (rcs-revision efa082c6111d)&#xA;beamerthemedefault.sty    2010/06/17  (rcs-revision d02a7cf4d8ae)&#xA;beamerfontthemedefault.sty    2010/06/17  (rcs-revision d02a7cf4d8ae)&#xA;beamercolorthemedefault.sty    2010/06/17  (rcs-revision d02a7cf4d8ae)&#xA;beamerinnerthemedefault.sty    2010/06/17  (rcs-revision d02a7cf4d8ae)&#xA;beamerouterthemedefault.sty    2010/06/17  (rcs-revision d02a7cf4d8ae)&#xA;beamerthemesplit.sty    2010/06/17  (rcs-revision d02a7cf4d8ae)&#xA;beamercolorthemewhale.sty    2010/06/17  (rcs-revision d02a7cf4d8ae)&#xA;beamerouterthemesplit.sty    2010/06/17  (rcs-revision d02a7cf4d8ae)&#xA;beamerfontthemestructurebold.sty    2010/06/17  (rcs-revision&#xA;d02a7cf4d8ae)&#xA;supp-pdf.mkii&#xA; nameref.sty    2007/05/29 v2.31 Cross-referencing by name of section&#xA;refcount.sty    2008/08/11 v3.1 Data extraction from references (HO)&#xA;compendium.out&#xA;compendium.out&#xA;translator-basic-dictionary-English.dict&#xA;translator-bibliography-dictionary-English.dict&#xA;translator-environment-dictionary-English.dict&#xA;translator-months-dictionary-English.dict&#xA;translator-numbers-dictionary-English.dict&#xA;translator-theorem-dictionary-English.dict&#xA; *********** &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="565" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-18T14:45:47.637" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T14:45:47.637" Title="How to get rid of vertical space above title from slide 2" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;beamer&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3743" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3731" CreationDate="2010-10-03T21:34:36.380" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Thanks for the suggestion to use fancyhdr/redefine page styles. From the fancyhdr manual:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\fancypagestyle{plain}{%&#xA;\fancyhf{} % clear all header and footer fields&#xA;\fancyfoot[C]{\sffamily\fontsize{9pt}{9pt}\selectfont\thepage} % except the center&#xA;\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0pt}&#xA;\renewcommand{\footrulewidth}{0pt}}&#xA;\pagestyle{plain}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1370" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-03T22:13:21.170" LastActivityDate="2010-10-03T22:13:21.170" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3744" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3747" CreationDate="2010-10-03T22:40:17.437" Score="3" ViewCount="125" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to set the permissions of &lt;code&gt;/usr/local/texlive&lt;/code&gt; so that I don't need admin rights to update my distribution with TeX Live Manager (or &lt;code&gt;tlmgr&lt;/code&gt;), and so on. What's the best way to do this? Are there any caveats I need to be aware of?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Kent, below, asks why I want to do this. Having started to use &lt;a href=&quot;http://mxcl.github.com/homebrew/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;homebrew&lt;/a&gt;, their philosophy is that you don't need admin rights to install user Applications and therefore you shouldn't need them to install CLI programs. (Everything they install goes through a branch of /usr/local that has &lt;code&gt;group&lt;/code&gt; (I think) ownership to allow this.) So ever since, requiring &lt;code&gt;sudo&lt;/code&gt; before &lt;code&gt;tlmgr update&lt;/code&gt; (and so on) has felt like a needless imposition.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can you give a reason TeX Live &lt;em&gt;should&lt;/em&gt; require only admin rights to change itself?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-03T23:42:51.093" LastActivityDate="2010-10-05T12:43:11.197" Title="How do I set up MacTeX so admin rights aren't necessary?" Tags="&lt;mactex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="3745" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3744" CreationDate="2010-10-03T23:35:55.390" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Do you have admin rights to your computer? Is so, what's the problem?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastActivityDate="2010-10-03T23:35:55.390" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3746" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="538" CreationDate="2010-10-04T00:14:17.017" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A graphical debugger would work as for other languages, you would be able to set breakpoints (positional or conditional), step over and into commands (commands being everything in the source including letters of course), view the stack (if such a thing exists in TeX..) examine variables, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;IMO it would make sense, and you are not the first to think about it. Unfortunately, it seems that previous projects to bring a such tool to TeX have been discontinued:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Lutz Birkhahn. Tdb: An X11 TEX Debugger. Proceedings of the Eight European TEX Conference, September 26-30, 1994, Gdansk, Poland, pp 91-95.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A small report can be found &lt;a href=&quot;http://uk.tug.org/wp-content/uploads/2008/12/45.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;, p27:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Lutz Birkhahn discussed his work on developing debugging tools for TEX and presented Tdb, an extension to TEX that provides an interface to the Tk/Tcl X11 toolkit. This allowed him to set up a graphical user interface to allow one to set breakpoints, have stepwise execution, and to look at macro definitions and the value of variables.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, it seems that ConTeXt does have a kind of visual debugging commands:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Hans Hagen. Visual Debugging in TeX: a short introduction (English). MAPS 17, 1996, 151-15.&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ntg.nl/maps/17/24.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.ntg.nl/maps/17/24.pdf&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Hans Hagen. Visual Debugging in TeX: how things are done (English). MAPS 17, 1996, 157-174.&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ntg.nl/maps/17/25.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.ntg.nl/maps/17/25.pdf&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can check ConTeXt's &lt;em&gt;\showmakeup&lt;/em&gt; command from ConTeXt documentation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;We can visualize boxes by using \ruledhbox, \ruledvbox and \ruledvtop instead of \hbox,&#xA;\vbox and \vtop. With \showmakeup we can visualise everything automatically and we can&#xA;get some insight on the features of ConTEXt and TEX.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Hans Hagen, Taco Hoekwater. ConTEXt reference manual, p74. PRAGMA, 2009. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/texlive/Contents/live/texmf-dist/doc/context/manuals/reference/en/contextref.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tug.org/texlive/Contents/live/texmf-dist/doc/context/manuals/reference/en/contextref.pdf&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;also featured in ConTeXt wiki: &lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.contextgarden.net/Visual_Debugging&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://wiki.contextgarden.net/Visual_Debugging&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;At every point on the way you should be able to view the output, and this might be the most difficult part: can one view the partial dvi or pdf that is generated?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What about synctex? &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.river-valley.tv/direct-and-reverse-synchronization-with-synctex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.river-valley.tv/direct-and-reverse-synchronization-with-synctex/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1372" LastEditorUserId="1372" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-19T15:56:27.427" LastActivityDate="2010-10-19T15:56:27.427" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3747" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3744" CreationDate="2010-10-04T00:14:48.520" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I read somewhere that one should change the owner of the texlive directory so that it does not require admin rights. I've been doing this ever since.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$ sudo chown -R myuser:mygroup /usr/local/texlive&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[&lt;em&gt;Inline comment by Will: In Mac OS X, on my machine with username &lt;code&gt;will&lt;/code&gt;, I used &lt;code&gt;will:admin&lt;/code&gt; as values for &lt;code&gt;myuser:mygroup&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/em&gt;.]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The only place this ever bites me, is that every time I install a new version of TeX Live, I ask it to put symlinks in &lt;code&gt;/usr/local/{bin,share/man,share/info}&lt;/code&gt; and I don't run the installer as root. As a result, it fails to install the symlinks and I either have to do it by hand, or redo the install as root and then update ownership.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have been doing this successfully on Linux and Mac OS X for several years now without any problems.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So to answer your specific question, no, I cannot give a reason TeX Live should require admin rights. That said, I can think of pretty good reasons not to allow anyone to overwrite binaries you use on a shared machine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-05T12:43:11.197" LastActivityDate="2010-10-05T12:43:11.197" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="3748" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3749" CreationDate="2010-10-04T03:14:13.900" Score="5" ViewCount="617" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm working on a table containing multi-line cells and I wonder if the following concept is supported by LaTeX. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The concept itself is simple: allow a cell to span multiple lines by increasing the line height (similar to how it works in Office suites when you press Ctrl-Enter or Alt-Enter to wrap the current cell). Using &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; doesn't work as it causes LaTeX to go to the next table row.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thus what would be required is an equivalent of &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; which is scoped to a table cell. Is this implemented already (I suppose not in LaTeX, but perhaps there are packages)? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I realize that the same can be achieved with \multirow, but I don't find that approach very user-friendly. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="564" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-04T04:00:30.957" LastActivityDate="2010-10-04T04:00:30.957" Title="in-cell newlines (in tabular environments)?" Tags="&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;&lt;newline&gt;&lt;tables&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3749" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3748" CreationDate="2010-10-04T04:00:13.190" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sure, just use &lt;code&gt;\newline&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|p{5cm}|p{5cm}|}&#xA;\hline&#xA;foo &amp;amp; foo \\&#xA;\hline&#xA;line\newline break &amp;amp; another \newline break \\&#xA;\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-10-04T04:00:13.190" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3750" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3753" CreationDate="2010-10-04T04:04:52.403" Score="6" ViewCount="384" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/3622/396&quot;&gt;This question&lt;/a&gt; asked about ways to generate a nice function graph in LaTeX.  There are several great answers, however, most of the either rely on an external program to generate the plot, or, if they use TeX to calculate the coordinates of the graph, are restricted to only fairly simple functions. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I wanted to come up with an answer using luatex, using lua to do the calculations, and mplib to actually draw the graph.  However, I could not figure out how to use lua and mplib together.  Generating the graph in lua is not hard, and I can pass the generated path to tikz for rendering:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{luatextra}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{luacode}&#xA;   require(&quot;math&quot;)&#xA;   sin=math.sin;cos=math.cos;pi=math.pi % ... and so on&#xA;   point = function (f,x) return &quot;(&quot;..x..&quot;,&quot;..f(x)..&quot;)&quot; end;&#xA;   path = function (f,a,b,n) &#xA; local step = (b-a)/n; local s = &quot;&quot;;&#xA; for x = a, b - step/2, step do s = s .. point(f,x) .. &quot;--&quot; end; &#xA; s = s ..  point(f,b); &#xA; return s &#xA;   end;&#xA;\end{luacode}&#xA;&#xA;\def\plot#1#2#3#4{% &#xA;   \directlua{&#xA; do local f = function (x) return #1 end;&#xA; tex.print(path(f,#2,#3,#4)) end;&#xA;   }%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;   \draw[thin,-&amp;gt;] (-.2,0)--(6.5,0)node[right]{$x$};&#xA;   \draw[thin,-&amp;gt;] (0,-2.2)--(0,2.2)node[above]{$y$};&#xA;   \draw[thick] \plot{sin(2*x)+cos(x)}{0}{2*pi}{40}node[above]{$y=\sin(2x)+\cos(x)$};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like to know what would be a best way to generate a drawing using lua and render it using mplib. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2010-10-05T03:08:18.027" Title="Ploting a function using mplib in lualatex" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;luatex&gt;&lt;mplib&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="3751" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3754" CreationDate="2010-10-04T04:29:57.560" Score="7" ViewCount="207" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am looking for ways to install and run LuaTeX on a USB flash drive (Windows operating system). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-04T19:35:17.293" LastActivityDate="2010-10-28T14:35:12.103" Title="Is it possible to run LuaTeX from a USB flash drive" Tags="&lt;windows&gt;&lt;luatex&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3752" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3751" CreationDate="2010-10-04T05:20:00.920" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;LuaTeX will be included MiKTeX 2.9, due out soon. When that happens, I presume you'll be able to run it (and hence LuaTeX) on &lt;a href=&quot;http://miktex.org/portable/about&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;MiKTeX Portable&lt;/a&gt;. (I couldn't see anything about the portable version on the &lt;a href=&quot;http://miktex.org/2.9/setup&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;MiKTeX 2.9 beta page&lt;/a&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-10-04T05:20:00.920" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3753" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3750" CreationDate="2010-10-04T06:16:25.870" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is how I would do it in ConTeXt. I don't know if similar functionality is available in a LaTeX package. Basically, I do the calculations in lua and write the result inside a &lt;code&gt;\startMPcode&lt;/code&gt; .. &lt;code&gt;\stopMPcode&lt;/code&gt; environment. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\startluacode&#xA;  require(&quot;math&quot;)&#xA;  local sin = math.sin&#xA;  local cos = math.cos &#xA;  local pi  = math.pi &#xA;&#xA;  local function scale(x) &#xA;    return x .. &quot; * 1cm&quot;&#xA;  end&#xA;  local function pair(x,y) &#xA;    return &quot;(&quot; .. scale(x) .. &quot;,&quot; .. scale(y) .. &quot;)&quot;&#xA;  end&#xA;&#xA;  local function point(f,x)&#xA;    return pair(x, f(x))&#xA;  end&#xA;&#xA;  userdata = userdata or {}&#xA;&#xA;  function userdata.draw_function(f, a, b, n) &#xA;    local step = (b-a)/n&#xA;    local path = {}&#xA;    local i = 0 &#xA;    for x = a, b, step do &#xA;      path[i] = point(f,x) &#xA;      i = i + 1&#xA;    end  &#xA;    path = table.concat(path, &quot;--&quot;)&#xA;&#xA;    context(&quot;draw &quot; .. path .. &quot; withpen pencircle scaled 2bp;&quot;)&#xA;  end&#xA;&#xA;  function userdata.draw_x_axis(from, to)&#xA;      context(&quot; drawarrow &quot; .. pair(from,0) .. &quot; -- &quot; .. pair(to,0) .. &quot;; &quot;)&#xA;      context(&quot; label.rt ( btex $x$ etex , &quot; .. pair(to,0) .. &quot;) ;&quot;)&#xA;  end&#xA;&#xA;  function userdata.draw_y_axis(from, to)&#xA;      context(&quot; drawarrow &quot; .. pair(0, from) .. &quot; -- &quot; .. pair(0,to) .. &quot;; &quot;)&#xA;      context(&quot; label.top ( btex $y$ etex , &quot; .. pair (0,to) .. &quot;) ;&quot;)&#xA;  end&#xA;&#xA;  function userdata.plot()&#xA;&#xA;    userdata.draw_x_axis(-2, 6.5) &#xA;    userdata.draw_y_axis(-2.2, 2.2)&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;    local f = function (x) &#xA;      return sin(2*x) + cos(x)&#xA;    end&#xA;&#xA;    userdata.draw_function(f, 0, 2*pi, 40)&#xA;  end&#xA;&#xA;\stopluacode&#xA;&#xA;\starttext&#xA;  \ctxlua&#xA;    {context.startMPcode() ;&#xA;      userdata.plot() ;&#xA;     context.stopMPcode() ; }&#xA;\stoptext&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, this assumes that everything that is written inside teh &lt;code&gt;userdata.plot()&lt;/code&gt; function is MP code. If you also want that function to print stuff to the TeX stream, then you can store all the MP code inside a &lt;code&gt;\startMPdrawing&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\stopMPdrawing&lt;/code&gt; environment and retrieve them using &lt;code&gt;\getMPdrawing&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\startluacode&#xA;  require(&quot;math&quot;)&#xA;  local sin = math.sin&#xA;  local cos = math.cos &#xA;  local pi  = math.pi &#xA;&#xA;  local function scale(x) &#xA;    return x .. &quot; * 1cm&quot;&#xA;  end&#xA;  local function pair(x,y) &#xA;    return &quot;(&quot; .. scale(x) .. &quot;,&quot; .. scale(y) .. &quot;)&quot;&#xA;  end&#xA;&#xA;  local function point(f,x)&#xA;    return pair(x, f(x))&#xA;  end&#xA;&#xA;  userdata = userdata or {}&#xA;&#xA;  function userdata.draw_function(f, a, b, n) &#xA;    local step = (b-a)/n&#xA;    local path = {}&#xA;    local i = 0 &#xA;    for x = a, b, step do &#xA;      path[i] = point(f,x) &#xA;      i = i + 1&#xA;    end  &#xA;    path = table.concat(path, &quot;--&quot;)&#xA;&#xA;  context.startMPdrawing()&#xA;    context(&quot;draw &quot; .. path .. &quot; withpen pencircle scaled 2bp;&quot;)&#xA;  context.stopMPdrawing()&#xA;  end&#xA;&#xA;  function userdata.draw_x_axis(from, to)&#xA;    context.startMPdrawing()&#xA;      context(&quot; drawarrow &quot; .. pair(from,0) .. &quot; -- &quot; .. pair(to,0) .. &quot;; &quot;)&#xA;      context(&quot; label.rt ( btex $x$ etex , &quot; .. pair(to,0) .. &quot;) ;&quot;)&#xA;    context.stopMPdrawing()&#xA;  end&#xA;&#xA;  function userdata.draw_y_axis(from, to)&#xA;    context.startMPdrawing()&#xA;      context(&quot; drawarrow &quot; .. pair(0, from) .. &quot; -- &quot; .. pair(0,to) .. &quot;; &quot;)&#xA;      context(&quot; label.top ( btex $y$ etex , &quot; .. pair (0,to) .. &quot;) ;&quot;)&#xA;    context.stopMPdrawing()&#xA;  end&#xA;&#xA;  function userdata.plot()&#xA;    userdata.draw_x_axis(-2, 6.5) &#xA;    userdata.draw_y_axis(-2.2, 2.2)&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;    local f = function (x) &#xA;      return sin(2*x) + cos(x)&#xA;    end&#xA;&#xA;    userdata.draw_function(f, 0, 2*pi, 40)&#xA;  end&#xA;&#xA;\stopluacode&#xA;&#xA;\starttext&#xA;  \ctxlua&#xA;    { context.resetMPdrawing() ;&#xA;      userdata.plot() ;&#xA;      context.MPdrawingdonetrue() ;&#xA;      context.getMPdrawing() ; }&#xA;\stoptext&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2010-10-04T06:16:25.870" />
  <row Id="3754" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3751" CreationDate="2010-10-04T06:22:40.597" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.contextgarden.net/ConTeXt_Minimals&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ConTeXt minimals&lt;/a&gt; does not require any installation and  can be run from a USB stick. It contains the latest luatex binary along with plain and context macro packages ... but no latex. So, depending on what macro package you want to use, it may or may not be useful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2010-10-04T06:22:40.597" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3755" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-04T06:49:30.143" Score="7" ViewCount="560" Body="&lt;p&gt;I just found out about the Math Input Panel in Windows 7,and now there is commercial software using it for LaTex writing. For example Inlage. If you have a look of their first demo video, you know what I am talking about: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.inlage.com/videos&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.inlage.com/videos&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I had a try with the Math Input Panel myself, and it seems you can basically write all math stuff, integration, super(sub) scripts, tensor, arrows (even with labels over them!), and matrix! The only big problem is there is NO commutative diagram. And it probably has trouble recognizing some math fonts, like \mathfrak or \mathcal. But in all, it really recognize handwritings pretty well. I don't have a writing pad, so I just tried writing with a mouse.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know there are people taking math notes using a tablet PC. Won't this tool drastically improve the quality of our note-taking? It basically changes all handwriting into TeX files!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Maybe I am too late on this, are there more mature product for such purposes? I think handwriting math could actually be slower than typing LaTeX codes. But one good reason for doing handwriting is because sometimes I just don't like to make math writing into code writing (or something like programming). I would like to hear about your comments. Thank you!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1374" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-04T19:37:17.367" LastActivityDate="2010-10-27T09:41:05.860" Title="Math Input Panel in Windows 7 and LaTeX writing" Tags="&lt;latex-general&gt;&lt;tools&gt;&lt;windows&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3756" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3755" CreationDate="2010-10-04T07:09:27.837" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not totally sure I understand your question. I've never tried hand writing TeX; that seems odd to me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have taken notes in LaTeX before. My general strategy was to invent macros as needed while taking notes. The first time I needed a &quot;set &lt;em&gt;x&lt;/em&gt; to be a uniformly random element of set &lt;em&gt;S&lt;/em&gt;&quot; macro, I just wrote &lt;code&gt;\rgets&lt;/code&gt;. At the end of the class, my notes didn't compile, but I'd just go through and define the macros I had invented during the note taking.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I never tried it with a math class like algebraic geometry (I just used pencil and paper for math classes), but that strategy worked quite well for an advanced crypto class I took in grad school.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-10-04T07:09:27.837" />
  <row Id="3757" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3760" CreationDate="2010-10-04T07:14:19.880" Score="4" ViewCount="241" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to highlight changes between two versions of a LaTeX document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have both my versions in git. Is there an easy way of generating a output document where all changes are highlighted. So the highlighting should be in the output and not in the source.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The whole purpose is to indicate for my supervisor which changes I made so that he can review and approve them quickly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="459" LastActivityDate="2010-10-04T18:09:20.027" Title="What is a good way to show changes between two versions" Tags="&lt;highlighting&gt;&lt;changes&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3758" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3759" CreationDate="2010-10-04T07:21:33.523" Score="2" ViewCount="208" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do I put text in the header with the memoir class?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="512" LastActivityDate="2010-10-04T07:43:16.847" Title="Text in the header with memoir" Tags="&lt;header-footer&gt;&lt;memoir&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="3759" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3758" CreationDate="2010-10-04T07:43:16.847" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Actually Section 7.3 of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/memoir&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;memoir&lt;/a&gt; manual is very clear in this point.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-10-04T07:43:16.847" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3760" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3757" CreationDate="2010-10-04T08:14:56.727" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&lt;em&gt;Rewritten answer&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Because of the regular structure of typical Latex documents, it's feasible to write a diff-like program that looks at the two Latex source files and creates a compilable Latex diff output where additions and deletions are delineated using macros.  With the appropriate macro definitions, you can make these appear as appropriate markup (inline, with changebars) in the compiled diff document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are two programs I know of on CTAN that do this, both of which are Perl scripts:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/latexdiff/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;latexdiff&lt;/a&gt;, which is the more widely used, and has support for automatic revision acceptance and version control;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/texdiff/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;texdiff&lt;/a&gt;, my preference, which is less sophisticated and I find more predictable.  texdiff doesn't try to insert Latex code into the preamble, which means you have to do this yourself, but which means it is more convenient for multifile documents, and for when you want to handle the insert/delete markup yourself.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-04T18:09:20.027" LastActivityDate="2010-10-04T18:09:20.027" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3761" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3757" CreationDate="2010-10-04T10:44:38.373" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Latexdiff is a nice perl script for this purpose.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1375" LastActivityDate="2010-10-04T10:44:38.373" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3762" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3757" CreationDate="2010-10-04T12:16:13.663" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A less automated way respect to texdiff is &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/changebar/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;changebar&lt;/a&gt;. Use in this way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;...some text&#xA;\cbstart&#xA;the text you modified&#xA;\cbend&#xA;some text...&#xA;\cbdelete %to put where some text have been deleted&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;from &lt;code&gt;\cbstart&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\cbend&lt;/code&gt; a grey bar is displayed near the text. &lt;code&gt;\cbdelete&lt;/code&gt; will display a little grey square instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="177" LastActivityDate="2010-10-04T12:16:13.663" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3763" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4608" CreationDate="2010-10-04T15:17:46.017" Score="8" ViewCount="237" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have the following problem with biblatex: I use a cite style that has a full citation in footnotes for the first citation, subsequent citations refer back to the first footnote (similar to verbose-note/verbose-inote). These subsequent citations should only comprise the author’s last name and the reference to the footnote in which it was cited first, &lt;em&gt;unless&lt;/em&gt; there is more than one work of this author in this footnote. Thus, I am looking for a functionality similar to the “singletitle” option, only not with regard to all cited works, but only limited to one footnote.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To illustrate the problem, I include a minimal example. “Nachname” should have no shorttitle, since the reference to the respective footnote is already unambiguous. It should look like the one for “Dritter”. But “Buchautor” should have a shorttitle, since there are two works of this author in the footnote with the first citations. By the way, the option “singletitle” is set by verbose-note and verbose-inote, so there is no need to give it here explicitly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[ngerman]{scrartcl}&#xA;\listfiles&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.bib}&#xA;@ARTICLE{Nachname1,&#xA;  author = {Nachname, Vorname},&#xA;  title = {Titel des Zeitschriftenartikels},&#xA; shorttitle = {Titel},&#xA;  journal = {Zeitschrift},&#xA;  date = {2006},&#xA;  volume = {6},&#xA;  pages = {19--75}&#xA;}&#xA;@BOOK{Buchautor1,&#xA;  author = {Buchautor, Hans-Wilhelm},&#xA;  title = {Irgendein Buch},&#xA; shorttitle = {Irgendein},&#xA;  location = {Buch am Wald},&#xA;  date = {2000}&#xA;}&#xA;@BOOK{Nachname2,&#xA;  author = {Nachname, Vorname},&#xA;  title = {Ein Buch},&#xA; shorttitle = {Buch},&#xA;  date = {2004},&#xA; location = {Berlin}&#xA;}&#xA;@BOOK{Buchautor2,&#xA;  author = {Buchautor, Hans-Wilhelm},&#xA;  title = {Ein weiteres Buch},&#xA; shorttitle = {Weiteres},&#xA;  location = {München},&#xA;  date = {2002} &#xA;}&#xA;@ARTICLE{Dritter,&#xA; author = {Dritter, Dieter},&#xA; title = {Der Dreisprung in Geschichte und Gegenwart},&#xA; shorttitle = {Dreisprung},&#xA; date = {2010},&#xA; journal = {Dynamik}&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{babel,csquotes}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[&#xA;  style=verbose-inote&#xA;]{biblatex}&#xA;\bibliography{\jobname}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\footcite{Nachname1,Dritter}&#xA;\footcite{Nachname2}&#xA;\footcite{Buchautor1,Buchautor2}&#xA;\footcite{Dritter}&#xA;\footcite{Nachname2}&#xA;\footcite{Buchautor2}&#xA;\footcite{Buchautor1}&#xA;\footcite{Nachname1}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Has anyone a clue where I could start off?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance,&#xA;Dominik.-&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1376" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-10T21:38:26.293" LastActivityDate="2010-12-10T21:38:26.293" Title="Is it possible to have an enhanced version of the singletitle option?" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;biblatex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="3764" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3757" CreationDate="2010-10-04T16:19:54.047" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;wdiff, like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;wdiff -w &quot;\fbox{&quot; -x &quot;}&quot; -y &quot;\fbox{\fbox{&quot; -z &quot;}}&quot; ...&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1222" LastActivityDate="2010-10-04T16:19:54.047" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="3765" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3214" CreationDate="2010-10-04T17:24:08.760" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have tested the example, and does not work, even that I downloaded almost all files for font support.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;pdfLaTeX, keeps complaining the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Running ps2pk.exe...&#xA;ps2pk: PS file ugmr8a.pfb not found!&#xA;&#xA;miktex-makepk: PS2PK failed on ugmr8a.pfb.&#xA; )&#xA;!pdfTeX error: miktex-pdftex (file ugmr8y): Font ugmr8y at 720 not found&#xA; ==&amp;gt; Fatal error occurred, no output PDF file produced!&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Denis J Navas&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1076" LastActivityDate="2010-10-04T17:24:08.760" />
  <row Id="3767" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3769" CreationDate="2010-10-04T22:26:31.833" Score="2" ViewCount="340" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to have multiple lines inside a single align cell like so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{alignat*}{1}&#xA;= &amp;amp; \begin{split}x+\\&#xA;y\end{split}&#xA;\end{alignat*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I get an error like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \end{alignat*}&#xA;&#xA;\An extra &amp;amp; here is so disastrous that you should probably exit&#xA; and fix things up. &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What's the correct way to achieve this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1362" LastActivityDate="2010-10-05T00:05:21.940" Title="AMS Split inside AMS Align" Tags="&lt;amsmath&gt;&lt;align&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3768" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3767" CreationDate="2010-10-04T23:43:36.520" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's not clear what effect you're trying to achieve, but it is certainly possible to use &lt;code&gt;split&lt;/code&gt; inside &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt;, for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{align}&#xA;  x &amp;amp;= a+b\\&#xA;  \begin{split}&#xA;  y &amp;amp;= a - b\\&#xA;    &amp;amp;\quad +c-d\\&#xA;    &amp;amp;\quad +e+f&#xA;  \end{split}\\&#xA;  z &amp;amp;= e-a&#xA;\end{align}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-10-04T23:43:36.520" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3769" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3767" CreationDate="2010-10-05T00:05:21.940" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't know what you are trying to achieve. Your error message can be bypassed if you either increase the number of reference points in the &lt;code&gt;alignat&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{alignat*}{2}&#xA;= &amp;amp; \begin{split} x+ \\&#xA;y\end{split}&#xA;\end{alignat*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or if you use &lt;code&gt;aligned&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;split&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{alignat*}{1}&#xA;= &amp;amp; \begin{aligned} x+ \\&#xA;y\end{aligned}&#xA;\end{alignat*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With &lt;code&gt;split&lt;/code&gt;, it tries to anchor its &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; to line up with the ones outside (so multiple &lt;code&gt;split&lt;/code&gt;s inside one &lt;code&gt;equation&lt;/code&gt; will line up). So implicitly you need one extra reference point if you use &lt;code&gt;split&lt;/code&gt; inside &lt;code&gt;alignat&lt;/code&gt;, which is just a glorified array. (I'm doing a horrible job explaining this, am I not?) &lt;code&gt;aligned&lt;/code&gt; doesn't try to do that (two &lt;code&gt;aligned&lt;/code&gt; blocks inside one &lt;code&gt;equation&lt;/code&gt; won't line up), and so you can get by with just one reference point. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In anycase, either of this sets the broken expression &lt;code&gt;x+y&lt;/code&gt; as one unit to the right, vertically centered, against the &lt;code&gt;=&lt;/code&gt; sign, which I suspect may not be what you want. If you want the &lt;code&gt;=&lt;/code&gt; to line up with the &lt;code&gt;x+&lt;/code&gt; and with the &lt;code&gt;y&lt;/code&gt; in a line below, you should take Lev's suggestion.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastActivityDate="2010-10-05T00:05:21.940" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3770" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3772" CreationDate="2010-10-05T00:51:18.660" Score="8" ViewCount="160" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I put a table and a PNG (using &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt;) next to each other in the same figure, in the following way?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;             +----+&#xA;    +-----+  |png |&#xA;    |table|  |png |&#xA;    |table|  |png |&#xA;    +-----+  +----+&#xA;  Figure 4.1: Caption&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So the table and the PNG are aligned at the bottom.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried to just put both in a table (2 columns), but the objects are not aligned at the bottom.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3860" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-02T17:25:55.773" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T17:25:55.773" Title="How to put table and PNG next to each other in the same figure?" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;layout&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="3771" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3770" CreationDate="2010-10-05T01:28:47.360" Score="-1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use parbox or minipage.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="324" LastActivityDate="2010-10-05T01:28:47.360" />
  <row Id="3772" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3770" CreationDate="2010-10-05T02:47:31.460" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You need to align the table with its baseline by passing it the optional &lt;code&gt;[b]&lt;/code&gt; placement argument. After that you can just put them side-by-side. Here's an example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{figure}\centering&#xA;  \begin{tabular}[b]{|cc|}&#xA;    \hline a &amp; b \\ c &amp; d \\ \hline&#xA;  \end{tabular}&#xA;  \qquad&#xA;  \rule{2cm}{3cm}% = graphic&#xA;  \caption{Double figure/table combo!}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-10-05T02:47:31.460" />
  <row Id="3773" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3750" CreationDate="2010-10-05T03:08:18.027" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I combined Aditya's ConTeXt solution with my original code and modified it for LaTeX.  It mostly works, except I seem to have trouble with using &lt;code&gt;btex ... etex&lt;/code&gt; in labels. If I replace the two lines with mpost labels with their commented version in the code below, I get &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! LuaTeX error ...share/texmf-texlive/tex/luatex/luamplib/luamplib.lua:74: invalid option '%C' to 'format'&#xA;stack traceback:&#xA;   [C]: in function 'format' &#xA;   ...share/texmf-texlive/tex/luatex/luamplib/luamplib.lua:74: in function 'log'&#xA;   ...share/texmf-texlive/tex/luatex/luamplib/luamplib.lua:143: in function 'report'&#xA;   ...share/texmf-texlive/tex/luatex/luamplib/luamplib.lua:173: in function 'process'&#xA;   ...share/texmf-texlive/tex/luatex/luamplib/luamplib.lua:101: in function 'processlines'&#xA;   &amp;lt;\directlua &amp;gt;:1: in main chunk.&#xA;\endmplibcode ...adirect {luamplib.processlines()}&#xA;&#xA;l.49 \plot{sin(2*x)+cos(x)}{0}{2*pi}{40}{-2}{2}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following works:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{luatextra}&#xA;\usepackage{luamplib}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{luacode}&#xA;   scale = function (x) return x .. &quot; * 1cm&quot; end;&#xA;   pair = function (x,y) return &quot;(&quot;..scale(x)..&quot;,&quot;..scale(y)..&quot;)&quot; end;&#xA;   point = function (f,x) return pair (x,f(x)) end;&#xA;   path = function (f,a,b,n) &#xA;      local step = (b-a)/n; local s = &quot;&quot;;&#xA;      for x = a, b - step/2, step do s = s .. point(f,x) .. &quot;--&quot; end; &#xA;      s = s ..  point(f,b); &#xA;      return s &#xA;   end;&#xA;   draw_x_axis = function (from, to)&#xA;      tex.print(&quot; drawarrow &quot; .. pair(from,0) .. &quot; -- &quot; .. pair(to,0) .. &quot;; &quot;)&#xA;      tex.print([[ label.rt ( &quot;x&quot; , ]] .. pair(to,0) .. &quot;) ;&quot;)&#xA;      % The following does not work, though:&#xA;      %tex.print(&quot; label.rt ( btex $x$ etex, &quot; .. pair(to,0) .. &quot;) ;&quot;)&#xA;   end&#xA;&#xA;   draw_y_axis = function (from, to)&#xA;      tex.print(&quot; drawarrow &quot; .. pair(0, from) .. &quot; -- &quot; .. pair(0,to) .. &quot;; &quot;)&#xA;      tex.print([[ label.top ( &quot;y&quot; , ]] .. pair (0,to) .. &quot;) ;&quot;)&#xA;      % The following does not work, though:&#xA;      %tex.print(&quot; label.top ( btex $y$ etex , &quot; .. pair (0,to) .. &quot;) ;&quot;)&#xA;   end&#xA;   beginMPcode = function ()&#xA;      tex.print(&quot;\string\\begin{mplibcode}&quot;)&#xA;      tex.print(&quot;beginfig(0)&quot;)&#xA;   end;&#xA;   endMPcode = function ()&#xA;      tex.print(&quot;endfig;&quot;)&#xA;      tex.print(&quot;\string\\end{mplibcode}&quot;)&#xA;   end;&#xA;\end{luacode}&#xA;&#xA;\def\plot#1#2#3#4#5#6{%&#xA;   \directlua{&#xA;   require(&quot;math&quot;)&#xA;   local sin=math.sin;local cos=math.cos;local pi=math.pi % ... and so on&#xA;   local f = function (x) return #1 end;&#xA;&#xA;   beginMPcode()&#xA;   draw_x_axis(#2-.2,#3+.2)&#xA;   draw_y_axis(#5-.2,#6+.2)&#xA;   tex.print(&quot;draw &quot; .. path(f,#2,#3,#4) .. &quot; withpen pencircle scaled 2pt;&quot; )&#xA;   endMPcode()&#xA;   }%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\plot{sin(2*x)+cos(x)}{0}{2*pi}{40}{-2}{2}&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any ideas on how to make this better, and how to fix the problem with labels?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2010-10-05T03:08:18.027" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3774" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3798" CreationDate="2010-10-05T03:43:13.960" Score="3" ViewCount="137" Body="&lt;p&gt;After invoking the 'color' package with the command&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;\usepackage[pdftex]{color}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I defined a new color using CMYK values. More specifically, I set&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;\definecolor{mybluegray}{cmyk}{.33,.11,.01,0}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, the color rendered in the document is not the same with color rendered in, say, Adobe Photoshop. To be more precise, I opened the PDF file in Photoshop and checked the CMYK values there, and Photoshop says the color in my document has CMYK values {.25,.08,.04,0}. Can anyone give me some clue on what's going on?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(By the way, I compiled my document on both Mac and Linux machines, and they produce the same color.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1000" LastEditorUserId="1000" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-05T22:57:31.607" LastActivityDate="2010-10-07T01:52:22.513" Title="Colors Not Rendering Correctly" Tags="&lt;color&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="3775" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3778" CreationDate="2010-10-05T03:49:00.597" Score="4" ViewCount="179" Body="&lt;p&gt;In TeX packages one finds definitions of lists as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\l{\\\alpha\\\beta\\\gamma}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The one backslash is understandable, it represent the active character for the macro i.e, \gamma, but what do the other two do, why are they there? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-10-05T08:45:33.933" Title="Why do TeX list items use two backslashes?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;lists&gt;&lt;tex-core&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3776" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3775" CreationDate="2010-10-05T06:15:52.977" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you want a list of control sequences, you don't need the extra &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; &amp;mdash; you can use token lists and &quot;pop&quot; off the first item.  Eijkhout's &lt;em&gt;TeX by Topic&lt;/em&gt; gives some code that does that in his chapter on token lists.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want more general contents in the list, you need a separator.  The &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; is what Knuth used as a separator in Appendix D of &lt;em&gt;The TeXbook&lt;/em&gt;, so I guess that is the convention, but you could use an active character like &lt;code&gt;~&lt;/code&gt; as a separator.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-10-05T06:15:52.977" />
  <row Id="3777" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3792" CreationDate="2010-10-05T08:18:27.673" Score="15" ViewCount="279" Body="&lt;p&gt;Often I'm trying to use a command in my document and it doesn't compile, because I haven't included the package I need for it. Of course, I know, that I can try to google it, but Google often finds some manuals and usage examples without package information (but this is probably because I don't know, how to google better). In all the cases I've succeeded in determining of the package name, but wasted more than 30 minutes in many of them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which ways would you advise to search for package name? Which hints would you suggest?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="475" LastActivityDate="2010-12-08T13:50:33.030" Title="How to find a package name by a command name?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;macros&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3778" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3775" CreationDate="2010-10-05T08:45:33.933" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; is just an arbitrary (short) control sequence. It allows you to do something with the list just by defining it as a one-parameter macro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begingroup&#xA;\def\\#1{\typeout{\string#1}}&#xA;\l  % prints out the tokens in the list&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I think &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; is a bad choice because it has a meaning in TeX/LaTeX. LaTeX generally uses &lt;code&gt;\do&lt;/code&gt; for this purpose, and packages such as &lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt; use a special hidden separator so that you can add &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\do&lt;/code&gt; as normal list elements.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2010-10-05T08:45:33.933" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3779" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3784" CreationDate="2010-10-05T09:37:21.530" Score="10" ViewCount="170" Body="&lt;p&gt;Consider the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\1=X&#xA;\edef\2{\1}&#xA;\show\1 \show\2&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The result is &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;gt; \1=the letter X.&#xA;&#xA;&amp;gt; \2=macro:&#xA;-&amp;gt;\1.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to ‘expand’ the meaning of &lt;code&gt;\1&lt;/code&gt; so that &lt;code&gt;\2&lt;/code&gt; contains just &lt;code&gt;X&lt;/code&gt;? The only solution I can think of is to use &lt;code&gt;\meaning&lt;/code&gt; on &lt;code&gt;\1&lt;/code&gt; and cut out the prefix, but that doesn't seem very elegant.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Context: I'm writing a scanning function that looks ahead at the next token and then either adds it to a scratch variable or terminates the scanning. Can't add it to the scratch variable without expanding it first, though! But it's not the context that I care about, since I can do the loop in another way; I'm interested in this particular question.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-05T09:43:31.570" LastActivityDate="2010-12-24T06:36:23.277" Title="How do I ‘expand’ a control sequence `\let` to a character?" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="3780" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3777" CreationDate="2010-10-05T11:26:11.903" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If the command is for a symbol, I would look it up in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/comprehensive.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;comprehensive symbols list&lt;/a&gt; or in &lt;a href=&quot;http://detexify.kirelabs.org/classify.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Detexify&lt;/a&gt;, both let you know which package you need to load in order to get the symbol.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If the command is for a specific topic or &lt;em&gt;feature&lt;/em&gt;, I would try to google for “latex &lt;em&gt;feature&lt;/em&gt;” or even “ctan &lt;em&gt;feature&lt;/em&gt;” instead of searching for the particular command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-10-05T11:26:11.903" />
  <row Id="3781" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6636" CreationDate="2010-10-05T11:38:06.593" Score="6" ViewCount="305" Body="&lt;p&gt;I defined the following command in my manuscript:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\citesep}[2]{\citeauthor{#1}#2~\cite{#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which allows me to print, for instance, &quot;Knuth and Tarjan's algorithm [16]&quot; using &lt;code&gt;\citesep{knuth-681}{'s algorithm}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, this causes an unwanted behaviour with papers with the same authors; for example, &lt;code&gt;\citesep{knuth-681,knuth-702}{'s work}&lt;/code&gt; produces &quot;Knuth and Tarjan, Knuth and Tarjan's work [16,17]&quot; whereas I'd like it to print &quot;Knuth and Tarjan's work [16,17]&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any idea how to fix that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="440" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-24T22:45:19.887" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T22:45:19.887" Title="Natbib: merging author(s) with the same name(s)" Tags="&lt;citing&gt;&lt;natbib&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="3782" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3785" CreationDate="2010-10-05T12:01:04.850" Score="14" ViewCount="953" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am having the following equation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{equation}&#xA;  Q(\lambda,\hat{\lambda}) = -\frac{1}{2} P(O \mid \lambda ) \sum_s \sum_m \sum_t \gamma_m^{(s)} (t) \left( n \log(2 \pi ) + \log \left| C_m^{(s)} \right| + \left( \mathbf{o}_t - \hat{\mu}_m^{(s)} \right) ^T C_m^{(s)-1} \left(\mathbf{o}_t - \hat{\mu}_m^{(s)}\right) \right)&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which does not very well fit on one line. How can I split this over two lines? What I have in mind is that I specify the splitting place, and that the first line is left aligned and the second line right aligned to make clear that it is still the same equation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The linebreak &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; does not work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="459" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-09T19:46:28.883" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T19:46:28.883" Title="How can I split an equation over two lines" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;equations&gt;&lt;line-breaking&gt;&lt;breqn&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="3783" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-05T12:07:19.843" Score="7" ViewCount="446" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to add a note in the LaTeX Chapter environment that the work I am describing in the following has been published in a paper. In other words, it should look something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Chapter 6&#xA;&#xA;The Evolution in research&#xA;&#xA;The research described in this Chapter has been published in:&#xA;R. Moor and J.Morris. The Evolution of Research, Workshop on&#xA;Education, 2010, pp. 180-190&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;Once upon a time .... &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or alternatively:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;The research described in this Chapter has been published in:&#xA;R. Moor and J.Morris. The Evolution of Research, Workshop on&#xA;Education, 2010, pp. 180-190&#xA;&#xA;Chapter 6&#xA;&#xA;The Evolution in research&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;Once upon a time .... &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anyone an idea if there is something like a template for doing that in LaTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1382" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-23T10:33:38.787" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T10:33:38.787" Title="Reference in LaTeX chapter style" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;chapters&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="3784" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3779" CreationDate="2010-10-05T12:19:29.083" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can't expand a token which has been defined using &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt; (unless of course we are taking about something &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt; to another macro). As you say, &lt;code&gt;\meaning&lt;/code&gt; is the only way that is going to work. Sorry if this is something of a non-answer!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-10-05T12:19:29.083" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3785" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3782" CreationDate="2010-10-05T12:52:29.790" Score="14" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use either breqn to break lines automatically or use amsmath and its many environments exactly for this purpose. For example, with breqn:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{breqn}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{dmath}&#xA;  Q(\lambda,\hat{\lambda}) = -\frac{1}{2} P{(O \mid \lambda )} \sum_s \sum_m \sum_t \gamma_m^{(s)} (t) \left( n \log(2 \pi ) + \log \left| C_m^{(s)} \right| + \left( \mathbf{o}_t - \hat{\mu}_m^{(s)} \right) ^T C_m^{(s)-1} \left(\mathbf{o}_t - \hat{\mu}_m^{(s)}\right) \right)&#xA;\end{dmath}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note, the expression around &lt;code&gt;\mid&lt;/code&gt; required braces to prevent it from breaking at this point; I'm sure there is a better way to do that; anyway, here's the output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/7YOU7.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With amsmath, you need to specify the break points manually: (as others have also mentioned)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;...&#xA;\begin{multline}&#xA;  A+B+C+ \\ +D+E+F &#xA;\end{multline}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The users guide to amsmath is called amsldoc.pdf, but you can access it by typing &lt;code&gt;texdoc amsmath&lt;/code&gt; on the command line. The main environments you'll use there would be &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;split&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;multline&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-06T02:18:34.453" LastActivityDate="2010-10-06T02:18:34.453" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3787" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3789" CreationDate="2010-10-05T12:59:42.417" Score="5" ViewCount="569" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi all,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;when no other solution seems available, fine tuning by hand may be helpful. Lately, I was trying to raise the content of a wrapfigure becasue it was eating the bottom margin. I had something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{wrapfigure}{r}{6cm}\centering&#xA;\raisebox{20pt}{&#xA;\begin{minipage}[t]{5.8cm}&#xA;figure content&#xA;\caption&#xA;\end{minipage}}&#xA;\end{wrapfigure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but it does not work. Would you have a solution? We have to make sure that the wrapfigure environment does not know that something is moved inside. (It makes me think of the \mathclap command from the mathtools package).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastActivityDate="2010-11-25T13:21:57.333" Title="fine tuning of a wrapfigure" Tags="&lt;wrapfigure&gt;&lt;raise&gt;&lt;fake&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3788" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3783" CreationDate="2010-10-05T13:00:39.613" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;With the KOMA classes you could define a chapter preamble with the command &lt;code&gt;\setchapterpreamble&lt;/code&gt;. Using a BibTeX style that has full citation support, e.g. &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/pkg/biblatex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;biblatex&lt;/a&gt;, you could do the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[english]{scrreprt}&#xA;\listfiles&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.bib}&#xA;@BOOK{Moor.Morris2010,&#xA;  author = {R. Moor and J. Morris},&#xA;  title = {The Evolution of Research},&#xA;    subtitle = {Workshop on Education},&#xA;  year = {2010}&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{babel,csquotes}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[&#xA;  style=authortitle&#xA;]{biblatex}&#xA;\bibliography{\jobname}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\setchapterpreamble{%&#xA;  \begin{quote}&#xA;      The research described in this Chapter has been published in: &#xA;      \fullcite[180-190]{Moor.Morris2010}.&#xA;    \end{quote}&#xA;}&#xA;\chapter{The Evolution in research}&#xA;&#xA;Once upon a time~\ldots&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could put anything inside the &lt;code&gt;\setchapterpreamble&lt;/code&gt; command, not only a quote environment, but also plain text. You could e.g. also use KOMA’s &lt;code&gt;\dictum&lt;/code&gt; command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setchapterpreamble{%&#xA;  \dictum{%&#xA;    The research described in this Chapter has been published in: &#xA;    \fullcite[180-190]{Moor.Morris2010}.&#xA;}}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\dictumwidth}{.5\textwidth}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Regards,&#xA;Dominik.-&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1376" LastEditorUserId="1376" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-01T19:26:20.993" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T19:26:20.993" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3789" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3787" CreationDate="2010-10-05T13:08:02.497" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Instead of a &lt;code&gt;\raisebox&lt;/code&gt; you can shift the content up by adding some negative vertical space before the figure content, and then compensate for that afterwards. For example compare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage{wrapfig}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{wrapfigure}{r}{6cm}\centering&#xA;\vspace{-12pt}&#xA;\fbox{figure content}&#xA;\vspace{12pt}&#xA;\caption{Lolcats}&#xA;\end{wrapfigure}&#xA;\lipsum[3]&#xA;&#xA;\begin{wrapfigure}{r}{6cm}\centering&#xA;\fbox{figure content}&#xA;\caption{Lolcats}&#xA;\end{wrapfigure}&#xA;\lipsum[3]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-10-05T13:08:02.497" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3790" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3338" CreationDate="2010-10-05T14:23:21.867" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the solutions to an &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1938/aligning-across-aligned-equation-blocks&quot;&gt;earlier question&lt;/a&gt;, just exchanging the order of the statements.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another solution is to use the &lt;code&gt;mathtools&lt;/code&gt; package and use something like &lt;code&gt;\mathrlap0\hphantom{a+b+c+d}&lt;/code&gt; in place of your 0.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-10-05T14:23:21.867" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-10-05T14:23:21.867" />
  <row Id="3791" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3782" CreationDate="2010-10-05T15:50:04.003" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I often have the same problem, but opt for left-aligning on subsequent lines. In any case, I would suggest using the amsmath &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt; environment. If I wanted right-aligning, here's what I would try the following (with white space liberally applied):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\begin{align}&#xA;  Q(\lambda,\hat{\lambda})&#xA;  = -\frac{1}{2} P(O \mid \lambda )&#xA;    \sum_s \sum_m \sum_t \gamma_m^{(s)} (t)&#xA;    \Biggl( n\log(2\pi)&#xA;  \mspace{150mu}&#xA;  \notag\\&#xA;     + \log \left| C_m^{(s)} \right|&#xA;     + \left( \mathbf{o}_t - \hat{\mu}_m^{(s)} \right)^T C_m^{(s)-1}&#xA;     \left(\mathbf{o}_t - \hat{\mu}_m^{(s)}\right)&#xA;    \Biggr)&#xA;\end{align}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Remarks:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I replaced the outermost parentheses with large fixed-size parentheses,  &lt;code&gt;\Biggl(&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\Biggr)&lt;/code&gt;; scale these according to your taste.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\mspace&lt;/code&gt; command adds horizontal space in math mode, on the first line. Thus, the first line is not so much left-aligned, as it is right-aligned with a fixed amount of white-space added at the end. Vary this according to taste as well.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;You can split your equation across several lines by employing &lt;code&gt;\notag\\&lt;/code&gt; several times where desired.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;If you would prefer the equation number to straddle the two lines, as opposed to being placed on the last line, nest the mathematics inside a &lt;code&gt;split&lt;/code&gt; environment (and omit the &lt;code&gt;\notag&lt;/code&gt; commands); this would otherwise work verbatim.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;[Edited to stand alone as a response]&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="911" LastEditorUserId="911" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-06T06:50:35.737" LastActivityDate="2010-10-06T06:50:35.737" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3792" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3777" CreationDate="2010-10-05T16:20:47.153" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$ grep -r '\\commandname' $TEXMF/tex/latex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-10-05T16:20:47.153" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="3793" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3782" CreationDate="2010-10-05T16:38:30.863" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;First line left, last line right—that is the &lt;code&gt;multline&lt;/code&gt; environment:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{multline}&#xA;  Q(\lambda,\hat{\lambda}) = -\frac{1}{2} P(O \mid \lambda ) \sum_s \sum_m \sum_t \gamma_m^{(s)} (t) \biggl( n \log(2 \pi ) \\&#xA;  + \log \left| C_m^{(s)} \right| + \left( \mathbf{o}_t - \hat{\mu}_m^{(s)} \right) ^T C_m^{(s)-1} \left(\mathbf{o}_t - \hat{\mu}_m^{(s)}\right) \biggr)&#xA;\end{multline}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2010-10-05T16:38:30.863" />
  <row Id="3794" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3796" CreationDate="2010-10-05T16:52:56.450" Score="2" ViewCount="177" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using mathptmx to write a paper for a conference that wants Times.  Everything seems to be working ok, except for the size of the greek letters in mathmode.  The greek letters have a larger x-height than the normal text font.  Is there a way to adjust the font size of the greek letters to get a closer match?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, the following document shows the issue:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{mathptmx}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  x$\epsilon$x$\sigma$x&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="380" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-08T20:06:04.903" LastActivityDate="2010-10-08T20:06:04.903" Title="Changing size of greek in mathmode with Times fonts" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;size&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3795" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3777" CreationDate="2010-10-05T16:56:39.070" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can try searching &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/search.html#byDescription&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; for the command name in the package descriptions on CTAN.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="206" LastEditorUserId="206" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-06T14:44:34.233" LastActivityDate="2010-10-06T14:44:34.233" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3796" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3794" CreationDate="2010-10-05T17:49:04.853" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Consider getting the Times fonts by using &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{txfonts}&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{txfontsb}&lt;/code&gt; instead--those packages don't seem to have the same problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-10-05T17:49:04.853" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3797" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-05T22:22:05.063" Score="6" ViewCount="411" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have looked on the web and found some unsatisfactory solutions to getting LaTeX working on Blogger. Ideally I wouldn't have to switch to Wordpress, however, if the time comes, I can migrate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I am wondering if there is a good way to get this working that does not require program or extension installed on my computer. Furthermore I would like the rendering to be viewable on Win, Mac, and Linux.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I considered jsMath, but for some reason cannot find how to get this working on Blogger.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Additional features that would be ideal is the ability to render the LaTeX using packages on my machine, and even better, allowing me to compose a document in the LaTeX front end of my choice and render/upload though command line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="84" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-10T17:22:47.860" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T17:22:47.860" Title="LaTeX in Blogger" Tags="&lt;online&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3798" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3774" CreationDate="2010-10-05T23:15:39.777" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is not a perfect answer, but I did find a work around to my problem. Instead of defining the color using CMYK values, I tried defining it using RGB values:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;\definecolor{mybluegray}{rgb}{.58,.67,.81}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The original definition has RGB values (149,172,207) in terms of 0-255 scale. The rendered color is the same as I wanted; I opened the document with Photoshop, and the Photoshop says that the rendered color has RGB values exactly (149,172,207).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So my conclusion is that the 'color' package is not perfect in rendering colors using CMYK values.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Further experiment, however, shows that not all RGB definitions work well. It seems that the definitions using the RGB values for the so called web-colors work best.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1000" LastEditorUserId="1000" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-07T01:52:22.513" LastActivityDate="2010-10-07T01:52:22.513" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3799" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3907" CreationDate="2010-10-05T23:40:50.693" Score="7" ViewCount="476" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a question about marker placement after theorems. I am using a style file provided by Oxford University Press, which I am not used to. It is available here:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.oxfordjournals.org/our_journals/imrn/for_authors/tex_template.zip&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.oxfordjournals.org/our_journals/imrn/for_authors/tex_template.zip&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This style file wants to put an \openbox at the end of the statement of each theorem, and a \filledbox at the end of every proof.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If one concludes a proof with an equation, I know to use \qedhere to position the end of proof marker correctly. But I don't know how to do something similar in the above situation (after the statement of a theorem). Many of the thoerems, propositions etc end with equations, and if I use the above style sheet the box is placed too low.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How do I fix this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1387" LastActivityDate="2010-10-08T14:24:49.997" Title="End of theorem marker placement" Tags="&lt;layout&gt;&lt;theorems&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3800" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-06T00:16:02.380" Score="4" ViewCount="137" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi all,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've a problem when making the index with a personal style file. here is my file perso.ist&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;headings_flag 1&#xA;&#xA;heading_prefix &quot;{\\bfseries\\hfil &quot;&#xA;&#xA;heading_suffix &quot;\\hfil}\\nopagebreak\n&quot;&#xA;&#xA;delim_0 &quot;\\dotfill&quot;&#xA;&#xA;delim_1 &quot;\\dotfill&quot;&#xA;&#xA;delim_2 &quot;\\dotfill&quot;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I use &quot;makeindex toto.idx&quot;, I've no error ; when I want to use my personnal file with the command &quot;makeindex -s perso.ist toto.idx&quot;, texlive says he ignored 3 lignes, and obviously, it is the 3 lignes relating to the dots : delim_0 &quot;\dotfill&quot; etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Do you know why ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks !&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1388" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-29T14:38:47.290" LastActivityDate="2010-10-29T14:38:47.290" Title="option delim_0 &quot;\\dotfill&quot; in makeindex ignored by texlive's makeindex ?" Tags="&lt;texlive&gt;&lt;index&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3801" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-06T00:28:58.803" Score="5" ViewCount="142" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to draw an ellipse and its centre point in the one command, like so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\draw (1,0) [fill] circle (1mm) node[below]{$1$} ellipse (5 and 2);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want the centre point filled but not the ellipse. Perhaps I could draw the ellipse first and then activate the &lt;code&gt;[fill]&lt;/code&gt; option but is there a command like &lt;code&gt;[nofill]&lt;/code&gt; to turn off filling before tikz draws the ellipse?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="136" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-19T23:08:42.950" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T23:48:57.480" Title="How can I turn off &quot;fill&quot; mode in TikZ within the one command?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3802" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3803" CreationDate="2010-10-06T06:58:50.387" Score="9" ViewCount="1035" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to add to all my bibliography items a DOI link or a link to a download location.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I do this with the Natbib / Bibtex / hyperref  combination? Currently I am using the plainnat style, but I willing to change that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="459" LastEditorUserId="459" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-06T10:11:58.530" LastActivityDate="2010-10-06T10:11:58.530" Title="How to get DOI links in bibliography" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;natbib&gt;&lt;doi&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3803" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3802" CreationDate="2010-10-06T07:12:59.650" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Include your DOIs in the bibtex database under the &lt;code&gt;doi&lt;/code&gt; field and include the URLs under the &lt;code&gt;url&lt;/code&gt; field; for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{filecontents*}{test.bib}&#xA;@article{foo2010,&#xA;  author = &quot;Foo Bar&quot;,&#xA;  journal = &quot;J.P.B.&quot;,&#xA;  year = 2010,&#xA;  title = &quot;Where the wild things are.&quot;,&#xA;  doi = {10.1.1/jpb001},&#xA;  url = {http://dx.doi.org/10.1.1/jpb001}&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents*}&#xA;&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{natbib,hyperref}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;test \citet{foo2010}&#xA;\bibliographystyle{plainnat}&#xA;\bibliography{test}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you wish to hyperlink the DOI, I believe that loading the doi package will perform this automatically. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-06T09:40:15.313" LastActivityDate="2010-10-06T09:40:15.313" />
  <row Id="3804" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3797" CreationDate="2010-10-06T07:16:13.720" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In January, I tried out mathtex2.js from watchmath.com and it worked. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I decided to turn off LaTeX rendering, and as I checked today, the watchmath.com site was down, and the name of the script has changed to mathtex3.js. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Maybe &lt;a href=&quot;http://a2mstats.blogspot.com/2010/04/writing-equation-in-blogger-using-latex.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this link&lt;/a&gt; helps.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="507" LastActivityDate="2010-10-06T07:16:13.720" />
  <row Id="3805" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3802" CreationDate="2010-10-06T07:26:38.433" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A minimal change would be to use the &lt;code&gt;plainurl&lt;/code&gt; style instead of &lt;code&gt;plainnat&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could also continue to use &lt;code&gt;plainnat&lt;/code&gt; and give a suitable definition of &lt;code&gt;\doi&lt;/code&gt; (to override the non-hyperlinked version \provided by plainnat), eg:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*{\doi}[1]{\href{http://dx.doi.org/#1}{doi: #1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In both cases, just use a &lt;code&gt;doi&lt;/code&gt; field in your .bib file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-10-06T07:26:38.433" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3806" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3801" CreationDate="2010-10-06T07:32:25.907" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Since the options for the draw command can be given in several places, my guess is that the answer is that it cannot be done in one command. However, perhaps using postaction and preaction there could be some trickery...though I cannot think what.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastActivityDate="2010-10-06T07:32:25.907" />
  <row Id="3807" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3801" CreationDate="2010-10-06T08:35:27.920" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Perhaps another approach can be helpful. Just use the &lt;code&gt;\textbullet&lt;/code&gt; as a node in the center of the ellipse.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\draw (1,0) node {\textbullet} node[below] {1} ellipse (5 and 2);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, this has the disadvantage that the size of the central point is fixed now.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-10-06T08:35:27.920" />
  <row Id="3808" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-06T09:35:50.950" Score="2" ViewCount="227" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I try to put a footnote into a definition environment (or theorem, etc.), whereas it works well in plain text... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I fix it ? (N.B. I use thmbox, I don't know if this have an incidence).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks !&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1388" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-06T14:30:27.450" LastActivityDate="2010-10-24T01:00:33.753" Title="footnote doesn't appear when put into a &quot;definition&quot; environment" Tags="&lt;footnotes&gt;&lt;theorems&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="3809" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3797" CreationDate="2010-10-06T13:05:40.360" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;consider this: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mathjax.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.mathjax.org/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1166" LastActivityDate="2010-10-06T13:05:40.360" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3811" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-06T13:20:54.487" Score="4" ViewCount="256" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do I typeset a bold square bracket? I need to typeset it about 3 times thicker than it is (to denote a specific mathematical operator). &lt;code&gt;{\bf[}&lt;/code&gt; does not do this. Things like &lt;code&gt;[\![&lt;/code&gt; do not seem to produce good quality. &quot;The Comprehensive LaTeX Symbol List&quot; does not seem to mention an appropriate symbol.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1166" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-06T18:54:27.877" LastActivityDate="2010-10-06T18:54:27.877" Title="Bold square brackets" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;bold&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="3812" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-06T13:22:59.360" Score="2" ViewCount="223" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to add some publication details below the title of the chapter. I got here already some useful comments, but I decided now to go with the epigraph environment. At the moment, the code looks as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{report}&#xA;\usepackage{epigraph}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand{\epigraphwidth}{3.5in}&#xA;\renewcommand{\epigraphrule}{1pt}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{Introduction}&#xA;&#xA;\epigraph{The research described in this Chapter has been published in:}{&#xA; P. Moss, J. Morrison, and G. Ranger. {\it Seed production and seedling survival &#xA; in a $50$ year-old stand of Corsican pine in Britain}. Advances in Seed Physiology&#xA; and Technology 2007.&#xA; }&#xA;&#xA; \noindent Here the chapter text goes..&#xA;&#xA; \end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It looks okayish, however, I am still a bit unsure about the appearance; it just does not look right... Maybe I can try left aligning the text, that might help. Anyone&#xA;else an suggestion how I could improve this so that it looks a bit more &quot;professional&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Many thanks for your input!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1392" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-23T10:38:02.310" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T10:38:02.310" Title="Publication details below chapter title" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;chapters&gt;&lt;epigraphs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3813" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3827" CreationDate="2010-10-06T14:02:37.310" Score="3" ViewCount="233" Body="&lt;p&gt;It seems that &lt;code&gt;\COMMENT&lt;/code&gt; in the &lt;code&gt;algorithm&lt;/code&gt; package is broken. It gives an error when used in a &lt;code&gt;FOR&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;FORALL&lt;/code&gt; line, so the first comment gives a compilation error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{algorithm}[ht]&#xA;  \caption{My algorithm}&#xA;  \begin{algorithmic}&#xA;   \FORALL{$p \in P$}   \COMMENT{loop over all puppies}&#xA;   \STATE PatPuppy($p$) \COMMENT{sooo nice!}&#xA;   \ENDFOR&#xA;  \end{algorithmic}&#xA;\end{algorithm}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The error is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \item.&#xA;leading text:     \FORALL{$p \in P$}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a workaround? I really need to display a comment on that line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3860" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-23T17:37:22.003" LastActivityDate="2010-11-23T17:37:22.003" Title="algorithm package: Comment on &quot;for&quot; loop does not work?" Tags="&lt;algorithms&gt;&lt;loops&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3814" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3811" CreationDate="2010-10-06T14:04:38.580" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{bm}&lt;/code&gt; and then &lt;code&gt;\bm{[}&lt;/code&gt;. Maybe this isn't bold enough for you in which case you can use a font with a heavy variant (eg the commercial mathtime set) and &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{mathtime,bm}&lt;/code&gt; and then &lt;code&gt;\hm{[}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Otherwise maybe you can use a different symbol, such as double square bracket &lt;code&gt;\llbracket&lt;/code&gt; from &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{stmaryrd}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-10-06T14:04:38.580" />
  <row Id="3815" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3813" CreationDate="2010-10-06T14:06:28.093" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Found the solution. The comment has to be embedded in the &lt;code&gt;\FORALL&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\FORALL{$p \in P$ \COMMENT{loop over all puppies} }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3860" LastActivityDate="2010-10-06T14:06:28.093" />
  <row Id="3816" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3817" CreationDate="2010-10-06T14:20:05.203" Score="3" ViewCount="193" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have the following document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{titling, graphicx}&#xA;\title{Title goes here}&#xA;\author{Authors go here}&#xA;\date{}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\include{title}&#xA;&#xA;\pagenumbering{Roman}&#xA;\newpage&#xA;\thispagestyle{empty}&#xA;\mbox{}&#xA;\newpage&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\newpage&#xA;\pagenumbering{arabic}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Introduction}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I expect from this is to have my title page inserted at the front, then a black page with no numbering, and then the table of contents starting at number I, and the page containing the Introduction section being number 1, however the table of contents is actually starting at number II. I've cross-referenced this code with that of two other documents I've written and I'm not entirely sure why it's not working as expected.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1332" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-21T15:38:44.730" LastActivityDate="2010-11-21T15:38:44.730" Title="Roman numerals in frontmatter are skipping some numbers" Tags="&lt;numbering&gt;&lt;front-matter&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3817" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3816" CreationDate="2010-10-06T14:30:39.277" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\thispagestyle{empty}&lt;/code&gt; will only hide the page number, but not cause the next page to be numbered with I ( or i, or 1 ...). Put &lt;code&gt;\pagenumbering{Roman}&lt;/code&gt; immediately before &lt;code&gt;\tableofcontents&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-10-06T14:30:39.277" />
  <row Id="3818" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3808" CreationDate="2010-10-06T14:50:02.787" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Seems to be the same effect as for floats. Perhaps the combination of &lt;code&gt;\footnotemark&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\footnotetext&lt;/code&gt; can help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-10-06T14:50:02.787" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3819" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-06T16:28:56.630" Score="11" ViewCount="338" Body="&lt;p&gt;This may or may not be a real TeX/LaTeX question but rather a general question on punctuation...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How are the different dashes -, --, --- supposed to be used?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="271" LastActivityDate="2010-10-07T10:08:03.477" Title="Dashes: - vs. -- vs. ---" Tags="&lt;punctuation&gt;" AnswerCount="5" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="3820" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3824" CreationDate="2010-10-06T16:31:26.497" Score="3" ViewCount="252" Body="&lt;p&gt;I wan to achieve multi-column like shown below:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/f8OsD.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But the only thing I can get is:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/KQJ2u.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&#xA;With the code below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{\LARGE Albert Einstein}\\[1cm]&#xA; Institute for Advanced Study\\&#xA;Einstein Drive\\&#xA;Princeton, N.J. \texttt{08540}&#xA;U.S.A.\\[.2cm]&#xA;Phone: \texttt{609-734-8000}\\&#xA;Fax: \texttt{609-924-8399}\\[.2cm]&#xA;email: \href{mailto:a.einstein@ias.edu}{a.einstein@ias.edu}\\&#xA;\textsc{url}: \href{http://www.ias.edu/spfeatures/einstein/}{http://www.ias.edu/spfeatures/einstein/}\\ &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What should I add/modify in the code to achieve like the first screenshot ?&#xA;Thanks in Advance&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1036" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-06T20:35:52.163" LastActivityDate="2010-10-06T20:35:52.163" Title="Achieving multicolumn like this" Tags="&lt;two-column&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="3821" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3819" CreationDate="2010-10-06T16:36:06.080" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The grammar school version is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;-&lt;/code&gt; (known as an hyphen) between the elements of compound words &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;--&lt;/code&gt; (known as an en-dash) for ranges &quot;3--7&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;---&lt;/code&gt; (known as a em-dash) punctuation for digressions in a sentence---though how it differs from a parenthetical comment I have never known---which is why you don't see it much&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As Charles notes in the comments, you should probably consult whatever style guide you use (or are required to use) for a more comprehensive and detailed treatment. Especially for the tricky cases.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="327" LastEditorUserId="327" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-06T21:15:15.467" LastActivityDate="2010-10-06T21:15:15.467" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="3823" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-06T16:44:56.827" Score="0" ViewCount="497" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3393/what-is-xetex-exactly-and-why-should-i-use-it&quot;&gt;What is XeTeX exactly and why should I use it?&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have been using LaTeX for a while now and compiling via &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; on my Mac.  I have recently started to want more control over fonts, which has led me to look into XeTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What are the pros and cons of XeTeX versus regular LaTeX, with special emphasis on the preparation of scientific or technical documents (i.e. verbatim blocks of code, and use of ams packages)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="984" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-06T20:30:46.470" LastActivityDate="2010-10-06T20:30:46.470" ClosedDate="2010-10-07T10:52:58.667" Title="Pros and Cons XeTeX vs pdfLaTeX" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3824" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3820" CreationDate="2010-10-06T17:00:40.500" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's one way to do it. Hopefully, you can modify it to suit your needs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fixltx2e}&#xA;\usepackage[colorlinks,urlcolor=blue]{hyperref}&#xA;\usepackage{fullpage}&#xA;\usepackage{bbding}&#xA;\newcommand*\splitline[3]{%&#xA;        \hbox to.5\textwidth{#1\hfil}%&#xA;        \hbox to2em{#2\hfil}%&#xA;        \hbox{#3}%&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\noindent{\Huge Dario Taraborelli}\\[2\baselineskip]&#xA;\href{http://cress.soc.surrey.ac.uk/}&#xA;        {Centre for Research in Social Simulation}\\&#xA;\splitline{Department of Sociology}{\textsc{t}}{+44 (0)1483 683961}\\&#xA;\splitline{University of Surrey}{\textsc{f}}{+44 (0)1483 689551}\\&#xA;\splitline{Guldford GU\textsubscript{2} {}\textsubscript{7}XH}&#xA;        {\raisebox{-.6ex}{\Envelope}}&#xA;        {\href{mailto:d.taraborelli@surrey.ac.uk}{d.taraborelli@surrey.ac.uk}}\\&#xA;\splitline{United Kingdom}{@}{\url{http://nitens.org/taraborelli}}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-06T18:26:41.147" LastActivityDate="2010-10-06T18:26:41.147" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="3825" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3820" CreationDate="2010-10-06T17:03:10.917" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here are two ways you can achieve something like this.  First, you can use the &lt;code&gt;multicol&lt;/code&gt; package, and do this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[]{hyperref}&#xA;\usepackage{multicol} &#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\noindent{\LARGE Albert Einstein}\\[1cm]&#xA;\begin{multicols}{2}&#xA;\noindent Institute for Advanced Study&#xA;\vfill&#xA;&#xA;Einstein Drive\\&#xA;Princeton, N.J. \texttt{08540}&#xA;U.S.A.&#xA;\columnbreak&#xA;&#xA;\noindent Phone: \texttt{609-734-8000}\\&#xA;Fax: \texttt{609-924-8399}\\[.2cm]&#xA;email: \href{mailto:a.einstein@ias.edu}{a.einstein@ias.edu}\\&#xA;\textsc{url}: \href{http://www.ias.edu/spfeatures/einstein/}{http://www.ias.edu/spfeatures/einstein/}&#xA;\end{multicols}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another way would be using two parboxes or minipages whose width is exactly of&#xA;the width of the text. In this case you do not need any additional packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\vspace{1in}&#xA;&#xA;\noindent{\LARGE Albert Einstein}\\[1cm]&#xA;\parbox[b]{.5\hsize}{&#xA;\noindent Institute for Advanced Study\\&#xA;Einstein Drive\\&#xA;Princeton, N.J. \texttt{08540}&#xA;U.S.A.}%&#xA;\parbox[b]{.5\hsize}{&#xA;Phone: \texttt{609-734-8000}\\&#xA;Fax: \texttt{609-924-8399}\\[.2cm]&#xA;email: \href{mailto:a.einstein@ias.edu}{a.einstein@ias.edu}\\&#xA;\textsc{url}: \href{http://www.ias.edu/spfeatures/einstein/}{http://www.ias.edu/spfeatures/einstein/} &#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Notice that in both cases, the vertical spacing between lines is an issue, you&#xA;have to manually tune the spacing so that the lines will come up &quot;alligned&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't know if there is any way LaTeX can do this automatically for you, but&#xA;it can be done with ConTeXt, which supports &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pragma-ade.com/general/manuals/details.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;typesetting on a grid&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastEditorUserId="396" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-06T17:32:21.157" LastActivityDate="2010-10-06T17:32:21.157" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3826" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="422" CreationDate="2010-10-06T18:05:52.427" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;@JeffE posted the following elegant solution:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1688/using-latex-how-can-i-restate-a-theorem-with-the-same-theorem-number-later-in/1701#1701&quot;&gt;Using LaTeX, how can I restate a theorem, with the same theorem number, later in a paper?&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which sadly does not work, giving the error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;! You can't use `\spacefactor' in vertical mode.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unless the entire mentioned style sheet is included. I assume this is because of a more complex @begintheorem, although I am not use amsthm. I was wondering if anyone had a working suggestion. The closest I can get in llncs is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\spnewtheorem*{oneshot}{}{\bfseries}{\itshape}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but this puts the period at the beginning. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1394" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-08T22:20:08.927" LastActivityDate="2010-12-08T22:20:08.927" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3827" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3813" CreationDate="2010-10-06T18:52:39.007" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The answer is given in the manual. Use an optional argument.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\FORALL[loop over all puppies]{$p \in P$}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-10-06T18:52:39.007" />
  <row Id="3828" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3819" CreationDate="2010-10-06T19:05:11.910" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Wikipedia has very comprehensive articles on these topics:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dash&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dash&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hyphen&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hyphen&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2010-10-06T19:05:11.910" />
  <row Id="3829" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3801" CreationDate="2010-10-06T19:21:33.417" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/graphics/pgf/base/doc/generic/pgf/pgfmanual.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;manual&lt;/a&gt; (p. 136) you can use &lt;code&gt;[fill=none]&lt;/code&gt; in this way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\draw (1,0) [fill] circle (1mm) node[below]{$1$} [fill=none] ellipse (5 and 2);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I haven't tried it myself, though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="125" LastActivityDate="2010-10-06T19:21:33.417" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3831" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3832" CreationDate="2010-10-06T19:41:53.930" Score="3" ViewCount="48" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need to put some formal statistics on the document itself somewhere in the middle, like &quot;This document contains XXX figures and YYY tables (and may be even ZZZ formulas and PPP theorems)&quot;. Is there a common way to output the final value of some counter in the middle of the document?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edited after answering:&#xA;I have asked a more specific question before, &quot;How to output the number of bibliographic entries referenced in the document?&quot;, which is now deleted because the answer to this one covers also this case.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the reference, some useful counters, which can be used with totcount:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;page&lt;/code&gt; - page count&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;enumiv&lt;/code&gt; - bibliography entries count&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;figure&lt;/code&gt; - figures count&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;table&lt;/code&gt; - tables count&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="199" LastEditorUserId="199" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-06T20:44:06.743" LastActivityDate="2010-10-06T20:44:06.743" Title="How to output the final value of some counter, like number of figures or tables in the middle of the document?" Tags="&lt;counters&gt;&lt;statistics&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3832" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3831" CreationDate="2010-10-06T20:02:52.227" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/totcount&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;totcount&lt;/a&gt; package, perhaps?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-10-06T20:02:52.227" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3833" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3837" CreationDate="2010-10-06T20:27:02.353" Score="1" ViewCount="859" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is a question about how to use bibtex to cite a preprint from Arxiv. Suppose I have:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@ARTICLE{BM:1999,&#xA;   AUTHOR  = {First, Author AND Second, Author},&#xA;   TITLE   = {The title of this article},&#xA;   YEAR    = {2035},&#xA;   JOURNAL = What exactly do I put here?,&#xA;   VOLUME  = {},&#xA;   NUMBER  = {},&#xA;   PAGES   = {}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Where exactly do I put the code of the article in arxiv? Suppose the code is arXiv:1234:5678v1&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am using &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;\bibliographystyle{alpha}  % (uses file &quot;plain.bst&quot;)amsplain&#xA;\bibliography{myrefs}    % expects file &quot;myrefs.bib&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;*&lt;em&gt;EDIT:&lt;/em&gt;*Actually there is a bibtex entry that is @unpublished which is the one I am using. I didn't noticed and I put @article in the example above. It has fields: author, title, note, month, year and key. So the question is more about whether to put the arxiv code of the article in note or in key.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="574" LastEditorUserId="574" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-06T21:31:24.900" LastActivityDate="2010-10-07T01:04:44.530" Title="How to cite an article from Arxiv using bibtex" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;arxiv&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="3834" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3833" CreationDate="2010-10-06T20:46:33.200" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;General arXiv citations are explained &lt;a href=&quot;http://arxiv.org/hypertex/bibstyles/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;in the arXiv help&lt;/a&gt;. The correct citation format depends on whether it is an &quot;old style&quot; arXiv reference (eg arXiv:hep-ph/9609357) or &quot;new style&quot; (eg arXiv:0807.2882 [cond-mat.mes-hall]). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The REVTeX4.1 bibstyles also support arXiv references.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;AMS styles, I can't help....&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-10-06T20:46:33.200" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3836" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3843" CreationDate="2010-10-06T20:54:57.843" Score="3" ViewCount="358" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I need to write a whole bunch of pseudo code and I got annoyed using all the &quot;\ &gt;\=&quot; with the \begin{tabbing} command, so I decided to use \begin{verbatim} instead. This was working fine for me until I got to a point in which I had to indent 4 times in a row. When I get to 4 tabs in a row it puts the &quot;character&quot; &gt;&gt; at the beginning of my line and then when I generate the pdf it is not indented at all. How do I get latex to stop reformatting my lines when I use verbatim?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{verbatim}&#xA;&#xA;makeClusters(nodes[n], k)&#xA;{&#xA;distances [n][n]&#xA;clusters[k]&#xA;seeds[k]&#xA;numseeds=0&#xA;maxd=0&#xA;node1&#xA;node2&#xA;&#xA;if(k=0)&#xA;  return&#xA;&#xA;if(k=1)&#xA;  Put all nodes in one cluster and return&#xA;&#xA;for i=0 to  n-1&#xA;  for j=0 to n-1&#xA;    distances[i][j] = d(nodes[i],nodes[j])&#xA;    if(distances[i][j]&amp;gt;maxd)&#xA;      maxd=distances[i][j]&#xA;      node1=i&#xA;      node2=j&#xA;&#xA;seeds[0]=node1&#xA;seeds[1]=node2&#xA;numseeds +=2&#xA;&#xA;while(numseeds &amp;lt; k)&#xA;  minNode&#xA;  maxmin=0&#xA;&#xA;  for i=0 to n-1&#xA;    for j=0 to numseeds-1&#xA;      mindis=maxd&#xA;      if(distances[i][seeds[j]]&amp;lt;mindis)&#xA;    mindis=distances[i][seeds[j]]&#xA;&#xA;    if(mindis&amp;gt;maxmin)&#xA;      maxmin=mindis&#xA;      minNode=i&#xA;&#xA;  seeds[numseeds]=minNode&#xA;  numseeds++&#xA;&#xA;for i=0 to n-1&#xA;  mindis=maxd&#xA;  clust&#xA;  if(not inCluster(node[i]))&#xA;    for j=0 to n-1&#xA;      if(inCluster(node[j]) and distances[i][j]&amp;lt;mindis)&#xA;    mindis=distances[i][j]&#xA;    clust=cluster(node[j])&#xA;    add2cluster(clusters[clust],node[i]&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;}&#xA;\end{verbatim}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you can see in this unnecessarily large example after 2 of my if statements the lines have been unindented, these are the locations where I used 4 tabs and have copy pasted this&#xA;section directly out of Kile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1396" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-06T22:27:55.133" LastActivityDate="2010-10-06T22:27:55.133" Title="LaTeX ignoring tabs in verbatim" Tags="&lt;verbatim&gt;&lt;kile&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3837" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3833" CreationDate="2010-10-06T21:06:59.087" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I usually leave &lt;code&gt;journal&lt;/code&gt; blank, or put in the word &quot;pre-print&quot;. The arXiv information I usually put in &lt;code&gt;note&lt;/code&gt;, since the AMS styles ignore the &lt;code&gt;eprint&lt;/code&gt; field. When I get less lazy I sometimes use, instead of the &lt;code&gt;@article&lt;/code&gt; document type, &lt;code&gt;@misc&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastActivityDate="2010-10-06T21:06:59.087" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-10-06T21:06:59.087" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3838" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3833" CreationDate="2010-10-06T21:11:38.967" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For compiling my list of publications I use the bibtex entry that &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.slac.stanford.edu/spires/hep/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Spires&lt;/a&gt; provides for each record. You can search the author and date to find the Spires entry.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="327" LastEditorUserId="327" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-06T21:18:38.520" LastActivityDate="2010-10-06T21:18:38.520" />
  <row Id="3839" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-06T21:26:33.690" Score="1" ViewCount="134" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I define a macro, say &lt;code&gt;\address&lt;/code&gt;, so that I can use it like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\address&#xA;27/7 Montague Street&#xA;Edinburgh&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and it would put the lines following it into another macro, say &lt;code&gt;\addrinfo&lt;/code&gt; ? What I'm ultimately trying to do, is modify Knuth's letter macros so that I can specify the address once in the letter, and then produce an address in a different font. Currently I've got&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newbox\theiraddressbox&#xA;\def\address{\beginlinemode%                                                               &#xA; \global\setbox\theiraddressbox=\vtop\bgroup\raggedright&#xA;  \hsize=\longindentation \everypar{\hangindent1cm}&#xA;  \def\endmode{\egroup\endgroup\bigskip\copy\theiraddressbox}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but this means the address label is set in the same font.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1397" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-06T22:09:48.227" LastActivityDate="2010-10-07T07:57:22.027" Title="Plain TeX macros with \obeylines and no delimiters." Tags="&lt;macros&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3840" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-06T21:45:13.223" Score="5" ViewCount="383" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to use PSTricks to draw a line. However, I only have one point, but I know at which angle I want to draw the line, and how long I want it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there some way to draw a line from a point (x,y) at a given angle, for a given length?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are there any macro packages that would help me out here?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1398" LastActivityDate="2010-12-26T20:04:44.263" Title="PSTricks, draw line only knowing one point." Tags="&lt;pstricks&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3841" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3819" CreationDate="2010-10-06T21:47:13.503" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Elements_of_Typographic_Style&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Bringhurst&lt;/a&gt; says (The Elements of Typographic Style, v3.2, pp80-81):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;5.2.1  Use spaced en dashes - rather than close-set em dashes or spaced hyphens - to set off phrases.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;5.2.2  Use close-set en dashes or three-to-em dashes between digits to indicate a range.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;5.2.3  Use the em dash to introduce speakers in narrative dialogue.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In (La)TeX, (1) &lt;strong&gt;-&lt;/strong&gt; gives you a hyphen, (2) &lt;strong&gt;--&lt;/strong&gt; an en dash, and  (3) &lt;strong&gt;---&lt;/strong&gt; an em dash. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="344" LastActivityDate="2010-10-06T21:47:13.503" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3842" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5128" CreationDate="2010-10-06T21:51:12.933" Score="5" ViewCount="302" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use Emacs and AucTeX as my writing environment. Pleasantly, I can pick an engine (PDFTeX, LuaTeX, XeTeX) and have it execute as default for all my compilations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I have one project where I need a different engine than what I use as a default. I tried setting this the Emacs way, with a local variable&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%%% TeX-engine: &quot;default&quot;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;line along with the lines that specify master file for the project, but this seems to not set the appropriate variable, and Emacs locks up completely if I try to compile without a decent value set for &lt;code&gt;TeX-engine&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there some way to signal to XeTeX that the incoming file should be compiled with PDFTeX instead? Or some good way to signal to Emacs that this particular file should use a different program for the compilation?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="257" LastActivityDate="2010-11-09T04:28:36.803" Title="Force different TeX engine for specific files" Tags="&lt;emacs&gt;&lt;auctex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="3843" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3836" CreationDate="2010-10-06T22:27:31.217" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The problem is some rather strange (to me) behavior of Kile: When you press the &lt;code&gt;[Tab]&lt;/code&gt; key, it inserts two spaces into the document instead of a tab. But it also replaces any 8 consecutive spaces by a tab character. This obviously completely messes up any formatting.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To fix this problem either use an editor with sane default settings or go to &quot;Settings&quot; &gt; &quot;Editing&quot; &gt; &quot;General&quot; and check &quot;Insert spaces instead of tabulators&quot; (or fiddle around with the settings under &quot;Indentation&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;NB: As Joseph mentioned, the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/listings&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt; package&lt;/a&gt; will give you much nicer code listings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-10-06T22:27:31.217" />
  <row Id="3845" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3846" CreationDate="2010-10-06T23:49:51.183" Score="4" ViewCount="376" Body="&lt;p&gt;In order to define a margin note, I use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\marginpar{Add formula for curvature}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, in a thesis full of margin notes, lots of them overlap, and the only solution I've found so far was to manually push them up or down.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Problem is, everytime I refactor the comment, it's a new complete mess...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, does anyone know how to cleanly manage the sidenotes, so that they &quot;float&quot; to a &quot;best position&quot;, and avoid overlaping?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="877" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-07T11:29:22.460" LastActivityDate="2010-10-07T11:29:22.460" Title="Managing Margin Notes" Tags="&lt;margins&gt;&lt;marginpar&gt;&lt;notes&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3846" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3845" CreationDate="2010-10-07T00:33:03.113" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Steve Hicks has a new package designed to help with this sort of thing: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/pkg/marginfix&quot;&gt;marginfix&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-10-07T00:33:03.113" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3847" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3845" CreationDate="2010-10-07T00:52:11.160" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I found &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/pkg/todonotes&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;todonotes&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; to be a very useful package for adding notes to the text. It places notes in a colored (and customizable) box in the margin and adds a helpful line to the place where the note was inserted.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-10-07T00:52:11.160" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3848" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3833" CreationDate="2010-10-07T01:04:44.530" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's also worth mentioning biblatex, which has proper support for eprints with all styles. For arXiv, specifically, you can use &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;archivePrefix = &quot;arXiv&quot;,&#xA;       eprint = {0902.0885},&#xA; primaryClass = &quot;quant-ph&quot;,&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which I took directly from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://adsabs.harvard.edu/cgi-bin/bib_query?arXiv:0902.0885&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;NASA ADS&lt;/a&gt; database. The &lt;code&gt;journal&lt;/code&gt; field you left empty, except of course if has actually been published elsewhere. As for the template, I wouldn't worry about it; I just use &lt;code&gt;@article&lt;/code&gt; and the formatting is good. You can also use &lt;code&gt;@unpublished&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;@online&lt;/code&gt;, with similar results.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1035" LastActivityDate="2010-10-07T01:04:44.530" />
  <row Id="3849" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3819" CreationDate="2010-10-07T01:06:32.920" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to Cambridge University Press, it's Birch--Swinnerton-Dyer. (Sorry, this should be a comment, but I'm meritless.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="714" LastActivityDate="2010-10-07T01:06:32.920" />
  <row Id="3850" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3840" CreationDate="2010-10-07T01:31:17.493" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;you need to know a little bit of postscript language and reverse polish notation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pstricks-add}&#xA;\usepackage[top=3cm,bottom=3cm,left=3cm,right=3cm]{geometry}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{figure}[h]&#xA;\def\xA{1}&#xA;\def\yA{2}&#xA;\def\Length{4}&#xA;\def\Angle{45} % angles are in degrees&#xA;\begin{pspicture}(0,0)(6,6)&#xA;\psgrid&#xA;% define point A&#xA;\cnode*(\xA,\yA){0pt}{A}%&#xA;% define point B &#xA;\cnode*(! \Length\space \Angle\space cos mul \xA\space add \Length\space \Angle\space  sin mul \yA\space add){0pt}{B}%&#xA;% draw line&#xA;\psline[linewidth=1pt](A)(B)%&#xA;\end{pspicture}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastActivityDate="2010-10-07T01:31:17.493" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3851" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3860" CreationDate="2010-10-07T06:35:49.403" Score="16" ViewCount="936" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sometimes I would like LaTeX to automatically calculate sums (or other simple arithmetic) for me, eg. in a table. I would like to ensure that when I update the table, I don't accidentally forget to update some sums. I also wouldn't want to maintain the table in another program, eg. a spreadsheet, or use some external script to generate LaTeX output. Is this possible without writing a lot of macros and completely bloating the tabular syntax?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}{l l l l | l}&#xA;       &amp;amp; Foo       &amp;amp; Bar       &amp;amp; Baz       &amp;amp; \\&#xA;Small  &amp;amp;  5        &amp;amp;  3        &amp;amp;  11       &amp;amp; \rowsum{} \\&#xA;Medium &amp;amp;  9        &amp;amp;  2        &amp;amp;  23       &amp;amp; \rowsum{} \\&#xA;Large  &amp;amp; 13        &amp;amp; 15        &amp;amp;  44       &amp;amp; \rowsum{} \\&#xA;\hline&#xA;       &amp;amp; \colsum{} &amp;amp; \colsum{} &amp;amp; \colsum{} &amp;amp; \\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here, &lt;code&gt;\rowsum&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\colsum&lt;/code&gt; would somehow calculate the sum of their respective rows and columns, and I would not need to worry about calculating them by hand.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="745" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-22T16:05:12.097" LastActivityDate="2010-11-22T16:05:12.097" Title="How can I automatically calculate sums in a LaTeX table?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;calculations&gt;" AnswerCount="5" FavoriteCount="7" />
  <row Id="3852" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3853" CreationDate="2010-10-07T06:42:26.623" Score="6" ViewCount="1130" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm looking to use LaTeX for my technical documentation needs (such as reference manuals, user guides, etc). Could I use your template to quickly get started in order to avoid being overwhelming by the LaTeX world... tons of packages and control sequences. At minimum, I will need a template for Table of Contents, figures, tables, Index, Glossary. Any other goodies would be welcome too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, any good (and free) front-ends? I'm thinking of going with Lyx but not sure if there are any better alternatives.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, has anyone got any experience with the DITA and LaTeX? If I understand it correctly, DITA is for building 'configurable documentation', one that you can sew together from individual, independently written pieces written in XML. If you those pieces were in LaTeX instead, I guess you could use the two together.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The technical documentation is for software, btw.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1399" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-07T12:33:54.360" LastActivityDate="2010-10-07T12:33:54.360" Title="LaTeX template for a technical reference manual / user guide?" Tags="&lt;manuals&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3853" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3852" CreationDate="2010-10-07T07:10:51.203" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You may find the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/refman.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;refman&lt;/a&gt; class a good starting point; it's designed to be an all-in-one package for technical reference manuals.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Having said that, I use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/memoir.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;memoir&lt;/a&gt; for my technical manuals. It's very customisable, and many people have published such customisations, for example, these &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/MemoirChapStyles/MemoirChapStyles.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;chapter styles&lt;/a&gt;. The last manual I wrote used a slightly modified version of one of these chapter styles, along with a slightly tweaked page style to give larger margins for handwritten and margin notes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/memoir/memman.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;manual for memoir&lt;/a&gt; is widely regarded as a great document to read in its own right, having good information on typesetting in general, and defining useful terminology in a way that's easy to read.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1304" LastActivityDate="2010-10-07T07:10:51.203" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3854" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3852" CreationDate="2010-10-07T07:11:43.207" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't have a empty document to put here right now, but start with a article&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then include some packages (&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/553/what-packages-do-people-load-by-default-in-latex&quot;&gt;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/553/what-packages-do-people-load-by-default-in-latex&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage[english]{isodate}&#xA;\usepackage[parfill]{parskip}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then include some tables.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pagenumbering{Roman}&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\newpage&#xA;\listoffigures&#xA;\newpage&#xA;\listoftables&#xA;\newpage&#xA;\pagenumbering{arabic}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then you start to write...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;/Have fun&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="795" LastActivityDate="2010-10-07T07:11:43.207" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="3855" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3840" CreationDate="2010-10-07T07:13:47.263" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;PSTricks has polar coordinates: see page 13 in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.uniyar.a&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;manual&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\SpecialCoor&#xA;\psline[linewidth=2pt](4;50)(0,0)(4;10)&#xA;\psarc[arcsepB=2pt]{-&amp;gt;}{3}{10}{50}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;produces &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/E8W4B.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which will require that you move the coordinate system so that the origin is at the point you have. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Otherwise, you could use the more elaborate options of &lt;code&gt;\SpecialCoor&lt;/code&gt;, listed at pp. 72. specifically the &lt;code&gt;([par]node)&lt;/code&gt; notation which describes&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The position relative to node determined using the &lt;code&gt;angle&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;nodesep&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;offset&lt;/code&gt; parameters. E.g., &lt;code&gt;([angle=45]A)&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but requires that you define the current point you have as a named node (not so painful).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thus:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pstricks}&#xA;\usepackage{pst-node}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{pspicture}(4,5)&#xA;\pnode(1,1){Y}&#xA;\SpecialCoor&#xA;\psline(Y)([angle=30,nodesep=2]Y)&#xA;\end{pspicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;creates:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/sSXHr.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastEditorUserId="117" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-07T07:42:00.457" LastActivityDate="2010-10-07T07:42:00.457" />
  <row Id="3856" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3851" CreationDate="2010-10-07T07:25:09.593" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try your luck with &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/calctab&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;calctab&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/spreadtab&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;spreadtab&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/tabularcalc&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tabularcalc&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-10-07T07:25:09.593" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3857" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3839" CreationDate="2010-10-07T07:57:22.027" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In effect, your &lt;code&gt;\address&lt;/code&gt; macro is not undelimited: Somehow, the &lt;code&gt;\endmode&lt;/code&gt; macro has to get called afterwards. In Knuth's letter macros, this job is done by the &lt;code&gt;\body&lt;/code&gt; macro. So, what you can do is delimit the &lt;code&gt;\address&lt;/code&gt; macro like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\address{\beginlinemode\getaddress}&#xA;\def\getaddress#1\body{\gdef\theaddress{#1}\body}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then the macro &lt;code&gt;\theaddress&lt;/code&gt; will contain the unformatted address. Hope you can work out the missing details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2010-10-07T07:57:22.027" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3858" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3819" CreationDate="2010-10-07T10:08:03.477" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Usage of the em dash, since that's what dmckee's explanation doesn't tackle:  it's nicest to think of the em dash as a dramatic pause in a sentence, and it need not be used parenthetically.  &lt;em&gt;Chicago&lt;/em&gt; (6.87) calls it &quot;the most commonly used and versatile of the dashes&quot;, and lists among its uses:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Amplifying or explaining, e.g., &lt;em&gt;Chicago&lt;/em&gt;'s example: &quot;She secured the strategy --- a strategy that would, she hoped, secure the peace.&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Separating subject from pronoun: &quot;Tex --- that was the typesetting program they would use.&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Indicating sudden breaks: &quot;Now we are finished --- no, wait, what's this?&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Used in place of other punctuation: this is the idea that it is a low-precedence subsitute for hyphens, commas, colons or parentheses.  It also has other nice properties, such as that it can be used as a comma, together with an exclamation or question mark.  &lt;em&gt;Chicago&lt;/em&gt;'s example: &quot;Only if --- heaven forbid! --- you lose your passport should you call home.&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;To introduce speech, as per Brent's answer.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Don't overuse it!  Em dashes stand out more than any other piece of normal punctuation and too many on a page can make the text look absurd.  Use it only to add force to your writing, or to solve tricky to parse punctuation problems &amp;mdash; and those are often best solved by finding a less complex way of making your point.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-10-07T10:08:03.477" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="3859" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3842" CreationDate="2010-10-07T10:46:45.420" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I doubt that this is going to win me any friends either in the Emacs community or the TeX one, but I have a hack that achieves this.  The only caveat (for your situation) is that I don't use AucTeX so have no idea how it would work with that.  When I edit a &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt;, I load in the file below.  This allows me to set some options depending on what output/engine I want to use.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There's a few bits of junk in there as well, but most of it is focussed on this issue.  It works by rewriting the commands &lt;code&gt;tex-file&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;tex-view-file&lt;/code&gt; so that they can be modified according to options set by choosing an &lt;code&gt;output type&lt;/code&gt; (which is actually more refined than just the output type) for the file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I just do &lt;code&gt;M-x set-tex-output-type xe&lt;/code&gt; and I get my file compiled using &lt;code&gt;xelatex&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;;(server-start)&#xA;;(load &quot;xdvi-search.el&quot;)&#xA;&#xA;(setq latex-block-names '(&quot;theorem&quot; &quot;corollary&quot; &quot;proof&quot; &quot;lemma&quot; &quot;defn&quot; &quot;thm&quot;))&#xA;;(setq tex-dvi-view-command&#xA;;          (if (eq window-system 'x) &quot;xdvi&quot; nil))&#xA;;(setq tex-dvi-print-command &quot;dvips -Pmirkti *&quot;)&#xA;(setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command &quot;dvips * -ta4 -o&quot;)&#xA;&#xA;(defcustom tex-output-type &quot;pdf&quot;&#xA;  &quot;*Default output type for TeX jobs.&quot;&#xA;  :type '(radio (const :tag &quot;Postscript&quot; &quot;ps&quot;)&#xA;        (const :tag &quot;Postscript (rv)&quot; &quot;psrv&quot;)&#xA;        (const :tag &quot;PDF&quot; &quot;pdf&quot;)&#xA;        (const :tag &quot;PDF (rv)&quot; &quot;pdfrv&quot;)&#xA;        (const :tag &quot;Dvi&quot; &quot;dvi&quot;)&#xA;        (const :tag &quot;Dvi (draft)&quot; &quot;dvid&quot;)&#xA;        (const :tag &quot;XeLaTeX&quot; &quot;xe&quot;)&#xA;        (const :tab &quot;LuaLaTeX&quot; &quot;lua&quot;)&#xA;        (const :tag &quot;HTML&quot; &quot;html&quot;)&#xA;        (const :tag &quot;XHTML&quot; &quot;xhtml&quot;)&#xA;        (const :tag &quot;MathML&quot; &quot;xml&quot;)&#xA;        (const :tag &quot;OpenOffice&quot; &quot;sxw&quot;)&#xA;        (const :tag &quot;maruku&quot; &quot;maruku&quot;))&#xA;  :group 'tex-run)&#xA;&#xA;(defcustom tex-ext-alist&#xA;  '((&quot;ps&quot; . &quot;ps&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;psrv&quot; . &quot;ps&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;pdf&quot; . &quot;pdf&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;pdfrv&quot; . &quot;pdf&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;dvi&quot; . &quot;dvi&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;dvid&quot; . &quot;dvi&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;xe&quot; . &quot;pdf&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;lua&quot; . &quot;pdf&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;html&quot; . &quot;html&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;xhtml&quot; . &quot;xhtml&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;xml&quot; . &quot;xml&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;sxw&quot; . &quot;sxw&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;maruku&quot; . &quot;xhtml&quot;))&#xA;  &quot;*alist of eventual file extensions&quot;)&#xA;&#xA;(defcustom tex-command-alist&#xA;  '((&quot;pdf&quot; . &quot;pdflatex&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;pdfrv&quot; . &quot;pdflatex&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;ps&quot; . &quot;latex&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;psrv&quot; . &quot;latex&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;dvi&quot; . &quot;latex&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;dvid&quot; . &quot;latex&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;xe&quot; . &quot;xelatex&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;lua&quot; . &quot;lualatex&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;html&quot; . &quot;mk4ht&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;xhtml&quot; . &quot;mk4ht&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;xml&quot; . &quot;mk4ht&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;sxw&quot; . &quot;mk4ht&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;maruku&quot; . &quot;maruku&quot;)&#xA;    )&#xA;  &quot;*alist for processing file into various types of output&quot;)&#xA;&#xA;(defcustom tex-start-options-alist&#xA;  '((&quot;pdf&quot; . &quot;\\\\nonstopmode\\\\input&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;pdfrv&quot; . &quot;\\\\nonstopmode\\\\input&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;ps&quot; . &quot;\\\\nonstopmode\\\\input&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;psrv&quot; . &quot;\\\\nonstopmode\\\\input&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;dvi&quot; . &quot;\\\\nonstopmode\\\\input&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;dvid&quot; . &quot;-src-specials \\\\nonstopmode\\\\input&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;xe&quot; . &quot;\\\\nonstopmode\\\\input&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;lua&quot; . &quot;\\\\nonstopmode\\\\input&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;html&quot; . &quot;htlatex&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;xhtml&quot; . &quot;xhlatex&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;xml&quot; . &quot;mzlatex&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;sxw&quot; . &quot;oolatex&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;maruku&quot; . &quot;-m itex2mml&quot;)&#xA;    )&#xA;  &quot;*alist for options that preceed the filename&quot;)&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;(defcustom tex-end-options-alist&#xA;  '((&quot;pdf&quot; . &quot;&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;pdfrv&quot; . &quot;&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;ps&quot; . &quot;&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;psrv&quot; . &quot;&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;dvi&quot; . &quot;&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;dvid&quot; . &quot;&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;xe&quot; . &quot;&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;lua&quot; . &quot;&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;html&quot; . &quot;\&quot;html,3,frames\&quot;&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;xhtml&quot; . &quot;\&quot;html,3,frames\&quot;&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;xml&quot; . &quot;\&quot;html,3,frames\&quot;&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;sxw&quot; . &quot;\&quot;html,3,frames\&quot;&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;maruku&quot; . &quot;&quot;)&#xA;    )&#xA;  &quot;*alist for options that postceed the filename&quot;)&#xA;&#xA;(defcustom tex-post-command-alist&#xA;  '((&quot;pdf&quot; . &quot;&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;pdfrv&quot; . &quot;&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;ps&quot; . &quot;dvips * -ta4 -o 2&amp;gt; /dev/null&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;psrv&quot; . &quot;dvips * -ta4 -o 2&amp;gt; /dev/null&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;dvi&quot; . &quot;&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;dvid&quot; . &quot;&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;xe&quot; . &quot;&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;lua&quot; . &quot;&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;html&quot; . &quot;&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;xhtml&quot; . &quot;&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;xml&quot; . &quot;&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;sxw&quot; . &quot;&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;maruku&quot; . &quot;&quot;)&#xA;    )&#xA;  &quot;*alist for post-processing commands&quot;)&#xA;&#xA;(defcustom tex-mid-ext-alist&#xA;  '((&quot;ps&quot; . &quot;dvi&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;psrv&quot; . &quot;dvi&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;pdf&quot; . &quot;&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;pdfrv&quot; . &quot;&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;dvi&quot; . &quot;&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;dvid&quot; . &quot;&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;xe&quot; . &quot;&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;lua&quot; . &quot;&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;html&quot; . &quot;&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;xhtml&quot; . &quot;&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;xml&quot; . &quot;&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;sxw&quot; . &quot;&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;maruku&quot; . &quot;&quot;)&#xA;    )&#xA;  &quot;*alist of mid-point file extensions if we do a two-stage process&quot;)&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;(defcustom tex-view-commands-alist&#xA;;  (cond &#xA;;    ((eq window-system 'x)&#xA;     '((&quot;pdf&quot; .  &quot;xpdf&quot;)&#xA;       (&quot;pdfrv&quot; .  &quot;xpdf&quot;)&#xA;     (&quot;ps&quot; .  &quot;gv -ad=~/.gv_spartan_right.dat&quot;)&#xA;     (&quot;psrv&quot; .  &quot;gv -ad=~/.gv_spartan_right_rv.dat&quot;)&#xA;     (&quot;dvi&quot; . &quot;xdvi&quot;)&#xA;     (&quot;dvid&quot; . &quot;xdvi&quot;)&#xA;     (&quot;xe&quot; .  &quot;xpdf&quot;)&#xA;     (&quot;lua&quot; .  &quot;xpdf&quot;)&#xA;     (&quot;html&quot; . &quot;firefox&quot;)&#xA;     (&quot;xhtml&quot;. &quot;firefox&quot;)&#xA;     (&quot;xml&quot;. &quot;firefox&quot;)&#xA;     (&quot;sxw&quot;. &quot;ooffice2&quot;)&#xA;     (&quot;maruku&quot; . &quot;firefox&quot;)&#xA;     )&#xA;;    (t&#xA;;     '((&quot;pdf&quot; . &quot;pdftotext * | cat -s&quot;)&#xA;;     (&quot;ps&quot; . &quot;ps2ascii * | cat -s&quot;)&#xA;;     (&quot;dvi&quot; . &quot;dvips * | ps2ascii | cat -s&quot;)&#xA;;     (&quot;html&quot;. &quot;lynx&quot;)&#xA;;     (&quot;xhtml&quot;. &quot;lynx&quot;)&#xA;;     (&quot;xml&quot;. &quot;lynx&quot;)&#xA;;     (&quot;sxw&quot;. &quot;false&quot;))&#xA;;     )))&#xA;  &quot;*alist for viewing the various types of output&quot;)&#xA;&#xA;;(defcustom tex-dvi-to-ps-command&#xA;;  &quot;dvips * -ta4 -o 2&amp;gt; /dev/null&quot;&#xA;;  &quot;*Command for conversion from dvi to ps.&quot;&#xA;;  :type 'string&#xA;;  :group 'tex-run)&#xA;&#xA;(defun tex-font-lock-type-alist&#xA;  '((&quot;pdf&quot; . &quot;&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;pdfrv&quot; . &quot;&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;ps&quot; . &quot;&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;psrv&quot; . &quot;&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;dvi&quot; . &quot;&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;dvid&quot; . &quot;&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;xe&quot; . &quot;&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;lua&quot; . &quot;&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;html&quot; . &quot;&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;xhtml&quot; . &quot;&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;xml&quot; . &quot;&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;sxw&quot; . &quot;&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;maruku&quot; . &quot;markdown-mode-font-lock-keywords&quot;)&#xA;    )&#xA;  &quot;*alist for modifying font-lock defaults&quot;)&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;(modify-syntax-entry ?\\ &quot;.&quot; tex-mode-syntax-table)&#xA;&#xA;(defun set-tex-main-file ()&#xA;  &quot;Set 'tex-main-file' to something appropriate from the current buffer.&quot;&#xA;  (interactive)&#xA;  (make-variable-buffer-local 'tex-main-file)&#xA;  (setq tex-main-file (expand-file-name (car (find-file-read-args&#xA;                          &quot;(La)TeX main file name for buffer: &quot; nil))))&#xA;)&#xA;&#xA;(defun set-tex-output-type ()&#xA;  &quot;Set the 'tex-output-type'.&quot;&#xA;  (interactive)&#xA;   (setq newtype&#xA;      (completing-read &quot;TeX Output Type: &quot; tex-ext-alist nil t)&#xA;      )&#xA;  (if (not (equal newtype &quot;&quot;)) &#xA;      (setq tex-output-type newtype)&#xA;    )&#xA;  )&#xA;&#xA;(defun template ()&#xA;  &quot;Insert template.tex at the appropriate place.&quot;&#xA;  (interactive)&#xA;  (insert-file-contents &quot;~/tex/papers/useful/template.tex&quot;)&#xA;)&#xA;&#xA;(defun end-document ()&#xA;  &quot;Insert end-of-document commands at the point.&quot;&#xA;  (interactive)&#xA;  (insert &quot;\\bibliography{arxiv,articles,books,misc}\n\n\\end{document}\n\n&quot;)&#xA;)&#xA;&#xA;(defun find-end-document ()&#xA;  &quot;Skips to the end of the current document.&quot;&#xA;  (interactive)&#xA;;  (goto-char (point-min))&#xA;  (search-forward &quot;\\end{document}&quot;)&#xA;)&#xA;&#xA;(defun my-tex-file ()&#xA;  &quot;Modify \\[tex-file] to take into account the desired output type.&quot;&#xA;  (interactive)&#xA;  (let ((tex-command (concat&#xA;              (cdr (assoc tex-output-type tex-command-alist))&#xA;              &quot; &quot;&#xA;              (cdr (assoc tex-output-type tex-start-options-alist))&#xA;              &quot; \* &quot;&#xA;              (cdr (assoc tex-output-type tex-end-options-alist)))))&#xA;  (tex-file)&#xA;  )&#xA;  (if (&amp;lt; 0 (length (cdr (assoc tex-output-type tex-post-command-alist))))&#xA;      (let ((tex-mid-file (tex-append tex-print-file (concat &quot;.&quot; (cdr (assoc tex-output-type tex-mid-ext-alist))))))&#xA;    (if (not (file-exists-p tex-mid-file))&#xA;        (error &quot;No appropriate file could be found&quot;)&#xA;      (tex-send-command (cdr (assoc tex-output-type tex-post-command-alist)) tex-mid-file)&#xA;      )&#xA;    )&#xA;    )&#xA;  )&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;(defun my-tex-view ()&#xA;  &quot;Modify \\[tex-view] to take into account the desired output type.&quot;&#xA;  (interactive)&#xA;  (let* ((tex-suffix (concat &quot;.&quot; (cdr (assoc tex-output-type tex-ext-alist))))&#xA;     (tex-view-command (cdr (assoc tex-output-type tex-view-commands-alist)))&#xA;     (view-file-name (tex-append tex-print-file tex-suffix))&#xA;        test-name)&#xA;    (if (and (not (equal (current-buffer) tex-last-buffer-texed))&#xA;             (buffer-file-name)&#xA;             ;; Check that this buffer's printed file is up to date.&#xA;             (file-newer-than-file-p&#xA;              (setq test-name (tex-append (buffer-file-name) (concat &quot;.&quot; (cdr (assoc tex-output-type tex-ext-alist)))))&#xA;              (buffer-file-name)))&#xA;        (setq view-file-name test-name))&#xA;    (if (not (file-exists-p view-file-name))&#xA;        (error &quot;No appropriate file could be found to view.&quot;)&#xA;      (if (tex-shell-running)&#xA;          (tex-kill-job)&#xA;        (tex-start-shell))&#xA;      (tex-send-command&#xA;       tex-view-command view-file-name&#xA;       t))))&#xA;&#xA;(define-key tex-mode-map &quot;\C-c\C-n&quot; 'find-end-document)&#xA;(define-key tex-mode-map &quot;\C-c\C-d&quot; 'end-document)&#xA;&#xA;(define-key tex-mode-map [remap tex-file] 'my-tex-file)&#xA;(define-key tex-mode-map [remap tex-view] 'my-tex-view)&#xA;&#xA;(define-key tex-shell-map [remap tex-file] 'my-tex-file)&#xA;(define-key tex-shell-map [remap tex-view] 'my-tex-view)&#xA;&#xA;(defadvice server-visit-files (around save-buffers last activate)&#xA;    &quot;Try to emulate gnuclient behaviour with emacsclient.&#xA;Works only for visiting one buffer at a time.&quot;&#xA;    (let* ((filen (car (car (ad-get-arg 0))))&#xA;           (buf (get-file-buffer filen))&#xA;           (this-buf-modified-p nil))&#xA;      ;;; the following is copied from server-visit-files, with&#xA;      ;;; a modification for the `verify-visited-file-modtime' test&#xA;      (if (and buf (set-buffer buf))&#xA;          (if (file-exists-p filen)&#xA;              ;;; if the file has changed on disk, reload it&#xA;              ;;; using `find-file-noselect'&#xA;              (if (not (verify-visited-file-modtime buf))&#xA;                  (progn&#xA;                    (find-file-noselect filen)&#xA;                    ;;; if user answered `no', reset modtime anyway&#xA;                    ;;; so that server-visit-files doesn't realize&#xA;                    ;;; the difference:&#xA;                    (set-visited-file-modtime)))&#xA;            ;;; if file exists no longer, we let server-visit-files&#xA;            ;;; deal with that&#xA;            t)&#xA;        (setq buf (find-file-noselect filen)))&#xA;      (setq this-buf-modified-p (buffer-modified-p buf))&#xA;      (set-buffer buf)&#xA;      (set-buffer-modified-p nil)&#xA;      ad-do-it&#xA;      (set-buffer-modified-p this-buf-modified-p)))&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;(require 'markdown-mode)&#xA;&#xA;(defun markdown-font-locks ()&#xA;  &quot;Set the font lock to that of markdown mode.&quot;&#xA;  (interactive)&#xA;  (set (make-local-variable 'font-lock-defaults)&#xA;       '(markdown-mode-font-lock-keywords))&#xA;  (set (make-local-variable 'font-lock-multiline) t)&#xA;  (setq font-lock-mode-major-mode nil)&#xA;  (font-lock-fontify-buffer)&#xA;  )&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-10-07T10:46:45.420" />
  <row Id="3860" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3851" CreationDate="2010-10-07T10:53:08.560" Score="26" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;LaTeX is a typesetting system, and trying to use it for anything other than that will probably lead you to frustration at some point or another. Unless your table is really very simple, I think going for a spreadsheet and then exporting that to LaTeX is definitely the best way to go.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, having said that, for a simple table you can use, as &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3851/how-can-i-automatically-calculate-sums-in-a-latex-table/3856#3856&quot;&gt;Thorsten&lt;/a&gt; suggested, a package like &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/spreadtab&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;spreadtab&lt;/a&gt; and write something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{spreadtab}{{tabular}{llll|l}}&#xA;          &amp;amp; @ Foo      &amp;amp; @ Bar      &amp;amp; @ Baz      &amp;amp; \\&#xA;@ Small   &amp;amp; 5          &amp;amp; 3          &amp;amp; 11         &amp;amp; sum(b2:d2) \\&#xA;@ Medium  &amp;amp; 9          &amp;amp; 2          &amp;amp; 23         &amp;amp; sum(b3:d3) \\&#xA;@ Large   &amp;amp; 13         &amp;amp; 15         &amp;amp; 44         &amp;amp; sum(b4:d4) \\ \hline&#xA;          &amp;amp; sum(b2:b4) &amp;amp; sum(c2:c4) &amp;amp; sum(d2:d4) &amp;amp;&#xA;\end{spreadtab}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Run &lt;code&gt;texdoc spreadtab&lt;/code&gt; on a command line to get its documentation and read the full details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-10-07T10:53:08.560" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="3861" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-07T11:51:25.953" Score="2" ViewCount="220" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have some C source code and would like to show the circumflex or caret (&lt;code&gt;^&lt;/code&gt;) in the way it is typically shown in source code -- as a full-size character.  The source code will be appearing in typewriter font, and I'd like for the character to have the same (i.e. fixed) width as all the other characters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Things that I tried (all inside &lt;code&gt;\texttt{}&lt;/code&gt;) that don't work satisfactorily:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\textasciicircum&lt;/code&gt; produces a small, high circumflex&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;\char`\^ same&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\verb|^|&lt;/code&gt; same&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\wedge&lt;/code&gt; in math mode produces a symbol that is too big and too wide, upsetting alignment of subsequent columns&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm also interested in showing a full-size tilde (&lt;code&gt;~&lt;/code&gt;), though I see that has already been beaten to death &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/312/correctly-typesetting-a-tilde&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.  I really hope the same hijinks won't be needed for the circumflex, but it would be good to know for sure either way!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1401" LastEditorUserId="1401" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-08T08:21:05.873" LastActivityDate="2010-10-08T08:21:05.873" Title="How can I create a full-size circumflex in typewriter font?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="3862" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3861" CreationDate="2010-10-07T12:05:12.593" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I usually use something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\texttt{\char`\^}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inside an appropriate macro, of course. Whether this looks acceptable will depend a little on what monospace font you're using. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-10-07T12:05:12.593" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3863" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3949" CreationDate="2010-10-07T12:12:08.133" Score="2" ViewCount="442" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi all,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;while reading a book on maths lately, I have seen a small integral delimiter such that, in what follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{equation}&#xA;\sum_i^j A_{ij}\int\limits_{-\infty}^{+\infty} \cos x dx &#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the sum and integral would be of the same height. Are you aware of something like that?&#xA;Thank you&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-08T20:03:36.603" LastActivityDate="2010-10-09T17:22:21.863" Title="small integral delimiter" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;delimiters&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3864" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3863" CreationDate="2010-10-07T12:25:54.753" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{equation}&#xA;\textstyle \sum_i^j A_{ij}\int\limits_{-\infty}^{+\infty} \cos x dx &#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1121" LastActivityDate="2010-10-07T12:25:54.753" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3865" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1914" CreationDate="2010-10-07T12:34:57.797" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is a form of the brace style debate in other programming languages.  Having programmed both in perl and python I am beginning to favor the forced convention of the latter.  Perl's philosophy is TIMTOWTDI, but personally it helps to have regularized code when you have to go back and read it years later.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-10-07T12:34:57.797" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-10-07T12:34:57.797" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3866" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4662" CreationDate="2010-10-07T13:04:56.057" Score="7" ViewCount="367" Body="&lt;p&gt;This question is not about formatting the text/markup of a document.  I'm really focused on the programming aspect of LaTeX.  I'm working on a fairly large set of document classes and packages, and I'm wondering what's conventional for bracing and indentation. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Looking at the &lt;code&gt;latex.ltx&lt;/code&gt; file, I see some groups which have their closing braces as the end of the last line, e.g.,:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\vgl@{\par \dimen@\prevdepth \hrule \@height\z@&#xA;  \nobreak\vskip\skip@ \prevdepth\dimen@}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Other times the closing brace is in the next line, as in&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\ltx@sh@ft #1{%&#xA;  \dimen@ #1%&#xA;  \kern \strip@pt&#xA;    \fontdimen1\font \dimen@&#xA;  } % kern by #1 times the current slant&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I suppose the latter style could be called K&amp;amp;R.  I don't know if the former has enough adherents in the C world to have a name.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As of this morning I'm considering K&amp;amp;R style braces with indents of four spaces.  &lt;code&gt;latex.ltx&lt;/code&gt; and other sources I've read use two, but four seems a bit more readable.  Extra newlines means one has to be careful about extra spaces and &lt;code&gt;\par&lt;/code&gt;s being added, but for purposes of readability I like the space.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm interested to hear what other conventions LaTeX programmers have used and come to like.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-10-28T15:14:03.473" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-10-07T13:37:54.557" Title="whitespace/brace/indentation conventions for LaTeX programming" Tags="&lt;programming&gt;&lt;braces&gt;&lt;indentation&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="3867" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3866" CreationDate="2010-10-07T13:29:01.387" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'll reply to this question in more detail when I've got a few more minutes, but my currently favored approach for LaTeX2e programming is to always have the closing brace on it's own line (and two spaces indentation, since sometimes it stacks up a lot). E.g.,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\foo{%&#xA;  \bar{abc}%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The more inline style, as in your first example, I used to use religiously, but I've since found it makes re-reading code that little bit harder (especially when the closing braces stack up several deep).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I strongly dislike and discourage the form of your first example where multiple commands are placed on the same line. When people say that TeX programming is hard to read, these are the examples they use. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In LaTeX3 programming, I have a few more rules of thumb, but they'll have to wait for another day.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-10-07T13:29:01.387" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3868" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3863" CreationDate="2010-10-07T13:35:50.853" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not in front of a tex installation at the moment, but I think you're looking for&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\smallint &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-10-07T13:35:50.853" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3870" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3866" CreationDate="2010-10-07T14:20:19.033" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I agree with what Will wrote, but I find that 2 spaces makes it quite hard to read code. My code tends to be indented with a tab (so set your tab stops to whatever you want). I find that even with the default 8 space tab stop, my code stays under 80 columns (more or less).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If a macro I write is &lt;em&gt;really&lt;/em&gt; simple, I'll keep it all in one line. E.g., &lt;code&gt;\temp&lt;/code&gt; in&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\foo[1]{%&#xA;        \edef\temp{#1}%&#xA;        % do something with \temp&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;instead of&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\foo[1]{%&#xA;        \edef\temp{%&#xA;                #1%&#xA;        }%&#xA;        % do something with \temp&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which is clearly harder to read.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-10-07T14:20:19.033" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-10-07T14:20:19.033" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3871" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3874" CreationDate="2010-10-07T15:37:47.257" Score="8" ViewCount="278" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a way so that, when I cite a range of papers, the output is a range of numbers, instead of a list of numbers? In other words, when I type&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;... some dummy text here is due to me \cite{me1, me2, me3, me4} ...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want the output to be&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;... some dummy text here is due to me [3-6] ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;instead of&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;... some dummy text here is due to me [3.4.5.6] ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I use LaTeX, and am currently using the &lt;code&gt;amsart&lt;/code&gt; class and whatever it includes. But I am open to other suggestions.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-06T17:04:58.447" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T17:04:58.447" Title="Citing a range of papers (using numeric keys)?" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;biblatex&gt;&lt;natbib&gt;&lt;citing&gt;&lt;cite-package&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="3872" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3877" CreationDate="2010-10-07T15:38:13.027" Score="7" ViewCount="129" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am familiar with the &lt;code&gt;newenvironment&lt;/code&gt; command, but I was wondering, how do I carry on the parameters that are used between &lt;code&gt;[ ]&lt;/code&gt;, i.e &lt;code&gt;[bht!]&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to make a &lt;code&gt;newfig&lt;/code&gt; and a &lt;code&gt;newtab&lt;/code&gt; environment that will take care of some stuff that I don't want to redo everytime, i.e. center a figure or set text size to small.. I am lazy, and this can improve the readability of my tex document as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know I can define them as normal parameters like this :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{tableC}[2]&#xA;{\begin{table}[#1#2]\begin{center}}&#xA;{\end{center}\end{table}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but these parameters are not always present, and do not necessarily have a default value. For example, the ! parameter has no default equivalent (or does it?). What can I do from this point?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: Using floats, I was able to do what I needed. Here is how I did it for tables :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{float}&#xA;\newfloat{tableC}{tbp}{lop}[chapter]&#xA;\floatname{tableC}{Table}&#xA;\floatevery{tableC}{\centering}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="10" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-28T21:47:08.400" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T21:47:08.400" Title="How to make a wrapper for the figure and table environments." Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;environments&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="3874" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3871" CreationDate="2010-10-07T15:44:21.923" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The cite package, and natbib, and biblatex, at least, will all do this. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-10-07T15:44:21.923" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3875" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3897" CreationDate="2010-10-07T15:53:47.073" Score="4" ViewCount="179" Body="&lt;p&gt;When working on an additional answer to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/3682/1235&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt; question of mine, I stumbled across the following problem with &lt;code&gt;\mathpalette&lt;/code&gt;. For simplicity I give an example where in practice it is ridiculous to use &lt;code&gt;\mathpalette&lt;/code&gt;: &lt;code&gt;\mathpalette{}{B}_b&lt;/code&gt; gives the output &lt;img src=&quot;http://mathurl.com/2d4fe9o.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;, whereas the straightforward &lt;code&gt;B_b&lt;/code&gt; gives &lt;img src=&quot;http://mathurl.com/332t642.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;. Note that in the latter version the subscript is closer to the &quot;B&quot;, which is good. If instead of &lt;code&gt;\mathpalette&lt;/code&gt; one uses the version &lt;code&gt;\mathchoice{B}{B}{B}{B}_b&lt;/code&gt;, one (of course) has the same problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way around this problem? (I mean other than &lt;code&gt;\mathpalette{}{B_b}&lt;/code&gt;, which is not an option for what I need.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2010-10-08T10:15:53.097" Title="Problem with \mathpalette and \mathchoice" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;subscripts&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="3876" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3708" CreationDate="2010-10-07T16:25:30.717" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using Acrobat Reader on Windows Vista and I see the problem as you described it. (As you already found out, it is probably irrelevant that I'm using MiKTeX 2.7.) I do not have a solution for you, but another test to prove that Acrobat is indeed the culprit: Edit the pdf-file with an editor that can handle binary files, and replace the commas in &lt;code&gt;/Author(a, b, c)&lt;/code&gt; with colons. This makes the quotes disappear.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2010-10-07T16:25:30.717" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3877" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3872" CreationDate="2010-10-07T16:31:43.250" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the float package&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{float}&#xA;\restylefloat{figure}&#xA;\floatevery{figure}{\centering}&#xA;\floatplacement{figure}{bht}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It also provides a &lt;code&gt;\newfloat&lt;/code&gt; command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="565" LastEditorUserId="565" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-07T16:50:54.113" LastActivityDate="2010-10-07T16:50:54.113" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3878" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-07T16:54:43.687" Score="5" ViewCount="266" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to include some drawings with Erlenmeyer flask, Bunsen burner and &#xA;so on in LaTeX. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I browsed the texample.net gallery. I found some examples for chemical structures, molecules and so. But I did not find any example for lab equiment. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Does TikZ provide a library that helps to construct this?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Are there any other TikZ sites where I can find examples? &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Does anybody had a similar task and found a solution to share?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am not fixed on TizK. Are there other means to make this drawings? I looked at pst-labo. How difficult would it be to extend the options it provides?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any suggestions are welcoome.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="593" LastEditorUserId="593" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-08T06:41:20.360" LastActivityDate="2010-10-25T20:47:23.207" Title="chemical laboratory equipment" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="3879" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3880" CreationDate="2010-10-07T18:08:19.630" Score="5" ViewCount="131" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using the memoir class, and it adds the Table of Contents page to the TOC. It is... well... pretty redundant...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any quick way to eliminate this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="877" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-07T18:16:40.420" LastActivityDate="2010-10-07T18:19:20.927" Title="Hiding the &quot;Table of Contents&quot; page from Table of Contents" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;memoir&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="3880" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3879" CreationDate="2010-10-07T18:19:20.927" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the starred command version &lt;code&gt;\tableofcontents*&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\tableofcontents&lt;/code&gt;. (See p. 151 of the memoir manual.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-10-07T18:19:20.927" />
  <row Id="3881" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3884" CreationDate="2010-10-07T20:30:13.760" Score="9" ViewCount="213" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm writing a document that contains a rather deep tree of nested lists, and was wondering if how I would go about reformatting the &lt;code&gt;\paragraph&lt;/code&gt; macro to format the text contained within it as a &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt;, specifically by separating the title from the body and placing it above the body. I've encountered the &lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt; package but I'm confused as to how to use it since it seems to be used very little so there are very few examples to follow.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update 1&lt;/strong&gt;: I'm using the article document class.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1332" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-05T23:56:48.120" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T23:56:48.120" Title="Formatting a \paragraph to look like a \section" Tags="&lt;formatting&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;titlesec&gt;&lt;sections-paragraphs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="3882" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3941" CreationDate="2010-10-07T20:54:51.170" Score="5" ViewCount="166" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to change the slant angle of an accent. I have used the &lt;code&gt;fontdimen&lt;/code&gt; to adjust the quantity. The first portion of the code that follows adjusts fontdimen5 (the x-height). This works as you can see from the example. However, when I adjust fontdimen1 (slant) there is no change. I would appreciate it if someone can shed some light.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx} &#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\font \romanfont=cmr10&#xA;\font\specroman=cmr10&#xA;%% Next, the special registers&#xA;\newdimen\savedvalue&#xA;\savedvalue=\fontdimen5\romanfont&#xA;\newdimen\specialvalue&#xA;\specialvalue=4.75pt&#xA;%% Finally, definitions.&#xA;&#xA;\def\specrm{%&#xA;  \aftergroup\restoredimen&#xA;  \fontdimen5\specroman=\specialvalue&#xA;  \specroman  }&#xA;\def\restoredimen{%&#xA;\fontdimen5\romanfont=\savedvalue }&#xA;&#xA;&#xA; \scalebox{10}{\romanfont \'o}  {\scalebox{10}{\specrm \' o}}&#xA;&#xA;\medskip&#xA;{\noindent\obeylines\specrm &#xA;the value of fontdimen1 (slant)  is \the\fontdimen1\font&#xA;the value of fontdimen2 (interword space) is \the\fontdimen2\font  &#xA;the value of fontdimen3 (interword stretch) is \the\fontdimen3\font &#xA;the value of fontdimen4 (interword shrink) is \the\fontdimen4\font &#xA;the value of fontdimen5 (x-height) is \the\fontdimen5\font &#xA;the value of fontdimen6 (quad width) is \the\fontdimen6\font &#xA;the value of fontdimen7 (extra space)  is \the\fontdimen7\font &#xA;}&#xA;\medskip&#xA;&#xA;\font \romanfont=cmr10&#xA;\font\specroman=cmr10&#xA;%% Next, the special registers&#xA;\newdimen\savedvalue&#xA;\savedvalue=\fontdimen1\romanfont&#xA;\newdimen\specialvalue&#xA;\specialvalue=0.15pt&#xA;%% Finally, definitions.&#xA;&#xA;\def\specrm{%&#xA;  \aftergroup\restoredimen&#xA;  \fontdimen1\specroman=\specialvalue&#xA;  \specroman  }&#xA;\def\restoredimen{%&#xA;\fontdimen1\romanfont=\savedvalue }&#xA;&#xA;&#xA; \scalebox{10}{\romanfont \'o}  {\scalebox{10}{\specrm \' o}}&#xA;&#xA;\medskip&#xA;{\noindent\obeylines\specrm &#xA;the value of fontdimen1 (slant)  is \the\fontdimen1\font&#xA;the value of fontdimen2 (interword space) is \the\fontdimen2\font  &#xA;the value of fontdimen3 (interword stretch) is \the\fontdimen3\font &#xA;the value of fontdimen4 (interword shrink) is \the\fontdimen4\font &#xA;the value of fontdimen5 (x-height) is \the\fontdimen5\font &#xA;the value of fontdimen6 (quad width) is \the\fontdimen6\font &#xA;the value of fontdimen7 (extra space)  is \the\fontdimen7\font &#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="729" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-09T22:22:39.050" LastActivityDate="2010-10-10T08:03:05.133" Title="How to adjust the slant angle of a diacritic" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;font-metrics&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3883" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3881" CreationDate="2010-10-07T20:55:51.303" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=subsubsub&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;This FAQ answer&lt;/a&gt; talks about defining a &lt;code&gt;\subsubsubsection&lt;/code&gt;, if that is what you are looking for, and recommends either titlesec or reading the latex sources to understand the usage of &lt;code&gt;\@startsection&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I get the impression that titlesec is used quite a bit, mostly in professional book production so you are unlikely to see many worked examples, beyond the ones in the titlesec manual.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-10-07T20:55:51.303" />
  <row Id="3884" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3881" CreationDate="2010-10-07T21:06:51.807" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Pages 26-27 of the titlesec documentation show &quot;how [the] sectioning commands of the standard classes could be defined&quot; using titlesec commands. Take the definition of &lt;code&gt;\paragraph&lt;/code&gt; and change the optional &quot;format&quot; argument of &lt;code&gt;\titleformat&lt;/code&gt; from &lt;code&gt;runin&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;hang&lt;/code&gt; (or drop it entirely).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{titlesec}&#xA;\titleformat{\paragraph}[hang]{\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries}{\theparagraph}{1em}{}&#xA;\titlespacing*{\paragraph}{0pt}{3.25ex plus 1ex minus .2ex}{1em}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\paragraph{A paragraph}&#xA;&#xA;Some text.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: To make a &lt;code&gt;\paragraph&lt;/code&gt; look exactly like a &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt; in the article class, use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\titleformat{\paragraph}{\normalfont\Large\bfseries}{\theparagraph}{1em}{}&#xA;\titlespacing*{\paragraph}{0pt}{3.5ex plus 1ex minus .2ex}{2.3ex plus .2ex}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-08T10:47:49.700" LastActivityDate="2010-10-08T10:47:49.700" />
  <row Id="3885" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3886" CreationDate="2010-10-07T21:43:05.067" Score="7" ViewCount="146" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am wondering how to make a fraction in LaTeX small enough to fit on a line, or at least just a little larger. I could have sworn I had seen this before but I just cannot find it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In particular, I would like to use it in an equation environment, and have it maintain this size.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am sure there is a simple solution, but I cannot find it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="84" LastEditorUserId="627" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-08T02:51:37.243" LastActivityDate="2010-10-08T02:51:37.243" Title="How to get a little frac" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;fractions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3886" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3885" CreationDate="2010-10-07T22:07:33.857" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you want the numerator on top of the denumerator, and have it appear smaller, the way it typically does in inline math mode as opposed to displayed math style, then use &lt;code&gt;\tfrac{x}{y}&lt;/code&gt; (requires &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/amsmath&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;amsmath&lt;/a&gt; or similar package). If you want a diagonal-style fraction, then check out the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/xfrac&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;xfrac&lt;/a&gt; package. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-10-07T22:07:33.857" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3887" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3888" CreationDate="2010-10-08T03:36:10.703" Score="4" ViewCount="146" Body="&lt;p&gt;While writing a paper, a sentence in the middle of a paragraph was ending with &quot;as seen in table \ref{table-foo}.&quot;, in this case the table number was 1. The PDF ended up with the word &lt;em&gt;table&lt;/em&gt; ending a line and &quot;1. Here comes the next sentence bla bla&quot; on the next. That is, the PDF looks like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;bla bla bla bla as seen in table&#xA;1. Bla bla bla bla.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm happy with LaTeX overall, but I really thought its default rules would prevent such an occurrence (I previously another question along the same line, but a different case: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3129/widow-word-on-a-page-i-thought-latex-wouldnt-do-that&quot;&gt;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3129/widow-word-on-a-page-i-thought-latex-wouldnt-do-that&lt;/a&gt;). I'm also baffled because compressing a line so there's room for an extra &quot;1.&quot; shouldn't be a problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can fix this particular problem by using ~ instead of a space, but this is not a good solution (text edits will change the possible place of occurrence).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a declarative way to avoid such cases? To re-emphasize, this was happening inside a paragraph, so it's not a widow/orphan case.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The relevant packages I used are given below. What was invoked was: &quot;pdfTeX, Version 3.1415926-1.40.10 (MiKTeX 2.8) (preloaded format=pdflatex 2010.9.21)&quot; from within WinEDT with the default settings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt,titlepage]{article}&#xA;&#xA;% page margins&#xA;\usepackage[letterpaper]{geometry}&#xA;\geometry{top=1.0in, bottom=1.0in, left=1.1in, right=1.0in}&#xA;&#xA;%set line spacing of document&#xA;\usepackage{setspace}&#xA;\setstretch{1.6}&#xA;&#xA;% typographical improvements&#xA;\usepackage[final,babel]{microtype}&#xA;&#xA;\frenchspacing&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="564" LastActivityDate="2010-10-08T03:44:09.400" Title="Single digit on the next line (another 'I thought LaTeX wouldn't do that')" Tags="&lt;line-breaking&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3888" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3887" CreationDate="2010-10-08T03:39:38.563" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You've answered your own question: you should use a non-breaking space: &quot;as seen in table~\ref{table-foo}.&quot; See also &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1796/what-is-the-right-way-to-use-of-non-breakable-space-before-math-expressions/1797#1797&quot;&gt;this answer about where to use non-breaking spaces&lt;/a&gt; or read chapter 14 of the TeXbook.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-10-08T03:39:38.563" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3889" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3887" CreationDate="2010-10-08T03:44:09.400" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I really thought its default rules would prevent such an occurrence &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;’Fraid not, sorry. Perhaps with LuaTeX you'll one day be able to add such restrictions to the paragraph breaker (i.e., a penalty for breaking before the last word of a sentence), but classical TeX has no such thing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-10-08T03:44:09.400" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3890" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3891" CreationDate="2010-10-08T03:57:49.640" Score="4" ViewCount="132" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not completely happy with the construction &lt;code&gt;\overset\leftrightarrow{#1}&lt;/code&gt;.&#xA;There is slightly too much spacing and the arrow heads are too big - making the line spacing a bit too much.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anyone have an alternative that they prefer?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="422" LastActivityDate="2010-10-08T04:18:04.817" Title="overleftrightarrow" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="3891" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3890" CreationDate="2010-10-08T04:18:04.817" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; provides a primitive &lt;code&gt;\overleftrightarrow{...}&lt;/code&gt;, but it's even larger than &lt;code&gt;\overset\leftrightarrow{#1}&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could try the variant MnSymbol provides, which is smaller, but may have unwanted consequences elsewhere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What about &lt;code&gt;\overset{\text{\tiny$\leftrightarrow$}}{#1}&lt;/code&gt;? (That's awkward, and there's probably some way to do without the \text construction, but it seems to work...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-10-08T04:18:04.817" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3892" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3894" CreationDate="2010-10-08T04:32:29.923" Score="15" ViewCount="778" Body="&lt;p&gt;How does one draw the &quot;snake&quot; arrow for the connecting homomorphism when using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Snake_lemma&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;snake lemma&lt;/a&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd also be interested in drawing similar arrows act as &quot;carriage returns&quot; when considering a long exact sequence of cohomology.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm sorry if this is a little vague. I'm hoping that someone who's already done this might be willing to share a template. I'd prefer things in xy-pic, but would also be interested to see other ways it can be done.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="501" LastEditorUserId="501" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-08T15:54:33.633" LastActivityDate="2010-10-28T15:57:09.870" Title="How do you draw the &quot;snake&quot; arrow for the connecting homomorphism in the snake lemma?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;templates&gt;&lt;diagrams&gt;&lt;xy-pic&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3893" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4110" CreationDate="2010-10-08T07:39:50.100" Score="5" ViewCount="264" Body="&lt;p&gt;I often write a lot of mathematics where I multiply various quantities/operators/etc. by fractions. The fractions are important for bookkeeping, but usually not the most important thing in the equation by far, so I like to de-emphasize them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My usual solution to this is to use &lt;code&gt;\tfrac&lt;/code&gt; even in displayed environments, but this does not look as &amp;aelig;sthetically pleasing as possible &amp;mdash; it's a bit cramped. But I find the massive fractions produced by &lt;code&gt;\dfrac&lt;/code&gt; to swing too far in the opposite direction in a context such as &lt;code&gt;\[ \dfrac{1}{2} A + (other stuff) \]&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To solve this problem in my thesis (where I was allowed to get away with things like the following), I created a custom fraction macro, roughly as follows (using the &lt;code&gt;scalefnt&lt;/code&gt; package):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\newcommand\sfrac[2]{%&#xA;  \dfrac{\text{\raisebox{-0.5ex}{\scalefont{0.85}{$#1$}}}}%&#xA;        {\text{\raisebox{0.35ex}{\scalefont{0.85}{$#2$}}}}%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All numerical parameters were chosen arbitrarily, to make constructs such as &lt;code&gt;\sfrac{1}{\sqrt 2}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\sfrac{\pi}{2}&lt;/code&gt; look appealing in comparison to the &lt;code&gt;\tfrac&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\dfrac&lt;/code&gt; alternatives in displayed math (&lt;em&gt;e.g.&lt;/em&gt; when placed next to something else such as a uppercase or lowercase letter, a bracket, or a summation symbol). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;If you have any, please provide arguments for the following:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Fundamental &amp;aelig;sthetic or technical problems with this macro: are there  reasons why I should never &lt;em&gt;want&lt;/em&gt; to use such a macro, if I were &quot;right-thinking&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Technical or &amp;aelig;sthetic improvements which are possible for this macro: how could I make it better?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Are there practical problems that would be caused by this macro (aside from potentially making co-authors and journal editors hate me)?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="911" LastEditorUserId="911" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-08T12:53:58.503" LastActivityDate="2010-10-29T09:48:22.393" Title="Please critique this &quot;intermediate size&quot; fraction macro." Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;macros&gt;&lt;fractions&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="3894" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3892" CreationDate="2010-10-08T08:13:00.200" Score="23" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm glad you said:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;but would also be interested to see other ways it can be done.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;because I don't use xy-pic anymore (fantastic though it was when in the pre-TikZ days).  Here's my best shot with TikZ.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's the result:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/lLy14.png&quot; alt=&quot;snake lemma&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The code follows.  A couple of comments on my choices.  None of the libraries loaded is &lt;em&gt;strictly&lt;/em&gt; necessary, but I felt that the &lt;code&gt;matrix&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;calc&lt;/code&gt; libraries made for cleaner code and I don't like the standard arrows so the &lt;code&gt;arrows&lt;/code&gt; library makes it look better.  I labelled the matrix entries explicitly, which isn't strictly necessary, again because I felt it made the code easier to read.  I shifted the horizontal of the snake arrow upwards to avoid the labels on the downward arrows.  The key effect, of rounded corners, is the (wait for it) &lt;code&gt;rounded corners&lt;/code&gt; option to the final path.  The &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; package is purely to get the &lt;code&gt;\DeclareMathOperator&lt;/code&gt; command for &lt;code&gt;\coker&lt;/code&gt; (&lt;code&gt;\ker&lt;/code&gt; is already defined in latex).  Again, this could easily be done another way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(&lt;em&gt;Added in edit&lt;/em&gt;) As pointed out in the comments, in the original code the arrow from the lower &lt;code&gt;0&lt;/code&gt; to the &lt;code&gt;A'&lt;/code&gt; was slightly slanted.  This was because the prime adds a little height to the node containing the &lt;code&gt;A'&lt;/code&gt; meaning that the natural targets for the arrow (east of &lt;code&gt;0&lt;/code&gt; and west of &lt;code&gt;A'&lt;/code&gt;) aren't in a straight line.  There are numerous ways to fix this, the one I chose was to align the nodes in the matrix according to their centres instead of their baselines.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since this answer has proved so popular, I got a little more perfectionistic about it!  I decided that the grey horizontal arrows (kernels and cokernels) were a little high for my taste.  So I chose the 'mid' targets.  Putting these in with the 'edge' command resulted in bizarre extra arrow heads (try it) so I had to put each one in as a separate &lt;code&gt;\draw&lt;/code&gt; command.  I also changed the spacing of the grid so that the spaces were measured from the centres of the nodes rather than their edges.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Idle thoughts on this version: I ought to be able to put the &lt;code&gt;mid east/west&lt;/code&gt; targets in the &lt;code&gt;edge&lt;/code&gt; commands.  I also wondered if there was some neat way to say &quot;make sure all the arrows are strictly horizontal&quot; rather than using the explicit targets.  I wondered about using the &quot;coordinates at intersections&quot; syntax but would need to play with it a little and I'm not sure it would be shorter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\thispagestyle{empty}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{%&#xA;  matrix,%&#xA;  calc,%&#xA;  arrows%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareMathOperator{\coker}{coker}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[&amp;gt;=triangle 60]&#xA;\matrix[matrix of math nodes,column sep={60pt,between origins},row sep={60pt,between origins},nodes={anchor=center}] (s)&#xA;{&#xA;&amp;amp;|[name=ka]| \ker a &amp;amp;|[name=kb]| \ker b &amp;amp;|[name=kc]| \ker c \\&#xA;%&#xA;&amp;amp;|[name=A]| A &amp;amp;|[name=B]| B &amp;amp;|[name=C]| C &amp;amp;|[name=01]| 0 \\&#xA;%&#xA;|[name=02]| 0 &amp;amp;|[name=A']| A' &amp;amp;|[name=B']| B' &amp;amp;|[name=C']| C' \\&#xA;%&#xA;&amp;amp;|[name=ca]| \coker a &amp;amp;|[name=cb]| \coker b &amp;amp;|[name=cc]| \coker c \\&#xA;};&#xA;\draw[-&amp;gt;] (ka) edge (A)&#xA;          (kb) edge (B)&#xA;          (kc) edge (C)&#xA;          (A) edge node[auto] {\(f\)} (B)&#xA;          (B) edge node[auto] {\(g\)} (C)&#xA;          (C) edge (01)&#xA;          (A) edge node[auto] {\(a\)} (A')&#xA;          (B) edge node[auto] {\(b\)} (B')&#xA;          (C) edge node[auto] {\(c\)} (C')&#xA;          (02) edge (A')&#xA;          (A') edge node[auto] {\(f'\)} (B')&#xA;          (B') edge node[auto] {\(g'\)} (C')&#xA;          (A') edge (ca)&#xA;          (B') edge (cb)&#xA;          (C') edge (cc)&#xA;;&#xA;\draw[-&amp;gt;,gray] (ka.mid east) -- (kb.mid west);&#xA;\draw[-&amp;gt;,gray] (kb.mid east) -- (kc.mid west);&#xA;\draw[-&amp;gt;,gray] (ca.mid east) -- (cb.mid west);&#xA;\draw[-&amp;gt;,gray] (cb.mid east) -- (cc.mid west);&#xA;&#xA;\draw[-&amp;gt;,gray,rounded corners] (kc.mid east) -| &#xA;  node[auto,text=black,pos=.7] {\(d\)} ($(01.east)+(.5,0)$)&#xA; |- ($(B)!.35!(B')$) -| ($(02.west)+(-.5,0)$) |- (ca.mid west);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastEditorUserId="86" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-09T18:04:44.493" LastActivityDate="2010-10-09T18:04:44.493" CommentCount="10" />
  <row Id="3895" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3682" CreationDate="2010-10-08T08:22:01.663" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;With the help of TH's various suggestions I came up with the following alternative answer that fixes my first attempt with &lt;code&gt;\phantom&lt;/code&gt;. It contains the definition of a macro &lt;code&gt;\wt&lt;/code&gt; that takes one optional argument (the lowering amount, defaults to &lt;code&gt;0.1ex&lt;/code&gt;) and one mandatory argument.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand*\wt[2][0.1ex]{%&#xA;        \begingroup&#xA;        \mathchoice{\wt@helper{#1}{#2}{\displaystyle}{\textfont}}&#xA;                   {\wt@helper{#1}{#2}{\textstyle}{\textfont}}&#xA;                   {\wt@helper{#1}{#2}{\scriptstyle}{\scriptfont}}&#xA;                   {\wt@helper{#1}{#2}{\scriptscriptstyle}{\scriptscriptfont}}%&#xA;        \endgroup&#xA;        #2%&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand*\wt@helper[4]{%&#xA;        \def\currentfont{\the#41}%&#xA;        \def\currentskewchar{\char\the\skewchar\currentfont}%&#xA;        \setbox\tw@\hbox{\currentfont#2\currentskewchar}%&#xA;        \dimen@ii\wd\tw@&#xA;        \setbox\tw@\hbox{\currentfont#2{}\currentskewchar}%&#xA;        \advance\dimen@ii-\wd\tw@&#xA;        \rlap{\raisebox{-#1}{$\m@th#3\kern\dimen@ii\widetilde{\phantom{#2}}$}}%&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\triple[1]{\wt{#1}_{\wt{#1}_{\wt{#1}}}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\Huge $\triple A\triple B\triple I\triple W\triple m\triple w$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; package is only needed to make &lt;code&gt;\widetilde&lt;/code&gt; work properly with &lt;code&gt;\Huge&lt;/code&gt; and subscripts. What I find interesting about this solution is that it illustrates the role of the &lt;code&gt;\skewchar&lt;/code&gt; in rule 12 of Appendix G in the TeXbook.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The macro &lt;code&gt;\wt&lt;/code&gt; should only be used for setting a tilde over a single &quot;usual math letter&quot;. To be more precise, &lt;code&gt;\wt{m}&lt;/code&gt; works, &lt;code&gt;\wt{WA}&lt;/code&gt; works but doesn't position the tilde correctly, and the versions &lt;code&gt;\wt{\gamma}&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\wt{B_1}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\wt{\mathcal{M}}&lt;/code&gt; don't work at all. (Of course it would be possible to construct a macro that decides to use my solution in the case of a single &quot;usual math letter&quot;, and TH's solution otherwise.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2010-10-08T08:22:01.663" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="3896" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10080" CreationDate="2010-10-08T08:55:55.910" Score="7" ViewCount="167" Body="&lt;p&gt;There was recently a question about &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/143/what-are-good-sites-to-find-citations-in-bibtex-format&quot;&gt;finding BibTeX formatted citations&lt;/a&gt;, which listed &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.citeulike.org&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;CiteULike&lt;/a&gt;. I would love to take the shortcut, and replace the BibTeX executable with &lt;em&gt;cultex&lt;/em&gt;, which takes CiteULike is replacement for the foo.bib file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there such a utility yet, and/or is there critical mass to develop such a BibTeX replacement?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="193" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-02T08:00:32.033" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T09:18:48.817" Title="BibTeX equivalent with CiteULike support?" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;citeulike&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="3897" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3875" CreationDate="2010-10-08T09:01:29.060" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Short answer: no. If you use &lt;code&gt;\mathchoice&lt;/code&gt;, this is unavoidable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Luatex offers a way to do &lt;code&gt;\mathstyle&lt;/code&gt;-based typesetting without having to fall back on &#xA;&lt;code&gt;\mathchoice&lt;/code&gt;, see my answer to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1223/&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt; for details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastEditorUserId="89" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-08T10:15:53.097" LastActivityDate="2010-10-08T10:15:53.097" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3898" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3896" CreationDate="2010-10-08T09:16:53.660" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You are aware of &lt;a href=&quot;http://biblatex-biber.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;biblatex-biber&lt;/a&gt;, I hope. This does have a critical mass, but is taking a different approach to CiteULike. One of the big challenges is storing bibliographic information for arts and humanities. The idea in biblatex-biber is to use a suitable XML format for the job.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-10-08T09:16:53.660" />
  <row Id="3899" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3906" CreationDate="2010-10-08T09:28:40.260" Score="4" ViewCount="123" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have defined a custom script environment, and would like to include an index in the output listing all scripts with their titles. How can I create such an index?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The custom environment looks like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcounter{script}&#xA;\def\thescript{\thechapter-\arabic{script}}&#xA;\newenvironment{script}[2][]{&#xA;\colorbox{orange}&#xA;  {\refstepcounter{script}\textbf{Script~\thescript #1: #2}}\nobreak}&#xA;  {}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="193" LastEditorUserId="193" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-08T10:28:57.647" LastActivityDate="2010-10-08T11:14:57.337" Title="How to create an index for custom environments?" Tags="&lt;environments&gt;&lt;index&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3900" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3875" CreationDate="2010-10-08T09:34:21.850" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As I understand it the &lt;code&gt;\mathchoice&lt;/code&gt; gives you choice item in the math list; the &lt;code&gt;_b&lt;/code&gt; gives you an ord atom with no nucleus or superscript. In contrast, &lt;code&gt;B_b&lt;/code&gt; gives you a single ord atom with a nucleus and subscript.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can look at this by using &lt;code&gt;\showlists&lt;/code&gt; in TeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$\mathchoice{B}{B}{B}{B}_b\showlists$&#xA;$B_b\showlists$&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then in the log, you see for the first math list,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\mathchoice&#xA;D\mathord&#xA;D.\fam1 B&#xA;T\mathord&#xA;T.\fam1 B&#xA;S\mathord&#xA;S.\fam1 B&#xA;s\mathord&#xA;s.\fam1 B&#xA;\mathord&#xA;_\fam1 b&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and for the second, you get&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\mathord&#xA;.\fam1 B&#xA;_\fam1 b&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note the &lt;code&gt;\mathord&lt;/code&gt; in the penultimate line of the first list.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is described in Chapters 17 and 26 of the TeXbook.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-10-08T09:34:21.850" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3901" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3905" CreationDate="2010-10-08T09:53:04.773" Score="5" ViewCount="317" Body="&lt;p&gt;How does one change the math font?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-29T22:06:32.537" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T22:06:32.537" Title="Changing math font to OTF in XeTeX using plaintex-format" Tags="&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;plain-tex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3902" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3903" CreationDate="2010-10-08T10:09:21.100" Score="2" ViewCount="60" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the course of trying to answer this &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3682/how-do-i-lower-the-widetilde-accent-i-e-move-it-closer-to-the-variable&quot;&gt;question&lt;/a&gt;, I now realize that I need to be able to construct a math list and then check if it consists of a single character atom.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I would like to be able to do is to deconstruct the math list similar to &quot;Dissecting paragraphs with &lt;code&gt;\lastbox&lt;/code&gt;&quot; in &lt;em&gt;TeX by Topic&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As described in this &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3875/problem-with-mathpalette-and-mathchoice/3900#3900&quot;&gt;answer&lt;/a&gt;, one can use &lt;code&gt;\showlists&lt;/code&gt; to write a representation of the partial lists to the log file. That doesn't seem to help me unless I want to parse the log file. (I don't.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-10-08T10:30:29.993" Title="Is there a way to dissect math lists?" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;mathlist&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="3903" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3902" CreationDate="2010-10-08T10:30:29.993" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am pretty sure you can do something that extends the TeX by Topic with \lastbox and&#xA;box unrolling after the paragraph has completed, but (besides being very tedious) that will not give you access to the actual math list, only to its converted format as a nested tree of &lt;code&gt;\hbox&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\vbox&lt;/code&gt;-es.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;TeX82 does not offer access to the math list other than via &lt;code&gt;\showlists&lt;/code&gt;. (and for once I think a luatex answer would not really help).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-10-08T10:30:29.993" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="3904" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3908" CreationDate="2010-10-08T10:39:30.373" Score="4" ViewCount="297" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use biblatex, but I still go through running bibtex on my .bib files, rather than &lt;a href=&quot;http://biblatex-biber.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;biblatex-biber&lt;/a&gt;, which is/will be preferred. How do I arrange for &lt;code&gt;C-c C-c&lt;/code&gt; to run the relevant biber command, rather than bibtex?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-08T20:25:02.163" LastActivityDate="2010-11-02T18:04:03.100" Title="Customising emacs to use biblatex-biber instead of bibtex" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;emacs&gt;&lt;biblatex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="3905" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3901" CreationDate="2010-10-08T11:02:00.610" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Same way it's done in regular TeX. See TeX by Topic, chapter 22, for details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Update: sorry, my first reply was overly brief. Here's an example written by Jonathan Kew of the basics of setting up OpenType math in plain XeTeX: &lt;a href=&quot;http://gist.github.com/616937&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://gist.github.com/616937&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note, however, that it requires a TECkit mapping from ascii letters to mathematical ones (referred to by the &lt;code&gt;mapping=math-italic&lt;/code&gt; lines). Unfortunately, I don't have a copy of these files. But see &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3458/&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt; by Adam L.S. on how to create them yourself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-08T15:11:17.430" LastActivityDate="2010-10-08T15:11:17.430" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3906" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3899" CreationDate="2010-10-08T11:14:57.337" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Have a look at the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/tocloft.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;tocloft&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package. There is, in particular, a &lt;code&gt;\newlistof&lt;/code&gt; command to do exactly what you're looking for. Read section 2.4 of it's documentation for the full details (on how to make it work with your own environment).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-10-08T11:14:57.337" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3907" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3799" CreationDate="2010-10-08T11:33:11.250" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can redefine &lt;code&gt;\qedsymbol&lt;/code&gt; just before using &lt;code&gt;\qedhere&lt;/code&gt; as in:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{proposition}&#xA;This is a funny equation&#xA;\begin{equation*}&#xA;a = b + c\,. \let\qedsymbol\openbox\qedhere&#xA;\end{equation*}&#xA;\end{proposition}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't know if it is possible, but you could maybe also suggest the people from the journal to fix their class file so that &lt;code&gt;\qedhere&lt;/code&gt; works as expected?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-10-08T11:33:11.250" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3908" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3904" CreationDate="2010-10-08T13:06:00.263" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;First, set AucTeX to use Biber:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;M-x customize-variable RET TeX-command-BibTeX RET&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and enter &lt;code&gt;Biber&lt;/code&gt; in the text field.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then, add the appropriate command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;M-x customize-variable RET TeX-command-list RET&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;with the following options:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Name: &lt;code&gt;Biber&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Command: &lt;code&gt;biber %s.bcf&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;How: &lt;code&gt;TeX-run-BibTeX&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A more elaborate setup could be made to automatically check the backend and set &lt;code&gt;TeX-command-BibTeX&lt;/code&gt; accordingly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2010-10-08T13:06:00.263" />
  <row Id="3909" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3911" CreationDate="2010-10-08T13:34:24.020" Score="5" ViewCount="139" Body="&lt;p&gt;[I posted this question first on stackoverflow since I wasn't aware of the existence of this site]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am using a special usepackage to write my thesis in tex and I need to adjust one of the provided macros. Usually there would be the way to use \renewcommand but in this case it doesn't work. Either the command is not changed or I get the error message that the overridden macro is not set, although I set it. The defined macro I'd like to change is as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&#xA;\gdef\TUD@thesis@referee{\PackageError{\@currname}{No '\noexpand\referee&lt;code&gt;given!\MessageBreak See documentation for details.}\@ehc}&#xA;\def\referee#1#2{\@ifnextchar[{\TUD@thesis@referee@three{#1}{#2}}{\TUD@thesis@referee@two{#1}{#2}}}&#xA;\def\TUD@thesis@referee@two#1#2{&#xA;  \gdef\TUD@thesis@referee{1. Gutachten: #1\\2. Gutachten: #2}&#xA;}&#xA;\def\TUD@thesis@referee@three#1#2[#3]{&#xA;  \gdef\TUD@thesis@referee{1. Gutachten: #1\\2. Gutachten: #2\\3. Gutachten: #3}&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand{\gutachter}[2]{%&#xA;  \referee{#1}{#2}&#xA;  \PackageError{\@currname}{Command '\noexpand\gutachter&lt;/code&gt; deprecated! Use '\noexpand\referee` instead.}\@ehc%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the way I use the command is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\referee{ref1}{ref2}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and instead of having&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{1. Gutachten: #1\\2. Gutachten: #2}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like to have&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{Betreuer:\\#1\\#2}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can solve this by simply modifying this part within the sty file but that means I have to adjust the file on every machine I possibly work on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried to use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\referee}[2]{Betreuer:\\#1\\#2}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But that obviously didn't work^^. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks for your help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1411" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-05T12:18:54.980" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T12:18:54.980" Title="Problem redefining an internal macro of a sty file" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="3910" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3916" CreationDate="2010-10-08T13:42:13.250" Score="11" ViewCount="266" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm an on and off user of LaTeX so I'm not familiar with every package out there. Having said that, whenever I use LaTeX and need to accomplish a certain goal (i.e. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.latex-community.org/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&amp;amp;t=2233&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;generate a list of appendices&lt;/a&gt;), I search around and find some kind of solution that involves a package that I didn't know about. I think that's great, I learn something new, and it goes in my template file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Every now and then, though, my search comes up with a package that, after much wrangling, I find out that it's obsolete. An example of this is just recently I came across the subfigure package and wanted to try it out. Soon after I found out from here that it has become &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1966/what-is-the-difference-between-subfigure-and-subfloat/1968#1968&quot;&gt;superseded by the subfig package&lt;/a&gt;. I usually keep my TeX up-to-date because I like keeping up with new XeLaTeX features. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My question is, is there a map or timeline of what TeX packages should be avoided because there are better ways of doing things? An idea I have is some kind of list of all packages split by what they accomplish, then cancelling out packages whose features are incorporated into and improved upon by newer packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: another example is lscape versus pdflscape. The latter implements rotating pages in the final PDF not just for pdftex but also for other drivers such as xetex. The only way I found out about this was Googling &lt;em&gt;latex lscape rotate xelatex&lt;/em&gt;, for which the second link leads to the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/pdflscape.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pdflscape texdoc&lt;/a&gt; (PDF).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Great answers so far. I'll check them out and see which one works best for me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit 2: Turns out that my question is a bit of a dupe in the sense that a great answer came up on an unrelated question. The nag package &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/553/what-packages-do-people-load-by-default-in-latex/589#589&quot;&gt;apparently consults l2tabu and checks your document&lt;/a&gt;. Gotta try it!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1051" LastEditorUserId="1051" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-10T00:16:24.543" LastActivityDate="2010-10-10T00:16:24.543" Title="How to keep up with packages and know which ones are obsolete?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;" AnswerCount="4" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="3911" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3909" CreationDate="2010-10-08T13:47:53.893" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try to include the following code in your document preamble (untested):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\TUD@thesis@referee@two#1#2{%&#xA;  \gdef\TUD@thesis@referee{Betreuer:\\#1\\#2}%&#xA;}&#xA;\def\TUD@thesis@referee@three#1#2[#3]{%&#xA;  \gdef\TUD@thesis@referee{Betreuer:\\#1\\#2\\#3}%&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-10-08T13:47:53.893" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3912" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3910" CreationDate="2010-10-08T14:02:50.757" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you search on the CTAN catalogue, many obsolete packages have notes pointing to the newer packages they have been superseded by. For the particular example of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/subfigure.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;subfigure&lt;/a&gt;, its catalogue entry has to say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;This package is now obsolescent: new users should use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/subfig.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;subfig&lt;/a&gt; instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Whenever I find about a new package, I tend to have a look at CTAN before using it to watch out for any of these notes and also quickly browse through it's documentation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-10-08T14:02:50.757" />
  <row Id="3913" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3910" CreationDate="2010-10-08T14:09:08.553" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The German-speaking forum mrunix.de includes a &lt;a href=&quot;http://mrunix.de/forums/showthread.php?t=52211&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;thread&lt;/a&gt; about obsolete LaTeX packages and their successors. Among others, &lt;code&gt;subfig&lt;/code&gt; is listed as &quot;Nachfolgepaket&quot; (successor package) of &lt;code&gt;subfigure&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-10-08T14:09:08.553" />
  <row Id="3914" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3799" CreationDate="2010-10-08T14:24:49.997" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try this: in the math environment, put the &lt;code&gt;\qedhere&lt;/code&gt; command inside of an &lt;code&gt;\mbox&lt;/code&gt;, as in&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[ .... some numbers and equation. \mbox{\qedhere} \]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;it won't work completely correctly, but now the mark inserted is the openbox, and not the filled box. I think this is a bug with &lt;code&gt;amsthm&lt;/code&gt; (see below the cut), so you'd be best off just leaving well-enough alone and let the journal deal with it later. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;oupau&lt;/code&gt; class apparently uses &lt;code&gt;amsthm&lt;/code&gt; and not &lt;code&gt;ntheorem&lt;/code&gt; for its theorem needs. And this is how it defines the open-box symbol for the QED in the theorem environment:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\providecommand{\qedsymbolthm}{\openbox}&#xA;\DeclareRobustCommand{\qedthm}{%&#xA;  \ifmmode \mathqed&#xA;  \else&#xA;    \leavevmode\unskip\penalty9999 \hbox{}\nobreak\hfill&#xA;    \quad\hbox{\qedsymbolthm}%&#xA;  \fi&#xA;}&#xA;\def\@begintheorem#1#2[#3]{%&#xA;  \pushQED{\qedthm}\deferred@thm@head{\the\thm@headfont \thm@indent&#xA;    \@ifempty{#1}{\let\thmname\@gobble}{\let\thmname\@iden}%&#xA;    \@ifempty{#2}{\let\thmnumber\@gobble}{\let\thmnumber\@iden}%&#xA;    \@ifempty{#3}{\let\thmnote\@gobble}{\let\thmnote\@iden}%&#xA;    \thm@swap\swappedhead\thmhead{#1}{#2}{#3}%&#xA;    \the\thm@headpunct&#xA;    \thmheadnl % possibly a newline.&#xA;    \hskip\thm@headsep&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \ignorespaces}&#xA;\def\@endtheorem{\popQED\endtrivlist\@endpefalse }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't think the problem is actually with Oxford University Press! I think the problem lies in &lt;code&gt;amsthm&lt;/code&gt;! See the definition there for &lt;code&gt;\qedhere&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\qedhere}{%&#xA;  \begingroup \let\mathqed\math@qedhere&#xA;    \let\qed@elt\setQED@elt \QED@stack\relax\relax \endgroup&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and the definition for the proof environment&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\providecommand{\qedsymbol}{\openbox}%&#xA;\newenvironment{proof}[1][\proofname]{\par&#xA;  \pushQED{\qed}%&#xA;  \normalfont \topsep6\p@\@plus6\p@\relax&#xA;  \trivlist&#xA;  \item[\hskip\labelsep&#xA;        \itshape&#xA;    #1\@addpunct{.}]\ignorespaces&#xA;}{%&#xA;  \popQED\endtrivlist\@endpefalse&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm thinking that the &lt;code&gt;pushQED&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;popQED&lt;/code&gt; commands are defined just so they can accomodate different end symbols! The problem, apparently, lies in the definition of &lt;code&gt;\qedhere&lt;/code&gt;, which calls &lt;code&gt;\math@qedhere&lt;/code&gt; when it sits in a math environment. And unfortunately, instead of the definitions used in &lt;code&gt;\setQED@elt&lt;/code&gt; (which is called in text mode), which process the current qed symbol that's in the QED stack, &lt;code&gt;\math@qedhere&lt;/code&gt; depends on &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\mathqed}{\quad\hbox{\qedsymbol}}&#xA;\def\linebox@qed{\hfil\hbox{\qedsymbol}\hfilneg}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which explictly references the &lt;code&gt;\qedsymbol&lt;/code&gt;, which is defined to be the filled box in &lt;code&gt;oupau.cls&lt;/code&gt;. So in short, &lt;strong&gt;the &lt;code&gt;amsthm&lt;/code&gt; package, uses two different ways of accessing the QED symbol depending on whether the environment ends naturally (with &lt;code&gt;\popQED&lt;/code&gt;) or if you insert the symbol using &lt;code&gt;\qedhere&lt;/code&gt; inside a math environment&lt;/strong&gt;. This, I think, is a bug. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastActivityDate="2010-10-08T14:24:49.997" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="3915" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3927" CreationDate="2010-10-08T14:33:47.147" Score="10" ViewCount="922" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to make a slide of only one image without any borders or any other beamer specific element.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{frame}[plain]&#xA;\includegraphics[keepaspectratio=true,width=1\paperwidth]{kernel-panic.png}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I still get a border on the left, top and bottom.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Later edit: &lt;code&gt;width=1.2\paperwidth&lt;/code&gt; seems to remove top and bottom borders. I still have a left border and some navigation elements on bottom right.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1412" LastActivityDate="2010-10-11T11:55:56.517" Title="Image on full slide in beamer package" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;" AnswerCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3916" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3910" CreationDate="2010-10-08T15:01:31.133" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Actually &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/subfig&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;subfig&lt;/a&gt; isn't maintained anymore. So I would use packages like »subcaption« (shipped with &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/caption&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;caption&lt;/a&gt;) or &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/floatrow&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;floatrow&lt;/a&gt;. A good list of obsolete packages and other outdated stuff can be found in &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/l2tabu&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;l2tabu&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-10-08T15:01:31.133" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3917" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3415" CreationDate="2010-10-08T15:05:03.563" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd agree that the AMS text command is the way to go, but don't be afraid to re-enter,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;\[ &#xA;  \text{Let $x=\text{number of cats}$} &#xA;\]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;so that the spacing is handled correctly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastActivityDate="2010-10-08T15:05:03.563" />
  <row Id="3918" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3915" CreationDate="2010-10-08T16:45:19.110" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have been using something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand&amp;lt;&amp;gt;{\fullsizegraphic}[1]{&#xA;  \begin{textblock*}{0cm}(-1cm,-3.78cm)&#xA;  \includegraphics[width=\paperwidth]{#1}&#xA;  \end{textblock*}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in the preamble and then just:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{frame}&#xA;  \fullsizegraphic{monogram.jpg}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I am not totally satisfied - I still have to fiddle with the numbers to get it right.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately I have forgotten where I stole the fullsizegraphic-snippet.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1282" LastActivityDate="2010-10-08T16:45:19.110" />
  <row Id="3919" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3602" CreationDate="2010-10-08T17:02:40.063" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I did not want to interfere with this experiment, but since nobody posted an answer so far, I just pushed an update to the feature file section of the documentation on &lt;a href=&quot;http://github.com/wspr/fontspec/commit/8f6710a8560e5deed41a142833fbb17e42a14dd1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;github&lt;/a&gt;. It is not the most clear way to document it, but I tried my best (as far as my English permits &lt;code&gt;:)&lt;/code&gt; )&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastEditorUserId="729" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-08T17:09:24.880" LastActivityDate="2010-10-08T17:09:24.880" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3920" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3921" CreationDate="2010-10-08T17:34:59.917" Score="1" ViewCount="285" Body="&lt;p&gt;I created a header using KOMA-Script. How can I suppress this header on the first page of a section?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="97" LastActivityDate="2010-10-08T17:50:52.830" Title="Suppress header on first page of section" Tags="&lt;header-footer&gt;&lt;koma-script&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3921" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3920" CreationDate="2010-10-08T17:50:52.830" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you're using a document class with chapters (which by default suppress the header on the first chapter page) and nevertheless want additional headers suppressed: Put &lt;code&gt;\thispagestyle{plain}&lt;/code&gt; (or &lt;code&gt;scrplain&lt;/code&gt; in case of the &lt;code&gt;scrpage2&lt;/code&gt; package) immediately after any &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt; command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you're using a class without chapters: Consider switching to chapters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;P.S.: A minimal example would, among other things, reveal the document class.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-10-08T17:50:52.830" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3922" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3915" CreationDate="2010-10-08T18:17:27.510" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is the aspect ratio of your image the same as that of your slides?  If not then you'll always get either borders or clipping of the image if you include it without changing its aspect ratio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can put &lt;code&gt;\hspace{-1.2cm}&lt;/code&gt; before your &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt; command to place the image 1.2 cm to the left of where it would be by default.  Playing with the distance should let you place it right on the edge of the slide.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="32" LastActivityDate="2010-10-08T18:17:27.510" />
  <row Id="3923" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3924" CreationDate="2010-10-08T18:51:25.677" Score="2" ViewCount="229" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to have a cursively written l (L) with a subscript A.  I tried this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If A has a straight line $\matchcal{l\subscript{A}}$&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I'm getting undefined control sequence.  Why is this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1415" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-08T19:38:49.890" LastActivityDate="2010-10-08T19:41:53.110" Title="How to use \mathcal with subscript? Undefined control sequence.." Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;mathcal&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3924" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3923" CreationDate="2010-10-08T18:56:46.553" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You realize you're using &lt;code&gt;\matchcal&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\mathcal&lt;/code&gt;? If your code snippet is wrong, please provide the correct piece of code, otherwise we just have to guess.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I suppose you're looking for &lt;code&gt;\mathcal{l}_A&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\ell_A&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Undefined control sequences occur when LaTeX encounters something it doesn't know, such as a typo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="210" LastActivityDate="2010-10-08T18:56:46.553" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3925" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3940" CreationDate="2010-10-08T19:39:47.860" Score="4" ViewCount="87" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to use XDVI (as shipped by TeXLive 2010) in a Linux X11 desktop which is using the Compiz compositing manager. Now, when the DVI file being displayed changes, I have to click on the window to have it update: simply giving focus to the window does not cause XDVI to reload the file because (I guess) Compiz makes it believe that it is always being mapped onscreen.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to have XDVI behave more reasonably in my situation?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="525" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-08T22:45:10.340" LastActivityDate="2010-10-09T12:40:34.960" Title="XDVI and composition managers" Tags="&lt;tools&gt;&lt;linux&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3926" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3923" CreationDate="2010-10-08T19:41:53.110" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Since only the letter is in mathcal mode, you want &lt;code&gt;\mathcal{l}_{A}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you wanted an ell with a mathcal A subscript, it would be &lt;code&gt;\ell_{\mathcal{A}}&lt;/code&gt; for a &quot;cursive&quot; ell, or &lt;code&gt;l_{\mathcal{A}}&lt;/code&gt; for a regular math-italic ell with a caligraphic subscript.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For both, you would want to specify the caligraphic font separately in the &quot;body&quot; and &quot;subscript&quot;. Thus, for example, &lt;code&gt;\mathcal{A}_{\mathcal{B}}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="491" LastActivityDate="2010-10-08T19:41:53.110" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3927" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3915" CreationDate="2010-10-08T19:56:40.437" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This works:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\title{test of full size graphic}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetheme{AnnArbor}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;    \maketitle&#xA;    Notice the fancy presentation theme.&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;{ % all template changes are local to this group.&#xA;    \setbeamertemplate{navigation symbols}{}&#xA;    \begin{frame}[plain]&#xA;        \begin{tikzpicture}[remember picture,overlay]&#xA;            \node[at=(current page.center)] {&#xA;                \includegraphics[width=\paperwidth]{yourimage}&#xA;            };&#xA;        \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;     \end{frame}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;    symbols should be back now&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You have to run beamer twice to get the image centered in the right place.  But if you have any other aux-file tricks (e.g., table of contents) you need to do that anyway.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you're not already using tikz, you can save your image as a pdf and then use &lt;code&gt;\includepdf&lt;/code&gt; (part of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/pdfpages/pdfpages.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;pdfpages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package).  This will get you into trouble if you want to print your slides as an article or handout, though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-09T11:31:49.077" LastActivityDate="2010-10-09T11:31:49.077" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3928" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3910" CreationDate="2010-10-08T19:59:06.423" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.kohm.name/markus/texidate.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;document checker&lt;/a&gt; is quite old but helps perhaps with the most deprecated stuff.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I mean people are still using eqnarray and similar stuff even when several manuals list them as deprecated/problematic since decades.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course this does not help with your request for ongoing deprecation/supersede news.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="929" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-08T20:18:25.250" LastActivityDate="2010-10-08T20:18:25.250" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3929" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3892" CreationDate="2010-10-08T20:03:23.063" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Andrew has already produced a really beautiful snake (I think I never saw the diagram typeset nicer), so let me add a long exact sequence. For this I usually prefer curved arrow between the lines. These are easily produced using &lt;code&gt;[out=...,in=...]&lt;/code&gt; giving the angles at which the lines starts and ends.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/BQIUA.png&quot; alt=&quot;long exact sequence example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{matrix,arrows}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[descr/.style={fill=white,inner sep=1.5pt}]&#xA;        \matrix (m) [&#xA;            matrix of math nodes,&#xA;            row sep=1em,&#xA;            column sep=2.5em,&#xA;            text height=1.5ex, text depth=0.25ex&#xA;        ]&#xA;        { 0 &amp;amp; H^0(\mathcal A) &amp;amp; H^0(\mathcal B) &amp;amp; H^0(\mathcal C) \\&#xA;            &amp;amp; H^1(\mathcal A) &amp;amp; H^1(\mathcal B) &amp;amp; H^1(\mathcal C) \\&#xA;            &amp;amp; H^2(\mathcal A) &amp;amp; H^2(\mathcal B) &amp;amp; H^2(\mathcal C) \\&#xA;            &amp;amp; \mbox{}         &amp;amp;                 &amp;amp; \mbox{}         \\&#xA;            &amp;amp; H^n(\mathcal A) &amp;amp; H^n(\mathcal B) &amp;amp; H^n(\mathcal C) \\&#xA;        };&#xA;&#xA;        \path[overlay,-&amp;gt;, font=\scriptsize,&amp;gt;=latex]&#xA;        (m-1-1) edge (m-1-2)&#xA;        (m-1-2) edge (m-1-3)&#xA;        (m-1-3) edge (m-1-4)&#xA;        (m-1-4) edge[out=355,in=175,red] node[descr,yshift=0.3ex] {$\alpha^0$} (m-2-2)&#xA;        (m-2-2) edge (m-2-3)&#xA;        (m-2-3) edge (m-2-4)&#xA;        (m-2-4) edge[out=355,in=175,red] node[descr,yshift=0.3ex] {$\alpha^1$} (m-3-2)&#xA;        (m-3-2) edge (m-3-3)&#xA;        (m-3-3) edge (m-3-4)&#xA;        (m-3-4) edge[out=355,in=175,dashed,red] (m-5-2)&#xA;        (m-5-2) edge (m-5-3)&#xA;        (m-5-3) edge (m-5-4);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The code is pretty much the same as Andrew’s except that I don’t name the matrix entries (as they are used in a linear, non-confusing fashion). The &lt;code&gt;descr&lt;/code&gt; style define at the top allows to place nodes in the middle of a line by interrupting the line (technically by placing a white box on top of it). The &lt;code&gt;text height=1.5ex, text depth=0.25ex&lt;/code&gt; option of th matrix is not necessary for this example, but helps with aligning the arrows and text when the nodes get more complicated. The &lt;code&gt;overlay&lt;/code&gt; makes it so that the path is not considered for calculation of the bounding box as TikZ often gets that wrong.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-28T15:57:09.870" LastActivityDate="2010-10-28T15:57:09.870" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3930" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-08T20:10:23.160" Score="4" ViewCount="680" Body="&lt;p&gt;Currently I am using&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{rotating}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{sidewaystable}&#xA;\begin{tabular}...\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{sidewaystable}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to typeset landscape tables, which works great.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I want to rotate that page in the resulting pdf (generated by pdflatex) for more convenient screen reading.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I found the landscape environment which &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/337/how-to-change-certain-pages-into-landscape-portrait-mode&quot;&gt;is also mentioned in another question&lt;/a&gt;. I tried it like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{pdflscape}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{landscape}&#xA;\begin{table}&#xA;\begin{tabular}...\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;\end{landscape}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This kind of works, except the original table does not fit anymore on the page, i.e. sidewaystable makes better use of the available space.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thus my question: Is it somehow possible to just use sidewaystable and instruct pdflatex to rotate it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or instruct pdflatex to mark it as rotated such that the PDF viewer knows what to do?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="929" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-01T02:31:26.517" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T02:31:26.517" Title="How to rotate landscape table page in PDF?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;floats&gt;&lt;rotating&gt;&lt;landscape&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3931" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3863" CreationDate="2010-10-08T20:52:09.010" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\int&lt;/code&gt; is a &quot;variable-sized symbol&quot;, so that it comes in two sizes: one for in-line formulas and one for display-formulas. The same is true for &lt;code&gt;\sum&lt;/code&gt;; it just so happens that the text-style integral is almost the same height as the &lt;em&gt;display-style&lt;/em&gt; sum symbol (in Lamport's &lt;em&gt;LaTeX User's Guide and Reference Manual&lt;/em&gt;, both are about 4 mm tall, the display-style sum style a bit more, while the text-style sum symbol is only about 3 mm tall; the display-style integral, by contrast, is a bit more than 7 mm tall). So all you want is the integral sign to be displayed in text-mode, but only the integral sign (so the sum symbol is not changed in size). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One way to accomplish this is to define a macro &lt;code&gt;\smallint&lt;/code&gt; as &lt;code&gt;\def\smallint{\begingroup\textstyle \int\endgroup}&lt;/code&gt;. Upon testing it, it shows just a shade smaller than a displaystyle summation (if you put limits on the integral but not on the summation, they look about the same); if you have limits on the sum and the integral, then both done in &lt;code&gt;\textstyle&lt;/code&gt; looks better, but then you need to use the &lt;code&gt;\limits&lt;/code&gt; command after &lt;code&gt;\sum&lt;/code&gt; so that the limits occur above and below the sigma, instead of right after. Thus, if you have limits on the summation, I would suggest&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{equation}&#xA;\sum_{i}^j A_{ij}\begingroup\int\endgroup_{-\infty}^{+\infty}\cos x\,dx&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{equation}&#xA;\mathop{\textstyle\sum}\limits_i^j &#xA;   A_{ij}\begingroup\textstyle\int\endgroup_{-\infty}^{+\infty}\cos x\,dx&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(or using a macro for the small integral sign). (Note by the way the thin space before the &lt;code&gt;dx&lt;/code&gt; in the integral).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="491" LastEditorUserId="491" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-08T21:08:01.227" LastActivityDate="2010-10-08T21:08:01.227" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="3932" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3851" CreationDate="2010-10-08T20:54:43.287" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you're an Emacs user, you can try the Orgtbl minor mode (the part which handles the tables in &lt;a href=&quot;http://orgmode.org&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Org-mode&lt;/a&gt;); see &lt;a href=&quot;http://orgmode.org/manual/A-LaTeX-example.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this example from the manual&lt;/a&gt;. Together with Emacs Calc you can make advanced spreatsheets in Emacs; see &lt;a href=&quot;http://orgmode.org/manual/The-spreadsheet.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this section in the manual&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="988" LastActivityDate="2010-10-08T20:54:43.287" />
  <row Id="3933" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3851" CreationDate="2010-10-08T21:41:58.860" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you want symbolic calculations (instead of the very cool spreadsheet options Thorsten gave) both &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.sagemath.org/doc/tutorial/sagetex.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Sage&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://reference.wolfram.com/mathematica/ref/Splice.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Mathematica&lt;/a&gt; have ways of mixing themselves with LaTeX.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's an example from the SageTex tutorial:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{sagetex}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Using Sage\TeX, one can use Sage to compute things and put them into&#xA;your \LaTeX{} document. For example, there are&#xA;$\sage{number_of_partitions(1269)}$ integer partitions of $1269$.&#xA;You don't need to compute the number yourself, or even cut and paste&#xA;it from somewhere.&#xA;&#xA;Here's some Sage code:&#xA;&#xA;\begin{sageblock}&#xA;    f(x) = exp(x) * sin(2*x)&#xA;\end{sageblock}&#xA;&#xA;The second derivative of $f$ is&#xA;&#xA;\[&#xA;  \frac{\mathrm{d}^{2}}{\mathrm{d}x^{2}} \sage{f(x)} =&#xA;  \sage{diff(f, x, 2)(x)}.&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;Here's a plot of $f$ from $-1$ to $1$:&#xA;&#xA;\sageplot{plot(f, -1, 1)}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="422" LastEditorUserId="422" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-08T21:49:19.940" LastActivityDate="2010-10-08T21:49:19.940" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3934" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3935" CreationDate="2010-10-08T23:55:12.957" Score="3" ViewCount="89" Body="&lt;p&gt;Compiling the following example (with xelatex or lualatex), I would expect to get violet letters abc:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\setmainfont{Verdana}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\color{violet}abc&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However the result are black letters. Using &lt;code&gt;\fontspec[Color=violet]{Verdana}abc&lt;/code&gt;, I get violet letters as expected. However I do not know how to change color in math mode. Further it breaks automatic coloring of TikZ nodes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this by design, or is it a bug (in either &lt;code&gt;xcolor&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt;). Is there a workaround? How do I change math colors?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-09T00:01:36.810" LastActivityDate="2010-10-09T02:16:16.427" Title="fontspec and \color" Tags="&lt;color&gt;&lt;fontspec&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="3935" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3934" CreationDate="2010-10-09T02:16:16.427" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Bug in v2.1a of fontspec, sorry. V2.1b on CTAN fixes the problem. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-10-09T02:16:16.427" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3936" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3937" CreationDate="2010-10-09T03:51:43.067" Score="2" ViewCount="808" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I google this, it seems that &lt;code&gt;\XOR&lt;/code&gt; is how you would get an XOR symbol in LaTeX, however that is giving me the 'undefined control sequence' error.  How does one get the xor symbol?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1415" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-09T04:10:28.787" LastActivityDate="2010-10-09T04:10:28.787" Title="Logic operators in LaTeX? (XOR?)" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3937" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3936" CreationDate="2010-10-09T04:10:05.547" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;How about &lt;code&gt;\newcommand*\xor{\mathbin{\oplus}}&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-10-09T04:10:05.547" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3938" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3943" CreationDate="2010-10-09T11:23:27.780" Score="1" ViewCount="315" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I compile the following example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper,oneside]{book}&#xA;\usepackage{caption}&#xA;\captionsetup{margin=10pt,font=small,labelfont=bf}&#xA;\usepackage[pdftex]{hyperref}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;text&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I get a 'Package caption Warning'. The final output looks fine, I'm just curious what this warning means and how to get rid of it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;@Martin: \listfiles gave me this&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;*File List*&#xA;book.cls    2007/10/19 v1.4h Standard LaTeX document class&#xA;bk11.clo    2007/10/19 v1.4h Standard LaTeX file (size option)&#xA;caption.sty    2009/10/09 v3.1k Customizing captions (AR)&#xA;caption3.sty    2009/10/09 v3.1k caption3 kernel (AR)&#xA;keyval.sty    1999/03/16 v1.13 key=value parser (DPC)&#xA;hyperref.sty    2010/04/17 v6.80x Hypertext links for LaTeX&#xA;ltxcmds.sty    2010/04/16 v1.6 LaTeX kernel commands for general use (HO)&#xA;kvsetkeys.sty    2010/03/01 v1.9 Key value parser (HO)&#xA;infwarerr.sty    2010/04/08 v1.3 Providing info/warning/message (HO)&#xA;etexcmds.sty    2010/01/28 v1.3 Prefix for e-TeX command names (HO)&#xA;pdfescape.sty    2010/03/01 v1.9 Provides hex, PDF name and string conversions &#xA;                   (HO)&#xA;pdftexcmds.sty    2010/04/01 v0.9 Utility functions of pdfTeX for LuaTeX (HO)&#xA;ifluatex.sty    2010/03/01 v1.3 Provides the ifluatex switch (HO)&#xA;ifpdf.sty    2010/01/28 v2.1 Provides the ifpdf switch (HO)&#xA;ifvtex.sty    2010/03/01 v1.5 Switches for detecting VTeX and its modes (HO)&#xA;ifxetex.sty    2009/01/23 v0.5 Provides ifxetex conditional&#xA;hycolor.sty    2009/12/12 v1.6 Color options of hyperref/bookmark (HO)&#xA;xcolor-patch.sty    2009/12/12 xcolor patch&#xA;letltxmacro.sty    2008/06/24 v1.3 Let assignment for LaTeX macros (HO)&#xA;pd1enc.def    2010/04/17 v6.80x Hyperref: PDFDocEncoding definition (HO)&#xA;intcalc.sty    2007/09/27 v1.1 Expandable integer calculations (HO)&#xA;hyperref.cfg    2002/06/06 v1.2 hyperref configuration of TeXLive&#xA;kvoptions.sty    2010/02/22 v3.7 Keyval support for LaTeX options (HO)&#xA;url.sty    2006/04/12  ver 3.3  Verb mode for urls, etc.&#xA;bitset.sty    2007/09/28 v1.0 Data type bit set (HO)&#xA;bigintcalc.sty    2007/11/11 v1.1 Expandable big integer calculations (HO)&#xA;atbegshi.sty    2010/03/25 v1.12 At begin shipout hook (HO)&#xA;hpdftex.def    2010/04/17 v6.80x Hyperref driver for pdfTeX&#xA;atveryend.sty    2010/03/24 v1.5 Hooks at very end of document (HO)&#xA;rerunfilecheck.sty    2010/03/16 v1.6 Rerun checks for auxiliary files (HO)&#xA;uniquecounter.sty    2009/12/18 v1.1 Provides unlimited unique counter (HO)&#xA;nameref.sty    2010/04/17 v2.39 Cross-referencing by name of section&#xA;refcount.sty    2008/08/11 v3.1 Data extraction from references (HO)&#xA;gettitlestring.sty    2009/12/18 v1.3 Cleanup title references (HO)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Maybe the problem is caused by the 6.80x version of hyperref?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1308" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-09T16:03:39.700" LastActivityDate="2010-10-09T16:03:39.700" Title="Problem with caption and hyperref" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;captions&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="3939" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3938" CreationDate="2010-10-09T11:50:23.480" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Maybe you have an old version of caption or hyperref? I don't get any warnings when compiling your example. Try adding \listfiles and compare with the File list from a run on my system.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As a side note; you don't need to specify the pdftex driver for hyperref if you are using pdftex in pdf-mode.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; *File List*&#xA;book.cls    2007/10/19 v1.4h Standard LaTeX document class&#xA;bk11.clo    2007/10/19 v1.4h Standard LaTeX file (size option)&#xA; caption.sty    2009/10/09 v3.1k Customizing captions (AR)&#xA;caption3.sty    2009/10/09 v3.1k caption3 kernel (AR)&#xA;  keyval.sty    1999/03/16 v1.13 key=value parser (DPC)&#xA;hyperref.sty    2009/10/09 v6.79a Hypertext links for LaTeX&#xA;   ifpdf.sty    2009/04/10 v2.0 Provides the ifpdf switch (HO)&#xA;  ifvtex.sty    2008/11/04 v1.4 Switches for detecting VTeX and its modes (HO)&#xA; ifxetex.sty    2009/01/23 v0.5 Provides ifxetex conditional&#xA; hycolor.sty    2009/10/02 v1.5 Code for color options of hyperref/bookmark (HO)&#xA;xcolor-patch.sty    2009/10/02 xcolor patch&#xA;  pd1enc.def    2009/10/09 v6.79a Hyperref: PDFDocEncoding definition (HO)&#xA;etexcmds.sty    2007/12/12 v1.2 Prefix for e-TeX command names (HO)&#xA;infwarerr.sty    2007/09/09 v1.2 Providing info/warning/message (HO)&#xA;hyperref.cfg    2002/06/06 v1.2 hyperref configuration of TeXLive&#xA;kvoptions.sty    2009/08/13 v3.4 Keyval support for LaTeX options (HO)&#xA;kvsetkeys.sty    2009/07/30 v1.5 Key value parser with default handler support (HO)&#xA;     url.sty    2006/04/12  ver 3.3  Verb mode for urls, etc.&#xA;  bitset.sty    2007/09/28 v1.0 Data type bit set (HO)&#xA; intcalc.sty    2007/09/27 v1.1 Expandable integer calculations (HO)&#xA;bigintcalc.sty    2007/11/11 v1.1 Expandable big integer calculations (HO)&#xA;pdftexcmds.sty    2009/09/23 v0.6 LuaTeX support for pdfTeX utility functions (HO)&#xA;ifluatex.sty    2009/04/17 v1.2 Provides the ifluatex switch (HO)&#xA; ltxcmds.sty    2009/08/05 v1.0 Some LaTeX kernel commands for general use (HO)&#xA;atbegshi.sty    2008/07/31 v1.9 At begin shipout hook (HO)&#xA; hpdftex.def    2009/10/09 v6.79a Hyperref driver for pdfTeX&#xA; nameref.sty    2007/05/29 v2.31 Cross-referencing by name of section&#xA;refcount.sty    2008/08/11 v3.1 Data extraction from references (HO)&#xA;compendium.out&#xA;compendium.out&#xA; ***********&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="565" LastActivityDate="2010-10-09T11:50:23.480" />
  <row Id="3940" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3925" CreationDate="2010-10-09T12:40:34.960" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Run &lt;code&gt;xdvi&lt;/code&gt; with the &lt;code&gt;-watchfile &amp;lt;n&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; flag, where &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;n&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; is the number of seconds to wait between checking for file changes. See &lt;code&gt;man xdvi&lt;/code&gt; for more details and more options. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To make it permanent, you can also set the appropriate option in &lt;code&gt;~/.xdvirc&lt;/code&gt; on your linux box. See the manpage again for the correct syntax. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, this only works if the problem was on the &lt;code&gt;xdvi&lt;/code&gt; side, and not on the Compiz side; if Compiz does not redraw the window in the situation, whatever you do to &lt;code&gt;xdvi&lt;/code&gt; won't help. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastActivityDate="2010-10-09T12:40:34.960" />
  <row Id="3941" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3882" CreationDate="2010-10-09T13:09:31.770" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To understand what happens you have to read the &quot;double dangerous-bend&quot; paragraph after Exercise 9.7 in the TeXbook, page 54. There it says: &quot;The accent is assumed to be properly positioned for a character whose height equals the x-height of the current font; taller or shorter characters cause the accent to be raised or lowered, taking due account of the slantedness of the fonts of accenter and accentee.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Let me spell this out a bit: If you change &lt;code&gt;\fontdimen1&lt;/code&gt; to something different from 0, then this will affect the horizontal position of the accent only if the height of the character you put the accent on is different from the current x-height. In your example, you put the accent on an &quot;o&quot;, which has the same height as &quot;x&quot;, so you don't see any effect. Just try it with the letters &quot;b&quot; and &quot;.&quot; instead. For &quot;b&quot; you see that the accent is moved to the right since &quot;b&quot; is higher than &quot;x&quot;; for &quot;.&quot; the accent is moved to the left since &quot;.&quot; is not as high as &quot;x&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thus, if you want to move the accent over an &quot;o&quot; to the left or to the right, you have to fiddle around a bit. Here's a quick and dirty solution:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\leavevmode\rlap{\hspace{0.3ex}\'}o&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The &lt;code&gt;\leavevmode&lt;/code&gt; is needed if this &quot;ó&quot; is at the beginning of a paragraph.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-10T08:03:05.133" LastActivityDate="2010-10-10T08:03:05.133" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="3943" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3938" CreationDate="2010-10-09T14:55:05.257" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I contacted Axel Sommerfeldt, author of caption about this incompatibility introduced with hyperref v6.79l last year. Axel fixed it by releasing caption version 3.1l in January.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-10-09T14:55:05.257" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3944" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3945" CreationDate="2010-10-09T15:07:17.243" Score="3" ViewCount="216" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have defined a custom environment (using the &lt;em&gt;tocloft&lt;/em&gt; package, &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3899/how-to-create-an-index-for-custom-environments&quot;&gt;thanx to Juan&lt;/a&gt;) that looks like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\listscriptname}{List of Scripts}&#xA;\newlistof[chapter]{script}{spt}{\listscriptname}&#xA;\def\thescript{\thechapter-\arabic{script}}&#xA;\newenvironment{script}[2][]&#xA;  { \vspace{3mm}\hspace{3mm}&#xA;    \colorbox{orange}{\refstepcounter{script}&#xA;    \textbf{Script~\thescript #1:code/#2.groovy}}&#xA;    \addcontentsline{spt}{script}&#xA;       {\protect\numberline{\thescript}#1~~code/#2.groovy}&#xA;  }&#xA;  {}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which I use like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{script}{FooBar}&#xA;\label{script:FooBar}&#xA;BitStream.&#xA;\end{script}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And refer to it with:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Script~\ref{script:FooBar}.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But instead of the script environment number, I get the number of the section.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What am I doing wrong (I did try several variations...)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="193" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-10T15:49:57.253" LastActivityDate="2010-12-10T15:49:57.253" Title="\ref giving incorrect number for \label in custom environment" Tags="&lt;numbering&gt;&lt;environments&gt;&lt;labels&gt;&lt;cross-referencing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="3945" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3944" CreationDate="2010-10-09T15:31:37.280" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Move \refstepcounter out of the \colorbox&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{script}[2][]&#xA;  {\vspace{3mm}\hspace{3mm}%&#xA;    \refstepcounter{script}%&#xA;    \colorbox{orange}{%&#xA;    \textbf{Script~\thescript foo#1bar:code/#2.groovy}}&#xA;    \addcontentsline{spt}{script}&#xA;       {\protect\numberline{\thescript}#1~~code/#2.groovy}&#xA;  }&#xA;  {}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="565" LastActivityDate="2010-10-09T15:31:37.280" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3946" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3948" CreationDate="2010-10-09T15:33:52.197" Score="7" ViewCount="269" Body="&lt;p&gt;Scientific papers are usually set in a two-column lay-out. Over years I have tried to find a good solution for typing such documents until I arrived at this website.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;All my efforts until now did not deliver acceptable results and included a lot of hacking. The  most troublesome thing is setting figures. Many graphs do not need to span over two columns but would nicely fit into one column. Yet, I could not find an acceptable way to do that in LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Therefore the question:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;What &lt;em&gt;is&lt;/em&gt; the best way to prepare a two-column paper in LaTeX?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1183" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-09T16:03:04.427" LastActivityDate="2010-10-09T16:11:23.050" Title="What is the best way to prepare a two-column paper in LaTeX?" Tags="&lt;best-practices&gt;&lt;two-column&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="3948" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3946" CreationDate="2010-10-09T16:11:23.050" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The best solution is to use the class file provided by the publisher of the journal to which you intend to submit the paper. Ie, use &lt;code&gt;revtex&lt;/code&gt; for APS and AIP journals, &lt;code&gt;elsarticle&lt;/code&gt; for Elsevier and so on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You need not worry about making the paper look perfect: this is the job of the copyeditors employed by the journal (or working for a copyediting company in, eg,  India). In fact, by doing any latex hacking you are generally making things more difficult for the publisher because such things can interfere with the publisher's automated workflow and require additional manual intervention (and therefore delay publication of your article). Many publishers thus refuse to accept manuscripts that use any kind fancy tex. For example, APS forbids use of &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\gdef&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt; as well as &lt;code&gt;\if&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\footnotemark&lt;/code&gt;, creation or modification of tex counters, &lt;code&gt;\newfont&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\symbol&lt;/code&gt;, generalized lists (&lt;code&gt;\begin{list}&lt;/code&gt;), amsmath commands &lt;code&gt;\genfrac&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\smash&lt;/code&gt; and many others. They allow certain other constructs but warn that they will likely be ignored in production, such as &lt;code&gt;\labelstyle&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\tabbing&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-10-09T16:11:23.050" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3949" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3863" CreationDate="2010-10-09T17:22:21.863" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;With an up-to-date texlive-2010, if you use Asana Math font with &lt;code&gt;unicode-math&lt;/code&gt; package (requires XeTeX or LuaTeX), you will get an integral that as high as the summation symbol:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{unicode-math}&#xA;\setmathfont{Asana-Math.otf}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;\sum_i^j A_{ij}\int\limits_{-\infty}^{+\infty} \cos x dx &#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastActivityDate="2010-10-09T17:22:21.863" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3950" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3951" CreationDate="2010-10-09T17:28:02.000" Score="4" ViewCount="134" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need to design a couple of fonts to supplement the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/archaic/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;archaic&lt;/a&gt; package. What is the most appropriate current tool to use? Is METAPOST/METAFONT still an option? I am neither a Bezier curve artist not a graphic designer, so anything that I can use programmatically is preferred.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-09T18:12:22.650" LastActivityDate="2010-10-09T22:12:52.720" Title="What is the most appropriate tool to develop a new font for LaTeX?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;tools&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3951" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3950" CreationDate="2010-10-09T17:39:57.163" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://fontforge.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;FontForge&lt;/a&gt; is said to be state-of-the-art.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-10-09T17:39:57.163" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3952" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3953" CreationDate="2010-10-09T18:41:09.400" Score="1" ViewCount="166" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi all,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;what are your solutions to properly place the shortcut 'sym' in symmetric matrices?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;\begin{bmatrix}u,_1+x_3\theta_2,_1-x_2\theta_3,_1&amp;amp;\frac{1}{2}(v,_1-x_3&#xA;\theta_1,_1-\theta_3) &amp;amp; \frac{1}{2}(w,_1+x_2\theta_1,_1+\theta_2)\\&#xA;\text{Sym.} &amp;amp; {0} &amp;amp; {0} \\ {} &amp;amp; {} &amp;amp; {0} &#xA;\end{bmatrix}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[text edited for a more complex configuration]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastEditorUserId="371" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-09T23:54:00.837" LastActivityDate="2010-10-10T16:18:07.950" Title="symmetric matrices" Tags="&lt;matrices&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="3953" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3952" CreationDate="2010-10-09T18:56:05.317" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I see two possible approaches.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{multirow}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{equation}&#xA;    \begin{bmatrix}&#xA;      1 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 1 \\&#xA;        &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 1 \\&#xA;        &amp;amp; \multirow{2}{*}{\makebox[0pt]{\text{sym.}}}  &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 1 \\&#xA;        &amp;amp;   &amp;amp;   &amp;amp; 1 &#xA;    \end{bmatrix}&#xA;  \end{equation}&#xA;  \begin{equation}&#xA;    \begin{bmatrix}&#xA;      1 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 1 \\&#xA;        &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 1 \\&#xA;        &amp;amp;   &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 1 \\&#xA;        \multicolumn{2}{c}{\text{sym.}} &amp;amp; &amp;amp; 1 &#xA;    \end{bmatrix}&#xA;  \end{equation}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Supplement:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{equation}&#xA;    \begin{bmatrix}&#xA;      u,_1+x_3\theta_2,_1-x_2\theta_3,_1&amp;amp;\frac{1}{2}(v,_1-x_3\theta_1,_1-\theta_3) &amp;amp; \frac{1}{2}(w,_1+x_2\theta_1,_1+\theta_2) \\&#xA;      &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; {0} \\&#xA;      \multicolumn{2}{c}{\text{\smash{\raisebox{1.5ex}{Sym.}}}} &amp;amp; {0} &#xA;    \end{bmatrix}&#xA;  \end{equation}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastEditorUserId="1063" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-10T16:18:07.950" LastActivityDate="2010-10-10T16:18:07.950" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3954" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3956" CreationDate="2010-10-09T20:24:16.530" Score="4" ViewCount="311" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using Tex Live 2010. Here's the example I want to discuss.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}  &#xA;\RequirePackage{amsmath}  &#xA;\RequirePackage{unicode-math}  &#xA;\setmainfont{Linux Libertine O}   &#xA;\setmathfont{xits-math.otf}  &#xA;\setmathfont[range=\mathit/{latin, Latin, greek, Greek}]{Linux Libertine O}  &#xA;\begin{document}  &#xA;Transfinite induction will reveal that $\kappa$ is $\alpha$-Mahlo for each&#xA;$\alpha &amp;lt; \kappa$. We have proved elsewhere that $\kappa$ is 1-Mahlo, and hence&#xA;0-Mahlo. If $\kappa$ is $\alpha$-Mahlo for all $\alpha$ below some limit ordinal&#xA;$\lambda &amp;lt; \kappa$, then $\kappa$ is $\lambda$-Mahlo by definition.  &#xA;\end{document}  &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My problem is that the latin, Latin, greek, and Greek characters are set in XITS, not Libertine. Now fontspec issues the warning,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;fontspec Warning: Font 'Linux Libertine O' does not contain script 'Math'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I guess Libertine isn't a math font. Nevertheless, similar markup seemed to yield the desired result in June at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.charlietanksley.net/philtex/the-unicode-math-package-for-xelatex-and-the-stix-fonts/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this blog&lt;/a&gt;. Has something changed dramatically since then?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm unwilling to abandon unicode-math. But I desperately want to use, within math mode, Latin and Greek glyphs that were designed for text mode. Since (as far as I know) mathspec is no longer compatible with unicode-math, I'm not sure what to do. Any suggestions?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1419" LastEditorUserId="729" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-10T21:31:32.083" LastActivityDate="2010-10-10T21:37:40.910" Title="Math italics with unicode-math." Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;fontspec&gt;&lt;unicode&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3955" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-09T20:57:33.223" Score="0" ViewCount="163" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3/compiling-documents-online&quot;&gt;Compiling documents online&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I'm preparing a powerpoint slideshow and would like to add in some math expressions without creating a new latex document, copying the images from a pdf, and etc...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anyone know of a website that lets you input a math expression from latex, and it displays an image of that expression, that I can just save and use?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That would be amazing..&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT:&#xA;From the thread mentioned below, this is the tool fitting what I wanted the most:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.codecogs.com/latex/eqneditor.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.codecogs.com/latex/eqneditor.php&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1057" LastEditorUserId="1057" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-10T01:09:18.290" LastActivityDate="2010-10-10T08:10:33.443" ClosedDate="2010-10-10T08:39:02.637" Title="Is there a site where I can enter a latex expression, and it shows me an image of the compiled expression?" Tags="&lt;compiling&gt;&lt;tools&gt;&lt;online&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3956" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3954" CreationDate="2010-10-09T22:05:56.270" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For future reference, the question has already been answered on &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/pipermail/xetex/2010-October/018741.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;xetex mailing list&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-10T21:37:40.910" LastActivityDate="2010-10-10T21:37:40.910" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3957" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3950" CreationDate="2010-10-09T22:12:52.720" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you are interested programmability, then you should try MetaType1 which is Metafont-like Metapost-based system for building Type1 fonts, developed and used by GUST font team.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastActivityDate="2010-10-09T22:12:52.720" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3958" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3955" CreationDate="2010-10-09T22:19:13.130" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I like the instant view editor of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mathtran.org/toys/jfine/editor2.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;mathtran&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastActivityDate="2010-10-09T22:19:13.130" />
  <row Id="3959" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3955" CreationDate="2010-10-09T22:46:36.413" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In addition to the online services mentioned in that other thread, there are a number of standalone equation editors which will compile a LaTeX expression into an image file, provided your computer already has LaTeX installed. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I use LaTeXit! (Mac OSX), which&#xA;is included in the MacTeX&#xA;distribution. It's got plenty of features, including the ability to edit the default preamble (to include packages, custom commands, etc.)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Laeqed seems to be a similar&#xA;cross-platform tool, although I've&#xA;never used it myself.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Cutting out the middleman, there are also at least two LaTeX plugins for PowerPoint: TeXPPT and MyTexPoint. I can't vouch for these either, but they do exist!&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1421" LastActivityDate="2010-10-09T22:46:36.413" />
  <row Id="3960" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3987" CreationDate="2010-10-10T04:00:25.767" Score="2" ViewCount="158" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section{Introduction}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to write a macro to that makes the above behave the same as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{multicol}&#xA;\begin{multicols}{2}[\section{Introduction}]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In praise of code convolution avoidance:&#xA;The shortest and simplest answer(Most adhering to the KISS philosophy) will be the accepted answer. DON'T use a library if you don't NEED to.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1244" LastEditorUserId="1244" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-11T01:36:34.203" LastActivityDate="2010-10-11T15:42:43.427" Title="Macro to multicol section content but not section title" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3961" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3955" CreationDate="2010-10-10T08:10:33.443" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The online editor &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.sitmo.com/latex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.sitmo.com/latex/&lt;/a&gt; has a GUI and is designed only for math formulas. It generates the previews (almost) instantly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="628" LastActivityDate="2010-10-10T08:10:33.443" />
  <row Id="3962" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="553" CreationDate="2010-10-10T08:19:42.397" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The todonotes package is a must have in all my documents.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{todonotes}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The package enables you to insert small notes in the text marking things to do in the document. Something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\todo{Rewrite this answer \ldots}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At any location in the document a list of the inserted notes can be generated with the &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\listoftodos &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1366" LastActivityDate="2010-10-10T08:19:42.397" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-10-10T08:19:42.397" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3963" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3184" CreationDate="2010-10-10T08:40:52.180" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Maybe this answer on &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/3161/1418&quot;&gt;&quot;How to draw an arrow in the middle of the line?&quot;&lt;/a&gt; might help you. This way you do not run into a recursion.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1418" LastActivityDate="2010-10-10T08:40:52.180" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3964" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3965" CreationDate="2010-10-10T09:12:21.597" Score="4" ViewCount="1101" Body="&lt;p&gt;In our lecture script, we use the notion of disjoint set union. It uses a special symbol to differentiate the disjoint from the usual set union, where we add an extra dot inside of the \cup symbol. Is there something like a \bigudot? Or any other way to add a centered dot to any symbol?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1423" LastEditorUserId="1423" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-10T10:49:52.730" LastActivityDate="2010-10-10T16:53:26.307" Title="Mathematical symbol for disjoint set union" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;amsmath&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="3965" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3964" CreationDate="2010-10-10T10:05:43.067" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt; I thought amssymb provides &lt;code&gt;\cupdot&lt;/code&gt; which does what you want... but it doesn't.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/mnsymbol/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackge{MnSymbol}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; provides &lt;code&gt;\cupdot&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\bigcupdot&lt;/code&gt; but is incompatible with &lt;code&gt;amssymb&lt;/code&gt; which is unfortunate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sometimes &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Disjoint_union&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;disjoint union&lt;/a&gt; is depicted using &lt;code&gt;\sqcup&lt;/code&gt; which has the advantage of being in &lt;code&gt;amssymb&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-10T10:20:59.950" LastActivityDate="2010-10-10T10:20:59.950" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3966" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3972" CreationDate="2010-10-10T10:08:39.903" Score="5" ViewCount="138" Body="&lt;p&gt;At the top of my lecture notes I define the following environments:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%Student copy&#xA;\newenvironment{Notes}{\LARGE\color{white}}&#xA;&#xA;%My copy (uncomment out &quot;%&quot; below)    &#xA;%\newenvironment{Notes}{\LARGE\color{red}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Throughout my lecture notes I use the &lt;code&gt;Notes&lt;/code&gt; environment to comment out bits of text, equations, lists, and parts of tables. Sometimes {\Notes ...} will encompass a line, other times half a page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I know this really isn't the best way of doing things as {\LARGE ..} doesn't play nicely with equations. But I'm not really sure what to do instead. Any suggestions?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I only need the sections to &lt;em&gt;appear&lt;/em&gt; white, i.e. when I print them off. Students fill in the gaps during lectures. I noticed that when I used my solution to blank off a couple of equations at a time, the colour setting goes &lt;em&gt;odd&lt;/em&gt;. By odd I mean that sections are incorrectly coloured.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="224" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-09T01:46:07.497" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T01:46:07.497" Title="Creating environments with different colours and sizes" Tags="&lt;environments&gt;&lt;color&gt;&lt;size&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3967" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3960" CreationDate="2010-10-10T10:29:45.567" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't really understand your question, but this might do what you want:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{xmulticols}[1]{\section{#1} \begin{multicols}{2}}{\end{multicols}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This would only work if you only ever wanted 2 column layout, but is easily fixable to more columns.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd also recommend you also change how the section headings look (maybe make them centered?) to make clear that the section heading &quot;covers&quot; both columns...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2010-10-10T10:29:45.567" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3968" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-10T11:02:37.510" Score="1" ViewCount="193" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to embed formulas in Blogger. My system is OpenSuse, and I create a latex file for my formulas, say &lt;code&gt;filename&lt;/code&gt;. In order to convert the latex code into an html code I run:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;pdflatex filename&#xA;latex2html filename.tex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This produces a directory with all sorts of files. It appears that the file containing the html code is &lt;code&gt;images.pl&lt;/code&gt; (is this correct?)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But when I insert it into the post in Blogger (in html mode of writing) and save it, it does not produce the desired formula but instead simply presents the code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any idea? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1303" LastActivityDate="2010-10-10T18:00:41.187" Title="Latex in Blogger" Tags="&lt;html&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="3970" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3964" CreationDate="2010-10-10T12:02:16.570" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Disjoint union is also sometimes written using \coprod, since it is in fact the coproduct in the category of sets.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2010-10-10T12:02:16.570" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3971" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13959" CreationDate="2010-10-10T12:06:44.000" Score="4" ViewCount="315" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to use the &lt;code&gt;\ell&lt;/code&gt; character from the default font when using MinionPro? If so, how?&#xA;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/fonts/minionpro/MinionPro.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;documentation&lt;/a&gt; actually mentions &lt;code&gt;\ell&lt;/code&gt; on page 20; the letter is supposed to be taken from MinionPro, I suspect that &lt;code&gt;\ell&lt;/code&gt; is not part of the fonts I took from Acrobat Reader to install MinionPro.&#xA;This example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper,oneside]{book}&#xA;\usepackage{minionpro}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;$\ell$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;only produces a crossed out box for me.&#xA;Maybe with some LaTeX skill it is possible to use something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareMathSymbol{\ell} {\mathord}{letters}{’140}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to take the &lt;code&gt;\ell&lt;/code&gt; from Computermodern.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: Could someone try to reproduce this problem?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1308" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-21T09:04:55.870" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T09:07:00.750" Title="\ell in MinionPro" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3972" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3966" CreationDate="2010-10-10T12:28:53.390" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You might consider using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/comment&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;comment&lt;/a&gt; package for including/excluding environments. If you just change the text color the text can still be copy/pasted which might not be what you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{comment}&#xA;\usepackage{color}&#xA;&#xA;\specialcomment{Notes}{%&#xA;  \begingroup\LARGE\color{red}}{%&#xA;  \endgroup}&#xA;%\excludecomment{Notes}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Lipsum\ldots&#xA;&#xA;\begin{Notes}{Note}&#xA;This is a note &#xA;\end{Notes}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="565" LastEditorUserId="565" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-10T20:05:32.707" LastActivityDate="2010-10-10T20:05:32.707" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3973" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3968" CreationDate="2010-10-10T14:50:25.623" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This question sounds like &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mathtran.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;mathtran&lt;/a&gt; would be a better solution for your problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-10-10T14:50:25.623" />
  <row Id="3974" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3488" CreationDate="2010-10-10T15:40:41.933" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;After I saw that &lt;code&gt;\upbracefill&lt;/code&gt; is used for &lt;code&gt;\underbrace&lt;/code&gt;, I felt the need to correct this problem, so I take some time to it and look at it to see what choices do I have. Soon I realized that the only good solution is if I shrink the bounding box of each character, with the help of &lt;code&gt;\setbox&lt;/code&gt;. (The only problem was to do this in the characters right state.) Since the most biggest character is the middle one, I arrange their height to that. (The rest of that characters height is aligned to that, however 0pt height is also ok.)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;So here is the result using the above &lt;code&gt;\rotatebrace&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\midshift&lt;/code&gt; macros:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\upbracefill{%&#xA;    \setbox0=\hbox{\lower.64ex\hbox{\rotatebrace{\midshift{$\bracemu$}}}}\ht0=.1\wd0\dp0=0pt%&#xA;    \setbox1=\hbox{\lower.64ex\hbox{\rotatebrace{\midshift{$\bracelu$}}\kern-.2em}}\ht1=.1\wd0\dp1=0pt%&#xA;    \setbox2=\hbox{\lower.64ex\hbox{\rotatebrace{\midshift{$\bracebar$}}}}\ht2=.1\wd0\dp2=0pt%&#xA;    \setbox3=\hbox{\lower.64ex\hbox{\kern-.2em\rotatebrace{\midshift{$\braceru$}}}}\ht3=.1\wd0\dp3=0pt%&#xA;    \box1\cleaders\copy2\hfill\box0\cleaders\box2\hfill\box3}&#xA;&#xA;\def\downbracefill{%&#xA;    \setbox0=\hbox{\lower.64ex\hbox{\rotatebrace{\midshift{$\bracemd$}}}}\ht0=.1\wd0\dp0=0pt%&#xA;    \setbox1=\hbox{\lower.64ex\hbox{\rotatebrace{\midshift{$\braceld$}}\kern-.2em}}\ht1=.1\wd0\dp1=0pt%&#xA;    \setbox2=\hbox{\lower.64ex\hbox{\rotatebrace{\midshift{$\bracebar$}}}}\ht2=.1\wd0\dp2=0pt%&#xA;    \setbox3=\hbox{\lower.64ex\hbox{\kern-.2em\rotatebrace{\midshift{$\bracerd$}}}}\ht3=.1\wd0\dp3=0pt%&#xA;    \box1\cleaders\copy2\hfill\box0\cleaders\box2\hfill\box3}%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is an example: &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/NTpXp.png&quot; alt=&quot;Horizontal braces example in foreign language text&quot;&gt;&#xA;The example above uses Calibri for normal text and Cambria for mathematical equations, (just as Office 2007 does) as well as for the braces, as in a Hungarian notes of a class of mine.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;Note:&lt;/strong&gt; In some viewer in certain zoom it appears as if it would fallen apart, and the join of the characters seems thicker than they should be. This will be OK in print.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1230" LastEditorUserId="1230" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-10T22:24:49.353" LastActivityDate="2010-10-10T22:24:49.353" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="3975" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3968" CreationDate="2010-10-10T15:49:40.323" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You seem to be a bit confused about how all these things can be put together. Most likely, &lt;code&gt;images.pl&lt;/code&gt; doesn't contain any HTML but some scripting code to generate your images. Somewhere in the directory created by &lt;code&gt;latex2html&lt;/code&gt; you should be able to find image files (maybe some &lt;code&gt;png&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;gif&lt;/code&gt; files) which are the ones you should upload to blogger and insert just as regular images in compose (no need to go into html mode).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, all this is probably an overkill if you only want to create some images from equations in order to include in your blog posts. As &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3968/latex-in-blogger/3973#3973&quot;&gt;Taco Hoekwater&lt;/a&gt; has already suggested, you can use other online services to generate your images and then insert those in your blog post.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-10-10T15:49:40.323" />
  <row Id="3976" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3964" CreationDate="2010-10-10T16:16:13.873" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you use &lt;code&gt;xelatex&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;unicode-math&lt;/code&gt; you can simply use the symbol ⊍ directly, or its alias &lt;code&gt;\cupdot&lt;/code&gt;: $A ⊍ B \cupdot C$ renders with  XITS Math as &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/PWKW0.png&quot; alt=&quot;example&quot;&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-10T16:53:26.307" LastActivityDate="2010-10-10T16:53:26.307" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3977" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3968" CreationDate="2010-10-10T18:00:41.187" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Thanks guys for your answers! Juan, I indeed misinterpreted the role played by images.pl Anyway, I indeed uploaded the gif files and this works well except that it does not fit the color of the background, and that I cannot embed the formula as a part of a text. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So the question remains: how do I embed a latex code in a post in blogger?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, how do I embed the text&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Newton's 3-rd law $\boldsymbol{F}=\dot{\boldsymbol{p}}$ is not invariant under Lorentz transformations...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in such a way that the formula is converted automatically to html?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1426" LastActivityDate="2010-10-10T18:00:41.187" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="3978" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3979" CreationDate="2010-10-10T18:16:42.883" Score="2" ViewCount="104" Body="&lt;p&gt;The following document has two tikzpictures in it, and they result in slightly different output. Why is this? I don't understand how the use of &lt;code&gt;draw&lt;/code&gt; works in one but not the other. In the first one, the outline shows up and the rectangle is filled; in the second one just the labels &quot;A&quot; and &quot;B&quot; appear.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{amsart}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{fullpage,tikz}&#xA;\xdefinecolor{lightgrey}{RGB}{220,220,220}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{center}\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;[ box/.style = {draw, rectangle, inner sep = 3mm, fill = lightgrey}&#xA;  ]&#xA;\node (A) at (0,0) [box] {$A$};&#xA;\node (B) at (2cm,0) [box] {$B$};&#xA;\draw [-&amp;gt;] (A.east) -- (B.west);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}\end{center}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{center}\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{scope}[draw, rectangle, inner sep = 3mm, fill = lightgrey]&#xA;    \node (A) at (0,0) {$A$};&#xA;    \node (B) at (2cm,0) {$B$};&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;\draw [-&amp;gt;] (A.east) -- (B.west);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}\end{center}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1427" LastActivityDate="2010-10-10T19:18:52.910" Title="Why do these two tikzpictures result in different output?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="3979" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3978" CreationDate="2010-10-10T19:18:52.910" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;What's happening is that the default style of a node is going unchanged; the parameters you set on the &lt;code&gt;scope&lt;/code&gt; don't apply to anything.  To make it apply, you need to specify that it's the style for a node, using &lt;code&gt;every node/.style&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{center}\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \begin{scope}[every node/.style={ draw&#xA;                                  , rectangle&#xA;                                  , inner sep = 3mm&#xA;                                  , fill      = lightgrey }]&#xA;      \node (A) at (0,0)   {$A$} ;&#xA;      \node (B) at (2cm,0) {$B$} ;&#xA;  \end{scope}&#xA;  \draw [-&amp;gt;] (A.east) -- (B.west);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}\end{center}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could also remove the &lt;code&gt;scope&lt;/code&gt; block and put the options directly after the &lt;code&gt;tikzpicture&lt;/code&gt; environment, as you did in the first block with &lt;code&gt;box/.style&lt;/code&gt;, unless you want to have nodes with other styles.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1425" LastActivityDate="2010-10-10T19:18:52.910" />
  <row Id="3980" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3981" CreationDate="2010-10-10T19:31:26.357" Score="2" ViewCount="197" Body="&lt;p&gt;Consider the following file &lt;code&gt;test.tex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{report}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[protrusion,expansion]{microtype} &#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\chapter{A new chapter}&#xA;Some actual testing text here. Let us make this long enough so that it&#xA;will run over at least one line so I can test to see if protrusion is&#xA;the problem. Ha Ha Ha.!!&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I process it with &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt;, the file generates just fine. If I try to process it with &lt;code&gt;pdflatex -output-format dvi&lt;/code&gt;, it fails with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;kpathsea: Running mktextfm ecrm1095+20&#xA;mktextfm: Running mf-nowin -progname=mf \mode:=ljfour; mag:=1; nonstopmode; input ecrm1095+20&#xA;This is METAFONT, Version 2.718281 (Web2C 2009)&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;kpathsea: Running mktexmf ecrm1095+20&#xA;! I can't find file `ecrm1095+20'.&#xA;&amp;lt;*&amp;gt; ...our; mag:=1; nonstopmode; input ecrm1095+20&#xA;&#xA;Please type another input file name&#xA;! Emergency stop.&#xA;&amp;lt;*&amp;gt; ...our; mag:=1; nonstopmode; input ecrm1095+20&#xA;&#xA;Transcript written on mfput.log.&#xA;grep: ecrm1095+20.log: No such file or directory&#xA;mktextfm: `mf-nowin -progname=mf \mode:=ljfour; mag:=1; nonstopmode; input ecrm1095+20' failed to make ecrm1095+20.tfm.&#xA;kpathsea: Appending font creation commands to missfont.log.&#xA;&#xA;! Font csnameendcsname=ecrm1095+20 at 10.95pt not loadable: Metric (TFM) file n&#xA;ot found.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I set the option &lt;code&gt;expansion=false&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;microtype&lt;/code&gt;, the DVI output compiles just fine. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(a) Is this normal, and is there a good explanation why DVI output breaks while PDF output works? (b) Can this be fixed? or is font expansion something I just shouldn't play with in DVI output?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-10T20:03:24.710" LastActivityDate="2010-10-10T20:03:24.710" Title="microtype font expansion and DVI output; problem with kpathsea" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;dvi&gt;&lt;microtype&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="3981" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3980" CreationDate="2010-10-10T19:44:40.320" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;pdftex&lt;/code&gt; is capable of producing both &lt;code&gt;pdf&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;dvi&lt;/code&gt; output. But font expansion is a feature that belongs to solely &lt;code&gt;pdf&lt;/code&gt; and therefore is not (immediately) available in &lt;code&gt;dvi&lt;/code&gt;. See section 3.5 of &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/microtype/microtype.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the &lt;code&gt;microtype&lt;/code&gt; manual&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;According to that same manual &lt;code&gt;microtype&lt;/code&gt; should be able to realize it's used in a &lt;code&gt;dvi&lt;/code&gt; context, or maybe it &lt;em&gt;does&lt;/em&gt; depend on on the &lt;code&gt;DVIoutput&lt;/code&gt; switch or &lt;code&gt;\pdfoutput=0&lt;/code&gt; command. Either way, you're not going to get the full capacity of &lt;code&gt;microtype&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;dvi&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="210" LastEditorUserId="210" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-10T19:56:57.360" LastActivityDate="2010-10-10T19:56:57.360" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3982" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3980" CreationDate="2010-10-10T19:47:05.697" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;From page 27 of the microtype documentation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;[A]utomatic&lt;/em&gt; font expansion only works&#xA;  when running pdfTeX in PDF mode.&#xA;  Although expansion is also possible in&#xA;  DVI mode, it requires that all&#xA;  instances of the expanded fonts exist&#xA;  on your TeX system.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So (a) this is the expected default behaviour with DVI and (b) fixing it is possible, but probably not worth the trouble.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-10-10T19:47:05.697" />
  <row Id="3983" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-10T20:20:35.043" Score="2" ViewCount="196" Body="&lt;p&gt;My current plotting tool for my papers is &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/pgfplots.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pgfplots&lt;/a&gt; for nice consistent plots. Now I would like to add a boxplot. Is this possible with help of pgfplots, or any helper package?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="459" LastActivityDate="2010-10-10T20:36:14.677" Title="Can I use pgfplots to make a boxplot" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;pgfplots&gt;&lt;boxplot&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="3984" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3983" CreationDate="2010-10-10T20:36:14.677" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am not aware of any easy-to-use packages for producing box plots in &lt;code&gt;pgfplots&lt;/code&gt; but &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/box-and-whisker-plot/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this TeXample example&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.latex-community.org/forum/viewtopic.php?f=45&amp;amp;t=10057&amp;amp;p=38858&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this topic at LaTeX Community&lt;/a&gt; show that it's not too hard to produce one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="210" LastActivityDate="2010-10-10T20:36:14.677" />
  <row Id="3985" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3991" CreationDate="2010-10-10T22:05:54.120" Score="1" ViewCount="128" Body="&lt;p&gt;The following code attempts to absolutely position two nodes with rectangular outlines, then draw a line that goes from the right-hand side of one to the left-hand side of the other, along orthogonal lines with the vertical segment lying directly between the two nodes. But instead of getting that result, this happens:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/C56ta.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can't get the hang of how LaTeX and TikZ length commands work. How can I fix what I've got here?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{amsart}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{calc,fullpage,tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{arrows}&#xA;&#xA;\newlength{\mylengthA}&#xA;\newlength{\mylengthB}&#xA;\newlength{\mylengthC}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{center}\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;[yscale = -1]&#xA;&#xA;\begin{scope} % Boxes&#xA;[ every node/.style = { draw,&#xA;                        rectangle,&#xA;                        inner sep = 3mm,&#xA;                        }&#xA;  ]&#xA;    \node (a) at (0,20mm) {Apple};&#xA;    \node (b) at (28mm,0) {Banana};&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{scope} % Arrows&#xA;[-&amp;gt;, &amp;gt; = angle 90, very thick]&#xA;    \pgfextractx{\mylengthA}{(a.east)}&#xA;    \pgfextractx{\mylengthB}{(b.west)}&#xA;    \setlength{\mylengthC}{\mylengthA/2 + \mylengthB/2}&#xA;    \draw (\mylengthA,20mm) -- (\mylengthC,20mm) |- (\mylengthB,0);&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}\end{center}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1427" LastActivityDate="2010-10-11T03:17:21.617" Title="How do I use \pgfextractx, \setlength and so on together, to achieve a task using paths?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="3987" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3960" CreationDate="2010-10-11T00:50:35.673" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's the best I could come up with. First, I define &lt;code&gt;\oldsection&lt;/code&gt; as the old \section macro, then use it to define a new \section command which first ends the previous multicolumn environment, unless it's the first section, in which case it does nothing, and then starts a new multicolumn environment with a section heading as defined by old section.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I also have to redefine &lt;code&gt;\enddocument&lt;/code&gt; to end the final multicolumn.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is not a very robust or advisable solution, but may work in a pinch.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{multicol}&#xA;\usepackage{ifthen}&#xA;\let\oldsection\section&#xA;\renewcommand*{\section}[1]{%&#xA;    \ifthenelse{\thesection = 0}{}{\end{multicols}}%&#xA;    \begin{multicols}{2}[\oldsection{#1}]}&#xA;\let\oldend\enddocument&#xA;\renewcommand*{\enddocument}{\end{multicols}\oldend}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To used as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage{multicol}&#xA;\usepackage{ifthen}&#xA;\let\oldsection\section&#xA;\renewcommand*{\section}[1]{%&#xA;    \ifthenelse{\thesection = 0}{}{\end{multicols}}%&#xA;    \begin{multicols}{2}[\oldsection{#1}]}&#xA;\let\oldend\enddocument&#xA;\renewcommand*{\enddocument}{\end{multicols}\oldend}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;        \section{My first section}&#xA;        \lipsum[1-2]&#xA;        \section{Another section}&#xA;        \lipsum[3-4]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastEditorUserId="411" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-11T15:42:43.427" LastActivityDate="2010-10-11T15:42:43.427" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3988" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3990" CreationDate="2010-10-11T01:06:26.970" Score="2" ViewCount="307" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to have the chapter name and title of the document appear in the header; I know how to do that with &lt;code&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;titling&lt;/code&gt;, one of the miscellaneous functions of the latter is to preserve the &lt;code&gt;\thetitle&lt;/code&gt; command which can be used to extract the title of the document later on. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now I added on the &lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt; package to make the section/chapter headings look better. But here I run into a problem: &lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt; seems to be overwriting &lt;code&gt;\thetitle&lt;/code&gt; with the contents of &lt;code&gt;\thesection&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\thesubsection&lt;/code&gt;!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An example to show the problem:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{report}&#xA;\usepackage{titling}&#xA;\usepackage{titlesec}&#xA;&#xA;\newpagestyle{testfancy}{%&#xA;  \headrule% &#xA;  \sethead{\thetitle}{}{\chaptertitle}}&#xA;\pagestyle{testfancy}&#xA;&#xA;\title{My title}&#xA;\author{This author}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{A chapter}&#xA;&#xA;some filler text&#xA;&#xA;\newpage&#xA;&#xA;some more filler text&#xA;&#xA;\newpage&#xA;&#xA;\section{Now a section is added}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On page 3, the left header is displayed (as defined and intended) to be the value of &lt;code&gt;\thetitle&lt;/code&gt;, which in this case is &quot;My title&quot;. On page 4, however, after the new section, the left header now shows as &quot;1.1&quot;, the value of &lt;code&gt;\thesection&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this conflict documented somewhere? And is there a fix/workaround?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastActivityDate="2010-10-11T02:30:38.567" Title="titlesec versus titling; mangling \thetitle" Tags="&lt;header-footer&gt;&lt;titlesec&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="3989" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3988" CreationDate="2010-10-11T02:08:30.957" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't know if the conflict is documented anywhere, but it is quite clear from reading the source of the two packages. You can replace your use of &lt;code&gt;\thetitle&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;\mytitle&lt;/code&gt; and at some point after &lt;code&gt;\title{My title}&lt;/code&gt;, put &lt;code&gt;\let\mytitle\thetitle&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt; I should point out that like frabjous's answer, you don't need the &lt;code&gt;titling&lt;/code&gt; package for this. You can use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\let\mytitle\@title&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;after your &lt;code&gt;\title{My title}&lt;/code&gt; instead.]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, when compiling your code, I get the following warning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Package titlesec Warning: You are using an old interface for page styles&#xA;(titlesec)                You could proceed but don't complain if you run&#xA;(titlesec)                into errors.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You might want to fix that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-11T02:30:38.567" LastActivityDate="2010-10-11T02:30:38.567" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3990" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3988" CreationDate="2010-10-11T02:12:09.450" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Kind of hack-ish, but it works. (You might not need &lt;code&gt;titling&lt;/code&gt; any more if this is all you were using it for...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{report}&#xA;\usepackage{titling}&#xA;\usepackage{titlesec}&#xA;&#xA;\let\oldtitle\title&#xA;\renewcommand{\title}[1]{\oldtitle{#1}\newcommand{\mythetitle}{#1}}&#xA;&#xA;\newpagestyle{testfancy}{%&#xA;  \headrule% &#xA;  \sethead{\mythetitle}{}{\chaptertitle}}&#xA;\pagestyle{testfancy}&#xA;&#xA;\author{This author}&#xA;\title{My Title}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{A chapter}&#xA;&#xA;some filler text&#xA;&#xA;\newpage&#xA;&#xA;some more filler text &#xA;&#xA;\newpage&#xA;&#xA;\section{Now a section is added}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-10-11T02:12:09.450" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3991" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3985" CreationDate="2010-10-11T03:17:21.617" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This works:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% mark the midpoint between nodes a and b&#xA;\path (a.east) -- (b.west) node[coordinate,midway] (c) {};&#xA;% Arrows&#xA;\draw[-&amp;gt;,&amp;gt;=angle 90, very thick] (a.east) -| (c) |- (b.west);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You almost never have to use &lt;code&gt;\pgfextract&lt;/code&gt;s.  Instead, use named coordinate nodes and transformations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-10-11T03:17:21.617" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3992" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2699" CreationDate="2010-10-11T03:41:24.820" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I assume you read the section of the pgf manual that documents pgfkeys.  If you haven't, read it.  Many times.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But knowing what the commands do isn't the same as knowing how to use them.  Try looking at some source code for best practices.  Maybe Christian Feuersänger's pgfplots package?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to use pgfkeys for my packages, too, and I think the idea is to create a style for your objects and add your initial keys to those styles for defaults.  Then if other keys are to change styles of other objects they can append to those styles. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-10-11T03:41:24.820" />
  <row Id="3993" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4068" CreationDate="2010-10-11T09:46:03.113" Score="7" ViewCount="257" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do I create two lstlisting environments that each have its own counter?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I use for example &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\lstnewenvironment{algorithm}[2]{&#xA;    \renewcommand\lstlistingname{Algorithm}&#xA;    \lstset{ ... }&#xA;} {}&#xA;&#xA;\lstnewenvironment{program}[2]{&#xA;    \renewcommand\lstlistingname{Program}&#xA;    \lstset{ ... }&#xA;} {}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And then&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{algorithm}{Algorithm caption}{alg-label}&#xA;...&#xA;\end{algorithm}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{program}{Program caption}{prg-label}&#xA;...&#xA;\end{program}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then they will share the counter, i.e. it will result for example in&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Algorithm 1.1&#xA;    ...&#xA;Program 1.2&#xA;    ...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like the counting to be independent for different listing environments. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I also use the caption package to create a nice caption. I've already tried many things but none really successfuly. The only way that I found that indicates how to change the counter/file extension is via i.e. \DeclareCaptionType[fileext=alg]{algorithm} but the problem is that this command already defines a new environment so I don't know how to use it together with a new listings environment and the caption package. I'm using for example the following settings:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareCaptionFont{white}{\color{white}}&#xA;\DeclareCaptionFormat{listing}{\colorbox[cmyk]{0.43, 0.35, 0.35,0.01}{\parbox{\textwidth}{\hspace{15pt}#1#2#3}}}&#xA;\captionsetup[lstlisting]{format=listing,labelfont=white,textfont=white, singlelinecheck=false, margin=0pt, font={bf,footnotesize}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1433" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-28T01:18:34.423" LastActivityDate="2010-11-28T01:18:34.423" Title="Listings: different counters for different listing environments" Tags="&lt;environments&gt;&lt;listings&gt;&lt;counters&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="3994" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3915" CreationDate="2010-10-11T11:55:56.517" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The following strategy worked, but not when I had &lt;code&gt;\mode*&lt;/code&gt; in operation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{&#xA;\usebackgroundtemplate{\includegraphics[width=\paperwidth]{figure}}&#xA;\begin{frame}[plain]&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following seems to work when I have &lt;code&gt;\mode*&lt;/code&gt; operating in the document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\mode&amp;lt;all&amp;gt;&#xA;{&#xA;\usebackgroundtemplate{\includegraphics[width=\paperwidth]{figure}}&#xA;\begin{frame}[plain]&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;}&#xA;\mode&amp;lt;all&amp;gt;{\usebackgroundtemplate{}}&#xA;\mode*&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="151" LastActivityDate="2010-10-11T11:55:56.517" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3995" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3999" CreationDate="2010-10-11T13:41:05.170" Score="9" ViewCount="702" Body="&lt;p&gt;Which way of exporting Matlab graphics delivers the best result for inclusion in LaTeX? Is it possible to export scalable vector graphics, or even LaTeX graphics?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1183" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-23T09:44:38.767" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T09:44:38.767" Title="What is the best way to include Matlab graphics?" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;" AnswerCount="8" FavoriteCount="6" />
  <row Id="3996" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3995" CreationDate="2010-10-11T13:46:32.673" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you want to have scalable results, the better way is maybe to use the vectorial format eps (encapsulated postscript) but you will have to compile with &quot;classic&quot; latex and not pdflatex.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am pretty sure that matlab is able to generate eps.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1435" LastActivityDate="2010-10-11T13:46:32.673" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="3997" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4005" CreationDate="2010-10-11T13:53:16.450" Score="2" ViewCount="415" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a LaTeX distribution for the Mac which has or comes close to MiKTeX's ability to download missing packages automatically?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="791" LastEditorUserId="729" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-11T15:32:27.627" LastActivityDate="2010-10-11T18:09:50.387" Title="Automatic missing package download on the Mac" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;automation&gt;&lt;mactex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="3998" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3993" CreationDate="2010-10-11T13:53:32.253" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Maybe you should try to invoke manually the command &lt;code&gt;setcounter&lt;/code&gt; to change the counter of &lt;code&gt;lstlisting&lt;/code&gt; like that :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setcounter{lstlisting}{value}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thus, you will be able to re-initialize the counter for each new environments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then you could do more complicated things like automating the invocation of setcounter with the values of the label.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1435" LastActivityDate="2010-10-11T13:53:32.253" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="3999" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3995" CreationDate="2010-10-11T13:54:36.727" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In case the kind of graphics you wish to export is supported by &lt;code&gt;matlab2tikz&lt;/code&gt;, there is only one way to go: &lt;a href=&quot;http://win.ua.ac.be/~nschloe/content/matlab2tikz&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;matlab2tikz&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You get true vector graphics in TikZ, i.e., no fiddling with PostScript, being restricted to &lt;code&gt;latex&lt;/code&gt;, no going back and redoing graphics when your font or color scheme changes, small changes in for instance the legend are done in-place, ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="210" LastEditorUserId="210" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-11T16:03:33.973" LastActivityDate="2010-10-11T16:03:33.973" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4000" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3995" CreationDate="2010-10-11T14:07:11.017" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;you may also have a look at the export in pstricks : &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mathworks.de/matlabcentral/fileexchange/25298&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;fig2tex&lt;/a&gt; together with the provided links.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastActivityDate="2010-10-11T14:07:11.017" />
  <row Id="4001" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3997" CreationDate="2010-10-11T14:17:17.530" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/mactex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;MacTeX&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/texlive/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX live&lt;/a&gt; is included which has &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/texlive/tlmgr.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tlmgr&lt;/a&gt; (the TeX live manager) to update and install packages (see the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/mactex/whatsinthepackage.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;overview&lt;/a&gt; of what is included in MacTeX). There is also the &lt;a href=&quot;http://code.google.com/p/mactlmgr/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX Live Utility&lt;/a&gt;, a Mac OS X graphical interface for tlmgr.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Regards,&#xA;Dominik.-&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1376" LastActivityDate="2010-10-11T14:17:17.530" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4003" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4004" CreationDate="2010-10-11T16:24:36.077" Score="2" ViewCount="136" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have the following line:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$P(can't\,communicate)&#xA;  = \frac{\#\,of\,combinations\,of\,4\,different\,keys}&#xA;         {total\,possible\,arrangements}&#xA;  = \frac{\frac{10*9*8*7}{4}}{2025}&#xA;  = \frac{1260}{2025} = 0.62 = 62 \% $&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This doesn't all fit on one line, so the &quot;= 0.62 = 62 %&quot; falls under a new line, but it is stretched across to fill the WHOLE LINE.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why is this, and how can I stop it from happening?  I just want it to look standard..&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1438" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-12T02:53:17.770" LastActivityDate="2010-10-12T02:53:17.770" Title="Why is the spacing for this completely whacky?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;spacing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="4004" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4003" CreationDate="2010-10-11T16:39:30.663" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think it is due to your spacing using \,. &#xA;If you want to type text inside math environment use \text{} from amsmath. &#xA;In your case you can use &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; $P(\text{can't communicate})&#xA;   = \frac{\#\text{ of combinations of 4 different keys}}&#xA;          {\text{total possible arrangements}}&#xA;   = \frac{\frac{10*9*8*7}{4}}{2025}&#xA;   = \frac{1260}{2025}  = 0.62 = 62$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since it is too long it is better if you don't use inline math and use some equation or align environment, e.g. (using the align environment from amsmath package) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \begin{align}&#xA; P(\text{can't communicate}) &#xA;  &amp;amp; = \frac{\#\text{ of combinations of 4 different keys}}&#xA;           {\text{total possible arrangements}}\\&#xA;  &amp;amp; = \frac{\frac{10*9*8*7}{4}}{2025}\\&#xA;  &amp;amp; = \frac{1260}{2025}\\&#xA;  &amp;amp; = 0.62\\&#xA;  &amp;amp; = 62 \%&#xA; \end{align}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="574" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-12T01:50:10.363" LastActivityDate="2010-10-12T01:50:10.363" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4005" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3997" CreationDate="2010-10-11T18:03:58.910" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;MikTeX can download packages on-the-fly due to custom additions to the source code used to build compilers such as &lt;code&gt;pdftex&lt;/code&gt;.  The downside to this approach is that new compilers, a recent example is &lt;code&gt;luatex&lt;/code&gt;, experience a delayed release until the work has been done to integrate the MikTeX additions that enable on-the-fly downloads.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Outside of the MikTeX distribution, I am aware of no set of TeX compilers that includes the ability to automatically download missing packages.  You could try compiling and installing the &lt;a href=&quot;http://miktex.org/unx/about&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;MikTeX Tools&lt;/a&gt; which is an attempt to port the MikTeX package manager, and versions of the TeX compilers that are integrated with it, to UNIX and Linux.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sticking with MacTeX is probably still the best way to go for a complete, stable TeX distribution on OS X.  Since MacTeX is based on TeX live and not MikTeX, you won't have on-the-fly installation; but you will have the excellent &lt;code&gt;tlmgr&lt;/code&gt; package manager domwass described in his answer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastEditorUserId="17" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-11T18:09:50.387" LastActivityDate="2010-10-11T18:09:50.387" />
  <row Id="4007" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3995" CreationDate="2010-10-11T18:23:58.697" Score="-1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Matlab gives you .fig graphs. Just change that to eps(you might want a copy of the original .fig so u can edit it using matlab). Include that eps graph in latex using includegraphicxs command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1441" LastActivityDate="2010-10-11T18:23:58.697" />
  <row Id="4008" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3995" CreationDate="2010-10-11T19:30:50.397" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.network-theory.co.uk/docs/octave3/octave_163.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;print&lt;/code&gt; command in Octave&lt;/a&gt; allows several devices for LaTeX output: &lt;code&gt;-dtex&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;-depslatex&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;-depslatexstandalone&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;-dpstex&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;-dpslatex&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.reimeika.ca/marco/prettyplots/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Making plots using Octave, gnuplot, and LaTeX&lt;/a&gt; by  Marco De la Cruz-Heredia has some good examples.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mathworks.com/help/techdoc/ref/print.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;print&lt;/code&gt; command in Matlab&lt;/a&gt; can write to eps (see Elenaher's comment), so that is another option.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1195" LastEditorUserId="1195" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-28T14:31:28.910" LastActivityDate="2011-01-28T14:31:28.910" />
  <row Id="4009" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4012" CreationDate="2010-10-11T20:01:23.457" Score="5" ViewCount="922" Body="&lt;h2&gt;The question&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I create slides for presentations in LaTeX with the Beamer class, I like to use constructions with &lt;code&gt;overprint&lt;/code&gt; like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{frame}&#xA;  \begin{block}{}&#xA;    \begin{itemize}&#xA;      \item Some general remarks about ALL plots&#xA;    \end{itemize}&#xA;  \end{block}&#xA;  \begin{block}{}&#xA;    \begin{center}&#xA;      \begin{overprint}&#xA;        \only&amp;lt;+&amp;gt;{&#xA;          \incgraphics{width=7cm}{plot1.pdf}\\&#xA;          Explanation of Figure 1&#xA;        }&#xA;        \only&amp;lt;+&amp;gt;{&#xA;          \incgraphics{width=7cm}{plot2.pdf}\\&#xA;          Explanation of Figure 2&#xA;        }&#xA;        % maybe more plots...&#xA;      \end{overprint}&#xA;    \end{center}&#xA;  \end{block}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem is that like this &lt;em&gt;all slides created from one &lt;code&gt;frame&lt;/code&gt; are assigned the same page number&lt;/em&gt; which makes people complain that it's difficult to follow which slide I am on (when giving the talk via phone etc.).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I change this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;A minimal example to reproduce the problem&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;&#xA;\usetheme{Madrid}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;  Common text\\&#xA;  \begin{overprint}&#xA;    \only&amp;lt;+&amp;gt;{&#xA;      Figure 1 and explanation of Figure 1&#xA;    }&#xA;    \only&amp;lt;+&amp;gt;{&#xA;      Figure 2 and explanation of Figure 2&#xA;    }&#xA;  \end{overprint}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Partial answer&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One can mess around with &lt;code&gt;\setbeamertemplate&lt;/code&gt; and use &lt;code&gt;\insertpagenumber{}&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\insertframenumber{}&lt;/code&gt;, but like this you lose generality (e.g. you cannot switch between themes easily). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Maybe there is a better solution?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1442" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T20:04:20.767" Title="LaTeX Beamer: How to get distinct page numbers when using overlays?" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;numbering&gt;&lt;page-numbering&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="4010" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3070" CreationDate="2010-10-11T20:07:22.177" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt; class supports an &lt;code&gt;ebook&lt;/code&gt; paper size, designed to be nicely displayed on digital readers. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastActivityDate="2010-10-11T20:07:22.177" />
  <row Id="4011" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2316" CreationDate="2010-10-11T20:10:41.920" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Check a two column setup.  Copy your text in inglish (some paragraphs) and translate them. Insert vertical space as needed, to align paragraphs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1076" LastActivityDate="2010-10-11T20:10:41.920" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4012" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4009" CreationDate="2010-10-11T20:33:59.803" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Good question.  There seems to be no built-in functionality to do what you want.  There must be a counter that holds the slide number, but the manual doesn't seem to expose it and I don't want to delve into the source.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My solution might be classified as &quot;messing around&quot;, but here goes:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usetheme{Madrid}&#xA;\newcounter{slidenumber}&#xA;&#xA;\defbeamertemplate*{footline}{infolines theme frame plus slide}{&#xA;    \setcounter{slidenumber}{\insertpagenumber}%&#xA;    \addtocounter{slidenumber}{-\insertframestartpage}%&#xA;    \addtocounter{slidenumber}{1}%&#xA;    \leavevmode%&#xA;    \hbox{%&#xA;        \begin{beamercolorbox}[wd=.333333\paperwidth,ht=2.25ex,dp=1ex,center]{author in head/foot}%&#xA;            \usebeamerfont{author in head/foot}\insertshortauthor~~(\insertshortinstitute)&#xA;        \end{beamercolorbox}%&#xA;        \begin{beamercolorbox}[wd=.333333\paperwidth,ht=2.25ex,dp=1ex,center]{title in head/foot}%&#xA;            \usebeamerfont{title in head/foot}\insertshorttitle&#xA;        \end{beamercolorbox}%&#xA;        \begin{beamercolorbox}[wd=.333333\paperwidth,ht=2.25ex,dp=1ex,right]{date in head/foot}%&#xA;            \usebeamerfont{date in head/foot}\insertshortdate{}\hspace*{2em}&#xA;            \insertframenumber.\arabic{slidenumber}{}/ \inserttotalframenumber\hspace*{2ex} &#xA;        \end{beamercolorbox}}%&#xA;        \vskip0pt%&#xA;    }&#xA;&#xA;\setbeamertemplate{footline}[infolines theme frame plus slide]&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;    Common text\\&#xA;    \begin{overprint}&#xA;        \only&amp;lt;+&amp;gt;{&#xA;            Figure 1 and explanation of Figure 1&#xA;        }&#xA;        \only&amp;lt;+&amp;gt;{&#xA;            Figure 2 and explanation of Figure 2&#xA;        }&#xA;    \end{overprint}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;    Common text on frame 2\\&#xA;    \begin{overprint}&#xA;        \only&amp;lt;+&amp;gt;{&#xA;            Figure 1 and explanation of Figure 1&#xA;        }&#xA;        \only&amp;lt;+&amp;gt;{&#xA;            Figure 2 and explanation of Figure 2&#xA;        }&#xA;    \end{overprint}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any theme which uses the infolines inner theme can thus be modified.  If you didn't want to touch any templating, you &lt;em&gt;could&lt;/em&gt; redefine &lt;code&gt;\insertframenumber&lt;/code&gt; to return the frame number . slide number, but I don't know if that's going to break anything else.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-10-11T20:33:59.803" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4013" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3126" CreationDate="2010-10-11T20:57:11.300" Score="-2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To get rid of the page number, try adding \renewcommand{\thepage}{} to the preamble, after after \pagestyle{fancy}.  Works for me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1443" LastActivityDate="2010-10-11T20:57:11.300" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4014" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-11T22:47:20.920" Score="4" ViewCount="247" Body="&lt;p&gt;I used the following command for setting up an appendix section:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setcounter{section}{0}&#xA;\renewcommand{\theequation}{\Alph{section}.\arabic{equation}}&#xA;\renewcommand{\thesection}{\Alph{section}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I don't want to use \appendix)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Equations work fine, they have A.1, A.2, etc. Yet, whenever I refer to an appendix in the text using &lt;code&gt;~\ref{appendix:name_of_appendix}&lt;/code&gt;, I get a consecutive number from the sections (a numeral) instead of a reorder appendix section name (A, B, C, etc.).&#xA;Any ideas what's wrong? (I re-ran pdflatex several times.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I use it as following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;We see in Appendix~\ref{appendix:a} that ...&#xA;&#xA;[...]&#xA;&#xA;\setcounter{section}{0}&#xA;\renewcommand{\theequation}{\Alph{section}.\arabic{equation}}&#xA;\renewcommand{\thesection}{\Alph{section}}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\section*{Appendix A: xxx}&#xA;\label{appendix:a}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1444" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-12T02:19:19.913" LastActivityDate="2010-10-12T15:27:29.120" Title="how do I set up appendices?" Tags="&lt;appendices&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4015" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4014" CreationDate="2010-10-12T00:57:35.780" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\section*&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;code&gt;\section*&lt;/code&gt; introduces an unnumbered section so the &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt; continues to reference the previous section. If you want to reformat the way the appendix heading is formatted then change the format using &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/tagged/sections&quot;&gt;one of the many methods for doing so&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-10-12T00:57:35.780" />
  <row Id="4016" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3995" CreationDate="2010-10-12T01:46:03.253" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are two Matlab packages for exporting graphs to EPS plus psfrag, which replaces the labels inside the figures with strings that are typeset by LaTeX. They are laprint and matlabfrag; I recommend the latter as it will work for more graphic types, and laprint is no longer supported.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The support for surface-plot output may well make this a better option than the tikz based converters, otherwise the quality will be largely the same.   &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To include these types of graphics into pdfLaTeX, use the pstool package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-10-12T01:46:03.253" />
  <row Id="4017" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4018" CreationDate="2010-10-12T04:13:31.313" Score="6" ViewCount="113" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to compute the remaining space on the current page and issue an optional command?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-10-13T05:02:39.203" Title="How to compute the remaining space on the current page" Tags="&lt;programming&gt;&lt;algorithms&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="4018" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4017" CreationDate="2010-10-12T04:19:05.890" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;See the needspace package. It might do what you need, or at least give inspiration for whatever it is you're trying to do :-) Namely, the \pagegoal and \pagetotal registers should help. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-10-12T04:19:05.890" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4019" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4020" CreationDate="2010-10-12T09:42:54.397" Score="6" ViewCount="366" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using the common approach of having indentations for new paragraphs and no indentation directly after a headline. I have an environment for 'information boxes' defined like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{sectionbox}[2][]{\begin{shaded}\refstepcounter{sectionbox}\par\medski\noindent%&#xA;\textbf{Box~\thesectionbox #1: #2&#xA;\vspace{0.1cm} \hrule \vspace{0.1cm}}\rmfamily}&#xA;{\medskip \end{shaded}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem is that I don't want indentation at the beginning of these boxes -- they have a headline and hence they shouldn't have an indentation...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have tried with &lt;code&gt;\noindent&lt;/code&gt; but that isn't the right way since it only works when placed directly before the text which is to not be indented and the user of the environment might start with an empty line...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Google brought me to &lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/1267662/not-indent-the-first-paragraph-of-a-latex-document&quot;&gt;this page&lt;/a&gt; but their suggestion &quot;&lt;code&gt;\@afterindentfalse&lt;/code&gt;&quot; is apparantly not something I can use since I am in the wrong mode as LaTeX pointed out to me: &#xA;&lt;code&gt;You can't use `\spacefactor' in internal vertical mode.&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, what can I use (that fixes this)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="298" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-23T14:05:35.070" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T14:05:35.070" Title="no indentation at the beginning of environment" Tags="&lt;indentation&gt;&lt;environments&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4020" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4019" CreationDate="2010-10-12T10:12:38.723" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;How'bout using &lt;code&gt;\noindent\ignorespaces&lt;/code&gt;? See &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/LaTeX/Customizing_LaTeX#Extra_space&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/LaTeX/Customizing_LaTeX#Extra_space&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you use the following&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{myEnv}%&#xA;  {\noindent\ignorespaces\endlinechar=-1}%&#xA;  {\endlinechar=13}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;it will solve the problem of the first line being indented. But all endline characters in your environment will be gobbled, so you can't have paragraphs the usual way inside the environment.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another option would be to use a trivial list (stolen from &lt;code&gt;amsthm&lt;/code&gt;'s proof environment)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{myEnv}%&#xA;  {\noindent\trivlist\item\ignorespaces}%&#xA;  {\endtrivlist}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which should, I think, do what you want, provided it plays well with the &lt;code&gt;shaded&lt;/code&gt; environment. Whether either of this is suitable depends on your needs, of course. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastEditorUserId="119" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-12T13:30:37.180" LastActivityDate="2010-10-12T13:30:37.180" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4021" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4024" CreationDate="2010-10-12T10:22:49.680" Score="4" ViewCount="119" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to attach a marker to just a place in text, not to section, sub-section, etc.?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is what I'm trying to achieve:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{document}&#xA;Alex (see~\ref{alex}) is a boy, &#xA;Jessica (see~\ref{jessica}) is a girl.&#xA;[...]&#xA;\label{alex}\ref{alex}: Alex Johnson: 4 y.o.&#xA;\label{jessica}\ref{jessica}: Jessica D.: 5 y.o.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to get something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Alex (see 1) is a boy, &#xA;Jessica (see 2) is a girl.&#xA;[...]&#xA;1: Alex Johnson: 4 y.o.&#xA;2: Jessica D.: 5 y.o.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Makes sense?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1449" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-10T16:33:53.457" LastActivityDate="2010-12-10T16:33:53.457" Title="How to set a marker/counter/label to an arbitrary piece of text?" Tags="&lt;labels&gt;&lt;counters&gt;&lt;cross-referencing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4022" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-12T10:30:13.147" Score="4" ViewCount="153" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to use biblatex to generate citations that follow the&#xA;Oxford Standard for Citation Of Legal Authorities (OSCOLA),&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.law.ox.ac.uk/publications/oscola.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.law.ox.ac.uk/publications/oscola.php&lt;/a&gt;. I'm not sure what&#xA;citation style this is based on - it doesn't seem to use Oxford referencing style. Is anyone aware of a biblatex style file that generates output in this style?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If not, is there any quick-start guide to writing your own style file?&#xA;I have had a go, using the biblatex manual, but it assumes a lot of&#xA;existing knowledge, and it's not easy to figure out how to get the&#xA;elements of the citation to line up in the correct order.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Rónán&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1450" LastActivityDate="2010-10-12T12:35:24.320" Title="Biblatex style file for OSCOLA?" Tags="&lt;biblatex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="4023" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4019" CreationDate="2010-10-12T10:56:25.363" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\@afterindentfalse&lt;/code&gt; contains a &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt;, so you should make &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt; a letter before your definition. &lt;code&gt;\makeatletter\newenvironment ...&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=atvert&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=atvert&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-29T00:34:32.983" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T00:34:32.983" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4024" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4021" CreationDate="2010-10-12T11:19:25.220" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can only &lt;code&gt;\ref&lt;/code&gt;-er to a &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt; that has been attached to a counter using &lt;code&gt;\refstepcounter&lt;/code&gt;. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcounter{foo}&#xA;...&#xA;Alex (see~\ref{alex}) is a boy, &#xA;Jessica (see~\ref{jessica}) is a girl.&#xA;[...]&#xA;\refstepcounter{foo}\thefoo\label{alex}: Alex Johnson: 4 y.o.&#xA;\refstepcounter{foo}\thefoo\label{jessica}: Jessica D.: 5 y.o.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Internally, this is the way that all labelling and referencing is done with sections, figures, and so on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-12T13:55:29.433" LastActivityDate="2010-10-12T13:55:29.433" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4025" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4022" CreationDate="2010-10-12T12:12:20.710" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;After a brief look, this seems to be an author-title scheme, so you should take one of biblatex’s authortitle styles as a starting point. The general strategy on how to create you own style has been described by Philipp Lehman in a &lt;a href=&quot;http://groups.google.de/group/comp.text.tex/browse_thread/thread/2f96a5e7f4199aba/9d62ccd9df6c097f?q=#9d62ccd9df6c097f&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;discussion on comp.text.tex&lt;/a&gt; (Message-ID: ermsi1$ab6$1@online.de) some time ago. Although biblatex has changed a lot since then, the general approach is the same.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have written a short introduction on how to write a biblatex style for the journal of the German usergroup, »Die TeXnische Komödie« (2008, no. 4), but obviously this is in German. If it is of any help to you, you will find it here: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://biblatex.dominik-wassenhoven.de/dtk.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Bibliographien erstellen mit biblatex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Regards,&#xA;Dominik.-&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1376" LastEditorUserId="1376" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-12T12:35:24.320" LastActivityDate="2010-10-12T12:35:24.320" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4026" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4027" CreationDate="2010-10-12T12:52:21.027" Score="15" ViewCount="486" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello all,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am starting a PhD, so reading papers and writing notes about them will be my routine for some months. I like to be organized so I try to add the interesting publications to a bib file. However, when writing my master dissertation, I didn't know how to organize my citation keys. I had some keys like &lt;code&gt;paper:smith03&lt;/code&gt;, others like &lt;code&gt;master:goodwin97a&lt;/code&gt; and even &lt;code&gt;paper:john2008adaptivealg&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I initially thought that &lt;code&gt;type&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;code&gt;first lastname&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;code&gt;year&lt;/code&gt; was a good start but it then got a little out of control when I added authors that had the same last name or when the same author published many papers in the same year. I then tought about &lt;code&gt;type&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;code&gt;first lastname&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;code&gt;year&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;code&gt;first couple of words of publication&lt;/code&gt;, but it seemed to long, over-explained like the Hungarian notation of a variable (my initial approach was already a bit Hungarian-ish)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;My question is:&lt;/strong&gt; do you have any tips or good citation keys for bibtex entries?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="146" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-06T16:21:27.867" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T16:21:27.867" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-10-12T13:02:08.603" Title="Recommended citation key construction" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;subjective&gt;" AnswerCount="8" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="4027" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4026" CreationDate="2010-10-12T13:13:53.790" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I keep all my references in a simple scheme, like {authorYear}, e.g. &lt;strong&gt;smith00&lt;/strong&gt; (no need for full year -- in my field all the interesting work starts from 1960s). If necessary, I add a suffix &quot;&lt;strong&gt;-2&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;, &quot;&lt;strong&gt;-3&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;, etc. when multiple papers are available from the same author in a given year. With short and common names (such as those of people of East Asian origin), I usually add the second author's name as well, e.g. &lt;strong&gt;leejung08&lt;/strong&gt; (Lee and Jung, 2008)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The main good thing is that most references are short and easy enough and I can remember them exactly after a few repetitions without consulting the bibliography database.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I never had problems with keeping up, even though my bibliography database contains 200 or so entries. With a good bibliography manager, I never spend more than a few seconds finding whatever reference I need, especially when you're able to navigate quickly through it to the electronic resource (PDF, web link, DOI).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Paper organization tip: I mark all my printed papers with the same key as the BibTeX keys, and when kept at alphabetical order, you can easily find the one you need.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update:&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;Rename all your electronic publications (you &lt;em&gt;do&lt;/em&gt; keep them offline, don't you?) using the BibteX key as a filename (nothing worse having a directory full of files with names that look like Perl code). (Hat tip to @Seamus for the reminder).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="711" LastEditorUserId="711" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-13T12:49:43.830" LastActivityDate="2010-10-13T12:49:43.830" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-10-12T13:13:53.790" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4028" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4026" CreationDate="2010-10-12T14:09:20.630" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you're generating your own keys, I suggest &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;name&amp;gt;:&amp;lt;title&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; where both fields are shortened/abbreviated.  For instance, a paper by Atiyah and Bott called &quot;The Moment Map and Equivariant Cohomology&quot; could be keyed as &lt;code&gt;A-B:moment-map&lt;/code&gt;.  Who cares what year it was published?  Not you; that's for people who want to look it up, and that's what the bibliography is for.  I don't think a catch-all system is as important as being able to remember the key when you type it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But you might also leave the key generation to somebody or something else.  MathSciNet (I can only speak from the math world) allows you to export records as BibTeX, and generates keys for you.  If you're using a Mac, use BibDesk to manage your bibliography.  It can import records from many sources and generates keys as well.  Then you can copy citations from BibDesk into your LaTeX window.  The keys are ugly but you just search and copy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I appreciate the desire for a system and for consistency; I've suffered from it often.  But don't let a system get in the way of the task of actually reading those papers you're citing. :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-10-12T14:09:20.630" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-10-12T14:09:20.630" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4029" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4014" CreationDate="2010-10-12T15:27:29.120" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Personally I think Lev's answer is the right way to do things. But in case you have really some attachment to &lt;code&gt;\section*&lt;/code&gt;, what you can do is to insert &lt;code&gt;\refstepcounter&lt;/code&gt; manually between the &lt;code&gt;\section*&lt;/code&gt; command and the &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt; command, as in&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section*{Appendix A: xxx}&#xA;\refstepcounter{section}&#xA;\label{appendix:a}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastActivityDate="2010-10-12T15:27:29.120" />
  <row Id="4030" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4026" CreationDate="2010-10-12T15:36:33.747" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Back in the days when I kept my bibtex references in a single .bib file, I used a very simple system.  I took the initials of the author(s), put them in alphabetical order (by surname) and then added a number to make it unique.  To avoid confusing myself, I only added numbers on the second reference by that author, and then started at 2.  So I had 'jm', 'jm2', 'jm3', and so forth (up to about 'jm9' at least since there's both John Milnor and Jack Morava!).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course I couldn't remember all of these, nor could I remember what I was up to, and it was too much of a hassle to work out the initials each time, so I had a script to do it for me that would import an entry, generate the key, and search through existing ones when I asked it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now I use a slightly more sophisticated system that can slurp in records off the web (MathSciNet and arXiv, primarily, as I'm a mathematician).  I can't recall what format the citation keys are in, because I don't really care - citation keys are only for the computer to link the &lt;code&gt;\ref&lt;/code&gt; to the bibliographic information.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In short, my advice is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Don't worry about a system, you'll never remember exactly what is the key for a particular paper except for the 4 or 5 papers you cite &lt;em&gt;all the time&lt;/em&gt; and you'll remember the keys for them &lt;em&gt;whatever they are&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Do worry about organising your references.  Get a database installed that you like and which doesn't irritate you.  I recommend refbase, but tastes vary.  I also recommend getting one that can store copies of the documents, or at the very least link to them.  After all, was it Atiyah-Singer I or Atiyah-Singer II or Atiyah-Segal that contained the actual result you want to cite?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-10-12T15:36:33.747" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-10-12T15:36:33.747" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4031" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4026" CreationDate="2010-10-12T15:45:10.580" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Not the question you asked, but, for ease of organization, I would personally suggest using a reference manager. I am biased toward &lt;a href=&quot;http://jabref.sourceforge.net/index.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;JabRef&lt;/a&gt;, but I've also heard good things about &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.zotero.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Zotero&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mendeley.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Mendeley&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With JabRef, I save all my citation keys just the publication year tacked onto a 6-letter abbreviation for lastnames of the authors, as evenly divided as possible. (So 1 author is the first six letters, 2 authors is the first three of each of the author [if one of the individuals only has a two letter lastname, the key will be shorter], 3 authors is the first two of each, 4 and more is the first letter of the first 6 authors.) Same author/year combination I will just tack letters a,b,c,etc onto the key. So the third publication by A.Scientist in the year 1969 will be &lt;code&gt;Scient1969b&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've only started using JabRef a year ago, and my bib database has grown to close to 300 entries now. It is much easier to manage than what I have before.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That said, my previous flat-file based bibliographic database has several directories (each for a category of mathematics roughly corresponding to the arXiv tags), each directory contains several files (sub-specifications). So an entry on nonlinear wave equations will be under the directory &lt;code&gt;mathAP&lt;/code&gt; in the file &lt;code&gt;NLW&lt;/code&gt;. And I had a &lt;code&gt;bash/sed&lt;/code&gt; script which read all the files, collected all the entries into a master bibtex file, where the keys to each entry is prepended with &lt;code&gt;[directory]:[filename]:&lt;/code&gt; The key itself in the files were the author lastnames plus year. So the final key looked like &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;category:subcategrory:author:year&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and was extremely unwieldy. (So then I wrote a &lt;code&gt;vim&lt;/code&gt; plug-in to search my bibTex file...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Like I said, it was ugly, and while it worked, I let the implementation of that system sap way too much time out of actual research. So take it as a cautionary tale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastActivityDate="2010-10-12T15:45:10.580" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-10-12T15:45:10.580" />
  <row Id="4032" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4026" CreationDate="2010-10-12T16:47:45.327" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think that Zotero and Mendeley are the way; they have BibTeX-oriented features that make the integration with your LaTeX system almost seamless. Personally, I'm in love with Mendeley.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Practically speaking, I'd remember the content of a paper, rather than its citation key.&#xA;Mendeley helps you to find the paper you are interested and is very helpful in:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;importing the reference with several tool (the web importer is the best one)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;organizing the reference with tags and collections&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;creating a unique citation key for each reference&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;automatically creating the &lt;code&gt;.bib&lt;/code&gt; file you need (you may also opt for a bib file for every collection you create&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, you only have to tell LaTeX where your bibtex file is, and you're done!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="177" LastActivityDate="2010-10-12T16:47:45.327" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-10-12T16:47:45.327" />
  <row Id="4033" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3971" CreationDate="2010-10-12T16:47:49.397" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quote from the MinionPro manual:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;If you prefer another math font (such as eulervm) use the option onlytext as explained in Section 3.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Did you try that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1455" LastActivityDate="2010-10-12T16:47:49.397" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4034" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4019" CreationDate="2010-10-12T18:09:21.343" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Didn't the stackoverflow answer you referred to suggset using &lt;code&gt;\@afterindentfalse \@afterheading&lt;/code&gt; ?&#xA;Using just the former won't work. &lt;code&gt;\@afterheading&lt;/code&gt; uses the &lt;code&gt;\everypar&lt;/code&gt; token register to remove indentation at the first paragraph, when &lt;code&gt;\@if@afterindent&lt;/code&gt; is false.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I would have made this a comment to your comment to Ulrike's answer, but I haven't got the rep to comment yet.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-29T00:33:45.870" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T00:33:45.870" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4035" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4056" CreationDate="2010-10-12T19:21:33.837" Score="4" ViewCount="111" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using TEI Lite, and trying to typeset with ConTeXt. TEI Lite defines &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;divGen type='toc' /&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; to signal the Table of Contents, which in ConTeXt is &lt;code&gt;\completecontents&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now I am trying this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\startxmlsetups xml:divGen[@type='toc']&#xA;                \completecontents&#xA;\stopxmlsetups&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but it's not working.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How do I map this self closing tag to the ConTeXt Table of Contents command?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1222" LastActivityDate="2010-10-13T07:18:02.457" Title="ConTeXt mkIV and XML: how do you define a self closing tag with no content to pass?" Tags="&lt;context&gt;&lt;xml&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="4036" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4040" CreationDate="2010-10-12T20:42:53.520" Score="1" ViewCount="202" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using &lt;code&gt;\ding{52}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\ding{56}&lt;/code&gt; from the &lt;code&gt;pifont&lt;/code&gt; package to get nice satisfying thick ticks and crosses. I'd like a question mark &lt;code&gt;?&lt;/code&gt; that fits with these. &lt;code&gt;\textbf{?}&lt;/code&gt; is too small, and not thick enough. (And ideally, I'd like it to be a bit more &quot;hand drawn&quot;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anyone have a suggestion? (Either a way to get a &lt;code&gt;?&lt;/code&gt; that looks good with the &lt;code&gt;pifont&lt;/code&gt; ticks and crosses, or a way to do all three in a consistent way other wise?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's an example of the code I'm using.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  \begin{itemize}[&amp;lt;+-&amp;gt;]&#xA;  \item[\onslide&amp;lt;+-&amp;gt;{\ding{56}}] Foo&#xA;  \item[\onslide&amp;lt;+-&amp;gt;{\ding{52}}] Bar&#xA;  \item[\onslide&amp;lt;+-&amp;gt;{\ding{52}}] Stuff&#xA;  \item[\onslide&amp;lt;+-&amp;gt;{\textbf{?}}] Things&#xA;  \end{itemize}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2010-10-12T22:26:19.287" Title="A big thick question mark" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;dingbats&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="4037" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3971" CreationDate="2010-10-12T21:04:25.357" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't have any version of minionpro installed, so I can't test, but in similar circumstances, one thing that has worked for me is to stick it in a savebox &lt;i&gt;before&lt;/i&gt; loading the new font package, and then redefine the command to use the savebox, i.e., something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\newsavebox{\oldell}&#xA;\savebox{\oldell}{\ensuremath{\ell}}&#xA;\usepackage{minionpro}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\ell}{\usebox{\oldell}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;    $\ell$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-10-12T21:04:25.357" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4038" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4026" CreationDate="2010-10-12T21:06:44.133" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Also, see the related: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3673/how-should-i-handle-bibtex-files-of-my-co-authors/3690#3690&quot;&gt;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3673/how-should-i-handle-bibtex-files-of-my-co-authors/3690#3690&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="922" LastActivityDate="2010-10-12T21:06:44.133" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-10-12T21:06:44.133" />
  <row Id="4039" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4026" CreationDate="2010-10-12T21:07:57.597" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I can't tell you how to organize your office, but I can give you the layout of my own desk:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;1.&lt;/strong&gt; If a paper has one author, then the key is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;lt; 1st four letters of author's last name&gt;:&amp;lt;1st four letters of first important word in title&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Slice Sampling&quot; by Radford Neal, published in 2003&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;would be labeled:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Neal:slic:2003&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;2.&lt;/strong&gt;  If a paper has two authors then include the first four letters of the second author's name as well.  (Authors have a tendency to publish on the same topics and I find this helps to group similar articles.)  For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Examples of Adaptive MCMC&quot; by G.O. Roberts and J.S. Rosenthal in 2009&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;would be labeled:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Robe:Rose:adap:2009&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;3.&lt;/strong&gt; If a paper has more than three authors, then I include &quot;etal&quot; instead of the second author's last name, for Example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Bayesian Selection of Continuous-Time Markov Chain Evolutionary Models&quot; by Marc A. Suchard, Robert E. Weiss and Janet S. Sinsheimer published in 2001&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;would be labeled:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Such:etal:CTMCeM:2001&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I also included the last one because sometimes I find that a single word doesn't help me remember the paper.  Sometimes I'll use a whole word if two abbreviations collide (para -&gt; parallel, parallax, etc.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;But Most Important:&lt;/strong&gt; I use a program which is able to search the titles and abstracts efficiently and provide me with the key (Not just emacs + grep).  I use &lt;a href=&quot;http://jabref.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;jabref&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1393" LastActivityDate="2010-10-12T21:07:57.597" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-10-12T21:07:57.597" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4040" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4036" CreationDate="2010-10-12T21:28:46.857" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;My best suggestion would be to try to find a free font that has a ? that goes well with those. I happen to think the ? found in &lt;a href=&quot;http://scripts.sil.org/cms/scripts/page.php?item_id=AbyssinicaSIL&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Abyssinica SIL&lt;/a&gt; is a nice enough fit:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/XEO04.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Or maybe it's just that when I fired up my font previewer to find a ? that looked right, it was the first one alphabetically, and I was too lazy to continue.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since it's from SIL, that's a open font license/free font, but of course it hasn't been packaged for LaTeX. If you're using XeLaTeX, of course, it's easy enough to get it. If you're committed to sticking with pdflatex, you could create a tiny PDF just containing that character and stick it in with \includegraphics.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastEditorUserId="411" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-12T21:33:50.933" LastActivityDate="2010-10-12T21:33:50.933" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="4041" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4045" CreationDate="2010-10-12T22:26:15.230" Score="1" ViewCount="76" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need to make a few standard fliers to hang up on our department wall, the kind where you slap together a heading and an abstract and a picture. I could put together something myself but I could see this being a project that would easily consume more time then I'd prefer (being nit-picky about typographical style, and obsessing over spacings).  Are there any style-sheets or packages you've come across that produce good-looking, minimal fuss fliers in LaTeX? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="352" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-13T06:17:23.203" LastActivityDate="2010-10-13T06:17:23.203" Title="Bulletin and Fliers, looking for templates" Tags="&lt;templates&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="4042" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4036" CreationDate="2010-10-12T22:26:19.287" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;OK, I &lt;i&gt;totally&lt;/i&gt; like my other answer better, but I guess you might also consider the one from Cyklop. That's part of TeXlive. Here it is in italic.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Dkq9w.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \documentclass{article}&#xA; \usepackage{pifont}&#xA; \usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;&#xA; \begin{document}&#xA;   \begin{itemize}&#xA;      \item[{\ding{56}}] Foo&#xA;      \item[{\ding{52}}] Bar&#xA;      \item[{\ding{52}}] Stuff&#xA;      \item[{\fontfamily{cyklop}\selectfont \textit{?}}] Things&#xA;   \end{itemize}&#xA; \end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-10-12T22:26:19.287" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4043" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4044" CreationDate="2010-10-12T22:26:32.797" Score="1" ViewCount="108" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have created the following custom sectioning using the titlesec package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% in the preamble&#xA;&#xA;\newcounter{phase}&#xA;\titleclass{\phase}{straight}[\section]&#xA;\titleformat{\phase}{\bfseries\sffamily}{Phase~\thephase:}{1mm}{}&#xA;\renewcommand{\thephase}{\arabic{phase}}&#xA;&#xA;\newcounter{task}[phase]&#xA;\titleclass{\task}{straight}[\phase]&#xA;\titleformat{\task}{\bfseries\itshape}{Task~\thephase.\thetask:}{1mm}{}&#xA;\renewcommand{\thetask}{\arabic{task}}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% within the document&#xA;&#xA;\phase{Target selection and testbed preparation} % outputs Phase 1: Target selection and testbed preparation&#xA;\label{sec:phase-selection}&#xA;&#xA;...&#xA;&#xA;\task{Identification of target systems} % outputs Task 1.1: Identification of target systems&#xA;\label{sec:phase-selection:task-identification}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% later on in the document (ISSUE!)&#xA;&#xA;Task~\ref{sec:phase-selection:task-identification} % outputs Task 1 rather than Task 1.1&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why doesn't the label contain the correct counter?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1458" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-15T17:50:31.070" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T17:50:31.070" Title="Sectioning created via titlesec have wrong \label" Tags="&lt;cross-referencing&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;labels&gt;&lt;titlesec&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="4044" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4043" CreationDate="2010-10-12T22:35:41.967" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think you need to say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\thetask}{\thephase.\arabic{task}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2010-10-12T22:35:41.967" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4045" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4041" CreationDate="2010-10-12T23:34:34.957" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;i like the memoir package with xelatex for that. in memoir there is an option that is something like &lt;code&gt;extrafontsizes&lt;/code&gt; which will provide very font sizes up to 72 pt. set your margins to something fairly small (1/2in all around maybe?), mix in a few &lt;code&gt;\minipage&lt;/code&gt; commands, and you should be on your way. xelatex will provide you access to your system fonts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have a decent epson printer that prints 13x19 in. I usually start like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%!TEX TS-program = xelatex&#xA;%!TEX encoding = UTF-8 Unicode&#xA;\Documentclass[60pt, letterpaper, oneside, extrafontsizes]{memoir}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[margin=1in, paperwidth=19in, paperheight=13in]{geometry}&#xA;&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\usepackage{xunicode}&#xA;\usepackage{xltxtra}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;&#xA;\setsansfont[Mapping=tex-text]{Linux Libertine C}&#xA;\setromanfont[Mapping=tex-text,Ligatures={Common}]{Linux Libertine}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;This is my flier&#xA;&#xA;\includegraphics[width=10in]{some-fig.jpg}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1222" LastActivityDate="2010-10-12T23:34:34.957" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4046" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4071" CreationDate="2010-10-13T00:12:28.430" Score="2" ViewCount="110" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I use a custom float environment that is basically used as a table environment that provides extra formatting. I would like this environment to use the same numbering as the regular table floats. Is there a way to do that? I have already changed the floatname to match Table by using the floatname command. Here is my initialization code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newfloat{newtable}{tbp}{lop}[chapter]&#xA;\floatname{newtable}{Table}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Regular tables numbering also span over chapters... do you have any ideas?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="10" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-01T02:31:46.330" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T02:31:46.330" Title="How do I make custom float environments use the same numbering for captions." Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;captions&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="4047" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4051" CreationDate="2010-10-13T02:49:37.313" Score="3" ViewCount="204" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to to generate some metadata in the log file that I can copy to another application.  But the log file is wrapped to 80 columns and I end up with newlines embedded in what I'm putting there.  Is there a way around this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The two ways I know to write to the log file are &lt;code&gt;\message&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\immediate\write17&lt;/code&gt;.  But both of these have the same effect.  Is &lt;code&gt;\write17&lt;/code&gt; a special filehandle that only writes wrapped text?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My workaround so far is to write to the auxiliary file between &lt;code&gt;\iffalse&lt;/code&gt;...&lt;code&gt;\fi&lt;/code&gt;, but I know that's not what the aux file is for.  I don't feel like writing this metadata to another file.  Yes, I'm being stubborn, but TeX means you can usually get anything you want if you work hard enough.  Can I do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt; Here's something else that doesn't work.  Open another filehandle with the same filename.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newwrite\logfilenowrap&#xA;\immediate\openout\logfilenowrap=\jobname.log&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then &lt;code&gt;\immediate\write\logfilenowrap{long text}&lt;/code&gt; will not wrap lines.  But it lops off everything that was in the logfile before this point (of course it does.  Opening a file handle usually puts the pointer at the front).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit 2:&lt;/strong&gt; Thanks for all the replies.  Consensus is that this is &quot;probably&quot; not possible.  I'll go the route of writing metadata to a separate text file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-01T16:58:50.647" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T16:58:50.647" Title="Write to log without wrapping" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;logging&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4048" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4050" CreationDate="2010-10-13T04:21:08.100" Score="1" ViewCount="151" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to show a tilde in the superscript of a letter. For example &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;F^{\tilde{}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But it does not look good. Any suggestions?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks and regards!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="861" LastActivityDate="2010-10-13T06:20:22.047" Title="How to show tilde in superscript" Tags="&lt;tilde&gt;&lt;superscripts&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="4049" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4017" CreationDate="2010-10-13T05:02:39.203" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In ConTeXt, \testpage[n] checks if there is enough space for n lines. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2010-10-13T05:02:39.203" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4050" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4048" CreationDate="2010-10-13T05:10:54.867" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I assume you want something that looks like F&lt;sup&gt;~&lt;/sup&gt;, and that you're just using the tilde as a &quot;squiggle&quot; to name something. If you're in math mode, &lt;code&gt;F^{\sim}&lt;/code&gt; looks more like what you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1421" LastActivityDate="2010-10-13T05:10:54.867" />
  <row Id="4051" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4047" CreationDate="2010-10-13T05:37:43.020" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am pretty sure the wrapping behaviour is hardwired in TeX itself. Why can't you simply write to a separate file instead?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newwrite\mylog&#xA;\immediate\openout\mylog=\jobname.mylog&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2010-10-13T05:37:43.020" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4052" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3930" CreationDate="2010-10-13T06:15:12.537" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I found it to be hard to accommodate both good landscape when viewing on the computer screen, as well as printing everything &quot;right&quot;. My problem was with PStricks figure, which looked fine in the sidewaysfig, but was &quot;clipped&quot; when I rotate the page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To &quot;fix&quot; the issue I have used the good old:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\vspace{-1cm}&#xA;\hspace{-1cm}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know, this is &quot;bad&quot; but hey it worked for me =) I does mess with your head since in a rotated-sidewaysfig page vspace controls horizontal position and hspace - vertical one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="137" LastActivityDate="2010-10-13T06:15:12.537" />
  <row Id="4053" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4048" CreationDate="2010-10-13T06:20:22.047" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &quot;~&quot; rendering depends on the font, some have centre base, some are positioned much higher (more like &quot;^&quot; and less like &quot;-&quot;) Play around with different fonts to get a wanted non-ugly &quot;~&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="137" LastActivityDate="2010-10-13T06:20:22.047" />
  <row Id="4054" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4046" CreationDate="2010-10-13T06:40:09.513" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A hackish solution - possibly with adverse effects - is to increment the &lt;code&gt;table&lt;/code&gt; counter after a &lt;code&gt;newtable&lt;/code&gt; environment and vice versa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{float}&#xA;\newfloat{newtable}{tbp}{lop}[chapter]&#xA;\floatname{newtable}{Table}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\g@addto@macro\endnewtable{\refstepcounter{table}}&#xA;\g@addto@macro\endtable{\refstepcounter{newtable}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{A chapter}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{table}[!ht]&#xA;\caption{A table}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{newtable}[!ht]&#xA;\caption{A newtable}&#xA;\end{newtable}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{table}[!ht]&#xA;\caption{Another table}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-10-13T06:40:09.513" />
  <row Id="4055" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4047" CreationDate="2010-10-13T07:05:35.017" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Output file line wrapping is controlled by the &lt;code&gt;max_print_line&lt;/code&gt; setting in texmf.cnf (for TeX Live, miktex may have another system that I do not know).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The default setting is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;max_print_line = 79&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-10-13T07:05:35.017" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4056" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4035" CreationDate="2010-10-13T07:18:02.457" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Do not put the XML path selector in the setup name: the &lt;code&gt;\startxmlsetups&lt;/code&gt; ... &lt;code&gt;\stopxmlsetups&lt;/code&gt; is just defining a command, not actually selecting items from the XML file. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is &lt;code&gt;\xmlsetsetup&lt;/code&gt; that does the XML object selection.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am not a heavy user of ConTeXt's xml support myself, but I think you need something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\xmlsetsetup{}{xml:divGen[@type='toc']}{xml:divgen:toc}&#xA;\startxmlsetups xml:divgen:toc&#xA;     \completecontents&#xA;\stopxmlsetups&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-10-13T07:18:02.457" />
  <row Id="4057" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4059" CreationDate="2010-10-13T07:52:13.417" Score="5" ViewCount="218" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi! Cycle lets you close curves when drawing, and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\coordinate (a) at (0,0);&#xA;\coordinate (b) at (1,0);&#xA;\coordinate (c) at (0.5, -1);&#xA;\draw (a) -- (b) -- (c) -- cycle;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;works fine. Shouldn't also&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\node (a) at (0,0) {};&#xA;\node (b) at (1,0) {};&#xA;\node (c) at (0.5, -1) {};&#xA;\draw (a) -- (b) -- (c) -- cycle;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;give the same result?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The former gives a triangle, while the second doesn't close up. Is this a bug or am I missing something regarding the cycle option?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Of course, as a workaround I could use the coordinates to draw the cycled path, and then draw the nodes at the same coordinates, but still...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1461" LastActivityDate="2010-10-13T08:05:43.363" Title="Cycle option when drawing between nodes in TikZ" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4058" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4063" CreationDate="2010-10-13T08:04:49.147" Score="10" ViewCount="441" Body="&lt;p&gt;I wish to use numbering like 1\alpha, 1\beta,... in some subequations.&#xA;I know that this is obtainable by redefining the \theequation like the following &#xA;(which gives lower-case Roman numerals, 1.i, 1.ii,...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{subequations}&#xA;\renewcommand{\theequation}{\theparentequation{}.\roman{equation}}&#xA;\begin{align}&#xA;  a1 &amp;amp;= b1 \\&#xA;  a2 &amp;amp;= b2&#xA;\end{align}&#xA;\end{subequations}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem is I don't know the equivalent of \roman that will yield the Greek alphabet.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A related question (which might subsume the above) is: can someone complete the set of commands&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\arabic, \alph, \Alph, \roman, \Roman, ...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="422" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-23T18:49:37.647" LastActivityDate="2010-11-23T18:49:37.647" Title="Greek numbering" Tags="&lt;numbering&gt;&lt;greek&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4059" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4057" CreationDate="2010-10-13T08:05:43.363" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;When you specify a bare node as a coordinate, as in &lt;code&gt;(a)&lt;/code&gt;, then TikZ tries to be helpful and interpret that as the most appropriate target on &lt;code&gt;a&lt;/code&gt;.  Most of the time, this is exactly what you want: &lt;code&gt;\tikz \draw[-&amp;gt;] (0,0) node (a) {A} (1,0) node (b) {B} (a) -- (b);&lt;/code&gt; typesets A &amp;rarr; B, with the arrow starting a little to the right of the &lt;code&gt;A&lt;/code&gt; and ending a little to the left of the &lt;code&gt;B&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, when doing a &quot;cycle&quot;, you don't want that behaviour.  You want the lines to join up.  Even empty nodes have size, unless you explicitly tell them not to.  So you need to override this &quot;helpfulness&quot; which is done by specifying which target you mean.  Thus:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\node (a) at (0,0) {};&#xA;\node (b) at (1,0) {};&#xA;\node (c) at (0.5, -1) {};&#xA;\draw (a.center) -- (b.center) -- (c.center) -- cycle;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;does what you want it to.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are other ways to do this, in particular as your nodes are empty you could force them to have zero size.  Indeed, &lt;code&gt;\coordinate&lt;/code&gt; is actually a shorthand for &lt;code&gt;\node[coordinate]&lt;/code&gt; and the special shape &lt;code&gt;coordinate&lt;/code&gt; has empty size.  So your first example, which works, is actually a special case of the second where the nodes are fiddled to be &quot;point masses&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-10-13T08:05:43.363" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4060" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4058" CreationDate="2010-10-13T09:11:00.140" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is no LaTeX2e equivalent for Greek letters. The only numbering command you're missing there is &lt;code&gt;\fnsymbol&lt;/code&gt;, which is actually how you'll implement support for Greek letters yourself. &lt;code&gt;\fnsymbol&lt;/code&gt; is (from source2e.pdf)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\fnsymbol#1{\expandafter\@fnsymbol\csname c@#1\endcsname}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and &lt;code&gt;\@fnsymbol&lt;/code&gt; is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\@fnsymbol#1{\ensuremath{\ifcase#1\or &#xA;    *\or \dagger\or \ddagger\or\mathsection\or &#xA;    \mathparagraph\or \|\or **\or \dagger\dagger\or &#xA;    \ddagger\ddagger &#xA;  \else\@ctrerr\fi}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So to define your own numbering scheme, just define a new macro along similar lines and insert the appropriate symbols.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There may be a package that does this already; another package along similar lines is &lt;code&gt;alphalph&lt;/code&gt; which lets you display alphabetically numbers greater than 26: {&lt;code&gt;A&lt;/code&gt;, …, &lt;code&gt;X&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;Y&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;Z&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;AA&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;AB&lt;/code&gt;, …, &lt;code&gt;ZZ&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;AAA&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;AAB&lt;/code&gt;, …, &lt;code&gt;FXSHRXW&lt;/code&gt;}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-10-13T09:11:00.140" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="4061" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4094" CreationDate="2010-10-13T09:38:27.203" Score="6" ViewCount="373" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Its just as the title sys.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1258" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-19T11:19:38.607" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T11:19:38.607" Title="How to draw a line between two paragraphs of my text?" Tags="&lt;paragraphs&gt;&lt;rules&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4062" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4189" CreationDate="2010-10-13T09:38:53.180" Score="4" ViewCount="269" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I have the following text&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;(\emph{WSJ})&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the J will touch the parenthesis in an ugly way (my opinion). Is LaTeX supposed to keep some space there? How can I get some more space there in a a nice way?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="459" LastActivityDate="2010-10-16T10:08:49.807" Title="Space between emphasized word and parenthesis" Tags="&lt;rendering&gt;&lt;emphasis&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4063" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4058" CreationDate="2010-10-13T09:56:39.313" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can create a Greek equivalent by taking the code of e.g. &lt;code&gt;\alph&lt;/code&gt; from the file &lt;code&gt;latex.ltx&lt;/code&gt; and modify it to get what you want. It also requires a slight modification to the &lt;code&gt;subequations&lt;/code&gt; environment from &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/amsmath&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;amsmath&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand*{\greek}[1]{%&#xA;  \expandafter\@greek\csname c@#1\endcsname&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand*{\@greek}[1]{%&#xA;  $\ifcase#1\or\alpha\or\beta\or\gamma\or\delta\or\varepsilon&#xA;    \or\zeta\or\eta\or\theta\or\iota\or\kappa\or\lambda&#xA;    \or\mu\or\nu\or\xi\or o\or\pi\or\varrho\or\sigma&#xA;    \or\tau\or\upsilon\or\phi\or\chi\or\psi\or\omega&#xA;    \else\@ctrerr\fi$&#xA;}&#xA;\renewenvironment{subequations}{%&#xA;  \refstepcounter{equation}%&#xA;  \protected@edef\theparentequation{\theequation}%&#xA;  \setcounter{parentequation}{\value{equation}}%&#xA;  \setcounter{equation}{0}%&#xA;  \def\theequation{\theparentequation\greek{equation}}%&#xA;  \ignorespaces&#xA;}{%&#xA;  \setcounter{equation}{\value{parentequation}}%&#xA;  \ignorespacesafterend&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{subequations}&#xA;    \begin{align}&#xA;      (a+b)^2 &amp;amp;= a^2+2ab+b^2 \\&#xA;      (a-b)^2 &amp;amp;= a^2-2ab+b^2 \\&#xA;      (a+b)(a-b) &amp;amp;= a^2-b^2&#xA;    \end{align}&#xA;  \end{subequations}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You mentioned that you only want to modify some equations. The above introduced approach is a general modification. So you might have to do some adjustment on your own. At least you have Greek letters as enumeration symbols which also could be used at other places.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-10-13T09:56:39.313" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="4066" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4061" CreationDate="2010-10-13T10:58:39.743" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;How does this look:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/LLGMu.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Whilst I generally favour TikZ for &lt;em&gt;anything&lt;/em&gt; vaguely graphical, this was achieved with a simple &lt;code&gt;\rule&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\thispagestyle{empty}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;&#xA;\noindent\rule[0.5ex]{\linewidth}{1pt}&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum[2]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can thicken the line by changing the &lt;code&gt;1pt&lt;/code&gt; to something else (or make it thinner, I guess).  Perhaps style purists would want to change the before and after spacing a little.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Added in edit: in the comments, Style Purist Will recommends adding a little height, and as it's so easy to do - I'd forgotten about the optional argument, myself - I thought it worth adding in the demonstration.  He also used &lt;code&gt;\linewidth&lt;/code&gt; rather than &lt;code&gt;\textwidth&lt;/code&gt; - my original choice - which is a little more robust as it will vary correctly in lists and other environments where the linewidth can get altered.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastEditorUserId="86" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-13T18:06:36.120" LastActivityDate="2010-10-13T18:06:36.120" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="4067" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4101" CreationDate="2010-10-13T11:50:57.887" Score="3" ViewCount="103" Body="&lt;p&gt;A little background the package ccfonts does not have any bold characters hence when you use it it loads the computer modern bold. Now there is an option for this package: &quot;boldsans&quot; when it uses a condensed sans-serif version of computer modern for bold. Now here is what I am after: I want cmbright bold to be used instead. How can I make that happen?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: I want the bold used in math mode to be cmbright as well!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT-2: Nobody? :(&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="809" LastEditorUserId="809" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-13T20:06:42.827" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T20:07:33.810" Title="Fine tuning the ccfonts package" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;packages&gt;&lt;computer-modern&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4068" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3993" CreationDate="2010-10-13T12:32:56.677" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A solution in the spirit of &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/users/1435/elenaher&quot;&gt;Elenaher&lt;/a&gt;'s &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3993/listings-different-counters-for-different-listing-environments/3998#3998&quot;&gt;comment&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcounter{algorithm}&#xA;\lstnewenvironment{algorithm}[2]{&#xA;    \renewcommand\lstlistingname{Algorithm}&#xA;    \setcounter{lstlisting}{\value{algorithm}}&#xA;    \lstset{ ... }&#xA;} {\addtocounter{algorithm}{1}}&#xA;&#xA;\newcounter{program}&#xA;\lstnewenvironment{program}[2]{&#xA;    \renewcommand\lstlistingname{Program}&#xA;    \setcounter{lstlisting}{\value{program}}&#xA;    \lstset{ ... }&#xA;} {\addtocounter{program}{1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{algorithm}{Algorithm caption}{alg-label}&#xA;...&#xA;\end{algorithm}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{algorithm}{Another algorithm caption}{another-alg-label}&#xA;...&#xA;\end{algorithm}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{program}{Program caption}{prg-label}&#xA;...&#xA;\end{program}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;results in:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Algorithm 1.1&#xA;    ...&#xA;Algorithm 1.2&#xA;    ...&#xA;Program 1.1&#xA;    ...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1433" LastEditorUserId="1433" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-13T12:40:49.023" LastActivityDate="2010-10-13T12:40:49.023" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4069" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4058" CreationDate="2010-10-13T12:53:09.113" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the \greeknumeral or \Greeknumeral  from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/babel/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;babel&lt;/a&gt; package. I am not sure how well they will play within a maths environment, but you can read the source for some inspiration.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-10-13T12:53:09.113" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4070" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1380" CreationDate="2010-10-13T13:05:24.233" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Charles what language did you use to carry out the function of merging the .bib files and create the new .bib file?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1462" LastActivityDate="2010-10-13T13:05:24.233" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4071" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4046" CreationDate="2010-10-13T13:45:31.003" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you're doing this only to get a second table environment with different formatting, why don't you simply define it in terms of the existing &lt;code&gt;table&lt;/code&gt;? For example something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{newtable}{\table[opts]\formatting\stuff}{\endtable}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-10-13T13:45:31.003" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4072" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4074" CreationDate="2010-10-13T13:46:17.577" Score="4" ViewCount="119" Body="&lt;p&gt;I defined a variable &lt;code&gt;\@afwezig&lt;/code&gt; that holds people that were not present at a certain meeting. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\long\def\@afwezig{}&#xA;\def\afwezig#1{\def\@afwezig{#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now I want to make the header of the meeting report as follows :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\makeheader}{&#xA;\noindent&#xA;\begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{l X}&#xA;  Aanwezig&amp;amp;: \@aanwezig \\&#xA;  Verontschuldigd&amp;amp;: \@verontschuldigd \\&#xA; \ifx\@afwezig\@empty&#xA;  \relax&#xA; \else&#xA; Afwezig&amp;amp;: \@afwezig \\&#xA; \fi %&#xA;&#xA;\end{tabularx}&#xA;&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is supposed to give a table with &quot;Afwezig:&quot; if I specify &lt;code&gt;\afwezig{somename}&lt;/code&gt; in my document, but a table without the part &quot;Afwezig:&quot; if nothing is specified. Problem is, the part &quot;Afwezig:&quot; is displayed if I didn't specify '\afwezig', and I get tons of errors when I put &lt;code&gt;\afwezig{}&lt;/code&gt; in my document file. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;! Incomplete \ifx; all text was&#xA;  ignored after line 10.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What am I doing wrong here?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PS : could somebody create a label with condition or if-else or so? thx&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1463" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-14T01:42:34.567" LastActivityDate="2010-10-14T01:42:34.567" Title="How to display some text based on a condition inside a tabular environment?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;tables&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="4073" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4062" CreationDate="2010-10-13T13:49:21.110" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, it does. Compare with &lt;code&gt;({\em WSJ})&lt;/code&gt; which adds no italic correction. If the italic correction is not sufficient, you may wish to add a small bit of explicit &lt;code&gt;\hspace&lt;/code&gt; yourself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastEditorUserId="1424" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-13T16:19:32.777" LastActivityDate="2010-10-13T16:19:32.777" />
  <row Id="4074" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4072" CreationDate="2010-10-13T14:19:23.157" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You should internally think about tabular cells as being local groups, so you can't open an &lt;code&gt;\ifx&lt;/code&gt; in one cell and close it in another. To work around this problem, you need to use an expansion trick:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ifx\@afwezig\@empty&#xA;  \expandafter\@firstoftwo&#xA;\else&#xA;  \expandafter\@secondoftwo&#xA;\fi&#xA;{}&#xA;{Afwezig&amp;amp;: \@afwezig \\}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In general, this is a much cleaner way to deal with TeX conditions.&#xA;Programming packages such as expl3 and etoolbox provide an easier way to write these constructs; e.g., in the former:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\tl_if_empty:NTF \@afwezig&#xA;  {}&#xA;  {Afwezig&amp;amp;: \@afwezig \\}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-10-13T14:19:23.157" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4075" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4089" CreationDate="2010-10-13T14:42:28.903" Score="5" ViewCount="184" Body="&lt;p&gt;I always forget the syntax of command-line tools for searching through multiple files. What's the easiest/fastest way to search through, say, all of the &lt;code&gt;.sty&lt;/code&gt; files distributed in TeX Live for the occurrence of a string, say, &lt;code&gt;\everypar&lt;/code&gt;? (Let's assume Linux/Mac OS X.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-10-13T19:33:43.380" Title="Grepping through an entire texmf tree" Tags="&lt;texmf&gt;&lt;utilities&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="4076" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4078" CreationDate="2010-10-13T14:56:10.710" Score="0" ViewCount="348" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to use TikZ to make flow charts in my LaTeX files, but I'm getting an error.  Here's the LaTeX I'm using:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Some text&#xA;\tikzstyle{decision} = [diamond, draw, fill=blue!20, text width=4.5em, text badly centered, node distance=2.5cm, inner sep=0pt]&#xA;\tikzstyle{block} = [rectangle, draw, fill=blue!20, text width=5em, text centered, rounded corners, minimum height=4em]&#xA;\tikzstyle{line} = [draw, very thick, color=black!50, -latex']&#xA;\tikzstyle{cloud} = [draw, ellipse,fill=red!20, node distance=2.5cm, minimum height=2em]&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale = 2, node distance = 2cm, auto]&#xA;\node [block] (init) {initialize model};&#xA;\node [cloud, left of=init] (expert) {expert};&#xA;\node [cloud, right of=init] (system) {system};&#xA;\node [block, below of=init] (identify) {identify candidate models};&#xA;\node [block, below of=identify] (evaluate) {evaluate candidate models};&#xA;\node [block, left of=evaluate, node distance=3cm] (update) {update model};&#xA;\node [decision, below of=evaluate] (decide) {is best candidate better?};&#xA;\node [block, below of=decide, node distance=3cm] (stop) {stop};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I literally copied-and-pasted this code from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/simple-flow-chart/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;an example document&lt;/a&gt;, just to use as a test.  And here's the error it produces:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Package pgfkeys Error: I do not know the key '/tikz/ellipse' and I am going to ignore it. Perhaps you misspelled it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Well, I didn't misspell it.  I get a similar error message for the diamond as well.  How can I fix this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks a ton!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1466" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-13T21:21:58.743" LastActivityDate="2010-10-13T21:21:58.743" Title="TikZ failing to draw" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;errors&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="4077" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4079" CreationDate="2010-10-13T14:58:22.753" Score="11" ViewCount="95" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi everyone,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm writing a document where I say something like &quot;if you look at Figure 1 on the next page, then you will see that blah blah blah&quot;. So what I want to do is have latex skip a number when numbering pages. I know that I can do this using&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\addtocounter{page}{1}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but, that will increase the counter on whatever page that command appears on. So I could compile my document and put it somewhere within the next page, but then if something changes and stuff moves around, it could end up on the wrong page, sort-of defeating the whole purpose of latex!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So is there some way to tell latex to count up a page number AFTER the next pagebreak, wherever that pagebreak might be? ps I'm doing this so I can staple in a handwritten page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1467" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-13T18:30:05.003" LastActivityDate="2010-10-13T18:30:05.003" Title="How can I do something after the next pagebreak?" Tags="&lt;counters&gt;&lt;page-breaking&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="4078" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4076" CreationDate="2010-10-13T15:01:48.920" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You should have worked more carefully. You have forgotten to include the &lt;code&gt;tikZ&lt;/code&gt; libraries.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usetikzlibrary{shapes,arrows}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It would have been easier to download the source file instead of copy&amp;amp;paste.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-10-13T15:01:48.920" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4079" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4077" CreationDate="2010-10-13T15:01:59.433" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is possible by loading the afterpage package and then writing at the necessary point&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\afterpage{\stepcounter{page}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;although personally I'd probably do&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\afterpage{\cleardoublepage}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and then throw away the extra page. (Might depend, really.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-10-13T15:01:59.433" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4080" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3872" CreationDate="2010-10-13T15:17:22.497" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Would it work if you simply define a new environment with an optional argument and a sensible default?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{newtable}[1][hbt]{\table[#1]\centering}{\endtable}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then you can write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{newtable}&#xA;... stuff ...&#xA;\end{newtable}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{newtable}[hbt!]&#xA;... stuff ...&#xA;\end{newtable}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{newtable}[H]&#xA;... stuff ...&#xA;\end{newtable}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-10-13T15:17:22.497" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4081" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1380" CreationDate="2010-10-13T15:45:52.557" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you don't mind a bit of command-line, why not create a bib file just for this paper using just the references you need, using &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/utils/bibtool/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;bibtool&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;bibtool -s -d -x paper.aux A.bib B.bib C.bib &amp;gt; paper.bib&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastActivityDate="2010-10-13T15:45:52.557" />
  <row Id="4082" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4114" CreationDate="2010-10-13T16:04:22.143" Score="4" ViewCount="177" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use the splitidx package to create a special index of named persons.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[makeindex,protected]{splitidx}&#xA;\newindex[Index of people]{person}&#xA;\setindexpreamble[person]{...}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To index people as &quot;Surname, Given&quot;, I created two simple macros:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\person}[2]{\sindex[person]{#2, #1}#2}% &quot;Given Surname&quot; in text&#xA;\newcommand{\Person}[2]{\sindex[person]{#2, #1}#1 #2}% &quot;Surname&quot; only in text&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This works at least for people with given and surname (unlike names such as &quot;Plato&quot;). Now I also want to include authors of cited works in the people index with page numbers where I cited them. The page numbers when I cited their work should be set in a different style to see whether I mentioned the person or one of its works. Any idea how to do this automatically? Simply rewriting the \cite command will not help, because it only gets the citation key as argument. I use the biblatex package for citations, maybe this helps.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1044" LastActivityDate="2010-10-14T09:43:52.273" Title="How do I include all authors of cited works in an index of persons?" Tags="&lt;index&gt;&lt;biblatex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="4083" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4075" CreationDate="2010-10-13T17:00:41.167" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Well, my command lines tend to be quite verbose, but I think you could search for all occurances of &lt;code&gt;foo&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;sty&lt;/code&gt; files on &lt;code&gt;$TEXMF&lt;/code&gt; by:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;for texmf in `kpsewhich -expand-path '$TEXMF' | sed 's/:/ /g'`; do &#xA;  find $texmf | grep '\.sty$' | xargs -J% grep -n 'foo' %; &#xA;done&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now that I've had my morning vat o' coffee (and read some comments), a more concise version would be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;grep -r --include=*.sty -n '\\everypar' `kpsewhich -expand-path '$TEXMF' | sed 's/:/ /g'`&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastEditorUserId="17" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-13T18:39:28.330" LastActivityDate="2010-10-13T18:39:28.330" />
  <row Id="4084" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4075" CreationDate="2010-10-13T18:08:49.283" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is what I do:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;ack --tex '\\everypar' /opt/texlive2010&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;has really nice output (and a TextMate bundle as well - but that's not the question) and is quite fast. Make sure you've got everything you need in the &lt;code&gt;--tex&lt;/code&gt; part by setting in the &lt;code&gt;~/.ackrc&lt;/code&gt; or on the command line something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;--type-set=tex=.tex,.sty&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(you should also include &lt;code&gt;.mkiv&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;.mkii&lt;/code&gt;, you know ;-))&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="243" LastActivityDate="2010-10-13T18:08:49.283" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4085" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4134" CreationDate="2010-10-13T18:17:30.527" Score="2" ViewCount="604" Body="&lt;p&gt;For a report I am preparing several figures that I exported from Matlab using the matlab2tikz script. However, the location of the legend does not please me. Here is an example plot:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/7CMCh.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to move the legend into the bottom right (souh east) corner. I tried doing this applying the command &lt;code&gt;legend pos=south east&lt;/code&gt; as explained in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://pgfplots.sourceforge.net/pgfplots.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pgfplots manual&lt;/a&gt;, page 117. However, this does not change anything but rather delivers a &lt;code&gt;finished with exit code 1&lt;/code&gt; message.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Did anything change unnotedly in the pgfplots package? Or how do I properly move the legend?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Minimal example that produces &lt;code&gt;exit code 1&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrartcl}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplots}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{axis}[%&#xA;scale only axis,&#xA;width=0.45\textwidth,&#xA;height=0.2\textheight,&#xA;xmin=0, xmax=300,&#xA;ymin=-2e+06, ymax=1e+07,&#xA;legend entries={Analytic solution,GPS data,Kalman filtered},&#xA;legend style={nodes=right},&#xA;legend pos= south east]&#xA;&#xA;\addplot [color=blue, solid]&#xA;coordinates{ (0,7e+06) (0.1,7.0007e+06) (0.2,7.0014e+06) };&#xA;&#xA;\addplot [color=green, solid]&#xA;coordinates{ (0,6.99999e+06) (0.1,7.00071e+06) (0.2,7.00143e+06) };&#xA;&#xA;\addplot [color=red, solid]&#xA;coordinates{ (0,0) (0.1,7.00071e+06) (0.2,7.00174e+06) };&#xA;&#xA;\end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1183" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-02T17:26:01.860" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T17:26:01.860" Title="How can I change the legend's location in a pgfplot?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;pgfplots&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="4086" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4146" CreationDate="2010-10-13T18:28:37.083" Score="6" ViewCount="169" Body="&lt;p&gt;I always use something like &lt;code&gt;\overfullrule=1mm&lt;/code&gt; when I am writing Latex documents. I do read all warnings regarding overfull \hboxes, but I still prefer the visual output that very clearly shows exactly which boxes are overfull.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can I somehow have something similar for &lt;em&gt;underfull&lt;/em&gt; \hboxes? Some kind of simple visual highlighting that shows exactly where in the final document I have those problematic lines of text?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am using pdflatex in case it matters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="100" LastActivityDate="2010-10-16T14:26:18.490" Title="\underfullrule?" Tags="&lt;debugging&gt;&lt;boxes&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4087" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2441" CreationDate="2010-10-13T18:33:45.513" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;changed suggestion above to accomplish different problem with second line being longer...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\mybox\usepackage{ifthen}&#xA;&#xA;\newsavebox{\mybox}%&#xA;\newsavebox{\myboxx}%&#xA;\newlength{\mylengthA}%&#xA;\newlength{\mylengthB}%&#xA;\newlength{\mylength}%&#xA;\newcommand{\boxup}[2]{%&#xA;\savebox{\mybox}{#1}%&#xA;\setlength\mylengthA{\wd\mybox}%&#xA;\savebox{\myboxx}{#2}%&#xA;\setlength\mylengthB{\wd\myboxx}%&#xA;\ifthenelse{\lengthtest{\mylengthA&amp;gt;\mylengthB}}&#xA;           {\setlength{\mylength}{\mylengthA}}&#xA;           {\setlength{\mylength}{\mylengthB}}&#xA;\parbox{\mylength}{\centering #1 \\ #2}%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1469" LastActivityDate="2010-10-13T18:33:45.513" />
  <row Id="4088" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4086" CreationDate="2010-10-13T18:49:21.143" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I believe the answer is no. It would be pretty handy though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Usually, lines that are underfull are pretty clear since the words are spaced out too much. Underfull vboxes are almost always really obvious because there will be space between paragraphs or at the bottom of the page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-14T23:01:58.513" LastActivityDate="2010-10-14T23:01:58.513" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4089" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4075" CreationDate="2010-10-13T18:50:30.160" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using a script called &lt;code&gt;texgrep&lt;/code&gt; like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;texgrep everypar sty&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;backslashes should be quoted. Here's the source of the script:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Search pattern:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;#!/bin/bash&#xA;# texgrep - searches for a text pattern contained in files&#xA;#   located inside the texmf trees&#xA;# usage: texgrep pattern [extension]&#xA;# usage examples:&#xA;#   texgrep phantomsection sty&#xA;#   texgrep \\\\def\\\\phantomsection&#xA;if [ $# -eq 0 ]; then&#xA;  echo 1&amp;gt;&amp;amp;2 Usage: texgrep pattern [extension]&#xA;  exit 1&#xA;fi&#xA;for path in TEXMFMAIN TEXMFDIST TEXMFHOME&#xA;do&#xA; find `kpsewhich --var-value=$path` -name &quot;*$2&quot; |xargs grep $1&#xA;done&#xA;exit 0&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's valuable for me because I like to read sources and this saves me time. I've put the script on my blog some time ago: &lt;a href=&quot;http://texblog.net/latex-archive/linux/shell-scripts-linux-unix/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Speed up the work by shell scripts&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;More scripts related to search &amp;amp; work:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Search and edit:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;#!/bin/bash&#xA;# texedit - find one or several tex related files&#xA;#   and open them in the editor&#xA;if [ $# -eq 0 ]; then&#xA;  echo 1&amp;gt;&amp;amp;2 Usage: texedit file1 [file2] ...&#xA;  exit 1&#xA;fi&#xA;gedit `kpsewhich $@`&#xA;exit 0&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Search and look around:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;#!/bin/bash&#xA;# texls - list the content of the directory&#xA;#   corresponding to a certain tex related file&#xA;if [ $# -eq 0 ]; then&#xA;  echo 1&amp;gt;&amp;amp;2 Usage:    texls filename [pattern]&#xA;  echo 1&amp;gt;&amp;amp;2 examples: texls babel.sty&#xA;  echo 1&amp;gt;&amp;amp;2           texls book.cls *clo&#xA;  exit 1&#xA;fi&#xA;ls `kpsewhich $1 | sed 's/\(.*\)\/.*$/\1\//'`$2&#xA;exit 0&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Search and change to directory:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;#!/bin/bash&#xA;# texcd - change into the directory&#xA;#   corresponding to a certain tex related file&#xA;if [ $# -eq 0 ]; then&#xA;  echo 1&amp;gt;&amp;amp;2 Usage:    . texcd filename [pattern]&#xA;  echo 1&amp;gt;&amp;amp;2 examples: . texcd beamer.cls&#xA;  exit 1&#xA;fi&#xA;cd `kpsewhich $1 | sed 's/\(.*\)\/.*$/\1/'`&#xA;echo Changed to: `pwd`&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All could be done by shell functions instead of scripts. Like Michael suggested in my blog:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;function texcd ()&#xA;{&#xA;cd $(dirname &quot;$(kpsewhich &quot;$1&quot;)&quot;);&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I hope it's useful for somebody, even though it goes beyond the question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-10-13T18:50:30.160" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4090" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4075" CreationDate="2010-10-13T19:33:43.380" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is slightly easier for ConTeXt. Just enter your search phrase in the search box &lt;a href=&quot;http://source.contextgarden.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2010-10-13T19:33:43.380" />
  <row Id="4091" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="70" CreationDate="2010-10-13T19:39:39.360" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's an example of something I'm doing.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm writing a document which has a lot of sections. At the end of each section is a score, made of 3 numbers. The first number is on a scale of 0-10, and the second two are 0-3.  Also the scale of the first is inverted, meaning that 1 is the biggest and 10 is the smallest, but 0 should still be 0.  This code outputs each score and the average score it calculates.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\score#1#2#3{&#xA;    \directlua{&#xA;        s1 = #1;&#xA;        s2 = #2;&#xA;        s3 = #3;&#xA;&#xA;        if s1 &amp;gt; 0 then&#xA;            s1 = 11 - s1&#xA;        end&#xA;&#xA;        avgscore = (s1 + (10 * s2 / 3) + (10 * s3 / 3)) / 3;&#xA;&#xA;        tex.print(&quot;Score 1: &quot;, s1, &quot;, &quot;)&#xA;        tex.print(&quot;Score 2: &quot;, s2, &quot;, &quot;)&#xA;        tex.print(&quot;Score 3: &quot;, s3, &quot;, &quot;)&#xA;        tex.print(&quot;Combined Score: &quot;, string.format(&quot;\%0.2f&quot;, avgscore))&#xA;    }&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And then I use it multiple places in my document like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section{stuff}&#xA;....&#xA;\score{8}{3}{0}&#xA;....&#xA;\section{even more stuff}&#xA;....&#xA;\score{0}{1}{1}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm also dumping these scores to a file (using lua), reading them in later (again with lua), and using pgfplots to create a chart of some things.  There may be a much better way to do this, but I'm not willing to spend the rest of my life learning how to do a few calculations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1293" LastEditorUserId="1293" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-13T22:08:19.240" LastActivityDate="2010-10-13T22:08:19.240" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4093" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4104" CreationDate="2010-10-13T19:47:49.793" Score="1" ViewCount="285" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm setting a document that includes some music; I'm using lilypond-book for the musical examples.  However, there are some points where the author has inserted a musical symbol in the text; I'm using MusixTex for those bits.  Notes and accidentals are easy, but I can't find a way to put in just a clef sign.  For example, the author says&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The &lt;em&gt;G sol re ut&lt;/em&gt; clef . . . is made thus, &amp;lt;treble-clef&amp;gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd like to have a treble clef right in the text where it says &amp;lt;treble-clef&amp;gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1470" LastActivityDate="2010-10-13T21:35:37.353" Title="How can I put musical clefs in the middle of text?" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;embedding&gt;&lt;music&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="4094" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4061" CreationDate="2010-10-13T19:52:36.337" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In ConTeXt, &lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.contextgarden.net/Reference/en/blackrule&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;\blackrule&lt;/a&gt; gives a horizontal line. By default, the width of the line 1em wide and 1ex tall. The width, height, and depth are changed using the respective options. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\blackrule[width=\hsize, height=1pt, depth=0.5ex]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Despite its name, &lt;code&gt;\blackrule&lt;/code&gt; also  draws colored rules.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\blackrule[color=red]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setupblackrules&lt;/code&gt; specifies the options for all &lt;code&gt;\blackrule&lt;/code&gt;s. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;As a bonus, &lt;code&gt;\blackrules&lt;/code&gt; (notice the plural) draws multiple horizontal rules. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\blackrules[n=6, width=\hsize, distance=0.5ex]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;draws 6 rules separated by a distance of 0.5ex.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2010-10-13T19:52:36.337" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4095" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4097" CreationDate="2010-10-13T19:52:41.267" Score="6" ViewCount="538" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm making Beamer presentation. How I can display LaTeX code inside presentation?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1329" LastEditorUserId="401" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-06T20:36:44.520" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T16:10:54.230" Title="How display latex code in latex document?" Tags="&lt;listings&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4096" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4099" CreationDate="2010-10-13T19:58:58.460" Score="3" ViewCount="153" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi All,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am typesetting a book in mathematics and I have a problem with the dimension of its pages. My publisher wants me to prepare the book in A4 format and also the size of the texts in each pages be 13*21 cm. To do this, I have tried:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;‎\usepackage[total={13cm,21cm},centering,includehead=true]{geometry}‎&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Everything with 13cm is fine, but there is a problem with the height 21cm. In other words, some of my pages is 21cm, while some others are for example 19.8, 20.4, 20.7 etc. I want the height of the texts in all pages be exactly 21cm.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,‎a4paper‎]{book}‎‎&#xA;‎\usepackage{amsthm,amssymb,‎amsmath}‎‎&#xA;‎\headsep=.‎7‎cm‎‎&#xA;‎\usepackage[total={13‎cm,‎21‎cm},centering,‎includehead=true]{geometry}‎‎&#xA;‎\usepackage{lipsum}‎&#xA;‎\begin{document}‎‎&#xA;\lipsum[4-‎6]‎‎&#xA;‎This‎ ‎is‎‎ ‎a‎ ‎test‎.‎‎This‎ ‎is‎‎ ‎a‎ ‎test‎.‎‎‎ ‎This‎ ‎is‎‎ ‎a‎ ‎test‎.‎‎‎ ‎This‎ ‎is‎‎ ‎a‎ ‎test‎.‎‎‎ ‎This‎ ‎is‎‎ ‎a‎ ‎test‎.‎‎‎ ‎This‎ ‎is‎‎ ‎a‎ ‎test‎.‎‎This‎ ‎is‎‎ ‎a‎ ‎test‎.‎‎‎ ‎This‎ ‎is‎‎ ‎a‎ ‎test‎.‎‎‎ ‎This‎ ‎is‎‎ ‎a‎ ‎test‎.‎‎‎ ‎This‎ ‎is‎‎ ‎a‎ ‎test‎.‎‎‎ ‎This‎ ‎is‎‎ ‎a‎ ‎test‎.‎‎This‎ ‎is‎‎ ‎a‎ ‎test‎.‎‎‎‎This‎ ‎is‎‎ ‎a‎ ‎test‎.‎‎‎ ‎This‎ ‎is‎‎ ‎a‎ ‎test‎.‎‎‎ ‎This‎ ‎is‎‎ ‎a‎ ‎test‎.‎This‎ ‎is‎‎ ‎a‎ ‎test‎.‎‎‎ ‎This‎ ‎is‎‎ ‎a‎ ‎test‎.‎‎‎ ‎This‎ ‎is‎‎ ‎a‎ ‎test‎.&#xA;‎\begin{eqnarray*}‎&#xA;‎\mathcal{F}\chi_{[-‎\frac{b‎}{2},‎\frac{a}{6‎}]}(\gamma) ‎&amp;amp;=&amp;amp;8‎\int_{0}^{\infty}\chi_{[-\frac{a}{2},‎\frac{b‎}{2}]}(x)\cos(2\pi ‎y‎\gamma) dx\\‎&#xA;                             ‎&amp;amp;=&amp;amp;2\int_{0}^{a/‎23‎‎}\cos(2\pi x\gamma) dx\\‎&#xA;                             ‎&amp;amp;=&amp;amp;\frac{6}{2\pi\gamma}[\sin(7‎\pi ‎x\gamma)]_{y=5}^{y=\frac{c‎}{2}}\\‎&#xA;                             ‎&amp;amp;=&amp;amp;\frac{\cos‎(\pi a\gamma)}{\pi ‎2 ‎\gamma}‎.&#xA;‎\end{eqnarray*}‎‎&#xA;‎\section{First‎}‎‎&#xA;‎\lipsum[1‎-‎3‎]‎‎&#xA;‎\begin{eqnarray*}‎&#xA;‎\mathcal{F}\chi_{[-‎\frac{b‎}{2},‎\frac{a}{6‎}]}(\gamma) ‎&amp;amp;=&amp;amp;8‎\int_{0}^{\infty}\chi_{[-\frac{a}{2},‎\frac{b‎}{2}]}(x)\cos(2\pi ‎y‎\gamma) dx\\‎&#xA;                             ‎&amp;amp;=&amp;amp;2\int_{0}^{a/‎23‎‎}\cos(2\pi x\gamma) dx\\‎&#xA;                             ‎&amp;amp;=&amp;amp;\frac{6}{2\pi\gamma}[\sin(7‎\pi ‎x\gamma)]_{y=5}^{y=\frac{c‎}{2}}\\‎&#xA;                             ‎&amp;amp;=&amp;amp;\frac{\cos‎(\pi a\gamma)}{\pi ‎2 ‎\gamma}‎.&#xA;‎\end{eqnarray*}‎‎&#xA;‎\end{document}‎‎&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After running the file, you can see that the height of the text in page 2 is longer than one in page 1.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I was wondering if someone help me to fix this problem.&#xA;Thank you very much.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1471" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-14T15:20:34.797" LastActivityDate="2010-11-17T17:19:53.053" Title="A problem with the dimension of the pages of a book" Tags="&lt;dimensions&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4097" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4095" CreationDate="2010-10-13T20:00:12.717" Score="16" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Either simply within the &lt;code&gt;verbatim&lt;/code&gt; environment or more sophisticated with the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/listings&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;listings&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-10-13T20:00:12.717" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4098" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4095" CreationDate="2010-10-13T20:02:38.357" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;How about to use verbatiminput? If you have the LaTeX examples in a file?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{verbatim}&#xA;\verbatiminput{ my_test.tex }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="795" LastActivityDate="2010-10-13T20:02:38.357" />
  <row Id="4099" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4096" CreationDate="2010-10-13T20:06:51.280" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think (if I remember correctly) that the default in LaTeX is &lt;code&gt;\raggedbottom&lt;/code&gt;. Try issuing the &lt;code&gt;\flushbottom&lt;/code&gt; command somewhere in your preamble. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt; I just looked at the minimal example posted above. No wonder the you are seeing a problem. Here's the relevant snip of the compile:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Underfull \vbox (badness 10000) has occurred while \output is active [1]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So you are running into a problem which TeX cannot solve. To be more precise: TeX tries to find a solution to the problem of typesetting the document under certain constraints. For example, it tries to avoid &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Widows_and_orphans&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;widows and orphans&lt;/a&gt;, and it doesn't like to have the section header at the bottom of the page with no text following it. Basically, you've presented TeX with a situation where it is impossible to satisfy all the rules (which also include constraints on interline and interparagraph spacing and what not), so TeX breaks one of them (that the text takes up exactly 21cm of vertical space) in order to make others happy. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Usually when faced with these types of problems, the best solution, from my personal point of view (since you are already in the end stage of document preparation where the precise formatting is important), is to either re-format the equation(s) so they take up less vertical space (to make room for things that now are forced to reside on the next page), or to re-write the text on the page (either cut out sufficiently many words, or add sufficiently many words). With an underfull vbox you can visually see that the text layout is stretched, with more vertical white space than reasonable. By inspection of the page and what was pushed onto the next page, you can usually guess at whether it is better to try to add more text on the page so that the (limited) stretching allowed for interline/interparagraph space is sufficient, or if it is to trim some text so that the largish section title and the first two lines of the paragraph to follow can fit in your page. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A lesser solution would be to add, by hand, white space to the page, to make up for the insufficiencies of the built-in rubber space. I would personally recommand against that because it would be making the the bottom flush at the expanse of putting a gaping hole in the middle of the page. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A possibility that is not guaranteed to work is to enable the &lt;code&gt;microtype&lt;/code&gt; package. It sometimes allow you to cram a tiny bit more text into a line to shorten the paragraph and make some instances of this issue go away. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One final possibility (if you are allowed) is to change the &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\subsection&lt;/code&gt; commands using something like the &lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt; package. If you make the section headers smaller, this kind of problems will also be less likely to occur. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastEditorUserId="119" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-14T10:56:23.893" LastActivityDate="2010-10-14T10:56:23.893" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="4100" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4093" CreationDate="2010-10-13T20:39:16.897" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are various packages that allow you to include musical symbols. See p.88 &lt;em&gt;et seq.&lt;/em&gt; of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/info/symbols/comprehensive/symbols-a4.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX comprehensive symbols list&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Weirdly, I'm not actually sure the above document contains the &quot;clef&quot; symbols you want. (I don't actually know the terminology well enough to know if it's there) But if it isn't there, I don't know where you'll find it...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Your best bet might be to try and get musixtex to work inline... Searching musixtex documentation for &quot;inline&quot; gets only one hit, and it's no use...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could print a pdf of just the symbol, and then &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt; it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-13T20:49:44.157" LastActivityDate="2010-10-13T20:49:44.157" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="4101" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4067" CreationDate="2010-10-13T20:40:52.993" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is hard to answer without seeing some examples of your usage.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a guess, though I think it would be at best a kludge. Put this &lt;i&gt;after&lt;/i&gt; loading &lt;code&gt;ccfonts&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\bfseries}{\fontfamily{cmbr}\fontseries{bx}\selectfont}&#xA;\DeclareMathAlphabet{\mathbf} {OT1}{cmbr}{bx}{n}&#xA;\DeclareMathAlphabet{\mathbold}{OML}{cmbrm}{b}{it}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think there may be better ways, and I'm not really confident this is going to work out well, but without seeing a sample of how you're using bold in your document, it's hard to tell.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-10-13T20:40:52.993" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4102" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4103" CreationDate="2010-10-13T20:51:52.343" Score="1" ViewCount="446" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hiya,&#xA;Is it possible to set the &lt;code&gt;\setcounter{tocdepth}{..}&lt;/code&gt; for one chapter only?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The default depth is fine for the entire document, except for the last chapter- I only want the chapter title to appear in the table of contents (all sections, subsections etc should not appear).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I could adjust all of my sections to use an asterisk, eg &lt;code&gt;\section*{...}&lt;/code&gt; which will cause them to not be numbered and not show up in the ToC, however I want these sections to be numbered! (I have references to these numbers elsewhere).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have tried placing &lt;code&gt;\setcounter{tocdepth}{1}&lt;/code&gt; to the chapter I want this to apply to, and have tried adding it to my main tex file before the &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt; of that chapter, doesn't seem to work (I guess because &lt;code&gt;\maketitle&lt;/code&gt; has already been called by that stage?)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any suggestions?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="893" LastEditorUserId="1063" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-13T21:05:32.700" LastActivityDate="2010-10-13T21:05:32.700" Title="Setting \setcounter{tocdepth} for an individual chapter" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;counters&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="4103" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4102" CreationDate="2010-10-13T21:04:54.573" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If I understand you right, the code below should do what you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper,english]{report}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \tableofcontents&#xA;&#xA;  \blinddocument&#xA;&#xA;  \addtocontents{toc}{\protect\setcounter{tocdepth}{0}}&#xA;  \blinddocument&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Setting the counter &lt;code&gt;tocdepth&lt;/code&gt; to »1« would also show the sections.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-10-13T21:04:54.573" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="4104" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4093" CreationDate="2010-10-13T21:35:37.353" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Found my own answer after help from Seamus:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;The G sol re ut clef . . . is made thus, \begin{music}\trebleclef\end{music}.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That is, of course, after including &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{musixtex}&lt;/code&gt; in the header.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1470" LastActivityDate="2010-10-13T21:35:37.353" />
  <row Id="4105" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5108" CreationDate="2010-10-14T00:07:35.533" Score="5" ViewCount="134" Body="&lt;p&gt;A professor I work with has loads of exam problems in LaTeX. However, he wants to index them in some sort. He wants to be able to tag them according to topic, last year it was used and so on, and then be able to sort and search them according to these tags.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The only answer I came up with was index and makeindex, however that seems a bit overkill. Is there any package that can accomplish this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="401" LastActivityDate="2010-11-08T18:35:31.310" Title="Tagged Sections" Tags="&lt;index&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="4106" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4107" CreationDate="2010-10-14T01:59:13.317" Score="3" ViewCount="314" Body="&lt;p&gt;I previously asked about tricks for reducing typing when &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1264/typing-and-editing-beamer-presentations&quot;&gt;writing       beamer presentations&lt;/a&gt;. I thought it might be useful to write a few macros for common commands.&#xA;E.g., something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\bi}{\begin{itemize}}&#xA;\newcommand{\ei}{\end{itemize}}&#xA;\newcommand{\be}{\begin{enumerate}}&#xA;\newcommand{\ee}{\end{enumerate}}&#xA;\newcommand{\bb}{\begin{block}}&#xA;\newcommand{\eb}{\end{block}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm always a little wary about defining macros in case it introduces issues.&#xA;In particular, I encountered problems when trying to write a macro for &lt;code&gt;\begin{frame}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Has anyone already done this and worked out a good set of macros? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd also be interested in whether experienced users think macro redefinition in this case is worth the bother.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="151" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-14T06:21:51.673" LastActivityDate="2010-11-15T10:08:46.457" Title="What are a good set of macros for writing beamer presentations?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;presentations&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4107" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4106" CreationDate="2010-10-14T02:41:59.760" Score="18" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not a big fan of using macros in this way. It does cut down on a bit of typing, but tends to make the source code much more opaque. A better solution is to use an editor that allows you to assign bits of code to shortcuts. For example, I use TeXShop (Mac OSX) and have set the key combination Ctrl+Opt+Cmd+1 to insert the code&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;   \item&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and place the cursor right after &lt;code&gt;\item&lt;/code&gt;. This cuts down on typing (I just have to mash down the bottom left of my keyboard and type a number) while still producing a readable source.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm sure that there are ways of reproducing this functionality with other editors and on other operating systems as well; &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1264/typing-and-editing-beamer-presentations/1275#1275&quot;&gt;this answer&lt;/a&gt; to a very similar question suggests the AutoHotkey utility for Windows.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1421" LastActivityDate="2010-10-14T02:41:59.760" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4108" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-14T05:04:51.927" Score="1" ViewCount="385" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3587/how-can-i-use-bibtex-to-cite-a-web-page&quot;&gt;How can I use BibTeX to cite a web page?&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is the standard method for citing a URL in LaTeX and having it in the bibliography?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1438" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-14T06:06:21.993" LastActivityDate="2010-10-14T09:36:46.980" ClosedDate="2010-10-14T17:09:03.260" Title="How to cite a URL in LaTeX?" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;citing&gt;&lt;url&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4109" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4108" CreationDate="2010-10-14T05:39:53.880" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are several options, depending on which packages you wish to use and what output format you want. But I've always found that &lt;a href=&quot;http://win.ua.ac.be/~nschloe/content/bibtex-how-cite-website&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;BibTeX: How to cite a website&lt;/a&gt; gives a nice overview of some options. I suppose the list is not exhaustive and maybe not entirely up-to-date, yet it sure helps in giving some really good bibliographies with websites.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="210" LastActivityDate="2010-10-14T05:39:53.880" />
  <row Id="4110" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3893" CreationDate="2010-10-14T06:24:48.853" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Given the lack of answers other than the comments, here is a summary of the critiques which have come from the comments. By increasing the visibility of these comments, I'm hoping that I may get a solution to the portability problem noted so far, and provoke further critiquing of my macro generally.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Technical/&amp;aelig;sthetic obstacle:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Brent.Longborough, with further elaboration by TH., noted that this macro is not necessarily very robust to a change in font, which may have different dimensions for &lt;em&gt;e.g.&lt;/em&gt; its &lt;code&gt;ex&lt;/code&gt;-size relative to the size of the actual letters. It would seem that a different choice of parameters in the &lt;code&gt;\raisebox&lt;/code&gt;-es, and possibly the &lt;code&gt;\scalefont&lt;/code&gt;-s as well, may be necessary for each different font used.   &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Technical improvement:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;TH. suggested (if I understand correctly) that I should modify the macro using &lt;code&gt;\m@th&lt;/code&gt; (or equivalent): a little research indicates that this is probably to improve the horizontal spacing of the result. Thus, a minor improvement would be &lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\makeatletter&lt;br&gt;&#xA;\newcommand\sfrac[2]{%&#xA;  \dfrac{\text{\raisebox{-0.5ex}{\scalefont{0.85}{$\m@th#1$}}}}%&#xA;        {\text{\raisebox{0.35ex}{\scalefont{0.85}{$\m@th#2$}}}}%&#xA;}&lt;br&gt;&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[&lt;strong&gt;EDIT:&lt;/strong&gt; I am 'accepting' this answer for now, but if anyone comes along and provides useful insights, I will change the accepted answer.]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="911" LastEditorUserId="911" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-29T09:48:22.393" LastActivityDate="2010-10-29T09:48:22.393" />
  <row Id="4111" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4113" CreationDate="2010-10-14T07:30:17.187" Score="2" ViewCount="119" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I use &lt;code&gt;\verbatim&lt;/code&gt; inside my own &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt; with eplain? The eplain reference suggests to change catcodes to accomplish this, but doesn't provide an example of this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Crarification: I would like to define &lt;code&gt;\ttcode&lt;/code&gt; so that when I would use it (&lt;code&gt;\ttcode{some text which can span several par's}&lt;/code&gt;, it would expand thusly:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\bigskip\verbatim some text which can span several par's&#xA;|endverbatim\bigskip\noindent&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastEditorUserId="1410" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-15T09:17:21.803" LastActivityDate="2010-10-15T09:17:21.803" Title="Verbatim inside def in eplain" Tags="&lt;eplain&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4113" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4111" CreationDate="2010-10-14T08:56:38.953" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Thanks for clarifying your question. Here's a revised answer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\ttcode{\bigskip\verbatim\ttcodehelper}&#xA;\begingroup&#xA;\catcode`\{12&#xA;\catcode`\}12&#xA;\catcode`&amp;lt;1&#xA;\catcode`&amp;gt;2&#xA;\long\gdef\ttcodehelper{#1}&amp;lt;#1\endverbatim\bigskip\noindent&amp;gt;&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;asdf&#xA;\ttcode{Some text&#xA;&#xA;&amp;amp;$%#||&#xA;&#xA;which can span multiple paragraphs.}&#xA;asdf&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-14T22:56:27.497" LastActivityDate="2010-10-14T22:56:27.497" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="4114" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4082" CreationDate="2010-10-14T09:22:37.570" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;With biblatex, you can use &lt;code&gt;\DeclareIndexNameFormat&lt;/code&gt; for that purpose. As is stated in biblatex.def, the following arguments are passed to indexing directives for name lists:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;#1 = last name&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;#2 = last name (initials)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;#3 = first name&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;#4 = first name (initials)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;#5 = name prefix, a.k.a 'von part'&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;#6 = name prefix (initials)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;#7 = name affix, a.k.a 'junior part'&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;#8 = name affix (initials)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The biblatex option &lt;code&gt;indexing=true&lt;/code&gt; enables indexing globally. With &lt;code&gt;indexing=cite&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;indexing=bib&lt;/code&gt; you can limit the indexing to the citations or bibliography, respectively.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is a minimal working example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[english]{scrartcl}&#xA;\listfiles&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.bib}&#xA;@ARTICLE{article,&#xA;  author = {Nachname, Vorname},&#xA;  title = {Titel des Zeitschriftenartikels},&#xA;  journal = {Zeitschrift},&#xA;  year = {2006},&#xA;  volume = {6},&#xA;  pages = {19--75}&#xA;}&#xA;@BOOK{book,&#xA;  author = {Buchautor, Hans-Wilhelm},&#xA;  title = {Irgendein Buch},&#xA;  address = {Buch am Wald},&#xA;  year = {2000}&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{babel,csquotes}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[makeindex,protected]{splitidx}&#xA;\newindex[Index of people]{person}&#xA;\newcommand{\person}[2]{\sindex[person]{#2, #1}#2}&#xA;\newcommand{\Person}[2]{\sindex[person]{#2, #1}#1 #2}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[&#xA;  style=authortitle,&#xA;    indexing=true&#xA;]{biblatex}&#xA;\bibliography{\jobname}&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareIndexNameFormat{default}{%&#xA;  \usebibmacro{index:name}{\sindex[person]}{#1}{#3}{#5}{#7}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\person{Given}{Surname}&#xA;\clearpage&#xA;\cite{article}&#xA;\clearpage&#xA;\cite{book}&#xA;\clearpage&#xA;\Person{Given}{Surname}&#xA;\clearpage&#xA;\printbibliography&#xA;\printindex*&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Regards,&#xA;Dominik.-&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;I forgot the different style of the page numbers referring to names of cited authors. For this, you will first of all need a command to print the pages in the index differently, e.g.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*{\ii}[1]{\textit{#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are using hyperref, this should be &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*{\ii}[1]{\textit{\hyperpage{#1}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now you have to give this information to the &lt;code&gt;\DeclareIndexNameFormat&lt;/code&gt; command. In a normal index entry, this would be simple: &lt;code&gt;\index{Name|ii}&lt;/code&gt; (or, with splitindex, &lt;code&gt;\sindex[person]{Name|ii}&lt;/code&gt;. But with &lt;code&gt;DeclareIndexNameFormat&lt;/code&gt; this is not possible in a direct way, since biblatex splits up the name given in the bib file and passes it on to the given index command. Thus, the easiest solution is to define a new command which then can be used by &lt;code&gt;\DeclareIndexNameFormat&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\xindex}[1]{\sindex[person]{#1|ii}}&#xA;\DeclareIndexNameFormat{default}{%&#xA;  \usebibmacro{index:name}{\xindex}{#1}{#3}{#5}{#7}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1376" LastEditorUserId="1376" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-14T09:43:52.273" LastActivityDate="2010-10-14T09:43:52.273" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4115" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4108" CreationDate="2010-10-14T09:36:46.980" Score="-1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Look at package url.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="750" LastActivityDate="2010-10-14T09:36:46.980" />
  <row Id="4116" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-14T09:59:40.323" Score="7" ViewCount="519" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{scrartcl}&#xA;\usepackage{ngerman}&#xA;\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\title{Rechtevergabe Testdokument}&#xA;\author{Test1}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;\newpage&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\newpage&#xA;\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{Bereich A}&#xA;\addcontentsline{toc}{subsection}{Kapitel I}&#xA;\addcontentsline{toc}{subsection}{Kapitel II}&#xA;\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{Bereich B}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Gives me no TOC at all (after running &lt;em&gt;pdflatex&lt;/em&gt; twice). Moving &lt;code&gt;\addcontentsline&lt;/code&gt; to before &lt;code&gt;\tableofcontents&lt;/code&gt; and removing &lt;code&gt;\newpage&lt;/code&gt; did no change. I intend to obtain a document with TOC only. Thank you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1475" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-21T15:02:44.573" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T15:02:44.573" Title="Why does \addcontentsline not add to TOC?" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4117" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4106" CreationDate="2010-10-14T10:23:18.297" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Emacs+AucTeX already has built in keyboard shortcuts for adding environments, sections and so on (with labels added automatically if needed). A similar approach can be achieved in any other text editor with a flexible enough keyboard shortcut defining structure. This is, as has already been pointed out, preferable to TeX macros for new environments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One beamer specific macro that I use is the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{bitemize}{\begin{itemize}[&amp;lt;+-&amp;gt;]}{\end{itemize}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What this does is define a &lt;code&gt;bitemize&lt;/code&gt; environment that has consecutive items appear one by one on the slides. This doesn't really save all that many keystrokes, but &lt;code&gt;[&amp;lt;+-&amp;gt;]&lt;/code&gt; is tricky to type in a hurry, and since I use Emacs' &lt;code&gt;C-c C-e&lt;/code&gt; to add environments, it saves me navigating back to the top of the itemize environment to add it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One could also do the following for a similar small saving when using alert:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\balert}[1]{\alert&amp;lt;+-&amp;gt;{#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I expect this will reveal consecutive &lt;code&gt;alert&lt;/code&gt;s on consecutive slides. (I haven't used this, I just thought of it now. I don't tend to use alert, but I know people who do.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-14T16:05:35.220" LastActivityDate="2010-10-14T16:05:35.220" />
  <row Id="4118" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4119" CreationDate="2010-10-14T10:45:17.080" Score="18" ViewCount="483" Body="&lt;p&gt;If I want to use abbreviations for second, third and so on in my LaTeX documents, I am currently doing this: &lt;code&gt;2$^{nd}$&lt;/code&gt; which seems unsatisfactory. Is there a macro I'm missing? I'm sure I could define one myself, and it would be fairly easy. But this looks like something that should already have been covered...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-14T18:02:27.073" LastActivityDate="2010-10-15T18:22:02.470" Title="What's the quickest and easiest way to write &quot;2nd&quot; &quot;3rd&quot; etc in LaTeX" Tags="&lt;numbering&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="6" />
  <row Id="4119" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4118" CreationDate="2010-10-14T11:09:17.320" Score="34" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You should not use math, when it is normal text. Use &lt;code&gt;\textsuperscript&lt;/code&gt; instead: &lt;code&gt;2\textsuperscript{nd}&lt;/code&gt;. You can also define a shortcut for this, e.g. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\ts}{\textsuperscript}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then you could use &lt;code&gt;2\ts{nd}&lt;/code&gt; in the text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Regards,&#xA;Dominik.-&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;An even nicer solution is to load the package &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/entries/nth.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;nth&lt;/a&gt; with the option &lt;code&gt;super&lt;/code&gt; and use the &lt;code&gt;\nth&lt;/code&gt; command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\nth{1}, \nth{2}, \nth{3}, \nth{4}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1376" LastEditorUserId="1376" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-14T11:16:38.353" LastActivityDate="2010-10-14T11:16:38.353" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4120" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4118" CreationDate="2010-10-14T11:41:51.790" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I guess the quickest and easiest solution is to simply write &quot;2nd&quot;, &quot;3rd&quot;, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Superscripts aren't really necessary.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="100" LastActivityDate="2010-10-14T11:41:51.790" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-10-14T11:41:51.790" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4121" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3311" CreationDate="2010-10-14T11:55:30.700" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To save someone else the trouble of figuring out how to “upgrade” to a newer version of TeXLive, here are the details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;As &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3311/how-to-upgrade-texlive-2009-to-texlive-2010/3313#3313&quot;&gt;Taco Hoekwater&lt;/a&gt; said, install the new version. This will live in a different directory so it doesn't conflict with the older installation.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;To uninstall the older version and reclaim disk space simply delete the folder from the old installation, e.g. &lt;code&gt;/usr/local/texlive/2009&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On OS X you can open a Finder window, choose “Go -&gt; Go to Folder ...” from the menu and enter &lt;code&gt;/usr/local/texlive&lt;/code&gt;. Then drag and drop the folder from the older version to the trash. You'll be prompted to type your password because the the folder is owned by root.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-10-14T11:55:30.700" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4122" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-14T12:11:04.703" Score="11" ViewCount="251" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to create a book with poetry in two columns, side-by-side, in different languages. After some googling, I chose the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/ledmac/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;ledmac&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;ledpar&lt;/code&gt; packages&lt;/a&gt;. But then I found myself doing hacks, and I wonder if there is a better way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In particular, I need the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Aligned stanzas (in other words, starting lines of stanzas with the same numbers from both columns are at the same height). &lt;code&gt;astanza&lt;/code&gt; environment does that.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Numbered stanzas (only for the left column). I am using the macro from &lt;code&gt;ledpar&lt;/code&gt; documentation:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\newcommand*{\stanzanum}[2][\stanzaindentbase]{%&#xA;        \hskip -#1\llap{\textbf{#2}}\hskip #1&#xA;        \ignorespaces}&#xA;        % Use: \stanzanum{&amp;lt;dimen: whitespace after # of stanza&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;text: # of stanza&amp;gt;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\interstanza}{\par\mbox{}\skipnumbering}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;No line numbers. I set &lt;code&gt;\firstlinenum{999}&lt;/code&gt; in the beginning of the document.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Footnotes for stanzas. Something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{astanza}&#xA;blablabla&#xA;\end{astanza}&#xA;\stanzafootnote{foobar}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And this is supposed to create a footnote with the number of the stanza. This can be done by creating the counter for stanza number and the macro with this number and &lt;code&gt;\footnotetext&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, are there any packages that can do it already? Or did I miss something in documentation? Maybe &lt;code&gt;ledmac&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;ledpar&lt;/code&gt; were not the best choice? I find it suspicious that I am writing macros for things that seem to be common tasks. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you in advance. Sorry if the question is stupid.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1464" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-22T07:53:50.153" LastActivityDate="2010-10-22T07:53:50.153" Title="What is the right way of creating bilingual book with poetry?" Tags="&lt;two-column&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="4123" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4116" CreationDate="2010-10-14T12:23:25.513" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\addcontentsline&lt;/code&gt; commands are written at &lt;code&gt;\shipout&lt;/code&gt;. But your page is empty. Removing the &lt;code&gt;\newpage&lt;/code&gt; after &lt;code&gt;\tableofcontents&lt;/code&gt; should work (it does for me) or put something on the page with the &lt;code&gt;\addcontentsline&lt;/code&gt; commands, e.g. &lt;code&gt;\newpage\mbox{}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-20T18:35:34.597" LastActivityDate="2010-12-20T18:35:34.597" />
  <row Id="4124" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4125" CreationDate="2010-10-14T12:23:44.230" Score="4" ViewCount="175" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm often writing reports containing over 50 tables and over 200 figures that have to be included in appendices. The problem is obvious: if you just make an appendix &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\chapter{Tables}&#xA;\begin{table}&#xA; ...&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{table}&#xA; ...&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;at a certain point you get the &quot;too many unprocessed floats&quot; error. I've tried specifying &lt;code&gt;[h]&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;[h!]&lt;/code&gt; and so many other variants, but somehow LaTeX doesn't want to agree on just placing them one after the other, and saves them up. My current solution is to add &lt;code&gt;\afterpage{\clearpage}&lt;/code&gt; every so often, but this requires me to manually reposition them a number of times before the layout is more or less acceptable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How should this be done without all the manual manipulations?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1463" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-23T10:38:06.380" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T10:38:06.380" Title="How to make an appendix with only tables without &quot;too many unprocessed floats&quot; errors?" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;appendices&gt;&lt;positioning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4125" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4124" CreationDate="2010-10-14T12:28:27.360" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you only have floats, then they don't need to float. Using the H placement offered by the float package is probably the easiest way. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-10-14T12:28:27.360" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4126" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4124" CreationDate="2010-10-14T13:59:59.193" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can also try the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/morefloats/morefloats.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;morefloats&lt;/a&gt; package. The literature also of the package has a number of good solutions for this type of problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-10-14T13:59:59.193" />
  <row Id="4127" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="363" CreationDate="2010-10-14T14:54:04.363" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In ConTeXt, &lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.contextgarden.net/Processing_Lists&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;list processing&lt;/a&gt; is done using &lt;code&gt;\processcommalist&lt;/code&gt;. Suppose you want to apply the macro &lt;code&gt;\doCommand&lt;/code&gt; over each list element passed to &lt;code&gt;\Command&lt;/code&gt;. The following definition of &lt;code&gt;\Command&lt;/code&gt; does this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\Command#1{\processcommalist[#1]\doCommand}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If the list may contain macros, like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\Arguments{a,b,c}&#xA;\Command{\Arguments,d,e,f}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;then you can use &lt;code&gt;\processcommacommand&lt;/code&gt;, like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\Command#1{\processcommalistcommand[#1]\doCommand}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are a some faster alternatives, &lt;code&gt;\rawprocesscommalist&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\rawprocesscommacommand&lt;/code&gt; but they have certain limitations. See the ConTeXt wiki &lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.contextgarden.net/System_Macros/Comma_Separated_Lists&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;page&lt;/a&gt; on list processing for details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To process a list with an arbitrary separator, &lt;code&gt;\processlist&lt;/code&gt; may be used. &lt;code&gt;\processlist&lt;/code&gt; takes 5 arguments: beginning of list marker, end of list marker, element separator, command to apply to each element,  and the list. For example, a command &lt;code&gt;\Command[a:b:c]&lt;/code&gt; that uses colon as the separator, can be defined as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\Command{\processlist[]:}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastEditorUserId="323" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-21T01:10:44.787" LastActivityDate="2010-10-21T01:10:44.787" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4128" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="363" CreationDate="2010-10-14T15:22:08.040" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is an LPEG based solution. This is written in ConTeXt, but should be easy to modify for LuaLaTeX&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\unprotected\def\ProcessListWithDelim#1[#2]#3% delim list command&#xA;  {\ctxlua{userdata.ProcessListWithDelim(\!!bs#1\!!es, \!!bs#2\!!es, \!!bs\noexpand#3\!!es)}} &#xA;&#xA;\startluacode&#xA;  userdata = userdata or {}&#xA;&#xA;  function userdata.ProcessListWithDelim(delim, list, command)&#xA;    local splitter = lpeg.Ct(lpeg.splitat(lpeg.P(delim)))&#xA;    local items    = lpeg.match(splitter, list)&#xA;&#xA;    for i=1,#items do&#xA;      tex.sprint(tex.ctxcatcodes, command .. '{' .. items[i] .. '}')&#xA;    end&#xA;  end&#xA;\stopluacode&#xA;&#xA;\def\ShowItem#1{&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&amp;gt;#1&amp;lt;&amp;lt;&amp;lt\crlf}&#xA;&#xA;\def\CommandA#1{\ProcessListWithDelim,[#1]\ShowItem}&#xA;&#xA;\def\CommandB#1{\ProcessListWithDelim{:}[#1]\ShowItem}&#xA;&#xA;\starttext&#xA;\CommandA{A,Comma,Separated,List}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\CommandB{A:Colon:Separated:List}&#xA;\stoptext&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2010-10-14T15:22:08.040" />
  <row Id="4129" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-14T15:41:16.853" Score="3" ViewCount="156" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am writing a latex document with the apacite and graphicx package. The issue is when I include an image either using figure with an enclosed \includegraphic or \includegraphic by itself it shows the image with the file name to the side.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;            --------------&#xA;            |             |&#xA;            |    BOX 1    |  &#xA;            ---------------&#xA;Error1.jpg&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I do not want it to write Error1.jpg. Would show the image but it seems I do not have enough rep.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is an example tex file to show the error (with Windows XP, using Miktex 2.8).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[man]{apa}&#xA;\usepackage{apacite}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel}&#xA;\begin{document} &#xA;&#xA;\includegraphics{Example Error1.jpg}&#xA;\begin{figure}[htb]&#xA;\includegraphics{Example Error1.jpg}&#xA;\caption{This is the caption of the figure.}&#xA;\label{fig:fig2}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1477" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-21T20:18:21.577" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T20:18:21.577" Title="How to avoid showing the filename when using graphicx with apacite?" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;cross-referencing&gt;&lt;apa-style&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="4130" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4129" CreationDate="2010-10-14T15:44:05.477" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I found the answer while writing this since I wrote ExampleError1.jpg when doing the example image. The problem is that graphicx doesn't seem to like the spaces in the file name and it assumes it should write it. I tried writing Example\ Error1.jpg but it didn't like it either. The solution I propose is that write these filenames without spaces.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1477" LastActivityDate="2010-10-14T15:44:05.477" />
  <row Id="4132" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4129" CreationDate="2010-10-14T15:47:36.997" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You should also avoid other special characters like underscores in the complete path and the name of the file. But you can use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/grffile&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;grffile&lt;/a&gt; package for extended file processing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-10-14T15:47:36.997" />
  <row Id="4134" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4085" CreationDate="2010-10-14T16:07:54.000" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your example compiles fine with TeX Live 2010. With the Ubuntu 10.10 packages (texlive-full-2009-10, i.e. TL2009), I get the error&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;! Package pgfkeys Error: I do not know the key '/tikz/legend pos' and I am going to ignore it. Perhaps you misspelled it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could try to install a new version of pgfplots from CTAN.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since the Ubuntu TeX packages often have bugs and do not get updates between Ubuntu versions, I would recommend to just install the current version of TeX Live directly from &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/texlive/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://tug.org/texlive/&lt;/a&gt;. Post a question if you need help with that (hint: the global $PATH is set in /etc/environment in Ubuntu).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-10-14T16:07:54.000" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4135" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4143" CreationDate="2010-10-14T16:14:39.337" Score="10" ViewCount="253" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've been playing around with dropcaps in LaTeX (with the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/yfonts/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;yfonts&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/lettrine/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;lettrine&lt;/a&gt; packages), and one typographical effect you often see after dropcaps is having the entire first line of the paragraph typeset in small caps.  It's clear how to get this effect by trial and error&amp;mdash;run LaTeX, see what's on the first line, &lt;code&gt;\textsc&lt;/code&gt; that, rerun LaTeX, see what's moved, and re-&lt;code&gt;\textsc&lt;/code&gt; the appropriate text&amp;mdash;but that's a royal pain, and it's too easy to forget to do.  &lt;strong&gt;Is there a good way to get (La)TeX to detect the location of linebreaks in its typeset output?&lt;/strong&gt;  I presume I'd have to run LaTeX at least twice, since things could change mid-processing, but such is life with LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit 1:&lt;/strong&gt; I need this to work for math-mode (&lt;code&gt;$...$&lt;/code&gt;) code as well—from the solutions so far suggested, this is not necessarily non-trivial.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1425" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-27T00:44:06.437" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T00:44:06.437" Title="Changing the style of the first *typeset* line of a paragraph" Tags="&lt;line-breaking&gt;&lt;paragraphs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="4137" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4135" CreationDate="2010-10-14T18:14:15.383" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is a TeXie solution!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;    \documentclass[11pt]{article} &#xA;    \begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;    \def\firstline{\par\begingroup\Firstlinefont&#xA;      \def\zzz{}\dimen0\parindent&#xA;      \setbox0=\hbox{ }\advance\dimen0by-\wd0&#xA;      \x}&#xA;    \def\x{\afterassignment\y\z}&#xA;    \def\z#1 {\xdef\zz{#1\ }}&#xA;    \def\y{\setbox0=\hbox{\zz}&#xA;      \advance\dimen0 by\wd0&#xA;      \ifdim\dimen0&amp;lt;\hsize\let\next=\x&#xA;        \edef\zzz{\zzz\zz}&#xA;      \else\let\next=\endgroup&#xA;        \leavevmode\zzz\unskip\break\aftergroup\zz&#xA;      \fi&#xA;      \next}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;    \let\Firstlinefont=\scshape  &#xA;&#xA;    \firstline The first line of this paragraph is in small caps font series. You&#xA;    will need to hack the rest of the code to get it working with the lettrine package!&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-10-14T18:14:15.383" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4138" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3169" CreationDate="2010-10-14T18:17:49.653" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In regards to Juan's answer: declaring a new environment using &lt;em&gt;equation&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;aligned&lt;/em&gt; does work, but it introduces some added wrinkles with spacing.  It seems to include a single space (smaller than an indent) in the text which follows the equation.  I'll quote &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/LaTeX/Customizing_LaTeX#Extra_space&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the relevant wikibooks page&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;When creating a new environment you&#xA;  may easily get bitten by extra spaces&#xA;  creeping in, which can potentially&#xA;  have fatal effects. For example when&#xA;  you want to create a title environment&#xA;  which suppresses its own indentation&#xA;  as well as the one on the following&#xA;  paragraph. The \ignorespaces  command&#xA;  in the begin block of the environment&#xA;  will make it ignore any space after&#xA;  executing the begin block. The end&#xA;  block is a bit more tricky as special&#xA;  processing occurs at the end of an&#xA;  environment. With the&#xA;  \ignorespacesafterend LaTeX will issue&#xA;  an \ignorespaces after the special&#xA;  ‘end’ processing has occurred&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Including &lt;em&gt;ignorspaces&lt;/em&gt; in the new environment definition seems to be weirdly behaved.  Dealing with this subtle spacing issue seems like too much trouble for just a shortcut.  I recommend writing out the full&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;\begin{equation}\begin{aligned}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;\end{aligned}\end{equation}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;using auto-completion, like with TexWorks or TeXShop.  (\begin{align}\begin{split} seems to be just as good in this context where we aren't defining new environments.)  This has the added benefit of being easier to read for anyone else (e.g. a journal) looking at your LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1439" LastActivityDate="2010-10-14T18:17:49.653" />
  <row Id="4139" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-14T19:07:53.223" Score="3" ViewCount="723" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to create a TeX document for which the first (summary) page is &lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt]{article}&lt;/code&gt;, but for which the rest of the document is &lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&lt;/code&gt;. Is there an easy way to do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1482" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-26T16:13:55.677" LastActivityDate="2010-11-26T16:13:55.677" Title="How to change font size mid document?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4140" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4139" CreationDate="2010-10-14T19:56:41.487" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can change font size using &lt;code&gt;\fontsize{10}{12}\selectfont&lt;/code&gt; (the first number is the pt size of the font, the second number the space in pts between lines: this becomes the value of &lt;code&gt;\baselineskip&lt;/code&gt;), but in general I think it's better to try using things like &lt;code&gt;\tiny&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\small&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\scriptsize&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\normalsize&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\footnotesize&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\large&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\Large&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\LARGE&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\huge&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\Huge&lt;/code&gt;  (and the corresponding environments  (e.g., &lt;code&gt;\begin{small} ... \end{small}&lt;/code&gt;). I think &lt;code&gt;\footnotesize&lt;/code&gt; would give you a 10pt font in a document with 12pt set in its document class options.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And if the summary page is done using a special environment, like &lt;code&gt;\begin{abstract} ... \end{abstract}&lt;/code&gt; likely what you want can be done a completely different way, such as by using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/abstract&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;abstract&lt;/a&gt; package. (It's hard to give concrete advice without knowing more about the details of the summary page, however.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-10-14T19:56:41.487" />
  <row Id="4142" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4139" CreationDate="2010-10-14T21:46:18.243" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;An easy way would be to create a 10pt document for the summary and include its pdf output within the 12pt document. You could use the &lt;code&gt;pdfpages&lt;/code&gt; package for that purpose.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you really wish to use just one document, you could redefine &lt;code&gt;\normalsize&lt;/code&gt; and all the other size macros like &lt;code&gt;\footnotesize&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\scriptsize&lt;/code&gt; etc. you can find the definition inside the &lt;code&gt;.clo&lt;/code&gt; files like size10.clo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I would choose the easier way, splitting the document code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-10-14T21:46:18.243" />
  <row Id="4143" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4135" CreationDate="2010-10-14T22:06:35.107" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Donald Arseneau's magaz package will do this for you. From memory, it uses roughly the same idea shown by Yiannis — that is, only a single pass is necessary — but I think it may be slightly more robust. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This solution will work with inline maths provided the maths does not break over the end of the line, as here:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{magaz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\FirstLine{There is no just \emph{ground}, therefore, $a+b=c$ for the charge $x\in\{0,1,2\}$ brought against me by certain ignoramuses.}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But putting the maths inside an &lt;code&gt;\mbox&lt;/code&gt; seems to fix this problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-15T03:54:09.893" LastActivityDate="2010-10-15T03:54:09.893" CommentCount="10" />
  <row Id="4144" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4026" CreationDate="2010-10-15T02:02:54.400" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use keys that follow the standard citation format for my field. Most biology journals use a format like (Ackerley 2000), so my citation key for that paper is ackerley_2000. This gives me short, descriptive keys, and they look like 'normal' citations. This also makes reading the LaTeX source more natural, as I don't have separate shorthand formats for the code and the final pdf. (in other words, I don't have to worry about matching up article:acker:community in my bib file to the Ackerley2000.pdf file in my library.) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have emacs and auctex/reftex setup to add keys automatically, including the first two authors plus year. If there are multiple publications with the same first two authors I just append an a, b...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1484" LastActivityDate="2010-10-15T02:02:54.400" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-10-15T02:02:54.400" />
  <row Id="4145" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-15T03:22:09.700" Score="12" ViewCount="905" Body="&lt;p&gt;I often have to write up reports based on the analysis of some data.&#xA;I use R to analyse the data and export tables, figures, and text.&#xA;This is then included into a LaTeX document either using &lt;code&gt;input&lt;/code&gt; or Sweave (&lt;a href=&quot;http://jeromyanglim.blogspot.com/2010/02/getting-started-with-sweave-r-latex.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;see here for details&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, when I collaborate with others, I sometimes need to provide a document in Open Office / MS Word format.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Question:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thus, assume the simplest scenario&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I have a latex document with text, tables, and figures&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I need to export this reliably into Open Office or MS Word format: this includes mathematical formulas, table formatting, and quality figures)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I don't need to go back from MS Word to LaTeX&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is a reliable, efficient, and preferably free process?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Initial Thoughts:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Export to HTML,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ooolatex.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;OOoLatex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;LaTeX - LyX - ODF&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Use odfWeave&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1773/converting-latex-to-openoffice&quot;&gt;I also just saw this earlier question&lt;/a&gt; that deals with some specific issues associated with LaTeX to Open Office conversion&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/50/how-can-i-convert-math-less-latex-documents-into-microsoft-word&quot;&gt;I've also found this question about LaTeX to Word for resumes&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I was hoping that there is an expert out there who has worked out a good system already.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="151" LastEditorUserId="151" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-15T07:12:19.237" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T08:07:20.997" Title="Workflow for converting LaTeX into Open Office / MS Word Format" Tags="&lt;conversion&gt;&lt;msword&gt;&lt;r&gt;" AnswerCount="8" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="4146" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4086" CreationDate="2010-10-15T05:06:38.643" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's not possible in the general case, but you can visualise when underfull boxes occur by taking apart a paragraph and measuring the badness of the individual lines of the paragraph. An example is shown here: &lt;a href=&quot;https://gist.github.com/0f42f19422d446490e0e&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;https://gist.github.com/0f42f19422d446490e0e&lt;/a&gt; (update: I just edited the file a little to give better results).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It requires that you put markup around your paragraphs, unfortunately, but it's fun to play with. Perhaps the new everyhook package might be helpful to apply these sort of command to every text paragraph in a document, but I suspect that would require major surgery of LaTeX's  section heading system.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-16T14:26:18.490" LastActivityDate="2010-10-16T14:26:18.490" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4147" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4145" CreationDate="2010-10-15T06:09:24.670" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;My first instinct would probably be oolatex too, or some other technique using TeX4ht, but another method that can also work well is &lt;a href=&quot;http://latex2rtf.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;latex2rtf&lt;/a&gt;, though I've had the best luck when I tell it it convert formulas, tables, and other complicated stuff to embedded images in the result: obviously, this isn't a great option if the people you're sending them to need to be able to edit those formulas, etc. (But fine if they only need to read and comment.) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-10-15T06:09:24.670" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="4148" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4149" CreationDate="2010-10-15T07:10:22.237" Score="0" ViewCount="159" Body="&lt;p&gt;In testing my answer to this &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4111/verbatim-inside-def-in-eplain&quot;&gt;question&lt;/a&gt;, I initially wrote the file&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%&amp;amp; eplain&#xA;% code to answer question here&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and compiled with &lt;code&gt;pdftex e&lt;/code&gt;. Much to my surprise, the penultimate line of output was&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Output written on e.dvi (1 page, 352 bytes).&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I change the first line to &lt;code&gt;\input eplain&lt;/code&gt; or add the command line argument &lt;code&gt;-output-format=pdf&lt;/code&gt;, then I get a pdf.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This same behavior can be observed by by starting a LaTeX file with &lt;code&gt;%&amp;amp; latex&lt;/code&gt; and compiling with either &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;pdftex&lt;/code&gt; so it's unrelated to &lt;code&gt;eplain&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-10-15T08:30:07.907" Title="Why does TeX Live's pdfTeX's %&amp; parsing override the executable name?" Tags="&lt;texlive&gt;&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;first-line-parsing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4149" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4148" CreationDate="2010-10-15T08:30:07.907" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Well, because that is what it is supposed to do. the &lt;code&gt;%&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; line allows you to switch to another format than the one matching the executable name, so your line above is exactly as running &lt;code&gt;eplain e&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;pdftex -fmt eplain e&lt;/code&gt;. Read the first few lines of &lt;code&gt;pdftex --help&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastActivityDate="2010-10-15T08:30:07.907" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="4150" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4145" CreationDate="2010-10-15T11:32:06.603" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is no pain-free way to do this. Really.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Convert your beautiful TeX to pdf, run pdftotext and then import the plain text into a word processor.  Recreate all of the tables and equations by hand. Waste days of your life in order to be &quot;compatible&quot; with chumps who don't care about typography until, finally, you decide to stop working with them. Only then will you find inner peace.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastActivityDate="2010-10-15T11:32:06.603" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4151" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4145" CreationDate="2010-10-15T12:23:03.280" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The best way I know to convert a TeX to an XML application is &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/tex4ht/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tex4ht&lt;/a&gt;.  The project page says it converts TeX to a number of different output formats, including &quot;(X)HTML, MathML, OpenDocument, and DocBook.&quot;  I believe tex4ht can even convert tikz code to SVG graphics.  Word supports OpenDocument, so in theory you could just open up the converted document in Word.  I'd expect tables to survive the transition, not so much equations and figures.  But MS Word's native format is also an XML application, so you might be able to write an XSLT stylesheet to handle the math and figures.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The need for this kind of tool is evident, and the fact that there's no polished way to do it yet somewhat indicates the complexity of the task.  Keep that in mind before you take it up!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-10-15T12:23:03.280" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4152" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4167" CreationDate="2010-10-15T14:23:34.263" Score="2" ViewCount="360" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do I prevent a line from appearing by itself:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Orphan:&lt;/strong&gt; at the bottom of the page, or&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;Widow:&lt;/strong&gt; at the top of the page?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="791" LastEditorUserId="791" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-15T15:22:35.397" LastActivityDate="2010-10-16T09:14:33.990" Title="How do I prevent widow/orphan lines?" Tags="&lt;page-breaking&gt;&lt;orphans&gt;&lt;widows&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="4153" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3893" CreationDate="2010-10-15T14:29:58.583" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For this particular wheel, eplain defines frac this way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\frac#1/#2{\leavevmode&#xA;   \kern.1em \raise .5ex \hbox{\the\scriptfont0 #1}%&#xA;   \kern-.1em $/$%&#xA;   \kern-.15em \lower .25ex \hbox{\the\scriptfont0 #2}%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Its usage is kinda weird: &lt;code&gt;\frac 23/{64}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastActivityDate="2010-10-15T14:29:58.583" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4154" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4159" CreationDate="2010-10-15T14:51:44.927" Score="2" ViewCount="198" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to format Wikipedia entries in my document in a standard way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Foo}{Foo}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I thought about using &lt;code&gt;\newcommand*&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{ifthen}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\newcommand*{\WWW}[2]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/#2}%&#xA;  \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{}}{{#2}}{{#1}}%&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\WWW{Foo}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This command should set the text &lt;code&gt;Foo&lt;/code&gt; linked to the Wikipedia article and one can enter a special title. However this oesn't work. Can you see what is wrong here?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="201" LastEditorUserId="201" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-15T21:04:56.843" LastActivityDate="2010-10-15T21:04:56.843" Title="How to use \newcommand for \href?" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;macros&gt;&lt;conditionals&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="4155" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4164" CreationDate="2010-10-15T15:28:37.700" Score="2" ViewCount="276" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not a fan of italics in math mode, is there a way to make all my math upright?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When using the MinionPro package, I'm quite happy with the 'frenchmath' option, which I believe turns all greek letters and all upper-case latin letters upright. Is there a way to do this using the, perhaps more standard, amsmath package?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="704" LastEditorUserId="411" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-15T16:17:30.570" LastActivityDate="2010-10-15T18:17:10.613" Title="Can I make all my math upright?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;style&gt;" AnswerCount="6" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4156" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4155" CreationDate="2010-10-15T15:36:40.390" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could try the euler fonts. I warn you, they are not universally liked. They were made for the AMS and emulate a handwritten font.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2010-10-15T15:36:40.390" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4157" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4154" CreationDate="2010-10-15T15:46:41.170" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This works:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\WWW}[1]{%&#xA;    \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/#1}{#1}%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But of course, it is not sufficient if you want to be able to specify a title... how about a second, separate command for when you want to do that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="440" LastEditorUserId="440" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-15T15:52:29.427" LastActivityDate="2010-10-15T15:52:29.427" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4158" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5772" CreationDate="2010-10-15T15:47:04.480" Score="1" ViewCount="378" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some months ago, I asked a question regarding bibliography hyphenation issue &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/437/line-breaking-or-hyphenation-of-references-in-apalike&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&#xA;In a nutshell, when I was having problems with the hyphenation of the citation keys in the text, I included the &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt; package and the problem was solved. However, the list of references at the end of the article does not show the key that appears in the text as before.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is an example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With the following code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt,a5paper]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{microtype}&#xA;\usepackage[square]{natbib}&#xA;&#xA;\title{Test}&#xA;\author{Tester}&#xA;\date{\today}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;&#xA;asd asd Hello world \citep{SaCouto:2010:HemodynamicBirth},&#xA;\citep{SaCouto:2010:HemodynamicBirth},&#xA;\citep{SaCouto:2010:HemodynamicBirth}&#xA;&#xA;\bibliographystyle{apalike}&#xA;\bibliography{fullbiblio}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I get:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/TkLUZ.png&quot; alt=&quot;with natbib&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When commenting the &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt; package, and changing &lt;code&gt;\citep&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\cite&lt;/code&gt;, I get:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/hTYv5.png&quot; alt=&quot;without natbib&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I would like is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Correct hyphenation (possible when including &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;That the references include the key that is shown in the text (possible when not including &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt;). This key should be [Lastname, year].&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So my question is, how can I achieve this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="146" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-06T16:19:28.833" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T16:19:28.833" Title="List the citation key shown by \citep in the references." Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;natbib&gt;&lt;hyphenation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="4159" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4154" CreationDate="2010-10-15T15:48:29.497" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You have two problems.  The first is that you forgot to specify that &lt;code&gt;\WWW&lt;/code&gt; takes an optional argument, for which you'd need &lt;code&gt;[2][]&lt;/code&gt; rather than just &lt;code&gt;[2]&lt;/code&gt; (with the second &lt;code&gt;[]&lt;/code&gt; specifying the empty default); the second problem is that you need to group &lt;code&gt;\ifthenelse&lt;/code&gt;, but not its arguments.  (I think the problem is that when &lt;code&gt;\ifthenelse&lt;/code&gt; expands, it doesn't introduce a group, and so the wrong token is being grabbed.)  Also, on the &quot;just my opinion&quot; side of things, if this is just for Wikipedia links, I'd probably call it &lt;code&gt;\wiki&lt;/code&gt; instead.  Anyway, putting that together yields&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{ifthen}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\newcommand*{\wiki}[2][]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/#2}%&#xA;                              {\ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{}}{#2}{#1}}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  The Wikipedia article about \wiki[the metasyntactic variable foobar]{Foobar}&#xA;is shorter than the one about \wiki{Einstein}.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Also, note that this doesn't necessarily play well with Wikipedia's underscore-for-space convention, though that's certainly fixable.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit 1:&lt;/strong&gt;  Actually, if you use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/xstring/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;xstring&lt;/a&gt; package, it's very easy to take care of underscores automatically.  This revised command will automatically replace all spaces in its argument with underscores, so you don't have to.  If you still want a different title, you can provide it.  So&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{ifthen}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\usepackage{xstring}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand*{\wiki}[2][]{%&#xA;  \StrSubstitute{#2}{ }{_}[\wiki@article]%&#xA;  \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/\wiki@article}%&#xA;       {\ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{}}{#2}{#1}}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  The Wikipedia article about \wiki[the metasyntactic variable foobar]{Foobar}&#xA;is shorter than the one about \wiki{Albert Einstein} or the one about \wiki[the&#xA;creator of \TeX]{Donald Knuth}.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;renders as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The Wikipedia article about &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Foobar&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the metasyntactic variable foobar&lt;/a&gt; is shorter than the one about &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Albert_Einstein&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Albert Einstein&lt;/a&gt; or the one about &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Donald_Knuth&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the creator of TeX&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1425" LastEditorUserId="1425" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-15T17:57:09.217" LastActivityDate="2010-10-15T17:57:09.217" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="4160" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4155" CreationDate="2010-10-15T16:00:48.120" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can change the font setup. But how exactly depends on your current setup. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\DeclareSymbolFont{letters}     {OT1}{cmr} {m}{n}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;$a=b=1$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-10-15T16:00:48.120" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4161" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3311" CreationDate="2010-10-15T16:05:09.100" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you are using ArchLinux, the update should be as soon as your mirror gets an update! The best thing to do is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;# pacman -Sy texlive-most&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;that will install the hole texlive distribution!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1488" LastActivityDate="2010-10-15T16:05:09.100" />
  <row Id="4162" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4152" CreationDate="2010-10-15T16:05:45.260" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/ctan/macros/latex/contrib/memoir/memman.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Memoir manual&lt;/a&gt;, in section 3.5 &quot;Sloppybottom&quot; discusses this in some detail, which I won't reproduce here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Be prepared even to re-word in the most intractable cases. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Update:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think the specific commands like &lt;code&gt;\enlargethispage&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\sloppybottom&lt;/code&gt; are exclusively for the memoir package, but here's a snippet extracted from the aforementioned that you may care to adjust (you can see the extensive comments in the original):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\clubpenalty=9996&#xA;\widowpenalty=9999&#xA;\brokenpenalty=4991&#xA;\predisplaypenalty=10000&#xA;\postdisplaypenalty=1549&#xA;\displaywidowpenalty=1602&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personally, I tend to avoid this TinXering with Plain TeX internals; although I don't know how to do it specifically for &lt;code&gt;newlfm,&lt;/code&gt; I'd probably opt for adjusting the textheight on a case-by-case basis, as a final tidy-up before publishing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="344" LastEditorUserId="344" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-16T09:14:33.990" LastActivityDate="2010-10-16T09:14:33.990" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4163" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4155" CreationDate="2010-10-15T16:11:01.423" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you used XeLaTeX, the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/mathspec&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;mathspec&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/unicode-math&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;unicode-math&lt;/a&gt; packages would provide the means to get fully upright math.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In regular LaTeX, all I can do is tell you some things I've tried. I'm sure people who know what they're doing will explain everything I'm doing wrong. First, you could try something like (for upright Computer Modern):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\SetSymbolFont{letters}{normal}{T1}{cmr}{m}{n}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But that's almost certain to lead to some bad unintended consequences.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Something like this would probably be a little safer, though I still think it may not work the way you'd hope:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareSymbolFont{mymathvariables}{T1}{cmr}{m}{n}&#xA;\DeclareSymbolFontAlphabet{\mathnormal}{mymathvariables}&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{a}{\mathalpha}{mymathvariables}{`a}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{b}{\mathalpha}{mymathvariables}{`b}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{c}{\mathalpha}{mymathvariables}{`c}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{d}{\mathalpha}{mymathvariables}{`d}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{e}{\mathalpha}{mymathvariables}{`e}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{f}{\mathalpha}{mymathvariables}{`f}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{g}{\mathalpha}{mymathvariables}{`g}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{h}{\mathalpha}{mymathvariables}{`h}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{i}{\mathalpha}{mymathvariables}{`i}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{j}{\mathalpha}{mymathvariables}{`j}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{k}{\mathalpha}{mymathvariables}{`k}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{l}{\mathalpha}{mymathvariables}{`l}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{m}{\mathalpha}{mymathvariables}{`m}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{n}{\mathalpha}{mymathvariables}{`n}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{o}{\mathalpha}{mymathvariables}{`o}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{p}{\mathalpha}{mymathvariables}{`p}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{q}{\mathalpha}{mymathvariables}{`q}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{r}{\mathalpha}{mymathvariables}{`r}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{s}{\mathalpha}{mymathvariables}{`s}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{t}{\mathalpha}{mymathvariables}{`t}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{u}{\mathalpha}{mymathvariables}{`u}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{v}{\mathalpha}{mymathvariables}{`v}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{w}{\mathalpha}{mymathvariables}{`w}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{x}{\mathalpha}{mymathvariables}{`x}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{y}{\mathalpha}{mymathvariables}{`y}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{z}{\mathalpha}{mymathvariables}{`z}&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{A}{\mathalpha}{mymathvariables}{`A}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{B}{\mathalpha}{mymathvariables}{`B}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{C}{\mathalpha}{mymathvariables}{`C}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{D}{\mathalpha}{mymathvariables}{`D}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{E}{\mathalpha}{mymathvariables}{`E}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{F}{\mathalpha}{mymathvariables}{`F}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{G}{\mathalpha}{mymathvariables}{`G}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{H}{\mathalpha}{mymathvariables}{`H}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{I}{\mathalpha}{mymathvariables}{`I}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{J}{\mathalpha}{mymathvariables}{`J}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{K}{\mathalpha}{mymathvariables}{`K}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{L}{\mathalpha}{mymathvariables}{`L}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{M}{\mathalpha}{mymathvariables}{`M}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{N}{\mathalpha}{mymathvariables}{`N}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{O}{\mathalpha}{mymathvariables}{`O}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{P}{\mathalpha}{mymathvariables}{`P}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{Q}{\mathalpha}{mymathvariables}{`Q}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{R}{\mathalpha}{mymathvariables}{`R}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{S}{\mathalpha}{mymathvariables}{`S}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{T}{\mathalpha}{mymathvariables}{`T}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{U}{\mathalpha}{mymathvariables}{`U}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{V}{\mathalpha}{mymathvariables}{`V}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{W}{\mathalpha}{mymathvariables}{`W}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{X}{\mathalpha}{mymathvariables}{`X}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{Y}{\mathalpha}{mymathvariables}{`Y}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{Z}{\mathalpha}{mymathvariables}{`Z}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I think that needs a lot more tweaking.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Apologies in advance to people who know what they're doing and can tell me everything I'm doing wrong.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-10-15T16:11:01.423" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4164" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4155" CreationDate="2010-10-15T16:15:42.697" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another font family that you can try is &lt;code&gt;kpfonts&lt;/code&gt;. It is designed to be compatible with &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt;, and contains the option for &lt;code&gt;frenchstyle&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastActivityDate="2010-10-15T16:15:42.697" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4165" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4158" CreationDate="2010-10-15T16:28:07.357" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I had &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3199/natbib-author-year-citation-style-in-the-tufte-book-class&quot;&gt;a similar question&lt;/a&gt; some times ago. Natbib does not put the citation keys in the reference section as a default.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The couple author+year should be enough to pick out the correct reference.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One way to do what you are asking is getting hands on the .bst file. I know it can be a little tricky, but I think that the LaTeX Companion may help in this case (I recently edited the &lt;code&gt;palinnat.bst&lt;/code&gt; file with a trial-and error technique, and get what I want).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="177" LastEditorUserId="177" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-25T09:24:52.947" LastActivityDate="2010-10-25T09:24:52.947" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4166" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4155" CreationDate="2010-10-15T16:42:55.450" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There's probably a better way to do this, but what about using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/pkg/everyhook&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;everyhook&lt;/a&gt; package to install a hook for &lt;code&gt;\everymath&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\everydisplay&lt;/code&gt; which sets &lt;code&gt;\fam&lt;/code&gt; to 0?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\PushPostHook{math}{\fam0\relax}&#xA;\PushPostHook{display}{\fam0\relax}&#xA;$\alpha\beta a b c$&#xA;\[\alpha\beta a b c\]&#xA;\PopPostHook{display}&#xA;\PopPostHook{math}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-10-15T16:42:55.450" />
  <row Id="4167" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4152" CreationDate="2010-10-15T16:46:11.463" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As Brent points out, you cannot always do this. The best you can do is to tell TeX that it's infinitely bad for these to appear:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\widowpenalty10000&#xA;\clubpenalty10000&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One thing to keep in mind is that when presented with multiple infinitely bad options, TeX just picks one of them so you can still get widows or orphans. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-10-15T16:46:11.463" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4168" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4176" CreationDate="2010-10-15T16:57:11.800" Score="10" ViewCount="369" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm working on a paper with some collaborators.  At the same time, I'm writing my dissertation for my defense next month.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I need to include the paper in the dissertation, but it doesn't just become a chapter.  Parts  go in one chapter, and parts of it go in another.  There are too many parts to just put each in their own file;  at least 5 or 6, so I think my collaborators would be upset.  Each dissertation chapter is currently a separate file (separate directory even).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So what I really want is to slice-and-dice the paper, occasionally even at the level of individual paragraphs, into my thesis, and at the same time be able to merge in changes made by myself and my collaborators on the base paper.  This merging should be easy, or preferably done automatically when I request it.  (The paper and dissertation are both in subversion.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Do I have any options for accomplishing this fairly easily?  Would &lt;code&gt;\includecomment&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\excludecomment&lt;/code&gt; from the comment package help me?  I've read a little bit about the extract package, which sounded pretty useful except that it's designed to produce free-stranding documents via extraction, whereas I want to extract chunks of LaTeX to be included with &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt;.  Does anyone know how well this package works, and whether it could help me?   Could I conditionalize the preamble in the paper somehow so that it could all get commented out when I input the extracted tex file?  I.e., #ifndef EXTRACT, and #define EXTRACT before I do &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Also, I presume I could place any new packages directly in the directory so that my collaborators can get it automatically.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've used TeX for years but am really not an expert, and I really need to get my dissertation written so I can defend.  So far I've just forked the paper and was hoping to do subversion merges, but that's not going to be sufficient--subversion won't be able to track paragraphs I relocated because it doesn't have a concept of relocating a text block.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1315" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-16T21:26:25.360" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T09:56:52.107" Title="Including parts of a LaTeX document in another document WITHOUT splitting up original document" Tags="&lt;revision-control&gt;&lt;comments&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4169" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4154" CreationDate="2010-10-15T17:06:09.557" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's a slightly different approach.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand*\wiki{%&#xA;        \@ifstar{\wiki@iii\wiki@ii}%&#xA;                {\wiki@iii\wiki@i}%&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand*\wiki@iii[1]{%&#xA;        \begingroup&#xA;        \catcode`\_12&#xA;        \catcode`\%12&#xA;        #1%&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand*\wiki@i[1]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/#1}{#1}\endgroup}&#xA;\newcommand*\wiki@ii[2]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/#2}{#1}\endgroup}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\wiki*{Foo's Bar}{Foo's_Bar}&#xA;\wiki{Foo}&#xA;\wiki*{Foo (Bar)}{Foo_%28Bar%29}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here, you'd use &lt;code&gt;\wiki*&lt;/code&gt; if you want to give it two arguments. An even better approach would be to read it character by character and perform replacement as needed. It'd take a bit more work though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-10-15T17:06:09.557" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4170" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-15T17:15:22.437" Score="5" ViewCount="393" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to have three authors that use the same footnote for their \thanks identifier (they are at the same university, and don't need separate affiliation notes). I've read one of the solutions proposed in &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1750/how-to-write-a-footnnote-attached-to-the-author-in-a-latex-paper&quot;&gt;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1750/how-to-write-a-footnnote-attached-to-the-author-in-a-latex-paper&lt;/a&gt;, but the last solution (using recalled footnotes) only works for &lt;strong&gt;two&lt;/strong&gt; authors. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So an example: I'd like to have&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Author1* and Author2* and Author3*&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;hr&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;University of Podunk, Timbuktoo.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="103" LastActivityDate="2010-10-15T17:33:26.067" Title="Multiple \thanks that refer to same text" Tags="&lt;footnotes&gt;&lt;affiliation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4171" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4170" CreationDate="2010-10-15T17:23:32.923" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;How about the following?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*\samethanks[1][\value{footnote}]{\footnotemark[#1]}&#xA;\author{Foo\thanks{University of Podunk, Timbuktoo}&#xA;\and Bar\samethanks&#xA;\and Baz\thanks{Somewhere Else}&#xA;\and Bof\samethanks[1]&#xA;\and Hmm\samethanks}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\samethanks&lt;/code&gt; either duplicate the previous value or if you give it the optional argument, it uses that value. So Foo, Bar, and Bof have the same affiliation. Baz and Hmm have the same affiliation, different from Foo, Bar, and Bof's.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-15T17:33:26.067" LastActivityDate="2010-10-15T17:33:26.067" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="4172" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1551" CreationDate="2010-10-15T17:36:01.677" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it possible that &lt;a href=&quot;http://plastex.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://plastex.sourceforge.net/&lt;/a&gt; might be somehow related to the solution requested by the original poster?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I have only just found Plastex today, and so have had no time to research it very deeply, but I will return and update my post if I find it to be the solution to this question.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have found Calibre and Sigil to be excellent tools for working with epub format ebooks, but being able to create epub directly from a LaTeX source document would surely be ideal in my opinion.  :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1489" LastActivityDate="2010-10-15T17:36:01.677" />
  <row Id="4173" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4155" CreationDate="2010-10-15T18:17:10.613" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In ConTeXt, if you are using a regular open-type math font, you can use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\setupbodyfont[xits]&#xA;\setupmathematics[ucgreek=normal,lcgreek=normal]&#xA;\appendtoks\mathrm \to \everymathematics&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2010-10-15T18:17:10.613" />
  <row Id="4174" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4118" CreationDate="2010-10-15T18:22:02.470" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you are using ConTeXt MkIV, you can even imitate the automatic conversion of MS Word:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\usemodule[translate]&#xA;\translateinput[2nd][2\high{nd}]&#xA;\enableinputtranslation&#xA;&#xA;\starttext&#xA;On the 2nd of November \unknown&#xA;\stoptext&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This will translate all &lt;code&gt;2nd&lt;/code&gt; into &lt;code&gt;2\high{nd}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2010-10-15T18:22:02.470" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4175" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4139" CreationDate="2010-10-15T18:29:35.377" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A ConTeXt solution:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;If you want the footnotes, headers and footers, etc in the first page to correspond to 10pt and rest of the document to correspond to 12pt:&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\setupbodyfont[10pt]&#xA;\starttext&#xA;Abstract&#xA;\page&#xA;\setupbodyfont[12pt]&#xA;....&#xA;\stoptext&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;If you want all the footnotes, headers and footnotes, etc. to correspond to 12pt font size&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\setupbodyfont[12pt]&#xA;\starttext&#xA;\start&#xA;\switchtobodyfont[10pt]&#xA;Abstract: ...&#xA;\stop&#xA;\page&#xA;Rest of the document&#xA;\stoptext&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2010-10-15T18:29:35.377" />
  <row Id="4176" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4168" CreationDate="2010-10-15T18:32:46.377" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can probably hack it with something like this (I'm not sure if it would work). You may have to split the TeX file into the wrapper for the paper, and the body for the paper. In the wrapper for the paper, include the &lt;code&gt;comment&lt;/code&gt; package, and set&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{comment}&#xA;\includecomment{bodyOfText}&#xA;\includecomment{paraA}&#xA;\includecomment{paraB}&#xA;% One for each separate unit you want to split up.&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment\commented[1]{\end{bodyOfText}\begin{#1}}%&#xA;  {\end{#1}\begin{bodyOfText}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{bodyOfText}&#xA;\input{body}&#xA;\end{bodyOfText}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inside &lt;code&gt;body.tex&lt;/code&gt; where you keep the body of your text, each part you want to extract should be demarcated by &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{commented}{paraA}&#xA;%text here&#xA;\end{commented}{paraA}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And in your thesis, you can do &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{comment}&#xA;\excludecomment{bodyOfText}&#xA;\excludecomment{paraA}&#xA;% again, one for each extraction.&#xA;\newcommand\extracttext[1]{\includecomment{#1}\begin{bodyOfText}%&#xA;  \input{body}\end{bodyOfText}\excludecomment{#1}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;%some other text&#xA;&#xA;\extracttext{paraA}&#xA;&#xA;%some other text&#xA;&#xA;\extracttext{paraB}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastActivityDate="2010-10-15T18:32:46.377" />
  <row Id="4177" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4168" CreationDate="2010-10-15T18:38:34.867" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's very difficult to try to come up with a single solution that would match everyone's needs. You might want to look at packages like &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/newclude&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;newclude&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/includex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;includex&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/subdocs&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;subdocs&lt;/a&gt;. But it's entirely possible none of them will have what you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personally I do something very similar to what Willie was suggesting. (Sorry if this is a little redundant. I wrote most of it before Willie's showed up.) Note, however, that you can do pretty much all of it without even needing the comment package. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Create different &quot;wrapper&quot; documents containing a different preamble with a bunch of command definitions, different for each version, followed only by \input{...} and \include{...} commands, calling the &quot;core&quot; documents which made use of those commands but interpreting them differently depending on the different definitions. E.g., in one you have:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA; \newcommand{\articleversiononly}[1]{#1}&#xA; \newcommand{\thesisversiononly}[1]{}&#xA; \begin{document}&#xA; \input{body.tex}&#xA; \end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in another you have, conversely:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \documentclass[10pt]{thesis}&#xA; \newcommand{\articleversiononly}[1]{}&#xA; \newcommand{\thesisversiononly}[1]{#1}&#xA; \begin{document}&#xA; \input{body.tex}&#xA; \end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and in the &lt;code&gt;body.tex&lt;/code&gt; things like &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \articleversiononly{%&#xA;&#xA; Some stuff that only goes here in the article version.&#xA;&#xA; }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course you have have multiple included files if that's easier too, especially, for e.g., something that goes one place in one version and somewhere else in another. Then you can put &lt;code&gt;\articleversiononly{\input{movingpiece.tex}}&lt;/code&gt; in one place in body.tex, but &lt;code&gt;\thesisversiononly{\input{movingpiece.tex}}&lt;/code&gt; in another place, and so on. Compiling the master versions will give you what you need.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That's always been enough for me, but I don't know whether my needs have ever been similar to yours. If I needed more than that, I'd create one &quot;master version&quot; and then write a script to create subversions using sed, perhaps using cues stuck in with comments, or something like that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-10-15T18:38:34.867" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="4178" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-15T18:53:59.823" Score="7" ViewCount="477" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to create a document in which there are two separate columns of content. The column on the left is normal text, with sections, environments, etc. The column on the right is figures, all roughly of the same size, which should appear one below the other.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want the first (''text'') column to occupy about 60% of \textwidth,and the second (''pictures'') column to occupy about 30%. I tried using \minipage for this, but, since content in a \minipage does not break across pages, this failed once the content of either column became more than a page's worth. I have content worth a few pages, and would like each column to &quot;flow&quot; across pages (maintaining the respective widths and positions) like normal text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using a new \minipage roughly when the current minipage has enough content to fill a page is really not an option, since some of the content (e.g.: bibliographies) is not &quot;breakable&quot; in this manner.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How do I create such a multi-column format?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: I chickened out and yielded to the  minibox way. See comment below.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="155" LastEditorUserId="155" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-16T15:59:16.227" LastActivityDate="2010-11-20T00:42:52.577" Title="How can I create a two-column layout with different widths (and texts) for the two columns?" Tags="&lt;layout&gt;&lt;page-breaking&gt;&lt;two-column&gt;&lt;minipage&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4179" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4178" CreationDate="2010-10-15T21:17:11.630" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/parcolumns&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;parcolumns&lt;/a&gt; package, personally. You can use the colwidths option to set the widths of each column to whatever you want.&#xA;See its documentation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Creating larger than normal margins and using \marginpar might also be a possibility. (Perhaps with the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/marginnote&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;marginnote&lt;/a&gt; package.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-10-15T21:17:11.630" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4180" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4212" CreationDate="2010-10-15T21:50:24.877" Score="12" ViewCount="540" Body="&lt;p&gt;What I want to do is to show a &quot;progress bar&quot; in the header to show how far you are in the document, by making a rule with width pagenumber divided by total pages times the paper width.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is what I have:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{fancyhdr,lastpage}&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;\lhead{\rule{\value{page}/\value{\pageref{LastPage}}*120mm}{2mm}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but obviously it doesn't work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1493" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-24T19:45:45.547" LastActivityDate="2010-11-24T19:45:45.547" Title="LaTeX: How to use \pageref{foo} as a number?" Tags="&lt;cross-referencing&gt;&lt;calculations&gt;&lt;pageref&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4181" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4152" CreationDate="2010-10-16T00:31:31.243" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=widows&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;This FAQ answer&lt;/a&gt; gives some tips, including enlarging/reducing the (double-)page, setting the paragraph tighter, using &lt;code&gt;\raggedbottom&lt;/code&gt; (for which, see also &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=nopagebrk&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this FAQ answer&lt;/a&gt; which discusses putting some stretch in the &lt;code&gt;\topskip&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-10-16T00:31:31.243" />
  <row Id="4182" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-16T00:51:32.993" Score="6" ViewCount="463" Body="&lt;p&gt;What's a good (or preferably, in your opinion the best) way to make subversion diff'ing and merging LaTeX-aware?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know latexdiff and latexrevision exist, but it's not clear to me how to make those part of a normal subversion merge workflow.  Especially since you have to edit the resulting file to specify which changes you want.  If there's some way to set up subversion or TortoiseSVN to automate this, that would be great.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm going to be merging some fairly large documents, and I don't expect my collaborators to have any discipline about maintaining line breaks etc.  I only recently learned about this myself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Windows tools are preferred.  I do have Cygwin with X and the Windows svn client, so I can likely get UNIX tools to work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1315" LastActivityDate="2010-10-16T19:32:48.370" Title="Best LaTeX-aware diff and merge tools for subversion" Tags="&lt;revision-control&gt;&lt;latexdiff&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4183" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4188" CreationDate="2010-10-16T04:19:19.357" Score="2" ViewCount="276" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to make a single-spaced glossary using the glossaries package but it seems as though the package has a default level of spacing in between entries even in single-spaced mode for the document. I'm using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/ut-thesis/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ut-thesis&lt;/a&gt; style, which is based on report.cls. Examples below. Double-spaced text:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{ut-thesis}&#xA;…&#xA;\usepackage[nonumberlist]{glossaries}&#xA;\makeglossaries&#xA;…&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\printglossaries&#xA;…&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://dl.dropbox.com/u/614041/web/glossary/double.png&quot; alt=&quot;double&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Single-spaced text:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,singlespaced]{ut-thesis}&#xA;…&#xA;\usepackage[nonumberlist]{glossaries}&#xA;\makeglossaries&#xA;…&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\printglossaries&#xA;…&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://dl.dropbox.com/u/614041/web/glossary/single.png&quot; alt=&quot;single&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is simply not single-spaced enough for my purposes. I checked the documentation for glossaries and I hope I didn't miss anything there but nothing for &lt;code&gt;\printglossaries&lt;/code&gt; or otherwise seemed to indicate that spacing could be altered. I tried using the leading package to help my case. This is the best that I could come up with:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,singlespaced]{ut-thesis}&#xA;…&#xA;\usepackage{leading}&#xA;\usepackage[nonumberlist]{glossaries}&#xA;\makeglossaries&#xA;…&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\leading{10pt}&#xA;\printglossaries&#xA;…&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://dl.dropbox.com/u/614041/web/glossary/leading.png&quot; alt=&quot;leading&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It works okay and it's what I'm using right now but I'm not sure why I can't get it to be any better. Any ideas?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, I'm a bit new here so if someone feels like correcting my taxonomy with respect to tagging this question, please feel free.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1051" LastActivityDate="2010-10-16T09:54:06.497" Title="Package glossaries - single spaced \printglossaries?" Tags="&lt;line-spacing&gt;&lt;glossaries&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="4185" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4180" CreationDate="2010-10-16T08:19:20.993" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This one is tricky, unfortunately catching me and I'm guessing a few others out by the way it was originally framed. Edootjuh's problem has nothing to do with whether &lt;code&gt;calc&lt;/code&gt; (or in fact whether &lt;code&gt;\dimexpr&lt;/code&gt;) can execute a divide.  It (they) can.  Rather, it has to do with whether &lt;code&gt;\pageref{LastPage}&lt;/code&gt; (or as far as I can work out, any expression based on &lt;code&gt;\pageref{LastPage}&lt;/code&gt;) can stand as an operand in the divide. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem is trivially solved if (as in Aditya's contribution) the last page number is hard-coded as a literal.  It is much less easily solved if this value is pulled in via a &lt;code&gt;\pageref&lt;/code&gt; to a label. Ultimately, the problem that needs to be solved is this: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\usepackage{calc}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;\lhead{\rule{\textwidth * \thepage / 6}{2mm}}                     % &amp;lt;-- works fine, trivial solution&#xA;%\lhead{\rule{\textwidth * \thepage / \pageref{LastPage}}{2mm}}   % &amp;lt;-- any form of reference to a label fails&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\pageref{LastPage}&#xA;&#xA;\rule{\dimexpr 120mm*1/6 \relax}{2mm}   % solution requires reference to LastPage label rather than a hard-coded literal here &#xA;&#xA;\lipsum[1-30]&#xA;\label{LastPage}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-10-16T08:19:20.993" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4186" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4182" CreationDate="2010-10-16T09:08:49.373" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;diffing&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, I have successfully used the following approach. This is &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; Latex-aware, but it seems to work very well with Latex documents (and Bibtex files, too). I have used it both on Linux and Mac OS X.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is word-based and hence does not care about line breaks. For example, you can have each paragraph as a very long line in your source code; even then, the diff output will be easy to read and concise. It uses a colour-coded output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;white on red background: deleted&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;bold black on yellow background: added.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is designed for black-on-white terminals; customise the &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ANSI_escape_code&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;colour codes&lt;/a&gt; if needed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you have made very extensive changes, occasionally it is better to use the usual diff. Try it out and see what happens.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Usage:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Simply write &lt;code&gt;svnwdiff&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;svn diff&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;If you need a pager, pipe your output to &lt;code&gt;less -R&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;less&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;You can simply write &lt;code&gt;svnwdiff&lt;/code&gt; and you will see all your local changes.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;You can use &lt;code&gt;svnwdiff -c6445 foo.tex&lt;/code&gt; just like you can use &lt;code&gt;svn diff -c6445 foo.tex&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Write &lt;code&gt;svnwdiff -c6445 foo.tex | less -R&lt;/code&gt; if you need a pager.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Put the following shell scripts in your &lt;code&gt;$PATH&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;svnwdiff&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;#!/bin/sh&#xA;&#xA;exec svn diff --diff-cmd=&quot;mywdiff&quot; &quot;$@&quot;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;mywdiff&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;#!/bin/sh&#xA;&#xA;# Ignore all flags&#xA;while getopts uL: flag; do true; done&#xA;shift $(($OPTIND - 1))&#xA;&#xA;esc=`printf '\033['`&#xA;wdiff -n -w &quot;${esc}41;97m&quot; -x &quot;${esc}m&quot; -y &quot;${esc}1;103m&quot; -z &quot;${esc}m&quot; &quot;$@&quot; | fgrep -C2 &quot;$esc&quot;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, you will also need the &lt;strong&gt;wdiff&lt;/strong&gt; tool. If you are using Ubuntu or Debian, just install the &quot;wdiff&quot; package. On Mac OS X, &quot;port install wdiff&quot; should do the trick. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are having problems getting all this working, try the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;First make sure that something like &quot;wdiff foo bar&quot; works.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Then make sure that &quot;mywdiff foo bar&quot; works.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Only after that try to get &quot;svnwdiff foo&quot; working, too.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;merging&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, I have found out that the best solution is to not need to merge. I tend to use email, skype, etc. to coordinate who has got the write token on which parts of the document. If all coordination efforts fail, I use the above diff tool to figure out who has done what, and integrate manually.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="100" LastActivityDate="2010-10-16T09:08:49.373" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4187" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4178" CreationDate="2010-10-16T09:32:09.720" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Depending on your exact requirements (for example, are the figures associated with their corresponding text?), you may want to consider a free tabular package like &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/xtab/xtab.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;xtab&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/tools/longtable.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;longtable&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="344" LastActivityDate="2010-10-16T09:32:09.720" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4188" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4183" CreationDate="2010-10-16T09:54:06.497" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Given the default glossary entry &quot;style&quot; isn't what you want, why not select another one via the &lt;code&gt;\printglossary&lt;/code&gt; style options (e.g., &lt;code&gt;\printglossary[style=altlist]&lt;/code&gt;)? The manual sets out quite a few styles that might work for you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Out of these, I expect that &lt;code&gt;\printglossary[style=long]&lt;/code&gt; will work best. However, since this style relies on the &lt;code&gt;longtable&lt;/code&gt; package, you'll need to be sure that &lt;code&gt;glossary&lt;/code&gt; can access it. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, you might notice that the &lt;code&gt;style=long&lt;/code&gt; option doesn't set glossary entry names in bold font as before.  If you still want that, just add &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\glsnamefont}[1]{\textbf{#1}}&lt;/code&gt; to your document preamble to get it back again.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-10-16T09:54:06.497" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4189" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4062" CreationDate="2010-10-16T10:08:49.807" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I can't really see the &lt;code&gt;J&lt;/code&gt; &lt;em&gt;touching&lt;/em&gt; the parenthesis, but I do agree that the output is ugly. I find it ugly since the space between &lt;code&gt;(&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;W&lt;/code&gt; is much larger than the space between &lt;code&gt;J&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;)&lt;/code&gt;; in fact, in my opinion this first space is much too large. The problem is that there is an italic correction after the &lt;code&gt;J&lt;/code&gt;, so that there is at least a little space between &lt;code&gt;J&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;)&lt;/code&gt;, but there is no sort of correction &lt;em&gt;before&lt;/em&gt; the &lt;code&gt;W&lt;/code&gt;. Look at the bounding box of the italic letter &lt;code&gt;W&lt;/code&gt; to see the problem:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://mathurl.com/29of27e.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is the white space in the left of the bounding box that makes &lt;code&gt;WSJ&lt;/code&gt; look not centered in the parentheses. I'm afraid there is no clean solution for this, so you have to use manual spacing corrections, as Harald proposed. I find that &lt;code&gt;(\!\emph{WSJ})&lt;/code&gt; yields much better output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://mathurl.com/2apu3el.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(See also &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/3490/1235&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt; question of mine that deals with the same problem in the definition of the italic fonts.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2010-10-16T10:08:49.807" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="4190" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4178" CreationDate="2010-10-16T10:14:52.340" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;From your comments to the other questions, it sounds like you're running into the limitations of what TeX can do naturally My impression is that you have a document with certain margins, and then mid-way through a page somewhere, you want to change the margins of the document, typeset multi-page text with marginal figures, then switch back again to the original layout. Is this correct?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's an example of a convoluted way to do this: &lt;a href=&quot;http://gist.github.com/629640&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://gist.github.com/629640&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It uses the framed package to change the margins inside its &lt;code&gt;twocol&lt;/code&gt; environment and then a custom macro &lt;code&gt;\marginfig{...}&lt;/code&gt; to insert figures into the margin. Figures should be inserted between paragraphs, but the vertical spacing can be adjusted with an optional argument as in &lt;code&gt;\marginfig[-1cm]{...}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-10-16T10:14:52.340" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4191" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4180" CreationDate="2010-10-16T12:54:25.607" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's slightly tricky to do this since you need to unroll what &lt;code&gt;\pageref&lt;/code&gt; does, but what you need to do basically boils down to this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcount\lastpagecount&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\AtBeginDocument{%&#xA;        \expandafter\ifx\csname r@LastPage\endcsname\relax&#xA;                \lastpagecount\m@ne&#xA;        \else&#xA;                \lastpagecount\expandafter\@secondoftwo\r@LastPage\relax&#xA;        \fi&#xA;}&#xA;\lhead{%&#xA;        \begingroup&#xA;                \ifnum\c@page&amp;gt;\lastpagecount&#xA;                        \count@\c@page&#xA;                \else&#xA;                        \count@\lastpagecount&#xA;                \fi&#xA;                \dimen@\dimexpr 120mm * \c@page/\count@\relax&#xA;                \rule{\dimen@}{2mm}%&#xA;        \endgroup&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The code being passed to &lt;code&gt;\AtBeginDocument&lt;/code&gt; checks to see if the LastPage reference has been set. If it hasn't, it sets the &lt;code&gt;\lastpagecount&lt;/code&gt; to -1. If it has, then it sets &lt;code&gt;\lastpagecount&lt;/code&gt; to be the value of the last page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then, in &lt;code&gt;\lhead&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\count@&lt;/code&gt; is set to the maximum of the current page and the last page. Note that it's possible for the current page to be greater than the last page because you need to compile at least twice to find the real last page number. Then it uses &lt;code&gt;\dimexpr ... \relax&lt;/code&gt; to compute the length of the rule.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This didn't get extensive testing, but it seems to work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-10-16T12:54:25.607" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4192" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7576" CreationDate="2010-10-16T13:43:43.003" Score="12" ViewCount="438" Body="&lt;p&gt;I just went to a math conference where I saw lots of slides prepared with the &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt; class that contained badly positioned math accents like these: &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/9lMHc.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;. The LaTeX file is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}{}&#xA;$\tilde M$ $\dot u$ $\hat T$&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you can see, the accents are centered over the &lt;em&gt;bases&lt;/em&gt; of the corresponding letters, i.e., the skew of the letters isn't taken into account. I'm pretty sure that the reason for this is missing entries in the kerning table of the standard math font; see also the discussion of the &lt;code&gt;\skewchar&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/3682/1235&quot;&gt;this post&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know that one option would be to try other fonts, but I don't like this for two reasons: Firstly, I otherwise do like the appearance of the standard fonts, and secondly, if &lt;em&gt;I&lt;/em&gt; use different fonts, then I'll still have to live with looking at the slides of all the others who use the standard fonts. So my questions are: Does there exist a fix that gives me well-behaved standard fonts with &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt;, and is there hope that the above LaTeX file will yield correctly positioned accents in some future version of &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt;? (I think it wouldn't be a problem to make such a change in the fonts of the class as it won't affect the bounding box of, e.g. &lt;code&gt;\dot u&lt;/code&gt;, so it wouldn't lead to any changes in spacing, line breaks and page breaks.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T15:21:11.363" Title="Bad positioning of math accents for the beamer standard font" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;font-metrics&gt;&lt;accents&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="8" />
  <row Id="4193" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4192" CreationDate="2010-10-16T14:09:01.777" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Apparently the default beamer font is not suitable font for quality math typesetting (lacking proper accent positioning is one aspect, but I suspect there are more).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is no way to fix this except by using a proper math font, see &lt;a href=&quot;http://faq.ktug.or.kr/wiki/uploads/MathFonts.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt; for samples of different math fonts with beamer. Of course, it would be much better if beamer maintainers were notified to set a better font by default.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastActivityDate="2010-10-16T14:09:01.777" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="4194" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4195" CreationDate="2010-10-16T14:31:33.063" Score="5" ViewCount="344" Body="&lt;p&gt;Usually, the list concatenation operator in Haskell is printed as overlapping double plus signs in books.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(In ASCII it is just ++)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I typeset this sign in Haskell (in and perhaps outside of math mode)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What are other Haskell operators which could be typeset more beautiful in LaTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="929" LastEditorUserId="929" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-16T14:41:15.907" LastActivityDate="2010-10-19T14:36:27.317" Title="How to typeset Haskell ++ operator and friends?" Tags="&lt;literate-programming&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4195" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4194" CreationDate="2010-10-16T15:43:58.023" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I couldn’t find the symbol in &lt;code&gt;symbols&lt;/code&gt;, but it is easy enough to define:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\doubleplus{+\kern-1.3ex+\kern0.8ex}&#xA;\newcommand\mdoubleplus{\ensuremath{\mathbin{+\mkern-10mu+}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This produces&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/jf9Rt.png&quot; alt=&quot;example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you use &lt;code&gt;xelatex&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;lualatex&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;unicode-math&lt;/code&gt;, you can just write ⧺ (U+29FA DOUBLE PLUS) or its alias \doubleplus. This gives (with XITS fonts)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/NCcf9.png&quot; alt=&quot;example with xits&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-10-16T15:43:58.023" />
  <row Id="4196" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-16T16:13:20.193" Score="6" ViewCount="373" Body="&lt;p&gt;The Beamer class for presentations provides a way (using the \framezoom command) to include a picture in the document on which one can click to zoom in, and then zoom back out with another click. How can I get the same effect in a non-beamer document; more specifically, in an article-class document compiled using XeLaTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a package that provides this functionality to a document in the article class?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="155" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-18T10:44:48.143" LastActivityDate="2010-10-20T07:59:13.407" Title="How do I include a click-to-zoom thumbnail picture in a non-beamer document?" Tags="&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;effects&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="4197" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4194" CreationDate="2010-10-16T16:15:09.270" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;These might be a bit obvious, but the &lt;code&gt;-&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; is nice as → (U+2192 RIGHTWARDS ARROW), &lt;code&gt;=&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; as ⇒ (U+21D2 RIGHTWARDS DOUBLE ARROW), and &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;-&lt;/code&gt; as ← (U+2190 LEFTWARDS ARROW).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I felt that &lt;em&gt;Programming in Haskell&lt;/em&gt; by Graham Hutton was nicely put together. You can find an example of it from here: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.cs.nott.ac.uk/~gmh/solutions.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.cs.nott.ac.uk/~gmh/solutions.pdf&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;Maybe it can give you some ideas.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is also &lt;a href=&quot;http://people.cs.uu.nl/andres/lhs2tex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;lhs2TeX&lt;/a&gt;, but I found its output to be rather bloated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastEditorUserId="1410" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-17T15:36:32.657" LastActivityDate="2010-10-17T15:36:32.657" />
  <row Id="4198" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4199" CreationDate="2010-10-16T18:07:30.180" Score="5" ViewCount="249" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi I am using the lstlisting package to format my Prolog code within my tex file.&#xA;In Prolog all variables begin with an uppercase letter.&#xA;I would like to emphasize them.&#xA;Is there a way to for example add all uppercase letters to the keyword list or adjusting their style. I imagine there is something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\lstset{emph={\wordsbeginninguppercase},emphstyle=\bfseries}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\lstset{identifierstyle=\bfseries}.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That made everything except for strings bold.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The solution should also only apply to the actual programming language, s.t. uppercase words within strings and comments are not changed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the following example FoundClass and Message would be emphasized, but Find and Found not since they are either within a comment or a string.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;somerule(Message,FoundClass) :-&#xA;    %Find property&#xA;    look_for_class_with_property(FoundClass),&#xA;    atomic_list_concat(['Found class which fulfills property:' ,FoundClass],Message).&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks for your help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1411" LastEditorUserId="1411" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-16T19:43:54.243" LastActivityDate="2010-10-16T19:43:54.243" Title="Emphasize word beginning with uppercase letters in code with lstlisting package" Tags="&lt;style&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4199" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4198" CreationDate="2010-10-16T19:07:06.767" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There's nothing quite so simple. However, you can give your own macro as the argument to &lt;code&gt;identifierstyle&lt;/code&gt; and that can examine the &lt;code&gt;\lst@token&lt;/code&gt; token list to see if the list starts with an uppercase letter. I'm not sure how robust this solution is though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\lstset{identifierstyle=\idstyle}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand*\idstyle{%&#xA;        \expandafter\id@style\the\lst@token\relax&#xA;}&#xA;\def\id@style#1#2\relax{%&#xA;        \ifcat#1\relax\else&#xA;                \ifnum`#1=\uccode`#1%&#xA;                        \bfseries&#xA;                \fi&#xA;        \fi&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I only tested it on the &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Prolog#QuickSort&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;QuickSort&lt;/a&gt; example on Wikipedia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This answer is slightly difficult to figure out exactly what it's doing so let me try to explain. The &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt; package will use the execute the &lt;code&gt;\idstyle&lt;/code&gt; macro whenever it is trying to typeset an identifier and the actual text will be in the &lt;code&gt;\lst@token&lt;/code&gt; token register. So all &lt;code&gt;\idstyle&lt;/code&gt; does is it expands the token register using &lt;code&gt;\the\lst@token&lt;/code&gt; and then &lt;code&gt;\id@style&lt;/code&gt; will expand.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\is@style&lt;/code&gt; has a delimited argument (&lt;code&gt;#2&lt;/code&gt;) which will scoop up every thing up to the &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt; token. That is, &lt;code&gt;#1&lt;/code&gt; will contain the first token and &lt;code&gt;#2&lt;/code&gt; will contain all of the rest. Then, the category code of &lt;code&gt;#1&lt;/code&gt; will be compared to that of &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt;. This is true if &lt;code&gt;#1&lt;/code&gt; is a control sequence and false otherwise. The second if checks that the token matches its own uppercase code; that is, it checks if the token is an uppercase character. If it is, then &lt;code&gt;\bfseries&lt;/code&gt; executes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-10-16T19:07:06.767" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="4200" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4182" CreationDate="2010-10-16T19:32:48.370" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;On windows there is a tool called &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.scootersoftware.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Beyond Compare (http://www.scootersoftware.com/)&lt;/a&gt;, &#xA;it is a good diff and merge tool.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="795" LastActivityDate="2010-10-16T19:32:48.370" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4201" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4205" CreationDate="2010-10-16T20:08:12.513" Score="13" ViewCount="684" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm looking for a BNF grammar of the TeX language, does it exist?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1271" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-18T10:38:37.907" LastActivityDate="2010-10-18T10:38:37.907" Title="Is there a BNF grammar of the TeX language?" Tags="&lt;languages&gt;&lt;parsing&gt;&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="4202" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4196" CreationDate="2010-10-16T20:39:27.243" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/ocgtools&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ocgtools&lt;/a&gt; package. It provides the \ocgpicture command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="565" LastActivityDate="2010-10-16T20:39:27.243" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4203" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4201" CreationDate="2010-10-16T21:13:00.017" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's extremely unlikely. TeX can change how it parses input while it's in the middle of reading the input. I'd have to think a bit longer, but I think that precludes TeX from having a context-free grammar and thus it could have no BNF.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-16T22:49:27.307" LastActivityDate="2010-10-16T22:49:27.307" />
  <row Id="4205" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4201" CreationDate="2010-10-16T23:36:07.117" Score="27" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Parsing TeX is Turing complete&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;TeX can only be parsed by a complete Turing machine (modulo the finite space available), which precludes it from having a BNF.  This comes from a combination of two features: first, TeX is Turing complete (if you need proof, &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.literateprograms.org/Turing_machine_simulator_%28LaTeX%29&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this Turing machine simulator&lt;/a&gt; should suffice); and second, TeX can redefine macros (and their parsing rules) at runtime.  Since TeX can require that macros be followed by specific characters, redefining a macro can mean redefining the syntax of TeX.  Combining these facts means that we can write TeX code like the following, where &lt;code&gt;\f&lt;/code&gt; is defined to be the algorithmic representation in TeX of some arbitrary (computable) function &lt;em&gt;f&lt;/em&gt; : ℤ → ℤ:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\TuringCompleteness#1#2{%&#xA;  \edef\Output{#1{#2}}%&#xA;  \ifnum\Output=0&#xA;    \def\Required!{Bang!}%&#xA;  \else&#xA;    \def\Required?{Huh?}%&#xA;  \fi}&#xA;\TuringCompleteness{\f}{0}&#xA;\Required!&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Will this TeX parse?  That depends on the value of &lt;em&gt;f&lt;/em&gt;(0) / &lt;code&gt;\f{0}&lt;/code&gt;!  And since TeX is Turing-complete, computing this value may require a full Turing machine, and therefore so will determining whether or not &lt;code&gt;\Required!&lt;/code&gt; is valid TeX syntax.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;It gets worse: category codes&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perhaps, though, you think that you can still perform a rough check for code that looks like a backslash, followed by letters, followed by braced stuff.  This will already get inadequate quickly, but that's not all.  If delimited macros weren't bad enough, things get even worse when you realize that the reason that the characters &lt;code&gt;\&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;{&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;}&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;$&lt;/code&gt;, and so on have the behavior they do is simply because TeX specifies that they have particular &quot;category codes&quot;.  The ability to redefine these means that writing TeX like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\catcode`\~=0&#xA;\catcode`\]=1&#xA;\catcode`\[=2&#xA;\catcode`\}=12&#xA;\catcode`\{=12&#xA;\catcode`\\=12&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;means that all &lt;em&gt;subsequent&lt;/em&gt; (La)TeX code must be written like so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;~textbf]This is bold-faced text.[  This text contains a literal backslash&#xA;(~texttt]\[) and literal curly braces (~texttt]{}[).&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to get output like so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;This is bold-faced text.&lt;/b&gt;  This text contains a literal backslash (&lt;code&gt;\&lt;/code&gt;) and literal curly braces (&lt;code&gt;{}&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Constructive Proof that TeX is (at least) Context-Sensitive&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Additionally, inspired by &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4201/is-there-a-bnf-grammar-of-tex-language/4203#4203&quot;&gt;TH.'s answer&lt;/a&gt;, here's a specific constructive proof that TeX is not context-free.  And note that it doesn't have to rely on catcode trickery—just TeX's ability to define arbitrarily-delimited macros.  (Yes, this is implied by the first section, but it's still nice to see a specific case in action.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcount\nesting&#xA;&#xA;\def\RecognizeABC#1{\begingroup&#xA;  \nesting=0&#xA;  \OneStep#1\relax&#xA;  \ifnum\nesting=1&#xA;    There was \the\nesting\ copy of each control sequence.\par&#xA;  \else&#xA;    There were \the\nesting\ copies of each control sequence.\par&#xA;  \fi&#xA;\endgroup}&#xA;&#xA;\def\CheckFinished#1{%&#xA;  \ifx#1\relax&#xA;    \def\OneStep#1{\relax}%&#xA;  \fi&#xA;  \OneStep#1}&#xA;&#xA;\def\OneStep\a#1\b#2\c#3\relax{%&#xA;  \advance\nesting by 1&#xA;  \CheckFinished#1#2#3\relax}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This code is set up to recognize what &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Context-sensitive_grammar#Examples&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt; calls &quot;the canonical non-context free language&quot; of &lt;em&gt;n&lt;/em&gt; copies of &lt;code&gt;\a&lt;/code&gt; followed by &lt;em&gt;n&lt;/em&gt; copies of &lt;code&gt;\b&lt;/code&gt; followed by &lt;em&gt;n&lt;/em&gt; copies of &lt;code&gt;\c&lt;/code&gt;, where &lt;em&gt;n&lt;/em&gt; is at least one.  The first line just allocates a counter; we'll use this to keep track of how many copies of the control sequences we see, but it's just so we can display some text at the end, not for parsing.  To attempt recognition of some text, call &lt;code&gt;\RecognizeABC{...}&lt;/code&gt;.  This simply sets &lt;code&gt;\nesting&lt;/code&gt; to zero (for, again, output purposes), and calls &lt;code&gt;\OneStep&lt;/code&gt;.  &lt;code&gt;\OneStep&lt;/code&gt; is set up to take three arguments &lt;em&gt;delimited by &lt;code&gt;\a&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\b&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;\c&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/em&gt;.  The first argument must come between &lt;code&gt;\a&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\b&lt;/code&gt;, the second between &lt;code&gt;\b&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\c&lt;/code&gt;, and the third between &lt;code&gt;\c&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt;.  If there are the same number of each of &lt;code&gt;\a&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\b&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;\c&lt;/code&gt;, then this will eventually be &lt;code&gt;\OneStep\a\b\c\relax&lt;/code&gt; and all the arguments will be empty.  With &lt;code&gt;\OneStep&lt;/code&gt;, we just record the fact that there's one more of each &lt;code&gt;\a&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\b&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;\c&lt;/code&gt; (which is, again, just for output), and then we see if we're done.  &lt;code&gt;\CheckFinished&lt;/code&gt; looks to see what the next token in the input stream is.  If it's &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt;, then the arguments were empty, and we're done; redefine &lt;code&gt;\OneStep&lt;/code&gt; not to do anything.  Now, call &lt;code&gt;\OneStep&lt;/code&gt;—whether it's the parsing macro or nothing at all—on the remaining input stream, recursing.  Once we're done, we finally finish &lt;code&gt;\RecognizeABC&lt;/code&gt;, where we typeset how many copies of each control sequence we saw.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Phew!  If you didn't follow all that, here's what a trace looks like, if we only look at the important macros:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;[START] \RecognizeABC{\a\a\a\b\b\b\c\c\c}&#xA;    --&amp;gt; \OneStep\a\a\a\b\b\b\c\c\c\relax&#xA;                  -#1-  -#2-  -#3-&#xA;    --&amp;gt; \CheckFinished\a\a\b\b\c\c\relax&#xA;    --&amp;gt; \OneStep\a\a\b\b\c\c\relax&#xA;                  #1  #2  #3&#xA;    --&amp;gt; \CheckFinished\a\b\c\relax&#xA;    --&amp;gt; \OneStep\a\b\c\relax&#xA;          (All the arguments are empty.)&#xA;    --&amp;gt; \CheckFinished\relax&#xA;    --&amp;gt; ``There were 3 copies of each control sequence.''&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thus, the following TeX&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\RecognizeABC{\a\b\c}&#xA;\RecognizeABC{\a\a\b\b\c\c}&#xA;\RecognizeABC{\a\a\a\b\b\b\c\c\c}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Yields the following output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;There was 1 copy of each control sequence.&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  There were 2 copies of each control sequence.&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  There were 3 copies of each control sequence.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But TeX such as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\RecognizeABC{}&#xA;\RecognizeABC{\a}&#xA;\RecognizeABC{\a\a\b\b\c\c\c}&#xA;\RecognizeABC{\a\b\c\garbage}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;fails.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit 1:&lt;/strong&gt; In addition to minor bugfixes/cleanup and breaking the answer into sections with headings, I expanded the rationale for TeX being unparsable by anything short of a Turing machine to hopefully make it slightly more clear.  This involved removing the previous &lt;code&gt;\weird&lt;/code&gt; example, replacing it with something that's more of a proof.  If you'd rather have a concrete &lt;em&gt;example&lt;/em&gt; (but non-proof) with a command which redefines &lt;em&gt;itself&lt;/em&gt;, consider the following TeX, which was there before:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\weird[#1][#2]{%&#xA;  \ifx#1\relax&#xA;    \def\weird!{I was previously called with a relaxing first argument.}%&#xA;  \else\ifx#2\relax&#xA;    \def\weird(##1){I can only be called with one argument; I was given (##1).}%&#xA;  \fi\fi&#xA;  I was called with [#1] and [#2].}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To start, &lt;code&gt;\weird&lt;/code&gt; must be called as &lt;code&gt;\weird[stuff][other stuff]&lt;/code&gt;.  But if its first argument is &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt;, then it redefines itself to require being called as &lt;code&gt;\weird!&lt;/code&gt;; if its second argument is nothing, it redefines itself to require being called as &lt;code&gt;\weird(stuff)&lt;/code&gt;; and it always typesets text.  This can't be captured by a BNF grammar (I don't think).  And of course, in the general case, we need a Turing machine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1425" LastEditorUserId="1425" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-17T05:47:56.227" LastActivityDate="2010-10-17T05:47:56.227" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="4206" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-16T23:47:30.453" Score="10" ViewCount="258" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've got a very large document (which I've broken into &quot;chapters&quot; and such) which I've recently moved a few things around in.  Is there a nice way to get latex to output a list of forward references? (like, things in chapter 5 that reference a result in chapter 10)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="554" LastActivityDate="2010-10-17T13:29:39.210" Title="Is there a way to have latex detect forward references?" Tags="&lt;cross-referencing&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4207" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4206" CreationDate="2010-10-17T00:10:01.233" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's a way to write out all of your references, forward, backward, and undefined to &lt;code&gt;\jobname.refs&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newwrite\refs&#xA;\openout\refs=\jobname.refs&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand\@setref[3]{%&#xA;        \ifx#1\relax&#xA;                \write\refs{'#3' \thepage\space undefined}%&#xA;                \protect \G@refundefinedtrue&#xA;                \nfss@text{\reset@font\bfseries ??}%&#xA;                \@latex@warning{Reference `#3' on page \thepage\space&#xA;                                undefined}%&#xA;        \else&#xA;                \write\refs{'#3' \thepage\space&#xA;                            \expandafter\@secondoftwo#1}%&#xA;                \expandafter#2#1\null&#xA;        \fi&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;LaTeX doesn't keep track of chapter, so this writes out pages instead. The format is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;'ref name' page refpage&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could easily change the &lt;code&gt;\else&lt;/code&gt; case to do the &lt;code&gt;\write\refs&lt;/code&gt; only if the second number was later than the first. Basically, change the &lt;code&gt;\else&lt;/code&gt; clause to the following.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;                \begingroup&#xA;                \count@\expandafter\@secondoftwo#1\relax&#xA;                \ifnum\c@page&amp;lt;\count@&#xA;                        \write\refs{'#3' \thepage\space&#xA;                                    \expandafter\@secondoftwo#1}%&#xA;                \fi&#xA;                \endgroup&#xA;                \expandafter#2#1\null&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-17T08:01:08.593" LastActivityDate="2010-10-17T08:01:08.593" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4208" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4206" CreationDate="2010-10-17T00:12:34.453" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;TH. already gave a nice answer (I would even say that that is the way &lt;em&gt;it ought to be done&lt;/em&gt;). But here a technologically cheap way since you've already broken it up in terms of chapters: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Remove all &lt;code&gt;.aux&lt;/code&gt; files&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\includeonly{chapter1}&lt;/code&gt; and compile. See if there are broken references. Then&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\includeonly{chapter2}&lt;/code&gt; and compile. See if there are broken references. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Rinse and repeat. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastEditorUserId="119" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-17T13:29:39.210" LastActivityDate="2010-10-17T13:29:39.210" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="4209" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4228" CreationDate="2010-10-17T00:40:47.803" Score="1" ViewCount="219" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm writing a document with a5paper formatting (obtained through the geometry package). In particular this means that I have narrower margins.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I really like tikz and especially todonotes.&#xA;The problem is that the box is larger than the margin.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To fix that, I used the option textwidth, and all went fine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As a last thing, I'd like to be able to reduce the size of the text, so I can fit larger words in. &#xA;The option textsize seems to be there just for this purpose: unfortunately it doesn't work for me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is an example of code I tried&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;\documentclass{article}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;\usepackage[textsize=tiny]{todonotes}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;\begin{document}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;blah blah blah blah\todo{more grothendieck blah} whatever blah blah.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;\end{document}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;obtaining the following in the log file&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;/usr/local/texlive/2008/texmf-dist/tex/latex/todonotes/todonotes.sty:80: LaTeX &#xA;  Error: Unknown option &lt;code&gt;textsize' for package&lt;/code&gt;todonotes'&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I also tried to download the package from ctan and to load it locally but I got the same message.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Am I doing something wrong? Should I be perhaps updating texlive or something?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="704" LastActivityDate="2010-10-17T18:41:03.533" Title="problem with tikz's todonotes" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;margins&gt;&lt;size&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="4210" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4209" CreationDate="2010-10-17T00:57:54.617" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;From reading the documentation, it looks like you want to use the option &lt;code&gt;[size=\tiny]&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-10-17T00:57:54.617" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="4211" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1551" CreationDate="2010-10-17T03:14:16.783" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's link that mentions using LaTeXML to convert LaTeX to ePub: &lt;a href=&quot;http://uk.tug.org/2010/10/16/uk-tug-discussion-meeting-and-agm/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://uk.tug.org/2010/10/16/uk-tug-discussion-meeting-and-agm/&lt;/a&gt; (see third-last paragraph or so)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-10-17T03:14:16.783" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4212" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4180" CreationDate="2010-10-17T04:25:34.077" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Solving this kind of problem is the &lt;em&gt;raison d'être&lt;/em&gt; of the &lt;code&gt;refcount&lt;/code&gt; package. Here's one way to use it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[oneside]{book}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum,fancyhdr,lastpage,refcount}&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;\setrefcountdefault{-1}&#xA;\lhead{\rule{\dimexpr \textwidth * \thepage/\getpagerefnumber{LastPage}}{2mm}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum[1-60] %Insert dummy text for demonstration&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-10-17T04:25:34.077" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="4213" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-17T04:35:52.660" Score="10" ViewCount="233" Body="&lt;p&gt;A picture is worth a thousand macros:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/L72yO.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't blame LaTeX for having difficulty in formatting this entry. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What can I do, however, to alleviate the effects and avoid the Word-like indentation? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A related question suggested by the site is &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/299/how-to-get-long-texttt-sections-to-break&quot;&gt;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/299/how-to-get-long-texttt-sections-to-break&lt;/a&gt; which indeed produces a better aligned entry:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/qNAdp.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;While I like the sane alignment, I'm not not very happy with the switch to a monospaced font (while it works in the regular text, in bibliographical entries it attracts too much attention and takes too much space).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any other suggestions?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The entry for the above test bibitem is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{thebibliography}&#xA;&#xA;\bibitem{anything-here}&#xA;&quot;Lorem Ipsum Society,&#xA;\emph{dolor sit amet, consectetur}, May 2010&#xA;retrieved on Oct 16, 2010 from http://www.lorem-ipsum.com/whatever-here/about\%20something/here\%20takes/space\%20in\%20a\%20long/url\%20foobar.aspx &#xA;&#xA;\end{thebibliography}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="564" LastEditorUserId="627" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-17T05:01:39.680" LastActivityDate="2010-10-17T05:30:41.247" Title="How to deal with bibliography items containing long URLs?" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;indentation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="4214" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4213" CreationDate="2010-10-17T04:50:29.770" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think that &lt;code&gt;\raggedright&lt;/code&gt; might be your friend here. You don't get justified entries, of course, but that can often look much better than having many underfull lines.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Before trying that, you can try to convince the various url handling packages to break lines. I have&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[hyphens]{url}&#xA;\ifpdf&#xA;\usepackage[breaklinks=true,pdfborder={0 0 0},bookmarksopen]{hyperref}&#xA;\else&#xA;\usepackage[pdfborder={0 0 0},bookmarksopen]{hyperref}&#xA;\usepackage[hyphenbreaks]{breakurl}&#xA;\fi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in one paper I wrote. I can't remember the rationale for using &lt;code&gt;url&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt;, but I must have had a reason at one point.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;microtype&lt;/code&gt; package might be able to help you get better breaks too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-10-17T04:50:29.770" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4215" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4213" CreationDate="2010-10-17T05:21:21.460" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{url} % hyperref works too&#xA;\urlstyle{same}  % (sf also works, for something more subtle than tt)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then insert urls as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\url{http://www.example.com/~lev/my%20long%20url}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastEditorUserId="627" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-17T05:30:41.247" LastActivityDate="2010-10-17T05:30:41.247" />
  <row Id="4216" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4217" CreationDate="2010-10-17T11:02:04.767" Score="17" ViewCount="663" Body="&lt;p&gt;I like to use $:=$ for &quot;is defined to be equal to&quot;, but this is never typeset with the horizontal symmetry one would like, as the colon is always too low relative to the equals sign. Is there any way of getting this to appear correctly?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1504" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-11T22:27:57.027" LastActivityDate="2010-12-12T20:45:41.877" Title="How to typseset $:=$ correctly?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="7" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="4217" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4216" CreationDate="2010-10-17T11:04:27.270" Score="20" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;See the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/mathtools&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;mathtools&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package, which offers the macro &lt;code&gt;\coloneqq&lt;/code&gt; for this purpose.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-10-17T11:04:27.270" />
  <row Id="4218" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4216" CreationDate="2010-10-17T11:17:56.210" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I prefer Donald Arseneau's hack that can be found on the &lt;a href=&quot;http://projekte.dante.de/DanteFAQ/Symbole#20&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX FAQ&lt;/a&gt; (sorry, this links to a page in German):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\mathchardef\ordinarycolon\mathcode`\:&#xA;\mathcode`\:=\string&quot;8000&#xA;\begingroup \catcode`\:=\active&#xA;  \gdef:{\mathrel{\mathop\ordinarycolon}}&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Just put this code into your preamble. Then you can use &lt;code&gt;:=&lt;/code&gt; as usual, and you'll get horizontal symmetry. Much easier to use than &lt;code&gt;\coloneqq&lt;/code&gt;, in my opinion.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2010-10-17T11:17:56.210" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4219" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4396" CreationDate="2010-10-17T13:37:16.220" Score="5" ViewCount="365" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am writing my resume (using the &lt;code&gt;currvita&lt;/code&gt; package) within a &lt;code&gt;scrartcl&lt;/code&gt; document class from KOMA-Script. How do I set the margins? I think the text width is a bit too narrow for me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="791" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-21T11:06:25.273" LastActivityDate="2010-10-21T15:52:46.367" Title="How do I set the margins in a KOMA-Script class?" Tags="&lt;margins&gt;&lt;koma-script&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4220" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4216" CreationDate="2010-10-17T13:54:20.773" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is also a package by Heiko Oberdiek: &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/colonequals&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;colonequals&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some fonts have dedicated characters for these symbols. Unfortunately, there are name clashes concerning &lt;code&gt;\coloneq&lt;/code&gt;, which may refer to &lt;code&gt;:-&lt;/code&gt; &lt;em&gt;or&lt;/em&gt; to ≔ (U+2254, &lt;code&gt;:=&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2010-10-17T13:54:20.773" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4221" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-17T15:49:57.810" Score="7" ViewCount="700" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using the TeX Live distribution and I've noticed that there are a lot of document class files (291 actually) for different things (books, math, thesis, presentations, etc). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What are your preferred ones and in which case would you use each of them?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1488" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-19T09:08:02.913" LastActivityDate="2010-12-03T05:10:17.677" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-10-19T09:08:02.913" Title="What are your favorite document classes and what do you use them for?" Tags="&lt;documentclass&gt;&lt;big-list&gt;" AnswerCount="9" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4222" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4216" CreationDate="2010-10-17T17:02:01.797" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Obligatory ConTeXt solution: \colonequals; which uses a composed character in MkII and the proper unicode math character in MkIV&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2010-10-17T17:02:01.797" />
  <row Id="4223" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4295" CreationDate="2010-10-17T17:29:39.603" Score="7" ViewCount="375" Body="&lt;p&gt;Inspired by the author's motivation for asking &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4201/is-there-a-bnf-grammar-of-tex-language&quot;&gt;Is there a BNF grammar of tex language&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are there any well done libraries that can parse some subset of TeX mathematics independently of the TeX engine?  Important points to consider in answers:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;How large of a subset of TeX mathematical notation is supported?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Is the parser portable? Does it have any dependencies?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Is the parser closely tied to a particular backend or could it easily be used to support multiple output formats.  In other words, how easily could it be integrated into a new system that had to support support output to PDF, HTML, PNG, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, I know of the following parsers but not much about their applicability outside the use cases for which they were designed (Matplotlib graphics and math rendering in web browsers):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://matplotlib.sourceforge.net/users/mathtext.html#mathtext-tutorial&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;mathematical expression&lt;/a&gt; handler in Python's Matplotlib.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mathjax.org&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;MathJax&lt;/a&gt; rendering library for JavaScript.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-21T20:56:07.860" LastActivityDate="2010-11-21T20:56:07.860" Title="What parsers for (La)TeX mathematics exist outside of the TeX engines?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;tools&gt;&lt;parsing&gt;&lt;mathjax&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="4224" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4201" CreationDate="2010-10-17T17:31:08.820" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just to add another angle to the excellent posts by TH and Antal, is that besides TeX being a Turing complete machine, it can also be coerced to do lambda calculus, the&#xA;basis of all functional languages. On CTAN there is a package called &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/plain/contrib/lambda/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;lamda&lt;/a&gt; developed by Alan Jeffrey that implements among other lambda concepts &#xA;unbounded lists. Not only Tex does all these, but impressively, the routines were implemented in TEX's mouth, proving that &lt;strong&gt;TeX's mouth&lt;/strong&gt; is as powerful as any computer anywhere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To understand the relationship between lamda calculus and Turing machines one needs to refer to the &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Entscheidungsproblem&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Entscheidungsproblem&lt;/a&gt; which is  one of the famous 23 problems proposed by  David Hilbert.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In 1936 and 1937 Alonzo Church and Alan Turing respectively, published independent papers showing that it is impossible to decide algorithmically whether statements in arithmetic are true or false, and thus a general solution to the Entscheidungsproblem is impossible.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This was done by Alonzo Church in 1936 with the concept of &quot;effective calculability&quot; based on his λ calculus and by Alan Turing in the same year with his concept of Turing machines. It was later recognized that these are equivalent models of computation. The work of both authors was heavily influenced by Kurt Gödel's earlier work on his incompleteness theorem - Wikipedia&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So lambda calculus, Turing machines and TeX are not just closely related but they are equivalent models of computation and this is one of many aspects that makes TeX and friends interesting!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-10-17T17:31:08.820" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4225" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4221" CreationDate="2010-10-17T17:34:03.550" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=memoir&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Memoir&lt;/a&gt; is the bee's knees.  It aggregates and integrates a bunch of packages that I would otherwise use to control or extend document layout options.  This considerably reduces the amount of &lt;code&gt;\usepackage&lt;/code&gt; statements I need and the excellently written &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/memoir/memman.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Memoir Manual&lt;/a&gt; gives me one-stop shopping for advice and information on how to lay my document out.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastEditorUserId="195" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-18T23:38:39.340" LastActivityDate="2010-10-18T23:38:39.340" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-10-17T17:34:03.550" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4227" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4221" CreationDate="2010-10-17T18:14:49.303" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Since you say you are writing physics articles: the most popular class for physics articles is REVTeX (use latest version by &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{revtex4-1}&lt;/code&gt;, which is now sufficiently bug-free to be recommended over the previous version). It is &lt;em&gt;the&lt;/em&gt; class for APS an AIP journal submissions, since it hooks directly into their internal workflow for metadata extraction, draft versions for referees, reference checking, and so on and it allows the distinctive features of those publishers' journals (such as the RMP reference formatting, the PRB superscript citations, combining and collapsing multiple citations into one reference (using proper journal style for 'ibid' etc), two-column-wide equations when necessary, and so on). It also allows accurate length estimations (important for PRL submissions). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's also possible to use revtex with some tweaks for submissions to other journals (Nat. Phys., NJP and others), but check if the journal you want to submit to has its own preferred documentclass because using it will smooth the process and get your article into print that much more quickly and with fewer mistakes introduced during copyediting. Some of the journal-specific documentclasses do not exist on CTAN and need to be searched for and downloaded from the publishers' web sites.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Generally it's best to keep it simple: avoid fancy TeX tricks such as defining your own macros that do more than just save keystrokes;  avoid non-standard packages (things like natbib, amsmath (not with the IOP class), bm are probably OK, but something like cleveref  may not be). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=journalpaper&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;This FAQ answer&lt;/a&gt; has general advice (not physics-specific) for using latex for article submissions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastEditorUserId="627" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-17T20:19:17.353" LastActivityDate="2010-10-17T20:19:17.353" />
  <row Id="4228" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4209" CreationDate="2010-10-17T18:41:03.533" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your example works fine with MikTeX 2.9 beta and TeXLive 2009/2010 (ref. Caramdirs comment),&#xA;so an update of TeXLive should do the trick.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="586" LastActivityDate="2010-10-17T18:41:03.533" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4229" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4236" CreationDate="2010-10-17T18:43:11.807" Score="3" ViewCount="185" Body="&lt;p&gt;When we write it by hand we usually align the 1's in numerator and denominator. Should I change it manually, i.e. defining a command for typing the sum of the geometric progression or is there a package with a solution for this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Right now I am solving it with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\geomsum}[2]{\frac{1-#1^{#2+1}}{1-#1\text{\textcolor{white}{${}^{#2+1}$!}}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A second question is how to leave space given by the size of some given text. There should be a cleaner way to do this instead of writing the text in white as I am doing above.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="574" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-17T19:25:59.443" LastActivityDate="2010-10-17T21:05:24.753" Title="\frac{1-z^{n+1}}{1-z} doesn't look very good and how to leave space equal to the size of a given text" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;fractions&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4230" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2787" CreationDate="2010-10-17T18:43:23.100" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One &quot;pure LaTeX&quot; way of doing this looks something like this, using a custom list environment:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{hanglist}[1][\parindent]{%&#xA;    \begin{list}{}{%&#xA;        \setlength{\leftmargin}{#1}&#xA;        \setlength{\labelwidth}{0pt}&#xA;        \setlength{\labelsep}{0pt}&#xA;        \setlength{\itemindent}{-#1}}&#xA;    }{%&#xA;        \end{list}&#xA;    }&#xA;&#xA;\begin{hanglist}[2cm]&#xA;\item\lipsum[1]&#xA;\item\lipsum[2]&#xA;\end{hanglist}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="344" LastActivityDate="2010-10-17T18:43:23.100" />
  <row Id="4231" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4223" CreationDate="2010-10-17T19:00:37.730" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://johnmacfarlane.net/pandoc/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Pandoc&lt;/a&gt; uses the Haskell &lt;a href=&quot;http://hackage.haskell.org/packages/archive/texmath/0.3.0.3/doc/html/Text-TeXMath-Parser.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Text.TeXMath.Parser&lt;/a&gt; library to parse inline and display math. This is not complete. It only parses most common inline math expressions and does not support amsmath display environments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I don't know if there is an official documentation of what subset is supported. The &lt;a href=&quot;http://hackage.haskell.org/packages/archive/texmath/0.3.0.3/doc/html/src/Text-TeXMath-Parser.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;source code&lt;/a&gt; will give some idea about that. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;It is as portable as Haskell. So, it should work on most popular OS.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Pandoc is specifically designed to support multiple output formats. IIRC, the output can be translated to MathML or to images using mimetex, gladtex, etc. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2010-10-17T19:00:37.730" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4233" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4229" CreationDate="2010-10-17T19:25:35.123" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\phantom&lt;/code&gt; is your friend for the second question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-10-17T19:25:35.123" />
  <row Id="4234" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4229" CreationDate="2010-10-17T19:27:38.850" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Actually, &lt;em&gt;we&lt;/em&gt; don't do it when we write it by hand, at least I don't, and I wouldn't recommend to change it manually. Even if I understand that you don't like the output, I like it less with aligned 1's. If you &lt;em&gt;really&lt;/em&gt; want to do it, use &lt;code&gt;1-z^{\phantom{n+1}}&lt;/code&gt; in the denominator.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4229/frac1-zn11-z-doesnt-look-very-good-and-how-to-leave-space-equal-to-the/4236#4236&quot;&gt;Antal S-Z&lt;/a&gt; is quite right: &lt;code&gt;\phantom&lt;/code&gt; does not always work properly in this example. Above it's OK, but for larger exponenents you need &lt;code&gt;\hphantom&lt;/code&gt;, as e.g. in &lt;code&gt;\frac{1-z^{n^2}}{1-z^{\hphantom{n^2}}}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-17T21:05:24.753" LastActivityDate="2010-10-17T21:05:24.753" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="4235" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4229" CreationDate="2010-10-17T19:30:48.153" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\[ \frac{1-z^{n+1}}{1-z\hfill} \]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2010-10-17T19:30:48.153" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="4236" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4229" CreationDate="2010-10-17T20:02:54.257" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the general case, I agree with &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4229/frac1-zn11-z-doesnt-look-very-good-and-how-to-leave-space-equal-to-the/4234#4234&quot;&gt;Hendrik Vogt&lt;/a&gt;: fractions look better centered.  And yes, when I'm writing fractions, I typically write the top, draw a line, and then try to center the bottom.  I usually screw this up, but that's what computers are for :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;However&lt;/em&gt;, in this case, I can see why you might prefer to align things, even if I wouldn't do so myself.  To do so, you should use &lt;code&gt;\hphantom&lt;/code&gt;.  There are three &lt;code&gt;\phantom&lt;/code&gt; commands: &lt;code&gt;\phantom&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\hphantom&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;\vphantom&lt;/code&gt;.  They each create an empty box; the first command creates one the exact size of its argument, the second creates a solely horizontal box, and the third one creates a solely vertical box.  You then want to overlap the &lt;em&gt;actual&lt;/em&gt; text with the box.  For this, you can use &lt;code&gt;\rlap&lt;/code&gt;, which sets its contents in a zero-width box and over&lt;strong&gt;lap&lt;/strong&gt;s it to the &lt;strong&gt;r&lt;/strong&gt;ight.  However, this gets math mode a little wrong; to get this really right, we can use the &lt;code&gt;\crampedrlap&lt;/code&gt; command from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=mathtools&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;mathtools&lt;/code&gt; package&lt;/a&gt;.  Putting this together gives&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\geomsum}[2]{\frac{1-#1^{#2+1}}%&#xA;                              {1-\crampedrlap{#1}\hphantom{#1^{#2+1}}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't know of any package which does this for you, since as I said, it's more typical to leave things centered.  The &lt;code&gt;\cfrac&lt;/code&gt; command from &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; is designed for typesetting continued fractions, but specifying &lt;code&gt;\cfrac[l]{\text{short numerator}}{\text{very long denominator}}&lt;/code&gt; will left-align the &lt;em&gt;numerator&lt;/em&gt;.  It doesn't provide a way to deal with the denominator, and it's for continued fractions so something about its spacing (I'm not sure exactly what, but &lt;em&gt;something&lt;/em&gt;) is different; however, it might provide a good starting point.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1425" LastActivityDate="2010-10-17T20:02:54.257" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4237" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4192" CreationDate="2010-10-17T21:49:58.843" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I find sans-serif fonts ugly for talks.  They are hard to read in books, so I don't see any reason to use them in talks, either.  The following looks reasonably good to me.  (I also slightly adjusted the accenting commands.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[serif]{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage{mathptmx}&#xA;\usepackage{helvet}&#xA;\usepackage{courier}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}{}&#xA;$\widetilde{M}$ $\dot u$ $\widehat{T}$&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="922" LastActivityDate="2010-10-17T21:49:58.843" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4238" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-17T21:54:27.880" Score="-1" ViewCount="159" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are webpages that contains .sty text file. Does anyone know how to use it?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks for any helpful answers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1028" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-18T12:48:58.760" LastActivityDate="2010-10-18T12:48:58.760" Title="How to use the .sty file on a webpage" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;installing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4239" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4244" CreationDate="2010-10-17T22:26:40.677" Score="23" ViewCount="608" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are various measurement units that one can use (such as pt, mm, in, em, ex etc.) for specifying lengths and heights. For font-based units (em and ex) the actual spacing will vary slightly depending on the font. For the other types of units the spacing is fixed at the given measurement.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it better to prefer some of these units over others in certain situations? For example, is the &quot;em&quot; unit better than a fixed measurement when specifying lengths for indenting text eg. when setting xleftmargin, and xrightmargin in the listings package. When would you use the &quot;ex&quot; unit for specifying heights? I imagine fixed units should always be used when setting page margins.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, I guess what I am asking is, what are the guidelines for deciding which measurement units to use?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="483" LastActivityDate="2010-10-18T01:13:07.953" Title="Which measurement units should one use in LaTeX?" Tags="&lt;latex-general&gt;&lt;units&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="9" />
  <row Id="4240" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4242" CreationDate="2010-10-17T23:16:59.203" Score="5" ViewCount="208" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm writing large equations in texlive with amsmath, and I want them to be automatically broken at the end of the line. Is there any way to do that with amsmath?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What would you recommend me to do that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1488" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-09T19:43:55.437" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T19:43:55.437" Title="Does amsmath provide any medium to auto-break equations?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;equations&gt;&lt;amsmath&gt;&lt;breqn&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="4241" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4238" CreationDate="2010-10-17T23:21:04.850" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think you need to be more specific. Generally, &lt;code&gt;.sty&lt;/code&gt; is the extension of LaTeX packages. To use &lt;code&gt;package.sty&lt;/code&gt; you put &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{package}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in the preamble of your document. In order for this to work the .sty file must be installed in a place where LaTeX can find it. In the simple case where the package needs no support files this could be the directory with your document or in a local texmf tree. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In more complicated cases you need to install all files according to their types. See &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=install-where&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Where to install packages&lt;/a&gt; for details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, if you are using one of the big TeX distributions, e.g. MiKTeX or TeXlive, chances are that you can install the package using the distribution package manager. This will ensure that you get an up-to-date version and that the package and support files will be correctly installed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="565" LastActivityDate="2010-10-17T23:21:04.850" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4242" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4240" CreationDate="2010-10-17T23:25:24.327" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Amsmath do not provide this functionality. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is not easy to achieve automatic line breaking of equations. The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/breqn&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;breqn&lt;/a&gt; package tries to tackle this problem and generally does a good job.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="565" LastActivityDate="2010-10-17T23:25:24.327" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4243" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4254" CreationDate="2010-10-17T23:45:57.873" Score="4" ViewCount="335" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to fix two half-paged documents on one document, one on top of the other.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The method below works pretty well so far, but I'm having trouble using &lt;code&gt;0.5\textheight&lt;/code&gt; for the height of the second minipage.  When I change &lt;code&gt;0.49&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;0.5&lt;/code&gt;, the second page breaks onto another page.  What am I doing wrong?  Is there a better way to achieve what I'm looking for?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[vmargin=0.4in]{geometry}&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;\parindent = 0.0in&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;    \begin{minipage}[t][0.5\textheight][t]{\textwidth}&#xA;        Page 1&#xA;    \end{minipage} \\&#xA;    \begin{minipage}[b][0.49\textheight][t]{\textwidth}&#xA;        \vspace{0.4in}&#xA;        Page 2&#xA;    \end{minipage}&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1511" LastEditorUserId="1511" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-18T15:03:37.590" LastActivityDate="2010-10-18T15:03:37.590" Title="Spliting a page in half horizontally" Tags="&lt;minipage&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4244" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4239" CreationDate="2010-10-17T23:47:33.893" Score="27" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are no hard-and-fast rules, but here's a short list of guidelines:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&quot;1em&quot; is a horizontal length and &quot;1ex&quot; a vertical one, so use them accordingly (they are horizontal and vertical arbitrarily, but usually you hear people talk about &quot;1em&quot; is the width of an &quot;m&quot; — usually false — and &quot;1ex&quot; is the height of an &quot;x&quot; — usually true). I usually consider &lt;code&gt;1em&lt;/code&gt; to be about the same size as the font size in points.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;em and ex are relative lengths, so they're better for designing around text; like you say, an indent of &lt;code&gt;2em&lt;/code&gt; will work whether the fontsize is &lt;code&gt;9pt&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;12pt&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Things that are of fixed size (such as the page size) should be defined with fixed units, of course.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;When things should be relative, it will often make more sense to define them in terms of the page design. For example, &lt;code&gt;width=0.5\linewidth&lt;/code&gt; might make more sense than &lt;code&gt;width=5cm&lt;/code&gt; for a figure.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Watch out for the &lt;code&gt;pt&lt;/code&gt; unit! In TeX, &lt;code&gt;1pt&lt;/code&gt; is &lt;code&gt;1/72.27in&lt;/code&gt;, whereas the more common &quot;PostScript point&quot; used by most other software is &lt;code&gt;1/72in&lt;/code&gt; which in TeX is &lt;code&gt;1bp&lt;/code&gt;. If you're dealing with other programs and need your lengths exact, use &lt;code&gt;bp&lt;/code&gt; or use standard &lt;code&gt;cm&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;in&lt;/code&gt; measurements.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Remember that TeX uses fixed point arithmetic, so there are precision problems when you hit around five significant figures. E.g., &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newlength\x&#xA;\x=1in&#xA;\showthe\x&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;gives&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;gt; 72.26999pt.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-10-17T23:47:33.893" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="4246" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4252" CreationDate="2010-10-18T00:53:09.037" Score="8" ViewCount="200" Body="&lt;p&gt;At what level of the TeX system heirarchy is &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt;? Where do I find documentation for these kinds of macros (e.g. &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\parskip&lt;/code&gt;, etc.)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My objective is that I will be able to take an existing package or document class and customize it to my needs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As much as possible, kindly point me to a free online resource. Bookstores here in the Philippines do not have LaTeX in their vocabulary.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="791" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-18T12:47:25.643" LastActivityDate="2010-10-19T03:41:53.147" Title="Where do I find the documentation for writing \newcommand's ?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;documentation&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="4247" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4239" CreationDate="2010-10-18T01:13:07.953" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To fill in a couple of gaps that Will didn't address: English-speaking typographers will specify the measure (&lt;code&gt;\textwidth&lt;/code&gt;) in &lt;code&gt;pc&lt;/code&gt; and the leading (&lt;code&gt;\baselineskip&lt;/code&gt;) in &lt;code&gt;pt&lt;/code&gt;; continental European typographers will use &lt;code&gt;cc&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;dd&lt;/code&gt; for the same purposes (not that you'll see much difference). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There's no particular reason for preferring these units other than tradition.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-10-18T01:13:07.953" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4248" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4249" CreationDate="2010-10-18T03:22:08.537" Score="0" ViewCount="233" Body="&lt;p&gt;A while ago I had a question about having multi-line strings in a table cell (&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3748/in-cell-newlines-in-tabular-environments&quot;&gt;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3748/in-cell-newlines-in-tabular-environments&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I remember seeing it working but I've just tried to use it again and ... \newline did nothing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A test LaTeX source is below, which, despite the \newline commands, it did not split the cells on multiple lines:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Laj7s.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt,titlepage]{article}&#xA;\RequirePackage[l2tabu,orthodox]{nag}&#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{pslatex}&#xA;\usepackage{setspace}&#xA;\setstretch{1.6}&#xA;\usepackage{booktabs}&#xA;\usepackage[final,babel]{microtype}&#xA;\usepackage[detect-all]{siunitx}&#xA;\setlist{nolistsep}&#xA;\frenchspacing&#xA;&#xA;\begin{table}[htp]&#xA;    \centering&#xA;    \begin{tabular}{@{}l l l l@{}}&#xA;          \toprule&#xA;           &amp;amp; \textbf{Foo} &amp;amp; {\textbf{Bar}} &amp;amp; \textbf{Baz} \\&#xA;          \midrule&#xA;            \textbf{Single line} &amp;amp; foo1 foo2 &amp;amp; bar1 bar2 &amp;amp; baz1 baz2 \\&#xA;            \textbf{Multiline} &amp;amp; foo1 \newline foo2 &amp;amp; bar1 \newline bar2 &amp;amp; baz1 \newline baz2 \\&#xA;          \bottomrule&#xA;    \end{tabular}&#xA;    \caption {\small{bla bla}}\label{my-label}&#xA;\vspace*{-3mm}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="564" LastActivityDate="2010-10-18T04:18:23.407" Title="\newline not working with booktabs?" Tags="&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;&lt;newline&gt;&lt;tables&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4249" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4248" CreationDate="2010-10-18T03:52:43.603" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use tabular p specifier instead of l.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{@{}l p{2cm}p{3cm}p{3cm}@{}}&#xA;    &amp;amp; \textbf{Foo} &amp;amp; {\textbf{Bar}} &amp;amp; \textbf{Baz} \\&#xA;    \textbf{Single line} &amp;amp; foo1 foo2 &amp;amp; bar1 bar2 &amp;amp; baz1 baz2 \\&#xA;    \textbf{Multiline} &amp;amp; foo1 \newline foo2 &amp;amp; bar1 \newline bar2 &amp;amp; baz1 \newline baz2 \\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastEditorUserId="627" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-18T04:18:23.407" LastActivityDate="2010-10-18T04:18:23.407" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4250" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5058" CreationDate="2010-10-18T04:07:24.730" Score="6" ViewCount="207" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm drawing some binary search trees using pstricks and pstree, but I don't see anything in the docs to push a node to one side.  In a binary search tree, every child must be either right or left, but if there's only one child then pstree will hang it straight down.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;   *&#xA;  / \&#xA; *   *&#xA;/ \  |&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;should be&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;   *&#xA;  / \&#xA; *   *&#xA;/ \   \&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1252" LastEditorUserId="117" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-08T00:03:37.100" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T17:50:52.420" Title="pstree: How can I force a tree node to one side?" Tags="&lt;pstricks&gt;&lt;trees&gt;&lt;pstree&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="4251" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4216" CreationDate="2010-10-18T04:14:11.790" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I actually think that symbol looks ugly.  It would be OK if the spacing between the dots were the same as that between the lines of the equals.  But I use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\defeq}{\stackrel{\text{def}}{=}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-18T12:56:57.593" LastActivityDate="2010-10-18T12:56:57.593" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="4252" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4246" CreationDate="2010-10-18T04:44:38.050" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try also the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tobi.oetiker.ch/lshort/lshort.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;not-so-short introduction to latex&lt;/a&gt;.  Section 6.1 talks about &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; et al.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-10-18T04:44:38.050" />
  <row Id="4253" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4246" CreationDate="2010-10-18T06:39:08.913" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To tell you the truth from the beginning, getting to the point where you're able to read the code in existing class or style files (which do make extensive use of TeX and not only LaTeX) takes some good deal of time and effort.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Usually the easiest thing to do in order to “customize” an existing package is to first load the package in question (without modifying it), and then redefine just a few commands in order to fit your needs. The best way to learn is by doing it, so try to do something very specific (i.e. try to change the specific way something is formatted) and ask a question here if/when you get stuck.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It might also be useful to browse through other questions here, particularly those tagged &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/tagged/macros&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;macros&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, in order to get an idea of what other people is doing and what does their code looks like.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, in order to get some type of documentation for reading TeX code in existing packages, have a look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://eijkhout.net/texbytopic/texbytopic.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX by Topic&lt;/a&gt;, or one of the other suggested books in this &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/53/what-is-the-best-way-to-learn-tex&quot;&gt;other question&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-10-18T06:39:08.913" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4254" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4243" CreationDate="2010-10-18T06:50:16.183" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Adding the lines&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\tracingoutput=1&#xA;\showboxdepth=3&#xA;\showboxbreadth=99&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to the preamble and then looking in the log file is instructive. Here is the contents of the main text block:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;..\vbox(737.15489+0.0)x430.00462, glue set 3.20049fil&#xA;...\write-{}&#xA;...\glue(\topskip) 3.16669&#xA;...\hbox(6.83331+361.74413)x430.00462 []&#xA;...\penalty 300&#xA;...\glue(\lineskip) 1.0&#xA;...\hbox(361.20995+0.0)x430.00462 []&#xA;...\glue 0.0 plus 1.0fil&#xA;...\glue 0.0&#xA;...\glue 0.0 plus 0.0001fil&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So &lt;code&gt;\topskip&lt;/code&gt; and lineskip glue are clearly the culprits here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can turn off &lt;code&gt;\topskip&lt;/code&gt; glue for a given page by starting it with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\hbox{}\kern-\topskip&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and you can turn off interlineskip for a given paragraph by ending it with &lt;code&gt;{\offinterlineskip\par}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2010-10-18T06:50:16.183" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4255" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4243" CreationDate="2010-10-18T07:55:27.227" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you wrap the two minipages in a &lt;code&gt;\vbox&lt;/code&gt; and look at the output, the vbox is overfull by just under 1pt.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The real problem is that the two boxes (that is to say the two &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt;s) are less than &lt;code&gt;\lineskiplimit&lt;/code&gt; apart so TeX inserts &lt;code&gt;\lineskip&lt;/code&gt; glue between them. The way to handle this is to put &lt;code&gt;\nointerlineskip&lt;/code&gt; before the second &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt; like this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\vbox{&#xA;    \begin{minipage}[t][0.5\textheight][t]{\textwidth}&#xA;        Page 1&#xA;    \end{minipage}&#xA;&#xA;    \nointerlineskip&#xA;    \begin{minipage}[b][0.5\textheight][t]{\textwidth}&#xA;        \vspace{0.4in}&#xA;        Page 2&#xA;    \end{minipage}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Leaving the &lt;code&gt;\vbox&lt;/code&gt; there handles the issue with the &lt;code&gt;\topskip&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alternatively, you can remove the &lt;code&gt;\vbox&lt;/code&gt; and add &lt;code&gt;\null\kern-\topskip\nointerlineskip&lt;/code&gt; in its place. Again, the &lt;code&gt;\nointerlineskip&lt;/code&gt; is necessary to keep TeX from trying to put space between the null hbox and the first &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-10-18T07:55:27.227" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4257" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4221" CreationDate="2010-10-18T08:06:36.180" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;KOMA-Script classes&lt;/a&gt;, specifically &lt;code&gt;scrartcl&lt;/code&gt; for articles, are well-made in my opinion. They have nice options, for example for customizing the style of figure captions. They also have a nicer use of white space on the page than the default classes, and they don't try to cram too many characters onto a line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, if you're writing an article for publication in a journal, &lt;em&gt;always&lt;/em&gt; check first what their requirements are. Often they will have a document class for you to download; if so, then you should &lt;em&gt;always&lt;/em&gt; use that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="677" LastActivityDate="2010-10-18T08:06:36.180" />
  <row Id="4258" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4180" CreationDate="2010-10-18T08:56:17.590" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The code of Lev will break if the page number is not a number, e.g. with \pagenumbering{Roman}. I would use the zref package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[oneside]{book}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum,fancyhdr}&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;\usepackage[lastpage]{zref}&#xA;\pagenumbering{Roman}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\zref@newprop*{numpage}{\the\value{page}}&#xA;\zref@addprop{main}{numpage}&#xA;\lhead{\rule{\dimexpr \textwidth * \the\value{page}/\zref@extractdefault{LastPage}{numpage}{1}}{2mm}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum[1-60] %Insert dummy text for demonstration&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Instead of the new property &quot;numpage&quot; one could also use &quot;abspage&quot; if the absolute page number is wanted.) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-10-18T08:56:17.590" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4259" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4260" CreationDate="2010-10-18T09:14:35.753" Score="7" ViewCount="342" Body="&lt;p&gt;I like using &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt; for my author-year-style citations, but since I mainly write in swedish it would be nice if mine bibliography would be in swedish as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt; be persuaded to speak in swedish instead of english? Or should I go for another author-year citation package instead?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="656" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-10T16:12:09.380" LastActivityDate="2010-12-10T16:12:09.380" Title="natbib in a different language?" Tags="&lt;biblatex&gt;&lt;natbib&gt;&lt;languages&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="4260" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4259" CreationDate="2010-10-18T11:20:27.907" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would use biblatex instead. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-10-18T11:20:27.907" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4261" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4196" CreationDate="2010-10-18T11:27:03.300" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As far as I can see the \framezoom command doesn't use javascript or something similar but simply generate two slides (one with the large picture) and some links between both slides. This could certainly be done with article too: You could e.g. put the large versions on empty pages at the end of the article.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-10-18T11:27:03.300" />
  <row Id="4262" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4259" CreationDate="2010-10-18T11:37:34.030" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's not clear to me that &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt; the package does anything with respect to language when it comes to the bibliography entries. It seems like you should be able to make minimal modifications to the bibliography style (.bst) to produce Swedish text instead of English text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Additionally, &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt; works with &lt;code&gt;babel&lt;/code&gt; so that should display &quot;Bibliography&quot; or &quot;References&quot; correctly (I think). Or you can just redefine &lt;code&gt;\refname&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\bibname&lt;/code&gt; to get that to display correctly in Swedish.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-10-18T11:37:34.030" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4263" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7511" CreationDate="2010-10-18T13:53:01.037" Score="2" ViewCount="267" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to install the &lt;a href=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ZMhRg.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;moderncv&lt;/a&gt; package on my machine running Mac OS X 10.4.  Here is what I have done: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Ran this: &#xA;&lt;code&gt;% kpsewhich -var-value=TEXMFHOME&lt;/code&gt;which returned:&#xA;&lt;code&gt;/Users/jsummers/Library/texmf&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Created the directory: &lt;code&gt;/Users/me/Library/texmf/tex/latex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Downloaded &lt;code&gt;moderncv-0.12(2).zip&lt;/code&gt; and extracted it into the above dir.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ZMhRg.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I then ran &lt;code&gt;sudo texhash&lt;/code&gt; to let tex know where the files are.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/XdBrd.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Then I ran this to check if it is installed.  (Neither returned anything). &#xA;&lt;code&gt;% kpsewhich moderncv&lt;/code&gt;&#xA;&lt;code&gt;% kpsewhich moderncv.sty&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What am I missing here?  I have followed the directions on &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1137/where-do-i-place-my-own-sty-files-to-make-them-available-to-all-my-tex-files&quot;&gt;Where do I place my own .sty files, to make them available to all my .tex files?&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1333" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T14:19:43.433" Title="Difficulty installing a new package." Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;installing&gt;&lt;mactex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4264" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4266" CreationDate="2010-10-18T14:55:55.600" Score="0" ViewCount="822" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4263/difficulty-installing-a-new-package&quot;&gt;trying to get moderncv&lt;/a&gt; working.  I just installed it and &lt;code&gt;% kpsewhich moderncv.cls1&lt;/code&gt; finds it.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I compile this tex document: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper]{moderncv}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(one line document).  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I get this error: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! LaTeX Error: File `marvosym.sty' not found.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Do I need to install marvosym.sty?  Can I just drop it in: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;/Users/me/Library/texmf/tex/latex/newFolder&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or do I need to install something else to get marvosym.sty?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1333" LastActivityDate="2010-10-18T15:18:18.833" Title="LaTeX Error: File `marvosym.sty' not found." Tags="&lt;installing&gt;&lt;errors&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="4265" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4263" CreationDate="2010-10-18T15:08:45.653" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The package &lt;code&gt;moderncv&lt;/code&gt; comes in a class file, so you should be able to find it as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;gt; kpsewhich moderncv.cls&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-10-18T15:08:45.653" />
  <row Id="4266" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4264" CreationDate="2010-10-18T15:16:33.447" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Looking from your &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4263/difficulty-installing-a-new-package&quot;&gt;previous question&lt;/a&gt; you seem to have too many missing packages (I'm not sure but I think these &lt;em&gt;should&lt;/em&gt; also be available in TeXLive 2009). If you're using &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/mactex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;MacTeX&lt;/a&gt;, there is an application “TeX Live Utility” which should be able to help you installing and updating packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you keep running into problems it's probably a good idea to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3311/how-to-upgrade-texlive-2009-to-texlive-2010&quot;&gt;upgrade your system to TeXLive 2010&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-10-18T15:16:33.447" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4267" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4264" CreationDate="2010-10-18T15:18:18.833" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;With a modern tex system (miktex, texlive) you can use the package managers to install the package. If you have an old system: marvosym has a documentation (marvosym.pdf) which has a section &quot;installation&quot; on the first page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-10-18T15:18:18.833" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4268" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4270" CreationDate="2010-10-18T15:56:42.283" Score="2" ViewCount="1313" Body="&lt;p&gt;No matter how I try to do it I always get the following error : &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;! Package inputenc Error: Unicode char \u8:­ not set up for use with LaTeX. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have tried using ­­­$^{\circ}$, \deg, \textdegree, pasting the ° symbol directly, to no avail.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is the header of my document, in case one of those could be causing the errors :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{lmodern}&#xA;\usepackage[francais]{babel}&#xA;%\FrenchItemizeSpacingfalse&#xA;\frenchbsetup{CompactItemize=false}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{amsfonts}&#xA;\usepackage{amsthm}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="10" LastEditorUserId="10" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-18T17:17:57.667" LastActivityDate="2010-10-18T17:17:57.667" Title="&quot;inputenc Error: Unicode char \u8&quot; error while trying to write a degree symbol (invisible character)" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;unicode&gt;&lt;degree&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="4269" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5466" CreationDate="2010-10-18T16:16:03.450" Score="7" ViewCount="770" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Microsoft Word, it is common to create a floating text box, separate from the normal body text, that can be placed anywhere on the page. The body text will then wrap around this text box so everything is readable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In (La)TeX, the &lt;code&gt;wrapfigure&lt;/code&gt; package allows figures to be created that the body text will wrap around, but they may only be placed at the beginning of paragraphs and on the edges of the page. The package doesn't seem to allow &lt;em&gt;absolute&lt;/em&gt; placement independent of the body text and margins. Using the absolute-placement package &lt;code&gt;textpos&lt;/code&gt; in conjunction with &lt;code&gt;wrapfig&lt;/code&gt; will simply break the wrapping.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So how can I have the best of both worlds—text wrapping and absolute placement (at the very least, vertical placement)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Something like the diagram in &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/291/1517&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt;, or &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.zurb.com/blog_uploads/0000/0210/ms-word-2007-text-wrap.gif&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this image from Word&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Edited for generality and clarity.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1517" LastEditorUserId="1517" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-16T13:59:02.700" LastActivityDate="2010-11-16T15:03:18.957" Title="Absolute positioning of wrapfig" Tags="&lt;wrapfigure&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="4270" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4268" CreationDate="2010-10-18T16:42:10.333" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you're getting literally that error—with no visible character after the &lt;code&gt;\u8:&lt;/code&gt;—then what's probably happening is that you have some sort of invisible or space unicode character in your document.  For instance, on my Mac, if I hit option-space, I get a non-breaking space, which gives an error that looks like that.  You also might have some other character; a zero-width breakable space, for instance.  If you copied and pasted your error, looking at the source of this page indicates that you might have a soft hyphen in your source (Unicode character &lt;code&gt;0xAD&lt;/code&gt;, representing a valid hyphenation point but not typeset unless there's a word-break).  Thus, find the line it's occurring on, and comb through that line until you find it.  Retype it if necessary, but a good editor should let you find it.  Once you delete it, then your first three methods should work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I use your header (commenting out &lt;code&gt;\frechbsetup&lt;/code&gt;, which doesn't seem to exist, and using &lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&lt;/code&gt;), &lt;code&gt;$^{\circ}$&lt;/code&gt; renders as a largeish circle in the superscript position, &lt;code&gt;$\deg$&lt;/code&gt; renders as the upright text &quot;deg&quot;, and &lt;code&gt;\textdegree&lt;/code&gt; renders as a smaller circle.  A literal &lt;code&gt;°&lt;/code&gt; doesn't work by default.  To make it work, you can use &lt;code&gt;\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{B0}{\textdegree}&lt;/code&gt;.  This tells &lt;code&gt;inputenc&lt;/code&gt; to treat the Unicode character &lt;code&gt;0xB0&lt;/code&gt;, the &lt;code&gt;°&lt;/code&gt;, as though it were &lt;code&gt;\textdegree&lt;/code&gt;, which is what you want.  You could also use this to see if your problem is the soft hyphen; insert &lt;code&gt;\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{AD}{\Huge [ICI]}&lt;/code&gt; to get the text &lt;code&gt;[ICI]&lt;/code&gt; rendered into your document in huge letters wherever there's a soft hyphen.  (Of course, if there's some other invisible character, you'll just get the error.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, although I've never used it, you could try using XeLaTeX instead of PDFLaTeX; it has full UTF-8 support out of the box.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1425" LastActivityDate="2010-10-18T16:42:10.333" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4271" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4268" CreationDate="2010-10-18T16:42:14.653" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;\usepackage{textcomp} is missing. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{textcomp}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA; °&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-10-18T16:42:14.653" />
  <row Id="4272" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4301" CreationDate="2010-10-18T16:44:36.560" Score="3" ViewCount="199" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the following document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[twocolumn]{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular*}{\linewidth}{|c|}\hline test\\\hline\end{tabular*}&#xA;&#xA;\vfill&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular*}{\linewidth}{|c|}\hline test\\\hline\end{tabular*}&#xA;&#xA;\pagebreak&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular*}{\linewidth}{|c|}\hline test\\\hline\end{tabular*}&#xA;&#xA;\vfill&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular*}{\linewidth}{|c|}\hline test\\\hline\end{tabular*}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd like the second and fourth tabulars to be lined up, however the fourth one is placed a little higher, as if LaTeX inserts some space after it. If I put some text instead of the tabulars, it lines up perfectly. How can I make it work with tabulars?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1519" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-22T18:10:12.043" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T18:10:12.043" Title="Getting tabulars to line up in the end of two columns" Tags="&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;&lt;tables&gt;&lt;two-column&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4273" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4283" CreationDate="2010-10-18T17:16:20.487" Score="12" ViewCount="444" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am trying to align two inequlities vertically. The \le signs should have the same horizontal positions and the term in the should be centered. My first attempt:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{align*}&#xA;\sum a &amp;amp;\le \sum b &amp;amp;\le \sum c \\&#xA;\log \sum a &amp;amp;\le \log \sum b &amp;amp;\le \log \sum c&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Doesn't work. My second attempt:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[&#xA;\begin{array}{rcccl}&#xA;\sum a &amp;amp;\le&amp;amp; \sum b &amp;amp;\le&amp;amp; \sum c \\&#xA;\log \sum a &amp;amp;\le&amp;amp; \log \sum b &amp;amp;\le&amp;amp; \log \sum c&#xA;\end{array}&#xA;\]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The alignment is good, but the sum signs are smaller than in the align environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is the &quot;best&quot; way to do this Latex?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1518" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-18T20:00:41.317" LastActivityDate="2010-10-20T20:58:15.130" Title="Align two inequalities" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;equations&gt;&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="4" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="4274" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4272" CreationDate="2010-10-18T17:37:51.037" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This isn't very satisfying. I'm not sure why this happens. If you add a &lt;code&gt;\pagebreak&lt;/code&gt; after the last tabular, they line up. There is something about &lt;code&gt;\penalty-10000&lt;/code&gt; (which is basically what &lt;code&gt;\pagebreak&lt;/code&gt; does) that causes it to work as you think it should.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you look at the boxes that result from the page builder, the left column has an additional glue of -3.9 pt which is what is causing it to be lower. I'm not sure where that is coming from exactly (although I'm sure someone can explain it). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's an experiment you can try to see this yourself. Add &lt;code&gt;\nointerlineskip\null&lt;/code&gt; after the second tabular with no other changes. This causes the tabular to move up (it gets rid of the -3.9 pt of glue). Now, add &lt;code&gt;\pagebreak&lt;/code&gt; after the fourth tabular and notice how the left column is now the one that is 3.9 points too high.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-10-18T17:37:51.037" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4275" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4281" CreationDate="2010-10-18T17:41:48.090" Score="6" ViewCount="385" Body="&lt;p&gt;Say I have a bunch of nodes I've already created in TikZ---maybe v0, v1, ..., vn-1. I'd like to connect certain of these nodes in a systematic way, by doing arithmetic on the indices, ideally mod n. For example, something like &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\foreach \i \in {0,1,...,n-1}&#xA;    {\draw[-&amp;gt;] (v\i) -- (v\{i+2})}&lt;/code&gt;&#xA;But that doesn't work, and I can't seem to figure out the right syntax. And when I try to do complicated things with \pgfmathmod to do do the modular arithmetic on the node names, instead of the arrows connecting nicely between the nodes, I get the arrow connecting across the node to an inappropriate edge.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I try something like&#xA;&lt;code&gt;\foreach \i / \j in {0 / 2, ..., n-2 / n}{ (v\i) -- (v\j)}&lt;/code&gt; I get a strange error message &quot;no node named v0&quot; (or something like that).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any suggestions? This seems like a rather obvious thing to want to be able to do.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1520" LastActivityDate="2010-11-17T22:57:45.887" Title="Modular arithmetic on node names in TikZ?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4276" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4273" CreationDate="2010-10-18T17:58:11.370" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In addition to each cell being in &lt;code&gt;\textstyle&lt;/code&gt; rather than &lt;code&gt;\displaystyle&lt;/code&gt;, the spacing around the binary operators is quite poor. Look how wide it is as compared to the correct spacing you see for the &lt;code&gt;\le&lt;/code&gt; on the left side of the &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's one way to do what you want. I don't claim it's the best though. In fact, I'm not terribly happy about it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*\dmath[1]{$\mathsurround0pt\displaystyle#1$}&#xA;\newlength\equationwidth&#xA;\settowidth\equationwidth{\dmath{\log\sum b}}&#xA;\begin{align*}&#xA;\sum a&amp;amp;\le\makebox[\equationwidth]{\dmath{\sum b}}\le\sum c\\&#xA;\log\sum a&amp;amp;\le\log\sum b\le\log\sum c&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To be clear, I think it looks fine. I'm not happy with having to manually specify lengths.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-10-18T17:58:11.370" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4277" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4221" CreationDate="2010-10-18T18:00:29.200" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For math articles, I typically use &lt;code&gt;amsart&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But really, it doesn't matter what you use---journals usually have their own style file, so if you know where you're planning to submit to and can get access to that class file, use that, so you get a head start on formatting for the journal. And if you can't get access to the class file (Springer journals, I'm looking at you), then you don't want to be mucking about with fancy classes that probably will have features your journal won't support, so just stick with one of the basic ones, like &lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;amsart&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1520" LastActivityDate="2010-10-18T18:00:29.200" />
  <row Id="4278" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4275" CreationDate="2010-10-18T18:18:05.277" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathparse&lt;/code&gt; macro to do this.  It's documented in the (&lt;em&gt;amazing&lt;/em&gt;) TikZ and PGF manual, in Part VII, but all you need to know right now is this: &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathparse{...}&lt;/code&gt; evaluates the mathematical expression that is &lt;code&gt;...&lt;/code&gt; and stores the result in &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathresult&lt;/code&gt;.  The &lt;code&gt;...&lt;/code&gt; should look something like &lt;code&gt;3 + 4 * 5 - sin(6)&lt;/code&gt;.  I don't know that there's a better syntax for this, but if you use it to effectively declare variable up front (&lt;em&gt;e.g.&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathparse{...}\let\j\pgfmathresult&lt;/code&gt;), it's not bad.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Before I get to sample code, two other remarks.  First, the reason the second case fails is that, as far as I understand, you can only use the &lt;code&gt;...&lt;/code&gt; in the one-variable case.  Secondly, the first case—with &lt;code&gt;\{i+2}&lt;/code&gt;—is sufficiently wrong that I feel it's worth pointing it out.  On the one hand, &lt;code&gt;\i&lt;/code&gt; is is a macro which expands to some value: first &lt;code&gt;0&lt;/code&gt;, then &lt;code&gt;1&lt;/code&gt;, and so on.  On the other hand, &lt;code&gt;i&lt;/code&gt; is a character which, when typeset, produces &quot;i&quot;.  There is no connection between the two.  Thus, when you write &lt;code&gt;\{i+2}&lt;/code&gt;, you're looking at five tokens: &lt;code&gt;\{&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;i&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;+&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;2&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;}&lt;/code&gt;.  The first one represents &lt;code&gt;{&lt;/code&gt;, the second three represent themselves, and the last one will try to end the group after &lt;code&gt;\foreach&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anyway, using &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathparse&lt;/code&gt;, we can get something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{center}\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \foreach \i in {0,1,...,5} {&#xA;      \pgfmathparse{60*\i}&#xA;      \node[draw] (v\i) at (\pgfmathresult:2) {\i} ; % Polar coordinates&#xA;    }&#xA;&#xA;    \foreach \i in {0,1,...,5} {&#xA;      \pgfmathparse{mod(\i+2,6)}&#xA;      \draw[-&amp;gt;] (v\i) -- (v\pgfmathresult) ;&#xA;    }&#xA;  \end{tikzpicture}\end{center}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first &lt;code&gt;\foreach&lt;/code&gt; writes out the nodes in polar coordinates (which are &lt;code&gt;(angle:radius)&lt;/code&gt;); the second one connects them as you desired.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1425" LastActivityDate="2010-10-18T18:18:05.277" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4279" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4275" CreationDate="2010-10-18T18:19:21.757" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I suspect that the problem actually lies with the &lt;code&gt;...&lt;/code&gt; bit in the &lt;code&gt;\foreach&lt;/code&gt; list definition.  I guess it's a bit tricky to work out how to fill in the dots on a double list.  One could argue that this case is simple enough that it ought to &quot;just work&quot;, but I guess that it would very quickly get complicated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anyway, &lt;em&gt;why&lt;/em&gt; is perhaps less important than how to achieve the same result.  I've been doing something a bit like this myself recently and here's how I did it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\foreach \i in {0,...,8} {&#xA;  \begin{scope}[rotate=\i * 40]&#xA;  \node (v\i) at (0,2) {\i};&#xA;  \end{scope}&#xA;}&#xA;\foreach \i in {0,...,8}{&#xA;  \pgfmathparse{int(Mod(\i + 2,9))}&#xA;  \edef\j{\pgfmathresult}&#xA;  \draw[-&amp;gt;] (v\i) -- (v\j);&#xA;}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which produces:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/2vKyC.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One important point: I found that &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathsetmacro{\j}{int(Mod(\i + 2, 9))}&lt;/code&gt; would set &lt;code&gt;\j&lt;/code&gt; to, say, &lt;code&gt;1.0&lt;/code&gt; which wasn't what was wanted.  However, using &lt;code&gt;int&lt;/code&gt; meant that &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathresult&lt;/code&gt; correctly stored the integer so a simple &lt;code&gt;\edef\j{\pgfmathresult}&lt;/code&gt; stored that (the &lt;code&gt;int&lt;/code&gt; is to convert the result of &lt;code&gt;Mod&lt;/code&gt; - a decimal - to an integer).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-10-18T18:19:21.757" />
  <row Id="4280" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4221" CreationDate="2010-10-18T18:21:23.250" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the standard LaTeX article class. It works with all the packages, and there shouldn't be any trouble turning it into whatever bizarre class your journal requires. Memoir is a great, but it's more intended for the writing of books, and for people who want to tweak their style a lot.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Added: the above answered the original question, which asked about math and physics articles. I use the standard LaTeX article class for articles and Memoir for longer works.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="714" LastEditorUserId="714" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-19T13:38:59.590" LastActivityDate="2010-10-19T13:38:59.590" />
  <row Id="4281" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4275" CreationDate="2010-10-18T18:28:44.373" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The let command is useful here and allows for &quot;inline computation&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \foreach \i in {0,...,9} \draw (\i*36:2cm) node(\i){\i};&#xA;  \foreach \i in {0,...,9} \draw let \n1={int(mod(\i+2,10))} in (\i) -- (\n1);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1418" LastActivityDate="2010-10-18T18:28:44.373" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="4282" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4122" CreationDate="2010-10-18T18:36:54.637" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Not a stupid question at all.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Right now, I can think of something else &lt;em&gt;slightly&lt;/em&gt; hacky: Using the longtable package, create a longtable with, say, three columns—one for the stanza counter, one for the first language, and one for the second. longtable supports regular footnotes. Each stanza (or line if you want pagebreaks in the middle of stanzas) could be a table row. You'd probably have to write some advance-stanza-counter macro but that should be pretty easy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1517" LastActivityDate="2010-10-18T18:36:54.637" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4283" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4273" CreationDate="2010-10-18T18:51:15.793" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;alignat&lt;/code&gt; is your friend:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{alignat*}{2}&#xA;\sum a &amp;amp;\le &amp;amp;\sum b &amp;amp;\le \sum c \\&#xA;\log \sum a &amp;amp;\le{} &amp;amp;\log \sum b &amp;amp;\le \log \sum c&#xA;\end{alignat*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;produces:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/6GVMz.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I needed to add two extra alignment characters between the columns, and a &lt;code&gt;{}&lt;/code&gt; to make the &lt;code&gt;\le&lt;/code&gt; a binary operator. The number of &amp;amp;'s should be 2n-1 where n is the argument given (2 in the case above).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Although now that I read the question again I realize I didn't answer it. It seems that you want the &lt;code&gt;\sum&lt;/code&gt; term to be centered...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The only way I can think of doing it is  a bit ugly:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newlength{\yuckkyhack}&#xA;\settowidth{\yuckkyhack}{$\displaystyle\log \sum b$}&#xA;\begin{alignat*}{2}&#xA;\sum a &amp;amp;{}\le{} &amp;amp;\makebox[\yuckkyhack]{$\displaystyle\sum b$} {}&amp;amp;\le \sum c \\&#xA;\log \sum a &amp;amp;\le{} &amp;amp;\log \sum b &amp;amp;\le \log \sum c&#xA;\end{alignat*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which gives the desired result (I think):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/8TOfu.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but requires manual selection of the largest bit of text, and use of a length...any ideas for improvement?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastEditorUserId="117" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-18T21:26:24.527" LastActivityDate="2010-10-18T21:26:24.527" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="4284" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1924" CreationDate="2010-10-18T19:14:19.727" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's been a while, and you probably fixed your problem by now. But since another question involving &lt;code&gt;alignat&lt;/code&gt; (well, my answer involves it anyway) came up, and this question scores quite high for the google query &lt;code&gt;latex alignat&lt;/code&gt;, I wanted to make sure that there's more information here....&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure what you are trying to align. I'm assuming you want the x_i's aligned, in which case the correct solution would be &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{alignat}{3}&#xA;\min \quad x_1&amp;amp; {}+{}&amp;amp; 2x_2&amp;amp; {}+{}&amp;amp; 4x_3&amp;amp; \\&#xA;\text{s.t.} \quad x_1&amp;amp; {}+{}&amp;amp;x_2&amp;amp;{}+{} &amp;amp; 3x_3&amp;amp;=5\\&#xA;2x_1&amp;amp; {}+{}&amp;amp; x_2&amp;amp; {}+{}&amp;amp;6x_3&amp;amp; = 8\\&#xA;x_1&amp;amp;, &amp;amp;x_2&amp;amp;, &amp;amp;x_3&amp;amp; \geq 0 .&#xA;\end{alignat}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which produces:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/n3ugq.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;while your code produces:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/MHYWF.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you see, you need to put alignment characters &lt;strong&gt;between&lt;/strong&gt; the columns to be aligned, not only inside the columns. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastEditorUserId="117" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-18T20:32:54.653" LastActivityDate="2010-10-18T20:32:54.653" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4285" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-18T22:57:38.290" Score="1" ViewCount="148" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the best way to embed a multi-line block of text, surrounded by curly braces, in maths mode? The best I can do is the following hack.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[&#xA;{\text{bounded WD-representations} &#xA;\brace &#xA;\text{of $W_K$ over $\overline{\mathbf{Q}}_l$}}&#xA;\]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="11" LastActivityDate="2010-10-19T00:12:32.470" Title="How to embed multi-line block of text in maths" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="4286" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4285" CreationDate="2010-10-19T00:12:32.470" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure why you think it's hackish, but my guess is because you want it to represent a set, and thus be arbitrarily many lines high?  In that case, I would set the text in a &lt;code&gt;\parbox&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\pctext}[2]{\text{\parbox{#1}{\centering #2}}}&#xA;\[ \left\{ \pctext{1.8in}{bounded WD-representations of $W_K$ over&#xA;                          $\overline{\mathbf{Q}}_l$} \right\} \]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This either allows TeX to break things or to explicitly break text with &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt;.  The downside is that you have to specify the exact width.  I tried using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/pbox/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pbox package&lt;/a&gt;, which allows you to write &lt;code&gt;\pbox{\textwidth}{...}&lt;/code&gt; to get text fitted to the longest line in the &lt;code&gt;...&lt;/code&gt;; unfortunately, I couldn't get &lt;code&gt;\centering&lt;/code&gt; to work (except for on the last line), which makes things look really ugly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, in general, the TeX commands which read their previous argument, such as &lt;code&gt;\atop&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\atopwithdelims&lt;/code&gt;, and thus by extention &lt;code&gt;\brace&lt;/code&gt;, aren't recommended.  The amsmath package provides the &lt;code&gt;\genfrac&lt;/code&gt; command to do this; in your case, you'd have&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\genfrac{\{}{\}}&#xA;        {0pt}{}&#xA;        {\text{bounded WD-representations}}&#xA;        {\text{of $W_K$ over $\overline{\mathbf{Q}}_l$}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not 100% percent sure why this is, though.  But wiser heads than mine have said so, so I tend to pay attention :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1425" LastActivityDate="2010-10-19T00:12:32.470" />
  <row Id="4287" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-19T01:56:50.207" Score="0" ViewCount="116" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/422/how-do-i-repeat-a-theorem-number&quot;&gt;How do I repeat a theorem number?&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to set up a simple macro that would do the following:&#xA;It would be very similar to \label{XX}, (say, \relabel{XX}) only instead of setting the environment/equation/section/etc. to a new number, it will set the counter for that location to \ref{XX}, which already appears previously in the .tex file. It should set the counter to XX according to the current environment setcounter settings.&#xA;If possible, when leaving the environment, it should restore the counter back.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is that possible? Does such a macro/command already exist? The closest I could find is setcounter, but that requires stating the type of counter and I am also not sure how to specify a value which is a reference previously in the text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1444" LastActivityDate="2010-10-19T01:56:50.207" ClosedDate="2010-10-19T09:13:35.767" Title="how do I refer back to counters?" Tags="&lt;counters&gt;" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="4288" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4259" CreationDate="2010-10-19T03:11:49.613" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is a function of you bibliography style file and bibtex, not of natbib. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=i18nbib&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;This FAQ answer&lt;/a&gt; discusses multilingual bibliographies. In particular it talks about the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/swebib.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;swebib&lt;/a&gt; bundle of Swedish versions of the standard bibliography styles, including plainnat.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also use makebst (from custom-bib package) to make natbib-compatible bst files in a &quot;wizard&quot; workflow. One of the questions you get asked during this process allows you to choose to make multilingual bibliographies that are babel compatible. See &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=custbib&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this FAQ answer&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-10-19T03:11:49.613" />
  <row Id="4289" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4246" CreationDate="2010-10-19T03:41:53.147" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Does &lt;code&gt;texdoc usrguide&lt;/code&gt; answer your questions? Section 3.4 discusses the latex way to define commands (newcommand etc). &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt; on the other hand is a tex primitive and is not recommended for latex users, but you can read about it in the TeXBook (I know you asked for online resources, not books, but the texbook is indispensable for learning tex). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-10-19T03:41:53.147" />
  <row Id="4290" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-19T03:57:21.810" Score="-1" ViewCount="158" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to restate a theorem environment using theomac.sty which floats around, following a suggestion I received here:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4287/how-do-i-refer-back-to-counters&quot;&gt;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4287/how-do-i-refer-back-to-counters&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The package I downloaded loads well, but whenever I run pdflatex I get the following error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;! You can't use `\spacefactor' in vertical mode.&#xA;\@-&gt;\spacefactor &#xA;                 \@m &#xA;l.199 \@&#xA;        newtheoremWithMacro{replemma}{lemma}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am confused what it means. I tried following it a bit in google, but it still does not make much sense to me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is the lemma environment my style file defines:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;\def\lemmaname{Lemma}&#xA;\newtheorem{lemma}{\lemmaname}%[section]&#xA;\def\thelemma{\arabic{lemma}}&#xA;\def\lemmafont{}&#xA;\def\lemmaheadfont{\bfseries}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The theomac style file can be found in: &lt;a href=&quot;http://cookp.com/thread/1500775/Equation%20kopieren%20referenzieren&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://cookp.com/thread/1500775/Equation%20kopieren%20referenzieren&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;can someone identify why I am getting this error? Just a hint as to what it means could be also helpful... I can't find the command spacefactor in either syle files (theomac.sty or the style file that defines theorems.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1444" LastActivityDate="2010-10-26T13:14:24.270" Title="restating a theorem using theomac.sty" Tags="&lt;environments&gt;&lt;counters&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4291" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4292" CreationDate="2010-10-19T04:07:00.527" Score="8" ViewCount="146" Body="&lt;p&gt;In my LaTeX document I need to show some screenshots of a GUI, which has a fixed resolution (for example, 1200x600) and I cannot change it (not without much hassle). The text in such figures always appear crappy in my  documents to the point where it's almost impossible to read without zooming in/out to the figure's normal resolution. No need to say this gets even worse when you try to print the document. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I was curious as to what strategies you guys have in dealing with these oh so painful figures.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to vectorize text automatically in a 2D GUI screenshot?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="10" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-02T17:26:07.403" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T17:26:07.403" Title="How do you deal with fixed resolution screenshots? (e.g. GUI screenshots)" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4292" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4291" CreationDate="2010-10-19T04:34:24.040" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't know of an easy way to vectorize text in the image. I'd suggest whether to show only the part with the text, or re-write that text into the document itself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The resolution should be good if you want to print in a4 pages with a good quality.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1488" LastActivityDate="2010-10-19T04:34:24.040" />
  <row Id="4293" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4221" CreationDate="2010-10-19T06:56:25.493" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Recently I discovered the &lt;a href=&quot;http://code.google.com/p/tufte-latex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Tufte-LaTeX&lt;/a&gt; classes (for books and handouts). It is designed basing on the layout of the Feynman's Lectures on Physics and on the style of Edward R. Tufte.&#xA;It's really well designed and produces a very good output.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="177" LastActivityDate="2010-10-19T06:56:25.493" />
  <row Id="4294" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4273" CreationDate="2010-10-19T08:25:48.063" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's one which, funnily enough, doesn't use any align.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$$\eqalign{&#xA;\phantom{\log}\sum a \le \phantom{\log}\sum b \le \phantom{\log}\sum c \cr&#xA;         \log \sum a \le          \log \sum b \le          \log \sum c \cr&#xA;}$$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which, I now realize, doesn't meet the requirements. Specifically, the centering of the \sum's. So in case I've now fully understood:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$$\vbox{\openup1\jot\halign{#&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\ \hfil$\displaystyle#$\hfil\cr&#xA;  &amp;amp;\sum a    &amp;amp;\leq&amp;amp;\sum b    &amp;amp;\leq&amp;amp;\sum c\cr&#xA;  &amp;amp;\log\sum a&amp;amp;\leq&amp;amp;\log\sum b&amp;amp;\leq&amp;amp;\log\sum c\cr}}$$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastEditorUserId="1410" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-20T17:24:50.057" LastActivityDate="2010-10-20T17:24:50.057" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4295" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4223" CreationDate="2010-10-19T10:17:23.397" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've been looking into this too, so I'll share some observations that fall rather short of a proper answer, which would really involve looking at a whole lot of source code and asking the right questions about it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Parsers generating HTML+Math ML&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Nick Drakos &amp;amp; Ross Moore's &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/mailman/listinfo/latex2html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Latex2html&lt;/a&gt; converter, written in Perl, which I think was the first converter to map equations to Math ML.  In 1998, Ross Moore outlined &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.geom.uiuc.edu/~ross/webtex/webtex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;his goals for Latex2html&lt;/a&gt;, tied to the now defunct, closed-source WebEq mathematics rendering software, and Webtex, which was an alternative syntax for mathematics designed for use in web pages.  From &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.sungchichu.com:8080/WebEQ.3.7/docs/reference/WebTeX/wtxsec1.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the WebEq documentation&lt;/a&gt;: &lt;em&gt;WebTeX always translates unambiguously into MathML, while LaTeX does not&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://golem.ph.utexas.edu/~distler/blog/itex2MML.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;itex2mml&lt;/a&gt;, in C by Paul Gartside &amp;amp; others, also based on Webtex, but with support for some Latex not supported in Webtex.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/tex4ht/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tex4ht&lt;/a&gt;, written in C by Eitan Gurari and other eminent figures.  It avoids having to parse Latex source by running &lt;code&gt;latex&lt;/code&gt; with modified macros that insert specials into the DVI output, and parses the DVI output instead.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;John McFarlan's &lt;a href=&quot;http://johnmacfarlane.net/pandoc/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Pandoc&lt;/a&gt;, as mentioned by Aditya, written in Haskell.  Note that Pandoc supports generation of HTML, both with and without Math ML.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;MathJax allows generation of Math ML besides the usual boxes plus image fonts output.  It has &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mathjax.org/resources/docs/?tex.html#supported-latex-commands&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;an impressive degree of support for Latex&lt;/a&gt;, including limited support for user macros.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Parsers generating XML&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Jason Blevins has a list of tools that convert Latex documents to XML-based formats, and that handle equations reasonably.  Romeo Anghelache's &lt;a href=&quot;http://hermes.roua.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Hermes&lt;/a&gt;, which is part of a full Latex parser that generates XML with semantic markup, is worth singling out: like tex4ht, it works by running the Tex engine with macros to put specials in the DVI output, which it then parses; it supports a wider set of semantic markup. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Fragments of Latex or DVI&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With the exception of the systems referencing Webtex, there doesn't seem to be much interest in clearly codifying subsets of Latex to be parsed, I guess because these are regarded as moving targets.  Instead, lists of commands supported, like that I mentioned for Mathjax, seems to be the way things are done.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With DVI-based converters, the issue of parsing Latex goes away, replaced by the relatively trivial issue of parsing marked-up DVI and the trickier issue of identifying the semantically significant macros and constructing markup-issuing replacements that do not improperly interfere.  I haven't looked at how this is done for equational layout.  It would be a useful exercise to see how a converter from Tex formulae to those of It's worth noting that the representation of expressions is essentially a superset of that used by Heckmann &amp;amp; Wilhelm (1997) would work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Syntax highlighting&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A completely different kind of parsing is involved in syntax highlighting, where the idea is to help the author see the significance of the parts of the formulae.  I don't know of any syntax highlighters that do an interesting job here: Auctex only raisers/lowers super&amp;amp;subscripts, but i haven't really looked.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Reference&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Heckmann &amp;amp; Wilhelm, 1997, &lt;a href=&quot;http://rw4.cs.uni-sb.de/~heckmann/abstracts/neuform.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;A Functional Description of TeX's Formula Layout&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-19T11:47:00.593" LastActivityDate="2010-10-19T11:47:00.593" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4296" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4269" CreationDate="2010-10-19T10:47:13.873" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think you may be forced to adjust each figure individually.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="922" LastActivityDate="2010-10-19T10:47:13.873" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4297" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4300" CreationDate="2010-10-19T11:00:41.490" Score="6" ViewCount="462" Body="&lt;p&gt;This question is similar to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/815/how-to-instert-full-citation-instead-of-citation-key-list-of-authors-publicati&quot;&gt;this one&lt;/a&gt; but not exactly the same.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like to include a reference in the abstract of a paper. This reference should be the full reference, not a key, and it should not interfere with the rest of the citations I make. The journal wants the references to be ordered numerically, and if I use &lt;code&gt;bibentry&lt;/code&gt; the citation in the abstract gets &lt;code&gt;[1]&lt;/code&gt; and so the first one in the paper is &lt;code&gt;[2]&lt;/code&gt;...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;any ideas how I could accomplish this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastActivityDate="2010-10-20T09:18:53.717" Title="How to place a full citation in the abstract using BibTeX?" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;citing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4298" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4221" CreationDate="2010-10-19T11:18:41.193" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I usually roll my own class. Since most of my documents fall into one of several categories, I’ve developed a set of document classes for each of them. Since they don’t share many definitions, I find this more apt than using (common) packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Internally, I use the KOMA-Script classes since they include a few really useful definitions missing from the standard classes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, I think that the main feature of KOMA-Script and Memoir is way overhyped: why do they aggregate so many packages? I don’t get behind this. How is that supposed to be a good thing? It completely destroys modularity and takes away control from the user. Granted, it reduces conflicts between packages but I’ve actually found that serious conflicts are growing really rare lately.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I much prefer using a bespoke set of packages (and actually including those &lt;em&gt;explicitly&lt;/em&gt; into my document) over loading a whole set of packages via the document class, and using only a tiny subset of those.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2010-10-19T11:18:41.193" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-10-19T11:18:41.193" />
  <row Id="4300" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4297" CreationDate="2010-10-19T12:23:28.223" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Guess what, it is actually possible to do it!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The key is to define a new command, I called it &lt;code&gt;\nobibentry&lt;/code&gt;, which will fetch the bibliography information of, say, &lt;code&gt;important-paper&lt;/code&gt; to include in the abstract but &lt;em&gt;will not&lt;/em&gt; add that entry to the bibliography so it won't get numbered just yet. In particular this means that entries won't be added until you issue the first &lt;code&gt;\cite&lt;/code&gt; (which will appropriately get reference number &lt;code&gt;[1]&lt;/code&gt;) and, for the whole thing to work, you should also add a citation to the &lt;code&gt;important-paper&lt;/code&gt; somewhere in the body of the document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An example is probably the best way to explain it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[numbers]{natbib}&#xA;\usepackage{bibentry}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\ignore}[1]{}&#xA;\newcommand{\nobibentry}[1]{{\let\nocite\ignore\bibentry{#1}}}&#xA;% apsrev entries in the text need definitions of these commands&#xA;\newcommand{\bibfnamefont}[1]{#1}&#xA;\newcommand{\bibnamefont}[1]{#1}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\nobibliography*&#xA;&#xA;In my abstract I want to talk about \nobibentry{important-paper}.&#xA;&#xA;In the body of the text there is \cite{first-paper}, and also I talk&#xA;about \cite{another-paper}, but I should also not forget to cite&#xA;somewhere the \cite{important-paper}.&#xA;&#xA;\bibliographystyle{apsrev}&#xA;\bibliography{your-bib-file}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And a short explanation. The &lt;code&gt;\bibentry&lt;/code&gt; command (looking at the source in &lt;code&gt;bibentry.sty&lt;/code&gt;) does essentially two things: (1) calls &lt;code&gt;\nocite&lt;/code&gt; to introduce an entry into the list of references and (2) fetches the information from the list of references to typeset that information into the text. The problem is that calling &lt;code&gt;\nocite&lt;/code&gt; at this point will also assign a reference number to this entry, and we don't want to do that just yet.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\nobibentry&lt;/code&gt; uses &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt; to temporarily replace &lt;code&gt;\nocite&lt;/code&gt; with a dummy &lt;code&gt;\ignore&lt;/code&gt; command that simply discards its argument and does nothing, and then calls &lt;code&gt;\bibentry&lt;/code&gt; to do the rest of the work. The extra pair of &lt;code&gt;{ .. }&lt;/code&gt; in the definition of &lt;code&gt;\nobibentry&lt;/code&gt; make sure that the redefinition of &lt;code&gt;\nocite&lt;/code&gt; is only local to this small piece of code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-20T09:18:53.717" LastActivityDate="2010-10-20T09:18:53.717" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="4301" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4272" CreationDate="2010-10-19T13:14:36.557" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;code&gt;\newpage&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\pagebreak&lt;/code&gt;: This also makes the lower left tabular move up, so that you have your desired alignment. Usually &lt;code&gt;\newpage&lt;/code&gt; is not recommended, but as you have some &lt;code&gt;\vfill&lt;/code&gt; in between, this is no problem here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a partial explanation of what happens. Your tabular produces an hbox with a depth of 3.9pt. This is the 3.9pt that also TH talked about. Now suppose you have a bottom margin of 1cm. Then it is &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; the very bottom of the text that is 1cm from the bottom of the page, but the &lt;em&gt;baseline&lt;/em&gt; of the last hbox of the page/column. Thus, if the last line has decenders, such as the letter &quot;j&quot; has, then the descenders will be a little closer to the bottom of the page than you might expect. This is intended design since it makes the &lt;em&gt;baselines&lt;/em&gt; of the last lines of the pages align.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In your case, the lower horizontal line of the tabular is the &quot;descender&quot;, as far as I understand, and it descends 3.9pt as mentioned above. Now the &lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt; class with 10pt fontsize defines a &lt;code&gt;maxdepth&lt;/code&gt; of 5pt, which essentially means that you can't get more than 5pt closer than expected to the bottom of the page. The 3.9pt of the tabular are less than 5pt, so this will be accepted.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now you'll ask: Why doesn't the same thing apply to the second column? This I can't fully explain, but I can describe what happens. The &lt;code&gt;\end{document}&lt;/code&gt; at the end calls the macro &lt;code&gt;\clearpage&lt;/code&gt;, which in turn calls &lt;code&gt;\newpage&lt;/code&gt;. This is the reason why you get the desired alignment if you use &lt;code&gt;\newpage&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\pagebreak&lt;/code&gt; as I propose above: For both columns you then have the same macro ending the column.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And why does &lt;code&gt;\newpage&lt;/code&gt; prevent the 3.9pt &quot;descender&quot;? The &lt;code&gt;\newpage&lt;/code&gt; macro adds a &lt;code&gt;\vfil&lt;/code&gt; before the &lt;code&gt;\penalty-10000&lt;/code&gt; that causes the pagebreak, this &lt;code&gt;\vfil&lt;/code&gt; gives another permissible breakpoint, and here you don't have any descenders. Finally, &lt;code&gt;\vfil&lt;/code&gt; is an infinitely stretchable glue, but it's infinitely weaker than &lt;code&gt;\vfill&lt;/code&gt;, so it doesn't prevent the last tabular from moving to the bottom of the text. Just try it yourself and replace both occurences of &lt;code&gt;\vfill&lt;/code&gt; in the document with &lt;code&gt;\vfil&lt;/code&gt;!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-20T13:57:26.207" LastActivityDate="2010-10-20T13:57:26.207" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4302" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4304" CreationDate="2010-10-19T13:16:28.137" Score="23" ViewCount="542" Body="&lt;p&gt;Writing &quot;C++&quot; in plain text results in an ugly setting, as the '+' signs are too big and too spaced:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/zRZyR.png&quot; alt=&quot;&amp;quot;C++&amp;quot; in plain text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've seen around the web several marcos for typesetting the &quot;C++&quot; symbol, ranging from mild kerning to shrinking, raising and lowering the '+' signs.  What is your version of a &lt;code&gt;\cpp{}&lt;/code&gt; macro?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1527" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-10T10:31:49.970" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T22:31:05.500" Title="Prettiest way to typeset &quot;C++&quot;?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;style&gt;&lt;kerning&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="4303" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4221" CreationDate="2010-10-19T13:27:32.280" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Call me old fashioned, but my favorite classes are things like &lt;code&gt;book&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;report&lt;/code&gt;. The &quot;do-it-all&quot; classes like Koma-script and memoir are great when you actually need all those features, but I'm more of a Unix-philosophy person myself: a piece of software should do one thing and do it well. A document class should only be a document class, A package for doing X should only be a package for doing X. That way, things are modular. I can load exactly as many packages, and use exactly as many resources, as I need: nothing more. And almost all packages are made and tested on the core document classes, so while you may need to worry about packages clashing with each other (--though not so much if they follow the UNIX philosophy, though), &lt;i&gt;you don't need to worry about packages not working with your document class&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There's the added benefit that most advice and samples you find online use them too. ;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-10-19T13:27:32.280" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-10-19T13:27:32.280" />
  <row Id="4304" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4302" CreationDate="2010-10-19T13:56:56.840" Score="23" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;By general request (or something of the like at least), I made it an answer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The C++ FAQ mentions this specific problem: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.parashift.com/c++-faq-lite/misc-environmental-issues.html#faq-40.2&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.parashift.com/c++-faq-lite/misc-environmental-issues.html#faq-40.2&lt;/a&gt;. The two things they wish to provide are a better typesetting and prevention of line breaks, two possibilities are given:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\CC}{C\nolinebreak\hspace{-.05em}\raisebox{.4ex}{\tiny\bf +}\nolinebreak\hspace{-.10em}\raisebox{.4ex}{\tiny\bf +}}&#xA;\def\CC{{C\nolinebreak[4]\hspace{-.05em}\raisebox{.4ex}{\tiny\bf ++}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first one prevents a linebreak, raises the ++'s a little and puts them closer together.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/IdOSV.png&quot; alt=&quot;version 1&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The second only prevents a linebreak and raises the ++ a bit. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/erI1U.png&quot; alt=&quot;version 2&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Both options put the ++'s in bold and typeset them a little smaller. Two more are given in the link, but I fail to see why they matter, line break prevention seems &lt;em&gt;the&lt;/em&gt; must have for such a macro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: In case you want to use relative sizes you can use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/relsize/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;relsize&lt;/code&gt; package&lt;/a&gt;, the code becomes&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\CC{C\nolinebreak\hspace{-.05em}\raisebox{.4ex}{\relsize{-3}{\bf +}}\nolinebreak\hspace{-.10em}\raisebox{.4ex}{\relsize{-3}{\bf +}}}&#xA;\newcommand\CC{C\nolinebreak[4]\hspace{-.05em}\raisebox{.4ex}{\relsize{-3}{\bf ++}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strike&gt;I don't have a favourite though, never needed to typeset C++ :).&lt;/strike&gt; After experimenting a little, the second one is definitely my favourite, the version with kerning looks too much like the Haskell operator.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="210" LastEditorUserId="210" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-19T07:34:09.647" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T07:34:09.647" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4305" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4307" CreationDate="2010-10-19T13:58:06.560" Score="5" ViewCount="180" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to have a macro, let's call it &lt;code&gt;\csword&lt;/code&gt;, that reads the next word in the input (i.e. sequence of letters &lt;code&gt;a-zA-Z&lt;/code&gt;), and then executes that word as a macro. For example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\csword command&#xA;\csword command[and]{arguments}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;should expand to something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\command&#xA;\command[and]{arguments}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Following &lt;code&gt;\csword&lt;/code&gt; by anything other than a letter should, say, throw an error.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In case I'm just too focused and trying to solve things the wrong way, this is the bigger picture of what I &lt;em&gt;actually&lt;/em&gt; want to do. I want to define a macro which receives a number of options as a comma separated list. These options, however, might further receive some arguments or even optional arguments. In other words, I'm trying to turn&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\myfancycommand{optionA, optionB[with]{args}, optionC{fun}, optionA}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Roughly into something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\optionA\optionB[with]{args}\optionC{fun}\optionA&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;By the way, and this is important, I should be able to repeat “options” and their order of execution matters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-19T14:28:35.167" LastActivityDate="2010-10-20T15:20:23.247" Title="Parse and execute the next word as a command?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4306" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4305" CreationDate="2010-10-19T14:12:40.397" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would use one of the keyval-packages (keyval, xkeyval, pgfkeys ...) and define keys optionA etc so that you can use them like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \myfancycommand{optionA, optionB=[with]{args}, optionC={fun}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-10-19T14:12:40.397" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4307" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4305" CreationDate="2010-10-19T14:30:05.820" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Assuming @ is a letter:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\csword{\def\csword@{}\@csword}&#xA;\def\@csword{\futurelet\next\@@csword}&#xA;\def\@@csword{\ifcat a\noexpand\next&#xA;  \expandafter\@@@csword&#xA;  \else\expandafter\expandafter\csname\csword@\endcsname\fi}&#xA;\def\@@@csword#1{\edef\csword@{\csword@#1}\@csword}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt; Removed a &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt; from line 3. It is unnecessary, and causes the macro to fail in cases like &lt;code&gt;\csword foo\bar&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastEditorUserId="1424" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-19T15:15:47.730" LastActivityDate="2010-10-19T15:15:47.730" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4308" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4194" CreationDate="2010-10-19T14:36:27.317" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't agree that &lt;em&gt;[u]sually, the list concatenation operator in Haskell is printed as overlapping double plus signs in books&lt;/em&gt;, instead most manuscripts about Haskell prefer to use ASCII (sometimes monotype, sometimes with additional highlighting) for representing Haskell operations.  The exceptions are generally authors concerned with equational reasoning in Haskell, influenced by the Bird-Meertens formalism.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The issue, I think, is that Haskell has a lot of multi-character, non-alphabetical infix operators.  The &lt;em&gt;Haskell 98 Report&lt;/em&gt; has &lt;code&gt;!!&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;^^&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;**&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;==&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;/=&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;=&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;&amp;gt;=&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;||&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;&amp;gt;&amp;gt;=&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;$!&lt;/code&gt;, of which only a few obviously correspond to a glyph.  Making up your own risks confusion: even the relatively obvious-seeming map of &lt;code&gt;==&lt;/code&gt; to &amp;equiv; does confuse.  Losing the property of mapping yopur pretty-printed code to something you can type in is a very serious problem in a Haskell paper.  The issue is less serious in a book-length treatment, but it is still there.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Given that you do want to represent &quot;++&quot;, I find Caramdir's solution puts the two vertical lines too close together.  Gibbons (1994), &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.comlab.ox.ac.uk/publications/publication2330-abstract.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;An Introduction to the Bird-Meertens Formalism&lt;/a&gt; place the lines a little wider apart, but even wider, where each segment of the trisected line is equal, looks more attractive still to my eyes:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\def\drawplusplus#1#2#3{\hbox to 0pt{\hbox to #1{\hfill\vrule height #3 depth&#xA;      0pt width #2\hfill\vrule height #3 depth 0pt width #2\hfill&#xA;      }}\vbox to #3{\vfill\hrule height #2 depth 0pt width&#xA;      #1 \vfill}}&#xA;      %Poor man's typography&#xA;\def\concat{\mathrel{\drawplusplus {12pt}{0.4pt}{5pt}}}&#xA;      %It would be better to specify these in font-relative measures, but it &#xA;      %probably doesn't scale anyway.&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;$$x = y \concat z$$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-10-19T14:36:27.317" />
  <row Id="4309" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4302" CreationDate="2010-10-19T14:57:36.000" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I’ve previously used the following definition (using &lt;code&gt;\scalebox&lt;/code&gt; from the &lt;code&gt;graphicx&lt;/code&gt; package):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*\cpp{C\kern-0.2ex\raisebox{0.4ex}{\scalebox{0.8}{+\kern-0.4ex+}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/qR2w0.png&quot; alt=&quot;C++&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that it doesn’t do some things that Pieter’s solution does, in particular it doesn’t prevent a line break (is this even possible here?) – but this could be amended easily by putting it into an &lt;code&gt;\mbox&lt;/code&gt;. I’ve also modified the kerning to make the two plusses merge into one. Whether this looks good somewhat depends on the font, though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In hindsight, the plusses are too high for my taste.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-19T17:40:36.880" LastActivityDate="2010-10-19T17:40:36.880" />
  <row Id="4310" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4305" CreationDate="2010-10-19T18:42:11.577" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is an expl3 variant of Harald's solution:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{xparse}&#xA;&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOn&#xA;\tl_new:N \l_csword_tl&#xA;\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \csword_aux_i: {&#xA;  \peek_catcode:NTF \c_letter_token {&#xA;    \csword_aux_ii:N&#xA;  } {&#xA;    \use:c { \l_csword_tl }&#xA;  }&#xA;}&#xA;\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \csword_aux_ii:N #1 {&#xA;  \tl_put_right:Nn \l_csword_tl { #1 }&#xA;  \csword_aux_i:&#xA;}&#xA;\NewDocumentCommand \csword { } {&#xA;  \tl_clear:N \l_csword_tl&#xA;  \csword_aux_i:&#xA;}&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOff&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2010-10-19T18:42:11.577" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4311" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4432" CreationDate="2010-10-19T19:35:07.450" Score="7" ViewCount="404" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm somewhat new to LaTeX and have been tasked with satisfying some strict formatting requirements for this LaTeX document using a custom class.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Currently, if there is a long chapter name (within a certain window around 1 line in length), it will show up on one line with the page number &quot;pushed&quot; outside the right margin. This isn't allowed, so how can I wrap these slightly-too-long chapter headings and avoid printing the page number outside the right margin?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've already tried &lt;code&gt;\setlength{\hfuzz}{0.0pt}&lt;/code&gt; which I read about &lt;a href=&quot;http://tldp.org/HOWTO/TeTeX-HOWTO-3.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; but it sounds like that only applies to TeX, not LaTeX. In any case, it didn't work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT:&lt;/strong&gt; Here is an example that illustrates the problem. The class I'm using/writing is based on report, and report has exactly the same problem, viewable to all in the following document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{report}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx 1234567890}&#xA;&#xA;Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit.&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx 1234567890}&#xA;&#xA;Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit.&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx12345}&#xA;&#xA;Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When generated (with pdflatex in my case), the table of contents looks like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/9EHtv.png&quot; alt=&quot;heading omitted, table of contents shown&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you can see, the first title is short enough that it is on one line. The second is long enough that it is broken into two lines. The third, however, is somewhere in between and only pushes the page number (4) outside the margins. The first and second page numbers are correctly within the margins.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Given the strict margin requirements for these documents, I need the third title to break, probably with a hyphen, within the margin. I've seen this done, and in that case it broke right before where the page numbers are printed normall.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1530" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-14T15:58:43.610" LastActivityDate="2010-11-22T21:18:48.420" Title="How can I force long chapter names (including page numbers) to stay in the margins on the table of contents?" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;margins&gt;&lt;line-breaking&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="4312" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-19T19:44:20.753" Score="2" ViewCount="137" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to recreate the &quot;Not Enough&quot; table from the Example Tables 1 on slide 12/16 from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ece.cmu.edu/~pueschel/teaching/guides/guide-tables.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;. This is my current code, its close but not right. How do I get the column headers to stack word over word, and how do I get the column headers to align with the rest of the column?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{table}[H]&#xA;\centering&#xA;\begin{tabular}{llcc} &#xA;{} &amp;amp;  {} &amp;amp; readers in 2006 &amp;amp; top editorial positions \\&#xA;\hline&#xA;\multicolumn{3}{l}{Dailies} \\&#xA;{} &amp;amp; Suddeustsche Zeitung &amp;amp; 44.0 &amp;amp; 10.0 \\&#xA;{} &amp;amp; Frankfurter &amp;amp; 36.0 &amp;amp; 6.25 \\&#xA;{} &amp;amp; Handelsblatt &amp;amp; 25.0 &amp;amp; 0 \\&#xA;\hdashline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\caption[Not Enough]{Not Enough}&#xA;\label{tab:tnotEnough}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;NOTE: I am using &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{arydshln}&lt;/code&gt; for &lt;code&gt;\hdashline&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="736" LastActivityDate="2010-10-20T20:01:19.043" Title="Hierarchical Table Help" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;examples&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="4313" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4318" CreationDate="2010-10-19T19:44:38.693" Score="2" ViewCount="197" Body="&lt;p&gt;I just installed MacTeX 2010 yesterday, so I'm running TeXLive 2010. I need to upgrade my installation of PGF to 2.0 from 1.18, which is what comes standard with the MacTeX distribution. Could someone walk me through all the steps to do this, on a mac running 10.6, assuming I'm illiterate when it comes to installing TeX stuff?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd like to do the update not in my personal library (although if you can tell me how to make that work that would be great too) but in the main computer library, so the update will be available across users.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried following the instructions in the PGF manual, which said to put various files in various places:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;To update your installation from a previous version, all you need to do is to replace everything in the directory texmf/tex/generic/pgf with the files of the new version (or in all the directories where pgf was installed, if you chose a tds-compliant installation).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but when I did that it didn't work. Possibly because I didn't &quot;run texhash&quot;, whatever that is and however you do that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1520" LastActivityDate="2010-10-19T23:26:44.727" Title="Help me upgrade to PGF 2.0?" Tags="&lt;installing&gt;&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4314" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4061" CreationDate="2010-10-19T19:52:17.150" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I typically use &lt;code&gt;\hrulefill&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\noindent\hrulefill&lt;/code&gt; to achieve a horizontal line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1520" LastActivityDate="2010-10-19T19:52:17.150" />
  <row Id="4315" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8429" CreationDate="2010-10-19T20:54:30.443" Score="3" ViewCount="387" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have the following image that I wish to include in my document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;wget http://www.biomedcentral.com/content/figures/1471-2164-10-37-1-l.jpg -O exampleImg.jpg&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I need to compile via &lt;strong&gt;dvi&lt;/strong&gt;.  I covert the jpg to eps format with GraphicsMagick:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;gm convert exampleImg.jpg exampleImg.eps&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I used the following latex code and it works compiling via dvi and ps.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,10pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8x]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{wrapfig}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{grffile}&#xA;&#xA;%\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx}&#xA;&#xA;%opening&#xA;\title{}&#xA;\author{}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\includegraphics[]{./test/exampleImg}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I use a directory with a space, &lt;strong&gt;test test&lt;/strong&gt;, and it doesn't work anymore, even though I use &lt;strong&gt;\usepackage{grffile}&lt;/strong&gt; :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,10pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8x]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{wrapfig}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{grffile}&#xA;&#xA;%\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx}&#xA;&#xA;%opening&#xA;\title{}&#xA;\author{}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\includegraphics[]{./test test/exampleImg}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It gives the following error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! LaTeX Error: Cannot determine size of graphic in ./test test/exampleImg (&#xA;no BoundingBox).&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="978" LastEditorUserId="978" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-20T16:59:26.083" LastActivityDate="2011-01-07T09:18:50.043" Title="Include image with spaces in path directory to be processed with dvips" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;dvi&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4316" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4315" CreationDate="2010-10-19T22:02:02.067" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;grffile is to allow spaces in images in pdfTeX, not for dvips. Here's some code from the asymptote.sty package that is supposed to deal with spaces in dvips graphics; maybe it will help. Just put it in your preamble.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\Ginclude@eps#1{%&#xA;  \message{}%&#xA;  \bgroup&#xA;  \def\@tempa{!}%&#xA;  \dimen@\Gin@req@width&#xA;  \dimen@ii.1bp\relax&#xA;  \divide\dimen@\dimen@ii&#xA;  \@tempdima\Gin@req@height&#xA;  \divide\@tempdima\dimen@ii&#xA;    \special{PSfile=#1\space&#xA;      llx=\Gin@llx\space&#xA;      lly=\Gin@lly\space&#xA;      urx=\Gin@urx\space&#xA;      ury=\Gin@ury\space&#xA;      \ifx\Gin@scalex\@tempa\else rwi=\number\dimen@\space\fi&#xA;      \ifx\Gin@scaley\@tempa\else rhi=\number\@tempdima\space\fi&#xA;      \ifGin@clip clip\fi}%&#xA;  \egroup&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-10-19T22:02:02.067" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4317" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4273" CreationDate="2010-10-19T22:42:28.440" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is this horse dead yet....Since my other answer got accepted, I don't want to change it. So, instead, I'm adding my thoughts here in a new answer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How about this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{equation*}&#xA;\begin{aligned}\sum a\le{}&amp;amp;\\\log \sum a\le{}&amp;amp; \end{aligned}\!&#xA;\begin{gathered}\sum b\\\log\sum b\end{gathered}\!&#xA;\begin{aligned}{}\le&amp;amp; \sum c \\{}\le&amp;amp; \log \sum c \end{aligned}&#xA;\end{equation*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which produces: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/pZTPN.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;No hackery involved, but the writing isn't as &quot;linear&quot; since you need to split the equations into columns yourself. Note also the negative space that is required to get better spacing between the columns. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is one more solution:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\newcolumntype{C}{&amp;gt;{\(\displaystyle}c&amp;lt;{\)}@{}} &#xA;\newcolumntype{L}{&amp;gt;{\(\displaystyle}l&amp;lt;{\)}@{}} &#xA;\newcolumntype{R}{&amp;gt;{\(\displaystyle}r&amp;lt;{\)}@{}}&#xA;&#xA;\center{&#xA;\begin{tabular}{RCL}&#xA;\sum a \le{} &amp;amp; \sum b &amp;amp;\le \sum c \\&#xA;\log \sum a\le{} &amp;amp;\log \sum b &amp;amp;{}\le \log \sum c&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oh, one caveat: I have no idea how to have more than one equation number with this solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastEditorUserId="117" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-20T20:58:15.130" LastActivityDate="2010-10-20T20:58:15.130" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4318" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4313" CreationDate="2010-10-19T23:26:44.727" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use MacTeX 2010, and I already have PGF/TikZ v2. If &lt;code&gt;texdoc pgf&lt;/code&gt; doesn't give you the manual for version 2, there are two possibilities:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;your pgf/tikz needs to be updated from the version shipped with MacTeX 2010 (I can't remember if v2 is installed out of the box); try using TeX Live Utility to update the pgf package.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;you have an old installation of pgf in your home texmf tree; check this with &lt;code&gt;kpsewhich pgf.tex&lt;/code&gt; in the Terminal application. If it returns a file inside your home folder — e.g., &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;/Users/leah/Library/texmf/tex/latex/pgf/pgf.tex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;— then you need to delete the old installation. This will involve removing at least the following two folders:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;/Users/leah/Library/texmf/tex/latex/pgf&#xA;/Users/leah/Library/texmf/generic/latex/pgf/&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With fingers crossed, you shouldn't ever have to replace any files inside the main TeX distribution itself; TeX Live is good at updating itself these days and most packages are kept up-to-date on CTAN.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-10-19T23:26:44.727" />
  <row Id="4319" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4216" CreationDate="2010-10-20T02:51:25.773" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;My solution is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\defeq{\mathrel{\mathop:}=}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="480" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-12T20:45:41.877" LastActivityDate="2010-12-12T20:45:41.877" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4320" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4305" CreationDate="2010-10-20T02:57:12.060" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;ConTeXt has a macro &lt;code&gt;\dowithwargument&lt;/code&gt; to work with word (w for word) arguments and&#xA;&lt;code&gt;\dowithpargument&lt;/code&gt; to work with par (p for par) arguments. However, it considers a word&#xA;to be anything delimited by a space. So, if you are willing to type your&#xA;arguments as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\csword optionA&#xA;\csword optionB [and]{argument} % Note the space after optionB&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;then you can define &lt;code&gt;\csword&lt;/code&gt; as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\csword{\dowithwargument\getvalue}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt;: Another option is to capture the space delimited &lt;em&gt;phrase&lt;/em&gt; with &lt;code&gt;\dowithwargument&lt;/code&gt; and then use LuaTeX to add a &lt;code&gt;\&lt;/code&gt; in front. So&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\def\csword{\dowithwargument\docsword}&#xA;\def\docsword#1{\ctxlua{tex.sprint(&quot;\\#1&quot;)}}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastEditorUserId="323" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-20T15:20:23.247" LastActivityDate="2010-10-20T15:20:23.247" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4321" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4311" CreationDate="2010-10-20T04:36:49.747" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;(Polishes crystal ball)&lt;/em&gt; Let me guess: you are using the hyperref package and you are not using pdflatex. Try adding the &lt;code&gt;linktocpage&lt;/code&gt; option to your &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{hyperref}&lt;/code&gt; line. Failing that, better follow Caramdir's advice to post an example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-10-20T04:36:49.747" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4322" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4305" CreationDate="2010-10-20T06:40:19.307" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;On the off-chance that you'd like this to be expandable, here's another expl3 version. While this is longer than Harald's, I actually think it's more readable. On second thoughts: no, I think I'm just thinking that because I just wrote it &lt;code&gt;:)&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Slight downside: commands like &lt;code&gt;f{o}o&lt;/code&gt; are executed as if they were &lt;code&gt;foo&lt;/code&gt;. Which also means you can't have something like &lt;code&gt;foo{A}&lt;/code&gt;, unfortunately. But &lt;code&gt;foo{abc}&lt;/code&gt; is okay. Also, spaces mean nothing: &lt;code&gt;foo foo&lt;/code&gt; is processed as &lt;code&gt;\foofoo&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{expl3}&#xA;&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOn&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \csword #1 {&#xA;  \cs:w \csword_aux:n #1&#xA;}&#xA;\cs_new:Nn \csword_aux:n {&#xA;  \tl_if_empty:nTF {#1}&#xA;  { \cs_end: } % e.g., '{}' in 'foo{}': end scanning&#xA;  {&#xA;    \tl_if_single:nTF {#1}&#xA;    {&#xA;      % e.g., 'o' in 'foo' or '{A}' in 'foo{A}' or '[' in 'foo[a]':&#xA;      \token_if_letter:NTF #1&#xA;      { #1 \csword_aux:n } % e.g., 'o' in 'foo'         : keep scanning&#xA;      { \cs_end: #1 }      % e.g., '[' in 'foo[a]'      : end scanning&#xA;    }&#xA;    { \cs_end: {#1} }      % e.g., '{abc}' in 'foo{abc}': end scanning&#xA;  }&#xA;}&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOff&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\foo[1][opt]{[foo: #1]}&#xA;\newcommand\baz[2][opt]{[baz: #1/#2]}&#xA;&#xA;\typeout{&#xA;\csword foo&#xA;\csword f{o}o&#xA;\csword foo{A}&#xA;\csword foo{ABC}&#xA;\csword foo[1]&#xA;\csword baz{2}&#xA;\csword baz{22}&#xA;\csword baz[333]{222}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I just bench-marked this against Harald's solution, and it's five times slower. So it's really of academic use only &lt;code&gt;:)&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-20T07:12:37.573" LastActivityDate="2010-10-20T07:12:37.573" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4323" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4196" CreationDate="2010-10-20T07:59:13.407" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is a solution that works with XeLaTeX and LaTeX-&gt;dvipdfmx in any document class. It uses some JavaScript and hence works best in AdobeReader. Just insert the code below into the document preamble. The code defines the command&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;\zoombox{&lt;em&gt;general text&lt;/em&gt;}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to be used in the document. It makes &lt;em&gt;general text&lt;/em&gt; clickable to toggle between zoomed-in and zoomed-out states. In the zoomed-in state &lt;em&gt;general text&lt;/em&gt; is magnified just enough to fit entirely into the application window.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In your case, &lt;em&gt;general text&lt;/em&gt; should be something like \inlcudegraphics[scale=0.1]{picture}, which includes your picture at its original resolution but scaled down to the desired size of the thumbnail. That is, only one version of the picture needs to be included.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that the document requires at least two runs of (Xe)LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alexander&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\InputIfFileExists{\jobname.zom}{}{}&#xA;\newsavebox\zbox&#xA;\newcounter{zoom}&#xA;\newwrite\zoomdat&#xA;\immediate\openout\zoomdat=\jobname.zom&#xA;&#xA;\long\def\zoombox#1{%&#xA;  \sbox\zbox{#1}%&#xA;  \special{pdf: dest (zb\thezoom.out) [@thispage /Fit]}%&#xA;  \raisebox{-\dp\zbox}{\pdfsavepos}%&#xA;  \protected@write\zoomdat{}{%&#xA;    \string\expandafter\string\def\string\csname\space zb\thezoom.llx\string\endcsname{%&#xA;      \noexpand\number\pdflastxpos}%&#xA;    \string\expandafter\string\def\string\csname\space zb\thezoom.lly\string\endcsname{%&#xA;      \noexpand\number\pdflastypos}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \ifcsname zb\thezoom.llx\endcsname\ifcsname zb\thezoom.urx\endcsname%&#xA;    \special{pdf: dest (zb\thezoom.in) [ @thispage /FitR&#xA;      \hypercalcbp{\csname zb\thezoom.llx\endcsname sp}&#xA;      \hypercalcbp{\csname zb\thezoom.lly\endcsname sp}&#xA;      \hypercalcbp{\csname zb\thezoom.urx\endcsname sp}&#xA;      \hypercalcbp{\csname zb\thezoom.ury\endcsname sp}&#xA;    ]}%&#xA;    \special{pdf: ann&#xA;      width  \the\wd\zbox\space&#xA;      height \the\ht\zbox\space&#xA;      depth  \the\dp\zbox\space&#xA;    &amp;lt;&amp;lt;&#xA;      /Type/Annot/Subtype/Link/H/N&#xA;      /Border [0 0 0]&#xA;      /A &amp;lt;&amp;lt;&#xA;        /S/JavaScript&#xA;        /JS (&#xA;          if(typeof(zoomed\thezoom)=='undefined'){&#xA;            this.gotoNamedDest('zb\thezoom.out');&#xA;            var zoomed\thezoom=false;&#xA;          }&#xA;        )&#xA;        /Next &amp;lt;&amp;lt;&#xA;          /S/GoTo/D (zb\thezoom.in)&#xA;          /Next &amp;lt;&amp;lt;&#xA;            /S/JavaScript&#xA;            /JS(&#xA;              if(zoomed\thezoom){&#xA;                 this.gotoNamedDest('zb\thezoom.out');&#xA;                 zoomed\thezoom=false;&#xA;              }else{&#xA;                 zoomed\thezoom=true;&#xA;              }&#xA;            )&#xA;          &amp;gt;&amp;gt;&#xA;        &amp;gt;&amp;gt;&#xA;      &amp;gt;&amp;gt;&#xA;    &amp;gt;&amp;gt;}%&#xA;  \fi\fi%&#xA;  \usebox{\zbox}\raisebox{\ht\zbox}{\pdfsavepos}%&#xA;  \protected@write\zoomdat{}{%&#xA;    \string\expandafter\string\def\string\csname\space zb\thezoom.urx\string\endcsname{%&#xA;      \noexpand\number\pdflastxpos}%&#xA;    \string\expandafter\string\def\string\csname\space zb\thezoom.ury\string\endcsname{%&#xA;      \noexpand\number\pdflastypos}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \stepcounter{zoom}%&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1053" LastActivityDate="2010-10-20T07:59:13.407" />
  <row Id="4324" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4326" CreationDate="2010-10-20T11:25:51.623" Score="4" ViewCount="246" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to use a Graphite font as the main font in a XeLaTeX document, but fontspec doesn't support Graphite fonts yet. Currently I'm using XeTeX's native way to change fonts, but that's cumbersome, as I have to define one font for each size-family-series combination I want to use.&#xA;Is there some hack to make fontspec work with Graphite fonts or perhaps some other way to change the whole default family so that stuff like &lt;code&gt;\Large&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\emph&lt;/code&gt; just works™?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1519" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-31T13:58:21.027" LastActivityDate="2010-12-31T13:58:21.027" Title="Using Graphite fonts on XeLaTeX" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;fontspec&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="4325" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4346" CreationDate="2010-10-20T11:42:59.467" Score="11" ViewCount="325" Body="&lt;p&gt;I make a lot of commutative diagrams and am trying to switch to Tikz from amcd,diagrams, etc. I often have to refer to these diagrams in the text and would rather have them as equations (i.e. with and equation number) rather than a figure. I have tried just putting it in an equation environment but it neither centers the diagram (as ma)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1536" LastActivityDate="2010-10-20T18:05:19.417" Title="Getting a tikz picture to have an equation number" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;equations&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4326" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4324" CreationDate="2010-10-20T11:52:25.183" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You are correct that fontspec doesn't have proper support for Graphite fonts yet. However, I did once add the option to select the Graphite font renderer. Here's an example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\fontspec[&#xA;    Renderer=Graphite,&#xA;    RawFeature={&#xA;      Special=Hide tone contour staves&#xA;    }&#xA;  ]{Charis SIL}&#xA;foo&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've hardly worked at all with any Graphite fonts, however, and I don't know if this is sufficient (it's certainly not optimal in terms of user interface).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Update: here's an actual example that shows something useful:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\fontspec[Renderer=Graphite,RawFeature={1024=0}]{Charis SIL} Ŋ&#xA;\fontspec[Renderer=Graphite,RawFeature={1024=1}]{Charis SIL} Ŋ&#xA;\fontspec[Renderer=Graphite,RawFeature={Uppercase Eng alternates=Large eng on baseline}]{Charis SIL} Ŋ&#xA;\fontspec[Renderer=Graphite,RawFeature={1024=2}]{Charis SIL} Ŋ&#xA;\fontspec[Renderer=Graphite,RawFeature={1024=3}]{Charis SIL} Ŋ&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lines 2 and 3 are equivalent. To get a listing of what font features are available, you can use the ‘aat-info.tex’ file and use the following for the first two code lines:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\myfontname{Charis SIL/GR}&#xA;\font\testfont=&quot;\myfontname&quot; at 10pt&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-20T12:41:24.753" LastActivityDate="2010-10-20T12:41:24.753" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4327" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4328" CreationDate="2010-10-20T12:25:24.357" Score="12" ViewCount="218" Body="&lt;p&gt;Say I want to redefine the &lt;code&gt;itemize&lt;/code&gt; environment, or make a modified version of it. I want to know how it is currently defined. Where do I find this information? If it's some particular package command, I can just look at the &lt;code&gt;.sty&lt;/code&gt; file for that package, but if it's something more basic, I don't know where to look...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a reference manual of where all this stuff is explained? Or is there a file in the depths of my texmf tree I should poke around in?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-20T19:05:05.623" LastActivityDate="2010-10-21T09:16:58.937" Title="Where do I find out how a command/environment is defined?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;environments&gt;" AnswerCount="5" />
  <row Id="4328" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4327" CreationDate="2010-10-20T12:39:34.167" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;LaTeX itself is documented in source2e.pdf (&lt;code&gt;texdoc source2e&lt;/code&gt;) and the standard classes (article, book, report, etc) are documented in classes.pdf (&lt;code&gt;texdoc classes&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-20T13:35:07.533" LastActivityDate="2010-10-20T13:35:07.533" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4329" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4327" CreationDate="2010-10-20T12:43:47.510" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just concerning &lt;code&gt;itemize&lt;/code&gt;: This is defined in the basic latex file latex.ltx. It is redefined,e.g. in the &lt;code&gt;enumitem&lt;/code&gt; package, i.e, in enumitem.sty.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2010-10-20T12:43:47.510" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4330" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4325" CreationDate="2010-10-20T13:13:51.210" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;just place the TikZ picture into a box, for example using \text{} (which is an AMS command).  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In case you do not use AMS, you can also use \hbox (which is a plain TeX command) instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example which compiles without extra packages:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;\hbox{\tikz\draw[draw=black,fill=red] (0,0) circle (5pt);}&#xA;\label{eq:test}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&#xA;\noindent&#xA;In (\ref{eq:test}), we see a TikZ picture.\dotfill&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Christian&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1537" LastActivityDate="2010-10-20T13:13:51.210" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="4331" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4327" CreationDate="2010-10-20T14:14:45.063" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Environments are nearly always defined using either pairs &lt;code&gt;\def\env...&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\def\endenv...&lt;/code&gt; (used mainly in the Latex base code) or &lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{env}&lt;/code&gt; (used mainly in the classes), so grepping the dtx source files might narrow you in to the code you want that bit faster, e.g., on a unixlike with TEXMF the root of a Texlive install, &lt;code&gt;fgrep -e &quot;\\itemize&quot; $TEXMF/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/*.dtx&lt;/code&gt; shows the file and text where itemize is defined.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-10-20T14:14:45.063" />
  <row Id="4332" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4333" CreationDate="2010-10-20T14:55:28.260" Score="3" ViewCount="200" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using the book.cls and I want that the page number of the first page (only the first page) of every chapter be at the bottom and on the right. And page numbering of the other pages remain intact.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is my .tex file:&#xA;‎&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper,‎twoside]{book}‎‎&#xA;‎\usepackage{lipsum}‎‎‎‎&#xA;‎\usepackage{fancybox,‎fancyhdr}‎&#xA;‎\pagestyle{fancy}‎&#xA;‎\renewcommand{\chaptermark}[1]{%‎&#xA;        ‎\markboth{#1}{}}‎&#xA;‎\renewcommand{\sectionmark}[1]{%‎&#xA;        ‎\markright{\thesection\ #1}}‎&#xA;‎\fancyhf{} &#xA;‎\fancyhead[LE]{\small\leftmark‎}‎&#xA;‎\fancyhead[RO]{\small\rightmark‎}‎&#xA;‎\fancyhead[RE,LO]{\textbf{\thepage}}‎&#xA;‎\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0pt}‎&#xA;‎\renewcommand{\chaptermark}[1]{%‎&#xA;‎\markboth{\thechapter\ #1}{}}‎&#xA;‎\renewcommand{\sectionmark}[1]{\markright{\thesection\ ‎#1}}‎‎‎&#xA;‎\begin{document}‎‎&#xA;‎\chapter{Chapter‎ ‎one}‎‎&#xA;‎\section{Section‎ ‎one‎‎}‎‎&#xA;‎\lipsum[1-‎10‎‎‎]‎‎&#xA;‎\end{document}‎‎&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1538" LastEditorUserId="1538" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-20T17:48:32.983" LastActivityDate="2010-10-21T10:35:17.813" Title="How to change the position of the page number in the first page of every chapter of a book?" Tags="&lt;header-footer&gt;&lt;page-numbering&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4333" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4332" CreationDate="2010-10-20T15:20:30.100" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the &lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt; package's &lt;code&gt;\assignpagestyle&lt;/code&gt; to set the page style for &lt;code&gt;\chapter&lt;/code&gt;. Something like this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{titlesec}&#xA;\newpagestyle{chapterpage}{\setfoot{}{}{\thepage}}&#xA;\assignpagestyle\chapter{chapterpage}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt;: Now that you've added a sample, I know that you're using &lt;code&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/code&gt; so the solution is simple:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\fancypagestyle{plain}{&#xA;    \fancyhead{}&#xA;    \fancyfoot[R]{\textbf{\thepage}}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-20T22:03:39.783" LastActivityDate="2010-10-20T22:03:39.783" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4334" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4332" CreationDate="2010-10-20T15:32:06.910" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I assume that you want the first page of evey chapter to have the same layout of the other pages, correct?&#xA;And probably you are using &lt;code&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/code&gt;, isn'it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If so, maybe &lt;a href=&quot;http://texblog.net/latex-archive/layout/page-style-plain-fancy/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt; can help you. Otherwise, you can redefine the layout of &lt;code&gt;plain&lt;/code&gt; (the style invoked for every &lt;code&gt;\chapter&lt;/code&gt; command) pages like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\fancypagestyle{plain}{%&#xA;\fancyhf{} % clear all header and footer fields&#xA;\fancyfoot[R]{\thepage} % except the right&#xA;\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0pt}&#xA;\renewcommand{\footrulewidth}{0pt}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;taken from page 8 of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;fancyhdr user manual&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="177" LastEditorUserId="177" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-21T10:35:17.813" LastActivityDate="2010-10-21T10:35:17.813" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4335" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-20T16:11:41.487" Score="3" ViewCount="290" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm trying renew \ref command to auto detect equation and figure. All my labels of equations start with &quot;eq:&quot; and all labels of figures with &quot;fig:&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I try this way, but it isn't works for me:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper, 12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage[colorlinks=true]{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;% Is it equation? =&amp;gt; add brackets&#xA;\newcommand\myref[1]{\in@{eq:}{#1} \ifin@ (\ref{#1}) \else \ref{#1} \fi }&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;%\let\ref\myref&#xA;\renewcommand{\ref}[1]{\myref{#1}}&#xA;\renewcommand{\cite}[1]{\myref{#1}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Cite to eq: \cite{eq:test}, cite to fig: \cite{fig:test} % WORK FINE, add brackets&#xA;Ref to eq: \ref{eq:test}, ref to fig: \ref{fig:test}     % DOESN'T WORK :-(&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA; \includegraphics[width=13cm]{img/test.png}&#xA; \caption{test}&#xA; \label{fig:test}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA; a = b&#xA; \label{eq:test}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The output is, that \cite behave as I want (add brackets, if label starts with &quot;eq&quot;), but \ref doesn't. It is ignoring me:-(&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I inspired in thread &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1920/renewcommand-cite-does-not-work&quot;&gt;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1920/renewcommand-cite-does-not-work&lt;/a&gt; ; so I tried command \let too)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know about \eqref, but I have in many documents \ref and now I want to highlight equations with brackets.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some idea?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1539" LastActivityDate="2010-10-20T17:29:09.843" Title="Renew \ref command doesn't work" Tags="&lt;cross-referencing&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4336" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4335" CreationDate="2010-10-20T16:22:30.920" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Something (eg hyperref) is likely redefining &lt;code&gt;\ref&lt;/code&gt; in the &lt;code&gt;\AtBeginDocument&lt;/code&gt; hook. You can try moving your definitions out of the preamble. For the kind of thing you are trying to do I would recommend checking into the &lt;code&gt;cleveref&lt;/code&gt; package, which can do many intelligent things with referencing commands.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-10-20T16:22:30.920" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="4337" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-20T16:37:42.403" Score="3" ViewCount="63" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to rescale a book which has the dimensions 152x229 mm set with the geometry package into 165x242mm using the blowup package. After some messing around I have managed to get it to rescale by giving the paramater noscale. (what's up with that btw, without noscale it doesn't rescale at all and if I give noscale it does rescale -- I really expected the opposite behavior...) However I can only get either my right hand side or my left hand side pages to be correctly placed. If I use this command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\blowUp{paper={165mm,242mm}, noscale, pos={left, inside, top}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;my right hand side pages look good, and if I give this command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\blowUp{paper={165mm,242mm}, noscale, pos={left, outside, top}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;my left hand side pages look good. In both situations the page not looking good is set about half a page to far to the left. I have come up with this solution by trial and error. If I don't give any pos at all the pages are set with just one little corner inside the printed area. Does someone know how this can be fixed and if not then perhaps at least someone knows what these paramaters actually mean. Especially the inside and outside ones feels a bit like magic to me. &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/blowup/blowup.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;The documentation&lt;/a&gt; only says they exist but not really what they do... :(&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="298" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-21T02:55:37.737" LastActivityDate="2010-10-21T02:55:37.737" Title="Page placement using blowup package" Tags="&lt;layout&gt;&lt;blowup&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="4338" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4340" CreationDate="2010-10-20T16:58:00.400" Score="6" ViewCount="457" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello,&#xA;I was wondering which is the correct way to scale a tikzpicture.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=0.50]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but what I obtain is that distances between elements are scaled but not their sizes or text size too. It's like if the picture collapses on itself, without correctly scaling (as I would imagine, like having a zoom factor)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Am I missing something? Should I use a different command or what?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1184" LastActivityDate="2010-10-21T02:45:44.097" Title="Correctly scaling a tikzpicture" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="4339" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4335" CreationDate="2010-10-20T17:05:59.307" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It seems that Lev is right. In the document you posted, your &lt;code&gt;\ref&lt;/code&gt; macro is never called since it is redefined again at &lt;code&gt;\begin{document}&lt;/code&gt;. If you move your definitions out of the preamble, then you'll get what I expected: &lt;code&gt;\ref&lt;/code&gt; calls &lt;code&gt;\myref&lt;/code&gt;, this calls again &lt;code&gt;\ref&lt;/code&gt;, and you'll get a closed loop that'll produce a &quot;TeX capacity exceeded&quot; error. You indeed have to use &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt; in order to avoid this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\oldref\ref&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand\myref[1]{\in@{eq:}{#1} \ifin@ (\oldref{#1}) \else \oldref{#1} \fi }&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\renewcommand{\ref}[1]{\myref{#1}}&#xA;\renewcommand{\cite}[1]{\myref{#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Put this after &lt;code&gt;\begin{document}&lt;/code&gt;, and everything will be as you wanted. Explanation: &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt; saves the original definition of &lt;code&gt;\ref&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\oldref&lt;/code&gt;, and the original definition can then be used in your &lt;code&gt;\myref&lt;/code&gt;. This can't be done with &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2010-10-20T17:05:59.307" />
  <row Id="4340" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4338" CreationDate="2010-10-20T17:17:50.590" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could try using the command &lt;code&gt;resizebox&lt;/code&gt;. You enclose the &lt;code&gt;tikzpicture&lt;/code&gt; environment in one of those and then in is scaled. Like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\resizebox{&amp;lt;horizontal size&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;vertical size&amp;gt;}{&#xA;    \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;    \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want the image to be scaled proportionally, you can give one of the sizes and put &lt;code&gt;!&lt;/code&gt; in the other. This works well except when the tikzpicture has a matrix command, and the columns are separated by &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt;, in that case, you can change the column separator using the option &lt;code&gt;ampersand replacement&lt;/code&gt; in the matrix options as stated in the &lt;code&gt;pgfmanual&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="401" LastActivityDate="2010-10-20T17:17:50.590" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4341" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4335" CreationDate="2010-10-20T17:22:21.133" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Don't reinvent the wheel; instead, use &lt;a href=&quot;ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/fncylab.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;fncylab&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After I wrote this I noticed that you wanted to redefine &lt;code&gt;\cite&lt;/code&gt; also.  Why?  It does not serve the same function as &lt;code&gt;\ref&lt;/code&gt; and has its own style already.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="575" LastActivityDate="2010-10-20T17:22:21.133" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4342" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4337" CreationDate="2010-10-20T17:24:51.280" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Right I now have an answer to my first part of my question. As in how can I make it work. Further experimenting has made me realize this combination works:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\blowUp{paper={165mm,242mm}, noscale, pos={top, left}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I thought I had tried that combination already when I asked the question but apparently not so. (It's a rather obvious combination now that I think of it...) I am still at a total loss at to what does parameters actually mean though...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="298" LastActivityDate="2010-10-20T17:24:51.280" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="4343" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4338" CreationDate="2010-10-20T17:28:08.300" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the option &quot;transform shape&quot; for the whole picture, a scope or a single node.&#xA;Example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=2, transform shape]&#xA;  \draw rectangle (1,1) node {foo};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=2]&#xA;  \draw rectangle (1,1) node {bar};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But be careful, this will not solve all your cases with scaling tikz pictures, e.g.&quot;rounded corners&quot; will not scale. The tikz authors (general) advice is not to scale graphics.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1418" LastEditorUserId="1418" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-20T17:43:06.840" LastActivityDate="2010-10-20T17:43:06.840" />
  <row Id="4344" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4335" CreationDate="2010-10-20T17:29:09.843" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Great, it works, thanks a lot!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But if I use my \myref with calling \ref, I obtain this error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;TeX capacity exceeded, sorry.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't know why, but maybe it makes cycle \ref--&gt;\myref--&gt;\ref--&gt;\myref...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I use directly this way (cref gives brackets arround the equation automaticaly):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{cleveref}&#xA;.&#xA;.&#xA;.    &#xA;\begin{document} \let\ref\cref&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And can use \ref for figure, tables, equation and for equation brackets are automaticaly added.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want change name of label, simply add to preambule:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\crefname{equation}{singular}{plural}&#xA;\crefname{figure}{singular}{plural}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/cleveref/cleveref.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Manual for cleveref&lt;/a&gt; (PDF)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1539" LastActivityDate="2010-10-20T17:29:09.843" />
  <row Id="4345" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4338" CreationDate="2010-10-20T17:49:58.980" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Pgf has two different types of transformations: coordinate transformations and canvas transformations.  When using &lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=0.50]&lt;/code&gt;, you are applying coordinate transformation.  All coordinates will be scaled, whereas individual objects (text, line thickness, rounding of corners etc) will not scale.  Most of the time that is what you want, you do not want to scale carefully typeset pieces of text, you do not want to make lines ridiculously thick, or too thin to actually print. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to scale everything, you have to use a canvas transformation.  For that, pgf has a command &lt;code&gt;\pgftransformscale{}&lt;/code&gt;. You can also use the &lt;code&gt;pgflowlevelscope&lt;/code&gt; environment:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \draw (0,0) rectangle (6,6); %create a bounding box to reserve space&#xA;  \begin{pgflowlevelscope}{\pgftransformscale{5}}&#xA;     \draw (0,0) -- (1,1) node[right]{$x$};&#xA;  \end{pgflowlevelscope}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also use &lt;code&gt;\pgflowlevelsynccm&lt;/code&gt; which synchronizes the canvas transformation matrix with the current coordinate transformation matrix, for example like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=5]&#xA;  \draw (0,0) rectangle (1.2,1.2); %create a bounding box to reserve space&#xA;  \pgflowlevelsynccm&#xA;  \draw (0,0) -- (1,1) node[right]{$x$};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that because pgf does not (cannot) keep track of the canvas transformations (they are performed by the backend), you will have to make sure there is enough space in your picture for the scaled objects.  In the examples above, I try to reserve space by drawing a bounding box first, before applying the canvas transformation.  There are other problems with canvas transformations, and &lt;strong&gt;I do not recommend using them without carefully reading appropriate parts of the pgf manual&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I include this answer more as an explanation of what is going on, another, preferable answer using &lt;code&gt;\resizebox&lt;/code&gt; has already appeared. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastEditorUserId="396" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-21T02:45:44.097" LastActivityDate="2010-10-21T02:45:44.097" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4346" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4325" CreationDate="2010-10-20T17:51:03.603" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=(current  bounding  box.center)]&#xA;......&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Copied from Mtikz.pdf.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="714" LastEditorUserId="714" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-20T18:05:19.417" LastActivityDate="2010-10-20T18:05:19.417" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="4347" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4357" CreationDate="2010-10-20T17:58:04.763" Score="7" ViewCount="219" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can one use &lt;code&gt;\pdfmatch&lt;/code&gt; with regular expressions and where can one find a listing and description of all the available pdfTeX primitives and help on their use?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The latest issue of the pdfTeX documentation, now contains a small description with examples for the command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-22T20:01:17.000" LastActivityDate="2011-01-22T20:01:17.000" Title="Regular expressions with pdfTeX" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;regular&gt;&lt;expressions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4348" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4327" CreationDate="2010-10-20T19:04:31.473" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To know how a command is defined, you can use the &lt;code&gt;\show&lt;/code&gt; command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\show\itemize&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The log wfile will show:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;gt; \itemize=macro:&#xA;-&amp;gt;\ifnum \@itemdepth &amp;gt;\thr@@ \@toodeep \else \advance \@itemdepth \@ne \edef \@&#xA;itemitem {labelitem\romannumeral \the \@itemdepth }\expandafter \list \csname \&#xA;@itemitem \endcsname {\def \makelabel ##1{\hss \llap {##1}}}\fi .&#xA;l.3 \show\itemize&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To locate the file containing the definition the script &lt;code&gt;texgrep&lt;/code&gt;is useful, which I posted answering this topic: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4075/grepping-through-an-entire-texmf-tree/4089#4089&quot;&gt;Grepping through an entire texmf tree&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-10-20T19:04:31.473" />
  <row Id="4349" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4312" CreationDate="2010-10-20T20:01:19.043" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/array&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;array&lt;/a&gt; package to define a new fixed width column type with centered contents. Also, you might want to define a column type that aligns at the decimal point. Use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/dcolumn&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;dcolumn&lt;/a&gt; package for that. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{array,booktabs,dcolumn,calc}&#xA;\newcolumntype{C}{&amp;gt;{\centering\arraybackslash}b{\widthof{positions}}}&#xA;\newcolumntype{d}{D{.}{.}{-2}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{@{\quad}l*{2}{d}@{}} &#xA;&amp;amp; \multicolumn{1}{C}{readers in 2006} &#xA;&amp;amp; \multicolumn{1}{C@{}}{top editorial positions} \\&#xA;\midrule&#xA;\multicolumn{3}{@{}l}{Dailies}     \\&#xA;Suddeustsche Zeitung &amp;amp; 44.0 &amp;amp; 10.0 \\&#xA;Frankfurter          &amp;amp; 36.0 &amp;amp; 6.25 \\&#xA;Handelsblatt         &amp;amp; 25.0 &amp;amp; 0    \\&#xA;\bottomrule&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="565" LastActivityDate="2010-10-20T20:01:19.043" />
  <row Id="4350" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4351" CreationDate="2010-10-20T20:05:55.107" Score="2" ViewCount="335" Body="&lt;p&gt;Say I want to typeset small piece of text as a logo/motto/slogan or whatever. The text is not much longer than &quot;Lorem Ipsum Dolor&quot;. I want this to fit tightly in a box of certain size (e.g. 7x2cm). Two questions here, possibly related:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;How can I typeset it so that the text fits a box with certain width? &#xA;Assume fixed typeface size, and only the inter-word and inter-glyph &#xA;distance is allowed to change.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A (possibly) more advanced version of this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;How can I fit the same text in a box with a given width AND height? &#xA;Possibly also adjusting spacing and typeface size?&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To illustrate:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Original Version:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/L91Mr.png&quot; width=&quot;237&quot; height=&quot;25&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Modified spacing, Q1.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/xvMBu.png&quot; width=&quot;281&quot; height=&quot;25&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Modified spacing plus scaling, Q2.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/9Vypi.png&quot; width=&quot;342&quot; height=&quot;11&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sizes, font type, etc. are assumed to be arbitrary. I'm curious how can I do this conceptually. Bonus points for a parameterized macro to experiment with.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also: I know there are many ways to do it without using TeX and friends (e.g. images, vector graphics, and what not), but I am only interested in ways how to typeset it with TeX, or popular macro packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="711" LastActivityDate="2010-10-21T02:46:33.590" Title="How to fit text in a box of given size?" Tags="&lt;boxes&gt;&lt;text-manipulation&gt;&lt;scaling&gt;" AnswerCount="4" />
  <row Id="4351" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4350" CreationDate="2010-10-20T20:26:20.933" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To duplicate the answer I gave on the LaTeX Community site...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could try \resizebox from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/graphicx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;graphicx&lt;/a&gt; package. See its documentation, page 7:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\resizebox{1in}{!}{Some text}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This will give &quot;Some text&quot; which is exactly 1 inch long. The &lt;code&gt;!&lt;/code&gt; for the second argument means to vary the height by whatever it needs to in order to maintain the aspect ratio. If you did &lt;code&gt;{!}{1in}&lt;/code&gt; it would be 1 inch tall instead. If you specify both parameters, it'll be stretched disproportionally so that it is exactly a rectangle of that size, and so on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-10-20T20:26:20.933" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4352" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4350" CreationDate="2010-10-20T21:25:42.600" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;That's a lot of questions at once. I'll answer some of the easy ones, leaving the trickier aspects to others.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To typeset text in a box of a given width, use either&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makebox[width][s]{lorem ipsum dolor} % latex, or&#xA;\hbox to width{lorem ipsum dolor} % plain tex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where &lt;code&gt;width&lt;/code&gt; is to be replaced by the desired width, of course. It will only stretch interword spaces, though, and not interglyph spacing. The latter is impossible in standard TeX without some macro trickery (which might involve taking the text apart and sticking stretchable spaces between the glyphs before putting it back together).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The answer from frabjous (just in) is good if you run a TeX engine such as pdftex where such resizing is supported by the graphics package. Otherwise, a possibility would be to measure the text when set in a standard box, then computing the appropriate font size for the box you want to fit it in, then typeset it using the font at that size. But again, standard TeX won't let you scale the font differently in the horizontal and vertical directions. The computation requires dividing one length by another: The only way I know of to do this requires a bit of plain TeX: Assign both lengths to count registers (which will receive the length in scaled points (sp)) and divide one by the other. But this produces an integer, so you need to rescale if you wish more accuracy. It gets involved rather quickly, especially since the rescaling can result in an overflow if overdone.Here is a quick hack, using some of latex's built-in temporary registers:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand{\scalehelper}[4][64]{%&#xA;  \@tempdima=#3\relax&#xA;  \multiply\@tempdima by #1&#xA;  \@tempcnta=\@tempdima&#xA;  \@tempdimb=#4\relax&#xA;  \@tempcntb=\@tempdimb&#xA;  \divide\@tempcnta by \@tempcntb&#xA;  \multiply#2 by \@tempcnta&#xA;  \divide#2 by #1&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\newlength{\foo}&#xA;\setlength{\foo}{12pt}&#xA;\scalehelper[128]{\foo}{80pt}{30pt}&#xA;\showthe\foo&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ideally, the new value of &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt; should be 32pt; in reality, it is 31.96875pt. If you crank the optional argument of &lt;code&gt;\scalehelper&lt;/code&gt; up, you increase the accuracy. Scale it up too much, and you get arithmetic overflow. But an accuracy on the order of a percent should be good enough for selecting a suitable fontsize. (You get the rest of the way by typesetting in a box of specified width, letting the interword spaces compensate for any inaccuracy.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is just an idea. Some assembly required. Batteries not included.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2010-10-20T21:25:42.600" />
  <row Id="4353" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-20T21:47:14.483" Score="4" ViewCount="82" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using the %&amp;amp;format magic line in a plain TeX file. On older versions of TeX the result produces the expected results. On TeXLive 2009 (under Gentoo), however, this line has no effect. When I use 'tex -fmt format.fmt file.tex' the expected font substitutions nevertheless work. Has the magic file feature to be enabled in some config file? Many thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1540" LastActivityDate="2010-10-20T22:46:26.440" Title="%&amp; magic line has no effect" Tags="&lt;plain-tex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="4354" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4350" CreationDate="2010-10-20T21:58:42.390" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Couple of ConTeXt solutions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If you are willing to break lines manually, you can just say&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;\hbox to 7cm {\stretched{Some Text}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and play around with the settings&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;   &lt;pre&gt;&#xA;   \def\stretchedspacefactor{4}&#xA;   \def\stretchedspaceamount{.25em}&#xA;   \def\stretchedbreaktokens{.@/}&#xA;   &lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to change the amount of intercharacter and interword separation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If you want line breaks, and are only interested in rectangular boxes, Wolfgang Schuster posted a solution on the ConTeXt &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mail-archive.com/ntg-context@ntg.nl/msg29024.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;mailing list&lt;/a&gt; that loops over the value of the font size until the height equals to the desired height&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If you also want line breaks to occur at any location (and not just interword boundaries), ConTeXt &lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.contextgarden.net/Cropping_text#Fitting_text&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;wiki&lt;/a&gt; has a solution.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;And if you want non-rectangular shapes with line breaks, Hans Hagen posted a solution as a &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pragma-ade.com/general/magazines/mag-0010.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;This Way&lt;/a&gt; magazine.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastEditorUserId="323" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-20T23:59:11.090" LastActivityDate="2010-10-20T23:59:11.090" />
  <row Id="4355" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4353" CreationDate="2010-10-20T22:08:39.587" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't know about Gentoo, but this is controlled by the &lt;code&gt;parse_first_line&lt;/code&gt; option. For me, it lives in &lt;code&gt;/.../texlive/2010/texmf/web2c/texmf.cnf&lt;/code&gt;. That said, changes should go in &lt;code&gt;/.../texlive/2010/texmf.cnf&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;parse_first_line = t&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-10-20T22:08:39.587" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4356" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4353" CreationDate="2010-10-20T22:46:26.440" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Thanks for the speedy reply. In Gentoo the file is /etc/texmf/web2c/texmf.cnf. In there, parse_first_line was set true by default, but parse_first_line.tex was set to false. Changing to true ('t') fixed the problem. Great help!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1541" LastActivityDate="2010-10-20T22:46:26.440" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4357" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4347" CreationDate="2010-10-20T23:03:33.587" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;See pdftex 1.30.0 &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/pipermail/pdftex/2005-August/005913.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;announcement&lt;/a&gt;, in particular:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  - \pdfmatch [icase] [subcount &amp;lt;number&amp;gt;}] {&amp;lt;pattern&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;string&amp;gt;}&#xA;    Implements pattern matching using the POSIX regex.&#xA;    It returns the same values as \pdfstrcmp, but with the following&#xA;    semantics: &#xA;      -1: error case (invalid pattern, ...)&#xA;       0: no match&#xA;       1: match found&#xA;    Options:&#xA;    * icase: case insensitive matching&#xA;    * subcount: it sets the table size for found subpatterns.&#xA;      A number &quot;-1&quot; resets the table size to the start default.&#xA;  - \pdflastmatch &amp;lt;number&amp;gt;&#xA;    The result of \pdfmatch is stored in an array. The entry &quot;0&quot; contains&#xA;    the match, the following entries submatches. The positions of the&#xA;    matches are also available. They are encoded:&#xA;      &amp;lt;position&amp;gt; &quot;-&amp;gt;&quot; &amp;lt;match string&amp;gt;&#xA;    The position &quot;-1&quot; with an empty string indicates that this entry is not&#xA;    set.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastActivityDate="2010-10-20T23:03:33.587" />
  <row Id="4358" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4390" CreationDate="2010-10-20T23:40:32.020" Score="5" ViewCount="143" Body="&lt;p&gt;An easy way out would be to just &lt;code&gt;texdoc&lt;/code&gt; the package name, but almost everyone knows that this does not apply to all packages. Some examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I didn't know there was a &lt;code&gt;usrguide&lt;/code&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;There is an &lt;code&gt;lshort.pdf&lt;/code&gt; but I cannot &lt;code&gt;texdoc lshort&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;tikz&lt;/code&gt; is frequently mentioned in the TeX community but I need to &lt;code&gt;texdoc pgfmanual&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Where do I get a list (and descriptions, and possibly a search function) of all possible &lt;code&gt;texdoc&lt;/code&gt;'s in my installation? Yes, there is the MiKTeX Package Manager and the MacTeX TeX Live Utility, but as I've said, the package name or the PDF filename isn't necessarily the &lt;code&gt;texdoc&lt;/code&gt; name.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="791" LastActivityDate="2010-10-21T15:30:08.857" Title="Where do I get a list of all possible texdoc's?" Tags="&lt;documentation&gt;&lt;texdoc&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="4359" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4358" CreationDate="2010-10-21T00:17:32.613" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If your distribution is MiKTeX you can use &lt;code&gt;mthelp &amp;lt;package&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;. That will list all the installed documentation for &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;package&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;. For example &lt;code&gt;mthelp pgf&lt;/code&gt; will list pgfmanual.pdf as one of the documents coming with the pgf bundle.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Otherwise you will need to browse the doc branch of your texmf directory or search CTAN for information.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="565" LastActivityDate="2010-10-21T00:17:32.613" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4360" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4358" CreationDate="2010-10-21T02:42:43.633" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;kpsewhich -var-value TEXDOCS&lt;/code&gt; gives a list of all of the places texdoc will search for pdfs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can get a list of all of the pdfs doing something like this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;for i in $(find $(kpsewhich -var-value TEXDOCS|sed -e 's/[{}!]//g;s/,/ /g') -name '*.pdf' 2&amp;gt;/dev/null); do basename $i;done|sort|uniq&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's a bit slow to sort. Or you can remove the for loop altogether and just use the find command to print out the entire path for each file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-10-21T02:42:43.633" />
  <row Id="4361" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4350" CreationDate="2010-10-21T02:46:33.590" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is, perhaps, not directly relevant, but you could try to adapt my absurd &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2231/fitting-and-centering-text-both-in-a-constrained-area/2237#2237&quot;&gt;solution&lt;/a&gt; to a somewhat similar problem. It just involves font size though (and centering, but you could remove that).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-10-21T02:46:33.590" />
  <row Id="4362" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4358" CreationDate="2010-10-21T03:05:38.633" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I usually google the package name before trying &lt;code&gt;texdoc&lt;/code&gt;.   It's more forgiving.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-10-21T03:05:38.633" />
  <row Id="4363" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4327" CreationDate="2010-10-21T03:19:28.630" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Reading source code is a great way to learn TeX programming but it's not for the weak of stomach.  If you just want to modify an environment you can try the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/etoolbox.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;etoolbox package&lt;/a&gt; or some of the other &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=patch&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;answers on the UK TeX FAQ&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oh, and one more thing: &lt;code&gt;\show\cmd&lt;/code&gt; in a TeX file will interrupt processing to tell you the definition of &lt;code&gt;\cmd&lt;/code&gt;.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-21T09:16:58.937" LastActivityDate="2010-10-21T09:16:58.937" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4364" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4358" CreationDate="2010-10-21T04:19:52.800" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Usually you get the manual by writing &lt;code&gt;texdoc &amp;lt;pkg&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; where &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;pkg&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; is the CTAN name. So if you're interested in LaTeX packages, a good start would be the output of &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;ls `kpsewhich --var-value=TEXMFDIST`/doc/latex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Not sure how useful it will be for you though — on my TeX Live 2010 system that produces 1255 unique names; certainly too many to trawl through!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-10-21T04:19:52.800" />
  <row Id="4365" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4372" CreationDate="2010-10-21T05:12:24.747" Score="2" ViewCount="131" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using LaTeX to typeset my thesis, using a class that some students at my school wrote to typeset according to the graduate school formatting requirements.  The class uses the setspace package to double-space the document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem that I am having is that LaTeX is deciding of its own volition to spontaneously revert to single spacing for paragraphs (or fragments of paragraphs)! It appears to be related to floats, as moving the declaration point of two table floats can make one of the instances double-space properly. However, the floats do not appear embedded in the text---they go onto a separate page---and adding a hard page break in the middle of the offending paragraph (or fragment) will produce a half-full, single-spaced page rather than a full double-spaced page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are there any commands I can use to tell LaTeX to cut it out, and consider the requested line spacing to be inviolate?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The smallest working example I've been able to produce is the following---it requires the nddiss2e class, which may be obtained from the ND graduate school website (http://graduateschool.nd.edu/assets/4699/nddiss2e_3.0.tgz):  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{nddiss2e} % doesn't misbehave with article or book  &#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{ONE}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Section}&#xA;&#xA;\subsection{Subsection}&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;&#xA;\subsection{Force Field}&#xA;&#xA;The force field for the simulations combines two pairwise potential&#xA;forms. Interactions between the sodium cations and the oxygen atoms&#xA;in both the Na-Ge-Nb and water are modeled using a Buckingham dispersion/repulsion&#xA;term \citep{jaramillo_1999} and a Coulombic point charge interaction&#xA;term:%\begin{equation}  &#xA;%U_{ij,buck}=A_{ij}\exp\left(\frac{-r_{ij}}{\rho_{ij}}\right)-\frac{C_{ij}}{r_{ij}^{6}}+\frac{q_{i}q_{j}}{r_{ij}}\end{equation}  &#xA;where $U_{ij,buck}$ is the Buckingham potential for a pair of sites&#xA;$i$ and $j$ separated by a distance $r_{ij}$, $A_{ij}$ and $C_{ij}$&#xA;are Buckingham parameters, and $q_{i}$ and $q_{j}$ are the point&#xA;charges for sites $i$ and $j$, respectively. Interactions between&#xA;the oxygen atoms in both the Na-Ge-Nb and water are modeled using&#xA;a pairwise potential combining a Lennard-Jones dispersion/repulsion&#xA;term and a Coulombic point charge interaction term:%\begin{equation}  &#xA;%U_{ij,LJ}=4\epsilon_{ij}\left(\left(\frac{\sigma_{ij}}{r_{ij}}\right)^{12}-\left(\frac{\sigma_{ij}}{r_{ij}}\right)^{6}\right)+\frac{q_{i}q_{j}}{r_{ij}}\end{equation}  &#xA;where $U_{ij,LJ}$ is the Lennard-Jones potential for a pair of sites&#xA;$i$ and $j$ separated by a distance $r_{ij}$, $\sigma_{ij}$ and&#xA;$\epsilon_{ij}$ are Lennard-Jones parameters, and $q_{i}$ and $q_{j}$&#xA;are the point charges for sites $i$ and $j$, respectively. The crystal&#xA;was modeled with Lennard-Jones sites at only the exposed oxygen atoms,&#xA;but with Coulombic sites at all atoms. Water was modeled using the&#xA;rigid Simple Point Charge (SPC) model \citep{berendsen_1981}. The&#xA;framework oxygen Lennard-Jones parameters were taken as identical&#xA;to the SPC oxygen for water-framework and cation-framework interactions.&#xA;The point charges for the framework were obtained using plane-wave&#xA;density functional theory calculations \citep{larentzos_2008} on K-Ge-Nb,&#xA;and one goal of this study was to verify the transferability of the&#xA;charges from K-Ge-Nb to Na-Ge-Nb. A complete listing of force field&#xA;parameters and partial charges is given in Tables \ref{tab:NaIPX_ljparams}&#xA;and \ref{tab:NaIPX_charges}. The simulation was carried out using&#xA;three-dimensional periodic boundary conditions. A cutoff of 11.5~\AA&#xA;was used for the Lennard-Jones terms. Long-range electrostatic interactions&#xA;were computed using the Ewald summation method \citep{wheeler_1997},&#xA;with a 11.5~\AA real-space cutoff, an h-vector cutoff of 3.75~\AA$^{-1}$,&#xA;and a damping factor of 0.3478.%  &#xA;\begin{table}[bph]  &#xA;\begin{centering}  &#xA;\caption{\label{tab:NaIPX_ljparams}{INTERACTION PARAMETERS&#xA;FOR SIMULATION OF NA-GE-NB}}  &#xA;%  &#xA;\begin{tabular}{cccccc}  &#xA;\hline  &#xA;Interaction &amp;amp; $\sigma_{ij}$ (\AA) &amp;amp; $\varepsilon_{ij}/k_{B}$ (K) &amp;amp; $A_{ij}$ (K) &amp;amp;  $\rho_{ij}$ (\AA) &amp;amp; $C_{ij}$ (K \AA$^{-6}$)\tabularnewline  &#xA;\hline  &#xA;\hline  &#xA;Na-O$_{\mathrm{framework}}$ &amp;amp;  &amp;amp;  &amp;amp; 61155438.4 &amp;amp; 0.2468 &amp;amp; 765893.5\tabularnewline  &#xA;Na-O$_{\mathrm{water}}$ &amp;amp;  &amp;amp;  &amp;amp; 61155438.4 &amp;amp; 0.2468 &amp;amp; 765893.5\tabularnewline  &#xA;O$_{\mathrm{water}}$-O$_{\mathrm{framework}}$ &amp;amp; 3.169 &amp;amp; 78.201 &amp;amp;  &amp;amp;  &amp;amp; \tabularnewline  &#xA;O$_{\mathrm{water}}$-O$_{\mathrm{water}}$ &amp;amp; 3.169 &amp;amp; 78.201 &amp;amp;  &amp;amp;  &amp;amp; \tabularnewline  &#xA;\hline  &#xA;\end{tabular}  &#xA;\par\end{centering}  &#xA;%  &#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Although there will be warnings about missing references, running the code through either latex proper or pdflatex will produce output demonstrating the offending behavior.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1543" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-21T07:27:00.857" LastActivityDate="2010-10-21T07:34:03.917" Title="How can I stop LaTeX from overriding instructions on spacing?" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;line-spacing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4366" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4367" CreationDate="2010-10-21T05:57:29.860" Score="4" ViewCount="239" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using Beamer to create presentations. I know that it is possible to use environments like Theorem, Definition and so on:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{Teorem}&#xA;Great theorem&#xA;\end{Theorem}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It appears in the box of different color with its header &quot;Theorem&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like to create the same emphasized box, but without any header. How one can do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1545" LastActivityDate="2010-10-21T08:23:07.687" Title="Beamer: Emphasize a part of a slide" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;environments&gt;&lt;boxes&gt;&lt;colorbox&gt;&lt;emphasis&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="4367" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4366" CreationDate="2010-10-21T06:08:16.517" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It actually depends on the style used, but you can also use the &lt;code&gt;block&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;alertblock&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;exampleblock&lt;/code&gt; environments to get blocked off text. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="103" LastActivityDate="2010-10-21T06:08:16.517" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4368" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-21T06:17:21.153" Score="7" ViewCount="227" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a package that automatically tells LaTeX to use small-caps for the first few words (say, three) in a chapter/section/subsection?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1546" LastActivityDate="2010-10-21T14:35:00.590" Title="First few words of a chapter/section in small-caps?" Tags="&lt;small-caps&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="4369" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4368" CreationDate="2010-10-21T06:20:39.363" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Not that I'm aware of. You can use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/magaz&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;magaz&lt;/a&gt; package to make the whole first line small caps, or you could write a command like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\scwords #1 #2 #3 {\textsc{#1} \textsc{#2} \textsc{#3} }&#xA;...&#xA;\scwords Lorem ipsum delorem fugit however this goes&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then if you need more/fewer words just change the number of parameters in &lt;code&gt;\scwords&lt;/code&gt;. (It doesn't seem worth the hassle to write an iterating version.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Making this happen automatically is a little more difficult.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-10-21T06:20:39.363" />
  <row Id="4370" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4373" CreationDate="2010-10-21T07:25:29.240" Score="11" ViewCount="215" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am preparing a huge document with tons of pictures and Tikz drawings (based on Beamer package). Is there a command for NOT including all the pictures inserted by \includegraphics? This might speed up the typesetting. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1547" LastActivityDate="2010-10-21T12:49:36.173" Title="Disabling included pictures in Beamer" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4372" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4365" CreationDate="2010-10-21T07:34:03.917" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Add an empty line between&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;and a damping factor of 0.3478.%  &#xA;\begin{table}[bph]  &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Floating tables are not part of the paragraph so it's best to separate them from it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-10-21T07:34:03.917" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="4373" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4370" CreationDate="2010-10-21T08:16:55.673" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Usually the solution &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[draft]{graphicx}&lt;/code&gt; won't work, because beamer loads the &lt;code&gt;graphicx&lt;/code&gt; package by itself. You'll get the message &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Option clash for package graphicx&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You have to pass the &lt;code&gt;draft&lt;/code&gt; option to the package before it will be loaded. Therefore write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{graphicx}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;before&lt;/em&gt; &lt;code&gt;\documentclass{...}&lt;/code&gt;. This should solve your problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="201" LastActivityDate="2010-10-21T08:16:55.673" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4374" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4366" CreationDate="2010-10-21T08:23:07.687" Score="-1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/beamer/doc/beameruserguide.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Beamer User Guide (PDF)&lt;/a&gt; has some explanations beginning on page 111. Usually you can just write:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{theorem}&#xA;   a^2+b^2=c^2&#xA;\end{theorem}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="201" LastActivityDate="2010-10-21T08:23:07.687" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4375" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4377" CreationDate="2010-10-21T10:04:53.327" Score="7" ViewCount="523" Body="&lt;p&gt;Could you explain to me why &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;a\_b {\ttfamily a\_b} \\&#xA;\chardef\_=`\_&#xA;a\_b {\ttfamily a\_b}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;produces&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/C3Tpx.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like to have the short underscore in the normal text and the long one in fixed-width font. I cannot change &lt;code&gt;{\ttfamily a\_b}&lt;/code&gt;. The other &lt;code&gt;a\_b&lt;/code&gt; I can change.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks for your help!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: I realized that &lt;code&gt;a\textunderscore b&lt;/code&gt; solves my immediate problem in text. I would still like to know where the mysterious dot is comming from. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In math mode,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\chardef\_=`\_&#xA;$a\_b$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;LaTeX stops compiling altogether on my installation (without error, it just halts).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1236" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-21T21:22:01.253" LastActivityDate="2010-11-21T21:22:01.253" Title="\chardef and underscore" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="4376" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4378" CreationDate="2010-10-21T11:22:37.097" Score="5" ViewCount="272" Body="&lt;p&gt;What approach is recommended regarding line breaks when writing paragraphs of LaTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Should a new line be started at the end of each sentence?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Is it better to manually start new lines or to let the editor wrap the line?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;No doubt such decisions have implications for version control, debugging, collaboration, automaticity of writing, and so on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is considered good practice? Or is it a completely personal decision?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Let me know if this should be community wiki.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="151" LastActivityDate="2010-10-21T13:53:39.787" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-10-21T14:54:33.340" Title="Good strategy for line breaks with paragraphs of LaTeX source" Tags="&lt;best-practices&gt;&lt;paragraphs&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4377" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4375" CreationDate="2010-10-21T11:46:10.550" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your &lt;code&gt;\chardef&lt;/code&gt; defines &lt;code&gt;\_&lt;/code&gt; to be the character in position &quot;5F (ASCII for the underscore character), and that position just happens to contain the mysterious dot. At least it does in cmr10, and apparently it does in the font you're using as well (run &lt;code&gt;(pdf)tex testfont&lt;/code&gt; to make font tables for any font you're curious about). The standard definition of &lt;code&gt;\_&lt;/code&gt; in plain TeX just typesets a rule of some suitable width, as there isn't any underscore glyph in the cmr font. I assume something similar is true in LaTeX, though I haven't bother to dig my way past the &lt;code&gt;\textunderscore&lt;/code&gt; magic.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am not too sure about what you can do, though. The whole LaTeX font selection business is a weak point of my TeX foo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2010-10-21T11:46:10.550" />
  <row Id="4378" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4376" CreationDate="2010-10-21T11:53:01.980" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is pretty much a personal decision. For myself, being a heavy user of version control systems, I tend to start every sentence on a new line. More than that, I try not to split any phrase across a linebreak. This makes diff output vastly easier to read. From this viewpoint, just about the worst thing you can do is to edit a bit of text in the middle of a long paragraph, then make your editor reflow the whole paragraph (M-q in emacs).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, once you have collaborators, it becomes a matter of fine diplomacy to have your collaborators adhere to the same discipline. If they are not using version control themselves, it may be hard to convince them that such policies have any value.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2010-10-21T11:53:01.980" />
  <row Id="4379" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4375" CreationDate="2010-10-21T12:30:27.820" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In a fix-width font every symbol should have the same width. So a long underscore is a bit unusual. In any case: in OT1-encoding (which you are obviously using) &lt;code&gt;\_&lt;/code&gt; calls internally &lt;code&gt;\textunderscore&lt;/code&gt;, which in turn is define as a rule of width 0.3em and some space. You can redefine &lt;code&gt;\_&lt;/code&gt; to get a longer rule and use &lt;code&gt;\textunderscore&lt;/code&gt; at other places:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\DeclareTextCommand{\_}{OT1}{%&#xA;  \leavevmode \kern.06em\vbox{\hrule width.6em}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;a\textunderscore b  {\ttfamily a\_b}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/dl5Ty.png&quot; alt=&quot;example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-21T15:21:16.707" LastActivityDate="2010-10-21T15:21:16.707" />
  <row Id="4380" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4376" CreationDate="2010-10-21T12:40:34.577" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As a version-control junkie, I subscribe to the view that (single) line breaks are the way of telling &lt;code&gt;diff&lt;/code&gt; what I want to see if something changes.  Usually, this means one-sentence-to-one-line, since if something changes in a sentence then I want to see the whole sentence, but I don't want to see the whole paragraph.  But sometimes it is a little finer than that: if I have a particularly complicated bit of inline maths then I'll separate that out using line breaks so that I can see if it's something in the maths or in the surrounding sentence that changed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I use Emacs with longline-mode enabled so when editing a document, I get all the functionality of line-wraps (and paragraph reflows) with none of the grief from finding that I've messed up all my nice formatting.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I converted to VCS, I had a lot of documents that were wrapped badly so I wrote a script to convert them to one-sentence-to-one-line mode.  It's linked off &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.math.ntnu.no/~stacey/HowDidIDoThat/LaTeX/versioning.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this page&lt;/a&gt; (see &lt;em&gt;Stage Two&lt;/em&gt;) which I wrote when making the switch.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-10-21T12:40:34.577" />
  <row Id="4381" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2003" CreationDate="2010-10-21T12:44:39.490" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;What about using a &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;regular expression&lt;/a&gt; replace in an editor?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;s/&amp;lt;\([^&amp;lt;]*\),\([^&amp;gt;]*\)&amp;gt;/\\langle\1,\2\\rangle/g&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This converts &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt; a, b &amp;gt; = &amp;lt; c, d &amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\langle a, b \rangle = \langle c, d \rangle&lt;/code&gt;.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are bound to be exceptions, without a better regexp that could detect things like whether the string was in a math/displaymath mode.  But used interactively (that is, manually confirming each replacement) this could make the job easier.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-21T13:49:20.280" LastActivityDate="2010-10-21T13:49:20.280" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="4382" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4370" CreationDate="2010-10-21T12:49:36.173" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Not related to &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt; but something that will speed up your typesetting in development mode: &lt;code&gt;\includeonlyframes&lt;/code&gt;.  If you label the frames you're &quot;working&quot; on, you can typeset just those without disturbing the auxiliary files, very similar to &lt;code&gt;\includeonly&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\includeonlyframes{foo}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}[label=foo]&#xA;    First frame&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\begin{frame}[label=bar]&#xA;    Second frame, which will not be seen.&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The beamer manual documents this feature as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-10-21T12:49:36.173" />
  <row Id="4383" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4219" CreationDate="2010-10-21T13:32:05.633" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As TH. has hinted, chapter 2 of the KOMA-script documentation deals with page layouts. The most important class option is &lt;code&gt;DIV&lt;/code&gt; (the division factor for box construction), with a default value of 10 (appropriate for a font size of 11pt). If the text width is &quot;a bit too narrow&quot; for you, try&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[DIV=12]{scrartcl}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-10-21T13:32:05.633" />
  <row Id="4384" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4376" CreationDate="2010-10-21T13:53:39.787" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;git&lt;/code&gt; supports word-by-word &lt;code&gt;diff&lt;/code&gt;'s as shown by &lt;a href=&quot;http://idnotfound.wordpress.com/2009/05/09/word-by-word-diffs-in-git/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://idnotfound.wordpress.com/2009/05/09/word-by-word-diffs-in-git/&lt;/a&gt;. The article provides some useful insights in using it together with LaTeX. And of course there is &lt;code&gt;wdiff&lt;/code&gt;, a GNU program for word-by-word &lt;code&gt;diff&lt;/code&gt;, to be used in conjunction with other versioning software.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't feel the need for explicit &lt;code&gt;diffs&lt;/code&gt;' when typing LaTeX, so I just use &lt;code&gt;svn&lt;/code&gt; without any special line breaks per sentence. But I &lt;em&gt;do&lt;/em&gt; feel the need to let this useful tool to be known :).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="210" LastActivityDate="2010-10-21T13:53:39.787" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4385" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2003" CreationDate="2010-10-21T13:58:37.417" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I wonder if&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\mathchardef\lt=\mathcode`\&amp;lt;&#xA;\mathchardef\gt=\mathcode`\&amp;gt;&#xA;{\catcode`\&amp;lt;=\active&#xA; \catcode`\&amp;gt;=\active&#xA; \global\let&amp;lt;=\langle&#xA; \global\let&amp;gt;=\rangle}&#xA;\mathcode`\&amp;lt;=&quot;8000&#xA;\mathcode`\&amp;gt;=&quot;8000&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is too drastic? Now you can type stuff like &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;u,v&amp;gt;\gt0&lt;/code&gt;. (It probably &lt;em&gt;is&lt;/em&gt; too drastic, but I couldn't resist the joke.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2010-10-21T13:58:37.417" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="4386" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4388" CreationDate="2010-10-21T14:28:32.730" Score="11" ViewCount="246" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to define a *'d version of a command, something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\foo}{blah}&#xA;\newcommand{\foo*}{blahblah}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I try to do this, LaTeX complains that I'm trying to redefine &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt;, so I guess I need to do something special to handle *s. But what?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="490" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-05T12:05:07.147" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T13:04:17.340" Title="Defining starred versions of commands" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="4387" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4368" CreationDate="2010-10-21T14:35:00.590" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As Fowler wrote, a paragraph is a unit of thought not a length, and the starting of a new paragraph must make a statement in this respect. Just emphasizing one way or another the first line or the first three words might not look good or read good. I prefer&#xA;the way the tufte-book class handles it with the &lt;code&gt;newthought&lt;/code&gt; command (and you can choose how many and what words to capitalize).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\providecommand\newthought[1]{%&#xA;   \addvspace{1.0\baselineskip plus 0.5ex minus 0.2ex}%&#xA;   \noindent\textsc{#1} % small caps text out&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Adding a touch of vertical space makes it even look more professional.&#xA;The solution by Will is the simplest, if you wish  to just pick up the first few two-three words, automatically.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can using it as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newthought{Testing the new thought}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-10-21T14:35:00.590" />
  <row Id="4388" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4386" CreationDate="2010-10-21T14:40:54.417" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;See &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/texmf-dist/doc/generic/FAQ-en/html/FAQ-cmdstar.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this entry&lt;/a&gt; in the UK TeX FAQ.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &quot;elegant&quot; way is to use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/suffix.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;suffix&lt;/a&gt; package (which requires eTeX):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{suffix}&#xA;\newcommand\foo{blah}&#xA;\WithSuffix\newcommand\foo*{blahblah}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\foo&#xA;&#xA;\foo*&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-10-21T14:40:54.417" />
  <row Id="4389" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4386" CreationDate="2010-10-21T14:50:33.473" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you look at source2e you might see a lot of lines that look like &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\foo{\@ifstar\@foo\@@foo}&#xA;\def\@foo#1{...}&#xA;\def\@@foo#1{...}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This makes &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt; a one-argument command that has regular and starred versions.  The starred version is the expansion of &lt;code&gt;\@foo&lt;/code&gt; while the nonstarred version is that of &lt;code&gt;\@@foo&lt;/code&gt;.  Using the @ sign in the auxiliary macros is a TeX convention which some authors embrace and some avoid.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are higher-level ways to do it (As @lockstep points out) but once you learn this pattern it's not too hard to use.  Just make sure it's between &lt;code&gt;\makeatletter...\makeatother&lt;/code&gt; or in a &lt;code&gt;.sty&lt;/code&gt; file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edits&lt;/strong&gt; removed some inaccuracies and editorializing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-07T13:04:17.340" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T13:04:17.340" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4390" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4358" CreationDate="2010-10-21T14:53:22.190" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;First of all, it must be noticed that &lt;code&gt;texdoc&lt;/code&gt; is not the same under TeX live and MikTeX. Under MikTeX, the real command for searching documentation is &lt;code&gt;mthelp&lt;/code&gt; which has a different behaviour and different options. The following comments are about TeX Live's version of &lt;code&gt;texdoc&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The simple form &lt;code&gt;texdoc &amp;lt;filename&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; should always find .pdf if it exists.&#xA;Additionally, starting with version 0.70 (first available in TL2009 updates), the new form &lt;code&gt;texdoc &amp;lt;tlpkgname&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; finds all documentation in the TeX Live package named  (which is usually the same as the CTAN name, but not always) and &lt;code&gt;texdoc &amp;lt;ltxpkgname&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; finds all documentation in the TeX Live package containing &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;ltxpkgname&amp;gt;.sty&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;ltxpkgname&amp;gt;.cls&lt;/code&gt; if one of them exists. Obviously, if the argument to texdoc is both a TeX Live package name, a LaTeX package name, and the name of a pdf file, all results are returned. By the way, remember to use &lt;code&gt;texdoc -l&lt;/code&gt; as Caramdir commented if you want to see all results and not just the first one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This should answer your preamble &quot;An easy way out would be to just texdoc the package name, but almost everyone knows that this does not apply to all packages.&quot;: now it does apply to all packages, at least for recent TeX Live.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the actual question (list of all documentation files in your installation) here are two partial answers (partial in that they may list documentation that is not actually present in your local installation):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;TeX Live ships a list of all (html and pdf) documentation files sorted by TeX Live package (or bundle) in &lt;code&gt;doc.html&lt;/code&gt; at the root of your installation (typically &lt;code&gt;/usr/local/texlive/2010/doc.html&lt;/code&gt;);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://texcatalogue.sarovar.org/bytopic.html&quot;&gt;by topic&lt;/a&gt; page of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://texcatalogue.sarovar.org/&quot;&gt;TeX Catalogue Online&lt;/a&gt; is probably much more usable than a long flat list. For example, usrguide is mentioned under &quot;Reference and Manuals -&gt; LaTeX Documentation by the LaTeX3 Project&quot;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1239" LastEditorUserId="1239" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-21T15:30:08.857" LastActivityDate="2010-10-21T15:30:08.857" />
  <row Id="4391" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2003" CreationDate="2010-10-21T15:07:18.083" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Even better, from &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1742/automatic-left-and-right-commands/1765#1765&quot;&gt;this answer from Lev Bishop&lt;/a&gt; on a relevant question, using &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/mathtools&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;mathtools&lt;/a&gt; you could define:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclarePairedDelimiter\ip{\langle}{\rangle}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And then use &lt;code&gt;\ip{a,b}&lt;/code&gt; for your inner products. The great thing is that you also get for free a starred version &lt;code&gt;\ip*{a,b}&lt;/code&gt; which will automagically resize the delimiters as needed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-10-21T15:07:18.083" />
  <row Id="4392" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4412" CreationDate="2010-10-21T15:11:14.223" Score="-8" ViewCount="194" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to have the command line arguments for creating this output file. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.math.purdue.edu/pow/fall2010/pdf/problem6.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.math.purdue.edu/pow/fall2010/pdf/problem6.pdf&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="641" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-21T16:03:37.127" LastActivityDate="2010-10-28T06:33:32.133" Title="Creating boxes in LaTeX" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4393" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4395" CreationDate="2010-10-21T15:12:29.443" Score="1" ViewCount="171" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Recently one of the R gurus, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.slideshare.net/romainfrancois/object-oriented-designs-in-r&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Romain Francois&lt;/a&gt;, shared his presentation on object oriented designs in R. I am wondering about following things:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Was this presentation made using Beamer?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Even if the presentation was not made using Beamer, is it possible to make something like this using Beamer? (The visual appeal of the presentation is amazing, IMHO)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The most important one: Can I use Sweave (I guess this is redundant if the answer to question 2 is yes)? I dont know how to get syntax highlighting in Sweave.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Any pointers to a template?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks a lot for any pointers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1234" LastActivityDate="2010-10-21T15:50:09.383" Title="How to make to replicate this presentation and syntax highlighting using Beamer/Sweave?" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4394" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2003" CreationDate="2010-10-21T15:16:56.203" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure why no one proposed this, but the first idea that came to my mind is to break the mathrel apart:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;lt; a, b &amp;gt; {=} &amp;lt; c, d &amp;gt;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This seems to just do the trick.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastActivityDate="2010-10-21T15:16:56.203" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4395" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4393" CreationDate="2010-10-21T15:50:09.383" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It looks like, yes, it was done with Beamer. Yes, it is possible to make a presentation like this with Beamer (and yes, if it was, then that may be the nicest Beamer+R+Sweave presentation I have ever seen). A person can get great syntax highlighting in R+Sweave with the SweaveListingUtils package by Peter Ruckdeschel.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have posted some basic instructions and examples of doing Sweave+Beamer here:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ysumathstat.org/faculty/kerns/video/STAT3743/02-RESOURCES/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.ysumathstat.org/faculty/kerns/video/STAT3743/02-RESOURCES/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mine are basic, though, just to get a person started, and do not need the optional extra highlighting. Consider also adding LyX to the mix; it can make things very easy to get up and running.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some examples are here:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ysumathstat.org/faculty/kerns/video/STAT3743/02-RESOURCES/lectures/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.ysumathstat.org/faculty/kerns/video/STAT3743/02-RESOURCES/lectures/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1548" LastActivityDate="2010-10-21T15:50:09.383" />
  <row Id="4396" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4219" CreationDate="2010-10-21T15:50:31.753" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You may also want to redefine the areaset  &lt;code&gt;\areaset[5mm]{412pt}{657pt}&lt;/code&gt; but it may destroy the original behavior of the class.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-21T15:52:46.367" LastActivityDate="2010-10-21T15:52:46.367" />
  <row Id="4397" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-21T16:30:33.630" Score="1" ViewCount="180" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm currently working on an essay written in LaTeX form. I'm facing problems with ligatures - in my pdf output (rendered using &lt;code&gt;pdftex&lt;/code&gt;) opened in Adobe Reader I get X's and V's when copy-pasting words including ligatures (ffi, fi, etc.).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have tried both the &lt;code&gt;cmap&lt;/code&gt; and the &lt;code&gt;mmap&lt;/code&gt; package - I have tried the &lt;code&gt;mmap&lt;/code&gt; package with and without the &lt;code&gt;noTeX&lt;/code&gt; parameter without success. To speed up rendering time, I'm pre-compiling headers - can this cause problems do you think? I am putting the &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{mmap}&lt;/code&gt; directly under the &lt;code&gt;\documentclass&lt;/code&gt; command, however it is in the header that I have pre-compiled - do you suspect this might be of a problem? If so, what would you recommend I do? I would like to, as much as possible, keep my header-hierarchy for the sake of compiling time, but then again, if that's the only way to go then I'm willing to get rid of it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am using the Linux Libertine font - might this be of trouble?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Below is my header and the beginning and end of my document:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://latex.pastebin.com/51MUAfA6&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://latex.pastebin.com/51MUAfA6&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The lettrine command and package is used to create dropped caps. I am on a Windows system, running the latest MiKTeX version. Is there anything else you would need to know in order to help me out?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you all very much in advance!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1549" LastActivityDate="2010-10-21T17:16:34.947" Title="Ligatures, mmap and pdf output - what am I doing wrong?" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;ligatures&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4398" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4397" CreationDate="2010-10-21T17:16:34.947" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try the following. And next time make an example with less fancy formatting. Concentrate on the problem. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,12pt]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[ansinew]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{libertine}&#xA;\input{glyphtounicode}&#xA;&#xA;\pdfglyphtounicode{f_f}{FB00}&#xA;\pdfglyphtounicode{f_f_i}{FB03}&#xA;\pdfglyphtounicode{f_f_l}{FB04}&#xA;\pdfglyphtounicode{f_i}{FB01}&#xA;&#xA;\pdfgentounicode=1&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;ff fl ffi&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can get glyphtounicode.tex here &lt;a href=&quot;http://pdftex.sarovar.org/misc/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://pdftex.sarovar.org/misc/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-10-21T17:16:34.947" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="4399" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4386" CreationDate="2010-10-21T19:14:29.853" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;LaTeX3 solution:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{xparse}&#xA;\NewDocumentCommand\foo{s}{%&#xA;  \IfBooleanTF#1{blahblah}{blah}%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-10-21T19:14:29.853" />
  <row Id="4400" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4402" CreationDate="2010-10-21T20:16:13.700" Score="1" ViewCount="249" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I make a table without borders? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1552" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-21T21:46:41.480" LastActivityDate="2010-10-21T21:46:41.480" Title="How can one make a table without borders?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="4401" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4403" CreationDate="2010-10-21T20:19:56.640" Score="4" ViewCount="304" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello everyone!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Consider this example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;    \item Blablabla bla bla bla.&#xA;        \begin{tabular}{l}&#xA;            Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet.\\&#xA;            Consectetur adipiscing elit.\\&#xA;            Donec eu ante non mi sagittis molestie.\\&#xA;        \end{tabular}&#xA;    \item Next question&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;LaTeX will vertically center the table, which looks pretty weird. It basically looks like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;                          Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet.&#xA;1. Blablabla bla bla bla. Consectetur adipiscing elit.&#xA;                          Donec eu ante non mi sagittis molestie.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I manage for the consecutive lignes to line up under the first one (with the same margin)? Something which would look like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;1. Blablabla bla bla bla. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet.&#xA;                          Consectetur adipiscing elit.&#xA;                          Donec eu ante non mi sagittis molestie.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any ideas?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1551" LastEditorUserId="1551" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-21T20:28:04.033" LastActivityDate="2010-10-21T20:39:19.870" Title="LaTeX: Align first table line with \item contents." Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;lists&gt;&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4402" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4400" CreationDate="2010-10-21T20:32:00.073" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A table without borders:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}{ccc}&#xA;first row &amp;amp; &amp;amp; \\&#xA;second row &amp;amp; &amp;amp; \\&#xA;and &amp;amp; so &amp;amp; on \\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="177" LastActivityDate="2010-10-21T20:32:00.073" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4403" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4401" CreationDate="2010-10-21T20:39:19.870" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; environment has an optional argument to specify the vertical alignment. The default is centered, the other options are &lt;code&gt;t&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;b&lt;/code&gt; for top and bottom.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;    \item Blablabla bla bla bla.&#xA;        \begin{tabular}[t]{l}&#xA;            Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet.\\&#xA;            Consectetur adipiscing elit.\\&#xA;            Donec eu ante non mi sagittis molestie.\\&#xA;        \end{tabular}&#xA;    \item Next question&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-10-21T20:39:19.870" />
  <row Id="4404" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-21T21:56:28.327" Score="15" ViewCount="579" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to draw a squiggly line with an arrow somewhere in the middle of it. TikZ has a pathmorphing decoration that draws a squiggly line and a markings decoration to place an arrow tip. So a solution would be to use them together:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{decorations,decorations.pathmorphing,decorations.markings}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA; \draw[&#xA;         decoration={snake},&#xA;         decorate,&#xA;         postaction={decoration={markings,mark=at position 0.6 with {\arrow{&gt;}}},decorate}&#xA;     ]&#xA;        (0,0) -- (2,0);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately this does not work and results in&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Dimension too large.&#xA;&amp;lt;to be read again&amp;gt; &#xA;                   \relax &#xA;l.11         (0,0) -- (2,0);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I suspect there is an infinite recursion going on somewhere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a workaround? If not, is there a different simple solution to the problem?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Note: This is probably related to my previous question &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3184/applying-a-postaction-to-every-path-in-tikz&quot;&gt;“Applying a postaction to every path in TikZ”&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-15T18:02:35.183" LastActivityDate="2010-11-15T18:02:35.183" Title="TikZ: multiple decorations on a path." Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;decorations&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4406" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4407" CreationDate="2010-10-22T04:38:27.880" Score="4" ViewCount="181" Body="&lt;p&gt;I wonder if there are any use cases of TeX/LaTeX for ISO quality system documentation. I understand that the basic classes would suffice for logical document structuring, but I'm just wondering if someone could have written a class or package for such an application.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;UPDATE:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;I am looking into something more like a document management system integrated with LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;What aspect of document management am I looking at, for example?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Quality systems have &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;a lot&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; of documents that cross-reference each other. For example, &lt;strong&gt;Q01 - Quality Manual&lt;/strong&gt; and a five dozen other documents mention &lt;strong&gt;T01 - Test Procedure A&lt;/strong&gt; somewhere in the body text and also in its References section. If, sometime in the future, &lt;strong&gt;T01 - Test Procedure A&lt;/strong&gt; changes its title to &lt;strong&gt;T01 - Steps In Performing Procedure A&lt;/strong&gt;, obviously it will be tedious work to look through the other documents that reference &lt;strong&gt;T01&lt;/strong&gt;. Of course, this might require re-compiling the other documents, but that's surely better than wading through them one by one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="791" LastEditorUserId="791" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-22T06:24:42.170" LastActivityDate="2010-10-22T11:39:41.973" Title="What LaTeX packages are available for ISO quality system documentation?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;documentclass&gt;&lt;quality-system&gt;&lt;iso&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4407" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4406" CreationDate="2010-10-22T04:47:38.957" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You may be interested in Peter Wilson's &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/iso&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;iso&lt;/code&gt; package&lt;/a&gt;. From the readme:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The iso class is for typesetting ISO International Standard documents&#xA;  according to the requirements specified in &quot;ISO/IEC Directives, Part 2,&#xA;  Rules for the structure and drafting of International Standards.&#xA;  (Fourth edition, 2001)&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-10-22T04:47:38.957" />
  <row Id="4408" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4409" CreationDate="2010-10-22T07:51:51.200" Score="6" ViewCount="311" Body="&lt;p&gt;The following latex code uses fancyvrb VerbatimOut and VerbatimInput environment to write out and display code.  The idea is to maintain only a latex file which contains code and documentation and that requires no additional literate programming software (such as noweb), but only latex.  It works fine for filenames without underscores (in the example: &quot;createx.m&quot;), but the code fails otherwise (e.g. &quot;create_x.m&quot;).  Any suggestions how to fix this?  Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{upquote}      % to type set code properly for copy and&#xA;                          % pasting from the PDF&#xA;\usepackage{fancyvrb}     % to write out verbatim stuff&#xA;\newcommand{\fname}{}     % for code environment to write out the code&#xA;\newenvironment{code}[1]{%&#xA;  \renewcommand{\fname}{#1}&#xA;  \VerbatimOut{\fname}}{%&#xA;  \endVerbatimOut&#xA;  %\vspace*{-1em}&#xA;  \raggedright{\emph{\fname}}&#xA;  \VerbatimInput{\fname}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;The code snippets are in Matlab which is not relevant to the problem.&#xA;\begin{code}{createx.m}&#xA;  randn('state', 0);&#xA;  rand('state', 0);&#xA;  x = double(imread('~/lena.png'));&#xA;\end{code}&#xA;More text to see how much space is before and after the code snipppet.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Additional info:&#xA;I did play around with catcodes but the difficulty is that the filename with the underscore is passed as a parameter and is expanded in the line &quot;\raggedright{\emph{\fname}}&quot;.  If I omit that line the code works also for underscores.  However, the point of the &quot;newenvironment&quot; is to display the filename as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1558" LastActivityDate="2010-10-22T11:31:59.220" Title="How to display filenames with underscores." Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;literate-programming&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="4409" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4408" CreationDate="2010-10-22T08:07:16.770" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\raggedright&lt;/code&gt; doesn't take an argument so you're misusing it here. It also doesn't seem to be needed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One possible solution is to replace the line&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;code&gt;\raggedright{\emph{\fname}}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;with &lt;code&gt;\par\printname&lt;/code&gt; and then define &lt;code&gt;\printname&lt;/code&gt; as follows.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begingroup&#xA;\catcode`_\active&#xA;\gdef\printname{%&#xA;        \begingroup&#xA;        \catcode`_\active&#xA;        \let_\textunderscore&#xA;        \noindent\itshape&#xA;        \scantokens\expandafter{\fname}%&#xA;        \endgroup&#xA;}&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-10-22T08:07:16.770" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="4410" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1522" CreationDate="2010-10-22T08:14:48.453" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Without an MWE, it's hard to say something that we can be sure will fix the problem.  I haven't, for the obvious reason, tested any of what follows.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If the problem arises when:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;showkeys is used near the end of the document, then you can force a page eject if the command is used near the end of the document.  E.g.: &lt;code&gt;\let\urshowkeys=\showkeys \def\showkeys{\needspace{5ex}\urshowkeys}&lt;/code&gt; (requires &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/needspace/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;needspace&lt;/a&gt; package).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Likewise if it occurs when a hyperref is used near the end of the document.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;If it occurs because the link is split between the main body and the margin text, then the best thing might be to write your own  wrappers that puts the label in the body text, so that the problem doesn't arise.  This should be easy, and I'm guessing this is an acceptable workaround given that the text is a draft.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-10-22T08:14:48.453" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4411" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3619" CreationDate="2010-10-22T08:59:06.620" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This doesn't answer your question per se, but what I do is either rewrite the text so that the listing fits on a single line, or if that is not possible for whatever reason, then make it a nonfloating listing. This takes a little extra space, but I think it is more readable than having it break.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-10-22T08:59:06.620" />
  <row Id="4412" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4392" CreationDate="2010-10-22T09:29:33.583" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Given the other question, I'm not sure what more you need, but here you go.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fullpage}&#xA;\usepackage{framed}&#xA;\setlength{\FrameRule}{4pt}&#xA;\setlength{\FrameSep}{3em}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{framed}&#xA;{\centering&#xA;\textsc{copies are available in the math library}\\[\baselineskip]&#xA;\textbf{\Huge PROBLEM \ OF \ THE \ WEEK}\\[.5\baselineskip]&#xA;9/28/10\qquad\textbf{due\qquad NOON}\qquad10/11/10\\[.5\baselineskip]&#xA;\textbf{CAN YOU GIVE US A SOLUTION?}\par&#xA;}&#xA;\vskip.5\baselineskip&#xA;&#xA;\large&#xA;\textbf{Problem No.~6 (Fall 2010 Series)}\\[.5\baselineskip]&#xA;Show that if $f$ is continuous on $[0,1]$, then&#xA;\[\lim_{n\to\infty}\int\limits_0^1\{nx\}f(x)\,dx=\frac12\int\limits_0^1f(x)\,dx.\]&#xA;Here $\{y\}=y-k$ where $k$ is the integer such that $k\le y&amp;lt;k+1$.&#xA;&#xA;\vskip\baselineskip&#xA;\normalsize&#xA;A panel in the Mathematics Department publishes a challenging problem&#xA;once a week and invites college \&amp;amp; pre-college students, faculty, and&#xA;staff to submit solutions. The objective of this is to stimulate and&#xA;cultivate interest in good mathematics, especially among younger&#xA;students. Solutions are due within two weeks from the date of&#xA;publication. They can be faxed to (765) 494-0548 or sent by campus or&#xA;U.S. mail (no E-mail please) to:&#xA;&#xA;PROBLEM OF THE WEEK, \textbf{8th Floor}, Math Science Bldg., Purdue&#xA;Univ.,&#xA;&#xA;150 North University St., West Lafayette, IN 47907-2067&#xA;&#xA;\noindent Solvers should include their name, address, and&#xA;\textbf{status at the University or school.}&#xA;&#xA;\vskip.5\baselineskip&#xA;The names of those who submitted correct solutions will be posted in&#xA;the Math.~Library, along with the best solution. Every Purdue student&#xA;who submits three or more correct solutions will receive a Certificate&#xA;of Merit. A price fund of \$300.00 will be distributed among the&#xA;Purdue undergraduates who have contributed at least six correct&#xA;solutions for the total Fall 2010 series.&#xA;\end{framed}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I do hope you don't take that pdf as an example of good style. It's really quite bad: font size changes for no good reason, random bold, inconsistent indentation, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit.&lt;/strong&gt; Charles points out that the question asks for the command line arguments. Well, here you go.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$ pdflatex '\documentclass{article}\usepackage{fullpage}\usepackage{framed}\setlength{\FrameRule}{4pt}\setlength{\FrameSep}{3em}\begin{document}\begin{framed}{\centering\textsc{copies are available in the math library}\\[\baselineskip]\textbf{\Huge PROBLEM \ OF \ THE \ WEEK}\\[.5\baselineskip]9/28/10\qquad\textbf{due\qquad NOON}\qquad10/11/10\\[.5\baselineskip]\textbf{CAN YOU GIVE US A SOLUTION?}\par}\vskip.5\baselineskip\par\large\textbf{Problem No.~6 (Fall 2010 Series)}\\[.5\baselineskip]Show that if $f$ is continuous on $[0,1]$, then\[\lim_{n\to\infty}\int\limits_0^1\{nx\}f(x)\,dx=\frac12\int\limits_0^1f(x)\,dx.\]Here $\{y\}=y-k$ where $k$ is the integer such that $k\le y&amp;lt;k+1$.\par\vskip\baselineskip\normalsize A panel in the Mathematics Department publishes a challenging problem once a week and invites college \&amp;amp; pre-college students, faculty, and staff to submit solutions. The objective of this is to stimulate and cultivate interest in good mathematics, especially among younger students. Solutions are due within two weeks from the date of publication. They can be faxed to (765) 494-0548 or sent by campus or U.S. mail (no E-mail please) to:\par PROBLEM OF THE WEEK, \textbf{8th Floor}, Math Science Bldg., Purdue Univ.,\par 150 North University St., West Lafayette, IN 47907-2067\par\noindent Solvers should include their name, address, and \textbf{status at the University or school.}\par\vskip.5\baselineskip The names of those who submitted correct solutions will be posted in the Math.~Library, along with the best solution. Every Purdue student who submits three or more correct solutions will receive a Certificate of Merit. A price fund of \$300.00 will be distributed among the Purdue undergraduates who have contributed at least six correct solutions for the total Fall 2010 series.\end{framed}\end{document}'&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-28T06:33:32.133" LastActivityDate="2010-10-28T06:33:32.133" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="4413" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4408" CreationDate="2010-10-22T11:31:59.220" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I had a similar problem using the &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt; package before - the simple solution was to escape the underscores: The file &lt;code&gt;create_x.m&lt;/code&gt; should be referenced in the latex document as &lt;code&gt;create\_x.m&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="223" LastActivityDate="2010-10-22T11:31:59.220" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4414" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4406" CreationDate="2010-10-22T11:39:41.973" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If the cross-reference integrity checking is the only problem, may be the package &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=xr&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;xr&lt;/a&gt; in CTAN would be of help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="750" LastActivityDate="2010-10-22T11:39:41.973" />
  <row Id="4415" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3619" CreationDate="2010-10-22T12:00:11.280" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The space is the one between the IF and the FORALL. I don't know if it is possible to eat it somehow, but you can at least move a bit back:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\lstset{breaklines,postbreak=\kern-1ex}&#xA;\textwidth=4cm&#xA;\parindent=0cm&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;normal text normal text \lstinline{IF FORALL} normal text&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Addition: I just realized, that the space disappears too if you use&#xA;     \lstset{breaklines,breakatwhitespace}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Addition 2: An obvious solution which avoids all this hassle with the white space is to use two \lstinline commands: \lstinline{IF} \lstinline{FORALL}.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastEditorUserId="2388" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-22T15:48:48.360" LastActivityDate="2010-10-22T15:48:48.360" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4416" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4417" CreationDate="2010-10-22T12:36:52.033" Score="7" ViewCount="202" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is a follow-up to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/4406/791&quot;&gt;my question about quality system documentation management&lt;/a&gt;. That question evolved to a different question and Charles suggested to ask a new one, so I'll just quote it here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I am looking into something more like a document management system integrated with LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;What aspect of document management am I looking at, for example?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Quality systems have a lot of documents that cross-reference each other. For example, &lt;strong&gt;Q01 - Quality Manual&lt;/strong&gt; and a five dozen other documents mention &lt;strong&gt;T01 - Test Procedure A&lt;/strong&gt; somewhere in the body text and also in its &lt;strong&gt;References&lt;/strong&gt; section. If, sometime in the future, &lt;strong&gt;T01 - Test Procedure A&lt;/strong&gt; changes its title to &lt;strong&gt;T01 - Steps In Performing Procedure A&lt;/strong&gt;, obviously it will be tedious work to look through the other documents that reference &lt;strong&gt;T01&lt;/strong&gt;. Of course, this might require re-compiling the other documents, but that's surely better than wading through them one by one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="791" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-24T19:49:06.683" LastActivityDate="2010-11-24T19:49:06.683" Title="How do I keep cross-references across several documents accurate?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;cross-referencing&gt;&lt;quality-system&gt;&lt;iso&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4417" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4416" CreationDate="2010-10-22T12:50:25.750" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think this can be easily achieved with a good reference management system (to me, SVN is great in doing this). All tex files should have in common a bibliograpghic file, and all documents should be listed in that file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The people in charge of mantaining the T01 document, in case of a change in the bibliographic data, should update the corresponding entry in the &lt;code&gt;.bib&lt;/code&gt; file (and the changes are tracked by svn).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, whenever a change in the &lt;code&gt;.bib&lt;/code&gt; file occurs, the next time the Q01 document is re-compiled, the reference updates automatically.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, this requires an agreement on how to structure the documents' tree and the use of a versioning system. Subversion helps in both.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="177" LastEditorUserId="177" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-08T19:37:59.127" LastActivityDate="2010-11-08T19:37:59.127" />
  <row Id="4418" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4419" CreationDate="2010-10-22T13:28:22.163" Score="7" ViewCount="222" Body="&lt;p&gt;Everywhere in the TeX community, I see suggestions like &lt;code&gt;\parskip&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\obeylines&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\parindent&lt;/code&gt;, etc. I'd be surprised not to find them even in the most basic LaTeX packages. So I figured they must be deeper down in the TeX core as primitives. Knowing how they work would be very useful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Googling for &lt;code&gt;tex primitives&lt;/code&gt; takes me to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/utilities/plain/cseq.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot; title=&quot;TeX Primitive Control Sequences&quot;&gt;TeX Primitive Control Sequences&lt;/a&gt;. Is there a printable PDF version of such a reference?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="791" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-06T17:58:09.290" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T17:58:09.290" Title="Is there a printable version of a reference manual for all TeX primitives?" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;documentation&gt;&lt;plain-tex&gt;&lt;primitives&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4419" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4418" CreationDate="2010-10-22T14:13:07.043" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think your best bet is Victor Eijkhout's &lt;a href=&quot;http://eijkhout.net/texbytopic/texbytopic.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX by topic&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oh, and by the way, some of those “primitives” aren't primitives at all, but plain TeX macros.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2010-10-22T14:13:07.043" />
  <row Id="4420" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-22T14:29:42.277" Score="16" ViewCount="1258" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not really a programmer but am quite interested in learning how to use LaTeX/TeX. I've looked it up on Wikipedia and scanned through it and the documents created through this way of editing is just  beautiful. Formulas are also available within it too, so writing math thesis or physics papers would be amazing. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this system just for programmers, or can normal people use it too? (I'm mainly a designer so I usually edit it in Word or InDesign.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1259" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-23T16:42:19.283" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T04:17:17.123" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-10-23T11:01:44.270" Title="Best Way to Start Using LaTeX/TeX?" Tags="&lt;latex-general&gt;&lt;tutorials&gt;&lt;learning&gt;" AnswerCount="7" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="7" />
  <row Id="4421" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4420" CreationDate="2010-10-22T14:38:35.070" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is not &lt;em&gt;at all&lt;/em&gt; a system solely for programmers. Fact, the learning curve might be steeper than Word's or InDesign's, but that's because you need another way of thinking about typesetting. That might lead to the image of TeX being more for programmers, but that's just because programmers are more familiar with working in another mindset (e.g., using your keyboard and plaintext to get something done).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Just go ahead and learn LaTeX by reading some online tutorials. The Related section on this question suggests a really nice starting place for this: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/11/what-is-the-best-book-to-start-learning-latex&quot;&gt;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/11/what-is-the-best-book-to-start-learning-latex&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And, as both a computer science and mathematics student, I'd say mathematicians are better at LaTeX than computer scientists / programmers. So there goes the proposition of LaTeX being for programmers :).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="210" LastActivityDate="2010-10-22T14:38:35.070" />
  <row Id="4422" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4420" CreationDate="2010-10-22T14:41:14.950" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To add to Seamus and Pieter's answers, you should find yourself a project, a document which you would like to render with LaTeX. Without any goal, you will slowly lose interest (at least I know that I would).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="10" LastEditorUserId="10" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-17T15:16:47.773" LastActivityDate="2010-11-17T15:16:47.773" />
  <row Id="4423" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4424" CreationDate="2010-10-22T14:59:41.383" Score="4" ViewCount="304" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to use a multiline equation into an itemized list, but such that the bullet of the list is aligned with the first line of my equation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The current code I use is like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;\item $Q_x= Q' \cup D'$&#xA;\item \begin{align*}&#xA;    \delta_x &amp;= \left\{ \sum_{i=1}^j \ldots\text{~some big formula that spans the entire line~}\ldots\right\} \\&#xA;             &amp;\cup  \left\{ \sum_{i=1}^j \ldots\text{~some other big formula that spans the entire line~}\ldots \right\} \\&#xA;  \end{align*}&#xA;\item $q^0_x = (q_0, \{s_0\})$&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But this yields the following output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://imgur.com/zKwXc.png&quot;/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have also tried to use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\item $\displaystyle\begin{aligned}...\end{aligned}$&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But in this case the bullet of the list appears between the two lines:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://imgur.com/Bzttn.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; title=&quot;Hosted by imgur.com&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any idea how to align the bullet with the first line?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1491" LastActivityDate="2010-10-22T15:09:44.040" Title="aligning a multiline formula with the bullet of itemize" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;itemize&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="4424" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4423" CreationDate="2010-10-22T15:09:44.040" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would definitely go the second way with &lt;code&gt;$\displaystyle&lt;/code&gt;: I find that it looks strange to have something centered after a bullet. To get the vertical alignment correct, just add &lt;code&gt;[t]&lt;/code&gt; after &lt;code&gt;\begin{aligned}&lt;/code&gt;, where &quot;t&quot; means &quot;top&quot;. (See also the top of page 8 of the &lt;a href=&quot;ftp://ftp.ams.org/pub/tex/doc/amsmath/amsldoc.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;User's guide for the amsmath Package&lt;/a&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2010-10-22T15:09:44.040" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4425" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4428" CreationDate="2010-10-22T17:22:21.513" Score="21" ViewCount="358" Body="&lt;p&gt;I like having my hyperref hyperlinks a different colour, so it's obvious that they are links. But when I print a copy of the PDF, I don't want the links to be coloured, because you can't click them, so it doesn't matter and it's distracting.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Other than just having a separate &quot;for printing&quot; version of the PDF where I turn off the hyperlinks, is there a way to have the printed version come out without the coloured links?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="1189" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-26T00:22:27.190" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T00:22:27.190" Title="Is there a way to have coloured hyperref hyperlinks in the PDF, but have them print &quot;as if&quot; they were black?" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;color&gt;&lt;printing&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="10" />
  <row Id="4426" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4420" CreationDate="2010-10-22T17:45:50.747" Score="17" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think a good place to start is to flick through &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/lshort/english/lshort.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the not so short introduction to LaTeX&lt;/a&gt;. Obviously, you don't need to read it cover-to-cover, but it's good to read enough to understand how and more importantly &lt;em&gt;why&lt;/em&gt; LaTeX is different from a word processor like Word.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first most disorienting thing about LaTeX is that you don't have a WYSIWYG approach. (What You See Is What You Get). If you're unfamiliar with the idea of markup this is quite a change. Instead of &lt;em&gt;showing&lt;/em&gt; your computer what you want by selecting the text and clicking the &quot;&lt;strong&gt;bold&lt;/strong&gt;&quot; button, LaTeX works by getting you to &lt;em&gt;tell&lt;/em&gt; your computer what you want:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\textbf{Something Something Dark Side}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This command &lt;code&gt;\textbf&lt;/code&gt; is basically saying to your computer &quot;make the text between braces boldface&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When learning LaTeX, the most important thing is knowing where to go when you get stuck. I've found googling the problem to be a surprisingly good way of finding answers to problems. For example, if you want to know how to turn off automatic numbering of the sections, googling &quot;turn off section numbering LaTeX&quot; brings up two sites with useful information as the first hits: &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/LaTeX/Document_Structure&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;The LaTeX wikibook page on document structure&lt;/a&gt; and a &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.fauskes.net/nb/latextips/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;blog with some tips and tricks&lt;/a&gt; which both include ways to solve the problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/LaTeX&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX wikibook&lt;/a&gt; is a good resource. It is pretty basic, but it covers the basics rather well. Another LaTeX primer is available &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here.&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If it's a particular package you're having difficulty with, use the &lt;code&gt;texdoc&lt;/code&gt; facility. So if you're struggling with, say, the &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; package, typing &lt;code&gt;texdoc hyperref&lt;/code&gt; into the command line will open up the documentation for that package. This works for most packages. (If you're on Windows, I suppose Start Menu &gt; Run gets you a command line, right?)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is an awful lot to learn, and don't try and learn it all at once. Start with a simple project, get that to work. And only then think about how to complicate matters. LaTeX takes practice. You won't be able to migrate from doing everything in Word to doing everything in LaTeX overnight... But stick at it and you can do pretty much everything Word can and more! And better.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You already know about this site, which is another excellent place to know about. If googling around and the wikibook can't answer your question, someone on this site almost certainly can.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-29T11:54:56.697" LastActivityDate="2010-10-29T11:54:56.697" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4427" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4425" CreationDate="2010-10-22T18:30:07.013" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try the (experimental) option ocgcolorlinks to the hyperref package. I don't think it's documented in the manual, but see &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/applications/hyperref/ftp/README&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tug.org/applications/hyperref/ftp/README&lt;/a&gt; for a description.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="275" LastActivityDate="2010-10-22T18:30:07.013" />
  <row Id="4428" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4425" CreationDate="2010-10-22T18:32:20.260" Score="20" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes. Use &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[ocgcolorlinks]{hyperref}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This option must be given when loading hyperref. You cannot give it in &lt;code&gt;\hypersetup&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With this option hypreref will make the colorlinks as Optional Contents Groups (OCG) with &lt;code&gt;/PrintState/OFF&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;/ViewState/ON&lt;/code&gt;. Your pdf reader needs to support OCG.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, the default behaviour of hyperref is to draw a coloured box around links. This box does not print. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="565" LastActivityDate="2010-10-22T18:32:20.260" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4429" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4420" CreationDate="2010-10-22T18:32:51.710" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, you can use it!! While I am in computer tech support I am by no means a programmer. I use LaTeX for all of my procedure documentation as well as letters and it is outstanding! It just might take a while to get your head around it. Install TexLive and Texmakerx, find a simple article-class template and start experimenting. That's the only way you'll learn it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't use a word processor unless it's to open someone else's document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Kent&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastActivityDate="2010-10-22T18:32:51.710" />
  <row Id="4430" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-22T19:48:37.873" Score="7" ViewCount="213" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a .png screenshot and I want to insert it in a  LyX document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/nvak3.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, the screenshot needs scaling to fit in my column width. Downscaling (or upscaling) the image, if done wrong, gives all kinds of bad, unprofessional results.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How do you embed screenshots properly? Is there a way to change the interpolation mode, or disable it altogether (and does it acually help)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1559" LastActivityDate="2010-10-22T20:19:16.417" Title="How to embed screenshots properly?" Tags="&lt;external-images&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4431" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4430" CreationDate="2010-10-22T19:52:07.337" Score="-1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Downscaling should not be a problem. In fact, if it's a screen shot, you probably wouldn't want to downscale at all unless you have a monster screen resolution. I would scale your png in photoshop or gimp, select the interpolation type from image manipulation program, and then include the png as one normally would in latex.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1222" LastActivityDate="2010-10-22T19:52:07.337" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4432" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4311" CreationDate="2010-10-22T20:00:59.487" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It seems like (La)TeX has problems hyphenating the word at the end of the line (like with xxxxx12345) and decided that breaking the line before the word would look worse. Maybe you need to load hypenation patterns for your language (via &lt;code&gt;babel&lt;/code&gt;) or it is just some word with “special characters” (i.e. not in the a-z, A-Z range, like 1 or ü). In this case it is probably easiest to explicitly tell TeX where it is possible to break the word by marking the positions with &lt;code&gt;\-&lt;/code&gt;. For example, the above word might be marked as &lt;code&gt;xxx\-xx\-123\-45&lt;/code&gt;, which gives&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/wPQue.png&quot; alt=&quot;example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-10-22T20:00:59.487" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4433" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4430" CreationDate="2010-10-22T20:19:16.417" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just use pdflatex and &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt; with an appropriate scaling parameter. That's all.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can't get anything &lt;em&gt;better&lt;/em&gt; than this: your final PDF file will include the &lt;em&gt;original&lt;/em&gt; PNG file as is, and the PDF viewer will do its best to scale it appropriately for screen and printer (depending on screen resolution, zoom settings, etc.).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It will look a bit fuzzy on screen in almost all cases, and it is unavoidable (regardless of whether you use a scaling parameter in \includegraphics or not). You can't force the user to choose a zoom level that happens to map 1 pixel in your screenshot to 1 pixel on screen. The whole point of a PDF file is that users can scale it arbitrarily when reading on screen.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="100" LastActivityDate="2010-10-22T20:19:16.417" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4434" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-22T21:32:35.767" Score="3" ViewCount="422" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to place include a pdf figure in a beamer presentation. I'm using &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{frame}{foo}&#xA;\includegraphics[scale=0.6]{bar}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the figure is always placed a bit too much to the right. how can I move the figure a bit to the right? A quick &amp;amp; dirty solution is acceptable here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1562" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-03T21:44:04.637" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T21:44:04.637" Title="Move a figure a bit right" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4435" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4434" CreationDate="2010-10-22T21:39:56.033" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try &lt;code&gt;\hspace{-0.5em}&lt;/code&gt; before the &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt;.  You may need to put them in an &lt;code&gt;\hbox.&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="922" LastActivityDate="2010-10-22T21:39:56.033" />
  <row Id="4436" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4452" CreationDate="2010-10-22T22:35:22.707" Score="6" ViewCount="971" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have been using beamer for some time now with TexnicCenter. Recently I updated  operating system to Windows 7, TexnicCenter and also MikTeX (I try to run the code with both  MikTex 2.8 and MikTeX 2.9).&#xA;Every presentation (even the old ones, which were working perfectly before updates) gives me an error warning and the created pdf file has extra slides with just numbers in the top left corner.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The basic TeX file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%&#xA;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usetheme{Warsaw}&#xA;%\mode&amp;lt;presentation&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}{A frame}&#xA;abc&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And the error message:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Undefined control sequence:&#xA;\beamer@frameslide ...duration=}\thispdfpagelabel&#xA;{\insertframenumber}\xda.....&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any ideas what is wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The log file can be found &lt;a href=&quot;https://docs.google.com/leaf?id=0BxtnIhcRVe2wZjYzMDBkOGEtOTcwOS00Mzg1LTgzOGQtYTZiMjE1M2YyNWY0&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;authkey=CLjF0IIJ&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot; title=&quot;example.log&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;. The code written above produce just on error message.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1561" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-30T07:57:07.230" LastActivityDate="2011-01-30T07:57:07.230" Title="Beamer - undefined control sequence" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="12" />
  <row Id="4438" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4434" CreationDate="2010-10-23T02:49:41.257" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As Pieter comments, it sounds like the figure is too large to fit in the measure of your document. In which case, centring on a single line might work so it overhangs to both sides:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\centerline{\includegraphics[scale=0.6]{bar}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that &lt;code&gt;\centerline&lt;/code&gt; is really only recommended for cases like this; it will only ever typeset its contents in a single line, so generally &lt;code&gt;\centering&lt;/code&gt; is the preferred option.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-10-23T02:49:41.257" />
  <row Id="4439" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4418" CreationDate="2010-10-23T02:58:01.177" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Joseph assumes that &quot;Buy the TeXbook&quot; would not count as an answer, but I disagree.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think that The TeXbook is very well-written and explains every primitive and plain TeX macro. It's well-worth the time to read it for any serious TeX user. The previous sentence is still true even if you never want to write a macro package or delve into the innards of TeX. It helps when macros become something you can understand rather than mystic incantations you utter from time to time.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-10-23T02:58:01.177" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="4440" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4483" CreationDate="2010-10-23T03:50:25.567" Score="6" ViewCount="194" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to print an example source file so that I can study it. How do I print it with syntax highlighting? I'm currently using TeXShop in MacTeX; apparently it doesn't have this ability. What program do you recommend to do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="791" LastActivityDate="2010-10-24T04:20:25.857" Title="How do I print a syntax-highlighted LaTeX source file?" Tags="&lt;syntax&gt;&lt;printing&gt;" AnswerCount="5" />
  <row Id="4441" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4447" CreationDate="2010-10-23T04:42:48.607" Score="7" ViewCount="374" Body="&lt;p&gt;(This is close to some previous questions, but I wasn't able to find a question that directly covers it.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want a program that allows me to quickly type a snippet of LaTeX code in and will immediately give me feedback (an image) of the typeset output produced by the code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If the program takes too long to start up or needs secondary programs to assess the results (image viewer or pdf reader), it frustrates use as a quick check of code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An implementation of what I want is the Math Overflow question section. If I type LaTeX code, I see the results of the code immediately.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The purpose might be to quickly verify my LaTeX.  I wouldn't want this to write a whole article just a few lines of code or text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks for any advice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: I am on Windows. Sorry for the crucial omission.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="701" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-21T23:47:49.130" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T19:36:09.993" Title="Fast, Cheap, WYSIWYG program" Tags="&lt;windows&gt;&lt;wysiwyg&gt;" AnswerCount="6" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4442" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4440" CreationDate="2010-10-23T05:23:32.310" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;How about typesetting the source using the &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt; package and then printing the resultant pdf?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-10-23T05:23:32.310" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4443" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4441" CreationDate="2010-10-23T05:27:05.667" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;LaTeXiT does that on the Mac. Its main purpose is to typeset stuff you can cut and paste into other places, but it's fast and easy and will serve your puprpose well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2010-10-23T05:27:05.667" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4444" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4441" CreationDate="2010-10-23T05:27:38.787" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are web pages that do this. See the answers to this &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3/compiling-documents-online&quot;&gt;question&lt;/a&gt;. There are also applications like LaTeXiT that can do what you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not actually totally sure that this question isn't a duplicate of others here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-10-23T05:27:38.787" />
  <row Id="4445" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4441" CreationDate="2010-10-23T05:59:05.533" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Assuming, like Harald, that you are on Windows: you may want to look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.bakoma-tex.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;BaKoMa TeX&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-10-23T05:59:05.533" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4446" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4441" CreationDate="2010-10-23T07:56:43.007" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;An implementation of what I want is the Math Overflow question section. If I type LaTeX code, I see the results of the code immediately.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I find the word &quot;immediately&quot; there hilarious!  That's a long way from my experience with MathOverflow.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are primarily interested in equations, you could just use the MathJaX javascript.  Not entirely sure how it would work in the details, but basically you would put your snippet in a file, load that file in your webbrowser and ensure that the webbrowser ran MathJaX on it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, MathJaX ain't TeX so there's no guarantee that the results will be exactly what you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-10-23T07:56:43.007" />
  <row Id="4447" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4441" CreationDate="2010-10-23T10:30:51.400" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Could try &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.thrysoee.dk/laeqed/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;laeqed&lt;/a&gt;...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Not used it but found it from searching latexit + windows. Latexit on mac works really nicely).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[EDIT: looks like its not quite as nice as latexit as it produces PNG only (with latexit I can copy and paste the output as PDF which allows resizing once I've pasted it into slides/documents), but if you only want it for previewing maybe it would be OK]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="759" LastActivityDate="2010-10-23T10:30:51.400" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4448" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4450" CreationDate="2010-10-23T10:37:16.790" Score="4" ViewCount="291" Body="&lt;p&gt;My aim is to put tone marks above Chinese characters in latex.&#xA;I have tried &lt;code&gt;\v{好}&lt;/code&gt;, but this puts the carron accent (3rd tone) in the space left of the character rather than above it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have also found that &lt;code&gt;$\stackrel{\vee}{\textrm{你}}$&lt;/code&gt; works well but cannot find equivelent symbols for the other tones. I have tried &lt;code&gt;--&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\diagup&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\diagdown&lt;/code&gt;, but they look really out of place&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The standard unicode symbols for the tones are 02C9, 02CA, 02C7, 02CB and 02D9, but think that these are the same as using &lt;code&gt;\v&lt;/code&gt; ect.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anyone have any suggestions? Thank-you.&#xA;The purpose of this is to have them automatically generated to help people learning chinese. I've written the software for that, so just need to output it in a nice format.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;P.S. To use Chinese characters in Latex&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12p]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{CJKutf8}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{CJK*}{UTF8}{gbsn}&#xA;你&#xA;\end{CJK*}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1566" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-10T22:41:22.753" LastActivityDate="2011-01-10T22:41:22.753" Title="Tone marks above Chinese characters in latex" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;&lt;cjk&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4449" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4441" CreationDate="2010-10-23T10:52:07.147" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.lyx.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LyX&lt;/a&gt; for this purpose. You can type real LaTeX in the Mathboxes (ctrl+M, then type with the backslashes, since I do not believe copy-paste works with generating a PDF).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1567" LastActivityDate="2010-10-23T10:52:07.147" />
  <row Id="4450" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4448" CreationDate="2010-10-23T12:18:36.713" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am pretty sure that the symbols are not the same ones as the &lt;code&gt;\v&lt;/code&gt; etc. Have you tried just typing those symbols in text? I've never used &lt;code&gt;CJKutf8&lt;/code&gt;, but I did use &lt;code&gt;CJK&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;Big5&lt;/code&gt; encoding, and was able to type even in Ruby/ZhuYin symbols. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I did was to &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\rubychinese}[2]{\begin{tabular*}{3em}{c} {\Large #1} \\ %&#xA;   {\tiny #2}\end{tabular*}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which I used like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\rubychinese{&amp;lt;character goes here&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;pronunciation guide goes here&amp;gt;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(In my version the ZhuYin appears below the main word, but you can easily switch the order.) Since there is a Bopomofo block in unicode, perhaps you just need a font supporting it and an input method that allows you to type those symbols?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An example output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://img683.imageshack.us/img683/5883/guanju1.png&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastActivityDate="2010-10-23T12:18:36.713" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4451" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4459" CreationDate="2010-10-23T12:30:15.107" Score="5" ViewCount="590" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm writing a thesis which is an aggregate of separate articles. I have the source code for the articles and I'm using &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt; to include them in the main document of the thesis. So in my main.tex (thesis document), I have&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\include{article1}&#xA;some pages in between the two articles&#xA;\include{article2}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem that I'm getting is with the Appendix sections. In article 1, I have at the end:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\appendix&#xA;\numberwithin{equation}{section}&#xA;\section{Coefficients}\label{sec:Coeffic}&#xA;\subsection{Good coefficients}&#xA;then comes the first line of appendix&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This gives in article 1 (when  compiled separately with the article class):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A. Coefficients&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A.1. Good coefficients&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and equation numbers in the Appendix A as (A.1), (A.2)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which is ok and what is expected.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I put article 1 within main.tex, I use &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt; command. Also, I removed the document class for article 1 and put &lt;code&gt;\chapter&lt;/code&gt; instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But when I compile main.tex (the thesis document), I get the appendix sections as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;.1 Coefficients&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;.1.1 Good coefficients&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and the equation numbers in the appendix A as (.1.1), (.1.2) etc&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My article 1 is treated as a chapter in the main thesis document (main.tex) and the title and section numbers, equation numbers are preceded by A in main.tex. This is what I want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Maybe it would be ok to get the appendix in my main.tex as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A.A. Coefficients&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A.A.1 Good coefficients&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and the equation numbers in the Appendix as (A.A.1), (A.A.2) etc&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to denote that it refers to appendix A of paper A. First A is for the first article and second A is for first appendix. How to get this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="993" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-12T22:48:38.953" LastActivityDate="2011-03-12T22:48:38.953" Title="Getting correct section numbering for Appendix in a large document" Tags="&lt;numbering&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;appendices&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4452" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4436" CreationDate="2010-10-23T13:02:41.637" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You are not using the newest beamer version. The newest in miktex is beamer 2010/06/21 development version 3.10. Your version is beamer 2007/03/11 cvs version 3.07. As you have beamer in one of your user roots, you will probably have to run the update manager in user mode to get the newest version.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The error message itself is a bug in beamer. I have seen a posting about it 2 or 3 ago. &lt;code&gt;\thispdfpagelabel&lt;/code&gt; is defined by hyperref only if &lt;code&gt;pagelabels=true&lt;/code&gt;, but beamer used it also in dvi-mode. The problem has been obviously corrected. I don't get an error. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you don't want to update you can try&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\providecommand\thispdfpagelabel[1]{}.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-13T14:39:43.323" LastActivityDate="2010-12-13T14:39:43.323" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4453" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4420" CreationDate="2010-10-23T13:43:05.110" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;All of these are great responses.  My simple response would be &quot;write something.&quot;  Take something that you would write any day, like a letter or any printed document for one of your customers.  Then mark it up.  Give it sections, bold text, etc.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Experiment!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's &lt;em&gt;fun&lt;/em&gt;.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1570" LastActivityDate="2010-10-23T13:43:05.110" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-10-23T13:43:05.110" />
  <row Id="4454" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4653" CreationDate="2010-10-23T13:55:23.637" Score="3" ViewCount="97" Body="&lt;p&gt;biblatex-apa was updated on the 20th and it appears to be broken. All my references now appear as &quot;Smith (20082008)&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is really weird. Why is this happening? I've gone back to &lt;code&gt;authoryear-comp&lt;/code&gt; for now. I couldn't find out how to contact the author of biblatex-apa. Does anyone (who is better at reading the guts of tex code) have an idea why this has happened? It seems like it's probably a really easy fix...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, there's a really quirky aspect to this problem when there's two years (as like when you want to cite the third edition, but also mention when the first edition was published: Kuhn (1996[1962]) shows up as Kuhn (1996[1962][1962]1996). That's just &lt;em&gt;strange&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2010-10-28T10:55:48.590" Title="biblatex-apa update appears to print the year of the citation twice" Tags="&lt;citing&gt;&lt;biblatex&gt;&lt;apa-style&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4455" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4513" CreationDate="2010-10-23T14:18:15.017" Score="8" ViewCount="298" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need to type Backus-Naur form in LaTeX document. I found several packages on CTAN:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=ebnf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ebnf&lt;/a&gt; seems to not work with TeXLive 2009&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=latex-bnf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;latex-bnf&lt;/a&gt; does not align the declaration, etc.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;There is a module for ConTeXt, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/CTAN/macros/context/contrib/context-bnf/doc/context/third/bnf/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;context-bnf&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a package for modern LaTeX, or should I just use hand-formatting via verbatim?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="592" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-24T21:30:23.630" LastActivityDate="2010-10-24T21:30:23.630" Title="How to type a Backus-Naur form in LaTeX" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;formatting&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4456" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4460" CreationDate="2010-10-23T15:21:38.850" Score="7" ViewCount="627" Body="&lt;p&gt;This might be a little far fetched for this site, if it's inappropriate, close it, but please direct me to where I could ask this question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My bibliography is growing quite huge and the time has come for me to standardize it. Most of the papers in it are from conference proceedings and I was wondering what is the best way to cite them?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, let's look at a conference called 'ACM Symposium on User Interface Software and Technology', which when has to be abbreviated becomes UIST. I have a paper from the 9th instance of this conference, in the conference field of my bibtex, what should I write?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Proceedings of the 9th annual ACM Symposium on User Interface Software and Technology ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Should I write Proceedings as Proc.?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Should I abbreviate the conference&#xA;name? (Proceedings of the 9th annual&#xA;ACM Symposium on UIST) &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Should I chop&#xA;the Proceedings of the 9th annual?&#xA;(ACM Symposium on User Interface&#xA;Software and Technology)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;How bout this? ACM UIST'96&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it just a question of aesthetics?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: Fixed the UIST'09 to become the proper year number, UIST'96.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="10" LastEditorUserId="10" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-06T18:46:25.027" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T18:46:25.027" Title="How do you cite conference proceedings?" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;proceedings&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4457" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4455" CreationDate="2010-10-23T15:22:11.727" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try the &lt;code&gt;bnf.tex&lt;/code&gt; at &lt;a href=&quot;http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/plain/contrib/bnf/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/plain/contrib/bnf/&lt;/a&gt; . It is simple enough that can form the basis of what you are looking and expand as you wish.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-10-23T15:22:11.727" />
  <row Id="4458" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4440" CreationDate="2010-10-23T15:43:45.857" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Emacs with auctex.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;M-x ps-print-buffer-with-faces&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Actually it will work without auctex too, but that would be silly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="327" LastActivityDate="2010-10-23T15:43:45.857" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4459" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4451" CreationDate="2010-10-23T16:09:40.780" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Preliminary remark: If an article includes an appendix (which is numbered as section A, subsection A.1, ...), and the article as a whole becomes chapter 1 of a book, the appendix in fact becomes a &quot;subappendix&quot; (which should be numbered as section 1.A, subsection 1.A.1, ...).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\appendix&lt;/code&gt; command is defined by the document class - basically, it resets the counter of the &quot;top section&quot; level (&lt;code&gt;\chapter&lt;/code&gt; in book, &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt; in article) and switches to Alphabetic numbering. So an &lt;code&gt;\appendix&lt;/code&gt; command that is part of an &quot;included&quot; file will produce wrong results - it will redefine chapters instead of sections and in the process interfere with the numbering of subsequent chapters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Solution: Change the definition of &lt;code&gt;\appendix&lt;/code&gt; as to produce the desired formatting of &quot;subappendices&quot;. (This way, you don't have to change your &quot;included&quot; files.) Keep the redefinition inside a group in order to allow for (main) appendix chapters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{article1}&#xA;\section{foo}&#xA;&#xA;Some text.&#xA;&#xA;\appendix&#xA;\numberwithin{equation}{section}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Coefficients}&#xA;&#xA;\subsection{Good coefficients}&#xA;&#xA;The first line of the appendix to article1.&#xA;&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;a^2 + b^2 = c^2&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begingroup&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand{\appendix}{%&#xA;  \par&#xA;  \setcounter{section}{0}%&#xA;  \renewcommand{\thesection}{\thechapter.\Alph{section}}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{Title of article1}&#xA;&#xA;\input{article1}&#xA;&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;&#xA;\appendix&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{Title of (main) appendix}&#xA;&#xA;Some text.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;P.S.: I'd rather use &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt; - you probably don't want a page break after the chapter title.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-10-23T16:09:40.780" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="4460" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4456" CreationDate="2010-10-23T17:07:31.503" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have done the following (ok, this is just a simplified version of it...):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I have a &quot;database&quot; that contains the details of the conferences in a machine-readable form. It contains information like the abbreviation, the full name of the conference, an almost-full name (with some irrelevant things like &quot;Annual International&quot; removed), location, month, year, publisher of the proceedings, and details such as LNCS volume number if the book was published in Springer's LNCS series.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Then I have a Python script that reads the database and outputs &lt;em&gt;several&lt;/em&gt; Bibtex files: long.bib, medium.bib, short.bib. These contain Bibtex entries for conference proceedings, with different amounts of details. For example, long.bib might contain details like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@PROCEEDINGS{proc-disc-2009,&#xA;  title = {Proc.\ 23rd International Symposium on Distributed Computing&#xA;      (DISC, Elche, Spain, September 2009)},&#xA;  booktitle = {Proc.\ 23rd International Symposium on Distributed Computing&#xA;      (DISC, Elche, Spain, September 2009)},&#xA;  volume = 5805,&#xA;  series = {Lecture Notes in Computer Science},&#xA;  publisher = {Springer},&#xA;  address = {Berlin, Germany},&#xA;  year = {2009}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;while short.bib might contain just&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@PROCEEDINGS{proc-disc-2009,&#xA;  title = {Proc.\ 23rd Symposium on Distributed Computing (DISC 2009)},&#xA;  booktitle = {Proc.\ 23rd Symposium on Distributed Computing (DISC 2009)},&#xA;  volume = 5805,&#xA;  series = {LNCS},&#xA;  publisher = {Springer},&#xA;  year = {2009}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Once again, all this is machine-generated.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;In my Bibtex database (articles.bib) I have crossreferences to conference proceedings. All details come from long.bib/medium.bib/short.bib.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@INPROCEEDINGS{...,&#xA;  author = {...},&#xA;  title = {...},&#xA;  pages = {...},&#xA;  crossref = {proc-disc-2009},&#xA;  doi = {...},&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I can easily change the amount of detail by choosing one of the following in any paper that I am writing:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\bibliography{articles,long}&#xA;\bibliography{articles,medium}&#xA;\bibliography{articles,short}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And if I ever wanted to switch from &quot;Proc. ...&quot; to &quot;Proceedings of ...&quot;, I only need to change it in one place.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Of course I'll have to run &lt;code&gt;bibtex -min-crossrefs=999&lt;/code&gt; so that I don't have any crossreferences in the Bibtex output...&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Works fine until you have to explain all this to your coauthors. :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="100" LastActivityDate="2010-10-23T17:07:31.503" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4461" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4463" CreationDate="2010-10-23T18:41:45.340" Score="6" ViewCount="476" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am putting together a CV in latex, and I am trying to get my list of publications to display in reverse chronological order.  I can use &lt;code&gt;\bibliographystyle{unsrt}&lt;/code&gt; as a workaround, and just order the entries manually, but I would naturally prefer if bibtex did that for me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: Hmm... There seems to be no standard bibtex style that does that, which is very surprising.  I would expect that sorting publications in (reverse) chronological order is a common thing to do.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="982" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-06T23:11:47.740" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T23:11:47.740" Title="Is there a bibtex style that sorts references in reverse chronological order?" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;bibtex&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="4462" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4467" CreationDate="2010-10-23T18:42:51.307" Score="3" ViewCount="104" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is a bit related to my earlier post:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4451/getting-correct-section-numbering-for-appendix-in-a-large-document&quot;&gt;Getting correct section numbering for Appendix in a large document&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm building a thesis with separate articles. I have a file main.tex and an introduction file intro.tex, and 2 articles article1.tex and article2.tex. I'm showing here below the main.tex with the intro and article 1 only:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{document}&#xA;some codes for the first few pages&#xA;\include{intro}&#xA;&#xA;some code for some intermediate pages&#xA;&#xA;\begingroup&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand{\appendix}{%&#xA;  \par&#xA;  \setcounter{section}{0}%&#xA; \renewcommand{\thesection}{\thechapter.\Alph{section}}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\include{article1}&#xA;&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In intro.tex, I have at the end:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\bibliography{lic}&#xA;\bibliographystyle{unsrt}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and in article1.tex, I have at the end:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\bibliography{mybibs1}&#xA;\bibliographystyle{unsrt}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The compilation is fine but I see that after article 1 in the pdf file, that the Bibliography lic appears instead of mybibibs1. Intro is followed by Bibliography lic as expected but to my surprise, I get Bibliiography lic also after article 1. And of course I'm getting [?] at every referencing throughout article 1. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What's going wrong here?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="993" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T13:14:30.053" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T13:14:30.053" Title="Disappearing bibliography" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4463" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4461" CreationDate="2010-10-23T18:48:07.500" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Google sprach: &lt;a href=&quot;http://plesslweb.ch/blog/2009/01/30/bibtex-style-for-sorting-in-reverse-chronological-order/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://plesslweb.ch/blog/2009/01/30/bibtex-style-for-sorting-in-reverse-chronological-order/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Haven't tested it myself. Good luck.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastActivityDate="2010-10-23T18:48:07.500" />
  <row Id="4464" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4456" CreationDate="2010-10-23T18:48:49.040" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd probably cite that as &lt;em&gt;Proceedings of UIST 1996&lt;/em&gt;. ACM Press, Nov. 1996.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;UIST09 would not be right at all since the 9th UIST was not in 2009.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But as Willie Wong points out, just follow whatever arbitrary rules you want. For example, I'd list the general chairs, David Kurlander, Marc Brown, and Ramana Rao, as the editors. A complete citation might look like,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;M. Spenke, C. Beilken, and T. Berlage, FOCUS: the interactive table for product comparison and selection. In D. Kurlander, M. Brown, and R. Rao, eds., &lt;em&gt;Proceedings of UIST 1996&lt;/em&gt;, pages 41&amp;ndash;50. ACM Press, Nov. 1996.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@InProceedings{focus,&#xA;    author = {Michael Spenke and Christian Beilken and Thomas Berlage},&#xA;    title = {{FOCUS}: the interactive table for product comparison and selection},&#xA;    booktitle = {Proceedings of UIST 1996},&#xA;    month = nov,&#xA;    year = 1996,&#xA;    publisher = {ACM Press},&#xA;    editor = {David Kurlander and Marc Brown and Ramana Rao},&#xA;    pages = {41-50},&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Knuth advocates spelling out the entire name of conferences and journals (in &lt;em&gt;Mathematical Writing&lt;/em&gt;, I believe), but I think this is a good compromise given space limitations of conferences. I guess &lt;em&gt;Proc. UIST 1996&lt;/em&gt; would be shorter but that seems stilted to me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-10-23T18:48:49.040" />
  <row Id="4465" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4468" CreationDate="2010-10-23T18:55:39.383" Score="7" ViewCount="362" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to write a word with a slash through it, using LaTeX (in text, not in math mode). That is, I want a line from the lower-left corner of the word through the upper-right. Is there a nice way to do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="505" LastActivityDate="2010-10-25T04:27:32.543" Title="Put a slash through a word" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4466" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4461" CreationDate="2010-10-23T18:57:31.057" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's a solution using &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/biblatex.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;biblatex&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[sorting=ydnt]{biblatex}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.bib}&#xA;@misc{a01,&#xA;  author = {Author, A.},&#xA;  year = {2001},&#xA;  title = {Alpha},&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;@misc{b03,&#xA;  author = {Buthor, B.},&#xA;  year = {2003},&#xA;  title = {Bravo},&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;@misc{c02,&#xA;  author = {Cuthor, C.},&#xA;  year = {2002},&#xA;  title = {Charlie},&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\bibliography{\jobname}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\nocite{*}&#xA;&#xA;\printbibliography&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See pages 41 and 62-64 of the biblatex documentation for details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-10-23T18:57:31.057" />
  <row Id="4467" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4462" CreationDate="2010-10-23T19:06:41.710" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I put &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{chapterbib}&lt;/code&gt; and now it works fine. Any other solutions are welcomed also. Could we do that with multibib also?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm accepting my own answer in absence of other answers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="993" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-31T14:46:04.810" LastActivityDate="2010-10-31T14:46:04.810" />
  <row Id="4468" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4465" CreationDate="2010-10-23T19:25:00.833" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Load the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/cancel&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;cancel&lt;/a&gt; package and use &lt;code&gt;\cancel{word}&lt;/code&gt;. Most of the commands from the package work in both math and text modes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-10-23T19:25:00.833" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4469" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4465" CreationDate="2010-10-23T19:41:09.160" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Following frabjous' advice, I seem to have discovered a bug in the cancel package: Cancelling at the start of a paragraph only works if you add &lt;code&gt;\leavevmode&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{cancel}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Some text.&#xA;&#xA;% \cancel{Some text.}% Doesn't work&#xA;\leavevmode\cancel{Some text.}% Works&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-10-23T19:41:09.160" />
  <row Id="4470" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4456" CreationDate="2010-10-23T20:22:27.597" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Is it just a question of aesthetics?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;No, unfortunately.  &lt;em&gt;Chicago&lt;/em&gt; (17.160) has the nice guidance &quot;it is never incorrect to spell out all journal titles&quot; but with the rather deflating caveat &quot;[e]xcept for ... journals [that] prescribe their own style.&quot;  And there are many journals that do want shortened journal titles; some, like &lt;em&gt;Science&lt;/em&gt;, have very stringent title shortening policies.  So &quot;one Bibtex entry fits all&quot; doesn't work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Jukka's solution can work well, but if you go the route of trying to have a different set of bib files for every contingency, they can multiply a lot and be hard to maintain.  Instead I recommend (i) having long journal titles in your .bib file, (ii) working with that when writing the article draft, (iii) switching to cutting and pasting the .bbl file into the main text when you think the reflist is complete, and (iv) then paring that down if the publication venue wants you to.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I recommend as the long form, &quot;In &lt;em&gt;Proceedings, 9th Annual ACM Symposium on User Interface Software and Technology (UIST '09)&lt;/em&gt;, pp...&quot;, which reads naturally, includes both the ordinal and date names of the conferences series, but doesn't feel too verbose.  As a rule, computer science reflists are rather inconsistently edited: I guess that the majority of article in conference proceedings have some inconsistencies in the way they cite articles for reasons such as these.  Medicine is much better...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-23T20:36:31.360" LastActivityDate="2010-10-23T20:36:31.360" />
  <row Id="4471" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4472" CreationDate="2010-10-23T21:31:27.700" Score="7" ViewCount="180" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to do something like the following in TeX:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{nobreak}  &#xA;&#xA;Text here will not split over pages, it will remain&#xA;as one continuous chunk. If there isn't enough room&#xA;for it on the current page a pagebreak will happen&#xA;before it and the whole chunk will start on the next&#xA;page.  &#xA;&#xA;\end{nobreak}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this possible?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1574" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-23T21:40:34.043" LastActivityDate="2010-10-23T21:58:34.300" Title="Unbreakable block" Tags="&lt;page-breaking&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4472" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4471" CreationDate="2010-10-23T21:58:34.300" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;See &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=nopagebrk&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt; answer in the UK TeX FAQ. Basically, you may use one of the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;the samepage environment;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;a parbox or a minipage;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;the &lt;code&gt;\needspace&lt;/code&gt; command of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/needspace.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;package&lt;/a&gt; of the same name.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You may also need &quot;to accept that not everything can be accomplished totally automatically&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-10-23T21:58:34.300" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4473" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4474" CreationDate="2010-10-23T22:17:33.737" Score="9" ViewCount="417" Body="&lt;p&gt;The way I currently do it is $x \not | y$, which looks awful.  There's got to be something better available.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1576" LastActivityDate="2010-11-21T20:22:24.963" Title="What's a good way to write &quot;x does not divide y&quot;?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="4474" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4473" CreationDate="2010-10-23T22:22:08.370" Score="19" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;$x\nmid y$&lt;/code&gt; saves the day.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2010-10-23T22:22:08.370" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4475" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4448" CreationDate="2010-10-23T22:35:41.960" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have found a solution for this&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$\stackrel{\textrm{\raisebox{-0.5em}[0.25em][-0em]{\={}}}}{\textrm{你}}$&#xA;$\stackrel{\textrm{\raisebox{-0.5em}[0.25em][-0em]{\'{}}}}{\textrm{你}}$&#xA;$\stackrel{\textrm{\raisebox{-0.5em}[0.25em][-0em]{\v{}}}}{\textrm{你}}$&#xA;$\stackrel{\textrm{\raisebox{-0.5em}[0.25em][-0em]{\`{}}}}{\textrm{你}}$&#xA;$\stackrel{\textrm{\raisebox{-0.5em}[0.25em][-0em]{\.{}}}}{\textrm{你}}$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;for tones 1→4 with a dot above the 5th.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I mainly updated the question on &lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/4003524/latex-question-accents-on-characters&quot;&gt;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/4003524/latex-question-accents-on-characters&lt;/a&gt; though it is no more insiteful)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1566" LastActivityDate="2010-10-23T22:35:41.960" />
  <row Id="4476" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4473" CreationDate="2010-10-23T22:59:06.507" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;$x \mod{y} \neq 0$&lt;/code&gt; ;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1579" LastEditorUserId="1579" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-23T23:07:34.357" LastActivityDate="2010-10-23T23:07:34.357" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4477" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-23T23:00:17.940" Score="4" ViewCount="149" Body="&lt;p&gt;so I have $m\times n = n + n + \dots + n$ in my text right now, but I would like to put a curly brace under the &lt;code&gt;\dots&lt;/code&gt; to emphasize that there are m n's involved.  How would I do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="398" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-24T00:31:01.420" LastActivityDate="2010-10-24T00:31:01.420" Title="Put a curly brace under an ellipsis in a math setting?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;braces&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="4478" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4477" CreationDate="2010-10-23T23:36:01.393" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think you mean &lt;code&gt;$\underset{_{\{m\} }} {\ldots}$&lt;/code&gt; but you may also mean &lt;code&gt;$\ldots_{ \stackrel{\{  m \}}{}}$&lt;/code&gt; . I think I generally recall the latter way being the way most frequently seen in texbooks. But changing the font in this spot &lt;em&gt;is&lt;/em&gt; a little tricky. You can change the font in math mode \mathsmaller or something like that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Either one of these work for you?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1579" LastActivityDate="2010-10-23T23:36:01.393" />
  <row Id="4479" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4477" CreationDate="2010-10-23T23:38:54.917" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try to use &lt;code&gt;\overbrace&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\underbrace&lt;/code&gt; with a &lt;code&gt;_&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;^&lt;/code&gt; as appropiate. Also,&#xA;I would try to put the curly brace under the whole sum. It seems clearer, in my opinion:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{equation}&#xA;  n \times m = \underbrace{n + n + \dots + n}_{m}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="146" LastActivityDate="2010-10-23T23:38:54.917" />
  <row Id="4481" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4440" CreationDate="2010-10-23T23:51:18.087" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;gedit with the latex plugin. gedit with latex plugin and embedded terminal I prefer over all of the latex IDEs. Highlight printing should be default. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1579" LastActivityDate="2010-10-23T23:51:18.087" />
  <row Id="4482" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4311" CreationDate="2010-10-23T23:52:01.123" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You may use the tocstyle package which is included in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/koma-script.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;KOMA-Script&lt;/a&gt; to set the ToC entries raggedright (and thereby avoid problematic line breaks). Add the following to your preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{tocstyle}&#xA;\usetocstyle{standard}&#xA;\settocfeature{raggedhook}{\raggedright}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that the package has &quot;alpha&quot; status.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-22T21:18:48.420" LastActivityDate="2010-11-22T21:18:48.420" />
  <row Id="4483" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4440" CreationDate="2010-10-24T00:08:07.603" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could try including the code inside another document using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/minted&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;minted&lt;/a&gt; package -- I don't think the listings package does colored syntax highlighting by default, but minted does. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-10-24T00:08:07.603" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4484" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4420" CreationDate="2010-10-24T00:17:31.703" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The way I started, and often still use, latex is quick and dirty. Pull up what you want from your favorite search engine and copy/paste. Grab a resume &lt;a href=&quot;http://rpi.edu/dept/arc/training/latex/resumes/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://rpi.edu/dept/arc/training/latex/resumes/&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;or a &lt;em&gt;{any document type}&lt;/em&gt; {search: &lt;em&gt;{any document type}&lt;/em&gt; tempplate latex} and start modifying it to suit your needs. If you need technical stuff some journals (ieee I know) publish their template.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You'll find yourself picking up little tidbits on your way to being able (eventually) to hack up a file from scratch. There's a nice smartphone app that's a quick reference. The LaTeX symbol list is a nice resource if you'll be doing some heavy stuff.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Latex is easy and fun and you'll be typesetting your Christmas cards from now on I'm positive.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1579" LastActivityDate="2010-10-24T00:17:31.703" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-10-24T00:17:31.703" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4485" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-24T00:46:39.063" Score="3" ViewCount="298" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Now that TeX Live 2010 has a restricted &lt;code&gt;\write18&lt;/code&gt;, I figured it'd be reasonable to update my cv which uses the &lt;code&gt;bibunits&lt;/code&gt; package to run BibTeX for each of the &lt;code&gt;.aux&lt;/code&gt; files.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Currently, I have a macro &lt;code&gt;\pubs&lt;/code&gt; that typesets a label and then the bibliography (&lt;code&gt;\pubs&lt;/code&gt; is used inside a &lt;code&gt;cvlist&lt;/code&gt; environment from &lt;code&gt;currvita&lt;/code&gt;, but that is not important here).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand*\pubs[2]{%&#xA;        \item[#1]&#xA;        \begin{bibunit}%&#xA;                \nocite{#2}%&#xA;                \putbib&#xA;        \end{bibunit}%&#xA;        \IfFileExists{\@bibunitname.bbl}{}&#xA;                {Run \texttt{bibtex \@bibunitname}}%&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is used like &lt;code&gt;\pubs{Refereed papers}{foo,bar,baz}&lt;/code&gt; to typeset the bibliography entries corresponding to the citation keys foo, bar, and baz (or it prints a helpful message if BibTeX hasn't been run).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Question&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;How can I modify this to run &lt;code&gt;bibtex \@bibunitname&lt;/code&gt; and then use the results in a sane way?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One idea I had that mostly works is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand*\pubs[2]{%&#xA;        \item[#1]&#xA;        \begin{bibunit}%&#xA;                \nocite{#2}%&#xA;                \immediate\write\@bibunitaux{\string\bibdata{\bu@bibdata}}%&#xA;        \end{bibunit}%&#xA;        \immediate\write18{bibtex \@bibunitname}%&#xA;        \InputIfFileExists{\@bibunitname.bbl}{}&#xA;                {Run \texttt{bibtex \@bibunitname}}%&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here the &lt;code&gt;\putbib&lt;/code&gt; has been replaced with a write of the &lt;code&gt;\bibdata&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\IfFileExists&lt;/code&gt; has become &lt;code&gt;\InputIfFileExists&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;strong&gt;When run, this complains that all of my citations are undefined, but the output looks fine.&lt;/strong&gt; In particular, all of the aux files are closed before they are read in from the &lt;code&gt;\InputIfFileExists&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-14T10:57:24.950" LastActivityDate="2010-11-14T10:57:24.950" Title="How should one use \write18 with BibTeX" Tags="&lt;write18&gt;&lt;bibunits&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4486" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3808" CreationDate="2010-10-24T01:00:33.753" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;\footnotemark&lt;/code&gt; inside the definition environment, then &lt;em&gt;outside&lt;/em&gt; the environment (it might have to be after another paragraph) place &lt;code&gt;\footnotetext{...}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Worst case, you might have to hard-code the footnote number like &lt;code&gt;\footnotetext[7]{...}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1517" LastActivityDate="2010-10-24T01:00:33.753" />
  <row Id="4487" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4440" CreationDate="2010-10-24T04:20:25.857" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try the Highlight Code Converter (http://www.andre-simon.de/zip/download.html)&#xA;Produces highlighted code for a ton of languages, plus you can always write your own syntax file if the language you want isn't include. Free (under GPL3), available for most flavors of Linux, Windoze, and Mac. Outputs in HTML, XHTML, TeX, LaTeX, RTF, XML, and SVG. Colors are easily customized.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1580" LastActivityDate="2010-10-24T04:20:25.857" />
  <row Id="4488" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4485" CreationDate="2010-10-24T04:41:29.357" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;After I wrote this answer I realised it's not exactly what you're trying to do. Ohwell Without looking into &lt;code&gt;bibunits&lt;/code&gt;, my guess is that you need to wait until after the aux files are closed before you run &lt;code&gt;bibtex&lt;/code&gt;. Here's a hack to do it for the main document class:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\let\end@doc@hook\@enddocumenthook&#xA;\def\@enddocumenthook#1\@@end{&#xA;  \end@doc@hook&#xA;  #1&#xA;  \immediate\write18{echo &quot;^^J^^JCompiling bibliography with BibTeX:^^J&quot; &amp;&amp; bibtex \jobname &amp;&amp; echo &quot;^^JEnd BibTeX processing^^J&quot;}&#xA;  \@@end&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\cite{whole-set}&#xA;\bibliographystyle{plain}&#xA;\bibliography{xampl}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-10-24T04:41:29.357" />
  <row Id="4489" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4584" CreationDate="2010-10-24T05:10:29.793" Score="9" ViewCount="284" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Context:&lt;/strong&gt; I prepare my scientific documents using LaTeX and compile to a PDF.&#xA;I often need to seek comments on drafts from collaborators who do not use LaTeX.&#xA;Most of these collaborators use Windows OS.&#xA;Assume also that the collaborator does not need to edit the document. &#xA;They only need to be able to add comments to the document.&#xA;Most would be familiar with the commenting system in MS Word, for example.&#xA;I'd like to be able to give the collaborator some clear instructions about what software and system they should use to comment on the draft. &#xA;This should involve free software and an easy to use interface.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Question:&lt;/strong&gt; What is a good strategy for getting comments on draft documents when the collaborator does not know LaTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Initial thoughts:&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;I know Adobe professional allows you to add comments to a PDF. &#xA;However, some collaborators don't have this software and it costs money.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I could send the raw LaTeX to the collaborator.&#xA;However, given all the markup, the collaborator may find LaTeX source a bit mysterious.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;UPDATE:&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;After posting I noticed &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1517/workflow-for-reviewing-pdfs-generated-from-tex/1528#1528&quot;&gt;Andrew Stacey's answer&lt;/a&gt; to a similar question.&#xA;Along with a number of other good tips (such as printing and getting paper comments), he mentions jarnal, xournal, and gournal as free cross-platform PDF annotators. I'd be curious to know whether experts have found them adequate for the above mentioned purpose and whether any of them are to be preferred.&#xA;Others mention FoXIt.&#xA;And yet others discuss the option of exporting to MS Word or Open Office and using the reviewing system within these programs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="151" LastEditorUserId="151" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-24T06:11:43.650" LastActivityDate="2010-10-26T10:56:02.443" Title="What is a good strategy for obtaining comments on a LaTeX document from non-LaTeX using collaborators?" Tags="&lt;collaboration&gt;&lt;comments&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="4490" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4489" CreationDate="2010-10-24T06:40:35.407" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If &lt;em&gt;you&lt;/em&gt; have Acrobat Professional then you can use it to activate your document so that collaborators can comment using Adobe Reader. As far as I know this lets them use the same commenting tools that Acrobat Pro has, for what that is worth (maybe ok for small edits, not so good for major rewriting).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Its in the menu at: Advanced -&gt; Extend features in Adobe Reader...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-10-24T06:40:35.407" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4491" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4494" CreationDate="2010-10-24T10:09:24.873" Score="9" ViewCount="268" Body="&lt;p&gt;The pdfsync homepage states that:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;At the end of this summer (2007), pdfsync is slowly migrating to pdftex itself. We are working at giving pdftex all the pdfsync ability and more...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The pdfsync README file &lt;em&gt;discourages&lt;/em&gt; people from using pdfsync:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;pdfsync uses extremely sensible code. You should not use pdfsync on final documents because it can change the layout rather significantly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From your knowledge and experience, what is the actual status of pdfsync?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Is it safe to use pdfsync?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Is there an alternative for pdfsync that is built into pdftex?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Is there a different tool for pdflatex that offers DVI-like functionality (forward and backward search)?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1527" LastActivityDate="2010-10-24T13:33:59.473" Title="What is the status of pdfsync?" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;pdfsync&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="4492" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4493" CreationDate="2010-10-24T10:22:33.877" Score="5" ViewCount="174" Body="&lt;p&gt;In continuation of &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4471/unbreakable-block&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt; question, I tried to make a list of items each consisting of unbreakable text. This can be done manually using minipage:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum} %for example&#xA;\setlength{\textheight}{7cm} %about one item fits per page&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;\item\begin{minipage}[t]{\linewidth}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;\item\begin{minipage}[t]{\linewidth}&#xA;\lipsum[2]&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I would like it to to define a list environment that is just like itemize (or whatever) only that the items are automatically inserted into a minipage as in my manual example. The solution should be robust for nested list environments, so if &lt;code&gt;\item&lt;/code&gt; is to be redifined, it has to be done so in a very gentle way...not sure how. After redefining the environment itemize-block (for example) the following code should compile and not break the text in each item across pages:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{itemize-block}&#xA;\item&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\item \begin{itemize}&#xA;\item let us make sure it compiles even with &#xA;\item a nested list...&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;\item&#xA;\lipsum[2]&#xA;\end{itemize-block}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This can surely be done...only I have no idea how.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastEditorUserId="117" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-24T14:51:33.713" LastActivityDate="2010-10-24T14:51:33.713" Title="How to make a list of unbreakable items?" Tags="&lt;lists&gt;&lt;nonbreakingtext&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4493" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4492" CreationDate="2010-10-24T10:44:44.893" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is how I would do it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{block-itemize}{%&#xA;  \itemize&#xA;  \let\olditem\item&#xA;  \let\closepage\relax  &#xA;  \def\item{%&#xA;    \closepage\olditem\minipage[t]{\textwidth}%&#xA;    \let\closepage\endminipage&#xA;  }%&#xA;}{%&#xA;  \closepage&#xA;  \enditemize&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then you write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{block-itemize}&#xA;\item \lipsum[1]&#xA;\item \lipsum[2]&#xA;\end{block-itemize}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And a short explanation: When it starts, the environment begins a regular &lt;code&gt;\itemize&lt;/code&gt; and then saves the usual definition of &lt;code&gt;\item&lt;/code&gt; into &lt;code&gt;\olditem&lt;/code&gt;. Then &lt;code&gt;\item&lt;/code&gt; is redefined so that: (1) it closes the “previous” minipage (2) it starts a regular item (using &lt;code&gt;\olditem&lt;/code&gt;) and (3) it opens a new minipage. Of course, for the very first item there is no minipage to close, that's why &lt;code&gt;\closepage&lt;/code&gt; is first defined as &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt; (do nothing) but it is then redefined to &lt;code&gt;\endminipage&lt;/code&gt; right after the first use of &lt;code&gt;\item&lt;/code&gt;. The end of the environment simply closes both the last minipage and the itemize environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Note:&lt;/strong&gt; Actually, I would use something like &lt;code&gt;\my@olditem&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\my@closepage&lt;/code&gt; and throw the whole definition into a style file so that I don't accidentally redefine commands from another package. But I wanted to keep the code above somewhat clean without all those &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt;'s lying around.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-10-24T10:44:44.893" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4494" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4491" CreationDate="2010-10-24T10:57:02.210" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The SyncTeX system is now built into pdfTeX, &lt;em&gt;etc&lt;/em&gt;., with both TeX Live and MikTeX. Many people use this routinely and without issue.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-10-24T10:57:02.210" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="4495" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4496" CreationDate="2010-10-24T11:11:10.903" Score="9" ViewCount="254" Body="&lt;p&gt;I overhead this on a mailing list a month ago.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I gave up using beamer since the new maintainers have broken a lot of things&#xA;  in beamer&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now TeXLive 2010 is out and I'd like to upgrade.  But I'm nervous because I use beamer every day and I don't want to have to workaround new issues.  I'd be interested to hear what others feel about beamer development and if they have had issues with upgrading.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit/Update&lt;/strong&gt;  I have updated beamer and it runs smoothly.  In fact, a nagging bug that I had never gotten to working around was fixed.  So the answer is yes, safe to upgrade. :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-02T19:52:35.913" LastActivityDate="2010-11-02T19:52:35.913" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-10-25T12:12:05.310" Title="Is Beamer safe to upgrade?" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="4496" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4495" CreationDate="2010-10-24T11:23:25.807" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't use beamer, but it is always recommended to install new texlive besides the old one, if something broke in the new release you can easily fallback to the old one (on Linux/Unix it is a matter of changing PATH). Also, I'd take comments from that specific person with a grain of salt.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastActivityDate="2010-10-24T11:23:25.807" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-10-25T12:12:05.310" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4497" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4461" CreationDate="2010-10-24T11:33:45.503" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you're willing to customise an existing style (any existing style which orders things in ascending date order), then take the corresponding &lt;code&gt;.bst&lt;/code&gt; file, head to the bottom, and replace &lt;code&gt;ITERATE&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;REVERSE&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Details: You can find the existing file with (on unixes) &lt;code&gt;kpsewhich plain.bst&lt;/code&gt; (if you want to customize the &lt;code&gt;plain&lt;/code&gt; style).  Copy that file to, say, &lt;code&gt;myplain.bst&lt;/code&gt;, edit it, and then use &lt;code&gt;{myplain}&lt;/code&gt; as your bibliographystyle.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="96" LastActivityDate="2010-10-24T11:33:45.503" />
  <row Id="4498" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4499" CreationDate="2010-10-24T11:34:12.367" Score="3" ViewCount="218" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've started using TexMaker as an alternative to emacs (I work on both ubuntu and mac and I want to have the same programs on both) for typesetting LaTeX. TexMaker is easy to use but there is one thing that I am not managing to do: I use the environment variable TEXINPUTS and BIBINPUTS to tell latex and bibtex of the location of my private .sty files and .bib files, since I use the same ones for many documents. On the Ubuntu machine, I need to start TexMaker from commandline (and not from the mouse-click menu) for it to &quot;see&quot; these environment variables, on the mac I don't know how to do that, so it never sees them. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I set the variables from my .bashrc file. Perhaps that is the mistake? should it be in .login or .profile (although my .profile sources .bashrc...)? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Maybe I can add these variables directly to TexMaker, but a) I don't know how and b) I'd rather not, if possible. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This question might be more appropriate to SO, but TexMaker is such a specific piece of software that I thought to ask here first.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastEditorUserId="117" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-24T13:08:10.227" LastActivityDate="2010-10-24T13:08:10.227" Title="Using TexMaker on OS X" Tags="&lt;osx&gt;&lt;texmaker&gt;&lt;bibinputs&gt;&lt;texinputs&gt;&lt;environmentvariables&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="4499" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4498" CreationDate="2010-10-24T12:38:06.250" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you want to set environment variables, you need to create &lt;code&gt;~/.MacOSX/environment.plist&lt;/code&gt;. See &lt;a href=&quot;http://developer.apple.com/library/mac/#documentation/MacOSX/Conceptual/BPRuntimeConfig/Articles/EnvironmentVars.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt; for details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You should also be able to open it from the terminal using &lt;a href=&quot;http://developer.apple.com/library/mac/#documentation/Darwin/Reference/ManPages/man1/open.1.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;open(1)&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;; this should cause it to inherent any environment variables in the usual way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-10-24T12:38:06.250" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4500" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4501" CreationDate="2010-10-24T12:46:20.423" Score="5" ViewCount="488" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it a good idea to write your software manual pages (manpages) / reference manuals using TeX? I'm new to TeX and exploring my options around this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd be able to deliver a manpage.pdf along with the sources, but I'd also like to put them online. Not only in PDF format, but also as HTML or within a MediaWiki. Is this possible? And how?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What would be a good template / example to start with? Any .sty file to add manpage functionality?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1583" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T20:49:41.030" Title="Writing manpage / reference manual for software in LaTeX" Tags="&lt;documentation&gt;&lt;manuals&gt;" AnswerCount="6" />
  <row Id="4501" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4500" CreationDate="2010-10-24T13:01:57.537" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure how one would write a man page in in TeX. If you open one up in an editor, you can see that they're written in *roff.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For reference manuals, see the answers to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3852/latex-template-for-a-technical-reference-manual-user-guide&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are several ways one can produce html files from a TeX file. Some information is given in &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1507/how-to-create-pdf-and-html-output-from-the-same-source&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've never heard of producing MediaWiki's markup from LaTeX. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-10-24T13:01:57.537" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4502" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-24T13:15:47.347" Score="4" ViewCount="145" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have the following setup, I have a file with some definitions, one of which is a list of items:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\mylist}{&#xA;\item first item&#xA;\item second item&#xA;\item third item&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to use &lt;code&gt;\mylist&lt;/code&gt; in two different ways, first&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{itemize}&#xA;\mylist&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and second, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{itemize}&#xA;% somehow extract 1st and 3rd items from \mylist&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or alternatively&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\being{itemize}&#xA;%somehow extract first n items from \mylist&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The selection can be done by stating which items I want &lt;code&gt;{1,3}&lt;/code&gt;, or, maybe better, using &lt;code&gt;\label{}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\ref{}&lt;/code&gt; so that when I add more items, I do not need to change the numbering in the subset.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I need this for keeping an updated list of publications/references/talks in one place, while being able to generate various documents containing a more, or less verbose list of items.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastEditorUserId="117" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-24T13:26:50.500" LastActivityDate="2010-10-25T19:05:31.613" Title="onlyitems? How to selected specific items from an item list" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;lists&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4503" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4506" CreationDate="2010-10-24T13:30:25.247" Score="2" ViewCount="269" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do I specify color in RGB using &lt;code&gt;\hypersetup&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know that this is the right way to do it with color names:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\hypersetup{colorlinks,breaklinks,&#xA;            urlcolor=Maroon,&#xA;            linkcolor=Maroon}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I want &lt;code&gt;Teal&lt;/code&gt;, which &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; doesn't recognize. I know &lt;code&gt;Teal = {0 128 128}&lt;/code&gt; in RGB, but the following code won't compile:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\hypersetup{colorlinks,breaklinks,&#xA;            urlcolor={0 128 128},&#xA;            linkcolor={0 128 128}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have tried it with comma separators, proportional values (e.g. &lt;code&gt;0 &amp;lt; x &amp;lt; 1&lt;/code&gt;), but to no avail. What is the right way to do it? Also mention the correct &lt;code&gt;texdoc&lt;/code&gt; that I should read for further info.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="791" LastActivityDate="2010-10-24T14:48:19.133" Title="How do I specify color in RGB using \hypersetup in hyperref?" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;color&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="4504" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4491" CreationDate="2010-10-24T13:33:59.473" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Joseph is correct: this feature is now included inside all of the TeX-based engines. And note well that you now shouldn't use the pdfsync package -- everything happens automatically. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-10-24T13:33:59.473" />
  <row Id="4505" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4503" CreationDate="2010-10-24T13:58:40.207" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You must define the name of color first. In the case of Teal it is not necessary as it is defines in svgnam.de, so you can use the svgnames option.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \documentclass{book}&#xA; \usepackage[svgnames]{xcolor}&#xA; %\definecolor{Teal}{RGB}{0 128 128}&#xA; \usepackage{hyperref}&#xA; \hypersetup{colorlinks,breaklinks,&#xA;             urlcolor=Teal,&#xA;             linkcolor=Teal}&#xA; \begin{document}&#xA; \url{abc}&#xA; \end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-10-24T13:58:40.207" />
  <row Id="4506" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4503" CreationDate="2010-10-24T14:48:19.133" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you'd really prefer to specify RGB colours in &lt;code&gt;\hypersetup&lt;/code&gt; without loading the &lt;code&gt;(x)color&lt;/code&gt; package, you can always type them in directly like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\hypersetup{colorlinks,breaklinks,&#xA;            urlcolor=[rgb]{0,0.5,0.5},&#xA;            linkcolor=[rgb]{0,0.5,0.5}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Still, as Ulrike mentioned, loading &lt;code&gt;xcolor&lt;/code&gt; is usually the more comfortable way to go.  Although probably a little overkill for your problem, this is how I generally proceed:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[dvipsnames,svgnames,x11names,hyperref]{xcolor}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that you can specify multiple colour name spaces so long as you're not too concerned about name clashes (otherwise read the rules about this in the &lt;code&gt;xcolor&lt;/code&gt; manual).  Since you're loading &lt;code&gt;xcolor&lt;/code&gt; to fit in with &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt;, don't forget to include the &lt;code&gt;[hyperref]&lt;/code&gt; option as you go.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-10-24T14:48:19.133" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4507" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4529" CreationDate="2010-10-24T15:16:16.543" Score="15" ViewCount="519" Body="&lt;p&gt;The following quote is from James Felici, &lt;em&gt;The Complete Manual of Typography&lt;/em&gt; (2003), p. 161:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Rivers occur when word spaces stack one above the other in successive lines of type, creating the appearance of fissures running through the text [...]. Rivers are accidents of composition, and software isn't yet smart enough to detect them, much less do anything about them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the following page, Felici shows an example of a &quot;mighty river&quot; running through a paragraph. Below, you'll find the LaTeX code and the pictured output of my (somewhat abridged) recreation of Felicis example. (The layout is chosen so that the effect also occurs if one uses the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/microtype.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;microtype&lt;/a&gt; package with its default settings.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{mathptmx}&#xA;\usepackage{microtype}&#xA;&#xA;\textwidth 247pt&#xA;\parindent 23pt&#xA;\frenchspacing&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Though the Pearl measures less than 50~miles in total length from its %&#xA;modest source as a cool mountain spring to the screaming cascades and %&#xA;steaming estuary of its downstream reaches, over those miles, the %&#xA;river has in one place or another everything you could possibly ask %&#xA;for. You can roam among lush temperate rain forests, turgid white %&#xA;water canyons, contemplative meanders among aisles of staid aspens %&#xA;(with trout leaping to slurp all the afternoon insects from its calm %&#xA;surface), and forbidding swamp land as formidable as any that Humphrey %&#xA;Bogart muddled through in \emph{The African Queen}.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/F7GXD.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, was Felici right in that &quot;software isn't yet smart enough&quot; to deal with rivers? Or is this something TeX can handle? And if not TeX, then possibly LuaTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: As rassie pointed out that TeX is Turing-complete, let me clarify that I'm interested in solutions that either already exist or could be implemented with reasonable time and effort.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-24T17:05:09.100" LastActivityDate="2010-10-25T07:04:13.437" Title="Avoiding &quot;rivers&quot; in successive lines of type" Tags="&lt;line-breaking&gt;&lt;paragraphs&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="4508" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4507" CreationDate="2010-10-24T16:27:04.330" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think it's more of an algorithm problem than TeX's. Both TeX and Lua are Turing-complete programming languages, so it's possible to implement any algorithm in it provided enough time.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So let's assume you've got an algorithm which can tell whether a paragraph of text has a river inside it or not, e.g. by graphically putting vertical lines over the paragraph and checking whether all dots underneath are white. Then one could define a &lt;code&gt;\riverpenalty&lt;/code&gt; variable bound to the output of that algorithm, which would, if set high enough, force TeX to select an another rendering of that particular paragraph.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, if I'm not completely mistaken, classic TeX first builds lines and then paragraphs, i.e. a paragraph-bound penalty would not lead to a different rendering for a particular line. That would mean that river detection would be possible with classic TeX but not river correction.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, many of PDFTeX's and XeTeX's algorithms, especially those dealing with microtypography, probably need ways to correct a line's rendering based on some paragraph penalty. In that case, implementing a river correction should be possible with one of those advanced engines, either in the engine itself or using its API -- and at that point it doesn't matter which language you take, either pure TeX or Lua or something completely different.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="267" LastActivityDate="2010-10-24T16:27:04.330" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="4510" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1118" CreationDate="2010-10-24T16:50:51.670" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Version control systems also let you work on several machines.  For example, I &lt;code&gt;git push&lt;/code&gt; before going home, and when I get there and want to finish my work, I start with &lt;code&gt;git pull&lt;/code&gt;.  This is a lot easier than transferring files to a USB key, or &lt;code&gt;scp&lt;/code&gt;ing them, or using dropbox, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="922" LastActivityDate="2010-10-24T16:50:51.670" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4511" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4507" CreationDate="2010-10-24T18:17:15.420" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Might not be a very helpful answer, but &lt;a href=&quot;http://ant.berlios.de/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ANT&lt;/a&gt; (which is modelled after TeX) claims to have river detection, so may be some one could look at that and implement it in lua (Hans in a recent talk mentioned his effort to rewrite TeX paragraph builder in lua, so may be both can be combined.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastActivityDate="2010-10-24T18:17:15.420" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4512" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4145" CreationDate="2010-10-24T19:05:43.297" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Several people have mentioned tex4ht but didn't give the command. From my looking around it seems that the command to run is &lt;code&gt;mk4ht oolatex myfile.tex&lt;/code&gt; and you should get a .odt file. I tried it on a basic example and it worked great. When I get a chance I will run it on something more complex.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1407" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-24T19:13:49.827" LastActivityDate="2010-10-24T19:13:49.827" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4513" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4455" CreationDate="2010-10-24T19:08:00.583" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I stumbled across the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=syntax-mdw&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;syntax-mdw&lt;/code&gt; package&lt;/a&gt; the other day. It looks like it might typeset BNFs and syntax diagrams nicely.  See the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/mdwtools/syntax.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;documentation (PDF)&lt;/a&gt; to get an idea of its capabilities.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="80" LastActivityDate="2010-10-24T19:08:00.583" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="4514" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4507" CreationDate="2010-10-24T19:15:28.767" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am not sure if the problem is &lt;em&gt;solvable&lt;/em&gt;, and it may require a new generation of very fast computers (trials with different algorithms can take over six hours to iterate). The example below can produce rivers mightier than Felici's example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article} &#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\def\samplerivers{%&#xA;\hskip1em Repeated repeated repeated repeated&#xA;repeated repeated repeated repeated&#xA;repeated repeated repeated repeated&#xA;repeated repeated repeated repeated&#xA;repeated repeated repeated repeated&#xA;repeated repeated repeated repeated&#xA;repeated repeated repeated repeated&#xA;repeated repeated repeated repeated&#xA;repeated repeated repeated repeated&#xA;repeated repeated repeated repeated&#xA;repeated repeated repeated repeated&#xA;repeated repeated repeated repeated&#xA;repeated.}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{minipage}{1.9in}&#xA; \looseness=-1 \hyphenpenalty=0\samplerivers&#xA;\end{minipage}\hspace{.8cm}&#xA;\begin{minipage}{1.9in}&#xA;  \hyphenpenalty=100\samplerivers&#xA;\end{minipage}\hspace{.8cm}&#xA;\begin{minipage}{1.9in}&#xA; \hyphenpenalty=100000 \samplerivers&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One attempt at attacking the problem is that of &lt;a href=&quot;http://yallara.cs.rmit.edu.au/~aholkner/paper.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Holkner&lt;/a&gt;. He attempted to optimize over multiple objectives but as he writes:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;... performance degrades so badly that some of the tests had to be stopped when they took more than six hours to complete.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;TeX's algorithm does not include for any parameters to minimize rivers. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-10-24T19:15:28.767" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4515" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-24T19:43:03.313" Score="3" ViewCount="100" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3090/non-commutative-packages&quot;&gt;Non-commutative packages&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I remember reading in some reference guide that the order of loading packages with &lt;code&gt;\usepackage&lt;/code&gt; in principle doesn't matter. Real life, however, has taught me that in many cases latex packages do not have 'orthogonal' behaviour, so to speak: They might interfere with one another if loaded in the wrong order. A few examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt; tells us to load it before &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;geometry&lt;/code&gt; tells us to load it after &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; in some special circumstances&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; wants to be loaded as the very last package&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;for the &lt;code&gt;ragged2e&lt;/code&gt; package the LaTeX Companion advises: &quot;The package should therefore be loaded &lt;em&gt;after&lt;/em&gt; the body font and size have been established – for example, after font packages have been loaded.&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1863/which-packages-should-be-loaded-after-hyperref-instead-of-before&quot;&gt;Which packages should be loaded after hyperref instead of before?&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2859/should-the-fontenc-package-be-loaded-before-or-after-font-packages&quot;&gt;Should the fontenc package be loaded before or after font packages?&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And so on. Now: &lt;strong&gt;Are there general best practices regarding package loading order in latex?&lt;/strong&gt; How can I know about dependencies? Are there even recommended ways of structuring the preamble (first layout, then fonts, then babel, then ...) to make sure there is no unwanted interference between packages and/or package configuration?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I know it is a very general, but I hope still practical and useful question. Thanks!)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1309" LastActivityDate="2010-10-24T19:43:03.313" ClosedDate="2010-10-24T22:15:47.240" Title="What's the right order when loading packages?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;latex-general&gt;&lt;preamble&gt;" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4516" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4404" CreationDate="2010-10-24T20:02:46.480" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The problem is not caused by wrong syntax or a recursion. If you for instance change the position to 1:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;postaction={decoration={markings,mark=at position 1 with {\arrow{&amp;gt;}}},decorate}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;your file compiles without errors and you get:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/zRko6.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Similar for position 0. This doesn't place the arrow where it's desired but it shows that that way of nesting decorations is ok, though the calculation for TikZ seems to be too hard.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-10-24T20:02:46.480" />
  <row Id="4517" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4920" CreationDate="2010-10-24T20:37:17.820" Score="6" ViewCount="202" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a package that provides a variant of the &lt;code&gt;\cite&lt;/code&gt; command that tolerates arbitrary whitespace? That is, I would like to be able to write something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\cite{foo, bar, baz}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\cite{&#xA;    foo, bar, baz,&#xA;    baf, bah, bam&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;without any ill effect.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To keep things interesting, it should work flawlessly with other commonly used packages such as &lt;code&gt;cite&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt;, and it should also work &lt;em&gt;without&lt;/em&gt; those packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt; Examples...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;test.bib:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@MISC{bar,&#xA;    author={Bar Bar},&#xA;    title={Bar},&#xA;    year={1988}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;@MISC{foo,&#xA;    author={Foo Foo},&#xA;    title={Foo},&#xA;    year={1988}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;test1.tex:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[numbers,sort&amp;amp;compress]{natbib}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;    \cite{foo, bar }.&#xA;&#xA;    \bibliographystyle{plain}&#xA;    \bibliography{test}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here &lt;code&gt;pdflatex test1&lt;/code&gt; works OK but &lt;code&gt;bibtex test1&lt;/code&gt; gives the following error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;White space in argument---line 2 of file test1.aux&#xA; : \citation{foo,bar&#xA; :                   }&#xA;I'm skipping whatever remains of this command&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;test2.tex:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;    \cite{foo, bar }.&#xA;&#xA;    \bibliographystyle{plain}&#xA;    \bibliography{test}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Again, &lt;code&gt;pdflatex test2&lt;/code&gt; works OK but &lt;code&gt;bibtex test2&lt;/code&gt; produces the following error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;White space in argument---line 3 of file test2.aux&#xA; : \citation{bar&#xA; :               }&#xA;I'm skipping whatever remains of this command&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;test3.tex:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{cite}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;    \cite{foo, bar }.&#xA;&#xA;    \bibliographystyle{plain}&#xA;    \bibliography{test}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This seems to work fine! But naturally it has all the side-effects of the &lt;code&gt;cite&lt;/code&gt; package as well, which isn't always compatible with other packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="100" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-06T17:04:36.870" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T17:04:36.870" Title="\cite that tolerates whitespace?" Tags="&lt;citing&gt;&lt;cite-package&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4518" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4495" CreationDate="2010-10-24T20:37:51.773" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Okay, I'm one of 'the new maintainers', but to date there have not really been a lot of significant changes in the sense of &quot;let's rewrite this entire section of the code&quot;. There have been fixes for specific problems, some of which have been floating around on the internet for some time and were simply waiting for an 'official' route into beamer. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That said, there is always a risk when you change a piece of code that there are other effects you didn't think of/test for. I know that at least one issue came up that way as a result of a fix I added to beamer. Of course, once this was reported I went back and thought again, but I'm not going to say that there are no problems lurking. I don't know exactly which version went into the DVD version of TeX Live 2010, so you may have to do an on-line update to get the version with all of these fixes sorted out.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tend to 'suck it and see' with updates, but I realise that no everyone is in a position to take that attitude. Khaled's approach is a good one, but if you only want to know about beamer then you can grab the code directly from CTAN and put it into your local texmf directory. That will let you do testing on the update without any other changes. Then you can test knowing that reverting it is only a case of deleting the local installation of beamer. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I would say is that, at least for me, beamer is working properly: I use it too, so if it was broken for me I'd be straight on to sorting it out. That's true of most packages from most developers: we also tend to be users of our own work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-10-24T20:37:51.773" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-10-25T12:12:05.310" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="4519" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-24T21:03:42.373" Score="13" ViewCount="857" Body="&lt;p&gt;I cannot remember how to create an invisible character in LaTeX, i.e. I want to put a space the that has the width of a particular character, say `M'.  I know there is a command for this, and this is a really dumb question, but my Google fu has failed me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="376" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-24T23:24:47.117" LastActivityDate="2010-10-24T23:24:47.117" Title="How do I create an invisible character?" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;macros&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4520" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4519" CreationDate="2010-10-24T21:05:34.260" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;OK, I finally found it.  The command is \phantom.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="376" LastActivityDate="2010-10-24T21:05:34.260" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4521" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4500" CreationDate="2010-10-24T22:02:50.830" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For software documentation, there is the texinfo system which is primarily used in the GNU project, and allows output in various formats like PDF, HTML, info, DocBook and other XML formats. The PDF output is produced by TeX, but the syntax of a texinfo source is not the usual LaTeX/Plain TeX syntax (for example, commands start with &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt;, not &lt;code&gt;\&lt;/code&gt;). It doesn't feature man as an output format, however (I'm not sure if your question is about the man format itself or about documentation formats in general.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1239" LastActivityDate="2010-10-24T22:02:50.830" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4522" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-24T22:21:59.963" Score="0" ViewCount="112" Body="&lt;p&gt;I tried downloading some files and while the directory listing is working, I couldn't download even a small README file....&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastEditorUserId="117" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-24T23:57:15.100" LastActivityDate="2010-10-25T03:32:27.803" ClosedDate="2010-10-25T03:33:05.950" Title="is CTAN broken?" Tags="&lt;ctan&gt;&lt;transient&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="4523" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4519" CreationDate="2010-10-24T23:19:53.537" Score="16" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You already found the answer, but let me expand a bit. There are three phantom commands. They each take a single argument.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\hphantom&lt;/code&gt; inserts an empty box that has zero height, zero depth, and the width of its argument.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\vphantom&lt;/code&gt; inserts an empty box that has the height and depth of the argument, but zero width.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\phantom&lt;/code&gt; inserts an empty box with the same dimensions as the arguments.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-10-24T23:19:53.537" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4524" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4526" CreationDate="2010-10-24T23:38:23.847" Score="2" ViewCount="272" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using the newlfm package, and want my output to use a US Letter 8.5x11 page size.  Unfortunately, I'm getting A4!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have the following documentclass declaration.  The addition of &quot;letterpaper&quot; did not help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[stdletter, letterpaper]{newlfm}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am new to LaTeX, so I'm still mostly lost.  I checked a couple other projects, where the simple &lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&lt;/code&gt; results in the 8.5x11 size being used.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am using MikTex 2.8 on WinXP.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="902" LastActivityDate="2010-10-25T01:23:58.050" Title="Using US Letter Paper with newlfm" Tags="&lt;paper-size&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4525" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4524" CreationDate="2010-10-25T00:17:32.290" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Oops. I see that you're using MikTeX so my answer doesn't apply.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are using TeX Live, try running&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;code&gt;$ tlmgr paper&lt;/code&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;and check that everything is configured to use letter. E.g., when I run that on my computer, I see&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Current context paper size (from /usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-config/tex/context/user/cont-sys.tex): letter&#xA;Current dvipdfm paper size (from /usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-config/dvipdfm/config/config): letter&#xA;Current dvipdfmx paper size (from /usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-config/dvipdfmx/dvipdfmx.cfg): letter&#xA;Current dvips paper size (from /usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-config/dvips/config/config.ps): letter&#xA;Current pdftex paper size (from /usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-config/tex/generic/config/pdftexconfig.tex): letter&#xA;Current xdvi paper size (from /usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-config/xdvi/XDvi): letter&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can change all of them to letter by running&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;code&gt;$ tlmgr paper letter&lt;/code&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;You may need to be root.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-25T00:23:52.153" LastActivityDate="2010-10-25T00:23:52.153" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4526" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4524" CreationDate="2010-10-25T01:23:58.050" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;After taking a break and then searching better, I came across &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2331/hyperref-height-of-page-paperheight-is-invalid-0-0pt/2343#2343&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt; answer by @Stefan Kottwitz.  Adding the following line to my file successfully output the correct US Letter paper size!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[papersize={8.5in,11in}]{geometry}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="902" LastActivityDate="2010-10-25T01:23:58.050" />
  <row Id="4528" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4465" CreationDate="2010-10-25T04:27:32.543" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You might like to try the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/ulem.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ulem&lt;/a&gt; package and use the command \sout{word} to strikeout a word.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="157" LastActivityDate="2010-10-25T04:27:32.543" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4529" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4507" CreationDate="2010-10-25T07:04:13.437" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To expand a little on the answers already given: It is not merely a question of adding a new sort of penalty and having TeX magically optimize for the new penalty. The problem is that TeX's paragraph optimization algorithm utilizes the special structure of the problem given it: The problem is rephrased as a shortest path algorithm in a graph (whose nodes are the possible break points) and solved with &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dijkstra%27s_algorithm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Dijkstra's algorithm&lt;/a&gt;. Any new sort of penalty would have to fit into that framework, and a river penalty would in a sense be “too global” for that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;River &lt;em&gt;detection&lt;/em&gt;, on the other hand, ought to be feasible. If we had a way of detecting rivers, it would be possible to tweak the offending paragraph manually to make the river go away.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2010-10-25T07:04:13.437" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4530" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4538" CreationDate="2010-10-25T08:02:13.423" Score="7" ViewCount="703" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi all,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using beamer package to produce slides. I put many figures on a slide by using the subfigure package. The problem is that for captions, the subfigure are labeled &quot;a&quot;, &quot;b&quot;.. &quot;m&quot;, &quot;n&quot; and so on, for subfigures appearing on different slides. How could I reset the subfigure numbering when passing to a new slide?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="852" LastActivityDate="2010-10-25T13:28:52.220" Title="Subfigures in beamer documents" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;subfloats&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4531" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4540" CreationDate="2010-10-25T08:32:42.790" Score="3" ViewCount="133" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm writing a thesis which is an aggregate of articles. In one article, there's a blank unnecessary page that appears between the final lines of my document and the bibliography when I put it in the thesis. I don't get this behaviour when I compiled the article separately with article class. I've tried commands like &lt;code&gt;\vspace{-10cm}&lt;/code&gt; but to no avail. The extra page is still here. How to get rid of this page?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The thesis is a compilation of articles with each article having its own bibliography. And I'm using &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt; to include each article. Each article has its own &lt;code&gt;\bibliography&lt;/code&gt; command at the end.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks a lot... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;updated information:&#xA;I'm using the chapterbib package to put the multiple bibliographies. And the documentclass is set as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[fleqn,a4paper,twoside,11pt]{book}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't have openright option. I'm fixing this myself with adding a balnk page as necessary.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm putting each article as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begingroup&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand{\appendix}{%&#xA;\par&#xA;\setcounter{section}{0}%&#xA;\renewcommand{\thesection}{\thechapter.\Alph{section}}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\input{article1}&#xA;&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See also this link:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4451/getting-correct-section-numbering-for-appendix-in-a-large-document&quot;&gt;Getting correct section numbering for Appendix in a large document&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="993" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-09T23:20:07.270" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T23:20:07.270" Title="take unnecessary page before bibliography" Tags="&lt;blank-page&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="4532" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4530" CreationDate="2010-10-25T08:44:50.953" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Solved: added &lt;code&gt;\setcounter{subfigure}{0}&lt;/code&gt; before each &lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="852" LastActivityDate="2010-10-25T08:44:50.953" />
  <row Id="4533" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4531" CreationDate="2010-10-25T09:12:11.383" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Perhaps you need to give the &lt;code&gt;onepage&lt;/code&gt; option in the documentclass?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1493" LastActivityDate="2010-10-25T09:12:11.383" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4534" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4536" CreationDate="2010-10-25T09:30:03.310" Score="10" ViewCount="170" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any command or package to insert the version of LaTeX used to create a document? I am looking for a header or footer in the first page that says something like &lt;code&gt;compiled with pdfTeX 3.1415926-1.40.11-2.2 (TeX Live 2010)&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="146" LastActivityDate="2010-10-25T11:14:50.647" Title="Include LaTeX version in document" Tags="&lt;latex-general&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4535" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4534" CreationDate="2010-10-25T09:57:35.577" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Not as specific as you want, but Pdftex has the primitive &lt;code&gt;\pdftexversion&lt;/code&gt;, which is 100x the version number.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can make a shell script that creates a file based on the first line of the output of &lt;code&gt;tex -v&lt;/code&gt; (or whatever), that is &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; by the Latex program.  Cf. the answers to the question &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1492/passing-parameters-to-a-document/&quot;&gt;Passing parameters to a document&lt;/a&gt; for pointers on how to do this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-10-25T09:57:35.577" />
  <row Id="4536" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4534" CreationDate="2010-10-25T11:14:50.647" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is &lt;code&gt;\pdftexbanner&lt;/code&gt; primitive which will give you that message (works for both pdftex and luatex), but xetex don't seem to have a similar banner primitive.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastActivityDate="2010-10-25T11:14:50.647" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4537" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4502" CreationDate="2010-10-25T12:27:12.490" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I had this problem when trying to maintain three versions of my CV, each with different levels of detail.  In a nutshell, what I came up with is sort of a hack involving the &lt;code&gt;comment&lt;/code&gt; environment from the &lt;code&gt;verbatim&lt;/code&gt; package.  Here is what I wrote:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% These lists have optional arguments which indicate the formats in which&#xA;% they are to be displayed.  To display always, write [*], which is the default.&#xA;&#xA;\newif\ifdisplaythis\displaythistrue&#xA;\newif\ifinner&#xA;&#xA;\newsavebox{\casket}&#xA;\newcommand{\behead}[1]{\basketmacro #1}&#xA;\newcommand{\basketmacro}[1]{\gdef\basket{#1}}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\checkresumeformat}[1]{&#xA; \ifthenelse{\equal{*}{#1}}%&#xA;  {\displaythistrue\listbreak}{%&#xA;   \savebox{\casket}{\behead{#1}}% Hackish way of removing the evidence&#xA;   \ifthenelse{\equal{\basket}{-}}%&#xA;    {\ifthenelse{\equal{-\resformat}{#1}}{}{\displaythistrue}\listbreak}%&#xA;    {\ifthenelse{\equal{\resformat}{#1}}{\displaythistrue\listbreak}{}}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\testifallowed}[1]{%&#xA; \displaythisfalse%&#xA; \let\do = \checkresumeformat%&#xA; \docsvlist{#1}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% Logic:&#xA;% \reslist and \resitem both set \innerfalse and then test for being commented.&#xA;% When \endreslist or \endresitem comes around, we need to know whether to end&#xA;% the comment or not.&#xA;% Each of them decides this and then sets \innertrue.&#xA;% The decision is: if \ifinner is true, then there must have been a nested &#xA;% environment, so we were&#xA;% not commented.  Otherwise, we can check \ifdisplaythis, which can't have been &#xA;% changed by anything&#xA;% since there was nothing to change it.&#xA;&#xA;\def\maybecomment#1#2{%&#xA; \testifallowed{#1}%&#xA; \ifthenelse{\boolean{displaythis}}%&#xA;  {#2}%&#xA;  {\comment}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\endmaybecomment#1{%&#xA; \ifthenelse{\boolean{inner} \OR \boolean{displaythis}}%&#xA;  {#1}%&#xA;  {\endcomment}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{reslist}[1][*]&#xA; {\innerfalse\maybecomment{#1}{\compactitem}}&#xA; {\endmaybecomment{\endcompactitem}\innertrue}&#xA;&#xA;% resitem...&#xA;\newenvironment{resitem}[1][*]&#xA; {\innerfalse\maybecomment{#1}{\item}}&#xA; {\endmaybecomment{}\innertrue}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You'll want to load &lt;code&gt;etoolbox&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;ifthen&lt;/code&gt; to make this work (I also use &lt;code&gt;paralist&lt;/code&gt; for the compact lists, but you can just replace that with the usual itemize).  You may also want to ignore the business with &lt;code&gt;\ifinner&lt;/code&gt;, unless you plan on having nested lists (but see below).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The idea is that somewhere, the macro &lt;code&gt;\resformat&lt;/code&gt; is set (I wrote this as a class file, so it is set in an option, but you can define it manually).  Let's say it's set to &lt;code&gt;CV&lt;/code&gt;, but you also have a &lt;code&gt;resume&lt;/code&gt; format.  Then you might write a list like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{reslist}[*]&#xA; % This list is displayed in both the CV and resume&#xA; \begin{resitem}[CV]&#xA;  This goes in the CV only.&#xA; \end{resitem}&#xA; \begin{resitem}[resume]&#xA;  This goes in the resume only.&#xA; \end{resitem}&#xA; \begin{resitem}[CV,resume]&#xA;  This is displayed in both the CV and resume.&#xA; \end{resitem}&#xA; \begin{resitem}[-CV]&#xA;  This is displayed in every format other than CV.&#xA;\end{reslist}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is not unlike how &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt; works, if memory serves.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, suppose you have a nested list; that is, something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{reslist}&#xA; \begin{resitem}[*]&#xA;  This item is always displayed.&#xA; \end{resitem}&#xA; \begin{resitem}[resume]&#xA;  This item is only in the resume, and has another list.&#xA;  \begin{reslist}&#xA;   \item If you don't need the switches, you can use normal notation for lists.&#xA;  \end{reslist}&#xA; \end{resitem}&#xA;\end{reslist}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My code is designed to handle this.  However, the &lt;code&gt;verbatim&lt;/code&gt; code (whence the commenting functionality comes) is not.  Thus, you must modify it to recognize nested comments (or nested verbatims, more generally.  See the docs for why this is the same thing).  I did this, though I am currently reluctant to put it online since I am not sure of the legalities so I feel like I should keep it to myself (for now).  If you know what incantations I should say to make it okay to distribute, tell me and I'll do it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You may be wondering why I chose to use the (awkward) notation in which each item is an environment.  This is a necessary evil coming from the way the code in &lt;code&gt;verbatim&lt;/code&gt; is designed: the pair &lt;code&gt;\comment&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\endcomment&lt;/code&gt; which delimits the commenting environment can tell from which environment it is called, but not from which scope.  That is, it has to be called from an environment so that it can find the &lt;code&gt;\end{environmentname}&lt;/code&gt; tag (which does not have to be &lt;code&gt;\end{comment}&lt;/code&gt;; for me, it is &lt;code&gt;\end{reslist}&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\end{resitem}&lt;/code&gt;).  One can not &quot;comment everything between the braces&quot;.  It also does not work if that tag is not visible in the unprocessed source code, so no tricks like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\olditem = \item&#xA;\def\item{\endcomment\olditem\comment}&#xA;\newenvironment{reslist}{\begin{itemize}\comment}{\endcomment\end{itemize}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;since &lt;code&gt;\comment&lt;/code&gt; will not expand the &lt;code&gt;\item&lt;/code&gt;'s to figure out whether there is an &lt;code&gt;\endcomment&lt;/code&gt; embedded.  I know how it is possible to modify &lt;code&gt;\comment&lt;/code&gt; so as to get around this, but I haven't done it because it was enough work to get the nested comments working (for now).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perhaps you will find this helpful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="575" LastActivityDate="2010-10-25T12:27:12.490" />
  <row Id="4538" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4530" CreationDate="2010-10-25T13:28:52.220" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Instead of doing this for every figure, you could define it once in the preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\@addtoreset{subfigure}{figure}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alternatively, using the &lt;code&gt;chngcntr&lt;/code&gt; package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{chngcntr}&#xA;\counterwithin{subfigure}{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Though I would expect such a reset per figure as default subfigure behavior, but you did not post your code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-10-25T13:28:52.220" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4540" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4531" CreationDate="2010-10-25T14:24:32.437" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try to explicitly give the &lt;code&gt;openany&lt;/code&gt; option for your document class. My guess is that, even if you didn't specify it, your document class is using a default of &lt;code&gt;openright&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-10-25T14:24:32.437" />
  <row Id="4541" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4544" CreationDate="2010-10-25T14:35:00.617" Score="3" ViewCount="207" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a big picture made, but I can't get my nodes to get a loop (an arrow to itself).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My code now:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\matrix (mat) [matrix of nodes] &#xA;{ &#xA;|[draw,circle]|$(0)$  &amp;amp;[10mm] $\begin{bmatrix} u^{(0)}_0 \\ u^{(0)}_1 \end{bmatrix}$ &amp;amp; $\begin{bmatrix} \sigma^{(0)}_{00} &amp;amp; \sigma^{(0)}_{01} \\ \sigma^{(0)}_{10} &amp;amp; \sigma^{(0)}_{11} \end{bmatrix}$ &amp;amp; \\&#xA;|[draw,circle]|$(1)$ &amp;amp; $\begin{bmatrix} u^{(1)}_0 \\ u^{(1)}_1 \end{bmatrix}$ &amp;amp; $\begin{bmatrix} \sigma^{(1)}_{00} &amp;amp; \sigma^{(1)}_{01} \\ \sigma^{(1)}_{10} &amp;amp; \sigma^{(1)}_{11} \end{bmatrix}$ &amp;amp;  $\begin{bmatrix} u^{(0)}_0 \\ u^{(0)}_1 \\ u^{(1)}_0 \\ u^{(1)}_1 \\ u^{(2)}_0 \\ u^{(2)}_1 \end{bmatrix}$ \\&#xA;|[draw,circle]|$(2)$ &amp;amp; $\begin{bmatrix} u^{(2)}_0 \\ u^{(2)}_1 \end{bmatrix}$ &amp;amp; $\begin{bmatrix} \sigma^{(2)}_{00} &amp;amp; \sigma^{(2)}_{01} \\ \sigma^{(2)}_{10} &amp;amp; \sigma^{(2)}_{11} \end{bmatrix}$ &amp;amp;   \\&#xA;};&#xA;&#xA;\draw [-&amp;gt;] (mat-1-1) -- (mat-2-1);&#xA;\draw [-&amp;gt;] (mat-2-1) to [bend right=35] (mat-1-1);&#xA;\draw [-&amp;gt;] (mat-2-1) -- (mat-3-1);&#xA;\draw [-&amp;gt;] (mat-3-1) to [bend right=35] (mat-2-1);&#xA;&#xA;\draw [-&amp;gt;] (mat-1-1) to [bend left=55] (mat-3-1);&#xA;\draw [-&amp;gt;] (mat-3-1) to [bend left=55] (mat-1-1);&#xA;&#xA;\draw [-&amp;gt;,loop above,looseness=16,min distance=15mm] (mat-1-1); &#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The interesting part is the last \draw command which doesn't seem to have any effect. What should I do to display a loop above my node?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Currently it looks like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/0W00S.png&quot; alt=&quot;my tikz image&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="459" LastActivityDate="2010-10-25T14:58:21.197" Title="Why does my loop not show (tikz node)" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="4542" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4547" CreationDate="2010-10-25T14:40:18.007" Score="3" ViewCount="240" Body="&lt;p&gt;When adding citations in the body of a document I'm used to write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;... in some interesting paper~\cite{interesting}.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So that (if I'm using numbered references) the word “paper” and the citation number stick together and do not accidentally end up in two different lines.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It seems, however, that the &lt;code&gt;\citet&lt;/code&gt; command from &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt; (which should produce something like “Authors [4]”), does not use a &lt;code&gt;~&lt;/code&gt; between the names of the authors and the citation number so that, on a few rare occasions, I end up with something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;                                                  ... Authors&#xA;[4].&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which is annoying. Is there an easy way to make &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt; use a non-breaking space there?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-10-25T15:49:53.427" Title="Non-breaking space in \citet using natbib?" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;natbib&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="4543" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4545" CreationDate="2010-10-25T14:40:18.820" Score="1" ViewCount="120" Body="&lt;p&gt;I saw the answers to a &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/227/791&quot;&gt;similar question&lt;/a&gt;, but the accepted answer won't take effect in a KOMA-script class.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{lastpage}&#xA;...&#xA;\cfoot{\thepage\ of \pageref{LastPage}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am using &lt;code&gt;scrartcl&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;lastpage&lt;/code&gt;. The default page numbering is just the page number itself. I want it to be &lt;code&gt;currentPage / totalPages&lt;/code&gt;. How do I modify it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="791" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-25T15:07:55.207" LastActivityDate="2010-10-25T15:16:02.247" Title="How do I add a Page X of Y in a KOMA-script class?" Tags="&lt;header-footer&gt;&lt;koma-script&gt;&lt;page-numbering&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="4544" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4541" CreationDate="2010-10-25T14:58:21.197" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It works this way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\draw (mat-1-1) to [-&amp;gt;,loop above,looseness=16,min distance=15mm] (mat-1-1); &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/1s60z.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-10-25T14:58:21.197" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4545" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4543" CreationDate="2010-10-25T15:07:32.290" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Remember to specify the page style. This minimal example works, showing &quot;2 of 3&quot; etc. in the page foot:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrartcl}&#xA;\usepackage{lastpage}&#xA;\usepackage{scrpage2}&#xA;\cfoot{\thepage\ of \pageref{LastPage}}&#xA;\pagestyle{scrheadings}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;text&#xA;\newpage&#xA;text&#xA;\newpage&#xA;text&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-10-25T15:07:32.290" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4546" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4543" CreationDate="2010-10-25T15:16:02.247" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Have you tried adding&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to your preamble?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then, always in the preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;\lhead{}&#xA;\chead{}&#xA;\rhead{}&#xA;\lfoot{}&#xA;\cfoot{\thepage\ of \pageref{LastPage}} % depending on where you want the page numbers&#xA;\rfoot{}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="177" LastActivityDate="2010-10-25T15:16:02.247" />
  <row Id="4547" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4542" CreationDate="2010-10-25T15:40:48.153" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Looks like &lt;code&gt;\NAT@spacechar&lt;/code&gt; needs to be redefined:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[numbers]{natbib}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;% \def\NAT@spacechar{\ }% OLD&#xA;\def\NAT@spacechar{~}% NEW&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.bib}&#xA;@misc{a01,&#xA;  author = {Author, A.},&#xA;  year = {2001},&#xA;  title = {Alpha},&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Let's test if author and citation number end up in different lines: \citet{a01}.&#xA;&#xA;\bibliographystyle{plainnat}&#xA;\bibliography{\jobname}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-10-25T15:40:48.153" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4548" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4586" CreationDate="2010-10-25T15:45:35.560" Score="10" ViewCount="478" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've got a modestly large document (60 pages or so), of technical documentation, in two versions (one of them improved). Unfortunately, I seem to have lost the source of the older version (but I do have the code for the most up-to-date document).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I'd like to compare the two versions of the document (in PDF format) and see what got changed between the two, preferably in a &lt;code&gt;diff&lt;/code&gt;-like format. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Not a whole lot changed between the two versions, but minor details are important and could be easily overlooked. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Suggestions how to to this efficiently and effectively will be deeply appreciated. Non-TeX related solutions also welcome, including non-free ones.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I should mention that the documents contain exclusively text, with very few figures and tables, and modest amount of formulae.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;The documents were created with pdfLaTeX by myself, and if you think there's relevant information in the packages I used, I can provide that as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit 2&lt;/strong&gt;: A lot of good and promising answers! I will make an effort to try them all one of these days, and will post an update here with the result. This might make a good community wiki.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="711" LastEditorUserId="711" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-25T21:06:31.507" LastActivityDate="2010-10-26T13:53:43.790" Title="How to track changes between PDFs?" Tags="&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;tools&gt;&lt;changes&gt;" AnswerCount="6" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4549" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1344" CreationDate="2010-10-25T15:46:59.650" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you change the code which draws the tree you can use only one of your custom node macros:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  \draw \statnodex{1}{10}{0.1}&#xA;        child {&#xA;               \statnodex{1}{10}{0.1}&#xA;        };&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\node&lt;/code&gt; is just syntactic sugar for &lt;code&gt;\draw node&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now you could get really fancy and define a new multi-part node (see &quot;Shapes with Multiple Text Parts&quot; in the PGF manual, which is Section 39.6 in the 2.00 version) but unless you want to do this in many documents a macro seems fine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-10-25T15:46:59.650" />
  <row Id="4550" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4542" CreationDate="2010-10-25T15:49:53.427" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Since &lt;code&gt;\NAT@spacechar&lt;/code&gt; is used, this redefinition prevents such breaks:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand*{\NAT@spacechar}{~}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This could affect also places where a break could be desired. Thus, an easy way for your rare occasions would be to use just &lt;code&gt;\mbox&lt;/code&gt; around the citation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;... in the paper \mbox{\citet{interesting}}.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-10-25T15:49:53.427" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4551" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-25T16:38:57.560" Score="1" ViewCount="106" Body="&lt;p&gt;I can't find this here, nor anywhere else. Either it's too simple, or I'm looking at the wrong places, or whatever. (Maybe the answer is out there somewhere, or worse, in here somewhere without my knowing).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd like to create a &quot;shortcut&quot;. when my cursor is on a certain word, I want this word to become (in output) italic, meaning to surround it by \emph{some word}.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using vim (with latex-suite) so it is quite straightforward to use FEM to start italic &quot;mode&quot; and  to &quot;end it&quot;. but on already written text, it becomes more complicated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;after researching,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;I tried&lt;br&gt;&#xA;:call IMAP (&quot;&amp;lt; S-F6&gt;&quot;, &quot;b i FEM &amp;lt; ESC&gt; d e i { &amp;lt; ESC&gt; e a } &amp;lt; ESC&gt;&quot;, &quot;tex&quot;)*&lt;br&gt;&#xA;(I will translate this into words: go to beginning of word, insert, create \emph environment, escape(to normal mode), delete to end of word (i.e., to end of &amp;lt;++&gt;), insert {, escape, go to end of word, insert } (after), then escape back into normal mode. sounds complicated, I guess there's millions of other ways of doing it but that's not the problem)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;I tried with various versions of adding \ before &amp;lt; ESC&gt; and } (i think vim likes that), not using spaces, and the like. nothing happened.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I also tried&lt;br&gt;&#xA;:nm {&amp;lt; S-F6&gt;} {see above}&lt;br&gt;&#xA;and then I ran out of energy and gave up.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;alright, so maybe&lt;br&gt;&#xA;) the function already exists somewhere&lt;br&gt;&#xA;) shift-f6 is not an accepted operator&lt;br&gt;&#xA;) ???&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in any case, I hope you can help&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;please do, and thanks in advance&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;*N.B. I have added a &lt;em&gt;space&lt;/em&gt; after every  &amp;lt; because otherwise it wouldn't print. it is not in the code (attempts)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1592" LastActivityDate="2010-10-25T17:23:35.150" Title="custom mapping for &gt;italicize marked text / text under cursor&lt; (using vim)" Tags="&lt;vim&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4552" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4559" CreationDate="2010-10-25T16:51:37.670" Score="6" ViewCount="143" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yesterday I was stumped while not managing to download any package from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;CTAN&lt;/a&gt;. While I could navigate and browse the directories, any time I selected a file to download the request would time-out. A web search reveled nothing. No-one else seemed to have the same problem, and I was stumped. After while, I realized that CTAN is distributed on many mirrors across the globe and most likely the actual downloading is undertaken by an automatically selected mirror. What I didn't manage to find out was how to control the mirror I am downloading from. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So: my questions are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;How can I download a file from CTAN from a manually selected mirror rather than the automatically selected one? How can I find out which mirror is automatically selected for me?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I guess I could use this as a platform to suggest a possible improvement to the powers (at CTAN.org) that be: Add a little randomization to the mirror selection algorithm. Even if you don't know whether the best mirror for me is up or down, if you have 5 mirrors close to me, I don't need the closest one all the time, I'd rather not risk getting stuck with a broken mirror for 12 hours...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-25T16:56:17.263" LastActivityDate="2010-10-26T05:53:55.680" Title="I'm not managing to download from CTAN. How can I select the mirror I use?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;ctan&gt;&lt;mirror&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4553" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4548" CreationDate="2010-10-25T17:02:56.720" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would try &lt;code&gt;pdftotext&lt;/code&gt; and then compare the two text files. This might work if it really is mostly text. For comparing the text files you may need a program that is more advanced than diff since you will have probably have different line breaks in the two files. I'm not sure what to recommend for this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2010-10-25T17:02:56.720" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4554" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4551" CreationDate="2010-10-25T17:19:43.877" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This should work, modified and snipped from my .vimrc&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;imap &amp;lt;F5&amp;gt; &amp;lt;ESC&amp;gt;diwi\emph{&amp;lt;ESC&amp;gt;pi&amp;lt;Right&amp;gt;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This maps &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;F5&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; in insert mode to &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Escape to normal mode&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Delete the word under cursor (the &lt;code&gt;diw&lt;/code&gt; sequence)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Enter insert mode&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Type &lt;code&gt;\emph{&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Escape to normal mode&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Put the yanked word under cursor&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Enter insert mode again&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Move right, and type &lt;code&gt;}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Leaves you in insert mode. (Since this is an &lt;code&gt;imap&lt;/code&gt;, it start sin insert mode and ends in insert mode. If you want it to start working in normal mode, I suggest you use &lt;code&gt;nmap&lt;/code&gt; and move the first &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;ESC&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; to the end of the incantation, to start in normal mode and end in normal mode.) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, this would cause trouble if your &quot;words&quot; can include things other than alphanumeric characters, since the &lt;code&gt;diw&lt;/code&gt; chant won't work for symbols unless you redefine a few other things (like how vim recognizes word boundaries). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastActivityDate="2010-10-25T17:19:43.877" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4555" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4551" CreationDate="2010-10-25T17:23:35.150" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is really a vim question rather than a TeX question, but in LaTeX suite, typing &lt;code&gt;`em&lt;/code&gt; in visual mode puts current selection into &lt;code&gt;\emph{}&lt;/code&gt;.  To select a word when in VISUAL mode, type &lt;code&gt;aw&lt;/code&gt;.  So, from normal mode, &lt;code&gt;vaw`em&lt;/code&gt; will select the current word a place in inside &lt;code&gt;\emph{}&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2010-10-25T17:23:35.150" />
  <row Id="4556" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4548" CreationDate="2010-10-25T17:48:44.413" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Adobe Acrobat can dump text from a PDF into a word or other text format. This isn't free, or even cheap, but it should work. You could also try just highlighting all the text in Foxit reader (allows you to copy text from the pdf) and paste it into a plain text file, then use any diff tool to look at it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But really, you should be using some kind of version control with the .tex source files. This will allow you to avoid such situations in the future. I generally like the DVCS for this (git, mercurial, darcs, bzr) because you can create a local repository and don't have to worry about setting up a central server right away. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1222" LastActivityDate="2010-10-25T17:48:44.413" CommentCount="10" />
  <row Id="4557" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4562" CreationDate="2010-10-25T18:18:14.273" Score="4" ViewCount="195" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to create a simple macro using TeX with optional parameters:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \elide[options]{}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I understand a common way is to use &lt;code&gt;\futurelet&lt;/code&gt;. So far the code is as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\def\elidebefore[#1]#2{[$\ldots$] #2}&#xA;\def\elideafter#1{#1$\ldots$}&#xA;&#xA;\def\elide {%&#xA;\futurelet\ifoptions&#xA;    \choosemacro&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% The \choosemacro, based on&#xA;% the lookahead of \elide, calls&#xA;% either \elidebefore or \elideafter &#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\def\choosemacro{%&#xA; \ifx\ifoptions [%&#xA;     \let\choice = \elidebefore &#xA; \else&#xA;    \let\choice = \elideafter&#xA; \fi&#xA;\choice&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;Testing \elide[b]{Lorem ipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\elide{Lorem Ipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\elide[b]{Lorem ipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This works ... but since I am only checking if the square bracket exists and switching to either macro1 or macro2 &lt;code&gt;elide[]{}&lt;/code&gt;  will work with anything in-between the square brackets. How, can I extend the macro to read the letters between the square brackets?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a predefined LaTeX macro that one can use? (I know about &lt;code&gt;keyval&lt;/code&gt;, but I just prefer to do this with basic commands).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-25T21:03:47.530" LastActivityDate="2010-10-25T21:03:47.530" Title="How to use \futurelet to define optional parameters" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;futurelet&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4558" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4548" CreationDate="2010-10-25T18:24:39.727" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/145657/how-to-compare-two-pdf-files&quot;&gt;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/145657/how-to-compare-two-pdf-files&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a previous question with an accepted answer linking to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.inetsoftware.de/other-products/pdf-content-comparer&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.inetsoftware.de/other-products/pdf-content-comparer&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1493" LastActivityDate="2010-10-25T18:24:39.727" />
  <row Id="4559" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4552" CreationDate="2010-10-25T18:52:19.843" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This list might help you: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/CTAN.sites&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;CTAN mirrors&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At least you could select a mirror and browse. The standard CTAN search engine might help a bit if the mirror server itself doesn't offer a search feature. Another option, helpful in general, is to use a search engine like google with the &lt;code&gt;site:&lt;/code&gt; option.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-10-25T18:52:19.843" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4560" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4502" CreationDate="2010-10-25T19:05:31.613" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's my approach.  Note that it requires eTeX and the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/etoolbox/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;etoolbox&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{etoolbox}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{DefConditionalList}[1]&#xA;  {\def\citem##1##2{%&#xA;    \ifcsname ConditionalList@#1@item@##1\endcsname&#xA;      \PackageError{ConditionalList}%&#xA;                   {List item `##1' in conditional list `#1' already defined}%&#xA;                   {The list item `##1' was already defined via&#xA;                    `\noexpand\citem{##1}{...}' in the conditional list `#1'.}%&#xA;    \else&#xA;      \csgdef{ConditionalList@#1@item@##1}{\item ##2}%&#xA;      \csgdef{ConditionalList@#1@item@##1 }{\item ##2}%&#xA;    \fi}}&#xA;  {}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*{\ConditionalList}[3][]{\begingroup&#xA;  \ifblank{#3}{%&#xA;    #1%&#xA;  }{%&#xA;    \def\do##1{%&#xA;      \ifcsname ConditionalList@#2@item@##1\endcsname&#xA;        \csname ConditionalList@#2@item@##1\endcsname&#xA;      \else&#xA;        \PackageError{ConditionalList}%&#xA;                     {Unknown list item `##1' in conditional list `#2'}%&#xA;                     {The list item `##1' was not defined via&#xA;                      `\noexpand\citem{##1}{...}' in the conditional list&#xA;                      `#2'.}%&#xA;      \fi&#xA;    }%&#xA;    \docsvlist{#3}%&#xA;    \let\ConditionalList@DisplayItem\ConditionalList@DisplayItem@error&#xA;  }%&#xA;\endgroup}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{DefConditionalList}{MyList}&#xA;  \citem{first}{Alpha.}&#xA;  \citem{second}{Beta.}&#xA;  \citem{third}{Gamma.}&#xA;  \citem{fourth}{Delta.}&#xA;\end{DefConditionalList}&#xA;&#xA;\edef\resume{first, fourth}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{itemize}&#xA;    \ConditionalList[\item Nothing specified!]{MyList}{first, third}&#xA;    \ConditionalList[\item Nothing specified!]{MyList}{ fourth&#xA;                                                      , third&#xA;                                                      , fourth }&#xA;  \end{itemize}&#xA;&#xA;  \begin{enumerate}&#xA;    \ConditionalList[\item Nothing specified!]{MyList}{}&#xA;    % Eror: \ConditionalList[\item Nothing specified!]{MyList}{nonexistent}&#xA;  \end{enumerate}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This produces the following output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Alpha.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Gamma.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Delta.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Gamma.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Delta.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Nothing specified!&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The idea is to define package-private commands for every item specified in a &lt;code&gt;DefConditionalList&lt;/code&gt; environment.  Then, &lt;code&gt;\ConditionalList&lt;/code&gt; can loop over the requested names, check to see if their corresponding commands are defined, and insert them if so.  Order and repetition are irrelevant, you get an error if a non-existent key is specified, and you can specify something to do if no items are specified (by default, nothing is inserted).  Defining conditional list items with spaces at the end is not permitted (though it might work anyway…), so that arbitrary spaces can be provided around the commas.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1425" LastActivityDate="2010-10-25T19:05:31.613" />
  <row Id="4561" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4548" CreationDate="2010-10-25T19:40:45.340" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Adobe Acrobat Pro can do a direct comparison of PDFs. The tool is in the menu at: Document-&gt;Compare Documents...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can choose whether to include or ignore changes that are only of formatting, only in the header/footer, etc. It's pretty good assuming both PDFs were generated using the same workflow (eg, both using pdflatex but with slightly different versions of the source files).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Every time I update my latex packages from the repository, I re-tex some of my large documents (eg my own thesis and some other theses I downloaded) and compare the resulting PDFs this way, in order to see if anything has changed. It's a good way to spot obscure bugs in latex packages, that change linebreaks or spacing for some reason.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-10-25T19:40:45.340" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4562" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4557" CreationDate="2010-10-25T20:11:38.017" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you are only trying to define a macro with an optional argument, &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; will do that for you:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\elide}[2][\relax]{%&#xA;  \ifx\relax#1%&#xA;    #2$\ldots$%&#xA;  \else $\ldots$ #2\fi}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;should work the same as your macro, except it may behave oddly if you give it an optional argument beginning with &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2010-10-25T20:11:38.017" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4563" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3878" CreationDate="2010-10-25T20:47:23.207" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This may not be exactly for what you're looking, but it sounds like there are no pre-built packages that do exactly what you need.  My suggestion would be to find some high quality vector images for the lab equipment (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.openclipart.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;openclipart.org&lt;/a&gt; has some excellent examples) and then use that as clip art inside a Ti&lt;em&gt;k&lt;/em&gt;Z picture, which you could also integrate into the aforementioned &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/area/chemistry/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Ti&lt;em&gt;k&lt;/em&gt;Z examples&lt;/a&gt;.  One approach to do that is to convert the SVG images from openclipart.org directly into Ti&lt;em&gt;k&lt;/em&gt;Z code.  The easiest way to do this of which I know is to load the images into &lt;a href=&quot;http://inkscape.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Inkscape&lt;/a&gt; and then use &lt;a href=&quot;http://code.google.com/p/inkscape2tikz/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this patch&lt;/a&gt;.  An alternative approach is to convert the SVG images to PDFs (which can also be done in Inkscape) and then inserting them into your Ti&lt;em&gt;k&lt;/em&gt;Z picture as nodes.  For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\node (flask) at (0,0) {\includegraphics[width=1cm]{flask.pdf}};&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="737" LastActivityDate="2010-10-25T20:47:23.207" />
  <row Id="4564" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4548" CreationDate="2010-10-25T20:55:56.767" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you are looking for minor changes then &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.cvr.cc/pdfpagediff/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pdfpagediff&lt;/a&gt; might be useful for you. The package overlays two pdf files and lets you spot minor changes easily. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's not useful if the two versions are significantly different. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="565" LastActivityDate="2010-10-25T20:55:56.767" />
  <row Id="4565" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4500" CreationDate="2010-10-25T22:30:29.587" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Maybe not quite what you're looking for, but &lt;a href=&quot;http://sphinx.pocoo.org/index.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Sphinx&lt;/a&gt; is good for documentation.  Once you have documentation written using Sphinx, you can easily produce html, LaTeX, and PDF.  Python documentation is written using Sphinx, and I know about Sphinx from working on Sage, but the Sphinx web page provides links to many projects which use it for their documentation.  It is possible to use LaTeX math commands within Sphinx, essentially verbatim; the resulting PDF is produced from LaTeX, and so it looks good, as you can imagine.  The resulting html looks best if you use it in combination with jsMath, and I expect Sphinx to support MathJax eventually.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="262" LastActivityDate="2010-10-25T22:30:29.587" />
  <row Id="4566" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4500" CreationDate="2010-10-25T22:34:30.243" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you want single source, multi-output publishing (to HTML, PDF, etc) then you can't really beat the XML + XSL + FOP tool chain. Docbook is probably what you're looking for if you want to write technical information in XML. XMLMind has a free personal edition that works pretty well. As much as I like latex, any complex document is going to be too much for something like Tex4ht to handle well (or at least this has been my experience).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1222" LastActivityDate="2010-10-25T22:34:30.243" />
  <row Id="4567" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-25T22:39:44.560" Score="14" ViewCount="217" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was looking through some old files recently, and it occurred to me that they might be obsolete in the future.  Are there any steps that I should take for &quot;archiving&quot; my documents so that they will compile properly on later versions of LaTeX?  I once went to a seminar where it was indicated that the .dvi file can be converted back into a plain TeX file, so would it be the best &quot;archival&quot; document?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="200" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-26T12:08:07.167" LastActivityDate="2010-10-26T12:14:14.830" Title="How can I ensure that old documents will compile in the future?" Tags="&lt;latex-general&gt;&lt;archiving&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4568" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="339" CreationDate="2010-10-25T22:41:03.370" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.inlage.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Inlage&lt;/a&gt; is a great LaTeX IDE for Windows Vista/7! It has a lot of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.inlage.com/features&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;features&lt;/a&gt; that make it easy to handle LaTeX. The autocompletion has many commands with icons and descriptions and if you have a tablet pc you can use the Math Input Panel to translate a symbol or an equation to LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Main features:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Math Input Panel to LaTeX&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Excel/Calc tables to LaTeX&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;autocompletion&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;spell checker&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;docking system&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;inverse/forward search (SumatraPDF)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;code folding&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/oQ8mE.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1594" LastEditorUserId="1594" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-26T13:13:14.033" LastActivityDate="2010-10-26T13:13:14.033" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-10-25T22:41:03.370" />
  <row Id="4569" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3755" CreationDate="2010-10-26T00:13:42.197" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi, I'm the developer of Inlage.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think the Windows 7 MIP is a great tool but it can't handle a many special things. But the possibilities are good for doing a lot of math stuff. For testing that tool I tried to write a 2 hour lecture of relativistic quantum mechanics down with a graphic tablet. It was possible but I had some problems. So I just replaced some symbols it couldn't handle. But natural it wasn't faster than handwriting...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I think another nice idea to use the MIP is if you dont know the latex command of a symbol you can easily write it down (only the symbol, with mouse) in the MIP and get the command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1594" LastActivityDate="2010-10-26T00:13:42.197" />
  <row Id="4570" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4567" CreationDate="2010-10-26T00:38:17.003" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;bundledoc&lt;/code&gt; package gives you a way to zip up all the classes, packages and files that are needed to process your document. If you save this archive then this should be sufficient information to process your document in the future.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-10-26T00:38:17.003" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4571" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-26T00:56:27.803" Score="4" ViewCount="160" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to format a list of steps to solve a quadratic equation.  I have it so that it is aligning correctly for each of the math steps, but now I want to add some headings.&#xA;This is what I have so far:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{aligned}  &#xA;x^2-4x+3&amp;=&amp;0\\\\  &#xA;\noalign{\noindent some text in the middle.}\\\\  &#xA;(x - 1)(x - 3)&amp;=&amp;0\\\\  &#xA;\noalign{\noindent Solve Factor 1}\\\\  &#xA;x - 1&amp;=&amp;0\\\\  &#xA;+1&amp; &amp;+1\\\\  &#xA;x&amp;=&amp;1\\\\  &#xA;\noalign{\noindent Solve Factor 2}\\\\  &#xA;x - 3&amp;=&amp;0\\\\  &#xA;+3&amp; &amp;+3\\\\  &#xA;x&amp;=&amp;3\\\\  &#xA;\end{aligned}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problems that I still have are: the noalign steps are still showing a lot of space around them.  Also, is there a way to center the \noalign sections?&#xA;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1595" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-02T02:24:46.027" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T02:24:46.027" Title="Centering a \noalign section" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;align&gt;&lt;centering&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="4572" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4571" CreationDate="2010-10-26T01:46:55.373" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;While I don’t think it is the most beautiful solution, replacing &lt;code&gt;\noalign{\noindent some text in the middle.}\\&lt;/code&gt; by &lt;code&gt;\noalign{\centering some text in the middle.}&lt;/code&gt; (note the missing &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; at the end) solves the problem. I don’t know any simple way to improve the remaining spacing problems.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-10-26T01:46:55.373" />
  <row Id="4573" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-26T02:36:41.067" Score="5" ViewCount="544" Body="&lt;p&gt;Suppose I have a map &lt;code&gt;$A\rightarrow B$&lt;/code&gt; which is an isomorphism. So I'd like to have smth like:   &lt;code&gt;\rightarrow&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\sim&lt;/code&gt;under it.  I could try &lt;code&gt;\underset{}_{}&lt;/code&gt;, but there is certainly a ready made symbol?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I couldn't find the symbol in Detexify service, neither in the comprehensive list of latex symbols. :(&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1597" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-28T08:27:16.883" LastActivityDate="2011-01-28T08:38:17.823" Title="the symbol for a map which is an isomorphism" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4574" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4573" CreationDate="2010-10-26T03:02:49.690" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Theoretically, you could use &lt;code&gt;\xrightarrow[\sim]{}&lt;/code&gt; (from &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt;) or &lt;code&gt;\xlongrightarrow[\sim]{}&lt;/code&gt; (from &lt;code&gt;extarrows&lt;/code&gt;). Both look horrible though. The &lt;code&gt;\sim&lt;/code&gt; on top of the arrow (like &lt;code&gt;\xlongrightarrow{\sim}&lt;/code&gt;) looks somewhat better.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unicode defines &amp;#10612; (U+2974 RIGHTWARDS ARROW ABOVE TILDE OPERATOR), which you can use in case you run Xe/LuaLaTeX with &lt;code&gt;unicode-math&lt;/code&gt; (either directly or with the &lt;code&gt;\rightarrowsimilar&lt;/code&gt; alias). There are also &amp;#10609; (&lt;code&gt;\equalrightarrow&lt;/code&gt;), &amp;#10610; (&lt;code&gt;\similarrightarrow&lt;/code&gt;), &amp;#10611; (&lt;code&gt;\leftarrowsimilar&lt;/code&gt;), &amp;#10613; (&lt;code&gt;\rightarrowapprox&lt;/code&gt;) and other strange things.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-26T03:14:03.083" LastActivityDate="2010-10-26T03:14:03.083" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4575" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4552" CreationDate="2010-10-26T05:53:55.680" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello,&#xA;I wanted to change the automatic mirror because it was too slow. So I did the following to change the mirror:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Downloaded the installer&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;In the installation folder, traverse to \install-tl-\tlpkg\TeXLive\TLConfig.PM&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Open the file in any text editor and change the value of the parameter: &#xA;our $TeXLiveServerURL = .&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Save the file, close it and start the installer :-)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1599" LastActivityDate="2010-10-26T05:53:55.680" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4576" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4588" CreationDate="2010-10-26T06:40:15.990" Score="8" ViewCount="390" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a part of my plot that I want to repeat several times.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To be exact, the part I want to replicate is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\draw[yscale=2.0,yshift=-3,xscale=0.1,domain=0:10] plot[id=gauss1] function{exp(-(x-5)*(x-5)/2/2/2.0)/sqrt(pi)/2};&#xA;\draw[yscale=2.0,yshift=-3,xscale=0.1,domain=5:15] plot[id=gauss2] function{exp(-(x-10)*(x-10)/2/2/2.0)/sqrt(pi)/2};&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to place this same function in multiple places in my tikz matrix (I want to repeat this two exact statements on multiple places)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is the best way of doing this? Is there a way to not copy-paste this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried including this with \input{sometexfile} but that does give compile errors.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="459" LastEditorUserId="459" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-26T13:15:45.070" LastActivityDate="2010-10-26T20:18:45.397" Title="Is it possible to reuse a part of a tikz image" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4577" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4576" CreationDate="2010-10-26T06:56:10.517" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think there are two ways to do this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you need to repeat the statements consistently enough to design a for loop, the Tikz &lt;code&gt;foreach&lt;/code&gt; statement might be the correct move.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to use basic text replacement, you should be able to define either a tikzstyle or a TeX macro to replace the longer statement.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1286" LastEditorUserId="1286" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-26T07:02:20.570" LastActivityDate="2010-10-26T07:02:20.570" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4578" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4567" CreationDate="2010-10-26T07:28:22.007" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another package which helps is &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=snapshot&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;snapshot&lt;/a&gt;. It provides a list of all packages that are used by a document, so you can package with (or arrange to keep in your system the right versions of) everything needed to reproduce your archived document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="750" LastActivityDate="2010-10-26T07:28:22.007" />
  <row Id="4579" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4567" CreationDate="2010-10-26T08:13:19.483" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you can save old TeX trees/installations, then you can do that. They tend do take less and less space over time (as disk size increases). Then you can be sure of 100% compatibility.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="243" LastActivityDate="2010-10-26T08:13:19.483" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="4580" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-26T08:29:29.110" Score="2" ViewCount="163" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using the iwona font package with the options math, light and condensed. Now what happens is that in the math mode the package does not use the numbers it has (which are used in the text) but uses the CM version of the numbers. I want the numbers in the math mode be the same as the numbers in the text (and hence with the rest of the document). Is there a package option that fixes this? If not what is the work around?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="809" LastActivityDate="2010-10-26T14:18:37.200" Title="Numbers in math mode when using the iwona package" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4581" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4571" CreationDate="2010-10-26T08:40:28.353" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Maybe something like this would look a bit better?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\pheq}{\mathrel{\phantom{=}}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{align*}&#xA;x^2-4x+3&amp;amp;= 0\\&#xA;\noalign{\centering some text in the middle.}&#xA;(x - 1)(x - 3)&amp;amp;= 0\\&#xA;\noalign{\centering Solve Factor 1}&#xA;x - 1&amp;amp;=0\\&#xA;+1&amp;amp; \pheq +1\\  &#xA;x&amp;amp;= 1\\  &#xA;\noalign{\centering Solve Factor 2}&#xA;x - 3&amp;amp;=0\\&#xA;+3&amp;amp;\pheq +3\\  &#xA;x&amp;amp;= 3  &#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think you were overusing the &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt;'s and the &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt;'s in your example. Note that the syntax for &lt;code&gt;aligned&lt;/code&gt; (as well as &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt;) is that of&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;x &amp;amp;= y&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;i.e. there is only one &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; right before the math relation. Since you also wanted to align, for example, the line &lt;code&gt;+1 +1&lt;/code&gt; which does not have an &lt;code&gt;=&lt;/code&gt; sign in the middle, I defined a &lt;code&gt;\pheq&lt;/code&gt; which works just like a &lt;code&gt;=&lt;/code&gt; with respect to spacing, but does not show up in the document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also note that a single pair &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; is enough. If, for some reason, you want a bit more of space between the lines, use something like &lt;code&gt;\\[5pt]&lt;/code&gt; instead of a double line break. Also note that there is no &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; right before closing the environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-10-26T08:40:28.353" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4582" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4583" CreationDate="2010-10-26T09:53:15.240" Score="3" ViewCount="323" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am writing a document in which code listings and diagrams appear side-by-side frequently. I am using the &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt; package for the code and &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt; for the diagrams. I want to put them both on the same figure.  I tried the &lt;code&gt;subfigure&lt;/code&gt; package, but it does not allow verbatim environments inside the &lt;code&gt;\subfigure{}&lt;/code&gt; argument. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;fancyvrb&lt;/code&gt; package has a workaround for this limitation: Using &lt;code&gt;SaveVerbatim&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\BUseVerbatim&lt;/code&gt;. However, I prefer to use only the &lt;code&gt;listing&lt;/code&gt; package to get uniform styling for my code listings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;subfigure&lt;/code&gt; manual includes some voodoo definition of a &lt;code&gt;subfloat&lt;/code&gt; environment which can contain minipages with verbatim content. It is a clumsy solution. I also wonder why this solution was left out of the package itself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anyone know a simple way to make these packages work together? Alt., is there a sub-figures package that is more verbatim-friendly?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1527" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-29T16:56:43.197" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T16:56:43.197" Title="Using listings and subfigure together" Tags="&lt;listings&gt;&lt;verbatim&gt;&lt;subfloats&gt;&lt;subcaption&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="4583" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4582" CreationDate="2010-10-26T10:50:38.427" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's an example using the subcaption package which is included in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/caption.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;caption&lt;/a&gt; package bundle. (Note that the &lt;code&gt;\rule&lt;/code&gt; command in my example is only a placeholder for &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\usepackage{caption,subcaption}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;  \begin{subfigure}[b]{.5\linewidth}&#xA;    \begin{lstlisting}&#xA;    for i:=maxint to 0 do&#xA;    begin&#xA;    { do nothing }&#xA;    end;&#xA;    \end{lstlisting}&#xA;    \caption{A listing}&#xA;  \end{subfigure}&#xA;  \begin{subfigure}[b]{.5\linewidth}&#xA;    \centering&#xA;    \rule{1.5cm}{1.5cm}&#xA;    \caption{A diagram}&#xA;  \end{subfigure}&#xA;  \caption{A listing and a diagram}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/subfigure.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;subfigure&lt;/a&gt; entry of the TeX Catalogue OnLine states:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;This package is now obsolescent: new users should use subfig instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-26T10:56:07.877" LastActivityDate="2010-10-26T10:56:07.877" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4584" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4489" CreationDate="2010-10-26T10:56:02.443" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Get them to print the document and mark on it, then fax it to you.  (If they have a fast scanner, they could scan and email, instead of faxing.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then, collect all of the marked-up documents and make the first-author decisions as to what to change.  (Yes, there &lt;em&gt;will&lt;/em&gt; be conflicts in the suggestions.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alternatively, turn on line numbering and get them to send you plain-text emails with comments tied to lines.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;These methods work.  Twiddling with PDF comments may be of use in text-only material, but scientific work normally is awash in symbols and diagrams, and suggesting changes to these is very hard in text-only form.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="922" LastActivityDate="2010-10-26T10:56:02.443" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4586" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4548" CreationDate="2010-10-26T12:03:33.467" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've made a quick comparison between some of the methods suggested here. This answer will be a community wiki, and I will made this the accepted one. Hopefully nobody will mind the loss of 15 rep. I upvoted all useful answers, and I urge you to do the same -- all of them were ideas with potential.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Adobe Acrobat Professional -- Compare files&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've used Acrobat 8 for this test (this is probably the first time I thank the Powers-That-Be that my organization is Windows-mostly shop). Setting this up is easy enough -- Go to &lt;em&gt;Advanced&lt;/em&gt;-&gt;&lt;em&gt;Compare documents...&lt;/em&gt;, and fill in the blanks. That was easy, I thought. Well..  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Pro tip -- Don't choose &lt;em&gt;Detailed analysis (slow)&lt;/em&gt;. You'll thank me later. I did the first time around, and this thing had been running for &lt;strong&gt;10 minutes&lt;/strong&gt;, and let's just say that Acrobat is now the proud owner of the World Prize of &lt;strong&gt;Ridiculous Memory Consumption&lt;/strong&gt;, with the whopping 750 (seven hundred and fifty, not a typo) MB. This only reminded me there's a reason I don't use Acrobat except for proof-reading just before printing. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried side-by-side report with &lt;em&gt;Normal analysis&lt;/em&gt;, and that could have worked well if only my revised version didn't have 8 pages or so more than the original. It didn't recognize that the same text is somewhere down in the document -- as far as I can tell, it just put the two documents side by side, more or less, with some fancy useless colouring. Oh dear. I could have done that myself without whipping out Liberia's deficit for a license. At this point I wasn't inclined to try again with the detailed analysis, which supposedly would detect such things.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd give it a &lt;strong&gt;-1/10&lt;/strong&gt;, for having an useless option that doesn't really work, and spectacularly so.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update&lt;/strong&gt;: Geoffrey had different experience with Acrobat in what seems a similar document, and I tried to repeat what he did. On the first try I have used the &lt;em&gt;Page by page&lt;/em&gt; comparison option, which was so unsatisfactory, while now I tried the &lt;em&gt;Textual differences&lt;/em&gt;. This works as he suggests, although the diff result is kind of useless if one chooses the &lt;em&gt;Consolidated report&lt;/em&gt; option, and still difficult to interpret with the &lt;em&gt;Side by side report&lt;/em&gt; . It still does not show side-to-side the equal text portions in each document, as one would expect when accustomed to &lt;code&gt;diff&lt;/code&gt; format, but rather highliting differently the common text, and text unique to each version. At least, there's a comment on which page of the other document you'd find the matching text, so that's useful, although not exactly user-friendly. Also, I noticed it got confused in some places, matching seemingly random words and word fragments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This would improve significantly the score of Acrobat, and I think a &lt;strong&gt;7/10&lt;/strong&gt; is appropriate, with two whole points deducted for the non-trivial license fee -- the formula I use is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;licensePenalty = max(0, len(str(licenseFeeInUSD))-1)&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Otherwise, it works good and the performance is also similar to what Geoffrey observed.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Adobe Acrobat Professional -- Export in .txt format. + &lt;code&gt;diff&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This works kind of. You'd get most of the text right, if it wasn't for the annoying mangling of ligatured glyphs. Also, my text is in Swedish, and has a decent amount of diacritics which also got lost. Hyphenation sneaked through as well (rather annoying -- Swedes have very long words sometimes). The formatting is abysmal, but could probably be fixed with an intelligent &lt;code&gt;$FAVOURITE_INTERPRETED_LANGUAGE&lt;/code&gt; script.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd give a &lt;strong&gt;6/10&lt;/strong&gt; for the effort, but only because diffing acually works. The text is not quite readable at places, for example words like &lt;code&gt;träff&lt;/code&gt; looks like &lt;code&gt;tr&quot;.&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.qtrac.eu/diffpdf.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;diffpdf&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I found this little gem when looking for diff-like programs to install on Ubuntu. Available from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.qtrac.eu/diffpdf.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.qtrac.eu/diffpdf.html&lt;/a&gt;. Needs Qt and Poppler. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is actually superior to Acrobat's &lt;em&gt;Normal analysis&lt;/em&gt; mode -- the differences are nicely highlighted and obvious. It does page-by-page comparison as Acrobat, and there seems to be a way to make better comparisons if you know where you've inserted additional pages, but that wasn't very straight-forward to do, and I couldn't be bothered to look through the document to find which pages exactly were added -- that's kind of the point of using a tool to do it, no?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd give it a &lt;strong&gt;4/10&lt;/strong&gt; for this particular problem, although for others with small changes it will work great, and would deserve an &lt;strong&gt;8/10&lt;/strong&gt; (the user interface could be a bit confusing).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.foolabs.com/xpdf/home.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;pdftotext&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;+&lt;code&gt;diff&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For those that don't know, pdftotext is part of the xpdf collection, available from here: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.foolabs.com/xpdf/home.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.foolabs.com/xpdf/home.html&lt;/a&gt;. I used the Linux version on Ubuntu. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This works better than (2), but ligatured glyphs are substituted with what looks like UTF-8 symbols representing them, like &lt;code&gt;fi&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;ff&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;ffl&lt;/code&gt;, etc. Quotes got mangled as well, again replaced with an UTF symbol (when writing, I always use the &quot;proper&quot; TeX &lt;code&gt;``&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;''&lt;/code&gt; quotes). Text search works perfectly, though, even when using such combinations. The readability is much better, if your favourite text editor understands and renders UTF-8, and the formatting is improved, albeit slightly. Hyphenation, however, got taken care of, which is quite nice. One annoying thing, though -- headers and footers, together with page numbers, find their way into the text document, which could be frustrating when comparing the versions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This one deserves a hard &lt;strong&gt;9/10&lt;/strong&gt;, with points deducted for UTF-8 symbols mangling, and the header and footer issue during conversion (the last creates a lot of &quot;false positives&quot; for &lt;code&gt;diff&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="711" LastEditorUserId="711" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-26T13:53:43.790" LastActivityDate="2010-10-26T13:53:43.790" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-10-26T12:03:33.467" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4587" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4567" CreationDate="2010-10-26T12:14:14.830" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Plain Tex source files that use only Computer Modern fonts, per Sharpie's comment, is the most change-resistant Tex format there is.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;I once went to a seminar where it was indicated that the .dvi file can be converted back into a plain TeX file&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It can be true, if specials are inserted into the DVI, but by default it is not true, and the meaning of inserted specials is left wide open to interpretation: are they meta-data or Postscript?  Special-less DVI is a well-documented, equally change-resistant format, but a problem here is that the DVI file stores information about fonts in a way that is open to interpretation.  If you only use Computer Modern fonts, this won't be a problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Generally speaking, Patrick's answer is right: archive your Tex installation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-10-26T12:14:14.830" />
  <row Id="4588" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4576" CreationDate="2010-10-26T12:32:53.773" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To fill in @philosodad's first way, this does what you want and obeys &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Don%27t_repeat_yourself&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;DRY&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{scope}[yscale=2.0,yshift=-3,xscale=0.1]&#xA;  \foreach \i/\mu/\xmin/\xmax in {1/5/0/10,2/10/5/15} {&#xA;    \draw[domain=\xmin:\xmax] plot[id=gauss\i] function{exp(-(x-\mu)*(x-\mu)/2/2/2.0)/sqrt(pi)/2};&#xA;  }&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The scope environment isn't required (you can put those options on the &lt;code&gt;\draw&lt;/code&gt; line) but it does make the line shorter. :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to put that in multiple places, just assign it to a box.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usetikzlibrary{matrix}&#xA;&#xA;\newsavebox{\gaussians}&#xA;\savebox{\gaussians}{&#xA;  \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \begin{scope}[yscale=2.0,yshift=-3,xscale=0.1]&#xA;      \foreach \i/\mu/\xmin/\xmax in {1/5/0/10,2/10/5/15} {&#xA;        \draw[domain=\xmin:\xmax] plot[id=gauss\i] function{exp(-(x-\mu)*(x-\mu)/2/2/2.0)/sqrt(pi)/2};&#xA;      }&#xA;    \end{scope}&#xA;  \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \node[matrix of nodes] {&#xA;    \usebox{\gaussians} &amp;amp; foo &amp;amp; \usebox{\gaussians} \\&#xA;    bar &amp;amp; \usebox{\gaussians} &amp;amp; baz \\&#xA;  };&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt; Following Yossi's suggestion, I rewrote this to use a saved box rather than a macro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-26T20:18:45.397" LastActivityDate="2010-10-26T20:18:45.397" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4589" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4655" CreationDate="2010-10-26T12:35:21.450" Score="6" ViewCount="239" Body="&lt;p&gt;TH. writes, in &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4485/how-should-one-use-write18-with-bibtex&quot;&gt;How should one use \write18 with BibTeX&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Now that TeX Live 2010 has a restricted &lt;code&gt;\write18&lt;/code&gt;, I figured it'd be reasonable to update my cv which uses the &lt;code&gt;bibunits&lt;/code&gt; package to run BibTeX for each of the &lt;code&gt;.aux&lt;/code&gt; files.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm aware of a history of discussion about using limited priorities to sandbox Tex execution, but I hadn't seen anything saying that the difficulties doing this had been solved.  Is there anything like a report, ideally something along the lines of a security audit, that gives a threat model and discussion of Texlive's ability to deal with it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Postscript&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Just to be clear, this question is about understanding what risks the use of Texlive 2010 places its users at.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The main thing I'm worried about &amp;mdash;but the question is not limited to this&amp;mdash; is a risk comprehension issue: it's easy to grasp that with '\write18' accessing the full privilege user shell, you are letting your Tex manuscript to do anything to your machine that you can do (hopefully, that is, without admin privileges). With restricted shell, the risk is more subtle: the restricted shell can only run permitted executables, which sounds safe, but a cleverly constructed Tex style file might be able to exploit a bug a &quot;safe&quot; executable so your machine joins &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Storm_botnet&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the Storm botnet&lt;/a&gt;. The value of a security review is that it makes the risk clear, and anything like one is a good thing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-27T10:07:04.683" LastActivityDate="2010-10-28T13:07:33.950" Title="What analysis of Texlive's restricted permissions model exists?" Tags="&lt;texlive&gt;&lt;write18&gt;&lt;security&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="4590" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4682" CreationDate="2010-10-26T12:49:38.387" Score="6" ViewCount="248" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using the &lt;code&gt;floats&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt; packages, I have defined a float for code listings and a shortcut for using it as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{floats}&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;&#xA;\newfloat{program}{tbphH}{lop}[section]&#xA;\floatname{program}{Program}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\codefrom}[2][Matlab]&#xA;{&#xA;\begin{program}[p]&#xA;    \lstinputlisting[language=#1]{#2}&#xA;    \caption{#2}&#xA;    \label{#2}&#xA;\end{program}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, if a code file is too long, it will just continue down outside the page. Instead, I would like to automatically split the float at the end of the page, and continue on the next page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any way to accomplish this without sacrificing the float structure? If not, is there another way to get numbering etc as easily as with a float?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="223" LastActivityDate="2010-10-29T11:33:44.977" Title="Splitting a float with code listings" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;page-breaking&gt;&lt;listings&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="4591" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4290" CreationDate="2010-10-26T13:14:24.270" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;klew commented on his question: &lt;code&gt;had to use \makeatletter and \let command exactly as it appears in&lt;/code&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://cookp.com/thread/1500775/Equation%20kopieren%20referenzieren.&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;cookp.com/thread/1500775/Equation%20kopieren%20referenzieren.&lt;/a&gt;, where the following snippet appears, in the context of a Latex file that uses packages &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;theomac&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;% copy the equation-environment to the \myequation-environment:&#xA;\let\myequation=\equation&#xA;\let\endmyequation=\endequation&#xA;&#xA;% transform the copied environment which also uses the equation-counter&#xA;% into such which takes optional argument for defining a macro:&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\@newtheoremWithMacro{myequation}{equation}%&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;By not expanding the macro &lt;code&gt;\equation&lt;/code&gt; when assigning it to &lt;code&gt;\myequation&lt;/code&gt;, it allows the macro to be reused in creating a new theorem style.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-10-26T13:14:24.270" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4592" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4589" CreationDate="2010-10-26T14:14:31.060" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just for a little history: restricted shell escape has existed since TeX Live 2009. It was decided to be inactive by default then due to security concerns.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If memory serves, here's where the problems started being discussed before the feature was dropped from being &quot;on by default&quot; in TeX Live 2009: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/mailman/htdig/tex-live/2009-July/021574.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://tug.org/mailman/htdig/tex-live/2009-July/021574.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And here's the end of a (rather long) thread in which, eventually, the feature was announced as withdrawn: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/mailman/htdig/tex-live/2009-October/023430.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://tug.org/mailman/htdig/tex-live/2009-October/023430.html&lt;/a&gt; Few details were given on the exact decisions made leading up to this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I don't follow the TeX Live mailing list most of the time so I'm not sure if or when the new-and-improved implementation (active by default) was discussed there for TeX Live 2010.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-10-26T14:14:31.060" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4593" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4580" CreationDate="2010-10-26T14:18:37.200" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I can't reproduce this; I get the Iwona numbers in both text and math mode:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[math,light,condensed]{iwona}&#xA;\listfiles&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;0123456789&#xA;\[0123456789\]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using TeX Live 2010 with the following file list:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; *File List*&#xA; article.cls    2007/10/19 v1.4h Standard LaTeX document class&#xA;  size10.clo    2007/10/19 v1.4h Standard LaTeX file (size option)&#xA;   iwona.sty    2005/10/03 v.1.2 Iwona package (MW)&#xA;ot1iwonalc.fd    2008/07/22 v0.995 font definition file for OT1/iwonalc (MW)&#xA;ot1iwonalcm.fd    2005/10/05 v1.2 font definition file for OT1/iwonalcm (MW)&#xA;omliwonalc.fd    2008/07/22 v0.995 font definition file for OML/iwonalc (MW)&#xA;omsiwonalc.fd    2008/07/22 v0.995 font definition file for OMS/iwonalc (MW)&#xA;omxiwonalc.fd    2008/07/22 v0.995 font definition file for OMX/iwonalc (MW)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-10-26T14:18:37.200" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4594" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="783" CreationDate="2010-10-26T14:51:14.363" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Andrew had the very sensible idea of &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; shrinking the file down to 71% since this makes the text rather small, and usually you don't want the excessive white margins. My approach to this: First &lt;em&gt;magnify&lt;/em&gt; the file as needed, using the shell script I provide below (following Andrew's suggestion), and then use whatever tool you like to put 2 or 4 (or more) pages on one. I have to point out that I assume here that you work with postscript files. Yes, you do lose all the hyperlinks and stuff like that when you use &lt;code&gt;pdftops&lt;/code&gt;, but I don't see any problem in this since I would only use this for printing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My script is rather long since it tries to be clever. You don't really need instructions for using it; just type the name of the script (I call it &lt;code&gt;gr&lt;/code&gt; since it makes things greater) without any parameters, and it'll print some usage information. I've put some comments in the file that explain a bit more. One thing I should explain: There's a nice feature that I often use, namely the so called &quot;groptions&quot;. Suppose you have a TeX file &quot;document.tex&quot;, and the output &quot;document.ps&quot;. If in the first 10 lines of document.tex you have a line&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%groptions: 15 thisfile -u4&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;then you can call the script by&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;gr document&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and this will have the same effect as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;gr 15 document -u4&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;namely: Magnify by 15%, and shift up by 4mm. So you don't always have to remember the parameters for that particular file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;# In the following comments I assume that this script is called &quot;gr&quot;.&#xA;# You can also call it &quot;mag&quot; or whatever if you wish;&#xA;# the builtin command line help will understand this.&#xA;&#xA;gv=false&#xA;[ &quot;$1&quot; = --gv ] &amp;amp;&amp;amp; gv=true &amp;amp;&amp;amp; shift&#xA;# This opens the output file with gv if the first parameter is --gv .&#xA;# I have aliased &quot;gr&quot; to &quot;gr --gv&quot;, so that the --gv option&#xA;# is always selected if I type &quot;gr&quot; on a command line,&#xA;# and it is not selected if &quot;gr&quot; is called in a shell script.&#xA;&#xA;# If you have a file &amp;lt;file&amp;gt;.ps, you can use&#xA;#      gr 20 &amp;lt;file&amp;gt;&#xA;# or   gr 20 &amp;lt;file&amp;gt;.&#xA;# or   gr 20 &amp;lt;file&amp;gt;.ps&#xA;# to magnify it by 20%.  The default output file is &quot;gr.ps&quot;.&#xA;# The rationale behind this:&#xA;# If you have &amp;lt;file&amp;gt;.tex and &amp;lt;file&amp;gt;.ps in your directory,&#xA;# and you use the tab key for expanding the file name,&#xA;# then you'll only get &quot;&amp;lt;file&amp;gt;.&quot;, and you don't have to type &quot;ps&quot;.&#xA;#&#xA;# If the input file comes from standard input, use &quot;gr 20 -&quot;.&#xA;if [ $# -eq 1 ]&#xA;then infile=&quot;${1%ps}&quot;&#xA;     infile=&quot;${infile%.}&quot;&#xA;     [ -f &quot;$infile.tex&quot; ] &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&#xA;     grop=`head &quot;$infile.tex&quot; | grep groptions | dos2unix` &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&#xA;     set -- `echo -n &quot;$grop&quot; | sed &quot;s|.*groptions: ||;s|thisfile|$infile|&quot;`&#xA;fi&#xA;&#xA;compute () {&#xA;arg=`echo &quot;$@&quot; | sed 's|--|+|g'`&#xA;echo | awk &quot;{print $arg}&quot; | tr , .&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;eval &quot;set -- `getopt -sbash r:l:u:d:o:i:x:y:2 &quot;$@&quot;`&quot;&#xA;right=0&#xA;up=0&#xA;outward=0&#xA;xmin=0&#xA;xmax=595&#xA;ymin=0&#xA;ymax=842&#xA;fromsecond=false&#xA;while [ $# -gt 0 ]&#xA;do case &quot;$1&quot; in&#xA;    -r) right=`compute $right+$2`; shift;;&#xA;    -l) right=`compute $right-$2`; shift;;&#xA;    -u) up=`compute $up+$2`; shift;;&#xA;    -d) up=`compute $up-$2`; shift;;&#xA;    -o) outward=`compute $outward+$2`; shift;;&#xA;    -i) outward=`compute $outward-$2`; shift;;&#xA;    -x) xmin=${2%-*}; xmax=${2#*-}; shift;;&#xA;    -y) ymin=${2%-*}; ymax=${2#*-}; shift;;&#xA;    -2) fromsecond=true;;&#xA;    --) shift; break;;&#xA;   esac&#xA;   shift&#xA;done&#xA;&#xA;[ -z &quot;`echo &quot;$1&quot; | sed 's|[0-9.]||g'`&quot; ] &amp;amp;&amp;amp; proz=$1 &amp;amp;&amp;amp; shift || proz=0 &#xA;&#xA;[ $# -eq 0 ] &amp;amp;&amp;amp; echo &quot;\&#xA;${0##*/} -- magnifies the pages of postscript files&#xA;Usage: ${0##*/} &amp;lt;how many %&amp;gt; &amp;lt;which file&amp;gt;&#xA;       3rd parameter (optional): output file (without suffix .ps)&#xA;       options: -2 -- magnify only from second page on&#xA;                -l&amp;lt;number&amp;gt; -- shift left by &amp;lt;number&amp;gt;mm&#xA;                -r&amp;lt;number&amp;gt; -- shift right by &amp;lt;number&amp;gt;mm&#xA;                -u&amp;lt;number&amp;gt; -- shift up by &amp;lt;number&amp;gt;mm&#xA;                -d&amp;lt;number&amp;gt; -- shift down by &amp;lt;number&amp;gt;mm&#xA;                -o&amp;lt;number&amp;gt; -- shift outward by &amp;lt;number&amp;gt;mm&#xA;                -i&amp;lt;number&amp;gt; -- shift inward by &amp;lt;number&amp;gt;mm&#xA;                -x&amp;lt;min&amp;gt;-&amp;lt;max&amp;gt; -- cropping the x-scope &amp;lt;min&amp;gt;-&amp;lt;max&amp;gt;pt (default 0-595)&#xA;                -y&amp;lt;min&amp;gt;-&amp;lt;max&amp;gt; -- cropping the y-scope &amp;lt;min&amp;gt;-&amp;lt;max&amp;gt;pt (default 0-842)&quot; &amp;amp;&amp;amp; exit 0&#xA;&#xA;outfile=&quot;${2:-gr}.ps&quot;&#xA;if [ &quot;$1&quot; = - ]&#xA;then infile=/tmp/tmp$$infile.ps&#xA;     cat &amp;gt; $infile&#xA;     what='&quot;$infile&quot;'&#xA;# you can also use this script on .ps.gz files.&#xA;else infile=&quot;${1%.gz}&quot;&#xA;     infile=&quot;${infile%ps}&quot;&#xA;     infile=&quot;${infile%.}&quot;&#xA;     # This is a good place where one could add conditional compilation&#xA;     # of the input file. For me this is:&#xA;     # condlatex &quot;$infile&quot; || exit 1&#xA;     # conddvips &quot;$infile&quot;&#xA;     infile=&quot;$infile.ps&quot;&#xA;     [ -f &quot;$infile&quot; ] &amp;amp;&amp;amp; what='&quot;$infile&quot;' ||&#xA;       if [ -f &quot;$infile.gz&quot; ]&#xA;         then unzip=&quot;gunzip -c '$infile.gz' |&quot; &amp;amp;&amp;amp; what=&#xA;         else echo &quot;»$infile« not found&quot; &amp;amp;&amp;amp; exit 0&#xA;       fi&#xA;fi&#xA;right=`compute $right-$proz*1.05`&#xA;up=`compute $up-$proz*1.48`&#xA;proz=`compute 1+$proz/100`&#xA;&#xA;pages () {&#xA;page=$(eval &quot;$unzip head -n15 $what&quot; | grep '%%Pages:* ' | cut -d' ' -f2 | dos2unix)&#xA;[ &quot;$page&quot; = &quot;(atend)&quot; ] &amp;amp;&amp;amp; &#xA;eval &quot;$unzip tail $what&quot; | grep '%%Pages:* ' | cut -d' ' -f2 | dos2unix ||&#xA;echo $page&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;if [ &quot;$outward&quot; = 0 ] &amp;amp;&amp;amp; [ &quot;$fromsecond&quot; = false ]&#xA;then str=&quot;1:0@$proz(${right}mm,${up}mm)&quot;&#xA;else pages=`pages`&#xA;     rpo=`compute $right+$outward`&#xA;     rmo=`compute $right-$outward`&#xA;     [ &quot;$fromsecond&quot; = true ] &amp;amp;&amp;amp; str=&quot;$pages:0@1&quot; ||&#xA;                           str=&quot;$pages:0@$proz(${rpo}mm,${up}mm)&quot;&#xA;     p=1&#xA;     while [ $p -lt $pages ]&#xA;     do str=&quot;$str,$((p++))@$proz(${rmo}mm,${up}mm)&quot;&#xA;    [ $p -lt $pages ] &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&#xA;    str=&quot;$str,$((p++))@$proz(${rpo}mm,${up}mm)&quot;&#xA;     done&#xA;fi&#xA;eval &quot;$unzip pstops -pa4 '$str' $what&quot; | sed '&#xA;/^%%Page:* /N&#xA;/^userdict\/PStoPSsaved save put$/N&#xA;/^%%Page:* .*\nuserdict\/PStoPSsaved save put/,/^ closepath}put initclip$/{&#xA;/^userdict\/PStoPSclip{0 0 moveto$/,/^ closepath}put initclip$/d&#xA;/^PStoPSmatrix setmatrix$/a\&#xA;userdict/PStoPSclip{'&quot;$xmin $ymin&quot;' moveto\&#xA;'&quot;$xmax $ymin lineto $xmax $ymax lineto $xmin $ymax&quot;' lineto\&#xA;closepath}put initclip&#xA;}&#xA;' &amp;gt; &quot;/tmp/tmp$$$outfile&quot;&#xA;mv &quot;/tmp/tmp$$$outfile&quot; &quot;$outfile&quot;&#xA;if $gv; then&#xA;  ps w | grep &quot;[^]] gv $outfile&quot; &amp;gt;/dev/null || gv &quot;$outfile&quot; &amp;amp;&#xA;fi&#xA;[ &quot;$outfile&quot; = gr.ps ] &amp;amp;&amp;amp; echo &quot;output in gr.ps&quot;&#xA;[ $proz = 1 ] &amp;amp;&amp;amp; echo '         No magnification !!!'&#xA;[ &quot;$infile&quot; = /tmp/tmp$$infile.ps ] &amp;amp;&amp;amp; rm $infile&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-26T16:22:15.717" LastActivityDate="2010-10-26T16:22:15.717" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4595" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4589" CreationDate="2010-10-26T14:54:18.497" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know this isn't an answer to the question, but perhaps could help you with your problem. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/perltex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;PerlTeX&lt;/a&gt; allows you to embed Perl code as a LaTeX function. When compiling if you use &lt;code&gt;perltex --nosafe myfile.tex&lt;/code&gt; then the perl process has free reign to call system functions. I'm not sure if this could help your problem (because of an order of operations, though if \write18 would work at compile time then this should), but it is a way to get full access to your system as well as other benefits of using inline Perl code in your source.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1407" LastActivityDate="2010-10-26T14:54:18.497" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4596" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4485" CreationDate="2010-10-26T14:59:25.763" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As a big proponent of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/perltex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;PerlTeX&lt;/a&gt;, I posted a blurb on another &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4589/what-analysis-of-texlives-restricted-permissions-model-existscode&quot;&gt;post&lt;/a&gt; which I am going to shamelessly quote here:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I know this isn't an answer to the&#xA;  question, but perhaps could help you&#xA;  with your problem. PerlTeX allows you&#xA;  to embed Perl code as a LaTeX&#xA;  function. When compiling if you use&#xA;  &lt;code&gt;perltex --nosafe myfile.tex&lt;/code&gt; then the&#xA;  perl process has free reign to call&#xA;  system functions. I'm not sure if this&#xA;  could help your problem (because of an&#xA;  order of operations, though if&#xA;  \write18 would work at compile time&#xA;  then this should), but it is a way to&#xA;  get full access to your system as well&#xA;  as other benefits of using inline Perl&#xA;  code in your source.code in your source.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1407" LastActivityDate="2010-10-26T14:59:25.763" />
  <row Id="4597" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4599" CreationDate="2010-10-26T15:07:23.847" Score="2" ViewCount="160" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; together with &lt;code&gt;lastpage&lt;/code&gt;. My problem is that &lt;code&gt;\pageref{LastPage}&lt;/code&gt; gets the same color as the links identified with &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt;. I want it to be just the ordinary color (e.g. black)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Allow me to adapt the chosen answer to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/4543/791&quot;&gt;my previous question about &lt;code&gt;lastpage&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrartcl}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\hypersetup{colorlinks,breaklinks,&#xA;            urlcolor=Maroon,&#xA;            linkcolor=Maroon}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{lastpage}&#xA;\usepackage{scrpage2}&#xA;&#xA;\cfoot{\thepage\ of \pageref{LastPage}}&#xA;&#xA;\pagestyle{scrheadings}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\href{mailto:my_email@email.com}{my_email@email.com}&#xA;&#xA;\newpage&#xA;text&#xA;\newpage&#xA;text&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{color}&lt;/code&gt; and then modifying the &lt;code&gt;\cfoot...&lt;/code&gt; line to &lt;code&gt;\cfoot{\thepage\ of \color{black}\pageref{LastPage}}&lt;/code&gt;, but to no avail.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="791" LastActivityDate="2010-10-26T15:34:46.230" Title="How do I make sure that \pageref{LastPage} doesn't get colored like the other links identified by hyperref?" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;color&gt;&lt;lastpage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="4598" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4605" CreationDate="2010-10-26T15:20:36.700" Score="6" ViewCount="317" Body="&lt;p&gt;I considered asking this on Super User, and I also thought that TeX users on the Mac would be better able to help and be helped. I'll let the mods decide.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I opened &lt;code&gt;texdoc color&lt;/code&gt; and came to &lt;code&gt;grfguide.pdf&lt;/code&gt;. I am greeted with this:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/T1jLL.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;I understand that all default TeX Live packages are installed in a &quot;protected&quot; folder. Using another app (called Afloat), I found out that &lt;code&gt;grfguide.pdf&lt;/code&gt; can be found in &lt;code&gt;/usr/local/texlive...&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I will want to &quot;process the &lt;code&gt;dtx&lt;/code&gt; files&quot; to see further documentation. Now, Spotlight doesn't search the protected folders. I won't be able to just type in &lt;code&gt;sty&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;dtx&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;ins&lt;/code&gt;. How do I search the TeX Live folders on a Mac?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="791" LastEditorUserId="791" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-30T09:45:28.430" LastActivityDate="2010-12-30T09:45:28.430" Title="How do I search the hidden TeX Live folders in Mac OS X?" Tags="&lt;documentation&gt;&lt;mactex&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4599" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4597" CreationDate="2010-10-26T15:23:04.840" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;\pageref*&lt;/code&gt; as described in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/applications/hyperref/manual.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;hyperref manual&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastActivityDate="2010-10-26T15:23:04.840" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4600" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3755" CreationDate="2010-10-26T15:26:49.263" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.doc.ic.ac.uk/~sl203/?id=39&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TexTablet&lt;/a&gt; performs the main feature of the program mentioned above: translates handwritten math into LaTeX. It's based on the Windows 7 Math Input.  You hand-write the formulas on the Math Input Panel, but the results get translated into LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, it's free of cost.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="701" LastEditorUserId="701" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-27T09:41:05.860" LastActivityDate="2010-10-27T09:41:05.860" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4602" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4675" CreationDate="2010-10-26T15:36:12.920" Score="4" ViewCount="761" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm currently using doxygen to generate some documentation for a project, &#xA;and doxygen generate some LaTeX code that then can be used to generate a nice pdf.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But let's say I would like to write another document, and in that document include the doxygen generated latex code as a part of that document. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How would I do that? Has anybody done this type of stuff?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My try is to get the code, generate the latex code with out the &quot;header&quot;.&#xA;So I end up with a dir called code/doc/latex/, seen from the place where I have my own &quot;main.tex&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And try in include that latex code from my main.tex with input.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\input{ code/doc/latex/refman.tex }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But when I try to include the code/doc/latex/refman.tex (the doxygen, main.tex), &#xA;he complains that he can't find the other latex files that was generated by doxygen.&#xA;It seems like he is searching in the same dir as my main.tex and not in code/doc/latex/.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is more or less how the refman.tex looks like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\chapter{Todo List}&#xA;\label{todo}&#xA;\hypertarget{todo}{}&#xA;\input{todo}&#xA;\chapter{Class Index}&#xA;\input{annotated}&#xA;\chapter{File Index}&#xA;\input{files}&#xA;\chapter{Class Documentation}&#xA;\include{struct__offsetChannel}&#xA;\include{struct__offsetPixel}&#xA;\include{struct__tPixel}&#xA;...&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any ideas would be welcome.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A solution could be to write a script that edits all the generated latex code, and simply adds this path but this seems like a overly complicated solution...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks&#xA;Johan&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Update&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The error I get is like this one&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! LaTeX Error: File `todo.tex' not found.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Update&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I change all the input include and includegraphics like this it works.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\input{todo} -&amp;gt; \input{code/doc/latex/todo}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But there must be a way to make latex understand that he should look into the code/doc/latex/ for the code?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="795" LastEditorUserId="795" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-27T07:07:49.087" LastActivityDate="2010-10-29T08:48:47.783" Title="How do I change the include path for input, include and includegraphics? Example include the doxygen latex code." Tags="&lt;include&gt;&lt;input&gt;&lt;doxygen&gt;&lt;path&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="4603" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4598" CreationDate="2010-10-26T15:59:35.430" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don’t have a Mac. Maybe &lt;code&gt;locate .dtx&lt;/code&gt; works. If not, you might try &lt;code&gt;find /usr -name '*.dtx'&lt;/code&gt; (both on the command line, the second command might be somewhat slow as it doesn’t use an index).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-10-26T15:59:35.430" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4604" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4598" CreationDate="2010-10-26T16:56:43.413" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;They should be in something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/source/&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using &lt;code&gt;find&lt;/code&gt; from that path should be able to help you find them.&#xA;In particular the ones you're looking for are under &lt;code&gt;latex/graphics&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-10-26T16:56:43.413" />
  <row Id="4605" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4598" CreationDate="2010-10-26T17:28:29.613" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It shouldn't be necessary to compile those files since compiled versions are already included in TeX Live. Say&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;texdoc -l color&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to get access to all parts of the documentation. In this case, select the second document (&lt;code&gt;color.pdf&lt;/code&gt;) which is the &quot;developer part&quot; of the documentation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2010-10-26T17:28:29.613" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4606" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4576" CreationDate="2010-10-26T19:22:02.920" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;People seem to be answering a different question...I may be wrong but I think you are looking for  &lt;code&gt;\savebox&lt;/code&gt;? Would this not save latex from re-rendering the TikZ code every time? I don't know how many times you need to put those plots in your document, but if you are going to define  a macro to do it, you may consider putting the whole thing in a &lt;code&gt;\savebox&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newsavebox{\myneatfigurethatineedalot}&#xA;\savebox{\myneatfigurethatineedalot}{&#xA;&#xA;A bunch of latex code, tikz and &#xA;&#xA;what-not that you need to place on every corner of every page&#xA;&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\usebox{\myneatfigurethatineedalot} %use this wherever you want it!&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think that &lt;code&gt;\savebox&lt;/code&gt; is better than a macro in this case, because a) what is in the box is self-contained (the typesetting of the content of the box does not depend on the location in the text) and b) it is relatively expensive to render and by using a &lt;code&gt;\savebox&lt;/code&gt; you are telling the texengine to simply reuse the result of the rendering, while the macro would tell it to re-render everything from scratch.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastActivityDate="2010-10-26T19:22:02.920" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4607" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4576" CreationDate="2010-10-26T19:56:59.353" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The PGF manual speaks of the two following commands:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;\pgfsys@defobject{⟨name⟩}{⟨lower left⟩}{⟨upper right⟩}{⟨code⟩}&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Declares an object for later use. The idea is that the object can be precached in some way and then be rendered more quickly when used several times. For example, an arrow head might be defined and prerendered in this way.&#xA;  The parameter ⟨name⟩ is the name for later use. ⟨lower left⟩ and ⟨upper right⟩ are pgf points specifying a bounding box for the object. ⟨code⟩ is the code for the object. The code should not be too fancy.&#xA;  This command has a default implementation and need not be implemented by a driver file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;\pgfsys@useobject{⟨name⟩}{⟨extra code⟩}&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Renders a previously declared object. The first parameter is the name of the the object. The second parameter is extra code that should be executed right before the object is rendered. Typically, this will be some transformation code.&#xA;  This command has a default implementation and need not be implemented by a driver file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately I never understood how those work, so consider this as an extended comment or a new question related to the original.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastActivityDate="2010-10-26T19:56:59.353" />
  <row Id="4608" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3763" CreationDate="2010-10-26T21:06:07.177" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think I've got it. :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Printing the shorttitle in subseqent citations is controlled by the boolean switch &lt;code&gt;singletitle&lt;/code&gt; which refers to data in the bbl-file. This switch must be replaced by something more sophisticated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I created a new counter &lt;code&gt;citecommand&lt;/code&gt; which is incremented whenever a command like &lt;code&gt;\footcite&lt;/code&gt; is used.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Every time an entry is cited the first time, the macros &lt;code&gt;footcite:full&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;footcite:save&lt;/code&gt; are called. I added some functionality to &lt;code&gt;footcite:save&lt;/code&gt; so that it a) saves the current value of &lt;code&gt;citecommand&lt;/code&gt; and b) creates a unique command derived from the value of &lt;code&gt;citecommand&lt;/code&gt; and the entry's &lt;code&gt;fullhash&lt;/code&gt; field (which is a unique hash string for each author). If this command is defined the first time, it will expand to &quot;single&quot;, after that to &quot;multi&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;In the macro &lt;code&gt;footcite:note&lt;/code&gt; which is used for subsequent citations, I replaced the &lt;code&gt;\ifsingletitle&lt;/code&gt; test by a status test of the respective &quot;first-cite&quot; unique command.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following must be added to the preamble of the minimal example of @domwass:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcounter{citecommand}% NEW&#xA;&#xA;\renewbibmacro*{prenote}{%&#xA;  \stepcounter{citecommand}% NEW&#xA;  \iffieldundef{prenote}&#xA;    {}&#xA;    {\printfield{prenote}%&#xA;     \setunit{\prenotedelim}}}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;&#xA;\renewbibmacro*{footcite:save}{%&#xA;  \csxdef{cbx@f@\thefield{entrykey}}{\the\value{instcount}}%&#xA;  \label{cbx@\the\value{instcount}}%&#xA;  \csxdef{cbx@g@\thefield{entrykey}}{\the\value{citecommand}}% NEW&#xA;  \ifcsdef{cbx@\the\value{citecommand}@\thefield{fullhash}}{% NEW&#xA;    \csxdef{cbx@\the\value{citecommand}@\thefield{fullhash}}{multi}% NEW&#xA;  }{% NEW&#xA;    \csxdef{cbx@\the\value{citecommand}@\thefield{fullhash}}{single}% NEW&#xA;  }% NEW&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\renewbibmacro*{footcite:note}{%&#xA;  \ifnameundef{labelname}&#xA;    {\printfield{label}}&#xA;    {\printnames{labelname}}%&#xA;%   \ifsingletitle% DELETED&#xA;  \ifcsstring{cbx@\csuse{cbx@g@\thefield{entrykey}}@\thefield{fullhash}}{single}% NEW&#xA;    {}&#xA;    {\setunit*{\nametitledelim}%&#xA;     \printfield[title]{labeltitle}}%&#xA;  \setunit*{\addcomma\space}%&#xA;  \printtext{%&#xA;    \bibstring{seenote}\addnbspace&#xA;    \ref{cbx@\csuse{cbx@f@\thefield{entrykey}}}%&#xA;    \iftoggle{cbx:pageref}&#xA;      {\ifsamepage{\the\value{instcount}}&#xA;                  {\csuse{cbx@f@\thefield{entrykey}}}&#xA;         {}&#xA;     {\addcomma\space\bibstring{page}\addnbspace&#xA;      \pageref{cbx@\csuse{cbx@f@\thefield{entrykey}}}}}&#xA;      {}}}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: Since no (direct) reference to the value of &lt;code&gt;citecommand&lt;/code&gt; is needed, &lt;code&gt;\stepcounter{citecommand}&lt;/code&gt; is sufficient.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-26T22:04:16.130" LastActivityDate="2010-10-26T22:04:16.130" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4609" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4602" CreationDate="2010-10-26T23:59:43.097" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm fuzzy on the details, but the import package should do what you want. Off the top of my head, i think the syntax is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{import}&#xA;...&#xA;\subimport{code/doc/latex/}{refman.tex}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Update: thanks Willie for pointing out &lt;code&gt;\subimport&lt;/code&gt; which seems to be the better command to use here over &lt;code&gt;\import&lt;/code&gt;. (I need to look at this package again to really figure out the difference between the two.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-27T21:58:08.877" LastActivityDate="2010-10-27T21:58:08.877" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4610" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4618" CreationDate="2010-10-27T02:39:54.037" Score="6" ViewCount="313" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to write a text in which each letter uses a different font. It is rather short. I guess I could make it letter by letter, selecting the font I want for each of them. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are there easier ways?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="574" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-27T09:03:49.000" LastActivityDate="2010-10-31T10:03:31.763" Title="Package for changing font with each letter?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="4611" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-27T02:44:47.370" Score="4" ViewCount="235" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi I build a customer list environment with a counter, and I'd like to be able to reference the name the label associated with the counter. The code below produces an output similar to this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Requirements&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;REQ1 Requirement one&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;REQ2 Requirement two&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Another Section&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;We want read &quot;Requirement One&quot; here : &lt;em&gt;Requirements&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;But instead we get the section name!&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,10pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8x]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[bookmarks, colorlinks=true, linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=black]{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\newcounter{reqcount}&#xA;\renewcommand{\thereqcount}{\textbf{REQ\arabic{reqcount}}}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{nfrequirements}&#xA;  { \begin{list}{\textbf{\thereqcount}}{\usecounter{reqcount}} }&#xA;  { \end{list} }&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\requirement}[1]{&#xA;  \item \textbf{#1}&#xA;  \addcontentsline{toc}{subsection}{\thereqcount \quad #1}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;&#xA;\section{Requirements Section}&#xA;\begin{requirements}&#xA;  \requirement{Requirement one} \label{req_one} \\&#xA;  description&#xA;  \requirement{Requirement two} \label{req_two} \\&#xA;  description&#xA;\end{requirements}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Another Section}&#xA;We want read &quot;Requirement One&quot; here : \nameref{req_one}.&#xA;But instead we get the section name.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1604" LastActivityDate="2010-10-27T09:16:55.433" Title="\nameref : how to get counter's label value instead of section name" Tags="&lt;cross-referencing&gt;&lt;lists&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4612" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4598" CreationDate="2010-10-27T07:09:28.950" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I rather strongly suspect that the reason spotlight doesn't index the texlive folder is that it is inside &lt;code&gt;/usr&lt;/code&gt;, which has the &quot;invisible&quot; Finder flag set. You can turn that flag off with &lt;code&gt;xattr&lt;/code&gt;, but maybe you don't want to index &lt;em&gt;all&lt;/em&gt; of &lt;code&gt;/usr&lt;/code&gt;. In which case you could use &lt;code&gt;xattr&lt;/code&gt; to set the invisible flag on all subdirectories of &lt;code&gt;/usr&lt;/code&gt; except &lt;code&gt;/usr/local&lt;/code&gt;, and then turn off the one on &lt;code&gt;/usr&lt;/code&gt;. Something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;xa=&quot;`xattr -px com.apple.FinderInfo /usr`&quot;&#xA;for d in /usr/*; do xattr -wx com.apple.FinderInfo &quot;$xa&quot; &quot;$d&quot;; done&#xA;xattr -d com.apple.FinderInfo /usr&#xA;xattr -d com.apple.FinderInfo /usr/local&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A much simpler fix would be to move &lt;code&gt;/usr/local/texlive&lt;/code&gt; to a new place and insert a symlink in the original location. That might give you trouble when you wish to install texlive 2011, though, unless you remember to move it back first. So playing around with &lt;code&gt;xattr&lt;/code&gt; seems safer. (The only documentation of &lt;code&gt;xattr&lt;/code&gt; seems to be the one you get by running &lt;code&gt;xattr --help&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2010-10-27T07:09:28.950" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="4613" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4602" CreationDate="2010-10-27T08:22:21.077" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you use rubber, you can simply add a directives such as these to your Latex source:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% rubber: path code/doc/latex&#xA;% rubber: path ../foo/bar&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After that, &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; and friends will be able to locate files also in &lt;code&gt;code/doc/latex&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;../foo/bar&lt;/code&gt; (relative to the current working directory).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Rubber implements this by setting the &lt;code&gt;TEXINPUTS&lt;/code&gt; environment variable appropriately before invoking pdflatex, latex, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="100" LastActivityDate="2010-10-27T08:22:21.077" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4614" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4611" CreationDate="2010-10-27T08:56:58.880" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Set \@currentlabelname:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand{\requirement}[1]{%&#xA;  \item&#xA;  \def\@currentlabelname{#1}%&#xA;  \textbf{#1}&#xA;  \addcontentsline{toc}{subsection}{\thereqcount \quad #1}&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-10-27T08:56:58.880" />
  <row Id="4615" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4611" CreationDate="2010-10-27T09:16:55.433" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's not quite the same thing, but consider the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{requirements}&#xA;  { \begin{list}{\textbf{\thereqcount}}{} }&#xA;  %{ \begin{list}{\textbf{\thereqcount}}{\usecounter{reqcount}} }&#xA;  { \end{list} }&#xA;\newcommand{\requirement}[1]{&#xA;  \refstepcounter{reqcount}&#xA;  \item \textbf{#1}&#xA;  \addcontentsline{toc}{subsection}{\thereqcount \quad #1}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The inclusion of &lt;code&gt;\refstepcounter&lt;/code&gt; means that the value of the &lt;code&gt;reqcount&lt;/code&gt; counter becomes the thing that &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt; now picks up (rather than the argument of &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt;, which will have been the last thing that invoked &lt;code&gt;\refstepcounter&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After this, &lt;code&gt;\ref{req_one}&lt;/code&gt; expands to &quot;REQ1&quot;.  Getting &lt;code&gt;\nameref&lt;/code&gt; to do the same is presumably not far away (ie, exercise for reader territory!)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="96" LastActivityDate="2010-10-27T09:16:55.433" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4616" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4617" CreationDate="2010-10-27T11:22:41.343" Score="8" ViewCount="300" Body="&lt;p&gt;In my area of math one of the objects that pops up quite often is the field of all formal Laurent series. Now the trouble is that the notation for this field is &lt;code&gt;$\mathbf{C} (( t ))$&lt;/code&gt;. Now the two brackets together is not nice. I was wondering if there is a symbol that is basically two brackets very close to each other? If not how can I make one (unfortunately I don't know metafont)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="809" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-27T12:22:54.543" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T15:31:55.293" Title="A symbol for the field of formal Laurent series" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;brackets&gt;&lt;metafont&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="4617" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4616" CreationDate="2010-10-27T11:31:39.540" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One cheap way is to type &lt;code&gt;$\mathbf{C}(\!(t)\!)$&lt;/code&gt; (and to put this into some macro):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://mathurl.com/33gqlgg.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-27T11:32:52.727" LastActivityDate="2010-10-27T11:32:52.727" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4618" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4610" CreationDate="2010-10-27T11:42:52.293" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Right, I'm sure that this could be vastly improved.  In particular, it doesn't like spaces and it doesn't like being fed an argument (so using the &lt;code&gt;lipsum&lt;/code&gt; package to demonstrate it didn't work).  Of course, the kerning is completely messed up, but then I'd be amazed at a solution that got that right!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/XowLT.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It uses the &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt; package, and for some reason unknown to me, to use the proper names of the fonts required me to use &lt;code&gt;lualatex&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;xelatex&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Without further ado, here's the code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;&#xA;\newfontfamily\fonta{TeX Gyre Bonum}&#xA;\newfontfamily\fontb{TeX Gyre Adventor}&#xA;\newfontfamily\fontc{TeX Gyre Chorus}&#xA;\newfontfamily\fontd{TeX Gyre Heros}&#xA;\newfontfamily\fonte{TeX Gyre Pagella}&#xA;\newfontfamily\fontf{TeX Gyre Schola}&#xA;\newfontfamily\fontg{TeX Gyre Termes}&#xA;\newfontfamily\fonth{GFS Artemisia}&#xA;\newfontfamily\fonti{GFS Bodoni}&#xA;\newfontfamily\fontj{Iwona}&#xA;\newfontfamily\fontk{GFS Didot}&#xA;\newfontfamily\fontl{GFS Neohellenic}&#xA;\newfontfamily\fontm{Kurier}&#xA;\newfontfamily\fontn{Free Mono}&#xA;\newfontfamily\fonto{Free Sans}&#xA;\newfontfamily\fontp{Free Serif}&#xA;\newfontfamily\fontq{Inconsolata}&#xA;\newfontfamily\fonts{Linux Libertine O}&#xA;\newfontfamily\fontt{Cyklop}&#xA;\newfontfamily\fontu{Old Standard}&#xA;\newfontfamily\fontv{Antykwa Poltawskiego}&#xA;\newfontfamily\fontw{STIX General}&#xA;\newfontfamily\fontx{Punknova}&#xA;\newfontfamily\fonty{Semafor}&#xA;\newfontfamily\fontz{UM Typewriter}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\edef\my@relax{\relax}&#xA;\newcommand{\do@font}[1]{%&#xA;  \edef\my@arg{#1}%&#xA;  \ifx\my@arg\my@relax&#xA;  \else&#xA;  \@ifundefined{font#1}{}{%&#xA;    \csname font#1\endcsname}%&#xA;  \my@arg&#xA;  \expandafter\do@font&#xA;  \fi}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\dofont}[1]{%&#xA;  \edef\my@arg{#1}%&#xA;  \expandafter\do@font\my@arg\relax}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\Large&#xA;\dofont{the quick brown fox jumped over the lazy dog}&#xA;&#xA;\dofont{abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All the fonts are ones that I found in my TeXLive2010 distribution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-10-27T11:42:52.293" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4619" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4616" CreationDate="2010-10-27T12:05:33.473" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Looking through the unicode characters, I found U+FF5F and U+FF60 which are &amp;#xFF5F; and &amp;#xFF60; respectively.  Unfortunately, my attempts to put these into a LaTeX file didn't work, probably because I'm not sufficiently unicode-aware yet.  But if some kind soul comes along and explains how to do it, you would be able to produce &lt;em&gt;C&amp;#xFF5F;x&amp;#xFF60;&lt;/em&gt; to your heart's content.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hmm, according to the description this is a &quot;fullwidth left white parenthesis&quot;.  There's also a &quot;left double parenthesis&quot; which is U+2E28, but that doesn't show up with my fonts: &amp;#x2E28;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Update: bizarrely, the &amp;#x2e28; and &amp;#x2e29; have just appeared on my system in the STIX fonts.  Unfortunately, I'm not sure which version of the fonts I'm using.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastEditorUserId="86" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-16T15:31:55.293" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T15:31:55.293" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4620" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4610" CreationDate="2010-10-27T12:14:26.463" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is a different approach than what I proposed above, The following lua code is to be saved in a file &lt;code&gt;randomfont.lua&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;function randomfonts(fonts, text)&#xA;    local list = { }&#xA;    local last, new&#xA;&#xA;    for s in string.gmatch(fonts,&quot;([^, ]+)&quot;) do&#xA;        list[#list+1] = s&#xA;    end&#xA;&#xA;    for c in string.utfcharacters(text) do&#xA;        if c:is_empty() then&#xA;            tex.sprint(c)&#xA;        else&#xA;            while last==new do&#xA;                new = math.random(#list)&#xA;            end&#xA;            tex.sprint(luatexbase.catcodetables.latex,&#xA;                string.format([[{\%s %s}]], list[new], c))&#xA;            last = new&#xA;        end&#xA;    end&#xA;end&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And a test file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor,fontspec}&#xA;\newfontfamily\one[Color=red]{TeX Gyre Termes}&#xA;\newfontfamily\two[Color=blue]{TeX Gyre Pagella}&#xA;\newfontfamily\three[Color=yellow]{TeX Gyre Heros}&#xA;\newfontfamily\four[Color=green]{TeX Gyre Bonum}&#xA;&#xA;\directlua{dofile(&quot;randomfont.lua&quot;)} % load the lua file&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\randomfonts[2]{%&#xA;  \directlua{randomfonts(&quot;#1&quot;, &quot;#2&quot;)}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;% can take text strings&#xA;\randomfonts{one, two, three, four}{abcdef ghijk lmn o}&#xA;&#xA;% or even macros&#xA;\def\sometext{the quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog}&#xA;\randomfonts{one, two, three, four}{\sometext}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update&lt;/strong&gt;: updated to load the lua file just once instead of loading it with each macro invocation.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update 2&lt;/strong&gt;: now using &lt;code&gt;string.utfcharacters(text)&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;unicode.utf8.gmatch(text,&quot;.&quot;)&lt;/code&gt; as the former looks better (it is a luatex extension to lua string library)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update 3&lt;/strong&gt;: make the lua code more compact, and make sure next character is always using a different font.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastEditorUserId="729" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-31T10:03:31.763" LastActivityDate="2010-10-31T10:03:31.763" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4621" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="783" CreationDate="2010-10-27T12:26:06.307" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;2up sounds like exactly what you want.  But here's another answer: pgfpages is part of the PGF package and has a pretty nice interface to doing things like this.  It's used in beamer to produce handouts of slides.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-10-27T12:26:06.307" />
  <row Id="4622" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-27T13:05:00.353" Score="6" ViewCount="350" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://sourceforge.net/projects/pgf/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://sourceforge.net/projects/pgf/&lt;/a&gt; shows that 2 days ago (25 Oct 2010) version 2.10 of PGF (Tikz) is released.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What are new functionalities in this version? (not bugfixes, but features)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="459" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-30T20:44:15.250" LastActivityDate="2010-10-30T20:44:15.250" Title="What is new in pgf 2.10" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;pgf-2.10&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4623" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4641" CreationDate="2010-10-27T13:07:01.553" Score="5" ViewCount="434" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://sourceforge.net/projects/pgf/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://sourceforge.net/projects/pgf/&lt;/a&gt; shows that 2 days ago (25 Oct 2010) version 2.10 of PGF (Tikz) is released.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am currently using texlive 2010. Will pgf 2.10 come in texlive 2010, or do I have to wait a year? If it will be not included, how can I still use pgf 2.10 with texlive 2010?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="459" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-24T23:03:46.410" LastActivityDate="2010-11-24T23:03:46.410" Title="How can I upgrade to pgf 2.10" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;installing&gt;&lt;texlive&gt;&lt;pgf-2.10&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4624" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4625" CreationDate="2010-10-27T14:05:52.543" Score="6" ViewCount="462" Body="&lt;p&gt;One needs often a symbol to denote the quotient of two (algebraic) objects. (e.g. quotient by a subgroup, subring, submodule etc.). In simple cases people use A/B. But when both A,B are complicated to write, this doesn't look good. e.g.  &lt;code&gt;\mathcal{O}_{(V',0)}}/\mathcal{O}_{(V,0)}}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For some reasons people do not use just &lt;code&gt;\frac{A}{B}&lt;/code&gt;. Is there some way to achieve the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;$A$&lt;/code&gt; raised a bit, then &lt;code&gt;\Big/&lt;/code&gt; then &lt;code&gt;$B$&lt;/code&gt; a bit lowered.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1597" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-27T14:19:00.007" LastActivityDate="2010-10-28T08:29:26.347" Title="A symbol for the quotient of two objects" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4625" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4624" CreationDate="2010-10-27T14:20:02.707" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;How about using '\left', '\right', and '\raisebox'? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\bigslant}[2]{{\raisebox{.2em}{$#1$}\left/\raisebox{-.2em}{$#2$}\right.}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;\bigslant{\mathcal{O}_{(V',0)}}{\mathcal{O}_{(V,0)}}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which gives &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/QUwX0.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The only problem is that I need to re-enter mathmode inside the '\raisebox'es. Anyone know how to avoid that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastActivityDate="2010-10-27T14:20:02.707" />
  <row Id="4626" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4624" CreationDate="2010-10-27T14:27:18.433" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\def\quotient#1#2{%&#xA;    \raise1ex\hbox{$#1$}\Big/\lower1ex\hbox{$#2$}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;$$&#xA;\quotient{\mathcal{O}_{(V',0)}}{\mathcal{O}_{(V,0)}}&#xA;$$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Update&lt;/em&gt;, here is a real plain example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\quotient#1#2{%&#xA;    \raise1ex\hbox{$#1$}\Big/\lower1ex\hbox{$#2$}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;$$&#xA;\quotient{{\cal O}_{(V',0)}}{{\cal O}_{(V,0)}}&#xA;$$&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastEditorUserId="729" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-28T08:29:26.347" LastActivityDate="2010-10-28T08:29:26.347" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="4627" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-27T15:00:51.423" Score="3" ViewCount="87" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just some very basic questions as a new user...&#xA;What is that black part under the pink part of the Lyx window?&#xA;Can we change the pink color? Can we remove the black part? Why can't we use &quot;Enter&quot; to skip lines?&#xA;Thank you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1607" LastActivityDate="2010-10-27T22:33:18.113" Title="what is the black part in the Lyx window" Tags="&lt;lyx&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4628" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4632" CreationDate="2010-10-27T15:58:49.257" Score="5" ViewCount="503" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm having trouble writing if statements, I can find next to no documentation on them and what I want to do seems quite simple.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/atoms-and-orbitals/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;orbitals pgf/tikz example&lt;/a&gt; from here, and I'd like to write a new atom type, whereby instead of the third argument, it takes phrase describing squashedness&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Normally, the code to create an atom looks like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\Atom{}{90/west/0,270/east/1}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I wrote a separate method which I'm trying to modify that &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\AtomSquash{}{90/west/sq,270/east/sq}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The code for creating the atoms is as follows&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\Atom}[3][AtomNode]{&#xA;  \node[atomcore] (#1){#2};% {\ce{#2}};&#xA;  \foreach \ang/\anchor/\n in {#3} {&#xA;      \orbital{\ang}{#1.\anchor}{\n}&#xA;  }&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand{\AtomSquash}[3][AtomNode]{&#xA;        \node[atomcore] (#1){#2};&#xA;        \foreach \ang/\anchor/\squashness in {#3}{&#xA;                \squashorbital{\ang}{#1.\anchor}{\squashness}&#xA;        }&#xA;&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And the orbital code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\orbital}[3]{&#xA;    \begin{scope}[rotate=#1,shift=(#2)]&#xA;        % These points define the curve for the orbital.&#xA;        \coordinate (c1) at (-\orbwidth, .6 * \orbheight);&#xA;        \coordinate (c2) at (-\orbwidth, \orbheight);&#xA;        \coordinate (c3) at (\orbwidth, \orbheight);&#xA;        \coordinate (c4) at (\orbwidth, .6 * \orbheight);&#xA;        \coordinate (top) at (0,\orbheight);&#xA;&#xA;        %Coordinates of the electrons&#xA;&#xA;        \coordinate (e1) at (0, 0.45*\orbheight);&#xA;        \coordinate (e2) at (0, 0.75*\orbheight);&#xA;    \end{scope}  \begin{pgfonlayer}{background}&#xA;&#xA;      \draw[orbital #3] (#2) .. controls (c1) and (c2) .. (top) ..&#xA;            controls (c3) and (c4) .. (#2);&#xA;  \end{pgfonlayer}&#xA;&#xA;  % Draw the electrons&#xA;  \ifnum#3&amp;gt;0&#xA;      \foreach \n in {1,...,#3} {&#xA;          %Don't need electrons to be shaded.&#xA;          %\shade[ball color=electron] (e\n) circle (1mm);&#xA;      }&#xA;  \fi&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I would especially like to do here, is have the &lt;code&gt;\atom&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\atomsquash&lt;/code&gt; in a single method, which would decide based on the number of arguments or say the text value of the third argument (is it equal to &quot;sq&quot; or is it a number?). I've tried writing an if statement that looks like the following &lt;code&gt;\iftype=sq&lt;/code&gt; but the compiler seriously dislikes this. It doesn't help if I put quotes around the sq, the code will compile then but the if statement never is true.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Help? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="142" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-03T21:18:33.440" LastActivityDate="2010-12-03T21:18:33.440" Title="Tikz/Pgf if statements" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;conditionals&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4629" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4622" CreationDate="2010-10-27T16:01:09.030" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/builds/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.texample.net/tikz/builds/&lt;/a&gt; provides a nice overview of what's been happening. Some bugfixes are mentioned, but it's mostly about features. Of course, this is the unstable development branch, not what the actual release consists of, but it could give some pointers to new features.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="210" LastActivityDate="2010-10-27T16:01:09.030" />
  <row Id="4630" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4624" CreationDate="2010-10-27T16:10:51.093" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you want to invoke the Someone Else's Problem principle, there's also the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/faktor/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;faktor&lt;/a&gt; package, which ostensibly was designed to do what you want, and which implements using the AMS symbol &lt;code&gt;\diagup&lt;/code&gt;. But IMHO the slash is a bit small. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For in-line expressions, you can also consider the &lt;code&gt;nicefrac&lt;/code&gt; package, which makes both the &quot;denominator&quot; and &quot;numerator&quot; small. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastActivityDate="2010-10-27T16:10:51.093" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4631" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-27T16:33:07.380" Score="2" ViewCount="243" Body="&lt;p&gt;When we define new macros in LyX, can we still have instant preview for them?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;for example, I define a new command \abc, but when I put \abc in the math inset, it does not have instant preview. Though if I complie to a DVI, it's there in DVI.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1608" LastEditorUserId="1608" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-27T20:12:09.517" LastActivityDate="2010-10-28T06:17:46.373" Title="LyX new macros and instant preview" Tags="&lt;lyx&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="4632" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4628" CreationDate="2010-10-27T16:51:02.047" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can't compare strings easily using plain TeX's &lt;code&gt;\if&lt;/code&gt;s.  If you're using LaTeX, I would use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ifi.uio.no/it/latex-links/ifthen.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ifthen&lt;/a&gt; package instead, which you almost definitely have installed already.  With it, your desired if statement looks like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ifthenelse{\equal{#3}{sq}}&#xA;           {... code if #3 == sq ...}&#xA;           {... code if #3 != sq ...}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also do numeric tests within the condition, so for instance&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ifthenelse{\equal{#3}{sq} \OR #3 &amp;gt; 0}&#xA;           {... valid ...}&#xA;           {... invalid ...}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1425" LastActivityDate="2010-10-27T16:51:02.047" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="4633" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4628" CreationDate="2010-10-27T18:56:34.223" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;With TeX primitives you can do something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\sqstr{sq}&#xA;\def\argiii{#3}&#xA;\ifx\argiii\sqstr&#xA;  % #3==sq code&#xA;\else&#xA;  % #3!=sq code&#xA;\fi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I started out preferring ifthen.sty but for some reason nowadays I like TeX &lt;code&gt;\if&lt;/code&gt;s.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-10-27T18:56:34.223" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4634" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4627" CreationDate="2010-10-27T20:25:58.817" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sorry, because I didn't register, so I can't edit my original question now...&#xA;The screenshot is as follows. It's the newest verion. OS is windows vista.&#xA;You can see the pink and black parts..&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/3QgAb.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://i.imgur.com/3QgAb.jpg&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1608" LastActivityDate="2010-10-27T20:25:58.817" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4635" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4616" CreationDate="2010-10-27T20:40:33.580" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Some alternatives:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;stmaryrd&lt;/code&gt; defines &lt;code&gt;\llparenthesis&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\rrparenthesis&lt;/code&gt;, which have a line instead of a second parenthesis:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/vj0ko.png&quot; alt=&quot;stmaryd example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The package &lt;code&gt;mathbbold&lt;/code&gt; defines blackboard bold parentheses, available through &lt;code&gt;\Lparen&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\Rparen&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/QzGNM.png&quot; alt=&quot;mathbbold example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As Philipp remarked, Unicode defines &lt;code&gt;⦅ U+2985 LEFT WHITE PARENTHESIS&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;⦆ U+2986 RIGHT WHITE PARENTHESIS&lt;/code&gt;. With Xe/LuaLaTeX and &lt;code&gt;unicode-math&lt;/code&gt;, you can use them either directly or via &lt;code&gt;\lParen&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\rParen&lt;/code&gt;. With XITS Fonts they render as &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/bVfPz.png&quot; alt=&quot;XITS example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As Andrew remarks, Unicode also defines &lt;code&gt;⸨ U+2E28 LEFT DOUBLE PARENTHESIS&lt;/code&gt; and the corresponding closing symbol. According to &lt;a href=&quot;http://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U2E00.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the Unicode chart&lt;/a&gt;, they should be exactly the right symbols, but font support seems lacking (at least in the fonts I tried).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-10-27T20:40:33.580" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4636" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4616" CreationDate="2010-10-27T20:53:24.660" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is not a LaTeX solution but a grammatical one. You can denote it by &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\mathbb{C}\llbracket t,t^{-1}\rrbracket&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="574" LastActivityDate="2010-10-27T20:53:24.660" />
  <row Id="4637" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4646" CreationDate="2010-10-27T21:03:23.590" Score="6" ViewCount="248" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a query. How should I use &lt;code&gt;\paragraph{}&lt;/code&gt;? I mean, If I want to put &quot;Characteristics&quot;, should I put &lt;code&gt;\paragraph{Characteristics}&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\paragraph{Characteristics:}&lt;/code&gt;. Or it's up to me whether to use?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1488" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-10T12:17:14.490" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T12:17:14.490" Title="Correct use of paragraph titles?" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;sections-paragraphs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4638" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4637" CreationDate="2010-10-27T22:15:46.693" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the standard classes, a horizontal space of 1em will separate the paragraph title and the following text; therefore there's no need for ending the title with a colon. Of course, this is no &quot;hard-and-fast&quot;-rule - a colon would be more out of place at the end of a section title (which is by default vertically separated from the following text).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: In response to @TH.'s answer: I'll endorse a period at the end of a &lt;em&gt;paragraph&lt;/em&gt; title provided that the space after it is reduced to a normal word space. A period plus a gap of 1em looks like overkill to me (but then, I'm a fan of &lt;code&gt;\frenchspacing&lt;/code&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-28T13:36:43.253" LastActivityDate="2010-10-28T13:36:43.253" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4639" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4627" CreationDate="2010-10-27T22:33:18.113" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The pink part of the window seems to be your actual document.  As you type more contents into your document, it will stretch, and eventually there will be no black part.  The black part is there just to fill in the part of the window not yet taken by the document. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As far as the pink color, I am not sure why is that.  It is white on my computer.  You can go to Tools-&gt;Preferences-&gt;Colors and change the background color. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2010-10-27T22:33:18.113" />
  <row Id="4640" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4623" CreationDate="2010-10-27T22:43:26.357" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are installation instructions in the pgf manual, section 8 for the version you are trying ti install.  You want to install pgf 2.10 into your local or personal &lt;code&gt;texmf&lt;/code&gt; tree.  It will then override the system version.   You will have two versions if pgf installed, but TeX will use the one in your local or personal tree rather than the one in the system tree. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The location of your local or personal &lt;code&gt;texmf&lt;/code&gt; tree depends on your operating system.  On linux,  they are usually in &lt;code&gt;/usr/local/share/texmf&lt;/code&gt; and `~/texmf', respectively.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2010-10-27T22:43:26.357" />
  <row Id="4641" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4623" CreationDate="2010-10-28T00:16:01.457" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The release notice says it's been submitted to CTAN, so I recommend waiting until the update propagates to TeX Live (or MiKTeX for users of that distro) and then using the standard update utilities to get it automatically; e.g., in TeX Live 2010:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;sudo tlmgr update pgf&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The turn-around time to for an update to appear in TL is usually fairly small, although I don't see it available quite yet.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-10-28T00:16:01.457" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4642" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4598" CreationDate="2010-10-28T00:24:14.320" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The most GUI-friendly way is to navigate to &lt;code&gt;/Library/TeX/Documentation&lt;/code&gt; (or perhaps &#xA;&lt;code&gt;/Library/TeX/Root&lt;/code&gt;) and then use the Finder's search box to find what you're interested in.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Access to these &quot;hidden&quot; folders is enabled with symlinks for exactly this reason.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-10-28T00:24:14.320" />
  <row Id="4643" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-28T03:25:34.600" Score="7" ViewCount="136" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a font that is distributed with italic small caps. I'd like to use these with fontinst. Does the current release of fontinst support italic small caps, and if so, what Karl Berry name should I use for the font so that it will be recognized by fontinst? (note: I am intending on using the font with pdflatex and not xelatex!)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="403" LastActivityDate="2010-10-29T13:27:32.260" Title="fontinst and italic small caps" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="4644" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-28T04:27:43.227" Score="11" ViewCount="373" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do I confine text within a shape such as a circle or triangle?  I don't want text along the perimeter, I would like it to break appropriately at all the inner edges.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1611" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-24T19:43:05.547" LastActivityDate="2010-11-24T19:43:05.547" Title="How do I fill a shape with text, like a circle?" Tags="&lt;formatting&gt;&lt;shapepar&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4645" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4644" CreationDate="2010-10-28T05:36:52.413" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Look at &lt;code&gt;shapepar&lt;/code&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/shapepar/shapepar.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;(manual)&lt;/a&gt; for how to do it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-28T06:14:56.763" LastActivityDate="2010-10-28T06:14:56.763" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="4646" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4637" CreationDate="2010-10-28T06:06:35.580" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think a colon would look bad, but a period looks good. Not having it can look strange since you end up with something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Another word starting with a capital letter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;as opposed to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title.&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;The start of a thought.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &quot;&lt;strong&gt;Title&lt;/strong&gt; Another&quot; looks odd to me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-10-28T06:06:35.580" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4647" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4631" CreationDate="2010-10-28T06:17:46.373" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Lyx is not WYSIWYG, because it does not make much effort to ensure that what it displays matches how it will be rendered as DVI or PDF.  In particular, it will render Tex code blocks as source in the Lyx editing window, and compile it normally using Latex when generating DVI/PDF.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lyx does not keep track of definitions made in Tex code blocks or in the preamble.  If you want these to render in formulae, you have to define a &lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.lyx.org/Layouts/Layouts&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;layout&lt;/a&gt;, which isn't really for beginners.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-10-28T06:17:46.373" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="4648" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4650" CreationDate="2010-10-28T07:32:17.573" Score="8" ViewCount="210" Body="&lt;p&gt;Given the following custom commands:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\topic}[1]{#1\index{#1}}&#xA;\newcommand{\class}[1]{\textsf{\topic{#1}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which is used for Java classes with full package name, like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\class{org.openscience.cdk.layout.StructureDiagramGenerator}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With the current command definition, the class name will not be hyphenated at the periods. How can I change my \newcommand{} to have LaTeX hyphenate the class at periods?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am using the \class{} inside \caption{} methods which seems to invalidate some solutions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="193" LastEditorUserId="193" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-28T10:10:45.953" LastActivityDate="2010-10-28T18:35:32.367" Title="How to add hyphenation support for custom command?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;hyphenation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4649" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4660" CreationDate="2010-10-28T09:15:27.423" Score="5" ViewCount="145" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is anyone familiar with the macro &lt;code&gt;\name{}&lt;/code&gt;? The AucTeX configuration uses it to avoid spell-checking people names, but it does not seem to be defined.  Is it just a mock macro, or it has some real usage somewhere?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1527" LastActivityDate="2010-10-28T14:58:34.153" Title="What is the \name macro?" Tags="&lt;auctex&gt;&lt;spelling&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4650" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4648" CreationDate="2010-10-28T09:36:43.410" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would be inclined to use the &lt;code&gt;url&lt;/code&gt; package for this task. (It provides flexible options for linebreaking of such things, not only URLs.) Here's an example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[twocolumn]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{url}&#xA;\DeclareUrlCommand\printtopic{\urlstyle{sf}}&#xA;\newcommand{\topic}[1]{\protect\printtopic{#1}\index{#1}}&#xA;\DeclareRobustCommand{\class}[1]{\topic{#1}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;text foo bar baz hello&#xA;\class{org.openscience.cdk.layout.StructureDiagramGenerator}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-28T11:19:34.163" LastActivityDate="2010-10-28T11:19:34.163" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="4651" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4649" CreationDate="2010-10-28T10:53:53.097" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;When you wrote &lt;em&gt;The AucTeX configuration uses it to avoid spell-checking people names&lt;/em&gt;, I think you answered your own question.  I've never heard of Auctex recognition of a &lt;code&gt;\name&lt;/code&gt; macro before: where did you find it?  It is not in the default &lt;code&gt;ispell-tex-skip-alist&lt;/code&gt; Emacs variable on my setup, so it needs to be especially set up to do that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In any case, the contents of Latex variables will never be defined by Auctex, since Auctex's job is just as an editor.  To use this macro you will usually have to insert something like &lt;code&gt;\let\name=\relax&lt;/code&gt;, unless the macro is defined in the right way in one of your class or package files &amp;mdash; I suppose there might be one that does that.  And if it has not been so configured, to tell Ispell not to worry about the spelling of people's names you need to add &lt;code&gt;(&quot;\\\\name&quot; ispell-tex-arg-end 1)&lt;/code&gt; to the contents of the &lt;code&gt;ispell-tex-skip-alist&lt;/code&gt; Emacs alist.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-28T11:11:09.390" LastActivityDate="2010-10-28T11:11:09.390" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4652" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4804" CreationDate="2010-10-28T10:54:30.823" Score="9" ViewCount="402" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use biblatex-apa citation style. I also use hyperref with colour links, rather than ugly coloured boxes. When I use &lt;code&gt;\textcite&lt;/code&gt; the author name and year are both part of the link, but the right parenthesis is not. Like this: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4652/biblatex-apa-and-hyperref-right-parenthesis-not-part-of-link-for-textcite&quot;&gt;Jones (2000&lt;/a&gt;). Is there a way to fix this? I want either both or neither parenthesis linked...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One way round this is to use &lt;code&gt;citestyle=authoryear&lt;/code&gt; as an option. This means that only the year is linked, so it's not a perfect solution. Is there a better way to solve this problem?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-21T20:02:45.320" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T20:02:45.320" Title="biblatex-apa and hyperref: right parenthesis not part of link for \textcite" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;biblatex&gt;&lt;citing&gt;&lt;apa-style&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4653" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4454" CreationDate="2010-10-28T10:55:48.590" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This problem is solved by updating biblatex and biblatex-apa to the newest versions. And complying with the new requirements of biblatex-apa. e.g. explicit &lt;code&gt;\DeclareLanguageMapping&lt;/code&gt; is needed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2010-10-28T10:55:48.590" />
  <row Id="4654" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4661" CreationDate="2010-10-28T12:38:29.633" Score="6" ViewCount="261" Body="&lt;p&gt;Inspired by &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3892/&quot;&gt;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3892/&lt;/a&gt; I created my own snake like diagram (see below). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The entries are rather large and the figure thus too wide. My question is: Why does the figure start only almost in the middle of the page and not on the left-hand side? &lt;em&gt;Why is there so much free space on the left?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{matrix,arrows}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[descr/.style={fill=white,inner sep=1.5pt}]&#xA;        \matrix (m) [&#xA;            matrix of math nodes,&#xA;             row sep=1em,&#xA;             column sep=2em,&#xA;        ]&#xA;        { Q_{5}\oplus\bigoplus_{i\in\{1,2,3,4\}} Q_{12345\setminus i}[1] &amp;amp;&#xA;        \bigoplus_{l\in\{1,2,3,4\}} Q_{l5}\oplus Q_{12345}[1] &amp;amp;&#xA;        \bigoplus_{j\neq k\in\{1,2,3,4\}} Q_{jk5} \\&#xA;          \ bigoplus_{i\in\{1,2,3,4\}} Q_{12345\setminus i} &amp;amp;&#xA;        Q_{12345} &amp;amp;&#xA;        S_{12345} \\&#xA;        };&#xA;        \path[-&amp;gt;, font=\scriptsize,&amp;gt;=latex]&#xA;        (m-1-1) edge (m-1-2)&#xA;        (m-1-2) edge (m-1-3)&#xA;        (m-1-3) edge[out=355,in=175] (m-2-1)&#xA;    (m-2-1) edge (m-2-2)&#xA;        (m-2-2) edge (m-2-3);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="494" LastEditorUserId="494" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-28T14:12:53.670" LastActivityDate="2010-10-29T12:12:47.217" Title="Why do I have so much free space on the left-hand side of my tikz diagram?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;diagrams&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4655" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4589" CreationDate="2010-10-28T13:07:33.950" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I first started commenting on Will's and Joseph's comments and answers, but my&#xA;reply may be too long for a comment. So, first of all, concerning the&#xA;withdrawal of restricted \write18 in TL2009, if I remember correctly there was&#xA;mainly three reasons:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;There was specific issues on Windows, mainly related to the fact that&#xA;Windows picks binaries from the current directory first (even if &lt;code&gt;.&lt;/code&gt; is not in&#xA;the &lt;code&gt;PATH&lt;/code&gt; variable). Combined with TeX ability to write arbitrary files in&#xA;the current directory, this was a huge threat. The approach taken now is (a)&#xA;forbid writing files with &quot;executable extensions&quot;: &lt;code&gt;exe&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;com&lt;/code&gt;, etc. (taken from the standard environment variable &lt;code&gt;PATHEXT&lt;/code&gt; if set at runtime, or from a built-in list otherwise); (b) invoke executables with full path whenever possible.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;As you rightly point out, the system is as weak as the weakest allowed executable. There's two things we want from an allowed executable: (a) don't allow execution of arbitrary commands and (b) respect TeX file I/O restrictions as implemented in TeX Live. Many executables in the initial default list (most notably bibtex and makeindex) didn't satisfy (b), now they do. More importantly, the script epstopdf (which was the primary motivation for restricted write18) didn't, and at some point was prone to shell injection (hence arbitrary command execution). Now we believe epstopdf is robust in this respect (more precisely, its newly-created restricted version repstopdf is).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;A implementation mistake (more a typo than a design issue btw) was discovered lately on Unix, which allowed shell injection directly from TeX. While we could have fixed it immediately (hence delaying the release further for rebuild), at this point we really felt like the feature was not ready for prime-time and required more relaxed (as opposed to rushing for release) thinking and careful proofreading.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To sum up, the current approach is not new, it's basically the same as planned for 2009, only a lot of &quot;details&quot; have been fixed, but the devil is in the details. Beside the &quot;historic&quot; interest, I hope this explanation sheds some light on which issues were considered.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, security is not only about executing commands, it's also about file I/O. The &quot;texhack&quot; paper cited by Joseph deals only with writing or reading files, which is nothing new (but not completely unrelated to restricted \write18 either, see points 1 &amp;amp; 2b above). Basically, file reading may lead to information leak in some contexts (tex as a web service), while file writing may lead to data loss or arbitrary command execution. As pointed out in the paper, TeX Live provides some protection. By default, only file output is restricted to the current directory or TEXMFOUTPUT if set, (and writing dot-files on Unix and files with &quot;executable extensions&quot; on Windows are forbidden), but file input can easily be restricted in the same way. It is very important to notice that this protection is efficient &lt;em&gt;only&lt;/em&gt; if you process untrusted files in a &quot;safe&quot; directory (a temporary one for each document), as opposed to your home.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Concerning documentation, a section was added in the TeX Live guide (&lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/texlive/doc/texlive-en/texlive-en.html#x1-60001.4&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;section 1.4&lt;/a&gt;). It doesn't discuss the subject extensively, but at least sums up the mains issues and the precautions a user can take.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1239" LastActivityDate="2010-10-28T13:07:33.950" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4656" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4657" CreationDate="2010-10-28T14:07:57.010" Score="2" ViewCount="187" Body="&lt;p&gt;I can't find the appropriate setting in gVim. Is there a way to manually edit my setting file to clean aux files after compile?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="320" LastEditorUserId="117" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-28T14:25:57.467" LastActivityDate="2010-10-28T14:25:57.467" Title="Can I set Vim w/ vim-latexsuite to clean up aux files after compile?" Tags="&lt;vim&gt;&lt;cleanup&gt;&lt;auxiliary-files&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4657" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4656" CreationDate="2010-10-28T14:25:32.833" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;hmmmm. Are you sure you want to do this? You need .aux files for subsequent compiles and sometime you need to compile three times until everything is worked out properly (like with note connections, I think). It might be better to set up your editor so that it cleans up when you close the file, or close the editor, or something like that.....cleaning up after every compile smells like trouble to me. Not that I know how to do that...but I'm just sayin'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastActivityDate="2010-10-28T14:25:32.833" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4658" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3751" CreationDate="2010-10-28T14:35:12.103" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;TeX Live also offers a portable mode, thought it's not well documented (if at all) currently. With TeX Live 2010, use &lt;code&gt;install-tl -portable&lt;/code&gt;, then select your USB stick as the destination folder. You can customize the installation as usual (eg, selecting only the packages you need in order to save space). One installed, all you need to do is to run the &lt;code&gt;tl-portable.bat&lt;/code&gt; script at the root of the installation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1239" LastActivityDate="2010-10-28T14:35:12.103" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4659" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3094" CreationDate="2010-10-28T14:37:52.867" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In addition to the other answers, there is also a minor problem with XeTeX: cropping is not available for included graphics.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1239" LastActivityDate="2010-10-28T14:37:52.867" />
  <row Id="4660" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4649" CreationDate="2010-10-28T14:58:34.153" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The answer depends on your preamble. For example, the letter class and many of its derivatives (extletter, akletter, chletter, etc.) define it as a macro to be used like &lt;code&gt;\title&lt;/code&gt;: you put &lt;code&gt;\name{You Name}&lt;/code&gt; somewhere in the preamble, and then &lt;em&gt;Your Name&lt;/em&gt; is used at the appropriate place in the document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Other classes and packages define it another way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1239" LastActivityDate="2010-10-28T14:58:34.153" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4661" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4654" CreationDate="2010-10-28T14:59:06.683" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Something about the curvy edge is increasing the bounding box by a lot.  This could be considered a bug.  To cancel that effect, add &lt;code&gt;overlay&lt;/code&gt; to the options for the &lt;code&gt;\path&lt;/code&gt; which draws the arrows.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You might also consider using &lt;code&gt;\limits&lt;/code&gt; for your &lt;code&gt;\bigoplus&lt;/code&gt;es and &lt;code&gt;\mathclap&lt;/code&gt; (&lt;a href=&quot;http://math.arizona.edu/~aprl/publications/mathclap/perlis_mathclap_24Jun2003.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;reference&lt;/a&gt;) to get the subscripts taking up less space.  Here's my version:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\mathclap{\mathpalette\mathclapinternal}&#xA;\def\mathclapinternal#1#2{\clap{$\mathsurround=0pt#1{#2}$}}&#xA;\let\oldbigoplus=\bigoplus&#xA;\def\bigoplus{\oldbigoplus\limits}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[remember picture=true]&#xA;        \matrix (m) [&#xA;            matrix of math nodes,&#xA;             row sep=1em,&#xA;             column sep=2em,&#xA;             text height=1.5ex, text depth=0.25ex&#xA;        ]&#xA;        {Q_{5}\oplus\bigoplus_{\mathclap{i\in\{1,2,3,4\}}} Q_{12345\setminus i}[1] &amp;amp;&#xA;        \bigoplus_{\mathclap{l\in\{1,2,3,4\}}} Q_{l5}\oplus Q_{12345}[1] &amp;amp;&#xA;        \bigoplus_{\mathclap{j\neq k\in\{1,2,3,4\}}} Q_{jk5} \\&#xA;          \bigoplus_{\mathclap{i\in\{1,2,3,4\}}} Q_{12345\setminus i} &amp;amp;&#xA;        Q_{12345} &amp;amp;&#xA;        S_{12345} \\&#xA;        };&#xA;        \path[overlay,-&amp;gt;, font=\scriptsize,&amp;gt;=latex]&#xA;        (m-1-1) edge (m-1-2)&#xA;        (m-1-2) edge (m-1-3)&#xA;        (m-1-3) edge[out=348,in=172] (m-2-1)&#xA;        (m-2-1) edge (m-2-2)&#xA;        (m-2-2) edge (m-2-3);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/0fqiR.png&quot; alt=&quot;diagram&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PS: Your &lt;code&gt;descr/.style=...&lt;/code&gt; declaration has no effect unless you are actually applying the style to something.  So you can cut that out for minimal example purposes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt;: I have incorporated @Caramdir's suggested edits.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-29T12:12:47.217" LastActivityDate="2010-10-29T12:12:47.217" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4662" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3866" CreationDate="2010-10-28T15:14:03.473" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Both Will and TH. have answered well.  I'm going to go with a modified &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Indent_style#K.26R_style&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;K&amp;amp;R style&lt;/a&gt; brace/indentation style.  I won't indent functions differently from control structures as they do.  TH. is wise in saying there are some obvious exceptions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I haven't settled yet on the number of spaces of indent.  I think somewhere between 2 and 4 is good.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-10-28T15:14:03.473" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-10-28T15:14:03.473" />
  <row Id="4663" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4654" CreationDate="2010-10-28T15:42:43.280" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Some additional small improvements on Matthew's version: In the original example I removed &lt;code&gt;text height=1.5ex, text depth=0.25ex&lt;/code&gt; which I usually add to center the arrows on complicated the text. However, it is necessary here. Also the starting and ending directions of the curved arrow need to be tweaked a little bit:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz,mathtools} %mathtools provides \mathclap&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{matrix,arrows}&#xA;&#xA;\let\oldbigoplus=\bigoplus&#xA;\def\bigoplus{\oldbigoplus\limits}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;        \matrix (m) [&#xA;            matrix of math nodes,&#xA;            row sep=2.5em,&#xA;            column sep=2em,&#xA;            text height=1.5ex, text depth=0.25ex&#xA;        ]&#xA;        {Q_{5}\oplus\bigoplus_{\mathclap{i\in\{1,2,3,4\}}} Q_{12345\setminus i}[1] &amp;amp;&#xA;        \bigoplus_{\mathclap{l\in\{1,2,3,4\}}} Q_{l5}\oplus Q_{12345}[1] &amp;amp;&#xA;        \bigoplus_{\mathclap{j\neq k\in\{1,2,3,4\}}} Q_{jk5} \\&#xA;          \bigoplus_{\mathclap{i\in\{1,2,3,4\}}} Q_{12345\setminus i} &amp;amp;&#xA;        Q_{12345} &amp;amp;&#xA;        S_{12345} \\&#xA;        };&#xA;&#xA;        \path[overlay,-&amp;gt;, font=\scriptsize,&amp;gt;=latex]&#xA;        (m-1-1) edge (m-1-2)&#xA;        (m-1-2) edge (m-1-3)&#xA;        (m-1-3) edge[out=348,in=172] (m-2-1)&#xA;        (m-2-1) edge (m-2-2)&#xA;        (m-2-2) edge (m-2-3);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/o125j.png&quot; alt=&quot;rendered code&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-28T15:59:34.283" LastActivityDate="2010-10-28T15:59:34.283" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4664" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4654" CreationDate="2010-10-28T18:35:21.020" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is most definitely the curvy path which is pushing things out.  To see this, you can draw the bounding box at a particular point by writing:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\draw (current bounding box.north west) rectangle (current bounding box.south east);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;at appropriate junctures, say after the &lt;code&gt;\matrix&lt;/code&gt; and after the &lt;code&gt;\path&lt;/code&gt; commands.  Note that this draws the &lt;em&gt;current&lt;/em&gt; bounding box so putting it at different places shows how the bounding box changes during the diagram.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As an alternative solution, the &lt;code&gt;\useasboundingbox&lt;/code&gt; sets the bounding box for the picture.  To be accurate, it means that as far as the bounding box is concerned everything after this command gets ignored.  So putting it after the matrix command but before the path command means that the matrix gets used for the bounding box but the path doesn't.  Thus my soution:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\thispagestyle{empty}&#xA;\usepackage[scale=.96]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{matrix,arrows}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;        \matrix (m) [&#xA;            matrix of math nodes,&#xA;             row sep=2em,&#xA;             column sep=2em,&#xA;        ]&#xA;        { Q_{5}\oplus\bigoplus_{i\in\{1,2,3,4\}} Q_{12345\setminus i}[1] &amp;amp;&#xA;        \bigoplus_{l\in\{1,2,3,4\}} Q_{l5}\oplus Q_{12345}[1] &amp;amp;&#xA;        \bigoplus_{j\neq k\in\{1,2,3,4\}} Q_{jk5} \\&#xA;          \bigoplus_{i\in\{1,2,3,4\}} Q_{12345\setminus i} &amp;amp;&#xA;        Q_{12345} &amp;amp;&#xA;        S_{12345} \\&#xA;        };&#xA;        \useasboundingbox (0,0);&#xA;        \path[-&amp;gt;, font=\scriptsize,&amp;gt;=latex]&#xA;        (m-1-1) edge (m-1-2)&#xA;        (m-1-2) edge (m-1-3)&#xA;        (m-1-3) edge[out=355,in=175] (m-2-1)&#xA;    (m-2-1) edge (m-2-2)&#xA;        (m-2-2) edge (m-2-3);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The effect of the &lt;code&gt;overlay&lt;/code&gt; tag is similar.  That tag removes the path from the bounding box consideration, whereas the &lt;code&gt;\useasboundingbox&lt;/code&gt; removes everything after it (but not including itself).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-10-28T18:35:21.020" />
  <row Id="4665" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4648" CreationDate="2010-10-28T18:35:32.367" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Whatever you do it will be next to impossible to get an acceptable typesetting with all variants of class names. One could use an approach where you can use a semi-manual approach as shown in the example below (last example).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article} &#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} &#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{url}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\overfullrule=0.5pt&#xA;\parskip=20pt&#xA;Using \textbackslash url, it will remove all spaces the colon will be placed at end of section, whereas a common convention is to move it at the next line&#xA;&#xA;\fbox{\begin{minipage}{1.65in}&#xA;\url{org.openscience.cdk.layout.StructureDiagramGenerator}&#xA;\end{minipage}}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\gdef\classformatter#1{&#xA;    \hyphenpenalty=-200&#xA;    \textsf{#1}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;It is impossible for \TeX to hyphenate the next example, as the fist word of a paragraph is never hyphenated and this is treated as one long word (\TeX\ is probably thinking it is just a long abbreviation).&#xA;&#xA;\begin{minipage}{1.65in}&#xA;\classformatter{org.openscience.cdk.organizationlayout.StructureDiagramGenerator}&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;If you type a space at the point you want to allow a break \TeX\ will attempt to hyphenate,&#xA;&#xA;\fbox{\begin{minipage}{1.65in}&#xA;\classformatter{org.openscience.cdk .organizationlayout .StructureDiagramGenerator}&#xA;\end{minipage}}&#xA;&#xA;You will never avoid a little bit of hand manipulation, allow a break now and then;&#xA;&#xA;\fbox{\begin{minipage}{1.65in}&#xA;\classformatter{org.openscience.cdk\\ .organizationlayout .StructureDiagramGenerator}&#xA;\end{minipage}}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-10-28T18:35:32.367" />
  <row Id="4666" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4667" CreationDate="2010-10-28T21:42:57.083" Score="9" ViewCount="284" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have 5 tables and a section after them. After creation of an output file I have two tables on one page, then a section and last 3 tables on next page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I want to achieve is to put tables and section below them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{table}[ht]\footnotesize&#xA;\centering&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|ll|}&#xA;......&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\label{tab:result}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Section below tables}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1164" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-08T07:14:41.393" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T07:14:41.393" Title="How to avoid splitting tables between sections" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;sections-paragraphs&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="4667" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4666" CreationDate="2010-10-28T21:47:42.050" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;code&gt;\FloatBarrier&lt;/code&gt; macro from the &lt;code&gt;placeins&lt;/code&gt; package. This prevents floats from floating across the barrier. Alternatively, you can use the &lt;code&gt;section&lt;/code&gt; option to that package to prevent floats from leaving the section.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-10-28T21:47:42.050" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4668" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4666" CreationDate="2010-10-28T21:48:30.433" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The easiest way is to use the &lt;code&gt;placeins&lt;/code&gt; package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[section]{placeins}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-10-28T21:48:30.433" />
  <row Id="4669" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4666" CreationDate="2010-10-28T22:23:05.610" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;or you can change &lt;code&gt;\begin{table}[ht]&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\begin{table}[H]&lt;/code&gt; and add &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{float}&lt;/code&gt; to your preamble. the &lt;code&gt;H&lt;/code&gt; means &quot;absolutely do not float this, and put it right here.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1222" LastActivityDate="2010-10-28T22:23:05.610" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="4670" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4145" CreationDate="2010-10-29T00:01:27.737" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think that LaTeX is the wrong starting format, especially if you are generating your input file using Sweave. Instead you can consider using a light-weight markup (Markdown, RST, etc) as a starting format. It will be much easier to convert these formats to both LaTeX and OpenOffice (for example, using Pandoc). As an example, see &lt;a href=&quot;http://github.com/adityam/compound-channel/blob/master/bsc-code.Rnw&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this sweave file&lt;/a&gt; which is written in Markdown. I processed it using sweave, did a bit of &lt;a href=&quot;http://github.com/adityam/compound-channel/blob/master/makefile&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;post-processing&lt;/a&gt;, and then used Pandoc to convert it into ConTeXt. Since the file after post-processing is completely in Markdown format, converting it to OpenOffice should not be a problem. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2010-10-29T00:01:27.737" />
  <row Id="4671" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4672" CreationDate="2010-10-29T00:45:33.523" Score="5" ViewCount="224" Body="&lt;p&gt;I assume it has something to do with my custom macro package, but I'm not really sure. I've just noticed that all of my \leq display as \leqslant the only thing that I could think would effect it is the beginning of my macro.sty:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ProvidesPackage{macro}&#xA;\RequirePackage{amssymb,amsmath,amsthm,fancyhdr,mathabx}&#xA;\RequirePackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage[top=.75 in,bottom=.75 in, left=.75 in, right= .75 in]{geometry}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But this all seems pretty harmless. I'm on Ubuntu 10.04, coding in emacs, compiling by pdflatex (pdfTeX 3.1415926-1.40.10-2.2) through auctex. I'll be happy to provide any more information, or the rest of my macro document if it would help. My headings are pretty generic:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{macro}&#xA;\author{}&#xA;\title{Abstract Algebra Homework 5}\begin{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="123" LastActivityDate="2010-10-29T05:52:26.737" Title="Problem with \leq displaying as \leqslant" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="4672" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4671" CreationDate="2010-10-29T01:22:13.703" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In this regard &lt;code&gt;mathabx&lt;/code&gt; is not “harmless” as its purpose is to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/mathabx/mathtest.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;provide and changes lots of symbols&lt;/a&gt;. In particular, it changes the &lt;code&gt;\le&lt;/code&gt; symbol (see page 6 of the manual). It also provides &lt;code&gt;\varleq&lt;/code&gt;, which looks closer to the Computer Modern &lt;code&gt;\le&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-10-29T01:22:13.703" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4673" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4671" CreationDate="2010-10-29T05:52:26.737" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Caramdir provided a very good TeXnical answer; let me give a short aesthetical one: I'd just be happy and stick with the &lt;code&gt;\leqslant&lt;/code&gt; version since it looks much better, in my opinion. This is of course personal taste, but I like that it's closer to what I do in handwriting.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2010-10-29T05:52:26.737" />
  <row Id="4674" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4681" CreationDate="2010-10-29T08:48:12.853" Score="7" ViewCount="155" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi all,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Natbib's &lt;code&gt;\citet&lt;/code&gt; command currently has the following output when I type &lt;code&gt;\citet{maddison-cct,ridley-comparative}&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Maddison [8], Ridley [13]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there another command I did not found, or is there a way to redefine it so as to obtain the following instead?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Maddison [8] and Ridley [13]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(and more generally, I'd like &lt;code&gt;\citet{x1,x2,...,xn}&lt;/code&gt; to output &lt;code&gt;x1 [1], x2 [2], ..., xn-1 [n-1] and xn [n]&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="440" LastActivityDate="2010-10-29T11:38:41.153" Title="Natbib: how to replace the last comma in a citation list with &quot;and&quot;?" Tags="&lt;natbib&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4675" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4602" CreationDate="2010-10-29T08:48:47.783" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The quick fix for this is to create a search and replace script, &#xA;and for the sake of the question I will put this here as a alternative (even if it not the most optimal thing to do).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Enter the Doxygen latex dir and run this bash script.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;#!/bin/bash &#xA;&#xA;for f in *.tex ;&#xA;do&#xA;    sed 's/\(\\includegraphics\[.*\]\){\(.*\)}/\1{code\/doc\/latex\/\2}/' $f |\&#xA;    sed 's/\(\\include\){\(.*\)}/\1{code\/doc\/latex\/\2}/' |\&#xA;    sed 's/\(\\input\){\(.*\)}/\1{code\/doc\/latex\/\2}/' |\&#xA;    sed 's/\(\\end{document}\)/%\1/' &amp;gt; $f.tmp ;&#xA;    mv $f.tmp $f;&#xA;done&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="795" LastActivityDate="2010-10-29T08:48:47.783" />
  <row Id="4676" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4677" CreationDate="2010-10-29T09:06:23.893" Score="9" ViewCount="144" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to add borders to a set of cells in a table. But not just a border for the single cells because then I imagine I could just put the cell content in an &lt;code&gt;fbox&lt;/code&gt;. Instead I want a frame which &quot;merges&quot; some cells. Hm I think I will try some ASCII to show how I mean:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;---------------------------------------------------&#xA;Col 1    Col 2    Col 3    Col 4    Col 5    Col 6 &#xA;---------------------------------------------------&#xA; bla      bla      bla      bla      bla      bla  &#xA;&#xA; bla      bla      bla      bla      bla      bla  &#xA;+---------------------+&#xA;|ble      ble      ble|     bla      bla      bla  &#xA;+---------------------+&#xA; bla      bla      bla      bla      bla      bla  &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I looked into the hhline package but soon realised that it had to do with horizontal lines. It seems very difficult to add those two vertical lines which only are between two cells and do not go all the way through the table. I know that &lt;code&gt;\cline&lt;/code&gt; could probably be used for drawing the horizonal lines, but how do I make the vertical ones? (and preferably so it looks good and forms a box, not only four lines with space between them)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="298" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-29T10:03:10.220" LastActivityDate="2010-10-29T10:03:10.220" Title="Framing cells in a table" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;framed&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="4677" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4676" CreationDate="2010-10-29T09:41:54.570" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The horizontal partial lines are done with the &lt;code&gt;\cline&lt;/code&gt; command. For the vertical lines you have to use &lt;code&gt;\multicolumn&lt;/code&gt; to specify new column properties.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{tabular}{*6{c}}\hline&#xA;    Col 1 &amp;amp; Col 2 &amp;amp; Col 3 &amp;amp; Col 4 &amp;amp; Col 5 &amp;amp; Col 6 \\\hline&#xA;    bla   &amp;amp; bla   &amp;amp; bla   &amp;amp; bla   &amp;amp; bla   &amp;amp; bla \\&#xA;    bla   &amp;amp; bla   &amp;amp; bla   &amp;amp; bla   &amp;amp; bla   &amp;amp; bla \\ \cline{1-3}&#xA;    \multicolumn{1}{|c}{ble} &amp;amp; ble &amp;amp; \multicolumn{1}{c|}{ble} &amp;amp; bla &amp;amp; bla &amp;amp; bla \\ \cline{1-3}&#xA;    bla   &amp;amp; bla   &amp;amp; bla   &amp;amp; bla   &amp;amp; bla   &amp;amp; bla \\ \hline&#xA;  \end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-10-29T09:41:54.570" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4679" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4680" CreationDate="2010-10-29T09:51:32.110" Score="2" ViewCount="101" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm gradually getting used to using BibTeX for citing references in my LaTeX documents, but I've run into a bit of a problem. I'm using natbib so that I get Harvard-style citations, but I get a warning saying that my references cannot be resolved when I try and cite a reference. I've done some investigation of this and found that when my references are in the form below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@article{Wasson:1983,&#xA;    Annote = {10.1038/304337a0},&#xA;    Author = {Wasson, R. J. and Hyde, R.},&#xA;    Date = {1983/07/28/print},&#xA;    Date-Added = {2010-10-29 10:34:27 +0100},&#xA;    Date-Modified = {2010-10-29 10:36:13 +0100},&#xA;    Day = {28},&#xA;    Journal = {Nature},&#xA;    M3 = {10.1038/304337a0},&#xA;    Number = {5924},&#xA;    Pages = {337--339},&#xA;    Title = {Factors determining desert dune type},&#xA;    Ty = {JOUR},&#xA;    Url = {http://dx.doi.org/10.1038/304337a0},&#xA;    Volume = {304},&#xA;    Year = {1983},&#xA;    Bdsk-Url-1 = {http://dx.doi.org/10.1038/304337a0}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It gives an error, but when I change the contents to have quotes around them rather than curly braces it works fine. The problem is that most sources (for example Google Scholar, and all of the output from BibDesk) appear to use braces.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anyone have any idea what's going on here? Is there a setting I can change somewhere to deal with this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="495" LastEditorUserId="89" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-29T10:12:09.150" LastActivityDate="2010-10-29T15:07:57.627" Title="BibTex error when fields have {'s around them" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;bibliographies&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="4680" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4679" CreationDate="2010-10-29T10:23:01.990" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is perfectly normal for bibtex fields to be enclosed in braces, but it is possible that there is a stray { or } inside the field, and that is not allowed: the content should have balanced braces. I can't quite explain why it works if you use &quot;, but in any case I suspect something is broken in the bib file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See &lt;a href=&quot;http://artis.imag.fr/~Xavier.Decoret/resources/xdkbibtex/bibtex_summary.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this link&lt;/a&gt; for a good, readable description of what is and is not allowed in a bib file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-10-29T10:23:01.990" />
  <row Id="4681" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4674" CreationDate="2010-10-29T11:30:41.917" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This sounded like a challenge, and I like challenges. This is what I came up with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% #1 {, } - #2 { and } - #3 \cmd - #4 list&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand\textlist[4]{%&#xA;  \let\last@item\relax&#xA;  \let\last@sep\relax&#xA;  \@for\@ii:=#4\do{%&#xA;    \ifx\last@item\relax\else&#xA;      \ifx\last@sep\relax&#xA;        \def\last@sep{#2}%&#xA;      \else#1\fi&#xA;      #3{\last@item}%&#xA;    \fi&#xA;    \let\last@item\@ii&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \ifx\last@item\relax\else&#xA;    \last@sep#3{\last@item}%&#xA;  \fi&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\citett}{\textlist{, }{ and }{\citet}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This defines a &lt;code&gt;\textlist&lt;/code&gt; which basically applies a given command to a list of arguments, and using one of the two given separators as appropriate. Then you can write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\citett{paper1,paper2,paper3}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And produce something as if you had typed&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\citet{paper1}, \citet{paper2} and \citet{paper3}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I encourage others to comment on possible improvements to my defined commands, and also suggest alternative definitions using other tool-boxes, TeX-flavors, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-29T11:38:41.153" LastActivityDate="2010-10-29T11:38:41.153" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4682" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4590" CreationDate="2010-10-29T11:33:44.977" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I spent some time trying to do something similar the other day. It seems that there is no way to page break floats in LaTeX. For example &lt;a href=&quot;http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=407151&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt; discussion which as far as I understand it basically says that the philosophy about floats is that they are placed somewhere where they will fit and if they don't fit they will simple keep on floating further down the text. Thus if a float is higher than a page height they will just keep on floating. I so wish there was a way though...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for doing numbering the way floats do I suppose you can wrap your own counter using &lt;code&gt;\newcounter&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\addtocounter{counter}{value}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\value{counter}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="298" LastActivityDate="2010-10-29T11:33:44.977" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4683" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3800" CreationDate="2010-10-29T13:06:23.097" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Could it be that you are using a file with windows line endings? If I create a perso.ist&#xA;with CR+LF line endings I get:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Scanning style file ./perso.ist......done (6 attributes redefined, 6 ignored).&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but with just LF it works ok:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Scanning style file ./perso.ist......done (6 attributes redefined, 0 ignored).&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are using texlive on windows, I think this qualifies as a bug in the included makeindex.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-10-29T13:06:23.097" />
  <row Id="4684" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4695" CreationDate="2010-10-29T13:19:34.657" Score="13" ViewCount="290" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using the standard CM fonts in 12pt (and amsmath if this is relevant). My problem is that &lt;code&gt;\Longrightarrow&lt;/code&gt; gives something like this &lt;img src=&quot;http://mathurl.com/37xenuo.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt; output, which I find a bit annoying. I know that it's a composed symbol, but in 10pt and in 11pt it looks perfect, so why doesn't it also work in 12pt?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;By the way, I produced the image by typing &lt;code&gt;\Huge\Longrightarrow&lt;/code&gt; on &lt;a href=&quot;http://mathurl.com&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;mathurl.com&lt;/a&gt;, so it's not an artefact of my TeX system (and it tells us that mathurl uses 12pt ...). Moreover, it's not just something on the screen, I also see it on a printout (where I don't know which LaTeX distribution was used for typesetting).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think I've first seen this when I was still using LaTeX 2.09 a long time ago!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2010-11-02T14:36:40.597" Title="\Longrightarrow doesn't look good in 12pt" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4685" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4643" CreationDate="2010-10-29T13:27:32.260" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In fontinst, you can always program whatever you want, but &lt;code&gt;\latinfamily&lt;/code&gt; to the best of my knowledge does not support italic small caps.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;About the actual font names: in the 'short' Karl Berry scheme, there is no way to have smallcaps other than upright (which in turn is likely why it is not supported by fontinst). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the new 'long names' system, you could write something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Monotype-Minion-Regular-Smallcaps=Italic-Regular-Adobe--10.tfm&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but as fontinst does not understand such names, I don't think that helps much, and you could as well stick to the vendor naming.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-10-29T13:27:32.260" />
  <row Id="4686" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4684" CreationDate="2010-10-29T13:45:40.490" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The problem is that while there exists a &lt;code&gt;cmr12&lt;/code&gt; font (which is used by pdflatex), there is no &lt;code&gt;cmsy12&lt;/code&gt;, so &lt;code&gt;cmsy10&lt;/code&gt; is scaled to 12pt to make it match. Unfortunately, there are subtle differences between the 10pt and 12pt versions of the computer modern fonts (slightly different metafont parameter settings), and the result of the mismatch is the effect your are witnessing. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Side note: when you zoom in a lot, you will see that the &lt;em&gt;actual&lt;/em&gt; difference is quite small, but the effect is worsened by the different antialiasing|hinting used for the two separate fonts. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The only 'solution' I can come up with is to patch the ot1cmr.fd file such that it will use &lt;code&gt;cmr10&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;cmr12&lt;/code&gt;, but perhaps a LaTeX expert will know a better approach.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-10-29T13:45:40.490" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="4687" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4684" CreationDate="2010-10-29T14:09:40.903" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another faux solution: use tikz to draw the arrow for you:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\tikzLongrightarrow}{%&#xA; \mathbin{\tikz{\draw[arrows={-latex},line width=1.2pt,double=white] (0,0) -- (3em,0);}}&#xA;}&#xA;\let\oldLongrightarrow=\Longrightarrow&#xA;\def\Longrightarrow{\tikzLongrightarrow}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One disadvantage is that tikz is a lot to include just for one symbol.  Not a problem if you're already including tikz.  Another disadvantage is that it will take more work to make it look like the regular &lt;code&gt;\Longrightarrow&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-10-29T14:09:40.903" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4688" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4679" CreationDate="2010-10-29T15:07:57.627" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Can you provide an example with a minimal tex file as well? This bit of BibTeX does not produce any errors for me, may be it is related to your LaTeX file and/or something peculiar with your natbib.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1375" LastActivityDate="2010-10-29T15:07:57.627" />
  <row Id="4689" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4145" CreationDate="2010-10-29T15:16:40.627" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you are not forced to stick to a certain format pick your weapon of choice -- tex4ht (you can just use oolatex) , tth, latex2html etc -- and prepare a document style that converts well with that. I do this all the time for simple reports and such that I need to share with people who like using MS-Word etc to edit them. If you spend a bit of time to taylor it for the conversion, you can get consistently good results. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you have requirements to stick a certain format, for example for a grant proposal etc, you can get by picking up a style that has more or less the right format but with minimal extras to generate the text then use MS-Word or OpenOffice to fix it up.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1375" LastActivityDate="2010-10-29T15:16:40.627" />
  <row Id="4690" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-29T15:22:14.083" Score="4" ViewCount="396" Body="&lt;p&gt;In a letter-class document that had no previous errors I am suddenly getting the error message:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;There's no line here to end&quot; \opening{text}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've used this file many times and today it starts giving this error. How do I troubleshoot this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-29T17:37:43.537" LastActivityDate="2010-10-29T17:37:43.537" Title="Error message: There's no line here to end" Tags="&lt;errors&gt;&lt;line-breaking&gt;&lt;letters&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4691" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4684" CreationDate="2010-10-29T15:51:38.867" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;OK, I managed to produce some hack that works. The idea is to use &lt;code&gt;\textcolor{white}&lt;/code&gt; from the &lt;code&gt;xcolor&lt;/code&gt; package, similarly as in my not so great approach to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/3682/1235&quot;&gt;lowering&lt;/a&gt; &lt;code&gt;\widetilde&lt;/code&gt;. Here's the code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand{\myRelbar}{%&#xA;    {\Rightarrow}%&#xA;    \llap{\textcolor{white}{\rule[-0.2ex]{1.1ex}{2ex}}}%&#xA;    \kern-1.5ex}&#xA;\let\saveLongrightarrow\Longrightarrow&#xA;\renewcommand{\Longrightarrow}{%&#xA;    \mathrel{\rlap{$\m@th\myRelbar\myRelbar$}%&#xA;    \phantom{{\saveLongrightarrow}}%&#xA;    \llap{$\m@th\Rightarrow$}}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem is the the LaTeX &lt;code&gt;\Relbar&lt;/code&gt; is just &lt;code&gt;=&lt;/code&gt;, and that there in 12pt the to horizontal bars are too close to each other. So I construct &lt;code&gt;\myRelbar&lt;/code&gt; by taking &lt;code&gt;\Rightarrow&lt;/code&gt; and chopping off the arrow head with a white box. This is not quite long enough, so I take two of those.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've tried a second version that uses &lt;code&gt;\scalebox&lt;/code&gt; from the &lt;code&gt;graphicx&lt;/code&gt; package. I strongly discourage the use of this version; it's just an attempt based on my short discussion with Taco Hoekwater, and it shows that Taco was right: Scaling makes it a bit better, but it's still not perfect.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\Relbar\joinrel\mathrel{\raisebox{0.024ex}{\scalebox{0.956}{${\Rightarrow}$}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2010-10-29T15:51:38.867" />
  <row Id="4692" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4690" CreationDate="2010-10-29T16:02:02.073" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Check for &lt;code&gt;\newline&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; commands and what comes before. For instance don't write &lt;code&gt;\\\\&lt;/code&gt; to get one further empty line. Possible reasons and solutions are given here in the UK TeX FAQ: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=noline&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;No line here to end&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To complement this: sometimes you really wish to break a line but LaTeX doesn't allow it because you are in vertical mode. In such cases &lt;code&gt;\leavevmode&lt;/code&gt; directly before &lt;code&gt;\newline&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; helps. Some people use a quick fix and insert some empty space like in &lt;code&gt;~\\&lt;/code&gt; to repair that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-10-29T16:02:02.073" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4693" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4698" CreationDate="2010-10-29T16:49:33.897" Score="7" ViewCount="261" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a good document template for making business cards?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="512" LastActivityDate="2010-10-31T11:27:20.443" Title="Is there a good document template for making business cards?" Tags="&lt;templates&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4694" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4684" CreationDate="2010-10-29T16:56:41.070" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is a preliminary package on Github that implements the fix suggested in the comments, see &lt;a href=&quot;http://github.com/phst/longarrows&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://github.com/phst/longarrows&lt;/a&gt; (the documentation is outdated, but the package might already work).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2010-10-29T16:56:41.070" />
  <row Id="4695" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4684" CreationDate="2010-10-29T17:25:54.130" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;(Posting as CW since I don't like to take credit for my good Google Fu)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A hack was provided in &lt;a href=&quot;http://programming.itags.org/tex/124077/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://programming.itags.org/tex/124077/&lt;/a&gt; where you re-implement the construction of &lt;code&gt;\Longrightarrow&lt;/code&gt; by using instead of the &lt;code&gt;cmr12&lt;/code&gt; version of the &lt;code&gt;=&lt;/code&gt; sign, the &lt;code&gt;cmr10&lt;/code&gt; version suitably rescaled. So this way the &lt;code&gt;\Longrightarrow&lt;/code&gt; will be just like the 10-pt version but bigger. The following is the example provided by Ulrike Fischer in that thread. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\DeclareFontFamily{OT1}{cmrx}{}&#xA;\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{cmrx}{m}{n}{&amp;lt;-&amp;gt;cmr10}{}&#xA;\begin{document}\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;$\Longrightarrow$&#xA;&#xA;%Redefine \Longrightarrow as the following to get the 'fixed' version&#xA;$\mathrel{%&#xA;  \mbox{\fontfamily{cmrx}\fontencoding{OT1}\selectfont=}}%&#xA;\joinrel\Rightarrow$&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The disadvantage of the above solution is that it's dangerous to use it as a patch for existing files: The fixed &lt;code&gt;\Longrightarrow&lt;/code&gt; is &lt;em&gt;slightly&lt;/em&gt; longer than the original one, so this might affect linebreaks. Here's a version that doesn't have this drawback:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\DeclareFontFamily{OT1}{cmrx}{}&#xA;\DeclareFontShape{OT1}{cmrx}{m}{n}{&amp;lt;-&amp;gt;cmr10}{}&#xA;\let\saveLongrightarrow\Longrightarrow&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand*{\Longrightarrow}{%&#xA;    \mathrel{\rlap{\fontfamily{cmrx}\fontencoding{OT1}\selectfont=}%&#xA;    \hphantom{\saveLongrightarrow}%&#xA;    \llap{$\m@th\Rightarrow$}}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;$a\saveLongrightarrow b$&#xA;&#xA;$a\Longrightarrow b$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-02T14:36:40.597" LastActivityDate="2010-11-02T14:36:40.597" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-10-29T17:25:54.130" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4696" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4693" CreationDate="2010-10-29T17:31:50.960" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/bizcard&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;bizcard&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/ticket&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ticket&lt;/a&gt; come to my mind. Other options in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html#bizcards&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX Catalogue&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-10-29T17:31:50.960" />
  <row Id="4697" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-29T19:50:40.167" Score="7" ViewCount="223" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm currently updating my CV and I am trying to mimic the CV found at&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tedpavlic.com/post_resume_cv_latex_example.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tedpavlic.com/post_resume_cv_latex_example.php&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This particular example modifies the margins so that the section titles will go in the left margins.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is a minimal example that illustrates the problem that I am having:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{calc}&#xA;\usepackage[breaklinks]{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;&#xA;\reversemarginpar&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[paper=letterpaper,&#xA;            marginparwidth=1.2in, &#xA;            marginparsep=.05in, &#xA;            margin=1in,&#xA;            includemp]{geometry}&#xA;&#xA;\setlength{\parindent}{0in}&#xA;&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;&#xA;\lhead{{\Large \textbf{Batman}}}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand{\section}[2]%&#xA;        {\pagebreak[2]\vspace{1.3\baselineskip}%&#xA;         \phantomsection\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{#1}%&#xA;         \hspace{0in}%&#xA;         \marginpar{&#xA;         \raggedright \scshape #1}#2}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Contact Information}&#xA;Bat Cave, Gotham City&#xA;&#xA;\newpage&#xA;&#xA;\section{Favorite Buddies}&#xA;Robin and Batgirl&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I would like to have is for the fancy header to be as wide as the total width of both columns (which is something like \textwidth+\marginparwidth+\marginparsep).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The example that I started to mimic uses the following code to accomplish what I am looking for:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\makeheading}[1]%&#xA;        {\hspace*{-\marginparsep minus \marginparwidth}%&#xA;         \begin{minipage}[t]{\textwidth+\marginparwidth+\marginparsep}%&#xA;                {\large \bfseries #1}\\[-0.15\baselineskip]%&#xA;                 \rule{\columnwidth}{1pt}%&#xA;         \end{minipage}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem with this is that it only puts the header on the first page and I'd like to put it on every page.  I'm hoping that I can modify the options for fancyhr to accomplish this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm also open to other solutions that do not involve my approach.  However, I'd rather not use specialized packages, like the res package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance for any help!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1627" LastActivityDate="2010-10-31T01:09:59.567" Title="How can I adjust margins using the geometry package so that I can put section titles in margin and not mess up fancyhdr?" Tags="&lt;margins&gt;&lt;geometry&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="4698" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4693" CreationDate="2010-10-29T20:06:48.553" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/labels/labels.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;labels&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package is excellent for this, if you want to hand-craft the layout within the card.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="344" LastActivityDate="2010-10-29T20:06:48.553" />
  <row Id="4699" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4697" CreationDate="2010-10-29T22:26:10.420" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the &lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt; package, then define your margins a bit narrower than normal, then use &lt;code&gt;\hspace{-1in}&lt;/code&gt; in your titlesec macro (or however far you want the title to protrude into the margin.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1222" LastActivityDate="2010-10-29T22:26:10.420" />
  <row Id="4700" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4644" CreationDate="2010-10-30T06:48:47.690" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As @Yossi mentioned before, &lt;code&gt;shapepar&lt;/code&gt; is your friend. The full documentation is at its &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/shapepar/shapepar.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;usual place&lt;/a&gt; in CTAN. Here's an example how to use it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{shapepar}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\def\triangledownshape{%&#xA;{0}%&#xA;{0}b{0}\\%&#xA;{0}t{-10}{20}\\%&#xA;{8.66}t{-5}{10}\\%&#xA;{17.32}e{0}%&#xA;}&#xA;\def\triangledownpar#1{\Shapepar\triangledownshape #1\unskip\ $\bigtriangledown$\par}&#xA;&#xA;\triangledownpar{This is an example of a shape created with &#xA;   \texttt{shapepar}. Other predefined possibilities include \textbf{circle},     &#xA;   \textbf{donut}, \textbf{heart}, \textbf{star}, \textbf{star}, \textbf{nut}, &#xA;   \textbf{rectangle}. Also, there are other definitions currently not included &#xA;   by default, which you'd find in the \texttt{*shapes.def} files in the&#xA;   \texttt{shapepar} directory~--- \textbf{drops}, \textbf{triangles} (facing all &#xA;   directions), \textbf{\TeX logo}, \textbf{candle}, \textbf{Canadian flag}. &#xA;   Your result may or may not look weird, depending on the size of the shape&#xA;   and the word distribution.}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cutouts with custom shapes are also possible, but I haven't tried that in this particular example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personally, I find defining new shapes not very straight-forward, but YMMV. Also, if you're into &lt;code&gt;xfig&lt;/code&gt; (I'm not), you could try the &lt;code&gt;shapepatch&lt;/code&gt; package which basically patches (duh!) the &lt;code&gt;xfig&lt;/code&gt; package so that you could use your masterpiece as a boundary for &lt;code&gt;shapepar&lt;/code&gt;. I can't comment how well this works, though -- I've never used it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="711" LastActivityDate="2010-10-30T06:48:47.690" />
  <row Id="4701" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-30T10:02:05.187" Score="10" ViewCount="528" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to use a few simple 3d diagrams in my LaTeX document. They primarily consist of polyline segments in 3d, along with an occasional simple surface (e.g. paraboloid). There are two questions: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1) Is there a good way to draw polylines in 3d that conveys the depth? I thought about fading based on distance from the eye, and also of shadows of the drawing on the coordinate planes, but I am not sure how well it'd work in practice. I'd love hear how others solved this/see some examples that I can imitate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2) What are the drawing packages that are compatible with LaTeX that would make the task of drawing easier. I know of &lt;a href=&quot;http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;asymptote&lt;/a&gt; which can draw parametric 3d surfaces, but are there others?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1630" LastActivityDate="2010-10-30T16:50:03.700" Title="Drawing 3d diagrams" Tags="&lt;diagrams&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="4702" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-10-30T10:33:11.483" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ConTeXt&lt;/strong&gt; is a document markup language and document preparation system based on TeX. It was designed with the same general-purpose aims as LaTeX of providing an easy to use interface to the high quality typesetting engine provided by TeX. However, while LaTeX insulates the writer from typographical details, ConTeXt takes a complementary approach by providing structured interfaces for handling typography, including extensive support for colors, backgrounds, hyperlinks, presentations, figure-text integration, and conditional compilation. It gives the user extensive control over formatting while making it easy to create new layouts and styles without learning the TeX macro language. ConTeXt’s unified design avoids the package clashes that can happen with LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ConTeXt provides a multi-lingual user interface with support for markup in English, Dutch, German, French, and Italian and support for output in many languages including western European languages, eastern European languages, Arabic, Chinese, Japanese, and Korean. It also allows the user to use different TeX engines like pdfTeX, XeTeX, and LuaTeX without changing the user interface.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ConTeXt integrates a superset of MetaPost called MetaFun which allows the users to use the drawing abilities of MetaPost for page backgrounds and ornaments. Metafun can also be used with stand alone with MetaPost.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ConTeXt also provides a macro package for typesetting chemical structure diagrams with TeX called PPCHTeX. This package can also be used with plain TeX and LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(text borrowed from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.contextgarden.net&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ConTeXt wiki&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-25T04:59:28.620" LastActivityDate="2010-11-25T04:59:28.620" />
  <row Id="4703" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-10-30T10:33:11.483" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="ConTeXt is a combination of TeX macro packages and associated helper scripts created and maintained by Pragma ADE." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-25T04:59:28.697" LastActivityDate="2010-11-25T04:59:28.697" />
  <row Id="4704" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4701" CreationDate="2010-10-30T10:33:40.250" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Maybe this doesn't answer your specific question, but nowadays, the standard answer concerning graphics seems to be: Use TikZ. See &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/tag/3d/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeXample.net&lt;/a&gt; for some 3d examples.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2010-10-30T10:33:40.250" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4705" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4706" CreationDate="2010-10-30T10:40:54.390" Score="11" ViewCount="846" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've been reading a question on &lt;a href=&quot;http://english.stackexchange.com/questions/2544/how-many-spaces-should-come-after-a-period-full-stop&quot;&gt;spaces between sentences&lt;/a&gt; on a sister site. The answers there seem to imply that the days of double spacing between sentences are over, and that this was a relic of the type-writer and mono-spaced fonts. I was a little surprised by this, so I took a look in two magazines I have at hand: The NewYorker, and The Economist. I was surprised to notice that indeed, it doesn't seem that they use double-space between sentences. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are we (*tex users) &quot;behind the times&quot;? Or are we in the right and everyone else is trying to save a space in an inappropriate place? Perhaps this is just lazyness of modern type-setters and editors (since they dont use latex...).&#xA;What is the typesetters' profesional opinion about this? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, to make the question relevant to this site: What command will make my documents look like that too (If I so wanted to...)? In orther words, how to cancel this double-space between sentences, and make the spacing always single space?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-30T10:41:23.580" LastActivityDate="2010-10-31T04:34:43.370" Title="Double space between sentences." Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;typography&gt;&lt;double-space&gt;" AnswerCount="11" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="4706" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4705" CreationDate="2010-10-30T10:54:32.923" Score="15" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the &lt;code&gt;\frenchspacing&lt;/code&gt; command; that makes the sentence spacing single spaced. You can revert it later on in the document via &lt;code&gt;\nonfrenchspacing&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personally I don't care either way about the spacing after a full stop. I tend not to notice it when I am reading anyway. I do, however, find that with paper drafts I'm editing, it is easier to visually locate the start/end of a sentence with the extra bit of padding. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastActivityDate="2010-10-30T10:54:32.923" />
  <row Id="4707" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4705" CreationDate="2010-10-30T11:02:06.680" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Willie Wong has already provided the TeXnical answer (use &lt;code&gt;\frenchspacing&lt;/code&gt;), so I'll only add a quote from Hedrick, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.nbcs.rutgers.edu/~hedrick/typography/typography.sabon.2.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Guidelines for Typography in NBCS&lt;/a&gt;, p. 9:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Note that typographical experts recommend using a single space after periods or&#xA;  colons. If you add more space, you are emphasizing the sentence break unnecessarily.&#xA;  You will find some authorities that still recommend two spaces. However consensus&#xA;  among typographers is strong.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-10-30T11:02:06.680" />
  <row Id="4708" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4705" CreationDate="2010-10-30T11:11:00.277" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm in a belligerent mood and so feel like telling the &quot;experts&quot; where to go!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;More seriously, I think that there is a big difference between a technical document and a newspaper article.  In a technical document, I want Big Signposts breaking it up into manageable chunks.  Clearly delimited sentences is one of them.  So I disagree strongly that the emphasis of the sentence break is &quot;unnecessary&quot; and would always include them in a &lt;em&gt;technical&lt;/em&gt; document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In an essay, or something else that isn't to be taken seriously (such as an article in the NewYorker or the Economist), then I'd agree that the flow is more important than the content so if people felt that the double spacing broke up the flow, I could understand why they'd take out the spaces (I wouldn't do it myself, though).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Added in edit): out of curiosity, I did the first lipsum paragraph in each (TeX) style (image below).  When seen side by side, I much prefer the extra space.  If I had to single out an instance where I think it makes a huge difference, it's the three-word sentence &quot;Mauris ut leo&quot;.  Without the extra spacing, it gets lost.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(As for rivers, I see &lt;strong&gt;more&lt;/strong&gt; in the smaller-spaced text!  Because sentence ends are the same spacing (ish) as inter-word spaces, the potential matches for rivers are thereby increased.  In the upper one, big gaps above little gaps don't - for me - create so many rivers.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/KUNaz.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastEditorUserId="86" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-30T16:34:18.917" LastActivityDate="2010-10-30T16:34:18.917" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-10-30T11:11:00.277" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="4709" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4712" CreationDate="2010-10-30T11:32:46.363" Score="5" ViewCount="348" Body="&lt;p&gt;My problem is that I have many tables in my document with the same layout, and I want to specify the maximum width of a specific column to be 5 cm. I tried with p{5cm} but it make the column fix 5 cm wide and it looks odd with only a short word in it. I want it to be as narrow as possible, and split it into two lines, if it's wider than 5 cm. Is there any solution for my problem?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1631" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-09T22:22:56.407" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T23:09:13.163" Title="How do I set a maximum column width?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;varwidth&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="4710" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4701" CreationDate="2010-10-30T11:53:16.340" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Asymptote is definitely a tool to look at, it can do nut just parametric surfaces, but graphs of functions, and I believe even isosurfaces, although I am not sure. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Take a look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.frontiernet.net/~eugene.ressler/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;sketch&lt;/a&gt;. It does not seem to be great at surfaces, though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Metapost can do pretty interesting things, take a look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://melusine.eu.org/lab/bmp/a_mp-solid/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;these examples&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2010-10-30T11:53:16.340" />
  <row Id="4711" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4701" CreationDate="2010-10-30T12:21:00.870" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I wonder why nobody has mentioned &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/pst-3dplot&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pst-3dplot&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/tikz-3dplot&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tikZ-3dplot&lt;/a&gt; so far. The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/tag/3d/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tikZ Example Gallery for 3D objects&lt;/a&gt; contains some interesting examples (e. g. »Seismic focal mechanism«, »Spherical polar plots«, …).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-10-30T12:21:00.870" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4712" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4709" CreationDate="2010-10-30T12:26:00.220" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can do it with &lt;code&gt;varwidth&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}    &#xA;\usepackage{array} % for defining a new column type&#xA;\usepackage{varwidth} %for the varwidth minipage environment&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\newcolumntype{M}{&amp;gt;{\begin{varwidth}{4cm}}l&amp;lt;{\end{varwidth}}} %M is for Maximal column&#xA;&#xA;Table with short rows:&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|M|}&#xA;hello hello hello&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;Same table, with long row:&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|M|}&#xA;hello hello hello hello hello hello &#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which compiles to:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/kc61Z.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank-you for inspiring me to look for this answer. It is a nice question!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastActivityDate="2010-10-30T12:26:00.220" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4713" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4727" CreationDate="2010-10-30T12:29:54.983" Score="4" ViewCount="408" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi, I'm writing a thesis as a collection of different articles. I'm treating each article as a chapter. The first article has Equations numbering A.1, A.2 etc and the second article has equation numbering B.1, B.2 etc. For some unknown reason, now when I compile the thesis, the equations in Article B has numbers as B.2.1, B.2.2 where the middle 2 is the section number. I want to have B.1 and B.2 as before. Why is LaTeX now including the section number in the equation numbering?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any help would be highly appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks a lot...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Update: I still have problems after &quot;mpg&quot; answer. The problem is that in my Article 2, the equation numbers are reset at each main section so that I have in Section B.1 equations B.1, B.2 etc and in Section B.2 I get equation numbers B.1 , B.2 again instead of B.3 and B.4. The equation numbers from Article 1 is fine though. I'm attaching a minimal example. Here is the main document (save as main.tex):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[fleqn,a4paper,openany,twoside,11pt]{book}&#xA;\usepackage[latin1]{inputenx}&#xA;\usepackage[OT1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{cite}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\usepackage{chapterbib}&#xA;\parfillskip 0pt plus 0.75\textwidth&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand\chaptername{Paper}&#xA;\renewcommand{\thechapter}{\Alph{chapter}}&#xA;\setcounter{secnumdepth}{4}&#xA;&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;\fancyhead{}&#xA;\fancyfoot{}&#xA;\fancyhead[LE,RO]{\bfseries{\thepage}}&#xA;\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0.6pt}&#xA;\newcommand{\clearemptydoublepage}{\newpage{\pagestyle{empty}\cleardoublepage}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;%\clearemptydoublepage&#xA;\newpage{\pagestyle{empty}\cleardoublepage\pagenumbering{roman}}&#xA;\setcounter{page}{3}&#xA;&#xA;\clearemptydoublepage&#xA;\begingroup&#xA;&#xA; \renewcommand{\appendix}{%&#xA; \par&#xA; \setcounter{section}{0}%&#xA; \renewcommand{\thesection}{\thechapter.\Alph{section}}%&#xA; }&#xA;&#xA;\include{paper1}&#xA;&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begingroup&#xA;&#xA;  \renewcommand{\appendix}{%&#xA;  \par&#xA;  \setcounter{section}{0}%&#xA;  \renewcommand{\thesection}{\thechapter.\Alph{section}}%&#xA;  }&#xA;&#xA; \include{paper2}&#xA; \endgroup&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is paper 1 (article 1)...save as paper1.tex :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\chapter{\huge \bfseries My paper A}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand{\chaptermark}[1]{\markboth{#1}{}}&#xA;\renewcommand{\sectionmark}[1]{\markright{\thesection\ #1}}&#xA;\fancyhead[LO]{\scriptsize \bfseries\rightmark}&#xA;\fancyhead[CE]{\scriptsize \bfseries{Paper A}}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\section{Modelling}&#xA;\subsection{Simulating}&#xA;bla bla bla bla bla blabla blabla blabla blabla blabla blabla blabla blabla bla&#xA;bla blabla blabla blabla blabla blabla blabla bla&#xA;\begin{equation}\label{eq:eqmotion}&#xA;\begin{bmatrix}&#xA;m &amp;amp; 0 \\&#xA;0 &amp;amp; m&#xA;\end{bmatrix}&#xA;=&#xA;\begin{pmatrix}&#xA;F \thinspace \cos \omega_{f} \thinspace t \\&#xA;F \thinspace \sin \omega_{f} \thinspace t&#xA;\end{pmatrix}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&#xA;\section{experiment}&#xA;bla bla bla bla bla blabla blabla blabla blabla blabla blabla blabla blabla bla&#xA;bla blabla blabla blabla blabla blabla blabla bla&#xA;\begin{equation}\label{eq:eqmotion2}&#xA;\begin{bmatrix}&#xA;m &amp;amp; 0 \\&#xA;0 &amp;amp; m&#xA;\end{bmatrix}&#xA;=&#xA;\begin{pmatrix}&#xA;F \thinspace \cos \omega_{f} \thinspace t \\&#xA;F \thinspace \sin \omega_{f} \thinspace t&#xA;\end{pmatrix}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&#xA;\appendix&#xA;\numberwithin{equation}{section}&#xA;\section{force coefficients}&#xA;\subsection{second force}&#xA;The coefficients of bla bla&#xA;\begin{align}&#xA;A_{0} &amp;amp; = 15 \nonumber  \\&#xA;B_{1} &amp;amp; = 1&#xA;\end{align}&#xA;&#xA;\subsection{first force}&#xA;\begin{align}&#xA;A_{0} &amp;amp; = 14 \nonumber  \\&#xA;B_{1} &amp;amp; = 2&#xA;\end{align}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And paper2 (article 2).......save as paper2.tex :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\chapter{\huge \bfseries My paper B}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand{\chaptermark}[1]{\markboth{#1}{}}&#xA;\renewcommand{\sectionmark}[1]{\markright{\thesection\ #1}}&#xA;\fancyhead[LO]{\scriptsize \bfseries\rightmark}&#xA;\fancyhead[CE]{\scriptsize \bfseries{Paper B}}&#xA;&#xA;\numberwithin{equation}{chapter}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Modelling}&#xA;\subsection{Simulating}&#xA;bla bla bla bla bla blabla blabla blabla blabla blabla blabla blabla blabla bla&#xA;bla blabla blabla blabla blabla blabla blabla bla&#xA;\begin{equation}\label{eq:beqmotion}&#xA;\begin{bmatrix}&#xA;m &amp;amp; 0 \\&#xA;0 &amp;amp; m&#xA;\end{bmatrix}&#xA;=&#xA;\begin{pmatrix}&#xA;F \thinspace \cos \omega_{f} \thinspace t \\&#xA;F \thinspace \sin \omega_{f} \thinspace t&#xA;\end{pmatrix}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&#xA;\section{experiment}&#xA;bla bla bla bla bla blabla blabla blabla blabla blabla blabla blabla blabla bla&#xA;bla blabla blabla blabla blabla blabla blabla bla&#xA;\begin{equation}\label{eq:beqmotion2}&#xA;\begin{bmatrix}&#xA;m &amp;amp; 0 \\&#xA;0 &amp;amp; m&#xA;\end{bmatrix}&#xA;=&#xA;\begin{pmatrix}&#xA;F \thinspace \cos \omega_{f} \thinspace t \\&#xA;F \thinspace \sin \omega_{f} \thinspace t&#xA;\end{pmatrix}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&#xA;\appendix&#xA;\numberwithin{equation}{section}&#xA;\section{force coefficients}&#xA;\subsection{second force}&#xA;The coefficients of bla bla&#xA;\begin{align}&#xA;A_{0} &amp;amp; = 15 \nonumber  \\&#xA;B_{1} &amp;amp; = 1&#xA;\end{align}&#xA;&#xA;\subsection{first force}&#xA;\begin{align}&#xA;A_{0} &amp;amp; = 14 \nonumber  \\&#xA;B_{1} &amp;amp; = 2&#xA;\end{align} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On compiling the main document (with paper1.tex and paper2.tex in the same folder as main.tex), you will note that in paper B (article 2) in section B.2, the equation numbering starts as B.1 again..which is wrong. It should be B.2. What am I doing wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks a lot...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="993" LastEditorUserId="993" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-30T17:53:17.957" LastActivityDate="2010-10-31T12:39:38.470" Title="Equation numbers messed up" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;numbering&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="4714" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4705" CreationDate="2010-10-30T13:09:31.737" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Elements_of_Typographic_Style&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Bringhurst&lt;/a&gt; says (The Elements of Typographic Style, v3.2, pp28-30):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;2.1.4  Use a single word space between sentences.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This whole section is actually slightly vitriolic. Referring to the addition of an extra space after a full stop:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Your typing, as well as your typesetting, will benefit from unlearning this quaint Victorian habit.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But there are cases:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The rule is sometimes altered however ... texts in which sentences begin with lowercase letters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="344" LastActivityDate="2010-10-30T13:09:31.737" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4715" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4705" CreationDate="2010-10-30T13:57:17.813" Score="16" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It seems to me that the sister site is presenting a false dilemma. Use one space or use two? If those were my only options, I'd definitely opt for one space. Similarly, I only insert one space in my source mark-up. But LaTeX's end-of-sentence space is not the width of two spaces! I'd find it very ugly if it were. It's somewhere in between one and two (and of course, it varies since it's a rubber length.) In my opinion, it looks far nicer and is far less distracting than either having only one space or having two full spaces.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think the reason this false dilemma is presented this way is that people have given in to the evils of WYSIWYG, so what they type has to be the same as the output. There's no way to type one and a half-space, so they conclude there's no way to get it. Nonsense.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think people's typographical expectations have declined in the web and WYSIWYG era. I see advocacy of LaTeX as a reaction against this. There's no question that in the digital age, typography needs to change, but let's not let an important and valuable art form die altogether!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-10-30T13:57:17.813" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4716" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4713" CreationDate="2010-10-30T14:14:58.553" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;LaTeX is including the section number because you told it to do so :-) In the cited post, it appears you're using &lt;code&gt;\numberwithin{equation}{section}&lt;/code&gt;  which precisely means:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;reset equation numbering at each section;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;include the section number in the equation number.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This command is effective for the rest of the document (hence for your second included article). You can switch back to per-chapter numbering by issuing &lt;code&gt;\numberwithin{equation}{chapter}&lt;/code&gt; just before including this article (again, this will possibly change equation numbering for all future included articles).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Warning&lt;/strong&gt; the above solution doesn't work as advertised unless you add &lt;code&gt;\@removefromreset{equation}{section}&lt;/code&gt; every time you use &lt;code&gt;\numberwithin{equation}{chapter}&lt;/code&gt;. The package &lt;code&gt;remreset&lt;/code&gt; is needed for this. (Precision added after reading the comments by Willie Wong and his answer (which works too).)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Clarification&lt;/strong&gt; You need to make sure &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt; is a letter when using &lt;code&gt;\@removefromreset&lt;/code&gt;, so the complete invocation looks like &lt;code&gt;\makeatletter\@removefromreset{equation}{section}\makeatother&lt;/code&gt;. (Imported from the comments for the sake of readability.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1239" LastEditorUserId="1239" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-31T12:39:38.470" LastActivityDate="2010-10-31T12:39:38.470" CommentCount="14" />
  <row Id="4717" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4701" CreationDate="2010-10-30T15:02:23.967" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Please, consider also the more elaborated package for 3D called &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/pst-solides3d.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pst-solides3d&lt;/a&gt; offering perspective features. I also recommand to visit &lt;a href=&quot;http://melusine.eu.org/syracuse/pstricks/pst-solides3d/animations/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;syracuse&lt;/a&gt; for more examples [website in French]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastActivityDate="2010-10-30T15:02:23.967" />
  <row Id="4718" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4705" CreationDate="2010-10-30T15:15:46.020" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The worst part about the double space in tex is that it also appears after the abbreviation dot unless the writer takes special care in order to avoid this.&#xA;I cannot count how many scientific articles (obviously written in tex) I have read which were otherwise rather well typeset but nonetheless interspersed with this typographical error. Whatever opinion one might have about the larger spacing between sentences – after an abbreviation, it is just plain wrong and sometimes even distracting.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For casual (or unknowing) users this is just too easy to get wrong. So in a sense of giving the average author a tool to write not-too-bad typeset documents, I figure it is ‘behind the times’. It should better be an option to be enabled manually by users who know what they’re doing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1154" LastActivityDate="2010-10-30T15:15:46.020" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="4719" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4705" CreationDate="2010-10-30T15:43:56.760" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;tldr;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; re &quot;the days of double spacing between sentences&quot; being over, I strongly and sincerely hope not. For me, that little extra inter-sentence spacing is, amongst otherwise well-typeset text, a thing of immense beauty that I will fight in my own way, tooth and claw, not to easily lose.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I rather side with Andrew on this, although admittedly, forums like this are not conducive to achieving an ideal answer.  For myself, I very much notice text typeset one way and the other.  While my response to &quot;singly spaced&quot; inter-sentence gaps isn’t as visceral as when confronted with lining figures in body text (the horror), given the choice I prefer reading non-French style typeset works.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For myself, I see at least three reasons to prefer wide inter-sentence spacing (W) over non-wide than intra-sentence spacing (N).  However, before getting to these, can we agree that, unless we're talking about monospaced fonts, TeX/LaTeX typeset &quot;double spaced&quot; inter-sentence gaps are not really two spaces wide. Guesstimating, they median out at around 1.25 normal space widths or so (actual fount depending).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My arguments favouring W over N (as with all matters about typesetting) draws on the psychological. But rather than using that language, let’s frame this question as an optimisation problem in deference to the more numerous mathematician’s hereabouts. If we can agree that, for most documents, &quot;good&quot; typesetting is congruent with &quot;psychological efficiency&quot;, we might then set our objective function to be something like &quot;most information read for least effort expended&quot;. In which case, we can ask whether W or N is most optimal. The trouble is that the problem’s dynamical (wouldn’t it be nice if it were static). There are at least two dimensions where the state space explodes. First, we read in different ways for different purposes. E.g., I read blogs in entirely different ways to novels and, again differently, to vegemite jar labels and journal articles. Since the last of these is where I want to be most efficient, if I were to choose a &quot;one rule fits all&quot; approach it would be to maximise article crunching. However, second, we &lt;em&gt;learn&lt;/em&gt; to read. The skill is not innate. Having plastic brains, unless we each acquired  identical skills and reading habits, we all have (slightly or more greatly) finely different ways of imbibing text. Returning to optimisation, the reading brain flows across the page very quickly/efficiently when the rules it has learnt are satisfied, and (micro) staggers when they are not.  The upshot is that, even if we were to incorporate the first constraint into an optimisation model (potentially doable), I hardly know where to begin with endogenising the second into the state space. The fact that brains and reading skills are so diverse really is an awful problem. Perhaps we could collapse the optimisation conundrum by collapsing that dimension down to a point.  Of course, to do that we’d need to persuade those who don’t side with us to &quot;shift their thinking&quot; to conform with whichever of W or N that &lt;em&gt;our&lt;/em&gt; brain prefers.  You know, by calling on unreliable sources (wiki anyone?), or on authorities that serve our needs (Bringhurst?).  However, digs aside (maybe Andrew’s feistiness is catchy), what ultimately matters, aesthetics notwithstanding although very much wrapped up in my second point, is the psychological efficiency/experience of reading across the page and, with it, &lt;em&gt;recognition that there are different reading needs and that other brains have learned to read and experience reading in different ways to ourselves.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But wait, there’s more. My second argument builds on my first. Reading is a &quot;pyramidal&quot; experience at every level of cognitive processing.  Sentences and easily discerning sentence divisions are every bit a part of that.  Now I haven’t any idea whether anyone has performed the experiment, but I’m willing to bet a vegemite sandwich that speed readers as well as highly fluent readers when selected equally from populations trained on W and populations trained on N are as a group on average going to have greater efficiency, less staggering, and consequently greater information retention over W than N text. No, I’m not going to dive into the psych databases to find that out. Not even to defend a vegemite sandwich.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My third argument is less prosaic. I have just spent some time  sampling the top 10 tier-1 economic journals and &lt;em&gt;all&lt;/em&gt; 10 are typeset in the W tradition. Since they’re what I need to read most efficiently, I’ll rest my case on that. I’d certainly be interested in hearing about which style the journals or books from other home disciplines tend to mete out.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastEditorUserId="416" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-30T15:50:23.117" LastActivityDate="2010-10-30T15:50:23.117" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-10-30T15:43:56.760" />
  <row Id="4720" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4705" CreationDate="2010-10-30T16:25:17.077" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One sometimes-important argument &lt;em&gt;for&lt;/em&gt; larger inter-sentence space is that when you have an underfull line it's often typographically better to add a bit more space after a sentence rather than space all the words out just that little bit more.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-10-30T16:25:17.077" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-10-30T16:25:45.020" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4721" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4705" CreationDate="2010-10-30T16:39:50.313" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to fill in a couple of the gaps from the other answers:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;the &lt;code&gt;\frenchspacing&lt;/code&gt; comes from french typesetting tradition where you put a space &lt;em&gt;before&lt;/em&gt; a punctuation: &lt;code&gt;&quot;...faire ? C'est...&quot;&lt;/code&gt; (so adding more than one space after the punctuation would look too much). To &quot;opposite&quot; that, then, is to...&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;... put a slightly longer space after punctuation, in TeX's case a &quot;em-space&quot; IIRC.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastActivityDate="2010-10-30T16:39:50.313" />
  <row Id="4722" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4701" CreationDate="2010-10-30T16:50:03.700" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the task to draw &quot;a sequence of points joined by line segments&quot; or occasionally a surface (rendered with a colormap or a shading) can be realized by means of pgfplots. Perhaps the examples in the manual (available on the sourceforge link below) or directly on the webpage &lt;a href=&quot;http://pgfplots.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://pgfplots.sourceforge.net/&lt;/a&gt; can be used to decide if it does what you want, it is quite powerful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Best regards&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Christian&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1633" LastActivityDate="2010-10-30T16:50:03.700" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4723" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4725" CreationDate="2010-10-30T19:48:22.710" Score="8" ViewCount="170" Body="&lt;p&gt;In a package, I have the following command defined:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\fkm{&#xA;    \ensuremath{\mathrm{&#xA;        \raisebox{-0.1ex}{\rotatebox{22}{f}}\!&#xA;        \raisebox{0.2ex}{\rotatebox{-15} {k}}\!&#xA;        m\!^{*}&#xA;    }}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It works just as I'd expect in text, but if I say &lt;code&gt;\section{\fkm}&lt;/code&gt; I get an error saying&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;! TeX capacity exceeded, sorry [input stack size=5000].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why doesn't this work within sections? What can I do to make it work?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="223" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-11T12:54:52.783" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T12:54:52.783" Title="&quot;TeX capacity exceeded&quot; because of a couple of raiseboxes in a \section?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;errors&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;capacity-exceeded&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4724" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4723" CreationDate="2010-10-30T20:14:47.223" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is not the error that I get when I try it. However, the solution is to use &lt;code&gt;\DeclareRobustCommand&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-10-30T20:14:47.223" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4725" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4723" CreationDate="2010-10-30T20:26:40.877" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The argument of &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt; could be used for the table of contents. In that process, commands within this argument may be expanded and written to the toc file for later use. To prevent expansion, you could use the &lt;code&gt;\protect&lt;/code&gt; command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section{\protect\fkm}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or, use &lt;code&gt;\DeclareRobustCommand&lt;/code&gt; to define the command such that it's working in such moving arguments. You might also consider to use the optional argument of &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt; for the toc entry. See: &lt;a href=&quot;http://texblog.net/help/latex/fragile.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Fragile and Robust commands&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Other commands with such moving arguments are &lt;code&gt;\chapter&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\subsection&lt;/code&gt; etc. and &lt;code&gt;\caption&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-10-30T20:26:40.877" />
  <row Id="4726" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4705" CreationDate="2010-10-30T21:21:00.800" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Something TeXnical has been omitted from this discussion: how exactly TeX treats space after a period. The details are in &lt;em&gt;The TeXbook&lt;/em&gt;, of course, but here's a quick summary.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When TeX is processing a horizontal list of boxes and glue, it uses a number called the space factor &lt;em&gt;f&lt;/em&gt; &amp;nbsp;to decide how much extra space to add and how much to stretch or shrink the glue. At the start of a horizontal list &lt;em&gt;f&lt;/em&gt; = 1000. After a period (that doesn't follow a capital letter), &lt;em&gt;f&lt;/em&gt; = 3000. After math lists, boxes, and other characters, &lt;em&gt;f&lt;/em&gt; = 1000 (capital letters set &lt;em&gt;f&lt;/em&gt; = 999).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This parameter is used as follows. When &lt;em&gt;f&lt;/em&gt; &amp;ge; 2000, TeX adds the font's &quot;extra space&quot; to the font's &quot;normal space&quot; in the interword glue. After this, the font's &quot;normal stretch&quot; is multiplied by &lt;em&gt;f&lt;/em&gt; /1000 and the &quot;normal shrink&quot; is multiplied by 1000/&lt;em&gt;f&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In practice, this means that intersentence spacing has a fixed extra space added and the space can stretch 3 times as much and shrink 1/3 as much as a normal space.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For concreteness, Computer Modern roman 10pt sets&lt;br&gt;&#xA;normal space = 3.33333 pt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;normal stretch = 1.66666 pt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;normal shrink = 1.11111 pt; and&lt;br&gt;&#xA;extra space = 1.11111 pt.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, in a line that has no stretch and no shrink, a space following a period will be 4.44444 pt whereas a space that doesn't follow a period will be 3.33333 pt.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Let's verify these numbers. To do this we make a simple plain TeX file&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setbox0\hbox{ }&#xA;\setbox2\hbox{\spacefactor3000{} }&#xA;\showthe\wd0&#xA;\showthe\wd2&#xA;\end&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sure enough, the output shows those values. (The &lt;code&gt;{}&lt;/code&gt; after the &lt;code&gt;3000&lt;/code&gt; is needed because TeX allows optional spaces after numbers. Removing it gives a width of 0 pt.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, this explains the &lt;code&gt;\@&lt;/code&gt; LaTeX macro which expands to (essentially) &lt;code&gt;\spacefactor1000&lt;/code&gt;. Thus in the following code, box 0 will be 1.11111 pt wider than box 2. (Since plain TeX doesn't define &lt;code&gt;\@&lt;/code&gt;, we'll do it ourselves.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\@{\spacefactor1000 }&#xA;\setbox0\hbox{. }&#xA;\setbox2\hbox{.\@ }&#xA;\showthe\wd0&#xA;\showthe\wd2&#xA;\end&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One can verify the stretching and shrinking properties as well by putting the text into an &lt;code&gt;\hbox&lt;/code&gt; of the appropriate size, but that takes slightly more work and is left as an exercise for the reader.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-10-30T21:21:00.800" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4727" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4713" CreationDate="2010-10-30T21:42:49.983" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Looks like &lt;code&gt;\numberwithin&lt;/code&gt; is not meant to be used the way you are trying to use it. (I'm surprised too!) The problem is that it essentially does two things:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Calls &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand*\the&amp;lt;slave counter&amp;gt;{\the&amp;lt;master counter&amp;gt;.\arabic{slave counter}}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Calls &lt;code&gt;\@addtoreset{&amp;lt;slave counter&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;master counter&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The second one is what change the numbering. Notice that it is &quot;addtoreset&quot;. Which means that it will make the increment operation on the master counter trigger a reset of the slave counter. So after calling &lt;code&gt;\numberwithin{equation}{section}&lt;/code&gt;, the trigger has been laid. And a second call of &lt;code&gt;\numberwithin{equation}{chapter}&lt;/code&gt; &lt;strong&gt;does not remove the previous trigger&lt;/strong&gt;. Therefore the &lt;code&gt;equation&lt;/code&gt; counter will still be reset everytime the &lt;code&gt;section&lt;/code&gt; counter increases. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So much for why it does what you see that it does. For a solution, clearly you must stop using the convenient &lt;code&gt;\numberwithin&lt;/code&gt; command. A substitute is the &lt;code&gt;\counterwithin&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\counterwithout&lt;/code&gt; commands provided by the &lt;code&gt;chngcntr&lt;/code&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.sqsol.co.uk/help/Catalogue/entries/chngcntr.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;package&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So you should define, in your preamble, the following commands:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{chngcntr}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*\startappendixeqnumbering{%&#xA;    \counterwithout{equation}{chapter}%&#xA;    \counterwithin{equation}{section}%&#xA;    \renewcommand*\theequation{\thechapter.\thesection.\arabic{equation}}}&#xA;\newcommand*\startnormaleqnumbering{%&#xA;    \counterwithout{equation}{section}%&#xA;    \counterwithin{equation}{chapter}%&#xA;    \renewcommand*\theequation{\thechapter.\arabic{equation}}}&#xA;&#xA;\counterwithin{equation}{chapter}  %Set the default&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And call &lt;code&gt;\startappendixeqnumbering&lt;/code&gt; before the first appendix and &lt;code&gt;\startnormaleqnumbering&lt;/code&gt; after the last appendix, before the start of the next chapter. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastEditorUserId="119" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-31T10:25:14.873" LastActivityDate="2010-10-31T10:25:14.873" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="4728" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-30T23:43:31.070" Score="17" ViewCount="291" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a paper where all equations are numbered, but I want to number equations only if they are actually referred to in the .tex file using &lt;code&gt;\ref{}&lt;/code&gt;. How can I make that happen? Alternatively, how can I make all equations that have no &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt; next to them (because then I know I don't refer to them) not have a number? Do I have to use &lt;code&gt;\nonumber&lt;/code&gt; separately for each such equation?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1444" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-10T16:36:33.300" LastActivityDate="2010-12-10T16:36:33.300" Title="How do I number equations only if they are referred to in the text?" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;numbering&gt;&lt;cross-referencing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="6" />
  <row Id="4729" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4728" CreationDate="2010-10-30T23:59:43.460" Score="17" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;mathtools&lt;/code&gt; package provides a switch &lt;code&gt;showonlyrefs&lt;/code&gt;. You could use that to achieve that only those equations would be numbered which are referred to in the text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Usage:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\mathtoolsset{showonlyrefs}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\mathtoolsset{showonlyrefs=true}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or set it to false this way if desired. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note, Thorsten mentioned another way to specify this option in a comment below.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-31T17:53:44.357" LastActivityDate="2010-10-31T17:53:44.357" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="4730" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4892" CreationDate="2010-10-31T00:37:00.803" Score="5" ViewCount="248" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using wrapfig for the first time, and having a problem with its alignment of captions.  As far as I can figure, what seems to happen is: if a caption is short enough that it fits it a single line of the figure, then instead of getting horizontally centered within the figure, it gets horizontally centred within a full &lt;code&gt;\textwidth&lt;/code&gt;, starting at the left-hand edge of the figure, so it ends up way too far to the right (even off the page, if the figure is narrow).  Below is a minimal counterexample.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Am I doing something silly that I should fix?  Or if not, is there a good workaround?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{amsart}&#xA;\usepackage{wrapfig}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Nam congue, turpis nec dignissim condimentum, lorem elit sodales justo, ut feugiat erat libero mollis diam. Phasellus ac dolor vel quam vehicula pellentesque quis vel purus. &#xA;&#xA;\begin{wrapfigure}{r}{0.5\textwidth}&#xA;No problem.&#xA;\caption{Long captions align correctly.}&#xA;\end{wrapfigure}&#xA;&#xA;In scelerisque, metus in convallis pulvinar, massa lacus condimentum tortor, ut mattis sapien libero quis diam. In eu diam pulvinar quam tempor suscipit. Class aptent taciti sociosqu ad litora torquent per conubia nostra, per inceptos himenaeos.&#xA;&#xA;\begin{wrapfigure}{r}{0.5\textwidth}&#xA;Problem!&#xA;\caption{But not short!}&#xA;\end{wrapfigure}&#xA;&#xA;Duis luctus est ligula. Proin fermentum risus id mauris rhoncus vestibulum. Pellentesque vel leo elit. Cras tempus rutrum dui, vitae lobortis lorem egestas a. Vivamus suscipit commodo lectus vel aliquet. Proin molestie ullamcorper est, sed hendrerit leo pellentesque et. Nunc odio massa, sodales nec elementum at, vehicula quis enim.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1635" LastEditorUserId="1635" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-31T00:51:49.137" LastActivityDate="2010-11-03T22:59:41.913" Title="Fixing wrapfig caption alignment?" Tags="&lt;captions&gt;&lt;horizontal-alignment&gt;&lt;wrapfigure&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="4731" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4697" CreationDate="2010-10-31T01:09:59.567" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The following minimal example achieves the output that I desired:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{calc}&#xA;&#xA;\reversemarginpar&#xA;\usepackage[paper=letterpaper,&#xA;           marginparwidth=1.2in,     &#xA;           marginparsep=.05in,       &#xA;           hmargin={.75in,.75in},&#xA;           vmargin=1in,           &#xA;           includemp]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\fancyheadoffset[LO,LE]{\marginparsep+\marginparwidth}&#xA;\fancyfootoffset[LO,LE]{\marginparsep+\marginparwidth}&#xA;&#xA;\setlength{\parindent}{0in}&#xA;&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;&#xA;\lhead{{\Large \textbf{Batman}}}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand{\section}[2]{\hspace{0in}\marginpar{\raggedright \scshape #1}#2}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Contact Information}&#xA;Bat Cave, Gotham City&#xA;&#xA;\newpage&#xA;&#xA;\section{Favorite Buddies}&#xA;Robin and Batgirl&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1627" LastActivityDate="2010-10-31T01:09:59.567" />
  <row Id="4732" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4705" CreationDate="2010-10-31T04:34:43.370" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;My opinion is that &lt;code&gt;\nonfrenchspacing&lt;/code&gt; is preferable, but computer modern has excessive values for the parameters. 10pt computer modern makes the intersentence space 1/3 larger than the interword space (it's really 4/3space, not doublespace). Compare this with times, garamond and charter, which only add 1/4 space; minionpro only adds 1/6 space.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This compounds with the abnormally large interword space of computer modern (3.333pt, versus ~2.5pt for times/garamond/charter/minionpro), meaning  the increment in intersentence space of computer modern is 2 times as large as times/garamond/charter and 3 times as large as minionpro. I find the more subtle variation in spacing of any of these other fonts preferable to computer modern. The extra space is subtle, but slightly different and noticeably better than &lt;code&gt;\frenchspacing&lt;/code&gt; for these fonts. For computer modern I can understand why some people prefer &lt;code&gt;\frenchspacing&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-10-31T04:34:43.370" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4733" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4734" CreationDate="2010-10-31T04:51:10.770" Score="6" ViewCount="250" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a bunch of &lt;code&gt;enumerate&lt;/code&gt;s, which are nested quite deeply (in a document with bylaws, so I can't avoid the nesting). This results in the labels being pretty wide, with label text like &quot;6. § 2.1.4.3&quot;, and the left edge of the label often begins to the left of the level above it. I admit that this description is rather unclear, but if you compile the MWE below you'll see the same thing happening for the bullets with respect to the text and header.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What settings should I change to move each level a little more to the right?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{enumitem}&#xA;&#xA;\setenumerate[1]{label=6. \S\ 3.\arabic*.}&#xA;\setenumerate[2]{label=6. \S\ 3.2.\arabic*.}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section{test}&#xA;Some text outside the list&#xA;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;\item Here's the level above.&#xA;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;\item Here's some text on a sub-level. The text might be on several rows, so a requirement on the solution is that both the following rows and subsequent paragraphs on the same item say aligned to the first line of text, with the entire label ``outside''.&#xA;&#xA;Like here.&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/wpIjT.png&quot; alt=&quot;example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="223" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-31T22:45:04.297" LastActivityDate="2010-10-31T22:45:54.857" Title="Which settings control the indentations of items in an enumeration?" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;lists&gt;&lt;enumerate&gt;&lt;indentation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="4734" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4733" CreationDate="2010-10-31T06:01:23.080" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;enumitem&lt;/code&gt; package you're already using provides a &lt;code&gt;leftmargin&lt;/code&gt; option. For instance&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setenumerate[1]{label=6. \S\ 3.\arabic*., leftmargin=5em}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;moves the &lt;code&gt;enumerate&lt;/code&gt;'s enough to the right to prevent labels from sticking in the margin on the left. It might need some fiddling to satisfy your needs, subsequent levels might require less margin and such but that is up to your own taste and can be controlled using &lt;code&gt;leftmargin&lt;/code&gt; and the other options from &lt;code&gt;enumitem&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/IGfaW.png&quot; alt=&quot;example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you can see, I only moved the first level to the right, the second moves with it and I wanted to prevent insanely small text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="210" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-31T22:45:54.857" LastActivityDate="2010-10-31T22:45:54.857" />
  <row Id="4735" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-31T07:44:32.857" Score="7" ViewCount="297" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to set the following minimal document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,11pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\setmonofont{Inconsolata}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{verbatim}&#xA;&amp;lt;!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC &quot;-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN&quot;&#xA;    &quot;http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;html lang=&quot;en&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;head&amp;gt;&#xA;    &amp;lt;title&amp;gt;An Example of a Web page&amp;lt;/title&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;/head&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;body&amp;gt;&#xA;    &amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This is an example of a Web page&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;/body&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;/html&amp;gt;&#xA;\end{verbatim}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like to keep the HTML text as it exists in the file and use the verbatim environment for that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want symmetrical typewriter double quotes rather than the typographic right/left paired double quotes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I get the latter rather than the former when I compile the above file with lualatex.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How might I get what I want?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;TIA.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;=== Addendum 1 ===&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I downloaded the font from the blog post link suggested by Khaled Hosny below, unzipped it, and installed it on my Linux system as a system font. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;fc-list | grep Inconsolata&lt;/code&gt; shows the font as 'Inconsolata-dz:style=dz'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I then changed the single line with Inconsolata to Inconsolata-dz in the file above.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I tried compiling with lualatex, it terminates prematurely with these lines:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;luaotfload | Updating the font names database:&#xA;luaotfload | Scanning TEXMF fonts...&#xA;luaotfload | Scanning OS fonts...&#xA;! Font \zf@basefont=name:Inconsolata-dz at 10pt not loadable: metric data not found or bad.&#xA; &#xA;                   \scan_stop: &#xA;l.3 \setmonofont{Inconsolata-dz}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any suggestions to correct this are most appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1636" LastEditorUserId="1636" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-01T07:45:55.650" LastActivityDate="2010-12-25T18:57:14.443" Title="Double quotes with monospaced font and LuaLaTeX" Tags="&lt;fontspec&gt;&lt;luatex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4736" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4747" CreationDate="2010-10-31T08:01:42.710" Score="23" ViewCount="444" Body="&lt;p&gt;So I've read a few times about this, the “moving arguments” and all that. But what does it really mean? Could someone explain in a few words what is going on at the TeX level, what is the difference between these two kinds of commands? Furthermore, when do we need to use &lt;code&gt;\protect&lt;/code&gt; and why?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-31T08:13:47.723" LastActivityDate="2010-10-31T13:50:35.310" Title="What is the difference between Fragile and Robust commands?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="5" />
  <row Id="4737" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-10-31T08:07:33.857" Score="5" ViewCount="138" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a command definition in my LaTeX preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*{\code}[1]{\texttt{#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But the usage of this command appears as an ERT e.g. &lt;code&gt;\code{select}&lt;/code&gt;. I would like this to appear as &lt;em&gt;select&lt;/em&gt; that is, italics. How to do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="156" LastEditorUserId="156" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-07T13:31:28.680" LastActivityDate="2010-11-07T13:41:32.540" Title="Lyx customized view of command" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;lyx&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4738" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4743" CreationDate="2010-10-31T08:09:17.650" Score="6" ViewCount="428" Body="&lt;p&gt;How could one plot an implicit function, like &lt;code&gt;(x^2+y^2)^3-4x^2y^2&lt;/code&gt; using TikZ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know &lt;code&gt;gnuplot&lt;/code&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://newton.ph.unito.it/~moretti/gnuplot/implicit/solve-e.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;supports them&lt;/a&gt;, but they are drawn using a surface built from the function and intersecting the result with the &lt;code&gt;z=0&lt;/code&gt; plane. How would one implement this work flow directly from TikZ? I know you can easily pass explicit functions to &lt;code&gt;gnuplot&lt;/code&gt; but I don't want to split up the implicit function in its constituent parts if it's not necessary.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, it's possible to plot in the &lt;code&gt;gnuplot&lt;/code&gt; program and save the results, but I'm curious whether there is a more direct way :).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="210" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-31T10:49:58.633" LastActivityDate="2010-10-31T11:22:09.120" Title="Plotting an implicit function using TikZ" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;gnuplot&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="4739" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4736" CreationDate="2010-10-31T08:36:46.817" Score="18" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The key concept here is expansion. I'll take as an example a hypothetical function &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt; which is 'fragile', used in the argument of &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section{Some text \foo[option]{argument}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When LaTeX processes the &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt; macro, it does a number of things. One of those is to write the text of the section name to the &lt;code&gt;.aux&lt;/code&gt; file. Now, the key point here is that this uses the &lt;code&gt;\write&lt;/code&gt; primitive, effectively:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\immediate\write\@auxout{Some text \foo[option]{argument}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\write&lt;/code&gt; primitive expands its argument in the same way as &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt;. However, I've said that &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt; is 'fragile'. That means that trying to &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt; it will either lead to an error or the wrong result. A classic case for this is any macro with an optional argument: the detection of these cannot be expanded inside an &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt;. The other is where something will be numbered based on where it is in the input, which can give bad numbering in the output. See for example &lt;a href=&quot;http://texblog.net/help/latex/fragile.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://texblog.net/help/latex/fragile.html&lt;/a&gt; for more details on macros which are fragile (but note that the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/fixltx2e&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;fixltx2e&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package sorts out some of these).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When you use &lt;code&gt;\protect&lt;/code&gt;, it prevents TeX expanding the next token during the &lt;code&gt;\write&lt;/code&gt;. So the text is written 'as given' to the &lt;code&gt;.aux&lt;/code&gt; file. This of course requires that you know which functions need to be protected. As TH notes, it also needs the correct use of &lt;code&gt;\protected@write&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\protected@edef&lt;/code&gt; to work correctly. (The way that these macros work is by altering the definition of &lt;code&gt;\protect&lt;/code&gt; to achieve the desired effects. So inside &lt;code&gt;\protected@edef&lt;/code&gt;, the expansion of &lt;code&gt;\protect&lt;/code&gt; is &lt;code&gt;\noexpand\protect\noexpand&lt;/code&gt;, for example.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The macro &lt;code&gt;\DeclareRobustCommand&lt;/code&gt; is available in LaTeX2e. This adds some automatic protect into the macro itself, so that &lt;code&gt;\protect&lt;/code&gt; is not needed. This again works inside a &lt;code&gt;\protected@write&lt;/code&gt; situation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is good, but a better method is e-TeX's &lt;code&gt;\protected&lt;/code&gt; system:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\protected\def\foo....&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Macros defined in this way are not expanded inside an &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt; or a &lt;code&gt;\write&lt;/code&gt; at all, as the engine itself knows to leave them alone. This is the approach taken by &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/etoolbox&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;etoolbox&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/xpackages&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;xparse&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; for defining truly robust macros. Macros which are engine-protected don't rely on LaTeX2e's mechanisms at all, so are safe inside a plain &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-31T08:50:15.240" LastActivityDate="2010-10-31T08:50:15.240" />
  <row Id="4740" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4736" CreationDate="2010-10-31T08:53:22.100" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This question is perhaps best answered by an example. Consider the fragile command &lt;code&gt;\title&lt;/code&gt;. Here are the relevant definitions from &lt;code&gt;latex.ltx&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\title#1{\gdef\@title{#1}}&#xA;\def\@title{\@latex@error{No \noexpand\title given}\@ehc}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now imagine that you include &lt;code&gt;\title{This is the title}&lt;/code&gt; in the argument of a command that first executes this argument, then writes it to the aux file, or otherwise “moves” it. We can run an interactive experiment to see what would happen, using &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt; to immediately see the result:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;; latex&#xA;This is pdfTeX, Version 3.1415926-1.40.11 (TeX Live 2010)&#xA; restricted \write18 enabled.&#xA;**\relax&#xA;[…]&#xA;*\title{This is the title}&#xA;&#xA;*\edef\foo{\title{This is the title}}&#xA;&#xA;*\show\foo&#xA;&amp;gt; \foo=macro:&#xA;-&amp;gt;\gdef This is the title{This is the title}.&#xA;&amp;lt;*&amp;gt; \show\foo&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you can imagine (try it if you must), actually executing &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt; will not work as you might have expected before running this experiment. The problem, of course, is that &lt;code&gt;\@title&lt;/code&gt; got expanded.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To find out how &lt;code&gt;\protect&lt;/code&gt; works, you could do worse than running &lt;code&gt;texdoc source2e&lt;/code&gt; and looking at section 11.4, &lt;em&gt;Robust commands and protect&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2010-10-31T08:53:22.100" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4741" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4737" CreationDate="2010-10-31T10:05:59.077" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You need to tell Lyx how it is to mark up the command, by changing the layout you use, or, probably the right thing, defining a module. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Rob Oakes has written a weblog post, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.oak-tree.us/2010/07/13/custom-lyx-modules/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Customizing Lyx: An Introduction to Modules&lt;/a&gt;.  His explanation make it look quite simple to do, although I've never tried.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-10-31T10:05:59.077" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4742" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4735" CreationDate="2010-10-31T10:18:39.520" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;What I'm getting here is the ASCII double quote, but it is drawn curly not straight in the font, and that is a known (mis)feature of Inconsolata, check this &lt;a href=&quot;http://nodnod.net/2009/feb/12/adding-straight-single-and-double-quotes-inconsola/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;blog post&lt;/a&gt; for a modified version with straight quotes. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastActivityDate="2010-10-31T10:18:39.520" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="4743" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4738" CreationDate="2010-10-31T11:01:31.993" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Probably the easiest thing to do would be to use TikZ's front end to gnuplot.  If you use the &lt;code&gt;raw gnuplot&lt;/code&gt; option you can pass a more complicated script to gnuplot to make it to what you want (rather than just plot a simple function).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think it's almost impossible to do within TeX itself, which is after all a text processing system and not a computer algebra system.  You &lt;em&gt;could&lt;/em&gt; use &lt;code&gt;pgfmath&lt;/code&gt; (the math engine within TiKZ) to generate the surface points, and only plot the points where &lt;em&gt;z&lt;/em&gt; is sufficiently close to 0.  But how would you connect these points?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another method would be to use the function to write a differential equation and then implement Euler's method to plot a curve.  But that probably won't be as pretty as you want—assuming the curve is closed you would have to guess-and-check to make sure you plotted enough to close the curve and not too much to overlap.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There might also be a LuaTeX option but I don't know anything about that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This particular curve is highly singular so first-stab TeX efforts probably wouldn't be very successful here.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-31T11:22:09.120" LastActivityDate="2010-10-31T11:22:09.120" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="4744" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4693" CreationDate="2010-10-31T11:27:20.443" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could also just roll your own by making the whole document a &lt;code&gt;tikzpicture&lt;/code&gt; and placing the text with &lt;code&gt;\node&lt;/code&gt; commands.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-10-31T11:27:20.443" />
  <row Id="4745" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4803" CreationDate="2010-10-31T12:03:55.683" Score="7" ViewCount="240" Body="&lt;p&gt;As by my previous question on plotting an implicit curve I've got some output. But as you can see it is not quite what it should be (apart from your browser's downscaling by a factor 2 of course.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/tq2fH.png&quot; width=&quot;320&quot; height=&quot;300&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The code used to reproduce this is (run with &lt;code&gt;--shell-escape&lt;/code&gt;, of course)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}[xscale=1,yscale=.25]&#xA;  \draw plot[id=curve, raw gnuplot] function{&#xA;    f(x,y) = y**2 + (x**2 - 5)*(4*x**4 - 20*x**2 + 25);&#xA;    set xrange [-4:4];&#xA;    set yrange [-15:15];&#xA;    set view 0,0;&#xA;    set isosample 1000,1000;&#xA;    set size square;&#xA;    set cont base;&#xA;    set cntrparam levels incre 0,0.1,0;&#xA;    unset surface;&#xA;    splot f(x,y)&#xA;  };&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I presume &lt;code&gt;gnuplot&lt;/code&gt; returns the coordinates of end points of line segments and it's up to TikZ to connect them. &lt;s&gt;But the results are not quite satisfactory because &lt;code&gt;gnuplot&lt;/code&gt; returns the segments in a strange order. At least, that's what I assume given the graph.&lt;/s&gt; Now, as the documentation on &lt;code&gt;raw gnuplot&lt;/code&gt; is rather sparse and there are not much examples of this to be found on the Internet, certainly not with surface plots or implicit functions, I hope someone could give some pointers (or a full-fledged answer, you won't see me complaining).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: As @Yossi pointed out, the &lt;code&gt;.table&lt;/code&gt; file &lt;code&gt;gnuplot&lt;/code&gt; creates contains several parts of the curve separated by 2 new lines each. Now TikZ connects these parts but it shouldn't. We're getting there :).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="210" LastEditorUserId="210" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-31T14:21:11.680" LastActivityDate="2010-11-01T18:44:46.700" Title="How to use the results of `raw output` to create a smooth plot" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;gnuplot&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4746" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4748" CreationDate="2010-10-31T13:05:53.737" Score="6" ViewCount="286" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to typeset a list of vectors spanning a multidimensional space, using the notation&#xA;span{v_1,v_2,...,v_n} (I haven't found out how to inline it as rendered latex)&#xA;i.e.:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;span \{&#xA;  \begin{pmatrix} 1      \\ \vdots \\ \vdots \\ 1      \\ 1      \end{pmatrix},&#xA;  \begin{pmatrix} 0      \\ 1      \\ \vdots \\ \vdots \\ 1      \end{pmatrix},&#xA;  \begin{pmatrix} 0      \\ 0      \\      1 \\ \vdots \\ 1      \end{pmatrix}&#xA;  \begin{matrix}  \cdots \\        \\ \ddots \\ \ddots \\ \cdots \end{matrix}&#xA;  \begin{pmatrix} 0      \\ \vdots \\ \vdots \\      0 \\ 1      \end{pmatrix}&#xA;\}&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but the fourth &quot;vector&quot;, consisting of only various dots does not have the same size as the other vectors, since the dots take up more vertical space than 1 or 0 do.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I understand LaTeX doesn't know how to align them since they are all independent matrices but I'm not satisfied with the result. Is there any way to make them all have the same height?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1423" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-31T15:53:22.087" LastActivityDate="2010-11-02T15:59:51.557" Title="Same height for list of comma-separated vectors" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;&lt;matrices&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4747" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4736" CreationDate="2010-10-31T13:50:35.310" Score="15" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The key concept here is that, when TeX handles its input, it is doing two distinct things, called &lt;em&gt;expanding&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;executing&lt;/em&gt; stuff. Normally, these activities are interleaved: TeX takes a token (ie, an elementary piece of input), expands it, then executes it (if possible). Then it does so with the next token. &lt;em&gt;But&lt;/em&gt; in certain circumstances, most notably when writing to a file, TeX only expands things without executing them (the result will most probably be (re-expanded and) executed later when TeX reads the file back). Some macros, for proper operation, rely on something being properly executed &lt;em&gt;before&lt;/em&gt; the next token is expanded. Those are called &quot;fragile&quot;, since they work only in the normal (interleaved) mode, but not in expansion-only contexts (such as &quot;moving arguments&quot; which often means writing to a file).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That's the general picture. Now let's give a few more details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The distinction between &lt;em&gt;expansion&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;execution&lt;/em&gt; is somewhat arbitrary, but as a rule of thumb:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;expansion changes &lt;em&gt;only&lt;/em&gt; the input stream, ie &quot;what TeX is going to read next&quot;;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;execution is everything else.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, macros are expandable (TeX is going to read their replacement text next), &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; is expandable (TeX is going to read the given file next), etc. &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt; is not expandable (it changes the meaning of the defined macro), &lt;code&gt;\kern&lt;/code&gt; is not expandable (it changes the content of the current paragraph or page), etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, consider a macro &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt; defined as &lt;code&gt;\def\arg{#1}\ifx\arg\empty E\else F\fi&lt;/code&gt;. In normal context, TeX will try to expand &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt; (which does nothing) then execute it (which removes &lt;code&gt;\arg{#1}&lt;/code&gt; from the input stream and defines &lt;code&gt;\arg&lt;/code&gt;) then expand the next token &lt;code&gt;\ifx&lt;/code&gt; (which removes &lt;code&gt;\arg\empty&lt;/code&gt; and possibly everything up to, but not including, the matching &lt;code&gt;\else&lt;/code&gt; from the input stream), etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In expansion-only context, TeX will try to expand &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt; (does nothing), then expand whatever comes next ie the &lt;code&gt;\arg&lt;/code&gt;. At this point, anything could happen. Maybe &lt;code&gt;\arg&lt;/code&gt; is not defined and you get a (confusing) error message. Maybe it is defined to something like &lt;code&gt;abc&lt;/code&gt;, to &lt;code&gt;\foo{}&lt;/code&gt; will expand to &lt;code&gt;\def abc{} F&lt;/code&gt;. You'll not get an error when writing this to the file, but it will crash when read back. Perhaps &lt;code&gt;\arg&lt;/code&gt;is defined to &lt;code&gt;\abc&lt;/code&gt;, then &lt;code&gt;\foo{}&lt;/code&gt; will expand to &lt;code&gt;\def\abc{} F&lt;/code&gt;. Then you get not error message either when writing nor at readback, but not only you get &lt;code&gt;F&lt;/code&gt; while you're expecting &lt;code&gt;T&lt;/code&gt;, but also &lt;code&gt;\abc&lt;/code&gt; is redefined, which can have all kinds of consequences if this is an important macro (and good luck for tracking the bug down).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This was the easy (read: TeXnical, but well-defined) part of your question. Now, the hard part: when to use &lt;code&gt;\protect&lt;/code&gt;? Well it depends. You cannot know whether a macro is fragile or not without looking at is implementation. For example, the &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt; macro above could use an expandable trick to test for emptyness and would not be fragile. Also, some macros are &quot;self-&lt;code&gt;\protect&lt;/code&gt;ing&quot; (those defined with &lt;code&gt;\DeclareRobustCommand&lt;/code&gt; for example). As Joseph mentioned, &lt;code&gt;\(&lt;/code&gt; is fragile unless you (or another package) loaded &lt;code&gt;fixltx2e&lt;/code&gt;. (As a rule of thumb, most mathmode macros are fragile.) Also, you cannot know whether a particular macro tries to expand-only its arguments, but you can at least be sure all moving arguments will be expanded-only at some point.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, my advice is: when you see a weird error happening in or near a moving argument, try &lt;code&gt;\protect&lt;/code&gt;ing every macro in it. It solves 99% of the problems. (And can make you a hero when applied to a colleague's article, due today and &quot;mysteriously&quot; crashing: look at their document for a few seconds before you see a math formula inside a &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt;, say &quot;add a &lt;code&gt;\protect&lt;/code&gt; here&quot;, then go back to work and let them call you a wizard. Cheap trick, but works.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1239" LastActivityDate="2010-10-31T13:50:35.310" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4748" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4746" CreationDate="2010-10-31T13:52:17.807" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You may want to take a look at &lt;code&gt;easybmat&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{easybmat}&#xA;&#xA;%\usepackage{etex} % if you also want tikz, then you also need etex,&#xA;%\usepackage{tikz} % and they have to be loaded AFTER easybmat&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{bvec}[1]{\begin{BMAT}(r)[0pt]{c}{#1}}{\end{BMAT}}&#xA;\newenvironment{pbvec}[1]{\left(\begin{bvec}{#1}}{\end{bvec}\right)}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;$span \{&#xA;\begin{pbvec}{ccccc} 1      \\ \vdots \\ \vdots \\ 1      \\ 1      \end{pbvec},&#xA;  \begin{pbvec}{ccccc} 0      \\ 1      \\ \vdots \\ \vdots \\ 1      \end{pbvec},&#xA;  \begin{pbvec}{ccccc} 0      \\ 0      \\      1 \\ \vdots \\ 1      \end{pbvec}&#xA;  \begin{bvec}{ccccc}  \cdots \\  {}      \\ \ddots \\ \ddots \\ \cdots \end{bvec}&#xA;  \begin{pbvec}{ccccc} 0      \\ \vdots \\ \vdots \\      0 \\ 1      \end{pbvec}&#xA;\}$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which results in&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/rHrlF.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are a few annoying things with &lt;code&gt;BMAT&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;You must declare the number of columns at the top (I have no idea why, but I guess this has to do with the fact that they can be align differently or something) &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;You cannot have empty rows (see &lt;code&gt;{}&lt;/code&gt; in the fourth line).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastActivityDate="2010-10-31T13:52:17.807" CommentCount="11" />
  <row Id="4749" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4752" CreationDate="2010-10-31T14:48:53.013" Score="4" ViewCount="189" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&#xA;   I'm creating a table but I'm not getting the correct alignment in the last row of the table. It's a multirow and muticolumn example. Of course, I'm putting some fictitious information and data in the table :) but my original table has the same format. I'm putting a minimal code below. There are two problems:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I can't get the numbers 12 and 1000 in the last column aligned in the center position as the other numbers are. Now I have simple small numbers as 12 and 1000 but the alignment becomes worse if I have bigger numbers and with decimals.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;A second problem is etting the 10 and 3 in the &quot;sex ratio between second and first value&quot; rows to be aligned in the middle between &quot;male&quot; and &quot;female&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[latin1]{inputenx}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{booktabs}&#xA;\usepackage[below]{placeins}&#xA;\usepackage{threeparttable}&#xA;\usepackage{multirow}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{table}[htbp]&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;\begin{threeparttable}&#xA;\caption{\label{tab:freqcompa} Testing for table}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{@{}lcccc@{}}&#xA;\toprule&#xA;\multicolumn{1}{c}{\multirow{2}{2cm}{Case\tnote{2}}} &amp;amp; \multicolumn{4}{c}{Number &#xA;of dogs} \\&#xA;\cmidrule(r){2-5}&#xA;\multicolumn{1}{c}{} &amp;amp; \multicolumn{2}{c}{Dogs of type 1} &amp;amp; \multicolumn{2}{c}{&#xA;Very very bad Dogs of type 2\tnote{1}} \\&#xA;\midrule&#xA;\multicolumn{1}{c}{} &amp;amp; \multicolumn{1}{c}{male} &amp;amp; \multicolumn{1}{c}{female}&#xA;&amp;amp; \multicolumn{1}{c}{male} &amp;amp; \multicolumn{1}{c}{female}\\&#xA;$\omega_a= 100$  &amp;amp; $1$ &amp;amp; $2$ &amp;amp; $4$ &amp;amp; $12$ \\[2mm]&#xA;\cmidrule(r){1-1}&#xA;Sex ratio \\[-1.5mm]&#xA;between second \\[-1.5mm]&#xA;and first value &amp;amp; \multicolumn{2}{c}{$2$}  &amp;amp; \multicolumn{2}{c}{$3$} \\[2.3mm]&#xA;\midrule&#xA;\multicolumn{1}{c}{} &amp;amp; \multicolumn{1}{c}{male} &amp;amp; \multicolumn{1}{c}{female}&#xA;&amp;amp; \multicolumn{1}{c}{male} &amp;amp; \multicolumn{1}{c}{female}\\&#xA;$\omega_b= 200$ &amp;amp; $1$ &amp;amp; $60$ &amp;amp; $100$ &amp;amp; $1000$ \\[2mm]&#xA;\cmidrule(r){1-1}&#xA;Sex ratio \\[-1.5mm]&#xA;between second \\[-1.5mm]&#xA;and first value &amp;amp; \multicolumn{2}{c}{$60$}  &amp;amp; \multicolumn{2}{c}{$10$} \\[2.3mm]&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\bottomrule&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\begin{tablenotes}&#xA;\item[1]\textit{considering all stray dogs.}&#xA;\item[2]\textit{considering two possible cases}&#xA;\end{tablenotes}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end{threeparttable}&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any help will be most appreciated...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in anticipation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="993" LastEditorUserId="993" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-01T16:33:17.750" LastActivityDate="2010-11-01T16:33:17.750" Title="alignment in table" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;formatting&gt;&lt;alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4750" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4749" CreationDate="2010-10-31T15:15:25.867" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you want a centered last column, you should choose the »c« column type instead of »r« (edited while I was typing my answer?). In your table you can also add other improvements. And you don't need so much &lt;code&gt;\multicolumn&lt;/code&gt;s. See code below for inspiration.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[latin1]{inputenx}&#xA;\usepackage[font=small,labelfont=bf,tableposition=top]{caption}&#xA;\usepackage{booktabs}&#xA;\usepackage{threeparttable}&#xA;\usepackage{array,multirow}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{table}[!ht]&#xA;    \caption{Testing for table}\label{tab:freqcompa}&#xA;    \centering&#xA;    \begin{threeparttable}&#xA;      \begin{tabular}{@{}&amp;gt;{\raggedright}m{2.8cm}cccc@{}}\toprule&#xA;        \multicolumn{1}{c}{\multirow{2}{*}[-0.5ex]{Case\tnote{2}}} &amp;amp; \multicolumn{4}{c}{Number of dogs} \\ \cmidrule(r){2-5}&#xA;        \multicolumn{1}{c}{} &amp;amp; \multicolumn{2}{c}{Dogs of type 1} &amp;amp; \multicolumn{2}{c}{Dogs of type 2\tnote{1}} \\ \midrule&#xA;        &amp;amp; male &amp;amp; female &amp;amp; male &amp;amp; female\\&#xA;        $\omega_a=100$  &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 4 &amp;amp; 12 \\ \addlinespace\cmidrule(r){1-1}&#xA;        Sex ratio between second and first value &amp;amp; \multicolumn{2}{c}{2}  &amp;amp; \multicolumn{2}{c}{3} \\ \addlinespace\midrule&#xA;        &amp;amp; male &amp;amp; female &amp;amp; male &amp;amp; female\\&#xA;        $\omega_b=200$ &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 60 &amp;amp; 100 &amp;amp; 1000 \\\addlinespace\cmidrule(r){1-1}&#xA;        Sex ratio between second and first value &amp;amp; \multicolumn{2}{c}{60} &amp;amp; \multicolumn{2}{c}{10} \\ \bottomrule&#xA;      \end{tabular}&#xA;      \begin{tablenotes}&#xA;        \item[1]\textit{considering all stray dogs.}&#xA;        \item[2]\textit{considering two possible cases}&#xA;      \end{tablenotes}&#xA;    \end{threeparttable}&#xA;  \end{table}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastEditorUserId="1063" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-31T15:28:43.777" LastActivityDate="2010-10-31T15:28:43.777" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4751" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4754" CreationDate="2010-10-31T16:03:11.330" Score="4" ViewCount="355" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a list of &lt;code&gt;N&lt;/code&gt; points (e.g. &lt;code&gt;{(0,0),(42,7),...,(0,1)}&lt;/code&gt;). I want to use them as coordinates in TikZ, to draw some things. And I would like to &lt;code&gt;fit&lt;/code&gt; them into a node (using TikZ's &lt;code&gt;fit&lt;/code&gt; module (cf. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/feature/fit/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/feature/fit/&lt;/a&gt; or PGF documentation §34) to put a label under them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I have, for example, 4 points, I can manually do it, and it works perfectly :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{calc,fit}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\newcounter{i}&#xA;\setcounter{i}{0}&#xA;\foreach \point in&#xA;{(0,0),(0,2),(2,0),(2,2)}&#xA;{&#xA;    \node[coordinate] (point-\arabic{i}) at \point { };&#xA;    \fill (point-\arabic{i}) circle (0.1);&#xA;    \stepcounter{i}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\node (box) [draw=gray,dashed, inner sep=10pt,fit=(point-0) (point-1) (point-2) (point-3)] {};&#xA;\node (label) at (box.south) [below] { blah };&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which gives :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/xQFxr.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now I want to do the same for an arbitrary number of points. I hopped a &lt;code&gt;\foreach&lt;/code&gt; would work :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\node (boxforeach) [draw=gray,dashed, inner sep=10pt,fit= \foreach \j in {0,1,...,3}{(point-\j) } ] {};&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but all I get are lots of &lt;code&gt;! Package tikz Error: Cannot parse this coordinate.&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a mean to get that working ? If there isn't, do you have a simple method to calculate the coordinates of the box manually ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1637" LastEditorUserId="117" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-31T22:03:57.310" LastActivityDate="2010-10-31T22:03:57.310" Title="Fitting a list of points with TikZ and it's \foreach" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4752" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4749" CreationDate="2010-10-31T17:02:53.250" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To explain the alignment behavior: by this line&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}{@{}lcccc@{}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;you format the last column by &lt;code&gt;c@{}&lt;/code&gt;, removing the small space which would follow. But here&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;... &amp;amp; \multicolumn{1}{c}{female}\\&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;you would get this default space. That's the reason why the numbers and the word 'female' aren't aligned correctly. Change to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;... &amp;amp; \multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{female}\\&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and you will notice, that 'female', 12 and 1000 will become horizontally centered. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-10-31T17:02:53.250" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="4753" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4762" CreationDate="2010-10-31T17:11:07.980" Score="5" ViewCount="323" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am writing a report in Latex from a latex template given in my university. The text is in English but I need to have some Swedish characters there was well like ä, ö, å etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now the problem is that I was initially writing the whole report in one single .tex file. But now I have decided that it'll be more manageable to have separate files for each section. I had no problems with the above-mentioned swedish text with the single file but I get the following error in the latter case.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Latex Error: ./intro.tex:29 LaTeX Error: Command \textcurrency unavailable in encoding OT1&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why am I getting this? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1639" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-10-31T22:38:54.143" LastActivityDate="2010-10-31T22:38:54.143" Title="Latex: problem with foreign characters" Tags="&lt;errors&gt;&lt;encodings&gt;&lt;inputenc&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4754" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4751" CreationDate="2010-10-31T17:54:27.667" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Well, I had hoped there'd be a nicer way to do it, but there's nothing in the TikZ manual, so this is what I'd do:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{calc,fit}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\edef\points{}&#xA;\foreach \point [count=\i] in {(0,0),(0,2),(2,0),(2,2)} {&#xA;    \def\this{point-\i}&#xA;    \node[coordinate] (\this) at \point {} ;&#xA;    \fill (\this) circle (0.1) ;&#xA;    \xdef\points{(\this) \points}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\node (box) [draw=gray,dashed, inner sep=10pt,fit=\points] {};&#xA;\node (label) at (box.south) [below] { blah };&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you haven't seen &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt; before, it's like &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt;, except it expands the definition before assigning it; &lt;code&gt;\xdef&lt;/code&gt; is equivalent to &lt;code&gt;\global\edef&lt;/code&gt;, so its effects can escape the foreach.  Essentially, I just build up the list as you construct the points, and then use the result.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I also removed your manual counter and replaced it with the &lt;code&gt;[count=\i]&lt;/code&gt; option to &lt;code&gt;\foreach&lt;/code&gt;.  &lt;code&gt;\foreach&lt;/code&gt; actually has a lot of useful options; I recommend checking out section 51 of the TikZ &amp;amp; PGF manual.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1425" LastActivityDate="2010-10-31T17:54:27.667" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4755" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4751" CreationDate="2010-10-31T17:57:09.410" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Maybe this will do the job:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\newcounter{i}&#xA;\setcounter{i}{0}&#xA;\foreach \point in&#xA;{(0,0),(0,2),(2,0),(2,2)}&#xA;{&#xA;    \node[coordinate] (point-\arabic{i}) at \point { };&#xA;    \fill (point-\arabic{i}) circle (0.1);&#xA;    \stepcounter{i}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\path (current bounding box.south west) -- (current bounding box.south east)&#xA;node[midway, below] {blah}; &#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This example simply uses the current bounding box.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1418" LastActivityDate="2010-10-31T17:57:09.410" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4756" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4757" CreationDate="2010-10-31T20:15:44.103" Score="10" ViewCount="694" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've occasionally seen a negative (when a number is simply negative, not a subtraction), typeset as negative sign that's slightly skinnier and above the centre line of text. Is this proper notation for mathematics and how would one go about typesetting this in latex? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Edit&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I believe that calculators were what happened to give me this idea, couldn't find it in any of my math books. Thank you all for the help, it's much appreciated. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/8vwpP.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you 'Antal S-Z' for the photo link.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;However&lt;/strong&gt;, the question remains, how exactly would I typeset this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="142" LastEditorUserId="142" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-01T02:56:47.443" LastActivityDate="2010-11-01T15:49:24.627" Title="typesetting of negative versus minus" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="4757" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4756" CreationDate="2010-10-31T21:23:03.937" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;My understanding is that a negative sign is the same as a minus sign, but the spacing is different since it's a unary operator rather than a binary operator. You can see this in TeX: &lt;code&gt;$-x$&lt;/code&gt; has different spacing from &lt;code&gt;$y-x$&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure I can answer your question about it being proper, but I'll say that I've never seen mathematics typeset with a raised, smaller negative sign. (But take that with a grain of salt because most, but not all, math I read is typeset with LaTeX.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-01T00:15:02.533" LastActivityDate="2010-11-01T00:15:02.533" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="4758" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4761" CreationDate="2010-10-31T21:23:48.913" Score="6" ViewCount="353" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have just started working on my master's thesis with my universities latex template. It uses the 'article' document class for it. I have tweaked it here and there a bit to make it more to my liking. I wanted to change the way the section headers looked like to make it look better.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, I want to be able to change the font and font size, style etc. I would also like to add horizontal lines to give it more style. It would roughly look like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;-------------------&#xA;   INTRODUCTION&#xA;-------------------&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Well something with more decoration than the default style atleast. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can anyone tell me how can I make these changes? I would also be useful if I can find some already implemented section styles.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1639" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-20T14:48:12.997" LastActivityDate="2011-03-20T14:48:12.997" Title="Changing the section title style for an article document type" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;titlesec&gt;&lt;article&gt;&lt;sectsty&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4759" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4758" CreationDate="2010-10-31T21:29:01.460" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Have a look at the titlesec package. It comes with quite many features that are definitely useful for you. Also, if I remember correctly, there are examples of usage in the appendix of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/titlesec.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;documentation&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="632" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-01T11:43:34.613" LastActivityDate="2010-11-01T11:43:34.613" />
  <row Id="4760" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4756" CreationDate="2010-10-31T21:29:39.510" Score="-5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In equation environment: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Binary operation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;y-x&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Negative sign:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{}-x&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The later option generates extra space after the minus sign.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1641" LastActivityDate="2010-10-31T21:29:39.510" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4761" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4758" CreationDate="2010-10-31T21:30:46.293" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/titlesec/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;titlesec&lt;/a&gt; package or &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/sectsty/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;secsty&lt;/a&gt; might have the resources you need.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If it's a longer project, look at the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/memoir/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;memoir&lt;/a&gt; document class, which has more options, but will involve more work to conform to university guidelines.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a very quick &lt;code&gt;sectsty&lt;/code&gt; version of what you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{sectsty}&#xA;\sectionfont{%&#xA;\sectionrule{2ex}{1pt}{-1ex}{1pt}%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And to do roughly the same thing with &lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt; do the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{titlesec}&#xA;\titleformat{\section}&#xA;  {\titlerule%&#xA;  \normalfont\bfseries\Large}&#xA;  {\thesection}{1em}{}[\titlerule]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think I prefer the titlesec version, because titlesec is a better overall package, in my opinion. If you want to change the thickness of the titlerules here, the second one breaks if you add an argument to it. So put &lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\trule}{\titlerule[1pt]}&lt;/code&gt; or whatever thickness you want between the &lt;code&gt;\usepackage&lt;/code&gt; and the &lt;code&gt;\titleformat&lt;/code&gt; commands. Then replace each &lt;code&gt;\titlerule&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;\trule&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for a memoir version? Work it out yourself! The memoir documentation is excellent.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-01T13:46:24.780" LastActivityDate="2010-11-01T13:46:24.780" />
  <row Id="4762" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4753" CreationDate="2010-10-31T21:41:57.743" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;(Added comment as answer)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The file is encoded in UTF-8, but you didn't declare it as such. Add &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&lt;/code&gt; to the preamble. Seems that your editor used a different encoding for the subdocument files. Make sure to use the same encoding for the main file and all section files, and declare the encoding in the main file. Don't use the inputenc package in package files, they should be encoding-independent.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2010-10-31T21:41:57.743" />
  <row Id="4763" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="961" CreationDate="2010-11-01T00:50:56.370" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I finally managed to create a solution using &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/biblatex.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;biblatex&lt;/a&gt;. This package by default replaces recurring author or editor names with a dash, and the macros involved can be redefined to achieve &quot;grouping by author&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Set the &lt;code&gt;\bibnamesep&lt;/code&gt; length (which controls the spacing between different authors) to a positive value;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Redefine &lt;code&gt;\bibnamedash&lt;/code&gt; (which is invoked to typset the &quot;recurring&quot; dash) to do nothing;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Create a new macro &lt;code&gt;\authoryearpunct&lt;/code&gt; that a) starts a new line b) for this line, undoes the hanging indentation controlled by the &lt;code&gt;\bibhang&lt;/code&gt; length c) capitalizes the following string (e.g. &quot;Editor&quot;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Insert this macro at the appropriate places (whenever author/editor names are actually typeset);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Reformat the year (brackets instead of braces, no period).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Annotations like &quot;Editor&quot; and &quot;Translator&quot; will be typeset at the start of the new line, which accounts for the possibility that the same person is author of one cited work and editor/translator of another.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: Your style example includes no works with editor instead of author. That said, it should be possible to put the &quot;editor&quot; annotation &lt;em&gt;after&lt;/em&gt; the year (immediately before the title).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[style=authoryear]{biblatex}&#xA;&#xA;\setlength{\bibnamesep}{\baselineskip}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\bibnamedash}{}&#xA;\newcommand*{\authoryearpunct}{\\\hspace*{-\bibhang}\bibsentence}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\labelnamepunct}{\addspace}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;&#xA;\renewbibmacro*{date+extrayear}{%&#xA;  \iffieldundef{year}&#xA;    {}&#xA;%    {\printtext[parens]{\printdateextra}}}% DELETED&#xA;    {\printtext[brackets]{\printdateextra}}}% NEW&#xA;&#xA;\renewbibmacro*{author}{%&#xA;  \ifboolexpr{&#xA;    test \ifuseauthor&#xA;    and&#xA;    not test {\ifnameundef{author}}&#xA;  }&#xA;    {\usebibmacro{bbx:dashcheck}&#xA;       {\bibnamedash}&#xA;       {\usebibmacro{bbx:savehash}%&#xA;        \printnames{author}%&#xA;%   \iffieldundef{authortype}% DELETED&#xA;%     {\setunit{\addspace}}% DELETED&#xA;%     {\setunit{\addcomma\space}}}% DELETED&#xA;    \setunit{\authoryearpunct}}% NEW&#xA;     \iffieldundef{authortype}&#xA;       {}&#xA;       {\usebibmacro{authorstrg}%&#xA;    \setunit{\addspace}}}%&#xA;    {\global\undef\bbx@lasthash&#xA;     \usebibmacro{labeltitle}%&#xA;     \setunit*{\addspace}}%&#xA;  \usebibmacro{date+extrayear}}&#xA;&#xA;\renewbibmacro*{bbx:editor}[1]{%&#xA;  \ifboolexpr{&#xA;    test \ifuseeditor&#xA;    and&#xA;    not test {\ifnameundef{editor}}&#xA;  }&#xA;    {\usebibmacro{bbx:dashcheck}&#xA;       {\bibnamedash}&#xA;       {\printnames{editor}%&#xA;%   \setunit{\addcomma\space}% DELETED&#xA;    \setunit{\authoryearpunct}% NEW&#xA;    \usebibmacro{bbx:savehash}}%&#xA;     \usebibmacro{#1}%&#xA;     \clearname{editor}%&#xA;     \setunit{\addspace}}%&#xA;    {\global\undef\bbx@lasthash&#xA;     \usebibmacro{labeltitle}%&#xA;     \setunit*{\addspace}}%&#xA;  \usebibmacro{date+extrayear}}&#xA;&#xA;\renewbibmacro*{bbx:translator}[1]{%&#xA;  \ifboolexpr{&#xA;    test \ifusetranslator&#xA;    and&#xA;    not test {\ifnameundef{translator}}&#xA;  }&#xA;    {\usebibmacro{bbx:dashcheck}&#xA;       {\bibnamedash}&#xA;       {\printnames{translator}%&#xA;%   \setunit{\addcomma\space}% DELETED&#xA;    \setunit{\authoryearpunct}% NEW&#xA;    \usebibmacro{bbx:savehash}}%&#xA;     \usebibmacro{translator+othersstrg}%&#xA;     \clearname{translator}%&#xA;     \setunit{\addspace}}%&#xA;    {\global\undef\bbx@lasthash&#xA;     \usebibmacro{labeltitle}%&#xA;     \setunit*{\addspace}}%&#xA;  \usebibmacro{date+extrayear}}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.bib}&#xA;@misc{a01,&#xA;  author = {Author, A.},&#xA;  year = {2001},&#xA;  title = {Alpha},&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;@misc{a02,&#xA;  author = {Author, A.},&#xA;  year = {2002},&#xA;  title = {A title that goes to great lengthts in expounding the matter at hand and therefore doesn't fit into one line},&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;@misc{b03,&#xA;  editor = {Buthor, B.},&#xA;  year = {2003},&#xA;  title = {Bravo},&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\bibliography{\jobname}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\nocite{*}&#xA;&#xA;\printbibliography&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: Somehow this worked without the &lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&lt;/code&gt;-&lt;code&gt;\makeatother&lt;/code&gt; combo. Added nevertheless.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-07T20:54:55.737" LastActivityDate="2010-11-07T20:54:55.737" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4764" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-01T01:37:08.917" Score="1" ViewCount="277" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to use gnuplot 2d graphs in my latex document. I need to have a latex expression in the title of y-axis, for example $\langle \psi | \psi \rangle$ rotated vertically and centered at the axis.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;what would be the best way to do it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;can I use latex expressions in gnuplot? i know one can use greek symbols in gnuplot.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1643" LastActivityDate="2010-11-01T08:30:48.263" Title="axis labels for graphs" Tags="&lt;gnuplot&gt;&lt;rotating&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4765" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4773" CreationDate="2010-11-01T02:42:30.993" Score="11" ViewCount="544" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to print handouts of a beamer presentation. I am using psnup to a create a copy with multiple slides per pages. I notice that there is a lot of empty space on the top of each slide and the actual printed material takes a small proportion of the space alloted to each slide. Is there a way I can fix this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1645" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-01T07:20:38.517" LastActivityDate="2010-11-10T20:06:36.730" Title="printing beamer slides" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;presentations&gt;&lt;printing&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="6" />
  <row Id="4766" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4765" CreationDate="2010-11-01T02:52:32.213" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I found the solution in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/beamer/doc/beameruserguide.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;user guide&lt;/a&gt;, section 4.6.2. One has to use the pgfpages package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1645" LastActivityDate="2010-11-01T02:52:32.213" />
  <row Id="4767" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4764" CreationDate="2010-11-01T03:01:17.563" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A quick google search brought up &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gnuplot.info/files/tutorial.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this tutorial&lt;/a&gt;.  Depending on what type of plot you intend to make, you may also be able to use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/tag/gnuplot/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pgf/tikz interface&lt;/a&gt; to gnuplot.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I see now after more careful reading of your question that you are interested in rotated and centered text.  In that case, if you have a recent version of gnuplot, you can try the new &lt;code&gt;tikz&lt;/code&gt; terminal.  There is an example available &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/gnuplot-tikz-terminal/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastEditorUserId="396" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-01T03:56:06.237" LastActivityDate="2010-11-01T03:56:06.237" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4768" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-01T03:12:11.563" Score="2" ViewCount="239" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi all,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I recently have had the need to make a math array or a tabular expand to fill the page width.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The effect I am trying to achieve is that for one line on the page, half is aligned at the left, and the other at the right.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For instance, just now, the following has been giving be problems...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$$&#xA;\begin{array}{l r}    &#xA;  \phi_{CJ}^* = \Sum_{SV} \psi_{CSJV} = P(S) P(S|V,C,S,J) &amp;amp; \text{(no summation on S or V which are in evidence.)}    &#xA;\end{array}&#xA;$$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The desired effect is that the first cell is aligned on the left margin, and the second is aligned on the right margin. Instead, the array is centred, with no space between the cells.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Many thanks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1646" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-01T11:28:35.110" LastActivityDate="2010-11-01T16:31:32.953" Title="Expand tabular/array to page width" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;align&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4769" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4768" CreationDate="2010-11-01T04:06:02.390" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Since you only want a single line set this way, the following works:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\hbox to \textwidth{$\displaystyle \phi_{CJ}^* = \sum_{SV}&#xA;   \psi_{CSJV} = P(S) P(S|V,C,S,J)$ \hfill&#xA;   (no summation on $S$ or $V$ which are in evidence.)}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That is, set it as an hbox of length the width of the text, and put stretchable glue between the two expressions so that this is the part that gets stretch. The &lt;code&gt;\displaystyle&lt;/code&gt; is to ensure that it is typeset as in a displayed equation rather than as an in-line equation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="491" LastActivityDate="2010-11-01T04:06:02.390" />
  <row Id="4770" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4768" CreationDate="2010-11-01T04:11:14.133" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;With the &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; package, use the flalign or flalign* environment:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{flalign*}&#xA;   \phi_{CJ}^* = \sum_{SV} \psi_{CSJV} = P(S) P(S|V,C,S,J) &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp; \text{(no summation on S or V which are in evidence.)}    &#xA;\end{flalign*} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastEditorUserId="396" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-01T16:31:32.953" LastActivityDate="2010-11-01T16:31:32.953" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4771" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4783" CreationDate="2010-11-01T08:04:09.337" Score="7" ViewCount="322" Body="&lt;p&gt;The amssymb package has a binary relation symbol named &quot;\between&quot;, which I have never come across. What is it used for? I found out from a compiler error when I tried to define a symbol named that way myself, and I am now wondering whether it is a symbol I could use for my purpose.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Dos3K.png&quot; alt=&quot;\between&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1648" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-01T14:32:58.290" LastActivityDate="2010-11-01T19:35:43.910" Title="What is the symbol $\between$ used for?" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;amsmath&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="4772" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4764" CreationDate="2010-11-01T08:30:48.263" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Think about using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/pgfplots&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pgfplots&lt;/a&gt; package for your plots. It uses Gnuplot as back-end.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-11-01T08:30:48.263" />
  <row Id="4773" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4765" CreationDate="2010-11-01T09:02:22.430" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use the following preamble, making use of the package &lt;strong&gt;handoutWithNotes&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% \documentclass{beamer}&#xA;% \usepackage{beamerthemeclassic}&#xA;% \documentclass[handout]{beamer}&#xA;% \mode&amp;lt;presentation&amp;gt;&#xA;% {&#xA;%    \usetheme{classic}&#xA;% }&#xA;%  Leaving the lines above commented and uncommenting the following&#xA;%  produces slides four to a page, with or without space for notes;&#xA;%  the selection is made with the command&#xA;%&#xA;%      \pgfpagesuselayout{...}&#xA;%&#xA;%  a few lines below.&#xA;\documentclass[handout]{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage{handoutWithNotes}&#xA;%&#xA;%  Load other packages you may need here&#xA;% &#xA;% \pgfpagesuselayout{4 on 1}[a4paper,landscape,border shrink=5mm&#xA;\pgfpagesuselayout{4 on 1 with notes}[a4paper,border shrink=5mm]&#xA;%&#xA;% .....&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It produces rather nicely formatted output four slides to a page, either in landscape&#xA;format or in portrait format, with space for notes --something my students like.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Look to the blog of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.guidodiepen.nl/2009/07/creating-latex-beamer-handouts-with-notes/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Guido Diepen&lt;/a&gt; for more info and an example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="750" LastActivityDate="2010-11-01T09:02:22.430" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4774" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4771" CreationDate="2010-11-01T09:04:50.823" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Never came across this symbol. It might be used for intersections in set theory or cut sets in graph theory.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-11-01T09:04:50.823" />
  <row Id="4775" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4765" CreationDate="2010-11-01T09:07:34.270" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I second the use of &lt;code&gt;pgfpages&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;psnup&lt;/code&gt;.  To make the slides more clearly delimited, I use a variation of the &lt;code&gt;4 on 1&lt;/code&gt; style that puts a border around each frame.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a minimal working example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[handout]{beamer}&#xA;&#xA;\mode&amp;lt;handout&amp;gt;&#xA;{&#xA;  \usepackage{pgf}&#xA;  \usepackage{pgfpages}&#xA;&#xA;\pgfpagesdeclarelayout{4 on 1 boxed}&#xA;{&#xA;  \edef\pgfpageoptionheight{\the\paperheight} &#xA;  \edef\pgfpageoptionwidth{\the\paperwidth}&#xA;  \edef\pgfpageoptionborder{0pt}&#xA;}&#xA;{&#xA;  \pgfpagesphysicalpageoptions&#xA;  {%&#xA;    logical pages=4,%&#xA;    physical height=\pgfpageoptionheight,%&#xA;    physical width=\pgfpageoptionwidth%&#xA;  }&#xA;  \pgfpageslogicalpageoptions{1}&#xA;  {%&#xA;    border code=\pgfsetlinewidth{2pt}\pgfstroke,%&#xA;    border shrink=\pgfpageoptionborder,%&#xA;    resized width=.5\pgfphysicalwidth,%&#xA;    resized height=.5\pgfphysicalheight,%&#xA;    center=\pgfpoint{.25\pgfphysicalwidth}{.75\pgfphysicalheight}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \pgfpageslogicalpageoptions{2}&#xA;  {%&#xA;    border code=\pgfsetlinewidth{2pt}\pgfstroke,%&#xA;    border shrink=\pgfpageoptionborder,%&#xA;    resized width=.5\pgfphysicalwidth,%&#xA;    resized height=.5\pgfphysicalheight,%&#xA;    center=\pgfpoint{.75\pgfphysicalwidth}{.75\pgfphysicalheight}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \pgfpageslogicalpageoptions{3}&#xA;  {%&#xA;    border code=\pgfsetlinewidth{2pt}\pgfstroke,%&#xA;    border shrink=\pgfpageoptionborder,%&#xA;    resized width=.5\pgfphysicalwidth,%&#xA;    resized height=.5\pgfphysicalheight,%&#xA;    center=\pgfpoint{.25\pgfphysicalwidth}{.25\pgfphysicalheight}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \pgfpageslogicalpageoptions{4}&#xA;  {%&#xA;    border code=\pgfsetlinewidth{2pt}\pgfstroke,%&#xA;    border shrink=\pgfpageoptionborder,%&#xA;    resized width=.5\pgfphysicalwidth,%&#xA;    resized height=.5\pgfphysicalheight,%&#xA;    center=\pgfpoint{.75\pgfphysicalwidth}{.25\pgfphysicalheight}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;  \pgfpagesuselayout{4 on 1 boxed}[a4paper, border shrink=5mm, landscape]&#xA;  \nofiles&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;Frame One&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;Frame Two&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;Frame Three&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;Frame Four&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which produces:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/15yYi.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(In my &lt;em&gt;actual&lt;/em&gt; documents, I have that page layout saved in a style file which gets loaded between loading &lt;code&gt;pgfpages&lt;/code&gt; and the &lt;code&gt;\pgfpagesuselayout&lt;/code&gt; command.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastEditorUserId="86" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-10T20:06:36.730" LastActivityDate="2010-11-10T20:06:36.730" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4776" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4771" CreationDate="2010-11-01T09:16:09.580" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have never seen it before so I'm not sure where it comes up. That said, as long as you define your symbols, you can use them for whatever purpose you want. People might be confused if you redefine + as -, but I suspect that &lt;code&gt;\between&lt;/code&gt; is sufficiently specialized that you can repurpose it as you wish.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-11-01T09:16:09.580" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4777" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4756" CreationDate="2010-11-01T09:25:05.493" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is an example, but you still have to distinguish between unary and binary minus manually:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{xparse}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\NewDocumentCommand{\raisedminus}{m}{%&#xA;  \raisebox{0.2em}{$\m@th#1{-}$}%&#xA;}&#xA;\NewDocumentCommand{\unaryminus}{}{%&#xA;  \mathbin{%&#xA;    \mathchoice{%&#xA;      \raisedminus\scriptstyle&#xA;    }{%&#xA;      \raisedminus\scriptstyle&#xA;    }{%&#xA;      \raisedminus\scriptscriptstyle&#xA;    }{%&#xA;      \raisedminus\scriptscriptstyle&#xA;    }%&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;$\unaryminus 3 - 4$&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2010-11-01T09:25:05.493" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4778" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4756" CreationDate="2010-11-01T11:47:56.800" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is a LuaLaTeX approach that discovers unary minuses automatically (but the &lt;code&gt;\raisebox&lt;/code&gt; doesn't work for a reason I don't understand):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{luatextra}&#xA;\usepackage{xparse}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\NewDocumentCommand{\raisedminus}{m}{%&#xA;  \raisebox{0.2em}{$\m@th#1{-}$}%&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\newsavebox{\scriptraisedminus}&#xA;\sbox{\scriptraisedminus}{\raisedminus{\scriptstyle}}&#xA;\newsavebox{\scriptscriptraisedminus}&#xA;\sbox{\scriptscriptraisedminus}{\raisedminus{\scriptscriptstyle}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{luacode}&#xA;local unary_minus = node.new(15)&#xA;unary_minus.display = node.new(16, 0)&#xA;unary_minus.display.nucleus = node.new(32)&#xA;unary_minus.display.nucleus.list = node.copy_list(tex.getbox(\number\scriptraisedminus))&#xA;unary_minus.text = node.new(16, 0)&#xA;unary_minus.text.nucleus = node.new(32)&#xA;unary_minus.text.nucleus.list = node.copy_list(tex.getbox(\number\scriptraisedminus))&#xA;unary_minus.script = node.new(16, 0)&#xA;unary_minus.script.nucleus = node.new(32)&#xA;unary_minus.script.nucleus.list = node.copy_list(tex.getbox(\number\scriptscriptraisedminus))&#xA;unary_minus.scriptscript = node.new(16, 0)&#xA;unary_minus.scriptscript.nucleus = node.new(32)&#xA;unary_minus.scriptscript.nucleus.list = node.copy_list(tex.getbox(\number\scriptscriptraisedminus))&#xA;&#xA;function is_bin_conv_to_ord(v, p)&#xA;  if not v or v.id \string~= 16 or v.subtype \string~= 4 then return false end&#xA;  if not p then return true end&#xA;  if p.id == 16 and ((p.subtype &amp;gt;= 1 and p.subtype &amp;lt;= 6) or p.subtype == 8) then return true end&#xA;  local n = v.next&#xA;  if q and q.id == 16 and (q.subtype == 5 or q.subtype == 7 or q.subtype == 8) then return true end&#xA;  return false&#xA;end&#xA;&#xA;function replace_unary_minus(head, displaytype, need_penalties)&#xA;  local p = nil&#xA;  local v = head&#xA;  while v do&#xA;    if is_bin_conv_to_ord(v, p) then&#xA;      local n = v.nucleus&#xA;      if n and n.id == 31 and n.fam == 2 and n.char == 0 then&#xA;        node.insert_after(head, v, node.copy(unary_minus))&#xA;        head, w = node.remove(head, v)&#xA;      end&#xA;    end&#xA;    p = v&#xA;    v = v.next&#xA;  end&#xA;  return node.mlist_to_hlist(head, displaytype, need_penalties)&#xA;end&#xA;&#xA;luatexbase.add_to_callback(&quot;mlist_to_hlist&quot;, replace_unary_minus, &quot;replace_unary_minus&quot;)&#xA;\end{luacode}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;$-3 - 4$&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2010-11-01T11:47:56.800" />
  <row Id="4779" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4781" CreationDate="2010-11-01T13:11:54.853" Score="4" ViewCount="397" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I change font family (and size) for footnotes? Would be great to see a small example. Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1449" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-01T14:38:12.340" LastActivityDate="2010-11-01T15:32:47.177" Title="How to change font family in footnote?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;footnotes&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4780" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4779" CreationDate="2010-11-01T13:40:19.797" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure whether this is a good idea, but to change the size of the footnote to (for example) &lt;code&gt;Large&lt;/code&gt; put this in your preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\footnotesize\Large&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Changing the font family is, I think, a little trickier.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2010-11-01T13:40:19.797" />
  <row Id="4781" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4779" CreationDate="2010-11-01T13:47:00.140" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Footnotes are typeset using (surprise) &lt;code&gt;\footnotesize&lt;/code&gt; and the current font family. With the standard document classes, you may change this to, say, &lt;code&gt;\small\sffamily&lt;/code&gt; by partially redefining the &lt;code&gt;\@footnotetext&lt;/code&gt; command (Note: I'm using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/etoolbox.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;etoolbox&lt;/a&gt; package for convenience):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{etoolbox}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\patchcmd{\@footnotetext}{\footnotesize}{\small\sffamily}{}{}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\blindtext\footnote{\blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A small drawback of this solution is that the footnote label is not affected by these changes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/koma-script.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;KOMA-Script&lt;/a&gt;-classes allow for a more elegant solution without the drawback mentioned above:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrartcl}&#xA;&#xA;\addtokomafont{footnote}{\small\sffamily}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\blindtext\footnote{\blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: As Vincenzo pointed out, using the &lt;code&gt;footmisc&lt;/code&gt; package is also possible:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{footmisc}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\footnotelayout}{\small\sffamily}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This works with standard and KOMA-Script-classes, but also has the drawback that it won't affect the footnote label.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-01T15:04:45.797" LastActivityDate="2010-11-01T15:04:45.797" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4782" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4652" CreationDate="2010-11-01T14:51:26.497" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A minimal example would have been appreciated. ;-) (I'm working with the standard biblatex styles and didn't know about biblatex-apa's &lt;code&gt;\DeclareLanguageMapping&lt;/code&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I regard the following solution as rather &quot;hackish&quot; because a) I don't know the functioning of this particular &lt;code&gt;\textcite&lt;/code&gt; command b) other commands besides &lt;code&gt;\textcite&lt;/code&gt; might be in need of change as well c) the additional &lt;code&gt;\printtext[bibhyperref]&lt;/code&gt; wrappers seem to point at the right entry in the bibliography, but that was only luck on my part. In the long run, you should send a feature request to Philip Kime, the author of biblatex-apa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[american]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage[style=apa]{biblatex}&#xA;\usepackage{csquotes}&#xA;\DeclareLanguageMapping{american}{american-apa}&#xA;\usepackage[colorlinks=true]{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareCiteCommand{\textcite}&#xA;  {\usebibmacro{cite:init}%&#xA;   \usebibmacro{prenote}}&#xA;  {\usebibmacro{citeindex}%&#xA;   \printtext[bibhyperref]{\usebibmacro{textcite}}}%&#xA;  {}&#xA;  {\iffieldundef{postnote}&#xA;     {\ifbool{cbx:parens}&#xA;%        {\bibrightparen}% DELETED&#xA;        {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\bibrightparen}}% NEW&#xA;  {}}&#xA;%     {\ifbool{cbx:parens}% DELETED (FOR POSTNOTE)&#xA;     {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\ifbool{cbx:parens}% NEW (FOR POSTNOTE)&#xA;        {\postnotedelim}&#xA;  {\addspace\bibleftparen}%&#xA;%      \printfield{postnote}\bibrightparen}}% DELETED (FOR POSTNOTE)&#xA;      \printfield{postnote}\bibrightparen}}}% NEW (FOR POSTNOTE)&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.bib}&#xA;@misc{a01,&#xA;  author = {Author, A.},&#xA;  year = {2001},&#xA;  title = {Alpha},&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;@misc{b02,&#xA;  author = {Buthor, B.},&#xA;  year = {2002},&#xA;  title = {Bravo},&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\bibliography{\jobname}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Some Text \textcite{a01}. Some more text \textcite[A postnote]{b02}.&#xA;&#xA;\printbibliography&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-11-01T14:51:26.497" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4783" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4771" CreationDate="2010-11-01T14:56:47.757" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I found it in the Journal of Combinatorial Optimization (2007) 13:217-221, February 14, 2007: &#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.springerlink.com/content/56158127758l2h55/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;A 2-approximation for the preceding-and-crossing structured 2-interval pattern problem&lt;/a&gt;. There the expression &lt;code&gt;\{&amp;lt;,\between\}&lt;/code&gt; has been used, as can be seen in the abstract.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Regarding intervals, &lt;code&gt;\between&lt;/code&gt; &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/quPya.png&quot; alt=&quot;\between&quot;&gt; may stand for a crossing/overlapping relation like &amp;lt; for a precedence order and kind of a subset symbol for inclusion/nesting. See also &lt;a href=&quot;http://portal.acm.org/citation.cfm?id=1290263&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Extracting constrained 2-interval subsets in 2-interval sets&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In such difficult cases, the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.latexsearch.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX search engine&lt;/a&gt; of Springer is a useful tool.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-01T19:35:43.910" LastActivityDate="2010-11-01T19:35:43.910" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="4784" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9340" CreationDate="2010-11-01T15:00:26.333" Score="12" ViewCount="494" Body="&lt;p&gt;Below is a short program that can use &lt;code&gt;\meaning&lt;/code&gt; and  &lt;code&gt;\string&lt;/code&gt; to let a combination of LaTeX and TeX commands to print out the listing of macros. Unsurprisingly (nothing can surprise me with TeX any more), the command can also list its own listing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\parindent0pt&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\def\reflect{\@star@or@long\accommand}&#xA;\fboxrule=0.0pt&#xA;&#xA;\def\accommand#1{\framebox[4cm][l]{\color{red} &#xA;     {\tt\string#1:}} %&#xA;     \parbox[t]{7cm}{\tt\expandafter\strip@prefix\meaning#1}} &#xA;&#xA;\reflect{\reflect}\\&#xA;\reflect{\listoffigures}\\&#xA;\reflect{\section}\\&#xA;\reflect*{\thispagestyle}\\&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am contemplating to turn this into a package, where one can say&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\reflect{command1, command2, command3}&lt;/code&gt; and obtain a listing of the control sequences. Am I duplicating any package you know? Is there another approach than the above? Code fails in mathmode for example &lt;code&gt;\reflect{\gamma}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-07T11:50:09.710" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T14:08:56.883" Title="Introspection and reflection with LaTeX/TeX macros" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;strings&gt;&lt;introspection&gt;&lt;reflection&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="11" FavoriteCount="5" />
  <row Id="4785" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4915" CreationDate="2010-11-01T15:20:38.907" Score="7" ViewCount="262" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I'm adding &lt;code&gt;\tableofcontents&lt;/code&gt; to my document the PDF generated contains a nice list of sections/subsections on the left side, when viewed in Adobe Acrobat (I also use &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; package). Everything is fine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But now I don't need this TOC to be visible in the document, but I want to keep it visible in the PDF. When I'm deleting &lt;code&gt;\tableofcontents&lt;/code&gt; from the document it disappears in the PDF as well. How to solve it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ps. Maybe this is the problem (my log)?:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Package hyperref Warning: Option `bookmarks' has already been used,&#xA;(hyperref)                setting the option has no effect on input line 33.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1449" LastEditorUserId="1449" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-01T15:43:39.063" LastActivityDate="2010-11-04T11:07:19.380" Title="How to enforce generation of PDF table of contents?" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;table-of-contents&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4786" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4793" CreationDate="2010-11-01T15:30:14.603" Score="5" ViewCount="254" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to change a vertical interval between &lt;code&gt;\bibitem&lt;/code&gt;-s in my bibliography section. Now it is the same as in the document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;[...]&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\setlength{\parskip}{0.3cm}&#xA;[...]&#xA;\bibliographystyle{apalike}&#xA;\bibliography{my-bib-file}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like to set it to &lt;code&gt;0.1cm&lt;/code&gt;. Is it possible?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1449" LastActivityDate="2010-11-01T18:09:16.107" Title="How to change \parskip in bibliography section?" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="4787" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4779" CreationDate="2010-11-01T15:32:47.177" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to your comment, I'll answer not the question you asked, but what I think is the &quot;right question&quot; in this case, namely: &quot;how to I change the default font for a (portion of a) document?&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The answer is: change the definitions of the various &lt;code&gt;\stuffdefault&lt;/code&gt; macros---for a complete list of the possible values of &lt;code&gt;stuff&lt;/code&gt;, see section 41.2 in source2e.pdf (try &lt;code&gt;texdoc source2e&lt;/code&gt; to access this document). As an example, in this case I guess you want to do&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand\familydefault{\sfdefault}&#xA;\renewcommand\sfdefault{phv}&#xA;\normalfont&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Beware, the value for &lt;code&gt;\familydefault&lt;/code&gt; is a &lt;em&gt;command&lt;/em&gt;, while the value for all other macros are only letters (without backslash) that will be used to form the complete logical name of the font. (Actually, it could be only letters too, but the use of a command provides an additional level of indirection that is usually welcome.) The final &lt;code&gt;\normalfont&lt;/code&gt; command ensures that the modifications take effect immediately.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1239" LastActivityDate="2010-11-01T15:32:47.177" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4788" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4785" CreationDate="2010-11-01T15:34:12.573" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A simple way would be to use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/pdfpages&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;pdfpages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package or a tool like &lt;a href=&quot;http://www2.warwick.ac.uk/fac/sci/statistics/staff/academic/firth/software/pdfjam/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pdfjam&lt;/a&gt; to remove the table of contents page(s) from the pdf file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Other solutions involving modification of macros such as &lt;code&gt;\tableofcontents&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\contentsline&lt;/code&gt; require to know which document class you are using.&#xA;And of course you may create pdf bookmarks using &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; commands yourself instead of using &lt;code&gt;\tableofcontents&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-11-01T15:34:12.573" />
  <row Id="4789" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4785" CreationDate="2010-11-01T15:38:51.653" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's a hack:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newsavebox{\discard}&#xA;\sbox{\discard}{\vbox{\tableofcontents}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The tableofcontents is generated and saved but never inserted into the document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I just read @lockstep's comment; you may not need any of this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-11-01T15:38:51.653" />
  <row Id="4790" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10465" CreationDate="2010-11-01T15:47:36.283" Score="12" ViewCount="308" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a place where I can find a reference of LaTeX internal commands? For example, just a few months ago I saw &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/48/how-can-i-specify-a-long-list-of-math-operators/327#327&quot;&gt;an answer using &lt;code&gt;\@for&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; and today I found about &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/4784/169&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;\@star@or@long&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. Is there a place where these are documented? How did people using these commands learn about them?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-01T16:09:50.703" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T11:36:38.343" Title="Documentation reference for LaTeX internal commands?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;latex-general&gt;&lt;documentation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="4791" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4756" CreationDate="2010-11-01T15:49:24.627" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'll throw in a few thoughts to answer the part &quot;Is this proper notation for mathematics&quot; of the question. First of all: No, it's not proper. One reason, as others have observed before me: It's just never used, except in school textbooks where they have to distiguish two different keys on the calculator keyboard. So, if you type a manual for a calculator, you can use Philipp's &lt;code&gt;\unaryminus&lt;/code&gt;. (And otherwise you shouldn't use it.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The second reason: Try to use the symbol in handwriting. Will you really manage to write it in a way that it is always clear which of two minus symbols is meant? At least I wouldn't. I think this is one of the reasons why in mathematics there is just this one minus sign.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I can't answer is why they have two different keys on the calculator. Maybe it was for simplifying the programming in the early days, or it's for didactic reason; I don't know.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2010-11-01T15:49:24.627" />
  <row Id="4792" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4771" CreationDate="2010-11-01T15:56:03.183" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try Google Code search:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.google.com/codesearch?hl=en&amp;amp;lr=&amp;amp;q=%5C%5Cbetween%5Cb+lang%3Atex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.google.com/codesearch?hl=en&amp;amp;lr=&amp;amp;q=%5C%5Cbetween%5Cb+lang%3Atex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1654" LastActivityDate="2010-11-01T15:56:03.183" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4793" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4786" CreationDate="2010-11-01T16:05:05.653" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Preliminary remark: If you want to change the spacing between paragraphs, use the &lt;a href=&quot;ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/parskip.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;parskip&lt;/a&gt; package or a &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/koma-script.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;KOMA-Script&lt;/a&gt;-classs - simply changing the &lt;code&gt;\parskip&lt;/code&gt; length may have adverse affects.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As the bibliography is a (special) list environment, it shouldn't be affected by &lt;code&gt;\parskip&lt;/code&gt; - maybe its vertical spacing is accidentally about 0.3cm.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Having said all that, the following works for me:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{natbib}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.bib}&#xA;@misc{a01,&#xA;  author = {Author, A.},&#xA;  year = {2001},&#xA;  title = {Alpha},&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;@misc{b02,&#xA;  author = {Buthor, B.},&#xA;  year = {2002},&#xA;  title = {Bravo},&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;% Changing vertical spacing in the bibliography&#xA;% Alternative A&#xA;% \usepackage{etoolbox}&#xA;% \patchcmd{\thebibliography}{\sloppy}{\itemsep 0.1cm \parsep 0pt \sloppy}{}{}&#xA;% Alternative B&#xA;\setlength{\bibsep}{0.1cm}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\nocite{*}&#xA;&#xA;\bibliographystyle{apalike}&#xA;\bibliography{\jobname}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If it doesn't work for you, also provide a minimal example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: Code example changed in order to work for &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT2: Why not simply change the &lt;code&gt;\bibsep&lt;/code&gt; length?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-01T16:38:09.243" LastActivityDate="2010-11-01T16:38:09.243" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="4794" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4790" CreationDate="2010-11-01T16:06:33.890" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I guess &lt;code&gt;texdoc source2e&lt;/code&gt; is the answer to many of your questions. Both the macro's you mentioned are discussed in the manual, which is basically a documented source of LaTeX2e.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for learning these commands, it's reading existing packages, reading the documentation and reading tex.stackexchange.com. At least it is for me :).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="210" LastActivityDate="2010-11-01T16:06:33.890" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4795" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4746" CreationDate="2010-11-01T16:26:00.700" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've been playing around with this in plain-tex and wondered how do you feel about this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;span $&#xA;  \def\svdots{\lower1pt\hbox{$\smash\vdots$}}&#xA;  \def\sddots{\lower1pt\hbox{$\smash\ddots$}}&#xA;\{&#xA;  \pmatrix{1\cr       \svdots\cr  \svdots\cr  1\cr        1},&#xA;  \pmatrix{0\cr       1\cr        \svdots\cr  \svdots\cr  1},&#xA;  \pmatrix{0\cr       0\cr        1\cr        \svdots\cr  1}&#xA;  \matrix {\cdots\cr  \cr         \sddots\cr  \sddots\cr  \cdots\cr}&#xA;  \pmatrix{0\cr       \svdots\cr  \svdots\cr  0\cr        1}&#xA;\}$&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://imgur.com/8mNq7.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; title=&quot;Hosted by imgur.com&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastEditorUserId="1410" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-02T15:59:51.557" LastActivityDate="2010-11-02T15:59:51.557" />
  <row Id="4796" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5024" CreationDate="2010-11-01T16:40:47.870" Score="4" ViewCount="171" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using LyX to describe algorithms. A common scenario is that I have a snippet of pseudo code (in a float, for example) and a block of text which makes references to keywords in that pseudo code. The listings package can do this, I think, but I recall having trouble using math notation, like subscripts,  with listings. On the other hand, I have not been able to find how to use the algorithms package inline.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1362" LastEditorUserId="711" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-02T07:20:55.333" LastActivityDate="2010-11-06T21:16:32.847" Title="Which package for In-line and float algorithms?" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;listings&gt;&lt;algorithms&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="4797" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4802" CreationDate="2010-11-01T16:46:16.413" Score="5" ViewCount="436" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to have beamer slides where the change between one slide and the next is that the standard itemize symbol is replaced by a tick or a cross. My first attempt:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{itemize}&#xA;\item[\onslide&amp;lt;2-&amp;gt;{\tick}] Foo&#xA;\item[\onslide&amp;lt;3-&amp;gt;{\cross}] Bar&#xA;\item[\onslide&amp;lt;4-&amp;gt;{\tick}] Foo, again.&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately this doesn't quite work, since the normal item symbol isn't there (that is, there is nothing to the left of each item until the tick or cross appears). So I want to do something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{itemize}&#xA;\item[\only&amp;lt;1&amp;gt;{\normalsymbol}\only&amp;lt;2-&amp;gt;{\tick}] Foo&#xA;\item[\only&amp;lt;1-2&amp;gt;{\normalsymbol}\only&amp;lt;3-&amp;gt;{\cross}] Bar&#xA;\item[\only&amp;lt;1-3&amp;gt;{\normalsymbol}\only&amp;lt;4-&amp;gt;{\tick}] Foo, again.&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At the moment I've just found the inner theme I'm using and copied the code that defines the itemize symbol and done a &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt;. But this is not all that satisfactory, since if I want to change innerthemes, I'll have to redefine it. So for my current theme (Dresden) I have:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\normalsymbol}{\scriptsize\raise1.25pt\hbox{\donotcoloroutermaths$\blacktriangleright$}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So my question has two parts: is there a command that holds the current inner theme's item symbol? And, is there a better way to achieve what I want? I'm particularly fond of using &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;+-&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; when I can, so I can add items without changing all the numbers...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To reiterate, what the above code is supposed to do is have all the items appear on the first slide. Then on each progressive slide, the itemize symbol is replaced by a tick or a cross, depending on whether I like the item or not. The code above does what I want, but it's unsatisfactory because (1) the &lt;code&gt;\normalsymbol&lt;/code&gt; macro has to be set by hand and (2) the slide transitions have to be specified explicitly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-02T10:53:45.067" LastActivityDate="2010-11-03T18:14:09.503" Title="beamer, how to explicitly call the &quot;normal itemize icon&quot;" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;itemize&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="4798" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4745" CreationDate="2010-11-01T17:02:23.960" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't think it is possible without modifying pgf.  The problem is that pgf reads the &lt;code&gt;.table&lt;/code&gt; file generated by gnuplot using the &lt;code&gt;\pgfplotxyfile&lt;/code&gt; command, which ignores everything except the first two numbers on each line, and ignores empty lines.  You would have to change that so that each empty line in the &lt;code&gt;.table&lt;/code&gt; file would end current plotstream and start a new plotstream. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I wonder if simply changing the definition of &lt;code&gt;\pgfplotxyfile&lt;/code&gt; would be enough, or if that would break anything else.  It would be probably safer to define new command, &lt;code&gt;\pgfplotxyfilewithbreaks&lt;/code&gt;, and write a new plot handler, based on the gnuplot one but replacing calls to &lt;code&gt;\pgfplotxyfile&lt;/code&gt; by &lt;code&gt;\pgfplotxyfilewithbreaks&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2010-11-01T17:02:23.960" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4799" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4800" CreationDate="2010-11-01T17:30:03.317" Score="5" ViewCount="437" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am looking for a package to have an environment for C++ source code, with options for syntax highlighting, automatic indentation, proper multipage behavior, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I read something about the listings package but I guess there is already a good solution to my problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="827" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-15T09:52:16.483" LastActivityDate="2010-11-15T09:52:16.483" Title="Package to indent and syntax highlight C++ code" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;listings&gt;&lt;minted&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="4800" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4799" CreationDate="2010-11-01T17:37:47.617" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/pkg/listings&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; is the de facto standard for source code inclusion. It supports highlighting and its multipage behaviour should be alright.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another option is &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/pkg/minted&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;minted&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, it is a bit harder to use but more powerful. You do get dependent on external software though (Pygments), it's not as cross-platform as just using a package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why do you want automatic indentation? I assume you are inputting existing files, they already should have good indentation according to a standard. It is a lot harder to accomplish this in a package, you'd have to write a full-blown parser for your language of choice and support all different indentation schemes, maybe Pygments can help you there, but I have never heard of this behaviour in TeX before.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="210" LastEditorUserId="210" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-01T17:59:07.740" LastActivityDate="2010-11-01T17:59:07.740" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4801" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4786" CreationDate="2010-11-01T17:48:38.113" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is probably you need:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=compactbib&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=compactbib&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first way is by using package &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/natbib.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;natbib&lt;/a&gt; and changing the length of &lt;code&gt;\bibsep&lt;/code&gt;,&#xA;and the second way is by redefinition of &lt;code&gt;\thebibliography&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1655" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-01T18:09:16.107" LastActivityDate="2010-11-01T18:09:16.107" />
  <row Id="4802" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4797" CreationDate="2010-11-01T18:11:49.560" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For the first, beamer uses templates (&lt;code&gt;itemize item&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;itemize subitem&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;itemize subsubitem&lt;/code&gt;) to typeset the item symbol.  See the section &quot;Itemizations, Enumerations, and Descriptions&quot; (11.1 in my version) in the beamer manual.  If you read the source files &lt;code&gt;beamerinnerthemedefault.sty&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;beamerbaseauxtemplates.sty&lt;/code&gt; you can see the syntax for declaring other choices for this template.  So to define ticks (by which I understand checkmarks) and cross item icons you can do something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{pifont}&#xA;\defbeamertemplate{itemize item}{cross}{\scriptsize\raise1.25pt\hbox{\donotcoloroutermaths\ding{54}}}&#xA;\defbeamertemplate{itemize subitem}{cross}{\tiny\raise1.25pt\hbox{\donotcoloroutermaths\ding{54}}}&#xA;\defbeamertemplate{itemize subsubitem}{cross}{\tiny\raise1.25pt\hbox{\donotcoloroutermaths\ding{54}}}&#xA;&#xA;\defbeamertemplate{itemize item}{tick}{\scriptsize\raise1.25pt\hbox{\donotcoloroutermaths\ding{52}}}&#xA;\defbeamertemplate{itemize subitem}{tick}{\tiny\raise1.25pt\hbox{\donotcoloroutermaths\ding{52}}}&#xA;\defbeamertemplate{itemize subsubitem}{tick}{\tiny\raise1.25pt\hbox{\donotcoloroutermaths\ding{52}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then if you wanted to make those icons the default you would just do:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setbeamertemplate{itemize item}[cross] % and so on.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But to use your custom icons to highlight the current item you can do this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\useinnertheme{rectangles}% or whatever inner theme you want&#xA;&#xA;% template defs from above&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newenvironment{crossenv}{%&#xA;  \only{%&#xA;    \beamer@computepref\@itemdepth% sets \beameritemnestingprefix&#xA;    \setbeamertemplate{itemize \beameritemnestingprefix item}[cross]&#xA;  }% overlay/action specification gets added here by beamer&#xA;}{%&#xA;}&#xA;\newenvironment{tickenv}{%&#xA;  \only{%&#xA;    \beamer@computepref\@itemdepth% sets \beameritemnestingprefix&#xA;    \setbeamertemplate{itemize \beameritemnestingprefix item}[tick]&#xA;  }% overlay/action specification gets added here by beamer&#xA;}{%&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother  &#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}{Single list}&#xA;  \begin{itemize}&#xA;    \item&amp;lt;1- | tick@+-&amp;gt; foo&#xA;    \item&amp;lt;1- | cross@+-&amp;gt; bar&#xA;    \item&amp;lt;1- | tick@+-&amp;gt; foo, again&#xA;  \end{itemize}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}{Nested lists}&#xA;  \begin{itemize}[&amp;lt;1-| cross@+&amp;gt;]&#xA;    \item foo&#xA;    \item bar&#xA;      \begin{itemize}&#xA;        \item bar one &#xA;        \item bar none&#xA;          \begin{itemize}&#xA;            \item bar who?&#xA;            \item bar none&#xA;          \end{itemize}&#xA;      \end{itemize}&#xA;    \item baz&#xA;  \end{itemize}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Because the crossenv enviroment surrounds each selected item, the change in template is &lt;strong&gt;local&lt;/strong&gt;.  After the crossenv environment the template returns to whatever it was before.  This means you don't need to know what the symbol is by default.  So this will work with any inner theme you are using.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Final Edits:&lt;/strong&gt; I think I finally got what you wanted.  You have to only change the template at the current itemize level, which requires a bit of h@ckery.  But diving into &lt;code&gt;beamerbaselocalstructure.sty&lt;/code&gt; revealed a solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Final Final Edits:&lt;/strong&gt; Now with ticks and crosses both.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-03T18:14:09.503" LastActivityDate="2010-11-03T18:14:09.503" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="4803" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4745" CreationDate="2010-11-01T18:44:46.700" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Based on @Jan's answer, I modified &lt;code&gt;pgfmoduleplot.code.tex&lt;/code&gt; such that it now produces a new plot for each segment in the file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The complete definition of &lt;code&gt;\pgf@readxyfile&lt;/code&gt; now reads&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\pgf@readxyfile{%&#xA;  \read1 to \pgf@temp%&#xA;  \let\par=\pgf@savedpar%&#xA;  \edef\pgf@temp{\pgf@temp}%&#xA;  \ifx\pgf@temp\pgfutil@empty%&#xA;  \else\ifx\pgf@temp\pgf@partext%&#xA;    \pgfplotstreamstart%&#xA;    \pgfplotstreamend%&#xA;  \else%&#xA;    \expandafter\pgf@parsexyline\pgf@temp\pgf@stop%&#xA;  \fi\fi%&#xA;  \ifeof1\else\expandafter\pgf@readxyfile\fi%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The result of this is the removal of the connecting line segments. The only downside is that the resulting curve is not connected, at 1000 samples in each direction there is one small gap, as can be seen in the screenshot:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/dWerM.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't know whether this code breaks anything else, but it (almost) solved my problem. Thank you Jan for the tips!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="210" LastActivityDate="2010-11-01T18:44:46.700" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="4804" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4652" CreationDate="2010-11-01T19:38:30.127" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Greetings, I'm the author of biblatex-apa. I know what the problem is with this and I should have a fix and new release of biblatex-apa tomorrow on &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/exptl/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-apa/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;CTAN&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1657" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-05T17:48:37.203" LastActivityDate="2010-11-05T17:48:37.203" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="4805" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4806" CreationDate="2010-11-01T21:12:14.750" Score="4" ViewCount="323" Body="&lt;p&gt;Woking on a project, the article we are making is written by me and someone else. How should I fill the &lt;code&gt;\author{}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What about &lt;code&gt;\author{LASTNAME1, FIRSTNAME1 \&amp;amp; LASTNAME2, FIRSTNAME2}&lt;/code&gt;? It doesn't convince me, but it might be correct.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any better way to do that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;P.S: I'm using the &lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt; class and the authors will be shown once with &lt;code&gt;\maketitle{}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1488" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-01T21:28:32.067" LastActivityDate="2010-11-01T21:31:07.327" Title="What's the correct use of \author{} when multiple authors?" Tags="&lt;formatting&gt;&lt;maketitle&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="4806" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4805" CreationDate="2010-11-01T21:31:07.327" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.html#g_t_005cmaketitle&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;\maketitle&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; command with &lt;code&gt;\author&lt;/code&gt; allows a simple separation of two (or more) authors by using the &lt;code&gt;\and&lt;/code&gt; command. See code below for some inspiration.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper,english]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{babel}&#xA;&#xA;\author{LastName1, FirstName1\\ first1.last1@xxxxx.com \and LastName2, FirstName2\\ first2.last2@xxxxx.com}&#xA;\title{Usage of the \texttt{\textbackslash author} command}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \maketitle&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-11-01T21:31:07.327" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="4807" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4821" CreationDate="2010-11-01T21:40:01.247" Score="5" ViewCount="266" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have an odd problem with special characters (in this case the Swedish &lt;code&gt;åäö&lt;/code&gt;), that pops up in my &lt;code&gt;.toc&lt;/code&gt; file. If I remove the &lt;code&gt;.toc&lt;/code&gt; file everything works OK except I get an empty table of contents. When I re-run &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt;, I get errors on every line in the &lt;code&gt;.toc&lt;/code&gt; file that has either of &lt;code&gt;åäö&lt;/code&gt; in it (which, as it happens, is every line...).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've tried to produce a MWE example of this, but I'm unable to reproduce the problem with other files. However, I've noticed that for other files, &lt;code&gt;åäö&lt;/code&gt; in the &lt;code&gt;.toc&lt;/code&gt; file are replaced as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;å -&amp;gt; \IeC {\r a}&#xA;ä -&amp;gt; \IeC {\&quot;a}&#xA;ö -&amp;gt; \IeC {\&quot;o}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the &lt;code&gt;.toc&lt;/code&gt; file for the failing document, only &lt;code&gt;å&lt;/code&gt; is replaced. Why could this be? What can I do about it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Clarification:&lt;/strong&gt; As I said, I have tried but been unable to reproduce this error in a MWE. (The full version is a pretty advanced structure with templates, frame and content files compiled by a python script calling pdflatex via &lt;code&gt;os.system()&lt;/code&gt;, so I can't really just &quot;scale off&quot; one piece after another...) However, I &lt;em&gt;can&lt;/em&gt; give the following information:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;All files are saved in utf-8.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I'm using &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[swedish]{babel}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The python file starts with &lt;code&gt;#coding: utf8&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="223" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-31T21:51:33.493" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T21:51:33.493" Title="Problem with special characters in .toc files" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;encodings&gt;&lt;auxiliary-files&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="4808" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4864" CreationDate="2010-11-01T22:12:50.233" Score="3" ViewCount="147" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm interested in methods to create a vertical line in a table that spans a range of rows but not all rows.  I've found one solution below, but is there another solution such as &lt;code&gt;\cline&lt;/code&gt; which allows you to specify which columns you would like your horizontal line to span?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.latex-community.org/forum/viewtopic.php?f=45&amp;amp;t=3849&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.latex-community.org/forum/viewtopic.php?f=45&amp;amp;t=3849&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vertical line that spans all rows&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{c c|c c c c|}&#xA;  \multicolumn{2}{c}{} &amp;amp; Piano &amp;amp; Trumpet &amp;amp; Flute &amp;amp; Viola\\&#xA;  \multicolumn{2}{c}{}&amp;amp; \textbf{pno} &amp;amp; \textbf{tpt} &amp;amp; \textbf{flt} &amp;amp; \textbf{vla}\\&#xA;  \cline{3-6}&#xA;  Piano &amp;amp; \textbf{pno} &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 0.5 &amp;amp; 0.25 &amp;amp; 0.75\\&#xA;  Trumpet &amp;amp; \textbf{tpt} &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 0.25 &amp;amp; 0.5\\&#xA;  Flute &amp;amp; \textbf{flt} &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 0.75\\&#xA;  Viola &amp;amp; \textbf{vla} &amp;amp; 0&amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 0\\&#xA;  \cline{3-6}&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vertical line that spans a range of rows&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{c c|c c c c|}&#xA;\multicolumn{2}{c}{} &amp;amp; Piano &amp;amp; Trumpet &amp;amp; Flute &amp;amp; \multicolumn{1}{c}{Viola}\\&#xA;\multicolumn{2}{c}{}&amp;amp; \textbf{pno} &amp;amp; \textbf{tpt} &amp;amp; \textbf{flt} &amp;amp; \multicolumn{1}{c}{\textbf{vla}}\\&#xA;\cline{3-6}&#xA;Piano &amp;amp; \textbf{pno} &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 0.5 &amp;amp; 0.25 &amp;amp; 0.75\\&#xA;Trumpet &amp;amp; \textbf{tpt} &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 0.25 &amp;amp; 0.5\\&#xA;Flute &amp;amp; \textbf{flt} &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 0.75\\&#xA;Viola &amp;amp; \textbf{vla} &amp;amp; 0&amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 0\\&#xA;\cline{3-6}&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="978" LastEditorUserId="117" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-01T23:32:40.603" LastActivityDate="2010-11-03T08:32:58.857" Title="Create a vertical line in a table that spans a range of rows but not all rows" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="4809" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-01T23:02:15.373" Score="13" ViewCount="261" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to update &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/apa/apacls.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;apa.cls&lt;/a&gt; for 6th edition (a large task since I'm not a true latex hacker) and I'd like to force the headings for certain levels to conform to title case. That is the first letter of &lt;em&gt;every&lt;/em&gt; word is in uppercase. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Upper case =    DELAYED SOCIAL TRANSITIONS DURING EMERGING ADULTHOOD&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Lower case =    delayed social transitions during emerging adulthood&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Sentence case = Delayed social transitions during emerging adulthood&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Title case =    Delayed Social Transitions During Emerging Edulthood&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So my questions are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Is there an easy way to do this that I just haven't found? or&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Can someone point me in the direction of what I would have to know to implement this myself?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks all.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;p.s. I know that this post has nothing to do with the tag 'cases', but I can't create new tags because I don't have enough reputation and nothing else fits :(&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1658" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-21T10:35:45.803" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T10:35:45.803" Title="How can I force text to be displayed in title-case?" Tags="&lt;title-case&gt;&lt;apa-style&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4810" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4807" CreationDate="2010-11-01T23:06:26.857" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use a meaningful encoding such as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but also take care that your editor uses the same encoding and that the file itself has this encoding too. For instance, one may download a &lt;code&gt;latin1&lt;/code&gt; encoded file but edit it with &lt;code&gt;utf8&lt;/code&gt; option and the other way round.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-11-01T23:06:26.857" />
  <row Id="4811" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4816" CreationDate="2010-11-01T23:46:29.787" Score="13" ViewCount="573" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to do something that I thought would be relatively simple but seems to be quite hard. I have a table with a number of columns, and I'd like to make all of the titles appear in bold text. Obviously I can add &lt;code&gt;\textbf&lt;/code&gt; to each of them in turn, but it strikes me that there must be a nicer way of doing this (particularly for tables with many columns).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As far as I can see there isn't a good way of doing this with plain LaTeX. Are there any packages that make this (and possibly other table-related issues) easier?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="495" LastEditorUserId="711" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-02T07:19:17.550" LastActivityDate="2010-11-02T20:02:22.063" Title="Make first row of table all bold" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;formatting&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="4812" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4811" CreationDate="2010-11-02T04:55:45.327" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Check this page: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=wholerow&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;How to change a whole row of a table&lt;/a&gt;. It shows how to change the style of a whole row by using package array.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1655" LastActivityDate="2010-11-02T04:55:45.327" />
  <row Id="4813" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4817" CreationDate="2010-11-02T05:49:11.543" Score="9" ViewCount="297" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a command that has been floating around in my standard preamble for a while:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\xeq}[1]{\stackrel{\;#1}{\cleaders\hbox{=\!}\hfill}\:}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is meant to mimic the AMS-LaTeX extendible arrow symbols &lt;code&gt;\xleftarrow&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\xrightarrow&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's not perfect for two reasons:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;It does not take the optional lower argument like the AMS &lt;code&gt;\xrightarrow[down]{up}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The overlap of the constituent equals signs is slightly visible.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anyone have a better command or know of a package with such a command?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="422" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-12T01:16:21.263" LastActivityDate="2010-12-12T01:16:21.263" Title="Extendible equals sign" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;amsmath&gt;&lt;macros&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="4814" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-02T05:50:17.707" Score="2" ViewCount="287" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello.&#xA;I have a TeX document which I want to edit and make sure it's rendered correctly.&#xA;Which means I need an Editor with Preview window.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I searched over the Internet.&#xA;There's too much info and I can't get it right.&#xA;I use Windows 7 64 Bit.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like to avoid any installation of a program.&#xA;Is there a Portable Editor which includes all needed libraries in it and allow Preview of the TeX file?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank You.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1661" LastEditorUserId="711" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-02T07:18:28.440" LastActivityDate="2010-11-02T07:18:28.440" Title="LaTeX - Portable Editing Environment" Tags="&lt;editors&gt;&lt;distributions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="4815" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4814" CreationDate="2010-11-02T06:42:29.240" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;By 'portable' I assume you mean on a memory stick. There are lots of editors that will work like that, but without a TeX system you are not going to get very far. So perhaps you start by looking at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.miktex.org/portable/about&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;portable MiKTeX&lt;/a&gt;, which includes the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/texworks/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeXworks editor&lt;/a&gt;. The later includes previewing in PDF mode. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-11-02T06:42:29.240" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="4816" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4811" CreationDate="2010-11-02T06:47:35.857" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Taking apan's answer and turning it into an example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\newcolumntype{$}{&amp;gt;{\global\let\currentrowstyle\relax}}&#xA;\newcolumntype{^}{&amp;gt;{\currentrowstyle}}&#xA;\newcommand{\rowstyle}[1]{\gdef\currentrowstyle{#1}%&#xA;  #1\ignorespaces&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{$l^c^r}&#xA;\rowstyle{\bfseries}&#xA;a &amp;amp; a &amp;amp; a \\&#xA;b &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; b \\&#xA;c &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; c \\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You might, of course, choose different markers for the column types.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-02T08:13:21.247" LastActivityDate="2010-11-02T08:13:21.247" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4817" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4813" CreationDate="2010-11-02T07:20:00.420" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think you can more or less copy the definitions from &lt;code&gt;amsmath.sty&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand*{\Relbarfill@}{\arrowfill@\Relbar\Relbar\Relbar}&#xA;\newcommand*{\xeq}[2][]{\ext@arrow 0055\Relbarfill@{#1}{#2}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;$a \xeq[uuuuu]{vvv} b$&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2010-11-02T07:20:00.420" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4818" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4823" CreationDate="2010-11-02T08:13:18.690" Score="2" ViewCount="122" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am wondering the following.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Somebody made a complicated tikz figure (our university logo). Now I am having troubles, because the width and height latex is reporting are not the 'real' width and height, a very small box instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The beginning of the tikzpicture environment looks like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}%&#xA;&#xA;\pgflowlevel{\pgftransformscale{#1}}%&#xA;&#xA;\pgftransformscale{0.1}%&#xA;&#xA;% Scaled smaller from the large logo&#xA;\begin{pgfscope}%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The culprit seems to be in the \pgflowlevel{} line. When I replace this line with a normal scale, like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=#1]%&#xA;&#xA;\pgftransformscale{0.1}%&#xA;&#xA;% Scaled smaller from the large logo&#xA;\begin{pgfscope}%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the logo seems to be rendered the same, except that the width and height are now ok.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is the difference between the lowlevel command and the tikz scale command, except for messing up the reported dimensions? If none, why would somebody want to use the lowlevel command?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="459" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-24T23:04:25.367" LastActivityDate="2010-11-24T23:04:25.367" Title="Does \pgflowlevel{\pgftransformscale{}} do the same as normal tikz scale?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;pgf-core&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4819" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4822" CreationDate="2010-11-02T08:22:03.440" Score="0" ViewCount="201" Body="&lt;p&gt;The information I have found on the web indicates that the &lt;code&gt;\subparagraph&lt;/code&gt; level should be available in an IEEEtrans article. I'm using TeXLive 2009, &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The relevant preamble line:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[conference, 11pt]{IEEEtran}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the document itself, the usage is &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;    \paragraph{paragraph} &#xA;&#xA;    a bunch of text&#xA;&#xA;    \subparagraph{subparagraph}&#xA;&#xA;    a bunch more text&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The error I'm getting is: &lt;code&gt;ERROR: Undefined control sequence.&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this a usage mistake--that is, I'm not using the correct command name or I'm not including a package--or is it a function of the IEEEtrans conference class that it does not allow &lt;code&gt;\subparagraph&lt;/code&gt;? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1286" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-24T19:48:36.417" LastActivityDate="2010-11-24T19:48:36.417" Title="\subparagraph{name} not recognized in IEEEtrans document." Tags="&lt;errors&gt;&lt;documentclass&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="4820" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4807" CreationDate="2010-11-02T08:24:49.293" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;From the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/inputenc.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;inputenc&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; documentation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;1.3.3 Unicode char &amp;lt;&lt;em&gt;charcode&lt;/em&gt;&gt; is not set up for use with LaTeX&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;This is the dreaded error message that one will receive if the document contains an&#xA;  UTF-8 character that isn't known to LATEX. It is quite possible that the character&#xA;  looks very unsuspicious and is rendered perfectly in the editor.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;However, even if LATEX can type that character in question it may not&#xA;  have been set up in which case you would need to do that yourself via&#xA;  &lt;code&gt;\DeclareUnicodeCharacter&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, something like &lt;code&gt;\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E4}{\&quot;a}&lt;/code&gt; might work. You'd probably need to see which Unicode glyph is the one you're trying to use (this example straight from the manual, section 1.2). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hope this helps.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="711" LastActivityDate="2010-11-02T08:24:49.293" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4821" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4807" CreationDate="2010-11-02T09:15:50.600" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;When the non-ascii-chars like ä or ö get in the toc, this means that they are not active. Perhaps you are storing some of your titles in commands before inputenc has been loaded:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\def\test{ÅÄÖ}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;&#xA;\section{\test}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My example doesn't give an error, but its possible that your python code insert an utf8 char tex can't handle.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-11-02T09:15:50.600" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4822" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4819" CreationDate="2010-11-02T09:45:29.483" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Reading Section VI of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/ieeetran&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;IEEEtran&lt;/a&gt; manual will show you the allowed heading levels. More than the listed ones are not possible without manual intervention.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-11-02T09:45:29.483" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4823" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4818" CreationDate="2010-11-02T10:38:42.293" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pgflowlevel&lt;/code&gt; applies the transformation you feed it to the entire canvas instead of just the coordinates. That means &lt;em&gt;everything&lt;/em&gt; (including text and line widths) are scaled without further ado, when applying the transformation to coordinates text remains the same and line widths are taken care of such that they are scaled uniformly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Examples of this behaviour can be found in Section 52.4 of the PGF/TikZ manual, version 2.0.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As to &lt;em&gt;why&lt;/em&gt; the creator of the logo uses this: he wanted to resize line thickness and text size uniformly, so the logo looks the same for all scale factors. What I don't understand is the presence of &lt;code&gt;\pgftransformscale{0.1}&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;em&gt;both&lt;/em&gt; code snippets and the fact that the logo is rendered the same. Maybe there's no text or fiddling with line thickness in it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="210" LastEditorUserId="210" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-02T10:47:30.320" LastActivityDate="2010-11-02T10:47:30.320" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4824" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4825" CreationDate="2010-11-02T11:09:19.193" Score="6" ViewCount="157" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I am compiling my document with pdflatex I get the following errors:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;LaTeX Font Warning: Font shape `OT1/cmr/m/n' in size &amp;lt;5.5&amp;gt; not available&#xA;(Font)              size &amp;lt;5&amp;gt; substituted on input line 50.&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;LaTeX Font Warning: Font shape `OML/cmm/m/it' in size &amp;lt;5.5&amp;gt; not available&#xA;(Font)              size &amp;lt;5&amp;gt; substituted on input line 50.&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;LaTeX Font Warning: Font shape `OMS/cmsy/m/n' in size &amp;lt;5.5&amp;gt; not available&#xA;(Font)              size &amp;lt;5&amp;gt; substituted on input line 50.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What do this warnings exactly mean? The area where I think they are coming from is enclosed with &lt;code&gt;{\fontsize{11}{12}\selectfont   }&lt;/code&gt; Also, the line number seems to be the place where a macro is called, and not the place in the macro where this is occuring.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I fix this warnings?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="459" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-02T12:02:08.647" LastActivityDate="2010-11-02T12:02:08.647" Title="What do this font-shape warnings mean?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;warnings&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="4825" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4824" CreationDate="2010-11-02T11:51:51.683" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A size substituation of 0.5pt is harmless, but if you want to avoid it load the fix-cm package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\RequirePackage{fix-cm}&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\fontsize{11pt}{12pt}\selectfont $a^2$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-11-02T11:51:51.683" />
  <row Id="4826" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2576" CreationDate="2010-11-02T12:55:17.493" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello &#xA;I tried your example &quot;3&quot; as it is and i am getting this error, I would appreciate all your help &#xA;LaTeX Warning: You have requested, on input line 6, version&#xA;               &lt;code&gt;2010/06/08' of package fontspec,&#xA;               but only version&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;2008/08/09 v1.18 Advanced font selection for XeLaTeX'&#xA;               is available.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;thanks &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1663" LastActivityDate="2010-11-02T12:55:17.493" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4827" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4746" CreationDate="2010-11-02T13:54:56.390" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to expand a bit on Yossi's answer. If you look at the image he provided, then you can see that the &lt;code&gt;\vdots&lt;/code&gt; and the &lt;code&gt;\ddots&lt;/code&gt; are rather low; they don't look vertically centered. The reason seems to be that the definition of &lt;code&gt;\vdots&lt;/code&gt; in plain.tex and the &lt;code&gt;BMAT&lt;/code&gt; don't work together well: The &lt;code&gt;{ccccc}&lt;/code&gt; part in Yossi's answer means that all the 5 entries in the vector are &lt;em&gt;vertically&lt;/em&gt; centered, and the plain TeX definition of &lt;code&gt;\vdots&lt;/code&gt; is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\vdots{\vbox{\baselineskip4\p@ \lineskiplimit\z@&#xA;    \kern6\p@\hbox{.}\hbox{.}\hbox{.}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thus, &lt;code&gt;\vdots&lt;/code&gt; is a vertical box containing 6pt white space and 3 evenly spaces dots, and one shouldn't be too surprised that the dots are sitting too low in the &lt;code&gt;BMAT&lt;/code&gt; vector. I still don't quite understand &lt;em&gt;why&lt;/em&gt; &lt;code&gt;\vdots&lt;/code&gt; is defined like this, but is &lt;em&gt;does&lt;/em&gt; work together well with plain TeX's &lt;code&gt;\pmatrix&lt;/code&gt;. In the following image you can compare &lt;code&gt;\pmatrix{1\cr \vdots\cr \vdots\cr 1\cr 1}&lt;/code&gt; from plain TeX, &lt;code&gt;\begin{pmatrix} 1 \\ \vdots \\ \vdots \\ 1 \\ 1 \end{pmatrix}&lt;/code&gt; from amsmath, and the vector produced by Yossi's &lt;code&gt;pbvec&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Aaomi.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately I can't explain all the differences. For me the plain TeX vector looks best, even if I'd like to have the parentheses a bit closer to the numbers, as in the other vectors. To get a similar result with &lt;code&gt;BMAT&lt;/code&gt;, it does &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; help using &quot;t&quot; or &quot;b&quot; instead of &quot;c&quot;, which would give &quot;top&quot; or &quot;bottom&quot; vertical alignment. The only idea I have is to define vertically centered &lt;code&gt;\vdots&lt;/code&gt;, so here's the solution I would suggest:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath,easybmat}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*{\bvector}[1]{\begin{BMAT}(r)[0pt]{c}{ccccc}#1\end{BMAT}}&#xA;\newcommand*{\pbvector}[1]{\left(\bvector{#1}\right)}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\vcdots{\vbox{\baselineskip4\p@ \lineskiplimit\z@&#xA;    \kern3\p@\hbox{.}\hbox{.}\hbox{.}\kern3\p@}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;$\operatorname{span} \{&#xA;  \pbvector{ 1      \\ \vcdots \\ \vcdots \\ 1       \\ 1      },&#xA;  \pbvector{ 0      \\ 1       \\ \vcdots \\ \vcdots \\ 1      },&#xA;  \pbvector{ 0      \\ 0       \\ 1       \\ \vcdots \\ 1      }&#xA;  \bvector{  \cdots \\ {}      \\ \ddots  \\ \ddots  \\ \cdots }&#xA;  \pbvector{ 0      \\ \vcdots \\ \vcdots \\ 0       \\ 1      }&#xA;\}$&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/bOJTF.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that I haven't changed the &lt;code&gt;\ddots&lt;/code&gt;, so they are a bit lower than the &lt;code&gt;\vdots&lt;/code&gt;, but of course this could be fixed, too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One last word that explains why &lt;code&gt;BMAT&lt;/code&gt; yields the desired alignment: I think it sets the height of all the entries in the vector to the maximum height it finds in the vector. So here it works since for all the vectors this maximum height is the same. It goes terribly wrong if in the third vector you replace &lt;code&gt;\vcdots&lt;/code&gt; with, say, 0. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2010-11-02T13:54:56.390" />
  <row Id="4828" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4837" CreationDate="2010-11-02T13:55:17.623" Score="12" ViewCount="140" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to get some kind of &quot;stacktrace&quot; in TeX errors? I sometimes get errors which only show some deep LaTeX internals, but nothing about which LaTeX macro referenced it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1582" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-22T00:12:00.160" LastActivityDate="2010-11-22T00:12:00.160" Title="A &quot;stacktrace&quot; for errors" Tags="&lt;errors&gt;&lt;debugging&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="4829" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4809" CreationDate="2010-11-02T14:10:08.357" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This code should get you started.  It uses a couple of the &lt;code&gt;stringstrings&lt;/code&gt; package's string manipulation routines, including its horrendously time-expensive &lt;code&gt;\addlcwords&lt;/code&gt; to identify the words you'd prefer to typeset in lower case. The rest of the code hooks this into APA's sectioning commands (it's tedious but it does the trick).  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that although this should get you going, it isn't completely ready for prime time, mainly because the work will take some time which, if it weren't something you wanted to proceed with, would divert me from things I'm actually supposed to be doing &lt;code&gt;:)&lt;/code&gt;.  Nevertheless, if this were something you wanted to proceed with, you'll need to let &lt;code&gt;stringstrings&lt;/code&gt; know that '-' (as in 'Knock-on') should be treated the same way as a space character (run the code below to see what I mean).  That work would  probably involve handing '-' to &lt;code&gt;stringstrings&lt;/code&gt;'s &lt;code&gt;\encodetoken&lt;/code&gt; command and involve providing some extra buttressing code -- although I wouldn't be surprised if there were several ways to skin that particular cat.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anyway, although there's still some work remaining, I hope it takes you in the direction you set out to go.  (NB, don't forget: &lt;code&gt;stringstrings&lt;/code&gt;'s &lt;code&gt;\addlcwords&lt;/code&gt; seems to scale time-exponentially. Or worse.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[jou]{apa}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{stringstrings}&#xA;\addlcwords{all of the and a an is before on}&#xA;\DeclareRobustCommand*\MakeTitlecase[1]{%&#xA;  \caselower[e]{#1}%&#xA;  \capitalizetitle{\thestring}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;% Four Levels with Sections in Title Case&#xA;\def\FourLevelHeadingTitleCase{%&#xA;    \def\section{\@ifnextchar*{\@sections}%&#xA;                {\@ifnextchar[{\@sectionb}{\@section}}}%&#xA;    \def\@sections*##1{\leveltwo{\MakeTitlecase{##1}}}%&#xA;    \def\@sectionb[##1]##2{\leveltwo{\MakeTitlecase{##2}}%&#xA;        \@mkboth{\MakeUppercase{##1}}{\MakeUppercase{##1}}%&#xA;        \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\MakeTitlecase{##1}}}%&#xA;    \def\@section##1{\leveltwo{\MakeTitlecase{##1}}%&#xA;        \@mkboth{\MakeUppercase{##1}}{\MakeUppercase{##1}}%&#xA;        \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\MakeTitlecase{##1}}}%&#xA;%&#xA;    \def\subsection{\@ifnextchar*{\@subsections}%&#xA;                   {\@ifnextchar[{\@subsectionb}{\@subsection}}}%&#xA;    \def\@subsections*##1{\levelthree{\MakeTitlecase{##1}}}%&#xA;    \def\@subsectionb[##1]##2{\levelthree{\MakeTitlecase{##2}}%&#xA;        \addcontentsline{toc}{subsection}{\MakeTitlecase{##1}}}%&#xA;    \def\@subsection##1{\levelthree{\MakeTitlecase{##1}}%&#xA;        \addcontentsline{toc}{subsection}{\MakeTitlecase{##1}}}%&#xA;%&#xA;    \def\subsubsection{\@ifnextchar*{\@subsubsections}%&#xA;                      {\@ifnextchar[{\@subsubsectionb}{\@subsubsection}}}%&#xA;    \def\@subsubsections*##1{\levelfour{\MakeTitlecase{##1}}}%&#xA;    \def\@subsubsectionb[##1]##2{\levelfour{\MakeTitlecase{##2}}%&#xA;        \addcontentsline{toc}{subsubsection}{\MakeTitlecase{##1}}}%&#xA;    \def\@subsubsection##1{\levelfour{\MakeTitlecase{##1}}%&#xA;        \addcontentsline{toc}{subsubsection}{\MakeTitlecase{##1}}}%&#xA;%&#xA;    \let\paragraph=\levelfive%&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\FourLevelHeadingTitleCase&#xA;&#xA;\title{On the Bodleianisation of L-Space Interior Topologies}&#xA;\author{The Librarian}&#xA;\affiliation{Unseen University}&#xA;\shorttitle{Ook}&#xA;\rightheader{Oook}&#xA;\leftheader{Capitalised Headers}&#xA;\abstract{\lipsum[1]}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;\section{Library-Space is NOT countable}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\subsection{Turtles ALL the way down}&#xA;\lipsum[2]&#xA;\subsubsection{On THE Knock-ON Effect oN wood}&#xA;\lipsum[3]&#xA;\subsubsection{an orang And a utan}&#xA;\lipsum[3]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-11-02T14:10:08.357" />
  <row Id="4830" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4831" CreationDate="2010-11-02T14:15:54.413" Score="4" ViewCount="157" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using the latex package &lt;code&gt;todonotes&lt;/code&gt;.&#xA;but how can i disable it for printing the real thing?&#xA;(i know it's possible, but i can't find it and I &lt;em&gt;don't want to&lt;/em&gt; (manually) delete all my notes on the document...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've read the documentation... but I still have NO clue on what to type to disable todonotes. this is all i have on my preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{todonotes}&#xA;\newcommand{\td}[1]{\todo[inline]{#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but commenting any of those will keep my note's text on the spot and just remove the formating. i couldn't figure out what to type to fully remove that unless i go one by one and do it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Just to make it clear: i don't want to disable todonotes, i just want my notes not to be printed&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1713" LastEditorUserId="210" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-02T14:31:51.133" LastActivityDate="2010-11-02T14:58:26.530" Title="how not to print todonotes?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;notes&gt;&lt;printing&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4831" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4830" CreationDate="2010-11-02T14:19:23.697" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I just got it: for notes not to be visible just change:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{todonotes}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[disable]{todonotes}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1713" LastEditorUserId="210" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-02T14:31:18.717" LastActivityDate="2010-11-02T14:31:18.717" />
  <row Id="4832" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-02T14:33:13.270" Score="4" ViewCount="135" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to typeset a version of a document that will have the document on the half of each page, but I want the bottom half to have thin ruled lines for note taking. Any one have any thoughts about how I could do this automatically? Could I some how make a custom footer for each page?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1665" LastActivityDate="2010-11-03T08:58:15.743" Title="Ruled lines on the bottom half of each page?" Tags="&lt;header-footer&gt;&lt;books&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="4833" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4830" CreationDate="2010-11-02T14:33:32.147" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can also give it the obeyDraft option (&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[obeyDraft]{todonotes}&lt;/code&gt;), so that it will display todonotes if your document is in draft mode and hide them if it isn't in draft mode. However, be aware that draft mode only shows bounding boxes for images, so that might be an issue. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="10" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-02T14:58:26.530" LastActivityDate="2010-11-02T14:58:26.530" />
  <row Id="4834" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4870" CreationDate="2010-11-02T14:40:12.297" Score="6" ViewCount="235" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to make macros give different results at the beginning of a new sentence? Suppose that I want the macro &quot;\secname&quot; to write &quot;Section&quot; at the beginning of a new sentence, and &quot;section&quot; anywhere else. How can I do so?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1527" LastActivityDate="2010-11-03T15:31:54.297" Title="Detect beginning of a sentence in a macro for capitalization" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;punctuation&gt;&lt;conditionals&gt;&lt;capitalization&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4835" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4838" CreationDate="2010-11-02T14:43:52.110" Score="7" ViewCount="182" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using the acronym package in the thesis. This is the first time I am using this so don't know much. But I did something like this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{acronym}&#xA;  \acro{2G}{2nd Generation}&#xA;  \acro{3GPP}{3rd Generation Partnership Project}&#xA;\end{acronym}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is ok and gives me the acronym list but I find that the output is not properly indented.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;so its like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;2G 2nd Generation&#xA;3GPP 3rd Generation Partnership Project&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want the abbreviations and full forms properly indented so that it looks better. So something like.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;2G         2nd Generation&#xA;3GPP       3rd Generation Partnership Project&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How do I do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT: Also, I find that the list is not sorted. How do I get the acronym list sorted by alphabets.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1639" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-23T12:54:43.740" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T12:54:43.740" Title="Proper Indentation in acronym package" Tags="&lt;indentation&gt;&lt;acronym-package&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4836" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4835" CreationDate="2010-11-02T14:56:09.327" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Put the longest acronym in brackets after &lt;code&gt;\begin{acronym}&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{acronym}[3GPP]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Learned from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ftp.fernuni-hagen.de/ftp-dir/pub/mirrors/www.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/acronym/acronym.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;acronym documentation&lt;/a&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2010-11-02T14:56:09.327" />
  <row Id="4837" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4828" CreationDate="2010-11-02T14:57:42.660" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;While &quot;stacktracing&quot; might not be possible since the state of macro expansion can be indeterminate (&lt;em&gt;a priori&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;a posteriori&lt;/em&gt;). However, widening the context of your error reporting might provide some sense of where you are and what's going on.  Try something like &lt;code&gt;\setcounter{errorcontextlines}{999}&lt;/code&gt; for this.  For myself, liberally sprinkling my code with lots of &lt;code&gt;\typeout&lt;/code&gt;'s or &lt;code&gt;PackageWarning&lt;/code&gt; (&lt;em&gt;et al&lt;/em&gt;.) lines provides most of what I need (write a routine that switches these on and off according to a global flag you set).  Of course, many packages accept a &lt;code&gt;debug&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;verbose&lt;/code&gt; option that dumps lots more state info to the .log file. Otherwise, the big gun is the  &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/trace.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;trace&lt;/a&gt; package to give good control over &lt;code&gt;\tracingall&lt;/code&gt;.  The manual provided with it contains some worked examples and useful words of advice.  Other words of wisdom can be found &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=erroradvice&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; (contains such pearls as: &quot;The best advice to those faced with TeX errors is &lt;em&gt;not to panic&lt;/em&gt;.&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-11-02T14:57:42.660" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4838" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4835" CreationDate="2010-11-02T15:06:03.243" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As for your second question, I am not aware of a solution using &lt;code&gt;acronym&lt;/code&gt; but it can be done using &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;glossaries&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. The package you are using at the moment is as far as I can tell nothing more than a tool for an appropriate layout, &lt;code&gt;glossaries&lt;/code&gt; can do (much more).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="210" LastActivityDate="2010-11-02T15:06:03.243" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4839" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4842" CreationDate="2010-11-02T16:05:10.663" Score="4" ViewCount="299" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to typeset a table of two columns, where each column&#xA;consists of paragraphs and the paragraphs in the right hand column are&#xA;set raggedleft. Here is a minimal example of the code I thought would work:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\newcommand{\lorem}{Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing elit.}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{tabular}{p{50mm}&amp;gt;{\raggedleft}p{50mm}}&#xA;  \lorem&amp;amp;\lorem\\&#xA;  \lorem&amp;amp;\lorem&#xA;  \end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, that produces the error message&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Extra alignment tab has been changed to \cr.&#xA;&amp;lt;recently read&amp;gt; \endtemplate&#xA;&#xA;l.7   \lorem&amp;amp;&#xA;     \lorem&#xA;? &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and the output is not at all what I expected either.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a better way?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-02T18:34:07.013" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T02:23:41.083" Title="Raggedleft paragraph in a table" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;raggedleft&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4840" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3293" CreationDate="2010-11-02T16:09:48.563" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Have you looked at latexmk?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.phys.psu.edu/~collins/software/latexmk-jcc/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.phys.psu.edu/~collins/software/latexmk-jcc/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1657" LastActivityDate="2010-11-02T16:09:48.563" />
  <row Id="4841" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6520" CreationDate="2010-11-02T16:27:37.790" Score="8" ViewCount="875" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have to make a relative simple diagram and import it to latex vectorially. What would you recommend me to do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This question might not be best asked here, but I suspect a lot of you have created LaTeX documents that contain electronic diagrams.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know about circuitikz, and xcircuit. But the first option is very slow and the second is very weird. I want something faster yet with high quality.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1488" LastEditorUserId="1488" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-18T20:15:34.003" LastActivityDate="2010-12-30T20:07:22.800" Title="A good tool to make electronic schematics and export them vectorially?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;diagrams&gt;&lt;vector&gt;" AnswerCount="6" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="4842" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4839" CreationDate="2010-11-02T16:32:52.393" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You have to restore &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; for use in &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; after inserting switches like &lt;code&gt;\raggedleft&lt;/code&gt; in the last column. See the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/array&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;array&lt;/a&gt; manual for details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\lorem}{Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing elit.}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{tabular}{p{5cm}&amp;gt;{\raggedleft\arraybackslash}p{5cm}}&#xA;    \lorem&amp;amp;\lorem\\&#xA;    \lorem&amp;amp;\lorem&#xA;  \end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-11-02T16:32:52.393" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4843" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4841" CreationDate="2010-11-02T17:41:45.243" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;What about &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/pst-circ&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pst-circ&lt;/a&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2010-11-02T17:41:45.243" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4844" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3904" CreationDate="2010-11-02T18:04:03.100" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've just updated the dev biber doc with instructions for this (and for TeXworks)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://sourceforge.net/projects/biblatex-biber/files/biblatex-biber/development/documentation/biber.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://sourceforge.net/projects/biblatex-biber/files/biblatex-biber/development/documentation/biber.pdf&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1657" LastActivityDate="2010-11-02T18:04:03.100" />
  <row Id="4845" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3293" CreationDate="2010-11-02T18:37:31.947" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Approaching the question from a shell point of view:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;# pdflatex -halt-on-error yourdoc.tex &amp;amp;&amp;amp; bibtex yourdoc.tex &amp;amp;&amp;amp; pdflatex yourdoc.tex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Meaning: if the command &lt;code&gt;pdflatex yourdoc.tex&lt;/code&gt;is successful, execute &lt;code&gt;bibtex yourdoc.tex&lt;/code&gt;, and if that is successful, execute &lt;code&gt;pdflatex yourdoc.tex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastEditorUserId="1410" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-02T19:49:13.043" LastActivityDate="2010-11-02T19:49:13.043" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4846" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4834" CreationDate="2010-11-02T19:23:09.413" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Easiest way is to define two macros:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\secname{section}&#xA;\def\Secname{Section}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is a very difficult task to determine sentence boundaries and one of the hottest topics in Computational Linguistics. To do so properly you need to determine that in Dr. Who, for example, the period after the  &quot;Dr.&quot; does not end a sentence, so you need to parse for all abbreviations and when you think you test for the next letter to start with a capital letter, think of e.g. and all the Latin abbreviations we use.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-03T10:03:26.050" LastActivityDate="2010-11-03T10:03:26.050" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="4848" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4811" CreationDate="2010-11-02T20:02:22.063" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is one of the cases where I find the ConTeXt interface to be much better than LaTeX. To make the first row of a table bold, you just need &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setupTABLE[row][1][style=bold]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and not change anything in the table body. So, there is a clear separation of style and presentation. Minimal example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\setupTABLE[row][1][style=bold]&#xA;&#xA;\starttext&#xA;\startTABLE&#xA;  \NC A \NC B \NC C \NC \NR&#xA;  \NC A \NC B \NC C \NC \NR&#xA;  \NC A \NC B \NC C \NC \NR&#xA;\stopTABLE&#xA;\stoptext&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2010-11-02T20:02:22.063" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4849" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4832" CreationDate="2010-11-02T20:31:00.903" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In ConTeXt, the page layout has a parameter &lt;code&gt;bottom&lt;/code&gt; that goes below the footer. You can set its value just like the value of a footer. That way, you can still have your regular footers and put anything else at the bottom of the page. Here is a complete solution:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\setuplayout&#xA;  [height=fit,&#xA;   bottomdistance=1in,&#xA;   bottom=4.8in]&#xA;&#xA;\startsetups bottom:rule&#xA;  \vbox&#xA;    {\dorecurse{32}{\blackrule[width=\textwidth,height=1pt]\blank[12pt]}}&#xA;\stopsetups&#xA;&#xA;\setupbottomtexts[\setups{bottom:rule}]&#xA;&#xA;\showframe&#xA;\starttext&#xA;\dorecurse{10}{\input knuth \par}&#xA;\stoptext&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In &lt;code&gt;\setuplayout&lt;/code&gt; the option &lt;code&gt;bottom=4.8in&lt;/code&gt; allocates 4.8in for the bottom. The bottom area is placed 1in from the bottom of the text area (option &lt;code&gt;bottomdistance=1in&lt;/code&gt;). The option &lt;code&gt;height=fit&lt;/code&gt; asks ConTeXt to recalculate the height of the text area so that everything fits on the page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\setupbottomtexts&lt;/code&gt; sets what should be printed in the bottom area (this is just like &lt;code&gt;\setupfootertexts&lt;/code&gt; for footers). The setups mechanism is just a nice way to abstract out complicated pieces of code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2010-11-02T20:31:00.903" />
  <row Id="4850" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4861" CreationDate="2010-11-02T22:56:10.463" Score="9" ViewCount="515" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi all!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have a large (13x13) table in which I need to highlight a subset of cells. I know that I can set a background color to those cells using colortbl or xcolor. But I need to highlight the table without using color (it is a scientific paper, and the table should communicate its purpose without assuming the reader will have access to a color printer). Is there a way to do so? For example a circle around the cell?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1534" LastActivityDate="2010-11-04T00:36:15.530" Title="Highlighting table cells" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="4851" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4853" CreationDate="2010-11-02T23:00:36.560" Score="9" ViewCount="143" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the &lt;a href=&quot;https://docs.google.com/viewer?url=http://www.ifi.uio.no/it/latex-links/ifthen.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;documentation for the &lt;code&gt;ifthen&lt;/code&gt; package&lt;/a&gt;, there is a test called &lt;code&gt;\lengthtest&lt;/code&gt; which compares two &lt;em&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;dimen&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/em&gt; parameters with the operators &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;=&lt;/code&gt;. (For other test commands, &lt;em&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;dimen&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/em&gt; is usually &lt;em&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;string&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;number&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/em&gt;.) Searching for &quot;dimen&quot; in the document and on google, I find nothing to explain what it means.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is &lt;em&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;dimen&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="223" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-11T16:05:22.697" LastActivityDate="2010-11-11T16:05:22.697" Title="What is &quot;dimen&quot; in the documentation for the ifthen package?" Tags="&lt;conditionals&gt;&lt;dimen&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4852" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4850" CreationDate="2010-11-02T23:16:26.450" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I cannot offer a &quot;TeXnical&quot; answer, only typographical advice: A circle put around a subset of cells within a large table may look like a superimposed figure unrelated to the table - in other words, it may be very confusing. Instead, I would try one of the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Draw a rectangle around the particular cells (may still not look pretty);&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Use a raster as background;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Typeset the cell content in bold or italic.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-11-02T23:16:26.450" />
  <row Id="4853" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4851" CreationDate="2010-11-02T23:17:22.257" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;AFAIK, this would be referring to a &lt;em&gt;length&lt;/em&gt;, so, either 1pt, 2cm, 5mm, 10em, etc. or previously defined lengths: \textwidth, \parskip, 4\itemsep, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This would come in handy, for example, if you want to do one thing if the length of your title is larger than the width of the page, and a different thing if it is smaller than it...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastActivityDate="2010-11-02T23:17:22.257" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4854" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4856" CreationDate="2010-11-02T23:26:43.973" Score="5" ViewCount="266" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have concluded that the package float allows figures to float within the section they belong to. However for one particular section I need to restrict the floating to the subsection (without forcing the exact location).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/LaTeX/Floats,_Figures_and_Captions#Custom_Floats&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/LaTeX/Floats,_Figures_and_Captions#Custom_Floats&lt;/a&gt; i think this is the description of what i need, but i can't work further with it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;outer counter - the presence of this parameter indicates that the counter associated with this new float should depend on outer counter, for example 'chapter'.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;i need to set that outer counter to be subsection rather than section which is the default. however i only need that for one specific section. everywhere else floats can float...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;seeing this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newfloat{type}{placement}{ext}[outer counter]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have tried and replaced figure for figuresubsec on the cases i needed  and used this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newfloat{figuresubsec}{htbp}{floats-ext}[subsection]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;however the pictures do appear but don't move to their subsection and they don't appear in the list of figures.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1713" LastActivityDate="2010-11-09T14:53:47.097" Title="floats - how to restrict floating to subsection only in one section of the document?" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;newfloat&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4855" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4851" CreationDate="2010-11-02T23:34:29.727" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quoting from Donald E. Knuth, &lt;em&gt;The TeXbook&lt;/em&gt;, pages 59, 61:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Henceforth we shall use the term &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;dimen&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; to stand for a legitimate TeX dimension. [...] [A] complete definition of everything that a &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;dimen&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; can be will be given in Chapter 24.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My (hopefully educated) guess is that this is what the &lt;code&gt;ifthen&lt;/code&gt; documentation refers to.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-11-02T23:34:29.727" />
  <row Id="4856" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4854" CreationDate="2010-11-02T23:40:16.773" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the &lt;code&gt;\FloatBarrier&lt;/code&gt; command of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/placeins/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;placeins&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: Counters associated with a float may influence float numbering, e.g. &quot;Table 1.3&quot; (third table in section 1 of an article) instead of &quot;Table 3&quot; (third table in an article). Those counters bear no direct relationship to float placement. (In the LaTeX standard book class, there's one indirect relationship: The &lt;code&gt;\chapter&lt;/code&gt; command acts as a float barrier.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT2: The &lt;code&gt;\newfloat&lt;/code&gt; command is used to create new types of floats, e.g. &quot;maps&quot; besides tables and figures. These &quot;maps&quot; may be listed in a &quot;list of maps&quot;, but (unless you do some hacking) won't appear in the list of figures.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-03T00:14:49.877" LastActivityDate="2010-11-03T00:14:49.877" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="4857" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3468" CreationDate="2010-11-03T02:00:12.463" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I just use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;\begin{quote}&#xA;{\small ...}&#xA;\end{quote}&lt;/pre&gt; &#xA;" OwnerUserId="714" LastActivityDate="2010-11-03T02:00:12.463" />
  <row Id="4858" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3001" CreationDate="2010-11-03T02:08:01.013" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;more info here &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/minitoc/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/minitoc/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;for minitoc to be visible you need both &lt;code&gt;\dominitoc&lt;/code&gt; &lt;code&gt;\tableofcontents&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;you can change how deep minitoc goes:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setcounter{minitocdepth}{1}    % Show until sections in minitoc&#xA;&#xA;\setcounter{minitocdepth}{3}    % Show until subsubsections in minitoc&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;edit 1:&lt;/strong&gt; more about formating minitoc (insert in preamble)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\dominitoc[n]      % [n] removes the title &quot;contents&quot;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(this inserts minitoc and won't work without toc&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\dominitoc[c]      % [c] centers the title &quot;contents&quot;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(someone please edit how other parameters should be added: [n][v] or [n, c], even if this is not a good example as as c and n don't go together)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\nomtcrule         % removes rules = horizontal lines&#xA;&#xA;\nomtcpagenumbers  % remove page numbers from minitocs&#xA;&#xA;\undotted          % removes just the dots&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;you did not ask for this but you can also have minilof (for figures) and minilot (for tables)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1713" LastEditorUserId="1713" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-09T19:01:21.983" LastActivityDate="2010-11-09T19:01:21.983" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4859" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4841" CreationDate="2010-11-03T02:54:17.920" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://inkscape.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Inkscape&lt;/a&gt; is often useful for making vector drawings for inclusion in LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1670" LastActivityDate="2010-11-03T02:54:17.920" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4860" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4867" CreationDate="2010-11-03T03:28:19.967" Score="7" ViewCount="407" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have the following in the preamble :   &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setbeamercolor{enumerate item}{fg=red}  &#xA;\setbeamercolor{itemize item}{fg=red}  &#xA;\setbeamertemplate{itemize item}[triangle]  &#xA;\newenvironment{myenumerate}{\begin{enumerate}[(1)]}{\end{enumerate}} . &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Itemize works as intended when it is not called inside any other environment, however if I have an itemize inside myenumerate, I see blue circles instead of red trianges as the symbols marking the item elements :  how can I get red triangles instead?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1645" LastEditorUserId="1645" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-03T17:26:46.840" LastActivityDate="2010-11-03T17:26:46.840" Title="customizing itemize in beamer" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;lists&gt;&lt;itemize&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4861" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4850" CreationDate="2010-11-03T03:32:04.733" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Generally I agree with lockstep that circling might not be the best way to highlight text. In addition to his suggestions, you could also try using a light gray background.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Having said that, here is a way to circle text using TikZ:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{fit,shapes.geometric}&#xA;&#xA;\newcounter{nodemarkers}&#xA;\newcommand\circletext[1]{%&#xA;    \tikz[overlay,remember picture] &#xA;        \node (marker-\arabic{nodemarkers}-a) at (0,1.5ex) {};%&#xA;    #1%&#xA;    \tikz[overlay,remember picture]&#xA;        \node (marker-\arabic{nodemarkers}-b) at (0,0){};%&#xA;    \tikz[overlay,remember picture,inner sep=2pt]&#xA;        \node[draw,ellipse,fit=(marker-\arabic{nodemarkers}-a.center) (marker-\arabic{nodemarkers}-b.center)] {};%&#xA;    \stepcounter{nodemarkers}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{*6{c}}\hline&#xA;    Col 1 &amp;amp; Col 2 &amp;amp; Col 3 &amp;amp; Col 4 &amp;amp; Col 5 &amp;amp; Col 6 \\\hline&#xA;    bla   &amp;amp; bla   &amp;amp; \circletext{bla}   &amp;amp; bla   &amp;amp; bla   &amp;amp; bla \\&#xA;    bla   &amp;amp; bla   &amp;amp; bla   &amp;amp; bla   &amp;amp; bla   &amp;amp; bla \\ &#xA;    ble   &amp;amp; ble   &amp;amp; ble   &amp;amp; bla   &amp;amp; \circletext{bla}   &amp;amp; bla \\ &#xA;    bla   &amp;amp; bla   &amp;amp; bla   &amp;amp; bla   &amp;amp; bla   &amp;amp; bla \\ \hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/PGAxQ.png&quot; alt=&quot;exampl&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\circletext&lt;/code&gt; command defines a node to the left and right of the text and then fits an ellipse around them. More fanciful graphics are of course possible, this is a rather basic example (since I do not know what your table looks like). Two LaTeX runs are necessary to have everything show up in the right place. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: Here is an example of how to mark arbitrary blocks. Ellipses don't look good with large blocks, so it is using rounded rectangles instead:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{fit,shapes.misc}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\marktopleft[1]{%&#xA;    \tikz[overlay,remember picture] &#xA;        \node (marker-#1-a) at (0,1.5ex) {};%&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand\markbottomright[1]{%&#xA;    \tikz[overlay,remember picture] &#xA;        \node (marker-#1-b) at (0,0) {};%&#xA;    \tikz[overlay,remember picture,thick,dashed,inner sep=3pt]&#xA;        \node[draw,rounded rectangle,fit=(marker-#1-a.center) (marker-#1-b.center)] {};%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{*6{c}}\hline&#xA;    Col 1 &amp;amp; Col 2 &amp;amp; Col 3 &amp;amp; Col 4 &amp;amp; Col 5 &amp;amp; Col 6 \\\hline&#xA;    bla   &amp;amp; bla   &amp;amp; \marktopleft{c1}bla   &amp;amp; bla   &amp;amp; bla   &amp;amp; bla \\&#xA;    bla   &amp;amp; bla   &amp;amp; bla   &amp;amp; bla   &amp;amp; bla   &amp;amp; bla \\ &#xA;    ble   &amp;amp; ble   &amp;amp; ble   &amp;amp; bla   &amp;amp; bla\markbottomright{c1}   &amp;amp; bla \\ &#xA;    bla   &amp;amp; bla   &amp;amp; bla   &amp;amp; bla   &amp;amp; bla   &amp;amp; bla \\ &#xA;    bla   &amp;amp; \marktopleft{c2}bla   &amp;amp; bla   &amp;amp; bla   &amp;amp; bla\markbottomright{c2}   &amp;amp; bla \\ \hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Qfwdh.png&quot; alt=&quot;example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-04T00:36:15.530" LastActivityDate="2010-11-04T00:36:15.530" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4862" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4841" CreationDate="2010-11-03T03:47:05.437" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://live.gnome.org/Dia&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Dia&lt;/a&gt; can export to a variety of TeX-formats, including TikZ/pgf, Metapost and PSTricks. Here is a completely nonsensical image I just created with the pgf exporter:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/TmpIl.png&quot; alt=&quot;example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-11-03T03:47:05.437" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4863" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4841" CreationDate="2010-11-03T07:49:30.237" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I saw that electronics.stackexchange.com has a couple of relevant questions about this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://electronics.stackexchange.com/questions/1024/good-tools-for-drawing-schematics&quot;&gt;http://electronics.stackexchange.com/questions/1024/good-tools-for-drawing-schematics&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://electronics.stackexchange.com/questions/1749/what-are-the-best-free-schematic-tools-out-there&quot;&gt;http://electronics.stackexchange.com/questions/1749/what-are-the-best-free-schematic-tools-out-there&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://electronics.stackexchange.com/questions/1206/what-are-the-freeware-spice-simulators-available&quot;&gt;http://electronics.stackexchange.com/questions/1206/what-are-the-freeware-spice-simulators-available&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then you have to test them a little and see with one can do some kind of export into a format with scalable graphics, like svg, eps, pdf.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My guess would be that gEDA can help you, but I think you need to test it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A little side bonus: &lt;a href=&quot;http://electronics.stackexchange.com/questions/4423/text-presentation-of-a-byte/5172#5172&quot;&gt;text presentation of a byte&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="795" LastActivityDate="2010-11-03T07:49:30.237" />
  <row Id="4864" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4808" CreationDate="2010-11-03T08:32:58.857" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've been referring to the easybmat package lately, and since no other answers have been given, I'll do it again. The problem with the easybmat is that it has to be inside mathmode...so you'd have to wrap your text with &lt;code&gt;\text{}&lt;/code&gt; at every cell, or in the column definition. However, with BMAT you can put any lines you like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$\begin{BMAT}[5pt]{|ccccc|}{|cccc|}&#xA;* &amp;amp; * &amp;amp; * &amp;amp; * &amp;amp; * \\&#xA;* &amp;amp; * &amp;amp; * &amp;amp; * &amp;amp; * \\&#xA;* &amp;amp; * &amp;amp; * &amp;amp; * &amp;amp; * \\&#xA;* &amp;amp; * &amp;amp; * &amp;amp; * &amp;amp; *&#xA;\addpath{(1,1,0)ruld}&#xA;\addpath{(4,3,;)lldrrdll}&#xA;\end{BMAT} $&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;produces:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/4unsx.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastActivityDate="2010-11-03T08:32:58.857" />
  <row Id="4865" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4832" CreationDate="2010-11-03T08:58:15.743" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Depending on what you want the 'document on one half of each page' to look like, you might be able to use &lt;code&gt;pgfpages&lt;/code&gt;, as in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.guidodiepen.nl/2009/07/creating-latex-beamer-handouts-with-notes/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.guidodiepen.nl/2009/07/creating-latex-beamer-handouts-with-notes/&lt;/a&gt;. This approach will work if you want existing pages of the document to be scaled down to half the page size.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Otherwise I would use &lt;code&gt;geometry&lt;/code&gt; to create a large bottom margin, and then something like &lt;code&gt;atbegshi&lt;/code&gt; to add the ruled lines to each page (&lt;code&gt;\AtBeginShipout{...}&lt;/code&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1672" LastActivityDate="2010-11-03T08:58:15.743" />
  <row Id="4866" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3871" CreationDate="2010-11-03T09:15:41.337" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;if you add&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[numbers,sort&amp;amp;compress]{natbib}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to your preamble, you should get the expected result.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="828" LastActivityDate="2010-11-03T09:15:41.337" />
  <row Id="4867" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4860" CreationDate="2010-11-03T09:36:28.793" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If your &lt;code&gt;itemize&lt;/code&gt; is inside an &lt;code&gt;enumerate&lt;/code&gt;, the nested level increases by one and a different template/color is used.  So add:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setbeamercolor{itemize subitem}{fg=red}&#xA;\setbeamertemplate{itemize subitem}[triangle]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and you should be all set.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-11-03T09:36:28.793" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4868" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4850" CreationDate="2010-11-03T09:47:36.193" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think replacing the matrix with a TiKZ matrix would allow you to fit paths around groups of cells.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-11-03T09:47:36.193" />
  <row Id="4869" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3293" CreationDate="2010-11-03T13:16:29.157" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sure ... it is even surprisingly easy:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$ pdflatex --fmt=pdftex --shell-escape '\write18{pdflatex hello}\write18{bibtex hello}\write18{pdflatex hello}\bye'&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But kidding aside, the answer is no, realistically. As Will, Patrick and TH wrote already, the macro format  needs to support it, and there are (in practise) no macro packages that do that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastEditorUserId="89" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-03T14:06:08.517" LastActivityDate="2010-11-03T14:06:08.517" />
  <row Id="4870" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4834" CreationDate="2010-11-03T13:36:11.323" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could set the \sfcode of the &quot;end of sentence&quot; chars to something different and test for it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \documentclass[10pt]{report}&#xA; \sfcode`\.=1001&#xA; \sfcode`\?=1001&#xA; \sfcode`\!=1001&#xA; \sfcode`\:=1001&#xA; \newcommand\secname{\ifnum\spacefactor=1001 Secname\else secname\fi}&#xA; \begin{document}&#xA; abc. \secname\ is \secname.&#xA;&#xA; e.g.\@ \secname&#xA; \end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;\nonfrenchspacing is also setting the \sfcodes. In this case you could use something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \documentclass[10pt]{report}&#xA; \nonfrenchspacing&#xA; \newcommand\secname{\ifnum\spacefactor&amp;gt;1900 Secname\else secname\fi}&#xA; \begin{document}&#xA; abc. \secname\ is \secname.&#xA; abc: \secname, \secname.&#xA; e.g.\@ \secname&#xA; \end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-03T14:12:02.557" LastActivityDate="2010-11-03T14:12:02.557" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="4871" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-03T14:15:17.803" Score="0" ViewCount="397" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/823/remove-ugly-borders-around-clickable-crossreferences-and-hyperlinks&quot;&gt;Remove ugly borders around clickable crossreferences and hyperlinks&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't want that my links would have a colored box around them. Currently what I do is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[colorlinks,urlcolor=black]{hyperref}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[pdfborder=0]{hyperref}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But both doesn't seem right.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I explicitly disable the colored box?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The manual implies that setting &lt;code&gt;pdfborder&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;0&lt;/code&gt; is the correct way to do that, but maybe there's still a better way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The style of box around links;&#xA;  defaults to a box with lines of 1pt&#xA;  thickness, &lt;strong&gt;but the &lt;code&gt;colorlinks&lt;/code&gt; option&#xA;  resets it to produce no border&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I still didn't see any explicit way to disable it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1677" LastActivityDate="2010-11-03T14:15:17.803" ClosedDate="2010-11-03T16:22:14.830" Title="Disabling the colored box surrounding links in hyperref" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="4872" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-03T14:56:08.070" Score="6" ViewCount="144" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dear Folks,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have the following minimal example in which the \Gls command of the glossaries package does not seem to work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%%&#xA;% listgloss.text&#xA;% Minimal file to test functionality and use of glossaries package&#xA;%&#xA;% Compile as&#xA;%&#xA;% pdflatex listgloss&#xA;% makeglossaries listgloss&#xA;% pdflatex listgloss&#xA;% pdflatex listgloss&#xA;%%&#xA;\documentclass[a4paper]{article}&#xA;%&#xA;\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}&#xA;%&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}% Must now be the second-last package that is loaded&#xA;\usepackage[acronym]{glossaries}% Must be last package, loaded after hyperref&#xA;%&#xA;\newglossaryentry{htdoc}{name={hypertext document},description={Text file with references to other content via hyperlinks}}&#xA;%&#xA;\newglossaryentry{web}{name={World Wide Web},first={World Wide Web (WWW)}, text={WWW},description={A distributed system of linked hypertext documents}}&#xA;%&#xA;\newacronym{WWW}{WWW}{World Wide Web}&#xA;%&#xA;\newacronym{HTML}{HTML}{HyperText Markup Language}&#xA;%&#xA;\newacronym{SGML}{SGML}{Standard Generalized Markup Language}&#xA;%&#xA;% Define appearance of link on first citation&#xA;%&#xA;\renewcommand{\glsdisplayfirst}[4]{\textsf{\textcolor{magenta}{#1}}}&#xA;%&#xA;\makeglossaries&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;% Test of glossary entries&#xA;% 1. Capitalization&#xA;Should be capitalized: \Gls{htdoc}\\&#xA;Should be lowercase: \gls{htdoc}\\&#xA;% 2. First use&#xA;First use of web: \gls{web}\\&#xA;Second use of web: \gls{web}\\&#xA;&#xA;% Test of acronym entries&#xA;% SGML Is cited and should be listed&#xA;\gls{SGML} is another markup language.\\&#xA;% WWW is never cited but should appear in acronym list&#xA;\glsadd{WWW}\\&#xA;% HTML should not appear in acronym list because not cited and not added&#xA;%&#xA;\printglossaries&#xA;%&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am using TeXLive 2010 on 64-bit Linux and the version of glossaries is [2010/07/10 v2.07 (NLCT)].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can anyone throw light on how to get the correct display, please?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;TIA&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1636" LastActivityDate="2010-11-04T05:17:30.960" Title="Capitalization with glossaries package" Tags="&lt;capitalization&gt;&lt;glossaries&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="4873" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4878" CreationDate="2010-11-03T15:02:27.793" Score="16" ViewCount="199" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm building a LaTeX document that helps me to formulate quotations for my customers.&#xA;Since I decided to offer monthly recurring payments I'd like to have payment dates calculated automatically starting from a specific one.&#xA;Say, for example, that you have:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\today{}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;then I need to have:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\today&lt;/code&gt; +30 days &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\today&lt;/code&gt; +60 days&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\today&lt;/code&gt; +180 days &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and so on...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is that possible?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT&lt;/strong&gt;: I ended up using the package &lt;code&gt;advdate&lt;/code&gt; because I obtained a more compact result to do this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% Payment starts in 4 months.&#xA;\AdvMonth{4}&#xA;&#xA;% 1 chunk per month -&amp;gt; due date:&#xA;\begin{enumerate*}&#xA;    \AdvMonth{1} \item due date: \textbf{\today}&#xA;        ...&#xA;\end{enumerate*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="633" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-25T05:31:17.007" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T05:31:17.007" Title="Date calculations" Tags="&lt;calculations&gt;&lt;datetime&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4874" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4879" CreationDate="2010-11-03T15:10:02.407" Score="5" ViewCount="226" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm writing my thesis as a &lt;code&gt;report&lt;/code&gt; document using &lt;strong&gt;TeXShop&lt;/strong&gt; (&lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;bibtex&lt;/code&gt;) and want the bibliography to get its own section number and appear in the table of contents. Here's what I've tried so far and the problems arising:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{References}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does not add the section number, not in the toc and naturally not in the section title.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\cleardoublepage&#xA;\renewcommand*{\bibname}{\section{References}}&#xA;\bibliographystyle{plain}&#xA;\bibliography{bibliography}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Error: &lt;em&gt;! Incomplete \iffalse; all text was ignored after line 1.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\cleardoublepage&#xA;\section{References}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\bibname}{}&#xA;\bibliographystyle{plain}&#xA;\bibliography{bibliography}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The only problem this leaves is that this starts the actual bibliography on the next page after it inserts &lt;strong&gt;2.5 References&lt;/strong&gt;. Otherwise I would be happy with this solution. How can I solve this issue?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="675" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-03T16:13:58.600" LastActivityDate="2010-11-03T16:13:58.600" Title="How can I add the bibliography in a report with its own section, including number?" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;table-of-contents&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4875" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4834" CreationDate="2010-11-03T15:31:54.297" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Before Ulrike posted her nice answer that uses &lt;code&gt;\spacefactor&lt;/code&gt;, I had thought this would be impossible in TeX without redefining &lt;code&gt;.&lt;/code&gt;. Just for completeness: Here's my answer that does redefine &lt;code&gt;.&lt;/code&gt; (after making it active, which probably is not such a good idea). Note that you do not have to use &lt;code&gt;\@&lt;/code&gt; as in Ulrike's solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\let\period.&#xA;\catcode`.=\active&#xA;\let\qwe\relax&#xA;\futurelet\myspace{ }&#xA;\newcommand.{\period\futurelet\nextchar\testspace}&#xA;\newcommand\testspace{\ifx\nextchar\myspace\expandafter\eatspace\expandafter.\fi}&#xA;\def\eatspace. { \futurelet\nextchar\testsec}&#xA;\newcommand\testsec{\ifx\nextchar\secname\def\qwe{ }\fi}&#xA;\newcommand\secname{\ifx\qwe\relax section\else Section\let\qwe\relax\fi}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;abc. \secname\ is \secname.&#xA;abc: \secname, e.g.\ \secname.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Yes, This looks as if I had I tried to make it as obscure as possible. Two interesting points: 1. Note the definition of &lt;code&gt;\myspace&lt;/code&gt; (&lt;code&gt;\space&lt;/code&gt; does not work!). 2. I didn't manage to use LaTeX's &lt;code&gt;\ifnextchar&lt;/code&gt; to test if the next character is a space, so I used &lt;code&gt;\futurelet&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2010-11-03T15:31:54.297" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4876" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4882" CreationDate="2010-11-03T15:32:45.070" Score="8" ViewCount="179" Body="&lt;p&gt;Which is the correct way to add a signature figure to an article in latex?&#xA;I need to sign an article by adding the image of my signature under my typeset name.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This are the packages and the document class I'm using now:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[greek, italian]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{fullpage}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{boxedminipage}&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\usepackage{minitoc}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now my name is aligned onto the right of the page by using:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\flushright\parbox{5cm}{Daniele Spinosa}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;like a letter signature. I'd like to add my signature image below It.&#xA;How can I do that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="633" LastActivityDate="2010-11-03T18:30:56.297" Title="article signature figure" Tags="&lt;article&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4877" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4873" CreationDate="2010-11-03T15:35:04.517" Score="14" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is possible with the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/datenumber.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;datenumber&lt;/a&gt; package&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{datenumber}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\setdatetoday&#xA;\addtocounter{datenumber}{30}%&#xA;\setdatebynumber{\thedatenumber}%&#xA;In 30 days is \datedate&#xA;&#xA;\setdatetoday&#xA;\addtocounter{datenumber}{60}%&#xA;\setdatebynumber{\thedatenumber}%&#xA;In 60 days is \datedate&#xA;&#xA;\setdatetoday&#xA;\addtocounter{datenumber}{90}%&#xA;\setdatebynumber{\thedatenumber}%&#xA;In 90 days is \datedate&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="632" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-03T16:04:32.903" LastActivityDate="2010-11-03T16:04:32.903" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4878" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4873" CreationDate="2010-11-03T15:42:12.037" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;See the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/advdate&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;advdate&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="4433" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-25T04:00:04.373" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T04:00:04.373" />
  <row Id="4879" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4874" CreationDate="2010-11-03T15:57:54.767" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Preliminary remark: In the report class, the bibliography will by default be typeset as an unnumbered &lt;em&gt;chapter&lt;/em&gt;. If I understand correctly, you do not only want the bibliography to be numbered, but also &quot;downgraded&quot; to a section.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One solution is to selectively change the definition of &lt;code&gt;\thebibliography&lt;/code&gt;. Add the following to your preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{etoolbox}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\patchcmd{\thebibliography}{%&#xA;  \chapter*{\bibname}\@mkboth{\MakeUppercase\bibname}{\MakeUppercase\bibname}}{%&#xA;  \section{References}}{}{}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the main document body, just use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\bibliographystyle{plain}&#xA;\bibliography{bibliography}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I left out &lt;code&gt;\cleardoublepage&lt;/code&gt; for the sake of consistency (sections do not automatically start a new page).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-11-03T15:57:54.767" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4880" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4876" CreationDate="2010-11-03T16:31:56.807" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;sign your name on a piece of paper, then scan it. Then use &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics{sig.jpg}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1222" LastActivityDate="2010-11-03T16:31:56.807" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4881" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4216" CreationDate="2010-11-03T16:36:28.073" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This answer is an attempt to make Matthew happy, who doesn't like that the dots in the colon are so far apart. (@Matthew: I do understand that you don't like it.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand*{\defeq}{\mathrel{\rlap{%&#xA;                     \raisebox{0.3ex}{$\m@th\cdot$}}%&#xA;                     \raisebox{-0.3ex}{$\m@th\cdot$}}%&#xA;                     =}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/NmKrl.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To make Matthew even happier, I provide yet another answer that uses a different approach (motivated by the definition of &lt;code&gt;\vdots&lt;/code&gt;) where the dots are smaller:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*{\defeq}{\mathrel{\vcenter{\baselineskip0.5ex \lineskiplimit0pt&#xA;                     \hbox{\scriptsize.}\hbox{\scriptsize.}}}%&#xA;                     =}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/KHJng.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-03T19:13:07.217" LastActivityDate="2010-11-03T19:13:07.217" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="4882" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4876" CreationDate="2010-11-03T18:04:59.050" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mica essentially answered your question. To make it slightly more complete: Instead of&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\flushright\parbox{5cm}{Daniele Spinosa}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(you don't need the &lt;code&gt;\parbox&lt;/code&gt; here) use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\flushright&#xA;Daniele Spinosa&#xA;\includegraphics[width=2.5cm]{sig.jpg}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(You might want to adjust the &lt;code&gt;2.5cm&lt;/code&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2010-11-03T18:04:59.050" />
  <row Id="4883" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-03T18:07:44.917" Score="1" ViewCount="175" Body="&lt;p&gt;In this example, using &lt;code&gt;pst-tree&lt;/code&gt; package: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\psedge{\ncangles[armA=.5, angleB=180, linearc=.2]}&#xA;\pstree[treemode=R, levelsep=3cm] {\Toval{ root }} {&#xA;  \Toval{ Tom }&#xA;  \Toval{ Cat }&#xA;  \Toval{ Very very very very very long entry }&#xA;  \Toval{ Jerry }&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The output is ugly because the nodes are aligned by center, how can I make it align to the left?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1679" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-03T22:21:14.897" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T05:44:54.190" Title="Alignment in pst-tree" Tags="&lt;pstricks&gt;&lt;pstree&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4884" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4876" CreationDate="2010-11-03T18:30:56.297" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;First of all, if your signature is scanned as a bitmap file such as PNG or JPG, try to convert it to vector with &lt;a href=&quot;http://potrace.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;potrace&lt;/a&gt;.  If you use Inkscape this is pretty straightforward.  Save it as PDF.  It will be much prettier.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then you want to &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt; but set the bounding box to make the graphic reserve less space than its actual extent.  That produces an effect like you're writing on paper.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Yours TeXnically,&#xA;&#xA;Microspino&#xA;&#xA;\includegraphicics[bb=0 0 144 72]{sig.pdf}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To be honest I've never been good at hacking the bounding box, so if it were me I would use TikZ here:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Microspino&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \usesasboundingbox (0,0) rectangle (5cm,4em); % &amp;lt;--adjust the height if you want&#xA;  \node[anchor=south west] {\includegraphics{sig.pdf}};  &#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want things on the right you can use &lt;code&gt;\flushright&lt;/code&gt; as above.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-11-03T18:30:56.297" />
  <row Id="4885" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4898" CreationDate="2010-11-03T19:21:14.330" Score="7" ViewCount="240" Body="&lt;p&gt;Strange recursive macro output&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The code that follows describes a macro that can iterate recursively (i.e, a forloop) and uses e-TeX &lt;code&gt;numexpr&lt;/code&gt;. It is based on an example found in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.let.rug.nl/alfa/tex/tetex30/etex/base/etex-man.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;e-TeX manual&lt;/a&gt;  (page 9)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first part of the code is pretty straight forward. In the second definition of &lt;code&gt;foo&lt;/code&gt;, it appears that the macro loops twice! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;0,1,2,3,4,5&#xA;TeX&#xA;TeX&#xA;TeX&#xA;TeX&#xA;TeX&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Something does not look correct here! It reminds me of closures in JavaScript. Can you explain this behaviour?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is also a second part to the question. The e-TeX manual defines a similar function as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\foo#1#2{\noindent\number#1&#xA;\ifnum#1&amp;lt;#2,&#xA;\expandafter\foo&#xA;\expandafter{\number\numexpr#1+1\expandafter}%&#xA;\expandafter{\number#2\expandafter}%&#xA;\fi}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What are all these &lt;code&gt;\expandafters&lt;/code&gt; used for? They seem unecessary. Shouldn't also the comma be after &lt;code&gt;\number#1&lt;/code&gt; on line one rather than after the &lt;code&gt;ifnum&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is my code with all three examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\def\foo#1#2#3{\noindent\number#1, \TeX\par&#xA;\ifnum#1&amp;lt;#2   &#xA;  \foo{\number\numexpr#1+\number#3}{\number#2}{\number#3}%&#xA;\fi}&#xA;&#xA;\foo{0}{5}{1}&#xA;\bigskip&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\def\foo#1#2#3{\noindent\number#1, &#xA;\ifnum#1&amp;lt;#2&#xA;  \foo{\number\numexpr#1+\number#3}{\number#2}{\number#3}%&#xA;   %\else\relax&#xA;&#xA;\noindent\TeX\par&#xA;\fi}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\foo{12}{18}{1}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\bigskip&#xA;\def\foo#1#2{\number#1, \TeX\par&#xA;\ifnum#1&amp;lt;#2&#xA;\expandafter\foo&#xA;\expandafter{\number\numexpr#1+1\expandafter}%&#xA;\expandafter{\number#2\expandafter}% &#xA;\fi}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\foo{12}{18}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-23T17:36:21.083" LastActivityDate="2010-11-23T17:36:21.083" Title="Strange recursive macro output" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;e-tex&gt;&lt;recursion&gt;&lt;loops&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="4886" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4885" CreationDate="2010-11-03T19:36:22.383" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Not sure what you want to happen but if you change the second example to &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\foo#1#2#3{\noindent\number#1,\TeX\par&#xA;\ifnum#1&amp;lt;#2&#xA;  \foo{\number\numexpr#1+\number#3}{\number#2}{\number#3}%&#xA;\fi}&#xA;&#xA;\foo{12}{18}{1}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;you will get&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;12, TeX&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;13, TeX&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;14, TeX&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;15, TeX&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;16, TeX&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;17, TeX&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;18, TeX&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the last example, you can judge for yourself if the &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt;s are necessary by taking them out and seeing what happens.  Essentially the &lt;code&gt;\ifnum&lt;/code&gt; will get evaluated not on a number but on &lt;code&gt;\number\numexpr#1+1&lt;/code&gt;, which it won't know how to resolve.  You get an infinite loop.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-11-03T19:36:22.383" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="4887" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4921" CreationDate="2010-11-03T20:49:49.483" Score="4" ViewCount="404" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a TikZ/PGF file created directly by a graphing package of the form &lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}{dimensions} ... \end{tikzpicture}&lt;/code&gt;.  The file uses &lt;code&gt;\pgftext[...]{\selectfont{Some text here or \boldmath$math$}}&lt;/code&gt; to render text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;By default, when I include the file in my document, the text is typeset in the default font for my document (Latin Modern Serif).  However, I wish for all of my figures/graphs to be typeset in a sans-serif font (Latin Modern Sans).  How can I go about this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ideally, I would like to accomplish this without having to edit the file directly (so just changing the LaTeX around where I include it).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update: Minimal Example&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA; \pgftext{\selectfont{Hello \boldmath$W \times orld$}}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anything which can correctly set that piece of text to be sans-serif should do the trick.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="753" LastEditorUserId="753" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-03T23:53:08.803" LastActivityDate="2010-11-04T12:31:07.513" Title="PGF/TikZ and Sans Serif Fonts" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4888" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4887" CreationDate="2010-11-03T21:03:42.907" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Some more details could have been very helpful. To choose a certain font style for your picture you simply have to give appropriate options to the &lt;code&gt;tikzpicture&lt;/code&gt; environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}[font=\sffamily]&#xA;% picture contents&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For a global setting you may try &lt;code&gt;\tikzstyle{every picture}+=[font=\sffamily]&lt;/code&gt; in the preamble.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-11-03T21:03:42.907" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4889" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4923" CreationDate="2010-11-03T21:07:15.327" Score="14" ViewCount="329" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to include part of the contents of a .tex file into a different .tex file. I don't have the option of modifying the file to include. The file to include may change so simply copying and pasting the part I need is not ideal.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Essentially, I'm wondering if there is something that would work like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\input[start-end]{file.tex}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where &lt;code&gt;start&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;end&lt;/code&gt; are the first and last lines to include from the file?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="931" LastActivityDate="2010-11-04T23:14:32.007" Title="\input only part of a file" Tags="&lt;input&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="4890" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4796" CreationDate="2010-11-03T22:30:34.540" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Unless you do anything special, keywords in the algorithms package are simply bold, so you could format those yourself, i.e. as in &lt;code&gt;\mathbf{while}&lt;/code&gt;, when you need to refer to those keywords in the text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-11-03T22:30:34.540" />
  <row Id="4891" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4895" CreationDate="2010-11-03T22:37:17.630" Score="5" ViewCount="429" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm sorry if this question has been answered earlier or is too basic for this site, but I couldn't find a reference.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using LaTeX using the article documentclass.  I haven't customized any of the LaTeX variables that determine lengths, such as &lt;code&gt;\parindent&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\topskip&lt;/code&gt; etc.  I want to control the amount of vertical spacing that appears right above a new &lt;code&gt;\paragraph&lt;/code&gt;.  In particular, I want to squeeze it.  Any hints?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="529" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-27T10:55:20.547" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T10:55:20.547" Title="How do I control the spacing above a new \paragraph?" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;sections-paragraphs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="4892" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4730" CreationDate="2010-11-03T22:59:41.913" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You are not going crazy!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{amsart}&lt;/code&gt; is the culprit.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With standard &lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt; class everything works fine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can you change the class? Maybe updating ams packages helps? Somebody more involved with ams classes should help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="137" LastActivityDate="2010-11-03T22:59:41.913" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4893" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4894" CreationDate="2010-11-03T23:11:29.717" Score="5" ViewCount="174" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do I change a font for a latex document?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am using the &lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&lt;/code&gt;, which sets the document in a serif font. &#xA;I also declared &lt;code&gt;\usepacke{helvet}&lt;/code&gt;, since thats the font I would like to use as a sans-serif. &#xA;But how do I get latex to actually set the document in a sans-serif font?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, I am using the package &lt;code&gt;lslisting&lt;/code&gt; to format code-listings. &#xA;How can I set my document,so that all code is set in a separate font, e.g. courier or any other typewriter font?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1681" LastActivityDate="2010-11-03T23:23:47.957" Title="How do I change a font document wide?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;formatting&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4894" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4893" CreationDate="2010-11-03T23:23:47.957" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You want to change the default family to be the sans serif family.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand\familydefault{\sfdefault}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;does exactly that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Concerning your other question, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\lstset{basicstyle=\ttfamily}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;make all code to be typeset in the active typewriter family, which is by default Computer Modern Typewriter. You can change that to Courier with &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{courier}&lt;/code&gt;, just as you select Helvetica for the sans family with &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{helvet}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1239" LastActivityDate="2010-11-03T23:23:47.957" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="4895" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4891" CreationDate="2010-11-03T23:45:12.733" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Now that your document class is known, the rest isn't too hard. The definition of &lt;code&gt;\paragraph&lt;/code&gt; needs to be changed. If you add the following to your preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand{\paragraph}{%&#xA;  \@startsection{paragraph}{4}%&#xA;  {\z@}{3.25ex \@plus 1ex \@minus .2ex}{-1em}%&#xA;  {\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries}%&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;at first nothing will change at all because that's the original definition of &lt;code&gt;\paragraph&lt;/code&gt; in the article class. Change &lt;code&gt;3.25ex&lt;/code&gt; to a smaller value, and the vertical spacing before a paragraph section will be reduced. (The values after &lt;code&gt;\@plus&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\@minus&lt;/code&gt; are parameters for stretching and shrinking the standard space - you may change those also, but don't need to.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-11-03T23:45:12.733" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="4896" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4891" CreationDate="2010-11-03T23:47:26.153" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Package &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/titlesec&quot;&gt;titlesec&lt;/a&gt; provides many tools for customizing chapter/section/paragraph/etc headings. Here is an example (which also serves as an example of minimal working example ;-) ):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{textcomp}&#xA;\usepackage{lmodern}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{titlesec}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}% provides filler text&#xA;&#xA;\titlespacing{\paragraph}{%&#xA;  0pt}{%              left margin&#xA;  0.5\baselineskip}{% space before (vertical)&#xA;  1em}%               space after (horizontal)&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;&#xA;\paragraph{Lipsum 2} \lipsum[2]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately, there is no easy way (that I know) to change only the vertical spacing before, you need to specify the other parameters too, namely &lt;code&gt;0pt&lt;/code&gt; for left margin and &lt;code&gt;1em&lt;/code&gt; for the spacing after (got that one from guessing and checking). I made the vertical spacing &lt;code&gt;0.5\baselineskip&lt;/code&gt; which mean half the height of a normal line, and looks smaller that the default spacing. Obviously, you can use &lt;code&gt;0pt&lt;/code&gt; to squeeze this space completely.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1239" LastActivityDate="2010-11-03T23:47:26.153" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="4897" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2003" CreationDate="2010-11-03T23:58:36.283" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Some authors really want to distinguish the &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;...&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; operator from &lt;code&gt;\langle...\rangle&lt;/code&gt;. In this case, you can get the spacing right that way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*\diam [1] {\mathopen&amp;lt; #1 \mathclose&amp;gt;}&#xA;\newcommand*\scal [1] {\langle #1 \rangle}&#xA;% usage: \( \diam{\phi} = \diam{\psi} \neq \scal{\phi, \psi} \)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm surprised nobody mentioned that before.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1239" LastActivityDate="2010-11-03T23:58:36.283" />
  <row Id="4898" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4885" CreationDate="2010-11-04T00:32:45.310" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For now, I'll answer only your second question, about the example from e-TeX. The &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt; are used to force TeX to actually do the computation before calling &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt; recursively, and to clear the finale &lt;code&gt;\fi&lt;/code&gt; so that the recursion is terminal. This isn't strictly necessary but is an optimisation. Here is a way to visually check my first assertion:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;&#xA;\def\foo#1#2{\noindent\number#1&#xA;  \ifnum#1&amp;lt;#2,&#xA;  \expandafter\foo&#xA;  \expandafter{\number\numexpr#1+1\expandafter}%&#xA;  \expandafter{\number#2\expandafter}%&#xA;  \fi}&#xA;&#xA;\def\noexpfoo#1#2{\noindent\number#1&#xA;  \ifnum#1&amp;lt;#2,&#xA;  \noexpfoo&#xA;  {\number\numexpr#1+1}%&#xA;  {\number#2}%&#xA;  \fi}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\tracingmacros1&#xA;\foo{1}{5}&#xA;\noexpfoo{1}{5}&#xA;\tracingmacros0&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After compiling this file, look at the log. You can check that the last call of &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt; has arguments &lt;code&gt;5&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;5&lt;/code&gt;, while the last call to &lt;code&gt;\noexpfoo&lt;/code&gt; has &lt;code&gt;\number \numexpr \number \numexpr \number \numexpr \number \numexpr 1+1+1+1+1&lt;/code&gt; as its first argument, which is essentially a representation of 5 in base one, as opposed to its base ten representation used in the &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt; case. The size of the first argument grows exponentially in the no-expandafter case. This is very bad and will make TeX crash due to lack of memory, or at least run very slowly, for big loops.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Clearing the final &lt;code&gt;\fi&lt;/code&gt; serves the same purpose of making the macro more scalable, in a different way. Without the final &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt; in the definition of &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt;, at the final call, TeX's input stack would look like &lt;code&gt;\foo{5}{5}\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi&lt;/code&gt;, with all the associated information about with macro call the different &lt;code&gt;\fi&lt;/code&gt; are coming from. With the final &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt; (indirectly triggered by the first one), the input stack looks like &lt;code&gt;\foo{5}{5}&lt;/code&gt; without any trailing &lt;code&gt;\if&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not including more details about &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt; chaining and the way conditionals expand to keep the answer focused, but feel free to ask if needed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, the comma is after the &lt;code&gt;\ifnum&lt;/code&gt; test so that you get &lt;code&gt;1, 2, 3, 4, 5&lt;/code&gt; without a trailing comma-space as in &lt;code&gt;1, 2, 3, 4, 5,&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Complement&lt;/strong&gt; about expansion. So, in the definition of &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt; there are 5 &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt;s and three &lt;code&gt;\number&lt;/code&gt;s. The first &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt; expands whatever there is after &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt;, which happens to be the second &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt;, which in turns expands what follows the brace, ie the second &lt;code&gt;\number&lt;/code&gt; (the first one is earlier in the macro). Now, &lt;code&gt;\number&lt;/code&gt; tries to read a number expanding everything until it finds something that doesn't belong to a number. Here the right brace will stop that process, but it won't be hit until the third &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt; is expanded, which triggers the fourth &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt;, which in turn triggers the last &lt;code&gt;\number&lt;/code&gt; which, in the course of processing everything up to the closing brace, triggers the next &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt;, which expands whatever comes after the brace, which is... wait for it... &lt;code&gt;\fi&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, a common misconception about how TeX handles (expands) conditionals is to forget that the &lt;code&gt;\fi&lt;/code&gt; is still here. When TeX expands the &lt;code&gt;\ifnum&lt;/code&gt;, it &lt;em&gt;doesn't&lt;/em&gt; read everything up to the &lt;code&gt;\fi&lt;/code&gt;. That's what a macro would do with its arguments: read them entirely. But branches of conditionals &lt;em&gt;are not&lt;/em&gt; macro arguments. Instead, when expanding &lt;code&gt;\ifnum&lt;/code&gt; and seeing it is true, TeX just continues reading the rest, making a note to self that the next &lt;code&gt;\fi&lt;/code&gt; encountered is completely normal and should be silently expanding to nothing. If it encounters a &lt;code&gt;\else&lt;/code&gt; first, then is will ignore it and everything up to (and including) the closing &lt;code&gt;\fi&lt;/code&gt;. So, &lt;em&gt;only&lt;/em&gt; ignored branches are treated as a block.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1239" LastEditorUserId="1239" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-04T14:47:39.790" LastActivityDate="2010-11-04T14:47:39.790" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="4899" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4885" CreationDate="2010-11-04T01:15:52.140" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Now, concerning your first question. There is no double recursion going on. You seem to believe the macros recurse-loops to print &lt;code&gt;1, 2, 3, 4, 5&lt;/code&gt; and the recurse-loops again to print all the &lt;code&gt;TeX&lt;/code&gt;s. The truth is, there is only one recursion, but the final &lt;code&gt;TeX&lt;/code&gt; are kept on a pile and poped at the end of the recursion. That is, when the final call to &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt;is made, TeX's input stream looks like &lt;code&gt;\foo{arg1]{arg2}{arg3}\noindent\TeX\par\noindent\TeX\par\ETC.&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is an example that makes it more visual by changing the output color at each invocation of &lt;code&gt;\fooX&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\nbcolor[2]{%&#xA;  \color{green!\number\numexpr(#2-#1)*100/#2\relax!blue}}&#xA;&#xA;\def\fooa#1#2#3{&#xA;  \begingroup \nbcolor{#1}{#2}%&#xA;  \noindent\number#1, \TeX\par&#xA;\ifnum#1&amp;lt;#2&#xA;  \fooa{\number\numexpr#1+\number#3}{\number#2}{\number#3}%&#xA;\fi \endgroup}&#xA;&#xA;\def\foob#1#2#3{%&#xA;  \begingroup \nbcolor{#1}{#2}%&#xA;  \noindent\number#1,&#xA;\ifnum#1&amp;lt;#2&#xA;  \foob{\number\numexpr#1+\number#3}{\number#2}{\number#3}%&#xA;&#xA;\noindent\TeX\par&#xA;\fi \endgroup}&#xA;&#xA;\def\fooc#1#2#3{&#xA;  \begingroup \nbcolor{#1}{#2}%&#xA;  \noindent\number#1,&#xA;\ifnum#1&amp;lt;#2&#xA;  \fooc{\number\numexpr#1+\number#3}{\number#2}{\number#3}%&#xA;   \else\relax&#xA;&#xA;\noindent\TeX\par&#xA;\fi \endgroup}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\fooa{0}{5}{1} \bigskip&#xA;\foob{0}{5}{1} \bigskip&#xA;\fooc{0}{5}{1} \bigskip&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I hope it makes it clearer that &lt;code&gt;\foob&lt;/code&gt; loops only once. The last &lt;code&gt;\TeX&lt;/code&gt; remains from the first call to &lt;code&gt;\foob&lt;/code&gt;, the last-but-one from the second, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;By the way, this has nothing to do with TeX, it's a general fact with recursion: you don't get the same result depending on the relative place of the recursive call and the rest of the code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1239" LastActivityDate="2010-11-04T01:15:52.140" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4900" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4872" CreationDate="2010-11-04T05:17:30.960" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The trouble you've got has to do with what &lt;code&gt;\glsdisplayfirst&lt;/code&gt; expects to see and what it actually receives after TeX expands this line in your code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\glsdisplayfirst}[4]{\textsf{\textcolor{magenta}{#1}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\glsdisplayfirst&lt;/code&gt; is trying to capitalize &lt;code&gt;\textsf{\textcolor{magenta}{#1}}&lt;/code&gt; which, after expansion, is not in the form it needs to be.  You can fix things up by protecting it from expansion first, e.g., like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareRobustCommand\textsfmagenta[1]{\textsf{\textcolor{magenta}{#1}}}&#xA;\renewcommand{\glsdisplayfirst}[4]{\textsfmagenta{#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Voila, now things work!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;BTW, your &quot;minimal&quot; example was anything but. Maybe something this would have been better (incudes my updated to your code):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}% Must now be the second-last package that is loaded&#xA;\usepackage[acronym]{glossaries}% Must be last package, loaded after hyperref&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareRobustCommand\textsfmagenta[1]{\textsf{\textcolor{magenta}{#1}}}&#xA;\renewcommand{\glsdisplayfirst}[4]{\textsfmagenta{#1}}&#xA;\makeglossaries&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\newglossaryentry{htdoc}{name={hypertext document},%&#xA;                         description={Text file with references}}&#xA;Should be capitalized: \Gls{htdoc}&#xA;&#xA;Should be lowercase: \gls{htdoc}&#xA;&#xA;\printglossaries&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1598" LastActivityDate="2010-11-04T05:17:30.960" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4901" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-04T07:22:14.253" Score="6" ViewCount="184" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am puzzled as to how to replace Type 3 bitmap fonts contained in a series of old PostScript files with more modern, Type 1 scalable fonts.   My goal is to convert the PS files into high quality, searchable PDFs, which is not possible with the Type 3 fonts in place.  All of the PS files in question were created during the 1990's with version of LaTeX and dvips (version 5.58 or earlier), and the LaTeX source files are now lost.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;CTAN has a Perl program, pkfix, that claims to be able to replace the Type 3 with Type 1 fonts for the PS files that were created with dvips (version 5.58 or newer).  However, when I attempt to use this program on a file created by this version of dvips, I received the following error message:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Warning: dvips version 5.58 does not generate the required font comments!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After this I tried using another script, pkfix-helper, as a way of cleaning up the PS files for processing by pkfix.  However, I have not been successful here either.  The following is the output that I receive at the Terminal when I try to process a file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Reading foobar94.ps ... done.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Number of Type 3 fonts encountered: 5&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Bitmapped fonts are typeset at 300 DPI.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Finding character widths ... done.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Reading TFM files ... done (0 TFMs in 0 scaling variations).&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  pkfix-helper.pl: No TFM files were processed successfully&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I should note that I am running Mac OS 10.6.4, and my TeX installation is MacTeX 2010.  In fact, I upgraded from MacTeX 2009, thinking that a newer version of tftopl, the program pkfix-helper invokes in order to process the TFM files, might solve the problem.  However, I continue to get the same error.Blockquote&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1684" LastActivityDate="2010-11-04T07:22:14.253" ClosedDate="2010-11-22T21:22:20.253" Title="How do I convert old PostScript files created with dvips to searchable PDFs?" Tags="&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;postscript&gt;" CommentCount="8" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4902" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4910" CreationDate="2010-11-04T07:28:17.757" Score="6" ViewCount="202" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is the document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[top=3in, bottom=3in, left=3in, right=3in]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\interlinepenalty=10000&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;This is first short par\footnote{foot note}&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you can see the foot note is &quot;glued&quot; to the text and is not a &quot;foot&quot; note any more.. How can I make drop it down to the bottom of the page, where it will look like a real foot note?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1449" LastActivityDate="2010-11-05T01:05:05.863" Title="Why my footnote is &quot;glued&quot; to the text?" Tags="&lt;footnotes&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="4903" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4905" CreationDate="2010-11-04T07:48:33.433" Score="-2" ViewCount="371" Body="&lt;p&gt;I tried the following, but it seems not right...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{defn}&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;\item 1&#xA;\item 2&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;\end{defn}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1685" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-04T07:54:56.840" LastActivityDate="2010-11-04T19:05:35.017" Title="How to itemize in the Definition environment" Tags="&lt;itemize&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="4904" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4902" CreationDate="2010-11-04T07:53:48.370" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You're telling TeX that breaking a page in the middle of paragraphs is infinitely bad. As a result, it's starting a new page after the first paragraph which results in a really underfull page. If you want the page to break after the first paragraph, you should write &lt;code&gt;\newpage&lt;/code&gt; after it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think &lt;code&gt;\interlinepenalty=10000&lt;/code&gt; is absurd. If you want to control paragraph breaks to that degree, you should simply be explicitly laying out each page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-05T01:05:05.863" LastActivityDate="2010-11-05T01:05:05.863" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4905" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4903" CreationDate="2010-11-04T07:55:56.140" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{definition}&#xA;  \item[heading] lorem ipsum&#xA;  \item[heading] lorem lorem&#xA;\end{definition}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where, for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{definition}[1]&#xA;{\begin{list}{}%&#xA;    {\renewcommand\makelabel[1]{\textsf{##1:}\hfil}%&#xA;    \settowidth\labelwidth{\makelabel{#1}}%&#xA;    \setlength\leftmargin{\labelwidth+\labelsep}}}%&#xA;{\end{list}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is a full example that compiles&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{minimal} &#xA;\usepackage{calc}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\xdef\definitiondelimiter{:}&#xA;\newenvironment{definition}[1]&#xA;{\begin{list}{}%&#xA;    {\renewcommand\makelabel[1]{\textsf{##1}\definitiondelimiter\hfil}%&#xA;    \settowidth\labelwidth{\makelabel{#1}}%&#xA;    \setlength\leftmargin{\labelwidth+\labelsep}}}%&#xA;{\end{list}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{definition}{012345678901}&#xA;\item [Function] \textit{function absolute()}&#xA;\item[Description] Calculates the absolute value of $x$&#xA;\item[Errors] None&#xA;\item[Return values]&#xA;The absolute value of $x$. This is avery long statement to see how the text is wrapping around the balance of what you wish to write.&#xA;\end{definition}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edited: to add example code as to how to define it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-04T19:05:35.017" LastActivityDate="2010-11-04T19:05:35.017" CommentCount="14" />
  <row Id="4906" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4903" CreationDate="2010-11-04T08:43:16.043" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Based on your comments to Yiannis's answer, it seems like you just want to use the &lt;code&gt;itemize&lt;/code&gt; environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{itemize}&#xA;\item \textbf{Heading 1.} Blah blah blah&#xA;\item \textbf{Heading 2.} Blah blah blah&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-11-04T08:43:16.043" />
  <row Id="4907" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4912" CreationDate="2010-11-04T08:52:35.033" Score="7" ViewCount="306" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to the pgfmanual, setting options on a clipping path is Not Allowed, so&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\clip[fill=red] (0,0) circle (1);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;doesn't work.  That's all very well, and the above is certainly avoidable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, what also doesn't work is when these options are set &lt;em&gt;implicitly&lt;/em&gt;, say by providing an &lt;code&gt;every path/.style={fill=red}&lt;/code&gt; on the encompassing scope.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there some way to have my path and clip it?  That is, is there some way to clear the current global settings on an individual path?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's an example of the sort of thing I'd like to be able to do (but can't):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[every path/.style={fill=red}]&#xA;\clip (0,0) -- (1,0) -- (1,1) -- (0,0);&#xA;\draw (0,0) rectangle (1,1);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I should emphasise that this is a &lt;strong&gt;minimal&lt;/strong&gt; example: in the actual case, I have lots of paths and lots of different layers and scopes, and would really like to be able to specify the default path style on the main &lt;code&gt;tikzpicture&lt;/code&gt; environment.  Even doing this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\clip (0,0) -- (1,0) -- (1,1) -- (0,0);&#xA;\begin{scope}[every path/.style={fill=red}]&#xA;\draw (0,0) rectangle (1,1);&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;would, in the resulting Real World implementation, be irritating.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In case it helps, I'm using TeXLive 2010 but with pgf dated 2010-07-25.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-11-04T11:54:10.493" Title="Is it possible to clear tikz/pgf options?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4908" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4889" CreationDate="2010-11-04T09:08:08.427" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As is stated in the comments, &lt;code&gt;sed -ne 42,99p&lt;/code&gt; will copy lines 42–99 (inclusive) from its input to its output. That is assuming you're on some sort of unix (though I suppose you can have sed on windows too). You can do this in a script or a makefile, putting the result in a temporary file that you include.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alternatively, assuming you are on unix, you can resort to some mild unix wizardry: Say the TeX file you want to include part of, is named &lt;code&gt;foo.tex&lt;/code&gt;. Then you can do&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;mkfifo foosnips.tex&#xA;while sed -ne 42,99p foo.tex &amp;gt; foosnips.tex || [ $? == 141 ]; do sleep 1; done &amp;amp;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(modify for your shell if it's not (ba)sh) and then input &lt;code&gt;foosnips&lt;/code&gt; in your master TeX file. Each time you TeX it, the sed command will extract the requested lines. The background job should keep on running until you reboot the computer, but thanks to the way fifos work, it will not actually do anything until the fifo is opened for reading. Kill it by hand when it is no longer needed, or if you need to adjust the parameters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Doing it that way is perhaps not worth it, unless &lt;code&gt;foo.tex&lt;/code&gt; changes very often, or the extract is very large and you don't want to keep it as a separate file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The test for exit status 141 (128+13, where 13 is the signal number of the PIPE signal) is there to make sure the loop is not terminated if you read only part of the output from the fifo, as when TeX is quit due to some error. And the sleep is needed to make sure the process at the receiving end of the fifo has a chance to close the file before a new sed process starts.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2010-11-04T09:08:08.427" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4909" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4889" CreationDate="2010-11-04T09:17:04.400" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's something that's totally untested!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newread\pin&#xA;\newcount\pcount&#xA;\def\partialinput[#1-#2]#3{%&#xA;    \openin\pin #3&#xA;    \global\pcount0&#xA;    \loop\ifnum\pcount&amp;lt;#1\relax&#xA;        \read\pin to\l&#xA;        \global\advance\pcount1&#xA;    \repeat&#xA;    \loop\ifnum\pcount&amp;lt;#2\relax&#xA;        \read\pin to\l\l&#xA;        \global\advance\pcount1&#xA;    \repeat&#xA;    \read\pin to\l\l&#xA;    \closein\pin&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Modulo errors, that defines a new macro &lt;code&gt;\partialinput&lt;/code&gt; that should work as you describe.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Actually, that numbers lines starting at 0. replace the &lt;code&gt;\global\pcount0&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;\global\pcount1&lt;/code&gt; to start at 1 instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-11-04T09:17:04.400" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4910" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4902" CreationDate="2010-11-04T09:31:47.197" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think you might also be interested in the package &lt;code&gt;footmisc&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When you use &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[bottom]{footmisc}&lt;/code&gt;, it always puts the footnote as much to the bottom as possible.That means that if your page breaks for whatever reasons (preventing widows or orphans), e.g., 3 lines before it would be full, the footnote is typeset to the bottom as if the page was really full.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The result is you have all the footnotes on all pages at the bottom.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1686" LastActivityDate="2010-11-04T09:31:47.197" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4911" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4919" CreationDate="2010-11-04T09:37:51.253" Score="5" ViewCount="217" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&#xA;I have a problem with SQL code in pdf document. For code representation I'm using listings module. Everything works perfect until I copy-paste that code from created PDF document. I get some phantom spaces in string type.&#xA;When people are reading my pdf document, they need to copy-paste some of the code. Visually code looks good in pdf, but when I try to copy-paste my code to notepad or any other editor I get some unexpected spaces in strings.&#xA;In example down below, when I copy-paste my SQL code, instead of getting:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;SELECT ST_Area(the_geom) &#xA; FROM katastar &#xA; WHERE kc_broj = '1414';&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I get&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;SELECT ST_Area(the_geom) &#xA; FROM katastar &#xA; WHERE kc_broj = ' 1414 ';&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See the spaces in between quotes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{listings,xcolor}&#xA;&#xA;\lstset{&#xA; tabsize=4,&#xA;        basicstyle=\scriptsize,&#xA;        %upquote=false,&#xA;        aboveskip=\baselineskip,&#xA;        columns=fixed,&#xA;        showstringspaces=false,&#xA;        extendedchars=true,&#xA;        breaklines=true,&#xA;        prebreak = \raisebox{0ex}[0ex][0ex]{\ensuremath{\hookleftarrow}},&#xA; frame=single,&#xA;        showtabs=false,&#xA;        showspaces=false,&#xA;        identifierstyle=\ttfamily,&#xA;        keywordstyle=\color[rgb]{0,0,1},&#xA;        commentstyle=\color[rgb]{0.133,0.545,0.133},&#xA;        stringstyle=\color[rgb]{0.627,0.126,0.941},&#xA; language=SQL&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}&#xA;SELECT ST_Area(the_geom) &#xA; FROM katastar &#xA; WHERE kc_broj = '1414';&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can you help me pliz.&#xA;Thx.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1687" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-04T10:08:52.020" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T01:36:38.797" Title="Phantom spaces in listings (pdf)" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;listings&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="4912" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4907" CreationDate="2010-11-04T09:50:42.957" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This seems to work.  Is it preferable?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}[every path/.style={fill=red}]&#xA;{&#xA;  \tikzset{every path/.style={}}&#xA;  \clip (0,0) -- (1,0) -- (1,1) -- (0,0);&#xA;}&#xA;\draw (0,0) rectangle (1,1);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-04T11:54:10.493" LastActivityDate="2010-11-04T11:54:10.493" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4913" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4918" CreationDate="2010-11-04T10:18:17.327" Score="8" ViewCount="243" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to do this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{natbib}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;% ...&#xA;\phantomsection&#xA;\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{References}&#xA;\appendix&#xA;\bibliographystyle{apalike}&#xA;\bibliography{mybib}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want my bibliography be titled as &lt;code&gt;&quot;A. References&quot;&lt;/code&gt;, as all other appendixes. But it's still titled as &lt;code&gt;&quot;References&quot;&lt;/code&gt;. What to do?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1449" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-07T20:35:25.623" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T21:08:54.080" Title="How to make my bibliography an appendix?" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;appendices&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="4914" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4916" CreationDate="2010-11-04T10:36:50.747" Score="3" ViewCount="231" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a &lt;code&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/code&gt; footer with my personal data and I would like to add some cute symbol inline with my website url. I've already included the &lt;code&gt;marvosym&lt;/code&gt; package and used:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\Letter&lt;/code&gt; symbol before my email address&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\Telefon&lt;/code&gt; symbol before my phone number.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I need a nice symbol for my website url. Could you please suggest me one?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="633" LastActivityDate="2010-11-04T11:20:12.833" Title="Latex symbol for personal website url" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="4915" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4785" CreationDate="2010-11-04T11:07:19.380" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/LaTeX/Document_Structure#Sectioning_Commands&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;what&lt;/a&gt; I've found and it works perfectly:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% ...&#xA;\phantomsection&#xA;\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{Introduction}&#xA;\section*{Introduction}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1449" LastActivityDate="2010-11-04T11:07:19.380" />
  <row Id="4916" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4914" CreationDate="2010-11-04T11:20:12.833" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;How about&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\Mundus&lt;/code&gt; for a “World” symbol, or maybe&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ComputerMouse&lt;/code&gt; ?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Both also from &lt;code&gt;marvosym&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In any case have a look at the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/comprehensive.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;comprehensive symbol list&lt;/a&gt; for further ideas.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-11-04T11:20:12.833" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4917" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4517" CreationDate="2010-11-04T11:35:41.543" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;So I decided to give it a go. The problem seems to be with any spaces &lt;em&gt;after&lt;/em&gt; each individual entry and before the &lt;code&gt;,&lt;/code&gt; or the closing &lt;code&gt;}&lt;/code&gt;. If you can avoid spaces there then that's probably the best thing to do.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you really insist in being able to have spaces anywhere in the list, then I was able to come up with the following very hackish solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\tok@scan#1{%&#xA;  \ifx#1\relax&#xA;    \let\tok@next\relax&#xA;  \else&#xA;    \edef\my@list{\my@list#1}%&#xA;    \let\tok@next\tok@scan&#xA;  \fi&#xA;  \tok@next&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand{\@strip}[2]{%&#xA;  \def\my@list{}\tok@scan#2\relax\let#1\my@list}&#xA;\newcommand{\Cite}[1]{\@strip\@args{#1}\cite\@args}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which allows you then to write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\Cite{  paper1  ,  paper2,  paper3  }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The short explanation is that &lt;code&gt;\@strip&lt;/code&gt; will take two arguments: a command name (&lt;code&gt;\@args&lt;/code&gt; in the example) and some arbitrary argument. It will then strip away all spaces in the argument and store the result in the command you provided, then you can use &lt;code&gt;\@args&lt;/code&gt; as a valid argument of, say, &lt;code&gt;\cite&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, if you use &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt; or other packages for citations you will have to define corresponding macros such as &lt;code&gt;\Citet&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\Citep&lt;/code&gt; with appropriate interfaces (e.g. optional arguments, etc.).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I really hope someone could come up with something better/easier.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-04T20:32:50.430" LastActivityDate="2010-11-04T20:32:50.430" />
  <row Id="4918" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4913" CreationDate="2010-11-04T11:44:37.277" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is because the bibliography is set as a &lt;code&gt;\section*&lt;/code&gt; You'll need to redefine the bibliography sectioning command &lt;code&gt;\bibsection&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\bibsection}{\section{\refname}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or something like that. Can't check it works right now...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-04T16:58:44.403" LastActivityDate="2010-11-04T16:58:44.403" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4919" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4911" CreationDate="2010-11-04T12:10:55.777" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This behaviour is caused by &lt;code&gt;\lstset{columns=fixed}&lt;/code&gt;.  Changing to &lt;code&gt;columns=flexible&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;columns=fullflexible&lt;/code&gt; should make it go away.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-11-04T12:10:55.777" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="4920" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4517" CreationDate="2010-11-04T12:13:54.400" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sorry if I'm being stupid, but for me the simple answer is: It works if I use the &lt;code&gt;cite&lt;/code&gt; package. (This works flawlessly with &lt;code&gt;cite&lt;/code&gt;, but it doesn't work without &lt;code&gt;cite&lt;/code&gt; ;-).)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2010-11-04T12:13:54.400" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="4921" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4887" CreationDate="2010-11-04T12:31:07.513" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;What about this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\newenvironment{allpgftextsans}{%&#xA;  \let\oldpgftext=\pgftext&#xA;  \def\pgftext##1{\oldpgftext{\sffamily##1}}&#xA;}{}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{allpgftextsans}&#xA; \pgftext{\selectfont Hello \boldmath$W \times orld$}&#xA;\end{allpgftextsans}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Kind of a hack but it does the trick.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-11-04T12:31:07.513" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4922" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5009" CreationDate="2010-11-04T12:59:14.330" Score="10" ViewCount="219" Body="&lt;p&gt;For example, the mu in &lt;code&gt;\SI{1.55}{\micro\metre}&lt;/code&gt; looks really bad for some reason.&#xA;For textcomp &lt;code&gt;\textmu&lt;/code&gt; looks the same.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1317" LastEditorUserId="1317" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-05T04:53:57.477" LastActivityDate="2010-11-07T05:29:17.447" Title="why do some fonts used in the siunitx and textcomp package look rasterized?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;siunitx&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="14" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4923" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4889" CreationDate="2010-11-04T14:38:32.690" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is an approach in pure TeX (well, e-TeX). The main idea is: to select a range of lines in a file, sed is overkill, TeX is more than enough. As a bonus, no temporary file is needed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[ascii]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{lmodern}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newread\pin@file&#xA;\newcounter{pinlineno}&#xA;\newcommand\pin@accu{}&#xA;\newcommand\pin@ext{pintmp}&#xA;% inputs #3, selecting only lines #1 to #2 (inclusive)&#xA;\newcommand*\partialinput [3] {%&#xA;  \IfFileExists{#3}{%&#xA;    \openin\pin@file #3&#xA;    % skip lines 1 to #1 (exclusive)&#xA;    \setcounter{pinlineno}{1}&#xA;    \@whilenum\value{pinlineno}&amp;lt;#1 \do{%&#xA;      \read\pin@file to\pin@line&#xA;      \stepcounter{pinlineno}%&#xA;    }&#xA;    % prepare reading lines #1 to #2 inclusive&#xA;    \addtocounter{pinlineno}{-1}&#xA;    \let\pin@accu\empty&#xA;    \begingroup&#xA;    \endlinechar\newlinechar&#xA;    \@whilenum\value{pinlineno}&amp;lt;#2 \do{%&#xA;      % use safe catcodes provided by e-TeX's \readline&#xA;      \readline\pin@file to\pin@line&#xA;      \edef\pin@accu{\pin@accu\pin@line}%&#xA;      \stepcounter{pinlineno}%&#xA;    }&#xA;    \closein\pin@file&#xA;    \expandafter\endgroup&#xA;    \scantokens\expandafter{\pin@accu}%&#xA;  }{%&#xA;    \errmessage{File `#3' doesn't exist!}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;% for testing purpose&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{pitest}&#xA;5 You shouldn't see this.\par&#xA;6 Let the fun begin!&#xA;7 \iffalse&#xA;8 bla&#xA;9 \fi&#xA;&#xA;11 New paragraph.&#xA;12 \verb*+\foo (two  spaces)~_$^+ bla&#xA;13 You shouldn't see this.\par&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\partialinput{6}{12}{pitest} random text&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think/hope this approach is robust, mostly thanks to e-TeX's &lt;code&gt;\readline&lt;/code&gt;. See the included test file for potential edge cases that do work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1239" LastActivityDate="2010-11-04T14:38:32.690" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4924" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4903" CreationDate="2010-11-04T14:43:27.870" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You question is not clear at all, but just trying to guess: if you want to include an list in a definition-list, then you should try&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{definition}&#xA;  \item{heading1}&#xA;    \begin{itemize}&#xA;      \item Something about heaging1&#xA;      \item Some other thing about heaging1&#xA;    \end{itemize}&#xA;  \item{heading2} a few things about heading2&#xA;\end{definition}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But you should definitely try to make your question clearer so that we don't have to guess.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1239" LastActivityDate="2010-11-04T14:43:27.870" />
  <row Id="4925" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4928" CreationDate="2010-11-04T14:55:21.333" Score="8" ViewCount="392" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi everybody!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Do you know ho can i call a reference to an equation using &lt;code&gt;\ref&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\eqref&lt;/code&gt; and obtain &lt;code&gt;(name of the equation)&lt;/code&gt; instead of the standard counter?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1552" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-05T14:56:43.890" LastActivityDate="2010-11-08T20:33:05.320" Title="Custom equations' names" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;equations&gt;&lt;cross-referencing&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="4926" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4945" CreationDate="2010-11-04T15:09:16.157" Score="8" ViewCount="186" Body="&lt;p&gt;I just generated this table using &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/excel2latex.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Excel2LaTeX&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/7nBoX.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Even though I enclosed the table in &lt;code&gt;\begin{center}&lt;/code&gt; the table did not get centered.  The table still sticks out the right side.  Is there somehow that I can easily fix this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is the code for the table:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{center}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{rrrrrrr}&#xA;&#xA;        &amp;amp;    MSRP &amp;amp; Vol. Disc. &amp;amp; Promo. Allow. &amp;amp; Discount/Sale &amp;amp; Promo/Sale &amp;amp; Income/Sale \\&#xA;&#xA;{\bf All Round} &amp;amp; {\bf \$5.49} &amp;amp; {\bf 30.0\%} &amp;amp; {\bf 13.0\%} &amp;amp; {\bf \$1.65} &amp;amp; {\bf \$0.71} &amp;amp; {\bf \$2.36} \\&#xA;&#xA;{\bf All Round (suggestion)} &amp;amp; {\bf \$5.49} &amp;amp; {\bf 25.0\%} &amp;amp; {\bf 20.0\%} &amp;amp; {\bf \$1.37} &amp;amp; {\bf \$1.10} &amp;amp; {\bf \$2.47} \\&#xA;&#xA;Believe &amp;amp;  \$3.99 &amp;amp;  33.5\% &amp;amp;  15.6\% &amp;amp;  \$1.34 &amp;amp;  \$0.62 &amp;amp;  \$1.96 \\&#xA;&#xA;Best Help &amp;amp;  \$4.59 &amp;amp;  34.5\% &amp;amp;  13.3\% &amp;amp;  \$1.58 &amp;amp;  \$0.61 &amp;amp;  \$2.19 \\&#xA;&#xA;Coughcure &amp;amp;  \$4.69 &amp;amp;  28.5\% &amp;amp;  16.7\% &amp;amp;  \$1.34 &amp;amp;  \$0.78 &amp;amp;  \$2.12 \\&#xA;&#xA; Defogg &amp;amp;  \$4.09 &amp;amp;  22.5\% &amp;amp;  11.1\% &amp;amp;  \$0.92 &amp;amp;  \$0.45 &amp;amp;  \$1.37 \\&#xA;&#xA;Dripstop &amp;amp;  \$4.09 &amp;amp;  21.5\% &amp;amp;  13.3\% &amp;amp;  \$0.88 &amp;amp;  \$0.54 &amp;amp;  \$1.42 \\&#xA;&#xA;{\bf Dryup} &amp;amp; {\bf \$4.79} &amp;amp; {\bf 21.5\%} &amp;amp; {\bf 15.6\%} &amp;amp; {\bf \$1.03} &amp;amp; {\bf \$0.75} &amp;amp; {\bf \$1.78} \\&#xA;&#xA;Effective &amp;amp;  \$4.09 &amp;amp;  30.0\% &amp;amp;  14.4\% &amp;amp;  \$1.23 &amp;amp;  \$0.59 &amp;amp;  \$1.82 \\&#xA;&#xA;    End &amp;amp;  \$4.49 &amp;amp;  30.0\% &amp;amp;  14.4\% &amp;amp;  \$1.35 &amp;amp;  \$0.65 &amp;amp;  \$1.99 \\&#xA;&#xA;  Extra &amp;amp;  \$4.09 &amp;amp;  31.0\% &amp;amp;  12.5\% &amp;amp;  \$1.27 &amp;amp;  \$0.51 &amp;amp;  \$1.78 \\&#xA;&#xA;\end{tabular}  &#xA;\end{center}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1333" LastActivityDate="2010-11-05T13:09:03.283" Title="Table will not center (and it is spilling off the right side of the page)" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4927" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4926" CreationDate="2010-11-04T15:21:02.323" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Well your table is too large, so it will either stick out on the right, on the left or on both sides. You can move it to the left with \hspace*{-1cm}\begin{tabular}..., you can center it with e.g. \makebox[0pt]{tabular}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-11-04T15:21:02.323" />
  <row Id="4928" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4925" CreationDate="2010-11-04T15:21:57.977" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you use the &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; package you can do&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{equation}&#xA;  \tag{*}&#xA;  \int_{\partial\Omega} \omega = \int_\Omega d\omega&#xA;  \label{eqn:Stokes}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&#xA;By \eqref{eqn:Stokes} ...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is that what you want?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-05T15:53:56.940" LastActivityDate="2010-11-05T15:53:56.940" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="4929" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4926" CreationDate="2010-11-04T15:26:09.380" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could surround the &lt;code&gt;All Round (suggestion)&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;\llap&lt;/code&gt;.  That will let it stick into the left margin a bit.&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/hwDiD.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-11-04T15:26:09.380" />
  <row Id="4930" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4936" CreationDate="2010-11-04T15:44:07.420" Score="7" ViewCount="262" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I include a tikzpicture on every page?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like to create a complicated document template (page should be framed, and have a table to hold document information both in the header and footer).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I was thinking of using something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}[remember picture,overlay]  &#xA;% complicated layout should be here, simple example is given below:  &#xA;% \node [xshift=1cm,yshift=1cm] at (current page.south west)  &#xA;% {This is an absolutely positioned text in the page};  &#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Do you have any other suggestions on how to create such a template?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1688" LastActivityDate="2010-11-05T13:05:51.337" Title="Tikzpicture on every page" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="4" />
  <row Id="4931" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4932" CreationDate="2010-11-04T16:12:58.033" Score="26" ViewCount="829" Body="&lt;p&gt;I hope I will not be flamed for this question, but I have been out of the loop for the last five years. Therefore my question is: what do you consider the most important changes to LaTeX in the last five years, or asked differently: if you hadn't used LaTeX those past five years, where would you set priorities to relearn it. The aim is to publish scientific papers in Economics with advanced mathematic typesetting and preferably integration of output from R (so sweave is already on my mind). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A small addendum: Which distribution do you prefer? Out of habit I have downloaded Miktex, but maybe there is something decisively better out there? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1689" LastEditorUserId="1689" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-07T20:31:12.483" LastActivityDate="2010-11-07T20:31:12.483" Title="What are the most important changes to LaTeX in the last five years" Tags="&lt;latex-general&gt;&lt;best-practices&gt;" AnswerCount="6" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="6" />
  <row Id="4932" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4931" CreationDate="2010-11-04T17:02:53.197" Score="31" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The biggest change has been that now pdftex is the default engine for latex. However, unless you write packages, you do not need to  be aware of the differences. There is also a lot of momentum in LaTeX3, but most of the code is used behind the scenes by other packages. Again, unless you are a package writer, you do not need to learn anything new here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Many new and interesting packages have appeared:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;beamer for presentations &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;tikz for drawing (although I think that they were around 5 years ago)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;biblatex for bibliography (not so important if you are in sciences)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;mathtools for math (fixes and improves lot of amsmath environments)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;breqn for automatic line breaking in display math. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;.... I am sure there are other packages that I am missing&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastEditorUserId="323" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-04T17:23:31.360" LastActivityDate="2010-11-04T17:23:31.360" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="4933" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-04T17:26:33.923" Score="12" ViewCount="171" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to typeset a LaTeX file and set the initial page number from the command line (as I need to often change it to merge with different documents). I thought that the following would work, but it does not:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;pdflatex &quot;\setcounter{page}{5}\input{test.tex}&quot;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I do this, the first page number is still 1 - does anyone have any idea why this might be?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="931" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-05T14:55:26.870" LastActivityDate="2010-12-26T19:56:47.417" Title="Setting Initial Page number on command-line" Tags="&lt;counters&gt;&lt;page-numbering&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="4934" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4931" CreationDate="2010-11-04T17:28:57.050" Score="16" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Maybe another thing to mention is that thanks to new engines, like xetex and luatex, we now have access to many more fonts than before, and it is possible to use many features of the OT fonts. I am not sure what is the timeline, and how much of this was available five years ago, though.  I only became aware of this relatively recently. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2010-11-04T17:28:57.050" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4935" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4930" CreationDate="2010-11-04T17:35:59.800" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I assume, from the &lt;code&gt;\begin...\end&lt;/code&gt; you use in your example, that you are using LaTeX.  ConTeXt has it's own builtin way of handling this. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can use something like you give in your example together with the &lt;code&gt;everypage&lt;/code&gt; package, which would take care of placing the material on each page.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If your &quot;page template&quot; is more complicated, I suggest you take a look at the &lt;code&gt;flowfram&lt;/code&gt; package.  You can achieve fairly complicated things with that. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2010-11-04T17:35:59.800" />
  <row Id="4936" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4930" CreationDate="2010-11-04T17:41:38.117" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;What I usually do in LaTeX is setting up a header and place the TikZ code which should appear on every page in the header. If you do not want to display a header, you can anyway use this pattern and leave all other header fields empty. And if you are already using a header you can place this code to an arbitrary &lt;em&gt;cell&lt;/em&gt; since it is using the &lt;code&gt;overlay&lt;/code&gt; option.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1690" LastActivityDate="2010-11-04T17:41:38.117" />
  <row Id="4937" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4933" CreationDate="2010-11-04T17:49:07.737" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Because that is basically the equivalent of putting &lt;code&gt;\setcounter{page}{5}&lt;/code&gt; at the beginning of the LaTeX file, even before \documentclass{...}; at that point the page counter hasn't even been set up, and will be reset by the commands that follow. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are lots of ways to achieve what you want. It would be easier to make suggestions if I knew what operating system you were using. On a Unix-based system, e.g., you could use &lt;code&gt;sed&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One option that's relatively platform independent would be something like this: in your .tex file put something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\input{pagenumbercommand}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which reads the file pagenumbercommand.tex at compilation. (This could go, e.g., right after &lt;code&gt;\begin{document}&lt;/code&gt; or something.) pagenumbercommand.tex could then consist of a single line, which you could rewrite at will. Then, e.g.:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;echo &quot;\setcounter{page}{5}&quot; &amp;gt; pagenumbercommand.tex &amp;amp;&amp;amp; pdflatex test.tex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;would do what you wanted. &#xA;(I think that would even work on Windows!) Things like LuaTeX would offer even easier solutions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-11-04T17:49:07.737" />
  <row Id="4938" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-04T18:11:30.803" Score="3" ViewCount="164" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to use isodate's &lt;code&gt;\printdate&lt;/code&gt; as part of a command to create a new section.  Simplified example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\usepackage[american]{isodate}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\datesec}[1]{\section{Date \printdate{#1}}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\datesec{2010-11-01}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This gets numerous errors when run through pdflatex, starting with:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Undefined control sequence.&#xA;\@nnil -&amp;gt;\@nil &#xA;&#xA;l.10 \datesec{2010-11-01}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've tried every expansion trick I know (which is not saying much).  In my experiments it also seems to me that I've managed to make a section heading successfully include the date, but then the PDF bookmark generated (I think) by hyperref just shows &quot;Date &quot; without including the output from &lt;code&gt;\printdate&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I use &lt;code&gt;\printdate&lt;/code&gt; in a section title and also have it generate a correct, complete PDF bookmark?  Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;P.S.: I've had a little more luck with datetime's &lt;code&gt;\formatdate&lt;/code&gt; but not much, and it also has a less pleasing syntax.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1680" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T13:14:20.413" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T13:14:20.413" Title="isodate in section titles with correct PDF bookmarks" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;bookmarks&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4939" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3490" CreationDate="2010-11-04T18:15:18.053" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;OK, I produced an absolutely crazy &quot;solution&quot; myself. This is mostly to make clearer what the problems are; I wouldn't suggest using the (very long) code below. This &quot;solution&quot; only provides italic correction for single letters &lt;code&gt;A&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;Z&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;a&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;z&lt;/code&gt;, and it works by making &lt;code&gt;$&lt;/code&gt; active. (I could also have used &lt;code&gt;\(&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\)&lt;/code&gt;, but I don't like those.) Moreover, everything is adjusted &quot;by hand&quot; for 10pt CM fonts, so it won't work for other fonts (but should approximately work for other font sizes). Here's the output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/seEuq.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the 1st line you see the result of &lt;code&gt;If $U$ or $V$ ...&lt;/code&gt; without any correction; in the 2nd line my correction is applied, and in the 3rd line the &lt;code&gt;$&lt;/code&gt;s are omitted, i.e., the usual italic font is used. I'm not claiming that the 2nd line is good on all counts, e.g. the space between &quot;f&quot; and &quot;from&quot; is rather small. What I wanted to achieve is that the spacing is just as with the &quot;normal&quot; italic font, that is, in the second and third lines the spacing is (almost) the same. (The 2nd line is slightly longer since the math letters are wider.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note in particular that the spacing before punctuation in the 2nd line is different from the 1st line. (I'm not sure which version is the better one.) Clearly, the positioning of &quot;U&quot;, &quot;V&quot; and &quot;Y&quot; in the 1st line is not good (I would say horrible); in the 2nd line it's a lot better.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course one could change all these numbers in my code to try and further improve the spacing. But I only wanted to point out something else: If you look at the numbers, then you see that it would be very hard indeed to have this correction &quot;automatically&quot; and without changing the font metrics.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\let\mydollar=$&#xA;\catcode`\$=\active&#xA;\def\my@testtoken{\my@testtoken}&#xA;\def$#1${\ifx\my@testtoken#1\my@testtoken&#xA;           \mydollar\mydollar&#xA;         \else&#xA;           \test@single@character#1\my@testtoken&#xA;         \fi&#xA;        }&#xA;\def\test@single@character#1#2\my@testtoken{%&#xA;         \def\math@format##1{\mydollar##1\mydollar}%&#xA;         \ifx\mytesttoken#2\mytesttoken&#xA;           \ifcat#1a%&#xA;             \ifdim\fontdimen\@ne\font&amp;gt;\z@&#xA;               \def\math@format##1{\mydollar\xdef\currentfont{\the\textfont1}\mydollar&#xA;                                   {\corrected{##1}}%\currentfont##1}%&#xA;                                  }%&#xA;             \fi&#xA;           \fi&#xA;         \fi&#xA;         \math@format{#1#2}%&#xA;        }&#xA;\def\corrected#1{\csname @correct@#1\endcsname}&#xA;\def\correct#1#2,#3,{\expandafter\def\csname @correct@#1\endcsname{\mydollar\mskip#2mu#1\mskip-#3mu\mydollar}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\correct A0.15,0,    %1st number is the correction before the letter,&#xA;\correct B0.3,1.5,   %2nd number is (minus) the correction after it.&#xA;\correct C1.75,2.2,&#xA;\correct D0.25,1.4,&#xA;\correct E0.3,1.7,&#xA;\correct F0.3,1.95,&#xA;\correct G1.8,1.15,&#xA;\correct H0.25,2.6,&#xA;\correct I0.3,2.6,&#xA;\correct J0.1,2.2,&#xA;\correct K0.3,2.4,&#xA;\correct L0.25,0.6,&#xA;\correct M0.3,2.6,&#xA;\correct N0.3,2.6,&#xA;\correct O1.75,1.3,&#xA;\correct P0.2,1.5,&#xA;\correct Q1.75,1.3,&#xA;\correct R0.2,0.2,&#xA;\correct S0.4,1.8,&#xA;\correct T2.7,1.9,&#xA;\correct U2.4,2.6,&#xA;\correct V2.4,2.95,&#xA;\correct W2.4,2.9,&#xA;\correct X0.4,2.5,&#xA;\correct Y2.6,3.1,&#xA;\correct Z0.4,2.2,&#xA;\correct a1.2,1,&#xA;\correct b1.2,0.3,&#xA;\correct c1.2,0.2,&#xA;\correct d1.2,0.8,&#xA;\correct e1.2,0.85,&#xA;\correct f-1.5,3.5,&#xA;\correct g0.7,1.2,&#xA;\correct h0.4,1,&#xA;\correct i1,1.4,&#xA;\correct j-0.5,2.2,&#xA;\correct k0.4,1.5,&#xA;\correct l0.9,1.8,&#xA;\correct m1,0.95,&#xA;\correct n1,0.95,&#xA;\correct o1.2,0.3,&#xA;\correct p1,0.3,&#xA;\correct q1.2,1.2,&#xA;\correct r1,2,&#xA;\correct s0.5,1,&#xA;\correct t1,1.25,&#xA;\correct u1,0.95,&#xA;\correct v1,1.55,&#xA;\correct w1,1.5,&#xA;\correct x0.4,1.75,&#xA;\correct y1,1.2,&#xA;\correct z0.4,1.75,&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\test[1]{%&#xA;    {\let$\mydollar #1} \par&#xA;    #1 \par&#xA;    \let$\relax #1&#xA;    }&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\it&#xA;\test{If $U$ or $V$ and $X$, and $f$ from $j$.  Let $T$ be $S$ if $Y$.}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-13T14:29:00.670" LastActivityDate="2010-12-13T14:29:00.670" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4940" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-04T18:40:18.627" Score="3" ViewCount="287" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd like to use a particular hyphenation pattern, not linked to the language I defined as main language (with polyglossia in xelatex).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there something like this:?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\selecthyphenation{french}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="670" LastActivityDate="2010-11-04T19:49:06.450" Title="How do I select the hyphenation algorithm I want to use." Tags="&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;hyphenation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4941" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4933" CreationDate="2010-11-04T19:35:29.937" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;pdflatex &quot;\AtBeginDocument{\setcounter{page}{5}}\input{test.tex}&quot;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2010-11-04T19:35:29.937" />
  <row Id="4942" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4940" CreationDate="2010-11-04T19:39:36.303" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think you would likely use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \usepackage{polyglossia}&#xA; \setdefaultlanguage{english}&#xA; \setotherlanguage{french}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in the header, and then:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \begin{french}&#xA;&#xA; &amp;lt;Text here&amp;gt;&#xA;&#xA; \end{french}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;...in the body for a paragraph in a non-default language. &#xA;See page 5 of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/polyglossia&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;polyglossia&lt;/a&gt; package documentation. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastEditorUserId="411" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-04T19:49:06.450" LastActivityDate="2010-11-04T19:49:06.450" />
  <row Id="4943" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4938" CreationDate="2010-11-04T19:41:17.200" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This compiles, but I had to turn it around&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\usepackage[american]{isodate}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\newcommand{\datesec}[1]{\texorpdfstring{Date \printdate{#1}}{}}&#xA;&#xA;\section{\datesec{2010-11-01}}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-11-04T19:41:17.200" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4944" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2628" CreationDate="2010-11-04T19:42:32.787" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I finally hacked together a series of changes to the apa.cls file to allow for submission under strict APA manuscript guidelines. I also added another document mode that is more 6th-compliant while still more visually pleasing than the man mode. &#xA;Together with biblatex and biblatex-apa (now supported in MikTeX 2.9b), this provides a complete solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It would be great if someone had the patience to properly merge all these hacks into an update to the official apa.cls. Ideally, one could specify man, man6, doc, doc6, or jou modes. In my hacking, I just overwrote the existing man mode, but did add a doc6 mode.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1693" LastActivityDate="2010-11-04T19:42:32.787" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4945" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4926" CreationDate="2010-11-04T19:53:26.713" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It might be more aesthetically pleasing and easier to maintain if you inserted some line breaks (&lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt;) into your row and column headers that would reduce the overall width of the table. Trying to manually position the table with &lt;code&gt;hspace&lt;/code&gt; or similar could wind up looking bad if your page formatting changes in the future.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1517" LastEditorUserId="1517" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-05T13:09:03.283" LastActivityDate="2010-11-05T13:09:03.283" />
  <row Id="4946" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-04T20:01:12.877" Score="5" ViewCount="383" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are various types of commutative diagrams in mathematics, but several of them are the most common place. For example, a square (with 4 objects), a right triangle (with 3 objects), two adjacent squares (with 6 objects) and so on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It seems that there are several packages for generating commutative diagrams, but almost none of them are easy, in the sense it's really difficult to remember how to write a code for a commutative diagram. For me, I need to find an example every time and then just substitute things to get my own diagram.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've always wondered, if there is a web-app, like a webpage, a really user-friendly GUI, where you already have the shape of a comm. diagram, then you just put in objects and different kind of arrows in the boxes, and then finally, the web-app just generate the LaTeX code for the comm. diagram.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there such things? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1694" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-11T17:53:29.817" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T22:17:43.013" Title="Commutative diagram generating app" Tags="&lt;diagrams&gt;&lt;tools&gt;&lt;online&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4947" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4946" CreationDate="2010-11-04T20:08:50.027" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Not that I know of.  Most people who want to make commutative diagrams are happy to write TeX code. :-)  TeXShop for the Mac does have a GUI for matrices, which could possibly be adapted to something for commutative diagrams.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-11-04T20:08:50.027" />
  <row Id="4948" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4930" CreationDate="2010-11-04T20:17:12.147" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;everyshi&lt;/code&gt; is an alternative to &lt;code&gt;everypage&lt;/code&gt;.  I suppose the &lt;code&gt;bophook&lt;/code&gt; package and your TikZ overlay snippet will also work.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To save some compile time you should probably save your tikzpicture to a &lt;code&gt;\savebox&lt;/code&gt; (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.personal.ceu.hu/tex/spacebox.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;reference&lt;/a&gt;) and do a &lt;code&gt;\usebox&lt;/code&gt; on every page, though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-11-04T20:17:12.147" />
  <row Id="4949" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4946" CreationDate="2010-11-04T21:42:28.643" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Check out the templates in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/generic/diagrams/barr/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;diagxy&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="714" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-09T11:48:45.733" LastActivityDate="2010-11-09T11:48:45.733" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4950" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4269" CreationDate="2010-11-04T22:42:16.470" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would suggest for you to dive into &lt;code&gt;tikz&lt;/code&gt; manual. If you can use &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; and produce pdf directly, you can do absolute page placements with tikz, and later just do the usual &lt;code&gt;includegraphics&lt;/code&gt; ;-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="137" LastActivityDate="2010-11-04T22:42:16.470" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4951" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4931" CreationDate="2010-11-04T23:08:31.623" Score="20" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Aditya has mentioned packages, and Jan has mentioned engines, but there has also been lots of infrastructure developments that make dealing with LaTeX more convenient:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;A new cross-platform editor, TeXworks, that (I think) is the easiest way to get started with LaTeX because of its simple interface and embedded PDF viewer&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;For TeX Live, an update mechanism so you (usually) never need to install packages manually again&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;SyncTeX, used by TeXworks and other editors to allow you to jump from a position in a source document into the corresponding location in the PDF output&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Restricted shell escape, which (as of TeX Live 2010) automatically converts EPS to PDF behind the scenes so you can write &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics{foo.eps}&lt;/code&gt; in a pdfLaTeX document&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In addition, some other recent-ish tools that haven't been mentioned yet:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;xindy for multilingual indexing&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The Asymptote drawing program&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;siunitx&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;countless others &lt;code&gt;:)&lt;/code&gt; but you'll discover them if you need them&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There has even been a &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb29-2/tb92knut.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;new version of TeX&lt;/a&gt;, which is interested for historical reasons but you won't notice the difference.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-11-04T23:08:31.623" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4952" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4889" CreationDate="2010-11-04T23:14:32.007" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Manuel has posted an answer that uses line numbers; there's a recent package on CTAN that lets you do it with tags in the input file: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/catchfilebetweentags/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;catchfilebetweentags&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An example is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{catchfilebetweentags}&#xA;...&#xA;\ExecuteMetaData[file.tex]{tag}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where the contents of the external file is surrounded by the &quot;tags&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%&amp;lt;*tag&amp;gt;&#xA;...&#xA;%&amp;lt;/tag&amp;gt;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-11-04T23:14:32.007" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4953" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4931" CreationDate="2010-11-05T00:29:31.413" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Not LaTeX specific, but to me the only relevant new development in TeX world is LuaTeX and whatever is built around it (notably ConTeXt MkIV). Well, if not for LuaTeX I'd not be using *TeX at all myself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastActivityDate="2010-11-05T00:29:31.413" />
  <row Id="4954" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4958" CreationDate="2010-11-05T01:51:07.053" Score="12" ViewCount="276" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've looked around for this, and haven't been able to find a satisfactory answer; How would one go about producing (automatically) a table of equations, just a numbered list of used equations, possibly linked to their position in the document, as say an appendix?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="142" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-05T10:06:22.663" LastActivityDate="2010-11-05T13:44:27.280" Title="Table of Equations" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4955" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4960" CreationDate="2010-11-05T02:08:56.757" Score="9" ViewCount="208" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've been fighting with mathabx lately and it's not really worth my time, so I tried switching to MnSymbol which also modifies some of my regular symbols. Is the best solution just to make my own operator of times that's larger than normal and what's the best way to do this? Or is there a library that adds the various variable sized symbols not covered in the amsmath packages. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="123" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-05T14:54:13.080" LastActivityDate="2010-11-05T19:20:10.883" Title="How to use \bigtimes without pain" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;macros&gt;&lt;packages&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="4956" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4931" CreationDate="2010-11-05T07:32:10.850" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;From a practical perspective, I guess a major change is that 5 years ago, it seemed that most people were still using latex + dvips + ps2pdf, and some people still preferred PostScript to PDF.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nowadays, almost everyone just runs pdflatex.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Of course, in part this is connected to the introduction of pdftex as the default engine, tikz as a replacement for pstricks, and other new features mentioned in other posts. But this also reflects the fact that the world around TeX has changed, too.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="100" LastActivityDate="2010-11-05T07:32:10.850" />
  <row Id="4957" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4926" CreationDate="2010-11-05T08:28:48.953" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For my PhD-Thesis i've used the trick explained by &lt;a href=&quot;http://texblog.net/latex-archive/layout/centering-figure-table/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Stefan Kottwitz&lt;/a&gt;.&#xA;Here's the copied example from his website:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,10pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;\usepackage{tabularx}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\blindtext&#xA;\bigskip&#xA;&#xA;\noindent\makebox[\textwidth]{%&#xA;  \begin{tabularx}{1.5\textwidth}{XX}&#xA;    \blindtext &amp;amp; \blindtext&#xA;  \end{tabularx}}&#xA;&#xA;\bigskip&#xA;\blindtext&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The relevant thing is to include your large-ish float into&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\noindent\makebox[\textwidth]{%&#xA;   %FLOAT&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oh, and BTW: I also suggest you look at the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/booktabs/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;booktabs&lt;/a&gt; package, it's great for enhancing the display of your tables...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="828" LastActivityDate="2010-11-05T08:28:48.953" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4958" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4954" CreationDate="2010-11-05T09:19:52.840" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;With the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/tocloft.html&quot;&gt;tocloft&lt;/a&gt; package you can create your own &lt;em&gt;List of ...&lt;/em&gt; list. &lt;a href=&quot;http://texblog.wordpress.com/2008/07/13/define-your-own-list-of/&quot;&gt;Here&lt;/a&gt; is a nice tutorial. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="177" LastActivityDate="2010-11-05T09:19:52.840" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4959" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4970" CreationDate="2010-11-05T10:50:57.733" Score="7" ViewCount="257" Body="&lt;p&gt;I understand that there is a &lt;code&gt;\quote&lt;/code&gt; (correct me if I'm wrong) macro to do this; but I'm using this for something else (not prose). I also want it to obey the right margin. My minimal working example below requires me to guess the &lt;code&gt;\parbox&lt;/code&gt; width, which is not a best practice. See the line with the &lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\myquote}...&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\myquote}[1]{\vskip6pt\noindent\hangindent=5em\hangafter=0\parbox{4in}{#1}\vskip6pt}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog.&#xA;&#xA;\myquote{The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog. The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog. The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog. The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog. The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog.&#xA;&#xA;The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog. The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog. The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog.}&#xA;&#xA;The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog. The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog. The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog.&#xA;&#xA;$E=mc^2$ by Einstein&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="791" LastActivityDate="2010-11-05T15:25:59.243" Title="How do I indent ALL lines of a paragraph so that it looks like a blockquote?" Tags="&lt;indentation&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4960" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4955" CreationDate="2010-11-05T11:35:19.487" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It can be done in a similar way as I suggested in &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/488/blackboard-bold-characters/3260#3260&quot;&gt;this answer&lt;/a&gt; to a question about blackboard bold characters: Find and copy the relevant lines from the &lt;code&gt;mathabx&lt;/code&gt; files.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\DeclareFontFamily{U}{mathx}{\hyphenchar\font45}&#xA;\DeclareFontShape{U}{mathx}{m}{n}{&#xA;      &amp;lt;5&amp;gt; &amp;lt;6&amp;gt; &amp;lt;7&amp;gt; &amp;lt;8&amp;gt; &amp;lt;9&amp;gt; &amp;lt;10&amp;gt;&#xA;      &amp;lt;10.95&amp;gt; &amp;lt;12&amp;gt; &amp;lt;14.4&amp;gt; &amp;lt;17.28&amp;gt; &amp;lt;20.74&amp;gt; &amp;lt;24.88&amp;gt;&#xA;      mathx10&#xA;      }{}&#xA;\DeclareSymbolFont{mathx}{U}{mathx}{m}{n}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\bigtimes}{1}{mathx}{&quot;91}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;$\bigtimes\limits_{j=1}^n X_j$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2010-11-05T11:35:19.487" />
  <row Id="4961" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4959" CreationDate="2010-11-05T11:38:55.810" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Internally, &lt;code&gt;quote&lt;/code&gt; is defined using the &lt;code&gt;list&lt;/code&gt; environment, you can define your own by copying and modifying its original definition&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{myquote}{%&#xA;   \list{}{\rightmargin\leftmargin}\item\relax&#xA;   % and maybe do more stuff&#xA;}{\endlist}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-11-05T11:38:55.810" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4962" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4959" CreationDate="2010-11-05T11:39:28.400" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's easier to take the according code for the &lt;code&gt;quote&lt;/code&gt; environment from the class file, modify it slightly and create a new environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper,english]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{lquote}{%&#xA;  \list{}{%&#xA;    \rightmargin0pt}%&#xA;    \item\relax&#xA;  }&#xA;{\endlist}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \blindtext&#xA;  \begin{lquote}&#xA;    \blindtext&#xA;  \end{lquote}&#xA;  \blindtext&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/blindtext&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;blindtext&lt;/a&gt; package is only use for producing dummy text thus not part of the solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-11-05T11:39:28.400" />
  <row Id="4963" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4959" CreationDate="2010-11-05T11:47:24.743" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can also just delete &lt;code&gt;\parbox{4in}&lt;/code&gt; (and leave &lt;code&gt;{}&lt;/code&gt; around &lt;code&gt;#1&lt;/code&gt;) in your code; then it'll work. And no, guessing the &lt;code&gt;\parbox&lt;/code&gt; width is definitely not best practice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2010-11-05T11:47:24.743" />
  <row Id="4964" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4966" CreationDate="2010-11-05T11:50:28.703" Score="7" ViewCount="216" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to align an equals sign between two sets of cells. The first table here doesn't want to align, whilst the second table does. Is there a more elegant way of doing this? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{table}&#xA;\centering              &#xA;\begin{tabular}{c c c c}&#xA;\hline&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 167 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 144 \\               &#xA;2 &amp;amp; 194 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 167 \\                &#xA;\multicolumn{2}{r}{Chi-square = .19} &amp;amp; \multicolumn{2}{r}{Chi-square = 5.74} \\&#xA;\multicolumn{2}{r}{\emph{p} = .999} &amp;amp; \multicolumn{2}{r}{\emph{p} = .332} \\&#xA;\hline                              &#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{table} &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This one is aligned:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{table}&#xA;\centering&#xA;\begin{tabular}{c c c c}&#xA;\hline                              &#xA;1 &amp;amp; 160 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 160 \\              &#xA;2 &amp;amp; 160 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 179 \\                 &#xA;\multicolumn{2}{r}{Chi-square=2.73}&amp;amp;\multicolumn{2}{r}{Chi-square=5.28} \\&#xA;\multicolumn{2}{r}{ p=.741}&amp;amp;\multicolumn{2}{r}{ p=.383} \\&#xA;\hline                              &#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{table} &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1701" LastEditorUserId="627" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-05T12:58:23.027" LastActivityDate="2010-11-05T14:37:08.543" Title="Align equals sign in table" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;align&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4966" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4964" CreationDate="2010-11-05T12:05:35.927" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The following code seems to align at equal signs. does this work or you?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}{c c c c}&#xA;\hline&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 167 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 144 \\               &#xA;2 &amp;amp; 194 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 167 \\                &#xA;\multicolumn{2}{c}{&#xA;  \begin{tabular}{r@{=}l}&#xA;     Chi-square &amp;amp; .19\\&#xA;       \emph{p} &amp;amp; .999&#xA;  \end{tabular}&#xA;} &amp;amp; &#xA;\multicolumn{2}{c}{&#xA;  \begin{tabular}{r@{=}l}&#xA;    Chi-square &amp;amp; 5.74 \\&#xA;       \emph{p} &amp;amp; .332&#xA;  \end{tabular}&#xA;}\\&#xA;\hline                              &#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/bo6eY.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Explanation: Since the alignement was supposed to be different in the lower part than in the upper part, I added two extra tabular's nested inside multicols. These two tabulars use the column definition &lt;code&gt;r@{=}l&lt;/code&gt;, which means that there are two columns, aligned right and left and between them I want an equal sign (and no padding). Since the equal sign is the separator between the columns, it will be aligned by definition. The typical use that one sees in examples that use the @{} column separator is @{.} for aligning numbers by their decimal point.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastEditorUserId="117" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-05T14:37:08.543" LastActivityDate="2010-11-05T14:37:08.543" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4967" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4930" CreationDate="2010-11-05T13:05:51.337" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would look into the TikZ cousin pgffor commands, they allow a better looping construct than LaTeX typically employs. That said I don't know if looping over pages is something it can do. In that case maybe Rupert is correct and putting this in the header is good for you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1407" LastActivityDate="2010-11-05T13:05:51.337" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4968" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4931" CreationDate="2010-11-05T13:21:16.563" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know everyone is excited about LuaTeX but as I don't know Lua I have been enjoying &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/perltex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;PerlTeX&lt;/a&gt;, which is probably only about 5 years old. (I see a date in 2006)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That said, &lt;a href=&quot;http://latex-beamer.sourceforge.net&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Beamer&lt;/a&gt;/&lt;a href=&quot;http://sourceforge.net/projects/pgf/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TikZ/PGF&lt;/a&gt; is incredible and is so huge in scope that it cannot be mentioned enough. The pgffor command for nice for-loops is worth it in itself, and pgfkeys for key-value pairs, helps bring LaTeX a lot closer to being a proper programming language (or at least one that mere mortals can use/understand). Edit: A silly example: &lt;a href=&quot;http://99-bottles-of-beer.net/language-latex2e-2365.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;99 bottles&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I also like to promote the script &lt;a href=&quot;http://impressive.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Impressive&lt;/a&gt; for displaying your Beamer-based presentation. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1407" LastEditorUserId="1407" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-05T13:41:04.973" LastActivityDate="2010-11-05T13:41:04.973" />
  <row Id="4969" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4954" CreationDate="2010-11-05T13:44:27.280" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/exptl/thmtools/thmtools.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;thmtools&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package defines &lt;code&gt;\listoftheorems&lt;/code&gt; which does pretty much what you want. See page 7 of the manual.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Disclaimer: I've not actually used it, but I've seen it recommended on here before.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2010-11-05T13:44:27.280" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4970" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4959" CreationDate="2010-11-05T15:25:59.243" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've always found it rather counter-intuitive that the various quote environments are implemented via the generic &lt;code&gt;list&lt;/code&gt; environment (IIRC, the &lt;code&gt;adjustwidth&lt;/code&gt; from memoir is also implemented that way). Recently, I had trouble combining &lt;code&gt;adjustwidth&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;\obeylines&lt;/code&gt; (and some other stuff), giving me a &quot;missing &lt;code&gt;\item&lt;/code&gt;&quot; error. Then I found &lt;code&gt;\leftskip&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\rightskip&lt;/code&gt; in the TeXbook. I think this is what you want:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{blockquote}{%&#xA;  \par%&#xA;  \medskip&#xA;  \leftskip=4em\rightskip=2em%&#xA;  \noindent\ignorespaces}{%&#xA;  \par\medskip}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;&#xA;\begin{blockquote}&#xA;  \lipsum[2]&#xA;&#xA;  \lipsum[3]&#xA;\end{blockquote}&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum[4]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want the first paragraph of the quote indented, just remove the &lt;code&gt;\noindent&lt;/code&gt;. If you don't want the first paragraph after the quote to be indented, insert &lt;code&gt;\aftergroup\@afterindentfalse\aftergroup\@afterheading&lt;/code&gt; after the last &lt;code&gt;\medskip&lt;/code&gt;, and put a &lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&lt;/code&gt; / &lt;code&gt;\makeatother&lt;/code&gt; pair before/after the &lt;code&gt;\newenvironment&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="275" LastActivityDate="2010-11-05T15:25:59.243" />
  <row Id="4971" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-05T16:22:26.887" Score="5" ViewCount="174" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to modify the \autoref command in the following way: if the \autoref command and the label are on the same page, it behaves like \autoref* (i.e., no hyperlink). Else, it behaves usually.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks, Vishnu&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1704" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-24T19:49:47.883" LastActivityDate="2010-11-24T19:49:47.883" Title="Modifying \autoref to behave (somewhat) like \vref" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;cross-referencing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="4972" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5577" CreationDate="2010-11-05T16:28:50.207" Score="2" ViewCount="168" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi all,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;similarly to doi, will oai (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.openarchives.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Open Archives Initiative&lt;/a&gt;) field be soon added to bibtex/biblatex styles? thank you&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-07T07:08:10.313" LastActivityDate="2011-01-07T07:08:10.313" Title="oai field in bibtex/biblatex" Tags="&lt;biblatex&gt;&lt;doi&gt;&lt;oai&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4973" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4972" CreationDate="2010-11-05T16:48:33.587" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I didn't find any reference to OAI in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://sourceforge.net/tracker/?group_id=244752&amp;amp;atid=1126006&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Feature Tracker&lt;/a&gt; of the biblatex page at sourceforge. You should consider to create a feature request.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-11-05T16:48:33.587" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4974" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4976" CreationDate="2010-11-05T17:17:19.990" Score="9" ViewCount="244" Body="&lt;p&gt;My dad's an author (English books with some Arabic) and until recently has been using WordPerfect for DOS for all his writing. He's been moving to Word and hates the lack of control he has compared to WP. I'm looking for options and LaTeX seems to be a good one. Here are the things I'd like to be able to do:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Arabic inline text&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Support for chapters (as separate files)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Support for ebook output (epub/mobi)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Cross platform environment (Mac and Windows)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Some way to move from WP and Word&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this realistic with LaTeX, and what would be the best way to start for a newbie?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1705" LastActivityDate="2010-11-05T20:02:15.590" Title="LaTeX for beginners" Tags="&lt;conversion&gt;&lt;books&gt;&lt;msword&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4975" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4972" CreationDate="2010-11-05T17:20:19.903" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;biblatex has resources for custom field types. (p. 26 of &lt;code&gt;texdoc biblatex&lt;/code&gt; ) It would mean modifying the bibliography style (since none of the standard types make use of, say &lt;code&gt;verba&lt;/code&gt; ). So it is already possible to make use of oai fields, with a little work...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2010-11-05T17:20:19.903" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4976" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4974" CreationDate="2010-11-05T18:36:44.150" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Arabic inline: absolutely.  The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/mailman/listinfo/xetex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;XeTeX mailing list&lt;/a&gt; has a number of correspondents who use RTL languages.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Support for chapters as separate files: absolutely.  You can even control which chapters get included when writing to speed up things.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;ebook output: don't know. epub &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1551/use-latex-to-produce-epub&quot;&gt;has been discussed here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;cross platform environment: even more than Mac and Windows. :-)  The source files are plain text and can move freely between operating systems.  The programs are open source and have been ported to everything under the sun.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;move from WP and Word: Welllll, that depends.  Are you talking about the user adjusting to a different system, or exporting the files.  If your dad likes WordPerfect and is still using it maybe he's the kind of guy who can learn LaTeX and enjoy it.  If you're talking about converting files, that's probably going to be tedious.  You can &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ehow.com/how_7152171_import-wordperfect-files-openoffice.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;import from WordPerfect to OpenOffice&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://plan-b-for-openoffice.org/writer/topic/export-as-latex-file-tex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;export from OpenOffice to LaTeX&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-05T20:02:15.590" LastActivityDate="2010-11-05T20:02:15.590" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4977" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4985" CreationDate="2010-11-05T19:10:43.590" Score="4" ViewCount="201" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using LaTeX to document a system I am developing. The system is itself a development environment which will be generating documentation. What is the minimum distribution I need to include in my system in order for users to produce documents from the generated LaTeX code.  What is the minimum distribution that will meet the first requirement, and satisfy all the license conditions of all distributed material (I assume this will be larger).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In response to comments:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;OS Window XP&#xA;Distribution MikTex + TexNic centre&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1706" LastEditorUserId="1706" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-05T21:17:56.890" LastActivityDate="2010-11-05T21:17:56.890" Title="What is the minimum distribution for LaTeX" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;distributions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="4978" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4955" CreationDate="2010-11-05T19:20:10.883" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is using Xe/LuaLaTeX with &lt;code&gt;unicode-math&lt;/code&gt; an option? There you can just use &lt;code&gt;\bigtimes&lt;/code&gt; (or nearly any other conceivable math symbol) without having to worry about any additional packages or fonts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-11-05T19:20:10.883" />
  <row Id="4979" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-05T19:24:42.457" Score="7" ViewCount="551" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using pdflatex on linux and attempting to convert gif to png.&#xA;I can run scripts to find out the image attributes and even and convert &#xA;the files supplied from a folder but I can not write back to that &#xA;folder (or I'd convert them by hand). I have hundreds of gif files.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have found great instructions with regard to converting gif to eps. Those&#xA;weren't working for me, so I thought I'd try png files because I normally &#xA;use .png files. Thanks in advance for your time for reading and any comments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Before \begin{document}, I have defined:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareGraphicsExtensions{.gif, .ps, .eps, .png}&#xA;\DeclareGraphicsRule{.gif}{png}{}{`convert #1 'png:-'}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inside my document, I have &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\includegraphics{figures/filename.gif}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I run pdflatex on my document, I get an error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;! LaTeX Error: Cannot determine size&#xA;  of graphic in `convert&#xA;  figures/filename.gif 'png:-' (no size&#xA;  specifed).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, I added a bounding box manually to the includegraphics command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\includegraphics[0,0][18,18]{figures/filename.gif}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I got the dimensions using imagemagick's identify command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am able to convert the file, write it to a new file, and view it using imagemagick:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$ convert figures/filename.gif gif:figures/filename.png&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I believe that the &quot;convert&quot; command I specified in the graphics rule is not actually running. What am I doing wrong? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here are some details about my build:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$ pdflatex test.tex&#xA;This is pdfTeX, Version 3.14159-14h-released-20010417 (Web2C 7.3.3.1)&#xA;(./test.tex{pdftex.cfg}&#xA;LaTeX2e &amp;lt;2001/06/01&amp;gt;&#xA;Babel &amp;lt;v3.7h&amp;gt; and hyphenation patterns for american, french, german, ngerman, i&#xA;talian, nohyphenation, loaded.&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/base/article.cls&#xA;Document Class: article 2001/04/21 v1.4e Standard LaTeX document class&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/base/size10.clo))&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/tools/verbatim.sty)&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.sty)&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/graphics/graphicx.sty&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/graphics/keyval.sty)&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/graphics/graphics.sty&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/graphics/trig.sty)&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/config/graphics.cfg)&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/graphics/pdftex.def)))&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/base/makeidx.sty)&#xA;Writing index file test.idx&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/misc/pslatex.sty)&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/pdfpages/pdfpages.sty&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/base/ifthen.sty)&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/tools/calc.sty)&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/ms/eso-pic.sty&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/ms/everyshi.sty))))&#xA;&#xA;LaTeX Warning: Unused global option(s):&#xA;    [8pt,english].&#xA;&#xA;No file test.aux.&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/psnfss/omspzccm.fd)&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/context/base/supp-pdf.tex&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/context/base/supp-mis.tex&#xA;loading : Context Support Macros / Missing&#xA;)&#xA;loading : Context Support Macros / PDF&#xA;) (/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/psnfss/ot1ptmcm.fd)&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/psnfss/omlptmcm.fd)&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/psnfss/omxpsycm.fd)&#xA;&amp;lt;use `convert figures/remconf_edit.gif 'png:-'&amp;gt; [1{/usr/share/texmf/dvips/confi&#xA;g/pdftex.map}] (/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/psnfss/omsphv.fd) [2] [3] [4]&#xA;(./test.aux) )&amp;lt;/usr/share/texmf/fonts/type1/bluesky/cm/cmsy10.pfb&amp;gt;{/usr/share/t&#xA;exmf/dvips/base/8r.enc}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1707" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-06T11:14:22.387" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T11:14:22.387" Title="Convert gif image to png on the fly" Tags="&lt;conversion&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;external-images&gt;&lt;gif&gt;" AnswerCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4980" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4983" CreationDate="2010-11-05T20:13:22.943" Score="3" ViewCount="427" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do I reduce the vertical space between a caption of a subfigure and the image of that subfigure?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\subfigure[\vspace{-0.2in} caption words]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;doesn't seem to do anything.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1534" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-03T21:44:17.570" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T21:44:17.570" Title="subfig caption spacing" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;captions&gt;&lt;subfloats&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4981" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3781" CreationDate="2010-11-05T20:14:15.750" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't comprehend natbib's intricacies, but here's a solution using &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/biblatex.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;biblatex&lt;/a&gt;. (Note: My &lt;code&gt;\citesep&lt;/code&gt; command works well for simultaneously citing several papers with the same author(s), but will yield strange results for different authors.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{biblatex}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;&#xA;% COPIED FROM \newbibmacro*{textcite}&#xA;\newbibmacro*{textadjunctcite}{%&#xA;  \iffieldequals{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash}&#xA;    {\multicitedelim}&#xA;    {\cbx@tempa&#xA;     \ifnameundef{labelname}&#xA;       {\printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}&#xA;%       {\printnames{labelname}}% DELETED&#xA;       {\printnames{labelname}% NEW&#xA;       \printfield{adjunct}}% NEW&#xA;     \addspace\bibopenbracket}%&#xA;  \ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1}&#xA;    {\usebibmacro{prenote}}&#xA;    {}%&#xA;  \usebibmacro{cite}%&#xA;  \savefield{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash}%&#xA;  \gdef\cbx@tempa{\bibclosebracket\multicitedelim}}&#xA;&#xA;% COPIED FROM \DeclareCiteCommand{\textcite}&#xA;\DeclareCiteCommand{\textadjunctcite}&#xA;  {\let\cbx@tempa=\empty&#xA;   \undef\cbx@lasthash}&#xA;  {\usebibmacro{citeindex}%&#xA;%   \usebibmacro{textcite}}% DELETED&#xA;   \usebibmacro{textadjunctcite}}% NEW&#xA;  {}&#xA;  {\usebibmacro{postnote}%&#xA;   \bibclosebracket}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*{\citesep}[3][]{%&#xA;  \def\abx@field@adjunct{#3}%&#xA;  \textadjunctcite[#1]{#2}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.bib}&#xA;@misc{Knu01,&#xA;  author = {Knuth, Donald E. and Tarjan, Robert E.},&#xA;  year = {2001},&#xA;  title = {A new algorithm},&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;@misc{Knu02,&#xA;  author = {Knuth, Donald E. and Tarjan, Robert E.},&#xA;  year = {2002},&#xA;  title = {More about our algorithm},&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\bibliography{\jobname}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;As shown in \citesep{Knu01,Knu02}{'s algorithm} \dots&#xA;&#xA;\printbibliography&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-11-05T20:14:15.750" />
  <row Id="4982" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4979" CreationDate="2010-11-05T20:17:40.257" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareGraphicsRule&lt;/code&gt; requires the &lt;code&gt;write18&lt;/code&gt; stream to be enabled in order to talk to the operating system.  Ordinarily this is disabled because it can be dangerous.    Try the same source file with &lt;code&gt;pdflatex --shell-escape test.tex&lt;/code&gt; instead.  See Joseph Wright's &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texdev.net/2009/10/06/what-does-write18-mean/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;blog post about enabling write18&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On my machine if &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics{dir/foo.gif}&lt;/code&gt; is encountered and &lt;code&gt;DeclareGraphicsRule{.gif}{png}...&lt;/code&gt; is declared, LaTeX (1) runs the command; then (2) looks for a file &lt;code&gt;dir/foo_gif-converted-to.png&lt;/code&gt;  So the graphics rule has to do that.  You could use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareGraphicsRule{.gif}{png}{.png}{`convert #1 `dirname #1`/`basename #1 .gif`-gif-converted-to.png}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But that will write to the same directory the file is originally in.  You said you are importing files from a different directory that you do not have write access to.  So instead do&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareGraphicsRule{.gif}{png}{.png}{`convert #1 `basename #1 .gif`-gif-converted-to.png}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So the file will be written into the document's directory.  But now it won't be in &lt;code&gt;dir/&lt;/code&gt; anymore!  So make sure that &lt;code&gt;dir/&lt;/code&gt; is in the TEXINPUTS path (or &lt;code&gt;\graphicspath&lt;/code&gt;) and just input it as &lt;code&gt;foo.gif&lt;/code&gt;.  LaTeX will (0) find &lt;code&gt;foo.gif&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;dir/&lt;/code&gt; (1) convert to &lt;code&gt;./foo_gif-converted-to.png&lt;/code&gt;, (2) find &lt;code&gt;foo_gif-converted-to.png&lt;/code&gt; in the current directory.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Your graphics rule and question title indicate you want to do with using the output stream; that is, not create the converted files.  I couldn't get that to work.  The side effect is that you have a lot of ugly-titled converted files in your document's directory, and maybe you should have just done that in the first place with a script rather than through LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-06T21:09:27.863" LastActivityDate="2010-11-06T21:09:27.863" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="4983" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4980" CreationDate="2010-11-05T20:20:52.907" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\addtolength{\subfigcapskip}{-0.2in}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can read about customizing subfigure layout in Section 4 of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/subfigure/subfigure.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;subfigure manual&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-11-05T20:20:52.907" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4984" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4979" CreationDate="2010-11-05T20:27:40.820" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You need to enable shell escapes. With MiKTeX you do &lt;code&gt;-enable-write18&lt;/code&gt; and with TeXlive &lt;code&gt;-shell-escape&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can set up different conversion rules with the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/epstopdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;epstopdf&lt;/a&gt; package&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{epstopdf}&#xA;\epstopdfDeclareGraphicsRule&#xA;  {.gif}{png}{.png}{convert gif:\SourceFile.\SourceExt png:\OutputFile}&#xA;\AppendGraphicsExtensions{.gif}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\includegraphics{test.gif}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using &lt;code&gt;epstopdf&lt;/code&gt; you can control if the conversion should be done every time you compile or only if the target file is missing. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="565" LastEditorUserId="565" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-06T00:19:46.697" LastActivityDate="2010-11-06T00:19:46.697" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="4985" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4977" CreationDate="2010-11-05T20:38:21.433" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As the comments indicate, it would help to know the operating system, but the answer for &lt;A href=&quot;http://tug.org/texlive/index.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeXlive&lt;/a&gt; (which is cross-platform), installed via the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/texlive/acquire-netinstall.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;net installer&lt;/a&gt;, would be the &quot;Basic Scheme&quot; (See &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/texlive/doc/texlive-en/texlive-en.html#x1-26023r5&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; for a listing of schemes). There is also a scheme called &quot;minimal&quot;, but I think this would only give you support for plain TeX, not LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you're on linux, however, you might be more interested in what package distributed through your distro's repos is smallest. But then we need to know which distro. On mac, you might prefer the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/mactex/morepackages.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;BasicTeX&lt;/a&gt; version of MacTeX, though this is by no means completely minimal. On Windows you might install &lt;a href=&quot;http://miktex.org/2.9/setup&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the Basic MikTeX&lt;/a&gt;, and then not install any additional packages. (I don't think this is completely minimal either: if you really want minimal, TeXlive is probably your best bet anyway.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Licensing conditions are not much of a factor here. All the basic stuff would be covered under &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the LPPL&lt;/a&gt;; it's only if you went beyond that there would be any issues.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-11-05T20:38:21.433" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="4986" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-05T21:01:36.693" Score="8" ViewCount="372" Body="&lt;p&gt;With the decoration library it is possible to place arrow tips at arbitrary positions along a path. TikZ places the front end of the arrow at the specified position, which is often exactly what one wants. However, sometimes I’d find it would look better if the middle of the arrow tip is placed at the specified position, in particular when centering an arrow an a line:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{decorations.markings,arrows}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[&#xA;    decoration={markings,mark=at position 0.5 with {\arrow{triangle 60}}},&#xA;    ]&#xA;    \draw[postaction={decorate}] (0,0.2) -- (1,0.2);&#xA;    \draw[postaction={decorate}] (1,-0.2) -- (0,-0.2);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;gives&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/7gQAk.png&quot; alt=&quot;what I want&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;instead of &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ZVsdc.png&quot; alt=&quot;what I want&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I produced the second picture by guessing where the front end of the arrow should be to have the center of the arrow in the middle of the path. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to have TikZ position the arrows this way (without having to guess the positions)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-15T18:02:18.910" LastActivityDate="2010-11-15T18:02:18.910" Title="Placement of arrowtips with TikZ’s markings" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;decorations&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="4987" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4988" CreationDate="2010-11-05T21:03:12.683" Score="26" ViewCount="657" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the spirit of a free-form Friday on StackOverflow, I'd like to know if I should consider learning ConTeXt.  What got me into LaTeX way back in 1994 was having structural markup that made longer documents easier to write.  What got me into XeTeX was being able to use my Mac's fonts just like I could in a word processor.  What makes ConTeXt users passionate about it or at least willing to forsake LaTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt; Thanks for all the answers and great discussion in the comments.  The whole page deserves a green check.  Success! I am now interested in ConTeXt.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-06T20:07:50.413" LastActivityDate="2010-11-06T20:07:50.413" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-11-05T22:24:16.797" Title="Why should I be interested in ConTeXt?" Tags="&lt;context&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="12" />
  <row Id="4988" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4987" CreationDate="2010-11-05T21:59:07.383" Score="17" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Not really any extra packages with context - there are a few modules, but dealing with package conflicts doesn't really happen here.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Build in XML processor - I use this with TEI and Docbook XML. I gain the typesetting sexyness of a TeX backend, coupled with the validation features of XML is great.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;PDF-X compliance pretty much right out of the box - this is one thing latex really lacks if you are doing any kind of serious publishing. there is a package for latex for pdfx for latex, but i've never been able to make it work.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;along the same lines as the last one, icc color profile support pretty much out of the box.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;simplefonts package - load your system fonts like xelatex&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;UTF-8 support by default. important if you write a language other than english. you can use utf8 in latex, but you need a package... again, this is the default.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm sure i've missed some major things. I'm still pretty new to context after using latex for some years. but so far i'm really enjoying it. Another major, but probably not &quot;documented&quot; feature is that context is aimed more at general publishing, while latex seems to be aimed heavily at academia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1222" LastActivityDate="2010-11-05T21:59:07.383" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-11-05T22:24:16.797" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="4989" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4987" CreationDate="2010-11-05T22:15:15.683" Score="15" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To add to Mica's list:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The thing that attracted me to Context is support for graphical layout, through grids and layers.  Context is good at organising material on a page.  I have the impression that Tikz is being used more and more for this kind of thing for Latex documents.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Beyond the fact that &quot;packages are included,&quot; as Mica says, passing options to environments is done in a very consistent way.  I generally find it much easier to remember what values to pass to which keys in environments, than remember which package does what.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Generous functionality is given to environments: look at what can be done with framed boxes, how general and useful they are for setting off visual information.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The possibility of naming setups for environments allows a much cleaner separation of content from typesetting.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The last point, in particular, is something I'd like the Latex3 team to be thinking about.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-11-05T22:15:15.683" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-11-05T22:24:16.797" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="4990" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4995" CreationDate="2010-11-06T00:13:25.210" Score="7" ViewCount="168" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know, the question doesn't explain too much. That's why I'm going to do that here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm writing a technical paper and I have a few sections. Within each section, there are a few paragraphs. Some of them are titled with &lt;code&gt;\paragraph&lt;/code&gt; but some of them not. The thing is: when I have an untitled one below a titled one, the untitled one looks odd. Graphically seems that it is contained in the other, even using indentations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My question is: When I use &lt;code&gt;\paragraph&lt;/code&gt;, should I use it in each paragraph of the section? Written in another way: Can untitled paragraphs be between titled ones? Is that correct? Anyway, the paragraph titles are more seen in other kinds of documents, not essentially Technic. So, feel free to recommend me how to organize better the document structure.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;P.S.: Making a &lt;code&gt;\subsection&lt;/code&gt; would be too much. I mean, the info in each section is not enough to do that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1488" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-09T22:34:18.813" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T22:34:18.813" Title="How should I manage to get titled and untitled paragraphs together?" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;sections-paragraphs&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="10" />
  <row Id="4991" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5004" CreationDate="2010-11-06T00:36:17.770" Score="6" ViewCount="249" Body="&lt;p&gt;What I have: 3 algorithms, like so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{algorithm}&#xA;\caption{Caption One}&#xA;...&#xA;\label{alg:one}&#xA;\end{algorithm}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{algorithm}&#xA;\caption{Caption Two}&#xA;...&#xA;\label{alg:two}&#xA;\end{algorithm}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{algorithm}&#xA;\caption{Caption Three}&#xA;...&#xA;\label{alg:three}&#xA;\end{algorithm}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I want: I want algorithm 1 to be numbered in the same manner as the rest of the algorithms in the document, say, as &lt;strong&gt;Algorithm 1&lt;/strong&gt;. Then I want Algorithms 2 and 3 to be numbered &lt;strong&gt;Algorithm 1a&lt;/strong&gt; (or 1.1, or 1-a, or whatever) and &lt;strong&gt;Algorithm 1b&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then I want numbering to continue as previous, so that the next algorithm is &lt;strong&gt;Algorithm 2&lt;/strong&gt;. Can this be done, and if so, how?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1286" LastEditorUserId="1286" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-06T14:09:03.870" LastActivityDate="2010-11-06T14:09:03.870" Title="Number Algorithm floats with dependency (subalgorithms environment)" Tags="&lt;numbering&gt;&lt;floats&gt;&lt;algorithms&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="4992" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4990" CreationDate="2010-11-06T01:32:05.987" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Since sectioning units don't have an end marker, the following unit should be started by a heading. Transfer your paragraph problem to sections or chapters: if you let just some text follow without a heading, it seems to belong to the preceding section or chapter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That's why I would try to find a suitable run-in heading for each paragraph.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another approach would be to format the paragraph text in a way that makes clear where that paragraph ends. For example, indent the paragraph body. This may be done by a description environment:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section{Construction}&#xA;\begin{description}&#xA;\item[Al-Si junction.] It refers to the high-speed (aluminum-silicon)&#xA;    semiconductor-metal barrier diode, commonly known as a Schottky diode.&#xA;    This is included in the table because some silicon power IGFETs have a&#xA;    parasitic reverse Schottky diode formed between the source and drain as&#xA;    part of the fabrication process. This diode can be a nuisance, but&#xA;    sometimes it is used in the circuit.&#xA;\end{description}&#xA;The density of mobile carriers in the channel of a MOSFET is a function&#xA;of the electric field forming the channel and of various other phenomena&#xA;such as the impurity level in the channel. Some impurities, called dopants,&#xA;are introduced deliberately in making a MOSFET, to control the MOSFET&#xA;electrical behavior.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/BQcPp.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-11-06T01:32:05.987" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="4993" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4990" CreationDate="2010-11-06T02:08:38.860" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;article.cls&lt;/code&gt; defines &lt;code&gt;\paragraph&lt;/code&gt; like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand\paragraph{&#xA;  \@startsection{paragraph}           % name&#xA;  {4}                                 % sectioning level&#xA;  {\z@}                               % indent (\z@ is a synonym for 0pt)&#xA;  {3.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}      % before skip&#xA;  {-1em}                              % after skip (the '-' has a special meaning)&#xA;  {\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries}}  % format&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, you can see that article class based documents have around 3.25ex worth of skip before each &lt;code&gt;\paragraph&lt;/code&gt;'d paragraph, hence the &quot;unbalanced&quot; look and feel across the page. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can either &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\paragraph}&lt;/code&gt; (can be quite tricky) or you can employ a helper package to take care of everything for you. The easiest way out is to use the &lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt; package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{titlesec}&#xA;\titlespacing{\paragraph}{0pt}{0pt}{0pt}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT:&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oddly enough, &lt;code&gt;\titlespacing&lt;/code&gt; gobbles the &lt;code&gt;\quad&lt;/code&gt; (or whatever) that is normally appended after the paragraph heading.  In which case you'll need to manually append some space each time you use &lt;code&gt;\paragraph&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\paragraph{Al-Si junction.}\quad It refers to the...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\paragraph{Al-Si junction.}\ It refers to the...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In any case, I guess appending a quad or space makes this solution somewhat less desirable than if &lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt; didn't have this &quot;side-effect&quot;.  In which case, I guess it'd be best to redefine the &lt;code&gt;\paragraph&lt;/code&gt; command directly, e.g., like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand\paragraph{&#xA;  \@startsection{paragraph}           % name&#xA;  {4}                                 % sectioning level&#xA;  {\z@}                               % indent (\z@ is a synonym for 0pt)&#xA;  {0pt}                               % before skip&#xA;  {-1em}                              % after skip (the '-' has a special meaning)&#xA;  {\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries}}  % format&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastEditorUserId="416" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-06T02:41:36.897" LastActivityDate="2010-11-06T02:41:36.897" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4994" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4986" CreationDate="2010-11-06T04:12:17.583" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can always draw the arrow yourself, instead of using the &quot;arrows&quot; library:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}[&#xA;  decoration={markings,mark=at position 0.5 with {\fill (2pt,0)--(-2pt,2.31pt)--(-2pt,-2.31pt)--cycle;}},&#xA;   ]&#xA;   \draw[postaction={decorate}] (0,0.2) -- (1,0.2);&#xA;   \draw[postaction={decorate}] (1,-0.2) -- (0,-0.2);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The mark you get when you use a predefined arrow has &lt;strong&gt;tip&lt;/strong&gt; at (0,0).  This mark will be a triangle &lt;strong&gt;centered&lt;/strong&gt; at (0,0).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, it will not work that great if your path is curved. The arrow tip will probably not be on the path. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastEditorUserId="396" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-06T04:29:52.903" LastActivityDate="2010-11-06T04:29:52.903" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4995" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4990" CreationDate="2010-11-06T04:42:21.300" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;How about doing something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*\uparagraph{%&#xA;        \par&#xA;        \nopagebreak&#xA;        \vskip3.25ex plus1ex minus.2ex&#xA;        \noindent&#xA; }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This provides the same spacing as the default &lt;code&gt;\paragraph&lt;/code&gt; but doesn't title it. It also doesn't indent the new paragraph which is the reason for the &lt;code&gt;\nopagebreak&lt;/code&gt;. (You don't want a nonindented paragraph to start a new page, especially if the previous line of the last paragraph is full.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-11-06T04:42:21.300" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="4996" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-06T08:10:02.097" Score="5" ViewCount="158" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I run the same input file in two computers, one having TexLive/Debian under ubuntu, the &#xA;other with Texlive/opensuse under suse 11.1. &#xA;The second one fails to handle the file properly. In particular, it cannot resolve &#xA;references of type \ref{label} in the list of figures and (probably therefore) it cannot&#xA;break lines properly. Reading the log-files I just notice that pdfTex under suse loads &#xA;many additional packages not loaded by the ubuntu distribution.&#xA;Questions:&#xA;Have you seen similar problems before? Anywhere I could read to get advice?&#xA;How can I control which packages should pdftex load within each distribution?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1710" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-06T13:35:05.880" LastActivityDate="2010-11-06T13:35:05.880" Title="Differences in texlive implementations" Tags="&lt;texlive&gt;&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;ubuntu&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="4997" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4979" CreationDate="2010-11-06T08:33:52.383" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is not a &quot;pure&quot; LaTeX answer but....&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Do the convert magic in a script you run before you run pdflatex, that can be called from your makefile (if you use it)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;#!/bin/bash &#xA;&#xA;cd figures&#xA;&#xA;for f in *.gif ;&#xA;do&#xA;    convert &quot;$f&quot; &quot;${f/%gif/png}&quot;&#xA;done&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now you have converted all the gif:s in dir figures into png:s.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then you just include them as normal png:s.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="795" LastEditorUserId="795" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-07T08:38:16.270" LastActivityDate="2010-11-07T08:38:16.270" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="4998" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4996" CreationDate="2010-11-06T08:53:47.027" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Chances are high both distributions are using different versions of texlive with different versions of included packages, you can find the exact packages and versions by adding &lt;code&gt;\listfiles&lt;/code&gt; to your preamble and comparing the output of both installation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-06T10:23:08.320" LastActivityDate="2010-11-06T10:23:08.320" />
  <row Id="4999" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5000" CreationDate="2010-11-06T11:06:09.980" Score="5" ViewCount="424" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to change the spacing around a section heading so that there is less of a gap between it and the paragraph that follows.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I found the following commands&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[compact]{titlesec}  &#xA;\titlespacing{\section}{0pt}{0pt}{0pt}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But that produces the error &lt;code&gt;Package titlesec Error: Entered in horizontal mode.&lt;/code&gt;.  Googling has not found any useful answers for that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there another way to change the spacing around headings or is there an easy fix for that error?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Im using fancyhdr and sectsty if that makes a difference.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1178" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-18T19:23:33.880" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T19:23:33.880" Title="Change whitespace above and below a section heading" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;titlesec&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="5000" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4999" CreationDate="2010-11-06T11:18:19.413" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[compact]{titlesec}&lt;/code&gt; to shrink all the whitespace around section headings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Whatever &lt;code&gt;sectsty&lt;/code&gt; is doing for you, you can probably also do it with &lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt;. I expect the problem is due to some clash between them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Adding to my answer from the comments above: titlesec's &lt;code&gt;\titleformat&lt;/code&gt; option can deal with size and colour options. See pp. 3-4 of the titlesec manual.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-06T11:46:31.637" LastActivityDate="2010-11-06T11:46:31.637" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="5001" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-06T12:39:06.853" Score="11" ViewCount="484" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a custom block of text on my title page which can be longer than a single line.  By default LaTeX is hyphenating a word at the end of a line, but I want it to break on to the next line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How do I force this to happen?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know I can use &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; in the text, but I'm creating a standard template for a documents and I would prefer it to handle this edge case automatically instead of having to remember to break the text manually.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E.g.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is my title longpeice-&lt;br&gt;&#xA;oftext&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;should be&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is my title&lt;br&gt;&#xA;longpieceoftext&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1178" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-28T19:09:06.810" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T15:31:59.303" Title="Prevent hyphenation and use line break in block of text" Tags="&lt;line-breaking&gt;&lt;hyphenation&gt;&lt;titlepage&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="5002" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4991" CreationDate="2010-11-06T13:03:00.727" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is the &quot;easy&quot; way to do it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{algorithm}&#xA;\caption{Caption One}&#xA;...&#xA;\label{alg:one}&#xA;\end{algorithm}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{algorithm}&#xA;\renewcommand{\thealgorithm}{1a}&#xA;\caption{Caption Two}&#xA;...&#xA;\label{alg:two}&#xA;\end{algorithm}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{algorithm}&#xA;\renewcommand{\thealgorithm}{1b}&#xA;\caption{Caption Three}&#xA;...&#xA;\label{alg:three}&#xA;\end{algorithm}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{algorithm}&#xA;\setcounter{algorithm}{1}&#xA;\caption{Caption Four}&#xA;...&#xA;\label{alg:four}&#xA;\end{algorithm}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &quot;right&quot; way to do it might be to create macros that turn on and off subnumbering.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcounter{subalgorithm}&#xA;\newenvironment{subalgorithms}{&#xA;  \setcounter{subalgorithm}{0}&#xA;  % redefine the macro that sets the algorithm number to include the subalgorithm number&#xA;  \renewcommand{\thealgorithm}{\arabic{algorithm}\alph{subalgorithm}}%&#xA;  % patch the macro that sets the caption head to unincrement to&#xA;  % - unincrement the algorithm counter&#xA;  % - increment the subalgorithm counter&#xA;  % - then do whatever it was supposed to do before&#xA;  \let\old@fnum@algorithm=\fnum@algorithm%&#xA;  \def\fnum@algorithm{%&#xA;    \addtocounter{algorithm}{-1}%&#xA;    \stepcounter{subalgorithm}%&#xA;    \old@fnum@algorithm}%&#xA;}{}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{algorithm}&#xA;\caption{Caption One}&#xA;...&#xA;\label{alg:one}&#xA;\end{algorithm} &#xA;&#xA;\begin{subalgorithms}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{algorithm}&#xA;\caption{Caption Two}&#xA;...&#xA;\label{alg:two}&#xA;\end{algorithm}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{algorithm}&#xA;\caption{Caption Three}&#xA;...&#xA;\label{alg:three}&#xA;\end{algorithm}&#xA;&#xA;\end{subalgorithms}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{algorithm}&#xA;\caption{Caption Four}&#xA;...&#xA;\label{alg:four}&#xA;\end{algorithm}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A third method would be to create a new float &lt;code&gt;subalgorithm&lt;/code&gt; with a counter that reset with &lt;code&gt;algorithm&lt;/code&gt;.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\floatstyle{\ALG@floatstyle}&#xA;\newfloat{subalgorithm}{htbp}{loa}[algorithm]&#xA;\floatname{subalgorithm}{Subalgorithm}&#xA;\renewcommand{\thesubalgorithm}{\arabic{algorithm}\alph{subalgorithm}}&#xA;\@namedef{l@subalgorithm}{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}}%&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\listofalgorithms&#xA;&#xA;\begin{algorithm}&#xA;\caption{Caption One}&#xA;...&#xA;\label{alg:one}&#xA;\end{algorithm}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{subalgorithm}&#xA;\caption{Caption Two}&#xA;...&#xA;\label{alg:two}&#xA;\end{subalgorithm}&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum[2-4]&#xA;&#xA;\begin{subalgorithm}&#xA;\caption{Caption Three}&#xA;...&#xA;\label{subalg:three}&#xA;\end{subalgorithm}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{algorithm}&#xA;\caption{Caption Four}&#xA;...&#xA;\label{alg:four}&#xA;\end{algorithm}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;References:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/float/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;float package&lt;/a&gt; source/documentation&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/algorithm/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;algorithm package&lt;/a&gt; source/documentation&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-06T13:39:55.687" LastActivityDate="2010-11-06T13:39:55.687" />
  <row Id="5003" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5001" CreationDate="2010-11-06T13:05:24.813" Score="14" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;See &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=hyphoff&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt; answer in the UK TeX FAQ.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Three &quot;easy&quot; ways to prevent hyphenation for a text block (as opposed to the whole document) are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Enclose the text block in a &lt;code&gt;raggedright&lt;/code&gt; environment (this typesets the block raggedright and makes hyphenation very unlikely);&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Enclose the text block in a group and set &lt;code&gt;\hyphenpenalty&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\exhyphenpenalty&lt;/code&gt; to 10000;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: Load the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ftp.univie.ac.at/packages/tex/help/Catalogue/entries/hyphenat.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;hyphenat&lt;/a&gt; package and write &lt;code&gt;\nohyphens{(text block)}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Minimal example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{hyphenat}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;\textwidth 300pt&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\blindtext&#xA;&#xA;\begin{raggedright}&#xA;&#xA;\blindtext&#xA;&#xA;\end{raggedright}&#xA;&#xA;\begingroup&#xA;\hyphenpenalty 10000&#xA;\exhyphenpenalty 10000&#xA;&#xA;\blindtext&#xA;&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;&#xA;\nohyphens{\blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT 2: The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/biblatex.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;biblatex&lt;/a&gt; package provides the additional commands &lt;code&gt;\nohyphenation&lt;/code&gt; (which normally should be used inside a group) and &lt;code&gt;\textnohyphenation{(text)}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-05T15:31:59.303" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T15:31:59.303" />
  <row Id="5004" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4991" CreationDate="2010-11-06T13:34:54.863" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could borrow the &lt;code&gt;subequations&lt;/code&gt; definition from &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{algorithm}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcounter{parentalgorithm}&#xA;\newenvironment{subalgorithms}{%&#xA;  \refstepcounter{algorithm}%&#xA;  \protected@edef\theparentalgorithm{\thealgorithm}%&#xA;  \setcounter{parentalgorithm}{\value{algorithm}}%&#xA;  \setcounter{algorithm}{0}%&#xA;  \def\thealgorithm{\theparentalgorithm\alph{algorithm}}%&#xA;  \ignorespaces&#xA;}{%&#xA;  \setcounter{algorithm}{\value{parentalgorithm}}%&#xA;  \ignorespacesafterend&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{subalgorithms}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{algorithm}&#xA;\caption{Caption One}&#xA;...&#xA;\label{alg:one}&#xA;\end{algorithm}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{algorithm}&#xA;\caption{Caption Two}&#xA;...&#xA;\label{alg:two}&#xA;\end{algorithm}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{algorithm}&#xA;\caption{Caption Three}&#xA;...&#xA;\label{alg:three}&#xA;\end{algorithm}&#xA;&#xA;\end{subalgorithms}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="565" LastActivityDate="2010-11-06T13:34:54.863" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5005" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5001" CreationDate="2010-11-06T13:58:30.777" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If the &lt;em&gt;longpieceoftext&lt;/em&gt; s are few and easily identified, then&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;This is my title \mbox{longpieceoftext} with &#xA;some other \mbox{ridiculouslylongtextaddition}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;should do what you want. You will, of course, &quot;get what you wish for, so beware&quot;: over/underfull boxes... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="344" LastActivityDate="2010-11-06T13:58:30.777" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5007" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4987" CreationDate="2010-11-06T15:07:55.653" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In my opinion, the two biggest strengths of ConTeXt are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;By design, every command is configurable using a key-value options&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;These options are consistent and predictable.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lets consider an example of changing the style of various parts of a document to&#xA;bold italic. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;To make section headings bolditalic:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setuphead[section][style=bolditalic]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;To make page footers bolditalic:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setupfooter[style=bolditalic]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;To make contents of enumerations (which are similar to LaTeX's theorems)&#xA;bolditalic:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setupenumerations[style=bolditalic]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;To make the contents of the second levels of itemizations bolditalic:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setupitemize[2][style=bolditalic]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;To make the first row and first column of a table bolditalic&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setupTABLE[row]   [1][style=bolditalic]&#xA;\setupTABLE[column][1][style=bolditalic]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Knowing this, can you guess how to change the style of figure and table captions&#xA;to bolditalic? (&lt;em&gt;Hint&lt;/em&gt;: captions are set using &lt;code&gt;\setupcaptions&lt;/code&gt;). Now contrast&#xA;this with the corresponding commands in LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Because of this consistency, you do not need to have multiple ConTeXt manuals&#xA;open when you are tweaking the document style.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2010-11-06T15:07:55.653" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-11-06T15:07:55.653" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="5008" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5012" CreationDate="2010-11-06T15:37:38.970" Score="12" ViewCount="495" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm a little confused on the purposes of each kind of text in LaTeX. I know the function of some of them, but sometimes people use each for different reasons. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\texttt&lt;/code&gt; is for code (no discussion right?).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\emph&lt;/code&gt; is to make emphasis.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\textsc&lt;/code&gt; is used for names, right?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\textbf&lt;/code&gt; when should I use it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\textmd&lt;/code&gt; When should I use it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And something more: If I write for example &quot;HI-TECH C PIC Compiler&quot; in between a paragraph, the capital words doesn't look very good. Is it convenient to use &lt;code&gt;\textsf&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can normal text be mixed with different types? Under which circumstances?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;P.S: I'm using the article class with the normal font.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1488" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-10T03:46:25.277" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T03:46:25.277" Title="When to use each kind of text type?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;formatting&gt;&lt;best-practices&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="6" />
  <row Id="5009" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4922" CreationDate="2010-11-06T15:40:35.177" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Turning Ulrike Fischer's comment into an answer: This happens because you are using the type 3 versions of the TS1 encoded fonts that are accessed via the &lt;code&gt;textcomp&lt;/code&gt; package. There are 2 simple ways to resolve this. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Install the cm-super fonts, via whichever mechanism your tex distribution allows (these fonts are very standard and should be available for every major tex distribution, but since they are quite large they are not always installed by default). &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Put &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{lmodern}&lt;/code&gt; in the document preamble, to use the latin modern fonts.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Both of these options should fix the problem of using type 3 symbols, and should have only very minor effects on the rest of the document. The first option should only change the problematic glyphs; the second option will also cause very slight changes to the whole document (you may or may not view these as improvements, or you may not even notice since the difference is very subtle).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/1390/627&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt; for some tips on the difference between lmodern and cm-super. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=type1T1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this FAQ answer&lt;/a&gt; for some more background.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastEditorUserId="627" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-07T05:29:17.447" LastActivityDate="2010-11-07T05:29:17.447" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5010" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5008" CreationDate="2010-11-06T16:07:46.030" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is a matter of typographic style. There are no definitive rules.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You should consult a &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Style_guide&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;style guide&lt;/a&gt; to see what is conventionally done. &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Elements_of_Typographic_Style&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;The Elements of Typographic Style&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Chicago_Manual_of_Style&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;The Chicago Manual of Style&lt;/a&gt; are both worth the read. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="565" LastActivityDate="2010-11-06T16:07:46.030" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="5011" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3457" CreationDate="2010-11-06T16:16:30.467" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;simplest and obvious answer for me...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\clearpage&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;    .....&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\vfill&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;    .....&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\clearpage&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;that way the figures will be alone in 1 page, wherever latex will place them&#xA;the alternative is having 1 figure for all images but still use &lt;code&gt;\clearpage&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1713" LastActivityDate="2010-11-06T16:16:30.467" />
  <row Id="5012" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5008" CreationDate="2010-11-06T16:19:13.913" Score="23" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think you are confusing &lt;strong&gt;visual markup&lt;/strong&gt; with &lt;strong&gt;semantic markup&lt;/strong&gt;.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\emph&lt;/code&gt; is &lt;strong&gt;semantic markup&lt;/strong&gt;: it indicates that you want to emphasize some text, without specifying how that will affect the appearance of the text. The default is to make it italic, or for nested emph-within-emph to make it roman again. However, the default can be overridden if you later decide to use bold for emphasis: &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand\emph{\textbf}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\texttt&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\textmd&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\textsc&lt;/code&gt; and so on are &lt;strong&gt;visual markup&lt;/strong&gt;. You should use them for &lt;em&gt;implementing&lt;/em&gt; semantic markup. So, for example if you want to use the French convention of using small caps for family names, you could write &lt;code&gt;\newcommand\familyname{\textsc}&lt;/code&gt; and have &lt;code&gt;This was studied by John \familyname{Smith} and \familyname{Yao} Ming&lt;/code&gt;. If you then later decided that you no longer like this convention it is easy to change, in the preamble without needing to search through your text. Similarly you may want to write &lt;code&gt;\newcommand\code{\texttt}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The visual &lt;code&gt;\textXX&lt;/code&gt; commands will change 3 axes of the text: &lt;strong&gt;shape&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;family&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;weight&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The &lt;strong&gt;shape&lt;/strong&gt; axis covers: &lt;code&gt;\textup&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\textit&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\textsc&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\textsl&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The &lt;strong&gt;family&lt;/strong&gt; axis covers: &lt;code&gt;\textrm&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\textsf&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\texttt&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The &lt;strong&gt;weight&lt;/strong&gt; axis covers: &lt;code&gt;\textbf&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\textmd&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Some fonts provide other options along these axes, or even as with MinionPro, completely new axes.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can combine options from the different axes (some combinations, such as &lt;code&gt;\textbf{\textt{...}}&lt;/code&gt; are not available by default, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=bold-extras&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;discussed here&lt;/a&gt;). For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\keyword[1]{\textsf{\textbf{#1}}}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\important[1]{\textbf{\textit{#1}}}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Regarding &quot;HI-TECH C PIC Compiler&quot;: Some fonts (especially ones aimed at newspaper and magazine publishing) have a size of capitals that is intermediate between small-caps (&lt;code&gt;\textsc&lt;/code&gt;) and full capitals, for exactly this purpose. The default tex computer modern fonts do not have this possibility, but the computer modern &lt;code&gt;\textsc&lt;/code&gt; is not a true small-caps, being a little taller than the x-height of the font, so can be used this way: &lt;code&gt;\newcommand\hitechcomp{\textsc{hi-tech c pic} compiler}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastEditorUserId="627" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-06T16:58:27.340" LastActivityDate="2010-11-06T16:58:27.340" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5013" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1650" CreationDate="2010-11-06T16:20:42.660" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;i don't know about morefloats, but i'll try using it to solve my problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to solve that problem there is another solution, but in theory not a very good one although it does work great&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;just use &lt;code&gt;[H]&lt;/code&gt; instead of `[htbp] . what happens is that latex stops freaking out with too many unprocessed floats.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1713" LastActivityDate="2010-11-06T16:20:42.660" />
  <row Id="5014" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5008" CreationDate="2010-11-06T16:28:52.173" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;(I have no &quot;right&quot; answer, only some typographical hints.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Most fonts can be categorized as either serif, sans serif or monospaced:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Serif fonts (&lt;code&gt;\textrm&lt;/code&gt;) are regularly used for the main text body. (Serifs are the small bars at the end of letter strokes that establish a visual base for text lines.)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Sans serif fonts (&lt;code&gt;\textsf&lt;/code&gt;) are often used for headings, tables and table/figure captions. (Typesetting the text body in sans serif is often frowned upon because of reasons of legibility.)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Monospaced (&quot;typewriter&quot;) fonts (&lt;code&gt;\texttt&lt;/code&gt;) are mostly limited to code listings and URL's.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For every font category or &quot;family&quot;, the following attributes (and combinations of attributes) are possible, although often not available in practice:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Medium is the &quot;normal&quot; (upright, non-bold) font. (The commands &lt;code&gt;\textup&lt;/code&gt; resp. &lt;code&gt;\textmd&lt;/code&gt; are used to cancel the effects of other attribute commands and switch back to a medium font - see Lev Bishop's answer for details.)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Italic (&lt;code&gt;\textit&lt;/code&gt;) can be used to emphasize parts of the text without making those parts &quot;stick out&quot; at first glance. (&lt;code&gt;\emph&lt;/code&gt; defaults to &lt;code&gt;\textit&lt;/code&gt;.) Italic fonts are also suited for low-hierarchy headings. Italics are a separate font design - not only are the letters slanted, but many of them (e.g. &quot;a&quot;, &quot;g&quot;) have distinct forms.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Slanted (&lt;code&gt;\textsl&lt;/code&gt;) is a surrogate font in case no &quot;real&quot; italic font is around.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Bold (&lt;code&gt;\textbf&lt;/code&gt;) is suited for (top) headings. In the text body, a bold font should be used only if you really want some words to &quot;stick out&quot; - e.g. keywords in a dictionary.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Small caps (&lt;code&gt;\textsc&lt;/code&gt;) are another possibility for emphasis. They are sometimes used for names, but are especially suited for acronyms (UNESCO, PIC Compiler) where capital letters would disrupt the text image. &quot;Real&quot; small caps are a separate font design - don't use &quot;faked&quot; small caps (downscaled capital letters).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: Rephased &quot;medium&quot; font, added &quot;slanted&quot; font.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT2: Added details about serifs and italic fonts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-06T17:53:18.153" LastActivityDate="2010-11-06T17:53:18.153" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5015" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4990" CreationDate="2010-11-06T17:32:21.550" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the light of Tomas' comments to the question:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\paragraph{Lump}&lt;/code&gt; is a way to mark up a &lt;strong&gt;document division called &lt;em&gt;Lump&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, not simply a way to say &quot;this is a paragraph and its title is &lt;em&gt;Lump&lt;/em&gt; which also happens to be part of the text. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The full hierarchy (as implemented in memoir) is: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\book&lt;/code&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;code&gt;\part&lt;/code&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;code&gt;\chapter&lt;/code&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;code&gt;\subsection&lt;/code&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;code&gt;\subsubsection&lt;/code&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;code&gt;\paragraph&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;code&gt;\subparagraph&lt;/code&gt;   &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The content of unmarked paragraphs normally belongs logically to the document division defined by the last division markup item, in this case &lt;code&gt;\paragraph&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thus, in this example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\paragraph{Al-Si junction.} &#xA;&#xA;It refers to the high-speed (aluminum-silicon) ...&#xA;&#xA;The density of mobile carriers ...&#xA;&#xA;\paragraph{B-Si junction.} &#xA;&#xA;It refers to the high-speed (boron-silicon) ...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The two paragraphs &quot;It refers&quot; and &quot;The density&quot; belong to the &quot;paragraph-level section&quot; called &quot;Al-Si&quot;, and the single paragraph &quot;It refers&quot; belongs to the &quot;paragraph-level section&quot; called &quot;B-Si&quot;. Despite the final rendered text's appearance, what we have here are two section headings and three paragraphs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The end result is that &quot;seems that it is contained in the other&quot; is true, because &lt;em&gt;that is how it is marked up&lt;/em&gt;. To achieve a uniform structure, you will need either to give each paragraph its own &lt;code&gt;\paragraph&lt;/code&gt; division, or none of them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="344" LastActivityDate="2010-11-06T17:32:21.550" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5017" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5018" CreationDate="2010-11-06T20:06:57.863" Score="10" ViewCount="373" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have table that has long headers and I would like to specify width of the column, but also be able to remain it's centred position. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Something like &lt;code&gt;|c{0.30\textwidth}|&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is possible? How to achieve this effect?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1164" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-05T22:17:50.230" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T22:17:50.230" Title="Center column with specifying width in table (tabular enviroment)?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;centering&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="5018" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5017" CreationDate="2010-11-06T20:31:49.727" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use the array package. It provides a way add a &lt;code&gt;\centering&lt;/code&gt; command to a p-colum. Here's a tiny example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{&amp;gt;{\centering\arraybackslash}p{1cm}}&#xA;first row \\&#xA;second row&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The general syntax is &lt;code&gt;&amp;gt;{command}&lt;/code&gt; before the actual column specifier. &lt;code&gt;\centering&lt;/code&gt; changes the meaning of &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt;, thus &lt;code&gt;\arraybackslash&lt;/code&gt; has been used to restore that. Have a look at the &lt;code&gt;array&lt;/code&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/tools/array.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;documentation&lt;/a&gt; to learn more.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-06T21:06:21.220" LastActivityDate="2010-11-06T21:06:21.220" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5019" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5022" CreationDate="2010-11-06T20:35:03.587" Score="6" ViewCount="352" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I make a table of contents with the article and report classes the results are different. I have two questions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(i) Why does this happen?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(ii) How can I make the report TOC look like the article one?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here are a pair of examples:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[]{report}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\section{Section}&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\section{Section}&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="451" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-07T11:42:46.580" LastActivityDate="2010-11-07T11:42:46.580" Title="Table of contents in article.cls and report.cls" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="5020" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5017" CreationDate="2010-11-06T20:41:38.777" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In addition to Stefans answer: If you use centered columns with a fixed width quite often, you can define a new column type:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\newcolumntype{x}[1]{&amp;gt;{\centering\arraybackslash\hspace{0pt}}p{#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &quot;x&quot; column takes its width as argument. In your document, you would write e.g.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}{cx{3cm}c}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: Thanks to an answer from Ulrike Fischer on the German-speaking forum &lt;a href=&quot;http://mrunix.de/forums/showpost.php?p=309008&amp;amp;postcount=6&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;mrunix.de&lt;/a&gt;, I learned that there is still room for improvement: One might want to manually break lines within a cell of a &quot;centered&quot; p-column, but &lt;code&gt;\newline&lt;/code&gt; doesn't work correctly in this case. Solution: assign the meaning of &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; (as defined by &lt;code&gt;\centering&lt;/code&gt;!) to &lt;code&gt;\newline&lt;/code&gt; within the cell:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\newcolumntype{x}[1]{&amp;gt;{\centering\let\newline\\\arraybackslash\hspace{0pt}}p{#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-05T22:16:35.800" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T22:16:35.800" />
  <row Id="5021" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5019" CreationDate="2010-11-06T20:54:14.757" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;(i) The report class has been designed for typesetting large documents with chapters in contrary to the article class which doesn't support chapters. That's why reports may contain more extensive TOCs containing more sectioning levels, thus a different layout could be meaningful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(ii) Consider to use a package to design the table of contents, for instance &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/tocloft&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;tocloft&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/titletoc&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;titletoc&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-11-06T20:54:14.757" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5022" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5019" CreationDate="2010-11-06T20:57:27.390" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;By default, the &quot;top-level&quot; entries in a table of contents will be typeset in bold and without a dotted line between entry name and page number. For the article class, the &quot;top level&quot; is &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt;, while for the report (and the book) class it's &lt;code&gt;\chapter&lt;/code&gt;. Simply changing &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\chapter&lt;/code&gt; in your first example will result in (roughly) the same TOC layout.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-11-06T20:57:27.390" />
  <row Id="5023" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5025" CreationDate="2010-11-06T21:16:18.963" Score="4" ViewCount="257" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've drawn a tree using pgf/tikz and am trying to place it in an enumerated list. A snippet of my complete code is as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\subsection*{Problem 2}&#xA;\begin{enumerate}[1)]&#xA;\item Max heap&#xA;\item&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[level/.style={sibling distance=50mm/#1}]&#xA;\node [circle,draw] (z){98}&#xA;  child {node [circle,draw] (a) {80}&#xA;    child {node [circle,draw] (b) {23}&#xA;      child {node [circle,draw] (c) {18}}&#xA;      child {node [circle,draw] (d) {21}}&#xA;    }&#xA;    child {node [circle,draw] (g) {48}}&#xA;  }&#xA;  child {node [circle,draw] (j) {79}&#xA;    child {node [circle,draw] (k) {76}}&#xA;    child {node [circle,draw] (l) {29}}&#xA;};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My problem is the list number is aligned with the bottom of the tikzpicture. How would I go about aligning it with the top of the tikzpicture?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1719" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-06T22:16:37.850" LastActivityDate="2010-12-03T16:18:22.037" Title="Aligning an enumeration item to the top of a tikzpicture" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;&lt;enumerate&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5024" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4796" CreationDate="2010-11-06T21:16:32.847" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Not really what you asked for, but did you try the &lt;code&gt;mathescape&lt;/code&gt; option in listings? (as in this &lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/2809836/ddg#2809941&quot;&gt;StackOverflow answer&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It seems to do what you want for sub/superscripts (but a more precise example might lead to a different answer).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1716" LastActivityDate="2010-11-06T21:16:32.847" />
  <row Id="5025" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5023" CreationDate="2010-11-06T21:50:30.093" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is one way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\item \leavevmode\vadjust{\vspace{-\baselineskip}}\newline&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2010-11-06T21:50:30.093" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5026" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5023" CreationDate="2010-11-06T21:50:59.923" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You have to determine explicitly the base line of the &lt;code&gt;tikzpicture&lt;/code&gt; environment with respect to the current line. See sample below.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{enumerate}&#xA;    \item Max heap&#xA;    \item&#xA;      \begin{tikzpicture}[%&#xA;        baseline=(current bounding box.north),&#xA;        level/.style={sibling distance=50mm/#1}&#xA;      ]&#xA;        \node [circle,draw] (z){98}&#xA;        child {node [circle,draw] (a) {80}&#xA;          child {node [circle,draw] (b) {23}&#xA;            child {node [circle,draw] (c) {18}}&#xA;            child {node [circle,draw] (d) {21}}&#xA;          }&#xA;          child {node [circle,draw] (g) {48}}&#xA;        }&#xA;        child {node [circle,draw] (j) {79}&#xA;          child {node [circle,draw] (k) {76}}&#xA;            child {node [circle,draw] (l) {29}}&#xA;        };&#xA;      \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \end{enumerate}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-11-06T21:50:59.923" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5027" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-06T23:27:56.887" Score="5" ViewCount="80" Body="&lt;p&gt;By &quot;folding&quot;, I mean condense some part of the codes, and by one click , you can unfold them.&#xA;Thank you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1720" LastActivityDate="2010-11-08T00:18:37.913" Title="Can one &quot;fold&quot; part of the paragraphs in LyX" Tags="&lt;lyx&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="5028" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1314" CreationDate="2010-11-06T23:43:22.613" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Finding a resume class is definitely the best answer to this question, but for those interested in tweaking the title, I personally like the titling package. I settled on&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{titling}&#xA;\setlength{\droptitle}{-6em}&#xA;\posttitle{\par\end{center}\vspace{-5em}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To shift the title up and get rid of some of the white-space underneath it. Credits to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/591/removing-vertical-space-inside-maketitle/623#623&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt; answer for pointing me in the right direction.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1721" LastActivityDate="2010-11-06T23:43:22.613" />
  <row Id="5029" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5023" CreationDate="2010-11-07T00:14:40.807" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just add &lt;code&gt;baseline&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}[level/.style={sibling distance=50mm/#1},baseline]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;without any arguments, &lt;code&gt;baseline&lt;/code&gt; takes the value &lt;code&gt;0pt&lt;/code&gt;, which is great because your tree grows downwards.  So y=0 is at the top.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-11-07T00:14:40.807" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5030" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5031" CreationDate="2010-11-07T00:34:00.730" Score="1" ViewCount="339" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to write my CV in LaTeX. I would like to wrap the figure of my photo with the text that describe my personal information. I would like to wrapfigure with a description text. I'm using the following code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{wrapfigure}{r}{1cm}&#xA;  \includegraphics[height=20mm]{Foto-CV.jpg}&#xA;\end{wrapfigure}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{description}&#xA;  \item[Surname] \emph{my surname}&#xA;  \item[Name] \emph{my name}&#xA;  \item[Date of Birth:] aa/bb/cccc &#xA;\end{description} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I do this, LaTeX wraps the figure with the text following the description not with the description itself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there something am I missing? Or maybe there is another package better suited for this...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance for your help!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1722" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-09T18:45:14.703" LastActivityDate="2010-11-09T18:45:14.703" Title="Wrapfigure not wrapping a description list" Tags="&lt;lists&gt;&lt;description&gt;&lt;wrapfigure&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5031" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5030" CreationDate="2010-11-07T01:05:22.933" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not familiar with wrapfigure, but if it were me I'd use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.emerson.emory.edu/services/latex/latex_43.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;minipage&lt;/a&gt;s.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{minipage}{0.6\textwidth}&#xA;\begin{description}&#xA;  \item[Surname] \emph{my surname}&#xA;  \item[Name] \emph{my name}&#xA;  \item[Date of Birth:] aa/bb/cccc &#xA;\end{description} &#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;\hfill&#xA;\begin{minipage}{0.35\textwidth}&#xA;  \includegraphics[height=20mm]{Foto-CV.jpg}&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-11-07T01:05:22.933" />
  <row Id="5032" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5030" CreationDate="2010-11-07T01:53:11.300" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;AFAIK, none of the latex &quot;text wrapping around figure&quot; packages plays well with lists.  The wrapfig documentation says &quot;The environment must not be placed in special places like lists.&quot;  In fact, just having it immediately before or immediately after a list may cause trouble. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is one of the cases where ConTeXt may be a better choice.  ConTeXt does not need a package to wrap text around a figure, you just use the standard ConTeXt &lt;code&gt;\placefigure&lt;/code&gt; command, and it seems to work just fine with list environments. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2010-11-07T01:53:11.300" />
  <row Id="5033" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5034" CreationDate="2010-11-07T02:15:42.200" Score="2" ViewCount="178" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using XeTeX because I want to use some fonts from my system. The next should work (I think).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,11pt,spanish]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[margin=2.5cm]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{babel}&#xA;&#xA;\font\reenie=&quot;ReenieBeanie&quot;&#xA;\font\cuprum=&quot;Cuprum&quot;&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand{\sffamily}{\reenie}&#xA;\renewcommand{\familydefault}{\cuprum}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;...&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The compilation fails, although I get the document with the new font and some weird symbols arround it. What am I doing wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1488" LastEditorUserId="1488" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-07T02:44:01.087" LastActivityDate="2010-11-07T02:46:56.793" Title="How can I replace fonts in XeTeX?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5034" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5033" CreationDate="2010-11-07T02:46:56.793" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If nothing else, the use of &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand*&lt;/code&gt; is pretty suspect.  I always use the &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt; package to select font.  See if this works:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \documentclass[a4paper,11pt,spanish]{article}&#xA; \usepackage[margin=2.5cm]{geometry}&#xA; \usepackage{babel}&#xA; \usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;&#xA; \setsansfont{DroidSans}&#xA; \setmonofont{DroidSansMono}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA; \begin{document} &#xA; \ldots&#xA; \end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2010-11-07T02:46:56.793" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="5035" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5040" CreationDate="2010-11-07T04:51:41.823" Score="4" ViewCount="354" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to format paragraph to work as a regular title&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\paragraph{title} text goes here&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;output of that is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;title&lt;/strong&gt; text goes here&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;how can I change the output to force line break and use the usal indentation of 1st line?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;title&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;text goes here&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;__&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;edit1:&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;this is for a thesis and I'm using the document class - book.&#xA;I don't want to use &lt;code&gt;\subsubsection&lt;/code&gt; because this is the structure of the document.&#xA;I just simply need one level of headers deeper.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And that is why I wanted to use &lt;code&gt;\paragraph&lt;/code&gt; as a heading not as paragraph.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;edit2:&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;clarification: I'd like paragraph to behave like a header like section subsection subsubsection etc&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1713" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-10T12:13:23.077" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T12:13:23.077" Title="paragraph style - how to force line break? \paragraph{} \\ - make paragraph a header?" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;line-breaking&gt;&lt;indentation&gt;&lt;titlesec&gt;&lt;sections-paragraphs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5036" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5039" CreationDate="2010-11-07T05:35:49.017" Score="11" ViewCount="917" Body="&lt;p&gt;i can't find where i can remove any kind of hyphenation and just have LaTeX just do a line break...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;edit:&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;honestly speaking I just don't like to read hyphenation anywhere and that's the only reason why I wanted to remove it.&#xA;It is a matter of style, probably unexpected in latex.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the document has only a summary in a different language and I used the language packages to hyphenate properly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1713" LastEditorUserId="1713" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-08T02:53:12.993" LastActivityDate="2010-11-08T02:56:17.827" Title="NO hyphenation please! - prevent hyphenation in entire document" Tags="&lt;line-breaking&gt;&lt;hyphenation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5037" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5036" CreationDate="2010-11-07T05:43:00.197" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A quick google found&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[none]{hyphenat}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and more useful info &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=hyphoff&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1407" LastActivityDate="2010-11-07T05:43:00.197" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="5038" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5110" CreationDate="2010-11-07T07:39:47.343" Score="5" ViewCount="193" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know that the ams classes do a lot of font size stuff behind the scenes. Here's my problem: I use some custom fonts for my summation sign, and all that is normally necessary (in the plain old LaTeX &lt;code&gt;report&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt; class) is the following line in the preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\newsum}{\mathop{\vcenter{\hbox{\huge$\Sigma$}}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(yes, I know that TeX normally has different ones for text and math display)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I typeset a document using &lt;code&gt;amsart.cls&lt;/code&gt;, I notice that the summation (and product)&#xA;signs are smaller than they should be, and that the largest size defined is Huge. What do I need to do to get the summation signs in an &lt;code&gt;amsart.cls&lt;/code&gt; to be the same as a regular LaTeX document? (pruning &lt;code&gt;amsart.cls&lt;/code&gt; of the font size code is an acceptable answer, but I would rather not have to do something so extreme if there were just one or two lines I could modify)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="403" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-07T07:50:34.737" LastActivityDate="2010-11-08T18:49:32.133" Title="disabling font size trickery in amsart.cls" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;amsart&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5039" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5036" CreationDate="2010-11-07T07:44:12.827" Score="19" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is discussed in detail in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=hyphoff&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX FAQ&lt;/a&gt;. Summarising the information given there:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;You can set &lt;code&gt;\hyphenpenalty&lt;/code&gt; and&#xA;&lt;code&gt;\exhyphenpenalty&lt;/code&gt; to 10000, which&#xA;will stop hyphenation, but as TeX&#xA;will still try to hyphenate this is&#xA;not massively efficient.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;As Joel says, you can use&#xA;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[none]{hyphenat}&lt;/code&gt; to&#xA;select a 'language' with no&#xA;hyphenation at all. This works fine&#xA;for a single language document, but&#xA;not if you want to use &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/babel&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;babel&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;or &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/polyglossia&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;polyglossia&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; for other&#xA;language-specific effects.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Setting &lt;code&gt;\righthyphenmin&lt;/code&gt; and&#xA;&lt;code&gt;\lefthypehnmin&lt;/code&gt; to very large&#xA;values will prevent hyphenation as&#xA;it tells TeX that it must have more&#xA;characters in the word than are&#xA;going to be available. The suggested&#xA;value in the FAQ is 62.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;You can set &lt;code&gt;\hyphenchar\font=-1&lt;/code&gt;,&#xA;which will prevent hyphenation for&#xA;the current font: this is probably&#xA;not the best way for an entire&#xA;document but is how it is done for&#xA;the &lt;code&gt;tt&lt;/code&gt; font shape in LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, of those (2) is probably the best choice. However, what you did not say is &lt;em&gt;why&lt;/em&gt; you want no hyphenation. TeX hyphenates when it cannot find a good line break without it, so you get few hyphens in most cases. The risk with no hyphenation at all is that the output looks bad.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-07T10:34:55.093" LastActivityDate="2010-11-07T10:34:55.093" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="5040" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5035" CreationDate="2010-11-07T10:22:10.963" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You didn't say anything about your document class. So, here comes an example for &lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt; that uses the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/titlesec&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;titlesec&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper,english]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{babel}&#xA;\usepackage[raggedright]{titlesec}&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;\titleformat{\paragraph}[hang]{\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries}{\theparagraph}{1em}{}&#xA;\titlespacing*{\paragraph}{0pt}{3.25ex plus 1ex minus .2ex}{0.5em}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \blinddocument&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can easily adjust the space before and after the heading according to your needs. The package manual has the details. The package also masters page styles so that it might not be necessary to load &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/fancyhdr&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/blindtext&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;blindtext&lt;/a&gt; package is only used for creating dummy text thus not part of the solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-11-07T10:22:10.963" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5042" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5049" CreationDate="2010-11-07T12:42:36.877" Score="5" ViewCount="270" Body="&lt;p&gt;I' looking for a symbol rendering the connected sum of $n$ topological spaces (or other quite strange topological operations) in a &quot;product-like&quot; manner... What For example in writing&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$$&#xA;{\Large{*}}_{i=1}^n G_i&#xA;$$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;for the free product of n groups. How can I render this with the # operation in topological spaces? (Yes, I'm studying Hatcher's AT...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;(Some mind-reading clarification by Willie)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The OP is not asking about how to use the &lt;code&gt;*&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\ast&lt;/code&gt; symbols, if I read him correctly. He is asking the following question:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;How to define a (possibly variable size) math operator like &lt;code&gt;\sum&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\prod&lt;/code&gt; where the operator symbol is the octothorpe &lt;code&gt;#&lt;/code&gt;, such that for in-line maths the upper and lower limits follow next to the symbol, and in &lt;code&gt;\displaystyle&lt;/code&gt; with the upper and lower limits above and below the symbol?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This seems to be the referred part of Hatcher’s AG: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/NGtih.png&quot; alt=&quot;definition from Hatcher&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1728" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-07T15:58:45.760" LastActivityDate="2010-11-07T15:58:45.760" Title="Define strange operators" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;mathoperator&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5043" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5042" CreationDate="2010-11-07T13:17:33.620" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure if the below code does what you want. At first I had the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/relsize&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;relsize&lt;/a&gt; package in mind, but it scaled the asterisk not big enough. So I come up with a possible solution that uses the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/graphicx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;graphicx&lt;/a&gt; package to do the job. The new operator needs at least &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/amsmath&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;amsmath&lt;/a&gt; (in this case loaded by &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/mathtools&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;mathtools&lt;/a&gt;) for its declaration.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{mathtools}   % loads »amsmath«&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareMathOperator*{\name}{\raisebox{-0.6ex}{\scalebox{2.5}{$\ast$}}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \[&#xA;    \name_{i=1}^n G_i&#xA;  \]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since I didn't know how you want to call the new operator, I simply chose a trivial name. Rename as you like.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-11-07T13:17:33.620" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5044" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4737" CreationDate="2010-11-07T13:18:50.110" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was able to extract my answer from Rob's another article &lt;a href=&quot;http://rapidbooks.ca/2009/11/14/customizing-lyx-character-styles-and-the-lyx-local-layout/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;: Close your lyx file from within lyx editor. Put the following near the top of your lyx file after &lt;code&gt;\end_modules&lt;/code&gt; using a text editor. Reopen the lyx file using the lyx editor. Then you can customize a part of your text by: Select text &gt; Right Click &gt; Text Styles &gt; Charstyle:code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \begin_local_layout&#xA;    Format 7&#xA;      InsetLayout    CharStyle:Code&#xA;      LyxType               charstyle&#xA;      LabelString           code&#xA;      LatexType             command&#xA;      LatexName             code&#xA;      Font&#xA;        Family              Sans&#xA;        Color               Green&#xA;      EndFont&#xA;      Preamble&#xA;        \newcommand*{\code}[1]{\texttt{#1}}&#xA;      EndPreamble&#xA;    End&#xA; \end_local_layout&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To use the same layout for a different document, use File &gt; New from Template. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="156" LastEditorUserId="156" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-07T13:41:32.540" LastActivityDate="2010-11-07T13:41:32.540" />
  <row Id="5045" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5042" CreationDate="2010-11-07T13:28:17.323" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think you're looking for &lt;code&gt;\ast&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\connectedsum{\ensuremath{\,\ast_{i=1}^n}\,}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;    $F_i\connectedsum G_i$&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="223" LastActivityDate="2010-11-07T13:28:17.323" />
  <row Id="5046" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5042" CreationDate="2010-11-07T13:55:26.067" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You have some good answers for the procedure.  The connected-sum symbol can be found in the &lt;code&gt;mathabx&lt;/code&gt; package as &lt;code&gt;\hash&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\varhash&lt;/code&gt;.  See &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/14/how-to-look-up-a-math-symbol&quot;&gt;“How to look up a math symbol?”&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-11-07T13:55:26.067" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5048" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5050" CreationDate="2010-11-07T15:48:48.877" Score="12" ViewCount="274" Body="&lt;p&gt;I always thought TeX's macros are very Lispy like and stumbling across the definition of the LaTeXe logo confirmed it. The macro is defined as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%\LaTeXe The LATEX2&quot; logo as proposed by A-W designers.&#xA; \def\LaTeXe{%&#xA;   \mbox{\m@th%&#xA;    \if b\expandafter\@car\f@series\@nil\boldmath\fi&#xA;     \LaTeX\kern.15em2$_{\textstyle\varepsilon}$}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So what does the &lt;code&gt;\@car&lt;/code&gt; do? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Introduced in the Lisp programming language, &lt;code&gt;car&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;cdr&lt;/code&gt; are primitive operations upon linked lists composed of &lt;code&gt;cons cells&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When &lt;code&gt;cons&lt;/code&gt; cells are used to implement singly-linked lists (rather than trees and other more complicated structures), the &lt;code&gt;car&lt;/code&gt; operation returns the first element of the list, while &lt;code&gt;cdr&lt;/code&gt; returns the rest of the list. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How does the &lt;code&gt;@car&lt;/code&gt; work and what is &lt;code&gt;@nil&lt;/code&gt;? As far as I can see, it is undefined, but does not give an error. It does not even give an error even if I define it as `\def\@nil{illdefined!}, as shown in the code below.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article} &#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx} &#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{verbatim}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\bigskip&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\@nil{illdefined!}&#xA;\scalebox{5}{\LaTeXe}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;More on CAR and CDR at the &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/CAR_and_CDR&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;wikipedia&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-07T17:23:22.460" LastActivityDate="2010-11-07T17:23:22.460" Title="Lisp relics in LaTeXe logo" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5049" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5042" CreationDate="2010-11-07T15:51:14.723" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\mathop{..}&lt;/code&gt; command from amsmath makes its argument behave like a &quot;large operator&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \documentclass{article}&#xA; \usepackage{amsmath}&#xA; \usepackage{relsize}&#xA;&#xA; \newcommand{\bigstar}{\mathop{\Huge \mathlarger{\mathlarger{*}}}}&#xA;&#xA; \begin{document}&#xA;&#xA; Display:&#xA;&#xA; \[ \bigstar_{x}^{y} \]&#xA;&#xA; Inline: \( \bigstar_{x}^{y}\)&#xA;&#xA;&#xA; \end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-11-07T15:51:14.723" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5050" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5048" CreationDate="2010-11-07T15:56:47.417" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The link to Lisp is quite true (it's mentioned somewhere in the sources, but I can't put my finger on it just now). The way this works is very simple. The definitions are&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\@car#1#2\@nil{#1}&#xA;\def\@cdr#1#2\@nil{#2}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this context, &lt;code&gt;\@nil&lt;/code&gt; is being used as a delimiter, so what it expands to does not matter at all. This is a classic 'delimited argument' situation in TeX. (The only thing that is important is that TeX finds the appropriate token in the input stream, in this case before any &lt;code&gt;\par&lt;/code&gt; tokens.) TeX will allow us one blank the last item of this type of delimited macro to be empty. As a result, both &lt;code&gt;\@cdr&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\@car&lt;/code&gt; need to have at least one token supplied: something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\expandafter\@cdr\@empty\@nil&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will give an error. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Notice that these are TeX functions, not Lisp ones, and so we get the first &lt;em&gt;token&lt;/em&gt; separated off from the rest.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-07T16:11:39.410" LastActivityDate="2010-11-07T16:11:39.410" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="5051" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5048" CreationDate="2010-11-07T16:08:42.627" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To expand a bit on Joseph's answer: The &lt;code&gt;\@nil&lt;/code&gt; is just a macro delimiter that is only seen when the arguments of &lt;code&gt;\@car&lt;/code&gt; are scanned, and it is never expanded. For example &lt;code&gt;\@car&lt;/code&gt; can be invoked by &lt;code&gt;\@car123\@nil&lt;/code&gt;, and the result is &lt;code&gt;1&lt;/code&gt;, whereas &lt;code&gt;\@cdr123\@nil&lt;/code&gt; yields &lt;code&gt;23&lt;/code&gt;. You &lt;em&gt;cannot&lt;/em&gt; use &lt;code&gt;\@car123&lt;/code&gt;; then TeX will continue to scan tokens since it want's to find the matching &lt;code&gt;\@nil&lt;/code&gt; that is a required part in the invocation of &lt;code&gt;\@car&lt;/code&gt;. As Joseph already pointed out, using &lt;code&gt;\@car\@nil&lt;/code&gt; also gives an error.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For more info about this I recommend reading Chapter 20 in the TeXbook, in particular page 202.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2010-11-07T16:08:42.627" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="5052" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5035" CreationDate="2010-11-07T17:12:00.923" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;With the default settings, your request would render exactly like a &lt;code&gt;\subsubsection*&lt;/code&gt;, so maybe you could just use that instead of &lt;code&gt;\paragraph&lt;/code&gt;? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ueL3y.png&quot; alt=&quot;example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-11-07T17:12:00.923" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5053" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5056" CreationDate="2010-11-07T17:43:45.623" Score="6" ViewCount="523" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a ready made BibTeX bibliography style file that both: (1) prints author names abbreviated (like &lt;code&gt;abbrv&lt;/code&gt;) in the references section and (2) sorts references numerically in citation order (like &lt;code&gt;unsrt&lt;/code&gt;)? Furthermore, is there one such style compatible with &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-13T02:54:55.147" LastActivityDate="2010-11-13T02:54:55.147" Title="Is it possible to get unsrt + abbrv bibliography?" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;natbib&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5054" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5059" CreationDate="2010-11-07T17:46:30.987" Score="7" ViewCount="349" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have this table:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\newcolumntype{x}[1]{&amp;gt;{\centering\arraybackslash\hspace{0pt}}p{#1}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{table}[ht]\footnotesize&#xA;\centering&#xA;\begin{tabular*}{0.95\textwidth }{@{\extracolsep{\fill}}|llllllllllllllll|x{0.15\textwidth}|}&#xA;\hline&#xA;\multicolumn{16}{|c|}{Small text} &amp;amp; Long text \\ \hline &#xA;1 &amp;amp; 5 &amp;amp; 6 &amp;amp; 7 &amp;amp; 8 &amp;amp; 9 &amp;amp; 10 &amp;amp; 11 &amp;amp; 12 &amp;amp; 13 &amp;amp; 16 &amp;amp; 19 &amp;amp; 20 &amp;amp; 21 &amp;amp; 22 &amp;amp; 23 &amp;amp; 0.9636149 \\ \hline &#xA;\end{tabular*}&#xA;\caption{Caption}&#xA;\label{tab:Example}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How to center &quot;Small text&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1164" LastEditorUserId="1164" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-07T19:43:33.517" LastActivityDate="2010-11-07T21:27:39.830" Title="How to center vertically content of the table?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="5055" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-07T17:51:48.113" Score="3" ViewCount="215" Body="&lt;p&gt;I try to use latexdiff to point out changes I have made in a document to the other people who need to read it and give me their advice... However, I've been getting this error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Runaway argument?&#xA;{En rajoutant aux interactions la seconde main, qui dans notre cas es\ETC.&#xA;! Paragraph ended before \UL@on was complete.&#xA;&amp;lt;to be read again&amp;gt; &#xA;               \par &#xA;l.8 }&#xA;   %DIFDELCMD &amp;lt;&#xA;?&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;regarding this section of code produced by latexdiff :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \DIFdelbegin \DIFdel{En rajoutant aux interactions la seconde main, qui dans notre cas est la main gauche, l'interface pourrait devenir plus intuitive et plus facile à utiliser.&#xA;&#xA;}%DIFDELCMD &amp;lt; &#xA;&#xA;%DIFDELCMD &amp;lt; %%%&#xA;\DIFdelend&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Where &lt;code&gt;\DIFdelbegin&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\DIFdel&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\DIFdelend&lt;/code&gt; are defined as (in my main .tex, added automagically by latexdiff) :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\providecommand{\DIFdel}[1]{{\protect\color{red}\sout{#1}}} %DIF PREAMBLE&#xA;\providecommand{\DIFdelbegin}{} %DIF PREAMBLE&#xA;\providecommand{\DIFdelend}{} %DIF PREAMBLE&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What's wrong &amp;amp; what can I do now?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT : If I replace the &lt;code&gt;\sout{#1}&lt;/code&gt; by just &lt;code&gt;#1&lt;/code&gt; (i.e., remove the strike-through formatting), it works, but that strike-through kinda was the best feature of it, making it easy to spot what was removed. Is there another formatting command that would not break with a new paragraph?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If there was a strikethrough environment I could probably use it (by placing a &lt;code&gt;\begin{strikethrough}&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;\DIFdelbegin&lt;/code&gt; and an &lt;code&gt;\end{strikethrough}&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;\DIFdelend&lt;/code&gt;), but I don't think there is one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="10" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-20T17:14:45.033" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T17:14:45.033" Title="Latexdiff error (caused by multi paragraph \sout): Paragraph ended before \UL@on was complete" Tags="&lt;errors&gt;&lt;latexdiff&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5056" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5053" CreationDate="2010-11-07T19:09:16.047" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I didn't find a ready-made bst-file, but seem to have managed to combine &lt;code&gt;unsrt&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;abbrv&lt;/code&gt; by myself. Since I can't upload the new bst-file, here's what I did:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Copy &lt;code&gt;unsrt.bst&lt;/code&gt; into a working directory and rename it (later, this file should go into your local texmf tree);&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;In the new file, look for &lt;code&gt;FUNCTION {format.names}&lt;/code&gt;. In the seventh code line of this function, look for &lt;code&gt;ff~&lt;/code&gt; and replace it with &lt;code&gt;f.~&lt;/code&gt; (because that's the way it is in &lt;code&gt;abbrv.bst&lt;/code&gt;);&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Replace the macros for month and journal names after &lt;code&gt;FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }&lt;/code&gt; with their counterparts of &lt;code&gt;abbrv.bst&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've tested the resulting bst-file, and it seems to work. The relevant parts of &lt;code&gt;plainnat.bst&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;abbrvnat.bst&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;unsrtnat.bst&lt;/code&gt; resemble those of the standard bst-files at first glance, so I guess the above method should also work to create a natbib-compatible bst-file that suits your request.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;P.S.: With biblatex, your request would basically boil down to &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[sorting=none,firstinits=true]{biblatex}&lt;/code&gt;. ;-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-07T19:15:29.443" LastActivityDate="2010-11-07T19:15:29.443" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5057" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="961" CreationDate="2010-11-07T20:16:23.400" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Since neither of the answers was very satisfying, I spent an afternoon with btxhak.pdf learning BibTex. I modified the amsalpha style to produce the type of output I was looking for. This is just a rough hack; it would need to be proofread very carefully for any production document. But it does seem to do the job. Since there is no way to post files here, all I can do is link to them: &lt;a href=&quot;http://m6c.org//tex/ay-demo.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;example pdf&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://m6c.org//tex/authoryear.tgz&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;source code .tar.gz&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="386" LastActivityDate="2010-11-07T20:16:23.400" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-11-07T20:16:23.400" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5058" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4250" CreationDate="2010-11-07T20:35:16.113" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I resorted to inserting invisible nodes (&lt;code&gt;{\psset{linestyle=none}\TR{}}&lt;/code&gt;) into the tree, which pushes the other node towards one side.  It worked for what I needed, but is a bit hackish and behaves like an invisble node, not as a well-defined offset to one side.  (For example, in the rendered image, it would be a hassle to shift that 4 further right where it should be.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pstree[levelsep=25pt]{\Tcircle{10}}&#xA;{&#xA;    \pstree{\Tcircle{1}}&#xA;    {&#xA;        {\psset{linestyle=none}\TR{}}&#xA;        \pstree{\Tcircle{5}}&#xA;        {&#xA;            \Tcircle{4}&#xA;            {\psset{linestyle=none}\TR{}}&#xA;        }&#xA;    }&#xA;    \pstree{\Tcircle{16}}&#xA;    {&#xA;        {\psset{linestyle=none}\TR{}}&#xA;        \pstree{\Tcircle{17}}&#xA;        {&#xA;            {\psset{linestyle=none}\TR{}}&#xA;            \Tcircle{21}&#xA;        }&#xA;    }&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Gives&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  10&#xA; /  \&#xA;1    16&#xA; \     \&#xA;  5     17&#xA; /        \&#xA;4          21&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/JPtVn.png&quot; alt=&quot;BST using pstricks and pstree&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1252" LastActivityDate="2010-11-07T20:35:16.113" />
  <row Id="5059" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5054" CreationDate="2010-11-07T21:27:39.830" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Change the &lt;code&gt;p&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;m&lt;/code&gt; in your definition of the &lt;code&gt;x&lt;/code&gt; column type:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcolumntype{x}[1]{&amp;gt;{\centering\arraybackslash\hspace{0pt}}m{#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Full example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\newcolumntype{x}[1]{&amp;gt;{\centering\arraybackslash\hspace{0pt}}m{#1}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{table}[ht]\footnotesize&#xA;\centering&#xA;\begin{tabular*}{0.95\textwidth }{@{\extracolsep{\fill}}|llllllllllllllll|x{0.15\textwidth}|}&#xA;\hline&#xA;\multicolumn{16}{|c|}{Small text} &amp;amp; Long long long long long text \\ \hline &#xA;1 &amp;amp; 5 &amp;amp; 6 &amp;amp; 7 &amp;amp; 8 &amp;amp; 9 &amp;amp; 10 &amp;amp; 11 &amp;amp; 12 &amp;amp; 13 &amp;amp; 16 &amp;amp; 19 &amp;amp; 20 &amp;amp; 21 &amp;amp; 22 &amp;amp; 23 &amp;amp; 0.9636149 \\ \hline &#xA;\end{tabular*}&#xA;\caption{Caption}&#xA;\label{tab:Example}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-11-07T21:27:39.830" />
  <row Id="5060" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5097" CreationDate="2010-11-07T21:47:10.427" Score="7" ViewCount="235" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using &lt;code&gt;\markright&lt;/code&gt; to create a page heading.  I'm having trouble centering some text in this heading, and I'd like to know how to do this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's my current setup:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\TitleString}{This Is The Title}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\pagestyle{myheadings}&#xA;&#xA;\markright{\TitleString \hfill Matt Groff \hfill}&#xA;&#xA;Title and copyright are above.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I use &lt;code&gt;\hfill&lt;/code&gt; to fill in the space so that my name is close to centered, but for large titles it's way off.  Is there a way to fix this?  I'd like my name to be completely centered.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1733" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-07T21:48:15.137" LastActivityDate="2010-11-08T13:26:54.597" Title="How do I center text in a page heading?" Tags="&lt;header-footer&gt;&lt;alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="5" />
  <row Id="5061" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5060" CreationDate="2010-11-07T21:59:14.743" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the &lt;code&gt;scrpage2&lt;/code&gt; package which is part of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/koma-script.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;KOMA-Script&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*{\TitleString}{This Is The Title}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[automark]{scrpage2}&#xA;\pagestyle{scrheadings}&#xA;\ihead{\TitleString}% Inner head &#xA;\chead{Matt Groff}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Title and copyright are above.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-11-07T21:59:14.743" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5062" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5055" CreationDate="2010-11-07T22:34:39.947" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Instead of &lt;code&gt;\sout&lt;/code&gt;, try the &lt;code&gt;\st&lt;/code&gt; command from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/soul&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;soul&lt;/a&gt; package. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastActivityDate="2010-11-07T22:34:39.947" />
  <row Id="5063" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5027" CreationDate="2010-11-08T00:18:37.913" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;OK, since this have remained unanswered for a while, I will retype my comment here. LyX does have some folding, you can for example fold notes, ERT, tables and other inserts. However, general folding is not implemented at the moment. It is on the &lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/FeaturePoll2&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;wishlist&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2010-11-08T00:18:37.913" />
  <row Id="5064" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5060" CreationDate="2010-11-08T00:33:18.183" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;\phantom&lt;/code&gt; to &quot;balance&quot; your title line, like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[pass,showframe]{geometry}  % &amp;lt;-- help to see what's going on&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\TitleString}{This Is A Rather Long Title}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\pagestyle{myheadings}&#xA;&#xA;\markright{\TitleString \hfill%&#xA;            Matt Groff%&#xA;            \hfill\protect\phantom{\TitleString}}&#xA;&#xA;Title and copyright are above.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-11-08T00:33:18.183" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5065" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5060" CreationDate="2010-11-08T02:20:36.060" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Obligatory ConTeXt solution: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setupheadertexts[Mark Groff]     % Center&#xA;\setupheadertexts[\TitleString][] % Left  Right&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2010-11-08T02:20:36.060" />
  <row Id="5067" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5080" CreationDate="2010-11-08T03:26:57.643" Score="5" ViewCount="268" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the most convenient way to shrink a table to fit in a beamer slide?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1645" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-08T09:53:25.347" LastActivityDate="2010-11-08T09:53:25.347" Title="shrinking tables for presentations" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;presentations&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5068" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5067" CreationDate="2010-11-08T03:44:43.913" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;\small&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\tiny&lt;/code&gt; before the &lt;code&gt;\begin{table}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1737" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-08T05:50:13.067" LastActivityDate="2010-11-08T05:50:13.067" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5069" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5060" CreationDate="2010-11-08T05:56:15.997" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;My usual choice would be the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/fancyhdr&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;\lhead{This is a title}&#xA;\chead{Mark Groff}&#xA;\renewcommand*\headrulewidth{0.0 pt}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Hello world&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-11-08T05:56:15.997" />
  <row Id="5070" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5072" CreationDate="2010-11-08T06:15:05.617" Score="8" ViewCount="190" Body="&lt;p&gt;In a project I'm working, all the files are in the same folder (source codes, papers, images, etc). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the documentation, I'm including some code with &lt;code&gt;minted&lt;/code&gt; which is really great, but I want to do something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{minted}{c}&#xA;    \input{main.c}&#xA;\end{minted}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know that won't work, but you can see what I want to do. The reason for this, is because I don't want to update documentation every time I change a source file, do you understand? The idea is to leave main.c as it is, and include that file automatically in the documentation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1488" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-15T09:51:45.660" LastActivityDate="2010-11-15T09:51:45.660" Title="Can I enter code directly from a source file?" Tags="&lt;documentation&gt;&lt;minted&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="5071" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-08T06:42:13.717" Score="0" ViewCount="70" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1108/include-pdf-pages-in-a-latex-document-as-appendix&quot;&gt;include pdf pages in a latex document as appendix&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Update: I searched for this and got the result immediately. Sorry, shortsighted of me not doing that first.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please delete.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I was wondering if perhaps is is possible to insert the contents of another pdf using pdflatex?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Something like the following is what I'm looking for.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;This is some text&#xA;\insertdocument{foo.pdf}&#xA;Here is some more text&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is that possible?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Many thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1738" LastActivityDate="2010-11-08T06:42:13.717" ClosedDate="2010-11-08T08:22:18.133" Title="Inserting pdf contents from another file" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5072" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5070" CreationDate="2010-11-08T06:44:23.007" Score="14" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try &lt;code&gt;\inputminted{c}{main.c}&lt;/code&gt; or generally &lt;code&gt;\inputminted[options]{language}{filename}&lt;/code&gt; -- see page 4 of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/minted&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;minted&lt;/a&gt; manual.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-11-08T06:44:23.007" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5073" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5074" CreationDate="2010-11-08T08:30:20.160" Score="7" ViewCount="272" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to make a simple directory tree representation in LaTeX. Something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;spam&#xA; |&#xA; +-- ham&#xA; +-- eggs&#xA;     |&#xA;     +-- more spam&#xA;     +-- dead parrots&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The tree won't be that long (say, 10--15 entries or so), with three or so levels, and is a one-off thing. So, quick-and-dirty solutions are welcome. When recommending &lt;code&gt;tikz&lt;/code&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/dirtree&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;1&lt;/a&gt;, please note that I have almost no experience with it, so I'd appreciate a clean simple solution, even if it doesn't look quite perfect.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/dirtree&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;1&lt;/a&gt; On Tex.SE &lt;code&gt;tikz&lt;/code&gt; is almost like the &lt;code&gt;jquery&lt;/code&gt; recurring joke on StackOverflow..&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt;: As per Thorsten's suggestion, &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/dirtree&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;dirtree&lt;/a&gt; is a nice and easy-to-use solution. The example from above could be written as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{dirtree}&#xA;...&#xA;\dirtree{%&#xA;.1 spam.&#xA;.2 ham.&#xA;.2 eggs.&#xA;.3 more spam.&#xA;.3 dead parrots.&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="711" LastEditorUserId="711" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-08T08:46:48.353" LastActivityDate="2010-11-08T08:46:48.353" Title="Making a (simple) directory tree" Tags="&lt;trees&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="5074" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5073" CreationDate="2010-11-08T08:33:55.570" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/dirtree&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;dirtree&lt;/a&gt; package is your friend.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-11-08T08:33:55.570" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5075" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-08T09:02:12.087" Score="4" ViewCount="788" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have long chapter and section titles in my document, so titles in the table of contents do not fit into one line. I have two problems regarding with this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;When the second line starts, i need to indent it to the right a bit, but i do not know how.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;When a chapter title is too long to fit in one line, the line continues till the margin of the page numbers. I need this line to cut before the page number box, leaving this space empty and continue with the second line.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is an example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{report} &#xA;\usepackage{styles/fbe_tez}&#xA;\begin{document} &#xA;  \tableofcontents&#xA;  \chapter{FORMAT OF DISKETTES/CD CONTAINING COMPUTER SOFTWARE} &#xA;    Some text here &#xA;  \section{Table of Contents, List of Figures, List of Tables and List of Symbols/Abbreviations} &#xA;  Some more text &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The style package is provided to me and here is the part relevant to the toc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%&#xA;% Table of Contents&#xA;%&#xA;\renewcommand\contentsname{TABLE OF CONTENTS}&#xA;\renewcommand\tableofcontents{% \ev is used for temporary storage of \parskip&#xA;\newlength\ev&#xA;\setlength{\ev}{\parskip}&#xA;\parskip0pt&#xA;% A line as 'TABLE OF CONTENTS' must not appear in the&#xA;% Table of Contents. Hence we reproduce the \chapter* here except that&#xA;% no entry is put into the toc file.&#xA;     \clearpage  \global\@topnum\z@&#xA;     \@afterindenttrue&#xA;     \begin{center}&#xA;      { \normalfont&#xA;       \interlinepenalty\@M&#xA;       \large \bfseries  \contentsname\par\nobreak&#xA;       \vskip21pt \vskip0.8\baselineskip&#xA;      }\end{center}&#xA;     \@afterheading&#xA;     \@starttoc{toc}%&#xA;\parskip\ev}&#xA;%&#xA;% FBE style TOC does not have bold lines.&#xA;\renewcommand\l@chapter[2]{%&#xA;  \ifnum \c@tocdepth &amp;gt;\m@ne&#xA;    \addpenalty{-\@highpenalty}%&#xA;    \setlength\@tempdima{1.5em}%&#xA;    \begingroup&#xA;      \parindent \z@ \rightskip \@pnumwidth&#xA;      \parfillskip -\@pnumwidth&#xA;      \leavevmode&#xA;      \advance\leftskip\@tempdima&#xA;      \hskip -\leftskip&#xA;      #1\nobreak\leaders\hbox{$\m@th \mkern \@dotsep mu.\mkern \@dotsep&#xA;       mu$}\hfil \nobreak\hb@xt@\@pnumwidth{\hss #2}\par&#xA;      \penalty\@highpenalty&#xA;    \endgroup&#xA;  \fi}&#xA;%&#xA;% The spacing of the TOC lines has been redefined.&#xA;\renewcommand*\l@section{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.em}}&#xA;\renewcommand*\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{3.8em}{2.9em}}&#xA;\renewcommand*\l@subsubsection{\@dottedtocline{3}{7em}{3.8em}}&#xA;\renewcommand*\l@paragraph{\@dottedtocline{4}{11.1em}{4.7em}}&#xA;\renewcommand*\l@subparagraph{\@dottedtocline{5}{16.1em}{5.7em}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1740" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-10T17:23:18.590" LastActivityDate="2010-11-10T17:23:18.590" Title="TOC line indent and break problem" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;line-breaking&gt;&lt;indentation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5076" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5083" CreationDate="2010-11-08T09:28:01.617" Score="10" ViewCount="308" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have an English article in LaTeX, which I'm going to translate to Russian. I want to keep my translation in sync with the original text. It means that I want every paragraph to stay as close to its original version as possible. Ideally like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\UseLanguage{English} % or Russian&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;The technology described in the article is very complex.&#xA;  \inRussian{Технология, описанная в статье, очень сложна.}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The preamble will specify which language to use and the document will be automatically compiled for this selected language. Is there any packages that will enable me to translate the article in such a way?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1449" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-16T22:58:37.987" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T12:57:26.510" Title="Whether it's possible to keep translation together with original text?" Tags="&lt;languages&gt;&lt;conditionals&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="5077" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5076" CreationDate="2010-11-08T09:37:31.880" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Suggestion to the old version of the question:&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perhaps either &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/parallel&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;parallel&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/parcolumns&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;parcolumns&lt;/a&gt; can be helpful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Suggestion to the new version of the question:&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could use the language of the document as some kind of switch. Here is an example from my archives.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper,russian]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{ifthen}&#xA;&#xA;\let\langname\languagename      % It doesn't work without this line&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \ifthenelse{%&#xA;    \equal{\langname}{russian}&#xA;  }{%&#xA;    Russian                     % Put all necessary stuff for the Russian version here&#xA;  }{%&#xA;    English                     % Put all necessary stuff for the English version here&#xA;  }&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The language option for &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/babel&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;babel&lt;/a&gt; (here put into the options for the document class) controls which version of the document is compiled. Other helpful suggestions may come from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=conditional&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX FAQ&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastEditorUserId="1063" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-10T09:32:18.847" LastActivityDate="2010-11-10T09:32:18.847" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5078" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5160" CreationDate="2010-11-08T09:41:07.843" Score="13" ViewCount="456" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi all,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm interested in using TikZ to draw rooted trees whose leaves should all be on the same level, pretty much like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Z48g4.gif&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please don't pay attention to the fancy style and colours, I'm only interested in having all leaves at the same level. Anyone knows how to do this? I've looked into the manual and the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/feature/trees/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;appropriate section on Texample&lt;/a&gt;, but had no luck so far.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="440" LastActivityDate="2010-11-10T21:28:00.267" Title="TikZ: &quot;skipping&quot; levels when drawing trees" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;trees&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5079" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5082" CreationDate="2010-11-08T09:42:54.267" Score="4" ViewCount="152" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is the document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[T2A]{fontenc}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;This text is in Russian: проверка.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is what TeXLive on Mac OS says:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;This is pdfTeX, Version 3.1415926-1.40.10 (TeX Live/MacPorts 2009_6)&#xA;entering extended mode&#xA;(./x.tex&#xA;LaTeX2e &amp;lt;2009/09/24&amp;gt;&#xA;Babel &amp;lt;v3.8l&amp;gt; and hyphenation patterns for english, usenglishmax, dumylang, noh&#xA;yphenation, loaded.&#xA;(/opt/local/share/texmf-texlive-dist/tex/latex/base/article.cls&#xA;Document Class: article 2007/10/19 v1.4h Standard LaTeX document class&#xA;(/opt/local/share/texmf-texlive-dist/tex/latex/base/size10.clo))&#xA;(/opt/local/share/texmf-texlive-dist/tex/latex/base/inputenc.sty&#xA;(/opt/local/share/texmf-texlive-dist/tex/latex/base/utf8.def&#xA;(/opt/local/share/texmf-texlive-dist/tex/latex/base/t1enc.dfu)&#xA;(/opt/local/share/texmf-texlive-dist/tex/latex/base/ot1enc.dfu)&#xA;(/opt/local/share/texmf-texlive-dist/tex/latex/base/omsenc.dfu)))&#xA;(/opt/local/share/texmf-texlive-dist/tex/latex/base/fontenc.sty&#xA;&#xA;! Package fontenc Error: Encoding file `t2aenc.def' not found.&#xA;(fontenc)                You might have misspelt the name of the encoding.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What am I doing wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1449" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-08T14:55:08.113" LastActivityDate="2010-11-08T14:55:08.113" Title="What is wrong with my cyrillic text?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;encodings&gt;&lt;inputenc&gt;&lt;cyrillic&gt;&lt;unicode&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="5080" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5067" CreationDate="2010-11-08T09:51:38.437" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Besides adjusting the font size such that it fits:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;You could use &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/tabularx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;tabularx&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; to fit the table to the slide by using automatically expanding columns&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Or you could use &lt;code&gt;\resizebox&lt;/code&gt; of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/graphicx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;graphicx&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package to scale a complete table/tabular environment to match the slide width or height.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-11-08T09:51:38.437" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5081" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5075" CreationDate="2010-11-08T10:02:20.653" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/tocloft&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;tocloft&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package to customize the table of contents. It provides commands to modify indentation and page number width. Have a look at the documentation (&lt;code&gt;texdoc tocloft&lt;/code&gt; or follow the link to CTAN), search for the macros &lt;code&gt;\cftXindent&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\cftXnumwidth&lt;/code&gt; for instance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Without &lt;code&gt;tocloft&lt;/code&gt; it may be a bit harder, for instance by adjusting &lt;code&gt;\@pnumwidth&lt;/code&gt; like mentioned in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=tocloft&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;The format of the Table of Contents&lt;/a&gt; in the UK TeX FAQ.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-11-08T10:02:20.653" />
  <row Id="5082" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5079" CreationDate="2010-11-08T10:06:38.823" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could install the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/cyrillic&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;cyrillic&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package. This package contains the missing file &lt;code&gt;t2aenc.def&lt;/code&gt; which is required for the T2A encoding.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-11-08T10:06:38.823" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5083" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5076" CreationDate="2010-11-08T10:12:33.280" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Define two macros, and swap their definitions as needed&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\inRussian}[1]{#1}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\inEnglish}[1]{}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or define one macro&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\EngOrRus}[2]{#1}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and change #1 to #2 when you want to switch language.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1630" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-08T18:10:50.717" LastActivityDate="2010-11-08T18:10:50.717" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5084" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5070" CreationDate="2010-11-08T10:16:11.257" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You might consider &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyvrb/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{fancyvrb}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. It lets you do simple things like &lt;code&gt;\VerbatimInput{hello.c}&lt;/code&gt; or fancy things like&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;code&gt;\fvset{frame=single,numbers=left,numbersep=3pt} &#xA;\VerbatimInput{hello.c}&lt;/code&gt; (see page 20 of the manual).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1741" LastActivityDate="2010-11-08T10:16:11.257" />
  <row Id="5085" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5086" CreationDate="2010-11-08T10:28:03.960" Score="5" ViewCount="452" Body="&lt;p&gt;I just downloaded &lt;code&gt;cyrillic&lt;/code&gt; package into a temp directory and executed:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;sudo latex cyrlatex.ins&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It works, but it produces a few dozen files in the same directory. How to place them into my TeXLive installation directory? Or let's put it this way - how to install a package into TeXLive on Mac OS? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1449" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-08T14:53:25.120" LastActivityDate="2010-11-08T17:29:50.947" Title="How to install a latex package in MacOS TeXLive?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;installing&gt;&lt;texlive&gt;&lt;macports&gt;&lt;cyrillic&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="5086" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5085" CreationDate="2010-11-08T11:05:26.480" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You should extract the package into ~/texmf/tex/latex/$PACKAGENAME and run latex from that folder. After that you should run texhash or mktexlsr from your home fol&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1742" LastEditorUserId="1742" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-08T12:17:35.487" LastActivityDate="2010-11-08T12:17:35.487" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5087" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5070" CreationDate="2010-11-08T11:34:41.590" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have used &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/listings/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;listings&lt;/a&gt; in the past and am pleased with the results. It support several different programming languages, and is simple, yet powerful:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\lstset{language=C}&#xA;\input{funkyalg.c}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1742" LastActivityDate="2010-11-08T11:34:41.590" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5088" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5094" CreationDate="2010-11-08T11:37:04.953" Score="3" ViewCount="205" Body="&lt;p&gt;I downloaded &lt;code&gt;cyrillic&lt;/code&gt; package and installed it into &lt;code&gt;/opt/local/share/texmf/tex/latex/cyrillic&lt;/code&gt;. I did &lt;code&gt;latex cyrlatex.ins&lt;/code&gt;, and then &lt;code&gt;texhash&lt;/code&gt;. Now this is my document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[T2A]{fontenc}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;This text is in Russian: проверка.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is what I see:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;This is pdfTeX, Version 3.1415926-1.40.10 (TeX Live/MacPorts 2009_6)&#xA;entering extended mode&#xA;(./x.tex&#xA;LaTeX2e &amp;lt;2009/09/24&amp;gt;&#xA;Babel &amp;lt;v3.8l&amp;gt; and hyphenation patterns for english, usenglishmax, dumylang, noh&#xA;yphenation, loaded.&#xA;(/opt/local/share/texmf-texlive-dist/tex/latex/base/article.cls&#xA;Document Class: article 2007/10/19 v1.4h Standard LaTeX document class&#xA;(/opt/local/share/texmf-texlive-dist/tex/latex/base/size10.clo))&#xA;(/opt/local/share/texmf-texlive-dist/tex/latex/base/inputenc.sty&#xA;(/opt/local/share/texmf-texlive-dist/tex/latex/base/utf8.def&#xA;(/opt/local/share/texmf-texlive-dist/tex/latex/base/t1enc.dfu)&#xA;(/opt/local/share/texmf-texlive-dist/tex/latex/base/ot1enc.dfu)&#xA;(/opt/local/share/texmf-texlive-dist/tex/latex/base/omsenc.dfu)))&#xA;(/opt/local/share/texmf-texlive-dist/tex/latex/base/fontenc.sty&#xA;(/opt/local/share/texmf/tex/latex/cyrillic/t2aenc.def&#xA;(/opt/local/share/texmf-texlive-dist/tex/latex/base/t2aenc.dfu))&#xA;(/opt/local/share/texmf/tex/latex/cyrillic/t2acmr.fd)&#xA;kpathsea: Running mktextfm larm1000&#xA;mktextfm: Running mf-nowin -progname=mf \mode:=ljfour; mag:=1; nonstopmode; input larm1000&#xA;This is METAFONT, Version 2.718281 (TeX Live/MacPorts 2009_6)&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;kpathsea: Running mktexmf larm1000&#xA;! I can't find file `larm1000'.&#xA;&amp;lt;*&amp;gt; ...ljfour; mag:=1; nonstopmode; input larm1000&#xA;&#xA;Please type another input file name&#xA;! Emergency stop.&#xA;&amp;lt;*&amp;gt; ...ljfour; mag:=1; nonstopmode; input larm1000&#xA;&#xA;Transcript written on mfput.log.&#xA;grep: larm1000.log: No such file or directory&#xA;mktextfm: `mf-nowin -progname=mf \mode:=ljfour; mag:=1; nonstopmode; input larm1000' failed to make larm1000.tfm.&#xA;kpathsea: Appending font creation commands to missfont.log.&#xA;&#xA;! Font T2A/cmr/m/n/10=larm1000 at 10.0pt not loadable: Metric (TFM) file not fo&#xA;und.&#xA;&amp;lt;to be read again&amp;gt; &#xA;                   relax &#xA;l.100 \fontencoding\encodingdefault\selectfont&#xA;&#xA;? &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What this all is about? What is missed?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1449" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-08T14:53:03.810" LastActivityDate="2010-11-08T14:53:03.810" Title="What is wrong with cyrillic package?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;encodings&gt;&lt;cyrillic&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="5089" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4999" CreationDate="2010-11-08T11:54:44.903" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use &lt;code&gt;\vspace{12pt}&lt;/code&gt; for spacing. I am not saying it is correct, it just works for me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1739" LastActivityDate="2010-11-08T11:54:44.903" />
  <row Id="5090" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5076" CreationDate="2010-11-08T12:19:48.987" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd usually convert the LaTeX file to a &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gnu.org/software/hello/manual/gettext/PO-Files.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;PO file&lt;/a&gt; (using &lt;a href=&quot;http://po4a.alioth.debian.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;po2a&lt;/a&gt;) and use a dedicated translation tool like &lt;a href=&quot;http://translate.sourceforge.net/wiki/virtaal/index&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Virtaal&lt;/a&gt;, Russian LaTeX file can then be generated from the translated PO file. Later when the English is changed the translation can easily synced using standard PO merging tools. Well, it sounds too complicated but it is fairly scalable, besides I do things like that nearly daily, so that is my natural choice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastActivityDate="2010-11-08T12:19:48.987" />
  <row Id="5091" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5099" CreationDate="2010-11-08T12:25:06.190" Score="31" ViewCount="1180" Body="&lt;p&gt;Because of the great answers posted around in the site, I'm finally considering to do the switch and move to biblatex. So, the question is what do I have to do?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To give the question some focus, assume that I already have a somewhat largish &lt;code&gt;.bib&lt;/code&gt; file and a bunch of documents using &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt; for my references. What do I have to change in my existing &lt;code&gt;.bib&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; files?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And what about coauthors? Would it be reasonably simple to instruct them how to work with the new documents using biblatex? Do they have to install new software/packages as well?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-09T10:57:42.393" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T13:45:45.447" Title="What to do to switch to biblatex?" Tags="&lt;biblatex&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="14" />
  <row Id="5092" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5093" CreationDate="2010-11-08T12:26:17.980" Score="3" ViewCount="126" Body="&lt;p&gt;The document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{natbib}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\appendix&#xA;\renewcommand{\bibsection}{\section{References}&#xA;\bibliographystyle{apalike}&#xA;\bibliography{foo}&#xA;\appendix&#xA;\section{More Details}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;[...]&#xA;11pdfTeX warning (ext4): destination with the &#xA;same identifier (name{section.A}) has been already used, duplicate ignored&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The document looks like (appendix numbers are duplicate):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;A. References&#xA;...&#xA;A. More Details&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How to solve it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1449" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-08T13:52:26.577" LastActivityDate="2010-11-08T13:52:26.577" Title="Bibliography as appendix causes problems for further appendixes" Tags="&lt;appendices&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="5093" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5092" CreationDate="2010-11-08T12:30:52.230" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You don't need the second &lt;code&gt;\appendix&lt;/code&gt;, and you also had a missing &lt;code&gt;}&lt;/code&gt; on your example. (Maybe missed on copy/paste?)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{natbib}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\appendix&#xA;\renewcommand{\bibsection}{\section{References}} % &amp;lt;- was missing&#xA;\bibliographystyle{apalike}&#xA;\bibliography{foo}&#xA;%\appendix  &amp;lt;- don't need this&#xA;\section{More Details}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\appendix&lt;/code&gt; instruction resets the numbering of chapters and makes them use letters (A, B, ...) rather than numbers (1, 2, ...). So you only need to use it once before all of your appendices.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-11-08T12:30:52.230" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5094" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5088" CreationDate="2010-11-08T13:12:09.187" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This installation solved the problem:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;sudo port install texlive-lang-cyrillic texlive-fonts-extra&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1449" LastActivityDate="2010-11-08T13:12:09.187" />
  <row Id="5095" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5091" CreationDate="2010-11-08T13:19:04.840" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nothing really needs to change in your &lt;code&gt;.bib&lt;/code&gt; to make the switch. Biber is also optional (but recommended). BibLaTeX can still work with a standard latex and bibtex compile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;BibLaTeX should be part of most (relatively up to date) TeX distributions now. (correct me if I'm wrong...). Otherwise, it's a fairly standard package installation from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/exptl/biblatex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;CTAN&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To get something close to natbib look into the &lt;code&gt;authoryear&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;apa&lt;/code&gt; citation/reference styles. (Warning: to get &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=biblatex-apa&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;biblatex-apa&lt;/a&gt; working you may need to update your versions of biblatex and biblatex-apa, so it might be best going with authoryear at first...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As an example, here's the relevant parts of a preamble to a recent paper of mine:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%%% Bibliography Packages&#xA;%% biblatex-apa dependencies&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[american]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{csquotes}&#xA;&#xA;%% biblatex commands themselves&#xA;\usepackage[sorting=nyt,style=apa]{biblatex}&#xA;\bibliography{../bigbib}&#xA;&#xA;%% Language sensitive biblatex macros need:&#xA;\DeclareLanguageMapping{american}{american-apa}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And then where I want my bibliography (at the end...):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \printbibliography&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You also need to replace &lt;code&gt;\citep&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;\parencite&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\citet&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;\textcite&lt;/code&gt;. There might be other similar minor changes, but those are the ones I use... [edit: apparently you don't need to do this, see Simon Byrne's answer]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-08T15:18:44.847" LastActivityDate="2010-11-08T15:18:44.847" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="5096" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5076" CreationDate="2010-11-08T13:25:05.473" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;My answer has the same basic idea as Boris' answer, but uses tex's &lt;code&gt;\if&lt;/code&gt; syntax, which to my taste gives cleaner source:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\newif\ifenglish&#xA;\englishtrue % Show English text only&#xA;%\englishfalse will show Russian text only&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\ifenglish&#xA;  The technology described in the article is very complex.&#xA;\else &#xA;  Технология, описанная в статье, очень сложна.&#xA;\fi&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Khaled's approach, using localisation, is the proper way to do it.  XLIFF is a pretty widely used XML format; see &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.maxprograms.com/articles/analysis.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;XML in localisation: A practical analysis&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-25T12:57:26.510" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T12:57:26.510" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5097" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5060" CreationDate="2010-11-08T13:26:54.597" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's a simplified variant of Geoffrey's solution that avoids &lt;code&gt;\protect&lt;/code&gt; and the doubling of &lt;code&gt;\TitleString&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\TitleString}{This Is A Rather Long Title}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\pagestyle{myheadings}&#xA;&#xA;\markright{\rlap{\TitleString}\hfill Matt Groff\hfill}&#xA;&#xA;Title and copyright are above.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Note that there are no spaces before the &lt;code&gt;\hfill&lt;/code&gt;!)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Explanation: &lt;code&gt;\rlap&lt;/code&gt; writes the text but just &quot;overlaps it to the right&quot; without it taking up any space.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2010-11-08T13:26:54.597" />
  <row Id="5098" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5078" CreationDate="2010-11-08T13:53:26.887" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Great question! TikZ is not set up to do this kind of tree.  It assumes that the position of each child node is a function of the number of the child node and the total number of child nodes.  To define the tree you have with a single child node for each leaf won't work because the rayfinned fish leaf needs to get further from the root when you add the mammals leaf.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But you can trick it by creating invisible nodes at regular points.  Your tree would need to be 10 levels deep, I think.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or, you can hack by using a custom growth function (See section 42 of the PGF 2.00 manual or section 53 of the 2.10 manual):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}[%&#xA;    grow via three points={% &#xA;        one child at (-0.5,1) and two children at (-0.5,1) and (0.5,1)},&#xA;    genus/.style={&#xA;        rectangle,inner sep=0pt,outer sep=1pt, minimum width=5pt,minimum height=5pt,fill,&#xA;        label={[black,anchor=west,rotate around={90:(-2.5pt,0)}&#xA;               ]0:#1}},&#xA;    ]&#xA;\node[coordinate] {} [%&#xA;         grow via three points={one child at (0,0) and two children at (-4.5,9) and (0.5,1)},&#xA;         very thick,yellow&#xA;     ]&#xA;     child {node[genus=rayfinned fish] {}}&#xA;     child {&#xA;         [grow via three points={one child at (0,0) and two children at (-4,8) and (0.5,1)}]     &#xA;         child {node[genus=lungfish] {}}&#xA;         child {&#xA;             [grow via three points={one child at (0,0) and two children at (-3,6) and (1,2)}]      &#xA;             child {&#xA;                 [grow via three points={one child at (0,0) and two children at (-0.5,1) and (0.5,1)}]&#xA;                 child {node[genus=salamanders] {}}&#xA;                 child {node[genus=frogs] {}}    &#xA;             }&#xA;             child[blue] {&#xA;                 [grow via three points={one child at (0,0) and two children at (-2.5,5) and (0.5,1)}]&#xA;                 child {node[genus=turtles] {}}&#xA;                 child {&#xA;                     [grow via three points={one child at (0,0) and two children at (-0.5,1) and (2,4)}]&#xA;                     child {&#xA;                         [grow via three points={one child at (0,0) and two children at (-1,2) and (1,2)}]&#xA;                         child {&#xA;                             [grow via three points={one child at (0,0) and two children at (-0.5,1) and (0.5,1)}]&#xA;                             child {node[genus=lizards] {}}&#xA;                             child {node[genus=snakes] {}}&#xA;                         }&#xA;                         child {&#xA;                             [grow via three points={one child at (0,0) and two children at (-0.5,1) and (0.5,1)}]&#xA;                             child {node[genus=crocodiles] {}}&#xA;                             child {node[genus=birds] {}}&#xA;                         }&#xA;                     }&#xA;                     child {node[genus=mammals] {}}   &#xA;                 }&#xA;             }       &#xA;         }&#xA;     }&#xA;;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/dcAV9.png&quot; alt=&quot;tree using code sample above&quot;&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That should probably be cleaned up--I think you can create a named coordinate in each direction and scale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-09T17:10:29.617" LastActivityDate="2010-11-09T17:10:29.617" CommentCount="10" />
  <row Id="5099" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5091" CreationDate="2010-11-08T14:30:17.433" Score="18" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Converting from natbib is pretty straightforward: the minimal requirements are in the header:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[natbib=true]{biblatex}&#xA;\bibliography{dotbibfile}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and where you want the bibliography:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\printbibliography&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The natbib option will automatically create the relevant aliases for the &lt;code&gt;\citep&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\citet&lt;/code&gt; commands, so you can use them as before. If your file has previously been compiled using natbib, you may need to delete some of the auxiliary files created by latex and bibtex (.aux, .bbl, .blg) for it to work properly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Regarding coauthors, the main issue is that everyone uses the same version (as the package is still being developed, some of the options have changed between versions). Some prominent linux distributions can be &lt;a href=&quot;http://packages.ubuntu.com/search?keywords=biblatex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;quite tardy&lt;/a&gt; with their updates.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="245" LastEditorUserId="245" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-08T15:48:57.150" LastActivityDate="2010-11-08T15:48:57.150" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5100" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4971" CreationDate="2010-11-08T14:32:09.320" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's a quick&amp;amp;dirty solution that works but throws strange error messages if a label is undefined. If you comment the &lt;code&gt;\pagebreak&lt;/code&gt; out, then the link goes away.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand*{\aref}[1]{%&#xA;    \edef\cur@page{\thepage}%&#xA;    \edef\ref@page{\csname r@#1\endcsname}%&#xA;    \edef\ref@page{\expandafter\@secondoffive\ref@page}%&#xA;    \ifx\cur@page\ref@page&#xA;      \autoref*{#1}%&#xA;    \else&#xA;      \autoref{#1}%&#xA;    \fi }&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;We have&#xA;\begin{equation}\label{myeq}&#xA;a=b.&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&#xA;\pagebreak&#xA;&#xA;In~\aref{myeq} \dots&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2010-11-08T14:32:09.320" />
  <row Id="5101" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5088" CreationDate="2010-11-08T14:34:29.723" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/lh&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;LH fonts&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package needs to be installed. It contains the missing file &lt;code&gt;larm1000.mf&lt;/code&gt; from which mktextfm produces &lt;code&gt;larm1000.tfm&lt;/code&gt;. Without that, LaTeX claims that the font cannot be loaded.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;LH&lt;/code&gt; package may be installed using tlmgr, which is the TeX Live package manager, or in your case by choosing an OS distribution package (also common on Linux) which bundles this and further font packages. As seen in the &lt;a href=&quot;https://trac.macports.org/wiki/TeXLivePackages&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;MacPorts TeX Live packages list&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;code&gt;texlive-lang-cyrillic&lt;/code&gt; is the required package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-08T14:51:57.663" LastActivityDate="2010-11-08T14:51:57.663" />
  <row Id="5102" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5085" CreationDate="2010-11-08T14:49:24.047" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Instead of manually installing packages you could to install the package bundle which is suitable for your operating system. In your case you could install the bundle &lt;code&gt;texlive-lang-cyrillic&lt;/code&gt; which contains the cyrillic package as well as needed fonts such as the LH fonts. You can read about the contents of macport packages here:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://trac.macports.org/wiki/TeXLivePackages&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;https://trac.macports.org/wiki/TeXLivePackages&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thus, you may execute at the command prompt:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;sudo port install texlive-lang-cyrillic&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;as mentioned in &lt;a href=&quot;http://guide.macports.org/#using.port.install&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Using port install&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-11-08T14:49:24.047" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5103" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5091" CreationDate="2010-11-08T15:21:26.560" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just to add to what was previously said: Although you do not &lt;em&gt;need&lt;/em&gt; to change anything in your .bib file in order to use biblatex, you will have to make some changes if you would like to benefit from some features that biblatex provides. For example (this is not meant to be a complete list):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;publisher&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;location&lt;/code&gt; are list fields: you could still use, for example, &lt;code&gt;address = {Berlin, New York}&lt;/code&gt; (with &lt;code&gt;address&lt;/code&gt; being an alias for &lt;code&gt;location&lt;/code&gt;), but then you cannot make use of the option “maxitems” (&lt;code&gt;maxitems=1&lt;/code&gt; would still give you “Berlin, New York”); in order to make use of this option, you would have to change to &lt;code&gt;address = {Berlin and New York}&lt;/code&gt; (or &lt;code&gt;location&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;address&lt;/code&gt;), which would then give “Berlin et al.” with &lt;code&gt;maxitems=1&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;A similar case are some options regarding the appearance of date specifications: instead of using the fields &lt;code&gt;year&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;month&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;day&lt;/code&gt;, you should use the &lt;code&gt;date&lt;/code&gt; field with an ISO formatted date, e.g. &lt;code&gt;date = {2010}&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;urldate = {2010-08-11}&lt;/code&gt;. Then, biblatex can make use of some options like “date=short” etc.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;biblatex offers some additional fields that other packages do not provide, e.g. &lt;code&gt;subtitle&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;titleaddon&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;maintitle&lt;/code&gt; for multi-volume works, &lt;code&gt;editortype&lt;/code&gt;, and many more. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Regards,&#xA;Dominik.-&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1376" LastEditorUserId="1376" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-08T20:11:56.260" LastActivityDate="2010-11-08T20:11:56.260" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5104" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5075" CreationDate="2010-11-08T15:45:27.953" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Without a complete example which (beside other informations) would at least show the class you are using you first question can't be answered in a senseful way. Regarding your second question my cristal ball tells me that you should use hyperref with the option linktocpage. See also &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=breaklinks&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=breaklinks&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-11-08T15:45:27.953" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5105" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5091" CreationDate="2010-11-08T17:02:56.500" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've made the switch from natbib to biblatex two years ago, so I should be able to answer this. That said, @Seamus, @Simon Byrne and @domwass have already made lots of good points.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(For anyone still asking &quot;Why should I use biblatex?&quot;: See &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/553/what-packages-do-people-load-by-default-in-latex/2974#2974&quot;&gt;this answer&lt;/a&gt; [shameless plug].)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;LaTeX document&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With natbib, a model LaTeX document would look as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{(someclass)}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[(options)]{natbib}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;A bare citation command: \citep{(key)}.&#xA;&#xA;A citation command for use in the flow of text: As \citet{(key)} said \dots&#xA;&#xA;\bibliographystyle{(somestyle)}&#xA;\bibliography{(mybibfile)}% Selects .bib file AND prints bibliography&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With biblatex and its built-in styles, this changes to:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{(someclass)}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[(somelanguage)]{babel}% Recommended&#xA;\usepackage{csquotes}% Recommended&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[style=(somebiblatexstyle),(other options)]{biblatex}&#xA;&#xA;% \bibliography{(mybibfile)}% ONLY selects .bib file; syntax for version &amp;lt;= 1.1b&#xA;\addbibresource[(options for bib resources)]{(mybibfile).bib}% Syntax for version &amp;gt;= 1.2&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;A bare citation command: \autocite{(key)}.&#xA;&#xA;A citation command for use in the flow of text: As \textcite{(key)} said \dots&#xA;&#xA;\printbibliography[(options for printing)]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that I used &lt;code&gt;\autocite&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\parencite&lt;/code&gt; which is the actual counterpart of natbib's &lt;code&gt;\citep&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;code&gt;\autocite&lt;/code&gt; is a high-level citation command that will be translated into the low-level bare citation command appropriate for the chosen style - e.g. it will enclose a citation in parentheses in &quot;authoryear&quot; styles, but produce a footnote citation in &quot;authortitle&quot; styles. Even more, it will automatically move trailing punctuation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For some of the custom (not already built-in) biblatex styles, additional preamble adjustments may be advisable - see the example provided by @Seamus for biblatex-apa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As @Simon Byrne has mentioned: If you don't want to change every instance of &lt;code&gt;\citep&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\citet&lt;/code&gt; in every document to its biblatex counterpart, use the &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt; compatibility option.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;BibTeX file&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;@domwass has already mentioned that changes to your .bib files are not mandatory, but you'll miss some of the goodies offered by biblatex. When I switched to biblatex, I changed my &lt;code&gt;address&lt;/code&gt; fields to &lt;code&gt;location&lt;/code&gt; and my &lt;code&gt;journal&lt;/code&gt; fields to &lt;code&gt;journaltitle&lt;/code&gt;. I also added &lt;code&gt;hyphenation&lt;/code&gt; fields in order to be able to switch languages on a per-entry basis in the bibliography.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;biber&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;biblatex will work with traditional &lt;code&gt;BibTeX&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;bibtex8&lt;/code&gt;, but I recommend the use of &lt;code&gt;biber&lt;/code&gt; for the following reasons:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Full unicode support.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;No capacity issues. (With bibliographies of about one hundred entries, I've run into &lt;code&gt;BibTeX&lt;/code&gt; errors disguised as obscure warnings - see p. 35-36 of the biblatex manual for details.)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Multiple or subdivided bibliographies will always be processed in a single pass.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The installation of &lt;code&gt;biber&lt;/code&gt; was a major hurdle until this year's September (at least if one used Windows and/or didn't know much about Perl), but since then, ready-to-use binaries have been available. I don't know if there any obstacles to making &lt;code&gt;biber&lt;/code&gt; cooperate with &lt;code&gt;latexmk&lt;/code&gt;. (UPDATE: Since v4.22 -- released on January 1st, 2011 -- &lt;code&gt;latexmk&lt;/code&gt; supports the use of &lt;code&gt;biber&lt;/code&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-18T15:56:10.673" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T15:56:10.673" />
  <row Id="5106" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5085" CreationDate="2010-11-08T17:29:50.947" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;if you have mactex 2009 or later (and why wouldn't you?!@?!) then use &lt;code&gt;tlmgr&lt;/code&gt; from the command line to update and add packages:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;tlmgr install packagename&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and to update:&#xA;&lt;code&gt;tlmgr update --self&lt;/code&gt;&#xA;then: &lt;code&gt;tlmgr update --all&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1222" LastActivityDate="2010-11-08T17:29:50.947" />
  <row Id="5107" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5109" CreationDate="2010-11-08T18:05:32.877" Score="5" ViewCount="229" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to draw a path/plot in TikZ whose shade depends on the coordinate. For example, I want say something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\draw[color=black!\x] plot coordinates{ coord1 ... coord100};&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;i.e. the shade of the color depends on the coordinate of the point. In examples of using colour in TikZ documention that I found, the colour is set for the entire path, and does not change with the point.  Is there a way to do what I want?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1630" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-08T18:09:19.297" LastActivityDate="2010-11-08T18:40:10.893" Title="Fading a path in TikZ" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;color&gt;&lt;shading&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="5108" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4105" CreationDate="2010-11-08T18:35:31.310" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd put each exam problem in it's own file, then use some 3rd party system to track the rest of the stats. doing it in latex will be pretty difficult and will require lots of manual updates. Do you want to update the &quot;last used&quot; date every time you use a problem? Probably not.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1222" LastActivityDate="2010-11-08T18:35:31.310" />
  <row Id="5109" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5107" CreationDate="2010-11-08T18:40:10.893" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The manual contains also the following example (first page of Part VII):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pgfmathsetseed{1}&#xA;\foreach \col in {black,red,green,blue}&#xA;{&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[x=10pt,y=10pt,ultra thick,baseline,line cap=round]&#xA;\coordinate (current point) at (0,0);&#xA;\coordinate (old velocity) at (0,0);&#xA;\coordinate (new velocity) at (rand,rand);&#xA;\foreach \i in {0,1,...,100}&#xA;{&#xA;\draw[\col!\i] (current point)&#xA;.. controls ++([scale=-1]old velocity) and&#xA;++(new velocity) .. ++(rand,rand)&#xA;coordinate (current point);&#xA;\coordinate (old velocity) at (new velocity);&#xA;\coordinate (new velocity) at (rand,rand);&#xA;}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This might give you an idea how to do it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1418" LastActivityDate="2010-11-08T18:40:10.893" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5110" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5038" CreationDate="2010-11-08T18:49:32.133" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The reason for your problem is that &lt;code&gt;amsart&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt; have different definitions of the size commands &lt;code&gt;\large&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\Large&lt;/code&gt; and so on (which I didn't know until now). Let me assume that you use a base fontsize of &lt;code&gt;10pt&lt;/code&gt;. Then in &lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt; you essentially have that &lt;code&gt;\huge&lt;/code&gt; means&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\fontsize{\@xxpt}{25}\selectfont&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where &lt;code&gt;\@xxpt&lt;/code&gt; is (not &lt;code&gt;20&lt;/code&gt; but) &lt;code&gt;20.74&lt;/code&gt;. Thus, you get a fontsize of &lt;code&gt;20.74pt&lt;/code&gt; and a baselineskip of &lt;code&gt;25pt&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In &lt;code&gt;amsart&lt;/code&gt; you have&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\fontsize{\@xviipt}{20}\selectfont&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;instead, where &lt;code&gt;\@xviipt&lt;/code&gt; is &lt;code&gt;17.28&lt;/code&gt;, so indeed your summation symbol will be a bit smaller. Now you're in luck since &lt;code&gt;\Huge&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;amsart&lt;/code&gt; is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\fontsize{\@xxpt}{24}\selectfont&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(same fontsize, as Carl already saw, but slightly smaller baselineskip), so using &lt;code&gt;\Huge&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\huge&lt;/code&gt; will indeed be your solution in this case. In other cases, you should make a manual choice with &lt;code&gt;\fontsize{##}{##}\selectfont&lt;/code&gt;, as Carl suggests in his comment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2010-11-08T18:49:32.133" />
  <row Id="5112" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-08T19:55:13.653" Score="0" ViewCount="101" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4925/custom-equations-names&quot;&gt;Custom equations&amp;#39; names&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd like to label a couple of equations by &lt;strong&gt;name&lt;/strong&gt;, right-aligned, where the (number) would normally appear in the document: how do I do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1038" LastActivityDate="2010-11-08T19:55:13.653" ClosedDate="2010-11-08T20:03:09.013" Title="How do I give an equation a name instead of a number?" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5113" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5121" CreationDate="2010-11-08T20:14:08.940" Score="7" ViewCount="250" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm writing a LaTeX document using Sweave (a Beamer presentation, really), which weaves R code and LaTeX. Is there a way to make my chunks of code and its output highlighted? I could use listings package but that would mean I would have to rummage through the .tex file and wrap all &lt;code&gt;Schunks&lt;/code&gt; so I'm looking for perhaps more elegant solutions if currently available.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="72" LastActivityDate="2010-11-08T21:59:31.087" Title="how to colorize syntax using R + Sweave?" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;listings&gt;&lt;sweave&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="5114" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5118" CreationDate="2010-11-08T20:28:36.527" Score="6" ViewCount="643" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm working on creating flowcharts directly inside LaTeX documents using tikz. I am admittedly an extreme novice with tikz, although I have quite a bit of experience using LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My problem is when trying to show an endless loop with the flowchart, i.e., an edge or path that starts and ends at the same node.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example,  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/wSQuR.png&quot; alt=&quot;this image&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is an example of what I want (right) and what I'm getting (left) using the following LaTeX code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usetikzlibrary{shapes.geometric,arrows}&#xA;&#xA;\tikzstyle{decision} = [ diamond, draw, fill=blue!20, text width=4.5em, text badly centered, node distance=3cm, inner sep-0pt]  &#xA;\tikzstyle{block} = [ rectangle, draw, fill=blue!20, text width=5em, text badly centered, rounded corners, minimum height=4em]  &#xA;\tikzstyle{line} = [ draw, -latex']  &#xA;\tikzstyle{terminator} = [ draw, ellipse, fill=red!20, node distance=3cm, minimum height=2em]  &#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[node distance=2cm, auto]  &#xA;  \node [terminator]           (puc)  {Power-Up Reset};  &#xA;  \node [block, below of=puc]  (wdt)  {Stop Watchdog};  &#xA;  \node [block, below of=wdt]  (port) {Setup Port Pins};  &#xA;  \node [block, below of=port] (loop) {Loop Forever};  &#xA;  \path [line] (puc)  -- (wdt);  &#xA;  \path [line] (wdt)  -- (port);  &#xA;  \path [line] (port) -- (loop);  &#xA;  \path [line] (loop) -- (loop);  &#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I assume I'm going to need something a bit more complex.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1747" LastEditorUserId="117" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-08T21:43:03.590" LastActivityDate="2010-11-08T21:43:03.590" Title="Path From and To Same Node in tikz Flowchart" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;nodes&gt;&lt;node-connections&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="5115" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4925" CreationDate="2010-11-08T20:33:05.320" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\tag{your name here}&lt;/code&gt; construct can be used inside &lt;code&gt;\begin{equation} .. \end{equation}&lt;/code&gt; and the amsmath &lt;code&gt;\begin..end{align}&lt;/code&gt; constructs in order to give equations visible names instead of numbers:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{equation}&#xA;  \tag{Super Fun Equation}&#xA;  y = 3x&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Labels can then be used to refer to names in references:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{equation}&#xA;  \tag{Super Fun Equation}&#xA;  y = 3x&#xA;  \label{eqn:super}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;...&#xA;See \eqref{eqn:superfun} for an awesome equation % See Super Fun Equation for ...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1038" LastActivityDate="2010-11-08T20:33:05.320" />
  <row Id="5116" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5120" CreationDate="2010-11-08T20:37:49.710" Score="5" ViewCount="168" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've got a define such as &lt;code&gt;\def\doctype{SomeString}&lt;/code&gt;.  &lt;code&gt;\doctype&lt;/code&gt; can take on one of five values.  I want to do something like a switch statement in a programming language, i.e. (pseudocode):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;switch (\doctype) {&#xA;    case 'SomeString1': some text here&#xA;    case 'SomeString2': some different text here&#xA;    ...&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I don't need a default/else/otherwise case.)  I tried doing this in LaTeX with:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{etoolbox}&#xA;&#xA;\def\doctype{SomeString1}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{switchdoctype}[0]{%&#xA;  \newcommand{\case}[2]{\ifdefequal{\doctype}{##1}{##2}{}}%&#xA;}{}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{switchdoctype}&#xA;  \case{SomeString1}{some text here}&#xA;  \case{SomeString2}{some different text here}&#xA;\end{switchdoctype}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This gives an error: &lt;code&gt;ERROR: Argument of \@secondoftwo has an extra }.&lt;/code&gt;  I gather this is some sort of problem with using &lt;code&gt;\ifdefequal&lt;/code&gt;.  How can I make this work?  I suspect it's some trick of expansion but I can't make this work with my limited knowledge of [La]TeX; I'm interested in learning something from making this work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;MacTeX 2010 here, which is based on TeX Live 2010 AFAIK.  Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;P.S.: boolexpr has a &lt;code&gt;\switch&lt;/code&gt; but I can't use it because it conflicts badly with etoolbox (and BibLaTeX depends on etoolbox as far as I can tell).  I have reported this incompatibility to the author listed in boolexpr's documentation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1680" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-10T20:28:41.957" LastActivityDate="2010-11-11T06:52:49.223" Title="Making switch/case with etoolbox's \ifdefequal" Tags="&lt;conditionals&gt;&lt;etoolbox&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="5117" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5116" CreationDate="2010-11-08T20:54:22.073" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For switching on identifiers, it's simplest to use the primitive &lt;code&gt;\ifcase&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{etoolbox}&#xA;&#xA;\def\typeone{1}&#xA;\def\typetwo{2}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\let\doctype=\typeone&#xA;&#xA;\ifcase\doctype&#xA;  \or some text here %matches \typeone&#xA;  \or some different text here % matches \typetwo&#xA;\else you didn't want an else case, but it's no trouble to put in&#xA;\fi&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to convert strings into your type numbers, you can use &lt;code&gt;\csname ...\endcsname&lt;/code&gt;; e.g., &lt;code&gt;\csname typeone\endcsname&lt;/code&gt; will expand into 1, matching the first case.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-11-08T20:54:22.073" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5118" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5114" CreationDate="2010-11-08T21:11:07.533" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Simply change &lt;code&gt;\path [line] (loop) -- (loop);&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\path [line] (loop) edge[loop right] ();&lt;/code&gt; (or &lt;code&gt;loop below&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;loop left&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/aDxxH.png&quot; alt=&quot;example 1&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alternatively, change it to &lt;code&gt;\path [line] (loop) |- ($(loop.south east) + (0.5,-0.5)$) |- (loop);&lt;/code&gt; (with &lt;code&gt;\usetikzlibrary{calc}&lt;/code&gt;) for&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/AjaRx.png&quot; alt=&quot;example 2&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Further, adding &lt;code&gt;rounded corners&lt;/code&gt; (e.g. &lt;code&gt;\path [line,rounded corners] (loop) |- ($(loop.south east) + (0.5,-0.5)$) |- (loop);&lt;/code&gt;) gives&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/uYAT1.png&quot; alt=&quot;example 3&quot;&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-11-08T21:11:07.533" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="5119" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5114" CreationDate="2010-11-08T21:11:33.893" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A few more details in for of a minimal example could have been very helpful because there are some tikZ libraries necessary to compile your example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can get the desired loop can by adding a coordinate to the last path that forces the path to be drawn through this point.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{arrows,shapes}&#xA;&#xA;\tikzstyle{decision}=[diamond,draw,fill=blue!20,text width=4.5em,text badly centered,node distance=3cm,inner sep=0pt]  &#xA;\tikzstyle{block}=[rectangle,draw,fill=blue!20,text width=5em,text badly centered,rounded corners,minimum height=4em]  &#xA;\tikzstyle{line}=[draw,-latex']  &#xA;\tikzstyle{terminator}=[draw,ellipse,fill=red!20,node distance=3cm,minimum height=2em]  &#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{tikzpicture}[node distance=2cm,auto]  &#xA;    \node[terminator]           (puc)  {Power-Up Reset};  &#xA;    \node[block, below of=puc]  (wdt)  {Stop Watchdog};  &#xA;    \node[block, below of=wdt]  (port) {Setup Port Pins};  &#xA;    \node[block, below of=port] (loop) {Loop Forever};  &#xA;    \path[line] (puc)  -- (wdt);  &#xA;    \path[line] (wdt)  -- (port);  &#xA;    \path[line] (port) -- (loop);  &#xA;    \path[line] (loop) |- +(2,-1) |- (loop.east);  &#xA;  \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-11-08T21:11:33.893" />
  <row Id="5120" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5116" CreationDate="2010-11-08T21:42:14.237" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;From your description, I think you want &lt;code&gt;\ifdefstring&lt;/code&gt;, as you need to compare one macro with one definition of a macro. &lt;code&gt;\ifdefequal&lt;/code&gt; is for testing two macros for equivalence.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-11-08T21:42:14.237" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5121" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5113" CreationDate="2010-11-08T21:59:31.087" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://cran.r-project.org/web/packages/SweaveListingUtils/index.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;SweaveListingUtils&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package contains additions to Sweave  that enables pretty-printing input and output using the LaTeX &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=listings&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package.  Example usage can be found in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://cran.r-project.org/web/packages/SweaveListingUtils/vignettes/ExampleSweaveListingUtils.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;vignette&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another alternative is to override the &lt;code&gt;Schunk&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;Sinput&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;Soutput&lt;/code&gt; environments using &lt;code&gt;\renewenvironment&lt;/code&gt; so that they do whatever you want them to. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastActivityDate="2010-11-08T21:59:31.087" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5122" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2904" CreationDate="2010-11-08T22:56:13.777" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;At one point I had a situation like you describe. What I ended up doing is putting the legend so that it juts out a little and fiddled with the boundingbox of the resulting figure so that it remains the same as when the legend does not jut out. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I wrote a &quot;script&quot; that steals the BBox of one .eps file and plops it into another:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;#!/bin/bash&#xA;#take the bounding box of the first argument, and plop it into the second.&#xA;&#xA;BB=`grep %%BoundingBox $1`&#xA;sed &quot;s/%%BoundingBox.*/$BB/&quot; $2 &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This script simply outputs the resulting .eps file to stdout. if you want to direct it to a third file you'd use it like so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% copyBB goodBB.eps niceLegend.eps &amp;gt; combined.eps&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(It's a bash script, sorry windows users...but then, it isn't so complicated...so you could re-implement it for your shell.) Caveat Empor! I did not test this for many cases. My use-case was as follows: create two versions of the same figure, one with the correct bounding box, and one with the legend jutting out (upper right corner, in my case). Then, I use the script to steal the BB from the &quot;clean&quot; figure and place it onto the legended one. This allowed me to align figures more easily than otherwise (in my case I also wanted to signal that the same legend can be used for the four figures):&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/SJ3Ss.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The lower left figure was created using copyBB, the remaining 3 were unmodified)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastActivityDate="2010-11-08T22:56:13.777" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-11-08T22:56:13.777" />
  <row Id="5123" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5124" CreationDate="2010-11-08T23:46:23.233" Score="3" ViewCount="195" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to use biblatex-mla to make an annotated bibliography for a course of mine. One of the documents I need to cite is an online resource, and from what I see, the version online currently doesn't support the online, misc, and other tags I'd need to use. So I thought that I would modify the file myself to add an online citation to the mla package (and then possibly send the diff to the creator to get it added).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately, I don't really know the biblatex syntax that well and have run into a bit of a snag. I've got this declaration for the online tag:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@online{sample,&#xA;    author = &quot;Jonathan Sternberg&quot;,&#xA;    title = &quot;Title&quot;,&#xA;    annotation = &quot;This is a test&quot;&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And here's my current driver for the online tag:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareBibliographyDriver{online}{%&#xA;  \usebibmacro{bibindex}%&#xA;  \usebibmacro{author}%&#xA;  \usebibmacro{title}%&#xA;  \usebibmacro{finentry}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For some reason, this generated the following in the pdf file from pdflatex.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;----. &quot;Title&quot; ().&#xA;    This is a test&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can't find any difference between this and the article driver in the same file, but it doesn't seem to be able to find the author in the bib file. Any idea what's going on?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: This is using biblatex v0.8. I want the &quot;author&quot; field to appear, but it's being replaced by a dashed line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1735" LastEditorUserId="1189" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-15T20:41:40.517" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T20:41:40.517" Title="Biblatex-MLA Online Author Entry Absent?" Tags="&lt;biblatex&gt;&lt;mla-style&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="5124" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5123" CreationDate="2010-11-09T00:16:21.617" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I did a test run using biblatex-mla, which resulted in error messages. The latest changes in the version of biblatex-mla available on CTAN stem from February 7th, 2010 and therefore predate biblatex v0.9, which made some backward-incompatible changes. Could it be that you're still using biblatex v0.8?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That said, I'll hazard a guess: Is the bibliography entry in question the second one with the author &quot;Jonathan Sternberg&quot;? If so, biblatex (EDIT: or at least its built-in styles) will automatically replace the author's name with a dash. Since v0.9, this behaviour can be turned off using the package option &lt;code&gt;dashed=false&lt;/code&gt;. With some hacking, it might be possible to replicate this feature for v0.8 - but I'd rather ask the author of biblatex-mla to upgrade his style to biblatex v0.9.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-09T00:22:23.767" LastActivityDate="2010-11-09T00:22:23.767" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="5125" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5127" CreationDate="2010-11-09T01:26:54.323" Score="6" ViewCount="219" Body="&lt;p&gt;What I'm doing: Typsetting source code using &lt;a href=&quot;http://pygments.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pygments&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is happening: the code typsets fine, but because pygments puts the code into a Verbatim environment, some of the lines are far too long.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I want to have happen: I want the lines to break at the edge of the column without adding extra lines in the line numbering.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I've tried: reading the fancyvrb documentation, using BVerbatim and LVerbatim. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to either automatically break the lines or insert line breaks without adding line numbers?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1286" LastEditorUserId="1286" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-09T03:39:23.430" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T20:57:23.097" Title="Line length in fancyvrb" Tags="&lt;line-breaking&gt;&lt;verbatim&gt;&lt;line-numbering&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="5126" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5129" CreationDate="2010-11-09T03:28:16.450" Score="5" ViewCount="218" Body="&lt;p&gt;A few of the appendices in my document contain code covering a lot of pages, but those pages have nothing else than code (and page numbers). How can I put a header showing what's the current appendix, starting from the &lt;em&gt;second&lt;/em&gt; page of each appendix? The image below shows the undesired results.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/aMswZ.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1488" LastEditorUserId="1488" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-10T13:42:17.780" LastActivityDate="2010-11-10T13:42:17.780" Title="How can I set a header showing the current section?" Tags="&lt;header-footer&gt;&lt;appendices&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="5127" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5125" CreationDate="2010-11-09T03:57:04.350" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The answer to this question--for me--turned out to be: use the &lt;strong&gt;listings&lt;/strong&gt; package instead, it typsets Ruby code and provides line wrap.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1286" LastActivityDate="2010-11-09T03:57:04.350" />
  <row Id="5128" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3842" CreationDate="2010-11-09T04:28:36.803" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As Philipp pointed out in a comment, but never posted as an answer, my problem was that &lt;code&gt;TeX-engine&lt;/code&gt; expects a &lt;code&gt;symbol&lt;/code&gt; not a &lt;code&gt;string&lt;/code&gt;. Thus, instead of what I wrote, I needed to write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%%% TeX-engine: default&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to make it all work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="257" LastActivityDate="2010-11-09T04:28:36.803" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-11-09T04:28:36.803" />
  <row Id="5129" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5126" CreationDate="2010-11-09T04:39:47.420" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pagestyle{headings}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to print the current section name in the header.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you need more precision than that, you can use, eg &lt;code&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/code&gt; and craft your own heading layout. See &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf&lt;/a&gt; for details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="257" LastActivityDate="2010-11-09T04:39:47.420" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="5130" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5131" CreationDate="2010-11-09T04:46:42.023" Score="3" ViewCount="367" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using LaTeX pdfTeX 3.1415926-1.40.9-2.2 on Mac OSX 10.6. When I try to build from TextMate (ctrl-R) I get the following error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please add the directory containing “kpsewhich” to PATH in TextMate's Shell &#xA;Variables preferences. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1751" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-16T17:06:00.963" LastActivityDate="2010-11-16T17:06:00.963" Title="&quot;kpsewhich&quot; error when trying to build from Textmate" Tags="&lt;errors&gt;&lt;editors&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5131" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5130" CreationDate="2010-11-09T04:50:14.873" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;open up the file &lt;code&gt;~/.bash_profile&lt;/code&gt; and add the following to the end&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;PATH=&quot;/usr/texbin:${PATH}&quot;&#xA;export PATH&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This should patch the issue.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;NOTE&lt;/strong&gt;: To open the &lt;code&gt;~/.bash_profile&lt;/code&gt; open terminal and type &lt;code&gt;mate ~/.bash_profile&lt;/code&gt; or &#xA;&lt;code&gt;vim ~/.bash_profile&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;FYI&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;mate&lt;/code&gt; is the command line or bash call to TextMate. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;vim&lt;/code&gt; is the bash call to vim (an command line editor).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;~&lt;/code&gt; is the bash reference to your home directory. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;a &lt;code&gt;.&lt;/code&gt; before a file is UNIX's (What OSX runs on) way of specifying a hidden file, which is why you can't see the .bash_profile in your home folder. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1751" LastEditorUserId="1751" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-15T22:39:35.930" LastActivityDate="2010-11-15T22:39:35.930" />
  <row Id="5132" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5135" CreationDate="2010-11-09T05:07:39.610" Score="4" ViewCount="211" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have an article in which I'd like to use margin notes near some text (some minor headings, equivalent with a subsubsubsection). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In some cases that text runs on two lines. I'd like the margin note to be vertically align with the first line of those two, not the second (as it happens now as seen in the screenshot).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/SZlPc.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it possible? Many thanks in advance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{mparhack}&#xA;\reversemarginpar&#xA;&#xA;% &amp;lt;snip&amp;gt;&#xA;\textbf{Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua.} &#xA;\marginpar{\sc{\small{Case~1}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="564" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-09T22:08:14.620" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T22:08:14.620" Title="Vertical align a marginpar with the *first* line of a 2-line statement" Tags="&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;&lt;marginpar&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="5133" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5138" CreationDate="2010-11-09T07:40:11.287" Score="7" ViewCount="340" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am currently using a list with bullet-points; however, I think the lines are spaces too far apart and they're indented way too much. I don't see any way to correct this in Lyx, however.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1660" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-09T11:21:48.360" LastActivityDate="2010-11-09T12:15:14.437" Title="Customizing list" Tags="&lt;lists&gt;&lt;lyx&gt;&lt;indentation&gt;&lt;itemize&gt;&lt;line-spacing&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5134" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5136" CreationDate="2010-11-09T08:06:57.647" Score="4" ViewCount="226" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I view my document in a PDF with pdflatex, my stuff is squished into like only 60% of the page, leaving the rest an ugly, unused whitespace. How do I fixed this (preferably in Lyx)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1660" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-09T11:57:06.003" LastActivityDate="2010-11-09T11:58:00.527" Title="Setting document width in Lyx" Tags="&lt;layout&gt;&lt;lyx&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5135" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5132" CreationDate="2010-11-09T08:49:00.247" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Wouldn't moving the &lt;code&gt;\marginpar&lt;/code&gt; to the front of your text work for you? E.g., &lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\mysubsubsub}[2]{\textbf{\marginpar{\sc{\small{#1}}}#2}}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-11-09T08:49:00.247" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5136" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5134" CreationDate="2010-11-09T08:56:28.713" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are two reasons why Lyx leaves a lot of space:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;By default uses a Latex class which, like most of the core Latex classes, has very generous margins, and&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;It probably is making a conservative guess about your page size, as the intersection of A4 and letter size.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can fix this by going to Document &gt; Settings... and configuring the following options:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Set your paper size to the actual size you want (under the Page Layout tab); and then either&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Fix your class to something more cramped, such as a letter or CV class (under Document Class); and maybe also&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Manually fix your margins (under Page Margins).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-09T11:58:00.527" LastActivityDate="2010-11-09T11:58:00.527" />
  <row Id="5137" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5134" CreationDate="2010-11-09T09:18:11.507" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You may find useful the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/geometry/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;geometry&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another option is to generate the PDF using whatever class you wish and then crop the white space out. This is what I do when I have to read an already generated PDF on an electronic book, with limited screen &quot;real state&quot;.  There are many programs that will let you crop white margins out. I use &lt;a href=&quot;http://sourceforge.net/projects/briss/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;briss&lt;/a&gt; and am happy with it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="750" LastEditorUserId="750" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-09T09:39:09.700" LastActivityDate="2010-11-09T09:39:09.700" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5138" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5133" CreationDate="2010-11-09T09:57:07.010" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try adding the following code to your Latex preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\usepackage{enumitem}&#xA;\setlist{nolistsep}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can edit the Latex preamble under Document &gt; Settings, under the LaTeX Preamble tab.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cf. &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/825/remove-space-around-bullet-points-in-itemized-or-enumerated-list&quot;&gt;Remove space around bullet points in itemized or enumerated list&lt;/a&gt;.  You can make the vertical separation affect only bullet point lists (and not, say description lists), by using &lt;code&gt;\setitemize&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\setlist&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-11-09T09:57:07.010" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5139" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5133" CreationDate="2010-11-09T10:32:31.977" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another option is to &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{mdwlist}&lt;/code&gt; and then use the &lt;code&gt;itemize*&lt;/code&gt; environment defined by that package: it automatically shrinks the spacing between list items.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To use this solution with LyX, you'll apparently need to redefine the actual &lt;code&gt;itemize&lt;/code&gt; environment using the solution in &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1601/replacing-itemize-by-mdwlists-itemize-throughout/1604#1604&quot;&gt;this answer&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-09T12:15:14.437" LastActivityDate="2010-11-09T12:15:14.437" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5140" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5142" CreationDate="2010-11-09T10:48:31.223" Score="10" ViewCount="174" Body="&lt;p&gt;Recently I was working on a package (&lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=ytableau&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ytableau&lt;/a&gt;) and had a strange experience with the &lt;code&gt;gather&lt;/code&gt; environment in amsmath.  Namely, it screws with &lt;code&gt;\vtop&lt;/code&gt; and, seemingly, with boxes that I reserve before entering the environment.  Consider the following minimal test cases:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA; \newbox\mybox&#xA; \setbox\mybox=\vtop{\halign{&amp;amp;#\cr a &amp;amp; b \cr c \cr}}&#xA; ht = \the\ht\mybox, dp = \the\dp\mybox&#xA; \begin{gather}&#xA;  ht = \the\ht\mybox, dp = \the\dp\mybox&#xA;  \box\mybox&#xA; \end{gather}&#xA; \begin{gather}&#xA;  \setbox\mybox=\vtop{\halign{&amp;amp;#\cr a &amp;amp; b \cr c \cr}}&#xA;  ht = \the\ht\mybox, dp = \the\dp\mybox&#xA;  \box\mybox&#xA; \end{gather}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The result should be as follows: you will see printed &quot;ht = 6.94444pt, dp = 12.0pt&quot; before the first &lt;code&gt;gather&lt;/code&gt;, but inside it you will see only &lt;code&gt;ht = 0.0pt, dp = 0.0pt&lt;/code&gt;.  Where did my box go?  If you insert the same diagnostic after &lt;code&gt;gather&lt;/code&gt; you will note that it does not come back.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the second &lt;code&gt;gather&lt;/code&gt;, you will see &quot;ht = 0.0pt, dp = 21.94444pt&quot; and the &lt;code&gt;\halign&lt;/code&gt; will print an &quot;a b&quot; over a &quot;c&quot; as desired, but the whole thing will indeed be aligned so that the very top of the first line is at the very bottom of the text line established by the environment (compare with the other text and the label).  Where did the height go?  (Don't say &quot;into the depth&quot; :). )&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is really annoying because it absolutely violates what I understand &lt;code&gt;\vtop&lt;/code&gt; to do: put the baseline of the box at the baseline of the top interior box.  Printing that same &lt;code&gt;\halign&lt;/code&gt; outside of &lt;code&gt;gather&lt;/code&gt; (in a &lt;code&gt;\vtop&lt;/code&gt;) puts the &quot;a b&quot; in the text, as it should be.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This bug does not arise inside &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt;.  What did happen there (and in &lt;code&gt;gather&lt;/code&gt;) was that I found that some of my macros were being double-evaluated.  Presumably the AMS environments read their contents twice to get the proper typesetting?  Unfortunately, I can't conceive of how that would cause the second error (note that the numbers change even if you don't print the box).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="575" LastActivityDate="2010-11-09T22:43:55.067" Title="Inconsistent behavior of boxes in amsmath's `gather`." Tags="&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;&lt;amsmath&gt;&lt;boxes&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="5141" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5132" CreationDate="2010-11-09T11:18:15.037" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Usually it helps to place the &lt;code&gt;marginpar&lt;/code&gt; content near the beginning of the considered paragraph.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{mparhack}&#xA;&#xA;\reversemarginpar&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \textbf{Lorem\marginpar{\textmd{\textsc{\small Case 1}}} ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua.} &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-11-09T11:18:15.037" />
  <row Id="5142" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5140" CreationDate="2010-11-09T12:45:20.867" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;gather&lt;/code&gt; environment does indeed seem to evaluate its environment twice. It is the second evaulation that actually results in the final typeset result. Replace &lt;code&gt;\box\mybox&lt;/code&gt; by &lt;code&gt;\copy\mybox&lt;/code&gt; to work around the problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: I neglected your second problem. It looks like the &lt;code&gt;gather&lt;/code&gt; environment sets &lt;code&gt;\everycr&lt;/code&gt; for its own purposes, and that interferes with your ´\halign`. One fix is to use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setbox\mybox=\vtop{\everycr{}…}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or to move the whole assignment outside the &lt;code&gt;gather&lt;/code&gt; env.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit the 2nd: Remembering that the inside of a &lt;code&gt;\vtop&lt;/code&gt; is also a group, I simplified the solution by moving &lt;code&gt;\everycr&lt;/code&gt; inside it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastEditorUserId="1424" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-09T13:42:32.990" LastActivityDate="2010-11-09T13:42:32.990" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="5143" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5147" CreationDate="2010-11-09T14:14:21.673" Score="7" ViewCount="202" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do I make long paragraphs follow the source indents in TeXShop? This what I usually get:&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/3uAOl.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How do I make succeeding lines follow the indent of the first line? This is so that it would be easier to navigate the source.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="791" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-30T16:03:30.260" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T00:06:18.427" Title="Long paragraphs follow source indents in TeXShop" Tags="&lt;indentation&gt;&lt;source&gt;&lt;texshop&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="5144" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5143" CreationDate="2010-11-09T14:32:39.807" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't use TeXShop so I can't say for sure, but your problem might lie in the fact that your items are all on one gigantically long line. Consider splitting those up into individual lines that'll fit the width of your screen.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1517" LastActivityDate="2010-11-09T14:32:39.807" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5146" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-09T15:08:46.000" Score="5" ViewCount="519" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am looking for a solution of an Equation Editor to be added to my site. The equation editor should be open source, WYSIWYG (users should be able to type out Equations as if in MS Equation Editor or MathType), convert it to LaTeX, store in my database, retrieve as per the command and render in HTML, should be web based where all files reside on my server, and should facilitate editing in WYSIWYG mode at any stage. I wish to integrate with PHP on a Linux Platform. I would like images also be handled by the editor in EPS format.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have tried many equation editors. These are either requiring knowledge of LaTeX or are online plugins (where the equation is converted to LaTeX on a third party server) or these are windows applications or desktop applications. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can any one suggest how to proceed and which components to use in which order or share his/her knowledge with us or suggest a professional who can help me, may be, on payment basis. Any help would be highly appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1757" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-21T20:56:46.830" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T20:18:08.163" Title="What are the Open source WYSIWYG Independent Web Equation Editors available on LaTeX/MathML" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;latex-general&gt;&lt;editors&gt;&lt;mathml&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5147" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5143" CreationDate="2010-11-09T15:32:07.747" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Currently, there is no way to make TeXShop indent long lines as you want. If you would like this feature to be implemented, you can “vote” for this &lt;a href=&quot;http://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&amp;amp;aid=2888386&amp;amp;group_id=155796&amp;amp;atid=797241&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;feature request&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However you might want to consider breaking the long lines into shorter ones and manually indenting as you will. Some of the advantages of doing so are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;You get to indent however you want. For example, for itemizes I tend to write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\item Lorem ipsum ...&#xA;      dapibus ac, ...&#xA;      ornare nisi, ...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which doesn't correspond to any if the common automatic wrapping/indenting&#xA;schemes implemented in text editors.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The indentation is stored &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; the file, so that yourself and your coauthors can&#xA;“see” it regardless of the editor you use.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Tools for diffs, file merges and version control benefit from shorter lines&#xA;(which in turn benefit you!).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-09T22:00:11.573" LastActivityDate="2010-11-09T22:00:11.573" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="5148" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5152" CreationDate="2010-11-09T16:58:24.843" Score="9" ViewCount="857" Body="&lt;p&gt;I find that whenever I'm typing some equations into a document, and the equation gets a bit complex (let's say a fraction in a parentheses, squared, inside a square root, inside a fraction), the variables and whatnot that I put inside the &quot;inner&quot; parts of the equation get really, really, tiny. But if I set the font size to something a lot larger, the stuff on the &quot;inside&quot; gets tolerable, but the stuff on the &quot;outside&quot; (e.g., &quot;x = lots of junk&quot;, x would be in the &quot;outside&quot;) become gigantic!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I make it more pretty like my textbooks, where all variables are at the same size regardless of whatever parentheses/fractions/radicals they're under?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1660" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-09T18:08:14.603" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T19:22:38.693" Title="Size of math equations in LaTeX" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;equations&gt;&lt;size&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="5149" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5148" CreationDate="2010-11-09T17:12:42.893" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Put this in your preamble, but after all &lt;code&gt;\usepackage&lt;/code&gt; commands:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\everymath=\expandafter{\the\everymath\displaystyle}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This will effectively add &lt;code&gt;\displaystyle&lt;/code&gt; to every (inline) math made environment, making all math look like the math that's displayed.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edits:&lt;/strong&gt; Thanks to Charles for pointing out that this can/should be done in a way which doesn't clobber the existing &lt;code&gt;\everymath&lt;/code&gt; token list, in case it's already nonempty.  And as Willie says the &lt;code&gt;=&lt;/code&gt; is optional.  I like using it; it just reminds me that there is some assignment going on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit 2:&lt;/strong&gt; The OP asked for a detailed explanation.  I'll try.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First, remember that &lt;code&gt;\everymath&lt;/code&gt; is a &lt;em&gt;token list&lt;/em&gt; that is inserted in front of every math mode material.  So if you type &lt;code&gt;\everymath={\text{Here comes the math: }}&lt;/code&gt; you will get that in front of every equation.  &lt;code&gt;\everymath={\displaystyle}&lt;/code&gt; does something a little more productive by inserting &lt;code&gt;\displaystyle&lt;/code&gt; in front of each math mode.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The trouble arises when you or some other package has already modified &lt;code&gt;\everymath&lt;/code&gt;.  So we need to &lt;em&gt;append&lt;/em&gt; &lt;code&gt;\displaystyle&lt;/code&gt; to the &lt;code&gt;\everymath&lt;/code&gt; token list.  In pseudo-TeX you want to say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\everymath={\currentcontentsof{\everymath}\displaystyle}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The TeX implementation of the pseudo-macro &lt;code&gt;\currentcontentsof&lt;/code&gt; is &lt;code&gt;\the&lt;/code&gt;.  So a closer approximation is this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\everymath={\the\everymath\displaystyle}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But this is going to be trouble, When TeX reads a token list declaration it just reads the tokens &lt;em&gt;without expanding&lt;/em&gt;.  That is, the &lt;code&gt;\the&lt;/code&gt; will be expanded not here but at the the first encountered math mode.  That will cause TeX to try to expand &lt;code&gt;\everymath&lt;/code&gt;, which will need an expansion of &lt;code&gt;\everymath&lt;/code&gt; inside it.  Oops!  Infinite loop.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So you need the &lt;code&gt;\the&lt;/code&gt; expanded &lt;em&gt;before&lt;/em&gt; you save the token list.  Hence &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\everymath=\expandafter{\the\everymath\displaystyle}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When TeX reads &lt;code&gt;\everymath=&lt;/code&gt;, it expects a token list.  But instead, it gets &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt;, which says &quot;hold on to the next token, expand the following token, then put the held token back in place and expand normally.&quot;  So the &lt;code&gt;{&lt;/code&gt; token is deferred while &lt;code&gt;\the&lt;/code&gt; is expanded.  &lt;code&gt;\the&lt;/code&gt; needs another token to work, so the next token &lt;code&gt;\everymath&lt;/code&gt; is read.  This replaces the two tokens &lt;code&gt;\the\everymath&lt;/code&gt; with the tokens currently in &lt;code&gt;\everymath&lt;/code&gt;.  Now that &lt;code&gt;{&lt;/code&gt; is put back in place, and TeX can read a normal token list declaration.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Other TeXnicians may correct that answer, but it's how I understand things. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-12T14:11:07.297" LastActivityDate="2010-11-12T14:11:07.297" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="5150" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5151" CreationDate="2010-11-09T17:26:21.883" Score="5" ViewCount="337" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi all,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;just a quick question about Xelatex and Minion Pro. By default, uppercase letters as well as lowercase greek letters in math mode are italics. Can I get them upright by hand?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So far, I am using:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[MnSymbol]{mathspec}&#xA;\usepackage{xltxtra}&#xA;\defaultfontfeatures{Scale=MatchLowercase}&#xA;\setmainfont[Mapping=tex-text]{Minion Pro}&#xA;\setsansfont[Mapping=tex-text]{Myriad Pro}&#xA;\setmathfont(Digits,Latin,Greek){Minion Pro}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;maybe I should work with something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setmathsfont[Set=Greek,Uppercase=Italic,Lowercase=Italic]{Minion Pro}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-09T18:00:29.967" LastActivityDate="2010-11-09T18:00:29.967" Title="upright uppercase math letter with Minion and xelatex" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;minion&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="5151" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5150" CreationDate="2010-11-09T17:41:03.853" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just break your &lt;code&gt;\setmainfont&lt;/code&gt; into two lines, and you should have separate control over Greek and Latin. E.g., to get Latin in italics and upright Greek:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \setmathfont(Digits,Latin)[Uppercase=Italic,Lowercase=Italic]{Minion Pro}&#xA; \setmathfont(Greek)[Uppercase=Regular,Lowercase=Regular]{Minion Pro}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Reverse the options if you want upright Latin and italic Greek.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or maybe I just didn't understand what you were trying to do.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-11-09T17:41:03.853" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5152" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5148" CreationDate="2010-11-09T18:06:45.720" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To get equal sizes, you could use &lt;code&gt;\DeclareMathSizes&lt;/code&gt; in your preamble. The syntax is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareMathSizes{display size}{text size}{script size}{scriptscript size}.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could simply set all to your default font size. In this example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt]{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\[&#xA;  x = \frac{1}{x + \frac{1}{x + \frac{1}{x}}}&#xA;\]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where you firstly get different sizes:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/YxnyH.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;inserting this line&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareMathSizes{10}{10}{10}{10}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;changes the output to:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/PEmBJ.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-11-09T18:06:45.720" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="5153" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5163" CreationDate="2010-11-09T18:55:10.937" Score="5" ViewCount="120" Body="&lt;p&gt;Background: I'm using TikZ to generate a load of pictures that I want to put on the web as SVGs.  So I'm using the &lt;code&gt;pgfsys-tex4ht.def&lt;/code&gt; driver and it's working very well.  My gut feeling is that the SVG output from TikZ/pgf is &quot;experimental&quot; so while designing the pictures, I'm not using a special driver but just generating the PDFs via pdflatex.  Also, I want PDFs as well as SVGs at the end.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So rather than having to comment out the line&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\pgfsysdriver{pgfsys-tex4ht.def}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;each time, I'd rather have a switch that loaded it if &lt;code&gt;tex4ht&lt;/code&gt; was loaded; that is, I &lt;em&gt;already&lt;/em&gt; specify the output when I decide whether to run &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;htlatex&lt;/code&gt; - I don't want to have to specify it twice.  So, my question:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Is there an &lt;code&gt;\iftex4ht&lt;/code&gt; somewhat akin to the &lt;code&gt;\ifpdf&lt;/code&gt; provided by &lt;code&gt;ifpdf.sty&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  If not, what would be the &quot;right&quot; way to test for the presence of &lt;code&gt;tex4ht&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-11-10T13:53:44.193" Title="Is there an \iftex4ht command, and if not, how should it be defined?" Tags="&lt;tex4ht&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5154" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5156" CreationDate="2010-11-09T19:17:44.727" Score="6" ViewCount="865" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm currently trying to write over/under an implies arrow in LaTeX (in math mode):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\implies_{text} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This places the text lower, but next to the arrow, not below it. How can I get it below the arrow?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1759" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-09T19:35:03.123" LastActivityDate="2010-11-09T19:46:36.797" Title="text over/under implies arrow" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;amsmath&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="5155" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5158" CreationDate="2010-11-09T19:23:43.570" Score="5" ViewCount="267" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm getting an error when trying to typeset my CV using &lt;code&gt;moderncv&lt;/code&gt;. I'm doing this on Linux using &lt;code&gt;texlive&lt;/code&gt; and when I try to compile it using &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; an error is returned at the &lt;code&gt;\homepage{}&lt;/code&gt; line, specifically saying that it is an &lt;code&gt;undefined control sequence&lt;/code&gt;. I've checked the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/moderncv/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;moderncv&lt;/code&gt; entry on CTAN&lt;/a&gt; and the &lt;code&gt;\homepage{}&lt;/code&gt; entry is included in the example file, &lt;code&gt;template.tex&lt;/code&gt;, but that when I try to compile that, it returns the same error. Is there something missing from &lt;code&gt;texlive&lt;/code&gt; that's causing it not to work, or am I just missing something here?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1332" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-09T19:40:41.170" LastActivityDate="2010-11-09T19:40:41.170" Title="pdflatex (texlive) tells me that &quot;\homepage&quot; is an 'undefined control sequence' when using moderncv" Tags="&lt;texlive&gt;&lt;moderncv&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="5156" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5154" CreationDate="2010-11-09T19:25:02.557" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;code&gt;\xRightarrow[below]{above}&lt;/code&gt; from the &lt;code&gt;mathtools&lt;/code&gt; (or &lt;code&gt;extpfeil&lt;/code&gt;) package or &lt;code&gt;\xLongrightarrow[below]{above}&lt;/code&gt; from &lt;code&gt;extarrows&lt;/code&gt;. (Have a look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/14/how-to-look-up-a-math-symbol&quot;&gt;“How to look up a math symbol?”&lt;/a&gt; for ideas how you can easily find a particular symbol.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to keep the the same arrow length as implies, you can use &lt;code&gt;\underset&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\overset&lt;/code&gt; from &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt;, e.g. &lt;code&gt;\underset{below}{\implies}&lt;/code&gt;, or maybe &lt;code&gt;\underset{\mathclap{below}}{\implies}&lt;/code&gt; (&lt;code&gt;\mathclap&lt;/code&gt; makes it so that “below” doesn’t introduce extra vertical space if it is longer than the arrow. It is included in the immensely useful &lt;code&gt;mathtools&lt;/code&gt; package). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-09T19:46:36.797" LastActivityDate="2010-11-09T19:46:36.797" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="5157" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4813" CreationDate="2010-11-09T19:29:08.513" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;extarrows&lt;/code&gt; package provides &lt;code&gt;\xlongequal[below]{above}&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-11-09T19:29:08.513" />
  <row Id="5158" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5155" CreationDate="2010-11-09T19:36:30.580" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to the &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/moderncv/CHANGELOG&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;changelog&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\homepage&lt;/code&gt; was only added this May. Most Linux distributions don’t have recent enough TeX Live packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can either install a new version of &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/texlive/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX Live&lt;/a&gt;, replacing the one from your package manager, our install a current version of &lt;code&gt;moderncv&lt;/code&gt; from CTAN into your local texmf dir. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-09T19:38:55.337" LastActivityDate="2010-11-09T19:38:55.337" />
  <row Id="5160" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5078" CreationDate="2010-11-09T19:43:00.137" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's an alternative if you're prepared to tell TikZ the order of the labels across the top.  It's a bit klunky, especially in that it draws several lines twice (or more!).  Also, I've taken you at your word and ignored the fancy styles.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[rotate=45]&#xA;\begin{scope}[rotate=45]&#xA;\node[coordinate] (start) at (0,0) {};&#xA;\xdef\pl{start}&#xA;\foreach \n/\l in {&#xA;  rayfinned fish/rf,&#xA;  lungfish/lf,&#xA;  salamanders/sa,&#xA;  frogs/fr,&#xA;  turtles/tt,&#xA;  lizards/lz,&#xA;  snakes/sn,&#xA;  crocodiles/cr,&#xA;  birds/bd,&#xA;  mammals/mm%&#xA;} {&#xA;  \node[transform shape,below right] (\l) at (\pl.south west) {\n};&#xA;  \xdef\pl{\l}&#xA;}&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;&#xA;\foreach \a/\b in {&#xA;  rf/mm,&#xA;  lf/mm,&#xA;  sa/mm,&#xA;  sa/fr,&#xA;  tt/mm,&#xA;  lz/mm,&#xA;  lz/sn,&#xA;  lz/bd,&#xA;  cr/bd%&#xA;} {&#xA;  \draw (\a.mid west) |- (\b.mid west);&#xA;}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This produces:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/PySgD.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Explanation of how it works&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The first thing to understand is the rotations.  This code draws the lines by using a certain type of path which is constrained to be only horizontal and vertical.  However, in the desired outcome, the lines are diagonal.  Solution: rotate the picture so that the diagonals are the internal &quot;horizontal&quot; and &quot;vertical&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The second thing to understand is the &lt;em&gt;double&lt;/em&gt; rotation.  The external rotation (on the &lt;code&gt;tikzpicture&lt;/code&gt; environment) deals with the conversion of diagonals to horizontal and verticals.  The second rotation (on the first &lt;code&gt;scope&lt;/code&gt;) is to get the nodes pointing upwards.  To do this properly, we add the &lt;code&gt;transform shape&lt;/code&gt; key to the actual nodes.  This means that the nodes are rotated 45 degrees with respect to everything outside that scope.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Now the node positioning.  We define a starting coordinate (&lt;code&gt;start&lt;/code&gt;) at (0,0).  Then we loop over the nodes, setting &lt;code&gt;\n&lt;/code&gt; to be the node &lt;em&gt;contents&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\l&lt;/code&gt; to be a shorthand for that node (its label).  The macro &lt;code&gt;\pl&lt;/code&gt; holds the label of the &lt;em&gt;previous&lt;/em&gt; node, which at the first iteration is set to the starting coordinate.  We want the nodes to line up so that they look like a list all lined up.  To achieve this, we place the &lt;strong&gt;north west&lt;/strong&gt; anchor of the current node at the &lt;strong&gt;south west&lt;/strong&gt; anchor of the previous node.  The &lt;code&gt;below right&lt;/code&gt; key on the node says &quot;Use the north west anchor for positioning this node&quot; and the &lt;code&gt;(\pl.south west)&lt;/code&gt; says &quot;Place it at the south west anchor of the previous node&quot;.  Lastly, we set &lt;code&gt;\pl&lt;/code&gt; to be the label of the current node, which becomes the next node on the next iteration (note the &lt;code&gt;\xdef&lt;/code&gt;, if we used &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt; it would be local to the iteration which isn't what we want).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Lastly, the lines.  We loop over the connected pairs, drawing a line from the &lt;code&gt;mid west&lt;/code&gt; anchor of one node to the &lt;code&gt;mid west&lt;/code&gt; anchor of the other.  We specify the pairs with the &quot;upper&quot; node first, and draw a line that is first &quot;vertical&quot; and then &quot;horizontal&quot; (remembering that those will rotate to the diagonals in the final rendering).  Using the &lt;code&gt;mid west&lt;/code&gt; anchor means that the lines will end at half an &lt;code&gt;ex&lt;/code&gt; above the baseline.  Since our lines are so strictly defined, the fact that we sometimes draw over the top of another one should not be too noticeable.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastEditorUserId="86" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-10T21:28:00.267" LastActivityDate="2010-11-10T21:28:00.267" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="5162" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-09T20:28:39.113" Score="5" ViewCount="252" Body="&lt;p&gt;Migrated from Win-MiKTeX (WMTX) to MacOSX-Aquamacs with TeXLive (MXATL), I have my personal .sty/.cls files somewhere under my homedir. So I go with ShreevatsaR's comments from Aug. 5 on this site under 'where-do-i-place-my-own-sty-files-to-make-them-available' &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1137/where-do-i-place-my-own-sty-files-to-make-them-available-to-all-my-tex-files/1142#1142&quot;&gt;link text&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And in my case, the question remains, how to make the system MXATL aware of these files. Previously, WMTX, I could add a directory and then run something like texhash. Now I added the directory to all the relevant TeX File entries in Aquamacs-Wp-Tex-AUCTex-Tex File groups, restarted Aquamacs, even ran texhash in sudo mode, and placed an alias under ~/Library/texmf to no avail.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What did I do wrong? Or can I add this dir somehow to the dirs that texhash updates, as I cannot see it mentioned in the terminal output of texhash? Or do I just have to go with ~/Library/texmf :-(?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks, Henk van Dorp&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1760" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-09T20:56:50.260" LastActivityDate="2010-11-09T20:56:50.260" Title="How to add an extra searchable dir with personal style files to TeXLive, NOT under ~/Library/texmf?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;texlive&gt;&lt;texmf&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="5163" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5153" CreationDate="2010-11-09T20:42:23.657" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is always this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\@ifpackageloaded{tex4ht}{LOADED}{NOT LOADED}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Suitable for other packages of interest as well, of course. (Usual caveats about @ character apply.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2010-11-09T20:42:23.657" />
  <row Id="5164" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5162" CreationDate="2010-11-09T20:55:27.967" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Reading through the TeX Live manual, the best way to achieve what you want seems to be to alter where &lt;code&gt;TEXMFHOME&lt;/code&gt; points to. This is where TeX looks for your personal files, and has standard setting &lt;code&gt;~/Library/texmf&lt;/code&gt;, as you probably know!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At the Terminal, typing&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;sudo tlmgr conf texmf TEXMFHOME &quot;~/texmf&quot;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will alter the location to &lt;code&gt;~/texmf&lt;/code&gt;, which would be the normal setting on Unix systems other than a Mac. Note that this alters the setting system-wide, but I'm guessing that for most people this will be acceptable. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to have more than one possible location (say retaining the standard setting and adding another one), then a colon is used to separate the list:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;sudo tlmgr conf texmf TEXMFHOME &quot;~/Library/texmf:~/texmf&quot;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;By the way, for recent releases of TeX Live you don't need to run &lt;code&gt;texhash&lt;/code&gt; for your local tree. The database is only required for the 'big' installation tree, while the local tree will be scanned when TeX runs. The assumption is that the local tree will always be relatively small, so this is an acceptable performance hit.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-11-09T20:55:27.967" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="5165" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2515" CreationDate="2010-11-09T21:21:46.340" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It should be noted that &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/biblatex.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;biblatex&lt;/a&gt; uses the &lt;code&gt;@inbook&lt;/code&gt; type in a different way than traditional BibTeX, namely&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;for a self-contained part of a book with its own title [...]. It relates to &lt;code&gt;@book&lt;/code&gt; just like &lt;code&gt;@incollection&lt;/code&gt; relates to &lt;code&gt;@collection&lt;/code&gt;. [p. 28 of the biblatex manual]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To give a practical example, this type is useful for an introductory essay to a legal commentary.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-11-09T21:21:46.340" />
  <row Id="5166" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5169" CreationDate="2010-11-09T21:36:53.343" Score="7" ViewCount="99" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am setting up a ConTeXt document that requires a very particular style for the footers. I need the first and last &lt;code&gt;\subject&lt;/code&gt;s followed by the page number in the right corner of the page, like so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Subject A - Subject C - 9&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The purpose is similar to how a dictionary's pages are marked, with the first and last words on that page listed in the top corner, so it's easy to skip to the correct page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm currently trying to make &lt;code&gt;\setupfootertexts&lt;/code&gt; work for me. There are two problems I'm running into.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First, the &lt;code&gt;subject&lt;/code&gt; key only appears to work if it is the sole argument to one of the parameters of &lt;code&gt;\setupfootertexts&lt;/code&gt;, which is preventing me from putting even one subject name in the same corner as the page number. The documentation for how to use this is nearly non-existent, even in the newest revision of the manual, only mentioning that they can be used but not addressing this problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Second, I haven't a clue how to collect the necessary &lt;code&gt;subject&lt;/code&gt; headings from the page and process them into a form that can be injected into the footer. I looked at registers, but the output of &lt;code&gt;\placeregister&lt;/code&gt; appears to be too special-purpose for this use.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1406" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T04:52:24.897" Title="How can I get multiple subject names in the header/footer of a ConTeXt document?" Tags="&lt;header-footer&gt;&lt;context&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="5167" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5140" CreationDate="2010-11-09T22:43:55.067" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;the gather environment definitely evaluates its content twice.  from the amsmath.dtx file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;All display environments get typeset twice---once during a ``measuring'' phase and then again during a ``production'' phase; \cs{ifmeasuring@} will be used to determine which case we're in, so we can take appropriate action.&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;if there are bugs in any of the amsmath environments -- and indeed this does have all the marks of a bug (as confirmed by the first answer) -- please bring them to the attention of tech-support@ams.org.  we have an extensive list that is waiting for an update to be scheduled, and i have added this report to the list.  i have also recorded this location so that any suggestions posted here will become part of the record that can be reviewed by the developer when work actually begins.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="579" LastActivityDate="2010-11-09T22:43:55.067" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5168" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5173" CreationDate="2010-11-09T23:10:12.513" Score="7" ViewCount="367" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using beamer to create some slides for a presentation. I've got a block containing a bulleted list. The list only has three items, and all three items are bunched up in a small block at the top of the slide.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to spread the bullets vertically, so that the block expands to take up the whole slide, and the bullet points are equally spaced down the slide?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Minimal example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[t]{beamer}&#xA;&#xA;\usecolortheme{rose}&#xA;&#xA;\title[Review of EpiSimS for Pandemic Flu]{Review of\\ \emph{EpiSimS Simulation of a Multi-Component Strategy for Pandemic Influenza}}&#xA;\author{Robin Wilson}&#xA;\institute{ICSS}&#xA;\date{\today}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}{Why this paper?}&#xA;    \begin{block}{Reasons}&#xA;    \begin{itemize}&#xA;        \vfill\item Agent-based modelling is a \textbf{growing field}&#xA;        \vfill\item Pandemic Flu is a \textbf{major threat}&#xA;        \vfill\item EpiSimS is one of the most \textbf{recent}, most \textbf{sophisticated} ABMs&#xA;    \end{itemize}&#xA;    \end{block}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="495" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-10T20:41:14.020" LastActivityDate="2010-11-10T20:41:14.020" Title="Spread bullet points across block in slide using beamer" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;lists&gt;&lt;itemize&gt;&lt;presentations&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="5169" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5166" CreationDate="2010-11-09T23:20:04.733" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Without an example, I'm not sure that the following will do what you want,  but from section 9.4 of Hans Hagen's old Context manual, &lt;code&gt;\definemarking&lt;/code&gt; seems to be what you want: &lt;code&gt;\definemarking[subject]&lt;/code&gt;, then for each subject, &lt;code&gt;\mark[subject]{...}&lt;/code&gt;, and then use &lt;code&gt;\getmarking[subject][first]&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\getmarking[subject][last]&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;\setupfootertexts&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have the idea that heads can be set up so that they are tied to markings automatically, but I don't know how that works: it would save you having to issue the &lt;code&gt;\mark&lt;/code&gt; after each &lt;code&gt;\subject&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-11-09T23:20:04.733" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5170" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5171" CreationDate="2010-11-10T00:35:20.447" Score="7" ViewCount="411" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is perhaps half a math question and half a typesetting one. In what circumstances do I use &lt;code&gt;\mapsto&lt;/code&gt; and when &lt;code&gt;\rightarrow&lt;/code&gt;? I feel like the standard seems to be: when you're specifying the operator you use &lt;code&gt;\rightarrow&lt;/code&gt;, but if you're just saying that one domain maps to another you use &lt;code&gt;\mapsto&lt;/code&gt;. Is that correct?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e.g. I would say &lt;code&gt;Q\times\Gamma\mapsto Q&lt;/code&gt; but &lt;code&gt;\delta:Q\times\Gamma\rightarrow Q&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1560" LastActivityDate="2010-11-10T00:55:15.617" Title="Mapsto vs. rightarrow" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="5171" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5170" CreationDate="2010-11-10T00:55:15.617" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You use &lt;code&gt;\mapsto&lt;/code&gt; to denote the actual function mapping. For example, consider the function &lt;code&gt;$f:\mathbb N\to\mathbb N$&lt;/code&gt; given by &lt;code&gt;$f(n)=5n$&lt;/code&gt;. You could write that second part as &lt;code&gt;$n\mapsto5n$&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-11-10T00:55:15.617" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="5172" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2191" CreationDate="2010-11-10T02:23:36.080" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was having the same problem, and saw this fix on a few community pages. I was hesitant to delete that directory, so I simply moved it. It totally worked, and now I can compile again. Thank you! I was afraid I'd lose billable hours over this, but it was an easy fix!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1763" LastActivityDate="2010-11-10T02:23:36.080" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5173" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5168" CreationDate="2010-11-10T04:10:02.403" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A sort of nasty hack would be&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{frame}{Why this paper?}&#xA;    \begin{block}{Reasons}&#xA;       \vbox to .6\vsize{&#xA;           \begin{itemize}&#xA;               \vfill\item Agent-based modelling is a \textbf{growing field}&#xA;               \vfill\item Pandemic Flu is a \textbf{major threat}&#xA;               \vfill\item EpiSimS is one of the most \textbf{recent}, most \textbf{sophisticated} ABMs&#xA;           \end{itemize}&#xA;        }&#xA;    \end{block} &#xA;\end{frame} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2010-11-10T04:10:02.403" />
  <row Id="5174" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5168" CreationDate="2010-11-10T06:58:03.833" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The list is bunched up at the top of the slide because you set the class option &lt;code&gt;t&lt;/code&gt;. So I would either drop this option or override it for the slide in question (using &lt;code&gt;\begin{frame}[c]{Why this paper?}&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-11-10T06:58:03.833" />
  <row Id="5175" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5178" CreationDate="2010-11-10T08:34:06.870" Score="9" ViewCount="188" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to typset &quot;FP6&quot; as small caps.  Putting {\sc fp6} does the right thing on the letters, but the digit 6 is much taller, and the result looks ugly.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is the best workaround to make digits an appropriate height to go with small caps?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(In case it's relevant, I'm using the iopart class, which I think uses Computer Modern.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="703" LastActivityDate="2010-11-10T10:36:14.050" Title="small digits for small caps" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;small-caps&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="5176" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5175" CreationDate="2010-11-10T10:00:26.810" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use a method other than small caps, by just rescaling all of the text, like so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{scalefnt}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\smaller[2][0.85]{{\scalefont{#1}#2}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\textsc{small caps} and \smaller[0.76]{ALLCAPS TEXT RESCALED BY 0.76}&#xA;are slightly different in the Roman family of Computer Modern, but not&#xA;by very much.&#xA;&#xA;I like using this technique (with the default scaling above) for writing&#xA;proper names of problems and complexity classes in theoretical computer&#xA;science, such as \smaller{3-SAT} and \smaller{\sffamily NP} (compare with&#xA;3-SAT and \textsf{NP}, which attract disproportionate attention due to&#xA;their size).&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="911" LastActivityDate="2010-11-10T10:00:26.810" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5177" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5179" CreationDate="2010-11-10T10:28:03.823" Score="2" ViewCount="300" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to produce some padding around a table in a beamer slide. I've tried using &lt;code&gt;\vspace{10mm}&lt;/code&gt; but that doesn't seem to produce anything. Other vertical spacing commands such as &lt;code&gt;\bigskip&lt;/code&gt; don't seem to work either.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've searched but I can't seem to find any solution to this. I assume beamer manages its own vertical spacing, but surely there must be some way to override this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The minimal example below shows the problem with the table being too close to the text above and below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[t]{beamer}&#xA;&#xA;\usecolortheme{rose}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}{Results: School children}&#xA;    \begin{block}{Hypothesis}&#xA;        School closures may cause significant reductions in disease spread&#xA;    \end{block}&#xA;&#xA;    \begin{block}{Results}&#xA;    Worst case scenarios:&#xA;    \bigskip&#xA;    \begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|}&#xA;\hline \textbf{\% School Closure} &amp;amp; \textbf{Clinical Attack Rate} &amp;amp; \textbf{Mortality per 100,000} \\ &#xA;\hline 0 &amp;amp; 30.6\% &amp;amp; 614 \\ &#xA;\hline 100 &amp;amp; 0.6\% &amp;amp; 4 \\ &#xA;\hline &#xA;\end{tabular} \\&#xA;    With 100\% school closure starting early (0.1\% of population symptomatic) mortality is reduced \textbf{below normal levels for US seasonal flu}&#xA;&#xA;    \end{block}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="495" LastActivityDate="2010-11-10T12:17:09.857" Title="\vspace in beamer" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;pdftex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="5178" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5175" CreationDate="2010-11-10T10:36:14.050" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;All things being equal, you're probably using Computer Modern Roman, not because &lt;code&gt;iopart&lt;/code&gt; has loaded it, but because it's the default used if you don't explicitly specify any other. (Your pdf reader can confirm this for you. Usually all you need do is open the document then, depending on the reader, looking in Properties / Fonts. Look for fontnames like 'CMR10' (CM 10pt roman) and 'CMCSC10' (CM 10pt small caps).)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are many solutions to your problem. Apart from explicitly rescaling your lining figures as Niel points out (tho take care that 'faking' small caps doesn't run you into, say, untoward kerning issues), two of the easiest are these:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If you wish to stay with computer modern, use &lt;code&gt;\oldstylenums&lt;/code&gt; to convert normal &quot;lining&quot; (uppercase) figures to &quot;oldstyle&quot; (&quot;text&quot; or lowercase) figures. E.g., &lt;code&gt;\textsc{fp}\oldstylenums{6}&lt;/code&gt;. &#xA;Note, however, that some CMR oldstyle figures look less like osf than you might want (the digit '6' happens to be one of these).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Alternatively, you might prefer the look and feel of the oldstyle figures offered by different fonts. However, not every font offers these natively (i.e., you might need to apply the &lt;code&gt;\oldstylenums&lt;/code&gt; command when using most other non-CMR fonts). &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's some code that might help to check out many of the rather few fonts that open up text figures. Assuming each font is actually loaded on your system, one by one just uncomment and recomment each of the commented lines below, compiling each to see which look and feel you most prefer.  Note, however, that this technique typesets &lt;em&gt;all&lt;/em&gt; figures in your document in oldstyle. Nevertheless, it means you won't need to apply the &lt;code&gt;\oldstylenums&lt;/code&gt; command at any time.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;&#xA;%\usepackage[sc,osf]{mathpazo}   % Palatino with pazo math fonts&#xA;%\renewcommand*\rmdefault{pplx}  % Palatino with lining (uppercase) nums&#xA;%\renewcommand*\rmdefault{pplj}  % Palatino with text (lowercase or oldstyle) nums&#xA;&#xA;%\usepackage[osf]{venturis}&#xA;%\usepackage[osf]{libertine}&#xA;%\usepackage[osf]{MinionPro}&#xA;%\usepackage[fulloldstylenums]{kpfonts}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\textsc{fp9876543210}&#xA;9876543210&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-11-10T10:36:14.050" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5179" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5177" CreationDate="2010-11-10T10:42:36.697" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Put empty lines (aka paragraph breaks) before and after the tabular.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[t]{beamer}&#xA;&#xA;\usecolortheme{rose}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}{Results: School children}&#xA;    \begin{block}{Hypothesis}&#xA;        School closures may cause significant reductions in disease spread&#xA;    \end{block}&#xA;&#xA;    \begin{block}{Results}&#xA;    Worst case scenarios:&#xA;&#xA;    \bigskip&#xA;    \begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|}&#xA;\hline \textbf{\% School Closure} &amp;amp; \textbf{Clinical Attack Rate} &amp;amp; \textbf{Mortality per 100,000} \\ &#xA;\hline 0 &amp;amp; 30.6\% &amp;amp; 614 \\ &#xA;\hline 100 &amp;amp; 0.6\% &amp;amp; 4 \\ &#xA;\hline &#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;    \bigskip&#xA;    With 100\% school closure starting early (0.1\% of population symptomatic) mortality is reduced \textbf{below normal levels for US seasonal flu}&#xA;&#xA;    \end{block}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2010-11-10T10:42:36.697" />
  <row Id="5180" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5189" CreationDate="2010-11-10T11:49:27.497" Score="7" ViewCount="277" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to use the package todonotes. Standard, the package prints the todo's in the right margin, while I want to have them in the left margin. Funny is, that in the manual itself they are placed in the left margin, but no documentation is given how to do that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I get my todonotes nicely in my left margin!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I am using &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[left=3.7cm,right=2cm,top=2cm,bottom=4.2cm]{geometry}&lt;/code&gt; as my margins, if that's relevant. Also, if somebody thinks another package with the same functionality is better, please suggest)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="459" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-10T17:24:04.000" LastActivityDate="2010-11-10T17:24:04.000" Title="How can I get todonotes in the left margin" Tags="&lt;margins&gt;&lt;todonotes&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5181" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5180" CreationDate="2010-11-10T12:07:25.800" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I can't check it right now with the geometry package, but a manual says:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;1.6.5 Todonotes wrongly placed in the margin&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;When using some document classes or packages, the todonotes inserted in the page&#xA;  margin can be placed quite oddly. This is often caused by a wrong value of the&#xA;  &lt;code&gt;\marginparwidth&lt;/code&gt; lenght. Try using the code below in your preamble to see if this&#xA;  cures the problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setlength{\marginparwidth}{2cm}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perhaps try to redefine this after loading the geometry package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/LaTeX/Formatting#Margin_Notes&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/LaTeX/Formatting#Margin_Notes&lt;/a&gt; : use command&#xA; &lt;code&gt;\reversemarginpar&lt;/code&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This operates on a &lt;code&gt;\marginpar&lt;/code&gt; command, which is used by todonotes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1389" LastEditorUserId="1389" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-10T13:53:00.640" LastActivityDate="2010-11-10T13:53:00.640" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5182" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5177" CreationDate="2010-11-10T12:17:09.857" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you don't want to break a paragraph, you can use &lt;code&gt;\\[size]&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;...&#xA;\begin{block}{Results}&#xA;Worst case scenarios:\\[2ex]&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|}&#xA;....&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1389" LastActivityDate="2010-11-10T12:17:09.857" />
  <row Id="5183" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5185" CreationDate="2010-11-10T12:22:25.937" Score="7" ViewCount="300" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to have a &lt;code&gt;cases&lt;/code&gt; environment with some cases that are too long to fit on one line. I tried this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{cases}&#xA;  \begin{split}&#xA;    long expression \\ second line of long expression&#xA;  \end{split} &amp;amp; condition \\&#xA;  ...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but I get the warning&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Package amsmath Warning: Cannot use 'split' here;&#xA;  trying to recover with 'aligned' on input line 201.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It automatically replaces the &lt;code&gt;split&lt;/code&gt; with an &lt;code&gt;aligned&lt;/code&gt; environment, which looks like this:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/CzsLG.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any way to get these long expressions to behave like they were in &lt;code&gt;split&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;multline&lt;/code&gt; environments, with the top line flush left and the next line indented a little?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="677" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-25T00:15:51.840" LastActivityDate="2010-11-25T00:15:51.840" Title="Split-like environment inside cases environment" Tags="&lt;amsmath&gt;&lt;horizontal-alignment&gt;&lt;cases&gt;&lt;multline&gt;&lt;environments&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5185" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5183" CreationDate="2010-11-10T12:54:48.327" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Well, I'd follow amsmath's suggestion to use aligned instead of split:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\[&#xA;  \text{left hand side} =&#xA;  \begin{cases}&#xA;    \begin{aligned}%[b]&#xA;       &amp;amp; \text{a very long expression} \\&#xA;       &amp;amp; + \text{that continues on the next line}&#xA;    \end{aligned}           &amp;amp; \text{1st condition} \\%[1ex]&#xA;    \text{short expression} &amp;amp; \text{2nd condition}&#xA;  \end{cases}&#xA;\]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does this yield the output you want?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: If you want to achieve alignment and spacing as Niel suggests (@Niel: I would want that; good catch), then just remove the two &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt; in the code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-10T14:04:16.523" LastActivityDate="2010-11-10T14:04:16.523" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="5186" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5183" CreationDate="2010-11-10T13:45:14.860" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is an alternative construction to Hendrik's, which aligns the &lt;code&gt;1st condition&lt;/code&gt; with the bottom-most line of the long expression (which I would suggest as good practise generally for readability). I also add vertical space between the two formulae to make it easier to separate the two visually.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\[&#xA;  \text{left hand side} =&#xA;    \left\{&#xA;    \begin{aligned}&#xA;       &amp; \text{a very long expression} \\&#xA;       &amp; + \text{that continues on the next line} &amp;&amp; \text{1st condition}&#xA;    \\[1ex]&#xA;       &amp; \text{short expression}                  &amp;&amp; \text{2nd condition}&#xA;    \end{aligned}&#xA;    \right.&#xA;\]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I omit the &lt;code&gt;cases&lt;/code&gt; environment here, as all of the alignment work that it does is now better performed by &lt;code&gt;aligned&lt;/code&gt;. The alignment tabs are chosen to get uniform alignment of the conditions, and left-alignment for everything involved; they can be changed to obtain right-alignment where desired.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="911" LastActivityDate="2010-11-10T13:45:14.860" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5187" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2839" CreationDate="2010-11-10T13:45:50.757" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For beginners, the top 10 guide is really great!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/info/context-top-ten/cmds.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/info/context-top-ten/cmds.pdf&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1488" LastActivityDate="2010-11-10T13:45:50.757" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5188" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-10T13:51:20.223" Score="8" ViewCount="248" Body="&lt;p&gt;Since I started to use XeTeX, I found out that having many font families installed is very useful when we want to change the look of the document?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anybody know a place to get good fonts (if possible, families)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1488" LastEditorUserId="1488" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-10T17:23:49.367" LastActivityDate="2010-11-10T17:23:49.367" Title="Is there any site to get good and free font families?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5189" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5180" CreationDate="2010-11-10T13:52:40.393" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Add &lt;code&gt;\reversemarginpar&lt;/code&gt; after loading the geometry and todonotes packages.  Note that as todonotes writes to the auxiliary file, you'll need to compile your source file at least twice to ensure that the lines it draws between the margin note and the connecting text are properly organised.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-11-10T13:52:40.393" />
  <row Id="5190" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5153" CreationDate="2010-11-10T13:53:44.193" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Based on Harald's answer you can define your &lt;code&gt;\iftex4ht&lt;/code&gt; as follows.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;%\usepackage{tex4ht}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\@ifpackageloaded{tex4ht}{\def\iftex4ht{\iftrue}}&#xA;                         {\def\iftex4ht{\iffalse}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\iftex4ht TeX4ht\else no!\fi&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;OK, this answer is kind of a joke, but I wanted to point out that you can't use &lt;code&gt;\newif\iftex4ht&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\newcommand\iftex4ht&lt;/code&gt; since &lt;code&gt;4&lt;/code&gt; is not letter. With &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt; it works (delimited macro with no arguments), but you can't nest it in other &lt;code&gt;\if&lt;/code&gt;s since TeX doesn't see that it's an &lt;code&gt;\if&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2010-11-10T13:53:44.193" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="5191" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5192" CreationDate="2010-11-10T14:47:34.880" Score="5" ViewCount="340" Body="&lt;p&gt;For some reason, I need to write a “minus” sign as a subscript on some symbols, but if I simply write &lt;code&gt;$\Pi_{-}$&lt;/code&gt; the result looks kind of odd. I've found that &lt;code&gt;$\Pi{\scriptstyle -}$&lt;/code&gt; looks reasonably better. But if want to add this “minus” subscript &lt;em&gt;and&lt;/em&gt; a prime, then I get an unwanted space between the prime and the fake subscript.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/EgyV6.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, is there a way to simply raise the subscript a bit?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Note:&lt;/em&gt; I've considered writing something like &lt;code&gt;$\Pi\mathrlap{'}{\scriptstyle -}$&lt;/code&gt;, which actually produces something like I want. But then it is difficult to define a macro such that I can write &lt;code&gt;\Neg{\Pi}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\Neg{\Pi'}&lt;/code&gt; to add the “subscript minus” on the symbol I supply as an argument.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-11-13T08:20:27.007" Title="How to raise a subscript?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;macros&gt;&lt;subscripts&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="5192" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5191" CreationDate="2010-11-10T15:25:46.677" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can put &lt;code&gt;{\raisebox{2pt}{$\scriptstyle-$}}&lt;/code&gt; in the subscript. You may need to play with &lt;code&gt;\mathchoice&lt;/code&gt; if you want a solution that will work in subsubscripts as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: Or better yet, &lt;code&gt;\mathpalette&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand{\raisemath}[1]{\mathpalette{\raisem@th{#1}}}&#xA;\newcommand{\raisem@th}[3]{\raisebox{#1}{$#2#3$}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and use &lt;code&gt;$\Pi_{\raisemath{2pt}{-}}$&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastEditorUserId="1424" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-10T15:48:35.410" LastActivityDate="2010-11-10T15:48:35.410" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5193" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5191" CreationDate="2010-11-10T15:28:56.137" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just a few thoughts,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First it might help to use the \prime command as in &lt;code&gt;^{\prime}&lt;/code&gt; rather than using a tick, both for look and it probably macros better as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You might try playing with the overset command i.e. &lt;code&gt;\Pi\overset{^{\prime}}{_{-}}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/mhchem.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;mhchem&lt;/a&gt; package has done a lot of work to deal with overset scripts, as chemists need to deal with similar problems in formulae.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally you might check to see if there is a character you would rather use for your - rather than a -. A great reference is the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ams.org/publications/authors/tex/amslatex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;short math guide&lt;/a&gt; from AMS.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1407" LastActivityDate="2010-11-10T15:28:56.137" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5194" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5168" CreationDate="2010-11-10T16:47:37.480" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Instead of repeatedly writing &lt;code&gt;\vfill&lt;/code&gt; you could make the item separation space stretchable:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setlength{\itemsep}{\fill}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;block&lt;/code&gt; environment prevents the stretching by this &lt;code&gt;\itemsep&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\vfill&lt;/code&gt;. Removing the block environment would show it. But you may stretch the block by putting the contents into a &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt; environment depending on the text height.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The frame may become:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{frame}{Why this paper?}&#xA;  \begin{block}{Reasons}&#xA;    \begin{minipage}[t][.6\textheight][c]{\linewidth}&#xA;      \begin{itemize}&#xA;        \setlength\itemsep{\fill}&#xA;        \item Agent-based modelling is a \textbf{growing field}&#xA;        \item Pandemic Flu is a \textbf{major threat}&#xA;        \item EpiSimS is one of the most \textbf{recent}, most&#xA;              \textbf{sophisticated} ABMs&#xA;     \end{itemize}&#xA;   \end{minipage}&#xA;  \end{block}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Output:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/n3xah.png&quot; alt=&quot;example frame&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-11-10T16:47:37.480" />
  <row Id="5195" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5188" CreationDate="2010-11-10T16:48:49.923" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you're looking for free license fonts, try &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.fontsquirrel.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;FontSquirrel&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You have to be somewhat careful looking for fonts online, since some of the so-called &quot;free font&quot; pages online are distributing fonts illegally. FontSquirrel at least provides info on the license.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-11-10T16:48:49.923" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5196" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5188" CreationDate="2010-11-10T17:08:58.553" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Wikipedia has lists of &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Category%3aOpen_source_typefaces&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Open source typefaces&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Category%3aFree_software_Unicode_typefaces&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Free software Unicode typefaces&lt;/a&gt;. In particular, anything based on the &lt;a href=&quot;http://svn.ghostscript.com/ghostscript/trunk/ghostpdl/urwfonts/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;fonts freed by URW++&lt;/a&gt; usually looks decent.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-11-10T17:08:58.553" />
  <row Id="5197" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5576" CreationDate="2010-11-10T18:19:19.837" Score="3" ViewCount="544" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using a jabref generated bibliography in lyx according to the following instructions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ubuntuforums.org/showthread.php?t=477632&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://ubuntuforums.org/showthread.php?t=477632&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It works well, except for one type of error which I cannot figure out.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;LaTeX Error: Command \itshape invalid&#xA;  in math mode.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Lyx file&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've created a minimum working example below with a one line lyx file and a 1 entry bibliography.  Do you know how I can fix this error?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;#LyX 1.6.5 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/&#xA;\lyxformat 345&#xA;\begin_document&#xA;\begin_header&#xA;\textclass article&#xA;\use_default_options true&#xA;\language english&#xA;\inputencoding auto&#xA;\font_roman default&#xA;\font_sans default&#xA;\font_typewriter default&#xA;\font_default_family default&#xA;\font_sc false&#xA;\font_osf false&#xA;\font_sf_scale 100&#xA;\font_tt_scale 100&#xA;&#xA;\graphics default&#xA;\paperfontsize default&#xA;\use_hyperref false&#xA;\papersize default&#xA;\use_geometry false&#xA;\use_amsmath 1&#xA;\use_esint 1&#xA;\cite_engine basic&#xA;\use_bibtopic false&#xA;\paperorientation portrait&#xA;\secnumdepth 3&#xA;\tocdepth 3&#xA;\paragraph_separation indent&#xA;\defskip medskip&#xA;\quotes_language english&#xA;\papercolumns 1&#xA;\papersides 1&#xA;\paperpagestyle default&#xA;\tracking_changes false&#xA;\output_changes false&#xA;\author &quot;&quot; &#xA;\end_header&#xA;&#xA;\begin_body&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Standard&#xA;test of bibliography&#xA;\begin_inset CommandInset citation&#xA;LatexCommand cite&#xA;key &quot;Hardy2007&quot;&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Standard&#xA;\begin_inset CommandInset bibtex&#xA;LatexCommand bibtex&#xA;bibfiles &quot;mwe&quot;&#xA;options &quot;plain&quot;&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_body&#xA;\end_document&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;bibTex file&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% This file was created with JabRef 2.5.&#xA;% Encoding: ISO8859_1&#xA;&#xA;@ARTICLE{Hardy2007,&#xA;  author = {Robert G Hardy and Carolina Vicente-Dueñas and Ines González-Herrero&#xA; and Catriona Anderson and Teresa Flores and Sharon Hughes and Chris&#xA; Tselepis and James A Ross and Isidro Sánchez-García},&#xA;  title = {Snail family transcription factors are implicated in thyroid carcinogenesis.},&#xA;  journal = {Am J Pathol},&#xA;  year = {2007},&#xA;  volume = {171},&#xA;  pages = {1037--1046},&#xA;  number = {3},&#xA;  month = {Sep},&#xA;  abstract = {E-Cadherin (CDH1) expression is reduced in thyroid carcinomas by primarily&#xA; unknown mechanisms. In several tissues, SNAIL (SNAI1) and SLUG (SNAI2)&#xA; induce epithelial-mesenchymal transition by altering target gene&#xA; transcription, including CDH1 repression, but these transcription&#xA; factors have not been studied in thyroid carcinoma. Recently, our&#xA; group has provided direct evidence that ectopic SNAI1 expression&#xA; induces epithelial and mesenchymal mouse tumors. SNAI1, SNAI2, and&#xA; CDH1 expression were analyzed in thyroid-derived cell lines and samples&#xA; of human follicular and papillary thyroid carcinoma by reverse transcriptase-polymerase&#xA; chain reaction, Western blotting, and immunohistochemistry. The effect&#xA; of SNAI1 expression on CDH1 transcription was analyzed by reverse&#xA; transcriptase-polymerase chain reaction and Western blotting in ori-3&#xA; cells. Thyroid carcinoma development was analyzed in CombitTA-Snail&#xA; mice, in which SNAI1 levels are up-regulated. SNAI1 and SNAI2 were&#xA; not expressed in cells derived from normal thyroid tissue, or in&#xA; normal human thyroid samples, but were highly expressed in cell lines&#xA; derived from thyroid carcinomas, in human thyroid carcinoma samples,&#xA; and their metastases. SNAI1 expression in ori-3 cells repressed CDH1&#xA; transcription. Combi-TA mice developed papillary thyroid carcinomas,&#xA; the incidence of which was increased by concomitant radiotherapy.&#xA; In conclusion, SNAI1 and SNAI2 are ectopically expressed in thyroid&#xA; carcinomas, and aberrant expression in mice is associated with papillary&#xA; carcinoma development.},&#xA;  doi = {10.2353/ajpath.2007.061211},&#xA;  institution = {Tissue Injury and Repair Group, Centre for Regenerative Medicine,&#xA; University of Edinburgh, Division of Clinical and Surgical Sciences,&#xA; Room FU501, Chancellors Bldg, 49 Little France Crescent, Edinburgh&#xA; EH16 4SB, UK. r.hardy@ed.ac.uk},&#xA;  keywords = {Animals; Cadherins, genetics/metabolism; Carcinoma, metabolism/pathology;&#xA; Cell Line, Tumor; Humans; Mice; Thyroid Neoplasms, metabolism/pathology;&#xA; Transcription Factors, genetics/metabolism},&#xA;  language = {eng},&#xA;  medline-pst = {ppublish},&#xA;  pii = {171/3/1037},&#xA;  pmid = {17724139},&#xA;  timestamp = {2010.11.04},&#xA;  url = {http://dx.doi.org/10.2353/ajpath.2007.061211}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;UPDATE:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another biblographic file that is trickier to get working is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;bibTex file&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@Book{IbnTaymiyya1970,&#xA;author = {Ibn Taymiyyah, Aḥmad ibn ʿAbd al{-}Halīm},&#xA;title = {Naqḍ al{-}manṭiq},&#xA;shorttitle = {Naqḍ al-manṭiq},&#xA;editor = {Ḥamzah, Aḥmad},&#xA;publisher = {Maktabat a{l-}Sunnah},&#xA;address = {Cairo},&#xA;year = {1970},&#xA;sortname = {IbnTaymiyyaNaqdalmantiq},&#xA;keywords = { Logic, Medieval}} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="978" LastEditorUserId="978" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-19T17:52:45.320" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T17:43:21.963" Title="Using jabref generated bibliography with lyx" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;lyx&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="5198" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5200" CreationDate="2010-11-10T18:38:54.620" Score="6" ViewCount="163" Body="&lt;p&gt;This code leaves an empty row at the bottom:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{etoolbox}&#xA;&#xA;\def\somedef{foo}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|l|}&#xA;  \hline&#xA;  First row, not important \\ \hline&#xA;  \ifdefstring{\somedef}{bar}{never used \\ \hline}{}%&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The resulting table looks like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;----------------------------&#xA;| First row, not important |&#xA;+--------------------------+&#xA;|                          |&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's that bogus empty row at the bottom that I want to get rid of.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know I can make this work by replacing the &lt;code&gt;\ifdefstring&lt;/code&gt; with something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ifnum\pdfstrcmp{\somedef}{bar}=0 never used \\ \hline \else\fi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I'm interested in sticking to etoolbox, which seems to be a fairly comprehensive package with many relatively easy to read macros (for programmers, my audience).  I'm also interested in using the conditional inline within the table, as that seems easiest to read and maintain.  (If there's a better package that is similarly comprehensive that I should be using instead and it doesn't have the above problem, I'm very interested in hearing about that, too.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I use etoolbox's &lt;code&gt;\ifdefstring&lt;/code&gt; here without adding the extra row?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I suspect etoolbox either (a) has a bug (missing some &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt;), or (b) is inserting something like &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt;.  Is there some way to discard/eat &lt;code&gt;\ifdefstring&lt;/code&gt;'s seemingly invisible-yet-row-creating output?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1680" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-10T20:27:02.143" LastActivityDate="2010-11-11T20:51:14.557" Title="etoolbox conditional causes unwanted empty row in tabular" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;etoolbox&gt;&lt;conditionals&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="5199" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5191" CreationDate="2010-11-10T19:13:06.503" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The answer to your question depends on what behaviour of the subscript you expect. What TeX does by default is that it gives the subscript a lower position if there's also a superscript; see &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/3223/1235&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt;. If that's OK for you then you can use Harald's solution. If not then you can use the following hack. Beware, this &lt;code&gt;\Piminus&lt;/code&gt; accepts &lt;code&gt;'&lt;/code&gt; or nothing as an argument, but nothing else.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\newdimen\savedxvi&#xA;\newdimen\savedxvii&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand*\Piminus{%&#xA;    \@ifnextchar'{\print@pi'\@gobble}&#xA;                 {\print@pi\relax\relax}}&#xA;\def\print@pi#1#2{%&#xA;    \savedxvi=\fontdimen16\textfont2&#xA;    \savedxvii=\fontdimen17\textfont2&#xA;    \mbox{%&#xA;    $\fontdimen16\textfont2=0pt&#xA;     \fontdimen17\textfont2=0pt&#xA;     \Pi_{\smash-}#1$}%&#xA;    \fontdimen16\textfont2=\savedxvi&#xA;    \fontdimen17\textfont2=\savedxvii&#xA;    #2}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;$\Piminus \Piminus' \Pi_-$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Short explanation: &lt;code&gt;\fontdimen16&lt;/code&gt; is the amout the subscript is lowered when there is no superscript, &lt;code&gt;\fontdimen17&lt;/code&gt; is used when there is a superscript. They have to be restored since they aren't local to the group.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To explain a bit more: Not only are the changes of the &lt;code&gt;\fontdim&lt;/code&gt; parameters global, you also have to keep in mind that it's of no use to change the value of a &lt;code&gt;\fontdim&lt;/code&gt; parameter within one math list &lt;code&gt;$ ... $&lt;/code&gt; several times. Only the values valid at the &lt;em&gt;end&lt;/em&gt; of the math list will be used for the whole list. This is the reason why in my above solution I used &lt;code&gt;\mbox{$ ... $}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a slightly more elaborate version that allows multiple primes, and also e.g. &lt;code&gt;'^2&lt;/code&gt;. It hacks into TeX's ingenious definition of &lt;code&gt;'&lt;/code&gt;. One could also implement that &lt;code&gt;\Piminus^2&lt;/code&gt; works as is should, but this I leave as an exercise.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\newdimen\savedxvi&#xA;\newdimen\savedxvii&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand*\restoredimen{%&#xA;    \fontdimen16\textfont2=\savedxvi&#xA;    \fontdimen17\textfont2=\savedxvii}&#xA;\newcommand*\qwe{$\egroup\restoredimen}&#xA;\newcommand*\Piminus{%&#xA;    \@ifnextchar'{\expandafter\Pi@minus\@gobble}&#xA;                 {\print@pi\qwe}}&#xA;\def\Pi@minus{\print@pi{^\bgroup\aftergroup\qwe\prim@s}}&#xA;\def\print@pi#1{%&#xA;    \savedxvi=\fontdimen16\textfont2&#xA;    \savedxvii=\fontdimen17\textfont2&#xA;    \hbox\bgroup%&#xA;    $\fontdimen16\textfont2=0pt&#xA;     \fontdimen17\textfont2=0pt&#xA;     \Pi_{\smash-}#1}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;$\Piminus \Piminus' \Piminus'' \Pi_- \Piminus'^2$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-13T08:20:27.007" LastActivityDate="2010-11-13T08:20:27.007" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5200" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5198" CreationDate="2010-11-10T19:14:14.117" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's not a bug in etoolbox. Your problem is that &lt;code&gt;\ifdefstring&lt;/code&gt; does not completely expand in TeX's mouth (it can't, given what it needs to do), and expansion in TeX's mouth is necessary for a macro to do what you want it to.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It all boils down to how TeX parses the data for a &lt;code&gt;\halign&lt;/code&gt;: To parse data for a column, it reads one token &lt;em&gt;with&lt;/em&gt; macro expansion, then checks that token (in case it is a &lt;code&gt;\span&lt;/code&gt; or some other token requiring special processing), then it scans tokens &lt;em&gt;without&lt;/em&gt; macro expansion until the next &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\cr&lt;/code&gt; (&lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; counts as &lt;code&gt;\cr&lt;/code&gt; in this context), and then processes all the collected tokens as the data for the present column.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As a consequence, a macro that might or might not produce a row in the table needs to expand to nothing at all if it is not to produce a row, and &lt;code&gt;\ifdefstring&lt;/code&gt; does not do that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-10T19:24:50.937" LastActivityDate="2010-11-10T19:24:50.937" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5201" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5198" CreationDate="2010-11-10T19:15:43.087" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I see that Harald has covered some of this, but I hope this is also informative.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;etoolbox&lt;/code&gt; uses e-TeX, but not any further extensions as far as I know. So &lt;code&gt;\pdfsctrcmp&lt;/code&gt; is out  here (for &lt;code&gt;etoolbox&lt;/code&gt;). So if you read the code, there is an &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt; inside &lt;code&gt;\ifdefstring&lt;/code&gt; to carry out the comparison. That's non-expandable, and so it forces a new cell. You see the same with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}{|l|}&#xA;  \hline&#xA;  First row, not important \\ \hline&#xA;  \edef\test{}%&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I'm not sure you can avoid the issue without defining &lt;code&gt;\ifdefstring&lt;/code&gt; as you have, with &lt;code&gt;\pdfstrcmp&lt;/code&gt;. (In LaTeX3, we've decided to require &lt;code&gt;\pdfstrcmp&lt;/code&gt; as it helps out with lots of otherwise unexpandable tests.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-10T19:27:59.037" LastActivityDate="2010-11-10T19:27:59.037" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5202" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5203" CreationDate="2010-11-10T21:22:52.823" Score="5" ViewCount="273" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've been playing with &lt;a href=&quot;http://impressive.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Impressive&lt;/a&gt;. It allows you to do all sorts of funky eye-candy things. The overview page feature is useful, but it's awkward if you have many slides to one frame. The overview contains one page for each &lt;em&gt;page&lt;/em&gt; of the PDF. It would be nice if I could automatically get a list of which pages are supressed by the &lt;code&gt;handout&lt;/code&gt; option and pass that to impressive to have them ignored by the overview page. I'm sure this is a feature that will be put into Impressive soon, but for now, is there a hacky way to get a list of pages that &lt;code&gt;handout&lt;/code&gt; ignores?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2010-11-10T21:44:15.180" Title="Impressive overview page and beamer handout mode" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;impressive&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5203" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5202" CreationDate="2010-11-10T21:44:15.180" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I found the answer myself. There's a &lt;a href=&quot;http://code.google.com/p/makebeamerinfo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;makebeamerinfo&lt;/a&gt; perl script that makes the &lt;code&gt;.info&lt;/code&gt; file for me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2010-11-10T21:44:15.180" />
  <row Id="5204" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5206" CreationDate="2010-11-10T21:49:26.593" Score="11" ViewCount="312" Body="&lt;p&gt;We have designed a template (.cls file) for some journal. We wanted our &lt;strong&gt;section titles&lt;/strong&gt; to be separated by a horizontal line from the previous line. Here is the code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\def\section{%&#xA;    \vskip 1.2\@bls%&#xA;    \hrule height 1pt%&#xA;    \@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}{-1pt}{1pt}{\normalfont\large\bfseries}%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are two problems, though:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Sometimes, when a page (or column) ends, the horizontal line remains at the preceding page (or column), and the paragraph title is printed on the new page (or column). I read something about setting some &lt;strong&gt;penalty&lt;/strong&gt; value to fix this, but I wasn't successful.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;We like our section titles to be &lt;strong&gt;aligned left&lt;/strong&gt;, but LaTeX &lt;strong&gt;justifies&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;hyphenates&lt;/strong&gt; them. Adding the command &lt;code&gt;\flushleft&lt;/code&gt; changed nothing.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Edit:&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using &lt;strong&gt;Stefan Kottwitz&lt;/strong&gt;'s excellent answer, I changed the above code as follows. Unfortunately, it still does not work: LaTeX typeset the section heading after the horizontal line, without any line/paragraph break whatsoever.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\def\section{%&#xA;    \begin{minipage}{7cm} %&#xA;    \vskip 1.2\@bls%&#xA;    \hrule height 1pt%&#xA;&#xA;    \raggedright\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}{-1pt}{1pt}{\normalfont\large\bfseries}%&#xA;    \protect\end{minipage}%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1347" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-21T06:21:37.213" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T06:21:37.213" Title="Problem with Sections" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;sections-paragraphs&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="5205" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5204" CreationDate="2010-11-10T22:12:17.843" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I suggest to use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/titlesec&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;titlesec&lt;/a&gt; package. It should solve both issues. Otherwise it may require more details in form of a complete but minimal example. See code below for some inspiration.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper,twocolumn,english]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{babel}&#xA;\usepackage[raggedright]{titlesec}&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;\titleformat{\section}{\titlerule\vspace{1ex}\normalfont\Large\bfseries}{\thesection}{1em}{}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \blinddocument&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/blindtext&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;blindtext&lt;/a&gt; package is only used for creating dummy text thus not part of the solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastEditorUserId="1063" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-10T22:27:40.087" LastActivityDate="2010-11-10T22:27:40.087" />
  <row Id="5206" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5204" CreationDate="2010-11-10T22:19:15.160" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;To prevent a page break, you could use a &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt; environment. The &lt;code&gt;samepage&lt;/code&gt; environment could also be used. Further there's the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/needspace&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;needspace&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package: the command &lt;code&gt;\needspace&lt;/code&gt; requests a user-defined amount of space, otherwise it inserts a page break. That can be useful for headings because they should also not be right at the end of the page.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;You can insert a &lt;code&gt;\raggedright&lt;/code&gt; command, for instance directly before &lt;code&gt;\@startsection&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are packages you could use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/titlesec&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; is very good for customizing headings&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/sectsty&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;sectsty&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; is also useful, for instance for 2. the command &lt;code&gt;\sectionfont{\raggedright}&lt;/code&gt; would be sufficient.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since the &lt;code&gt;needspace&lt;/code&gt; package offers a nice solution and might cause less problems, I recommend to use its &lt;code&gt;\needspace&lt;/code&gt; command. Since I know you don't like to load additional packages, here's a minimal example with only the copied &lt;code&gt;\needspace&lt;/code&gt; command for a demonstration:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand{\needspace}[1]{\begingroup\setlength{\dimen@}{#1}%&#xA;  \vskip\z@\@plus\dimen@ \penalty -100\vskip\z@\@plus -\dimen@&#xA;  \vskip\dimen@ \penalty 9999\vskip -\dimen@\endgroup}% from needspace.sty&#xA;\def\section{%&#xA;    \needspace{3\baselineskip}%&#xA;    \vskip 1.2ex%&#xA;    \hrule height 1pt%&#xA;    \@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}{-1pt}{1pt}{%&#xA;      \raggedright\normalfont\large\bfseries}%&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Text&#xA;\vspace{.93\textheight}&#xA;\section{This is a very, very long heading just to test the justification}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/8bjmH.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To verify that it works like desired:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;if you remove the line &lt;code&gt;\needspace{3\baselineskip}%&lt;/code&gt; there would be a page break between the top line and the section title&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;if you remove &lt;code&gt;\raggedright&lt;/code&gt; the word &lt;em&gt;justification&lt;/em&gt; would be hyphenated.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-11T17:19:44.593" LastActivityDate="2010-11-11T17:19:44.593" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="5207" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5146" CreationDate="2010-11-10T23:53:27.007" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Not sure if MathMagic is (to be) available on Linux but they offer various output options including LaTeX, MathML, ASCIIMath, JPEG, GIF, and EPS, and others. If supporting multiple file formats(in both importing and exporting) is a concern, MathMagic should be second to none, although their LaTeX support is not perfect.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;www.mathmagic.com&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If a commercial version or source licensing is an option, you may want to contact them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1774" LastActivityDate="2010-11-10T23:53:27.007" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5208" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5204" CreationDate="2010-11-11T04:51:21.293" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Obligatory ConTeXt solution:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;% Define a frame that only draws the top frame and typesets its content flushleft&#xA;\defineframed[sectionframe]&#xA;             [frame=off,   &#xA;              topframe=on,&#xA;              rulethickness=1pt,&#xA;              align=flushleft,&#xA;            ]&#xA;&#xA;\def\sectioncommand#1#2{\sectionframe{#1 #2}}&#xA;% #1 is section number &#xA;% #2 is section title&#xA;&#xA;% Ask ConTeXt to use our section command.&#xA;\setuphead[section]&#xA;          [command=\sectioncommand,&#xA;           style=\bfa, % equivalent to \large\bfseries&#xA;          ]&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% Test case&#xA;\starttext&#xA;\input knuth&#xA;\section{A section with a very long title that spans multiple lines to check if&#xA;         line breaking works correctly}&#xA;\input knuth&#xA;\stoptext&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2010-11-11T04:51:21.293" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5209" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5217" CreationDate="2010-11-11T06:52:01.770" Score="9" ViewCount="618" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm preparing a single seminar talk on three more-or-less unrelated results. In order to visually separate these results, I wanted to give each one a different (custom) colour theme for the corresponding beamer slides. I know I could make three different presentations and stitch their pdf output together, but I'd prefer not to do this. So, my question is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Is there any way to switch colour&#xA;  themes partway through a beamer&#xA;  document?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1421" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-11T13:27:50.713" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T11:24:25.170" Title="Multiple colour themes in one beamer presentation" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;color&gt;&lt;presentations&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="5210" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5116" CreationDate="2010-11-11T06:52:49.223" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just for future reference, expl3 has nice switch/case statement constructs:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\prg_case_str:nnn {\doctype}&#xA;{&#xA;   {SomeString1} {some~ text~ here}&#xA;   {SomeString2} {some~ different~ text~ here}&#xA;}&#xA;{else~ clause}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Variations are also provided with integers, dimensions, and token lists; e.g.,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\prg_case_int:nnn{2*5}{&#xA;  {5}{Small}&#xA;  {4+6}{Medium}&#xA;  {-2*10}{Negative}&#xA;}{Other}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-11-11T06:52:49.223" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="5211" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5213" CreationDate="2010-11-11T09:41:49.903" Score="14" ViewCount="236" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to define a command that takes 1, 2 or 3 arguments, and where the 2nd gets the same value as the 1st if it is not defined. I tried&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\codefrom[3][#1][Matlab]{ ... }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but I get an error saying&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;! Illegal parameter number in definition of \codefrom.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;lt;to be read again&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;1&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  l.57 \newcommand{\codefrom}[3][#1][&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;Matlab]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any way to accomplish what I want to do?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="223" LastActivityDate="2010-11-11T13:45:24.657" Title="How can I use one argument as the default value for another?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;optional-arguments&gt;&lt;default-values&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5212" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5211" CreationDate="2010-11-11T09:54:15.793" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand{\codefrom}[1][]{\def\c@defr@m{#1}\c@defrom}&#xA;\newcommand{\c@defrom}[2][\c@defr@m]{\message{[\c@defr@m,#1,#2]}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\codefrom{a}&#xA;\codefrom[a]{b}&#xA;\codefrom[a][b]{c}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: An alternative, if it is important for you to access the parameters as #1–#3:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\codefrom}[1][]{\def\c@defr@m{#1}\c@defrom}&#xA;\newcommand{\c@defrom}[1][\c@defr@m]&#xA;  {\expandafter\@codefrom\expandafter{\c@defr@m}{#1}}&#xA;\newcommand{\@codefrom}[3]{\message{[#1,#2,#3]}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastEditorUserId="1424" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-11T10:16:17.257" LastActivityDate="2010-11-11T10:16:17.257" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5213" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5211" CreationDate="2010-11-11T09:54:19.913" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can't accomplish this with one &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt;. There you can define one optional parameter, and it has to be the first one. There is the &lt;code&gt;twoopt&lt;/code&gt; package that defines &lt;code&gt;\newcommandtwoopt&lt;/code&gt; for two optional parameters, but I don't think it can handle what you want to achieve. I first thought you would need to use TeX's &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt;, but here's a solution that's completely free of any &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt;s and &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt;s:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{report}&#xA;\newcommand\storefirst{}&#xA;\newcommand\storesecond{}&#xA;\newcommand\codefrom[1]{\renewcommand\storefirst{#1}\codefromi}&#xA;\newcommand\codefromi[1][\storefirst]{\renewcommand\storesecond{#1}\codefromii}&#xA;\newcommand\codefromii[1][Matlab]{\storefirst, \storesecond, #1}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\codefrom{first}\par&#xA;\codefrom{first}[second]\par&#xA;\codefrom{first}[second][third]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-11T10:11:32.460" LastActivityDate="2010-11-11T10:11:32.460" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5214" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5211" CreationDate="2010-11-11T09:54:41.510" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, but you have to &quot;roll your own&quot;, so to speak.  (You should note that even the sort of optional arguments you see in various core LaTeX macros, like the ones which take two optionals, are not supported by the &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; syntax).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The basic mechanism is to use &lt;code&gt;\@ifnextchar&lt;/code&gt; to figure out whether there is an optional argument, filling it in if not, and then calling an internal macro which doesn't take an optional argument.  In your case the following seems reasonable (note: written on the fly):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand{\codefrom}[1]{&#xA; \@ifnextchar[&#xA;   {\codefrom@firstinner{#1}}&#xA;   {\codefrom@firstinner{#1}[#1]}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\codefrom@firstinner#1[#2]{&#xA; \@ifnextchar[&#xA;   {\codefrom@secondinner{#1}{#2}}&#xA;   {\codefrom@secondinner{#1}{#2}[Matlab]}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\codefrom@secondinner#1#2[#3]{&#xA; ...&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you can see, at each step it checks for a &lt;code&gt;[&lt;/code&gt; and, if it is not present, fills in the argument with the desired default.  The last step has all the arguments, and continues the process.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="575" LastActivityDate="2010-11-11T09:54:41.510" />
  <row Id="5215" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-11T10:14:51.767" Score="0" ViewCount="107" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3613/multilingual-class-style-file&quot;&gt;Multilingual class/style file?&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have written a custom class on top of scrartcl. It defines some custom document sections and titles for them.&#xA;Now I want to use the class for documents in different languages. That's why I need an localization of the strings (e.g. &quot;section&quot;) that can be controlled by the user.&#xA;The naive approach would be to introduce an keyval-option for the language and set string-constants accordingly.&#xA;Is there maybe a more general way to write such translations, possibly using the babel package?&#xA;At least I want to detect if the babel package has been loaded with some language. How can that be achieved?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1779" LastActivityDate="2010-11-11T10:14:51.767" ClosedDate="2010-11-11T22:44:52.860" Title="localization of custom packages/classes" Tags="&lt;languages&gt;&lt;babel&gt;&lt;package-writing&gt;" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5216" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5209" CreationDate="2010-11-11T11:42:51.687" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A hacky solution is just to copy the contents of the colour theme &lt;code&gt;.sty&lt;/code&gt; files (they aren't long) into a new tex file, cutting out the top and the bottom parts. So for example, for the whale theme just having a file containing:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setbeamercolor*{palette primary}{use=structure,fg=white,bg=structure.fg}&#xA;\setbeamercolor*{palette secondary}{use=structure,fg=white,bg=structure.fg!75!black}&#xA;\setbeamercolor*{palette tertiary}{use=structure,fg=white,bg=structure.fg!50!black}&#xA;\setbeamercolor*{palette quaternary}{fg=white,bg=black}&#xA;&#xA;\setbeamercolor*{sidebar}{use=structure,bg=structure.fg}&#xA;&#xA;\setbeamercolor*{palette sidebar primary}{use=structure,fg=structure.fg!10}&#xA;\setbeamercolor*{palette sidebar secondary}{fg=white}&#xA;\setbeamercolor*{palette sidebar tertiary}{use=structure,fg=structure.fg!50}&#xA;\setbeamercolor*{palette sidebar quaternary}{fg=white}&#xA;&#xA;\setbeamercolor*{titlelike}{parent=palette primary}&#xA;&#xA;\setbeamercolor*{separation line}{}&#xA;\setbeamercolor*{fine separation line}{}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And then &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; this just before you want the change to happen. Between frames.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One problem with this solution is that if you then change themes again, weird things will happen if theme 2 sets a colour, but theme 3 doesn't set it (because it leaves it as the default), you'll get the theme 2 colour showing through. So you'd need to add lines to your excised &lt;code&gt;.sty&lt;/code&gt; files in order to reset it to default.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm sure there is a neater solution, however. It really should be easy to allow beamer to change colour themes (and other themes) on the fly. The only reason it can't is that the colour themes are in &lt;code&gt;.sty&lt;/code&gt; files: the actual commands they define are, for the most part, valid in the body of the text...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt; There is now a &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/colourchange&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;package on CTAN&lt;/a&gt; (which I maintain) that allows you to change the colour of a beamer presentation &quot;on the fly&quot;. It doesn't, strictly speaking, change the colour theme, just the base colour of the structural elements. Here's an MWE:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage{colourchange}&#xA;\useoutertheme{infolines}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\selectmanualcolour{red}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;  This is a frame&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\selectmanualcolor{green}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;  This is a frame&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-18T11:24:25.170" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T11:24:25.170" />
  <row Id="5217" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5209" CreationDate="2010-11-11T13:12:04.777" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This sort of works.  &lt;code&gt;\usecolortheme{foo}&lt;/code&gt; uses a package &lt;code&gt;beamercolorthemefoo.sty&lt;/code&gt;, which is why it can only be used in the preamble.  But if you neuter the commands in the &lt;code&gt;.sty&lt;/code&gt; file which make it a package, and &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; it instead, you can get those commands anywhere you want.  So:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{colortheme}[1]{&#xA;\def\ProvidesPackageRCS $##1${\relax}&#xA;\renewcommand{\DeclareOption[2]}{\relax}&#xA;\renewcommand{\ProcessOptions}{\relax}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\input beamercolortheme#1.sty&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;}{}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;\begin{theorem}[Pythagoras]&#xA;If $a$ and $b$ are the legs of a right triangle and $c$ is the hypotenuse, then&#xA;\[&#xA;    a^2 + b^2 = c^2 &#xA;\]&#xA;\end{theorem}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{colortheme}{albatross}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;\begin{theorem}[Pythagoras]&#xA;If $a$ and $b$ are the legs of a right triangle and $c$ is the hypotenuse, then&#xA;\[&#xA;    a^2 + b^2 = c^2 &#xA;\]&#xA;\end{theorem}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{colortheme}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{colortheme}{crane}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;\begin{theorem}[Pythagoras]&#xA;If $a$ and $b$ are the legs of a right triangle and $c$ is the hypotenuse, then&#xA;\[&#xA;    a^2 + b^2 = c^2 &#xA;\]&#xA;\end{theorem}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{colortheme}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The trouble is that some of the themes have optional arguments and this is going to ignore them.  You would have to reprogram &lt;code&gt;\DeclareOption&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\ProcessOptions&lt;/code&gt; to do what you want outside of a package file.  That could be possible with the &lt;code&gt;pgfkeys&lt;/code&gt; package.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, there might be other commands that are specific to packages and need to be neutered.  Grepping a few of the other color theme packages I see &lt;code&gt;\DeclareBeamerOption&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\ProcessBeamerOption&lt;/code&gt;.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think a nice enhancement to beamer would be to change the theme implementation so that this could be done easily.  You could have &lt;code&gt;\loadcolortheme{foo}&lt;/code&gt; in the preamble which sets up and configures the theme, but doesn't call any of the &lt;code&gt;\setbeamercolor&lt;/code&gt; commands until &lt;code&gt;\usecolortheme{foo}&lt;/code&gt; is found.  For backwards compatibility &lt;code&gt;\usecolortheme&lt;/code&gt; can check if the theme is loaded first.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-11T13:26:39.647" LastActivityDate="2010-11-11T13:26:39.647" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5219" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5211" CreationDate="2010-11-11T13:45:24.657" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is a solution based on &lt;code&gt;xparse&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{xparse}&#xA;&#xA;\NewDocumentCommand\codefrom{moO{Matlab}}{%&#xA;  \IfValueTF{#2}{%&#xA;    \codefromaux{#1}{#2}{#3}%&#xA;  }{%&#xA;    \codefromaux{#1}{#1}{#3}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;\NewDocumentCommand\codefromaux{mmm}{%&#xA;  1 = #1, 2 = #2, 3 = #3%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\codefrom{a}\par&#xA;\codefrom{a}[b]\par&#xA;\codefrom{a}[b][c]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2010-11-11T13:45:24.657" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5220" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5221" CreationDate="2010-11-11T13:55:34.033" Score="14" ViewCount="172" Body="&lt;p&gt;I feel particularly bombarded by sub-atomic particles right now (and it's mostly Will's fault &lt;code&gt;:)&lt;/code&gt;). First, in Will's answer to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/5116/making-switch-case-with-etoolboxs-ifdefequal&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt; today, he referred to &lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt;'s &lt;code&gt;\prg_case_str:nnn&lt;/code&gt; command.  Digging into the package, I noticed the command involves an interestingly named macro called &lt;code&gt;\quark_if_recursion_tail_stop_do:nn&lt;/code&gt;.  All I can gather from the &lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt; documentation about things with the word (particle&lt;code&gt;;)&lt;/code&gt;) &lt;code&gt;quark&lt;/code&gt; in their name is that:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;l3quark&lt;/strong&gt; A ‘quark’ is a command that is defined to expand to itself! Therefore they&#xA;  must never be expanded as this will generate infinite recursion; they do however&#xA;  have many uses, e.g. as special markers and delimiters within code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hmmm.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Coincidentally, Will and Kevin's new &lt;code&gt;hardwrap&lt;/code&gt; package was released on CTAN today (many congrats guys!).  Digging into the documented code, I notice:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\hw@scanstop&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;This is a ‘quark’ from expl3 designed to delimit scanning; it will never be&#xA;  executed, else an infinite loop results.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\protected\def\hw@scanstop{\hw@scanstop}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Reading the remainder of &lt;code&gt;hardwrap&lt;/code&gt;'s code, yes, &lt;code&gt;\hw@scanstop&lt;/code&gt; is used in exactly the way described in the definition of &lt;strong&gt;l3quark&lt;/strong&gt;, above.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Still, I'm perplexed. What's so special about self-referencing tokens as opposed to any other token assigned a special-purpose name, i.e., any other vanilla signifier, whether a command sequence or not? Are they self-referencing only for error-catching purposes?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If LaTeX quarks do have interesting properties beyond just being specially defined and used signifiers, where, when, how and why should I best employ them?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are they &lt;em&gt;really&lt;/em&gt; &lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt; specific, or is it more a convention that has been adopted into the LaTeX3 programming patterns set?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, out of interest (in the spirit of Yiannis's &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/5048/lisp-relics-in-latexe-logo&quot;&gt;recent question&lt;/a&gt; about Lisp &lt;code&gt;car&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;cdr&lt;/code&gt; &quot;relics&quot; in TeX's lexicon), what's the story about how the word &lt;code&gt;quark&lt;/code&gt; found its way into LaTeX3 vocabulary? (Please tell me that &lt;code&gt;LaTeX3&lt;/code&gt; quarks aren't envisioned to possess color, flavor, etc. properties!)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-11-11T14:14:41.767" Title="What are expl3 quarks? When, where, why and how should I use them?" Tags="&lt;programming&gt;&lt;latex3&gt;&lt;expl3&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5221" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5220" CreationDate="2010-11-11T14:14:41.767" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;So many questions. I'm only going to address &quot;What's so special about self-referencing tokens?&quot;, and I'm giving a plain TeX answer. As I learned from TH (at the end of a rather lengthy comment-discussion &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3682/how-do-i-lower-the-widetilde-accent-i-e-move-it-closer-to-the-variable/3725#3725&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;), they can be useful for &lt;code&gt;\ifx&lt;/code&gt; tests. If I know that &lt;code&gt;#1&lt;/code&gt; is one token, and I do the test&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ifx#1\my@test@token&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to find out if &lt;code&gt;#1&lt;/code&gt; is &lt;code&gt;\my@test@token&lt;/code&gt;, then it is good to have the definition&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\my@test@token{\my@test@token}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For &lt;code&gt;\ifx&lt;/code&gt;, two control sequences are the same if they have the same definition (including every detail such as parameters and other stuff), but they won't be expanded for the comparison. (That shouldn't happen as you explained above.) For an example see TH's very nice answer that I linked to above.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Be careful: The &lt;code&gt;\ifx&lt;/code&gt; test also works if &lt;code&gt;\my@test@token&lt;/code&gt; is undefined, but then it turns out true whenever &lt;code&gt;#1&lt;/code&gt; is an undefined control sequence.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2010-11-11T14:14:41.767" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="5222" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5224" CreationDate="2010-11-11T17:25:00.237" Score="2" ViewCount="97" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to compile tex and Sweave documents written on a server that is redhat, but I get errors linked to pgf/tikz. The documents compile fine on my &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have already &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;used wget to download the expl3 package to ~/texmf on the server and&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;removed todonotes options since these caused an error&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;rsync'd (copied) all of /usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex from my desktop to ~/texmf/tex on the server. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;texhash on the server (although I can only do this for my home ~/texmf&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, now I am getting an error related to the pgf library:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;(/home/a-m/dlebauer/texmf/tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/tikz.code.tex&#xA;! Undefined control sequence.&#xA;l.15 \usepgflibrary&#xA;                    {plothandlers}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried changing usepgflibrary to usetikzlibary as suggested on help list, but I just got the same error for the different command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Furthermore, I'd like to tell my the server administrator how to solve this rather than just say &quot;can you please configure the server so that pdflatex foo.tex works&quot; so that I can save him some googling.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1783" LastEditorUserId="1783" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-11T18:09:50.853" LastActivityDate="2010-11-11T21:33:00.050" Title="How can I make RHEL server libraries compatible with tex/Rnw documents created on my Ubuntu desktop, re: pgf, tikz, expl3" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;expl3&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5223" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5255" CreationDate="2010-11-11T17:45:09.377" Score="4" ViewCount="930" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can you get the argmin or argmax in Latex? Two solutions I found are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\underset{x}{\operatorname{argmax}} &#xA;&#xA;\DeclareMathOperator*{\argmin}{arg\,min}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any other ideas?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[1] &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.breakthru.altervista.org/?p=27&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.breakthru.altervista.org/?p=27&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[2] &lt;a href=&quot;http://researchonsearch.blogspot.com/2007/05/enter-argmax-argmin-in-latex.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://researchonsearch.blogspot.com/2007/05/enter-argmax-argmin-in-latex.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1128" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-11T18:30:26.343" LastActivityDate="2010-11-12T04:05:03.830" Title="Command for argmin or argmax?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;mathoperator&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="5224" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5222" CreationDate="2010-11-11T18:22:25.850" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Probably the easiest way is to install a &lt;em&gt;current&lt;/em&gt; version of TeX Live on both machines and then remove the package manager version and anything you manually added to &lt;code&gt;texmf&lt;/code&gt;. Linux package managers usually have outdated TeX Live versions and different distros have different bugs in their TeX distributions. &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/texlive/quickinstall.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Manually installing TeX Live&lt;/a&gt; is actually pretty easy as it comes with precompiled binaries.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-11T18:27:30.603" LastActivityDate="2010-11-11T18:27:30.603" />
  <row Id="5225" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5229" CreationDate="2010-11-11T19:22:10.637" Score="5" ViewCount="245" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to extend an arrow to allow better readability of characters which are overset using &lt;code&gt;\overset{}{}&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Right now I have&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \overset{k_1}{\rightleftharpoons}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which produces:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/3O4Wq.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and this leaves the subscript awfully close the to harpoon arrow. Thus, is there anyway to just extend the character length?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="142" LastActivityDate="2010-11-11T20:06:58.657" Title="Extending arrows with overset text" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;width&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="5226" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5227" CreationDate="2010-11-11T19:24:11.003" Score="14" ViewCount="346" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm currently writing a UserGuide containing a lot of Keyboard Shortcuts. I'm searching a &quot;Keyboard&quot; Font where single characters or special keys (like tab or backspace) appear like the &quot;real&quot; key (means with a box around ... hope you get the idea).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any package available for this or do I have to wrap one of the existing PS/TTF Fonts?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1784" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-16T12:35:10.680" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T08:23:42.757" Title="Keyboard Font for LaTeX" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="5227" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5226" CreationDate="2010-11-11T19:45:52.387" Score="19" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/keystroke&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;keystroke&lt;/a&gt; package is your friend.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/5226/keyboard-font-for-latex/11197#11197&quot;&gt;Sadeq's suggestion&lt;/a&gt; could be mimicked very inexpensive by the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/pgf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pgf/tikZ&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{shadows}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*\keystroke[1]{%&#xA;  \tikz[baseline=(key.base)]&#xA;    \node[%&#xA;      draw,&#xA;      fill=white,&#xA;      drop shadow={shadow xshift=0.25ex,shadow yshift=-0.25ex,fill=black,opacity=0.75},&#xA;      rectangle,&#xA;      rounded corners=2pt,&#xA;      inner sep=1pt,&#xA;      line width=0.5pt,&#xA;      font=\scriptsize\sffamily&#xA;    ](key) {#1\strut}&#xA;  ;&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog. \keystroke{Strg} The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog. \keystroke{Ctrl} The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog. \keystroke{Page $\uparrow$} \keystroke{Esc} \keystroke{F1}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/fTZpA.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastEditorUserId="1063" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-17T08:23:42.757" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T08:23:42.757" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5228" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5231" CreationDate="2010-11-11T19:51:56.383" Score="17" ViewCount="690" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to be able to create a TeX file that will output multiple PDF files with one compilation.  I'm not even sure if this is possible.  Here is the setup:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am writing dozens of cover letters for job applications, and wish for them to all look &quot;personalized&quot;.  So I defined a function which calls multiple variables, such as the address, name of the institution, open position, etc., and outputs a &quot;personalized&quot; cover letter for each function call.  The problem is that compilation of the TeX file outputs just one file.  Since I will be submitting all of these files online eventually, I would like each letter to be in its own file.  Is there a way to do this at the TeX level?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1785" LastActivityDate="2010-11-12T14:18:29.073" Title="Can one TeX file output to multiple PDF files?" Tags="&lt;pdf&gt;" AnswerCount="6" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="5229" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5225" CreationDate="2010-11-11T20:01:07.213" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are several packages supporting extensible arrows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/amsmath&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;amsmath&lt;/a&gt; (&lt;code&gt;\xleftarrow&lt;/code&gt; etc., new commands could be similarly created)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/extarrows&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;extarrows&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/extpfeil&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;extpfeil&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/mathtools&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;mathtools&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An example suitable for your formula:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{mathtools}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\[ \xrightleftharpoons{\,k_1\,} \]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/RygJV.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-11T20:06:58.657" LastActivityDate="2010-11-11T20:06:58.657" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5230" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5228" CreationDate="2010-11-11T20:47:57.373" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The answer is no, TeX outputs one PDF file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd use a tool to split the PDF files afterwards. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/pdfpages/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pdfpages&lt;/a&gt; (TeX) &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pdfsam.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pdfsam&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pdflabs.com/tools/pdftk-the-pdf-toolkit/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pdftk&lt;/a&gt; should do the trick.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="243" LastActivityDate="2010-11-11T20:47:57.373" />
  <row Id="5231" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5228" CreationDate="2010-11-11T20:48:54.493" Score="14" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do you store this information? You could just have one info-file for each letter&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% letter1.adr&#xA;\def\toname{Foo}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% letter2.adr&#xA;\def\toname{Bar}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and then have a main file &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% main.tex&#xA;\documentclass[addrfield]{scrlttr2}&#xA;\input \jobname.adr&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{letter}{\toname}&#xA;\opening{Dear \toname, }&#xA; A nice letter.&#xA;\end{letter}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then you can comile all letters from the command line with something like &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;for %i in (*.adr) do pdflatex -jobname=%i main.tex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/koma-script&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;koma bundle&lt;/a&gt; also provides tools for more sophisticated address files. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="565" LastActivityDate="2010-11-11T20:48:54.493" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5232" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5198" CreationDate="2010-11-11T20:51:14.557" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For the future reference of others (and probably myself), to explicitly demonstrate the comments left by Joseph Wright and Will Robertson, this works as well and is probably easier to read:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{expl3}&#xA;&#xA;\def\somedef{foo}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\ExplSyntaxNamesOn&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|l|}&#xA;  \hline&#xA;  First row, not important \\ \hline&#xA;  \str_if_eq:nnTF{\somedef}{bar}{never used \\ \hline}{}%&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\ExplSyntaxNamesOff&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ExplSyntaxNamesOn&lt;/code&gt; makes &lt;code&gt;_&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;:&lt;/code&gt; &quot;letters&quot; so you can use them in csnames (or at least that's how I think of it).  &lt;code&gt;\ExplSyntaxNamesOff&lt;/code&gt; does the opposite.  (Note: don't put those right in the &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; around the &lt;code&gt;\str_if_eq:nnTF&lt;/code&gt; or else you'll still get the empty cell.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All credit for this goes to Joseph and Will.  Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1680" LastActivityDate="2010-11-11T20:51:14.557" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-11-11T20:51:14.557" />
  <row Id="5233" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5235" CreationDate="2010-11-11T21:03:40.377" Score="5" ViewCount="85" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello, I have following table:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{table}[ht]\footnotesize&#xA;\centering&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|lp{1cm}p{1cm}}&#xA;\hline&#xA;   \begin{sideways}Parameter\end{sideways} &amp;amp; &#xA;   \begin{sideways}Long header name ... \end{sideways} &amp;amp; &#xA;   \begin{sideways}Long header..\end{sideways} \\ \hline&#xA; \end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\caption{Summary}&#xA;\label{tab:summary}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How to break side-wayed headers, so the can take two lines?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1164" LastActivityDate="2010-11-11T21:20:30.010" Title="How to break headers with `sideways` into more than one line?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;rotating&gt;&lt;sideways&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="5234" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5250" CreationDate="2010-11-11T21:18:52.523" Score="4" ViewCount="315" Body="&lt;p&gt;I’m using KOMA-Script (&lt;code&gt;scrreprt&lt;/code&gt;) and its excellent set of macros to define a rich title page:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrreprt}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[showframe,pass]{geometry}&#xA;&#xA;\subject{Subject}&#xA;\title{Title}&#xA;\author{Author}&#xA;\publishers{Publishers}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately, this leaves rather large vertical spaces above and below the actual content (made visible by the &lt;code&gt;showframe&lt;/code&gt; option of the &lt;code&gt;geometry&lt;/code&gt; package).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/unGWV.png&quot; alt=&quot;screenshot&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;(Image cropped and rescaled)&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is very annoying, since now the content doesn’t align with the previous and next page. Is there a way to prevent that, i.e. stretch the title page’s content so that it touches the frame above and below?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried introducing a vertical space above the publishers:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\publishers{&#xA;  \vspace{\stretch{10000}}&#xA;  Publishers}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This does indeed produce the desired stretch, but no matter how large I set the stretch factor, a too large space still remains.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I change that, and &lt;em&gt;still&lt;/em&gt; use the KOMA title page macros, &lt;em&gt;without&lt;/em&gt; major rewrite?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;What’s a “major rewrite”?!&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Consider this: &lt;code&gt;\maketitle&lt;/code&gt; in KOMA-Script produces up to six pages (half-title, title, title back, dedication …). I’m not opposed to rewrite the &lt;code&gt;\maketitle&lt;/code&gt; macro, as long as the rewrite is along the following lines:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\edef\maketitle{&#xA;  \do\some\adjustments%&#xA;  \maketitle}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That is, re-use the existing &lt;code&gt;\maketitle&lt;/code&gt; and just tweak it. I don’t want to have to produce the aforementioned six pages manually.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastEditorUserId="42" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-12T10:03:29.847" LastActivityDate="2010-11-12T10:03:29.847" Title="Force KOMA-Script title to fill whole page" Tags="&lt;koma-script&gt;&lt;titlepage&gt;&lt;vspace&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5235" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5233" CreationDate="2010-11-11T21:20:30.010" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use a &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.html#minipage&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;minipage&lt;/a&gt; environment or a &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.html#g_t_005cparbox&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;\parbox&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; of a certain width.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{sideways}\parbox{4cm}{Long header name ...}\end{sideways}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-11-11T21:20:30.010" />
  <row Id="5236" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5222" CreationDate="2010-11-11T21:33:00.050" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Caramdir is right, and further to what he says, PGF has a particularly complex backend and is particularly likely to run into trouble if things aren't as it expects.  Make sure your Tex engine and PGF come together.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cf. &lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/2983350/fresh-installation-of-pgf-tikz-crashes-why/3022779#3022779&quot;&gt;my answer&lt;/a&gt; to &lt;em&gt;fresh installation of PGF/TikZ crashes, why?&lt;/em&gt; question on SO.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-11-11T21:33:00.050" />
  <row Id="5237" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1118" CreationDate="2010-11-11T21:34:58.947" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It doesn't matter whether it's a document or computer program source code.  The benefits of VCS are the same.  For me the compelling reason is the ability to study and track change over time.  It's just like having a time machine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1787" LastActivityDate="2010-11-11T21:34:58.947" />
  <row Id="5238" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5240" CreationDate="2010-11-11T21:42:14.557" Score="4" ViewCount="163" Body="&lt;p&gt;Greetings,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm completely new to TeX/LaTeX so I could be missing something easy. I'm trying to create a simple chess board diagram with highlighted squares via the &quot;skak&quot; package. Here is a test case:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[ps]{skak}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\newgame&#xA;\showmoverOn&#xA;\notationOff&#xA;\showboard&#xA;\highlight{a1,a3}&#xA;\highlight[x]{c1,c3}&#xA;\highlight[X]{c4}&#xA;\highlight[o]{d6}&#xA;\highlight[O]{c6}&#xA;\printarrow{e2}{e4}&#xA;\printknightmove{g8}{f6}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Based on the reading I've done, this should result in several highlighted/marked squares - however it does not. It compiles fine and results in a board with all the pieces, but no markings at all.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm compiling it with the 'latex' command on Ubuntu Lucid if that's relevant. Skak is version 1.5 (the latest).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any thoughts? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1786" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-11T21:44:59.920" LastActivityDate="2010-11-11T22:23:11.700" Title="How can I get skak to highlight squares" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;skak&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="5239" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1118" CreationDate="2010-11-11T21:50:20.933" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's also handy to automatically include a version/revision number from your VCS into the output of your document.  Then when you're look at the output or hardcopy you can tell if it's out of date or how to re-construct the exact input files.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="304" LastActivityDate="2010-11-11T21:50:20.933" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5240" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5238" CreationDate="2010-11-11T22:23:11.700" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Apparently it depends on how you compile to produce your document and, because of the &lt;code&gt;ps&lt;/code&gt; option, you have to go the long route&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;gt; latex board.tex&#xA;&amp;gt; dvips board.dvi&#xA;&amp;gt; ps2pdf board.ps&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Doing this I was able to obtain the markings on the board as you expected.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-11-11T22:23:11.700" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="5241" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5234" CreationDate="2010-11-11T22:29:46.903" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;KOMA-Script offers a new package called &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.komascript.de/files/titlepage.tex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;titlepages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, which is still in early development. For instance, it provides an environment called &lt;code&gt;fullsizetitle&lt;/code&gt; which covers the whole page without being restricted by the margins. There are some blog entries of the developer providing some information in German:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.komascript.de/titlepage&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Description&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.komascript.de/node/1213&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Installation&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.komascript.de/node/1214&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Usage&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.komascript.de/node/1219&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Examples&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perhaps have a look at the last link, at the examples page to get an impression.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-11-11T22:29:46.903" />
  <row Id="5242" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5261" CreationDate="2010-11-11T22:45:55.983" Score="9" ViewCount="364" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to create named paths inside a foreach loop with the name depending on the counter?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to write something like &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{intersections}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \foreach \i in {1,2,...,6}&#xA;        \draw[name path=line\i] (-3,-\i) -- (3,\i);&#xA;    \draw[name intersections={of=line1 and line2}] (intersection-1) circle (5pt);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but this throws the following error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Missing \endcsname inserted.&#xA;&amp;lt;to be read again&amp;gt; &#xA;                   \OT1\i &#xA;l.11    \draw (0,3) circle (3);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this a bug or am I doing something wrong? What should I do instead?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-23T17:36:53.750" LastActivityDate="2010-11-23T17:36:53.750" Title="naming paths inside a TikZ foreach loop" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;loops&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="5244" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5246" CreationDate="2010-11-12T00:46:22.120" Score="6" ViewCount="125" Body="&lt;p&gt;I like having all my theorems, examples, defintions etc. numbered in a single sequence.  Is it possible to have LaTeX number my floating figures in sequence with them as well?  I.e.:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Theorem 1.1&lt;/strong&gt; A theorem!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(A pretty picture)&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;  Fig. 1.2: caption.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Definition 1.3&lt;/strong&gt; A definition.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I presume this would be pretty difficult to implement because of how floats, well, float!  But hopefully there's some clever package that does it.  I'm using amsthm, so solutions compatible with that would be most useful, but I'm certainly still interested in other answers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1635" LastActivityDate="2010-11-12T01:09:26.390" Title="How to number floats in sequence with theorems?" Tags="&lt;numbering&gt;&lt;floats&gt;&lt;theorems&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="5245" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3622" CreationDate="2010-11-12T01:09:04.170" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;R and sweave were already mentioned but I couldn't pass up the opportunity to mention tikzDevice (yes, again tikz). I have successfully been using it to generate .tex documents with R, for example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;options(tikzLatex='/path to TeX distribution on computer' )&#xA;require(tikzDevice) &#xA;tikz(&quot;~/some destination/rgraph.tex&quot;, width = 5, height = 5.5)&#xA;Some R code&#xA;dev.off()&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Usually I point it to the same folder as the working LaTeX document, and put it in the document&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\input{rgraph}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I feel this gives me much needed control over my graphs, although I'll have to try some other solutions here before I decide which solution is the most comfortable for me. Just thought I'd add something (hopefully) of value.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1614" LastActivityDate="2010-11-12T01:09:04.170" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-11-12T01:09:04.170" />
  <row Id="5246" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5244" CreationDate="2010-11-12T01:09:26.390" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can do this in a straightforward manner with amsthm; its &lt;code&gt;\newtheorem&lt;/code&gt; command has the following syntax: &lt;code&gt;\newtheorem{&lt;em&gt;environment-name&lt;/em&gt;}[&lt;em&gt;matched-counter&lt;/em&gt;]{&lt;em&gt;text&lt;/em&gt;}[&lt;em&gt;parent-counter&lt;/em&gt;]&lt;/code&gt;.  Whatever counter is specified for &lt;em&gt;&lt;code&gt;matched-counter&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/em&gt; is used to number the created theorem; if none is given, a new counter is created.  Thus, leveraging the existing figure counter, the following works:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{amsart}&#xA;\usepackage{amsthm}&#xA;&#xA;\newtheorem{theorem}[figure]{Theorem}&#xA;\newtheorem{definition}[figure]{Definition}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{theorem}&#xA;    This is a theorem.&#xA;  \end{theorem}&#xA;&#xA;  \begin{figure}&#xA;    \caption{This is a figure.}&#xA;  \end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;  \begin{definition}&#xA;    This is a definition.&#xA;  \end{definition}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This will produce output along the lines of:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Figure 2.  This is a figure.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;Theorem 1.&lt;/strong&gt;  &lt;em&gt;This is a theorem.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;Definition 3.&lt;/strong&gt;  &lt;em&gt;This is a definition.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So there is one obvious property of this which you might or might not like: figures are numbered as they are introduced in &lt;em&gt;code&lt;/em&gt;, not as they appear.  This is the standard behavior for figures, and would be less egregious if I actually had some &lt;em&gt;text&lt;/em&gt; in my sample document, so I think it's relatively sensible.  If you dislike it (as you allude to in your question), I'm not sure what to suggest.  You could use the float placement &lt;code&gt;[h]&lt;/code&gt;, which tries to put the float exactly where it's specified in the source; however, TeX will still float it if it needs to.  The float package provides an &lt;code&gt;[H]&lt;/code&gt; float placement which unconditionally forces the (no-longer-floating) &quot;float&quot; to appear &lt;em&gt;right there&lt;/em&gt;.  Personally, I'd probably just let TeX number the floats as it wants to; from the text, the order of reference will probably be clear.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1425" LastActivityDate="2010-11-12T01:09:26.390" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5248" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-12T01:18:41.303" Score="13" ViewCount="257" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to give some of my bibtex entries multiple reference names, without duplicating the entry. Is this possible? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My reason is that I have a reference name scheme in my master bibtex file, used with the format \cite{Smith2006:AGreatTitle}, and this works very well to help me keep organized with my bibliographies. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A problem, however, is that I often need to create the bibtex entry for my own papers before the year of publication is known, and so I often start with Hamkins:AGreatPaper, and then later on when it is accepted for publication and appears, I want to change it to Hamkins2010:AGreatPaper. But this causes problems for the early tex files that cited the old reference name, if I should ever re-bibtex them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So the best solution seems to use duplicate names for the same entry. Of course, I realize that I could simply create a duplicate bibtex entry, but I don't like this solution so much since I fear that I won't be able to manage it so well, and I will sometimes only update one of them without realizing that the other one needs updating and so on. So the best solution for me would simply be if bibtex somehow accepted multiple reference names.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1357" LastActivityDate="2010-11-13T21:03:43.267" Title="Can a bibtex entry be given more than one reference name?" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="6" />
  <row Id="5249" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5251" CreationDate="2010-11-12T01:24:48.020" Score="3" ViewCount="198" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have been using TikZ with some success, but I can't figure out why the following code doesn't produce anything:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{decorations.pathmorphing}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;    \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \draw[decorate, decoration=snake, segment length=5mm, amplitude=15mm] (0,0) -- (10,10);&#xA;    \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;except the following error&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Latex Error: ./untitled.tex:7 Package pgfkeys Error: I do not know&#xA;  the key&#xA;  '/tikz/amplitude' and I am going to ignore it. Perhaps you misspelled&#xA;  it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Were I to remove the amplitude option, this would compile. I just tried installing the very latest pgf-TikZ package, but that didn't change anything (the update went well, other features are working correctly). This leads me to believe that this option is somehow outdated, but I can't find anything to remedy this. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anyone know how to control the 'snake' amplitude in the latest TikZ package?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1614" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-15T18:01:04.137" LastActivityDate="2010-11-15T18:01:04.137" Title="Controlling the amplitude of the snake function in TikZ" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;decorations&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="5250" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5234" CreationDate="2010-11-12T01:52:55.930" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can't change that and continue using &lt;code&gt;\maketitle&lt;/code&gt;. The &lt;code&gt;\vfill&lt;/code&gt; and arguments of &lt;code&gt;\vskip&lt;/code&gt; are hardcoded in the definition of this macro: no option can change them or suppress them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I guess your best bet is to do the title page yourself using the &lt;code&gt;titlepage&lt;/code&gt; environment. You can still look at the definition of &lt;code&gt;\maketitle&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;scrreport.cls&lt;/code&gt; (&lt;code&gt;kpsewhich&lt;/code&gt; will tell you the location of this file), especially if you want to reuse the arguments of &lt;code&gt;\title&lt;/code&gt; and the like (don't forget to use &lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&lt;/code&gt;). Also, don't use the &lt;code&gt;center&lt;/code&gt; environment since it adds vertical space, use the &lt;code&gt;\centering&lt;/code&gt; command instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm aware that it probably doesn't satisfy your &quot;without major rewrite&quot; requirement, but there is no way to satisfy it. Sometimes even KOMA is not as  configurable as one may wish.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1239" LastActivityDate="2010-11-12T01:52:55.930" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5251" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5249" CreationDate="2010-11-12T01:57:40.367" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You are missing a pair of braces. The line should be written as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\draw[decorate, decoration={snake, segment length=5mm, amplitude=15mm}] (0,0) -- (10,10);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;amplitude&lt;/code&gt; is an option to &lt;code&gt;decoration&lt;/code&gt; and not to &lt;code&gt;\path&lt;/code&gt;, therefore the braces.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-11-12T01:57:40.367" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5253" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="80" CreationDate="2010-11-12T02:21:32.663" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I will second the Taraborelli CV templates at &lt;a href=&quot;http://nitens.org/taraborelli/cvtex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://nitens.org/taraborelli/cvtex&lt;/a&gt;. In the past I've used the curve and moderncv packages but, in the end, found the combination of his elegant templates + xelatex to be the simplest and most flexible solution. I wasn't constrained by particular sectioning, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personally, I use the Hoefler Text+Optima. I also like the Caslon.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1809" LastActivityDate="2010-11-12T02:21:32.663" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-11-12T02:21:32.663" />
  <row Id="5254" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="80" CreationDate="2010-11-12T02:49:59.963" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I prepare 2 versions of my CV; a resume; lists of publications and references; statements of teaching philosophy and research interests all on the basis of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/currvita/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;currvita&lt;/a&gt;. Well, with a considerable amount of hand-hacking. For added geekiness, the list of publications is primarily a specialized bibtex output format (which works nicely with getting a bibtex formatted list of my publications from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.slac.stanford.edu/spires/find/hep/www?rawcmd=FIND+AU+D+MCKEE+AND+NOT+AU+B.+D.+MCKEE&amp;amp;FORMAT=wwwcitesummary&amp;amp;SEQUENCE=citecount&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;spires&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="327" LastActivityDate="2010-11-12T02:49:59.963" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-11-12T02:49:59.963" />
  <row Id="5255" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5223" CreationDate="2010-11-12T04:05:03.830" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As Pieter says in his comment, &lt;code&gt;\DeclareMathOperator*{\argmin}{arg\,min}&lt;/code&gt; is indeed the correct LaTeX way to do that. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2010-11-12T04:05:03.830" />
  <row Id="5256" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5248" CreationDate="2010-11-12T04:14:04.813" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Could you use crossref?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; @ARTICLE{Smith2006:AGreatTitle,&#xA;    crossref = {Smith:AGreatTitle}&#xA; }&#xA; @ARTICLE{Smith:AGreatTitle,&#xA;     title = {A Great Title},&#xA;     author = {Smith, John P.},&#xA;     journal = {The Coolest Ever},&#xA;     year = {2006},&#xA;     volume = {15},&#xA;     pages = {31--65}&#xA; }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That seems to work decently well with some .bst's (though I haven't tried them all). However, you'll need to make sure that you don't use both &lt;code&gt;\cite{Smith:AGreatTitle}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\cite{Smith2006:AGreatTitle}&lt;/code&gt; in the same document, though, or else you'll get duplicate entires in the Bibliography.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-11-12T04:14:04.813" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5257" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5248" CreationDate="2010-11-12T04:59:35.957" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.cs.tufts.edu/~nr/nbibtex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Norman Ramsey's Nbibtex&lt;/a&gt;, which is invoked as a replacement for Bibtex, these issues go away: it resolves cite keys of the form &lt;code&gt;{author:tag}&lt;/code&gt; by searching your Bibtex database and returning the best match, according to an intuitive notion of fitness.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-11-12T04:59:35.957" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="5259" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5228" CreationDate="2010-11-12T06:35:33.483" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't think you can make a single .tex file produce multiple .PDFs, however you could create some very simple .tex files (one per PDF you want to create), which simply set up a few macros (your personalised variables) and then &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; (or &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt;) the common .tex file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Running &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; (or whatever &lt;em&gt;TeX-to-xxx&lt;/em&gt; converter/compiler you like best) on each of the small files will produce all your PDFs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Probably worth writing a little script to compile each one if the differing elements are more than very simple macro replacements)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="644" LastActivityDate="2010-11-12T06:35:33.483" />
  <row Id="5260" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5274" CreationDate="2010-11-12T08:13:23.250" Score="5" ViewCount="120" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's a minimal example of Docstrip putting extra macro bits into a \href call inside a footnote when the URL has a tilde:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&#xA;% \iffalse&#xA;\documentclass[a4paper]{ltxdoc}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\DocInput{foo.dtx}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;% \fi&#xA;&#xA;% \title{The foo package\thanks{This document corresponds to&#xA;%     foo version, dated date.}}&#xA;%&#xA;% \author{The Author\thanks{Author's website with bad link:&#xA;%     \href{http://example.com/~user/} {foo}. Working link:&#xA;%     \href{http://example.com/user}{foo}} }&#xA;%&#xA;% \maketitle&#xA;%&#xA;% \section{Introduction}&#xA;%&#xA;% a link that works: \href{http://example.com/~user}&#xA;%     {foo}.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the resulting PDF, the tilde in the URL in the footnote has some TeX macros in it: you get &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;http://example.com/\protect \unhbox \voidb@x \penalty \@M \ {}user/&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;so something is wrong with the tilde. How can I fix this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1830" LastActivityDate="2010-11-12T14:11:48.627" Title="why is docstrip putting extra macro calls in a hyperlink inside a footnote that has a tilde?" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;footnotes&gt;&lt;tilde&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="5261" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5242" CreationDate="2010-11-12T08:21:25.763" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've found that when passing options to TikZ elements as macros then I need to expand the macro before passing it in:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{intersections}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \foreach \i in {1,2,...,6}&#xA;{&#xA;  \edef\optname{name path global=line\i}&#xA;  \expandafter\draw\expandafter[\optname] (-3,\i) -- (3,-\i);&#xA;}&#xA;    \draw[name intersections={of=line1 and line2}] (intersection-1) circle (5pt);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now that I've looked up what naming paths does, I notice that the first version of this wouldn't have worked because the path naming occurred within a foreach loop, and that's a local scope.  So the path names don't survive to the &quot;outside&quot;.  This is true even if the &lt;code&gt;\foreach&lt;/code&gt; is a one-liner (so no curly braces).  To verify this, one can simply do:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\foreach \i in {1}&#xA;  \draw[name path=line] (3,1) -- (-3,-1);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and then try to refer to the &lt;code&gt;line&lt;/code&gt; path.  TikZ will complain.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The solution to this is to use the &lt;code&gt;name path global&lt;/code&gt; key instead.  This makes the path name available For All Time (well, for the whole picture).  Whereupon, it works.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's the result of the above:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/iGBpU.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastEditorUserId="86" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-13T12:47:46.560" LastActivityDate="2010-11-13T12:47:46.560" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5262" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-12T09:01:53.217" Score="13" ViewCount="825" Body="&lt;p&gt;Or a 404 or the &quot;captcha&quot; image.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To go with our amazing new design, we need some amazing pictures to go on the error page, the 404 page, and the captcha page.  They should have a lighthearted theme, vaguely related to the purpose of the page, and - of course - be TeX-related (the TeX-purists would say that it has to be actually &lt;em&gt;generated&lt;/em&gt; by TeX).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For a couple of examples from other sites, see &lt;a href=&quot;http://meta.tex.stackexchange.com/questions/656/404-captcha-error-images&quot;&gt;this post&lt;/a&gt; on meta by our amazing designer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So ... keyboards at the ready ... and ... &lt;em&gt;go&lt;/em&gt;!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-12-28T14:58:16.133" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-11-12T09:02:03.013" Title="Competition time: Design an error page!" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;" AnswerCount="11" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5263" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5260" CreationDate="2010-11-12T09:07:11.073" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have to admit that I have no idea why this is happening.  However, replacing the literal tilde with &lt;code&gt;\textasciitilde&lt;/code&gt; will fix your problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% \author{The Author\thanks{Author's website with bad link:&#xA;%     \href{http://example.com/\textasciitilde user/}{foo}. Working link:&#xA;%     \href{http://example.com/user}{foo}} }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-11-12T09:07:11.073" />
  <row Id="5264" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5262" CreationDate="2010-11-12T09:11:04.177" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I already posted a suggestion on &lt;a href=&quot;http://meta.tex.stackexchange.com/questions/656/404-captcha-error-images/662#662&quot;&gt;meta&lt;/a&gt;, but will repeat it here as well:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For a 404, there could be a play on some of most common TeX error messages. I think the &lt;strong&gt;Undefined control sequence&lt;/strong&gt; is most appropriate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for an image, something simple like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\404{Page not found}&#xA;&#xA;! Undefined control sequence.&#xA;l.6 \404&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or some variation thereof.&#xA;Probably rendered in different styles, to distinguish user input from TeX complaints.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;No time for a mockup today, but I'll try to post update later with an actual image.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="711" LastActivityDate="2010-11-12T09:11:04.177" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-11-12T09:11:04.177" CommentCount="10" />
  <row Id="5265" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5228" CreationDate="2010-11-12T10:01:09.873" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes it is possible if you enable \write18 (pdflatex --shell-escape e.g. with miktex). Then you can call pdflatex again inside your document. An example (the code is not from me). It will generate three documents \jobname1-\jobname3:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\ifx\conditionmacro\undefined&#xA;  \immediate\write18{%&#xA;    pdfLaTeX --jobname=&quot;\jobname1&quot;&#xA;    \gdef\string\conditionmacro{1}\string\input\space\jobname&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \immediate\write18{%&#xA;    pdfLaTeX --jobname=&quot;\jobname2&quot;&#xA;    \gdef\string\conditionmacro{2}\string\input\space\jobname&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \immediate\write18{%&#xA;    pdfLaTeX --jobname=&quot;\jobname3&quot;&#xA;    \gdef\string\conditionmacro{3}\string\input\space\jobname&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \expandafter\stop&#xA;\fi&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\ifnum\conditionmacro=1 Condition is 1\fi&#xA;\ifnum\conditionmacro=2 Condition is 2\fi&#xA;\ifnum\conditionmacro=3 Condition is 3\fi&#xA;&#xA;\verb|\conditionmacro| is \texttt{\meaning\conditionmacro}.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-11-12T10:01:09.873" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5266" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5262" CreationDate="2010-11-12T10:06:42.110" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;ERROR: Undefined control sequence.&#xA;&#xA;--- TeX said ---&#xA;l.4 \404 (Page not found)&#xA;&#xA;--- HELP ---&#xA;TeX encountered an unknown page name. You probably misspelled the&#xA;url. If this message occurs when a LaTeX command is being processed,&#xA;the command is probably in the wrong place---for example, the error&#xA;can be produced by an \item command that's not inside a list-making&#xA;environment. The error can also be caused by a missing \documentclass&#xA;command.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastActivityDate="2010-11-12T10:06:42.110" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-11-12T10:06:42.110" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5268" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1553" CreationDate="2010-11-12T10:58:46.073" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's a little late, but I stumbled upon this, and the intersections machinery is overkill.  You can just specify the anchor you want the line to go to, like so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{shapes.geometric}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA; \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \node [label=south:$A$] (A) at (0,0) {};&#xA;    \filldraw (A) circle (1pt) ;&#xA;    \node [draw, ellipse, minimum height = 2cm] (B) at (2,0) {B};&#xA;&#xA;    \draw [red] (A.center) -- (B.east) ;&#xA; \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This produces the following image:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/AMwwC.png&quot; alt=&quot;Line from A to the opposite side of B.&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want the line to go to the left side, replace &lt;code&gt;(B.east)&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;(B.west)&lt;/code&gt;.  If you want it to go elsewhere, you can use the anchor &lt;code&gt;(B.&lt;em&gt;θ&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/code&gt;, where &lt;em&gt;&lt;code&gt;θ&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/em&gt; is an integer between 0 and 360; &lt;code&gt;0&lt;/code&gt; corresponds to &lt;code&gt;east&lt;/code&gt;, and adding one moves the anchor around the node boundary by one degree.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1425" LastActivityDate="2010-11-12T10:58:46.073" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5269" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5262" CreationDate="2010-11-12T11:16:39.820" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think that giving TeX error messages for 404 could be confusing, specially because there already &lt;em&gt;is&lt;/em&gt; a description of why the error is happening, see for example our &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/404&quot;&gt;current 404 page&lt;/a&gt;, so I would stay away from that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now an idea I have, continuing with the letter pressed effects (like the current “TeX” logo in the header), is to have a letter pressed “404” with the last “4” missing or fallen. Like if one was trying to “press” the “4” into place but somehow the &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File%3aMetal_movable_type.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;type piece&lt;/a&gt; failed to properly print the image and is just lying there in defeat.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hope that makes some sense to someone. :P&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt; Along similar lines, how about a scrambled box of typesetting pieces spelling “Not Found” or “404” like some &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.clipartof.com/gallery/clipart/typesetting.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;of the pictures here&lt;/a&gt;. I don't know, though, how could we create such a photo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-12T11:21:45.280" LastActivityDate="2010-11-12T11:21:45.280" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-11-12T11:16:39.820" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5270" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5262" CreationDate="2010-11-12T11:21:01.640" Score="-4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Abridged version, since this answer is unpopular and clearly inferior to Martin's  &quot;hot metal&quot; answer, and shouldn't take up so much HTML screen estate in this thread &amp;mdash; look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/posts/5270/revisions&quot;&gt;the revisions page&lt;/a&gt; to see the original answer in all of its gruesome glory.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One could have some Tex-resembling error message written with a vertical orientation, and typeset it with the kind of &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Matrix_digital_rain&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;digital rain&lt;/a&gt; effect one sey, for instance, in the Matrix credits. Is there a font suitable for such a digital rain effect?  Cf. Zawinski's GLmatrix and xmatrix from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.jwz.org/xscreensaver/screenshots/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;xscreensaver&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-13T13:29:27.730" LastActivityDate="2010-11-13T13:29:27.730" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-11-12T11:21:01.640" />
  <row Id="5271" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5228" CreationDate="2010-11-12T13:16:00.840" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can do as Patrick says, or you can generate TeX files from a script language (say, Perl + Template Toolkit) and then use environment variables to pass the parameters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E.g. on Linux with bash, you can do&#xA;$ PARAM1=VALUE1 PARAM2=VALUE2 perl ./compile.pl&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1833" LastActivityDate="2010-11-12T13:16:00.840" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5272" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5262" CreationDate="2010-11-12T13:39:40.063" Score="22" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I actually liked @Juan's idea for using typesetting pieces to spell &quot;Not Found&quot;. Being keen on 3D art, here's a quick mockup I put together just now:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/bMk6f.png&quot; alt=&quot;Not found&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please excuse the shoddy appearance, I wanted just to give an idea. The final thing will be rendered photorealistically, so all the usual stuff like materials, textures, reflections, etc. will be in place. Also, no problem to use any typeface (that I have installed), or comes as OTF, TrueType or what have you. I think something serif-y would look great, with different typeface for each letter (combining thin and thick letters of different sizes, etc. For added appearance, the typeface bits could be of different &quot;materials&quot;, and discernible difference in height, so that it's obvious they come from different typographical sets.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm expecting comments, suggestions and critiques, and if enough people think this is a good idea, I'll proceed and create something more finished.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;P.S. For the curious, the software is SolidWorks 2009 (no affiliation).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update&lt;/strong&gt;: If this gets into double-digit upvotes, I promise a new draft rendered in full glory until Monday. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now I notice that the letters are actually in the wrong order. Oh well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update 2&lt;/strong&gt;. Here's a second (rendered) version. Quite bland at the moment, I need some extra textures for the floor, I'm thinking of something paper-like, non-reflective, maybe with the printed output of the typography set. The light certainly needs adjustments. The typographic sorts are probably a bit too thick (couldn't find correct measures so I improvised from images). Now, enjoy (or be appalled): &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/VI7fk.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Typeface list upon request. Font suggestions welcome. Comments highly appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update 3&lt;/strong&gt;: Yet another version, with softer tints. But that's not a big deal, those kind of things can be handled with some post-processing, and I'm sure Jin would help with some final touches.&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/DL8VD.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="711" LastEditorUserId="711" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-12T18:25:44.200" LastActivityDate="2010-11-12T18:25:44.200" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-11-12T13:39:40.063" CommentCount="11" />
  <row Id="5273" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="339" CreationDate="2010-11-12T13:46:59.723" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you are looking for a beautifully designed LaTeX editor for Mac, you should try &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.scriboapp.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Scribo&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Although it's still in beta, it has a beautiful interface with a live outline of your document and a split-view. I am really anxious to see what it will become.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, I personnally use &lt;a href=&quot;http://macromates.com&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TextMate&lt;/a&gt; and the LaTeX bundle for typesetting small files.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1790" LastActivityDate="2010-11-12T13:46:59.723" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-11-12T13:46:59.723" />
  <row Id="5274" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5260" CreationDate="2010-11-12T14:04:19.897" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\href&lt;/code&gt; and friends have to do some magic to make special characters like &lt;code&gt;#&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;~&lt;/code&gt; work. This magic works only if the commands are used outside of any other commands. But the &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; package accepts “escaped” versions as well: &lt;code&gt;\#&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\~&lt;/code&gt; and so on. They work in any case and are a bit easier to remember than commands like &lt;code&gt;\textasciitilde&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is actually independent of &lt;code&gt;docstrip&lt;/code&gt;, the following example exhibits the same behavior:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\title{Test}&#xA;\author{Me\footnote{\url{http://example.com/~}}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;\url{http://example.com/~}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastEditorUserId="345" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-12T14:11:48.627" LastActivityDate="2010-11-12T14:11:48.627" />
  <row Id="5275" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5228" CreationDate="2010-11-12T14:18:29.073" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Expanding on my comment to Alexei,&#xA;If you make a file test.tex with:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Hello [% name %]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and a test.pl with:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;#!/usr/bin/env perl&#xA;&#xA;use strict;&#xA;use warnings;&#xA;&#xA;use Template;&#xA;&#xA;my $tt = Template-&amp;gt;new(); &#xA;&#xA;my @names = ('john','sally');&#xA;my $infile = 'test.tex';&#xA;&#xA;foreach my $name (@names) {&#xA;  my %data;&#xA;  my $outname = $name . 'tex';&#xA;  $data{'name'} = $name;&#xA;  $tt-&amp;gt;process($infile,\%data, $outname);&#xA;  system(&quot;latexmk -pdf $outname&quot;);&#xA;  system(&quot;latexmk -c&quot;);&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;when you execute test.pl you should get a john.tex and a john.pdf, etc in the same folder. Its a simple example but I'm sure you can extend it to what you need. PS if you don't know latexmk, check it out!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1407" LastActivityDate="2010-11-12T14:18:29.073" />
  <row Id="5276" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5262" CreationDate="2010-11-12T14:22:33.150" Score="25" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;What about asking Duane Bibby to contribute some art?  His drawings are iconic, and would help associate the site with the TeX &quot;brand&quot; (if an open source project can be said to have a brand).  New users would be more inclined to trust the site.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/gKqF6.png&quot; alt=&quot;TeX Lion&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;CTAN lion drawing by Duane Bibby courtesy of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/lion.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;CTAN.org&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;We could get the lion scratching his head for the 404 page, or squinting at a screen for the captcha page, etc.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-15T13:25:24.793" LastActivityDate="2010-11-15T13:25:24.793" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-11-12T14:22:33.150" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5277" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5313" CreationDate="2010-11-12T14:35:43.067" Score="17" ViewCount="412" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a package which allows me to render (n)curses based output (VT100, ANSI ...) directly in LaTeX (including colors if possible)? I'm currently making screenshots and include the PNGs via graphicx. I'm just wondering whether it's possible to achieve a higher quality.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1784" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-02T17:32:24.193" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T17:32:24.193" Title="How to render Terminal Output in LaTeX" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;" AnswerCount="4" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="5278" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="339" CreationDate="2010-11-12T14:40:14.997" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just started playing around a little with the LyX 2.0 beta. Quite a significant collection of new features- Have a look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But LyX is very much a WYSIWYM sort of editor, and I sort of like editing the La/TeX directly. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That being said- I largely use TeXShop and/or bbedit on the Mac. I personally am not looking for a bunch of bells and whistles, just a good editor. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1809" LastActivityDate="2010-11-12T14:40:14.997" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-11-12T14:40:14.997" />
  <row Id="5279" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5283" CreationDate="2010-11-12T14:51:03.860" Score="7" ViewCount="114" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know I can declare and execute an option for my package using&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareOption{myoption}{\typeout{I did it!}}&#xA;\ProcessOptions&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but now I'd like to give the option a value:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareOption{type}{\typeout{You typed: \CurrentOptionValue}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which would be used as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[type=&quot;hello, world!&quot;]{mypackage}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Requirements on the value string is that it can contain at least some nonalphanumeric characters, like spaces, commas and dots (and maybe some others...).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="223" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-12T15:56:32.710" LastActivityDate="2010-11-12T15:56:32.710" Title="How do I declare an option that takes an input value?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;package-writing&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5280" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5277" CreationDate="2010-11-12T14:52:03.747" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use the &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt; package, and have the terminal output to a text file (on most operative systems this is accomplished by adding &lt;code&gt;&amp;gt;&amp;gt; output.txt&lt;/code&gt; at the end of the command).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="223" LastActivityDate="2010-11-12T14:52:03.747" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5281" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="339" CreationDate="2010-11-12T15:10:42.773" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd recommend &lt;a href=&quot;http://texmakerx.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TexMakerX&lt;/a&gt; an interesting fork of TexMaker&#xA;that I find more usable and customizable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Other pros: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;cross-platform, &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;writing support (incr. search, folding, navigation, auto-completion)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;syntax highlighting, &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;inline interactive spell-checking&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;support to the main latex tools, including tikz, pstricks, etc.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;multi-views: math, structure&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;svn support&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;runs in a usb&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1837" LastActivityDate="2010-11-12T15:10:42.773" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-11-12T15:10:42.773" />
  <row Id="5282" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5279" CreationDate="2010-11-12T15:21:07.503" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=xkeyval&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;xkeyval&lt;/a&gt; package is your friend.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-11-12T15:21:07.503" />
  <row Id="5283" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5279" CreationDate="2010-11-12T15:32:40.283" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For handling key-value input as package options, there are a few choices:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/xkeyval&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;xkeyval&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/kvoptions&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;kvoptions&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/pgfopts&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;pgfopts&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of these, &lt;code&gt;kvoptions&lt;/code&gt; is probably the most robust approach. The way that options are declared is to use &lt;code&gt;\define@key&lt;/code&gt; (or &lt;code&gt;\pgfkeys&lt;/code&gt; in the case of &lt;code&gt;pgfopts&lt;/code&gt;) before processing the package options. With &lt;code&gt;kvoptions&lt;/code&gt; you get some nicer wrappers, such as &lt;code&gt;\DeclareBoolOption&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, the LaTeX2e kernel does various bits of processing before the input gets anywhere near the key-value processor. As a result, I'd strongly advice considering using a post-loading macro to set keys rather than a load-time set of options. This is easy enough to implement:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\mysetupmacro#1{\setkeys{mypackage}{#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which will then only need a basic key-value package: probably I would choose &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/kvsetkeys&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;kvsetkeys&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, which provides &lt;code&gt;\kvsetkeys&lt;/code&gt; as a more robust version of &lt;code&gt;\setkeys&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-12T15:41:10.350" LastActivityDate="2010-11-12T15:41:10.350" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5284" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5295" CreationDate="2010-11-12T17:32:51.900" Score="7" ViewCount="234" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to lay out the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;XXXXXXX Title&#xA;XXXXXXX Subtitle&#xA;XXXXXXX Maybe even a date!&#xA;XXXXXXX&#xA;XXXXXXX&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;Content, content, content ...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The X's are an image (a logo), and the text is just off to the side. This is sort of a title to a page - not a float, so figures and captions seem wholly inappropriate: this needs to be rendered where it appears in the text, which will be kind of the top of the file. &lt;code&gt;\maketitle&lt;/code&gt; is just too bulky, and this should have a more branded feel.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{document}&#xA;% What goes here?&#xA;\includegraphics{the_logo.pdf}&#xA;Title \\ Subtitle \\ Maybe even a date!&#xA;% &amp;lt;/what goes here&amp;gt;&#xA;&#xA;Content, content, content...&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I appreciate that LaTeX generally handles formatting for me, but on the occasions I want to take control of the layout, it seems next to impossible...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1841" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-15T17:59:39.877" LastActivityDate="2010-11-15T17:59:39.877" Title="Heading title with a logo" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5285" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5418" CreationDate="2010-11-12T17:42:17.963" Score="3" ViewCount="602" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am not able to generate the table of contents made of all the parts (declared by &lt;code&gt;\part&lt;/code&gt; command) of my Beamer presentation. While sections of each part are listed easily, there is no hint in the Beamer user guide how to use &lt;code&gt;\tableofcontents&lt;/code&gt; to generate the list of parts. Anyone knows?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1547" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T08:27:56.983" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T08:27:56.983" Title="\tableofcontents from \part commands in Beamer" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;parts&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="5286" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5290" CreationDate="2010-11-12T18:11:53.630" Score="3" ViewCount="139" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to get BibTeX to ignore certain optional arguments? For example, if the .bib file has many entries with language = {English}, and you wish for a certain file's bibliography to not say (English) after its entries, how would you do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1785" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-15T21:55:27.930" LastActivityDate="2010-11-15T21:55:27.930" Title="Can BibTeX ignore optional arguments?" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;biblatex&gt;&lt;optional-arguments&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="5287" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5262" CreationDate="2010-11-12T18:16:08.350" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's a vague idea that floated into my head regarding the &lt;strong&gt;captcha&lt;/strong&gt; page.  This is (I'm told) meant to have something robotic about it, so I thought about something referring to the fact that TeX is Turing complete.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Either a terminal with a standard TeX initial output ending with some error message reading: &quot;I'm Turing complete, are you?&quot;.  Or the TeX lion sitting at a terminal with some relevant output on it (some Turing problem or other) with that phrase as a caption.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-11-12T18:16:08.350" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-11-12T18:16:08.350" />
  <row Id="5288" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5285" CreationDate="2010-11-12T18:18:21.473" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quoting from the beamer documentation, p. 98:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;If you give a long talk (like a lecture), you may wish to break up your talk into several parts. Each such part acts like a little “talk of its own” with its own table of contents, its own navigation bars, and so on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I guess there is no &quot;built-in&quot; way to create a table of contents spanning several parts in beamer. IMO, you should reorganize your presentation so that former parts become sections and former sections subsections. (As for former subsections, p. 34 of the documentation states &quot;Do not use subsubsections, they are evil&quot;, but you could even ignore that.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-11-12T18:18:21.473" />
  <row Id="5289" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5277" CreationDate="2010-11-12T18:41:59.597" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't know about a package.  You would have to make TeX interpret the ANSI sequences.  That should be possible by assigning catcode 13 to the ESC character. It may be tricky to figure out how long is the argument, though, since in the escape sequences it is the last character that determines what type of sequence it is, and therefore how long the argument is.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2010-11-12T18:41:59.597" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5290" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5286" CreationDate="2010-11-12T18:45:27.657" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One possibility is to use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/biblatex.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;biblatex&lt;/a&gt;. Quoting from p. 43-44 of its documentation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;If [the option &quot;clearlang&quot;] is enabled, biblatex will automatically clear the language field of all entries whose language matches the babel language of the document (or the language specified explicitly with the language option) in order to omit redundant language specifications.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that the &quot;clearlang&quot; option is enabled by default. Minimal example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel}&#xA;&#xA;% Alternative A: Default behaviour (&quot;language&quot; field cleared)&#xA;\usepackage{biblatex}&#xA;&#xA;% Alternative B: Clearing of &quot;language&quot; field disabled&#xA;% \usepackage[clearlang=false]{biblatex}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.bib}&#xA;@misc{Aut10a,&#xA;  author = {Author, A.},&#xA;  year = {2010},&#xA;  title = {Alpha},&#xA;  language = {english},&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\bibliography{\jobname}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\nocite{*}&#xA;&#xA;\printbibliography&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The filecontents environment is only used to include some external files directly into the example, so that it compiles. It is not necessary for the solution.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-11-12T18:45:27.657" />
  <row Id="5291" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5285" CreationDate="2010-11-12T18:58:59.010" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Since beamer doesn't directly support parts in the table of contents, I would simply use an &lt;code&gt;itemize&lt;/code&gt; environment to print out the list of parts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you really wish to copy the comfortable &lt;code&gt;\tableofcontents&lt;/code&gt; way, you may build a separate TOC file for that using &lt;code&gt;\addtocontents&lt;/code&gt; (could be done with &lt;code&gt;\AtBeginPart{\addtocontents...}&lt;/code&gt;) and process it, similar to &lt;code&gt;\beamer@tableofcontents&lt;/code&gt; in beamerbasetoc.sty. But that requires some programming, you may decide if it's worth the effort for just one document. Extensive presentations with many parts requiring a content frame, besides the existing sectioning structure, might not be very common.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-12T20:02:34.123" LastActivityDate="2010-11-12T20:02:34.123" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5292" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5308" CreationDate="2010-11-12T18:59:20.860" Score="8" ViewCount="316" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've been using LaTeX for about 6 years and the calc package for a long time. Therefore, not being able to use real / floating point numbers was never really a problem. Thanks, \real!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've been pouring over the documentation of ConTeXt for the last few days, but haven't seeing if they've decided to address this. It appears that Lua is probably the answer, but I'm just trying to fight my way through ConTeXt, at this point.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there an e-TeX or ConTeXt way to deal with this? I think the answer is no, but I thought I'd try. :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="659" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-12T22:02:16.523" LastActivityDate="2010-12-30T19:40:15.173" Title="ConTeXt / e-TeX Real Numbers?" Tags="&lt;context&gt;&lt;calculations&gt;&lt;e-tex&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5293" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5296" CreationDate="2010-11-12T19:06:37.230" Score="10" ViewCount="278" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a document that uses symbols both from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/psfonts/marvosym/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;marvosym&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package as well as the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/eurosym/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;eurosym&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package. There are two commands that clash and I get an error message (due to  &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; being used and leading to the error &lt;code&gt;Command \EUR already defined.&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is the appropriate way to patch a package? What I have done - in the meantime - was to modify the &lt;code&gt;marvosym.sty&lt;/code&gt; file and to place it in the document directory.   &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-12T19:18:09.353" LastActivityDate="2011-03-12T19:18:09.353" Title="How to patch a package" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;packages&gt;&lt;errors&gt;&lt;patching&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5294" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5292" CreationDate="2010-11-12T19:10:57.007" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;e-TeX can evaluate simple fixed-point expressions via &lt;code&gt;\dimexpr&lt;/code&gt;, but as you already stated, for ConTeXt Mk IV programming in Lua is the way to go, and it is much nicer, simpler and cleaner than anything TeX could ever offer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastEditorUserId="345" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-13T00:31:27.970" LastActivityDate="2010-11-13T00:31:27.970" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="5295" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5284" CreationDate="2010-11-12T19:33:53.110" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;A tabular environment, parboxes or minipages could be used.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Specify an alignment option, for &lt;code&gt;\parbox&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt; choose &lt;code&gt;[t]&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;To avoid alignment problems (&lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt; sets the baseline to the bottom of the picture) insert &lt;code&gt;\vspace{0pt}&lt;/code&gt; before &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The same trick helps with the aligment of a text line, so you might need it in a second minipage too.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Be careful with boxes or minipages when trying to fit the text width, use % to avoid additional space in the output because of a line break acting like whitespace.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a small example showing how you could start:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\newcommand{\mytitle}[1]{\LARGE \textbf{#1}\par}&#xA;\newcommand{\mysubtitle}[1]{\large\textbf{#1}\par}&#xA;\newcommand{\mydate}[1]{\small #1\par}&#xA;\usepackage[demo]{graphicx}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\noindent%&#xA;\begin{minipage}[t]{.3\textwidth}&#xA;\vspace{0pt}\includegraphics[width=3cm,height=3cm]{test}&#xA;\end{minipage}%&#xA;\begin{minipage}[t]{.7\textwidth}&#xA;\vspace{0pt}&#xA;\mytitle{Title}&#xA;\mysubtitle{Subtitle}&#xA;\mydate{\today}&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;&#xA;\bigskip&#xA;\noindent Content, content, content ...&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/cjfXN.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-11-12T19:33:53.110" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5296" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5293" CreationDate="2010-11-12T19:39:55.810" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To just avoid the error, you could declare the affected macro to be undefined:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{eurosym}&#xA;\let\EUR\undefined&#xA;\usepackage{marvosym}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you would like to use symbols of both package with originally equal name, you could use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/savesym&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;savesym&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{savesym}&#xA;\usepackage{eurosym}&#xA;\savesymbol{EUR}&#xA;\usepackage{marvosym}&#xA;\restoresymbol{marvosym}{EUR}&#xA;...&#xA;\EUR\ vs. \marvosymEUR&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/5w31T.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-12T19:45:04.503" LastActivityDate="2010-11-12T19:45:04.503" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="5297" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6604" CreationDate="2010-11-12T20:02:57.593" Score="6" ViewCount="186" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm working on a python script that will compile a series of latex documents according to a work list. Basically, the script reads the file name and title of a document, adds a couple of things that should always be included and sends a &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; call to command line. The command has the following form:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;gt;pdflatex -job-name=&quot;The title&quot; &quot;\somestuff\input{thefile}&quot;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I'm using a couple of options for output directories as well, but they have been ommitted here for brevity...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, I have a couple of documents in the list that need to have special characters in the title. When that happens, the file names are corrupted. If I loop through the file names with python, reading them as utf8 shows the same thing as in my Windows Explorer window, but reading them as latin1 gives the correct names.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Currently &lt;code&gt;ÅÄÖåäö&lt;/code&gt; are the only characters in question, but I'd like support for the entire utf8 charset. Is there any way I can make pdflatex encode these file names correctly?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am moving the entire system to a server system with another OS when I'm done with it, so it's possible I'll need to encode these things in some other encoding then. Therefore, a solution that is encoding generic gets bonus points =)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="223" LastActivityDate="2010-12-06T13:19:02.663" Title="Specify -job-name option to pdflatex with special characters" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;encodings&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5298" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-12T20:42:43.230" Score="1" ViewCount="106" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm getting an error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Undefined control sequence.&#xA;l.12 \InfoFileName&#xA;                  {db.tex}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For background &lt;code&gt;\InfoFileName&lt;/code&gt; is the macro used to change where &lt;code&gt;newlfm&lt;/code&gt; gets its address information from.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1847" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-15T19:35:44.153" LastActivityDate="2010-11-15T19:35:44.153" Title="Does newlfm define \InfoPathName?" Tags="&lt;letters&gt;&lt;newlfm&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5299" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5262" CreationDate="2010-11-12T21:16:36.060" Score="15" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For me, something like &lt;code&gt;$n_{0}(t) f_{0}(u^{n}d) = 404$&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;404 = \frac{n_{0}(t)}{f_{0}(u^{n}d)}&lt;/code&gt;, or even a commutative diagram like (using the old amscd package)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{CD}&#xA;\dots @&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&amp;gt; N_{0}(T) @&amp;gt;{f_{0}}&amp;gt;&amp;gt; U_{n}(D) @&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&amp;gt; \dots \\&#xA;@. @VVV @VVV \\&#xA;\dots @&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&amp;gt; E_{r}(r) @&amp;gt;{o}&amp;gt;&amp;gt; R_{404} @&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&amp;gt; \dots &#xA;\end{CD}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or this one (using xypic)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\xymatrix@!0{&#xA;&amp;amp; N \ar@{-&amp;gt;}[rr] \ar@{-}'[d][dd]&#xA;&amp;amp; &amp;amp; o \ar@{-}[dd]&#xA;\\&#xA;F \ar@{-}[ur] \ar@{&amp;lt;-}[rr] \ar@{-&amp;gt;}[dd]&#xA;&amp;amp; &amp;amp; T \ar@{&amp;lt;-}[ur] \ar@{-}[dd]&#xA;\\&#xA;&amp;amp; u \ar@{-&amp;gt;}'[r][rr]&#xA;&amp;amp; &amp;amp; n&#xA;\\&#xA;o \ar@{-}[rr] \ar@{-&amp;gt;}[ur]&#xA;&amp;amp; &amp;amp; d \ar@{&amp;lt;-}[ur]&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;captures at least some of the essence of TeX...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt; These produce the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/pq87n.png&quot; alt=&quot;Not Found&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="262" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-15T02:33:43.743" LastActivityDate="2010-11-15T02:33:43.743" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-11-12T21:16:36.060" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="5300" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12998" CreationDate="2010-11-12T22:07:53.970" Score="6" ViewCount="321" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to migrate documents to &lt;a href=&quot;http://latexlab.org&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://latexlab.org&lt;/a&gt;, but they won't compile because they require expl3.sty. Yesterday I started by uploading all of the expl3 sty files but then latex demanded even more. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would be happy to do without &lt;a href=&quot;https://tug.org/texmf-dist/tex/latex/expl3/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;expl3&lt;/a&gt;, but I can't determine what packages are calling it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;note: While writing this message, I realized that the xfrac package (see &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/ctan/macros/latex/exptl/siunitx/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;siunitx&lt;/a&gt;) was the culprit.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1783" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-12T22:44:03.330" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T08:21:49.403" Title="What LaTeX Lab packages use expl3?" Tags="&lt;siunitx&gt;&lt;expl3&gt;&lt;latexlab&gt;&lt;xfrac&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5301" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5262" CreationDate="2010-11-12T22:33:43.187" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there anything to defining 404 as \TeX is defined for something like ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/WqY4J.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Obviously it could be enlarged and repeated or whatever, but I think its a fun start. The TeX is just:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\my404{4\kern-.025em\lower.5ex\hbox{0}\kern-.05em4}&#xA;&#xA;Error \my404\ Not Found&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Someone run with it if you like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1407" LastActivityDate="2010-11-12T22:33:43.187" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-11-12T22:33:43.187" />
  <row Id="5302" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5300" CreationDate="2010-11-12T22:35:42.513" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;By individually commenting out packages and recompiling, I found that the xfrac package (see &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/ctan/macros/latex/exptl/siunitx/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;siunitx&lt;/a&gt;) was the culprit.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1783" LastEditorUserId="1783" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-12T22:41:31.023" LastActivityDate="2010-11-12T22:41:31.023" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="5304" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5130" CreationDate="2010-11-13T03:30:47.183" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hey Ban, How do you open up the file ~/.bash_profile?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1849" LastActivityDate="2010-11-13T03:30:47.183" />
  <row Id="5305" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5292" CreationDate="2010-11-13T03:53:39.050" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;How about the pgfmath part of &lt;a href=&quot;http://sourceforge.net/projects/pgf/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pgf&lt;/a&gt;? I know it can be used in ConTeXt, I just don't know if it will do full floating point for you. In trying to find out to what degree this would work for you I also found this &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texdev.net/2010/06/19/fixed-point-calculations-in-tex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;link&lt;/a&gt; which has some other useful thoughts, especially in the comments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1407" LastActivityDate="2010-11-13T03:53:39.050" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5306" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5292" CreationDate="2010-11-13T07:36:41.730" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is a simple port of the first four functions of fp-basic.sty&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\unprotect&#xA;\def\FPadd#1#2#3% #1 = #2 + #3&#xA;  {\ctxlua{context.setvalue(&quot;\strippedcsname#1&quot;, #2+#3)}}&#xA;&#xA;\def\FPsub#1#2#3% #1 = #2 - #3&#xA;  {\ctxlua{context.setvalue(&quot;\strippedcsname#1&quot;, #2-#3)}}&#xA;&#xA;\def\FPmul#1#2#3% #1 = #2 * #3&#xA;  {\ctxlua{context.setvalue(&quot;\strippedcsname#1&quot;, #2*#3)}}&#xA;&#xA;\def\FPdiv#1#2#3% #1 = #2 / #3&#xA;  {\ctxlua{context.setvalue(&quot;\strippedcsname#1&quot;, #2/#3)}}&#xA;\protect&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Other functions can be defined in a similar manner, if needed. As a bonus, this works for any number format (1e6, etc) that is recognized by lua. There are no error checks, so division by zero gives inf. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\starttext&#xA;\FPadd\ADD{10.2}{1e6}&#xA;\FPsub\SUB{10.2}{13.5}&#xA;\FPmul\MUL{10.2}{13.5}&#xA;\FPdiv\DIV{10.2}{0}&#xA;&#xA;\startlines&#xA;\ADD&#xA;\SUB&#xA;\MUL&#xA;\DIV&#xA;\stoplines&#xA;\stoptext&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;gives&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;1000010.2&#xA;-3.3&#xA;137.7&#xA;inf&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2010-11-13T07:36:41.730" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5307" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5130" CreationDate="2010-11-13T08:26:07.180" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;How about: go to 'Preferences' in TextMate, and add &lt;code&gt;/usr/texbin&lt;/code&gt; to the PATH in the 'Shell Variables'? After all, that is what TextMate itself suggests ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-11-13T08:26:07.180" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5308" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5292" CreationDate="2010-11-13T08:35:31.633" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Current ConTeXt code uses &lt;code&gt;\dimexpr&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\numexpr&lt;/code&gt; from e-TeX a lot, because most of ConTeXt predates luatex.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to do a quick calculation in lua, you can just do something trivial&#xA;like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\evaluate#1{\directlua{tex.sprint(tostring(#1))}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;then you can write:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\evaluate{10.2+1e6}&#xA;\evaluate{10.2/0}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;et cetera.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Best wishes,&#xA;Taco&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-11-13T08:35:31.633" />
  <row Id="5309" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5394" CreationDate="2010-11-13T09:28:40.463" Score="4" ViewCount="292" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm sorry for asking a similar question to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/409/what-is-a-good-way-to-draw-dynkin-diagrams-in-latex&quot;&gt;this tex.SE question&lt;/a&gt;, but my motivation is different. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd like to replicate the affine Dynkin diagrams as in Kac's textbook, see pp. 53, 54 and 55 of the third edition. Here are links to the pages in Google Books: &lt;a href=&quot;http://books.google.co.jp/books?id=kuEjSb9teJwC&amp;amp;pg=PA53#v=onepage&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;p. 53&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://books.google.co.jp/books?id=kuEjSb9teJwC&amp;amp;pg=PA54#v=onepage&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;p. 54&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://books.google.co.jp/books?id=kuEjSb9teJwC&amp;amp;pg=PA55#v=onepage&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;p. 55&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Judging from the fonts used, he or the typesetter used simple TeX symbols as much as possible, including the double-lined arrows, &lt;code&gt;\Leftarrow&lt;/code&gt; etc., instead of using generic diagramming packages. How can I do that? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's a stupid question, not applicable to drawing generic diagrams, but I liked Kac's &quot;minimalism&quot;. Also, his textbook is like a Bible in this field of mathematics, so I just want to follow his example, even in typesetting affine Dynkin diagrams!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1852" LastEditorUserId="1852" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-13T15:11:19.963" LastActivityDate="2010-11-15T10:05:00.560" Title="How can I replicate affine Dynkin diagrams in Kac's textbook?" Tags="&lt;diagrams&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="12" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5310" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5312" CreationDate="2010-11-13T11:15:55.397" Score="7" ViewCount="354" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using the package &lt;code&gt;slashbox&lt;/code&gt; and my left column is reasonably wide, how can I tune the diagonal line (created by &lt;code&gt;\backslashbox&lt;/code&gt;) such that it starts and ends in the corners of the cell?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{slashbox}&#xA;\usepackage{pict2e}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA; \begin{table}[ht!]&#xA;  \centering&#xA;  \begin{tabular}{ *{4}{|c}|} &#xA;   \hline&#xA;   \backslashbox{foo}{bar} &amp;amp; test &amp;amp; header &amp;amp; header \\&#xA;   \hline&#xA;   relatively wide column&amp;amp; b &amp;amp; $3$ &amp;amp; $4$ \\&#xA;   ds &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; $1$ &amp;amp; $4$ \\&#xA;   \hline&#xA;  \end{tabular}&#xA; \end{table}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Result: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ZPizq.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="794" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-13T14:15:11.407" LastActivityDate="2010-11-13T14:15:11.407" Title="How to handle wide columns with \backslashbox?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="5311" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5310" CreationDate="2010-11-13T12:00:48.110" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Since this is an issue concerning the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/slashbox&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;slashbox&lt;/a&gt; package itself, the only solution might be a hack of the package source. Consider to restructure the table and tweak it with the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/booktabs&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;booktabs&lt;/a&gt; package. See code below for some ideas.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[font=small,labelfont=bf,tableposition=top]{caption}&#xA;\usepackage{booktabs,multirow}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{table}[!ht]&#xA;    \caption{Table caption}\label{tab:default}&#xA;    \centering&#xA;    \begin{tabular}{*{4}{|c}|}\hline&#xA;      \multirow{2}{*}{foo} &amp;amp; \multicolumn{3}{|c|}{bar} \\ \cline{2-4}&#xA;       &amp;amp; test &amp;amp; header &amp;amp; header \\ \hline&#xA;      relatively wide column&amp;amp; b &amp;amp; $3$ &amp;amp; $4$ \\&#xA;      ds &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; $1$ &amp;amp; $4$ \\ \hline&#xA;    \end{tabular}&#xA;  \end{table}&#xA;&#xA;  \begin{table}[!ht]&#xA;    \caption{Table caption}\label{tab:booktabs}&#xA;    \centering&#xA;    \begin{tabular}{*{4}{c}}\toprule&#xA;      \multirow{2}{*}[-0.5ex]{foo} &amp;amp; \multicolumn{3}{c}{bar} \\ \cmidrule{2-4}&#xA;       &amp;amp; test &amp;amp; header &amp;amp; header \\ \midrule&#xA;      relatively wide column&amp;amp; b &amp;amp; $3$ &amp;amp; $4$ \\&#xA;      ds &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; $1$ &amp;amp; $4$ \\ \bottomrule&#xA;    \end{tabular}&#xA;  \end{table}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is also worth to think about dropping vertical lines to improve legibility of the tables as shown above.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-11-13T12:00:48.110" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5312" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5310" CreationDate="2010-11-13T12:15:55.140" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The simplest and most straightforward way of doing this is to specify the literal size of the slashed box.  In your case, it's about 40mm.  So try this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\backslashbox[40mm]{foo}{bar}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Generalising this approach would not be much more complicated. Compute the size of the backslashbox by taking the size of the column's widest string then add on two times the width of the table's column separators.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/DDaLn.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-11-13T12:15:55.140" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5313" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5277" CreationDate="2010-11-13T14:42:01.263" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Jan's solution is the most direct, but, speaking from experience, writing parsers for teletype codes is a real pain.  I wonder if it makes sense to reinvent such a tricky wheel, rather than use some external program to do the parsing instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Instead, I suggest using an external curses to HTML converter, and use one of the existing HTML to Latex interpreters/translaters to generate the code for the document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can't say which tools are right for the job, but maybe some of my thoughts are worth typing out:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;David Mertz has written a series on curses programming in Python, of which &lt;a href=&quot;http://gnosis.cx/publish/programming/charming_python_6.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;#6: Curses programming in Python: Tips for Beginners&lt;/a&gt; introduces &lt;a href=&quot;http://gnosis.cx/download/gnosis/util/convert/curses_txt2html.py&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;curses_txt2html.py&lt;/a&gt; &amp;mdash; note that code has dependencies on other code from the series;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Finding the right converter from HTML to Latex is made more difficult by the fact that (i) there are so many, and (ii) most care about logical structure, rather than exactly representing coloured, preformatted monospaced text.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The Texinfo people know about curses, since, e.g., the &lt;code&gt;pinfo&lt;/code&gt; Texinfo reader is ncurses based, and Texinfo is a Tex format that closely resembles, and is easily converted to Latex.  I don't know if they have done anything like this, but if they have, they are likely to have done a good job.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-13T22:25:25.940" LastActivityDate="2010-11-13T22:25:25.940" />
  <row Id="5314" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5317" CreationDate="2010-11-13T15:14:12.503" Score="5" ViewCount="180" Body="&lt;p&gt;For reasons that are beyond me, the following MWE&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrreprt}&#xA;\usepackage{classicthesis-ldpkg}&#xA;\usepackage{bm}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\section{The values of $\beta$ for which $\omega_i \mid \bm{\omega}&#xA;\mid^{-\beta}$ is defined at the origin}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;fails to compile with the following error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! TeX capacity exceeded, sorry [input stack size=5000].&#xA;&amp;lt;to be read again&amp;gt;&#xA;                   \HyPsd@@LetCommand&#xA;l.9 ...a} \mid^{-\beta}$ is defined at the origin}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've tried increasing the amount of memory available to pdfLatex but&#xA;that doesn't solve the problem. I've also googled to no avail. Is&#xA;there a workaround for this problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PS: by the way, I must add that this site is very beautiful indeed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1857" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-19T11:19:34.190" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T11:19:34.190" Title="Equations in section heading/title" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="5315" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5314" CreationDate="2010-11-13T15:24:00.483" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Welcome!  This is maybe not the answer you want, but I think if you can avoid math expressions in section titles you should.  First, arguments to &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt; move around which makes &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt; one of the so-called &lt;em&gt;fragile&lt;/em&gt; commands.  Also, fonts usually change between regular text, section headers, and TOC text, which could make it a headache to select the right math fonts.  Finally, if your notation is defined in the previous section, someone scanning the TOC would not have any idea what that section is about.  So I would just write it out in English if you can.  &quot;The best notation is no notation,&quot; says Halmos.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-11-13T15:24:00.483" />
  <row Id="5317" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5314" CreationDate="2010-11-13T15:36:31.397" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It looks like &lt;code&gt;classicthesis-ldpkg&lt;/code&gt; has loaded &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; which is trying to bookmark your section title and, because it contains maths, is throwing the (rather cryptic) error for you.  The solution is pretty simple. Rewrite your &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt; command this way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section{The values of \texorpdfstring{$\beta$}{TEXT} %&#xA;     for which \texorpdfstring{$\omega_i \mid \bm{\omega}\mid^{-\beta}$}%&#xA;     {TEXT} is defined at the origin}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;including some &lt;em&gt;non-math&lt;/em&gt; text in the two location with the word &quot;TEXT&quot;. The section title will contain the math typeset as you want, and the generated pdf bookmarks will contain whatever you substitute for TEXT.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1598" LastActivityDate="2010-11-13T15:36:31.397" />
  <row Id="5318" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-13T15:39:31.113" Score="8" ViewCount="495" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the default font in LaTeX beamer. I want to use it in an ooffice master layout.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1858" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T14:10:31.970" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T14:10:31.970" Title="What is the default font in latex beamer?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;beamer&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="5319" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5324" CreationDate="2010-11-13T15:50:15.313" Score="0" ViewCount="252" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using Miktex 2.9 and XeLaTeX plus some EPS figures. For consistent fonts along the document, I used to play with &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/psfrag&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;psfrag&lt;/a&gt; or directly use &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/pstricks&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pstricks&lt;/a&gt;. I'm facing the situation where none of the above works. Instead, I'm now using the &lt;code&gt;\put&lt;/code&gt; command to place labels on EPS figures. I'd like to know others possibles approaches : Inkscape? &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/pgf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tikZ&lt;/a&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastEditorUserId="1063" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-15T10:59:39.157" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T11:29:47.943" Title="XeLaTeX and EPS figure with consistent fonts" Tags="&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;labels&gt;&lt;pstricks&gt;&lt;psfrag&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5320" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5318" CreationDate="2010-11-13T15:50:29.320" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just compile a minimal document to PDF and check the fonts in the document properties in your PDF viewer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{frame}&#xA;    Hello World &#xA;  \end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My viewer tell me that it's Computer Modern (CM) sans serif at 10pt size.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-11-13T15:50:29.320" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5322" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5309" CreationDate="2010-11-13T16:21:52.937" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A first try, but I'm not capable of typesetting the quadruple arrow (as there is no symbol) or two nodes above each other. First I've defined a &lt;code&gt;\node{}{}&lt;/code&gt; command ease of notation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\node[2]{\overset{#1}{\underset{#2}{\circ}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which then can be used as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\node{1}{a_0}-\node{2}{a_1}\Lleftarrow\node{1}{a_2}&#xA;\node{1}{a_0}\Leftarrow\node{1}{a_1}-\cdots-\node{1}{a_{l-1}}\Rightarrow\node{1}{a_l}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;resulting in&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/xieac.png&quot; alt=&quot;The rendering of two Dynkin diagrams&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this what you're looking for? If so, with some hacking it should be possible to get a quadruple arrow and a way to place nodes above each other. Maybe a &lt;code&gt;matrix of math nodes&lt;/code&gt; in TikZ could be used for this, you try to emulate math spacing with minimal margins and you should be ready to go (if you want me to create a minimal example, I'll add one later). If I knew a way to draw a quadruple arrow :).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="210" LastActivityDate="2010-11-13T16:21:52.937" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5323" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5309" CreationDate="2010-11-13T16:25:07.910" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's the first page:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}&#xA;\usepackage{mathtools}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{align*}&#xA;A_l &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp; \underset{\mathclap{\alpha_1}}{\circ} - \underset{\mathclap{\alpha_2}}{\circ} - \dotsb - \underset{\mathclap{\alpha_{l-1}}}{\circ} - \underset{\mathclap{\alpha_l}}{\circ} &amp;amp;&amp;amp; (l+1) \\&#xA;%&#xA;B_l &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp; \underset{\mathclap{\alpha_1}}{\circ} - \underset{\mathclap{\alpha_2}}{\circ} - \dotsb - \underset{\mathclap{\alpha_{l-1}}}{\circ} \Rightarrow \underset{\mathclap{\alpha_l}}{\circ} &amp;amp;&amp;amp; (2) \\&#xA;%&#xA;C_l &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp; \underset{\mathclap{\alpha_1}}{\circ} - \underset{\mathclap{\alpha_2}}{\circ} - \dotsb - \underset{\mathclap{\alpha_{l-1}}}{\circ} \Leftarrow \underset{\mathclap{\alpha_l}}{\circ} &amp;amp;&amp;amp; (2) \\&#xA;%&#xA;D_l &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp; \underset{\mathclap{\alpha_1}}{\circ} - \underset{\mathclap{\alpha_2}}{\circ} - \dotsb - \underset{\mathclap{\alpha_{l-2}}}{\overset{\overset{\textstyle\circ_{\mathrlap{\alpha_l}}}{\textstyle\vert}}{\circ}} \,-\, \underset{\mathclap{\alpha_{l-1}}}{\circ} &amp;amp;&amp;amp; (4) \\&#xA;%&#xA;E_6 &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp; \underset{\mathclap{\alpha_1}}{\circ} - \underset{\mathclap{\alpha_2}}{\circ} - \underset{\mathclap{\alpha_3}}{\overset{\overset{\textstyle\circ_{\mathrlap{\alpha_6}}}{\textstyle\vert}}{\circ}} - \underset{\mathclap{\alpha_4}}{\circ} - \underset{\mathclap{\alpha_5}}{\circ} &amp;amp;&amp;amp; (3) \\&#xA;%&#xA;E_7 &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp; \underset{\mathclap{\alpha_1}}{\circ} - \underset{\mathclap{\alpha_2}}{\circ} - \underset{\mathclap{\alpha_3}}{\overset{\overset{\textstyle\circ_{\mathrlap{\alpha_7}}}{\textstyle\vert}}{\circ}} - \underset{\mathclap{\alpha_4}}{\circ} - \underset{\mathclap{\alpha_5}}{\circ} - \underset{\mathclap{\alpha_6}}{\circ} &amp;amp;&amp;amp; (2) \\&#xA;%&#xA;E_8 &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp; \underset{\mathclap{\alpha_1}}{\circ} - \underset{\mathclap{\alpha_2}}{\circ} - \underset{\mathclap{\alpha_3}}{\circ} - \underset{\mathclap{\alpha_4}}{\circ} - \underset{\mathclap{\alpha_5}}{\overset{\overset{\textstyle\circ_{\mathrlap{\alpha_8}}}{\textstyle\vert}}{\circ}} - \underset{\mathclap{\alpha_6}}{\circ} - \underset{\mathclap{\alpha_7}}{\circ} &amp;amp;&amp;amp; (1) \\&#xA;%&#xA;F_4 &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp; \underset{\mathclap{\alpha_1}}{\circ} - \underset{\mathclap{\alpha_2}}{\circ} \Rightarrow \underset{\mathclap{\alpha_3}}{\circ} - \underset{\mathclap{\alpha_4}}{\circ} &amp;amp;&amp;amp; (1) \\&#xA;%&#xA;G_2 &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp; \underset{\mathclap{\alpha_1}}{\circ} \Rrightarrow \underset{\mathclap{\alpha_2}}{\circ} &amp;amp;&amp;amp; (1)&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which produces:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Vzud7.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think that the vertical lines aren't spaced quite right (not central) and the vertical space introduced by the alphas on the higher dots should be removed (but I don't know how to do that).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using this, you could reproduce all the diagrams except the second in &lt;strong&gt;Aff 1&lt;/strong&gt;, and I'm not sure how to do the quadruple arrow in the first diagram in &lt;strong&gt;Aff 2&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, if I were actually doing these diagrams, I would &lt;em&gt;definitely&lt;/em&gt; use TikZ.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-11-13T16:25:07.910" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="5324" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5319" CreationDate="2010-11-13T16:37:16.737" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There's the &lt;code&gt;overpic&lt;/code&gt; package which provides an environment of included graphics &lt;code&gt;picture&lt;/code&gt; overlay.  You can definitely use pgf/tikz, but if you're not already it might be overkill.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-11-13T16:37:16.737" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5325" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3184" CreationDate="2010-11-13T16:48:53.453" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;(Not an answer.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Usually one can override properties, but is there a way to remove 'postaction' completely?&#xA;I mean, there should be a way to write something like&#xA;&lt;code&gt;[every path/.style={postaction={nopostaction}},nopostaction/.style={draw, &amp;lt;some way to override postaction option&amp;gt;}]&lt;/code&gt;, probably.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Related: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4907/is-it-possible-to-clear-tikz-pgf-options&quot;&gt;Is it possible to clear tikz/pgf options?&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="85" LastActivityDate="2010-11-13T16:48:53.453" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5326" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5314" CreationDate="2010-11-13T16:51:53.397" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would suggest to supply an alternative section title for the table of contents via&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section[alternative title goes here]{The values of $\beta$ for which&#xA;        $\omega_i \mid \bm{\omega} \mid^{-\beta}$ is defined at the origin}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(As explained already, this alternative title mustn't contain any math.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2010-11-13T16:51:53.397" />
  <row Id="5327" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5334" CreationDate="2010-11-13T17:36:35.353" Score="2" ViewCount="169" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using XeLaTeX and Minion Pro together with the &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[MnSymbol]{mathspec}&lt;/code&gt; but I need the \llbracket and \rrbracket command from &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{stmaryrd}&lt;/code&gt; package. Unfortunately, as such, I get a &quot;Too many math alphabets&quot; error message. As a solution, I can redefine my own \llbracket and \rrbracket with existing [, ] and | symbols or try to extract the definition of the \rrbracket and \llbracket commands from stmaryrd as follows (taken from stmaryrd.sty):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareMathDelimiter\llbracket{\mathopen}{stmry}{&quot;4A}{stmry}{&quot;71}&#xA;\DeclareMathDelimiter\rrbracket{\mathclose}{stmry}{&quot;4B}{stmry}{&quot;79}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;would this work? thank you &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-13T17:58:28.430" LastActivityDate="2010-11-14T03:37:12.243" Title="XeLaTeX and stmaryrd" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;minion&gt;&lt;alphabet&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5328" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-13T18:11:31.263" Score="3" ViewCount="362" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello! I'm new in the world of TeX and I would like to know how can I create something like &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.bigbluecup.com/yabb/index.php?topic=38322.0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am Windows user; what tools would be a better choice, which libraries can I use, where can I read tutorials to start creating such diagrams.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1859" LastActivityDate="2010-11-14T04:58:15.963" Title="&quot;Adventure UML&quot; in TeX" Tags="&lt;diagrams&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5329" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5328" CreationDate="2010-11-13T19:21:28.917" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would have a look at the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/PSTricks/main.cgi?file=pst-node/nodes#multinc&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pstricks&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/tag/diagrams/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tikz&lt;/a&gt; packages &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastActivityDate="2010-11-13T19:21:28.917" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5330" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5343" CreationDate="2010-11-13T20:48:09.270" Score="7" ViewCount="195" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello - I have problem using emp package in TeXlive 2010. When I try to use it with &lt;code&gt;empcmds&lt;/code&gt; it prints contents to output. If I use &lt;code&gt;emp&lt;/code&gt; it parser fails after first character.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also - how should I import libraries such as MetaUML.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt;: Code&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,11pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{enumerate}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{emp}&#xA;\author{Maciej~M.~Piechotka}&#xA;\title{MetaUML}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{emp}&#xA;input metauml;&#xA;&#xA;beginfig(1);&#xA;Class.A(&quot;Point&quot;)&#xA;       (&quot;+x: int&quot;,&#xA;        &quot;+y: int&quot;) ();&#xA;&#xA;Class.B(&quot;Circle&quot;)&#xA;       (&quot;radius: int&quot;)&#xA;       (&quot;+getRadius(): int&quot;,&#xA;        &quot;+setRadius(r: int):void&quot;);&#xA;&#xA;topToBottom(45)(A, B);&#xA;&#xA;drawObjects(A, B);&#xA;&#xA;clink(aggregationUni)(A, B)&#xA;endfig;&#xA;&#xA;end;&#xA;&#xA;\end{emp}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Use of \emp@ doesn't match its definition.&#xA;&amp;lt;recently read&amp;gt; i&#xA;&#xA;l.10 i&#xA;      nput metauml;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Final result:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,11pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{emp}&#xA;\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx}&#xA;\author{Maciej~M.~Piechotka}&#xA;\title{MetaUML}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\DeclareGraphicsRule{*}{mps}{*}{}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{empfile}&#xA;\begin{empcmds}&#xA;input metauml;&#xA;\end{empcmds}&#xA;&#xA;Hi there:&#xA;\begin{emp}[uml1](20,20)&#xA;Class.A(&quot;Point&quot;)&#xA;       (&quot;+x: int&quot;,&#xA;        &quot;+y: int&quot;) ();&#xA;&#xA;Class.B(&quot;Circle&quot;)&#xA;       (&quot;radius: int&quot;)&#xA;       (&quot;+getRadius(): int&quot;,&#xA;        &quot;+setRadius(r: int):void&quot;);&#xA;&#xA;topToBottom(45)(A, B);&#xA;&#xA;drawObjects(A, B);&#xA;&#xA;link(aggregationUni)(A, B);&#xA;\end{emp}&#xA;\end{empfile}&#xA;\immediate\write18{mpost -tex=latex \jobname}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="592" LastEditorUserId="592" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-14T11:43:48.423" LastActivityDate="2010-11-14T11:43:48.423" Title="Embedding MetaPost in LaTeX document" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;texlive&gt;&lt;metapost&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5331" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12126" CreationDate="2010-11-13T20:57:54.503" Score="7" ViewCount="194" Body="&lt;p&gt;If I use following example (or any other):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;input metauml;&#xA;&#xA;beginfig(1);&#xA;Class.A(&quot;Point&quot;)&#xA;       (&quot;+x: int&quot;,&#xA;        &quot;+y: int&quot;) ();&#xA;&#xA;Class.B(&quot;Circle&quot;)&#xA;       (&quot;radius: int&quot;)&#xA;       (&quot;+getRadius(): int&quot;,&#xA;        &quot;+setRadius(r: int):void&quot;);&#xA;&#xA;topToBottom(45)(A, B);&#xA;&#xA;drawObjects(A, B);&#xA;&#xA;clink(aggregationUni)(A, B)&#xA;endfig;&#xA;&#xA;end;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It generates PS that I cannot view in evince and gs:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;GPL Ghostscript  9.00 (2010-09-14)&#xA;Copyright (C) 2010 Artifex Software, Inc.  All rights reserved.&#xA;This software comes with NO WARRANTY: see the file PUBLIC for details.&#xA;Error: /undefined in ptmr8r&#xA;Operand stack:&#xA;   (Point)&#xA;Execution stack:&#xA;   %interp_exit   .runexec2   --nostringval--   --nostringval--   --nostringval--   2   %stopped_push   --nostringval--   --nostringval--   --nostringval--   false   1   %stopped_push   1894   1   3   %oparray_pop   1893   1   3   %oparray_pop   1877   1   3   %oparray_pop   1771   1   3   %oparray_pop   --nostringval--   %errorexec_pop   .runexec2   --nostringval--   --nostringval--   --nostringval--   2   %stopped_push   --nostringval--&#xA;Dictionary stack:&#xA;   --dict:1157/1684(ro)(G)--   --dict:0/20(G)--   --dict:77/200(L)--&#xA;Current allocation mode is local&#xA;Current file position is 895&#xA;GPL Ghostscript  9.00: Unrecoverable error, exit code 1&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Generated code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%!PS&#xA;%%BoundingBox: -33 -141 71 1 &#xA;%%HiResBoundingBox: -32.34918 -140.52289 70.86105 0.25 &#xA;%%Creator: MetaPost 1.211&#xA;%%CreationDate: 2010.11.13:2050&#xA;%%Pages: 1&#xA;%*Font: ptmr8r 9.96265 9.96265 20:80c000201000a0005d4b3ec&#xA;%%BeginProlog&#xA;%%EndProlog&#xA;%%Page: 1 1&#xA; 0.7 0.7 0.7 setrgbcolor&#xA;newpath 1 -1 moveto&#xA;38.76186 -1 lineto&#xA;38.76186 -43.25916 lineto&#xA;1 -43.25916 lineto&#xA; closepath fill&#xA; 0.9 0.9 0.9 setrgbcolor&#xA;newpath 0 0 moveto&#xA;37.76186 0 lineto&#xA;37.76186 -42.25916 lineto&#xA;0 -42.25916 lineto&#xA; closepath fill&#xA; 0 0 0 setrgbcolor 0 0.5 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop&#xA; [] 0 setdash 1 setlinejoin 10 setmiterlimit&#xA;newpath 0 0 moveto&#xA;37.76186 0 lineto&#xA;37.76186 -42.25916 lineto&#xA;0 -42.25916 lineto&#xA; closepath stroke&#xA; 1 setlinecap&#xA;newpath 0 -12.75458 moveto&#xA;37.76186 -12.75458 lineto stroke&#xA;newpath 0 -37.75916 moveto&#xA;37.76186 -37.75916 lineto stroke&#xA;8.3605 -9.75458 moveto&#xA;(Point) ptmr8r 9.96265 fshow&#xA;13 -23.25916 moveto&#xA;(x:\040int) ptmr8r 9.96265 fshow&#xA;13 -33.75916 moveto&#xA;(y:\040int) ptmr8r 9.96265 fshow&#xA; 0.4 0.4 0.4 setrgbcolor&#xA;newpath 2 -20.5592 moveto&#xA;7.95004 -20.5592 lineto&#xA;7.95004 -23.25916 lineto&#xA;2 -23.25916 lineto&#xA; closepath fill&#xA; 0.7 0.7 0.7 setrgbcolor&#xA;newpath 7.95004 -23.25916 moveto&#xA;9 -22.2092 lineto&#xA;9 -19.50925 lineto&#xA;7.95004 -20.5592 lineto&#xA; closepath fill&#xA; 0.6 0.6 0.6 setrgbcolor&#xA;newpath 7.95004 -20.5592 moveto&#xA;9 -19.50925 lineto&#xA;3.04996 -19.50925 lineto&#xA;2 -20.5592 lineto&#xA; closepath fill&#xA; 0.4 0.4 0.4 setrgbcolor&#xA;newpath 2 -31.0592 moveto&#xA;7.95004 -31.0592 lineto&#xA;7.95004 -33.75916 lineto&#xA;2 -33.75916 lineto&#xA; closepath fill&#xA; 0.7 0.7 0.7 setrgbcolor&#xA;newpath 7.95004 -33.75916 moveto&#xA;9 -32.7092 lineto&#xA;9 -30.00925 lineto&#xA;7.95004 -31.0592 lineto&#xA; closepath fill&#xA; 0.6 0.6 0.6 setrgbcolor&#xA;newpath 7.95004 -31.0592 moveto&#xA;9 -30.00925 lineto&#xA;3.04996 -30.00925 lineto&#xA;2 -31.0592 lineto&#xA; closepath fill&#xA; 0.7 0.7 0.7 setrgbcolor&#xA;newpath -31.09918 -88.25916 moveto&#xA;70.86105 -88.25916 lineto&#xA;70.86105 -140.52289 lineto&#xA;-31.09918 -140.52289 lineto&#xA; closepath fill&#xA; 0.9 0.9 0.9 setrgbcolor&#xA;newpath -32.09918 -87.25916 moveto&#xA;69.86105 -87.25916 lineto&#xA;69.86105 -139.52289 lineto&#xA;-32.09918 -139.52289 lineto&#xA; closepath fill&#xA; 0 0 0 setrgbcolor&#xA;newpath -32.09918 -87.25916 moveto&#xA;69.86105 -87.25916 lineto&#xA;69.86105 -139.52289 lineto&#xA;-32.09918 -139.52289 lineto&#xA; closepath stroke&#xA;newpath -32.09918 -100.01373 moveto&#xA;69.86105 -100.01373 lineto stroke&#xA;newpath -32.09918 -114.51831 moveto&#xA;69.86105 -114.51831 lineto stroke&#xA;6.7068 -97.01373 moveto&#xA;(Circle) ptmr8r 9.96265 fshow&#xA;-19.09918 -110.51831 moveto&#xA;(radius:\040int) ptmr8r 9.96265 fshow&#xA;-19.09918 -125.02289 moveto&#xA;(getRadius\(\):\040int) ptmr8r 9.96265 fshow&#xA;-19.09918 -135.52289 moveto&#xA;(setRadius\(r:\040int\):void) ptmr8r 9.96265 fshow&#xA; 0.4 0.4 0.4 setrgbcolor&#xA;newpath -30.09918 -107.81836 moveto&#xA;-24.14914 -107.81836 lineto&#xA;-24.14914 -110.51831 lineto&#xA;-30.09918 -110.51831 lineto&#xA; closepath fill&#xA; 0.7 0.7 0.7 setrgbcolor&#xA;newpath -24.14914 -110.51831 moveto&#xA;-23.09918 -109.46835 lineto&#xA;-23.09918 -106.7684 lineto&#xA;-24.14914 -107.81836 lineto&#xA; closepath fill&#xA; 0.6 0.6 0.6 setrgbcolor&#xA;newpath -24.14914 -107.81836 moveto&#xA;-23.09918 -106.7684 lineto&#xA;-29.04922 -106.7684 lineto&#xA;-30.09918 -107.81836 lineto&#xA; closepath fill&#xA; 0.3 0.3 0.3 setrgbcolor 0 0.79701&#xA; dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop 0 setlinecap&#xA;newpath -28.5242 -105.04338 moveto&#xA;-28.00685 -104.4082 -27.40976 -103.75253 -26.59918 -103.76831 curveto&#xA;-25.12357 -103.79704 -24.63 -105.58928 -24.67416 -107.29338 curveto stroke&#xA; 0.4 0.4 0.4 setrgbcolor&#xA;newpath -30.09918 -122.32294 moveto&#xA;-24.14914 -122.32294 lineto&#xA;-24.14914 -125.02289 lineto&#xA;-30.09918 -125.02289 lineto&#xA; closepath fill&#xA; 0.7 0.7 0.7 setrgbcolor&#xA;newpath -24.14914 -125.02289 moveto&#xA;-23.09918 -123.97293 lineto&#xA;-23.09918 -121.27298 lineto&#xA;-24.14914 -122.32294 lineto&#xA; closepath fill&#xA; 0.6 0.6 0.6 setrgbcolor&#xA;newpath -24.14914 -122.32294 moveto&#xA;-23.09918 -121.27298 lineto&#xA;-29.04922 -121.27298 lineto&#xA;-30.09918 -122.32294 lineto&#xA; closepath fill&#xA; 0.4 0.4 0.4 setrgbcolor&#xA;newpath -30.09918 -132.82294 moveto&#xA;-24.14914 -132.82294 lineto&#xA;-24.14914 -135.52289 lineto&#xA;-30.09918 -135.52289 lineto&#xA; closepath fill&#xA; 0.7 0.7 0.7 setrgbcolor&#xA;newpath -24.14914 -135.52289 moveto&#xA;-23.09918 -134.47293 lineto&#xA;-23.09918 -131.77298 lineto&#xA;-24.14914 -132.82294 lineto&#xA; closepath fill&#xA; 0.6 0.6 0.6 setrgbcolor&#xA;newpath -24.14914 -132.82294 moveto&#xA;-23.09918 -131.77298 lineto&#xA;-29.04922 -131.77298 lineto&#xA;-30.09918 -132.82294 lineto&#xA; closepath fill&#xA; 0 0 0 setrgbcolor 0.5&#xA; 0 dtransform exch truncate exch idtransform pop setlinewidth&#xA;newpath 18.88094 -54.75896 moveto&#xA;18.88094 -74.75975 lineto stroke&#xA;newpath 18.88094 -54.75896 moveto&#xA;18.88094 -42.25922 lineto stroke&#xA; 0 0.5 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop&#xA;newpath 18.88094 -42.25922 moveto&#xA;13.88094 -54.75896 lineto stroke&#xA;newpath 18.88094 -42.25922 moveto&#xA;23.88094 -54.75896 lineto stroke&#xA; 1 1 1 setrgbcolor&#xA;newpath 18.88094 -74.75957 moveto&#xA;23.88094 -81.00945 lineto&#xA;18.88094 -87.25931 lineto&#xA;13.88094 -81.00945 lineto&#xA; closepath fill&#xA; 0 0 0 setrgbcolor&#xA;newpath 18.88094 -74.75957 moveto&#xA;23.88094 -81.00945 lineto&#xA;18.88094 -87.25931 lineto&#xA;13.88094 -81.00945 lineto&#xA; closepath stroke&#xA;showpage&#xA;%%EOF&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What am I doing wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt;: When I use pdflatex it generates a proper pdf (at least with /usr/share/ghostscript/GS_Version/Resource/Init/Fontmap.GS modified)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="592" LastEditorUserId="592" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-14T23:18:24.730" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T09:29:16.497" Title="Error in PS generated by MetaUML" Tags="&lt;metapost&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5332" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5248" CreationDate="2010-11-13T21:03:43.267" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Maybe the &lt;a href=&quot;http://absatzen.de/#YmliYWxpYXM=&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;bibalias package&lt;/a&gt; will help.&#xA;I had a similar problem merging several databases, of course you can never remove a key or your old documents will break.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1860" LastActivityDate="2010-11-13T21:03:43.267" />
  <row Id="5333" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5331" CreationDate="2010-11-13T21:28:29.737" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is probably something wrong with the font ptmr8r. A quick googling found some advice at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:UML&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:UML&lt;/a&gt; on how to fix that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="628" LastActivityDate="2010-11-13T21:28:29.737" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5334" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5327" CreationDate="2010-11-13T23:26:58.310" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;after investigating, I could find the equivalent commands from MnSymbol, namely \lsem and \rsem. I'm still interested in a method detailing how to extract a single command from a package. Thank you&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastActivityDate="2010-11-13T23:26:58.310" />
  <row Id="5335" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5336" CreationDate="2010-11-14T01:10:37.273" Score="3" ViewCount="280" Body="&lt;p&gt;The definition of a &lt;code&gt;\strut&lt;/code&gt; in LaTeX is given in the source as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;211 \newbox\strutbox&#xA;212 \def\strut{\relax\ifmmode\copy\strutbox\else\unhcopy\strutbox\fi}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Shoudn't a &lt;code&gt;\strutbox&lt;/code&gt;, give an empty box? AS you can see from the example below, it prints the ligature &lt;code&gt;ae&lt;/code&gt;, if I include &lt;code&gt;fixltx2e&lt;/code&gt;&#xA;and the ligature &lt;code&gt;ff&lt;/code&gt; if I don't. &lt;code&gt;\strut&lt;/code&gt; works as expected.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article} &#xA;\usepackage{fixltx2e}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;    \strutbox&#xA;    \texttt{\strutbox} &#xA;    \textit{\strutbox}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-14T01:17:34.667" LastActivityDate="2010-11-14T01:20:04.737" Title="strut and strutbox" Tags="&lt;strut&gt;&lt;strutbox&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="5336" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5335" CreationDate="2010-11-14T01:20:04.737" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You need to use &lt;code&gt;\copy\strutbox&lt;/code&gt; to get the box. The definition &lt;code&gt;\newbox\strutbox&lt;/code&gt; merely allocates a box number for the strutbox, then assigns that number to &lt;code&gt;\strutbox&lt;/code&gt; using &lt;code&gt;\chardef&lt;/code&gt;. Hence &lt;code&gt;\strutbox&lt;/code&gt; in isolation typesets the character in the current font with the same number as the box number allocated to strutbox.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2010-11-14T01:20:04.737" />
  <row Id="5337" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5328" CreationDate="2010-11-14T01:28:17.280" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It certainly is possible to create diagrams like this with TeX (LaTeX, ConTeX). I have never created UML diagrams with TeX, but as Maciej points out there is already &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/875/typsetting-uml-class-diagrams&quot;&gt;question on typesetting UML diagrams&lt;/a&gt;. If the premade packages don't quite do what you want, it should be straightforward to create these kinds of diagrams with TikZ. There is are &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/tag/diagrams/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;several small examples on texample.net&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for learning *TeX, see for example &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/tagged/learning&quot;&gt;the questions tagged learning&lt;/a&gt;. Generally LaTeX packages have good manuals (I don’t know the situation for UML packages) and TikZ has a wonderful manual with several good tutorials.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;However&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;em&gt;pick the right tool&lt;/em&gt; for what you want to do. As JCL pointed out there are &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Category%3aUML_tools&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;lots of tools&lt;/a&gt; designed for creating UML diagrams. Even lots of &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Category%3aFree_UML_tools&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;free ones&lt;/a&gt;. Not that I want to discourage you from learning TeX, but if you just want to create those kinds of diagrams, a dedicated diagram drawing program will probably be a lot more efficient.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-11-14T01:28:17.280" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5338" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5681" CreationDate="2010-11-14T02:26:12.720" Score="9" ViewCount="239" Body="&lt;p&gt;While creating a series of graphics (using TikZ) in ConTeXt, I frequently use ConTeXt's buffer to &quot;copy-paste&quot; code. Is there a LaTeX package that implements this feature?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since most LaTeX users may not know what buffers do, let me explain that. Suppose I want to draw a graph in steps: in the first step, only draw the nodes, in the second step draw the edges, in the third step highlight a part of the graph.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In ConTeXt, I would do this as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\startbuffer[nodes]&#xA;% tikz code for drawing nodes&#xA;\stopbuffer&#xA;&#xA;\startbuffer[edges]&#xA;% tikz code for drawing edges&#xA;\stopbuffer&#xA;&#xA;\startbuffer[highlight]&#xA;% tikz code for highlight a part&#xA;\stopbuffer&#xA;&#xA;\starttext&#xA;\startTEXpage \getbuffer[nodes] \stopTEXpage&#xA;\startTEXpage \getbuffer[nodes,edges] \stopTEXpage&#xA;\startTEXpage \getbuffer[nodes,edges,highlight] \stopTEXpage&#xA;\stoptext&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This will give me a pdf file with three pages, that build up the graph in steps. How do I do the same in LaTeX? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can use the preview package to extract TikZ pictures on individual pages, but don't know how to build the graph in steps. One option is to use beamer overlays to create the graph in steps, but creating a presentation for each figure  appears to be an overkill. I can just copy paste code, but that is difficult to maintain in the long run. Any suggestions?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Edit&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The proposed solution of storing the contents in a macro does not always work. For example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\def\NODES&#xA;  {\matrix&#xA;    {&#xA;    \node (a) {$a$} ; &amp; \node (b) {$b$} ; \\&#xA;    } ;&#xA;  }&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \NODES&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;gives&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;! Package pgfbasematrix Error: Single ampersand used with wrong catcode.&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any other suggestions?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-11T11:52:20.860" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T11:52:20.860" Title="LaTeX equivalent of ConTeXt buffers" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;programming&gt;&lt;context&gt;&lt;buffers&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="5339" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5341" CreationDate="2010-11-14T02:54:44.697" Score="8" ViewCount="524" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi all,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to make a document that has a very small font throughout, I tried this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[0.5mm, a4paper]{article}&#xA;\documentclass[7pt, a4paper]{article}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But it doesn't seem that they allow me to go anything below 10pt.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This hack make it work, but not for the section headers:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\fontsize{4mm}{5mm}\selectfont&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anyone know any better ways to do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1868" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-14T10:42:25.303" LastActivityDate="2010-11-14T10:42:25.303" Title="How to specify font size less than 10pt in LaTeX" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;size&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="5340" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5359" CreationDate="2010-11-14T03:05:03.683" Score="5" ViewCount="388" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am writing a letter using &lt;code&gt;newlfm&lt;/code&gt;, which implements the typeset signature with this code:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\namefrom{\textbf{Juan de la Cruz}\\&#xA;          &quot;Expert&quot; TeXnician\\&#xA;          Telephone: \printphonefrom\\&#xA;          E-mail: \printemailfrom}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How do I add my (scanned) signature over my printed name? I want it to look like it was actually signed by hand. I wouldn't want to use &lt;code&gt;jpg&lt;/code&gt; because it doesn't support transparency. Probably &lt;code&gt;png&lt;/code&gt; or other format with transparency.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I might as well print it, sign it, then scan it back; but then everything will be treated as graphics (e.g. text can't be selected).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="791" LastActivityDate="2010-11-14T11:05:56.610" Title="Signature over printed name" Tags="&lt;letters&gt;&lt;signature&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="5341" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5339" CreationDate="2010-11-14T03:15:40.113" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/extsizes&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;extsizes&lt;/a&gt; classes offer a base font size between 8 and 20 pt, you may choose the &lt;code&gt;extarticle&lt;/code&gt; class&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/koma-script&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;KOMA-Script&lt;/a&gt; classes support freely customizable base font sizes and you may specify them by any TeX length unit like pt, bp or mm, so you might use scrartcl.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I recommend to use a KOMA-Script class.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-11-14T03:15:40.113" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5342" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="577" CreationDate="2010-11-14T03:29:44.130" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I just stumbled upon the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/booktabs/booktabs.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;booktabs manual&lt;/a&gt;, which discusses best practices for designing tables.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="341" LastActivityDate="2010-11-14T03:29:44.130" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-11-14T03:29:44.130" />
  <row Id="5343" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5330" CreationDate="2010-11-14T03:30:14.383" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;From the emp documentation: &quot;Required arguments are the width and the height of the figure, in units of &lt;code&gt;\unitlength&lt;/code&gt; [...] &lt;code&gt;\begin{emp}[⟨name⟩](⟨width⟩,⟨height⟩)&lt;/code&gt;&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So you need to write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{emp}(100,100)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or whatever.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-11-14T03:30:14.383" />
  <row Id="5344" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5338" CreationDate="2010-11-14T03:35:13.710" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Based on Joel's comment above, I'd just write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\buffernodes{&#xA;  % tikz code for drawing nodes&#xA;}&#xA;\def\bufferedges{&#xA;  % tikz code for drawing edges&#xA;}&#xA;\def\bufferhighlight{&#xA;  % tikz code for highlight a part&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\buffernodes&#xA;\newpage&#xA;\buffernodes\bufferedges&#xA;\newpage&#xA;\buffernodes\bufferedges\bufferhighlight&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could write a wrapper to implement a more ConTeXt-like buffer interface, but for this simple example I think it's fine as-is.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-11-14T03:35:13.710" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5345" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5327" CreationDate="2010-11-14T03:37:12.243" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This code from unicode-math supposedly removes the 16-family limit for maths fonts. It might help here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\new@mathgroup{\alloc@8\mathgroup\chardef\@cclvi}&#xA;\let\newfam\new@mathgroup&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-11-14T03:37:12.243" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5346" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5328" CreationDate="2010-11-14T04:58:15.963" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/5328/adventure-uml-in-tex/5337#5337&quot;&gt;Caramdir's right&lt;/a&gt;—unless you're planning to use TeX for other things, a separate UML drawing program would likely be a better idea.  If you do want to use TeX, then you want to use TikZ.  Here's a worked example (using LaTeX) which mostly mimics the detailed view:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[landscape]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[margin=.5cm]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{calc}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{chains}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{arrows}&#xA;&#xA;\tikzset{&#xA;    every adventure uml/.style = { draw, thin&#xA;                                 , minimum height = 2cm, text width = 4cm }&#xA;  , adventure uml icon/.style  = { label={[shift={(-1cm,.5cm)}]335:#1 } }&#xA;  %&#xA;  , overview/.style = {every adventure uml, fill = violet, text = white}&#xA;  , goal/.style     = {every adventure uml, fill = cyan!50}&#xA;  , problem/.style  = { every adventure uml, adventure uml icon = problem-#1&#xA;                      , fill = magenta!50 }&#xA;  , solution/.style = { every adventure uml, adventure uml icon = solution-#1&#xA;                      , fill = green!50 }&#xA;  %&#xA;  , sequence/.style   = { chain default direction = going below&#xA;                        , start chain = #1, node distance = -.4pt&#xA;                        , every adventure uml/.append style = {on chain=#1} }&#xA;  , sequence/.default = {problem sequence}&#xA;  %&#xA;  , right angle/.style = {&#xA;      to path={ -- ($(\tikztostart)!.5!(\tikztostart -| \tikztotarget)$)&#xA;                |- (\tikztotarget) \tikztonodes }&#xA;    }&#xA;  %&#xA;  , terminal/.style = { circle, draw=black, fill=#1&#xA;                      , line width=.2cm, inner sep=0pt, minimum size=.6cm}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{center}\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \node [terminal=black,   label=below:Start] (start) at (-6,0)  {} ;&#xA;    \node [terminal=cyan!25, label=below:End]   (end)   at (+16,0) {} ;&#xA;&#xA;    \node [below=of start, overview]&#xA;          {You need to know that the transporter belongs to the motel.} ;&#xA;    \node [below=of end, overview]&#xA;          {They drive to the professor's aparetment.} ;&#xA;&#xA;    \begin{scope}[sequence]&#xA;      \node[goal]              (goal-transporter)&#xA;                               {Use the transporter to drive to the city.} ;&#xA;      \node[problem=NPC]       {Can't drive with manual gearshift.} ;&#xA;      \node[solution=convince] (sol-convince) {Convince female reporter.} ;&#xA;      \node[problem=key]       {No key for the truck.} ;&#xA;      \node[solution=obtain]   (sol-get key) {Get the key from the office.} ;&#xA;    \end{scope}&#xA;&#xA;    \begin{scope}[xshift=8cm, sequence]&#xA;      \node[goal]             (goal-ask) {Ask reporter.} ;&#xA;      \node[problem=want]     {Not motivated to help you.} ;&#xA;      \node[solution=obvious] (sol-amulet) {Show the amulet.} ;&#xA;    \end{scope}&#xA;&#xA;    \begin{scope}[xshift=8cm, yshift=-10cm, sequence]&#xA;      \node[goal]            (goal-find key) {Find the key.} ;&#xA;      \node[problem=guard]   {Housekeeper guards it.} ;&#xA;      \node[solution=puzzle] (sol-solve 1-2) {Puzzle 1.2.} ;&#xA;    \end{scope}&#xA;&#xA;    \begin{scope}[-triangle 45, every to/.style={right angle}]&#xA;      \draw (start)              to (goal-transporter.west) ;&#xA;      \draw (sol-convince)       to (goal-ask) ;&#xA;      \draw (sol-get key)        to (goal-find key) ;&#xA;      \draw (sol-solve 1-2.east) to (end) ;&#xA;    \end{scope}&#xA;  \end{tikzpicture}\end{center}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This produces the following output.  One caveat: I didn't use little icons in the bottom right, just text, which consequently overflows.  Using icons would prevent this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/MMN8U.png&quot; alt=&quot;Adventure UML diagram.&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, since you don't know TikZ, here's how this works.  The first thing I do is load a bunch of packages which set things up right: landscape mode, small margins, the TikZ package, and relevant capabilities for TikZ.  Next, I set up some styles.  These are basically predefined ways of drawing things.  For instance, &lt;code&gt;every adventure uml&lt;/code&gt; is drawn with thin lines, and is 2cm by 4cm.  The &lt;code&gt;adventure uml icon&lt;/code&gt; style typesets an image where in the bottom-right of a node.  &lt;code&gt;#1&lt;/code&gt; is the argument to the style; I'd replace that with something like &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics{#1}&lt;/code&gt; in your code, and then make sure you have graphics named &lt;code&gt;problem-key.png&lt;/code&gt; in the directory you're working in.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The next four styles are specific kinds of nodes: the overview, in dark purple; the goal, in blue; the problem, in pink; and the solution, in green.  Both &lt;code&gt;problem&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;solution&lt;/code&gt; take an argument, and then pass the text &lt;code&gt;problem-ARG&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;solution-ARG&lt;/code&gt;, respectively, to &lt;code&gt;adventure UML icon&lt;/code&gt;.  Thus, if you write &lt;code&gt;\node[problem=key] ...&lt;/code&gt;, you'll get &lt;code&gt;adventure UML icon=problem-key&lt;/code&gt;, which under my proposed change would run &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics{problem-key}&lt;/code&gt; and look for &lt;code&gt;problem-key.png&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;problem-key.pdf&lt;/code&gt;, or something like that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The next style, &lt;code&gt;sequence&lt;/code&gt;, is used to create the vertical columns of nodes used for a single puzzle.  It creates a &quot;chain&quot; of nodes which TikZ will lay out for you, and then adds the &lt;code&gt;on chain&lt;/code&gt; option to &lt;code&gt;every adventure uml&lt;/code&gt;.  The &lt;code&gt;node distance=-.4pt&lt;/code&gt; undoes the line width, so the center of each block is 2cm from the next (unless you add more text); the argument just names the chain, and can mostly be ignored.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Next, we tell TikZ how to draw those nice right-angled lines.  The coordinate &lt;code&gt;($(\tikztostart)!.5!(\tikztostart -| \tikztotarget)$)&lt;/code&gt; is complicated, so let's break it down.  The &lt;code&gt;($...$)&lt;/code&gt; syntax tells us that some sort of calculation is going on.  In this case, the calculation is &lt;code&gt;(pt-a)!frac!(pt-b)&lt;/code&gt;, which results in a point &lt;code&gt;frac&lt;/code&gt; of the way between &lt;code&gt;(pt-a)&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;(pt-b)&lt;/code&gt;.  In this case, it's halfway between the start and &lt;code&gt;(\tikztostart -| \tikztotarget)&lt;/code&gt;.  This second coordinate simply calculates a point that's the intersection of a horizontal line extending from the start and a vertical line extending from the end.  In other words, this &lt;em&gt;whole&lt;/em&gt; coordinate says &quot;go halfway horizontally between the starting point and the ending point&quot;.  Then, the &lt;code&gt;|- (\tikztotarget)&lt;/code&gt; draws a line to the end by moving first up, then right.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, the &lt;code&gt;terminal&lt;/code&gt; style just draws those circles used for &lt;code&gt;start&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;end&lt;/code&gt;.  It should be pretty clear.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Phew!  OK, with that out of the way, let's approach the actual diagram.  The first two nodes just draw the start and the end.  The label lets you attach another node to a node you're drawing; here, I use it to add the &quot;Start&quot; and &quot;End&quot; text to the circles.  I then position the overview boxes below the terminals; this is what &lt;code&gt;below = of NODE&lt;/code&gt; does, as you might have guessed :-)  You can also do things like &lt;code&gt;above = of NODE&lt;/code&gt;, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now we come to the three sequences.  Each is enclosed within a &lt;code&gt;scope&lt;/code&gt;, which just sets some parameters (in this case, being part of a sequence) to apply to everything inside.  Within each sequence, there are simply a bunch of node commands.  In this case, that command has the syntax &lt;code&gt;\node[STYLE] (LABEL) {TEXT} ;&lt;/code&gt;.  The &lt;code&gt;(LABEL)&lt;/code&gt; is optional, and provides a way to refer to things later.  The &lt;code&gt;STYLE&lt;/code&gt; in this case refers to one of &lt;code&gt;goal&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;problem=TYPE&lt;/code&gt;, or &lt;code&gt;solution=TYPE&lt;/code&gt;, which I defined above.  And the &lt;code&gt;TEXT&lt;/code&gt;, unsurprisingly, is what will be printed within the node.  Each of the sequences looks like this; the &lt;code&gt;xshift&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;yshift&lt;/code&gt; move them around in a straightforward way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, we draw the edges.  We create a scope in which every line is drawn with an arrow and a right angle; the arrow specification is &lt;code&gt;-triangle 45&lt;/code&gt;, which says to use a 45-degree isosceles triangle as the arrowhead.  We then connect the relevant nodes, and we're done!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The big thing I didn't do was add support for the &quot;&lt;strong&gt;Problem: Key Request&lt;/strong&gt;&quot; lines.  I wasn't sure what the best way to do that was; probably some command which references the argument to &lt;code&gt;problem&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;solution&lt;/code&gt;, so you could write &lt;code&gt;\node[problem=key] {\auml{Some text}}&lt;/code&gt; and have &lt;code&gt;\auml&lt;/code&gt; do the heavy lifting.  But I'm not sure what the best approach is.  That said, it should be doable from within TeX/TikZ.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1425" LastActivityDate="2010-11-14T04:58:15.963" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5347" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5339" CreationDate="2010-11-14T05:03:33.263" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is a semantically better practice to define a new font size which is a size less than &lt;code&gt;tiny&lt;/code&gt;, rather than use `\fontsize', by using:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;  \newcommand\tinyv{\@setfontsize\tinyv{4pt}{6}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I called, it &lt;code&gt;tinyv&lt;/code&gt; (v being the size in roman numerals), but you can call it anything you wish.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also change any of the others this way, by using &lt;code&gt;renewcommand&lt;/code&gt;. You can do this in the class file you are using, in which case you do not need the apocryphal &lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;makeatother&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand\scriptsize{@setfontsize\scriptsize{5}{7}} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-11-14T05:03:33.263" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="5348" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-14T05:24:00.473" Score="6" ViewCount="385" Body="&lt;p&gt;In a document, I have to include those simple diagrams to show the procedure of reducing logical circuits.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What do you think is the best way to do them?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1488" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-14T16:01:05.637" LastActivityDate="2010-11-15T03:34:28.033" Title="How would you do Karnaugh's maps in LaTeX or ConTeXt?" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5349" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5350" CreationDate="2010-11-14T05:35:12.453" Score="5" ViewCount="192" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using the multicol package to enable writing with 3 columns or more, however I realise that the default behaviour is to balance out the content of the page with the columns. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But this is not what I want, since what I want is to fill out the first column first, then the second, and so on. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anyone know how to enable this in multicol package? Or does anyone know any other packages that can enable this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1868" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-14T10:41:04.320" LastActivityDate="2010-11-14T10:41:04.320" Title="Writing in the first column first when using multicol package" Tags="&lt;two-column&gt;&lt;multicol&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="5350" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5349" CreationDate="2010-11-14T06:58:27.233" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Shouldn't be a problem, just use the &lt;code&gt;multicols*&lt;/code&gt; environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{multicol}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{multicols*}{3}&#xA;\lipsum[1-4]&#xA;\end{multicols*}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-11-14T06:58:27.233" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5351" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5358" CreationDate="2010-11-14T08:09:40.840" Score="8" ViewCount="323" Body="&lt;p&gt;I posted this question on &lt;a href=&quot;http://stats.stackexchange.com/questions/4501/aesthetically-pleasing-width-for-figures-in-latex-documents&quot;&gt;stats.SE&lt;/a&gt;, but the consensus was that it was better suited to tex.SE.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Context:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've been thinking recently about conventions for figure width in data analysis reports that lead to PDFs (e.g., in A4 or Letter size). My usual context is R, Sweave, and LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The default figure width in Sweave is 80% of the text-width (i.e., the width of a paragraph of text).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setkeys{Gin}{width=0.80\textwidth}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Questions:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Is it reasonable for the width of figures to be wider than the text-width (i.e., to spill into the margins)?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Is the 80% rule of text-width a good one or would, for example 100%, or some other value be better?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Should the figure widths be consistent throughout a document (or perhaps with two sizes for small and large figures) or should the width be adapted completely to the content?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any references or thoughts on best practice in this regards would be most welcome.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="151" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-03T21:44:28.130" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T21:44:28.130" Title="Typographic conventions for width of figures in LaTeX data analysis reports" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;diagrams&gt;&lt;typography&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5352" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-14T08:23:36.453" Score="2" ViewCount="278" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I am using the &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt; package with &lt;code&gt;apalike&lt;/code&gt; bibliography style &lt;code&gt;\citet*&lt;/code&gt; displays only an abbreviated list of authors, such as &lt;code&gt;Lemarechal et al. (1995)&lt;/code&gt;. How can I make it display a full list of authors, like &lt;code&gt;Lemarechal, Nemirovskii, and Nesterov (1995)&lt;/code&gt;, keeping the same or similar bibliography style?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1875" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-14T10:43:36.613" LastActivityDate="2010-11-14T11:03:47.960" Title="How to make \citet* display full list of authors in LaTeX?" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;natbib&gt;&lt;apa-style&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="5353" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5348" CreationDate="2010-11-14T08:24:30.907" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Although I've never used it, you might &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/karnaugh/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;start here.&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is also a &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.cs.brown.edu/system/software/latex/doc/kvdoc.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;PDF here.&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="344" LastActivityDate="2010-11-14T08:24:30.907" />
  <row Id="5354" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3184" CreationDate="2010-11-14T09:07:39.863" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Please check if the following solves your problem, in particular with regard to scoping, this seems far too easy. noremorepostactions is intended to locally empty out the postactions, so they don't get applied after that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It did fix your toy problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\tikzset{nomorepostaction/.code=\let\tikz@postactions\pgfutil@empty}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;[...]&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[every path/.style={postaction={nomorepostaction,draw}}]&#xA;    \draw (0,0)--(1,0);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1860" LastActivityDate="2010-11-14T09:07:39.863" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5355" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5262" CreationDate="2010-11-14T09:49:22.120" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For the 404/captcha/error images, I think their appearances should compliment the overall site design. This way, the TeX site looks more &quot;complete.&quot; I think what'd work great with the site design, is a combination of TeX related insider joke/lingo, and old school illustration artwork. Since I know nothing about TeX I can only contribute to the visuals. As for old book illustrations, here are two great resources with public domain images:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.grandmasgraphics.com/index.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.grandmasgraphics.com/index.php&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.oldbookillustrations.com&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.oldbookillustrations.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.grandmasgraphics.com/tenniel_alice.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;rabbit&lt;/a&gt; from Alice in Wonderland makes a good Captcha image IMO.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/01yIL.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3" LastActivityDate="2010-11-14T09:49:22.120" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-11-14T09:49:22.120" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5356" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3161" CreationDate="2010-11-14T10:08:27.710" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;(A modification of Caramdir's solution using &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3184/applying-a-postaction-to-every-path-in-tikz/5354#5354&quot;&gt;brotherelf's answer&lt;/a&gt; to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3184/applying-a-postaction-to-every-path-in-tikz&quot;&gt;”Applying a postaction to every path in TikZ”&lt;/a&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\tikzset{nomorepostaction/.code={\let\tikz@postactions\pgfutil@empty}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[&#xA;    every path/.style={&#xA;        very thick,&#xA;        postaction={nomorepostaction,decorate,&#xA;                    decoration={markings,mark=at position 0.5 with {\arrow{&amp;gt;}}}&#xA;                   }&#xA;        }&#xA;    ]&#xA;    \draw (-4,0)--(4,0);&#xA;    \draw (4,0)--(4,2);&#xA;    \draw (4,2)--(-4,2);&#xA;    \draw (-4,2)--(-4,0);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="85" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-14T17:00:13.003" LastActivityDate="2010-11-14T17:00:13.003" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-11-14T10:08:27.710" />
  <row Id="5357" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5351" CreationDate="2010-11-14T10:28:35.557" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It doesn't sound like much of an answer, but what I have done with the same problem with business formats like letterheads is hire a graphic designer to help me figure out where the best places are to align vertically and horizontally, and which parts of the page either need whitespace or can be cramped.  Off-the-shelf Latex packages don't do this for you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If professional design help is not an option &amp;mdash;nor spending 10-15 months studying graphic design&amp;mdash; the next best thing is plagiarism: print out a pile of reports, decide which you find most pleasing, and measure these things with T-square and ruler.  Write your package/module based on that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-14T10:47:23.420" LastActivityDate="2010-11-14T10:47:23.420" />
  <row Id="5358" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5351" CreationDate="2010-11-14T10:46:33.943" Score="15" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm inclined to think that this is not a subjective question.  Of course, it might be considered so if framed in terms of &quot;aesthetics&quot; or &quot;art&quot;. However the &quot;art of typography&quot; often comes down to some fairly matter of fact questions and answers, of which I think your overall question and how it might be considered is one.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Staying away from the subjective (although not necessarily from the complex or hard), I would frame and therefore break down your design decisions with respect to the psychology of your target group of readers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The two principles I live by in this regard are these:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Principle of least surprise&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Productivity principle&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The principle of least surprise leads to simple but effective guidelines such as these:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;a) adopt the primary, i.e., most familiar style employed by your readership's main monographs or periodicals;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;b) settle on a single style in any single work, avoiding inconsistencies unless you consistently provide contextual cues that make it easy for your readers to (possibly subliminally) recognise your pattern in this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The productivity principle is a little harder. It's all about keeping the rate of your median reader's information assimilation for expended effort as high as possible. Of course, this means finding the psychological sweet spot over many factors (see another answer regarding this sort of consideration &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3243/why-should-a-table-caption-be-placed-above-the-table/3253#3253&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;). Some of these factors are psychophysical, e.g., relating the motor performance of eye saccades to the optimal size of lines on the page, or to considerations like: if your readers are around professor level or higher, they are likely to be 40+ years old, hence likely to be presbyopic, and therefore might be better served by a larger font in text and diagrams. Other factors are cultural and therefore expectations based, e.g., having much to do with how your readers learnt to digest textual and graphical information earlier in their lives.  Some factors relate to their subject competency levels -- low competency levels often suggest introducing more whitespace on the page, higher subject competency readers would probably prefer the page to be more information dense.  Then there are cognitive factors that fit somewhere between the psychophysical and higher order factors, e.g., the commonly applied rule of thirds, the golden ratio principle and so forth.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nevertheless, as a useful rule of thumb, I often (but not always) set figurewidth/textwidth == textwidth/pagewidth since that maintains consistent proportions across the x-axis of the page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Regarding the reasonableness of spilling a figure into the margin: under conventional circumstances, I would tend to think not since it would interrupt the steady flow of the eye as it scans across the body text elsewhere on the page. Nevertheless, while remaining true to principles 1 and 2 above, &lt;a href=&quot;ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/tufte-latex.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Tufte-style documents&lt;/a&gt; are a clear exception to the&#xA;&quot;don't spill figures into the margins&quot; rule.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Summarising, while your question takes us to complex and hard places, &quot;good&quot; typography can find some serious psychological grounds.  This, therefore ought legitimately be the stuff that TeX-typographers consider as part of their daily work. For me, unless the design is intended to push non-conventional boundaries, I always approach this matter by considering the psychological act of how the specifically-defined readership acquires textual and graphical information from the page. These considerations include weighing up  psychophysical factors, and the target readership's hard and soft wired conventions, beliefs and expectations, etc. The beauty of this approach is that, apart from taking us from the realm of the subjective, it provides a framework to guide decision making about which rules to follow and how to break them when they don't apply.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-11-14T10:46:33.943" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5359" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5340" CreationDate="2010-11-14T10:52:03.943" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is a starting point:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\newcommand{\signature}&#xA;  {\makebox[0pt][l]{\raisebox{\baselineskip}[0pt][0pt]{\includegraphics{signature}}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Put &lt;code&gt;\signature&lt;/code&gt; right in front of your name. I haven't tested this with &lt;code&gt;newflm&lt;/code&gt;. If it's moving the argument around, you may need to use &lt;code&gt;\DeclareRobustCommand&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt;.&#xA;You may also need to add some scaling argument(s) to the &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt;, and adjust the first argument to &lt;code&gt;\raisebox&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Definitely use png for this, if you are using a pdf backend. If you want transparency, think you get the best result by using the scanned signature as a mask on an all black picture. In other words, the scanned signature becomes the alpha channel of a graphic that has all its pixels black. Or blue, if you prefer. Otherwise, you tend to get a light coloured fringe around the lines of the signature. This is not too hard to achieve with gimp or ImageMagick. Using the latter, here is a quick recipe (assume your scanned signature is black on white):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;convert -negate -background blue -alpha Shape scanned.png signature.png&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastEditorUserId="1424" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-14T11:05:56.610" LastActivityDate="2010-11-14T11:05:56.610" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5360" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5352" CreationDate="2010-11-14T11:03:47.960" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quoting from the natbib documentation, p. 7:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The starred versions [of &lt;code&gt;\citet&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\citep&lt;/code&gt;] can only list the full authors if the &lt;code&gt;.bst&lt;/code&gt; file supports this feature; otherwise, the abbreviated list is printed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Below is a minimal example showing that &lt;code&gt;\citet*&lt;/code&gt; indeed displays a full author list if you use the &lt;code&gt;plainnat&lt;/code&gt; style, but that &lt;code&gt;apalike&lt;/code&gt; doesn't support full author lists. Maybe there's a way to embed this feature into &lt;code&gt;apalike&lt;/code&gt; by hacking the bst-file, but I would use a different style.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{natbib}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.bib}&#xA;@article{A01,&#xA;  author = {A and B and C and D},&#xA;  year = {2001},&#xA;  title = {Alpha},&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\citet*{A01}&#xA;&#xA;% No full list of authors with \citet*&#xA;% \bibliographystyle{apalike}&#xA;&#xA;% Full list of authors with \citet*&#xA;\bibliographystyle{plainnat}&#xA;&#xA;\bibliography{\jobname}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The filecontents environment is only used to include some external files directly into the example, so that it compiles. It is not necessary for the solution.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-11-14T11:03:47.960" />
  <row Id="5361" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5277" CreationDate="2010-11-14T11:53:42.023" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This would be very useful to have, I scoured the internet unsuccessfully last week for something which would do just this. I think I decided the best approach would be (eventually) to modify &lt;a href=&quot;http://pypi.python.org/pypi/ansi2html/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://pypi.python.org/pypi/ansi2html/&lt;/a&gt; so that it could support LaTeX output too, along the lines of the Pygments syntax highlighting system which creates a generic internal representation then supports multiple output formats like HTML, LaTeX, RTF etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1878" LastActivityDate="2010-11-14T11:53:42.023" />
  <row Id="5362" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5366" CreationDate="2010-11-14T12:07:07.860" Score="3" ViewCount="302" Body="&lt;p&gt;I currently use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setbeamertemplate{footline}[frame number]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to get frame numbers on my slides produced by the LaTeX beamer class. But the presentation controls are above them and not on the left and thus taking too much space of the slides. How can I get both the controls and the frame number in one line?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For illustration purposes a little code example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[english,german]{babel}&#xA;&#xA;\title{Title}&#xA;\subtitle{Subtitle}&#xA;\author{Me}&#xA;\date{\today}&#xA;&#xA;\setbeamertemplate{footline}[frame number]&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;\titlepage&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}{Overview}&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1880" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-17T19:58:57.057" LastActivityDate="2010-11-17T19:58:57.057" Title="Frame number right of presentation controls" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;numbering&gt;&lt;navigation&gt;&lt;header-footer&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="5363" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5365" CreationDate="2010-11-14T13:07:35.613" Score="12" ViewCount="507" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sometimes you can see in books tables, that have alternating background color for rows in a table to support readability. How I can achieve this with LaTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And yes, I could put macros &lt;code&gt;\odd&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\even&lt;/code&gt; into each row, but in that case I would have to change all following rows, if I input later another row into the table. I want TeX to decide itself, which row is odd or even and put the appropiate style into it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1861" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-14T15:53:44.920" LastActivityDate="2010-11-14T17:57:54.590" Title="How to create alternating rows in a table?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;color&gt;&lt;background&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="7" />
  <row Id="5364" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5363" CreationDate="2010-11-14T13:23:03.790" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This can easily be achieved using &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/xcolor&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;xcolor&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. It is explained at &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/LaTeX/Tables#Alternate_Row_Colors_in_Tables&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Wikibooks&lt;/a&gt;, you just add the &lt;code&gt;table&lt;/code&gt; option to &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{xcolor}&lt;/code&gt; and in the table itself you put&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\rowcolors{1}{color-1}{color-2}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="210" LastActivityDate="2010-11-14T13:23:03.790" />
  <row Id="5365" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5363" CreationDate="2010-11-14T13:23:31.833" Score="14" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the features of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/colortbl&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;colortbl&lt;/a&gt; package with additions of &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/xcolor&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;xcolor&lt;/a&gt;. See code below for a small example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[table]{xcolor}    % loads also »colortbl«&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \rowcolors{2}{gray!25}{white}&#xA;  \begin{tabular}{cc}&#xA;    \rowcolor{gray!50}&#xA;    Table head &amp;amp; Table head \\&#xA;    Some values &amp;amp; Some values \\&#xA;    Some values &amp;amp; Some values \\&#xA;    Some values &amp;amp; Some values \\&#xA;    Some values &amp;amp; Some values&#xA;  \end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The particular package manuals have the details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-11-14T13:23:31.833" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5366" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5362" CreationDate="2010-11-14T13:37:55.110" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using the default theme, like your code example does, this is a solution:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setbeamertemplate{sidebar right}{}&#xA;\setbeamertemplate{footline}{%&#xA;\hfill\usebeamertemplate***{navigation symbols}&#xA;\hspace{1cm}\insertframenumber{}/\inserttotalframenumber}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first line removes the right sidebar because originally the navigation symbols appear in that sidebar. I would like to use it in the footline instead together with the frame numbering.&#xA;The next lines do exactly that: printing out the navigation symbols in grey (without the &lt;em&gt;*&lt;/em&gt; you would get mixed black and grey symbols) and next to it some space followed by current and total frame number.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-11-14T13:37:55.110" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5367" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5348" CreationDate="2010-11-14T15:54:44.297" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I had to draw Karnaugh maps for my computer organization class, I use the colortbl package and colored individual cells; however, this got really bulky really quickly, and required coloring the intersections manually.  Knowing what I do now, I'd use a TikZ matrix:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{calc}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{positioning}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{matrix}&#xA;&#xA;\pgfdeclarelayer{background}&#xA;\pgfsetlayers{background,main}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{center}\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \matrix (karnaugh) [matrix of math nodes] {&#xA;      1 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 1 \\&#xA;      1 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 1 \\&#xA;      1 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 1 \\&#xA;      1 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 1 \\&#xA;    } ;&#xA;&#xA;    \foreach \i/\bits in {1/00,2/01,3/11,4/10} {&#xA;      \node [left  = 2mm of karnaugh-\i-1] {$\bits$} ;&#xA;      \node [above = 2mm of karnaugh-1-\i] {$\bits$} ;&#xA;    }&#xA;&#xA;    \node [left  = .6cm of karnaugh.west]  (BA) {$BA$} ;&#xA;    \node [above = .5cm of karnaugh.north] (DC) {$DC$} ;&#xA;&#xA;    \draw    ($(DC.north       -| karnaugh.west)  + (-.75mm,0)$)&#xA;          -- ($(karnaugh.south -| karnaugh.west)  + (-.75mm,0)$)&#xA;             ($(BA.west        |- karnaugh.north) + (0,+.40mm)$)&#xA;          -- ($(karnaugh.east  |- karnaugh.north) + (0,+.40mm)$) ;&#xA;&#xA;    \begin{pgfonlayer}{background}&#xA;      \begin{scope}[opacity=.5]&#xA;        \fill [red]&#xA;              (karnaugh-1-1.north west) rectangle (karnaugh-4-1.south east)&#xA;              (karnaugh-1-4.north west) rectangle (karnaugh-4-4.south east) ;&#xA;        \fill [blue]&#xA;              (karnaugh-1-3.north west) rectangle (karnaugh-1-4.south east) ;&#xA;        \fill [green]&#xA;              (karnaugh-3-3.north west) rectangle (karnaugh-3-4.south east) ;&#xA;        \fill [yellow]&#xA;              (karnaugh-4-1.north west) rectangle (karnaugh-4-2.south east) ;&#xA;      \end{scope}&#xA;    \end{pgfonlayer}&#xA;  \end{tikzpicture}\end{center}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This produces the following output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/zPIpx.png&quot; alt=&quot;Example Karnaugh map.&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oddly, the most complicated part of this solution is probably labeling the rows and columns with &lt;code&gt;00&lt;/code&gt;, etc., and drawing the separating vertical and horizontal lines.  Other than that, things are pretty straightforward.  The &lt;code&gt;matrix of math nodes&lt;/code&gt; option tells TikZ to surround each entry in the matrix with &lt;code&gt;\node {$&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;$};&lt;/code&gt;.  If you want to play with the spacing, you can use the &lt;code&gt;row sep=&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;column sep=&lt;/code&gt; options.  Next, I loop over each row/column index, and place the label a bit away from said row.  Finally, I place the global labels further away.  Drawing the edges uses the &lt;code&gt;(pt-a -| pt-b)&lt;/code&gt; coordinate syntax, which says &quot;place this point on the intersection of a horizontal line from &lt;code&gt;pt-a&lt;/code&gt; and a vertical line from &lt;code&gt;pt-b&lt;/code&gt;&quot;; &lt;code&gt;|-&lt;/code&gt; reverses which uses the horizontal line.  Looking at that should make it clear why those were chosen; they draw the separating lines.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, we draw the regions in the Karnaugh map.  We work on the background layer (which was declared at the start of the document), and just surround each region with a semi-transparent colored rectangle.  TikZ will handle the blending for us.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt; Since you requested a solution in LaTeX or ConTeXt, I should add that TikZ works with plain TeX, LaTeX, and ConTeXt, so this'll work in both cases.  The TikZ manual tells you what needs to change when using ConTeXt (not much); if I recall, the environments mostly become &lt;code&gt;\starttikzpicture&lt;/code&gt;/&lt;code&gt;\stoptikzpicture&lt;/code&gt; pairs and the like, but I don't use ConTeXt, so I'm not sure.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1425" LastEditorUserId="1425" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-15T03:34:28.033" LastActivityDate="2010-11-15T03:34:28.033" />
  <row Id="5368" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5377" CreationDate="2010-11-14T15:59:22.517" Score="4" ViewCount="364" Body="&lt;p&gt;How to get right margin in parboxed header? Top, bottom and left margin are ok, but there is no margin at the right (top) side of 'Parameter' header.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{table}[ht]\footnotesize&#xA;\centering&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|c|}&#xA;\hline&#xA;\begin{sideways}\parbox{2cm}{Parameter etc etc ....}\end{sideways} &#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\caption{Summary}&#xA;\label{tab:summary}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/s8g18.png&quot; alt=&quot;No right margin&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are top,bottom and left margin, but there is no margin at right side of the header, as you can see at attached image.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1164" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-03T19:58:17.880" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T19:58:17.880" Title="Sideways margin with parbox?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;margins&gt;&lt;minipage&gt;&lt;sideways&gt;&lt;parbox&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5369" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5351" CreationDate="2010-11-14T16:29:18.613" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Geoffrey gave some great tips, here are some images from a book I am busy with based on a hacked version of the tufte-book class. The examples are drawn specifically to illustrate the use of figures with LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/D6gEw.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This one demonstrates the use of the `wrapfig' package, used in connection with margin figures. Margin figures work well with plenty of text as captions. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/O1HOI.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some pottery with subcaptions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/mYzIN.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This last one - although seems a bit unbalanced - was done on purpose to give the reader a feeling of the original size of the pottery (the last one is much larger than the first two).&#xA;The margins need some more text though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-11-14T16:29:18.613" />
  <row Id="5370" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="339" CreationDate="2010-11-14T17:06:11.437" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use &lt;strong&gt;Vim&lt;/strong&gt; with the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=2540&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Snipmate&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt; plugin and &lt;a href=&quot;https://launchpad.net/rubber&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Rubber&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt; for compilation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I used to use Vim-Latex, but I found it too heavy-weight and rigid. Snipmate provides a subset of the functionality, but it is easier to customize and works for any programming language.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="341" LastActivityDate="2010-11-14T17:06:11.437" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-11-14T17:06:11.437" />
  <row Id="5371" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5374" CreationDate="2010-11-14T17:32:12.170" Score="3" ViewCount="1041" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying, loosely based on &lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/1966778/latex-template-or-example-for-personal-statement&quot;&gt;this answer&lt;/a&gt; to make a template for my Statement of Purpose. How could I remove the empty extra line between the horizontal rule and the text? Moreover, how could be the first letter be of larger font in the title?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any other suggestion is more than welcomed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[left=1in,right=1in,top=1in,bottom=1in]{geometry}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\HRule}{\rule{\linewidth}{0.5mm}}&#xA;\newcommand{\Hrule}{\rule{\linewidth}{0.3mm}}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter% since there's an at-sign (@) in the command name&#xA;\renewcommand{\@maketitle}{&#xA;  \parindent=0pt% don't indent paragraphs in the title block&#xA;  \begin{center}&#xA;    \MakeUppercase{\Large \bf \@title}&#xA;    \HRule%&#xA;  \end{center}%&#xA;  \textit{\@author \hfill \@date}&#xA;  \par&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother% resets the meaning of the at-sign (@)&#xA;&#xA;\title{Statement of Purpose}&#xA;\author{name}&#xA;\date{Ph.D. Applicant}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\maketitle% prints the title block&#xA;&#xA;Emergency medicine has always been a passion of mine\ldots&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1141" LastActivityDate="2010-11-14T17:44:57.937" Title="Statement of Purpose Template" Tags="&lt;templates&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="5372" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5371" CreationDate="2010-11-14T17:36:34.467" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For the extra line, you can tweak it manually by using negative vertical spaces : &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\vspace{-0.2in}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, be careful as this can mess up your document if you give too big numbers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="10" LastActivityDate="2010-11-14T17:36:34.467" />
  <row Id="5373" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5380" CreationDate="2010-11-14T17:41:35.153" Score="1" ViewCount="97" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to generate the bibtex keys for many bibliography entries at the same time or in a batch mode? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am using Jabref for the bibliograpy database and get the bibtex key while inputting the data. The problem is that when I am taking the bibtex entries from other sources, there citation key format varies from source to source. Jabref reads the text file but the keys are very different or dont follow any pattern. It is best to have a consistent citation key format and it will be very helpful if there is a way to use the key format I am using on all the entries rather than generating the key for each entry individually.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanking in advance for any solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1889" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-16T17:15:13.000" LastActivityDate="2010-11-16T17:15:13.000" Title="Bibliography Autokey Generation in batch mode" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;cross-referencing&gt;&lt;jabref&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="5374" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5371" CreationDate="2010-11-14T17:44:57.937" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Replace the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.html#center&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;center&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; environment with the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.html#g_t_005ccentering&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;\centering&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; switch to avoid additional vertical space. For the second issue simply use small capitals for the title. See code below for the modifications.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[margin=1in]{geometry}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\HRule}{\rule{\linewidth}{0.5mm}}&#xA;\newcommand{\Hrule}{\rule{\linewidth}{0.3mm}}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter% since there's an at-sign (@) in the command name&#xA;\renewcommand{\@maketitle}{%&#xA;  \parindent=0pt% don't indent paragraphs in the title block&#xA;  \centering&#xA;  {\Large \bfseries\textsc{\@title}}&#xA;  \HRule\par%&#xA;  \textit{\@author \hfill \@date}&#xA;  \par&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother% resets the meaning of the at-sign (@)&#xA;&#xA;\title{Statement of Purpose}&#xA;\author{name}&#xA;\date{Ph.D. Applicant}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \maketitle% prints the title block&#xA;&#xA;  Emergency medicine has always been a passion of mine\ldots&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-11-14T17:44:57.937" />
  <row Id="5375" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5363" CreationDate="2010-11-14T17:57:54.590" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One thing that might be worth pointing out, is that apparently, many packages call on &lt;code&gt;xcolor&lt;/code&gt;, and I had endless clashes first time I tried it, and it took me such a long time to figure this one out, so I felt it might help someone as slow as me to mention this: The xcolor package should be loaded last (or at least after the clashing packages).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1614" LastActivityDate="2010-11-14T17:57:54.590" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5376" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5373" CreationDate="2010-11-14T18:04:41.137" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can autogenerate new BibTeX keys with Jabref (There is a menu under tools). After your imports, just regenerate the keys.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-11-14T18:04:41.137" />
  <row Id="5377" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5368" CreationDate="2010-11-14T18:09:53.590" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\parbox&lt;/code&gt; supports optional arguments for specifying height and alignment. In your case, within a sideways environment, you could adjust the height of the parbox to get a wider header and thus a wider margin.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Further, if you wish to get space below or above the turned parbox, you could use &lt;code&gt;\hspace*&lt;/code&gt; to insert some space within the sideways environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, within your code, write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{sideways}&#xA;  \parbox[c][2cm][c]{2cm}{Parameter etc etc ....}&#xA;  \hspace*{1ex}&#xA;\end{sideways}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to get (with an additional &lt;code&gt;\hline&lt;/code&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Xn0Wl.png&quot; alt=&quot;table&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The syntax of &lt;code&gt;\parbox&lt;/code&gt; is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\parbox[pos][height][inner-pos]{width}{text}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where &lt;code&gt;pos&lt;/code&gt; means one of the usual alignment options t, b or c.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-14T20:23:36.157" LastActivityDate="2010-11-14T20:23:36.157" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5378" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5382" CreationDate="2010-11-14T20:24:47.823" Score="5" ViewCount="220" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to set the background colors for cells to indicate their relations. How can I do this in ConTeXt?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="592" LastActivityDate="2010-11-14T22:12:20.540" Title="Background color of cells in ConTeXt" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;color&gt;&lt;context&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="5379" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3871" CreationDate="2010-11-14T21:42:24.543" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/biblatex.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;biblatex&lt;/a&gt;, sorting and compressing numeric keys is achieved with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[style=numeric-comp]{biblatex}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-11-14T21:42:24.543" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5380" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5373" CreationDate="2010-11-14T21:43:19.830" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Do a multiple select in jab-ref (either using ctrl-click or shift-click) and hit the magic wand button to generate keys for those selected entries.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="794" LastActivityDate="2010-11-14T21:43:19.830" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="5381" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="451" CreationDate="2010-11-14T21:59:59.817" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sometimes having a few helper macros makes the code much more readable. For example, in ConTeXt, typically your first macro will be written as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\def\cohtheory#1%&#xA;   {\setvalue{#1func}{\dodoubleargument\docohtheory[#1]}}&#xA;&#xA;\def\docohtheory[#1][#2]%&#xA;   {#1^{\ifsecondargument #2 \else * \fi}}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where &lt;code&gt;\setvalue&lt;/code&gt; is roughly equivalent to the expandafter newcommand bit. (ignore the difference in the manner in which optional arguments are handled).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The second macro will typically be written as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\expanded{\command{\argone}{\argtwo}}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where &lt;code&gt;\expanded&lt;/code&gt; fully expands its arguments. &lt;code&gt;\expanded&lt;/code&gt; is defined roughly in the same manner as Joseph's &lt;code&gt;\temp&lt;/code&gt; macro, but uses &lt;code&gt;\xdef&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2010-11-14T21:59:59.817" />
  <row Id="5382" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5378" CreationDate="2010-11-14T22:12:20.540" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Depends on which table macros you are using (&lt;code&gt;\starttabe&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\starttabulate&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\bTABE&lt;/code&gt;/&lt;code&gt;\startTABLE&lt;/code&gt;).  I will assume &lt;code&gt;\bTABLE&lt;/code&gt;, because that is the most versatile option.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Each cell of a TABLE is a &lt;code&gt;\frame&lt;/code&gt;, so it takes all the options of a &lt;code&gt;\frame&lt;/code&gt;. You can color the background of a frame using&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\frame[background=color, backgroundcolor=red]{...}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The same syntax works for TABLEs. You can either pass the color the a specific cell manually,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\bTABLE[background=color]&#xA; \bTR &#xA;    \bTD one   \eTD &#xA;    \bTD two   \eTD&#xA;    \bTD three \eTD&#xA; \eTR&#xA; \bTR &#xA;    \bTD[backgroundcolor=red] one   \eTD &#xA;    \bTD two   \eTD&#xA;    \bTD three \eTD&#xA; \eTR&#xA;\eTABLE&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or use setups to select the cell&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\setupTABLE[1][2][background=color,backgroundcolor=red]&#xA;% col 1 row 2&#xA;&#xA;\bTABLE&#xA; \bTR &#xA;    \bTD one   \eTD &#xA;    \bTD two   \eTD&#xA;    \bTD three \eTD&#xA; \eTR&#xA; \bTR &#xA;    \bTD one   \eTD &#xA;    \bTD two   \eTD&#xA;    \bTD three \eTD&#xA; \eTR&#xA;\eTABLE&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2010-11-14T22:12:20.540" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5383" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5385" CreationDate="2010-11-15T00:23:00.043" Score="6" ViewCount="205" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have an &lt;code&gt;overfull hbox&lt;/code&gt; which I've decided to live with.  Actually, several.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, since they're in &lt;code&gt;\[&lt;/code&gt;…&lt;code&gt;\]&lt;/code&gt;, it would look better if they could remain centered, i.e. overflowing the margins equally on both sides, rather than just overflowing to the right.  Is it possible to ask LaTeX to do this?  (I'm using pdflatex and the &lt;code&gt;amsbook&lt;/code&gt; class, fwiw.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Yes, I know overfull hboxes make Donald Knuth cry!  But I've considered other options—splitting up these lines of maths, scaling them down a little, changing the document margins, etc—and this seems to me the least worst compromise; so please don't flame me too hard for doing this…)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1635" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-15T05:23:23.317" LastActivityDate="2010-11-15T05:23:23.317" Title="How to centre my display math overfull hboxes?" Tags="&lt;hbox&gt;&lt;horizontal-alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="5384" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5628" CreationDate="2010-11-15T00:52:07.863" Score="10" ViewCount="655" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to typeset a book of poems that I wrote in ConTeXt.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Consider the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\definehead[PoemTitle][section]&#xA;\setuphead[PoemTitle][number=no, page=yes, style=\sc]&#xA;&#xA;\starttext&#xA;&#xA;\PoemTitle{A Silly Whimsy}&#xA;\startlines&#xA;Some really &#xA;poetic lines&#xA;are here&#xA;and here, these are &#xA;deeply moving&#xA;\stoplines&#xA;&#xA;\stoptext&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This works well for breaking the lines, but the overall positioning on the page is poor, given the short nature of the lines. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am trying to center this text block (not the line) on the page, including the \PoemTitle header. The centered text block needs to be able to break over pages. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have been playing with the narrower environment (doesn't move the PoemTitle header with the text block), the \hbox command (can't seem to implement anything useful), and the \defineblock and \setupblock commands. I haven't managed to get useful. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any ideas?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;EDIT:&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;@Will In LaTeX this gave me the desired result:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{memoir}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand{\PoemTitlefont}{%&#xA;\normalfont\scshape\flushleft% Remove centering from poem title&#xA;\hspace*{0.5\linewidth}\hspace*{-0.5\versewidth}}% Makes poem title flush left with body block.&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\settowidth{\versewidth}{Some really deep moving} &#xA;\PlainPoemTitle&#xA;\PoemTitle{willy nilly}&#xA;\begin{verse}[\versewidth]&#xA;&#xA;Some really deep moving\\&#xA;lines of poetry\\&#xA;here.\\&#xA;It is all\\&#xA;so moving\\&#xA;\end{verse}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;@Aditya:I would want to calculate the width of the longest line and choose an offset so that the longest line is in the middle of the text area, as in the LaTeX code above. It might be nice if the calculation of the longest line was automatic.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1222" LastEditorUserId="1222" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-15T07:13:11.533" LastActivityDate="2010-11-25T04:58:11.210" Title="centering a ragged right text block in ConTeXt" Tags="&lt;context&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="5385" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5383" CreationDate="2010-11-15T01:17:44.183" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;\mathclap&lt;/code&gt; from the &lt;code&gt;mathtools&lt;/code&gt; package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{amsbook}&#xA;\usepackage[margin=2in]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{mathtools}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\[\mathclap{%&#xA;  f(x) = \int\frac{\sin x}{x}\,\mathrm{d}x%&#xA;       = \int\frac{\sin x}{x}\,\mathrm{d}x%&#xA;       = \int\frac{\sin x}{x}\,\mathrm{d}x%&#xA;       = \int\frac{\sin x}{x}\,\mathrm{d}x%&#xA;       = \int\frac{\sin x}{x}\,\mathrm{d}x%&#xA;       = \int\frac{\sin x}{x}\,\mathrm{d}x%&#xA;}\]&#xA;\lipsum[2]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-11-15T01:17:44.183" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5386" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5387" CreationDate="2010-11-15T02:12:25.467" Score="5" ViewCount="455" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm creating a Beamer presentation and I wanted to change margin size for single slides.  I've found a solution on some old mailing list, adapted it a little and it works perfectly, but I have no idea how it works=/&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{codemargin}{%&#xA;  \begin{list}{}{%&#xA;        \setlength{\leftmargin}{-0.7cm}%&#xA;        \setlength{\rightmargin}{-0.7cm}%&#xA;      }%&#xA;  \item[]}{&#xA;  \end{list}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This creates a new environment that I can use on slides that I want to have smaller margins.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now to the point - what does \item[]}{ mean?  I can't find any other examples using similar syntax.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1897" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-26T16:24:17.617" LastActivityDate="2010-11-26T16:24:17.617" Title="LaTeX strange new environment definition" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;environments&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5387" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5386" CreationDate="2010-11-15T02:20:29.020" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The rough idea is that the &lt;code&gt;list&lt;/code&gt; environment (for reasons I don't fully understand) makes various kinds of formatting easier, such as the &lt;code&gt;setlengths&lt;/code&gt; you have.  I believe it also suppresses the initial paragraph indentation, too.  However, just as with the &lt;code&gt;itemize&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;enumerate&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;description&lt;/code&gt; environments—which are all wrappers around &lt;code&gt;list&lt;/code&gt;—the only permitted text must follow an &lt;code&gt;\item&lt;/code&gt;.  And since &lt;code&gt;\item&lt;/code&gt; can take an optional argument (something used to great effect in description lists), an empty one is provided so that you can write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{codemargin}&#xA;  [This text] demonstrates...&#xA;\end{codemargin}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Otherwise, the &lt;code&gt;[This text]&lt;/code&gt; would get swallowed up by the &lt;code&gt;\item&lt;/code&gt; command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1425" LastActivityDate="2010-11-15T02:20:29.020" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5388" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5384" CreationDate="2010-11-15T05:28:47.370" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Obligatory LaTeX example &lt;code&gt;:)&lt;/code&gt; I know the question specifies a ConTeXt solution, but it's good to cross-pollinate ideas.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since Aditya queried the intended output in the comments, here's how I interpret what the question is looking for: (I haven't attempted to replicate the proper markup for creating the poem title or anything, though)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{varwidth,lipsum}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;\begin{varwidth}{\linewidth}&#xA;\obeylines&#xA;\textsc{A Silly Whimsy}&#xA;Some really &#xA;poetic lines&#xA;are here&#xA;and here, these are &#xA;deeply moving&#xA;\end{varwidth}&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;\lipsum[2]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-11-15T05:28:47.370" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5389" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5384" CreationDate="2010-11-15T06:44:31.827" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Based on Will's answer, this is how you can do the same in ConTeXt. This uses framedtexts, so will not break across pages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First, to center align the head, just add &lt;code&gt;alternative=middle&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\setuphead&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To center the contents first define &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\defineframedtext[poemframed]&#xA;                 [width=\textwidth,&#xA;                  autowidth=force,&#xA;                  align=flushleft,&#xA;                  before=,&#xA;                  after=,&#xA;                  frame=off]&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is equivalent to the &lt;code&gt;varwidth&lt;/code&gt; environment in LaTeX. Basically, &lt;code&gt;autowidth=force&lt;/code&gt; forces the width of the box to equal the length of the largest line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Next, we plug in this framedtext to a poems environment that obeys the lines.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\definelines[poem]&#xA;            [before={\startpoemframed[middle]},&#xA;             after=\stoppoemframed]&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;middle&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;\startpoemframed[middle]&lt;/code&gt; ensures that the box is middle aligned. Now you can use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\startpoem&#xA;...&#xA;\stoppoem&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to get middle aligned, left flushed, lines. As I said earlier, this will not break across pages. I don't know an easy way to ensure that the contents break across pages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2010-11-15T06:44:31.827" />
  <row Id="5390" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5393" CreationDate="2010-11-15T07:52:04.353" Score="3" ViewCount="212" Body="&lt;p&gt;It seems that revtex4 tries to automatically balance the lengths of the two columns on the last page of a double-column document.  I would like to know how to turn this off.  Unfortunately, all the Googling I do for this is pages telling me how to turn it on.  I've tried the multicol package, but it seems that it interferes with some of the internals of the revtex package, so I'm hoping there's a simpler way to get it done. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In case it helps, here is how I start my .tex file: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[amssymb,aps,nofootinbib,letterpaper,10pt,twocolumn]{revtex4}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="413" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-15T08:45:47.523" LastActivityDate="2010-11-15T08:45:47.523" Title="How can I unbalance double columns in revtex4?" Tags="&lt;two-column&gt;&lt;multicol&gt;&lt;revtex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="5391" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-15T08:02:32.740" Score="5" ViewCount="209" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do I make references to specific lines in program source code (e.g. Python)? For example, I want to say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In lines 22-30, the algorithm is implemented...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I changed the Python source code, &quot;lines 22-30&quot; will automatically change to reflect the new line numbers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;I'm using &lt;code&gt;minted&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="791" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-15T08:44:56.817" LastActivityDate="2010-12-27T22:35:42.550" Title="References to specific lines in program source code" Tags="&lt;cross-referencing&gt;&lt;source&gt;&lt;minted&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5393" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5390" CreationDate="2010-11-15T08:13:15.620" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Tricky. You'll probably want to include the &lt;code&gt;nobalancelastpage&lt;/code&gt; option:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[amssymb,aps,nofootinbib,letterpaper,10pt,twocolumn,nobalancelastpage]{revtex4}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-11-15T08:13:15.620" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5394" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5309" CreationDate="2010-11-15T10:05:00.560" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;And now let me show you the &lt;em&gt;right&lt;/em&gt; way to do it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;\usepackage[paperheight=40cm,scale=.97]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}&#xA;\usepackage{mathtools}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{chains}&#xA;&#xA;\tikzset{node distance=2em, ch/.style={circle,draw,on chain,inner sep=2pt},chj/.style={ch,join},every path/.style={shorten &amp;gt;=4pt,shorten &amp;lt;=4pt},line width=1pt,baseline=-1ex}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\alabel}[1]{%&#xA;  \(\alpha_{\mathrlap{#1}}\)&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\mlabel}[1]{%&#xA;  \(#1\)&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\let\dlabel=\alabel&#xA;\let\ulabel=\mlabel&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\dnode}[2][chj]{%&#xA;\node[#1,label={below:\dlabel{#2}}] {};&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\dnodea}[3][chj]{%&#xA;\dnode[#1,label={above:\ulabel{#2}}]{#3}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\dnodeanj}[2]{%&#xA;\dnodea[ch]{#1}{#2}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\dnodenj}[1]{%&#xA;\dnode[ch]{#1}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\dnodebr}[1]{%&#xA;\node[chj,label={below right:\dlabel{#1}}] {};&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\dnoder}[2][chj]{%&#xA;\node[#1,label={right:\dlabel{#2}}] {};&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\dydots}{%&#xA;\node[chj,draw=none,inner sep=1pt] {\dots};&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\QRightarrow}{%&#xA;\begingroup&#xA;\tikzset{every path/.style={}}%&#xA;\tikz \draw (0,3pt) -- ++(1em,0) (0,1pt) -- ++(1em+1pt,0) (0,-1pt) -- ++(1em+1pt,0) (0,-3pt) -- ++(1em,0) (1em-1pt,5pt) to[out=-75,in=135] (1em+2pt,0) to[out=-135,in=75] (1em-1pt,-5pt);&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\QLeftarrow}{%&#xA;\begingroup&#xA;\tikz&#xA;\draw[shorten &amp;gt;=0pt,shorten &amp;lt;=0pt] (0,3pt) -- ++(-1em,0) (0,1pt) -- ++(-1em-1pt,0) (0,-1pt) -- ++(-1em-1pt,0) (0,-3pt) -- ++(-1em,0) (-1em+1pt,5pt) to[out=-105,in=45] (-1em-2pt,0) to[out=-45,in=105] (-1em+1pt,-5pt);&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{align*}&#xA;A_l &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp; &#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[start chain]&#xA;\dnode{1}&#xA;\dnode{2}&#xA;\dydots&#xA;\dnode{l-1}&#xA;\dnode{l}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&#xA;(l+1) \\&#xA;%&#xA;B_l &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[start chain]&#xA;\dnode{1}&#xA;\dnode{2}&#xA;\dydots&#xA;\dnode{l-1}&#xA;\dnodenj{l}&#xA;\path (chain-4) -- node[anchor=mid] {\(\Rightarrow\)} (chain-5);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&#xA;(2) \\&#xA;%&#xA;C_l &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[start chain]&#xA;\dnode{1}&#xA;\dnode{2}&#xA;\dydots&#xA;\dnode{l-1}&#xA;\dnodenj{l}&#xA;\path (chain-4) -- node[anchor=mid] {\(\Leftarrow\)} (chain-5);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&#xA;(2) \\&#xA;%&#xA;D_l &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{scope}[start chain]&#xA;\dnode{1}&#xA;\dnode{2}&#xA;\node[chj,draw=none] {\dots};&#xA;\dnode{l-2}&#xA;\dnode{l-1}&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;\begin{scope}[start chain=br going above]&#xA;\chainin(chain-4);&#xA;\dnodebr{l}&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&#xA;(4) \\&#xA;%&#xA;E_6 &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{scope}[start chain]&#xA;\foreach \dyni in {1,...,5} {&#xA;\dnode{\dyni}&#xA;}&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;\begin{scope}[start chain=br going above]&#xA;\chainin (chain-3);&#xA;\dnodebr{6}&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&#xA;(3) \\&#xA;%&#xA;E_7 &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{scope}[start chain]&#xA;\foreach \dyni in {1,...,6} {&#xA;\dnode{\dyni}&#xA;}&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;\begin{scope}[start chain=br going above]&#xA;\chainin (chain-3);&#xA;\dnodebr{7}&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&#xA;(2) \\&#xA;%&#xA;E_8 &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{scope}[start chain]&#xA;\foreach \dyni in {1,...,7} {&#xA;\dnode{\dyni}&#xA;}&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;\begin{scope}[start chain=br going above]&#xA;\chainin (chain-5);&#xA;\dnodebr{8}&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&#xA;(1) \\&#xA;%&#xA;F_4 &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[start chain]&#xA;\dnode{1}&#xA;\dnode{2}&#xA;\dnodenj{3}&#xA;\dnode{4}&#xA;\path (chain-2) -- node[anchor=mid] {\(\Rightarrow\)} (chain-3);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&#xA;(1) \\&#xA;%&#xA;G_2 &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[start chain]&#xA;\dnodenj{1}&#xA;\dnodenj{2}&#xA;\path (chain-1) -- node {\(\Rrightarrow\)} (chain-2);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;&#xA;\let\dlabel=\mlabel&#xA;&#xA;\begin{align*}&#xA;&amp;amp;A_1^{(1)} &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[start chain]&#xA;\dnodenj{1}&#xA;\dnodenj{1}&#xA;\path (chain-1) -- node[anchor=mid] {\(\Longleftrightarrow\)} (chain-2);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\\&#xA;%&#xA;&amp;amp;A_l^{(1)} (l \ge 2) &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[start chain,node distance=1ex and 2em]&#xA;\dnode{1}&#xA;\dnode{1}&#xA;\dydots&#xA;\dnode{1}&#xA;\dnode{1}&#xA;\begin{scope}[start chain=br going above]&#xA;\chainin(chain-3);&#xA;\node[ch,join=with chain-1,join=with chain-5,label={[inner sep=1pt]10:\(1\)}] {};&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\\&#xA;%&#xA;&amp;amp;B_l^{(1)} (l \ge 3) &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{scope}[start chain]&#xA;\dnode{1}&#xA;\dnode{2}&#xA;\dnode{2}&#xA;\dydots&#xA;\dnode{2}&#xA;\dnodenj{2}&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;\begin{scope}[start chain=br going above]&#xA;\chainin(chain-2);&#xA;\dnodebr{1}&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;\path (chain-5) -- node{\(\Rightarrow\)} (chain-6);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\\&#xA;%&#xA;&amp;amp;C_l^{(1)} (l \ge 2) &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[start chain]&#xA;\dnodenj{1}&#xA;\dnodenj{2}&#xA;\dydots&#xA;\dnode{2}&#xA;\dnodenj{1}&#xA;\path (chain-1) -- node{\(\Rightarrow\)} (chain-2);&#xA;\path (chain-4) -- node{\(\Leftarrow\)} (chain-5);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\\&#xA;%&#xA;&amp;amp;D_l^{(1)} (l \ge 4) &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{scope}[start chain]&#xA;\dnode{1}&#xA;\dnode{2}&#xA;\dnode{2}&#xA;\dydots&#xA;\dnode{2}&#xA;\dnode{1}&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;\begin{scope}[start chain=br going above]&#xA;\chainin(chain-2);&#xA;\dnodebr{1};&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;\begin{scope}[start chain=br2 going above]&#xA;\chainin(chain-5);&#xA;\dnodebr{1};&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\\&#xA;%&#xA;&amp;amp;G_2^{(1)} &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[start chain]&#xA;\dnode{1}&#xA;\dnode{2}&#xA;\dnodenj{3}&#xA;\path (chain-2) -- node{\(\Rrightarrow\)} (chain-3);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\\&#xA;%&#xA;&amp;amp;F_4^{(1)} &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[start chain]&#xA;\dnode{1}&#xA;\dnode{2}&#xA;\dnode{3}&#xA;\dnodenj{4}&#xA;\dnode{2}&#xA;\path (chain-3) -- node[anchor=mid]{\(\Rightarrow\)} (chain-4);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\\&#xA;%&#xA;&amp;amp;E_6^{(1)} &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{scope}[start chain]&#xA;\foreach \dyi in {1,2,3,2,1} {&#xA;\dnode{\dyi}&#xA;}&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;\begin{scope}[start chain=br going above]&#xA;\chainin(chain-3);&#xA;\dnodebr{2}&#xA;\dnodebr{1}&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\\&#xA;%&#xA;&amp;amp;E_7^{(1)} &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{scope}[start chain]&#xA;\foreach \dyi in {1,2,3,4,3,2,1} {&#xA;\dnode{\dyi}&#xA;}&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;\begin{scope}[start chain=br going above]&#xA;\chainin(chain-4);&#xA;\dnodebr{2}&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\\&#xA;%&#xA;&amp;amp;E_8^{(1)} &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{scope}[start chain]&#xA;\foreach \dyi in {1,2,3,4,5,6,4,2} {&#xA;\dnode{\dyi}&#xA;}&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;\begin{scope}[start chain=br going above]&#xA;\chainin(chain-6);&#xA;\dnodebr{3}&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;&#xA;\let\dlabel=\alabel&#xA;&#xA;\begin{align*}&#xA;&amp;amp;A_2^{(2)} &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[start chain]&#xA;\dnodeanj{2}{0}&#xA;\dnodeanj{1}{1}&#xA;\path (chain-1) -- node {\QLeftarrow} (chain-2);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\\&#xA;%&#xA;&amp;amp;A_{2l}^{(2)} (l \ge 2) &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[start chain]&#xA;\dnodeanj{2}{0}&#xA;\dnodeanj{2}{1}&#xA;\dydots&#xA;\dnodea{2}{l-1}&#xA;\dnodea{1}{l}&#xA;\path (chain-1) -- node[anchor=mid] {\(\Leftarrow\)} (chain-2);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\\&#xA;%&#xA;&amp;amp;A_{2l-1}^{(2)} (l \ge 3) &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{scope}[start chain]&#xA;\dnodea{1}{1}&#xA;\node[chj,label={below:\dlabel{2}},label={[inner sep=1pt]above right:\mlabel{2}}] {};&#xA;\dnodea{2}{3}&#xA;\dydots&#xA;\dnodea{2}{l-1}&#xA;\dnodeanj{1}{l}&#xA;\path (chain-5) -- node[anchor=mid] {\(\Leftarrow\)} (chain-6);&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;\begin{scope}[start chain=br going above]&#xA;\chainin(chain-2);&#xA;\node[chj,label={below left:\dlabel{0}},label={[inner sep=1pt]above right:\mlabel{1}}] {};&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\\&#xA;%&#xA;&amp;amp;D_{l+1}^{(2)} (l \ge 2) &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[start chain]&#xA;\dnodea{1}{1}&#xA;\dnodeanj{1}{1}&#xA;\dydots&#xA;\dnodea{1}{l-1}&#xA;\dnodeanj{1}{l}&#xA;\path (chain-1) -- node[anchor=mid] {\(\Leftarrow\)} (chain-2);&#xA;\path (chain-4) -- node[anchor=mid] {\(\Rightarrow\)} (chain-5);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\\&#xA;%&#xA;&amp;amp;E_6^{(2)} &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[start chain]&#xA;\dnodea{1}{0}&#xA;\dnodea{2}{1}&#xA;\dnodea{3}{2}&#xA;\dnodeanj{2}{3}&#xA;\dnodea{1}{4}&#xA;\path (chain-3) -- node[anchor=mid] {\(\Leftarrow\)} (chain-4);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{align*}&#xA;&amp;amp;D_4^{(3)} &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[start chain]&#xA;\dnodea{1}{0}&#xA;\dnodea{2}{1}&#xA;\dnodeanj{1}{2}&#xA;\path (chain-2) -- node {\(\Lleftarrow\)} (chain-3);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Produces:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/3Sog3.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm sure that there are cleaner ways to do this, and optimisations (though, for the record, some of my experiments with the &lt;code&gt;chains&lt;/code&gt; library didn't work correctly - indeed, I couldn't get some of the examples in the manual to compile).  I tried to get it as close to the book as I could, whilst looking for a slightly more expansive and &quot;cleaner&quot; style (at least, as far as the preview in Google docs goes).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One of these days I'll learn what these diagrams actually mean ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Packages loaded:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;geometry&lt;/code&gt;: just to get the whole lot on one page&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;amssymb&lt;/code&gt;: to get the triple arrows and the left-right double arrow&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;mathtools&lt;/code&gt;: to get the &lt;code&gt;mathrlap&lt;/code&gt; command as I preferred the labels centred on the &lt;code&gt;\alpha&lt;/code&gt; rather than on the whole label.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;tikz&lt;/code&gt;: to do the actual diagram&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;chains&lt;/code&gt;: to do the automatic placement of the nodes&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-11-15T10:05:00.560" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5395" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4106" CreationDate="2010-11-15T10:08:46.457" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A very simple way of reducing typing by keyboard shortcuts in Linux is the small, very cool editor &lt;strong&gt;Scribes&lt;/strong&gt; ( &lt;a href=&quot;http://scribes.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://scribes.sourceforge.net/&lt;/a&gt; ), where you can import and export your shortcuts as xml. An example of latex shortcuts is at the download site.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For Beamer, I created my own and simply type:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;fr for the whole frame environment or&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;bl for a block, &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;de for a description, &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;item for an itemize environment.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That works very well and is really fast.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1904" LastActivityDate="2010-11-15T10:08:46.457" />
  <row Id="5396" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5397" CreationDate="2010-11-15T10:11:13.380" Score="5" ViewCount="408" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there any way to include an animated GIF directly in either PDFLaTeX or XeLaTeX? I realize the &lt;code&gt;animate&lt;/code&gt; package can include animations in a PDF, but it doesn't support animated GIFs and you have to split them up manually into EPS or PNG files as far as I can tell.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="677" LastActivityDate="2010-11-15T10:40:44.493" Title="Is there any way to include an animated GIF directly?" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;animations&gt;&lt;gif&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="5397" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5396" CreationDate="2010-11-15T10:40:44.493" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/movie15/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the movie15 package&lt;/a&gt; (in Latex).  You will need to use a PDF viewer that supports animated content.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-11-15T10:40:44.493" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="5398" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5399" CreationDate="2010-11-15T11:04:11.383" Score="4" ViewCount="332" Body="&lt;p&gt;When writing an essay with the &lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt; class, the first line after a &lt;code&gt;section&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;subsection&lt;/code&gt; has somewhere along the way become indented.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;According to typographic standards (American standards, I believe?) the first line in a paragraph following a heading should not be indented. Somehow, my first lines have become indented.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am using &lt;code&gt;input&lt;/code&gt; to handle the text below a section, looking something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\subsection{Section name}&#xA;\begin{multicols}{2}&#xA;\input{Sections/Text.tex}&#xA;\end{multicols}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you can see, I am using the &lt;code&gt;multicol&lt;/code&gt; package to enable multiple columns. The other packages (relevant to my problem) I am using are: &lt;code&gt;MinionPro&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;simplemargins&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;lettrine&lt;/code&gt; (although I haven't implemented it in the text yet).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there something apparent that I've missed? Is there a package conflict here, perhaps? If the problem lies in the &lt;code&gt;multicols&lt;/code&gt; package, is there a solution to my problem where I can keep my two-column-layout?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1549" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T16:09:50.897" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T16:09:50.897" Title="First line of first paragraph after section/subsection is indented" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;indentation&gt;&lt;multicol&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5399" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5398" CreationDate="2010-11-15T11:16:21.967" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/multicol&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;multicol&lt;/a&gt; manual (Section 2 - The User Interface, p. 2ff) offers a very simple solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper,english]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{multicol}&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;   \begin{multicols}{2}[\section{A Section title}]&#xA;     \blindtext&#xA;   \end{multicols}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/blindtext&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;blindtext&lt;/a&gt; package is only for creating dummy text thus not part of the solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-11-15T11:16:21.967" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5400" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5531" CreationDate="2010-11-15T13:58:33.347" Score="10" ViewCount="495" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have some files with TikZ graphics that have suddenly changed appearance since I upgraded to PGF-2.10.  Here is a minimal example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\pgfversion\par&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\draw[blue] plot[domain=-1:1] (\x,{\x^2 + \x^3});&#xA;\draw[xshift=4cm,blue] plot[domain=-1:1] (\x,{(\x)^2 + (\x)^3});&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In PGF 2.00 I had this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/pHbD2.png&quot; alt=&quot;minimal example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;while in 2.10 I have this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/TBM1y.png&quot; alt=&quot;minimal example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The one on the left in PGF 2.10 looks like the graph of y=x^3 but could also be y=x^3 + x|x|.   This has been &lt;a href=&quot;http://sourceforge.net/tracker/?func=detail&amp;amp;aid=3098911&amp;amp;group_id=142562&amp;amp;atid=752792&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;reported&lt;/a&gt; on sourceforge and &lt;a href=&quot;http://sourceforge.net/mailarchive/forum.php?thread_name=4C44A105.7000903%40googlemail.com&amp;amp;forum_name=pgf-users&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;discussed&lt;/a&gt; on the pgf-users mailing list.  Although I haven't checked myself yet, the bug remains open and some of the commenters below report that problems still exist in the CVS version. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Geoffrey Jones notes the bug is in the 2.00 CVS version:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Hi Matthew, not an answer, just an FYI&#xA;  that's too large for the comment box.&#xA;  My compile of your code through pgf&#xA;  v2.00 produces the result you see with&#xA;  v2.10, above: &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/cBYbG.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I.e., the difference you observe seems&#xA;  to pre-date v2.10.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is a workaround by inserting parentheses.  But since I have so many old lecture files I'd rather find a solution that doesn't involve rewriting my TikZ code.  And I'm squeamish about using the CVS bleeding edge code even if it were fixed, since I don't want to introduce other problems.  Ideally I'd like a simple patch that I can stick at the preamble, or just fix one file in the PGF distro. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-18T10:23:37.997" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T15:23:01.177" Title="How can I work around this TikZ bug?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;debugging&gt;&lt;pgf-2.10&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="11" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5401" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5403" CreationDate="2010-11-15T14:28:39.410" Score="6" ViewCount="132" Body="&lt;p&gt;If I consider a simple LaTeX document such as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Hello, World!&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;then if I typeset it multiple times I get a different checksum each time&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$ pdflatex test&#xA;This is pdfTeX, Version 3.1415926-1.40.10 (TeX Live 2009)&#xA; restricted \write18 enabled.&#xA;entering extended mode&#xA;...&#xA;Output written on test.pdf (1 page, 12592 bytes).&#xA;Transcript written on test.log.&#xA;$ cksum test.pdf&#xA;2770399004 12592 test.pdf&#xA;$ pdflatex test&#xA;This is pdfTeX, Version 3.1415926-1.40.10 (TeX Live 2009)&#xA; restricted \write18 enabled.&#xA;entering extended mode&#xA;...&#xA;Output written on test.pdf (1 page, 12592 bytes).&#xA;Transcript written on test.log.&#xA;$ cksum test.pdf&#xA;1225641903 12592 test.pdf&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The different checksum is due to three lines changing in the PDF file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;/CreationDate (D:20101115092454-05'00')&#xA;/ModDate (D:20101115092454-05'00')&#xA;...&#xA;/ID [&amp;lt;E52BBC1CEFDC95455342C233D35D790A&amp;gt; &amp;lt;E52BBC1CEFDC95455342C233D35D790A&amp;gt;] &amp;gt;&amp;gt;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is also the case with more complicated LaTeX input. Is there a way to typeset LaTeX files that would avoid this issue, so that if typeset multiple times, the checksum of the PDF file stays the same?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="931" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-15T17:13:21.447" LastActivityDate="2010-11-15T17:13:21.447" Title="How to prevent different checksums for different typesets" Tags="&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;checksum&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="5402" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-15T15:35:57.733" Score="11" ViewCount="175" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello, &#xA;on Ubuntu 10.04 with Emacs 23.1.1 and TexLive, writing a book (scrbook) spread over different files, I have the following problem: &#xA;Doing C-c C-c in Emacs (the usual cycle LaTeX BibTeX LaTeX LaTeX)&#xA;I get &#xA;&quot;You have to run LaTeX again to get the references right&quot;&#xA;over and over again, although pdfLaTeX writes the files and there are apparently no references missing in the pdf ( a search for &quot;??&quot; gave 0 results). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Before telling the whole story I would like to ask If anybody experienced this problem before, because I could not find any reports. Is diagnosis and treatment of similar cases available somwhere?&#xA;Thanks in advance&#xA;S. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1911" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-15T17:09:10.280" LastActivityDate="2010-11-15T17:15:13.577" Title="Getting &quot;You have to run LaTeX again to get the references right &quot; over and over again" Tags="&lt;cross-referencing&gt;&lt;compiling&gt;&lt;emacs&gt;&lt;ubuntu&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="5403" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5401" CreationDate="2010-11-15T15:45:46.450" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think that it is worth repeating the answer here. (Since this a is an exact copy from &lt;a href=&quot;http://superuser.com/questions/130347/how-do-i-produce-bytewise-consistent-documents-with-pdflatex&quot;&gt;superuser&lt;/a&gt;, I should not get any rep for it...so I'm marking it CW):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;You can change the contents of the pdf's Info dictionary using pdftex's &lt;code&gt;\pdfinfo&lt;/code&gt; macro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\fixedpdfdate{D:20100413000000+00’00’}&#xA;\pdfinfo{&#xA;    /CreationDate (\fixedpdfdate)&#xA;    /ModDate (\fixedpdfdate) }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Put this right at the beginning of the document: there's some risk that the dictionary gets written out in several chunks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastEditorUserId="100" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-15T15:48:52.870" LastActivityDate="2010-11-15T15:48:52.870" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-11-15T15:45:46.450" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5404" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-15T16:03:21.013" Score="1" ViewCount="169" Body="&lt;p&gt;I prepare slides using Beamer and PDFLaTeX. The command I use to run PDFLaTeX is the default AUCTeX command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;pdflatex  -interaction=nonstopmode &quot;\input&quot; &amp;lt;INPUT_FILE&amp;gt;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The slides look fine on my screen at my default resolution (1360x768), but if I have to step down the resolution (e.g., to 640x480) when I connect to a projector, they look aliased and blurry. Probably this has something to do with the kinds of fonts that are being used, but I don't know how to fix it. Any suggestions?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1806" LastActivityDate="2010-11-15T16:35:13.487" Title="Beamer slides look blurry at lower resolutions" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;beamer&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5405" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5411" CreationDate="2010-11-15T16:03:36.473" Score="1" ViewCount="136" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hey all,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;While digging around in my texmf-dist/doc/context/document/general/manuals directory, as I'm want to do on a Sunday, I found the &quot;tiptrick&quot; PDF, which helpfully suggests that I can install the ConTeXt minimals by doing the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; cd ..../tex/texmf-local&#xA;   wget http://www.pragma-ade.com/context/current/cont-tmf.zip&#xA;   unzip cont-tmf.zip&#xA;   texexec --make --alone --all&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I do this in my $HOMETEXMF directory. The trouble is, I get the following head and tail when I run it from TextMate: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;MTXrun | warning: no format found, forcing remake (commandline driven)&#xA;MTXrun | fileio: loading configuration file '/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmfcnf.lua'&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;'/Users/andrew/Library/texlive/2010/texmf-var/luatex-cache/context/e9159e878e989105b2ef2d27fad97515/trees/1240e363db2f4c53de58379d2b0c6f6b.luc'&#xA;...andrew/src/texmf/scripts/context/lua/mtx-context.lua:985: attempt to call upvalue 'make_mkiv_format' (a nil value)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The interweb has suggested a few things. &lt;code&gt;minstall.pdf&lt;/code&gt; as a document of interest... not found on my computer anywhere...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;source /opt/context-minimals/setuptex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sounded promising, but nothing like that is in my install anywhere, except a Windows batch file called &lt;code&gt;setuptex.bat&lt;/code&gt; and not in my directory.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried &lt;code&gt;texexec --make --all&lt;/code&gt;, if that's supposed to help. So, using texexec seems to work now, but only kinda-sort-of. Getting fonts to work, either with &lt;code&gt;simplefonts&lt;/code&gt; (&lt;code&gt;Un&#xA;defined control sequence. l.139 \doifolderversionelse&lt;/code&gt;) or by using:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usetypescriptfile[type-mac]&#xA;\usetypescript[gillsans]&#xA;\setupbodyfont[Gill Sans,12pt]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, why is &lt;code&gt;mtxrun&lt;/code&gt; now broken? Which should I be using, &lt;code&gt;texexec&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;mtxrun&lt;/code&gt;? Why is &lt;code&gt;simplefonts&lt;/code&gt; broken and what really is the best method for font selection, given that I want to be able to put the fonts into my tds tree and have them portable between multiple computers that are building these documents, which are updated from source control. (I assign my &lt;code&gt;$HOMETEXMF&lt;/code&gt; directory to &lt;code&gt;src/texmf&lt;/code&gt; on every computer and plan on updating ConTeXt and related packages within this).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I admit to not fully understanding everything about this system, and I appologize for asking things that are probably explained somewhere else. I swear I've done my share of searching for the answer elsewhere. :) I'd be happy to RTFM, if I could find one that had the relevant information! :) Thanks all!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="659" LastEditorUserId="659" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-15T16:09:49.950" LastActivityDate="2010-11-15T16:55:56.993" Title="Switching To ConTeXt Minimals: Missing Last Step for MacTeX 2010" Tags="&lt;installing&gt;&lt;context&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="5406" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5409" CreationDate="2010-11-15T16:28:33.867" Score="4" ViewCount="140" Body="&lt;p&gt;How should I pronounce ConTeXt? In TeX and LaTeX x is χ so it is TeΧ and LaTeΧ. However the t after X make such pronounciation in ConTeXt difficult.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="592" LastActivityDate="2010-11-15T16:44:47.877" Title="What is pronounciation of ConTeXt" Tags="&lt;context&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5408" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5404" CreationDate="2010-11-15T16:35:13.487" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It depends on the fonts you're using. If you use the standard Computer Modern fonts but T1 font encoding, it may already help to install the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/cm-super&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;cm-super&lt;/a&gt; package and recompile. There's no change in your tex file needed. cm-super contains Computer Modern fonts with T1 support.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or switch to another T1 supporting font like lmodern, which is very similar to the standard font. &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{lmodern}&lt;/code&gt; could be sufficient.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-11-15T16:35:13.487" />
  <row Id="5409" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5406" CreationDate="2010-11-15T16:44:47.877" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;AFAIK, just like the English word &quot;context&quot; (may be with some Dutch accent to match Hans' &lt;code&gt;;)&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastActivityDate="2010-11-15T16:44:47.877" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="5410" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5417" CreationDate="2010-11-15T16:55:18.400" Score="1" ViewCount="235" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/gauss/gauss-doc.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Gauss&lt;/a&gt; TeX package to display matrices. I have two problems with the following code (not so important):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;    \usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{gauss}     &#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{equation}\begin{gmatrix}[b]&#xA; 1 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; \frac{4}{5} &amp;amp; \text{\small{-}}\frac{3}{5} &amp;amp; \frac{2}{5} &amp;amp; \text{\small{-}}\frac{1}{5} \\&#xA; 0 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; \text{\small{-}}\frac{3}{5} &amp;amp; \frac{6}{5} &amp;amp; \text{\small{-}}\frac{4}{5} &amp;amp; \frac{2}{5} \\&#xA; 0 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; \frac{3}{4} &amp;amp; \frac{1}{4} &amp;amp; \text{\small{-}}\frac{1}{2} &amp;amp; \frac{3}{4} &amp;amp; 0 \\&#xA; 0 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; \text{\small{-}}\frac{1}{5} &amp;amp; \frac{2}{5} &amp;amp; \text{\small{-}}\frac{3}{5} &amp;amp; \frac{4}{5}&#xA;\rowops&#xA;\add[\cdot ({-}\frac{3}{4})]{3}{2}&#xA;\end{gmatrix} \cong&#xA;\begin{gmatrix}[b]&#xA; 1 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; \frac{4}{5} &amp;amp; \text{\small{-}}\frac{3}{5} &amp;amp; \frac{2}{5} &amp;amp; \text{\small{-}}\frac{1}{5} \\&#xA; 0 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; \text{\small{-}}\frac{3}{5} &amp;amp; \frac{6}{5} &amp;amp; \text{\small{-}}\frac{4}{5} &amp;amp; \frac{2}{5} \\&#xA; 0 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; \frac{2}{5} &amp;amp; \text{\small{-}}\frac{4}{5} &amp;amp; \frac{6}{5} &amp;amp; \text{\small{-}}\frac{3}{5} \\&#xA; 0 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; \text{\small{-}}\frac{1}{5} &amp;amp; \frac{2}{5} &amp;amp; \text{\small{-}}\frac{3}{5} &amp;amp; \frac{4}{5}&#xA;\end{gmatrix}\end{equation}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It looks like &lt;a href=&quot;http://img510.imageshack.us/img510/5246/unbenannt2x.gif&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/iYpUo.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I bypassed the alignment a bit by using &quot;\text{\small{-}}&quot; in stead of &quot;-&quot;, to make the fractions appear under each other, but they still don't line up quite nicely and the matrix need more vertical space but I cannot seem to figure out how to do this. Any help would be appreciated :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1912" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-15T18:16:33.333" LastActivityDate="2010-11-15T18:16:33.333" Title="Matrix horizontal alignment" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;horizontal-alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="5411" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5405" CreationDate="2010-11-15T16:55:56.993" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think you are following a bit outdated installation instruction, check ConTeXt wiki for more &lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.contextgarden.net/ConTeXt_Minimals#Detailed_information_on_installation_and_use_on_Unix-like_platforms_.28Linux.2FMacOS_X.2FFreeBSD.2FSolaris.29&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;up to date one&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, ConTeXt minimals is a standalone TeX distribution, so you can't install it inside TeXLive, but alongside it. If all you want is to update ConTeXt in TeXLive, then check &lt;a href=&quot;http://tlcontrib.metatex.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tlcontib repository&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastActivityDate="2010-11-15T16:55:56.993" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5412" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5410" CreationDate="2010-11-15T17:02:38.593" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One way to get more vertical space is to use &lt;code&gt;\extrarowheight&lt;/code&gt;, in the &lt;code&gt;array&lt;/code&gt; package. The syntax is &lt;code&gt;\setlength{\extrarowheight}{x}&lt;/code&gt;, where &lt;code&gt;x&lt;/code&gt; is a measure (e.g., 2pt, 3pt, etc). The effect only occurs if its value plus &lt;code&gt;\baselineskip&lt;/code&gt;x&lt;code&gt;\arraystretch&lt;/code&gt; is larger than the actual height of the cell. I usually add two or three points, and that makes the fractions come out suitably separated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="491" LastActivityDate="2010-11-15T17:02:38.593" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5413" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5459" CreationDate="2010-11-15T17:06:00.827" Score="5" ViewCount="182" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm planning to use the following numbered examples in a document (see example below). I would like the number to be at the top of the example, but for the ones with diagrams it ends up in the middle. Is there an easy way to fix this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz-qtree-compat}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usepackage{stmaryrd}&#xA;\usepackage{gb4e}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{exe}&#xA;\ex{Ann dances.}&#xA;\end{exe}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{exe}&#xA;\ex&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=(current  bounding  box.center)]&#xA;\Tree [.S_0 [.NP [Bill ] ] [.VP [.V said ] [.NP \node(a){that}; ] ] ]&#xA;\begin{scope}[shift={(2in,0in)}] &#xA;\Tree [.\node(b){S_1}; [.NP Ann ] [.VP dances ] ]&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;\draw[-&amp;gt;](\subtreeof{a}.0) .. controls +(west:0) and +(west:1) .. (b);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{exe}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{exe}&#xA;\ex&#xA;$\left\llbracket&#xA;\begin{array}{l}&#xA;\Tree [ .S [.NP [.N Ann ] ] [.VP [.V dances ] ] ]&#xA;\end{array}&#xA;\right\rrbracket$&#xA;\end{exe}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="451" LastEditorUserId="416" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-16T15:42:59.347" LastActivityDate="2010-11-16T15:42:59.347" Title="Positioning of numbers in gb4e.sty examples" Tags="&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;&lt;enumerate&gt;&lt;linguistics&gt;&lt;gb4e&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5414" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5402" CreationDate="2010-11-15T17:15:13.577" Score="14" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This can happen in rare cases if a reference oscillates which page it is on.  That is, the initial run with unresolved references puts referenced object Foo on page 39, rerunning to fix references adjusts layout so that Foo moves to page 40, and rerunning again moves it back to page 39 (with subsequent reruns toggling it between 39 and 40).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If that what is happening, you'll need to figure out what reference is oscillating and change your document a bit so that its location is stable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="622" LastActivityDate="2010-11-15T17:15:13.577" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5416" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-15T17:46:57.347" Score="4" ViewCount="408" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm extending my use from pdfLaTeX to LuaLaTeX... However, it does not come pre-configured  in the TexMaker editor.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How does one configure TexMaker to use LuaTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(i am using ubuntu 10.4, but this question should be a priori platform independent)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks for any help&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1377" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-15T21:49:52.067" LastActivityDate="2010-11-15T21:49:52.067" Title="How do you configure TexMaker to use LuaTeX" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;luatex&gt;&lt;texmaker&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="5417" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5410" CreationDate="2010-11-15T18:09:42.457" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;gauss&lt;/code&gt; package seems to impede easy answers. Here's a solutions that isn't great but works: Replace all your &lt;code&gt;\text{\small{-}}&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;\llap{-}&lt;/code&gt; (this will yield the alignment you desire), and add a strut to each row:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{gauss}&#xA;\newcommand\mystrut{\rule{0pt}{2.5ex}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{equation}\begin{gmatrix}[b]&#xA; 1 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; \frac{4}{5} &amp;amp; \llap{-}\frac{3}{5} &amp;amp; \frac{2}{5} &amp;amp; \llap{-}\frac{1}{5} \mystrut \\&#xA; 0 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; \llap{-}\frac{3}{5} &amp;amp; \frac{6}{5} &amp;amp; \llap{-}\frac{4}{5} &amp;amp; \frac{2}{5} \mystrut \\&#xA; 0 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; \frac{3}{4} &amp;amp; \frac{1}{4} &amp;amp; \llap{-}\frac{1}{2} &amp;amp; \frac{3}{4} &amp;amp; 0 \mystrut \\&#xA; 0 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; \llap{-}\frac{1}{5} &amp;amp; \frac{2}{5} &amp;amp; \llap{-}\frac{3}{5} &amp;amp; \frac{4}{5} \mystrut&#xA;\rowops&#xA;\add[\cdot ({-}\frac{3}{4})]{3}{2}&#xA;\end{gmatrix} \cong&#xA;\begin{gmatrix}[b]&#xA; 1 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; \frac{4}{5} &amp;amp; \llap{-}\frac{3}{5} &amp;amp; \frac{2}{5} &amp;amp; \llap{-}\frac{1}{5} \mystrut \\&#xA; 0 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; \llap{-}\frac{3}{5} &amp;amp; \frac{6}{5} &amp;amp; \llap{-}\frac{4}{5} &amp;amp; \frac{2}{5} \mystrut \\&#xA; 0 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; \frac{2}{5} &amp;amp; \llap{-}\frac{4}{5} &amp;amp; \frac{6}{5} &amp;amp; \llap{-}\frac{3}{5} \mystrut \\&#xA; 0 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; \llap{-}\frac{1}{5} &amp;amp; \frac{2}{5} &amp;amp; \llap{-}\frac{3}{5} &amp;amp; \frac{4}{5} \mystrut &#xA;\end{gmatrix}\end{equation}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The builtin &lt;code&gt;\strut&lt;/code&gt; is a bit too small, so I defined a larger &lt;code&gt;\mystrut&lt;/code&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2010-11-15T18:09:42.457" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5418" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5285" CreationDate="2010-11-15T18:29:25.113" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've left away the fancy bits (i.e. routing it all through templates, making hyperlinks out of it, go wild in \beamer@partintoc!), and the part names still won't show in the ordinary \tableofcontents. Oh, and since you can only have one \AtBeginPart, be careful not to overwrite this one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\AtBeginPart{%&#xA;  \addtocontents{toc}{\protect\beamer@partintoc{\the\c@part}{\beamer@partnameshort}{\the\c@page}}%&#xA;}&#xA;%% number, shortname, page.&#xA;\providecommand\beamer@partintoc[3]{%&#xA;  \ifnum\c@tocdepth=-1\relax&#xA;    % requesting onlyparts.&#xA;    \makebox[6em]{PART #1:} #2&#xA;    \par&#xA;  \fi&#xA;}&#xA;\define@key{beamertoc}{onlyparts}[]{%&#xA;  \c@tocdepth=-1\relax&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother%&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;  \begin{frame}&#xA;    \tableofcontents[onlyparts]&#xA;  \end{frame}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1860" LastActivityDate="2010-11-15T18:29:25.113" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5419" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1841" CreationDate="2010-11-15T18:57:35.107" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you are using XeTeX (or LuaTeX) then you are most likely using fontspec as well to load OpenType font, so the following should disable any ligatures in the loaded font:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setmainfont[Ligatures={NoRequired,NoCommon,NoContextual}]{Font Name}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Else, see Taco's answer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastActivityDate="2010-11-15T18:57:35.107" />
  <row Id="5420" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5298" CreationDate="2010-11-15T19:35:30.643" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It seems that the &lt;code&gt;newlfm&lt;/code&gt; manual is wrong about this macro. With the minimal example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{newlfm}&#xA;\show\InfoFileName&#xA;\begin{document} &#xA;\begin{newlfm}&#xA;\show\InfoFileName&#xA;\end{newlfm}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;you see that the macro is undefined in both cases. Reading the code of &lt;code&gt;newlfm.cls&lt;/code&gt; reveals the issue: it is not a &lt;em&gt;macro&lt;/em&gt; but is instead a key for setting using the &lt;code&gt;\newlfmP&lt;/code&gt; macro. Try:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{newlfm}&#xA;\newlfmP{InfoFileName = XXX}&#xA;\begin{document} &#xA;\begin{newlfm}&#xA;\end{newlfm}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, replace &lt;code&gt;XXX&lt;/code&gt; here with what you actually need!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-11-15T19:35:30.643" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5421" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5416" CreationDate="2010-11-15T19:44:51.647" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;From the Preferences menu entry (location platform-dependent), you should be able to change the 'PdfLaTeX' line changing &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;path&amp;gt;/pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;path&amp;gt;/lualatex&lt;/code&gt;. Usually, &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;path&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; will be something like &lt;code&gt;/usr/local/texlive/2010/bin&lt;/code&gt;, or &lt;code&gt;/usr/texbin&lt;/code&gt; on the Mac.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-11-15T19:44:51.647" />
  <row Id="5422" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5416" CreationDate="2010-11-15T19:51:35.570" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Options &gt; Configure Texmaker.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you intend to replace &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; then I suggest you simply overwrite the &lt;em&gt;PdfLaTeX&lt;/em&gt;-field with the appropriate command. Either that or you can specify a User Command (User &gt; User Commands &gt; Edit User Commands) and then invoke it from the same menu.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Keep in mind that if you're using a custom Quick Build you need to make sure it's replaced too, as just changing the PdfLaTeX field doesn't do this for you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1549" LastActivityDate="2010-11-15T19:51:35.570" />
  <row Id="5423" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-15T19:58:16.553" Score="6" ViewCount="322" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to open a temporary comics-like balloons to explain a specific word in a beamer slide. Somebody has suggestions?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;gabriele&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1914" LastActivityDate="2010-11-15T20:37:14.707" Title="how to open a temporary comics-like balloon in a beamer slide?" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="5425" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5416" CreationDate="2010-11-15T20:06:25.037" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you want to permanently switch from pdflatex to lualatex, see Joseph's answer. If, however, you want to be able to use both, you need to add a user-defined command. From the menu, User -&gt; User commands -&gt; Edit user commands opens a dialog box. Choose a name (eg &quot;LuaLaTeX&quot; for the command) and use &lt;code&gt;lualatex --interaction=nonstopmode %&lt;/code&gt; for the command itself. This command is now available form the menu or as Alt+Shift+F1.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Normally, lualatex should be in your command search path (given by the &lt;code&gt;PATH&lt;/code&gt; environment variable), but if it isn't, you need to specify the full path to lualatex. Check the path for pdflatex in the preferences: lualatex is most probably in the same directory.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1239" LastActivityDate="2010-11-15T20:06:25.037" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5426" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5434" CreationDate="2010-11-15T20:15:34.033" Score="5" ViewCount="156" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I left-align the [multiple-row] text in the right portion of my header using fancyhdr?  I have something like this&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\rhead{row 1\\row 2\\row 3}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where the rows aren't the same length, and I wish for them to be aligned on the left.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1785" LastActivityDate="2010-11-15T21:19:43.877" Title="How can I horizontally align rows in fancyhdr?" Tags="&lt;horizontal-alignment&gt;&lt;fancyhdr&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5427" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5432" CreationDate="2010-11-15T20:19:19.810" Score="11" ViewCount="335" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've just started using LyX for my Economics essays. Using Inkscape, I have been able to create some very neat diagrams to go with them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However I really need to be able to insert graphs (XY charts, bar charts, histograms etc.) into the document, preferably without having to go via excel. I don't need anything fancy, just something that works with LyX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Regards, Patrick&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1746" LastActivityDate="2010-11-16T13:35:53.960" Title="How to include graphs in my document?" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;lyx&gt;&lt;diagrams&gt;" AnswerCount="5" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="5428" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5423" CreationDate="2010-11-15T20:24:57.210" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Following up on Ulrich's suggestion, here's some example code that will do it.  I'm sure that there are more elegant solutions, and I'm probably including some options that aren't necessary, but it will hopefully give you the idea.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{shapes.callouts}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;\frametitle{An Unexpected Website}&#xA;&#xA;We learnt of this trick from tex.SX\tikz[remember picture] \node (a) {\vphantom{X}};&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[remember picture,overlay]&#xA;\path&amp;lt;2&amp;gt; (a.east) ++(0,1) node[anchor=west,ellipse callout,fill=red!50,opacity=.5, callout absolute pointer={(a.mid)}]  {tex.stackexchange.com};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\pause&#xA;\pause&#xA;&#xA;And now for something completely different.&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With result:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/gsqg4.png&quot; alt=&quot;first frame&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/EmmQn.png&quot; alt=&quot;second frame with callout&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/8M6BU.png&quot; alt=&quot;third frame with callout gone again&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastEditorUserId="86" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-15T20:37:14.707" LastActivityDate="2010-11-15T20:37:14.707" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5429" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5427" CreationDate="2010-11-15T20:38:38.047" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Perhaps you can use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gnuplot.info/docs/tutorial.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Gnuplot&lt;/a&gt;. See &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/LaTeX/Tips_and_Tricks#Graphs_with_gnuplot&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; for a short description. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastActivityDate="2010-11-15T20:38:38.047" />
  <row Id="5430" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3513" CreationDate="2010-11-15T20:40:49.887" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to be proven wrong, but I think this is impossible without drawing the path twice. Section 12.3.3 of the TikZ manual (v2.10) states:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Note that many options apply only to&#xA;  the path as a whole and cannot be&#xA;  scoped in this way. For example, it is&#xA;  not possible to scope the color of the&#xA;  path. See the explanations in the&#xA;  section on paths for more details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And section 14.16:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;When TikZ encounters and opening or a&#xA;  closing brace (&lt;code&gt;{&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;}&lt;/code&gt;) at some point&#xA;  where a path operation should come, it&#xA;  will open or close a scope. All&#xA;  options that can be applied “locally”&#xA;  will be scoped inside the scope. For&#xA;  example, if you apply a transformation&#xA;  like &lt;code&gt;[xshift=1cm]&lt;/code&gt; inside the scoped&#xA;  area, the shifting only applies to the&#xA;  scope. On the other hand, an option&#xA;  like &lt;code&gt;color=red&lt;/code&gt; does not have any&#xA;  effect inside a scope since it can&#xA;  only be applied to the path as a&#xA;  whole.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem seems to be that the dash pattern is applied to the path as a whole. Most of the time this is a good thing because it means that dashes work nicely across corners.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I'd break the this up into several commands:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \path[fill=green] (0,0) -- (1,0) -- (1,1) -- (0,1) -- cycle;&#xA;    \draw (1,1) -- (0,1) -- (0,0) -- (1,0);&#xA;    \draw[dashed] (1,0) -- (1,1);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For more complicated paths, you might want to store some parts of the path into TeX macros.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-11-15T20:40:49.887" />
  <row Id="5431" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5427" CreationDate="2010-11-15T20:49:01.770" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would recommend you try and use &lt;a href=&quot;http://matplotlib.sourceforge.net/gallery.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;matplotlib&lt;/a&gt;, which is a mature and extremely well designed plotting suite. It's aim is to produce paper quality graphics, so it can output in pdf, svg, eps formats, to name the most important. It also allows you to embed TeX math equations in your graphics.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is coded in python, thus anything you learn about the language might be reusable. Don't worry though, it doesn't require you to master python. The link above points to the matplotlib gallery, which contains a whole lot of examples and their source code. Just pick one you like, swap datas for yours and bingo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="10" LastEditorUserId="10" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-15T22:13:27.970" LastActivityDate="2010-11-15T22:13:27.970" />
  <row Id="5432" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5427" CreationDate="2010-11-15T20:56:12.243" Score="14" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://pgfplots.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pgfplots&lt;/a&gt; is phenomenal.  It's also totally TeX based so you can import your data and plot in one fell swoop.  The package author is very active and the syntax is very tikz-y, so it's easy to learn.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-16T13:35:53.960" LastActivityDate="2010-11-16T13:35:53.960" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5433" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5436" CreationDate="2010-11-15T21:06:03.960" Score="8" ViewCount="288" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have tried&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\includegraphics{http://www.site.com/path/to/figure.png}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But this returns the error&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;ERROR: Package pdftex.def Error: File&#xA;  `http://www.website.com/path/to/figure.png'&#xA;  not found.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are there other options?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1783" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-24T00:13:01.840" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T00:13:01.840" Title="Can I use an image located on the web in a LaTeX document?" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5434" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5426" CreationDate="2010-11-15T21:19:43.877" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use &lt;code&gt;\parbox&lt;/code&gt; in the argument of &lt;code&gt;\rhead&lt;/code&gt;. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\rhead{\parbox{5cm}{row 1\\row 2\\row 3}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you would like to align the widest row to the right margin, you could use &lt;code&gt;\settowidth&lt;/code&gt; together with a length macro and use it for the parbox width. Or have a look at the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/eqparbox&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;eqparbox&lt;/a&gt; package for auto-sizing parboxes in general.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-11-15T21:19:43.877" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5435" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5433" CreationDate="2010-11-15T21:22:03.740" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Short answer: no. You will need to download the image and use it locally if you want to include it in your document. pdfTeX and XeTeX do not include the necessary code to grab an image from an arbitrary location. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, you can link to an image at at remote location. You can make use of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/hyperref&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package to include a suitable link. You might do this using a bit of text:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\href{http://somewhere.com/someplace/some.jpg}{picture here}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or by downloading a local copy and then pointing to the online version&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\href{http://somewhere.com/someplace/some.jpg}{\incudegraphics{some.jpg}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I note from the comments that LuaTeX does include the necessary library to download a copy of an image itself. That would make inclusion possible directly, but I don't know of a pre-build solution for LuaLaTeX. I guess that would be a separate answer in any case.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-16T07:07:27.833" LastActivityDate="2010-11-16T07:07:27.833" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5436" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5433" CreationDate="2010-11-15T21:28:20.300" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;you could use \write18 and a curl or wget script to grab the image from the web and download it to your directory.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{graphix}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\write18{wget http://www.some-site.com/path/to/image.png}&#xA;&#xA;\includegraphic{image.png}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;note however, that recent versions of miktex and texlive come with restricted versions of \write18, and it some cases you must pass an option to latex to enable it, as in:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;pdflatex --shell-escape test.tex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1222" LastEditorUserId="1222" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-16T02:24:31.500" LastActivityDate="2010-11-16T02:24:31.500" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5437" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5427" CreationDate="2010-11-15T21:44:53.950" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You may be able to use the answers from this question:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3622/best-way-to-generate-a-nice-function-graph-in-latex&quot;&gt;Function Graph in LaTeX&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1614" LastActivityDate="2010-11-15T21:44:53.950" />
  <row Id="5438" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3513" CreationDate="2010-11-15T21:47:03.557" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If I understand correctly, what you want to do is to only have to enter the path once.  Would something like this work (it does not follow usual tikz syntax, but that should not be that hard to fix)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\def\drawfill#1#2#3{{\def\skip{--}\fill[#1]#3;}{\def\skip{}\draw[#2]#3;}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;   \drawfill{fill=green}{very thick}{(0,0) -- (0,1) \skip (1,1) -- (1,0)\skip (0,0)}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2010-11-15T21:47:03.557" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="5439" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5440" CreationDate="2010-11-15T22:28:53.533" Score="6" ViewCount="364" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am comfortable with creating basic LaTeX documents and making minor modifications to templates I can find online, but not much more. The Oxford Bioinformatics journal has an awesome template &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.oxfordjournals.org/our_journals/bioinformatics/for_authors/bioinfo01.zip&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; that I am trying to modify for a school assignment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The template uses a two-column layout, but if there is not enough text to fill the final page, it distributes the text evenly between the two columns. Is there a way I can modify this template so that the first column is filled before any text flows over to the second column? I've been able to make most of the layout modifications I need in the &lt;code&gt;bioinfo.cls&lt;/code&gt; file, but I cannot figure this one out.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1917" LastActivityDate="2010-11-16T16:27:41.200" Title="Uneven text distribution with 2-column layout" Tags="&lt;templates&gt;&lt;layout&gt;&lt;two-column&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5440" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5439" CreationDate="2010-11-15T22:45:58.313" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The bioinfo class loads the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/flushend.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;flushend&lt;/a&gt; package which (according to the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=balance&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;UK TeX FAQ&lt;/a&gt; in a &quot;somewhat dangerous&quot; way) balances the columns at the end of a two-column document. You should be able to switch off balancing by adding &lt;code&gt;\raggedend&lt;/code&gt; to your preamble.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-16T16:27:41.200" LastActivityDate="2010-11-16T16:27:41.200" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5441" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5439" CreationDate="2010-11-16T00:35:45.357" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I like to use the multicol package over the documentclass option for two column layouts. multicol does column balancing by default, and overall I feel it works much better than the document class option.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1222" LastActivityDate="2010-11-16T00:35:45.357" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5442" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5448" CreationDate="2010-11-16T00:36:55.933" Score="4" ViewCount="325" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do I place a underbrace in a subscript?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;I_{2,(\underbrace{3,3,3,3,3}_5)}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;does not typeset correctly (the 3's are not subscript sized)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="867" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-16T01:03:43.077" LastActivityDate="2010-11-16T14:00:27.347" Title="Underbrace and Subscripts" Tags="&lt;subscripts&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5443" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5445" CreationDate="2010-11-16T00:39:20.033" Score="6" ViewCount="384" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to use a different monospaced font for &lt;code&gt;\texttt&lt;/code&gt;. I'm particularly fond of Bitstream Vera Sans Mono. If possible, not with XeTeX, since I'm not yet really familiar with it. Solutions using XeTeX would still be welcome, of course.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I hope this doesn't violate the one-question policy:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;How do I change the monospaced fonts invoked by &lt;code&gt;\texttt{foo bar baz...}&lt;/code&gt;?  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Where can I find a list of other fonts that I can use without invoking XeTeX?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="791" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-16T05:32:49.447" LastActivityDate="2010-11-16T05:32:49.447" Title="Use another monospaced font" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5444" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5446" CreationDate="2010-11-16T00:43:22.720" Score="5" ViewCount="221" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I use pdfLaTeX to compile this document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{doublespace}&#xA;\usepackage{todonotes}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;\includegraphics[width=0.5\textwidth]{foo1.pdf}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I get the following error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[Loading MPS to PDF converter (version&#xA;  2006.09.02).] )   ! Too many }'s.&#xA;  \color@endbox -&gt;\color@endgroup&#xA;  \egroup &#xA;                                           l.10 \end{figure}&#xA;                    ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can anyone tell me how I can avoid this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;P.S. I removed the complete stdout, which can be found by looking at previous edits; I can re-post if it contains pertinent information&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;update&lt;/em&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The error does not seem to be that I did not use graphicx, when I got rid of files from previous. compilations, the error when graphicx is not included is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;No file foo.aux. ! Undefined control&#xA;  sequence. &#xA;  \includegraphics &#xA;                                    l.8 \includegraphics&#xA;                      [width=0.5\textwidth]{foo1.pdf}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have changed the example file to include what is required to make the compilation fail when the document is run from a directory that is empty of files (like foo.aux) produced by previous pdflatex compilations&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1783" LastEditorUserId="1783" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-16T02:57:36.247" LastActivityDate="2010-11-16T02:57:36.247" Title="Why do I get an error &quot;Too many }'s&quot; when using package doublespace?" Tags="&lt;errors&gt;&lt;double-space&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5445" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5443" CreationDate="2010-11-16T00:58:55.657" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;for font support out of the box with your tex distribution, check out &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;for monospaced, inconsolata is quite nice i think.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;install the package, then load it up:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{inconsolata}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A working example looks like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{inconsolata}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;this is a \texttt{mono spaced font example}.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;bera mono is somewhat close to bitstream mono. load it up like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[scaled]{beramono}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;for xetex or xelatex, you need the fontspec package, and the font installed to your system, then load the font with fontspec:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\setmonofont[Mapping=tex-text]{Courier New}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A working example in xelatex looks like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%!TEX TS-program = xelatex&#xA;%!TEX encoding = UTF-8 Unicode&#xA;\documentclass[a4paper,11pt,final,openright,twoside]{memoir}&#xA;\RequireXeTeX %Force XeTeX check&#xA;&#xA;%XeLaTeX packages&#xA;\usepackage{xltxtra}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec} %Font package&#xA;\usepackage{xunicode}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;%Select fonts&#xA;\setmainfont[Mapping=tex-text]{Minion Pro}&#xA;\setsansfont[Mapping=tex-text]{Myriad Pro}&#xA;\setmonofont{Bitstream Vera Mono}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\textrm{Ya! System} \texttt{fonts are} \textsf{so nice!}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1222" LastEditorUserId="1222" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-16T02:06:24.457" LastActivityDate="2010-11-16T02:06:24.457" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5446" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5444" CreationDate="2010-11-16T00:59:43.547" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You did not load the graphicx package, though you're using &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt;. That's why the compilation should fail.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Regarding doublespace, this package is obsolete, it has serious bugs as the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/doublespace&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;description on CTAN&lt;/a&gt; says. Better use &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/setspace&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;setspace&lt;/a&gt; instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-11-16T00:59:43.547" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5447" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5451" CreationDate="2010-11-16T01:18:45.787" Score="16" ViewCount="770" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need to draw a tree, and constantly using dotty and including the PNGs is starting to be a pain. Is there a way to get LaTeX to draw it's own trees that doesn't involve learning an entirely new language like TikZ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="192" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-16T01:25:00.843" LastActivityDate="2010-11-16T02:40:51.373" Title="How can I draw simple trees in LaTeX?" Tags="&lt;diagrams&gt;&lt;trees&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="7" />
  <row Id="5448" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5442" CreationDate="2010-11-16T01:37:45.433" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;How about a quick and simple &lt;code&gt;I_{2,(\underbrace{\scriptstyle3,3,3,3,3}_5)}&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2010-11-16T01:37:45.433" />
  <row Id="5449" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-16T01:46:09.803" Score="1" ViewCount="146" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi all,&#xA;I have lots of data to be plotted(around 100000 points) in a single plot. But pgfplot is giving me error. What is the maximum limit(of points) for it to plot. But gnuplot is giving me the plot whereas pgfplot doesn't. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;regards,&#xA;sgp.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1921" LastEditorUserId="10" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-16T01:56:10.623" LastActivityDate="2010-11-16T02:19:13.827" Title="Maximum points to plot in pgfplots" Tags="&lt;errors&gt;&lt;pgfplots&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5450" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5449" CreationDate="2010-11-16T02:19:13.827" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think in this case I'd decimate the data before sending it to pgfplot. Consider that if your graph is, say, at most 10cm wide, having that many data points means they could be as close together as one micrometer, which you'll certainly never be bake to discern in the output. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-11-16T02:19:13.827" />
  <row Id="5451" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5447" CreationDate="2010-11-16T02:25:31.813" Score="24" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;While I'd normally second Will Robertson's comment, since TikZ &lt;em&gt;is&lt;/em&gt; fantastic and worth learning, I think TikZ's overkill for this situation.  I personally find its tree specification syntax bulkier than necessary.  My preferred tool for the job is the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ling.upenn.edu/advice/latex/qtree/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;qtree package&lt;/a&gt; (which is &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/qtree/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;on CTAN, too&lt;/a&gt;, and is apparently included in both TeX Live and MikTeX).  The package is really simple to use.  Consider the following TeX:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\Tree[.IP [.NP [.Det \textit{the} ]&#xA;               [.N\1 [.N \textit{package} ]]]&#xA;          [.I\1 [.I \textsc{3sg.Pres} ]&#xA;                [.VP [.V\1 [.V \textit{is} ]&#xA;                           [.AP [.Deg \textit{really} ]&#xA;                                [.A\1 [.A \textit{simple} ]&#xA;                                      \qroof{\textit{to use}}.CP ]]]]]]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This produces the following tree:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/9tQ34.png&quot; alt=&quot;Sample X-bar theory parse tree.&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That's all it takes!  And what's great about it is that the TeX description &lt;em&gt;reads&lt;/em&gt; like the tree.  I can glance at the TeX, and I instantly know what the created tree is going to look like.  The basic syntax is simply &lt;code&gt;[.&lt;em&gt;node-name&lt;/em&gt; &lt;em&gt;subtrees...&lt;/em&gt; ]&lt;/code&gt;; &lt;code&gt;\qroof&lt;/code&gt;, which draws the triangle, requires its node name at the end, instead.  The &lt;code&gt;\1&lt;/code&gt; is just a shortcut for a math-mode prime.  In addition, qtree will always render &lt;code&gt;_&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;^&lt;/code&gt; as sub- and super-scripts, too.  (Unless you turn this off.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In general, you can provide node names at the beginning (&lt;code&gt;[.+ 1 [.* 2 3 ]]&lt;/code&gt;) or the end (&lt;code&gt;[ 1 [ 2 3 ].* ].+&lt;/code&gt;); you can even provide node names in both places, but then they must match (unsurprisingly).  This, incidentally, is why &lt;code&gt;\qroof&lt;/code&gt; takes its node name the way it does.  You can even leave the node name off entirely to get a node with a smooth join.  If any of this is unclear, check out &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ling.upenn.edu/advice/latex/qtree/qtreenotes.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the manual&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, qtree as-is has one downside, which is that it is designed for &lt;em&gt;simple&lt;/em&gt; trees.  It does offer limited support for changing inter-node spacing, framing parts of trees, and things like that, but it's not capable of doing anything incredibly fancy.  But luckily, if you want that, you can still get it: enter &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/tikz-qtree.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tikz-qtree&lt;/a&gt;.  This package allows you to leverage the full power of TikZ to draw your trees.  The two obvious features are: (a) instead of text, the labels in a tree can be arbitrary &lt;code&gt;\node&lt;/code&gt;s; and (b) you can redefine how it draws the edges to get arrows, dashed lines, curving edges, and so on.  But it's more powerful than just this: if you embed a &lt;code&gt;\Tree&lt;/code&gt; into a TikZ picture, you can do &lt;em&gt;whatever&lt;/em&gt; you want with the nodes, such as circle them, draw arrows between them for a transformation, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Maybe you don't need this power now, but the take-home message is that using qtree &lt;em&gt;won't&lt;/em&gt; lock you in to the simple trees.  If you decide that you want the more powerful trees, all you need to do is change one import; everything will keep working the way it did, but you get more power, too.  I'm not sure if tikz-qtree this actually uses qtree under the hood or not, but either way, all the &lt;em&gt;syntax&lt;/em&gt; for qtree still works, and the output is identical, at least as far as I can tell.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(PS: Linguists, please excuse/correct any errors in the above tree; it's been a year or two since my syntax course.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1425" LastEditorUserId="1425" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-16T02:40:51.373" LastActivityDate="2010-11-16T02:40:51.373" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="5452" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-16T02:36:42.867" Score="4" ViewCount="244" Body="&lt;p&gt;hello LaTeX experts and professionals.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;im currently writing my dissertation in civil engg using LaTeX. I think LaTeX is really good. I have been slowly distancing myself now from MS Word. LaTeX is good for me since my paper  (nonlinear structural dynamics) may eventually contain more than a thousand equations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;i just have one problem now.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Consider the following fraction with delimiter:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\left( \frac{a}{b} \right)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So far, there is really no problem with that fraction. The delimiters automatically resize.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, consider the following &quot;complex&quot; fraction with delimiters:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\left( \frac{\dfrac{a}{b}}{\dfrac{c}{d}} \right)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Again, there is no problem with this &quot;complex&quot; fraction, since the delimiters automatically resize.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, here's the problem. Consider the following &quot;complex&quot; fraction with delimiters:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\left( \frac{a}{\dfrac{c}{d}} \right)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The result of this is that the delimiters resize, but there is extra &quot;vertical white space&quot; within the region of the numerator. this is because the numerator is just a &quot;variable&quot; while the denominator is another fraction in &quot;displaystyle&quot; font size. thus, they have different &quot;sizes&quot;. i intentionally wanted the font size in the denominator to be bigger since im trying to show equations in display mode. (if the denominator were in textstyle fontsize, then there would be less &quot;vertical white space&quot; in the numerator, but the problem is still there. i really want the denominator to be in displaystyle font size)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What i would want, if possible, is that the delimiter would resize but only up to the &quot;actual size&quot; of the complex fraction. In MathType, this problem is solved using the &quot;fence alignment&quot; command in the &quot;Format&quot; menu, where the delimiters resize exactly up to the size of the complex fraction.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sometimes, the manual sizing commands \big, ... \Bigg commands can help, but when i have a &quot;complex-complex-complex&quot; fraction, even the biggest \Bigg command doesn't help anymore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Output of the code samples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Ada75.png&quot; alt=&quot;delimiters&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have been seeking help from the internet, but haven't found a solution yet.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would appreciate any help from you guys, the experts. Thank you in advance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;beethovengg, University of the Philippines, Diliman&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1923" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-16T03:06:00.323" LastActivityDate="2010-11-16T12:43:53.570" Title="Regarding Sizing of Delimiters" Tags="&lt;delimiters&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="5453" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5391" CreationDate="2010-11-16T05:04:43.160" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't use &lt;code&gt;minted&lt;/code&gt;, but here's how I would do it for &lt;code&gt;fancyvrb&lt;/code&gt;, which &lt;code&gt;minted&lt;/code&gt; uses internally. Here, I define new command &lt;code&gt;\VerbLabel{linex}{a $ a}&lt;/code&gt; which assigns the label &lt;code&gt;linex&lt;/code&gt; to the source code line &lt;code&gt;a $ a&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's written using expl3, so see the source3 documentation for explanation for any of the commands that don't make sense. In brief: &lt;code&gt;prop&lt;/code&gt; in expl3 is a ‘property list’ datatype that holds pair-value data. &lt;code&gt;\prop_gput&lt;/code&gt; is the allocator, &lt;code&gt;\prop_if_in&lt;/code&gt; tests for the existence of a key, and &lt;code&gt;\prop_get_gdel&lt;/code&gt; is an accessor function that also deletes the entry afterwards.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{expl3,fancyvrb}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOn&#xA;\cs_generate_variant:Nn \prop_gput:Nnn {Nxn}&#xA;\cs_generate_variant:Nn \prop_get_gdel:NnN {NxN}&#xA;\cs_generate_variant:Nn \prop_if_in:NnT {NxT}&#xA;&#xA;\prop_new:N \g_verb_label_prop&#xA;\newcommand \VerbLabel [2] {&#xA;  \prop_gput:Nxn \g_verb_label_prop { \tl_to_str:n {#2} } {#1}&#xA;}&#xA;\renewcommand \FancyVerbFormatLine [1] {&#xA;  #1&#xA;  \prop_if_in:NxT \g_verb_label_prop { \tl_to_str:n {#1} }&#xA;  {&#xA;    \prop_get_gdel:NxN \g_verb_label_prop { \tl_to_str:n {#1} } \l_tmpa_tl&#xA;    \label {verbline:\l_tmpa_tl}&#xA;  }&#xA;}&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOff&#xA;&#xA;\VerbLabel{linex}{a $ a}&#xA;\VerbLabel{liney}{c &amp;amp; c}&#xA;&#xA;See lines \ref{verbline:linex}--\ref{verbline:liney}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{Verbatim}[numbers=left]&#xA;1 _ 1&#xA;a $ a&#xA;b # b&#xA;c &amp;amp; c&#xA;9 ^ 9&#xA;\end{Verbatim}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is a bug in this code which means it doesn't work for lines that contain the &lt;code&gt;#&lt;/code&gt; char, but that's not an unsolvable problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-11-16T05:04:43.160" />
  <row Id="5454" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5533" CreationDate="2010-11-16T05:33:53.910" Score="5" ViewCount="298" Body="&lt;p&gt;[What follows is my question, re-written with better information and condensed.]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I might be missing something really simple and I might be overcomplicating something really easy. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;To Be Extremely Brief&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Prior to updating a fresh MacTeX install (with up-to-date packages installed from one of the main repositories), ConTeXt worked will, even in MK IV, except that I couldn't get font selection to work. It seamed to ignore it or show garbage (Palatino). So I updated with the tlcontrib packages using &lt;code&gt;tlmgr&lt;/code&gt; and now, even after doing what I can to rebuild hashes/--generate (&lt;code&gt;mtxtools&lt;/code&gt;) etc, luatools always returns &lt;code&gt;MTXrun | unknown script 'base.lua' or 'mtx-base.lua'&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Question 1:&lt;/strong&gt; What's wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Question 1 MK II:&lt;/strong&gt; :) Is there something called &lt;code&gt;mtx-base.lua&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;base.lua&lt;/code&gt;, or is this some script not getting a variable name and just putting &lt;code&gt;base&lt;/code&gt; in there, because that's the constant... or something? Anyway, I cannot find either file, so I'm in the same boat as luatools.lua. :) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;To Be Kind of Brief&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I installed MacTeX 2010 fresh, after a failed attempt at using updated ConTeXt files. (resolved from an &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/5405/switching-to-context-minimals-missing-last-step-for-mactex-2010&quot;&gt;In an earlier question&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I updated all packages using the normal trees.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I changed my TEXMFHOME variable in /usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf.cnf to &lt;code&gt;~/src/texmf-trms&lt;/code&gt;, which is where I keep my custom modules/templates/packages. (This is normally within our github source control, but hasn't been yet.) and moved the content from the old directory to the new.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I was beating my head against the wall, trying to make font selection work using &lt;code&gt;typescriptfile&lt;/code&gt;/&lt;code&gt;typescript&lt;/code&gt; as well as simplefont. The closest I could get was with simplefont and Palatino spewing garbage text into the PDF. While it's not the main topic of this post, if it's helpful, typing &lt;code&gt;sudo mtxrun --script fonts --list --name --pattern=*' always resulted in&lt;/code&gt;zsh: no matches found: --pattern=*`.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I decided to try &lt;a href=&quot;http://tlcontrib.metatex.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://tlcontrib&lt;/a&gt; with tlmgr using:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;sudo tlmgr --repository &lt;a href=&quot;http://tlcontrib.metatex.org/2010&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://tlcontrib.metatex.org/2010&lt;/a&gt; update -all&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I &lt;code&gt;sudo texconfig rehash&lt;/code&gt;ed (seemed okay), &lt;code&gt;sudo mtxrun --generate&lt;/code&gt; (seemed okay). Then I &lt;code&gt;sudo luatools --generate&lt;/code&gt; and got something that ended with &lt;code&gt;MTXrun | unknown script 'base.lua' or 'mtx-base.lua'&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Just typing &lt;code&gt;luatools&lt;/code&gt; results in: &lt;code&gt;MTXrun | unknown script 'base.lua' or 'mtx-base.lua'&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;As per my attempt to solve this and some reading on the Interweb, I tried editing the two texmfcnf.lua files that I found  (in &lt;code&gt;/usr/texlive/2010/&lt;/code&gt; and /usr/texlive/2010/texmf/web2c`) with:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;return {&#xA;  content = {&#xA;    TEXMFCACHE = '~/Library/texlive/2010/texmf-var',&#xA;    TEXMFHOME  = '~/src/texmf-trms',&#xA;  },&#xA;  TEXMFCACHE = '~/Library/texlive/2010/texmf-var',&#xA;}&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This had no effect and, quite probably, has nothing to do with anything, as someone has helpfully pointed out.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Outputs From Some Commands That I Tried&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Compile a document with &lt;code&gt;luatools&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;MTXrun | warning: no format found, forcing remake (commandline driven)&#xA;MTXrun | running command: luatools --generate&#xA;MTXrun | unknown script 'base.lua' or 'mtx-base.lua'&#xA;&#xA;MTXrun | running command: luatools --make --compile cont-en&#xA;MTXrun | unknown script 'base.lua' or 'mtx-base.lua'&#xA;&#xA;MTXrun | error, no format found with name: cont-en, aborting&#xA;MTXrun | total runtime: 0.321&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Output from &lt;code&gt;sudo luatex --generate --verbose&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;MTXrun | resolvers: variable 'SELFAUTOLOC' set to&#xA;'/usr/local/texlive/2010/bin/x86_64-darwin'&#xA;MTXrun | resolvers: variable 'SELFAUTODIR' set to '/usr/local/texlive/2010/bin'&#xA;MTXrun | resolvers: variable 'SELFAUTOPARENT' set to '/usr/local/texlive/2010'&#xA;MTXrun | resolvers: variable 'TEXMFCNF' set to ''&#xA;MTXrun | resolvers: variable 'TEXMF' set to ''&#xA;MTXrun | resolvers: variable 'TEXOS' set to 'bin'&#xA;MTXrun | resolvers&#xA;MTXrun | resolvers: loading configuration file&#xA;'/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmfcnf.lua'&#xA;MTXrun | resolvers&#xA;MTXrun | resolvers: loading configuration file&#xA;'/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf/web2c/texmfcnf.lua'&#xA;MTXrun | resolvers&#xA;MTXrun | resolvers: locating list of '/Users/andrew/src/texmf-trms' (runtime)&#xA;MTXrun | resolvers: handler 'tree:////Users/andrew/src/texmf-trms' -&amp;gt;&#xA;'locators' -&amp;gt; 'path=/Users/andrew/src/texmf-trms | noscheme=false |&#xA;query= | scheme=tree | original=tree:////Users/andrew/src/texmf-trms |&#xA;fragment= | authority='&#xA;MTXrun | resolvers: hash 'tree:////Users/andrew/src/texmf-trms' appended&#xA;MTXrun | resolvers: skipping list of&#xA;'/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-project' (cached)&#xA;MTXrun | resolvers: skipping list of&#xA;'/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-fonts' (cached)&#xA;MTXrun | resolvers: skipping list of&#xA;'/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-local' (cached)&#xA;MTXrun | resolvers: skipping list of&#xA;'/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-context' (cached)&#xA;MTXrun | resolvers: locating list of '/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf' (cached)&#xA;MTXrun | resolvers: tex locator '/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf' found&#xA;MTXrun | resolvers: hash '/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf' appended&#xA;MTXrun | resolvers: locating list of&#xA;'/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist' (cached)&#xA;MTXrun | resolvers: tex locator '/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist' found&#xA;MTXrun | resolvers: hash '/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist' appended&#xA;MTXrun | resolvers&#xA;MTXrun | resolvers: handler 'tree:////Users/andrew/src/texmf-trms' -&amp;gt;&#xA;'hashers' -&amp;gt; 'path=/Users/andrew/src/texmf-trms | noscheme=false |&#xA;query= | scheme=tree | original=tree:////Users/andrew/src/texmf-trms |&#xA;fragment= | authority='&#xA;MTXrun | resolvers: scanning path '/Users/andrew/src/texmf-trms'&#xA;MTXrun | resolvers: 596 files found on 114 directories with 62&#xA;uppercase remappings&#xA;MTXrun | resolvers: loading 'files' for&#xA;'/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf' from&#xA;'/Users/andrew/Library/texlive/2010/texmf-var/luatex-cache/context/210a81d6dcb1059dc80fab3f5470ab7a/trees/1240e363db2f4c53de58379d2b0c6f6b'&#xA;MTXrun | resolvers: loading 'files' for&#xA;'/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist' from&#xA;'/Users/andrew/Library/texlive/2010/texmf-var/luatex-cache/context/210a81d6dcb1059dc80fab3f5470ab7a/trees/26993469c6208234eef0d0acf8456c4d'&#xA;MTXrun | resolvers: using suffix based filetype 'lua'&#xA;MTXrun | resolvers: using suffix based filetype 'lua'&#xA;MTXrun | resolvers: remembering file 'mtx-base.lua'&#xA;MTXrun | resolvers: using suffix based filetype 'lua'&#xA;MTXrun | unknown script 'base.lua' or 'mtx-base.lua'&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="659" LastEditorUserId="659" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-16T21:28:00.303" LastActivityDate="2010-11-17T16:23:50.740" Title="Updating to Beta Builds of ConTeXt / LuaTeX from tlcontrib breaks MacTeX" Tags="&lt;installing&gt;&lt;luatex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="9" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5455" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5452" CreationDate="2010-11-16T07:14:52.313" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;code&gt;\vcenter&lt;/code&gt; to center the complex fraction:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\left( \vcenter{\hbox{$\displaystyle\frac{a}{\dfrac{c}{d}}$}} \right)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but then your fraction bar will not be aligned with the rest of your expression. TeX tries to center both the fraction bar and the delimiters on the central horizontal axis of the expression, which means that if your numerator and denominator have different vertical sizes, you will end up with some empty space.  &lt;code&gt;\vcenter&lt;/code&gt; &quot;fixes&quot; that by forcing the fraction to be centered according to its actual height, rather than at the fraction bar. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2010-11-16T07:14:52.313" />
  <row Id="5456" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5452" CreationDate="2010-11-16T08:38:20.493" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You need some kind of visual cue with your fraction example, to indicate what mathematical expression is meant: since / is not associative, a/(b/c) and (a/b)/c mean different things, having normal form (ac)/b and a/(bc) respectively.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using the manual sizing you describe would be my preference: the smallest expression is then the innermost.  The behaviour you observe also provides a visual cue: the horizontal rule that is best aligned with the surrounding expression is the outermost division operator.  And most explicit is to add additional parentheses.  Jan solves your typesetting problem, but I think at the cost of making the expression completely ambiguous.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-16T10:21:14.837" LastActivityDate="2010-11-16T10:21:14.837" />
  <row Id="5457" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5452" CreationDate="2010-11-16T09:30:26.393" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Knuth's answer to the problem, given in the TeXbook, is that sometimes, complex fractions are a bad idea and you should use the inline form a/b instead.  This appears to be one of those situations, though I appreciate that your real equation might not be amenable to this alteration.  One possibility is that you can introduce new notation for the denominator (say, d) and instead of writing &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$$\frac{x}{\dfrac{a}{b}},$$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;you can instead write &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$$\frac{x}{d}, \text{ where } d = \frac{a}{b}.$$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In short, this is not a typesetting issue so much as it is a composition issue.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, don't use $$ like I did.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="575" LastEditorUserId="575" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-16T12:43:53.570" LastActivityDate="2010-11-16T12:43:53.570" />
  <row Id="5458" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5427" CreationDate="2010-11-16T11:35:26.003" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For more complicated graphs, it might be worth looking into &lt;a href=&quot;http://cran.r-project.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;R&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.stat.uni-muenchen.de/~leisch/Sweave/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Sweave&lt;/a&gt;. Although I expect this will break LyX in a variety of interesting ways, but you LyX should only be a gateway to writing real LaTeX anyway...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2010-11-16T11:35:26.003" />
  <row Id="5459" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5413" CreationDate="2010-11-16T11:36:53.787" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Well, if you can imagine typesetting anything, it can almost certainly be done in TeX.  However, finding an elegant solution to this problem took a little work.  So I'm hoping that this is the ouput you wanted to see:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/X92k7.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's the code that produced that list (it adds 5 lines to your code, marked by the arrows):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz-qtree-compat}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usepackage{stmaryrd}&#xA;\usepackage{gb4e}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{booktabs}                    % &amp;lt;----&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{exe}&#xA;\ex{Ann dances.}&#xA;\end{exe}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{exe}&#xA;\ex&#xA;\begin{tabular}[t]{l}\toprule[-12pt]     % &amp;lt;----&#xA;  \begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=(current  bounding  box.center)]&#xA;  \Tree [.S_0 [.NP [Bill ] ] [.VP [.V said ] [.NP \node(a){that}; ] ] ]&#xA;  \begin{scope}[shift={(2in,0in)}] &#xA;  \Tree [.\node(b){S_1}; [.NP Ann ] [.VP dances ] ]&#xA;  \end{scope}&#xA;  \draw[-&amp;gt;](\subtreeof{a}.0) .. controls +(west:0) and +(west:1) .. (b);&#xA;  \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\\ \end{tabular}                         % &amp;lt;----&#xA;\end{exe}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{exe}&#xA;\ex&#xA;\begin{tabular}[t]{l}\toprule[-12pt]     % &amp;lt;----&#xA;  $\left\llbracket&#xA;  \begin{array}{l}&#xA;  \Tree [ .S [.NP [.N Ann ] ] [.VP [.V dances ] ] ]&#xA;  \end{array}&#xA;  \right\rrbracket$&#xA;\\ \end{tabular}                         % &amp;lt;----&#xA;\end{exe}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Explanation:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Because &lt;code&gt;exe&lt;/code&gt; is a gb4e-redefined list, and &lt;code&gt;\ex&lt;/code&gt; is a gb4e-redefined &lt;code&gt;\item&lt;/code&gt;, the first part of the job involved dropping each of your objects (&lt;code&gt;tikzpicture&lt;/code&gt; and math-set &lt;code&gt;array&lt;/code&gt;) into a &lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}[t]{l}&lt;/code&gt; environment, the &lt;code&gt;[t]&lt;/code&gt; instructing &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; to set its baseline at the top.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All well and good, except that you need to issue an &lt;code&gt;\hline&lt;/code&gt; somewhere in the environment to prod &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; into doing its work.  That turns out to be problematic for two reasons: first, you probably don't want to see an ugly line across the top of your objects, and second, the &lt;code&gt;\ex&lt;/code&gt; item number is now vertically aligned with the middle of the &lt;code&gt;\hline&lt;/code&gt;, effectively quite some way above the top of each object.  Not smooth.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Enter the booktabs package.  It provides several &lt;code&gt;\hline&lt;/code&gt; replacements (including &lt;code&gt;\toprule&lt;/code&gt;, which we use). However, most wonderfully, you can can pass it an argument specifying the thickness of the line.  So, &lt;code&gt;\toprule[0pt]&lt;/code&gt; effectively eliminates the visual line.  Even more wonderfully, you can pass it a negative number which acts like a negative &lt;code&gt;\vspace&lt;/code&gt;, except without the problem that &lt;code&gt;\vspace&lt;/code&gt;'s can't be added here.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Voila.  All that's left to do is to fine-tune &lt;code&gt;\toprule&lt;/code&gt;'s negative thickness to your exact requirements.  Oh, and maybe add a little indentation to the &quot;Ann dances&quot; &lt;code&gt;\ex&lt;/code&gt; to align it with your other objects (&lt;code&gt;\ex{\quad Ann dances.}&lt;/code&gt; should do it). : )&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-11-16T11:36:53.787" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="5460" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5464" CreationDate="2010-11-16T12:19:01.343" Score="5" ViewCount="521" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to make alignment points in a list environment. The following code gives me an error, but it almost compiles to what I want, just missing the bullet points. I must be misunderstanding something about align and/or tabular and how they work with linebreaks. Guidance appreciated!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;    \frametitle{Title}&#xA;    \begin{itemize}&#xA;    \begin{tabular}{ll}&#xA;        \item Topic Apple: &amp;amp;Something to say about it \\&#xA;        \item Topic Watermelons: &amp;amp;Something different&#xA;    \end{tabular}&#xA;    \end{itemize}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1931" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-16T16:47:51.237" LastActivityDate="2010-12-28T09:04:29.420" Title="columns/alignment with itemize" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;lists&gt;&lt;align&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="5461" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-16T12:33:02.940" Score="14" ViewCount="954" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to draw an arrow with a bigger head than normal. Is it possible to do, without changing style of the line itself?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1449" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-16T16:50:49.027" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T23:43:10.987" Title="Is it possible to change size of arrowhead in TikZ/PGF?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;arrows&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="5462" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5460" CreationDate="2010-11-16T13:08:30.420" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;That is a rather interesting abuse of the &lt;code&gt;itemize&lt;/code&gt; environment you are trying here. I think you'd be better off just doing a tabular and putting in the bullets yourself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2010-11-16T13:08:30.420" />
  <row Id="5463" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5460" CreationDate="2010-11-16T13:34:24.913" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;how about this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;    \frametitle{Title}&#xA;    \begin{tabular}{@{\textbullet}ll}&#xA;        Topic Apple: &amp;amp;Something to say about it \\&#xA;        Topic Watermelons: &amp;amp;Something different&#xA;    \end{tabular}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which results in &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/gKNI5.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also change the &lt;code&gt;\textbullet&lt;/code&gt; by, for example adding another column which will hold the item marker (which you can then control using beamer).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastActivityDate="2010-11-16T13:34:24.913" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="5464" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5460" CreationDate="2010-11-16T13:38:45.877" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can't do this particular mixture of itemize and tabular out of the box.  But the  &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/listliketab/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;listliketab&lt;/a&gt; package can help.  The purpose of that package is to make tables looks like lists.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage{listliketab}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;    \frametitle{Title}&#xA;    \begin{listliketab} &#xA;    \storestyleof{itemize} &#xA;        \begin{tabular}{Lll}&#xA;            \textbullet &amp;amp; Topic Apple: &amp;amp;Something to say about it \\&#xA;            \textbullet &amp;amp; Topic Watermelons: &amp;amp;Something different&#xA;        \end{tabular} &#xA;    \end{listliketab}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Works in beamer and other all other classes (that I know of).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-16T16:50:33.780" LastActivityDate="2010-11-16T16:50:33.780" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="5465" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5442" CreationDate="2010-11-16T14:00:27.347" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Jan already gave a good answer. However, I'd say it's a real weakness of &lt;code&gt;\underbrace&lt;/code&gt; that you have to do this manually. (One might even call it a bug.) Here's a surprisingly complicated redefinition of &lt;code&gt;\underbrace&lt;/code&gt; that automatically inserts &lt;code&gt;\scriptstyle&lt;/code&gt; if needed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\let\saved@underbrace\underbrace&#xA;\renewcommand*\underbrace[1]{\@ifnextchar_{\ub@with{#1}}{\ub@without{#1}}}&#xA;\def\ub@with#1_#2{\mathpalette\underbrace@i{{#1}{_{#2}}}}&#xA;\newcommand*\ub@without[1]{\mathpalette\underbrace@i{{#1}{}}}&#xA;\newcommand*\underbrace@i[2]{\underbrace@ii#1#2}&#xA;\newcommand*\underbrace@ii[3]{\saved@underbrace{#1#2}#3}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;$I_{2,(\underbrace{3,3,3,3,3}_5)}$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One of the problems I had to overcome is very similar to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/3875/1235&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt; of mine: The underscore must go &lt;em&gt;inside&lt;/em&gt; the mathpalette (if present).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2010-11-16T14:00:27.347" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5466" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4269" CreationDate="2010-11-16T15:03:18.957" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Placing a picture somewhere on the page is easy. The problem is the wrapping. It is easy to say &quot;indent line 5-10 of the next &lt;strong&gt;paragraph&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;. But due to the asynchronic page builder there is in tex no way (unless your document is very simple) to say &quot;indent line 5-10 of the next &lt;strong&gt;page&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;. Perhaps it is possible with luatex. But with pdflatex you will have to do it manually. See also on CTAN wrapfig/multiple-span.txt.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-11-16T15:03:18.957" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5467" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5461" CreationDate="2010-11-16T15:12:33.373" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is a sample of the outward-pointing triangular tips in PGF/TikZ 2.10 (see Section 23 of the 2.10 manual):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{arrows}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\newcounter{tmp}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\foreach \s in {latex,latex',stealth,triangle 90,triangle 45,angle 90, angle 60} {&#xA;    \stepcounter{tmp}&#xA;    \begin{scope}[yshift=-\thetmp cm]&#xA;        \node[anchor=west] (0,0) {\texttt{\s}};     &#xA;        \draw[arrows={\s-\s}] (3,0) --++ (1,0);&#xA;    \end{scope}&#xA;}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/6all8.png&quot; alt=&quot;arrows&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want something more customized or more specific, read Section 74 of the 2.10 manual.  How much bigger and in what direction are you looking for?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-11-16T15:12:33.373" />
  <row Id="5468" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5469" CreationDate="2010-11-16T16:24:02.183" Score="2" ViewCount="119" Body="&lt;p&gt;I like to create surveys and questionnaires, what would be a good &lt;code&gt;\documentclass&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;package&lt;/code&gt; to use?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="736" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-16T17:14:08.283" LastActivityDate="2010-11-16T17:14:08.283" Title="Survey Document Class or Package?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;documentclass&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5469" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5468" CreationDate="2010-11-16T16:40:25.047" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.acrotex.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;AcroTeX&lt;/a&gt; bundle provides the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=eqexam&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;eqExamn&lt;/a&gt; package. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;D.P. Story (the AcroTeX author) has published a PracTeX article on the subject of creating surveys using TeX &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/pracjourn/2005-2/story-survey/story-survey.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Producing a TeX/LaTeX Online Survey with the eqExam Package&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="565" LastActivityDate="2010-11-16T16:40:25.047" />
  <row Id="5470" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-11-16T16:41:55.693" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questions tagged with [tikz] are about the higher-level drawing language Ti&lt;i&gt;k&lt;/i&gt;Z built over the &lt;a href=&quot;http://pgf.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;PGF&lt;/a&gt; graphics framework.  Questions specifically about the PGF layer should be tagged with [pgf] instead.  Both tags are possible on the same question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For general information about PGF and TikZ please see the &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/PGF/TikZ&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Wikipedia article&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-16T16:41:55.693" LastActivityDate="2010-11-16T16:41:55.693" />
  <row Id="5471" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-11-16T16:41:55.693" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="Questions tagged with [tikz] are about the higher-level drawing language TikZ built over the PGF graphics framework.  Questions specifically about the PGF layer should be tagged with [pgf] instead.  Both tags are possible on the same question.&#xD;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-24T04:39:35.760" LastActivityDate="2010-11-24T04:39:35.760" />
  <row Id="5472" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5461" CreationDate="2010-11-16T16:55:13.683" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Arrow sizes change with the line width. For example for &lt;code&gt;thin&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;ultra thick&lt;/code&gt; lines:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/i6xPY.png&quot; alt=&quot;thin and ultra thick arrow&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you do not want to have the whole line thicker, you can use the decoration library to add an enlarged arrow to your path. Here are two possibilities:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{decorations.markings}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;   \draw[-&amp;gt;] (0,0) -- (1,0);&#xA;   \draw[&#xA;    decoration={markings,mark=at position 1 with {\arrow[ultra thick]{&amp;gt;}}},&#xA;    postaction={decorate}&#xA;    ]&#xA;    (0,-0.5) -- (1,-0.5);&#xA;   \draw[&#xA;    decoration={markings,mark=at position 1 with {\arrow[scale=2]{&amp;gt;}}},&#xA;    postaction={decorate},&#xA;    shorten &amp;gt;=0.4pt&#xA;    ]&#xA;    (0,-1) -- (1,-1);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/wojYw.png&quot; alt=&quot;bigger arrows as decorations&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Decorations are explained in chapter 30 of the TikZ 2.10 manual. The &lt;code&gt;shorten &amp;gt;=0.4pt&lt;/code&gt; in the last example shortens the line by the default line width (0.4pt) so that it does not extend over the arrow tip (though the effect is nearly invisible for normal thin lines.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-11-16T16:55:13.683" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5473" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5545" CreationDate="2010-11-16T16:56:44.383" Score="10" ViewCount="354" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know this might be far fetched as a topic on this site, but I don't see where else it would belong (statistics SE? meh, I think we are more oriented toward producing clean and readable stuff than they are).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am aware of Tufte's work as a good reference for producing quality graphics and figures, however I am wondering, which of his books/works should I read? If I were to read only one of his books to inspire myself in making greater TeX documents, figures and graphics, which one should it be?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Additional information: Note that I am writing mainly scientific stuff, machine learning and computer engineering papers, also my thesis.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, I've &lt;a href=&quot;http://meta.tex.stackexchange.com/questions/679/what-should-the-policy-be-on-typography-design-questions/680#680&quot;&gt;heard&lt;/a&gt; that some LaTeX classes were inspired from Tufte's designs, which one are they? In what regard were they inspired by his works? From which book?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="10" LastEditorUserId="10" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-17T15:18:17.523" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T15:12:39.323" Title="Producing quality figure and graphics - which Edward Tufte book is the most influential/interesting for TeX users?" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;tufte&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5474" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3513" CreationDate="2010-11-16T17:23:23.013" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is a reworking of Jan's code to make it a little more TikZ-like.  It still does the same thing: repeats the path, once as a fill and once as a draw, but with certain parts of the path removed for the draw stage.  The main modification is that (hopefully) it now looks exactly like a standard TikZ command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\long\def\my@drawfill#1#2;{%&#xA;\@skipfalse&#xA;\fill[#1,draw=none] #2;&#xA;\@skiptrue&#xA;\draw[#1,fill=none] #2;&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newif\if@skip&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\skipit}[1]{%&#xA;\if@skip&#xA;\else&#xA;#1&#xA;\fi&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\drawfill}[1][]{%&#xA;  \my@drawfill{#1}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \drawfill[fill=green,draw=blue,ultra thick] (0,0) -- (0,1) \skipit{--} (1,1) -- (1,0) \skipit{.. controls +(0,-1) and +(0,-1) ..} (0,0);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This produces:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Q5cRi.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm sure that there are additional improvements to be made, which is one reason why I'm making this community wiki (the other being that it is really Jan's answer).  In particular:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I couldn't make the &lt;code&gt;\skipit&lt;/code&gt; command take an optional argument and still work.  I think that it doesn't get expanded properly before the genuine TikZ commands see it and they don't like having macros as part of their path specification.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The assignment of key-value pairs is a bit of a hack: basically, we turn off the drawing on the fill command and turn off the filling on the draw command.  It might be useful to be able to specify a set of keys that only get put on the draw command and a set for the fill command, so something like &lt;code&gt;\drawfill[options for both, fillopt={options for fill}, drawopt={options for draw}]&lt;/code&gt; but I don't know enough (anything) about &lt;code&gt;pgfkeys&lt;/code&gt; so don't have a clue how to go about that.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-11-16T17:23:23.013" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-11-16T17:23:23.013" />
  <row Id="5475" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5488" CreationDate="2010-11-16T17:28:41.810" Score="2" ViewCount="266" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to move the to-address up (or, respectively, the date down) in the »letter« document class?  With the to-address on the left and date on the right, I wish for the vertical alignment of the top row of the to-address to be the same as that of the date.  Does anyone know a way of doing this?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1785" LastEditorUserId="1063" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-16T18:15:01.023" LastActivityDate="2010-11-16T21:15:36.070" Title="Adding/subtracting vertical space in »letter« class" Tags="&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;&lt;letters&gt;&lt;vspace&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="5476" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5475" CreationDate="2010-11-16T18:11:05.020" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You may take a look at more sophisticated classes like »scrlttr2« from &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/koma-script&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;KOMA Script&lt;/a&gt; (see also &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1351/most-useful-additions-in-koma-script&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt;) or &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/newlfm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;newlfm&lt;/a&gt; (for remarks see &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/5298/does-newlfm-define-infopathname&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-11-16T18:11:05.020" />
  <row Id="5477" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="953" CreationDate="2010-11-16T19:04:16.453" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To quote a &lt;a href=&quot;https://groups.google.com/group/comp.text.tex/msg/558fe4c8ea6193c9?hl=en&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;wise man&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;LaTeX 3 is immune to “potentially&#xA;  rather large resources” because the&#xA;  kind of horse you can hope to complete&#xA;  this course with is no longer bred.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastActivityDate="2010-11-16T19:04:16.453" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="5478" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-16T19:05:03.410" Score="0" ViewCount="533" Body="&lt;p&gt;How to use function calc in TikZ?&#xA;Example, my function is f(x)=x^2.&#xA;I need os f(1) and f(2),&#xA;\draw f(1) -- f(2);&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1940" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T06:10:11.180" Title="Using function calc in TikZ" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5479" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-16T19:11:04.657" Score="4" ViewCount="608" Body="&lt;p&gt;Pretty much the title says it all ... does anyone know of a good memorandum template (with an example maybe?).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You know, the things companies print on their text and stuff before faxing them out. It is usually composed of a letterhead on top (a logo on the left is optional), and some accounts and banking data in small letters on the bottom of the document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the middle, goes your text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm rather unexperienced in composing LaTeX documents, but I have to make a memo and want it to look rather nice, so bear with me, if something in here sounds silly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Examples: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/589RL.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Juniata College letterhead&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/miCRf.gif&quot; alt=&quot;Brockhouse letterhead&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1941" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-17T14:36:03.560" LastActivityDate="2010-11-17T14:36:03.560" Title="A good memorandum template for LaTeX" Tags="&lt;templates&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5480" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4061" CreationDate="2010-11-16T19:32:43.110" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is more for myself, but I just used \hrule where I was trying to use \hline in text mode a document, since of course a line is never as simple as just a line. &lt;em&gt;That's Latex.&lt;/em&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1915" LastActivityDate="2010-11-16T19:32:43.110" />
  <row Id="5481" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3782" CreationDate="2010-11-16T19:35:53.573" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For future reference, when trying to remember the name for the multiline environment, which is very handy and does this automatically (or about as close to it as Latex can go) - just remember, it's multline: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{multline}&#xA; I want my awesome formula to split lines here \\ &#xA;           so this next part is aligned to the right in the following line, looking smart. &#xA;\end{multline}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1915" LastActivityDate="2010-11-16T19:35:53.573" />
  <row Id="5482" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5479" CreationDate="2010-11-16T19:36:08.847" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Do you have an example you're emulating that you can point out?  Googling &quot;latex fax cover sheet&quot; found &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dsl.org/comp/templates/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this page&lt;/a&gt; with a plain TeX template but I'm not sure if the template classifies as &quot;rather nice.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This might be a good application of ConTeXt here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-11-16T19:36:08.847" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5483" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5478" CreationDate="2010-11-16T19:44:58.923" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not quite sure what you want to do. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to plot a function, then the TikZ &lt;code&gt;\plot&lt;/code&gt; command is what you are looking for:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \draw[very thin,color=gray] (-0.1,-0.1) grid (2.9,4.1);&#xA;    \draw[-&amp;gt;] (-0.2,0) -- (3.2,0) node[right] {$x$};&#xA;    \draw[-&amp;gt;] (0,-0.2) -- (0,4.2) node[above] {$f(x)$};&#xA;&#xA;    \draw[domain=1:2] plot (\x,{\x^2}) node[below right] {$f(x) = x^2$};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/i95Ai.png&quot; alt=&quot;plot&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first few commands just draw the axes and the grid, the last command draws the plot. Of course the &lt;code&gt;node[below right] {$f(x) = x^2$}&lt;/code&gt; part is entirely optional.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See the chapter &quot;Plots of Functions&quot; of the TikZ manual for details (it's chapter 19 in the 2.10 manual).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT:&lt;/strong&gt; An answer to Jacques's version of the question:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It probably doesn't work because the order of expansion of the macros is not right. I don’t know how to fix that directly, but pgf actually provides its own facility to create math functions: &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathdeclarefunction&lt;/code&gt;. It is described in chapter 65 of the v2.10 manual (“Customizing the Mathematical Engine”). Here is a short description: The macro takes 3 aruments: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;the name of the function that should be created,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;the number of arguments the function takes&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;some code that does the actual computation and sets the &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathresult&lt;/code&gt; macro. The easiest way to do this is by a call to &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathparse&lt;/code&gt; (this is of course not the most computationally efficient way to compute stuff, but it is the easiest way).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, a function &lt;code&gt;square&lt;/code&gt; might be define by&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pgfmathdeclarefunction{square}{1}{\pgfmathparse{#1*#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then you can write code like &lt;code&gt;\draw (1,{square(1)}) -- (2,{square(2)});&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-18T06:10:11.180" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T06:10:11.180" />
  <row Id="5484" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-16T19:50:53.990" Score="1" ViewCount="288" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have created a custom .bst file with makebst. I managed to reformat the thebibliography-environment entries look by editing the .bst file by hand. This wasn't a hard task.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But, now I would like to reformat the look of the &lt;code&gt;\cite[]{}&lt;/code&gt;-entries in the actual text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am using csquotes package and managed to change the look of &lt;code&gt;\textquote&lt;/code&gt; entries with:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\mkcitation}[1]{~\rm \small #1}&#xA;&#xA;\textquote[{\cite[1]{Foobar01}}]{Blah Blah.}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But when I use ordinary cites:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Blah blah.\cite[1]{Foobar01}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can't find a part in the .bst file that defines how these are formatted. Also I could not find a parameter in the csquotes package that would change the format of all cites, as &lt;code&gt;\cite&lt;/code&gt; is not a csquote command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I could go around this problem by using &lt;code&gt;\textquote&lt;/code&gt; everywhere, but I feel that it's semantically incorrect. After all, citations are NOT quotes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I would be very grateful if someone could tell me how I can reformat the look of &lt;code&gt;\cite&lt;/code&gt; entries even in documents that don't use csquotes or other packages, just a custom .bst style.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am not using cite nor natbib packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My \cite entries are formatted as [Foo01] or [Foo01, 15-39] with page numbers in the PDF. All I want to do is to change their formatting, not contents. I would like all \cite to appear in the final PDF with a certain font size (for example with size \tiny and with color red).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With csquotes I was able to do \renewcommand{\mkcitation}[1]{~\rm \small #1} which changed all csquotes cites into small roman font.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What would be the way to format all normal \cite in a similar way?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If this is not enough I'm not sure if I understand what kind of additional information you need.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1942" LastEditorUserId="1942" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-17T18:46:31.637" LastActivityDate="2010-11-17T18:54:35.170" Title="Custom .bst style and reformatting \cite entries" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;citing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5485" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5486" CreationDate="2010-11-16T20:25:18.333" Score="3" ViewCount="133" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've got a workaround for this problem, but maybe someone knows a cleaner way to fix it. I'm using the standard packages in TexLive 2009.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's the code that doesn't work:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{ifthen}&#xA;\newboolean{test}&#xA;\setboolean{test}{false}&#xA;\newcommand{\testval}{\ifthenelse{\boolean{test}}{yes}{no}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{tabular}{ll}&#xA;    Should be no &amp;amp; \testval \\&#xA;    Change value &amp;amp; \setboolean{test}{true} \\&#xA;    Shoule be yes &amp;amp; \testval \\&#xA;  \end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I haven't seen any mention of this behavior in the ifthen package description. I've also noticed that, for instance, you can't use &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\isundefined&lt;/code&gt; to work around this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My workaround so far is to use a counter, and then test &lt;code&gt;\value{counter}=0&lt;/code&gt;. The only difficulty was that there's no &lt;code&gt;\providecounter&lt;/code&gt; the way there is with booleans or commands, so I wrote providecounter.sty:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]&#xA;\ProvidesPackage{providecounter}&#xA;          [2010/11/16 my hack to implement a providecounter command]&#xA;&#xA;\def\providecounter#1{\@ifundefined{c@#1}{\newcounter{#1}}\relax}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, two questions: a. why do &lt;code&gt;\setboolean&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; not work inside a tabular environment, and b. do counters more or less not care where they are defined?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1943" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-17T15:38:13.257" LastActivityDate="2010-11-17T15:38:13.257" Title="Booleans fail in tabular environment" Tags="&lt;counters&gt;&lt;tables&gt;&lt;conditionals&gt;&lt;etoolbox&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5486" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5485" CreationDate="2010-11-16T20:52:04.243" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It seems that resetting the boolean is only effective local (i.e. within the same table cell). Using the &lt;code&gt;\global&lt;/code&gt; prefix yields an error message. While I don't have a full explanation, I have a (workaround?) solution: Use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/etoolbox.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;etoolbox&lt;/a&gt; package and its commands instead of ifthen - and only then use the &lt;code&gt;\global&lt;/code&gt; prefix.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{etoolbox}&#xA;\newbool{test}&#xA;\setbool{test}{false}&#xA;\newcommand{\testval}{\ifbool{test}{yes}{no}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{tabular}{ll}&#xA;    Should be no &amp;amp; \testval \\&#xA;    Change value &amp;amp; \global\setbool{test}{true} \\&#xA;    Should be yes &amp;amp; \testval \\&#xA;  \end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: I &lt;em&gt;think&lt;/em&gt; I understand. Resetting a boolean obviously obeys the normal LaTeX scope rules - i.e., if it is done within a group, its effect will be limited to that group. On the other hand , &quot;[t]he commands to change counter values are global declarations&quot; (Leslie Lamport - LaTeX. A document preparation system, p. 98) - that's why your workaround with counters succeeded.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-16T21:16:21.197" LastActivityDate="2010-11-16T21:16:21.197" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5487" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-16T21:10:31.040" Score="1" ViewCount="269" Body="&lt;p&gt;A fair amount of my homework is of the form: prove some statement then paste in a bunch of graphs verifying it experimentally.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;LyX makes me save images I paste in, which is really annoying when I just want to copy them over. (e.g. in Word you would just paste it in, you don't have to save the image separately.) Is there a preference somewhere that I can say that I don't want it to ask me where to save all my images? (i.e. can I specify some default image directory?)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: To be more clear, what I want is some way to tell Lyx: when I paste an image, just save it in this directory without popping up a dialog and asking me where to put it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1560" LastEditorUserId="1560" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-17T16:34:25.830" LastActivityDate="2010-11-17T16:34:25.830" Title="Paste images into LyX" Tags="&lt;lyx&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5488" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5475" CreationDate="2010-11-16T21:15:36.070" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the source, Luke.  The &lt;code&gt;letter.cls&lt;/code&gt; file is actually not that hard to read compared to &lt;code&gt;article.cls&lt;/code&gt; :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you redefine &lt;code&gt;\opening&lt;/code&gt; you should be able to get what you want:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand*{\opening}[1]{%&#xA;%  \ifx\@empty\fromaddress&#xA;%    \thispagestyle{firstpage}%&#xA;%      {\raggedleft\@date\par}%&#xA;%  \else  % home address&#xA;%    \thispagestyle{empty}%&#xA;%    {\raggedleft\begin{tabular}{l@{}}\ignorespaces&#xA;%      \fromaddress \\*[2\parskip]%&#xA;%      \@date \end{tabular}\par}%&#xA;%  \fi&#xA;%  \vspace{2\parskip}%&#xA;%  {\raggedright \toname \\ \toaddress \par}%&#xA;  \begin{minipage}[t]{0.5\textwidth}%&#xA;    \toname \\ &#xA;    \toaddress&#xA;  \end{minipage}\hfill\@date\par&#xA;  \vspace{2\parskip}%&#xA;  #1\par\nobreak}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The commented-out part is a switch based on whether a from-address is given.  I'm assuming you aren't using a from-address since otherwise you would have specified where you wanted it.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-11-16T21:15:36.070" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5489" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4168" CreationDate="2010-11-16T21:22:21.273" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Copying from Will Robertson's answer to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4889/input-only-part-of-a-file&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt;, the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/catchfilebetweentags/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;catchfilebetweentags&lt;/a&gt; package looks like a good option.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="262" LastActivityDate="2010-11-16T21:22:21.273" />
  <row Id="5490" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5487" CreationDate="2010-11-16T23:14:44.567" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, sort of.  If you don't mind the images cluttering up the directory where the LyX document is saved, then you can just save the image &quot;foo.jpeg&quot; in the same folder as the bar.lyx file and in the image box just enter &quot;foo.jpeg&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;IIRC Windows by default makes this horrendously long path to the file when you &quot;browse&quot; for the image.  I usually delete those long paths, put all my images in (say) an /img subdirectory of where the bar.lyx file is, then in the figure float put simply img/foo.jpeg.  This is really handy for moving around several computers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am afraid you can't just copy-paste pictures in to the .lyx file, unfortunately.  For some software (R, for example) there are utilities (Sweave, for example) where a person doesn't actually insert the picture, rather, (s)he inserts &lt;em&gt;code&lt;/em&gt; to &lt;em&gt;generate&lt;/em&gt; the picture.  It's the best way, if the external application supports it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1548" LastActivityDate="2010-11-16T23:14:44.567" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5491" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5579" CreationDate="2010-11-16T23:32:00.563" Score="5" ViewCount="599" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to insert references into a beamer footline. These references are different for each slide, so I cannot include them in the footline template - unless there is then some way to later define them per-slide. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have tried to simply include the after a \vfill, but the location of the line then varies with each slide, and this is not what I want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How do I insert references (or really, just any custom text) into the footline of a specific slide in beamer?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1947" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-17T19:58:35.997" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T14:21:53.417" Title="How do I insert text into the footline of a specific slide in Beamer?" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;header-footer&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="5492" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5513" CreationDate="2010-11-16T23:34:25.753" Score="5" ViewCount="209" Body="&lt;p&gt;I read the answers to this question: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/2495/1614&quot;&gt;Import a text file into LaTeX document&lt;/a&gt;, and am now wondering if it's possible to let TeX replace tabs or spaces in that text-file with &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; for example if you export some data in comma or tab separated values from another source. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I do realize that it's simple to do that in any any text editor, but it would be convenient if some changes needed to be done on the source, not having to modify that text file over and over after exporting.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1614" LastActivityDate="2010-11-17T11:41:46.723" Title="Replace spaces/tabs in an imported .txt file upon import?" Tags="&lt;external-file&gt;&lt;import&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5493" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5504" CreationDate="2010-11-16T23:40:07.057" Score="2" ViewCount="416" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am looking for a bibliography style with the following characteristics:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Numbers references in the order they appear in text.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Does not strike out repeated authors like (siam.bst).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Very plain formatting on titles (i.e. articles, book, journal).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Is able to handle a wide variety of reference types (i.e. journals, book chapters, websites, personal communications, etc.).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have looked around and tried a handful of alternatives without finding one that fits for my purpose, which is a graduate thesis (i.e. a formal document, but without the space constraints of a journal article).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If there are alternative ways to manage this type of request using the &lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt; that'd be fine too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="984" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-10T20:59:30.823" LastActivityDate="2010-12-10T21:19:01.623" Title="Bibliography Style - Order of Appearance" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;biblatex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5494" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5496" CreationDate="2010-11-16T23:52:28.530" Score="11" ViewCount="376" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm finally trying out TikZ and am already infected with its programmatic philosophy.  I would like to be able to do something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;every node/.style = {math mode}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(which is wrong) so that I can omit the $...$ inside the text of my nodes.  This is not just for convenience; without it, the equally appealing setting&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;every node/.style = {font=\scriptstyle}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is wrong (the &lt;code&gt;\scriptstyle&lt;/code&gt; goes outside the math mode), and I can certainly find a use for math nodes set in small text.  I know I can get this, sort of, with the &lt;code&gt;matrix&lt;/code&gt; library (using a &lt;code&gt;matrix of math nodes&lt;/code&gt;), but I am resisting using matrices.  I really like the idea of relational positioning and I hate all the empty &amp;amp;'s that complex use of matrices always requires.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, is this possible?  How does &lt;code&gt;matrix of math nodes&lt;/code&gt; achieve its effect?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="575" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-17T00:08:17.320" LastActivityDate="2010-11-23T03:13:41.653" Title="Is there a tikz style for putting math in all nodes?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="5495" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5494" CreationDate="2010-11-17T00:10:25.863" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I probably shouldn't have asked this in the first place, as the most cursory glance into tikzlibrarymatrix.code.tex answers it instantly.  For posterity (since it is not obvious to me, as a beginner) I record the answer to my second question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\tikzstyle{matrix of math nodes}=[%&#xA;  matrix of nodes,&#xA;  nodes={%&#xA;   execute at begin node=$,%&#xA;   execute at end node=$%&#xA;  }%&#xA;]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, to answer my first question, one should just use &lt;code&gt;execute at begin node&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;execute at end node&lt;/code&gt; to wrap the text in $'s.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="575" LastActivityDate="2010-11-17T00:10:25.863" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-11-17T00:10:53.413" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5496" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5494" CreationDate="2010-11-17T00:24:06.380" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the matrix library file, at &lt;code&gt;texmf/tex/generic/tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzlibrarymatrix.code.tex&lt;/code&gt; (what you get with &lt;code&gt;\usetikzlibrary{matrix}&lt;/code&gt;, we can find the definition of &lt;code&gt;matrix of math nodes&lt;/code&gt; (in my version, it's on lines 74–81):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% Same as a matrix of nodes, but switch on math mode in each cell&#xA;\tikzstyle{matrix of math nodes}=[%&#xA;  matrix of nodes,&#xA;  nodes={%&#xA;   execute at begin node=$,%&#xA;   execute at end node=$%&#xA;  }%&#xA;]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So you can just use &lt;code&gt;execute at begin node&lt;/code&gt;/&lt;code&gt;execute at end node&lt;/code&gt;.  Interestingly, these keys don't seem to be documented, at least in my version of the manual.  If you want a &lt;code&gt;math mode&lt;/code&gt; style, then you can write &lt;code&gt;\tikzset{math mode/.style = {execute at begin node=$, execute at end node=$}}&lt;/code&gt;; then just including &lt;code&gt;math mode&lt;/code&gt; in your options list will do what you want (no need for &lt;code&gt;every node/.style&lt;/code&gt;, since the option implicitly affects all nodes).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;These options can do more than just math, too; consider the following code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{amsart}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{center}\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \begin{scope}[execute at begin node=$, execute at end node=$]&#xA;      \node at (-1.5,-0.375) {\mathfrak{A} \models \varphi_i} ;&#xA;      \node at (-1.5,-0.875) {0 \in \mathbb{N}} ;&#xA;    \end{scope}&#xA;&#xA;    \begin{scope}[ color                 = blue&#xA;                 , execute at begin node = $\displaystyle&#xA;                 , execute at end node   = $]&#xA;      \node at (+1.5, 0.00) {\sum_{i=0}^\infty \frac{1}{2^n} = 2} ;&#xA;      \node at (+1.5,-1.25) {n! = \prod_{i=1}^n i} ;&#xA;    \end{scope}&#xA;&#xA;    \begin{scope}&#xA;      [ execute at begin node=\textcolor{red}{\textbf{Important notice:} },&#xA;      , execute at end node={{} --- \textit{The Management}} ]&#xA;      \node at (0,-2.5) {\TeX{} is very powerful.} ;&#xA;      \node at (0,-3.0) {Ti\textit{k}Z is a useful graphics language.} ;&#xA;    \end{scope}&#xA;  \end{tikzpicture}\end{center}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This produces the following picture:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/NHcQt.png&quot; alt=&quot;Sample use of the above options.&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The option, as we can see, can be used for more than just &lt;code&gt;$...$&lt;/code&gt;; it works while specifying other options, or with arbitrary text.  (Note that, if specifying arbitrary text, be careful with your leading/trailing spaces; it can be tough to get them to appear.)  It doesn't work with &lt;code&gt;\[...\]&lt;/code&gt; (probably because that enters vmode), but &lt;code&gt;$\displaystyle...$&lt;/code&gt; works fine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt; As Ryan points out, it's worth clarifying that the TeX which is an argument to &lt;code&gt;font&lt;/code&gt; is inserted &lt;em&gt;before&lt;/em&gt; the TeX which is an argument to &lt;code&gt;execute at begin node&lt;/code&gt;, which is relevant in that using the above style to get math nodes, &lt;code&gt;font=\scriptstyle&lt;/code&gt; doesn't work, since it goes outside the &lt;code&gt;$...$&lt;/code&gt;.  (You need &lt;code&gt;execute at begin node=$\scriptstyle, execute at end node=$&lt;/code&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1425" LastEditorUserId="1425" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-23T03:13:41.653" LastActivityDate="2010-11-23T03:13:41.653" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="5497" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4168" CreationDate="2010-11-17T01:00:28.940" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;the pdfpages package will save you a lot of headache.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In your preamble:&#xA;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{pdfpages}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and in your body, where you want to include the pages:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\includepdf[pages=5-23]{foo.pdf}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1222" LastActivityDate="2010-11-17T01:00:28.940" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5498" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5454" CreationDate="2010-11-17T02:37:06.897" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Alright, here we go.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I started, much like you: Oh tlcontrib, awesome. Let's get that going.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At first I opened the terminal, and passed the same command as you did,&#xA;&lt;code&gt;sudo tlmgr --repository &lt;a href=&quot;http://tlcontrib.metatex.org/2010&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://tlcontrib.metatex.org/2010&lt;/a&gt; update -all&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This left me with the same errors as describe above. To fix it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;In the terminal, &lt;code&gt;sudo tlmgr reinstall context luatex metapost&lt;/code&gt; (NOTE: I don't think I had any other packages from the tlcontrib repo installed, if I had other packages [fontspec, maybe] I have not tested to see if they work... this fix only got context/luatex/metapost working again. The idea here is to reinstall the packages from the texlive 2010 distro and replace the ones from tlcontrib.) &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;edit texmfcnf.lua at /usr/local/texlive/2010/:&#xA;&lt;code&gt;return {&#xA;   content = {&#xA;           TEXMFCACHE = '~/Library/texlive/2010/texmf-var',&#xA;           TEXMFHOME  = '~/Library/texmf',&#xA;   },&#xA;   TEXMFCACHE = '~/Library/texlive/2010/texmf-var',&#xA;}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;In the terminal, &lt;code&gt;sudo tlmgr --repository &lt;a href=&quot;http://tlcontrib.metatex.org/2010&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://tlcontrib.metatex.org/2010&lt;/a&gt; update context luatex metapost&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;In the terminal, run &lt;code&gt;sudo luatools --generate &amp;amp; mtxrun --generate&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;context --version&lt;/code&gt; now returns:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;MTXrun | main context file: /usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/context/base/context.tex&#xA;    MTXrun | current version: 2010.07.30 11:35&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1222" LastActivityDate="2010-11-17T02:37:06.897" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5499" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-17T03:24:14.110" Score="14" ViewCount="213" Body="&lt;p&gt;I find it confusing to remember which commands take &lt;code&gt;{}&lt;/code&gt; arguments, and which ones take &lt;code&gt;[]&lt;/code&gt; arguments. Is there a rule-of-thumb or semantic difference between these two? If so, what? (Because they seem to serve the same purpose to me)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="192" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-17T04:39:42.557" LastActivityDate="2010-11-17T08:45:25.667" Title="Why do some commands use []s, some use {}s, and some use both?" Tags="&lt;brackets&gt;&lt;braces&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="5500" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5499" CreationDate="2010-11-17T03:42:29.953" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Typically {} are required arguments while [] are optional ones. Read more about that wherever you learn to define commands, for example &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.uz.ac.zw/science/maths/latex/ltx-18.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;. When confused, it probably is {}. Are there some cases that seem especially odd? N.B. TikZ really don't count as they are parsed totally differently (though with similar mnemonics).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1407" LastEditorUserId="1407" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-17T03:48:07.203" LastActivityDate="2010-11-17T03:48:07.203" />
  <row Id="5501" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5491" CreationDate="2010-11-17T05:23:14.243" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\defbeamertemplate{footline}{foot1}{&amp;lt;define footer 1 here&amp;gt;}&#xA;\defbeamertemplate{footline}{foot2}{&amp;lt;define footer 2 here&amp;gt;}&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;then before each frame &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setbeamertemplate{footline}[&amp;lt;foot name&amp;gt;]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1949" LastActivityDate="2010-11-17T05:23:14.243" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5502" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5550" CreationDate="2010-11-17T06:12:11.857" Score="11" ViewCount="290" Body="&lt;p&gt;This question relates to one about getting a vertical bar longer than \mid.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3137/how-to-get-a-vertical-bar-which-is-longer-than-mid&quot;&gt;How to get a vertical bar which is longer than \mid ?&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However while the given \middle| solution works for me, it no longer behaves as a binary relation and so loses the space to the left-and-right of it that \mid puts in. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I know I could manually add space, but I want the &lt;em&gt;right&lt;/em&gt; way to do this.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In fact I want a &quot;growable \mid&quot; that works like \left{ and its relatives..&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1950" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-17T20:22:45.290" LastActivityDate="2010-11-19T16:54:15.093" Title="How to get a \mid binary relation that grows..." Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="5503" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5499" CreationDate="2010-11-17T06:58:35.400" Score="15" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To elaborate a bit on Joel's answer, there are a few additional points. Both Knuth's plain TeX and LaTeX use &lt;code&gt;{&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;}&lt;/code&gt; as grouping tokens. They are then used to delimit mandatory argument, for example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section{A section title}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;LaTeX then uses &lt;code&gt;[&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;]&lt;/code&gt; to indicate optional arguments, so for example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section[Short title]{A section title}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The idea is that some information is not always needed: if the short title is the same as the full one, there is no need to give it twice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This convention is no 'hard wired' into TeX: it is possible to alter the approach used. For example, ConTeXt uses &lt;code&gt;{&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;}&lt;/code&gt; for mandatory arguments which will be typeset and for grouping, for example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\quotation{Damit ich dich besser {\em sehen} kann!}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, it uses &lt;code&gt;[&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;]&lt;/code&gt; for arguments which are settings, and therefore will not be typeset&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setupbodyfontenvironment[default][em=italic]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-17T08:45:25.667" LastActivityDate="2010-11-17T08:45:25.667" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="5504" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5493" CreationDate="2010-11-17T08:07:26.540" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As Seamus has said, there are a lot of styles that cover more or less all of this. I'd probably start with the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/biblatex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; style &lt;code&gt;numeric-comp&lt;/code&gt;, which seems to cover what you want. Perhaps you might try that and then ask specific questions on aspects of the formatting which you wish to adjust.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To get you started, a simple example using a couple of references from my own database:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{filecontents}{example.bib}&#xA;@ARTICLE{Rauchfuss2008,&#xA;  author = {Barton, Bryan E. and Olsen, Matthew T. and Rauchfuss, Thomas B.},&#xA;  title = {Aza- and Oxadithiolates Are Probable Proton Relays in Functional&#xA;    Models for the [FeFe]-Hydrogenases},&#xA;  journaltitle = {J. Am. Chem. Soc.},&#xA;  year = {2008},&#xA;  volume = {130},&#xA;  pages = {16834-16835},&#xA;  number = {50},&#xA;  doi = {10.1021/ja8057666},&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;@BOOK{Clegg1998,&#xA;  title = {Crystal Structure Determination},&#xA;  publisher = {Oxford University Press},&#xA;  year = {1998},&#xA;  author = {Clegg, William},&#xA;  isbn = {978-0-19-855901-6},&#xA;  location = {Oxford, U.K.},&#xA;}    &#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[style=numeric-comp]{biblatex}&#xA;\bibliography{example}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\nocite{*}&#xA;\printbibliography&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;filecontents&lt;/code&gt; stuff here is simply to generate a &lt;code&gt;.bib&lt;/code&gt; file, and I've used &lt;code&gt;\nocite{*}&lt;/code&gt; to include all references rather than selected citations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-17T17:27:38.557" LastActivityDate="2010-11-17T17:27:38.557" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="5506" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5525" CreationDate="2010-11-17T09:05:55.550" Score="4" ViewCount="501" Body="&lt;p&gt;Well, here's another TikZ question; this time, I have no idea how to find an answer.  I would like to give all my nodes with relative coordinates:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\node (A) {A};&#xA;\node (B) [right = of A] {B};&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;using the &lt;code&gt;positioning&lt;/code&gt; library.  The distance is &lt;code&gt;node distance&lt;/code&gt;.  Unfortunately, it appears that passing the option &lt;code&gt;scale = &amp;lt;factor&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;{tikzpicture}&lt;/code&gt; does not have the desired effect on this distance; in fact, it does nothing.  How can I give unit-free distances with relative coordinates?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="575" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T00:36:55.630" Title="Scaling &quot;node distance&quot; in tikz" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;positioning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5507" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5502" CreationDate="2010-11-17T09:14:21.840" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;(Edit: This answer was based on the mistaken assumption that the question was about a binary &lt;em&gt;operator&lt;/em&gt;, not a &lt;em&gt;relation&lt;/em&gt;. Philippe's answer is better for the latter, but it is not quite so easy if you want a binary operator that grows. See also the comments.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My answer is like Will's (now gone), except a bit more elaborate:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\binmiddle#1{\mathchoice{\mskip\medmuskip}{\mskip\medmuskip}{}{}\middle#1&#xA;                 \mathchoice{\mskip\medmuskip}{\mskip\medmuskip}{}{}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Explanation: A binary operator is surrounded by &lt;code&gt;\medmuskip&lt;/code&gt; in display and text mode, but no space in script and scriptscript mode.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastEditorUserId="1424" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-19T16:54:15.093" LastActivityDate="2010-11-19T16:54:15.093" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="5508" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5479" CreationDate="2010-11-17T09:37:28.060" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you are looking for a letter format &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=letterclass&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; you will find some. I think &quot;newlfm&quot; is easily customizable. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1952" LastActivityDate="2010-11-17T09:37:28.060" />
  <row Id="5509" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5479" CreationDate="2010-11-17T10:58:14.643" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use Context for letterheads, putting the text in two layers above a PDF letterhead that I had a graphic designer put together for me.  A simplified, commented version of the start of one of my documents goes as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\input{client-details} % I keep information about clients and jobs in separate &#xA;\input{job-details}    % files, so that, e.g., the contents of the invoice &#xA;\def\DATE{17th November 2010} %  matches what the contract said.&#xA;&#xA;\noheaderandfooterlines &#xA;\definelayer[fullpage][position=no]&#xA;\definelayer[datestamp][x=143mm,y=81mm,height=2em,width=18em]&#xA;&#xA;\starttext&#xA;&#xA;\setlayer[fullpage][x=0pt,y=0pt]{% &#xA;  \externalfigure[letterhead-v3-A4.pdf][width=\paperwidth,height=\paperheight] &#xA;}&#xA;\setlayer[datestamp][hoffset=0mm,voffset=0mm]{\DATE} &#xA;  % datestamp layer allows exact placement of text on page independent of other layer&#xA;\setupbackgrounds[page][background={fullpage,datestamp}] &#xA;&#xA;\vbox to 16mm{~}&#xA;&#xA;\getbuffer[CLIENTADDRESS] % \startbuffer[CLIENTADDRESS] is defined in client-details file&#xA;&#xA;Dear \CLIENT, &#xA;&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is not really all that idiomatic (I use Plain Texisms where Context has its own abstractions, e.g., for handling variables like &lt;code&gt;\CLIENT&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\DATE&lt;/code&gt;) nor elegant - I'm sure I can clean up the way I place the date.  There more you can do with layers: you can have a letterhead on the front page, and a PDF background for the second and subsequent pages.  This is enoughn to get started with, though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There's nothing all that fancy in the above: I think everything is documented in (i) &lt;em&gt;Context, An Excursion&lt;/em&gt; (see &lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.contextgarden.net/Official_ConTeXt_Documentation&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Context documentation&lt;/a&gt; (ii) and on &lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.contextgarden.net/Layers&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the Context wiki's layers page&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-11-17T10:58:14.643" />
  <row Id="5510" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-17T11:12:47.730" Score="3" ViewCount="265" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need to write many mathematical statements written as first order logical formulas. Usually I can't have them on a single line because they tend to be too long. The following one is an example of what I managed to accomplish:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{gather}\begin{split}&#xA; &amp;amp; \forall G\left(\phi_1\leftrightarrow\phi_2\right) \\&#xA; &amp;amp; \qquad G\text{ is a group} \\&#xA; &amp;amp; \qquad \exists G_0\exists\mathord{*}\exists e\left(\bigwedge_{i=3}^7\phi_i\right) \\&#xA; &amp;amp; \qquad\qquad G=\left(G_0,\mathord{*}\right) \\&#xA; &amp;amp; \qquad\qquad \mathord{*}:G_0\times G_0\rightarrow G_0 \\&#xA; &amp;amp; \qquad\qquad \mathord{*}\text{ is associative} \\&#xA; &amp;amp; \qquad\qquad e\text{ is the identity of }\mathord{*} \\&#xA; &amp;amp; \qquad\qquad \forall g\left(\phi_8\rightarrow\phi_9\right) \\&#xA; &amp;amp; \qquad\qquad\qquad g\in G_0 \\&#xA; &amp;amp; \qquad\qquad\qquad \exists g'\left(\phi_{10}\land\phi_{11}\right) \\&#xA; &amp;amp; \qquad\qquad\qquad\qquad g'\in G_0 \\&#xA; &amp;amp; \qquad\qquad\qquad\qquad g'\text{ is the inverse of }g\text{ with respect to }\mathord{*} \\&#xA;\end{split}\end{gather}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not very happy with the result, mainly because of the qquads and the ampersands. I cannot use the itemize environment because five levels of nesting is too much for LaTeX. Also, the itemize environment would force me to add the displaystyle command in front of every formula.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, it there a better way to achieve this? Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;Addition&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The above formula renders as&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/YgPq0.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1954" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-17T11:29:04.053" LastActivityDate="2010-11-17T13:19:26.987" Title="How to properly write long logical formulas?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;indentation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5511" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5512" CreationDate="2010-11-17T11:20:34.157" Score="19" ViewCount="551" Body="&lt;p&gt;In various places, in passing, I've seen mention of various good practices regarding well-behaved spacing in LaTeX. For example, &lt;code&gt;Dr. Who&lt;/code&gt; should really be written &lt;code&gt;Dr.\ Who&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;Dr.~Who&lt;/code&gt; to get the right spacing (Since the full stop is not the end of a sentence. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Similarly with integrals: &lt;code&gt;\int x\, dx&lt;/code&gt; should be preferred to &lt;code&gt;\int x dx&lt;/code&gt; to properly space out the &quot;&lt;code&gt;dx&lt;/code&gt;&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But this is all piecemeal advice for specific circumstances: what are the general principles guiding when to pay attention to how LaTeX is dealing with your spaces?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-17T22:38:37.930" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T12:13:59.427" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-11-17T13:13:20.450" Title="Good practice on spacing" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;best-practices&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="7" />
  <row Id="5512" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5511" CreationDate="2010-11-17T11:40:13.713" Score="14" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You want to keep in mind all the irregularities in your text: places where superficially uniform text turns out not to be uniform.  You give periods in abbreviations as examples; the reason they are is that a period does not usually go inside a sentence, but in this case, it does (and only a speaker of idiomatic English could know that, not TeX).  The differential in an integral is another example: it is the same text as the integrand, but it is not part of the integrand (in this case, I could imagine TeX being written to look out for this, but there are probably good reasons it doesn't).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You should, of course, also look out for constructions which are superficially different but in fact are not.  These may center on certain TeX idioms: for example, if you were programming in plain TeX (which you are not, and so you should not actually write this ever) you might do the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;The following {\it italic text} is not well-spaced.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you set that, you may see that the word &lt;em&gt;text&lt;/em&gt; is a little too close to &quot;is&quot;.  In the TeXbook, Knuth reminds you to put in an &quot;italic correction&quot;.  However, now that LaTeX has &lt;code&gt;\textit{...}&lt;/code&gt;, which takes care of this, you probably never even learned what an italic correction is.  So this is a non-example.  The point remains, however, that certain TeX constructions break the flow of the text (in particular, grouping) and you need to pay attention to the typeset result to see if they broke the spacing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vertical space can also be an issue, and harder to deal with.  Knuth also warns against using tall symbols in the text (like &lt;code&gt;\frac{1}{2}&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;1/2&lt;/code&gt;) because they force the lines apart.  Thus, you need to scrutinize all the inline math you write for tall symbols, and consider using displayed equations.  Sometimes you can work around this using &lt;code&gt;\smash&lt;/code&gt; if you know there is space and TeX doesn't.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inline math causes another problem with TeX's line breaking algorithm, because it won't break at a lot of places in an equation, commas being the notorious example.  Thus, write &lt;code&gt;$a$, $b$, and $c$&lt;/code&gt; rather than &lt;code&gt;$a, b, \text{ and } c$&lt;/code&gt; or even &lt;code&gt;$a, b$, and $c$&lt;/code&gt;.  Knuth also wants you to put a tie in: &lt;code&gt;and~$c$&lt;/code&gt;; I confess that I never use ties.  Like manual spacing corrections in equations, they seem like they should be reserved for final polishing (I mean, if &lt;code&gt;Dr. House&lt;/code&gt; is in the middle of a line, it's not going to break).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In short, you need to watch for scope changes, mode changes, and changes in &quot;semantic scope&quot;, where the last one is totally impossible to communicate to TeX and the other two are still insidious.  However, you should not be afraid to &quot;just try it&quot; and see whether you really do have a problem.  It is much faster to let TeX do whatever it does (and with TeX, &quot;whatever it does&quot; is sometimes all you can say easily) than to try to anticipate it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="575" LastActivityDate="2010-11-17T11:40:13.713" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-11-17T13:13:20.450" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5513" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5492" CreationDate="2010-11-17T11:41:46.723" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You want to use the &lt;code&gt;fifinddo&lt;/code&gt; package, but its documentation isn't exactly obvious to me so I can't give you a minimal example &lt;code&gt;:)&lt;/code&gt; I think you want §4 for details on how to use the package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-11-17T11:41:46.723" />
  <row Id="5514" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-17T11:48:10.430" Score="8" ViewCount="171" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to load pdflatex on both dualcore-cores of my Intel Core2Duo-Processor? At the moment, pdflatex just uses one core while the second core stays idle.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I got a pretty big document of 200 pages with many non-eps-pictures included...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks a lot in advance!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1955" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-17T12:29:43.423" LastActivityDate="2010-11-17T12:29:43.423" Title="pdflatex.exe on both dualcore-cores?" Tags="&lt;programming&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="5515" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5511" CreationDate="2010-11-17T11:55:20.787" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A tricky issue and an idea:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Will noted that in the when Tex typesets &quot;(etc.)&quot;, Tex puts extra space after the close parenthesis, so treating it as the end of a sentence, not the end of an abbreviation.  See his &lt;a href=&quot;http://latex-alive.tumblr.com/post/827168808/correct-punctuation-spaces&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Correct punctuation spaces&lt;/a&gt;;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;An SO thread about how to implement the macros Will suggested at the end of his item, &lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/3282319/correct-way-to-define-macros-etc-ie-in-latex/3285603#3285603&quot;&gt;Correct way to define macros \etc \ie in latex&lt;/a&gt;, showed up lots of tricky issues implementation them.  The accepted answer, by Jukka, said, pace Will, that the right thing is just to learn all the workarounds for Tex's foibles.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My stab at implementing a &lt;code&gt;\latinabbrev&lt;/code&gt; macro-defining macro convinced me, after much time, that it's hard to get the definition right, but it is possible, and the corner cases are so tricky that you can't expect most Latex users to understand them well enough to always do the right thing in their writing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-29T12:13:59.427" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T12:13:59.427" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-11-17T13:13:20.450" />
  <row Id="5516" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5514" CreationDate="2010-11-17T11:56:02.533" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;TeX works in a linear way, with little or no room for parallellization. Besides that, &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; is written in a single-threaded fashion, so that won't be an option.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are several options to speed-up building times:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;draft&lt;/code&gt; does exactly what you expect from it, it produces a draft document: images are excluded, &lt;code&gt;microtype&lt;/code&gt; is disabled, ...&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;you can use &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/subfiles&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;subfiles&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/subdocs&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;subdocs&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; (both clickable) to only rebuild the relevant parts of your document&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;comment sections you're not adapting at that moment&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="210" LastActivityDate="2010-11-17T11:56:02.533" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="5517" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5511" CreationDate="2010-11-17T12:17:51.003" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just about the integrals: Personally, I wouldn't consider &lt;code&gt;\int x\ dx&lt;/code&gt; good practice; the space is too large. I always use &lt;code&gt;\int x\,dx&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2010-11-17T12:17:51.003" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-11-17T13:13:20.450" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="5518" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5511" CreationDate="2010-11-17T12:19:32.570" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is a short summary of my spacing policy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;For inline text: simply use non-breaking spaces anywhere that you would never want the line to break. Think about doing so any time you are doing something unusual in your text, such as &amp;nbsp;&lt;code&gt;Dr.~Who&lt;/code&gt;&amp;nbsp;, &amp;nbsp;&lt;code&gt;Figure~\ref{fig:a}&lt;/code&gt;&amp;nbsp;, and ad-hoc inline lists such as &amp;nbsp;&lt;code&gt;(a)~this, or (b)~that&lt;/code&gt;&amp;nbsp;.&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Almost all macros eat spaces after them. So if in doubt, force spaces after any macro, &lt;code&gt;\like\ this&lt;/code&gt;. If you define macros such as &lt;pre&gt;\newcommand\etc{\emph{etc.}}&lt;/pre&gt;then being mindful of this rule will, as a side effect, properly deal with the spaces following such italicized abbreviations.&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The additional ideas below may not be &quot;best practices&quot;, but they &lt;em&gt;are&lt;/em&gt; practices that I have converged upon due to the demands of having to read and write my own work over and over again, and wanting things to be as easy to read as possible.&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Sometimes, in mathematical contexts, you know in advance that you will need more space because a certain piece of math is always written in that way. In such cases, you should think of defining a macro to take care of it. For instance, for use in integrals, it would be good policy to define a macro for the differential symbol &lt;code&gt;d&lt;/code&gt;, as follows:&lt;pre&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand\d[1]{\mspace{6mu}\mathrm{d}#1\@ifnextchar\d{\mspace{-3mu}}{}}&#xA;\makeatother&lt;/pre&gt;(This assumes you don't need to use the Icelandic character 'eth', which is the original meaning of &amp;nbsp;&lt;code&gt;\d&lt;/code&gt;&amp;nbsp;.) This macro adds spacing on the left of a differential form, but less if what preceded it was another differential. You can then write &lt;pre&gt;$ \cos(\theta)\cos(\phi) \d\theta \d\phi $&lt;/pre&gt; and get an output which is more approximately what you would want by default.&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I always look at the typeset version of my mathematics to ensure that it is easy to scan visually, and add space where I think it is necessary to help break the mathematics into easily parsed blocks of &quot;tokens&quot;. So I make liberal use of the &lt;code&gt;\,&lt;/code&gt;&amp;nbsp;, &lt;code&gt;\;&lt;/code&gt;&amp;nbsp;, &lt;code&gt;\!&lt;/code&gt;&amp;nbsp;, and &lt;code&gt;\quad&lt;/code&gt; macros.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="911" LastEditorUserId="911" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-17T13:21:35.147" LastActivityDate="2010-11-17T13:21:35.147" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-11-17T13:13:20.450" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="5519" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5546" CreationDate="2010-11-17T12:44:53.823" Score="3" ViewCount="236" Body="&lt;p&gt;This might be a very stupid question, but I don't manage to find the pgf manual &lt;code&gt;v2.00&lt;/code&gt;. On CTAN I only found &lt;code&gt;v2.10&lt;/code&gt;. (I'd like to find it because I want to follow Andrew's comment to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3184/applying-a-postaction-to-every-path-in-tikz/5354#5354&quot;&gt;this great answer&lt;/a&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2010-11-17T22:17:08.430" Title="Where do I find the pgf manual v2.00?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;documentation&gt;&lt;manuals&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="5520" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5510" CreationDate="2010-11-17T12:52:42.663" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would try using \phantom instead of multiple \qquad's&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1837" LastActivityDate="2010-11-17T12:52:42.663" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5521" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-17T13:06:50.863" Score="2" ViewCount="329" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a MiKTeX installation running on Windows Vista, and whenever I try to run initexmf, I get the following error message&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;initexmf: Windows API error 5: Access is denied.&#xA;initexmf: Data: C:\Users\Public\Documents\My Music&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The strange thing is, I don't have any latex documents in the My Music folder. Does anyone know what the problem might be? I don't have this problem on Windows XP computers, and I have tried disabling UAC, but to no avail.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1712" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-17T19:57:21.443" LastActivityDate="2010-11-28T11:40:09.567" Title="Why Windows API 5 error when running initexmf in MiKTeX?" Tags="&lt;installing&gt;&lt;miktex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="5522" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5519" CreationDate="2010-11-17T13:11:03.873" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can get old versions of pgf at &lt;a href=&quot;http://sourceforge.net/projects/pgf/files/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the pgf sourceforge site&lt;/a&gt;. The manual should be bundled with the rest of the files. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2010-11-17T13:11:03.873" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5523" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5510" CreationDate="2010-11-17T13:19:26.987" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Leslia Lamport advocated a similar way of breaking the lines, but with placing vees and wedges at the left, giving a sideways tree was to form larger formulae from groups of smaller formulae.  He describes this system in &lt;a href=&quot;http://research.microsoft.com/en-us/um/people/lamport/pubs/pubs.html#lamport-howtowrite&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;How to Write a Long Formula&lt;/a&gt;, as part of his TLA (teomporal logic of actions) specification language, together with a Latex style.  The style files are supposed to be at &lt;a href=&quot;http://research.microsoft.com/en-us/um/people/lamport/latex/latex.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;his Latex page&lt;/a&gt;, but that link comes up blank for me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-11-17T13:19:26.987" />
  <row Id="5525" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5506" CreationDate="2010-11-17T13:48:51.013" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Method 1&lt;/strong&gt; Apparently you don't have to give units to the &lt;code&gt;node distance&lt;/code&gt; key.  If you don't, it seems to take them as coordinates.  So this scales the node distance to three times the default unit length, and the default unit length is the same as the default node distance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{positioning}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{scope}[node distance=3]&#xA;\node (A) {A};&#xA;\node (B) [right = of A] {B};&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Method 2&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;after comments, consensus is that this is the preferred method&lt;/em&gt; It's possible to plot a point, read its coordinates, and set the node distance to that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}[xscale=3]&#xA;\pgfpointtransformed{\pgfpointxy{1}{1}};&#xA;\pgfgetlastxy{\vx}{\vy}&#xA;\begin{scope}[node distance=\vy and \vx] % strange syntax here&#xA;\node (A) {A};&#xA;\node (B) [right = of A] {B};&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt; improvement that doesn't enlarge the bounding box invisibly from Andrew Stacey's comment.  Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-18T00:36:55.630" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T00:36:55.630" CommentCount="15" />
  <row Id="5526" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5528" CreationDate="2010-11-17T13:50:01.030" Score="4" ViewCount="424" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to define a theorem environment with custom layout. In particular, I want the body of the theorem to be indented, like this&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Text body. Text body. Text body.&#xA;&#xA;Theorem 1 (Pythagoras).&#xA;    Let a,b,c the sides of a rectangular triangle.&#xA;    Without loss of generality, we assume that  a&amp;lt;b&amp;lt;c .&#xA;    Then, the following equality holds:&#xA;           a^2 + b^2 = c^2&#xA;&#xA;More text. And even more text.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is similar to the quote environment, I believe.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Preferably, I would like to use the existing &lt;code&gt;\newtheorem{}&lt;/code&gt; command, but that's not mandatory.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1959" LastActivityDate="2010-11-17T14:32:15.000" Title="Theorem environment with hanging indentation" Tags="&lt;margins&gt;&lt;environments&gt;&lt;indentation&gt;&lt;theorems&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="5527" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-17T13:55:01.163" Score="3" ViewCount="365" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I read couple of suggestions about setting exact font size and leading in LaTeX and XeLaTeX, so my question is, simply put, the following: is it the correct way to use LaTeX's method to XeLaTeX too, like in this example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{report}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\setmainfont{Minion Pro}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{leading}&#xA;%\leading{16pt}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \fontsize{12}{16}\selectfont&#xA;  \chapter{A chapter}&#xA;    Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Ut purus elit, vestibulum ut, placerat ac, adipiscing vitae, felis. Curabitur dictum gravida mauris. Nam arcu libero, nonummy eget, consectetuer id, vulputate a, magna. Donec vehicula augue eu neque. Pellentesque habitant morbi tristique senectus et netus et malesuada fames ac turpis egestas. Mauris ut leo.&#xA;  \end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1960" LastEditorUserId="1960" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-18T01:07:24.320" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T08:51:08.540" Title="Exact font size and leading" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="5528" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5526" CreationDate="2010-11-17T14:31:55.047" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Since you would like to use the standard LaTeX theorem commands, here's a solution for that: let's insert &lt;code&gt;\newline\quote&lt;/code&gt; into the beginning of a theorem and &lt;code&gt;\endquote&lt;/code&gt; at the end. A complete compilable example for this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\@begintheorem#1#2{\trivlist&#xA;   \item[\hskip \labelsep{\bfseries #1\ #2}]\mbox\newline\quote\itshape}&#xA;\def\@opargbegintheorem#1#2#3{\trivlist&#xA;      \item[\hskip \labelsep{\bfseries #1\ #2\ (#3)}]\mbox\newline\quote\itshape}&#xA;\def\@endtheorem{\endquote\endtrivlist}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\newtheorem{thm}{Theorem}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section*{The Theorem of Pythagoras}&#xA;Text body. Text body. Text body.&#xA;\begin{thm}[Pythagoras]&#xA;    Let $a,b,c$ the sides of a rectangular triangle.&#xA;    Without loss of generality, we assume that  $a&amp;lt;b&amp;lt;c$ .&#xA;    Then, the following equality holds:&#xA;          \[a^2 + b^2 = c^2\]&#xA;\end{thm}&#xA;More text. And even more text.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/rrHxc.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That's a point to start for you. You may insert additional commands of your own regarding spacing and formatting. For instance you may notice that I used &lt;code&gt;\mbox&lt;/code&gt; before &lt;code&gt;\newline&lt;/code&gt; to get a line break - if I write &lt;code&gt;\mbox{}&lt;/code&gt; instead there would be more space, if I omit it there cannot be a line break at this point (or use &lt;code&gt;\leavevmode&lt;/code&gt;). Simply writing &lt;code&gt;\par&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\newline&lt;/code&gt; would not work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You may also consider to use one of these useful theorem packages:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/amsthm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;amsthm&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/ntheorem&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ntheorem&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Both offer commands for customizing theorem layouts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-11-17T14:31:55.047" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="5529" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5526" CreationDate="2010-11-17T14:32:15.000" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;there is an indent parameter in the theorem environment of ams. &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1931/how-to-change-the-way-theorems-are-displayed&quot;&gt;how to change the way theorems are displayed&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastActivityDate="2010-11-17T14:32:15.000" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5530" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-17T15:27:38.190" Score="5" ViewCount="167" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a table column that contains ranges of numbers (e.g. &lt;em&gt;7--12&lt;/em&gt;) as well as numbers that are formatted differently (e.g. &lt;em&gt;&amp;lt; 4&lt;/em&gt;). These numbers don't align vertically, no matter what kind of alignment I choose (l / c / r). That gives the table an inconsistent look-and-feel.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With phantom numbers (\phantom{}) I could get alignment of the number ranges, but that still leaves out the other numbers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, my questions are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;What's the typographically correct way to do this? I guess all the symbols (--, &amp;lt; , &gt;) should be aligned. But where should the numbers be placed, when there is only one number. Especially the 30 in the MWE below. Should it be placed left of the symbol (and the &gt; be turned into an &amp;lt;), because all lower bounds are placed on the left? Or should it be placed on the right, because it's better to read (&quot;larger than 30&quot; is nicer than &quot;30 is smaller than [the rest]&quot;). Both look kind of strange. :-(&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;And how to achieve it in LaTeX? As Jukka pointed out in the comments, it could be achieved using 3 columns instead of one. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;MWE:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8x]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{mathtools, amsfonts}&#xA;\usepackage{booktabs}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{c}&#xA;    \toprule&#xA;    Frequency (Hz)\\ &#xA;    \midrule&#xA;    $&amp;lt; 4$\\&#xA;    $4 \text{ -- } 7$\\&#xA;    $8 \text{ -- } 12$\\&#xA;    $12 \text{ -- } 30$\\&#xA;    $&amp;gt; 30$\\ &#xA;    \bottomrule&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1961" LastEditorUserId="1961" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-17T17:26:15.873" LastActivityDate="2010-11-17T19:29:40.527" Title="Align number ranges in table" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="5531" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5400" CreationDate="2010-11-17T15:56:23.390" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;OK, here's a new improved patch for the bug (now tested in more cases):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\tikz@scan@no@calculator#1(#2){%&#xA;    \patch@tikz(#2)%&#xA;    \expandafter\tikz@@scan@@no@calculator\expandafter#1\tikz@temp&#xA;    }&#xA;\def\patch@tikz(#1,#2){%&#xA;    {\expandafter\let\expandafter\save@tikz@plot@var\tikz@plot@var&#xA;     \expandafter\def\tikz@plot@var{(\save@tikz@plot@var)}%&#xA;     \xdef\tikz@temp@i{#1}%&#xA;     \xdef\tikz@temp@ii{#2}%&#xA;     }%&#xA;    \edef\tikz@temp{({\tikz@temp@i},{\tikz@temp@ii})}%&#xA;    }&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\pgfversion\par&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\draw[blue,variable=\t] plot[domain=-1:1] (\t,{\t^2 + \t^3});&#xA;\draw[xshift=4cm,blue] plot[domain=-1:1] (\x,{(\x)^2 + (\x)^3});&#xA;\draw[xshift=8cm,scale=0.5,domain=-3.141:3.141,smooth,variable=\t]&#xA;plot ({\t*sin(\t r)},{\t*cos(\t r)});&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In &lt;code&gt;\patch@tikz&lt;/code&gt;, parentheses are put around the &lt;code&gt;\x&lt;/code&gt; (or the &lt;code&gt;\t&lt;/code&gt;, whichever the plot variable is).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Here's part of my initial answer:&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following short code reveals the problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{pgf}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\pgfversion\par&#xA;\pgfmathparse{-1^2}\pgfmathresult&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In &lt;code&gt;v 2.00&lt;/code&gt; the result is &lt;code&gt;1.0&lt;/code&gt; (which yields the correct graph!), in &lt;code&gt;v 2.10&lt;/code&gt; it is &lt;code&gt;-1.0&lt;/code&gt; (which is mathematically correct, but apparently incompatible with other pgf/TikZ components).&#xA;Indeed, in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://sourceforge.net/mailarchive/forum.php?thread_name=4C44A105.7000903%40googlemail.com&amp;amp;forum_name=pgf-users&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pgf-users list&lt;/a&gt; I linked to in a comment to the question, I find&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The problem arose in an earlier version because the precedence of the prefix negation was incorrect.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, the mathematical bug &lt;code&gt;-1.0^2 = 1.0&lt;/code&gt; was corrected, but the correction (naturally) lead to another bug.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Beware!&lt;/em&gt; Some things written in the posts at the above link are misleading. It says, e.g.,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The CVS version gives -0.008 for both -0.2^3 and (-0.2)^3&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Well, &lt;em&gt;of course&lt;/em&gt; it does. The problem only arises for &lt;em&gt;even&lt;/em&gt; powers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;(Yet another) Edit:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The mathematical bug in PGF 2.00 also has consequences for drawing graphs: If you want &lt;code&gt;-\x^2&lt;/code&gt;, then that's not so easy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\draw plot[domain=-1:1] (\x,-\x^2);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\draw plot[domain=-1:1] (\x,{-(\x)^2});&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;both&lt;/em&gt; yield the graph of &lt;code&gt;y=x^2&lt;/code&gt; (for the second version this is still a miracle to me), and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\draw plot[domain=-1:1] (\x,{-\x^2});&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;throws an error (which I also don't understand). The workaround is to use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\draw plot[domain=-1:1] (\x,0-\x^2);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(In PGF 2.10 all 4 versions compile, but only the &lt;em&gt;second&lt;/em&gt; version yields the correct result; with my patch all 4 versions are OK.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-18T15:23:01.177" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T15:23:01.177" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="5532" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5537" CreationDate="2010-11-17T16:21:53.560" Score="3" ViewCount="125" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is the document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\renewcommand\familydefault{\sfdefault}&#xA;\renewcommand\sfdefault{phv}&#xA;\normalfont&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;The jacket costs \pounds{}50.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I see a dollar sign in italic. Why? How to fix?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1449" LastEditorUserId="1449" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-17T16:43:14.227" LastActivityDate="2010-11-17T16:54:07.817" Title="\pounds in verdana is not working" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5533" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5454" CreationDate="2010-11-17T16:23:50.740" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mica is almost correct, but I couldn't convey the edits in a comment, so if it is more appropriate, he can edit his and I'll remove my answer...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The current MacTeX needs the following line in the &lt;code&gt;/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmfcnf.lua&lt;/code&gt; file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;return { TEXMFCACHE = '$HOME/Library/texlive/2010/texmf-var' }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sweet! But, this does not work for the beta builds on tlcontrib! Mica's solution should work, except that there is an issue with how the betas deal with the &lt;code&gt;~&lt;/code&gt; that is beyond my brain capacity. So, instead, one needs to edit the file to say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;return {content={ TEXMFCACHE = '$HOME/Library/texlive/2010/texmf-var',&#xA;                  TEXMFHOME = '$HOME/src/texmf-trms'}, &#xA;          TEXMFCACHE='$HOME/Library/texlive/2010/texmf-var'&#xA;       }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;...instead. Notice the absent coma after the last &lt;code&gt;TEXMFCACHE&lt;/code&gt; and notice the use of &lt;code&gt;$HOME&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;~&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To speed things up, I made two files. One called &lt;code&gt;/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmfcnf-tlcontrib.lua&lt;/code&gt; which has the new code and another called &lt;code&gt;/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmfcnf-mactex.lua&lt;/code&gt; which has the standard MacTeX installation code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then, in my zsh profile (I think bash is the same) I added the following utility commands:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;alias tlc=&quot;sudo tlmgr --repository http://tlcontrib.metatex.org/2010&quot;&#xA;function tlcontext {&#xA;  sudo cp -f -v /usr/local/texlive/2010/texmfcnf-tlcontrib.lua /usr/local/texlive/2010/texmfcnf.lua;&#xA;  sudo tlmgr --repository http://tlcontrib.metatex.org/2010 update context luatex metapost;&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;function tlmactex {&#xA;  sudo cp -f -v /usr/local/texlive/2010/texmfcnf-mactex.lua /usr/local/texlive/2010/texmfcnf.lua;&#xA;  sudo tlmgr install context luatex metapost --reinstall;  &#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;function tlun { sudo tlmgr $1 --reinstall; }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;tlcontext&lt;/code&gt; seems to do everything that I need to move to the newest ConTeXt build. &lt;code&gt;tlmactex&lt;/code&gt; appears to bring me back. I'll let all ya'all know if I'm wrong, but it appears that this works perfectly. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="659" LastActivityDate="2010-11-17T16:23:50.740" />
  <row Id="5534" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5575" CreationDate="2010-11-17T16:32:03.197" Score="13" ViewCount="391" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am looking for a reference (book, free pdf, website) that would summarize the working of &quot;modern&quot; LaTeX for scientific works (I'm writing my master thesis).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know and have been using LaTeX for some years, but I would like to go &quot;one step further&quot;: I read about LuaTeX, new fonts, styles, packages, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know to achieve this &quot;goal&quot; I just have to read the questions/answers here but maybe someone will provide a good reference.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This question is not very precise but I hope someone will understand what I'm looking for.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="827" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-18T20:00:32.960" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T20:18:31.953" Title="Reference about &quot;modern&quot; LaTeX usage for scientific works" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;packages&gt;&lt;books&gt;&lt;luatex&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="5535" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-17T16:37:32.580" Score="3" ViewCount="125" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use the following code to make xy-pic arrow labels multiline capable:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\oldlabelbox=\labelbox&#xA;\def\newlabelbox#1{%&#xA;\oldlabelbox{\vcenter{\normalbaselines%&#xA;    \let\\=\cr\ialign{$\labelstyle##\hfil$\crcr#1\crcr}}%&#xA;    }}&#xA;\let\labelbox\newlabelbox&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem is that labels end up about .5ex to the right of where they should be. I guess I could put a negative space in there explicitly, but that would seem slightly inelegant. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like to know what in the above definition produces that offset.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1965" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-12T19:52:15.583" LastActivityDate="2011-02-12T19:52:15.583" Title="How do I get the spacing in the redefined label box right?" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;xy-pic&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5536" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5532" CreationDate="2010-11-17T16:44:37.530" Score="-1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's probably not a &quot;good&quot; fix, but a quick fix is to output the pounds symbol in a roman font instead:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\textrm{\pounds{}}50&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;gives the expected results (unless you're extremely picky about the font of the pounds symbol...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since you don't want to do this every time you need this symbol in the document, you probably want to store this in a macro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\rmpounds{\textrm{\pounds{}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and then you use &lt;code&gt;\rmpounds&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\pounds&lt;/code&gt; everywhere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;(There's probably a nice way to hide this away in a package so you can use &lt;code&gt;\pounds&lt;/code&gt; and get the same results as I do with &lt;code&gt;\rmpounds&lt;/code&gt;, i.e. not forcing you to use a different command, but I can't figure out how to do it without getting capacity exceeded errors...)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="223" LastActivityDate="2010-11-17T16:44:37.530" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="5537" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5532" CreationDate="2010-11-17T16:54:07.817" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Well that's one of the reasons not to use OT1-encoding. As there is not enough space pound and dollar share a glyph position. In the cm-fonts the dollar is e.g. in the slshape variant and the pound in italic. With helvet (phv is not verdana) this can't work as there is no specific italic font.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To fix it, use \usepackage[T1]{fontenc}. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-11-17T16:54:07.817" />
  <row Id="5538" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4096" CreationDate="2010-11-17T17:19:53.053" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;What Willie Wong advise is exact. I tried adding more 'This is a test. ' and lipsum[1-5] after the last equation to see the last line of every page, and the bottom of the text was aligned at the same height as predicted.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Darya might need to write more text before the first equation, to help LaTeX spread evenly the available stretchable space.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1076" LastActivityDate="2010-11-17T17:19:53.053" />
  <row Id="5539" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5527" CreationDate="2010-11-17T17:57:32.387" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;\fontsize works in xelatex like in latex and should/can be used in the same way. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: Looking at the discussion I obviously misunderstood the question. I thought you knew how and when to use \fontsize in latex. So here some additions: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If you want to spread all lines a bit apart use \linespread{..} or the equivalent \renewcommand\baselinestretch{..} or the packages leading or setspace (the later will reset \baselinestretch eg. in footnotes). &#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=linespace&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=linespace&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If you want to change one specific font size, e.g. \normalsize, you should redefine the size command. The original definitions of the size commands are in the sizeXX.clo and bookXX.clo-files.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If you want to change the font size in headings use a package or a class that allows to change the style of headings&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=secthead&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=secthead&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastEditorUserId="2388" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-18T08:51:08.540" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T08:51:08.540" />
  <row Id="5540" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5484" CreationDate="2010-11-17T18:54:35.170" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One approach to changing the formatting of a part of a document is to save the original macro and then create a new definition. In this case, you might try&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\OrgiCite\cite&#xA;\renewcommand*\cite[2][]{%&#xA;  {%&#xA;    \tiny&#xA;    \color{red}%&#xA;    \OrigCite[#1]{#2}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here, I've grabbed both of the arguments for the &lt;code&gt;\cite&lt;/code&gt; macro, and then set up the text formatting before using the 'real' &lt;code&gt;\cite&lt;/code&gt; to do the actual citation. I'd point out that this will work if you do switch to something like the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/cite&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;cite&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package for superscript citations. However, you say that you are not doing that, so hopefully it will work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-11-17T18:54:35.170" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5541" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5544" CreationDate="2010-11-17T19:24:11.047" Score="2" ViewCount="122" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/mathtools&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;mathtools&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; in the following way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{mathtools}&#xA;\mathtoolsset{showonlyrefs,showmanualtags}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then, to refer to equations I use &lt;code&gt;\refeq{equation}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What happens is that there is a numbering for the equation that appears in the text, but the (Eq-Number) does not appear next to the equation itself. In fact, there are no (Eq-Number) for any of the equations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any ideas what could cause that? Is there a way to force to have an equation number next to an equation?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Minimal example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,letterpaper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{latexsym}&#xA;\usepackage{times}&#xA;\usepackage{amsfonts,eucal,amsbsy,amsthm,amsopn,amssymb}&#xA;\usepackage{color}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\usepackage{url}&#xA;\usepackage{mathtools}&#xA;&#xA;\mathtoolsset{showonlyrefs,showmanualtags}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{eqnarray}&#xA;A &amp;amp; = &amp;amp; B \label{eq:first}&#xA;\end{eqnarray}&#xA;&#xA;see Equation ~\refeq{eq:first}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1970" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-17T20:36:33.467" LastActivityDate="2010-11-17T20:45:47.340" Title="why mathtools does not work for showing only equations which are referred to in the text?" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;mathtools&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5542" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5530" CreationDate="2010-11-17T19:29:40.527" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Usually I would recommend the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/siunitx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;siunitx&lt;/a&gt; package for this task due to its capability to typeset ranges of numbers and align numbers in tables but I didn't find appropriate options for a combination (perhaps worth a feature suggestion). So this solution with &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/dcolumn&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;dcolumn&lt;/a&gt; might serve as a first approach. It translates the suggestion of &lt;strong&gt;Ulrich&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{booktabs,dcolumn}&#xA;&#xA;\newcolumntype{R}[1]{D{-}{\text{--}}{#1}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{tabular}{R{2.2}}\toprule&#xA;    \multicolumn{1}{c}{Frequency (Hz)}\\ \midrule&#xA;    -4 \\&#xA;    4-7 \\&#xA;    8-12 \\&#xA;    12-30 \\&#xA;    30- \\ \bottomrule&#xA;  \end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-11-17T19:29:40.527" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5544" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5541" CreationDate="2010-11-17T20:45:47.340" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I see in your example that you are using &lt;code&gt;eqnarray&lt;/code&gt;. This is well-known to be seriously defective, and a number of tools simply do not support it. I see that &lt;code&gt;eqnarray&lt;/code&gt; does not show up in the &lt;code&gt;mathtools&lt;/code&gt; manual, so I suspect the omission may not be accidental! Use the &lt;code&gt;gather&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt; environments, as shown in the &lt;code&gt;mathtools&lt;/code&gt; manual.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For more detail on the problems of &lt;code&gt;eqnarray&lt;/code&gt; see the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=eqnarray&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;UK FAQ&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-11-17T20:45:47.340" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5545" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5473" CreationDate="2010-11-17T20:48:40.787" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The classes that attempt to duplicate the typography of Tufte's books are called &lt;a href=&quot;http://code.google.com/p/tufte-latex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Tufte-LaTeX&lt;/a&gt;.  The website has documentation and examples.  There are 2 classes provided, one for books and another for handouts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for which book to read, I would recommend starting at the beginning, with &lt;em&gt;The Visual Display of Quantitative Information&lt;/em&gt;.  As I read the reviews of his work, I discovered that this one seemed to be regarded as the classic.  Do know that this is the only one I have read, so I can't speak from personal experience about the others.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A few thoughts about the book: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;It doesn't really deal with typography as much as figure preparation.  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;His ideas seem logical and useful, but many of the suggestions he makes are difficult to implement in standard plotting packages.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The book is short, so even if you don't like it, you won't waste much time.  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;After reading reviews, I got the impression that the book would change my life.  While it provided some good things to think about, it certainly wasn't life-changing.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="380" LastActivityDate="2010-11-17T20:48:40.787" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5546" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5519" CreationDate="2010-11-17T22:17:08.430" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;An alternative way is to use the TeX Live SVN repo: the root of the trees is at &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/svn/texlive/trunk/Master/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://tug.org/svn/texlive/trunk/Master/&lt;/a&gt;. Then you append the location of the pgf manual: &lt;code&gt;texmf-dist/doc/generic/pgf&lt;/code&gt; (using &lt;code&gt;texdoc -l pgf&lt;/code&gt; will show you that the file is there), and click the &lt;code&gt;pgfmanual.pdf&lt;/code&gt; link to see the list of revisions. Finally, use the &quot;download&quot; link for the revision you want: here the final url is &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/svn/texlive/trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/pgf/pgfmanual.pdf?revision=6741&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://tug.org/svn/texlive/trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/pgf/pgfmanual.pdf?revision=6741&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This works fine for files whose location doesn't change too often.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1239" LastActivityDate="2010-11-17T22:17:08.430" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5547" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5552" CreationDate="2010-11-17T22:55:30.473" Score="3" ViewCount="102" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there any way to override the fact that certain environments in LaTeX are automatically &quot;displayed&quot;?  One such example is the &lt;code&gt;align*&lt;/code&gt; environment.  I want to keep my aligned equations inline.  So basically I want something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{align*}&#xA;x+y&amp;amp;=z\\&#xA;u+v&amp;amp;=w&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;embedded into a line of text.  Yes, I know this sounds visually unappealing, but just trust me. :o)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1785" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-28T01:34:28.210" LastActivityDate="2010-11-28T01:34:28.210" Title="Inline aligning" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;environments&gt;&lt;align&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5548" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4275" CreationDate="2010-11-17T22:57:45.887" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If &lt;code&gt;int&lt;/code&gt; is not working, it may be because you need to upgrade your packages. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, a solution that does not require &lt;code&gt;int&lt;/code&gt; is to use the &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathtruncatemacro&lt;/code&gt; macro. For example,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \foreach \i in {0,...,9} &#xA;  {&#xA;      \draw (\i*36:2cm) node(v\i){v\i};&#xA;  }&#xA;&#xA;\foreach \i in {0,...,9} &#xA;{&#xA;    \pgfmathtruncatemacro{\j}{mod(\i+2,10)} &#xA;    \draw [-&amp;gt;] (v\i) -- (v\j);&#xA;}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1972" LastActivityDate="2010-11-17T22:57:45.887" />
  <row Id="5549" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5527" CreationDate="2010-11-17T23:04:02.310" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You seem to be trying to set the font size for the whole document, in which case this isn't the right way to do it, since things like chapter headings won't be affected by the size change. (But using \fontsize is indeed the correct way to do a local size change, say for a single environment.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/5339/how-to-specify-font-size-less-than-10pt-in-latex&quot;&gt;other answers&lt;/a&gt; on this site about setting the document font size to a non-canonical size (ie, not 10, 11, or 12pt). For setting the leading in points, I guess the leading package (disclaimer: mine) is the most convenient method. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Update: here's an example using leading:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[twocolumn]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{leading,lipsum}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{quote}&#xA;\fontsize{10pt}{14pt}\selectfont&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\end{quote}&#xA;\newpage&#xA;\begin{quote}&#xA;\leading{14pt}&#xA;\lipsum[2]&#xA;\end{quote}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-18T07:13:20.777" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T07:13:20.777" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5550" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5502" CreationDate="2010-11-17T23:05:50.100" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you want to get &lt;code&gt;\middle|&lt;/code&gt; to behave exactly as &lt;code&gt;\mid&lt;/code&gt; on all accounts (spacing, stacking in the form &lt;code&gt;\mid\mid&lt;/code&gt;, etc.), you need to use &lt;code&gt;\mathrel{}&lt;/code&gt; on both sides of &lt;code&gt;\middle|&lt;/code&gt; (manual spaces like \; won't do the job correctly in all situations):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\relmiddle}[1]{\mathrel{}\middle#1\mathrel{}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a code that compares &lt;code&gt;\mid&lt;/code&gt; and the new command &lt;code&gt;\relmiddle&lt;/code&gt; on two different formulas and shows that the spacing is identical:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/KMSPW.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\newcommand{\relmiddle}[1]{\mathrel{}\middle#1\mathrel{}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\nulldelimiterspace=0pt% to kill the little space before \left and after \right (not a good idea in a real document)&#xA;$a \mid -b$\par&#xA;$\left. a \relmiddle| -b \right.$&#xA;&#xA;$a \mid\mid -b$\par&#xA;$\left. a \relmiddle|\relmiddle| -b \right.$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1973" LastEditorUserId="1973" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-18T08:06:32.547" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T08:06:32.547" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5552" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5547" CreationDate="2010-11-17T23:22:52.730" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In such cases you could simply use the &lt;code&gt;aligned&lt;/code&gt; environment within inline math instead of &lt;code&gt;align*&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;text&#xA;$\begin{aligned}&#xA;x+y&amp;amp;=z\\&#xA;u+v&amp;amp;=w&#xA;\end{aligned}$&#xA;more text&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/M3Lx9.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-17T23:34:15.510" LastActivityDate="2010-11-17T23:34:15.510" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="5553" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5563" CreationDate="2010-11-18T00:37:54.227" Score="7" ViewCount="517" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm considering buying a netbook for the express purpose of writing maths notes/articles (so as to not heft my Macbook around), hence (La)TeX is a must. The most obvious choice is to work with Linux, but failing that I was wondering if there is a LaTeX distribution for Chrome. And as I'm unfamiliar with the version/s of windows that appear on netbooks, would the usual distributions (MikTeX, say) work for them?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="141" LastEditorUserId="141" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-18T01:04:31.580" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T13:28:13.830" Title="LaTeX for netbook OSes" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;distributions&gt;" AnswerCount="9" CommentCount="11" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5554" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5478" CreationDate="2010-11-18T01:24:45.730" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to similar for this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz,pgfmath}&#xA;\usepackage[active,tightpage]{preview}&#xA;\PreviewEnvironment{tikzpicture}&#xA;\setlength\PreviewBorder{5pt}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{arrows}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{positioning}&#xA;\tikzset{&amp;gt;=stealth',inner sep=0pt,outer sep=2pt}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;%%Largura da faixa&#xA;\def\L{1.5}&#xA;%%Definindo função&#xA;\newcommand{\larg}[1]{&#xA;  \pgfmathparse{sin(#1)+4} \pgfmathresult&#xA;}&#xA;\draw node (n1) {$\larg{0}$};&#xA;\draw node (n2) [below=of n1] {$\larg{pi/2 r}$};&#xA;\foreach \v in {0,1,...,10}{&#xA;  \pgfmathparse{0.5*\v} \pgfmathresult&#xA;  \fill (\v,-.5) circle (1.5pt);&#xA;}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Régis&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1940" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T01:24:45.730" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5555" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3120" CreationDate="2010-11-18T01:29:14.433" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To change the distance between the entries using xy-pic, you need to define \xymatrixrowsep and \xymatrixcolsep to change the distance between rows and columns.  That is, the following code&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[&#xA;\xymatrixrowsep{1in}&#xA;\xymatrixcolsep{2in}&#xA;\xymatrix&#xA;{&#xA;A\ar[r]\ar[d] &amp;amp; B\ar[d]\\&#xA;C\ar[r] &amp;amp; D&#xA;}&#xA;\]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;gives a square with A and B separated by 2 inches, and A and C separated by 1 inch.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1785" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T01:29:14.433" />
  <row Id="5556" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4946" CreationDate="2010-11-18T01:47:30.493" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It would be super easy to write your own macros so that you didn't have to re-type the code each time:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\commsquare}[8]&#xA;{&#xA;\xymatrix&#xA;{&#xA;#1\ar[r]^{#2}\ar[d]_{#3} &amp;amp; #4\ar[d]^{#5}\\&#xA;#6\ar[r]_{#7} &amp;amp; #8&#xA;}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And then when you wanted to include the square, you just call:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\commsquare{M_1}{d}{f_1}{M_0}{f_0}{N_1}{d'}{N_0}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1785" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T01:47:30.493" />
  <row Id="5557" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5527" CreationDate="2010-11-18T02:25:06.063" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;OK, I guess the problem was that I put \leading{14pt} in the Preamble instead of after \begin{document}, which caused almost double leading (I made some corrections to my first post which show that behaviour). To conclude:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;– Both commands, \leading and \fontsize, do work and apply to the text from the point on which they are set, with the difference (the only one?) that \fontsize doesn't apply to sectioning units, while \leading is global.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;– Both commands should be set after \begin{document}, and not in the Preamble, as I mistakenly did (and, of course, may be used in custom commands and environments in any place).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If these are true, and if nobody has anything to add, this question may be considered answered. Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1977" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T02:25:06.063" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="5558" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5491" CreationDate="2010-11-18T02:55:42.030" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Adding an alternative that doesn't use the footline template.  This is in response to the comment on my previous answer.  (Requires \usepackage{tikz})&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\footlineextra}[1]{&#xA;    \begin{tikzpicture}[remember picture,overlay]&#xA;        \node[yshift=2ex,anchor=south west] at (current page.south west) {\usebeamerfont{author in head/foot}\hspace{2ex}#1};&#xA;    \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1949" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T02:55:42.030" />
  <row Id="5559" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5562" CreationDate="2010-11-18T05:03:55.303" Score="6" ViewCount="797" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am preparing image files to be included in a latex document. The image file is generated by printing a Matlab plot. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I print the plot in eps format, the content of the eps file is fully occupied with the plot; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;if I print the plot in pdf format, then there are big margins above and below the plot in the pdf file; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;if I use ps2pdf to convert the eps file into a pdf file, the big margins will be added above the plot. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like to use pdflatex, so I prefer pdf format of image files. I was wondering how I can save the plot in pdf format without the big margin above and below the plot?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="861" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-18T11:53:54.927" LastActivityDate="2010-12-31T00:28:32.153" Title="How to avoid large margins around Matlab plot in PDF" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;margins&gt;&lt;matlab&gt;" AnswerCount="6" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="5" />
  <row Id="5560" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5478" CreationDate="2010-11-18T05:27:50.873" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is not really an answer, but an attempt to make the question that I think Regis is asking more precise. If I do&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{calc}&#xA;\newcommand{\square}[1]{\pgfmathparse{#1*#1}\pgfmathresult}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\node {\square{1}};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I do get a figure with just 1.0 at (0,0). On the other hand if I try to use my function \square to compute coordinates, I get errors which I do not understand:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{calc}&#xA;\newcommand{\square}[1]{\pgfmathparse{#1*#1}\pgfmathresult}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\draw (1,\square{1}) -- (2,\square{2});&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Replacing the \draw command by &lt;code&gt;%\draw ($(1,\square{1})$) -- ($(2,\square{2})$);&lt;/code&gt; does not help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1979" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T05:27:50.873" />
  <row Id="5561" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5553" CreationDate="2010-11-18T05:36:05.813" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As far as I know, there is no special version of Windows for netbooks. Indeed I am told that the only reason to use Windows on netbooks is because you can use all your regular Windows application. So yes, you will be able to use MikTeX and your favorite text editor.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For Linux based netbook operating systems, TeX Live should install fine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There even seems to be a &lt;a href=&quot;http://talk.maemo.org/showthread.php?t=42087&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;port for the N900 phone&lt;/a&gt;, no luck for Android based devices though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Note that this only applies as long as the netbook is not completely locked down (like iDevices). I do not know if there are currently any lock down netbooks on the market.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T05:36:05.813" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5562" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5559" CreationDate="2010-11-18T06:24:35.590" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is partially off-topic, since LaTeX doesn't have anything to do with how the PDF is generated. Nonetheless, it's relevant enough for my tastes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Matlab, you can create a cropped PDF by setting the papersize to the same size as the graphic; see the small &lt;code&gt;figuresize.m&lt;/code&gt; function available here to do this automatically: &lt;a href=&quot;http://github.com/wspr/matlabpkg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://github.com/wspr/matlabpkg&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Usually if you're generating graphics from Matlab, though, I'd recommend using &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mathworks.com/matlabcentral/fileexchange/21286-matlabfrag&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;matlabfrag&lt;/a&gt; so that your figure labels are typeset by LaTeX. You can use psfrag-based graphics in pdfLaTeX by using the &lt;code&gt;pstool&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, if you just want to crop a graphic, TeX Live and MiKTeX both come with a command line tool &lt;code&gt;pdfcrop&lt;/code&gt; to perform this on an arbitrary PDF.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T06:24:35.590" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5563" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5553" CreationDate="2010-11-18T07:23:26.013" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Google Chrome OS is just a basic basic stuff that is needed to start the web browser, not much more.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My guess is to use something like the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ubuntu.com/netbook&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;netbook edition of Ubuntu&lt;/a&gt;, that one has a gui that may fits those smaller screen quite well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And the goodie is then that you can apt all the normal LaTeX packages that is present in the normal Ubuntu dist.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="795" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T07:23:26.013" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5565" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5559" CreationDate="2010-11-18T08:30:45.360" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;pdfcrop&lt;/strong&gt; should help remove the margins. I use it like so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;pdfcrop -margins 10 fig.pdf fig.pdf&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="360" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T08:30:45.360" />
  <row Id="5566" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5553" CreationDate="2010-11-18T08:37:55.197" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you are comfortable with a delayed compile, you can write it on one machine and compile on another later. If you are coding LaTeX, presumably you don't need WYSIWYG. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want the PS/PDF now, and are online, you can install Dropbox, set up a remote compile script, and therefore let LaTeX reside on a different computer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="360" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T08:37:55.197" />
  <row Id="5567" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="468" CreationDate="2010-11-18T09:14:12.467" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have been using &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.paultaylor.eu/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Paul Taylor&lt;/a&gt;'s &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.paultaylor.eu/proofs/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;proof-tree&lt;/a&gt; package combined with some macros I have written myself. I have used the package for typeset proofs in papers, slides, my MSc thesis, problem sets and solutions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="108" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T09:14:12.467" />
  <row Id="5568" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="468" CreationDate="2010-11-18T09:39:59.890" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I like &lt;a href=&quot;http://cristal.inria.fr/~remy/latex/#mathpartir&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;mathpartir&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; (by Didier Remy) for its simple and flexible design, and smart layout concept. The name stands for &quot;math formulas in paragraph mode&quot; and &quot;typesetting inference rules&quot;. You can use it to typeset a number of rule definitions. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{mathpar}&#xA;\inferrule[Foo]{A \\ B \\\\ C}{D}&#xA;\and&#xA;\inferrule[Bar]{X}{Y}&#xA;\end{mathpar}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/24uKT.png&quot; alt=&quot;rules&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also typeset a derivation tree:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[&#xA;\inferrule* [left=Total]&#xA;  {\inferrule* [Left=Foo] {\inferrule* [Right=Bar,&#xA;                              leftskip=2em,rightskip=2em,vdots=1.5em]&#xA;      {a \\ a \\\\ bb \\ cc \\ dd}&#xA;      {ee}&#xA;    \\ ff \\ gg}&#xA;    {hh}&#xA;    \\&#xA;    \inferrule* [lab=XX]{uu \\ vv}{ww}}&#xA;    {(1)}&#xA;\]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/tb2jA.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1981" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T09:39:59.890" />
  <row Id="5569" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5534" CreationDate="2010-11-18T09:49:35.933" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It won't teach you anything about Luatex, but perhaps you are looking for something such as the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/ctan/macros/latex/contrib/memoir/memman.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt; manual&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1981" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T09:49:35.933" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5570" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4168" CreationDate="2010-11-18T09:56:52.107" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/filecontents/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the filecontents package&lt;/a&gt; could be used for this: the main document document has some boilerplate that spits out files for each part and then immediately includes them.  Once the document is run, then additional documents can be run that are just wrappers for these exported files.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Not tested.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T09:56:52.107" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5571" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5574" CreationDate="2010-11-18T10:10:46.193" Score="16" ViewCount="425" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quick question, hopefully with a quick answer. I'm writing a paper where I'm limited by length (2 pages) and I need references, but it doesn't have to look nice. I'd like LaTeX to compress my bibliography to fit on as few lines as possible.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have this (except, you know, longer and actual books and articles):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;[1] Book 1&#xA;[2] Article 1&#xA;[3] Book 2&#xA;[4] Book 3&#xA;[5] Article 2&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and I want this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;[1] Book 1 [2] Article 1 [3] Book 2 [4] Book 3 [5] Article 2&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: I'm not using any special bibliography packages and my document class is article.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit 2: Here's my bbl file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{thebibliography}{1}&#xA;&#xA;\bibitem{kutsenok}&#xA;A.~Kutsenok.&#xA;\newblock Swarm {AI}: {A} {G}eneral-{P}urpose {S}warm {I}ntelligence&#xA;  {T}echnique.&#xA;\newblock&#xA;  \small{\url{http://mysite.ncnetwork.net/resqlap4/sitebuildercontent/sitebuil%&#xA;derfiles/SwarmAI-Short05.pdf}}.&#xA;&#xA;\bibitem{shoham}&#xA;Y.~Shoham and K.~Leyton-Brown.&#xA;\newblock {\em Multiagent Systems: Algorithmic, Game-Theoretic, and Logical&#xA;  Foundations}.&#xA;\newblock Cambridge University Press, 2008.&#xA;&#xA;\bibitem{wooldridge}&#xA;M.~Wooldridge.&#xA;\newblock {\em An Introduction to MultiAgent Systems}.&#xA;\newblock John Wiley \&amp;amp; Sons Ltd, 2002.&#xA;&#xA;\end{thebibliography}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1982" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-31T16:42:31.340" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T16:42:31.340" Title="Reduce bibliography to one line" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5572" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="468" CreationDate="2010-11-18T10:50:01.560" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another question I missed.  I began to use Paul Taylor's proof trees macros for my  doctoral dissertation, but it has a bug that occurs when you want to use it with labels.  This led me to write my own proof trees macros, which worked well enough.  I should probably publish them one of these days.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since then I've used Buss's macros, which are as good as any, although the stack metaphor for writing proof trees is not as intuitive as the grouping-oriented one of Paul Taylor's.  But this is a very slight complaint.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All packages I've seen have one problem: they use Tex's boxes to set subdervivations, which means that they leave far too much space for many derivations, because they can't see that one subderivation could sit &quot;in the shadow&quot; of another.  Sometimes this looks odd, sometimes it means you can't set large derivations without reducing font size.  With negative horizontal spce, one can fix this, but this is a workaround.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The Right Thing is not to use boxes but trees to calculate how far apart to position the conclusion of subderivations.  This can be done without much difficulty in Metapost &amp;mdash;I'm not sure about PGF&amp;mdash; and implementing this in Luatex library is on my list of rainy day projects.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T10:50:01.560" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="5573" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-18T11:32:29.403" Score="3" ViewCount="384" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using pdfTeX, Version 3.1415926-1.40.10 (TeX Live 2009) (format=pdflatex 2010.8.30) in TexMaker 2.1 on Mac OSX. I installed the whatever latex packages using the &quot;easier&quot; method at &lt;a href=&quot;http://guides.macrumors.com/Installing_LaTeX_on_a_Mac&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://guides.macrumors.com/Installing_LaTeX_on_a_Mac&lt;/a&gt; - the MacTex batch. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm outputting some graphs to PDFs in R and want to include them in my PDF report. Both includegraphics and includepdf input the same, only the lines and colors, but not the text in the legend or the main title. What's going on?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is a link to my pdf: &lt;a href=&quot;http://db.tt/2KYaSmw&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://db.tt/2KYaSmw&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.scribd.com/doc/43122065/Vf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.scribd.com/doc/43122065/Vf&lt;/a&gt; and some sample tex: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{pdfpages}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Bladebla&#xA;&#xA;\includepdf{Vf.pdf} &#xA;\includegraphics{Vf.pdf}&#xA;&#xA;What more bla bla&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried just this snippet of code, and I get the same results, so nothing else in my preamble should be interfering with it. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1915" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-18T19:58:10.340" LastActivityDate="2010-11-19T16:00:34.627" Title="\includegraphics and \includepdf both remove all copy (text) from my (R outputted) pdf graphs, using pdfTeX" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="12" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5574" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5571" CreationDate="2010-11-18T12:02:30.830" Score="20" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Since you did not say which document class or bibliography packages you're using I will give you a general answer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A bibliography like this uses a numbered list. The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/paralist&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;paralist&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package provides such in-paragraph lists: you could use the &lt;code&gt;inparaenum&lt;/code&gt; environment of &lt;code&gt;paralist&lt;/code&gt; to get numbered items within a paragraph without linebreaks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For instance, with article these two redefinitons would achieve it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewenvironment{thebibliography}[1]{%&#xA;  \section*{\refname}\inparaenum[{[}1{]}]}{\endinparaenum}&#xA;\renewcommand{\bibitem}[1]{\item}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The bibliography would then look like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/pG0ad.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Further features of &lt;code&gt;paralist&lt;/code&gt; may be used for customization.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: here's a minimal example showing it with your example bbl file. Note, I additionally disabled &lt;code&gt;\par&lt;/code&gt; temporarily, because the bbl file contains empty lines.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{paralist}&#xA;\renewenvironment{thebibliography}[1]{%&#xA;  \section*{\refname}%&#xA;  \let\par\relax\let\newblock\relax%&#xA;  \inparaenum[{[}1{]}]}{\endinparaenum}&#xA;\renewcommand{\bibitem}[1]{\item}&#xA;\usepackage{url}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\nocite{*}&#xA;\bibliography{testbib}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/1Fcg1.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-19T13:55:53.830" LastActivityDate="2010-11-19T13:55:53.830" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="5575" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5534" CreationDate="2010-11-18T13:25:57.440" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Modern&quot; is a somewhat loaded term. You probably want to distinguish between:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;what's &lt;em&gt;functionally&lt;/em&gt; modern in the sense of the most technologically cutting edge or elegant ways to get TeX et famille to do your bidding. E.g.,  via LuaTeX, XeTeX, ConTeXt, LaTeX3, fontspec, microtype, etc.;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;and, contra what's technologically modern, what's &lt;em&gt;stylistically&lt;/em&gt; modern (in the sense of leading edge ideas for thesis/book/document design).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You'll get lots of very good info about functional &quot;edge of the envelope&quot; possibilities just by typing some of the keywords mentioned in point 1 above (LuaTeX, etc.) into the searchbox at the top of this page, following links on and off this site, then asking more directed questions here as and when you'd like to learn more. You'll find that the quality of responses increases the sharper the questions you ask.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another approach might be to search out those users with specialties you're interested in (Joseph Wright for LaTeX3, Aditya for ConTeXt, Harald and Ulrike for seemingly impossible solutions to raw TeX problems, frabjous, Lev Bishop and Andrew Stacey for academic writing, Stefan and Will for, gosh, everything ...) then &quot;follow&quot; the line of the questions they've answered by chasing them individually through their Users pages. This, I think, would be more fruitful than holding out for a consolidated &quot;reference (book, free pdf, website) that would summarize the working of 'modern' latex for scientific works&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for what's stylistically modern package-wise, you'll probably find &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/classicthesis.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ClassicThesis&lt;/a&gt; about as close to the edge as likely to be accepted in a science-oriented masters thesis (actually, probably closer to postmodern than modern). Otherwise, check out &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=tufte-latex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Tufte-Book&lt;/a&gt; for a raft of stylistically interesting ideas.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T13:25:57.440" />
  <row Id="5576" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5197" CreationDate="2010-11-18T13:59:12.680" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi. I've noticed two things:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The encoding of your document is latin9 (View &gt; View Source &gt; Complete Source), but&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The entries in your .bib file are written in UTF-8 fashion, which BibTeX doesn't support.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, try writing accented characters in your .bib the usual way, e.g. González &gt; Gonz{\'{a}}lez etc.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, check &lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Tips&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LyX wiki&lt;/a&gt; for useful tips regarding usage of BibTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1987" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T13:59:12.680" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="5577" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4972" CreationDate="2010-11-18T14:05:13.827" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;with the help of experts, here is one solution that satisfies oai requirements. The oai references require a repository and a number such as, for instance oai:hal.example.com:hal-0000001 that can be used to reconstruct the actual internet address of the document of interest, here : &lt;a href=&quot;http://hal.example.com/hal-000001/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://hal.example.com/hal-000001/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the eprint and eprinttype fields together with the following definition shall be used:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\oaitourl#1:#2{#1/#2}&#xA;\DeclareFieldFormat{eprint:oai}%&#xA;{oai:\href{http://\oaitourl#1}{\nolinkurl{#1}}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\cite{EX}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;together with, in the .bib file : &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@TechReport{EX,&#xA;author =      {Name, First name},&#xA;title =       {Report},&#xA;institution = {INH},&#xA;year =        {2010},&#xA;eprint =      {hal.example.com:hal-000000001},&#xA;eprinttype =  {oai}} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The thing is that it would be even better with an oai field directly in the .bib file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastEditorUserId="371" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-18T14:37:35.583" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T14:37:35.583" />
  <row Id="5578" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3742" CreationDate="2010-11-18T14:09:32.023" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to the &lt;a href=&quot;http://bitbucket.org/rivanvx/beamer/issue/67&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;link provided by Martin&lt;/a&gt; this issue has been resolved in the new PGF 2.10.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T14:09:32.023" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-11-18T14:09:32.023" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5579" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5491" CreationDate="2010-11-18T14:21:53.417" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This provides a new template/font/color &lt;code&gt;footline extra&lt;/code&gt; and a macro &lt;code&gt;\footlineextra&lt;/code&gt; to add text to the footline.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}    &#xA;\title{Adding extra text to footline}&#xA;\author{R.J.~Drofnats}&#xA;\institute{University of St. Anford}&#xA;&#xA;\useoutertheme{infolines}% for example, ymmv&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;% add a macro that saves its argument&#xA;\newcommand{\footlineextra}[1]{\gdef\insertfootlineextra{#1}}&#xA;\newbox\footlineextrabox&#xA;&#xA;% add a beamer template that sets the saved argument in a box.&#xA;% The * means that the beamer font and color &quot;footline extra&quot; are automatically added. &#xA;\defbeamertemplate*{footline extra}{default}{&#xA;    \begin{beamercolorbox}[ht=2.25ex,dp=1ex,leftskip=\Gm@lmargin]{footline extra}&#xA;    \insertfootlineextra&#xA;    %\par\vspace{2.5pt}&#xA;    \end{beamercolorbox}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\addtobeamertemplate{footline}{%&#xA;    % set the box with the extra footline material but make it add no vertical space&#xA;    \setbox\footlineextrabox=\vbox{\usebeamertemplate*{footline extra}}&#xA;    \vskip -\ht\footlineextrabox&#xA;    \vskip -\dp\footlineextrabox&#xA;    \box\footlineextrabox%&#xA;}&#xA;{}&#xA;&#xA;% patch \begin{frame} to reset the footline extra material&#xA;\let\beamer@original@frame=\frame&#xA;\def\frame{\gdef\insertfootlineextra{}\beamer@original@frame}&#xA;\footlineextra{}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\setbeamercolor{footline extra}{fg=structure.fg}% for instance&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}\maketitle\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}{foo}&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;\item one&#xA;\item two&#xA;\item three&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;\footlineextra{Source: ``Mr. Lee'' by the Bobbettes}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}{bar}&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;\item Able&#xA;\item Baker&#xA;\item Charlie&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;\footlineextra{Source: \emph{What do People Do All Day?} by Richard Scarry}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}{baz}&#xA;No footlineextra here&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Having spent an hour on this I must quit but a nice addition would be to make &lt;code&gt;\footlineextra&lt;/code&gt; overlay-specification aware.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T14:21:53.417" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5580" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5473" CreationDate="2010-11-18T15:12:39.323" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I agree with perelandra about &lt;em&gt;The Visual Display of Quantitative Information&lt;/em&gt;.  It is Tufte's &quot;classic&quot; text and has some nice suggestions, but it won't change your life.  Its elitism is often off-putting and Tufte's assertion that figures are always better with a bare minimum of ink -- clarity be damned -- is debatable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1989" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T15:12:39.323" />
  <row Id="5581" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5573" CreationDate="2010-11-18T15:18:54.013" Score="-1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I fixed this by manually saving the plot as displayed by R (save as in the plot window) and then importing that PDF instead of the one generated by my R code directly. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Essentially, in R: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;pdf(file = ss.pdf)&#xA;plot(bla)&#xA;title(&quot;This will not show up when I include the pdf file in my Latex code&quot;)&#xA;dev.off()&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;plot(bla)&#xA;title(&quot;This will be fine if I &quot;save as: ss.pdf&quot; from the R window and then include in Latex&quot;)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1915" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T15:18:54.013" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-11-18T15:18:54.013" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5582" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-18T15:27:35.987" Score="2" ViewCount="256" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&#xA;I'm trying to modify a beamer template in order to have at the same time:&#xA;1) rounded boxes&#xA;2) shadows around the box&#xA;3) a defined line (without shading) between block title and block body (as in innertheme default)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First two points are easy (\useinnertheme[shadow=true]{rounded}), does anybody know how to solve the third problem?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1991" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T14:46:41.163" Title="It's possible to remove the internal shading from a beamer rounded box?" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;boxes&gt;&lt;shading&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5583" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5629" CreationDate="2010-11-18T15:48:57.480" Score="6" ViewCount="619" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm writing my master thesis and have run into trouble with the layout of captions in relation to the margins. I have two main questions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1: How can I make the caption text of an figure placed in a marginpar be written within the margin and how can I make the fontsize smaller, I'm trying to do it with the following snippet of tex:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\marginpar{&#xA;\includegraphics[width=\marginparwidth]{Carl_Friedrich_Gauss.jpg}&#xA;\captionof{figure}{Carl Friedrich Gauss, født 1777, er bedst kendt for normalfordelingen}&#xA;}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but as you can see from the following screenshot the text is placed all wrong and the font is too large:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://i56.tinypic.com/2pqwbyx.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;i56.tinypic.com/2pqwbyx.png&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2: When working with wrapfigures I've place them so that the figure is floated into the margin, this is the tex I use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&#xA;\begin{wrapfigure}{r}{0.3\textwidth}  &#xA;\centering  &#xA;\vspace{-20pt}  &#xA;  \subfloat[Giveaway pr. beholder i procent]  {\label{lbl1}\includegraphics[width=0.5\textwidth]{fig1.png}}  &#xA;\vspace{-12pt}  &#xA;  \newline  &#xA;  \subfloat[Giveaway pr. beholder i gram]{\label{lbl2}\includegraphics[width=0.5\textwidth]{fig2.png}}  &#xA;\vspace{-12pt}  &#xA;  \newline  &#xA;  \subfloat[Optimal-ratio]{\label{lbl3}\includegraphics[width=0.5\textwidth]{fig3.png}}  &#xA;  \caption{Resultater for testsæt 1}  &#xA;\vspace{-20pt}  &#xA;\end{wrapfigure}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but the width of caption of the figure is too narrow, I would like it to float into the margin like the caption for each of the subfigures do:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://i56.tinypic.com/2iuas1i.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;i56.tinypic.com/2iuas1i.png&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;P.S I tried using the tufte-book class referenced here &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2547/margin-figures-captions&quot;&gt;tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2547/margin-figures-captions&lt;/a&gt;, but without luck.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1990" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T07:51:35.813" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T07:51:35.813" Title="Caption of figure in marginpar and caption of wrapfigure in margin" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;margins&gt;&lt;captions&gt;&lt;subfloats&gt;&lt;marginpar&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="5584" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5553" CreationDate="2010-11-18T15:54:54.893" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've had great success with a netbook-suitable distro of Linux (Ubuntu Netbook Remix, specifically) and texlive from the repos. You can also set up a source control system (e.g. git, cvs, etc.) or dropbox and keep your notes synced across your netbook, laptop, home computer, server, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="92" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T15:54:54.893" />
  <row Id="5585" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5582" CreationDate="2010-11-18T15:58:15.950" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\addtobeamertemplate{block begin}{}{%&#xA;   {\usebeamercolor[fg]{block title}{\rule{\textwidth}{0.4pt}}}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T15:58:15.950" />
  <row Id="5586" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5588" CreationDate="2010-11-18T15:59:22.110" Score="7" ViewCount="205" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to avoid the use of eqnarray.&#xA;I would like to use the align environment instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I have an equation that I specify currently the following way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{eqnarray}&#xA;\lefteqn{f(a,b,c,d,e,...)} \\&#xA;&amp;amp; = &amp;amp; A&#xA;\end{eqnarray}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;as you can see, I am using &lt;code&gt;\lefteqn&lt;/code&gt;, and that cannot be used in the align environment (the reason for using &lt;code&gt;\lefteqn&lt;/code&gt; is because f(a,b,c,...) is a very long term).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any ideas how to do that with the align environment (something corresponding to the align environment)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\lefteqn&lt;/code&gt; helps better alignment for long equations in a certain line.&#xA;Whenever you have a long term appearing in a certain line, you can use lefteqn so that the line below is not put vertically right after the long line.&#xA;It is hard to perhaps explain, but the idea is that you would get something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; very long text =&#xA;   continue here&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;instead of&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  very long text =&#xA;                   continue here&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1970" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-18T19:56:48.873" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T19:56:48.873" Title="what's a replacement for \lefteqn in the align environment?" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5587" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5616" CreationDate="2010-11-18T16:00:26.587" Score="5" ViewCount="180" Body="&lt;p&gt;I cannot get rid of the vertical space before and behind the lists. I have code like below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{list}{-}{%&#xA;  \setlength{\itemsep}{0pt}&#xA;  \setlength{\parskip}{0pt}&#xA;  \setlength{\parsep}{0pt}&#xA;}    &#xA;  \item First item&#xA;  \item Second item&#xA;\end{list}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1993" LastEditorUserId="1063" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-18T16:24:47.933" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T21:31:41.793" Title="How to get rid of vertical space before and behind the lists" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;lists&gt;&lt;environments&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5588" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5586" CreationDate="2010-11-18T16:07:00.343" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;\MoveEqLeft&lt;/code&gt; from the &lt;code&gt;mathtools&lt;/code&gt; package, like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{mathtools}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{align}&#xA;\MoveEqLeft \text{very very long} \\&#xA; &amp;amp;= \text{shorter}&#xA;\end{align}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: If you feel that this doesn't move the first line far enough to the left, then use, e.g., &lt;code&gt;\MoveEqLeft[4]&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\MoveEqLeft&lt;/code&gt;. This moves the first line &lt;code&gt;4em&lt;/code&gt; to the left; the default is &lt;code&gt;2em&lt;/code&gt;. See also page 17 of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/mh/mathtools.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;mathtools documentation&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-18T17:57:07.060" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T17:57:07.060" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5589" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5587" CreationDate="2010-11-18T16:15:29.107" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Add &lt;code&gt;\setlength{\topsep}{0pt}&lt;/code&gt; to the &lt;code&gt;list&lt;/code&gt; parameters. You could also use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/enumitem&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;enumitem&lt;/a&gt; package which offers a &lt;code&gt;nolistsep&lt;/code&gt; option for the list environments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastEditorUserId="1063" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-18T16:26:07.760" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T16:26:07.760" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5590" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-18T16:16:36.910" Score="3" ViewCount="179" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am writing a LaTeX file currently which is required to be in Times New Roman, so in the prelude I have:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{times}&#xA;\usepackage{natbib}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The document comes out in the font just fine, but when I go to create the References section via BibTeX, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\bibliographystyle{apa-good}&#xA;\bibliography{neurons}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;it appears as though the font is back to the default LaTeX font. Does anyone know how to resolve this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If it helps, I am using Kile and KBibTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1995" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-06T16:08:48.590" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T16:08:48.590" ClosedDate="2010-11-22T21:20:21.003" Title="Bibtex using different font than document" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;bibliographies&gt;" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="5591" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5593" CreationDate="2010-11-18T16:29:01.903" Score="6" ViewCount="126" Body="&lt;p&gt;After searching on-and-off for several weeks I haven't found an answer to this. Is there a LaTeX package to generate USPS zip+4 barcodes on an envelope?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T16:59:12.410" Title="USPS Postnet barcodes" Tags="&lt;barcodes&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5592" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11" CreationDate="2010-11-18T16:29:46.510" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ah, I remember my first steps: somehow I stumbled upon &lt;a href=&quot;http://sarovar.org/frs/?group_id=48&amp;amp;release_id=105&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX Primer&lt;/a&gt; which was not only a great introductory text, but was a real beauty typography-side.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, another great book which hasn't been mentioned here yet (and is definitely worth mentioning) is &lt;em&gt;Digital Typography using LaTeX&lt;/em&gt; by Apostolos Syropoulos, Antonis Tsolomitis and Nick Sofroniou. I personally call this book &quot;the book&quot; along with Gratzer's &quot;the book&quot; ;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1987" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T16:29:46.510" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-11-18T16:29:46.510" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5593" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5591" CreationDate="2010-11-18T16:43:04.957" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/envlab/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;envlab&lt;/a&gt; package does envelopes, labels, and barcodes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T16:43:04.957" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="5594" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5591" CreationDate="2010-11-18T16:59:12.410" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are several packages that might be useful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/barcodes&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;barcodes&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/makebarcode&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;makebarcode&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/pst-barcode&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pst-barcode&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since I never used them, I'm not sure if they do what you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T16:59:12.410" />
  <row Id="5595" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5583" CreationDate="2010-11-18T17:17:49.500" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the tufte-book class &lt;code&gt;marginfigure&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T17:17:49.500" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5596" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5553" CreationDate="2010-11-18T17:20:06.300" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Linux runs flawlessly on my asus 1005ha 10 inch netbook :P So do the ConTeXt minimals.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;MikTeX is excellent and will run on Vista/7/XP&#xA;TeXLive is available from the ubuntu package manager,&#xA;or you can install TeXLive on your own.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;WINDOWS is not your only option on a netbook!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1222" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T17:20:06.300" />
  <row Id="5597" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5573" CreationDate="2010-11-18T17:21:42.663" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;the pdfpages package may help!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{pdfpages}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\includepdf[pages=1.4]{foo.pdf}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1222" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T17:21:42.663" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5598" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5601" CreationDate="2010-11-18T17:50:51.253" Score="0" ViewCount="461" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/36/differences-between-luatex-context-and-xetex&quot;&gt;Differences between LuaTeX, ConTeXt and XeTeX&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What are the differences between LuaLaTeX and XeLaTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why should someone prefer one over the other?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1998" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T18:23:32.710" ClosedDate="2010-11-18T19:53:17.063" Title="LuaLaTeX vs XeLaTeX" Tags="&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;luatex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5599" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5633" CreationDate="2010-11-18T18:06:23.413" Score="23" ViewCount="416" Body="&lt;p&gt;As far as I know, one can create theorem environments using any of &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/amsthm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;amsthm&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/ntheorem&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;ntheorem&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/thmtools&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;thmtools&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; and probably more.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How should I define my theorem environments? Is one package clearly superior? Which packages conflict? Is there one package that does everything? (For some reason I am using &lt;code&gt;ntheorem&lt;/code&gt; but I cannot remember why).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, &lt;code&gt;thmtools&lt;/code&gt; looks like it has some nice features, but I'm afraid of breaking my &lt;code&gt;ntheorem&lt;/code&gt;-defined custom environments...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-17T17:57:36.030" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T17:57:36.030" Title="Theorem packages: which to use, which conflict?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;best-practices&gt;&lt;theorems&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="6" />
  <row Id="5600" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5599" CreationDate="2010-11-18T18:19:21.890" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;ntheorem&lt;/code&gt; interferes with &lt;code&gt;amsthm&lt;/code&gt; but it provides some compatibility if you specify &lt;code&gt;amsthm&lt;/code&gt; as option to &lt;code&gt;ntheorem&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;ntheorem&lt;/code&gt; is better in handling endmarks like &lt;code&gt;\qed&lt;/code&gt; boxes or symbols, especially if an environment ends with a displayed formula and the endmark should be placed in line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;thmtools&lt;/code&gt; can be used additionally, it should work with either of the other theorem packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To sum up, using &lt;code&gt;thmtools&lt;/code&gt; together with &lt;code&gt;ntheorem&lt;/code&gt; could be the best choice especially if you need endmarks. Though I prefer &lt;code&gt;amsthm&lt;/code&gt;, maybe because I'm used to its &lt;code&gt;\newtheoremstyle&lt;/code&gt; macro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T18:19:21.890" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5601" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5598" CreationDate="2010-11-18T18:23:32.710" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;luatex is an implementation of the TeX engine that has the lua programming language embedded in it. Lua functions can be written to do some of the heavy programmatic lifting that the TeX engine is not terribly good at. ConTeXt MkIV is powered by luatex.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;XeTeX is an extension to the TeX engine that allows the use of open type fonts installed to the operating system. the fontspec package in conjunction with xetex provides access to system fonts. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1222" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T18:23:32.710" />
  <row Id="5602" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2839" CreationDate="2010-11-18T19:06:54.060" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pragma-ade.com/overview.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;PRAGMA Advanced Document Engineering site&lt;/a&gt; has a lot of documentation and examples on the finer details of how to use ConTeXt for particular applications and effects. I discovered it during a search for documentation on how to use Layers for cover layouts, which lead me to the excellent PDF &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pragma-ade.com/general/manuals/details.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;It's in the details&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1406" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T19:06:54.060" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5603" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5553" CreationDate="2010-11-18T19:10:00.330" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you decide to go on the windows side you could use a portable installation on a pendrive&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2000" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T19:10:00.330" />
  <row Id="5604" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5573" CreationDate="2010-11-18T20:00:05.073" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Note: I co-authored the package I am about to recommend, so this is a shameless plug.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can try creating your graphics using the tikzDevivce which lets TeX handle all of the typesetting.  This will hopefully sidestep any font issues you are having as the text in your graphics will use the same font as the body text of your paper, which is displaying fine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To install the package in R:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;install.packages('tikzDevice')&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then make your graph as usual, except use &lt;code&gt;tikz()&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;pdf()&lt;/code&gt; to start the plot output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;require(tikzDevice)&#xA;tikz('myAwesomeRPlot.tex')&#xA;&#xA;# Your plotting code here&#xA;&#xA;dev.off()&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The output of the tikzDevice is a &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; file containing commands required to construct your plot using TikZ---an excellent graphics package for TeX, LaTeX and ConTeXt (however, our output is currently only compatible with LaTeX).  To include your plot in a paper, use &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% In your preamble:&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;% Later on in your paper...&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;  \input{myAwesomeRPlot}&#xA;  \caption{Check out the spread on that distribution!}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also pass the &lt;code&gt;standAlone=TRUE&lt;/code&gt; option to &lt;code&gt;tikz()&lt;/code&gt; and the resulting &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; file will be self-contained and can be typeset by LaTeX without including it in another document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For more information and examples, check out the &lt;a href=&quot;http://cran.r-project.org/web/packages/tikzDevice/vignettes/tikzDevice.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;package vignette&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hope this helps!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Addendum&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It should be noted that the tikzDevice treats all plot text &lt;em&gt;as LaTeX code&lt;/em&gt;.  This allows you do do things like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;curve({x^2 / 2},-1,1,main=&quot;Plot of $y=\\frac{x^2}{2}$&quot;,ylab=&quot;$\\frac{x^2}{2}$&quot;)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And LaTeX will typeset the equations in your plot.  This behavior has some consequences:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The backslash at the beginning of each LaTeX command must be escaped by another backslash as R treats backslashes as escape characters.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Any character that is special to LaTeX, such as &lt;code&gt;#&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;$&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;^&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;_&lt;/code&gt;, etc, must be escaped if you don't want it treated as a LaTeX command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;plot(...,main=&quot;I really want the dollar sign in \\$2.99!&quot;)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If LaTeX code in your plot text requires special packages, you need to make the tikzDevice aware of this.  See the documentation of &lt;code&gt;tikzLatexPackages&lt;/code&gt; in section 3.1 of the vignette for details.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastEditorUserId="17" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-19T16:00:34.627" LastActivityDate="2010-11-19T16:00:34.627" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5605" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5534" CreationDate="2010-11-18T20:18:31.953" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I just rewrote the UCLA thesis class, which is used mostly by people in the hard sciences for scientific papers, theses, dissertations, etc. These folks are cutting edge scientists and engineers, and they find LaTeX2e, along with various packages like amsmath,amssymb,SIunits, (some others), just fine for 'modern' scientific documents.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2003" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T20:18:31.953" />
  <row Id="5606" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5609" CreationDate="2010-11-18T20:18:37.397" Score="6" ViewCount="231" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want the citation in the footnote of the page it is being cited. How can I do it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2002" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-06T23:03:20.307" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T23:03:20.307" Title="How to make footnote bibliography?" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;footnotes&gt;&lt;biblatex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5607" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5610" CreationDate="2010-11-18T20:20:30.557" Score="3" ViewCount="181" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying run pdflatex, but I get this one very unusual error. I've downloaded xypic from CTAN, and it still seems that pdflatex is unable to find some documents that are supposedly related to that package (I did texhash). Here's the output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; Xy-pic version 3.8.4 &amp;lt;2010/10/11&amp;gt;&#xA; Copyright (c) 1991-2010 by Kristoffer H. Rose &amp;lt;krisrose@tug.org&amp;gt;&#xA; Xy-pic is free software: see the User's Guide for details.&#xA;&#xA;Loading kernel: messages; fonts;&#xA;kpathsea: Running mktextfm xydash10&#xA;mktextfm: Running mf-nowin -progname=mf \mode:=ljfour; mag:=1; nonstopmode; input xydash10&#xA;This is METAFONT, Version 2.718281 (TeX Live 2009/Debian)&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;kpathsea: Running mktexmf xydash10&#xA;! I can't find file `xydash10'.&#xA;&amp;lt;*&amp;gt; ...ljfour; mag:=1; nonstopmode; input xydash10&#xA;&#xA;Please type another input file name&#xA;! Emergency stop.&#xA;&amp;lt;*&amp;gt; ...ljfour; mag:=1; nonstopmode; input xydash10&#xA;&#xA;Transcript written on mfput.log.&#xA;grep: xydash10.log: No such file or directory&#xA;mktextfm: `mf-nowin -progname=mf \mode:=ljfour; mag:=1; nonstopmode; input xydash10' failed to make xydash10.tfm.&#xA;kpathsea: Appending font creation commands to missfont.log.&#xA;&#xA;! Font \xydashfont=xydash10 not loadable: Metric (TFM) file not found.&#xA;&amp;lt;to be read again&amp;gt; &#xA;                   \gdef &#xA;l.159 \xydef@\xydashl@&#xA;                      {\fontdimen6\xydashfont}&#xA;? &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1996" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-18T20:42:10.497" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T21:03:33.913" Title="Xypic problem: can't find file" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;errors&gt;&lt;xy-pic&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="5608" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5606" CreationDate="2010-11-18T20:21:51.320" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Maybe the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/footbib.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;footbib package&lt;/a&gt; will be useful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1860" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T20:21:51.320" />
  <row Id="5609" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5606" CreationDate="2010-11-18T20:36:07.883" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You may want to have a look at the biblatex package as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\usepackage{csquotes}&#xA;\usepackage[style=verbose]{biblatex}      &#xA;\bibliography{mem}            &#xA;\defbibheading{bibempty}{}     &#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;my text my text \autocite{ref}&#xA;\printbibliography[heading=bibempty] % if you want a bibiography at the end as well&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Have a look at the guide for other options/behaviors.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T20:36:07.883" />
  <row Id="5610" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5607" CreationDate="2010-11-18T20:41:46.490" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You may have to enable the xy-pic font map file running &lt;code&gt;updmap-sys&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;sudo updmap-sys --enable Map xypic.map&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you installed LaTeX from the Debian repositories, you could install the LaTeX package bundle which contains xy-pic, it's &lt;code&gt;texlive-pictures&lt;/code&gt;, see &lt;a href=&quot;http://packages.debian.org/sid/texlive-pictures&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;package information&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;sudo apt-get install texlive-pictures&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you installed LaTeX using tlmgr, use tlmgr as well for the installation of xy-pic.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;tlmgr -gui&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;tlmgr install xypic&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note, the package may be called xypic instead of xy-pic.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-18T21:03:33.913" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T21:03:33.913" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5611" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-18T20:42:07.400" Score="4" ViewCount="115" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using the &lt;code&gt;glossaries&lt;/code&gt; package and want to change the format used, so that the full stops after entry descriptions and before the page number reference aren't added automatically. This cause problems when including enumerated lists in glossary entries, as I need to do. An entry like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newglossaryentry{test}{name={test}, description={&#xA;&#xA;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;\item one, &#xA;\item two, and&#xA;\item three&#xA;\end{enumerate}}, sort=Derived} &#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;appears as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;1) one,&#xA;2) two, and&#xA;3) three&#xA;&#xA;. N&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where &lt;code&gt;N&lt;/code&gt; is the page number. So I want to know if I can alter the format so that I have to add in full stops myself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2004" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T21:23:22.903" Title="Alter the appearance of glossary entries" Tags="&lt;glossaries&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="5612" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5613" CreationDate="2010-11-18T21:09:56.340" Score="5" ViewCount="447" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a multiline equation that I want to have matching sized parentheses. The advice I read online was to use &lt;code&gt;\left( equation \right. \\ left. rest-of-equation \right)&lt;/code&gt; . However, this syntax leaves first half of the equation unaware of what is in the second half. For example, if you include a square root term after the break, the second parenthesis will be larger than the opening parenthesis. When you are using the aligned environment to split a long equation this can look somewhat off putting.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/tyVeT.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Compare the top equation to the bottom one. The parentheses match in size for the bottom equation, but the left hand parentheses for the top one is  noticeably smaller.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Top Code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \begin{aligned}[t] \gamma_{\text{u}} + \frac{1}{108} &#xA; \left(57\gamma_{\text{er}} \right. &amp;amp;+  38\gamma_{\text{se}}\\ &amp;amp; {}\pm&#xA; \left.\sqrt{2601 \gamma_{\text{er}}^2 + 3648&#xA; \gamma_{\text{er}}\gamma_{\text{se}} + 1444 \gamma_{\text{se}}^2}&#xA; \right) \end{aligned}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Bottom Code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{aligned}[t] \gamma_{\text{u}} + \frac{1}{16}&#xA;\left(9\gamma_{\text{er}}  +  6\gamma_{\text{se}} \pm  \sqrt{49&#xA;\gamma_{\text{er}}^2 + 76 \gamma_{\text{er}}\gamma_{\text{se}} + 36&#xA;\gamma_{\text{se}}^2} \right) \end{aligned}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1899" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T21:13:24.953" Title="Left/Right across multiline equation" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;multline&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="5613" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5612" CreationDate="2010-11-18T21:13:24.953" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could also put all parts on all lines and hide the ones that don't belong with \vphantom{...}. That way, they'll contribute to the height, but not take up space, and your parens should match. (Me personally, I find that clutters the source too much and I'm not too fond of \left\right anyway, so I do \bigg et al. manually in these situations.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I also vaguely recall seeing a re-implementation that works across multiple lines, and that appears to be in breqn.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1860" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T21:13:24.953" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5614" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5559" CreationDate="2010-11-18T21:18:39.420" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;And, of course, if you're a complete graphic-fewl you can export your matlab data to asymptote for making really beautiful plots that rise to the level of the rest of your beautiful latex-created document. Asymptote can create pdf output directly, which looks really great in pdflatex docs. I haven't noticed that there's any extra spacing either.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2003" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T21:18:39.420" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5615" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5611" CreationDate="2010-11-18T21:23:22.903" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Found the answer, I needed to alter &lt;code&gt;\glspostdescription&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand*{\glspostdescription}{}&#xA;\makeglossaries&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2004" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T21:23:22.903" />
  <row Id="5616" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5587" CreationDate="2010-11-18T21:31:41.793" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I answered this at stackexchange where you originally posted (below). I tried the suggested use of `\setlength{tosep}{0pt} but don't know if it's what you want. It seems that that eliminates space &lt;i&gt;in between&lt;/i&gt; list items but not before and after lists themselves, but I could be wrong. My solution below may be hackish (or maybe not...), but it leaves no space between a previous paragraph, the itemized list, the items themselves, or the following paragraph.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Itemize without itemizing...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Some text that is here and I want to see what it does. \\&#xA;  \indent$\bullet$\,first item \\&#xA;  \indent$\bullet$\,second item \\&#xA;Some text that is here and I want to see what it does.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Replace &lt;code&gt;$\bullet$&lt;/code&gt; with whatever you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\indent- first item\\&#xA;\indent$\cdot$\,first item\\&#xA;\indent$\circ$\,first item\\&#xA;\indent$\ast$\,first item\\&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &quot;-&quot; seems to work fine with the whitespace as shown but the rest need the trailing &lt;code&gt;\,&lt;/code&gt; which inserts a space between the math symbol and the next word. Without it there will be no space between the &quot;bullet&quot; and the text that follows.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2007" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T21:31:41.793" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="5617" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5553" CreationDate="2010-11-18T21:35:09.780" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Chrome is &lt;em&gt;essentially&lt;/em&gt; a linux distribution, so with some hacking you will be able to get a linux distribution of latex working on ChromeOS. This however, will be without the blessed wonders of a package manager, so you will have to keep track of everything yourself, and download all the extra (non-latex2e) packages yourself. Personally I would just install Ubuntu netbook remix.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1899" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T21:35:09.780" />
  <row Id="5618" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-18T22:36:16.207" Score="0" ViewCount="351" Body="&lt;p&gt;It seems like whenever I use &lt;code&gt;\label{an-label}&lt;/code&gt; inside the align environment, and then use to refer to it using &lt;code&gt;\refeq{an-label}&lt;/code&gt;, I get the section number instead of the equation number.&#xA;This does not happen when I use the equation environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{align}&#xA;f(x) &amp;amp; = x^2 \label{label1}&#xA;\end{align}&#xA;&#xA;Equation \refeq{label1}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;would display the section number instead of the equation number.&#xA;I use mathtools. Is there any reason for this to happen?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When looking in google, it is stated in some web page that &lt;code&gt;\begin{align} \end{align}&lt;/code&gt; should be used with the &lt;code&gt;\label{}&lt;/code&gt; to name an equation, so I am not sure what I am doing wrong.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1970" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-18T23:32:44.283" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T12:30:22.220" Title="\label inside an align environment" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;cross-referencing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5619" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5599" CreationDate="2010-11-18T22:42:48.140" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I like ntheorem together with amsmath a lot.  There &lt;em&gt;are&lt;/em&gt; some wrinkles, however, which as far as I know have never been addressed.  One example that I run into frequently and have learned to just work around:  If (like me) you like to put your equation numbers on the left (i.e., using leqno), then you have to put the contents of an equation environment in a split, like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;  \begin{split} %% ntheorem kludge&#xA;     2 + 3 = 5&#xA;  \end{split}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and you have to do the same thing if an equation is the last line of a proof.  But other than a few irritations like that, I think ntheorem works very nicely. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1508" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T22:42:48.140" />
  <row Id="5621" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5559" CreationDate="2010-11-18T23:35:39.943" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;if you are happy with the eps images and want similar pdf images (in terms of margins), you should use epstopdf (and not ps2pdf).This is mentionned in Hendrik's link.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastActivityDate="2010-11-18T23:35:39.943" />
  <row Id="5622" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4009" CreationDate="2010-11-19T00:07:19.913" Score="-1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try:  \setbeamertemplate{footline}[frame number]  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2012" LastActivityDate="2010-11-19T00:07:19.913" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5623" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-19T00:17:58.033" Score="2" ViewCount="168" Body="&lt;p&gt;How to color (using listings package?) C (or, well, any other programming language) operators? So that when I write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{lstlistings}[language=C++]&#xA;    int i = 0;&#xA;    if(i &amp;gt; 1) {&#xA;        // do something&#xA;    }&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'll get &quot;=&quot; and &quot;&gt;&quot; (and other operators, and preferably &quot;(&quot; and &quot;)&quot;s, &quot;{&quot; and &quot;}&quot;s) generated with, eg., red font? I succeeded making it treated like other keywords (bold and blue in my case), but this isn't the behavior I want. And it destroys comment definitions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2009" LastActivityDate="2010-11-19T00:46:39.233" Title="operator highlighting using listings" Tags="&lt;color&gt;&lt;listings&gt;&lt;highlighting&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5624" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5623" CreationDate="2010-11-19T00:46:39.233" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Well, here's a hackish approach with unfortunate code duplication:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\CodeSymbol}[1]{\textcolor{red}{#1}}&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}[language=C++, literate={\{}{{\CodeSymbol{\{}}}1&#xA;                                          {\}}{{\CodeSymbol{\}}}}1&#xA;                                          {(}{{\CodeSymbol{(}}}1&#xA;                                          {)}{{\CodeSymbol{)}}}1&#xA;                                          {&amp;gt;}{{\CodeSymbol{$&amp;gt;$}}}1&#xA;                                          {=}{{\CodeSymbol{$=$}}}1&#xA;                                          {;}{{\CodeSymbol{$;$}}}1]&#xA;    int i = 0;&#xA;    if(i &amp;gt; 1) {&#xA;        // do something&#xA;    }&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This gives the desired output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/st80J.png&quot; alt=&quot;Sample listing.&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;literate&lt;/code&gt; key is intended to allow you to, for instance, replace the &lt;code&gt;-&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; operator with &lt;code&gt;\to&lt;/code&gt;; here, we're abusing it for highlighting purposes.  It takes a space-separated list of triples, each of the following form: &lt;code&gt;{&lt;em&gt;SYMBOL&lt;/em&gt;}{{&lt;em&gt;REPLACEMENT&lt;/em&gt;}}&lt;em&gt;WIDTH&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/code&gt;.  Then the listings package will replace each symbol with the replacement, and pretend it occupies &lt;em&gt;&lt;code&gt;WIDTH&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/em&gt; characters.  Here, we're just replacing symbols with a highlighted version.  Unfortunately, in my limited testing, I couldn't store that text in a macro, so it looks like it'll have to be put in by hand, which is a lot of grunt work.  Of course, it can be specified once per document in an &lt;code&gt;\lstset{...}&lt;/code&gt;, but even so.  I imagine the reason things like &lt;code&gt;keyword&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;emph&lt;/code&gt; don't work—or, at least, didn't in my testing—is that they only accept &lt;em&gt;words&lt;/em&gt;, and not &lt;em&gt;symbols&lt;/em&gt;.  However, it is possible to create different keyword and emph classes using &lt;code&gt;emph={[2]emphasize,this}, emphstyle={[2]\color{red}}&lt;/code&gt;.  Also, I was a little vague/imprecise about some of the syntax here, so be sure to check out &lt;a href=&quot;ftp://ftp.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/listings/listings.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the manual&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1425" LastActivityDate="2010-11-19T00:46:39.233" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5625" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5626" CreationDate="2010-11-19T01:26:20.650" Score="5" ViewCount="168" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using listings package and &lt;code&gt;\lstinputstring&lt;/code&gt; command to insert code from a file.  Is it possible to hide code comments in inserted code? I'm using a language in which # starts a comment and it lasts until the end of line.  I tried to do this with escapeinside option, but I think I don't understand how it works.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1897" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-19T02:25:57.643" LastActivityDate="2010-11-19T17:43:00.437" Title="Hiding code comments in listings" Tags="&lt;listings&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5626" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5625" CreationDate="2010-11-19T01:52:54.367" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd just cheat, and specify &lt;code&gt;commentstyle=\color{white}&lt;/code&gt;.  This is even used in the manual :-)  It does have the defect that if you print on non-white paper you'll see it, but that's usually not happening.  Of course, if you have a non-white background, just use the background color instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt; For block comments, you can also use &lt;code&gt;morecomment=[is]{/*}{*/}&lt;/code&gt;, where the &lt;code&gt;i&lt;/code&gt; makes the comment completely invisible; however, this doesn't work for single-line comments, instead deleting all of the source code after the first single-line comment it finds.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1425" LastEditorUserId="1425" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-19T17:43:00.437" LastActivityDate="2010-11-19T17:43:00.437" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="5627" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5573" CreationDate="2010-11-19T03:07:48.917" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Option 1 (medium easy and hopefully would do it):&lt;/strong&gt; Any of my font issues went away when I switched over to the XeTeX from pdfTeX. I use TextMate, which has a pop-down list to switch engines. &lt;a href=&quot;http://pim.famnit.upr.si/blog/index.php?/archives/18-Texmaker-and-Xetex-on-OS-X.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Instructions on doing so in TexMaker are here.&lt;/a&gt; XeTeX handles fonts more easily than does pdfTeX. I have had COUNTLESS issues with imported PDF files and XeTeX eliminated them. YMMV. Remember: XeTeX reads in your LaTeX documents perfectly and outputs a PDF. There isn't any reason (that I know of) to stick with pdfTeX. &lt;em&gt;(cue someone leaping at their keyboard to hammer out a reason in 5, 4, 3...)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Option 2 (easy, if you have the software and would for sure work):&lt;/strong&gt; Use your copy of Illustrator or PS STill by Stone or (google: outline PDF fonts) and outline the fonts, which means that you turn them from text into paths (much like your graph).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Option 3 (easy but low quality):&lt;/strong&gt; Save as a high res PNG file. Anything around 250dpi should be fine. If you think this is not acceptable, I would argue that bring external fonts from another source and that do not match your documents design already violates good design, so you're not that much worse for the wear! :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Side Note: I don't know how long you've been using LaTeX, but I'll throw out some free advice. While LaTeX does a great job with external illustrations, it does less of a great job dealing with external text. Any time that I've styled something outside of LaTeX, I've always ended up bringing back in and doing it with PGF/TikZ. It not only is much less hassle, it also looks better and you'll find that everything is far more maintainable. For what it is worth...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="659" LastActivityDate="2010-11-19T03:07:48.917" />
  <row Id="5628" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5384" CreationDate="2010-11-19T03:35:02.200" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One possible solution:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Capture the contents of the environment (I use buffers)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Calculate the width &lt;code&gt;w&lt;/code&gt; of the largest line (I use framedtext with autowidth=force)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Set a narrower environment with left spacing equal to &lt;code&gt;(hsize-w)/2&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In addition, I use lines so that you do not have to manually enter &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\defineframedtext[poemframed]&#xA;  [width=\textwidth,autowidth=force,align=flushleft,&#xA;   before=,after=,frame=off]&#xA;&#xA;\definenarrower[poemnarrower]&#xA;&#xA;\definelines[poemlines]&#xA;  [before={\startpoemnarrower[left]},&#xA;   after=\stoppoemnarrower,&#xA;  ]&#xA;&#xA;\definebuffer[poem]&#xA;&#xA;\def\stoppoem{\setups{poems:buffer}}&#xA;&#xA;\startsetups poems:buffer&#xA;  \setupnarrower[poemnarrower][left=0pt]&#xA;  \setbox\scratchbox\vbox&#xA;    {\poemframed&#xA;    {\startpoemlines&#xA;       \getpoem&#xA;      \stoppoemlines}}&#xA;  \edef\poemhsize{\the\dimexpr(\hsize-\wd\scratchbox)/2\relax}&#xA;  \setupnarrower[poemnarrower][left=\poemhsize]&#xA;  \startpoemlines&#xA;    \getpoem&#xA;  \stoppoemlines&#xA;\stopsetups&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This can be then used as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\starttext&#xA;\startpoem&#xA;Some really deep moving&#xA;lines of poetry&#xA;here.&#xA;It is all&#xA;so moving&#xA;\stoppoem&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\startpoem&#xA;Some really deep moving, really really deep moving&#xA;lines of poetry&#xA;here.&#xA;It is all&#xA;so moving&#xA;\stoppoem&#xA;\stoptext&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want, you can use other features of lines (automatic indenting of alternate lines, etc).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT&lt;/strong&gt; Forgot that you also wanted section titles to be middle aligned. For that add &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\definehead[PoemTitle][section]&#xA;&#xA;\setuphead[PoemTitle]&#xA;  [number=no,page=yes,style=\sc,alternative=command,command=\donothing]&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and change &lt;code&gt;poem:buffer&lt;/code&gt; to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\startsetups poems:buffer&#xA;  \setupnarrower[poemnarrower][left=0pt]&#xA;  \setuphead[PoemTitle][margin=0pt]&#xA;  \setbox\scratchbox\vbox&#xA;    {\poemframed[align=normal,autowidth=force]&#xA;    {\startpoemlines&#xA;       \getpoem&#xA;      \stoppoemlines}}&#xA;  \edef\poemhsize{\the\dimexpr(\hsize-\wd\scratchbox)/2\relax}&#xA;  \setuphead[PoemTitle][margin=\poemhsize]&#xA;  \setupnarrower[poemnarrower][left=\poemhsize]&#xA;  \startpoemlines&#xA;    \getpoem&#xA;  \stoppoemlines&#xA;\stopsetups&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastEditorUserId="323" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-19T03:55:23.257" LastActivityDate="2010-11-19T03:55:23.257" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5629" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5583" CreationDate="2010-11-19T04:34:47.363" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi Simon, welcome here. Before getting to your problem, first a gentle and well-meaning reminder (actually two):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Please provide a fully worked &lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://meta.tex.stackexchange.com/questions/228/ive-just-been-told-i-have-to-write-a-minimal-example-what-is-that&quot;&gt;minimal example&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; with all submissions. Code fragments such as yours don't cut it since they leave room to keep people guessing, hopping in wrong directions, and wasting very precious time.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Please provide &lt;strong&gt;only one&lt;/strong&gt; problem per question. The danger you run into if you don't (as I'm sure has happened here), is that i) you double the work for answer-providers, and ii) the quality of the answers you'll receive will be limited to the quality of the best joint answer, which might very well be lower than the quality you'll get for separate answers (take note, my answer might fall into that category too!).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;OK, with that out of the way, here are solutions to your problems.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Problem 1 -- a) Badly behaved margin figures captions&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;b) caption fontsize smaller&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I couldn't reproduce your misbehaved margin figures captions, probably because I automatically used the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/caption.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;caption&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/graphicx.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;graphicx&lt;/a&gt; packages whereas you might not have done so.  Nevertheless, without seeing the code you used, I'm at a loss to explain why your work turned out the way it did.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Setting the caption fontsize smaller (and many, many useful things besides) can be achieved with the &lt;code&gt;\captionsetup&lt;/code&gt; command from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/caption.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;caption&lt;/a&gt; package. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's an example of the output my code produces (code included below):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/jojkw.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Problem 2 -- Subfig caption in wrapfig environment constrained to typeblock&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Because you wanted subfigures to protrude into the margins, you created &lt;code&gt;0.3\textwidth&lt;/code&gt;-wide &lt;code&gt;wrapfigure&lt;/code&gt; environments and then proceeded to place &lt;code&gt;0.5\textwidth&lt;/code&gt;-wide figures into them. This gives the effect you want with your figures -- they spill nicely into the margins -- but, unfortunately, LaTeX wraps the overall figure caption to the page typeblock, giving you the most visually unappealing caption &quot;clipping&quot; effect that you see.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The solution's simple enough, if not entirely obvious. Use the optional 'overhang' argument with each invocation of &lt;code&gt;wrapfigure&lt;/code&gt;. (I set the margin protrusion to &lt;code&gt;[3cm]&lt;/code&gt; in the code below). Note also that to avoid overfull hboxes, I set the &lt;code&gt;wrapfigure&lt;/code&gt; environment width a little larger than the contained object width: &lt;code&gt;0.46\textwidth&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;0.45\textwidth&lt;/code&gt;, respectively, below.)  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tidying up your code, I recommend:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;passing &lt;code&gt;\vspace&lt;/code&gt; (negative) heights specified in terms of &lt;code&gt;\baselineskip&lt;/code&gt; rather than absolute pointsize dimensions when it comes to aligning objects with lines of text (this is just habit in this case, absolute dimensions will be fine), &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;instructing &lt;code&gt;wrapfigure&lt;/code&gt; to use an exact number of lines (in our case &lt;code&gt;[33]&lt;/code&gt;) to force it to more exactly meet your needs, and&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;setting the typeblock-to-&lt;code&gt;wrapfigure&lt;/code&gt; distance explicitly, e.g., with something like &lt;code&gt;\setlength\columnsep{\marginparsep}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's the output from the code below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/J5jQr.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Solution code&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[twoside]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage[dvipsnames]{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{caption}[2008/04/01]&#xA;\usepackage{wrapfig}&#xA;\usepackage{subfig}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}  % to provide &quot;filler&quot; text&#xA;&#xA;\captionsetup{&#xA;  justification=raggedright,&#xA;  labelfont={color=Maroon,bf},&#xA;  font=small}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum[1-2]&#xA;&#xA;% Three marginpar figures to see how this looks in&#xA;% the left and right margins of twoside docs...&#xA;\marginpar{\includegraphics[width=0.95\marginparwidth]{Carl_Friedrich_Gauss.jpg}&#xA; \captionof{figure}{Carl Friedrich Gauss, født 1777, er bedst kendt for normalfordelingen}}&#xA;\lipsum[1-2]&#xA;\marginpar{\includegraphics[width=0.95\marginparwidth]{Carl_Friedrich_Gauss.jpg}&#xA; \captionof{figure}{Carl Friedrich Gauss, født 1777, er bedst kendt for normalfordelingen}}&#xA;\lipsum[1-4]&#xA;\marginpar{\includegraphics[width=0.95\marginparwidth]{Carl_Friedrich_Gauss.jpg}&#xA; \captionof{figure}{Carl Friedrich Gauss, født 1777, er bedst kendt for normalfordelingen}}&#xA;\lipsum[5-6]&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum[2]&#xA;\setlength\columnsep{\marginparsep}&#xA;\begin{wrapfigure}[33]{r}[3cm]{0.46\textwidth}&#xA;\vspace{-1.5\baselineskip}&#xA;\subfloat[Giveaway pr. beholder i procent]{\label{lbl1}&#xA;  \includegraphics[width=0.45\textwidth]{test.png}}\par&#xA;\subfloat[Giveaway pr. beholder i procent]{\label{lbl2}&#xA;  \includegraphics[width=0.45\textwidth]{test.png}}&#xA;\caption{Resultater for testsæt 1 blah blah blah blah blah blah blah.}&#xA;\end{wrapfigure}&#xA;\lipsum[11-14]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastEditorUserId="416" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-19T06:58:44.690" LastActivityDate="2010-11-19T06:58:44.690" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5630" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5197" CreationDate="2010-11-19T06:23:01.603" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As @Meho R. pointed out the problem seems to be the encoding.&#xA;This can be fixed by:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Changing the &lt;strong&gt;UTF-8 characters to escaped latex&lt;/strong&gt;.  This can be done by using &lt;code&gt;konwert utf8-tex&lt;/code&gt; plus an extra command to add the braces.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;An easier way than changing your encoding all the time is to export the Lyx file to LaTeX and &lt;strong&gt;replace the command for the encoding&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[latin9]{inputenc}&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[utf8x]{inputenc}&lt;/code&gt; and then import back to Lyx.  I don't know of a way that works to change this without going through LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="978" LastEditorUserId="978" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-15T17:43:21.963" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T17:43:21.963" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5631" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5384" CreationDate="2010-11-19T09:14:42.987" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To add another latex solution (which perhaps triggers ideas in the context users): Use longtable&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum,longtable}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;&#xA;\begin{longtable}{l}&#xA;\large\bfseries Title \\*[1ex]&#xA; line 1\\&#xA; line 2\\&#xA; line 3 a bit longer&#xA;\end{longtable}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-11-19T09:14:42.987" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="5632" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-19T11:03:00.087" Score="4" ViewCount="194" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello! I am having this problem when using Asana Math with XeLaTeX + unicode-math, if you see&#xA;the pdf found in the download link &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.2shared.com/file/0rL7gJEX/AsanaProblem.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;AsanaProb.zip&lt;/a&gt; you can see that &lt;code&gt;\bigcap&lt;/code&gt; produces much bigger character than it should:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/pQsvv.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it a syntax problem or maybe something else? The document compiled on a linux machine with texlive 2010 if that helps...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2017" LastEditorUserId="627" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-19T15:22:42.753" LastActivityDate="2010-11-20T05:59:41.883" Title="Asana Math Oversized &quot;Big operators&quot;" Tags="&lt;unicode&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="5633" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5599" CreationDate="2010-11-19T11:56:54.113" Score="15" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To answer your question of whether &lt;code&gt;ntheorem&lt;/code&gt; is clearly superior to &lt;code&gt;amsthm&lt;/code&gt; (or the other way round), the answer is unfortunately no as both have advantages and shortcomings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Feature-wise, &lt;code&gt;ntheorem&lt;/code&gt; is clearly ahead of &lt;code&gt;amsthm&lt;/code&gt;, but &lt;code&gt;amsthm&lt;/code&gt; is more robustly designed, and has, as such, less bugs (of course, depending on how you use the &lt;code&gt;ntheorem&lt;/code&gt; package, you may never encounter these bugs, but it's better to be aware of them).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Comparison of features of ntheorem and amsthm&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following table is inspired from the one given in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.grappa.univ-lille3.fr/FAQ-LaTeX/12.29.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot; title=&quot;french FAQ entry about theorems&quot;&gt;French FAQ&lt;/a&gt; entry about theorem and shows a list of features of each packages, clearly showing that &lt;code&gt;ntheorem&lt;/code&gt; can do more things than &lt;code&gt;amsthm&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/6IEQa.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Examples of ntheorem bugs&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here are a few chosen bugs which can occur in ntheorem and of which you should be aware before deciding whether to use &lt;code&gt;ntheorem&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;amsthm&lt;/code&gt;. All these bugs are specific to &lt;code&gt;ntheorem&lt;/code&gt; and do not occur in &lt;code&gt;amsthm&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Break style clash with high material&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When using the break style, if you put something a little too high at the start of the theorem, it will overlap with the theorem title:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/6EBuy.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{ntheorem}&#xA;\theoremstyle{break}&#xA;\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{theorem}&#xA;$\displaystyle \sum_{n=1}^{+\infty}{\frac{1}{n^2}} = \frac{\pi^2}{6}$&#xA;\end{theorem}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footnote in theorem note&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;While it may not be a very good pratice to put footnotes in theorem optional arguments, it can be needed some times, but doesn't work with &lt;code&gt;ntheorem&lt;/code&gt; (the footnote text will be lost; you must use the \footnotemark/\footnotetext trick):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{theorem}[Fermat's little theorem\footnote{First stated in a letter dated October 18, 1640.}]&#xA;...&#xA;\end{theorem}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Long theorem note&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If the theorem's optional argument is too long (either because the document is in two column mode or because the note is indeed very long), it will hang out of the margin. Here's an example in two column mode:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/dK8fp.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[twocolumn]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage{ntheorem}&#xA;\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\begin{theorem}[A very very very very long optional argument]&#xA;\lipsum[2]&#xA;\end{theorem}&#xA;\lipsum[3-5]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Examples of amsthm bugs&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Although it has less bugs, &lt;code&gt;amsthm&lt;/code&gt; is not completely bug-free. Here's a variant of the &quot;too long theorem optional argument&quot; &lt;code&gt;ntheorem&lt;/code&gt; bug, but which only occurs with &lt;code&gt;amsthm&lt;/code&gt; if a list is immediately following the theorem head:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/44DTt.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[twocolumn]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage{amsthm}&#xA;\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\begin{theorem}[A very very very very long optional argument]&#xA;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;\item Bla bla bla.&#xA;\item Bla bla bla.&#xA;\item Bla bla bla.&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;\end{theorem}&#xA;\lipsum[3-6]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1973" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-19T12:37:50.980" LastActivityDate="2010-11-19T12:37:50.980" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5635" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5636" CreationDate="2010-11-19T14:31:20.070" Score="10" ViewCount="430" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need to write an introduction to a topic which relies heavily on several University lecture slides and scripts. I would like to acknowledge this by using something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The following exposé is based on the lectures by \citet{A, B, C} and on \citep{X, Y}.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But the question is, how do I cite them properly? In particular, what is the right BibTeX category? Is the following the only way? I would like to use something as unspecific as &lt;code&gt;misc&lt;/code&gt; as little as possible.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@misc{LectureA,&#xA;  Author = {Ridcully, Mustrum},&#xA;  Institution = {Unseen University},&#xA;  Howpublished = {University Lecture},&#xA;  Year = {2000},&#xA;  Title = {An Introduction to Crossbow Hunting}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-06T16:05:31.587" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T16:05:31.587" Title="How to cite a University lecture (or its slides or script)" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5636" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5635" CreationDate="2010-11-19T14:47:20.383" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quoting from the biblatex documentation, section 2.1.1:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;unpublished: A work with an author and a title which has not been formally published, such&#xA;  as a manuscript or the script of a talk.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thus, you could use &lt;code&gt;unpublished&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;misc&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I see, however, a general problem in referring to something that has not been published: the reader has no possibility to check what you are referring to, which is, in my humble opinion, the whole point in making references.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1376" LastActivityDate="2010-11-19T14:47:20.383" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="5637" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5638" CreationDate="2010-11-19T15:24:41.787" Score="4" ViewCount="151" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a package that takes a long list of boolean flags (currently about 10) in its options, and I want to test if &lt;em&gt;exactly&lt;/em&gt; one of these is set to true - something like an XOR for 10+ booleans.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The only way I can think of is to use the &lt;code&gt;ifthen&lt;/code&gt; package and construct a gigantic statement combining &lt;code&gt;\and&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\or&lt;/code&gt; to test this, but it quickly gets real ugly, and will be incredibly hard to maintain.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a better way to do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="223" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-20T09:23:43.910" LastActivityDate="2010-11-20T09:23:43.910" Title="Nicer way to test that exactly one flag is set" Tags="&lt;booleans&gt;&lt;flags&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="5638" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5637" CreationDate="2010-11-19T16:04:51.503" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could create a counter, add one for each boolean that is true, then test if the counter has the value 1.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-11-19T16:04:51.503" />
  <row Id="5639" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5642" CreationDate="2010-11-19T16:27:16.140" Score="12" ViewCount="299" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to define an environment which typesets the contents in a box, and I'd like to use TikZ (I'm aware of alternatives like fancybox). So I would like something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{abox}%&#xA;  {\begin{tikzpicture}\node(box){\begin{minipage}{0.8\textwidth}}%&#xA;  {\end{minipage}};}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, this doesn't work, because the &lt;code&gt;{...}&lt;/code&gt; that wraps the TikZ node can't be split across the beginning and end of the environment. Is there anyway around this? Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="490" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-30T10:15:03.643" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T10:15:03.643" Title="Defining a new environment whose contents go in a TikZ node" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;nodes&gt;&lt;environments&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="5640" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5643" CreationDate="2010-11-19T16:30:42.203" Score="3" ViewCount="62" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've included a package in my tex file which requires a download from CTAN, so it's freely available just not in the default tex install.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm distributing my tex file, and would either like pdftex to fail silently on the missing package (or log a message explaining that the pdf &quot;looks best with inclusion of blah&quot;), or find a way to ship the tex file with the special sty's. What's the appropriate and conventional way to go about this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="142" LastActivityDate="2010-11-19T17:10:59.377" Title="Induce silent failure" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;sty&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5641" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5559" CreationDate="2010-11-19T16:34:44.067" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;how about trimming the image by using the options of the &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt; command?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;here is an example &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics[trim = 35mm 95mm 40mm 100mm, clip, &#xA;width=0.475\textwidth]&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2022" LastActivityDate="2010-11-19T16:34:44.067" />
  <row Id="5642" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5639" CreationDate="2010-11-19T17:10:16.453" Score="15" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In such cases the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/environ&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;environ&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; page comes handy. Its command &lt;code&gt;\NewEnviron&lt;/code&gt; collects the body which can be accessed as &lt;code&gt;\BODY&lt;/code&gt; macro within your definition. Here's a complete example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usepackage{environ}&#xA;\NewEnviron{abox}{%&#xA;  \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;      \node(box){%&#xA;        \begin{minipage}{0.8\textwidth}&#xA;          \BODY&#xA;        \end{minipage}};&#xA;   \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{abox}&#xA;  Text&#xA;\end{abox}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This compiles without problems and draws the test box.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-20T13:32:34.510" LastActivityDate="2010-11-20T13:32:34.510" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="5643" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5640" CreationDate="2010-11-19T17:10:59.377" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There's \IfFileExists{file}{true}{false}, so you can check in advance if your \usepackage would be successful, and otherwise give a message using, in the simplest case, \typeout. (I always forget the syntax of LaTeX' proper macro for this... \PackageWarningNoLine{package name}{error message}, Google reveals.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1860" LastActivityDate="2010-11-19T17:10:59.377" />
  <row Id="5644" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5646" CreationDate="2010-11-19T17:21:53.543" Score="5" ViewCount="170" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I set up a permanent compile loop that keeps trying even when there are errors? I'm using latexmk with a remote compile setup as discussed &lt;a href=&quot;http://superuser.com/questions/173914/dropbox-latex-automated-pdf-compile&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1398/dropbox-latex-compiling-automation&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;. However, if I save a document with a bug (either a legitimate bug, or I save it before closing a tag), then latexmk halts. Any suggests how I can have it pause, try again, and keep trying again, for ever and ever?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="360" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T17:01:56.960" Title="Ignore compile errors" Tags="&lt;compiling&gt;&lt;errors&gt;&lt;latexmk&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5645" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1938" CreationDate="2010-11-19T17:23:48.767" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a solution as well. It is taken from the MathMode documentation on CTAN, page 112.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\newcommand{\fakealign}{%&#xA;   \mbox{\hspace{5cm}} &amp;amp; \mbox{\hspace{5cm}} \nonumber\\%&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;An equation;&#xA;\vspace{-1cm}&#xA;\begin{align}&#xA;   \fakealign&#xA;   D &amp;amp;= I\left(1+r\right)^t&#xA;\end{align}&#xA;Equation with a long left hand side;&#xA;\vspace{-1cm}&#xA;\begin{align}&#xA;   \fakealign&#xA;   \left(1+d\right)^{-T} &amp;amp;= U&#xA;\end{align}&#xA;Equation with a long right hand side&#xA;\vspace{-1cm}&#xA;\begin{align}&#xA;   \fakealign&#xA;   PV &amp;amp;= \frac{-b \pm \sqrt{b^2 - 4ac}}{2a}&#xA;\end{align}&#xA;They all align with the = sign :)&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can't post an image because I am a new user and therefore don't have enough reputation. But build it and observe!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think this simpler and more elegant than Stefan's solution, but hey. Horses for courses.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Enjoy!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2023" LastEditorUserId="2023" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-19T17:42:57.347" LastActivityDate="2010-11-19T17:42:57.347" />
  <row Id="5646" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5644" CreationDate="2010-11-19T17:31:22.723" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There's &lt;code&gt;\batchmode&lt;/code&gt;, which will disable terminal output and pretend you just pressed enter on every error message, but it won't save you from infinite loops. (There's also &lt;code&gt;\nonstopmode&lt;/code&gt;, which I believe does the same with terminal output.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are usually corresponding command line switches, &lt;code&gt;--interaction=batchmode&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;--batchmode&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1860" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-13T17:01:56.960" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T17:01:56.960" />
  <row Id="5648" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5649" CreationDate="2010-11-19T19:17:54.670" Score="2" ViewCount="135" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using the &lt;code&gt;p&lt;/code&gt; attribute so I can enable text wrapping. How can I get the second column, &lt;code&gt;Numeric Rating&lt;/code&gt; to be center justified?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{multirow}&#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{booktabs}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{table}[H]&#xA;\centering&#xA;\begin{tabular}{ p{2.75cm} p{2.75cm} p{2.75cm} p{7cm} }&#xA;\toprule&#xA;Acceptability &amp;amp;Numeric Rating &amp;amp; General Rating &amp;amp; Improvement Implication\\ \hline&#xA;\multirow{3}{2.75cm}{Acceptable and Satisfactory} &amp;amp; 10 &amp;amp; Excellent &amp;amp; No obvious room for improvement \\&#xA; &amp;amp; 9 &amp;amp; Very Good &amp;amp; Minor improvement possible, but not required \\&#xA; &amp;amp; 8 &amp;amp; Good &amp;amp; Some improvement possible, but not required \\ \hline&#xA;\multirow{3}{2.75cm}{Acceptable but Unsatisfactory} &amp;amp; 7 &amp;amp; Fair &amp;amp; Limited Improvement requested \\&#xA; &amp;amp; 6 &amp;amp; Somewhat Poor &amp;amp; Significant improvement requested \\&#xA; &amp;amp; 5 &amp;amp; Poor &amp;amp; Major improvement requested \\ \hline&#xA;\multirow{4}{2.75cm}{Unacceptable} &amp;amp; 4 &amp;amp; Very Poor &amp;amp; Some improvement mandatory \\&#xA; &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; Bad &amp;amp; Significant improvement mandatory \\&#xA; &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; Very Bad &amp;amp; Major improvement mandatory \\&#xA; &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; Extremely Bad &amp;amp; Extensive improvement or major design changes are mandatory\\ \hline&#xA; &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; \multicolumn{2}{l}{Can't answer question, e.g., don't remember} \\&#xA;\bottomrule&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\caption[General Rating Scale]{General Rating Scale}&#xA;\label{tab:genRating}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="736" LastEditorUserId="736" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-19T19:38:54.020" LastActivityDate="2010-11-19T19:48:42.363" Title="Table column justification when using the p attribute" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5649" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5648" CreationDate="2010-11-19T19:48:42.363" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Load the array package, it provides a shortcut &lt;code&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; for inserting commands into the column definition, this way you could insert &lt;code&gt;\centering&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{ p{2.75cm}&amp;gt;{\centering\arraybackslash}p{2.75cm} p{2.75cm} p{7cm} }&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\arraybackslash&lt;/code&gt; is a small helper macro which restores the meaning of &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; as &lt;code&gt;\tabularnewline&lt;/code&gt; which might otherwise be destroyed by &lt;code&gt;\centering&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-11-19T19:48:42.363" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5650" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5637" CreationDate="2010-11-19T20:13:26.857" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The question does not provide adequate information to provide an &#xA;&lt;em&gt;exact&lt;/em&gt; routine and as Willie Wong commented, it maybe trying to solve the&#xA;problem with the wrong datastructure.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One approach is to place the booleans in a variable consisting&#xA;of zeroes and ones. If anyone of the booleans is true then it will then &#xA;be a number that is greater than zero.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\OneTrue#1{\ifnum#1&amp;lt;1 0\fi\number#1}&#xA;&#xA;\OneTrue{1000101010}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One limitation of the macro above is that if the first boolean is 1 then the string can&#xA;only be ten digits long, otherwise the number will be too big. Depending on the number of booleans&#xA;one could extend the macro and split it into two to avoid this limitation and parse the two arguments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What one does with it afterwards, it depends. One can actually use the first&#xA;boolean that is true to trigger another action. In such a case we would &#xA;have re-discovered the switch datastructure which is catered by &lt;code&gt;ifcase&lt;/code&gt; in TeX!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-19T20:20:46.240" LastActivityDate="2010-11-19T20:20:46.240" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5651" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-19T20:25:12.247" Score="1" ViewCount="119" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I try to run Bibtex a window error is open  that say &#xA;One or more errors occured!&lt;br&gt;&#xA;please check the options!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I do not understand!, What can I do?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks &#xA;Mario&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2027" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-20T00:01:49.907" LastActivityDate="2010-12-20T00:29:47.990" Title="In BibTeX say: One or more errors occured! please check the options!, what can I do?" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;errors&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5652" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3169" CreationDate="2010-11-19T20:46:28.823" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I wouldn't have expected this, but there's an easy answer; &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/5639/defining-a-new-environment-whose-contents-go-in-a-tikz-node/5642#5642&quot;&gt;thanks to Stefan Kottwitz!&lt;/a&gt; (And thanks to Will Robertson for writing the package &lt;code&gt;environ&lt;/code&gt; that I had never heard of before. He should have given this answer; with his package it works like a charm.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath,environ}&#xA;\NewEnviron{example}{%&#xA;\begin{equation}\begin{split}&#xA;  \BODY&#xA;\end{split}\end{equation}&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{example}&#xA;a &amp;amp;= b + c \\&#xA;  &amp;amp;= d + e&#xA;\end{example}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some explanations can be found in Stefan's post behind the above link.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2010-11-19T20:46:28.823" />
  <row Id="5653" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-19T20:57:17.723" Score="4" ViewCount="241" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I am composing a large document in LaTeX, I often compose the chapters in separate documents. When I do this I have to copy and paste a large block of header text to the chapter I am editing so I can make sure the formatting is correct while I am writing it. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I import a header file of formatting information with a single line? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2028" LastEditorUserId="1860" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-19T21:09:59.330" LastActivityDate="2010-11-20T14:24:05.530" Title="Chapters and Formatting Headers" Tags="&lt;include&gt;&lt;preamble&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="5654" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5653" CreationDate="2010-11-19T21:02:02.180" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Put it in a file called &lt;code&gt;header.tex&lt;/code&gt; and in your main chapter put &lt;code&gt;\input{header.tex}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But, you might be better off creating a master file that has the header text in it, then &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt;s the chapters.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\title{my awesome book}&#xA;\author{me}&#xA;\date{\today}&#xA;&#xA;\includeonly{ch1}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\include{ch1.tex}&#xA;\include{ch2.tex}&#xA;...&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Changing the &lt;code&gt;\includeonly&lt;/code&gt; line allows you to switch on and off what gets included.  So you could only include the chapter you were working on to make compiling quicker.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-11-19T21:02:02.180" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5655" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5653" CreationDate="2010-11-19T21:02:41.163" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Solution 1: Put everything up to your \begin{document} in a separate file, say, preamble.tex. You can load this file in your document by saying \input{preamble}.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Solution 2: Almost the other way around: put your chapters in separate files, and have a main file like this&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass...&#xA;.&#xA;.&#xA;.&#xA;\includeonly{chapter2}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\include{chapter1}&#xA;\include{chapter2}&#xA;.&#xA;.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which will cause LaTeX to skip all the other chapters and only use chapter2.tex when you compile main.tex. (You can also list multiple chapters like so: \includeonly{chapter1,chapter7}.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1860" LastActivityDate="2010-11-19T21:02:41.163" />
  <row Id="5656" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-19T21:32:51.970" Score="0" ViewCount="153" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/5651/in-bibtex-say-one-or-more-errors-occured-please-check-the-options-what-can-i&quot;&gt;In BibTeX say: One or more errors occured!  please check the options!, what can I do?&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In a computer with Miktex 2.7 a run bibtex works very well, but in another computer that I have instaled MikTex 2.8 does not work. &#xA;Can someone help me?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2027" LastActivityDate="2010-11-19T23:55:00.420" ClosedDate="2010-11-20T00:02:53.777" Title="BibTeX work in Miktex 2.7, but in version 2.8 does not work" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;miktex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5657" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5745" CreationDate="2010-11-19T21:41:59.713" Score="7" ViewCount="224" Body="&lt;p&gt;My thesis is written in English, but for the acknowledgment page I think I will write a first paragraph in English, one in Italian and one in French.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I was wondering if I have to do something particular with &lt;code&gt;babel&lt;/code&gt; or if there are any typographic / style recommendation about such a page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course to use &lt;code&gt;babel&lt;/code&gt; correctly I have to change the current language with &lt;code&gt;\selectlanguage{french}&lt;/code&gt;. But maybe there are others things to do.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="827" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-21T16:25:34.290" LastActivityDate="2010-11-21T16:25:34.290" Title="Typography and style for acknowledgments written in different languages" Tags="&lt;babel&gt;&lt;book-design&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="5658" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5632" CreationDate="2010-11-19T21:42:57.780" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I expect this is just the way the operators are designed to look. (Can someone verify this?)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you don't like it, you could define an alternative smaller &lt;code&gt;bigcap&lt;/code&gt; like so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\altbigcap}{\scalebox{0.8}{\bigcap}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(0.8 might not be appropriate, I can't check since I don't think I have the relevant font, I don't think...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An alternative solution would be to recycle the answers to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/2997/215&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt; to suit your purpose: replace the bigcap symbol with one from a different font.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-19T21:57:46.877" LastActivityDate="2010-11-19T21:57:46.877" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5659" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="66" CreationDate="2010-11-19T22:56:49.220" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For now, I will post reference manuals that haven't been mentioned here yet.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;LaTeX&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;For LaTeX itself there's a great reference: &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/source2e&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;source2e.pdf&lt;/a&gt;. It's usually part of a LateX distribution, so I quickly access it by &lt;code&gt;texdoc source2e&lt;/code&gt; and enter a keyword to the search feature of the pdf browser.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Presentations&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/beamer&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;beamer&lt;/a&gt; manual is so comprehensive that it serves me often as reference. Again, I use &lt;code&gt;texdoc beamer&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Document Layout&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I appreciate the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/koma-script&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;KOMA-Script&lt;/a&gt; manual by Markus Kohm. In German it's still more extensive, but I hope the English version will be improved as well. The manual addresses many aspects of layout and typographic style. &lt;code&gt;texdoc scrguien&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;texdoc scrguide&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Mathematical Typesetting&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Besides Herbert Voss' great Mathmode.pdf, the &lt;a href=&quot;ftp://ftp.ams.org/pub/tex/doc/amsmath/amsldoc.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;amsmath user's guide&lt;/a&gt; is a valuable reference because amsmath is the standard package for mathematica typesetting. &lt;code&gt;texdoc amsldoc&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Symbols&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The common reference is the &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/info/symbols/comprehensive/symbols-a4.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Comprehensive LaTeX Symbol List&lt;/a&gt; by Scott Pakin containing about 6000 symbols and how to typeset them. &lt;code&gt;texdoc symbols-a4&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Hypertext and PDF features&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The probably most important reference is the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/manual.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;hyperref manual&lt;/a&gt;. It deals with nearly all you need to know about hyperlinks and PDF bookmarks. What it doesn't tell yet, may be read in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/README.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;README file&lt;/a&gt; to that package. &lt;code&gt;texdoc hyperref/manual&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;texdoc hyperref/readme&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Further there's the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/systems/pdftex/pdftex-a.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pdfTeX user manual&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;code&gt;texdoc pdftex-a&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;TeX&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Besides the great TeX-by-Topic reference, the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/texbook.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeXbook&lt;/a&gt; by Donald E. Knuth is my reference because I like to read the documentation written by the TeX creator itself even if it's not so accessible like the first mentioned book.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Bibliographies&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;BibTeXing&lt;/a&gt; by Oren patashnik is a good reference for BibTeX. For instance, it lists entry and field types. &lt;code&gt;texdc btxdoc&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;texdoc&lt;/code&gt; is the tool for quick access, but one should know for what to look out. Earlier it was difficult because one had to remember complicated file names, but today &lt;code&gt;texdoc&lt;/code&gt; understands commonly used aliases.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-19T23:52:11.520" LastActivityDate="2010-11-19T23:52:11.520" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-11-19T22:56:49.220" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5660" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5794" CreationDate="2010-11-19T23:09:16.060" Score="8" ViewCount="278" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ams.org/mathscinet&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Mathscinet&lt;/a&gt; gives bibtex entries with both a &lt;code&gt;doi&lt;/code&gt; and a &lt;code&gt;url&lt;/code&gt; field included. Typically they look something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@article {some-article,&#xA;   […] &#xA;   DOI = {10.1016/j.apal.2008.12.003},&#xA;   URL = {http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.apal.2008.12.003},&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using &lt;code&gt;amsalpha.bst&lt;/code&gt;, modified with &lt;code&gt;urlbst&lt;/code&gt; to process both these fields.  Of course, this means that they both appear, completely redundantly, in my bibliography!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My question is: what's the principled way to deal with this?  Here are the options I've thought of so far:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Modify the bib file so it checks for this redundancy, and doesn't typeset the url in such cases.   This seems ideal if it's possible; has anyone already done something like this?  If not, is it likely to be doable by someone with a little programming experience but no existing understanding of .bst files?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Use a bibstyle that typesets one of &lt;code&gt;url&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;doi&lt;/code&gt; but not both.  Not ideal: other bib entries might have only one but not both, or might have a url different from the doi.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Comment out (or delete) the `url' field by hand, in the bib file, in these cases.  This is what I'm currently doing.  Seems a little clunky; also, somewhat violates “separation of form from content”: having the fields the same is correct as content, it’s just inappropriate for them then to both be typeset.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Related question: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3802/how-to-get-doi-links-in-bibliography&quot;&gt;How to get DOI links in bibliography&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1635" LastActivityDate="2010-11-22T20:55:34.717" Title="Redundancy in bib file: conditionally suppress url if same as doi?" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;url&gt;&lt;doi&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="5661" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5666" CreationDate="2010-11-19T23:19:57.830" Score="9" ViewCount="221" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the standard LaTeX classes the quote and quotation environments are defined as lists. Is there a particular reason for this? After all they do not look like lists!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T16:45:37.220" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T16:45:37.220" Title="Why is the quote environment defined as a list?" Tags="&lt;lists&gt;&lt;quoting&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="5662" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5886" CreationDate="2010-11-19T23:21:10.323" Score="9" ViewCount="501" Body="&lt;p&gt;When copying bibtex entries from journal websites, they usually include a lot of information, and not all of it is necessary depending on the journal you are submitting the paper too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Currently I have two bib files, one with the full citation as taken from the journal page, and the other with the shorthand that I manually entered.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there an automatic way to get bibtex to refactor bibliographies? The citation list is starting to get rather large, and so I would like to avoid just copying the main bib file and trimming down the fields by hand. I've heard of people holding on to 4 or 5 bib files with different citation styles, but if you have 30-40 references, keeping track of 150+ references becomes untenable. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;More specifically I want the bibliography to ignore title entries and automagically replace 4+ authors with the first author + et al. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If it matters, I'm looking to submit to an AIP journal and want to follow their style manual.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1899" LastActivityDate="2010-12-08T20:57:44.963" Title="Bibtex Automatic replacement of 4+ authors with et al." Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;bibliographies&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5663" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="66" CreationDate="2010-11-19T23:25:14.080" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Although it can struggle with more obscure symbols. I use &lt;a href=&quot;http://detexify.kirelabs.org/classify.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;detexify&lt;/a&gt; when I need to look up a symbol name. It is a little applet that does image recognition on hand drawn latex symbols and spits out a few likely candidates and their respective commands. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1899" LastActivityDate="2010-11-19T23:25:14.080" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-11-19T23:25:14.080" />
  <row Id="5664" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5656" CreationDate="2010-11-19T23:55:00.420" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I solved my problem, the problem was the path of the executable files&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2027" LastActivityDate="2010-11-19T23:55:00.420" />
  <row Id="5665" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5651" CreationDate="2010-11-19T23:58:11.400" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I solved my problem, the problem was the path of the executable files&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2027" LastActivityDate="2010-11-19T23:58:11.400" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5666" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5661" CreationDate="2010-11-20T00:16:42.880" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Most LaTeX environments, which start on a new line, are defined this way - as lists. Think of a generic list as displayed text material: some items with indentation left and right and possibly with space before and after. It might be just one item as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, the generic LaTeX command which starts an indented environment is &lt;code&gt;\list&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;code&gt;\quote&lt;/code&gt; is such an environment even if there are not several items but just one. Thus it uses &lt;code&gt;\list&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The name &lt;code&gt;\list&lt;/code&gt; might unfortunately be a bit misleading.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-11-20T00:16:42.880" />
  <row Id="5667" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4178" CreationDate="2010-11-20T00:42:52.577" Score="-1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Creating two columns of different widths is so counter-intuitive and non-trivial. Why? This seems like something that should be fairly frequently used. &lt;em&gt;sigh&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2030" LastActivityDate="2010-11-20T00:42:52.577" />
  <row Id="5668" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="326" CreationDate="2010-11-20T00:58:23.763" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Robert Poser has created a site dedicated to thesis templates:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.thesis-template.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.thesis-template.com/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It provides ready-to-go thesis templates of various universities worldwide. He has even created a google map for viewing the templates origins on the world map.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Besides LaTeX templates there are also LyX thesis templates.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-20T16:31:47.997" LastActivityDate="2010-11-20T16:31:47.997" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-11-20T00:58:23.763" />
  <row Id="5669" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5338" CreationDate="2010-11-20T01:53:49.363" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The following code shows three possible solutions to the updated question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\def\NODESa&#xA;  {\matrix&#xA;    {&#xA;    \node (a) {$a$} ; &amp;amp; \node (b) {$b$} ; \\&#xA;    } ;&#xA;  }&#xA;&#xA;\def\NODESb&#xA;  {\matrix[ampersand replacement=\&amp;amp;]&#xA;    {&#xA;    \node (a) {$a$} ; \&amp;amp; \node (b) {$b$} ; \\&#xA;    } ;&#xA;  }&#xA;&#xA;\begingroup&#xA;\catcode`\&amp;amp;=\active&#xA;\def\x#1{#1}%&#xA;\x{%&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;\def\NODESc&#xA;  {\matrix&#xA;    {&#xA;    \node (a) {$a$} ; &amp;amp; \node (b) {$b$} ; \\&#xA;    } ;&#xA;  }&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \scantokens\expandafter{\NODESa}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \NODESb&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \NODESc&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2010-11-20T01:53:49.363" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="5670" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="326" CreationDate="2010-11-20T02:35:50.483" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I just redid the uclathesis class, and in the process collected (iirc without checking) about a dozen thesis classes from various schools in the US and Europe to look at how others did this or that. In the end I used memoir, and it was pretty simple and straightforward, all in all. The part that took the longest (a day?) was the construction of the frontmatter pages (titlepage, signature page, copyright, vita, dedication, acknowledgements, abstract) which all had to have a special format.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I could email you any or all of these, and, even tho I'm probably not in the same class as many of the latex coders here, I'd be happy to advise you if you need it, since this is an exercise that I just finished.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2003" LastActivityDate="2010-11-20T02:35:50.483" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-11-20T02:35:50.483" />
  <row Id="5671" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1444" CreationDate="2010-11-20T02:50:39.643" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use plain ol' TeX all the time when I want to do something fast. Sometimes from the command prompt. As has been pointed out, the minimal command is \bye.&#xA;e.g.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$ e^{i\pi} + 1 = 0 $&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, the answer to your first question is: you need to know commands in TeX's math mode (mostly the same as LaTeX) and the command \bye . You should be able to make all the notes you need with that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2003" LastEditorUserId="119" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-20T12:15:35.787" LastActivityDate="2010-11-20T12:15:35.787" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5672" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5632" CreationDate="2010-11-20T03:54:59.837" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;(Repeated from my answer &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.charlietanksley.net/philtex/forum/topic/asana-math-and-big-operators?replies=2#post-263&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;at the PhilTeX forums&lt;/a&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm actually getting a reverse problem when trying \bigcap with unicode-math and Asana Math: the result looks too small. I can't quite figure it out at the moment. We seem to be using the same version of the package. Out of curiousity, are you using a 32 or 64 bit version of Linux? I know there seems to be some bad mojo between 64 bit linux and unicode-math (which may explain why I'm having trouble).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think this largely a matter of taste. I don't think that cap looks so big that it &lt;em&gt;couldn't&lt;/em&gt; be intended to be that big. What I find jarring, however, is that it is bigger than the bounded product sign, which looks bad just because it is inconsistent.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Along kind of similar lines to Seamus's suggestion, my own suggestion would be to try loading the relsize package &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{relsize}&lt;/code&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and redefine \bigcap like this &lt;strike&gt;in the preamble&lt;/strike&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;   \let\oldbigcap\bigcap&#xA;   \renewcommand{\bigcap}{\mathop{\mathsmaller{\oldbigcap}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But the problem I'm having with the package right now prevents me from testing that code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can iterate \mathsmaller commands to make it smaller and smaller.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastEditorUserId="411" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-20T05:59:41.883" LastActivityDate="2010-11-20T05:59:41.883" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="5673" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="66" CreationDate="2010-11-20T04:18:35.557" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;At work I have the beamer and pgf manuals open about 50% of the time.  &lt;em&gt;The TeXbook&lt;/em&gt; is one of the most thumbed books I own.  But I also would like to recommend &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://rads.stackoverflow.com/amzn/click/0201398257&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;A Guide to LaTeX&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; by Kopka and Daly.  A very nice guide that starts from basics and ends with a bit of programming.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-11-20T04:18:35.557" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-11-20T04:18:35.557" />
  <row Id="5674" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-20T04:35:00.350" Score="4" ViewCount="151" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm writing my CV and I'd like something that works like HTML's abbr tag in my document. I know there are packages like pdfcomment and cooltooltips, but those really only work with Acrobat Reader -- it's likely that some of my intended readers won't be using Acrobat, so I need a solution that should work in any reasonable PDF viewer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I only need short bits of text, and I've noticed that hyperlinks seem to have a tooltip with the URL that hovers below the text -- this is pretty much what I want, and it seems to work in readers like Evince and xpdf, so I'm guessing this is a good route.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd like a special link border color or decoration, so the reader can figure out that this is not a hyperlink that one can click and open in a browser.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to use &lt;code&gt;\href&lt;/code&gt; to do this? Or is there a package that will do this using some other method?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1830" LastActivityDate="2010-11-20T05:53:42.450" Title="How can I get pdflatex to make tooltips attached to text, like HTML's abbr tag?" Tags="&lt;pdf&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5675" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5678" CreationDate="2010-11-20T05:43:15.573" Score="7" ViewCount="362" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to keep my text in Helvetica as usual but would like to have my equations and formulas in Roman or MT Extra. So far, I've tried using different packages but that changes both the text and the math. I'm writing my document using LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2031" LastActivityDate="2010-11-20T06:16:53.847" Title="How To Change Math Font Only?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;mathmode&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5676" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13" CreationDate="2010-11-20T05:48:59.053" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I hadn't read Taraborelli's &quot;The Beauty of Latex&quot; ( &lt;a href=&quot;http://nitens.org/taraborelli/latex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://nitens.org/taraborelli/latex&lt;/a&gt; ) in a few years, but this question inspired to look at it again.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I come at it from the other direction. I learned latex waaaay before I ever tried Word (no MS Word in Unix, my first OS). I find Word to be very hard to use, mostly because it's always doing thing I don't want it to and I can't figure out how to tell it to stop. To me it's very non-intuitive, and, of course, barfingly ugly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anyway, I congratulate you on your move to LaTeX. I've transitioned many people from word to LaTeX, and there are a few strategies which I've found are helpful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1) do as little 'programming' as possible. This mostly entails having a templet file with things pre-done for you that you can cut and paste (e.g. general templets for figures, tables,...). In my lab I distribute such a file so that newbies only have to really learn some math-mode commands to write almost any doc our lab (papers, theses, etc) produces.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2) The things most newbies have trouble with are tables. So, plan your tables in advance and have someone help you if your tables aren't doing what you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;3) Try to have a specific class file for whatever you're doing if it's a journal paper, book, thesis, whatever.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;4) have a good latex book at hand. I have Knuth's TeXbook and Kopka and Daly's LaTeX book.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;5) Join an online community where you can ask questions&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anyway, good luck.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2003" LastActivityDate="2010-11-20T05:48:59.053" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5677" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5674" CreationDate="2010-11-20T05:53:42.450" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think what you want does not exist. Apart from the commands provided by packages like &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/fancytooltips&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;fancytooltips&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/cooltooltips&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;cooltooltips&lt;/a&gt; (and the PDF specials they employ), there is no way of putting tooltips into PDFs. What you are observing in evince is not a different kind of tooltip, but just a built-in reaction to the presence of a hyperlink in the document. (Yes, it's in xpdf too, but keep in mind that the poppler libraries that evince and okular run on are derived from xpdf.) What's being &quot;read&quot; from the PDF is just the hyperlink. And it's not true that you'll see the same behavior in all &quot;sane&quot; PDF viewers: hyperlinks that produce tooltips like these in evince do not do so for Ghostview (gv), or MuPDF, or Zathura (which I consider to be reasonable PDF viewers).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-11-20T05:53:42.450" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5678" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5675" CreationDate="2010-11-20T06:16:53.847" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;First select the package that changes the math font and the text font, such as &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{mathpazo}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And &lt;em&gt;then&lt;/em&gt; change the text font.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand\rmdefault{hpv}% or whatever&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-11-20T06:16:53.847" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5679" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5653" CreationDate="2010-11-20T06:58:54.480" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can also embed the command &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; if you want something to appear irrespective of the &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt; commands:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\title{my awesome book}&#xA;\author{me}&#xA;\date{\today}&#xA;&#xA;\includeonly{ch1}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\include{ch1.tex}&#xA;\include{ch2.tex}&#xA;...&#xA;\input{appendix}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1999" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-20T14:24:05.530" LastActivityDate="2010-11-20T14:24:05.530" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5680" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="66" CreationDate="2010-11-20T08:11:46.977" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;My book shelf is quite full, but in practice I do not use any of those, except when I occasionally have to do some LaTeX. So:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;TeX&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;The TeXBook&lt;/em&gt;. Eijkhout's TeX by Topic may be easier to read for general use, but when you need the absolute final answer to a question, nothing beats Knuth's own manual.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;LaTeX&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;The LaTeX Companion.&lt;/em&gt; As said, I do not use LaTeX a lot, but when I do, I find this the easiest way to look something up.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ConTeXt&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.contextgarden.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ConTeXt Wiki&lt;/a&gt;'s search box. There are quite a lot of manuals about ConTeXt, but the wiki is the most valuable resource, for me.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-11-20T08:11:46.977" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-11-20T08:11:46.977" />
  <row Id="5681" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5338" CreationDate="2010-11-20T08:48:41.033" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Not really a proper answer, but perhaps it is useful as hint:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Based on what buffers do, the &lt;code&gt;filecontents&lt;/code&gt; environment combined with &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; (for &lt;code&gt;\getbuffer&lt;/code&gt;) and &lt;code&gt;\verbatiminput&lt;/code&gt; (for &lt;code&gt;\typebuffer&lt;/code&gt;) comes closest, I think.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-11-20T08:48:41.033" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5682" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3033" CreationDate="2010-11-20T09:39:20.117" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You may also want to look at the &lt;code&gt;breakurl&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1491" LastActivityDate="2010-11-20T09:39:20.117" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5683" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5686" CreationDate="2010-11-20T10:32:59.673" Score="5" ViewCount="221" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using &lt;code&gt;longtable&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; environment and noticed that it puts some additional whitespace at the top and at the bottom of the table. Is there some way to remove it (something less hacky than &lt;code&gt;\vskip -\baselineskip&lt;/code&gt; before the table)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Small piece of code for illustration:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{book}&#xA;\usepackage{longtable}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Linelineline&#xA;&#xA;\begin{longtable}{l l} cell1 &amp;amp; cell2 \end{longtable}&#xA;&#xA;Linelineline&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{l l} cell1 &amp;amp; cell2 \end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;Linelineline&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And that's what I am getting:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://sites.google.com/site/bloggerhelpers/xelatex/tables.png&quot; alt=&quot;tables&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Common &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; environment does not have any additional margins, but &lt;code&gt;longtable&lt;/code&gt; does.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1464" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-20T20:19:04.477" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T20:19:04.477" Title="How to remove top and bottom whitespace of longtable?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;longtable&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="5684" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="66" CreationDate="2010-11-20T11:05:00.777" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not certain how useful it is these days, but I feel that I ought to mention Leslie Lamport's original book &quot;A Document Preparation System - LaTeX - User's Guide and Reference Manual&quot; from 1986. I grabbed it from a guy who was retiring at the last place I worked. It's actually still pretty good for beginners.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have that, Knuth's 'TeXbook' and 'Metafont', and Kopka and Daly's `Guide to LaTeX2e'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I also use texdoc a lot.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2003" LastActivityDate="2010-11-20T11:05:00.777" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-11-20T11:05:00.777" />
  <row Id="5685" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5709" CreationDate="2010-11-20T11:34:39.417" Score="4" ViewCount="283" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using the caption and subcaption packages to create sub-figures in a document.  I have two cases of sub-figures:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Two sub-figures side-by-side.  For this, the captioning is excellent.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Two sub-figures one below the other. in this case, the first sub-caption appears immediately above the second sub-figure.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I configure the sub-captions to include a small space between themselves and the next element in the second case, without messing up the setup for the first case? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The rude way is to stick a vskip explicitly after the first sub-figure.  I prefer to avoid this hack.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1527" LastActivityDate="2010-11-20T20:01:43.077" Title="Setup for sub-captions for two sub-figures one below the other" Tags="&lt;subfloats&gt;&lt;vspace&gt;&lt;subcaption&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5686" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5683" CreationDate="2010-11-20T11:47:26.883" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To remove the whitespace before and after a longtable, you may change the lengths &lt;code&gt;\LTpre&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\LTpost&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setlength{\LTpre}{0pt}&#xA;\setlength{\LTpost}{0pt}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Their default value is &lt;code&gt;\bigskipamount&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-11-20T11:47:26.883" />
  <row Id="5687" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5690" CreationDate="2010-11-20T11:51:47.240" Score="7" ViewCount="167" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've wandered into uncharted territory with a package I'm writing. At one point I need to create a table of 'n' columns (n supplied by user in doc). Creating a variable in the preamble of the tabular declaration will handle the number of rows and the justification, but I can't seem to figure out how to create a row of labels with 'n' cells. Hopefully this MWE example will clarify (I've massively simplified my code to focus on, what I think, is the problem). This will generate the error.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;    \documentclass{memoir}&#xA;    \begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;     \ newcounter{n}&#xA;      \newcommand{\repeatntimes}[2]{ % usage:\repeatntimes{c}{3} -&amp;gt; ccc&#xA;      \setcounter{n}{0}%&#xA;      \loop\addtocounter{n}{1}{#1}%&#xA;      \ifnum\value{n}&amp;lt;#2\repeat}&#xA;&#xA;      \newcommand{\sublabels}{\repeatntimes{blah &amp;amp;}{2}}&#xA;&#xA;      \begin{tabular}[t]{ccc}&#xA;      \sublabels blah \\&#xA;      \end{tabular}&#xA;    \end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I need \sublabels to expand such that what gets typeset is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}[t]{ccc}&#xA;blah &amp;amp; blah &amp;amp; blah \\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know that this is an expansion problem, but there's another problems also, which is that the '&amp;amp;' is one of the 10 special characters that do funny things. The error message is &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Missing } inserted.&#xA;&amp;lt;inserted text&amp;gt;&#xA;                }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I recall Knuth talking about this in the TeXbook, but I spend a long time today trying to find it and couldn't. I've tried all sorts of ways to sequence the expansion, but none work, I &lt;em&gt;think&lt;/em&gt; because of the way '&amp;amp;' functions, but I'm not sure.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would appreciate any ideas. TIA&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2003" LastActivityDate="2010-11-20T14:32:56.277" Title="Problem with dynamic table creation" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;programming&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5688" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5699" CreationDate="2010-11-20T12:11:43.557" Score="9" ViewCount="274" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm quite new to LaTeX (~3 months) and I'm excited about buying the books. I just bought The TeXbook on eBay and hopefully it should arrive next week. I might even want to get a printed copy of TeX by Topic since I'm not a big fan of reading on-screen. Next in line, I want to get either The LaTeX Companion or Guide to LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Is it too late to get hold of the LaTeX2e-related books considering LaTeX3 is coming (though I don't know of any time frame yet)?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Kindly enlighten me on the following assumptions. From what I've read around here, I have a general feeling that:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The TeXbook and The LaTeX Companion lean on a more narrative style&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;TeX by Topic and Guide to LaTeX read more like a reference book&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;For a starter, I can only afford:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;either The TeXbook or TeX by Topic; and&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;either The LaTeX Companion or Guide to LaTeX. I can already navigate &lt;code&gt;lshort&lt;/code&gt; (the &quot;narrative tutorial&quot;) quite well, so I'm leaning towards Guide to LaTeX (the &quot;reference manual&quot;).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;What do you think of my book choices? I tend to prefer something in the style of a reference manual.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="791" LastActivityDate="2010-11-20T20:09:23.503" Title="Help in choosing LaTeX2e books in light of LaTeX3 development" Tags="&lt;books&gt;&lt;documentation&gt;&lt;latex3&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5689" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5662" CreationDate="2010-11-20T12:13:18.003" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As the comments have mentioned, I would recommend against maintaining a bibliography with the abbreviations done by hand. This is exactly the sort of automatic thing that bibtex should be doing for you. That said, I don't know how to control this sort of thing with bibtex. I seem to remember that &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt; did automatically truncate author lists, but I can't remember how much control it gave you. (indeed, this could well have been one of the things that made me move to biblatex...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;biblatex&lt;/a&gt; solution would simply be to set &lt;code&gt;maxnames=4&lt;/code&gt; as a package option. Incidentally, biblatex is no longer in beta: v1.0 was uploaded to CTAN yesterday.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-20T12:58:30.350" LastActivityDate="2010-11-20T12:58:30.350" />
  <row Id="5690" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5687" CreationDate="2010-11-20T12:39:40.417" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can fix &lt;code&gt;\repeatntimes&lt;/code&gt; like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\repeatntimes}[2]{ % usage:\repeatntimes{c}{3} -&amp;gt; ccc&#xA;   \newcount\i&#xA;   \newtoks\ans&#xA;   \loop&#xA;      \ans=\expandafter{\the\ans#1}&#xA;      %\showthe\ans% uncomment to watch this work&#xA;      \advance\i by 1&#xA;      \ifnum\i&amp;lt;#2\repeat&#xA;   \the\ans&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\sublabels}{\repeatntimes{blah &amp;amp;}{2}}&#xA;\begin{tabular}[t]{ccc}&#xA;\repeatntimes{blah &amp;amp;}{2} blah \\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;gives you what you said you wanted.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But maybe there's something more elegant, depending on what you really want.  Do you want a row of cells in a table to all be the same thing?  Maybe you could read the column specification to find the correct n.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-20T14:20:52.507" LastActivityDate="2010-11-20T14:20:52.507" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="5691" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-20T13:09:17.470" Score="2" ViewCount="246" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using XeLaTeX to produce photobooks. Searching for info on placing portrait jpg's on a page with adjacent column text similar to published photo books. Have no Problem with landscape mode with text at bottom.  Any pointers gratefully received and will be followed up.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2033" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-27T02:52:07.943" LastActivityDate="2010-11-27T02:52:07.943" Title="XeLaTeX portrait jpg photo insertion" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;two-column&gt;&lt;external-images&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5692" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5694" CreationDate="2010-11-20T13:24:39.163" Score="7" ViewCount="271" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using the &lt;code&gt;tocloft&lt;/code&gt; package to alter the looks of my table of contents, but there's one thing I can't find in the documentation: splitting the number by level, to insert other delimiters than &quot;.&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd like to have my ToC formatted in the following way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;1 § The First Section&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;1 § 1. The First Subsection of the First Section&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;1 § 1. The Second Subsection of the First Section&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;2 § The Second Section&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;etc...&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To set the section level numbering, I use &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand\cftsecaftersnum{ \S\ }&lt;/code&gt; which works like a charm. But I can't figure out how to get between the section and subsection counter on the subsection numbers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the record, numbers on the actual subsection headers are already using the desired format. It unfortunately does not carry over to the ToC...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="223" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-12T02:03:55.770" LastActivityDate="2011-03-12T02:03:55.770" Title="Changing number format in ToC" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;numbering&gt;&lt;formatting&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="5693" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5696" CreationDate="2010-11-20T13:43:41.590" Score="6" ViewCount="164" Body="&lt;p&gt;I recently came across &lt;code&gt;\protected@edef&lt;/code&gt; in the/a LaTeX2e source. Can anyone give me a minimal or simple example, where I need this? I know this has to do with fragile commands/robustness, but I am looking for a concrete example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="243" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-20T15:46:14.477" LastActivityDate="2010-11-20T15:46:14.477" Title="Minimal \protected@edef example" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;expansion&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5694" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5692" CreationDate="2010-11-20T13:46:53.597" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you redefine &lt;code&gt;\thesubsection&lt;/code&gt; it would carry over to the TOC:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand*{\thesubsection}{\thesection~\S~\arabic{subsection}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or start by adding it to &lt;code&gt;\thesection&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand*{\thesection}{\arabic{section}~\S}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\thesubsection}{\thesection~\arabic{subsection}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note, I used &lt;code&gt;~&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\&lt;/code&gt; because a line break between number and § is not very desirable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-11-20T13:46:53.597" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5695" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5693" CreationDate="2010-11-20T14:23:49.373" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As you might guess, &lt;code&gt;\protected@edef&lt;/code&gt; is a wrapper around the TeX &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt; primitive. To understand what is going on, you need to understand the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4736/&quot;&gt;difference between fragile and robust commands&lt;/a&gt;: as this has been covered before here I'll assume you've read up on that difference!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What you may well know is that with fragile commands, it is often necessary to add &lt;code&gt;\protect&lt;/code&gt; in front of them. When you define a macro with an optional argument, using &lt;code&gt;\DeclareRobustCommand&lt;/code&gt; will set up an internal macro which includes this automatically.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm going to take as an example the &lt;code&gt;\cite&lt;/code&gt; macro, which takes an optional argument and is defined using &lt;code&gt;\DeclareRobustCommand&lt;/code&gt;. If you do &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\show\cite&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the result is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;gt; \cite=macro:&#xA;-&amp;gt;\protect \cite  .&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, the &lt;code&gt;\protect&lt;/code&gt; mechanism will not work inside a simple &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt;. Try&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\edef\test{\cite{stuff}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;with the &lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt; class and you get the rather cryptic&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Use of \\deftranslation doesn't match its definition.&#xA;\@ifnextchar ... \reserved@d =#1\def \reserved@a {&#xA;                                                  #2}\def \reserved@b&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, you would not do this directly, but can imagine some user input being passed to an internal macro which needs to &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt; the material. So how do you do the &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt; while still allowing &lt;code&gt;\cite&lt;/code&gt; to appear in the input? This is where &lt;code&gt;\protected@edef&lt;/code&gt; comes in:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\protected@edef\test{\cite{stuff}}&#xA;\show\test&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;gives the rather more reasonable&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;gt; \test=macro:&#xA;-&amp;gt;\protect \cite  {stuff}.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Multiple &lt;code&gt;\protected@edef&lt;/code&gt; calls will simply repeat this process: the &lt;code&gt;\cite&lt;/code&gt; will not be expanded until the material is actually typeset (or you forgot to be safe and use &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt;!).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How does this work? Well, &lt;code&gt;\protect&lt;/code&gt; does not always have the same definition. Most of the time it is defined as &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt;, so does nothing at all. However, &lt;code&gt;\protected@edef&lt;/code&gt; changes the definition to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\noexpand\protect\noexpand&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inside an &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt;, this will preserve the presence of &lt;code&gt;\protect&lt;/code&gt; (to allow multiple &lt;code&gt;\protected@edef&lt;/code&gt; calls), and will then prevent expansion of the next token: the macro we want to leave alone. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Similar considerations apply to &lt;code&gt;\protected@xdef&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\protectd@write&lt;/code&gt;, which have the same issues with expansion.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All of this is very clever, but you do have to remember to use &lt;code&gt;\protected@edef&lt;/code&gt; and there are some circumstances where the protection fails. For that reason, the e-TeX extensions include the &lt;code&gt;\protected&lt;/code&gt; primitive, which defines 'engine robust' macros. These never expand inside an &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt;, without the need for any extra steps.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-20T14:42:04.083" LastActivityDate="2010-11-20T14:42:04.083" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5696" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5693" CreationDate="2010-11-20T14:32:12.437" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Joseph has given a very good explanation. To give you a complete tiny example just for testing to see a difference:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\newcommand*{\firstsection}{\protect\centering First section}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\edef\currentsection{\firstsection}&#xA;\section{\currentsection}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This fails to compile. We got &lt;code&gt;Undefined control sequence.&lt;/code&gt; because &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt; has thrown away the &lt;code&gt;\protect&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\newcommand*{\firstsection}{\protect\centering First section}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\protected@edef\currentsection{\firstsection}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\section{\currentsection}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This compiles and works as expected, because &lt;code&gt;\protected@edef&lt;/code&gt; keeps the effect of &lt;code&gt;\protect&lt;/code&gt; within our macro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-11-20T14:32:12.437" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5697" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5687" CreationDate="2010-11-20T14:32:56.277" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd use the expandable &lt;code&gt;\prg_replicate:nn&lt;/code&gt; function from &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/expl3&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{memoir}&#xA;\usepackage{expl3}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \ExplSyntaxOn&#xA;  \newcommand*{\sublabels}{\prg_replicate:nn{2}{blah &amp;amp;}}&#xA;  \ExplSyntaxOff&#xA;  \begin{tabular}[t]{ccc}&#xA;  \sublabels blah \\&#xA;  \end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could of course take the code behind &lt;code&gt;\prg_replicate:nn&lt;/code&gt; and implement it yourself without &lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt; if you want (after all, it is ultimately just TeX programming). However, I'd go with the 'pre-packaged' version (not surprising, although I'd point out that &lt;code&gt;\prg_replicate:nn&lt;/code&gt; pre-dates my involvement with LaTeX3 by a long way).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-11-20T14:32:56.277" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="5698" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5691" CreationDate="2010-11-20T14:50:05.207" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Minipages&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you position photos and text in varying places, you could put two &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt; environments next to each other - one for the picture, the other contains the text. The minipage environment understands some arguments for vertical alignment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tables&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To typeset several photos and texts within columns, you could consider to use a &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; environment. The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/longtable&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tabularx&lt;/a&gt; package comes handy if you would like to fit the text width. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[demo]{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{tabularx}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\noindent\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{lX}&#xA;\includegraphics{photo1} &amp;amp; First photo \\&#xA;\includegraphics{photo2} &amp;amp; Text for second photo&#xA;\end{tabularx}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I used the demo option, so we don't need real photos to compile, they are replaced by black filled rectangles.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tables spanning over pages&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you would like to keep a column formatting across page borders, you could use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/longtable&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;longtable&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Alignment&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that an picture embedded by &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt; has the base line at its bottom. Knowing that is important for the alignment, both with minipage and tabular environments. It might be necessary sometimes to use &lt;code&gt;\raisebox&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\raise&lt;/code&gt; to make adjustments. For top alignment, sometimes there's a trick used, just inserting &lt;code&gt;\vspace{0pt}&lt;/code&gt; right before &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-11-20T14:50:05.207" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5699" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5688" CreationDate="2010-11-20T14:50:46.197" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As a member of the LaTeX3 Project, my advice would be to totally ignore LaTeX3 when looking at books on LaTeX at the moment. There are two reasons. First, none of the books I know of cover anything about the new work of the LaTeX3 Project. Secondly, and really much more importantly, the 'user level' experience of LaTeX is not likely to change substantially even if/when LaTeX3 is released. So what you can learn &lt;em&gt;now&lt;/em&gt; about LaTeX2e should in the main remain relevant for a long time.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So which book to buy? If it's just one I'd go for &lt;em&gt;The Guide to LaTeX&lt;/em&gt;: this is intended as a guide for new users, and balances nicely the need to cover the basics with enough additional material to get going. On the other hand, I tend to think of &lt;em&gt;The LaTeX Companion&lt;/em&gt; as more of a reference work. It also suffers a little from the changes in packages over time: there are a number of significant new LaTeX2e packages that are not in &lt;em&gt;The LaTeX Companion&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;TeX by Topic&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;The TeXBook&lt;/em&gt; are very good to understand TeX, but as starters I wouldn't recommend them for new LaTeX users. You can read &lt;em&gt;TeX by Topic&lt;/em&gt; electronically, and as it is more of a programmers reference I find that quite convenient: I tend to want to look up a single TeX primitive at a time. If you are going to buy one in print, I'd probably go for &lt;em&gt;The TeXBook&lt;/em&gt; as it is more narrative than &lt;em&gt;TeX by Topic&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;em&gt;The TeXBook&lt;/em&gt; is alos not intended purely for programmers (at least in theory!), while I'd say &lt;em&gt;TeX by Topic&lt;/em&gt; is really not a users book.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-11-20T14:50:46.197" />
  <row Id="5700" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5703" CreationDate="2010-11-20T16:35:50.110" Score="2" ViewCount="354" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[fleqn,12pt,a4paper]{article} % normal&#xA;\usepackage[utf8x]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec,xltxtra,xunicode}&#xA;\usepackage{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;\usepackage{color}&#xA;\usepackage{setspace}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\usepackage{microtype}&#xA;\usepackage{cmll}&#xA;\usepackage{tabularx}&#xA;\usepackage{pifont}&#xA;\usepackage{amstext, amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{unicode-math}&#xA;&#xA;\setmathfont{Sanskrit2003}&#xA;&#xA;\setmainfont[Script=Devanagari]{Sanskrit2003}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document} &#xA;$ A\xleftarrow{n+\mu-1}B \xrightarrow[T]{n\pm i-1}C $  \\&#xA;$ आज\xleftarrow{कल}अ \xrightarrow{पर्सो}तलवार $&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I tried to use this, the text above written in English works fine, however when I try Unicode devanagari font then I get arrows but no text.&#xA;Your help would be greatly appreciated. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2036" LastEditorUserId="729" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-20T18:36:04.833" LastActivityDate="2010-11-20T18:36:04.833" Title="Arrows with Text (Using Unicode Devanagari fonts)" Tags="&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;unicode&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="5701" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5704" CreationDate="2010-11-20T16:36:55.990" Score="2" ViewCount="231" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi there.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have installed Texlive 2010 on Ubuntu 10.10 from .iso image. now I want to upgrade my pgf. After following &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2044/how-to-install-a-current-version-of-tikz&quot;&gt;these&lt;/a&gt; steps, I receive this error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! I can't find file `pgfmathfunctions.code.tex'.&#xA;l.16 \input pgfmathfunctions.code.tex&#xA;(Press Enter to retry, or Control-D to exit)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I searched that file and found it in pgf's directories. When I copy it beside of my tex file, another error is occurred: the program is unable to find another file; that exists in pgf directories... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Note:&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;I do &lt;code&gt;sudo texhash&lt;/code&gt; after replacing new directories.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2035" LastActivityDate="2010-11-20T19:23:54.463" Title="Problem with installing current version of TikZ." Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="10" />
  <row Id="5702" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2044" CreationDate="2010-11-20T18:17:34.420" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are fairly good installation instruction in the pgf manual, however, there seems to be few small discrepancies between the current (v. 2.10) manual and the reality.  First, the manual mentions tarball (.tgz) file, and the recent builds seem to all be distributed as zip files, second, the recent builds all seem to contain a TDS (TeX Directory Structure) compliant trees (you can tell since the files have names like &lt;code&gt;pgfCVS2010-09-28_TDS.zip&lt;/code&gt;, which means that a TDS compliant installation should be really easy. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I highly recommend installing the package into either a local or a personal texmf tree.  That way when your package manager (whether it is a part of your operating system or your tex distribution) will not replace your major upgrade a some minor one in the future. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The usual locations of these threes are described in the pgf manual.  The local tree is usually &lt;code&gt;/usr/local/share/texmf/&lt;/code&gt; on unix based systems (linux, bsd, maybe mac?) and &lt;code&gt;C:\localtexmf\&lt;/code&gt; on windows.  If you do not have administrator privileges on your system, you will want to use your local tree, usually in &lt;code&gt;~/texmf/&lt;/code&gt; on unix (I don't know where the location is on windows). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now to the actual installation: download the zipped file (either current stable release from &lt;a href=&quot;http://sourceforge.net/projects/pgf/files/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;sourceforge&lt;/a&gt; or a development build from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/builds/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;texample.net&lt;/a&gt;).  Make sure the file has &lt;code&gt;TDS&lt;/code&gt; in the name somewhere, it should be something like &lt;code&gt;pgf_some_version_info.tds.zip&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;pgfsome_version_info_TDS.zip&lt;/code&gt;. Simply unzip the file into your local or personal TDS tree directory.  Then run &lt;code&gt;texhash&lt;/code&gt;, which should update the tex file database so TeX can find your new files. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am making this a community wiki, since there are so many things other people can add or correct (different operating systems, different TeX distributions, ...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2010-11-20T18:17:34.420" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-11-20T18:17:34.420" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5703" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5700" CreationDate="2010-11-20T18:24:22.357" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You should not use normal text directly in math mode, the English text will be treated as math and set in math italic (by default) with math spacing and so on, while other scripts will not be shown at all since default math fonts have only Latin (and some Greek also for math).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Instead you should set inside &lt;code&gt;\text{}&lt;/code&gt; from amsmath, eg:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article} % normal&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\usepackage{amstext, amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;\setmainfont[Script=Devanagari]{Sanskrit2003}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;$ A\xleftarrow{n+\mu-1}B \xrightarrow[T]{n\pm i-1}C $  \\&#xA;$ \text{आज}\xleftarrow{\text{कल}}\text{अ} \xrightarrow{\text{पर्सो}}\text{तलवार} $&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also there are many issues with your preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[utf8x]{inputenc}&lt;/code&gt; makes no sense with xelatex, remove it.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{fontenc}&lt;/code&gt; you don't need that one either&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{microtype}&lt;/code&gt; current versions of microtype does not support xetex, so this one does nothing.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{unicode-math}&lt;/code&gt; &amp;amp; &lt;code&gt;\setmathfont{Sanskrit2003}&lt;/code&gt; makes no sense too, unicode-math needs special OpenType math fonts and only Latin and Greek math are supported, so &lt;code&gt;\setmathfont{Sanskrit2003}&lt;/code&gt; will just give you broken math (and using unicode-math without setting a math font is even more broken.)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Not sure about the rest, but it would be better to make sure you actually need them in your document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastActivityDate="2010-11-20T18:24:22.357" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5704" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5701" CreationDate="2010-11-20T18:39:20.713" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Not a direct answer to your question, but the current archive of TeX Live 2010 actually contains pgf/tikz v2.10. So &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; sudo tlmgr update --all&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will (amongst others) download tikz v.2.10 and install it. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: I think I know what is going on: You have both TeX Live 2009 from the Ubuntu archive and TeX Live 2010 installed. For your normal user $PATH is set such that TL2010 is seen, but for root path doesn't point to the TL2010 installation. So whenever you call &lt;code&gt;sudo texhash&lt;/code&gt; it will actually use the TL2009 texhash, which of course causes problems.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-20T19:23:54.463" LastActivityDate="2010-11-20T19:23:54.463" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="5705" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5706" CreationDate="2010-11-20T18:45:40.867" Score="3" ViewCount="135" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a locally installed &lt;code&gt;pgf&lt;/code&gt; in my local texmf tree.  Now my tex distribution finally caught up and the version of pfg in the package manager is newer than my locally installed version.  How can I delete the local version?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2010-11-21T13:08:19.740" Title="How to delete a locally installed version of pgf?" Tags="&lt;installing&gt;&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;texmf&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5706" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5705" CreationDate="2010-11-20T18:50:17.977" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You have to delete all associated files manually and then refresh the filename database (FNDB). The details of this process depend on your OS.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-11-20T18:50:17.977" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="5707" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5705" CreationDate="2010-11-20T19:06:20.387" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To find out what files, you can get hold of the original archive that you got &lt;code&gt;pgf&lt;/code&gt; from and list the files, then you can use that list to delete the right files.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using &lt;code&gt;zsh&lt;/code&gt; on a Linux machine, and I downloaded the &lt;code&gt;pgf&lt;/code&gt; tree into my &lt;code&gt;Desktop&lt;/code&gt; folder, so in my &lt;code&gt;texmf&lt;/code&gt; directory, I could do:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;for f in $(unzip -ql ~/Desktop/pgf_2.10.tds.zip); do&#xA;[[ -e $f &amp;amp;&amp;amp; -f $f ]] &amp;amp;&amp;amp; rm $f&#xA;done&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To remove any empty directories, you could then do&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;for f in $(unzip -ql ~/Desktop/pgf_2.10.tds.zip); do&#xA;[[ -e $f &amp;amp;&amp;amp; -d $f ]] &amp;amp;&amp;amp; rmdir -p $f&#xA;done&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that &lt;code&gt;rmdir&lt;/code&gt; only deletes empty directories so it's safe.  You have to do this afterwards, and you have to specify the &lt;code&gt;-p&lt;/code&gt; (remove parents) because directories tend to be listed &lt;em&gt;first&lt;/em&gt; in the archive, so in the archive you might have:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;a&#xA;a/b&#xA;a/b/c.txt&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but when deleting them, you need to delete them in reverse order.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I suppose you could modify the original script to reverse the order:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;for f in $(unzip -ql ~/Desktop/pgf_2.10.tds.zip | tac); do&#xA;[[ -e $f &amp;amp;&amp;amp; -f $f ]] &amp;amp;&amp;amp; rm $f&#xA;[[ -e $f &amp;amp;&amp;amp; -d $f ]] &amp;amp;&amp;amp; rmdir $f&#xA;done&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;if you really wanted to)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could also just move them out of the way, rather than deleting them.  And I'd recommend making a backup of your &lt;code&gt;texmf&lt;/code&gt; tree &lt;strong&gt;before&lt;/strong&gt; doing this in case you accidentally delete a file that you shouldn't have done.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-11-20T19:06:20.387" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5708" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-20T19:07:18.290" Score="1" ViewCount="533" Body="&lt;p&gt;Does anyone know of a site which collates Lyx templates and provides previews of how they look?&#xA;I don't just mean thesis layouts but also letters, essays and all sorts. &#xA;Many thanks in advance. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2039" LastActivityDate="2010-11-20T21:02:25.200" Title="Lyx Templates site" Tags="&lt;templates&gt;&lt;lyx&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="5709" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5685" CreationDate="2010-11-20T19:20:10.227" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can set the length &lt;code&gt;\belowcaptionskip&lt;/code&gt; (default value 0pt) as you need it. Either do this locally inside the concerned figure environment as shown below or globally in the preamble.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper,english]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{babel}&#xA;\usepackage[font=small,labelfont=bf,tableposition=top]{caption}&#xA;\usepackage[font=footnotesize]{subcaption}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{figure}[!ht]&#xA;    \setlength{\belowcaptionskip}{5pt}&#xA;    \centering&#xA;    \begin{subfigure}[b]{0.75\textwidth}&#xA;      \rule{\linewidth}{0.5\linewidth}&#xA;      \caption{First sub-figure}\label{fig:first}&#xA;    \end{subfigure}&#xA;    \begin{subfigure}[b]{0.75\textwidth}&#xA;      \rule{\linewidth}{0.5\linewidth}&#xA;      \caption{Second sub-figure}\label{fig:second}&#xA;    \end{subfigure}&#xA;    \caption{Two dummy sub-figures}\label{dummy}&#xA;  \end{figure}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/caption&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;caption&lt;/a&gt; manual has the details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastEditorUserId="1063" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-20T20:01:43.077" LastActivityDate="2010-11-20T20:01:43.077" />
  <row Id="5710" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5708" CreationDate="2010-11-20T19:34:03.080" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are many examples in the LyX wiki: &lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.lyx.org/Examples/Examples&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://wiki.lyx.org/Examples/Examples&lt;/a&gt;. Among them are letters, presentations, CV, exercises and more.&#xA;Or check out the &lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.lyx.org/Layouts/Layouts&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Layouts&lt;/a&gt; page on the same site.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-20T21:02:25.200" LastActivityDate="2010-11-20T21:02:25.200" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5711" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5715" CreationDate="2010-11-20T19:49:34.697" Score="4" ViewCount="262" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm looking for some good books on XeTeX to have them as references whenever I want to look up something or learn something new. Level doesn't really matter, either novice or advanced would do but I'd really like the book(s) to be broad in content - like some of the LaTeX books that I've read:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;A Guide to LaTeX&lt;/em&gt; by H. Kopka and P. Daly&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;The Not So Short Introduction to LATEX2ε&lt;/em&gt; by T. Oetiker&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Many thanks for any recommendations,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2031" LastActivityDate="2010-11-21T02:20:22.657" Title="Good XeTeX Books" Tags="&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;books&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="5712" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5705" CreationDate="2010-11-20T19:53:39.320" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Thorsten's and Andrew's answers are excellent, and will pertain to any package that you have installed locally which now needs to be removed.  However, there may be an easier way.  It seems that all files that the pgf package contains, at least in version 2.10, is contained in one of the following directories:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;doc/generic/pgf/&#xA;scripts/pgf/&#xA;source/latex/pgf/&#xA;tex/context/third/pgf/&#xA;tex/latex/pgf/&#xA;tex/plain/pgf/&#xA;tex/generic/pgf/&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;except the &lt;code&gt;README&lt;/code&gt; file that is in the root of the archive.  As far as I can tell, no other package should put anything in those directories, so removing these 7 directories with their contents and refreshing the filename database should do the job.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2010-11-20T19:53:39.320" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-11-20T19:53:39.320" />
  <row Id="5713" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5688" CreationDate="2010-11-20T20:09:23.503" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would recommend if you serious about learning about LaTeX and TeX to consider the learning stages of La(TeX), which I will describe in detail below, rather than just a selection of books. It is rather long and please excuse me if you find it boring, but by the end you will know why LaTeX3 will take a long time, before it becomes a standard!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The rookie@ stage&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At this stage, you still haven't peeked under the hood and you are only interested in producing a beautiful document (you still haven't got a thesis, article or book published, so you only have a document)! You are up and running within an hour by reading the `Not so Short Introduction to Latex' and the use of some common packages. A few good classes are the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/memoir/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;memoir&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://code.google.com/p/tufte-latex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tufte-latex&lt;/a&gt;  c&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/classicthesis/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;lassic-thesis&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;koma script&lt;/a&gt;  and of course your own Department's style, which you just hate but have to use. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The rookie@i stage&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Your report does not look so good in certain places you want to start using hyperlinks and color and you discover packages like the  &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/xcolor/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;xcolor&lt;/a&gt; Oh! my gosh I can typest color by just typing the wavelength of light?&#xA;(If you are a physics student this is particularly good, especially if you insert a footnote or endnote that the book is typeset in minion pro using a main font color with a wavelength of 800 nm or 300 nm and hyperlnks with a wavelength of 450 nm). You are also excited that TeX typesets using the &lt;em&gt;sp&lt;/em&gt; which is smaller than the visible wavelength of light.&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Hyperef&lt;/a&gt;  and everyone is talking about the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/soul/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;soul&lt;/a&gt;  and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/microtype/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;microtype&lt;/a&gt;  package, let us try this out. I want more of these, how is it done after all I can program in Python, C++, Fortran etc.., this must be easy. You now forgo going out for a month to save some money and you buy the &lt;em&gt;TeXBook&lt;/em&gt; and the &lt;a href=&quot;http://rads.stackoverflow.com/amzn/click/0201529831&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX Companion&lt;/a&gt;  but find both of them dated. You also discovered all the corners of the web that have anything to do with TeX and then there is CTAN which is like the Temple of TeX. It has anything from relics to new offerings! &lt;em&gt;Read the package documentation, read the package and read the code listing as well&lt;/em&gt;. Even if it does not make much sense.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The rookie@ii stage&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now you read The Book. Catcodes? futurelet? afterassignment? afterexpand, noexpand Eh! where are the &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\bibliography&lt;/code&gt; and citation stuff? You persevere, after reading thrice through a few chapters you run out of memory, that is your own memory! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;TeX is like learning to speak a foreign language and although written in Pascal originally which was a beautiful language with only about 40 beautiful constructs TeX needs you to know about 150-300 hundred or so reserved words. Did I just say reserved? Not really, TeX can be re-written in TeX and folded over into any other language as it is Turing complete and if you are into functional programming you can read &lt;code&gt;lamda&lt;/code&gt; and see how you can have unbounded lists.  At this stage you think the TeXbook was the wrong choice and go back to LaTeX. Typeset a few more items an article or too for your papers using your publishers template. You get a bit more adventurous and typeset your colleagues accented name using a &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt;. Oh! my! this will take a bit longer. You also spent about two weeks trying to get a &lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.octave.org/wiki.pl?&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;sombrero&lt;/a&gt; SimpleExamples plotted using &lt;code&gt;TikZ&lt;/code&gt;, only to think that there must be a quicker path to enlightment and you decide to go another route using &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gnu.org/software/octave/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Octave&lt;/a&gt;, but the output does not look so good, so you download &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/psfrag/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;psfrag&lt;/a&gt;  and now know what an &lt;code&gt;eps&lt;/code&gt; file is and how to include it properly with the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/graphicx.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;graphicx&lt;/a&gt;  package, but it looks a bit odd where you placed it and you download the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;wrapfig&lt;/a&gt; package to wrap it between the text. Having finished it you decide you would rather have two sombrero's but the caption does not look right so you download the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;caption&lt;/a&gt; package and the &lt;code&gt;subfig&lt;/code&gt; package so that you can have the perfect layout, figures and captions! By now you can dish out a report. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The rookie@iii stage&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It normally starts at the beginning of a break. Determined that since you have managed to solve all the sudoku puzzles on your phone and you have a good understanding of maths, TeX can be mastered - it is after all a typesetting engine (please don't say program or software or DTP). To  understand &lt;code&gt;catcode&lt;/code&gt; you read the &lt;code&gt;shortvrb&lt;/code&gt; package documentation. Now it makes a bit more sense! You have a peek at the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/listings/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;listings&lt;/a&gt;  package to typeset your code (in Python and now you start clicking why in Python indentation is important), but you still cannot really say you understand it. After winning with &lt;code&gt;catcode&lt;/code&gt;, you want to move further, it always puzzled you why do you have &lt;code&gt;csname&lt;/code&gt;. How does it work? You stumble on the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/lipsum/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;lipsum&lt;/a&gt; package after all you needed something that can produce sample text for all your experiments with TeX and LaTeX. Reading through the package documentation you can get a good understanding of csname as well as recursion and &lt;code&gt;delimited macros&lt;/code&gt;.  So now you have variables that can have any letters in their definition, but outside &lt;code&gt;csname&lt;/code&gt; they can't? Hm.. you wonder why? And &lt;code&gt;expandafter&lt;/code&gt; still gives you problems.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The rookie@iV stage&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thankful that Knuth decided not to put a new version of TeX for the last 30 years or so - how could you else catch up with all the changes - the code has simmered internally and now you want more, as you are probably keeping a blog on the sideline you discover encoding schemes utf-08 and oh! my gosh I can have javascript in my pdfs! You read the code in &lt;code&gt;animate&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;movie15&lt;/code&gt;. You also read DP story's &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/acrotex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;AcroTeX&lt;/a&gt;. You also dubbing wih LuaTeX and have tried every flavour of TeX. This stage can take up to 49\% of your graduate years. At the end of this stage you will know what an &lt;code&gt;ogonek&lt;/code&gt; is, but probably have no use for it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The rookie@V stage&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;People start phoning you up at 3h00 am to ask for your help to finish their paper. You are now a bit more serious, you have already passed the little beyond. You have a large collection of &lt;code&gt;.sty&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;.dtx&lt;/code&gt; files and a directory listing of your hardisk shows something like a few thousand &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; files, many called &lt;code&gt;untitled-3.tex&lt;/code&gt; etc. When your &lt;code&gt;untitled&lt;/code&gt; files number around  500 you can be sure that some light is at the end of the tunnel. You now determined to write a few packages yourself, but this will have to wait until your thesis is finished. Some lucky guys do this before their thesis finishes at the risk of seeing their supervisor retire before they  officially submit their thesis. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You have now really mastered the one True fact of TeX that it only has &lt;em&gt;one datatype&lt;/em&gt; and that is &lt;code&gt;token lists&lt;/code&gt;. AS you are now more into Computer Science - this will be true by now even if you study archaeology - you start reading through packages like &lt;code&gt;TikZ&lt;/code&gt; to see how they coerced a &lt;code&gt;foreach&lt;/code&gt; loop &lt;code&gt;arrayjobx&lt;/code&gt; for arrays and &lt;code&gt;datatools&lt;/code&gt;  and you try &lt;em&gt;once&lt;/em&gt; the LaTeX3 macros. This stage sometimes called the rapid learning stage can be quite fast and can take anything between a a year or two. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And since we are talking about time,  if you are wondering how you can get the OS time with TeX there is always &lt;code&gt;\time&lt;/code&gt; which is not unix time but defined as the time that elapsed since midnight in hours. But as you probably want to also get the seconds that elapsed you will need to use &lt;code&gt;pdfcreationtime&lt;/code&gt;, which makes you go all the other way to read about the &lt;code&gt;postcript&lt;/code&gt; language and the &lt;code&gt;pdf&lt;/code&gt; standards which makes you wonder how did Adobe manage to convince the ISO committee to make a standard out of &lt;code&gt;pdf&lt;/code&gt;. So you decide just to use the packges &lt;code&gt;datetime&lt;/code&gt; or the &lt;code&gt;datenumber&lt;/code&gt; and you wonder into leap years and things like the Gregorian calendar.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But since maybe you are not a Computer Science student you just for fun typeset an article in &lt;code&gt;phoenician&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;plutoniko greek&lt;/code&gt; or two pages from your family bible in blackletter or a chess board for a chess tournament using the &lt;code&gt;skak fonts&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The rookie@vi stage&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You are now feeling again like a teenager, you are on top of the world and you know, you know everything and what you don't know you know you can master. You take another peek at LaTeX3, oh! my gosh! here we go again, what an alien syntax, you might as well been programmming in &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Brainfuck&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;brainfuck&lt;/a&gt; all these years. You don't like the underscore and after taking a few years pondering if you need to leave a thinspace after a colon or not and discovering that the French not only have a 'space' named after them but also use it before and after a colon, you decide you want a bit more knowledge on typography and now you buy Bringhurst's  Elements of Typography and you probably read some of Tufte's books. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Meanwhile, you are about to be kicked out of University not only because you haven't submitted your thesis but also because you picked arguments about your Department's Thesis style. You haven't worked so hard all these years to see your Magnus Opus be printed in double space. Just the thought of it makes you sick and stay in bed for a couple of days. Bored you read the TeXbook chapters randomly now starting from the last. Oh! well you always meant to read how the output routine and how floats worked, so you download the &lt;code&gt;float&lt;/code&gt; package and have a special float for &lt;code&gt;my@Holiday@fotos&lt;/code&gt;. Contemplating  that their must be an easier way to do all these you decide its time to play around with Lua, so you have a break from TeX and you learn Lua. Compared to TeX this is a piece of cake and since you are not so worried about co-routines you learn Lua in two days. After that sense prevails you &lt;code&gt;\obey@thelines&lt;/code&gt; and submit your thesis having now doubled spaced it using the &lt;code&gt;setspace&lt;/code&gt; package. As it doubled with the double spacing it is now 1300 pages long  and it gets returned for editing! At your girlfriends suggestion you remove four chapters by simply commenting the &lt;code&gt;input&lt;/code&gt; commands and  scale all the figures using &lt;code&gt;\scalebox&lt;/code&gt;. As no-one wants to read your Thesis again you pass.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The rookie@v stage&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You now go out to have a drink, having successfully submitted your Thesis and while talking to your buddy about LaTeX you get strange looks from the girls sitting at the next table, who are probably thinking you are some foreigners with strange habits. With the 'high' gone you now feel like the author who just finished his diatribe on `&lt;em&gt;How Many Angels can sit on a Pin-head&lt;/em&gt;' and decide to get a job. This is now an alien environment, everyone is talking deadlines and money and worst of all there is word everywhere and people are using Windows. You keep quite - remembering the girls in the pub and their strange looks. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Like someone persecuted for their religion you sneak out a report done in a jiffy with a hack of the LaTeX report class - sprinkled with about fifty packages and your own styles, only to have it returned by your boss telling you that it must be done in the Company style. You manage to talk your boss out of this and you occassionally use LaTex for a few years. You keep doing odds and ends using LaTeX and convert some people at work to use it. This can last for a few years and between different careers and jobs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The master@i stage&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can now call yourself a &lt;em&gt;master@i&lt;/em&gt; since just by finishing your PhD and working for a year gives you this right. You got married and have kids and while dating you have sent your wife poems written in LaTeX using the &lt;code&gt;verse&lt;/code&gt; package. TeX is just a hobby now - you just write most of your notes with it and you do what you do for a living. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This stage is never reached by academics as they perpetually iterate recursively between stage &lt;em&gt;rookie@i&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;rookie@v&lt;/em&gt;, digging further and further into the details fractally. You have some good stuff - all unpublished and all waiting for the last polish to be published. You decide to gather all your notes into a book, which naturally would be written in a combination of LaTeX macros and TeX plus a couple of scripts on the side to help you manage all the information you have gathered. Now having spent about 10,000 hours on learning the ins-and-outs of TeX you are ready to face everything and you can call yourself an expert! Your eyes see variables like &lt;code&gt;\@carcube&lt;/code&gt; without being bothered by the &lt;code&gt;@a&lt;/code&gt;and more importantly know what they mean, you can do reals with high precision using the &lt;code&gt;fp&lt;/code&gt; package and you have written your own Euler problem TeX solutions with the answers formatted nicely with the &lt;code&gt;numprint&lt;/code&gt; package just for the fun of it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The master@ii stage&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Very few people reach this stage, as they need to be blessed by nature to do so. It is like being borne with an IQ high enough to enter Mensa at the age of ten. Longevity is not common; although people like &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.enlightennext.org/magazine/j30/kurzweil.asp&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Ray Kurzweil&lt;/a&gt;  believe the Omega point is near and this gives you hope, because not only you know what the &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Omega_Point&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Omega point&lt;/a&gt; is, but you also have tried the alpha and the omega and you can also typeset the greek omega in any font possible. You can even design your own and just the thought of it, makes your day and you are now determined that since you are on retirement you can now pretty do whatever you like and you decide that after walking the dog to-morrow you will sit down and try and do that in a combination of METAFONt and Lua or METAPOST and Lua, you also have some ideas about some packages which you want to talk to your wife about it, but your daughter just phoned you to ask you how to typeset a &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;phonetic symbol&lt;/a&gt;  in LaTeX and you cannot answer it, how can you have missed this all these years and memory is again becoming a problem. You take a walk to the pub for a drink and you talk to your buddy about LaTeX and this time the girls at the next table don't bud an eye-lid. But by now having mastered the masterable parts of TeX and this has given you patience and wisdom and this does not bother you. You know TeXing is a journey. You decide to now try and understand the output routines better and you read the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/ms/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;everyshi&lt;/a&gt;  and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/everypage/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;everypage&lt;/a&gt;  packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the fun of it also you grab an old copy of a printout of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/background/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;background&lt;/a&gt; &#xA;package and peek at the code as you can still remember they are all similar and somewhere in the garage you have three volumes of  Salomon TeX Magnus Opum. At the backgound there is music and just for the fun of it you download the &lt;code&gt;musixtex&lt;/code&gt; package to see how it works! maybe you can change the fonts to True Type or Type 1 or Type 10! Life is good!&#xA;&lt;code&gt;\number 42.&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The master@iii stage&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To be continued after one year &lt;code&gt;\ldots\&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\elide&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/memoir/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;1&lt;/a&gt; Note there are many different paths to learning TeX and different nodes. This post only describes one such path, other paths are for example `rookie_nnn:i etc., but that is not for me!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-11-20T20:09:23.503" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="5714" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-20T20:20:39.917" Score="10" ViewCount="358" Body="&lt;p&gt;hello,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have a table with 2 columns (for vocables, but also complete sentences) and for one of these 2 columns I want to add annotations on the page border. It must however be possible to associate the annotation with a specific set of words (in case of a complete sentence on my vocable sheet where I annotate only one or several words of a sentence). &lt;a href=&quot;http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_N_XJPWiIQ2M/SCyRHAniPUI/AAAAAAAAAAc/a55kmBRVlaw/s1600-h/20080515todonotes.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;I thought of something like this&lt;/a&gt;. However this package doesn't work when you use tables, what I'm doing ): Thank you very much for any hint!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2040" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T10:23:49.590" Title="Create an annotation for table text on the page border" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;comments&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="5715" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5711" CreationDate="2010-11-20T20:22:25.470" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;XeTeX is in opposite to ConTeXt just another compiler engine (like PDFTeX) and not a separate typesetting system. So it can't do any harm to read LaTeX documentation. A kind of XeTeX documentation is given with the manuals of some specific packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/fontspec&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;fontspec&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/mathspec&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;mathspec&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/polyglossia&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;polyglossia&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/xltxtra&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;xltxtra&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/xunicode&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;xunicode&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm sure you will find much more useful information on the &lt;a href=&quot;http://scripts.sil.org/cms/scripts/page.php?site_id=nrsi&amp;amp;id=xetex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;XeTeX Project Homepage&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-11-20T20:22:25.470" />
  <row Id="5716" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-20T21:21:53.047" Score="2" ViewCount="147" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am producing pages for a website using pdfTeX.  My style is to use lots of bulleted lists and also lots of cutouts (sidebars such as many magazines use).  I am using wrapfig.sty for the cutouts; the version I have is version 3.6 from 2003.  It is very erratic and gets along especially badly with bulleted lists.  Right now I have made a work-around by defining my own lists, but they are not nearly as nice as the LaTeX system.  I have tried tweaklist but it seems to make things worse, not better.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there anything better than wrapfig?  It occured to me that one of the new typesetting systems that are TeX with additional capabilities (such as XeTeX and ConTeXt) might make the situation easier.  Does anyone have any recommendations?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="793" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-21T15:01:13.770" LastActivityDate="2010-11-22T18:16:26.293" Title="Better way to make sidebars?" Tags="&lt;lists&gt;&lt;wrapfigure&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5717" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5730" CreationDate="2010-11-20T22:41:05.630" Score="2" ViewCount="233" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to use LuaTeX (LuaLaTeX) in MiKTeX 2.9 and I'm stuck with getting it to load cyrillic hyphenation patterns. I'm quite new to LuaTeX, so maybe there's something special about hyphenation and language support in it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's my sample document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\defaultfontfeatures{Ligatures=TeX}&#xA;\usepackage[russian]{babel}&#xA;&#xA;\setmainfont{Charis SIL}&#xA;&#xA;\title{Заголовок}&#xA;\author{Автор}&#xA;\date{}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;&#xA;\begin{abstract}&#xA;Цель работы: проверить \LuaTeX.&#xA;\end{abstract}&#xA;&#xA;Проверка. Очень длинная строка для проверки переносов: дезоксирибонуклеиновый тест.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I get no hyphenation and overfull hbox in this example. Same text hyphenates nicely in XeTeX and pdfTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="336" LastActivityDate="2010-11-21T17:06:56.487" Title="LuaTeX cyrillic hyphenation problems" Tags="&lt;luatex&gt;&lt;hyphenation&gt;&lt;miktex&gt;&lt;babel&gt;&lt;cyrillic&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5718" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-20T23:04:00.993" Score="2" ViewCount="398" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to create a pie chart in LaTeX. Do you know a package which manages that?&#xA;I tried datatool which uses tikz as backend but seems to be unusable due to mysterious floating point errors.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2043" LastActivityDate="2010-11-21T16:32:09.650" Title="Package for pie charts" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5719" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5718" CreationDate="2010-11-20T23:16:18.460" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are several packages which master that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/datatool&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;datatool&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/pgf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pgf/tikZ&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/pstricks&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pstricks&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first one can generate charts from data files.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-11-20T23:16:18.460" />
  <row Id="5720" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5639" CreationDate="2010-11-20T23:16:28.317" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;First of all: I never knew about &lt;code&gt;environ&lt;/code&gt; and am impressed.  My answer is not nearly so good, but I learned it from the LaTeX sources so it should count for something.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Try writing&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{&amp;lt;stuff&amp;gt;{\iffalse}\fi}&#xA;               {\iffalse{\fi}&amp;lt;stuff&amp;gt;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;stuff&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;, of course, is what you wrote.  The point is that there are no unbalanced braces in this construction, because when parsing macro arguments, TeX does not actually expand anything, in particular, &lt;code&gt;\iffalse&lt;/code&gt;.  Thus, the &quot;commented out&quot; braces are present for the purposes of reading in the contents of the environment commands, and then absent for the purposes of executing them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: In this and many other cases, the much simpler expedient of &lt;code&gt;\bgroup...\egroup&lt;/code&gt; works too:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{&amp;lt;stuff&amp;gt;\bgroup}&#xA;               {\egroup&amp;lt;stuff&amp;gt;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since &lt;code&gt;\bgroup&lt;/code&gt; is &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt; to equal &lt;code&gt;{&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\egroup&lt;/code&gt; is &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;}&lt;/code&gt;, this (in theory) is synonymous with using braces, except that (since these &quot;implicit characters&quot; don't count as far as nesting inside arguments being parsed is concerned) it doesn't break definitions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Occasionally you come across a situation where literal braces are required; &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt; itself is an example.  You &lt;em&gt;must&lt;/em&gt; write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\cs{&amp;lt;def'n&amp;gt;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and not&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\cs\bgroup&amp;lt;def'n&amp;gt;\egroup&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but in many higher-level constructions (including, my quick test shows, TikZ) this is not a problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="575" LastEditorUserId="575" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-20T23:41:49.727" LastActivityDate="2010-11-20T23:41:49.727" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="5721" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5705" CreationDate="2010-11-20T23:30:08.593" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This looks for all the subdirectories named &lt;code&gt;pgf&lt;/code&gt; in the user's texmf directory, then deletes them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;find ${TEXMFHOME} -type d -name pgf | xargs rm -rf  &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;rm -rf&lt;/code&gt; with caution, of course!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-21T11:40:18.357" LastActivityDate="2010-11-21T11:40:18.357" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5722" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5733" CreationDate="2010-11-21T01:14:35.087" Score="8" ViewCount="172" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm wondering on how to get the plural version of &quot;volume&quot; with biblatex when mentioning several numbered volumes? Something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@BOOK{ref,&#xA;author =       &quot;author&quot;,&#xA;title =        &quot;title&quot;,&#xA;year =         &quot;year&quot;,&#xA;publisher =    &quot;publisher&quot;,&#xA;location =     &quot;location&quot;,&#xA;volume =       &quot;1-2-4&quot;&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using key &quot;volumes&quot; is not the solution. Thanks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-01T23:42:19.623" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T23:42:19.623" Title="several volumes in biblatex" Tags="&lt;biblatex&gt;&lt;volume&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="5723" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5711" CreationDate="2010-11-21T02:20:22.657" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Many books about LaTeX in general are mentioned &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/11/what-is-the-best-book-to-start-learning-latex/&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Documentation about XeTeX can be found &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/xetex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1987" LastActivityDate="2010-11-21T02:20:22.657" />
  <row Id="5724" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="143" CreationDate="2010-11-21T02:28:12.027" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In my experience Jabref doesn't handle certain characters well, and there's always quite a bit of manual fixing involved when someone uses it to translate some other format to bib format. Endnote comes to mind.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2003" LastActivityDate="2010-11-21T02:28:12.027" />
  <row Id="5726" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-21T05:20:07.150" Score="6" ViewCount="156" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to escape TeX codes on a range of text; this is for a macro providing slightly neater URL formatting. The code I have now is,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\serifurl}[2]{\textsf{\href{#1://#2}{#2}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where the first arg is the protocol (http) and second is rest of the link. While the link is generated correctly for the PDF, the tilde characters are not escaped (they turn into whitespace), making the print version incorrect. I want something like &lt;code&gt;\verb&lt;/code&gt; without the formatting.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks very much,&#xA;Nicholas&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1149" LastActivityDate="2010-11-21T23:53:13.023" Title="How does one automatically escape a sequence of text, like &quot;verbatim&quot; but without the formatting?" Tags="&lt;verbatim&gt;&lt;url&gt;" AnswerCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5727" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5734" CreationDate="2010-11-21T07:04:29.853" Score="2" ViewCount="119" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am hoping to use Skak to typeset my chess notes, and as part of the learning process, I decided to typeset a page from a chess book I own.  I got as far as the following before I stumbled.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt,twocolumn]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{skak}   &#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;    \textbf{Botvinnik -- Smyslov} \\&#xA;    \textit{World Championship Match (17)} \\&#xA;    \textit{Moscow 1957} \\&#xA;    Gr\&quot;{u}nfeld Defence&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;&#xA;\newgame&#xA;\styleC&#xA;&#xA;\mainline{ 1. Nf3 Nf6 2. g3 g6 3. c4 c6 4. Bg2 Bg7 5. Nc3 O-O 6. d4 d5 7. cxd5 cxd5 8. Ne5 b6}&#xA;&#xA;A satisfactory way of developing.  After \variation{8... Nc6 9. Nxc6 bxc6} Black would be saddled with a weak pawn at c6.&#xA;&#xA;\mainline{9. Bg5 Bb7 10. Bxf6 Bxf6 11. O-O}&#xA;&#xA;In the variation \variation{11. e4 dxe4 12. Nxe4 Bxe5 13. dxe5 Nd7 14. f4 Nc5} Black has a good game.&#xA;&#xA;\mainline{11... e6 12. f4}&#xA;&#xA;If \variation{12. e4 Nc6 13. exd5 Nxe5 14. dxe5 Bxe5 15. dxe6 Bxg2 16. exf7+ Rxf7 17. Kxg2 Bxc3 18. bxc3 Qxd1 19. Rfxd1 Rc8 20. Rd3 Rc4}, and Black can successfully battle for a draw in the rook ending.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like to insert the variation (13. Nxc6 Bxc6 14. exd5 exd5) between the half-moves 13. exd5 and 13...Nxe5 of the last line.  My first attempt was to use \variations within \variations, but that failed due to a discrepancy in move counts.  Then I tried to be clever and spent some time playing with convoluted \hidemoves and \restoregame tricks, but still no luck.  Any suggestion as to how I can typeset nested variations?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2047" LastActivityDate="2010-11-21T11:21:00.737" Title="Typesetting nested chess variations in Skak" Tags="&lt;skak&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5728" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2737" CreationDate="2010-11-21T07:04:49.837" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I totally agree with you on the benefit of making table by Excel add-in. It's extremely handy in the case you just need to create &quot;normal&quot; tables - not a complex-structured ones, but there is a bunch of them!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another great thing of creating tabular code from Excel is that, as doing research or statistics, many rows and columns are not raw material, they are the result calculating with different functions in Excel. If we want to create table Latex code by just writing, how can we deal with those calculated values?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2048" LastActivityDate="2010-11-21T07:04:49.837" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5729" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5726" CreationDate="2010-11-21T08:15:14.830" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd simply use the mechanism from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/url&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;url&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\urlstyle{sf}&#xA;\url{http://www.tug/org}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-11-21T08:15:14.830" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5730" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5717" CreationDate="2010-11-21T09:25:23.587" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I just realized that it could be that the non-hyphenation is because of character codes. The latest luatex's from texlive have a file &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.bittext.nl/temp/luatex-unicode-letters.tex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;luatex-unicode-letters.tex&lt;/a&gt; that sets the lowercase codes for non-latin letters, and chances are that that is not in miktex (yet). I put a copy of that file up under the link above, you could try to &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; that file, perhaps it fixes things.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastEditorUserId="89" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-21T12:07:14.123" LastActivityDate="2010-11-21T12:07:14.123" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5731" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5717" CreationDate="2010-11-21T10:53:49.877" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Additional comment to Tacos answer. To add  luatex-unicode-letters.tex to your lualatex format: Save  luatex-unicode-letters.tex in &quot;a local root&quot;/tex/generic/luatexconfig. Put the following code in a file lualatex.ini and save it &quot;a local root&quot;/tex/latex/latexconfig. Renew the FNDB and then regenerate the lualatex format.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: And here the code for lualatex.ini I mentioned:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; % $Id$&#xA; % Karl Berry, originally written 2008. public domain.&#xA;&#xA; % must be done first (activation of primitives)&#xA; \input lualatexiniconfig.tex&#xA;&#xA; \input luatex-unicode-letters.tex&#xA; \input pdftexconfig.tex&#xA; % pdf output by default.&#xA; \scrollmode&#xA; \let\dump\relax&#xA; \input latex.ltx&#xA; \input lualatexquotejobname.tex&#xA; \pdfprimitive\dump&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastEditorUserId="2388" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-21T17:06:56.487" LastActivityDate="2010-11-21T17:06:56.487" />
  <row Id="5732" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3851" CreationDate="2010-11-21T10:58:59.003" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sweave and R is another cool option.&#xA;You could create a code chunk in an Rnw file that imports the table, calculates anything you want, and then writes the result as a tex table.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.stat.uni-muenchen.de/~leisch/Sweave/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Friedrich Leisch's notes&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://jeromyanglim.blogspot.com/2010/02/getting-started-with-sweave-r-latex.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;my own introduction&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="151" LastActivityDate="2010-11-21T10:58:59.003" />
  <row Id="5733" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5722" CreationDate="2010-11-21T11:04:18.063" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to p. 22 of the biblatex documentation, the &lt;code&gt;volume&lt;/code&gt; field is intended for &quot;[t]he volume of a multi-volume book or a periodical&quot; (note the missing plural form!), while the &lt;code&gt;volumes&lt;/code&gt; field should be used for &quot;[t]he total number of volumes of a multi-volume work&quot;. If you want to cite some, but not all volumes of a multi-volume work, the correct way seems to be to use multiple bibliography entries (one for each volume, and possibly one for the work as a whole).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: Inspired by @Willie Wong's comment: You could only include the multi-volume work as a whole in the bibliography and cite single volumes in the text using the &lt;code&gt;\volcite&lt;/code&gt; command; its syntax is &lt;code&gt;\volcite[prenote]{volume}[page]{key}&lt;/code&gt;. See p. 78-79 of the documentation for details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT2: I've managed to create a somewhat hacky solution. For every bibliography entry that actually represents several volumes of a multi-volume work, you have to add the &lt;code&gt;execute&lt;/code&gt; field - and within this field, some tailor-made TeX code. Here's a working example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT3: @pluton: Now that you mention it ... surely. I've replaced the &lt;code&gt;execute&lt;/code&gt; stuff with a simple test using &lt;code&gt;\iffieldnum&lt;/code&gt; (see p. 134-135 of the biblatex documentation for details). No need anymore to manually add fields to the bib-file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{biblatex}&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareFieldFormat{volume}{%&#xA;  \iffieldnum{volume}{%&#xA;    \bibstring{volume}~#1%&#xA;  }{%&#xA;    \bibstring{volumes}~#1%&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.bib}&#xA;@BOOK{ref1,&#xA;author = &quot;author&quot;,&#xA;title = &quot;title&quot;,&#xA;year = &quot;year&quot;,&#xA;publisher = &quot;publisher&quot;,&#xA;location = &quot;location&quot;,&#xA;volume = &quot;1-2-4&quot;,&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;@BOOK{ref2,&#xA;author = &quot;author&quot;,&#xA;title = &quot;title&quot;,&#xA;year = &quot;year&quot;,&#xA;publisher = &quot;publisher&quot;,&#xA;location = &quot;location&quot;,&#xA;volume = &quot;3&quot;,&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\bibliography{\jobname}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\nocite{*}&#xA;&#xA;\printbibliography&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-22T07:49:30.080" LastActivityDate="2010-11-22T07:49:30.080" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="5734" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5727" CreationDate="2010-11-21T11:21:00.737" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try xskak. Be aware that in xskak mainline/variation are handled diffently than in skak. In xskak \mainline is used for moves which should be parsed (where you want to show a board) while \variation is used for moves which are only printed. Both commands can print their moves in &quot;main style&quot; and &quot;variation style&quot; and so you have to be careful with grouping and keys to get the correct style.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt,twocolumn]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{xskak}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;    \textbf{Botvinnik -- Smyslov} \\&#xA;    \textit{World Championship Match (17)} \\&#xA;    \textit{Moscow 1957} \\&#xA;    Gr\&quot;{u}nfeld Defence&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;&#xA;\newchessgame&#xA;\xskakset{style=styleC}&#xA;&#xA;\mainline{1. Nf3 Nf6 2. g3 g6 3. c4 c6 4. Bg2 Bg7 5. Nc3 O-O 6. d4 d5 7. cxd5&#xA;cxd5 8. Ne5 b6}&#xA;&#xA;A satisfactory way of developing.  After {\variation[invar]{8... Nc6 9. Nxc6&#xA;bxc6}} Black would be saddled with a weak pawn at c6.&#xA;&#xA;\mainline{9. Bg5 Bb7 10. Bxf6 Bxf6 11. O-O}&#xA;&#xA;In the variation {\variation[invar]{11. e4 dxe4 12. Nxe4 Bxe5 13. dxe5 Nd7&#xA;14. f4 Nc5}} Black has a good game.&#xA;&#xA;\mainline{11... e6 12. f4}&#xA;&#xA;If {\variation[invar]{12. e4 Nc6 13. exd5} (\variation[invar]{13. Nxc6 Bxc6&#xA;14. exd5 exd5}) \variation[outvar]{13... Nxe5 14. dxe5 Bxe5 15. dxe6 Bxg2 16.&#xA;exf7+ Rxf7 17. Kxg2 Bxc3 18. bxc3 Qxd1 19. Rfxd1 Rc8 20. Rd3 Rc4}}, and Black&#xA;can successfully battle for a draw in the rook ending.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-11-21T11:21:00.737" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5735" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5722" CreationDate="2010-11-21T12:22:55.093" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think the best solution would be to have the total number of volumes in the &lt;code&gt;volumes&lt;/code&gt; field and to use the &lt;code&gt;\volcite&lt;/code&gt; command. However, this command is intended for a citation of a single volume only. You could define a command &lt;code&gt;\volscite&lt;/code&gt; based on &lt;code&gt;\volcite&lt;/code&gt; (see attached example). But be aware that this definition makes heavily use of internal commands and thus might change in future versions of biblatex. So, the even better solution would be to submit a &lt;a href=&quot;http://sourceforge.net/tracker/?group_id=244752&amp;amp;atid=1126006&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;feature request&lt;/a&gt;. Here is a MWE:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[english]{scrartcl}&#xA;\listfiles&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.bib}&#xA;@BOOK{book,&#xA;  author = {Buchautor, Hans-Wilhelm},&#xA;  title = {Irgendein Buch},&#xA;  address = {Buch am Wald},&#xA;  year = {2000}&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{babel,csquotes}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{biblatex}&#xA;\bibliography{\jobname}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newrobustcmd*{\volscite}{\volscitecmd\cite}&#xA;&#xA;\newrobustcmd*{\volscitecmd}[1]{%&#xA;  \begingroup&#xA;  \def\blx@tempa{\endgroup#1}%&#xA;  \@ifstar&#xA;    {\appto\blx@tempa{*}%&#xA;     \blx@volscitecmd@i}&#xA;    {\blx@volscitecmd@i}}&#xA;&#xA;\def\blx@volscitecmd@i{%&#xA;  \@ifnextchar[%]&#xA;    {\blx@volscitecmd@ii}&#xA;    {\blx@volscitecmd@ii[]}}&#xA;&#xA;\def\blx@volscitecmd@ii[#1]#2{%&#xA;  \appto\blx@tempa{[#1]}%&#xA;  \@ifnextchar[%]&#xA;    {\blx@volscitecmd@iii{#2}}&#xA;    {\blx@tempa[\blx@volscite@vol{#2}]}}&#xA;&#xA;\def\blx@volscitecmd@iii#1[#2]{%&#xA;  \blx@tempa[\blx@volscite@vol{#1}\blx@volcite@page{#2}]}&#xA;&#xA;\protected\def\blx@volscite@vol#1{%&#xA;  \bibstring{volumes}\ppspace#1}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\volscite{1--2}{book}&#xA;&#xA;\volscite[see also]{1--2}{book}&#xA;&#xA;\volscite{1--2}[45]{book}&#xA;&#xA;\volscite[cf.]{1--2}[120]{book}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1376" LastActivityDate="2010-11-21T12:22:55.093" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5736" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5384" CreationDate="2010-11-21T12:27:21.093" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If it is not a problem to figure out the widest line manually, then a much shorter solution is possible:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\startpoem[#1]%&#xA;  {\begingroup &#xA;   \setbox0\hbox{#1}%&#xA;   \setupnarrower[left=\dimexpr (\the\hsize-\the\wd0)/2\relax]%&#xA;   \startnarrower[left]%&#xA;   \startlines}&#xA;&#xA;\def\stoppoem&#xA;   {\stoplines&#xA;    \stopnarrower&#xA;    \endgroup}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But then of course you need&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\startpoem[and here, these are]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-11-21T12:27:21.093" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5737" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-21T12:47:31.667" Score="5" ViewCount="281" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a large LaTeX document, where hyphens are typeset with a single dash (&quot;-&quot;) throughout. In my font, this shows up as a bold and vertically slightly off-center blob, but I'd like it to look like &lt;code&gt;\textendash&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried to define &lt;code&gt;-&lt;/code&gt; as a command that would translate to &lt;code&gt;\textendash&lt;/code&gt; (by inserting &lt;code&gt;\newcommand{-}{\textendash}&lt;/code&gt; in the preamble) but of course it didn't work. However I'd like it to work with the current &quot;-&quot; left in, since I 1) don't want to have to go through the entire document to replace the correct ones, and 2) don't want to rely on the next person editing the document avoiding &quot;-&quot; in favor of something else.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any way to make &quot;-&quot; render in a nicer way?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Clarification:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;It is not necessary for me to use the &lt;code&gt;\textendash&lt;/code&gt; specifically - my main concern is that the dashes that are produced, both by my &lt;code&gt;-&lt;/code&gt; in the source, and by LaTeX's hyphenation at line-breaks, are ugly. I want a nicer rendering, but I have no specific requirement on which character should be used.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The document can contain math minuses, and will definitely contain hyphens in references to file names. I &lt;code&gt;only&lt;/code&gt; want to change the actual hyphens - basically, change the character TeX uses when it sees &lt;code&gt;-&lt;/code&gt; in the source, and in &lt;em&gt;every place&lt;/em&gt; that character would be used in a document.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="223" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-17T03:03:08.820" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T03:03:08.820" Title="Changing &quot;-&quot; to \textendash" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;punctuation&gt;&lt;dashes&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="10" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5738" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5737" CreationDate="2010-11-21T12:55:18.810" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One option is to make &lt;code&gt;-&lt;/code&gt; an active character:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\let\saveminus=-&#xA;\catcode`-=\active&#xA;\newcommand-{\ifmmode\saveminus\else\textendash\fi}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;well-known $a-b$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this solution, &lt;code&gt;-&lt;/code&gt; in mathmode still acts as a normal minus sign. But making &lt;code&gt;-&lt;/code&gt; active may cause other problems, e.g. if you want to use &lt;code&gt;\vspace{-1ex}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Update:&lt;/em&gt; To change the automatically inserted hyphens, use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\hyphenchar\font=\textendash&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-21T13:41:30.330" LastActivityDate="2010-11-21T13:41:30.330" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="5739" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5737" CreationDate="2010-11-21T12:59:36.833" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Well you can make the - active and then define it. But it will affect all hyphens: real hyphens, math minus, hyphens in file names. On the whole I would say: don't do it. The trouble you get will cost you more time than changing you document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\catcode`\-=\active&#xA;\newcommand-{hallo}&#xA;&#xA;a - b&#xA;&#xA;so-called&#xA;&#xA;$1-1=0$&#xA;&#xA;%\input{test-hyphen} %error&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-11-21T12:59:36.833" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5740" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5726" CreationDate="2010-11-21T13:07:55.040" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Slightly more generally than &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/5726/how-does-one-automatically-escape-a-sequence-of-text-like-verbatim-but-without/5729#5729&quot;&gt;Joseph's&lt;/a&gt; solution, you can use &lt;code&gt;\detokenize&lt;/code&gt; to (mostly) achieve the effect you're after in other situations. (As Joseph mentions the url package is better for your specific case because it deals with linebreaks sensibly.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E.g.,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\foo[1]{{\sffamily\detokenize{#1}}}&#xA;\foo{$#^_~}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You still need to watch out for &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt; and extra spaces added after control sequences, so it's not a perfect solution. (At least it's short, though.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-11-21T13:07:55.040" />
  <row Id="5741" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5705" CreationDate="2010-11-21T13:08:19.740" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In miktex I don't install a local pgf in &quot;the&quot; local texmf tree. I put all the pgf-files in a new texmf tree only for pgf (called eg. testpgf) and then &quot;mount&quot; this tree as a new local texmf tree in miktex settings. When I no longer need this pgf, I &quot;unmount&quot; and then delete the complete tree. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-11-21T13:08:19.740" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5742" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5726" CreationDate="2010-11-21T13:11:23.510" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;While, like Joseph, I would ordinarily choose the more straightforward path that &lt;code&gt;\url&lt;/code&gt; provides, I can see that that approach doesn't solve your stated problem.  In which case, should you really want to to typeset your URLs the way that you proposed, this code should get you there:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\usepackage{xstring}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*\safetilde[1]{%&#xA;\begingroup%&#xA;  \catcode`\~11%&#xA;  \StrSubstitute{#1}{~}{\raise-0.85ex\hbox{\~{}}}%&#xA;% -OR- LOW TILDE (faked low tilde - code lifted from url.sty)&#xA;%  \makeatletter&#xA;%  \StrSubstitute{#1}{~}{{\raise.45ex\hbox{\m@th$\scriptstyle\sim$}}}%&#xA;%  \makeatother&#xA;\endgroup%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\serifurl}[2]{%&#xA;  \textsf{\href{#1://#2}{\safetilde{#2}}}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\serifurl{http}{www.middle-man.net/~alice/os~car/bob~}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EXPLANATION:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\safetilde&lt;/code&gt; locally sets tildes to normal (letter) category code before converting any tildes in its argument into &lt;code&gt;\~{}&lt;/code&gt;'s using &lt;code&gt;\StrSubstitute&lt;/code&gt; from the &lt;code&gt;xstring&lt;/code&gt; package.  Since these characters tend to be set a little high from the baseline, we lower them a small negative &lt;code&gt;\raise&lt;/code&gt; amount.  Alternatively comment the uncommented &lt;code&gt;\StrSubstitute&lt;/code&gt; line and uncommented the following 4 commented lines.  This code typesets any tildes using math &lt;code&gt;\sim&lt;/code&gt; symbols instead (this code lifted from url.sty).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-11-21T13:11:23.510" />
  <row Id="5743" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3697" CreationDate="2010-11-21T13:21:57.413" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Check out &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.stat.uni-muenchen.de/~leisch/Sweave/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Sweave and R&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="151" LastActivityDate="2010-11-21T13:21:57.413" />
  <row Id="5744" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5766" CreationDate="2010-11-21T13:29:05.533" Score="3" ViewCount="219" Body="&lt;p&gt;In a paper, there can be a few authors whose work is cited very often in the document. If the names are a bit long, then I noticed that some papers use an abbreviation, citing it once in full(e.g. Percival &amp;amp; Walden 1993) and then they say &quot;PW1993&quot; thereafter or maybe some other format.   &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this abbreviation allowed and if yes, what is the standard way to write this abbreviation?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are there any conventions for writing short forms for other long words used very frequently in the journal articles?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1889" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-10T16:18:07.787" LastActivityDate="2010-12-10T16:18:07.787" Title="When can we create our own abbreviations for the document?" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5745" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5657" CreationDate="2010-11-21T13:58:31.210" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There's probably no hard-and-fast rule, but I have two suggestions for abstracts, acknowledgements etc. in different languages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One possibility is to typeset the respective text components basically as unnumbered chapters or sections (using the highest-ranking heading of your document). As a tweak, you could locally disable the &lt;code&gt;\clearpage&lt;/code&gt; command so that multiple abstracts/acknowledegements will not automatically start a new page. (This is inconsistent compared to other chapters, but should make clear that these text components are variants [translations] of the same text.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another possibility (but only applicable for two or three languages and fairly short texts) is to typeset the abstracts/acknowledgements inside a &lt;code&gt;multicols&lt;/code&gt; environment, separating the different languages by &lt;code&gt;\columnbreak&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the following minimal example that shows both possibilities, I've used the KOMA-Script class &lt;code&gt;scrreprt&lt;/code&gt; and the &lt;code&gt;geometry&lt;/code&gt; package in order to fit three abstracts into one page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrreprt}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[latin,ngerman,english]{babel}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[hscale=0.7,vscale=0.8]{geometry}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{multicol}&#xA;\setlength{\columnsep}{1.5em}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begingroup&#xA;\let\clearpage\relax&#xA;&#xA;\chapter*{\abstractname}&#xA;&#xA;\blindtext&#xA;&#xA;\selectlanguage{latin}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter*{\abstractname}&#xA;&#xA;\blindtext&#xA;&#xA;\selectlanguage{ngerman}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter*{\abstractname}&#xA;&#xA;\blindtext&#xA;&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;&#xA;\begin{multicols}{3}[\chapter*{Abstracts in English/Latin/German}]&#xA;&#xA;\blindtext&#xA;&#xA;\columnbreak&#xA;&#xA;\selectlanguage{latin}&#xA;&#xA;\noindent\blindtext&#xA;&#xA;\columnbreak&#xA;&#xA;\selectlanguage{ngerman}&#xA;&#xA;\noindent\blindtext&#xA;&#xA;\end{multicols}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-11-21T13:58:31.210" />
  <row Id="5746" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5749" CreationDate="2010-11-21T15:18:03.257" Score="10" ViewCount="391" Body="&lt;p&gt;Currently I'm finishing my master thesis. During time I was systematically copying entire file (TeX, bibitex etc.) on external drive. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are there any better ways than that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What ways of backup you can recommend based on your experience? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't want to set up my own repository on external server or buy a RAID. What I'm looking for is a rather easy solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1164" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-21T15:20:19.470" LastActivityDate="2010-11-22T15:16:43.690" Title="How to backup TeX documents efficiently?" Tags="&lt;best-practices&gt;&lt;revision-control&gt;&lt;backup&gt;" AnswerCount="6" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5747" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5753" CreationDate="2010-11-21T15:20:23.987" Score="4" ViewCount="296" Body="&lt;p&gt;Following &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ftp.snt.utwente.nl/pub/software/tex/info/memdesign/memdesign.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;A few notes on book design&lt;/a&gt;&quot; from Peter Wilson (author of the &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt; class) the order of the pages of the front matter is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Half-title page&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Blank&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Title page &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Copyright page&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Dedication &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Blank&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;ToC&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;LoF&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;LoT&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Forewords&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Preface&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Aknowledg(e)ments&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Introduction&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Abreviations&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Again for the case of my master's thesis I have a few questions: Where should I include the &lt;strong&gt;Abstract&lt;/strong&gt; ? Item 12 'introduction' should be there if the introduction is not part of the main matter which is clearly not the case in a scientific writting.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I was thinking about replacing that by the abstract. But at this location the abstract seems to be a bit &quot;hidden&quot; in the middle of all these pages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So my second idea would be to put it just after the LoT. But in don't know if this is optimal.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My layout, removing what I think are unnecessary parts would then be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Title page&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Blank&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Title page (only the title, nothing else)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Blank&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Dedication &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;blank&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;ToC&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;LoF&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;LoT&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Abstract&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Preface&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Aknowledg(e)ments&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Abreviations&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;and then start the first numbered chapter &quot;Introduction&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What do you think ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="827" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-22T12:42:33.333" LastActivityDate="2010-11-22T12:42:33.333" Title="Order of the pages in the front matter of a book" Tags="&lt;book-design&gt;&lt;front-matter&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5748" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5746" CreationDate="2010-11-21T15:39:01.630" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If it is just a few &lt;em&gt;really important&lt;/em&gt; files, one simple way to do it is just to periodically &lt;code&gt;tar&lt;/code&gt; the whole collection and e-mail it to a G-Mail account. On a unix/linux box you can automate this with a simple shell script. With 7G of storage, you are unlikely to run out of space, and with e-mail it is directly time-stamped and retrieval (even from another computer) is easy. Plus it can probably count as &quot;remote backup&quot;. The downside is that it is not very scalable if you have a large number of files. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, if you envision needing to use TeX a lot even after you finish your master's thesis, I really recommend setting up an &lt;code&gt;svn&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;git&lt;/code&gt; repository somewhere. For managing large number of files it is extremely convenient. Since I am in academia, I put my repository on my department server, which has the added advantage of being backed-up regularly by the IT team there. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastActivityDate="2010-11-21T15:39:01.630" />
  <row Id="5749" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5746" CreationDate="2010-11-21T15:46:11.827" Score="16" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dropbox.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Dropbox&lt;/a&gt; or a similar service?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="262" LastActivityDate="2010-11-21T15:46:11.827" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5750" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5746" CreationDate="2010-11-21T15:49:54.960" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I put my thesis on a SVN repository. This, in addition to a remote backup (especially if the repository is itself backup, like it is often the case in research institutions) allows for version control, tagging of specific versions, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="827" LastActivityDate="2010-11-21T15:49:54.960" />
  <row Id="5751" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5718" CreationDate="2010-11-21T16:32:09.650" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;An piechart example with pgf/tikz from texample.net by Robert Vollmert (http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/pie-chart/) is a good starting point.&#xA;I'll just quote it here for completeness:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% Pie chart&#xA;% Author: Robert Vollmert&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{calc}&#xA;\usepackage{ifthen}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\newcommand{\slice}[4]{&#xA;  \pgfmathparse{0.5*#1+0.5*#2}&#xA;  \let\midangle\pgfmathresult&#xA;&#xA;  % slice&#xA;  \draw[thick,fill=black!10] (0,0) -- (#1:1) arc (#1:#2:1) -- cycle;&#xA;&#xA;  % outer label&#xA;  \node[label=\midangle:#4] at (\midangle:1) {};&#xA;&#xA;  % inner label&#xA;  \pgfmathparse{min((#2-#1-10)/110*(-0.3),0)}&#xA;  \let\temp\pgfmathresult&#xA;  \pgfmathparse{max(\temp,-0.5) + 0.8}&#xA;  \let\innerpos\pgfmathresult&#xA;  \node at (\midangle:\innerpos) {#3};&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=3]&#xA;&#xA;\newcounter{a}&#xA;\newcounter{b}&#xA;\foreach \p/\t in {20/type A, 4/type B, 11/type C,&#xA;                   49/type D, 16/other}&#xA;  {&#xA;    \setcounter{a}{\value{b}}&#xA;    \addtocounter{b}{\p}&#xA;    \slice{\thea/100*360}&#xA;          {\theb/100*360}&#xA;          {\p\%}{\t}&#xA;  }&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastActivityDate="2010-11-21T16:32:09.650" />
  <row Id="5752" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5746" CreationDate="2010-11-21T17:16:06.683" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.microsoft.com/windows/windows-7/features/backup-and-restore.aspx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Windows&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.apple.com/macosx/what-is-macosx/time-machine.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Mac&lt;/a&gt; now have backup built into the OS, as a program that periodically backs up parts of the hard drive.  I don't know the name of the unix service which does this but I'm sure it exists.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-11-21T17:16:06.683" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="5753" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5747" CreationDate="2010-11-21T17:36:42.353" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Allowed question or not, I'll make some suggestions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Half-title pages (displaying nothing but the main title of a book) were introduced to protect the main title page, as Peter Wilson correctly states. Today, this is often achieved by dust jackets. If you still want to include a half-title page, don't put it after the title page.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If your abstract is formatted as an (unnumbered) chapter, putting it before the preface is surely an option. As an alternative (or in case of special formatting), you could place it before the ToC or even before the dedication.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-11-21T17:36:42.353" />
  <row Id="5754" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5756" CreationDate="2010-11-21T18:22:06.217" Score="13" ViewCount="347" Body="&lt;p&gt;LaTeX's  low-level programming is poorly documented and the section on what is called control commands is even more so.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;LaTeX provides the &lt;code&gt;\@for&lt;/code&gt; macro. This works by repeatedly assigning list items to a temporary variable:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to define a list that will include all the greek math letters. The list is defined as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\mathList}{\alpha,\beta,\gamma,&#xA;               \delta,\epsilon,\zeta,\theta}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To iterate over the list I have used the &lt;code&gt;@for&lt;/code&gt; macro. For example the following explodes the list&#xA;and removes the comma.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;   \@for\i:=\mathList\do{%&#xA;      \ensuremath \i \space &#xA;    }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I define a macro to be able to delete the n&lt;sup&gt;th&lt;/sup&gt; element of the list? I have figured out appending to the list but have not posted it for brevity. I would prefer a TeX or LaTeX solution, although I would also be curious to see how it is done in LaTeX3, so all solutions are welcome.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Minimal example for convenience below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\let\dotlessi\i&#xA;\newcommand*{\mathList}{\alpha,\beta,\gamma,&#xA;               \delta,\epsilon,\zeta,\theta, }&#xA;\@for\i:=\mathList\do{%&#xA;  \ensuremath \i \space &#xA; }&#xA;\let\i\dotlessi&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-22T02:17:14.590" LastActivityDate="2010-11-24T02:40:49.237" Title="Comma delimited lists" Tags="&lt;programming&gt;&lt;loops&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="5755" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4473" CreationDate="2010-11-21T20:17:43.177" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;An alternative to &lt;code&gt;\nmid&lt;/code&gt; is to use the &lt;code&gt;\centernot&lt;/code&gt; command from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/centernot.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;centernot&lt;/a&gt; package. The resulting &lt;code&gt;\centernot\mid&lt;/code&gt; symbol aligns perfectly with &lt;code&gt;\mid&lt;/code&gt; and has a more pronounced slash than &lt;code&gt;\nmid&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/QS5v5.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(On the right, the image shows how the commands behave in sub/superscript.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1973" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-21T20:22:24.963" LastActivityDate="2010-11-21T20:22:24.963" />
  <row Id="5756" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5754" CreationDate="2010-11-21T23:25:04.460" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is one way (deleting item number 3 from the list):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\count@=0&#xA;\toks@{}&#xA;\@for\i:=\mathList\do{%&#xA;  \advance\count@ 1&#xA;  \ifnum\count@=3 \else&#xA;    \edef\0{\the\toks@\expandafter\noexpand\i,}%&#xA;    \toks@\expandafter{\0}%&#xA;  \fi&#xA; }%&#xA;\edef\mathList{\the\toks@}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2010-11-21T23:25:04.460" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="5757" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5754" CreationDate="2010-11-21T23:32:08.050" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is a summary of different comma list manipulation commands in ConTeXt.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is how I would do this in ConTeXt. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Define the list&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\MathList{alpha,beta,gamma,delta,epsilon,zeta,theta}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ConTeXt does not remove spaces from each element of the list. This &#xA;&lt;code&gt;{alpha, beta}&lt;/code&gt; is different from &lt;code&gt;{alpha,beta}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Next define a macro to display a list element&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\ShowListElement#1{\mathematics{\getvalue{#1}}\space}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To display the entire list:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\processcommacommand[\MathList]\ShowListElement&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To add an element to the end of the list:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\addtocommalist {phi} \MathList&#xA;\processcommacommand[\MathList]\ShowListElement&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To add an element to the beginning of the list:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pretocommalist {kappa} \MathList&#xA;\processcommacommand[\MathList]\ShowListElement&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The element is added only if does not exist already. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\addtocommalist {alpha} \MathList&#xA;\processcommacommand[\MathList]\ShowListElement&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To delete an element from the list:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\removefromcommalist {gamma} \MathList&#xA;\processcommacommand[\MathList]\ShowListElement&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To add an element to a list (without checks):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\appendtocommalist  {nu} \MathList&#xA;\prependtocommalist {nu} \MathList&#xA;\processcommacommand[\MathList]\ShowListElement&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To substitute the value of an element:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\substituteincommalist {delta} {Delta} \MathList&#xA;\processcommacommand[\MathList]\ShowListElement&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To get the size of a comma list&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\getcommacommandsize [\MathList]&#xA;\commalistsize&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Get indexed element from comma list&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\getfromcommacommand [\MathList] [2]&#xA;\commalistelement&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Replace an element from comma list&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\newcommalistelement {iota}&#xA;\replaceincommalist \MathList {2}&#xA;\commalistelement \crlf&#xA;\processcommacommand[\MathList]\ShowListElement&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To reverse a comma list. The result is stored in &lt;code&gt;\reversedlist&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\reversecommacommand\MathList&#xA;\processcommacommand[\reversedlist]\ShowListElement&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Each command that uses &lt;code&gt;commacommand&lt;/code&gt; also has a &lt;code&gt;commalist&lt;/code&gt; variant that can be&#xA;used if the list is not stored in a macro (for example, while processing key&#xA;value lists).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are a few other functions that are specific to numeric lists (sorting,&#xA;compressing, expanding, etc). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2010-11-21T23:32:08.050" />
  <row Id="5758" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="674" CreationDate="2010-11-21T23:41:09.027" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sometimes I have managed to gain upto 5-6 lines by forcing TeX to break,  a page at a point that it considers ugly. I do this by putting &lt;code&gt;\goodbreak\noindent&lt;/code&gt; at the end of an existing line break in a paragraph that is close to a page boundary. Normally, this is enough to force a page break at that spot. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-22T00:03:12.783" LastActivityDate="2010-11-22T00:03:12.783" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5759" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5726" CreationDate="2010-11-21T23:53:13.023" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I used Geoffrey's answer to create my own version, which seems to both maintain the semantics of not including the &quot;http&quot; text, converts tildes correctly, and adds some spaces around &quot;/&quot; characters so they can break lines. You can add two more &lt;code&gt;\!&lt;/code&gt; commands if you want the spacing unchanged, but I think it looks nice (for reasonable URLs).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*\urltextchars[1]{%&#xA;    \expandarg% expand the first argument once&#xA;    \StrSubstitute{\detokenize{#1}}{/}{\! /\! }%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\serifurl}[2]{%&#xA;    \textsf{\href{#1://#2}{\urltextchars{#2}}}%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The catcode stuff didn't work in XeTeX, so it's noexpandarg now.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1149" LastActivityDate="2010-11-21T23:53:13.023" />
  <row Id="5760" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="674" CreationDate="2010-11-22T00:00:51.320" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would 'concur' with a reply above but don't have the 'points' to do so-&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd be wicked careful about this, especially when it comes to grant proposals- I've sat on more than one panel where a submission was returned to the author un-reviewed because of these shenanigans. I've also witnessed this with respect to a conference abstract even. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I realize this doesn't 'answer' the question, as is the goal / rewarded behavior here, but thought I'd just chime in on it none the less for those of you contemplating it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1809" LastActivityDate="2010-11-22T00:00:51.320" />
  <row Id="5761" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5754" CreationDate="2010-11-22T03:26:14.093" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In expl3, you would write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \clist_remove_element:Nn \l_tmpa_clist {foo}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to remove &lt;code&gt;foo&lt;/code&gt; from the comma-list variable &lt;code&gt;\l_tmpa_clist&lt;/code&gt;. There is also a global &lt;code&gt;\clist_gremove_element:Nn&lt;/code&gt;. The technique used is much the same as posted by Harald: the list is iterated over, and if the element is not matched then it is pushed onto a new clist.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update:&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;In the spirit of Aditya's summary of clist methods for ConTeXt, here's a few more expl3 examples (this covers the broad features but doesn't touch on everything). To initialise:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\clist_new:N \l_tmpa_clist&#xA;\clist_clear:N \l_tmpa_clist&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To add data:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\clist_put_left:Nn \l_tmpa_clist {a}&#xA;\clist_put_right:Nn \l_tmpa_clist {b}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To iterate/map over:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\clist_map_inline:Nn \l_tmpa_clist { this is element: #1 \\ }&#xA;\clist_map_inline:nn {a,b,c} { this is element: #1 \\ }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Querying:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\clist_if_in:NnTF \l_tmpa_clist {a} {true} {false} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Manipulating:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\clist_remove_duplicates:N \l_tmpa_clist&#xA;\clist_remove_element:Nn \l_tmpa_clist {c}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, you don't have to follow the expl3 naming scheme for variables; in scratch code it's perfectly fine to write &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\l_tmpa_clist&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Comma-lists in expl3 generally do not contain empty elements, and spaces around elements are preserved (this is an arguable point that might change slightly in the future). They can contain anything except un-protected commas.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;expl3 also provides a structure called a &quot;sequence&quot; that are used similarly to clists but are intended to be used when only internal functions are adding to/manipulating the data; comma-lists as a data structure are only really necessary when they inherit their data from document-level input. (The advantage to using sequences are slightly more generic processing and you can include commas in their elements.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-24T02:40:49.237" LastActivityDate="2010-11-24T02:40:49.237" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="5762" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5737" CreationDate="2010-11-22T05:19:52.337" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's an answer that is more robust than using an active character but it will only work in XeTeX (not LuaTeX). It will only affect hyphens that have spaces around them, so (rightly) something like «co-ordinate» will still use a regular hyphen.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{xesearch}&#xA;\UndoBoundary{-}&#xA;\SearchList{dash}{--}{-}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;There is no just ground, therefore, for the charge brought against me by&#xA;certain ignoramuses - that I have never written a moral tale, or, in more&#xA;precise words, a tale with a moral. They are not the critics predestined&#xA;to bring me out, and \emph{develop} my morals: - that is the secret. By and by&#xA;the ``North American Quarterly Humdrum'' will make them ashamed of their&#xA;stupidity. In the meantime, by way of staying execution - by way of&#xA;mitigating the accusations against me - I offer the sad history appended, -&#xA;a history about whose obvious moral there can be no question whatever,&#xA;since he who runs may read it in the large capitals which form the title&#xA;of the tale. I should have credit for this arrangement - a far wiser one&#xA;than that of La Fontaine and others, who reserve the impression to be&#xA;conveyed until the last moment, and thus sneak it in at the fag end of&#xA;their fables.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Courtesy Paul Isambert's nice xesearch package for the convenient interface to XeTeX's interchar toks feature.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-11-22T05:19:52.337" />
  <row Id="5763" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5737" CreationDate="2010-11-22T08:27:28.300" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;What about just using &lt;code&gt;--&lt;/code&gt;? It is not so esoteric since it is pretty common to write en-dashes in such way in ASCII formatted media. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="7" LastActivityDate="2010-11-22T08:27:28.300" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5764" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5746" CreationDate="2010-11-22T08:41:17.950" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use a version control system, then you'll be also protected from your own errors in editing. &#xA;Distributed VCSes have nice sync mechanism (pull/push), so you can easily copy it to various locations and then have them in sync. Not to mention you can use some online service like &lt;a href=&quot;https://github.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;GitHub&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;http://bitbucket.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Bitbucket&lt;/a&gt;, quite complete list  &lt;a href=&quot;https://git.wiki.kernel.org/index.php/GitHosting&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;for Git&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://mercurial.selenic.com/wiki/MercurialHosting&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;for Hg&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/1391241/free-private-bazaar-online-source-host&quot;&gt;for Bzr&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Some of them offer limited number of private repositories for free (you need one though). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="7" LastActivityDate="2010-11-22T08:41:17.950" />
  <row Id="5765" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-22T09:04:56.287" Score="6" ViewCount="198" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I temporarily cause pdfLaTeX to forget everything that I've told it and start with a new document class?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've modified the example environment from the lshort document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\newwrite\examplesx@out&#xA;\newenvironment{examplesx}{%&#xA;  \begingroup% Lets Keep the Changes Local&#xA;    \@bsphack&#xA;    \immediate\openout \examplesx@out \jobname.exa&#xA;    \let\do\@makeother\dospecials\catcode`\^^M\active&#xA;    \def\verbatim@processline{%&#xA;      \immediate\write\examplesx@out{\the\verbatim@line}}%&#xA;    \verbatim@start&#xA;  }{%&#xA;  \immediate\closeout\examplesx@out\@esphack\endgroup%&#xA;  \noindent\makebox[\textwidth][l]{%&#xA;    \begin{minipage}[c]{0.45\textwidth}%&#xA;      \small\verbatiminput{\jobname.exa}&#xA;    \end{minipage}%&#xA;    \hspace*{0.1\textwidth}%&#xA;    \framebox{%&#xA;      \begin{minipage}{0.45\textwidth}%&#xA;        \small\input{\jobname.exa}%&#xA;      \end{minipage}&#xA;    }%&#xA;  }\vspace*{\parskip}%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and it mostly works, but I want to be able to do something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\begin{examplesx}&#xA;\section{Section}&#xA;\end{examplesx}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and have it show up as a section in a box.  I also would like it to typeset lists using the standard &lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt; style, even if I use it in &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2066" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T07:32:38.557" Title="Temporarily changing document class in LaTeX/resetting pdfLaTeX" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;documentclass&gt;&lt;input&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5766" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5744" CreationDate="2010-11-22T10:43:08.283" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You are allowed to do whatever you like if you are not working to a particular style, the issue is whether your readers will be happy following you: the key is that looking up the citation in the reference list should be unproblematic.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The two citation keys you give: &quot;Percival &amp;amp; Walden 1993&quot; and &quot;PW1993&quot; are from two different citation styles and I've not seen them be used together: I think there is a risk of confusion.  The short form alone works well enough, and you could consider using that, although it is less flexible than the longer form, that allows discussion of the author at the point of citation, e.g., &lt;em&gt;In the study of Percival &amp;amp; Walden (1993), 140 subjects were ...&lt;/em&gt;  A point about author-date: do ensure that the author and date occur together in the reference list; it makes life needlessly difficult for the reader if the date is buried somewhere in the heart of the reference entry.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you really care about space, consider numerical referencing, where citations are just numbers in order of appearance.  It's used in journals like &lt;em&gt;Nature&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;Science&lt;/em&gt; that are very economical on space.  It's not very friendly to readers when the reference list gets long, though, and the trend generally seems to be towards longer citation keys.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the humanities, note-based referencing is the rule, where the full citation is given &amp;mdash;perhaps as a footnote, perhaps with additional material about the citation such as a short quote&amp;mdash; and then later citations will be in short form, consister of the author(s)' surname and no more than three words from the title identifying the work.  So this, often called author-title referencing, is an example of a citation style that does shorten subsequent citations, but it is still less economical than the author-date system.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-11-22T10:43:08.283" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="5767" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5768" CreationDate="2010-11-22T13:05:29.737" Score="10" ViewCount="246" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sometimes when I work I write something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{proposition} \label{my new result}&#xA;...&#xA;\end{proposition}&#xA;...&#xA;blah blah in Proposition \ref{my new result} blah...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but then I realize that the Proposition should actually become a Lemma. So I change it to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{lemma} \label{my new result}&#xA;...&#xA;\end{lemma}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem is that I then have to hunt down all the places where I wrote Proposition and change it to Lemma, which is tedious and error-prone. Well, we have search facilities in editors, so it is not really that complicated, but still it feels the wrong way to do this. I would be happier to write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{proposition} \label{my new result}&#xA;...&#xA;\end{proposition}&#xA;...&#xA;blah blah in \labelNameFor{my new result} \ref{my new result} blah...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where labelNameFor is a hypothetical magic command which outputs &quot;Proposition&quot;. Then I could forget about all the places where I reference the result and just make any changes I wish.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to do something like this? As far as I understand the label/ref mechanism is simply based on counters, so I do not see a straightforward way, but maybe someone more clever and industrious then I am has given the problem some thought.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="260" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-22T15:26:40.897" LastActivityDate="2010-11-22T15:26:40.897" Title="How to get more complete references" Tags="&lt;cross-referencing&gt;&lt;cleveref&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5768" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5767" CreationDate="2010-11-22T13:29:45.783" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I recommend to use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/cleveref&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;cleveref&lt;/a&gt; package which enhances LaTeX's cross-referencing features determining types of cross-references and context.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In your case, &lt;code&gt;\cref{my new result}&lt;/code&gt; would output &lt;em&gt;proposition 1&lt;/em&gt;. If you then change this particular environment into a &lt;code&gt;lemma&lt;/code&gt; environment, the same &lt;code&gt;\cref{my new result}&lt;/code&gt; would output &lt;em&gt;lemma 1&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could even change the referencing name for an environment in the whole document if you would like to change the style completely. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{cleveref}&#xA;\newtheorem{proposition}{Proposition}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{proposition}\label{my new result}&#xA;...&#xA;\end{proposition}&#xA;...&#xA;blah blah in \Cref{my new result} blah...&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;outputs &lt;em&gt;... blah blah in Proposition 1 blah...&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you add this modification to the preamble&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\Crefname{proposition}{Lemma}{Lemmas}&#xA;\crefname{proposition}{lemma}{lemmas}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the output changes to &lt;em&gt;... blah blah in Lemma 1 blah...&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Other packages with similar features are &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/ntheorem&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ntheorem&lt;/a&gt; (with &lt;code&gt;thref&lt;/code&gt; option), &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/hyperref&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;hyperref&lt;/a&gt; (with &lt;code&gt;\autoref&lt;/code&gt;) and &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/fancyref&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;fancyref&lt;/a&gt;. Your question might be solved by any of them, though &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/cleveref&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;cleveref&lt;/a&gt; seems to be more flexible and generally provides more features - have a look at it if you're interested in further features for your theorem environments or for cross-referencing in general.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-22T13:56:10.353" LastActivityDate="2010-11-22T13:56:10.353" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5769" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5770" CreationDate="2010-11-22T13:43:54.847" Score="6" ViewCount="551" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I put two figures side-by-side? Not two sub-figures, but two actual figures with separate &quot;Fig.: bla bla&quot; captions.  A figure is supposed to spread over the entire text width, but I have two figures which are narrow and long, and I need to save the space in order to withstand the pages limit.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1527" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T07:51:37.887" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T07:51:37.887" Title="Two figures side by side" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;captions&gt;&lt;subfloats&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5770" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5769" CreationDate="2010-11-22T13:45:25.937" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Have you tried putting each of them in a &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt; environment?  They won't float at all, but you can make sure they appear side-by-side.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt; This isn't as straightforward as I thought.  You can't put a &lt;code&gt;figure&lt;/code&gt; environment inside a &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt; environment.  You get a &quot;not in outer par mode&quot; error.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But as Stefan notes, you &lt;em&gt;can&lt;/em&gt; put &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt;s inside a &lt;code&gt;figure&lt;/code&gt; environment and get separate captions!  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\title{Two Figures Side by Side}&#xA;\author{Little Bobby Tables}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\exedout}{&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\path node (LL) {}&#xA;    ++ (0.8\textwidth, 0.8\textheight) node (UR) {}&#xA;    (LL -| UR) node (LR) {}&#xA;    (LL |- UR) node (UL) {};&#xA;\draw (LL) rectangle (UR) (LL) -- (UR) (UL) -- (LR);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;How can I put two figures side-by-side? Not two sub-figures, but two actual figures&#xA;with separate &quot;Fig.: bla bla&quot; captions. A figure is supposed to spread over the&#xA;entire text width, but I have two figures which are narrow and long, and I need to&#xA;save the space in order to withstand the pages limit.&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;\centering&#xA;\begin{minipage}{0.45\textwidth}&#xA;\centering\exedout&#xA;\caption{first figure}&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;\begin{minipage}{0.45\textwidth}&#xA;\centering\exedout&#xA;\caption{second figure}&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I was surprised to discover two &lt;code&gt;\captions&lt;/code&gt; in the same &lt;code&gt;figure&lt;/code&gt; environment actually work as desired.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;HT: &lt;a href=&quot;http://texblog.wordpress.com/2007/08/01/placing-figurestables-side-by-side-minipage/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX Matters&lt;/a&gt; via Google&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-22T15:05:26.497" LastActivityDate="2010-11-22T15:05:26.497" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5771" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5767" CreationDate="2010-11-22T13:52:51.113" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This question is very similar to a previous one, as noted.  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2450/what-is-the-correct-way-to-reference-theorem-styles-in-latex/2466#2466&quot;&gt;Here is&lt;/a&gt; my (accepted) answer to that question.  Summary: use &lt;code&gt;fncylab&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To address your comment that referencing is based on counters: this is true, but that does not preclude a more detailed scheme like you want!  In fact, every counter is a bundle of several related macros (in C it would be a &lt;code&gt;struct&lt;/code&gt;) one of which is called &lt;code&gt;p@&amp;lt;counter name&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; and contains material to be printed before the counter number when used in a reference.  The &lt;code&gt;fncylab&lt;/code&gt; package actually modifies this (in a manner suggested in the LaTeX sources themselves) so that &lt;code&gt;p@&amp;lt;counter name&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; can be a macro taking the number as an argument.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="575" LastEditorUserId="575" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-22T13:58:06.930" LastActivityDate="2010-11-22T13:58:06.930" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5772" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4158" CreationDate="2010-11-22T14:01:12.437" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try adding this to your preample:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\@lbibitem[#1]#2{%&#xA;\if\relax\@extra@b@citeb\relax\else&#xA;\@ifundefined{br@#2\@extra@b@citeb}{}{%&#xA;\@namedef{br@#2}{\@nameuse{br@#2\@extra@b@citeb}}}\fi&#xA;\@ifundefined{b@#2\@extra@b@citeb}{\def\NAT@num{}}{\NAT@parse{#2}}%&#xA;\item[\hfil\hyper@natanchorstart{#2\@extra@b@citeb}\citep{#2}%&#xA;\hyper@natanchorend]%&#xA;\NAT@ifcmd#1(@)(@)\@nil{#2}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Source: &lt;a href=&quot;http://newsgroups.derkeiler.com/Archive/Comp/comp.text.tex/2008-07/msg00540.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://newsgroups.derkeiler.com/Archive/Comp/comp.text.tex/2008-07/msg00540.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2069" LastActivityDate="2010-11-22T14:01:12.437" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5773" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5769" CreationDate="2010-11-22T14:12:42.467" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Since your figures shall be side by side, they are not expected to float independently. So you need just one figure environment for both objects.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Within this figure environment, you may use minipages (like Matthew already suggested). Some additions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;minipages understand optional alignment parameters to align at top, bottom or center.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;For adding a caption to the minipages, I recommend to use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/caption/subcaption.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;subcaption&lt;/a&gt; package. It is part of the feature-rich &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/caption&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;caption&lt;/a&gt; package. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nevertheless you could check out the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/subfig&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;subfig&lt;/a&gt; package. That task could be handled like subfigures even if you customize the captions such that they look like two independent figures.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-11-22T14:12:42.467" />
  <row Id="5774" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5767" CreationDate="2010-11-22T14:29:13.157" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/ntheorem&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;ntheorem&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package handles this nicely with its &lt;code&gt;\thref&lt;/code&gt; command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another option would be to make use of &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/hyperref&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; and its &lt;code&gt;\autoref&lt;/code&gt; command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Both of these would obviate the need to hunt down all instances of the reference.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So instead of writing &lt;code&gt;Proposition \ref{thm:label}&lt;/code&gt; you'd just write &lt;code&gt;\autoref{thm:label}&lt;/code&gt;. Then, if you later changed the theorem to a lemma, &lt;code&gt;\autoref&lt;/code&gt; would automatically update (after two compiles...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2010-11-22T14:29:13.157" />
  <row Id="5775" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5746" CreationDate="2010-11-22T14:29:18.117" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Like Willie Wong, I just have a script to tar all my source files, and I upload it to my college's server instead of to gmail (which is nice because I can automate the uploading too). Even if you have a lot of files, you can write a script to search the directory for the important ones (i.e. .tex, .bib, .sty, etc.) so that you can reuse the script for various projects. (I actually back up lots of things this way.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E.g. (in bash):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;LIST1=`find -name '*.tex'`&#xA;LIST2=`find -name '*.bib'`&#xA;LIST3=`find -name '*.sty'`&#xA;&#xA;LIST=&quot;${LIST1} ${LIST2} ${LIST3}&quot;&#xA;&#xA;tar  --transform='s,./,'$1'/,' -cvvzf $1.tar.gz $LIST&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="36" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-22T15:16:43.690" LastActivityDate="2010-11-22T15:16:43.690" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5776" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="48" CreationDate="2010-11-22T14:30:19.333" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Combining the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/48/how-can-i-specify-a-long-list-of-math-operators/361#361&quot;&gt;previous answers&lt;/a&gt; with the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/363/what-is-the-best-way-to-scan-over-a-list-of-somethings/1206#1206&quot;&gt;ones&lt;/a&gt; to the related question about &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/363/what-is-the-best-way-to-scan-over-a-list-of-somethings&quot;&gt;scanning over a list of somethings&lt;/a&gt; I came up with the following solution, using &lt;code&gt;etoolbox&lt;/code&gt; version 2.0 (2010-08-21) or later.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\define}[4]{\expandafter#1\csname#3#4\endcsname{#2{#4}}}&#xA;\forcsvlist{\define{\DeclareMathOperator}{}{}}{Rep, Tet, Maps, Diff}&#xA;\forcsvlist{\define{\newcommand}{\mathcal}{c}}{A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I,J,K}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The last line defines &lt;code&gt;\cA&lt;/code&gt; as &lt;code&gt;\mathcal{A}&lt;/code&gt; for all letters in the list.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If one wants a different list separator, e.g. &lt;code&gt;;&lt;/code&gt;, one can use &lt;code&gt;\DeclareListParser*{\formylist}{;}&lt;/code&gt; and then replace &lt;code&gt;\forcvslist&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;\formylist&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2072" LastActivityDate="2010-11-22T14:30:19.333" />
  <row Id="5778" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5780" CreationDate="2010-11-22T16:32:00.837" Score="2" ViewCount="214" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm writing a handout for an informal LaTeX course I'm running. I want to use small caps to highlight important words concepts etc. I mention the editor TeXshop, and since I think the names of editors are important, I put it in small caps:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\textsc{\TeX shop}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This doesn't work, since the &lt;code&gt;\TeX&lt;/code&gt; macro ignores the small caps, basically. So I tried scaling it myself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\textsc{\scalebox{0.8}{\TeX} shop}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But this doesn't work because extra space opens up between the &lt;code&gt;\TeX&lt;/code&gt; and the &lt;code&gt;shop&lt;/code&gt;. So I try to get rid of that space:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\textsc{\scalebox{0.8}{\TeX}\hspace{-0.4em} shop}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which looks almost right. But not quite. So instead of messing around with tweaking the parameters, I was wondering if there was a better way to do this. I tried looking up the macro in &lt;code&gt;texdoc source2e&lt;/code&gt; but my pdf reader's find function isn't case-sensitive, and searching the LaTeX source code for &lt;code&gt;\tex&lt;/code&gt; is not helpful...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-23T00:20:34.237" LastActivityDate="2010-11-23T00:20:34.237" Title="\TeX in small caps?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;small-caps&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5779" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5660" CreationDate="2010-11-22T17:05:06.950" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I didn't manage to test for &quot;sort-of-identical&quot; &lt;code&gt;doi&lt;/code&gt; und &lt;code&gt;url&lt;/code&gt; fields, but here's a solution using &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/biblatex.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;biblatex&lt;/a&gt; - &lt;code&gt;url&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;urldate&lt;/code&gt; fields will only be typeset if the respective entry doesn't include a &lt;code&gt;doi&lt;/code&gt; field.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{biblatex}&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareFieldFormat{url}{%&#xA;  \iffieldundef{doi}{%&#xA;    \mkbibacro{URL}\addcolon\space\url{#1}%&#xA;  }{%&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareFieldFormat{urldate}{%&#xA;  \iffieldundef{doi}{%&#xA;    \mkbibparens{\bibstring{urlseen}\space#1}%&#xA;  }{%&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.bib}&#xA;@misc{A01,&#xA;  author = {Author, A.},&#xA;  year = {2001},&#xA;  title = {Alpha},&#xA;  doi = {10.1016/j.apal.2008.12.003},&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;@misc{B02,&#xA;  author = {Buthor, B.},&#xA;  year = {2002},&#xA;  title = {Bravo},&#xA;  url = {http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.apal.2008.12.003},&#xA;  urldate = {2010-11-22},&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;@misc{C03,&#xA;  author = {Cuthor, C.},&#xA;  year = {2003},&#xA;  title = {Charlie},&#xA;  doi = {10.1016/j.apal.2008.12.003},&#xA;  url = {http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.apal.2008.12.003},&#xA;  urldate = {2010-11-22},&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\bibliography{\jobname}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\nocite{*}&#xA;&#xA;\printbibliography&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-11-22T17:05:06.950" />
  <row Id="5780" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5778" CreationDate="2010-11-22T17:49:26.807" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Somehow this is a non-answer, but I'd suggest to stick with &lt;code&gt;\textsc{\TeX shop}&lt;/code&gt;. What is the idea of small caps, after all? They use the usual capital letter, and only for &lt;em&gt;small letters&lt;/em&gt; it's &quot;small capital letters&quot;, in short &quot;small caps&quot;. And the letters in &lt;code&gt;\TeX&lt;/code&gt; are all capital from the start, so nothing should change there.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you really want everything in small caps, then you easily find the definition of &lt;code&gt;\TeX&lt;/code&gt; by &lt;code&gt;\show\TeX&lt;/code&gt;; the result is essentially shown in Pieter's comment to the question. Some fiddling with the spacing yielded&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\textsc{t\kern -.12em\lower.4ex\hbox{e}\kern-.1em xshop}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/k4854.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2010-11-22T17:49:26.807" />
  <row Id="5781" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5778" CreationDate="2010-11-22T17:52:11.890" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;What if you completely ignore the &lt;code&gt;\texsc&lt;/code&gt; for this, and just do &lt;code&gt;\scalebox{0.8}{\TeX SHOP}&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2010-11-22T17:52:11.890" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5782" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5716" CreationDate="2010-11-22T18:16:26.293" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am not completely sure what exactly are you trying to achieve, and what do you mean by &quot;sidebars&quot;, so i cannot really give you a solution for your problems, but I will try to provide some pointers with hope that they will turn out helpful. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First, the &lt;code&gt;wrapfig&lt;/code&gt; package, as well as all other LaTeX packages providing a way to wrap text around figures, does not play nice with lists.  That fact is well known and even mentioned in the wrapfig documentation.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;XeTeX will not help you with layout issues.  XeTeX is a TeX engine that allows you to use your system fonts in your document, but it provides no layout macros of its own.  Instead, you use it with other formats and macros, such as LaTeX and ConTeXt. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ConTeXt may indeed be a good choice for you.  It is in general much more flexible than LaTeX for creating different page layouts, and it has a build in mechanism for placing graphics at various locations on the page.  Its lists work generally well with text wrapped around figures. However, it is different from LaTeX, it has somewhat different conventions and syntax, so you will have to learn new things if you are used to LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to stick with LaTeX, you have several options. There are several packages that place material at specific locations on the page.  Perhaps the most powerful is the &lt;code&gt;pgf&lt;/code&gt; package. You can also create complicated custom page designs with the &lt;code&gt;flowfram&lt;/code&gt; package.  I suggest you look at the documentation for these two packages and see if they solve your problem. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2010-11-22T18:16:26.293" />
  <row Id="5784" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5785" CreationDate="2010-11-22T18:25:12.907" Score="8" ViewCount="234" Body="&lt;p&gt;I make use of autoref thoughout my now rather long document. I have an appendix with sections, though currently a small number, so changes could be made here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want references in my document to sections within the appendix to say something like appendix A.1 instead of section A.1&#xA;but still refer to sections not in the appendix by section.&#xA;I had an idea along the lines of creating some alias to section which had their own autorefname and using these instead of section. I tried and failed to use aliascnt for this.&#xA;I don't know if it was because I was doing it wrongly or because it can't do what I wanted.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any help would be appreciated!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1269" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-06T00:56:33.370" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T00:56:33.370" Title="\autoref should call sections within the appendix &quot;appendix&quot; not &quot;section&quot;" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;cross-referencing&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;appendices&gt;&lt;cleveref&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="5785" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5784" CreationDate="2010-11-22T18:49:32.313" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I assume you're using a class that includes the &lt;code&gt;\chapter&lt;/code&gt; command (e.g. book or report). In that case, within the appendix &lt;code&gt;\autoref&lt;/code&gt; will refer to chapters as &quot;Appendix&quot;, but to sections still as &quot;section&quot; (contrary to the article class, where sections would constitute an &quot;Appendix&quot;). Solution: (EDIT: My first &quot;solution&quot; was very ill-advised) Load &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/cleveref.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;cleveref&lt;/a&gt; after hyperref and use &lt;code&gt;\cref&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\autoref&lt;/code&gt;. (Yes, the links won't be as pretty as before.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{report}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\usepackage{cleveref}% Load AFTER hyperref!&#xA;&#xA;% \crefname{subappendix}{fairy tale}{fairy tales}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{bla}\label{bla}&#xA;&#xA;\section{blubb}\label{blubb}&#xA;&#xA;As shown in \cref{foo} and especially in \cref{bar} \dots&#xA;&#xA;\appendix&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{foo}\label{foo}&#xA;&#xA;\section{bar}\label{bar}&#xA;&#xA;As shown in \cref{bla} and especially in \cref{blubb} \dots&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-22T19:58:46.073" LastActivityDate="2010-11-22T19:58:46.073" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5786" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5790" CreationDate="2010-11-22T18:59:53.277" Score="8" ViewCount="159" Body="&lt;p&gt;I just noticed an annoying discrepancy involving the &lt;code&gt;\times&lt;/code&gt; symbol's depth.  Read the below code and then try to guess what it should look like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\fbox{$A$} \fbox{$B$}&#xA;&#xA;\fbox{$A \times A$} \fbox{$B$} \hrule&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you typeset this, you will see that the top line is perfectly level, while the &lt;code&gt;\hrule&lt;/code&gt; is noticeably below the second &lt;em&gt;B&lt;/em&gt; and the box around &lt;code&gt;$A \times A$&lt;/code&gt; is noticeably deep.  Yet, I would consider both &lt;code&gt;$A$&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;$A \times A$&lt;/code&gt; to be text-height and zero-depth expressions.  Now replace &lt;code&gt;\times&lt;/code&gt; by &lt;code&gt;\smash\times&lt;/code&gt; and you will see the problem go away; unfortunately, you will also see the spacing break since &lt;code&gt;\smash&lt;/code&gt; ruins the math-operatorness of &lt;code&gt;\times&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Am I right?  &lt;code&gt;\times&lt;/code&gt; has a nearly invisible depth and this distorts the center of expressions, otherwise having no depth, in which it is written.  How should I work around this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="575" LastActivityDate="2010-11-23T17:23:02.707" Title="Depth of the \times symbol" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5787" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-22T19:01:46.700" Score="3" ViewCount="411" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I make produce a table of contents by &lt;code&gt;\tableofcontents&lt;/code&gt; with page style empty?&#xA;It doesn't work with &lt;code&gt;\thispagestyle{empty}&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\pagestyle{empty}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1940" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-23T18:19:26.320" LastActivityDate="2010-11-25T02:15:13.360" Title="Table of contents with page style empty" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;page-style&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="5788" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5791" CreationDate="2010-11-22T19:09:22.510" Score="12" ViewCount="312" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;ftp://ftp.ams.org/pub/tex/doc/amsmath/amsldoc.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; documentation&lt;/a&gt; says&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Basic LaTeX doesn’t provide an &lt;code&gt;equation*&lt;/code&gt; environment, but rather a  functionally equivalent environment named &lt;code&gt;displaymath&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are they &lt;em&gt;really&lt;/em&gt; the same or is there a catch? Maybe in interaction with some other packages?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="210" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-28T01:32:36.167" LastActivityDate="2010-11-28T01:32:36.167" Title="Is there a difference between the `displaymath` and `equation*` environments?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;equations&gt;&lt;amsmath&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5789" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5787" CreationDate="2010-11-22T19:14:58.587" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use this in your preamble to change the first (otherwise commonly plain) TOC page to empty style:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\AtBeginDocument{\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\thispagestyle{empty}}} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The other pages behave like expected if you use &lt;code&gt;\pagestyle{empty}&lt;/code&gt; like you firstly did. So your document may look like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\AtBeginDocument{\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\thispagestyle{empty}}} &#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\cleardoublepage&#xA;\pagestyle{headings}&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-25T02:15:13.360" LastActivityDate="2010-11-25T02:15:13.360" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5790" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5786" CreationDate="2010-11-22T19:35:18.717" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can &lt;code&gt;\smash&lt;/code&gt; the &lt;code&gt;\times&lt;/code&gt;, being careful to add a &lt;code&gt;\mathbin&lt;/code&gt; too keep the spacing right:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\fbox{$A$} \fbox{$B$}&#xA;&#xA;\fbox{$A \times A$} \fbox{$B$} \hrule&#xA;&#xA;\fbox{$A \mathbin{\smash\times} A$} \fbox{$B$} \hrule&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1973" LastActivityDate="2010-11-22T19:35:18.717" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5791" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5788" CreationDate="2010-11-22T19:48:25.457" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Their effect is similar but they are differently programmed. &lt;code&gt;equation*&lt;/code&gt; builds on amsmath macros and is therefore more compatible to other amsmath environments and commands.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For instance, within LaTeX's &lt;code&gt;displaymath&lt;/code&gt; environment you cannot use a &lt;code&gt;split&lt;/code&gt; environment, even if you loaded amsmath. But within &lt;code&gt;equation*&lt;/code&gt; it's possible.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;amsmath redefines &lt;code&gt;\displaymath&lt;/code&gt; such that it uses &lt;code&gt;equation*&lt;/code&gt;. That means, after you loaded amsmath, there won't be a difference any more between those two environments. Further, LaTeX's &lt;code&gt;displaymath&lt;/code&gt; is fragile, amsmath makes it robust.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To see that, here are two lines of &lt;code&gt;latex.ltx&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\displaymath{\[}&#xA;\def\enddisplaymath{\]\@ignoretrue}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And these two lines are at the very end of &lt;code&gt;amsmath.sty&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareRobustCommand{\[}{\begin{equation*}}&#xA;\DeclareRobustCommand{\]}{\end{equation*}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To sum up, if you use amsmath, which is very recommendable for math texts, you don't need worry about &lt;code&gt;\displaymath&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-11-22T19:48:25.457" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5792" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5788" CreationDate="2010-11-22T19:52:30.833" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can find the relevant definitions in Section 55.2 of &lt;code&gt;source2e.pdf&lt;/code&gt; and lines 2523–2667 of &lt;code&gt;amsmath.sty&lt;/code&gt; LaTeX aliases &lt;code&gt;\begin{displaymath}&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\[&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\end{displaymath}&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\]&lt;/code&gt;, where &lt;code&gt;\[&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\]&lt;/code&gt; are wrappers around &lt;code&gt;$$&lt;/code&gt; with some checks.  &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; redefines &lt;code&gt;\[&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\begin{equation*}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\]&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\end{equation*}&lt;/code&gt;, which in turn wraps around &lt;code&gt;$$&lt;/code&gt; with some checks.   So they do the same thing, and as Stefan notes, once you load &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt;, they literally do the same thing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-11-22T19:52:30.833" />
  <row Id="5793" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-22T19:59:29.123" Score="0" ViewCount="288" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[fleqn,12pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec,xltxtra,xunicode}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;\usepackage{color}&#xA;\usepackage{setspace}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\usepackage{cmll}&#xA;\usepackage{tabularx}&#xA;\usepackage{pifont}&#xA;\usepackage{amstext, amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{enumerate}&#xA;&#xA; %========================================================&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section{This is Header1 6.1.77} \label{6.1.77}&#xA;\subsection*{This is sub header}&#xA;.&#xA;.&#xA;.&#xA;.&#xA;.a document of 100 pages&#xA;.&#xA;.a document of various tables and other sections &#xA;.&#xA;.&#xA;.recalled lables at various places through out the document,&#xA;\nameref{} entire section header appeared nicely. &#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;  %========================================================&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Above code worked like a charm, I can use &lt;code&gt;\nameref{}&lt;/code&gt; anywhere in the document and it created a hyperlink.&#xA;I went crazy and created as many as 3900 subsections and now the PDF prints only two pages and I get stack over flow error.&#xA;Hyperlinks appear as &lt;code&gt;??&lt;/code&gt;.&#xA;I tried using &lt;code&gt;enumerate&lt;/code&gt; and it does not hyperlink to specific line as it does in case of &lt;code&gt;\section{}&lt;/code&gt;, also tried putting lines with labels and still it did not work. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Your help would be greatly appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2036" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-07T23:47:55.120" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T00:32:22.737" Title="Sections \label and \nameref" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;cross-referencing&gt;&lt;labels&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5794" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5660" CreationDate="2010-11-22T20:17:22.050" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The modifications made by &lt;code&gt;urlbst&lt;/code&gt; are quite clear, so the change you want is actually not too hard (by BibTeX standards). If you open up your &lt;code&gt;.bst&lt;/code&gt; files, you need to search for a function called &lt;code&gt;output.web.refs&lt;/code&gt;. It needs modifying to read&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;FUNCTION {output.web.refs}&#xA;{&#xA;  new.block&#xA;  output.url&#xA;  addeprints eprint empty$ not and&#xA;    { format.eprint output.nonnull }&#xA;    'skip$&#xA;  if$&#xA;  adddoiresolver doi empty$ not and&#xA;    { &#xA;      url empty$&#xA;        { format.doi output.nonnull }&#xA;        {&#xA;          doiurl doi * url =     &#xA;            'skip$&#xA;            { format.doi output.nonnull }&#xA;          if$  &#xA;        } &#xA;      if$  &#xA;    }&#xA;    'skip$&#xA;  if$&#xA;  addpubmedresolver pubmed empty$ not and&#xA;    { format.pubmed output.nonnull }&#xA;    'skip$&#xA;  if$&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All that has happened here is that I've added a test for an empty URL and a second for the URL being the same as the DOI once the prefix is added.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-22T20:55:34.717" LastActivityDate="2010-11-22T20:55:34.717" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5795" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5660" CreationDate="2010-11-22T20:41:09.773" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The original question is about a standard BibTeX style, but inspired by lockstep I've worked out a &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/biblatex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; solution as a complement to my other answer.  The method here is to add the appropriate prefix to the raw DOI, then test this for equivalence to the URL. The prefix needs to be processed with &lt;code&gt;\detokenize&lt;/code&gt; as this is how the URL field is formatted.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{biblatex}&#xA;&#xA;\renewbibmacro*{doi+eprint+url}{%&#xA;  \iftoggle{bbx:doi}&#xA;    {%&#xA;      \iffieldundef{doi}&#xA;        {}&#xA;        {%&#xA;          \begingroup&#xA;          \edef\URLorDOI{%&#xA;            \detokenize{http://dx.doi.org/}%&#xA;            \thefield{doi}%&#xA;          }%&#xA;          \iffieldequals{url}{\URLorDOI}&#xA;            {\endgroup}&#xA;            {%&#xA;              \endgroup&#xA;              \printfield{doi}%&#xA;            }%  &#xA;        }%&#xA;    }&#xA;    {}%&#xA;  \newunit\newblock&#xA;  \iftoggle{bbx:eprint}&#xA;    {\usebibmacro{eprint}}&#xA;    {}%&#xA;  \newunit\newblock&#xA;  \iftoggle{bbx:url}&#xA;    {\usebibmacro{url+urldate}}&#xA;    {}}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.bib}&#xA;@misc{A01,&#xA;  author = {Author, A.},&#xA;  year = {2001},&#xA;  title = {Alpha},&#xA;  doi = {10.1016/j.apal.2008.12.003},&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;@misc{B02,&#xA;  author = {Buthor, B.},&#xA;  year = {2002},&#xA;  title = {Bravo},&#xA;  url = {http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.apal.2008.12.003},&#xA;  urldate = {2010-11-22},&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;@misc{C03,&#xA;  author = {Cuthor, C.},&#xA;  year = {2003},&#xA;  title = {Charlie},&#xA;  doi = {10.1016/j.apal.2008.12.003},&#xA;  url = {http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.apal.2008.12.003},&#xA;  urldate = {2010-11-22},&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\bibliography{\jobname}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\nocite{*}&#xA;&#xA;\printbibliography&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-22T20:51:20.730" LastActivityDate="2010-11-22T20:51:20.730" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="5796" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5800" CreationDate="2010-11-22T21:07:47.993" Score="4" ViewCount="337" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to follow the example on the &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/XeTeX#Example&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Wikipedia page about XeTeX&lt;/a&gt;.&#xA;But when I run the TeX code, I get this error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/etex-pkg/etex.sty)&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/base/fixltx2e.sty))kpathsea: Invalid fontname `Linux Libertine O', contains ' '&#xA;&#xA;! Font \zf@basefont=&quot;Linux Libertine O&quot; at 10.0pt not loadable: Metric (TFM) file or installed font not found.&#xA;\zf@fontspec ...ntname \zf@suffix &quot; at \f@size pt &#xA;                                              \unless \ifzf@icu \zf@set@...&#xA;l.3 ...infont[Mapping=tex-text]{Linux Libertine O}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any idea why that is? I have both the TTF files for Libertine installed and I also have the XeTeX libertine package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[EDIT] I'm on openSUSE 11.3 and I've installed XeTeX from the TeX Live 2010 CD.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="489" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-13T17:48:10.313" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T11:29:38.327" Title="Error in \setmainfont" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;errors&gt;&lt;fontspec&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5797" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5799" CreationDate="2010-11-22T22:21:56.633" Score="9" ViewCount="173" Body="&lt;p&gt;I took this line from my thesis style and added it into my document (preceded by &lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&lt;/code&gt;) and what it does that whenever I used &lt;code&gt;\ref{figureid}&lt;/code&gt; instead of putting just the figure number, it puts &quot;Figure 1&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can do the same thing for tables, by having &lt;code&gt;\def\p@table{Table~)&lt;/code&gt; but what I don't know is what exactly is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\p@figure&#xA;\p@table&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I assume they're used internally by ref, but is there anything more (such as &lt;code&gt;\p@(object)&lt;/code&gt; is always used as the beginning of something ...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2060" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T07:51:59.380" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T07:51:59.380" Title="How exactly does \def\p@figure{Figure~} work?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;floats&gt;&lt;cross-referencing&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5798" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5804" CreationDate="2010-11-22T22:31:48.590" Score="6" ViewCount="87" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am including a single pdf page (the title of my thesis) with the package &lt;code&gt;pdfpages&lt;/code&gt; :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{document}          &#xA;\includepdf{title.pdf}&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But since I switched from &lt;code&gt;report&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt; the page is not included, the first page of the resulting pdf if a blank page where &quot;title.pdf&quot; appears.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Do you know if there is an incompatibility between these two packages ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="827" LastActivityDate="2010-11-23T00:35:50.693" Title="Incompatibility between memoir and pdfpages ?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;memoir&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5799" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5797" CreationDate="2010-11-22T23:19:57.907" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;These are LaTeX kernel macros that are associated with environments. In simple terms anything that is enclosed with a &lt;code&gt;\begin{foo}...\end{foo}&lt;/code&gt; is an environment. For example a figure or a table.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Every time you insert a table a counter is incremented. This counter let us call it &lt;code&gt;foo&lt;/code&gt; has an associated macro named &lt;code&gt;\p@foo&lt;/code&gt;.  This  macro expands to a printed `reference prefix' of counter&#xA;foo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any &lt;code&gt;\ref&lt;/code&gt; to a value created by counter &lt;code&gt;foo&lt;/code&gt; will produce the expansion of &lt;code&gt;\p@foo\thefoo&lt;/code&gt; when the &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt; command is executed. &lt;code&gt;\thefoo&lt;/code&gt; justs prints the value of counter `foo'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Change &lt;code&gt;foo&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;figure&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;table&lt;/code&gt; and it will make more sense.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt; part defines the macro. You can for example say &lt;code&gt;\def\milan{Milan Ramaiyan}&lt;/code&gt; and every time you type &lt;code&gt;\milan&lt;/code&gt; it will expand too .. Milan Ramaiyan. The &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt; symbol is just a special symbol used by TeX and LaTeX to avoid overriding commands accidentally. It needs special treatment and that is why the &lt;code&gt;makeatletter&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;makeatother&lt;/code&gt; are required.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-22T23:32:30.390" LastActivityDate="2010-11-22T23:32:30.390" />
  <row Id="5800" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5796" CreationDate="2010-11-22T23:29:26.093" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The TTF version of Libertine are usually named 'Linux Libertine' without the trailing ' O', so try using that name or installing the OTF version.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastActivityDate="2010-11-22T23:29:26.093" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5801" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5802" CreationDate="2010-11-22T23:35:40.190" Score="8" ViewCount="154" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi, sometimes when I am not sure about a term, I would like to write it somewhere with the subsequent definition to be able to re-read it from time to time and then remember it forever. I think I am going to start now using Latex. Should I use the glossary package? I just want something like &lt;code&gt;\word{term}{definition}&lt;/code&gt; and when compiling, the alphabetical order should be respected. Thanks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastActivityDate="2010-11-22T23:48:50.267" Title="building a dictionary" Tags="&lt;glossaries&gt;&lt;dictionary&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5802" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5801" CreationDate="2010-11-22T23:48:50.267" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Download the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;glossaries&lt;/a&gt; package which is the latest version. It has what you are looking for and will also sort out your definitions in alphabetical order.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-11-22T23:48:50.267" />
  <row Id="5803" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5797" CreationDate="2010-11-23T00:18:20.403" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In addition to Yiannis fine explanation: you may even extend these &lt;code&gt;\p@&lt;/code&gt; macros such as &lt;code&gt;\p@figure&lt;/code&gt; to become more than just a prefix. &lt;code&gt;source2e.pdf&lt;/code&gt; gives hints in section &lt;em&gt;53.2 An extension of counter referencing&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This modification&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand*\refstepcounter[1]{\stepcounter{#1}%&#xA;\protected@edef\@currentlabel&#xA;{\csname p@#1\expandafter\endcsname\csname the#1\endcsname}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;allows you to define &lt;code&gt;\p@figure&lt;/code&gt; with an argument, which allows more sophistocated formatting. And it's still backwards compatible to the original version. An arbitrary example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand*{\p@figure}[1]{\emph{figure~(#1)}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;gives &lt;em&gt;see figure (1)&lt;/em&gt;. This way you may add a prefix and a suffix plus formatting.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-11-23T00:18:20.403" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5804" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5798" CreationDate="2010-11-23T00:35:50.693" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The two packages can work together.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think of these possible causes:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;You use a &lt;code&gt;draft&lt;/code&gt; class (or package option). In this case, the pdf page will not show up but the file name &lt;code&gt;title.pdf&lt;/code&gt; would be printed instead. That fits to your description.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;You use LaTeX instead of pdfLaTeX. When compiling to DVI, pdfpages would just insert an empty page. On could accidentally switch the output profile (easy in TXC).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I guess the first point might be the case, so I would check the document class option at first.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-11-23T00:35:50.693" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5805" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5819" CreationDate="2010-11-23T01:02:12.313" Score="5" ViewCount="911" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDITED:11-23-2010&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;In case anyone stumbles upon this question and has a similar problem. The Ubuntu/Debian repositories have an old version of revtex that exhibit this bug. Until the repos are updated, there is a .deb file available in the &lt;a href=&quot;https://bugs.launchpad.net/ubuntu/+source/texlive-extra/+bug/575812?comments=all&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;bug report&lt;/a&gt; that installs the new version of revtex&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;--&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm Trying to get multiple affiliations for the author list when using revtex-4.1&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The default behavior is to group the authors together according to affiliation as so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Rt1Dz.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, this requires you to group authors together in an unnatural way, and usually in a way that conflicts with authorship politics. Even if you switch to superscriptaddress mode, the requirement on grouping still remains.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, If I want to have two authors share an affiliation, but have one of the authors have a second affiliation, the whole thing ends up ignoring the first affiliation of the second author: e.g.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\author{J. T. Ripper}&#xA;\affiliation{Bethlem Royal Psychiatric Hospital}&#xA;\author{Bugs Bunny}&#xA;\affiliation{Looney Tunes}&#xA;\author{Daffy Duck}&#xA;\affiliation{Looney Tunes}&#xA;\affiliation{Warner Brothers}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Gives you the following &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/LBHA7.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you try to remove bug's affiliation then they both end up inheriting both affiliations. Like so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\author{J. T. Ripper}&#xA;\affiliation{Bethlem Royal Psychiatric Hospital}&#xA;\author{Bugs Bunny}&#xA;\author{Daffy Duck}&#xA;\affiliation{Looney Tunes}&#xA;\affiliation{Warner Brothers}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/52xbp.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I want it to do is to give Daffy two superscripts, and Bugs bunny only one. The picture gets even harrier if (for example) I try to put J Ripper in between bugs and daffy. Then the numbers get even more screwed up.  Using alt affiliations doesn't solve the problem because the alt affilliation goes into a footnote.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There used to be a &quot;feature&quot; in revtex-4, that if you used &lt;code&gt;\address&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\affiliation&lt;/code&gt; , then the whole thing behaves as expected. However, it seems that the latest version of revtex4-1, has patched this &quot;bug&quot;, and now even old documents that worked fine, have broken affiliations. e.g.:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With Revtex 4:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/bddnS.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With Revtex 4-1:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/dPkDW.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ignore the style differences (the first one was typeset by arxiv with a prl instead of an api style).The latex behind the two is identical. &#xA;Full Disclosure: I'm one of the twenty co-authors&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1899" LastEditorUserId="1899" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-23T22:33:18.643" LastActivityDate="2010-11-23T22:33:18.643" Title="Revtex 4.1 multiple affiliations" Tags="&lt;revtex&gt;&lt;affiliation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="5806" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5807" CreationDate="2010-11-23T01:27:28.973" Score="1" ViewCount="141" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am writing my Masters thesis in LaTeX. I'm using the university template which is quite complex so I haven't tweaked it much as I'm new to LaTeX. My problem is that the paragraph style here seems to be the default one for latex that uses indentations without any vertical spacing between the paragraphs. I like my paragraphs to not have indents but be separated with some spaces between them. So, I inserted the following in the preamble.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setlength{\parindent}{0.0in}&#xA;\setlength{\parskip}{0.1in}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It worked alright but I ran into an unexpected problem. It kind of screwed my Abstract pages, TOC etc which are defined in the sty file that I don't want to mess around with. So, I would like for this style to occur only from my Introduction &quot;section&quot; and beyond not in the frontmatter. How can I have only the sections and subsections etc have this style without touching that on the other parts like abstract page, preface, TOC, reference etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1639" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-23T06:21:25.617" LastActivityDate="2010-11-23T06:21:25.617" Title="Add paragraph styling only in certain sections" Tags="&lt;formatting&gt;&lt;paragraphs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5807" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5806" CreationDate="2010-11-23T03:39:07.560" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;@sfactor - I don't know your thesis style, of course, but in most the following will work:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{yourthesisclass}&#xA;\author{moi}&#xA;\title{Epigraphy Upon Stalagmites In Pre-Historic Europe}&#xA;\date{\today}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}&#xA;\setlength{\parskip}{0.1in}&#xA;\include{thewholethesis}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, the basic idea is to reset them after the frontmatter. You can do it in the text, no problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;BTW, you can also go:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\parindent0pt&#xA;\parskip0.1in&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in the same place.....&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2003" LastActivityDate="2010-11-23T03:39:07.560" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5808" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5809" CreationDate="2010-11-23T03:53:21.260" Score="6" ViewCount="181" Body="&lt;p&gt;My document has several &lt;code&gt;\href&lt;/code&gt; that I would like to be shown on the footnote. How can I do it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2002" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-23T04:03:27.937" LastActivityDate="2010-11-23T04:03:27.937" Title="How display the href link in the footnote?" Tags="&lt;footnotes&gt;&lt;links&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5809" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5808" CreationDate="2010-11-23T04:00:36.150" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I usually write something like this, so the entry is hyperlinked for onscreen reading but there's also a footnote to the URL for paper output.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\newcommand\fnurl[2]{%&#xA;  \href{#2}{#1}\footnote{\url{#2}}%&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;hello \fnurl{Google}{www.google.com}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-11-23T04:00:36.150" />
  <row Id="5810" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5830" CreationDate="2010-11-23T05:02:00.423" Score="3" ViewCount="166" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;would it be possible to create our own greek letters in black board style from the Minion family using Metafont? It is just a matter of adding a vertical bar somewhere...&#xA;Thanks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastActivityDate="2010-11-23T11:50:36.240" Title="the unthinkable: use of Metafont for greek minion letters in black board style" Tags="&lt;metafont&gt;&lt;minion&gt;&lt;alphabet&gt;&lt;blackboard&gt;&lt;greek&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="5811" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5812" CreationDate="2010-11-23T05:04:15.340" Score="8" ViewCount="92" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[fleqn]{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{mathrsfs}&#xA;\usepackage{amsfonts}&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;\setlength\mathindent{0pt}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\[3x^3\]&#xA;\[3x^2\]&#xA;\[3x\]&#xA;\[3\]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I render this document, there is a lot more space between the first two options than between the second and third options.  Is there a way to make sure it's consistent?  Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1595" LastActivityDate="2010-11-23T05:28:02.667" Title="Ensuring that vertical space is consistent in list of polynomials" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;&lt;amsmath&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5812" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5811" CreationDate="2010-11-23T05:28:02.667" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;gather*&lt;/code&gt; to put several equations after each other.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{gather*}&#xA;3x^3\\&#xA;3x^2\\&#xA;3x\\&#xA;3&#xA;\end{gather*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2010-11-23T05:28:02.667" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5813" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5810" CreationDate="2010-11-23T05:30:40.990" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sure, although it would be difficult if the minion family (which I'm not familiar with) isn't done in metafont (i.e. doesn't already have an 'mf' file.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If it &lt;em&gt;does&lt;/em&gt; have an 'mf' file, you would just have to get the minion 'mf' file, copy it over to 'blackboard.mf' (or whatever) and edit it putting your changes in for each glyph. Then you would compile it, install it, and use it like any other font.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Metafont has a bad rep, but it's actually kinda fun. I made a letterhead logo in metafont once that I still use.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's a little more work (actually a lot more work) if there is not minion.mf. Then you'd have to start from scratch in metafont. This would involve taking each minion glyph, projecting it somehow onto a grid, and use the metafont functions to draw the glyph using the grid/glyph templet as a guide. Then do the compile/install etc. stuff.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could also write a program to do that for you, which I started to do once, but got busy on other stuff.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2003" LastEditorUserId="2003" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-23T08:59:41.310" LastActivityDate="2010-11-23T08:59:41.310" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="5814" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4616" CreationDate="2010-11-23T06:06:55.000" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Well, since you brought up metafont, I may as well suggest a sort of simple metafont solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you knew for sure what font you were going to use, for sure, you could create the symbol by cutting and pasting the metafont def for a parenthesis and copying and shifting the 'draw' statement to your desired distance.&#xA;For example, here's the metafont code for the top of the left paren for cm (from Knuth's 'bigdel.mf'):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;cmchar &quot;Extensible left parenthesis---top&quot;;&#xA;beginchar(oct&quot;060&quot;,12u#,rule_thickness#,3dh#-rule_thickness#);&#xA;adjust_fit(4u#,-.25u#); pickup fine.nib;&#xA;numeric min_breadth,max_breadth;&#xA;min_breadth=rule_thickness+.6dw; max_breadth=bold+2dw;&#xA;pos1(hround min_breadth,0); pos2(hround max_breadth,0);&#xA;rt x1r=hround(w-1.25u+.5min_breadth); lft x2l=hround 1.25u;&#xA;top y1=h-1; y2=-d-eps;&#xA;filldraw stroke z1e{3(x2e-x1e),y2-y1}...{down}z2e;  % upper arc&#xA;penlabels(1,2); endchar;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So you would do something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;cmchar &quot;Laurent double parens--top&quot;;&#xA;beginchar(oct&quot;060&quot;,12u#,rule_thickness#,3dh#-rule_thickness#);&#xA;adjust_fit(4u#,-.25u#); pickup fine.nib;&#xA;numeric min_breadth,max_breadth;&#xA;min_breadth=rule_thickness+.6dw; max_breadth=bold+2dw;&#xA;pos1(hround min_breadth,0); pos2(hround max_breadth,0);&#xA;rt x1r=hround(w-1.25u+.5min_breadth); lft x2l=hround 1.25u;&#xA;top y1=h-1; y2=-d-eps;&#xA;filldraw stroke z1e{3(x2e-x1e),y2-y1}...{down}z2e;  % upper arc&#xA;filldraw stroke z1e{3(x2e-x1e),y2-y1}...{down}z2e shifted(2pt);  % 2nd upper arc&#xA;penlabels(1,2); endchar;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you're going to try this, you should check the syntax for shifting, but it's close to that. (been a while.... ;-) )&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oh, and don't mess with the original mf file. Copy it to one of your own and play with that one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2003" LastEditorUserId="2003" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-23T19:12:47.113" LastActivityDate="2010-11-23T19:12:47.113" />
  <row Id="5815" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5820" CreationDate="2010-11-23T06:52:41.440" Score="5" ViewCount="449" Body="&lt;p&gt;I create a document in two-column-layout with LaTeX (and Koma-Script, if that is relevant). The two-column-layout is defined in documentclass. The last page of an chapter fills the left column first - the result is that both column are of different length. How can I balance that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT:&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;code&gt;flushend&lt;/code&gt; like mentioned in the answer of &lt;em&gt;TH.&lt;/em&gt; doesn't work for me. Maybe it is conflicting with some other package I use?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT 2:&lt;/strong&gt; OK, after I tested with lipsum like suggested from &lt;em&gt;Joseph Wright&lt;/em&gt; I saw it balanced. I tried a little bit and could find out, that flushend only balances the columns in the last chapter, not in all of them. Knowing that, I could see, that it is true for my document too, the last chapter has balanced columns. How can I achieve it for all of them? Here my short example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper, 10pt, twocolumn, DIV=18]{scrbook}&#xA;&#xA;    \usepackage{flushend}&#xA;    \usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;    \begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;    \chapter{test}&#xA;&#xA;        \lipsum&#xA;        \lipsum&#xA;&#xA;    \chapter{second}&#xA;&#xA;        \lipsum&#xA;        \lipsum&#xA;&#xA;    \chapter{third}&#xA;&#xA;        \lipsum&#xA;        \lipsum&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1861" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-09T12:34:46.897" LastActivityDate="2011-01-09T12:34:46.897" Title="How to balance last page of two-column layout in LaTeX?" Tags="&lt;two-column&gt;&lt;multicol&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5816" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-23T07:03:02.643" Score="9" ViewCount="269" Body="&lt;p&gt;Does anyone know how to make (nice looking) double bracket multiset notation in LaTeX. i.e something like &lt;code&gt;(\binom{n}{k})&lt;/code&gt; where there are two outer brackets instead of 1 as in binomial? You can see an example of what I mean in &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Multiset&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Multiset&lt;/a&gt; under the heading &quot;Multiset coefficients&quot; with the double brackets.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In wikpedia they typset it as: &lt;code&gt;\left(\!\!{n\choose k}\!\!\right)&lt;/code&gt; but although this works well for LaTeX in maths mode, with inline equations the outer bracket becomes much larger than the inner bracket.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have also tried using &lt;code&gt;\genfrac{((}{))}{0pt}{}{n}{k}&lt;/code&gt; but it has an error with the double brackets.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am using &lt;code&gt;\binom&lt;/code&gt; as well in my document, so I would like the bracket sizes to be similar for &lt;code&gt;\binom&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\multiset&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks for any help. I'm surprised I can't find a solution on google.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2084" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-23T07:33:27.583" LastActivityDate="2010-11-23T11:56:30.867" Title="Multiset notation in LaTeX" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;amsmath&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5817" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5815" CreationDate="2010-11-23T07:36:06.220" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure about Koma-Script in particular, but I've had reasonably good luck using the &lt;code&gt;flushend&lt;/code&gt; package with a variety of conference-provided document classes. The use is pretty simple:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{flushend}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and that's all it takes. There can occasionally be issues with pdf links being broken across columns.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-11-23T07:36:06.220" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5818" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-23T08:37:40.403" Score="13" ViewCount="428" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to get some console output in my homework. I put it in a listings environment but I want it to be centered horizontally on the page. &#xA;The only thing I get centered is the caption ;-/&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{minipage}{1\textwidth}&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}[caption={Ausgabe des C-Programms},label={ggt_c_ausgabe}]&#xA;a  |  b  |  q  |  u  |  s  |  v  |  t  &#xA;----------------------------------------&#xA;78 |  21 |   1 |     |   1 |   1 |  -1 &#xA;21 |  15 |   3 |   1 |  -3 |  -1 |   4 &#xA;15 |   6 |   1 |  -3 |   4 |   4 |  -5 &#xA; 6 |   3 |   2 |   4 | -11 |  -5 |  14 &#xA; 3 |     |   2 | -11 |  26 |  14 | -33 &#xA;----------------------------------------&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2052" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-02T02:24:20.363" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T02:24:20.363" Title="How to center a listing?" Tags="&lt;listings&gt;&lt;centering&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="5819" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5805" CreationDate="2010-11-23T08:42:08.300" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Works for me. I am using &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Document Class: revtex4-1 2010/07/25/20:33:00 4.1r &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which fixes a number of bugs in the affiliation code. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Testcase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[superscriptaddress]{revtex4-1}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\author{J. T. Ripper}&#xA;\affiliation{Bethlem Royal Psychiatric Hospital}&#xA;\author{Bugs Bunny}&#xA;\affiliation{Looney Tunes}&#xA;\author{Daffy Duck}&#xA;\affiliation{Looney Tunes}&#xA;\affiliation{Warner Brothers}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Result: &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ZNxgZ.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-11-23T08:42:08.300" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5820" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5815" CreationDate="2010-11-23T08:48:42.337" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can also use &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{multicol}&lt;/code&gt; and use the &lt;code&gt;\begin{multicols}{x}&lt;/code&gt; environment where &lt;code&gt;x&lt;/code&gt; is the amount of columns. They will automatically align themselves according to what you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1549" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-23T16:50:15.623" LastActivityDate="2010-11-23T16:50:15.623" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5821" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5955" CreationDate="2010-11-23T08:49:31.133" Score="6" ViewCount="354" Body="&lt;p&gt;As a followup to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/5801/building-a-dictionary&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt;, I would like to ask how can I use the &lt;code&gt;glossaries&lt;/code&gt; package just for the creation of a glossary. I do not want it to be part of a document rather a standalone document where there's a list of terms and their definitions. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit (1): I guess that what I want, is often called a lexicon, or a dictionary.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit (2): In order to clarify what I'm after, let me add few remarks. First, it may well be that &lt;code&gt;glossaries&lt;/code&gt; is not what I'm looking for. I am looking for a tool which will enable me to edit entries which will include text, figure, diagrams, links between different entries etc. and then to typeset it in an alphabetic order. Maybe something like an encyclopedia is a better description of what I want to obtain. I hope it is cleared now.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit (3): Finally I found an example of what I want to have at the end. Consider &lt;a href=&quot;http://rads.stackoverflow.com/amzn/click/0470015268&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this book&lt;/a&gt;. I clearly want something way simpler, but this is the spirit. Namely, each term/entry can contain math, figures etc. in it. The compilation process should take care of the alphabetic order. Is &lt;code&gt;glossaries&lt;/code&gt; the right package to use?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="412" LastEditorUserId="412" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-24T17:30:31.347" LastActivityDate="2010-11-26T09:00:06.470" Title="Creating a standalone glossary" Tags="&lt;glossaries&gt;&lt;dictionary&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5822" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5818" CreationDate="2010-11-23T08:54:45.900" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know some strange solutions involving saving the content temporary to a box and then determing the text width.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The simplest solution is to use a tabular environment:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{center}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{c}&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}[...]&#xA;...&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, this doesn't center the caption. Making the caption centering correctly above the listing requires another solution. We have to take the caption out of the listings environment; this is done by a figure (or another floating environment).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a way to center both your listing and the caption:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\renewcommand{\figurename}{Listing}&#xA;                    % replace figurename with the text that should preceed the caption&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}[thp] % the figure provides the caption&#xA;\centering          % which should be centered&#xA;\caption{Ausgabe des C-Programms}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{c}  % the tabular makes the listing as small as possible and centers it&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}[label={gtt_c_ausgabe}]&#xA;a  |  b  |  q  |  u  |  s  |  v  |  t&#xA;----------------------------------------&#xA;78 |  21 |   1 |     |   1 |   1 |  -1&#xA;21 |  15 |   3 |   1 |  -3 |  -1 |   4&#xA;15 |   6 |   1 |  -3 |   4 |   4 |  -5&#xA; 6 |   3 |   2 |   4 | -11 |  -5 |  14&#xA; 3 |     |   2 | -11 |  26 |  14 | -33&#xA;----------------------------------------&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1125" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-27T17:07:40.257" LastActivityDate="2010-11-27T17:07:40.257" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="5823" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5816" CreationDate="2010-11-23T09:16:07.073" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\multiset#1#2{\left(\!\left({#1\atopwithdelims..#2}\right)\!\right)}&lt;/code&gt; maybe? Looks ok in inline equations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="85" LastActivityDate="2010-11-23T09:16:07.073" />
  <row Id="5825" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5816" CreationDate="2010-11-23T09:44:14.980" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I got the definition below after some tinkering. It seems to look fine at any size.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\documentclass[a4paper,12pt]{minimal}&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;\usepackage{mathtools}&#xA;\def\multiset#1#2{\ensuremath{\left(\kern-.3em\left(\genfrac{}{}{0pt}{}{#1}{#2}\right)\kern-.3em\right)}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Consider an inline multiset, \multiset{n}{k}, or a displayed one,&#xA;\[ \multiset{n}{k}, \]&#xA;or perhaps even a displayed one with something big up- and downstairs,&#xA;\[\multiset{&#xA;    {\displaystyle \sum_{j=1}^n n^j}}&#xA;    {{\displaystyle \sum_{j=1}^n (-1)^j n^j}}_{n \text{ even}}. &#xA;\]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1495" LastEditorUserId="1495" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-23T11:56:30.867" LastActivityDate="2010-11-23T11:56:30.867" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="5826" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5827" CreationDate="2010-11-23T10:32:50.940" Score="2" ViewCount="161" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have the following Tikz picture:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \node (a) {A};&#xA;  \node [below=2cm of a] (b) {B};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I compile this code with PDF-LaTeX, I get the expected result: &quot;B&quot; appears 2 cm below &quot;A&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I compile the exact same code with plain LaTeX, in the DVI file, &quot;A&quot; and &quot;B&quot; are in the same position, mashed together.  In the PS file, after another re-compilation, they appear correctly again.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there some way or workaround to work with PGF/Tikz with positioning straight with the DVI preview? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1527" LastActivityDate="2010-11-23T10:53:38.450" Title="Tikz with positioning does not work with DVI" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;positioning&gt;&lt;dvi&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="5827" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5826" CreationDate="2010-11-23T10:53:38.450" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I take it you mean that after &lt;code&gt;dvips&lt;/code&gt; the PostScript file looks okay. In that case, you are seeing the expected behaviour. When working in DVI mode, PostScript specials are used for effects that TeX does not support directly. This includes absolute positioning, rotation, scaling and so on. However, DVI viewers do not interpret these specials (unless they do some PostScript breaking out), and so show only the unmodified results. So you will not see these effects until you convert to PostScript.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-11-23T10:53:38.450" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="5828" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5829" CreationDate="2010-11-23T11:03:29.987" Score="10" ViewCount="1207" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't like default beamer themes very much.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Where could I find some custom beamer themes?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1882" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-10T03:45:44.230" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T03:45:44.230" Title="Where to find custom beamer themes" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;templates&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="7" />
  <row Id="5829" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5828" CreationDate="2010-11-23T11:36:02.160" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;All (or at least most) of the default themes are available to view &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.hartwork.org/beamer-theme-matrix/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;. If none of these suit, I think the best bet is probably to pick one you almost like and modify it yourself. This has the advantage that you learn more about beamer, and it makes your presentations unique. The &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/beamer/doc/beameruserguide.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;beamer manual&lt;/a&gt; is pretty complete and all the relevant options are documented...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Customising a theme does not involve hunting out the &lt;code&gt;.sty&lt;/code&gt; file in your &lt;code&gt;texmf&lt;/code&gt; tree and editing that: you can just modify options piecemeal in your preamble. For example, a recent beamer preamble of mine starts like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usetheme{Dresden}&#xA;\usecolortheme{beaver}&#xA;\setbeamercolor{itemize item}{fg=darkred!80!black}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that first I pick some theme options, then (the final line) I redefine the colour of the itemize item. As long as the command comes &lt;em&gt;after&lt;/em&gt; the colortheme option, this gives you an easy way to modify a beamer theme on the fly. [I think I did this because the beaver theme is red, but it doesn't actually redefine the itemize colour, so you get the default blue unless you fix it.]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are some custom themes available &lt;a href=&quot;http://latex.simon04.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;. But I'm sure you know about this because you obviously googled &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.google.com/search?q=custom+beamer+themes&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;custom beamer themes&lt;/a&gt;&quot; before you asked a question on here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-23T12:30:37.200" LastActivityDate="2010-11-23T12:30:37.200" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5830" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5810" CreationDate="2010-11-23T11:50:36.240" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;bev explained what to do if you have the &lt;code&gt;mf&lt;/code&gt; file. Even if there isn't, you don't actually have to start from scratch. What you should have is a &lt;code&gt;tfm&lt;/code&gt; file that contains the font metrics and a &lt;code&gt;pfb&lt;/code&gt; file containing the actual glyphs (I'm assuming you have postscript type 1 fonts). You can just copy the original &lt;code&gt;tfm&lt;/code&gt; file to &lt;code&gt;blackboard.tfm&lt;/code&gt;; no change in the font metrics. Working with the &lt;code&gt;pfb&lt;/code&gt; is more involved. I did this once and will try to recollect what you need.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First of all, you need to translate the &lt;code&gt;pfb&lt;/code&gt; into something human readable. I did this with &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.lcdf.org/type/#t1utils&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;t1utils&lt;/a&gt;, e.g.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;t1disasm minion.pfb &amp;gt; blackboard.raw&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the &lt;code&gt;raw&lt;/code&gt; file you'll find the glyph descriptions, and they contain lots of stuff like &lt;code&gt;vhcurveto&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;rrcurveto&lt;/code&gt; and so on. The latter describes a bezier curve, as far as I recollect. You can just experiment with these things to get the hang of it. Make a few edits, and make a new &lt;code&gt;pfb&lt;/code&gt; file with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;t1asm blackboard.raw &amp;gt; blackboard.pfb&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then put the &lt;code&gt;tfm&lt;/code&gt; file into &lt;code&gt;texmf/fonts/tfm/blackboard/&lt;/code&gt; and the &lt;code&gt;pfb&lt;/code&gt; file into &lt;code&gt;texmf/fonts/type1/blackboard/&lt;/code&gt;. Now I'm stumbling: You also need to create a font description in an &lt;code&gt;fd&lt;/code&gt; file and a font map entry in a &lt;code&gt;map&lt;/code&gt; file. At the moment I don't find what I did there; I hope someone else can help out.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2010-11-23T11:50:36.240" CommentCount="10" />
  <row Id="5831" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5828" CreationDate="2010-11-23T13:40:25.497" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I found one here : &lt;a href=&quot;http://structdynviblab.mcgill.ca/index.php/en/download&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;McGill like Beamer style&lt;/a&gt; but the coding does not look so good. Do you want something completely different from existing themes? Otherwise, you can start from an existing one and slowly modify parameters (colors, margins, bullets and so on)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastActivityDate="2010-11-23T13:40:25.497" />
  <row Id="5832" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-23T13:42:35.853" Score="1" ViewCount="122" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm writing a document such as the following one:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section{A}\input{A}&#xA;\section{B}\input{B}&#xA;\section{C}\input{C}&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Each section provides some content but requires other sections to be included before. For example, B could require A and C, C could require A, and A could require nothing. In this case, the above piece of code should just put A and C in the output document as B is before C. I tried something with the ifthen package, but I failed to obtain a solution that doesn't produce a compilation error if the order is wrong. In particular, it complains about undeclared boolean variables, as it may happen I check for a boolean variable before the section that declares it is loaded.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any idea? Thank you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2089" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-15T21:34:46.097" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T22:06:48.647" Title="Dependencies between sections" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;input&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="12" />
  <row Id="5833" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5828" CreationDate="2010-11-23T13:44:35.367" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Some additions that I did not see in the links provided by Seamus:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://recherche.noiraudes.net/fr/LaTeX.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;progressbar Beamer theme&lt;/a&gt; with a customizable progress bar at the frame bottom&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.shawnlankton.com/2008/02/beamer-and-latex-with-keynote-theme/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Keynote theme&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-11-23T13:44:35.367" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5835" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5839" CreationDate="2010-11-23T14:35:53.440" Score="3" ViewCount="103" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to use different font and size for chapters and sections in the table of contents generated by toc.&#xA;How should I customize the toc? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1967" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-23T14:37:48.437" LastActivityDate="2010-11-23T15:11:45.470" Title="How to use several different fonts in the table of contents ?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;book-design&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="5836" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6015" CreationDate="2010-11-23T14:38:35.460" Score="3" ViewCount="338" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there an easy way to add bibliography items to the bottom of a frame where they are referenced? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am using Beamer and Biblatex.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="459" LastActivityDate="2010-11-26T20:14:40.020" Title="Place bibliography items at bottom of frame" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;biblatex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5837" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5821" CreationDate="2010-11-23T14:49:01.620" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's the bare bones of what you'll need (see &lt;em&gt;Notes&lt;/em&gt; below the code):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\newcommand*{\glossaryname}{Dictionary}&#xA;\usepackage[nonumberlist]{glossaries}&#xA;\newcommand{\dictentry}[2]{%&#xA;  \newglossaryentry{#1}{name=#1,description={#2}}%&#xA;  \glslink{#1}{}%&#xA;}&#xA;\makeglossaries&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\dictentry{aardvark}{an animal}%&#xA;\dictentry{lion}{another animal, but with&#xA;  a really long description that spills over many, many, many, many, many, &#xA;  many, many, many, many, many, many, many, many, many, many, many, many, &#xA;  many, many, many, many, many, many, many, many, many, many lines}&#xA;\dictentry{zebra}{yet another animal}%&#xA;\printglossary[style=list]%&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;NOTES:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Define &lt;code&gt;\glossaryname&lt;/code&gt; &lt;em&gt;before&lt;/em&gt; loading the glossaries package&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Load the glossaries package with the &lt;code&gt;nonumberslist&lt;/code&gt; option to suppress links/hyperlinks to non-existent pages&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Choose whatever &lt;code&gt;\printglossary[style=...]&lt;/code&gt; best suits your needs (I usually go with &lt;code&gt;style=long&lt;/code&gt;, preceded by &lt;code&gt;\setlength{\glsdescwidth}{...}&lt;/code&gt; to configure the associated longtable width).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Tack on a &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt; to each end-of-line to prevent any spurious text creeping into the output stream before the &lt;code&gt;\printglossary&lt;/code&gt; command.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-11-23T14:49:01.620" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="5838" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5841" CreationDate="2010-11-23T15:00:59.537" Score="4" ViewCount="249" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to construct complicated things in tikz matrices (but don't we all), and when I'm done, I want the rows and columns of the matrix to align along the centers of these complicated things.  Here is an example of what goes wrong:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA; \matrix&#xA; {&#xA;  \path node{a} node[right] {b}; \\&#xA;  \node{c};\\&#xA; };&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You will see that the second row is aligned at the &lt;em&gt;left&lt;/em&gt; of the first row.  The reason for this is explained quite clearly in the tikz manual: rows and columns are aligned along the &quot;origins&quot; of the cells.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What this means is that each cell is considered a tiny picture with an origin (that is, (0,0)) and all those points are put on a grid.  It's clear from this that what has happened in the above picture is that the &lt;code&gt;\path&lt;/code&gt; begins at (0,0) and moves right, and likewise the &lt;code&gt;\node&lt;/code&gt; begins at its (0,0) and moves right, and (as claimed) those two origins are put in a line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately, that's not what I want and there's no obvious way to change it.  I want to tell tikz that the &quot;origin&quot; of the top cell is the center of its bounding box.  If it were a single node that would be easy: just write &lt;code&gt;[anchor = center]&lt;/code&gt; as an option. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I can't put paths in nodes, so there's no way to do that directly.  And although it is possible to pass an &lt;code&gt;[xshift = &amp;lt;dimen&amp;gt;]&lt;/code&gt; to the &lt;code&gt;\path&lt;/code&gt;, I would have to know what that shift is before starting, whereas (since it is &lt;em&gt;such&lt;/em&gt; a complicated figure) I can't know that until the end, when it is too late to perform a coordinate transformation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I do this?  Basically, I want to give an entirely relative construction and then slap a coordinate system on it afterwards.  Alternatively, I want to know if there is any matrix option that does this that I have overlooked.  Another alternative: is there a different way to achieve this alignment without using matrices?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="575" LastActivityDate="2010-11-23T15:32:45.513" Title="How to make tikz center the cells of a matrix?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;matrices&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="5839" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5835" CreationDate="2010-11-23T15:11:45.470" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the &lt;code&gt;tocloft&lt;/code&gt; package, e.g.,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\@ifpackageloaded{subfig}  % don't forget that tocloft and subfig interact (RTM)&#xA;  {\usepackage[titles,subfigure]{tocloft}}&#xA;  {\usepackage[titles]{tocloft}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then define your customisations via commands like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\cftsecpresnum}{...}&#xA;\renewcommand{\cftsecaftersnum}{...}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\cftsecpagefont}{...}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Basically it's a case of wading through &lt;code&gt;tocloft&lt;/code&gt;'s extensive documentation then getting down to lots of experimenting to see what's possible (pretty much anything) and what you need to write to make it happen as you'd like. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-11-23T15:11:45.470" />
  <row Id="5840" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-23T15:20:22.813" Score="1" ViewCount="153" Body="&lt;p&gt;I currently have a bibtex entry for a book, of which I want to cite a section, like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@inbook{..., chapter = {1}, ...}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;During the output of the bibliography, this will be printed as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;..., chapter 1, ...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can I somehow change the prefix of the chapter, so that it reads &quot;section 1&quot; or any text I want? More generally, is there a command to adapt any of the keyword labels to your likings?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1423" LastActivityDate="2010-11-24T16:09:29.080" Title="Bibtex change field labels" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;labels&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5841" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5838" CreationDate="2010-11-23T15:32:45.513" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can't put paths in nodes, but you can put paths in tikzpictures in nodes!  Compare the first and second lines.  I added some styling as in Section 17.3 of the PGF (2.10) manual.&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/NG5zJ.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[every node/.style={draw=black},font=\Huge]&#xA; \matrix[draw=red]&#xA; {&#xA;  \node{a} node[right] {b}; \fill[blue] (0,0) circle (2pt); \\&#xA;  \node{\tikz{\node{a} node[right] {b};}}; \fill[blue] (0,0) circle (2pt); \\&#xA;  \node{c}; \fill[blue] (0,0) circle (2pt);\\&#xA; };&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note how the options in the outer &lt;code&gt;tikzpicture&lt;/code&gt; environment descend into the &lt;code&gt;\tikz&lt;/code&gt; group inside the node.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-11-23T15:32:45.513" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="5842" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5843" CreationDate="2010-11-23T17:03:42.520" Score="3" ViewCount="157" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am using a style file that I found for a CV but I need to include the cover letter with the CV in a single file. So I am just putting the cover letter on the first page. The margins though are too small on the right hand side. So how can I override this and put more space on that side? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Best,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1026" LastActivityDate="2010-11-23T18:12:20.223" Title="change package margins within a section of the document" Tags="&lt;margins&gt;&lt;style&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="5843" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5842" CreationDate="2010-11-23T17:10:40.633" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It would be easier to make your CV and cover letter separate documents and use a PDF utility to combine them.  The PDF utility could be LaTeX with the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/pdfpages&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;pdfpages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-11-23T17:10:40.633" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="5844" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5848" CreationDate="2010-11-23T17:17:26.880" Score="4" ViewCount="118" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am exploring some of the LaTeX3 routines and syntax.&#xA;How do I get to use functions such as &lt;code&gt;sin&lt;/code&gt; etc. I get&#xA;an error with the sin function in the following (please uncomment &lt;em&gt;sin&lt;/em&gt; function to view the error) :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{expl3}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOn&#xA;\newcommand*\sampleCalculation{%&#xA;  \fp_new:N  \mynumber&#xA;  \fp_set:Nn \mynumber{150}&#xA;  \fp_sub:Nn \mynumber{5}&#xA;  \fp_add:Nn \mynumber{-1}&#xA;  \fp_div:Nn \mynumber{12}&#xA;  \fp_mul:Nn \mynumber{0.0001}&#xA;  \fp_sub:Nn \mynumber{-38}&#xA;  \fp_abs:N  \mynumber&#xA;  \fp_neg:N  \mynumber&#xA; %\fp_sin:N  \mynumber&#xA;  \fp_use:N  \mynumber &#xA; }&#xA;&#xA;% aliases &#xA;\let\real\fp_new:N&#xA;\let\realset\fp_set:Nn&#xA;\let\realadd\fp_add:Nn&#xA;\let\realsub\fp_sub:Nn&#xA;\let\realdiv\fp_div:Nn&#xA;\let\realmul\fp_mul:Nn&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\sampleCalculations{%&#xA;  \real    \Z&#xA;  \realset \Z{150}&#xA;  \realsub \Z{5}&#xA;  \realadd \Z{-1}&#xA;  \realdiv \Z{12}&#xA;  \realmul \Z{0.0001}&#xA;  \Z&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOff&#xA;&#xA;\sampleCalculation&#xA;&#xA;\sampleCalculations&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-11-23T17:40:20.303" Title="How do I use the sin function in LaTeX3" Tags="&lt;latex3&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="5845" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-23T17:18:23.743" Score="2" ViewCount="75" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to write &lt;code&gt;\let\newfontinstance=\newfontfamily&lt;/code&gt; in fontspec.cfg, but I cannot find that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;May I please know where I can find it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2094" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-23T18:13:00.083" LastActivityDate="2010-11-24T00:29:59.730" Title="Where is fontspec.cfg?" Tags="&lt;fontspec&gt;&lt;file-lookup&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5846" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5786" CreationDate="2010-11-23T17:23:02.707" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Philippe gave you a good answer how to solve your problem. I'd like to explain why I think that the depth of &lt;code&gt;\times&lt;/code&gt; is a feature and not a bug. As you observed, &lt;code&gt;\otimes&lt;/code&gt; has a visible depth. Also &lt;code&gt;+&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\oplus&lt;/code&gt; and friends have a visible depth. Now the feature of the CM fonts is that all these symbols, including &lt;code&gt;\times&lt;/code&gt; and even &lt;code&gt;-&lt;/code&gt;(!!!) have the &lt;em&gt;same&lt;/em&gt; depth. This can be very useful if, e.g., you have both &lt;code&gt;A\times B&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;A\otimes B&lt;/code&gt;; it wouldn't look nice if there the spacing is different. This won't happen often, but think of &lt;code&gt;A+B&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;A-B&lt;/code&gt;!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2010-11-23T17:23:02.707" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5847" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5845" CreationDate="2010-11-23T17:33:02.707" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can find out on the command line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;kpsewhich fontspec.cfg&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This should give you the full path to this file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-11-23T17:33:02.707" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="5848" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5844" CreationDate="2010-11-23T17:40:20.303" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Currently, &lt;code&gt;\fp_sin:Nn&lt;/code&gt; needs two arguments, the variable in which the result is stored and the angle (in radians):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\fp_sin:Nn \l_my_fp { 3.1415 }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The best syntax for fp operations is something that feedback would be very welcome on. The current thinking is that working out a sine makes more sense with separate input and output arguments than a hypothetical&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\fp_set:Nn \l_my_fp { 3.1.415 }&#xA;\fp_sin:N \l_my_fp&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is not set in stone: the fp module is much more recent than a lot of the rest of &lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt; and thus needs a good work-out. This syntax question is one such area. Another is using degrees or radians. The calculation is in radians internally, so perhaps  &lt;code&gt;\fp_rad_to_deg:N&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\fp_deg_to_rad:N&lt;/code&gt; might be a useful compromise approach.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd also point out that there are currently no arc functions: there was a need for sine and cosine for other purposes, so I got these done. I'll do the arc functions when the demand arises.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-11-23T17:40:20.303" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="5849" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5832" CreationDate="2010-11-23T17:48:56.223" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Would something like the following work?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\sectionAincluded\relax&#xA;This is section A.&#xA;&#xA;\ifx\sectionAincluded\relax&#xA;  \ifx\sectionCincluded\relax&#xA;    \let\sectionBincluded\relax&#xA;    This is section B.&#xA;  \fi&#xA;\fi&#xA;&#xA;\ifx\sectionAincluded\relax&#xA;  \let\sectionCincluded\relax&#xA;  This is section C.&#xA;\fi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here &lt;code&gt;\ifx&lt;/code&gt; tests whether &lt;code&gt;\sectionXincluded&lt;/code&gt; is defined and equivalent to &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt; (instead of &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt; on could use any other token). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: turning Aditya's answer into something non-ConTeXt-dependent:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%in main.tex&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\def\markedinput#1%&#xA;  {\expandafter\let\csname @@input@@#1@@\endcsname\empty&#xA;    \input{#1}}&#xA;&#xA;\def\checkdependency#1%&#xA;  {\expandafter\ifx\csname @@input@@#1@@\endcsname\empty\else\endinput\fi}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;&#xA;% A.tex&#xA;This is section A.&#xA;&#xA;% B.tex&#xA;\checkdependency{A}&#xA;\checkdependency{C}&#xA;This is section B.&#xA;&#xA;% C.tex&#xA;\checkdependency{A}&#xA;This is section C.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-23T18:28:08.723" LastActivityDate="2010-11-23T18:28:08.723" />
  <row Id="5850" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5832" CreationDate="2010-11-23T17:53:39.023" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Based on Caramdir's comment, this is how I will do this in ConTeXt. Perhaps someone can translate the solution to LaTeX&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\unprotect&#xA;\def\markedinput#1%&#xA;  {\letvalue{@@input@@#1@@}\empty&#xA;    \inputgivenfile{#1}}&#xA;&#xA;\def\checkdependency#1%&#xA;  {\doifundefined{@@input@@#1@@}\endinput}&#xA;&#xA;\protect&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\section{A}\markedinput{A}&#xA;\section{B}\markedinput{B}&#xA;\section{C}\markedinput{C}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and each file can start with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\checkdependency{A}&#xA;\checkdependency{C}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, this cannot check future dependencies.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2010-11-23T17:53:39.023" />
  <row Id="5851" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5842" CreationDate="2010-11-23T18:12:20.223" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Matthew's suggestion is the preferable solution. However, since version 5 of &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/geometry&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;geometry&lt;/a&gt; it is possible to alter the page dimensions within a document. The package manual has the details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-11-23T18:12:20.223" />
  <row Id="5852" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5855" CreationDate="2010-11-23T18:17:04.713" Score="3" ViewCount="730" Body="&lt;p&gt;Footnotes in presentations are &quot;usually not a good idea&quot; (Beamer manual, p. 130). Suppose, however, I have a valid reason to use the &lt;code&gt;\footnote&lt;/code&gt; command in a beamer document (e.g. for printing a full citation similar to a bibliography entry). Many beamer themes include navigation symbols, and to my dismay I noticed that footnotes will be placed at the very bottom of a frame where they are likely to collide with any navigation symbols present. I tried to put the contents of a frame inside a minipage, but this will make footnotes (too) closely aligned to the text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;&#xA;\useoutertheme{infolines}&#xA;&#xA;\author{Author}&#xA;\institute{Institute}&#xA;\date{\today}&#xA;&#xA;% Remove footnote rule&#xA;\renewcommand*{\footnoterule}{}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}{Frame 1}&#xA;&#xA;Some text.\footnote{A long footnote that partially overwrites the navigation symbols.}&#xA;&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}{Frame 2}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}&#xA;&#xA;Some text.\footnote{A footnote that is closely aligned to the text.}&#xA;&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I place footnotes at the bottom of a frame excluding the vertical space claimed by navigation symbols?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: Stefan's answer made me realize that the problem is more complicated. I'm looking for a solution that also works with beamer themes which include information about author, institute etc. in the footline (and the navigation symbols immediately above this information). I edited my code example accordingly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT2: Following Stefan's suggestion to &quot;just insert the navigation symbols&quot;, this is what I came up with (to be added to the preamble of my code example):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\setbeamertemplate{sidebar right}{}&#xA;\setbeamertemplate{footline}&#xA;{&#xA;  \leavevmode%&#xA;% Begin of additions - note that this is pure guesswork&#xA;  \vskip2pt%&#xA;  \begin{beamercolorbox}[wd=0.9925\paperwidth,right]{}&#xA;  \usebeamertemplate***{navigation symbols}%&#xA;  \end{beamercolorbox}&#xA;  \vskip2pt%&#xA;% End of additions&#xA;  \hbox{%&#xA;  \begin{beamercolorbox}[wd=.333333\paperwidth,ht=2.25ex,dp=1ex,center]{author in head/foot}%&#xA;    \usebeamerfont{author in head/foot}\insertshortauthor~~\beamer@ifempty{\insertshortinstitute}{}{(\insertshortinstitute)}&#xA;  \end{beamercolorbox}%&#xA;  \begin{beamercolorbox}[wd=.333333\paperwidth,ht=2.25ex,dp=1ex,center]{title in head/foot}%&#xA;    \usebeamerfont{title in head/foot}\insertshorttitle&#xA;  \end{beamercolorbox}%&#xA;  \begin{beamercolorbox}[wd=.333333\paperwidth,ht=2.25ex,dp=1ex,right]{date in head/foot}%&#xA;    \usebeamerfont{date in head/foot}\insertshortdate{}\hspace*{2em}&#xA;    \insertframenumber{} / \inserttotalframenumber\hspace*{2ex} &#xA;  \end{beamercolorbox}}%&#xA;  \vskip0pt%&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To rephrase my original question once more: Is there a solution that doesn't depend on which beamer themes are used? E.g., adding vertical space after the last (!) footnote on a frame if navigation symbols are present?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T14:13:21.947" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T14:13:21.947" Title="Beamer: footnote text collides with navigation symbols" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;&lt;footnotes&gt;&lt;navigation&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5853" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5793" CreationDate="2010-11-23T18:17:27.333" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;yea, i agree that a little more information might be needed for that error but just a side note after glancing at your code: it's recommended that \usepackage{hyperref} comes last in the order of packages that you load.  occasionally a package requires placement after hyperref but i don't think there are many.  hyperref might get overwritten otherwise, so maybe you can see if that changes your hyperlink behavior any.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the hyperref &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/applications/hyperref/manual.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;manual&lt;/a&gt; should have more info if you care to look into it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="960" LastActivityDate="2010-11-23T18:17:27.333" />
  <row Id="5854" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5917" CreationDate="2010-11-23T18:38:36.450" Score="1" ViewCount="310" Body="&lt;p&gt;I sometimes use a Windows 7 laptop and I'm trying to set up Vim and latexsuite. I can compile with &lt;code&gt;\ll&lt;/code&gt; and then go view the PDF by manually opening it. I would like to set it up like I've done with Mac and Ubuntu where &lt;code&gt;\lv&lt;/code&gt; opens the file in the viewer. preferably in sumatra pdf, but only because I hear that it is light weight and refreshes open compile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've tried suggestions on Google without luck. Is there something major that I'm missing? I don't typically use Windows. I tried to manually set it to sumatra pdf, also. I don't get errors, I just see the latex viewer call in the menu bar (&lt;code&gt;:call Tex_ViewLaTeX&lt;/code&gt;). Here's my _vimrc:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&quot; general&#xA;set columns=80&#xA;set lines=40&#xA;set nu&#xA;set expandtab&#xA;set smartindent&#xA;set tabstop=4&#xA;set shiftwidth=4&#xA;&#xA;&quot; for vim-R-plugin2&#xA;set nocompatible &#xA;syntax enable &#xA;let vimrplugin_conqueplugin = 0&#xA;let vimrplugin_conquevsplit = 0&#xA;let vimrplugin_vimpager = &quot;no&quot;&#xA;&#xA;&quot; for vimlatexsuite (and Vim-R-plugin)&#xA;&quot; REQUIRED. This makes vim invoke Latex-Suite when you open a tex file.&#xA;set shellslash&#xA;filetype plugin on&#xA;&#xA;&quot; IMPORTANT: grep will sometimes skip displaying the file name if you&#xA;&quot; search in a singe file. This will confuse Latex-Suite. Set your grep&#xA;&quot; program to always generate a file-name.&#xA;set grepprg=grep\ -nH\ $*&#xA;&#xA;&quot; OPTIONAL: This enables automatic indentation as you type.&#xA;filetype indent on&#xA;&#xA;&quot; OPTIONAL: Starting with Vim 7, the filetype of empty .tex files defaults to&#xA;&quot; 'plaintex' instead of 'tex', which results in vim-latex not being loaded.&#xA;&quot; The following changes the default filetype back to 'tex':&#xA;let g:tex_flavor='latex'&#xA;&#xA;&quot; to get default compile to pdf&#xA;let g:Tex_DefaultTargetFormat = 'pdf'&#xA;let g:Tex_MultipleCompileFormats='pdf, aux'&#xA;&#xA;&quot; ser pdf viewer (for windows only)&#xA;&quot; let g:Tex_ViewRule_pdf = 'c:/Program Files\ (x86)/SumatraPDF/SumatraPDF'&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="320" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-23T18:48:42.093" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T20:47:54.220" Title="How to view pdf on Windows 7 using Vim with latexsuite plugin?" Tags="&lt;windows&gt;&lt;vim&gt;&lt;viewers&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="5855" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5852" CreationDate="2010-11-23T19:05:27.843" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can achieve that by placing the navigation symbols in the footline instead of the default position in the right sidebar:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setbeamertemplate{sidebar right}{}&#xA;\setbeamertemplate{footline}{\hfill\usebeamertemplate***{navigation symbols}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The original definition uses &lt;code&gt;\llap&lt;/code&gt; and the sidebar, that's why it may be overwritten:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% From beamerouterthemedefault.sty:&#xA;\defbeamertemplate*{sidebar right}{default}&#xA;{&#xA;  \vfill%&#xA;  \llap{\insertlogo\hskip0.1cm}%&#xA;  \vskip2pt%&#xA;  \llap{\usebeamertemplate***{navigation symbols}\hskip0.1cm}%&#xA;  \vskip2pt%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In response to locksteps edit: this tiny example used the complete footline for demonstration. If there's already a footline present, I would modify this footline inserting &lt;code&gt;\usebeamertemplate***{navigation symbols}&lt;/code&gt; therein, so it may become a footline with a height of two lines. This cannot be accidentally overwritten.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Seeing locksteps last edit now: for example, using Matthew's suggestion &lt;code&gt;\addtobeamertemplate&lt;/code&gt; on the footline instead of the footnote brings us to:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setbeamertemplate{sidebar right}{}% or get rid of navigation entries there somehow&#xA;\addtobeamertemplate{footline}{\hfill\usebeamertemplate***{navigation symbols}\par}{}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This reserves the space and works with or without an existing footline, no matter if that footline is one or more lines tall. I've tested it with the themes Berlin, Singapore and Madrid.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-23T21:08:25.630" LastActivityDate="2010-11-23T21:08:25.630" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5856" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5852" CreationDate="2010-11-23T19:55:51.267" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The more I learn about beamer's template mechanism, the more I like it.  Try this in the preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\addtobeamertemplate{footnote}{}{\vspace{2ex}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This just adds some space to the footnote so it doesn't overwrite the navigation symbols.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-11-23T19:55:51.267" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="5857" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5865" CreationDate="2010-11-23T20:33:15.227" Score="2" ViewCount="120" Body="&lt;p&gt;If I format page numbers in an index, they show up in addition to non-formatted numbers. This minimal example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{makeidx} \makeindex \begin{document} page 1    &#xA;\index{foo}        % normal page number&#xA;\index{foo|textbf} % bold page number&#xA;\index{bar}        % normal page number    &#xA;\pagebreak page 2&#xA;\index{bar|textbf} % bold page number&#xA;\printindex \end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Creates the following index&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;bar, 1, &lt;strong&gt;2&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;foo, 1, &lt;strong&gt;1&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I would prefer to combine a normal page number and a formatted page number as bold page number and also allow formatted page number in page sequences:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;bar, 1-&lt;strong&gt;2&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;foo, &lt;strong&gt;1&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Maybe page sequences are too complicate, for instance if page 1 and 3 are normal, but page 2 is formatted. But at least the duplicated single page number (in this example &quot;1, &lt;strong&gt;1&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;) should not be there.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;More precise I do not use &lt;code&gt;textbf&lt;/code&gt; but a custom &lt;code&gt;bfhref&lt;/code&gt; for hyperlinked page numbers, but this should not be the issue&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\bfhref}[1]{\textbf{\hyperpage{#1}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1044" LastActivityDate="2010-11-24T07:07:24.553" Title="How do I combine formatted page numbers in an index" Tags="&lt;formatting&gt;&lt;index&gt;&lt;page-numbering&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="5858" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5714" CreationDate="2010-11-23T21:06:57.313" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not exactly sure what you are looking for.  I made a slap-dash example, mostly to see whether I understand what you are asking. Here's the code, and a pdf. If this is close to what you want, it would be easy to automate this with a macro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pst-all}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\centerline{\bfseries My Table}\par&#xA;\begin{tabular}[t]{c|p{5cm}}&#xA;{\bfseries Vocables} &amp;amp; {\hfill\bfseries Explanations\hfill} \\\hline&#xA;\null\rule{0pt}{1pt} &amp;amp;  \\&#xA;{\red \framebox[1cm]{{\black blah}}} &amp;amp;&#xA;Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Praesent&#xA;tortor. Suspendisse scelerisque mi non risus. \\&#xA;{\blue \framebox[1cm]{{\black blee}}} &amp;amp;&#xA;Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Praesent&#xA;tortor. Suspendisse scelerisque mi non risus. \\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\marginpar{\red\framebox{%&#xA;\parbox{0.65in}{\black Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit.}}}&#xA;&#xA;\marginpar{\blue\framebox{%&#xA;\parbox{0.65in}{\black Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit.}}}&#xA;&#xA;\vspace{1cm}&#xA;Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Praesent&#xA;tortor. Suspendisse scelerisque mi non risus. Duis vitae ligula eget&#xA;nunc fermentum malesuada. Class aptent taciti sociosqu ad litora&#xA;torquent per conubia nostra, per inceptos himenaeos. In ante ipsum,&#xA;iaculis quis, sollicitudin non, sagittis ut, tortor. Etiam rutrum.&#xA;Cras ut lectus at enim consectetur malesuada. Curabitur dui erat,&#xA;ultrices id, euismod vel, adipiscing at, mauris. Donec congue dui et&#xA;metus. Donec erat. Pellentesque cursus velit a velit. Morbi tincidunt&#xA;molestie diam. Nam molestie neque eget erat.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/5cU5C.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2003" LastActivityDate="2010-11-23T21:06:57.313" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5859" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3584" CreationDate="2010-11-23T21:19:46.617" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Doesn't anyone use TeXPoint anymore? I love it.&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://texpoint.necula.org&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://texpoint.necula.org&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2003" LastActivityDate="2010-11-23T21:19:46.617" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5860" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5714" CreationDate="2010-11-23T21:40:57.643" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A very rough draft:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%&amp;amp;pdflatex&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\remarkomark[2]{%&#xA;  \tikz[remember picture,baseline=(start-#1.base)]%&#xA;    \node[draw=orange](start-#1){#2};%&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand\remarkotext[2]{%&#xA;  \marginpar{\tikz[remember picture]%&#xA;    \node[fill=orange!20,rectangle,text width=\marginparwidth](end-#1){#2};}%&#xA;  \tikz[remember picture,overlay]%&#xA;    \draw[overlay,&amp;lt;-,thick,red] %&#xA;      (end-#1.west)-- ++ (-0.5\marginparsep,0)&#xA;      |- (start-#1.south);%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\remarko[3]{%&#xA;  % #1 symbolic name for node positions&#xA;  % #2 marked text&#xA;  % #3 explanation in border&#xA;  \tikz[remember picture,baseline=(start-#1.base)]%&#xA;    \node[draw=orange](start-#1){#2};%&#xA;  %&#xA;  \marginpar{\tikz[remember picture]%&#xA;    \node[fill=orange!20,rectangle,text width=\marginparwidth](end-#1){#3};}%&#xA;  \tikz[remember picture,overlay]%&#xA;    \draw[overlay,&amp;lt;-,thick,red] %&#xA;      (end-#1.west)-- ++ (-0.5\marginparsep,0)&#xA;      |- (start-#1.south);%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  It's just filling anyway. It's just filling anyway. It's just filling anyway.&#xA;  Lorem ipsum dolor \remarko{test}{sit}{or stand or whatever} amet.&#xA;  Does it make a difference what I write here? It's just filling anyway.&#xA;  It's just filling anyway. It's just filling anyway. It's just filling anyway.&#xA;  Lorem ipsum dolor \remarko{test2}{sit}{or stand or whatever, hell I might&#xA;  even be yodeling?} amet.&#xA;  \begin{table}\centering&#xA;  Does it make a difference what I write here?&#xA;  Lorem ipsum dolor \remarkomark{test3}{sit} amet.&#xA;  Does it make a difference what I write here?&#xA;  Lorem ipsum dolor \remarkomark{test4}{sit}{or stand or whatever} amet.&#xA;  Does it make a difference what I write here?&#xA;  \end{table}&#xA;  \remarkotext{test3}{or stand or whatever}&#xA;  \remarkotext{test4}{or stand or whatever, I might even be yodeling?}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Still to do: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;s&gt;a proper double-bent path&lt;/s&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;twopage mode&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oh, and it'll need two pdflatex runs and of course it'll break if your explanation falls onto a different page. But there's not much you can do in that case anyway.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1860" LastEditorUserId="1860" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-24T16:55:53.793" LastActivityDate="2010-11-24T16:55:53.793" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="5861" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5852" CreationDate="2010-11-23T21:41:09.157" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Matthew's answer inspired me to add vertical space to the footnote line:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\addtobeamertemplate{footnote}{\vspace{-6pt}}{\vspace{6pt}}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;% Alternative A: footnote rule&#xA;\renewcommand*{\footnoterule}{\kern -3pt \hrule \@width 2in \kern 8.6pt}&#xA;% Alternative B: no footnote rule&#xA;% \renewcommand*{\footnoterule}{\kern 6pt}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-11-23T21:41:09.157" />
  <row Id="5862" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-23T22:13:15.240" Score="6" ViewCount="197" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am building a document class and a set of packages to be used as templates for various documents. I'd like to aviod having to copy those over to another folder every time I use them, but I'd also like to avoid cluttering up the folder containing document classes and packages with tex files (and all the output noise...).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried starting a document with &lt;code&gt;\documentclass{../templates/mycls}&lt;/code&gt;, but since mycls.cls starts with &lt;code&gt;\ProvidesPackage{mycls}&lt;/code&gt;, I get naming problems in macros that use &lt;code&gt;\@currname&lt;/code&gt; (for example some macros in the &lt;code&gt;kvoptions&lt;/code&gt; package).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any way I can use a document class or package from a different folder, without having to install that folder into the local TeX distribution?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Clarification:&lt;/strong&gt; There seems to be some confusion on what I'm trying to do here. What I want to accomplish is a folder structure like the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;--root&#xA;    --templates&#xA;        --myclass.cls&#xA;        --apackageialsowrote.sty&#xA;        --agraphtheyllneed.pdf&#xA;        --adocumenttemplate.tex&#xA;    --documents&#xA;        --adoc.tex&#xA;        --another.tex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The reason for this is that I want to make it very clear which files are related to templates, and which files are just documents using the template, so that when someone comes to get the templates from me, they'll know which files they need. However, with the folder structure above none of the documents in the /documents/ folder can be compiled without copying the template files into /documents/. I don't want duplicate files.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am &lt;strong&gt;not&lt;/strong&gt; interested in how to install packages under various TeX distributions (I'm working on MiKTeX, and I know how to do that here...) - I just want to make it as easy as possible for people to find the template files.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="223" LastEditorUserId="223" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-25T00:13:23.130" LastActivityDate="2010-11-25T00:13:23.130" Title="Is there a way to use a document class/package from another folder?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;documentclass&gt;&lt;folders&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5864" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5845" CreationDate="2010-11-24T00:29:59.730" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You should copy the one that already exists in your texmf tree and put it wherever you need it. This is true for all LaTeX .cfg files. Either put it in the same directory as your document (if you only want the cfg file for that document) or put it in your &lt;em&gt;local&lt;/em&gt; texmf tree so that it overrides the default one. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-11-24T00:29:59.730" />
  <row Id="5865" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5857" CreationDate="2010-11-24T00:50:18.633" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The process from &lt;code&gt;idx&lt;/code&gt; file to &lt;code&gt;ind&lt;/code&gt; is controlled by the command &lt;code&gt;makeindex&lt;/code&gt;. I can not find any options about your demand. An alternative way to remove those duplicated pages is to deal with &lt;code&gt;*.ind&lt;/code&gt; file yourself. For example, you can replace the pattern &lt;code&gt;num, \textbf{num}&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;\textbf{num}&lt;/code&gt;. It's easy to accomplish with any editor supporting regular expression replacement.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And by default only three or more successive pages will be abbreviated as a range.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e.g. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;bar, 1, &lt;strong&gt;2&lt;/strong&gt;, 3--6 . &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think this is what you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1967" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-24T07:07:24.553" LastActivityDate="2010-11-24T07:07:24.553" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5866" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-24T01:03:41.350" Score="5" ViewCount="118" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi All, I am still new in LaTeX - beginner.How can I have the equation to look like this (the example is shown in ms word): &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Lexical level:      f o x + plural (‘+’ is a morpheme boundary)&#xA;&#xA;Surface level:      f o x e s&#xA;&#xA;Two-level rule:     e:+ ↔ x:x _ 0:s&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/vaYAB.png&quot; alt=&quot;image of example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The 'f' at lexical level must be align with the 'f' at the surface level. Do I have to put it in a table so that each of the characters can be aligned?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2097" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-24T01:58:02.563" LastActivityDate="2010-11-24T03:43:33.627" Title="How to get the equation to look in a required format?" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;alignment&gt;&lt;linguistics&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5867" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5862" CreationDate="2010-11-24T01:18:44.593" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think the easiest way, one that doesn't involve playing with environment variables (which can be tricky to get right when you're using graphical programs not launched from the command line) would be to put your document class in &lt;code&gt;~/texmf/tex/latex/mycls/mycls.cls&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With MiKTeX, you need to register a local additions directory. I have no experience we this, but this &lt;a href=&quot;http://docs.miktex.org/manual/localadditions.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;page&lt;/a&gt; looks like it has all of the information you need to do that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-11-24T01:18:44.593" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5868" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5840" CreationDate="2010-11-24T01:43:40.117" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would look at the bibtex bst style provided by revtex (google it) to figure out the details of bibliographic formatting for the specific task you are after. You'll probably need to learn the Bibtex programming syntax.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Bibtex documentation:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX#External_links&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX#External_links&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2098" LastActivityDate="2010-11-24T01:43:40.117" />
  <row Id="5869" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5866" CreationDate="2010-11-24T02:37:56.753" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you want to align the 'f' on each level, a table is probably easiest:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}{rl}&#xA;Lexical level:    &amp;amp;    f o x + plural   \\&#xA;Surface level:    &amp;amp;    f o x e s        \\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The basic table environment is &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt;. The &lt;code&gt;rl&lt;/code&gt; means the table has two columns, the first right-justified and the second left-justified. Then just put in your entries row-by-row, using &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; to skip to the next column and &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; to skip to the next row. This is probably enough for your current purposes, but when you end up wanting to make a proper table you should check out &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/LaTeX/Tables&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the LaTeX Wikibook&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for the other part of your question, I'm afraid I don't have enough linguistics training to know what &quot;e:+ ↔ x:x _ 0:s&quot; should look like. It would be great if you could point us to an example of what you'd like to get. That being said, you can get ↔ with &lt;code&gt;$\leftrightarrow$&lt;/code&gt;; an underscore with &lt;code&gt;\_&lt;/code&gt; or a longer underlined space with &lt;code&gt;\rule{1cm}&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\underline{\hspace{1cm}}&lt;/code&gt;; and ∅ (if you're looking for that instead of 0) with &lt;code&gt;\emptyset&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\varnothing&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1421" LastActivityDate="2010-11-24T02:37:56.753" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="5870" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7936" CreationDate="2010-11-24T02:47:15.233" Score="4" ViewCount="109" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using showexpl.sty to display side by side the code snippet and its corresponding output.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Because of the paper size limit, I intentionally want to remove the &quot;redundant&quot; rows, i.e., the first n rows and the last m rows from the code snippet. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to do that in showexpl.sty ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can use the following minimal code: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{showexpl}&#xA;\lstset{%&#xA;% any setting goes here.&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{LTXexample}[%&#xA;%any option goes here.&#xA;]&#xA;%redundant n rows begin&#xA;% one&#xA;% two&#xA;% ...&#xA;% n th rows&#xA;Important parts go here.&#xA;Again... it is important!&#xA;...&#xA;%redundant m rows begin&#xA;% one &#xA;% ...&#xA;% m th rows&#xA;\end{LTXexample}&#xA;&#xA;% others important parts go here.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I reopen this question because using &lt;code&gt;linerange&lt;/code&gt; is not possible when I don't know the number of lines until at &quot;runtime&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I will use @Herbert's solution for &lt;strong&gt;inline code&lt;/strong&gt; inclusion and @TH's solution for &lt;strong&gt;external code&lt;/strong&gt; inclusion. Unfortunately I cannot make 2 green-checked.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-29T19:11:34.400" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T19:11:34.400" Title="showexpl.sty or listings.sty: How to skip BOTH the first n rows AND the last m rows simultaneously?" Tags="&lt;listings&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5872" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5866" CreationDate="2010-11-24T03:43:33.627" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;An alternative would be a tabbing environment:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \begin{tabbing}&#xA; Lexical level:\qquad \=f~\=o~\=x + plural (`+' is a morpheme boundary)\\&#xA; Surface level:       \&amp;gt;f \&amp;gt;o \&amp;gt;x~e~s\\&#xA; \\&#xA; Two-level rule:     \&amp;gt;e:\textsuperscript{+} $\leftrightarrow$ x:x \_ 0:s&#xA; \end{tabbing}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;\= sets a tab stop on the first line. \&gt; moves to it on the next line and subsequent ones.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-11-24T03:43:33.627" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5873" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5874" CreationDate="2010-11-24T03:44:13.603" Score="8" ViewCount="278" Body="&lt;p&gt;Maybe I am just too tired, but I simply can't explain what is going on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The file&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a5paper]{scrbook}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;produces A4 sized pdf pages (when run with pdflatex) with text only in the upper left corner, while&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a5paper]{scrbook}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;produces the proper A5 pages. Why is that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="86" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-24T19:34:11.137" LastActivityDate="2010-11-24T19:34:11.137" Title="Why does setting the paper size with KOMA-Script require TikZ?" Tags="&lt;koma-script&gt;&lt;paper-size&gt;&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="5874" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5873" CreationDate="2010-11-24T03:58:38.887" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the option &lt;code&gt;pagesize&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[paper=a5,pagesize]{scrbook}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You may specify &lt;code&gt;pagesize=pdftex&lt;/code&gt; or set it to &lt;code&gt;dvips&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;auto&lt;/code&gt;. This option takes care of setting either pdf lengths or putting &lt;code&gt;\special&lt;/code&gt; commands into the dvi file, see the manual.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Even without, in such cases (other classes for instance ) you don't need TikZ.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{geometry}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;takes care of the correct paper size, as well as &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{hyperref}&lt;/code&gt;. Apparently the pdf paper size has not been correctly set (or use the default of the distribution) but geometry and hyperref fix that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alternatively, without any option or package this would fix it for pdfLaTeX:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setlength{\pdfpagewidth}{\paperwidth}&#xA;\setlength{\pdfpageheight}{\paperheight}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-24T04:12:08.297" LastActivityDate="2010-11-24T04:12:08.297" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="5875" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-11-24T04:29:55.287" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;KOMA-Script is a bundle of classes and packages. The classes scrartcl, scrbook, scrreprt and scrlttr2 are extended replacements for the base classes article, book, report and letter providing a lot more features for customization.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The KOMA-Script bundle contains packages which may also by used together with other classes, e.g. scrpage2 as alternative to fancyhdr for customizing header and footer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T16:19:53.027" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T16:19:53.027" />
  <row Id="5876" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-11-24T04:29:55.287" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="KOMA-Script is a bundle of classes and packages replacing the LaTeX base classes and providing additional features with emphasis on typography and versatility." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-24T04:29:55.287" LastActivityDate="2010-11-24T04:29:55.287" />
  <row Id="5877" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-11-24T04:37:34.453" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;LaTeX may also be used for presentations. Suitable classes are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;beamer&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;powerdot&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;HA-prosper&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;prosper&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;slides&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;seminar&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If a question concerns one of these classes specifically, add also the corresponding class name as tag.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-24T04:37:34.453" LastActivityDate="2010-11-24T04:37:34.453" />
  <row Id="5878" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-11-24T04:37:34.453" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="Presentations may be created with dedicated classes such as beamer, powerdot, HA-prosper, prosper, slides and seminar. If meaningful, add also the name of the concerned class as tag.&#xD;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-24T04:37:34.453" LastActivityDate="2010-11-24T04:37:34.453" />
  <row Id="5879" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-11-24T04:42:35.103" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Do you have problems or questions regarding the installation of TeX, LaTeX, an editor or any tool related to TeX? In this case mark your question with this tag.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-24T04:42:35.103" LastActivityDate="2010-11-24T04:42:35.103" />
  <row Id="5880" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-11-24T04:42:35.103" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="Do you have problems or questions regarding the installation of TeX, LaTeX, an editor or any tool related to TeX? In this case mark your question with this tag." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-24T04:42:35.103" LastActivityDate="2010-11-24T04:42:35.103" />
  <row Id="5881" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-11-24T05:14:08.697" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;This tag marks questions which deal with design and layout of books. Typical subjects are cover, title pages, margins, odd and even pages and order of sections in front matter an back matter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Common document classes are book, scrbook and memoir.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-16T15:19:58.120" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T15:19:58.120" />
  <row Id="5882" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-11-24T05:14:08.697" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="This tag marks questions which deal with design and layout of books. Typical subjects are cover, title pages, margins, odd and even pages and order of sections in front matter an back matter.&#xD;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-16T15:20:01.320" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T15:20:01.320" />
  <row Id="5883" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-11-24T05:17:44.107" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;This tag marks questions which deal with books about TeX, LaTeX and other topics of this site.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questions regarding design and layout of books should get the &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/book-design&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'book-design'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;book-design&lt;/a&gt; tag instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-03T18:15:36.713" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T18:15:36.713" />
  <row Id="5884" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-11-24T05:17:44.107" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="This tag marks questions which deal with books about TeX, LaTeX and other topics of this site. Questions regarding design and layout of books should get the {book-design} tag instead.&#xD;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-24T05:17:44.107" LastActivityDate="2010-11-24T05:17:44.107" />
  <row Id="5885" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5862" CreationDate="2010-11-24T07:08:00.627" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;By default (i.e., this behaviour is disabled in &quot;paranoid&quot; mode), Web2c Texs (basically, all Tex implementations) will look in parent directories for things they are not configured to look for.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So creating a hard link in the parent directory from &lt;code&gt;templates/mycls.cls&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;mycls.cls&lt;/code&gt; should solve your problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-11-24T07:08:00.627" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5886" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5662" CreationDate="2010-11-24T08:04:02.437" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I feel a little guilty answering my own question, but this is for the sake of people looking this up in the future.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Bibliography style files dictate how the bibliography is typeset and which fields are kept/modified. As such you simply have to select the right &lt;code&gt;\bibliographystyle{style}&lt;/code&gt; before calling &lt;code&gt;\bibliography{bibfilename}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In my case, I had left over boilerplate code from the template I start from for all my latex articles. Revtex sets the style automatically when specifying the document class (and the journal substyle), however I still had a &lt;code&gt;\bibliographystyle{plain}&lt;/code&gt;  left over from my template. All I had to do was remove that line in order to let revtex select the bib style automagically. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1899" LastActivityDate="2010-11-24T08:04:02.437" />
  <row Id="5887" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5888" CreationDate="2010-11-24T09:17:32.480" Score="10" ViewCount="192" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have several &lt;code&gt;.bib&lt;/code&gt; files, which I'd like to merge together into one. Due to the considerable effort involved in doing it manually I am looking for tool support.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The only tool I found so far is &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/pybib.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;PyBib&lt;/a&gt;, which supposedly is capable of merging bib files. However, it appears to be not very polished and breaks easily. After fixing the missing &lt;code&gt;BIBPATH&lt;/code&gt; environment variable, it still could not read my bib files properly and complained about syntax errors. In particular, entries that use &lt;code&gt;VARIABLE # { and some text }&lt;/code&gt; break the parser.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are there any other tools available, or which way would you go to merge a bunch of &lt;code&gt;.bib&lt;/code&gt; files. I am sure some manual checking is required, but I'd like not to do the whole process by hand.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2102" LastActivityDate="2010-11-24T13:56:55.587" Title="Merging Bibliographies" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;bibliographies&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="5888" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5887" CreationDate="2010-11-24T09:42:16.827" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://jabref.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;JabRef&lt;/a&gt; may help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When you try to import a new file to current one, it will examine and label all duplicates automatically. What you need do is just clicking the 'deselect' button.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1967" LastEditorUserId="1967" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-24T13:56:55.587" LastActivityDate="2010-11-24T13:56:55.587" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5889" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5862" CreationDate="2010-11-24T09:49:23.417" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Well I don't think that it is a good idea to put a class or packages in a subfolder relative to the document: It could be tricky to get the pathes for subsequent \inputs right. &#xA;Some ideas are here:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=docotherdir&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=docotherdir&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But concerning your problem with \@currname: As it is your own class, why don't you simply reset \@currname at the start of the class?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-11-24T09:49:23.417" />
  <row Id="5890" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5887" CreationDate="2010-11-24T11:06:50.827" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/bibtools&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;bibtools&lt;/a&gt; collection contains &lt;code&gt;makebib&lt;/code&gt; which appears to do what you are looking for.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2010-11-24T11:06:50.827" />
  <row Id="5892" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5895" CreationDate="2010-11-24T11:50:18.363" Score="4" ViewCount="178" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am happy with my beamer slides and I think blocks are nice to separate ideas...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I've seen some Cisco presentations (most probably powerpoint) with like an image in the middle and then multiple blocks disposed around it (in a circle shape)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think the effect is very nice, and I don't know how to do it in beamer:&#xA;do you have an idea?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The idea is to have this kind of shape:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;C1  C2 C3&#xA;  \ | /&#xA;C4-Im-C5&#xA;  / | \&#xA;C6 C7  C8&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Im is the image and all Cn are comments (and should be nice inside blocks)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you&#xA;Louis&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PS: a perfect solution should allow to place some &lt;code&gt;\pause&lt;/code&gt; in the blocks, so that we have first the image, then first comment and so on...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2107" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-24T16:10:54.283" LastActivityDate="2010-11-24T16:35:52.897" Title="beamer blocks disposal in circle" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5893" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-24T12:37:11.570" Score="2" ViewCount="340" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm a student right now and I'm wondering if it would be beneficial for me to learn LaTeX as of right now and if it would have any use of it to me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I do quite a lot of writing but they don't require a lot of formatting. For my Graphic Design work, I usually use Pages (Mac) for simple briefs for projects, Adobe Illustrator CS5 for combining vector imagery with some commentary on it, or Adobe InDesign CS5 if I really need to arrange a document together.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Essays are also done in History classes as well as English, although interestingly History essays are longer than English. (Not that it would affect me in terms of using Tex.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Would it be worth learning TeX? What kind of people doing different subjects/occupations use it, and why?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1259" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-24T15:30:23.623" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T08:38:44.963" Title="What is TeX used for?" Tags="&lt;latex-general&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5894" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5896" CreationDate="2010-11-24T13:00:42.370" Score="13" ViewCount="826" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to be able to set a flag at the beginning of the main flag (say &lt;code&gt;output&lt;/code&gt;) that tells if I want to produce a paper document or an electronic document. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then I should check this flag to define or not empty pages, hypperref, oneside or twosides, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I could I do that ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="827" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-24T15:29:40.583" LastActivityDate="2010-11-28T08:14:20.567" Title="LaTeX conditional expression" Tags="&lt;conditionals&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="5" />
  <row Id="5895" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5892" CreationDate="2010-11-24T13:07:49.987" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The image can/should be done in TikZ and the overlaying can be done using the &lt;code&gt;\action&lt;/code&gt; command (&lt;code&gt;\pause&lt;/code&gt; is not quite smart enough here).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{shapes}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\action&amp;lt;+-&amp;gt;{\node[fill=red,ellipse] (O) {Im};}&#xA;\foreach \text/\q in {$C_1$/135,$C_2$/90,$C_3$/45,$C_4$/180,$C_5$/0,$C_6$/225,$C_7$/270,$C_8$/315} {&#xA;    \action&amp;lt;+-&amp;gt;{\draw (\q:2cm) node[fill=blue!20!white,draw,rectangle]  {\text} -- (O);}&#xA;}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-24T16:35:52.897" LastActivityDate="2010-11-24T16:35:52.897" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="5896" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5894" CreationDate="2010-11-24T13:08:59.540" Score="20" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are many ways.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Plain LaTeX&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perhaps the most canonical is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newif\ifpaper&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then either&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\papertrue % or&#xA;\paperfalse&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And to use it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ifpaper&#xA;  % using paper&#xA;\else&#xA;  % electronic&#xA;\fi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;etoolbox&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A more user-friendly and modern approach is taken by &lt;code&gt;etoolbox&lt;/code&gt;, where you'd write instead&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newtoggle{paper}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which is set with either&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\toggletrue{paper}&#xA;\togglefalse{paper}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And to use it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\iftoggle{paper}{%&#xA;  % using paper&#xA;}{%&#xA;  % electronic&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why do I say this is more friendly? You'll never run into troubles with nesting, for which LaTeX's &lt;code&gt;\newif&lt;/code&gt; conditions can sometimes be a bit of a pain to deal with.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;etoolbox also supports boolean expressions such as &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ifboolexpr { togl {paper} and togl {pdf} } {true} {false}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which can also be combined with various testing functions also provided by that package (and others):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ifboolexpr { togl {paper} or test {\ifdef{\foo}} } {true} {false}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;expl3&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, for package writers (not really document authors): expl3 as part of LaTeX3 provides booleans that can be used in all sorts of interesting ways. For basic use, they look like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\bool_new:N \l_tmpa_bool&#xA;&#xA;\bool_set_true:N \l_tmpa_bool&#xA;\bool_set_false:N \l_tmpa_bool&#xA;&#xA;\bool_if:NTF \l_tmpa_bool {true} {false}&#xA;\bool_if:NT \l_tmpa_bool {true}&#xA;\bool_if:NF \l_tmpa_bool {false}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can use boolean logic as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\bool_if:nTF { ( \l_tmpa_bool || \l_tmpb_bool ) &amp;amp;&amp;amp; !( \l_tmpc_bool ) } {true} {false}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Everything is expandable and lazy evaluation is used to avoid performing tests that don't need to be checked. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also combine boolean variables above with conditional functions such as &lt;code&gt;\cs_if_eq_p:NN&lt;/code&gt; (‘are two control sequences equal?’) which can be tested in exactly the same way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\bool_if:nTF { \l_tmpa_bool &amp;amp;&amp;amp; \cs_if_eq_p:NN \foo \bar } {true} {false}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The overlap between etoolbox and expl3 here is rather pronounced; I think of the difference between the two as the separation between document authors (for etoolbox) and package writers (for expl3). But it's purely a matter of taste, when it comes down to it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-28T08:14:20.567" LastActivityDate="2010-11-28T08:14:20.567" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="5897" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5901" CreationDate="2010-11-24T14:39:04.083" Score="5" ViewCount="104" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using the &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt; class with the option &lt;code&gt;extrafontsizes&lt;/code&gt; so as I understood this uses the LM fonts and at the same time set the T1 encoding. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If this is correct, are the packages &lt;code&gt;ae&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;aeguill&lt;/code&gt; still needed ? I think they are not.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="827" LastActivityDate="2010-11-24T15:57:24.473" Title="Are ae and aeguill only needed when using CM fonts ?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;memoir&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5898" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5894" CreationDate="2010-11-24T14:46:04.810" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;ifthen can be your friend also- &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ifi.uio.no/it/latex-links/ifthen.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.ifi.uio.no/it/latex-links/ifthen.pdf&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but Will R's solutions are more low level and possibly closer to what you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I use ifthen with my CV, since I have to have an internal version as well as an external version. Not to mention that it makes having a 'long' and 'short' version. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1809" LastActivityDate="2010-11-24T14:46:04.810" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5899" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5930" CreationDate="2010-11-24T15:11:53.810" Score="2" ViewCount="287" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to use the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;exact&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; same file for my beamer presentation and handout. I do not like the need to comment out lines in order to create the handout or presentation (my current solution), nor do I want to have multiple files with an &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; command. I realized that I can have a link (I work in linux or bsd) pointing to my main file, say &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;talk_handout.tex -&amp;gt; talk.tex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;then the macro &lt;code&gt;\jobname&lt;/code&gt; will let me know if I'm compiling the main file or the link. Using &lt;code&gt;\endswith&lt;/code&gt; from the &lt;code&gt;xifthen&lt;/code&gt; package I could then figure out if I should do handout or presentation mode. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is all nice in theory, but in practice I have no idea how to do this. I usually have either &lt;code&gt;[handout]&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;[beamer]&lt;/code&gt; in my &lt;code&gt;\documentclass&lt;/code&gt; line and I don't know how to combine that with my desired use of &lt;code&gt;\jobname&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, I could have to files with an &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; command right after the &lt;code&gt;\document&lt;/code&gt; class line.....but I was wondering if there's another way. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any ideas?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-09T22:06:55.527" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T18:37:01.533" Title="How to use the exact same file for handout and presentation modes in beamer" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;conditionals&gt;&lt;jobname&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="5900" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5897" CreationDate="2010-11-24T15:49:06.830" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I can't think of any case where ae or aeguill are needed or useful today. Even if you don't use the lm-fonts: the cm-super-fonts provides type1-versions of the ec-fonts. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-11-24T15:49:06.830" />
  <row Id="5901" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5897" CreationDate="2010-11-24T15:57:24.473" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The packages &lt;code&gt;ae&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;aeguill&lt;/code&gt; are obsolete and should not be used anymore (&lt;code&gt;ae&lt;/code&gt; consists in virtual fonts which fool TeX into believing it's using real T1 font). By using the package &lt;code&gt;ae&lt;/code&gt; instead of a real T1 font, you won't be able to use the search functionnality of the PDF reader for words with accented characters like é, à, etc. Copying and pasting won't work either.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Instead, you should always use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{lmodern}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Of course, lmodern may be replaced by another font package and you may want to use another encoding than T1 for some languages.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1973" LastActivityDate="2010-11-24T15:57:24.473" />
  <row Id="5902" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5840" CreationDate="2010-11-24T16:09:29.080" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Charles Stewart is right - don't do this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That said, here's a solution using &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/biblatex.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;biblatex&lt;/a&gt;. Note that biblatex treats the &lt;code&gt;@inbook&lt;/code&gt; type in a different way than traditional BibTeX, and for &quot;Chapter X&quot; entries you should use the type &lt;code&gt;@book&lt;/code&gt;. If you want to change the term &quot;Chapter&quot; for certain entries, add the &lt;code&gt;execute&lt;/code&gt; field and the tailor-made code of my example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[abbreviate=false]{biblatex}&#xA;&#xA;\newbool{specialchap}&#xA;\newcommand*{\specialchapname}{(Special chapter name)}&#xA;\DeclareFieldFormat{chapter}{%&#xA;  \ifbool{specialchap}{%&#xA;    \specialchapname~#1%&#xA;  }{%&#xA;    \bibstring{chapter}~#1%&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.bib}&#xA;@book{A01,&#xA;  author = {Author, A.},&#xA;  year = {2001},&#xA;  title = {Alpha},&#xA;  chapter = {11},&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;@book{B02,&#xA;  author = {Buthor, B.},&#xA;  year = {2002},&#xA;  title = {Bravo},&#xA;  chapter = {12},&#xA;  execute = {\booltrue{specialchap}\renewcommand*{\specialchapname}{Section}},&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\bibliography{\jobname}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\nocite{*}&#xA;&#xA;\printbibliography&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-11-24T16:09:29.080" />
  <row Id="5903" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5907" CreationDate="2010-11-24T16:13:19.930" Score="12" ViewCount="477" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am writing some documentation for a LaTeX package, in which I am going to be including some example LaTeX code.  What is the best way to typeset that code?  I know I could just use &lt;code&gt;verbatim&lt;/code&gt;, but it would be nice to get syntax highlighting.  I realize that this is a duplicate of &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4095/how-display-latex-code-in-latex-document&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt;, in which the consensus was to use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/listings&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package.  The problem with &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt; is that it seems to only have a driver for TeX, not LaTeX.  For example, when I typeset something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{lstlisting}[language=TeX,&#xA;                   keywordstyle=\bfseries,&#xA;                   identifierstyle=\itseries,&#xA;                   stringstyle=\ttfamily]&#xA;\begin{minipage}{\hsize}&#xA;  This is a test!&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;it results in something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;\&lt;i&gt;begin&lt;/i&gt;{&lt;em&gt;minipage&lt;/em&gt;}{\&lt;b&gt;hsize&lt;/b&gt;}&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&lt;em&gt;This is a test!&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;  \&lt;b&gt;end&lt;/b&gt;{&lt;em&gt;center&lt;/em&gt;}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which is obviously messed up.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a LaTeX-specific driver for &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt;?  If not, is there another package that does syntax highlighting for LaTeX code?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="737" LastEditorUserId="1189" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-22T00:51:25.813" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T00:51:25.813" Title="Typesetting LaTeX Source Code with the listings package" Tags="&lt;listings&gt;&lt;syntax&gt;&lt;highlighting&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="5904" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5899" CreationDate="2010-11-24T16:21:09.130" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's my workflow for this sort of thing. It differs quite a lot from your idea, but it achieves more or less the same goal. [edit: it differs so much that your question excludes this sort of answer. But other people looking for similar solutions might find this acceptable]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have one file for the presentation and one for the handout. Each of them includes &lt;code&gt;\input{content}&lt;/code&gt;. Then I have a third &lt;code&gt;content.tex&lt;/code&gt; file that contains the actual content of the talk.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%%% presentation&#xA;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\input{content}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Above: the presentation; below: the handout&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%%% handout&#xA;\documentclass[handout]{beamer}&#xA;\input{content}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But what if I accidentally compile the &lt;code&gt;content.tex&lt;/code&gt;? this will break because it doesn't have a document class declaration. I use my editor of choice's multiple documents capabilities: I specify that the master document for &lt;code&gt;content.tex&lt;/code&gt; is &lt;code&gt;presentation.tex&lt;/code&gt;. Then compiling content actually compiles the presentation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In emacs, this would be the content file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;...&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&#xA;%%% Local Variables: &#xA;%%% mode: latex&#xA;%%% TeX-master: &quot;presentation.tex&quot;&#xA;%%% End: &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I guess I could make a makefile that runs pdflatex on both, but I don't need my handout compiled as often as my presentation: I'm often playing with overlays and compulsively recompiling to check a particular slide transition looks how I want...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-23T18:37:01.533" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T18:37:01.533" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="5905" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5912" CreationDate="2010-11-24T16:22:58.920" Score="2" ViewCount="320" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using the package &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt; and I redefined the fonts related to the chapters headings:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand\chapnamefont{\normalfont\Large\sffamily\scshape\raggedleft\so} &#xA;\renewcommand\chaptitlefont{\normalfont\huge\sffamily\bfseries\scshape\color{darkBlue}}   &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But altough I am using a sans-serif font for the chapters, the ToC use a serif version of LM. That's not a major problem except that I have this warning:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;LaTeX Font Warning: Font shape `T1/lmss/bx/sc' undefined&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So Latex is complaining that it can't find a small-caps and bold version of LM sans-serif.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/mbZe3.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And the table of content:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/sRyoX.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I am a bit confused:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;My chapters appear as I want (sans serif font)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The ToC looks like it is using serifed fonts&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Yet it is complaining not to find a SS font&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I have this strange problem with &lt;code&gt;viii&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;LM SS seems to have a SC bold version: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/lmodernsans/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Latex font catalogue&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It seems that I don't know enough about Latex and fonts ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="827" LastActivityDate="2010-11-24T18:08:48.660" Title="Changing the font in the ToC ?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="5906" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1492" CreationDate="2010-11-24T16:24:16.683" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;My solution is a bit unique: &lt;code&gt;docstrip&lt;/code&gt;.  Instead of my master file being a &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; file, it's a docstrip file with &lt;code&gt;.dtx&lt;/code&gt; extension.  The header for each file is the docstrip &lt;code&gt;\generate&lt;/code&gt; command, and the rest of the file uses docstrip's &lt;code&gt;%&amp;lt;tag&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; mechanism to conditionally include/exclude stuff.  For example (sorry, this isn't very minimal):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%&amp;lt;*driver&amp;gt;&#xA;\input docstrip.tex&#xA;\newwrite\configfile&#xA;\immediate\openout\configfile=config.def&#xA;\immediate\write\configfile{\string\def\string\rootjobname{\jobname}}&#xA;\immediate\closeout\configfile&#xA;\askforoverwritefalse&#xA;\generate{\file{\jobname.tex}{\from{\jobname.dtx}{source}}&#xA;          \file{\jobname_slides.tex}{\from{\jobname.dtx}{metadata,slides}}&#xA;          \file{\jobname_lp.tex}{\from{\jobname.dtx}{metadata,article}}          &#xA;          \file{\jobname_handout.tex}{\from{\jobname.dtx}{metadata,slides,handout}}        &#xA;          \file{\jobname_ws.tex}{\from{\jobname.dtx}{metadata,worksheet}}&#xA;          \file{\jobname_ws-sol.tex}{\from{\jobname.dtx}{metadata,worksheet,solutions}}&#xA;}&#xA;\endbatchfile&#xA;%&amp;lt;/driver&amp;gt;&#xA;%&amp;lt;*metadata&amp;gt;&#xA;\input config.def&#xA;\let\oldrootjobname=\rootjobname&#xA;% Change these!&#xA;\def\longtitle{Section 3.7 \\ Indeterminate Forms and L'H\^opital's Rule}&#xA;\def\shorttitle{L'H\^opital's Rule}&#xA;\def\longcoursename{V63.0121.002.2010Su, Calculus I}&#xA;\def\shortcoursename{V63.0121, Calculus I}&#xA;%&amp;lt;/metadata&amp;gt;&#xA;\author{\longcoursename}&#xA;%&amp;lt;*slides&amp;gt;&#xA;\documentclass[ignorenonframetext,&#xA;%&amp;lt;handout&amp;gt;handout&#xA;]{beamer} &#xA;\usepackage[tikz,beamerpresentation]{V63-0121-2010Su}&#xA;\author[\shortcoursename]{\longcoursename}&#xA;\title[\shorttitle]{\longtitle}&#xA;%&amp;lt;*handout&amp;gt;&#xA;\usepackage{pgfpages}&#xA;\usepackage{handoutWithNotes}&#xA;\pgfpagesuselayout{3 on 1 with notes}[letterpaper]&#xA;%&amp;lt;/handout&amp;gt;&#xA;%&amp;lt;/slides&amp;gt;&#xA;%&amp;lt;*article&amp;gt;&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{beamerarticle} &#xA;\usepackage[tikz,&#xA;]{V63-0121-2010Su}&#xA;\title{\longtitle}&#xA;%&amp;lt;/article&amp;gt;&#xA;%&amp;lt;*worksheet&amp;gt;&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\title{\longtitle}&#xA;\usepackage[worksheet,tikz,&#xA;%&amp;lt;solutions&amp;gt;solutions,&#xA;]{V63-0121-2010Su}&#xA;\author{\shortcoursename}&#xA;\date{Summer 2010}&#xA;%&amp;lt;/worksheet&amp;gt;&#xA;%&amp;lt;*source&amp;gt;&#xA;\date{June 7, 2010}&#xA;% ... beamer slides ...        &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;%&amp;lt;/source&amp;gt; &#xA;%&amp;lt;*article&amp;gt;&#xA;\usepackage{beamerarticle} &#xA;\setjobnamebeamerversion{\rootjobname_slides} &#xA;%&amp;lt;/article&amp;gt;&#xA;%&amp;lt;*slides|article&amp;gt;&#xA;\input{\rootjobname_\secnum.tex} &#xA;%&amp;lt;/slides|article&amp;gt;&#xA;%&amp;lt;*worksheet&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;% worksheet material ...&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;%&amp;lt;/worksheet&amp;gt;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you tex or latex the file &lt;code&gt;foo.dtx&lt;/code&gt;, the individual files &lt;code&gt;foo_slides.tex&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;foo_handout.tex&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;foo_lp.tex&lt;/code&gt; (for lesson plan, my personal notes), &lt;code&gt;foo_ws.tex&lt;/code&gt; (worksheet), &lt;code&gt;foo_ws-sol.tex&lt;/code&gt; (worksheet solutions) are all generated.  Then you tex or latex whichever of these you want to produce.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Advantages of this method are that copying and reusing the file in the next semester involve copying a single file and editing.  It's as portable as any &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; file—no extra utility or scripting language needed.  The produced files don't have to be compiled with anything other than tex either.  You get one document:one file which makes it easier to know what's in a document by its file name.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Disadvantages are that it's kinda crufty, and some people may not like running TeX on two files every time they want to preview something they are editing.  With TeXShop this is actually pretty easy because you can open files for preview, which means you only see the pdf and not the source.  So I edit the &lt;code&gt;.dtx&lt;/code&gt; file, open the derivative &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; file for preview, and typeset the &lt;code&gt;.dtx&lt;/code&gt; and derivative &lt;code&gt;.pdf&lt;/code&gt; in a single sequence of keys.  Works for me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-11-24T16:24:16.683" />
  <row Id="5907" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5903" CreationDate="2010-11-24T16:25:35.060" Score="20" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You need to give the 'sub-language' for TeX:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;language = [LaTeX]{TeX}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you are writing a package, you might also want to use the &lt;code&gt;moretexcs&lt;/code&gt; key to add 'new' LaTeX commands. For example, in my &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/siunitx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;siunitx&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; I have very long list:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  moretexcs    = &#xA;    {&#xA;      addto,&#xA;      ampere,&#xA;      ang,&#xA;      angstrom,&#xA;      ...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to cover all of the new macros it adds, plus ones from other packages that are in the documentation and are not known to &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-11-24T16:25:35.060" />
  <row Id="5908" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5903" CreationDate="2010-11-24T16:26:10.623" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/minted&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;minted&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; uses the &lt;a href=&quot;http://pygments.org/languages/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pygments&lt;/a&gt; interpreter, which understands TeX, so this might be a valid option.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2010-11-24T16:26:10.623" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5909" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5910" CreationDate="2010-11-24T16:49:31.630" Score="3" ViewCount="241" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a function in my .sty sheet that does a second partial derivative:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\hpartdsq}[2]{\dfrac{\partial^2 #1}{\partial #2 ^2}} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I'd like to pass it something that already has a superscript (today it's &lt;code&gt;\rho^*&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to do this with this function? I feel like wrapping the &lt;code&gt;\rho^*&lt;/code&gt; with parentheses would really kill the aesthetics and is not typical for second partial derivatives. Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="320" LastActivityDate="2010-11-24T17:30:39.770" Title="Trick LaTeX into doing double superscripts" Tags="&lt;amsmath&gt;&lt;superscripts&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="5910" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5909" CreationDate="2010-11-24T16:58:25.847" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One cheap solution is to call the macro like this: &lt;code&gt;\hpartdsq{f}{{\rho^*}}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: Maybe I should add that it's &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; a good idea to modify the macro definition so that it contains the braces &lt;code&gt;{}&lt;/code&gt;: If you call this macro&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\hpartdsq}[2]{\dfrac{\partial^2 #1}{\partial{#2}^2}} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;with &lt;code&gt;\hpartdsq{f}{\rho^*}&lt;/code&gt;, then it looks as desired, but with &lt;code&gt;\hpartdsq{f}{x_1}&lt;/code&gt; the &lt;code&gt;^2&lt;/code&gt; will be too far to the right.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-24T17:30:39.770" LastActivityDate="2010-11-24T17:30:39.770" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5911" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5913" CreationDate="2010-11-24T17:27:33.923" Score="5" ViewCount="555" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using pdfpages which works quite well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But this time, I want to include a 5 page pdf and the first page should be scaled down a bit such that above the first page is enough space for a subsection (in the LaTeX document).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using just&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{pdfpages}&#xA;...&#xA;&#xA;\subsection{Interesting Letter}&#xA;\includepdf{letter.pdf}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;does not work, because includepdf inserts a newpage command before the first page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I looked at the pdfpages manual but could not find options relating to that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I hacked this command, which kind of works:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\insertrep}[1]{%&#xA;\hspace*{-2.4cm}&#xA;\fbox{\includegraphics[page=1,scale=0.8]{#1}}&#xA;\includepdf[scale=0.8,pages=2-,frame]{#1}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\subsection{Interesting Letter}&#xA;\insertrep{letter.pdf}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The subsection is printed on the same page as the first page of the pdf, but an empty page is inserted before the section ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The empty page vanishes if I scale the first page to 0.5 - which is too small ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It seems that \includegraphics inserts an empty page before the graphic, if the inserted graphic violates the margins of the page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Besides, the hspace value does not always fit.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thus, my question: How to solve this right?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="929" LastActivityDate="2010-11-24T17:50:29.683" Title="How to include PDF pages without a newpage before the first page?" Tags="&lt;pdf&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5912" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5905" CreationDate="2010-11-24T17:36:48.773" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;LaTeX tells you that it is find a font. It also tells you which font it uses instead:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; LaTeX Font Warning: Font shape `T1/lmss/bx/sc' undefined&#xA; (Font)              using `T1/lmss/bx/n' instead on input line 8.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Substituations are normal. As you can see here a sans serif font is used as substitute. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;\chapnamefont defines the font of the vertical chapter beside the large &quot;2&quot; not the font in the toc.   &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the problem with &quot;viii&quot;: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=tocloft&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=tocloft&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-11-24T17:36:48.773" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="5913" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5911" CreationDate="2010-11-24T17:46:14.057" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the pagecommand key:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\includepdf[scale=0.8,pages=1,pagecommand=\subsection{blub}]{testpdf}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You get the empty page when you use &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt; because the graphics is too large for the textbody, so latex tries if it fits on the next page (and then complain). &lt;code&gt;pdfpages&lt;/code&gt; hides the size of the graphics so it is possible to insert complete pages which overwrites the margins. If you want to insert large graphics with &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt;: use &lt;code&gt;eso-pic&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-24T17:50:29.683" LastActivityDate="2010-11-24T17:50:29.683" />
  <row Id="5914" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5905" CreationDate="2010-11-24T18:08:48.660" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The commands for the TOC entries are different to the commands for the headings. To get sans serif fonts in the TOC, redefine the &lt;code&gt;\cftXfont&lt;/code&gt; commands, where X stands for chapter, section etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This will achieve sans serif chapter and section entries in the TOC:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\cftchapterfont}{\normalfont\sffamily}   &#xA;\renewcommand{\cftsectionfont}{\normalfont\sffamily}   &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-11-24T18:08:48.660" />
  <row Id="5915" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5916" CreationDate="2010-11-24T18:18:26.110" Score="9" ViewCount="250" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the code below, the equation within the itemize environment is too wide for the page, but I don't get an overfull hbox warning (which I find annoying because it's sometimes useful to know exactly how wide an overfull hbox is).  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd like to know how to get the compiler to produce the 'usual' overfull hbox warning in these circumstances. I'm also curious as to why this happens. Any help will be much appreciated.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,12pt,draft]{article}  &#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}  &#xA;%  &#xA;\begin{document}  &#xA;The text that appears here shows the complete page width.&#xA;No doubt the long equation displays ok now.  &#xA;\begin{align}  &#xA;A + Bz + Cz^2 + Dz^3 + Ez^4 + Fz^5 + G z^6 + H z^7 + I z^8 + J z^9 + K z^{10} = 0.  &#xA;\end{align}  &#xA;%  &#xA;\begin{itemize}  &#xA;\item The text that appears here shows the width within the list.&#xA;The equation below will overspill the right&#xA;margin, without producing a warning.  &#xA;\begin{align}  &#xA;A + Bz + Cz^2 + Dz^3 + Ez^4 + Fz^5 + G z^6 + H z^7 + I z^8 + J z^9 + K z^{10} = 0.  &#xA;\end{align}  &#xA;\end{itemize}  &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2417" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-24T18:23:31.737" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T17:49:39.653" Title="amsmath align within list" Tags="&lt;lists&gt;&lt;amsmath&gt;&lt;align&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5916" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5915" CreationDate="2010-11-24T20:00:28.613" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It certainly looks like a bug. Firstly, you can have a better display if you default to LaTeX as shown below. AmsTeX now and then uses &lt;code&gt;\vfuzz&lt;/code&gt; as a scratch register so I thought I will try it out redefining it within the environment, but without much success (it is quite likely it is set at a high value within a macro).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,12pt,draft]{article}  &#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}  &#xA;%  &#xA;\begin{document}  &#xA;&#xA;\overfullrule=10pt&#xA;The text that appears here shows the complete page widthened.&#xA;No doubt the long equation displays ok now.  &#xA;\begin{align}  &#xA;A + Bz + Cz^2 + Dz^3 + Ez^4 + Fz^5 + G z^6 + H z^7 + I z^8 + J z^9 + K z^{100000} = 0.  &#xA;\end{align}  &#xA;%  &#xA;\begin{itemize}  &#xA;\item The text that appears here shows the width within the list.&#xA;The equation below will overspill the right&#xA;margin, without producing a warning.  &#xA;\begin{align} &#xA;\vfuzz=0pt &#xA;A + Bz + Cz^2 + Dz^3 + Ez^4 + Fz^5 + G z^6 + H z^7 + I z^8 + J z^9 + K z^{1000000000} = 0  &#xA;\end{align} &#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\item The text that appears here shows the width within the list.&#xA;The equation below will overspill the right&#xA;margin, without producing a warning. &#xA;&#xA;\[A + Bz + Cz^2 + Dz^3 + Ez^4 + Fz^5 + G z^6 + H z^7 + I z^8 + J z^9 + K z^{1000000000} = 0 \]&#xA;&#xA;\end{itemize}  &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-11-24T20:00:28.613" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5917" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5854" CreationDate="2010-11-24T20:32:29.173" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Have you tried this site:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://william.famille-blum.org/blog/static.php?page=static081010-000413&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://william.famille-blum.org/blog/static.php?page=static081010-000413&lt;/a&gt; ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It has various editors and how to configure them, and at the end of the page there is a link for a zipped package for vim. This is what I m using.&#xA;Just follow the instructions inside the zip and you'll be good to go!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2011" LastActivityDate="2010-11-24T20:32:29.173" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5918" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-24T21:17:02.493" Score="1" ViewCount="235" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to layout a short article using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ieee.org/publications_standards/publications/authors/authors_journals.html#sect2&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;IEEE&lt;/a&gt; latex style guide. I'm having difficulty with the final part of their bibliography instructions as I want to reference an external .bib file. I have the IEEEtran.cls file and IEEEtran.bst file in my local folder.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\bibliographystyle{IEEEtran}&#xA;% argument is your BibTeX string definitions and bibliography database(s)&#xA;\bibliography{IEEEabrv,../bib/paper}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What are 'string definitions' ? I presume the bibliography database is the specific file I want to reference, which in my case is &lt;code&gt;../../references&lt;/code&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1167" LastEditorUserId="1167" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-24T22:08:28.657" LastActivityDate="2010-11-25T01:55:26.963" Title="Question about the IEEE bibliography structure" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;cross-referencing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="5919" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5921" CreationDate="2010-11-24T21:56:51.997" Score="9" ViewCount="177" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm writing text in LaTeX in the verse environment. But there are some parts the should not be in verse inside the verse. The way I've done it so far is to define a new environment that begins with &lt;code&gt;\end{verse}&lt;/code&gt; and ends with &lt;code&gt;\begin{verse}&lt;/code&gt;. My sense of What Is Blatantly Obvious tells me this is Very Wrong. What's the right way if doing it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is an example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand[1]{\description}{\end{verse}{\itshape#1\/}\begin{verse}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{verse}&#xA;This is&#xA;In verse!&#xA;&#xA;\description{But this is not.}&#xA;&#xA;But this is&#xA;Again!&#xA;&#xA;\end{verse}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This actually works, but is it done the right way? What I'd really like to do is place a box inside the verse environment that's positioned and justified the &quot;standard&quot; way. But I'm not sure how to do that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2118" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-25T00:13:31.437" LastActivityDate="2010-11-25T01:51:56.967" Title="LaTeX: non-verse text in verse environment." Tags="&lt;best-practices&gt;&lt;environments&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="5920" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5919" CreationDate="2010-11-25T01:04:58.753" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;That macro definition cannot work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The first argument to &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; is the macro name, not the number of arguments. So, instead of &lt;code&gt;\newcommand[1]{\description}{...}&lt;/code&gt; it should be &lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\description}[1]{...}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;description&lt;/code&gt; is already commonly used for a list environment, that's why the definition would fail in standard classes such as article.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would use &lt;code&gt;\newenvironment&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; if I use an environment within the definition.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The verse environment is a LaTeX list environment. The clean way is to end that verse environment, to write the other text, and then to start another verse environment. Your definition seems to be just a shortcut so save typing work. It's like redefining environments to become commands just because it's shorter - but such work is less readable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One could use a minipage environment or &lt;code&gt;\parbox&lt;/code&gt; to &quot;escape&quot; the verse environment, perhaps with a negative indentation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I recommend to keep using &lt;code&gt;\begin{verse} ... \end{verse}&lt;/code&gt; instead of introducing a command which hides what happens.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-11-25T01:04:58.753" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5921" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5919" CreationDate="2010-11-25T01:42:00.267" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;@ eje2,@Stefan - Ok, I'm going to post my answer just cause I worked on it before Stefan posted his answer. And since his is already checked as the right answer I guess it was a waste of time. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But this seems to work, and I'd be interested in hearing, from Stefan if he has the time, why this is a &lt;strong&gt;bad thing&lt;/strong&gt;. It doesn't &quot;escape&quot; the verse environment, it works within the verse environment, but it also doesn't stop and restart the verse environment.  It seems to fit eje2's requirements.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\escapefromverse}[1]{%&#xA;\itemindent -3em {\item \itshape #1}\itemindent -1.5em}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{verse}&#xA;'Twas brillig, and the slithy toves \\&#xA;Did gyre and gimble in the wabe; \\&#xA;All mimsy were the borogoves, \\&#xA;And the mome raths outgrabe. &#xA;&#xA;\escapefromverse{ the next verse is the part I really like!}&#xA;&#xA;``Beware the Jabberwock, my son! \\&#xA;The jaws that bite, the claws that catch!\\&#xA;Beware the Jubjub bird, and shun \\&#xA;The frumious Bandersnatch!''&#xA;\end{verse}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2003" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-25T01:51:56.967" LastActivityDate="2010-11-25T01:51:56.967" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="5922" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5787" CreationDate="2010-11-25T01:42:49.250" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Thank you Stefan Kottwitz, but in more pages of \tableofcontents? My sumary have various pages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1940" LastActivityDate="2010-11-25T01:42:49.250" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5923" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5918" CreationDate="2010-11-25T01:55:26.963" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A string definition is an alias that shortens the work of bibtex-ing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@STRING{HH = &quot;Proc. IEEE Solid State Sensors Workshop&quot;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It goes, obviously, into your bibtex file, usually the very top.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And yes, the bibliography database is your references in the bibtex format. As things stand now, your document thinks that your bibliography database is &quot;IEEEabrv,..,/bib/paper}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So you need to do:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\bibliography{../../references}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can use multiple files also. My bibliography for my last paper was:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\bibliography {%&#xA;  bib/fbe2,%&#xA;  bib/books,%&#xA;  bib/mags,%&#xA;  bib/phd,%&#xA;  bib/roc,%&#xA;  bib/SA,%&#xA;  bib/prevWrk,%&#xA;  bib/mems}   &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;BTW, all my bib files end in .bib (e.g. books.bib), and you don't include the suffix in your declaration.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2003" LastActivityDate="2010-11-25T01:55:26.963" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5924" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5931" CreationDate="2010-11-25T02:07:05.130" Score="5" ViewCount="185" Body="&lt;p&gt;For example, fig 4.7, 4.8 shows in &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://williamstallings.com/Extras/Security-Notes/lectures/blockA.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://williamstallings.com/Extras/Security-Notes/lectures/blockA.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1679" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-25T02:21:32.387" LastActivityDate="2010-11-25T08:27:00.750" Title="Is there any cryptographic-related graphics drawing package?" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;diagrams&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5925" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-25T04:24:50.347" Score="13" ViewCount="187" Body="&lt;p&gt;I just ran into a load-order conflict due to identical cs names and realized that this is the source of similar problems in the past that I've seen. Thinking about it, I can't imagine what other conflicts there could be, so that shows you how much I know. Anyway, now that I'm writing a package or two I need to understand this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;-------------- After Reading Answers ------------------&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Well, I feel like my question was answered fully and to my complete satisfaction. Unfortunately, &lt;strong&gt;all&lt;/strong&gt; of the answers contributed to my current understanding and feeling of satisfaction, and I don't feel that it would be fair to select only one as the 'correct' answer. So, until I hear a way out of this conundrum, I want to symbolically check all of the answers and thank everyone who took the time to answer me. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2003" LastEditorUserId="2003" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-25T23:15:00.430" LastActivityDate="2010-11-25T23:15:00.430" Title="Are all package loading conflicts due to conflicting identical control sequence names?" Tags="&lt;programming&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5926" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-11-25T05:07:17.237" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Theorems are environments which are commonly numbered. They are extensively used in math texts. Examples of such environments are theorems, corollaries, lemmas, propositions, remarks and definitions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;theorems are part of standard LaTeX. There are LaTeX macro packages providing further features, such as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/amsthm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;amsthm&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/ntheorem&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ntheorem&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/thmtools&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;thmtools&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-25T05:07:17.237" LastActivityDate="2010-11-25T05:07:17.237" />
  <row Id="5927" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-11-25T05:07:17.237" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="Theorems are environments which are commonly numbered. They are extensively used in math texts. Examples of such environments are theorems, corollaries, lemmas, propositions, remarks and definitions." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-25T05:07:17.237" LastActivityDate="2010-11-25T05:07:17.237" />
  <row Id="5928" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5925" CreationDate="2010-11-25T05:32:25.043" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One common problem is the redefinition of auxiliary macros: e.g., hyperref redefines internals of the counter mechanism so that hyperlinks work, and all counters defined before \usepackage{hyperref} don't benefit, but I don't know if that would fall under &quot;conflict&quot; for you since it's not usually something that causes compilation to fail, just the results are not what one expected.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1860" LastActivityDate="2010-11-25T05:32:25.043" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5929" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="53" CreationDate="2010-11-25T07:06:35.500" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Roger, you may have noticed something about the replies to your question. There is no consensus. This indicates that there is no real standard path to learning TeX. I've learned TeX the same way most of these folk have. I've read The TeXbook. I've read 'TeX by Topic'. I've spend hours, days, years pouring over OPC (other people's code) as the spittle drips from my mouth onto the page and my brain freezes and causes global body-locking until I fall off my chair in a dead faint.  I've screamed and yelled at the impersonal sky-gods who have decreed that the people who know TeX will never set up easy and accessible methods of teaching and learning TeX except by the hard and stony path that they have trod. There shall be no web-sites where tex code can be looked at and reviewed by the tex-sages. There shall be no books on advanced TeX programming or methods of learning the TeX way implements standard algorithms or do standard thing that are in chapter 1 of most programming books. There shall be no path but the one; the path of figuring it all out by yourself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You see, Roger, the *TeX community is not like other communities of software enthusiasts. In other communities there are books, magazines, classes, websites, and endless ways to learn the tips and tricks of programming in their language. People who know things are glad to help you, even if you are asking things that require them to read more than 10 lines of your code. Sometimes lots of code. There are places to get code reviews of your code. They actually like to spread their knowledge and watch their language spread around the world, creating thriving and pulsing groups of enthusiastic coders.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But in the *TeX world, we hate sharing what we know. Especially with those who don't know and want to learn.  We're definitely not going to make it easy for you. If you weren't lazy, you'd do what we did, read the TeXbook, read 'TeX by Topic', read OTP, drool on our desks till you faint. You know, what non-lazy people who don't want others to do all their work for them do.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Let's see. It's almost 2011. TeX was created in 1979 and 'finalized' in 1982. That's almost 30 years ago. Ruby was released in 1995, 15 years ago. Last time I was in Borders, there was a whole shelf or two of Ruby programming books. There were none on programming TeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You know what happens when there is no simple path to learning something? Knowledge is lost over time. Are there more people willing to tread the hard and stony path to learning TeX today than 10 years ago, or less? Where is *TeX, and by extension, typographically beautiful documents, going to be in 50 years? Will *TeX, or any descendants, exist? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2003" LastActivityDate="2010-11-25T07:06:35.500" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5930" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5899" CreationDate="2010-11-25T08:16:06.867" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2554/changing-latex-headers-via-a-makefile/2569#2569&quot;&gt;My answer&lt;/a&gt; to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2554/changing-latex-headers-via-a-makefile&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt; came from exactly this situation.  The code is there, I shan't repeat that, but I'll try to explain what it does so that you can see if it's worth clicking through to that question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My solution is exactly what you outline in your first paragraph.  I have a main file that contains all the code, say &lt;code&gt;seminar.tex&lt;/code&gt;, and then a set of symlinks which all point to this file and are of the form &lt;code&gt;seminar.beamer.tex&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;seminar.handout.tex&lt;/code&gt; and the same for &lt;code&gt;trans&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt; if appropriate.  The class that I load is actually a wrapper class which looks at various parameters - both the &lt;code&gt;\jobname&lt;/code&gt; and any passed to it from the document - to decide which &lt;em&gt;real&lt;/em&gt; class to load (and with what options).  Thus the start of my real document is something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[beamer,defaults]{myclass}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt; tells it to load the beamer class, &lt;code&gt;defaults&lt;/code&gt; sets up some stuff that I almost always use.  Then it looks at the &lt;code&gt;\jobname&lt;/code&gt; to see what type of document it is: &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;handout&lt;/code&gt;, etc, and passes the appropriate option to the &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt; class.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For lectures, I have a further option in that the format for my symlinks is actually:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;main_file[.type[.lecture_name]].tex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I'm editing the document, I make sure that I load it via the symlink that I'm most interested in (usually the &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt; version) and then my editor correctly compiles that version.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I used to use a method like the one Seamus outlines.  I switched to this method because:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;When doing a lecture series, it's much easier to create a batch load of symlinks than a batch load of files with specific content.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If I &lt;em&gt;do&lt;/em&gt; compile the master document, it falls back to something sensible.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;It doesn't actually need all the symlinks to still work.  Since you can reset the jobname via the commandline, you could just do &lt;code&gt;pdflatex -jobname=seminar.beamer.tex seminar.tex&lt;/code&gt; to get the right version compiled.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-11-25T08:16:06.867" />
  <row Id="5931" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5924" CreationDate="2010-11-25T08:27:00.750" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Seems like a task TikZ could perfectly handle. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/tag/block-diagrams/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Those examples&lt;/a&gt; could help you get started (I did not find any pure cryptographic example, but feel free to contribute once you've created yours!).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="440" LastActivityDate="2010-11-25T08:27:00.750" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5932" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5821" CreationDate="2010-11-25T09:04:12.053" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use \glspar to get a \par in the description key. But if you have long texts, it is better to store them e.g. in a command &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\dictentry{lion}{\liontext}%&#xA;\newcommand\liontext{a large animal\par some facts:&#xA; \ begin{itemize}&#xA;  \item Image: \includegraphics[width=1cm]{tiger}&#xA;  \item Lives in africa &#xA; \end{itemize}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-11-25T09:04:12.053" />
  <row Id="5933" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5934" CreationDate="2010-11-25T10:49:52.937" Score="5" ViewCount="113" Body="&lt;p&gt;My library provides citation information for books in several formats, but not as bibtex entries. One standard format is the so-called MARC manual tags, which are human incomprehensible, but at least standard. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a tool that can convert these tags to a nice bibtex entry?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;here's an example of MARC tags:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;FMT BK&#xA;LDR 01344nam  2200385   45q0&#xA;001 000155833&#xA;003 MCM&#xA;005 20010608085926.0&#xA;008 820506s1981    enka          001 0 eng  &#xA;010 |a    80042162 //r854&#xA;020 |a 0080264808 (pbk.)&#xA;035 |a MITb10155833&#xA;035 |a (OCoLC)08160923&#xA;035 |a GLIS00155833&#xA;035 |a (OCoLC)08161698&#xA;035 |a (OCoLC)12231338&#xA;040 |a DLC |c DLC |d m/c |d MYG&#xA;0411    |a eng |h rus&#xA;0500    |a QC718 |b .L48 1981&#xA;099 |a QC718.L48 1981&#xA;1001    |a Lifshit͡s, E. M. |q (Evgeniĭ Mikhaĭlovich)&#xA;24510   |a Physical kinetics / |c by E.M. Lifshitz and L.P. Pitaevskiĭ ; translated from the Russian by J.B. Sykes and R.N. Franklin.&#xA;250 |a 1st ed.&#xA;260 |a Oxford ; |a New York : |b Pergamon Press, |c 1981.&#xA;300 |a xi, 452 p. : |b ill. ; |c 25 cm.&#xA;4901    |a Pergamon international library of science, technology, engineering, and social studies&#xA;4901    |a Course of theoretical physics ; |v v. 10&#xA;500 |a Includes index.&#xA;650 0   |a Plasma (Ionized gases)&#xA;650 0   |a Kinetic theory of gases.&#xA;650 0   |a Solid state physics.&#xA;7001    |a Pitaevskiĭ, L. P. |q (Lev Petrovich)&#xA;8001    |a Landau, L. D. |q (Lev Davidovich), |d 1908-1968. |t Teoreticheskai͡a fizika. |l English ; |v v. 10.&#xA;830 0   |a Pergamon international library of science, technology, engineering, and social studies.&#xA;CAT |a CONV |b 00 |c 20010620 |l MIT01 |h 1628&#xA;CAT |a AIDA |b 00 |c 20030812 |l MIT01 |h 1037&#xA;CAT |a lti0904 |b 00 |c 20090523 |l MIT01 |h 1459&#xA;049 |a MYGY&#xA;910 |a je870930&#xA;949 |a MYGY |b 39080004296429&#xA;PST0    |0 Z30 |1 000155833000020 |b PHY |c STACK |o BOOK |d 02 |y 00000 |f N |r MIT60-000339160 |n 0 |h QC718.L48 1981 |a MCM |3 Book |4 Physics Dept. Reading Room |5 Stacks |6 Room Use Only |p Avail&#xA;PST0    |0 Z30 |1 000155833000010 |b SCI |c STACK |o BOOK |d 01 |y 00000 |f N |r MIT60-000214187 |n 0 |h QC718.L48 1981 |a MCM |3 Book |4 Hayden Library |5 Stacks |6 30 Day Loan&#xA;LDR      nx   22     zn 4500&#xA;008 0106230u    0   4   uu   1      &#xA;004 000155833&#xA;8520    |a MCM |b SCI |c STACK |h QC718.L48 1981 |z&#xA;LDR      nx   22     zn 4500&#xA;008 0106230u    0   4   uu   1      &#xA;004 000155833&#xA;8520    |a MCM |b PHY |c STACK |h QC718.L48 1981 |z&#xA;SFX 1   |s 0-0-0-1-5-5-8-3-3 |l MIT01 |9 00 |z ~~~~~~~~~ |p Avail |a Click button for available online volumes&#xA;SYS 000155833&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;from which I would like to create &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@Book{PhysicalKinetics,&#xA;  author =   {E. H. Lipshitz and L. P. Pitaevskii},&#xA;  title =    {Physical Kinetics},&#xA;  publisher =    {Pergamon Press},&#xA;  year =     {1981},&#xA;  address =      {NY}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or something similar....&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastActivityDate="2010-11-25T11:39:19.027" Title="A tool for creating bibtex entries from MARC tags?" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;automation&gt;&lt;citing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="5934" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5933" CreationDate="2010-11-25T11:15:09.303" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It seems that somebody has written a Perl script called &lt;a href=&quot;http://blog.kulp.ch/2006/12/converting-marc-to-bibtex.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;marc2bib&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-11-25T11:15:09.303" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5935" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9716" CreationDate="2010-11-25T11:28:57.007" Score="3" ViewCount="274" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dear all,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I used listings.sty to import C# code snippet from within my LaTeX file, I got an output as follows.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/whVcf.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At the first line, there is an unnecessary white space because of the BOM (Byte Order Mark) that is intentionally added by Microsoft (R) Visual Studio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I really want to remove it from the output rather than from the C# file, how to do that? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is my LaTeX code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{listings,xcolor}&#xA;\lstset{%&#xA;language={[Sharp]C},&#xA;backgroundcolor=\color{yellow!20},&#xA;basicstyle=\tiny,&#xA;keywordstyle=\color{blue},&#xA;identifierstyle=\color{magenta},&#xA;breaklines=true}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lstinputlisting{Program.txt}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and the corresponding C# source file (extension has been changed to .txt to pass MIME filter) can be downloaded from the given link above.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT 2:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have tried the code below (from Ulrike Fischer):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA; \usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA; \usepackage{listings}&#xA; \usepackage{xcolor}&#xA; \lstset{%&#xA; language={[Sharp]C},&#xA; backgroundcolor=\color{yellow!20},&#xA; basicstyle=\tiny,&#xA; keywordstyle=\color{blue},&#xA; identifierstyle=\color{magenta},&#xA; breaklines=true}&#xA;&#xA; \lstset{&#xA;   literate={ï}{}0&#xA;            {»}{{}}0&#xA;            {¿}{{}}0&#xA; }&#xA; \begin{document}&#xA; \lstinputlisting{test-bom.txt}&#xA; \end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I got 2 things that need to be improved or corrected as follows.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/CT0ce.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-26T09:52:36.087" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T09:52:36.087" Title="listings.sty: How to suppress BOM effect in the output?" Tags="&lt;listings&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5936" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5925" CreationDate="2010-11-25T11:34:05.113" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The most common problem, as you correctly said is duplicating macro names. This you can easily check  with a commands like &lt;code&gt;\@ifundefined&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;ifdefinable&lt;/code&gt; and other similar commands. The problem is similar to problems experienced in normal programming with &lt;code&gt;globals&lt;/code&gt;. Generally globals are bad and with TeX programming they are used all over the place.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can mitigate problems by &lt;code&gt;namespacing&lt;/code&gt; your macros. For example you can use &lt;code&gt;@bev@pagewidth&lt;/code&gt;, comfortably as it is unlikely that anyone has used this in another macro! This makes your macro names rather long which makes people from a Java background happy, but people from a `C' background get very unhappy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;LaTeX3 provides all sorts of methods and rules and regulations to namespace and create commands. It has a syntax as unique as that of TeX's own and although rather off putting at first - you can really be up and going over a weekend. The Team has put a tremendous effort in bringing it so far that you can use it right away - saving you lots of hours of work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you have to &lt;code&gt;override&lt;/code&gt; any existing commands, be a gentleman save them first in a variable and restore them back at the end of your package's code. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any changes to dimensions, glues, counters and the like are better defined locally.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The last item of concern is key value pairs using &lt;code&gt;keyval&lt;/code&gt; here again if you use it you need to be careful with allocation of names. Also decide with which packages you want to interact so that you can avoid conflicts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="86" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-25T11:52:46.623" LastActivityDate="2010-11-25T11:52:46.623" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5938" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5942" CreationDate="2010-11-25T12:22:59.237" Score="5" ViewCount="160" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to create an environment for a list of items, that should look like this for each item:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; Name     Image&#xA; .......  Image&#xA; ..............&#xA; ..............&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;with this environment&#xA;&lt;code&gt;\begin{cuitem}{Name}&#xA;       ......&#xA;     \end{cuitem}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and this definition:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{cuitem}[1]&#xA;{&#xA; \textbf{#1} &#xA; \input{imagefile}&#xA;}{&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where imagefile is a .tex that contains a tikzpicture wrapped inside a &lt;code&gt;\begin{wrapfigure}{r}{0.5\textwidth}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This works fine if I use only one of these &lt;code&gt;cuitem&lt;/code&gt;. As soon as I use more than one they start being rendered into each other with the text overlaying the figure. What is the correct way to ensure the separation of two consecutive environments and is the wrapfigure the best solution for this problem?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="752" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-03T10:24:47.577" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T10:24:47.577" Title="Newenvironment and floating figures" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;environments&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="5939" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5925" CreationDate="2010-11-25T12:27:30.013" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Packages that try to take control of what happens at Tex events like &lt;code&gt;\shipout&lt;/code&gt; can conflict in nasty ways.  Latex doesn't really have an orderly way to resolve these conflicts, so package writers need to work with each other. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example: &lt;code&gt;{hyperref}&lt;/code&gt; has had a number of conflicts with packages for this reason, see &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/pipermail/texhax/2010-June/015250.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://tug.org/pipermail/texhax/2010-June/015250.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;These examples aren't naming conflicts, because changing choice of names can't fix them.  You need to change what you are doing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some possible other ways of getting package conflicts, that I haven't seen realised:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Messing about with catcodes could cause conflicts in principle.  You'd think that packages like &lt;code&gt;{inputenc}&lt;/code&gt; that do hairy things with catcodes would be at risk here, but I don't know of any.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Packages that run Postscript/PDF code through &lt;code&gt;\special&lt;/code&gt; commands, like PGF does.  Lots of room for conflict here, but I don't know of any actual package conflicts in practice.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-25T12:42:49.987" LastActivityDate="2010-11-25T12:42:49.987" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5940" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5935" CreationDate="2010-11-25T12:37:59.553" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Perhaps this is not a usable solution for you, but using either lualatex or xelatex instead of pdflatex fixes it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-11-25T12:37:59.553" />
  <row Id="5941" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-25T13:07:48.240" Score="7" ViewCount="742" Body="&lt;p&gt;I can't figure out how to line up the symbols of an itemize environment in beamer with the left part of the main text. In other words, I would like to supress the left margin in beamer itemize lists.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It would be nice if the solution worked with any itemize label defined with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setbeamertemplate{itemize item}[]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In order to make myself clearer, what beamer produces by default is something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Main text. Main text. Main text...&#xA;   * Item 1&#xA;   * Item 2&#xA;   * Item 3&#xA;   ....&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and the desired result is &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Main text. Main text. Main text...&#xA;* Item 1&#xA;* Item 2&#xA;* Item 3&#xA;....&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2117" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T16:29:47.497" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T16:29:47.497" Title="Changing left margin in itemize environment of beamer class" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;lists&gt;&lt;margins&gt;&lt;itemize&gt;&lt;horizontal-alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5942" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5938" CreationDate="2010-11-25T13:21:19.233" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's hard to wrap around figures when lists are involved. The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/floatflt&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;floatflt&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package has a workaround which uses a command &lt;code&gt;\fltitem&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\item&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Try floatflt instead of wrapfig.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-03T10:20:52.050" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T10:20:52.050" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5944" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5956" CreationDate="2010-11-25T13:33:20.533" Score="3" ViewCount="314" Body="&lt;p&gt;I read &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3001/list-sections-of-chapter-at-beginning-of-that-chapter&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt; about &lt;code&gt;minitoc&lt;/code&gt; but I can't make it work with &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt;. Is there an known incompatibility between these two ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it somehow possible to make it work ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="827" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-15T11:57:44.797" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T18:06:48.737" Title="Minitoc and memoir" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;memoir&gt;&lt;minitoc&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5945" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="205" CreationDate="2010-11-25T13:51:03.967" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.frontiernet.net/~eugene.ressler/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Sketch&lt;/a&gt; allows you to create drawings similar to TikZ, but in 3D. Additionally, it generates PGF/TikZ or PSTricks code. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/3d-cone/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Here is an example&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.fauskes.net/nb/introduction-to-sketch/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;there's an introduction&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="440" LastActivityDate="2010-11-25T13:51:03.967" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-11-25T13:51:03.967" />
  <row Id="5946" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5947" CreationDate="2010-11-25T14:16:38.157" Score="8" ViewCount="279" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to format text like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;a) Bla bla bla bla lbal bla&#xA;   blablalakasdfdl sdlf sdfl&#xA;   blablalbalasldkfsdflksdf&#xA;&#xA;b) b;sdfdfgldfgajs;dflsfsldfk&#xA;   s;dlfskfwopwerkrotkdfpgodfg&#xA;   osdofkdfgk fdogdfogk dofgk&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I learned several ways to almost get what I want:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Using the tabbing environment&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabbing}&#xA;a) \= \\ \&amp;gt; blablabla dlgkdjfgd fklgjdfglkdfgj dflkgjdfg&#xA;dfjgldfgk jdflkgjdflgk jdfglkdjfglkdfjgldkfgjdfgkdlfkgjldfg&#xA;\end{tabbing}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem of the tabbing environment is that I need to putt &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; where I want to have line breaks. Otherwise the whole text inside the tabbing environment is put on just one line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Using the itemize environment&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{itemize}&#xA;\item[a) ] sadfsdf sdfsdf ... long text ...&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It almost works perfectly except that everything inside the itemize environment is extra indented, e.g.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  a) Bla bla bla bla lbal bla&#xA;     blablalakasdfdl sdlf sdfl&#xA;     blablalbalasldkfsdflksdf&#xA;&#xA;  b) b;sdfdfgldfgajs;dflsfsldfk&#xA;     s;dlfskfwopwerkrotkdfpgodfg&#xA;     osdofkdfgk fdogdfogk dofgk&#xA;&#xA;Normal text that is not inside an itemize environment&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So what is the best way to achieve what I desire?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2129" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-27T10:55:10.920" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T10:55:10.920" Title="Tabbing with automatic line breaks" Tags="&lt;lists&gt;&lt;enumitem&gt;&lt;tabbing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5947" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5946" CreationDate="2010-11-25T14:32:39.360" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use a list and adapt it e.g. with enumitem&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[parskip]{scrartcl}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{enumitem,lipsum}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\begin{enumerate}[label=\alph*),align=left]&#xA;\item \lipsum[1]&#xA;\item \lipsum[1]&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-11-25T14:32:39.360" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5948" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5951" CreationDate="2010-11-25T15:04:58.560" Score="7" ViewCount="2466" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm relatively new to TeX but until now I used mostly the beamer class. There I did this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;  \title{title}&#xA;  \subtitle{subtitle}&#xA;  \author{name}&#xA;  \date{\today}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;    %content&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And it worked as I would expect but when I use the article class the subtitle does not work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So it seems I a) got something wrong or b) it's not the right documentclass. So I ask you guys:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How do I use a subtitle in the article class?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Witch documentclass should I use for my document. I'm attempting to write a document with 50 to 100 pages. It will be a documentation for a programming project so it will contain code snippets and diagrams.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2132" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-27T02:54:39.977" LastActivityDate="2010-11-27T02:54:39.977" Title="subtitle problem or documentclass" Tags="&lt;documentclass&gt;&lt;maketitle&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="5949" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-11-25T15:54:52.423" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questions tagged with &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/tikz-pgf&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'tikz-pgf'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;tikz-pgf&lt;/a&gt; are about the higher-level drawing language TikZ&#xA;built over the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/pgf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;PGF&lt;/a&gt; graphics framework or about the whole TikZ/PGF stack. Questions specifically about the PGF layer should be tagged with &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/pgf-core&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'pgf-core'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;pgf-core&lt;/a&gt; instead. Both tags are possible on the same question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-10T05:10:32.113" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T05:10:32.113" />
  <row Id="5950" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-11-25T15:54:52.423" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="TikZ is a higher-level drawing language built on top of the PGF graphics framework. Questions specifically about the PGF layer should be tagged with {pgf-core} instead. Both tags are possible on the same question.&#xD;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-11T20:33:33.190" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T20:33:33.190" />
  <row Id="5951" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5948" CreationDate="2010-11-25T16:15:18.140" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you use scrartcl instead of article the command &lt;code&gt;\subtitle&lt;/code&gt; would immediately work as expected. scrartcl belongs to the KOMA-Script classes which are extended replacements of the LaTeX standard classes. I strongly recommend KOMA-Script. For reasons have a look at:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1351/most-useful-additions-in-koma-script&quot;&gt;Most useful additions in KOMA-Script&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Your document is considerably large. An article-like class may be ok (scrartcl), but if you need a chapter-like sectioning you could consider to use report (or scrreprt, which is a KOMA class).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You might be interested in the answers to this question:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4221/what-are-your-favorite-document-classes-and-what-do-you-use-them-for&quot;&gt;What are your favorite document classes and what do you use them for?&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/782/what-are-the-available-documentclass-types-and-their-uses&quot;&gt;What are the available “documentclass” types and their uses?&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-11-25T16:15:18.140" />
  <row Id="5952" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5935" CreationDate="2010-11-25T16:22:22.407" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is actually a space only because you are using an OT1-font. With T1-encoding you would see the three chars coded by the three octetts of the BOM. Assuming that none of them is used in the listing and that your main document is 8-bit encoded you can replace them with literate:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \documentclass{article}&#xA; \usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA; \usepackage{listings}&#xA; \usepackage{xcolor}&#xA; \lstset{%&#xA; language={[Sharp]C},&#xA; backgroundcolor=\color{yellow!20},&#xA; basicstyle=\tiny,&#xA; keywordstyle=\color{blue},&#xA; identifierstyle=\color{magenta},&#xA; breaklines=true}&#xA;&#xA; \lstset{&#xA;   literate={ï}{}0&#xA;            {»}{}0&#xA;            {¿}{}0&#xA; }&#xA; \begin{document}&#xA; \lstinputlisting{test-bom.txt}&#xA; \end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastEditorUserId="2388" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-26T08:34:57.860" LastActivityDate="2010-11-26T08:34:57.860" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="5953" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5948" CreationDate="2010-11-25T16:43:48.400" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To supplement Stefan's answer, the core LaTeX &lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt; class does not have a &lt;code&gt;\subtitle&lt;/code&gt; macro. You can therefore either do something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\title{Title \\ Subtitle}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or consider the &lt;code&gt;titlepage&lt;/code&gt; environment. Other document classes, notably KOMA-Script, do have a separate &lt;code&gt;\subtitle&lt;/code&gt; macro available.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-11-25T16:43:48.400" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5954" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5941" CreationDate="2010-11-25T16:44:14.797" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The beamer class uses the same default lengths for the left margin like the base classes: &lt;code&gt;\leftmargini&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\leftmarginii&lt;/code&gt; etc. So you could adjust those lenghts. For instance:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setlength{\leftmargini}{0pt}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You may insert any value instead of &lt;code&gt;0pt&lt;/code&gt; that fits for you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Further requirements might require a redefiniton or patch of beamer's itemize environment. If you would like to have such complete control over the itemize environment, you could redefine it this way within your preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand{\itemize}[1][]{%&#xA;  \beamer@ifempty{#1}{}{\def\beamer@defaultospec{#1}}%&#xA;  \ifnum \@itemdepth &amp;gt;2\relax\@toodeep\else&#xA;    \advance\@itemdepth\@ne&#xA;    \beamer@computepref\@itemdepth% sets \beameritemnestingprefix&#xA;    \usebeamerfont{itemize/enumerate \beameritemnestingprefix body}%&#xA;    \usebeamercolor[fg]{itemize/enumerate \beameritemnestingprefix body}%&#xA;    \usebeamertemplate{itemize/enumerate \beameritemnestingprefix body begin}%&#xA;    \list&#xA;      {\usebeamertemplate{itemize \beameritemnestingprefix item}}&#xA;      {\def\makelabel##1{%&#xA;          {%&#xA;            \hss\llap{{%&#xA;                \usebeamerfont*{itemize \beameritemnestingprefix item}%&#xA;                \usebeamercolor[fg]{itemize \beameritemnestingprefix item}##1}}%&#xA;          }%&#xA;        }%&#xA;      }&#xA;  \fi%&#xA;  \beamer@cramped%&#xA;  \raggedright%&#xA;  \beamer@firstlineitemizeunskip%&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Until now it's just a copy of the original! But since it's in your preamble, you can modify it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, replace &lt;code&gt;\hss\llap&lt;/code&gt; by &lt;code&gt;\rlap&lt;/code&gt; and the bullets will align with the text around:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;...&#xA;      {\def\makelabel##1{%&#xA;          {%&#xA;            \rlap{{%&#xA;                \usebeamerfont*{itemize \beameritemnestingprefix item}%&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Within this redefinition you could adjust the LaTeX list length macros. This requires to know how to work with the LaTeX list environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-25T18:00:53.297" LastActivityDate="2010-11-25T18:00:53.297" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5955" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5821" CreationDate="2010-11-25T16:48:05.223" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;First let me thank Ulrike Fischer and Geoffrey Jones for their nice answers. However, I'm afraid that using &lt;code&gt;glossaries&lt;/code&gt; will be too complicated to adjust to fit with what I'm after. Therefore, I will try the following solution:&#xA;I'll generate a &lt;code&gt;_first.tex&lt;/code&gt; file, and a &lt;code&gt;zzzEnd.tex&lt;/code&gt; file which will contain the preamble and the &lt;code&gt;\end{document}&lt;/code&gt; respectively.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then, for each entry I'll have a separate file. For example: &lt;code&gt;lion.tex, tiger.tex, cow.tex&lt;/code&gt; etc. Each such file will start with &lt;code&gt;\section{Lion}&lt;/code&gt; for example, and then the text, figures, tables etc. of the entry.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, I'll use &lt;code&gt;cat *.tex &amp;gt; tmp.tex&lt;/code&gt; to generate the whole &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; file, which will be compiled.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I hope that this way I'll be able to achieve my goal.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, later , I could change the title &lt;code&gt;Section&lt;/code&gt; into &lt;code&gt;Definition&lt;/code&gt; for example. I will try to automize the process. I hope this will solve my problem. I just ran a simple example, and it seems to do the trick for me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Comment, improvements and other suggestions are still clearly welcome!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit (1): Here's a small script I wrote to automize the compilation process:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;#! /bin/bash&#xA;&#xA;#Create a tmp directory&#xA;mkdir tmp&#xA;&#xA;#Concatenate the different entries into one .tex file in the tmp dir.&#xA;cat *.tex &amp;gt; tmp/glossary.tex&#xA;# make a copy of the bibTeX&#xA;cp ref.bib tmp/&#xA;&#xA;cd tmp&#xA;# Complie the document&#xA;pdflatex glossary.tex&#xA;bibtex glossary&#xA;pdflatex glossary.tex&#xA;pdflatex glossary.tex&#xA;&#xA;# Extract the resulting .pdf&#xA;cd ..&#xA;cp tmp/glossary.pdf .&#xA;&#xA;# Clean the mess.&#xA;rm -rf tmp&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So far it seems to work fine for me. I can add whatever I want to an entry.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="412" LastEditorUserId="412" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-26T09:00:06.470" LastActivityDate="2010-11-26T09:00:06.470" />
  <row Id="5956" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5944" CreationDate="2010-11-25T16:57:23.673" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are compatibility problems between &lt;code&gt;minitoc&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To work it out, I recommend to update minitoc to the latest version. Further check out the section &lt;em&gt;2.22 Use with the memoir class&lt;/em&gt; in the current &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/minitoc/minitoc.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;minitoc documentation&lt;/a&gt;. There's even a package &lt;code&gt;mtcpatchmem.sty&lt;/code&gt; which patches the memoir class to make both work together. The &lt;code&gt;minitoc&lt;/code&gt; documentation tells more.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-11-25T16:57:23.673" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5957" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-25T17:06:05.660" Score="2" ViewCount="514" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have writing my first Latex document so this may be bit of a beginners questions. I have using the natbib package for agsm harvard style bibliography in my report. I have to cite a few reports I found online and didn't find any readymade bibtex entry. I guess I will have to write it myself. But I am confused as to how to do this. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first one is a white paper my the UMTS forum. I give the link here &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.google.com/url?sa=t&amp;amp;source=web&amp;amp;cd=1&amp;amp;ved=0CBIQFjAA&amp;amp;url=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.umts-forum.org%2Fcomponent%2Foption%2Ccom_docman%2Ftask%2Cdoc_download%2Fgid%2C2089%2FItemid%2C12%2F&amp;amp;rct=j&amp;amp;q=Mobile%20Broadband%20Evolution%3A%20the%20roadmap%20from%20HSPA%20to%20LTE&amp;amp;ei=QHjuTMbdKIqYOojf3awK&amp;amp;usg=AFQjCNFegRMD5Ghq2SYvsH6OA8ce4CJ2fw&amp;amp;sig2=gugsF5gm1IQNz2fnL0fKqA&amp;amp;cad=rja&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Mobile Broadband Evolution&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Under what category do I put these and what would be the bibtex entry?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The next one is a &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ifi.uzh.ch/pax/uploads/pdf/publication/1290/ifi-techreport20100001.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;technical report&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I found the bibtex entry for the whole technical report, which is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@techreport{instance1290,&#xA;     title = {{Mobile Systems IV}},&#xA;     author = {Burkhard Stiller and Thomas Bocek and Fabio Hecht and Guilherme Machado and Peter Racz and Martin Waldburger},&#xA;     group = {csg},&#xA;     year = {2010},&#xA;     institution = {University of Zurich, Department of Informatics},&#xA;     month = {01},&#xA;     Date-Added = {2010-01-11 10:05:52},&#xA;     Date-Modified = {2010-07-22 12:08:45}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but I need to cite one of the chapters from that report. Which has its own author. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How would I do that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1639" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-25T19:24:30.197" LastActivityDate="2010-11-25T20:31:12.830" Title="Bibtex entry for white papers and technical reports." Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;bibliographies&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="5958" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5961" CreationDate="2010-11-25T17:07:20.980" Score="12" ViewCount="276" Body="&lt;p&gt;So I know one of hyperref's features is that it can add metadata to you PDFs. This is a nice feature and if you're putting stuff online, it's good to include metadata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But is the &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; package really the best way to do it? I mean, if you're using hyperref anyway, that's fine. But if you don't want hyperrefs in your document, it seems weird to include the package, and then turn off pretty much all its functionality. And given that hyperref is a shorthand for &quot;package conflict nightmare&quot;, is seems insane that you should have to deal with it just for the sake of some metadata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I have two questions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Is there a good reason that hyperref includes this functionality which is apparently unrelated to its primary purpose?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Is there a better (smaller, less conflicty, easier...) option to include metadata in my PDFs?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2010-11-26T02:33:50.917" Title="Is hyperref really the best way to add metadata to a TeX file?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;metadata&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="5959" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6029" CreationDate="2010-11-25T17:13:12.653" Score="11" ViewCount="989" Body="&lt;p&gt;LaTeX has &lt;code&gt;soul&lt;/code&gt;. ConTeXt, of course, &lt;a href=&quot;http://randomdeterminism.wordpress.com/2010/10/31/can-i-borrow-your-highlighter-please/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;has beautifully marked up &quot;sharpie&quot; highlighting&lt;/a&gt;, where you can put sweet hightligher under your text for free!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/BLWNY.png&quot; alt=&quot;From randomdeterminism.wordpress.com&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the pictured example, you can see highlights that not only highlight, but that do it with cool edges that look so good, you can smell fumes! The fearless author says he'll show how that was done in another post; this one shows only how to lay down a straight, yellow box. But, it is possible to do word-wrapped highlighting with cool-shapped boxes within ConTeXt, presumably.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The trouble for me is that getting into the ConTeXt world is steep climb right now, given the state of documentation and the flux of changes, so I need to continue with LaTeX. But the &lt;em&gt;real&lt;/em&gt; problem is that now I can't live without the Organic-Looking Highlights of Awesomeness in that picture!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As I said, Non-Organic-Looking Highlights of the Ordinary are easy with the soul package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\hl{Some awesome text that word wraps fine.}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It just taunts me on the page with its straight lines. So, if I sacrifice word wrapping, I can use PGF/TiKz and create the following macro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\hl[1]{%&#xA;    \tikz[baseline,%&#xA;      decoration={random steps,amplitude=1pt,segment length=15pt},%&#xA;      outer sep=-15pt, inner sep = 0pt%&#xA;    ]%&#xA;   \node[decorate,rectangle,fill=navcolor,anchor=text]{#1\xspace};%&#xA;}%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which creates something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/O7zKN.png&quot; alt=&quot;A picture of how my TiKz highlighter looks&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, my color is too dark and my randomness needs adjusting, but you see that a similar effect could be achieved.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My trouble is that I don't understand TeX enough to dig into the Soul package and add the TiKz/PGF goodness that it so sorely needs. So, I leave it to you guys. Anyone want to tackle this? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or is it yet another piece of fruit, just a touch out of reach, that shall have to wait until ConTeXt settles down?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="659" LastEditorUserId="659" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-26T02:01:21.477" LastActivityDate="2010-11-27T01:31:15.107" Title="Cool Text Highlighting in LaTeX" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;highlighting&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="5960" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-25T17:20:36.763" Score="3" ViewCount="275" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to use LaTeX to produce my homework assignments. They're in the form of answering a question sheet, so the answers are formatted in a similar way to the questions, i.e.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;(a) foo&lt;br&gt;&#xA;(b) foo&lt;br&gt;&#xA;(c) foo&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;foo&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've been answering my questions using enumerative lists. Each \item has a fair number of paragraphs. My problem is that the paragraphs aren't indenting in the usual way by separating them with a blank line. They end up looking like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Foobar.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Foobar.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Foobar.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I ideally want the first paragraph to have no indentation at the beginning but the subsequent paragraphs to have the first line indented by a standard width. Is there a way to do what I want? If not, is there an easier method for doing my assignments where my answers match the format that the questions are laid out in?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2134" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-25T17:55:45.223" LastActivityDate="2010-11-27T17:03:33.020" Title="Paragraph indentation in a list" Tags="&lt;lists&gt;&lt;indentation&gt;&lt;paragraphs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5961" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5958" CreationDate="2010-11-25T17:25:18.317" Score="14" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use the &lt;code&gt;\pdfinfo&lt;/code&gt; command of pdfTeX to add meta data. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pdfinfo{&#xA;  /Title (example.pdf)&#xA;  /Creator (TeX)&#xA;  /Producer (pdfTeX 1.40.0)&#xA;  /Author (Seamus)&#xA;  /Subject (Example)&#xA;  /Keywords (pdflatex, latex,pdftex,tex)}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There's no need to load a package for that purpose. This command is explained in the pdfTeX documentation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-11-25T17:25:18.317" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5962" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5957" CreationDate="2010-11-25T18:37:11.387" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can treat the white paper as a report. Just fill all necessary fields, &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt; will give a proper output.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the report, here is an example. It comes from a book which chapters have different authors. It might help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@incollection {springerlink:10.1007/978-0-387-78875-3_9,    &#xA;   author = {Kaastra, J. S. and Paerels, F. B. S. and Durret, F. and Schindler, S. and Richter, P.},    &#xA;   affiliation = {SRON Netherlands Institute for Space Research Sorbonnelaan 2 3584 CA Utrecht The Netherlands},    &#xA;   title = {Thermal Radiation Processes},    &#xA;   booktitle = {Clusters of Galaxies},    &#xA;   editor = {Kaastra, Jelle},    &#xA;   publisher = {Springer New York},    &#xA;   isbn = {978-0-387-78875-3},    &#xA;   keyword = {Physics},    &#xA;   pages = {155-190},    &#xA;   url = {http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/978-0-387-78875-3_9},    &#xA;   note = {10.1007/978-0-387-78875-3_9},    &#xA;   year = {2008}    &#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1967" LastEditorUserId="1967" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-25T20:31:12.830" LastActivityDate="2010-11-25T20:31:12.830" />
  <row Id="5963" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3612" CreationDate="2010-11-25T18:56:28.157" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;By &lt;code&gt;\newcommand\@ptsize{}&lt;/code&gt; as comment #3 showed the cls file obviously defines &lt;code&gt;\@ptsize&lt;/code&gt; to be empty. It should be set to a value like Joseph commented. This minimal example can be compiled and loads bk10.clo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand\@ptsize{0}&#xA;\input{bk1\@ptsize.clo} &#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Text&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm sure this works with TeXlipse as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-11-25T18:56:28.157" />
  <row Id="5964" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-25T19:04:41.927" Score="4" ViewCount="138" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using the semantic package to write inference rules and I have trouble with the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[inference]{semantic}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;  \inference{ expr }{ \begin{aligned} long_expr1 \\ long_expr2 \end{aligned} }&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this code, I want &lt;code&gt;long_expr1&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;long_expr2&lt;/code&gt; to be centered. However, the aligned environment aligns them on the right. How can I fix this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="591" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-25T19:07:18.113" LastActivityDate="2010-11-26T11:06:15.100" Title="How to write centered multi-line conclusion in inference rule?" Tags="&lt;amsmath&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5965" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-25T19:15:49.200" Score="3" ViewCount="205" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am not able to show the caption at the bottom of figure. I always get in the middle. &#xA;I would appreciate your help. Below is the code. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[fleqn,12pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec,xltxtra,xunicode}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;\usepackage{color}&#xA;\usepackage{setspace}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\usepackage{cmll}&#xA;\usepackage{tabularx}&#xA;\usepackage{pifont}&#xA;\usepackage{amstext, amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{enumerate}&#xA;\setmainfont[Script=Devanagari]{Sanskrit2003}&#xA;%&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{figure}[htb]&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;{\setlength{\unitlength}{6mm}&#xA;\begin{picture}(13,13)(0,0)&#xA;\put(-2,-0.5){\framebox(6,3){ What are Pragruhya}}&#xA;\put(8,-4){\framebox(7,3.2){&#xA;\shortstack{A monosyllabic \\with the exception of }}}&#xA;\put(4,1){\vector(1,2){4}}&#xA;\put(8,0){\framebox(7,3){&#xA;\shortstack{that come\\ after the of }}}&#xA;\put(4,1){\vector(1,1){4}}&#xA;\put(8,4){\framebox(7,3){&#xA;\shortstack{ or \\are called }}}&#xA;\put(4,1){\vector(1,-2){4}}&#xA;\put(8,-8){\framebox(7,3){&#xA;\shortstack{ A ending in \\are called }}}&#xA;\put(4,1){\vector(1,-1){4}}&#xA;\put(8,8){\framebox(7,4){&#xA;\shortstack{ in when \\followed by the \\word in the }}}&#xA;\put(4,1){\vector(1,0){4}}&#xA;\end{picture}&#xA;}&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;\caption{Some More Sutras}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2138" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-25T19:21:12.543" LastActivityDate="2010-11-27T12:26:28.003" Title="How to display caption at the bottom of a figure" Tags="&lt;captions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5966" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5964" CreationDate="2010-11-25T19:17:02.170" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Answering my own question, the problem is solved with the &lt;em&gt;gathered&lt;/em&gt; environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="591" LastActivityDate="2010-11-25T19:17:02.170" />
  <row Id="5967" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5965" CreationDate="2010-11-25T19:57:47.927" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You need to tweak the parameters of the picture environment:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{picture}(13,21)(-2,-8)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I may have gotten it slightly wrong. The first pair is the size of the picture, and the second pair is the coordinates of the bottom left corner. By setting the latter to (0,0) and using negative coordinates, you were drawing outside the box reserved for the picture.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2010-11-25T19:57:47.927" />
  <row Id="5968" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5969" CreationDate="2010-11-25T20:09:47.780" Score="2" ViewCount="190" Body="&lt;p&gt;LaTeX3 &lt;code&gt;l3fp&lt;/code&gt; offers a way to check if a variable has a an infinite value. The following code defines a number and then sets its value to &amp;pi;/2. It then calculates tan(&amp;pi;/2) to get a large result.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ExplSyntaxOn&#xA;  \fp_new:N \mynumber&#xA;  \fp_new:N \pi_half&#xA;  \fp_div:Nn \pi_half{\c_pi_fp/2}&#xA;  \fp_tan:Nn  \mynumber{\pi_half}&#xA;  \texttt{\mynumber}\\&#xA;&#xA;  \fp_if_infinity:NTF \c_infinity_fp {NaN}{Do~something~with~\number}\\&#xA;&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOff&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In many languages the indeterminate form is normally indicated by &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/NaN&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;NaN&lt;/a&gt; what would be a good strategy to define a macro to test for this in &lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt; for all cases of &lt;code&gt;NaN&lt;/code&gt;, such as division by zero etc?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-26T13:46:49.110" LastActivityDate="2010-11-26T13:46:49.110" Title="How can I define NaN in LaTeX3" Tags="&lt;programming&gt;&lt;latex3&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5969" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5968" CreationDate="2010-11-25T20:19:40.753" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are currently special markers in &lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt; for infinite and undefined results, &lt;code&gt;\c_infinite_fp&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\c_undefined_fp&lt;/code&gt;. Division by exactly zero is undefined:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\fp_div:Nn \l_my_fp { 0 }&#xA;\fp_if_undefined:NTF \fp_div:Nn { TRUE } { FALSE }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;gives &lt;code&gt;TRUE&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thinking about this again, I notice that the tangent of π/2 should not actually be infinite as it does not have a limit (thinking about the various tests for limits of series). I suspect this should be altered: expect the next &lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt; update to improve in this area.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-25T20:37:10.747" LastActivityDate="2010-11-25T20:37:10.747" CommentCount="14" />
  <row Id="5970" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5972" CreationDate="2010-11-25T20:51:28.133" Score="7" ViewCount="188" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to typeset &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Flynn%27s_taxonomy&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Flynn’s taxonomy&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;         | Single      | Multiple&#xA;         | instruction | instructions&#xA;---------+-------------+--------------&#xA;Single   |             |&#xA;data     |    SISD     |    MISD&#xA;---------+-------------+--------------&#xA;Multiple |             |&#xA;data     |    SIMD     |    MIMD&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;using LaTeX (tables?). Alas, my attempts at consistent spacing fail abysmally.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% Requires package sideways.&#xA;\begin{tabular}{cc|c|c}&#xA;  &amp;amp; &amp;amp; Single &amp;amp; Multiple \\&#xA;  &amp;amp; &amp;amp; instruction &amp;amp; instructions \\&#xA;  \hline&#xA;  \begin{sideways}Single\end{sideways} &amp;amp; \begin{sideways}data\end{sideways} &amp;amp; SISD &amp;amp; MISD \\&#xA;  \hline&#xA;  \begin{sideways}Multiple\end{sideways} &amp;amp; \begin{sideways}data\end{sideways} &amp;amp; SIMD &amp;amp; MIMD&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ideally, I would like for all four quadrants to be the same size, and (of course) the text to be centered. Also, the table headers should have some semblance of coherent layout (equal spacing, height of top headers equal to width of side headers). But all I get is this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/MdWi1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Botched diagram&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which has, in summary:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;No centered left headers&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Too large spacing in left headers&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;No vertically centered content&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Non-square table cells for the four main content cells.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What’s the best way of doing this in LaTeX? I feel that TikZ would be an inexcusable overkill but I don’t know how to do it even there and I’d be obliged for any hints.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-03T10:24:51.367" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T10:24:51.367" Title="Typesetting special table formats" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;spacing&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5971" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5974" CreationDate="2010-11-25T21:10:07.963" Score="4" ViewCount="157" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I account for the space taken by the y-axis labels? Can I somehow &lt;code&gt;\setbox&lt;/code&gt; the axis labels, or something similar? Because now, the y-axis labels stick out of the text block width (because I have not been able to account for them).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Macro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcount\itemcount \newcount\maximumvalue&#xA;\def\chartfour#1#2#3#4#5{%&#xA;  % 1. divide the given width (#1) with the number of items (#2)&#xA;  % 2. divide the result (width of item) with the number of bars&#xA;  % 3. shift the bars&#xA;  % 4. TODO: account for the y-axis labels&#xA;  \itemcount=0&#xA;  \maximumvalue=0&#xA;  \tikzpicture[yscale=#4,xscale=#5]&#xA;    \foreach \x/\y/\z/\t/\p in {#2}{&#xA;      \global\advance\itemcount by1&#xA;      \pgfmathparse{max(\maximumvalue,\y)}&#xA;      \pgfmathparse{max(\pgfmathresult,\z)}&#xA;      \pgfmathparse{max(\pgfmathresult,\t)}&#xA;      \pgfmathparse{max(\pgfmathresult,\p)}&#xA;      \global\maximumvalue=\pgfmathresult&#xA;    }&#xA;    \pgfmathparse{#1/\itemcount}\let\itemwidth=\pgfmathresult&#xA;    \pgfmathparse{sqrt(\itemwidth)}\let\barwidth=\pgfmathresult&#xA;    \itemcount=0&#xA;    \pgfmathparse{(\maximumvalue+1*#3)/#3}\let\ytop=\pgfmathresult&#xA;    \useasboundingbox (0,-\baselineskip) rectangle (#1,\ytop);&#xA;    \foreach \y in {0,1,...,\ytop}{&#xA;      \pgfmathparse{int(\y*#3)}\let\label=\pgfmathresult&#xA;      \draw[help lines] (0,\y) -- +(#1,0);&#xA;      \node[left,inner xsep=0pt,outer xsep=0pt] at (-0.2,\y) {\label};&#xA;    }&#xA;    \foreach \x/\y/\z/\t/\p in {#2}{&#xA;      \global\advance\itemcount by1&#xA;      \pgfmathparse{\itemcount*\itemwidth-\itemwidth/2 pt}\let\xpos=\pgfmathresult&#xA;      \pgfmathparse{\y/#3}\let\yheight=\pgfmathresult&#xA;      \draw[xshift=-\barwidth*1.5,ycomb,color=blue,line width=\barwidth]&#xA;        plot coordinates{(\xpos pt,\yheight)};% node[above] {\y};&#xA;      \pgfmathparse{\z/#3}\let\zheight=\pgfmathresult&#xA;      \draw[xshift=-\barwidth/2,ycomb,color=red,line width=\barwidth]&#xA;        plot coordinates{(\xpos pt,\zheight)};% node[above] {\z};&#xA;      \pgfmathparse{\t/#3}\let\aheight=\pgfmathresult&#xA;      \draw[xshift=\barwidth/2,ycomb,color=green,line width=\barwidth]&#xA;        plot coordinates{(\xpos pt,\aheight)};% node[above] {\t};&#xA;      \pgfmathparse{\p/#3}\let\bheight=\pgfmathresult&#xA;      \draw[xshift=\barwidth*1.5,ycomb,color=magenta,line width=\barwidth]&#xA;        plot coordinates{(\xpos pt,\bheight)};% node[above] {\p};&#xA;      \node[below] at (\xpos pt,0) {\x};&#xA;      }&#xA;    \draw (#1,0) -- (0,0) -- (0,\ytop);&#xA;  \endtikzpicture&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Usage:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\noindent\chartfour{1\hsize}{&#xA;  2000/21/8/6/5,&#xA;  2001/26/10/7/6,&#xA;  2002/20/8/3/0,&#xA;  2003/23/8/5/2,&#xA;  2004/25/12/0/1,&#xA;  2005/19/10/9/5,&#xA;  2006/53/30/30/1,&#xA;  2007/70/16/10/4,&#xA;  2008/48/2/4/1&#xA;  }{20}{.8}{1}&#xA;Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Suspendisse nec nisi&#xA;arcu. In rutrum felis eget neque posuere sodales. Aenean interdum diam sed nisi&#xA;condimentum semper. Suspendisse quis urna imperdiet quam malesuada sagittis ut&#xA;sed velit. Suspendisse cursus tincidunt dui pharetra varius. Aliquam mollis&#xA;lacus ac diam gravida quis venenatis lacus suscipit. Cras et nisl est, aliquam&#xA;iaculis ligula. Nulla consequat, odio a adipiscing lacinia, leo lectus feugiat&#xA;dui, a molestie sapien massa sit amet magna. Duis commodo lectus sit amet&#xA;tellus tempus mollis. Duis nec tortor id enim suscipit porttitor ac et libero.&#xA;Duis urna turpis, lobortis quis pretium nec, scelerisque eget est. Praesent&#xA;malesuada dapibus urna sed porttitor.&#xA;&#xA;Ut tincidunt venenatis nisl ac faucibus. Curabitur quis pellentesque leo. Donec&#xA;at odio ac neque mollis vestibulum eget sed elit. Morbi hendrerit pulvinar&#xA;ligula, nec sagittis est tempus vel. Nulla non purus et sapien egestas&#xA;elementum et a tellus. Nullam tempor pulvinar ornare. Fusce neque nisl, viverra&#xA;at tincidunt quis, elementum vitae arcu. Sed lectus magna, adipiscing et cursus&#xA;non, facilisis at dolor. Aenean luctus mattis mauris, vitae sodales urna&#xA;ultricies eget. Fusce nec elit in nulla condimentum pretium nec vel metus.&#xA;\raggedbottom\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT:&lt;/strong&gt; Following on the advise of being able to &lt;code&gt;\setbox&lt;/code&gt; the labels, I tried several things; first, I tried to &lt;code&gt;\setbox&lt;/code&gt; inside the tikzpicture, only to realize that TeX can't know anything about the width of the box until tikz is done. Then I made the following shortened macro to &quot;dry-run&quot; first to get the y-axis label width:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\input tikz&#xA;\newcount\itemcount \newcount\ymax \newcount\ytop&#xA;\newdimen\ylabelwidth \newdimen\totalwidth&#xA;\smash{\vrule depth\vsize height 0pt}&#xA;\def\chartfour#1#2#3#4#5{%&#xA;  \itemcount=0 \ymax=0 \ytop=0 \totalwidth=#1&#xA;  \setbox0\hbox{\tikzpicture[yscale=#4,xscale=#5]&#xA;    \foreach \a/\b/\c/\d/\e in {#2}{&#xA;      \global\advance\itemcount by1&#xA;      \pgfmathparse{max(\ymax,\b)}&#xA;      \pgfmathparse{max(\pgfmathresult,\c)}&#xA;      \pgfmathparse{max(\pgfmathresult,\d)}&#xA;      \pgfmathparse{max(\pgfmathresult,\e)}&#xA;      \global\ymax=\pgfmathresult&#xA;    }&#xA;    \pgfmathparse{(\ymax+1*#3)/#3}\global\ytop=\pgfmathresult&#xA;    \foreach \y in {0,1,...,\ytop}{&#xA;      \pgfmathparse{int(\y*#3)}\let\ylabel=\pgfmathresult&#xA;      \node[left,inner sep=0pt,outer sep=0pt,fill=red]&#xA;        at (0,\y) {\ylabel $\;$};&#xA;    }&#xA;    \endtikzpicture}&#xA;  \ylabelwidth=\the\wd0&#xA;  \box0 \the\ylabelwidth&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which produces:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/y9KFp.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; title=&quot;Hosted by imgur.com&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So even after all this trouble, there appears to be some mystery whitespace left of the label. Where does it come from?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T23:59:38.860" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T23:59:38.860" Title="Figure-macro with TikZ: account for y-axis labels" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;plain-tex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5972" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5970" CreationDate="2010-11-25T21:18:36.217" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is only a first approach and might need some final tweaks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{rotating}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;&#xA;\newcolumntype{M}{&amp;gt;{\centering\arraybackslash}m{2cm}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{tabular}{M|M|M}&#xA;    &amp;amp; Single &amp;amp; Multiple \\&#xA;    &amp;amp; instruction &amp;amp; instructions \\ \hline&#xA;    \begin{sideways}\parbox{2cm}{\centering Single data}\end{sideways} &amp;amp; SISD &amp;amp; MISD \\ \hline&#xA;    \begin{sideways}\parbox{2cm}{\centering Multiple data}\end{sideways} &amp;amp; SIMD &amp;amp; MIMD&#xA;  \end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastEditorUserId="1063" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-28T13:17:30.130" LastActivityDate="2010-11-28T13:17:30.130" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5973" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5970" CreationDate="2010-11-25T21:36:49.707" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A quick solution with TikZ (there are probably better ways to do this)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article} &#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{matrix}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\matrix (t) [matrix of nodes,align=center,nodes={text width=2cm}] {&#xA;|[text width=0cm]|                               &amp;amp; Single instruction       &amp;amp; Multiple instructions \\&#xA;|[rotate=90,minimum width=0cm]| {Single\\data}   &amp;amp;|[minimum size=2cm]| SISD &amp;amp; |[minimum size=2cm]|MISD \\&#xA;|[rotate=90,minimum width=0cm]| {Multiple\\data} &amp;amp;|[minimum size=2cm]| SIMD &amp;amp;|[minimum size=2cm]| MIMD \\&#xA;};&#xA;\draw (t-2-1.north east) -- (t-2-3.north east);&#xA;\draw (t-3-1.north east) -- (t-3-3.north east);&#xA;\draw (t-1-2.north west) -- (t-3-2.south west);&#xA;\draw (t-1-3.north west) -- (t-3-3.south west);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/srwKH.png&quot; alt=&quot;result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-11-25T21:36:49.707" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5974" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5971" CreationDate="2010-11-25T22:13:30.377" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could adjust this line in your code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\useasboundingbox (0,-\baselineskip) rectangle (#1,\ytop);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, using&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\useasboundingbox (-1em,-\baselineskip) rectangle (#1,\ytop);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and &lt;code&gt;\chartfour{.92\hsize}{...}&lt;/code&gt; to stay in the text area, I get:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The y labels don't stick out any more. And yes, you may use &lt;code&gt;\setbox&lt;/code&gt; to calculate the width if you don't like to set it manually.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/V4gsO.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-11-25T22:13:30.377" />
  <row Id="5975" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5958" CreationDate="2010-11-26T02:33:50.917" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/xmpincl&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;xmpincl&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; which allows you to add &lt;em&gt;arbitrary&lt;/em&gt; metadata in the Adobe &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.adobe.com/products/xmp/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;XMP (Extensible Metadata Platform)&lt;/a&gt; format.  But you have to write a separate XML file to do this.  I always thought there should be a LaTeX way to create an XMP file on the first pass and embed it in the PDF on the second pass.  But so far I know of none. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-11-26T02:33:50.917" />
  <row Id="5976" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-26T03:53:15.590" Score="6" ViewCount="422" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I doubly indent some lines of text?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The general idea is...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;Normal&#xA;Once indented&#xA;Once indented&#xA;Twice indented &#xA;Once indented&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following is my attempt but it only indents once.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;  for each $v \in win$\\&#xA;&#xA;\addtolength{\leftskip}{1cm}&#xA;if ($pl(v) = 1 \&amp; \exists (v,v') \in E : v' \in win$)\\&#xA;{\addtolength{\leftskip}{1cm}$win \cup= v; st \cup = \{v \rightarrow v'\}$}\\&#xA;if ($pl(v) = 2 \&amp; \forall (v,v') \in E : v' \in win$)\\&#xA;{\addtolength{\leftskip}{1cm}$wim \cup= v;$}\\&#xA;if ($pl(v) = 2 \&amp; \exists (v,v') \in E : v' \in lose$)\\&#xA;{\addtolength{\leftskip}{1cm}$lose \cup=v$;}\\&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Could someone please tell me a better way of doing this, and/or why my attempt doesn't work?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Many thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2146" LastActivityDate="2010-11-26T21:20:49.157" Title="Nested indentation of text blocks" Tags="&lt;horizontal-alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="6" />
  <row Id="5977" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5976" CreationDate="2010-11-26T04:07:10.533" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\hspace{1cm} One indent \linebreak&#xA;\hspace{2cm} Two indent \linebreak&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\indent One indent \linebreak&#xA;\indent \indent Two indent \linebreak&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Though the latter is a bit sloppy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1222" LastActivityDate="2010-11-26T04:07:10.533" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="5978" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5984" CreationDate="2010-11-26T04:19:04.200" Score="2" ViewCount="93" Body="&lt;p&gt;Consider the following example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \[&#xA;  1+2=3&#xA;  \implies&#xA;  \left\{&#xA;    \begin{aligned}&#xA;    &amp;amp;a+b=c, \\&#xA;    &amp;amp;x=y+z.&#xA;    \end{aligned}&#xA;  \right.&#xA;  \]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to set up &lt;em&gt;two&lt;/em&gt; equation tags, one per line in the aligned environment?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="525" LastActivityDate="2010-11-26T08:53:15.473" Title="Equation tags for parts of alignments" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;align&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5979" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5959" CreationDate="2010-11-26T04:40:33.337" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I &lt;em&gt;thought&lt;/em&gt; I had an easy solution to this. I was wrong. I knew that the xcolor package make it easy to color text using \color, and, tho I hadn't used it, knew it bragged of being able to put a background color on text also using \colorbox. However, even though the documentation claims that \colorbox acts just like \color it doesn't. Here's my test code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;{\color{blue}{%&#xA;Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Praesent&#xA;tortor. Suspendisse scelerisque mi non risus.}} Duis vitae ligula eget&#xA;nunc fermentum malesuada. Class aptent taciti sociosqu ad litora&#xA;torquent per conubia nostra, per inceptos himenaeos.&#xA;&#xA;\vspace{2em}&#xA;&#xA;{\colorbox{yellow}{% highlighted part&#xA;Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Praesent&#xA;tortor. Suspendisse scelerisque mi non risus.}} Duis vitae ligula eget&#xA;nunc fermentum malesuada. Class aptent taciti sociosqu ad litora&#xA;torquent per conubia nostra, per inceptos himenaeos.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can see that the &lt;code&gt;highlighted&lt;/code&gt; portion (i.e. with the yellow bg color) is not a part of the paragraph anymore, I think because of the use of &lt;code&gt;\leavevmode&lt;/code&gt;. Anyway, I've emailed the author with this observation and I'm interested to see what he says. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2003" LastActivityDate="2010-11-26T04:40:33.337" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="5980" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5959" CreationDate="2010-11-26T05:44:19.243" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I can't see a difference between the picture you provided and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[width=5.05cm]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{color,soul}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\noindent\hl{Highlighting} text feels good.&#xA;You can draw attention of people to a \hl{word} or perhaps &#xA;\hl{even a whole sentence that spans across multiple lines&#xA;in such a way that hyphenation etc. are not affected.}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/HMHtP.png&quot; alt=&quot;rendered example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I suspect getting TeX to draw actual randomly wiggly highlights that work well with line breaks is a lot more work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-11-26T05:44:19.243" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="5981" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5990" CreationDate="2010-11-26T06:16:17.060" Score="2" ViewCount="295" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi, I have a table with two columns. The column on the left contains a picture (\epsfig) the column on the right contains the description.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The description starts on the same height as the lower end of the epsfig&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like the description to start on the same height as the beginning of the epsfig.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I achieve this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="163" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-26T20:44:14.633" LastActivityDate="2010-11-26T20:44:14.633" Title="Vertical alignment in the tables with pictures (epsfig)" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="5982" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5981" CreationDate="2010-11-26T08:23:18.860" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Look in the TeX faq: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=topgraph&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=topgraph&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2010-11-26T08:23:18.860" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5983" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="867" CreationDate="2010-11-26T08:27:50.273" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Related:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://superuser.com/questions/213217/convert-html-to-image&quot;&gt;http://superuser.com/questions/213217/convert-html-to-image&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2148" LastActivityDate="2010-11-26T08:27:50.273" />
  <row Id="5984" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5978" CreationDate="2010-11-26T08:53:15.473" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can do this by using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/empheq&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;empheq&lt;/a&gt; package from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/mh&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;mh&lt;/a&gt; bundle. See code below for an example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{mathtools}       % loads »amsmath«&#xA;\usepackage{empheq}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{empheq}[left={1+2=3\implies\empheqlbrace}]{align}&#xA;    a+b &amp;amp;= c \\&#xA;    x &amp;amp;= y+z&#xA;  \end{empheq}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-11-26T08:53:15.473" />
  <row Id="5985" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5981" CreationDate="2010-11-26T09:13:27.663" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use a custom &lt;code&gt;\sidebyside&lt;/code&gt; macro to center (vertically) the text with respect to the figure on the left:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/kvrsd.png&quot; alt=&quot;sidebyside in action&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And the macro itself, to put in the preambula:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newsavebox{\leftbox}&#xA;\newlength{\leftboxheight}&#xA;\newcommand{\sidebyside}[2]{&#xA;  \sbox{\leftbox}{#1}&#xA;  \settoheight{\leftboxheight}{\usebox{\leftbox}}&#xA;  \usebox{\leftbox}&#xA;  \raisebox{0.5\leftboxheight}{#2}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Details and mini-documentation are &lt;a href=&quot;http://sovety.org.ru/files/sidebyside.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;. You can easily adjust the position by changing the first argument to &lt;code&gt;\raisebox&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1932" LastActivityDate="2010-11-26T09:13:27.663" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5986" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5976" CreationDate="2010-11-26T09:27:22.697" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I nest &lt;code&gt;quote&lt;/code&gt; environments when I want to achieve such an effect:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Normal&#xA;  \begin{quote}&#xA;  Once indented&#xA;  Once indented&#xA;    \begin{quote}&#xA;    Twice indented &#xA;    \end{quote}&#xA;  Once indented&#xA;  \end{quote}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You may also wish to define your own indentation environment where you can control left and right margins and vertical skips before and after. But that's a different question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, you can define an environment &lt;code&gt;indentmore&lt;/code&gt; this way (initially, I've borrowed &lt;code&gt;changemargin&lt;/code&gt; from &lt;a href=&quot;http://help-csli.stanford.edu/tex/latex-margins.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this page&lt;/a&gt;, thanks to &lt;em&gt;Hendrik&lt;/em&gt; for converting it to LaTeX):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{changemargin}[2]{%&#xA;\list{}{\rightmargin#2\leftmargin#1&#xA;\parsep=0pt\topsep=0pt\partopsep=0pt}&#xA;\item[]}&#xA;{\endlist}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{indentmore}{\begin{changemargin}{1cm}{0cm}}{\end{changemargin}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Change &lt;code&gt;\parsep&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\partopsep&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\topsep&lt;/code&gt; to control vertical spacing).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is how nested &lt;code&gt;indentmore&lt;/code&gt; look like in text:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/JvJoH.png&quot; alt=&quot;nested indentmore environments&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can find the complete source of the example &lt;a href=&quot;http://pastebin.com/8B9QcvqR&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;at pastebin&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1932" LastEditorUserId="1932" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-26T21:20:49.157" LastActivityDate="2010-11-26T21:20:49.157" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="5987" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5976" CreationDate="2010-11-26T09:51:48.317" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The best solutions are normally the simpler. TeX defines a macro called &lt;code&gt;narrower&lt;/code&gt; that simply makes a paragraph indent by one more &lt;code&gt;parindent&lt;/code&gt;. Similarly we can define a macro called &lt;code&gt;wider&lt;/code&gt; as shown in the minimal example below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article} &#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\parindent=1em&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\narrower&#xA;\lipsum[2]&#xA;\narrower\narrower&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\def\wider{%&#xA; \advance\leftskip -\parindent&#xA; \advance\rightskip -\parindent}&#xA;\wider\lipsum[1]&#xA;\wider\lipsum[1]&#xA;\wider\lipsum[1]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Should you not want the right side indentation you can remove the &lt;code&gt;rightskip&lt;/code&gt; in both the definition of &lt;code&gt;wider&lt;/code&gt; as well as &lt;code&gt;narrower&lt;/code&gt;. A gentle reminder, is always best to elaborate your code with a full working minimal example. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-26T10:53:32.437" LastActivityDate="2010-11-26T10:53:32.437" />
  <row Id="5988" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5959" CreationDate="2010-11-26T10:09:19.417" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You are not showing if and how context can do what you want. But in any case there is a major difference: LaTeX uses as engine pdftex while context uses luatex. So moving a context solution to latex would mean moving to lualatex. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the case of &quot;soul&quot;: \hl in soul is basically and \ul (underline) with a large and colored rule. Tweaking soul isn't so difficult: The complete code is about 900 lines. The important part which defines the user command start at line 525. soul splits the input in tokens, syllables, spaces, hyphen and you have to tell it what to do with the pieces. In the case of \ul/\hl eg. \leaders are used. It can be quite fun to change this (in real life you shouldn't redefine the \ul-commands as this will affect \ul. You should define your own new soul command). You can see quite good the &quot;syllables&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \documentclass{article}&#xA; \usepackage{soul,xcolor}&#xA; \begin{document}&#xA; \hl{highlight} text&#xA;&#xA; \makeatletter&#xA;&#xA; \def\SOUL@ulleaders{%&#xA;     \leaders\hbox{%&#xA;      \textcolor{green}{\rule{2pt}{2.5ex}}%&#xA;      \textcolor{red}{\rule{2pt}{2.2ex}}}\relax&#xA; }&#xA;&#xA; \def\SOUL@uleveryspace#1{%&#xA;     \SOUL@ulcolor{%&#xA;         #1%&#xA;         \leaders\hrule\@depth 0pt\@height\SOUL@ulht&#xA;         \hskip\spaceskip&#xA;     }%&#xA;     \null&#xA; }&#xA;&#xA; \hl{highlight text}&#xA;&#xA; \ul{test}&#xA; \end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastEditorUserId="2388" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-26T12:01:08.880" LastActivityDate="2010-11-26T12:01:08.880" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5989" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5992" CreationDate="2010-11-26T10:10:10.367" Score="6" ViewCount="253" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the script I presented in &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/5821/creating-a-standalone-glossary&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt; I encountered the following problem. In case of a compilation error, I have to cancel the execution of &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; 3 times. This can be very annoying. I would like to add something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;if pdflatex file.tex returned failure break script&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I could find what values &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; returns when it exits. So the question is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;What are the exits/return values/codes of &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="412" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-26T16:36:43.130" LastActivityDate="2010-11-26T16:36:43.130" Title="Exit codes of pdfLaTeX" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;compiling&gt;&lt;script&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5990" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5981" CreationDate="2010-11-26T10:21:49.570" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This should work within a table. It aligns the picture and the text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx,booktabs,blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{cc}&#xA;\hline&#xA;%raise the text and put it in a box&#xA;\raisebox{-\height}{\parbox{5cm}{%&#xA;\blindtext%&#xA;}}&#xA;% raise the picture \rule{}{} is a dummy for \includegraphics...&#xA;&amp;amp; \raisebox{-\height}{\rule{4cm}{4cm}}\\\addlinespace&#xA;\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="632" LastActivityDate="2010-11-26T10:21:49.570" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="5991" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2631" CreationDate="2010-11-26T10:27:10.810" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Actually, though what people say here is correct, I will add that there is an argument over indentation when there is a space between paragraphs. Both the space and the indentation are, plainly, to alert the reader that a new paragraph is starting. But there is no need for &lt;em&gt;both&lt;/em&gt; alerts. The indentation is correct when there is no space between paragraphs, but it's not as absolutely correct if there is a large enough space to clearly indicate a new paragraph. Many publishers today are choosing the space over the indentation. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2003" LastActivityDate="2010-11-26T10:27:10.810" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="5992" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5989" CreationDate="2010-11-26T10:31:44.363" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The key one for me is that &lt;code&gt;0&lt;/code&gt; is returned on successful compilation. You don't say what OS you use, so I'll provide a Unix Makefile and a Windows batch file test.  On Unix, I use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;pdflatex $$NAME&#xA;if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \&#xA;  pdflatex $$NAME ; \&#xA;  pdflatex $$NAME ; \&#xA;else \&#xA; \echo &quot;Compilation failed&quot; ; \&#xA;fi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On Windows with a batch file the error level test is slightly different&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;pdflatex %1&#xA;if ERRORLEVEL 1 (&#xA;  echo ! Compilation failed&#xA;) else (&#xA;  pdflatex %1&#xA;  pdflatex %1&#xA;)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This tests for failure rather than success as the &lt;code&gt;if ERRORLEVEL&lt;/code&gt; test works for 'thios number or higher'. You can build quite a lot more complexity on top of this: it depends on your requirements. (For example, my batch file assumes that the name of the file to compile is given as a command-line argument: you might want to use a variable or hard-coded name.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-11-26T10:31:44.363" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="5993" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5976" CreationDate="2010-11-26T10:42:28.677" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The answer depends on what you want to achieve. &lt;em&gt;Indentation&lt;/em&gt; usually means that only the first line of a paragraph is indented (by the &lt;code&gt;\parindent&lt;/code&gt; amount). You increased &lt;code&gt;\leftskip&lt;/code&gt;, which means that the whole paragraph gets an increased left margin.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Your attempt with &lt;code&gt;\leftskip&lt;/code&gt; didn't work because you need to end the paragraph before ending the group with &lt;code&gt;}&lt;/code&gt;. The following works:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{\addtolength{\leftskip}{1cm}This has an increased left margin.\par}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you only want to indent the first line of a paragraph (or if you only have single lines anyway), then you can use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{\addtolength{\parindent}{1cm}This has an additional indentation of 1cm.}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(No need to end the paragraph here.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2010-11-26T10:42:28.677" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="5995" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6004" CreationDate="2010-11-26T11:17:02.687" Score="4" ViewCount="147" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in a &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1515/beamer-slides-and-tufte-handout&quot;&gt;previous question&lt;/a&gt; there is a solution about how tu use tufte-handout class with beamerarticle.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've tested it and I need to include [noxcolor] option because without it pdflatex complains with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! LaTeX Error: Option clash for package xcolor.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Could you tell me why?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ignasi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1952" LastActivityDate="2010-11-26T13:38:38.243" Title="Why noxcolor option with beamerarticle and tufte-handout?" Tags="&lt;tufte&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="5996" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5999" CreationDate="2010-11-26T11:38:44.960" Score="6" ViewCount="156" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've written an article using the &lt;code&gt;easybmat&lt;/code&gt; package and now it is time to create the &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt; slides....however, as you can see &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3439/using-easybmat-and-tikz-packages-together&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;, in order to load both the &lt;code&gt;easybmat&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;tikz&lt;/code&gt; (or &lt;code&gt;pgf&lt;/code&gt;?) one needs to &lt;strong&gt;first&lt;/strong&gt; load the &lt;code&gt;etex&lt;/code&gt; package. This I do not know how to do in the &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt; documentclass where the most minimal example fails:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[beamer]{beamer}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{easybmat} % I get different errors depending  &#xA;\usepackage{etex}     % on the order of these two lines &#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;test&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Do I need to resort to \LoadClass solutions? (I so, I need help...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastActivityDate="2010-11-26T21:19:29.863" Title="Using `easybmat` and `beamer` together" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;easybmat&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="5997" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6014" CreationDate="2010-11-26T12:07:58.477" Score="6" ViewCount="199" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am writing a book containing exercises for the readers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To ease writing phase, I will type each question followed by its answer. When the input file is compiled by latex.exe, I want all answers to be moved to the last page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a package to do that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-03T18:18:24.930" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T18:18:24.930" Title="Is there a package to pull out Answer Keys from Exercises to the last page?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;book-design&gt;&lt;exercises&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="8" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="5998" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="867" CreationDate="2010-11-26T12:08:11.573" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's some code I made to put listings of results and code in some homework i turned in recently. Results and code listings each get their own counter so they are numbered, and my paper can reference them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's the stuff for the header:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{fancyvrb, listings, color}&#xA;&#xA;\definecolor{gogetit}{HTML}{6C8B9F}&#xA;\lstset{&#xA;    fancyvrb=true,&#xA;    showstringspaces=false,&#xA;    tabsize=3,&#xA;    keywordstyle=\color{blue}\textbf,&#xA;    identifierstyle=,&#xA;    commentstyle=\color{gogetit}\textit,&#xA;    stringstyle=\color{red},&#xA;    }&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\fvset{numbers=left,numbersep=3pt,fontsize=\small,fontfamily=helvetica,frame=lines,resetmargins=true}  &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, throughout my paper I include results from estimations without any language defined&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcounter{resultsin}&#xA;\setcounter{resultsin}{1}&#xA;\VerbatimInput[firstline=6,lastline=27,label=\fbox{\textbf{Results \arabic{resultsin}:} OLS labor supply}]{&quot;./results/ps3_stata_c.log&quot;}&#xA;\stepcounter{resultsin}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And at the end I change the language to R to show some code&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section*{Appendix: Code}&#xA;\lstset{language=R}&#xA;\newcounter{codein}&#xA;\setcounter{codein}{1}&#xA;\VerbatimInput[firstline=70,lastline=90,label=\fbox{\textbf{Code \arabic{codein}:} function for IV estimation}]{&quot;ps3.R&quot;}&#xA;\stepcounter{codein}&#xA;\VerbatimInput[firstline=42,lastline=53,label=\fbox{\textbf{Code \arabic{codein}:} makeresiduals (called by IVregress)}]{&quot;ps3.R&quot;}&#xA;\stepcounter{codein}&#xA;\VerbatimInput[firstline=53,lastline=58,label=\fbox{\textbf{Code \arabic{codein}:} addcons (called by IVregress)}]{&quot;ps3.R&quot;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2149" LastActivityDate="2010-11-26T12:08:11.573" />
  <row Id="5999" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5996" CreationDate="2010-11-26T12:23:46.390" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've already encountered this bug once. Here are two solutions to solve the problem; the first is quick and easy to put in place, while the second needs to look at where the problem occurs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;SOLUTION 1.&lt;/strong&gt; It is possible to load packages before &lt;code&gt;\documentclass&lt;/code&gt; by using &lt;code&gt;\RequirePackage&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\usepackage&lt;/code&gt;. This allows to get both &lt;code&gt;etex&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;easybmat&lt;/code&gt; loaded before &lt;code&gt;tikz&lt;/code&gt; and makes the problem disappear:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\RequirePackage{etex}&#xA;\RequirePackage{easybmat}&#xA;\documentclass[beamer]{beamer}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;test&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;SOLUTION 2.&lt;/strong&gt; Loading &lt;code&gt;easybmat&lt;/code&gt; first and then &lt;code&gt;etex&lt;/code&gt; cannot work because there won't be enough &lt;code&gt;dimen&lt;/code&gt; registers available for &lt;code&gt;easybmat&lt;/code&gt;. So you must load &lt;code&gt;etex&lt;/code&gt; first and  &lt;code&gt;easybmat&lt;/code&gt; second. The error message becomes &lt;code&gt;You can't use a prefix with '\begingroup'&lt;/code&gt;. The reason for this error is due to both &lt;code&gt;easybmat.sty&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;etex.sty&lt;/code&gt;. The problem with &lt;code&gt;easybmat.sty&lt;/code&gt; is that it calls the package &lt;code&gt;easy.sty&lt;/code&gt; which declares some new dimensions with &lt;code&gt;\global\newdimen&lt;/code&gt;. Putting a &lt;code&gt;\global&lt;/code&gt; before &lt;code&gt;\newdimen&lt;/code&gt; is not necessary but is usually harmless. Here, however, it is not harmless because &lt;code&gt;etex.sty&lt;/code&gt; is loaded &lt;strong&gt;and&lt;/strong&gt; (the two conditions must be met) the &lt;code&gt;\newdimen&lt;/code&gt; with the &lt;code&gt;\global&lt;/code&gt; occurs when &lt;code&gt;etex.sty&lt;/code&gt; switches between the vanilla TeX registers and the extended eTeX engine ones. The reason can be found in the code of the &lt;code&gt;\alloc@&lt;/code&gt; macro from &lt;code&gt;etex.sty&lt;/code&gt; which has a &lt;code&gt;\begingroup&lt;/code&gt; in it. What happens is that the &lt;code&gt;\global&lt;/code&gt; before &lt;code&gt;\newdimen&lt;/code&gt; gets applied to this &lt;code&gt;\begingroup&lt;/code&gt;, thus triggering the error. A (not very elegant) way to solve the problem is to put a dummy definition just before the &lt;code&gt;\begingroup&lt;/code&gt;. It should not (I hope) have any side effects.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[beamer]{beamer}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{etex}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\alloc@#1#2#3#4#5%&#xA; {\ifnum\count1#1&amp;lt;#4% make sure there's still room&#xA;    \allocationnumber\count1#1&#xA;    \global\advance\count1#1\@ne&#xA;    \global#3#5\allocationnumber&#xA;    \wlog{\string#5=\string#2\the\allocationnumber}%&#xA;  \else\ifnum#1&amp;lt;6&#xA;    \def\etex@dummy@definition{}% &amp;lt;-- code added&#xA;    \begingroup \escapechar\m@ne&#xA;    \expandafter\alloc@@\expandafter{\string#2}#5%&#xA;  \else\errmessage{No room for a new #2}\fi\fi&#xA; }&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\usepackage{easybmat}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;test&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1973" LastEditorUserId="1973" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-26T21:19:29.863" LastActivityDate="2010-11-26T21:19:29.863" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="6000" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3840" CreationDate="2010-11-26T12:25:28.353" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think the simplest method is to use &lt;code&gt;\SpecialCoor&lt;/code&gt;, polar coordinate form, and &lt;code&gt;origin&lt;/code&gt; option as illustrated in the following example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pstricks}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](5,5)&#xA;\SpecialCoor&#xA;% draw a line from a point (1,2) at angle 45 degrees and of length 3 unit. &#xA;\psline[origin={1,2}](3;45)&#xA;\end{pspicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Output:&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ecaZr.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Edit 1:&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To make sure the line length is 3 cm, I draw a red circle of radius 3 cm.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ndR6s.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-26T19:56:50.680" LastActivityDate="2010-12-26T19:56:50.680" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6001" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5976" CreationDate="2010-11-26T12:43:59.430" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The given text looks like an equation which could be aligned, hence &lt;code&gt;\eqalign&lt;/code&gt; might be appropriate here (this is in plain-tex):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$$\eqalign{&#xA;{\rm for each\ } v \in win\cr&#xA;{\rm if\ } \big(pl(v) &amp;amp;= 1 \mathrel{\&amp;amp;} \exists (v,v') \in E : v' \in win\big)\cr&#xA;win \cup&amp;amp;= v; st \cup = \{v \to v'\}\cr&#xA;{\rm if\ } \big(pl(v) &amp;amp;= 2 \mathrel{\&amp;amp;} \forall (v,v') \in E : v' \in win\big)\cr&#xA;wim \cup&amp;amp;= v;\cr&#xA;{\rm if\ } \big(pl(v) &amp;amp;= 2 \mathrel{\&amp;amp;} \exists (v,v') \in E : v' \in lose\big)\cr&#xA;lose \cup&amp;amp;=v;\cr&#xA;}$$&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which yields:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/TaCRO.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; title=&quot;Hosted by imgur.com&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastActivityDate="2010-11-26T12:43:59.430" />
  <row Id="6002" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5989" CreationDate="2010-11-26T13:04:44.263" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Converting Joseph's code into shell syntax, it looks like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;NAME=$1&#xA;pdflatex $NAME&#xA;if [ $? = 0 ] ; then&#xA;  pdflatex $NAME ;&#xA;  pdflatex $NAME ;&#xA;else &#xA;  echo &quot;Compilation failed&quot; ;&#xA;fi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am keying this in as an answer on because of formatting, please don't upvote me&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-11-26T13:04:44.263" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-11-26T16:22:02.627" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="6003" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5997" CreationDate="2010-11-26T13:21:02.410" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I tried putting my keyboard where my mouth was and failed...here's what I manged:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\edef\myanswers{\relax}&#xA;\def\mysow#1{\edef\myanswers{\myanswers\ #1} }&#xA;\def\myreap{\myanswers}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It works, but not when I put &lt;code&gt;\begin{...}...\end{...}&lt;/code&gt; environments into it...I've set the answer CW...perhaps someone knows how to make it work so that you can put environments into that...or perhaps it isn't as simple as I thought.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's something that passes the &lt;code&gt;\begin{...} ... \end{...}&lt;/code&gt; test:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand{\mysow}[1]{%&#xA;  \@ifundefined{myreap}{%&#xA;  \def\myreap{#1}%&#xA;    }{%&#xA;  \g@addto@macro{\myreap}{,\ #1}%&#xA;    }}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;You \mysow{reap} what \mysow{you} sow.&#xA;&#xA;\mysow{%&#xA;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;\item You reap what you sow.&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\myreap&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But there may well be more cases where it fails.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastEditorUserId="86" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-26T13:47:33.710" LastActivityDate="2010-11-26T13:47:33.710" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-11-26T13:21:02.410" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6004" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5995" CreationDate="2010-11-26T13:38:38.243" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Both the tufte-handout class and beamerarticle.sty load  the xcolor package and with different options, that's why the error message &lt;em&gt;Option clash&lt;/em&gt; appears.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Specifically, tufte-handout.cls uses tufte-common.sty and this requires xcolor by this line:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\RequirePackage[usenames,dvipsnames,svgnames]{xcolor}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It allows you to use xcolor features with the tufte classes. But as soon as you load beamerarticle it would try to pass again an option to xcolor. But beamerarticle is cleverly programmed and offers the option &lt;code&gt;noxcolor&lt;/code&gt; which simply doesn't load xcolor, making it compatible for such cases.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From beamerbasearticle.sty:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareOption{noxcolor}{\beamer@articlexcolorfalse}&#xA;\ifbeamer@articlexcolor&#xA;  \RequirePackage[override]{xcolor}&#xA;  % For color support&#xA;\fi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From beamerarticle.sty:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareOption{noxcolor}{\PassOptionsToPackage{noxcolor}{beamerbasearticle}}&#xA;\RequirePackage{beamerbasearticle}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-11-26T13:38:38.243" />
  <row Id="6005" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5976" CreationDate="2010-11-26T14:20:59.460" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think what you're looking for is something like this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabbing}&#xA;\hskip\parindent\=\hskip\parindent\=\kill&#xA;For each $v\in win$,\+\\&#xA;if ($pl(v)=1\ \&amp;amp;\ \exists(v,v')\in E:v'\in win$)\\&#xA;\&amp;gt;$\mathit{win}\cup=v;st\cup=\{v\rightarrow v'\}$\\&#xA;if ($pl(v) = 2 \&amp;amp; \forall (v,v') \in E : v' \in win$)\\&#xA;\&amp;gt;$wim \cup= v;$\\&#xA;if ($pl(v) = 2 \&amp;amp; \exists (v,v') \in E : v' \in lose$)\\&#xA;\&amp;gt;$lose \cup=v$;\\&#xA;\end{tabbing}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the interest of keeping the answer as close to your example as possible, I've kept the math exactly as you wrote it, but I don't think that's a good idea. Writing things like &lt;code&gt;$win$&lt;/code&gt; will typeset it as the multiplication of &lt;em&gt;w&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt;, and &lt;em&gt;n&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As an explanation,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\=&lt;/code&gt; sets the tab stops. So here, I'm setting 2 tab stops: one at 1 &lt;code&gt;\parindent&lt;/code&gt; and one 1 &lt;code&gt;\parindent&lt;/code&gt; later.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\kill&lt;/code&gt; ignores the previous text which is used just for setting the tab stops.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\+&lt;/code&gt; indents all following commands by one tab stop.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; moves to the next tab stop.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are analogous &lt;code&gt;\-&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\&amp;lt;&lt;/code&gt; commands that do what you would expect. (There are also &lt;code&gt;\'&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\`&lt;/code&gt; which do strange things inside the tabbing environment, but I've never used them.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-26T14:28:15.673" LastActivityDate="2010-11-26T14:28:15.673" />
  <row Id="6006" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6008" CreationDate="2010-11-26T14:49:26.077" Score="5" ViewCount="101" Body="&lt;p&gt;Showexpl package defines LTXexample environment which allows to define a latex code and shows its result side by side. The problem is that it uses the same documentclass where the latex code is defined and I would like to define which class to use for examples. Do you know if it's possible?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here you have an examples. It's a beamer presentation with some LTXexamples.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer} &#xA;\usepackage{showexpl} &#xA;\lstloadlanguages{[LaTeX]Tex} &#xA;\lstset{% &#xA;    basicstyle=\ttfamily\small, &#xA;    commentstyle=\itshape\ttfamily\small, &#xA;    showspaces=false, &#xA;    showstringspaces=false, &#xA;    breaklines=true, &#xA;    breakautoindent=true, &#xA;    captionpos=t &#xA;} &#xA;&#xA;\begin{document} &#xA;\frame[containsverbatim]{ &#xA;  \frametitle{First slide} &#xA;  \begin{LTXexample} &#xA;    \begin{itemize} &#xA;       \item a &#xA;       \item b &#xA;       \item c &#xA;    \end{itemize} &#xA;  \end{LTXexample} &#xA;&#xA;  \begin{LTXexample} &#xA;    \begin{equation} &#xA;       a^2+b^2=\sqrt{\frac{c^2}{1}} &#xA;    \end{equation} &#xA;  \end{LTXexample} &#xA;} &#xA;&#xA;\frame[containsverbatim]{ &#xA;  \frametitle{Second slide} &#xA;  \begin{LTXexample} &#xA;     \documentclass{article} &#xA;     \begin{document} &#xA;     \section{Section 1} &#xA;        Text for section 1 &#xA;     \end{document} &#xA;  \end{LTXexample} &#xA;} &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Second slide doesn't show 'section title' beacuse beamer has its own &#xA;section behaviour, so it seems that \documentclass{article} inside the &#xA;example doesn't have any effect. The resulting font is sansserif &#xA;because beamer uses it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know I can use several external documents and insert code and results, but with LTXexample or a similar environment would be easier. Do you know a better solution?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ignasi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1952" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-26T17:42:45.993" LastActivityDate="2010-11-26T17:42:45.993" Title="How to use showexpl with an external class?" Tags="&lt;documentclass&gt;&lt;listings&gt;&lt;examples&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6007" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5386" CreationDate="2010-11-26T15:46:50.020" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;to answer the other part of your question, it seems you are being confused by the order of braces, read rather:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{codemargin}&#xA;{% begin&#xA;     \begin{list}{&#xA;}{% do&#xA;     \setlength{\leftmargin}{-0.7cm}\setlength{\rightmargin}{-0.7cm}}%&#xA;     \item[]&#xA;}{% end&#xA;     \end{list}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1377" LastActivityDate="2010-11-26T15:46:50.020" />
  <row Id="6008" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6006" CreationDate="2010-11-26T16:08:48.997" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The code must be compiled externally. Loading the code of article.cls and all sorts of packages in the beamer run would lead to chaos. But theoretically if --shell-escape is active it is possible to trigger this external run on-the-fly during the compilation of the beamer run and then to include the resulting pdf with the graphic-option of showexpl. The main problem I see is that you probably don't want to include a complete page but only a part of it (e.g. to show the section). I think it would be difficult to write a good and flexible interface to choose this part. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-11-26T16:08:48.997" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6009" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6012" CreationDate="2010-11-26T17:31:49.640" Score="2" ViewCount="329" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Background&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using &lt;code&gt;booktabs&lt;/code&gt; produces the top table in the following image:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/K1GNi.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/K1GNi.png&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Both tables reside in floats, but even when outside of the float the same result is produced. The &lt;strong&gt;Application&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;Version&lt;/strong&gt; columns are too wide.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;LyX seems to generate the following LaTeX code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}{&amp;gt;{\raggedright}p{4.5cm}&amp;gt;{\raggedright}p{4.5cm}&amp;gt;{\raggedright}p{4.5cm}l}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The preamble is straightforward:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\hypersetup{&#xA;    colorlinks=false,&#xA;    pdfborder={0 0 0},&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{flafter}&#xA;\usepackage{colortbl}&#xA;\usepackage{booktabs}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The commands &lt;code&gt;\toprule()&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\\\midrule %&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\\\bottomrule %&lt;/code&gt; are applied directly to the table.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Questions&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Without hand-massaging each table, how can the columns be made to auto-fit? &#xA;(I could not find how to control column width in the &lt;code&gt;booktabs&lt;/code&gt; documentation.)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;How can the top-, mid-, and bottom-rules be applied across all tables in the document, automatically?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2148" LastActivityDate="2010-11-27T06:31:19.013" Title="Autofit table column with booktabs" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;lyx&gt;&lt;columns&gt;&lt;booktabs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="6010" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6011" CreationDate="2010-11-26T17:39:43.140" Score="1" ViewCount="86" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm starting with LaTeX, and there are things that puzzle me. I'm trying to set a length that's the &lt;code&gt;\textwidth&lt;/code&gt; minus (let's say for example) two inches. In the preamble, I wrote:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newlength{\bplen}&#xA;\setlength{\bplen}{\textwidth}&#xA;\addtolength{\pblen}{-2in}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The compiler tells me:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Undefined control sequence. &amp;lt;argument&amp;gt; \pblen &#xA;l.21 \addtolength{\pblen}{-2in}&#xA;! You can't use `blank space  ' after \advance.&#xA;\addtolength #1#2-&amp;lt;\advance #1 &#xA;                               #2\relax&#xA;l.21 \addtolength{\pblen}{-2in}&#xA;! LaTeX Error: Missing \begin{document}.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've just &lt;em&gt;defined&lt;/em&gt; &lt;code&gt;\bplen&lt;/code&gt; and what's that about a missing &lt;code&gt;\begin{document}&lt;/code&gt;? Aren't I allowed to set lengths in the preamble?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2118" LastActivityDate="2010-11-26T18:00:57.537" Title="Trouble setting a length" Tags="&lt;errors&gt;&lt;lengths&gt;&lt;preamble&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="6011" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6010" CreationDate="2010-11-26T17:43:35.683" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Could it be a simple typo? Your first and your second code line contain &lt;code&gt;\bplen&lt;/code&gt;, but your third &lt;code&gt;\pblen&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: Witout the typo your code works as intended:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\newlength{\bplen}&#xA;\setlength{\bplen}{\textwidth}&#xA;\addtolength{\bplen}{-2in}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Value of textwidth: \the\textwidth&#xA;&#xA;Value of bplen: \the\bplen&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-26T18:00:57.537" LastActivityDate="2010-11-26T18:00:57.537" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6012" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6009" CreationDate="2010-11-26T18:19:00.490" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Change the Preamble to the following:&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{booktabs}&#xA;\usepackage[dvipsnames,svgnames,x11names,hyperref,table]{xcolor}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;% Table colours&#xA;\colorlet{tableheader}{LightGray!80}&#xA;\colorlet{zebra}{LightGray!40}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;\hypersetup{&#xA;    colorlinks=false,&#xA;    pdfborder={0 0 0},&#xA;}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;\let\originaltable\table&#xA;\let\endoriginaltable\endtable&#xA;\renewenvironment{table}[1][ht]{%&#xA;  \originaltable[#1]&#xA;  \centering}%&#xA;  {\endoriginaltable}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;In the settings for each column, ensure the Width is blank. (Any numeric value will attempt to fit the columns to that width.)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2148" LastEditorUserId="2148" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-27T06:31:19.013" LastActivityDate="2010-11-27T06:31:19.013" />
  <row Id="6013" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-26T18:46:43.703" Score="4" ViewCount="250" Body="&lt;h1&gt;Problem&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm drawing flow diagrams in Tikz, and they basically include a header, followed by a list of flow components set below an arrow. I've written functions to take arguments in Tikz before, but I'm wondering if there's any way to take in a &quot;list&quot; of arguments and loop through these with a for loop of some sort. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've tried searching for similar items on google, but haven't gotten very far as I'm not exactly sure how to phrase what I'm looking for.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Pseudocode&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\FlowPipe}[3][FlowPipe]{ %first argument is x co-ord, second is array of text&#xA;    \newcounter{i}&#xA;    \setcounter{i}{0}&#xA;    \draw[-&amp;gt;] (#1,0) -- (#1+3,0);&#xA;    \foreach\argtext in {#2}{&#xA;         \node (#1,i) {\argtext};&#xA;         \stepcounter{i}&#xA;    }&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Basically, for each item in the array, it should add a node at some specified distance below and put the text of that item there.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="142" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-26T20:49:22.067" LastActivityDate="2010-11-26T23:39:52.230" Title="Tikz array as argument" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;loops&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6014" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5997" CreationDate="2010-11-26T18:48:57.740" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, the package &quot;answers&quot; does exactly this, and works well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="714" LastActivityDate="2010-11-26T18:48:57.740" />
  <row Id="6015" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5836" CreationDate="2010-11-26T20:14:40.020" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;BibLaTeX's &lt;code&gt;\footfullcite&lt;/code&gt; (hat tip to lockstep) might do what you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage{biblatex}&#xA;\bibliography{foo}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;Here is text\footfullcite{jones00}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Will display the full reference to jones00 from the &lt;code&gt;foo.bib&lt;/code&gt; bibliography.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2010-11-26T20:14:40.020" />
  <row Id="6016" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6018" CreationDate="2010-11-26T20:16:56.113" Score="4" ViewCount="168" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm having a hard time figuring out the LaTeX commands to define new units of &lt;code&gt;year&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;century&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;siunitx&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd like to write &lt;code&gt;\SI{3}{\cm\per\year}&lt;/code&gt; and have it show: &lt;strong&gt;3 cm yr-1&lt;/strong&gt;, or &lt;code&gt;\SI{42}{\micro\meter\per\century}&lt;/code&gt; become &lt;strong&gt;4.2E-5 m/century&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="360" LastActivityDate="2010-11-26T22:08:10.837" Title="Defining new unit (year, century) in siunitx" Tags="&lt;siunitx&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6017" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6013" CreationDate="2010-11-26T20:41:58.800" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The TikZ &lt;code&gt;\foreach&lt;/code&gt; macro is handy for situations like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}  &#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\FlowPipe[2]{ %first argument is x co-ord, second is array of text&#xA;    \draw[-&amp;gt;] (#1,0) -- ({#1+3},0);&#xA;    \foreach[count=\i] \argtext in {#2} {&#xA;         \node[anchor=south west] at (#1,{\i-0.9}) {\argtext};&#xA;    }&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\FlowPipe{1}{{first text},{second text},{with, comma}}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/IUsEB.png&quot; alt=&quot;example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See section 56 (&quot;Repeating Things: The Foreach Statement&quot;) in the TikZ/PGF v2.10 manual. The &lt;code&gt;count&lt;/code&gt; option was introduced in TikZ v2.10, so you might need to update TikZ/PGF. The reason for using &lt;code&gt;count&lt;/code&gt; instead of LaTeX counters in that counters are defined globally, and I do not know how to easily get local counters (otherwise a second call to the macro will produce an &lt;code&gt;already defined&lt;/code&gt; error).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-26T23:39:52.230" LastActivityDate="2010-11-26T23:39:52.230" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6018" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6016" CreationDate="2010-11-26T22:08:10.837" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In your preamble&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareSIUnit\century{century}&#xA;\DeclareSIUnit\year{yr}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/siunitx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;siunitx&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; manual (v2.1 series), Section 4.5, page 12.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-11-26T22:08:10.837" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="6019" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6025" CreationDate="2010-11-26T22:47:50.617" Score="6" ViewCount="348" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a case where I need to draw a hexagonal grid in latex. I am considering just reading the grid from an eps file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there an alternative way to do it completely within latex?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2152" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-26T23:15:15.083" LastActivityDate="2010-11-28T22:59:55.847" Title="Drawing hexagons" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="6020" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6027" CreationDate="2010-11-26T23:15:38.610" Score="6" ViewCount="181" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; package to have hyperlinks automatically generated for figures, equations, table of contents, etc... My problem is if I have a big figure consisting of sub-figures and then have a mark somewhere in the text citing one of the sub-figures (example shown below), if I click on the hyperlink generated in pdf, the file navigates to the top of the caption of the sub-figure and not to the top of the sub-figure itself. It only happens with sub-figures. For whole figures, equation and sections/chapters, the file navigates correctly to the top of the figure, equation, etc... It's not the picture type problem as well, I tried different ones.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't know if it's meant to be so or there's something wrong that I did.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is the example code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}&#xA;    \begin{center}&#xA;        \subfigure[Sub-figure 1]&#xA;            {\label{fig:subfig1}\includegraphics[width=0.45\textwidth]{subfig1}}&#xA;        \subfigure[Sub-figure 2]&#xA;            {\label{fig:subfig2}\includegraphics[width=0.45\textwidth]{subfig2}}&#xA;    \end{center}&#xA;    \caption{Two sub-figures}&#xA;    \label{fig:sub-figures}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;Lorem ipsum turum bulum \ref{fig:subfig2} culum&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Just to make it clear. This is what I would like to see after I click the link from the top edge of the pdf.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;------------------------    ------------------------&#xA;|                      |    |                      |&#xA;|                      |    |                      |&#xA;|        PICTURE 1     |    |        PICTURE 2     |&#xA;|                      |    |                      |&#xA;|                      |    |                      |&#xA;------------------------    ------------------------&#xA;Figure 1a: Sub-figure 1     Figure 1b: Sub-figure 2&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But instead, I'm getting this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Figure 1a: Sub-figure 1     Figure 1b: Sub-figure 2&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Many thanks for help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2031" LastActivityDate="2010-11-27T02:26:59.087" Title="Hyperlink's Bad Navigation of Sub-Figures On Click" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;navigation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="6021" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6019" CreationDate="2010-11-26T23:17:48.047" Score="-2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;as usual &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tikz&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/PSTricks/main.cgi/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pstricks&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/metapost.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;metapost&lt;/a&gt; among others&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastActivityDate="2010-11-26T23:17:48.047" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6022" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-26T23:22:15.810" Score="2" ViewCount="135" Body="&lt;p&gt;What I've been trying to do, futilely, is to use the &lt;code&gt;foreach[counter=\xi] x in {1,2,3}&lt;/code&gt; statement in tikz/pgf with LaTeX. This fails, every time. Whatever. So I moved on to trying to use a counter, surely that would work. Here's a MWE that fails unexpectedly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\newcommand{\test}[1]{&#xA;\newcounter{i}&#xA;\setcounter{i}{0}&#xA;\foreach \x in #1&#xA;{&#xA;\draw (0,\i) -- (1,0);&#xA;\setcounter{i}{\i+1}&#xA;}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\test{{1,2,3}}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This code, at least for me, produces&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/R0UZQ.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can anyone explain why? How I would fix this, or how I could actually get &lt;code&gt;foreach[counter=\xi]&lt;/code&gt; to work without returning an &lt;code&gt;\inaccessible&lt;/code&gt; exception upon compilation in pdfLaTeX&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="142" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-28T01:17:29.743" LastActivityDate="2010-11-28T01:17:29.743" Title="Unexpected tikz/counter behaviour" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;counters&gt;&lt;loops&gt;&lt;foreach&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6023" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6022" CreationDate="2010-11-26T23:31:49.470" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Check the use of the counter macro. You may access its value by &lt;code&gt;\value{i}&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\i&lt;/code&gt;, you can increase it by &lt;code&gt;\stepcounter{i}&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\addtocounter{i}{1}&lt;/code&gt;. On the other hand you could use &lt;code&gt;\x&lt;/code&gt; directly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So try for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setcounter{i}{0}&#xA;\foreach \x in #1&#xA;{&#xA;\draw (0,\value{i}) -- (1,0);&#xA;\stepcounter{i}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/MC86F.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And without the additional counter it's just:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\foreach \x in #1&#xA;{&#xA;\draw (0,\x) -- (1,0);&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-26T23:39:56.640" LastActivityDate="2010-11-26T23:39:56.640" />
  <row Id="6024" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6022" CreationDate="2010-11-26T23:36:47.803" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Which version of TikZ are you using? The &lt;code&gt;count&lt;/code&gt; (not &lt;code&gt;counter&lt;/code&gt;) option was introduced in version 2.10 (sorry for not adding this info to my answer to your other question). If you are using TeX Live 2010, then a simple &lt;code&gt;tlmgr update --all&lt;/code&gt; will (amongst others) update TikZ to the current version.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-11-26T23:36:47.803" />
  <row Id="6025" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6019" CreationDate="2010-11-26T23:44:46.433" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's a quick option:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \foreach \i in {0,...,3} &#xA;  \foreach \j in {0,...,3} {&#xA;  \foreach \a in {0,120,-120} \draw (3*\i,2*sin{60}*\j) -- +(\a:1);&#xA;  \foreach \a in {0,120,-120} \draw (3*\i+3*cos{60},2*sin{60}*\j+sin{60}) -- +(\a:1);}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which results in &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/IzwV6.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastEditorUserId="117" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-27T09:27:14.203" LastActivityDate="2010-11-27T09:27:14.203" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="6026" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-26T23:45:45.967" Score="4" ViewCount="243" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have written this code and it works:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;...&#xA;\DTLsetseparator{;}&#xA;\DTLloaddb[noheader]{DBcurva}{Curvas.csv}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\foreach \columna in {1,3,...,\DTLcolumncount{DBcurva}}{&#xA;\edef\listaPuntos{}&#xA;    \pgfmathtruncatemacro{\columnasig}{1+\columna} &#xA;    \foreach \fila in {1,2,...,\DTLrowcount{DBcurva}}&#xA;    {&#xA;      \DTLgetvalue{\cX}{DBcurva}{\fila}{\columna}&#xA;      \DTLgetvalue{\cY}{DBcurva}{\fila}{\columnasig}&#xA;      \xdef\listaPuntos{(\cX,\cY) -- \listaPuntos}&#xA;    }&#xA;    \draw \listaPuntos cycle;&#xA;  }&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This reads a CSV file called &quot;Curvas.csv&quot;. The columns are coordinates of points on curves (X1,Y1,X2,Y2,X3,Y3,X4,Y4..). The code draws all the curves in the file (initially I don't know how many there are) without problems.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a better way (I can't separate each curve in different files)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2154" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-25T23:31:08.217" LastActivityDate="2011-01-27T18:11:23.347" Title="Drawing paths with TikZ from a DB with DataTool" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;database&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="6027" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6020" CreationDate="2010-11-26T23:55:23.083" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A complete code example would be better. For example, the question doesn't show which further packages you're using: perhaps caption, hypcap, subfig, subfigure, ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I guess you use the subfig package: it's not working well with hyperref, links may point to the subfigure captions instead of to the subfigure.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I recommend to use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/caption/subcaption.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;subcaption&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package instead. The author, who wrote also the fine &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/caption&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;caption&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package, is aware of the subfig problem and did it better. Use the &lt;code&gt;hypcap&lt;/code&gt; option:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[hypcap=true]{subcaption}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See the &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/caption/subcaption.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;subcaption&lt;/code&gt; documentation&lt;/a&gt; to learn more.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Btw.: I see you're using the &lt;code&gt;center&lt;/code&gt; environment within the figure environment. This produces additional vertical space. I would use &lt;code&gt;\centering&lt;/code&gt; after &lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-11-26T23:55:23.083" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6028" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5960" CreationDate="2010-11-27T01:04:10.623" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;enumerate&lt;/code&gt; environment removes the paragraph indentation, but you may restore that. Afterwards the paragraphs within enumerate would be indented, but not the first one, like desired. For example, create a &lt;code&gt;myenumerate&lt;/code&gt; environment and use this instead:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{myenumerate}{%&#xA;  \edef\backupindent{\the\parindent}%&#xA;  \enumerate%&#xA;  \setlength{\parindent}{\backupindent}%&#xA;}{\endenumerate}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It could be done even easier using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/enumitem&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;enumitem&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{enumitem}&#xA;\setenumerate{listparindent=\parindent}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For your convenience, here's a complete example. It uses the first redefiniton, but the two &lt;code&gt;enumitem&lt;/code&gt; lines (and the &lt;code&gt;enumerate&lt;/code&gt; environment) would give the same result:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;%&#xA;\newenvironment{myenumerate}{%&#xA;  \edef\backupindent{\the\parindent}%&#xA;  \enumerate%&#xA;  \setlength{\parindent}{\backupindent}%&#xA;}{\endenumerate}&#xA;&#xA;%&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{myenumerate}&#xA;\item&#xA;  \begin{myenumerate}&#xA;    \item \blindtext&#xA;&#xA;         \blindtext&#xA;    \item \blindtext&#xA;  \end{myenumerate}&#xA;\end{myenumerate}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/hM9at.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I recommend to use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/enumitem&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;enumitem&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package, it offers many further features for customizing lists.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-27T01:16:50.970" LastActivityDate="2010-11-27T01:16:50.970" />
  <row Id="6029" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5959" CreationDate="2010-11-27T01:31:15.107" Score="16" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Much to my surprise, this &lt;em&gt;is&lt;/em&gt; doable, by combining TikZ and soul.  I don't think I like how it looks (though to each their own), but it was a fun challenge.  The idea is to use TikZ to draw the necessary boxes &lt;em&gt;up to line breaks&lt;/em&gt;, and then restart each box on a new line.  But how to do this?  Well, it turns out that soul works by inserting things after every possible hyphenation point (which it calls &quot;syllables&quot;, a terminology misuse I find irritating)—importantly, this includes the beginnings and ends of words.  And the only time we ever see a line break is after a hyphenation point!  This is good: we'll use soul to insert a TikZ node at each syllable break, and then draw them together.  For this, we use TikZ's &lt;code&gt;remember picture&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;overlay&lt;/code&gt; options; the former enables you to refer to nodes in the labeled picture from outside, and the latter makes the picture take up no space.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To implement this, we surround each hyphenation unit with two &quot;marks&quot; (TikZ pictures).  The &quot;start&quot; mark checks to see if it's on a new line; if it is, it draws the highlighting rectangle from the last recorded start position to the last recorded end position, and then records the new start position.  The &quot;stop&quot; mark just records the new stop position.  We also have to make sure that at a hyphenation point, the stop position is after the hyphen.  And of course, we surround the whole picture with a start position and a stop position.  Note that due to the &lt;code&gt;remember picture&lt;/code&gt; machinery, you have to compile the document twice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a working document with ragged highlights:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{soul}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{calc}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{decorations.pathmorphing}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\defhighlighter}[3][]{%&#xA;  \tikzset{every highlighter/.style={color=#2, fill opacity=#3, #1}}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\defhighlighter{yellow}{.5}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\highlight@DoHighlight}{&#xA;  \fill [ decoration = {random steps, amplitude=1pt, segment length=15pt}&#xA;        , outer sep = -15pt, inner sep = 0pt, decorate&#xA;        , every highlighter, this highlighter ]&#xA;        ($(begin highlight)+(0,8pt)$) rectangle ($(end highlight)+(0,-3pt)$) ;&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\highlight@BeginHighlight}{&#xA;  \coordinate (begin highlight) at (0,0) ;&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\highlight@EndHighlight}{&#xA;  \coordinate (end highlight) at (0,0) ;&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newdimen\highlight@previous&#xA;\newdimen\highlight@current&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareRobustCommand*\highlight[1][]{%&#xA;  \tikzset{this highlighter/.style={#1}}%&#xA;  \SOUL@setup&#xA;  %&#xA;  \def\SOUL@preamble{%&#xA;    \begin{tikzpicture}[overlay, remember picture]&#xA;      \highlight@BeginHighlight&#xA;      \highlight@EndHighlight&#xA;    \end{tikzpicture}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;  %&#xA;  \def\SOUL@postamble{%&#xA;    \begin{tikzpicture}[overlay, remember picture]&#xA;      \highlight@EndHighlight&#xA;      \highlight@DoHighlight&#xA;    \end{tikzpicture}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;  %&#xA;  \def\SOUL@everyhyphen{%&#xA;    \discretionary{%&#xA;      \SOUL@setkern\SOUL@hyphkern&#xA;      \SOUL@sethyphenchar&#xA;      \tikz[overlay, remember picture] \highlight@EndHighlight ;%&#xA;    }{%&#xA;    }{%&#xA;      \SOUL@setkern\SOUL@charkern&#xA;    }%&#xA;  }%&#xA;  %&#xA;  \def\SOUL@everyexhyphen##1{%&#xA;    \SOUL@setkern\SOUL@hyphkern&#xA;    \hbox{##1}%&#xA;    \discretionary{%&#xA;      \tikz[overlay, remember picture] \highlight@EndHighlight ;%&#xA;    }{%&#xA;    }{%&#xA;      \SOUL@setkern\SOUL@charkern&#xA;    }%&#xA;  }%&#xA;  %&#xA;  \def\SOUL@everysyllable{%&#xA;    \begin{tikzpicture}[overlay, remember picture]&#xA;      \path let \p0 = (begin highlight), \p1 = (0,0) in \pgfextra&#xA;        \global\highlight@previous=\y0&#xA;        \global\highlight@current =\y1&#xA;      \endpgfextra (0,0) ;&#xA;      \ifdim\highlight@current &amp;lt; \highlight@previous&#xA;        \highlight@DoHighlight&#xA;        \highlight@BeginHighlight&#xA;      \fi&#xA;    \end{tikzpicture}%&#xA;    \the\SOUL@syllable&#xA;    \tikz[overlay, remember picture] \highlight@EndHighlight ;%&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \SOUL@&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  Lorem ipsum \highlight{dolor sit amet, consectetur adipis-icing elit, sed do&#xA;eiusmod tempor} incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua. Ut enim ad minim&#xA;veniam, quis nostrud exercitation \highlight[red]{ullamco $laboris$ nisi ut&#xA;aliquip ex ea commodo consequat. Duis aute irure dolor in reprehenderit} in&#xA;voluptate velit esse cillum dolore eu fugiat nulla pariatur.  Excepteur sint&#xA;occaecat \highlight[green, draw=blue]{cupidatat non proident,&#xA;suntinculpaquiofficiadeseruntmollitanimidestlaborum.&#xA;Loremipsumdolorsitametconsecteturadipisicingelitseddoeiusmodtemporincididuntutlabore-etdoloremagnaaliqua.}&#xA;I suppose I could write some more text here.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This produces the following output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/CJU9N.png&quot; alt=&quot;Lipsum text with ragged highlights.&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are two formatting modes: &lt;code&gt;\defhighlighter[misc]{color}{opacity}&lt;/code&gt;, which sets the fill color to &lt;code&gt;color&lt;/code&gt;, the fill opacity to &lt;code&gt;opacity&lt;/code&gt;, and styles every highlighter block (via &lt;code&gt;every highlighter&lt;/code&gt;) with those plus the &lt;code&gt;misc&lt;/code&gt; options.  Secondly, for a specific block of highlighted text, you can use &lt;code&gt;\highlight[tikz-opts]{...}&lt;/code&gt; to set options locally.  These are both demonstrated in the above code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are currently four caveats.  The first is that this will write one line to your aux file for each syllable break in the highlighted text, in addition to one for the beginning of each, one for the end of each, and one for each line break after a (real or inserted) hyphen.  For instance, the example document wrote 222 lines to my aux file.  This may or may not be a problem for you, but I'm not sure how to make it better.  The second is that strange things happen if you let highlighting extend over a page break.  (Although I might be able to fix this one….)  The third is that I don't see a way to draw the highlighting in the background.  (Because it's drawn so late, the &lt;code&gt;pgfonlayer&lt;/code&gt; environment doesn't work.)  This is why the text looks faded.  You can adjust the opacity value if you don't like this, but I don't see how to avoid it (suggestions?).  And the fourth is that I guessed the height of the font, because while I figure this should be a dimension in TeX somewhere, I don't know where (again, suggestions?).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1425" LastActivityDate="2010-11-27T01:31:15.107" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="6030" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6039" CreationDate="2010-11-27T02:23:41.443" Score="2" ViewCount="236" Body="&lt;p&gt;Background information: I'm using TeXlive 2010 (on ArchLinux x86_64, though installed through TUG/CTAN, not from the Arch repos). I update my system with tlmgr daily. All was well until today, perhaps having something to do with the most recent updates, and v6.81u of the hyperref package in particular (and the file hpdftex.def). Now, even this simple document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  \documentclass{article}&#xA;  \usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;  \begin{document}&#xA;  Hello world.&#xA;  \end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;throws the following error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  (/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hpdftex.def&#xA;  File: hpdftex.def 2010/11/22 v6.81u Hyperref driver for pdfTeX&#xA;  /usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hpdftex.def:35: Undefined&#xA;   control sequence.&#xA;  \pdf@ifdraftmode -&amp;gt;\ifnum \pdf@draftmode &#xA;                                           =\ltx@one \expandafter \ltx@firstof...&#xA;  l.35 \pdf@ifdraftmode&#xA;                       {%&#xA;  The control sequence at the end of the top line&#xA;  of your error message was never \def'ed. If you have&#xA;  misspelled it (e.g., `\hobx'), type `I' and the correct&#xA;  spelling (e.g., `I\hbox'). Otherwise just continue,&#xA;  and I'll forget about whatever was undefined.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Has anyone else had this problem? Is it a package version incompatibility? Here's what I get if I add \listfiles to the beginning of the code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  *File List*&#xA;   article.cls    2007/10/19 v1.4h Standard LaTeX document class&#xA;    size10.clo    2007/10/19 v1.4h Standard LaTeX file (size option)&#xA;  hyperref.sty    2010/11/22 v6.81u Hypertext links for LaTeX&#xA;   ltxcmds.sty    2010/04/26 v1.7 LaTeX kernel commands for general use (HO)&#xA;     ifpdf.sty    2010/01/28 v2.1 Provides the ifpdf switch (HO)&#xA;  pdftexcmds.sty    2010/04/01 v0.9 Utility functions of pdfTeX for LuaTeX (HO)&#xA;  infwarerr.sty    2010/04/08 v1.3 Providing info/warning/message (HO)&#xA;  ifluatex.sty    2010/03/01 v1.3 Provides the ifluatex switch (HO)&#xA;    keyval.sty    1999/03/16 v1.13 key=value parser (DPC)&#xA;  kvsetkeys.sty    2010/03/01 v1.9 Key value parser (HO)&#xA;  etexcmds.sty    2010/01/28 v1.3 Prefix for e-TeX command names (HO)&#xA;  pdfescape.sty    2010/03/01 v1.9 Provides hex, PDF name and string conversions &#xA;  (HO)&#xA;    ifvtex.sty    2010/03/01 v1.5 Switches for detecting VTeX and its modes (HO)&#xA;   ifxetex.sty    2010/09/12 v0.6 Provides ifxetex conditional&#xA;   hycolor.sty    2009/12/12 v1.6 Color options of hyperref/bookmark (HO)&#xA;  xcolor-patch.sty    2009/12/12 xcolor patch&#xA;  letltxmacro.sty    2008/06/24 v1.3 Let assignment for LaTeX macros (HO)&#xA;  kvoptions.sty    2010/02/22 v3.7 Keyval support for LaTeX options (HO)&#xA;    pd1enc.def    2010/11/22 v6.81u Hyperref: PDFDocEncoding definition (HO)&#xA;   intcalc.sty    2007/09/27 v1.1 Expandable integer calculations (HO)&#xA;  hyperref.cfg    2002/06/06 v1.2 hyperref configuration of TeXLive&#xA;       url.sty    2006/04/12  ver 3.3  Verb mode for urls, etc.&#xA;    bitset.sty    2007/09/28 v1.0 Data type bit set (HO)&#xA;  bigintcalc.sty    2007/11/11 v1.1 Expandable big integer calculations (HO)&#xA;  atbegshi.sty    2010/03/25 v1.12 At begin shipout hook (HO)&#xA;   hpdftex.def    2010/11/22 v6.81u Hyperref driver for pdfTeX&#xA;  atveryend.sty    2010/03/24 v1.5 Hooks at very end of document (HO)&#xA;  rerunfilecheck.sty    2010/03/16 v1.6 Rerun checks for auxiliary files (HO)&#xA;  uniquecounter.sty    2009/12/18 v1.1 Provides unlimited unique counter (HO)&#xA;   nameref.sty    2010/04/30 v2.40 Cross-referencing by name of section&#xA;  refcount.sty    2008/08/11 v3.1 Data extraction from references (HO)&#xA;  gettitlestring.sty    2009/12/18 v1.3 Cleanup title references (HO)&#xA;   scratch.out&#xA;   scratch.out&#xA;   ***********&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd be happy to upload the full log if anyone thinks it will help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-27T07:53:52.480" LastActivityDate="2010-11-27T20:55:50.377" Title="Why does hyperref/hpdftex.def v6.81u cause an error for me?" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;errors&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="6031" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6020" CreationDate="2010-11-27T02:26:59.087" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Not taking away from Stefan's answer (for which he should gain full credit), here's the code you need:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}     % filler text&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage[hypcap=true]{caption}&#xA;\usepackage[hypcap=true,list=true]{subcaption}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\listoffigures&#xA;\section{Section One}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}[h]&#xA;\begin{subfigure}[b]{.5\linewidth}&#xA;\centering&#xA;\includegraphics[width=0.9\textwidth]{test}&#xA;\caption{Sub-figure 1}&#xA;\label{fig:subfig1}&#xA;\end{subfigure}%&#xA;\begin{subfigure}[b]{.5\linewidth}&#xA;\centering&#xA;\includegraphics[width=0.9\textwidth]{test}&#xA;\caption{Sub-figure 2}&#xA;\label{fig:subfig2}&#xA;\end{subfigure}&#xA;\caption{Two sub-figures}&#xA;\label{fig:sub-figures}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;Lorem ipsum \ref{fig:subfig1} turum bulum \ref{fig:subfig2} culum \ref{fig:sub-figures}.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-11-27T02:26:59.087" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6032" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-27T02:43:57.433" Score="7" ViewCount="260" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to change style of table of contents which is given by \tableofcontents,&#xA;(say I do not want that much space between lines and some I want the subsections to be listed in one line).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I do that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(So far I can only edit toc-file by hands, which is not a good solution.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="630" LastActivityDate="2010-11-27T11:20:40.590" Title="Style of tableofcontents" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6033" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6036" CreationDate="2010-11-27T02:52:13.530" Score="4" ViewCount="289" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Background&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Would like to centre all tables within floats, without having to add &lt;code&gt;\centering&lt;/code&gt; to each table.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Ideas&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tried the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\originaltabular\tabular&#xA;\renewcommand\tabular{\centering\originaltabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It compiles, but the tables remain left-justified.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Question&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How would you edit the Preamble of a LyX document to make all the floating tables be centred?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2148" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-02T23:42:44.350" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T23:42:44.350" Title="Centre all tables" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;floats&gt;&lt;layout&gt;&lt;lyx&gt;&lt;horizontal-alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="6034" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6032" CreationDate="2010-11-27T02:54:52.973" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The short answer for almost all TOC, LOF, LOT, etc. customisations is first to see if you can achieve what you want using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/tocloft.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tocloft&lt;/a&gt; package. Nine times out of ten, you'll be able to.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-11-27T02:54:52.973" />
  <row Id="6035" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6151" CreationDate="2010-11-27T02:56:23.280" Score="11" ViewCount="209" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can one make LaTeX print the pages numbering in reverse order, in the sense that if the document in question has N pages then the first page is numbered N, then N-1, ...?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2156" LastEditorUserId="416" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-27T06:00:04.180" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T12:09:32.227" Title="Reverse page numbering" Tags="&lt;page-numbering&gt;&lt;lastpage&gt;&lt;pageref&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6036" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6033" CreationDate="2010-11-27T03:24:27.477" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you would like to center all tabular environments, I would recommend to create your own environment with a different name, which calls tabular. You could use that instead of redefining tabular itself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But no problem, this can be done. Just use &lt;code&gt;\renewenvironment&lt;/code&gt;, for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\originaltabular\tabular&#xA;\let\endoriginaltabular\endtabular&#xA;\renewenvironment{tabular}[1]{%&#xA;  \begingroup%&#xA;  \centering%&#xA;  \originaltabular{#1}}%&#xA;  {\endoriginaltabular\endgroup}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This as addition to your first try redefining tabular.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could redefine the floating table environment very similar:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\originaltable\table&#xA;\let\endoriginaltable\endtable&#xA;\renewenvironment{table}[1][ht]{%&#xA;  \originaltable[#1]&#xA;  \centering}%&#xA;  {\endoriginaltable}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I remember that the author of the caption package has written a macro called &lt;code&gt;\AtBeginEnvironment&lt;/code&gt;. Perhaps just google for it, you may find the source. It's not in my current version of caption on my PC. Using that, it could be simply&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\AtBeginEnvironment{table}{\centering}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and similar for figure.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-11-27T03:24:27.477" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6037" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5894" CreationDate="2010-11-27T05:31:26.513" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another approach is with the &lt;code&gt;optional&lt;/code&gt; package, which I use for many purposes, along with &lt;code&gt;boolexpr&lt;/code&gt;, which has a nice &lt;code&gt;\switch&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\case&lt;/code&gt; command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a minimal to illustrate. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%%%my-varient-for-different-output.tex&#xA;%%%This is the file that you actually call with pdftex/lualatex/etc.&#xA;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;%\usepackage{xifthen}&#xA;\usepackage[foo]{optional}&#xA;%\input{themain-file.tex}&#xA;%%%EOF my-varient-for-different-output.tex&#xA;&#xA;%%%%START OF themain-file.tex&#xA;\usepackage{boolexpr}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;%Check if optional is loaded. Otherwise, you don't&#xA;%want to define these commands.&#xA;\@ifpackageloaded{optional}{%&#xA;%%Don't do anything here because you've got it covered.&#xA;}{%&#xA;%%%What are the defaults if no optional class was loaded?&#xA;\usepackage[bar]{optional}&#xA;}&#xA;%%%Let's make an ifthenelse version of the \opt command that's &#xA;%%%provided by the optional package&#xA;\newcommand\ifopt[3]{%&#xA;    \ifboolexpr{%&#xA;        0 = \pdfstrcmp{true}{%&#xA;                \opt{#1}{true}%&#xA;            }%&#xA;    }{#2}{#3}%&#xA;}%&#xA;%%%This command is a wrapper around the \switch command that's&#xA;%%%provided by boolexpr. It lets you quickly create a switch&#xA;%%%that checks if an option is set.&#xA;\newcommand*\switchopt[1]{%&#xA;    \switch[\pdfstrcmp{\opt{#1}{#1}}]%&#xA;}&#xA;%%%I'm sure there is a way to embed the \switch &#xA;%%%command in here, but I'm not that smart. Is&#xA;%%%there some application of \noexpand?&#xA;%%%&#xA;%%%Anyway, this is more common to use than \switchopt&#xA;%%%You'll use \switch (with no optional argument)&#xA;%%%and \case[\caseopt{myoption}] Do stuff...&#xA;%%%&#xA;\newcommand*\caseopt[1]{%&#xA;    \pdfstrcmp{#1}{\opt{#1}{#1}}% = 0%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;    I'm writing some text but \opt{foo}{don't want this &#xA;    unless foo is there.} If I want an else as part of &#xA;    the deal, then \ifopt{bar}{bar must be there}{bar &#xA;    is out to lunch} and it's time to go.&#xA;&#xA;    Nesting ifopt commands can be tedious. Best to use&#xA;     a case if we've got a ton of definitions\ldots&#xA;    %%%NOTICE THE {{ and }}. They are required when using&#xA;    %%% an optional argument in \switch.&#xA;\switchopt{bar}&#xA;        \case{{foo}} Foo stuff here!&#xA;        \case{{bar}} Bar stuff here!&#xA;        \case{{third}} Some other thingy-dingy!&#xA;        \otherwise Nothing I know of was set.&#xA;\endswitch%&#xA;&#xA;\switch&#xA;        \case{\caseopt{foo}} Foo stuff here!&#xA;        \case{\caseopt{bar}} Bar stuff here!&#xA;        \otherwise Nothing I know of was set.&#xA;\endswitch% &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Although the chosen answer is probably better, this may lead to more ideas.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="659" LastEditorUserId="659" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-27T05:42:22.233" LastActivityDate="2010-11-27T05:42:22.233" />
  <row Id="6038" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6035" CreationDate="2010-11-27T05:57:08.893" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's a solution you can use for &lt;code&gt;book&lt;/code&gt; class documents.  It counts down the remaining pages from &lt;code&gt;\mainmatter&lt;/code&gt; to the last page, ignoring pages in the &lt;code&gt;\frontmatter&lt;/code&gt; division (mainly because I didn't want to overcomplicate things with roman numbering, but still wanted to provide an answer that recognised the issue).  You'll obviously need to adjust this answer for non-&lt;code&gt;book&lt;/code&gt; class documents (&lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;report&lt;/code&gt;, etc.; &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;KOMA&lt;/code&gt; class documents are probably a whole new kettle of fish for which this solution is likely to prove unsuitable).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[twoside]{book}&#xA;\usepackage{lastpage}&#xA;\usepackage{refcount}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\pagestyle{plain}&#xA;\let\oldmainmatter\mainmatter&#xA;\renewcommand\mainmatter{%&#xA;  \cleardoublepage%&#xA;  \oldmainmatter%&#xA;  \pagestyle{fancy}%&#xA;  \fancyhf{}%&#xA;  \renewcommand*\headrulewidth{0pt}%&#xA;  \fancyhead[LE,RO]{Page \thepage\ of \getpagerefnumber{LastPage}}%&#xA;  \fancyhead[LO,RE]{Remaining Pages \the\numexpr\getpagerefnumber{LastPage}-\thepage}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \frontmatter&#xA;  \chapter{Front Matter}&#xA;  \lipsum[1-10]&#xA;  \mainmatter&#xA;  \chapter{Chapter One}&#xA;  \thispagestyle{empty}%&#xA;  \lipsum[1-15]&#xA;  \chapter{Chapter Two}&#xA;  \thispagestyle{empty}%&#xA;  \lipsum[1-10]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastEditorUserId="416" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-29T04:05:30.493" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T04:05:30.493" />
  <row Id="6039" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6030" CreationDate="2010-11-27T06:49:39.860" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sorry for raising the alarm, but I just upgraded again, and the problem seems to be fixed with version v6.81v. Still, word to the wise: watch out for v6.81u.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To be specific:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;&#xA;hyperref.sty    2010/11/26 v6.81v Hypertext links for LaTeX&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;&#xA;hpdftex.def    2010/11/26 v6.81v Hyperref driver for pdfTeX&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;work fine, but v6.81u dated 2010/11/22 does not (for me anyway).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-11-27T06:49:39.860" />
  <row Id="6040" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6033" CreationDate="2010-11-27T10:40:31.670" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I didn't test this with LyX, but &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{floatrow}&lt;/code&gt; also centers the contents of floats. (The justification is configurable, but &lt;code&gt;\centering&lt;/code&gt; is floatrow's default behaviour.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-11-27T10:40:31.670" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6041" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6032" CreationDate="2010-11-27T11:20:40.590" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To complement @Geoffrey's answer, note also that if you use the &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt; class, the &lt;code&gt;tocloft&lt;/code&gt; is included (reproduced ?) and you can use the same functionalities. The memoir manual has a complete chapter about the customization of the ToC, LoF, LoT.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="827" LastActivityDate="2010-11-27T11:20:40.590" />
  <row Id="6042" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6052" CreationDate="2010-11-27T12:07:09.073" Score="7" ViewCount="276" Body="&lt;p&gt;How to make proportional subscript when using \tiny (or smaller than normal font size) in math mode?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following screenshot shows  subscripts for \tiny, \scriptsize and normal font sizes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/j1tJZ.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;{\tiny$(x_1,y_1)$} is in tiny font.&#xA;&#xA;\noindent{\scriptsize$(x_1,y_1)$} is in scriptsize font.&#xA;&#xA;\noindent$(x_1,y_1)$ is in normal font.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-27T18:39:26.363" LastActivityDate="2010-11-27T18:39:26.363" Title="How to make proportional subscript when using \tiny (or smaller than normal font size) in math mode?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;size&gt;&lt;subscripts&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6044" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6045" CreationDate="2010-11-27T13:14:31.517" Score="5" ViewCount="189" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi everyone,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am using lstlisting.sty and the path to the source code contains some spaces. &#xA;For examaple, the path can be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;/some dir/sub dir/file 1.txt&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;\lstinputlisting{/some dir/sub dir/file 1.txt} does not work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to fix this problem?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you in advance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2010-11-27T13:33:40.647" Title="listings.sty: How to make \lstinputlisting applicable to file paths with spaces?" Tags="&lt;listings&gt;&lt;include&gt;&lt;input&gt;&lt;external-file&gt;&lt;path&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="6045" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6044" CreationDate="2010-11-27T13:33:40.647" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In windows/miktex it works if you quote the name:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\lstinputlisting{&quot;some dir/sub dir/file 1.txt&quot;}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-11-27T13:33:40.647" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6046" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6047" CreationDate="2010-11-27T13:38:16.973" Score="6" ViewCount="153" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to write something like: &lt;code&gt;$affinity(x)$&lt;/code&gt;, but in the PDF I see some small spacing between the two f's.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried &lt;code&gt;$af{}firm(x)$&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;$aff{}irm(x)$&lt;/code&gt;, but nothing works.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2158" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-27T14:07:25.597" LastActivityDate="2010-11-27T16:42:23.907" Title="bad formating of ff in math mode" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;mathmode&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6047" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6046" CreationDate="2010-11-27T13:55:49.637" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;$\mathit{affinity}(x)$&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-11-27T13:55:49.637" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6048" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1559" CreationDate="2010-11-27T14:00:22.757" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use pstricks-add.sty as follows: (details can be found &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/graphics/pstricks/contrib/pstricks-add/pstricks-add-doc.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; on page 18)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{pstricks-add}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\par\noindent%&#xA;\begin{minipage}{0.99\linewidth}%adjust if necessary&#xA;\noindent\hfill\rnode{A}{}~&#xA;\par&#xA;\vspace*{-0.5ex}%adjust if necessary&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\vspace*{-2ex}%adjust if necessary&#xA;\noindent\hfill\hspace{5mm}\rnode{B}{}~%&#xA;\psbrace[linecolor=red,ref=lC](B)(A){Important!}&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;\par&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is the output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/fEX42.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2010-11-27T14:00:22.757" />
  <row Id="6049" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="534" CreationDate="2010-11-27T14:01:27.840" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For Windows users, &lt;a href=&quot;http://sourceforge.net/projects/lwc/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this program&lt;/a&gt; is pretty neat.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1988" LastActivityDate="2010-11-27T14:01:27.840" />
  <row Id="6050" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6051" CreationDate="2010-11-27T14:21:09.767" Score="3" ViewCount="224" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to make &lt;code&gt;\frametitle&lt;/code&gt; automatically take the &lt;code&gt;\subsection&lt;/code&gt; heading?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or maybe equivalently, is there a way to make the section\subsection titles in the header larger? I am afraid the audience may not follow the section\subsection title. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks! (FWIW, so far I've been using the Warsaw theme)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="320" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-27T15:49:23.257" LastActivityDate="2010-11-27T15:49:23.257" Title="Auto-populate the frame titles from subsection titles" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;header-footer&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="6051" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6050" CreationDate="2010-11-27T14:50:21.217" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Adding&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\addtobeamertemplate{frametitle}{\let\insertframetitle\insertsubsectionhead}{}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will replace all frame titles, as far as they exist, but will not magically make a frame title appear if you don't give the argument to the frame environment or give a \frametitle{} command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ETA: Additionally adding&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;  \CheckCommand*\beamer@checkframetitle{\@ifnextchar\bgroup\beamer@inlineframetitle{}}&#xA;  \renewcommand*\beamer@checkframetitle{\global\let\beamer@frametitle\relax\@ifnextchar\bgroup\beamer@inlineframetitle{}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;makes every frame have a title, even if it is \relax by default. (This is somewhat hackish.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1860" LastEditorUserId="1860" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-27T15:03:32.360" LastActivityDate="2010-11-27T15:03:32.360" />
  <row Id="6052" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6042" CreationDate="2010-11-27T14:59:59.727" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;\DeclareMathSizes{S}{t}{s}{ss}&lt;/code&gt;, which sets the math text font to size &lt;code&gt;t&lt;/code&gt;, the scriptsize math font to size &lt;code&gt;s&lt;/code&gt;, and the scriptscriptsize math font to &lt;code&gt;ss&lt;/code&gt; whenever the main text font size is set to &lt;code&gt;S&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{lmodern}&#xA;\DeclareMathSizes{7}{7}{5}{4} % \scriptsize is 7 pt&#xA;\DeclareMathSizes{5}{5}{3}{2} % \tiny is 5 pt&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\tracingmacros=2&#xA;{\tiny$(x_{i_1},y_{i_1})$} is in tiny font.&#xA;&#xA;\noindent{\scriptsize$(x_{i_1},y_{i_1})$} is in scriptsize font.&#xA;&#xA;\noindent$(x_{i_1},y_{i_1})$ is in normal font.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Don't overdo this, though: Tiny fonts can be &lt;em&gt;really&lt;/em&gt; hard to read. There is a reason why the standard is &lt;code&gt;\DeclareMathSizes{5}{5}{5}{5}&lt;/code&gt;. I.e., when &lt;code&gt;\tiny&lt;/code&gt; is in effect (so the standard text font size is 5pt (assume 10pt in the main document) then all three math font sizes (text, script, scriptscript) will be 5pt. The thinking is probably that anything less than 5pt is unreadable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, note my use of the &lt;code&gt;lmodern&lt;/code&gt; package. The standard computer modern fonts don't have sizes that small, so the 5pt version is substituted even if you specify a smaller size.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastEditorUserId="1424" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-27T18:37:06.523" LastActivityDate="2010-11-27T18:37:06.523" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="6053" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6046" CreationDate="2010-11-27T16:42:02.303" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;$affinity$&lt;/code&gt; stands for the product of the variables &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;f&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;f&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt;, …. Wordlike functions are usually written in an upright font, usually with &lt;code&gt;\DeclareMathOperator&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{amsopn}&#xA;\DeclareMathOperator{\affinity}{affinity}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2010-11-27T16:42:02.303" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6054" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6046" CreationDate="2010-11-27T16:42:23.907" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do you usually write maps, functions and operators in your math text? Italic as well?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Math operators are commonly written in upright letters, in contrary to variables which have italic shape. I would use &lt;code&gt;\mathrm&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\mathit&lt;/code&gt; or better&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareMathOperator{\affinity}{affinity}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;of amsmath, and write &lt;code&gt;\affinity&lt;/code&gt; in the formulas. Here's a complete example, just compare:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\DeclareMathOperator{\affinity}{affinity}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\[&#xA;  \affinity(x) \neq \mathit{affinity}(x) \neq y(x),&#xA;\]&#xA;\[&#xA;  \max_f \lim_a af = a\cdot f&#xA;\]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/2Qujn.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-11-27T16:42:23.907" />
  <row Id="6055" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6056" CreationDate="2010-11-27T16:45:42.960" Score="6" ViewCount="217" Body="&lt;p&gt;When not specifying a caption for a lstlisting nothing is shown below the listing while &quot;Listing #: mycaption&quot; is displayed as soon as I specify a caption.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I'd like &quot;Listing #&quot; to be displayed for all listings; even those without a caption (those with a caption should keep their &quot;Listing #: mycaption&quot; of course).&#xA;Is this possible? If yes, how?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1651" LastActivityDate="2011-01-03T00:16:47.513" Title="&quot;Listing #&quot; below listings without a caption" Tags="&lt;listings&gt;&lt;captions&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="6056" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6055" CreationDate="2010-11-27T16:55:57.007" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;code&gt;caption=\relax&lt;/code&gt;; however, then you'll get &quot;Listing #:&quot; with the colon. I don't know how to remove this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: OK, here's a nasty hack that removes the colon if the caption is &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt;. It works with my version of &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt;, but it might not work in future versions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\test@relax{\relax}&#xA;\let\save@fnum@lstlisting\fnum@lstlisting&#xA;\def\fnum@lstlisting{%&#xA;    \save@fnum@lstlisting&#xA;    \ifx\lst@caption\test@relax\expandafter\@gobble\fi&#xA;    }&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}[caption=\relax]&#xA;a:=b&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-28T09:55:29.977" LastActivityDate="2010-11-28T09:55:29.977" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6058" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-27T18:01:26.817" Score="4" ViewCount="218" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am doing some display typography with an equation in it using the &lt;code&gt;mathpazo&lt;/code&gt; package. At one point I have this fraction:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$\sqrt{-\frac{1}{9}}$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To me, the minus looks too long. I would like to make it shorter, but use of &lt;code&gt;\textrm{-}&lt;/code&gt; gives me something that is too thick. Is there a way to get something with the thickness of the minus above, but of a similar length to a hyphen?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edited to add: this is really for a special case of enormous type on a T-shirt design, and the standard minus sign looks strange. I would not do this for standard use of math in an article.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1662" LastEditorUserId="1662" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-29T01:23:23.437" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T01:23:23.437" Title="Making a shorter minus" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="6059" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6063" CreationDate="2010-11-27T18:28:42.347" Score="2" ViewCount="201" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Background&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using LyX and KOMA Script to author a technical manual.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Problem&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The documents are strewn with the following references:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ref{fig:Example-Database-Type}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When converted to PDF, this results in &quot;1.1&quot; for the figure number, whereas I would prefer it to read &quot;Figure 1.1&quot;. Similarly, for Tables and Listings, they should read &quot;Table 1.1&quot; and &quot;Listing 1.1&quot;, respectively.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Code&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The caption code is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\caption{\label{fig:Example-Query-Statement}Example Query Statement}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The reference code is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ref{fig:Example-Query-Statement}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The document preamble includes:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The result is: &quot;The screen shot in 1.1 shows ...&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The desired result is: &quot;The screen shot in Figure 1.1 shows ...&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Ideas&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tried:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\oldref=\ref&#xA;\renewcommand{\ref}[1]{Figure {\oldref{#1}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tried:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{fancyref}&#xA;\renewcommand{\ref}[1]{\fref{#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tried:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Question&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How do you change the &lt;code&gt;\ref&lt;/code&gt; command to include a &lt;code&gt;\figurename&lt;/code&gt; prefix without having to edit (and thus duplicate) the code for every figure (that already has the &lt;code&gt;\ref&lt;/code&gt;)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2148" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-02T22:19:15.727" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T22:19:15.727" Title="Table, Figure, and Listing prefixes" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;cross-referencing&gt;&lt;lyx&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6061" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6058" CreationDate="2010-11-27T18:39:03.527" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is a very hackish solution that draws a rule instead:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\minus{%&#xA;  \setbox0=\hbox{-}%&#xA;  \vcenter{%&#xA;    \hrule width\wd0 height \the\fontdimen8\textfont3%&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;$$&#xA;-A \quad \minus A&#xA;$$&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Update: a LaTeX version:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{mathpazo}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\newcommand\minus{%&#xA;  \setbox0=\hbox{-}%&#xA;  \vcenter{%&#xA;    \hrule width\wd0 height \the\fontdimen8\textfont3%&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;\[&#xA;-A \quad \minus A \quad \textrm{-}A&#xA;\]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastEditorUserId="729" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-27T18:44:38.330" LastActivityDate="2010-11-27T18:44:38.330" />
  <row Id="6062" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6064" CreationDate="2010-11-27T18:45:56.007" Score="5" ViewCount="96" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;texdoc&lt;/code&gt; often fails for me, e.g.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$ locate beameruserguide.pdf&#xA;/usr/share/doc/latex-beamer/beameruserguide.pdf.gz&#xA;&#xA;$ texdoc -l beamer&#xA;1 /usr/share/texmf-texlive/doc/latex/tdclock/tdclock-beamer-example.pdf&#xA;Please enter the number of the file to view, anything else to skip:&#xA;&#xA;$ texdoc beameruserguide&#xA;Sorry, no documentation found for beameruserguide.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the other hand this works:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$ texdoc -l tikz&#xA;1 /usr/share/texmf/doc/pgf/pgfmanual.pdf.gz&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thus, the questionable compressing of pdfs by the Ubuntu packages does not seem to be the reason.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I am using Ubuntu 10.04)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sure, I often use google to find LaTeX documentation, but sometimes net access is not available and often the current documentation contains some nice feature which are not available yet with the package versions installed on the local system.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="929" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-27T19:21:55.720" LastActivityDate="2010-11-27T19:28:44.430" Title="How to improve texdoc results?" Tags="&lt;texlive&gt;&lt;ubuntu&gt;&lt;texdoc&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6063" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6059" CreationDate="2010-11-27T19:08:15.737" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/hyperref&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Hyperref&lt;/a&gt; has &lt;code&gt;autoref&lt;/code&gt; which takes care of this stuff. It is described briefly &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/LaTeX/Labels_and_Cross-referencing#The_hyperref_package_and_.5Cautoref.7B.7D&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This solution doesn't do exactly what you want. That is, it doesn't redefine &lt;code&gt;\ref&lt;/code&gt;. But I'm not sure that's a great idea anyway. (weirdly &lt;code&gt;\let\ref\autoref&lt;/code&gt; doesn't seem to do anything). So to have what you want, you need to do two things:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Add &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{hyperref}&lt;/code&gt; to your preamble and then put &lt;code&gt;\let\ref\autoref&lt;/code&gt; just &lt;em&gt;after&lt;/em&gt; your &lt;code&gt;\begin{document}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you don't like the ugly coloured borders hyperref puts on your references &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/823/215&quot;&gt;see this&lt;/a&gt;. Alternatively, you can also add the &lt;code&gt;nohyperref&lt;/code&gt; package after the hyperref package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hyperref causes lots of nasty package conflicts, so put it near the end of your preamble.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-27T21:40:15.973" LastActivityDate="2010-11-27T21:40:15.973" CommentCount="11" />
  <row Id="6064" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6062" CreationDate="2010-11-27T19:21:13.597" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This does indeed seem to be a bug in TL2009 or the Ubuntu texlive packages. I strongly suspect the later. The problem seems to be that the beamer manual is located at  &lt;code&gt;/usr/share/doc/latex-beamer/beameruserguide.pdf&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;/usr/share/doc/texmf/latex-beamer/beameruserguide.pdf.gz&lt;/code&gt;. Adding a symlink (and running &lt;code&gt;sudo texhash&lt;/code&gt; afterwards) fixes the problem. (&lt;a href=&quot;https://bugs.launchpad.net/ubuntu/+source/latex-beamer/+bug/682202&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Bug report&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As always, I strongly recommend to manually install TeX Live instead of using the Ubuntu packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-27T19:28:44.430" LastActivityDate="2010-11-27T19:28:44.430" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6065" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6067" CreationDate="2010-11-27T19:42:15.223" Score="7" ViewCount="344" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've been trying to set a document using lualatex in my TeXLive 2010 installation. Unfortunately, the non-ASCII characters are left out from the output. In the following minimal document produces a PDF with no warnings or errors but it only contains the second line. Using the inputenc package results in an error &lt;code&gt;Unicode char ... not set up for use with LaTeX.&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;číčí&#xA;abcd&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;pdflatex handles the document fine. My version of lualatex is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;This is LuaTeX, Version beta-0.60.2-2010071421 (Web2C 2010) (rev 3736)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks for any pointers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: For bonus points, how would I use the Bitstream Charter fonts? I use the mathdesign package, but with them (and even when loading &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;fontenc&lt;/code&gt; and/or &lt;code&gt;luaotfload&lt;/code&gt;), the non-ASCII characters are missing :/ &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[bitstream-charter]{mathdesign}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="628" LastEditorUserId="628" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-27T22:18:52.400" LastActivityDate="2010-11-28T00:20:49.800" Title="UTF8 not working in LuaTeX in TeXLive 2010" Tags="&lt;luatex&gt;&lt;unicode&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="6066" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6059" CreationDate="2010-11-27T19:44:09.720" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Solution&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Append the following to the preamble:&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\usepackage{cleveref}&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Insert the following after the document begins:&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\let\ref\Cref&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you split out all of your chapters into separate files, it will help to add the following to the start of each chapter:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\input{chapter.tex}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this fashion, you can edit a single file and have the changes apply across all chapters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2148" LastActivityDate="2010-11-27T19:44:09.720" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6067" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6065" CreationDate="2010-11-27T19:57:01.883" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You need to actually load a font that includes these characters. By default, lualatex uses the computer modern fonts. You can select a font with the &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt; package. Just loading &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt; without explicitly setting a font, makes lualatex use the latin modern fonts, which include the characters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;číčí&#xA;abcd&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;gives &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/uR342.png&quot; alt=&quot;latin modern&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can load any OTF or TTF font with the &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt; package. For details see &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/xetex/latex/fontspec/fontspec.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the fontspec manual&lt;/a&gt;. I do not know if there is an Unicode aware version of Bitstream Charter, but you can use &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Charis_SIL&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Charis SIL&lt;/a&gt;, which is based on it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage[charter]{mathdesign}  % sets the math font&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\setmainfont{Charis SIL}          % sets the document font&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;číčí abcd $abcd$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/MWADe.png&quot; alt=&quot;Charis SIL and mathdesign&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that you have to include &lt;code&gt;mathdesign&lt;/code&gt; before &lt;code&gt;\setmainfont&lt;/code&gt; so that it doesn't override the document font.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-28T00:06:39.097" LastActivityDate="2010-11-28T00:06:39.097" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6069" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7220" CreationDate="2010-11-27T21:31:31.303" Score="5" ViewCount="203" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to have a footnote that refers to text later in the document, and say &quot;... above ...&quot; or &quot;... below ...&quot; depending on whether the text is on the same page (and thus above) the footnote, or on a later page (and thus below) the footnote.  How do I do this?  Is there a way to do this without manually writing to the aux file?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Is it bad practice to refer to future text in a footnote?)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2066" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T14:39:46.783" Title="Conditioning footnotes on where the \footnotemark is in the page" Tags="&lt;footnotes&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6070" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6058" CreationDate="2010-11-27T21:57:45.870" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;for a unary minus that isn't going to be surrounded by a lot of other math -- you did say this would be on a t-shirt -- you might try an en-dash. it's thinner and wider than a hyphen, but at about the same height off the baseline as a hyphen, so you might want to fiddle a bit with the vertical position.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="579" LastEditorUserId="579" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-27T22:21:40.837" LastActivityDate="2010-11-27T22:21:40.837" />
  <row Id="6071" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6058" CreationDate="2010-11-27T22:03:33.850" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Would something as simple as a &lt;code&gt;\scalebox&lt;/code&gt; do?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fixltx2e,graphicx,mathpazo}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\( \sqrt{\scalebox{0.75}[1.0]{\( - \)}\frac{1}{9}} \)&#xA;&#xA;% cf.&#xA;\( \sqrt{-\frac{1}{9}} \) &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-11-27T22:03:33.850" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6072" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6069" CreationDate="2010-11-27T22:13:39.457" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have it (almost) working with the following code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Right before the footnote:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand{\IfDoAbove}{\ifdoabove\expandafter\@firstoftwo\else\expandafter\@secondoftwo\fi}&#xA;\immediate\write\@auxout{\noexpand\global\noexpand\newif\noexpand\ifsecondbulletabove}&#xA;\edef\relevantfootnotepage{\thepage}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the footnote, &lt;code&gt;\IfDoAbove{above}{below}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;By the text that I care about &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\ifnum\relevantfootnotepage=\thepage\relax&#xA;  \immediate\write\@auxout{\noexpand\global\noexpand\doabovetrue}%&#xA;\else&#xA;  \immediate\write\@auxout{\noexpand\global\noexpand\doabovefalse}%&#xA;\fi&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But it fails if the text that I care about is in an &lt;code&gt;\item&lt;/code&gt; which is the first thing on a new page; &lt;code&gt;\thepage&lt;/code&gt; is the same as the old page, not the new page.  Why is this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2066" LastActivityDate="2010-11-27T22:13:39.457" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6073" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6077" CreationDate="2010-11-27T22:48:53.537" Score="5" ViewCount="708" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Background&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A large number of screen captures have been scaled 300% at 288dpi. They appear correctly when embedded in OpenOffice, but not LyX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Problem&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Images that do not extend beyond the margins (small images) appear perfectly. Images that are too big extend beyond the margins.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Attempt #1&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setkeys{Gin}{width=1.0\textwidth} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, that code scales the smaller images to also fit the width, which is undesirable. (The smaller images become distorted.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Attempt #2&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Didn't attempt this, but it looks useful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% Redefine includgraphics for avoiding images larger than the screen size&#xA;% If the size is not specified.&#xA;\let\py@Oldincludegraphics\includegraphics&#xA;&#xA;\newbox\image@box%&#xA;\newdimen\image@width%&#xA;\renewcommand\includegraphics[2][\@empty]{%&#xA;  \ifx#1\@empty%&#xA;    \setbox\image@box=\hbox{\py@Oldincludegraphics{#2}}%&#xA;    \image@width\wd\image@box%&#xA;    \ifdim \image@width&amp;gt;\linewidth%&#xA;      \setbox\image@box=\hbox{\py@Oldincludegraphics[width=\linewidth]{#2}}%&#xA;      \box\image@box%&#xA;    \else%&#xA;      \py@Oldincludegraphics{#2}%&#xA;    \fi%&#xA;  \else%&#xA;    \py@Oldincludegraphics[#1]{#2}%&#xA;  \fi%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Source: &lt;a href=&quot;http://svn.python.org/projects/external/Sphinx-1.0.5/sphinx/texinputs/sphinx.sty&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://svn.python.org/projects/external/Sphinx-1.0.5/sphinx/texinputs/sphinx.sty&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Attempt 3&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% Resize figures that are too wide for the page&#xA;\let\oldincludegraphics\includegraphics&#xA;\renewcommand\includegraphics[2][]{%&#xA;  \makeatletter%&#xA;  \def\maxwidth{\ifdim\Ginnatwidth&amp;gt;\linewidth\linewidth%&#xA;  \else\Ginnatwidth\fi}%&#xA;  \makeatother%&#xA;  \oldincludegraphics[width=\maxwidth]{#2}%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Packages&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using &lt;code&gt;graphicx&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Other package suggestions are welcome.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Question&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Without adding LaTeX code to every image that exceeds the margins, what can be done to resize just those images that are too big?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Example&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following image fits without being scaled:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/cGMg5.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Example Image #1&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following image is an example of many, many images that must be scaled back to fit the page width:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/aLSin.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Example Image #2&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Related&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1625/how-to-make-images-appear-at-their-actual-size&quot;&gt;How to make images appear at their actual size?&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://compgroups.net/comp.text.tex/A-modified-includegraphics&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://compgroups.net/comp.text.tex/A-modified-includegraphics&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2148" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T23:59:44.993" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T23:59:44.993" Title="Scale (resize) large images (graphics) that exceed page margins" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;margins&gt;&lt;lyx&gt;&lt;scaling&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="6074" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6073" CreationDate="2010-11-27T23:51:55.907" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't use Lyx, but many people in my lab do, and come to me with all sorts of problems created by Lyx. All of the Lyx-created problems I've seen can only be fixed by editing the latex code manually. YMMV.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This should fix it (you'll need &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{ifthen}&#xA;&#xA;\ifthenelse{\lengthtest{Gin &amp;gt; \textwidth}}&#xA;{\setkeys{Gin}{width=1.0\textwidth}}{\relax}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2003" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-02T14:27:25.030" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T14:27:25.030" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="6075" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6110" CreationDate="2010-11-27T23:52:47.477" Score="2" ViewCount="394" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using natbib and its agsm style for the harvard style reference formatting in my report. A sample would be like this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Kivi, A. (2009), ‘Measuring mobile service usage: methods and measurement points’, &#xA;International Journal of Mobile Communications 7(4), 415–435.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This works fine for different journal papers, conference papers, books etc. But I also want to add references to websites, white papers and other web resources. The problem is that these resources won't have a specific author attributed but mostly have the name of the organisation involved. Lets say Nokia, Ericsson, Facebook etc. Now how would I fit these types of references with the one above. They are ordered by the authors name and that too as Lastname, FirstnameAbbrv.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want the bibliography entry to show the whole name of the organisation instead of this human name form. How would I do this? I want to know how to give the references for these different types of resources - websites, white papers, online resources etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1639" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-10T16:22:52.153" LastActivityDate="2010-12-10T16:22:52.153" Title="Putting different types of references in natbib harvard style." Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;natbib&gt;&lt;harvard-referencing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6076" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6065" CreationDate="2010-11-28T00:20:49.800" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You cannot use any font package except &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt; if you want to enjoy the benefits of Unicode and OpenType. The version of Charter which is freely available is a non-Unicode Type 1 font, so you shouldn't use it. Use e.g. Charis SIL which is based on Charter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2010-11-28T00:20:49.800" />
  <row Id="6077" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6073" CreationDate="2010-11-28T04:06:54.977" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Solution&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Define a macro that calculates whether the image is wider than &lt;code&gt;\linewidth&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;If the image is too wide then assign a value of &lt;code&gt;\linewidth&lt;/code&gt; to the macro.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Otherwise, assign the value of the graphic input's natural width (&lt;code&gt;\Gin@nat@width&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Redefine &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt; to leverage the new macro definition.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;    \usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;&#xA;    % Determine if the image is too wide for the page.&#xA;    \makeatletter&#xA;    \def\ScaleIfNeeded{%&#xA;      \ifdim\Gin@nat@width&gt;\linewidth&#xA;        \linewidth&#xA;      \else&#xA;        \Gin@nat@width&#xA;      \fi&#xA;    }&#xA;    \makeatother&#xA;&#xA;    % Resize figures that are too wide for the page.&#xA;    \let\oldincludegraphics\includegraphics&#xA;    \renewcommand\includegraphics[2][]{%&#xA;      \oldincludegraphics[width=\ScaleIfNeeded]{#2}&#xA;    }&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Source: &lt;a href=&quot;http://people.ee.ethz.ch/~dominikb/l2picfaq/l2picfaq.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://people.ee.ethz.ch/~dominikb/l2picfaq/l2picfaq.pdf&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2148" LastActivityDate="2010-11-28T04:06:54.977" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6078" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6079" CreationDate="2010-11-28T04:10:28.903" Score="7" ViewCount="163" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am making a guest list which I will print on a sticker sheet, cut them out, then stick them to envelopes. This means that each guest/guest group will have a bounding box drawn around it as a cutting guide. For the bounding box, I'm using the &lt;code&gt;fancybox&lt;/code&gt; package and followed the examples in its documentation to create a &lt;code&gt;fminipage&lt;/code&gt; environment to allow line breaks within a box.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I defined a &lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\guest}[1]...&lt;/code&gt; which says:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{fminipage}{\textwidth}&#xA;  \center #1&#xA;\end{fminipage}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's a success. I just type in:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\guest{Luke Skywalker}&#xA;\guest{Obi-Wan Kenobi}&#xA;\guest{Han Solo\\&#xA;       Princess Leia}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Luke and Obi-Wan have their own boxes, then Han Solo and Princess Leia are placed in one box together.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, I want to use shortcuts. How do I implement it such that I just input the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Luke Skywalker&#xA;Obi-Wan Kenobi&#xA;{Han Solo&#xA; Princess Leia}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Looks like this could be a deep kernel hack, which I do not know anything about. But of course, anything that the community knows is always welcome.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="791" LastEditorUserId="1424" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-28T15:27:06.847" LastActivityDate="2010-11-28T15:43:41.787" Title="Make newlines expand to custom command" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;input&gt;&lt;external-file&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6079" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6078" CreationDate="2010-11-28T08:07:27.920" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One slight speedbump here is that you have linebreaks within your arguments as well, and of course you dn't want them to turn into \guest commands as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But if you're not doing this as a programming exercise, I'd recommend looking at the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=datatool&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;datatool package&lt;/a&gt; which lets you do things with CSV files, so you'd need a guest file that looks like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Obi-Wan Kenobi&#xA;Luke Skywalker&#xA;Han Solo;Princess Leia&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or similar. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1860" LastActivityDate="2010-11-28T08:07:27.920" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6080" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6055" CreationDate="2010-11-28T08:47:52.583" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;My idea is everything else than a nice solution but here you go:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\emptytitle{\lstlistingname\ \thelstlisting}&#xA;\newcommand\nextlst{\addtocounter{lstlisting}{1}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}[language=C,title=\emptytitle]&#xA;#include &amp;lt;stdio.h&amp;gt;&#xA;#include &amp;lt;stdlib.h&amp;gt;&#xA;&#xA;int main(void)&#xA;{&#xA;    printf(&quot;Hallo Welt!\n&quot;);&#xA;    return EXIT_SUCCESS;&#xA;} /* end main() */&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;&#xA;\nextlst&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}[language=C,title=\emptytitle]&#xA;#include &amp;lt;stdio.h&amp;gt;&#xA;#include &amp;lt;stdlib.h&amp;gt;&#xA;&#xA;int main(void)&#xA;{&#xA;    printf(&quot;Hallo Welt!\n&quot;);&#xA;    return EXIT_SUCCESS;&#xA;} /* end main() */&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Btw. &lt;code&gt;\newcommand\emptytitle{\lstlistingname\ \thelstlisting \nextlst}&lt;/code&gt; does not work because somehow the counter makes +2 jumps.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1502" LastActivityDate="2010-11-28T08:47:52.583" />
  <row Id="6081" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6084" CreationDate="2010-11-28T08:57:06.337" Score="4" ViewCount="435" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Background&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A book with lots of images. All of the images are set to &quot;here definitely&quot; (as they must come after the text that introduces them).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Problem&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The list types (enumerated and bullet) have too much space between them. The reason seems to be because the TeX engine wants to use up as much space on the page as possible, since the next page is essentially a large image that cannot fit on the current page. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/FzOIO.png&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Related Links&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/825/remove-space-around-bullet-points-in-itemized-or-enumerated-list&quot;&gt;Remove space around bullet points in itemized or enumerated list&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/paralist/paralist.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/paralist/paralist.pdf&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Question&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What can be done to keep the text in lists together (even if it means plenty of space at the bottom of the page)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Other suggestions on tackling the problem are quite welcome.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2148" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-28T11:09:37.943" LastActivityDate="2010-11-28T11:55:29.830" Title="Reduce space between enumerated items" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;&lt;lyx&gt;&lt;layout&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="6082" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6078" CreationDate="2010-11-28T09:24:39.467" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As Ulrich says, it is best to use a package. However, if the package isn't easily made to do what you want, you can roll your own:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;% this is just for demonstration purposes:&#xA;\newcommand{\guest}[1]{{\let\\\relax\message{[Inviting: #1]}}}&#xA;\newread\guests&#xA;\newcommand{\readguests}&#xA;  {\read\guests to \invitee&#xA;   \ifeof\guests\else&#xA;   \guest{\invitee}\expandafter\readguests\fi&#xA;  }&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\openin\guests=guests.list&#xA;{\endlinechar=-1 \readguests}&#xA;\closein\guests&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: I should perhaps have added a bit of explanation. Without &lt;code&gt;\endlinechar=-1&lt;/code&gt;, each read would include a space token at the end. More importantly, the final read would return a &lt;code&gt;\par&lt;/code&gt; token instead of being empty, so the check for end-of-file would have to be changed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit 2: Used the &lt;code&gt;\ifeof&lt;/code&gt; primitive to check for end of file. Note the somewhat nonintuitive placement of this &lt;em&gt;after&lt;/em&gt; the &lt;code&gt;\read&lt;/code&gt;, though: At the end of file, the empty token list will be read in, and only afterwards does &lt;code&gt;\ifeof&lt;/code&gt; become true.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastEditorUserId="1424" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-28T14:14:52.037" LastActivityDate="2010-11-28T14:14:52.037" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6083" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6081" CreationDate="2010-11-28T11:09:26.063" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could try to add a \vfill after your list:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\end{enumerate}&#xA;\vfill&#xA;&#xA;~&#xA;The picture&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the ~ is needed because space at the end of the page might won't show.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another way is to explicitly change the page with &lt;code&gt;\newpage&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1743" LastActivityDate="2010-11-28T11:09:26.063" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6084" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6081" CreationDate="2010-11-28T11:25:13.130" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As &quot;plenty of space at the bottom of the page&quot; seems to be acceptable to you, try to add &lt;code&gt;\raggedbottom&lt;/code&gt; to your preamble (the default for the book class is &lt;code&gt;\flushbottom&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A better solution is not to set every float to &quot;here definitely&quot;, but to use &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{flafter}&lt;/code&gt;. The flafter package ensures that floats won't be typeset before their in-text reference.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-11-28T11:25:13.130" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6085" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5521" CreationDate="2010-11-28T11:40:09.567" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I finally solved the problem by including the --admin flag.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;initexmf --admin&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;works&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1712" LastActivityDate="2010-11-28T11:40:09.567" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6086" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6081" CreationDate="2010-11-28T11:55:29.830" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;My way of dealing with this situation is the &quot;\itemsep&quot;+length approach:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{itemize} &#xA;\itemsep0em &#xA;\item one&#xA;\item two&#xA;\item three&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where &quot;length&quot; can even be a negative value.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2166" LastActivityDate="2010-11-28T11:55:29.830" />
  <row Id="6087" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6088" CreationDate="2010-11-28T12:05:54.283" Score="14" ViewCount="529" Body="&lt;p&gt;In math mode, TeX assumes &quot;hidden multiplication&quot; (so that two variable names put nearby have invisible multiplication between), so that, AFAICT, expressions like &lt;code&gt;$ABC$&lt;/code&gt; are rendered with small distances between letters.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Now, what to do if I have a two-letter variable name, like for instance TP or FN (true positive or false negative)? Leave as they are? Put them in &lt;code&gt;\text&lt;/code&gt;? Yet in the first option they will look like T*P or F*N and in the second one they will differentiate from one-letter symbols.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="7" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T18:33:24.533" Title="Two letter variable names" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;spacing&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6088" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6087" CreationDate="2010-11-28T12:12:10.193" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You would write &lt;code&gt;\mathit{TP}&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\mathit{FN}&lt;/code&gt;. If you're going to do this frequently, you can make macros for them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\TP{\mathit{TP}}&#xA;\newcommand\FN{\mathit{FN}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-11-28T12:12:10.193" CommentCount="12" />
  <row Id="6089" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6087" CreationDate="2010-11-28T12:15:55.837" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I guess that the best solution is to define a macro with manually adjusted negative space, e.g.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\TP{T\!P}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or with &lt;code&gt;\hspace{-0.1em}&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\!&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;As there's been some debate about this answer, let me provide more detail:&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is not the case that TeX puts space between the letters in math mode, but after each letter it puts the italic correction for the letter. There are ways to see what's happening, and both are a bit steep.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;First possibility:&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;On a console, run&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;tex '\tracingall $TP$ \bye'&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are on a unix like system, better run&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;tex '\tracingall $TP$ \bye' | sed -n '/mathon/,/mathoff/p'&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then in the terminal output you'll find the lines&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;...\mathon&#xA;...\teni T&#xA;...\kern1.3889&#xA;...\teni P&#xA;...\kern1.3889&#xA;...\mathoff&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\tracingall&lt;/code&gt; command is telling TeX to, well, leave a trace of everything it's doing. The first 3 of these lines tell you the following: Math mode is entered, the letter &lt;code&gt;T&lt;/code&gt; in font &lt;code&gt;\teni&lt;/code&gt; (10pt math font &lt;code&gt;cmmi10&lt;/code&gt;) is typeset, and then a kern of 1.3889(pt) is put after the &lt;code&gt;T&lt;/code&gt;. This is exactly the italic correction of the &lt;code&gt;T&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;em&gt;How do I know this?&lt;/em&gt; On a unix system that's easy: Run&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;tftopl $(kpsewhich cmmi10.tfm) | grep 'CHARACTER C T' -A3&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(&lt;code&gt;tfm&lt;/code&gt; means &quot;TeX font metric&quot;) and you'll get the terminal output&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;(CHARACTER C T&#xA;   (CHARWD R 0.584376)&#xA;   (CHARHT R 0.683332)&#xA;   (CHARIC R 0.13889)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This tells you the following about the character &lt;code&gt;T&lt;/code&gt; in the font &lt;code&gt;cmmi10&lt;/code&gt;: It has a width of 0.584376, a height of 0.683332 and an italic correction of 0.13889, all measured in pt.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The same applies to the lines above starting with &lt;code&gt;...\teni P&lt;/code&gt;; the letter &lt;code&gt;P&lt;/code&gt; has the same italic correction, and then mathmode is turned off. Though this looks convincing, it doesn't &lt;em&gt;prove&lt;/em&gt; that the &lt;code&gt;\kern1.3889&lt;/code&gt; provided by &lt;code&gt;\tracingall&lt;/code&gt; comes from the italic correction. If you want to be fully convinced, then there is no other choice than to read Appendix G of the TeXbook &lt;em&gt;really extremely carefully&lt;/em&gt;, which I regard the steeper path.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Second possibility:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Read Appendix G of the TeXbook. Unfortunately, this is not exactly what I'd call easy reading. You get a first approximation of&#xA;the insertion of the italic correction on page 441:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;We frequently need to execute a subroutine called “Set box &lt;code&gt;x&lt;/code&gt; to the so-and-so field in style such-and-such.” This means (a) ... (b) if the field contains a symbol, &lt;code&gt;x&lt;/code&gt; is set to an hbox containing that symbol in the appropriate size, and the italic correction for the character is included in the width of the box; ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the current circumstances, e.g. the letter &lt;code&gt;T&lt;/code&gt; is such a symbol that is put into the box &lt;code&gt;x&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;em&gt;together with its italic correction&lt;/em&gt;. However, this is not the full truth. There is one circumstance where TeX doesn't insert the italic correction: In Rule 17 on page 445 it says&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;If the symbol was not marked by Rule 14 above as a text symbol, or if &lt;code&gt;\fontdimen&lt;/code&gt; parameter number 2 of its font is zero, set δ to the italic correction; otherwise set δ to zero.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;We don't have to care about Rule 14 and text symbols. Why? One important feature of a math font is that its &lt;code&gt;\fontdimen&lt;/code&gt; parameter number 2 is zero. For &lt;code&gt;cmmi10&lt;/code&gt;, you can convince yourself by typing&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;tftopl $(kpsewhich cmmi10.tfm) | grep FONTDIMEN -A2&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which yields the output&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;(FONTDIMEN&#xA;   (SLANT R 0.25)&#xA;   (SPACE R 0.0)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and you see that the second parameter &lt;code&gt;SPACE&lt;/code&gt; is indeed zero. This makes sense: As every novice in TeX and friends has to learn, spaces don't get typeset in math mode.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-30T18:33:24.533" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T18:33:24.533" CommentCount="19" />
  <row Id="6090" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-28T12:59:08.497" Score="3" ViewCount="238" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to have some clickable footnotes within tables. I tried using &lt;code&gt;\footnote{}&lt;/code&gt;, it does create a link but there's no footnote text associated with it. &lt;code&gt;\footnotemark[number]&lt;/code&gt; along with &lt;code&gt;\footnotetext[]{}&lt;/code&gt; does create a fotenote but then there's no hyperlink. (I would like to make it clear that I'm trying to have footnotes at the bottom of the page and not footnotes within the table.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a small code snippet:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{report} &#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{table}[h!]&#xA;    \centering&#xA;    \begin{tabular}{|r|r|r|}&#xA;        \hline&#xA;        A\footnote{Test!} &amp;amp; B\footnotemark[4] &amp;amp; C\footnotemark[5]\\&#xA;        \hline&#xA;        123 &amp;amp; Tim &amp;amp; Jane\\&#xA;        \hline&#xA;        456 &amp;amp; Tom &amp;amp; Jung\\&#xA;        \hline&#xA;    \end{tabular}&#xA;    \caption{A table}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&#xA;This is a clickable footnote\footnote{You clicked me!}.&#xA;&#xA;\footnotetext[4]{This is B}&#xA;\footnotetext[5]{This is C}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Many thanks for help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2031" LastActivityDate="2010-11-28T14:55:13.717" Title="Clickable Table Footnote" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;footnotes&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6091" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6097" CreationDate="2010-11-28T13:03:30.910" Score="9" ViewCount="162" Body="&lt;p&gt;I noticed that TeX has a open file limit, while using some additional bibliographies with &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/multibib/multibib.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;multibib&lt;/a&gt;, using hyperref, backrefs and so on (basically only 5 additional &lt;code&gt;newcites&lt;/code&gt; were possible in that document before hitting the limit).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I worked around that with migrating from multibib to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/exptl/biblatex/doc/biblatex.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;biblatex&lt;/a&gt;, which I've discovered then and which seems like a good solution to other bibliography related challenges as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anyways, I found this &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/pipermail/tex-live/2007-March/013313.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;2007 open file limit discussion&lt;/a&gt; and I wondered if the situation changed with current TeX-Live distributions. And if yes, how to increase the open file limit in LaTeX now.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="929" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-28T17:46:26.080" LastActivityDate="2010-11-28T17:46:26.080" Title="How to increase the TeX open file limit?" Tags="&lt;external-file&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="6092" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6090" CreationDate="2010-11-28T14:55:13.717" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;From the hyperref README, Section 8 &quot;Hints&quot;, p. 26:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The footnote support is rather limited. It is beyond the scope to use \footnotemark and \footnotetext out of order or reusing \footnotemark. Here you can either disable hyperref’s footnote support by &quot;hyperfootnotes=false&quot; or fiddle with internal macros [...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;P. 26-27 give some &quot;nasty examples&quot;; I've used the second one as groundwork to modify your code example. This is what I came up with:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{report} &#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;&#xA;\begin{table}[h!]&#xA;    \centering&#xA;    \begin{tabular}{|r|r|r|}&#xA;        \hline&#xA;        A &amp;amp; B\footnotemark\global\let\saved@Href@B\Hy@footnote@currentHref &amp;amp; C\footnotemark\global\let\saved@Href@C\Hy@footnote@currentHref \\&#xA;        \hline&#xA;        123 &amp;amp; Tim &amp;amp; Jane\\&#xA;        \hline&#xA;        456 &amp;amp; Tom &amp;amp; Jung\\&#xA;        \hline&#xA;    \end{tabular}&#xA;    \caption{A table}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&#xA;\addtocounter{footnote}{-1}%&#xA;\let\Hy@footnote@currentHref\saved@Href@B&#xA;\footnotetext{This is B}&#xA;\addtocounter{footnote}{1}%&#xA;\let\Hy@footnote@currentHref\saved@Href@C&#xA;\footnotetext{This is C}&#xA;&#xA;This is a clickable footnote\footnote{You clicked me!}.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;By the way I agree with Thorsten Donig that footnotes in floats are not a good idea.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-11-28T14:55:13.717" />
  <row Id="6093" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6094" CreationDate="2010-11-28T15:35:29.267" Score="5" ViewCount="186" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm writing a document which includes a list of URLs that I want to be clickable, so I'm using hyperref to achieve this. This has the awkward side effect that my equation numbers, some of which I don't want to be clickable links, to also be clickable. I've hidden this by giving &lt;code&gt;hypersetup&lt;/code&gt; the options &lt;code&gt;colorlinks, linkcolor={black}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But this is suboptimal, in that the link is still clickable. I tried the following MWE, but it didn't work (the * just displays above the environment.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\hypersetup{colorlinks, linkcolor={black}}&#xA;\title{This is the title}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\let\oldref\ref&#xA;\let\ref\ref*&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;  \label{eq:one}&#xA;  e^{i\pi} + 1 = 0&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;This is a link to the equation \ref{eq:one}, when it shouldn't be...&#xA;\let\ref\oldref %% Changing it back to normal behaviour&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I also tried using renewcommand, but that failed too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's got something to do with the *, since &lt;code&gt;\let\ref\autoref&lt;/code&gt; works fine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can't just find and replace the ones I want unlinked, because they are inside &lt;code&gt;LTXexample&lt;/code&gt; environments, and I want the code to display as &lt;code&gt;\ref&lt;/code&gt; not as &lt;code&gt;\ref*&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I have two questions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;How do I get this temporary redefinition of &lt;code&gt;\ref&lt;/code&gt; to work?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Or&lt;/em&gt;, how do I turn off equation links globally, but still have URL links work? (And if possible, is there a way to then have &lt;em&gt;some&lt;/em&gt; equations linky with a different command)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2010-11-28T18:36:33.303" Title="Selectively turn off hyperref links" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6094" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6093" CreationDate="2010-11-28T15:41:43.973" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Instead of &lt;code&gt;\ref*&lt;/code&gt; use &lt;code&gt;\@refstar&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\let\ref\@refstar&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why? hyperref redefines &lt;code&gt;\ref&lt;/code&gt; this way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareRobustCommand\ref{\@ifstar\@refstar\T@ref}%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\@ifstar&lt;/code&gt; is a LaTeX command which tests if the next character is a &lt;code&gt;*&lt;/code&gt;. In this case the &lt;code&gt;*&lt;/code&gt; would be gobbled and the first of the following commands will be executed (&lt;code&gt;\@refstar&lt;/code&gt;), otherwise the second (&lt;code&gt;\T@ref&lt;/code&gt;). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thus, &lt;code&gt;\ref*&lt;/code&gt; is essentially the same as &lt;code&gt;\@refstar&lt;/code&gt; und you could use that instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If one would like to go deeper: the &lt;a href=&quot;http://sunsite.bilkent.edu.tr/pub/tex/ctan/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;source code documentation&lt;/a&gt; of hyperref (or &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;hyperref.dtx&lt;/code&gt; on CTAN&lt;/a&gt; or on your local TeX system) tells that &lt;code&gt;\HyRef@StarSetRef&lt;/code&gt; belongs to &lt;code&gt;\ref*&lt;/code&gt; and would not be linked, and &lt;code&gt;\@refstar&lt;/code&gt; is defined this way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\@refstar#1{%&#xA;  \HyRef@StarSetRef{#1}\@firstoffive&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-28T18:36:33.303" LastActivityDate="2010-11-28T18:36:33.303" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6095" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6078" CreationDate="2010-11-28T15:43:41.787" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Apparently my first answer was based on a (partial?) misunderstanding of the question, so here is take 2. No external file this time.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;% this is just for demonstration purposes:&#xA;\newcommand{\guest}[1]{{\message{[Inviting: #1]}}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begingroup\obeylines%&#xA;\def\doguests#1^^M{%&#xA;  \ifx\relax#1\relax\else%&#xA;  \guest{#1}\expandafter\doguests\fi}%&#xA;\def^^M{ and }\doguests%&#xA;Luke Skywalker&#xA;Obi-Wan Kenobi&#xA;{Han Solo&#xA; Princess Leia}&#xA;&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2010-11-28T15:43:41.787" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6096" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6091" CreationDate="2010-11-28T15:51:39.470" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;LaTeX 3 (i.e., the expl3 package) has a &quot;bitmap allocator&quot; that only allocates streams if they are opened&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;With LuaTeX you can use the standard Lua libraries, giving you an essentially unlimited number of open files&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2010-11-28T15:51:39.470" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6097" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6091" CreationDate="2010-11-28T16:32:30.743" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've never experimented with changing it, but &lt;code&gt;texmf.cnf&lt;/code&gt; has (near the end)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;max_in_open = 15        % simultaneous input files and error insertions, &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which you could paste into the local texmf.cnf and adjust. (On my system, the appropriate file to make changes to is &lt;code&gt;/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf.cnf&lt;/code&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I guess you would have to rebuild your formats after doing this before the changes take effect. You might have issues with hard-coded limits in LaTeX that assume a maximum of 15 io streams; it's too late for me to check right now &lt;code&gt;:)&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-11-28T16:32:30.743" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6098" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6102" CreationDate="2010-11-28T16:38:57.833" Score="8" ViewCount="218" Body="&lt;p&gt;The following MWE produces a PDF whose TOC has two entries: “Foo” and “Bar” with correct page numbers. So far, so good. However, upon clicking on the link to “Bar”, I am taken to the page for “Foo” instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{report}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\newcommand*\backmatter{\setcounter{chapter}{0}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\chapter{Foo}&#xA;\backmatter&#xA;\chapter{Bar}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Produced with &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt;, run twice.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This MWE is whittled down from a (&lt;em&gt;much&lt;/em&gt;!) more complex document but the above does seem to reproduce the error reliably.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Re-setting the chapter count seems to confuse hyperref, even though the page references are still accurate. Notice that in my real document, &lt;code&gt;\backmatter&lt;/code&gt; does other things, including setting the numbering style to alphabetical so there’s no chance of confusion even though both chapters are ostensibly labelled as “Chapter 1”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;How do I fix this?&lt;/strong&gt; Is this a bug? Are there workarounds?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2010-11-28T17:25:29.600" Title="Wrong (hyper-)references after resetting chapter counter" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;counters&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6099" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6098" CreationDate="2010-11-28T16:56:35.533" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You have two chapter 1. Naturally this confuse hyperref. You must give the internal counter a unique &quot;look&quot;. E.g.:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{report}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\newcommand*\backmatter{%&#xA; \setcounter{chapter}{0}%&#xA; \renewcommand\theHchapter{back.\arabic{chapter}}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\chapter{Foo}&#xA;\backmatter&#xA;\chapter{Bar}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-11-28T16:56:35.533" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6100" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6101" CreationDate="2010-11-28T16:57:04.297" Score="4" ViewCount="219" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is related to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3173/how-to-make-a-figure-span-on-two-columns-in-a-scientific-paper&quot;&gt;How to make a figure span on two columns in a scientific paper?&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In a table* element, I want to put two \tabular{} elements, and get them appear side by side. I will then need to caption them as (a) and (b) and create labels (for references in the text) and so forth. If I just use the table* element, the tables appear below each other and are centred across the two columns.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: In response to TH: This is what I tried. Both tables still appear on the right column.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\begin{table*}&#xA;\subfloat[Before processing]{&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|c|c|}&#xA;\hline &#xA;Year &amp; Month &amp; Country &amp; State &amp; Impressions\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline&#xA;\hline &#xA;2007 &amp; JAN &amp; IN &amp; TN &amp; 3\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;2007 &amp; JAN &amp; IN &amp; TN &amp; 1\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{table}&#xA;\subfloat[After processing]{&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|c|c|}&#xA;\hline &#xA;Year &amp; Month &amp; Country &amp; State &amp; Impressions\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline&#xA;\hline &#xA;2007 &amp; JAN &amp; IN &amp; TN &amp; 7\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;2007 &amp; FEB &amp; IN &amp; KA &amp; 13\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;}&#xA;\caption{overall}&#xA;\end{table*}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1877" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-02T22:20:28.177" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T22:20:28.177" Title="How to put two tables in a table* element so that the tables appear side by side in a two column layout scientific paper?" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;two-column&gt;&lt;subfloats&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="6101" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6100" CreationDate="2010-11-28T17:03:46.727" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You should use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.math.ku.edu/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/subfig/subfig.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;subfig&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{table*}&#xA;\subfloat[First caption]{\begin{tabular}{...}...\end{tabular}}&#xA;\subfloat[Second caption]{\begin{tabular}{...}...\end{tabular}}&#xA;\caption{Overall caption}&#xA;\end{table*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This can be used in conjunction with the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/floatrow&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;floatrow&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package. See the &lt;code&gt;subfig&lt;/code&gt; documentation for an example that aligns captions using &lt;code&gt;floatrow&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Your example has an extra &lt;code&gt;\begin{table}&lt;/code&gt; that doesn't belong. It also has a blank line which causes TeX to start a new paragraph which is why one table appears on top of the other.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a complete example where I've also cleaned up your tables following the guidelines given in the documentation to the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/booktabs&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;booktabs&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[twocolumn]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{subfig}&#xA;\usepackage{booktabs}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{table*}&#xA;\subfloat[Before processing]{&#xA;\begin{tabular}{ccccc}&#xA;\toprule&#xA;Year &amp;amp; Month &amp;amp; Country &amp;amp; State &amp;amp; Impressions\\&#xA;\midrule&#xA;2007 &amp;amp; JAN &amp;amp; IN &amp;amp; TN &amp;amp; 3\\&#xA;2007 &amp;amp; JAN &amp;amp; IN &amp;amp; TN &amp;amp; 1\\&#xA;\bottomrule &#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;}%&#xA;\hfill&#xA;\subfloat[After processing]{&#xA;\begin{tabular}{ccccc}&#xA;\toprule &#xA;Year &amp;amp; Month &amp;amp; Country &amp;amp; State &amp;amp; Impressions\\&#xA;\midrule &#xA;2007 &amp;amp; JAN &amp;amp; IN &amp;amp; TN &amp;amp; 7\\&#xA;2007 &amp;amp; FEB &amp;amp; IN &amp;amp; KA &amp;amp; 13\\&#xA;\bottomrule &#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;}&#xA;\caption{overall}&#xA;\end{table*}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-28T20:17:31.367" LastActivityDate="2010-11-28T20:17:31.367" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="6102" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6098" CreationDate="2010-11-28T17:25:29.600" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hyperref is just too clever sometimes. Make it dumber, and hence more robust:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[hypertexnames=false]{hyperref}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2010-11-28T17:25:29.600" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6103" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6514" CreationDate="2010-11-28T17:27:58.887" Score="5" ViewCount="244" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a (rather long-ish) hierarchical structure, typeset with the &lt;code&gt;dirtree&lt;/code&gt; package. However, I have some issues when breaking the tree over to a new page -- the line may protrude up to the very top of the sheet writeable area, extending into the headings area.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that I used the headings here only to better illustrate the issue, they are not necessary to exemplify the problem. But I do have a similar page setup, and it looks particularly unpleasant with the horizontal rule being intersected by the tree lines.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's an example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage{dirtree}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;&#xA;\fancyhf{}&#xA;\fancyhead[C]{\emph{\nouppercase{\rightmark}}}&#xA;\fancyfoot[C]{\thepage}&#xA;\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0.4pt}&#xA;\renewcommand{\footrulewidth}{0.4pt}&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;\renewcommand{\sectionmark}[1]{\markright{#1}}&#xA;\renewcommand{\subsectionmark}[1]{\markright{#1}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum[1-4]&#xA;\dirtree{%&#xA;.1 spam.&#xA;.2 eggs.&#xA;.2 ham.&#xA;.3 circus.&#xA;.3 parrot.&#xA;.4 knights.&#xA;.3 spamalot.&#xA;.4 ni.&#xA;.5 brian.&#xA;.5 vikings.&#xA;.2 meaning.&#xA;}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/generic/dirtree/dirtree.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;package documentation&lt;/a&gt; says that a command &lt;code&gt;\DTsplittree&lt;/code&gt; is in the To-Do list, that will allow splitting the tree over several pages. Any ideas for a dirty hack or a workaround that I might be able to use in the meantime? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've used some other tricks from the book, like reducing the line spacing and playing with font size, and I guess I could split it in two a few smaller parts (which I will have to fit again between pages!) if I can't find another way of doing it. But I'm more interested in a TeXnical solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update&lt;/strong&gt; Let's see if this will get answered if some 100 bonus rep is thrown at it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="711" LastEditorUserId="711" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-02T08:37:52.940" LastActivityDate="2010-12-04T15:59:07.767" Title="Dirtree pagebreak issue" Tags="&lt;page-breaking&gt;&lt;dirtree&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="6104" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6105" CreationDate="2010-11-28T17:59:03.697" Score="7" ViewCount="418" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want numbers like 5.5 million to be displayed using a comma as a thousands separator as &quot;5,500,000&quot;. Is there a way to do this automatically, without having to manually put commas?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1877" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T07:39:53.173" Title="How to display numbers using comma as a thousands separator?" Tags="&lt;numbering&gt;&lt;formatting&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="6105" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6104" CreationDate="2010-11-28T18:03:13.690" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/siunitx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;siunitx&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package has this sort of facility.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\num[group-separator={,}]{1234567890}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Should give you 1,234,567,890&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also you can use this as a package option like so: &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[group-separator={,}]{siunitx}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Be warned, this doesn't seem to work with older versions  of &lt;code&gt;siunitx&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-28T21:00:22.453" LastActivityDate="2010-11-28T21:00:22.453" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="6106" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6115" CreationDate="2010-11-28T18:45:26.400" Score="2" ViewCount="199" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi, I'm wondering if there are other commands associated with the switch symbol so that one doesn't have to specify if the switch is open or closed. I would like the switch symbol with two connectors and a line rather than the open switch (ospst) and closed switch (cspst). I've looked all over and can't seem to find any solution. &#xA;Thanks &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2169" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-07T01:49:04.760" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T01:49:04.760" Title="Different switch symbols in circuitikz?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;circuitikz&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="6107" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6113" CreationDate="2010-11-28T18:46:55.013" Score="8" ViewCount="285" Body="&lt;p&gt;I do not know any TikZ so I cannot use &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3161/tikz-how-to-draw-an-arrow-in-the-middle-of-the-line&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt; post, which otherwise is precisely what I am looking for. So how do I make such a square? The best I could come up with was &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ar@{-}[r]^{\delta}|-{&amp;gt;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but it doesn't look good and does not work on vertical lines/arrows. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, having done this square my guess would be that the corners would be empty, that is, the edges would not meet each other. How do I fix that problem?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2170" LastActivityDate="2010-11-28T19:56:23.953" Title="How do I make the arrow --&gt;-- using xymatrix?" Tags="&lt;xy-pic&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="6109" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6122" CreationDate="2010-11-28T19:17:57.267" Score="4" ViewCount="411" Body="&lt;p&gt;The horizontal navigational bar of this beamer presentation&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[utf8,compress]{beamer}&#xA;\usetheme{Singapore}&#xA;\setbeamertemplate{mini frames}{}&#xA;\begin{document} &#xA;&#xA;\section{1}&#xA;\subsection{a}&#xA;\frame{\frametitle{Beamer navigation}Frame text} &#xA;\subsection{b}&#xA;\frame{Frame text} &#xA;\subsection{c}&#xA;\frame{Frame text} &#xA;\section{2}&#xA;\frame{Frame text}&#xA;\section{3}&#xA;\frame{Frame text}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;shows one entry for each section of the presentation (in this case 1,2 and 3).&#xA;For my purposes -- rather than showing entries for each section -- I need to have entries for the subsections displayed, so that where it reads &quot;1,2,3&quot; now it will then read &quot;a,b,c&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have been plowing through the Beamer manual, but without success. Suggestions anyone? Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Harry&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2166" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T14:09:33.530" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T14:09:33.530" Title="Customize Beamer navigational bar" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;layout&gt;&lt;navigation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="6110" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6075" CreationDate="2010-11-28T19:37:47.123" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you are just trying to get the name of the organisation not to be broken down and &quot;scrambled&quot; maybe you can try writing the name between curly brackets in your bibtex file (an extra pair of {} enclosing the name of the company). This will tell TeX to write the name exactly as it is.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This trick also works when you don't want TeX to put upper cases or do the changes it usually does with the fields of a particular entry from your bib file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="14" LastActivityDate="2010-11-28T19:37:47.123" />
  <row Id="6111" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6129" CreationDate="2010-11-28T19:42:03.563" Score="2" ViewCount="387" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to set the space between paragraphs in beamer (in a block environment).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried using &lt;code&gt;\setlength{\parskip}{8pt plus 1pt minus 1pt}&lt;/code&gt; in the beginning of the document, with varying numbers (up to 30pt), but that never changed a thing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to set larger spaces between paragraphs when using beamer?&#xA;I could use &lt;code&gt;\vspace&lt;/code&gt; perhaps (did not try), but that sounds like a bad solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT:&#xA;I should have mentioned: I am doing it with beamerposter.sty.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;here is a minimal example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[final,t]{beamer}&#xA;\mode&amp;lt;presentation&amp;gt;&#xA;{&#xA; \usetheme{Warsaw}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{times}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath,amsthm, amssymb, latexsym}&#xA;\usepackage{exscale}&#xA;\usepackage{booktabs, array}&#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[orientation=landscape,size=custom,width=230,height=110,scale=1.9]{beamerposter}&#xA;&#xA;\setlength{\parskip}{35pt plus 1pt minus 1pt}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}{}&#xA;\begin{columns}[t]&#xA;\begin{column}{.3\linewidth}&#xA;  \begin{block}{Title}&#xA;  A&#xA;&#xA;  B&#xA;&#xA;  \end{block}&#xA;\end{column}&#xA;\end{columns}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A and B should be much more separated, but they are not here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2172" LastEditorUserId="2172" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-28T21:51:17.087" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T00:11:09.330" Title="how do I set the space between paragraphs with beamer?" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;paragraphs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6112" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6119" CreationDate="2010-11-28T19:43:02.783" Score="3" ViewCount="256" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I set the header and footer for pages as in the picture below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;On the top - title of the document and horizontal line below it.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;On the bottom - author's name and title of subsection on the left side and page numbering on the right, with horizontal line above.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/inO5K.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;page layout&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1164" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-28T20:20:17.977" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T13:50:21.997" Title="How to set style of header and footer with horizontal lines in report document type?" Tags="&lt;header-footer&gt;&lt;rules&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="6113" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6107" CreationDate="2010-11-28T19:45:02.287" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You want an arrowhead in the middle of the arrow?&#xA;Use the ‘break’ via &lt;code&gt;|-*=0@{&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt;.&#xA;This drops the directional tip, taking up no space.&#xA;It should work whatever the direction of the arrow.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hope this helps,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ross&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;BTW, the list  Xy-pic@tug.org  is the best point of contact&#xA;for Xy-pic related questions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2173" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-28T19:56:23.953" LastActivityDate="2010-11-28T19:56:23.953" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6114" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6124" CreationDate="2010-11-28T19:53:53.457" Score="5" ViewCount="459" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a TikZ/PGF axis enviroment where by default numbers are shown along the ticks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want it to look like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/vsfJy.png&quot; alt=&quot;Axis without tick numbers&quot;&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Axis without tick numbers)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I found out how to modify the ticks itself using something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;    x tick label style={major tick length=0pt}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in the options of an axis environment.&#xA;But I couldn't find out how to modify the numbers along the ticks itself.&#xA;Isn't there an option to hide them?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My current code to generate the 1st example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrartcl}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{plotmarks}&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplots}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \begin{axis}[&#xA;      title={Test Axis},&#xA;      xlabel={Test X Label},&#xA;      ylabel={Test Y Label},&#xA;    ]&#xA;    \end{axis}&#xA;  \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2171" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-29T02:07:31.830" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T02:07:31.830" Title="Hide tick numbers in a TikZ/PGF axis environment." Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;pgfplots&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6115" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6106" CreationDate="2010-11-28T19:54:11.427" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The following code is a modification of the definition of &lt;code&gt;cspst&lt;/code&gt;. I just removed the arc and the arrow.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{circuitikz}&#xA;&#xA;% modified code from pgfcircbipoles.sty and circuitikz1.code.tex&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;% create the shape&#xA;\pgfcircdeclarebipole{}{\ctikzvalof{bipoles/interr/height 2}}{spst}{\ctikzvalof{bipoles/interr/height}}{\ctikzvalof{bipoles/interr/width}}{&#xA;&#xA;    \pgfsetlinewidth{\pgfkeysvalueof{/tikz/circuitikz/bipoles/thickness}\pgfstartlinewidth}&#xA;&#xA;    \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfpoint{\pgf@circ@res@left}{0pt}}&#xA;    \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpoint{.6\pgf@circ@res@right}{\pgf@circ@res@up}}&#xA;    \pgfusepath{draw}   &#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% make the shape accessible with nice syntax&#xA;\def\pgf@circ@spst@path#1{\pgf@circ@bipole@path{spst}{#1}}&#xA;\tikzset{switch/.style = {\circuitikzbasekey, /tikz/to path=\pgf@circ@spst@path, l=#1}}&#xA;\tikzset{spst/.style = {switch = #1}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{circuitikz}&#xA;    \draw (0,0) to[switch, l=$t_0$] (2,0)&#xA;                to[spst] (2,-2);&#xA;\end{circuitikz}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/vCjFG.png&quot; alt=&quot;example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-11-28T19:54:11.427" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="6116" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6112" CreationDate="2010-11-28T20:08:54.787" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you can use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/memoir/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the memoir documentclass&lt;/a&gt;, then setting &lt;code&gt;\makeheadrule&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;makefootrule&lt;/code&gt; appropriately should do it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[openany,oneside]{memoir}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum} % This package generates blind text. It's not part of the example per se...&#xA;&#xA;\title{This is the title}&#xA;\author{A. Author}&#xA;&#xA;\makeheadrule{plain}{\textwidth}{\normalrulethickness}&#xA;\makefootrule{plain}{\textwidth}{\normalrulethickness}{0ex}&#xA;\makeoddhead{plain}{\thetitle}{}{}&#xA;\makeoddfoot{plain}{\theauthor}{}{\thepage} &#xA;&#xA;\pagestyle{plain}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;\chapter{The First Chapter}&#xA;\section{First section}&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;\section{Section another}&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you'd rather the rules didn't appear on the title page and on the first page of the chapter, replace &lt;code&gt;plain&lt;/code&gt; by something else throughout.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-29T13:43:17.697" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T13:43:17.697" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-11-29T07:10:50.490" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="6117" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6112" CreationDate="2010-11-28T20:11:34.550" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your best bet is probably the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/titlesec&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package. Here's a MWE for the article class that almost works... (The titling package defines &lt;code&gt;\theauthor&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\thetitle&lt;/code&gt; commands that &lt;em&gt;should&lt;/em&gt; print the contents of &lt;code&gt;\author{}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\title{}&lt;/code&gt; respectively. But &lt;code&gt;\thetitle&lt;/code&gt; seems to have broken...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{report}&#xA;\newcommand{\mytitle}{This is the title}&#xA;\title{\mytitle}&#xA;\author{A. Author}&#xA;\usepackage{titling}&#xA;\usepackage{titlesec}&#xA;\renewpagestyle{plain}{&#xA;\headrule&#xA;\sethead{\mytitle}{}{}&#xA;\setfoot{\theauthor --- \sectiontitle}{}{\thepage}&#xA;\footrule&#xA;}&#xA;\pagestyle{plain}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section{First section}&#xA;\newpage&#xA;&#xA;\section{Section another}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, since the title of the document doesn't change you can just set it yourself. Or use a trick like defining &lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\mytitle}{This is the Title}&lt;/code&gt; and then putting &lt;code&gt;\title{\mytitle}&lt;/code&gt; and then putting &lt;code&gt;\mytitle&lt;/code&gt; in the relevant place in this example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This all works fine with report class, and since the OP asked for report class, that's what I went with. But I'd actually recommend the KOMA or memoir solutions, since they're better in general...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As it stands at the moment, this solution does everything automatically except the document title (which can be done with the &lt;code&gt;\mytitle&lt;/code&gt; trick. There's a memoir solution that works with everything except the subsection title. Lockstep's KOMA solution can automatically do title and author if you add the &lt;code&gt;titling&lt;/code&gt; package...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-29T13:50:21.997" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T13:50:21.997" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="6118" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6114" CreationDate="2010-11-28T20:15:44.600" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The line&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pgfplotsset{ticks=none}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;removes both ticks an labels.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Regarding hiding only the tick labels: one idea is to set the tick label color to the backround color. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pgfplotsset{tick label style={color=white},&#xA;  label style={font=\small},&#xA;  legend style={font=\small}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To shift the axis label, additionally modify the corresponding style, for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pgfplotsset{every axis x label/.style={&#xA;  at={(0.5,0)},&#xA;  below,&#xA;  yshift=-5pt}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Adjust the &lt;code&gt;yshift&lt;/code&gt; parameter. Similar for the y axis.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pgfplotsset{every axis y label/.style={&#xA;  at={(0,0.5)},&#xA;  xshift=-15pt,&#xA;  rotate=90}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/SRv5v.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-28T20:55:58.857" LastActivityDate="2010-11-28T20:55:58.857" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6119" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6112" CreationDate="2010-11-28T20:18:57.353" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's an example using the &lt;code&gt;scrpage2&lt;/code&gt; package from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/koma-script.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;KOMA-Script&lt;/a&gt; bundle.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{report}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[nouppercase,headsepline,footsepline,plainfootsepline]{scrpage2}&#xA;\automark{section}&#xA;\pagestyle{scrheadings}&#xA;\clearscrheadfoot&#xA;\ihead{(Document title)}&#xA;\ofoot[\pagemark]{\pagemark}% Optional argument controls chapter-starting pages&#xA;\ifoot[(Author) -- \headmark]{(Author) -- \headmark}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand*{\footfont}{\normalfont\slshape}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\blinddocument&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: Used the &lt;code&gt;\automark&lt;/code&gt; command in order to display section headings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-28T22:04:46.570" LastActivityDate="2010-11-28T22:04:46.570" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6120" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-28T20:19:01.787" Score="4" ViewCount="228" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi everyone,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have a bibliography list in Word 2007, but want to import them into JabRef (bibTex). I have searched around, the bibliography in Word is stored in an XML file, but JabRef does not import via such format? I wonder if there is an efficient way to do this so I don't need to add the entries one by one. Many thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2175" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T09:50:51.280" Title="Import Word 2007 bibliography into JabRef?" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;jabref&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6121" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6127" CreationDate="2010-11-28T20:49:47.090" Score="0" ViewCount="156" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi, I'm using the Powerdot class to make a presentation. Powerdot uses eps pictures and thus on compiling, I'm using the normal route: Latex &gt; dvi &gt; ps &gt; pdf. In Ghostscript, we have the ps2pdf tool. I normally use -dPDFSETTINGS=/prepress for all usage. I read somewhere that setting the /screen option instead of /prepress creates a smaller pdf file. For the presentation that I'm working on, I see that both settings give the same file size. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In any case, what's the best option to put for a presentation? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Am I right to think that setting the option to /prepress will create a file of high resolution that will make the presentation appear very well on a projector?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks a lot...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="993" LastEditorUserId="993" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-28T20:55:30.520" LastActivityDate="2010-11-28T22:59:06.170" Title="presentation: option screen or prepress in ps2pdf?" Tags="&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;size&gt;&lt;presentations&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="6122" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6109" CreationDate="2010-11-28T21:08:25.220" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;That section navigation bar is dynamic. I think it's not well prepared to work for subsections instead, though it's possible to display the subsection numbers a, b, c additionally in the header.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That's why I recommend to change the presentation sectioning structure if this kind of navigation is needed: you could make subsections to sections and sections to parts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The miniframes theme uses &lt;code&gt;\insertnavigation&lt;/code&gt; of &lt;code&gt;beamerbasenavigation.sty&lt;/code&gt; which calls &lt;code&gt;\dohead&lt;/code&gt; of &lt;code&gt;beamerbasemisc.sty&lt;/code&gt;. Have a look at the code there:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\headcommand#1{\global\advance\beamer@totalheads by1\relax%&#xA;  \expandafter\gdef\csname @@head\the\beamer@totalheads\endcsname{#1}}&#xA;\def\dohead{\beamer@headcounter=0\loop\ifnum\beamer@headcounter&amp;lt;\beamer@totalheads%&#xA;  \advance\beamer@headcounter by1\relax%&#xA;  \csname @@head\the\beamer@headcounter\endcsname\repeat}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You may check the produced &lt;code&gt;.nav&lt;/code&gt; files for the &lt;code&gt;\headcommand&lt;/code&gt; calls (made by &lt;code&gt;beamerbasesection.sty&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-28T22:18:07.177" LastActivityDate="2010-11-28T22:18:07.177" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6123" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6125" CreationDate="2010-11-28T21:30:54.427" Score="3" ViewCount="86" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have just started using the glossaries package, and as I'm writing my documents in icelandic  I run into a certain problem. The glossaries package assumes the words are in two forms, singular or plural, but for icelandic the same word can easily take 10 forms. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I guess there are some people here writing in other languages who may have a good solution for this (I tried to search, but this package gets a little too technical for me, beyond the standard options of the package). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I'm looking for is preferably a way to put in what form should be presented in the main text, maybe &lt;code&gt;\gls[word presented in text]{glossaryentry}&lt;/code&gt; or something similar.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1614" LastActivityDate="2010-11-28T21:55:17.120" Title="Using the glossaries package in other languages." Tags="&lt;languages&gt;&lt;glossaries&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="6124" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6114" CreationDate="2010-11-28T21:41:51.230" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just add &lt;code&gt;yticklabels={,,}&lt;/code&gt; to the options for the &lt;code&gt;axis&lt;/code&gt; environment. Your example then looks like shown below.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrartcl}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{plotmarks}&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplots}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \begin{axis}[%&#xA;      title={Test Axis},&#xA;      xlabel={Test X Label},&#xA;      ylabel={Test Y Label},&#xA;      yticklabels={,,}&#xA;    ]&#xA;    \end{axis}&#xA;  \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This feature is documented in Section 4.14.2 (Tick Alignment: Positions and Shifts) on page 180 of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/pgfplots&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pgfplots&lt;/a&gt; 1.4.1 manual. Quite hidden in the last example of the mentioned section.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-11-28T21:41:51.230" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6125" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6123" CreationDate="2010-11-28T21:55:17.120" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think you're looking for the &lt;code&gt;\glsdisp&lt;/code&gt; command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{glossaries}&#xA;\makeglossary&#xA;\newglossaryentry{minex}{name={minimal example},description={bla}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;How to create a \glsdisp{minex}{special minimal example} \dots&#xA;&#xA;\printglossary&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-11-28T21:55:17.120" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6126" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="329" CreationDate="2010-11-28T22:08:50.013" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using beamer+biblatex you could also write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\frame[shrink=50] {\printbibliography} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2178" LastActivityDate="2010-11-28T22:08:50.013" />
  <row Id="6127" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6121" CreationDate="2010-11-28T22:59:06.170" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can find all options of ps2pdf  &lt;a href=&quot;http://pages.cs.wisc.edu/~ghost/doc/cvs/Ps2pdf.htm#Options&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;. The &lt;code&gt;PDFsettings&lt;/code&gt; part is below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;-dPDFSETTINGS=configuration&#xA;    Presets the &quot;distiller parameters&quot; to one of four predefined settings:&#xA;&#xA;        * /screen selects low-resolution output similar to the Acrobat Distiller &quot;Screen Optimized&quot; setting.&#xA;        * /ebook selects medium-resolution output similar to the Acrobat Distiller &quot;eBook&quot; setting.&#xA;        * /printer selects output similar to the Acrobat Distiller &quot;Print Optimized&quot; setting.&#xA;        * /prepress selects output similar to Acrobat Distiller &quot;Prepress Optimized&quot; setting.&#xA;        * /default selects output intended to be useful across a wide variety of uses, possibly at the expense of a larger output file. &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So in principle /screen will give the smallest output. It's already enough for a projector.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1967" LastActivityDate="2010-11-28T22:59:06.170" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6128" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6019" CreationDate="2010-11-28T22:59:55.847" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;With TikZ, you can define a pattern which allows to fill any shape with a hexagonal grid by adding the option &lt;code&gt;pattern=hexagons&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/nAzOS.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{patterns}&#xA;&#xA;\def\hexagonsize{0.5cm}&#xA;\pgfdeclarepatternformonly&#xA;  {hexagons}% name&#xA;  {\pgfpointorigin}% lower left&#xA;  {\pgfpoint{3*\hexagonsize}{0.866025*2*\hexagonsize}}%  upper right&#xA;  {\pgfpoint{3*\hexagonsize}{0.866025*2*\hexagonsize}}%  tile size&#xA;  {% shape description&#xA;   \pgfsetlinewidth{0.4pt}&#xA;   \pgftransformshift{\pgfpoint{0mm}{0.866025*\hexagonsize}}&#xA;   \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfpoint{0mm}{0mm}}&#xA;   \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpoint{0.5*\hexagonsize}{0mm}}&#xA;   \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpoint{\hexagonsize}{-0.866025*\hexagonsize}}&#xA;   \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpoint{2*\hexagonsize}{-0.866025*\hexagonsize}}&#xA;   \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpoint{2.5*\hexagonsize}{0mm}}&#xA;   \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpoint{3*\hexagonsize+0.2mm}{0mm}}&#xA;   \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfpoint{0.5*\hexagonsize}{0mm}}&#xA;   \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpoint{\hexagonsize}{0.866025*\hexagonsize}}&#xA;   \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpoint{2*\hexagonsize}{0.866025*\hexagonsize}}&#xA;   \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpoint{2.5*\hexagonsize}{0mm}}&#xA;   \pgfusepath{stroke}&#xA;  }&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\fill[pattern=hexagons] (0,0) rectangle (10,5);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\fill[pattern=hexagons] (0,0) circle (3cm);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can change the size of the hexagons by modifying the value of the macro &lt;code&gt;\hexagonsize&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1973" LastActivityDate="2010-11-28T22:59:55.847" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6129" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6111" CreationDate="2010-11-29T00:11:09.330" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;By using &lt;code&gt;\addtobeamertemplate&lt;/code&gt; you can set &lt;code&gt;\parskip&lt;/code&gt; for each block environment:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\addtobeamertemplate{block begin}{}{\setlength{\parskip}{35pt plus 1pt minus 1pt}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It works with your minimal example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That command &lt;code&gt;\addtobeamertemplate&lt;/code&gt; is very useful for many kinds of modifications.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T00:11:09.330" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6130" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6104" CreationDate="2010-11-29T00:26:59.293" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Seamus' answer involving &lt;code&gt;siunitx&lt;/code&gt; is the Right Way&lt;sup&gt;TM&lt;/sup&gt; to do this. That said, it's not so hard to write a simple macro to pretty-print numbers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcount\ppnum&#xA;\newcommand\ppnumber[1]{%&#xA;        \ppnum=#1\relax&#xA;        \ifnum\ppnum&amp;lt;0&#xA;                $-$%&#xA;                \ppnum=-\ppnum&#xA;        \fi&#xA;        \let\pptemp\empty&#xA;        \loop\ifnum\ppnum&amp;gt;999&#xA;                \count255=\ppnum&#xA;                \divide\ppnum by1000&#xA;                \count255=\numexpr \count255 - 1000*\ppnum \relax&#xA;                \edef\pptemp{,\ifnum\count255&amp;lt;100 0\ifnum\count255&amp;lt;10 0\fi\fi&#xA;                             \the\count255 \pptemp}%&#xA;        \repeat&#xA;        \the\ppnum&#xA;        \pptemp&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first time I wrote this, I used a token register rather than &lt;code&gt;\pptemp&lt;/code&gt;, but that required writing &lt;code&gt;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\expandafter...&lt;/code&gt; which just seemed excessive.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Given that I've now had to fix two bugs in my code, maybe I shouldn't have claimed that it isn't so hard to do this. =)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-07T07:39:53.173" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T07:39:53.173" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6131" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-29T02:50:45.393" Score="11" ViewCount="535" Body="&lt;p&gt;Actually I am new to Subversion. Shortly speaking, Subversion is a tool to manage versioning of documents, especially for software developers. You can find the details &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Apache_Subversion&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have a team to write a book using LaTeX, each member can create, update and delete the supporting files. To avoid any loss of data, I want to manage the synchronization using Subversion.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a LaTeX editor supporting Subversion out of the box?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT 1: Thanks all for your response. &#xA;I just wait for a couple of days to get more options from others. Then I will mark as the answer, of course not so objective :D&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-30T16:37:07.933" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T09:22:30.040" Title="Is there a LaTeX editor supporting Subversion out of the box?" Tags="&lt;editors&gt;&lt;revision-control&gt;&lt;ide&gt;" AnswerCount="9" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="6132" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6131" CreationDate="2010-11-29T02:56:33.397" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I wish I could say TeXShop, my editor of choice, but I can't.  There's always &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.emacswiki.org/emacs/SubVersion&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;emacs&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://subclipse.tigris.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Eclipse&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T02:56:33.397" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="6133" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6662" CreationDate="2010-11-29T03:23:56.643" Score="2" ViewCount="317" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to draw an example of the logical operation of a logic gate for an analog electronics report.&#xA;In the following code:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  \begin{circuitikz}&#xA;\draw (-3,0) to[battery] (-3,2);&#xA;\draw (-3,2) to[switch=${\rm s_1}$] (-1,2);&#xA;\draw (-1,2) to[switch=${\rm s_2}$] (1,2);&#xA;\draw (1,2) -- (1,2);&#xA;\draw (1,2) to[lamp=L] (1,0);&#xA;\draw (1,0) -- (-3,0);&#xA;\draw (-0.8,0) node[anchor=north] {$s_1$ \underline{and} $s_2=$ L};&#xA;\draw (0.62,1) node[anchor=east] {L};&#xA;\end{circuitikz}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I noticed that if I try and use to &lt;code&gt;to[short, -*]&lt;/code&gt; for a connector before the switch command it disrupts the positioning of the switch itself. Is there a way to have connectors (black dots) at the base of the line where the switch would be connected?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;M. Redaelli--&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hi, thank you for your answer. I tried the ospst command when i first compiled the image, but i wanted the arrows removed and the connectors in at the base of the line. I asked a question about removing the arrows and someone replied. He created the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%macro for switches without the arrows (cspst) and (ospst)&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;%create the shape&#xA;\pgfcircdeclarebipole{}{\ctikzvalof{bipoles/interr/height 2}}{spst}{\ctikzvalof&#xA;{bipoles/interr/height}}{&#xA;&#xA;\pgfsetlinewidth{\pgfkeysvalueof{/tikz/circuitikz/bipoles/thickness}\pgfstartlinewidth}  &#xA;\pgfpathmoveto{\pgfpoint{\pgf@circ@res@left}{0pt}}&#xA;\pgfpathlineto{\pgfpoint{.6\pgf@circ@res@right}{\pgf@circ@res@up}}&#xA;\pgfusepath{draw}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;%make the shape accessible with nice syntax&#xA;\def\pgf@circ@spst@path#1{\pgf@circ@bipole@path{spst}{#1}}&#xA;\tikzset{switch/.style = {\circuitikzbasekey, /tikz/to path=\pgf@circ@spst@path, l=#1}}&#xA;\tikzset{spst/.style = {switch = #1}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which worked well for the switch without the arrow. The reason I wanted to remove the arrows and add the connectors is because I am converting one of my electronics professor's hand written notes into tex files. I just discovered tikz and circuitikz, so I am very new to these environments. As a result I have tried to create style files for such a switch but I have not been successful. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you for your time,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Jasper&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;P.S. I love CircuiTikz!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2169" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-07T01:47:59.610" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T01:48:13.807" Title="Drawing switches in circuitikz with connectors (dots)" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;circuitikz&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="6134" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6131" CreationDate="2010-11-29T04:31:44.947" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In addition to the usual suspects (vim, emacs, etc.), for editors actually designed for LaTeX in particular, I believe &lt;a href=&quot;http://jlatexeditor.endrullis.de/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;jLaTeXEditor&lt;/a&gt; does. I don't use it personally, however.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T04:31:44.947" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6135" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6155" CreationDate="2010-11-29T07:23:46.233" Score="7" ViewCount="572" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a diagram of 4 nodes in my beamer slide.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  \begin{figure}[h]&#xA;  \begin{centering}&#xA;  \begin{tikzpicture}[system/.style={draw,rectangle,rounded corners=3,minimum width=2cm,text width=1.8cm,text centered}]&#xA;    \node [system] (fe) {Feature Extraction};&#xA;    \node [system] (am) [right=of fe] {Acoustic Model};&#xA;    \node [system] (lm) [right=of am] {Language Model};&#xA;    \node [system] (d) [below=of lm] {Decoder};&#xA;&#xA;    \draw[-&amp;gt;] (fe) |- (am);&#xA;    \draw[-&amp;gt;] (am) |- (d);&#xA;    \draw[-&amp;gt;] (lm) -- (d.north);&#xA;&#xA;  \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \end{centering}&#xA;  \end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I in a second slide &quot;highlight&quot; one of the nodes, like I can do with &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;alert@n&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; for a item in a list?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With highlighting I mean for example giving a color and thickening the lines.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="459" LastEditorUserId="459" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-29T08:41:56.337" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T12:52:42.913" Title="How to make beamer overlays with Tikz node" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;overlays&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="6136" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6131" CreationDate="2010-11-29T07:33:34.310" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the same editor you are using today, and use subversion with &lt;a href=&quot;http://tortoisesvn.tigris.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tortoise svn&lt;/a&gt;. Tortoise is a simple and good windows explorer extension. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="795" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T07:33:34.310" />
  <row Id="6137" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6140" CreationDate="2010-11-29T08:26:22.380" Score="3" ViewCount="332" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hallo all,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I started using the scrartcl class and then all the fonts (section, title ...) were messed up. How can I get them back as they where when I used &lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt;. Do I have to set them all with &lt;code&gt;addtokomafont&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And the second thing is. Even if I do this the sections in the tableofcontents is still the wrong font.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2132" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-29T16:55:05.413" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T16:55:05.413" Title="Fonts in scrartcl." Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;koma-script&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;article&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="6138" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6135" CreationDate="2010-11-29T08:48:44.523" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are a few ways to do this, exactly which is best will depend on what you want the highlighting effect to be.  One way is to have separate nodes with the two styles and then show one on one slide and one on the other.  Another way is to define a style that is wrapped in an &lt;code&gt;\only&lt;/code&gt;.  Actually, using beamer's reimplementation of &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt;, one can make &lt;code&gt;\tikzset&lt;/code&gt; overlay-aware.  Here's a couple of possibilities:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{positioning}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand&amp;lt;&amp;gt;{\btikzset}[2]{\alt#3{\tikzset{#1}}{\tikzset{#2}}}&#xA;&#xA;\tikzset{highlight/.style={red,fill=green,text=blue}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;\begin{figure}[h]&#xA;  \begin{centering}&#xA;  \begin{tikzpicture}[system/.style={draw,rectangle,rounded corners=3,minimum width=2cm,text width=1.8cm,text centered}]&#xA;    \node [system] (fe) {Feature Extraction};&#xA;    \node&amp;lt;1&amp;gt; [system] (am) [right=of fe] {Acoustic Model};&#xA;    \node&amp;lt;2&amp;gt; [system,highlight] (am) [right=of fe] {Acoustic Model};&#xA;    \node [system] (lm) [right=of am] {Language Model};&#xA;    \node [system] (d) [below=of lm] {Decoder};&#xA;&#xA;    \draw[-&amp;gt;] (fe) |- (am);&#xA;    \draw[-&amp;gt;] (am) |- (d);&#xA;    \draw[-&amp;gt;] (lm) -- (d.north);&#xA;&#xA;  \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \end{centering}&#xA;  \end{figure}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;\begin{figure}[h]&#xA;  \begin{centering}&#xA;  \begin{tikzpicture}[system/.style={draw,rectangle,rounded corners=3,minimum width=2cm,text width=1.8cm,text centered}]&#xA;  \btikzset&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;{highlighton2/.style={highlight}}{highlighton2/.style={}}&#xA;&#xA;    \node [system] (fe) {Feature Extraction};&#xA;    \node [system,highlighton2] (am) [right=of fe] {Acoustic Model};&#xA;    \node [system] (lm) [right=of am] {Language Model};&#xA;    \node [system] (d) [below=of lm] {Decoder};&#xA;&#xA;    \draw[-&amp;gt;] (fe) |- (am);&#xA;    \draw[-&amp;gt;] (am) |- (d);&#xA;    \draw[-&amp;gt;] (lm) -- (d.north);&#xA;&#xA;  \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \end{centering}&#xA;  \end{figure}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Notes:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I found that &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand&amp;lt;&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; didn't work, possibly because I was making &lt;code&gt;\tikzset&lt;/code&gt; take two arguments - thus having it work like &lt;code&gt;\alt&lt;/code&gt; rather than &lt;code&gt;\only&lt;/code&gt;.  This was to avoid complaints of unknown keys.  An alternative would be to define an empty style, say &lt;code&gt;highlightOn&lt;/code&gt; at the start and then have &lt;code&gt;\tikzset&lt;/code&gt; map &lt;code&gt;highlightOn&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;highlight&lt;/code&gt; on frame 2 and do nothing on other frames.  This would work with &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand&amp;lt;&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand&amp;lt;&amp;gt;{\tikzset}[1]{\only#2{\beameroriginal{\tikzset}{#1}}}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\tikzset{highlight/.style={red,fill=green,text=blue}}&#xA;\tikzset{highlighton2/.style={}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then in the frame:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\tikzset&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;{highlighton2/.style={highlight}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Perhaps the truly elegant way would be to define a new key, &quot;highlight on=&quot;, using the code handler.  But I've only just learnt of the existence of that so I'll leave that solution to someone else.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T08:48:44.523" />
  <row Id="6139" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6131" CreationDate="2010-11-29T08:55:09.483" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use WinEdt on my Windows XP. There's a component for SVN which you can easily add:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.winedt.org/Config/menus/svn.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.winedt.org/Config/menus/svn.php&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It works fine with Tortoise SVN (for Windows). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="993" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T08:55:09.483" />
  <row Id="6140" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6137" CreationDate="2010-11-29T09:14:46.517" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The headings are far from being messed up. They are just tagged differently. And the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/koma-script&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;KOMA Script&lt;/a&gt; manual tells you quite clearly how you can get what you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[english]{scrartcl}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;\setkomafont{disposition}{\normalfont\bfseries}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \Blinddocument&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T09:14:46.517" />
  <row Id="6141" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6131" CreationDate="2010-11-29T09:15:39.320" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Auctex on Emacs:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.emacswiki.org/emacs/SubVersion&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;SubVersion, Emacs Wiki page&lt;/a&gt;;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.emacswiki.org/emacs/AUCTeX&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Auctex, same place&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The other editor, Vim, has &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=922&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;a Subversion plugin&lt;/a&gt;.  Vim does have special support for editing Latex &amp;amp;c, but it's not such a polished offering.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Both Emacs and Vim work well on Windows.  Take a look at the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/windows/faq.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;GNU FAQ for Emacs on Windows&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T09:22:30.040" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T09:22:30.040" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6142" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6120" CreationDate="2010-11-29T09:50:51.280" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't know of anything that will work without bother.  For Word 2007, Reference Manager will &lt;a href=&quot;http://ragrawal.wordpress.com/2009/03/07/releasing-reference-manager-beta-for-word-2007/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;export Word's bibliography&lt;/a&gt; to Bibtex.  The next release is intended to handle Word 2010 bibliographies.  I have the impression that you can import the 2010 format sources.xml files into Word 2007, with Word 2007 dropping what it doesn't understand, but I can't recall where I got the idea.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One of the authors of the JabRef Word References exporters wrote a bit about converting between the two formats: see his &lt;a href=&quot;http://mahbub.wordpress.com/2007/03/24/details-of-microsoft-office-2007-bibliographic-format-compared-to-bibtex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Details of Microsoft Office 2007 Bibliographic Format Compared to BibTex&lt;/a&gt;.  It looks hard to do cleanly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T09:50:51.280" />
  <row Id="6143" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-29T10:12:06.413" Score="8" ViewCount="634" Body="&lt;p&gt;How to use &lt;code&gt;if then else&lt;/code&gt; structure in LaTeX?&#xA;I need a example of odd and even page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;if odd then&#xA;  command 1&#xA;else&#xA;  command 2&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Régis&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1940" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-29T23:20:14.270" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T00:33:57.273" Title="If Then Else for odd page/even page in LaTeX" Tags="&lt;programming&gt;&lt;conditionals&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="6144" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6143" CreationDate="2010-11-29T10:17:54.933" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/ifthen.html#Visit&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;ifthen&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{ifthen}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA; \ifthenelse{\isodd{\thepage}}&#xA;   {Odd}&#xA;   {Even}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="575" LastEditorUserId="575" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-29T13:58:10.833" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T13:58:10.833" />
  <row Id="6145" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6194" CreationDate="2010-11-29T10:25:57.430" Score="5" ViewCount="204" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've written a makefile for my current project which produces all deliverables (executable, written in C, and report, written in LaTeX). I have a directory structure whereby the Makefile and outputs (pdf and executable) sit in the parent directory, and source code sits in a Code/ directory, and the LaTeX sits in a /Report directory, similar to:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/BfSk9.png&quot; alt=&quot;Directory Structure Diagram&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At present the Makefile (in the Project directory) has to &lt;code&gt;cd&lt;/code&gt; into the Report directory before running LaTeX, a bit like the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Report: $(CODEFILES) $(TEXFILES) Report/Build&#xA;    cd Report/; \&#xA;    $(TEX) $(TEXARGS) Report.tex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any way to tell LaTeX run as if it were in another directory, or have I done this in the best possible way? It just seems a bit of a fudge, and I'm always keen to learn of cleaner solutions!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edited&lt;/strong&gt; to update diagram, and to mention that the real problem is because Report.tex includes subfiles, preventing me from doing &lt;code&gt;latex Report/Report.tex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="181" LastEditorUserId="181" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-29T10:45:01.653" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T06:26:42.403" Title="Is there any way to build a LaTeX document from a parent directory?" Tags="&lt;compiling&gt;&lt;makefile&gt;&lt;folders&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="6146" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3" CreationDate="2010-11-29T10:29:57.427" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's another one I found:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tools.jcisio.com/tex/eq.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://tools.jcisio.com/tex/eq.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T10:29:57.427" />
  <row Id="6147" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6152" CreationDate="2010-11-29T10:55:31.490" Score="2" ViewCount="333" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to change the color of a footnote, both the text and the mark in a presentation I'm preparing using beamer. The example I give below works in article but not in beamer...any ideas why not?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%\documentclass{article} %works.&#xA;\documentclass{beamer}   %does not work.&#xA;\usepackage{color}&#xA;\renewcommand{\thefootnote}{\color{red}\fnsymbol{footnote}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;Thus we expand every part of the solution, $u, U, V$, and $\lambda$ &#xA;as an asymptotic series\footnote{\color{red}This is &#xA;actually a lie\ldots but don't tell anyone}:&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-05T18:18:30.533" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T18:18:30.533" Title="Adding color to the footnote mark in Beamer" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;footnotes&gt;&lt;color&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="6148" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-11-29T10:59:33.640" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;The {macro} tag is for questions specifically concerning TeX's macro processor.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questions about the peculiarities of such TeX commands as &lt;code&gt;\def, \edef, \expandafter, \noexpand,&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\futurelet&lt;/code&gt; are appropriate, or LaTeX commands such as &lt;code&gt;\newcommand.&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that, because TeX uses macros ubiquitously, most questions about code that uses macros are not looking for information about how macros work, and so are not appropriate for this tag. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-09T22:07:49.080" LastActivityDate="2011-01-09T22:07:49.080" />
  <row Id="6149" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-11-29T10:59:33.640" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="The {macro} tag is for questions specifically concerning TeX's macro processor." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-09T22:07:49.143" LastActivityDate="2011-01-09T22:07:49.143" />
  <row Id="6150" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6172" CreationDate="2010-11-29T11:20:31.873" Score="3" ViewCount="458" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried to look for a similar problem but could not find any. I hope that anybody with a bit more experience can get me a bit more insight in &#xA;&lt;strong&gt;how I should be using biblatex with XeLaTeX?&lt;/strong&gt; I think biblatex fully supports UTF-8... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I use the following code (is not a real MWE, since you don't have the bibliographies)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;     \documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec,xltxtra}&#xA;\usepackage{polyglossia}&#xA;    \setmainlanguage{english}&#xA;    \usepackage{csquotes}&#xA;    \usepackage[bibstyle=numeric, citestyle=numeric-comp, sorting=none]{biblatex}&#xA;    \bibliography{cluster}&#xA;    \begin{document}&#xA;    sometext sometextsometextsom&#xA;    test \citep{Wu2004}&#xA;    \printbibliography&#xA;    \end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I get the following error: &lt;code&gt;Package csquotes Warning: Using preliminary 'polyglossia' interface.&#xA;(csquotes)                Some of the multilingual features may not&#xA;(csquotes)                work as expected.&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and as a result of this, my citations keep staying undefined:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Latex warning Citation 'Wu2004' on page 1 undefined on input line 15&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Based on the comments I made the following adaptions to my script to utilize biber which is UTF8 aware. However it is not fully working:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\usepackage{xltxtra}&#xA;\usepackage{polyglossia}&#xA;\setmainlanguage{english}&#xA;\usepackage{csquotes}&#xA;\usepackage[bibstyle=numeric, citestyle=numeric-comp, sorting=none,backend=biber]{biblatex}%this style compresses the numbering &#xA;\bibliography{cluster}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;sometext sometextsometextsom&#xA;test \cite{Wu2004}&#xA;\printbibliography&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Texnic center (my editor) I made the following adaptions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;changed so it uses biber instead of bibtex: path: &lt;code&gt;C:\additional Tex packages\biber\biber.exe&lt;/code&gt; and I passed the following arguments to it: &lt;code&gt;%pm&lt;/code&gt; (main file's full path)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the following errors occur, it seems the bbl file is not created.. what am I doing wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Package biblatex Info: Trying to load bibliographic data...&#xA;Package biblatex Info: ... file 'testA.bbl' not found.&#xA;&#xA;No file testA.bbl.&#xA;Package biblatex Info: Reference section=0 on input line 11.&#xA;Package biblatex Info: Reference segment=0 on input line 11.&#xA;&#xA;LaTeX Warning: Citation 'Wu2004' on page 1 undefined on input line 13.&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;LaTeX Warning: Empty bibliography on input line 14.&#xA;&#xA;[1] (H:\xetex_testing\testA.aux)&#xA;&#xA;LaTeX Warning: There were undefined references.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2182" LastEditorUserId="2182" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-29T15:39:50.927" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T17:33:17.460" Title="How to use biblatex and XeLaTeX at the same time?" Tags="&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;biblatex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="6151" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6035" CreationDate="2010-11-29T12:09:32.227" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's an idea:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Run the the *tex compilation as usual, and calculate the number of pages.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;On the second run, customize the page number to be shown as &lt;code&gt;TotalPageNum-CurrentPagenum+1&lt;/code&gt; (calculated by a formula, that is).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;There is no step 3.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You probably can skip doing this until your document is finished, so that this is a one-off operation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are so many things that might be unfeasible or outright difficult, but perhaps that could work. At least, this is not likely to be dependent on a particular document class.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="711" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T12:09:32.227" />
  <row Id="6152" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6147" CreationDate="2010-11-29T12:28:36.857" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use the beamer class command &lt;code&gt;\setbeamercolor&lt;/code&gt; for coloring footnotes and footnote marks, for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setbeamercolor{footnote}{fg=red}&#xA;\setbeamercolor{footnote mark}{fg=red}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-29T15:37:03.893" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T15:37:03.893" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="6153" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6154" CreationDate="2010-11-29T12:36:00.203" Score="4" ViewCount="137" Body="&lt;p&gt;I start latex via the commandline with &lt;code&gt;latex filename&lt;/code&gt;.&#xA;What do I have to do to get a pdf instead of a dvi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="239" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T03:35:26.577" Title="What commandline parameter to get pdf" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;" AnswerCount="4" />
  <row Id="6154" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6153" CreationDate="2010-11-29T12:37:46.613" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;pdflatex filename&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T12:37:46.613" />
  <row Id="6155" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6135" CreationDate="2010-11-29T12:52:42.913" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I used to do this according to Andrew's solution until I read his note #2, and it reminded me that PGF's keys can do pretty much anything.  The key (excuse the pun) is to create a key that processes other keys conditional on the slide number:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\tikzset{onslide/.code args={&amp;lt;#1&amp;gt;#2}{%&#xA;  \only&amp;lt;#1&amp;gt;{\pgfkeysalso{#2}} &#xA;}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using &lt;code&gt;\pgfkeysalso&lt;/code&gt; doesn't reset the current key path, whereas &lt;code&gt;\pgfkeys&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\tikzset&lt;/code&gt; would.  Then you can use the key &lt;code&gt;onslide=&amp;lt;overlay specification&amp;gt;{keys}&lt;/code&gt; to set keys only on specific slides.  The slightly inelegant twist is that if your overlay specification contains commas the entire pair of overlay spec and keys has to be embraced.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Complete example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{positioning}&#xA;&#xA;\tikzset{onslide/.code args={&amp;lt;#1&amp;gt;#2}{%&#xA;  \only&amp;lt;#1&amp;gt;{\pgfkeysalso{#2}} % \pgfkeysalso doesn't change the path&#xA;}}&#xA;&#xA;\tikzstyle{highlight}=[red,ultra thick]&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA; \begin{figure}[h]&#xA;  \begin{centering}&#xA;  \begin{tikzpicture}[system/.style={draw,rectangle,rounded corners=3,minimum width=2cm,text width=1.8cm,text centered}]&#xA;    \node [system,onslide=&amp;lt;3-&amp;gt;{highlight}] (fe) {Feature Extraction};&#xA;    \node [system,onslide={&amp;lt;2,4&amp;gt;{green}}] (am) [right=of fe] {Acoustic Model};&#xA;    \node [system] (lm) [right=of am] {Language Model};&#xA;    \node [system] (d) [below=of lm] {Decoder};&#xA;&#xA;    \draw[-&amp;gt;] (fe) |- (am);&#xA;    \draw[-&amp;gt;] (am) |- (d);&#xA;    \draw[-&amp;gt;] (lm) -- (d.north);&#xA;&#xA;  \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \end{centering}&#xA;  \end{figure}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You will be disappointed about the jiggling of your picture when the line thickness keys are applied.  You might have to avoid relative positioning to make that go away.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T12:52:42.913" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6156" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6153" CreationDate="2010-11-29T13:00:19.637" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you have to pass a switch for some strange reason, &lt;code&gt;latex -fmt pdflatex filename&lt;/code&gt; should do the same thing as &lt;code&gt;pdflatex filename&lt;/code&gt;.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-29T14:30:21.307" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T14:30:21.307" />
  <row Id="6157" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-29T13:40:05.070" Score="2" ViewCount="174" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm typesetting an algorithm using the &lt;code&gt;algorithmx&lt;/code&gt; package as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{algorithm}&#xA;  \caption{\textsc{Whatever}}&#xA;  \begin{algorithmic}[1]&#xA;  ...&#xA;\end{algorithm}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I would like it to float like a figure. If I replace &lt;code&gt;\begin{algorithm}&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}&lt;/code&gt; it does float as I like, however, the caption does not look as pretty any more (I presume it is redefined by a sig-alternate class I am using for the whole document).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to have both a nice caption and floating behaviour at the same time?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2186" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T23:59:49.470" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T23:59:49.470" Title="Floating an algorithm?" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;captions&gt;&lt;algorithms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6158" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-29T14:23:54.307" Score="1" ViewCount="178" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi all,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I use the epigraph package to define the following declaration that looks as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\epigraph{This work has appeared in:}{Max Mustermann, How the Euro will crash.}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That looks then as follows&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;This work has appeared in:&#xA;-----------------------------&#xA;Max Mustermann, How the Euro will crash.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It does look okay, but I do not like the line in between. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The docu says:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;By default, a rule is drawn between&#xA;  the text and source , with the rule&#xA;  thickness being given by the value of&#xA;  &lt;code&gt;\epigraphrule&lt;/code&gt;. The value can be&#xA;  changed by using the LaTeX&#xA;  &lt;code&gt;\setlength&lt;/code&gt; command. A value of 0pt&#xA;  will eliminate the rule.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;UPDATE&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am not too sure where to put this setlength command, e.g.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setlength{\epigraphrule}{0pt}&#xA;\epigraph{This work has appeared in:}{Max Mustermann, How the Euro will crash.}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;does not work. I get the error: Missing number, treated as zero.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any idea how to do that properly&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Many thanks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2188" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-29T15:15:40.457" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T15:15:40.457" Title="How can I eliminate the epigraph rule?" Tags="&lt;epigraphs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6159" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-29T14:30:56.093" Score="5" ViewCount="332" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using memoir class for my thesis and I would like some help. Am fairly new to LaTeX but I am not new to programming so I can pick up easily.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I will appreciate some help in pointing me in the right direction. Here is what I want to achieve.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am using the default memoir style, and I have created a minimal document. In my thesis, all chapters in mainmatter are publications I made to some journals. In the mainmatter then, I want to have a style as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;chapternamepage - blankpage - startofchapter&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In chapternamepage I want to have Chapter Title as well as information about authors and citation of the publication. I have though of using epigraph for this, is this the right way ?&#xA;Secondly, for the TOC entry for each chapter, I want to have the chaptertitle as well as the citation of the publication, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am using bibliostyle and all the citations above need to follow the same style.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can someone help me as I start this project ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2189" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-28T22:30:18.680" LastActivityDate="2010-12-28T22:30:18.680" Title="pagestyle and chapterstyle design" Tags="&lt;memoir&gt;&lt;page-style&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="6160" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6158" CreationDate="2010-11-29T14:31:28.360" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;code&gt;\setlength&lt;/code&gt; it this way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setlength{\epigraphrule}{0pt}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A complete tiny example, which compiles without error and doesn't show the line:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\usepackage{epigraph}&#xA;\setlength{\epigraphrule}{0pt}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\chapter{Test}&#xA;\epigraph{This work has appeared in:}{Max Mustermann, How the Euro will crash.}&#xA;text&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-29T14:56:47.827" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T14:56:47.827" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6161" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6244" CreationDate="2010-11-29T14:33:13.347" Score="2" ViewCount="224" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using the documentclass &quot;book&quot;. I put a set of &lt;code&gt;\frontmatter&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\mainmatter&lt;/code&gt; instructions around everything that's before chapter 1. But now, LaTeX skips two pages at the beginning of the main matter. I've tried adding &lt;code&gt;\nopagebreak&lt;/code&gt; instructions, even &lt;code&gt;\nopagebreak[4]&lt;/code&gt;; it doesn't change anything. LaTeX, still wants pages 1 and 2 to be blank. What am I doing wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: a &lt;code&gt;\begin{verse}&lt;/code&gt; instruction is placed before the first &lt;code&gt;\chapter&lt;/code&gt; instruction. Is that wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: Putting the verse environment after the chapter begins works, but it's not the most &quot;logical&quot; was of describing my content. I guess the question now becomes, &quot;why does putting a verse environment before the chapter declaration cause two blank pages to show up?&quot; Obviously, it has something to do with chapters starting on odd pages, but it's still not very logical.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: What the wrong code looks like is (simplified, but tested):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\frontmatter&#xA;Lorem Ipsum&#xA;&#xA;\mainmatter&#xA;\begin{verse}&#xA;% Two blank pages numbered 1 and 2 are inserted here.&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{}&#xA;Dolor si amet.&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{}&#xA;Lipsum&#xA;&#xA;\end{verse}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Putting the verse environment after the first chapter solves the problem, but the chapters are called from &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; commands, so I'd like them to be consistent.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2118" LastEditorUserId="2118" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-30T14:59:10.893" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T15:14:37.193" Title="\mainmatter adds page breaks that I don't want" Tags="&lt;front-matter&gt;&lt;main-matter&gt;&lt;page-breaking&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="6162" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6143" CreationDate="2010-11-29T14:42:06.910" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As Harald has pointed out already, the use of \thepage isn't foolproof to decide whether we are on an even or odd page. Try this extended version of Ryan's example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{ifthen}&#xA;\newcounter{mycount}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\noindent\whiledo{\themycount&amp;lt;130}{%&#xA;  \ifthenelse{\isodd{\thepage}}%&#xA;    {Odd\\}%&#xA;    {Even\\}%&#xA;  \stepcounter{mycount}%&#xA;}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You will read `Odd' on every page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Instead, it is safer to use a label/pageref approach:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{ifthen}&#xA;\newcounter{mycount}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\noindent\whiledo{\themycount&amp;lt;130}{%&#xA;  \label{mylabel\themycount}%&#xA;  \ifthenelse{\isodd{\pageref{mylabel\themycount}}}%&#xA;    {Odd\\}%&#xA;    {Even\\}%&#xA;  \stepcounter{mycount}%&#xA;}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alexander&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1053" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T14:42:06.910" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6164" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6161" CreationDate="2010-11-29T14:48:03.137" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You're not providing a minimal example. ;-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's an example using the book class with four pages front matter, four pages main matter and &lt;em&gt;no&lt;/em&gt; blank pages in between.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\frontmatter&#xA;&#xA;\blinddocument&#xA;&#xA;\mainmatter&#xA;&#xA;\blinddocument&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: A &lt;code&gt;\begin{verse}&lt;/code&gt; (but no &lt;code&gt;\end{verse}&lt;/code&gt;) before your first &lt;code&gt;\chapter&lt;/code&gt; command is a) probably wrong b) surely a bad idea and c) surely the cause of your blank pages. What do you want to accomplish using the &lt;code&gt;verse&lt;/code&gt; environment?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-29T15:26:41.167" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T15:26:41.167" />
  <row Id="6166" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6157" CreationDate="2010-11-29T15:16:35.557" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Thanks to Harald's advice I found the following two-line solution to my problem:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{float}&#xA;\newfloat{algorithm}{t}{lop}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This was sufficient to make all my algorithm blocks to float exactly as I needed them to.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See also: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/float/float.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot; title=&quot;Float package reference&quot;&gt;&quot;float&quot; package reference&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2186" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T15:16:35.557" />
  <row Id="6167" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-29T15:51:07.087" Score="5" ViewCount="188" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm working on the &lt;em&gt;same&lt;/em&gt; TeX file (it's in a git repository) at different places. However, these different places have different versions of LaTeX installed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At work, I need these headers:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[caption=false]{caption}&#xA;\usepackage[font=footnotesize]{subfig}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At home (newer version of the subfig package), I need these headers:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[font=footnotesize,caption=false]{subfig}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The wrong headers will cause the compile to fail: Using the &quot;work&quot; headers at home, subfig complains that I should stop using the caption package. Using the &quot;home&quot; headers at work, subfig complains about unknown parameters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to have LaTeX detect the version of subfig available and use the &quot;correct&quot; &lt;code&gt;\usepackage&lt;/code&gt; statements?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2190" LastActivityDate="2010-12-18T08:48:19.033" Title="Package parameters should depend on the build environment" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;subfloats&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="6168" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6167" CreationDate="2010-11-29T17:18:22.127" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use an external file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;header_work.tex:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[caption=false]{caption}&#xA;\usepackage[font=footnotesize]{subfig}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;header_home.tex:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% foo, see question&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;main.tex:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{foo}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{bar}&#xA;&#xA;\input{header}&#xA;%...&#xA;begin{document}&#xA;%...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then you can write a small makefile or shell-script that creates the right header.tex link depending on your environment, e.g. a build.sh:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;#!/bin/sh&#xA;rm -f header.tex&#xA;SOURCE=&quot;header_home.tex&quot;&#xA;if [ `hostname` = &quot;foo&quot;]&#xA;then&#xA;  SOURCE=&quot;header_work.tex&quot;&#xA;fi&#xA;ln -s $SOURCE header.tex&#xA;&#xA;pdflatex main.tex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="929" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T17:18:22.127" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="6169" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6170" CreationDate="2010-11-29T17:26:15.697" Score="4" ViewCount="51" Body="&lt;p&gt;I defined the following command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\reqWVSDataSource}[0]{&#xA;\hyperref[req:wvsDataSource]{\textit{Req01}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I use it like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;(\reqWVSDataSource)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;hyperref adds a leading space. Thus the result is &quot;( Req01)&quot; instead of &quot;(Req01)&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I disable this leading space?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2192" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T17:45:57.183" Title="How to disable leading space from hyperref?" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;macros&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="6170" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6169" CreationDate="2010-11-29T17:29:45.837" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try the following (note the &quot;%&quot; at the end of the first line):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\reqWVSDataSource}[0]{%&#xA;\hyperref[req:wvsDataSource]{\textit{Req01}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: For an explanation see &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=spinmacro&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt; entry in the UK TeX FAQ.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT2: As your new command takes no argument, the optional count argument &lt;code&gt;[0]&lt;/code&gt; in the definition may be omitted.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-29T17:45:57.183" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T17:45:57.183" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6171" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-29T17:32:26.733" Score="10" ViewCount="296" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need to format extremely long strings of text. I would like to be able to specify their width, and have them wrap, with or without some special symbol to indicate that the line is wrapped. The problem is, however, that these strings do not contain any spaces. Here's an example of what I would like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\foo{2in}&#xA;{17823941237490812347123904712389407123408917234890123748912034712985712389012351}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I would like to get an hbox containing this long number, but spanning several lines, so that I get a rectangle 2in wide.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anyone know of a package/trick/macro that does this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2193" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-17T08:15:45.163" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T08:15:45.163" Title="Wrapping long lines that contain no spaces" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;formatting&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6172" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6150" CreationDate="2010-11-29T17:33:17.460" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Thanks for all the assistance people, I was able to come up with a solution, the problem was, that I passed the full tex filename to biber instead of the filename without extension (biber needs the *.bcf file that is created after running latex instead of the *.tex file)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Solution:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First of all make sure you have biber.exe located somewhere on your harddrive.&#xA;Load the biblatex package with the following preamble &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[backend=biber]{biblatex}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After this set your latex editor to process using biber.exe, in TexnicCenter this works as follows (but examples for other editors such as emacs can be found in the biber.pdf documentation)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From the topmenu: &lt;code&gt;Build/Define Output Profiles/&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Path to bibtex executable:    &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;fill in location of biber.exe&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Command line arguments to pass to Bibtex:    &lt;code&gt;&quot;%bm&quot;&lt;/code&gt; (is same as main file's full path without extension)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks again for all help&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2182" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T17:33:17.460" />
  <row Id="6173" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5915" CreationDate="2010-11-29T17:49:39.653" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For info, here is the email that I received from AMS technical support today.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;ian,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  there's no question that this is a bug,&#xA;  but there &lt;em&gt;is&lt;/em&gt; a question about what&#xA;  sort of bug it is.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;if you change the document class line to  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;\documentclass[11pt,draft]{amsart}  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;you will see that the effect is quite&#xA;  different.  in particular, the aligned&#xA;  formula is centered on the page width in&#xA;  both instances -- it was a design feature&#xA;  to not center multi-line displays on&#xA;  narrowed list environments, but this&#xA;  appears to be overridden in the article&#xA;  class.  centering on narrower text has&#xA;  been requested, and this will be considered&#xA;  in the next upgrade, which is expected to&#xA;  be scheduled sometime early in 2011; if&#xA;  the request is accepted, this will probably&#xA;  be made an option, to avoid affecting&#xA;  existing documents.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;if you replace just &quot;article&quot; by &quot;amsart&quot;,&#xA;  you will see that the overfull lines are&#xA;  indeed reported.  so this too is specific&#xA;  to the article class, not the ams classes.&#xA;  however, since amsmath is used extensively&#xA;  with non-ams classes, compatibilty is&#xA;  important.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;i have added this to the list of problems&#xA;  to be addressed with the next upgrade.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;thank you for reporting it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2417" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T17:49:39.653" />
  <row Id="6176" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6171" CreationDate="2010-11-29T18:24:20.520" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Something along these lines perhaps:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\breaknumberanywhere{\hskip0pt\futurelet\next\breaknumberi}&#xA;\def\breaknumberi{\ifcat\next9\expandafter\breaknumberii\fi}&#xA;\def\breaknumberii#1{#1\breaknumberanywhere}&#xA;&#xA;\def\foo#1#2{\vtop{\hsize=#1\rightskip=0pt plus 1fil \leftskip=0pt&#xA;  \noindent\breaknumberanywhere#2}}&#xA;&#xA;Here is a long number:&#xA;\foo{2in}&#xA;{17823941237490812347123904712389407123408917234890123748912034712985712389012351}&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Edited to become a minimal working example, as requested in a comment. LaTeXifization left to the interested reader. I also set &lt;code&gt;\leftskip&lt;/code&gt; in order to make &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt; a bit more robust.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastEditorUserId="1424" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-29T19:26:35.433" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T19:26:35.433" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="6177" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6171" CreationDate="2010-11-29T19:30:33.827" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You may try the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/seqsplit&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;seqsplit&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T19:30:33.827" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="6178" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6180" CreationDate="2010-11-29T19:43:27.533" Score="4" ViewCount="155" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a project split into several &lt;code&gt;tex&lt;/code&gt; files that I make through &lt;code&gt;Sweave&lt;/code&gt; (an R function that weaves together LaTeX and R code). One of the files contains lines for references:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section{Viri in reference}&#xA;\def\section*#1{}&#xA;\bibliographystyle{/media/spajza1/tex/styles/diploma2}&#xA;%\bibliographystyle{unsrtnat}&#xA;\bibliography{/media/spajza1/clanki/bazaclankov}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I create the pdf in the following manner.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;pdflatex diploma; bibtex diploma; pdflatex diploma; pdflatex diploma&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;diploma.tex&lt;/code&gt; contains links to other segments of the project through &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt;. One of them is the above mentioned file with code for references.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Because I have a few references starting with local characters, the order is not as I would want it to be. Where (or when in the sequence of producing a pdf) can I change the order of references (and perhaps edit them a bit)? I use JabRef as a reference manager.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;EDIT&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;I will add these few lines for posterity if I need to come back later to see how I resolved this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@TECHREPORT{Stirn1981,&#xA;  author = &quot;{\noopsort{Stirn} Štirn, J.}&quot;,&#xA;  title = {Manual of methods in aquatic environmental research},&#xA;  institution = {Food and agriculture organization of the united nations},&#xA;  year = {1981},&#xA;  timestamp = {2010.09.05}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="72" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-10T16:22:07.847" LastActivityDate="2010-12-10T16:22:07.847" Title="editing and sorting references" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;bibliographies&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="6179" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6131" CreationDate="2010-11-29T20:05:12.207" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;BBEdit of course!&#xA;Sometimes I need to edit TeX files in BBEdit rather TeXShop. Then I use a script that calls TeXShop for typesetting and previewing PDF files.&#xA;There is a Subversion Menu in BBEdit.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2196" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T20:05:12.207" />
  <row Id="6180" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6178" CreationDate="2010-11-29T20:12:45.210" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=bibprefixsort&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;See the Tex FAQ&lt;/a&gt;, which provides a horrible workaround for just this issue.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T20:12:45.210" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6181" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6153" CreationDate="2010-11-29T20:19:28.693" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In addition, there's also &lt;code&gt;latex -output-format pdf&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;latex &amp;amp;pdflatex file.tex&lt;/code&gt;, where the ampersand might need escaping according to your shell, or having %&amp;amp;pdflatex as the first line of your input file. OK, did we get them all?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1860" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T20:19:28.693" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6182" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-29T21:06:45.450" Score="1" ViewCount="177" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use &lt;code&gt;tkz-graph.sty&lt;/code&gt; from Altermundus. When I make an arrow from vertex A to vertex B, the arrow is too long: it goes from the center of A to the center of B. Can I shorten the arrow on both ends by a factor? In PSTricks, I used &lt;code&gt;nodesep&lt;/code&gt;, but that doesn't work in a &lt;code&gt;tikzpicture&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2198" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-21T05:32:55.743" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T05:32:55.743" Title="How to shorten the length of an arrow?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;tkz-collection&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6183" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-29T21:22:12.870" Score="5" ViewCount="127" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to take a box and retrieve the following information from it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;A list of all &quot;top level&quot; internal boxes;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;All intervening space (kerns and glue: did I forget another type of space?)?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You might wonder why I want this.  The reason is that I would like to be able to write, in a natural manner, a piece of text, but then to place each character inside a TikZ node without changing the spacing.  The reason for &lt;em&gt;that&lt;/em&gt; is so that I can refer to individual terms in a formula (say, for the purpose of putting arrows between them).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Currently I achieve this by doing the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzpackage{chains}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\tikzstyle{node text}=&#xA; [start chain,&#xA;  every node/.append style = {&#xA;   on chain, inner sep = 0pt, outer sep = 0pt,&#xA;   execute at begin node = \strut}, &#xA;  node distance = 0pt]&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\NodeTextCell}[2][]{&#xA; \node [inner sep = 0pt, outer sep = 0pt, #1] (my node)&#xA; \tikz[node text]{&#xA;  \foreach \letter [count = \n] in {#2}&#xA;   \node (my node*\n) {\letter};&#xA; }&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA; \NodeTextCell{A, {}\otimes{}, B, {}\otimes{}, C}&#xA; \draw (my node*1.north) to[bend left=30] (my node*3.north);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That's a little clunky, but I can live with it if necessary.  If you can think of a better way to do just this with TikZ, that would also serve as an answer.  Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="575" LastEditorUserId="575" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-29T22:01:23.943" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T09:33:16.940" Title="Reading the contents of a box" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;boxes&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6184" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6100" CreationDate="2010-11-29T21:22:51.500" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Complying with the request of &lt;strong&gt;TH.&lt;/strong&gt;, here comes an example that uses the »subcaption« package (shipped with &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/caption&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;caption&lt;/a&gt;). The tables will appear on top of page 3 of the resulting document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper,twocolumn,english]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{babel}&#xA;\usepackage[includeheadfoot,margin=2cm]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage[font=small,labelfont=bf,tableposition=top]{caption}&#xA;\usepackage[font=footnotesize]{subcaption}&#xA;\usepackage{booktabs}&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;%\DeclareCaptionSubType*[arabic]{table}&#xA;%\captionsetup[subtable]{labelformat=simple,labelsep=colon}&#xA;&#xA;\title{Two tables side by side in a \texttt{table*} environment within a two column document}&#xA;\author{Donatello}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \maketitle&#xA;&#xA;  \blinddocument&#xA;&#xA;  \begin{table*}&#xA;    \caption{Dummy tables}\label{tab:dummy}&#xA;    \centering&#xA;    \begin{subtable}[t]{\columnwidth}&#xA;      \caption{Dummy sub-table}\label{subtab-1:dummy}&#xA;      \centering&#xA;      \begin{tabular}{ccc}\toprule&#xA;        Table head &amp;amp; Table head &amp;amp; Table head \\ \midrule&#xA;        Some values &amp;amp; Some values &amp;amp; Some values \\&#xA;        Some values &amp;amp; Some values &amp;amp; Some values \\&#xA;        Some values &amp;amp; Some values &amp;amp; Some values \\ \bottomrule&#xA;      \end{tabular}&#xA;    \end{subtable}&#xA;    \hfill&#xA;    \begin{subtable}[t]{\columnwidth}&#xA;      \caption{Dummy sub-table}\label{subtab-2:dummy}&#xA;      \centering&#xA;      \begin{tabular}{ccc}\toprule&#xA;        Table head &amp;amp; Table head  &amp;amp; Table head\\ \midrule&#xA;        Some values &amp;amp; Some values &amp;amp; Some values \\&#xA;        Some values &amp;amp; Some values &amp;amp; Some values \\&#xA;        Some values &amp;amp; Some values &amp;amp; Some values \\ \bottomrule&#xA;      \end{tabular}&#xA;    \end{subtable}&#xA;  \end{table*}&#xA;&#xA;  \blinddocument&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have chosen &lt;code&gt;\columnwidth&lt;/code&gt; as width for the two &lt;code&gt;subtable&lt;/code&gt; environments and centered the two sub-tables optically in the respective column.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The commented lines shall serve as a possible example for redefining the numbering of the subtables.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As always, the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/blindtext&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;blindtext&lt;/a&gt; package is only for creating dummy text thus not part of the solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T21:22:51.500" />
  <row Id="6185" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6191" CreationDate="2010-11-29T21:26:43.913" Score="3" ViewCount="482" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's easy to absolute position something using &quot;remember picture&quot; with tikz, but it only works with pdfLaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can get something working by using negative vskip and hskips (trial and error), but that is pretty annoying.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can i position something on the top corner on the first slide without &quot;remember picture&quot;? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2199" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-29T21:28:12.913" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T22:23:12.650" Title="Absolute positioning in beamer and LaTeX" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;positioning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6186" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6183" CreationDate="2010-11-29T21:27:57.813" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are &lt;code&gt;\unhbox&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\unvbox&lt;/code&gt; to unpack the contents of a box into the current list. Then you would have to go through the list with &lt;code&gt;\lastskip&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\lastbox&lt;/code&gt;. This is not for the faint of heart, but there are examples of this in Victor Eijkhout's &lt;a href=&quot;http://eijkhout.net/texbytopic/texbytopic.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX by Topic&lt;/a&gt; as well as in the TeXbook.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T21:27:57.813" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6187" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1226" CreationDate="2010-11-29T22:01:16.243" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can also let latexmk call makeglossaries directly by adding the following to your latexmkrc file (in my case I had to add it to $HOME/.latexmkrc):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;add_cus_dep('glo', 'gls', 0, 'makeglossaries');&#xA;add_cus_dep('acn', 'acr', 0, 'makeglossaries');&#xA;&#xA;sub makeglossaries {&#xA;    system &quot;makeglossaries $_[0]&quot;;&#xA;    if ( -z &quot;$_[0].glo&quot; ) {&#xA;        open GLS, &quot;&amp;gt;$_[0].gls&quot;;&#xA;        close GLS;&#xA;    }&#xA;    return 0;&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2197" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T22:01:16.243" />
  <row Id="6188" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6230" CreationDate="2010-11-29T22:04:06.487" Score="3" ViewCount="235" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am sure I am not the only person to have had the following problem: one has a pdf document (usually some kind of a form that one needs to fill out over and over again) in a pdf file, which is not a form in the PDF sense. One wants to be able to fill the form quickly, and some fields are always the same. A solution is to use package &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/pdfpages/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pdfpages&lt;/a&gt; to include the form into .tex document and add some text with absolute positioning. Then each time one needs to fill the form, all it takes is a quick change of some text. This works, but the process of finding the correct absolute positions is slow even if one uses the binary search. Is there a tool to help with this? Or a better solution perhaps?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I know of &lt;a href=&quot;http://sourceforge.net/projects/pdfedit/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pdfedit&lt;/a&gt;, but it is unstable for me.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1630" LastEditorUserId="1630" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-29T22:19:58.030" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T11:51:54.200" Title="Quickly add text to existing pdf files / fill forms" Tags="&lt;pdf&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6189" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3901" CreationDate="2010-11-29T22:04:50.263" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In addition to Will's answer, the following definitions might come in handy for others wondering this same thing:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ifdefined\mathfont\else\def\mathfont{XITS Math}\fi&#xA;&#xA;\font\1=&quot;\mathfont:script=math&quot; at 10pt&#xA;\font\2=&quot;\mathfont:script=math;+ssty=0&quot; at 7pt&#xA;\font\3=&quot;\mathfont:script=math;+ssty=1&quot; at 5pt&#xA;\font\4=&quot;\mathfont:script=math;mapping=math-cal&quot; at 10pt&#xA;\font\5=&quot;\mathfont:script=math;mapping=math-bbb&quot; at 10pt&#xA;\textfont0=\1 \scriptfont0=\2 \scriptscriptfont0=\3&#xA;\textfont2=\4 \scriptfont2=\2 \scriptscriptfont2=\3&#xA;\textfont3=\1&#xA;\def\bbb{\fam\5}&#xA;&#xA;\font\1=&quot;\mathfont:script=math;mapping=math-italic&quot; at 10pt&#xA;\font\2=&quot;\mathfont:script=math;mapping=math-italic;+ssty=0&quot; at 7pt&#xA;\font\3=&quot;\mathfont:script=math;mapping=math-italic;+ssty=1&quot; at 5pt&#xA;\textfont1=\1 \scriptfont1=\2 \scriptscriptfont1=\3&#xA;&#xA;\def\Ord{&quot;0}\def\Op{&quot;1}\def\Bin{&quot;2}\def\Rel{&quot;3}\def\Open{&quot;4}\def\Close{&quot;5}\def\Punct{&quot;6}\def\Alpha{&quot;7}&#xA;\def\Roman{&quot;0}\def\Ita{&quot;1}\def\Sym{&quot;2}\def\Ext{&quot;3}&#xA;% Ord {{{&#xA;\XeTeXdelcode`\|=\Ord&quot;007C&#xA;\XeTeXmathcode`\/=\Ord\Sym&quot;2215&#xA;\XeTeXmathcode`\|=\Ord\Sym &quot;007C&#xA;\def\surd{\XeTeXmathchar \Ord\Sym`√}&#xA;\def\Vert{\XeTeXdelimiter \Ord\Sym`║} \let\|=\Vert&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\neg=      \Ord\Sym`¬  \let\lnot=\neg&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\imath=    \Ord\Ita`ı% XXX ı &quot;0131 ?&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\jmath=    \Ord\Ita`ȷ% XXX &quot;0237&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\backslash=\Ord\Sym`\\&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\hbar=     \Ord\Ita`ħ % XXX ℏ &quot;210F ?&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\aleph=    \Ord\Sym`ℵ % XXX א &quot;05D0 ?&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\Im=       \Ord\Sym`ℑ \XeTeXmathchardef\ell=        \Ord\Ita`ℓ&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\wp=       \Ord\Sym`℘ \XeTeXmathchardef\Re=         \Ord\Sym`ℜ&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\forall=   \Ord\Sym`∀ \XeTeXmathchardef\partial=    \Ord\Ita`∂&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\exists=   \Ord\Sym`∃ \XeTeXmathchardef\emptyset=   \Ord\Sym`∅&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\triangle= \Ord\Sym`∆ \XeTeXmathchardef\nabla=      \Ord\Sym`∇&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\infty=    \Ord\Sym`∞ \XeTeXmathchardef\angle=      \Ord\Sym `∠&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\top=      \Ord\Sym`⊤ \XeTeXmathchardef\bot=        \Ord\Sym `⊥&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\flat=     \Ord\Sym`♭ \XeTeXmathchardef\natural=    \Ord\Sym `♮&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\sharp=    \Ord\Sym`♯ \XeTeXmathchardef\prime=      \Ord\Sym`′&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\clubsuit= \Ord\Sym`♣ \XeTeXmathchardef\diamondsuit=\Ord\Sym`♢&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\heartsuit=\Ord\Sym`♡ \XeTeXmathchardef\spadesuit=  \Ord\Sym`♠&#xA;% }}}&#xA;% Op {{{&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\prod=    \Op\Ext`∏ \XeTeXmathchardef\coprod=   \Op\Ext`∐&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\sum=     \Op\Ext`∑ \XeTeXmathchardef\intop=    \Op\Ext`∫&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\ointop=  \Op\Ext`∮ \XeTeXmathchardef\bigodot=  \Op\Ext`⨀&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\bigoplus=\Op\Ext`⨁ \XeTeXmathchardef\bigotimes=\Op\Ext`⨂&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\bigwedge=\Op\Ext`⋀ \XeTeXmathchardef\bigvee=   \Op\Ext`⋁&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\bigcap=  \Op\Ext`⋂ \XeTeXmathchardef\bigcup=   \Op\Ext`⋃&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\biguplus=\Op\Ext`⨄&#xA;% }}}&#xA;% Bin {{{&#xA;\XeTeXmathcode`\-=\Bin\Sym`−&#xA;\XeTeXmathcode`\*=\Bin\Sym&quot;2217&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\wedge=   \Bin\Sym`∧ \let\land=\wedge&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\vee=     \Bin\Sym`∨ \let\lor=\vee&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\setminus \Bin\Sym`∖ \XeTeXmathchardef\wr=      \Bin\Sym`≀&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\pm=      \Bin\Sym`± \XeTeXmathchardef\mp=      \Bin\Sym`∓&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\times=   \Bin\Sym`× \XeTeXmathchardef\div=     \Bin\Sym`÷&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\cdot=    \Bin\Sym`⋅ \XeTeXmathchardef\star=    \Bin\Ita`⋆&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\ast=     \Bin\Sym`∗ \XeTeXmathchardef\diamond= \Bin\Sym`⋄&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\circ=    \Bin\Sym`∘ \XeTeXmathchardef\bullet=  \Bin\Sym`∙&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\cap=     \Bin\Sym`∩ \XeTeXmathchardef\cup=     \Bin\Sym`∪&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\sqcap=   \Bin\Sym`⊓ \XeTeXmathchardef\sqcup=   \Bin\Sym`⊔&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\uplus=   \Bin\Sym`⊎ \XeTeXmathchardef\bigcirc= \Bin\Sym`◯&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\dagger=  \Bin\Sym`† \XeTeXmathchardef\ddagger= \Bin\Sym`‡&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\oplus=   \Bin\Sym`⊕ \XeTeXmathchardef\ominus=  \Bin\Sym`⊖&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\otimes=  \Bin\Sym`⊗ \XeTeXmathchardef\oslash=  \Bin\Sym`⊘&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\odot=    \Bin\Sym`⊙ \XeTeXmathchardef\amalg=   \Bin\Sym`⨿&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\bigtriangleup=\Bin\Sym`△ \XeTeXmathchardef\bigtriangledown=\Bin\Sym`▽&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\triangleright=\Bin\Ita`▹ \XeTeXmathchardef\triangleleft=   \Bin\Ita`◃&#xA;% }}}&#xA;% Rel {{{&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\geq=       \Rel\Sym`≥ \let\ge=\geq&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\leq=       \Rel\Sym`≤ \let\le=\leq&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\ni=        \Rel\Sym`∋ \let\owns=\ni&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\leftarrow= \Rel\Sym`← \let\get=\leftarrow&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\rightarrow=\Rel\Sym`→ \let\to=\rightarrow&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\approx=    \Rel\Sym`≈ \XeTeXmathchardef\simeq=     \Rel\Sym`≃&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\asymp=     \Rel\Sym`≍ \XeTeXmathchardef\equiv=     \Rel\Sym`≡&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\ne=        \Rel\Sym`≠ \XeTeXmathchardef\cong=      \Rel\Sym`≅&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\prec=      \Rel\Sym`≺ \XeTeXmathchardef\succ=      \Rel\Sym`≻&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\preceq=    \Rel\Sym`≼ \XeTeXmathchardef\succeq=    \Rel\Sym`≽&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\ll=        \Rel\Sym`≪ \XeTeXmathchardef\gg=        \Rel\Sym`≫&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\subset=    \Rel\Sym`⊂ \XeTeXmathchardef\supset=    \Rel\Sym`⊃&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\subseteq=  \Rel\Sym`⊆ \XeTeXmathchardef\supseteq=  \Rel\Sym`⊇&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\sqsubseteq=\Rel\Sym`⊑ \XeTeXmathchardef\sqsupseteq=\Rel\Sym`⊒&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\frown=     \Rel\Sym`⌢ \XeTeXmathchardef\smile=     \Rel\Sym`⌣&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\therefore= \Rel\Sym`∴ \XeTeXmathchardef\because=   \Rel\Sym`∵&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\in=        \Rel\Sym`∈ \XeTeXmathchardef\notin=     \Rel\Sym`∉&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\vdash=     \Rel\Sym`⊢ \XeTeXmathchardef\dashv=     \Rel\Sym`⊣&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\propto=    \Rel\Sym`∝ \XeTeXmathchardef\perp=      \Rel\Sym`⟂&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\models=    \Rel\Sym`⊨ \XeTeXmathchardef\doteq=     \Rel\Sym`≐&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\Leftarrow= \Rel\Sym`⇐ \XeTeXmathchardef\Rightarrow=\Rel\Sym`⇒&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\bowtie=    \Rel\Sym`⨝% XXX let TeX combine triangles?&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\mid=       \Rel\Sym`|% ∣ &quot;2223 ?&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\parallel=  \Rel\Sym`‖% XXX ∥ &quot;2225 ?&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\sim=       \Rel\Sym`~% XXX ∼ &quot;223C/&quot;223F ?&#xA;%\def\vdots{\XeTeXmathchar \Rel \Sym `⋮}&#xA;%\XeTeXmathchardef\vdots=\Rel \Sym `⋮&#xA;%\def\cdots{\XeTeXmathchar \Rel \Sym `⋯}&#xA;%\XeTeXmathchardef\cdots=\Rel \Sym `⋯&#xA;%\XeTeXmathchardef\rddots=\Rel \Sym `⋰&#xA;%\def\ddots{\XeTeXmathchar \Rel \Sym `⋱}&#xA;%\XeTeXmathchardef\ddots=\Rel \Sym `⋱&#xA;%\def\ldots{\XeTeXmathchar \Rel \Sym `…}&#xA;% }}}&#xA;% Greek {{{&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\Gamma=\Ord\Sym`Γ \XeTeXmathchardef\Delta=  \Ord\Sym`Δ&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\Theta=\Ord\Sym`Θ \XeTeXmathchardef\Lambda= \Ord\Sym`Λ&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\Xi=   \Ord\Sym`Ξ \XeTeXmathchardef\Pi=     \Ord\Sym`Π&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\Sigma=\Ord\Sym`Σ \XeTeXmathchardef\Upsilon=\Ord\Sym`Υ&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\Phi=  \Ord\Sym`Φ \XeTeXmathchardef\Psi=    \Ord\Sym`Ψ&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\Omega=\Ord\Sym`Ω&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\alpha=  \Ord\Ita`α \XeTeXmathchardef\beta=      \Ord\Ita`β&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\gamma=  \Ord\Ita`γ \XeTeXmathchardef\delta=     \Ord\Ita`δ&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\epsilon=\Ord\Ita`ϵ \XeTeXmathchardef\varepsilon=\Ord\Ita`ε&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\zeta=   \Ord\Ita`ζ \XeTeXmathchardef\eta=       \Ord\Ita`η&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\theta=  \Ord\Ita`θ \XeTeXmathchardef\vartheta=  \Ord\Ita`ϑ&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\iota=   \Ord\Ita`ι \XeTeXmathchardef\kappa=     \Ord\Ita`κ&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\lambda= \Ord\Ita`λ \XeTeXmathchardef\mu=        \Ord\Ita`μ&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\nu=     \Ord\Ita`ν \XeTeXmathchardef\xi=        \Ord\Ita`ξ&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\pi=     \Ord\Ita`π \XeTeXmathchardef\rho=       \Ord\Ita`ρ&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\varrho= \Ord\Ita`ϱ \XeTeXmathchardef\varsigma=  \Ord\Ita`ς&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\sigma=  \Ord\Ita`σ \XeTeXmathchardef\tau=       \Ord\Ita`τ&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\upsilon=\Ord\Ita`υ \XeTeXmathchardef\varphi=    \Ord\Ita`φ&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\phi=    \Ord\Ita`ϕ \XeTeXmathchardef\chi=       \Ord\Ita`χ&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\psi=    \Ord\Ita`ψ \XeTeXmathchardef\omega=     \Ord\Ita`ω&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\varpi=  \Ord\Ita`ϖ&#xA;% }}}&#xA;% Delims {{{&#xA;\XeTeXdelcode&quot;2F=&quot;2 &quot;2044 % \fracslash&#xA;\XeTeXdelcode&quot;28=&quot;2 &quot;28 % (&#xA;\XeTeXdelcode&quot;29=&quot;2 &quot;29 % )&#xA;\XeTeXdelcode&quot;5B=&quot;2 &quot;5B % [&#xA;\XeTeXdelcode&quot;5D=&quot;2 &quot;5D % ]&#xA;%\XeTeXmathchardef\bracelu = 0 3 `\⎧ %\XeTeXmathchardef\braceld = 0 3 `\⎫&#xA;%\XeTeXmathchardef\bracemu = 0 3 `\⎨ %\XeTeXmathchardef\bracemd = 0 3 `\⎬&#xA;%\XeTeXmathchardef\braceru = 0 3 `\⎩ %\XeTeXmathchardef\bracerd = 0 3 `\⎭&#xA;%\XeTeXmathchardef\bracebar = 0 3 `\⎪&#xA;\def\langle{\XeTeXdelimiter \Open\Ext&quot;3008}% &quot;2329 ?&#xA;\def\rangle{\XeTeXdelimiter \Close\Ext&quot;3009}% &quot;2330 ?&#xA;\def\lbrace{\XeTeXdelimiter \Open\Ext&quot;7B} \let\{=\lbrace&#xA;\def\rbrace{\XeTeXdelimiter \Close\Ext&quot;7D} \let\}=\rbrace&#xA;\def\lgroup{\XeTeXdelimiter \Open\Ext`(} \def\rgroup{\XeTeXdelimiter \Close\Ext`)}&#xA;\def\lceil{\XeTeXdelimiter  \Open\Sym`⌈} \def\rceil{\XeTeXdelimiter \Close\Sym`⌉}&#xA;\def\lfloor{\XeTeXdelimiter \Open\Sym`⌊} \def\rfloor{\XeTeXdelimiter \Close\Sym`⌋}&#xA;\def\downarrow{\XeTeXdelimiter \Rel\Sym`↓} \def\Downarrow{\XeTeXdelimiter  \Rel\Sym`⇓}&#xA;\def\uparrow{\XeTeXdelimiter   \Rel\Sym`↑} \def\Uparrow{\XeTeXdelimiter    \Rel\Sym`⇑}&#xA;\def\mapsto{\XeTeXdelimiter    \Rel\Sym`↦} \def\longmapsto{\XeTeXdelimiter \Rel\Sym`⟼}&#xA;\def\updownarrow{\XeTeXdelimiter        \Rel\Sym`↕}&#xA;\def\Updownarrow{\XeTeXdelimiter        \Rel\Sym`⇕}&#xA;\def\longrightarrow{\XeTeXdelimiter     \Rel\Sym`⟶}&#xA;\def\Longrightarrow{\XeTeXdelimiter     \Rel\Sym`⟹}&#xA;\def\longleftarrow{\XeTeXdelimiter      \Rel\Sym`⟵}&#xA;\def\Longleftarrow{\XeTeXdelimiter      \Rel\Sym`⟸}&#xA;\def\leftrightarrow{\XeTeXdelimiter     \Rel\Sym`↔}&#xA;\def\Leftrightarrow{\XeTeXdelimiter     \Rel\Sym`⇔}&#xA;\def\longleftrightarrow{\XeTeXdelimiter \Rel\Sym`⟷}&#xA;\def\Longleftrightarrow{\XeTeXdelimiter \Rel\Sym`⟺}&#xA;\def\hookleftarrow{\XeTeXdelimiter      \Rel\Sym`↩}&#xA;\def\hookrightarrow{\XeTeXdelimiter     \Rel\Sym`↪}&#xA;\def\nearrow{\XeTeXdelimiter \Rel\Sym`↗} \def\nwarrow{\XeTeXdelimiter \Rel\Sym`↖}&#xA;\def\searrow{\XeTeXdelimiter \Rel\Sym`↘} \def\swarrow{\XeTeXdelimiter \Rel\Sym`↙}&#xA;\def\sqrt{\XeTeXradical &quot;3 &quot;221A }&#xA;% }}}&#xA;% Punct {{{&#xA;\XeTeXmathcode`\,=\Punct\Ita`,        \XeTeXmathcode`\.=\Punct\Ita`.&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\ldotp=\Punct\Sym`.  \XeTeXmathchardef\cdotp=\Punct\Sym`⋅&#xA;\XeTeXmathchardef\colon=\Punct\Ita`:&#xA;% }}}&#xA;% Accent {{{&#xA;\def\grave{\XeTeXmathaccent \Alpha\Roman&quot;0300} \def\acute{\XeTeXmathaccent     \Alpha\Roman&quot;0301}&#xA;\def\hat{\XeTeXmathaccent   \Alpha\Roman&quot;02C6} \def\widehat{\XeTeXmathaccent   \Alpha\Roman&quot;0302}&#xA;\def\tilde{\XeTeXmathaccent \Alpha\Roman&quot;02DC} \def\widetilde{\XeTeXmathaccent \Alpha\Roman&quot;0303}&#xA;\def\bar{\XeTeXmathaccent   \Alpha\Roman&quot;0304} \def\breve{\XeTeXmathaccent     \Alpha\Roman&quot;0306}&#xA;\def\ddot{\XeTeXmathaccent  \Alpha\Roman&quot;0308} \def\check{\XeTeXmathaccent     \Alpha\Roman&quot;030C}&#xA;\def\vec{\XeTeXmathaccent   \Alpha\Roman&quot;20D7}%\let\overrightarrow=\vec&#xA;\def\overleftarrow{\XeTeXmathaccent \Alpha\Roman&quot;20D6}&#xA;\def\overbrace{\XeTeXmathaccent \Alpha\Roman&quot;23DE}% XXX&#xA;\def\underbrace{\XeTeXmathaccent \Alpha\Roman&quot;23DF}% XXX&#xA;%\def\underbar{\XeTeXmathaccent \Alpha\Roman&quot;0332}&#xA;% }}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T22:04:50.263" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-11-29T22:05:47.813" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6190" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6182" CreationDate="2010-11-29T22:12:38.633" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;code&gt;shorten &amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;shorten &amp;lt;&lt;/code&gt; options. For example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}  &#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \fill (0,0) circle (0.05);&#xA;  \fill (2,0) circle (0.05);&#xA;  \draw[shorten &amp;gt;=0.5cm,shorten &amp;lt;=1cm,-&amp;gt;] (0,0) -- (2,0);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;produces &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/1M9kd.png&quot; alt=&quot;example&quot;&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, there are few situations where you have to use that directly. Usually it is better to choose an anchor of the node (eg. &lt;code&gt;mynode.east&lt;/code&gt;) and maybe set the &lt;code&gt;inner sep&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;outer sep&lt;/code&gt; options of the nodes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Maybe if you post an example of what you are trying to achieve, we can figure out what the best approach in that case is.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T22:12:38.633" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6191" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6185" CreationDate="2010-11-29T22:23:12.650" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/textpos&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;textpos&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package has been designed for absolute positioning of text and graphics on the page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T22:23:12.650" />
  <row Id="6193" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6143" CreationDate="2010-11-29T23:12:45.460" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the &lt;code&gt;changepage&lt;/code&gt; package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{changepage}&#xA;\strictpagecheck&#xA;...&#xA;\checkoddpage&#xA;\ifoddpage&#xA;  ...&#xA;\else&#xA;  ...&#xA;\fi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you use the memoir class, then this feature is built in automatically.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="275" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-18T00:33:57.273" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T00:33:57.273" />
  <row Id="6194" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6145" CreationDate="2010-11-29T23:31:44.820" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;(Added comment as answer)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is nothing wrong with changing the directory (most Makefiles do this), but you should always use &lt;code&gt;cd ... &amp;amp;&amp;amp; ...&lt;/code&gt;, otherwise you run into trouble if the &lt;code&gt;cd&lt;/code&gt; fails. To place the ouput files somewhere else, use the &lt;code&gt;--output-directory&lt;/code&gt; command line option.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T23:31:44.820" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6195" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6196" CreationDate="2010-11-29T23:39:43.037" Score="9" ViewCount="267" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've seen an equals sign with a small exclamation mark on top being used to say &quot;equals because of data that was given in the problem&quot;, for example for a boundary condition or initial value in a differential equation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A rough picture of what I mean:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;     !&#xA;f(x) = 4&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How do I typeset this in LaTeX? I've tried $=^!$ (which doesn't produce the desired result) and looked through the &quot;relations&quot; section of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/symbols/comprehensive/symbols-a4.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Comprehensive List of Symbols&lt;/a&gt; without success.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="223" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-17T17:47:33.937" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T18:27:33.823" Title="Typeset an = with an ! above" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6196" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6195" CreationDate="2010-11-29T23:45:17.690" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;That's very easy. And there are at least two identical solutions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA; \[&#xA;   a\stackrel{!}{=} b   % from vanilla LaTeX&#xA; \]&#xA;&#xA; \[&#xA;   a\overset{!}{=} b    % from »amsmath«&#xA; \]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T23:45:17.690" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="6197" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6195" CreationDate="2010-11-29T23:45:26.243" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi Tomas&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\stackrel#1#2&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is the command you search.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\stackrel{!}{=}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will lead to the sign you want to typeset. The first argument sits on top of the second argument, where the first one is smaller than the second one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1125" LastActivityDate="2010-11-29T23:45:26.243" />
  <row Id="6198" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6201" CreationDate="2010-11-30T00:05:50.627" Score="1" ViewCount="250" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi guys, I'm doing a presentation using the kde beamer template, it's a really cool template. However there is a bug (?) that is killing me. There is two strange lines that is between the logo. Does any one know how can I remove it???&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is the image:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/7Mkte.png&quot; alt=&quot;http://i51.tinypic.com/2k34zl.png&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is the kde beamer style source:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usetheme{Rochester}&#xA;&#xA;\RequirePackage{pgf}&#xA;&#xA;\pgfdeclareimage[width=1.0\paperwidth]{oxygen-header}{oxygen-header}&#xA;&#xA;\setbeamertemplate{blocks}[rounded][shadow=true]&#xA;\setbeamercovered{transparent}&#xA;&#xA;\beamer@headheight=0.13\paperwidth&#xA;&#xA;\definecolor{oxygenorange}{HTML}{F7800A}&#xA;\definecolor{oxygengray}{HTML}{686868}&#xA;\definecolor{oxygenlightgray}{HTML}{EEEEEE}&#xA;\definecolor{oxygenblue}{HTML}{236EAF}&#xA;\setbeamercolor*{Title bar}{fg=white}&#xA;\setbeamercolor*{Location bar}{fg=oxygenorange,bg=oxygenlightgray}&#xA;\setbeamercolor*{frametitle}{parent=Title bar}&#xA;\setbeamercolor*{block title}{bg=oxygenblue,fg=white}&#xA;\setbeamercolor*{block body}{bg=oxygenlightgray,fg=oxygengray}&#xA;\setbeamercolor*{normal text}{bg=white,fg=oxygengray}&#xA;\setbeamercolor*{section in head/foot}{bg=oxygenblue,fg=white}&#xA;&#xA;\usecolortheme[named=oxygenorange]{structure}&#xA;&#xA;\setbeamerfont{section in head/foot}{size=\tiny,series=\normalfont}&#xA;\setbeamerfont{frametitle}{size=\Large}&#xA;&#xA;%\setbeamertemplate{headline}&#xA;\setbeamertemplate{frametitle}&#xA;{&#xA;  \vskip-0.25\beamer@headheight&#xA;  \vskip-\baselineskip&#xA;  \vskip-0.2cm&#xA;  \hskip0.7cm\usebeamerfont*{frametitle}\insertframetitle&#xA;  \vskip-0.10em&#xA;  \hskip0.7cm\usebeamerfont*{framesubtitle}\insertframesubtitle&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\setbeamertemplate{headline}&#xA;{&#xA;  \pgfuseimage{oxygen-header}&#xA;  \vskip -1.95cm&#xA;  \linethickness{0.25pt}&#xA;&#xA;  \framelatex{&#xA;  \begin{beamercolorbox}[wd=\paperwidth,ht=0.3\beamer@headheight]{Title bar}&#xA;    \usebeamerfont{section in head/foot}%&#xA;    \insertsectionnavigationhorizontal{0pt}{\hskip0.22cm}{}%&#xA;  \end{beamercolorbox}}&#xA;&#xA;  \framelatex{&#xA;  \begin{beamercolorbox}[wd=\paperwidth,ht=0.7\beamer@headheight]{Title bar}&#xA;  \end{beamercolorbox}}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\setbeamertemplate{footline}&#xA;{&#xA;  \linethickness{0.25pt}&#xA;  \framelatex{&#xA;  \begin{beamercolorbox}[leftskip=.3cm,wd=\paperwidth,ht=0.3\beamer@headheight,sep=0.1cm]{Location bar}&#xA;    \usebeamerfont{section in head/foot}%&#xA;    \insertshortauthor~|~\insertshorttitle&#xA;    \hfill&#xA;    \insertframenumber/\inserttotalframenumber&#xA;  \end{beamercolorbox}}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2204" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-30T03:49:45.350" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T03:49:45.350" Title="Remove strange line from KDE beamer template." Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6199" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6200" CreationDate="2010-11-30T00:07:14.537" Score="4" ViewCount="68" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to italicize all of the names in the second column of a table, but presently the only way I have found to do this is to use &lt;code&gt;\textit{}&lt;/code&gt; in each cell, i.e.:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{table}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{lll}&#xA;PFT &amp;amp; Scientific Name &amp;amp; Common Name\\&#xA;PFT1 &amp;amp;  &amp;amp; \\&#xA; &amp;amp; \textit{Elymus repens} &amp;amp; quackgrass\\&#xA; &amp;amp; \textit{Koeleria macrantha} &amp;amp; prairie Junegrass\\&#xA; &amp;amp; \textit{Elymus canadensis} &amp;amp; Canada wildrye\\&#xA;%....&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\label{tab:foo}&#xA;\caption{test caption}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there an easier / more elegant way to do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1783" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-30T00:40:31.293" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T00:40:31.293" Title="Can I set the format of an entire column except for the header?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;formatting&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="6200" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6199" CreationDate="2010-11-30T00:24:35.090" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the array package to specify &lt;code&gt;\itshape&lt;/code&gt; for the second column, and use the &lt;code&gt;\multicolumn&lt;/code&gt; command to cancel the effect for the header.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{l&amp;gt;{\itshape}ll}&#xA;PFT &amp;amp; \multicolumn{1}{l}{Scientific Name} &amp;amp; Common Name\\&#xA;PFT1 &amp;amp;  &amp;amp; \\&#xA; &amp;amp; Elymus repens &amp;amp; quackgrass\\&#xA; &amp;amp; Koeleria macrantha &amp;amp; prairie Junegrass\\&#xA; &amp;amp; Elymus canadensis &amp;amp; Canada wildrye\\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T00:24:35.090" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6201" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6198" CreationDate="2010-11-30T00:27:12.063" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Comment out the lines  &lt;code&gt;\linethickness{0.25pt}&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setbeamertemplate{headline}&#xA;{&#xA;  \pgfuseimage{oxygen-header}&#xA;  \vskip -1.95cm&#xA;%  \linethickness{0.25pt}&#xA;  ...&#xA;&#xA;\setbeamertemplate{footline}&#xA;{&#xA;%  \linethickness{0.25pt}&#xA;  \framelatex{...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="226" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T00:27:12.063" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6202" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1814" CreationDate="2010-11-30T01:26:17.737" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Note that Amazon may not be the most reliable source of bibliographic details. At least, I recently had to submit corrections regarding the creators listed for one edition of Frankenstein...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anyway, use care, and it's best to double check against the information actually on/in the item in question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1189" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T01:26:17.737" />
  <row Id="6203" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="417" CreationDate="2010-11-30T02:12:54.930" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could also try &lt;kbd&gt;M-x reftex-create-bibtex-file&lt;/kbd&gt; if you're using Emacs and RefTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1189" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T02:12:54.930" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6204" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-30T02:52:49.233" Score="16" ViewCount="567" Body="&lt;p&gt;At the top of &lt;code&gt;texbook.tex&lt;/code&gt;, it is written:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% This manual is copyright (C) 1984 by the American Mathematical Society.&#xA;% All rights are reserved!&#xA;% The file is distributed only for people to see its examples of TeX input,&#xA;% not for use in the preparation of books like The TeXbook.&#xA;% Permission for any other use of this file must be obtained in writing&#xA;% from the copyright holder and also from the publisher (Addison-Wesley).&#xA;\loop\iftrue&#xA;  \errmessage{This manual is copyrighted and should not be TeXed}\repeat&#xA;\pausing1 \input manmac&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does this &lt;em&gt;actually&lt;/em&gt; mean that would be illegal to TeX this file, or is it more likely an attempt at intimidation by Addison-Wesly?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Would it make any difference ... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;... if the output were only for personal use?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;... if the output were only used on-screen, not printed?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;... if one already owned a copy of the TeXbook?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Probably the answers to at least some of these questions vary from country to country.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also (this is probably a big can of worms), would it be &lt;em&gt;wrong&lt;/em&gt; to do so?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1189" LastEditorUserId="117" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-30T11:05:06.577" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T11:08:32.627" ClosedDate="2010-11-30T18:10:18.777" Title="Is it actually illegal to TeX `texbook.tex`?" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;plain-tex&gt;&lt;copyright&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6205" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6188" CreationDate="2010-11-30T02:58:43.660" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I do what you do with pdfpages and absolute positioning, but...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;...this is one occasion where it helps immensely to have a live updating PDF previewer which will automatically live-update as you edit, so you don't need to hit recompile whenever you make a small tweak to a positioning parameter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are a few of those available, at least for GNU/Linux systems:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://gummi.midnightcoding.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;gummi LaTeX editor&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://cristal.inria.fr/whizzytex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;whizzytex (for emacs)&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://aur.archlinux.org/packages.php?ID=42262&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;live-latex-preview script for vim + mupdf&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure what works/what's available like this for other OSes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T02:58:43.660" />
  <row Id="6206" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1814" CreationDate="2010-11-30T03:05:09.240" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Copy the ISBN to Ottobib&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ottobib.com/&quot;&gt;http://www.ottobib.com/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="714" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T03:05:09.240" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6207" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6153" CreationDate="2010-11-30T03:35:26.577" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can also run &lt;code&gt;latex file.tex&lt;/code&gt; and then do a &lt;code&gt;dvipdf file.dvi&lt;/code&gt; on the resulting dvi file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2197" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T03:35:26.577" />
  <row Id="6208" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6204" CreationDate="2010-11-30T03:36:28.567" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The copyright holders have the right to decide what you can do with it.  It seems clear to me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T03:36:28.567" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="6209" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6212" CreationDate="2010-11-30T03:55:44.790" Score="3" ViewCount="90" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to create a layout like this (it's for a resume):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;some text here                                            a little more &#xA;big chunk of text blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah |&#xA;...blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah |&#xA;...blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah |&#xA;...blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah bla. |&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I figured a &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; would get me most of the way there. Here's what I'm using:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}{l|p{3cm}}&#xA;    some text here &amp;amp; a little more \\&#xA;    \parbox{big chunk of text blah...} % because there's actually a list environment inside&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but of course that produces this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;some text here                                            | a little more &#xA;big chunk of text blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah |&#xA;...blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah |&#xA;...blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah |&#xA;...blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah bla. |&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Is there a way to omit the vertical line (the column separator) in the first row?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Or, is there an entirely better way to pull this off? Simplicity is a plus.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The two goals are a fixed-width right column, and a vertical line in the empty lower-right cell.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1454" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T05:51:16.920" Title="How do I omit a column separator in a tabular environment?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="6210" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6220" CreationDate="2010-11-30T04:03:03.373" Score="7" ViewCount="125" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's possible to &lt;a href=&quot;http://yihui.name/en/2008/10/how-to-open-a-file-from-a-hyperlink/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;hyperlink to another PDF&lt;/a&gt; file using Adobe Acrobat using the following LaTeX code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\href{run:target.pdf}{Click me!}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If this is placed in &lt;code&gt;source.pdf&lt;/code&gt;, then you can click on the hyperlink to open up &lt;code&gt;target.pdf&lt;/code&gt; on the front page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any chance of hyperlinking to a &lt;em&gt;different&lt;/em&gt; section in another PDF, similar to &lt;code&gt;second.html#target&lt;/code&gt; in HTML?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2206" LastEditorUserId="2206" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-02T05:27:02.253" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T05:27:02.253" Title="Can you have hyperlinks to locations in different PDFs?" Tags="&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;links&gt;&lt;html&gt;&lt;pdftricks&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6211" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6131" CreationDate="2010-11-30T04:09:17.890" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The two plugins available for Eclipse's SVN support &lt;a href=&quot;http://journals.jevon.org/users/jevon-phd/entry/19739&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;are sub-par at best, and dangerous at worst&lt;/a&gt;. I personally prefer using TortoiseSVN and my favourite LaTeX editor.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2206" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T04:09:17.890" />
  <row Id="6212" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6209" CreationDate="2010-11-30T05:51:16.920" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can omit the vertical separator in the first row by using &lt;code&gt;\multicolumn{1}&lt;/code&gt; followed by another; e.g.,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\multicolumn{1}{l}{some text here}&amp;amp;\multicolumn{1}{p{3cm}}{a little more}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That will omit the vertical line separator, but will not align &quot;a little more&quot; with the vertical separator.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="491" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T05:51:16.920" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6213" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6204" CreationDate="2010-11-30T06:09:02.997" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Copyright are a bunch of rights that are automatically given to an author. An author &lt;strong&gt;may&lt;/strong&gt; decide to give up some of them. Fair use (which is what you want to do with the manuscript) is not something a copyright notice can &lt;strong&gt;take away&lt;/strong&gt; try as it may. This is the same for big companies and small. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it wrong? I don't see why, as long as you do not use it for distribution I see nothing wrong with it, as much as I respect and admire DEK.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastEditorUserId="117" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-30T11:08:32.627" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T11:08:32.627" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="6214" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6145" CreationDate="2010-11-30T06:26:42.403" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I see the trouble as you trying to beat TeX into submission by explicitly handing it your path to the input files, but trying to run it from one directory back. That is, although you cd into Project/Report, you're trying to get your output into Project.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;TeX hates this and you can make it work, but you'll never be able to do it cleanly. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example: Since until very recently, I've had a &quot;core&quot; directory that I used for all of my documentation (across multiple GitHub repositories). I had to use &quot;\input{../core/trmsdocumentation.tex}&quot; because I couldn't get it to search that path and &quot;\include&quot; caused all sorts of issues with aux files, etc. If I had an error in a file in &lt;code&gt;core&lt;/code&gt;, I was screwed. Nothing could report it correctly and the debug always pointed to the line that called the macro in the offending file. Not. Helpful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The best way out of this problem is to put your documentation tree inside your TEXMF path in your &lt;code&gt;texmf.cnf&lt;/code&gt; file, probably using the &lt;code&gt;TEXMFHOME&lt;/code&gt; tree. Mine reads:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;TEXMFHOME = $HOME/src/tex/texmf-trms&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you have many projects and only want to activate what you're working on, make a batchfile that executes a path command before launching your editor.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Yours might read:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;TEXMFHOME = /Project/texmf-project&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could CD to &lt;code&gt;Project&lt;/code&gt; and then run &lt;code&gt;latex texmf-project/local/Report/Report.tex&lt;/code&gt; from your Project directory and it would run fine, no matter the sub-directories within the &lt;code&gt;local&lt;/code&gt; directory (local is a TDS thing, which I'll explain). You could also just set &lt;code&gt;TEXMFHOME&lt;/code&gt; to your &lt;code&gt;Project&lt;/code&gt; directory, but that would mean all of your source would be searched as well. This isn't a problem, but here again you're abusing the spirit of TeX, and TeX has a way of making you pay.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Instead, you will be even more pleased with yourself if you spend some time reading about the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=tds&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TDS: TeX Directory Structure&lt;/a&gt;. In short, if you set up your own local files using the TDS structure, in time, you'll find yourself putting your own general purpose macros into common directories that all of your projects can access. You can then keep those files in a source repository that gets updated at its own speed, thereby giving you source control over your common TeX work as well. These common files would be under a separate &quot;TEXMFHOME&quot; TDS path and your current projects might be under the aforementioned other &quot;TEXMFHOME&quot; TDS that is within your project. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example for TEXMFHOME:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;TEXMFHOME=/Projects/myproject/texmf-myproject;/Projects/texmf-common&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;NOTE 1: If you're using MikTeX, they have a facility to add &quot;local TEXTREE&quot; or something like that. If you add your source tree, you should be able to cleanly do what you want&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;NOTE 2: Your mileage may vary with your distribution. Notice that your project is first and your common files second. Your project overrides your common files, in case you want to make a local modification.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As I mentioned, using TDS like it was meant to be, you might make your documentation in &lt;code&gt;/Projects/texmf-project/local/Report&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;code&gt;local&lt;/code&gt; is reserved for this purpose and you can put it anywhere in the tree to put your own work into.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know I'm not directly answering the question in the way that you asked it, but in a way, I'm doing something better. I'm telling you to grow up, accept the way that TeX wants you to do it, stop trying to cowboy it and instead to reap the benefits of the hard work that others put into making it work the way that you're currently trying to fight. :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Food for thought.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If this is unclear, let me know and I'll try to clear it up. :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="659" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T06:26:42.403" />
  <row Id="6215" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6236" CreationDate="2010-11-30T07:43:12.790" Score="3" ViewCount="329" Body="&lt;p&gt;As I wrote in &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/5821/creating-a-standalone-glossary/5955#5955&quot;&gt;this answer to my question&lt;/a&gt;, I decided to use a shell script in order to concatenate the bunch of .tex files and compile them. However, this way, when ever I want to compile the whole glossary, I have to switch to the &lt;code&gt;terminal&lt;/code&gt; and run the script there, from the right directory, i.e. the glossary's directory. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using TeXShop on a mac OSX, and I want to know is there a way to set a short cut in TeXShop that will invoke the script?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks,&#xA;Dror.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="412" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-30T16:02:16.267" LastActivityDate="2011-02-02T01:53:25.323" Title="External scripts when using TeXShop" Tags="&lt;editors&gt;&lt;script&gt;&lt;texshop&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="6216" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6210" CreationDate="2010-11-30T07:58:11.080" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I tried the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;foo.tex:&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Hello World!&#xA;\href{run:foo2.pdf}{Click me!}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;foo2.tex&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Hello World2!&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This worked perfectly (under mac OS and &lt;code&gt;preview&lt;/code&gt;). However, this worked as the two files were in the same directory. Once you locate &lt;code&gt;foo2.tex&lt;/code&gt; in a sub-directory, for example, then you have to have: &lt;code&gt;\href{run:subdir/foo2.pdf}{Click me!}&lt;/code&gt; for example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So it works, but you may have problems due to the locations of the files.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for linking to a specific section; I didn't try this, and I don't know. My guess is that it is not possible, as &lt;code&gt;run&lt;/code&gt; only opens the file. But maybe I'm wrong.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="412" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T07:58:11.080" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6217" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6204" CreationDate="2010-11-30T07:59:43.150" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yossi, I TeX'd the TeXbook years ago,  the Metafont book too.  I've never given it to anybody else, and I've only used it for my own edification. It's useful because I take my laptop places where I can't always take books.  I've also bought two copies for my library, so he's gotten bucks from me.(I like real books more than e-books.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't think Knuth cares, as long as you don't abuse it by distributing it. The whole point of copyrights is so the creator of intellectual property can make money from his work. And I've paid for the TeXbook (twice).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's legal to xerox a book, as long as you don't distribute or sell it. It's legal to manually copy a book, as long as you don't distribute or sell it. I can't see a court making a distinction of compiling the TeXbook, as long as you don't distribute or sell it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2003" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T07:59:43.150" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="6218" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6223" CreationDate="2010-11-30T08:11:57.977" Score="1" ViewCount="116" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to taste TeXlipse. First of all, I must install the eclipse core downloaded from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.eclipse.org/downloads/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the official site&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am confused with which one I should install. :D&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Could you let me know the correct installation? Or I can choose at random?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I just want to use it for supporting TeXlipse.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="711" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-30T09:55:13.863" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T09:55:13.863" Title="which eclipse core installation should I download to use install the plug-in TeXlipse?" Tags="&lt;editors&gt;&lt;texlipse&gt;&lt;eclipse&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="6219" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5893" CreationDate="2010-11-30T08:38:44.963" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As this question is unanswered so far, I will try. But I think, that no definitive answer for this exists, an answer will contain some part of opinion. Also - as Joseph Wright points out - you may want to have a look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1756/why-should-i-use-latex&quot;&gt;Why should I use LaTeX?&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/940/what-professions-use-tex-latex-besides-cs&quot;&gt;What professions use TeX/LaTeX besides CS?&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(La)TeX is great for producing texts while concentrating on the content and without too much distraction from caring about design. LaTeX can have a neat design, but the main focus is on producing text. So for essays you should be fine. Be warned, that LaTeX is not totally easy to learn, if you have to get ready an essay for tomorrow, don't try to learn LaTeX now. But if you learn it, you may save time later, because you can make all your essays with the already predefined macros and style.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You also talk about graphic design, and that may be a little more difficult. While LaTeX is able to make nice designed documents, most designers prefer to see direct output. That means, if you change something in your design-program, you see an immediate effect on the document. In LaTeX you always have to compile the document first. So, if you already have a license for a design-program and seem to able to use it, you may better use that for your design-work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it worth learning LaTeX? In my opinion yes, especially if you produce many texts: reports, books, articles. What kind of people doing different subjects/occupations use it, and why? Hard to say, who uses it, but it is clear, that LaTeX seems mostly be used in science. Why? I think, everyone has another answer. For me is it the focus on the content, and doing design other days. I can even separate styling-issues in different files than the content. If I already had a solution for look for one document, I can simply copy/paste it into in similar document for same look. And as LaTeX uses simple text-files, I can use all programs for working with simple texts, from Unix command-line tools to version control.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1861" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T08:38:44.963" />
  <row Id="6220" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6210" CreationDate="2010-11-30T08:55:05.787" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;(for reference the &lt;a href=&quot;http://kb2.adobe.com/cps/317/317300.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Adobe Knowledge base entry about pdf from html linking&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Checkout section 4.1 in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb28-1/tb88garcia.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Hypertext capabilities with pdfLaTeX (F. Garcia, TUGBoat, Vol. 28, No. 1, 2007)&lt;/a&gt;, which describes the &lt;code&gt;hyperdef&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; commands.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="929" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T08:55:05.787" />
  <row Id="6221" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6183" CreationDate="2010-11-30T09:33:16.940" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Luatex has what looks to me like nice support for this, having primitives for traversing over the contents of boxes (which it represents internally using the more general concept of typed nodes).  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you have a smattering of Lua and read the first three chapters and section 4.10 of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.luatex.org/svn/trunk/manual/luatexref-t.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the Luatex manual&lt;/a&gt;, you will know as much as I do about how to use this.  Hopefully one of our actual Luatex experts here will be able to say something more substantial.  But it looks to me that in Luatex, the answers are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;\hboxes are nodes of type &lt;code&gt;hlist&lt;/code&gt;, which contain their top-level boxes as their list of contents, with the boxes being the nodes in the list with a box type.  Luatex provides an iterator primitive, &lt;code&gt;node.traverse&lt;/code&gt;, for this, which has to be a huge improvement over &lt;code&gt;\lastbox&lt;/code&gt;;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I'm not really clear on how glue is handled in Luatex, but I guess that the intervening space you want is the items of the same list with the &lt;code&gt;glue&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;kern&lt;/code&gt; type (and I am also not sure whether other nodes might have space value).  Then &lt;code&gt;node.dimension&lt;/code&gt; gives the dimensions of the space.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T09:33:16.940" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6222" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6204" CreationDate="2010-11-30T09:34:34.643" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Depending on where you live, I think it can indeed be illegal to process the texbook.tex file into a pdf even for your own private use only. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Not because of copyright law, but because the quoted part of the text represents a license agreement. As you cannot process the document without seeing the warning first as well as actually having to edit the file, you cannot even argue that it is unilateral. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Whether the license agreement is in fact legally binding depends a lot on how your local legal system interprets contract law, but do not assume that just because you do not redistribute, you are automatically in the clear.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, is it wrong? That depends on everyone's personal norms and values. For me, I have actually done this, but on the other hand I am currently using my third hardcopy of the TeX Book (having wrecked the first two through heavy use) so I feel entitled now.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastEditorUserId="89" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-30T09:40:35.717" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T09:40:35.717" CommentCount="12" />
  <row Id="6223" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6218" CreationDate="2010-11-30T09:40:30.207" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use Eclipse for other purposes than Java development (Python, TeXlipse), and I found that the slimmest download that works for me is the &quot;Platform Runtime Binary&quot;, sitting at mere 50 MB. Your plugin will pull anything else that it needs for installation, so quite a few plugins will probably need to be installed anyway. This guarantees, though, that no superfluous plugins will find their way into your system.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hunt it down from the list here, for the currently latest version:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://download.eclipse.org/eclipse/downloads/drops/R-3.6.1-201009090800/index.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://download.eclipse.org/eclipse/downloads/drops/R-3.6.1-201009090800/index.php&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since you didn't specify platform, I can't give you a more direct link. You will need to hunt it down from the rather long-ish list.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt;:&#xA;It's a bit tricky to find this page from the start page. You need to go to Projects-&gt;Eclipse Platform-&gt;[Pick release/build]-&gt;[Find needed package]-&gt;[Pick OS/Platform]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There might be an easier way to do it, though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="711" LastEditorUserId="711" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-30T09:45:56.957" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T09:45:56.957" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6224" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6235" CreationDate="2010-11-30T10:15:19.830" Score="7" ViewCount="170" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/users/1424/harald-hanche-olsen&quot;&gt;Harald Hanche-Olsen&lt;/a&gt; posted some interesting code in answer to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/6171/wrapping-long-lines-that-contain-no-spaces&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Could someone explain how it works?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I understand (I think) the futurelet and the expansions. I don't understand:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Where does the &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;null&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; character come from in &lt;code&gt;\ifcat\next9&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;How does the expanded text actually get broken into the &lt;code&gt;\hbox&lt;/code&gt;'s?  (Pages 98-99 of the TeXbook didn't really help me understand the trace output in this case, so I'm hoping someone can clarify.)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is the code reproduced from the referenced answer:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\breaknumberanywhere{\hskip0pt\futurelet\next\breaknumberi}&#xA;\def\breaknumberi{\ifcat\next9\expandafter\breaknumberii\fi}&#xA;\def\breaknumberii#1{#1\breaknumberanywhere}&#xA;&#xA;\def\foo#1#2{\vtop{\hsize=#1\rightskip=0pt plus 1fil \leftskip=0pt\noindent\breaknumberanywhere#2}}&#xA;&#xA;Here is a long number:&#xA;\foo{2in}&#xA;{17823941237490812347123904712389407123408917234890123748912034712985712389012351}&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2110" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T14:43:05.210" Title="How does this answer work?" Tags="&lt;hyphenation&gt;&lt;expansion&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6225" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6188" CreationDate="2010-11-30T10:21:06.913" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use a proper diagramming program: I use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.omnigroup.com/applications/omnigraffle/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Omnigraffle&lt;/a&gt;, but &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.inkscape.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Inkscape&lt;/a&gt; can do this as well.  Create rectangles over where you want your Latex boxes.  Call up the object inspector and look at the attributes.  Write down the dimensions of the box, remembering that Tex uses a different notion of &lt;code&gt;pt&lt;/code&gt; to everyone else.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd love to have a more automatic system for finding these boxes, but this works well enough.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Postscript&lt;/strong&gt; Ah, Caramdir suggested Inkspace first.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T10:21:06.913" />
  <row Id="6226" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6233" CreationDate="2010-11-30T10:53:26.613" Score="8" ViewCount="144" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi all!&#xA;Is there a way I can have LaTeX insert a pagebreak, if the last line of the page is a certain string? e.g. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\noindent \textsl{Solution}:&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;thanks very much!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2011" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-30T11:14:49.113" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T13:02:02.360" Title="Conditional pagebreak?" Tags="&lt;conditionals&gt;&lt;page-breaking&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="6227" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-30T11:15:54.183" Score="4" ViewCount="173" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi all,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As a documentclass I have a report, and I would like that Chapters always start on the right hand side, anyone an idea how this could be easily done?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Many thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2188" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-23T23:16:08.153" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T23:16:08.153" Title="Chapter starts on right hand side" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;page-breaking&gt;&lt;chapters&gt;&lt;report&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="6228" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-30T11:39:53.383" Score="4" ViewCount="372" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi again,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now I run into a very simple problem with frameboxes. Anyone an idea why the following&#xA;is not valid Latex code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\framebox{&#xA;The following text was taken from:&#xA;begin{quote}&#xA;Erik Pickles: How it will end&#xA;end{quote}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I get the following error: somethings wrong -- maybe an missing item?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Many thanks,&#xA;H&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2188" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-30T11:49:01.940" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T16:30:52.617" Title="Framebox question" Tags="&lt;boxes&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6229" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6227" CreationDate="2010-11-30T11:51:43.840" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;\documentclass[twoside,openright]{report}&lt;/code&gt;. (The &lt;code&gt;openright&lt;/code&gt; class option without &lt;code&gt;twoside&lt;/code&gt; will not suffice, as LaTeX views every page as &quot;right&quot; page in &lt;code&gt;oneside&lt;/code&gt; mode.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T11:51:43.840" />
  <row Id="6230" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6188" CreationDate="2010-11-30T11:51:54.200" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a really amazing bit of technical wizardry that helps me to do this.  It's called a Rectangular Uniform Long-Edge Reader.  You need a your document in Pointed Regular Inked Neat Typeset Editable Document form.  Once you have that, place the Rectangular Uniform Long-Edge Reader against the Pointed Regular Inked Neat Typeset Editable Document and the Reader will magically tell you where the boxes are!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That said, I usually just use something like &lt;a href=&quot;http://xournal.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;xournal&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dklevine.com/general/software/tc1000/jarnal.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;jarnal&lt;/a&gt; to do this as it saves Perishable Absorbent Pulped Environmental Resources.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T11:51:54.200" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="6231" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6228" CreationDate="2010-11-30T11:53:12.980" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Framebox doesn't like have an environment inside it. You could consider using the &lt;code&gt;framed&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{framed}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{framed}&#xA;Here is text&#xA;\begin{quote}&#xA;Here is quote&#xA;\end{quote}&#xA;\end{framed}&#xA;\end{document&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T11:53:12.980" />
  <row Id="6232" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6131" CreationDate="2010-11-30T12:41:32.307" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.geany.org&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Geany&lt;/a&gt;. It's not really a LaTeX editor but rather a simple yet powerfull text editor / IDE that is not as overwhelming and huge as Eclipse might be. It has plugins for &lt;a href=&quot;http://frank.uvena.de/en/Geany/geanylatex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://plugins.geany.org/geanyvc.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;version control&lt;/a&gt; that includes SVN.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2210" LastEditorUserId="2210" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-30T19:14:33.113" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T19:14:33.113" />
  <row Id="6233" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6226" CreationDate="2010-11-30T13:02:02.360" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For such cases I like to use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/needspace&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;needspace&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package. It provides commands that request customizable amount of space left on the page, and if there's not enough space then a page break would be inserted.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could define a macro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{needspace}&#xA;\newcommand*{\solution}{%&#xA;  \Needspace{2\baselineskip}%&#xA;  \noindent\textsl{Solution}:%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This will have the effect, that a page break would be inserted before &quot;Solution&quot; if this would be the last line on the page, like you desired. You may increase the value in the argument of &lt;code&gt;\Needspace&lt;/code&gt; if more space seems more appropriate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The package defines further command variants &lt;code&gt;\needspace&lt;/code&gt; (a bit more relaxed regarding the space amount) and &lt;code&gt;\Needspace*&lt;/code&gt;, which respects a &lt;code&gt;\flushbottom&lt;/code&gt; configuration in contrary to the unstarred command &lt;code&gt;\Needspace&lt;/code&gt;, which causes a ragged bottom.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In every case I recommend to create a macro &lt;code&gt;\solution&lt;/code&gt; which you may use later in your document. The reason is logical formatting - if you later decide to use &lt;code&gt;\textbf&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\textsl&lt;/code&gt; or a command like &lt;code&gt;\section*&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\subsection*&lt;/code&gt;, you need to change just the macro definition, not the whole text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T13:02:02.360" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6234" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6171" CreationDate="2010-11-30T13:12:13.610" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Thorsten told you what package to use; just for completeness I give a compilable example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{seqsplit}&#xA;\newcommand\foo[2]{%&#xA;    \begin{minipage}{#1}&#xA;    \seqsplit{#2}&#xA;    \end{minipage}&#xA;    }&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\foo{2in}&#xA;{17823941237490812347123904712389407123408917234890123748912034712985712389012351}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T13:12:13.610" />
  <row Id="6235" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6224" CreationDate="2010-11-30T13:34:27.020" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Short answer to your question number 2: &lt;code&gt;178239…&lt;/code&gt; becomes&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\hskip0pt 1\hskip0pt 7\hskip0pt 8\hskip0pt 2\hskip0pt 3\hskip0pt 9\hskip0pt …&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and that gets broken into lines using TeX's builtin algorithm for breaking paragraphs into lines. That is why I set &lt;code&gt;\rightskip&lt;/code&gt; to be stretchable; otherwise I get overfull &lt;code&gt;\hbox&lt;/code&gt;es, unless I very carefully set &lt;code&gt;\hsize&lt;/code&gt; to be an exact multiple of the width of a digit (most fonts, it appears, have all digits being the same width, which is very handy in number tables).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Regarding the first question, I can at least explain that &lt;code&gt;\ifcat\next9&lt;/code&gt; checks for equality of category codes, or catcodes for short. There is a separate catcode for digits, so I just compare the catcode of the token to which &lt;code&gt;\next&lt;/code&gt; has been &lt;code&gt;\futurelet&lt;/code&gt; with that of a randomly chosen digit, to see if &lt;code&gt;\next&lt;/code&gt; really is a digit.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\breaknumberanywhere&lt;/code&gt; works by assigning the next token to &lt;code&gt;\next&lt;/code&gt; without removing it from the input stream, then inserting &lt;code&gt;\breaknumberi&lt;/code&gt; at the front of the input stream. So that macro, when run, has the next token available as &lt;code&gt;\next&lt;/code&gt; for testing purposes, and if it is a digit, inserts &lt;code&gt;\breaknumberii&lt;/code&gt; to the front of the input stream. The &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt; trick is to get rid of the &lt;code&gt;\fi&lt;/code&gt; token (while terminating the &lt;code&gt;\if&lt;/code&gt;, so &lt;code&gt;\breaknumerii&lt;/code&gt; will see the next digit as the first available token (where it will become #1). Then it restarts &lt;code&gt;\breaknumberanywhere&lt;/code&gt; to process the next digit.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And here endeth today's sermon.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T13:34:27.020" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6236" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6215" CreationDate="2010-11-30T13:45:19.837" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Look in the TeXShop Macro Editor—you'll see it can be used for code snippets or scripts.  The first item in the Macro menu is &quot;AppleScripts,&quot; where you can see some examples, including some that just wrap around a shell script or command.  So something like this should work:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;--AppleScript&#xA;-- #FILEPATH# in the text will be replaced by the path of the document&#xA;&#xA;do shell script &quot;cd #FILEPATH# &amp;amp;&amp;amp; source generateGlossary.sh&quot;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first line tells TeXShop that this macro should be run as a script.  The second line is just an AppleScript comment.  The third line does the work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Macros can be bound to command key combinations as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-30T15:15:48.400" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T15:15:48.400" CommentCount="14" />
  <row Id="6237" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-30T14:42:14.150" Score="3" ViewCount="432" Body="&lt;p&gt;I keep getting this warning  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; Overfull \hbox (0.63303pt too wide) in paragraph at lines xxx--xxx`&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;wherever I have this line in the code &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \begin{tabular}{p{2cm}|p{4cm}|p{3cm}|p{3cm}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It does not stop me from working on and creating documents  but I was just wondering why I keep getting that. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2211" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-17T11:01:46.840" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T11:01:46.840" Title="Overfull \hbox Warning" Tags="&lt;boxes&gt;&lt;warnings&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6238" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6245" CreationDate="2010-11-30T14:42:21.950" Score="9" ViewCount="112" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in my document I am referencing a chapter, e.g.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section{My Section}\label{test}&#xA;Also see chapter \ref{test}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This gives me e.g. &quot;Also see chapter 1&quot;, but what I want is: &quot;Also see chapter My Section&quot;. How can I do that? Thank you very much :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2040" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T15:17:47.377" Title="Get the title instead of number of a referenced chapter?" Tags="&lt;cross-referencing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="6239" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6224" CreationDate="2010-11-30T14:43:05.210" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I figured this out before I noticed Harald's answer, which is probably better, but here is my stab at it.  Say the TeX file has &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\breaknumberanywhere 178239&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\breaknumberanywhere&lt;/code&gt; is replaced with &lt;code&gt;\hskip0pt\futurelet\next\breaknumberi&lt;/code&gt;.  So the line becomes&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\hskip0pt\futurelet\next\breaknumberi 178239&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\futurelet\a\b\c&lt;/code&gt; is equivalent to &lt;code&gt;\let\a\c\b\c&lt;/code&gt;, so you have something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\hskip0pt\let\next1\breaknumberi 178239&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Now &lt;code&gt;\breaknumberi&lt;/code&gt; is expanded, resulting in&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\hskip0pt\let\next1\ifcat\next9\expandafter\breaknumberii\fi 178239&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Now &lt;code&gt;\ifcat&lt;/code&gt; compares the category codes of the next two tokens, which are &lt;code&gt;\next&lt;/code&gt; (that is, &lt;code&gt;1&lt;/code&gt;) and &lt;code&gt;9&lt;/code&gt;.  (It does &lt;strong&gt;not&lt;/strong&gt; check if the category code of &lt;code&gt;\next&lt;/code&gt; is 9, the ignored or &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;null&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; character, which is what you might be thinking based on your first question).  These do have the same category codes, so the true text is expanded, but actually it's delayed by the &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt; allowing the conditional to finish up.  The result is  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\hskip0pt\breaknumberii 178239&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\breaknumberii&lt;/code&gt; takes the next token (&lt;code&gt;1&lt;/code&gt;) as its argument and replaces it, resulting in&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\hskip0pt1\breaknumberanywhere78239&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Now we go back to step 1! &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The result is &lt;code&gt;\hskip0pt&lt;/code&gt; inserted between every two digits of the long number, which allows TeX to break lines anywhere.  The token &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;tok&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;coming after the &lt;code&gt;9&lt;/code&gt; will not have the same category code as a digit, so &lt;code&gt;\breaknumberi &amp;lt;tok&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; will just result in &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;tok&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; by itself instead of &lt;code&gt;\breaknumberii &amp;lt;tok&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T14:43:05.210" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6240" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6253" CreationDate="2010-11-30T15:04:19.627" Score="18" ViewCount="385" Body="&lt;p&gt;Does the @ mean anything specific? For example, is it substituted? Does it split the command into parts, like &lt;code&gt;\s@foo&lt;/code&gt; could internally mean &quot;foo of type s&quot;? Is the purpose of the @ only to make internal commands break when used outside a class definition or a package? If so, how is that a Good Thing?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2118" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-30T15:19:19.753" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T16:59:47.333" Title="Why do LaTeX internal commands have an @ in them?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;" AnswerCount="4" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="6241" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6237" CreationDate="2010-11-30T15:06:43.587" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I assume you get this warning because your tabular is (a little bit) wider than your &lt;code&gt;\textwidth&lt;/code&gt;. Solutions include:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;enlarging the &lt;code&gt;\textwidth&lt;/code&gt; a little&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;narrowing down the &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; by a little&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;adding &lt;code&gt;\hfuzz=0.64pt&lt;/code&gt; somewhere in the preamble&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\hfuzz&lt;/code&gt; setting specifies the maximum amount of box-overflow &lt;em&gt;before&lt;/em&gt; a warning message will be issued.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-30T15:38:00.360" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T15:38:00.360" />
  <row Id="6242" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6240" CreationDate="2010-11-30T15:11:23.897" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Some TeX internal commands have &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt; in them, too.  IMO the idea is not so much to break when used &quot;externally&quot; as to keep the space of regularly available control sequences free for users.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some of the original authors used &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt; in place of vowels, but more often nowadays people seem to use it as a word separator much like &lt;code&gt;_&lt;/code&gt; is used in Perl, C, PHP, Python, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T15:11:23.897" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6243" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6240" CreationDate="2010-11-30T15:13:17.083" Score="18" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;When Knuth originally published the language he used the @ to mark commands that a user should not &#xA;normally use. This was in order to avoid overriding kernel commands by redefining them. Remember that a macro defined using &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt; will overwrite an earlier command with the same name. Lamport followed suit with LaTeX a few years later as well as countless other package writers. The &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt; can only be used in a command in a document only if you use &lt;code&gt;makeatletter&lt;/code&gt; so that it can change its &lt;code&gt;catcode&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For me it served also another purpose as a marker to split long commands, for example it is more readable to read make@page@wider than &lt;code&gt;makepagewider&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-30T15:26:33.770" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T15:26:33.770" />
  <row Id="6244" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6161" CreationDate="2010-11-30T15:14:37.193" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your &lt;code&gt;\begin{verse}&lt;/code&gt; does put a little (invisible) something in the vertical list, and this is enough for &lt;code&gt;\chapter&lt;/code&gt;'s call to &lt;code&gt;\cleardoublepage&lt;/code&gt; to trigger the output of two empty pages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why on earth you would want whole chapters, including chapter titles, to be within a &lt;code&gt;verse&lt;/code&gt; environment, is beyond me. My immediate reaction is “don't do that, then”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If what you want is one humongous poem with chapter titles, I think it is better to just put whole &lt;code&gt;verse&lt;/code&gt; environments between the chapter titles.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T15:14:37.193" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6245" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6238" CreationDate="2010-11-30T15:17:47.377" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/nameref.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;nameref&lt;/a&gt; package does what you want (and cooperates well with hyperref).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;% \usepackage{nameref}% Only if hyperref isn't loaded&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\section{My Section}\label{test}&#xA;&#xA;Also see section \nameref{test}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T15:17:47.377" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6246" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6250" CreationDate="2010-11-30T15:19:09.753" Score="6" ViewCount="497" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to have an overlay that adds a background color to a column of a table in beamer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can create a table with a colored second column using the colortbl package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}[]{r &amp;gt;{\columncolor{red!30}}} c}&#xA;...&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I try to simply make the color code an overlay this doesn't work (as I expected). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}[]{r \onslide[2-]{&amp;gt;{\columncolor{red!30}}} c}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can I create the effect I intend (without simply duplicating the table)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2124" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T16:09:11.937" Title="Adding color to a table column as a beamer overlay" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;overlays&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="6247" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6228" CreationDate="2010-11-30T15:25:42.287" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you do not want to use a package as pointed out by Seamus you can use a minipage to do the trick.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article} &#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \framebox{%&#xA;   \begin{minipage}{6cm}&#xA;    The following text was taken from:&#xA;    \begin{quote}&#xA;    Erik Pickles: How it will end&#xA;    \end{quote}&#xA;   \end{minipage}&#xA;  }&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-30T16:30:52.617" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T16:30:52.617" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6248" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6237" CreationDate="2010-11-30T15:26:53.940" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I copied the message from the wrong place. Frequent error is below. I tried \hfuzz=0.64pt and it did not do anything. &#xA;I still keep getting. &#xA;Overfull \hbox (45.63303pt too wide) in paragraph at lines xxx--xxx, in my earlier post it appears as &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2212" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T15:26:53.940" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6249" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6240" CreationDate="2010-11-30T15:35:24.433" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;No, it does not mean anything specific; it is simply used to &quot;namespace&quot; code that shouldn't appear in a regular document. You can use almost any analphabetic symbol you like; ConTeXt also allows &lt;code&gt;?&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;!&lt;/code&gt;, while LaTeX3/expl3 uses &lt;code&gt;_&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;:&lt;/code&gt; instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;While there are few conventions on how to use &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt; in LaTeX package code, for expl3 we recommend the syntax &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\&amp;lt;module&amp;gt;_&amp;lt;function name&amp;gt;:&amp;lt;argument spec&amp;gt;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\&amp;lt;l/g/c&amp;gt;_&amp;lt;module&amp;gt;_&amp;lt;variable name&amp;gt;_&amp;lt;datatype&amp;gt;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;for functions (macros that take arguments) and variables, respectively. For variables, the prefixes are &lt;code&gt;l&lt;/code&gt; for ‘local’, &lt;code&gt;g&lt;/code&gt; for ‘global’, and &lt;code&gt;c&lt;/code&gt; for ‘constant’.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T15:35:24.433" />
  <row Id="6250" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6246" CreationDate="2010-11-30T15:44:20.407" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try conditionally defining a column type and using that:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage{colortbl}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;\newcolumntype{C}{c}&#xA;\only&amp;lt;2-&amp;gt;{\newcolumntype{C}{&amp;gt;{\columncolor{red!30}}c}}&#xA;\begin{tabular}[]{rC}&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 2 \\&#xA;3 &amp;amp; 4 \\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You get a package warning for redefining the column type but there's no &lt;code&gt;\renewcolumntype&lt;/code&gt; so you have to live with it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-30T16:09:11.937" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T16:09:11.937" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6251" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9671" CreationDate="2010-11-30T16:41:20.770" Score="2" ViewCount="195" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have added the bib file refs.bib to the directory but I get errors indicating that the references are undefined.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;foo.tex:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{natbib}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{fullpage}&#xA;\setcounter{secnumdepth}{2}&#xA;\date{}&#xA;\title{The Database Users Guide}&#xA;\author{Me}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\maketitle &#xA;%...document body&#xA;\ref{author2000}&#xA;&#xA;\bibliographystyle{plainnat}&#xA;\bibliography{refs}&#xA;&#xA;%... some figures and tables&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;refs.bib:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@article{author2000,&#xA;author = {someone},&#xA;journal = {Journal},&#xA;number = {1},&#xA;pages = {1--2},&#xA;title = {{Title}},&#xA;volume = {4},&#xA;year = {2000}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1783" LastEditorUserId="1783" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-25T14:25:45.933" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T14:25:45.933" Title="Why does bibtex not compile?" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6253" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6240" CreationDate="2010-11-30T16:59:47.333" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Others have mentioned the protection against user definition / redefinition. Another aspect is that command names like &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt; may only contain letters, so &lt;code&gt;\mymacro&lt;/code&gt; is a valid command, &lt;code&gt;\my!macro&lt;/code&gt; is not. So the normal user cannot redefine these commands, as &lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\my!macro}{....}&lt;/code&gt; will throw an error. You can redefine the category code of e.g. &lt;code&gt;!&lt;/code&gt; to behave as a letter, so that &lt;code&gt;\my!macro&lt;/code&gt; is considered as a valid command name (control word in TeX speak). This is what &lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&lt;/code&gt; does for &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\makeatother&lt;/code&gt; changes the &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt; back to a symbol (category code 'other').&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="243" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T16:59:47.333" />
  <row Id="6254" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8985" CreationDate="2010-11-30T17:15:49.990" Score="3" ViewCount="316" Body="&lt;p&gt;This was the problem I posted:&#xA;  &quot;I need to output &quot;see section 2.3&quot; where the referenced section is the third on the second chapter.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You all are right. I've to redefine the problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sections are referenced in a lot of distinct places:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;In table of contents. Managed by &lt;code&gt;\tableofcontents&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;In minitocs. Managed by &lt;code&gt;minitoc&lt;/code&gt; package&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;In headers. Managed by &lt;code&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/code&gt; package&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Like a leader section. Managed by &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;In text. Managed by &lt;code&gt;\ref&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In tocs and minitocs, because each section appears below its chapter (with some indentation) it's not necessary to prefix the section number with the chapter number. The label scope is local; so I need a local renderization. Example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;                  1. Chapter One ------------------1&#xA;                       1. First section -----------1&#xA;                       2. Second section ----------3&#xA;                   2. Chapter Two -----------------5&#xA;                       1. First section ...........5&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This means that sections 1.1 and 2.1 must be rendered as section 1.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When we use the &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt; command we know what chapter we are in: it's shown in the headers of the page. So I want also local scope:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;             1. First section&#xA;                       bla bla&#xA;             2. Second section&#xA;                       bla bla&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In headers I want global scope:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;             1. Chapter One                      1.1. First section&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In text we can make a crossreference to whatever point of text. So we need global scope:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;                See section 1.1 (first section in first chapter)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is the problem:&#xA;The default behavoir give as global scope every where. But if I redefine &lt;code&gt;\thesection&lt;/code&gt; to local scope, then I redefine everywhere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is my code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[catalan]{book}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\usepackage{nameref}&#xA;\usepackage{minitoc}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\makeindex&#xA;\dominitoc&#xA;&#xA;%\renewcommand{\thesection}{\arabic{section}}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand{\chaptermark}[1]{\markboth{\thechapter\ #1}{}}&#xA;\renewcommand{\sectionmark}[1]{\markboth{\thechapter.\thesection\ \ #1}}&#xA;&#xA;\fancyhead{}&#xA;\fancyhead[LO]{\leftmark}&#xA;\fancyhead[RE]{\thechapter.\rightmark}&#xA;&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{One}&#xA;&#xA;\minitoc[e]&#xA;&#xA;\section{First section}\label{sec:A}&#xA;&#xA;aaaaaa \newpage bbbbbbbb \newpage ccccccccccc&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{Two}&#xA;&#xA;\minitoc[e]&#xA;&#xA;\section{Second section}\label{sec:B}&#xA;&#xA;See sections \ref{sec:A} and  \ref{sec:B}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2227" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-15T10:26:47.057" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T11:38:59.903" Title="How can I get the chapter number like a prefix of all references" Tags="&lt;cross-referencing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="6256" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6257" CreationDate="2010-11-30T18:06:54.880" Score="2" ViewCount="150" Body="&lt;p&gt;Can I compile .tex to .html from within AUCTeX? What are the keybindings?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1783" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T18:25:15.350" Title="Can I compile .tex to .html from within AUCTeX?" Tags="&lt;compiling&gt;&lt;emacs&gt;&lt;auctex&gt;&lt;html&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6257" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6256" CreationDate="2010-11-30T18:25:15.350" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Well, you can do it directly from &lt;code&gt;emacs&lt;/code&gt; without having to use AUCTeX: &lt;code&gt;M-x compile&lt;/code&gt; and then change the &lt;code&gt;Compile command:&lt;/code&gt; to the appropriate &lt;code&gt;latex2html&lt;/code&gt; command.  If you are going to be doing the .html rendering a lot, you can add the following code to the end of your .tex file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% Local Variables:&#xA;% compile-command: &quot;latex2html yourfile.tex&quot;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From then on, whenever you load your .tex file the &lt;code&gt;M-x compile&lt;/code&gt; command will default to the correct &lt;code&gt;latex2html&lt;/code&gt; command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can bind &lt;code&gt;M-x compile&lt;/code&gt; to a keyboard shortcut by adding something like &lt;code&gt;(global-set-key &quot;\C-xc&quot; 'compile)&lt;/code&gt; to your .emacs file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="737" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T18:25:15.350" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6258" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6435" CreationDate="2010-11-30T18:25:32.157" Score="6" ViewCount="632" Body="&lt;p&gt;clarification: when I say &quot;graph&quot;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Graph_theory&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;I mean the computer science term&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to draw a full binary tree of &lt;code&gt;h&lt;/code&gt; height. It means that there's one root with two sons, each son has two sons and so forth.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to make LaTeX (with tikZ for example, but any other way will do) draw a full binary tree of a given &lt;code&gt;h&lt;/code&gt; height without manually drawing each node? This should also allow me to write on the edges and on the leaves.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-30T19:43:08.317" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T20:15:51.503" Title="How to automatically draw a graph in LaTeX" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;trees&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="6259" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6258" CreationDate="2010-11-30T18:54:19.860" Score="-1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;See PGFMANUAL (v2.1), p. 214ff&#xA;Sepp.-&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="742" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T18:54:19.860" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6260" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-30T19:07:23.567" Score="3" ViewCount="314" Body="&lt;p&gt;Typically, to box in some text, I use the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\fbox {&#xA;    \parbox{\linewidth}{&#xA;    This is some text! Blah blah blah...&#xA;    }&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, say I have a verbatim block within that. It will never compile. Anyone know how I could draw a box around text which contains a verbatim block?&#xA;I should note that I want to be able to draw a box around not just a verbatim block. For example, I would want to draw a box around something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;This is text.&#xA;\begin{verbatim}&#xA;This is some more text.&#xA;\end{verbatim}&#xA;And this is even more text.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2215" LastEditorUserId="2215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-30T19:16:11.047" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T18:29:22.270" Title="How to draw box around text that contains a verbatim block." Tags="&lt;boxes&gt;&lt;verbatim&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6261" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6260" CreationDate="2010-11-30T19:12:05.823" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you just want to frame a &lt;code&gt;verbatim&lt;/code&gt; block, you may consider using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/fancyvrb&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;fancyvrb&lt;/a&gt; package. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyvrb}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{Verbatim}[frame=single]&#xA;abc&#xA;def&#xA;\end{Verbatim}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-01T07:15:59.680" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T07:15:59.680" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="6262" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6265" CreationDate="2010-11-30T19:39:41.410" Score="6" ViewCount="138" Body="&lt;p&gt;LaTeX defines in &lt;code&gt;ltfssbas.dtx&lt;/code&gt; a macro called &lt;code&gt;\strip@pt&lt;/code&gt; (at line [246]) which strips the &lt;code&gt;pt&lt;/code&gt; part from a dimension returned by &lt;code&gt;\the\dimension&lt;/code&gt;. The definition is shown as a minimal working example below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article} &#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\parindent=0pt&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;&#xA;\begingroup&#xA;  \catcode `P=12  % digits and punct. catcode&#xA;  \catcode `T=12  % digits and punct. catcode&#xA;  \lowercase{%&#xA;  \def\x{\def\rem@pt##1.##2PT{##1\ifnum##2&amp;gt;\z@.##2\fi}}}&#xA;     \expandafter\endgroup\x%&#xA;\def\strip@pt{\expandafter\rem@pt\the}&#xA;&#xA;\newdimen\normallineskiplimit \normallineskiplimit=0.001pt&#xA;&#xA;\texttt{Original dimen \the\normallineskiplimit}\\&#xA;\texttt{Stripped dimen \strip@pt\normallineskiplimit}\\&#xA;&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the macro the &lt;code&gt;catcode&lt;/code&gt; of the letters 'PT' are changed to category 12, which is the catcode for digits and punctuation. It then changes it to &lt;code&gt;lowercase&lt;/code&gt; to match the &lt;code&gt;pt&lt;/code&gt; returned by the &lt;code&gt;\the\dimension&lt;/code&gt;. I can understand that the intent was to delimit the arguments with the &lt;code&gt;PT&lt;/code&gt; returned by the &lt;code&gt;\the\dimension&lt;/code&gt;, but why don't the lowercase letters  work on their own?&#xA;And a second question (pls &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt; the one question limit). Just before the &lt;code&gt;\def\strip@pt&lt;/code&gt;&#xA;it writes &lt;code&gt;\expandafter\endgroup\x&lt;/code&gt;. This could also be written as &lt;code&gt;\x\endgroup&lt;/code&gt; and save the &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt;. In the minimal I provided works both ways. Am I missing something?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-24T05:57:29.383" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T05:57:29.383" Title="Stripping the `pt' from a dimension" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;programming&gt;&lt;expandafter&gt;&lt;delimited&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="6263" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6296" CreationDate="2010-11-30T19:46:48.640" Score="3" ViewCount="351" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have this input file in utf8 encoding:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{algorithm2e}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{procedure}&#xA;foo&#xA;\caption{ö()}&#xA;\end{procedure}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but this gives me an error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;) (./test.aux)&#xA;! Missing \endcsname inserted.&#xA;&amp;lt;to be read again&amp;gt; &#xA;                   \unhbox &#xA;l.8 \caption{ö()}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;somehow the &lt;code&gt;\caption&lt;/code&gt; command doesn't like the ö character. Is there any way to use ö in utf8 encoding and the algorithm package?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; *File List*&#xA; article.cls    2007/10/19 v1.4h Standard LaTeX document class&#xA;  size10.clo    2007/10/19 v1.4h Standard LaTeX file (size option)&#xA;inputenc.sty    2008/03/30 v1.1d Input encoding file&#xA;    utf8.def    2008/04/05 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc&#xA;   t1enc.dfu    2008/04/05 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc&#xA;  ot1enc.dfu    2008/04/05 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc&#xA;  omsenc.dfu    2008/04/05 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc&#xA;algorithm2e.sty    2008/00/00 v3.10 algorithms environments&#xA;  ifthen.sty    2001/05/26 v1.1c Standard LaTeX ifthen package (DPC)&#xA;  xspace.sty    2006/05/08 v1.12 Space after command names (DPC,MH)&#xA; relsize.sty    2003/07/04 ver 3.1&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="243" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-30T19:51:13.593" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T09:30:36.963" Title="LaTeX: UTF8 and algorithm2e clash" Tags="&lt;unicode&gt;&lt;inputenc&gt;&lt;algorithm2e&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6264" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6131" CreationDate="2010-11-30T19:57:04.100" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://texmakerx.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TexMakerX&lt;/a&gt; is a LaTeX IDE that has built in support for Subversion. I've not used it with Subversion myself, preferring Mercurial, so cannot vouch for how good its support is.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1972" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T19:57:04.100" />
  <row Id="6265" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6262" CreationDate="2010-11-30T19:59:07.423" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;On the 'PT' question, what is needed is the lower case tokens &lt;code&gt;p&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;t&lt;/code&gt; with category code 12. As you say, &lt;code&gt;\the&amp;lt;dimen&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; returns the value of the  followed by &lt;code&gt;pt&lt;/code&gt;, but these are 'other' tokens and not 'letters'. So something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\rem@pt#1.#2pt{...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will not work, even with &lt;code&gt;\lowercase&lt;/code&gt; (which changes character codes but not category codes): TeX would keep looking for the characters 'pt' with category code 'other', would probably not find them and would raise an error.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the second question, &lt;code&gt;\x\endgroup&lt;/code&gt; will only define &lt;code&gt;\rem@pt&lt;/code&gt; inside the group you then close. You could use &lt;code&gt;\gdef&lt;/code&gt; to get round this, but the &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt; route also works as the content of &lt;code&gt;\x&lt;/code&gt; is expanded outside of the group. Your example still compiles as the kernel has already globally defined &lt;code&gt;\rem@pt&lt;/code&gt;. Try giving it a different name in your example and observe the 'Undefined control sequence error' that occurs when you expand &lt;code&gt;\x&lt;/code&gt; before closing the group.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T19:59:07.423" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6266" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6263" CreationDate="2010-11-30T20:07:39.160" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't believe it is possible to define a macro name with an umlaut and that is what is happening here. Your &lt;code&gt;\caption{ö()}&lt;/code&gt; will create a command \ö using &lt;code&gt;csname&lt;/code&gt;. This for example  works perfectly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{algorithm2e}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{procedure}&#xA;\caption{test(disjöint decomposition)}&#xA;\end{procedure}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem is not utf-08 or the umlaut, you just cannot use the umlaut as a macro name.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T20:07:39.160" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6267" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6297" CreationDate="2010-11-30T20:35:51.117" Score="2" ViewCount="243" Body="&lt;p&gt;See update below.&#xA;The following problem occurred while I was trying to alter the frametitle in beamer. (Actually  I want a picture in the Titlebar. I used a rule instead.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usetheme{AnnArbor}  &#xA;&#xA;\setbeamercolor*{frametitle in title}{fg=red, bg=black}&#xA;&#xA;\setbeamertemplate{frametitle}{%&#xA;    \vspace{-0.165ex}&#xA;    \mbox{%&#xA;        \begin{beamercolorbox}[wd=\paperwidth, dp=1ex, ht=4.5ex, sep=1ex, colsep*=0pt]{frametitle in title}%&#xA;        \usebeamerfont{frametitle}&#xA;        \insertframetitle &#xA;        \hfill&#xA;        \raisebox{-1.75ex}[\ht\strutbox][-\ht\strutbox]{\rule{5ex}{5ex}}&#xA;        \end{beamercolorbox}%&#xA;        }%&#xA;    }&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;\frametitle{Hello}&#xA;Everythings fine here&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}%[fragile]&#xA;\frametitle{Can you see?} &#xA;DO&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So you can easily see that the red square representing the picture (I want it there) is shifted upwards on a fragile frame. I have no idea how fragile works (neither I have an idea about beamer but I was able to handle it so far.) Therefore I thought about an if-construct to figure out when fragil is on but... well there is no such construct available in user land... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;thx for comments!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Update:&#xA;I just figured out, that the Problem has nothing to do with fragiles frames. &#xA;It comes from letters with descender. So in fact I'm struggling to use &lt;code&gt;\raisebox&lt;/code&gt; correctly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2217" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-01T08:56:00.670" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T09:06:28.473" Title="Behaviour of frametitle with raisebox" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;raise&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6268" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-30T20:38:05.167" Score="3" ViewCount="305" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to get this to center with 5pt margins on left, right, and top.&#xA;So the picture will cover nearly the whole page with room at the bottom for captions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usepackage{caption}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{centering}&#xA;\begin{figure}[ht]&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=(3/10)]&#xA;&#xA;  \draw[help lines] (0,0) grid (600mm,500mm);&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\caption{some caption here}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\clearpage&#xA;\end{centering}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2198" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-30T20:54:06.760" LastActivityDate="2010-12-04T01:42:32.983" Title="Can't get this to center." Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;margins&gt;&lt;floats&gt;&lt;centering&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6269" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6260" CreationDate="2010-11-30T20:41:04.530" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Willie's answer using the &lt;code&gt;fancyvrb&lt;/code&gt; is a common way out of this. If you are inserting code you could also list at the &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt; package. You can also use the &lt;code&gt;verbdef&lt;/code&gt; package that allows you to define commands that contain verbatim text.   &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article} &#xA;\usepackage{verbdef}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\verbdef\demo{demonstration text}&#xA;\framebox{&#xA; \begin{minipage}{4cm}&#xA; This some normal text and &#xA; this is verbatim &#xA; \demo\\&#xA; \demo\\&#xA; \end{minipage}&#xA;}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T20:41:04.530" />
  <row Id="6270" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6268" CreationDate="2010-11-30T20:52:53.830" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just use &lt;code&gt;\centering&lt;/code&gt; inside the &lt;code&gt;figure&lt;/code&gt; environment instead of outside. Such (list) environments don't have the desired effect on floating environments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A remark: blank lines in the source code cause paragraph breaks. Your code has a lot of them, perhaps not all are intended to break paragraphs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T20:52:53.830" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="6271" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6268" CreationDate="2010-11-30T21:00:55.200" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, the &lt;code&gt;figure&lt;/code&gt; is too wide. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A very simple approach is to calculate the &lt;code&gt;hskip&lt;/code&gt; based on the scale and the width... It is not suitable for larger documents, but for a single page okay.&#xA;There are ways to alter the page margins and text width...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usepackage{caption}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{figure}[ht]&#xA;&#xA;\vskip-30mm\hskip-29mm&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=(3/10)]&#xA;&#xA;  \draw[help lines] (0,0) grid (600mm,500mm);&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\caption{some caption here}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\clearpage&#xA;\end{document}`&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PS: centering with floating environments like &lt;code&gt;figure&lt;/code&gt; should always take place inside the environment&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1125" LastEditorUserId="1125" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-30T21:07:15.417" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T21:07:15.417" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6272" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6268" CreationDate="2010-11-30T21:05:28.587" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's not centering because your tikzpicture is wider than than the text width, resulting in an overfull &lt;code&gt;\hbox&lt;/code&gt;.  You can use the &lt;code&gt;geometry&lt;/code&gt; package to change the margins. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T21:05:28.587" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6273" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6284" CreationDate="2010-11-30T21:51:02.880" Score="4" ViewCount="155" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am frequently (i.e. about once per quarter, right before the end) set upon by the need to draw a diagram in which various lines are drawn and the angles between them labeled.  I've been using xy-pic for my diagrams, and would like to continue, but in a small diagram, the right location for the name of the angle to appear doesn't correspond to any particular spot on the grid.  Is there a nice way to do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I give an example of the sort of diagram I have in mind.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{xypic}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\diagram&#xA;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;*\\&#xA;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;*\ar[-1,3]\ar[-1,0]&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\\&#xA;\enddiagram&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1179" LastEditorUserId="1179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-11-30T22:17:14.677" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T12:48:21.473" Title="Label an angle in xypic" Tags="&lt;xy-pic&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="6274" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6293" CreationDate="2010-11-30T21:55:05.400" Score="6" ViewCount="181" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;We're developing an automated graph drawing framework for TikZ with LuaTeX. The TeX interface on the pgf layer is nearly done, the next step will be the TikZ Layer. The maker of TikZ, Till Tantau, gives us a lot of help, but he has very little time. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The most work is done, but some little sugar is missing. The algorithms work, passing the nodes to lua and shipping them out back later works, with edges too. As I'm proceeding with the pgf layer, I got a problem with passing arguments to macros. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Problem&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some graph drawing algorithms need options like the root node of a tree or in which style the nodes should be arranged. Saving the options after &lt;code&gt;\node[options]&lt;/code&gt; is no problem, but how to implement such an option handling by myself? I've read the particular pgfkeys section of the TikZ manual and done a lot of googeling, but not found yet what I need.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The idea is something like this (it's very simplified for showing what I want!)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;We have some interface functions on the TeX level to select algorithms and so on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\pgfgdsetalgorithm...{..call some lua functions here..}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some algorithms, say the tree drawing algorithm, needs an explicit root node.&#xA;The call could now be something like this&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pgfgdsetalgorithm[rootnode=nodexy]{treedrawing}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After the examples I've read I now know it's very comfortable for users to use the options, but very hard to implement them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anyone got a simple example or maybe a good tutorial so I can proceed?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1125" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T08:31:40.983" Title="Passing options to a macro" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;luatex&gt;&lt;pgfkeys&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6275" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-30T22:01:55.617" Score="3" ViewCount="305" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have an assignment which requires me to use CMS formatting, double spaced, in 12pt font. I'd rather avoid using the much inferior &quot;Word&quot; or &quot;Writer&quot; programs -- in particular I like how LaTeX inserts line breaks and such.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, there doesn't seem to be an easy way to force LaTeX to produce such a document. Is there a document class floating around which would allow the production of such a document using LaTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="192" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-13T14:31:13.817" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T14:31:13.817" Title="How can I create a Chicago Manual of Style formatted document in LaTeX?" Tags="&lt;formatting&gt;&lt;style&gt;&lt;typography&gt;&lt;chicago-style&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="6276" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-30T22:20:08.850" Score="4" ViewCount="270" Body="&lt;p&gt;This centers both horizontally and vertically, but I do not want vertical centering. I want the grid to be at the top of the page. (The geometry package works well at defining margins though).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[margin=5pt,nohead]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usepackage{caption}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{figure}[ht]&#xA; \begin{centering}&#xA;&#xA;   \begin{tikzpicture}[scale=(3/10)]&#xA;&#xA;      \draw[help lines] (0,0) grid (670mm,700mm);&#xA;&#xA;    \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;  \caption{some caption here}&#xA;&#xA;  \end{centering}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\clearpage&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2198" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-05T16:38:26.680" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T16:38:26.680" Title="How can I center horizontally but not vertically?" Tags="&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;&lt;diagrams&gt;&lt;centering&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6277" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6585" CreationDate="2010-11-30T22:21:22.880" Score="8" ViewCount="281" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using XeLaTeX on OS X 10.6 (texlive installed with MacPorts) I'm not getting any ligatures with Hoefler.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example code:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec,xltxtra}&#xA;\setromanfont[Mapping=tex-text]{Hoefler Text}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;ff fl fi ffl ffi&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Gives: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dayel.com/miscuploads/hoeflertest.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/RkH0r.png&quot; alt=&quot;no ligatures&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From my understanding Hoefler ought to have ligatures, but they're not showing up.  Am I missing something?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1925" LastEditorUserId="877" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-07T18:18:44.637" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T18:18:44.637" Title="Ligatures in Hoefler with XeTeX?" Tags="&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;ligatures&gt;&lt;apple&gt;&lt;hoefler&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6278" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6276" CreationDate="2010-11-30T22:29:53.567" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One single character would make a difference: try &lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}[ht!]&lt;/code&gt; instead. By adding this option the picture would float to the top of the page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, because the picture doesn't need to float across page borders and should be just at the top, you don't need a figure environment. Instead, you could use the &lt;code&gt;\captionof&lt;/code&gt; command of the &lt;code&gt;caption&lt;/code&gt; package, which you're already loading. Here's a small example based on your code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[margin=5pt,nohead]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usepackage{caption}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{centering}&#xA;  \begin{tikzpicture}[scale=(3/10)]&#xA;    \draw[help lines] (0,0) grid (670mm,700mm);&#xA;  \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \captionof{figure}{some caption here}&#xA;\end{centering}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T22:29:53.567" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6279" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6275" CreationDate="2010-11-30T22:39:51.860" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For the chicago part, you could use &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/natbib&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;natbib&lt;/a&gt; with the &lt;code&gt;chicago&lt;/code&gt; option and/or the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/chicago&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;chicago&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/achicago&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;achicago&lt;/a&gt; or similar packages. If you'd rather use BibLaTeX instead of BibTeX, there's &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/biblatex-chicago&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;biblatex-chicago&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the 12pt font and double spacing you could set that up with &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/geometry&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;geometry&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/setspace&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;setspace&lt;/a&gt;, or use something like &lt;a href=&quot;http://gregorywheeler.org/latex/phil-style1.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;philosophy.sty&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T22:39:51.860" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="6280" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6277" CreationDate="2010-11-30T23:06:30.653" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;try:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\fontspec[Mapping=tex-text, Ligatures={Common, Rare, Historical}]{Hoefler Text}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that &quot;common, rare, historical&quot; will enable a whole bunch of ligatures. if you want the standard ff, ffi, ffl, just the &quot;common&quot; option should suffice. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1222" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T23:06:30.653" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="6281" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6274" CreationDate="2010-11-30T23:16:16.267" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If I were you, I'd just pass the options to lua and parse the text into a table. lualibs package (string module) have function to parse options and key/value, I'd try that and save myself the headache (and insanity) of various tex based key/value parsing packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T23:16:16.267" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6282" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6283" CreationDate="2010-11-30T23:19:16.457" Score="3" ViewCount="271" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am looking for the 'such that' symbol in set theory.  I don't know what it's called so I'm not sure how to look for it.  For the moment, I am just using this '|'.  What is the appropriate symbol?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="701" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T23:27:15.730" Title="How do I make the 'such that' symbol from Set Theory?" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="6283" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6282" CreationDate="2010-11-30T23:27:15.730" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\mid&lt;/code&gt;, as it has the spacing of a binary relation. If you want it to resize, see &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/448/how-to-automatically-resize-the-vertical-bar-in-a-set-comprehension&quot;&gt;“How to automatically resize the vertical bar in a set comprehension?”&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Have a look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/14/how-to-look-up-a-math-symbol&quot;&gt;“How to look up a math symbol?”&lt;/a&gt; for ideas how you can easily find a particular symbol.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T23:27:15.730" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6284" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6273" CreationDate="2010-11-30T23:40:00.800" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;An xy-pic solution: place an arrow label at the beginning of the arrow by &lt;code&gt;^&amp;lt;&amp;lt;{\beta}&lt;/code&gt;, use more or less &lt;code&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; if required:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\diagram&#xA;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;*\\&#xA;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;*\ar[-1,3]^&amp;lt;&amp;lt;{\beta}\ar[-1,0]&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\\&#xA;\enddiagram&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/F37aa.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-01T00:27:32.347" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T00:27:32.347" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6285" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6273" CreationDate="2010-11-30T23:55:53.743" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know, you did specifically ask for an &lt;code&gt;xy-pic&lt;/code&gt; solution. But I couldn't resist to answer with a TikZ solution (before Andrew does ;-)).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}  &#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    % define some nodes using the \node (name) at (coordinates) {content} syntax&#xA;    \node (top) at (0,1) {};&#xA;    \node (top-right) at (3,1) {$*$};&#xA;    \node (bottom) at (0,0) {$*$};&#xA;&#xA;    % draw the arrows&#xA;    \draw[-&amp;gt;] (bottom) -- (top);&#xA;    \draw[-&amp;gt;] (bottom) -- (top-right);&#xA;&#xA;    % add a node using radial coordinates (angle:radius)&#xA;    \node at (45:0.6) {$72^\circ$};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/zulrm.png&quot; alt=&quot;example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you can see, the syntax is rather straightforward (though of course a lot more verbose than xy-pic). In theory, you could put those nodes into a matrix as in xy, but here there is really no need for that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A slightly more fancy example in the same spirit (as I don't know what you actually plan to do)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \node (top) at (0,1.5) {};&#xA;    \node (top-right) at (18:1.5) {};&#xA;    \node (bottom) at (0,0) {};&#xA;&#xA;    \fill (bottom) circle (0.05);&#xA;    \fill (top-right) circle (0.05);&#xA;    \fill (top) circle (0.05);  &#xA;&#xA;    \draw[-&amp;gt;] (bottom) -- (top);&#xA;    \draw[-&amp;gt;] (bottom) -- (top-right);&#xA;&#xA;    \node at (45:0.6) {$72^\circ$};&#xA;    \draw[-&amp;gt;] (22:1) arc (22:86:1);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Un7FS.png&quot; alt=&quot;example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-11-30T23:55:53.743" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6287" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6289" CreationDate="2010-12-01T02:14:46.093" Score="6" ViewCount="150" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to have lines (as an exception) that continue into the right margin ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's why I hope it's possible: I have a document and one of the headings is the formal name of a particular organization. The name is a few letters wider than what fits in the article's text width. It looks uglier if I break it in two lines than allowing for this exception (because of the space around it, in this particular document it doesn't look that bad).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One option suggested by SE is given in the question &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/588/how-can-i-change-the-margins-for-only-part-of-the-text&quot;&gt;How can I change the margins for only part of the text?&lt;/a&gt;. The reason I'm asking is that maybe there is another way, to tell LaTeX &quot;do not break this line, even if you bleed into the margin&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If there isn't, I'll look into the changepage package, but it's worth asking.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="564" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T10:35:20.063" Title="&quot;Bleed&quot; text into the page margins?" Tags="&lt;margins&gt;&lt;line-breaking&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="6288" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6290" CreationDate="2010-12-01T04:08:57.700" Score="1" ViewCount="377" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Background&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Syntax-highlighted &lt;a href=&quot;http://superuser.com/questions/213217/convert-html-to-image&quot;&gt;source code&lt;/a&gt; image listings are being used as Algorithm floats with the &lt;code&gt;lst:&lt;/code&gt; prefix for captions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Problem&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following LaTeX code in the preamble renames the caption for the Algorithm float to Listing, as desired:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{float}&#xA;\floatname{algorithm}{Listing}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, the cross-reference label using the following command remains &quot;Algorithm&quot; (should be &quot;Listing&quot;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ref{lst:Internationalization-Look-up-Method}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Essentially, I am trying to rename Algorithm floats to Listing floats. (The book will have no algorithms.) LyX has &lt;code&gt;Algorithm&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;Figure&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;Table&lt;/code&gt; as floats to insert. If there was a way to configure and add &lt;code&gt;Listing&lt;/code&gt; to the same menu (&lt;strong&gt;Insert &gt;&gt; Float &gt;&gt; Listing&lt;/strong&gt;), that would also be a great solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Ideas&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following failed:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{caption}&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\renewcommand{\lstlistlistingname}{Listings}&#xA;\renewcommand{\lstlistingname}{Listing}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following eliminated the word &quot;Algorithm&quot; for the reference label altogether:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{caption}&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\renewcommand\lstlistingname{Listing}&#xA;\renewcommand\lstlistlistingname{Listings}&#xA;\def\lstlistingautorefname{Listing}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have not yet looked into the &lt;code&gt;babel&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Question&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can you rename &quot;Algorithm&quot; to &quot;Listing&quot; everywhere, including:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Caption&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Label reference&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;In the front matter (i.e., List of Listings rather than List of Algorithms)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Related&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/2814714/latex-how-to-change-title-in-listings&quot;&gt;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/2814714/latex-how-to-change-title-in-listings&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mail-archive.com/lyx-users@lists.lyx.org/msg67681.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.mail-archive.com/lyx-users@lists.lyx.org/msg67681.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2148" LastEditorUserId="2148" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-01T14:21:56.367" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T14:22:45.163" Title="Rename &quot;Algorithm&quot; to &quot;Listing&quot;" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;lyx&gt;&lt;listings&gt;&lt;macros&gt;&lt;algorithms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="6289" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6287" CreationDate="2010-12-01T04:10:28.263" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It can depend on where you need to do this, but the standard methods for keeping text together should work for you:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;aaa bbb ccc ddd~eee~fff ...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;aaa bbb ccc \mbox{ddd eee fff} ...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Under no circumstances will &lt;code&gt;ddd eee fff&lt;/code&gt; ever break, so you can write the entire organisation name with &lt;code&gt;\mbox&lt;/code&gt; and it should do what you want. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T04:10:28.263" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6290" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6288" CreationDate="2010-12-01T04:54:17.383" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Solution&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Do not mix &lt;code&gt;lst:&lt;/code&gt; with Algorithm floats.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Rename &lt;code&gt;lst:&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;alg:&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Change the preamble to:&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\usepackage{float}&#xA;\floatname{algorithm}{Listing}&#xA;\newcommand{\algorithmname}{Listing}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This does not change the &quot;List of Algorithms&quot; to &quot;List of Listings&quot;. The text is found in &quot;stdfloats.inc&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Float&#xA;    Type                  algorithm&#xA;    GuiName               Algorithm&#xA;    Placement             tbp&#xA;    Extension             loa&#xA;    NumberWithin          none&#xA;    Style                 ruled&#xA;    ListName              &quot;List of Algorithms&quot;&#xA;    LaTeXBuiltin          false&#xA;End&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The improper way to fix this is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Edit stdfloats.inc.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Change &quot;List of Algorithms&quot; to &quot;List of Listings&quot;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;strong&gt;Tools &gt;&gt; Reconfigure&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Restart LyX.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At this point, &quot;List of Algorithms&quot; will read &quot;List of Listings&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2148" LastEditorUserId="2148" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-01T14:22:45.163" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T14:22:45.163" />
  <row Id="6291" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6322" CreationDate="2010-12-01T05:48:55.470" Score="2" ViewCount="451" Body="&lt;p&gt;When inserting page numbers into beamer slides, I usually use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setbeamertemplate{footline}[page number]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to do this for headline, something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setbeamertemplate{headline}[page number]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2015" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-02T00:59:31.477" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T00:59:31.477" Title="How to insert &quot;footline&quot;-style page number into &quot;headline&quot;" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;page-numbering&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6292" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6274" CreationDate="2010-12-01T07:06:10.387" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's not clear to me exactly what you're stuck on, but you might find Joseph Wright's article on keyval processing in LaTeX to be helpful:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/tb30-1/tb94wright-keyval.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/tb30-1/tb94wright-keyval.pdf&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The section on &lt;code&gt;pgfkeys&lt;/code&gt; is near the end.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Plug: While this article is now freely available since it was published over 12 months ago, TUG membership gives you hard copy and immediate electronic access to such articles; I highly recommend supporting them!)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T07:06:10.387" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6293" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6274" CreationDate="2010-12-01T08:31:40.983" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To expand a bit on Will's answer, an initial staring point would be something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pgfqkeys{setalgorithm}{%&#xA;  rootnode .code = \pgfkeys{/node = #1}&#xA;}&#xA;\def\pgfgdsetalgorithm{%&#xA;  \pgfutil@ifnextchar[%]&#xA;    {\pgfgdsetalgorithm@}&#xA;    {\pgfgdsetalgorithm@[]}%&#xA;}&#xA;\def\pgfgdsetalgorithm@[#1]#2{%&#xA;  \pgfqkeys{setalgorithm}{#1}%&#xA;  % Stuff with #2&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here, I've used the &lt;code&gt;pgf&lt;/code&gt; version of &lt;code&gt;\@ifnextchar&lt;/code&gt; to set up the optional argument in a format-independent fashion. I'm not quite clear on what exactly you need to do with your keys, so for the moment I've simply assumed that you would translate the &lt;code&gt;rootnode&lt;/code&gt; key into a plain &lt;code&gt;pgf&lt;/code&gt; key called &lt;code&gt;node&lt;/code&gt;: I expect there is more to this than that!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T08:31:40.983" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6294" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6299" CreationDate="2010-12-01T08:54:56.473" Score="10" ViewCount="215" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to let pdf viewers automatically start in presentation mode?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="752" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T11:39:17.223" Title="Start pdf viewer in presentation mode" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="6295" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1319" CreationDate="2010-12-01T08:55:29.603" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.lorenzopantieri.net/LaTeX.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Lorenzo Pantieri&lt;/a&gt;'s books and articles very nice. He uses his package ArsClassica and are written in italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.aprendematematicas.org.mx/profesores/latex.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;aprende matematicas&lt;/a&gt; (learn mathematics) you will find some mathematical books also written with LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And at the &lt;a href=&quot;http://latex-my.blogspot.com/2009/10/true-or-false-latex-can-produce-only.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Malaysian LaTeX User Group Blog&lt;/a&gt; there is a tutorial explaining how to design a &lt;em&gt;not so boring&lt;/em&gt; book.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1952" LastEditorUserId="1952" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-29T18:37:08.630" LastActivityDate="2011-01-29T18:37:08.630" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-12-01T08:55:29.603" />
  <row Id="6296" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6263" CreationDate="2010-12-01T09:01:21.893" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Algorithm2e tries to define a command \csname ö\endcsname in your example. The problem is that the &quot;ö&quot; is already a command and - as you are using OT1 font encoding - it contains commands which can't be used in \csname. You can use &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&lt;/code&gt;. This will solve the problem with the ö. But on the whole I do find it rather problematic how algorithm2e defines commands without checking. I would suggest the nokwfunc option.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage%[nokwfunc] % enable it to see the difference&#xA;  {algorithm2e}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section{A}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{procedure}&#xA;foo \caption{ö()}&#xA;\end{procedure}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{procedure}&#xA;foo \caption{section()}&#xA;\end{procedure}&#xA;&#xA;\section{B}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastEditorUserId="2388" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-01T09:30:36.963" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T09:30:36.963" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6297" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6267" CreationDate="2010-12-01T09:06:28.473" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You are quite right, the problem comes from the descender of the &quot;y&quot; in &quot;Can you see&quot;. (It's quite natural that you were puzzled and first thought &lt;code&gt;fragile&lt;/code&gt; to be the culprit; I had a &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/3345/1235&quot;&gt;related question&lt;/a&gt; where I also didn't know what's happening. Juan A. Navarro called it &quot;the dreadful Beamer's vertical alignment problem&quot; ...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Solution:&lt;/em&gt; Add a &lt;code&gt;\strut&lt;/code&gt; to your frame titles, like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\frametitle{Hello\strut}&#xA;\frametitle{Can you see?\strut}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then you see that the picture isn't shifted anymore. Now the picture is too high, but this can easily be solved by adapting the &lt;code&gt;\raisebox{-1.75ex}&lt;/code&gt; of the picture.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T09:06:28.473" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6299" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6294" CreationDate="2010-12-01T09:14:37.717" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes there is :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Simply add this to your preamble&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In LaTeX&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\hypersetup{pdfpagemode=FullScreen}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In ConTeXt&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setupinteractionscreen[option=max]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1125" LastEditorUserId="1125" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-01T11:39:17.223" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T11:39:17.223" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="6300" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6294" CreationDate="2010-12-01T09:15:46.270" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;hyperref&lt;/a&gt; package can do this for you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\hypersetup{pdfpagemode=FullScreen}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="459" LastEditorUserId="459" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-01T09:59:58.293" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T09:59:58.293" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6301" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6268" CreationDate="2010-12-01T10:01:20.637" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's a combination of Stefan's and Matthew's answer. Both of them addressed one of the points needed to solve your problem. To get 5pt margins on left, right, and top, use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[left=5pt,top=5pt,right=5pt]{geometry}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For centering, put &lt;code&gt;\centering&lt;/code&gt; inside the figure environment (just as Stefan wrote). A complete example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[left=5pt,top=5pt,right=5pt]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usepackage{caption}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{figure}[ht]&#xA;\centering&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=(3/10)]&#xA;  \draw[help lines] (0,0) grid (600mm,500mm);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\caption{some caption here}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now this does &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; cover nearly the whole page. For this you have to change the &lt;code&gt;scale&lt;/code&gt; of your &lt;code&gt;tikzpicture&lt;/code&gt; or increase the values &lt;code&gt;600mm&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;500mm&lt;/code&gt; accordingly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As Matten wrote in his answer, this is only a good idea for single pages. If you want to do something like this in a larger document, then you can use &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2319/center-flow-chart-horizontally/2324#2324&quot;&gt;Stefan's answer&lt;/a&gt; to the question I linked to in a comment above:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}[ht]&#xA;\noindent&#xA;\makebox[\textwidth]{&#xA;  \begin{tikzpicture}[scale=(3/10)]&#xA;    \draw[help lines] (0,0) grid (600mm,500mm);&#xA;  \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;}&#xA;\caption{some caption here}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T10:01:20.637" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6302" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6275" CreationDate="2010-12-01T10:01:45.450" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/memoir/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;The memoir class&lt;/a&gt; has a sane approach to describing the organisation of documents, with all the right parts for front matter, back matter, and markup of main matter, and perhaps more importantly, the manual is truly excellent, and will give guidance on how to realise your document.  If you use {memoir}, as I strongly recommend,&lt;em&gt;Chicago&lt;/em&gt; raises a number of smaller issues and one big issue (all quotes from &lt;em&gt;Chicago&lt;/em&gt; #15: I have not yet got to grips with #16):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Chicago is a pretty liberal style, that is full of suggestions and descriptions of alternatives about layout, but fewer rules about typography.  For instance, Chicago allows chapters to begin on either verso or recto, saying only that &quot;The first chapter ordinarily begins on a recto&quot; only to qualify that with an exception.  But lots of people have the idea that Chicago wants chapters always to begin on recto...  Look at the details about typography from a Windows style seller, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.styleease.com/ChiSeminaryDiffs.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;How Seminary Style Differs from Chicago/Turabian Style&lt;/a&gt;: it is nearly all without foundation in &lt;em&gt;Chicago&lt;/em&gt;.  So, do find out whether the &quot;Chicago&quot; requirement actually means something more specific.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Latex doesn't have a good workflow for bibliographies, I have concluded after many years of frustration.  You can't use established Bibtex styles to conform to &lt;em&gt;Chicago&lt;/em&gt;'s guidance on how to set out the reference  list, because of deep problems with how references are represented in Bibtex, and I have no confidence that Biblatex makes more than cosmetic improvements to this.  My recommendation is to choose a Bibtex style and bibliographic citation package that gets the following right: the citation keys of the form &lt;code&gt;(Authorlist1, date1; ...)&lt;/code&gt; (which will be what you need in most cases). and puts the authors, date, title and publication venue in that order; {natbib} or Harvard will do for this, with {natbib} supporting more flexible citations.  Then generate the .bbl file, cut and paste it in place of the &lt;code&gt;\bibliography&lt;/code&gt; command, and edit the entries one by one so that they actually conform to &lt;em&gt;Chicago&lt;/em&gt;.  I said something a bit similar in &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2628/how-to-apa-6th-in-latex/2630#2630&quot;&gt;my &lt;em&gt;How to APA 6th&lt;/em&gt; answer&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Chicago&lt;/em&gt; does have things to say about punctuation and spacing around punctuation, which is your job to follow.  Word has nice macro packages to check for possible problems; Latex, AFAIK, does not.  Using &lt;code&gt;\frenchspacing&lt;/code&gt; makes strict correctness a little easier.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T10:01:45.450" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6303" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6320" CreationDate="2010-12-01T10:16:44.690" Score="1" ViewCount="355" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello, I'd like to have a conditional &lt;code&gt;\multicolumn&lt;/code&gt; command depending on the slide, so I put it inside an alt or an only command, as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;\begin{equation*}&#xA;  \begin{array}{rlll}&#xA;  a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;c&amp;amp;d\\&#xA;  A&amp;amp;\multicolumn{3}{l}{BCD}\\ %this is OK&#xA;   A&amp;amp;B&amp;amp;C&amp;amp;D\\ %as is this obviously...&#xA;  A&amp;amp;\only&amp;lt;-+&amp;gt;{\multicolumn{3}{l}{BCD}}\only&amp;lt;.-&amp;gt;{B&amp;amp;C&amp;amp;D}\\ %but this&#xA;  A&amp;amp;\alt&amp;lt;-+&amp;gt;{\multicolumn{3}{l}{BCD}}{B&amp;amp;C&amp;amp;D}\\% and this do not compile&#xA;  A&amp;amp;\multicolumn{3}{l}{\only&amp;lt;-+&amp;gt;{BCD}\only&amp;lt;+-&amp;gt;{\begin{tabular}{lll}B&amp;amp;C&amp;amp;D\\\end{tabular}}} %this line works, but, of course, gives the wrong alignment...&#xA;\end{array}&#xA;\end{equation*}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem seems to be that LaTeX wants the &lt;code&gt;\multicolumn&lt;/code&gt; command to appear as the first thing after an &amp;amp; or a newline...but then, as the last line shows, I don't know how to align with the other columns...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Currently I'm solving the problem using &lt;code&gt;\hspace*&lt;/code&gt; but this is a bit of a ugly hack.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any ideas on how I could get this to work properly??&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-03T10:50:22.943" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T10:50:22.943" Title="Using \multicolumn with beamer inside an overlay command" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;tables&gt;&lt;overlays&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="6304" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6287" CreationDate="2010-12-01T10:35:20.063" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would use &lt;code&gt;\rlap&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\rlap{This is a very long name of some arcane organization}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will typeset the text, but it won't take up any space, so you don't even get an overfull hbox.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T10:35:20.063" />
  <row Id="6305" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6303" CreationDate="2010-12-01T10:51:19.437" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi&#xA;I´m not quite sure what kind of layout you want to create, but i suppose you want some kind of appear/expand thing. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So for me this works: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;    \begin{frame}&#xA;&#xA;      \begin{tabular}{rlll} % works also in the array/equation construct&#xA;      a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;c&amp;amp;d\\&#xA;      A&amp;amp;\multicolumn{3}{l}{BCD}\\ %this is OK&#xA;       A&amp;amp;B&amp;amp;C&amp;amp;D\\ %as is this obviously...&#xA;       \only&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;{A &amp;amp; \multicolumn{3}{l}{BCD}\\} \only&amp;lt;3&amp;gt;{A&amp;amp;B&amp;amp;C&amp;amp;D\\}  % slide 2 appearing slide 3 expanding&#xA;      \only&amp;lt;4&amp;gt;{A &amp;amp; \multicolumn{3}{l}{ BCD}\\} \only&amp;lt;5&amp;gt;{A&amp;amp;B&amp;amp;C&amp;amp;D\\} %  and this do not compile&#xA;      %A&amp;amp; \multicolumn{3}{l}{\only&amp;lt;-+&amp;gt;{BCD} \only&amp;lt;+-&amp;gt;{\noindent\begin{tabular}{lll}B&amp;amp;C&amp;amp;D\\\end{tabular}}} %&#xA;% not sure what to do with that line so im dropping it&#xA;      \end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;    \end{frame}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I´m not sure if that fits your expectation but it works. (Its not very efficient code because you have to type the A column every time.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2217" LastEditorUserId="2217" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-01T11:10:56.090" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T11:10:56.090" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6306" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-01T11:20:36.113" Score="10" ViewCount="499" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to annotate some PDF files (created with pdflatex), e.g. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;word x is missing here&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;this part of a sentence should be moved to the front&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;replace word x by y&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;highlight this sentence&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;insert a note&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The current Acrobat Reader has some annotation capabilities, but the PDF has to contain some magic bits that 'allow' annotations in the Adobe Reader. And by default PDFs created with &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; do not contain these bits. Is there is a workaround available?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Adobe Acrobat does not need this permissions - but it do not have a license and the current version probably does not work on all systems I use.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Okular has some annotation features, but the annotations are not saved in the PDF - pretty useless for me, because I want to exchange these annotations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thus, what are the alternatives for annotating PDF files generated by pdflatex?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Basic requirements:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;open source&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;run at least on Linux&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Annotations should be saved in the PDF file&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Annotations should be viewable with standard PDF viewers (e.g. Acrobat Reader)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;It would be nice if a PDF viewer could skip from annotation to annotation and display them with color marks at the scrollbar (like compile errors/warnings in an IDE)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="929" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T00:15:36.807" Title="How to annotate PDF files generated by pdflatex?" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;pdf-reader&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6307" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6313" CreationDate="2010-12-01T11:22:47.453" Score="3" ViewCount="194" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello All,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using Xelatex with biblatex and the biber.exe backend:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\usepackage{xltxtra}&#xA;\usepackage{polyglossia}&#xA;\setmainlanguage{english}&#xA;\defaultfontfeatures{Scale=MatchLowercase}&#xA;\setmainfont{Sabon LT}&#xA;\setsansfont{Syntax LT}&#xA;\setmonofont{Courier New} &#xA;\usepackage{csquotes}&#xA;\usepackage[bibstyle=nature, citestyle=numeric-comp, sorting=none,backend=biber]{biblatex}%this style compresses the numbering &#xA;\bibliography{cluster.bib}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;some text&#xA;some unicode text áâäæèê\\&#xA;some unicode text: Parenicovà          áâäæèê with an unicode reference \autocite{Parenicova2000a}\\&#xA;unicode reference two Jørgensen \autocite{Joergensen2009}\\&#xA;Reference without unicode \autocite{Wu2004}&#xA;\printbibliography&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unicode characters are displayed correctly in the text body, however in the reference list the unicode characters are omitted (see attached image)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is not a problem related to my .bib library, I encod my library in UTF-8 (UTF-16 tested too, no difference) when I use normal pdflatex and biblatex characters are displayed normally. I think the error is related to biber.exe in combination with my Windows Vista, the following error is displayed when I run biber.exe on the .bcf file manually:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;F:\LaTeX\xetex_testing&amp;gt;biber.exe testB.bcf&#xA;Could not find or check module 'IPC::Run' [THIS MAY BE A PROBLEM!] at IPC/Cmd.pm&#xA; line 125&#xA;Already tried to use 'IO::Select', which was unsuccessful [THIS MAY BE A PROBLEM&#xA;!] at IPC/Cmd.pm line 154&#xA;INFO - Logfile is 'testB.blg'&#xA;INFO - Found 'testB.bcf'&#xA;INFO - Reading testB.bcf&#xA;WARN - Warning: You are using biblatex version 1.0 :&#xA;biber is more likely to work with version 0.9e.&#xA;INFO - Found 3 citekeys in bib section 0&#xA;INFO - Processing bib section 0&#xA;INFO - Found 'cluster.bib'&#xA;INFO - Processing file 'cluster.bib' for section 0&#xA;INFO - Decoding LaTeX character macros into UTF-8&#xA;Unicode::Collate: Can't locate Unicode\Collate\allkeys.txt in @INC (@INC contain&#xA;s: C:\Users\Tim\AppData\Local\Temp\par-Tim\cache-ef9b516290b60f6dc5518a4b5db3004&#xA;32676b908\inc\lib C:\Users\Tim\AppData\Local\Temp\par-Tim\cache-ef9b516290b60f6d&#xA;c5518a4b5db300432676b908\inc CODE(0x2cc0b14) CODE(0x2cc0e14)) at Biber.pm line 1&#xA;403&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So is this specifically a biber related error, or am I doing something wrong?&#xA;All help is much appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/saZBF.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Solution&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Althought my bib file was showing all unicode characters properly in my reference program (jabref) the encoding of the bib file seemed to be the problem (apparently jabref saved it as Cp1252?) After converting the bib file with an external text editor to UTF8, Everything works perfectly!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2182" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-10T16:17:27.770" LastActivityDate="2010-12-10T16:17:27.770" Title="Biblatex / Biber.exe not displaying unicode characters in reference" Tags="&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;biblatex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="6308" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6306" CreationDate="2010-12-01T11:30:27.323" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think PDF edit is able to do what you want, it's open source, free etc. it can be found at &lt;a href=&quot;http://pdfedit.petricek.net/en/download.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://pdfedit.petricek.net/en/download.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2182" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T11:30:27.323" />
  <row Id="6309" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6315" CreationDate="2010-12-01T11:37:08.527" Score="5" ViewCount="194" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not very experienced with 'biblatex', but I hope that the answer to this question will be relatively simple. I'm using the `authoryear' style, and my references in the reference list appear like the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Wilson, R. T. and E. J. Milton (2010). Automated Selection of Suitable Atmospheric Correction Sites. In: Remote Sensing and Photogrammetry Society Annual Conference, September 2010, Cork, Ireland.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This looks great, apart from the fact that the first author and the second author have their initials in a different order. For the first author it is Surname, Initials and the second author is Initials, Surname.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, my question is threefold: Is there a simple option to change this? If not, can I simply modify the bbx file to change this? If not, is there another biblatex style already available that does this without changing the rest of the reference style too much.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="495" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-01T14:39:09.620" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T14:39:09.620" Title="Change ordering of initials in biblatex style" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;biblatex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6310" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6309" CreationDate="2010-12-01T11:47:23.657" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I personally use the natbib styles, you can find them on CTAN. After placing the style files in the right directory you can use the styles in e.g. the following way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[bibstyle=nature, citestyle=numeric-comp, sorting=none,backend=biber]{biblatex}%this style compresses the numbering &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And It does as you want. Just tested it quickly with my own library using a dual author reference, and this is how it is displayed. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;De Vries, R. &amp;amp; Visser, J. Regulation of the feruloyl esterase (faeA) gene from&#xA;Aspergillus niger. Applied and Environmental Microbiology 65, 5500 (1999).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2182" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T11:47:23.657" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6311" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6260" CreationDate="2010-12-01T12:03:56.780" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;framed&lt;/code&gt; package defines a &lt;code&gt;framed&lt;/code&gt; environment that can contain verbatim text. This is a nice option if you want text other than the verbatim environment to be in the box.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See also answers to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/6228/215&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T12:03:56.780" />
  <row Id="6312" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6306" CreationDate="2010-12-01T12:12:21.927" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use &lt;a href=&quot;http://xournal.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;xournal&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dklevine.com/general/software/tc1000/jarnal.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;jarnal&lt;/a&gt; for this sort of thing.  I've no idea how they compare to Adobe and I almost never use Adobe, and I don't know if &quot;annotations&quot; has a special meaning in the context of this question so these might not be what you're looking for.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Both are open source (xournal is a C++ program, jarnal is java)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Both run on Linux (jarnal runs on any platform with java)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Both can export to PDF&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Given that both can export to PDF, if &quot;annotations&quot; has no special connotations, this is certainly true&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Don't know about this one&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T12:12:21.927" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6313" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6307" CreationDate="2010-12-01T12:12:53.923" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I tested a complete example with unicode characters using the XeLaTeX/biber combo, and it works fine. Your log shows that you're using an old biber version, and this may be the cause of your problem (changes to the Unicode sorting mechanism were added to biber lately). Try upgrading to biber v0.6.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: Here's the example that works for me:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\setmainfont{Palatino Linotype}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[backend=biber]{biblatex}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.bib}&#xA;@misc{J01,&#xA;  author = {Jørgensen, J.},&#xA;  year = {2001},&#xA;  title = {Alpha áâäæèê},&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\bibliography{\jobname}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\nocite{*}&#xA;&#xA;\printbibliography&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-01T13:27:50.347" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T13:27:50.347" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="6314" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6306" CreationDate="2010-12-01T12:16:42.547" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using &lt;code&gt;wine&lt;/code&gt; you can install and run &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tracker-software.com/product/pdf-xchange-viewer&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pdf-xchange&lt;/a&gt;. As far as I recall it is free and worked fine for me under linux. Should do the things you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="412" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T12:16:42.547" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6315" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6309" CreationDate="2010-12-01T12:26:27.070" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A simple approach is to set&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{first-last}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{last-first}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;after loading &lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt;, with the one to choose being dependent on where you want initials to appear.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T12:26:27.070" />
  <row Id="6316" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6258" CreationDate="2010-12-01T12:44:12.177" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use a combination of &lt;code&gt;grahviz&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;dot2tex&lt;/code&gt;, in order to generate nice graphs. This combination can produce nice graphs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="412" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T12:44:12.177" />
  <row Id="6317" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6273" CreationDate="2010-12-01T12:48:21.473" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I couldn't resist the challenge, sorry.  Here's my version (using TikZ):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/oqpA9.png&quot; alt=&quot;angle drawing using TikZ&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\tikzset{point/.style={circle,fill,inner sep=2pt}}&#xA;\tikzset{vector/.style={shorten &amp;gt;=3pt, shorten &amp;lt;=4pt,-latex}}&#xA;\tikzset{angle/.style={bend right,shorten &amp;gt;=5pt, shorten &amp;lt;=5pt,-&amp;gt;,gray}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\def\angle{72}&#xA;\node[point] (origin) at (0,0) {};&#xA;\node[point] (yaxis) at (90:4) {};&#xA;\node[point] (avector) at (90 - \angle:4) {};&#xA;&#xA;\draw[vector] (origin) -- coordinate (a) (yaxis);&#xA;\draw[vector] (origin) -- coordinate (b) (avector);&#xA;&#xA;\draw[angle] (b) to node[auto,swap] {\(\angle^\circ\)} (a);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The purpose of this example is to show how drawing diagrams with TikZ is very much like writing articles with LaTeX: the interface makes it very easy to separate content from style.  I've created three &quot;styles&quot;: one for points, one for vectors, and one for the angle bits.  Then I place the points, using the &quot;point&quot; syntax and specifying using polar coordinates.  Next, I draw the vectors between the origin and those points.  I also &quot;mark&quot; the half-way point on each vector.  Finally, I draw the arc between the &quot;marks&quot;, using the &quot;angle&quot; style.  Note also that I only need to specify the angle &lt;em&gt;once&lt;/em&gt;.  All the rest is computed from that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's not perfect - angles on the &quot;other side&quot; should have &quot;bend left&quot; rather than &quot;bend right&quot;, but that's not hard to do.  One could also replace the &quot;to&quot; by an arc if it gets too flat for angles near 180.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T12:48:21.473" />
  <row Id="6318" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-01T12:55:11.217" Score="7" ViewCount="137" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using ConTeXt Mk IV, and I'd like the text in a two-page document to line up like so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;+--------+--------+&#xA;+        +        +&#xA;+ xxx    +    xx  +&#xA;+ xxxx   +   xxx  +&#xA;+ xx     +        +&#xA;+        +   xxx  +&#xA;+ xxx    +  xxxx  +&#xA;+ xx     +  xxxx  +&#xA;+        +        +&#xA;+--------+--------+&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setuppagenumbering[alternative=twosided]&#xA;\setupalign[flushouter]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but that doesn't work. None of [flush]inner/outer/left/right does. This despite the fact that in setuphead[subject],&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;align=flushouter&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;does&lt;/em&gt; do the expected &amp;amp; desired thing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a magic word I've missed?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cheers,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sietse&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2229" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T20:17:01.337" Title="How, in ConTeXt, can I get body text to align flush to the outside?" Tags="&lt;align&gt;&lt;context&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6319" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-01T12:55:25.833" Score="7" ViewCount="177" Body="&lt;p&gt;How could I add a note ... or a footnote at the beginning of the Table of Contents, something like 'Chapters with * can be skipped on a first reading'...?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2230" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-05T18:17:48.410" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T18:17:48.410" Title="Adding notes to Table of Contents" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;footnotes&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6320" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6303" CreationDate="2010-12-01T12:55:28.957" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I tried sprinkling some magical fairy &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt; dust around to see if the &lt;code&gt;\only&lt;/code&gt; part could be processed before the ampersand, but it resulted in errors.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This requires only one token of repetition:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;A\alt&amp;lt;-+&amp;gt;{&amp;amp;\multicolumn{3}{l}{BCD}}{&amp;amp;B&amp;amp;C&amp;amp;D}\\&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I could not get your &lt;code&gt;\only&amp;lt;-+&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;...&lt;code&gt;\only&amp;lt;.-&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; construction to work with the &lt;code&gt;+&lt;/code&gt;s.  It does work with explicit numbers.  But I assume that if the &lt;code&gt;\alt&lt;/code&gt; construction works you'll take it as preferable.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Complete example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;\begin{equation*}&#xA;  \begin{array}{rlll}&#xA;   a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;c&amp;amp;d\\&#xA;   A&amp;amp;\multicolumn{3}{l}{BCD}\\ %this is OK&#xA;   A&amp;amp;B&amp;amp;C&amp;amp;D\\ %as is this obviously...&#xA;   A\only&amp;lt;1&amp;gt;{&amp;amp;\multicolumn{3}{l}{BCD}}\only&amp;lt;2-&amp;gt;{&amp;amp;B&amp;amp;C&amp;amp;D} \\% this works now, but not with -+ etc.&#xA;   A\alt&amp;lt;-+&amp;gt;{&amp;amp;\multicolumn{3}{l}{BCD}}{&amp;amp;B&amp;amp;C&amp;amp;D}\\% this works even with -+&#xA;\end{array}&#xA;\end{equation*}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T12:55:28.957" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6321" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6323" CreationDate="2010-12-01T13:20:37.300" Score="2" ViewCount="611" Body="&lt;p&gt;My thesis latex format does not include an appendix, but I need one. Should I put it after the bibliography or before?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1877" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T13:52:04.393" Title="Should the appendix be before the bibliography or after?" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;appendices&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="6322" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6291" CreationDate="2010-12-01T13:33:35.647" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sure, it's not installed by default, but you do something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\defbeamertemplate{headline}{page number}{%&#xA;    \vskip1pt%&#xA;    \setbeamertemplate{footline}[page number]%&#xA;    \usebeamertemplate{footline}%&#xA;}&#xA;\setbeamertemplate{headline}[page number]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since the footline template is set inside the group it's not affected by your global theme.  You can have a regular footline that's something else like &lt;code&gt;infolines&lt;/code&gt;--although I assume you don't want that one because it's already got the page number in it.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This does seem to clobber the headline in some of the fancier themes.  So you might try instead &lt;code&gt;\addtobeamertemplate&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\addtobeamertemplate{headline}{%&#xA;    \vskip1pt%&#xA;    \setbeamertemplate{footline}[page number]%&#xA;    \setbeamercolor{page number in head/foot}{use=headline,fg=headline.fg,bg=headline.bg}&#xA;    \usebeamertemplate{footline}%    &#xA;}{% don't add anything after&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T13:33:35.647" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6323" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6321" CreationDate="2010-12-01T13:35:35.687" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The dominant convention, supported by &lt;em&gt;Chicago&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Hart's&lt;/em&gt;, and &lt;em&gt;Butcher's&lt;/em&gt;, is to put the bibliography after the appendices when setting a book.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, the conventions governing the order of end matter are much less fixed than those governing front matter, which is partly fixed in legislation.  And not only books have appendices and reference lists: some conference series and journals have the appendices following the reference list. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-01T13:40:39.910" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T13:40:39.910" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6324" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-01T13:35:45.217" Score="5" ViewCount="177" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lets assume that in my latex code I have the following paragraph as an example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The leaked cabled from the US embassy to Washington indicate that in the run up to the May General Election Mr King told the Ambassador Louis Susman, that he was worried about the Conservative leadership’s “lack of experience”. Mr King’s fears, expressed in a meeting on Feb 16, were sent in a cable to the US Secretary of State, Hillary Clinton, and disclosed on Tuesday night by the WikiLeaks website. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I generate the pdf, the annoying thing is, that the last three words will be on a new page, also it looks like that:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;The leaked cabled from the US embassy to Washington indicate that in the run&#xA;up to the May General Election Mr King told the Ambassador Louis Susman, that&#xA;he was worried about the Conservative leadership’s “lack of experience”.&#xA;Mr King’s fears, expressed in a meeting on Feb 16, were sent in a cable to&#xA;the US Secretary of State, Hillary Clinton, and disclosed on Tuesday night by&#xA;-------------------------------------------------- [start of new page ]&#xA;the WikiLeaks website&#xA;&#xA;More text to follow.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This looks rubbish. So what I am trying to do is the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; The leaked cabled from the US embassy to Washington indicate that in the run up to&#xA; the May General Election Mr King told the Ambassador Louis Susman, that he was&#xA; worried about the Conservative leadership’s “lack of experience”. Mr King’s fears, &#xA; expressed in a meeting on Feb 16, were sent in a cable to&#xA; \newpage&#xA; \noindent the US Secretary of State, Hillary Clinton, and disclosed on Tuesday&#xA; night by the WikiLeaks website. &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this the proper way to solve such an issue or is there an easier way to do that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Many thanks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2188" LastEditorUserId="416" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-01T14:15:40.300" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T14:15:40.300" Title="Proper way to do a &quot;page break&quot;" Tags="&lt;page-breaking&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6325" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6319" CreationDate="2010-12-01T13:37:35.200" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;code&gt;\addtocontents&lt;/code&gt; to add whatever you like (*) to the .toc file that is later read in by &lt;code&gt;\tableofcontents&lt;/code&gt;. (*) With the caveat that you adequately &lt;code&gt;\protect&lt;/code&gt; any fragile commands you might wish to include.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Something like this might work for you: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[oneside]{book}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\frontmatter&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\mainmatter&#xA;\chapter{One}&#xA;\lipsum[1-10]&#xA;\chapter[Two (*)]{Two}&#xA;\lipsum[1-10]&#xA;\chapter{Three}&#xA;\lipsum[1-10]&#xA;\addtocontents{toc}{\bigskip\noindent Note: chapters with * can be skipped on a first reading.}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The .toc file it produces looks like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\contentsline {chapter}{\numberline {1}One}{1}{chapter.1}&#xA;\contentsline {chapter}{\numberline {2}Two (*)}{4}{chapter.2}&#xA;\contentsline {chapter}{\numberline {3}Three}{7}{chapter.3}&#xA;\vspace \bigskipamount \noindent Note: chapters with * can be skipped on a first reading.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which eventually leads to output that looks like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/g3YUR.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T13:37:35.200" />
  <row Id="6326" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6324" CreationDate="2010-12-01T13:50:37.947" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The thing you are trying to avoid is called a widow: A single last line of a paragraph on a new page. TeX adds &lt;code&gt;\widowpenalty&lt;/code&gt; between the last two lines of a paragrap, so if you declare &lt;code&gt;\widowpenalty=10000&lt;/code&gt; the page will not be broken there.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, that is going to mean an underfull (or overfull?) page, unless there is enough stretchable in the vertical glue on the page to compensate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Similarly, there is &lt;code&gt;\clubpenalty&lt;/code&gt; added between the first two lines of a paragraph.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T13:50:37.947" />
  <row Id="6327" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6321" CreationDate="2010-12-01T13:52:04.393" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It depends on the style guide you are following.&#xA;In APA Style appendices come after references.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="151" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T13:52:04.393" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6328" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6357" CreationDate="2010-12-01T13:56:45.913" Score="5" ViewCount="273" Body="&lt;p&gt;The question is similar to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/479/1347&quot;&gt;Lowercase \mathcal&lt;/a&gt;, but I'm not after calligraphic math fonts. I'm in need of some calligraphic font in text mode (which, of course, supports lowercase).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Basically, I used &lt;code&gt;calligra&lt;/code&gt; package, and something like &lt;code&gt;\calligra{Some text goes here}&lt;/code&gt;. The result is good, but it uses bitmap fonts instead of vector fonts (I think they call it T3 fonts in the LaTeX world, but I'm not sure).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;PS:&lt;/strong&gt; The FAQ for STIX fonts states:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Several of the STIX organizations use TeX-based systems to produce their publications, so this is a necessary component of the STIX project. However, until the packaging of the fonts is reasonably stable, developing LaTeX support is difficult. A knowledgeable TeX specialist has agreed to develop the LaTeX support; completion of this phase of the project is expected by late Spring of 2008.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you suggest STIX fonts (like Andrew Stacey suggested in the aforementioned topic), please tell me how to use it in LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1347" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T20:51:35.880" Title="Replacing calligra Font with Vector Ones" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;calligraphy&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6329" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6324" CreationDate="2010-12-01T14:01:28.893" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Rather than manually forcing a pagebreak, or as Harald suggested, setting your page penalties to allow TeX to figure out how to do what you want, you might also like to consider:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;manually increasing the pagelength by one line: &lt;code&gt;\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;manually reducing the pagelength by one line: &lt;code&gt;\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;locally adjusting your page margins (e.g., use the geometry package or perhaps using &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=chngmargonfly&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this code&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Still, if it were me, I'd certainly try Harald's suggestion first.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T14:01:28.893" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6330" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6331" CreationDate="2010-12-01T14:31:08.600" Score="3" ViewCount="224" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm creating a &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt; presentation on network protocols. I like to put very simple animations in the slides, like an &lt;strong&gt;arrow&lt;/strong&gt; extending from sender to receiver, showing the flow of network messages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I saw LaTeX packages like &lt;code&gt;animate&lt;/code&gt; which can do this. Yet I believe they are an overkill. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or, don't they? Well, I don't know.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Is there a simple way for doing what I'm after?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1347" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T10:14:29.383" Title="Animating Protocols" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;animations&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="6331" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6330" CreationDate="2010-12-01T14:48:13.117" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;beamer has an &lt;code&gt;\animate&lt;/code&gt; method that advances slides automatically in succession.  You just have to create the &quot;stop motion&quot; slides.  For instance:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[every node/.style={draw}]&#xA;\node (s) {sender};&#xA;\node (r) at (5,0) {receiver};&#xA;\animate&amp;lt;2-10&amp;gt;&#xA;\foreach \pos in {0.1,0.2,...,1.0} {&#xA;  \action&amp;lt;+&amp;gt;{&#xA;    \path (s) -- (r) node[pos=\pos,coordinate] (p) {};&#xA;    \draw[-&amp;gt;] (s) -- (p);&#xA;  }&#xA;}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Open the PDF in Adobe Reader and enable full screen mode.  After one click you will see the arrow extend animatedly from sender to receiver.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T14:48:13.117" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6332" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6335" CreationDate="2010-12-01T15:03:20.150" Score="8" ViewCount="180" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am very very new to TeX/LaTeX, I am writing my first document. So far, I love the way it shows everything. The learning curve is steep though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have images that needs to be compared, so they must be close to each other. How can I achieve that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the image below, you can see an example of what I want (I know it is ugly, that is why I am using LaTeX ;) ). I used subfig package, but it's main purpose looks like to caption subfigures. I do not want to caption them separately, it would lead to information duplication. It does not need to be exactly like in the image, I am open to suggestions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Cl50P.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1782" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T02:25:27.520" Title="How can I layout images side by side to allow comparison?" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6333" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6552" CreationDate="2010-12-01T15:10:02.717" Score="12" ViewCount="578" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am looking for a grammar-checking tool, i.e., something that checks for mistakes such as &quot;two dog&quot; or &quot;a books&quot;.  It has to work on Linux (Ubuntu).  Also, since that I use macros to generate some of the prose, it has to somehow work with LaTeX.  I don't believe that such checkers are LaTeX-aware, to it has to work with some compilation product of LaTeX: DVI or PDF.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you suggest a grammar checker that checks plain text, please explain how to you extract the text.  catdvi does a nice job, but it leaves some garbage, like page numbers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1527" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T22:24:27.453" Title="Grammar-checking tool for use with LaTeX?" Tags="&lt;spelling&gt;&lt;linux&gt;&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="6" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="6334" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11356" CreationDate="2010-12-01T15:11:54.103" Score="6" ViewCount="236" Body="&lt;p&gt;Matthew Leingang just provided a &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/6330/animating-protocols/6331#6331&quot;&gt;nice example&lt;/a&gt; of beamer's &lt;code&gt;\animate&lt;/code&gt; method. If in this example (don't want to repeat it here) I replace &lt;code&gt;\animate&amp;lt;2-10&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;\animate&amp;lt;3-10&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;, how will I then be able to move back from the last page to the &lt;em&gt;second&lt;/em&gt; page? (Moving to the first page is easy ...) I tried the navigation symbols, but to no avail.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T11:20:00.910" Title="When I use \animate in beamer, how do I move back in my presentation?" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;animations&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6335" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6332" CreationDate="2010-12-01T15:13:04.963" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you simply want to reproduce a similar formatting, you can use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/LaTeX/Tables&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; environment to put the pictures in a table.  This would look something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}{l|c|c|c}&#xA;  &amp;amp; clown &amp;amp; goldhill256 &amp;amp; lighthouse \\ \hline&#xA;  Sobel &amp;amp; \includegraphics{image1} &amp;amp; \includegraphics{image2} &amp;amp; \includegraphics{image3} \\ \hline&#xA;  Sobel w/thresholding &amp;amp; ... &amp;amp; ... &amp;amp; ... \\ \hline&#xA;  Sobel w/thresholding \&amp;amp; thinning &amp;amp; ... &amp;amp; ... &amp;amp; ...&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It appears as if this table is going to span the width of the page, however, so you may be better off using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/tabularx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;tabularx&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabularx}{\hsize}{p{1.5cm}|X|X|X}&#xA;  &amp;amp; clown &amp;amp; goldhill256 &amp;amp; lighthouse \\ \hline&#xA;  Sobel &amp;amp; \includegraphics[width=\hsize]{image1} &amp;amp; \includegraphics[width=\hsize]{image2} &amp;amp; \includegraphics[width=\hsize]{image3} \\ \hline&#xA;  Sobel w/thresholding &amp;amp; ... &amp;amp; ... &amp;amp; ... \\ \hline&#xA;  Sobel w/thresholding \&amp;amp; thinning &amp;amp; ... &amp;amp; ... &amp;amp; ...&#xA;\end{tabularx}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That should...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;cause the table to span the entire width of the page;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;typeset the leftmost column in a 1.5cm wide parbox (which will allow for line breaks); and&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;auto-size the picture columns such that they are all the same width and take up the extra room in the page.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="737" LastEditorUserId="737" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-01T15:46:40.660" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T15:46:40.660" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6336" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6333" CreationDate="2010-12-01T15:57:20.750" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've been thinking about this lately as well. The question &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/385/how-to-perform-advanced-spell-checking-of-latex-documents&quot;&gt;How to perform advanced spell checking of latex documents?&lt;/a&gt; suggests a tool called &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.afterthedeadline.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;After the Deadline&lt;/a&gt; which looks quite interesting. Haven't tried it though so I can't tell you how to use it or if it's any good.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: Don't know if I'm doing something wrong, but I've been testing their web service and it's not too impressive. It reports no errors on these sentences: &quot;I have two dog. I read a books&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2233" LastEditorUserId="2233" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-01T16:23:22.127" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T16:23:22.127" />
  <row Id="6337" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7172" CreationDate="2010-12-01T16:05:27.403" Score="4" ViewCount="113" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've used the wonderful &lt;code&gt;LTXexample&lt;/code&gt; environment defined by &lt;code&gt;showexpl&lt;/code&gt; to illustrate some LaTeX basics. However, the following code confuses it: the reference remains &lt;strong&gt;??&lt;/strong&gt; no matter how many times I recompile...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{showexpl}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{LTXexample}[frame=none]&#xA;  \begin{enumerate}&#xA;  \item No need to manually number items here!&#xA;  \item\label{second} Number two added automatically&#xA;  \item Third item&#xA;  \end{enumerate}&#xA;  And here is a reference to item number \ref{second}&#xA;\end{LTXexample}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've managed references inside &lt;code&gt;LTXexample&lt;/code&gt; in equation environments, so this is something specific to enumerate... Any ideas how to fix it? (I can't even cheat and just put &quot;2&quot; because the code is shown side-by-side with it...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;UPDATE:&lt;/strong&gt; I emailed the author of &lt;code&gt;showexpl&lt;/code&gt; but I've had no reply. Does anyone feel like delving into the code to see if it's obvious how to fix this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-15T18:01:40.400" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T18:15:17.130" Title="showexpl LTXexample and references inside enumerate" Tags="&lt;cross-referencing&gt;&lt;enumerate&gt;&lt;verbatim&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="6338" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6341" CreationDate="2010-12-01T16:10:43.640" Score="4" ViewCount="571" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've been testing out TikZ lately, but I'm still quite new to it. What I want to do is to create a line to indicate that a parameter belongs to a part of the drawing. For example &quot;This surface that I'm pointing at has temperature T&quot;. What I've seen used sometimes is to have a line or arrow with a small S-bend on the middle. I think this is a good idea as it's easy to see that the line doesn't have anything to do with the body you're drawing. Unfortunatley I had some problems finding a picutre explaining what I'm thinking of. The arrow specifying P&lt;sub&gt;θ&lt;/sub&gt; on &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gear-net.com/report/image/rep03-03.gif&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt; picture was the best I could find allthough it's not completly the same.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any easy way to do something like this in TikZ? I have no idea what it would be called...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2233" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-18T22:50:06.837" LastActivityDate="2010-12-18T22:50:06.837" Title="How to make bend lines/arrows with TikZ?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;diagrams&gt;&lt;arrows&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6339" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6344" CreationDate="2010-12-01T16:15:42.320" Score="3" ViewCount="166" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using &lt;code&gt;\!&lt;/code&gt; to create negative spacings and put a dash over a symbol in math mode. (Here I am denoting missing transverse energy by defining a command &lt;code&gt;\met&lt;/code&gt; where a dash is put across &lt;code&gt;E_T&lt;/code&gt;, see code below.) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This works well in most cases (when using &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt;), but in the article class it can fail when lines are filled with additional space. Then the dash is no longer in the right position.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a better way to put the dash in place?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Minimal example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{xspace}&#xA;\usepackage{multicol}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;  % \met has the negative spacing&#xA;  \newcommand{\met}{\ensuremath{\not\!\!E_T}\xspace}&#xA;&#xA;  % fails here&#xA;  \begin{multicols}{2}&#xA;    A model for \met trigger rates.&#xA;    Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer&#xA;    adipiscing elit. Ut purus elit, vestibulum ut, placerat ac,&#xA;    adipiscing vitae, felis. Curabitur dictum gravida mauris. Nam arcu&#xA;    libero, nonummy eget, consectetuer id, vulputate a, magna. Donec&#xA;    vehicula augue eu neque. &#xA;  \end{multicols}&#xA;&#xA;  % works here&#xA;  A model for \met trigger rate prediction.&#xA;  Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer&#xA;  adipiscing elit. Ut purus elit, vestibulum ut, placerat ac,&#xA;  adipiscing vitae, felis. Curabitur dictum gravida mauris. Nam arcu&#xA;  libero, nonummy eget, consectetuer id, vulputate a, magna.&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PS: Feel free to put appropriate tags.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1442" LastActivityDate="2010-12-03T15:31:02.590" Title="Protecting negative spacing in math mode" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="6340" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6670" CreationDate="2010-12-01T16:21:30.990" Score="3" ViewCount="128" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to be able to change (in particular, make smaller) the width of my table of contents in the article document class without altering the margins of the page.  Is this possible??&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1785" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T07:13:20.640" Title="Changing the width of the table of contents" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="6341" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6338" CreationDate="2010-12-01T16:30:35.797" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are a number of ways you can do this in TikZ.  Here are three examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \node[anchor=east] at (0,0) (text) {This is some text.};&#xA;  \node[anchor=west] at (3,1) (description) {Here is the description.};&#xA;  \draw (description) edge[out=180,in=0,-&amp;gt;] (text);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \node[anchor=east] at (0,0) (text) {This is some text.};&#xA;  \node[anchor=west] at (3,1) (description) {Here is the description.};&#xA;  \draw[-&amp;gt;] (description) -| (text);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \node[anchor=east] at (0,0) (text) {This is some text.};&#xA;  \node[anchor=west] at (3,1) (description) {Here is the description.};&#xA;  \draw[-&amp;gt;] (description) .. controls ([xshift=-4cm] description) and ([xshift=4cm] text) .. (text);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which produces&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/rfrnx.png&quot; alt=&quot;Screenshot of the three TikZ pictures.&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="737" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T16:30:35.797" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6342" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6432" CreationDate="2010-12-01T16:32:40.680" Score="2" ViewCount="286" Body="&lt;p&gt;A graphing program I use has support for TikZ output. It generates a &lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture} ... \end{tikzpicture}&lt;/code&gt; which I can include in my document. The problem, however, is that it appears to insert a large amount of whitespace around the actual drawing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Currently, my approach has been to include the plot in an 'empty' LaTeX file, run &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; on it and then unleash &lt;code&gt;pdfcrop&lt;/code&gt;. The resulting PDF can then be included in place of the TikZ image.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, this is not at all clean, and quite a bit of work on my part. Therefore, I am wondering if I can instruct TikZ to do the cropping for me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;Here is a minimal document that shows the issue; sorry for the length, machine generated TikZ is (unfortunately) never that concise. I've added a chunk at the end to show the bounding box for the figure.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article}&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}{0pt}{0pt}{518pt}{403pt}&#xA;    \clip(0pt,403pt) -- (389.957pt,403pt) -- (389.957pt,99.6166pt) -- (0pt,99.6166pt) -- (0pt,403pt);&#xA;    \color[rgb]{1,1,1}&#xA;    \fill(3.76406pt,399.236pt) -- (380.923pt,399.236pt) -- (380.923pt,253.19pt) -- (3.76406pt,253.19pt) -- (3.76406pt,399.236pt);&#xA;    \fill(53.4497pt,394.719pt) -- (374.901pt,394.719pt) -- (374.901pt,289.325pt) -- (53.4497pt,289.325pt) -- (53.4497pt,394.719pt);&#xA;\begin{scope}&#xA;    \color[rgb]{0,0,0}&#xA;    \pgftext[center, base, at={\pgfpoint{13.5506pt}{343.151pt}},rotate=90]{\sffamily\fontsize{9}{0}\selectfont{$\mathsf{\theta}$ / rad}}&#xA;    \color[rgb]{0.0784314,0.0745098,0.0705882}&#xA;    \pgftext[center, base, at={\pgfpoint{30.1125pt}{285.561pt}}]{\sffamily\fontsize{9}{0}\selectfont{-0.10}}&#xA;    \pgftext[center, base, at={\pgfpoint{30.1125pt}{311.91pt}}]{\sffamily\fontsize{9}{0}\selectfont{-0.05}}&#xA;    \pgftext[center, base, at={\pgfpoint{31.9945pt}{338.258pt}}]{\sffamily\fontsize{9}{0}\selectfont{0.00}}&#xA;    \pgftext[center, base, at={\pgfpoint{31.9945pt}{365.359pt}}]{\sffamily\fontsize{9}{0}\selectfont{0.05}}&#xA;    \pgftext[center, base, at={\pgfpoint{31.9945pt}{391.708pt}}]{\sffamily\fontsize{9}{0}\selectfont{0.10}}&#xA;    \color[rgb]{0,0,0}&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](52.6969pt,294.595pt) -- (48.9328pt,294.595pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](52.6969pt,299.865pt) -- (48.9328pt,299.865pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](52.6969pt,305.134pt) -- (48.9328pt,305.134pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](52.6969pt,310.404pt) -- (48.9328pt,310.404pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](52.6969pt,320.943pt) -- (48.9328pt,320.943pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](52.6969pt,326.213pt) -- (48.9328pt,326.213pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](52.6969pt,331.483pt) -- (48.9328pt,331.483pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](52.6969pt,336.752pt) -- (48.9328pt,336.752pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](52.6969pt,348.045pt) -- (48.9328pt,348.045pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](52.6969pt,353.314pt) -- (48.9328pt,353.314pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](52.6969pt,358.584pt) -- (48.9328pt,358.584pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](52.6969pt,363.854pt) -- (48.9328pt,363.854pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](52.6969pt,374.393pt) -- (48.9328pt,374.393pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](52.6969pt,379.663pt) -- (48.9328pt,379.663pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](52.6969pt,384.933pt) -- (48.9328pt,384.933pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](52.6969pt,390.202pt) -- (48.9328pt,390.202pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](52.6969pt,289.325pt) -- (45.9216pt,289.325pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](52.6969pt,315.674pt) -- (45.9216pt,315.674pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](52.6969pt,342.022pt) -- (45.9216pt,342.022pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](52.6969pt,369.123pt) -- (45.9216pt,369.123pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](52.6969pt,395.472pt) -- (45.9216pt,395.472pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](52.6969pt,395.472pt) -- (52.6969pt,289.325pt);&#xA;    \pgftext[center, base, at={\pgfpoint{215.304pt}{256.202pt}}]{\sffamily\fontsize{9}{0}\selectfont{\textit{t}}}&#xA;    \color[rgb]{0.0784314,0.0745098,0.0705882}&#xA;    \pgftext[center, base, at={\pgfpoint{52.6969pt}{271.258pt}}]{\sffamily\fontsize{9}{0}\selectfont{0}}&#xA;    \pgftext[center, base, at={\pgfpoint{93.3487pt}{271.258pt}}]{\sffamily\fontsize{9}{0}\selectfont{5}}&#xA;    \pgftext[center, base, at={\pgfpoint{133.248pt}{271.258pt}}]{\sffamily\fontsize{9}{0}\selectfont{10}}&#xA;    \pgftext[center, base, at={\pgfpoint{173.9pt}{271.258pt}}]{\sffamily\fontsize{9}{0}\selectfont{15}}&#xA;    \pgftext[center, base, at={\pgfpoint{213.799pt}{271.258pt}}]{\sffamily\fontsize{9}{0}\selectfont{20}}&#xA;    \pgftext[center, base, at={\pgfpoint{254.451pt}{271.258pt}}]{\sffamily\fontsize{9}{0}\selectfont{25}}&#xA;    \pgftext[center, base, at={\pgfpoint{294.35pt}{271.258pt}}]{\sffamily\fontsize{9}{0}\selectfont{30}}&#xA;    \pgftext[center, base, at={\pgfpoint{335.002pt}{271.258pt}}]{\sffamily\fontsize{9}{0}\selectfont{35}}&#xA;    \pgftext[center, base, at={\pgfpoint{374.901pt}{271.258pt}}]{\sffamily\fontsize{9}{0}\selectfont{40}}&#xA;    \color[rgb]{0,0,0}&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](60.9778pt,289.325pt) -- (60.9778pt,285.561pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](68.5059pt,289.325pt) -- (68.5059pt,285.561pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](76.7869pt,289.325pt) -- (76.7869pt,285.561pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](85.0678pt,289.325pt) -- (85.0678pt,285.561pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](100.877pt,289.325pt) -- (100.877pt,285.561pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](109.158pt,289.325pt) -- (109.158pt,285.561pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](117.439pt,289.325pt) -- (117.439pt,285.561pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](124.967pt,289.325pt) -- (124.967pt,285.561pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](141.529pt,289.325pt) -- (141.529pt,285.561pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](149.057pt,289.325pt) -- (149.057pt,285.561pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](157.338pt,289.325pt) -- (157.338pt,285.561pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](165.619pt,289.325pt) -- (165.619pt,285.561pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](181.428pt,289.325pt) -- (181.428pt,285.561pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](189.709pt,289.325pt) -- (189.709pt,285.561pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](197.99pt,289.325pt) -- (197.99pt,285.561pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](205.518pt,289.325pt) -- (205.518pt,285.561pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](222.08pt,289.325pt) -- (222.08pt,285.561pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](229.608pt,289.325pt) -- (229.608pt,285.561pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](237.889pt,289.325pt) -- (237.889pt,285.561pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](246.17pt,289.325pt) -- (246.17pt,285.561pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](261.979pt,289.325pt) -- (261.979pt,285.561pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](270.26pt,289.325pt) -- (270.26pt,285.561pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](278.541pt,289.325pt) -- (278.541pt,285.561pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](286.069pt,289.325pt) -- (286.069pt,285.561pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](302.631pt,289.325pt) -- (302.631pt,285.561pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](310.159pt,289.325pt) -- (310.159pt,285.561pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](318.44pt,289.325pt) -- (318.44pt,285.561pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](326.721pt,289.325pt) -- (326.721pt,285.561pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](342.53pt,289.325pt) -- (342.53pt,285.561pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](350.811pt,289.325pt) -- (350.811pt,285.561pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](359.092pt,289.325pt) -- (359.092pt,285.561pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](366.62pt,289.325pt) -- (366.62pt,285.561pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](52.6969pt,289.325pt) -- (52.6969pt,282.55pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](93.3487pt,289.325pt) -- (93.3487pt,282.55pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](133.248pt,289.325pt) -- (133.248pt,282.55pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](173.9pt,289.325pt) -- (173.9pt,282.55pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](213.799pt,289.325pt) -- (213.799pt,282.55pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](254.451pt,289.325pt) -- (254.451pt,282.55pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](294.35pt,289.325pt) -- (294.35pt,282.55pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](335.002pt,289.325pt) -- (335.002pt,282.55pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](374.901pt,289.325pt) -- (374.901pt,282.55pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](52.6969pt,289.325pt) -- (374.901pt,289.325pt);&#xA;    \color[rgb]{1,1,0}&#xA;    \fill[opacity=0.392157](271.012pt,348.045pt) -- (362.103pt,348.045pt) -- (362.103pt,337.505pt) -- (271.012pt,337.505pt) -- (271.012pt,348.045pt);&#xA;    \color[rgb]{0,0,0}&#xA;    \draw[line join=miter, line cap=rect](271.012pt,348.045pt) -- (362.103pt,348.045pt) -- (362.103pt,337.505pt) -- (271.012pt,337.505pt) -- (271.012pt,348.045pt);&#xA;    %\color[rgb]{1,1,1}&#xA;    %\fill[opacity=0.607843](278.541pt,396.225pt) -- (361.35pt,396.225pt) -- (361.35pt,351.809pt) -- (278.541pt,351.809pt) -- (278.541pt,396.225pt);&#xA;    \color[rgb]{1,0,0}&#xA;    \draw[line width=1pt, line join=miter, line cap=rect](287.574pt,385.685pt) -- (302.631pt,385.685pt);&#xA;    \color[rgb]{0,0,0}&#xA;    \pgftext[left, base, at={\pgfpoint{310.159pt}{381.921pt}}]{\sffamily\fontsize{9}{0}\selectfont{Euler}}&#xA;    \color[rgb]{0,0.501961,0}&#xA;    \draw[line width=1pt, line join=miter, line cap=rect](287.574pt,374.393pt) -- (302.631pt,374.393pt);&#xA;    \color[rgb]{0,0,0}&#xA;    \pgftext[left, base, at={\pgfpoint{310.159pt}{370.629pt}}]{\sffamily\fontsize{9}{0}\selectfont{Leapfrog}}&#xA;    \draw[line width=1pt, line join=miter, line cap=rect](287.574pt,363.101pt) -- (302.631pt,363.101pt);&#xA;    \pgftext[left, base, at={\pgfpoint{310.159pt}{359.337pt}}]{\sffamily\fontsize{9}{0}\selectfont{Analytic}}&#xA;    \color[rgb]{1,1,1}&#xA;    \fill(3.76406pt,249.426pt) -- (386.193pt,249.426pt) -- (386.193pt,103.381pt) -- (3.76406pt,103.381pt) -- (3.76406pt,249.426pt);&#xA;    \color[rgb]{1,1,0}&#xA;    \fill[opacity=0.392157](57.2137pt,246.415pt) -- (386.193pt,246.415pt) -- (386.193pt,133.493pt) -- (57.2137pt,133.493pt) -- (57.2137pt,246.415pt);&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;\begin{scope}&#xA;    \color[rgb]{0,0,0}&#xA;    \draw[line join=miter, line cap=rect](56.4609pt,247.168pt) -- (385.44pt,247.168pt) -- (385.44pt,134.246pt) -- (56.4609pt,134.246pt) -- (56.4609pt,247.168pt);&#xA;    \color[rgb]{0,0,0}&#xA;    \pgftext[center, base, at={\pgfpoint{13.5506pt}{191.46pt}},rotate=90]{\sffamily\fontsize{9}{0}\selectfont{\textbf{ }}}&#xA;    \color[rgb]{0.0784314,0.0745098,0.0705882}&#xA;    \pgftext[center, base, at={\pgfpoint{30.8653pt}{131.988pt}}]{\sffamily\fontsize{9}{0}\selectfont{-0.010}}&#xA;    \pgftext[center, base, at={\pgfpoint{30.8653pt}{159.842pt}}]{\sffamily\fontsize{9}{0}\selectfont{-0.005}}&#xA;    \pgftext[center, base, at={\pgfpoint{32.7473pt}{186.943pt}}]{\sffamily\fontsize{9}{0}\selectfont{0.000}}&#xA;    \pgftext[center, base, at={\pgfpoint{32.7473pt}{214.044pt}}]{\sffamily\fontsize{9}{0}\selectfont{0.005}}&#xA;    \pgftext[center, base, at={\pgfpoint{32.7473pt}{241.898pt}}]{\sffamily\fontsize{9}{0}\selectfont{0.010}}&#xA;    \color[rgb]{0,0,0}&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](56.4609pt,141.774pt) -- (52.6969pt,141.774pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](56.4609pt,147.044pt) -- (52.6969pt,147.044pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](56.4609pt,152.313pt) -- (52.6969pt,152.313pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](56.4609pt,157.583pt) -- (52.6969pt,157.583pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](56.4609pt,168.875pt) -- (52.6969pt,168.875pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](56.4609pt,174.145pt) -- (52.6969pt,174.145pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](56.4609pt,179.415pt) -- (52.6969pt,179.415pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](56.4609pt,185.437pt) -- (52.6969pt,185.437pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](56.4609pt,195.977pt) -- (52.6969pt,195.977pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](56.4609pt,201.999pt) -- (52.6969pt,201.999pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](56.4609pt,207.269pt) -- (52.6969pt,207.269pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](56.4609pt,212.538pt) -- (52.6969pt,212.538pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](56.4609pt,223.831pt) -- (52.6969pt,223.831pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](56.4609pt,229.1pt) -- (52.6969pt,229.1pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](56.4609pt,234.37pt) -- (52.6969pt,234.37pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](56.4609pt,239.64pt) -- (52.6969pt,239.64pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](56.4609pt,135.752pt) -- (49.6856pt,135.752pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](56.4609pt,163.606pt) -- (49.6856pt,163.606pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](56.4609pt,190.707pt) -- (49.6856pt,190.707pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](56.4609pt,217.808pt) -- (49.6856pt,217.808pt);&#xA;    \draw[line join=bevel, line cap=rect](56.4609pt,245.662pt) -- (49.6856pt,245.662pt);&#xA;    \pgftext[center, base, at={\pgfpoint{220.95pt}{106.392pt}}]{\sffamily\fontsize{9}{0}\selectfont{\textbf{ }}}&#xA;    \color[rgb]{0.0784314,0.0745098,0.0705882}&#xA;    \pgftext[center, base, at={\pgfpoint{83.5622pt}{116.178pt}}]{\sffamily\fontsize{9}{0}\selectfont{28}}&#xA;    \pgftext[center, base, at={\pgfpoint{112.169pt}{116.178pt}}]{\sffamily\fontsize{9}{0}\selectfont{29}}&#xA;    \pgftext[center, base, at={\pgfpoint{140.776pt}{116.178pt}}]{\sffamily\fontsize{9}{0}\selectfont{30}}&#xA;    \pgftext[center, base, at={\pgfpoint{169.383pt}{116.178pt}}]{\sffamily\fontsize{9}{0}\selectfont{31}}&#xA;    \pgftext[center, base, at={\pgfpoint{197.99pt}{116.178pt}}]{\sffamily\fontsize{9}{0}\selectfont{32}}&#xA;    \pgftext[center, base, at={\pgfpoint{226.597pt}{116.178pt}}]{\sffamily\fontsize{9}{0}\selectfont{33}}&#xA;    \pgftext[center, base, at={\pgfpoint{255.58pt}{116.178pt}}]{\sffamily\fontsize{9}{0}\selectfont{34}}&#xA;    \pgftext[center, base, at={\pgfpoint{283.81pt}{116.178pt}}]{\sffamily\fontsize{9}{0}\selectfont{35}}&#xA;    \pgftext[center, base, at={\pgfpoint{313.17pt}{116.178pt}}]{\sffamily\fontsize{9}{0}\selectfont{36}}&#xA;    \pgftext[center, base, at={\pgfpoint{341.777pt}{116.178pt}}]{\sffamily\fontsize{9}{0}\selectfont{37}}&#xA;    \pgftext[center, base, at={\pgfpoint{370.384pt}{116.178pt}}]{\sffamily\fontsize{9}{0}\selectfont{38}}&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;&#xA;% My stuff -- show the bb&#xA;\path[draw=black] (current bounding box.north west) rectangle (current bounding box.south east);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="753" LastEditorUserId="753" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-01T23:55:23.247" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T19:10:16.457" Title="TikZ: Cropping the Bounding Box" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;crop&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6343" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6342" CreationDate="2010-12-01T16:39:26.113" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sure, just insert &lt;code&gt;\useasboundingbox &amp;lt;some rectangle&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; after &lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&lt;/code&gt;.  That can make the bounding box surround only what you want.  Look in the PGF manual for that command and you can see it in action.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T16:39:26.113" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6344" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6339" CreationDate="2010-12-01T16:42:47.530" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is a better complete minimal example, with a way to make your symbol more robust:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\met}{\ensuremath{{\not\mathrel{E}}_T}}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\foo}[1]{\hbox spread #1{A model for \met trigger rates.}}&#xA;&#xA;\foo{0pt}&#xA;\foo{2pt}&#xA;\foo{4pt}&#xA;\foo{6pt}&#xA;\foo{8pt}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The extra braces turn the “relation” not-E back to an ordinary symbol.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: I might add a word about how this works. &lt;code&gt;\not&lt;/code&gt; is defines as &lt;code&gt;\mathchar&quot;3236&lt;/code&gt;, in which the &lt;code&gt;3&lt;/code&gt; is the class (a relation). If you typeset &lt;code&gt;$\not$&lt;/code&gt; all by itself in a box and measure it, you will see that it has width zero. But in reality, the symbol has this almost-vertical line drawn outside of the nominal zero-width character box, on the right. So it will end up overlapping the next symbol. Now relations are usually surrounded by (stretchable) space, which is the source of the problem here. But two relation symbols side by side are given no intervening space, so you can make composite relations such as &lt;code&gt;:=&lt;/code&gt; for example. Hence, turning the E into a relation symbol turns off the troublesome space between it and the &lt;code&gt;\not&lt;/code&gt;. An extra set of braces makes the result ordinary once more.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastEditorUserId="1424" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-03T15:31:02.590" LastActivityDate="2010-12-03T15:31:02.590" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6345" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6339" CreationDate="2010-12-01T16:47:15.707" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/cancel&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;cancel&lt;/a&gt; package seems to be the right tool for this purpose.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{multicol}&#xA;\usepackage{cancel}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{multicols}{2}&#xA;    A model for $\cancel{E_T}$ trigger rates.&#xA;    Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer&#xA;    adipiscing elit. Ut purus elit, vestibulum ut, placerat ac,&#xA;    adipiscing vitae, felis. Curabitur dictum gravida mauris. Nam arcu&#xA;    libero, nonummy eget, consectetuer id, vulputate a, magna. Donec&#xA;    vehicula augue eu neque.&#xA;  \end{multicols}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T16:47:15.707" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="6346" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6339" CreationDate="2010-12-01T16:50:40.570" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would suspect that multicols is altering the width of a negative thin space some how.  Here's a hackier version that just overlaps.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  \newcommand{\met}{\ensuremath{\hbox to 0pt{$\not$}E_T}\xspace}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T16:50:40.570" />
  <row Id="6347" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-01T16:59:30.673" Score="4" ViewCount="473" Body="&lt;p&gt;The problem: I have plots with 8 lines, and need to put the legend for all 8 lines into the plot. The document format is IEEE, and the plots need to fit in the single column.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The current solution: I've been able to split the plots by creating two axis, like so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \begin{axis}[xlabel=Average Degree, ylabel=Total Weight, legend style={at={(.95,.69)}, label={[font=\footnotesize]left:K/Y+R}, font=\footnotesize, anchor=south east}, legend columns=2, cycle list name={four-1-0}]&#xA;    \addplot+[grt] table  [x=links, y=star-red]{\averageone};&#xA;    \addplot+[grt] table  [x=links, y=star-red]{\averagetwo};&#xA;    \addplot+[grt] table  [x=links, y=star-red]{\averagethree};&#xA;    \addplot+[grt] table  [x=links, y=star-red]{\averagefour};&#xA;    \addplot+[inv] table [x=links, y=mat-red]{\averageone};&#xA;    \addplot+[inv] table [x=links, y=mat-red]{\averagetwo};&#xA;    \addplot+[inv] table [x=links, y=mat-red]{\averagethree};&#xA;    \addplot+[inv] table [x=links, y=mat-red]{\averagefour};&#xA;    \legend{(120),(120),(480),(960)}&#xA;  \end{axis}&#xA;  \begin{axis}[axis x line=none,axis y line=none, legend style={at={(.95,.68)}, label={[font=\footnotesize]left:DGMM+R}, font=\footnotesize, anchor=north east}, legend columns=2, cycle list name={four-0-1}]&#xA;    \addplot+[inv] table  [x=links, y=star-red]{\averageone};&#xA;    \addplot+[inv] table  [x=links, y=star-red]{\averagetwo};&#xA;    \addplot+[inv] table  [x=links, y=star-red]{\averagethree};&#xA;    \addplot+[inv] table  [x=links, y=star-red]{\averagefour};&#xA;    \addplot+[bls] table [x=links, y=mat-red]{\averageone};&#xA;    \addplot+[bls] table [x=links, y=mat-red]{\averagetwo};&#xA;    \addplot+[bls] table [x=links, y=mat-red]{\averagethree};&#xA;    \addplot+[bls] table [x=links, y=mat-red]{\averagefour};&#xA;    \legend{,,,,(120),(120),(480),(960)}&#xA;  \end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first axis is visible, the second is invisible. The &lt;code&gt;[inv]&lt;/code&gt; style creates a line with no line, the &lt;code&gt;[grn]&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;[bls]&lt;/code&gt; tags generate the orange and blue lines, and the cycle lists &lt;code&gt;four-0-1&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;four-1-0&lt;/code&gt; set the marks on the invisible lines to &lt;code&gt;none&lt;/code&gt;. There are orange lines with circles of the same color as the squares on the blue lines in the bottom two lines, but they are hard to see in this picture. The macros are defined as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{pgfplots}&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplotstable}&#xA;\usepackage{pgf}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\pgfplotstableread{plts/experiment8b1_av.tab}\averageone&#xA;\pgfplotstableread{plts/experiment8b2_av.tab}\averagetwo&#xA;\pgfplotstableread{plts/experiment8b3_av.tab}\averagethree&#xA;\pgfplotstableread{plts/experiment8b4_av.tab}\averagefour&#xA;\pgfplotscreateplotcyclelist{four-1-0}{%&#xA;  every mark/.append style={fill=teal}\\%&#xA;  every mark/.append style={fill=green}\\%&#xA;  every mark/.append style={fill=orange}\\%&#xA;  every mark/.append style={fill=pink}\\%&#xA;  every mark/.append style={fill=none}\\%&#xA;  every mark/.append style={fill=none}\\%&#xA;  every mark/.append style={fill=none}\\%&#xA;  every mark/.append style={fill=none}\\%&#xA;}&#xA;\pgfplotscreateplotcyclelist{four-0-1}{%&#xA;  every mark/.append style={fill=none}\\%&#xA;  every mark/.append style={fill=none}\\%&#xA;  every mark/.append style={fill=none}\\%&#xA;  every mark/.append style={fill=none}\\%&#xA;  every mark/.append style={fill=teal}\\%&#xA;  every mark/.append style={fill=green}\\%&#xA;  every mark/.append style={fill=orange}\\%&#xA;  every mark/.append style={fill=pink}\\%&#xA;}&#xA;\tikzstyle{bls}=[blue, solid, mark=square*]&#xA;\tikzstyle{grt}=[red, solid, mark=*]&#xA;\tikzstyle{inv}=[draw=none]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Obviously, this won't compile unless you have the relevant &lt;a href=&quot;http://code.google.com/p/graphcomplexity/downloads/detail?name=experiment8bav.zip&amp;amp;can=2&amp;amp;q=&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;data&lt;/a&gt; files, but the output looks like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/EN45X.png&quot; alt=&quot;graph&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The question: Is there an elegant way to accomplish something very similar to this without building two axis? In some of the other plots I have the two legends have to be in completely different parts of the plot in order to fit them in.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1286" LastEditorUserId="1286" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-27T16:21:09.880" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T22:17:50.363" Title="multiple legends in pgfplot" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;pgfplots&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6348" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-01T17:50:20.087" Score="3" ViewCount="226" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have the following code, (&lt;strong&gt;edit:&lt;/strong&gt;) now without &lt;code&gt;aligned&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\mode&amp;lt;presentation&amp;gt; { \setbeamercovered{transparent} }&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;\[&#xA;  \begin{cases}&#xA;  %\begin{aligned}&#xA;  v(t,x) &amp;amp;= g(t,x), \\&#xA;  \pause&#xA;  u(x) &amp;amp;= f(x) %&amp;amp; (x\in\mathbb R)&#xA;  %\end{aligned}&#xA;  \end{cases}&#xA;\]&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(In the first version of the question, nothing was commented out.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It compiles nicely, but everything except &quot;u(x)&quot; already shows up on the first slide if I use beamer.cls &lt;code&gt;v 1.70 2007/03/11 18:50:44&lt;/code&gt;. On another computer at work we have an older version installed, namely &lt;code&gt;v 1.55 2004/10/11 16:09:50&lt;/code&gt;; there everything works as expected: On the first slide, the full second line is shown in transparent style.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The same happens if I use plain TeX's &lt;code&gt;\halign&lt;/code&gt;, so &lt;code&gt;cases&lt;/code&gt; is not the culprit. Moreover, if I don't use &lt;code&gt;\setbeamercovered{transparent}&lt;/code&gt;, then everything works as expected. In other words, &lt;code&gt;\pause&lt;/code&gt; doesn't work together with &lt;code&gt;\setbeamercovered{transparent}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\halign&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this a bug in &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt; introduced between versions &lt;code&gt;1.55&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;1.70&lt;/code&gt;? (If yes, then I'm surprised since it'd regard it quite a serious one.) Does anyone know a workaround that doesn't involve as much markup as Matthew's answer to my original question?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-04T09:24:59.803" LastActivityDate="2010-12-04T09:24:59.803" Title="Problem with beamer's \pause in alignments" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;alignment&gt;&lt;pause&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6349" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6337" CreationDate="2010-12-01T18:10:13.307" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Looks like a bug somewhere in &lt;code&gt;showxmpl&lt;/code&gt; to me. If you look in the &lt;code&gt;.aux&lt;/code&gt; file, rather than the expected label you see&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newlabel{SX@1}{{}{1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So if you hack the &lt;code&gt;.aux&lt;/code&gt; to read&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;    \newlabel{second}{{2}{1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;then things will work but of course you'll have to re-do this every LaTeX run.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T18:10:13.307" />
  <row Id="6350" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6353" CreationDate="2010-12-01T18:19:18.637" Score="3" ViewCount="95" Body="&lt;p&gt;How to disable pagebreak on \hline in longtable?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is an example illustrating my problem:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt,a4paper,oneside]{letter}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{longtable}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{longtable}{ | p{5cm} | }&#xA;\hline&#xA;Table header\\*&#xA;\hline&#xA;Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Mauris pharetra&#xA;porttitor turpis, id egestas neque congue in. Nam sed lorem lorem, ac&#xA;tristique tellus. Nunc ornare feugiat orci, a blandit turpis facilisis ut.&#xA;Aenean pharetra ornare ante. Sed tempus leo in dolor eleifend placerat.&#xA;Integer at enim augue. Ut nisl tortor, interdum ac porttitor ac, sagittis&#xA;quis libero. Vivamus nibh metus, ornare vel pulvinar nec, fringilla nec&#xA;orci. Maecenas mollis nulla a nibh fringilla nec convallis augue varius.&#xA;Vestibulum ante ipsum primis in faucibus orci luctus et ultrices posuere  &#xA;cubilia Curae. \\&#xA;Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Mauris pharetra&#xA;porttitor turpis, id egestas neque congue in. Nam sed lorem lorem, ac&#xA;tristique tellus. Nunc ornare feugiat orci, a blandit turpis facilisis ut.&#xA;Aenean pharetra ornare ante. Sed tempus leo in dolor eleifend placerat. &#xA;Integer at enim augue. Ut nisl tortor, interdum ac porttitor ac, sagittis&#xA;quis libero. Vivamus nibh metus, ornare vel pulvinar nec, fringilla nec   &#xA;orci. Maecenas mollis nulla a nibh fringilla nec convallis augue varius.  &#xA;Vestibulum ante ipsum primis in faucibus orci luctus et ultrices posuere  &#xA;cubilia Curae. \\&#xA;\hline&#xA;Table header\\*&#xA;\hline&#xA;Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Mauris pharetra&#xA;porttitor turpis, id egestas neque congue in. Nam sed lorem lorem, ac   &#xA;tristique tellus. Nunc ornare feugiat orci, a blandit turpis facilisis ut.&#xA;Aenean pharetra ornare ante. Sed tempus leo in dolor eleifend placerat.   &#xA;Integer at enim augue. Ut nisl tortor, interdum ac porttitor ac, sagittis &#xA;quis libero. Vivamus nibh metus, ornare vel pulvinar nec, fringilla nec   &#xA;orci. Maecenas mollis nulla a nibh fringilla nec convallis augue varius.  &#xA;Vestibulum ante ipsum primis in faucibus orci luctus et ultrices posuere &#xA;cubilia Curae. \\&#xA;\hline&#xA;\end{longtable}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd like to have second header on page 3. I do not control table contents, so I can not do page breaks manually.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2235" LastActivityDate="2010-12-04T22:38:24.903" Title="How to disable pagebreak on \hline in longtable?" Tags="&lt;page-breaking&gt;&lt;longtable&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6351" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6306" CreationDate="2010-12-01T18:52:36.220" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There seem to be several pdf readers for Windows that allow you to add annotation to pdf documents, however, there does not seem to be anything like that for Linux, apart from PDFedit, which, in my experience, is rather hard to use and at the moment very unstable. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One Linux tool that couild be at least partially helpful is &lt;a href=&quot;http://flpsed.org/flpsed.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;flpsed&lt;/a&gt;.  it is a tool for adding annotation to Postscript files, and it can (to some extent) handle pdf files through external programs.  I used it before to fill in pdf forms that were not &quot;fillable&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T18:52:36.220" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6352" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6348" CreationDate="2010-12-01T19:13:51.423" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;From the beamer manual, in the middle of a use case:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Euclid finds that he can also add a &lt;code&gt;\pause&lt;/code&gt; between the definition and the example. So, &lt;code&gt;\pause&lt;/code&gt;s seem to&#xA;  transcede environments, which Euclid finds quite useful. After some experimentation he finds that &lt;em&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pause&lt;/code&gt; only does not work in &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt; environments&lt;/em&gt;. He immediately writes an email about this to beamer’s author, but receives a polite answer stating that the implementation of &lt;em&gt;&lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt; does wicked things and there is no fix for this&lt;/em&gt;. Also, Euclid is pointed to the last part of the user’s guide, where a workaround is described.  (emphasis added)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is my workaround, using &lt;code&gt;\action&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\mode&amp;lt;presentation&amp;gt; { \setbeamercovered{transparent} }&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;\[&#xA;  \begin{cases}&#xA;  \begin{aligned}&#xA;  \action&amp;lt;+-&amp;gt;{v(t,x) &amp;amp;= g(t,x), \\}&#xA;  \action&amp;lt;+-&amp;gt;{u(x)} &amp;amp;\action&amp;lt;.-&amp;gt;{=f(x)} &amp;amp; \action&amp;lt;.-&amp;gt;{(x\in\mathbb R)}&#xA;  \end{aligned}&#xA;  \end{cases}&#xA;\]&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's surprising that the second line has to have each cell of the align enclosed in an action specification while the first line can go in a single one (maybe that has something to do with the fact that it's shown by default on all slides).  But I remember Till's advice to Euclid:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt; does wicked things and there is no fix for this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Added&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;code&gt;\action&lt;/code&gt; is a generic &lt;code&gt;\only&lt;/code&gt; if I recall correctly.  And the incremental overlay specifications like &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;+-&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; are very much worth learning.  See Section 8 of the beamer manual, or at least it's Section 8 of my 3.06 manual: &quot;Creating Overlays.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-01T19:30:47.327" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T19:30:47.327" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="6353" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6350" CreationDate="2010-12-01T19:16:10.087" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;longtable&lt;/code&gt; package redefines &lt;code&gt;\hline&lt;/code&gt; to allow pagebreaks by introducing penalties like &lt;code&gt;\penaly-\@lowpenalty&lt;/code&gt; in the code. If I understand correctly, what you want is a variant of &lt;code&gt;\hline&lt;/code&gt; which does not introduce any break point. To do this, you can just copy the code used to redefine &lt;code&gt;\hline&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;longtable.sty&lt;/code&gt; and use it define a &lt;code&gt;\nobreakhline&lt;/code&gt; variant macro in which the penalties have been changed to &lt;code&gt;10000&lt;/code&gt; so as to prevent all pagebreaks. This gives the following code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt,a4paper,oneside]{letter}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{longtable}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\nobreakhline{%&#xA;  \noalign{\ifnum0=`}\fi&#xA;    \penalty\@M&#xA;    \futurelet\@let@token\LT@@nobreakhline}&#xA;\def\LT@@nobreakhline{%&#xA;  \ifx\@let@token\hline&#xA;    \global\let\@gtempa\@gobble&#xA;    \gdef\LT@sep{\penalty\@M\vskip\doublerulesep}% &amp;lt;-- change here&#xA;  \else&#xA;    \global\let\@gtempa\@empty&#xA;    \gdef\LT@sep{\penalty\@M\vskip-\arrayrulewidth}% &amp;lt;-- change here&#xA;  \fi&#xA;  \ifnum0=`{\fi}%&#xA;  \multispan\LT@cols&#xA;     \unskip\leaders\hrule\@height\arrayrulewidth\hfill\cr&#xA;  \noalign{\LT@sep}%&#xA;  \multispan\LT@cols&#xA;     \unskip\leaders\hrule\@height\arrayrulewidth\hfill\cr&#xA;  \noalign{\penalty\@M}%&#xA;  \@gtempa}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{longtable}{ | p{5cm} | }&#xA;\hline&#xA;Table header\\*&#xA;\nobreakhline&#xA;Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Mauris pharetra&#xA;porttitor turpis, id egestas neque congue in. Nam sed lorem lorem, ac&#xA;tristique tellus. Nunc ornare feugiat orci, a blandit turpis facilisis ut.&#xA;Aenean pharetra ornare ante. Sed tempus leo in dolor eleifend placerat.&#xA;Integer at enim augue. Ut nisl tortor, interdum ac porttitor ac, sagittis&#xA;quis libero. Vivamus nibh metus, ornare vel pulvinar nec, fringilla nec&#xA;orci. Maecenas mollis nulla a nibh fringilla nec convallis augue varius.&#xA;Vestibulum ante ipsum primis in faucibus orci luctus et ultrices posuere  &#xA;cubilia Curae. \\&#xA;Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Mauris pharetra&#xA;porttitor turpis, id egestas neque congue in. Nam sed lorem lorem, ac&#xA;tristique tellus. Nunc ornare feugiat orci, a blandit turpis facilisis ut.&#xA;Aenean pharetra ornare ante. Sed tempus leo in dolor eleifend placerat. &#xA;Integer at enim augue. Ut nisl tortor, interdum ac porttitor ac, sagittis&#xA;quis libero. Vivamus nibh metus, ornare vel pulvinar nec, fringilla nec   &#xA;orci. Maecenas mollis nulla a nibh fringilla nec convallis augue varius.  &#xA;Vestibulum ante ipsum primis in faucibus orci luctus et ultrices posuere  &#xA;cubilia Curae. \\&#xA;\hline&#xA;Table header\\*&#xA;\nobreakhline&#xA;Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Mauris pharetra&#xA;porttitor turpis, id egestas neque congue in. Nam sed lorem lorem, ac   &#xA;tristique tellus. Nunc ornare feugiat orci, a blandit turpis facilisis ut.&#xA;Aenean pharetra ornare ante. Sed tempus leo in dolor eleifend placerat.   &#xA;Integer at enim augue. Ut nisl tortor, interdum ac porttitor ac, sagittis &#xA;quis libero. Vivamus nibh metus, ornare vel pulvinar nec, fringilla nec   &#xA;orci. Maecenas mollis nulla a nibh fringilla nec convallis augue varius.  &#xA;Vestibulum ante ipsum primis in faucibus orci luctus et ultrices posuere &#xA;cubilia Curae. \\&#xA;\hline&#xA;\end{longtable}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is the detail of how the previous code works. It's between &lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\makeatother&lt;/code&gt; because it's internal code containing the &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt; character. The code is in two parts: it starts by defining the &lt;code&gt;\nobreakhline&lt;/code&gt; which then calls another macro, &lt;code&gt;\LT@@nobreakhline&lt;/code&gt;. The macro begins with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\nobreakhline{%&#xA;  \noalign{\ifnum0=`}\fi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\ifnum..\fi&lt;/code&gt; is a trick to make &lt;code&gt;TeX&lt;/code&gt; that think that braces are correctly paired when they are not. It it thus equivalent to &lt;code&gt;\noalign{&lt;/code&gt;, the closing brace being in the line beginning by &lt;code&gt;\ifnum&lt;/code&gt; in the second macro. The macro then sets a penalty and calls the second macro thanks to a &lt;code&gt;\futurelet&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;    \penalty\@M&#xA;    \futurelet\@let@token\LT@@nobreakhline}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This &lt;code&gt;\futurelet&lt;/code&gt; is here to look ahead the &lt;code&gt;\nobreakhline&lt;/code&gt; macro; as we will see, the behavior will not be the same if it's followed by another &lt;code&gt;\hline&lt;/code&gt; or not.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;We not get to the definition of &lt;code&gt;\LT@@nobreakhline&lt;/code&gt;. It begins by an &lt;code&gt;if&lt;/code&gt; test:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\LT@@nobreakhline{%&#xA;  \ifx\@let@token\hline&#xA;    \global\let\@gtempa\@gobble&#xA;    \gdef\LT@sep{\penalty\@M\vskip\doublerulesep}% &amp;lt;-- change here&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The test consists at looking if the next token is &lt;code&gt;\hline&lt;/code&gt; or not. If it is, then the macro &lt;code&gt;\@gtempa&lt;/code&gt; is set to &lt;code&gt;\@gobble&lt;/code&gt;. As its name suggest, the &lt;code&gt;\@gobble&lt;/code&gt; macros just gobbles the token following it. The macro &lt;code&gt;\@gtempa&lt;/code&gt; is defined here but used at the end of &lt;code&gt;\LT@@nobreakhline&lt;/code&gt; and so this means that &lt;code&gt;\LT@@nobreakhline&lt;/code&gt; will gobble the &lt;code&gt;\hline&lt;/code&gt; just following it, which avoids &lt;code&gt;\hline&lt;/code&gt; to be typesetted twice. After setting &lt;code&gt;\@gtempa&lt;/code&gt;, the macro &lt;code&gt;\LT@sep&lt;/code&gt; is also set. That's the part which I changed from the original &lt;code&gt;longtable.sty&lt;/code&gt; code: the penalty is changed from &lt;code&gt;-\@medpenalty&lt;/code&gt; (which is something like &lt;code&gt;-151&lt;/code&gt;, depending on the documentclass) to &lt;code&gt;\@M&lt;/code&gt; (which is a shortcut for &lt;code&gt;10000&lt;/code&gt;); this prevents any break to occur where the penalty is issued.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;We now get to the &lt;code&gt;else&lt;/code&gt; part of the conditional:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  \else&#xA;    \global\let\@gtempa\@empty&#xA;    \gdef\LT@sep{\penalty\@M\vskip-\arrayrulewidth}% &amp;lt;-- change here&#xA;  \fi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It has the same structure as the &lt;code&gt;then&lt;/code&gt; part, except that it occurs only if our macro &lt;code&gt;\nobreakhline&lt;/code&gt; is not followed by &lt;code&gt;\hline&lt;/code&gt; and sets the ending macro &lt;code&gt;\@gtempa&lt;/code&gt; to be noting (&lt;code&gt;\@empty&lt;/code&gt;) meaning nothing special will be done at the end of &lt;code&gt;\LT@@nobreakhline&lt;/code&gt;; there is also a penalty change to prevent breaking; this time the penalty was &lt;code&gt;-\@lowpenalty&lt;/code&gt; (about -51) and is changed to &lt;code&gt;10000&lt;/code&gt; as before. The next line is the &quot;closing brace&quot; mentioned before:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  \ifnum0=`{\fi}%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The next lines of codes typesets the rule:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  \multispan\LT@cols&#xA;     \unskip\leaders\hrule\@height\arrayrulewidth\hfill\cr&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then the macro &lt;code&gt;\LT@sep&lt;/code&gt; defined earlier is used, and it has the effect of preventing any breaks:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  \noalign{\LT@sep}%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then there's another rule which is typesetted (it could probably be deleted from the code as we don't allow breaks any more, but it's harmless as it overlaps with the previous rule thanks to the negative &lt;code&gt;\vskip&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;\LT@sep&lt;/code&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  \multispan\LT@cols&#xA;     \unskip\leaders\hrule\@height\arrayrulewidth\hfill\cr&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, the macro ends with a penalty (to avoid another breaking point) and then the ending macro &lt;code&gt;\@gtempa&lt;/code&gt; defined earlier is issued:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  \noalign{\penalty\@M}%&#xA;  \@gtempa}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1973" LastEditorUserId="1973" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-04T22:38:24.903" LastActivityDate="2010-12-04T22:38:24.903" />
  <row Id="6354" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6333" CreationDate="2010-12-01T20:01:51.107" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't believe there are good grammar checkers, but Word's is better than most &amp;mdash; provided, that is, you tell it to switch off broken features like checking for passive constructions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can load your Latex file into Word as a plain text file and look for the highlights that indicates that its grammar checker is concerned about some construction (typically green dotted underlining).  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With a bit of macrology, you can get a good approximation to indicating to Word which bits are English (or whatever) and indicate the Latex markup as not-a-language.  This makes running the grammar/spell checkers more pleasant to use.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Postscript&lt;/strong&gt; &amp;mdash; I had not noticed the &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/linux&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'linux'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;linux&lt;/a&gt; tag: various flavours of Word &lt;em&gt;can&lt;/em&gt; be run under Wine.  In the absence of competition, this might be the best Linux solution, although it can't be the best free software solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-01T20:52:07.930" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T20:52:07.930" />
  <row Id="6355" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6496" CreationDate="2010-12-01T20:09:58.070" Score="5" ViewCount="364" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want a table whose first column is aligned top, second column is aligned middle, and third column is aligned bottom; like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://s1.bild.me/bilder/311010/4944642tbl1.PNG&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I wrote the following code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{| p{1cm} | m{1cm} | b{1cm} |}&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    x &amp;&#xA;    A long text comes here &amp;&#xA;    x \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Yet, to my surprise, the outcome was &quot;all columns aligned middle,&quot; as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://s1.bild.me/bilder/311010/5292850tbl2.PNG&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What did I do wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1347" LastActivityDate="2010-12-03T18:33:09.637" Title="Problem with Table Vertical Alignment" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="6357" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6328" CreationDate="2010-12-01T20:42:23.163" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The easiest way to use arbitrary TrueType and OpenType fonts is by using LuaLaTeX or XeLaTeX and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/fontspec&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; (be sure to use recent versions, as these engines and the &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt; package are still under heavy development).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example after installing the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.fontsquirrel.com/fonts/Tangerine&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Tangerine&lt;/a&gt; font,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;&#xA;\newfontfamily\textcal[Ligatures=TeX]{Tangerine}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;ABCabc \textcal{ABCabc}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;gives &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/OyoEr.png&quot; alt=&quot;example&quot;&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At least with a quick google search I couldn't find an otf or ttf version of Calligra, so you might have to look for a suitable font.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-01T20:51:35.880" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T20:51:35.880" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6358" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6328" CreationDate="2010-12-01T20:44:21.210" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Until the STIX organizations themselves come up with packages for use with (pdf)LaTeX, perhaps with the easiest thing to do would be to use the the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/unicode-math&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;unicode-math&lt;/a&gt; package with XeLaTeX or LuaLaTeX, and load either STIXGeneral opentype font, or perhaps better, &lt;a href=&quot;https://github.com/khaledhosny/xits-math&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the XITS font&lt;/a&gt; created by Khaled Hosny, which is based on the STIX fonts but with some improvements for XeTeX/ConTeXt/LuaTeX in mind.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As Caradmir suggests, XeLaTeX would also allow you just to use some other script font that you like.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T20:44:21.210" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="6359" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5854" CreationDate="2010-12-01T20:47:54.220" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;PATH should be set. Or write the full path for a pdf viewer, e.g., 'c:\Program Files\Adobe\Reader 9.0\Reader\AcroRd32.exe'&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2239" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T20:47:54.220" />
  <row Id="6360" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6378" CreationDate="2010-12-01T20:54:24.387" Score="5" ViewCount="231" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Background&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm typesetting a list of conditions for a certain mathematical object. There are three conditions. Later on I wish to provide an equivalent condition for the third. Therefore, it would be nice to have this kind of numbering:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;c) condition 1&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;b) condition 2&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;c) condition 3&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;while later on there would be&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;c') condition 3 (alternative)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My idea was to use a &lt;code&gt;\label{c}&lt;/code&gt; for the original condition and write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\item[\ref{c}]\label{c-prime} ...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and it hoping it would be able to refer to c') this way. But &lt;code&gt;\ref{c-prime}&lt;/code&gt; results in the number of the definition, not in the enumerate counter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Solution&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've got a solution, based on a hard-coded starting point for the counter and fixed layout. Using &lt;a href=&quot;http://pkg.ctan.org/enumitem&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;enumitem&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; I can write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{enumerate}[label=\alph*'),ref=(\alph*'),start=3]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and everything works smoothly&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Question&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are some drawbacks:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I have to hand pick the starting point for the counter, rendering it impossible to automatically change the ordering;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;the formatting for labels and references is hard-coded, if I change the global format I still have to adapt it locally.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What can I do to make this more flexible?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am aware this is a rather academic question as it already works, but I'm curious&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="210" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T10:41:35.423" Title="Refer to costumized `enumerate` counter" Tags="&lt;cross-referencing&gt;&lt;enumerate&gt;&lt;labels&gt;&lt;enumitem&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6361" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6365" CreationDate="2010-12-01T21:40:20.710" Score="3" ViewCount="249" Body="&lt;p&gt;I love Sabon, and want to keep using it. However I'm running into a few problems when trying to use it with XeTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Problem is that Sabon LT does not contain the full greek alphabet, it is in a separate Sabon Greek font. So when I have defined Sabon LT as standard font in my XeTeX document, no greek characters are rendered when I use them in my unicode document, logically.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to use the greek alphabet by typing directly in my unicode document, without using mathmode or anything else. Now I could merge Sabon LT with the Sabon Greek fontset using for example fontforge; creating a font that contains all missing characters. But I'm reluctant to do this as I don't have any experience with this and I'm afraid I might do something wrong&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So is there a convenient way to do automatically do this in XeTeX?:  Swith to the separate Sabon Greek font, in case it meets any of the greek characters? In LaTeX I would just define a new command, but I want to be able to use the greek font by typing in the appropiate character in Unicode directly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All help is appreciated!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2182" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-01T23:31:34.590" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T03:39:17.023" Title="XeTeX, change font usage when meeting greek characters (Sabon Linotype / Sabon Greek)" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6362" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6333" CreationDate="2010-12-01T21:47:20.207" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's also an option to spell-check the output, i.e. the PDF file. It's a bit indirect, but at least you won't have problems with the LaTeX specific syntax.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Adobe Acrobat has a spell-check if I'm not mistaken, but not everybody has access to it of course.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2182" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T22:19:48.687" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T22:19:48.687" />
  <row Id="6363" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6368" CreationDate="2010-12-01T22:34:54.993" Score="1" ViewCount="188" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am writing documentation that includes three documents for different audiences:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Public&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Staff&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Developers&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the Developers document, I would like to reference a table or section in the Staff document using \ref{} or an analogous command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Depending on the best way to do this, an alternative way to phrase this question might be &quot;how can I write three interlinked but distinct documents?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1783" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T09:13:35.680" Title="How can I reference a table/figure/section in another document?" Tags="&lt;cross-referencing&gt;&lt;best-practices&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6364" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6390" CreationDate="2010-12-01T23:09:59.140" Score="6" ViewCount="455" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to plot a 2D $x_1 - x_2$ coordinate system and a &lt;em&gt;shaded&lt;/em&gt; polygon specified by&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;$&#xA;−3x_1 + 4x_2 \leq 4, &#xA; 3x_1 + 2x_2 \leq 11,&#xA; 2x_1 − x_2   \leq 5,&#xA;    x_1 , x_2 \geq 0&#xA;$&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How to draw this using TikZ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks and regards!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Update:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I just learned something from &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/5478/using-function-calc-in-tikz/5483#5483&quot;&gt;this post&lt;/a&gt; (or if you have better idea, please don't hesitate to reply). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is my plot and I was wondering how to add different shades to the polygon enclosed by the solid lines and to the polygon enclosed by the dashed lines?&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/QJh84.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is my code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \draw[very thin,color=gray] (-0.1,-0.1) grid (4.9,3.1);    &#xA;    \draw[-&amp;gt;] (-0.2,0) -- (4.2,0) node[right] {$x_1$};&#xA;    \draw[-&amp;gt;] (0,-0.2) -- (0,3.2) node[above] {$x_2$};&#xA;&#xA;    \draw[domain=0:3] plot (\x,{1+ 0.75 * \x}) node[above right] {$-3x_1+4x_2 =4$};&#xA;    \draw[domain=1.5:4] plot (\x,{5.5 - 1.5 * \x}) node[below right] {$3x_1 + 2x_2 = 11$};&#xA;    \draw[domain=2:4] plot (\x,{-5+2 * \x}) node[below right] {$2x_1 - x_2 =5$}; &#xA;&#xA;    \node at (2,3) {(2, 2.5)};&#xA;    \node at (3.5,1) {(3, 1)};&#xA;    \node at (3,-0.25) {(2.5, 0)};    &#xA;    \node at (-0.25,-0.25) {(0, 0)};&#xA;    \node at (-0.5,1) {(0, 1)};&#xA;&#xA;    \draw[dashed] (0,1) -- (2,2);&#xA;    \draw[dashed] (2,2) -- (3,1);&#xA;    \draw[dashed] (3,1) -- (2,0); &#xA;    \draw[dashed] (2,0) -- (0,0); &#xA;    \draw[dashed] (0,0) -- (0,1); &#xA;&#xA;    \node at (2,1.5) {(2, 2)};&#xA;    \node at (2,-0.25) {(2, 0)};&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="861" LastEditorUserId="861" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-02T00:51:30.370" LastActivityDate="2011-01-27T08:42:00.923" Title="How to plot polygon using TikZ" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="6365" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6361" CreationDate="2010-12-01T23:15:40.570" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Short answer, No. Long answer, you have to markup your Greek text and use appropriate fonts, simplest way is using polyglossia:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{polyglossia}&#xA;&#xA;\setmainlanguage{english}&#xA;\setotherlanguage{greek}&#xA;\setmainfont{Sabon LT}&#xA;\newfontfamily\greekfont[Script=Greek]{Sabon Greek}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Some english text, \textgreek{καλημέρα}.&#xA;&#xA;\begin{greek}&#xA;'Ολοι οι άνθρωποι γεννιούνται ελεύθεροι και ίσοι στην αξιοπρέπεια και τα δικαιώματα.&#xA;Είναι προικισμένοι με λογική και συνείδηση,&#xA;και οφείλουν να συμπεριφέρονται μεταξύ τους με πνεύμα αδελφοσύνης.&#xA;\end{greek}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-02T03:39:17.023" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T03:39:17.023" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6366" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6104" CreationDate="2010-12-01T23:15:55.417" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;TH.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Your Macro has a small problem: when the number is for example  1008110, as the number gets divided by 1000 the second time, the remainder is 8, and the result is printed as: 1,8,110 rather than 1,008,110.  I am trying to find a fix to this since this will happen for any number that has a remainder from the division from 0-99.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Leo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2241" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T23:15:55.417" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6367" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6363" CreationDate="2010-12-01T23:41:44.037" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This depends on what you want. You might consider creating five documents: a preamble, postamble, and your other three, and then creating a fifth document that just does this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\input{preamble.tex}&#xA;\input{public.tex}&#xA;\input{staff.tex}&#xA;\input{developers.tex}&#xA;\input{postable.tex}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You should be able to create a preamble that makes whatever customizations you want for each document in terms of layout, special numbering or whatever. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then if you wanted to publish separately, it would just be a matter of stringin g the right &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt; statements together.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also (adding this after some research) you may want to look at the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/subdocs&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;subdocs&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1286" LastEditorUserId="1286" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-01T23:54:18.817" LastActivityDate="2010-12-01T23:54:18.817" />
  <row Id="6368" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6363" CreationDate="2010-12-02T00:06:11.177" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/xr.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;xr&lt;/a&gt;. I think that it does what you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastEditorUserId="117" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-07T09:13:35.680" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T09:13:35.680" />
  <row Id="6369" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6387" CreationDate="2010-12-02T00:11:03.060" Score="4" ViewCount="180" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello, TeX community!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have an idea of how to mix those, but failed to find out which fontenc encoding to use for Central European characters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[T1,T2A]{fontenc}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\fontencoding{T1}&#xA;Some latin text here with Central European characters such as š or đ.&#xA;\fontencoding{T2A}&#xA;А овдје се налази ћирилични текст.&#xA;\fontencoding{T1}&#xA;And latin again!&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Everything works just fine if I remove character đ, but when I put it there, T1 doesn't work for it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I get this error message:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! LaTeX Error: Command \dj unavailable in encoding T2A.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now this is a little confusing, since đ should be under T1 encoding, right?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What encoding should I use to be able to use character đ? Is there a list of available fontenc encodings (I could iterate until I found the one that works)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2242" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T06:46:05.433" Title="Mixing latin and cyrillic characters" Tags="&lt;languages&gt;&lt;fontenc&gt;&lt;cyrillic&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="6370" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6372" CreationDate="2010-12-02T00:29:02.613" Score="3" ViewCount="408" Body="&lt;p&gt;The question is, how to horizontally center a &lt;code&gt;beamercolorbox&lt;/code&gt; on the page?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I put it in the &lt;code&gt;center&lt;/code&gt; environment, but that doesn't work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\setbeamercolor{bgcolor}{fg=black,bg=blue}&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;    \begin{beamercolorbox}[rounded=true, center=true, shadow=true, wd=6cm]{bgcolor}&#xA;        Some text goes here...&#xA;    \end{beamercolorbox}&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt; &#xA;" OwnerUserId="1347" LastActivityDate="2010-12-20T11:03:00.043" Title="How to Center a BeamerColorBox" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;centering&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6371" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6375" CreationDate="2010-12-02T00:46:24.400" Score="3" ViewCount="521" Body="&lt;p&gt;When inserting page numbers into beamer slides, I usually use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setbeamertemplate{footline}[page number]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then the page numbers will appear at bottom right.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to put the page numbers at the bottom center? considering that I also have other content (e.g. title, section) at bottom right and bottom left?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, I want to put &lt;code&gt;\insertsection&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\insertshorttitle&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;page number&lt;/code&gt; into each header of the slides. How could I make one on the left, one on the right and one in the middle?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\defbeamertemplate{headline}{my header}{%&#xA;\vskip1pt%&#xA;\insertsection%&#xA;\insertshorttitle%&#xA;\setbeamertemplate{footline}[page number]%&#xA;\usebeamertemplate{footline}%&#xA;}&#xA;\setbeamertemplate{headline}[my header]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried to center the &lt;code&gt;title&lt;/code&gt; by &lt;code&gt;\insershorttitle[center]&lt;/code&gt;, but it doesn't work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2015" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T16:26:06.727" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T16:26:06.727" Title="How to 'center' 'page number' in beamer slides" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;header-footer&gt;&lt;page-numbering&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6372" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6370" CreationDate="2010-12-02T00:56:57.643" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;wd=&amp;lt;dimen&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; not only sets the width of the &lt;code&gt;beamercolorbox&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;dimen&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;, it sets the &lt;code&gt;\hsize&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;dimen&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;.  So you're centering a box in a line which has the same width as the box, resulting in nothing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So to force centering, use some &lt;code&gt;\hfill&lt;/code&gt;s:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\setbeamercolor{bgcolor}{fg=black,bg=blue}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;\hfill&#xA;    \begin{beamercolorbox}[rounded=true, center, shadow=true,wd=6cm]{bgcolor}&#xA;        Some text goes here...&#xA;    \end{beamercolorbox}&#xA;\hfill\hfill&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure why you need two at the end—it seems like one at the front and back would do the centering.  But instead you just get a box flush right.  So an extra one does the trick.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T00:56:57.643" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="6374" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6386" CreationDate="2010-12-02T01:25:26.910" Score="9" ViewCount="288" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is another option using pdftex actually. But let's omit it in this topic.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I usually do &quot;latex -&gt; dvips -&gt; ps2pdf&quot; to get pdf output. My LaTeX input file contains eps graphics, pstricks codes, and plain text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have not tried to use &quot;latex -&gt; dvipdfm&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My question is: What are the pros and cons pertaining to both options?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-02T03:30:47.283" LastActivityDate="2010-12-03T14:32:40.567" Title="Pros and Cons about &quot;latex -&gt; dvipdfm&quot; versus &quot;latex -&gt; dvips -&gt; ps2pdf&quot;" Tags="&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;compiling&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6375" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6371" CreationDate="2010-12-02T02:11:32.493" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This template produces centered page numbers in the footline:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\defbeamertemplate{footline}{centered page number}&#xA;{%&#xA;  \hspace*{\fill}%&#xA;  \usebeamercolor[fg]{page number in head/foot}%&#xA;  \usebeamerfont{page number in head/foot}%&#xA;  \insertpagenumber\,/\,\insertpresentationendpage%&#xA;  \hspace*{\fill}\vskip2pt%&#xA;}&#xA;\setbeamertemplate{footline}[centered page number]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's similar to the original template. The method is using &lt;code&gt;\hspace*{\fill}&lt;/code&gt; before and after the numbers. (&lt;code&gt;\hfill&lt;/code&gt; at the end instead would not help.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a complete example centering the title in the frame middle together with text in the left and in the right corner. It shows how you could use &lt;code&gt;\makebox&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\llap&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\rlap&lt;/code&gt; to change a text's width to 0pt, thus allowing centering of other text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;%&#xA;\defbeamertemplate{headline}{my header}{%&#xA;\vskip1pt%&#xA;\makebox[0pt][l]{\,\insertsection}%&#xA;\hspace*{\fill}\insertshorttitle\hspace*{\fill}%&#xA;\llap{\insertpagenumber\,/\,\insertpresentationendpage\,}&#xA;}&#xA;\setbeamertemplate{headline}[my header]&#xA;%&#xA;\title{Presentation Title}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section{Test Section}&#xA;\begin{frame}{}&#xA;\centering&#xA;$\star$&#xA;&#xA;This is a test.&#xA;\vfill&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/vaK29.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-02T13:46:41.713" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T13:46:41.713" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6376" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7354" CreationDate="2010-12-02T03:09:44.393" Score="4" ViewCount="267" Body="&lt;p&gt;Assume I have a file on my machine at &lt;code&gt;file:///c:\figure.bmp.&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From my pdf document, that is created by LaTeX using hyperref.sty, how can I open &lt;code&gt;figure.bmp&lt;/code&gt; using &lt;code&gt;mspaint.exe&lt;/code&gt; (microsoft built-in image editor)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is the correct command to do this scenario?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I call as follows&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\href{file:///c:\figure.bmp}{To open the figure, click here.}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the &lt;code&gt;figure.bmp&lt;/code&gt; will be opened using Illustrator (for example).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Actually I can change the file association to open bmp using mspaint instead of illustrator. But, I prefer to find another elegant approach, i.e., by specifying both file to be opened and the application used to open.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-02T03:27:54.510" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T00:10:53.283" Title="How to create a link in a pdf document to open a file using a specified application installed on the machine?" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;links&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6377" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6364" CreationDate="2010-12-02T03:11:39.693" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is one way to do it. The code uses intersections to calculate the vertices of the polygon (note that the intersection library is only available starting from TikZ v2.10). The labels are generated using the &lt;code&gt;let&lt;/code&gt; operation, which gives access to coordinates of nodes (thank you Antal). Filling paths is described in section 15.4  “Filling a Path” of the TikZ v2.10 manual. You could also apply various patterns.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{intersections,positioning,calc}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;% print a point given by two coordinates in pt (output is in cm)&#xA;\newcommand*\printpoint[2]{(%&#xA;    \pgfmathparse{0.03514598035*#1}\pgfmathprintnumber{\pgfmathresult}, %&#xA;    \pgfmathparse{0.03514598035*#2}\pgfmathprintnumber{\pgfmathresult})%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    % grid and axes&#xA;    \draw[very thin,color=gray] (-0.1,-0.1) grid (4.1,3.1);    &#xA;    \draw[-&amp;gt;,name path=xaxis] (-0.2,0) -- (4.2,0) node[right] {$x_1$};&#xA;    \draw[-&amp;gt;,name path=yaxis] (0,-0.2) -- (0,3.2) node[above] {$x_2$};&#xA;&#xA;    % lines  &#xA;    \draw[name path=line1,domain=0:3] plot (\x,{1+ 0.75 * \x}) node[above right] {$-3x_1+4x_2 =4$};&#xA;    \draw[name path=line2,domain=1.5:4] plot (\x,{5.5 - 1.5 * \x}) node[below right] {$3x_1 + 2x_2 = 11$};&#xA;    \draw[name path=line3,domain=2:4] plot (\x,{-5+2 * \x}) node[below right] {$2x_1 - x_2 =5$}; &#xA;&#xA;    % calculate intersection points&#xA;    \node[name intersections={of=line1 and line2}] (a) at (intersection-1) {};&#xA;    \node[name intersections={of=line2 and line3}] (b) at (intersection-1) {};&#xA;    \node[name intersections={of=line3 and xaxis}] (c) at (intersection-1) {};&#xA;    \node (d) at (0,0) {};&#xA;    \node[name intersections={of=yaxis and line1}] (e) at (intersection-1) {};&#xA;&#xA;    % draw the big polygon    &#xA;    \filldraw[ultra thick,fill=green!80!black,fill opacity=0.4] (a.center) -- (b.center) -- (c.center) -- (d.center)  -- (e.center) -- cycle;&#xA;&#xA;    % label the vertices&#xA;    \path let \p0 = (a) in node [left=0.1cm of a] {\printpoint{\x0}{\y0}};&#xA;    \path let \p0 = (b) in node [right=0cm of b] {\printpoint{\x0}{\y0}};&#xA;    \path let \p0 = (c) in node [below right=0cm and -0.1cm of c.center] {\printpoint{\x0}{\y0}};&#xA;    \path let \p0 = (d) in node [below left=0cm of d.center] {\printpoint{\x0}{\y0}};&#xA;    \path let \p0 = (e) in node [left=0cm of e.center] {\printpoint{\x0}{\y0}};&#xA;&#xA;    % draw the small polygon   &#xA;    \filldraw[thick,dashed,fill=blue,fill opacity=0.4] (0,1) -- (2,2) -- (3,1) -- (2,0) -- (0,0) -- cycle; &#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/OEoe6.png&quot; alt=&quot;result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-02T17:26:11.313" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T17:26:11.313" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="6378" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6360" CreationDate="2010-12-02T03:41:24.540" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;enumitem&lt;/code&gt; package gives you lots more—you can create &lt;code&gt;enumerate&lt;/code&gt;-like list environments and set their format globally.  Then you can use a counter to save the value of the current item to feed to &lt;code&gt;start&lt;/code&gt; later on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}% just for blind text&#xA;\usepackage{enumitem}&#xA;\newlist{conditions}{enumerate}{1}&#xA;\newlist{altconditions}{enumerate}{1}&#xA;\setlist[conditions]{label=\alph*),ref=(\alph*)}&#xA;\setlist[altconditions]{label=\alph*$'$),ref=(\alph*$'$)}&#xA;\newcounter{favoritecondition}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;&#xA;\begin{conditions}&#xA;\item condition 1&#xA;\item condition 2&#xA;\item condition 3\label{c}\setcounter{favoritecondition}{\value{conditionsi}}&#xA;\item condition 4&#xA;\end{conditions}&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum[2]&#xA;&#xA;An alternative to condition \ref{c} is&#xA;&#xA;\begin{altconditions}[start=\value{favoritecondition}]&#xA;\item\label{c-prime} condition 3 alternative &#xA;\end{altconditions}&#xA;&#xA;We leave as an exercise to the reader that \ref{c} and \ref{c-prime} are equivalent.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-02T10:41:35.423" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T10:41:35.423" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6380" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-02T04:33:30.177" Score="3" ViewCount="564" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi all,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have this problem: it seems that beamer did not read the bibtex file. Below is the syntax that I am using:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{natbib} %citep and citet&#xA;\renewcommand{\bibsection}{\subsubsection*{\bibname}} % to avoid References creates new section/subsection in header&#xA;\bibpunct[:]{(}{)}{;}{a}{}{,}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}[allowframebreaks]{References}&#xA;\def\newblock{\hskip .11em plus .33em minus .07em}&#xA;\bibliographystyle{alpha}&#xA;\bibliography{reff.bib} % file name of the bibtex&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2097" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-10T16:16:34.433" LastActivityDate="2010-12-10T16:16:34.433" Title="References (in bibtex) did not appear in beamer?" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;bibliographies&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6381" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6382" CreationDate="2010-12-02T04:54:37.803" Score="2" ViewCount="151" Body="&lt;p&gt;On my Ubuntu system, I have already installed texlive-full under /usr/share from long time ago.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I just tried a simple example with \usepackage{tikz} and it did work fine. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Later, I added \usetikzlibrary{intersections,positioning} to my latex code in order to use tikzlibraryintersections, but latex complained about not finding it (if I remember correctly). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I didn't know much to do then, and just went to download &lt;a href=&quot;http://media.texample.net/pgf/builds/pgfCVS2008-08-28_TDS.zip&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;PGF 2008-08-28&lt;/a&gt;. I unziped the archive and put it under ~/texmf/tex. Then latex did not report the previous complaint, but instead it complained about something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;! Undefined control sequence.&#xA;   \pgfsetpath l.77&#xA;  ...e[name intersections={of=line1 and&#xA;  line2}] (a) at (intersection-1) {};&#xA;  The control sequence at the end of the&#xA;  top line of your error message was&#xA;  never \def'ed. If you have misspelled&#xA;  it (e.g., &lt;code&gt;\hobx'), type&lt;/code&gt;I' and the&#xA;  correct spelling (e.g., `I\hbox').&#xA;  Otherwise just continue, and I'll&#xA;  forget about whatever was undefined.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;on the 77th line in the latex code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\node[name intersections={of=line1 and line2}] (a) at (intersection-1) {};&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The full code can be seen &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/6364/how-to-plot-polygon-using-tikz/6377#6377&quot;&gt;in a reply to my other post&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I was wondering if I have installed all the packages and libraries that I need? If not, how to do that correctly? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I guess my texlive-full installed long time ago under /usr/share might already have the PGF (although I am not sure). Is the one (&lt;a href=&quot;http://media.texample.net/pgf/builds/pgfCVS2008-08-28_TDS.zip&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;PGF 2008-08-28&lt;/a&gt;) I just installed under ~/texmf/tex redundant?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks and regards!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="861" LastEditorUserId="861" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-02T05:02:21.677" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T05:19:36.553" Title="Did I install a package successfully?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;packages&gt;&lt;installing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="6382" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6381" CreationDate="2010-12-02T05:19:36.553" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Very probably you have an outdated version of TikZ/PGF installed. 2008 is already rather old and it might interfere with anything previously installed on your system. Indeed TikZ/PGF v2.00 (as shipped with TeX Live 2009 with Ubuntu 10.10) doesn't have the intersection library.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the case of the code in your previous question, you could just calculate the points by hand (as in necessary for the labels anyway), e.g.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\node (a) at (2, 2.5) {};&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Generally I recommend to not use the Ubuntu packages as they are often outdated and contain some bugs. Installing &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/texlive/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX Live&lt;/a&gt; manually is quite easy (if you want you can ask a separate question about that).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T05:19:36.553" />
  <row Id="6383" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7626" CreationDate="2010-12-02T06:05:45.897" Score="7" ViewCount="221" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;    \documentclass[dvipsnames]{article}&#xA;    \usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;    \begin{document}&#xA;    {\color{Blue}\bf Blue} versus {\color{blue}\bf blue}.&#xA;    \end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Pdyv4.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why does one of them differ from the other one?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT 1&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I still wonder why the color is distinguished by capitalization :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-23T10:05:10.170" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T10:27:09.487" Title="Why does \color{blue} differ from \color{Blue}?" Tags="&lt;color&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6384" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4784" CreationDate="2010-12-02T06:09:44.297" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Charles has asked me to post a summary of the comments above; here's a quick synopsis.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Will&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I might not be in the target audience, but I don't see this being very useful to me. (It's certainly fun to experiment with, however.) I usually find that when I need to inspect macro definitions, the lack of indentation and line breaks in the output of &lt;code&gt;\show&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\meaning&lt;/code&gt; limit their utility in many cases.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Barbara&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;cute. two comments:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ol&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;i think of &quot;reflect&quot; as what happens in a mirror, and have used that name to mirror horizontally symbols or strings using the graphics package (which already has a \reflectbox command). i'd call this something different, maybe \unwrap or \unravel.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;maybe i assumed too much, but i tried to run this directly, without wrapping it with a document class and \begin/\end{document}, ... and failed. guess i'm spoiled, but i like examples that run right out of the box. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Manuel&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;For quick debugging, I prefer to run TeX interactively and use &lt;code&gt;\show&lt;/code&gt; to see the output directly on the terminal.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T06:09:44.297" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-12-02T06:09:44.297" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6385" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6383" CreationDate="2010-12-02T06:21:42.950" Score="17" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Because that's how the colours are defined &lt;code&gt;:)&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Colour names are case sensitive, and &lt;code&gt;red&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;green&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;blue&lt;/code&gt; are the ‘standard’ &lt;code&gt;(1,0,0)&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;(0,1,0)&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;(0,0,1)&lt;/code&gt; RGB colours respectively.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In section 4 of the &lt;code&gt;xcolor&lt;/code&gt; manual (pg. 38 for v2.11) the list of other colour names is given; under the &lt;code&gt;dvipsnames&lt;/code&gt; section you can see that there are many more colours defined with initial-uppercase names. Personally, I find those &lt;code&gt;Red&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;Blue&lt;/code&gt;, and (especially) &lt;code&gt;Green&lt;/code&gt; colours to be much more attractive as they are a little more muted.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T06:21:42.950" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="6386" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6374" CreationDate="2010-12-02T06:31:49.747" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The pros of one tend to be cons of the other, so I'll just list features. What comes to mind straight away:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;dvips&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;More widely used (I think); has larger range of support in packages that use its &lt;code&gt;\special&lt;/code&gt;s features.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The subsequent PostScript file can contain arbitrary PostScript code, which is a programming language; some packages require this feature to do subsequent processing on the output (e.g., &lt;code&gt;pstricks&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;psfrag&lt;/code&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;dvipdfmx&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;(successor to &lt;code&gt;dvipdfm&lt;/code&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Aims to be feature compatible with the PDF features that are accessibly though pdfTeX. Such as PDF annotation, file attachment, and so on.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Started out at being better with multilingual/UTF8 processing for some of the Oriental-based TeX systems; I suspect it's required for some CJK packages but I don't know the details.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;xdvipdfmx&lt;/code&gt; is the fork that allows XeTeX to produce PDF output; while Mac OS X has &lt;code&gt;xdv2pdf&lt;/code&gt;, on Windows/Linux there's no alternative.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T06:31:49.747" />
  <row Id="6387" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6369" CreationDate="2010-12-02T06:41:04.547" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The problem is that you're not selecting the font encodings properly; you need to write &lt;code&gt;\selectfont&lt;/code&gt; after changing the encoding. Here's a better example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[T1,T2A]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{lmodern}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\fontencoding{T1}\selectfont&#xA;Some latin text here with Central European characters such as š or đ.&#xA;\fontencoding{T2A}\selectfont&#xA;А овдје се налази ћирилични текст.&#xA;\fontencoding{T1}\selectfont&#xA;And latin again!&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note the use of the Latin Modern fonts, which should generally give you much better output with European languages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;More information about font encodings can be found in the LaTeX2e documentation file &lt;code&gt;encguide.pdf&lt;/code&gt; which you should be able to access on your system with &lt;code&gt;texdoc encguide&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-02T06:46:05.433" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T06:46:05.433" />
  <row Id="6388" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-02T07:39:21.103" Score="12" ViewCount="210" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to scale my &lt;code&gt;tikzpicture&lt;/code&gt; to exactly (or a proportion of) the &lt;code&gt;\textwidth&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Off course I could play with the &lt;code&gt;[scale=0.5]&lt;/code&gt; option until I found the right value, but I assume there must be an easier way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How to get a properly scaled (the fonts still must be correct) &lt;code&gt;tikzpicture&lt;/code&gt; with an exact width.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="459" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-19T23:11:36.243" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T23:25:39.363" Title="How to scale a tikzpicture to \textwidth" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="6389" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6395" CreationDate="2010-12-02T08:19:21.567" Score="4" ViewCount="261" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a question on using the tikzpicture package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have a protocol interaction on which two participants want to exchange some numbers, say &lt;em&gt;α&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;β&lt;/em&gt;. I need bilateral arrows, and on top of it would be &lt;em&gt;α&lt;/em&gt; and below it the &lt;em&gt;β&lt;/em&gt;. That means these two participants are exchanging the numbers simultaneously. BTW, I don't need dots in the side of arrows, but some calculations which results in &lt;em&gt;α&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;β&lt;/em&gt; must be placed there. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/AYPSF.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I have this output? I don't know if I have chosen the right package but it seems to me that this is the right choice.&#xA;Every sample that I have seen so far uses some dots and creates a matrix, but I don't know how to replace dots with these terms. BTW, I have no idea how can I have that arrow and even making it larger.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Any good tutorial with examples close to my need will be appreciated.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2244" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-04T16:05:33.593" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T15:20:41.793" Title="How to draw protocol interaction using tikzpicture" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;mathmode&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="6390" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6364" CreationDate="2010-12-02T09:15:06.807" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's another way to do it without using intersections but using path clipping.  Each path we draw, we also define a clip against this path.  This does mean &quot;drawing&quot; the path twice: once to draw and once to clip against (and I don't see a quick way of merging these two since they have to happen at different times).  One thing I like about this approach is that what the graphical package is doing is &lt;strong&gt;precisely what the mathematics is doing&lt;/strong&gt;.  That is, each inequality specifies a &quot;clipping&quot; of the plane, saying &quot;After this, we're only interested in one side of this line and we throw away everything else.&quot;.  That's exactly what a clip does.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/dWNrn.png&quot; alt=&quot;clipped polygon&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;\usepackage[svgnames]{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usepackage{mathtools}&#xA;&#xA;\def\nudge{.5}&#xA;&#xA;\tikzset{axis/.style={ultra thick, Red!75!black, -latex, shorten &amp;lt;=-\nudge cm, shorten &amp;gt;=-2*\nudge cm}}&#xA;\tikzset{line/.style={thick,Green}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\draw[axis] (0,0) -- (4,0) node[right=2* \nudge cm] {\(x_1\)};&#xA;\draw[axis] (0,0) -- (0,4) node[above=2*\nudge cm] {\(x_2\)};&#xA;\begin{scope}&#xA;\clip (-\nudge ,-\nudge) rectangle (4+\nudge,4+\nudge);&#xA;\draw[line] (0,1) -- (4,4) coordinate (ineq1);&#xA;\draw[line] (0,5.5) -- (4,-.5) coordinate (ineq2);&#xA;\draw[line] (0,-5) -- (4,3) coordinate (ineq3);&#xA;\begin{scope}&#xA;\clip (0,1) -- (4,4) |- (0,0);&#xA;\clip (0,5.5) -- (4,-.5) -| (0,0);&#xA;\clip (0,-5) -- (4,3) |- (4,4) -| (0,0);&#xA;\fill[Red,opacity=.5] (0,0) rectangle (4,4);&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;\draw[dashed,line] (0,1) -- (2,2) -- (3,1) -- (2,0);&#xA;\clip (0,1) -- (2,2) -- (3,1) -- (2,0) -| (0,1);&#xA;\fill[Blue,opacity=.5] (0,0) rectangle (4,4);&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;\node[above right] at (ineq1) {\(\mathllap{-}3 x_1 + 4 x_2 = 4\)};&#xA;\node[below right] at (ineq2) {\(3 x_1 + 2 x_2 = 11\)};&#xA;\node[above right] at (ineq3) {\(2 x_1 - x_2 = 5\)};&#xA;\foreach \coord/\adj in {&#xA;  {(2,2)}/right,&#xA;  {(0,1)}/left,&#xA;  {(0,0)}/below left,&#xA;  {(2,0)}/below left,&#xA;  {(2.5,0)}/below right,&#xA;  {(3,1)}/right,&#xA;  {(2,2.5)}/right%&#xA;} {&#xA;  \fill \coord circle (2pt) node[\adj] {\coord};&#xA;}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Other aspects of this answer:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;We use clipping to avoid having to work out the formulae for the lines too carefully (and we draw these as simple lines rather than using the plot function).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;We use node-coordinates when we want to label the lines since putting the labels directly on the lines wouldn't work with the clipping.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Note the use of &lt;code&gt;\mathllap&lt;/code&gt; to adjust the placement of one of the labels (that's why &lt;code&gt;mathtools&lt;/code&gt; is included).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Note the use of a &lt;em&gt;negative&lt;/em&gt; shortening of the axes.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastEditorUserId="86" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-02T11:19:07.137" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T11:19:07.137" />
  <row Id="6391" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6388" CreationDate="2010-12-02T09:28:26.447" Score="16" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This question was asked on &lt;a href=&quot;https://groups.google.com/group/comp.text.tex/msg/871e505029e3990e&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;comp.text.tex&lt;/a&gt; and received a good answer by Ulrike Fischer. It works by typesetting the &lt;code&gt;{tikzpicture}&lt;/code&gt; once, measure its width and then retypeset it to the correct width by automatically computing the required scale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a more user-friendly interface for this solution using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/environ&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;environ&lt;/a&gt; package. It works by using a &lt;code&gt;{scaletikzpicturetowidth}&lt;/code&gt; environment with the desired width as first argument in combination with specifying the &lt;code&gt;[scale=\tikzscale]&lt;/code&gt; option to the tikzpicture. For example, to scale a tikzpicture to &lt;code&gt;{textwidth}&lt;/code&gt;, you would use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{center}&#xA;\begin{scaletikzpicturetowidth}{\textwidth}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=\tikzscale]&#xA;\draw (0,0) rectangle (1,1) node[below left] {$A$};&#xA;\draw (2,1) circle (1cm) node [below] {$B$};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{scaletikzpicturetowidth}&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a complete compilable code which shows both the unscaled tikzpicture and the scaled one:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/lTpQB.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usepackage{environ}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newsavebox{\measure@tikzpicture}&#xA;\NewEnviron{scaletikzpicturetowidth}[1]{%&#xA;  \def\tikz@width{#1}%&#xA;  \def\tikzscale{1}\begin{lrbox}{\measure@tikzpicture}%&#xA;  \BODY&#xA;  \end{lrbox}%&#xA;  \pgfmathparse{#1/\wd\measure@tikzpicture}%&#xA;  \edef\tikzscale{\pgfmathresult}%&#xA;  \BODY&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla.&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\draw (0,0) rectangle (1,1) node[below left] {$A$};&#xA;\draw (2,1) circle (1cm) node [below] {$B$};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;Bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla.&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;\begin{scaletikzpicturetowidth}{\textwidth}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=\tikzscale]&#xA;\draw (0,0) rectangle (1,1) node[below left] {$A$};&#xA;\draw (2,1) circle (1cm) node [below] {$B$};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{scaletikzpicturetowidth}&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;Bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1973" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T09:28:26.447" />
  <row Id="6392" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6380" CreationDate="2010-12-02T10:09:06.277" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try to add&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\nocite{*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in your document for testing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then you should get a bibliography, which includes your complete bib file items. In a real beamer document you can use &lt;code&gt;\cite&lt;/code&gt; commands or more specific forms of &lt;code&gt;\nocite&lt;/code&gt; instead, of course.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="929" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T10:09:06.277" />
  <row Id="6393" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6398" CreationDate="2010-12-02T10:09:53.103" Score="10" ViewCount="303" Body="&lt;p&gt;My work involves producing various documents with citations (e.g., journal articles, conference presentations, reports, etc.).&#xA;Publications cite references, and references can be specific to a given publication, or to a set of publications built around a study, or a set of studies, or a research program. A reference may even cross-over into multiple research programs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm a big fan of the DRY Principle (i.e., Don't Repeat Yourself).&#xA;However, I'm also a big fan of making projects portable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Satisfying both principles seemingly leads to a conflict in relation to bibtex files.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Is it a good strategy to have a single master bibtex file for all projects and adopt some automated copying system whereby each publication gets a copy of the overall bibtex file (or a subset)?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Or is it better just to have lots of little publication specific bibtex files?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Or is there some other system that people find works best?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;What tools can assist?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="151" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T08:59:03.493" Title="Strategy for managing multiple Bibtex files" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;" AnswerCount="7" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="6394" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6330" CreationDate="2010-12-02T10:14:29.383" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using the `animate' LaTeX package for this purpose isn't overkill, I think:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usepackage{animate}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;\begin{animateinline}[loop]{10}&#xA;  \multiframe{10}{rPos=0.1+0.1}{&#xA;    \begin{tikzpicture}[every node/.style={draw}]&#xA;    \node (s) {sender};&#xA;    \node (r) at (5,0) {receiver};&#xA;    \path (s) -- (r) node[pos=\rPos,coordinate] (p) {};&#xA;    \draw[-&amp;gt;] (s) -- (p);&#xA;    \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;  }&#xA;\end{animateinline}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The number of code lines is about the same as in Matthews example. And the animation can be configured to loop over the frames.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1053" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T10:14:29.383" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6395" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6389" CreationDate="2010-12-02T10:14:44.600" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You don't need TikZ for this.  If you're using LaTeX, you just need amsmath and the mathtools package (both of which you likely have):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{mathtools}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \[\begin{matrix}&#xA;      x \xleftarrow{\quad R\quad} \mathcal{Z}_q            &amp;amp;\quad&#xA;      \xrightleftharpoons[\beta=g^y]{\quad\alpha=g^x\quad} \quad&amp;amp;&#xA;      y \xleftarrow{\quad R\quad} \mathcal{Z}_q            \\&#xA;      g^{xy} &amp;amp; &amp;amp; g^{xy} \\&#xA;  \end{matrix}\]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This produces the following output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/smPW4.png&quot; alt=&quot;Extensible arrows and harpoons.&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The amsmath package provides the &lt;code&gt;\xleftarrow&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\xrigharrow&lt;/code&gt; commands, which set an eXtensible &lt;code&gt;\leftarrow&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\righarrow&lt;/code&gt;, respectively; their mandatory argument is set on top, and their optional argument is set below (&lt;code&gt;\xleftarrow[below]{above}&lt;/code&gt;).  Normally, it's just as wide as necessary for the text, so I inserted &lt;code&gt;\quad&lt;/code&gt;s around the text to space it out.  The mathtools package, which extends amsmath, provides more extensible arrows, including &lt;code&gt;\xleftrightarrow&lt;/code&gt; (for an extensible ↔), &lt;code&gt;\xLeftrightarrow&lt;/code&gt; (for an extensible ⇔), &lt;code&gt;\xleftrighharpoons&lt;/code&gt; (for an extensible ⇋; the upside-down version of the symbol in the example picture), and &lt;code&gt;\xrightleftharpoons&lt;/code&gt; (for an extensible ⇌, as seen in the example picture), any of which could be used here depending on your tastes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, note that you &lt;em&gt;shouldn't&lt;/em&gt; need to space out the &lt;code&gt;\xrightleftharpoons&lt;/code&gt; like I did (which is why there's &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;\quad ... \quad&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt;), but apparently I needed to here (though in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.chachatelier.fr/programmation/latexit_en.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeXit&lt;/a&gt; I didn't, so with some small change you probably wouldn't need to).  You only need the matrix here since you want to align the &lt;code&gt;g^{xy}&lt;/code&gt;s with the first and third arrows; if you just wanted the top line, you wouldn't need to bother.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1425" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T10:14:44.600" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6396" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6393" CreationDate="2010-12-02T10:19:48.207" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A reasonable approach would be to have some central database system and export work-specific .bib files for each article, report etc. Ideally, this system would allow to save work-specific literature selections (to be able to modify and re-export them easily when the tex document evolves).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Until now I did not find such a system.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="929" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T10:19:48.207" />
  <row Id="6397" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6393" CreationDate="2010-12-02T10:21:38.127" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Is it a good strategy to have a single master bibtex file for all projects and adopt some automated copying system whereby each publication gets a copy of the overall bibtex file (or a subset)? Or is it better just to have lots of little publication specific bibtex files?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I start a new draft, I use a script to create a template that includes all my bibtex files, to which I link using symmetric links. I can see the advantage of having one large bib file, but the downside for me is that I'll probably spend a lot of time looking for the right reference in that file, whereas small, topic-based files allow me to work quicker.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;What tools can assist?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mendeley.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Mendeley&lt;/a&gt; not only allows you to organise, tag, ... your papers, but also to create collections and synchronize whole, exported .bib files with them. I believe this could be helpful to you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="440" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T10:21:38.127" />
  <row Id="6398" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6393" CreationDate="2010-12-02T10:29:35.233" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I just keep everything in one big BibTeX database and use the search function in &lt;a href=&quot;http://jabref.sf.net&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;JabRef&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I really need to give away a subset of the references to a co-worker (and don't want to send the whole file), I generate a new, smaller .bib-File using the &quot;New subdatabase based on AUX file&quot; from the Tools menu in JabRef.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But ultimately, you'll just adopt a system that works best for you. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mendeley.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Mendeley&lt;/a&gt; has been suggested, I've also heard good things about &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.citeulike.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;CiteUlike&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="828" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T10:29:35.233" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6399" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6407" CreationDate="2010-12-02T10:44:58.880" Score="5" ViewCount="178" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've tried reading the excellent Beamer user guide, but failed to understand. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I understand the basic idea: there's a counter &lt;code&gt;beamerpauses&lt;/code&gt; that is advanced by a &lt;code&gt;+&lt;/code&gt; inside an overlay specification. You can for example write &lt;code&gt;\item&amp;lt;+&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; and you'll get an item that only shows for the slide with the current value of beamerpauses. Also, beamerpauses gets increased by one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So far so nice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One can write &lt;code&gt;\item&amp;lt;.&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;. This has the effect of turning on the item for the previous (-1) value of beamerpauses, and it does not increase the counter. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Great.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now what happens here (edited so that it does something interesting:)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\only&amp;lt;.(2)-+(6)&amp;gt;{\alert&amp;lt;+-&amp;gt;{foo}\alert&amp;lt;+-&amp;gt;{bar}} \only&amp;lt;-.(2)&amp;gt;\alert&amp;lt;-+&amp;gt;{BAR}\alert&amp;lt;-+(1)&amp;gt;{FOO}}&#xA;      (1)          (2)            (3)                (4)                         (5)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is it equivalent to &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \only&amp;lt;3-7&amp;gt;{\alert&amp;lt;2-&amp;gt;{foo}\alert&amp;lt;3-&amp;gt;{bar}}\only&amp;lt;-6&amp;gt;\alert&amp;lt;-5&amp;gt;{BAR}\alert&amp;lt;-7&amp;gt;{FOO}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In particular: When does the increment at (1) happen? Before both the arguments are processed or after? Do the increments at (2) and (3) affect the counter when (4) and (5) are evaluated? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;How does the counter change in this case? what is its value at every point? How can I find out? I tried writing &lt;code&gt;\thebeamerpauses&lt;/code&gt; but this counter does not seem to change with the slides. &lt;strong&gt;Is there a counter that holds the slide number?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastEditorUserId="117" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-02T14:57:51.717" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T16:55:41.837" Title="How do automatic overlay specification work in beamer?" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;debugging&gt;&lt;overlays&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="6400" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-02T10:56:19.047" Score="4" ViewCount="345" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a table that has about 130 rows. I tried using the &lt;code&gt;longtable&lt;/code&gt; package, but it does not work with two column documents. The table will be starting near the top of the left column, and it should continue on to the right column, and perhaps continue onto the next page as well. Is there are way to get this to work reasonably well in two column documents?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT:&lt;/strong&gt; The table has 3 columns, and it is narrow enough to fit on one column of a standard two column layout.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1877" LastEditorUserId="1877" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-02T14:23:05.733" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T14:23:05.733" Title="How do I create a really long table in a two column layout?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;two-column&gt;&lt;longtable&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6401" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6376" CreationDate="2010-12-02T10:56:31.110" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You might be able to achieve the desired result if you don't just open the file, but open MSPaint with a call to the desired file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can achieve this if you follow the details given on &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ehow.com/list_6520303_microsoft-paint-command-line-options.html#ixzz16wzURqBP&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this eHow-page&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Open a File Open an image file by&#xA;  specifying the file location on your&#xA;  hard drive. Add a space after&#xA;  &quot;mspaint&quot; and type the full file&#xA;  extension (e.g.: &quot;mspaint&#xA;  c:/folder/subfolder/filename&quot;). Ensure&#xA;  the file name is completely accurate,&#xA;  including the file extension. View an&#xA;  image's exact location by&#xA;  right-clicking on the file and&#xA;  choosing &quot;Properties.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On Windows this should work with using &quot; &quot; around the command line call. I couldn't figure it out though, since &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\href{file:///C:/Windows/system32/mspaint.exe C:/Users/haberthuer/Desktop/SomeFile.bmp}{To open the figure, click here.}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;just opens my Windows Explorer...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;BTW: Why you'd want to open a .BMP file in MSPaint is another question... Could you explain why you want to do that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="828" LastEditorUserId="828" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-02T11:08:15.477" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T11:08:15.477" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="6402" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-02T11:14:37.237" Score="5" ViewCount="440" Body="&lt;p&gt;I like this book layout &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.stewartcalculus.com/data/CALCULUS%206E/upfiles/6e_reviewofanalgeom.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;stewartcalculus&lt;/a&gt;, so I want to mimic some of its layout.&#xA;In this topic I want to start from the page number 5.&#xA;The following is the screenshot: (hopely don't break the copyright :D)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/8fpbx.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The upper part has shorter marginparwidth compared to the Exercise part.&#xA;I am interested how the author of this book modified the marginparwidth back and forth, from the main content to the exercise. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you in advance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT 1:&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or he wrote it using softwares other than LaTeX ? InDesign or something like that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-02T11:34:24.460" LastActivityDate="2010-12-08T15:48:29.077" Title="How to switch between two different marginparwidth size?" Tags="&lt;marginpar&gt;&lt;width&gt;" AnswerCount="6" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6403" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6399" CreationDate="2010-12-02T11:22:04.720" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;From the following simple example, it looks like the &lt;code&gt;\alert&lt;/code&gt; inside the &lt;code&gt;\alt&lt;/code&gt; is deciding what the second slide should be, and this overwrites whatever the second argument in &lt;code&gt;\alt&lt;/code&gt; thinks it should be.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\alt&amp;lt;+-&amp;gt;{%&#xA;  \alert&amp;lt;+&amp;gt;{foo} bar%&#xA;}&#xA;{barfoo}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T11:22:04.720" />
  <row Id="6404" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6393" CreationDate="2010-12-02T11:47:34.620" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;While JabRef allows for exporting references from a &lt;code&gt;bib&lt;/code&gt; file based on an &lt;code&gt;aux&lt;/code&gt; file, I like to have an automated build based on a &lt;code&gt;makefile&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Following on from Habi's response, I did a little Googling and found &lt;code&gt;bibexport&lt;/code&gt;.&#xA;It seems well suited to maintaining a centralised bib file, and automating the extraction of references based on citations in a document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/utils/bibexport/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/utils/bibexport/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update:&lt;/strong&gt; &#xA;I'm quickly discovering there are many tools for automating the above process.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/bibtools&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://ctan.org/pkg/bibtools&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/utils/bibtool/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/utils/bibtool/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="151" LastEditorUserId="151" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-03T09:49:56.280" LastActivityDate="2010-12-03T09:49:56.280" />
  <row Id="6406" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6402" CreationDate="2010-12-02T13:09:58.183" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The document was turned into a PDF using Distiller, which I guess means it wasn't typeset using a Tex technology.  I wonder if those formulae could have been generated using Framemaker's Equation Editor.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Context, &lt;a href=&quot;http://sandbox.contextgarden.net/Reference/en/startnarrower&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the narrower start-stop environment&lt;/a&gt; would be the way to do this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\startnarrower[left=1.5in]&#xA;     Upper part&#xA;\stopnarrower&#xA;Exercises&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The narrower can be use with negative values to narrow the margins, rather than the text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-02T13:31:57.930" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T13:31:57.930" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6407" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6399" CreationDate="2010-12-02T13:14:02.517" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The rules for the incremental overlay specification are given as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\beamerpauses&lt;/code&gt; is initially set to 1&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;iIf &lt;code&gt;+&lt;/code&gt; is encountered in an overlay specification, all occurrences of &lt;code&gt;+&lt;/code&gt; are replaced by &lt;code&gt;\beamerpauses&lt;/code&gt;, then &lt;code&gt;\beamerpauses&lt;/code&gt; is incremented&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;If &lt;code&gt;.&lt;/code&gt; is encountered in an overlay specification, all occurrences of &lt;code&gt;.&lt;/code&gt; are replaced by &lt;code&gt;\beamerpauses&lt;/code&gt;-1; &lt;code&gt;\beamerpauses&lt;/code&gt; is not changed&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It might be easier to understand if you pretend this, which as far as I can see is equivalent:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\beamerpauses&lt;/code&gt; is initially set to 0&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;If &lt;code&gt;+&lt;/code&gt; is encountered in an overlay specification, &lt;code&gt;\beamerpauses&lt;/code&gt; is incremented and all occurrences of &lt;code&gt;+&lt;/code&gt; are replaced by &lt;code&gt;\beamerpauses&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;If &lt;code&gt;.&lt;/code&gt; is encountered in an overlay specification, all occurrences of &lt;code&gt;.&lt;/code&gt; are replaced by &lt;code&gt;\beamerpauses&lt;/code&gt;; &lt;code&gt;\beamerpauses&lt;/code&gt; is not changed&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you assume as well that &lt;code&gt;\alt&lt;/code&gt; is smart and gobbles the inactive argument rather than expands it, you would guess that &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\alt&amp;lt;-+&amp;gt;{\alert&amp;lt;+&amp;gt;{foo}\alert&amp;lt;+&amp;gt;{bar}}{\alert&amp;lt;.&amp;gt;{bar}\alert&amp;lt;.&amp;gt;{foo}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is the same as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\alt&amp;lt;-1&amp;gt;{\alert&amp;lt;+&amp;gt;{foo}\alert&amp;lt;+&amp;gt;{bar}}{\alert&amp;lt;.&amp;gt;{bar}\alert&amp;lt;.&amp;gt;{foo}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On slide 1, the first argument &lt;code&gt;\alert&amp;lt;+&amp;gt;{foo}\alert&amp;lt;+&amp;gt;{bar}&lt;/code&gt; is expanded, resulting in&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\alert&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;{foo}\alert&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;{bar}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After slide 1, the second argument &lt;code&gt;\alert&amp;lt;.&amp;gt;{bar}\alert&amp;lt;.&amp;gt;{foo}&lt;/code&gt; is instead expanded, resulting in&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\alert&amp;lt;1&amp;gt;{bar}\alert&amp;lt;1&amp;gt;{foo}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So in total the combination is equivalent to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\alt&amp;lt;-1&amp;gt;{\alert&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;{foo}\alert&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;{bar}}{\alert&amp;lt;1&amp;gt;{bar}\alert&amp;lt;1&amp;gt;{foo}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Put these in the same frame and you'll see they do the same thing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;-&lt;/code&gt; indicates an interval, so &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;2-4&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; means &quot;on slides 2 through 4.&quot;  Without explicit endpoints the first and last slide are substituted.  So the first &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;-+&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; specification is equivalent to &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;1-1&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;, which in turn is equivalent to &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;1&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Slide by slide we get:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;the &lt;code&gt;\alt&lt;/code&gt; expands &lt;code&gt;\alert&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;{foo}\alert&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;{bar}&lt;/code&gt;, which since &lt;code&gt;\beamerpauses&lt;/code&gt; is 1 is the same as &lt;code&gt;{foo}{bar}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;the &lt;code&gt;\alt&lt;/code&gt; expands &lt;code&gt;\alert&amp;lt;1&amp;gt;{bar}\alert&amp;lt;1&amp;gt;{foo}&lt;/code&gt;, which since &lt;code&gt;\beamerpauses&lt;/code&gt; is 2 is the same as &lt;code&gt;{bar}{foo}&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Advanced incremental-overlay-specification-fu involves offsetting &lt;code&gt;\beamerpauses&lt;/code&gt; with numbers in parentheses such as &lt;code&gt;\alert&amp;lt;.(2)-&amp;gt;{foo}\alert&amp;lt;+-&amp;gt;{bar}&lt;/code&gt;, which will alert first &lt;code&gt;bar&lt;/code&gt; then both &lt;code&gt;foo&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;bar&lt;/code&gt;.  This is how you can have parts of a frame (for instance, parts of tikzpictures) change dynamically without having them all in the same order as they are typeset on the frame or hard-coding their slide numbers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt; Yossi asked if &lt;code&gt;\alt&lt;/code&gt; really is &quot;smart&quot;.  If you look in the source code for &lt;code&gt;beamerbaseoverlay.sty&lt;/code&gt; you find:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%&#xA;% \alt and \altenv&#xA;%&#xA;\def\alt{\@ifnextchar&amp;lt;{\beamer@alt}{\beamer@alttwo}}&#xA;\long\def\beamer@alttwo#1#2{\beamer@ifnextcharospec{\beamer@altget{#1}{#2}}{#1}}&#xA;\long\def\beamer@altget#1#2&amp;lt;#3&amp;gt;{%&#xA;  \def\beamer@doifnotinframe{#2}\def\beamer@doifinframe{#1}%&#xA;  {\beamer@masterdecode{#3}}\beamer@donow}&#xA;\long\def\beamer@alt&amp;lt;#1&amp;gt;#2#3{%&#xA;  \def\beamer@doifnotinframe{#3}\def\beamer@doifinframe{#2}%&#xA;  {\beamer@masterdecode{#1}}\beamer@donow}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To me it looks the like the effect of &lt;code&gt;\alt&amp;lt;#1&amp;gt;{#2}{#3}&lt;/code&gt; is that &lt;code&gt;#2&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;#3&lt;/code&gt; are saved in macros which are expanded depending on whether &lt;code&gt;#1&lt;/code&gt; applies to the current frame.  I don't understand expansion completely but I believe that when &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt; is scanning for parameter text it doesn't expand that text until the point of replacement (as opposed to &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt;, which expands the parameter text before assigning it to &lt;code&gt;#n&lt;/code&gt;).  So yes, &lt;code&gt;\alt&lt;/code&gt; is &quot;smart&quot; in the sense that conditionally included text is not expanded until it's included.  I guess you could do a &lt;code&gt;\tracingall&lt;/code&gt; to know for sure.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ZYcR9.png&quot; alt=&quot;dangerous bend&quot;&gt; &lt;strong&gt;Late Edit&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Couldn't help but paste in this frame I'm working on right now.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{frame}[label=integral-of-x]{Example: Integral of $x$}&#xA;\begin{example}&amp;lt;+-&amp;gt;&#xA;Find $\int_0^3 x\,dx$&#xA;\end{example}&#xA;\begin{solution}&amp;lt;+-&amp;gt;&#xA;\action&amp;lt;.-&amp;gt;{For any $n$ we have $\alert&amp;lt;.(5)&amp;gt;{\Delta x = \frac{3}{n}}$ and for each $i$ between $0$ and $n$, $\alert&amp;lt;.(4)&amp;gt;{x_i = \frac{3i}{n}}$.}&#xA;\action&amp;lt;+-&amp;gt;{For each $i$, take $x_i$ to represent the function on the $i$th interval.}&#xA;\action&amp;lt;+-&amp;gt;{So}&#xA;\begin{align*}&#xA;    \action&amp;lt;.-&amp;gt;{\int_0^3 x\,dx = \lim_{n\to\infty} R_n }&#xA;        \action&amp;lt;+-&amp;gt;{&amp;amp;= \lim_{n\to\infty} \sum_{i=1}^n \alert&amp;lt;.(1)&amp;gt;{f(x_i)}\,\alert&amp;lt;.(2)&amp;gt;{\Delta x}}&#xA;        \action&amp;lt;+-&amp;gt;{ = \lim_{n\to\infty}\sum_{i=1}^n &#xA;            \alert&amp;lt;.&amp;gt;{\left(\frac{\alert&amp;lt;.(2)&amp;gt;{3}i}{\alert&amp;lt;.(2)&amp;gt;{n}}\right)}&#xA;            \alert&amp;lt;+&amp;gt;{\left(\frac{\alert&amp;lt;.(1)&amp;gt;{3}}{\alert&amp;lt;.(1)&amp;gt;{n}}\right) }\\}&#xA;        \action&amp;lt;+-&amp;gt;{&amp;amp;= \lim_{n\to\infty}\alert&amp;lt;.&amp;gt;{\frac{9}{n^2}} \alert&amp;lt;.(1)&amp;gt;{\sum_{i=1}^n i}}&#xA;        \action&amp;lt;+-&amp;gt;{ = \alert&amp;lt;.(1)&amp;gt;{\lim_{n\to\infty}}\frac{9}{\alert&amp;lt;.(1)&amp;gt;{n^2}} &#xA;            \cdot \alert&amp;lt;.&amp;gt;{\frac{\alert&amp;lt;.(1)&amp;gt;{n(n+1)}}{2}}}&#xA;        \action&amp;lt;+-&amp;gt;{= \frac{9}{2}\alert&amp;lt;.&amp;gt;{\cdot 1}}&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;\end{solution}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-02T16:55:41.837" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T16:55:41.837" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="6408" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6389" CreationDate="2010-12-02T13:14:32.313" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's one with eplain:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\input eplain&#xA;$$&#xA;  \matrix{x \mapleft^R {\cal Z}_q &amp;amp;&#xA;  \adjmapleft^{\mathstrut\alpha = g^x}_{\beta = g^y} &amp;amp;&#xA;  y \mapleft^R {\cal Z}_q \cr&#xA;  g^{xy} &amp;amp;&amp;amp; g^{xy}}&#xA;$$&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which looks like:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/25lxY.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; title=&quot;Hosted by imgur.com&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;No harpoons, though :-(&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update&lt;/strong&gt;:&#xA;Regarding the way some arrows and such expand to the “contents”, I just wanted to point out that there seems to be a couple of ways of achieving that:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Character combinations with &lt;code&gt;\leaders&lt;/code&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;pro&lt;/em&gt;: expands nicely—as long or as short as necessary&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;contra&lt;/em&gt;: the combination can be clearly seen &lt;em&gt;on display&lt;/em&gt; for some reason (not in print). Depending on zoom-levels and the used reader, the effect can be jarring. I remember seeing a discussion about this, but can't remember if there was some good results achieved.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Selecting a fitting variant based on the content&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;pro&lt;/em&gt;: looks nice and crisp on screen, too&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;contra&lt;/em&gt;: doesn't necessary expand as long as needed.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, regarding the second list item in the context of XeTeX and Unicode, some characters seem to support automatic variant selection. I don't know if that happens at the font itself, XeTeX, or somewhere else. Regardless, I've compiled a set of macros to support the expansion of &lt;code&gt;\rightleftharpoons&lt;/code&gt; in XeTeX. At the risk of being the laughingstock of tex.SE, I'd like to share them:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\input something_that_sets_up_fonts_and_mathchars_etc_with_say_XITS_Math&#xA;\def\buildharpoons#1#2{$\vcenter{\hbox{\ooalign{%&#xA;  \lower1.25\fontdimen5\textfont1\hbox{$#1$}\crcr&#xA;  $#2$\crcr}}}$}&#xA;\def\rlshortharpoons{\buildharpoons{%&#xA;  \XeTeXmathchar&quot;3&quot;1&quot;E049}{\XeTeXmathchar&quot;3&quot;1&quot;E04D}}&#xA;\def\rlmedharpoons{\buildharpoons{%&#xA;  \XeTeXmathchar&quot;3&quot;1&quot;E092}{\XeTeXmathchar&quot;3&quot;1&quot;E096}}&#xA;\def\rlMedharpoons{\buildharpoons{%&#xA;  \XeTeXmathchar&quot;3&quot;1&quot;E0C7}{\XeTeXmathchar&quot;3&quot;1&quot;E0CB}}&#xA;\def\rllongharpoons{\buildharpoons{%&#xA;  \XeTeXmathchar&quot;3&quot;1&quot;E0FB}{\XeTeXmathchar&quot;3&quot;1&quot;E0FF}}&#xA;\def\rlLongharpoons{\buildharpoons{%&#xA;  \XeTeXmathchar&quot;3&quot;1&quot;E126}{\XeTeXmathchar&quot;3&quot;1&quot;E12A}}&#xA;\def\buildharprel#1#2#3{\mathrel{\mathop{#1}\limits^{#2}_{#3}}}&#xA;\def\harpoons#1#2{%&#xA;  \setbox0=\hbox{\rlshortharpoons}\setbox1=\hbox{\rlmedharpoons}&#xA;  \setbox2=\hbox{\rlMedharpoons}  \setbox3=\hbox{\rllongharpoons}&#xA;  \setbox4=\hbox{\rlLongharpoons}&#xA;  \setbox5=\hbox{$#1$} \setbox6=\hbox{$#2$}&#xA;  \ifdim\wd5&amp;lt;\wd6 \dimen7=\wd6 \else\dimen7=\wd5 \fi&#xA;  \ifdim\dimen7&amp;lt;\wd0 \buildharprel{\box0}{#1}{#2}&#xA;    \else\ifdim\dimen7&amp;lt;\wd1 \buildharprel{\box1}{#1}{#2}&#xA;      \else\ifdim\dimen7&amp;lt;\wd2 \buildharprel{\box2}{#1}{#2}&#xA;        \else\ifdim\dimen7&amp;lt;\wd3 \buildharprel{\box3}{#1}{#2}&#xA;          \else\buildharprel{\box4}{#1}{#2}\fi\fi\fi\fi}&#xA;$$&#xA;  x \mathop{\longleftarrow}\limits^R {\cal Z}&#xA;  \harpoons{\alpha=g^x}{\beta = g^y} y&#xA;  \harpoons{\alpha}{\beta} q&#xA;  \mathop{\longleftarrow}\limits^R {\cal Z_q}&#xA;$$&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which could look like (I modified the formula just to show the expansion, quite probably making it nonsense in the process):&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Wbmx2.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; title=&quot;Hosted by imgur.com&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I realize the &lt;code&gt;\harpoons&lt;/code&gt;-macro sure could use some optimization, but there you go.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastEditorUserId="1410" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-04T15:53:31.727" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T15:53:31.727" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6409" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6393" CreationDate="2010-12-02T13:34:26.570" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nbibtex.  See &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1380/how-to-avoid-bibtex-error-message-repeated-entry-for-an-entry-appearing-in-seve/1389#1389&quot;&gt;my answer&lt;/a&gt; to the &lt;em&gt;how to avoid bibtex error message “repeated entry” for an entry appearing in several bibtex files?&lt;/em&gt; question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T13:34:26.570" />
  <row Id="6410" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6402" CreationDate="2010-12-02T13:46:01.683" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are various ways to change the margins on-the-fly or to overwrite them.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;If the exercises are in a box without page break you can use simply \hspace*:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum,multicol}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;&#xA;\vfill&#xA;\noindent\hspace*{-3cm}%&#xA;\begin{minipage}{\dimexpr\textwidth+3cm}&#xA;\begin{multicols}{2}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\end{multicols}&#xA;\end{minipage}        &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or see &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=chngmargonfly&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=chngmargonfly&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T13:46:01.683" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6411" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6400" CreationDate="2010-12-02T13:55:05.703" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It depends a bit on the content of the table. If it has only two columns, I would use a list. If each entry is only on one row, you could use tabbing. If there are columns of type &quot;p&quot; you could replace the table by lines with \parboxes (The package eqparbox can help to synchronize their sizes). If you need headers and footers you could look at supertabular. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T13:55:05.703" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6412" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6400" CreationDate="2010-12-02T13:56:12.947" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could do it by hand using &lt;code&gt;\vsplit&lt;/code&gt;.  Set the table in a really long vbox, and break up the table one column at a time.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T13:56:12.947" />
  <row Id="6413" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-02T14:09:06.727" Score="4" ViewCount="110" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is a simple version to my question, and a complex version. First, the simple version: I want to generate label names by combining a constant string with a counter's value, something like what is done here:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/pipermail/texhax/2006-July/006599.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://tug.org/pipermail/texhax/2006-July/006599.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\addnextlabel}{\stepcounter{foo}\label{bar:\arabic{foo}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But when I use this, I get a bunch of warnings about multiply-defined labels. It appears they are all getting named the same thing, using the highest value of counter foo. I guess this has to do with the order TeX evaluates things, as suggested by the answer in the link above. Can anyone do a better job explaining this than the response there?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now the more complex problem, and what I'm really trying to solve: I'm using the lineno package, which has a &lt;code&gt;\linelabel&lt;/code&gt; command that works much like &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt;. You can get the label's line number using &lt;code&gt;\ref{labelname}&lt;/code&gt;. It's these labels I really want to number with a counter. I tried applying the linked solution to &lt;code&gt;\linelabel&lt;/code&gt;, but I couldn't get it to work. Any ideas how I might do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2246" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-02T14:27:55.250" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T16:20:25.310" Title="Building labels out of counters" Tags="&lt;labels&gt;&lt;expansion&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6414" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6413" CreationDate="2010-12-02T14:14:38.690" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;You need to use &lt;code&gt;\refstepcounter&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\stepcounter&lt;/code&gt;. This must be badly documented somewhere — lots of people make this mistake.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;You might need to save the linelabel counter to a counter of your own, decrement it, and then &lt;code&gt;\refstepcounter&lt;/code&gt; it again. (Hope this explanation's not too brief; I'm in a hurry.)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T14:14:38.690" />
  <row Id="6415" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6950" CreationDate="2010-12-02T14:30:24.013" Score="4" ViewCount="560" Body="&lt;p&gt;The algorithmic sample code that I am using is something like this:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;‎\begin{algorithm}[h]‎  &#xA;\caption{Caption Here‎.} \label{alg:Name}  ‎‎   &#xA;\begin{algorithmic}[1]‎  &#xA;‎\REQUIRE‎  &#xA;‎\ENSURE‎  &#xA;  ‎\STATE‎  &#xA;  ‎\STATE‎  &#xA;  ‎\STATE‎     &#xA;‎\end{algorithmic}     ‎&#xA;‎\end{algorithm}‎  &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;How can I customize the algorithmic output? for example, when I just entered the \REQUIRE it give me the Setup keyword. BTW, I don't want the numbering along each line, may be I just should not use this package at all :D.   &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried to bypass using such package with some \hrule and \rule defined above and below the text like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\rule{\textwidth}{‎2‎pt}  &#xA;Some text goes here for cation of the algorithm  &#xA;\rule{\textwidth}{‎2‎pt}   &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But the text and everything in between goes to the outside of page margin. I just used the code    &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\vspace{2pt}‎‎‎‎‎‎  &#xA;\hrule‎  &#xA;‎\vspace{2pt}         &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;‎‎‎‎‎&#xA;instead of the second &lt;code&gt;\rule&lt;/code&gt; but still not satisfied with the output, esp. the thickness of the &lt;code&gt;\hrule&lt;/code&gt;.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ObVBW.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please ignore the Persian writings, I want the headline of my algorithm like that without using algorithmic, or using algorithmic package and customized texts for '\ENSURE' and '\REQUIRE'.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit (New Question)&lt;/strong&gt;: How can I have the same output using ordinary lines? In other words, how can I define the thickness of two consecutive lines such that the text in-between does not fall outside of the page margin?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2244" LastEditorUserId="2244" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-04T09:27:08.617" LastActivityDate="2010-12-12T11:03:08.817" Title="Customizing &quot;Algorithmic&quot; or generating output of the same style" Tags="&lt;algorithms&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6416" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-02T14:35:15.753" Score="3" ViewCount="122" Body="&lt;p&gt;Consider the following example (Plain TeX):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%%%%%&#xA;&#xA;Tttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttt-&#xA;&#xA;Test.&#xA;&#xA;\end&#xA;&#xA;%%%%%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first line produces a paragraph ended by dash with (small) overfull. For some strange reason TeX leaves an extra (empty) line after this paragraph (with corresponding &quot;Underfull \hbox (badness 10000)&quot; message in log file). Any explanations of such behaviour? TIA&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2248" LastEditorUserId="1424" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-02T17:33:57.083" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T17:41:59.500" Title="Extra line after the paragraph ended by dash with overfull" Tags="&lt;paragraphs&gt;&lt;dashes&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6417" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6424" CreationDate="2010-12-02T15:30:55.643" Score="4" ViewCount="220" Body="&lt;p&gt;How to find the ratio of a length command (e.g., &lt;code&gt;\textwidth&lt;/code&gt;) to a reference value (e.g., &lt;code&gt;6cm&lt;/code&gt;) ? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT 1:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Actually I want to use the ratio for the \scalebox argument, e.g., &lt;code&gt;\scalebox{&amp;lt;ratio&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT 2:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[showframe=true]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{pst-node}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{fp}&#xA;\usepackage{pgf}&#xA;\pgfmathsetmacro{\ratio}{\the\textwidth/(6cm)}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;  \FPdiv\thecm{6}{2.54} %72.27&#xA;  \FPmul\thecminpoints{\thecm}{72.27}&#xA;  \FPdiv\thescale{\strip@pt\textwidth}{\thecminpoints}%&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\noindent%&#xA;%\scalebox{\thescale}{%&#xA;\scalebox{\ratio}{%&#xA;\begin{pspicture}(6,4)&#xA;\pnode(2,2){A}\psframe(A)&#xA;\pnode(4,2){B}\pscircle(B){2}&#xA;\end{pspicture}}&#xA;\uput[-135](A){$A$}&#xA;\rput(B){$B$}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/nTCZt.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT 3:&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;Both Yainnis and Matthew solved my problem. However, considering the simplicity, I prefer the Matthew's. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-02T16:56:22.840" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T16:56:22.840" Title="How to find the ratio of a length command (e.g., \textwidth) to a reference value (e.g., 6cm) ?" Tags="&lt;calculations&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="6418" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6417" CreationDate="2010-12-02T15:44:59.303" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;code&gt;\the\textwidth&lt;/code&gt; to give you the value of the dimension in points and you can use that to calculate the width in cm (in inch (1 in is 72.27 pt)). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can automate all these with LaTeX calculations depending for what you need the calculations. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would use the &lt;code&gt;fp&lt;/code&gt; package for the calculations as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;  \FPdiv\thecm{6}{2.54} %72.27&#xA;  \FPmul\thecminpoints{\thecm}{72.27}&#xA;  \FPdiv\thescale{\strip@pt\textwidth}{\thecminpoints}%&#xA;  \thescale&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\scalebox{\thescale}{Test}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-02T16:09:11.643" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T16:09:11.643" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="6419" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6417" CreationDate="2010-12-02T15:52:36.297" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think you probably want&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\resizebox{0.5\textwidth}{!}{...}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T15:52:36.297" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="6420" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6393" CreationDate="2010-12-02T16:14:31.767" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mendeley.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Mendeley&lt;/a&gt; to store and organize my articles, then use separate internal libraries for each project.  Each library can then be exported to a bibtex file.  It also has the added benefit of a shortcut (CTRL-K to get a latex entry copied to the clipboard).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="277" LastEditorUserId="791" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-17T08:59:03.493" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T08:59:03.493" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6421" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6417" CreationDate="2010-12-02T16:18:17.343" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;TeX doesn't have a data type for decimal numbers and can't natively divide dimensions (for the mathematicians: TeX's dimensions form a one-dimensional vector space over the field of rational numbers, but not a field by themselves).  You can use &lt;code&gt;pgfmath&lt;/code&gt; to do it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pgf}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\pgfmathsetmacro{\ratio}{\the\textwidth/(6cm)}&#xA;\scalebox{\ratio}{\fbox{stuff}}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But the confused questions and presumptive answers are saying that there might be a better way to get what you really want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T16:18:17.343" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="6422" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6413" CreationDate="2010-12-02T16:20:25.310" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;your \addnextlabel works fine in standard latex (for me) -- you're presumably using one of the myriad packages that fiddles with the reference mechanism.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;i would expect&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\addnextlabel}{\stepcounter{foo}%&#xA;  \edef\baz{\noexpand\label{bar:arabic{foo}}}%&#xA;  \baz&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to do the job for you, if my hypothesis is correct.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2250" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T16:20:25.310" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6423" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6425" CreationDate="2010-12-02T16:31:56.047" Score="3" ViewCount="127" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is probably a simple question, but I can't find the answer anywhere. How can I tell tex (latex specifically) not to format a piece of text? I.e. I want to keep indentation, line breaks, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1560" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-02T16:36:20.870" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T16:45:28.450" Title="Latex equivalent of &lt;pre&gt;" Tags="&lt;verbatim&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6424" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6417" CreationDate="2010-12-02T16:42:38.667" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;TeX can do 64-bit integer mul-divs; the resulting integer can be converted to a decimal number via the sp-to-pt conversion:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\strip@pt\dimexpr\number\numexpr\number\textwidth*65536/\number\dimexpr6cm\relax\relax sp\relax&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or, more general:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand*{\DivideLengths}[2]{%&#xA;  \strip@pt\dimexpr\number\numexpr\number\dimexpr#1\relax*65536/\number\dimexpr#2\relax\relax sp\relax&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\DivideLengths{\textwidth - 0.2\textheight}{2cm + 4cm}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastEditorUserId="345" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-02T16:51:40.003" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T16:51:40.003" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="6425" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6423" CreationDate="2010-12-02T16:45:28.450" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think the closest thing that will do what you want is the &lt;code&gt;alltt&lt;/code&gt; package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{alltt}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{alltt}&#xA;\rmfamily&#xA;hello \emph{emph}&#xA;  there&#xA;lipsum&#xA;\end{alltt}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately &lt;code&gt;alltt&lt;/code&gt; doesn't contain any features to globally change the font it uses, but as you can see setting it to use roman manually works fine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T16:45:28.450" />
  <row Id="6426" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6416" CreationDate="2010-12-02T17:28:54.150" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It appears to be because the hyphen implies a discretionary break after it. Since the line is overfull no matter what, the break is taken, and leaves a lone space token that winds up on a line of its own.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you insert&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\showboxbreadth=999&#xA;\showboxdepth=999&#xA;\showlists&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;after the long line (with a blank line in between), you will see this in the log file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;### vertical mode entered at line 0&#xA;### current page:&#xA;\glue(\topskip) 3.16669&#xA;\hbox(6.83331+0.0)x469.75499&#xA;.\hbox(0.0+0.0)x20.0&#xA;.\tenrm T&#xA;.\tenrm t&#xA;.\tenrm t&#xA;…&#xA;.\tenrm t&#xA;.\tenrm t&#xA;.\tenrm -&#xA;.\discretionary&#xA;.\glue(\rightskip) 0.0&#xA;.\rule(*+*)x5.0&#xA;\penalty 400&#xA;\glue(\baselineskip) 12.0&#xA;\hbox(0.0+0.0)x469.75499&#xA;.\glue(\rightskip) 0.0&#xA;total height 22.0&#xA; goal height 643.20255&#xA;prevdepth 0.0, prevgraf 2 lines&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Interestingly, there is no &lt;code&gt;\parfillskip&lt;/code&gt; there, so maybe my theory is lacking some piece of the puzzle. But you do get the same result if the dash is replaced by &lt;code&gt;\discretionary{}{}{}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T17:28:54.150" />
  <row Id="6427" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6416" CreationDate="2010-12-02T17:41:59.500" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;TeX breaks the line because of the dash. You could use &lt;code&gt;\hbox&lt;/code&gt; to prevent that. If you end that line this way&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;...tttttt\hbox{-}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the extra line would go away.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T17:41:59.500" />
  <row Id="6428" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6429" CreationDate="2010-12-02T18:03:21.033" Score="3" ViewCount="142" Body="&lt;p&gt;I’d like to use the &lt;code&gt;cleveref&lt;/code&gt; package but I don’t like that it inserts most names as abbreviations; for instance, it will print “… fig. 2.1 …” instead of “… figure 2.1 …”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way of changing that &lt;em&gt;without&lt;/em&gt; manually changing all the &lt;code&gt;crefname&lt;/code&gt;s? There doesn’t seem to be an appropriate option.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Furthermore, when used in conjunction with the &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; package, only the number is actually linked. The text in front of it (“figure” in my example) isn’t. Can this also be changed (again, without redefining all the commands)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2010-12-24T11:54:27.243" Title="Not using abbreviations with cleveref" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;cross-referencing&gt;&lt;cleveref&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6429" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6428" CreationDate="2010-12-02T18:23:15.547" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hm, there indeed seems to be no option for non-abbreviation, which is annoying, because \Cref does it, only along with capitalization. Looking briefly at the source, we at least have a convenient list I ran through &quot;lowercase selection&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \makeatletter&#xA; \AtBeginDocument{%&#xA;    \crefname@preamble{equation}{equation}{equations}%&#xA;    \crefname@preamble{chapter}{chapter}{chapters}%&#xA;    \crefname@preamble{section}{section}{sections}%&#xA;    \crefname@preamble{appendix}{appendix}{appendices}%&#xA;    \crefname@preamble{enumi}{item}{items}%&#xA;    \crefname@preamble{footnote}{footnote}{footnotes}%&#xA;    \crefname@preamble{figure}{figure}{figures}%&#xA;    \crefname@preamble{table}{table}{tables}%&#xA;    \crefname@preamble{theorem}{theorem}{theorems}%&#xA;    \crefname@preamble{lemma}{lemma}{lemmas}%&#xA;    \crefname@preamble{corollary}{corollary}{corollaries}%&#xA;    \crefname@preamble{proposition}{proposition}{propositions}%&#xA;    \crefname@preamble{definition}{definition}{definitions}%&#xA;    \crefname@preamble{result}{result}{results}%&#xA;    \crefname@preamble{example}{example}{examples}%&#xA;    \crefname@preamble{remark}{remark}{remarks}%&#xA;    \crefname@preamble{note}{note}{notes}%&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but I agree that it's clumsy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1860" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T18:23:15.547" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6430" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6402" CreationDate="2010-12-02T18:36:31.787" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The layout of the pages is somewhat reminiscent of some of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/tufte-latex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tufte-latex&lt;/a&gt; document classes.  They both have the same wide margin, with notes, figures and tables, and tufte-latex classes do have a way to insert material that will use the full width of the page.  I am sure Stewart did not use these, since his books predate tufte-latex, as far as I know.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T18:36:31.787" />
  <row Id="6431" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-02T18:42:33.560" Score="0" ViewCount="194" Body="&lt;p&gt;What options exist for doing something like this?  I'm particularly interested in LaTeX that describes mathematics.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1595" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-02T19:00:14.893" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T17:52:14.540" Title="Options for converting LaTeX to plain text" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;conversion&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6432" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6342" CreationDate="2010-12-02T19:10:16.457" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The code adds some completely useless invisible (or rather white) stuff. The lines&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\clip(0pt,403pt) -- (389.957pt,403pt) -- (389.957pt,99.6166pt) -- (0pt,99.6166pt) -- (0pt,403pt);&#xA;\color[rgb]{1,1,1}&#xA;\fill(3.76406pt,399.236pt) -- (380.923pt,399.236pt) -- (380.923pt,253.19pt) -- (3.76406pt,253.19pt) -- (3.76406pt,399.236pt);&#xA;\fill(53.4497pt,394.719pt) -- (374.901pt,394.719pt) -- (374.901pt,289.325pt) -- (53.4497pt,289.325pt) -- (53.4497pt,394.719pt);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;draw a white background that is larger than the actual picture. TikZ sees that and thinks it is part of the picture. Simply removing/uncommenting these lines removes most of the whitespace.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Near the end of the first scope,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\color[rgb]{1,1,1}&#xA;\fill(3.76406pt,249.426pt) -- (386.193pt,249.426pt) -- (386.193pt,103.381pt) -- (3.76406pt,103.381pt) -- (3.76406pt,249.426pt);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;does the same.&#xA;Additionally (near the end of the second &lt;code&gt;scope&lt;/code&gt;),&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pgftext[center, base, at={\pgfpoint{220.95pt}{106.392pt}}]{\sffamily\fontsize{9}{0}\selectfont{\textbf{ }}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;adds a blank node below the picture, again enlarging the bounding box.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Removing all those lines gives a tight bounding box.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As far as I know, TikZ cannot do the cropping for you, as it can't know whether the white stuff is intentional or not (there might for example be a dark background behind the image so that white is visible).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T19:10:16.457" />
  <row Id="6433" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6133" CreationDate="2010-12-02T19:15:13.033" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure what &lt;code&gt;switch&lt;/code&gt; is supposed to be. I don't remember putting that bipole in CircuiTikz, and your code doesn't compile here, complaining about that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I substituted:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\draw (-3,2) to[ospst=${\rm s_1}$] (-1,2);&#xA;\draw (-1,2) to[ospst=${\rm s_2}$] (1,2);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and it works for me. Is that what you need?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;M.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2254" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T19:15:13.033" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6434" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6415" CreationDate="2010-12-02T20:13:58.000" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The (redefinable) definitions of the algorithms package are listed on p. 13 of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/algorithms/algorithms.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;documentation&lt;/a&gt;.&#xA;Example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\algorithmicrequire}{\textbf{Require:}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to change the effects of &lt;code&gt;\REQUIRE&lt;/code&gt; to, say, &lt;em&gt;Whatever:&lt;/em&gt; (typeset in italic), add the following to the preamble of your document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\algorithmicrequire}{\textit{Whatever:}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T20:13:58.000" />
  <row Id="6435" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6258" CreationDate="2010-12-02T20:15:51.503" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's an admittedly hackish solution I just whipped up using TikZ:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\bt@parent@index#1{\count0=#1\typeout{c01: \the\count0}\advance\count0 by -1\typeout{c02: \the\count0}\divide\count0 by 2\typeout{c03: \the\count0}\the\count0}&#xA;\newenvironment{binarytree}[1]{&#xA;  \begingroup&#xA;  \newcount\totaldepth\totaldepth=#1&#xA;  \def\edge##1##2{\expandafter\edef\csname bt@edge##1\endcsname{##2}}&#xA;  \def\leaf##1##2{\expandafter\edef\csname bt@leaf##1\endcsname{##2}}&#xA;}{&#xA;  \newcount\rowlength % The number of nodes in the current generation of the tree&#xA;  \rowlength=1&#xA;  \newcount\numnodes\numnodes=0&#xA;  \pgfmathparse{2^(\the\totaldepth)}&#xA;  \newdimen\nodespread\nodespread=\pgfmathresult cm&#xA;  %% Each node will be labeled as `node#', where # is its index.  The nodes are indexed as if they were in an Ahnentafel list.&#xA;  \newcount\parent&#xA;  \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \foreach \depth in {1,...,\the\totaldepth} {&#xA;        \foreach \i in {1,...,\the\rowlength} {&#xA;          \pgfmathparse{(\the\numnodes - 1) / 2}&#xA;          \parent=\pgfmathresult&#xA;          \ifnum\parent=\numnodes&#xA;            %% Special case for the root node of the tree&#xA;            \node[fill,circle,inner sep=2pt] at (0,0) (node\the\numnodes) {};&#xA;          \else\pgfmathparse{int(mod(\i,2))}\ifnum\pgfmathresult=1&#xA;            %% This is the first node of a subtree's generation&#xA;            \node[fill,circle,inner sep=2pt] at ([yshift=-1cm,xshift=-0.7\nodespread] node\the\parent) (node\the\numnodes) {};&#xA;          \else&#xA;            %% This is a node in the middle of a generation&#xA;            \count0=\the\numnodes&#xA;            \advance\count0 by -1&#xA;            \node[right of=node\the\count0,right=\nodespread,fill,circle,inner sep=2pt] (node\the\numnodes) {};&#xA;          \fi\fi&#xA;          \ifnum\parent&amp;lt;\numnodes&#xA;            %% Draw the edge to the parent&#xA;            \draw (node\the\parent) -- node[sloped,above] {\csname bt@edge\the\numnodes\endcsname} (node\the\numnodes);&#xA;          \fi&#xA;          \ifnum\depth=\totaldepth&#xA;            %% We are drawing a leaf, so see if it has a label&#xA;            \node[below of=node\the\numnodes] (leaf\the\numnodes) {\csname bt@leaf\the\numnodes\endcsname};&#xA;          \fi&#xA;          \global\advance\numnodes by 1&#xA;        }&#xA;        \global\multiply\rowlength by 2&#xA;        \global\nodespread=0.5\nodespread&#xA;    }&#xA;  \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \endgroup&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You'll have to tweak it a bit to get the desired spacing between nodes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Just stick that code that the top of your document (or in a new &lt;code&gt;.sty&lt;/code&gt;).  Then you can use it like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{binarytree}{3} %% The &quot;3&quot; here is the depth of the tree&#xA;    \edge{1}{First edge.}&#xA;    \edge{5}{Edge 5.}&#xA;    \leaf{3}{Leaf 1}&#xA;    \leaf{4}{Leaf 2}&#xA;    \leaf{5}{Leaf 3}&#xA;\end{binarytree}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The edges and leaves are indexed according to their order in the tree's associated &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Binary_tree#Ahnentafel_list&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Ahnentafel list&lt;/a&gt;.  The result should look like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/smLBs.png&quot; alt=&quot;Resulting tree.&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="737" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T20:15:51.503" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6436" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5125" CreationDate="2010-12-02T20:57:23.097" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another option would be to use shorter lines in the first place.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1189" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T20:57:23.097" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6437" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-02T21:16:51.837" Score="2" ViewCount="199" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've been trying to get the Meiryo font to work with LaTeX CJK for quite a while now, but for some reason or other it's always refused to work.  I gave it another go today, and managed to actually get some output, but it wasn't really what I expected.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For some reason, processing Hiragana results in characters that I've never seen before being produced in the PDF.  A few of the Kanji that I've written are unscathed, but many are replaced by unexpected characters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've successfully used the guide at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www-alg.ist.hokudai.ac.jp/~jan/japfonts.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www-alg.ist.hokudai.ac.jp/~jan/japfonts.html&lt;/a&gt; to allow CJK to use the IPA fonts, but having followed the same tutorial with Meiryo doesn't result in anything usable.  My suspicion is that the Unicode glyphs are in the wrong places, or something along those lines.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've got the .tfm files produced by running ttf2tfm on meiryo.ttc in /usr/share/texmf-texlive/fonts/tfm/meiryo, and the .td files in /usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/CJK fonts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The contents of the relevant .td and .map files are as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;c70meiryo.td:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareFontFamily{C70}{meiryo}{\hyphenchar \font\m@ne}&#xA;\DeclareFontShape{C70}{meiryo}{m}{n}{&amp;lt;-&amp;gt; CJK * meiryo}{}&#xA;\DeclareFontShape{C70}{meiryo}{bx}{n}{&amp;lt;-&amp;gt; CJKb * meiryo}{\CJKbold}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ttfonts.map (only relevant bits)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;ipam@UJIS@ ipam.ttf&#xA;ipam-uni@Unicode@ ipam.ttf&#xA;meiryo@Unicode@ meiryo.ttc&#xA;msjh@Unicode@ unicode msjh.ttf&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, here's a part of the document that I'm trying to make with this font - I'm using the flashcards package, but I feel that it's unlikely that that has much of an impact on the font problem.  I'm using an a4 paper size for the cards, and there's no default .cfg file for that, so if necessary you can either change the paper type to avery5371 in the documentclass, or make a file a4paper.cfg in your flashcards directory (mine is /usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/flashcards), and put in the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1996/12/01]&#xA;\ProvidesFile{a4paper.cfg}&#xA;\newcommand{\cardpapermode}{portrait}&#xA;\newcommand{\cardpaper}{a4paper}&#xA;\newcommand{\cardrows}{5}&#xA;\newcommand{\cardcolumns}{2}&#xA;\setlength{\cardheight}{2.126in}&#xA;\setlength{\cardwidth}{3.346in}&#xA;\setlength{\topoffset}{0.5in}&#xA;\setlength{\oddoffset}{1.0in}&#xA;\setlength{\evenoffset}{1.0in}&#xA;&#xA;\endinput&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A LaTeX document to use for any testing, if required (it throws up some other errors that I haven't worked around yet).  Currently uses meiryo encoding.  Default for CJK is min, I think:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,grid]{flashcards}&#xA;\usepackage{verbatim}&#xA;\usepackage{CJK}&#xA;\usepackage{ruby}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand{\rubysize}{0.4}&#xA;\renewcommand{\rubysep}{-0.8}&#xA;&#xA;\cardfrontstyle[\fontsize{90pt}{0.2cm}\slshape]{headings}&#xA;\cardbackstyle{plain}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\df}[3]{#1 -- #2 -- #3}&#xA;\newcommand{\rdf}[3]{\ruby{#1}{#2} -- #3}&#xA;\newcommand{\md}{\fontsize{18pt} \selectfont}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{CJK}{UTF8}{meiryo}&#xA;  \begin{flashcard}{映}&#xA;    \begin{tabular}{cc}&#xA;      \begin{minipage}[b]{0.5\linewidth}\centering&#xA;        \begin{tabular}{c}&#xA;          \textbf{Reflect}\\&#xA;        \end{tabular}&#xA;      \end{minipage}&#xA;      \hspace{-1cm}&#xA;      &amp;amp;\begin{minipage}[b]{0.5\linewidth}\centering&#xA;        \md&#xA;        \begin{tabular}{c}&#xA;          うつ--る\\&#xA;          うつ--す\\&#xA;          えい&#xA;        \end{tabular}&#xA;      \end{minipage}&#xA;      \vspace*{0.1cm}&#xA;    \end{table}&#xA;    \fontsize{12pt} \selectfont&#xA;    \begin{tabular}{l}&#xA;      \rdf{映画}{えいが}{Movie}\\&#xA;      \rdf{上映}{じょうえい}{Show a movie}\\&#xA;      \rdf{放映}{ほうえい}{Televising}&#xA;    \end{tabular}&#xA;  \end{flashcard}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here are some pictures of what I'm talking about:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Compiling the above using meiryo as the font:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/kcgms.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;with ipam as the font:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/JmU9b.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any ideas as to what the problem may be, and how I should go about fixing it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2256" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-10T22:42:02.753" LastActivityDate="2011-01-10T22:42:02.753" Title="Han characters replace Hiragana when using Meiryo font with CJK" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;cjk&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6438" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6439" CreationDate="2010-12-02T21:37:13.337" Score="4" ViewCount="254" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the correct way to label and captionize a tkizpicture inside a tabular environment? (Since figures are not allowed inside a tabular)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Excerpt from my .tex:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}{l r}&#xA;&#xA;&amp;amp;&#xA;   \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;   ... % I want to label this tikzpicutre and give it a nice caption&#xA;   \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Outside the tabular I would have done it like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;   \begin{figure}&#xA;   \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;   ... &#xA;   \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;   \label{fig:...}\caption{...}&#xA;   \end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Basically I want to create a page that looks like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;----------------------------&#xA;|Text Text    TKIZ    TKIZ |&#xA;|TextText     TKIZ    TKIZ |&#xA;| Text Text   Figure X: ...|&#xA;|                          |&#xA;|This text is under the    |&#xA;|table and references above|&#xA;|TKIZ Figure with \ref{..} |&#xA;----------------------------&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="752" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-04T00:10:11.587" LastActivityDate="2010-12-04T00:10:11.587" Title="How to Label and Caption a Tikzpicture inside a tabular environment" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;tables&gt;&lt;cross-referencing&gt;&lt;captions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6439" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6438" CreationDate="2010-12-02T22:20:29.257" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I recommend to use the &lt;code&gt;\captionof&lt;/code&gt; command of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/caption&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;caption&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package (or load the tiny &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/capt-of&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;capt-of&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package instead). This command produces captions within other environments than figure or table and even lists them in the list of figures resp. tables.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a complete example for demonstration:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usepackage{caption}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\listoffigures&#xA;\bigskip&#xA;\section*{Test table}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{lp{4cm}}&#xA;Text text text &amp;amp;&#xA;   \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;     \draw (0,0) -&amp;gt; (4,0);&#xA;   \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;   \captionof{figure}{Sample picture}&#xA;   \label{tikz}&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;See fig. \ref{tikz}.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Lgbsm.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Btw. use &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt; &lt;em&gt;after&lt;/em&gt; &lt;code&gt;\caption&lt;/code&gt;, unlike in the example in your question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T22:20:29.257" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6440" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6441" CreationDate="2010-12-02T22:22:41.760" Score="8" ViewCount="340" Body="&lt;p&gt;This seems trivial, but I'd like a single line to have some text with left-justification and right-justification at the same time, eg.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;left text here                                               right text here&#xA;normal text, normal text, normal text, normal text, normal text, normal text,&#xA;normal text, normal text, normal text, normal text, normal text, normal text,&#xA;normal text, normal text, normal text, normal text, normal text, normal text,&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Would it be some combination of ragged lefts and rights? My (non-working) solution would be something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{\raggedleft left text here} {\raggedright right text here}  &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="352" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T23:52:33.467" Title="Raggedleft and raggedright simultaneously" Tags="&lt;horizontal-alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6441" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6440" CreationDate="2010-12-02T22:27:47.950" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;How about &lt;code&gt;\noindent left text here \hfill right text here&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T22:27:47.950" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6442" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6440" CreationDate="2010-12-02T23:52:33.467" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;At the request of &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/users/352/hooked&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;Hooked&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; (see the comment to the other answer), here is a working minipage example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum} %% For the random text&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\noindent\begin{minipage}[b]{0.49\hsize}&#xA;  \raggedright&#xA;  \lipsum[1]&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;\hfill&#xA;\begin{minipage}[b]{0.49\hsize}&#xA;  \raggedleft&#xA;  \lipsum[2]&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;\lipsum[3]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which produces this:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/k2kwm.png&quot; alt=&quot;Screenshot of the minipage example.&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="737" LastActivityDate="2010-12-02T23:52:33.467" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="6443" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6444" CreationDate="2010-12-03T00:20:10.153" Score="11" ViewCount="148" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to find out, whether the currently typeset material will go to top of a page?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am trying to write a macro which, when invoked, typesets a horizontal divider to separate the subsequent content from the preceding one. However, if the subsequent content goes to top of the next page, the horizontal divider should be suppressed. How could I do that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am aware &lt;code&gt;\pagetotal&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\thepage&lt;/code&gt; are not the way to go (the page-breaking algorithm often decides where to put the break when the material is already typeset and my macro has been invoked).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2258" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-31T15:58:09.363" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T15:58:09.363" Title="Conditioning behaviour of a macro on whether on top of a new page" Tags="&lt;page-breaking&gt;&lt;conditionals&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="6444" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6443" CreationDate="2010-12-03T03:25:45.530" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;TeX provides a very useful but relatively little employed way to typeset horizontal rules depending on whether or not they happen to be the last element in the textblock on the page. That's to incorporate your rule within vertical glue (recall that TeX ordinarily ignores final vertical glues in textblocks). Calling on one of the &lt;code&gt;\leaders&lt;/code&gt; family of commands should get you where you want. E.g., using &lt;code&gt;\cleaders&lt;/code&gt;, you can write:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*{\divider}{%&#xA;  \medskip%&#xA;  \cleaders\vbox to 0.4pt{\hrule width\linewidth}\vskip0.4pt%&#xA;  \medskip%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\text}{&#xA;  I am trying to write a macro which, when invoked, typesets a&#xA;  horizontal divider to separate the subsequent content from&#xA;  the preceding one.\par\divider}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\text\text\text\text\text\text\text\text\text\text\text&#xA;\text\text\text\text\text\text\text\text\text\text\text&#xA;\text\text\text\text\text\text\text\text\text\text\text&#xA;That's all!&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-12-03T03:25:45.530" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="6445" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6454" CreationDate="2010-12-03T03:38:57.443" Score="5" ViewCount="328" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using itemize and tables like the following&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{&amp;gt;{\ttfamily}llX}&#xA; \toprule&#xA; \textbf{\rmfamily Operator} &amp;amp; \textbf{Typen} &amp;amp; \textbf{Regel} \\&#xA; \midrule&#xA; = &amp;amp; Alle Typen &amp;amp;&#xA;  \begin{itemize}&#xA;   \item This is how we roll&#xA;   \item Maybe we can talk?&#xA;  \end{itemize} \\&#xA; \bottomrule&#xA;\end{tabularx}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But it keeps inserting a vertical space before the itemized list. How can I prevent it from doing so?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="580" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-04T00:42:28.227" LastActivityDate="2010-12-04T00:42:28.227" Title="Preventing itemize environment to insert initial vertical space" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;lists&gt;&lt;itemize&gt;&lt;tabularx&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="6446" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4221" CreationDate="2010-12-03T05:10:17.677" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I often use minimal documentclass to figure out the source of trouble. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2010-12-03T05:10:17.677" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-12-03T05:10:17.677" />
  <row Id="6447" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6503" CreationDate="2010-12-03T06:15:02.273" Score="4" ViewCount="165" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I compile an input file as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrbook}&#xA;\usepackage[showframe=true,&#xA; vmargin=50pt,&#xA; hmargin=20pt,&#xA; foot=20pt,&#xA; includemp=true,&#xA; marginparwidth=20pt,&#xA; paperwidth=210pt,&#xA; paperheight=297pt]{geometry}&#xA;&#xA;%\usepackage[showframe=true,a4paper,margin=25mm]{geometry}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\chapter{Introduction}&#xA;\lipsum[1-10]&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{Repository}&#xA;\lipsum[1-10]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;should I specify the -sPAPERSIZE? If yes, how to do it recall that my papersize is uncommon size.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My compilation path is latex-dvips-ps2pdf and using TeXnicCenter as the IDE.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The Default Setting of the Output Profile of TeXnicCenter:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;ps2pdf -sPAPERSIZE=a4 -dSAFER -dBATCH -dNOPAUSE -sDEVICE=pdfwrite -sOutputFile=&quot;%bm.pdf&quot; -c save pop -f &quot;%bm.ps&quot;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2010-12-03T21:37:33.337" Title="Should I always specify -sPAPERSIZE=&lt;paper-size&gt; when invoking ps2pdf.exe for paper size other than A4?" Tags="&lt;compiling&gt;&lt;paper-size&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6448" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6449" CreationDate="2010-12-03T07:15:36.130" Score="13" ViewCount="155" Body="&lt;p&gt;From &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.latex-community.org/forum/viewtopic.php?f=37&amp;amp;t=6637&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;list of obsolete packages and classes we must avoid&lt;/a&gt;, I found 2 terminologies, i.e., font-encoding and input-encoding. What is the difference between them?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2010-12-03T07:42:48.120" Title="What is the difference between font encoding and input encoding?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;input&gt;&lt;encodings&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="6449" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6448" CreationDate="2010-12-03T07:42:48.120" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Input encoding is on the, sorry, input side, i.e. getting the characters from your input file into (La)TeX correctly. &#xA;Font encoding is on the output side, i.e. &quot;I want to print an 'A', where in my font do I find it?&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1860" LastActivityDate="2010-12-03T07:42:48.120" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6451" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-03T08:38:46.713" Score="4" ViewCount="251" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm new to latex, I'm thankful if someone can give me an example script to customize TOC that looks like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Chapter 1.XXXXXX                                                            (1-15)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1.1 Introduction 1.2 xxxxxxxx 1.3 xxxxxxxxxx 1.4 xxxxxxx ...............&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Chapter 2.xxxxxxx&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2.1 xxxxx ......                                                           (16-30)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;because the (default) TOC appears to be very large for my book, since it arranges the section name row-by-row.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2261" LastEditorUserId="2261" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-03T08:51:32.780" LastActivityDate="2010-12-03T10:37:44.413" Title="customizing TOC" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="6452" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6453" CreationDate="2010-12-03T09:10:54.963" Score="1" ViewCount="175" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know that I can use the fit library of tikz to get a fitted background behind some nodes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I get the fit to be around edges as well?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My current code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}[prefix=fig/,&#xA;state/.style={circle,draw,thick},&#xA;hmm/.style={draw,rectangle}]&#xA;&#xA;\node[state] (a1) at (0,0) {} edge [loop above,thick] () ;&#xA;\node[state] (a2) at (1,0) {} edge [loop above,thick] () edge[&amp;lt;-,thick] (a1);&#xA;\node[state] (a3) at (2,0) {} edge [loop above,thick] () edge[&amp;lt;-,thick] (a2);&#xA;&#xA;\node[hmm,fit=(a1) (a2) (a3)] (a) {};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This puts the top of the background box straight through the loops. How can I fit the box nicely around the nodes and edges (so the top of the loop must be a point somehow in the fit).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="459" LastActivityDate="2010-12-03T13:13:27.070" Title="Fit around nodes and edges" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;fit&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="6453" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6452" CreationDate="2010-12-03T09:40:04.123" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One way to do this is to add a coordinate at the midpoint of each loop (well, in this example it's only necessary to add it to one loop since all are the same height).  Then add that coordinate to the fit.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ES4XN.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{fit}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[prefix=fig/,&#xA;state/.style={circle,draw,thick},&#xA;hmm/.style={draw,rectangle}]&#xA;&#xA;\node[state] (a1) at (0,0) {} edge [loop above,thick] coordinate (l1) () ;&#xA;\node[state] (a2) at (1,0) {} edge [loop above,thick] coordinate (l2) () edge[&amp;lt;-,thick] (a1);&#xA;\node[state] (a3) at (2,0) {} edge [loop above,thick] coordinate (l3) () edge[&amp;lt;-,thick] (a2);&#xA;&#xA;\node[hmm,fit=(a1) (a2) (a3) (l1) (l2) (l3)] (a) {};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that the coordinate specification goes &lt;strong&gt;before&lt;/strong&gt; the dummy target of the loop.  This shows, incidentally, why that dummy target is useful.  Placing the coordinate after the target puts the coordinate at the end of the loop, placing it before puts it at the midpoint.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I guess that a more elegant solution would be if it were possible to name a path and pass that name to the &lt;code&gt;fit&lt;/code&gt; library, but I don't know if that's possible (however, last time I said something like that, someone came along and did it so I mention it just in case I can reinvoke the tikz-djinn).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-12-03T09:40:04.123" />
  <row Id="6454" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6445" CreationDate="2010-12-03T09:57:51.327" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Lists like &lt;code&gt;itemize&lt;/code&gt; act differently if they are used within a &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt; environment. Specifically, they don't insert that vertical space before. So, you could use a &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt; environment inside the table cell for the &lt;code&gt;itemize&lt;/code&gt; list. There's a trick which is more handy - define this command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand*{\compress}{\@minipagetrue}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now just use &lt;code&gt;\compress&lt;/code&gt; before &lt;code&gt;\begin{itemize}&lt;/code&gt;. You could even use it within the column definition, if you also load the &lt;code&gt;array&lt;/code&gt; package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{array}&#xA;...&#xA;\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{&amp;gt;{\ttfamily}ll&amp;gt;{\compress}X}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Output of your example using this command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/lUCZq.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The vertical space before &lt;code&gt;itemize&lt;/code&gt; is gone. If you would like to compress the lists even more, have a look at&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/paralist&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;paralist&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package, which offers a &lt;code&gt;compactitem&lt;/code&gt; environment for that purpose, or&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/enumitem&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;enumitem&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package which allows easy customization of list environments, for example &lt;code&gt;\begin{itemize}[itemsep=0pt]&lt;/code&gt;, it even provides global configuration commands for lists.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But even with &lt;code&gt;\begin{itemize}[itemsep=0pt,topsep=0pt]&lt;/code&gt; I would additionally use &lt;code&gt;\compress&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-03T09:57:51.327" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="6455" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6451" CreationDate="2010-12-03T10:16:16.920" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;An easy way to save space would be typesetting the table of contents in two or more columns. I've seen that some times, but I don't remember any book lining up several section titles in a row.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you choose to typeset in two or more columns, that can be done easily using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/multitoc&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;multitoc&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package. You may use even more columns than the default two. Have a look at the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/ms/multitoc.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;documentation&lt;/a&gt; for an example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Simply adding&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[toc]{multitoc}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;would already show the table of contents in two columns. And, for example, add&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand*{\multicolumntoc}{3}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;if you wish to have three columns.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-03T10:16:16.920" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6456" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6458" CreationDate="2010-12-03T10:36:31.647" Score="5" ViewCount="70" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a document with many floats (figures, specifically).  I want to be able to change the global floats positioning policy from &lt;code&gt;htbp&lt;/code&gt; to just &lt;code&gt;h&lt;/code&gt; (or even &lt;code&gt;H&lt;/code&gt; with the floats package).  For my-own reasons, I don't want to do this by appending the &lt;code&gt;[h]&lt;/code&gt; argument to each float env.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One option that I can think of is using a macro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\mypos}{h} % or htbp&#xA;\begin{figure}[\mypos]...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I also prefer not to do that - It is cumbersome.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to set the global float positioning argument globally?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1527" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-05T16:38:23.543" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T16:38:23.543" Title="Set a global policy for floats positioning" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;positioning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6457" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6451" CreationDate="2010-12-03T10:37:44.413" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As already mentioned an example derived from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/titlesec&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;titlesec/titletoc&lt;/a&gt; manual.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper,english]{report}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{babel}&#xA;\usepackage[includeheadfoot,margin=2cm]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage[raggedright]{titlesec}&#xA;\usepackage{titletoc}&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;\titlecontents*{section}[1.5em]{\small}{\thecontentslabel. }{}{, \thecontentspage}[ --- ]&#xA;\setcounter{tocdepth}{1}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \tableofcontents&#xA;&#xA;  \Blinddocument&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As always, the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/blindtext&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;blindtext&lt;/a&gt; package is only for creating dummy text thus not part of the solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-12-03T10:37:44.413" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6458" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6456" CreationDate="2010-12-03T10:43:40.350" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Some lines in the preamble should do the trick.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand{\fps@figure}{!ht}&#xA;\renewcommand{\fps@table}{!ht}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-12-03T10:43:40.350" />
  <row Id="6459" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6462" CreationDate="2010-12-03T10:56:49.300" Score="4" ViewCount="169" Body="&lt;p&gt;I had previous asked a &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/6399/how-do-automatic-overlay-specification-work-in-beamer&quot;&gt;question&lt;/a&gt; about this, but I feel that it wasn't focused enough and the answers got a little confused...so instead of editing that question, I've opted to start a new one....I hope people do not object.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm having trouble understanding what Beamer does when one uses &lt;strong&gt;nested&lt;/strong&gt; automatic overlay specification. Consider the following example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt,a4paper]{beamer}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;\Huge&#xA;\only&amp;lt;1-+(3)&amp;gt;{\alert&amp;lt;-+&amp;gt;{foo} \alert&amp;lt;-+&amp;gt;{bar}}&#xA;\only&amp;lt;+&amp;gt;{a}\only&amp;lt;+&amp;gt;{b}\only&amp;lt;+&amp;gt;{c}\only&amp;lt;+&amp;gt;{d}\only&amp;lt;+&amp;gt;{e}&#xA;\only&amp;lt;1&amp;gt;{1}\only&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;{2}\only&amp;lt;3&amp;gt;{3}\only&amp;lt;4&amp;gt;{4}\only&amp;lt;5&amp;gt;{5}\only&amp;lt;6&amp;gt;{6}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which gives: &#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/i3wom.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would say that the foo and bar appear as expected, but outside of the \only  between slide 4 and 5 something strange happens. In particular where are b and c? I would expect that there would be a nice correspondance between the letters and the numbers...wouldn't you? Sure, there would be an offset, but I would not expect that this offset would change at slide 5. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Also, is there a variable/counter that holds the slide number?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To give some weight to my suggestion that \beamerpauses should only be calculated once I would say the there are two completely non-intuitive lines in the following frame: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{frame}&#xA;\alt&amp;lt;1-2&amp;gt;{&#xA;\begin{itemize}[&amp;lt;+-&amp;gt;]&#xA;\item a&#xA;\item b&#xA;\end{itemize}}{&#xA;\addtocounter{beamerpauses}{2} %why should I need this?&#xA;\begin{itemize}[&amp;lt;+-&amp;gt;]&#xA;\item A&#xA;\item B&#xA;\item C&#xA;\item D&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;}&#xA;\action&amp;lt;6&amp;gt;{} %this lines is really annoying because of the 6&#xA;%\action&amp;lt;+&amp;gt;{} %this gives an extra slide at the end.&#xA;%\action&amp;lt;.&amp;gt;{} %this doesn't work.&#xA;&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would write the whole thing without those extra lines and expect it to Just Work (TM)....&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastEditorUserId="117" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-03T13:21:12.117" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T20:15:31.490" Title="Take 2: How do automatic overlay specifications work in Beamer (in a nested situation)" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;overlays&gt;&lt;nesting&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="6460" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6468" CreationDate="2010-12-03T11:11:21.630" Score="13" ViewCount="279" Body="&lt;p&gt;The LaTeX kernel defines a number of tokens that are used throughout the LaTeX source and the standard LaTeX classes. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\hb@xt@{\hbox to}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This particular one is commented as: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The next one is another 100 tokens&#xA;  worth.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My understanding is that the tokens are saved by abbreviating the &lt;code&gt;to&lt;/code&gt; and that is where the tokens are saved.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Similarly,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\@height&lt;/code&gt; saves 5 tokens at the cost in time of one macro expansion by defining the macro &lt;code&gt;\def\@height{height}&lt;/code&gt; to replace the TeX &lt;code&gt;height&lt;/code&gt; and so on with many more examples.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, in many cases the conversion, in my opinion, makes the code difficult to read. With to-days's computer power, is this still a good practice? Would you recommend that one should optimize final code in such a manner?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-21T20:38:04.597" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T20:38:04.597" Title="Saving a 100 tokens worth, is it worth it?" Tags="&lt;programming&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="6461" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6463" CreationDate="2010-12-03T11:14:33.273" Score="5" ViewCount="263" Body="&lt;p&gt;I feel CSS's layout model is simpler than (La)TeX's layout model. At the time Knuth developed TeX, the idea leading to CSS model is a &quot;difficult&quot; things? Or the CSS layout model is not appropriate to be applied to (La)TeX. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2010-12-03T11:50:48.147" Title="Why cannot (La)TeX's layout model be as simple as CSS's layout model?" Tags="&lt;layout&gt;&lt;tex-history&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6462" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6459" CreationDate="2010-12-03T11:29:37.903" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's logic, captain, but not as we know it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The crucial fact to remember is that every time beamer &lt;strong&gt;sees&lt;/strong&gt; a &lt;code&gt;+&lt;/code&gt; then &lt;code&gt;beamerpauses&lt;/code&gt; is incremented.  Here's what I see, with the value of &lt;code&gt;beamerpauses&lt;/code&gt; (in italics) evaluated at lots of occasions.  First, the actual code I ran (&lt;code&gt;beamerpauses&lt;/code&gt; coloured to make it stand out).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{\color{green}\thebeamerpauses}&#xA;\only&amp;lt;1-+(3)&amp;gt;{\alert&amp;lt;-+&amp;gt;{foo} {\color{green}\thebeamerpauses} \alert&amp;lt;-+&amp;gt;{bar}}&#xA;{\color{green}\thebeamerpauses}&#xA;\only&amp;lt;+&amp;gt;{a}\only&amp;lt;+&amp;gt;{b}\only&amp;lt;+&amp;gt;{c}\only&amp;lt;+&amp;gt;{d}\only&amp;lt;+&amp;gt;{e}&#xA;{\color{green}\thebeamerpauses}&#xA;\only&amp;lt;1&amp;gt;{1}\only&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;{2}\only&amp;lt;3&amp;gt;{3}\only&amp;lt;4&amp;gt;{4}\only&amp;lt;5&amp;gt;{5}\only&amp;lt;6&amp;gt;{6}&#xA;{\color{green}\thebeamerpauses}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, what I saw (asciified), plus my interpretation of what's going on, both as to what the code expands to (in terms of what all the overlay specifications become) and an &quot;English translation&quot;.  (Disclaimer: this is all from observed behaviour rather than looking under the bonnet or hood.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;1&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;foo&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;3&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;bar&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;4 9&lt;/em&gt; 1 &lt;em&gt;9&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\only&amp;lt;1-4&amp;gt;{\alert&amp;lt;-2&amp;gt;{foo} \alert&amp;lt;-3&amp;gt;{bar}}&#xA;\only&amp;lt;4&amp;gt;{a}\only&amp;lt;5&amp;gt;{b}\only&amp;lt;6&amp;gt;{c}\only&amp;lt;7&amp;gt;{d}\only&amp;lt;8&amp;gt;{e}&#xA;\only&amp;lt;1&amp;gt;{1}\only&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;{2}\only&amp;lt;3&amp;gt;{3}\only&amp;lt;4&amp;gt;{4}\only&amp;lt;5&amp;gt;{5}\only&amp;lt;6&amp;gt;{6}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;+&lt;/code&gt;s in the &lt;code&gt;\only&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\alert&lt;/code&gt; mean that after &quot;foo&quot;, we've incremented twice.  The &lt;code&gt;\alert&lt;/code&gt; for &quot;bar&quot; increments again.  Each of the &lt;code&gt;\only&lt;/code&gt;s for &quot;a&quot; &amp;amp;c increments again, getting up to 9 by the end of that line.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;1&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;foo&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;3&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;bar&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;4 9&lt;/em&gt; 2 &lt;em&gt;9&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\only&amp;lt;1-4&amp;gt;{\alert&amp;lt;-2&amp;gt;{foo} \alert&amp;lt;-3&amp;gt;{bar}}&#xA;\only&amp;lt;4&amp;gt;{a}\only&amp;lt;5&amp;gt;{b}\only&amp;lt;6&amp;gt;{c}\only&amp;lt;7&amp;gt;{d}\only&amp;lt;8&amp;gt;{e}&#xA;\only&amp;lt;1&amp;gt;{1}\only&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;{2}\only&amp;lt;3&amp;gt;{3}\only&amp;lt;4&amp;gt;{4}\only&amp;lt;5&amp;gt;{5}\only&amp;lt;6&amp;gt;{6}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Same again.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;1&lt;/em&gt; foo &lt;em&gt;3&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;bar&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;4 9&lt;/em&gt; 3 &lt;em&gt;9&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\only&amp;lt;1-4&amp;gt;{\alert&amp;lt;-2&amp;gt;{foo} \alert&amp;lt;-3&amp;gt;{bar}}&#xA;\only&amp;lt;4&amp;gt;{a}\only&amp;lt;5&amp;gt;{b}\only&amp;lt;6&amp;gt;{c}\only&amp;lt;7&amp;gt;{d}\only&amp;lt;8&amp;gt;{e}&#xA;\only&amp;lt;1&amp;gt;{1}\only&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;{2}\only&amp;lt;3&amp;gt;{3}\only&amp;lt;4&amp;gt;{4}\only&amp;lt;5&amp;gt;{5}\only&amp;lt;6&amp;gt;{6}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;-+&lt;/code&gt; in the foo-alert is expanded to &lt;code&gt;-2&lt;/code&gt; so we lose the alert on foo here.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;1&lt;/em&gt; foo &lt;em&gt;3&lt;/em&gt; bar &lt;em&gt;4&lt;/em&gt; a &lt;em&gt;9&lt;/em&gt; 4 &lt;em&gt;9&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\only&amp;lt;1-4&amp;gt;{\alert&amp;lt;-2&amp;gt;{foo} \alert&amp;lt;-3&amp;gt;{bar}}&#xA;\only&amp;lt;4&amp;gt;{a}\only&amp;lt;5&amp;gt;{b}\only&amp;lt;6&amp;gt;{c}\only&amp;lt;7&amp;gt;{d}\only&amp;lt;8&amp;gt;{e}&#xA;\only&amp;lt;1&amp;gt;{1}\only&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;{2}\only&amp;lt;3&amp;gt;{3}\only&amp;lt;4&amp;gt;{4}\only&amp;lt;5&amp;gt;{5}\only&amp;lt;6&amp;gt;{6}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This now happens for bar.  Finally, we reach the slide where the first letter appears since the &lt;code&gt;+&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;\only&amp;lt;+&amp;gt;{a}&lt;/code&gt; expands to &lt;code&gt;4&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;1 2&lt;/em&gt; d &lt;em&gt;7&lt;/em&gt; 5 &lt;em&gt;7&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\only&amp;lt;1-4&amp;gt;{\alert&amp;lt;-2&amp;gt;{foo} \alert&amp;lt;-3&amp;gt;{bar}}&#xA;\only&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;{a}\only&amp;lt;3&amp;gt;{b}\only&amp;lt;4&amp;gt;{c}\only&amp;lt;5&amp;gt;{d}\only&amp;lt;6&amp;gt;{e}&#xA;\only&amp;lt;1&amp;gt;{1}\only&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;{2}\only&amp;lt;3&amp;gt;{3}\only&amp;lt;4&amp;gt;{4}\only&amp;lt;5&amp;gt;{5}\only&amp;lt;6&amp;gt;{6}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is where the interesting stuff happens.  The initial &lt;code&gt;\only&amp;lt;1-+(3)&amp;gt;{...}&lt;/code&gt; is expanded to &lt;code&gt;\only&amp;lt;1-4&amp;gt;{...}&lt;/code&gt;.  This means that everything inside the braces now &lt;strong&gt;completely disappears&lt;/strong&gt;.  This includes the two &lt;code&gt;+&lt;/code&gt;s.  So all the &lt;code&gt;\only&amp;lt;+&amp;gt;{a}&lt;/code&gt;s and so forth now think that they appear on slides two earlier than they used to.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;1 2&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;7&lt;/em&gt; 6 &lt;em&gt;7&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\only&amp;lt;1-4&amp;gt;{\alert&amp;lt;-2&amp;gt;{foo} \alert&amp;lt;-3&amp;gt;{bar}}&#xA;\only&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;{a}\only&amp;lt;3&amp;gt;{b}\only&amp;lt;4&amp;gt;{c}\only&amp;lt;5&amp;gt;{d}\only&amp;lt;6&amp;gt;{e}&#xA;\only&amp;lt;1&amp;gt;{1}\only&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;{2}\only&amp;lt;3&amp;gt;{3}\only&amp;lt;4&amp;gt;{4}\only&amp;lt;5&amp;gt;{5}\only&amp;lt;6&amp;gt;{6}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Same again.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, in summary, the key to understanding this example is to remember that &lt;code&gt;\only&lt;/code&gt; &lt;strong&gt;throws away&lt;/strong&gt; its argument on slides where it isn't meant to be.  This is extremely useful in making quite complicated stuff happen on different slides.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for your last question: not that I know of.  I once needed one, couldn't find one, and so defined one.  It was a crude definition, involving a wrapper around the frametitle command so that I could add some code on every slide to increment the slide counter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Regarding the update, I think that there are two issues here with regard to the two strange lines.  The first is the &lt;code&gt;+&lt;/code&gt; issue.  I have to say that I find your assertion that it should &quot;just work&quot; slightly disingenuous.  You have &lt;strong&gt;already&lt;/strong&gt; specified an exact overlay specification (in the &lt;code&gt;\alt&amp;lt;1-2&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;) so there's already something that you've had to compute by hand.  There are many other ways to achieve what you want with that particular example (but I suspect that it is over simplified and that what you really want will probably be much more complicated!).  Possibly the most relevant is to use the &lt;code&gt;onlyenv&lt;/code&gt; environment because that &lt;strong&gt;does&lt;/strong&gt; typeset its contents (and then throw them away).  So this works:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{frame}&#xA;\begin{onlyenv}&amp;lt;1-2&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin{itemize}[&amp;lt;+-&amp;gt;]&#xA;\item a&#xA;\item b&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;\end{onlyenv}&#xA;\begin{itemize}[&amp;lt;+-&amp;gt;]&#xA;\item A&#xA;\item B&#xA;\item C&#xA;\item D&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The second issue is actually something different, I think, and it is something that I've &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/682/how-do-i-get-the-right-number-of-pauses-after-a-list-in-beamer&quot;&gt;asked about before&lt;/a&gt;.  Somehow, getting the &lt;code&gt;beamerpauses&lt;/code&gt; right after an automatically unveiled list is a bit complicated.  I have a command &lt;code&gt;\itpause&lt;/code&gt; for after a list which subtracts one from &lt;code&gt;beamerpauses&lt;/code&gt; and then does &lt;code&gt;\pause&lt;/code&gt; - that's the simplest way I've found of getting the following to Just Work:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{frame}&#xA;\begin{itemize}[&amp;lt;+-&amp;gt;]&#xA;\item First item&#xA;\item Second item&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;\itpause&#xA;On the \alert{third} frame&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With &lt;code&gt;\pause&lt;/code&gt; there, the last line appears on the &lt;strong&gt;fourth&lt;/strong&gt; frame, with nothing then it appears on the &lt;strong&gt;second&lt;/strong&gt; frame.  I would class this as a bug; and it seems to be something to do with a difference in &lt;code&gt;beamerpauses&lt;/code&gt; inside and outside such a list environment.  To see this, compare the different behaviour of &lt;code&gt;\alert&amp;lt;.&amp;gt;{}&lt;/code&gt; inside and outside:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{frame}&#xA;\alert&amp;lt;.&amp;gt;{hello}&#xA;\begin{itemize}[&amp;lt;+-&amp;gt;]&#xA;\item A \alert&amp;lt;.&amp;gt;{hello}&#xA;\item B&#xA;\item C&#xA;\item D&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;\alert&amp;lt;.&amp;gt;{hello}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastEditorUserId="86" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-03T17:04:49.843" LastActivityDate="2010-12-03T17:04:49.843" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="6463" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6461" CreationDate="2010-12-03T11:37:57.840" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you read the Ph.D. thesis of Håkon Wium Lie's you will see that a lot of the concepts of CSS were based on TeX and LateX. &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/H%C3%A5kon_Wium_Lie&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Wium Lie&lt;/a&gt; and all the other contributor's to CSS came up with a system of separating content from presentation for HTML. The numerous forums and tutorials on the web is an indirect proof that the CSS model is not the best either. You probably find it easier as you are used to it. In addition CSS does not provide any means of programming. This has to be done via JavaScript. It also cannot help with mathematics etc.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When Knuth invented TeX, there was no Computer Science, no web, no html and no CSS. My personal opinion is exactly the opposite. If html was marked as LaTeX life would have been easier, the web would have looked better etc. If there is one aspect that I agree with you is the lack of a &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; concept and the ability to float sections left or right. This can be done using TeX but not as easily. There is an XML version of LaTeX called &lt;code&gt;tralics&lt;/code&gt; perhaps you can have a look as to how it could have looked!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The current shortcomings of CSS/html can easily be observed by the fact that there are over 500 billion pdf documents on the web and the b e s t way to create a pdf currently is with one of the TeX-&gt;pdf engines.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-03T11:50:48.147" LastActivityDate="2010-12-03T11:50:48.147" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6464" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6461" CreationDate="2010-12-03T11:47:01.357" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Note that the CSS layout model is not simple, because it includes a concept of gluing together boxes both horizontally and vertically, which is tricky.  The apparent simplicity lies in how parameters are passed to the layout engine, through stylesheets.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Context actually does permit specification along the lines of style sheets, using its setups: to the extent that it is more complex, it is in the larger part due to being more ambitious.  I seem to recall there was some work done on layoing out directly from CSS-like stylesheets.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;em&gt;why&lt;/em&gt; is about ideas: the ideas about programming languages, document presentation,  and abstraction that guided the design of CSS came after Tex.  Both Context and Latex have aimed to reduce the coupling of layout issues from content.  It's an ongoing effort.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-12-03T11:47:01.357" />
  <row Id="6465" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6460" CreationDate="2010-12-03T11:50:40.060" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;No.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I recall a former colleague, a Lisp hacker, who talked about when he switched from expressing pairs using &lt;code&gt;(first . second)&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;(first second)&lt;/code&gt;: the former needs two extra characters on the screen, the latter used an extra cons cell in the data representation.  He changed when he realised he cared that little bit more about &quot;screen estate&quot; than data efficiency.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-12-03T11:50:40.060" />
  <row Id="6466" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6459" CreationDate="2010-12-03T11:51:42.530" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In answer to your last question, I do not think there is a public counter that holds the slide number.  Otherwise I would expect a command like &lt;code&gt;\insertslidenumber&lt;/code&gt; and there isn't one.  See &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4009/latex-beamer-how-to-get-distinct-page-numbers-when-using-overlays&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt; where we hacked up a workaround subtracting &lt;code&gt;\insertframestartpage&lt;/code&gt; from &lt;code&gt;\insertpagenumber&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-03T12:25:15.150" LastActivityDate="2010-12-03T12:25:15.150" />
  <row Id="6467" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6460" CreationDate="2010-12-03T11:52:22.900" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you don't have an application that needs to be optimized as much as you can, then do whatever you can read best. The one second you gain in your lifetime by waiting for a document to be processed 0.0001 second faster each time opposes many minutes / hours? by looking for the right definitions of your &quot;optimized&quot; macro names. This is true for all programming languages / optimizations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="243" LastActivityDate="2010-12-03T11:52:22.900" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6468" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6460" CreationDate="2010-12-03T11:57:22.690" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It was when the code was written, but is not now (in my opinion). The current LaTeX2e kernel was release in 1992 and carries forward a lot of material from LaTeX2.09. Even with these optimisations and the old 'autoload' system, there were a lot of systems that LaTeX was too big for on release. So looked at in the early 1990s this was entirely sensible.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd say this is no longer needed as in most LaTeX documents today there are a lot of tokens used by things like &lt;code&gt;pgf&lt;/code&gt; which make the modest saving in optimisation pretty meaningless. One of the things we're doing in LaTeX3 is trying to move to more logical constructs at the expense of efficiency in tokens, at least at a higher level. (Right at the core of &lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt; there is still a need to watch the number of expansions, &lt;em&gt;etc&lt;/em&gt;., and this is an area where we may yet need some more optimisation.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-12-03T11:57:22.690" />
  <row Id="6469" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6452" CreationDate="2010-12-03T13:13:27.070" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One possibility is to use the &lt;code&gt;current bounding box&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% snip...&#xA;\node[state] (a1) at (0,0) {} edge [loop above,thick] () ;&#xA;\node[state] (a2) at (1,0) {} edge [loop above,thick] () edge[&amp;lt;-,thick] (a1);&#xA;\node[state] (a3) at (2,0) {} edge [loop above,thick] () edge[&amp;lt;-,thick] (a2);&#xA;&#xA;\draw (current bounding box.south west) rectangle (current bounding box.north east);&#xA;% snip...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/L62h4.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; title=&quot;Hosted by imgur.com&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is perhaps too tight, but there is no need for fit-library.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastActivityDate="2010-12-03T13:13:27.070" />
  <row Id="6470" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-03T13:42:28.227" Score="5" ViewCount="104" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm copy-editing a rather lengthy set theory book. One thing I'd like to check systematically is whether all left-right unambiguous delimiters (parentheses brackets curly, square and angle) are balanced.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I could write a Perl script to check for this, but was thinking that there might already be a LaTeX package which warns you about unbalanced delimiters. Is there such a thing?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1585" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-18T19:57:17.123" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T19:57:17.123" Title="Is there a package for warning about unbalanced delimiters?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;delimiters&gt;&lt;syntax-checker&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6471" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6476" CreationDate="2010-12-03T13:49:13.993" Score="4" ViewCount="272" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a problem with the fit library in TikZ.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I scale the figure (with the tikz scale command), the fit box doesn't!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why is that? Could I somehow change it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{fit}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[state/.style={circle,draw,thick,loop above,inner sep=0,minimum width=10}]&#xA;\node[state] (a) at (0,1) {} edge [loop above, thick] coordinate (al) ();&#xA;\node[state] (b) at (1,1) {} edge [loop above, thick] coordinate (bl) ();&#xA;&#xA;\node[draw,rectangle,fit=(a) (b) (al) (bl)] {};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=2,state/.style={circle,draw,thick,loop above,inner sep=0,minimum width=10}]&#xA;\node[state] (a) at (0,1) {} edge [loop above, thick] coordinate (al) ();&#xA;\node[state] (b) at (1,1) {} edge [loop above, thick] coordinate (bl) ();&#xA;&#xA;\node[draw,rectangle,fit=(a) (b) (al) (bl)] {};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/yQ8is.png&quot; alt=&quot;output&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="459" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-04T00:41:47.790" LastActivityDate="2010-12-04T00:41:47.790" Title="Why does fit not scale? (tikz)" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;fit&gt;&lt;scaling&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6472" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6486" CreationDate="2010-12-03T13:49:17.410" Score="8" ViewCount="706" Body="&lt;p&gt;Lamport, &lt;em&gt;LaTeX: A document preparation system&lt;/em&gt;, states on p. 104:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;There are two ways to make a parbox at a given point in the text: with the &lt;code&gt;\parbox&lt;/code&gt; command and the &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt; environment. They can be used to put one or more paragraphs of text inside a picture on in a table item.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\parbox&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt; share one mandatory argument (width of the parbox) and the optional argument (vertical alignment). (The second mandatory argument of &lt;code&gt;\parbox&lt;/code&gt; &quot;is the text to be put in the parbox&quot; [p. 105].) Lamport recommends the use of minipages instead of parboxes in some cases (e.g. a parbox containing a &lt;code&gt;tabbing&lt;/code&gt; or a list-making environment), but doesn't substantiate his advice (or at least I skipped that part). Finally, from Hendrik Vogt's comment to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/6440/raggedleft-and-raggedright-simultaneously/6442#6442&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt; answer, I gather that one reason to prefer minipages is that &quot;[y]ou don't have to wait that long for the matching closing brace&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm aware that the &lt;code&gt;\footnote&lt;/code&gt; command doesn't work with &lt;code&gt;\parbox&lt;/code&gt;; by contrast, it &quot;puts a footnote at the bottom of the parbox produced by the [&lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt;] environment&quot; (Lamport, p. 105). Are there other differences in applicability between &lt;code&gt;\parbox&lt;/code&gt; and the &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt; environment?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;P.S.: Kopka and Daily, &lt;em&gt;A guide to LaTeX&lt;/em&gt;, state on p. 89:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The &lt;em&gt;text&lt;/em&gt; in a &lt;code&gt;\parbox&lt;/code&gt; may not contain any of the centering, list, or other environments described in Sections 4.2 through 4.5. These may, on the other hand, appear within a &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt; environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I did some tests using &lt;code&gt;center&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;itemize&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;tabbing&lt;/code&gt; environments within a &lt;code&gt;\parbox&lt;/code&gt;, and LaTeX did not throw error messages. Are Kopka and Daly wrong, or did I miss something?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-03T18:24:52.613" LastActivityDate="2010-12-04T21:59:04.450" Title="\parbox vs. minipage: Differences in applicability" Tags="&lt;minipage&gt;&lt;parbox&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6473" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6470" CreationDate="2010-12-03T14:11:34.827" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Most editors will provide the functionality of &lt;em&gt;matching&lt;/em&gt; delimiters.  And yes, a simple script could tell if your delimiters were balanced, and find delimiters which were not matched.  But it won't be able to correct unmatched delimiters—only the user can say what he means.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I'm writing I'm compiling every few minutes to make sure that the copy is what I want.  If you're talking about matching delimiters related to TeX input, TeX will usually complain because your unintended mismatch will cause an error. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-12-03T14:11:34.827" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="6474" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6374" CreationDate="2010-12-03T14:32:40.567" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Compiling via pdflatex is fastest for PDF output and needed to use the package 'microtype', but may give the largest file size.&#xA;Compiling via latex/dvips/ps2pdf is needed to use the package 'pstricks' and to access all the features of 'xypic' without other special workaround packages.&#xA;Compiling via latex/dvipdfm may give the smallest file size, but this does not work well with packages like 'beamer' and 'pgfplots'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2265" LastActivityDate="2010-12-03T14:32:40.567" />
  <row Id="6475" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6472" CreationDate="2010-12-03T14:41:58.087" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you make a new environment, you must enclose the body of the environment using &lt;code&gt;lrbox&lt;/code&gt; first, then use the saved box in &lt;code&gt;\parbox&lt;/code&gt;. But if you use minipage instead of &lt;code&gt;\parbox&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;lrbox&lt;/code&gt; is no longer needed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-03T15:45:06.560" LastActivityDate="2010-12-03T15:45:06.560" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6476" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6471" CreationDate="2010-12-03T15:08:06.303" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Add the option &lt;code&gt;transform shape&lt;/code&gt; to scale also the box resp. shapes:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=2,transform shape,&#xA;    state/.style={circle,draw,thick,loop above,inner sep=0,minimum width=10}]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/AOsjq.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-03T15:08:06.303" />
  <row Id="6477" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6470" CreationDate="2010-12-03T15:16:59.850" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You might have a look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/support/match_parens&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;match_parens&lt;/a&gt;. This Ruby script helps in in balancing parentheses, braces, brackets - the characters &lt;code&gt;{}[]()&amp;lt;&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; are supported.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's written for source file checking, but perhaps it may help you also in checking output (perhaps after conversion to text) or in writing your own tool.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-03T15:16:59.850" />
  <row Id="6478" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-03T15:29:03.700" Score="6" ViewCount="190" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am writing my Ph D thesis. In my manuscript I have Figures in the text and Photographic plates (a figure of figures) in the annexes. The two elements are different and I would like create a new environment of Plate that follows the same structure of the Figure environment. Where can I find the Figure environment to modify it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The new environment table should have exactly the same structure than the figure environment but replacing the word figure by the word Planche (in French).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2267" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-06T12:35:37.193" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T12:35:37.193" Title="new figure environment" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;environments&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6479" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6492" CreationDate="2010-12-03T15:37:05.970" Score="2" ViewCount="294" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi everyone, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am trying to create a custom title page in Beamer, and I've tried many things, but I'm just helpless with all the solutions I found. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like to create only in the title page, the following structure:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A wide rectangle on top (from side to side) with blue color (width=slidewidth, hight 3 cm), then should come my presentation text and other info, and in the bottom I wan to put the same rectangle ... (width=slidewidth, hight 3 cm). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like the rectangle to be part of the canvas, so I could insert the institute logo overlaid above the bottom rectangle. Any help would be appreciated. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oz&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;UPDATE: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I managed to insert the fancy rectangels, but they are inside the text space, and I can't put them yet inside the footer and headers ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;here is what I did:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \setbeamertemplate{title page}&#xA;   {&#xA;   \begin{beamercolorbox}[ht=2cm,wd=\paperwidth]{title in head/foot}&#xA;   \usebeamerfont{title in head/foot}&#xA;% {\centering \hskip3.5cm \includegraphics[scale=0.15]{FZD_LOGO.png}}&#xA;% \vskip1.25cm&#xA;\end{beamercolorbox}%&#xA;&#xA;  \centering{&#xA;    {&#xA;    \usebeamerfont{title}\usebeamercolor[fg]{title}&#xA;    \inserttitle&#xA;    } &#xA;    }&#xA;%     \vskip5cm&#xA;\vskip1.cm&#xA;\begin{beamercolorbox}[ht=2cm,wd=\paperwidth]{title in head/foot}&#xA;\usebeamerfont{title in head/foot}&#xA;{\centering \hskip3.5cm \includegraphics[scale=0.15]{FZD_LOGO.png}}&#xA;\end{beamercolorbox}%&#xA;% \end{minipage}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sample output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/a2qtO.png&quot; alt=&quot;sample output&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2266" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-03T17:36:01.093" LastActivityDate="2010-12-03T17:36:01.093" Title="rectangles in beamer background canvas" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;background&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="6480" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6478" CreationDate="2010-12-03T15:37:50.200" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You probably want to look at the &lt;code&gt;float&lt;/code&gt; package, which allows you to define and set up new floats with quite simple commands.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="223" LastActivityDate="2010-12-03T15:37:50.200" />
  <row Id="6481" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6478" CreationDate="2010-12-03T15:50:56.763" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To do this in the raw, use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/float&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;float&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/floatrow&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;floatrow&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newfloat{plate}{tbp}{lop}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alternatively, the trivfloat package aims to wrap up the complexities of &lt;code&gt;float(row)&lt;/code&gt; so that you only have to do&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{trivfloat}&#xA;\trivfloat{plate}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Note: I wrote &lt;code&gt;trivfloat&lt;/code&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you might guess, &lt;code&gt;trivfloat&lt;/code&gt; makes things easy but at the cost of flexibility. If you want full control over the process, use &lt;code&gt;float&lt;/code&gt; (or &lt;code&gt;floatrow&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-12-03T15:50:56.763" />
  <row Id="6482" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6355" CreationDate="2010-12-03T16:10:48.923" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The thing with the array package is you cannot use p{...}, m{...} and b{...} in the same table. m{...} will usually override the other two if they are present. You might just want to manually insert your vertical space or do your alignment within the multirow environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2269" LastActivityDate="2010-12-03T16:10:48.923" />
  <row Id="6483" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6501" CreationDate="2010-12-03T16:11:24.537" Score="2" ViewCount="292" Body="&lt;p&gt;I’ve used LaTex before for a while, but (1) it’s been ages, and (2) I’ve only really had to import minor packages for a basic template.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Having come across templates/classes like &lt;a href=&quot;http://news.ycombinator.com/item?id=1572530&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Uggedal’s&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;code&gt;tufte-latex&lt;/code&gt;, I want to take it one step further.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem is that I have either completely forgotten how to do this or have never had to do anything like it. I use Windows 7 with MikTeX and TeXnicCenter, and can’t find anything telling me what to do, or how to do it properly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It may be a lot to ask, but could someone write a step-by-step guide to using the templates and writing a simple example document free of a slew of LaTeX errors? It doesn’t seem like a simple slam dunk, and I should probably throw files like .cls into some system folders.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="762" LastEditorUserId="762" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-03T19:22:58.443" LastActivityDate="2010-12-03T20:41:25.903" Title="Setting up a LaTeX document using the Uggedall or tufte-latex templates" Tags="&lt;documentclass&gt;&lt;templates&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6484" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6479" CreationDate="2010-12-03T16:13:14.050" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think what you want to do is edit the &lt;code&gt;background&lt;/code&gt; template, which goes over the canvas and under the text.  Put that inside a group with your title page and it will only affect the title page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\mode&amp;lt;all&amp;gt;{\bgroup}&#xA;&#xA;\setbeamertemplate{background{% draw stuff...&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;   \maketitle&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\mode&amp;lt;all&amp;gt;{\egroup}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-12-03T16:13:14.050" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6485" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5023" CreationDate="2010-12-03T16:18:22.037" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A simple way to bring the number up (and this is what I always do) is to simply add &lt;code&gt;~\\&lt;/code&gt; after &lt;code&gt;\item&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2269" LastActivityDate="2010-12-03T16:18:22.037" />
  <row Id="6486" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6472" CreationDate="2010-12-03T16:37:55.690" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The main reason I see to use &lt;code&gt;{minipage}&lt;/code&gt; over &lt;code&gt;\parbox&lt;/code&gt; is to allow verbatim (&lt;code&gt;\verb&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;{verbatim}&lt;/code&gt;, etc.)  text inside the box (unless, of course, you also put the &lt;code&gt;{minipage}&lt;/code&gt; inside a macro argument).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT&lt;/strong&gt; Here are other differences between &lt;code&gt;{minipage}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\parbox&lt;/code&gt; (from the comments to Yiannis' answer and from looking at the source code of both these macros in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/source2e.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;source2e&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A first difference, as already mentioned by lockstep in his question, is in the footnote treatment: &lt;code&gt;{minipage}&lt;/code&gt; handles them by putting them at the bottom of the box while footnotes are lost in a &lt;code&gt;\parbox&lt;/code&gt; (to avoid this, you must resort to the &lt;code&gt;\footnotemark&lt;/code&gt;/&lt;code&gt;footnotetext&lt;/code&gt; trick):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/dvscl.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\parbox[t]{3cm}{text\footnote{parbox footnote}}&#xA;\begin{minipage}[t]{3cm}text\footnote{minipage footnote}\end{minipage}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A second difference is in that &lt;code&gt;{minipage}&lt;/code&gt; resets the &lt;code&gt;\@listdepth&lt;/code&gt; counter, meaning that, inside a &lt;code&gt;{minipage}&lt;/code&gt;, you don't have to worry about the &lt;code&gt;{list}&lt;/code&gt; nesting level when using them. Here's an example which illustrates the point:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{list}{}{}\item\begin{list}{}{}\item\begin{list}{}{}\item\begin{list}{}{}\item\begin{list}{}{}\item\begin{list}{}{}&#xA;    \item %\parbox{5cm}{\begin{list}{}{}\item \end{list}}% error&#xA;    \item %\begin{minipage}{5cm}\begin{list}{}{}\item \end{list}\end{minipage}% no error&#xA;\end{list}\end{list}\end{list}\end{list}\end{list}\end{list}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A third difference is that &lt;code&gt;{minipage}&lt;/code&gt; sets the boolean &lt;code&gt;\@minipagefalse&lt;/code&gt; which in turn deactivates &lt;code&gt;\addvspace&lt;/code&gt; if it's the first thing to occur inside a &lt;code&gt;{minipage}&lt;/code&gt;. This means that &lt;code&gt;{minipage}&lt;/code&gt; will have better spacing and allow better alignment compared to &lt;code&gt;\parbox&lt;/code&gt; in some cases like the following (left is &lt;code&gt;{minipage}&lt;/code&gt;, right is &lt;code&gt;\parbox&lt;/code&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/0DJky.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Pros: \begin{minipage}[t]{3cm}\begin{itemize}\item first \item second\end{itemize}\end{minipage} Cons: \parbox[t]{3cm}{\begin{itemize}\item first \item second\end{itemize}}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1973" LastEditorUserId="1973" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-04T21:59:04.450" LastActivityDate="2010-12-04T21:59:04.450" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6487" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6472" CreationDate="2010-12-03T16:42:06.300" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;When your text you wish to enclose contains only a small piece of text then use &lt;code&gt;\parbox&lt;/code&gt;. It should have nothing fancy inside such as any of the paragraph making environments. For larger pieces of text, such as those that do contain paragraph-making environments you should use a &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt; environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are also more subtle differences between the two such as the amount of space left on top etc. In general a &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt; acts like a full page, whereas a &lt;code&gt;parbox&lt;/code&gt; acts more like a fancy paragraph. Both of them offer very little semantic meaning - in my opinion. You can add semantic meaning by creating new environments with macro names that reflect their function in the document structure. For example you could define one of those boxes that one finds in manuals with a framed warning, a &lt;code&gt;warning box&lt;/code&gt; using &lt;code&gt;parbox&lt;/code&gt; and call it &lt;code&gt;warning&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-12-03T16:42:06.300" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="6488" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6500" CreationDate="2010-12-03T16:49:44.173" Score="9" ViewCount="445" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a quantified formula. I want to show what happens when the order of quantifiers is reversed. To do this, I like to use a two-headed arrow over the formula, like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://s1.bild.me/bilder/311010/507516811.png&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it possible? I don't care if you use graphical packages (like TikZ), as long as I can place the arrow in the right place.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1347" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-20T13:37:47.333" LastActivityDate="2010-12-20T13:37:47.333" Title="Two-Headed Arrow Over Formula" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;arrows&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="6489" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6494" CreationDate="2010-12-03T16:51:22.710" Score="3" ViewCount="343" Body="&lt;p&gt;Let's say I'm writing a document with 6 chapters. I want to force the table of contents to be split between two pages. The first page would list the first 4 chapters, the second page would list the last 2 chapters. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I do that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If it matters, assume the document class is report.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1074" LastActivityDate="2010-12-03T17:26:59.157" Title="Split the Table of Contents in two pages" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;page-breaking&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="6490" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6493" CreationDate="2010-12-03T16:53:20.787" Score="4" ViewCount="283" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;all the LaTeX-tutorials tell me how LaTeX is an extention simplifying the building of TeX documents. Understandably, no one uses plain TeX anymore, right?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I seem to learn better when I grasp the link between TeX and LaTeX (this uppercase/lowercase-typing is getting annoying :) ). Does someone have a link to example files in plain TeX? I'd like to know which commands, macros etc. are LaTeX-specific.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2273" LastEditorUserId="1410" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-03T17:06:29.513" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T10:03:20.563" Title="Can I see a plain TeX source file please?" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;plain-tex&gt;" AnswerCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6491" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6490" CreationDate="2010-12-03T17:06:04.023" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is a reference card for (plain) TeX by J.H. Silverman: &lt;a href=&quot;http://refcards.com/docs/silvermanj/tex/tex-refcard-a4.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://refcards.com/docs/silvermanj/tex/tex-refcard-a4.pdf&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I find it invaluable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastActivityDate="2010-12-03T17:06:04.023" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6492" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6479" CreationDate="2010-12-03T17:06:33.050" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi &#xA;some thing like this could help: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer} &#xA;&#xA;\title{Stackxchng} &#xA;\author{McCool} &#xA;\institute{sth}&#xA;\date{the day the music died}   &#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document} &#xA;&#xA;\setbeamercolor{my thing}{fg=red, bg=black}% you can use every beamer color &#xA; \setbeamertemplate{title page}&#xA;   { &#xA;\begin{beamercolorbox}[ht=2cm,wd=\paperwidth, left, sep=.5cm]{my thing}&#xA; \color{black}Upper % use every color you want&#xA;\end{beamercolorbox}%&#xA;\vskip0pt plus 1filll % see beamerusersguide&#xA;&#xA;\begin{centering} % some Text Macros&#xA; \inserttitle &#xA;&#xA;  \insertsubtitle &#xA;&#xA; \insertauthor &#xA;&#xA; \insertdate &#xA;&#xA;  \insertinstitute &#xA;&#xA;   \inserttitlegraphic&#xA;\end{centering}&#xA;\vskip0pt plus 1filll % again tantau magical&#xA;\leavevmode \begin{beamercolorbox}[ wd=\paperwidth, ht=2cm, sep=.5cm]{my thing}&#xA;  \color{black} Lower % or what ever you like&#xA;\end{beamercolorbox}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\frame[plain]{\titlepage} % PLAIN!&#xA;\frame{just a frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hope that helps&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2217" LastActivityDate="2010-12-03T17:06:33.050" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6493" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6490" CreationDate="2010-12-03T17:15:01.510" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here you are: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.combinatorics.org/Information/plain.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.combinatorics.org/Information/plain.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1347" LastActivityDate="2010-12-03T17:15:01.510" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6494" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6489" CreationDate="2010-12-03T17:26:59.157" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Within the body text, right before the fifth chapter, you could add a line break to the &lt;code&gt;.toc&lt;/code&gt; file, for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\newpage}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-03T17:26:59.157" />
  <row Id="6495" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6355" CreationDate="2010-12-03T17:27:10.963" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This isn't an answer per se, but rather an observation from, what I gather, a &quot;lower&quot; level:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\parindent=0pt&#xA;\baselineskip=0pt&#xA;\raggedright&#xA;\halign to .2\hsize{&#xA;  \vbox to 20pt{\hsize=.05\hsize#\vfil}&amp;amp;% cmr10*2=20&#xA;  \vbox to 20pt{\hsize=.10\hsize#\vfil}&amp;amp;&#xA;  \vtop to 20pt{\hsize=.05\hsize#\vfil}\cr&#xA;  \hfill x&amp;amp;long text here&amp;amp;x\cr&#xA;  \centerline{wtf}&amp;amp;is happening here&amp;amp;huh?\cr&#xA;}\hfill&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/KorG6.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; title=&quot;Hosted by imgur.com&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Notice how the first 'x' is higher than the following vbox, and the last column content is lower than the middle column content, even though the explicit height definitions. Also I've no clue where does the white-space between the rows come from. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I, too, sure would like to know what is happening.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastActivityDate="2010-12-03T17:27:10.963" />
  <row Id="6496" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6355" CreationDate="2010-12-03T18:33:09.637" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use optional arguments of &lt;code&gt;\parbox&lt;/code&gt; for vertical alignment and vertical size. Here's a small demonstration example, I just quickly estimated the height. Inserting &lt;code&gt;\vspace{0pt}&lt;/code&gt; is a trick for changing the base line for the alignment. Without it, we would get a lot of additional whitespace.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\newcommand*{\tabbox}[2][t]{%&#xA;    \vspace{0pt}\parbox[#1][3.7\baselineskip]{1cm}{\strut#2\strut}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{| p{1cm} | p{1cm} | p{1cm} |}&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    \tabbox{x} &amp;amp;&#xA;    \tabbox{A long text comes here} &amp;amp;&#xA;    \tabbox[b]{x} \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/39ilV.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-03T18:33:09.637" />
  <row Id="6497" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6510" CreationDate="2010-12-03T19:22:33.820" Score="8" ViewCount="168" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is a very basic question. However, I didn't find simple rules for it, so I asked it here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some LaTeX commands (like &lt;code&gt;\noindent&lt;/code&gt;) affect a whole paragraph. Some of them (like &lt;code&gt;\emph&lt;/code&gt;) affect their argument (&lt;code&gt;\emph{Text goes here}&lt;/code&gt;), and some (like &lt;code&gt;\color&lt;/code&gt;) affect the remaining part of the paragraph (unless their put in &lt;code&gt;{}&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't know how to differentiate between these cases.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1347" LastActivityDate="2010-12-04T04:36:02.473" Title="The ``Region of Effect'' for LaTeX Commands" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6498" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6524" CreationDate="2010-12-03T19:29:47.263" Score="3" ViewCount="317" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using WinEdt 6.0 and need to write German umlaute. Using XeLaTeX, i need to save the tex-file in utf-8 to have native support for this - does anyone know how to tweak WinEdt so that it saves in utf-8?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1689" LastActivityDate="2010-12-04T16:45:23.170" Title="XeLaTeX, WinEdt 6.0 and UTF-8" Tags="&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;unicode&gt;&lt;winedt&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6499" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6497" CreationDate="2010-12-03T19:55:16.440" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Three issues are raised by your question. First the easy one &lt;code&gt;arguments&lt;/code&gt;. When you say \emph{text goes here} you are calling a macro that has been defined with one argument, possibly something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\emph#1{\textit{#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this case most macros will affect the enclosing text only.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When you get commands like &lt;code&gt;\noindent&lt;/code&gt; &lt;code&gt;\small&lt;/code&gt; etc they normally continue until redefined again. This is just a convention, commands don't need to be defined this way. It is a convention started with Knuth. Think of them as &lt;code&gt;globals&lt;/code&gt; in other programming languages or as &lt;code&gt;cascading&lt;/code&gt; in CSS. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When you use &lt;code&gt;{}&lt;/code&gt; you are &lt;code&gt;grouping&lt;/code&gt; or scoping the command(s). The grouping mechanism can be thought of a bit like scope in other programming languages, with the&#xA;exception that in TeX the mechanism is much more powerful. Most assignments made inside a group are local to that group unless explicitly indicated otherwise, and outside the group old values are restored (pretty much like in Pascal). If we type the following  example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;   \def\anumber{42}&#xA;   \anumber&#xA;    {&#xA;     \def\anumber{43}&#xA;     \def\b{2}&#xA;     \anumber&#xA;    }&#xA;   \anumber&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The macro &lt;code&gt;anumber&lt;/code&gt; will have a  different values within the group than outside it. There are a lot of commands associated with grouping and differentiating between local and global definitions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-12-03T19:55:16.440" />
  <row Id="6500" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6488" CreationDate="2010-12-03T20:32:19.963" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;On way to do this with TikZ is the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{positioning}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;a&#xA;% `inner sep=0` removes unwanted padding in the nodes;&#xA;% `baseline, anchor=base` alignes the baseline of the text in the nodes &#xA;%      with the baseline of the sourrounding text;&#xA;% `&amp;gt;=latex` selects the arrow style (see the TikZ manual for which&#xA;%      arrows are available.&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[inner sep=0cm,baseline,anchor=base,&amp;gt;=latex]&#xA;    % the first node, named 'left-node'&#xA;    \node (left-node) {$(\forall x \in X)$};&#xA;&#xA;    % add a second node to the right of left-node&#xA;    \node [right=0cm of left-node] (right-node) {$(\forall y \in Y)$};&#xA;&#xA;    % draw the connecting line between the north sides of the two nodes,&#xA;    % 1.5ex above the nodes.&#xA;    \draw[&amp;lt;-&amp;gt;,red] (left-node.north) |- +(0,1.5ex) -| (right-node.north);&#xA;&#xA;    % alternatively, draw a line between the north sides of the two nodes, with&#xA;    % starting angle 30° and ending at 150°.&#xA;    %\draw[&amp;lt;-&amp;gt;,red] (left-node.north) to[out=30,in=150] (right-node.north);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;b&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which gives &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/FGTut.png&quot; alt=&quot;example 1&quot;&gt; or &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/cvaGs.png&quot; alt=&quot;example 2&quot;&gt;, depending on which of the lines starting with &lt;code&gt;\draw&lt;/code&gt; you uncomment. Depending on where you want to use this, you might want to add &lt;code&gt;\displaystyle&lt;/code&gt; in the math in the two nodes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There seems to be interest in doing something like &lt;code&gt;pst-node&lt;/code&gt; in TikZ. A first approximation would be (the following examples need to be compiled two times)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\tikzmark[1]{\tikz[remember picture,overlay,baseline=-1ex] \node (#1) {};}&#xA;&#xA;\[(\forall x\tikzmark{a}\in X)(\forall y\tikzmark{b}\in Y)\]&#xA;\tikz[remember picture,overlay] \draw[&amp;lt;-&amp;gt;,red] (a.north) |- +(0,1.5ex) -| (b.north);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is however not quite what one wants, in this case, as the mark is not in the middle: &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/yPNB2.png&quot; alt=&quot;example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Adding a second parameter to &lt;code&gt;\tikzmark&lt;/code&gt; is not quite trivial as just putting the content into a node destroys all context (mathmode, spacing, etc.). I can't quite follow what &lt;code&gt;pst-node&lt;/code&gt; does in &lt;code&gt;\rnode&lt;/code&gt; (but judging from the result some space gets lost). If the usage is limited to simple cases, the following should work reasonably well (if necessary add &lt;code&gt;\displaystyle&lt;/code&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\tikzmark[2]{\tikz[remember picture,baseline,anchor=base] \node (#1) {$#2$};}&#xA;&#xA;\[(\forall x\tikzmark{a}{\in} X)(\forall y\tikzmark{b}{\in} Y)\]&#xA;\tikz[remember picture,overlay] \draw[&amp;lt;-&amp;gt;,red] (a.north) |- +(0,1.5ex) -| (b.north);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/xHDvm.png&quot; alt=&quot;example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is one more problem: overlayed pictures do not take any space, so the line and arrows might collide with text on the preceding line. I don't know how to fix this without manually adding some space.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With my first example, you can also do more fancy things, like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{positioning,decorations.pathreplacing,calc}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\[&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[inner sep=0cm,baseline,anchor=base,&amp;gt;=latex,decoration=brace]&#xA;    \node (left-node) {$(\forall x \in X)$};&#xA;    \node [right=0cm of left-node] (right-node) {$(\forall y \in Y)$};&#xA;&#xA;    \draw[decorate,red] ($(left-node.north west)+(0.3ex,0.2ex)$) -- ($(left-node.north east)+(-0.3ex,0.2ex)$);&#xA;    \draw[decorate,red] ($(right-node.north west)+(0.3ex,0.2ex)$) -- ($(right-node.north east)+(-0.3ex,0.2ex)$);&#xA;    \draw[&amp;lt;-&amp;gt;,red,transform canvas={yshift=1.2ex}] (left-node.north) to[out=30,in=150] (right-node.north);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/5lwRk.png&quot; alt=&quot;example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-03T23:50:07.700" LastActivityDate="2010-12-03T23:50:07.700" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6501" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6483" CreationDate="2010-12-03T20:41:25.903" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Suppose you want to use a New! Shiny! LaTeX package. First you'll need to make sure that the LaTeX program can find the important files. Usually, you'll get a &lt;code&gt;.cls&lt;/code&gt; file or a &lt;code&gt;.sty&lt;/code&gt; file, sometimes more things. These need to go into the search path of LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, if you only use it for one single project, you can (on most installations) just put the files in the same directory as you keep your &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; files in, since &lt;code&gt;.&lt;/code&gt; will be part of the search path.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For a better installation, though, you'll want the package to sit somewhere in your &lt;code&gt;texmf&lt;/code&gt; hierarchy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Both TeXlive and MikTeX come with package managers that can install most CTAN packages for you automatically. On TeXlive, it'll be called &lt;code&gt;tlmgr&lt;/code&gt;, and on MikTeX it'll be called the MikTeX Package Manager (MPM). The &lt;code&gt;tufte-latex&lt;/code&gt; package is available in both systems under this name, and so for MPM, you'll open the package manager, search for &lt;code&gt;tufte-latex&lt;/code&gt; and use the interface to install the package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On TeXlive, you'll need to do &lt;code&gt;tlmgr install tufte-latex&lt;/code&gt;, possibly with administrator privileges.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you're on neither of these systems, or are trying to install something that doesn't come in a neat package like this, it's a bit more involved.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First, you need to unpack your files in the right part of the &lt;code&gt;texmf&lt;/code&gt; tree. There's a global directory somewhere in your filesystem — depending on which distribution you use — called &lt;code&gt;texmf&lt;/code&gt;, and under this the structure is standardized by the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/tds/tds.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX directory structure&lt;/a&gt; project. LaTeX packages go in under &lt;code&gt;texmf/tex/latex/&amp;lt;package name&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;, or if the package doesn't depend on LaTeX (or any other particular dialect or subsystem) under &lt;code&gt;texmf/tex/generic/&amp;lt;package name&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;. There may also be user-specific &lt;code&gt;texmf&lt;/code&gt; locations — on MacOSX there is &lt;code&gt;~/Library/texmf&lt;/code&gt;, and there might be a &lt;code&gt;~/.texmf&lt;/code&gt; under various Linux/UNIX dialects.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Once your files are unpacked, you'll need to tell TeX about the new files. You do this by triggering a rebuild of the internal file location hash table, by running &lt;code&gt;texhash&lt;/code&gt; with administrator privileges. MikTeX has instead, somewhere, a button in the administration tools called something like &lt;code&gt;Update FNDB&lt;/code&gt; which will do the corresponding work for you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After this, you can just go on to include packages in your &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; files, and compile away. As an example, this skeleton works for me, and produces a pretty little silly page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{tufte-handout}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Demonstrating the Tufte classes}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\newthought{ This document} demonstrates a compiling document with the &#xA;\texttt{tufte-latex} classes.&#xA;&#xA;A rather minimal version will compile easy enough.&#xA;&#xA;\newthought{For more details} on tweaks and tricks, refer to the documentation.&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="257" LastActivityDate="2010-12-03T20:41:25.903" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6502" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6488" CreationDate="2010-12-03T20:53:39.180" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Usually I also prefer &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/pgf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pgf/tikZ&lt;/a&gt;. Nevertheless here comes a quick solution with &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/pst-node&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pst-node&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{pst-node}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \[&#xA;    (\forall x\rnode{a}{\in} X)(\forall y\rnode{b}{\in} Y)&#xA;  \]&#xA;  \ncbar[angle=90,arrows=&amp;lt;-&amp;gt;,nodesep=2pt]{a}{b}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/iAWsJ.png&quot; alt=&quot;result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-03T21:05:46.970" LastActivityDate="2010-12-03T21:05:46.970" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="6503" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6447" CreationDate="2010-12-03T21:37:33.337" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Since you are using a &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/koma-script&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;KOMA Script&lt;/a&gt; class, you should try the &lt;code&gt;pagesize&lt;/code&gt; document class option. It allows to specify the output driver for writing information about paper size into the document. The comprehensive manual has the necessary details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-12-03T21:37:33.337" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6504" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6478" CreationDate="2010-12-03T21:55:10.320" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/caption&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;caption&lt;/a&gt; package also masters to create new float environments with corresponding lists.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper,english]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{babel}&#xA;\usepackage[font=small,labelfont=bf,tableposition=top]{caption}&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareCaptionType[fileext=los,placement={!ht}]{scheme}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \listofschemes&#xA;&#xA;  \bigskip&#xA;  \blindtext&#xA;&#xA;  \begin{scheme}&#xA;    \centering&#xA;    \rule{0.75\textwidth}{0.5\textwidth}&#xA;    \caption{Dummy scheme}\label{sch:dummy}&#xA;  \end{scheme}&#xA;&#xA;  \blindtext&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-12-03T21:55:10.320" />
  <row Id="6505" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6508" CreationDate="2010-12-03T22:04:16.707" Score="6" ViewCount="174" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a definition, and a footnote which refers to the whole definition. &amp;nbsp;So I’d ideally like an output looking something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Definition 1.5&lt;sup&gt;3&lt;/sup&gt;.&lt;/strong&gt; &amp;nbsp; A footnote is a small aside, usually placed at the bottom of a page and marked by a tag in the main text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;hr&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;3&lt;/sup&gt;Some people think that footnotes are bad style.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a good way to get this placement of the footnote marker? &amp;nbsp;Neither of the following comes out right (for obvious reasons):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{definition}\footnote{Footnote text.} We define \ldots&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{definition}[\footnote{Footnote text.}] We define \ldots&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I’m using &lt;code&gt;amsthm&lt;/code&gt;, but answers for without that would be interesting too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1635" LastActivityDate="2010-12-03T22:36:15.183" Title="Footnote marker placement in heading of theorem/definition/etc." Tags="&lt;footnotes&gt;&lt;theorems&gt;&lt;amsthm&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6506" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6490" CreationDate="2010-12-03T22:08:18.093" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;if you really want to be boggled by a plain tex source file, go to the ur-source:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/tex-archive/systems/knuth/dist/tex/texbook.tex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://mirror.ctan.org/tex-archive/systems/knuth/dist/tex/texbook.tex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;this is what it says it is -- the source of the texbook -- and it has been made available by don knuth so that people can see how he solved various problems.  it shouldn't be tex'ed without his permission.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;of course, it's most meaningful when viewed together with the printed version; try to find someone who can lend you a copy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the formatting depends on a collection of macros created specifically for the purpose; \input manmac.tex makes these available.  that file is included in the tex live distribution and it's worth taking a look at it to see how it differs from latex packages.  it's my opinion that, whatever the flavor of the input one might be using for a tex job, the first order of business is to decide on (design, if necessary) the basic user interface, and only then embark on the input of the content.  from there, they will most often develop in parallel.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="579" LastActivityDate="2010-12-03T22:08:18.093" />
  <row Id="6507" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6498" CreationDate="2010-12-03T22:13:46.830" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;UTF-8 is planned for WinEdt 6.1. It uses it's own text editor, not a library, and so UTF-8 support has to be written from the ground up. You can use other encodings which WinEdt can work with to use accents natively, or can use its build-in translation system.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-12-03T22:13:46.830" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6508" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6505" CreationDate="2010-12-03T22:27:26.473" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Change the definition of &lt;code&gt;\thetheorem&lt;/code&gt; inside a group so as to include the desired footnote. (I use the &lt;code&gt;\apptocmd&lt;/code&gt; command of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/etoolbox.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;etoolbox&lt;/a&gt; package to amend the definition without looking up the particulars of the original.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{amsthm}&#xA;\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{etoolbox}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begingroup&#xA;\apptocmd{\thetheorem}{\protect\footnote{A footnote.}}{}{}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{theorem}&#xA;Some text.&#xA;\end{theorem}&#xA;&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;&#xA;\begin{theorem}&#xA;Some text.&#xA;\end{theorem}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: Interestingly, this only seems to work with &lt;code&gt;amsthm&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-03T22:36:15.183" LastActivityDate="2010-12-03T22:36:15.183" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6509" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6268" CreationDate="2010-12-04T01:42:32.983" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A completely different solution using absolute positioning with TikZ (this needs two compilations to show up in the correct position)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz,caption}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{calc}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\clearpage&#xA;\thispagestyle{empty}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[overlay,remember picture]&#xA;    \draw ($(current page.south west)+(5pt,0.5cm)$) grid ($(current page.north east)-(5pt,5pt)$);&#xA;    \node[anchor=base,inner sep=0cm] at (current page.south) {\parbox{\textwidth}{\captionof{figure}{The Grid}}};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\clearpage&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course your actual picture must be drawn in reference to &lt;code&gt;(current page)&lt;/code&gt;, e.g. by transforming the canvas so that (0,0) is at &lt;code&gt;(current page.center)&lt;/code&gt; or at the bottom left.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-12-04T01:42:32.983" />
  <row Id="6510" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6497" CreationDate="2010-12-04T04:36:02.473" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\noindent&lt;/code&gt; control sequence is not a macro, but a primitive. It is not something that remains in effect for an entire paragraph. It instructs TeX to leave (internal) vertical mode and enter horizontal mode. (I sort of described TeX's vertical and horizontal modes in a blog &lt;a href=&quot;http://texhacks.blogspot.com/2009/11/spaces-in-tex-part-ii.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;post&lt;/a&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;More relevant to your question, there's no good way to distinguish which control sequences have arguments. The LaTeX 3 team has taken some pains to provide a consistent naming convention that lets the user know how many arguments and what type are expected. See the &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.math.ku.edu/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/expl3/expl3.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt; documentation&lt;/a&gt; for details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To complicate matters, there are many LaTeX macros which, strictly speaking, do not take any arguments, but do in reality. For example, according to TeX, the &lt;code&gt;\emph&lt;/code&gt; macro takes no arguments. To see this, we can ask TeX to show the implementation of a macro using the &lt;code&gt;\show&lt;/code&gt; primitive:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;*\show\emph&#xA;&amp;gt; \emph=macro:&#xA;-&amp;gt;\protect \emph  .&#xA;&amp;lt;*&amp;gt; \show\emph&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is a little tricky to read at first, but in the first line, I've asked TeX to show me the definition of &lt;code&gt;\emph&lt;/code&gt; (the &lt;code&gt;*&lt;/code&gt; is TeX's prompt). TeX responded by telling me that &lt;code&gt;\emph&lt;/code&gt; is a macro which takes no arguments and expands to &lt;code&gt;\protect \emph&amp;nbsp;&lt;/code&gt;. (There's actually a space in the name of the latter control sequence, which is why there are &lt;em&gt;two&lt;/em&gt; spaces between &lt;code&gt;\emph&lt;/code&gt; and the period.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As an example of a macro which takes arguments, we can define &lt;code&gt;\def\foo#1{asdf}&lt;/code&gt; which takes a single argument. When we ask TeX for the definition, it responds as follows.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;*\show\foo&#xA;&amp;gt; \foo=macro:&#xA;#1-&amp;gt;asdf.&#xA;&amp;lt;*&amp;gt; \show\foo&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here, it's showing us that it takes a single argument (denoted &lt;code&gt;#1&lt;/code&gt;) and then expands to &lt;code&gt;asdf&lt;/code&gt; (note that we didn't actually use the argument).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What this means is that we can't even interrogate TeX to ask it which macros require arguments and which do not. (Technically speaking, the problem of deciding if a given macro requires an argument is undecidable. The proof is a simple reduction to the &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Halting_problem&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Halting problem&lt;/a&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately, this means that differentiating control sequences that require arguments from those that remain in effect until some point in the future (like the end of a group, or the end of a paragraph) from those that perform some discrete action right then is just a matter of experience and reading documentation. Hopefully LaTeX 3 will improve the situation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-12-04T04:36:02.473" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6511" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6536" CreationDate="2010-12-04T04:45:55.127" Score="2" ViewCount="179" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to run bibtex from TextMate, but it doesn't seem to be working. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After I run &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; from Textmate, I click &quot;Run BibTeX&quot; to which I get the following&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;This is BibTeX, Version 0.99c (Web2C 7.5.7)&#xA;&#xA;The style file: plain.bst&#xA;&#xA;Found 0 errors, and 0 warnings in 0 runs&#xA;&#xA;bibtex exited with status 2&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After running latex several times, all that shows up in the PDF is &quot;References&quot; with nothing below it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using latex version &lt;code&gt;pdfTeXk, Version 3.1415926-1.40.9 (Web2C 7.5.7)&lt;/code&gt; on mac osx 10.6&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update 1&lt;/strong&gt; when i try to run bibtex from the command line i get this&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$ bibtex ME265_Paper&#xA;This is BibTeX, Version 0.99d (TeX Live 2010)&#xA;The top-level auxiliary file: ME265_Paper.aux&#xA;The style file: plain.bst&#xA;I couldn't open database file ME265_Paper.bib&#xA;---line 31 of file ME265_Paper.aux&#xA; : \bibdata{ME265_Paper&#xA; :                     }&#xA;I'm skipping whatever remains of this command&#xA;I found no database files---while reading file ME265_Paper.aux&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks for the help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1751" LastEditorUserId="1751" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-05T02:13:37.840" LastActivityDate="2010-12-05T02:13:37.840" Title="Running BibTex from TextMate" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6512" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-04T06:34:10.633" Score="6" ViewCount="345" Body="&lt;p&gt;In a previous &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/6393/strategy-for-managing-multiple-bibtex-files&quot;&gt;question&lt;/a&gt; I asked about best practices when managing multiple bibtex files.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One strategy involves having a single centralised bibtex file.&#xA;Then, citations in a particular article are imported based on an aux file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;While it is possible to do the importing manually using JabRef, &#xA;I would like to be able to automate the process as part of a makefile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My question:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Which of the various scripts that are available would be best for this purpose?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Which of them work on Windows?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Are there are any other general tips related to automating the extraction of citations for a particular article from a centralised bibtex database?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The ones that I've seen mentioned:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/bibtools&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;bibtools&lt;/a&gt;: particularly &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/utils/bibtools/aux2bib&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;aux2bib&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;code&gt;subset&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/utils/bibexport/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;bibexport&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/utils/bibtool/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;bibtool&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/utils/bibextract/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;bibextract&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update (7/12/2010):&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;The reason that I want to do this is that I want to upload all files to a self-contained repository. I'd also like others to be able to re-use components of the repository (e.g., the bib file). For example someone might want to get a copy of all the references in my paper and add them to their bibtex database.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="151" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-31T21:49:27.133" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T21:49:27.133" Title="Best script for automatically copying references from a centralised bib file based on aux file" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;auxiliary-files&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="6514" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6103" CreationDate="2010-12-04T06:52:49.027" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;dirtree&lt;/code&gt; package is neat! Below is a slight modification of the package to page break sanely. It requires LaTeX and the &lt;code&gt;zref&lt;/code&gt; package, so I don't claim it's the right solution, but it does seem to work (at least with extremely limited testing). &lt;strong&gt;As this modification uses references, it takes multiple runs of LaTeX to see the new page breaking behavior.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% This file was dirtree.tex. It was modified by TH. to support&#xA;% splitting the tree at pagebreaks sanely. It has been renamed to&#xA;% durtree.sty. It will now only work with LaTeX. It is meant as a&#xA;% quick hack to solve the problem at hand. Any bugs in it are my own,&#xA;% please don't blame M. Charpentier for them!&#xA;%&#xA;%%&#xA;%% This is file `dirtree.tex',&#xA;%% generated with the docstrip utility.&#xA;%%&#xA;%% The original source files were:&#xA;%%&#xA;%% dirtree.dtx  (with options: `tex')&#xA;%% &#xA;%% IMPORTANT NOTICE:&#xA;%% &#xA;%% For the copyright see the source file.&#xA;%% &#xA;%% Any modified versions of this file must be renamed&#xA;%% with new filenames distinct from dirtree.tex.&#xA;%% &#xA;%% For distribution of the original source see the terms&#xA;%% for copying and modification in the file dirtree.dtx.&#xA;%% &#xA;%% This generated file may be distributed as long as the&#xA;%% original source files, as listed above, are part of the&#xA;%% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be&#xA;%% in the same archive or directory.)&#xA;%%&#xA;%% Package `dirtree.dtx'&#xA;%% -----------------------------------------------&#xA;%% Copyright (C) 2004-2006 Jean-C\^ome Charpentier&#xA;%% -----------------------------------------------&#xA;%%&#xA;%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the&#xA;%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3&#xA;%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.&#xA;%% The latest version of this license is in&#xA;%%   http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt&#xA;%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX&#xA;%% version 2003/12/01 or later.&#xA;%%&#xA;%% See CTAN archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt.&#xA;%%&#xA;%% CONTENTS:&#xA;%%   This work consists of the files dirtree.ins and dirtree.dtx.&#xA;%%   Derived files are dirtree.tex and dirtree.sty.&#xA;%%&#xA;%% DESCRIPTION:&#xA;%%   dirtree is a package displaying directory trees.&#xA;%%&#xA;\def\fileversion{0.1}&#xA;\def\filedate{2010/12/04}&#xA;\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/06/01]&#xA;\ProvidesPackage{durtree}[\filedate\space v\fileversion]&#xA;\RequirePackage{zref-abspage}&#xA;\long\def\LOOP#1\REPEAT{%&#xA;  \def\ITERATE{#1\relax\expandafter\ITERATE\fi}%&#xA;  \ITERATE&#xA;  \let\ITERATE\relax&#xA;}&#xA;\let\REPEAT=\fi&#xA;\def\@nameedef#1{\expandafter\edef\csname #1\endcsname}&#xA;\newdimen\DT@offset \DT@offset=0.2em&#xA;\newdimen\DT@width \DT@width=1em&#xA;\newdimen\DT@sep \DT@sep=0.2em&#xA;\newdimen\DT@all&#xA;\DT@all=\DT@offset&#xA;\advance\DT@all \DT@width&#xA;\advance\DT@all \DT@sep&#xA;\newdimen\DT@rulewidth \DT@rulewidth=0.4pt&#xA;\newdimen\DT@dotwidth \DT@dotwidth=1.6pt&#xA;\newdimen\DTbaselineskip \DTbaselineskip=\baselineskip&#xA;\newcount\DT@counti&#xA;\newcount\DT@countii&#xA;\newcount\DT@countiii&#xA;\newcount\DT@countiv&#xA;\newcount\DT@treenum \DT@treenum=0&#xA;\newif\ifDT@split&#xA;\def\DTsetlength#1#2#3#4#5{%&#xA;  \DT@offset=#1\relax&#xA;  \DT@width=#2\relax&#xA;  \DT@sep=#3\relax&#xA;  \DT@all=\DT@offset&#xA;  \advance\DT@all by\DT@width&#xA;  \advance\DT@all by\DT@sep&#xA;  \DT@rulewidth=#4\relax&#xA;  \DT@dotwidth=#5\relax&#xA;}&#xA;\def\DTstyle{\ttfamily}&#xA;\def\DTstylecomment{\rmfamily}&#xA;\def\DTcomment#1{%&#xA;  \kern\parindent\dotfill&#xA;  {\DTstylecomment{#1}}%&#xA;}&#xA;\def\dirtree#1{%&#xA;  \global\advance\DT@treenum by\@ne&#xA;  \let\DT@indent=\parindent&#xA;  \parindent=\z@&#xA;  \let\DT@parskip=\parskip&#xA;  \parskip=\z@&#xA;  \let\DT@baselineskip=\baselineskip&#xA;  \baselineskip=\DTbaselineskip&#xA;  \let\DT@strut=\strut&#xA;  \def\strut{\vrule width\z@ height0.7\baselineskip depth0.3\baselineskip}%&#xA;  \DT@counti=\z@&#xA;  \let\next\DT@readarg&#xA;  \next#1\@nil&#xA;  \dimen@=\hsize&#xA;  \advance\dimen@ -\DT@offset&#xA;  \advance\dimen@ -\DT@width&#xA;  \setbox\z@=\hbox to\dimen@{%&#xA;    \hsize=\dimen@&#xA;    \vbox{\@nameuse{DT@body@1}}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \dimen@=\ht\z@&#xA;  \advance\dimen@ by\dp\z@&#xA;  \advance\dimen@ by-0.7\baselineskip&#xA;  \ht\z@=0.7\baselineskip&#xA;  \dp\z@=\dimen@&#xA;  \par\leavevmode&#xA;  \kern\DT@offset&#xA;  \kern\DT@width&#xA;  \box\z@&#xA;  \endgraf&#xA;  \DT@countii=\@ne&#xA;  \DT@countiii=\z@&#xA;  \dimen3=\dimen@&#xA;  \@namedef{DT@lastlevel@1}{-0.7\baselineskip}%&#xA;  \loop&#xA;  \ifnum\DT@countii&amp;lt;\DT@counti&#xA;    \advance\DT@countii \@ne&#xA;    \advance\DT@countiii \@ne&#xA;    \dimen@=\@nameuse{DT@level@\the\DT@countii}\DT@all&#xA;    \advance\dimen@ by\DT@offset&#xA;    \advance\dimen@ by-\DT@all&#xA;    \leavevmode&#xA;    \kern\dimen@&#xA;    \DT@countiv=\DT@countii&#xA;    \count@=\z@&#xA;    \DT@splitfalse&#xA;    \LOOP&#xA;      \advance\DT@countiv \m@ne&#xA;      \ifnum\@nameuse{DT@level@\the\DT@countiv} &amp;gt;&#xA;        \@nameuse{DT@level@\the\DT@countii}\relax&#xA;      \else&#xA;        \count@=\@ne&#xA;      \fi&#xA;      \ifnum0\zref@extract{DT\the\DT@treenum.\the\DT@countiv}{abspage} =&#xA;        0\zref@extract{DT\the\DT@treenum.\the\DT@countii}{abspage}\relax&#xA;      \else&#xA;        \advance\DT@countiv\@ne&#xA;        \count@=\@ne&#xA;        \DT@splittrue&#xA;      \fi&#xA;    \ifnum\count@=\z@&#xA;    \REPEAT&#xA;    \edef\DT@hsize{\the\hsize}%&#xA;    \count@=\@nameuse{DT@level@\the\DT@countii}\relax&#xA;    \dimen@=\count@\DT@all&#xA;    \advance\hsize by-\dimen@&#xA;    \setbox\z@=\vbox{\@nameuse{DT@body@\the\DT@countii}}%&#xA;    \hsize=\DT@hsize&#xA;    \dimen@=\ht\z@&#xA;    \advance\dimen@ by\dp\z@&#xA;    \advance\dimen@ by-0.7\baselineskip&#xA;    \ht\z@=0.7\baselineskip&#xA;    \dp\z@=\dimen@&#xA;    \@nameedef{DT@lastlevel@\the\DT@countii}{\the\dimen3}%&#xA;    \advance\dimen3 by\dimen@&#xA;    \advance\dimen3 by0.7\baselineskip&#xA;    \dimen@=\@nameuse{DT@lastlevel@\the\DT@countii}\relax&#xA;    \advance\dimen@ by-\@nameuse{DT@lastlevel@\the\DT@countiv}\relax&#xA;    \advance\dimen@ by0.3\baselineskip&#xA;    \ifnum\@nameuse{DT@level@\the\DT@countiv} &amp;lt;&#xA;        \@nameuse{DT@level@\the\DT@countii}\relax&#xA;      \advance\dimen@ by-0.5\baselineskip&#xA;    \fi&#xA;    \ifDT@split&#xA;      \advance\dimen@ by.4\baselineskip&#xA;    \fi&#xA;    \kern-0.5\DT@rulewidth&#xA;    \hbox{\vbox to\z@{\vss\hrule width\DT@rulewidth height\dimen@}}%&#xA;    \kern-0.5\DT@rulewidth&#xA;    \kern-0.5\DT@dotwidth&#xA;    \vrule width\DT@dotwidth height0.5\DT@dotwidth depth0.5\DT@dotwidth&#xA;    \kern-0.5\DT@dotwidth&#xA;    \vrule width\DT@width height0.5\DT@rulewidth depth0.5\DT@rulewidth&#xA;    \kern\DT@sep&#xA;    \box\z@&#xA;    \endgraf&#xA;  \repeat&#xA;  \parindent=\DT@indent&#xA;  \parskip=\DT@parskip&#xA;  \DT@baselineskip=\baselineskip&#xA;  \let\strut\DT@strut&#xA;}&#xA;\def\DT@readarg.#1 #2. #3\@nil{%&#xA;  \advance\DT@counti \@ne&#xA;  \@namedef{DT@level@\the\DT@counti}{#1}%&#xA;  \edef\DT@label{DT\the\DT@treenum.\the\DT@counti}%&#xA;  \expandafter\def\csname DT@body@\the\DT@counti\expandafter\endcsname&#xA;      \expandafter{\expandafter\strut\expandafter\zref@label\expandafter{%&#xA;      \DT@label}%&#xA;    {\DTstyle{#2}\strut}%&#xA;  }&#xA;  \ifx\relax#3\relax&#xA;    \let\next\@gobble&#xA;  \fi&#xA;  \next#3\@nil&#xA;}&#xA;\endinput&#xA;%%&#xA;%% End of file `durtree.sty'.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It might be instructive to diff this file with dirtree.tex to see what I changed in detail. Basically, I added an absolute page ref after the first &lt;code&gt;\strut&lt;/code&gt; that gets added around each entry. Then, when typesetting, it checks if the page number of the current entry matches the previous entry at that level. If they match, nothing different happens (&lt;code&gt;\ifDT@split&lt;/code&gt; is false). Otherwise, it only draws the vertical rule to the top of the first entry on the current page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I also changed the &lt;code&gt;\dimen\z@&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\dimen0&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\dimen@&lt;/code&gt;. I guess this is technically slightly faster, but mostly it was annoying me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-04T07:19:42.643" LastActivityDate="2010-12-04T07:19:42.643" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="6515" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6516" CreationDate="2010-12-04T07:01:54.467" Score="4" ViewCount="380" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Background&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dozens of source code snippets inserted into a document as images inside of Algorithm floats. Other images are screen captures, inserted as Graphics floats, to make a distinction. All Graphic floats should be centred, thus the preamble contains:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% Resize figures that are too wide for the page.&#xA;\let\oldincludegraphics\includegraphics&#xA;\renewcommand\includegraphics[2][]{%&#xA;  \oldincludegraphics[width=\ScaleIfNeeded]{#2}&#xA;  \centering&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This works, as &lt;code&gt;ScaleIfNeeded&lt;/code&gt; is defined elsewhere, resulting in all images being centred, including the Algorithm images.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Problem&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The Algorithm floats also contain images, and these images are centred, which is undesirable. The code for each Algorithm resembles:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{algorithm}[H]&#xA;\includegraphics{source/sql/query-formatted.sql.png}&#xA;\caption{\label{alg:Query-with-Formatting}Query with Formatting}&#xA;\end{algorithm}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Ideas&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tried:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% Centre algorithms.&#xA;\let\oldalgorithm\algorithm&#xA;\let\endoldalgorithm\endalgorithm&#xA;\renewenvironment{algorithm}[1][ht]{%&#xA;  \begin{flushleft}&#xA;  \oldalgorithm[#1]&#xA;  \end{flushleft}&#xA;  }%&#xA;  {\endoldalgorithm}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This results in a number of errors (&quot;Missing &lt;code&gt;}&lt;/code&gt; inserted&quot;, amongst others).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Question&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can images embedded exclusively within Algorithm floats be left-justified?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Bonus Question&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can a thick, left-hand vertical rule (or any stylistic change) be made to the Algorithm floats? For example, the left-hand border on the &quot;batch source text&quot; from this &lt;a href=&quot;http://superuser.com/questions/213217/convert-html-to-image/213331#213331&quot;&gt;indirectly-related question&lt;/a&gt;. (Or any source code snippets on SuperUser.com, for that matter.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2148" LastEditorUserId="2148" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-04T21:11:03.170" LastActivityDate="2010-12-04T21:11:03.170" Title="Override \centering to left justify an image" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;horizontal-alignment&gt;&lt;algorithms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="6516" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6515" CreationDate="2010-12-04T07:12:41.640" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is untested, but how about something like the following?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\expandafter\def\expandafter\algorithm\expandafter{%&#xA;        \expandafter\let\expandafter\centering\expandafter\relax&#xA;        \algorithm&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This makes &lt;code&gt;\centering&lt;/code&gt; do nothing in the algorithm environment. (There's actually a better way to do such things with the &lt;code&gt;etoolbox&lt;/code&gt; package.) If you want, you could replace &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;\raggedright&lt;/code&gt; (or better &lt;code&gt;\RaggedRight&lt;/code&gt; from the &lt;code&gt;ragged2e&lt;/code&gt; package) if you really want that behavior. The &lt;code&gt;flushleft&lt;/code&gt; environment is not what you want since that's going to add extra space.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Actually, I've got a better idea than redefining &lt;code&gt;\centering&lt;/code&gt; locally which just feels wrong. How about this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\oldincludegraphics\includegraphics[2][]{%&#xA;        \oldincludegraphics[width=\ScaleIfNeeded]{#2}%&#xA;        \graphicsalignment&#xA;}&#xA;\expandafter\def\expandafter\algorithm\expandafter{%&#xA;        \expandafter\let\expandafter\graphicsalignment\expandafter\relax&#xA;        \algorithm&#xA;}&#xA;\let\graphicsalignment\centering&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Bonus Question:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Here's one idea for getting a rule.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newdimen\coderulewidth \coderulewidth=1em&#xA;\newdimen\coderulesep \coderulesep=1em&#xA;\newdimen\coderuleseptemp&#xA;\newbox\codebox&#xA;\newenvironment{coderule}[1][\coderulesep]{%&#xA;        \par&#xA;        \coderuleseptemp=#1\relax&#xA;        \setbox\codebox=\vbox\bgroup&#xA;                \linewidth=\dimexpr\linewidth-\coderulewidth-\coderulesep\relax&#xA;                \hsize=\linewidth&#xA;}{%&#xA;        \egroup&#xA;        \noindent&#xA;        \strut&#xA;        \hbox{%&#xA;                \vrule width\coderulewidth&#xA;                \kern\coderuleseptemp&#xA;                \box\codebox&#xA;        }%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As an example of usage, here are a few grafs with the thick rule on the left (this example needs the &lt;code&gt;lipsum&lt;/code&gt; package).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{coderule}&#xA;\lipsum[1-2]&#xA;\end{coderule}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For an &lt;code&gt;algorithmic&lt;/code&gt;, the algorithm is already indented, so you can use the optional argument (or just redefine &lt;code&gt;\coderulesep&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{algorithm}&#xA;\begin{coderule}[0pt]&#xA;\begin{algorithmic}&#xA;\STATE $x\gets0$&#xA;\STATE $y\gets1$&#xA;\STATE $z\gets x+y$&#xA;\end{algorithmic}&#xA;\end{coderule}&#xA;\end{algorithm}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-04T10:34:38.627" LastActivityDate="2010-12-04T10:34:38.627" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="6517" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6523" CreationDate="2010-12-04T08:42:18.497" Score="4" ViewCount="199" Body="&lt;p&gt;I did many combinatorical attempts but none worked in the way I want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to include both LaTeX code snippet and C# code snippet in my little book about LaTeX. However, I could not find the way to fix margin overflow for LTXexample.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please see my screenshot below, you will get the idea:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/8L1QE.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And the &lt;strong&gt;&quot;minimal code&quot;&lt;/strong&gt; is given as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[dvips,final,dvipsnames]{book}&#xA;\usepackage[showframe=true,a4paper,margin=20mm,twoside]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{showexpl}&#xA;\lstset{%&#xA;    breaklines=true,%default: false&#xA;    basicstyle=\ttfamily\scriptsize,&#xA;    keywordstyle=\color{blue}\sffamily\bfseries,                                                                &#xA;    commentstyle=\color{ForestGreen}\itshape,                                   &#xA;    stringstyle=\rmfamily,                                                      &#xA;    showstringspaces=false,%default: true&#xA;    backgroundcolor=\color{Yellow!25},&#xA;    %---------------------------------------------------------&#xA;    frame=single,%default: none &#xA;    framerule=0.2pt,%expands outward &#xA;    rulecolor=\color{red},&#xA;    framesep=3pt,%expands outward&#xA;    %---------------------------------------------------------&#xA;    %make the frame fits in the text area. &#xA;    %not affect  LTX when numbers=none.&#xA;    xleftmargin=3.2pt,%does not affect LTXexample, why? I don't know!&#xA;    xrightmargin=3.2pt,%does not affect LTXexample, why? I don't know!&#xA;    %----------------------------------------------------------&#xA;    tabsize=2,%default: 8 only influence the lstlisting and lstinline.&#xA;    explpreset={}%to remove the default setting of LTXexample.&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\chapter{Bug or Feature?}&#xA;I don't like line numbers because they will make copying the codes&#xA; no longer convenient for the readers---the readers will be forced &#xA; to do an  extra job to remove the line numbers later after pasting &#xA; the copied codes to their editors. Line numbers will be useful if &#xA; the author make references to code snippet. In my book, I will not &#xA; make references. Why? Because I believe you have a good sense to &#xA; understand the context.&#xA;&#xA;\section{LTXexample}&#xA;\begin{LTXexample}[pos=b,language={PSTricks}]&#xA;\LaTeXe\ is fun! But \LaTeXe\ without PSTricks looks like a soup &#xA;without salt.&#xA;\[&#xA;E\not=mc^2&#xA;\]&#xA;$E=E$ and $mc^2=mc^2$. $E$ is not equal to $mc^2$. &#xA;\end{LTXexample}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\section{lstlisting}&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}[language={[Sharp]C}]&#xA;using System;&#xA;public static class Foo&#xA;{&#xA;        public static void Main()&#xA;        {&#xA;            Console.WriteLine(&quot;Hello Universe, I am E.T.&quot;);&#xA;        }&#xA;}&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Because there is no &quot;showexpl&quot; tag, so I choose &quot;listings and margins&quot; tags. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT 1:&lt;/strong&gt; There is no margin overflow for lstlisting. I can control lstlisting margins using lstset as given in the code snippet above. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-04T09:36:28.323" LastActivityDate="2010-12-04T12:24:14.007" Title="How to resolve Margin Overflow for the formatted text produced by LTXexample (from showexpl.sty)?" Tags="&lt;margins&gt;&lt;listings&gt;&lt;showexpl&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6518" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6538" CreationDate="2010-12-04T10:59:51.147" Score="4" ViewCount="164" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use a the jura package to write some home work in Law (to be honest, I'm just helping my girlfriend ...). Anyways, I the header of the document I have:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{jura}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum} % dummy paragraphs.&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[&#xA;    top=3cm, &#xA;    bottom=3cm, &#xA;    left=7cm, &#xA;    right=.2cm, &#xA;    width=500pt,&#xA;    marginparwidth=0pt]{geometry}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum[1-5]&#xA;\frontmatter&#xA;\lipsum[1-10]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I include the &lt;code&gt;\frontmatter&lt;/code&gt; command, the definitions by geometry package are overridden (note that I need to use the &lt;code&gt;jura&lt;/code&gt; document class). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I reverse this? Can I have an in-document (e.g. no it preamble) command to change the right margin?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2266" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-23T23:07:24.243" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T23:07:24.243" Title="using \frontmatter kills my {geometry} definitions" Tags="&lt;margins&gt;&lt;layout&gt;&lt;geometry&gt;&lt;front-matter&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6519" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6518" CreationDate="2010-12-04T11:23:02.757" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/1n3D2.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;   &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{jura}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8x]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} %Silbentrennung&#xA;\usepackage{ngerman}%Deutsche Sonderzeichen und Silbentrennung (neue Rechtschreibung)&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{times}&#xA;\usepackage[%&#xA;                        a4paper,&#xA;                        twoside,&#xA;                        vmargin=30mm,&#xA;                        left=70mm,&#xA;                        right=2mm,&#xA;                        showframe=true%&#xA;                     ]{geometry}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}%dummy paragraphs.&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\frontmatter&#xA;\lipsum[1-10]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2010-12-04T11:23:02.757" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="6520" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4841" CreationDate="2010-12-04T11:42:36.467" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Wow, I find it unusual that nobody mentioned the best tool around (my opinion) to do high quality Latex schematics (not too hard to learn, best circuits guaranteed) - it's &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ece.uwaterloo.ca/~aplevich/Circuit_macros/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Circuit_macros&lt;/a&gt; which are created and maintained by professor J. D. Aplevich.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Examples can be found &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ece.uwaterloo.ca/~aplevich/Circuit_macros/html/examples.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;, and helpful installation tips are &lt;a href=&quot;http://staff.ee.sun.ac.za/pjrandewijk/wiki/index.php/M4_Circuit_Macros_-_Installation&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;. You can find manual in every Circuit_macros distribution. Commands for drawing are those of &lt;code&gt;pic&lt;/code&gt; drawing language, and macros for electrical elements are written in &lt;code&gt;m4&lt;/code&gt; macro language. After writing down schematic in this combination of languages (&lt;code&gt;pic&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;m4&lt;/code&gt;), file should be preprocessed with &lt;code&gt;m4&lt;/code&gt; macro processor leaving pure &lt;code&gt;pic&lt;/code&gt; drawing behind. &lt;code&gt;.pic.&lt;/code&gt; file is after that easily transfered in PSTricks or TiKZ/PGF (first couple pages of manual).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;One thing that makes Circuit_macros so much more usable and &lt;strong&gt;faster&lt;/strong&gt; is &lt;a href=&quot;http://wwwu.uni-klu.ac.at/magostin/cirkuit.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Cirkuit&lt;/a&gt; program (written by Matteo Agostinelli), in which you have the ability to preview the schematic while you are drawing it. There are always binaries around for Linux (although probably not for newest version), so the installation is straightforward. Here's how it looks like when you're using Cirkuit to draw schematics.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Problem with processing every following schematic with &lt;code&gt;m4&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;dpic&lt;/code&gt; manually, can &lt;strong&gt;easily&lt;/strong&gt; be avoided using special LaTeX command &lt;code&gt;\mtopgf&lt;/code&gt; defined on the 5th page of the manual.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/iVdKZ.gif&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1996" LastEditorUserId="1996" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-30T20:07:22.800" LastActivityDate="2010-12-30T20:07:22.800" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6521" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6527" CreationDate="2010-12-04T11:56:07.860" Score="3" ViewCount="123" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi, I have been a long user of TeXLive (TL) for many years on my Windows XP machine. I currently have TeXLive 2008 installed and I would like to install the new TL2010. I have heard of the possibility to have multiple TL installations on the same machine. I have three questions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Does anyone has experience with having multiple TL versions on a Windows machine? I don't see that my &quot;environment variables&quot; depend on TL files. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Are there any additional thing that I should know about these multiple (or concurrent?) installations? I understand that I have to use different folder names for the different TL versions.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I know that I have to indicate WinEdt which TL version to use. Anything else I should know here?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;P.S: I would like to keep my old TL2008 as it has always worked very fine for me and in case I don't like TL2010 for some reason, I always have the TL2008 as reserve.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks a lot...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="993" LastEditorUserId="993" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-04T12:07:20.990" LastActivityDate="2010-12-04T16:07:30.847" Title="multiple (concurrent) TeXLive installations on Windows XP and with WinEdt" Tags="&lt;installing&gt;&lt;texlive&gt;&lt;windows&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="6522" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-04T12:14:30.723" Score="0" ViewCount="78" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to install MathPSfrag and I'm going through the &lt;code&gt;MathPSfrag-Test.nb&lt;/code&gt; included in the download.&#xA;The notebook asks me to input the paths to certain executables.&#xA;My input looks like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;      SetOptions[UnPSfrag,&#xA;      GhostscriptExecutable -&gt; &#xA;       &quot;C:\\Program Files\\gs\\gs8.70\\bin\\gswin32c.exe&quot;, &#xA;       LaTeXExecutable -&gt; &#xA;       &quot;C:\\Program Files\\MiKTeX 2.8\\miktex\\bin\\latex.exe&quot;,    &#xA;      DvipsExecutable -&gt; &#xA;       &quot;C:\\Program Files\\MiKTeX 2.8\\miktex\\bin\\dvips.exe&quot;]; &#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm on a Windows Vista machine and quite sure that the paths are correct, but the notebook fails to find the programs.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Has someone installed MathPSfrag succesfully under Windows and knows the right paths, or is there some obvious mistake?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1308" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-07T23:29:43.653" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T23:29:43.653" Title="Problem installing MathPSfrag" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;installing&gt;" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6523" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6517" CreationDate="2010-12-04T12:24:14.007" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Odd. For one reason or another, the &lt;code&gt;showexpl&lt;/code&gt; package resets &lt;code&gt;listing&lt;/code&gt;'s &lt;code&gt;xleftmargin&lt;/code&gt; keyval to &lt;code&gt;0pt&lt;/code&gt; if &lt;code&gt;numbers=none&lt;/code&gt; (the default that you use). Since this isn't the behaviour you want, you might as well delete the offending code. Rather than rewriting the whole target command, you can use the &lt;code&gt;etoolbox&lt;/code&gt; package's &lt;code&gt;\patchcmd&lt;/code&gt; command to make the change in style. Just add the following lines after your &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{showexpl}&lt;/code&gt; line:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{etoolbox}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\patchcmd{\SX@codeInput}{xleftmargin=0pt,xrightmargin=0pt}{}&#xA;  {\typeout{***Successfully patched \protect\SX@codeInput***}}&#xA;  {\typeout{***ERROR! Failed to patch \protect\SX@codeInput***}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;NB1, Rolf Niepraschk (&lt;code&gt;showexpl&lt;/code&gt;'s designer) probably had a good reason to set &lt;code&gt;xleftmargin=0pt&lt;/code&gt; when &lt;code&gt;numbers=none&lt;/code&gt;.  It's quite possible that this patch might break something that running it through your sample code has not effectively flushed out. If it's important to you, you might email him for his thoughts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;NB2, like any patching efforts, you'll either need to write a bunch of conditionals around this code or you'll need to keep a close eye on things against the possibility that some future update to &lt;code&gt;showexpl&lt;/code&gt; could break the changes made.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="416" LastActivityDate="2010-12-04T12:24:14.007" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6524" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6498" CreationDate="2010-12-04T14:15:45.017" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Winedt can handle utf8 if you need only chars from one codepage (e.g. if you are only using the chars from ansinew). For a new document you can set the encoding in documents settings, tab format. If you need to convert documents: There is a utf-8.tex in winedt 6/Samples/examples that explains the details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastEditorUserId="2388" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-04T16:45:23.170" LastActivityDate="2010-12-04T16:45:23.170" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6525" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-04T14:44:53.663" Score="4" ViewCount="148" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Let's say I want to create a &quot;macro&quot; called \limx that will be defined as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\limx}{\displaystyle{\lim_{x\to\x_{0}}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I make LyX recognize it and make an autoprieview of it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another example, I'm using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://anrg.usc.edu/~joonahn/www/index.php/Canceling_Terms_in_LaTeX_Math&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;cancel&lt;/a&gt; package. When i'm using \cancel in a math equation it doesn't preview it while editing. I can still see &quot;\cancel&quot; on the equation editor. Only when i render the document the \cancel is being really rendered. How can i add that functionality to the LyX's WYSIWYG environment as well?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dig.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2286" LastEditorUserId="2148" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-14T18:03:37.957" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T23:26:40.953" Title="Creating wysiwyg preview for a custom math functions on lyx" Tags="&lt;lyx&gt;&lt;wysiwyg&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6526" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6103" CreationDate="2010-12-04T15:59:07.767" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;TH's solution works very well. I use this particular package to do &lt;code&gt;organization charts&lt;/code&gt; for a large work-force. Here are the first two pages, showing the solution works. I also added a few counters and macros to produce a summary Table of all the personnel. This goes into a larger monthly report. Truly with TeX and LaTeX you can have &lt;code&gt;intelligent&lt;/code&gt; documents.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Bfxh1.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/xLoLj.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/LUWoo.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way for me to add &lt;code&gt;bounty&lt;/code&gt; onto the one offered?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-12-04T15:59:07.767" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="6527" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6521" CreationDate="2010-12-04T16:07:30.847" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;When you install TL 2010, the default installation location will contain &lt;code&gt;2010&lt;/code&gt;, so it will not overwrite your TL 2008 installation. The installer will adjust your &lt;code&gt;PATH&lt;/code&gt; environment variable to insert the path to TL2010, before the path to TL2008, so TL2010 will be used by default. (Note that this doesn't work if you installed TL2008 as admin and TL2010 as user.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then all you need to do to switch between your TL installations is to adjust the &lt;code&gt;PATH&lt;/code&gt; variable so that it mentions only TL2008, or mentions it before TL2010. Make sure the change is effective before you start WinEDT, and in its configuration, don't use the full path to TeX binaires, but only the name: &lt;code&gt;pdflatex.exe&lt;/code&gt; as opposed to &lt;code&gt;C:\texlive\2010\bin\win32\pdflatex.exe&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can change the &lt;code&gt;PATH&lt;/code&gt; locally in a console (&lt;code&gt;cmd.exe&lt;/code&gt; window) by issuing &lt;code&gt;PATH=&quot;C:\texlive\2008\bin\win32;%PATH%&quot;&lt;/code&gt;. Then everything started from this console will use TL2008. That way, you should even be able to start to instances of WinEDT, each using a different TL, at the same time.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1239" LastActivityDate="2010-12-04T16:07:30.847" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6528" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6559" CreationDate="2010-12-04T16:36:57.803" Score="1" ViewCount="151" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to edit the environment variable TEXINPUTS but i dont know how in windows platform with Winedt. I googled it many times but i didnt get what i need. &#xA;I found how to reach TEXINPUTS by: options -&gt; execution modes -&gt; variables&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;For example, if i want to add the directory &quot;C:\Texproject&quot; to the directories searched by the latex, what should i type in the blank field of the TEXINPUTS ?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2288" LastEditorUserId="2288" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-04T23:53:43.467" LastActivityDate="2010-12-05T16:35:47.510" Title="How to edit the environment variable TEXINPUTS in winedt for adding different search paths ?" Tags="&lt;windows&gt;&lt;winedt&gt;&lt;texinputs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="6529" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6531" CreationDate="2010-12-04T17:00:47.707" Score="6" ViewCount="128" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi there&#xA;I want to promt some messages to my console. I used&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\message{Hi out there!}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now i want some more Text but with an linebreak. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\message{Hello World %some line break here &#xA;Salut monde&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Well i scanned the TexBook for and tried many things but without result. I would welcome any (related) comments. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;BTW I want that to work with pdf(la)tex as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;THX&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2217" LastActivityDate="2010-12-04T17:21:58.273" Title="Newline/linebreak in \message{}" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="6531" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6529" CreationDate="2010-12-04T17:21:58.273" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could set a value to &lt;code&gt;\newlinechar&lt;/code&gt; representing the character which should cause the line break.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This works for me, printing out a line break after &lt;em&gt;Hello World&lt;/em&gt; :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newlinechar=`\^^J&#xA;\message{Hello World^^JSalut monde}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-04T17:21:58.273" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="6532" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-04T18:16:00.493" Score="3" ViewCount="243" Body="&lt;p&gt;My objective is to create a long tabular list of PSTricks inputs and their corresponding outputs side by side. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The table consists of 3 columns, i.e., &lt;strong&gt;Number&lt;/strong&gt; column, &lt;strong&gt;Input&lt;/strong&gt; column, &amp;amp; &lt;strong&gt;Output&lt;/strong&gt; column. The &lt;strong&gt;Number&lt;/strong&gt; column contains hyperlinks to the source code files. For example: if a reader is interested to draw a figure of torus, he just need search in the table and click the number to open its corresponding source code file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Shortly speaking, how to separate the input and output of LTXexample? My rough idea is as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I just pass in the PSTricks routines to a macro in the &lt;strong&gt;Input&lt;/strong&gt; column.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The macro then provides a saved box containing the output. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Then I call another macro (like \usebox) to retrieve the saved box and insert it to the &lt;strong&gt;Output&lt;/strong&gt; column.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I do step 1-3 for each row. Hyperlink numbers can be easily made using \url (it is not a big problem). &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-04T18:24:57.883" LastActivityDate="2010-12-24T05:45:10.097" Title="Is it possible to separate the input and output of LTXexample such that I can put each in a table cell?" Tags="&lt;showexpl&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6533" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4095" CreationDate="2010-12-04T18:48:48.760" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you want the input LaTeX codes displayed together with their corresponding outputs side by side (left/right or top/bottom), use showexpl.sty. It is a really cool package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are 2 modes:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;the input code is inserted into your document, or&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;the input code is imported from external file.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT 1:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following figure shows showexpl.sty in action:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/bd49X.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And the corresponding code is given as follows:&#xA;Note: I gave some comments in the code to make it clearer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[final,dvipsnames]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[hmargin=70mm]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{bera}&#xA;\usepackage{pstricks-add}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{caption}&#xA;\captionsetup{%&#xA;   margin=0em,&#xA;   font={scriptsize,rm},&#xA;   labelfont={color=Maroon,bf},&#xA;   justification=justified,%default: RaggedRight. Other options: justified, centering&#xA;   labelsep=quad%default:colon. Options: period, space, quad, newline&#xA;}&#xA;\usepackage{showexpl}&#xA;\usepackage{etoolbox}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\patchcmd{\SX@codeInput}{xleftmargin=0pt,xrightmargin=0pt}{}&#xA;  {\typeout{***Successfully patched \protect\SX@codeInput***}}&#xA;  {\typeout{***ERROR! Failed to patch \protect\SX@codeInput***}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\lstset{%&#xA;  literate={ï}{}0&#xA;         {»}{}0&#xA;         {¿}{}0,&#xA;    breaklines=true,%default : false &#xA;  breakindent=10pt,%default: 20pt &#xA;    linewidth=\linewidth,%default : \linewidth,&#xA;    basicstyle=\ttfamily\tiny,% cannot take arguments&#xA;    keywordstyle=\color{Blue}\sffamily\bfseries,                                &#xA;    identifierstyle=\color{Black},                                      &#xA;    commentstyle=\color{OliveGreen}\itshape,                                    &#xA;    stringstyle=\rmfamily,                                                      &#xA;    showspaces=false,%default false&#xA;    showstringspaces=false,%default: true&#xA;    backgroundcolor=\color{Yellow!30},&#xA;    frame=single,%default frame=none &#xA;    rulecolor=\color{Red},  &#xA;    % the following must be defined to make hacking work.&#xA;    framerule=0.4pt,%expand outward &#xA;    framesep=3pt,%expand outward&#xA;    xleftmargin=3.4pt,%to make the frame fits in the text area. &#xA;    xrightmargin=3.4pt,%to make the frame fits in the text area. &#xA;    tabsize=2%,%default :8 only influence the lstlisting and lstinline.&#xA;}&#xA;\lstset{%&#xA;    %explpreset below will affect LTX only.&#xA;    explpreset={%&#xA;                            language={[LaTeX]TeX},&#xA;                            captionpos=t,&#xA;                            aboveskip=2\fboxsep,                        &#xA;                            pos=b,&#xA;                            vsep=\fboxsep%vertical space between formatted and input.&#xA;                         }%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\mywidth{0.5\linewidth}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\dummy{%&#xA;Thank you to those who never get tired of helping me.&#xA;Thank you to those who never get tired of helping me.&#xA;Thank you to those who never get tired of helping me.&#xA;Thank you to those who never get tired of helping me.&#xA;Thank you to those who never get tired of helping me.&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{LTXexample}[caption=\dummy]&#xA;\dummy&#xA;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;\item $\displaystyle \lim_{x\to 8}\frac{1}{(x-8)^2}=+\;\rotatebox{90}{$8$}$&#xA;\item $\displaystyle \lim_{x\to 7}\frac{1}{(x-7)^2}=+\;\rotatebox{90}{$7$}$&#xA;\item $\displaystyle \lim_{x\to 6}\frac{1}{(x-6)^2}=+\;\rotatebox{90}{$6$}$&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;\end{LTXexample}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-09T16:10:54.230" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T16:10:54.230" />
  <row Id="6534" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-04T18:59:02.720" Score="7" ViewCount="288" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a package to create Optical Mark Reader answer-sheets (aka bubble sheet)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT 1: No choice. I think I must use PSTricks and \multido to make it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-05T17:15:31.123" LastActivityDate="2011-01-03T13:06:38.007" Title="Is there a package to create Optical Mark Reader answer-sheets?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="6535" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6511" CreationDate="2010-12-04T19:10:43.773" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;These errors arise when you mistakenly name the .bib and .tex files differently. For example ME256_Paper.tex and ME265_Paper.bib.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1751" LastActivityDate="2010-12-04T19:10:43.773" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6536" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6511" CreationDate="2010-12-04T19:34:23.960" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ben's answer is almost but not quite correct. The problem that you are having is that bibtex is looking for a file that isn't there. There are two solutions: first, you can change the name of your .bib file to match the name of the .tex file. Second, you can put in the name of your .bib file (absolute or relative path) in the .tex file where you want the bibliography to appear.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;\bibliography{bibname.tex} is what will help you with that. That should fix your problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1286" LastActivityDate="2010-12-04T19:34:23.960" />
  <row Id="6537" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6534" CreationDate="2010-12-04T20:13:24.600" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Not a direct solution, but there were some people working on something called 'LOFT' a while back - &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.vialab.org/main/Publications/pdf/Stetten_ASEE_2010.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.vialab.org/main/Publications/pdf/Stetten_ASEE_2010.pdf&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1809" LastActivityDate="2010-12-04T20:13:24.600" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="6538" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6518" CreationDate="2010-12-04T21:22:36.117" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ok, my lame solution so far is to use the package &quot;chagnepage&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \documentclass[a4paper,10pt]{jura}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8x]{inputenc}&#xA;% \usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} %Silbentrennung&#xA;\usepackage{ngerman}%Deutsche Sonderzeichen und Silbentrennung (neue Rechtschreibung)&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{times}&#xA;% \usepackage{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage[top=3cm, bottom=3cm, left=7cm, right=.2cm,width = 500pt,marginparwidth=0pt]{geometry}&#xA;...&#xA;\usepackage[strict]{changepage}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\frontmatter&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\mainmatter&#xA;\begin{adjustwidth}{}{-1.3cm}&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;...&#xA;end{adjustwidth}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2266" LastActivityDate="2010-12-04T21:22:36.117" />
  <row Id="6539" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6540" CreationDate="2010-12-04T22:15:56.040" Score="1" ViewCount="200" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Background&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using LyX to write a book. The source code listings shown in the book are graphics. The graphics should have a vertical rule beside them. But only graphics that are embedded within an Algorithm float. The code for the float resembles:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{algorithm}[H]&#xA;\includegraphics{source/sql/query-formatted.sql.png}&#xA;&#xA;\caption{\label{alg:Query-with-Formatting}Query with Formatting}&#xA;&#xA;\end{algorithm}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are scores of these example source code snippets, with more to come. Adding code to each one, manually, is undesirable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Problem&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Listing 1.1 in the following figure shows the placement character &lt;code&gt;[H]&lt;/code&gt; nestled between the vertical rule and the graphic:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/B1i4k.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://i.imgur.com/B1i4k.png&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The preamble used:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% Determine if the image is too wide for the page.&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\ScaleIfNeeded{%&#xA;  \ifdim\Gin@nat@width&amp;gt;\linewidth&#xA;    \linewidth&#xA;  \else&#xA;    \Gin@nat@width&#xA;  \fi&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;% Resize figures that are too wide for the page.&#xA;\let\oldincludegraphics\includegraphics&#xA;\renewcommand\includegraphics[2][]{%&#xA;  \oldincludegraphics[width=\ScaleIfNeeded]{#2}&#xA;  \graphicsalignment&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% Do not centre graphics within Algorithm floats.    &#xA;\expandafter\def\expandafter\algorithm\expandafter{%&#xA;  \expandafter\let\expandafter\graphicsalignment\expandafter\relax&#xA;  \algorithm&#xA;  \vrule width 1em&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\let\graphicsalignment\centering&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Question&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How do you eliminate the &lt;code&gt;[H]&lt;/code&gt; argument so that the &lt;code&gt;\vrule&lt;/code&gt; appears flush with the graphic, and placed &quot;Here definitely&quot;? (I have managed to do this in other ways, but then the graphics are no longer &quot;&lt;code&gt;H&lt;/code&gt;ere definitely.&quot;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2148" LastActivityDate="2010-12-04T22:50:54.887" Title="Apply a vertical rule beside graphics within Algorithm floats" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;algorithms&gt;&lt;rules&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="6540" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6539" CreationDate="2010-12-04T22:42:32.667" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think what you want to do here is change&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\expandafter\def\expandafter\algorithm\expandafter{%&#xA;  \expandafter\let\expandafter\graphicsalignment\expandafter\relax&#xA;  \algorithm&#xA;  \vrule width 1em&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\oldalgorithm\algorithm&#xA;\let\endoldalgorithm\endalgorithm&#xA;\renewenvironment{algorithm}[1][htbp]{&#xA;        \let\graphicsalignment\relax&#xA;        \oldalgorithm[#1]&#xA;                \vrule width1em&#xA;                \kern1em&#xA;}{%&#xA;        \endoldalgorithm&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This only works for graphics because TeX treats them as a single box. For a more normal usage of &lt;code&gt;algorithm&lt;/code&gt; which contains an &lt;code&gt;algorithmic&lt;/code&gt; environment, the &lt;code&gt;coderule&lt;/code&gt; environment from the previous question would be more suitable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-04T22:50:54.887" LastActivityDate="2010-12-04T22:50:54.887" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="6541" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7481" CreationDate="2010-12-04T22:50:26.120" Score="2" ViewCount="443" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to typeset two matrices side by side, somewhat like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;A = (matrix)    B = (matrix)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried to next the matrices inside an &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt; environment:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{align*}&#xA;  A &amp;amp;= \begin{pmatrix} ... \end{pmatrix} &amp;amp;&#xA;  B &amp;amp;= \begin{pmatrix} ... \end{pmatrix}&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but I get when compiling:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Package amsmath Error: Erroneous nesting of equation structures&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Presumably the way I'm trying to do it isn't the right way; how should I be doing this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="9" LastActivityDate="2010-12-31T18:22:33.053" Title="Two matrices side by side" Tags="&lt;amsmath&gt;&lt;matrices&gt;&lt;horizontal-alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6542" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-04T23:27:39.797" Score="2" ViewCount="153" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am using the caption package because I need my images to appear in the order they are specified in the latex source (and because the caption package provides some other nice stuff). Now I have one problem: In one case an image is placed at the bottom of one page, while its caption is placed on the top of the following page. In this case I would prefer the image to be also moved to the next page. Can somebody please help me with this?&#xA;Actually my latex code looks like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{flushleft}&#xA;    \includegraphics{sample.png}&#xA;    \captionof{figure}{the caption}&#xA;    \label{figure:sample}&#xA;\end{flushleft}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there some way to tell latex that the graphic and the caption shall be seen as one unit and shall never be split up over 2 pages?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2040" LastActivityDate="2010-12-04T23:33:29.450" Title="Force image and its caption to be on the same page" Tags="&lt;captions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="6543" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6542" CreationDate="2010-12-04T23:33:29.450" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use a &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt; environment enclosing figure and caption. Within &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt; environments no pagebreak can occur.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Further there's the &lt;code&gt;samepage&lt;/code&gt; environment for that purpose. Unlike &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;samepage&lt;/code&gt; doesn't require a width argument.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-04T23:33:29.450" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6544" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-05T01:20:56.073" Score="6" ViewCount="150" Body="&lt;p&gt;Every now and then I am required to circulate a document in Word format; I write in LaTeX, of course. I use xelatex because I frequently need Unicode; I do bibliographies with biblatex; and I basically never write any equations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To my surprise tex4ht now does a pretty respectable job producing an OpenOffice document from my tex source if I reframe it with a minimal preamble as ordinary latex (with babel and inputenc for unicode), process it with pdflatex and biber to generate auxiliary files, and then invoke tex4ht with a command like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;htlatex chapter.tex &quot;xhtml,ooffice,bib-,mathml-&quot; &quot; -cmozhtf&quot; &quot;-coo&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But the styling of the resulting document is never good enough and needs to be fiddled with in OpenOffice itself before using OO to convert to Word. And, because the style sheet of the generated document is long and complex, even minimal tweaking requires modifying 10 or so styles in OpenOffice. That's too much to repeat every time I change the underlying TeX and have to reprocess everything.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately the tex4ht documentation is very sketchy and very confusing. How do I tweak the output--where do the relevant tex4ht configuration files live, and how do I change them?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or is there an alternative tool? I've been thinking tex4ht is the only conversion tool I can use, because I'm using biblatex, but maybe there's something else out there.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Many thanks for any help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2291" LastEditorUserId="2266" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-23T13:45:14.327" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T14:43:54.840" Title="How do I tweak the output of tex4ht's latex-to-openoffice conversion?" Tags="&lt;conversion&gt;&lt;open-office&gt;&lt;tex4ht&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="6545" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6546" CreationDate="2010-12-05T01:44:27.423" Score="3" ViewCount="255" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Background&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Including images within Algorithm floats. The images are trimmed to size automatically by a batch file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Problem&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the following portion of the PDF, Listing 1.1 has a lot of space to the right of the source code [&lt;strong&gt;First Image&lt;/strong&gt;]:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Lk4TX.png&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The result I am looking to achieve is [&lt;strong&gt;Second Image&lt;/strong&gt;]:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/L009w.png&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that there is a small amount of space between the upper and lower lines surrounding the image that I would also like to remove.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Code&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Relevant preamble code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\definecolor{sourcecolour}{HTML}{F0F0F0}&#xA;&#xA;% Determine if the image is too wide for the page.&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\ScaleIfNeeded{%&#xA;  \ifdim\Gin@nat@width&amp;gt;\linewidth&#xA;    \linewidth&#xA;  \else&#xA;    \Gin@nat@width&#xA;  \fi&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;% Resize figures that are too wide for the page.&#xA;\let\oldincludegraphics\includegraphics&#xA;\renewcommand\includegraphics[2][H]{%&#xA;  \oldincludegraphics[width=\ScaleIfNeeded]{#2}%&#xA;  \graphicsalignment&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% Change the background colour of algorithm boxes&#xA;\let\oldalgorithm\algorithm&#xA;\let\endoldalgorithm\endalgorithm&#xA;\renewenvironment{algorithm}[1][htbp]{&#xA;  \let\graphicsalignment\relax&#xA;  \oldalgorithm[#1]&#xA;}%&#xA;  {\endoldalgorithm}&#xA;&#xA;% Centre graphics within non-Algorithm floats.&#xA;\let\graphicsalignment\centering&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Ideas&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Enclose the image in a &lt;code&gt;\colorbox&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\colorbox{sourcecolour}{\parbox{\textwidth}{...}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This did not work as expected. The &lt;code&gt;\colorbox&lt;/code&gt; added its own ~0.25em border around the image, pushing the right-side into the margin. Also, it had a side-effect of turning off the centering for Figure floats. (The Figure floats are centered whereas the Algorithm floats--showing source code listings--are left-aligned.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another possibility is to not auto-crop the highlighted source code image, but then if I change the book width, I'd have to regenerate all images for the book. I'd rather just fill in the white space.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another try:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setlength\fboxrule{0pt}&#xA;\setlength\fboxsep{0pt}&#xA;&#xA;% Retain left-alignment, and change background colour of algorithm floats.&#xA;\let\oldalgorithm\algorithm&#xA;\let\endoldalgorithm\endalgorithm&#xA;\renewenvironment{algorithm}[1][htbp]{&#xA;  \let\graphicsalignment\relax&#xA;  \colorbox{sourcecolour}{\parbox{\textwidth}{%&#xA;  \oldalgorithm[#1]}}}%&#xA;  {\endoldalgorithm}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This results in a compile error.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Question&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What LaTeX code is required in the preamble to make &lt;strong&gt;First Image&lt;/strong&gt; resemble &lt;strong&gt;Second Image&lt;/strong&gt;, without affecting the justification?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2148" LastEditorUserId="2148" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-05T02:35:13.417" LastActivityDate="2010-12-05T03:08:28.880" Title="Change float background colour" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;preamble&gt;&lt;background&gt;&lt;colorbox&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="6546" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6545" CreationDate="2010-12-05T02:13:25.977" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Looking at the &lt;code&gt;color&lt;/code&gt; documentation, it says that &lt;code&gt;\colorbox&lt;/code&gt; uses the parameters &lt;code&gt;\fboxrule&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\fboxsep&lt;/code&gt;. Maybe try&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setlength\fboxrule{0pt}&#xA;\setlength\fboxsep{0pt}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;before using the &lt;code&gt;\colorbox&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;It seems to work for me. The space between the rules isn't added by the &lt;code&gt;\colorbox&lt;/code&gt;, but by the ruled float style. One possibility would be to design a new float style and then use &lt;code&gt;\restylefloat&lt;/code&gt; from the &lt;code&gt;float&lt;/code&gt; package to change the style of the &lt;code&gt;algorithm&lt;/code&gt; floats. Rather than do that, I just added some kerns.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm becoming less and less convinced this is the right way to do these things. It feels like we're just piling hack on top of hack here. I feel like this is partly due to using LyX, but I have zero experience with it, so I'm not positive.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% Resize figures that are too wide for the page.&#xA;\let\oldincludegraphics\includegraphics&#xA;\renewcommand\includegraphics[2][]{%&#xA;  \graphicsformat{%&#xA;    \oldincludegraphics[width=\ScaleIfNeeded]{#2}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% Change the background colour of algorithm boxes&#xA;\let\oldalgorithm\algorithm&#xA;\let\endoldalgorithm\endalgorithm&#xA;\renewenvironment{algorithm}[1][htbp]{&#xA;  \let\graphicsformat\justifiedandcolored&#xA;  \oldalgorithm[#1]&#xA;}%&#xA;  {\endoldalgorithm}&#xA;&#xA;\def\justifiedandcolored#1{%&#xA;  \setlength\fboxrule{0pt}%&#xA;  \setlength\fboxsep{0pt}%&#xA;  \kern-2pt&#xA;  \colorbox{sourcecolour}{%&#xA;    \hbox to\linewidth{#1}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \par&#xA;  \kern-2pt&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% Centre graphics within non-Algorithm floats.&#xA;\let\graphicsformat\centering&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-05T03:08:28.880" LastActivityDate="2010-12-05T03:08:28.880" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="6547" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-05T02:16:25.893" Score="0" ViewCount="336" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am writing my reports which need to reference complete *.java files with latex. &#xA;I am using the Texlipse Eclipse plugin to do the editing. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Right now I am referencing the complete path to each *.java file within the *.tex file like so: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\subsection*{Foo-class}&#xA;\lstinputlisting{/home/pathtoexlipse/workspace/Foo.java}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since we are collaborating on the source files and the documentation with help of a VCS, it would be nice to have a means to reference a relative path within the latex document. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The folder structure within the project-file always looks like this: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;&#xA;Project_Folder/&lt;br&gt;&#xA;|src/&lt;br&gt;&#xA;|---Foo.java&lt;br&gt;&#xA;|---Bar.java&lt;br&gt;&#xA;|latex_documentation/&lt;br&gt;&#xA;|--mydocument.tex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But since editing takes place under different systems, where the project-files are located at different absolute path on the filesystem, it would be nice to have a possibility to just reference the relative path when invoking &lt;code&gt;\lstinputlisting&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, it would be great, if it would be possible to automatically parse a directory for all *.java files, and automatically include them within the &lt;code&gt;\lstinputlisting&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a means in latex to achieve these desired features?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1681" LastActivityDate="2010-12-05T15:11:35.177" Title="How to include all files within a directory relative to the edited *.tex-file?" Tags="&lt;automation&gt;&lt;source&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="6548" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6547" CreationDate="2010-12-05T03:45:51.447" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your problem related to file and directory structure. Therefore, I give you this generic example. After reading this, I believe you can adjust for any inclusion.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;My File Structure&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/DuhbJ.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;FileStructureTemplate&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/SvAWG.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Inside FileStructureTemplate Directory&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ScYTA.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Inside Contents Directory&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/HQkvD.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Inside SectionOne Directory&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Main.tex&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} &#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}%trivial paragraphs&#xA;&#xA;%MyProjectDir&#xA;%--Main.tex&#xA;%----Contents&#xA;%-------SectionOne.tex&#xA;%-------SectionOne&#xA;%-----------SubSectionOne.tex&#xA;%-----------SubSectionTwo.tex&#xA;%-----------SubSectionThree.tex&#xA;%-------SectionTwo.tex&#xA;%-------SectionTwo&#xA;%-----------SubSectionOne.tex&#xA;%-----------SubSectionTwo.tex&#xA;%-----------SubSectionThree.tex&#xA;%-------SectionThree.tex&#xA;%-------SectionThree&#xA;%-----------SubSectionOne.tex&#xA;%-----------SubSectionTwo.tex&#xA;%-----------SubSectionThree.tex&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\ContentsDirPath}{Contents/}&#xA;&#xA;%temporary section directory path&#xA;\newcommand{\SectionDirPath}{}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\InputSection}[1]{%&#xA;\renewcommand{\SectionDirPath}{\ContentsDirPath#1/}%&#xA;\input{\ContentsDirPath#1.tex}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\InputSubSection}[1]{%&#xA;\input{\SectionDirPath#1.tex}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\InputSection{SectionOne}&#xA;\InputSection{SectionTwo}&#xA;\InputSection{SectionThree}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;SectionOne.tex&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section{Section One}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\InputSubSection{SubSectionOne}&#xA;\InputSubSection{SubSectionTwo}&#xA;\InputSubSection{SubSectionThree}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;SectionTwo.tex&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section{Section Two}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\InputSubSection{SubSectionOne}&#xA;\InputSubSection{SubSectionTwo}&#xA;\InputSubSection{SubSectionThree}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;SectionThree.tex&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section{Section Three}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\InputSubSection{SubSectionOne}&#xA;\InputSubSection{SubSectionTwo}&#xA;\InputSubSection{SubSectionThree}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;SubSectionOne.tex&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\subsection{Sub Section One}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;SubSectionTwo.tex&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\subsection{Sub Section Two}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;SubSectionThree.tex&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\subsection{Sub Section Three}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Here is the source code (in c#) to make a list of inclusion source codes:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;using System;&#xA;using System.IO;&#xA;&#xA;namespace IteratingFileStructures&#xA;{&#xA;    static class Program&#xA;    {&#xA;        static string MakeRelativePath(string path, string refPath)&#xA;        {&#xA;            Uri uPath = new Uri(path,true);&#xA;&#xA;            Uri uRefPath = new Uri(refPath,true);&#xA;&#xA;            return uRefPath.MakeRelativeUri(uPath).ToString();&#xA;        }&#xA;&#xA;        static void GenerateInclusionListFile(string concantenation, DirectoryInfo sourceDI, string searchPattern, DirectoryInfo referenceDI, StreamWriter sw, ref int counter)&#xA;        {&#xA;&#xA;            foreach (var fi in sourceDI.GetFiles(searchPattern))&#xA;            {&#xA;                sw.WriteLine(concantenation, MakeRelativePath(fi.FullName, referenceDI.FullName));&#xA;                counter++;&#xA;            }&#xA;&#xA;            foreach (var childSourceDI in sourceDI.GetDirectories())&#xA;                GenerateInclusionListFile(concantenation, childSourceDI, searchPattern, referenceDI, sw, ref counter);&#xA;        }&#xA;&#xA;        static void Main(string[] args)&#xA;        {&#xA;&#xA;            //args[0] represents a string to be concatenated for each iterate. &#xA;            //A mandatory placeholder {0} must be included in the string.&#xA;            //To escape curly braces, use double curly braces {{ or }}.&#xA;            //Example:&#xA;            //\lstinputlisting{{{0}}}&#xA;            //to enclose path containing spaces for MS-Windows: \lstinputlisintg{{\&quot;{0}\&quot;}}&#xA;            string concatenation = args[0];&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;            //args[1] represents source directory containing the files to iterate. &#xA;            //Examples:&#xA;            //Relative to the current directory: sources&#xA;            //Relative to the current directory: ./sources&#xA;            //Relative to the root: /dir1/dir2/dir3/sources&#xA;            DirectoryInfo sourceDI = new DirectoryInfo(args[1]);&#xA;&#xA;            //args[2] represents the search pattern. &#xA;            //Example: *.java &#xA;            string searchPattern = args[2];&#xA;&#xA;            //args[3] represents the reference directory. &#xA;            //Examples:&#xA;            //Relative to the current directory: sources&#xA;            //Relative to the current directory: ./sources&#xA;            //Relative to the root: /dir1/dir2/dir3/sources&#xA;            DirectoryInfo referenceDI = new DirectoryInfo(args[3]);&#xA;&#xA;            //args[4] represents the name given to the inclusion list file to generate. &#xA;            //It will be generated in the current working directory of this application.&#xA;            //Example: &#xA;            //datalist.txt&#xA;            string inclusionListFileName = args[4];&#xA;&#xA;             try&#xA;            {&#xA;                using (StreamWriter sw = new StreamWriter(inclusionListFileName))&#xA;                {&#xA;                    int counter = 0;&#xA;                    GenerateInclusionListFile(concatenation, sourceDI, searchPattern, referenceDI, sw, ref counter);&#xA;                    Console.WriteLine(&quot;{0} file(s) is(are) successfully generated.&quot;, counter);&#xA;                }&#xA;            }&#xA;            catch (Exception error)&#xA;            {&#xA;                Console.WriteLine(error.Message);&#xA;            }&#xA;&#xA;        }&#xA;    }&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Example:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/FoZoQ.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-05T15:11:35.177" LastActivityDate="2010-12-05T15:11:35.177" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6549" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-05T05:12:17.957" Score="2" ViewCount="227" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4273/align-two-inequalities&quot;&gt;Align two inequalities&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd like to make an {align} with &lt;em&gt;three&lt;/em&gt; columns, with an [rcl] type alignment, to typeset something like &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;a &amp;lt; b &amp;lt; c&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;a &amp;lt; bb &amp;lt; c&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;a &amp;lt; bbb &amp;lt; c&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and so on, with all less-than symbols vertically aligned. The standard {alignat}{2} in amsmath allows me to fake an [rll] type alignment (first column&#xA;right justified, second and fourth columns left justified, with an empty third column), but it seems clumsy. I could manage with the old array environment if I did not need to add labels to each line. Is there a package to do three-column alignments directly, compatible with amsmath?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="796" LastActivityDate="2010-12-05T17:44:18.497" ClosedDate="2010-12-05T17:41:06.667" Title="Can one make 3-column alignments with amsmath?" Tags="&lt;amsmath&gt;&lt;align&gt;&lt;alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="6550" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-05T07:21:13.263" Score="2" ViewCount="97" Body="&lt;p&gt;I just started TeX recently and I'm reworking a legacy TeX-piece (book , second edition).&#xA;I create lots of TeX-tables (with SAS) and do \input them.&#xA;The tables contain many  \textunderscore s.&#xA;All show up in my  pdf  as  upshifted points and not as underscores.&#xA;Adding a package{hyperref}  induces many errors that are absent without that package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Who knows what could be the reason and what to do ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Werner. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2294" LastActivityDate="2010-12-05T11:22:07.893" Title="Where is \textunderscore defined ?" Tags="&lt;syntax&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6551" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6550" CreationDate="2010-12-05T08:58:51.157" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;What font encoding are you using? &lt;code&gt;\textunderscore&lt;/code&gt; is not available except in typerwriter fonts in the default font encoding, OT1, that is, in the font encoding you get if you don't or your installation doesn't explicitly specify another.  However, it is available via T1 font encoding.  Therefore, you might try explicitly setting your font encoding to T1 (add &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&lt;/code&gt; before loading &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If that doesn't work, you might try some other fonts to the one(s) you're using, keeping the T1 fontencoding, eg, &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[sc]{mathpazo}&lt;/code&gt; to load palatino fonts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If that doesn't work (which would be very strange), try adding&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\textunderscore{\char\`_} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to your code immediately after &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, if none of this works (and I'd be most surprised if it didn't), latex.ltx defines &lt;code&gt;\textunderscore&lt;/code&gt; (almost) like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareTextCommandDefault{\textunderscore}{%&#xA;  \leavevmode \kern.06em\vbox{\hrule width .3em}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Try including those lines in your document preamble (again, after &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&lt;/code&gt; and before loading &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt;). NB, the result won't look that great, but nevertheless, better than no underscore at all!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1598" LastActivityDate="2010-12-05T08:58:51.157" />
  <row Id="6552" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6333" CreationDate="2010-12-05T09:57:11.770" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;(It's not too polite to answer your-own questions, but this is what I ended up with.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.languagetool.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LanguageTool&lt;/a&gt; is a very nice standalone, Java-based grammar checker.  However, it works on plain text.  Therefore, I needed to convert my LaTeX document to as plain as possible text document - Not a simple task.  I managed to do it using the following trick:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I arranged for all floats to hold their positions using the floats package and the H option.  This is required so that captions won't break the paragraphs when transforming to plain text.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I removed line numbers using the nopageno package.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I used a sed script to do some more fine-tuning, like adding periods to section names and description labels.  I don't publish the script here, since that it is really specific to my-own style and conventions.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;After this preprocessing, I compiled to DVI and ran &lt;code&gt;catdvi -s&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I used another simple sed script to get rid of empty lines and page breaks.  The final result is a reasonable textual conversion of the LaTeX document, which LanguageTool can work on.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are still some leftover annoyances, like inlined program listings, which the grammar checker can't understand, but all together I got a decent automated proof-checking from it :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1527" LastActivityDate="2010-12-05T09:57:11.770" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6553" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6333" CreationDate="2010-12-05T10:40:40.530" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/texworks/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeXworks&lt;/a&gt; editor has integrated spell-check and it works on Linux too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think it uses the same spell-checker as OpenOffice, so it should be able to check the mentioned mistakes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1505" LastActivityDate="2010-12-05T10:40:40.530" />
  <row Id="6554" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6550" CreationDate="2010-12-05T11:22:07.893" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi :  I'm using this group for the first time in my life.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hi :&lt;br&gt;&#xA;The normal book text font is a kind of Times. However stats program output looks like Arial. The structure is  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;\purebox{\programcode{&#xA;\bc                    PRODUKTIONSPLANUNGS-BEISPIEL 6.1 \hspace{30mm} 6\par\medskip               &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;    L I N E A R \ \ P R O G R A M M I N G \ \ P R O C E D U R E&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;\par\medskip       &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;\input{tablesonly_no4}&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;}}      &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I guess that  \programcode  somehow switches the font.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;\newcommand{\programcode}[1]{\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{0.85}\normalsize&#xA;{\progr{#1}}\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{1}\normalsize}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;\font\progr=phvr7t at 8pt  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;These are all legacy parts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Werner &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2294" LastActivityDate="2010-12-05T11:22:07.893" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6555" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7460" CreationDate="2010-12-05T13:30:06.210" Score="3" ViewCount="293" Body="&lt;p&gt;Possible duplicate of &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/165/how-do-i-insert-an-image-in-latex-so-it-looks-good-on-print&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt;. But this is a detailed and specific sub problem of that topic.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know I should use vector images whenever possible, or 300dpi images. Since I am dealing with computer vision images the images I need to display are mostly 96dpi. In the last (and first!) document I prepared, the images were looking good on pdf. And I made the mistake to take the prints at the last moment before handing, they looked awful printed. I did not have time to correct that and had to give the document like that. I do not want same thing to happen.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What can I do to display/print low resolution (96dpi) images correctly? The size of the printed image does not matter for me, the only important thing is they are printed correctly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;UPDATE&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I used Adobe Reader to print at a photocopy shop, and Foxit Reader at home. I did not use page scaling while printing.&#xA;I am providing the scans for the photocopy shop. The prints I took at home is even worse. I took photograph of it (no scanner at home) I will send when I get back.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that I converted 96dpi images to 300dpi, without rescaling so no information is lost on the original 256x256 image, their size is around 2.17cmx2.17cm.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is the &lt;a href=&quot;https://docs.google.com/viewer?a=v&amp;amp;pid=explorer&amp;amp;chrome=true&amp;amp;srcid=0B2_bk2CWjNCEYTdkMzIxYTMtZjNjZC00MTA1LTkxMTQtZWM3MWIwMDA4Y2Yz&amp;amp;hl=en_GB&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pdf&lt;/a&gt; (last page contains the images).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is the &lt;a href=&quot;https://docs.google.com/leaf?id=0B2_bk2CWjNCEMTk4ZWU4ZWMtNTViMC00YzhhLTg3MjAtZWFlYTA1NjUyZGNl&amp;amp;hl=en_GB&amp;amp;authkey=CJS_zJYG&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;scanned image&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here are (almost) &lt;a href=&quot;https://docs.google.com/leaf?id=0B2_bk2CWjNCENzJhNGVmZWUtYTAyNC00MWYyLWFiMzMtYzRiMTUyZDMyNDhi&amp;amp;hl=en_GB&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;all the files&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is the part that is typesetting images:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{center}&#xA;\newcolumntype{V}{&amp;gt;{\centering\arraybackslash} m{.2\linewidth} }&#xA;\begin{tabular}{c|V|V|V|}&#xA;\backslashbox{k}{s}&#xA;     &amp;amp;    4          &amp;amp;        8     &amp;amp;   16 \\&#xA;\hline&#xA;32   &amp;amp; \includegraphics{lena_s_4_k_32.5.png}     &amp;amp; \includegraphics{lena_s_8_k_32.4.png}  &amp;amp; \includegraphics{lena_s_16_k_32.4.png} \\&#xA;64   &amp;amp;  \includegraphics{lena_s_4_k_64.1.png}     &amp;amp; \includegraphics{lena_s_8_k_64.4.png} &amp;amp; \includegraphics{lena_s_16_k_64.4.png} \\&#xA;128 &amp;amp;  \includegraphics{lena_s_4_k_128.5.png}  &amp;amp; \includegraphics{lena_s_8_k_128.3.png}  &amp;amp; \includegraphics{lena_s_16_k_128.3.png} \\&#xA;\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1782" LastEditorUserId="1782" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-06T12:41:32.197" LastActivityDate="2010-12-20T15:52:44.843" Title="How to print low resolution (96dpi) raster images correctly?" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;printing&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="6556" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6669" CreationDate="2010-12-05T14:41:46.940" Score="1" ViewCount="246" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I set two double spaces between all paragraphs in a report? I have already set double spaces between lines with this command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{setspace}&#xA;\doublespacing&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2155" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T06:54:59.247" Title="Two double spaces between paragraphs" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;paragraphs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6557" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-05T16:16:16.677" Score="1" ViewCount="155" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need to execute an external application prior to executing latex.exe to prepare a new file to be imported from within the (La)TeX input file. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From another topic, I got an rough info that we can use \write18 command. But I don't have an idea to execute it. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is my file structure:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;MyProjectDir&#xA;---Main.tex&#xA;---SourcesDir&#xA;-----ExternalApp.exe&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT 1: In TeXnicCenter (latex editor for windows), there is no PreProcessor. Only PostProcessor is available. Therefore, I cannot execute it in one go. Executing it manually will be a tedious job.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="401" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-05T23:52:00.680" LastActivityDate="2010-12-12T18:32:56.120" Title="Is it possible to call an external application prior to latex.exe to prepare a new file to be imported from within the (La)TeX input file?" Tags="&lt;windows&gt;&lt;external-file&gt;&lt;write18&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="6558" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6563" CreationDate="2010-12-05T16:21:37.313" Score="7" ViewCount="153" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the TeXbook Knuth set parameters for dimensions mostly as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \parskip=3pt&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Other package authors define such parameters without using the equal sign&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \parskip30pt&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Many later authors use the LaTeX &lt;code&gt;\setlength&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \setlength{\parskip}{30pt}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can even define a &lt;code&gt;constant&lt;/code&gt; somewhere and write:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  \parskip\parsep&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Even  &lt;code&gt;\parskip30PT&lt;/code&gt; or even &lt;code&gt;\parskip10Pt&lt;/code&gt; works!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I favour &lt;code&gt;\parskip30pt&lt;/code&gt; for macros in a package and &lt;code&gt;\newlength&lt;/code&gt; for preamble commands in a document. Is there a right way to set a dimension parameter?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note: here is a short minimal example of all the above commands for anyone wishing to try them out.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article} &#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \parskip30pt&#xA;  \lipsum[1-2]&#xA;  \parskip=3pt&#xA;  \lipsum[1]&#xA;  \setlength{\parskip}{30pt}&#xA;  \lipsum[1]&#xA; \parskip\parsep&#xA;  \lipsum[1]&#xA; \parskip25Pt&#xA; \lipsum[3]&#xA; \parskip30PT&#xA; \lipsum[4]&#xA;\texttt{\meaning\parsep}&#xA;&#xA;\texttt{\the\parsep}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-12-05T16:59:30.737" Title="What is the right way to set a dimension parameter?" Tags="&lt;programming&gt;&lt;dimensions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6559" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6528" CreationDate="2010-12-05T16:24:54.660" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Firstly, Thanks for the support by Caramdir.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After playing there are two ways for adding different search path directories:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;First:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1- goto options -&gt; execution modes -&gt; variables&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2- check on the TEXINPUTS then type in its field (e.g. in case of adding &quot;C:\Texproject&quot;): &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;C:\Texproject&quot; for adding only this directory&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;OR&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;C:\Texproject//&quot; for adding this directory and its subdirectories&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Second:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1- goto options -&gt; execution modes -&gt; PATH&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2- For the first option &quot;EXTRA PATH FOLDERS&quot;, check on &quot;Insert in PATH&quot; then click on the magnifying glass for browsing to any folder you want to add.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;3- Select the folder, then click open twice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The second method only add this directory without its subdirectories.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the two methods, adding multiple directories is possible by separating each two paths by semicolon.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Waiting for any amendments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2288" LastEditorUserId="2288" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-05T16:35:47.510" LastActivityDate="2010-12-05T16:35:47.510" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6560" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-05T16:26:31.777" Score="6" ViewCount="332" Body="&lt;p&gt;Whenever I write a collaborative document, it undergoes a lot of draft changes. Apart from maintaining the change history in svn, how can I maintain the change history in the tex document itself? I also want it to reflect on the generated pdf. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="637" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T21:43:25.713" Title="Best practice for maintaining change history in tex" Tags="&lt;changes&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="5" />
  <row Id="6562" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6549" CreationDate="2010-12-05T16:54:38.227" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Like this? (modified from the TeXbook exercise 22.9 answer)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$$\openup1\jot\tabskip=0pt plus1fil&#xA;\halign to\displaywidth{\tabskip=0pt&#xA;  $\hfil#$ &amp;amp; $\hfil#\hfil$ &amp;amp;&#xA;  ${}#\hfil$\tabskip=0pt plus1fil &amp;amp;&#xA;  \llap{#}\tabskip=0pt \cr&#xA;  a &amp;lt;&amp;amp; b   &amp;amp;&amp;lt; c &amp;amp; (1) \cr&#xA;  a &amp;lt;&amp;amp; bb  &amp;amp;&amp;lt; c &amp;amp; (2) \cr&#xA;  a &amp;lt;&amp;amp; bbb &amp;amp;&amp;lt; c &amp;amp; (3) \cr&#xA;}$$&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/nLL3o.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; title=&quot;Hosted by imgur.com&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastEditorUserId="1410" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-05T17:44:18.497" LastActivityDate="2010-12-05T17:44:18.497" />
  <row Id="6563" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6558" CreationDate="2010-12-05T16:59:30.737" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;At the TeX level there are two register types to worry about, dimensions and skips. The former only take a dimension (not surprisingly), whereas the later also have a rubber component. LaTeX's 'lengths' are TeX skips and so can have a rubber component. This is important when you consider how to terminate the setting instructions. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newskip\myskip&#xA;\def\setmyskip#1{\myskip #1} % Bad!&#xA;\setmyskip{10 pt} plus some other context&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here, TeX will think that 'plus' is part of the skip information and will complain about a missing number. So LaTeX includes a &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt; in the definition of &lt;code&gt;\setlength&lt;/code&gt; to avoid this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;gt; \setlength=macro:&#xA;#1#2-&amp;gt;#1#2\relax .&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This termination question does not apply in the case where you are setting one length from another:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\parskip\parsep plus &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will not treat the &lt;code&gt;plus&lt;/code&gt; as part of the setting. Whenever you set one &lt;em&gt;register&lt;/em&gt; from another TeX 'knows' that there is nothing else to look for. (Note: if you try the same with a constant stored as a macro, you are back needing the &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, on the 'right' way to do this I'm not aware of a case where the &lt;code&gt;=&lt;/code&gt; is vital (contrast the situation with &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt;, where sometimes that optional &lt;code&gt;=&lt;/code&gt; is significant). So I would not use one. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As LaTeX provides proper termination of the setting, I would prefer it's method over the plain TeX approach if we are talking about a LaTeX document. That said, if I want a fixed length I will tend to prefer a dimension, and use &lt;code&gt;\newdimen&lt;/code&gt; followed by the plain TeX setting method with &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt; inserted as appropriate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-12-05T16:59:30.737" />
  <row Id="6564" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-05T17:39:24.733" Score="1" ViewCount="107" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/5053/is-it-possible-to-get-unsrt-abbrv-bibliography&quot;&gt;Is it possible to get unsrt + abbrv bibliography?&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am looking for a setting for a bibliography with two properties:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Items appear in the order of citation, so that in the document the citations are [1], [2], [3]...&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The bibliography itself is as brief as possible - No extra fields, no long names, etc.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In other words the bibliography style should combine &lt;code&gt;unsrt&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;abbrv&lt;/code&gt;, preferably with some control on displayed fields, to make the entries even shorter.  I haven't found such an option in the default styles or in natbib.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1527" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-07T16:45:19.530" LastActivityDate="2011-01-07T16:45:19.530" ClosedDate="2010-12-25T09:31:29.280" Title="Sorted and brief bibliography format" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;natbib&gt;" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6565" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6560" CreationDate="2010-12-05T18:26:53.470" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I Use package &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/rcs.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;rcs&lt;/a&gt; and put &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{rcs}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in the preamble. Then, lines such as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\RCS $Id:$&#xA;\RCS $Source:$&#xA;\pagestyle{myheadings}&#xA;\markright{\RCSId}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;put version information in the formated document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I notice that there is also a package &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/rcsinfo.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;rcsinfo&lt;/a&gt; with a similar purpose, but have not used it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="750" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-04T18:33:09.353" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T18:33:09.353" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6567" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6571" CreationDate="2010-12-05T19:54:50.927" Score="1" ViewCount="117" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am writing a report on robot wars (as funny as it sounds).  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One major section in my report is on EMP Cannons.  Whenever I type EMP I get this: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{minipage}[]{&amp;lt;+width+&amp;gt;}&#xA;    &amp;lt;++&amp;gt;&#xA;\end{minipage}&amp;lt;++&amp;gt;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am using macvim with some latex attachement.  Does anyone know how I can figure out where this is coming from and disable it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1333" LastActivityDate="2010-12-05T21:28:52.010" Title="Where is this shortcut coming from?" Tags="&lt;vim&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="6568" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6567" CreationDate="2010-12-05T19:58:14.150" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This found it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% pwd&#xA;/Users/jsummers/.vim&#xA;% grep -r EMP .&#xA;./ftplugin/latex-suite/wizardfuncs.vim:\.&quot;\n EFL   &quot;.g:Tex_Leader2.&quot;fl   flushleft           EMP   &quot;.g:Tex_Leader2.&quot;mp   minipage&quot;&#xA;% &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1333" LastActivityDate="2010-12-05T19:58:14.150" />
  <row Id="6569" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6534" CreationDate="2010-12-05T20:03:04.307" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Given good specifications how the sheet should look like (positions, sizes, extra markings, etc.) it shouldn't be too hard to create an answer sheet with TikZ.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As I lack these specification, I can only show you a simple proof of concept:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[font=\small]&#xA;    \foreach \line in {1,2,...,4} {&#xA;        \begin{scope}[yshift=-\line cm]&#xA;            \foreach \count/\desc in {1/A, 2/B, 3/C, 4/D, 5/E} { &#xA;                \node at ({\count * 0.5}, 0.4) {\desc};&#xA;                \node at (0,0) {\normalsize\textbf{\line}};&#xA;                \node[draw,circle,inner sep=1pt] at ({\count * 0.5},0) {\count};&#xA;            }&#xA;        \end{scope}&#xA;    }&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/VrVaS.png&quot; alt=&quot;example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-06T00:16:15.487" LastActivityDate="2010-12-06T00:16:15.487" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="6570" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-05T20:37:07.340" Score="0" ViewCount="239" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using gnuplot, I would like to stack 5 contour plots together, meaning no white spaces between them. I can't get it to work for some reason. any help is appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;#! /usr/bin/gnuplot&#xA;reset&#xA;set terminal epslatex color size 7in,2in &#xA;set output &quot;s.pdf&quot;&#xA;set multiplot layout 1,5&#xA;&#xA;set lmargin 0&#xA;set bmargin 0&#xA;set tmargin 0&#xA;set rmargin 0&#xA;&#xA;set size square&#xA;set pm3d map&#xA;&#xA;unset colorbox &#xA;unset key&#xA;&#xA;set format x &quot;&quot;;&#xA;set format y &quot;&quot;;&#xA;set xlabel &quot;&quot;;&#xA;set ylabel &quot;&quot;;&#xA;splot x*x+y*y &#xA;splot x*x+y*y&#xA;splot x*x+y*y&#xA;splot x*x+y*y&#xA;splot x*x+y*y&#xA;&#xA;unset multiplot&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to do it without adjusting a position of each plot? It works for normal plots like here &lt;a href=&quot;http://gibuu.physik.uni-giessen.de/GiBUU/wiki/HowToGnuplotStacked&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://gibuu.physik.uni-giessen.de/GiBUU/wiki/HowToGnuplotStacked&lt;/a&gt; but not for pm3d.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1643" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-06T17:00:16.343" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T17:00:16.343" ClosedDate="2011-02-08T09:27:44.637" Title="how to stack pm3d multiplot in gnuplot?" Tags="&lt;gnuplot&gt;" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="6571" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6567" CreationDate="2010-12-05T21:28:52.010" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is a vim &lt;code&gt;latex-suite&lt;/code&gt; macro, the official way to disable these is described here&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://vim-latex.sourceforge.net/documentation/latex-suite.html#latex-macros&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://vim-latex.sourceforge.net/documentation/latex-suite.html#latex-macros &lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However I had trouble getting those instructions to work in the past.&#xA;Eventually I created a file &lt;code&gt;~/.vim/after/ftplugin/tex/afterls.vim&lt;/code&gt;&#xA;and added the line &#xA;&lt;code&gt;call IMAP('EMP', 'EMP', 'tex')&lt;/code&gt;&#xA;which just expands EMP to EMP. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is a very silly way to do it so I am looking forward to seeing the correct answer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="185" LastActivityDate="2010-12-05T21:28:52.010" />
  <row Id="6572" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6574" CreationDate="2010-12-05T22:54:09.667" Score="4" ViewCount="231" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi there!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I asked this question at stackoverflow and have been kindly redirected here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd like to align some equations in Latex using the AMS packages. Each equation has two equal signs that need to be aligned. So something in the line of&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;A = B = C&#xA;D = E = F&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've tried using the align-environment like this&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{align}&#xA;A &amp;amp;= B &amp;amp;= C \\&#xA;D &amp;amp;= E &amp;amp;= F&#xA;\end{align}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This works in principle (it aligns), however it adds ridiculously large spaces before the second equal sign in each line.&#xA;But I just want the line to runs as if there was no additional alignment tab. Only when I replace for example &quot;B&quot; by &quot;BBB&quot; I want the equal sign before &quot;F&quot; to shift to right the exact amount of space.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Could anyone help me out on that one? It's kind of driving me crazy since I don't get the idea of that strange behavior and I just can't find any solution. Maybe alignat could help, but I don't really get how that environment works.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cheers,&#xA;Oliver&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2304" LastActivityDate="2010-12-05T23:03:46.973" Title="AMS align / Align multiple “=”, too much space" Tags="&lt;amsmath&gt;&lt;align&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="6573" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-05T23:03:18.253" Score="5" ViewCount="325" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a problem with table captions in LaTeX. They appear always below the tables instead of above as required by my editor. I've read lots of documentation and everybody says that if you place the \caption command before the begin-tabular like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}[h!]&#xA;  \caption{This caption is supposed to be above the table}&#xA;  \centering&#xA;    \begin{tabular}&#xA;     ...&#xA;    \end{tabular}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;you get it above the table. And, if you place it after the tabular, like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}[h!]&#xA;  \centering&#xA;    \begin{tabular}&#xA;     ...&#xA;    \end{tabular}&#xA;  \caption{This caption is supposed to be below the table}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;you get it below. Well. This is not working for me: my captions are ALWAYS placed below the table regardless of the position of my \caption command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I assume this is something wrongly defined in the document template (I'm using book document template) but I can not find the right key to fix it. Can anyone help with this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is the preamble of my LaTeX document just in case it helps:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[b5paper,11pt]{book}&#xA;\usepackage[total={14cm,21cm},top=1.5cm, left=1.5cm, includehead]{geometry}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{epsfig}&#xA;\usepackage[ansinew]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{harvard}&#xA;\usepackage{colortbl}&#xA;\usepackage{booktabs}&#xA;\usepackage{floatrow}&#xA;\usepackage{estilo}&#xA;&#xA;\citationstyle{dcu}&#xA;&#xA;\pagestyle{myheadings}&#xA;\markboth{Prefacio}{Mi manual}&#xA;&#xA;\newfloat{definicion}{h!}{loa}[chapter]&#xA;\floatname{definicion}{Definici\'on}&#xA;    \floatsetup[definicion]{framestyle=fbox,framearound=object,frameset={\fboxrule1pt \fboxsep10pt},framefit=yes}  &#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;...&#xA;etc.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2306" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-29T16:47:42.360" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T16:47:42.360" Title="How to place caption text above the Tables in LaTeX?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;floats&gt;&lt;captions&gt;&lt;floatrow&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6574" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6572" CreationDate="2010-12-05T23:03:46.973" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The ampersand &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; does not only mark alignment positions, it further separates columns. So, with alignat, your example could look like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{alignat}{2}&#xA;A &amp;amp;= B &amp;amp; &amp;amp;= C \\&#xA;D &amp;amp;= E &amp;amp; &amp;amp;= F&#xA;\end{alignat}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The agument to  &lt;code&gt;alignat&lt;/code&gt; stands for the number of columns.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-05T23:03:46.973" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6575" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6333" CreationDate="2010-12-05T23:09:40.433" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Have you checked out &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.cs.umd.edu/~nspring/software/style-check-readme.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;stylecheck&lt;/a&gt;? I found it to be reasonably good, though I'm not sure what it does with macros....&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastActivityDate="2010-12-05T23:09:40.433" />
  <row Id="6576" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6573" CreationDate="2010-12-05T23:18:11.803" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is caused by the &lt;code&gt;floatrow&lt;/code&gt; package. If you don't use that package, the caption would be placed above.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With &lt;code&gt;floatrow&lt;/code&gt;, I would use a &lt;code&gt;table&lt;/code&gt; environment instead of &lt;code&gt;figure&lt;/code&gt; and specify the table style:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\floatsetup[table]{capposition=top}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-05T23:18:11.803" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6577" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6580" CreationDate="2010-12-05T23:51:05.670" Score="3" ViewCount="97" Body="&lt;p&gt;I used an answer provided by &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/5821/creating-a-standalone-glossary/5837#5837&quot;&gt;Geoffrey Jones&lt;/a&gt; regarding how to create a Lexicon of sorts (unmodified code):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;    \documentclass{article}&#xA;\newcommand*{\glossaryname}{Dictionary}&#xA;\usepackage[nonumberlist]{glossaries}&#xA;\newcommand{\dictentry}[2]{%&#xA;  \newglossaryentry{#1}{name=#1,description={#2}}%&#xA;  \glslink{#1}{}%&#xA;}&#xA;\makeglossaries&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\dictentry{aardvark}{an animal}%&#xA;\dictentry{lion}{another animal, but with&#xA;  a really long description that spills over many, many, many, many, many, &#xA;  many, many, many, many, many, many, many, many, many, many, many, many, &#xA;  many, many, many, many, many, many, many, many, many, many lines}&#xA;\dictentry{zebra}{yet another animal}%&#xA;\printglossary[style=list]%&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My first question is: How would I add other fields (or is it possible), like the symbols field provided by glossaries in such a way that I only had to add a last bracket with the symbol, &lt;code&gt;\dictentry{concept}{description}{symbol}&lt;/code&gt; (I'm not yet comfortable fiddling with the newcommand function, I tried but failed to add a symbol field)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The second question is: Is there a length limit in the description field, when using the glossaries package? I ask because using the setup described above, the entry doesn't seem to be added to the gls file when it's too large (ca. 8-9 lines of text in the outputted document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1614" LastActivityDate="2010-12-06T00:27:06.230" Title="Adding symbols to glossary entry and limit to description field?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;glossaries&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6578" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6557" CreationDate="2010-12-05T23:56:30.507" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could install &lt;a href=&quot;http://windows.kde.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Kile for Windows&lt;/a&gt;. Kile allows you to define your own build options and build chains. You can specify each program you need, the order and the parameters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="401" LastActivityDate="2010-12-05T23:56:30.507" />
  <row Id="6579" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6555" CreationDate="2010-12-05T23:58:06.590" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;You could tell pdfTeX about the resolution:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pdfimageresolution96&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Or specify it to &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\includegraphics[resolution=96]{filename}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Or declare it globally:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setkeys{Gin}{resolution=96}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-05T23:58:06.590" />
  <row Id="6580" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6577" CreationDate="2010-12-06T00:27:06.230" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I can only answer your second question - by quoting from the glossaries FAQ:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;If you have a very long description, it is possible that you may exceed makeindex's buffer. In which case, try defining a command that stores the long description, and use that when you define the entry.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The complete information can be found &lt;a href=&quot;http://theoval.cmp.uea.ac.uk/~nlct/latex/packages/faq/glossariesfaq.html#makeindextoolong&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: Quoting p. 117 of the glossaries documentation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Be careful not to make the description too long, because &lt;code&gt;makeindex&lt;/code&gt; has a limited buffer. &lt;code&gt;\@glo@desc&lt;/code&gt; is defined to be a short command to discourage lengthy descriptions for this reason. If you do have a very long description, or if you require paragraph breaks, define a separate command that contains the description, and use it as the value to the description key.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-12-06T00:27:06.230" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6581" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6512" CreationDate="2010-12-06T02:26:34.910" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is also the bib2bib program that comes with bibtex2html:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.lri.fr/~filliatr/bibtex2html/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.lri.fr/~filliatr/bibtex2html/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A windows installer is up for download.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2308" LastActivityDate="2010-12-06T02:26:34.910" />
  <row Id="6582" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6592" CreationDate="2010-12-06T03:41:39.493" Score="4" ViewCount="236" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a beamer frame with an &lt;code&gt;overlayarea&lt;/code&gt; environment.  Inside that environment are some bits marked &lt;code&gt;\only&amp;lt;n&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; so that they appear on consecutive slides.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{frame}&#xA;\begin{theorem}&#xA;     There are infinitely many primes.&#xA;\end{theorem}&#xA;This has many ramifications:&#xA;\begin{overlayarea}{\textwidth}{0.3\textheight}&#xA;    \only&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;{\begin{corollary}Corollary 1\end{corollary}}&#xA;    \only&amp;lt;3&amp;gt;{\begin{corollary}Corollary 2\end{corollary}}&#xA;    \only&amp;lt;4&amp;gt;{\begin{corollary}Corollary 3\end{corollary}}&#xA;\end{overlayarea}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In beamer mode, you get one frame with four slides, the first of which will just have the theorem and the next three with one each of the corollaries under the theorem.  The &lt;code&gt;overlayarea&lt;/code&gt; environment keeps the theorem from jumping as the heights of the corollaries change.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In handout mode, all &lt;code&gt;\only&lt;/code&gt;s are expanded regardless of the slide number, unless you explicitly shut them off with a &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;handout:0&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; mode specification.  So the code above will produce a single too-long frame with all three corollaries one after the other.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I would like instead is to have &lt;em&gt;three&lt;/em&gt; frames in handout mode, one with the theorem and corollary 1, one with the theorem and corollary 2, one with the theorem and corollary 3.  In other words, the &lt;code&gt;overlayarea&lt;/code&gt; should &quot;distribute&quot; across the three overlays specified.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The brute force way to do this would be to copy, paste, and edit so that only the slide needed is there.  But I'm looking for something more elegant.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there, for instance, a way to make handout mode &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; overlay all overlay-specfified material, and instead set a frame as if it were slide number &lt;em&gt;n&lt;/em&gt;?  This is related to a question &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/2645418/different-overlay-specification-in-different-beamer-modes&quot;&gt;different overlay specification in different beamer modes?&lt;/a&gt;&quot; I asked a while back on SO.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T14:09:13.703" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T14:09:13.703" Title="How can I distribute beamer overlayareas in handout mode across multiple frames?" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;overlays&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="6583" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10140" CreationDate="2010-12-06T04:58:59.570" Score="5" ViewCount="224" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm working on a package to simplify writing my homework and assignments.  Unfortunately, not all of my professors assign problem sets with sequential numbering.  Thus, I'd like to optionally be able to manually override the automatic numbering of sections.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My goals:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;A syntax that resembles &lt;code&gt;\section[12(e)]{Fermat's Last Theorem}&lt;/code&gt;, where the custom number is in brackets.  I'm imagining that I'd ignore the normal section counters and simply define my own macro to contain the manually specified number.  In the absence of an optional argument, this macro would simply mirror &lt;code&gt;\thesection&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The ability to reference my custom number in headings and footers.  I'd like to say something like &quot;Question 12(e) continued on next page…&quot; instead of referencing the whole section name.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;And, finally, I want to have all of this work in a table of contents and the hyperref package.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this possible? Has it been done already? I'm not tied down to a particular document class; I've attempted hacking this onto both &lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt; and Memoir's article mode.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This gets me close:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[article]{memoir}&#xA;\newcommand*{\theproblem}{}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\cftchaptername}{Problem\space}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\chaptername}{Problem\space}&#xA;\setcounter{tocdepth}{2}&#xA;\newcommand*{\problem}[2][\thechapter]{%&#xA;  \addtocounter{chapter}{1}&#xA;  \setcounter{section}{0}&#xA;  \phantomsection&#xA;  \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\numberline {\cftchaptername#1}#2}  &#xA;  \chapter*{\chaptername#1\quad#2}&#xA;  \renewcommand*{\theproblem}{#1}&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand*{\subproblem}[2][\thesection]{%&#xA;  \addtocounter{section}{1}&#xA;  \phantomsection&#xA;  \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\numberline {#1}#2}  &#xA;  \section*{#1\quad#2}&#xA;  \renewcommand*{\theproblem}{#1}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately, it doesn't account for longer-than-anticipated numbers in the table of contents.  Also, I initially started trying to directly redefine &lt;code&gt;\chapter&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt;; this is definitely not necessary, but it would be quite nice (and now I'm curious if it could be possible).  And, finally, this is my first bit of package hacking, so I'm not entirely confident I'm doing things in a reasonable manner.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1312" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-18T13:06:29.193" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T13:06:29.193" Title="[Optionally] Specifying arbitrary numbers for sections and subsections" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;numbering&gt;" AnswerCount="4" />
  <row Id="6584" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6641" CreationDate="2010-12-06T05:31:07.923" Score="4" ViewCount="163" Body="&lt;p&gt;The beamer manual says:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;You can easily add your own actions:&#xA;  An action specification like&#xA;  ⟨&lt;em&gt;action&lt;/em&gt;⟩@⟨&lt;em&gt;slide numbers&lt;/em&gt;⟩ simply&#xA;  inserts an environment called&#xA;  ⟨&lt;em&gt;action&lt;/em&gt;⟩&lt;code&gt;env&lt;/code&gt; around the &lt;code&gt;\item&lt;/code&gt; or&#xA;  parameter of &lt;code&gt;\action&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;/code&gt;⟨&lt;em&gt;slide&#xA;  numbers&lt;/em&gt;⟩&lt;code&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; as overlay specification.&#xA;  Thus, by defining a new&#xA;  overlay-specification-aware&#xA;  environment named ⟨&lt;em&gt;my action name&lt;/em&gt;⟩&lt;code&gt;env&lt;/code&gt;,&#xA;  you can add your own action:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{checkenv}{\only{\setbeamertemplate{itemize item}{X}}}{} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;You can then write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\item&amp;lt;beamer:check@2&amp;gt; Text.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;This will change the itemization symbol before &lt;code&gt;Text.&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;X&lt;/code&gt; on slide 2 in &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt; mode. The definition of &lt;code&gt;checkenv&lt;/code&gt; used the fact that &lt;code&gt;\only&lt;/code&gt; also accepts an overlay-specification given after its argument.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd like an action like &lt;code&gt;\alert&lt;/code&gt; which instead colors its input gray.  So I tried:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment&amp;lt;&amp;gt;{grayenv}{%&#xA;  \color#1{gray}}{}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;Text is \begin{grayenv}&amp;lt;2-&amp;gt; grayed out\end{grayenv}.&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;Who's \action&amp;lt;alert@+| gray@+(1)&amp;gt;{gray} now? \action&amp;lt;+(1)-&amp;gt;{And now?}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;Who's \action&amp;lt;alert@+| grayenv@+(1)&amp;gt;{gray} now? \action&amp;lt;+(1)-&amp;gt;{And now?}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first frame has the expected output: &quot;grayed out&quot; is grayed out on slide 2.  The second frame has &quot;Who's ¡all:¿&lt;strong&gt;gray&lt;/strong&gt; now?&quot; (bold is red), followed by no coloring on the next two slides.  The third frame has &quot;gray now?&quot; (not &quot;gray&quot; as desired) grayed out on slide 2. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The only working examples of custom action I have seen are written as &lt;code&gt;checkenv&lt;/code&gt; is: not as an overlay-aware environment, but a regular environment that ends its begin code with an &lt;code&gt;\only{...}&lt;/code&gt; (see also this &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4797/beamer-how-to-explicitly-call-the-normal-itemize-icon/4802#4802&quot;&gt;longer example&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there anyway to pass the overlay specification to the custom environment?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-12-06T19:43:32.160" Title="How do I add custom beamer actions that change an argument?" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;overlays&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="6585" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6277" CreationDate="2010-12-06T05:42:12.743" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Looks like this is a problem with the macports version of texlive (tried 2009_6 and 2010_0).  Installed texlive with MacTeX and ligatures work now.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1925" LastActivityDate="2010-12-06T05:42:12.743" />
  <row Id="6586" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6402" CreationDate="2010-12-06T06:59:29.117" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the &lt;a href=&quot;http://code.google.com/p/tufte-latex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Tufte-LaTeX&lt;/a&gt; document class, we achieve that affect by defining a &lt;code&gt;fullwidth&lt;/code&gt; environment.  The definition of this environment uses the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/changepage&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;changepage&lt;/a&gt; package (or an earlier version named &lt;code&gt;chngpage&lt;/code&gt;).  A simplified version looks like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{changepage}% provides the adjustwidth environment&#xA;\usepackage{multicol}% for multiple columns inside the fullwidth environment&#xA;&#xA;% The following code should be used *after* any changes to the margins and&#xA;% page layout are made (e.g., after the geometry package has been loaded).&#xA;\newlength{\fullwidthlen}&#xA;\setlength{\fullwidthlen}{\marginparwidth}&#xA;\addtolength{\fullwidthlen}{\marginparsep}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{fullwidth}{%&#xA;  \begin{adjustwidth*}{}{-\fullwidthlen}%&#xA;}{%&#xA;  \end{adjustwidth*}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}% provides dummy text&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;&#xA;\begin{fullwidth}&#xA;  \begin{multicols}{2}&#xA;    \lipsum[2]&#xA;  \end{multicols}&#xA;\end{fullwidth}&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum[3]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="80" LastActivityDate="2010-12-06T06:59:29.117" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="6588" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6620" CreationDate="2010-12-06T07:38:56.927" Score="2" ViewCount="299" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't get any ligatures, like the fi ligature. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;URW Century Schoolbook L (afai can determine anyway)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;XeTeX, Version 3.1415926-2.2-0.9995.2 (TeX Live 2009/Debian)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Ubuntu 10.04&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is the relevant part, I think:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\usepackage{wasysym}&#xA;\setsansfont{FluxBold}&#xA;\setmonofont[Scale=0.85]{Bera Sans Mono}&#xA;\setmainfont{Century Schoolbook L}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I drop fontspec and use fouriernc it works fine, I get ligatures, but I can't specify the other fonts. If I use both fouriernc and fontspec, this seems to clash so I get neither New Century Schoolbook, nor Century Schoolbook L.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've also tries things like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setmainfont[Mapping=tex-text, Ligatures={Common, Rare, Historical}]{Century Schoolbook L}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To no avail. Setting Ligatures=TeX fails, it doens't know what TeX ligatures are. I've tried switching to luatex, but it seems to not be able to use the fontspec package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm stuck.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2309" LastEditorUserId="2309" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-06T14:15:01.923" LastActivityDate="2010-12-06T16:45:22.727" Title="Ligatures with Century Schoolbook L in xetex [Ubuntu]" Tags="&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;fontspec&gt;&lt;ligatures&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="6589" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6591" CreationDate="2010-12-06T08:21:05.957" Score="5" ViewCount="189" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have the following tikz picture in Beamer&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usetikzlibrary{fit,calc,positioning,matrix,decorations.pathmorphing}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=0.8,system/.style={draw,rectangle,rounded corners=3,minimum width=2cm,text width=1.8cm,text centered}]&#xA;    \node [system] (fe) {Feature Extraction};&#xA;    \node [system] (am) [right=of fe] {Acoustic Model};&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;    \draw[-&amp;gt;] (fe) |- (am);&#xA;    \draw[&amp;lt;-,decorate,decoration={snake,pre length=6mm,segment length=2mm,amplitude=3mm}] (fe.west) -- ++(-2cm,0);&#xA;&#xA;   \node&amp;lt;2-&amp;gt; [above=of fe.north] {Fast Fourier Tranform};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you can see I add a node in a second slide. However, the whole picture will jump when this is added.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I prevent my picture from jumping?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="459" LastEditorUserId="459" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-06T08:43:11.703" LastActivityDate="2010-12-06T08:43:11.703" Title="How to prevent a jumping picture when using tikz overlays" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="6590" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6167" CreationDate="2010-12-06T08:24:28.840" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is getting a bit involved for the comments, but it's a continuation of what I said in the comments to the question, namely that this sort of thing is precisely what the version control system is designed to solve.  I use &lt;code&gt;bzr&lt;/code&gt;, not &lt;code&gt;git&lt;/code&gt;, but they are both distributed version control systems so I'm pretty sure that this will work in &lt;code&gt;git&lt;/code&gt; as well, but the commands will be called something different.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First, set up a main repository and put something there:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;mkdir bzr_test        # create the directory&#xA;cd bzr_test           # go into it&#xA;bzr init-repo .       # initialise the repository&#xA;bzr init main         # create the main tree for the project&#xA;cd main               # go into it&#xA;vi document.tex       # create the first document&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For this example, we start with the barebones document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{subfig}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Hello World&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now we commit that document and create two branches:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;bzr add document.tex             # Tell bzr to notice this document&#xA;bzr commit -m 'Main document'    # Commit the changes&#xA;cd ..                            # Back to containing directory&#xA;bzr branch main work             # Create a work branch&#xA;bzr branch main home             # And a home one&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In each branch, we modify the document as required:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At work:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[caption=false]{caption}&#xA;\usepackage[font=footnotesize]{subfig}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Hello World&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At home:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[font=footnotesize,caption=false]{subfig}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Hello World&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And we commit those changes (and we ensure that these are the &lt;strong&gt;only&lt;/strong&gt; changes at this stage).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;cd work                             # Not sure which directory we're in!&#xA;bzr commit -m 'Headers for work'    # Commit changes for work&#xA;cd ../home                          # Go to home&#xA;bzr commit -m 'Headers for home'    # Commit changes for home&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now we do some revision on one of the branches.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;cd ../work&#xA;vi document.tex&#xA;bzr commit -m 'Major revisions'&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Suppose that in &lt;code&gt;work&lt;/code&gt; we now have:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[caption=false]{caption}&#xA;\usepackage[font=footnotesize]{subfig}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Hello World&#xA;&#xA;Greetings Earthlings&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now we want to carry those over to the &lt;code&gt;home&lt;/code&gt; branch.  The key here is to do a &lt;strong&gt;selective&lt;/strong&gt; merge.  If we just did a basic merge then it would merge everything from the common parent up to the current revision.  However, we want to ignore the first revision.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;cd ../home&#xA;bzr merge ../work -r2..&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And now we see that we have:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[font=footnotesize,caption=false]{subfig}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Hello World&#xA;&#xA;Greetings Earthlings&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The only annoying thing about this is that you have to remember which revision you merged from each time so that you can merge from just that revision to the end.  I suspect that there are better ways to manage this, but I'm not an expert on version control systems and am offering this as more proof-of-concept than the ideal solution.  My basic point is that tracking changes like this is exactly what version control is designed for, so let it do its job and let TeX do &lt;em&gt;its&lt;/em&gt; job.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-12-06T08:24:28.840" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6591" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6589" CreationDate="2010-12-06T08:35:42.970" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The problem is due to the bounding box of the picture changing depending on whether or not that node is there.  There are several ways to resolve this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Explicitly tell tikz what the bounding box is, thus ensuring that it is the same on both slides, using the &lt;code&gt;\useasboundingbox&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\path[use as bounding box]&lt;/code&gt; syntax.  Pros: you get exactly what you ask for.  Cons: you have to know exactly what to ask for.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Make the extra stuff always there, but only visible on the second slide.  There are a few ways of doing this; perhaps the simplest to wrap the whole node in a &lt;code&gt;\visible&amp;lt;2-&amp;gt;{...}&lt;/code&gt; rather than using &lt;code&gt;\node&amp;lt;2-&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;.  (It would be nice if tikz commands took &lt;em&gt;actions&lt;/em&gt; as well as bare overlay specifications, but this doesn't seem to be the case.)  Another way is to put the node text in an overlay command, &lt;code&gt;{\visible&amp;lt;2-&amp;gt;{Fast Fourier Transform}}&lt;/code&gt;.  Yet another way would be to place an empty node (or a coordinate) at the desired spot and then put the node with text on the next slide:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\coordinate [above=of fe.north] (pt);&#xA;\node&amp;lt;2-&amp;gt; at (pt) {Fast Fourier Transform};&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Though this could still lead to a jump, you'd probably want to position the textual node so that it was below the coordinate.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-12-06T08:35:42.970" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6592" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6582" CreationDate="2010-12-06T08:49:26.223" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;handout:O&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; syntax tells &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt; to remove something from a slide in the handout version.  It can also be used to tell &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt; to put things on different slides in the &lt;code&gt;handout&lt;/code&gt; version.  Thus saying &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;handout:2&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; says &quot;make sure that there is a second slide in the handout version and put this on it.&quot;.  Thus:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[handout]{beamer}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;\begin{theorem}&#xA;     There are infinitely many primes.&#xA;\end{theorem}&#xA;This has many ramifications:&#xA;\begin{overlayarea}{\textwidth}{0.3\textheight}&#xA;    \only&amp;lt;2|handout:1&amp;gt;{\begin{corollary}Corollary 1\end{corollary}}&#xA;    \only&amp;lt;3|handout:2&amp;gt;{\begin{corollary}Corollary 2\end{corollary}}&#xA;    \only&amp;lt;4|handout:3&amp;gt;{\begin{corollary}Corollary 3\end{corollary}}&#xA;\end{overlayarea}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-12-06T08:49:26.223" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6593" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6583" CreationDate="2010-12-06T09:30:07.157" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Obligatory ConTeXt solution:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\setuphead[ownnumber=yes]&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then, for each section head, you &lt;strong&gt;must&lt;/strong&gt; specify the number using&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section[reference]{12(e)}{Fermat's Last Theorem}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This works seamlessly with markings (for headers and footers) and lists (for table of contents).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT&lt;/strong&gt;: Following Will's comment,  to number a particular section by your own number, you can use the &lt;code&gt;start&lt;/code&gt;-&lt;code&gt;stop&lt;/code&gt; variant of sections.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\starttext&#xA;\startsection[title=First Section]&#xA;... content of section ...&#xA;\stopsection&#xA;&#xA;\startsection[title=Second Section, ownnumber={12(e)}]&#xA;.... content of section ...&#xA;\stopsection&#xA;&#xA;\startsection[title=Third Section]&#xA;.... content of section ....&#xA;.... this section is numbered 3 ...&#xA;\stopsection&#xA;\stoptext&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Again, marking and list are taken care of automatically. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastEditorUserId="323" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-06T14:34:41.277" LastActivityDate="2010-12-06T14:34:41.277" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6594" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5297" CreationDate="2010-12-06T09:32:27.570" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are four pieces of software whose character encoding might be relevant here:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Windows Explorer you seem to have nailed down;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Python, which should assume its input is UTF8.  But in any case, if all it does is output strings as it reads them, its character encoding shouldn't matter;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Pdftex.  As mpg says, this should also pass the strings to the filesystem uninterpreted, but you can check to see if using Luatex (which does assume UTF8 everywhere; use &lt;code&gt;--jobname=whatever&lt;/code&gt;), and see if anything changes;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Which leaves, as the most likely suspect, the encoding used by the terminal you use to enter the &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; command: can you see if this is Latin-1? &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-12-06T09:32:27.570" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6595" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-06T10:41:55.430" Score="3" ViewCount="625" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dear all,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have a directory containing a Type 1 Sabon font I want to use in Xelatex. I want to use the font by specifying the filenames using the &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt; package. I specifically define the bold and italic fonts as suggested in the fontspec manual. &lt;code&gt;\setmainfont&lt;/code&gt; can take the same options as &lt;code&gt;\fontspec&lt;/code&gt;, so I write:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;    \documentclass[11pt, BCOR=0mm, DIV=default]{scrartcl}&#xA;    \usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;    \usepackage{xunicode}&#xA;    \usepackage{xltxtra}&#xA;    \usepackage{polyglossia}&#xA;    \setmainlanguage{english}&#xA;   \setmainfont[Path=C:/fonts/, BoldFont=LTe50385.pfb ,ItalicFont=LTe50383.pfb]    &#xA;    {LTe50383.pfb}&#xA;            \begin{document}&#xA;            etc&#xA;            \end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After trying to compile this i get the following errors&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Font \zf@basefont=&quot;[C:/fonts/LTe50383.pfb ]/IC&#xA;&#xA;    U&quot; at 10.0pt not loadable: Metric (TFM) file or installed font n&#xA;    ot found.&#xA;    &amp;lt;to be read again&amp;gt; &#xA;                       \scan_stop: &#xA;    l.7 ..., ItalicFont = LTe50383.pfm]{LTe50383.pfm }&#xA;&#xA;    I wasn't able to read the size data for this font,&#xA;    so I will ignore the font specification.&#xA;    [Wizards can fix TFM files using TFtoPL/PLtoTF.]&#xA;    You might try inserting a different font spec;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Because of the error above I wonder if it is at all possible to load a Type 1 (Postscript) font in this way or is it restricted to OpenType and others. since it keeps asking for the TFM metric files. The Type 1 Metric files (.pfm) are placed in the same directory, but how does fontspec know how to use those?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Or Am I doing something else wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All help is much appreciated!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit 1&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm able to use the fonts I want after installing them on the windows machine. However, this is not something I prefer, as at my workcomputer I'm unable to install fonts properly.&#xA;So this problem is directly related to using the fonts by loading the diskfiles.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit 2&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following test returns without errors:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{document}&#xA;\font\test=&quot;[C:/fonts/LTe50383.pfb]&quot; \test abc \par&#xA;\font\test=&quot;[C:/fonts/LTe50384.pfb]&quot; \test abc \par&#xA;\font\test=&quot;[C:/fonts/LTe50385.pfb]&quot; \test abc \par&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit 3&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It seems Xelatex automatically tries to find the best replacements for the unloadable font that are loaded on the machine, therefore giving some confusing false-positive results when trying to load fonts from diskfile directly using:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setmainfont[Path=C:/fonts/, BoldFont=LTe50385.pfb ,ItalicFont=LTe50383.pfb]    &#xA;        {LTe50383.pfb}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit 4&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Owhman, this is getting confusing :) It seems syntax related, as the tests in Edit 2, meaning that Type 1 fonts can be loaded using diskfiles. Who helps me correct my syntax?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit 5&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following works fine &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setmainfont[Path=C:/fonts/]{LTe50383.pfb}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and also using the diskfile to set a fontfamily works without problems:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newfontfamily\scfont[Path=C:/fonts/]{SARSC___.PFB}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Meaning that I seem to be doing something wrong, and I shouldnt add fontfeatures such as BoldFont = and ItalicFont = to the \setmainfont option. Or should this be possibly and is this a bug in fontspec?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2182" LastEditorUserId="2182" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-08T21:26:26.073" LastActivityDate="2010-12-08T21:26:26.073" Title="Xelatex / Fontspec how to load fonts directly from diskfile (Postscript Type 1 fonts)" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;fontspec&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="10" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="6596" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-06T10:49:40.597" Score="1" ViewCount="471" Body="&lt;p&gt;This question is basically a combination of two previous posts: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/1665&quot;&gt;Adding left aligned text to an equation.&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/6572/2304&quot;&gt;AMS align / Align multiple “=”, too much space&lt;/a&gt; (the latter being my own question).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I would need is a multicolumn align as discussed (and solved) in the second post linked above plus a left aligned label (text and/or math) as discussed in the first post. And if possible some indent for the left aligned text would be nice. &#xA;So basically an itemized list with custom text / math instead of bullets and nicely aligned equations as items..&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{flalign}&#xA; &amp;amp;aaaa &amp;amp; bbb &amp;amp;= cccccc &amp;amp;&amp;amp; = d\\&#xA; &amp;amp;ee &amp;amp; f &amp;amp;= g &amp;amp;&amp;amp; = hh&#xA;\end{flalign}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and that gives me the left aligned labels and the other stuff aligned at the equal signs. But the third column is flushed all the way to the right. I guess that's the feature of flalign. Or am I doing something wrong here?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So: How can I get the desired format? Is there a way to combine flalign and alignat? Or are there other ways to do this? (I guess tables etc wouldn't really work here).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2304" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-05T18:34:42.340" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T21:52:20.467" Title="AMS align: Left aligned text/math plus multicolumn align" Tags="&lt;amsmath&gt;&lt;align&gt;&lt;alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6597" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6599" CreationDate="2010-12-06T12:12:29.023" Score="3" ViewCount="79" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to prevent the content of a custom environment from being shown. I've tried:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{asdf}[3]&#xA;{&#xA;  %some stuff happens here&#xA;  %......&#xA;  \begin{comment}&#xA;}{&#xA;   \end{comment}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but this doesn't work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="752" LastActivityDate="2010-12-06T12:30:29.600" Title="Disable environment contents" Tags="&lt;environments&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="6599" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6597" CreationDate="2010-12-06T12:21:08.550" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Instead of &lt;code&gt;\begin{comment}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\end{comment}&lt;/code&gt;, use &lt;code&gt;\comment&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\endcomment&lt;/code&gt;.  The reason for this is that the &lt;code&gt;\comment&lt;/code&gt; command proceeds by searching the text for the beginning of &lt;code&gt;\end{&amp;lt;envname&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt;, where &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;envname&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; is the name of the environment it was called from.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This allows you to call comments from your own environments: &lt;code&gt;\comment&lt;/code&gt; will see the end of your environment and know that the extent of the commenting has come to an end.  With the code you gave, it would be looking for &lt;code&gt;\end{comment}&lt;/code&gt;, never find it since it will never expand &lt;code&gt;\end{asdf}&lt;/code&gt;, and continue forever.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Oddly, this means that you &lt;em&gt;must&lt;/em&gt; comment within a LaTeX environment: the pair of commands &lt;code&gt;\comment&lt;/code&gt;/&lt;code&gt;\endcomment&lt;/code&gt;, written directly into your document, will not work, unlike every other environment!  But verbatim text, of which commenting is an example, is very odd all around.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="575" LastEditorUserId="575" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-06T12:30:29.600" LastActivityDate="2010-12-06T12:30:29.600" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6600" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6607" CreationDate="2010-12-06T12:38:52.340" Score="5" ViewCount="165" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a counter that I want to use for the beamer &lt;code&gt;\onslide&lt;/code&gt; command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcounter{coun}&#xA;%....&#xA;%&#xA;\onslide&amp;lt;\coun -&amp;gt;{ ....}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;doesn't work. What is the correct way to do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="752" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-06T20:51:00.573" LastActivityDate="2010-12-06T21:38:31.157" Title="Beamer overlay and counter" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;counters&gt;&lt;overlays&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="6601" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6512" CreationDate="2010-12-06T12:55:55.913" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can do this at a UNIX shell, with some usually true assumptions about the structure of &lt;code&gt;.aux&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;.bib&lt;/code&gt; files, using mostly &lt;code&gt;awk&lt;/code&gt;.  This is less robust than a maintained program, but it is more flexible if you have any skill with shell programming, and probably less work for a couple of hundred Bibtex items than evaluating a complex piece of software.  First, you can get the cited keys from the &lt;code&gt;.aux&lt;/code&gt; file using the shell function, which accepts the filenames of multiple &lt;code&gt;.aux&lt;/code&gt; files as arguments:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;getbibkeys () { awk -F{ '$1==&quot;\\bibcite&quot; { print substr($2,0,length($2)-1)}' &quot;$@&quot;; }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can then fetch from bibfiles, with the first argument the Bibtex key and the following arguments the &lt;code&gt;.bib&lt;/code&gt; files to look in:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;fetchbibitem () { &#xA;    key=&quot;$1&quot;; shift; &#xA;    awk -v key=&quot;$key&quot; 'BEGIN {RS=&quot;@&quot;} $1~&quot;.*{&quot; key &quot;,&quot; {print &quot;@&quot; $0}' &quot;$@&quot;;&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A simple read-while loop using the above gives the desired functionality:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;getbibkeys $AUXFILE | while read -r key; do fetchbibitem &quot;$key&quot; $BIBFILE; done&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I've tested the two shell functions, but not the read-while loop).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Be clear: these will break on some uncoventional .bib files, even though they are accepted by Bibtex.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-07T07:11:00.513" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T07:11:00.513" />
  <row Id="6602" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6603" CreationDate="2010-12-06T13:02:56.140" Score="3" ViewCount="186" Body="&lt;p&gt;I redefine a custom environment of mine that uses &quot;local variables&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{asdf}[3]{&#xA;  \def\argi{#1}&#xA;  \def\argii{#2}&#xA;  \def\argiii{#3}&#xA;  %....&#xA;}&#xA;{ }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But when I do:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewenvironment{asdf}[3]{&#xA;  \def\argi{#1}&#xA;  \def\argii{#2}&#xA;  \def\argiii{#3}&#xA;  %....&#xA;}&#xA;{ }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;later on in the document, LaTeX claims&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Illegal parameter number in definition of \test&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And also, I have no idea where &lt;code&gt;\test&lt;/code&gt; comes from.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="752" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-22T18:24:04.317" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T18:24:04.317" Title="Def in renewenvironment" Tags="&lt;environments&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6603" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6602" CreationDate="2010-12-06T13:07:58.650" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Works for me:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;I redefine a custom environment of mine that uses &quot;local variables&quot;:&#xA;\newenvironment{asdf}[3]{&#xA;  \def\argi{#1}&#xA;  \def\argii{#2}&#xA;  \def\argiii{#3}&#xA;  %....&#xA;}&#xA;{ }&#xA;But when I do:&#xA;\renewenvironment{asdf}[3]{&#xA;  \def\argi{#1}&#xA;  \def\argii{#2}&#xA;  \def\argiii{#3}&#xA;  %....&#xA;}&#xA;{ }&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I suspect here's more you're not telling us, such as that you have the &lt;code&gt;\renewenvironment&lt;/code&gt; inside something else. Don't forget that if you have &lt;code&gt;\renewenvironment&lt;/code&gt; inside another macro, you need to double the &lt;code&gt;#&lt;/code&gt; signs:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\reset{%&#xA;  \renewenvironment{asdf}[3]{&#xA;    \def\argi{##1}&#xA;    \def\argii{##2}&#xA;    \def\argiii{##3}&#xA;  }&#xA;  { }&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-12-06T13:07:58.650" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6604" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5297" CreationDate="2010-12-06T13:19:02.663" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;What you want is currently not possible. Microsoft's implementation of the C standard library (which is what pdfTeX ultimately uses) never uses UTF-8 for the standard C functions. Do as Aditya suggests and use only ASCII characters for all file names when calling TeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Reading the file names in Python works because the Python runtime circumvents the C standard library on Windows. Working with Unicode file names on Windows always requires either a compatibility layer such as Cygwin or Windows-specific code, and I'm not aware that any of those is implemented by any engine (but it could be a valuable suggestion for LuaTeX).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2010-12-06T13:19:02.663" />
  <row Id="6605" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6512" CreationDate="2010-12-06T13:23:27.433" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;(&lt;strong&gt;This is not an answer&lt;/strong&gt;: it is an extended comment, but the comment box got too restrictive.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm probably being a bit dense, but I don't see the point in what you are trying to do.  Let me describe what I see, so that you can say what's wrong in this picture.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;There is a central &lt;code&gt;.bib&lt;/code&gt; file containing just about every reference you (or your coauthors) have ever even thought of.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;You (and your various coauthors) have a variety of documents that refer to stuff in this central &lt;code&gt;.bib&lt;/code&gt; file.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;You want a program that looks in the &lt;code&gt;.aux&lt;/code&gt; file for a list of references, then goes to this &lt;code&gt;.bib&lt;/code&gt; file, extracts the relevant entries, and then puts them in a local &lt;code&gt;.bib&lt;/code&gt; file ready for insertion in to the document.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is that right?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If so, let me change two letters in the above.  Let me change the &lt;em&gt;last&lt;/em&gt; &lt;code&gt;.bib&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;.bbl&lt;/code&gt;.  So now it reads:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;There is a central &lt;code&gt;.bib&lt;/code&gt; file containing just about every reference you (or your coauthors) have ever even thought of.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;You (and your various coauthors) have a variety of documents that refer to stuff in this central &lt;code&gt;.bib&lt;/code&gt; file.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;You want a program that looks in the &lt;code&gt;.aux&lt;/code&gt; file for a list of references, then goes to this &lt;code&gt;.bib&lt;/code&gt; file, extracts the relevant entries, and then puts them in a local &lt;code&gt;.bbl&lt;/code&gt; file ready for insertion in to the document.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Correct me if I'm wrong, but isn't that &lt;em&gt;exactly&lt;/em&gt; what BibTeX does?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What do you gain by having the local &lt;code&gt;.bib&lt;/code&gt; file?  The only thing that I can see is that it allows you to change the bibliography style without needing a trip to the central repository again.  But how often do you do that?  Is it so often that recreating the &lt;code&gt;.bbl&lt;/code&gt; file is so painfully time consuming?  Surely, you do that once when you submit it to a journal (or if you're like me, once &lt;em&gt;each&lt;/em&gt; time you submit it to a journal).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to be able to make changes to the local file, then I don't see that that's so much more difficult with a &lt;code&gt;.bbl&lt;/code&gt; file than a &lt;code&gt;.bib&lt;/code&gt; file; and in both cases you have problems with your changes surviving a recreation of the file so I can't see that that is the issue.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-12-06T13:23:27.433" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-12-06T13:23:27.433" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="6606" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6583" CreationDate="2010-12-06T13:25:07.743" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's an attempt using the regular chapter/section numbers as problem/subproblem numbers respectively. If that's not problem (because you're using sections and chapters in your document as well) you might consider overriding paragraph/subparagraph or even defining all new commands.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If there's anything that's not straightforward, please ask for clarification in the comments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[article]{memoir}&#xA;\usepackage{calc}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\theproblem{\arabic{chapter}}&#xA;\newcommand\thesubproblem{\arabic{chapter}(\arabic{section})}&#xA;\renewcommand\thesection{\arabic{chapter}(\arabic{section})}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand*{\cftchaptername}{Problem\space}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\chaptername}{Problem\space}&#xA;\setcounter{tocdepth}{2}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*{\problem}[2][\value{chapter}+1]{%&#xA;  \setcounter{chapter}{#1-1}&#xA;  \chapter{#2}&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand*{\subproblem}[2][\value{section}+1]{%&#xA;  \setcounter{section}{#1-1}&#xA;  \section{#2}&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tableofcontents*&#xA;\problem[2]{problem}&#xA;hello problem \theproblem&#xA;\subproblem[2]{subproblem}&#xA;foo \thesubproblem&#xA;\subproblem{subproblem}&#xA;bar \thesubproblem&#xA;\problem[4]{problem}&#xA;hello \theproblem&#xA;\subproblem[3]{subproblem}&#xA;foo \thesubproblem&#xA;\subproblem{subproblem}&#xA;bar \thesubproblem&#xA;\problem{problem}&#xA;hello \theproblem&#xA;\subproblem[7]{subproblem}&#xA;foo \thesubproblem&#xA;\subproblem{subproblem}&#xA;bar \thesubproblem&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-12-06T13:25:07.743" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6607" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6600" CreationDate="2010-12-06T13:29:08.650" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;\value{coun}&lt;/code&gt; instead:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;&#xA;\newcounter{coun}&#xA;&#xA;\setcounter{coun}{3}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;Always here&#xA;\onslide&amp;lt;\value{coun} -&amp;gt;{on slide 3}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In general, with LaTeX counters then &lt;code&gt;\value{&amp;lt;counter name&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt; expands to the value of the counter.  The counter name itself is not a macro so there's some magic under the bonnet that links the counter name (in this case &lt;code&gt;coun&lt;/code&gt;) with a macro that displays its value.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(&lt;strong&gt;Note&lt;/strong&gt;: In the original, I had &lt;code&gt;\thecoun&lt;/code&gt; in place of &lt;code&gt;\value{coun}&lt;/code&gt;.  As Matthew pointed out in the comments, &lt;code&gt;\value{coun}&lt;/code&gt; is the correct one to have here.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastEditorUserId="86" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-06T21:38:31.157" LastActivityDate="2010-12-06T21:38:31.157" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="6608" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6611" CreationDate="2010-12-06T13:47:26.050" Score="4" ViewCount="196" Body="&lt;p&gt;Might I please have some help with writing a loop that repeats a block of text as many times as there is remaining space for it on the page?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like to produce an notebook in TeX which is divided into a number of sections. Each section would start with some printed records (taken from an existing database) followed by some space to hand-write in new entries.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The space for handwritten records is generated by something along the following lines:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\noindent Type of Widget: \dotfill \break&#xA;Observations: \dotfill \break&#xA;\null\dotfill&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem I have is that of vertical alignment: I want each section to start at the top of a new page, followed by the printed records and then enough blocks for handwritten notes to fill up the remaining vertical space on that page. Something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Section: Special Widgets&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Type of Widget:&lt;/em&gt; ABC123&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Observations:&lt;/em&gt; Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Suspendisse id orci nunc, sed sollicitudin lectus.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Type of Widget:&lt;/em&gt; CDE123&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Observations:&lt;/em&gt; Etiam lacus sem, pharetra vel eleifend ac, elementum at leo. Ut pulvinar, lorem sit amet feugiat hendrerit, sapien justo accumsan eros, eleifend consectetur nisl urna at nibh. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Type of Widget:&lt;/em&gt; ...........&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Observations&lt;/em&gt;: ...................................................................................................&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;............................................................................................................................&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Type of Widget:&lt;/em&gt; ...........&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Observations&lt;/em&gt;: ...................................................................................................&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;............................................................................................................................&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since the length of the records can vary, I therefore need to run a loop which does something like the following (in eplain pseudo code):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\for&#xA;    \noindent Type of Widget: \dotfill \break&#xA;    Observations: \dotfill \break&#xA;    \null\dotfill&#xA;\if **test to see if there is enough vspace to repeat block**&#xA;\repeat&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Could anyone point me in the right direction as to how to write a test for &quot;is there enough space left on the page to print this block of text?&quot;. I presume I would start by making a \vbox the size of the block and then see if it will fit onto the current page but I can't work out how to make that work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I hope this is clear enough. If not, please let me know.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;-Jacob&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2313" LastEditorUserId="2313" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-06T13:52:33.257" LastActivityDate="2010-12-06T15:10:20.433" Title="Repeating a block of text until it fills a page" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;loops&gt;&lt;vspace&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="6609" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6658" CreationDate="2010-12-06T13:57:01.490" Score="5" ViewCount="160" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;I'm using titlesec to define the layout of my headings. It's working but I've run into a problem when I use the package to define the layout of \part's.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;When I try to reference to a \part, which is defined with titlesec, using \nameref I get the wrong title.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Does anybody know a workaround for this or what I'm doing wrong?&#xA;I've made this example to show what I'm talking about:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{report}&#xA;\usepackage{titlesec}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;% If you uncomment the following 5 lines the nameref in line 16 will refer to &quot;Chapter title 2&quot; instead of &quot;Part title 2&quot;&#xA;%\titleformat{\part}[display]&#xA;%   {\Huge\filcenter}&#xA;%   {\partname{} \thepart}&#xA;%   {0em}&#xA;%   {\hrule}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\part{Part title 1}&#xA;\chapter{Chapter title 1}&#xA;Hello have a look at \autoref{part:part_2} \nameref{part:part_2}&#xA;\chapter{Chapter title 2}&#xA;&#xA;\part{Part title 2}\newpage&#xA;\label{part:part_2}&#xA;\chapter{Chapter title 3}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Looking forward to hear your input.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sincerely,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Richard&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2314" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T00:42:02.963" Title="Problems with part-labels using titlesec" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;labels&gt;&lt;titlesec&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="6610" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6617" CreationDate="2010-12-06T14:07:05.883" Score="2" ViewCount="70" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to combine beamer overlays and newenvironments:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcounter{scount}&#xA;\setcounter{scount}{0}&#xA;\newenvironment{sitem}[1]&#xA;   {%before&#xA;   \def\data{#1}&#xA;   \stepcounter{scount}&#xA;   \onslide&amp;lt;\value{scount}-&amp;gt;{\item \data}&#xA;   \comment&#xA;   }{&#xA;   \endcomment&#xA;   }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{itemize}&#xA;  \begin{sitem}{data}asdf1\end{sitem}&#xA;  \begin{sitem}{data}asdf2\end{sitem}&#xA;  \begin{sitem}{data}asdf3\end{sitem}&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But beamer seems to ignore the \onslide command and shows all data values at once instead of data for asdf1, asdf2, asdf3 after each other.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="752" LastActivityDate="2010-12-06T16:21:28.480" Title="Beamer and newenvironments" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;environments&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="6611" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6608" CreationDate="2010-12-06T14:24:48.143" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is a place to use vertical leaders. Here is a starting point.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\newsavebox\widgetbox&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\setbox\widgetbox\vbox&#xA;  {\vspace*{6pt}\noindent Type of Widget: \dotfill \break&#xA;  Observations: \dotfill \break&#xA;  \null\dotfill\par}&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;&#xA;\cleaders\copy\widgetbox\vskip0pt plus 1fill&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With &lt;code&gt;\cleaders&lt;/code&gt; the boxes will be put right on top of each other, with space added on top and bottom to fill the page. Use &lt;code&gt;\xleaders&lt;/code&gt; instead to have the extra space between the boxes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could also use &lt;code&gt;\leaders&lt;/code&gt;, which should place these boxes in the same position on every page. But then you need to pay attention to dimensions. Ideally, the page height should be a whole multiple of the height of your &lt;code&gt;\widgetbox&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2010-12-06T14:24:48.143" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6612" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6608" CreationDate="2010-12-06T15:10:20.433" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Harald's answer did need to be translated into plain TeX for my purposes. My first effort is the following which seems to work, except that (for reasons I don't quite yet understand), I need to add an extra page following the \cleaders and \eject:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setbox0=\vbox{\noindent Type of Widget: \dotfill \break&#xA;  Observations: \dotfill \break&#xA;  \null\dotfill\break&#xA;  }&#xA;&#xA;Lorem ipsum dolor etc.&#xA;&#xA;\cleaders\box0\vfill&#xA;&#xA;\eject&#xA;&#xA;Another Page&#xA;&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2313" LastActivityDate="2010-12-06T15:10:20.433" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6613" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6619" CreationDate="2010-12-06T15:29:10.150" Score="5" ViewCount="156" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using BibTex to write an academic paper, and want to write something along the lines of:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Wilson and Milton's (2010) work showed that...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I do this when using BibTex with &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt;. I've tried using the optional arguments to &lt;code&gt;\citet{}&lt;/code&gt; to put things before and after the citation, but that just puts bits inside the brackets.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I assume I need to use &lt;code&gt;\citet{}&lt;/code&gt; not &lt;code&gt;\citep{}&lt;/code&gt;, but is there a way to get it to do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="495" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-18T21:52:41.167" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T21:52:41.167" Title="Get &quot;Wilson and Milton's (2010) work...&quot; using BibTex" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;natbib&gt;&lt;citing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6614" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6630" CreationDate="2010-12-06T15:38:12.760" Score="1" ViewCount="220" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm working with the TikZ package and I noticed that even though I get a correct pdf file with this .tex file (found in this forum):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article} &#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tikzstyle{ball} = [circle,shading=ball, ball color=red!80!white, minimum size=1cm]&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\node [style=ball] {blah blah};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;if for example I change the colour from red to blue and I open the pdf file, keeping open the first one, there isn't the expected colour background, but if I close both the files and I open one of them the first one is correctly visualized, whereas the second is not...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Could someone tell me the reason of this problem?... and how to solve it...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PS: I'm working with MiKTeX and TeXnicCenter on Windows &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2312" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-16T00:56:16.847" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T01:30:26.140" Title="Problem with encapsulated text in shaded node with tikz" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6615" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6588" CreationDate="2010-12-06T15:40:49.107" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hey&lt;br&gt;&#xA;I don't have the font Century Schoolbook L but using your code I get fine ligatures when using Minion Pro as main font.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Are you sure that the version of Century Schoolbook L supports ligatures?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My test file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\usepackage{wasysym}&#xA;%\setsansfont{FluxBold}&#xA;%\setmonofont[Scale=0.85]{Bera Sans Mono}&#xA;%\setmainfont{Century Schoolbook L}&#xA;\setmainfont[Ligatures={Common, Rare, Historical}]{Minion Pro}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\chapter{Test}&#xA;Hello lets find some ligatures!&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sincerely,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Richard&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2314" LastActivityDate="2010-12-06T15:40:49.107" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6616" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6610" CreationDate="2010-12-06T15:46:48.243" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure if this is the cause of the unexpected behavior, but you can eliminate the extra counter with incremental overlay specifications.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{sitem}[1]&#xA;   {%before&#xA;     \item&amp;lt;+-&amp;gt; #1&#xA;     \comment&#xA;   }{&#xA;     \endcomment&#xA;   }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-12-06T15:46:48.243" />
  <row Id="6617" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6610" CreationDate="2010-12-06T16:21:28.480" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Perhaps a better way to achieve what you want is as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{itemize}[&amp;lt;+-&amp;gt;]&#xA;\item Foo&#xA;\item Bar&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2010-12-06T16:21:28.480" />
  <row Id="6618" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6621" CreationDate="2010-12-06T16:38:13.933" Score="5" ViewCount="492" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I change the alignment of a chapter/section/subsection heading? Preferably, I want this to be something I specify in the header, as this will be necessary for all headers in the document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="272" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T15:38:15.190" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T15:38:15.190" Title="Right-align chapter/section/subsection header" Tags="&lt;horizontal-alignment&gt;&lt;titlesec&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="6619" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6613" CreationDate="2010-12-06T16:43:40.693" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If I understand your question correctly, you want something like AUTHORS-SOMESTUFF-DATEORREF. I defined the following command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\citesep}[2]{\citeauthor{#1}#2~\cite{#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's not perfect (see &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3781/natbib-merging-authors-with-the-same-names&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt;), but it's a start.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="440" LastActivityDate="2010-12-06T16:43:40.693" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6620" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6588" CreationDate="2010-12-06T16:45:22.727" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I can't get ligatures to work with Century Schoolbook L or URW Bookman L. This might be missing ligatures in the font or maybe doesn't support Type 1 fonts that well. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The TeX Gyre Schola font is based on Century Schoolbook L and contains proper ligatures. If it is installed in the TeX directory structure, you have to use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setmainfont[&#xA;    Ligatures=TeX,&#xA;    Extension=.otf,&#xA;    UprightFont= *-regular,&#xA;    BoldFont=*-bold,&#xA;    ItalicFont=*-italic,&#xA;    BoldItalicFont=*-bolditalic&#xA;]{texgyreschola}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to call it (or just copy the font to ~/.fonts).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;However&lt;/strong&gt;, this does not work with XeTeX/fontspec included in Ubuntu 10.10 (and so presumably also not with 10.04). If you want to use XeTeX and fontspec, I strongly recommend that you always use the newest versions. Installing &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/texlive/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX Live&lt;/a&gt; directly (i.e. not via the package manager) is not too hard (just download the installation script, run it and set the path) and will give you the newest versions of the TeX engines and packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-12-06T16:45:22.727" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="6621" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6618" CreationDate="2010-12-06T16:47:44.857" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This can be done using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/titlesec&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a compilable demonstration example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\usepackage{titlesec}&#xA;\newcommand*{\justifyheading}{\raggedleft}&#xA;\titleformat{\chapter}[display]&#xA;  {\normalfont\huge\bfseries\justifyheading}{\chaptertitlename\ \thechapter}&#xA;  {20pt}{\Huge}&#xA;\titleformat{\section}&#xA;  {\normalfont\Large\bfseries\justifyheading}{\thesection}{1em}{}&#xA;\titleformat{\subsection}&#xA;  {\normalfont\large\bfseries\justifyheading}{\thesubsection}{1em}{}&#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\Blinddocument&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now the headings are right aligned. I defined a macro &lt;code&gt;\justifyheading&lt;/code&gt;. If you later wish to left-justify or to center, simply define &lt;code&gt;\justifyheading&lt;/code&gt; to be &lt;code&gt;\raggedleft&lt;/code&gt; respctively &lt;code&gt;\centering&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/pl2WR.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-06T16:47:44.857" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6622" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5553" CreationDate="2010-12-06T16:55:47.293" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Even if Google Chrome is just a browser, the idea that you can use your netbook as a frontend to a web-based editor and a cloud-backed LaTeX compiler might be tempting, given that the resources of those machines are limited.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know two of such services:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.scribtex.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ScribTeX&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://latexlab.org&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeXLab&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Both allow you to compile the PDF &quot;on the cloud&quot; and will let you download the PDF.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't know how they behave with custom macros and such, but it could be a good idea for smallish and not-so-important projects.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2317" LastEditorUserId="2317" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-11T13:15:39.743" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T13:15:39.743" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6623" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6618" CreationDate="2010-12-06T17:20:30.900" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use a &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/koma-script.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;KOMA-Script&lt;/a&gt;-class and redefine &lt;code&gt;\raggedsection&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrbook}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\raggedsection}{\raggedleft}&#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\Blinddocument&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-12-06T17:20:30.900" />
  <row Id="6624" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-06T17:24:33.950" Score="2" ViewCount="185" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am looking to make a page that has in the header &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;chapter chapter num -------------------------chaptertitle&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;for both odd and even pages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any pointers? Can someone explain how a sectionmark gets displayed in the header? And how to change the rightmark? thank you&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2318" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-06T23:54:00.937" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T00:30:22.033" Title="chaptertitle in place of section mark in header" Tags="&lt;header-footer&gt;&lt;page-style&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6625" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6583" CreationDate="2010-12-06T17:28:33.090" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA; \newcounter{problem}&#xA; \setcounter{problem}{0}&#xA; \newenvironment{problem}[2][\theproblem]&#xA;  {\refstepcounter{problem}&#xA;   \edef\tmpa{#1}&#xA;   \let\theproblem=\tmpa&#xA;   \phantomsection&#xA;   \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{Problem #1: #2}&#xA;   Problem #1\quad #2.\qquad&#xA;  }&#xA;  {}&#xA;&#xA; \tableofcontents&#xA;&#xA; \section{The problems}&#xA;&#xA; \begin{problem}{Exercise}&#xA;  \label{p:exercise}&#xA;  Just an exercise.&#xA; \end{problem}&#xA; \newpage&#xA; \begin{problem}[12(e)]{Fermat's Last Theorem}&#xA;  \label{p:fermat}&#xA;  $a^n + b^n \neq c^n$ for $n &amp;gt; 2$.&#xA; \end{problem}&#xA;&#xA; The first problem is \ref{p:exercise}, and the second is \ref{p:fermat}.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Moral: just because it says &lt;code&gt;\theproblem&lt;/code&gt; doesn't mean what it writes has to have anything to do with the value of the counter &lt;code&gt;problem&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: I used environments out of habit, because in my own homeworks I would always use &lt;code&gt;amsthm&lt;/code&gt; to state the problems.  Since &lt;code&gt;\endproblem&lt;/code&gt; is vacuous anyway you can easily turn this into a more &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt;-like command and have its counter default to &lt;code&gt;\thesection&lt;/code&gt; rather than &lt;code&gt;\theproblem&lt;/code&gt;.  If you want something that really looks section-like then you should use &lt;code&gt;\@startsection&lt;/code&gt; to define it; see &lt;code&gt;source2e.pdf&lt;/code&gt; (file ltsect.dtx) for the syntax.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="575" LastEditorUserId="575" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-06T17:36:29.167" LastActivityDate="2010-12-06T17:36:29.167" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6626" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6596" CreationDate="2010-12-06T17:36:22.007" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Since &lt;code&gt;alignat&lt;/code&gt; allows you to specify the spacing, what about:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{alignat}&#xA; &amp;amp;aaaa \qquad\qquad&amp;amp; bbb &amp;amp;= cccccc &amp;amp;&amp;amp; = d\\&#xA; &amp;amp;ee &amp;amp; f &amp;amp;= g &amp;amp;&amp;amp; = hh&#xA;\end{alignat}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Not perfect (the labels are not left flushed) but...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another solution is to replace the normal equation numbering by your labels:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{alignat}{2}&#xA;\tag*{aaaa}   bbb &amp;amp;= cccccc &amp;amp;&amp;amp; = d\\&#xA;\tag*{ee}   f &amp;amp;= g &amp;amp;&amp;amp; = hh&#xA;\end{alignat}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: note that the latest solution requires to pass the &lt;code&gt;leqno&lt;/code&gt; option to the &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; package...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1716" LastActivityDate="2010-12-06T17:36:22.007" />
  <row Id="6627" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-06T17:36:34.123" Score="2" ViewCount="193" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was wondering if there is a conditional command that I can use in latex (e.g., \ifthenelse) that would allow me to, in one case, use the word 'a' and in another use the word 'an' based on the whether or not the following word starts with a vowel.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2319" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-06T18:02:44.390" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T04:39:45.207" Title="a/an substitution in LaTeX" Tags="&lt;conditionals&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="11" />
  <row Id="6628" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6402" CreationDate="2010-12-06T17:43:40.187" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;how about something simple like that:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt]{book}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage[top=5cm,left=2cm,right=2cm,bottom=5cm,a4paper]{geometry}&#xA;% wide left margin environment&#xA;\newenvironment{foo}{\par\leftskip=4cm \rightskip=0cm}{\par}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{foo}&#xA;\section{plo}&#xA;\lipsum[5]\lipsum[5]&#xA;\section{plo}&#xA;\lipsum[5]\lipsum[5]&#xA;\end{foo}&#xA;\section*{Exercice}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\begin{foo}&#xA;\section{plo}&#xA;\lipsum[5]\lipsum[5]&#xA;\section{plo}&#xA;\lipsum[5]\lipsum[5]&#xA;\end{foo}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastActivityDate="2010-12-06T17:43:40.187" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="6629" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6638" CreationDate="2010-12-06T17:55:33.927" Score="3" ViewCount="198" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to plot the &lt;em&gt;shaded&lt;/em&gt; region between &lt;code&gt;$y=\sin(x)$&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;$y=0$&lt;/code&gt; over &lt;code&gt;$x \in [0, \pi]$&lt;/code&gt; using TikZ and/or possible other packages which I don't know yet. Can you give some examples?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Specifically:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;how to do the computation of the special function &lt;code&gt;$\sin$&lt;/code&gt;? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;how to specify the region in TikZ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;how to shade the region?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks and regards!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="861" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-06T18:28:52.427" LastActivityDate="2010-12-06T19:28:51.433" Title="How to plot a region under $y=\sin(x)$ in TikZ" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6630" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6614" CreationDate="2010-12-06T17:57:34.843" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use LaTeX instead of pdfLaTeX. Specifically, compile to DVI, convert to PS using dvips and then to pdf using ps2pdf. TikZ works this way as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I tried that, I got the ball shading also with the Adobe Reader, in contrary to the pdfLaTeX way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-06T17:57:34.843" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6631" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6635" CreationDate="2010-12-06T18:19:40.140" Score="5" ViewCount="174" Body="&lt;p&gt;I wish to create a pdf-file out of a tex-file, so that the text is printed in two columns, and pages are to have the landspace orientation. The standard way to do this, as I see on the Net, is to say&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[landscape,twocolumn,letterpaper]{article}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However on my system (Win 7, MiKTeX 2.8) it produces a pdf-file with the &quot;portrait&quot; pages. What's the reason of that? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2320" LastEditorUserId="2320" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-06T19:29:37.640" LastActivityDate="2010-12-06T19:29:37.640" Title="Two-column text, landscape pages" Tags="&lt;two-column&gt;&lt;landscape&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6632" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-06T18:23:15.630" Score="2" ViewCount="160" Body="&lt;p&gt;When working with pgf-tikz, I can create overlays in beamer presentations with &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\path&amp;lt;overlay specification&amp;gt; ...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I could not get this to work in pgfplots graphics. It would be nice if something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\addplot&amp;lt;2-&amp;gt; {...};&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;worked as expected, but it does not. Any ideas?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2117" LastActivityDate="2010-12-06T18:57:04.417" Title="Is it possible to create overlays in beamer inside pgfplots graphics?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;pgfplots&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6633" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-06T18:51:13.947" Score="3" ViewCount="102" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using the style &lt;code&gt;plainnat&lt;/code&gt; with the &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt; class. I'm using BibTeX and this happens. I have the following in my &lt;code&gt;.bib&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@Article{ TiWuNg07,&#xA;    title = &quot;{Performance analysis and improvement for BitTorrent-like file sharing systems}&quot;,&#xA;    author = &quot;Y. Tian and Di Wu and KW Ng&quot;,&#xA;    journal = &quot;Concurrency and Computation: Practice and Experience&quot;,&#xA;    volume = &quot;19&quot;,&#xA;    number = &quot;13&quot;,&#xA;    pages = &quot;1811--1835&quot;,&#xA;    year = &quot;2007&quot;,&#xA;    publisher = &quot;John Wiley \&amp;amp; Sons&quot;&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And this is what appears as the &lt;code&gt;bibitem&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\bibitem[Tian et~al.(2007)Tian, Wu, and Ng]{TiWuNg07}&#xA;Y.~Tian, Di~Wu, and KW~Ng.&#xA;\newblock {Performance analysis and improvement for BitTorrent-like file&#xA;  sharing systems}.&#xA;\newblock \emph{Concurrency and Computation: Practice and Experience},&#xA;  19\penalty0 (13):\penalty0 1811--1835, 2007.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Minimal code for &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt,pdfpagelabels]{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage{tabulary}&#xA;\usepackage{snapshot}&#xA;\usepackage{todonotes}&#xA;\usefonttheme[onlymath]{serif}&#xA;\setbeamercovered{transparent=100}&#xA;\mode&amp;lt;presentation&amp;gt;&#xA;{&#xA;  \usetheme{Warsaw}&#xA;  \setbeamercovered{transparent}&#xA;}&#xA;\usepackage[spanish]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{lmodern}&#xA;\hypersetup{pdfnewwindow=true}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}{Tian, Wu, Ng - 2007\cite{TiWuNg07}}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\section{Referencias}&#xA;\begin{frame}[allowframebreaks]{Referencias}&#xA;\bibliographystyle{plainnat}&#xA;\bibliography{modelo}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The citation appears as &lt;code&gt;[Tian et~al.(2007)Tian, Wu, and Ng]&lt;/code&gt; when it should be &lt;code&gt;[Tian et~al.(2007)]&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you can see, in the citation text, the authors appear again after the year. Why is this happening and how can I solve it without changing it manually? All the other &lt;code&gt;bibitems&lt;/code&gt; appear correctly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="401" LastEditorUserId="401" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-06T19:40:30.507" LastActivityDate="2010-12-06T20:47:49.273" Title="Bibtex puts wrong reference name" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6634" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6632" CreationDate="2010-12-06T18:57:04.417" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Well, it seems that &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\only&amp;lt;overlay specification&amp;gt;{\addplot { ... };}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;works fine, so problem solved. I had tried with the commands \visible and uncover but it did not work. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2117" LastActivityDate="2010-12-06T18:57:04.417" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6635" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6631" CreationDate="2010-12-06T19:09:55.340" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Add &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{geometry}&lt;/code&gt; and it should work. The options from the article class get handed to geometry, which then sets it up nicely.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alternatively, pass the options to it directly: &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[landscape,twocolumn]{geometry}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2010-12-06T19:09:55.340" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6636" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3781" CreationDate="2010-12-06T19:12:43.437" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I finally came up with what seems like a solution. I did the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Dig into &lt;code&gt;natbib.sty&lt;/code&gt; in search for the macro segment that is responsible for typesetting the author's name(s). Trial and error revealed that &lt;code&gt;\NAT@nm&lt;/code&gt;, which is used in &lt;code&gt;\NAT@citex&lt;/code&gt;, is the culprit.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/etoolbox.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;etoolbox&lt;/a&gt; package to patch &lt;code&gt;\NAT@nm&lt;/code&gt; so that it will additionally typeset the expansion of the new &lt;code&gt;\nameadjunct&lt;/code&gt; command (which does nothing by default). EDIT: Even easier - patch &lt;code&gt;\NAT@nmfmt&lt;/code&gt; which is responsible for formatting &lt;code&gt;\NAT@nm&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Define the new commands &lt;code&gt;\citeposs&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\citesep&lt;/code&gt; which are wrappers for &lt;code&gt;\citet&lt;/code&gt; but will locally redefine &lt;code&gt;\nameadjunct&lt;/code&gt; to &quot;'s&quot; respectively &lt;code&gt;\citesep&lt;/code&gt;'s second mandatory argument.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{natbib}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{etoolbox}&#xA;\newcommand*{\nameadjunct}{\relax}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\patchcmd{\NAT@nmfmt}{#1}{#1\nameadjunct}{}{}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*{\citeposs}[2][]{%&#xA;  \begingroup&#xA;  \renewcommand*{\nameadjunct}{'s}%&#xA;  \citet[#1]{#2}%&#xA;  \endgroup&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*{\citesep}[3][]{%&#xA;  \begingroup&#xA;  \renewcommand*{\nameadjunct}{#3}%&#xA;  \citet[#1]{#2}%&#xA;  \endgroup&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.bib}&#xA;@misc{Knu01,&#xA;  author = {Knuth, Donald E. and Tarjan, Robert E.},&#xA;  year = {2001},&#xA;  title = {A new algorithm},&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;@misc{Knu02,&#xA;  author = {Knuth, Donald E. and Tarjan, Robert E.},&#xA;  year = {2002},&#xA;  title = {More about our algorithm},&#xA;}\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\citet{Knu01,Knu02}&#xA;&#xA;\citeposs{Knu01,Knu02}&#xA;&#xA;\citesep{Knu01,Knu02}{'s algorithm}&#xA;&#xA;\bibliographystyle{plainnat}&#xA;\bibliography{\jobname}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-06T20:00:36.330" LastActivityDate="2010-12-06T20:00:36.330" />
  <row Id="6637" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6643" CreationDate="2010-12-06T19:15:19.527" Score="4" ViewCount="90" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need to give a Roman number to the TOC. So basically, I want the TOC to internally use &lt;code&gt;\chapter{}&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\chapter*{}.&lt;/code&gt; Is there any way to do that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1014" LastActivityDate="2010-12-06T19:52:04.960" Title="How to number the TOC?" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="6638" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6629" CreationDate="2010-12-06T19:28:51.433" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is explained in the sections “15.4 Filling a Path” and “19 Plots of Functions” in the TikZ manual (numbers refer to the 2.10 version). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A simple example (note that &lt;code&gt;\x r&lt;/code&gt; interprets &lt;code&gt;\x&lt;/code&gt; as radians; the TikZ's &lt;code&gt;sin&lt;/code&gt; function takes degrees as input):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \fill[fill=red] (pi/4,0) -- plot [domain=pi/4:3*pi/4] (\x,{sin(\x r)}) -- (3*pi/4,0) -- cycle;&#xA;    \draw plot[domain=0:pi] (\x,{sin(\x r)});&#xA;&#xA;    \draw[gray,-&amp;gt;] (-0.3,0) -- (pi+0.3,0);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/2a935.png&quot; alt=&quot;example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-12-06T19:28:51.433" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6639" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-06T19:32:48.067" Score="4" ViewCount="100" Body="&lt;p&gt;In my &lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&lt;/code&gt;, I would like the last few pages (in essence appendix) to be without numbers, but retain the header (&lt;code&gt;\thispagestyle{empty}&lt;/code&gt;) is so out of the question). Is there a way to turn off only page numbering? I use &lt;code&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/code&gt; to construct my headers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="72" LastActivityDate="2010-12-06T19:35:04.897" Title="removing page numbers, but not headers" Tags="&lt;page-numbering&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="6640" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6639" CreationDate="2010-12-06T19:35:04.897" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;How stupid of me. After I submitted my question, my search led me to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=nopageno&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this page&lt;/a&gt; that solves the problem by using &lt;code&gt;\pagenumbering{gobble}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="72" LastActivityDate="2010-12-06T19:35:04.897" />
  <row Id="6641" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6584" CreationDate="2010-12-06T19:36:46.643" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It appears to me Till got confused: your third example shouldn't work at all if &lt;code&gt;\action&lt;/code&gt; wrapped its argument in the actionenv, not passing it as an argument to actioncommand.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand&amp;lt;&amp;gt;\gray[1]{%&#xA;  \textcolor#2{gray}{#1}%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;appears to work. (FYI: the ?all:2! that you observe was the &amp;lt; all:2 &gt; specification that was not being taken up because no command \gray existed to parse it. (The inverted ? and ! happen to sit in the spaces for &gt; and &amp;lt; if you don't use the T1 fontencoding. Even more tangentially, if you ever see ?From in a scientific paper and have to laugh, you know enough about TeX and RFC822 to qualify as a hopeless geek.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1860" LastEditorUserId="1860" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-06T19:43:32.160" LastActivityDate="2010-12-06T19:43:32.160" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6643" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6637" CreationDate="2010-12-06T19:52:04.960" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could temporarily change the meaning of &lt;code&gt;\chapter*&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\stdchapter\chapter&#xA;\def\chapter*#1{\stdchapter[\contentsname]{#1}}&#xA;\renewcommand{\thechapter}{\Roman{chapter}}&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\let\chapter\stdchapter&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I used &lt;code&gt;\contentsname&lt;/code&gt; for the optional argument to &lt;code&gt;\stdchapter&lt;/code&gt; because the argument #1 might contain mark commands for the headings, for example &lt;code&gt;\@mkboth&lt;/code&gt;. That's no problem for the starred command, but if you would use an unstarred command without the optional argument, the mark command would be put into the TOC line as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-06T19:52:04.960" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6644" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6633" CreationDate="2010-12-06T20:44:43.707" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;What makes you think that the &lt;code&gt;plainnat&lt;/code&gt; style will work without the &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt; package? ;-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Add the following to your preamble (the second code line will make &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt; compatible with &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{natbib}&#xA;\newcommand*{\newblock}{}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and use &lt;code&gt;\citep&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\cite&lt;/code&gt; in the document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-12-06T20:44:43.707" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6645" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6633" CreationDate="2010-12-06T20:47:49.273" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You are using the bibliography style &lt;code&gt;plainnat&lt;/code&gt;, which is meant to be used with the &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt; package, without actually loading this package. &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt; stores some extra information, such as the author names and the year in the label. To get correct labels, either load &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt;, or change the style to just &lt;code&gt;plain&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2322" LastActivityDate="2010-12-06T20:47:49.273" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6646" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6648" CreationDate="2010-12-06T20:58:01.267" Score="0" ViewCount="202" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in order to go over the &quot;too many alphabets&quot; usual error, I am creating fake math commands somehow.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[fleqn,a4paper,12pt,twoside]{book}&#xA;\usepackage[top=3.2cm,bottom=3.2cm,left=3.3cm,right=3.3cm,a4paper]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage[MnSymbol]{mathspec}&#xA;\usepackage{xltxtra}&#xA;\usepackage{esvect}&#xA;\renewcommand{\vec}{\vv}&#xA;\defaultfontfeatures{Numbers=OldStyle,Scale=MatchLowercase}&#xA;\setmainfont[Mapping=tex-text]{Minion Pro}&#xA;\setmathfont(Digits,Latin,Greek)[Uppercase=Regular,Lowercase=Italic]{Minion Pro}&#xA;&#xA;% correct commands yielding the math alphabet error messages when uncommented&#xA;\setmathrm{Minion Pro} &#xA;\DeclareMathOperator{\dive}{div}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;\mathcal{A}=\cos \pi\quad\vec{e}=3\vec{\dive}(u)\mathfrak{B}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This code as such will not compile. As a work-around, when the two lines defining the Math Alphabet of the document are replaced (you have to comment them) by : &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% fake cosinus and divergence commands to get similar results without the error message&#xA;\renewcommand{\cos}{\text{cos}\,}&#xA;\newcommand{\dive}{\text{div}\,}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the code will compile with very similar results: what is wrong then, with this trick?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastActivityDate="2010-12-06T21:48:18.543" Title="fake math alphabet" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;alphabet&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="6647" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6624" CreationDate="2010-12-06T21:04:13.260" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is very easy with &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/titlesec&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;titlesec&lt;/a&gt;. See code below for a basic structure.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper,twoside,english]{report}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{babel}&#xA;\usepackage[includeheadfoot,margin=3cm]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage[pagestyles,raggedright]{titlesec}&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;\newpagestyle{main}{%&#xA;  \headrule&#xA;  \sethead[\chaptername\ \thechapter][][\chaptertitle]{\chaptername\ \thechapter}{}{\chaptertitle}&#xA;  \setfoot[\thepage][][]{}{}{\thepage}&#xA;}&#xA;\pagestyle{main}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;    \Blinddocument&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As always, the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/blindtext&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;blindtext&lt;/a&gt; package is only for creating dummy text thus not part of the solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-12-06T21:04:13.260" />
  <row Id="6648" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6646" CreationDate="2010-12-06T21:22:02.300" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't know about the math alphabets MnSymbol and Minin Pro, but look here &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3676/too-many-math-alphabets-error&quot;&gt;“Too many math alphabets” error&lt;/a&gt;. They don't use XeTeX but apparently it has something to do with MnSymbol. If you replace&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[MnSymbol]{mathspec}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;by &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{amssymb,amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{mathspec}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;your example compiles without problems. It may not be the right font though...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But concerning the &lt;em&gt;wrong&lt;/em&gt; of the trick: If your use this construction inside of some environment that changes the text font, this won't work. Inside a theorem the text will be italic and so will your &lt;code&gt;\text{cos}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\itshape&#xA;\[\cos \neq \text{cos}\]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, if you decide at a later point to change fonts and not use the same for text and math, you will probably see that the &lt;code&gt;cos&lt;/code&gt; will be in the text font and therefore somewhat out of place in the middle of the formula.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2210" LastEditorUserId="2210" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-06T21:48:18.543" LastActivityDate="2010-12-06T21:48:18.543" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="6649" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6650" CreationDate="2010-12-06T21:29:50.497" Score="5" ViewCount="186" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using &lt;a href=&quot;http://pages.uoregon.edu/koch/texshop/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeXShop&lt;/a&gt; on Mac OS X (based on LaTeX) in conjunction with the &lt;a href=&quot;http://code.google.com/p/graphvizzz/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;graphvizzz&lt;/a&gt; package in order to draw inline directed graphs in my documents (with the use of write18 and the &lt;code&gt;dot&lt;/code&gt; command). Apparently each graph uses a &lt;code&gt;\write&lt;/code&gt; command, so I got up to about a dozen inline graphs in a single document and ran out of &lt;code&gt;\write&lt;/code&gt; slots. When I try to build the document, I now get the following error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;? ! No room for a new \write .&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=noroom&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;done&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/pipermail/tex-live/2007-March/013292.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;some&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://email.esm.psu.edu/pipermail/macosx-tex/2007-April/030378.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;reading&lt;/a&gt; about this problem, and there's no immediately apparent way to increase the number of &lt;code&gt;\write&lt;/code&gt;s available to me. Is there another way I can continue to use this package without requiring a &lt;code&gt;\write&lt;/code&gt; for each graph?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For reference, a sample document looks something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{graphvizzz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;This is a state machine:&#xA;\digraph[scale=0.5]{machine}{&#xA;   margin = &quot;0 0 0 0&quot;;&#xA;   rankdir = &quot;LR&quot;;&#xA;   node [ shape = &quot;circle&quot; ] A B;&#xA;   A -&gt; B [ label = &quot;0&quot; ];&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2324" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T15:19:23.917" Title="LaTeX and graphviz: &quot;no room for a new \write&quot;" Tags="&lt;diagrams&gt;&lt;write18&gt;&lt;graph&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="6650" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6649" CreationDate="2010-12-06T21:55:48.313" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;With &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/pgf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pgf/tikZ&lt;/a&gt; you could evade this problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{automata,positioning}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  This is a state machine:&#xA;&#xA;  \begin{tikzpicture}[%&#xA;    &amp;gt;=stealth,&#xA;    node distance=2cm,&#xA;    on grid,&#xA;    auto&#xA;  ]&#xA;    \node[state] (A)              {A};&#xA;    \node[state] (B) [right of=A] {B};&#xA;    \path[-&amp;gt;] (A) edge node {0} (B);&#xA;  \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The package manual has the details. There is also a &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/feature/automata-and-petri-nets/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;specific example gallery&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-12-06T21:55:48.313" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6651" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6891" CreationDate="2010-12-06T21:57:46.733" Score="3" ViewCount="560" Body="&lt;p&gt;I used the following standard beamer code to create a table of contents at the beginning of each subsection:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\AtBeginSubsection[]&#xA;{&#xA;    \begin{frame}{Outline}&#xA;        \tableofcontents[currentsection,currentsubsection]&#xA;    \end{frame}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I want to customize the ToC of some subsections; something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;IF \subsectionname != &quot;...&quot; Then it's OK to show the standard ToC.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1347" LastActivityDate="2010-12-11T00:23:11.947" Title="Customizing Beamer's Table of Contents" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;table-of-contents&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="6652" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6654" CreationDate="2010-12-06T22:19:58.127" Score="1" ViewCount="93" Body="&lt;p&gt;How to get a different formatting for the label and text of a subsection using titlesec?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Reason: Italic numbers in the subsection heading hurts my eyes and should be avoided at all cost, Label of the subsection should be a normal roman while the text should be in italic&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First I define the fonts for the section and subsection headings of my document using fontspec:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\usepackage{titlesec}&#xA;\newfontfamily\sectionfont[LetterSpace=16.0,Path=C:/fonts/]{LTe50383.pfb} %sectionfont in Sabon Roman&#xA;\newfontfamily\subsectionfont[Path=C:/fonts/]{LTe50384.pfb} %subsection font is Sabon Italic&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After this I define the titleformats:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\titleformat{\section}{\sectionfont}{\thesection.}{1em}{\MakeUppercase}{}&#xA;\titleformat{\subsection}{\subsectionfont}{\thesubsection.}{1em}{}{}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it even possible to differ the formatting? As written in the titlesec manual:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;format is the format to be applied&#xA;  to the whole title—label and text.&#xA;  This part can contain vertical&#xA;  material (and horizontal with some&#xA;  shapes) which is typeset just after&#xA;  the space above the title.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2182" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-21T16:58:03.467" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T16:58:03.467" Title="How to achieve different formats for label and text in a subsection heading using titlesec" Tags="&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;fontspec&gt;&lt;titlesec&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="6653" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-06T22:30:09.100" Score="0" ViewCount="131" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm compiling bibliography using KBibTeX. However, when there are multiple authors, it uses the word &lt;code&gt;and&lt;/code&gt;. Is there a way to tell KBibTeX to use another word for it, for example &lt;code&gt;y&lt;/code&gt; (Spanish) without having to change manually the &lt;code&gt;.bib&lt;/code&gt;. If there is not, is there any way to tell LaTeX/BibTeX this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="401" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T18:24:40.867" Title="KBibTeX for other languages" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;babel&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6654" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6652" CreationDate="2010-12-06T22:30:17.633" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\titleformat{\subsection}{\subsectionfont}{\sectionfont\thesubsection.}{1em}{}{}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;should do the trick.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-12-06T22:30:17.633" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6655" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-06T22:32:30.953" Score="3" ViewCount="153" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/6363/how-can-i-reference-a-table-figure-section-in-another-document&quot;&gt;How can I reference a table/figure/section in another document?&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am writing a journal paper that has grown to 30 pages long, so I would like to split it into two 15 page parts: part I and part II. I plan to submit both parts to the same journal at the same time, so I would like to be able to reference figures/tables/sections from part I in the text of part II, and vice versa. However, I need a separate bibliography and a separate frontmatter (title, authors, abstract, etc.) for each part.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm aware of the multibib package, but I believe that only fixes the separate bibliography problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any ideas on how to do this? Multiple part journal papers seem to be fairly common, so I would think someone would have found a solution to this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2327" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-06T23:54:56.037" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T09:14:39.440" ClosedDate="2010-12-07T15:24:36.173" Title="Split Journal Paper into Multiple Parts" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;cross-referencing&gt;&lt;documentclass&gt;&lt;article&gt;&lt;front-matter&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6657" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6655" CreationDate="2010-12-06T23:17:39.947" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think that this question is very similar (possible duplicate?) of &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/6363/how-can-i-reference-a-table-figure-section-in-another-document/6368#6368&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt;. However, I'll give the answer that I gave there, here:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Take a look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/xr.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;xr&lt;/a&gt;, I think that it does what you are looking for.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastEditorUserId="117" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-07T09:14:39.440" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T09:14:39.440" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6658" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6609" CreationDate="2010-12-07T00:42:02.963" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\@currentlabelname&lt;/code&gt; internal command which holds the section name is not updated, for some reason, when redefining part with &lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt;. A way to get around this is to redefine the &lt;code&gt;\part&lt;/code&gt; command to force this updating. As &lt;code&gt;\part&lt;/code&gt; has a syntax which is a bit complicated (it has a star form and can take an optional argument), the code is a bit lengthly in order to take into account all the cases:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\let\titlesec@part\part&#xA;\renewcommand{\part}{\@ifstar\part@star\part@nostar}&#xA;\def\part@star#1{\NR@gettitle{#1}\titlesec@part*{#1}}&#xA;\def\part@nostar{\@ifnextchar[\part@nostar@opt\part@nostar@nopt}&#xA;\def\part@nostar@nopt#1{\NR@gettitle{#1}\titlesec@part{#1}}&#xA;\def\part@nostar@opt[#1]#2{\NR@gettitle{#2}\titlesec@part[#1]{#2}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This code must be after the \titleformat{\part} command, as shown in the following complete example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{report}&#xA;\usepackage{titlesec}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\titleformat{\part}[display]&#xA;   {\Huge\filcenter}&#xA;   {\partname{} \thepart}&#xA;   {0em}&#xA;   {\hrule}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\let\titlesec@part\part&#xA;\renewcommand{\part}{\@ifstar\part@star\part@nostar}&#xA;\def\part@star#1{\NR@gettitle{#1}\titlesec@part*{#1}}&#xA;\def\part@nostar{\@ifnextchar[\part@nostar@opt\part@nostar@nopt}&#xA;\def\part@nostar@nopt#1{\NR@gettitle{#1}\titlesec@part{#1}}&#xA;\def\part@nostar@opt[#1]#2{\NR@gettitle{#2}\titlesec@part[#1]{#2}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\part{Part title 1}&#xA;\chapter{Chapter title 1}&#xA;Hello have a look at \autoref{part:part_2} \nameref{part:part_2}&#xA;\chapter{Chapter title 2}&#xA;&#xA;\part{Part title 2}\label{part:part_2}&#xA;\chapter{Chapter title 3}&#xA;&#xA;Other tests:&#xA;&#xA;\part*{Part title 3}\label{part:part_3}&#xA;&#xA;\part[Short part title 4]{Part title 4}\label{part:part_4}&#xA;&#xA;\nameref{part:part_3}, \nameref{part:part_4}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1973" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T00:42:02.963" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6659" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6664" CreationDate="2010-12-07T01:01:15.573" Score="1" ViewCount="125" Body="&lt;p&gt;hello all, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;please consider this code snips:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\chaptermark##1{\markboth{\@chapapp\ \thechapter\ ##1}{##1}}    % left mark &amp;amp; right marks&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;AND&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\sectionmark##1{\markright{##1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I redefine \sectionmark{} so that it contains the value (the ##1 argument) from \chaptermark##1  in \markright{} ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;i.e something like this :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\sectionmark{\markright{\chaptermark##1{##1}}}&lt;/code&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I hope to hear from anyone&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2330" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T03:16:44.570" Title="nested commands and their arguments" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6660" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6661" CreationDate="2010-12-07T01:10:45.183" Score="1" ViewCount="199" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have made the following macro for an op-amp with open connectors in circuitikz:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{opamp5}[5]&#xA;{&#xA;\begin{circuitikz}&#xA;\draw (0,0) node[op amp] (opamp) {};&#xA;\draw (-2,-0.49) to[short, o-] (opamp.+) (-2.2,-0.49) node[anchor=east] {${#1}$};&#xA;\draw (-2,0.49) to[short, o-] (opamp.-) (-2.2,0.49) node[anchor=east] {${#2}$};&#xA;\draw (-0.08,1.5) to[short, o-] (opamp.up) (-0.08,1.6) node[anchor=south] {${#3}$};&#xA;\draw (-0.08,-1.5) to[short, o-] (opamp.down) (-0.08,-1.6) node[anchor=north] {${#5}$};&#xA;\draw (1,0) to[short, -o] (2,0) -- (opamp.out) (2.1,0) node[anchor=west] {${#4}$};&#xA;\end{circuitikz}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To draw an op-amp with labels, starting from the positive input terminal and moving clockwise to the negative Vcc terminal you simply enter the environment opamp5 as I have defined above:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{opamp5}&#xA;{1}{2}{3}{4}{5}&#xA;\end{opamp5}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My question is, instead of making this circuitikz picture an environment, is there any way I can define it as a command so i can link to other elements of a circuit diagram? I tried using the same syntax and defining it as \newcommand instead, but LaTeX did not like that. My goal is to have various new commands that I can link together smoothly instead of drawing an op-amp manually each time I need one in a circuit diagram. Rather than having to begin and end an environment, it is much more convenient if I can have a shorter syntax that will produce the same picture.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2169" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-07T01:47:24.510" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T01:47:24.510" Title="Defining a \newcommand for environment in CircuiTikz" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;macros&gt;&lt;circuitikz&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="6661" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6660" CreationDate="2010-12-07T01:47:02.780" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You cannot have numbers in macro names (at least not without some trickery). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following works fine:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{circuitikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\opampfive[5]&#xA;{&#xA;\begin{circuitikz}&#xA;\draw (0,0) node[op amp] (opamp) {};&#xA;\draw (-2,-0.49) to[short, o-] (opamp.+) (-2.2,-0.49) node[anchor=east] {${#1}$};&#xA;\draw (-2,0.49) to[short, o-] (opamp.-) (-2.2,0.49) node[anchor=east] {${#2}$};&#xA;\draw (-0.08,1.5) to[short, o-] (opamp.up) (-0.08,1.6) node[anchor=south] {${#3}$};&#xA;\draw (-0.08,-1.5) to[short, o-] (opamp.down) (-0.08,-1.6) node[anchor=north] {${#5}$};&#xA;\draw (1,0) to[short, -o] (2,0) -- (opamp.out) (2.1,0) node[anchor=west] {${#4}$};&#xA;\end{circuitikz}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\opampfive{1}{2}{3}{4}{5}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T01:47:02.780" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6662" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6133" CreationDate="2010-12-07T01:48:13.807" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think Jasper needs switches looking  like the followings, but using a simple command for each one  (am I right?). The nodes could be black also. Personally, I need the both.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[free-standing-units]{siunitx}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{circuitikz}[scale=1.5]&#xA;&#xA;\draw (0,0) to [V=E] (0,2)&#xA;to[short,-o](0.75,2);&#xA;\draw[ very thick](0.78,2)-- +(30:0.46);&#xA;\draw (1.25,2)to[short,o-](2,2)&#xA;to [C=$C$](2,0)&#xA;to [short,-o](1.25,0);&#xA;\draw [very thick] (1.22,0)--(0.77,0);&#xA;\draw (0.75,0)to [short,o-](0,0);&#xA;&#xA;\end{circuitikz}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Leonardo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2331" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T01:48:13.807" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6663" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3565" CreationDate="2010-12-07T01:56:02.510" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;From version 2.10 on, TikZ has a &lt;code&gt;circuits&lt;/code&gt; library. It seems to be based on CircuiTikz.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T01:56:02.510" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-12-07T01:56:02.510" />
  <row Id="6664" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6659" CreationDate="2010-12-07T03:16:44.570" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;My thought is to define some sort of dummy variable/quantity with a default value which is changed as appropriate by \chaptermark and used by \sectionmark. For instance (keeping in mind I don't use \def much/at all):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\dummy {some default value}&#xA;\def\chaptermark##1{\markboth{\@chapapp\ \thechapter\ ##1}{##1} \def\dummy{##1}}&#xA;\def\sectionmark{\markright{\dummy}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1345" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T03:16:44.570" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6666" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6627" CreationDate="2010-12-07T04:39:45.207" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I agree with Caramdir that checking for a vowel is insufficient for determining which article to use. Nonetheless, if you really want to do this, this is how I will do this in ConTeXt.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\def\placearticle#1%&#xA;  {\doifinsetelse{#1}{a,e,i,o,u}{an}{a} #1}&#xA;&#xA;% Alternative definition, but a bit slower&#xA;% \def\placearticle#1%&#xA;%   {\doifinstringelse{#1}{aeiou}{an}{a} #1}&#xA;&#xA;\starttext&#xA;\placearticle apple,&#xA;\placearticle orange,&#xA;\placearticle banana,&#xA;\placearticle strawberry&#xA;\stoptext&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't know which LaTeX package provides functionality similar to &lt;code&gt;\doifinsetelse&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\doifinstringelse&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T04:39:45.207" />
  <row Id="6667" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6653" CreationDate="2010-12-07T05:19:50.557" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Since the biblography itself won't be compiled via kbibtex but by your Latexprogramm (kile, I guess?) it doesn't matter for your finished Document. If you'll compile on,e there wil be &quot;und&quot; or &quot;y&quot;, depending on the language of your document (via \usepackage[spanish]{babel}, I think)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2334" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T05:19:50.557" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6668" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6686" CreationDate="2010-12-07T06:14:00.610" Score="6" ViewCount="110" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using pdf(la)tex to generate a document laid out in two columns.  There are equations in both columns.  I noticed that if I select text in the PDF (using either evince or Apple's Preview - haven't tried Acrobat) the selection doesn't reliably stick to one column or the other.  The usual misbehavior is that clicking-and-dragging across an equation in one column causes the entire other column to become selected, but I've seen several other (difficult to describe) weird behaviors.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this a bug in pdftex, or a bug in the document class (IEEEtran.cls), or something I can correct with a package, or what?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="514" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T12:57:56.907" Title="Text selection in generated pdf misbehaves with two-column layout + equations" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;pdf-reader&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6669" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6556" CreationDate="2010-12-07T06:54:59.247" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As Thorsten alludes to above, the idea is to use the &lt;code&gt;parskip&lt;/code&gt; package since it redefines list items and a couple other things to cope with the large increase in between each &quot;paragraph&quot;. I wonder if it shouldn't redefine more, such as spacing around a figure, but I haven't investigated its limitations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately, the amount of space added between the paragraphs in &lt;code&gt;parskip&lt;/code&gt; is fixed; here's how you'd change it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{setspace}&#xA;\doublespacing&#xA;\usepackage{parskip}&#xA;\parskip=2\baselineskip \advance\parskip by 0pt plus 2pt&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The additional stretch will help to jiggle things around on the page in case you don't have an exact integer number of paragraph lines of text worth of content (e.g., there exists a table or figure on the page).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T06:54:59.247" />
  <row Id="6670" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6340" CreationDate="2010-12-07T07:13:20.640" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &quot;meta&quot; answer to your question is that you can use the &lt;code&gt;tocloft&lt;/code&gt; package to change the style of your ToC. (Or the memoir class, or KOMA-Script classes, etc.) But if you just want to change some margins, there's an easier approach:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{patchcmd}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\patchcommand\@starttoc{\begin{quote}}{\end{quote}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\section{lipsum}\lipsum[1-10]&#xA;\section{lipsum}\lipsum[1-10]&#xA;\section{lipsum}\lipsum[1-10]&#xA;\section{lipsum}\lipsum[1-10]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;quote&lt;/code&gt; environment indents by, oh, &lt;code&gt;2.5em&lt;/code&gt; I think. If you need a different amount consider using &lt;code&gt;changepage&lt;/code&gt;’s  &lt;code&gt;adjustwidth&lt;/code&gt; environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T07:13:20.640" />
  <row Id="6671" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5765" CreationDate="2010-12-07T07:32:38.557" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can't. LaTeX assumes global operation most of the time.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With respect to the problem you're trying to solve, I don't &lt;em&gt;think&lt;/em&gt; there are any &quot;canned&quot; workflows for doing this. My general approach is to &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;write the example out into an auxiliary file (including some canned preamble),&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;compile the auxiliary file separately using the preview package to get a cropped image, then&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;insert it the generated image.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can find a slightly complex example in the source to the fontspec documentation (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/xetex/latex/fontspec/fontspec.dtx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;fontspec.dtx&lt;/a&gt;) from the line starting &lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{Fexample}&lt;/code&gt;. It uses &lt;code&gt;fancyvrb&lt;/code&gt; to do the verbatim writing and the compilation is done ‘on-the-fly’ using &lt;code&gt;\immediate\write18&lt;/code&gt;. (Otherwise you could use a shell script.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T07:32:38.557" />
  <row Id="6672" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6431" CreationDate="2010-12-07T07:38:12.160" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The only tool I'm aware of (there are probably more) that tries to remove LaTeX markup is the command line tool &lt;code&gt;detex&lt;/code&gt;. No idea what it does with math, but I'm certain that it wouldn't transform &lt;code&gt;$x^2y$&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;$\exp(2\ln(x))y$&lt;/code&gt;. You could use Mathematica to do something like that for you, however (provided you were happy with CForm or whatever form you wanted the maths in).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T07:38:12.160" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6673" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="783" CreationDate="2010-12-07T07:45:26.350" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It occurs to me that post-processing isn't necessary for getting two pages in one. What about just making a two column document?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[twocolumn]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[landscape,margin=2cm]{geometry}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T07:45:26.350" />
  <row Id="6674" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6512" CreationDate="2010-12-07T09:47:29.847" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;(&lt;strong&gt;This &lt;em&gt;is&lt;/em&gt; an answer&lt;/strong&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a script that I used to use for managing BibTeX &lt;code&gt;.bib&lt;/code&gt; files before I learnt how to Do Things Properly!  The only bit it doesn't do is extract the references from the &lt;code&gt;.aux&lt;/code&gt; file.  But that wouldn't be very hard to do.  The vast majority of this script is about setting up the configuration.  The actual meat of it is in the last loop which slurps through a &lt;code&gt;.bib&lt;/code&gt; file and looks for the appropriate entries.  The reason that that loop is so short is because someone else has already written a &lt;code&gt;Text::BibTeX&lt;/code&gt; perl module, whereupon the rest is window dressing.  If this is the sort of thing that you are after, then it would be really easy to adapt it to (a) search through the &lt;code&gt;.aux&lt;/code&gt; file to find the references and (b) not bother with all the other things that I used it to do (such as automatically download references from the arXiv).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;#! /usr/bin/perl -w&#xA;&#xA;use strict;&#xA;#use Getopt::Long qw(:config auto_help bundling);&#xA;use Getopt::Long qw(:config bundling);&#xA;use Pod::Usage;&#xA;use Text::BibTeX;&#xA;use LWP::MediaTypes qw(guess_media_type);&#xA;&#xA;# This is the only variables that should need customising&#xA;&#xA;my $conffile = &quot;$ENV{HOME}/.refsrc&quot;;&#xA;&#xA;###&#xA;# Nothing below here should need customisation&#xA;###&#xA;&#xA;my (&#xA;    $bibbase,&#xA;    $hostname,&#xA;    $docbase,&#xA;    $reffile,&#xA;    $lynx,&#xA;    $arxivdir,&#xA;    $ext,&#xA;    $authors,&#xA;    $refs,&#xA;    $reduced,&#xA;    $silent,&#xA;    $titles,&#xA;    $append,&#xA;    $view,&#xA;    $show,&#xA;    $help,&#xA;    $man,&#xA;    $gpl,&#xA;    $bibfile,&#xA;    $entry,&#xA;    $output&#xA;    );&#xA;&#xA;my @reffiles;&#xA;my %mime;&#xA;my %values;&#xA;my @shrt;&#xA;my %tests;&#xA;&#xA;@shrt = (&quot;title&quot;,&quot;author&quot;);&#xA;&#xA;%tests = (&#xA;    &quot;authors&quot; =&amp;gt; [0, sub {&#xA;    my ($e,$b) = @_;&#xA;    my @a;&#xA;    if ($$e-&amp;gt;exists('author')) {&#xA;        @a = $$e-&amp;gt;split('author');&#xA;    } elsif ($$e-&amp;gt;exists('editor')) {&#xA;        @a = $$e-&amp;gt;split('editor');&#xA;    } else {&#xA;        return 0;&#xA;    }&#xA;    for (my $j = 0; $j &amp;lt;= $#$b; $j++) {&#xA;        for (my $i = 0; $i &amp;lt;= $#a; $i++) {&#xA;        return 1 if $a[$i] =~ /$$b[$j]/i;&#xA;        }&#xA;    }&#xA;    return 0;&#xA;    }],&#xA;    &quot;refs&quot; =&amp;gt; [0, sub {&#xA;    my ($e,$r) = @_;&#xA;    for (my $i = 0; $i &amp;lt;= $#$r; $i++) {&#xA;        return 1 if ($$e-&amp;gt;key =~ /^$$r[$i]$/);&#xA;    }&#xA;    return 0;&#xA;    }],&#xA;    &quot;titles&quot; =&amp;gt; [0, sub {&#xA;    my ($e,$t) = @_;&#xA;    for (my $i = 0; $i &amp;lt;= $#$t; $i++) {&#xA;        return 1 if ($$e-&amp;gt;get('title') =~ /$$t[$i]/i);&#xA;    }&#xA;    return 0;&#xA;    }]&#xA;    );&#xA;&#xA;# Default display routine&#xA;$output = sub {&#xA;    my ($e) = @_;&#xA;    if ($append) {&#xA;    $$e-&amp;gt;set_key($append . $$e-&amp;gt;key);&#xA;    }&#xA;    $$e-&amp;gt;print();&#xA;};&#xA;&#xA;GetOptions (&#xA;# List of things to look for in the author/editor entries&#xA;    &quot;a|authors=s@&quot; =&amp;gt; sub {&#xA;    my ($a, $b) = @_;&#xA;    push @{$values{&quot;authors&quot;}}, split(&quot;,&quot;,$b);&#xA;    $tests{&quot;authors&quot;}[0] = 1;&#xA;    },&#xA;# List of things to look for in the reference entries, array?&#xA;    &quot;e|refs=s@&quot; =&amp;gt;  sub {&#xA;    my ($a, $b) = @_;&#xA;    push @{$values{&quot;refs&quot;}}, split(&quot;,&quot;,$b);&#xA;    $tests{&quot;refs&quot;}[0] = 1;&#xA;    },&#xA;# Whether to print the full entry or a basic summary&#xA;    &quot;r|reduced&quot; =&amp;gt; sub {&#xA;    $output = sub {&#xA;        my ($e) = @_;&#xA;        print $append if ($append);&#xA;        print $$e-&amp;gt;key . &quot;\n&quot;;&#xA;        for (my $i = 0; $i &amp;lt;= $#shrt; $i++) {&#xA;        $$e-&amp;gt;exists(&quot;$shrt[$i]&quot;) and print $$e-&amp;gt;get(&quot;$shrt[$i]&quot;) and print &quot;\n&quot;;&#xA;        }&#xA;    }&#xA;    },&#xA;# Whether to produce any output, or just an exit code&#xA;    &quot;s|silent&quot; =&amp;gt; sub {&#xA;    $output = sub {&#xA;        exit 1;&#xA;    }&#xA;    },&#xA;# List of things to look for in the title entries&#xA;    &quot;t|title=s@&quot; =&amp;gt; sub {&#xA;    my ($a, $b) = @_;&#xA;    push @{$values{&quot;titles&quot;}}, split(&quot;,&quot;,$b);&#xA;    $tests{&quot;titles&quot;}[0] = 1;&#xA;    },&#xA;# Modify references by appending this string&#xA;    &quot;u|append=s&quot; =&amp;gt; \$append,&#xA;# Try to display an appropriate file&#xA;    &quot;v|view&quot; =&amp;gt; sub {&#xA;    $output = sub {&#xA;        my ($e) = @_;&#xA;        my ($mi,$ex);&#xA;# if the key has three digits, then it's highly likely to be an arXiv ref&#xA;        my $u = ($entry-&amp;gt;key =~ /\d\d\d/ ? &quot;&quot; : chr(95));&#xA;        my @p = glob(&quot;$docbase/*/&quot; . $entry-&amp;gt;key . &quot;$u*&quot;);&#xA;        if (!@p) {&#xA;        print &quot;Couldn't find a file for: &quot; . $entry-&amp;gt;key . &quot;\n&quot;;&#xA;        }&#xA;        for (my $i = 0; $i &amp;lt;= $#p; $i++) {&#xA;        $mi = guess_media_type($p[$i]);&#xA;        if (exists($mime{$mi})) {&#xA;            ($ex = $mime{$mi}) =~ s/%s/$p[$i]/;&#xA;            if (!fork) {&#xA;            exec $ex&#xA;                or die &quot;Couldn't execute $ex&quot;;&#xA;            }&#xA;&#xA;        } else {&#xA;            print &quot;Couldn't find a program to view: &quot; . $entry-&amp;gt;key . &quot; file: $p[$i] mimetype: $mi\n&quot;;&#xA;        }&#xA;        }&#xA;    }&#xA;    },&#xA;# Try to locate an appropriate file&#xA;    &quot;x|locate&quot; =&amp;gt; sub {&#xA;    $output = sub {&#xA;        my ($e) = @_;&#xA;# if the key has three digits, then it's highly likely to be an arXiv ref&#xA;        my $u = ($entry-&amp;gt;key =~ /\d\d\d/ ? &quot;&quot; : chr(95));&#xA;        my @p = glob(&quot;$docbase/*/&quot; . $entry-&amp;gt;key . &quot;$u*&quot;);&#xA;        if (!@p) {&#xA;        print &quot;Couldn't find a file for: &quot; . $entry-&amp;gt;key . &quot;\n&quot;;&#xA;        }&#xA;        for (my $i = 0; $i &amp;lt;= $#p; $i++) {&#xA;        print $p[$i];&#xA;        }&#xA;    }&#xA;    },&#xA;    &quot;h|?|help&quot; =&amp;gt; \$help,&#xA;    &quot;m|man&quot; =&amp;gt; \$man,&#xA;    &quot;gpl&quot; =&amp;gt; \$gpl&#xA;    ) or pod2usage(2);&#xA;&#xA;pod2usage(-exitval =&amp;gt; 1, -verbose =&amp;gt; 0) if $help;&#xA;pod2usage(-verbose =&amp;gt; 2 ) if $man;&#xA;exec 'perldoc perlgpl' if $gpl;&#xA;&#xA;if (!-e $conffile) {&#xA;    print STDERR &quot;$conffile does not exist.\n&quot;;&#xA;    exit 1;&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;open (CONF, $conffile)&#xA;    or die &quot;Couldn't open $conffile for reading.\n&quot;;&#xA;&#xA;while (&amp;lt;CONF&amp;gt;) {&#xA;# Set configuration variables; currently only bibbase and docbase&#xA;    if (/=/) {&#xA;    /(\w*)\s*=\s*(.*?)\s*$/;&#xA;    my $s = &quot;\$$1 = \&quot;$2\&quot;&quot;;&#xA;    eval($s);&#xA;    $@ and die $@;&#xA;    next;&#xA;    }&#xA;&#xA;# Stuff of the form 'name.bib' is a bibtex file to parse&#xA;    if (/(\w*\.bib)/) {&#xA;    push @reffiles, $1;&#xA;    next;&#xA;    }&#xA;&#xA;# Stuff of the form 'mimetype; application' tells us how to view&#xA;# certain files&#xA;&#xA;    if (/^\s*([a-z]*\/[a-z-]*);\s*(.*)/) {&#xA;    $mime{$1} = $2;&#xA;    }&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;die &quot;$bibbase is not a directory.\n&quot; unless -d $bibbase;&#xA;die &quot;$docbase is not a directory.\n&quot; unless -d $docbase;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;# Loop over the bibtex reference files looking for the entries&#xA;&#xA;for (my $i = 0; $i &amp;lt;= $#reffiles; $i++) {&#xA;    if (! -f &quot;$bibbase/$reffiles[$i]&quot; ) {&#xA;    print STDERR &quot;$reffiles[$i] is not a regular file.\n&quot;;&#xA;    next;&#xA;    }&#xA;&#xA;    $bibfile = new Text::BibTeX::File &quot;$bibbase/$reffiles[$i]&quot;;&#xA;&#xA;  ENTRY: while ($entry = new Text::BibTeX::Entry $bibfile) {&#xA;      if (!$entry-&amp;gt;parse_ok) {&#xA;      print STDERR &quot;Error in input, skipping entry\n&quot;;&#xA;      next;&#xA;      }&#xA;&#xA;      next unless ($entry-&amp;gt;metatype eq BTE_REGULAR);&#xA;&#xA;      foreach my $t (keys %tests) {&#xA;      next unless $tests{$t}[0];&#xA;      if (&amp;amp;{$tests{$t}[1]}(\$entry,$values{$t})) {&#xA;          &amp;amp;$output(\$entry);&#xA;          next ENTRY;&#xA;      }&#xA;      }&#xA;&#xA;  }&#xA;&#xA;    $bibfile-&amp;gt;close;&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Configuration file example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;bibbase = /home/astacey/texmf/bibtex/bib&#xA;docbase = /home/astacey/docs/MathsPapers&#xA;hostname = front.math.ucdavis.edu&#xA;reffile = /home/astacey/texmf/bibtex/bib/arxiv.bib&#xA;lynx = /bin/lynx&#xA;arxivdir = /home/astacey/docs/MathsPapers/arXiv/&#xA;ext = .pdf&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;arxiv arxiv.bib&#xA;article articles.bib&#xA;book books.bib&#xA;other misc.bib&#xA;&#xA;application/pdf; /usr/bin/xpdf %s&#xA;application/postscript; /usr/bin/gv %s&#xA;application/x-dvi; /usr/bin/xdvi %s&#xA;&#xA;book          -&amp;gt; book&#xA;article       -&amp;gt; article&#xA;booklet       -&amp;gt; book&#xA;conference    -&amp;gt; book&#xA;inbook        -&amp;gt; article&#xA;incollection  -&amp;gt; article&#xA;inproceedings -&amp;gt; article&#xA;manual        -&amp;gt; book&#xA;mastersthesis -&amp;gt; other&#xA;misc          -&amp;gt; other&#xA;phdthesis     -&amp;gt; other&#xA;proceedings   -&amp;gt; book&#xA;techreport    -&amp;gt; article&#xA;unpublished   -&amp;gt; other&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T09:47:29.847" />
  <row Id="6675" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6678" CreationDate="2010-12-07T10:10:12.337" Score="7" ViewCount="122" Body="&lt;p&gt;During compiling literature using BibTeX I've got the following message in the log file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;This is pdfTeX, Version 3.1415926-1.40.10 (MiKTeX 2.8) &#xA;(preloaded format=pdftex  010.12.7)  7 DEC 2010 00:33 entering extended mode&#xA;Missing character: There is no ę in font cmr10!&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What should I do to fix this problem?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1164" LastActivityDate="2010-12-13T05:12:18.353" Title="Missing character in BibTeX" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;bibtex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="6676" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6700" CreationDate="2010-12-07T10:27:25.367" Score="8" ViewCount="568" Body="&lt;p&gt;The first time I saw the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/PSTricks/main.cgi?file=Examples/Gallery3D/Gallery3D&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;galleries&lt;/a&gt; of PSTricks, I immediately felt in love with it. I have spent much time to learn and use it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this forum, I see many people using Tikz. I have not used Tikz yet. But now I am confused why there are so many people discussing Tikz rather than PSTricks. Probably there are special things, in Tikz, that surpass featurs offered by PSTricks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Learning new thing really takes time and need hard effort. So Is it worth investing time in learning Tikz even though I already know my beloved PSTricks? Or Should I leave PSTricks and migrate to Tikz?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT 1:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/TUGboat/tb31-1/tb97voss.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;The current state of the PSTricks project by Herbert Voss&lt;/a&gt; explains what PSTricks is and what PSTricks can do for you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT 2:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Tikz can be compiled using pdftex only. That sounds cool!&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;PSTricks must be compiled using 3&#xA;steps: latex - &gt; dvips -&gt; ps2pdf.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Confused... !&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT 3:&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;After reading TikZ manual, I got a rough idea. It is cool!&#xA;I should migrate gradually to TikZ. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-07T14:00:03.997" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T16:16:03.090" Title="What are the advantages of TikZ/PGF over PSTricks?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;pstricks&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="6677" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6676" CreationDate="2010-12-07T11:46:04.440" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This should really go in the comments thread on the original post, but I can't do that yet, so I'll put it as an answer instead:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A similar site to the gallery for PSTricks is &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.texample.net/&lt;/a&gt;.  As Andrew suggested, this might help you in deciding a more specific question since you'll be able to see a little bit of what TikZ is capable of.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2256" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T11:46:04.440" />
  <row Id="6678" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6675" CreationDate="2010-12-07T11:58:29.283" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Probably the encoding of your &lt;code&gt;bib&lt;/code&gt; file is utf-8 or some other encoding that BibTeX can not handle. BibTeX itself does only handle us-ascii properly, as far as I know, although it works fine unless no problematic characters occur. But without a working minimal example, your problem will be difficult to solve.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1376" LastEditorUserId="1376" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-13T05:12:18.353" LastActivityDate="2010-12-13T05:12:18.353" />
  <row Id="6680" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5618" CreationDate="2010-12-07T12:28:24.077" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't know why you're using the &quot;aling&quot; environment for a single equation instead of the &quot;equation&quot; environment. Anyway, I've tried this code and it works fine:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section{Section 1}&#xA;\label{sec1}&#xA; This is section \ref{sec1}.&#xA; \section{Section 2}&#xA; \label{sec2}&#xA; This is section \ref{sec2}&#xA; \begin{equation}&#xA; 2+2=4&#xA; \end{equation}&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA; 3+3=6&#xA; \end{equation}&#xA; \begin{align}&#xA; f(x)&amp;amp;=x^2 \label{ali1}&#xA; \end{align}&#xA; Take a look at equation \eqref{ali1}.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've tried using the &quot;mathtools&quot; package instead of &quot;amsmath&quot; but I didn't found any problem... &#xA;I don't realize what is really happening...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2331" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T12:28:24.077" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6681" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6688" CreationDate="2010-12-07T12:31:01.397" Score="6" ViewCount="166" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need to write a single, short PDF file that contains two distinct parts.  I don't want to mess with PDF joins and hacks, as I need both parts to share page numbers, citations, etc.  However, I want to use an article-like style for the sections and so on - A report style is an overkill.  Is there a way to run &lt;code&gt;\maketitle&lt;/code&gt; twice on the same document?  Without additional hacks it yields no result (since that it is redefined to &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt; after the first expand).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1527" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T14:35:34.310" Title="Using \maketitle twice in the same article" Tags="&lt;article&gt;&lt;maketitle&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="6682" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6687" CreationDate="2010-12-07T12:34:01.763" Score="9" ViewCount="201" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to check if my tex document is compiled with LuaTeX (or any other Lua TeX compiler).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The simple approach from the TeXbook is to check the &lt;code&gt;\directlua&lt;/code&gt; macro against &lt;code&gt;\@empty&lt;/code&gt;, like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ifx\directlua\@empty{\errmessage{...}}\fi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I'm running &lt;code&gt;luatex&lt;/code&gt;, everything is fine. If I run &lt;code&gt;tex&lt;/code&gt;, the compilation fails with my &lt;code&gt;\errmessage&lt;/code&gt; -- fine. But if I run &lt;code&gt;latex&lt;/code&gt;, my error does not occur, but the compilation fails because of the undefined &lt;code&gt;\directlua&lt;/code&gt; environment. Which &lt;code&gt;\ifx&lt;/code&gt; statement works for all TeX dialects? And why not the one which works fine with plain TeX, the one from above? &#xA;Thanks in advance :) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;UPDATE&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An solution for this is very easy, but I don't know if it's causing any problems in the future.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ifx\directlua\pgf@gd@undefined@donotuse{%&#xA;  \errmessage{an error}\fi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;works well with TeX and LaTeX. Is there a way which is more elegant and doesn't need any additional packages? Otherwise I will post this as answer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1125" LastEditorUserId="1125" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-11T09:55:01.993" LastActivityDate="2010-12-11T09:55:01.993" Title="Check if LuaTeX is running" Tags="&lt;luatex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="6683" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6684" CreationDate="2010-12-07T12:42:52.367" Score="14" ViewCount="294" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to use some text as the optional parameter to some command. The text includes square braces (&lt;code&gt;[&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;]&lt;/code&gt;), but since the optional parameter goes within square brackets, unexpected things happen.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;More  info:&lt;/strong&gt; I want an itemized list whose bullets are citations like [GMR85]. I used this command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;  \item[[GMR85]] ...&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but it takes the first &lt;code&gt;]&lt;/code&gt; as the end of optional parameter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any way to escape &lt;code&gt;]&lt;/code&gt;  ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt; I specially want this to work in &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt;. My current result is like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://s1.bild.me/bilder/311010/1151044untitled.PNG&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note how &lt;code&gt;]&lt;/code&gt; is not included the label.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;EDIT 2&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This &lt;em&gt;bug&lt;/em&gt; has been solved in the latest versions of &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1347" LastEditorUserId="1347" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-18T12:21:47.873" LastActivityDate="2010-12-18T12:21:47.873" Title="Escaping Square Braces" Tags="&lt;brackets&gt;&lt;delimiters&gt;&lt;optional-arguments&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="6684" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6683" CreationDate="2010-12-07T12:44:54.897" Score="15" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi Sadeq,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;group the citation...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;  \item[{[GMR85]}] ...&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The Beamer package makes things a little bit more difficult.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\def\braces#1{[#1]}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}{frame title}&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;  \item[\braces{GMR95}] ...&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This works fine for me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1125" LastEditorUserId="1125" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-07T18:54:59.027" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T18:54:59.027" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="6685" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6692" CreationDate="2010-12-07T12:56:44.410" Score="3" ViewCount="190" Body="&lt;p&gt;Currently I am using PSTricks. From this forum, I see many people using TikZ. I have done a little exploration that TikZ can  produce vector images in PDF format only in one step using pdftex.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To produce the same vector images in PDF, PSTrick must be compiled in 3 steps, i.e., latex -&gt; dvips -&gt; ps2pdf.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;According to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/TUGboat/tb31-1/tb97voss.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;The current state of the PSTrick project&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;TeX as a typesetting machine cannot make full use of the possibilities of PostScript. There cannot be a direct interaction between TeX and PostScript; it is more of a one way communication from TeX to PostScript. The interface between these two systems is the DVI converter dvips which converts the DVI output of TeX into the PostScript format. Here we use DVI output only as an intermediate format; it is not really of interest. On the TeX side the user has to reserve some space (a box) which is filled on the PostScript side with a graphic or some text. If this space is not reserved the everything will be printed over the text, depending on the current point before the PostScript-related code. This PostScript code must be transferred from TeX via the DVI output with the macro \special. Its contents are ignored by TeX and passed to PostScript where it will be executed by a PostScript interpreter such as GhostScript or Distiller.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From the quote, PSTricks need an intermediate phase,i.e., using DVI output.&#xA;Shortly speaking, this intermediate output forces PSTrick to be compiled using 3 steps.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If Tikz using the same internal mechanism as PSTrick does, why TikZ can be compiled in 1 step? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2010-12-08T16:00:19.453" Title="Does TikZ use the same internal mechanism as PSTricks to produce vector based pdf outputs?" Tags="&lt;pstricks&gt;&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="6686" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6668" CreationDate="2010-12-07T12:57:56.907" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's not a bug, it's just a missing feature. Originally the purpose of a PDF was just to emulate a printed page. Think of a PDF page as basically just a map with the exact location of certain characters. A PDF page doesn't even know where word boundaries are, much less paragraphs and columns. It is up to the artificial intelligence of the PDF software to recognize these things, but this is tricky business, and it's unsurprising that even the best PDF software does not always get this right. You may get different results in different PDF readers, however.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;More recently, the notion of a &quot;tagged PDF&quot; has evolved, which allows for the insertion of 'guideposts' to help the PDF reader software understand the flow of text, so it doesn't have to rely so much on its own artificial intelligence. There have been some experiments in the direction of producing this with pdfTeX (see &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/579/how-to-create-tagged-pdf&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt;, but I don't think anything is quite ready for production-level work yet.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T12:57:56.907" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6687" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6682" CreationDate="2010-12-07T13:04:25.053" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;\@empty is defined in LaTeX, so your test fails. Why don't you use ifluatex.sty? It will work with plainTeX too, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T13:04:25.053" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="6688" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6681" CreationDate="2010-12-07T13:06:04.840" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I believe the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/titling&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;titling&lt;/a&gt; package does what you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From documentation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The package inhibits the normal&#xA;  automatic cancellation of titling&#xA;  commands after &lt;code&gt;\maketitle&lt;/code&gt;. This means&#xA;  that you can have multiple instances&#xA;  of the same, or perhaps different,&#xA;  titles in one document. Hooks are&#xA;  provided so that additional titling&#xA;  elements can be defined and printed by&#xA;  &lt;code&gt;\maketitle&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to shrink the amount of room your title takes up (apparently &lt;code&gt;titling&lt;/code&gt; increases it slightly) you can add &lt;code&gt;\setlength{\droptitle}{-1in}&lt;/code&gt;. This decreases the vertical space above your title by an inch. You can set it to whatever you like.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also redefine &lt;code&gt;\pretitle&lt;/code&gt; &lt;code&gt;\posttitle&lt;/code&gt; and similar commands to include less vertical space between elements of the title. Do so with care, you don't want to cramp your title too much. See the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/titling/titling.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;documentation&lt;/a&gt; for examples.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-07T14:35:34.310" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T14:35:34.310" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6689" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6675" CreationDate="2010-12-07T13:12:48.687" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You need to replace instances of that character in your bibtex file with: &lt;code&gt;\k{e}&lt;/code&gt; and make sure that you have &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&lt;/code&gt; in your preamble (in your main document). For information on other accents and how to do them in LaTeX see &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/LaTeX/Accents&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An alternative is to use &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/biblatex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;biblatex&lt;/a&gt; and biber instead of bibtex as these tools can deal with more unusual characters directly...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T13:12:48.687" />
  <row Id="6690" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6685" CreationDate="2010-12-07T13:44:09.567" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;PSTricks generates only PostScript, not PDF.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;TikZ uses PGF which is capable of directly producing PDF output.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, if your goal is to produce PDF output, you have to do some conversion if you use PSTricks which generates only an intermediate format which isn't required by TikZ.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T13:44:09.567" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6691" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-07T13:45:49.370" Score="2" ViewCount="154" Body="&lt;p&gt;If i use this command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt,amssymb]{revtex4}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath,fontspec}&#xA;\setmainfont[Mapping=tex-text}{URW Bookman L}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Hi man how are u the font is not appearing&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;i get this errror:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\par&#xA;l.4 \setmainfont[Mapping=tex-text}&#xA;{URW Bookman L}&#xA;I've run across a `}' that doesn't seem to match anything.&#xA;For example, `\def\a#1{...}' and `\a}' would produce&#xA;this error. If you simply proceed now, the `\par' that&#xA;I've just inserted will cause me to report a runaway&#xA;argument that might be the root of the problem. But if&#xA;your `}' was spurious, just type `2' and it will go away.&#xA;Runaway argument?&#xA;Mapping=tex-text&#xA;! Paragraph ended before \\setmainfont was complete.&#xA;&amp;lt;to be read again&amp;gt;&#xA;\par&#xA;l.4 \setmainfont[Mapping=tex-text}&#xA;{URW Bookman L}&#xA;I suspect you've forgotten a `}', causing me to apply this&#xA;control sequence to too much text. How can we recover?&#xA;My plan is to forget the whole thing and hope for the best.&#xA;! Too many }'s.&#xA;&amp;lt;recently read&amp;gt; }&#xA;l.4 \setmainfont[Mapping=tex-text}&#xA;{URW Bookman L}&#xA;You've closed more groups than you opened.&#xA;Such booboos are generally harmless, so keep going.&#xA;! LaTeX Error: Missing \begin{document}.&#xA;See the LaTeX manual or LaTeX Companion for explanation.&#xA;Type H &amp;lt;return&amp;gt; for immediate help.&#xA;...&#xA;l.4 \setmainfont[Mapping=tex-text}{U&#xA;RW Bookman L}&#xA;You're in trouble here. Try typing &amp;lt;return&amp;gt; to proceed.&#xA;If that doesn't work, type X &amp;lt;return&amp;gt; to quit.&#xA;Overfull \hbox (34.03pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 4--5&#xA;[]\EU1/lmr/m/n/10 URW&#xA;[]&#xA;Overfull \hbox (25.97pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 4--5&#xA;\EU1/lmr/m/n/10 Book-&#xA;[]&#xA;Overfull \hbox (18.89pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 4--5&#xA;\EU1/lmr/m/n/10 man&#xA;[]&#xA;Overfull \hbox (6.25pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 4--5&#xA;\EU1/lmr/m/n/10 L&#xA;[]&#xA;(./sample.aux)&#xA;\openout1 = `sample.aux'.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OML/cmm/m/it on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for T1/cmr/m/n on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OT1/cmr/m/n on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OMS/cmsy/m/n on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OMX/cmex/m/n on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for U/cmr/m/n on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for EU1/lmr/m/n on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 7.&#xA;Class revtex4 Info: Patching LaTeX tabular. on input line 7.&#xA;Class revtex4 Info: cite was not loaded (OK!) on input line 7.&#xA;Class revtex4 Info: multicol was not loaded (OK!) on input line 7.&#xA;\symlegacymaths=\mathgroup6&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: Overwriting symbol font `legacymaths' in version `bold'&#xA;(Font) OT1/cmr/m/n --&amp;gt; OT1/cmr/bx/n on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: Redeclaring math accent \acute on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: Redeclaring math accent \grave on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: Redeclaring math accent \ddot on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: Redeclaring math accent \tilde on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: Redeclaring math accent \bar on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: Redeclaring math accent \breve on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: Redeclaring math accent \check on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: Redeclaring math accent \hat on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: Redeclaring math accent \dot on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: Redeclaring math accent \mathring on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: Redeclaring math symbol \Gamma on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: Redeclaring math symbol \Delta on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: Redeclaring math symbol \Theta on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: Redeclaring math symbol \Lambda on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: Redeclaring math symbol \Xi on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: Redeclaring math symbol \Pi on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: Redeclaring math symbol \Sigma on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: Redeclaring math symbol \Upsilon on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: Redeclaring math symbol \Phi on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: Redeclaring math symbol \Psi on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: Redeclaring math symbol \Omega on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: Redeclaring math symbol \mathdollar on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: Redeclaring symbol font `operators' on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: Encoding `OT1' has changed to `EU1' for symbol font&#xA;(Font) `operators' in the math version `normal' on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: Overwriting symbol font `operators' in version `normal'&#xA;(Font) OT1/lmr/m/n --&amp;gt; EU1/lmr/m/n on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: Encoding `OT1' has changed to `EU1' for symbol font&#xA;(Font) `operators' in the math version `bold' on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: Overwriting symbol font `operators' in version `bold'&#xA;(Font) OT1/lmr/bx/n --&amp;gt; EU1/lmr/m/n on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: Overwriting symbol font `operators' in version `normal'&#xA;(Font) EU1/lmr/m/n --&amp;gt; EU1/lmr/m/n on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: Overwriting math alphabet `\mathrm' in version `normal'&#xA;(Font) EU1/lmr/m/n --&amp;gt; EU1/lmr/m/n on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: Overwriting math alphabet `\mathit' in version `normal'&#xA;(Font) OT1/lmr/m/it --&amp;gt; EU1/lmr/m/it on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: Overwriting math alphabet `\mathbf' in version `normal'&#xA;(Font) OT1/lmr/bx/n --&amp;gt; EU1/lmr/bx/n on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: Overwriting math alphabet `\mathsf' in version `normal'&#xA;(Font) OT1/lmss/m/n --&amp;gt; EU1/lmss/m/n on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: Overwriting math alphabet `\mathtt' in version `normal'&#xA;(Font) OT1/lmtt/m/n --&amp;gt; EU1/lmtt/m/n on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: Overwriting symbol font `operators' in version `bold'&#xA;(Font) EU1/lmr/m/n --&amp;gt; EU1/lmr/bx/n on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: Overwriting math alphabet `\mathrm' in version `bold'&#xA;(Font) EU1/lmr/m/n --&amp;gt; EU1/lmr/bx/n on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: Overwriting math alphabet `\mathit' in version `bold'&#xA;(Font) OT1/lmr/bx/it --&amp;gt; EU1/lmr/bx/it on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: Overwriting math alphabet `\mathsf' in version `bold'&#xA;(Font) OT1/lmss/bx/n --&amp;gt; EU1/lmss/bx/n on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: Overwriting math alphabet `\mathtt' in version `bold'&#xA;(Font) OT1/lmtt/m/n --&amp;gt; EU1/lmtt/bx/n on input line 7.&#xA;[1] (./sample.aux) )&#xA;Here is how much of TeX's memory you used:&#xA;4478 strings out of 191470&#xA;70000 string characters out of 1925444&#xA;162455 words of memory out of 1500000&#xA;7668 multiletter control sequences out of 10000+200000&#xA;3648 words of font info for 15 fonts, out of 1200000 for 2000&#xA;605 hyphenation exceptions out of 8191&#xA;29i,4n,26p,296b,114s stack positions out of 5000i,500n,6000p,200000b,15000s&#xA;Output written on sample.pdf (1 page).&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PLease tell me what to do?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="641" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-07T13:49:02.510" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T13:59:34.297" Title="tex font error : rectification needed" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;errors&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="6692" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6685" CreationDate="2010-12-07T13:54:28.190" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just a short answer: PSTricks only uses PostScript &lt;code&gt;\special&lt;/code&gt;s, whereas TikZ can use both PostScript and PDF &lt;code&gt;\special&lt;/code&gt;s, depending on the desired output format (when &lt;code&gt;latex&lt;/code&gt; together with &lt;code&gt;dvips&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;dvipdfm&lt;/code&gt; is used). For direct compilation to PDF with &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt;, the pdfTeX primitive &lt;code&gt;\pdfliteral&lt;/code&gt; is used.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-08T16:00:19.453" LastActivityDate="2010-12-08T16:00:19.453" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="6693" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6691" CreationDate="2010-12-07T13:59:34.297" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Why did you close an open &lt;code&gt;[&lt;/code&gt; with a &lt;code&gt;}&lt;/code&gt;? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Try&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setmainfont[Mapping=tex-text]{URW Bookman L}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;instead? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T13:59:34.297" />
  <row Id="6694" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6676" CreationDate="2010-12-07T14:32:00.350" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The package 'pgfplots' which depends on 'pgf' has good integration with gnuplot, in the sense that one can call and use gnuplot to compute coordinates from within 'pgfplots', while the package 'pst-plot' which depends on 'pstricks' has no such feature. This is not a direct comparison between 'pgf' and 'pstricks' but is still relevant if you want to do plotting using extension packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2265" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T14:32:00.350" />
  <row Id="6695" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-07T14:45:42.413" Score="2" ViewCount="191" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to redefine the chapter headings using some code that I took from a friend. It works fine when I create a dvi and I see it in Okular (it doesn't look fine using Evince), but when I try generate a pdf either with pdflatex or dvipdf, the headings look wrong.&#xA;I've no idea what the problem can be.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is an example. Thanks in advance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{report}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{psboxit}&#xA;\usepackage{pstricks}&#xA;&#xA;% Title for chapters&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\thickhrulefill{\leavevmode \leaders \hrule height 1ex \hfill \kern \z@}&#xA;\def\@makechapterhead#1{%&#xA;  \reset@font&#xA;  \parindent \z@&#xA;  \vspace*{10\p@}%&#xA;  \hbox{%&#xA;    \vbox{%&#xA;      \hsize=2cm%&#xA;      \begin{tabular}{c}&#xA;        \scshape \strut \@chapapp{} \\&#xA;        \psboxit{box 0 0 0 setrgbcolor fill}{%&#xA;          \vrule depth 8em width 0pt%&#xA;          \vrule height 0pt depth 0pt width 10pt%&#xA;          {\white \LARGE \bfseries&#xA;            \strut \vrule height 1em depth 0pt width 0pt&#xA;            \thechapter}%&#xA;          \vrule height 0pt depth 0pt width 10pt%&#xA;          }&#xA;      \end{tabular}%&#xA;      }%&#xA;    \vbox{%&#xA;      \advance\hsize by -2cm&#xA;      \hrule height 0.4pt depth 0pt width \hsize&#xA;      \par&#xA;      \vskip 6pt%&#xA;      \hspace{20pt}%&#xA;      \parbox{260pt}{%&#xA;        \LARGE \bfseries #1&#xA;     }%&#xA;      }%&#xA;    }%&#xA;  \vskip 100\p@&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\chapter{Introduction}&#xA;Intro here.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2337" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-23T23:16:12.787" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T23:16:12.787" Title="Problems with chapter headings going from dvi to pdf." Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;chapters&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6696" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6431" CreationDate="2010-12-07T15:00:48.263" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;tex2mail might be an option; from the ctan catalogue:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tex2mail is a perl script to convert TeX files into plain text files:&#xA;   various mathematical symbols (sums, products, integrals, sub/superscripts,&#xA;   fractions, square roots, ...) are replaced by “ascii art” that spreads over&#xA;   multiple lines if necessary. This is helpful for people who can’t read TeX&#xA;   fluently.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;never used it&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2250" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T15:00:48.263" />
  <row Id="6697" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6649" CreationDate="2010-12-07T15:19:23.917" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;the package was obviously never tried by its author for anything but trivia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to put it right, change&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\digraph}[3][scale=1]{ &#xA;  \newwrite\dotfile &#xA;  ...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in the package&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newwrite\dotfile&#xA;\newcommand{\digraph}[3][scale=1]{&#xA;  ...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(i.e., move the \newwrite out of the command.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;fwiw, you're right; there &lt;em&gt;is&lt;/em&gt; no way to increase the number of \write streams. and of course, using tikz is a good alternative, so carry on with that if it suits you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2250" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T15:19:23.917" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6698" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6699" CreationDate="2010-12-07T15:40:35.707" Score="6" ViewCount="168" Body="&lt;p&gt;LaTeX uses hooks extensively, one method employed is the command &lt;code&gt;g@addto@macro&lt;/code&gt;. It is defined in source2e as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \long\def\g@addto@macro#1#2{%&#xA;  \begingroup&#xA;     \toks@\expandafter{#1#2}%&#xA;     \xdef#1{\the\toks@}%&#xA;  \endgroup}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have used the &lt;code&gt;g@addto@macro&lt;/code&gt; in the minimal example below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article} &#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\long\def\mainmacro{Preambles in main macro. \par}&#xA;\xdef\testOne{Contents of first macro. \par }&#xA;\xdef\testTwo{Contents of second macro. \par }&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;  \g@addto@macro{\mainmacro}{\testOne}&#xA;  \g@addto@macro{\mainmacro}{\testTwo \par}&#xA;  \g@addto@macro{\mainmacro}{Adhoc contents (1). \par}&#xA;  \g@addto@macro{\mainmacro}{\xdef\@elt{ Test } }&#xA;  \g@addto@macro{\mainmacro}{Adhoc contents (2).\@elt \par}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\mainmacro&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What would be the best way to add a hook to the macro - at the beginning or for that matter anywhere but the end?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-07T18:35:04.997" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T18:35:04.997" Title="How to add a hook to a macro" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;programming&gt;&lt;expandafter&gt;&lt;hooks&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6699" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6698" CreationDate="2010-12-07T16:22:36.103" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\foo{\message{Here is the original \string\foo}}&#xA;\def\foohook{\message{Whatever.}}&#xA;&#xA;% Add a hook to \foo (\foohook does not have be predefined):&#xA;\toks0\expandafter{\expandafter\foohook\foo}&#xA;\edef\foo{\the\toks0}&#xA;&#xA;% Demo:&#xA;\foo&#xA;\def\foohook{\message{Redefined \string\foohook}}&#xA;\foo&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Complete working example; to turn it into latex, remove &lt;code&gt;\bye&lt;/code&gt; and add necessary latex cruft.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T16:22:36.103" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6700" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6676" CreationDate="2010-12-07T16:31:48.407" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;TikZ is the only full graphics package for TeX I have ever used, so I can't really do a good comparison. However here are some things that I think are worth mentioning:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;What I like most about TikZ is its syntax. The authors clearly put a lot of thought into defining a syntax that is both flexible and easy to read (at the expense of some verbosity).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The manual is full of examples and generally of extremely high quality.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;TikZ works with LaTeX, plain TeX and ConTeXt. It can be compiled with all modern engines (pdfTeX, LuaTeX, XeTeX), though a few things (shadings) currently only work with pdftex.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Integration with gnuplot.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Some useful programming features, like &lt;code&gt;\foreach&lt;/code&gt; or an extensible mathematics engine.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, PSTricks has been around for a longer time. In particular, there are lots of libraries built around it. So if you want to use one of the libraries that doesn't (yet) have a TikZ equivalent, you have to use PSTricks. Also I suppose there is better support on older systems, if updating is not possible.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T16:31:48.407" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="6701" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6698" CreationDate="2010-12-07T17:07:01.403" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Have a look at the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/etoolbox.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;etoolbox&lt;/a&gt; package, which provides a rich set of commands for “hook management” and even “patching” of commands.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T17:07:01.403" />
  <row Id="6702" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6683" CreationDate="2010-12-07T17:37:24.637" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Based on Charles Stewart's comment and Matten's answers, I make the following comparion. I suggest to follow the Stewart's suggestion. If we insist on using itemize environment instead of description, the bullet item will expands to the left crossing the left margin. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/CQ5RG.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[dvipsnames]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage[showframe=true,margin=30mm]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{showexpl}&#xA;\usepackage{etoolbox}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\patchcmd{\SX@codeInput}{xleftmargin=0pt,xrightmargin=0pt}{}&#xA;  {\typeout{***Successfully patched \protect\SX@codeInput***}}&#xA;  {\typeout{***ERROR! Failed to patch \protect\SX@codeInput***}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\lstset{%&#xA;  literate={ï}{}0&#xA;         {»}{}0&#xA;         {¿}{}0,&#xA;    breaklines=true,&#xA;    breakindent=0pt,    &#xA;    basicstyle=\ttfamily\scriptsize,&#xA;    keywordstyle=\color{blue}\sffamily\bfseries,&#xA;    commentstyle=\color{Green}\itshape,                                 &#xA;    stringstyle=\rmfamily,                          &#xA;    showstringspaces=false,&#xA;    backgroundcolor=\color{Yellow!30},&#xA;    frame=single,&#xA;    framerule=0.4pt,&#xA;    rulecolor=\color{red},&#xA;    framesep=3pt,&#xA;    xleftmargin=3.4pt,&#xA;    xrightmargin=3.4pt,&#xA;    tabsize=2,%&#xA;    explpreset={pos=b}%&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{LTXexample}&#xA;\begin{description}&#xA;  \item{[GMR85]} I am happy.&#xA;  \item{[GMR86]} Are you happy?&#xA;\end{description}&#xA;\end{LTXexample}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{LTXexample}&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;  \item[{[GMR85]}] I am happy.&#xA;  \item[{[GMR86]}] Are you happy?&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;\end{LTXexample}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-07T17:55:37.970" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T17:55:37.970" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6703" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6431" CreationDate="2010-12-07T17:52:14.540" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://johnmacfarlane.net/pandoc/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pandoc&lt;/a&gt; does a pretty good job as far as I am concerned. I convert markdown documents to latex and back again. I'm pretty sure it also supports plain text. Check it out.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2339" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T17:52:14.540" />
  <row Id="6704" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6653" CreationDate="2010-12-07T18:24:40.867" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To quote Ulrike Fischer's answer to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4259/natbib-in-a-different-language&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt; question:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I would use biblatex instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Below you'll find a complete example using biblatex and the spanish language. For other reasons to use biblatex see &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/553/what-packages-do-people-load-by-default-in-latex/2974#2974&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;, for details about how to switch to biblatex see &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/5091/what-to-do-to-switch-to-biblatex&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[spanish]{babel}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{biblatex}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.bib}&#xA;@misc{A01,&#xA;  author = {Author, A. and Buthor, B.},&#xA;  year = {2001},&#xA;  title = {Alpha},&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\bibliography{\jobname}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\nocite{*}&#xA;&#xA;\printbibliography&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The filecontents environment is only used to include some external files directly into the example, so that it compiles. It is not necessary for the solution.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T18:24:40.867" />
  <row Id="6705" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6706" CreationDate="2010-12-07T18:34:52.073" Score="2" ViewCount="193" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello all,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have a big latex beamer that uses &lt;code&gt;\alt&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\uncover&lt;/code&gt;, ... to create &quot;animations&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My goal is to deactivate all these commands temporary (let's say : just use the last state/slide each time there's this kind of thing) to print my document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a global command to do this or have I to do all this manually (comment manually the commands / or (simpler but still really long) suppress manually pages from the output) ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks very much in advance for your help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1435" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T19:23:56.977" Title="Deactivate all \alt,\uncover in beamer (for printing)" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;animations&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="6706" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6705" CreationDate="2010-12-07T19:23:56.977" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you're printing the file, you probably want to use handout mode or article mode.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[handout]{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage{pgfpages}&#xA;\pgfpagesuselayout{2 on 1}[a4paper,border shrink=5mm] % for instance&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;OR&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage{beamerarticle}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want pictures of slides, handout mode is best  If you want something that looks more like an article, article mode is best.  I'll assume you want handout, but the answer is similar for article.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In handout mode, all slides are by default overlayed, which for complicated frames makes a mess.  But all of your overlay specifications like &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;+-&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; that you used in the beamer .tex file can be specified for the handout mode, too. If there is something you do not want on the handout, add &lt;code&gt;| handout:0&lt;/code&gt; to the overlay specification.  So&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\only&amp;lt;1-3| handout:0&amp;gt;{foo}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will have &lt;code&gt;foo&lt;/code&gt; appear only on slides 1-3 of the beamer mode and not in the handout.  Although it may seem like a pain to deactivate so many specifications in a large beamer file, it's the &quot;right&quot; way to do it because it doesn't change the document in beamer mode (like commenting out would).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See these two questions that relate to making beamers into handouts:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/6582/how-can-i-distribute-beamer-overlayareas-in-handout-mode-across-multiple-frames&quot;&gt;How can I distribute beamer overlayareas in handout mode across multiple frames?&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/2645418/different-overlay-specification-in-different-beamer-modes&quot;&gt;different overlay specification in different beamer modes?&lt;/a&gt; on StackOverflow&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T19:23:56.977" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6707" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6710" CreationDate="2010-12-07T19:42:40.397" Score="3" ViewCount="174" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I control the vertical space before an environment, e.g., taublar or minipage. Here is an example that reproduces my problem &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\noindent TEXT-A\vspace{5pt}\\&#xA;TEXT-B\\TEXT-C&#xA;\\[2em]&#xA;\noindent TEXT-D\vspace{5pt}\\&#xA;\begin{tabular}{@{}l}TEXT-E\\TEXT-F \end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The spacing between TEXT-A and TEXT-B is different from the spacing between TEXT-D and  TEXT-E:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/9j5EL.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have learned so far that the space between TEXT-D and TEXT-E is normal if I delete &lt;code&gt;\\TEXT-F&lt;/code&gt;:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/yqBqa.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any help would be appreciated!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1236" LastEditorUserId="1236" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-07T21:05:38.237" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T21:07:25.317" Title="Vertical space before environments" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;&lt;environments&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="6708" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6676" CreationDate="2010-12-07T19:51:23.900" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have only used pgf-tikz for TeX graphics and I am very happy with it. At first I also got impressed by some pstricks galleries but however I decided to learn pgf instead. Most of my graphics appear in beamer presentations, so the harmony between pgf and pdftex made me opt for pgf. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I miss most in pgf is a strong 3D graphics support. Although it is possible to create 3D graphics, it is really a cumbersome task. I hope the promising package &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/graphics/pgf/contrib/tikz-3dplot/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tikz-3dplot&lt;/a&gt; keep improving.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2117" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T19:51:23.900" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6709" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6712" CreationDate="2010-12-07T20:33:04.987" Score="4" ViewCount="279" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to produce a 6-by-6 checkboard of small circles, alternating colour between red and black.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To do this I have attempted to use &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathparse&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\ifnum&lt;/code&gt; in order to decide if to colour a circle red or back:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article}&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\foreach \x in {0,...,5} \foreach \y in {0,...,5}&#xA;{&#xA;  \pgfmathparse{mod(\x+\y,2)}&#xA;  \ifnum\pgfmathresult=0{\path[fill=black] (\x*0.5cm,\y*0.5cm) circle (0.1cm);}&#xA;  \else{\path[fill=red] (\x*0.5cm,\y*0.5cm) circle (0.1cm);}\fi&#xA;}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Although the code errors when I attempted to run it through &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;! Missing = inserted for \ifnum.&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;! Missing number, treated as zero.&lt;/code&gt; it does produce the expected result.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What precisely am I doing wrong with regards to the calculation and how should one go about producing such a picture?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="753" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T21:02:58.190" Title="Using \pgfmathparse and \ifnum for a TikZ checkerboard" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;errors&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="6710" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6707" CreationDate="2010-12-07T20:44:14.260" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Inserting vertical space by &lt;code&gt;\vspace{5pt}\\&lt;/code&gt; is not a good way. It does not end the paragraph, &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; just breaks the line. And consider a line break &lt;em&gt;after&lt;/em&gt; vertical whitespace - which line should be broken then?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Instead of &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; use a blank line or write &lt;code&gt;\par&lt;/code&gt; to end the paragraph. A line break will be a consequence as well. After the paragraph break you may insert vertical space. Perhaps &lt;code&gt;\smallskip&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\medskip&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\bigskip&lt;/code&gt; could be a good idea. I don't like it to manually  distribute a lot of spaces (some points here, some there) through the document. If you later desire to stretch or to shrink a bit, you would have to adjust at many places. Better use macros or lengths for that, which could be adjusted in the preamble.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Back to the main problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Some environments insert vertical space before. For example displayed formulas insert certain space (&lt;code&gt;\abovedisplayskip&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;abovedisplayshortskip&lt;/code&gt;), list environments like &lt;code&gt;itemize&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;enumerate&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;description&lt;/code&gt; but also &lt;code&gt;center&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;quote&lt;/code&gt; insert space of the length &lt;code&gt;\topsep&lt;/code&gt;. Such spaces could be adjusted, but it depends on the environment.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If you use a class which tries to fill up the page, like the book class, vertical space could be inserted for this purpose. You could try the command &lt;code&gt;\raggedbottom&lt;/code&gt; just to see the effect without that vertical justification.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;In the case of &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;minispace&lt;/code&gt;, add the optional argument &lt;code&gt;[t]&lt;/code&gt; for top alignment:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l} ...&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;We could speak about further details if you post a small compilable example which shows the problem. If you didn't manage it yet: don't try to reproduce starting from scratch. Instead take a copy of your document, and reduce it step by step, compile each step o ensure it's still showing the problem. This way you would get a demonstration example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-07T21:07:25.317" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T21:07:25.317" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6711" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6709" CreationDate="2010-12-07T20:50:59.427" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Since you are already using the &lt;code&gt;pgfmath&lt;/code&gt; library, you may as well use the conditional syntax from that:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article}&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\foreach \x in {0,...,5} \foreach \y in {0,...,5}&#xA;{&#xA;  \pgfmathparse{mod(\x+\y,2) ? &quot;black&quot; : &quot;red&quot;}&#xA;  \edef\colour{\pgfmathresult}&#xA;  \path[fill=\colour] (\x*0.5cm,\y*0.5cm) circle (0.1cm);&#xA;}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Produces:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/PtxEn.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;with no errors.  (I'm using TikZ/PGF 2.10; I'm not sure when this conditional syntax was implemented.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T20:50:59.427" />
  <row Id="6712" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6709" CreationDate="2010-12-07T20:53:52.467" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;you just need to add &lt;code&gt;int&lt;/code&gt; before the modulo operator (otherwise it returns a float that &lt;code&gt;\ifnum&lt;/code&gt;doesn't like), thus:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pgfmathparse{int(mod(\x+\y,2))}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and all is good :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1716" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T20:53:52.467" />
  <row Id="6713" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-07T21:00:40.320" Score="4" ViewCount="125" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can redefine your caption labels with e.g. &lt;a href=&quot;http://dcwww.camd.dtu.dk/~schiotz/comp/LatexTips/LatexTips.html#figlabel&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;\renewcommand{\figurename}{Fig.}&lt;/a&gt;. Is there a way to do it just for certain figures/tables? I have an appendix and I would like to make figures/tables as Appendix #, and not Table/Figure.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="72" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T23:02:49.257" Title="Redefining the label used in captions." Tags="&lt;captions&gt;&lt;labels&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6714" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6709" CreationDate="2010-12-07T21:02:58.190" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ifnum&lt;/code&gt; compares two integers so you must ensure that the numbers are really integers. So a working code, combining the previous answers could be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article}&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\foreach \x in {0,...,5} &#xA;  \foreach \y in {0,...,5}&#xA;  {&#xA;    \pgfmathparse{int(mod(\x+\y,2))}&#xA;    \let\r\pgfmathresult&#xA;    \ifnum\r=0&#xA;      \path[fill=red] (\x*0.5cm,\y*0.5cm) circle (0.1cm);&#xA;    \else&#xA;      \path[fill=black] (\x*0.5cm,\y*0.5cm) circle (0.1cm);&#xA;    \fi&#xA;  }&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Observe that instead of using &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathresult&lt;/code&gt; directly, its value it is dumped in the &lt;code&gt;\r&lt;/code&gt; macro. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2117" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T21:02:58.190" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6715" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4913" CreationDate="2010-12-07T21:08:54.080" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;With biblatex, where you can define the references as a section similar to any section. You can also easily add text between the section title and the references as such.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[fleqn,10pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{csquotes}          &#xA;\usepackage[style=alphabetic,sorting=nty,sortcites=true,autopunct=true,babel=hyphen,&#xA;hyperref=true,abbreviate=false,backref=false]{biblatex}      &#xA;\bibliography{mem}            &#xA;\defbibheading{bibempty}{}      &#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section{Section 1}&#xA;ploplo\cite{report}&#xA;\section{Section 2}&#xA;ploplo&#xA;\appendix&#xA;\section{References}&#xA;blabla&#xA;\printbibliography[heading=bibempty]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;with mem.bib as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@TechReport{report,&#xA;  author =      {Name, first name},&#xA;  title =       {Report title},&#xA;  institution = {School},&#xA;  year =        {2010}&#xA;} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T21:08:54.080" />
  <row Id="6716" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6682" CreationDate="2010-12-07T21:42:34.383" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;What about&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ifcsname directlua\endcsname&#xA;  Yes, I am running LuaTeX&#xA; \else&#xA; Oh no, I give up&#xA;\fi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I guess that everybody is running etex with &lt;code&gt;\ifcsname&lt;/code&gt; these days... There must be a drawback. But which?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="243" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T21:42:34.383" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6717" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6713" CreationDate="2010-12-07T23:02:49.257" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could put such a redefinition after the beginning of the appendix. You could even redefine within a figure or table environment to keep the redefinition local.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A cleaner way would be to define a new float type in your preamble. Besides the different names, you could have separate list of these floats: a list of tables, a list of figures and a list of appendices or the like.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For this purpose you could use either of these packages:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/trivfloat&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;trivfloat&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; - easy to use&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/float&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;float&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; - more customizable, capable of preventing floating&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/floatrow&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;floatrow&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; - also with features to customize the float layout&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/caption&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;caption&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; - the very recommendable caption package with a lot of features concerning captions&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T23:02:49.257" />
  <row Id="6718" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="339" CreationDate="2010-12-07T23:56:28.960" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.lyx.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LyX&lt;/a&gt; and I love it.  From the webpage:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;LyX is a document processor that encourages an approach to writing based on the structure of your documents (WYSIWYM) and not simply their appearance (WYSIWYG).&#xA;  LyX combines the power and flexibility of TeX/LaTeX with the ease of use of a graphical interface. This results in world-class support for creation of mathematical content (via a fully integrated equation editor) and structured documents like academic articles, theses, and books. In addition, staples of scientific authoring such as reference list and index creation come standard. But you can also use LyX to create a letter or a novel or a theatre play or film script. A broad array of ready, well-designed document layouts are built in.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1670" LastActivityDate="2010-12-07T23:56:28.960" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-12-07T23:56:28.960" />
  <row Id="6719" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6720" CreationDate="2010-12-08T00:02:57.053" Score="14" ViewCount="192" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a .tex document which is divided into &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\subsection&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\subsubsection&lt;/code&gt;, etc.  I would like to produce a separate second document which is an &lt;em&gt;outline&lt;/em&gt; of this first document.  What's the best way to do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, it would be fairly trivial to write a script to extract the section headings--presumably this exists already?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or I could just put in a temporary &lt;code&gt;\tableofcontents&lt;/code&gt; and then extract this from the resulting PDF.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I'm using LyX as a TeX front-end, so if this exists in LyX, that would be helpful too.  I know there's an outline viewer in LyX, but I don't see a feature to &lt;em&gt;export&lt;/em&gt; this outline.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1670" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-13T16:24:24.247" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T16:24:24.247" Title="Automatically produce outline?" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="6720" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6719" CreationDate="2010-12-08T01:36:18.253" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;LaTeX generates a file with the extension &lt;code&gt;.toc&lt;/code&gt; which contains the required TOC commands. You could simply include that file into an outline document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, let's say, your main document is called main.tex. The file containing the table of contents is then main.toc. Create a new document outline.tex, within that use &lt;code&gt;\input{main.toc}&lt;/code&gt;. Use &lt;code&gt;makeatletter&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\makeatother&lt;/code&gt; for the case that the .toc file might contain internal macros, such as &lt;code&gt;\select@language {english}&lt;/code&gt; of babel. Group those actions to keep settings local. For the outline, you might wish to use the same settings respectively preamble like your main document does.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, this could be such an outline document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;% your preamble settings you wish to keep: fonts etc.&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begingroup&#xA;\section*{\contentsname}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\input{main.toc}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Looking at two places might further be useful in this matter:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;the definition of &lt;code&gt;\tableofcontents&lt;/code&gt; in your document class file&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;the definition of &lt;code&gt;\@starttoc&lt;/code&gt; within &lt;code&gt;latex.ltx&lt;/code&gt; or in a customized class/package.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course this works also for lists of tables and figures.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-08T01:36:18.253" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6721" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6722" CreationDate="2010-12-08T01:44:36.990" Score="3" ViewCount="182" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Background&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Include multiple appendixes in a book. (Using KOMA Script v2.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Problem&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have isolated the problem and created a minimal example to demonstrate the issue:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mediafire.com/?y31wmta95xn6al3&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Preamble&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mediafire.com/?9rmgxnu1ny2g7tf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Working LyX File&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mediafire.com/?zsvv85cl8l0vvid&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Broken LyX File&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;em&gt;only&lt;/em&gt; difference (according to gVim's &lt;code&gt;diff&lt;/code&gt; tool) between &lt;code&gt;good.lyx&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;bad.lyx&lt;/code&gt; are the following lines:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin_layout Subsection&#xA;jasper.php&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Standard&#xA;TODO&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Loading &lt;code&gt;good.lyx&lt;/code&gt; into LyX works as expected: a PDF can be created. Loading &lt;code&gt;bad.lyx&lt;/code&gt; into LyX does not work as expected. The following error results:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Missing number, treated as zero.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;\end{document}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A number should have been here; I inserted '0'.&#xA;  (If you can't figure out why I needed to see a number,&#xA;  look up `weird error' in the index to The TeXbook.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Questions&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Why does typing one more subsection cause an error?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;How can the error be resolved so that any number of sections and subsections can be added to the appendix?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2148" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T16:09:57.760" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T16:09:57.760" Title="Adding section to appendix causes a compile error" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;numbering&gt;&lt;appendices&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="6722" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6721" CreationDate="2010-12-08T02:33:05.333" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;What does this harmless subsection command? It starts a new page! And this page has a different page style. The first page has page style plain because it's the beginning of a chapter, but the next page has scrheadings style. There we may search the problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is in your preamble: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\rehead{\textsc{\ChapterTitle \ChapterNumberIfNeededEven}}&#xA;\lohead{\textsc{\ChapterNumberIfNeededOdd \ChapterTitle}}&#xA;...&#xA;\def\ChapterNumberIfNeededEven{%&#xA;  \ifnum 0&amp;lt;\thechapter{} $ \star $ \chaptername{} \thechapter{} \fi&#xA;}&#xA;\def\ChapterNumberIfNeededOdd{%&#xA;  \ifnum 0&amp;lt;\thechapter{} \chaptername{} \thechapter{} $ \star $ \fi&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Don't compare a number 0 with &lt;code&gt;\thechapter&lt;/code&gt; - in your appendix &lt;code&gt;\thechapter&lt;/code&gt; is &quot;A&quot; ! Instead, something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \ifnum\value{chapter}=0 ...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;could work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On a plain chapter starting page that error could not occur.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-08T03:01:54.720" LastActivityDate="2010-12-08T03:01:54.720" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6723" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-08T02:37:55.920" Score="0" ViewCount="466" Body="&lt;p&gt;Math, symbols are not showing when i am using the &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt; package. Here i paste the command and output please tell me as to how i can rectify this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt,amssymb]{revtex4}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath,fontspec}&#xA;\setmainfont[Mapping=tex-text]{URW Bookman L}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{align*}&#xA;\lim_{n\to\infty}n\left(a^{1/n}-1\right) &amp;amp;= \lim_{x\to\infty}\frac{a^{1/x}-1}{\frac{1}{x}} = \lim_{x\to\infty}\frac{e^{\ln(a)/x}-1}{\frac{1}{x}}\\\&#xA;&amp;amp;= \lim_{x\to\infty}\frac{-\frac{1}{x^2}\ln(a)e^{\ln(a)/x}}{-\frac{1}{x^2}}\\\&#xA;&amp;amp;= \lim_{x\to\infty}\ln(a)e^{\ln(a)/x} = \ln(a).&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;So there *is* a pointwise limit, and $\lim\limits_{n\to\infty}f_n(a) = \ln(a)$.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;OUTPUT:&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/gG1se.png&quot; alt=&quot;result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;--&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ADDED- LOG FILE&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;his is XeTeXk, Version 3.141592-2.2-0.996 (Web2C 7.5.6) (format=xelatex 2010.7.11)  8 DEC 2010 10:45&#xA;entering extended mode&#xA; %&amp;amp;-line parsing enabled.&#xA;**trial.tex&#xA;(./trial.tex&#xA;LaTeX2e &amp;lt;2005/12/01&amp;gt;&#xA;Babel &amp;lt;v3.8h&amp;gt; and hyphenation patterns for english, usenglishmax, dumylang, noh&#xA;yphenation, arabic, basque, bulgarian, coptic, welsh, czech, slovak, german, ng&#xA;erman, danish, esperanto, spanish, catalan, galician, estonian, farsi, finnish,&#xA; french, greek, monogreek, ancientgreek, croatian, hungarian, interlingua, ibyc&#xA;us, indonesian, icelandic, italian, latin, mongolian, dutch, norsk, polish, por&#xA;tuguese, pinyin, romanian, russian, slovenian, uppersorbian, serbian, swedish, &#xA;turkish, ukenglish, ukrainian, loaded.&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/revtex/revtex4.cls&#xA;Document Class: revtex4 2001/08/02 v4.0 (http://publish.aps.org/revtex4/ for do&#xA;cumentation)&#xA; Copyright (c) 2001 The American Physical Society.&#xA; mailto:revtex@aps.org&#xA; Licensed under the LPPL:&#xA;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/lppl.txt&#xA; Arthur Ogawa &amp;lt;ogawa@teleport.com&amp;gt;&#xA; Based on work by David Carlisle &amp;lt;david@dcarlisle.demon.co.uk&amp;gt;.&#xA;ltxutil: portions licensed from W. E. Baxter (web@superscript.com)&#xA;Class revtex4 Info: Repairing broken LateX \@sect on input line 596.&#xA;\intertabularlinepenalty=\count79&#xA;\@tbpen=\count80&#xA;\@arstrutbox@hline=\box26&#xA;Class revtex4 Info: Repairing broken LaTeX \@xbitor on input line 1610.&#xA;ltxgrid: portions licensed from W. E. Baxter (web@superscript.com)&#xA;\c@linecount=\count81&#xA;\output=\toks14&#xA;\@protection@box=\box27&#xA;\@topmark@saved=\toks15&#xA;\footins@saved=\box28&#xA;\pagesofar=\box29&#xA;\footbox=\box30&#xA;\pagegrid@col=\count82&#xA;Class revtex4 Info: Incorporating package {textcase}  [1998/11/12 v0.06 Text on&#xA;ly upper/lower case changing (DPC)]. on input line 3682.&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/xelatex/xetexurl/url.sty&#xA;\Urlmuskip=\muskip10&#xA;Package: url 2004/03/15  ver 3.1  Verb mode for urls, etc.&#xA;)&#xA;\c@affil=\count83&#xA;\absbox=\box31&#xA;\c@part=\count84&#xA;\c@section=\count85&#xA;\c@subsection=\count86&#xA;\c@subsubsection=\count87&#xA;\c@paragraph=\count88&#xA;\c@subparagraph=\count89&#xA;\abovecaptionskip=\skip41&#xA;\belowcaptionskip=\skip42&#xA;\c@figure=\count90&#xA;\c@table=\count91&#xA;&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/natbib/natbib.sty&#xA;Package: natbib 2007/02/05 8.0 (PWD)&#xA;\bibhang=\skip43&#xA;\bibsep=\skip44&#xA;LaTeX Info: Redefining \cite on input line 602.&#xA;\c@NAT@ctr=\count92&#xA;)&#xA;\widetext@top=\box32&#xA;\widetext@bot=\box33&#xA;&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/revtex/revsymb.sty&#xA;Package: revsymb 2001/08/02 v4.0 (http://publish.aps.org/revtex4/ for documenta&#xA;tion)&#xA;LaTeX Info: Redefining \REV@mathfrak on input line 118.&#xA;))&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/amsfonts/amssymb.sty&#xA;Package: amssymb 2002/01/22 v2.2d&#xA;&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/amsfonts/amsfonts.sty&#xA;Package: amsfonts 2001/10/25 v2.2f&#xA;\@emptytoks=\toks16&#xA;\symAMSa=\mathgroup4&#xA;\symAMSb=\mathgroup5&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Overwriting math alphabet `\mathfrak' in version `bold'&#xA;(Font)                  U/euf/m/n --&amp;gt; U/euf/b/n on input line 132.&#xA;LaTeX Info: Redefining \frak on input line 135.&#xA;LaTeX Info: Redefining \Bbb on input line 137.&#xA;))&#xA;&#xA;Class revtex4 Warning: No Society specified, using generic APS style.&#xA;&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/revtex/aps.rtx&#xA;File: aps.rtx 2001/08/02 v4.0 (http://publish.aps.org/revtex4/ for documentatio&#xA;n)&#xA;)&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/revtex/10pt.rtx&#xA;File: 10pt.rtx 2001/08/02 v4.0 (http://publish.aps.org/revtex4/ for documentati&#xA;on)&#xA;)&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/amsmath/amsmath.sty&#xA;Package: amsmath 2000/07/18 v2.13 AMS math features&#xA;\@mathmargin=\skip45&#xA;&#xA;For additional information on amsmath, use the `?' option.&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/amsmath/amstext.sty&#xA;Package: amstext 2000/06/29 v2.01&#xA;&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/amsmath/amsgen.sty&#xA;File: amsgen.sty 1999/11/30 v2.0&#xA;\@emptytoks=\toks17&#xA;\ex@=\dimen102&#xA;))&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/amsmath/amsbsy.sty&#xA;Package: amsbsy 1999/11/29 v1.2d&#xA;\pmbraise@=\dimen103&#xA;)&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/amsmath/amsopn.sty&#xA;Package: amsopn 1999/12/14 v2.01 operator names&#xA;)&#xA;\inf@bad=\count93&#xA;LaTeX Info: Redefining \frac on input line 211.&#xA;\uproot@=\count94&#xA;\leftroot@=\count95&#xA;LaTeX Info: Redefining \overline on input line 307.&#xA;\classnum@=\count96&#xA;\DOTSCASE@=\count97&#xA;LaTeX Info: Redefining \ldots on input line 379.&#xA;LaTeX Info: Redefining \dots on input line 382.&#xA;LaTeX Info: Redefining \cdots on input line 467.&#xA;\Mathstrutbox@=\box34&#xA;\strutbox@=\box35&#xA;\big@size=\dimen104&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Redeclaring font encoding OML on input line 567.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Redeclaring font encoding OMS on input line 568.&#xA;\macc@depth=\count98&#xA;\c@MaxMatrixCols=\count99&#xA;\dotsspace@=\muskip11&#xA;\c@parentequation=\count100&#xA;\dspbrk@lvl=\count101&#xA;\tag@help=\toks18&#xA;\row@=\count102&#xA;\column@=\count103&#xA;\maxfields@=\count104&#xA;\andhelp@=\toks19&#xA;\eqnshift@=\dimen105&#xA;\alignsep@=\dimen106&#xA;\tagshift@=\dimen107&#xA;\tagwidth@=\dimen108&#xA;\totwidth@=\dimen109&#xA;\lineht@=\dimen110&#xA;\@envbody=\toks20&#xA;\multlinegap=\skip46&#xA;\multlinetaggap=\skip47&#xA;\mathdisplay@stack=\toks21&#xA;LaTeX Info: Redefining \[ on input line 2666.&#xA;LaTeX Info: Redefining \] on input line 2667.&#xA;)&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/xelatex/fontspec/fontspec.sty&#xA;Package: fontspec 2006/12/24 v1.13 Advanced font selection for XeLaTeX&#xA;&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/generic/ifxetex/ifxetex.sty&#xA;Package: ifxetex 2006/08/21 v0.3 Provides ifxetex conditional&#xA;)&#xA;\c@zf@newff=\count105&#xA;\c@zf@index=\count106&#xA;\c@zf@script=\count107&#xA;\c@zf@language=\count108&#xA;&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/tools/calc.sty&#xA;Package: calc 2005/08/06 v4.2 Infix arithmetic (KKT,FJ)&#xA;\calc@Acount=\count109&#xA;\calc@Bcount=\count110&#xA;\calc@Adimen=\dimen111&#xA;\calc@Bdimen=\dimen112&#xA;\calc@Askip=\skip48&#xA;\calc@Bskip=\skip49&#xA;LaTeX Info: Redefining \setlength on input line 75.&#xA;LaTeX Info: Redefining \addtolength on input line 76.&#xA;\calc@Ccount=\count111&#xA;\calc@Cskip=\skip50&#xA;)&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/xkeyval/xkeyval.sty&#xA;Package: xkeyval 2006/11/18 v2.5f package option processing (HA)&#xA;&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/xkeyval/xkeyval.tex&#xA;\XKV@toks=\toks22&#xA;\XKV@depth=\count112&#xA;File: xkeyval.tex 2006/11/18 v2.5f key=value parser (HA)&#xA;&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/xkeyval/keyval.tex)))&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/lm/lmodern.sty&#xA;Package: lmodern 2007/01/14 v1.3 Latin Modern Fonts&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Overwriting symbol font `operators' in version `normal'&#xA;(Font)                  OT1/cmr/m/n --&amp;gt; OT1/lmr/m/n on input line 13.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Overwriting symbol font `letters' in version `normal'&#xA;(Font)                  OML/cmm/m/it --&amp;gt; OML/lmm/m/it on input line 14.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Overwriting symbol font `symbols' in version `normal'&#xA;(Font)                  OMS/cmsy/m/n --&amp;gt; OMS/lmsy/m/n on input line 15.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Overwriting symbol font `largesymbols' in version `normal'&#xA;(Font)                  OMX/cmex/m/n --&amp;gt; OMX/lmex/m/n on input line 16.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Overwriting symbol font `operators' in version `bold'&#xA;(Font)                  OT1/cmr/bx/n --&amp;gt; OT1/lmr/bx/n on input line 17.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Overwriting symbol font `letters' in version `bold'&#xA;(Font)                  OML/cmm/b/it --&amp;gt; OML/lmm/b/it on input line 18.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Overwriting symbol font `symbols' in version `bold'&#xA;(Font)                  OMS/cmsy/b/n --&amp;gt; OMS/lmsy/b/n on input line 19.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Overwriting symbol font `largesymbols' in version `bold'&#xA;(Font)                  OMX/cmex/m/n --&amp;gt; OMX/lmex/m/n on input line 20.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Overwriting math alphabet `\mathbf' in version `normal'&#xA;(Font)                  OT1/cmr/bx/n --&amp;gt; OT1/lmr/bx/n on input line 22.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Overwriting math alphabet `\mathsf' in version `normal'&#xA;(Font)                  OT1/cmss/m/n --&amp;gt; OT1/lmss/m/n on input line 23.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Overwriting math alphabet `\mathit' in version `normal'&#xA;(Font)                  OT1/cmr/m/it --&amp;gt; OT1/lmr/m/it on input line 24.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Overwriting math alphabet `\mathtt' in version `normal'&#xA;(Font)                  OT1/cmtt/m/n --&amp;gt; OT1/lmtt/m/n on input line 25.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Overwriting math alphabet `\mathbf' in version `bold'&#xA;(Font)                  OT1/cmr/bx/n --&amp;gt; OT1/lmr/bx/n on input line 26.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Overwriting math alphabet `\mathsf' in version `bold'&#xA;(Font)                  OT1/cmss/bx/n --&amp;gt; OT1/lmss/bx/n on input line 27.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Overwriting math alphabet `\mathit' in version `bold'&#xA;(Font)                  OT1/cmr/bx/it --&amp;gt; OT1/lmr/bx/it on input line 28.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Overwriting math alphabet `\mathtt' in version `bold'&#xA;(Font)                  OT1/cmtt/m/n --&amp;gt; OT1/lmtt/m/n on input line 29.&#xA;)&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/base/fontenc.sty&#xA;Package: fontenc 2005/09/27 v1.99g Standard LaTeX package&#xA;&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/xelatex/euenc/eu1enc.def&#xA;File: eu1enc.def 2006/08/13 v0.1a Experimental unicode font encoding&#xA;)&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Try loading font information for EU1+lmr on input line 100.&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/xelatex/euenc/lm/eu1lmr.fd&#xA;File: eu1lmr.fd 2007/01/14 v1.3 Font defs for Latin Modern&#xA;))&#xA;LaTeX Info: Redefining \itshape on input line 1050.&#xA;LaTeX Info: Redefining \slshape on input line 1053.&#xA;LaTeX Info: Redefining \scshape on input line 1056.&#xA;LaTeX Info: Redefining \upshape on input line 1059.&#xA;&#xA;fontspec.cfg loaded.&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/xelatex/fontspec/fontspec.cfg))&#xA;\c@zf@famc@Veljovic LT Book=\count113&#xA;Package fontspec Info: Defining font family for &quot;Veljovic LT Book&quot; with options&#xA; [Mapping=tex-text] on input line 4.&#xA;Package fontspec Info: Could not resolve font Veljovic LT Book/B (it might not &#xA;exist) on input line 4.&#xA;Package fontspec Info: Could not resolve font Veljovic LT Book/I (it might not &#xA;exist) on input line 4.&#xA;Package fontspec Info: Could not resolve font Veljovic LT Book/BI (it might not&#xA; exist) on input line 4.&#xA; (./trial.aux)&#xA;\openout1 = `trial.aux'.&#xA;&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Checking defaults for OML/cmm/m/it on input line 6.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    ... okay on input line 6.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Checking defaults for T1/cmr/m/n on input line 6.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    ... okay on input line 6.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Checking defaults for OT1/cmr/m/n on input line 6.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    ... okay on input line 6.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Checking defaults for OMS/cmsy/m/n on input line 6.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    ... okay on input line 6.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Checking defaults for OMX/cmex/m/n on input line 6.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    ... okay on input line 6.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Checking defaults for U/cmr/m/n on input line 6.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    ... okay on input line 6.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Checking defaults for EU1/lmr/m/n on input line 6.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    ... okay on input line 6.&#xA;Class revtex4 Info: Patching LaTeX tabular. on input line 6.&#xA;Class revtex4 Info: cite was not loaded (OK!) on input line 6.&#xA;Class revtex4 Info: multicol was not loaded (OK!) on input line 6.&#xA;\symlegacymaths=\mathgroup6&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Overwriting symbol font `legacymaths' in version `bold'&#xA;(Font)                  OT1/cmr/m/n --&amp;gt; OT1/cmr/bx/n on input line 6.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Redeclaring math accent \acute on input line 6.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Redeclaring math accent \grave on input line 6.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Redeclaring math accent \ddot on input line 6.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Redeclaring math accent \tilde on input line 6.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Redeclaring math accent \bar on input line 6.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Redeclaring math accent \breve on input line 6.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Redeclaring math accent \check on input line 6.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Redeclaring math accent \hat on input line 6.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Redeclaring math accent \dot on input line 6.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Redeclaring math accent \mathring on input line 6.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Redeclaring math symbol \Gamma on input line 6.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Redeclaring math symbol \Delta on input line 6.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Redeclaring math symbol \Theta on input line 6.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Redeclaring math symbol \Lambda on input line 6.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Redeclaring math symbol \Xi on input line 6.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Redeclaring math symbol \Pi on input line 6.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Redeclaring math symbol \Sigma on input line 6.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Redeclaring math symbol \Upsilon on input line 6.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Redeclaring math symbol \Phi on input line 6.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Redeclaring math symbol \Psi on input line 6.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Redeclaring math symbol \Omega on input line 6.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Redeclaring math symbol \mathdollar on input line 6.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Redeclaring symbol font `operators' on input line 6.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Encoding `OT1' has changed to `EU1' for symbol font&#xA;(Font)              `operators' in the math version `normal' on input line 6.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Overwriting symbol font `operators' in version `normal'&#xA;(Font)                  OT1/lmr/m/n --&amp;gt; EU1/VeljovicLTBook(0)/m/n on input line&#xA; 6.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Encoding `OT1' has changed to `EU1' for symbol font&#xA;(Font)              `operators' in the math version `bold' on input line 6.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Overwriting symbol font `operators' in version `bold'&#xA;(Font)                  OT1/lmr/bx/n --&amp;gt; EU1/VeljovicLTBook(0)/m/n on input lin&#xA;e 6.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Overwriting symbol font `operators' in version `normal'&#xA;(Font)                  EU1/VeljovicLTBook(0)/m/n --&amp;gt; EU1/VeljovicLTBook(0)/m/n&#xA; on input line 6.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Overwriting math alphabet `\mathrm' in version `normal'&#xA;(Font)                  EU1/VeljovicLTBook(0)/m/n --&amp;gt; EU1/VeljovicLTBook(0)/m/n&#xA; on input line 6.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Overwriting math alphabet `\mathit' in version `normal'&#xA;(Font)                  OT1/lmr/m/it --&amp;gt; EU1/VeljovicLTBook(0)/m/it on input li&#xA;ne 6.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Overwriting math alphabet `\mathbf' in version `normal'&#xA;(Font)                  OT1/lmr/bx/n --&amp;gt; EU1/VeljovicLTBook(0)/bx/n on input li&#xA;ne 6.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Overwriting math alphabet `\mathsf' in version `normal'&#xA;(Font)                  OT1/lmss/m/n --&amp;gt; EU1/lmss/m/n on input line 6.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Overwriting math alphabet `\mathtt' in version `normal'&#xA;(Font)                  OT1/lmtt/m/n --&amp;gt; EU1/lmtt/m/n on input line 6.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Overwriting symbol font `operators' in version `bold'&#xA;(Font)                  EU1/VeljovicLTBook(0)/m/n --&amp;gt; EU1/VeljovicLTBook(0)/bx/&#xA;n on input line 6.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Overwriting math alphabet `\mathrm' in version `bold'&#xA;(Font)                  EU1/VeljovicLTBook(0)/m/n --&amp;gt; EU1/VeljovicLTBook(0)/bx/&#xA;n on input line 6.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Overwriting math alphabet `\mathit' in version `bold'&#xA;(Font)                  OT1/lmr/bx/it --&amp;gt; EU1/VeljovicLTBook(0)/bx/it on input &#xA;line 6.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Overwriting math alphabet `\mathsf' in version `bold'&#xA;(Font)                  OT1/lmss/bx/n --&amp;gt; EU1/lmss/bx/n on input line 6.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Overwriting math alphabet `\mathtt' in version `bold'&#xA;(Font)                  OT1/lmtt/m/n --&amp;gt; EU1/lmtt/bx/n on input line 6.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Try loading font information for OML+lmm on input line 9.&#xA;&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/lm/omllmm.fd&#xA;File: omllmm.fd 2007/01/14 v1.3 Font defs for Latin Modern&#xA;)&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Try loading font information for OMS+lmsy on input line 9.&#xA;&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/lm/omslmsy.fd&#xA;File: omslmsy.fd 2007/01/14 v1.3 Font defs for Latin Modern&#xA;)&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Try loading font information for OMX+lmex on input line 9.&#xA;&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/lm/omxlmex.fd&#xA;File: omxlmex.fd 2007/01/14 v1.3 Font defs for Latin Modern&#xA;)&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    External font `lmex10' loaded for size&#xA;(Font)              &amp;lt;10&amp;gt; on input line 9.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    External font `lmex10' loaded for size&#xA;(Font)              &amp;lt;7&amp;gt; on input line 9.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    External font `lmex10' loaded for size&#xA;(Font)              &amp;lt;5&amp;gt; on input line 9.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Try loading font information for U+msa on input line 9.&#xA;&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/amsfonts/umsa.fd&#xA;File: umsa.fd 2002/01/19 v2.2g AMS font definitions&#xA;)&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Try loading font information for U+msb on input line 9.&#xA;&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/amsfonts/umsb.fd&#xA;File: umsb.fd 2002/01/19 v2.2g AMS font definitions&#xA;) [1] (./trial.aux) ) &#xA;Here is how much of TeX's memory you used:&#xA; 4577 strings out of 191470&#xA; 72073 string characters out of 1925444&#xA; 165455 words of memory out of 1500000&#xA; 7727 multiletter control sequences out of 10000+200000&#xA; 7134 words of font info for 33 fonts, out of 1200000 for 2000&#xA; 605 hyphenation exceptions out of 8191&#xA; 29i,10n,43p,295b,187s stack positions out of 5000i,500n,6000p,200000b,15000s&#xA;&#xA;Output written on trial.pdf (1 page).&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ERROR 2&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;This is XeTeX, Version 3.1415926-2.2-0.9997.4 (TeX Live 2011/dev) (format=xelatex 2010.7.20)  9 DEC 2010 09:35&#xA;entering extended mode&#xA; restricted \write18 enabled.&#xA; %&amp;amp;-line parsing enabled.&#xA;**trial.tex&#xA;(./trial.tex&#xA;LaTeX2e &amp;lt;2009/09/24&amp;gt;&#xA;Babel &amp;lt;v3.8l&amp;gt; and hyphenation patterns for english, dumylang, nohyphenation, po&#xA;lish, ukrainian, russian, hungarian, danish, indonesian, latin, uppersorbian, s&#xA;erbian, coptic, turkmen, portuguese, kurmanji, slovenian, pinyin, farsi, sanskr&#xA;it, icelandic, catalan, irish, basque, bulgarian, bokmal, nynorsk, mongolian, m&#xA;ongolianlmc, german, ngerman, swissgerman, latvian, welsh, ukenglish, usenglish&#xA;max, lithuanian, monogreek, greek, dutch, interlingua, slovak, finnish, german-&#xA;x-2009-06-19, ngerman-x-2009-06-19, esperanto, assamese, bengali, gujarati, hin&#xA;di, kannada, malayalam, marathi, oriya, panjabi, tamil, telugu, galician, armen&#xA;ian, swedish, italian, ancientgreek, ibycus, estonian, romanian, arabic, lao, f&#xA;rench, czech, spanish, loaded.&#xA;(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/article.cls&#xA;Document Class: article 2007/10/19 v1.4h Standard LaTeX document class&#xA;(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/size10.clo&#xA;File: size10.clo 2007/10/19 v1.4h Standard LaTeX file (size option)&#xA;)&#xA;\c@part=\count80&#xA;\c@section=\count81&#xA;\c@subsection=\count82&#xA;\c@subsubsection=\count83&#xA;\c@paragraph=\count84&#xA;\c@subparagraph=\count85&#xA;\c@figure=\count86&#xA;\c@table=\count87&#xA;\abovecaptionskip=\skip41&#xA;\belowcaptionskip=\skip42&#xA;\bibindent=\dimen102&#xA;)&#xA;(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fontspec/fontspec.sty&#xA;Package: fontspec 2010/07/14 v2.0b Advanced font selection for XeLaTeX/LuaLaTeX&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/expl3/expl3.sty&#xA;(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/expl3/l3names.sty&#xA;Package: l3names 2010/07/11 v1981 L3 Experimental Naming Scheme for TeX Primiti&#xA;ves&#xA;)&#xA;Package: expl3 2010/07/13 v1982 L3 Experimental code bundle wrapper&#xA;&#xA;(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/etex-pkg/etex.sty&#xA;Package: etex 1998/03/26 v2.0 eTeX basic definition package (PEB)&#xA;\et@xins=\count88&#xA;)&#xA;(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/expl3/l3basics.sty&#xA;Package: l3basics 2010/06/07 v1942 L3 Experimental basic definitions&#xA;)&#xA;(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/expl3/l3expan.sty&#xA;Package: l3expan 2010/06/10 v1948 L3 Experimental Argument Expansion module&#xA;)&#xA;(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/expl3/l3tl.sty&#xA;Package: l3tl 2010/05/22 v1919 L3 Experimental Token Lists&#xA;)&#xA;(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/expl3/l3intexpr.sty&#xA;Package: l3intexpr 2010/06/15 v1957 L3 Integer Expressions&#xA;)&#xA;(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/expl3/l3quark.sty&#xA;Package: l3quark 2010/03/21 v1853 L3 Experimental Quark Commands&#xA;)&#xA;(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/expl3/l3seq.sty&#xA;Package: l3seq 2010/03/29 v1879 L3 Experimental sequences and stacks&#xA;)&#xA;(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/expl3/l3toks.sty&#xA;Package: l3toks 2010/05/25 v1933 L3 Experimental Token Registers&#xA;\l_tmpb_toks=\toks14&#xA;\l_tmpc_toks=\toks15&#xA;\g_tmpa_toks=\toks16&#xA;\g_tmpb_toks=\toks17&#xA;\g_tmpc_toks=\toks18&#xA;\c_empty_toks=\toks19&#xA;\l_tl_replace_toks=\toks20&#xA;)&#xA;(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/expl3/l3int.sty&#xA;Package: l3int 2010/05/25 v1933 L3 Experimental Integer module&#xA;\l_tmpa_int=\count89&#xA;\l_tmpb_int=\count90&#xA;\l_tmpc_int=\count91&#xA;\g_tmpa_int=\count92&#xA;\g_tmpb_int=\count93&#xA;\c_max_int=\count94&#xA;\g_tl_inline_level_int=\count95&#xA;)&#xA;(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/expl3/l3prg.sty&#xA;Package: l3prg 2010/03/21 v1853 L3 Experimental control structures&#xA;\g_prg_inline_level_int=\count96&#xA;)&#xA;(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/expl3/l3clist.sty&#xA;Package: l3clist 2010/03/29 v1878 L3 Experimental comma separated lists&#xA;\g_clist_inline_level_int=\count97&#xA;)&#xA;(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/expl3/l3token.sty&#xA;Package: l3token 2010/04/11 v1890 L3 Experimental token investigation and manip&#xA;ulation&#xA;)&#xA;(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/expl3/l3prop.sty&#xA;Package: l3prop 2010/03/21 v1857 L3 Experimental Property Lists&#xA;\g_prop_inline_level_int=\count98&#xA;)&#xA;(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/expl3/l3msg.sty&#xA;Package: l3msg 2010/03/23 v1866 L3 Experimental LaTeX Messages module&#xA;\l_msg_redirect_classes_prop=\toks21&#xA;\l_msg_redirect_names_prop=\toks22&#xA;\l_msg_redirect_fatal_prop=\toks23&#xA;\l_msg_redirect_error_prop=\toks24&#xA;\l_msg_redirect_warning_prop=\toks25&#xA;\l_msg_redirect_info_prop=\toks26&#xA;\l_msg_redirect_log_prop=\toks27&#xA;\l_msg_redirect_trace_prop=\toks28&#xA;\l_msg_redirect_none_prop=\toks29&#xA;)&#xA;(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/expl3/l3io.sty&#xA;Package: l3io 2010/05/22 v1923 L3 Experimental i/o module&#xA;\g_iow_streams_prop=\toks30&#xA;\g_ior_streams_prop=\toks31&#xA;\l_iow_stream_int=\count99&#xA;)&#xA;(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/expl3/l3skip.sty&#xA;Package: l3skip 2010/05/25 v1933 L3 Experimental skip registers&#xA;\l_tmpa_skip=\skip43&#xA;\l_tmpb_skip=\skip44&#xA;\l_tmpc_skip=\skip45&#xA;\g_tmpa_skip=\skip46&#xA;\g_tmpb_skip=\skip47&#xA;\l_tmpa_dim=\dimen103&#xA;\l_tmpb_dim=\dimen104&#xA;\l_tmpc_dim=\dimen105&#xA;\l_tmpd_dim=\dimen106&#xA;\g_tmpa_dim=\dimen107&#xA;\g_tmpb_dim=\dimen108&#xA;)&#xA;(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/expl3/l3box.sty&#xA;Package: l3box 2010/05/22 v1919 L3 Experimental Box module&#xA;\l_tmpb_box=\box26&#xA;)&#xA;(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/expl3/l3keyval.sty&#xA;Package: l3keyval 2010/04/11 v1890 L3 Experimental keyval processing&#xA;\l_KV_level_int=\count100&#xA;)&#xA;(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/expl3/l3keys.sty&#xA;Package: l3keys 2010/05/24 v1931 L3 Experimental key-value support&#xA;\l_keys_choice_int=\count101&#xA;)&#xA;(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/expl3/l3precom.sty&#xA;Package: l3precom 2010/02/09 v1793 L3 Experimental precompilation module&#xA;\g_gen_sym_int=\count102&#xA;\g_ggen_sym_int=\count103&#xA;)&#xA;(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/expl3/l3xref.sty&#xA;Package: l3xref 2010/02/09 v1786 L3 Experimental cross referencing&#xA;\g_xref_all_curr_immediate_fields_prop=\toks32&#xA;\g_xref_all_curr_deferred_fields_prop=\toks33&#xA;)&#xA;(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/expl3/l3file.sty&#xA;Package: l3file 2010/03/21 v1853 L3 Experimental file loading&#xA;)&#xA;(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/expl3/l3fp.sty&#xA;Package: l3fp 2010/07/08 v1979 L3 Experimental floating-point operations&#xA;\l_fp_input_a_integer_int=\count104&#xA;\l_fp_input_a_decimal_int=\count105&#xA;\l_fp_input_b_integer_int=\count106&#xA;\l_fp_input_b_decimal_int=\count107&#xA;\l_fp_input_a_sign_int=\count108&#xA;\l_fp_input_b_sign_int=\count109&#xA;\l_fp_split_sign_int=\count110&#xA;\l_fp_mul_a_i_int=\count111&#xA;\l_fp_mul_a_ii_int=\count112&#xA;\l_fp_mul_a_iii_int=\count113&#xA;\l_fp_mul_a_iv_int=\count114&#xA;\l_fp_mul_a_v_int=\count115&#xA;\l_fp_mul_a_vi_int=\count116&#xA;\l_fp_mul_b_i_int=\count117&#xA;\l_fp_mul_b_ii_int=\count118&#xA;\l_fp_mul_b_iii_int=\count119&#xA;\l_fp_mul_b_iv_int=\count120&#xA;\l_fp_mul_b_v_int=\count121&#xA;\l_fp_mul_b_vi_int=\count122&#xA;\l_fp_mul_output_int=\count123&#xA;\l_fp_div_count_int=\count124&#xA;\l_fp_div_offset_int=\count125&#xA;\l_fp_output_sign_int=\count126&#xA;\l_fp_output_integer_int=\count127&#xA;\l_fp_output_decimal_int=\count128&#xA;\l_fp_round_discard_int=\count129&#xA;\l_fp_round_position_int=\count130&#xA;\l_fp_tmp_int=\count131&#xA;\c_one_hundred_million=\count132&#xA;\c_one_thousand_million=\count133&#xA;\l_fp_tmp_dim=\dimen109&#xA;\l_fp_round_precision_int=\count134&#xA;)&#xA;(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/calc.sty&#xA;Package: calc 2007/08/22 v4.3 Infix arithmetic (KKT,FJ)&#xA;\calc@Acount=\count135&#xA;\calc@Bcount=\count136&#xA;\calc@Adimen=\dimen110&#xA;\calc@Bdimen=\dimen111&#xA;\calc@Askip=\skip48&#xA;\calc@Bskip=\skip49&#xA;LaTeX Info: Redefining \setlength on input line 76.&#xA;LaTeX Info: Redefining \addtolength on input line 77.&#xA;\calc@Ccount=\count137&#xA;\calc@Cskip=\skip50&#xA;))&#xA;(/usr/share/texlive/texmf-dist/tex/latex/xpackages/xbase/xparse.sty&#xA;Package: xparse 2010/05/23 v1927 Generic document command parser&#xA;\c_xparse_shorthands_prop=\toks34&#xA;\l_xparse_m_args_int=\count138&#xA;\l_xparse_mandatory_args_int=\count139&#xA;\l_xparse_processor_int=\count140&#xA;\l_xparse_total_args_int=\count141&#xA;)&#xA;! I can't find file `binhex.tex'.&#xA;l.22 \input binhex.tex &#xA;                        % before expl syntax!&#xA;(Press Enter to retry, or Control-D to exit)&#xA;Please type another input file name: &#xA;! Emergency stop.&#xA;l.22 \input binhex.tex &#xA;                        % before expl syntax!&#xA;End of file on the terminal!&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;Here is how much of TeX's memory you used:&#xA; 4080 strings out of 494556&#xA; 70746 string characters out of 3159734&#xA; 98441 words of memory out of 3000000&#xA; 7329 multiletter control sequences out of 15000+200000&#xA; 3640 words of font info for 14 fonts, out of 3000000 for 9000&#xA; 669 hyphenation exceptions out of 8191&#xA; 38i,0n,35p,201b,53s stack positions out of 5000i,500n,10000p,200000b,50000s&#xA;No pages of output.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="641" LastEditorUserId="86" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-09T10:43:00.957" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T10:43:00.957" Title="Math symbols not showing while using fontspec" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;errors&gt;&lt;fontspec&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="6724" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6723" CreationDate="2010-12-08T03:14:38.807" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You cannot compile documents with &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt; included with pdfLaTeX. It should just quit with the following error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!&#xA;! &#xA;! Fatal fontspec error: &quot;not-pdftex&quot;&#xA;! &#xA;! Requires XeTeX or LuaTeX to function!&#xA;! &#xA;! See the fontspec documentation for further information.&#xA;! For immediate help type H &amp;lt;return&amp;gt;.&#xA;!...............................................  &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt; is designed to use the font handling capabilities of XeTeX and LuaTeX. I cannot be used with &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-12-08T03:14:38.807" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="6725" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-08T09:10:13.460" Score="4" ViewCount="88" Body="&lt;p&gt;I just added &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{tikz}&lt;/code&gt;, and I got the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=usepictex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&quot;No room for new \dimen&quot;&lt;/a&gt; error, which I was able to fix (I think) by just including the etex package as suggested at the link.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, a different part of document is now giving errors. My document uses the &lt;em&gt;program&lt;/em&gt; library, and I get this bad character error code in a style file that belongs to it. If I get rid of the tikz and etex libraries (and comment out my tikz figure code), the document compiles fine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there something that can be done about this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1877" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-23T20:35:21.770" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T20:35:21.770" Title="&quot;! Bad character code (258).&quot; error in package program.sty" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;errors&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="6726" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6723" CreationDate="2010-12-08T09:19:04.357" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Update your system. fontspec 2006/12/24 v1.13  is ancient. The current version is fontspec 2010/11/17 v2.1e. And your amsfonts has version amsfonts 2001/10/25 v2.2f while current is amsfonts 2009/06/22 v3.00 Basic AMSFonts support. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-12-08T09:19:04.357" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="6727" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6725" CreationDate="2010-12-08T10:19:21.047" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;program uses \chardef to store the current &quot;allocationnumber&quot;. This is not compatible with etex. It breaks as soon as more than 256 dimen are allocated:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{etex,ifthen}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\@tempcnta=0&#xA;\whiledo{\@tempcnta&amp;lt;300}{%&#xA;\newdimen\mydimen&#xA;\advance\@tempcnta by 1}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{program}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;abc&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That's a bug, so make a bug report.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-12-08T10:19:21.047" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6728" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6725" CreationDate="2010-12-08T10:40:56.950" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Since this is a &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/6725/bad-character-code-258-error-in-package-program-sty/6727#6727&quot;&gt;bug (as Ulrike Fischer's answer says)&lt;/a&gt;, there may be no way to fix this at the moment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I managed to work around it by using the &lt;code&gt;algorithmic&lt;/code&gt; package instead of the &lt;code&gt;program&lt;/code&gt; package. This may be far from ideal if you prefer &lt;code&gt;program&lt;/code&gt;'s style though, but its good enough for me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1877" LastActivityDate="2010-12-08T10:40:56.950" />
  <row Id="6729" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-08T10:49:26.293" Score="1" ViewCount="185" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi all,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This must be a simple question but I don't figure out how I can do it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like to produce a pdf report using Sweave. And actually, many many reports.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I shortened and simplified the sweave code to get to the point. Here's the code (short.rnw) :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,11pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[OT1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{Sweave}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}  &#xA;\section*{MySection}  &#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}[htbp]&#xA;\caption*{MyCaption}&#xA;&amp;lt;&amp;lt;echo=FALSE,results=tex&amp;gt;&amp;gt;=&#xA;file=paste(getwd(),&quot;fig&quot;,&quot;boxp.png&quot;,sep=&quot;/&quot;)&#xA;cat(&quot;\\includegraphics[width=0.5\\textwidth]{&quot;,file,&quot;}&quot;,sep=&quot;&quot;)&#xA;@&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you can see, this code simply includes a graphic named &quot;boxp.png&quot; in the report. I actually don't need sweave to do this but what I really want to do is to generate multiple reports with a varying filename.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, is there a way to pass a string parameter (or any kind of parameter) to build the report without having to rewrite the sweave template each time ? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I generate the reports from a bash script with the command 'R CMD Sweave short.rnw', the string parameters being defined before this call.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT : &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;#!/bin/bash&#xA;&#xA;for f in ${files}&#xA;do&#xA;&#xA;prog1 f &#xA;# prog1 is a program which generates figures in a directory dir&#xA;# this directory has a name depending on f name&#xA;# for instance if f=&quot;foo.txt&quot;, then dir=&quot;./foo_dir&quot;&#xA;&#xA;###&#xA;#And now HERE I have to create my report with the images&#xA;#in foo_dir&#xA;# And I don't know how I can specify the varying names of dir&#xA;# in my template...&#xA;&#xA;done&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tony&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2336" LastEditorUserId="2336" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-08T19:36:16.050" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T13:47:32.343" Title="Supplying string parameters to Sweave document" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;sweave&gt;&lt;parameters&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6730" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6736" CreationDate="2010-12-08T10:49:29.850" Score="3" ViewCount="87" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3777/how-to-find-a-package-name-by-a-command-name&quot;&gt;How to find a package name by a command name?&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sorry to ask such a simple question, but I wonder if there is any listing or any site that I can easily find the package for a command. For instance I want to use '\includegraphics{}' but I don't know how to find the appropriate package to use. This question applies in the other way as well. If I want to know what are the functions inside a package. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2244" LastEditorUserId="2244" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-08T11:14:53.853" LastActivityDate="2010-12-08T13:49:58.060" ClosedDate="2010-12-08T15:27:25.487" Title="How to find the right package" Tags="&lt;latex-general&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="6731" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6735" CreationDate="2010-12-08T10:55:30.253" Score="1" ViewCount="427" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am still learning to use tikz from the manual. I got an error for this code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[twocolumn,english]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;  \centering&#xA;  \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \node[fill=yellow,text width=3cm,align=center]{This is a&#xA;      demonstration text for showing how line breaking works.};&#xA;  \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \caption{Dim}&#xA;  \label{fig:dim}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is the error in &lt;code&gt;pgfkeys&lt;/code&gt; (is this package related to pgf/tikz?):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Package pgfkeys Error: I do not know the key '/tikz/align' and I am going to &#xA;ignore it. Perhaps you misspelled it.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What am I doing wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1877" LastActivityDate="2010-12-08T12:59:03.837" Title="Weird tikz/pgfkeys error while trying example from the tikz manual." Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;pgfkeys&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6732" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6731" CreationDate="2010-12-08T11:04:34.143" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your example works fine for me with  tikz.sty 2010/10/13 v2.10 (rcs-revision 1.76), pgf.sty    2008/01/15 v2.10 (rcs-revision 1.12) (which is the current version in miktex). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-12-08T11:04:34.143" />
  <row Id="6733" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3777" CreationDate="2010-12-08T11:40:47.560" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;in general, ctan doesn't have this information (except in the sources of the&#xA;packages themselves, of course).  the catalogue package descriptions (already&#xA;mentioned) do occasionally mention command names, but they're not a reliable&#xA;source of this information.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;there's no particular reason why ctan &lt;em&gt;shouldn't&lt;/em&gt; hold the information, but&#xA;collecting it would take absolutely &lt;em&gt;ages&lt;/em&gt;.  one would have to be careful about&#xA;duplicates (mentions above of graphics vs graphicx for the same command, for&#xA;example), and the simple volume of packages is going to make it an unwieldy&#xA;operation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(note that commands in latex itself aren't a problem, in that they appear at&#xA;least twice on the web anyway.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2250" LastActivityDate="2010-12-08T11:40:47.560" />
  <row Id="6734" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-08T12:47:01.677" Score="1" ViewCount="398" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi I need put java code to latex. I use &lt;code&gt;\lstset&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\begin{lstlisting}&lt;/code&gt;. I need change color of font in SOME part of code. How I can do this? Help pls&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2345" LastEditorUserId="1125" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-08T15:57:56.097" LastActivityDate="2010-12-08T15:57:56.097" Title="change font color in a lstset" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;listings&gt;&lt;color&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6735" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6731" CreationDate="2010-12-08T12:59:03.837" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I can confirm that your example produces this error with TikZ 2.00 which is shipped with Ubuntu 10.10.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With TikZ 2.00 use the key &lt;code&gt;text centered&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\node[fill=yellow,text width=3cm,text centered]{This is a&#xA;  demonstration text for showing how line breaking works.};&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/tRv9E.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This may help if you don't like to update pgf manually but wish to wait for an update in the ubuntu repositories.&#xA;You could download the current version of pgf on &lt;a href=&quot;http://sourceforge.net/projects/pgf/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://sourceforge.net/projects/pgf/&lt;/a&gt; as tds file and extract that to the appropriate place and run &lt;code&gt;sudo texhash&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perhaps somebody builds a debian package which is easy to install (&lt;code&gt;sudo dpkg -i packagename.deb&lt;/code&gt;). At least the update for Debian (thus for Ubuntu as well) is on the &lt;a href=&quot;http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=606128&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;wishlist&lt;/a&gt;. When it is packaged, you may find it on &lt;a href=&quot;http://packages.debian.org/pgf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://packages.debian.org/pgf&lt;/a&gt; .&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-08T12:59:03.837" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6736" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6730" CreationDate="2010-12-08T13:49:58.060" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If I'm running into such problems, the commands are mostly very exotic (not like includegraphics). &#xA;I use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/search.html#byDescription&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;CTAN network package search&lt;/a&gt; to find a overview of packages which are delivering the desired macro. It's faster than google but not perfect :) I use the third text box on the linked site.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1125" LastActivityDate="2010-12-08T13:49:58.060" />
  <row Id="6737" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3777" CreationDate="2010-12-08T13:50:33.030" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Go back to where you learned about the command for the first time (be it a person or a web page) and see if he/she/it can tell you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-12-08T13:50:33.030" />
  <row Id="6738" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6734" CreationDate="2010-12-08T15:23:18.687" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is an example of settings. Please modify as you wish for your language:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\lstnewenvironment{teX}[1][]&#xA;  {\lstset{language=[LaTeX]TeX}\lstset{escapeinside={(*@}{@*)},&#xA;   numbers=left,numberstyle=\normalsize,stepnumber=1,numbersep=5pt,&#xA;   %firstnumber=last,&#xA;       %frame=tblr,&#xA;       framesep=5pt,&#xA;       basicstyle=\normalsize\ttfamily,&#xA;       showstringspaces=false,&#xA;       keywordstyle=\itshape\color{blue},&#xA;      %identifierstyle=\ttfamily,&#xA;       stringstyle=\color{maroon},&#xA;    commentstyle=\color{black},&#xA;    rulecolor=\color{Gray},&#xA;    xleftmargin=5pt,&#xA;    xrightmargin=5pt,&#xA;    aboveskip=\bigskipamount,&#xA;    belowskip=\bigskipamount,&#xA;           backgroundcolor=\color{LightGray!.50}, #1&#xA;}}&#xA;{}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I personally find it easier to define environments for &lt;code&gt;lstlistings&lt;/code&gt; rather than using the other style commands (saves time on typing). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hope this is answers your question. If I misunderstood your question please clarify with a minimal example, is always so much easier on people answering.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-12-08T15:23:18.687" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6739" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6741" CreationDate="2010-12-08T15:34:14.913" Score="2" ViewCount="74" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/2QrMg.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[dvipsnames]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage[margin=50mm]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{showexpl}&#xA;\usepackage{etoolbox}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\patchcmd{\SX@codeInput}{xleftmargin=0pt,xrightmargin=0pt}{}&#xA;  {\typeout{***Successfully patched \protect\SX@codeInput***}}&#xA;  {\typeout{***ERROR! Failed to patch \protect\SX@codeInput***}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\lstset{%&#xA;  literate={ï}{}0&#xA;         {»}{}0&#xA;         {¿}{}0,&#xA;    breaklines=true,&#xA;    breakindent=0pt,    &#xA;    basicstyle=\ttfamily\scriptsize,&#xA;    keywordstyle=\color{blue}\sffamily\bfseries,&#xA;    commentstyle=\color{Green}\itshape,                                 &#xA;    stringstyle=\rmfamily,                          &#xA;    showstringspaces=false,&#xA;    backgroundcolor=\color{Yellow!30},&#xA;    frame=single,&#xA;    framerule=0.4pt,&#xA;    rulecolor=\color{red},&#xA;    framesep=3pt,&#xA;    xleftmargin=3.4pt,&#xA;    xrightmargin=3.4pt,&#xA;    tabsize=2,%&#xA;    explpreset={pos=b,language={[LaTeX]TeX}}%&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\section{with minipage}&#xA;\noindent%&#xA;\begin{minipage}{0.5\linewidth}&#xA;\begin{LTXexample}[pos=b]&#xA;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;\item $\displaystyle \lim_{x\to 8}\frac{1}{(x-8)^2}=+\;\rotatebox{90}{$8$}$&#xA;\item $\displaystyle \lim_{x\to 7}\frac{1}{(x-7)^2}=+\;\rotatebox{90}{$7$}$&#xA;\item $\displaystyle \lim_{x\to 6}\frac{1}{(x-6)^2}=+\;\rotatebox{90}{$6$}$&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;\end{LTXexample}&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\section{without minipage}&#xA;\noindent%&#xA;\begin{LTXexample}[width=0.5\linewidth,pos=b]&#xA;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;\item $\displaystyle \lim_{x\to 8}\frac{1}{(x-8)^2}=+\;\rotatebox{90}{$8$}$&#xA;\item $\displaystyle \lim_{x\to 7}\frac{1}{(x-7)^2}=+\;\rotatebox{90}{$7$}$&#xA;\item $\displaystyle \lim_{x\to 6}\frac{1}{(x-6)^2}=+\;\rotatebox{90}{$6$}$&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;\end{LTXexample}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2010-12-08T15:54:44.833" Title="Without using minipage, can we resize both input and output boxes of LTXexample?" Tags="&lt;showexpl&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="6740" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6402" CreationDate="2010-12-08T15:48:29.077" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is a hack on top of the tufte-book class in order to keep it simple. Two environments are defined one for oneside pages and another for double sided pages called &lt;code&gt;adjustmargins&lt;/code&gt; use negative values to pull towards the page edges. The correct way is to redefine large sections of the class or even write one from scratch (I would do the latter as the tufte-class puts all captions and citations in the margins which is really not suited in this case). Code is rather long but prints a full page to see the possibilities. Code needs work. I normally code like a &lt;code&gt;sketch&lt;/code&gt;, get as quickly as possible to what I want and then go back and re-factor. For example in a final version, I would code the button for answers either using &lt;code&gt;hyperef&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;insdljs&lt;/code&gt; and redefine all page dimensions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[justified]{tufte-book} &#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} % set input encoding (not needed with XeLaTeX)&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage{soul}&#xA;\title{Thanks to Steward }&#xA;\author{The Author}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;&#xA;\noindent\parbox{12.7cm}{This coordinate system is called the rectangular coordinate system or the Cartesian&#xA;coordinate system in honor of the French mathematician René Descartes (1596–1650),&#xA;even though another Frenchman, Pierre Fermat (1601–1665), invented the principles of&#xA;analytic geometry at about the same time as Descartes. The plane supplied with this coordinate system is called the coordinate plane or the Cartesian plane and is denoted by .&#xA;The  and axes are called the coordinate axes and divide the Cartesian plane into&#xA;four quadrants, which are labeled I, II, III, and IV in Figure 1. Notice that the first quadrant consists of those points whose  and coordinates are both positive.}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{fullwidth}&#xA;\fboxrule1.0pt&#xA;\fboxsep10pt&#xA;&#xA;\noindent\color{red}\framebox{\parbox{12.7cm}{\color{black}&#xA;&#xA;\textbf{\textcolor{red}{\textsf{Parallel and Perpendicular Lines}}}&#xA;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;\itemsep-5pt&#xA;\item Two nonvertical lines are parallel if and only if they have the same slope.&#xA;\item Two lines with slopes $m_1$ and $m_2$ are perpendicular if and only if $m_1m_2=-1$;  that is, their slopes are negative reciprocals:&#xA;\[&#xA;     m_{2}=-\frac{1}{m_{1}}&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;}}&#xA;&#xA;\color{black}&#xA;&#xA;\parindent=0pt&#xA;\vspace{8pt}&#xA;\noindent{\color{blue}{\textsf{\textbf{EXAMPLE}}}} 5 Find an equation of the line through the point that is parallel to the line\\&#xA; \(4x+6y+5=0\).&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\smallskip&#xA;\textsf{SOLUTION} The given line can be written in the form&#xA;\medskip&#xA;&#xA;\hskip4cm\(y=-\frac{2}{3}x-\frac{5}{6}\)&#xA;\end{fullwidth}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newenvironment{adjustmargins}[2]{%&#xA;  \begin{list}{}{%&#xA;    \topsep\z@%&#xA;    \listparindent\parindent%&#xA;    \parsep\parskip%&#xA;   \@ifmtarg{#1}{\setlength{\leftmargin}{\z@}}%&#xA;   {\setlength{\leftmargin}{#1}}%&#xA;   \@ifmtarg{#2}{\setlength{\rightmargin}{\z@}}%&#xA;   {\setlength{\rightmargin}{#2}}%&#xA;}&#xA;\item[]}{\end{list}}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{adjustmargins*}[2]{%&#xA; \begin{list}{}{%&#xA; \topsep\z@%&#xA; \listparindent\parindent%&#xA; \parsep\parskip%&#xA; \checkoddpage&#xA; \ifoddpage % odd numbered page&#xA; \@ifmtarg{#1}{\setlength{\leftmargin}{\z@}}%&#xA; {\setlength{\leftmargin}{#1}}%&#xA; \@ifmtarg{#2}{\setlength{\rightmargin}{\z@}}%&#xA; {\setlength{\rightmargin}{#2}}%&#xA; \else % even numbered page&#xA; \@ifmtarg{#2}{\setlength{\leftmargin}{\z@}}%&#xA; {\setlength{\leftmargin}{#2}}%&#xA; \@ifmtarg{#1}{\setlength{\rightmargin}{\z@}}%&#xA; {\setlength{\rightmargin}{#1}}%&#xA;\fi&#xA;}&#xA;\item[]}{\end{list}}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{adjustmargins}{-.5in}{-2.0in}&#xA;\vfill&#xA;\rule{17.2cm}{.4pt}&#xA;&#xA;There are no engineers in the hottest parts of hell, because the existence of a 'hottest part' implies a temperature difference, and any marginally competent engineer would immediately use this to run a heat engine and make some other part of hell comfortably cool.  This is obviously impossible.&#xA;\end{adjustmargins}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-12-08T15:48:29.077" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="6741" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6739" CreationDate="2010-12-08T15:54:44.833" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The key &lt;code&gt;width&lt;/code&gt; is only responsible for the formatted text, not the source code. To change the width of the typeset source code, modify your second &lt;code&gt;LTXexample&lt;/code&gt; (without minipage) as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{LTXexample}[explpreset={linewidth=0.5\linewidth},width=0.5\linewidth,pos=b]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-12-08T15:54:44.833" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="6742" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-08T16:20:29.237" Score="4" ViewCount="194" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I write reports for school I usually use an IEEE formatted LaTex document these days because I feel like it just looks so much better then anything I can seem to do in Word. I have a blog and would like to be able to make my posts look as high quality as my reports do, but I just don't know how to do it, is there a similar way to format blog posts to look like Latex (or shoot even use latex). I would like to avoid simply creating an &quot;image&quot; as that doesn't seem very search engine friendly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anyone have any tips or ideas how to format a blog post (I use blogger at this point) so it looks as high quality as latex? (I would love it if i could simply type in latex code and generate an actual blog post).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm really not sure if this is the best place to post this question but since I am trying to duplicate Latex quality format I thought I would try here first, hoping someone else has ran into a similar stype.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2325" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-11T00:49:20.467" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T00:49:20.467" Title="Tex like formatting on blog posts" Tags="&lt;layout&gt;&lt;online&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6743" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6749" CreationDate="2010-12-08T16:33:02.757" Score="3" ViewCount="248" Body="&lt;p&gt;I switched to biblatex only recently and I'm still struggling with understanding how to do things properly. My question is: How to change the order of entries/units/blocks in the bibliography? The style I'm using is &quot;numeric&quot;. Now, the default order is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;B. B. Aggarwal, Y. Takada, and O. V. Oommen. “From chemoprevention&#xA;to chemotherapy: common targets and common goals”. In: &lt;i&gt;Expert Opin&#xA;Investig Drugs&lt;/i&gt; 13.10 (Oct. 2004), pp. 1327–1338.&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Basically, I need commas as separators, a comma between the journal title and the volume; &quot;In:&quot; should be removed, the volume and the number should have prefixes and comma as a separator, and, finally, the date should go at the end, without the brackets. Something like this:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;B. B. Aggarwal, Y. Takada, and O. V. Oommen, “From chemoprevention&#xA;to chemotherapy: common targets and common goals”, &lt;i&gt;Expert Opin&#xA;Investig Drugs&lt;/i&gt;, vol. 13, no. 10, pp. 1327–1338, Oct. 2004.&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If there is a step-by-step tutorial about how to customize bibliography or how to crate a bibliography style for use with biblatex, I'll be most grateful for it. Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a code for testing purposes:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{filecontents}{mybib.bib}&#xA;@article{Aggarwal2004b,&#xA;author = {Aggarwal, B. B. and Takada, Y. and Oommen, O. V.},&#xA;journal = {Expert Opin Investig Drugs},&#xA;month = oct,&#xA;number = {10},&#xA;pages = {1327--1338},&#xA;publisher = {Informa Pharma Science},&#xA;title = {{From chemoprevention to chemotherapy: common targets and common goals}},&#xA;volume = {13},&#xA;year = {2004}&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[style=numeric]{biblatex}&#xA;\bibliography{mybib}  &#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Test~\cite{Aggarwal2004b}.&#xA;\printbibliography&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2348" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T09:49:15.440" Title="Biblatex: changing the order of entries" Tags="&lt;biblatex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6744" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10491" CreationDate="2010-12-08T16:33:51.517" Score="0" ViewCount="438" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using gnuplot with terminal epslatex in order to plot graphs containing LaTeX labels.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In particular I've got something like this on Y tics:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$\\frac{ L_{seq} }{ 8 }$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Everything works, but the output graph has a lot of white space between the Y axis label and the Y tics.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I guess that's because gnuplot parses &lt;code&gt;$\\frac{ L_{seq} }{ 8 }$&lt;/code&gt; as a normal string and reserves space for it, but the resulting string (after pdflatex renders it) will actually be shorter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any way to solve this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1882" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-07T17:58:51.503" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T18:43:54.307" Title="gnuplot + epslatex" Tags="&lt;gnuplot&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6745" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6729" CreationDate="2010-12-08T16:39:26.393" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;there are two ways to do what you seek. one is using sweave, the other is using an R package called brew which overcomes sweave's limitations of looping over a global variable. i am providing both code chunks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The Sweave Code Chunk&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{document}&#xA;&amp;lt;&amp;lt;echo = F, results = tex&amp;gt;&amp;gt;=&#xA;&#xA;figdir   = paste(getwd(), 'fig', sep = '/')&#xA;fignames = read.csv('fignames.csv');&#xA;for (i in seq_along(fignames)) {&#xA;&#xA; filename = file.path(figdir, i)&#xA;&#xA; cat(&quot;\\pagebreak&quot;);&#xA; cat(&quot;\\section{&quot;, i, &quot;}&quot;, sep = &quot;&quot;);&#xA; cat(&quot;\\begin{figure}[htbp]&quot;);&#xA; cat(&quot;\\caption*{MyCaption&quot;, i, &quot;}&quot;, sep = &quot;&quot;);&#xA; cat(&quot;\\includegraphics[width = 0.5\\textwidth]{&quot;, filename, &quot;}&quot;, sep = &quot;&quot;);&#xA; cat(&quot;\\end{figure}&quot;);&#xA;}&#xA;@&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The Brew Code Chunk&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{document}&#xA;&amp;lt;% figdir   = paste(getwd(), 'fig', sep = '/') %&amp;gt; &#xA;&amp;lt;% fignames = read.csv('fignames.csv');&#xA;&amp;lt;% for (i in seq_along(fignames)) { -%&amp;gt;&#xA;&#xA;\pagebreak&#xA;&#xA;&amp;lt;% filename = file.path(figdir, i) %&amp;gt;  &#xA;&amp;lt;%= cat(&quot;\section{&quot;, i, &quot;}&quot;, sep = &quot;&quot;) %&amp;gt;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}[htbp]&#xA;\caption*{MyCaption}&#xA;&#xA;&amp;lt;%= cat(&quot;\\includegraphics[width = 0.5\\textwidth]{filename}&quot;)&#xA;&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&amp;lt;% } -%&amp;gt;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;you can check out the link to &lt;a href=&quot;http://cran.r-project.org/web/packages/brew/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;brew&lt;/a&gt; on how to use it from R&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: this would produce a single file with all the output.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2349" LastEditorUserId="2349" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-08T17:28:57.063" LastActivityDate="2010-12-08T17:28:57.063" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="6746" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6747" CreationDate="2010-12-08T17:01:08.540" Score="1" ViewCount="121" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to compile this not-too-complicated figure, but pdflatex and latex both seem to be taking forever. They have never completed successfully even after multiple attempts and waiting for upto 5 mins.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anyone else getting this bug? Or is there something wrong with the document?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[twocolumn]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;  \centering&#xA;  \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    [auto,&#xA;    block/.style&#xA;    ={rectangle, draw=blue, thick, fill=blue!20,&#xA;      text width=5em,align=center, rounded corners,&#xA;      minimum height=3em},&#xA;    line/.style&#xA;    ={draw, shorten &amp;gt;=2pt},&#xA;    \matrix [column sep=5mm,row sep=7mm]&#xA;    {&#xA;      % row 1&#xA;      \node [text width=4.5em,align=center,font=\large] {Geography\\Dimension}; &amp;amp; &amp;amp;&#xA;      \node [text width=4.5em,align=center,font=\large] {Time\\Dimension};\\&#xA;      % row 2&#xA;      \node [block] (country) {Country}; &amp;amp; &amp;amp;&#xA;      \node [block] (year) {Year}; \\&#xA;      % row 3&#xA;      \node [block] (state) {State}; &amp;amp; &amp;amp;&#xA;      \node [block] (month) {Month}; \\&#xA;      % row 4&#xA;      \node [block] (city) {City}; &amp;amp; &amp;amp;&#xA;      \node [block] (day) {Day};\\&#xA;    };&#xA;    \begin{scope}[every path/.style=line]&#xA;      \path&#xA;      (country)&#xA;      -- (state);&#xA;      \path &#xA;      (state)&#xA;      -- (city);&#xA;      \path&#xA;      (year)&#xA;      -- (month);&#xA;      \path&#xA;      (month)&#xA;      -- (day);&#xA;    \end{scope}&#xA;  \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \caption{Dimension-levels example}&#xA;  \label{fig:dimlevels}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The last few lines of the terminal output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;...&#xA;(/usr/local/share/texmf/tex/generic/pgf-2.10/tex/generic/pgf/utilities/pgffor.c&#xA;ode.tex))&#xA;(/usr/local/share/texmf/tex/generic/pgf-2.10/tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz&#xA;/tikz.code.tex&#xA;(/usr/local/share/texmf/tex/generic/pgf-2.10/tex/generic/pgf/libraries/pgflibra&#xA;ryplothandlers.code.tex)&#xA;(/usr/local/share/texmf/tex/generic/pgf-2.10/tex/generic/pgf/modules/pgfmodulem&#xA;atrix.code.tex)&#xA;(/usr/local/share/texmf/tex/generic/pgf-2.10/tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz&#xA;/libraries/tikzlibrarytopaths.code.tex))) (./test2.aux)&#xA;ABD: EveryShipout initializing macros&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1877" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T16:46:02.043" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T16:46:02.043" Title="Tikz problem - compilation seems to go on forever!" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;compiling&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="6747" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6746" CreationDate="2010-12-08T17:08:12.777" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You forgot to append a &lt;code&gt;]&lt;/code&gt; to your argument to the tikzpicture environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="440" LastActivityDate="2010-12-08T17:08:12.777" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6748" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6595" CreationDate="2010-12-08T17:29:44.100" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is a workaround for not being able to install fonts on Windows: if you load them in the font viewer, other applications will be able to use them too, until you close the font viewer. I just checked, and it &lt;em&gt;is&lt;/em&gt; possible to do this with Type 1 fonts: just double click on the .pfm file (which, unlike the .pfb file, will have a nice fonty icon).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1189" LastActivityDate="2010-12-08T17:29:44.100" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6749" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6743" CreationDate="2010-12-08T18:19:22.737" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Add the following to your preamble (or the configuration file &lt;code&gt;biblatex.cfg&lt;/code&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% Commas as separators&#xA;\renewcommand*{\newunitpunct}{\addcomma\space}&#xA;&#xA;% Comma before and after journal volume&#xA;\renewbibmacro*{volume+number+eid}{%&#xA;  \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% NEW&#xA;  \printfield{volume}%&#xA;%  \setunit*{\adddot}% DELETED&#xA;  \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% NEW&#xA;  \printfield{number}%&#xA;  \setunit{\addcomma\space}%&#xA;  \printfield{eid}}&#xA;&#xA;% Prefixes for journal volume and number&#xA;\DeclareFieldFormat[article]{volume}{\bibstring{volume}~#1}% volume of a journal&#xA;\DeclareFieldFormat[article]{number}{\bibstring{number}~#1}% number of a journal&#xA;&#xA;% Comma before date; date not in parentheses&#xA;\renewbibmacro*{issue+date}{%&#xA;  \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% NEW&#xA;%  \printtext[parens]{% DELETED&#xA;    \iffieldundef{issue}&#xA;      {\usebibmacro{date}}&#xA;      {\printfield{issue}%&#xA;       \setunit*{\addspace}%&#xA;%       \usebibmacro{date}}}% DELETED&#xA;       \usebibmacro{date}}% NEW&#xA;  \newunit}&#xA;&#xA;% Issue/date macros removed after journal number&#xA;\renewbibmacro*{journal+issuetitle}{%&#xA;  \usebibmacro{journal}%&#xA;  \setunit*{\addspace}%&#xA;  \iffieldundef{series}&#xA;    {}&#xA;    {\newunit&#xA;     \printfield{series}%&#xA;     \setunit{\addspace}}%&#xA;  \usebibmacro{volume+number+eid}%&#xA;%  \setunit{\addspace}% DELETED&#xA;%  \usebibmacro{issue+date}% DELETED&#xA;%  \setunit{\addcolon\space}% DELETED&#xA;%  \usebibmacro{issue}% DELETED&#xA;  \newunit}&#xA;&#xA;% &quot;In:&quot; removed for articles; issue/date macros added after note+pages macro&#xA;\DeclareBibliographyDriver{article}{%&#xA;  \usebibmacro{bibindex}%&#xA;  \usebibmacro{begentry}%&#xA;  \usebibmacro{author/translator+others}%&#xA;  \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock&#xA;  \usebibmacro{title}%&#xA;  \newunit&#xA;  \printlist{language}%&#xA;  \newunit\newblock&#xA;  \usebibmacro{byauthor}%&#xA;  \newunit\newblock&#xA;  \usebibmacro{bytranslator+others}%&#xA;  \newunit\newblock&#xA;  \printfield{version}%&#xA;  \newunit\newblock&#xA;%  \usebibmacro{in:}% DELETED&#xA;  \usebibmacro{journal+issuetitle}%&#xA;  \newunit&#xA;  \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%&#xA;  \newunit&#xA;  \usebibmacro{note+pages}%&#xA;  \setunit{\addspace}% NEW&#xA;  \usebibmacro{issue+date}% NEW&#xA;  \setunit{\addcolon\space}% NEW&#xA;  \usebibmacro{issue}% NEW&#xA;  \newunit\newblock&#xA;  \iftoggle{bbx:isbn}&#xA;    {\printfield{issn}}&#xA;    {}%&#xA;  \newunit\newblock&#xA;  \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}%&#xA;  \newunit\newblock&#xA;  \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}%&#xA;  \setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock&#xA;  \usebibmacro{pageref}%&#xA;  \usebibmacro{finentry}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that I removed &quot;In:&quot; only for articles - it should still show up e.g. in an &lt;code&gt;@incollection&lt;/code&gt; entry. Also note that moving the date immediately after the page numbers may be misleading (the year in your example may be mistaken for page 2004).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for step-by-step tutorials, the best way is to a) thoroughly study the biblatex documentation and b) delve into &lt;code&gt;biblatex.def&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;standard.bbx&lt;/code&gt;. For those fluent in German, there are also the excellent &lt;a href=&quot;http://biblatex.dominik-wassenhoven.de/dtk.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tutorials&lt;/a&gt; by Dominik Waßenhoven.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: Herbert has provided a &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/10682/suppress-in-biblatex/10686#10686&quot;&gt;more elegant way&lt;/a&gt; to remove &quot;In&quot; only for articles.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-13T09:49:15.440" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T09:49:15.440" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6750" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-08T18:49:26.793" Score="2" ViewCount="190" Body="&lt;p&gt;When using &lt;code&gt;\footnote{text}&lt;/code&gt; in TeXnicCenter LaTeX, the number is reset in every new page. e.g:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;page one footnote 1,2,3&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;page two footnote 1&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;page three footnote 1,2,3&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;...&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want that the number associated with the footnote increment automatically in every chapter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2351" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-08T22:28:12.010" LastActivityDate="2010-12-08T22:28:12.010" Title="footnote reset in every page" Tags="&lt;footnotes&gt;&lt;counters&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6751" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6752" CreationDate="2010-12-08T18:53:33.417" Score="5" ViewCount="268" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to have a new TikZ node appear behind the previous one. For instance in beamer presentations for highlighting parts of code.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can do this if I place the &lt;code&gt;\node&lt;/code&gt; &lt;em&gt;before&lt;/em&gt; the new node and give it a hardcoded overlay number, but I'd rather keep the &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;+&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; overlay specification.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course any suggestions for a better way to do this are also welcome! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An example of what I'm trying to achieve: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz,fancyvrb}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{shapes,positioning}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}[fragile]&#xA;  \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \draw&amp;lt;2-&amp;gt;[fill=blue!50] (-0.5\linewidth,-1em) rectangle (0.5\linewidth,1em);&#xA;&#xA;    \node {&#xA;      \begin{minipage}{\linewidth}&#xA;\begin{Verbatim}&#xA;Please note this line!&#xA;\end{Verbatim}&#xA;      \end{minipage}&#xA;    };&#xA;&#xA;  \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: example for using layers&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz,fancyvrb}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{shapes,positioning,backgrounds}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}[fragile]&#xA;&#xA;  \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;    \node&amp;lt;+-&amp;gt; at (0,0){&#xA;      \begin{minipage}{\linewidth}&#xA;        \VerbatimInput{queries/example.xquery}&#xA;      \end{minipage}&#xA;    };&#xA;&#xA;    \begin{pgfonlayer}{background}&#xA;      \draw&amp;lt;+-&amp;gt;[fill=blue!50] (-0.5\linewidth,-1em) rectangle (0.5\linewidth,1em);&#xA;    \end{pgfonlayer}&#xA;&#xA;  \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2350" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T10:47:39.560" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T10:47:39.560" Title="place a new TikZ node behind others" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;nodes&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6752" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6751" CreationDate="2010-12-08T18:55:42.810" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are two ways that I know of:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Use PGF layers&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Use offsets in your incremental overlay specifications.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is an example with both.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz,fancyvrb}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{shapes,positioning}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}[fragile]{using pgflayers}&#xA;  \pgfdeclarelayer{box}&#xA;  \pgfdeclarelayer{text}&#xA;  \pgfsetlayers{box,text}&#xA;  \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \useasboundingbox (-0.5\linewidth,-1em) rectangle (0.5\linewidth,1em);&#xA;    \begin{pgfonlayer}{text}&#xA;    \node&amp;lt;+-&amp;gt;{&#xA;      \begin{minipage}{\linewidth}&#xA;%\begin{Verbatim}&#xA;Please note this line!&#xA;%\end{Verbatim}&#xA;      \end{minipage}&#xA;    };&#xA;    \end{pgfonlayer}&#xA;    \begin{pgfonlayer}{box}&#xA;    \draw&amp;lt;+-&amp;gt;[fill=blue!50] (-0.5\linewidth,-1em) rectangle (0.5\linewidth,1em);&#xA;    \end{pgfonlayer}&#xA;  \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}[fragile]{using offsets}&#xA;  \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \useasboundingbox (-0.5\linewidth,-1em) rectangle (0.5\linewidth,1em);&#xA;    \draw&amp;lt;.(2)-&amp;gt;[fill=blue!50] (-0.5\linewidth,-1em) rectangle (0.5\linewidth,1em);&#xA;    \node&amp;lt;+-&amp;gt;{&#xA;      \begin{minipage}{\linewidth}&#xA;%\begin{Verbatim}&#xA;Please note this line!&#xA;%\end{Verbatim}&#xA;      \end{minipage}&#xA;    };&#xA;  \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I couldn't get the &lt;code&gt;Verbatim&lt;/code&gt; environment to work; do you really need it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-08T20:39:11.690" LastActivityDate="2010-12-08T20:39:11.690" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6753" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6750" CreationDate="2010-12-08T19:00:03.717" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;By default, LaTeX does &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; reset the footnote number on every page (see example below). Could it be that your preamble includes &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[perpage]{footmisc}&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{report}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;% \usepackage[perpage]{footmisc}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{first}&#xA;&#xA;\blindtext[2]\footnote{bla}&#xA;&#xA;\blindtext[2]\footnote{blubb}&#xA;&#xA;\blindtext[2]\footnote{foo}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{second}&#xA;&#xA;\blindtext[2]\footnote{bar}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-12-08T19:00:03.717" />
  <row Id="6754" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6757" CreationDate="2010-12-08T19:17:33.133" Score="7" ViewCount="201" Body="&lt;p&gt;Question says it all. What is the best way to redefine the &lt;code&gt;\emph&lt;/code&gt; command to be bold font and upright?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-12-08T19:46:02.603" Title="What is the canonical way to redefine the \emph command" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;emphasis&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6755" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6754" CreationDate="2010-12-08T19:32:25.043" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to p. 194 of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/source2e.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX2e sources&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\emph&lt;/code&gt; is defined as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareTextFontCommand{\emph}{\em}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I suggest to redefine it as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareTextFontCommand{\emph}{\bfseries}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-12-08T19:32:25.043" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6756" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6759" CreationDate="2010-12-08T19:35:55.830" Score="3" ViewCount="95" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have somewhat bizarre footnote placement in a document that I'm typing.  Unfortunately, I'm also having trouble reducing it to a minimum not-working example as this behaviour seems to depend on many factors, including the specific sizes of certain floats (replacing one by a vertical line of only &lt;em&gt;roughly&lt;/em&gt; the right size removed the problem).  So any help on how to track down the problem would be as greatly appreciated as solving it itself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To specifics, I have a footnote in a document and the footnote is being put &lt;strong&gt;two&lt;/strong&gt; pages after the footnote mark.  There are no other footnotes, but there are a lot of floats.  Enough, in fact, that the intervening page is a float page.  The footnote command itself is not near the page break.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some hopefully relevant details:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The line containing the footnote command is the last sentence of a section, though it is followed by some displayed mathematics.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;There is enough room for the first two paragraphs of the next section on the page (though each is short: 2 lines and 3 lines).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;There are five figures in quick succession.  The first gets displayed on the page with the &lt;code&gt;\footnote&lt;/code&gt; command.  The next three go on a special float page, and the fourth goes on the next page.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The footnote goes on the page after the float page.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The footnote itself is only a short sentence.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So it feels as though some bizarre spacing is meaning that the footnote doesn't get placed on the correct page, then the float page pushes it one further than that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The document itself is quite complicated, and in trying to reduce it to a MWE, I find it very difficult to consistently reproduce the problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, to sum up:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;How do I say &quot;this footnote belongs on &lt;strong&gt;this&lt;/strong&gt; page&quot;?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;How does (La)TeX figure out where footnotes go?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;If there aren't good answers to the above, any suggestions on what to concentrate on when trying to debug this would be greatly appreciated.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-12-08T20:22:15.633" Title="Footnote being pushed to after a float page." Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;floats&gt;&lt;footnotes&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6757" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6754" CreationDate="2010-12-08T19:37:44.487" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Since &lt;code&gt;\emph&lt;/code&gt; uses &lt;code&gt;\em&lt;/code&gt;, I would redefine &lt;code&gt;\em&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's such a redefinition which preserves the ability to toggle between bold and normal, if nested:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\DeclareRobustCommand{\em}{%&#xA;  \@nomath\em \if b\expandafter\@car\f@series\@nil&#xA;  \normalfont \else \bfseries \fi}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Test of nesting behavior of &lt;code&gt;\emph&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Question: \emph{What is the way to redefine the \emph{\textbackslash emph} command?}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/On0Ug.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-08T19:46:02.603" LastActivityDate="2010-12-08T19:46:02.603" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="6758" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6762" CreationDate="2010-12-08T20:18:14.047" Score="3" ViewCount="119" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \documentclass{article}&#xA; \usepackage{multicol}&#xA;&#xA; \begin{document}&#xA; \begin{multicols}{2}&#xA;&#xA; \section{}&#xA; \begin{thebibliography}{99}&#xA;&#xA; \subsection{Differentiation}&#xA;&#xA; \bibitem{DifIntWiki}&#xA;   \emph{URL}&#xA;&#xA; \end{thebibliography}&#xA; \end{multicols}&#xA; \end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It creates a section with a number, and the Bibliography follows on the next line.  I'm interested in combining these two lines together, essentially turning the bibliography into a section.  Is there any way to do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Additionally, I'm using the &lt;code&gt;multicol&lt;/code&gt; package, so I'm wondering if there is a way to do this without affecting the columns.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1733" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-12T22:45:11.623" LastActivityDate="2011-03-12T22:45:11.623" Title="How can I create a bibliography like a section?" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;multicol&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6759" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6756" CreationDate="2010-12-08T20:22:15.633" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would try the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/bigfoot&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;bigfoot&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package. The author, David Kastrup, recommended it &lt;a href=&quot;http://newsgroups.derkeiler.com/Archive/Comp/comp.text.tex/2005-09/msg00616.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; for that purpose.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-08T20:22:15.633" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6760" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6744" CreationDate="2010-12-08T20:23:45.137" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This answer is not directly related to LaTeX, rather it's an ugly workaround from the gnuplot's side. When I used epslatex terminal of gnuplot and I had this problem I &quot;solved&quot; adding an offset to the axis label like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;set ylabel 'axis label' offset 2,0&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where the x offset (the number 2 in the example) is found by trial and error.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(As already noticed in a comment, there are more elegant alternatives to include plots in (La)TeX documents: personally I've switched to pgfplots.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1656" LastActivityDate="2010-12-08T20:23:45.137" />
  <row Id="6761" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6719" CreationDate="2010-12-08T20:34:19.880" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Simply using grep gets the job done pretty well:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;grep &quot;\section&quot; document.tex&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1670" LastActivityDate="2010-12-08T20:34:19.880" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6762" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6758" CreationDate="2010-12-08T20:38:30.003" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Add the following to your preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{etoolbox}&#xA;\patchcmd{\thebibliography}{\section*}{\section}{}{}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and remove &lt;code&gt;\section{}&lt;/code&gt; in the text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure if using the &lt;code&gt;\subsection&lt;/code&gt; command within the &lt;code&gt;thebibliography&lt;/code&gt; environment causes adverse effects. Also, please clarify &quot;without affecting the columns&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-12-08T20:38:30.003" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6763" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6779" CreationDate="2010-12-08T20:46:24.633" Score="1" ViewCount="304" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi!&#xA;I'd like to add 'Sweave.sty' to my search-path, so that I don't need to copy 'Sweave.sty' to every Sweave-Document I create.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've located 'Sweave.sty' in '/usr/share/R/share/texmf/tex/latex'. I tried to create a symlink to this folder in my package-folder, however, this didn't really work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anyway, I think adding this folder to TeXLive's search path would be the most elegant solution. I also found instructions on how to expand the search path in TexLive (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/texlive/doc/texlive-en/texlive-en.html#x1-550008.1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;). Well, I seem to be too stupid to understand that :-( Could somebody explain in clear words how I can add the path mentioned above to my search path?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2354" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-08T21:49:56.313" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T04:05:21.020" Title="Integrate 'Sweave.sty' in the TeXLive 2010 search path (on Linux)" Tags="&lt;texlive&gt;&lt;sweave&gt;&lt;r&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="6764" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5662" CreationDate="2010-12-08T20:57:44.963" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A quick search for &quot;et~al.&quot; in the .bst file will reveal the code where this is done.  In my case (apsrev.bst) I found that the code will look for the key word &quot;other&quot; in the author list and replace with &quot;et~al.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This means I just have to modify the bibitem author to replace all the other authors with &quot;and other&quot;.  It's not really the correct fix because it requires modifying the bibtex database file, but it is the best solution I could find.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2355" LastActivityDate="2010-12-08T20:57:44.963" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6765" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-08T21:02:10.683" Score="1" ViewCount="72" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2108/installing-several-versions-of-a-package&quot;&gt;Installing several versions of a package&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This might be a more general question but I'm interested in the PGF implementation so I'll ask specifically.  I have TikZ code that worked a few months ago but doesn't compile now and I suspect it's 2.10 bug.  What's the quickest way to test my code in PGF 2.0?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The way I did it the last and only time was I logged in as a different user and ran the same code.  The reason it worked is that I have PGF 2.0 installed in my &lt;code&gt;/usr/local/texlive&lt;/code&gt; distribution but PGF 2.10 in my user &lt;code&gt;~/Library/texmf&lt;/code&gt; directory.  Different user, different path, different package loaded.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But's a pain to logout or switch users.  Is there a simpler way to change this on the fly?  Symbolic links maybe? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-12-08T21:02:10.683" ClosedDate="2010-12-09T08:19:23.600" Title="How do I temporarily change the PGF version used?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;debugging&gt;" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="6766" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6763" CreationDate="2010-12-08T22:16:54.667" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Not sure I understood the question, but let's try...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If you simply want to add that path for yourself, add the path you provided to the TEXINPUTS variable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For instance, if you use sh or bash or ksh as shell&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;TEXINPUTS=${TEXINPUTS}:/usr/share/R/share/texmf/tex/latex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;export TEXINPUTS&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(something like &lt;code&gt;setenv TEXINPUTS ${TEXINPUTS}:/usr/share/R/share/texmf/tex/latex&lt;/code&gt;under csh and tcsh).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If that does the trick, add the corresponding command to your &lt;code&gt;.bash_profile&lt;/code&gt; (or the variant for your shell).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If you want that change to be applied to all users you might want to create a file in &lt;code&gt;/etc/texmf/texmf.d/&lt;/code&gt; (or the equivalent in your Linux distribution) for instance named 99R.cnf or to modify the existing 45TeXinputs.cnf and add what was given  in the link you provided, i.e.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;TEXINPUTS.&amp;lt;command&amp;gt; = &amp;lt;existing path&amp;gt;;/usr/share/R/share/texmf/tex/latex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However it is probably simpler to add the commands of the first solution to a global &lt;code&gt;/etc/profile&lt;/code&gt; (or &lt;code&gt;/etc/profile.d/whatever.sh&lt;/code&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1716" LastActivityDate="2010-12-08T22:16:54.667" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6767" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-08T22:20:28.393" Score="2" ViewCount="154" Body="&lt;p&gt;This has been bugging me for quite some time now but can't find a nice way to work it out.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have a list of citations that follow the regular author. Year. Title. Journal. Volume: Pages layout. I have to cite a legal document (Water framework directive). How do I go about this, as the paper has no authors, journals, pages...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like it to appear in the text as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;... V Sloveniji smo leta 2000 sprejeli&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;Vodno direktivo (2000/60/EC)&lt;/em&gt; (v&#xA;  nadaljevanju: VD), ki v evropskem&#xA;  prostoru enotno ureja politiko&#xA;  upravljanja površinskih in podzemnih&#xA;  celinskih voda, vključno s somornico&#xA;  in morjem....&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and in the references as &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ter Braak, C. J. F., Verdonschot, P. F. M. 1995. Canonical correspondence analysis and related multivariate methods in aquatic ecology. Aquatic Sciences 57(3): 255–289.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Vodna direktiva (2000/60/EC)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Wickham, H. 2009. ggplot2: elegant graphics for data analysis. Springer New York. ISBN 978-0-387-98140-6.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How should I specify my BibTeX source to achieve this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;EDIT&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is a more or less minimal working example. Style file can be found &lt;a href=&quot;http://dl.dropbox.com/u/8161901/custom_style.bst&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;, and the bib file &lt;a href=&quot;http://dl.dropbox.com/u/8161901/test.bib&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{natbib}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;As specified in \citet{vd} and \citep{Fraschetti2006} \dots&#xA;&#xA;\bibliographystyle{custom_style}&#xA;\bibliography{test}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;EDIT 2&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A workaround that worked for me (for now). The four questionmarks in question (hehe) were the result of missing year in the bib file. I have modified the custom_style.bst from&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;FUNCTION {format.date}&#xA;{ year &quot;year&quot; bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$&#xA;    {&#xA;      &quot;empty year in &quot; cite$ * &quot;; set to ????&quot; * warning$&#xA;       pop$ &quot;????&quot;&#xA;    }&#xA;    'skip$&#xA;  if$&#xA;  extra.label *&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;   FUNCTION {format.date}&#xA;    { year &quot;year&quot; bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$&#xA;        {&#xA;          &quot;empty year in &quot; cite$ * &quot;; set to &quot; * warning$&#xA;           pop$ &quot;&quot;&#xA;        }&#xA;        'skip$&#xA;      if$&#xA;      extra.label *&#xA;    }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="72" LastEditorUserId="72" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-12T17:10:44.263" LastActivityDate="2010-12-12T17:10:44.263" Title="add custom citation that differs in format than the rest" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;bibliographies&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6768" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6767" CreationDate="2010-12-08T23:00:59.920" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I suspect that even legal documents should be represented by a BibTeX entry with more than one field (and especially with a &lt;code&gt;year&lt;/code&gt; field if one uses an author-year-style), but here goes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I used the &lt;code&gt;author&lt;/code&gt; instead of the &lt;code&gt;title&lt;/code&gt; field because BibTeX otherwise would typeset the label &lt;code&gt;V00&lt;/code&gt; in the text.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The second pair of curly braces prevents BibTeX from breaking the &quot;author&quot; down in first name and last name.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{natbib}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.bib}&#xA;@misc{V00,&#xA;  author = {{\textit{Vodna direktiva (2000/60/EC)}}},&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;As specified in \citet{V00} \dots&#xA;&#xA;\bibliographystyle{plainnat}&#xA;\bibliography{\jobname}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-12-08T23:00:59.920" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="6769" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6772" CreationDate="2010-12-09T00:18:37.713" Score="3" ViewCount="225" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have the following to insert two images into a latex document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{center}&#xA;    \hspace*{-1in}&#xA;    \includegraphics[width=8.5in]{rmse.pdf}&#xA;    \vspace*{-2in}&#xA;    \hspace*{-1in}&#xA;    \includegraphics[width=8.5in]{mae.pdf}&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This allows them to width across the width of the page perfectly, but the problem is I can't get them both on the same page. They would easily fit, except latex is insisting there be about 3 inches between them. I've tried a figure, subfigures and negative vspace* (which gets ignored).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can anyone tell me a simple way to reduce the spacing/margins/whatever to get latex to realize they fit together?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2358" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-25T18:51:30.813" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T18:51:30.813" Title="Latex ignoring vspace. How do I get these two images on the same page?" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6771" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6773" CreationDate="2010-12-09T00:43:01.027" Score="2" ViewCount="145" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Background&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Trying to reference the label of figures that are side-by-side.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Problem&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Referencing figures by their label works, except when the figure is in a mini-page. That's when the word &quot;Figure&quot; does not appear in the output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/JO19l.png&quot;/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Preamble Source&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The preamble is at: &lt;a href=&quot;http://pastebin.com/Uq1sGrSd&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://pastebin.com/Uq1sGrSd&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;LyX Source&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The code LyX generates is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}[H]&#xA;%&#xA;\begin{minipage}[t]{0.45\textwidth}%&#xA;\subfloat[\label{fig:Design-Flower-Title-Page}Title Page]{\includegraphics[width=8.89cm,height=6.281cm]{captures/template-flower-title-01}&#xA;&#xA;}%&#xA;\end{minipage}\hfill{}%&#xA;\begin{minipage}[t]{0.45\textwidth}%&#xA;\subfloat[\label{fig:Design-Flower-Design-Page}Design Page]{\includegraphics[width=8.89cm,height=6.281cm]{captures/template-flower-title-02}&#xA;&#xA;}%&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;&#xA;\caption{Title and Detail Pages}&#xA;&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Related&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1633/line-up-captions-on-side-by-side-figures&quot;&gt;Line up captions on side by side figures&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Question&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What needs to change in the preamble so that the &quot;Figure&quot; label appears when referencing side-by-side graphics?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2148" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-09T00:07:04.290" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T00:07:04.290" Title="Missing &quot;Figure&quot; title for captions of side-by-side graphics" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;captions&gt;&lt;subfloats&gt;&lt;labels&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="6772" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6769" CreationDate="2010-12-09T01:03:26.550" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;You could use &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/pdfcrop&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pdfcrop&lt;/a&gt; to crop the interfering margins off the two pdf files. This small tool could already be part of your LaTeX distribution.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt; understands optional arguments for cropping the margins, you might use for instance &lt;code&gt;trim&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;viewport&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Macros like &lt;code&gt;\makebox&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\llap&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\rlap&lt;/code&gt; could reduce the effective width of the image.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T01:03:26.550" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6773" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6771" CreationDate="2010-12-09T01:33:42.597" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You did not tell us which referencing command and which subfigure package you use (there's no such package in your preamble).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I guess you use &lt;code&gt;subfig&lt;/code&gt; (because of &lt;code&gt;\subfloat&lt;/code&gt;) and &lt;code&gt;\autoref&lt;/code&gt;. This would explain the behavior and can be fixed by&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*{\subfigureautorefname}{\figureautorefname}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Btw. &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; is the first package in your preamble, it should be the last one (besides some exceptions).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T01:33:42.597" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6774" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6742" CreationDate="2010-12-09T02:19:20.110" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you want to type in tex code and output HTML code, I would recommend a package like HeVeA, which I've had (some) luck with. &lt;a href=&quot;http://student.johnpdaigle.com/adaptpaper.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this paper&lt;/a&gt; was generated with HeVeA from LaTeX. Don't judge me on content, guys, I wrote that a LONG time ago.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A major shortcoming of HeVeA is that if you use TikZ/PGF, it can't convert the images to a web displayable format. But as far as I know, nothing can--at least not straight from the code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1286" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T02:19:20.110" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6775" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6789" CreationDate="2010-12-09T02:24:41.613" Score="7" ViewCount="282" Body="&lt;p&gt;Strictly speaking, this is not a LaTeX question.  However, I suspect it will be very interesting to LaTeX users.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What are the advantages of using a commercial reference management system like EndNote over using BibTex?  I suspect the primary reason people use EndNote is because they are using Word and Word doesn't support BibTex.  Are there any other reasons to use EndNote instead of or in conjunction with BibTex?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I ask this because systems like EndNote strike me as something that I would have to use a fair amount to understand the relative advantages.   I would prefer that only individuals who have significant experience with both EndNote and BibTex answer this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My field is computer science, and BibTex is usually not too hard to come by in computer science. However, some bibliography services support EndNote but not Bibtex.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1315" LastActivityDate="2011-01-10T11:39:22.710" Title="Advantages of EndNote over BibTex, if any" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;bibliographies&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="6776" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6781" CreationDate="2010-12-09T03:04:31.087" Score="15" ViewCount="427" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm surprised no one else has asked this question.  It's not explained very well in the FAQ or site descriptions either.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know many of you will think &quot;LMGTFY&quot;, &quot;RTFM&quot;, or &quot;ask wikipedia&quot;, but I'd rather get the answer straight from the experts.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm so green I don't even know what to tag this question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;what is it?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;what is it used for?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;who uses it?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;what is it in alternative to?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;how widespread is its use?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;does the average user type the language in as plain text or are there WYSIWYG tools?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And finally, a nice fun subjective bit to end things on a sour note.  I guess this leads a bit back to the question regarding what TeX is the alternative to.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it a worthwhile technology to invest time in learning as a programmer/technology junkie who hates word processing apps with a passion?  I'd rather write a wiki page than a letter in Word.  But I don't know if that means I should switch from plain text to TeX or if that's like using a bazooka when all i need is a hammer?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2359" LastEditorUserId="2148" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-09T18:50:39.023" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T19:31:48.847" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-12-09T13:00:19.627" Title="What are TeX and LaTeX?" Tags="&lt;latex-general&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="8" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="6777" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6776" CreationDate="2010-12-09T03:20:57.420" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;TeX is a typesetting language. You can use it to create high-quality PDF output. It's used a lot in the sciences because it handles equations very nicely. TeX is the base language; LaTeX is an extension of TeX that makes some common tasks easier. I’m sure someone else can explain some of the nuances better than I, as I’m still kind of green myself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2360" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T03:20:57.420" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-12-09T13:00:19.627" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6778" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6742" CreationDate="2010-12-09T03:49:12.717" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could check out tex4ht: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/applications/tex4ht/mn.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tug.org/applications/tex4ht/mn.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could write your posts in latex, run tex4ht to produce a html file, and then paste the code into Blogger.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="151" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T03:49:12.717" />
  <row Id="6779" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6763" CreationDate="2010-12-09T04:05:21.020" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are (at least) two parameters you may want to set, and two ways to set them (env var vs conf file) and finally you might want the setting to be system-wide or user specific. Since all this is more or less orthogonal, it makes like 8 possibilities.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First, you may change either &lt;code&gt;TEXINPUTS&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;TEXMF&lt;/code&gt;. The former acts only of TeX's input search path, the later is also used by other tools (imagine the tree contains fonts, bibtex or makeindex styles, etc.) With &lt;code&gt;TEXINPUTS&lt;/code&gt;, you should append (or preppend, if files from the new tree should override other versions) &lt;code&gt;/usr/share/R/share/texmf/tex//&lt;/code&gt;, separated with a &lt;code&gt;:&lt;/code&gt;. For &lt;code&gt;TEXMF&lt;/code&gt;, should need to insert the same path where you want inside the braces in the current definition.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Second, environment vs configuration file. For the environment, adding something to &lt;code&gt;TEXINPUTS&lt;/code&gt; is easy, but for &lt;code&gt;TEXMF&lt;/code&gt; you need to copy the full definition, so that it may look like &lt;code&gt;TEXMF='{$TEXMFCONFIG,$TEXMFVAR,$TEXMFHOME,$TEXMFR,...,$TEXMFDIST}'&lt;/code&gt; (with an appropriate definition of a &lt;code&gt;TEXMFR&lt;/code&gt; environment variable). Editing the configuration file goes the same for &lt;code&gt;TEXMF&lt;/code&gt;, but it's less convenient if you want to change &lt;code&gt;TEXINPUTS&lt;/code&gt; since you also need to edit the various &lt;code&gt;TEXINPUTS.format&lt;/code&gt; for each &lt;code&gt;format&lt;/code&gt; you intend to use. With and envvar, it is easier, since setting &lt;code&gt;TEXINPUTS=:$TEXMFR/tex//&lt;/code&gt; in the environment will insert the appropriate &lt;code&gt;TEXINPUTS.format&lt;/code&gt; from the conffile before the leading colon.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, user vs system. If you chose to use envvars, I refer you to your favourite shell's (and desktop environment) documentation. For configuration files, it should be noted that, system-wide, there are usually two &lt;code&gt;texmf.cnf&lt;/code&gt; files which are both read. You should edit the first one returned by &lt;code&gt;kpsewhich texmf.cnf&lt;/code&gt; (in case of doubt, look at the comments in the file). Include only your definitions, eg:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;TEXMFR = /usr/share/R/share/texmf&#xA;TEXMF = {$TEXMFCONFIG,$TEXMFVAR,$TEXMFHOME,!!$TEXMFSYSCONFIG,!!$TEXMFSYSVAR,!!$TEXMFMAIN,!!$TEXMFLOCAL,$TEXMFR!!$TEXMFDIST}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(this is my preferred option btw). Note that if you use a packaged (by Debian or other) version of TeX Live, this may change, see Sylvain's answer. If you want to proceed for a single user, it's harder, because you should place a full (edited) copy of the original &lt;code&gt;texmf.cnf&lt;/code&gt; file in some place (&lt;code&gt;~/.texlive2010/texmf-config/web2c&lt;/code&gt; would be a ratonal choice) and defined an environment variable &lt;code&gt;TEXMFCNF&lt;/code&gt; pointing to that directory.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I hope I didn't got you confused with too much choices, but I thought it might be interesting to explore the different options. If you have admin rights, I'd recommend editing the system-wide additional &lt;code&gt;texmf.cnf&lt;/code&gt; to define a &lt;code&gt;TEXMFR&lt;/code&gt; and adding it to the definition of &lt;code&gt;TEXMF&lt;/code&gt;, as explained above.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1239" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T04:05:21.020" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6780" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4420" CreationDate="2010-12-09T04:17:17.123" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Probably the easiest way to think about TeX is in terms of HTML and CSS, if you're a designer, or in terms of Styles in InDesign. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In InDesign, for example, you can write plain text files and then import them into your indesign document. You can tag those plain text files to tell InDesign what the proper application of styles are to various bits of text, this is a header, that's italic, and so forth. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then, in your document, you can define what those tags mean in terms of output.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;TeX is a lot like that. You write a text file that contains tags to define the properties of the text, and there is a separate file (a class file) that determines how big a section title is, how to interpret bold face, and things like that. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To get started, you need to install &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/texlive/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX Live&lt;/a&gt; from the TeX Users group. If you aren't a scientific type, and want great control over your document, you might consider using a different package than LaTeX. La is a set of macros (think shortcuts) that make TeX (the typesetting language) easier to use, but it is biased towards journal publications and isolates you from page layout.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want more control over the final look, you might be happier using the ConTeXt package--again, this is a layer on top of the underlying system designed to simplify its use. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To use any of these things is fairly simple: you write a plain text file in the editor of your choice and then use the command line (or at least, I use the command line) to run a typesetting command like &lt;code&gt;pdflatex mydocument.tex&lt;/code&gt;. If all goes well, the result is a beautiful PDF.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1286" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T04:17:17.123" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-12-09T04:17:17.123" />
  <row Id="6781" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6776" CreationDate="2010-12-09T04:24:30.950" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;First, Mike's answer is quite good.  I will mostly expand on it and provide more details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;TeX&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;TeX is a language (a full programming language, actually) for typesetting documents.  It originally output to a format called DVI which could then be converted to PostScript, PDF, etc.; more recent versions can output directly to PDF.  You write a document with TeX instructions in it, and the TeX system will convert it into printable material.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;TeX is used for a wide variety of documents, particularly in science and academia.  Most people use it for things that other people would likely use Word for; however, the quality of its results are more on a par with InDesign or other major document layout packages, far superior what word processors generally yield.  Designing specialized or ad-hoc document formats such as brochures, however, is probably easier with InDesign or QuarkXPress (although it is not impossible to do so in TeX/LaTeX).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;TeX itself is quite low-level.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;LaTeX&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;LaTeX is a macro package written in and for TeX that provides commands and defaults for writing larger documents at a higher level, taking care of things like sectioning, tables of contents, etc.  In my experience, most TeX users do not write low-level TeX directly, but rather use LaTeX.  LaTeX is not the only such package, though; ConTeXt is another macro package with a different design philosophy, but it sits at a similar level to LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Usage&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;TeX and LaTeX are very widespread in some portions of academia, such as mathematics and computer science, due to its superb support for mathematical formulas.  I have also heard that it is popular in some other disciplines as well, such as linguistics.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="622" LastEditorUserId="622" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-09T19:31:48.847" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T19:31:48.847" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-12-09T13:00:19.627" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6782" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="339" CreationDate="2010-12-09T05:17:11.587" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using Emacs (AUCTeX) as a TeX editor has another advantage, namely the ability to select rectangles (select by column rather than row) - which makes dealing with tables/tabular environments a bit easier. (The outline mode with AUCTeX is very useful too, for long documents, allowing one to &quot;hide&quot; or &quot;fold&quot; sections.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;TeXWorks is not bad, especially as an out-of-the-box editor (Emacs always requires a bit more fiddling)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1135" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T05:17:11.587" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-12-09T05:17:11.587" />
  <row Id="6783" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6784" CreationDate="2010-12-09T06:09:58.650" Score="4" ViewCount="75" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to write my own package as a collection of other packages I often use.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some declarations in my package only work for book, some for article, and the remaining work for both.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In (La)TeX, how can we make a conditional declaration ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ProvidesPackage{MyPackage}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\ContentsDir{Contents/}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\ChapterDir{\ContentsDir}&#xA;&#xA;%==============================================&#xA;%== It will be defined for book document class&#xA;%==============================================&#xA;\newcommand\IncludeChapter[1]{%&#xA;\renewcommand\ChapterDir{\ContentsDir#1/}%&#xA;\include{\ContentsDir#1}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\IncludeOnlyChapter[1]{%&#xA;\includeonly{\ContentsDir#1}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\Chapter[1]%&#xA;{%&#xA;\chapter{#1}%&#xA;%\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}%&#xA;}%&#xA;%==============================================&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;%==============================================&#xA;%== Common commands&#xA;%==============================================&#xA;\newcommand\SectionDir{\ChapterDir}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\InputSection[1]{%&#xA;\renewcommand\SectionDir{\ChapterDir#1/}&#xA;\input{\ChapterDir#1}%&#xA;}&#xA;%----------------------------------------------&#xA;\newcommand\SubSectionDir{\SectionDir}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\InputSubSection[1]{%&#xA;\renewcommand\SubSectionDir{\SectionDir#1/}&#xA;\input{\SectionDir#1}%&#xA;}&#xA;%----------------------------------------------&#xA;\newcommand\InputSubSubSection[1]{%&#xA;\input{\SubSectionDir#1}%&#xA;}&#xA;%----------------------------------------------&#xA;\newcommand\Section[1]%&#xA;{%&#xA;\section{#1}%&#xA;%\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{#1}%&#xA;}%&#xA;%----------------------------------------------&#xA;\newcommand\SubSection[1]%&#xA;{%&#xA;\subsection{#1}%&#xA;%\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}%&#xA;}%&#xA;%----------------------------------------------&#xA;\newcommand\SubSubSection[1]%&#xA;{%&#xA;\subsubsection{#1}%&#xA;%\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}%&#xA;}%&#xA;%----------------------------------------------&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T06:35:31.440" Title="When writing a user defined package, how can I decide whether the \documentclass using it is book or article?" Tags="&lt;package-writing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="6784" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6783" CreationDate="2010-12-09T06:15:16.470" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To answer the question in your title,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\@ifclassloaded{article}{%&#xA;  % code for article&#xA;}{%&#xA;  \@ifclassloaded{book}{%&#xA;    % code for book&#xA;  }{%&#xA;    % else clause&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For more generic information about conditionals, see &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/5894/179&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt;. For some more information about writing your own package, see the standard documentation file &lt;code&gt;clsguide&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Update: Ulrich makes a good suggestion; for your particular case, it's probably sufficient to write instead&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\@ifundefined{chapter}{%&#xA;  % code for article&#xA;}{%&#xA;  % code for book&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-09T06:35:31.440" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T06:35:31.440" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="6785" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6776" CreationDate="2010-12-09T06:25:54.673" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you would rather use anything but Word, then TeX is for you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;What is it used for?&quot;&#xA;- Typesetting every imaginable sort of document in commercial quality.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Who uses it?&quot;&#xA;- Scientists, teachers, professors, musicians, illustrators, the Word-averse, technical writers, book publishers and more. I haven't used Word for any document (except when I've absolutely had to) since I started using TeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;What is it an alternative to?&quot;&#xA;- Word-processing programs, graphing utilities, graphics programs, etc&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;How widespread is its use?&quot;&#xA;- To be honest, not that well-known beyond academia. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Plain text or WYSIWYG?&quot;&#xA;- Generally, plain text mark-up. That's why we love TeX so much. That said, there are programs, such as LyX, that offer WYSIWYG with the power of TeX, so you could definitely check that out.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2269" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T06:25:54.673" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-12-09T13:00:19.627" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="6786" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6437" CreationDate="2010-12-09T06:32:22.737" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't suppose you could consider using XeTeX or LuaTeX instead to compile your document? For example, here's a modified version of your minimal example (which for some reason seems to have lots of errors in it):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\setmainfont[Ligatures=TeX]{Hiragino Mincho Pro}&#xA;\usepackage{ruby}&#xA;\renewcommand{\rubysize}{0.7}&#xA;\renewcommand{\rubysep}{-0.8pt}&#xA;\newcommand{\rdf}[3]{\ruby{#1}{#2} -- #3}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;    \begin{tabular}{l}&#xA;      \rdf{映画}{えいが}{Movie}\\&#xA;      \rdf{上映}{じょうえい}{Show a movie}\\&#xA;      \rdf{放映}{ほうえい}{Televising}&#xA;    \end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T06:32:22.737" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="6787" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6788" CreationDate="2010-12-09T06:37:32.920" Score="5" ViewCount="117" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use the same tex file to create several different layouts with basically the same content. I have several switches and &lt;code&gt;\ifthenelse&lt;/code&gt; constructs to control the layouts. Normally, I just have to set one or two boolean variables to activate a specific layout.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some layouts require typeface size 10pt, some 11pt. Is it possible to change the size after &lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&lt;/code&gt;? E.g., in a constuct such as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ifthenelse{\boolean{layoutA}}&#xA;  {\setlength{\typefacesize}{10pt}}&#xA;  {\setlength{\typefacesize}{11pt}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Obviously, there is no &lt;code&gt;\typefacesize&lt;/code&gt;. I would like to avoid having to change the typeface size in &lt;code&gt;\documentclass&lt;/code&gt; all the time.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Many thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Frank&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1236" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T08:57:35.237" Title="Change typeface size after \documentclass?" Tags="&lt;documentclass&gt;&lt;layout&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="6788" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6787" CreationDate="2010-12-09T06:46:27.873" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's possible, but I don't know exactly what the ramifications would be. Use at your own risk:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand\resetfontsize[1]{%&#xA;  \let\small\@undefined&#xA;  \let\footnotesize\@undefined&#xA;  \let\scriptsize\@undefined&#xA;  \let\tiny\@undefined&#xA;  \let\large\@undefined&#xA;  \let\Large\@undefined&#xA;  \let\LARGE\@undefined&#xA;  \let\huge\@undefined&#xA;  \let\Huge\@undefined&#xA;  \makeatletter&#xA;  \input{size#1.clo}&#xA;  \makeatother&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\section{abc}&#xA;\lipsum[2]&#xA;&#xA;\resetfontsize{12}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\section{abc}&#xA;\lipsum[2]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T06:46:27.873" />
  <row Id="6789" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6775" CreationDate="2010-12-09T07:05:45.687" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't use Endnote, but I frequently edit Word documents whose bibliographies have been prepared using it.  The following contains much extrapolation from personal impressions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;They have different ideas about use.  Endnote is a bit more like Zotero than traditional Bibtex, stressing its access to official abstract and bibliography servers, with many users who have never either edited a bibliography entry themselves, or felt that they are maintainers of a bibliographic database, because they haven't felt the need.  The idea is that that the professionals have taken care of the massive Endnote bibliographic database, so that you don't have to worry about it.  This idea of being taken care of is supported by the work that the Endnote producers (recently Endnote was acquired by Thomson-Reuters, now one of the world's two giant news &amp;amp; professional information agencies) have put into cultivating a dialog with the major style guides, such as APA, so that their output is accepted by the authority as being in conformance with the official style.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The results are pretty good, but not as good as users expect.  Very commonly I received manuscripts from clients who say I don't need to look at the bibliography because it was prepared with Endnote.  I then look over the bibliography to see if I find any errors.  Inevitably I do, occasionally serious ones, which I report back to the sometimes very surprised client.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Endnote allows export to Bibtex format.  If you do so, the promises about conformance to style guides become worthless, as the Endnote representation of reference metadata does not cleanly correspond to Bibtex's.  I have the idea that the same problems will apply if one tries to convert Endnote's format into the new Word 2010 reference format, but I have not confirmed this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Bibtex is free.  The standard Endnote package has an RRP of $300, and will require fairly frequent paid upgrades for most of its users.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-09T09:38:39.300" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T09:38:39.300" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6790" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6775" CreationDate="2010-12-09T08:10:04.337" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've had some issues with EndNote over the years, some of which have been addressed in more recent releases or perhaps 'go away' if you switch from &lt;code&gt;.doc&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;.docx&lt;/code&gt; Word files. My boss wrote a paper about 18 months ago with a large EndNote library and sent it to another academic for some editing. This all worked fined until my boss wanted to alter the references a bit. Our colleague uses OpenOffice, and although it preserved the &lt;em&gt;look&lt;/em&gt; of the references it lost the library element. So they all had to be re-done by hand. As I say, that was a document in &lt;code&gt;.doc&lt;/code&gt; format, and we might have been better in the more open &lt;code&gt;.docx&lt;/code&gt; format.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've successfully used &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ee.ic.ac.uk/hp/staff/dmb/perl/index.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;BibTeX4Word&lt;/a&gt; in the past, as it lets you use a BibTeX database and style file with Word (provided you are reasonably careful). For me that's always been a good balance: I have to use Word at work, but prefer to have my references in BibTeX format.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Charles is quite right that the big selling point for EndNote is the idea that the user doesn't have to worry about the 'bibliography management' side of things. However, I'd also agree with Charles that this doesn't quite work out as you'd like. At least in my field (chemistry) we reference stuff that is in press or has complex notes to add to the references. Nothing automated is that good for these, so whatever approach is uses there is still a lot of typing to do.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T08:10:04.337" />
  <row Id="6791" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6723" CreationDate="2010-12-09T08:16:33.477" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your second log output has:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;I can't find file `binhex.tex'.&#xA;l.22 \input binhex.tex % before expl syntax!&#xA;(Press Enter to retry, or Control-D to exit)&#xA;Please type another input file name:&#xA;! Emergency stop.&#xA;l.22 \input binhex.tex % before expl syntax!&#xA;End of file on the terminal!&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which suggests that you are missing a file called &lt;code&gt;binhex.tex&lt;/code&gt;.  On my system (TeXLive2010), it is in: &lt;code&gt;texmf-dist/tex/generic/kastrup/binhex.tex&lt;/code&gt;.  This is the &lt;code&gt;kastrup&lt;/code&gt; package on CTAN: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/generic/kastrup/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;kastrup&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That this is missing suggests that your TeX installation is not as complete as it could be.  I recommend upgrading to TL2010.  Alternatively, there is probably a package to install from your distribution (Fedora or RedHat, I guess) which will include it.  Some distributions chop up the TeX installation into smaller packages as the whole lot can use up quite a bit of space.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T08:16:33.477" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="6792" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6787" CreationDate="2010-12-09T08:57:35.237" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/koma-script.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;KOMA-Script&lt;/a&gt;-classes allow to change font sizes mid-document. The command syntax is &lt;code&gt;\changefontsizes[(new &quot;normalsize&quot; baselineskip)]{(new &quot;normalsize&quot; fontsize)}&lt;/code&gt;. The default value for the new baselineskip is 1.2 * fontsize.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt]{scrartcl}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\blindtext&#xA;&#xA;\changefontsizes{12pt}&#xA;&#xA;\blindtext&#xA;&#xA;\changefontsizes[18pt]{12pt}&#xA;&#xA;\blindtext&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T08:57:35.237" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6793" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6798" CreationDate="2010-12-09T09:39:24.713" Score="2" ViewCount="183" Body="&lt;p&gt;I attempted to use makeidx.sty in my beamer project. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first two compilation using latex, the input file can be processed successfully.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then I execute makeindex, it also run without error.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But when I call latex.exe again, I got an error message saying &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;!LaTeX Error: Environment theindex undefined.&#xA;See the LaTeX manual or LaTeX Companion for explanation.&#xA;Type H &amp;lt;return&amp;gt; for immediate help.&#xA;...&#xA;1.1 \begin{\theindex}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage{makeidx}&#xA;\makeindex&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}{test 1}&#xA;\index{Laplace}Laplace transform is...&#xA;\LaTeXe\ can make you happy!&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}{test 2}&#xA;\printindex&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2011-01-03T17:04:44.823" Title="Is it bug or feature? I cannot use makeidx in beamer." Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;errors&gt;&lt;index&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6794" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6796" CreationDate="2010-12-09T09:48:46.833" Score="4" ViewCount="256" Body="&lt;p&gt;Do any one know how to type a very big parenthesis in Latex. Since the formula is very big, I used multline environment, in one line, there are many pair of parenthesis by using \left and \right which make them already very big. Between lines, I need some parenthesis bigger than the one given by \Bigg. My intention is to show the following big formula in multline environment:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$$&#xA;\frac{&#xA;      e^{-\frac{t \lambda +4}{4 \lambda \nu }}&#xA;      \left(&#xA;            e^{\frac{t}{4 \nu }}&#xA;            \left(&#xA;                  4 \sqrt{\pi } \sqrt{\nu }+1&#xA;            \right)&#xA;            \nu \Phi&#xA;            \left(&#xA;                  \frac{t-\frac{2}{\lambda }}{\sqrt{2} \sqrt{t \nu }}&#xA;            \right)&#xA;            \lambda^3&#xA;            -e^{\frac{t \lambda +8}{4 \lambda \nu }}&#xA;            \left(&#xA;                  4 \sqrt{\pi } \sqrt{\nu }-1&#xA;            \right)&#xA;            \nu&#xA;            \left(&#xA;                  \Phi&#xA;                  \left(&#xA;                        \frac{t+\frac{2}{\lambda }}{\sqrt{2} \sqrt{t \nu }}&#xA;                  \right)&#xA;                  -1&#xA;            \right)&#xA;            \lambda^3&#xA;            +e^{\frac{1}{\lambda \nu }}&#xA;            \left(&#xA;                  4 \sqrt{\pi } \lambda^3 \nu^{3/2}&#xA;                  \left(&#xA;                        2 \Phi&#xA;                        \left(&#xA;                              \frac{1}{\sqrt{2} \lambda \sqrt{t \nu }}&#xA;                        \right)&#xA;                        -1&#xA;                  \right)&#xA;                  -e^{\frac{t}{4 \nu }}&#xA;                  \left(&#xA;                        \left(&#xA;                              \lambda&#xA;                              \left(&#xA;                                    4 \sqrt{\pi } \sqrt{\nu }-1&#xA;                              \right)&#xA;                              \nu +2&#xA;                        \right)&#xA;                        \lambda^2+2&#xA;                        (\lambda \nu -2)&#xA;                        \Phi&#xA;                        \left(&#xA;                              \frac{\sqrt{\frac{t}{\nu }}}{\sqrt{2}}&#xA;                        \right)&#xA;                        \lambda^2-2&#xA;                   \right)&#xA;             \right)&#xA;       \right)&#xA;     }{4 \lambda }&#xA;$$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you very much!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2364" LastEditorUserId="86" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-09T10:03:22.473" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T10:16:42.937" Title="About big parenthesis larger than Bigg" Tags="&lt;amsmath&gt;&lt;mathoperator&gt;&lt;multline&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6795" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6742" CreationDate="2010-12-09T10:05:53.987" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is a interesting project called &lt;em&gt;&quot;TEX line breaking algorithm in JavaScript&quot;&lt;/em&gt; by Bram Stein which might be applicable here. You can find it &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.bramstein.com/projects/typeset/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;. Combine that with the &lt;a href=&quot;http://code.google.com/p/hyphenator/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Hyphenator.js&lt;/a&gt; and some heavy-handed CSS, and you could have a somewhat OK-ish looking text-blocks in (X)HTML.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Doesn't cover the math-mode though, AFAIK.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T10:05:53.987" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6796" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6794" CreationDate="2010-12-09T10:16:42.937" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The ams parenthesis of specific size are typeset by using &lt;code&gt;\left&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\right&lt;/code&gt; and putting in an invisible &quot;thing&quot; of a certain height to ensure that they are big enough.  Mimicking that, you could do: &lt;code&gt;\left(\rule{0cm}{2cm}\right.&lt;/code&gt; to get a left parenthesis of 2cm height.  Note that the AMS command also adds a little horizontal space which you might need to put in as well.  If you do this often, you could easily define new sizes:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand{\vast}{\bBigg@{4}}&#xA;\newcommand{\Vast}{\bBigg@{5}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then in your document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[&#xA;\Vast( \frac{\prod_0^\infty k}{\sum_0^\infty n} \Vast)&#xA;\]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;produces:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/YcViO.png&quot; alt=&quot;big parentheses&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I recommend also taking a look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/1023/86&quot;&gt;Vertically asymmetric size variation for parentheses&lt;/a&gt; about vertically centring parentheses.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(&lt;strong&gt;Note&lt;/strong&gt; I've assumed that you're using &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; since you tag it with &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; and the commands &lt;code&gt;\big&lt;/code&gt; and so forth are ones that &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; produces.  If you're using a different package to get these commands, then this solution won't work.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T10:16:42.937" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6797" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-09T10:54:25.447" Score="3" ViewCount="299" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi there,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to create two tables that have the same width of columns.  Both tables consist of 6 rows and 3 columns.  In both tables, row 1 and row 4 are explanatory, and should expand in all columns.  In the first table, rows 2, 3, 5, and 6 should have three columns of the same width.  In the second table, rows 2 and 3 should have 2 columns of the same width, and rows 5 and 6 should have three columns of the same width.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is how I've made the first table:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;    \begin{table}[h]&#xA;        \caption{Distribution of mappings for the SLA parameter $\pi$.}&#xA;        \label{tab:distPi} \centering&#xA;        \begin{tabular*}{0.45\textwidth}{@{\extracolsep{\fill}}|c|c|c|}&#xA;            \hline&#xA;                \multicolumn{3}{|c|}{\textbf{Name of the SLA parameter $\pi$}} \\&#xA;            \hline&#xA;                \emph{Cost} &amp;amp; \emph{Charge} &amp;amp; \emph{Rate} \\&#xA;            \hline&#xA;                15\% &amp;amp; 15\% &amp;amp; 40\% \\&#xA;            \hline&#xA;            \hline&#xA;                \multicolumn{3}{|c|}{\textbf{Unit of the SLA parameter $\pi$}} \\&#xA;            \hline&#xA;                \emph{USD} &amp;amp; \emph{GBP} &amp;amp; \emph{YPI} \\&#xA;            \hline&#xA;                38\% &amp;amp; 2\% &amp;amp; 40\% \\&#xA;            \hline&#xA;        \end{tabular*}&#xA;        \vspace{-0.3cm}&#xA;    \end{table}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and this is how I've made the second table:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;    \begin{table}[h]&#xA;        \caption{Distribution of mappings for the SLA parameter $\mu$.}&#xA;        \label{tab:distMu} \centering&#xA;        \begin{tabular*}{0.45\textwidth}{@{\extracolsep{\fill}}|c|c|c|c|c|c|}&#xA;            \hline&#xA;                \multicolumn{6}{|c|}{\textbf{Name of the SLA parameter $\mu$}} \\&#xA;            \hline&#xA;                \multicolumn{3}{|c|}{\emph{MemoryConsumption}} &amp;amp; \multicolumn{3}{|c|}{\emph{Consumption}} \\&#xA;            \hline&#xA;                \multicolumn{3}{|c|}{70\%} &amp;amp; \multicolumn{3}{|c|}{30\%} \\&#xA;            \hline&#xA;            \hline&#xA;                \multicolumn{6}{|c|}{\textbf{Unit of the SLA parameter $\mu$}} \\&#xA;            \hline&#xA;                \multicolumn{2}{|c|}{\emph{Mbit}} &amp;amp; \multicolumn{2}{|c|}{\emph{Gbit}} &amp;amp; \multicolumn{2}{|c|}{\emph{Tbit}} \\&#xA;            \hline&#xA;                \multicolumn{2}{|c|}{5\%} &amp;amp; \multicolumn{2}{|c|}{55\%} &amp;amp; \multicolumn{2}{|c|}{40\%} \\&#xA;            \hline&#xA;        \end{tabular*}&#xA;        \vspace{-0.3cm}&#xA;    \end{table}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, the formatting is not good, as you can see in the given screenshot.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/WSfk6.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anyone have an idea how to do it better?  The page is two-columned and the tables will be in one of the two columns.  Their width should be ca. 90% of the width of the column.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2365" LastEditorUserId="2365" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-09T11:35:37.110" LastActivityDate="2010-12-10T16:57:19.203" Title="Problem with formatting tables with equal column widths" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6798" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6793" CreationDate="2010-12-09T10:55:43.197" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You will have to define theindex and the commands used in the theindex-environment. Look e.g. in article.cls for ideas (you shouldn't copy it verbatim, for presentations you need a different look).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage{makeidx}&#xA;\makeindex&#xA;\newenvironment{theindex}&#xA; {\let\item\par&#xA;  %definitions for subitem etc&#xA;  }{}&#xA;\newcommand\indexspace{}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}{test 1}&#xA;\index{Laplace}Laplace transform is... \LaTeXe\ can make you happy!&#xA;\index{Test}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}{test 2}&#xA;\printindex&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T10:55:43.197" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6799" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-09T11:43:21.657" Score="1" ViewCount="112" Body="&lt;p&gt;I’ve read &lt;a href=&quot;http://markelikalderon.com/2008/07/31/keeping-your-latex-preamble-in-a-git-submodule/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt; which outlines the advantages of using submodules in git to use one centralized preamble .tex to be used for all future LaTeX document. When the preamble is changed, all documents compiled subsequently are affected.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This sounds great, but the git part is very poorly explained, and I haven’t had any luck finding a guide that does this successfully. I even bough the Peepcode guide, but it’s pretty bad.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know this is a part-git-part-LaTeX question, but the question is specifically directed at LaTeX work management.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="762" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T12:35:01.637" Title="How do I use git submodules to keep one preamble template for all my documents?" Tags="&lt;templates&gt;&lt;revision-control&gt;&lt;preamble&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="6800" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6776" CreationDate="2010-12-09T12:13:49.993" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Personally, I don't like LaTeX because it's just too much damn hard work for the easy stuff. Oh, and I hate the standard appearance (which is probably customisable, but no academics ever do).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But, and I quote:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Is it a worthwhile technology to invest time in learning as a programmer/technology junkie who hates word processing apps with a passion? I'd rather write a wiki page than a letter in Word. But I don't know if that means I should switch from plain text to TeX or if that's like using a bazooka when all i need is a hammer&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You are exactly the right type of person to learn LaTeX. You like programming. You hate word. You're willing to geek it up. You don't have a particular need to be productive with this tool any time soon.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Go for it, and godspeed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2366" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T12:13:49.993" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-12-09T13:00:19.627" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6801" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6809" CreationDate="2010-12-09T12:17:37.120" Score="2" ViewCount="66" Body="&lt;p&gt;The files used to prepare the TUG interviews book, &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/store/texpeople/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Tex People: Interviews from the world of Tex&lt;/a&gt;, contains examples such as &lt;a href=&quot;http://dw2.tug.org/ivbook/trunk/levien.m4&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://dw2.tug.org/ivbook/trunk/levien.m4&lt;/a&gt;, which begins&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;dnl $Id: rahtz.m4 265 2009-05-17 13:40:50Z dwalden $&#xA;define([[_date]],[[2009-05-16]])dnl&#xA;define([[_intervieweename]],[[Raph Levien]])dnl&#xA;define([[_intervieweeinitials]],[[RL[[]]_tinyspace()]])dnl&#xA;dnl&#xA;define([[_interviewername]],[[Karl Berry]])dnl&#xA;define([[_interviewerinitials]],[[KB]])dnl&#xA;dnl&#xA;define([[_interviewerbname]],[[Dave Crossland]])dnl&#xA;define([[_interviewerbinitials]],[[DC]])dnl&#xA;&#xA;_header(levien.jpg,[[Raph Levien is a programmer with a special interest&#xA;in graphics applied to type.  He is also a typeface designer.  He holds&#xA;several patents and is a past maintainer of Ghostscript.]])&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and ends:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;_texonly(\bigskip)&#xA;_par _noindent Last, this is a screenshot of _link(http://fontforge.sf.net,&#xA;FontForge), which I used to put all the shapes together into a font, and&#xA;produce _Tone and OpenType font files.&#xA;&#xA;_texonly(\medskip)&#xA;_noindent&#xA;_imageonly(levien-fontforge.png,width=.86\hsize)&#xA;&#xA;_quotationstop&#xA;&#xA;_footer&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is reminiscent of some hybrid of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gnu.org/software/m4/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Gnu M4&lt;/a&gt; and Texinfo &amp;mdash; what is it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T13:28:07.033" Title="What is the M4-based text format used in the TUG Interviews book?" Tags="&lt;tools&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="6802" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6799" CreationDate="2010-12-09T12:35:01.637" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is your exact problem? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The situation is as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;One main repo with the preamble&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Several working repo's with a submodule connection to the main repo&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Every time something changes in the main repo, every repo using it will have to run &lt;code&gt;git submodule update&lt;/code&gt; to retrieve those changes.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For more information about submodules check the &lt;a href=&quot;https://git.wiki.kernel.org/index.php/GitSubmoduleTutorial&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;git submodule tutorial&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="794" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T12:35:01.637" />
  <row Id="6804" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1385" CreationDate="2010-12-09T12:44:23.297" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You should take a look at Mendeley (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mendeley.com/welcome/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.mendeley.com/welcome/&lt;/a&gt;), great free software. I'm not fully sure the function you're looking for is there, but there are elaborate options to share citation information with collegues (also in a hidden environment so only people you like can access :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2182" LastEditorUserId="2182" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-09T13:27:25.863" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T13:27:25.863" />
  <row Id="6805" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6808" CreationDate="2010-12-09T12:53:47.187" Score="6" ViewCount="309" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;problem&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hello All,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have the possibility of a centralised, updated .bib file using Mendeley Desktop. This file will stay updated with all the changes I make using my Mendeley citation software. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to access this centralised .bib file via biblatex from any .tex scripts from any possible directory&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;possible solutions&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've read that I can place my .bib file somewhere in the root of my latex install, so it can be found by latex from any tex file, but I'm not sure where to exactly place it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't think it's possible, but perhaps there are options to declare the path in the &lt;code&gt;\bibliography{bibliography}&lt;/code&gt; declaration?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;note&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like to use biblatex with biber.exe&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2182" LastEditorUserId="2182" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-09T13:12:59.503" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T16:11:07.253" Title=".bib library file in a different directory, how to use? (Mendeley centralised .bib file)" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;biblatex&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6806" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6805" CreationDate="2010-12-09T13:07:13.097" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Neither do I, but a few solutions are described &lt;a href=&quot;http://julien.dutant.free.fr/blog/index.php?2007/08/18/217-how-to-change-the-location-of-your-bibtex-file-in-latex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;over there&lt;/a&gt;. I personally like to store all *.bib files in one directory and then to use symbolic links from my paper's directory, but I still need to specify exactly which files I need in the &lt;code&gt;\bibliography&lt;/code&gt; command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="440" LastEditorUserId="440" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-09T17:52:02.603" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T17:52:02.603" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6807" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-09T13:24:01.520" Score="0" ViewCount="90" Body="&lt;p&gt;Does any one have the same problem? I am using Ubuntu+Kile for latex. Whenever I save a latex file, the structure side bar will expand twice, which's very slow. Does anyone know how to solve this problem? Thank you very much!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2364" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T13:24:01.520" ClosedDate="2010-12-10T08:52:42.563" Title="Kile runs very slow under ubuntu, when expending the structure" Tags="&lt;editors&gt;" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6808" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6805" CreationDate="2010-12-09T13:27:32.453" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can store your &lt;code&gt;bib&lt;/code&gt; file in $LOCALTEXMF/bibtex/bib or any subdirectory of it. Then LaTeX (and BibTeX, biblatex, and biber) will find it. Note that you have to update the filename database whenever you put a new file in this location (but not when the file is only updated). The $LOCALTEXMF part can be any directory which is known to your TeX distribution. For further information about this, see the UK TeX FAQ:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=what-TDS&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Which tree to use&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=tds&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;What is the TDS?&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=inst-wlcf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Installing files “where (La)TeX can find them”&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1376" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T13:27:32.453" />
  <row Id="6809" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6801" CreationDate="2010-12-09T13:28:07.033" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's indeed &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gnu.org/software/m4/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;GNU m4&lt;/a&gt;. One reason to choose it was to produce both HTML and LaTeX output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dw2.tug.org/ivbook/trunk/texdefs.m4&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;texdefs.m4&lt;/a&gt; is the definition file for TeX output&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;htmldefs.m4 is the definition file for TeX output&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can read about that, also about technical m4 details, in: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/TUGboat/tb30-2/tb95berry-interviews.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX People: The TUG interviews project&#xA;and book&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T13:28:07.033" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6810" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-09T14:19:53.987" Score="4" ViewCount="186" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a tool that will read a &lt;code&gt;.bib&lt;/code&gt; file and add the correct DOI fields for all the entries that don't have them?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My current workflow is to just add citations as and when I need them with auctex in emacs. So a command line tool would be fine. I'd rather not load the file into some bibliography manager like jabref, because it adds all these superfluous fields like &quot;owner&quot; and &quot;timestamp&quot; which are useless. I guess with all the bibliographic information in the file, it should be easy to identify the right DOI with some judicious database searching...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T16:08:55.337" Title="Automatically adding DOI fields to a hand-made bibliography" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;doi&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="6812" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-09T14:47:06.817" Score="3" ViewCount="170" Body="&lt;p&gt;Specially in beamer presentations, I use a custom environment to change the vertical space around a formula. The code is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{shrinkeq}[1]&#xA;{ \bgroup&#xA;  \addtolength\abovedisplayshortskip{#1}&#xA;  \addtolength\abovedisplayskip{#1}&#xA;  \addtolength\belowdisplayshortskip{#1}&#xA;  \addtolength\belowdisplayskip{#1}}&#xA;{\egroup}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, an unwanted horizontal space is added in front of the text following the formula. For example, the code&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Text before text before text before\dots&#xA;\[ \int_{a_1}^{b_1}f(x)dx+\int_{a_2}^{b_2}g(x)dx+\int_{a_3}^{b_3}h(x)dx=0 \]&#xA;Text after text after text after\dots&#xA;\bigskip&#xA;&#xA;Text before text before text before\dots&#xA;\begin{shrinkeq}{-2ex}&#xA;\[ \int_{a_1}^{b_1}f(x)dx+\int_{a_2}^{b_2}g(x)dx+\int_{a_3}^{b_3}h(x)dx=0 \]&#xA;\end{shrinkeq}&#xA;Text after text after text after\dots&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;produces&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/TClkb.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The issue can be fixed by putting a &lt;code&gt;\null&lt;/code&gt; after &lt;code&gt;\end{shrinkeq}&lt;/code&gt; but I do not understand why this works. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;¿Is there a better way to do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2117" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-09T14:51:47.600" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T14:58:50.837" Title="An environment to change the vertical space around a formula" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;equations&gt;&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="6813" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6812" CreationDate="2010-12-09T14:58:50.837" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Line breaks cause white space, like blanks do. Note the line break between &lt;code&gt;\end{shrinkeq}&lt;/code&gt; and the following text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A local solution would be commenting out the line break: &lt;code&gt;\end{shrinkeq}%&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A global solution would be adding &lt;code&gt;\ignorespacesafterend&lt;/code&gt; to the end of your environment definition:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{shrinkeq}[1]&#xA;{ \bgroup&#xA;  \addtolength\abovedisplayshortskip{#1}&#xA;  \addtolength\abovedisplayskip{#1}&#xA;  \addtolength\belowdisplayshortskip{#1}&#xA;  \addtolength\belowdisplayskip{#1}}&#xA;{\egroup\ignorespacesafterend}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This definition causes that blanks and line breaks directly following the environment would be ignored.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T14:58:50.837" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6814" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6797" CreationDate="2010-12-09T15:32:42.870" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's my ugly solution....I managed to make the formatting better...though I don't like the implementation details that much.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt,letterpaper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;&#xA;\newlength{\onesixth}&#xA;\setlength{\onesixth}{.1667 \linewidth}&#xA;\setlength{\onesixth}{.5 \onesixth} &#xA;&#xA;\newcolumntype{C}{&amp;gt;{\begin{minipage}{2\onesixth}\begin{center}}{c}&amp;lt;{\end{center}\end{minipage}}}&#xA;\newcolumntype{D}{&amp;gt;{\begin{minipage}{3\onesixth}\begin{center}}{c}&amp;lt;{\end{center}\end{minipage}}}&#xA;\newcolumntype{E}{@{}l@{}} %I don't understand why this is needed...but without it the code doesn't compile&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA; \begin{table}[h]&#xA;        \caption{Distribution of mappings for the SLA parameter $\pi$.}&#xA;        \label{tab:distPi}\centering&#xA;        \begin{tabular}{|C|C|C|E} &#xA;            \hline&#xA;                \multicolumn{3}{|c|}{\textbf{Name of the SLA parameter $\pi$}} &#xA;                \\\hline &#xA;                  \emph{Cost} &amp;amp; \emph{Charge} &amp;amp;\emph{Rate}&amp;amp;&#xA;            \\\hline&#xA;                1 &amp;amp; 15 &amp;amp; 40 &amp;amp;\\&#xA;            \hline&#xA;            \hline&#xA;                \multicolumn{3}{|c|}{\textbf{Unit of the SLA parameter $\pi$}} \\&#xA;            \hline&#xA;                \emph{USD} &amp;amp; \emph{GBP} &amp;amp; \emph{YPI}&amp;amp; \\&#xA;            \hline&#xA;                38\% &amp;amp; 2\% &amp;amp; 40\% &amp;amp;\\&#xA;            \hline&#xA;        \end{tabular}&#xA;        \vspace{-0.3cm}&#xA;    \end{table}&#xA;    \begin{table}[h]&#xA;        \caption{Distribution of mappings for the SLA parameter $\mu$.}&#xA;        \label{tab:distMu} \centering&#xA;        \begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|c|c|c|}&#xA;            \hline&#xA;                \multicolumn{6}{|c|}{\textbf{Name of the SLA parameter $\mu$}} \\&#xA;            \hline&#xA;                \multicolumn{3}{|D|}{\emph{MemoryConsumption}} &amp;amp; \multicolumn{3}{D|}{\emph{Consumption}} \\&#xA;            \hline&#xA;                \multicolumn{3}{|D|}{70\%} &amp;amp; \multicolumn{3}{D|}{30\%} \\&#xA;            \hline&#xA;            \hline&#xA;                \multicolumn{6}{|c|}{\textbf{Unit of the SLA parameter $\mu$}} \\&#xA;            \hline&#xA;                \multicolumn{2}{|C|}{\emph{Mbit}} &amp;amp; \multicolumn{2}{C|}{\emph{Gbit}} &amp;amp; \multicolumn{2}{C|}{\emph{Tbit}} \\&#xA;            \hline&#xA;                \multicolumn{2}{|C|}{5\%} &amp;amp; \multicolumn{2}{C|}{55\%} &amp;amp; \multicolumn{2}{C|}{40\%} \\&#xA;            \hline&#xA;        \end{tabular}&#xA;        \vspace{-0.3cm}&#xA;    \end{table}&#xA;&#xA;        \end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which results in &#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/I0rRI.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am unhappy with: not being able to have a &lt;code&gt;\multicolumn{6}{|C|C|C|}{..}&lt;/code&gt; and by that pesky &lt;code&gt;E&lt;/code&gt; that seems to be needed so that the endline doesn't make its way into the \begin{}...\end{} block. If someone knows how to remove either of these two, please let me know, or post a better solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oh, BTW, MemoryConsumption is too big for the box I defined...I'm not sure how it will fit for you, but you can fiddle with it yourself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T15:32:42.870" />
  <row Id="6815" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6810" CreationDate="2010-12-09T16:08:55.337" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would use Mendeley desktop, import bib, add DOI, export bib. Bib output is very clean!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2182" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T16:08:55.337" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="6816" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1429" CreationDate="2010-12-09T16:23:19.683" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This isn't really what you're looking for, but an easy way to generate QR codes is with Google's chart tool: &lt;a href=&quot;http://code.google.com/apis/chart/docs/gallery/qr_codes.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://code.google.com/apis/chart/docs/gallery/qr_codes.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can then include the image using the &lt;code&gt;graphicx&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2095" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T16:23:19.683" />
  <row Id="6817" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-09T16:35:25.997" Score="9" ViewCount="197" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to put a small graphic in the bottom right corner of a the title page of an article. Is there a way to specify a precise location for a graphic on a page (that has text on it)? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've tried doing it with a &lt;code&gt;\parbox&lt;/code&gt; but haven't been able to so far.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2095" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-10T23:46:27.127" LastActivityDate="2010-12-10T23:46:27.127" Title="Insert graphic at precise place on a page" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6818" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-09T16:46:26.853" Score="2" ViewCount="273" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello All, I'm using biber.exe and biblatex with the following preamble in my tex document &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[fontsize =10pt, BCOR=0mm, DIV=default]{scrartcl} &#xA; \usepackage{fontspec} &#xA;\usepackage{xunicode} &#xA;\usepackage{xltxtra} &#xA;\usepackage{polyglossia} &#xA;\usepackage{graphicx} % support the \includegraphics command and options &#xA;\setmainlanguage{english} &#xA;\usepackage{csquotes} &#xA;\usepackage[bibstyle= nature, citestyle=numeric-comp, sorting=none, backend = biber]{biblatex}%this style compresses the numbering &#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{setspace} %setting interline spacing &#xA;\onehalfspacing &#xA;\KOMAoptions{DIV=last} &#xA;\bibliography{c} %sets the .bib database \begin{document} \section{Results} &#xA;&#xA;\section{This is a section}&#xA;\subsection{This is a subsection} &#xA;\emph{this is emphasized} This is a reference &#xA;\cite{Beaumont2004} &#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now since a day I have alot of problems with biber.exe. The problems started to occur after an update of many packages using the automatic update method of my MikTex installation. No matter which bib file or tex file i try, biber.exe is no longer working properly. And the errors looks similar as when I was using an old version of biber.exe once (this is what I get when I execute biber.exe on the .bcf file manually)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;G:\Hierarchische clustering manuscript&amp;gt;biber.exe TESTC.bcf &#xA;Could not find or check module 'IPC::Run' [THIS MAY BE A PROBLEM!] at IPC/Cmd.pm line 125 Already tried to use 'IO::Select', which was unsuccessful [THIS MAY BE A PROBLEM !] at IPC/Cmd.pm line 154 INFO - Logfile is 'TESTC.blg' INFO - Found 'TESTC.bcf' INFO - Reading TESTC.bcf INFO - Found 1 citekeys in bib section 0 INFO - Processing bib section 0 INFO - Found 'c.bib' INFO - Processing bibtex format file 'c.bib' for section 0 INFO - Decoding LaTeX character macros into UTF-8 c.bib.utf8, line 4, warning: 36 characters of junk seen at toplevel &#xA;&#xA;        Unicode::Collate: Can't locate Unicode\Collate\allkeys.txt in @INC (@INC contain s: F:\temp\par-homantg\cache-fa06d357fc5a676eeabf7d32fcd743b55bd08598\inc\lib F: \temp\par-homantg\cache-fa06d357fc5a676eeabf7d32fcd743b55bd08598\inc CODE(0x1262 454) CODE(0x1262754)) &#xA;at Biber.pm line 1412 &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And this is the output from the latex logfile (truncated)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;LaTeX Warning: Citation 'Beaumont2004' on page 1 undefined on input line 104.&#xA;&#xA;[1] (&quot;G:\Hierarchische clustering manuscript\TESTD.aux&quot;)&#xA;&#xA;LaTeX Warning: There were undefined references.&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;Package biblatex Warning: Please (re)run Biber on the file:&#xA;(biblatex)                TESTD&#xA;(biblatex)                and rerun LaTeX afterwards.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I hope one of the users or developers could get more into detail about this error. Is it related to my machine, is it related to my .bib file (encoded in the wrong way? again see my previous questions regarding biber.exe) or anything else. ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using the latest version of biber.exe (downloaded manually from sourceforge) and biblatex 1.0&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Minimal minimal working example&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\usepackage{polyglossia}&#xA;\setmainlanguage{english}&#xA;\title{clustering analysis}&#xA;\author{Tim Homan}&#xA;\date{oktober 2010} % &#xA;    \usepackage[backend = biber]{biblatex} &#xA;    \bibliography{testlibrary} %sets the .bib database&#xA;    \begin{document}&#xA;\section{Results}&#xA;text&#xA;\subsection{This is a subsection}&#xA;This is a reference \cite{Beaumont2004}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Library download&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The library which i use for my testing can downloaded here (rar to save encoding):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.box.net/shared/jirl990nz1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;download here&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2182" LastEditorUserId="2182" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-10T12:18:53.017" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T09:37:56.327" Title="Xelatex, Biblatex: biber.exe not working properly (IPC::Run) error" Tags="&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;biblatex&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6819" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6871" CreationDate="2010-12-09T17:25:40.230" Score="7" ViewCount="230" Body="&lt;p&gt;My paper contains many math expressions like &lt;code&gt;$abcde$&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;$abdefv$&lt;/code&gt;.  Unfortunately, the latter looks very ugly, particularly in regards to the spacing around the &lt;code&gt;f&lt;/code&gt;.  In particular, there is a significant amount of space around the &lt;code&gt;f&lt;/code&gt; which is not present around the other letters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a method to make that spacing tighter?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Note&lt;/em&gt;: Joseph Wright suggested using &lt;code&gt;\!&lt;/code&gt; to get a negative thin space.  This does seem to help.  But I'm still a bit curious as to why the problem occurs at all.  For example, it looks fine in &lt;code&gt;$acdfv$&lt;/code&gt; before the &lt;code&gt;f&lt;/code&gt; but not after.  If anyone has some more details on why the spacing ends up as it does, please comment.  Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2372" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-10T14:58:38.323" LastActivityDate="2010-12-11T21:32:02.447" Title="Ugly spacing around f in math mode" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;spacing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6820" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6825" CreationDate="2010-12-09T17:28:23.010" Score="3" ViewCount="191" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is anyone here using LaTeX to typeset astrology charts? Would pgf/tikz be an appropriate tool to use for that purpose?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2054" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-09T19:25:59.260" LastActivityDate="2011-01-09T14:42:00.310" Title="Astrology Charts in LaTeX" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="6821" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6817" CreationDate="2010-12-09T17:29:20.087" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/textpos&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;textpos&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package is probably the easiest way to insert a graphic at an absolute position on the page.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;eso-pic&lt;/code&gt; can do the same and is capable of adding such picture commands to several or all pages.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/atbegshi&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;atbegshi&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; could be used directly to hook into TeX's shipout mechanism to insert pictures. This package is used by &lt;code&gt;eso-pic&lt;/code&gt; which might serve as the easier front-end.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/everyshi&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;everyshi&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; is an older package for the same purpose like &lt;code&gt;atbegshi&lt;/code&gt;. It works but I would recommend the more modern &lt;code&gt;atbegshi&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;if you would like to use TikZ: the current page node allows drawing on the current page using absolute coordinates. Have a look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/feature/absolute-positioning/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Abolute positioning examples&lt;/a&gt; in the TikZ example gallery.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T17:29:20.087" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6822" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1429" CreationDate="2010-12-09T17:35:03.703" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Not TeX-related, but since you inquired about a Python script...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;#!/usr/bin/env python&#xA;# Generates QR code from given text using Google charts API.&#xA;import urllib2&#xA;import sys&#xA;&#xA;# change those to your heart's content. See http://code.google.com/apis/chart/docs/gallery/qr_codes.html for more info&#xA;ENCODING='utf-8'&#xA;IMAGE_WIDTH=200&#xA;IMAGE_HEIGHT=200&#xA;&#xA;def make_magic_url(text):&#xA;    # spaces in the text should be replaced with &quot;+&quot;. probably other control symbols need to be handled in special way.&#xA;    return 'http://chart.apis.google.com/chart?chs=%dx%d&amp;amp;cht=qr&amp;amp;choe=%s&amp;amp;chl=%s' %(IMAGE_WIDTH, IMAGE_HEIGHT, ENCODING, text.replace(&quot; &quot;, &quot;+&quot;))&#xA;&#xA;def makeQR(text, dest):&#xA;    print make_magic_url(text)&#xA;    myfig=urllib2.urlopen(make_magic_url(text))&#xA;    output=open(dest, 'wb')&#xA;    output.write(myfig.read())&#xA;    output.close()&#xA;&#xA;text=sys.argv[1]&#xA;dest=sys.argv[2]&#xA;makeQR(text, dest)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Save this as &lt;code&gt;fetchqr.py&lt;/code&gt;, or some such. Usage is simple: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;python fetchqr.py 'http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1429/latex-package-to-generate-qr-codes' '/tmp/myfig.png'&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And you'd get something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/L7ssV.png&quot; alt=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1429/latex-package-to-generate-qr-codes&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This works on Python 2.6 under Windows, but I imagine it shouldn't be a a problem with older Python versions. Not sure about Python 3.x though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you're using something like a &lt;code&gt;Makefile&lt;/code&gt; to run your project, then you should be able to generate those on the fly as needed -- maybe create a file with stuff to QR-code, then run all the entries through the grinder in one go.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The code is free for the taking.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="711" LastEditorUserId="711" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-09T17:40:53.733" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T17:40:53.733" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6823" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6824" CreationDate="2010-12-09T17:54:58.920" Score="5" ViewCount="87" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi all i want to create a glossary and i want to name it &quot;Glosario&quot;, but perhaps my attempts it continue printing &quot;Glossary&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\usepackage[spanish]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}&#xA;\newcommand*{\glossaryname}{Glosario}&#xA;\usepackage[nonumberlist, toc]{glossaries}&#xA;\newcommand{\dictentry}[2]{%&#xA;\newglossaryentry{#1}{name=#1,description={#2}}%&#xA;  \glslink{#1}{}%&#xA;}&#xA;\makeglossaries&#xA;&#xA;\newglossaryentry{CLR}{name=CLR,description={ El ambiente de ejecución para el código     gestionado}}&#xA;\newglossaryentry{.NET}{name=.NET,description={.Net es un framework para el desarrollo de aplicaciones de código gestionado desarrollado por Microsoft.}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;El \gls{CLR} blablalbla&#xA;&#xA;\newpage&#xA;\printglossary[style=altlist, toctitle=Glosario]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1113" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-09T18:31:34.973" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T18:31:34.973" Title="Spanish Glossary" Tags="&lt;languages&gt;&lt;glossaries&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="6824" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6823" CreationDate="2010-12-09T18:21:03.933" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In your example, replace&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*{\glossaryname}{Glosario}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[spanish]{translator}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See pages 12-15 of the glossaries documentation for details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: You may also omit &lt;code&gt;toctitle=Glosario&lt;/code&gt; in the optional argument of &lt;code&gt;\printglossaries&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T18:21:03.933" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6825" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6820" CreationDate="2010-12-09T19:25:36.470" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/psfonts/marvosym/marvodoc.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;marvosym&lt;/a&gt; font package. It has some astrology symbols in it. I am not sure though if it is adequate for what you are looking. However, with a special font it will be much easier than pgf/TikZ.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T19:25:36.470" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="6826" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6820" CreationDate="2010-12-09T19:35:17.473" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Matthew Skala has a few resources on this topic:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ansuz.sooke.bc.ca/astrology/astro-latex.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://ansuz.sooke.bc.ca/astrology/astro-latex.php&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ansuz.sooke.bc.ca/entry/107&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://ansuz.sooke.bc.ca/entry/107&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is an example chart from the manual:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/BDJFc.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastEditorUserId="345" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-09T22:18:09.643" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T22:18:09.643" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6827" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6831" CreationDate="2010-12-09T19:36:46.580" Score="3" ViewCount="145" Body="&lt;p&gt;When using &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;breqn&lt;/code&gt;, the minus signs (or dashes, according to the unix.SX site then there's some controversy about which it is) disappear from code listing.  Here's an example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;\usepackage{breqn}&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\lstset{language=Perl}&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}&#xA;#! /usr/bin/perl -w&#xA;&#xA;if ($ARGV[0] =~ /^-/) {&#xA;    print &quot;Option given&quot;;&#xA;}&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;with result:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ArSPR.png&quot; alt=&quot;listings and breqn&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Changing the order of package loading doesn't help.  &lt;code&gt;breqn&lt;/code&gt; does warn that it might break other packages, but it would be really useful to have both working.  If it helps, the code listings are in appendices so happen after the equations which &lt;code&gt;breqn&lt;/code&gt; is meant to help with so I can happily reset anything that got changed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-12-10T11:24:01.873" Title="Minus signs vanish with listings and breqn - any solutions?" Tags="&lt;listings&gt;&lt;breqn&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="6828" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6833" CreationDate="2010-12-09T20:06:19.983" Score="7" ViewCount="132" Body="&lt;p&gt;I recently wanted to compare &lt;code&gt;\jobname&lt;/code&gt; to a string (with the &lt;code&gt;xstring&lt;/code&gt; package) and was rather surprised that the string never matched. Tho internet told me that I had to use &lt;code&gt;\detokenize&lt;/code&gt; on the string. &lt;code&gt;\detokenize&lt;/code&gt; is an e-TeX command, that&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;when followed by a &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;general text&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;, expands to yield a sequence of character tokens of &lt;code&gt;\catcode&lt;/code&gt; 10 (space) or 12 (other) corresponding to a decomposition of the tokens of the &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;balanced text&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; of the unexpanded &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;general text&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately, I do not own a copy of the TeXbook, so here are three questions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;What is “balanced text”?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Why does &lt;code&gt;\jobname&lt;/code&gt; expand to the job name with “wrong” catcode?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;How did people compare &lt;code&gt;\jobname&lt;/code&gt; to a string before e-TeX?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-09T20:21:01.973" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T21:50:56.973" Title="`\jobname`, character codes and `\detokenize`" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6829" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6827" CreationDate="2010-12-09T20:13:37.063" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is a solution:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{tufte-book}&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\usepackage{breqn}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\normalfont&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\texttt{\meaning\lst@InputCatcodes\relax}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\lstset{language=Perl,escapeinside={(*@}{@*)}}&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}&#xA;#! /usr/bin/perl -w&#xA;&#xA;if ($ARGV[0] =~ /^(*@-@*)/) {&#xA;    print &quot;Option given&quot;;&#xA;}&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is really a font problem. The - sign in your font is an active character in listings. (See the &lt;code&gt;meaning&lt;/code&gt;). If you escape it though it gets the right &lt;code&gt;catcode&lt;/code&gt; and the error disappears. You escape using funny eyes:)&#xA;&lt;code&gt;(*@ @*)&lt;/code&gt; and you can insert anything you want. Perhaps someone else can come with an easier solution as I guess it is a hassle to have to escape the sign always.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I use MikTeX for compiling.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another hack would be to define a new environment using the &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt; &lt;code&gt;lstnewenvironment&lt;/code&gt; command to protect the definitions from other packages:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\lstnewenvironment{perl}[1][]&#xA;  {\lstset{language=Perl}\lstset{%&#xA;   #1&#xA;}}&#xA;{}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This also worked,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Use:  &lt;code&gt;\begin{perl}...\end{perl}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This solution is very similar to that given by Harald.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-09T21:32:36.170" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T21:32:36.170" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6830" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6832" CreationDate="2010-12-09T20:43:49.617" Score="2" ViewCount="138" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to align text at the top of the slide for only a single slide?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alternatively is there a simple way to absolute align anything in a beamer slide.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2373" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-09T21:33:58.363" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T21:33:58.363" Title="slidestop for a single slide in beamer" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="6831" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6827" CreationDate="2010-12-09T20:46:43.410" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your problem comes from the fact that &lt;code&gt;\lstlisting&lt;/code&gt; likes to typeset a hypen-minus as &lt;code&gt;$-$&lt;/code&gt;, and the the &lt;code&gt;breqn&lt;/code&gt; package plays around with math so much. In particular, it sets the mathcode of the minus to &lt;code&gt;&quot;8000&lt;/code&gt;, which makes it active and seems to break things.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;\mathchardef\hyphenmathcode=\mathcode`\-&#xA;\usepackage{breqn}&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;&#xA;\let\origlstlisting=\lstlisting&#xA;\let\endoriglstlisting=\endlstlisting&#xA;\renewenvironment{lstlisting}&#xA;    {\mathcode`\-=\hyphenmathcode&#xA;     \everymath{}\mathsurround=0pt\origlstlisting}&#xA;    {\endoriglstlisting}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\lstset{language=Perl}&#xA;\everymath{}&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}&#xA;#! /usr/bin/perl -w&#xA;&#xA;if ($ARGV[0] =~ /^-/) {&#xA;    print &quot;Option given&quot;;&#xA;}&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The &lt;code&gt;\everymath{}\mathsurround&lt;/code&gt; is not necessary for this, but it should be there for good measure.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt; Added the mathcode bit. I'll say more on this edit in the comments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastEditorUserId="1424" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-10T11:24:01.873" LastActivityDate="2010-12-10T11:24:01.873" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="6832" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6830" CreationDate="2010-12-09T20:56:28.150" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the optional arguments &lt;code&gt;t&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;c&lt;/code&gt; of the &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt; class resp. its &lt;code&gt;frame&lt;/code&gt; environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[t]{beamer}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;Some text.&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}[c]&#xA;Some text.&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T20:56:28.150" />
  <row Id="6833" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6828" CreationDate="2010-12-09T21:12:52.357" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Three questions there, but I think you'll be let off!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;'Balanced text' means that the argument has to have balanced grouping characters, usually &lt;code&gt;{&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;}&lt;/code&gt; pairs. This is because &lt;code&gt;\detokenize&lt;/code&gt; requires an argument starting with a token with category code 1 (begin-group), in the same way as a token register. Indeed, you can do very similar things with a token register and with &lt;code&gt;\detokenize&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newtoks\mytoks&#xA;\def\test{stuff}&#xA;\mytoks\expandafter{\test}% \mytoks holds 'stuff' as letters&#xA;\detokenize\expandafter{\test}% Ouputs 'stuff' as 'other' tokens&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the category codes in &lt;code&gt;\jobname&lt;/code&gt;, there are a number of places where you get a 'string' from TeX where everything except spaces has category code 12. You see the same with &lt;code&gt;\the\&amp;lt;somedimen&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\meaning&lt;/code&gt; (more on the later in a moment). You'd have to ask DEK for the full story, but my understanding is that this 'string' approach is used so that no tokens are accidentally added to a control sequence name. There are places where if they were 'letters' then trouble might arise.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, on the approach before e-TeX. As I said, &lt;code&gt;\jobname&lt;/code&gt; is not the only place where you see 'string' output. In particular, &lt;code&gt;\meaning&lt;/code&gt; does the same. So if you do&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\testa{&amp;lt;whatever&amp;gt;}&#xA;\edef\testa{\meaning\testa}&#xA;\edef\testb{\jobname}&#xA;\edef\testb{\meaning\testb}&#xA;\ifx\testa\testb&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the test will be true if the two names agree as lists of characters. There are variations on this method, see for example LaTeX's &lt;code&gt;\strip@prefix&lt;/code&gt;, which can be used to make a 'string' without any prefix:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\testa{&amp;lt;whatever&amp;gt;}&#xA;\edef\testa{\expandafter\strip@prefix\meaning\testa}% Now a 'string'&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-09T21:50:56.973" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T21:50:56.973" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6834" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6838" CreationDate="2010-12-09T21:33:42.077" Score="8" ViewCount="190" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My document should be letterpaper and my attachments should be a4paper. I had high hopes for the &lt;code&gt;\newgeometry&lt;/code&gt; command from the &lt;code&gt;geometry&lt;/code&gt; package, but the documentation says &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newgeometry&lt;/code&gt; is almost similar to&#xA;  &lt;code&gt;\geometry&lt;/code&gt; except that &lt;code&gt;\newgeometry&lt;/code&gt;&#xA;  disables all the options specified in&#xA;  the preamble and skips the&#xA;  papersize-related options: &lt;code&gt;landscape&lt;/code&gt;,&#xA;  &lt;code&gt;portrait&lt;/code&gt; and paper size options (such&#xA;  as &lt;code&gt;papersize&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;paper=a4paper&lt;/code&gt; and so&#xA;  forth).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any help is appreciated!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Frank&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1236" LastEditorUserId="1236" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-09T21:36:10.953" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T23:16:42.637" Title="Change paper size in mid-document" Tags="&lt;paper-size&gt;&lt;geometry&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6835" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6840" CreationDate="2010-12-09T21:45:13.137" Score="4" ViewCount="131" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to place text over arrows. The obvious choice is to use the amsmath command &lt;code&gt;\xrightarrow{#1}&lt;/code&gt; However, sometimes the text above may be a single digit:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%Example 1&#xA;\xrightarrow{1}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;other times the text is slightly longer:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%Example 2&#xA;\xrightarrow{1000}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem I have is that the length of the arrow is scaled to the length of the text. So the arrow in example 1 is much shorter than the arrow in example 2. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way of making the arrows the same length? Should I use a different command altogether?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="224" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-10T17:54:52.757" LastActivityDate="2010-12-10T17:54:52.757" Title="Minimum length for \xrightarrow" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;amsmath&gt;&lt;lengths&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="6836" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6842" CreationDate="2010-12-09T22:04:39.873" Score="3" ViewCount="217" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using a tabular* with rubber spacing to fill the complete width of the page. This works fine, except that when I use &lt;code&gt;\cline&lt;/code&gt;, the line is not complete. It seems that &lt;code&gt;\cline&lt;/code&gt; does not cover the spacing. I'm using pdflatex. Below you will find a code example. Any ideas on how to fix this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \usepackage{array} % for defining a new column type&#xA; \usepackage{varwidth} %for the varwidth minipage environment&#xA; %...&#xA; \newcolumntype{M}{&amp;gt;{\begin{varwidth}{6cm}}l&amp;lt;{\end{varwidth}}} %M is for Maximal column&#xA; %...&#xA; \begin{tabular*}{15.5cm}{@{\extracolsep{\fill}} | M | r | r | r | r |}&#xA;   \hline&#xA;   \bf Omschrijving &amp;amp; \bf Hoeveelheid &amp;amp; \bf Prijs &amp;amp; \bf SubTotaal &amp;amp; \bf BTW\\&#xA;   \hline&#xA;   Armband 2 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 256.00 &amp;amp; 256.00 &amp;amp; 19.00\% \\&#xA;   \hline&#xA;   \multicolumn{3}{c |}{} &amp;amp; SubTotaal &amp;amp; 256.00\\&#xA;   \multicolumn{3}{c |}{} &amp;amp; BTW (19.0) &amp;amp; 48.64\\&#xA;   \multicolumn{3}{c |}{}  &amp;amp; \bf Totaal &amp;amp; \bf 304.64\\&#xA;   \cline{4-5}&#xA;\end{tabular*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2374" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-03T17:18:29.593" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T17:18:29.593" Title="tabular* with rubber spacing and cline" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;varwidth&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="6837" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4709" CreationDate="2010-12-09T23:09:13.163" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;you can also do:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;\documentclass{article}&lt;br&gt;&#xA;\usepackage{array} % for defining a new column type&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;\begin{document}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Table with short rows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;\begin{tabular}{|p{4in}|}&#xA;hello hello hello&#xA;\end{tabular}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Same table, with long row:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;\begin{tabular}{|p{2in}|}&#xA;hello hello hello hello hello hello &#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1222" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T23:09:13.163" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6838" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6834" CreationDate="2010-12-09T23:16:42.637" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The following works in Pdflatex:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Normal page&#xA;\eject \pdfpagewidth=3in \pdfpageheight=10in&#xA;Tall page&#xA;\eject \pdfpagewidth=10in \pdfpageheight=3in&#xA;Wide page&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That should work with Xelatex.   See the SO qn, &lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/2812892/change-paper-size-in-the-middle-of-a-latex-document&quot;&gt;Change paper size in the middle of a latex document?&lt;/a&gt;, for more.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-12-09T23:16:42.637" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6839" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6846" CreationDate="2010-12-09T23:41:13.130" Score="1" ViewCount="202" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've plotted a function using TikZ and gnuplot and would like to indicate certain points on the graph. From the manual, I can only figure out how to get TikZ to place a mark at a point it's using to plot the function. Is there a clever (or even a simple) way to do this or am I better off just making a node for each point I want?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For reference, so far I have&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}[domain=-4:4]&#xA;    \draw[very thin,color=gray] (-4.1,-1.1) grid (3.9,0.9);       &#xA;      \draw[color=red] plot[id=f,smooth] function{x*exp(-2*x**2)}&#xA;        node[right]{$f(x)=xe^{-2x^2}$};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1345" LastActivityDate="2010-12-10T02:08:47.060" Title="Marking Specific x-values in TikZ Plot" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;gnuplot&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="6840" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6835" CreationDate="2010-12-10T00:06:32.140" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In such cases, the command &lt;a href=&quot;http://texblog.net/help/latex/ltx-262.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makebox&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; comes handy. It puts the argument text into a box of customizable width. Even more useful in math mode is &lt;code&gt;\mathmakebox&lt;/code&gt; provided by the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/mathtools&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;mathtools&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package, because it's working better in math mode and respects the current math style.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, we could start with &lt;code&gt;\xrightarrow{\mathmakebox[3em]{1}&lt;/code&gt;. But we can do better - let's write a macro for that, which produces an arrow of the same width like a text we specify. Here's such a complete example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{mathtools}&#xA;\newlength{\arrow}&#xA;\settowidth{\arrow}{\scriptsize$1000$}&#xA;\newcommand*{\myrightarrow}[1]{\xrightarrow{\mathmakebox[\arrow]{#1}}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;$\myrightarrow{1}$&#xA;&#xA;$\myrightarrow{1000}$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/fMJyH.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-10T00:06:32.140" />
  <row Id="6841" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6844" CreationDate="2010-12-10T00:12:48.357" Score="4" ViewCount="267" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to supress the numberings of subfigures within subfigures?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Currently, I have something like the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}&#xA;  \subfigure{&#xA;    \subfigure{...}&#xA;    \subfigure{...}&#xA;    \subfigure{...}&#xA;  }&#xA;  \subfigure {&#xA;     ...&#xA;  }&#xA;  ...&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I have the entire figure, within which I have subfigures, which consist of more figures (i.e. subsubfigures). Each subfigure contains 9 subsubfigures and I have 5 subfigures. Because each subsubfigure and each subfigure get numbered and labeled, I get a &lt;code&gt;Counter too large&lt;/code&gt; error because there are more than a-z figures.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I only really care about the numbering and labeling on the subfigures (i.e. I don't care about the numbering on the subsubfigures). Is there a way to suppress the numbering on the subsubfigures so that I only have subfigures a through e that are labeled and thus also avoid the error?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2378" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-09T00:07:13.793" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T00:07:13.793" Title="Suppress Numbering of Subfigures" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;numbering&gt;&lt;subfloats&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6842" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6836" CreationDate="2010-12-10T00:29:46.157" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;That's caused by &lt;code&gt;\extracolsep{\fill}&lt;/code&gt; which produces the space that &lt;code&gt;\cline&lt;/code&gt; doesn't fill. You could verify that by removing &lt;code&gt;@{\extracolsep{\fill}}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Besides removing that rubber length, you could repair it by&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;inserting another one such as&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular*}{15.5cm}{@{\extracolsep{\fill}}| M | r | r |@{\extracolsep{0pt}}r | r |}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;or by using a width-fitting tabular environment which adjust the columns width instead of the column separation: &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/tabularx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;tabularx&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. This would be my choice.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Further I strongly recommend to omit all these vertical lines which obstruct the reading. Good tables don't need to be grids! Have a look at the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/booktabs&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;booktabs&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package and its documentation. I would use perhaps a top line, a seperation line below the header and a bottom line, but no vertical line at all. Compare tables in good books, you're able to typeset fine tables too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-10T00:29:46.157" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="6843" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="339" CreationDate="2010-12-10T00:53:23.810" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Taco Software just released 'Latexian' for Mac OS 10.5+ - &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tacosw.com/latexian/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://tacosw.com/latexian/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Looks promising / interesting.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/GfC1Y.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1809" LastActivityDate="2010-12-10T00:53:23.810" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-12-10T00:53:23.810" />
  <row Id="6844" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6841" CreationDate="2010-12-10T00:55:29.560" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Because you don't need labels and numbers of subsubfigures, and I guess you don't need captions as well, you could simply use &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt; environments or &lt;code&gt;\parbox&lt;/code&gt; for those figures instead of nesting subfigures.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Further, if you use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/subfigure&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;subfigure&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package, which is outdated, you might consider to use the newer &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/subfig&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;subfig&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/caption/subcaption.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;subcaption&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-10T00:55:29.560" />
  <row Id="6845" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6847" CreationDate="2010-12-10T01:06:22.077" Score="5" ViewCount="200" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi all, i need a little of help here. Till now wat I now is that to compile a latex into a pdf with bibtex references i need to execute the next sequence:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;1. pdflatex document.tex&#xA;2. bibtex document.tex&#xA;3. pdflatex document.tex&#xA;4. pdflatex document.tex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and for glossaries i need to:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;5. pdflatex document.tex&#xA;6. makeglossaries document&#xA;7. pdflatex document&#xA;8. pdflatex document&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and even in some places I've read that step 5 and 6 need to be repeated in some &#xA;circumstances but i didn't understand them well,&#xA;so my question are: what is the sequence of step to create the pdf with bibtex and with a glossary?&#xA;I need to automate this so, in what specific circumstances, i need to re execute any of the step? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1113" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-10T15:34:30.147" LastActivityDate="2010-12-10T15:34:30.147" Title="Compile LaTeX with BibTeX and glossaries" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;compiling&gt;&lt;glossaries&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6846" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6839" CreationDate="2010-12-10T01:13:05.393" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I still have a long way to go in TikZ but I will try to answer your question. If you already know the coordinates you would like to mark on your graph, you could simply use the &lt;code&gt;foreach&lt;/code&gt;command in this way: &lt;pre&gt;\foreach (\x,\y) in {(x1,y1), (x2,y2), ...}&#xA;   \filldraw[] (\x,\y) circle () node[] {$(\x,\y)$}; &lt;/pre&gt; &#xA;However, I am guessing you probably want to mark points &lt;em&gt;along&lt;/em&gt; the function, so maybe the above is not that useful. In that case you may want to try: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;\foreach \x in { x1, x2, ...}&#xA;  \filldraw[] ( \x, {\x*exp( -2*(\x^2) )} ) circle (); &lt;/pre&gt; &#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You may notice that I have written your function in PGF math syntax. I use the PGF math engine, as opposed to gnuplot but the code should still work perfectly on your present graph.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2269" LastEditorUserId="2269" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-10T02:08:47.060" LastActivityDate="2010-12-10T02:08:47.060" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6847" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6845" CreationDate="2010-12-10T01:44:32.813" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's not really as complicated as you think. Just do:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; 1. pdflatex document&#xA; 2. bibtex document&#xA; 3. makeglossaries document&#xA; 4. pdflatex document&#xA; 5. pdflatex document&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It doesn't matter if you do step 3 before step 2 either.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Next you might want to take a look at the link TH posted if you're looking for a tool to automate the workflow.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="226" LastEditorUserId="226" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-10T06:54:18.847" LastActivityDate="2010-12-10T06:54:18.847" />
  <row Id="6848" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-10T03:43:15.013" Score="6" ViewCount="203" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there an established way to, given a list of DOI identifiers, produce a .bib file containing the citation information?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1670" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T23:18:39.070" Title="Automatically dereference DOI to .bib?" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;doi&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6850" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6869" CreationDate="2010-12-10T04:33:50.787" Score="5" ViewCount="308" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Looking to put a table and a figure side by side so that the table and figure have their own captions. A crude sketch&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA; ------------              -----------------&#xA;    TABLE &#xA;  | a |  b |                     FIGURE&#xA;  | c |  d |&#xA; ------------             &#xA;Table 2: Caption           -----------------&#xA;                           Figure 7: Caption&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The closest I've gotten is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\begin{table}%&#xA;\centering&#xA;\parbox{0.4\textwidth}{&#xA;\begin{footnotesize}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{| l | r |} \hline&#xA;some &amp; table\\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{footnotesize}&#xA;\caption{Table}&#xA;\label{tab:table}&#xA;}&#xA;\qquad&#xA;\begin{minipage}[c]{0.53\textwidth}%&#xA;\centering&#xA;    \includegraphics[width=1\textwidth]{awesome}&#xA;\caption{Figure}&#xA;\label{fig:figure}&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But that gives two &lt;code&gt;Table X: Caption&lt;/code&gt; captions. I didn't find anything in &lt;code&gt;subfig&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Help?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1232" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T23:19:56.443" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T23:19:56.443" Title="Table and Figure side-by-side with independent captions" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;captions&gt;&lt;floatrow&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="6851" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7471" CreationDate="2010-12-10T05:26:46.747" Score="4" ViewCount="710" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Background&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In OpenOffice and Microsoft Word it takes seconds to create a new paragraph style. Here is how I currently use LyX with the KOMA Script document class to mark text as a quotation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Type some text.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Click the layouts drop-down.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;strong&gt;Quotation&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At this point, the text typed in step 1 is rendered as a quotation. The look of the quotation (for example, adding a border or changing its colour) can be altered by adding code to the preamble. All good here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Problem&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The Customization guide for LyX talks about adding a new document class, new styles, new layouts, etc. But the documentation does not say how to create a new text layout (like quotation) and have it show up in the menu.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I could create the new layout in the preamble, then insert LaTeX code before and after the text that I want to stylize. But that seems to run counter to how to wield LyX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Question&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;What is the formal name for the layouts in the drop-down? (Style, layout, template, paragraph style, etc.? It is difficult to search for something when the name seems to have several synonyms.)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Without copying and pasting KOMA Script's &lt;strong&gt;.class&lt;/strong&gt; file, what are the exact steps needed to add a new layout, such as a &quot;warning&quot; box, and make it available from the LyX drop-down?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Create a new file called &lt;strong&gt;warning.inc&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Copy the contents from pastebin.com/etc.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Copy &lt;strong&gt;warning.inc&lt;/strong&gt; into &lt;code&gt;$HOME/.lyx/layouts&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Update the document preamble as follows:&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\expandafter\def\expandafter\warning\expandafter{\warning\colorbox{}}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;strong&gt;Tools &amp;raquo; Reconfigure&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Restart LyX.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Type some text.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Click &lt;strong&gt;Warning&lt;/strong&gt; from the drop down.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Render the PDF to see the text in a box with a red border.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A &lt;em&gt;simple&lt;/em&gt;, working example of steps, such as the above, to create a new &quot;paragraph style&quot; would be fantastic. Nearly all the documentation I have read shows how to set up a Document Class and define your own Templates (or Styles). Unless I have misunderstood something, I already have a Document Class: KOMA Script v2. I don't want to copy it (because if a new version is released, I have to merge if I upgrade): I want to extend it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2148" LastEditorUserId="2148" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-14T17:44:53.273" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T21:52:34.560" Title="Create new paragraph style in LyX" Tags="&lt;lyx&gt;&lt;layout&gt;&lt;paragraphs&gt;&lt;style&gt;&lt;preamble&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="6852" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6859" CreationDate="2010-12-10T06:34:38.840" Score="3" ViewCount="617" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use &lt;code&gt;convert filename.gif filename.eps&lt;/code&gt; to produce EPS from images before include them into TeX document, and get error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! LaTeX Error: Cannot determine size of graphic in filename.eps (no BoundingBox).&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Environment: OpenSUSE 11.3 and oficial versions of texlive-latex and ImageMagick.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2380" LastEditorUserId="2380" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-10T11:06:54.243" LastActivityDate="2010-12-10T11:08:08.827" Title="Cannot determine size of graphic in * (no BoundingBox)" Tags="&lt;conversion&gt;&lt;eps&gt;&lt;gif&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="6853" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-10T08:21:34.293" Score="4" ViewCount="240" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use the multicols environment (multicol package).&#xA;I have two columns.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I simply use &lt;code&gt;\footnote{the footnote text, which is quite long}&lt;/code&gt;&#xA;the footnote behaves as if there was just one big column (as in a &quot;normal document&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It seems that there is no regular way to obtain a footnote which only spans one of my two columns.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I guess there is a workaround like there is e.g. [1] for placing floating objects inside the multicol environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would be grateful for any hint.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[1]&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www-h.eng.cam.ac.uk/help/tpl/textprocessing/multicol_hint.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www-h.eng.cam.ac.uk/help/tpl/textprocessing/multicol_hint.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2381" LastActivityDate="2010-12-10T13:12:51.010" Title="single column footnote in multicols environment?" Tags="&lt;footnotes&gt;&lt;multicol&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6854" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6850" CreationDate="2010-12-10T09:18:39.357" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/caption&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;caption&lt;/a&gt; package. See code below for an example derived from the package manual.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper,english]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{babel}&#xA;\usepackage[font=small,labelfont=bf,tableposition=top]{caption}&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{andtable}{#1~#2  \&amp;amp;  \tablename~\thetable}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{figure}[!ht]&#xA;    \centering&#xA;    \rule{6.4cm}{3.6cm}&#xA;    \qquad&#xA;    \begin{tabular}[b]{cc}\hline&#xA;      Table head &amp;amp; Table head \\ \hline&#xA;      Some values &amp;amp; Some values \\&#xA;      Some values &amp;amp; Some values \\&#xA;      Some values &amp;amp; Some values \\&#xA;      Some values &amp;amp; Some values \\&#xA;      Some values &amp;amp; Some values \\&#xA;      Some values &amp;amp; Some values \\ \hline&#xA;    \end{tabular}&#xA;    \captionlistentry[table]{A table beside a figure}&#xA;    \captionsetup{labelformat=andtable}&#xA;    \caption{A table beside a figure}&#xA;  \end{figure}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You will find more details in the manual. This is not exactly what you want, but it would float.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/hAe9K.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Supplement:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another solution that would give the desired output. But this won't float.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper,english]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{babel}&#xA;\usepackage[font=small,labelfont=bf]{caption}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{minipage}{\textwidth}&#xA;  \begin{minipage}[b]{0.49\textwidth}&#xA;    \centering&#xA;    \rule{6.4cm}{3.6cm}&#xA;    \captionof{figure}{A table beside a figure}&#xA;  \end{minipage}&#xA;  \hfill&#xA;  \begin{minipage}[b]{0.49\textwidth}&#xA;    \centering&#xA;    \begin{tabular}{cc}\hline&#xA;      Table head &amp;amp; Table head \\ \hline&#xA;        Some values &amp;amp; Some values \\&#xA;        Some values &amp;amp; Some values \\&#xA;        Some values &amp;amp; Some values \\&#xA;        Some values &amp;amp; Some values \\&#xA;        Some values &amp;amp; Some values \\&#xA;        Some values &amp;amp; Some values \\ \hline&#xA;      \end{tabular}&#xA;      \captionof{table}{A table beside a figure}&#xA;    \end{minipage}&#xA;  \end{minipage}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/S1vUu.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastEditorUserId="1063" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-10T11:36:48.683" LastActivityDate="2010-12-10T11:36:48.683" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6855" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6695" CreationDate="2010-12-10T09:26:01.973" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/memoir&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;memoir&lt;/a&gt; class and check the »&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/memoirchapterstyles&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;MemoirChapterStyles&lt;/a&gt;« document for the BlueBox (VZ39) chapter style.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-12-10T09:26:01.973" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6856" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6848" CreationDate="2010-12-10T09:51:36.887" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately, there is no any tools trying to dealing with this. I think it's nearly impossible. Because &lt;code&gt;DOI&lt;/code&gt; system is similar to &lt;code&gt;URL&lt;/code&gt; but more strictly. It's aiming to establish a unique permanent link system, which is not limited to published materials. Although it is used by many publishers. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Technically, from a DOI number, what we can get directly is only a redirect link, whose content can be organized in any style with any codes. To recognize them correctly, we need something like import filters of &lt;code&gt;Zotero&lt;/code&gt; but more.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1967" LastActivityDate="2010-12-10T09:51:36.887" />
  <row Id="6857" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6858" CreationDate="2010-12-10T10:47:09.477" Score="5" ViewCount="130" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm sure this is a pretty standard questions that's been asked (and answered!) a hundered times before, so apologies for boring people.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In LaTeX, I'd like to write a macro for abbreviations, such as, &quot;e.g.&quot; or &quot;i.e.&quot; but I'd like LaTeX to get the spacing after the trailing dot right: sometimes I enclose the &quot;e.g.&quot; in commas and sometimes I don't, depending on the document I'm writing:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;A lot of fruits contain vitamin C, e.g., lemons and oranges.&#xA;&#xA;To practice a sport like e.g. rugby, a good level of fitness is adviced.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Please let's not discuss whether this use of commas is correct or not.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I write a macro &lt;code&gt;\eg&lt;/code&gt; that gets the spacing right automatically for both cases?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2382" LastActivityDate="2010-12-10T11:03:40.540" Title="Abbreviations and spacing" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6858" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6857" CreationDate="2010-12-10T11:03:40.540" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the package &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/entries/xspace.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;xspace&lt;/a&gt; for this purpose:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{xspace}&#xA;\newcommand*{\eg}{e.g.\xspace}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;A lot of fruits contain vitamin C, \eg, lemons and oranges.&#xA;&#xA;To practice a sport like \eg rugby, a good level of fitness is adviced.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1376" LastActivityDate="2010-12-10T11:03:40.540" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6859" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6852" CreationDate="2010-12-10T11:08:08.827" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use this little trick to solve this problem:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$&amp;gt; convert filename.gif filename.ps&#xA;$&amp;gt; ps2eps -f --fixps filename.ps&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2380" LastActivityDate="2010-12-10T11:08:08.827" />
  <row Id="6860" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6836" CreationDate="2010-12-10T11:09:46.977" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This isn't really an answer, but I would like to say that the from a bit of fiddling around it would seem that &lt;code&gt;\extracolsep&lt;/code&gt; doesn't play very nicely with &lt;code&gt;\cline&lt;/code&gt; regardless of the rubberlength&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \begin{tabular}{|@{\extracolsep{1cm}}{l}@{\extracolsep{1cm}}|r|c|@{\extracolsep{0cm}}}&#xA;\cline{1-3} &#xA; one&amp;amp;two&amp;amp;three\\&#xA; \cline{2-3}&#xA; one&amp;amp;two&amp;amp;three\\&#xA; \cline{1-2}&#xA; one&amp;amp;two&amp;amp;three\\&#xA; \cline{2-2}&#xA;  one&amp;amp;two&amp;amp;three\\&#xA; \cline{3-3}&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;results in &#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/xqgP1.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are a few things that are wrong:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Why is the first column so squished? &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Why isn't there space added to the right and left of every column? &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Why are the clines not going all the way to the verticals?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know that this is not an answer...and I apologize, if people think that I should repost this as a question, I'd happily do that. Just to appease the gods, I've marked this answer CW so that people can convert the question into a real answer, as I think that there are issues here that are very relevant to the original question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastActivityDate="2010-12-10T11:09:46.977" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-12-10T11:09:46.977" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6861" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6848" CreationDate="2010-12-10T12:57:21.453" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;(Note: the script linked to is untested by me.)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If your DOI number is something that is included in the Harvard ADS database, then you can try &lt;a href=&quot;http://code.google.com/p/ocefpaf-shell/source/browse/trunk/doi2bibtex.py?spec=svn163&amp;amp;r=163&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this python script&lt;/a&gt; by Filipe Fernandes. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In general you'll probably need some sort of maintained database, or something like what gerry said in his answer. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastActivityDate="2010-12-10T12:57:21.453" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6862" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6866" CreationDate="2010-12-10T13:03:35.360" Score="8" ViewCount="312" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am writing a book and one of my chapter has a very long title. As it can't be displayed correctly on the top of even pages, I provide a &quot;short title name&quot; via the &lt;code&gt;\chapter[short title]{long title}&lt;/code&gt; command.&#xA;But then, &quot;short title&quot; appears in the table of contents, instead of the original/true/long one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can i have the &quot;short title&quot; in the header of even pages, and the &quot;long title&quot; in the TOC and in the &quot;Title header&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For reference, here is the code I use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper]{book}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;&#xA;\chapter[Short title]{Very vey very very very very very very long title i can't display in the header}&#xA;&#xA;Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit.&#xA;&#xA;\cleardoublepage&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2387" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-23T23:16:17.577" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T23:16:17.577" Title="How can I display a short chapter name in the header and a long chapter name in the TOC?" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;header-footer&gt;&lt;chapters&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6865" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6853" CreationDate="2010-12-10T13:12:51.010" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The workaround you pointed to for single-column floats is a very crude one - the new environments simply don't float, which will almost invariably lead to bad column breaks without manual intervention. Footnotes are a kind of special floats, and an equivalent &quot;workaround&quot; would be to place text formatted akin to footnotes at the bottom of the affected columns by hand (and to determine column breaks by hand).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quoting from p. 12 of the multicol documentation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I'm not sure that I really want pagewide footnotes. But balancing of the last page can only be achieved with this approach or with a multi-path algorithm which is complicated and slow. But it's a challenge to everybody to prove me wrong! Another possibility is to reimplement a small part of the &lt;code&gt;fire_up&lt;/code&gt; procedure in TeX (the program). I think that this is the best solution if you are interested in complex page makeup, but it has the disadvantage that the resulting program cannot be called TeX thereafter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I'm afraid there's no workaround for your problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-12-10T13:12:51.010" />
  <row Id="6866" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6862" CreationDate="2010-12-10T13:29:54.483" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\chapter[toc version]{doc version}&#xA;\chaptermark{version for header}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=runheadtoobig&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=runheadtoobig&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-12-10T13:29:54.483" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="6867" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6851" CreationDate="2010-12-10T13:32:04.997" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not a LyX user, but maybe something like &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.oak-tree.us/2010/07/13/custom-lyx-modules/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt; will help? (Note, it requires the 1.6 or higher version of LyX.) You can find some layout modules &lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.lyx.org/Layouts/Modules&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;. (BTW, I think the name that you should search for is &quot;layout modules&quot;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Edit&lt;/em&gt;: This is what I understood from the links. You need to &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;First procure an appropriate &lt;code&gt;warning.module&lt;/code&gt; file. Either have someone with LyX voodoo write it for you, or do it yourself according to the instructions in the first link. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Put &lt;code&gt;warning.module&lt;/code&gt; into &lt;code&gt;$HOME/.lyx/layouts/&lt;/code&gt;, where &lt;code&gt;$HOME/.lyx&lt;/code&gt; should be replaced by appropriate user directory if different. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;strong&gt;Tools -&gt; Reconfigure&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Restart LyX&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Load the module to use &lt;em&gt;for your current document&lt;/em&gt; by going to &lt;strong&gt;Document -&gt; Settings -&gt; Modules&lt;/strong&gt; and selecting the newly installed module. Note: you shouldn't have to add anything to the preamble. The way the module files are written suggests to me that the appropriate preamble texts should be added when you load the module.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Profit!!!&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can test this set of instructions against some of the modules given in the second link above to see if my instructions are incomplete.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For writing the module, in view of the note in step 5 above, you will need to put the text you want for the preamble in the &lt;code&gt;Preamble&lt;/code&gt; section in the module file. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Edit 2&lt;/em&gt;: Ah, I see the problem. You are not just asking about Layouts! You also want to be able to access it in the toolbar. In that case you may also want to look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/UserInterface&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this page&lt;/a&gt;. You will need to copy the system &lt;code&gt;default.ui&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;$HOME/.lyx/ui/&lt;/code&gt;, and merge in the changes from the &lt;code&gt;*inc&lt;/code&gt; file that you found or wrote. Then fire-up LyX, select the now customized user interface file from &lt;strong&gt;Edit -&gt; Preferences -&gt; Look and Feel -&gt; User Interface&lt;/strong&gt;, and restart LyX. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastEditorUserId="119" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-10T16:06:51.167" LastActivityDate="2010-12-10T16:06:51.167" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="6868" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="750" CreationDate="2010-12-10T14:28:02.090" Score="-1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Define \newcommand\nodoturl[2]{\url{#1}} and use it in the bib file instead of \url&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2390" LastActivityDate="2010-12-10T14:28:02.090" />
  <row Id="6869" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6850" CreationDate="2010-12-10T14:33:07.040" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use a floatrow environment of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/floatrow.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;package&lt;/a&gt; of the same name.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{floatrow}&#xA;% Table float box with bottom caption, box width adjusted to content&#xA;\newfloatcommand{capbtabbox}{table}[][\FBwidth]&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\blindtext&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;\begin{floatrow}&#xA;\ffigbox{%&#xA;  \rule{3cm}{3cm}%&#xA;}{%&#xA;  \caption{A figure}%&#xA;}&#xA;\capbtabbox{%&#xA;  \begin{tabular}{cc} \hline&#xA;  Author &amp;amp; Title \\ \hline&#xA;  Knuth &amp;amp; The \TeX book \\&#xA;  Lamport &amp;amp; \LaTeX \\ \hline&#xA;  \end{tabular}&#xA;}{%&#xA;  \caption{A table}%&#xA;}&#xA;\end{floatrow}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-12-10T14:33:07.040" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6870" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6818" CreationDate="2010-12-10T15:08:59.000" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I downloaded the current biber from here&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://sourceforge.net/projects/biblatex-biber/files/biblatex-biber/current/binaries/Windows/biber.zip/download&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://sourceforge.net/projects/biblatex-biber/files/biblatex-biber/current/binaries/Windows/biber.zip/download&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and tried your bib and example document and it worked fine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;I:\Z-Test\testlibrary&amp;gt;biber -v&#xA;biber version: 0.6&#xA;&#xA;I:\Z-Test\testlibrary&amp;gt;biber test-utf8&#xA;INFO - Logfile is 'test-utf8.blg'&#xA;INFO - Found 'test-utf8.bcf'&#xA;INFO - Reading test-utf8.bcf&#xA;INFO - Found 1 citekeys in bib section 0&#xA;INFO - Processing bib section 0&#xA;INFO - Found 'testlibrary.bib'&#xA;INFO - Processing bibtex format file 'testlibrary.bib' for section 0&#xA;INFO - Decoding LaTeX character macros into UTF-8&#xA;INFO - Sorting entries with Unicode::Collate (level =&amp;gt; 3, upper_before_lower =&#xA;1, locale =&amp;gt; English_United States.1252, UCA version: 5.2.0)&#xA;INFO - No sort tailoring available for locale 'English_United States.1252'&#xA;INFO - Writing 'test-utf8.bbl' with encoding 'UTF-8'&#xA;INFO - Output to test-utf8.bbl&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I had biber.exe, your example and the bib-file in an empty folder. And for good measure I also tested with an empty PATH variable so that external ressource like perl can't interfere. Where have you installed biber.exe?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-12-10T15:08:59.000" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6871" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6819" CreationDate="2010-12-10T15:23:52.067" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For a detailed answer &lt;em&gt;why&lt;/em&gt; this is happening you can read &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/6087/two-letter-variable-names/6089#6089&quot;&gt;this answer&lt;/a&gt; of mine (shameless plug indeed): In short, the italic correction of the &lt;code&gt;f&lt;/code&gt; has a great part in this. But the italic correction only explains the spacing &lt;em&gt;after&lt;/em&gt; the &lt;code&gt;f&lt;/code&gt;, not &lt;em&gt;before&lt;/em&gt;. For this you have to look at the bounding boxes of the letters:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/VBHU9.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first &lt;code&gt;f&lt;/code&gt; is a text italic letter in its bounding box, the second one is math italic (in its bounding box together with its italic correction). As you can see, the text letter protrudes a bit to the left (and a lot to the right); the math letter has a tiny bit of white space in the left (and also in the right, because of the italic correction). For a bit more about the bounding boxes see &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/3490/1235&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt; of mine (another shameless plug &lt;code&gt;:-)&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I first noticed the problem when typing &lt;code&gt;$Vf$&lt;/code&gt;, which doesn't yield a nice output. My resort is using &lt;code&gt;$V\hspace{-0.1em}f$&lt;/code&gt; instead (in a macro, of course), which I like much better. You could even use &lt;code&gt;$V\!f$&lt;/code&gt;, but this I find too narrow. Compare these three:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/6hvPS.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/QQ0gM.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/DctIS.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; encourage you to follow Caramdir's (now removed) suggestion to use &lt;code&gt;$\mathit{Vf}$&lt;/code&gt; since this uses a different font (text italic, not math italic). You can see quite clearly that the &lt;code&gt;V&lt;/code&gt; is narrower (in other words, the angle at the bottom of the &lt;code&gt;V&lt;/code&gt; is more acute):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/j6EoK.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you use a different math font (like Euler), then the difference is even more noticeable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(For a case where &lt;code&gt;\textit&lt;/code&gt; could be a good solution, see &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/6087/two-letter-variable-names/6088#6088&quot;&gt;this answer&lt;/a&gt; of TH.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-11T21:32:02.447" LastActivityDate="2010-12-11T21:32:02.447" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6872" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6862" CreationDate="2010-12-10T15:35:16.433" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The sectional commands of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/memoir.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;memoir&lt;/a&gt; class feature a second optional argument:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper]{memoir}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\tableofcontents*% Starred form for not including the ToC in the ToC&#xA;&#xA;\chapter[Title displayed in ToC][Title displayed in header]{Title}&#xA;&#xA;Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit.&#xA;&#xA;\clearpage\null&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-12-10T15:35:16.433" />
  <row Id="6873" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-12-10T16:13:58.380" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Cross-referencing means making connections from a point in a document to related information elsewhere, usually within the same document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;LaTeX's standard commands for generating cross-references are &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\ref&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are many packages enhancing LaTeX's cross-referencing capabilities, for instance &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/cleveref&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;cleveref&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/prettyref&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;prettyref&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/nameref&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;nameref&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/titleref&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;titleref&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/varioref&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;varioref&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/xr&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;xr&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/hyperref&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. The last two are outstanding: &lt;code&gt;xr&lt;/code&gt; allows cross-referencing to other LaTeX documents and &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; can produce hyperlinks in PDF documents. Since the latter is a very complex package for which we've got many question, please use the tag &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/hyperref&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'hyperref'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;hyperref&lt;/a&gt; instead, if your question specifically concerns this package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If your question is about these or related commands or packages, choose this tag &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/cross-referencing&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'cross-referencing'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;cross-referencing&lt;/a&gt;. If your question is about citing or bibliographies, choose the &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/bibliographies&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'bibliographies'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;bibliographies&lt;/a&gt; tag instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See also: &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cross-reference&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Cross-reference&lt;/a&gt; in the Wikipedia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-25T19:49:01.260" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T19:49:01.260" />
  <row Id="6874" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-12-10T16:13:58.380" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="Cross-referencing means making connections from a point in a document to related information elsewhere, usually within the same document. Standard commands are \label and \ref. If your question is about citing or bibliographies, choose the {bibliographies} tag instead.&#xD;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-25T19:49:19.230" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T19:49:19.230" />
  <row Id="6875" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6880" CreationDate="2010-12-10T16:28:49.887" Score="10" ViewCount="223" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am writing an exam using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/exam/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;exam document class&lt;/a&gt;. In the exam you only need to answer 10 out of 12 questions (10 points each question). When I create the grade table with the command &lt;code&gt;\gradetable&lt;/code&gt;, the total number of points is 120.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I manually set the total number of points to 100?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1128" LastEditorUserId="1128" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-10T18:45:59.420" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T21:57:01.047" Title="Manually setting the total number of points in the exam document class" Tags="&lt;exam&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6876" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7" CreationDate="2010-12-10T16:53:39.833" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\caption&lt;/code&gt; (re)defines a macro &lt;code&gt;\@currentlabel&lt;/code&gt;, which &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt; then uses.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;i've recently seen a post from someone who had written something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{\itshape \caption{foo bar}}\label{foobar}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(anyone with any experience would baulk at that, but it has happened.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;then since &lt;code&gt;\@currentlabel&lt;/code&gt; was defined inside a group, &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt; ended up&#xA;referring to the last &lt;code&gt;\caption&lt;/code&gt; that &lt;em&gt;wasn't&lt;/em&gt; inside a group, since the&#xA;value hadn't been exported from inside the group.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;putting &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt; inside the caption solves the problem for &lt;em&gt;this&lt;/em&gt; class of&#xA;misguided people, in a &quot;robust&quot; way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;for only ordinarily-misguided people, it's enough just to say &quot;put the&#xA;\label immediately after the &lt;code&gt;\caption&lt;/code&gt; (or whatever); don't have spaces&#xA;or line breaks in between&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the grouping effect applies equally well for sections and other things&#xA;that can be labelled.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2250" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-10T16:57:45.707" LastActivityDate="2010-12-10T16:57:45.707" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6877" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6797" CreationDate="2010-12-10T16:57:19.203" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm sure there are many ways to skin this particular cat. The following short introduction to the awesomeness that is &lt;code&gt;\halign&lt;/code&gt; might hopefully be helpful if it works in LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;I don't personally fancy &quot;boxing&quot; up the contents in a table.&#xA;&#xA;tl;dr:&#xA;&#xA;{&#xA;  \def\trule{\noalign{\medskip\hrule\medskip}}&#xA;  \def\header#1#2{\multispan#1\bf#2\hfill\cr\trule}&#xA;  $$&#xA;    \vbox{\hrule height1pt\medskip\halign to.4\hsize{&#xA;      #\hfil\tabskip.2\hsize plus.1\hsize minus.15\hsize&amp;amp;&amp;amp;#\hfil\cr&#xA;      % double ampersands begin the repeating part of the preamble.&#xA;      \header{3}{Name of the SLA parameter $\pi$}&#xA;      \it Cost&amp;amp;\it Charge&amp;amp;\it Rate\cr&#xA;      15\%&amp;amp;5\%&amp;amp;40\%\cr&#xA;      \noalign{\bigskip}&#xA;      \header{3}{Unit of the SLA parameter $\pi$}&#xA;      \it USD&amp;amp;\it GBP&amp;amp;\it YPI\cr&#xA;      38\%&amp;amp;2\%&amp;amp;40\%\cr}&#xA;    \medskip\hrule height1pt}&#xA;  $$&#xA;}&#xA;% end tl;dr&#xA;%&#xA;% General remarks about horizontal alignment (&quot;halign&quot; or &quot;table&quot; for short):&#xA;% &quot;&amp;amp;&quot; is used to separate columns.&#xA;% &quot;\cr&quot; is an abbreviation for &quot;Carriage Return&quot;. It ends a row.&#xA;% &quot;#&quot; is used in the preamble to tell where the given content goes. Compare&#xA;% with positional parameters in, eg. `\def\foo#1{&amp;lt;...&amp;gt;#1&amp;lt;...&amp;gt;}`.&#xA;%&#xA;\vsize=.7\vsize&#xA;\input eplain&#xA;% eplain is input purely for the following command:&#xA;\doublecolumns&#xA;% Some text to show the default vertical spacing.&#xA;Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Maecenas pulvinar&#xA;tristique felis, a mollis ante tincidunt eu. Maecenas orci quam, auctor vitae&#xA;auctor quis, rhoncus quis nisi. Curabitur tincidunt consectetur turpis, vel&#xA;eleifend neque tristique faucibus. Praesent tristique vehicula nisl sed&#xA;pharetra.&#xA;\bigskip&#xA;{% Begin a grouping scope, so that all the settings we define here are confined.&#xA;\offinterlineskip% Omit whitespace between rows. Without this setting, there are&#xA;                 % gaps between vertical rules.&#xA;\tabskip0pt% Tabskip is a glue which will be put in every column.&#xA;           % For the beginning of the first column, we don't want any&#xA;           % horizontal space, so we set the tabskip to 0pt (it already is by&#xA;           % default, but lets be sure about it).&#xA;\everycr={\noalign{\hrule}}% For every &quot;Carriage Return&quot;, insert a horizontal rule.&#xA;\halign to .9\hsize{% Begin the preamble of the table. A preamble defines how the&#xA;                    % columns of a table are formatted.&#xA;  \strut#&amp;amp;% A strut is a invisible &quot;thing&quot;, whose height is the height of a&#xA;          % paren. We insert a strut as the first column because we have set&#xA;          % the whitespace between rows to be zero for the vertical rules, so&#xA;          % we need to make a little vertical room for the actual content.&#xA;  \vrule#\tabskip1em plus 2em minus .5em&amp;amp;% We set the glue between the columns so&#xA;    % that there is stretchability for the columns.&#xA;  \hfil#\hfil&amp;amp;% First (actual content) column is defined to be centered.&#xA;  \vrule#&amp;amp;% After the content column, there is a vertical rule.&#xA;  \hfil#\hfil&amp;amp;\vrule#&amp;amp;\hfil#\hfil&amp;amp;% Ditto for the other two content columns.&#xA;  \vrule#\tabskip0pt% For the last vertical rule -column, we set the&#xA;                    % stretchability back to 0pt, so that it doesn't &quot;eat up&quot;&#xA;                    % the stretchability of the content columns.&#xA;  \cr% End the preamble of the table with a &quot;Carriage Return&quot;.&#xA;  % Now starts the actual contents of the table:&#xA;  &amp;amp;&amp;amp;% Skip the strut-column and the vrule-column.&#xA;  \multispan5% Let this column span five columns (content-columns and their&#xA;             % accompanied vrule-columns, excluding the last vrule-column)&#xA;  \hidewidth% Skip this columns width in the calculations of the column widths,&#xA;            % because this is a &quot;header&quot; -column/-row.&#xA;  \hfil\bf Name of the SLA parameter $\pi$\hfil% We again center the contents.&#xA;  \hidewidth% We need to hide the width of this column on its right-hand-side&#xA;            % as well.&#xA;  &amp;amp;\cr% Finally we are done with the first header-row. The seemingly surplus&#xA;      % column-separation ampersand is there to account for the last&#xA;      % vrule-column.&#xA;  &amp;amp;&amp;amp;\it Cost&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\it Charge&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\it Rate&amp;amp;\cr% The double ampersands account for the&#xA;                                      % vrule-columns.&#xA;  &amp;amp;&amp;amp;15\%&amp;amp;&amp;amp;5\%&amp;amp;&amp;amp;40\%&amp;amp;\cr&#xA;  \noalign{\smallskip\hrule}% Make a small gap before the next header-row.&#xA;  &amp;amp;&amp;amp;\multispan5\hidewidth\hfil\bf Unit of the SLA parameter $\pi$\hfil\hidewidth&amp;amp;\cr&#xA;  &amp;amp;&amp;amp;\it USD&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\it GBP&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\it YPI&amp;amp;\cr&#xA;  &amp;amp;&amp;amp;38\%&amp;amp;&amp;amp;2\%&amp;amp;&amp;amp;40\%&amp;amp;\cr&#xA;}% End of the halign.&#xA;}% End of the grouping scope. After the scope, TeX no longer knows what `\cc`&#xA; % or `\header` means. Also the tabskip and interlinespacing are returned.&#xA;\bigskip&#xA;%&#xA;% Now that we're familiar with the basics (and some of the not-so-basics) of&#xA;% halign, we could further simplify the recurring commands, as well as separate&#xA;% the used dimens for re-usability.&#xA;%&#xA;\def\mytablehelper{&#xA;% First off, the dimens(ions):&#xA;\dimen0=.9\hsize% We'll use this dimen to set the width of the table.&#xA;\skip0=1em plus2em minus.5em% We'll use this glue to set the tabskip amount.&#xA;\offinterlineskip&#xA;\tabskip0pt&#xA;\everycr={\noalign{\hrule}}&#xA;\smallskipamount=2pt% remove stretchability&#xA;}&#xA;%&#xA;% For the recurring commands, there are at least the centered content-columns:&#xA;\def\cc#1{\hfil#1\hfil}&#xA;% and the header-rows:&#xA;\def\header#1#2{\multispan#1\hidewidth\cc{\bf#2}\hidewidth}&#xA;% and we might as well throw in the header separators in the mix:&#xA;\def\headsep{\noalign{\smallskip\hrule}}&#xA;%&#xA;% As we're getting greedier and greedier, let's wrap the whole thing in a `\def`:&#xA;\def\mytablethreecols#1{\centerline{\vbox{\mytablehelper&#xA;  \halign to\dimen0{\strut##&amp;amp;\vrule##\tabskip=\skip0&amp;amp;&#xA;  \cc{##}&amp;amp;\vrule##&amp;amp;\cc{##}&amp;amp;\vrule##&amp;amp;\cc{##}&amp;amp;\vrule##\tabskip=0pt\cr&#xA;  #1}}}}&#xA;% Looking ahead, we're going to need one with just two cols as well. I know. Ugly.&#xA;\def\mytabletwocols#1{\centerline{\vbox{\mytablehelper&#xA;  \halign to\dimen0{\strut##&amp;amp;\vrule##\tabskip=\skip0&amp;amp;&#xA;  \cc{##}&amp;amp;\vrule##&amp;amp;\cc{##}&amp;amp;\vrule##\tabskip=0pt\cr&#xA;  #1}}}}&#xA;%&#xA;% And here we go:&#xA;\mytablethreecols{&#xA;  &amp;amp;&amp;amp;\header{5}{Name of the SLA parameter $\pi$}&amp;amp;\cr&#xA;  &amp;amp;&amp;amp;\it Cost&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\it Charge&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\it Rate&amp;amp;\cr&#xA;  &amp;amp;&amp;amp;15\%&amp;amp;&amp;amp;5\%&amp;amp;&amp;amp;40\%&amp;amp;\cr&#xA;  \headsep&#xA;  &amp;amp;&amp;amp;\header{5}{Unit of the SLA parameter $\pi$}&amp;amp;\cr&#xA;  &amp;amp;&amp;amp;\it USD&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\it GBP&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\it YPI&amp;amp;\cr&#xA;  &amp;amp;&amp;amp;38\%&amp;amp;&amp;amp;2\%&amp;amp;&amp;amp;40\%&amp;amp;\cr&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Maecenas pulvinar&#xA;tristique felis, a mollis ante tincidunt eu. Maecenas orci quam, auctor vitae&#xA;auctor quis, rhoncus quis nisi. Curabitur tincidunt consectetur turpis, vel&#xA;eleifend neque tristique faucibus. Praesent tristique vehicula nisl sed&#xA;pharetra.&#xA;\smallskip&#xA;\mytabletwocols{&#xA;  &amp;amp;&amp;amp;\header{3}{Name of the SLA parameter $\mu$}&amp;amp;\cr&#xA;  &amp;amp;&amp;amp;\hidewidth\it MemoryConsumption\hidewidth&#xA;  &amp;amp;&amp;amp;\hidewidth\it Consumption\hidewidth&amp;amp;\cr&#xA;  &amp;amp;&amp;amp;70\%&amp;amp;&amp;amp;30\%&amp;amp;\cr&#xA;}% Ewww, two *different* tables!&#xA;\vskip1pt&#xA;\mytablethreecols{&#xA;  &amp;amp;&amp;amp;\header{5}{Unit of the SLA parameter $\mu$}&amp;amp;\cr&#xA;  &amp;amp;&amp;amp;\it Mbit&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\it Gbit&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\it Tbit&amp;amp;\cr&#xA;  &amp;amp;&amp;amp;5\%&amp;amp;&amp;amp;55\%&amp;amp;&amp;amp;40\%&amp;amp;\cr&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Maecenas pulvinar&#xA;tristique felis, a mollis ante tincidunt eu. Maecenas orci quam, auctor vitae&#xA;auctor quis, rhoncus quis nisi. Curabitur tincidunt consectetur turpis, vel&#xA;eleifend neque tristique faucibus.&#xA;&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/NbE4H.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; title=&quot;Hosted by imgur.com&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastActivityDate="2010-12-10T16:57:19.203" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6878" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6889" CreationDate="2010-12-10T16:58:34.320" Score="4" ViewCount="250" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would appreciate some guidance on how to format units that incorporate SI, molecules, and text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Right now I am formatting the letters in chemicals or names as 'text' and the SI units, sub/super scripts and numbers in math. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, I would appreciate feedback on how to format the following for publication:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;meter squared leaf area per meter squared of ground: $m^2$leaf$m^{-2}$leaf&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;grams carbon: $g$C&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;carbon dioxide CO$_2$&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This previous question about [what package should be used to typeset units] is similar, except that I am not convinced that I need to add another package like siunitx (publishers request that I minimize use of extra packages).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1783" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-10T20:23:56.617" LastActivityDate="2010-12-10T22:30:27.407" Title="Conventions for formatting scientific units?" Tags="&lt;formatting&gt;&lt;best-practices&gt;&lt;units&gt;&lt;typography&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6879" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6841" CreationDate="2010-12-10T18:33:43.727" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A possible solution with the already mentioned »subcaption« package (shipped with &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/caption&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;caption&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper,english]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{babel}&#xA;\usepackage[includeheadfoot,margin=3cm]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage[font=small,labelfont=bf,tableposition=top]{caption}&#xA;\usepackage[font=footnotesize]{subcaption}&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;%\DeclareCaptionSubType*[arabic]{figure}&#xA;%\captionsetup[subfigure]{labelformat=simple,labelsep=colon}&#xA;&#xA;\title{Two subfigures without a caption}&#xA;\author{Myx}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \maketitle&#xA;&#xA;  \blindtext&#xA;&#xA;  \begin{figure}[!ht]&#xA;    \centering&#xA;    \begin{subfigure}[b]{0.45\textwidth}&#xA;      \centering&#xA;      \rule{6.4cm}{3.6cm}&#xA;    \end{subfigure}&#xA;    \hfill&#xA;    \begin{subfigure}[b]{0.45\textwidth}&#xA;      \centering&#xA;      \rule{6.4cm}{3.6cm}&#xA;    \end{subfigure}&#xA;    \caption{Dummy figures}\label{fig:dummy}&#xA;  \end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;  \blindtext&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-12-10T18:33:43.727" />
  <row Id="6880" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6875" CreationDate="2010-12-10T18:36:11.557" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't think that this is possible without changing the class file. Since exams with the structure that you describe are pretty common, it might be worth emailing the author of the class to request that he adds this feature. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the meantime, here is a horribly crude workaround. Make a new copy of exam.cls, and call it something different; say myexam.cls. In your exam, change your document class to myexam, and add something along the lines of &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\mytotalpoints}{100}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then open the myexam.cls file, and search for the string&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\prt@hlfcntr{tbl@points}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Replacing the correct instance of this with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\mytotalpoints&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will do the trick. Exactly where the change needs to be made depends on the type of gradetable that you use. A bit of trial and error may be needed. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2417" LastActivityDate="2010-12-10T18:36:11.557" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="6881" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-12-10T18:44:05.757" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Bibliographies are lists of books and other publications like journal articles or web sites. They usually contain references to works which have been cited in a document or which have been used for it in any way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Bibliographies can be created using &lt;code&gt;\begin{thebibliography} ... \end{thebibliography}&lt;/code&gt; or by the command &lt;code&gt;\bibliography&lt;/code&gt;. The command &lt;code&gt;\bibliographystyle&lt;/code&gt; is used to specify a certain way of formating, like numerical, alphabetical, unsorted or author-year style.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Citations are done by &lt;code&gt;\cite&lt;/code&gt; or related commands.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are many packages providing further macros and styles, for instance: &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/natbib&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/cite&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;cite&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/footbib&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;footbib&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. The &lt;a href=&quot;http://texcatalogue.sarovar.org/bytopic.html#bibliography&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Bibliography&lt;/a&gt; category in the TeX Catalogue lists further packages, styles and tools.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If your question is specifically about &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/bibtex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;BibTeX&lt;/a&gt; (e.g. how to modify a style file), use the &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/bibtex&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'bibtex'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;bibtex&lt;/a&gt; tag. If it is about &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/biblatex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;biblatex&lt;/a&gt;, use the &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/biblatex&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'biblatex'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;biblatex&lt;/a&gt; tag.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Though it's kind of cross-referencing, please don't use that tag for bibliographies or citations. &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/cross-referencing&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'cross-referencing'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;cross-referencing&lt;/a&gt; is intended for in-document cross-referencing by macros such as &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\ref&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-23T16:36:34.540" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T16:36:34.540" />
  <row Id="6882" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-12-10T18:44:05.757" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="Bibliographies are lists of books and other publications like journal articles or web sites. They usually contain references to works which have been cited in a document or which have been used for it in any way." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-10T18:44:05.757" LastActivityDate="2010-12-10T18:44:05.757" />
  <row Id="6883" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6818" CreationDate="2010-12-10T19:16:39.387" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Solution&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Apparently the error occurs when biber tries to use&#xA; &lt;code&gt;Unicode::Collate&lt;/code&gt; for sorting and can't find it/use it&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Instead use Perls build in sorting algorithm, based on language locale (or something). Don't know exactly what this all means, but the following setting works.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Biber -f xxx.bcf&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2182" LastActivityDate="2010-12-10T19:16:39.387" />
  <row Id="6885" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6886" CreationDate="2010-12-10T19:59:21.147" Score="3" ViewCount="149" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there an easy way, given a bibtex file, to generate a compiled version of the entire bibliography?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I could create a minimal document with a bunch of &lt;code&gt;\nocite{}&lt;/code&gt; commands, but that would require me to update it each time I add a reference to the bibliography.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="68" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-10T20:11:50.377" LastActivityDate="2010-12-18T17:31:53.580" Title="Generate a complete bibliography" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="6886" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6885" CreationDate="2010-12-10T20:05:51.207" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Does &lt;code&gt;\nocite{*}&lt;/code&gt; solve your problem?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1996" LastEditorUserId="1996" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-18T17:31:53.580" LastActivityDate="2010-12-18T17:31:53.580" />
  <row Id="6887" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5493" CreationDate="2010-12-10T21:19:01.623" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The previous posted examples work.. HOWEVER, by default the bibliography will be sorted by name and numbers will be assigned accordingly, which means that if your first three citations start with the letters C,A,B they will be assigned number 3,1,2.. and that is not what you. You can solve this by adding the &lt;code&gt;sorting = none&lt;/code&gt; to your preamble. I think you also have  to define the style of citation and bibliography separately in this case, so your preamble could look something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[bibstyle= nature, citestyle=numeric-comp, sorting=none]{biblatex}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2182" LastActivityDate="2010-12-10T21:19:01.623" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6889" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6878" CreationDate="2010-12-10T22:30:27.407" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the SIunits package. Note that SI units are to be typeset in roman type, not italics! And please don't mix information and units. “g C”  (with a thin space) can mean only one thing, namely the product of the units gram and Coulomb. Mixing in information like C for carbon with the units is a cardinal sin. A major point of standardised units with a standardised notation is disambiguation – if you see an SI unit in a paper far from your own speciality you should still be able to understand what it means.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please refer to the &lt;a href=&quot;http://physics.nist.gov/cuu/Units/rules.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;style guides&lt;/a&gt; at the &lt;a href=&quot;http://physics.nist.gov/cuu/Units/index.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;NIST SI units&lt;/a&gt; home page for further details. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2010-12-10T22:30:27.407" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6890" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6069" CreationDate="2010-12-10T23:49:22.507" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As far as I know, this is not possible, because TeX completely formats footnotes when you define them.  They are stored in a &quot;waiting list&quot;, as a sequence of &lt;em&gt;completely formatted&lt;/em&gt; lines, and when TeX breaks a page, he tries to put some of those lines at the bottom of the current page.  So at the moment you could possibly know on which page a footnote will be, it is too late to change it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And since it is actually not even possible to reliably determine on which page a footnote is, multi-pass algorithms will not be of any help...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2398" LastActivityDate="2010-12-10T23:49:22.507" />
  <row Id="6891" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6651" CreationDate="2010-12-11T00:23:11.947" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For specific subsections you may modify the behavior before they start: you could change &lt;code&gt;\AtBeginSubsection&lt;/code&gt; locally. This means you could change that, for a subsection, but keep this change local by enclosing it within a group. For example, disabling &lt;code&gt;\AtBeginSubsection&lt;/code&gt; and thus the subsection TOC:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begingroup&#xA;\AtBeginSubsection{}&#xA;\subsection{No TOC}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;...&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;\subsection{Here's a TOC}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After the group ended, the globally by &lt;code&gt;\AtBeginSubsection&lt;/code&gt; defined macro returns being active. The following subsections will show the TOC -  I tested it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This works because &lt;code&gt;\AtBeginSubsection&lt;/code&gt; uses &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt; to redefine internal macros, which works local, thus visible only inside a group, in contrary to &lt;code&gt;\gdef&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-11T00:23:11.947" />
  <row Id="6892" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6875" CreationDate="2010-12-11T00:41:22.633" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use Bonus Points for the two last questions (changing the text so that it seems the same) then they will not get added. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alternatively, I think that you can turn off and then back on the summation of point, but this is all from reading the manual...never actually tried it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;edit: now I did a minimal example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt,a4paper,addpoints]{exam}&#xA;\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\bonuspointpoints{point}{points}&#xA;\begin{questions}&#xA;\question[10]&#xA;hello&#xA;\bonusquestion[10]&#xA;goodbye&#xA;\end{questions}&#xA;\numpoints&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or alternatively &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt,a4paper,addpoints]{exam}&#xA;\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\bonuspointpoints{point}{points}&#xA;\begin{questions}&#xA;\question[10]&#xA;hello&#xA;\bonusquestion[10]&#xA;goodbye&#xA;\end{questions}&#xA;\numpoints&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which &lt;em&gt;both&lt;/em&gt; result in &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/kH0dV.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;No class editing required!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastEditorUserId="117" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-12T15:30:08.633" LastActivityDate="2010-12-12T15:30:08.633" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6893" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-11T00:50:32.460" Score="4" ViewCount="318" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi everyone,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like to have &quot;requirements&quot; in my document numbered. Then I wanted to have list of requirements, but not only number of requirement and corresponding page/section but also theirs text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried with:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newtheorem{requirement}{Req.}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{requirement}&#xA;first requirement&#xA;\end{requirement}&#xA;&#xA;some text &#xA;&#xA;\begin{requirement}&#xA;second requirement&#xA;\end{requirement}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I couldn't create list of requirements.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried solution from (where I think the same problem is presented):&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2498/custom-list-of-hypotheses-in-table-of-contents-format&quot;&gt;Custom list of hypotheses in table of contents format&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;when I used &lt;em&gt;thmtools&lt;/em&gt; I got the same result as using package &lt;em&gt;ntheorem&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;I mean:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Req. ...... 1&#xA;Req ....... 2&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;While I want something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;first requirement ..... 1&#xA;second requirement .... 2&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I was also thinking about another solution, what I need is to clone &quot;figure&quot; environment and clone table of figures, and then I can keep requirements in captions. However figure is a float, which is not what I want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know it is possible to use brackets [], but then I have to have to copies of the same text, one in [] second outside.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks a lot,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Adam&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;first try:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{amsthm}&#xA;\renewcommand{\listtheoremname}{List of Requirements}&#xA;\newtheorem{requirement}{Req.}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\listoftheorems{requirement}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{requirement}&#xA;first requirement&#xA;\end{requirement}&#xA;&#xA;some text.&#xA;&#xA;\begin{requirement}&#xA;second requirement&#xA;\end{requirement}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;second try:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{amsthm}&#xA;\usepackage{thmtools}&#xA;\declaretheorem[numberwithin=chapter]{requirement}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand{\listtheoremname}{List of Requirements}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\listoftheorems[ignoreall,show={requirement}]&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{requirement}&#xA;first requirement&#xA;\end{requirement}&#xA;&#xA;some text.&#xA;&#xA;\begin{requirement}&#xA;second requirement&#xA;\end{requirement}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2395" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-11T16:58:50.810" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T15:07:02.837" Title="list of requirements, problem with listing text of requirements" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;theorems&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6894" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2498" CreationDate="2010-12-11T01:06:46.717" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the end I decided to use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.stat.uni-muenchen.de/~leisch/Sweave/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Sweave&lt;/a&gt;.&#xA;I.e., I have an Rnw file with tex and R code chunks which acts as a pre-processor for a LaTeX document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have a csv file which stores the hypotheses with one hypothesis per row:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  hypotheses &amp;lt;- read.csv(&quot;hypotheses.csv&quot;)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following R function outputs the latex for the hypothesis environment:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;outputHypothesis &amp;lt;- function(label, data = hypotheses) {&#xA;    result &amp;lt;- c(&quot;\\begin{hypothesis}&quot;,&#xA;            paste(&quot;\\label{&quot;, label, &quot;}&quot;),&#xA;            data[data$label==label, &quot;text&quot;],&#xA;            &quot;\\end{hypothesis}&quot;)&#xA;    cat(result, sep=&quot;\n&quot;)&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then the Rnw file has an R code chunk which inserts the tex:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;&amp;lt;results=tex&amp;gt;&amp;gt;=&#xA;outputHypothesis(&quot;H1XcausesY&quot;)&#xA;@&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I still have to finalise the next step of actually creating the table of  hypotheses, but I think I'll implement it as an R code chunk in Sweave.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One thing I've already done is use the database to display a table in the discussion section that uses the database of hypotheses as the source and shows (based on the database) whether the hypotheses were supported in a each of a set of studies:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{landscape}&#xA;\singlespacing&#xA;\begin{longtable}[p]{p{2cm}p{10cm}p{2.5cm}p{2.5cm}p{2.5cm}}&#xA;&#xA;\caption{Summary of Support for Hypotheses}&#xA;\label{discussionhypotheses}\\&#xA;\toprule&#xA;Number &amp;amp; Hypothesis &amp;amp; Study 1 &amp;amp; Study 2 &amp;amp; Study 3\\&#xA;\midrule&#xA;\endfirsthead&#xA;&#xA;\toprule&#xA;Number &amp;amp; Hypothesis &amp;amp; Study 1 &amp;amp; Study 2 &amp;amp; Study 3\\&#xA;\midrule&#xA;\endhead&#xA;&#xA;\multicolumn{5}{r}{\emph{Table continues on next page}} \\&#xA;\endfoot&#xA;&#xA;\bottomrule&#xA;\endlastfoot&#xA;&amp;lt;&amp;lt;hypothesis_table, results=tex&amp;gt;&amp;gt;=&#xA;discussionHypotheses &amp;lt;- paste(&quot;\\ref{&quot;, hypotheses$label, &quot;}&quot;,&#xA;        &quot;&amp;amp; &quot;, hypotheses$text,&#xA;    &quot; &amp;amp; &quot;, hypotheses$support_study1,&#xA;    &quot; &amp;amp; &quot;, hypotheses$support_study2,&#xA;    &quot; &amp;amp; &quot;, hypotheses$support_study3,&#xA;    &quot;\\\\&quot;)&#xA;cat(discussionHypotheses, sep =&quot;\n&quot;) &#xA;@&#xA;\end{longtable}&#xA;\end{landscape}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="151" LastActivityDate="2010-12-11T01:06:46.717" />
  <row Id="6895" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-11T03:50:16.690" Score="4" ViewCount="274" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm looking for a good LaTeX package to generate one dimensional barcodes, that has the following properties.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;It doesn't require any external scripts or internet connection to work.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;It easily compiles to pdfs (so no pstricks hackery).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Do any such packages exist? An optional bonus would be if it could generate QR codes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="136" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-20T18:05:52.130" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T18:05:52.130" Title="Is there a good LaTeX package for generating barcodes?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;barcodes&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="6896" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6905" CreationDate="2010-12-11T08:52:57.797" Score="3" ViewCount="117" Body="&lt;p&gt;I upgraded my MiKTeX from 2.8 to 2.9 today. When I run my old code in this new system, I find it do not work well. &lt;code&gt;label=90:$A$&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;label=0+90:$A$&lt;/code&gt; are displayed in two very differently ways! They were the same yesterday! This is just a stupid example, I want to write a &lt;code&gt;\foreach&lt;/code&gt; sentence, such that the angles is a function. (Thanks for Hendrik Vogt)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}% PDFLatex &#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\node[fill,label=90:$A$] at (0,0) (P0){};&#xA;\node[fill,label=-90:$A$] at (2,0) (P1){};&#xA;\node[fill,label=45:$A$] at (4,0) (P2){};&#xA;\node[fill,label=-45:$A$] at (6,0) (P3){};&#xA;\node[fill,label=0+90:$A$] at (0,2) (P4){};&#xA;\node[fill,label=0-90:$A$] at (2,2) (P5){}; &#xA;\node[fill,label=0+45:$A$] at (4,2) (P6){};&#xA;\node[fill,label=0-45:$A$] at (6,2) (P7){};&#xA;\node[fill,label={45+45}:$A$] at (8,2) (P8){};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2404" LastEditorUserId="2404" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-11T09:07:58.370" LastActivityDate="2010-12-11T14:06:29.273" Title="TikZ label do not display correctly anymore?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6897" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6898" CreationDate="2010-12-11T08:54:28.773" Score="8" ViewCount="247" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Background&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Instead of marking up the text with bold or emphasis, I read (and agree) that it is better to define a command, or environment, that describes the content. Then apply text formatting later.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Problem&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In LyX, it is trivial to highlight and make bold a Windows directory name. For example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;C:\apache-tomcat\webapps\&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Many such paths exist in the document I am writing. What I would like to do is create a new layout/style called &lt;code&gt;filename&lt;/code&gt; that describes the content:&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\filename{C:\apache-tomcat\webapps\}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But &lt;code&gt;\&lt;/code&gt; is the escape character. This means that the backslash must be transformed:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\filename{C:$\backslash$apache-tomcat$\backslash$webapps$\backslash$}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;filename&lt;/code&gt; command is defined as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\filename}[1]{\textbf{#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Question&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there another way to define the &lt;code&gt;filename&lt;/code&gt; command that does not mandate the use of &lt;code&gt;$\backslash$&lt;/code&gt; everywhere; rather keep using the literal &lt;code&gt;\&lt;/code&gt; character? Something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\filename}[1]{\textbf{\verbatim{#1}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I want to temporarily disable the special meaning of backslash.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you!&#xA;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt; What I really want to do is define my own styles/layouts in LyX while using the KOMA Script v2 class. However, the documentation on this aspect has insufficient detail for me to extend the class. That way I can simply highlight the text and apply the style, rather than resorting to LaTeX and ERT within LyX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2148" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-11T16:49:48.317" LastActivityDate="2010-12-11T16:49:48.317" Title="Alternatives to $\backslash$" Tags="&lt;lyx&gt;&lt;macros&gt;&lt;verbatim&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6898" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6897" CreationDate="2010-12-11T09:52:37.830" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You should use the &lt;code&gt;\path&lt;/code&gt; macro from the &lt;code&gt;url&lt;/code&gt; package. Alternatively, you can make your own macro that behaves that way using &lt;code&gt;\DeclareUrlCommand&lt;/code&gt;. For example, &lt;code&gt;\path&lt;/code&gt; is (basically) defined as follows.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareUrlCommand\path{\urlstyle{tt}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, if you want bold, then you should use &lt;code&gt;bf&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;tt&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-12-11T09:52:37.830" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6899" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6901" CreationDate="2010-12-11T10:18:45.270" Score="4" ViewCount="472" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use tikz to create pictures in latex. &#xA;My picture consists of set of nodes. Every node has its own text inside the node, for example, &quot;This node is valuable&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  \node (mynode) [mystyle,right=of anothernode] {This node is valuable};     &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I compile the document I see the description as one line. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;This node is valuable&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to split the line into multiple lines? Like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;This node&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;is&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;valuable&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which commands should one apply in order to achieve this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1545" LastActivityDate="2010-12-11T10:59:48.790" Title="Tikz: Multi-line text in the node description" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;nodes&gt;&lt;multline&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="6900" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6899" CreationDate="2010-12-11T10:52:57.647" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, you can have more than one node part (for more information, refer to the TikZ manual 48.6, p. 447, pgf/tikz 2.10).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A simple example would be like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{shapes.multipart}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[every text node part/.style={align=center}]&#xA;\node (test) [rectangle, draw] {this node \\ has \\ four \\lines};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1125" LastActivityDate="2010-12-11T10:52:57.647" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6901" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6899" CreationDate="2010-12-11T10:59:48.790" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A short example derived from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/pgf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pgf/tikZ&lt;/a&gt; 2.10 manual.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{automata,positioning}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{tikzpicture}[%&#xA;    &amp;gt;=stealth,&#xA;    node distance=3cm,&#xA;    on grid,&#xA;    auto&#xA;  ]&#xA;    \node[state] (A)              {A};&#xA;    \node        (B) [right of=A,fill=blue!25,text width=3cm]{This is a demonstration text for showing how line breaking works.};;&#xA;    \path[-&amp;gt;] (A) edge (B);&#xA;  \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For text alignment there is also the &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt; option.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/0q39m.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-12-11T10:59:48.790" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6902" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6903" CreationDate="2010-12-11T12:31:09.413" Score="3" ViewCount="225" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am following tikz tutorial and my code has reached to this point:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}  &#xA;\usepackage{tikz}  &#xA;\usetikzlibrary{shapes,decorations,shadows}  &#xA;\usetikzlibrary{decorations.pathmorphing}  &#xA;\usetikzlibrary{decorations.shapes}  &#xA;\usetikzlibrary{fadings}  &#xA;\usetikzlibrary{patterns}  &#xA;\usetikzlibrary{calc}  &#xA;\usepackage{verbatim}  &#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\tikzset{Yasser grid/.style={help lines,color=blue!50}}  &#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=5]  &#xA;    \clip (-0.1,-0.2) rectangle (1.1, .75);  &#xA;    \draw [Yasser grid, step=0.5cm] (-1.4,-1.4) grid (1.4,1.4);  &#xA;    \draw (-1.5,0) -- (1.5,0);  &#xA;    \draw (0,1.5) -- (0,-1.5);  &#xA;    \draw (0,0) circle (1cm);  &#xA;    \draw (3mm,0mm) arc (0:30:3mm);  &#xA;&#xA;    \shadedraw[left color=gray,right color=green, draw=green!50!black]  &#xA;        (0,0) -- (3mm,0mm) arc (0:30:3mm) -- cycle;  &#xA;        \draw [red, very thick] (30:1cm) -- +(0, -0.5);  &#xA;        \draw [blue, very thick] (30:1cm) ++(0, -0.5) -- (0,0);  &#xA;        \draw [green, very thick] (0,0) -- (30:1cm);   &#xA;        \draw [orange, very thick] (1,0) -- (30: 1.1547cm);  &#xA;        \path [name path=upward line](1,0) -- (1,1);  &#xA;        \path [name path=sloped line](0,0) -- (30: 1.5cm);  &#xA;        \draw [name intersections={of=upward line and sloped line, by=x}][very thick , orange] (1,0) -- (x);  &#xA;&#xA;    \end{tikzpicture}   &#xA;\end{document}  &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have seen these posts:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2044/how-to-install-a-current-version-of-tikz&quot;&gt;How to install a current version of TikZ?&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/6731/weird-tikz-pgfkeys-error-while-trying-example-from-the-tikz-manual&quot;&gt;Weird tikz/pgfkeys error while trying example from the tikz manual.&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am using TexShop (MacOS) and I followed the instruction in the first post above. Before updating the tikz and after updating it, I am receiving the same error which is similar to the second post above:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Package pgfkeys Error: I do not know the key '/tikz/name path' and I am going to ignore it. Perhaps you misspelled it.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I comment out the \path command every thing is fine. Am I still not using the latest version of tikz? But I have downloaded the latest version and installed it accordingly. Is there any manual on how to completely remove the tikz and install it in texmf-local instead?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2244" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-11T12:36:44.790" LastActivityDate="2010-12-11T12:45:47.607" Title="Tikz \path problem, command not found" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6903" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6902" CreationDate="2010-12-11T12:45:47.607" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You need to load the &lt;code&gt;intersections&lt;/code&gt; library:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usetikzlibrary{intersections}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See &lt;em&gt;13.3.2 Intersections of Arbitrary Paths&lt;/em&gt; in the TikZ 2.10 manual, which explains also &lt;code&gt;name path=...&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;name intersections=...&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-11T12:45:47.607" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6904" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6926" CreationDate="2010-12-11T14:00:46.890" Score="1" ViewCount="168" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using the IEEE format latex files from here:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://mocha-java.uccs.edu/ieee/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://mocha-java.uccs.edu/ieee/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have the following code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{center}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|l|l|}&#xA;&#xA;\hline&#xA;&#xA;\multicolumn{2}{|c|}{UHF/VHF Antenna Specifications} \\&#xA;&#xA;\hline&#xA;&#xA;{\bf Model} &amp;amp; 2MCP22 \\&#xA;Frequency Range &amp;amp; 144-148 MHz \\&#xA;Gain @ 145.9 MHz &amp;amp; 12.25 dBdc \\&#xA;Front to back &amp;amp; 25 dB Typical \\&#xA;Beamwidth &amp;amp; 38° \\&#xA;Feed impedance &amp;amp; 50 Ohms Unbalanced \\&#xA;VSWR &amp;amp; 1.4: Max \\&#xA;Input Connector &amp;amp; ‘N’ Female \\&#xA;Power Handling &amp;amp; 1.5 KW \\&#xA;Stacking Distance &amp;amp; 9.5-10 ft \\&#xA;Boom length &amp;amp; 18’ 7” \\&#xA;Boom Diameter &amp;amp; 1-1/2”, Tapering to 1” \\&#xA;Elements/Type &amp;amp; 22 / 3/16” Aluminum Rod \\&#xA;Turning radius &amp;amp; 10 ft \\&#xA;Wind area &amp;amp; $2.5 ft^2$ \\&#xA;Weight / Ship Wt. &amp;amp; 12.5 lbs / 14 lbs UPS  \\&#xA;\hline&#xA;{\bf Model} &amp;amp; 436CP42 U/G \\&#xA;Frequency Range &amp;amp; 430-438 MHz \\&#xA;Gain &amp;amp; 16.8 dBdc \\&#xA;Beamwidth &amp;amp; 21° circular \\&#xA;Polarity &amp;amp; Circular, RHC or LHC \\&#xA;Front to Back &amp;amp; 25 dB Typical \\&#xA;Ellipticity &amp;amp; 1.5 dB Typical \\ &#xA;VSWR &amp;amp; 1.5:1 and better \\&#xA;Feed impedance &amp;amp; 50W, Unbalanced \\&#xA;Connector &amp;amp; ‘N’ Female \\&#xA;Power handling &amp;amp; 1 kW \\&#xA;Stacking Distance &amp;amp; E=68” H=68” \\&#xA;Turning radius &amp;amp; 95° \\&#xA;Wind Area &amp;amp; $2 ft^2$ \\ &#xA;Mast Size &amp;amp; 1-1/2 to 2 Inches \\ &#xA;Weight / Ship Wt. &amp;amp; 7.8 lbs / 10 lbs UPS \\&#xA;\hline&#xA;{\bf Model} &amp;amp; 2.4-15R \\&#xA;Frequency Range &amp;amp; 2.4-2.5 GHz \\&#xA;Gain &amp;amp; 15 dBi \\&#xA;Front to Back &amp;amp; 16 dB \\&#xA;VSWR &amp;amp; 1.5:1 Max \\&#xA;Polarity &amp;amp; Vertical / Horizontal \\&#xA;Feed Impedance &amp;amp; 50 Ohms \\&#xA;Feed Connector &amp;amp; ‘N’ Female \\&#xA;Power Handling &amp;amp; 500 W \\&#xA;Boom Length &amp;amp; 25” \\&#xA;Radome Diameter &amp;amp; 3.3” \\&#xA;Mast Size &amp;amp; 1-1/4 to 2 Inches \\&#xA;Wind Area &amp;amp; 1 $ft^2$ \\     &#xA;Wind Rating &amp;amp; 100 mph \\      &#xA;Weight &amp;amp; 1 lb \\&#xA;&#xA;\hline&#xA;&#xA;\end{tabular} \\&#xA;&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For some reason the table is overlapping the text directly after it, I've posted a picture here:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;https://docs.google.com/leaf?id=0BxtHMBPFxja0OTU4MTViNzItMjQ4ZS00MTgwLWE5OTktMWY3NGJkZjU1ZDQy&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;authkey=CN_7j70D&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;https://docs.google.com/leaf?id=0BxtHMBPFxja0OTU4MTViNzItMjQ4ZS00MTgwLWE5OTktMWY3NGJkZjU1ZDQy&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;authkey=CN_7j70D&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've tried wrapping it in a &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{table}&#xA;&#xA;...table here...&#xA;&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but I get errors doing that&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is going to drive me crazy, trying \\ or \newpage or something to get it on it's own isn't helping.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: Clarified overlapping problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT2: Here is a minimal example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[final]{ieee}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|l|l|}&#xA;  \hline&#xA;  {\bf Model} &amp;amp; 2.4-15R \\&#xA;  Frequency Range &amp;amp; 2.4-2.5 GHz \\&#xA;  Gain &amp;amp; 15 dBi \\&#xA;  Front to Back &amp;amp; 16 dB \\&#xA;  VSWR &amp;amp; 1.5:1 Max \\&#xA;  Polarity &amp;amp; Vertical / Horizontal \\&#xA;  Feed Impedance &amp;amp; 50 Ohms \\&#xA;  Feed Connector &amp;amp; ‘N’ Female \\&#xA;  Power Handling &amp;amp; 500 W \\&#xA;  \hline&#xA;\end{tabular} \\&#xA;&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;\PARstart The GENSO network will consist of a MCC, GSS and AUS. Each satellite communicates with an individual MCC which acts as a server. All data and voice transmissions for the given satellite are downloaded by different GSS's throughout the world and routed to the correct MCC where it is retained for later dissemination. [...]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The other &lt;code&gt;ieee&lt;/code&gt; class is from the site I linked initially at the top.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2325" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-11T18:36:35.863" LastActivityDate="2010-12-11T18:44:28.917" Title="Table is overlapping text" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="11" />
  <row Id="6905" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6896" CreationDate="2010-12-11T14:06:29.273" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's a pgf version problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I can confirm this problem testing your example with pgf/TikZ 2.0.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;It works fine with pgf/TikZ 2.10: the labels are displayed in the same way.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I recommend to upgrade pgf to the current version 2.10.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since the problem did not occur with MiKTeX 2.8 for you, I'm sure you already used pgf 2.10 with MiKTeX 2.8 but the upgrade of the distribition to 2.9 installed the older version 2.0 of pgf. Run the MiKTeX package manager for updating your pgf package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-11T14:06:29.273" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6906" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6907" CreationDate="2010-12-11T14:21:28.333" Score="4" ViewCount="207" Body="&lt;h3&gt;Background&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A while ago it became possible to use the letters æ, ø and å in URLs, and some websites, like the encyclopaedia Store Norske Leksikon, has made use of this. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Recently, a question was posted on a Norwegian forum about creating a hyperlink to such an URL, something that doesn't work, at least not with æ and ø.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;An example&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{lmodern}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\url{http://snl.no/øl} \\&#xA;\url{http://snl.no/ære} \\&#xA;\url{http://snl.no/Ål}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first two links does not work, they are printed as &lt;code&gt;http://snl.no/\T1\ol&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;http://snl.no/\T1\aere&lt;/code&gt;, but the third one works as it should.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(One can get the correct URL printed by using the &lt;code&gt;href&lt;/code&gt; command, but as the hyperlink is still wrong, that isn't really a solution.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;The question&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I assume this has something to do with how &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; handles non-english characters. Is there some way of making &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; create a correct link with æ or ø in the url?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Update&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;By using the &lt;code&gt;href&lt;/code&gt; command, and compiling with &lt;code&gt;latex&lt;/code&gt; and the &lt;code&gt;dvipdfm&lt;/code&gt;, the hyperlink is correct (see gerrys answer below). I've been compiling with &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="586" LastEditorUserId="586" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-11T17:51:07.590" LastActivityDate="2010-12-11T18:25:32.133" Title="Hyperref: Scandinavian characters (æø) doesn't work in \url, hyperlink is wrong" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;unicode&gt;&lt;url&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6907" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6906" CreationDate="2010-12-11T14:53:18.703" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Actually I can get the right link with &lt;code&gt;href&lt;/code&gt;. It's compiled with &lt;code&gt;latex&lt;/code&gt; &amp;amp; &lt;code&gt;dvi2pdf&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{lmodern}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\href{http://snl.no/øl}{http://snl.no/øl}\\&#xA;\href{http://snl.no/ære}{http://snl.no/ære} \\&#xA;\href{http://snl.no/Ål}{http://snl.no/Ål}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/uEomg.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1967" LastActivityDate="2010-12-11T14:53:18.703" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6908" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6909" CreationDate="2010-12-11T15:16:34.703" Score="6" ViewCount="212" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Can I have any harpoons in TikZ?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Refer to my previous question on harpons: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/6389/how-to-draw-protocol-interaction-using-tikzpicture&quot;&gt;&quot;How to draw protocol interaction&quot;&lt;/a&gt; using amsmath.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;The closest thing I have found is this code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}[decoration={bent,aspect=.3}]  &#xA;    \node[circle,draw] (A) at (.5,.5) {A};   &#xA;    \node[circle,draw] (B) at (3,1.5) {B};   &#xA;    \draw[-&amp;gt;,decorate] (A) -- (B);   &#xA;    \draw[-&amp;gt;,decorate] (B) -- (A);  &#xA;\end{tikzpicture}  &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2244" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-15T19:08:35.583" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T19:08:35.583" Title="Harpoons in TikZ" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="6909" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6908" CreationDate="2010-12-11T15:24:20.843" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are so called &lt;em&gt;partial arrow tips&lt;/em&gt; in TikZ. Use for instance &lt;code&gt;left to&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;right to&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;left hook&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;right hook&lt;/code&gt;. They are desribed in section 23.7 of the pfg 2.10 manual (22.6 in the pgf 2.0 manual).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inserting this into your example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article} &#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{arrows}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \node[circle,draw] (A) at (.5,.5) {A};   &#xA;    \node[circle,draw] (B) at (3,1.5) {B};   &#xA;    \draw[-left to] (A.north east) -- (B.west);   &#xA;    \draw[-left to] (B) -- (A);  &#xA;\end{tikzpicture}  &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/vfwEe.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-11T15:50:23.973" LastActivityDate="2010-12-11T15:50:23.973" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6910" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6915" CreationDate="2010-12-11T15:34:23.487" Score="1" ViewCount="142" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have this environment for consistent tables in my LaTeX documents:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{defaultTable}[2] {&#xA; \@float{table}[h]&#xA; \noindent&#xA; \tabularx{\textwidth}{#1}&#xA; \specialrule{0.5pt}{10pt}{0pt}&#xA; \rowcolor[gray]{.9}&#xA; \gdef\mycaption{#2}&#xA;} {&#xA; \bottomrule&#xA; \endtabularx&#xA; \emph{\caption{\mycaption}}&#xA; \end@float&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately, the line with &lt;code&gt;\bottomrule&lt;/code&gt; leads to this error, which i don't understand:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Misplaced \noalign. \bottomrule&#xA;-&amp;gt;\noalign &#xA;               {\ifnum 0=`}\fi \@aboverulesep =\aboverulesep&#xA;\global... l.27 \end{defaultTable}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I use it inside the environment it works though&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{defaultTable}{X X}{Blablah Table}&#xA;(..)&#xA;\bottomrule&#xA;\end{defaultTable}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What am I doing wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2406" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-20T01:38:32.723" LastActivityDate="2010-12-20T01:38:32.723" Title="bottomrule not working in a self-made environment" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;environments&gt;&lt;tabularx&gt;&lt;booktabs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="6911" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6912" CreationDate="2010-12-11T15:44:31.897" Score="4" ViewCount="133" Body="&lt;p&gt;hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where is the full definition of the equation environment? I cannot find it in the .cls files.&#xA;Is this in latex.ltx? or something? Thank you&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastActivityDate="2010-12-11T16:00:55.947" Title="equation environment definition" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6912" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6911" CreationDate="2010-12-11T15:51:02.037" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In &lt;code&gt;texdoc source2e&lt;/code&gt; it starts on p214. It's in &lt;a href=&quot;http://anorien.csc.warwick.ac.uk/mirrors/CTAN/macros/latex/base/ltmath.dtx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ltmath.dtx&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here it is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\@definecounter{equation}&#xA;\def\equation{$$\refstepcounter{equation}}&#xA;\def\endequation{\eqno \hbox{\@eqnnum}$$\@ignoretrue}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2010-12-11T15:51:02.037" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6913" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3131" CreationDate="2010-12-11T15:57:27.730" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For me &lt;code&gt;\graphicspath{{Figures//}}&lt;/code&gt; seems to work with miktex. Note the extra slash.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1317" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T14:21:18.103" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T14:21:18.103" />
  <row Id="6914" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6911" CreationDate="2010-12-11T16:00:55.947" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, you can find it in &lt;code&gt;latex.ltx&lt;/code&gt;. Seamus pointet you already to the source in  &lt;code&gt;ltmath.dtx&lt;/code&gt; and noted the three lines.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you use equations, you very probably use the amsmath package because that's very recommendable for writing math texts. This package redefines the &lt;code&gt;equation&lt;/code&gt; environment! It even defines a starred environment &lt;code&gt;equation*&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, if you use amsmath, you can find the definition of the equation environment in &lt;code&gt;amsmath.sty&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewenvironment{equation}{%&#xA;  \incr@eqnum&#xA;  \mathdisplay@push&#xA;  \st@rredfalse \global\@eqnswtrue&#xA;  \mathdisplay{equation}%&#xA;}{%&#xA;  \endmathdisplay{equation}%&#xA;  \mathdisplay@pop&#xA;  \ignorespacesafterend&#xA;}&#xA;\newenvironment{equation*}{%&#xA;  \mathdisplay@push&#xA;  \st@rredtrue \global\@eqnswfalse&#xA;  \mathdisplay{equation*}%&#xA;}{%&#xA;  \endmathdisplay{equation*}%&#xA;  \mathdisplay@pop&#xA;  \ignorespacesafterend&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Even &lt;code&gt;\[ ... \]&lt;/code&gt; is redefined to use this &lt;code&gt;equation*&lt;/code&gt;. For more information regarding the used macros look at &lt;code&gt;amsmath.sty&lt;/code&gt;. Or just at &lt;code&gt;latex.ltx&lt;/code&gt;, if you decide to to without amsmath.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-11T16:00:55.947" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6915" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6910" CreationDate="2010-12-11T16:16:31.720" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This error can be avoided by using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/environ&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;environ&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package. For example, here's a working modifiation of your code using &lt;code&gt;\NewEnviron&lt;/code&gt; of that package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tabularx} &#xA;\usepackage{booktabs} &#xA;\usepackage[table]{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{environ}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\NewEnviron{defaultTable}[2] {&#xA; \@float{table}[h]&#xA; \noindent&#xA; \tabularx{\textwidth}{#1}&#xA; \specialrule{0.5pt}{10pt}{0pt}&#xA; \rowcolor[gray]{.9}&#xA; \gdef\mycaption{#2}&#xA; \BODY&#xA; \bottomrule}[&#xA; \endtabularx&#xA; \emph{\caption{\mycaption}}&#xA; \end@float&#xA;]&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{defaultTable}{X X}{Test Table}&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 2 \\&#xA;\end{defaultTable}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/iH03q.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note: either end also the last row by &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; (or do it after &lt;code&gt;\BODY&lt;/code&gt;). (In the original environment definition &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; before &lt;code&gt;\bottomrule&lt;/code&gt; doesn't help.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-16T00:54:00.373" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T00:54:00.373" />
  <row Id="6916" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10160" CreationDate="2010-12-11T17:12:46.937" Score="4" ViewCount="216" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using the &lt;code&gt;movie15&lt;/code&gt; package to include movies and U3D graphics into my document. I have it setup so that a PDF reader not supporting U3D will display a static image which I have chosen instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, when printing the document, Acrobat Reader will print the U3D graphics instead of the static images. While this does not look terrible, I'd rather have it print the static images. How can I achieve this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: Some code was requested. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\includemovie[&#xA;poster,&#xA;text={\includegraphics[width=0.5\linewidth]{fig/cross_curv}},&#xA;toolbar, &#xA;label=cross_curv,&#xA;3Drender=SolidWireframe,&#xA;3Daac=30.000000, &#xA;3Droll=0.000000, &#xA;3Dc2c=-8.000000 -15.709999 -8.000000, &#xA;3Droo=37.459366, &#xA;3Dcoo=-8.000000 8.000000 8.000000,&#xA;3Dlights=CAD,&#xA;]{0.5\linewidth}{0.4890\linewidth}{figures/cross_curv.u3d}%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If the PDF reader does not support U3D, the file cross_curv.png will be displayed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2408" LastEditorUserId="2408" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-04T08:48:02.220" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T10:15:16.663" Title="Disable movie15 movies and U3D graphics for printing" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;3d&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6917" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2498" CreationDate="2010-12-11T17:27:08.940" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I couldn't get any of the theorem packages to produce such a list directly. So the following produces its own list using the tools provided by &lt;code&gt;ntheorem&lt;/code&gt;. It works by adding lines directly to the list of &lt;code&gt;hypolist&lt;/code&gt; theorems.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{ntheorem}&#xA;\newtheorem{hypo}{Hypothesis}[chapter]&#xA;\newtheorem{hypolist}{Hypothesis}[chapter]&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*\hypothesis[1]{%&#xA;    \stepcounter{hypolist}%&#xA;    \addtheoremline{hypolist}{#1}%&#xA;    \begin{hypo}#1\end{hypo}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter*{List of Hypotheses}&#xA;\listtheorems{hypolist}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{foo}&#xA;&#xA;\hypothesis{There is a positive relationship between $X$ and $Y$.}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{bar}&#xA;&#xA;\hypothesis{There is a positive relationship between $X$ and $Z$.}&#xA;\hypothesis{There is a positive relationship between $Z$ and $Y$.}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/5EveM.png&quot; alt=&quot;the list&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I defined a command instead of an environment, because it is simpler and you can't use multi-paragraph entries in the list anyway.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-12-11T17:27:08.940" />
  <row Id="6918" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-12-11T18:11:35.600" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/tables&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'tables'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;tables&lt;/a&gt; is about the &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; environment and related packages such as &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/array&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'array'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;array&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/booktabs&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'booktabs'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;booktabs&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/tabularx&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'tabularx'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;tabularx&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/longtable&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'longtable'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;longtable&lt;/a&gt;. For questions about the &lt;code&gt;table&lt;/code&gt; environment (i.e. about floating or placing), use &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/floats&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'floats'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;floats&lt;/a&gt; instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are many packages that extend the basic functionality of the &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; environment; a good overview of packages (and package conflicts) can be found &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/12672/which-tabular-packages-do-which-tasks-and-which-packages-conflict/12673#12673&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;. If your question involves one of these specific packages (or another tabular package not listed), you should add a tag for that package as well as the &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/tables&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'tables'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;tables&lt;/a&gt; tag.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-13T12:08:25.393" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T12:08:25.393" />
  <row Id="6919" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-12-11T18:11:35.600" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="{tables} is about the `tabular` environment and related packages such as array, booktabs, tabularx and longtable. For questions about the `table` environment (i.e. about floating or placing), use {floats} instead." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-13T12:08:27.967" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T12:08:27.967" />
  <row Id="6920" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6906" CreationDate="2010-12-11T18:25:32.133" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I get the same results with pdflatex, latex+dvips+ps2pdf and latex+dvipdfmx. In your place I would ask the author of hyperref. E.g. in comp.text.tex.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-12-11T18:25:32.133" />
  <row Id="6921" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-12-11T18:25:36.553" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;This tag deals with the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/beamer&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; class, which is used for creating presentations and slides.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For questions about presentations or slides in general, independent of the document class, use the &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/presentations&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'presentations'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;presentations&lt;/a&gt; tag.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For more information about beamer, see &lt;a href=&quot;https://bitbucket.org/rivanvx/beamer/wiki/Home&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;its project page on bitbucket&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-28T18:57:43.210" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T18:57:43.210" />
  <row Id="6922" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-12-11T18:25:36.553" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="Beamer is a class used for creating presentations and slides. For questions about presentations or slides in general, independent of the document class, use the {presentations} tag." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-11T20:08:14.990" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T20:08:14.990" />
  <row Id="6923" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-12-11T18:32:04.910" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;This tag is about fonts and how to use them. It deals with questions about changing family, shape and weight of fonts but also with font packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For choosing a font, the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX Font Catalogue&lt;/a&gt; is a very useful resource. If you are interested in installing a new font, perhaps the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/info/Type1fonts/fontinstallationguide/fontinstallationguide.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;font installation guide&lt;/a&gt; can help. Though be warned, installing fonts in LaTeX is not trivial.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If your question is not about a font in general but about specific symbols, choose the &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/symbols&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'symbols'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;symbols&lt;/a&gt; tag instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Specialized tags: &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/fontenc&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'fontenc'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;fontenc&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/fontspec&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'fontspec'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;fontspec&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/opentype&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'opentype'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;opentype&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/truetype&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'truetype'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;truetype&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/metafont&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'metafont'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;metafont&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/font-metrics&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'font-metrics'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;font-metrics&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-11T12:09:12.010" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T12:09:12.010" />
  <row Id="6924" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-12-11T18:32:04.910" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="This tag is about fonts and how to use them. It deals with questions about changing family, shape and weight of fonts but also with font packages. If your question is not about a font in general but about specific symbols, choose the {symbols} tag instead.&#xD;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-11T18:32:04.910" LastActivityDate="2010-12-11T18:32:04.910" />
  <row Id="6925" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6927" CreationDate="2010-12-11T18:32:09.583" Score="6" ViewCount="261" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I run:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;tex algorithms.dtx&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;for example, I get this message.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  ! Undefined control sequence.&#xA;l.34 \documentclass&#xA;                   {ltxdoc}&#xA;?&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Help? Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1996" LastEditorUserId="1996" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-11T19:32:45.637" LastActivityDate="2010-12-11T20:56:37.093" Title="How do I install a .dtx file?" Tags="&lt;installing&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="6926" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6904" CreationDate="2010-12-11T18:44:28.917" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This seems to be a bug in the &lt;code&gt;ieee&lt;/code&gt; class. Adding an empty box after the &lt;code&gt;center&lt;/code&gt; environment solves the problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[final]{ieee}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|l|l|}&#xA;  \hline&#xA;  {\bf Model} &amp;amp; 2.4-15R \\&#xA;  Frequency Range &amp;amp; 2.4-2.5 GHz \\&#xA;  Gain &amp;amp; 15 dBi \\&#xA;  Front to Back &amp;amp; 16 dB \\&#xA;  VSWR &amp;amp; 1.5:1 Max \\&#xA;  Polarity &amp;amp; Vertical / Horizontal \\&#xA;  Feed Impedance &amp;amp; 50 Ohms \\&#xA;  Feed Connector &amp;amp; ‘N’ Female \\&#xA;  Power Handling &amp;amp; 500 W \\&#xA;  \hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{center}\mbox{} %note the \mbox here&#xA;&#xA;\PARstart The GENSO network will consist of a MCC, GSS and AUS. Each satellite communicates with an individual MCC which acts as a server. All data and voice transmissions for the given satellite are downloaded by different GSS's throughout the world and routed to the correct MCC where it is retained for later dissemination. [...]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-12-11T18:44:28.917" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="6927" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6925" CreationDate="2010-12-11T18:45:20.780" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Depending on how the &lt;code&gt;.dtx&lt;/code&gt; is constructed, it may not work at all with TeX: you have to use (pdf)latex. To unpack the file you may well need an &lt;code&gt;.ins&lt;/code&gt; file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-11T18:46:43.487" LastActivityDate="2010-12-11T18:46:43.487" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6928" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6895" CreationDate="2010-12-11T19:28:38.007" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;With the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/graphics/pstricks/contrib/pst-barcode/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;pst-barcode&lt;/code&gt;-package&lt;/a&gt; you can produce all sorts of barcodes. For example,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{pst-barcode}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{pspicture}(3.5,1.2in)&#xA;    \psbarcode{12345678}{includetext inkspread=0.5}{ean8}&#xA;\end{pspicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/fmdq3.png&quot; alt=&quot;example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The disadvantage is of course that you have to go the &lt;code&gt;latex&lt;/code&gt; → &lt;code&gt;dvips&lt;/code&gt; → &lt;code&gt;ps2pdf&lt;/code&gt; route for compilation, so it doesn't fulfill your requirement (2).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[I have never used &lt;code&gt;pst-barcode&lt;/code&gt; myself, but I just saw &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1429/latex-package-to-generate-qr-codes/1431#1431&quot;&gt;this answer by Michael Underwood&lt;/a&gt; and thought that it applies here as well and might be useful for someone.]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-12-11T19:28:38.007" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6929" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6935" CreationDate="2010-12-11T19:54:04.800" Score="3" ViewCount="173" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using the scrartcl class for a report I am writing, I would like to have only the sections show up in the table of contents. Although I manage to do that, the linespread looks too big in my eyes, and I think this is a consequence of the reduced toc depth:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/slm9g.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For this reason, I would like to reduce the linespread locally. I tried to put a &lt;code&gt;{spacing}&lt;/code&gt; around my code like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{spacing}{0.5}&#xA;   \setcounter{tocdepth}{1}&#xA;   \rule{\textwidth}{1pt}&#xA;   \vspace*{-1cm}&#xA;   \tableofcontents&#xA;   \vspace*{-0.5cm}&#xA;   \rule{\textwidth}{1pt}&#xA;\end{spacing}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which will not work, however. &lt;strong&gt;What is the easiest way to decrease the linespread here?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1183" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-11T21:17:36.113" LastActivityDate="2010-12-11T21:30:57.940" Title="What is the easiest way to decrease the linespread in a table of contents?" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;koma-script&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="6930" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-12-11T20:51:55.210" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Choose this tag if your question is about specific symbols, for instance looking-up, constructing or using symbols.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you look for a symbol, you might browse the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/symbols/comprehensive/symbols-a4.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Comprehensive LaTeX Symbol list&lt;/a&gt;. Alternatively you could use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://detexify.kirelabs.org/classify.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX symbol classifier&lt;/a&gt; tool: draw a symbol - get the code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If your question is about fonts, choose the &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/fonts&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'fonts'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;fonts&lt;/a&gt; tag instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-11T20:51:55.210" LastActivityDate="2010-12-11T20:51:55.210" />
  <row Id="6931" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-12-11T20:51:55.210" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="for questions about specific symbols, for instance looking-up, constructing or using symbols. If your question is about fonts, use the {fonts} tag instead." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-13T08:58:33.233" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T08:58:33.233" />
  <row Id="6932" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6925" CreationDate="2010-12-11T20:56:37.093" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;joseph wright says &quot;run latex on the .ins&quot;; however, if you have latex, you also have ltxdoc.cls, etc., so that unpacking the .dtx doesn't help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;processing the .dtx file with (pdf)latex gives all you need -- a file of documentation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2411" LastActivityDate="2010-12-11T20:56:37.093" />
  <row Id="6933" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-12-11T20:58:36.547" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;This tag marks questions which are about packages in general, for instance about choosing, installing or using packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If your question is about writing packages, choose the &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/package-writing&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'package-writing'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;package-writing&lt;/a&gt; tag instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If your question concerns a specific package, choose the name of this package as tag.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For classes or templates use the &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/documentclass&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'documentclass'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;documentclass&lt;/a&gt; tag resp. the &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/templates&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'templates'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;templates&lt;/a&gt; tag.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-16T15:32:59.403" LastActivityDate="2011-01-16T15:32:59.403" />
  <row Id="6934" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-12-11T20:58:36.547" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="This tag marks questions which are about packages in general, for instance about choosing, installing or using packages. If your question is about writing packages, choose the {package-writing} tag instead. If your question concerns a specific package, choose the name of this package as tag.&#xD;&#xA;For classes or templates use the {documentclass} tag resp. the {templates} tag." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-16T15:32:59.433" LastActivityDate="2011-01-16T15:32:59.433" />
  <row Id="6935" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6929" CreationDate="2010-12-11T21:02:17.273" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tocstyle&lt;/a&gt; package that comes with the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/koma-script&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;KOMA Script&lt;/a&gt; bundle. But you will get a warning about the Alpha state of the package so you should use it with caution. At least the below code works as desired.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[english]{scrartcl}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{tocstyle}&#xA;\usepackage{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;\setcounter{tocdepth}{1}&#xA;\newtocstyle{compact}{%&#xA;  \settocfeature[1]{entryhook}{\bfseries}%&#xA;  \settocfeature[1]{entryvskip}{0pt plus 2pt}%&#xA;  \settocfeature[1]{leaders}{\hfill}%&#xA;}&#xA;\usetocstyle{compact}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \tableofcontents&#xA;&#xA;  \bigskip&#xA;  \Blinddocument&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And as always, the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/blindtext&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;blindtext&lt;/a&gt; package is only for creating dummy text thus not part of the solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/8snQ1.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastEditorUserId="1063" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-11T21:30:57.940" LastActivityDate="2010-12-11T21:30:57.940" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6936" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-12-11T21:06:26.057" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;pdfTeX is an extension of TeX which is capable of directly generating PDF output.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Use this tag if your question is about pdfTeX or pdfLaTeX specific problems, i.e. if the subject has something to do with pdfTeX but not with standard (La)TeX which produces DVI output.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For standard LaTeX choose an appropriate specific Tag. Since the majority of questions on this site deal with LaTeX, there's no need for a LaTeX tag. However, if your question is really about LaTeX in general, you may choose the &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/latex-general&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'latex-general'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;latex-general&lt;/a&gt; tag.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-11T21:06:26.057" LastActivityDate="2010-12-11T21:06:26.057" />
  <row Id="6937" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-12-11T21:06:26.057" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="pdfTeX is an extension of TeX which is capable of directly generating PDF output. Use this tag if your question is about pdfTeX or pdfLaTeX specific problems and is not related to standard LaTeX." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-11T21:06:26.057" LastActivityDate="2010-12-11T21:06:26.057" />
  <row Id="6938" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6942" CreationDate="2010-12-11T21:13:16.070" Score="3" ViewCount="143" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Background&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Looking to apply a consistent style to file and directory names. The book's appendix has a subsection for every file referenced by the book. Every subsection has a label whose value is that of the subsection. In this fashion, changing the label will change all the references throughout the book, accordingly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Problem&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\path{}&lt;/code&gt; command in the URL package takes an argument and applies its style while taking into consideration backslashes. For example, the following works as expected:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\path{cities.jsp}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What would be ideal is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\path{\nameref{sub:cities.jsp}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This will output &lt;code&gt;\nameref{sub:cities.jsp}&lt;/code&gt; into the document, rather than the desired value of &lt;code&gt;cities.jsp&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The purpose is so that if I change my mind about the file name, all I need to do is change the label &quot;sub:cities.jsp&quot; to &quot;sub:city.jsp&quot;, for example, and the entire document now references &quot;city.jsp&quot;. I use a subsection so that hyperlinks are automatically applied.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Question&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can a parameter be added to &lt;code&gt;\path{}&lt;/code&gt; that first expands &lt;code&gt;\nameref&lt;/code&gt; before passing the argument to &lt;code&gt;\path{}&lt;/code&gt;? That is, how can I write the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\filename{sub:cities.jsp}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And have it become:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\path{cities.jsp}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have tried a number of variations, but I do not understand how to use &lt;code&gt;expandafter&lt;/code&gt; with parameters (and even the simplest &lt;code&gt;expandafter&lt;/code&gt; examples that I can find are Latin to me). I also want to keep the &lt;code&gt;\path&lt;/code&gt; command unchanged (as I use it for directory names, not file names) and add a new command &lt;code&gt;\filename&lt;/code&gt; that references the files by their corresponding subsection. Examples from the preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Attempt #1&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% \newcommand{\filename}[1]{\path{#1}}&#xA;% \expandafter\filename\path&#xA;\expandafter\def\filename#1{\nameref{#1}} \path&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first line gives me the &lt;code&gt;\filename&lt;/code&gt; command, but does not expand the parameter until &lt;code&gt;\path&lt;/code&gt; looks at it, which is not surprising.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The second line fails because the parameter is not taken into consideration, nor &lt;code&gt;\nameref&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The third line generates &quot;Undefined control sequence&quot; errors.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Attempt #2&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def \filename #1{\nameref{#1}}&#xA;\expandafter\def\filename \path&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Related&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/451/when-to-use-edef-noexpand-and-expandafter&quot;&gt;When to use \edef, \noexpand, and \expandafter?&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb09-1/tb20bechtolsheim.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb09-1/tb20bechtolsheim.pdf&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2148" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-11T21:15:42.887" LastActivityDate="2010-12-12T00:13:31.397" Title="Using \nameref within \path" Tags="&lt;lyx&gt;&lt;url&gt;&lt;path&gt;&lt;expandafter&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6939" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6929" CreationDate="2010-12-11T21:13:50.237" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You may use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/etoolbox.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;etoolbox&lt;/a&gt; package to patch the command &lt;code&gt;\l@section&lt;/code&gt; which is (beside other things) responsible for setting the vertical space before a section entry in the ToC.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrartcl}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{etoolbox}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\patchcmd{\l@section}{1.0em}{\z@}{}{}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\setcounter{tocdepth}{1}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;&#xA;\section{bla}&#xA;&#xA;\section{blubb}&#xA;&#xA;\section{foo}&#xA;&#xA;\subsection{bar}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-12-11T21:13:50.237" />
  <row Id="6940" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7" CreationDate="2010-12-11T21:23:01.400" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;mbq claims that some templates mess the label system up.  if that's so, you just have not to use labels.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;fwiw, i've downloaded and scanned the jss stuff that mbq mentioned, and see no&#xA;indication that label processing is anything other than standard.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2411" LastActivityDate="2010-12-11T21:23:01.400" />
  <row Id="6941" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14042" CreationDate="2010-12-11T23:25:04.527" Score="11" ViewCount="341" Body="&lt;p&gt;As we know, using &lt;strong&gt;useprefix&lt;/strong&gt; option, when name prefixes like &lt;em&gt;von&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;della&lt;/em&gt; etc. are present in the bibliography, enables us to change name sorting as well as capitalize those prefixes using commands like &lt;strong&gt;\Citeauthor&lt;/strong&gt; and similar.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, let's say I want to cite an arabic author, e.g. &lt;strong&gt;Abu Hamid Muhammad al-Ghazali&lt;/strong&gt;. This name consists of:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;First name: &lt;strong&gt;Abu Hamid Muhammad&lt;/strong&gt; (not entirely true, but let's say it is)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Last name: &lt;strong&gt;Ghazali&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;A definite article: &lt;strong&gt;al&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem: I want to write author's name in the text using &lt;strong&gt;\Citeauthor&lt;/strong&gt; which, just like &lt;strong&gt;\citeauthor&lt;/strong&gt;, produces &lt;strong&gt;al-Ghazali&lt;/strong&gt;. However, this is not proper (at least not in my langauge) because the rule is: if only the last name is cited, the definite article must be capitalized. Same goes for the bibliography if we have &quot;lastname, firstname&quot; scheme. Not to mentioned the beginning of the sentence.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One solution might be to define a custom name prefix. This would solve the capitalization problem simply by using &lt;strong&gt;useprefix&lt;/strong&gt; option, but now sorting of the bibliography would be wrong, since the name should be sorted under &quot;&lt;strong&gt;G&lt;/strong&gt;&quot; (Ghazali), not under &quot;&lt;strong&gt;A&lt;/strong&gt;&quot; (al-Ghazali). So, this isn't a perfect solution, though it may hold water, since I always can use &lt;strong&gt;sortkey&lt;/strong&gt; field.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, can anyone advise what to do (except, of course, &quot;you should write his last name manually, not using cite commands&quot;)? :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1987" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-12T08:09:11.157" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T13:36:19.080" Title="Biblatex, capitalization of arabic names and name prefixes" Tags="&lt;biblatex&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="6942" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6938" CreationDate="2010-12-12T00:13:31.397" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;So, your intention is: just one place for the file name. If needed, you only have to make a change at this place. That's very good! However, I would not choose subsection headings within the document body for such places.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I suggest to define macros for file names all at one place in the preamble.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Once you have done this, you could easily use &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt;. Further I guess it may be harder to use &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt; with referencing commands such as &lt;code&gt;\nameref&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\autoref&lt;/code&gt;. With normal macros it's easy. For example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*{\expath}[1]{\expandafter\path\expandafter{#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;calls &lt;code&gt;\path&lt;/code&gt; with the expanded file name variable as argument.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Complete minimal example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{url}&#xA;\newcommand*{\filecities}{cities.jsp}&#xA;\newcommand*{\expath}[1]{\expandafter\path\expandafter{#1}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\section{Test}&#xA;\subsection{\filecities}&#xA;The file name is \expath{\filecities}.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/TDaRg.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If the file name changes, just modify &lt;code&gt;\filecities&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've tested the same way of expansion with &lt;code&gt;\nameref&lt;/code&gt; but it didn't work - but in any case I would not depend on definitions in headings within the body, for such work I rely on the preamble.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-12T00:13:31.397" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="6943" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-12-12T01:11:53.530" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;This tag marks questions dealing with both horizontal and vertical white space. This might be space between letters or words, or space between lines  or paragraphs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Examples of spacing commands are &lt;code&gt;\hspace&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\vspace&lt;/code&gt;, but there are any more.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For adjusting the space between the lines of a document, there's the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/setspace&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;setspace&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package. It provides double spacing and one-half spacing, but also arbitrary spacing which can be restricted to environments. If your question is specifically about this package, use the &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/setspace&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'setspace'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;setspace&lt;/a&gt; tag.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-12T01:11:53.530" LastActivityDate="2010-12-12T01:11:53.530" />
  <row Id="6944" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-12-12T01:11:53.530" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="This tag marks questions dealing with both horizontal and vertical white space. This might be space between letters or words, or space between lines  or paragraphs. For adjusting the space between the lines of a document, there's the setspace package. If your question is specifically about this package, use the {setspace} tag.&#xD;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-09T17:54:11.800" LastActivityDate="2011-01-09T17:54:11.800" />
  <row Id="6946" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-12T03:34:44.717" Score="3" ViewCount="229" Body="&lt;p&gt;And a little bit more biblatex stuff: I've noticed that, when using hyperref, there is an issue in form of an ugly space between the citation and the punctuation (be it comma or period). Please, take a look at the following example code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{filecontents}{mybib.bib}&#xA;@book{JSmith,&#xA;author = {Smith, John},&#xA;title = {A book of}&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[style=authortitle]{biblatex}&#xA;\bibliography{mybib.bib}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Test~\cite*{JSmith}. Test~\footcite{JSmith}&#xA;&#xA;Test~\emph{A book of}. Test\footnote{Smith, \emph{A book of}.}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any ideas?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT&lt;/strong&gt;: Just to let you know, I posted the question here too: &lt;a href=&quot;http://groups.google.com/group/comp.text.tex/browse_thread/thread/908bd4ff3f8633b2#&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://groups.google.com/group/comp.text.tex/browse_thread/thread/908bd4ff3f8633b2#&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'll keep them both in sync.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT 2&lt;/strong&gt;: Heiko Oberdiek kindly provided the answer &quot;why&quot; this happens (on comp.text.tex):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\cite*&lt;/code&gt; uses &lt;code&gt;\emph&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\emph&lt;/code&gt; suppresses&#xA;  the italic correction at the  right&#xA;  end if a comma or period follows&#xA;  (&lt;code&gt;\nocorrlist&lt;/code&gt;). However adding a  link&#xA;  implies that whatits are added in&#xA;  between (in case of hpdftex.def  there&#xA;  are two whatits, the end of the link&#xA;  and restoring the color.  Therefore&#xA;  the period is hidden from &lt;code&gt;\emph&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Example without &lt;strong&gt;biblatex&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article} &#xA;\showboxdepth=\maxdimen &#xA;\showboxbreadth=\maxdimen &#xA;\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref} &#xA;&#xA;\begin{document} &#xA;\section{Foo}\label{sec:foo} &#xA;\huge &#xA;\noindent &#xA;Test~\emph{Smith of}.\\ &#xA;Test~\hyperref[sec:foo]{\emph{Smith of}}. &#xA;&#xA;\tracingonline=1 &#xA;\showlists &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT 3&lt;/strong&gt;: Ulrike Fischer proposed a local fix:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;You can locally reset the definition&#xA;  of &lt;code&gt;\citetitle&lt;/code&gt; (if you do it  globally&#xA;  it will perhaps remove the italic&#xA;  correction also in places  where you&#xA;  want it): &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;{\DeclareFieldFormat{citetitle}{\mkbibemph{#1\nocorr}}\cite*{JSmith}.}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1987" LastEditorUserId="1987" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-16T17:08:15.927" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T20:51:20.840" Title="Biblatex, hyperref and punctuation issue" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;biblatex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="6947" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6949" CreationDate="2010-12-12T08:06:04.960" Score="5" ViewCount="150" Body="&lt;p&gt;I noticed something very interesting while using &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt;. When compiling via pdfLaTeX or dvips, I do not need to specify the driver with &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{hyperref}&lt;/code&gt;. However when compiling via dvipdfm this fails and I have to specify the driver using &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[dvipdfm]{hyperref}&lt;/code&gt;. A similar issue is with the use of graphicx, and in this case the driver need not be specified in any case. Why the difference? Is there a way to fix the &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; package so that dvipdfm need not be manually specified as well? Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2265" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-12T09:01:14.460" LastActivityDate="2010-12-12T09:12:08.147" Title="hyperref and graphicx driver specification" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="6948" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6960" CreationDate="2010-12-12T08:40:46.820" Score="5" ViewCount="227" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Background&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using the &lt;code&gt;\path&lt;/code&gt; command from the URL package to mark-up directory paths. Some of the paths have spaces.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Problem&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The preamble is set to:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{algorithm}&#xA;\usepackage{booktabs}&#xA;% ... many other packages ...&#xA;\usepackage[automark,nouppercase]{scrpage2}&#xA;\usepackage[obeyspaces,dvipsnames,svgnames,x11names,table,hyperref]{xcolor}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The code for the &lt;code&gt;\path&lt;/code&gt; command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\path{c:\Program Files\Java\jdk1.6.0_22}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The (PDF) output is missing the space:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;c:\ProgramFiles\Java\jdk1.6.0_22&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The documentation for the URL package mentions &lt;code&gt;obeyspaces&lt;/code&gt;. The documentation does not say how to enforce the parameter when the package is included indirectly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Question&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How do you force the &lt;code&gt;\path&lt;/code&gt; command to retain spaces in its parameter, without having to rewrite all the statements (to include a non-breaking space, or the LaTeX equivalent thereof)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2148" LastActivityDate="2010-12-12T14:50:56.967" Title="Obey spaces with URL package (path command)" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;url&gt;&lt;path&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="6949" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6947" CreationDate="2010-12-12T09:12:08.147" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A short answer is 'no, you always need to specify &lt;code&gt;dvipdfm&lt;/code&gt; as a driver option'. To explain why, you need to remember that TeX does not handle things like colour, hyperlinks or including graphics directly. Instead, these are left to the driver to sort out. Each driver has its own way of doing things, and so the instructions needed for &lt;code&gt;dvips&lt;/code&gt; are different from those for &lt;code&gt;dvipdfm&lt;/code&gt; (or other drivers). These instructions are called 'specials' as they are included in a TeX file using the &lt;code&gt;\special&lt;/code&gt; primitive. Things are a bit different when using pdfLaTeX as there are a whole family of PDF-specific primitives which do the same job. I'll just call all of these 'specials' in the following.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So why can &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;graphicx&lt;/code&gt; detect pdfLaTeX &lt;em&gt;versus&lt;/em&gt; &lt;code&gt;dvips&lt;/code&gt; but not &lt;code&gt;dvips&lt;/code&gt; &lt;em&gt;versus&lt;/em&gt; &lt;code&gt;dvipdfm&lt;/code&gt;? At the (La)TeX level, it is possible to see that direct PDF output is being used, as the primitive &lt;code&gt;\pdfoutput&lt;/code&gt; will be set to &lt;code&gt;1&lt;/code&gt;. So the code which determines which specials to use can check this value and make a simple decision: if it is &lt;code&gt;1&lt;/code&gt;, use the specials for direct PDF creation. On the other hand, if the value is &lt;code&gt;0&lt;/code&gt; then there are more possibilities. The two major ones are, as you say, &lt;code&gt;dvips&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;dvipdfm&lt;/code&gt;. There is no way to tell which of these will be used from within the LaTeX file, and they need different specials. So a decision was made that &lt;code&gt;dvips&lt;/code&gt; would be assumed &lt;em&gt;unless&lt;/em&gt; the user says otherwise. This is why you need to explicitly say &lt;code&gt;dvipdfm&lt;/code&gt; as an option: once it is set then both &lt;code&gt;graphicx&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; should pick up the setting.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-12-12T09:12:08.147" />
  <row Id="6950" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6415" CreationDate="2010-12-12T11:03:08.817" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The Answer to the second question can be found at:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.latex-community.org/forum/viewtopic.php?f=44&amp;amp;t=7769&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;latex-Community&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I copy and paste the answer:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;    \documentclass{article}&#xA;      \newenvironment{question}{\noindent\rule{\textwidth}{1mm}\begin{list}{*}{}\item}{\end{list}}&#xA;&#xA;      \newenvironment{questions}{}{\rule{\textwidth}{1mm}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Hello world&#xA;  \begin{questions}&#xA;     \begin{question}Item one\end{question}&#xA;     \begin{question}Item two\end{question}&#xA;     \begin{question}Item three\end{question}&#xA;  \end{questions}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2244" LastActivityDate="2010-12-12T11:03:08.817" />
  <row Id="6951" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6948" CreationDate="2010-12-12T11:07:45.427" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;url&lt;/code&gt; package does not allow to set options later on with a &lt;code&gt;\urlsetup&lt;/code&gt; command, so you must hack the code to get what you want. Before using this hack make sure that you cannot call beforehand the &lt;code&gt;url&lt;/code&gt; package with the &lt;code&gt;obeyspaces&lt;/code&gt; option either by putting &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[obeyspaces]{url}&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\PassOptionsToPackage{obeyspaces}{url}&lt;/code&gt; early enough (e.g. just after &lt;code&gt;\documentclass&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{url}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\begingroup \lccode`+=32 \lowercase&#xA; {\endgroup \def\Url@ObeySp{\Url@Edit\Url@String{ }{+}}}&#xA; \def\Url@space{\penalty\Url@sppen\ }&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\path{c:\Program Files\Java\jdk1.6.0_22}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1973" LastActivityDate="2010-12-12T11:07:45.427" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6952" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6954" CreationDate="2010-12-12T11:28:41.780" Score="1" ViewCount="87" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/b5IPQ.png&quot; alt=&quot;certificate layout&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I achive the above layout in latex? &lt;code&gt;Place&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;Name&lt;/code&gt; should be on the same horizontal line, and so as &lt;code&gt;Date&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;En.No.&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;code&gt;Signature&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;Name&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;En.No&lt;/code&gt; should come on a same vertical line. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2155" LastActivityDate="2010-12-12T13:07:48.287" Title="certificate ending layout" Tags="&lt;layout&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6953" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7025" CreationDate="2010-12-12T12:16:04.743" Score="2" ViewCount="156" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In my main text I use a roman font with oldstyle figures&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In all tables I use the same roman font, but with modern figures. Since some of the columns may consist of mainly figures and it looks abit clumsy when those figures are set in oldstyle. Since all my tables are within a &lt;code&gt;floatrow&lt;/code&gt; object, I define the font as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{floatrow}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\newfontfamily\tablefont[Path=x]{fontname.otf} &#xA;\DeclareFloatFont{tables}{\tablefont}&#xA;\floatsetup[table]{font={tables}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I use biblatex for my reference, as citation marks I use numbers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now I found out that the citation marks are formatted according to the font of their direct environment. So In my maintext these citation numbers are modern, while in the tables they are oldstyle. But how can I change the formatting for the citation numbers, so they are consistent in the whole document. I would like to use custom font families for this. Aswell I would like to change the formatting of the Bibliography (&lt;code&gt;\printbibliography&lt;/code&gt;) in the same way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or is this directly related to the the floatfont declaration, and would these always override my citation format declaration?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Been reading the biblatex manual, and I read something about \bibfont but don't know how I should be using this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2182" LastEditorUserId="2182" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-12T12:26:57.683" LastActivityDate="2010-12-13T07:37:23.003" Title="Biblatex: Changing the font of citation-marks and the references?" Tags="&lt;biblatex&gt;&lt;formatting&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6954" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6952" CreationDate="2010-12-12T13:07:48.287" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's a simple way to do this without using the &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\newcommand\certificateending[4]{%&#xA;        \par&#xA;        \noindent&#xA;        \hskip.5\linewidth&#xA;        \hbox{\textbf{Signature of the Scholar}}\\&#xA;        \hbox to.5\linewidth{\textbf{Place:} #1\hfil}%&#xA;        \hbox{\textbf{Name: #2}}\\&#xA;        \hbox to.5\linewidth{\textbf{Date:} #3\hfil}%&#xA;        \hbox{\textbf{En.\ No: #4}}%&#xA;        \par&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\certificateending{Some Place}{John Doe}{11 December 2010}{56784332}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I don't think I'd make &quot;John Doe&quot; and &quot;56784332&quot; bold.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-12-12T13:07:48.287" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6955" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6958" CreationDate="2010-12-12T13:46:07.577" Score="1" ViewCount="181" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have some tex code that I used to compile successfully (actually, with some 3 non-important warnings) on Windows using MikTex. When I try to compile it on Ubuntu using:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;tex composition-body.tex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I get the following errors:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;rafid@MyLaptop:~/Desktop/Composition$ tex composition-body.tex &#xA;This is TeX, Version 3.1415926 (TeX Live 2009/Debian)&#xA;(./composition-body.tex&#xA;! Undefined control sequence.&#xA;l.6 \title&#xA;          {SOME TITLE}&#xA;? &#xA;! Undefined control sequence.&#xA;l.10 \author&#xA;            {SOME AUTHOR}&#xA;&#xA;? &#xA;! Undefined control sequence.&#xA;l.40 \begin&#xA;           {document}&#xA;? &#xA;! Undefined control sequence.&#xA;l.42 \maketitle&#xA;&#xA;? &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any idea why is that happening? By the way, I had to press &quot;Enter&quot; after every error for the compile to proceed!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Just in case you need this, I am using the EuroGraphics template:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.eg.org/EG/Publications/guidelines&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.eg.org/EG/Publications/guidelines&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;UPDATE: I tried what was proposed by Lian, and now I am getting these errors:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;rafid@MyLaptop:~/Desktop/Composition$ pdflatex composition-body.tex &#xA;This is pdfTeX, Version 3.1415926-1.40.10 (TeX Live 2009/Debian)&#xA; restricted \write18 enabled.&#xA;entering extended mode&#xA;(./composition-body.tex&#xA;LaTeX2e &amp;lt;2009/09/24&amp;gt;&#xA;Babel &amp;lt;v3.8l&amp;gt; and hyphenation patterns for english, usenglishmax, dumylang, noh&#xA;yphenation, loaded.&#xA;(./composition-body.aux)&#xA;&#xA;! LaTeX Error: The font size command \normalsize is not defined:&#xA;           there is probably something wrong with the class file.&#xA;&#xA;See the LaTeX manual or LaTeX Companion for explanation.&#xA;Type  H &amp;lt;return&amp;gt;  for immediate help.&#xA; ...                                              &#xA;&#xA;l.40 \begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;? &#xA;! Undefined control sequence.&#xA;l.42 \maketitle&#xA;&#xA;? &#xA;&#xA;! LaTeX Error: Environment abstract undefined.&#xA;&#xA;See the LaTeX manual or LaTeX Companion for explanation.&#xA;Type  H &amp;lt;return&amp;gt;  for immediate help.&#xA; ...                                              &#xA;&#xA;l.44 \begin{abstract}&#xA;&#xA;? &#xA;&#xA;! LaTeX Error: Environment classification undefined.&#xA;&#xA;See the LaTeX manual or LaTeX Companion for explanation.&#xA;Type  H &amp;lt;return&amp;gt;  for immediate help.&#xA; ...                                              &#xA;&#xA;l.59 \begin{classification}&#xA;                        % according to http://www.acm.org/class/1998/&#xA;? &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2418" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-12T17:54:47.950" LastActivityDate="2010-12-12T17:54:47.950" Title="Some strange errors when moving from MikTex on windows to Ubuntu TeX." Tags="&lt;compiling&gt;&lt;windows&gt;&lt;miktex&gt;&lt;ubuntu&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6956" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6955" CreationDate="2010-12-12T13:52:27.450" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try running &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;latex composition-body.tex&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;pdflatex composition-body.tex&lt;/code&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;instead of plain &lt;code&gt;tex&lt;/code&gt;, which won't recognise LaTeX commands such as &lt;code&gt;\title&lt;/code&gt; etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="226" LastActivityDate="2010-12-12T13:52:27.450" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6957" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6532" CreationDate="2010-12-12T13:56:08.073" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Maybe a small step in the right direction: instead of producing output, we define two commands \LTXlastexample{in/out}put that still need the width they are to be typeset into. This will require you to output both parts before you issue the next LTXexample, and I've not given much thought to whether it will work beyond my example case, in a spirit of &quot;what could possibly go wrong?&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{showexpl}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA; \newcommand*\SX@put@x[3]{%&#xA;    \global\def\LTXlastexampleinput##1{%&#xA;      \SX@CodeArea{##1}{#3}%&#xA;    }%&#xA;    \global\setbox\SX@ResBox\box\SX@ResBox&#xA;    \global\def\LTXlastexampleoutput##1{%&#xA;      \SX@ResultArea{##1}{#2}%&#xA;    }%&#xA; }&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{LTXexample}[pos=x]&#xA;    Hello, world&#xA;  \end{LTXexample}&#xA;&#xA;  \show\LTXlastexampleoutput&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|l|l|}&#xA;  \LTXlastexampleinput{5cm} &amp;amp;  \LTXlastexampleoutput{5cm}&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1860" LastActivityDate="2010-12-12T13:56:08.073" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-12-12T13:56:36.560" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6958" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6955" CreationDate="2010-12-12T14:45:34.037" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It seem that you're running LaTeX on a document which should be included. Run LaTeX on the main document instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On MiKTeX perhaps your editor used the main document automatically (project setting).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I read the file name &lt;code&gt;composition-body.tex&lt;/code&gt; it reads like a part but not the main document. Typeset the main or frame document which uses &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; to read in &lt;code&gt;composition-body.tex&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I had a look at the your linked template. There's a file &lt;code&gt;EGauthorGuidelines-body.inc&lt;/code&gt; which contains title, author, abstract, &lt;code&gt;\begin{classification}...&lt;/code&gt; just like your body file. But this file is not compilable, even if you rename it to get the extension &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt;. Instead, &lt;code&gt;EGauthorGuidelines-cgf-fin.tex&lt;/code&gt; has to be compiled. This file uses &lt;code&gt;\input{EGauthorGuidelines-body.inc}&lt;/code&gt; to include the body file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-12T14:45:34.037" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6959" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-12T14:49:01.810" Score="3" ViewCount="147" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using bibtex. For overall configuration I use a &lt;code&gt;.cls&lt;/code&gt; file. I am looking for a way to sort bibliography in this order: Books, articles and miscellaneous. Currently all types of materials get sorted according to author name. As I am not using author parameter for &lt;code&gt;misc&lt;/code&gt;, all misc categories appear first, which I don't want to happen.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2155" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-12T16:11:01.587" LastActivityDate="2010-12-12T17:00:11.610" Title="Sorting Bibliography" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="6960" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6948" CreationDate="2010-12-12T14:50:56.967" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Specify the option &lt;code&gt;obeyspaces&lt;/code&gt; as document class option. This should then be passed to the &lt;code&gt;url&lt;/code&gt; package automatically.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-12T14:50:56.967" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6961" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6962" CreationDate="2010-12-12T15:15:11.187" Score="4" ViewCount="515" Body="&lt;p&gt;Following the instructions in this page &lt;a href=&quot;https://help.ubuntu.com/community/LaTeX&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;https://help.ubuntu.com/community/LaTeX&lt;/a&gt; , I installed TexLive, which needs some 1GB of space (I installed the texlive-full package). Yet, after installation, I don't seem to find any command that seems to represent the TexLive!! Is it the normal tex, latex, pdflatex, etc.? Well, I already had those before installing TexLive? So where was the 1GB installed? What about the packages? Where were they installed?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2418" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T17:26:07.860" Title="How can I call TexLive in Ubuntu?" Tags="&lt;texlive&gt;&lt;ubuntu&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="6962" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6961" CreationDate="2010-12-12T15:25:27.203" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/kpathsea/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;kpathsea&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; to check the locations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Type this at the command prompt to get the main path of your TeX installation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;kpsewhich --var-value=TEXMFMAIN&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;kpsewhich&lt;/code&gt; can provide more information, just type &lt;code&gt;kpsewhich --help&lt;/code&gt; to learn more about it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Further you could use the &lt;code&gt;which&lt;/code&gt; tool to locate executables:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;which tex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You may also check the versions of TeX, pdfTeX, LaTeX etc.:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;tex -version&#xA;latex -version&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All can be done at the command prompt, i.e. within a terminal window.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Further there are of course package managing tools of your distribution for look-up which packages are installed - Synaptic, &lt;code&gt;dpkg-query -l&lt;/code&gt; etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you're still not sure: just go ahead, compile a LaTeX file. Afterwards read the first line of the &lt;code&gt;.log&lt;/code&gt; file produced by LaTeX, within the same directory. The first line may look like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;This is pdfTeX, Version 3.1415926-1.40.10 (Web2C 2009) (format=pdflatex 2010.6.25)&#xA;12 DEC 2010 16:47&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So you know if you're using a current version. The package manager which you used for installation should have taken care of all, so texlive would be used. The questions 'What' and 'Where' can be answered by the mentioned &lt;code&gt;kpsewhich&lt;/code&gt;, using various parameters, which does path look-up and file-look-up and presents the actually 'active' file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-12T17:10:14.723" LastActivityDate="2010-12-12T17:10:14.723" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="6963" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3174" CreationDate="2010-12-12T15:33:39.790" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.winedt.org/Macros/LaTeX/uncommand.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.winedt.org/Macros/LaTeX/uncommand.php&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2421" LastActivityDate="2010-12-12T15:33:39.790" />
  <row Id="6964" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6961" CreationDate="2010-12-12T15:41:25.870" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To add on to Stefan's answer, I believe the executables for texlive if you installed them from the Ubuntu repositories are in /usr/bin while the documentation for the various packages are in /usr/share/doc/.... If you want a more updated version of texlive you should install the version from TUG, but then you must remember to add the path to the executables to your system then. The way to do this which works best for me after trying several different methods that failed for different reasons is to follow the instructions at &lt;a href=&quot;http://sajangyang.blogspot.com/2010/09/ubuntu-1004-and-vanilla-texlive2010.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://sajangyang.blogspot.com/2010/09/ubuntu-1004-and-vanilla-texlive2010.html&lt;/a&gt;. In this case the executables and everything else will be in your home folder so you can easily remove it simply by deleting. If this is too troublesome then just stick to the Ubuntu texlive-full. Hope this helps!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2265" LastEditorUserId="2265" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-12T15:56:29.757" LastActivityDate="2010-12-12T15:56:29.757" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6965" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-12T16:07:26.710" Score="14" ViewCount="408" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can a similar arrangement be archived (with ams*, aligned, multicol, etc)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1.2.3 Solve the following system of equations:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  a)        x -  2y -  4z =   1   b)     -23x + 43y  = 22&#xA;           3x -   y -   z =  -1             x -  5y  = -1&#xA;            x - 11y + 22z = 110 &#xA;&#xA;  c)   x +   y - 4z -   u =  1    d) -23x + 43y   -t =    2&#xA;     10x -   y - 5z +  6u = -1          x -  5y + 6t =  -10&#xA;       x - 11y + 2z - 22u = 11         5x -  8y - 6t = -100&#xA;       x - 18y + 8z +  2u = -6 &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;with &quot;full double&quot;, ie. vertical and horizontal alignment?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2422" LastEditorUserId="117" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-15T15:46:35.110" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T15:46:35.110" Title="Multicol layout for systems of (linear) equations" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;multicol&gt;" AnswerCount="5" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="6966" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6959" CreationDate="2010-12-12T16:10:39.433" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's how to do it using &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/biblatex.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;biblatex&lt;/a&gt;. (The &lt;code&gt;defernumbers&lt;/code&gt; package option ensures that the numeric labels are assigned according to the order of entries in the bibliographies.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[defernumbers=true]{biblatex}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.bib}&#xA;@misc{A01,&#xA;  author = {Author, A.},&#xA;  year = {2001},&#xA;  title = {Alpha},&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;@book{B02,&#xA;  author = {Buthor, B.},&#xA;  year = {2002},&#xA;  title = {Bravo},&#xA;  location = {Location},&#xA;  publisher = {Publisher},&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;@article{C03,&#xA;  author = {Cuthor, C.},&#xA;  year = {2003},&#xA;  title = {Charlie},&#xA;  journaltitle = {Journal title},&#xA;  volume = {1},&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\bibliography{\jobname}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\nocite{*}&#xA;&#xA;\printbibliography[type=book,title={Books}]&#xA;&#xA;\printbibliography[type=article,title={Articles}]&#xA;&#xA;\printbibliography[nottype=book,nottype=article,title={Miscellaneous}]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The filecontents environment is only used to include some external files directly into the example, so that it compiles. It is not necessary for the solution.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-12T17:00:11.610" LastActivityDate="2010-12-12T17:00:11.610" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="6967" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6977" CreationDate="2010-12-12T16:22:18.573" Score="15" ViewCount="314" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need two bib-like sections: a &quot;References&quot; giving works explicitly cited in my text, and a &quot;Bibliography&quot; (or &quot;Further reading&quot; if you prefer) giving everything from my bibfile that didn't already appear in &quot;References&quot;. The first is of course completely standard, but the second... I'm stumped.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Further loose constraints: I'm somewhat committed to biblatex and the biblatex-apa style. But I'll happily accept an answer not related to them if there's any chance I can adapt it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2423" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-14T08:57:26.987" LastActivityDate="2010-12-14T08:57:26.987" Title="How to split bibliography into &quot;works cited&quot; and &quot;works not cited&quot;" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;biblatex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="5" />
  <row Id="6968" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6973" CreationDate="2010-12-12T16:24:27.680" Score="4" ViewCount="113" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\hcAuxText{}&#xA;\newread\hcInputStream&#xA;\immediate\openin\hcInputStream=myfile.tmp&#xA;\loop\unless\ifeof\hcInputStream&#xA;    \read\hcInputStream to \hcAuxLine&#xA;    \let\hcAuxAcumm\hcAuxText&#xA;    \edef\hcAuxText{\hcAuxAcumm \hcAuxLine}&#xA;\repeat&#xA;\closein\hcInputStream&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am trying to read the contents of a file to a variable. I need the whole file to be read because the file will be later modified (like a table of contents).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When the above code is run, I get the following message:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! TeX capacity exceeded, sorry [input stack size=5000].&#xA;\@ifundefined #1-&amp;gt;\expandafter \ifx \csname #1&#xA;                                              \endcsname \relax \expandafter..&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like to know i) why that code overflows the stack, and ii) is there a better way to read a whole file to a variable?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;%%%%%%%%%% Edit %%%%%%%%%%&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The ulterior motives for this code are to load a file into a variable which can then be &quot;pasted&quot; whenever used. The file is read \AtBeginDocument but it is modified when the source is processed. So, I want to keep the &quot;initial state&quot; of the file in memory. That might help with my question (ii) above.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for part (i), I am baffled that the code above did not work. After all, I read a line storing it in \hcAuxLine, copy the previous state of \hcAuxAcumm to \hcAuxText, and finally concatenate {\hcAuxAcumm \hcAuxLine} to \hcAuxText.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2421" LastEditorUserId="2421" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-12T17:19:01.443" LastActivityDate="2010-12-12T17:24:07.450" Title="Why does the following code run in an infinite loop?" Tags="&lt;errors&gt;&lt;loops&gt;&lt;external-file&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6969" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-12T16:30:06.350" Score="0" ViewCount="391" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the symbol for the normal density function in LaTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2146" LastActivityDate="2010-12-13T10:55:26.963" Title="Symbol for Gaussian distribution" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;equations&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="6970" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2969" CreationDate="2010-12-12T16:44:12.120" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Even though there already is an accepted answer, I wanted to chip in one thought.&#xA;The only &quot;shifting&quot; that comes to mind would require XeTeX, a font which has everything packed in (latin, greek, etc.), and knowing how much to &quot;shift&quot;. Ie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\count0=0 \advance\count0 by \XeTeXcharglyph`A&#xA;\advance\count0 by 500% Or how much it is to shift until the wanted version&#xA;\XeTeXglyph\count0% Out comes the shifted glyph&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, all this would need to be macro'd somehow. I'm sorry I don't know macroing well enough to be of help here, but hopefully the basic idea could provide some food for thought.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastActivityDate="2010-12-12T16:44:12.120" />
  <row Id="6971" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6965" CreationDate="2010-12-12T16:49:38.527" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am not sure how much alignment you want. For the following I assume you want to align at every monomial, at every arithmetic operation, and all monomials are to be flushright. Then you should use an &lt;code&gt;array&lt;/code&gt; environment if you demand such fine control on the alignments. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[\begin{array}{rrcrcrcrcrrrcrcrcr}&#xA;a)&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp; x &amp;amp;-&amp;amp; 2y&amp;amp;-&amp;amp; 4z&amp;amp;=&amp;amp;  1 &amp;amp; \qquad b)&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp; -23x&amp;amp;+&amp;amp; 43y&amp;amp;=&amp;amp;22\\&#xA;  &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp; 3x&amp;amp;-&amp;amp;  y&amp;amp;-&amp;amp;  z&amp;amp;=&amp;amp; -1 &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;              x&amp;amp;-&amp;amp;  5y&amp;amp;=&amp;amp;-1\\&#xA;  &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp; x &amp;amp;-&amp;amp;11y&amp;amp;+&amp;amp;22z&amp;amp;=&amp;amp;110 \\&#xA;\\&#xA;c)&amp;amp;   x&amp;amp;+&amp;amp;   y&amp;amp;-&amp;amp; 4z&amp;amp;-&amp;amp;  u&amp;amp;=&amp;amp;  1&amp;amp; \qquad d)&amp;amp; -23x&amp;amp;+&amp;amp; 43y&amp;amp;-&amp;amp;  t&amp;amp;=&amp;amp;    2\\&#xA;  &amp;amp; 10x&amp;amp;-&amp;amp;   y&amp;amp;-&amp;amp; 5z&amp;amp;+&amp;amp; 6u&amp;amp;=&amp;amp; -1&amp;amp;&amp;amp;              x&amp;amp;-&amp;amp;  5y&amp;amp;+&amp;amp; 6t&amp;amp;=&amp;amp;  -10\\&#xA;  &amp;amp;   x&amp;amp;-&amp;amp; 11y&amp;amp;+&amp;amp; 2z&amp;amp;-&amp;amp;22u&amp;amp;=&amp;amp; 11&amp;amp;&amp;amp;             5x&amp;amp;-&amp;amp;  8y&amp;amp;-&amp;amp; 6t&amp;amp;=&amp;amp; -100\\&#xA;  &amp;amp;   x&amp;amp;-&amp;amp; 18y&amp;amp;+&amp;amp; 8z&amp;amp;+&amp;amp; 2u&amp;amp;=&amp;amp; -6 &#xA;\end{array}\]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastActivityDate="2010-12-12T16:49:38.527" />
  <row Id="6972" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6965" CreationDate="2010-12-12T17:11:28.157" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As already shown, the best possible alignment is done with an &lt;code&gt;array&lt;/code&gt; environment. Here comes a more elaborated version.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \[&#xA;    \setlength{\arraycolsep}{1.5pt}&#xA;    \begin{array}{@{}&amp;gt;{$}c&amp;lt;{$}@{\quad}rcrcrcrcr@{\qquad}&amp;gt;{$}c&amp;lt;{$}@{\quad}rcrcrcr@{}}&#xA;      a) &amp;amp;     &amp;amp;   &amp;amp;   x &amp;amp; - &amp;amp;  2y &amp;amp; - &amp;amp;  4z &amp;amp; = &amp;amp;   1 &amp;amp; b) &amp;amp;      &amp;amp;   &amp;amp; -23x &amp;amp; + &amp;amp; 43y &amp;amp; = &amp;amp;  2 \\&#xA;         &amp;amp;     &amp;amp;   &amp;amp;  3x &amp;amp; - &amp;amp;   y &amp;amp; - &amp;amp;   z &amp;amp; = &amp;amp;  -1 &amp;amp;    &amp;amp;      &amp;amp;   &amp;amp;    x &amp;amp; - &amp;amp;  5y &amp;amp; = &amp;amp; -1 \\&#xA;         &amp;amp;     &amp;amp;   &amp;amp;   x &amp;amp; - &amp;amp; 11y &amp;amp; + &amp;amp; 22z &amp;amp; = &amp;amp; 110 &amp;amp;    &amp;amp;      &amp;amp;   &amp;amp;      &amp;amp;   &amp;amp;     &amp;amp;   &amp;amp;    \\[2\jot]&#xA;      c) &amp;amp;   x &amp;amp; + &amp;amp;   y &amp;amp; - &amp;amp;  4z &amp;amp; - &amp;amp;   u &amp;amp; = &amp;amp;   1 &amp;amp; d) &amp;amp; -23x &amp;amp; + &amp;amp;  43y &amp;amp; - &amp;amp;   t &amp;amp; = &amp;amp;    2 \\&#xA;         &amp;amp; 10x &amp;amp; - &amp;amp;   y &amp;amp; - &amp;amp;  5z &amp;amp; + &amp;amp;  6u &amp;amp; = &amp;amp;  -1 &amp;amp;    &amp;amp;    x &amp;amp; - &amp;amp;   5y &amp;amp; + &amp;amp;  6t &amp;amp; = &amp;amp;  -10 \\&#xA;         &amp;amp;   x &amp;amp; - &amp;amp; 11y &amp;amp; + &amp;amp;  2z &amp;amp; - &amp;amp; 22u &amp;amp; = &amp;amp;  11 &amp;amp;    &amp;amp;   5x &amp;amp; - &amp;amp;   8y &amp;amp; - &amp;amp;  6t &amp;amp; = &amp;amp; -100 \\&#xA;         &amp;amp;   x &amp;amp; - &amp;amp; 18y &amp;amp; + &amp;amp;  8z &amp;amp; + &amp;amp;  2u &amp;amp; = &amp;amp;  -6 &amp;amp;    &amp;amp;      &amp;amp;   &amp;amp;      &amp;amp;   &amp;amp;     &amp;amp;   &amp;amp;&#xA;    \end{array}&#xA;  \]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, this is very tedious. So you have to think about the relation between effort and result.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/WT9OL.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastEditorUserId="1063" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-12T17:19:03.910" LastActivityDate="2010-12-12T17:19:03.910" />
  <row Id="6973" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6968" CreationDate="2010-12-12T17:12:17.057" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Taking it that the topic here is LaTeX, I'd look at the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/catchfile&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;catchfile&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package. As to the message you get, it's a bit hard to be sure without some more context. I do wonder about using &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt; here, though. It will fully expand the line that has just been read from the file, which may be a bad idea. This is a general point, and I'd at the very least consider using &lt;code&gt;\protected@edef&lt;/code&gt;. If you don't want expansion, I'd suggest you're better avoiding it entirely. As you are using e-TeX, you'd be better with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\edef\hcAuxText{\unexpand\expandafter{\hcAuxText}\unexpand\expandafter{\hcAuxLine}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;By the way, there is no need to make a copy of &lt;code&gt;\hcAuxText&lt;/code&gt; for the &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt; step. A line such as &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\edef\hcAuxText{\hcAuxText &amp;lt;extra stuff}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will expand &lt;code&gt;\hcAuxText&lt;/code&gt; within the definition before the assignment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-12T17:24:07.450" LastActivityDate="2010-12-12T17:24:07.450" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6974" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6996" CreationDate="2010-12-12T17:49:19.807" Score="2" ViewCount="264" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am making slides using Beamer, and I am trying to have to &lt;code&gt;\pspicture&lt;/code&gt;s side by side.  However, no matter what I do they end up one under the other, even if I use &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt;.  What is the right way to do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="982" LastActivityDate="2010-12-28T15:58:39.600" Title="Is there a way to put two pspicture's side by side?" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;pstricks&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6975" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6983" CreationDate="2010-12-12T17:57:28.680" Score="1" ViewCount="507" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am compiling a LaTeX document on Ubuntu and I am getting those warnings, errors, or whatever. Any idea about them?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Package hyperref Warning: Height of page (\paperheight) is invalid (0.0pt),&#xA;(hyperref)                using 11in.&#xA;Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) has occurred while \output is active&#xA;Underfull \vbox (badness 10000) has occurred while \output is active []&#xA;LaTeX Warning: `h' float specifier changed to `ht'.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2418" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-12T18:02:05.870" LastActivityDate="2010-12-12T19:00:56.717" Title="LaTeX Warning About Height, \hbox, and \vbox, and ht" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;floats&gt;&lt;warnings&gt;&lt;paper-size&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6976" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-12T18:01:25.487" Score="1" ViewCount="76" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have the following problems with the &quot;theomac&quot; package by Ulrich Diez (whom I don't know how to contact). This package is useful to restate theorems, and was mentioned e.g. &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4290/restating-a-theorem-using-theomac-sty&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Problems:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Get error if there's empty line in theorem declaration&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Enumerate numbers are wrong when restating the theorem&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, to repeat a theorem one needs to specify a command. Is there a way for the package macro to deduce this command from the label of the theorem, or the label from the command? This would save a parameter and make things cleaner.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following code shows both problems and the &quot;also&quot; question as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{../theomac}&#xA;\newtheoremWithMacro{theoremR}{Theorem}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;%The following doesn't compile because of empty line&#xA;\begin{theoremR}&#xA;bla&#xA;&#xA;bla&#xA;\end{theoremR}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{theoremR}[\teo]&#xA;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;\item bla&#xA;\item bla&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;\end{theoremR}&#xA;&#xA;%Numbering of enumerate is wrong in the following&#xA;\teo&#xA;&#xA;%Is there a way for the macro to deduce&#xA;%label and or \teo from other?&#xA;\begin{theoremR}[\teo] \label{teo}&#xA;bla&#xA;\end{theoremR}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2426" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-12T18:12:33.150" LastActivityDate="2010-12-12T18:12:33.150" Title="Problems with theomac package to restate theorems" Tags="&lt;cross-referencing&gt;&lt;theorems&gt;" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6977" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6967" CreationDate="2010-12-12T18:21:13.410" Score="17" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One learns something new about biblatex every day. :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[defernumbers=true]{biblatex}&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareBibliographyCategory{cited}&#xA;\AtEveryCitekey{\addtocategory{cited}{\thefield{entrykey}}}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.bib}&#xA;@misc{A01,&#xA;  author = {Author, A.},&#xA;  year = {2001},&#xA;  title = {Alpha},&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;@misc{B02,&#xA;  author = {Buthor, B.},&#xA;  year = {2002},&#xA;  title = {Bravo},&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;@misc{C03,&#xA;  author = {Cuthor, C.},&#xA;  year = {2003},&#xA;  title = {Charlie},&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\bibliography{\jobname}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\nocite{*}&#xA;&#xA;\cite{A01,B02}&#xA;&#xA;\printbibliography[title={References},category=cited]&#xA;&#xA;\printbibliography[title={Further Reading},notcategory=cited]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-12-12T18:21:13.410" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6978" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6980" CreationDate="2010-12-12T18:23:48.430" Score="1" ViewCount="125" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;Some sentence.... \shortstack[]{a\\b\\c}&lt;/code&gt; it produces like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;                  a&#xA;                  b&#xA;Some sentence.... c&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I would like to produce something like this&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;                      a&#xA;Some Sentence...      b&#xA;                      c&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to align the &quot;Some sentence.....&quot; with be instead of c. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2036" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-12T18:33:57.413" LastActivityDate="2010-12-12T18:44:25.277" Title="\ShortStack Align" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6979" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6557" CreationDate="2010-12-12T18:32:56.120" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Windows, a batch file will do (*.bat). You can then call the batch file. I use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.winedt.com&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;WinEdt&lt;/a&gt; because of the convenience it provides. In there, you could modify the sequence being called. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2421" LastActivityDate="2010-12-12T18:32:56.120" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6980" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6978" CreationDate="2010-12-12T18:44:25.277" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A matrix perhaps:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Some sentence.... $\matrix{ a \cr b \cr c }$&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastActivityDate="2010-12-12T18:44:25.277" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="6981" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6974" CreationDate="2010-12-12T18:46:17.660" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Are you sure that they are small enough to fit next to each other? If not, you might need to resize them. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2421" LastActivityDate="2010-12-12T18:46:17.660" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="6982" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6998" CreationDate="2010-12-12T18:55:12.957" Score="5" ViewCount="663" Body="&lt;p&gt;The following should look good in your browser, AND compile in Latex looking beautiful right?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;UTF-8 test:&#xA;\begin{verbatim}&#xA;logic:  not:¬&#xA;        and: ∧  nand:⊼&#xA;        or: ∨   nor:⊽&#xA;        inequal to, xor:≢,≠,⊻,⊕     equal to: ≡,=&#xA;Set logic:  ∪,∩,⊊,⊋,⊆,⊇,⊈,⊉,≡ &#xA;    avoid useage of non-specific: ⊂,⊃,⊄,⊅&#xA;Set Membership:∈,∉,∌,∋,∅&#xA;assignment ≔≕&#xA;predicate logic:∃,∄,∀,∴,∵&#xA;regex: /|\.⋆^?+(){,}[]&#xA;Arrows: ↖↑↗⇖⇑⇗&#xA;        ←↔→⇐⇔⇒⇕↕&#xA;        ↙↓↘⇙⇓⇘&#xA;        ↚↮↛⇍⇎⇏&#xA;numbers:ℕatural={0,1,2,3, … ∞}, ℤintegers,&#xA;        ℚ=rational, ¬ℚ=irrational,&#xA;        ℝeal, ±∞, ℂomplex&#xA;size: ≤,≥,&amp;lt;,&amp;gt;,≮,≯,≰,≱,≪,≫,≢,≠,≡,=&#xA;Greek Alphabet:&#xA;ΑΒΓΔΕΖΗΘΙΚΛΜΝΞΟΠΡΣ ΤΥΦΧΨΩ&#xA;αβγδεζηθικλμνξοπρσςτυφχψω&#xA;Game:&#xA;Chess symbols:♚♛♜♝♞♟♔♕♖♗♘♙&#xA;Playing card symbols:♠♣♥♦ 23456789JQKA&#xA;miscellaneous:°∙■□▪▫○●☇&#xA;\end{verbatim}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Currently(2010 Dec 12 with latest ubuntu with all updated packages) I get the following error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Package inputenc Error: Unicode char \u8:**&quot;insert random char here&quot;** not set up for use with LaTeX.&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1244" LastEditorUserId="1244" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-13T18:04:03.610" LastActivityDate="2010-12-13T18:04:03.610" Title="No simple UTF8 support in latex?" Tags="&lt;latex-general&gt;&lt;unicode&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="9" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="6983" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6975" CreationDate="2010-12-12T19:00:56.717" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Package hyperref Warning: Height of page (\paperheight) is invalid (0.0pt),&#xA;  (hyperref)                using 11in.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Obviously your class doesn't define &lt;code&gt;\paperheight&lt;/code&gt;, so you have to do it by yourself or rely on defaults.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, to get A4 paper, use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setlength{\paperheight}{297mm}&#xA;\setlength{\paperwidth}{210mm}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For letter paper:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setlength{\paperheight}{11in}&#xA;\setlength{\paperwidth}{8.5in}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) has occurred while \output is active&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Underfull \vbox (badness 10000) has occurred while \output is active []&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Have a look at: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/138/what-are-underfull-hboxes-and-vboxes-and-how-can-i-get-rid-of-them&quot;&gt;What are underfull hboxes and vboxes and how can I get rid of them?&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;LaTeX Warning: 'h' float specifier changed to 'ht'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You used a placement option &lt;code&gt;h&lt;/code&gt; for a float (table or figure). If LaTeX cannot place it right there because of too less space, it moves it to the top of the next page and issues that warning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Usually &lt;code&gt;h&lt;/code&gt; is too strict. This way you don't allow top, bottom or page placement. Use at least &lt;code&gt;ht&lt;/code&gt; instead, or relax it to &lt;code&gt;htbp&lt;/code&gt; or even &lt;code&gt;!htbp&lt;/code&gt; if you like. If you really need it to be exactly &quot;here&quot;, use the &lt;code&gt;H&lt;/code&gt; option together with the float package. There are further ways. But adding placement options is usually fine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-12T19:00:56.717" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6984" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-12T19:19:40.380" Score="1" ViewCount="298" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/503/why-is-preferable-to&quot;&gt;Why is \[ &amp;hellip; \] preferable to $$?&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What are the pros and cons in each of the following cases?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(1) single dollar vs backslash parentheses for inline math&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(2) double dollar vs backslash brackets vs amsmath equation* environment for display math&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2265" LastEditorUserId="2265" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-05T01:22:54.397" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T01:22:54.397" ClosedDate="2010-12-13T08:53:21.967" Title="Pros and Cons of Various Math Typesetting Methods" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="6985" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7009" CreationDate="2010-12-12T19:34:52.160" Score="2" ViewCount="295" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Background&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Looking to change the appearance of quotations at the start of each Chapter (or Part). The book is using KOMA Script v2. (Most searches for the &lt;code&gt;quote&lt;/code&gt; command come back with results for typesetting quotation marks, rather than aphorisms.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Problem&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Currently, the quotation resembles:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/h5CrE.png&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Am looking for something similar to:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Good code is short, simple, and symmetrical -- the challenge is figuring out how to get there.&#xA;  ~Sean Parent&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(A double line border, a background colour, but using a serif font with the author name right-justified.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Source Code&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The quotation is defined as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setchapterpreamble{\dictum[Sean Parent]{Good code...}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have altered the style of the dictum settings as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand*{\dictumwidth}{.75\textwidth}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\dictumauthorformat}[1]{\textsc{#1}\bigskip}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Questions&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;What packages allow such fine control over quotations (or &lt;code&gt;quote&lt;/code&gt;s)? (Neither &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fncychap/fncychap.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;fncychap&lt;/a&gt; nor &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/quotchap/quotchap.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;quotchap&lt;/a&gt; offer sufficient sophistication.)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;How can the aphorism be placed in a &lt;code&gt;\colorbox&lt;/code&gt;? (Using &lt;code&gt;\dictumtext&lt;/code&gt;?)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;What is a good way to add double lines to the box?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Related&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3557/suggestions-on-how-to-place-a-sentence-of-text-inside-a-box-with-a-border-around&quot;&gt;Suggestions on how to place a sentence of text inside a box with a border around it&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks again!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2148" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-24T15:17:13.247" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T15:17:13.247" Title="Place quotation (dictum) in a box" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;boxes&gt;&lt;koma-script&gt;&lt;quoting&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6986" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6982" CreationDate="2010-12-12T19:42:59.387" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For Unicode support, you need to use &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/xetex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;XeTeX&lt;/a&gt;.  It supports using UTF-8 encoded files by default. The &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/XeTeX&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Wikipedia page on XeTeX&lt;/a&gt; is also useful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2433" LastActivityDate="2010-12-12T19:42:59.387" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6987" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6982" CreationDate="2010-12-12T19:55:34.200" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;inputenc with option utf8 knows definitions only for a subset of unicode. And from this subset it will only load a small subset as default. If you want more definitions you should load the corresponding font encodings. If you want full unicode support use a unicode enabled engine like xetex or luatex (but I have some doubt that you will find many fonts with chess support). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-12-12T19:55:34.200" />
  <row Id="6988" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7095" CreationDate="2010-12-12T19:58:00.883" Score="5" ViewCount="313" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have been trying to find a package or a method to sort lists of names in an easy manner in TeX/LaTeX. I have tried some of the routines in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/xfor/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;xfor&lt;/a&gt; package, as well as looked at some of the new macros in LaTeX3 but was not very successful with either of them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have come with the idea of using the MakeIndex program to sort and categorize. It is available with every distribution and the LaTeX class is very short and easily hackable being approximately 36 lines long (including the glossary macros that I can eliminate) and a few more definitions for styling in the basic book or article class.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is a minimal example that sorts a list of names  by profession (category).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{makeidx}&#xA;\def\addName#1#2{\index{Name!#1}\index{#2!#1}}&#xA;\makeindex&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\renewcommand{\indexname}{Famous and Infamous Sorted People}&#xA;\addName{Leslie Lamport}{Computer Scientist} &#xA;\addName{Donald Knuth}{Computer Scientist}&#xA;\addName{Tim Berners Lee}{Computer Scientist}&#xA;\addName{Brian Kernighan}{Computer Scientist}&#xA;\addName{Noam Chomsky}{Linguist}&#xA;\addName{Yiannis Lazarides}{Lifelong Trainee \protect\TeX nician}&#xA;\addName{Leonard Euler}{Mathematician}&#xA;\addName{Carl Friendrich Gauss}{Mathematician}&#xA;\addName{August Ferdinard M\&quot;{o}bius}{Mathematician}&#xA;&#xA;%% Importing the .ind file rather than use \printindex&#xA;%% so we do not need to redefine the command&#xA;%% &#xA;\input{indextest.ind}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{verbatim}&#xA;\begin{theindex}&#xA;\item Lifelong Trainee \TeX nician&#xA;    \subitem Yiannis Lazarides, 1&#xA;  \item Linguist&#xA;    \subitem Noam Chomsky, 1 &#xA;\end{theindex}&#xA;\end{verbatim}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this a good idea? Are there any packages devoted to alphanumeric sorting? I know it can easily be done with an external script, but I am looking for a TeX/LaTeX solution. Do you think it is a good approach?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-14T03:26:13.780" LastActivityDate="2010-12-14T12:38:17.637" Title="How to sort an alphanumeric list" Tags="&lt;programming&gt;&lt;sorting&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="6989" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6965" CreationDate="2010-12-12T19:59:17.240" Score="14" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would use &lt;code&gt;alignat*&lt;/code&gt;, instead of &lt;code&gt;array&lt;/code&gt;, since it's designed to handle spacing around operators like &lt;code&gt;+&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;=&lt;/code&gt;.  That would lead to lots of code ugly code which would look like &lt;code&gt;x &amp;amp;-{}&amp;amp; 2y &amp;amp;-{}&amp;amp; 4z &amp;amp;&amp;amp; &amp;amp;={}&amp;amp; 1&lt;/code&gt; (where the &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; skips a column), which is what makes all of the existing solutions look ugly, too.  But we can get rid of this noise with a little bit of catcode hackery.  If we make &lt;code&gt;+&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;-&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;=&lt;/code&gt; active characters, then they can expand to &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;+{}&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;-{}&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;={}&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; everywhere.  We just have to store the plain text versions, so that we can write &lt;code&gt;-1&lt;/code&gt;.  And while we're at it, we're going to mostly want two &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt;s every time we have one, maybe with some space in between.  So why don't we make &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; an active character, which expands to &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt;?  Doing all that—and taking care of all of the messy details I've glossed over—gives us the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{environ}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\LinearSystems@SetupLets}{%&#xA;  \let\col=&amp;amp;%&#xA;  \let\+=+%&#xA;  \let\-=-%&#xA;  \let\===%&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand{\LinearSystems@SetupCatcodes}{%&#xA;  \catcode`\&amp;amp;=\active&#xA;  \catcode`\+=\active&#xA;  \catcode`\-=\active&#xA;  \catcode`\==\active&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand{\LinearSystems@Setup}{}&#xA;\begingroup&#xA;  \LinearSystems@SetupCatcodes&#xA;  \gdef\LinearSystems@Setup{%&#xA;    \LinearSystems@SetupLets&#xA;    \LinearSystems@SetupCatcodes&#xA;    \newcommand&amp;amp;[1][0pt]{\col\hspace{##1}\col}%&#xA;    \def+{\col\+{}{}\col}%&#xA;    \def-{\col\-{}{}\col}%&#xA;    \def={\col\={}{}\col}%&#xA;  }&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;&#xA;\NewEnviron{LinearSystems}[1]{\begin{alignat*}{#1}\BODY\end{alignat*}}&#xA;\let\LinearSystems@OriginalBegin\LinearSystems&#xA;\def\LinearSystems{\LinearSystems@Setup\LinearSystems@OriginalBegin}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{LinearSystems}{11}&#xA;    \text{a)} &amp;amp;[1em]  x -  2y -  4z &amp;amp;     =   1    &amp;amp;[4em] \text{b)} &amp;amp;[1em] \-23x + 43y &amp;amp;     =  22 \\&#xA;              &amp;amp;      3x -   y -   z &amp;amp;     = \-1    &amp;amp;                &amp;amp;          x -  5y &amp;amp;     = \-1 \\&#xA;              &amp;amp;       x - 11y + 22z &amp;amp;     = 110 \\&#xA;    \\&#xA;    \text{c)} &amp;amp;       x +   y -  4z -   u =   1    &amp;amp;      \text{d)} &amp;amp;      \-23x + 43y -  t =     2 \\&#xA;              &amp;amp;     10x -   y -  5z +  6u = \-1    &amp;amp;                &amp;amp;          x -  5y + 6t =  \-10 \\&#xA;              &amp;amp;       x - 11y +  2z - 22u =  11    &amp;amp;                &amp;amp;         5x -  8y - 6t = \-100 \\&#xA;              &amp;amp;       x - 18y +  8z +  2u = \-6&#xA;  \end{LinearSystems}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This produces the following output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/La866.png&quot; alt=&quot;Multiply aligned output.&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The single argument to &lt;code&gt;\begin{LinearSystems}&lt;/code&gt; is one less than the number of columns in your output.  You then write the equations using just &lt;code&gt;+&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;-&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;=&lt;/code&gt; for the most part; &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; marks a column that's been left out (&lt;em&gt;e.g.&lt;/em&gt;, when one set of equations is over &lt;code&gt;x&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;y&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;z&lt;/code&gt;, you'll need an &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; after the &lt;code&gt;z&lt;/code&gt; column if the other set below it is over &lt;code&gt;x&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;y&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;z&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;w&lt;/code&gt;).  It's also used between equations, so that they're separated; here, you should use the space specifier &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;[space]&lt;/code&gt; on the first row &lt;em&gt;only&lt;/em&gt; (since all future rows will align to it).  You have to use &lt;code&gt;\-&lt;/code&gt; for literal minus signs (and &lt;code&gt;\+&lt;/code&gt; for literal plus signs, &lt;code&gt;\=&lt;/code&gt; for literal equal signs, and &lt;code&gt;\col&lt;/code&gt; for the equivalent of a &lt;em&gt;single&lt;/em&gt; traditional &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt;); if that's too irritating for you since you have lots of negative numbers, you could add, say, &lt;code&gt;\let~=-&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\LinearSystems@SetupLets&lt;/code&gt;, and write &lt;code&gt;~3&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;-3&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The code isn't incredibly messy or terrible, but it's a little strange if you've never seen anything like it before.  The basic idea is the following.  First, we define a command which, when run, creates the various ways to access the original meanings of the characters.  It's important to do this where the category codes have their original meanings, since catcodes are frozen after the definition of the command.  We then define a macro to change all the catcodes, because we'll need it twice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Next, we use &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; to make sure that &lt;code&gt;\LinearSystems@Setup&lt;/code&gt; isn't defined.  We then create a group, and change all of the catcodes.  We need to change them here so that the &lt;code&gt;\LinearSystems@Setup&lt;/code&gt; macro is able to contain &lt;code&gt;\def+{\col\+{}{}\col}&lt;/code&gt; and the like; otherwise, since catcodes are frozen at &lt;em&gt;definition&lt;/em&gt; time, TeX would get confused by trying to define a non-active &lt;code&gt;+&lt;/code&gt;.  Since &lt;code&gt;\LinearSystems@Setup&lt;/code&gt; is defined within a group, it must be globally defined to be usable outside it; we can't (AFAIK) use &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;\global&lt;/code&gt;, which is why &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; is used to check outside the group.  Within &lt;code&gt;\LinearSystems@Setup&lt;/code&gt;, we initialize the &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt;s, the catcodes, and the active characters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, we create a new environment.  It's necessary to use &lt;code&gt;\NewEnviron&lt;/code&gt; here, because &lt;code&gt;\begin{alignat*}&lt;/code&gt; scans ahead to look for &lt;code&gt;\end{alignat*}&lt;/code&gt;; &lt;code&gt;\newenvironment&lt;/code&gt; would hide the &lt;code&gt;\end{alignat*}&lt;/code&gt;, and thus break things.  However, since &lt;code&gt;\begin{LinearSystems}&lt;/code&gt; now scans ahead to look for &lt;code&gt;\end{LinearSystems}&lt;/code&gt;, it breaks the catcode assignment, which must be done &lt;em&gt;before&lt;/em&gt; the scanning.  This is why we redefine &lt;code&gt;\LinearSystems&lt;/code&gt; (which is called by &lt;code&gt;\begin{LinearSystems}&lt;/code&gt;)—to make it re-define the catcodes &lt;em&gt;first&lt;/em&gt;, and scan ahead &lt;em&gt;second&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After all that work, though, the code within the &lt;code&gt;LinearSystems&lt;/code&gt; environment looks (IMHO) really nice :-)  (Mostly, it has many fewer ampersands.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, if you don't have and can't install the &lt;code&gt;environ&lt;/code&gt; package, you could use the following hack instead.  Define a &lt;code&gt;LinearSystems&lt;/code&gt; environment somewhere between &lt;code&gt;\makeatother&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&lt;/code&gt; as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{LinearSystems}{\LinearSystems@setup}{}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then, in your document, instead of&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{LinearSystems}{\N}&#xA;  % ...&#xA;\end{LinearSystems}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;you must write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{LinearSystems}\begin{alignat*}{\N}&#xA;  % ...&#xA;\end{alignat*}\end{LinearSystems}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Not as nice, sadly, but it should work just fine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1425" LastEditorUserId="1425" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-12T21:33:45.100" LastActivityDate="2010-12-12T21:33:45.100" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6990" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6993" CreationDate="2010-12-12T20:00:03.707" Score="8" ViewCount="189" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am writing a package that saves information to an external file. I would like to name that file according to the source one; something like&#xA; foo.tex -&gt; foo.bar&#xA;But I cannot find any variable that contains 'foo'. I am pretty sure that there must be one because the table of contents is saved to foo.toc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any pointers?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2421" LastActivityDate="2010-12-12T20:19:33.247" Title="What is the variable that contains the source file name?" Tags="&lt;external-file&gt;&lt;auxiliary-files&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="6991" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6985" CreationDate="2010-12-12T20:01:03.987" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One package worth looking at is &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/epigraph&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;epigraph&lt;/a&gt;, which includes a few options for setting this sort of thing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2010-12-12T20:01:03.987" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6992" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6990" CreationDate="2010-12-12T20:04:09.027" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You are looking for &lt;code&gt;\jobname&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: To add some value to my answer - pages 288-289 of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/source2e.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX2e sources&lt;/a&gt; contain the definition of &lt;code&gt;\@starttoc&lt;/code&gt;, the command that reads/writes ToC data from/to external files. This definition reveals the answer to your question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-12T20:19:33.247" LastActivityDate="2010-12-12T20:19:33.247" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6993" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6990" CreationDate="2010-12-12T20:05:47.623" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You want the macro &lt;code&gt;\jobname&lt;/code&gt;.  This isn't quite the filename; to quote from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=filename&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX FAQ&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;TeX retains what it considers the name of the job, only, in the primitive &lt;code&gt;\jobname&lt;/code&gt;; this is the name of the file first handed to TeX, stripped of its directory name and of any extension (such as &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt;). If no file was passed (i.e., you're using TeX interactively), &lt;code&gt;\jobname&lt;/code&gt; has the value &lt;code&gt;texput&lt;/code&gt; (the name that's given to &lt;code&gt;.log&lt;/code&gt; files in this case).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So if you're processing &lt;code&gt;foo.tex&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\jobname&lt;/code&gt; will be &lt;code&gt;foo&lt;/code&gt; (which, of course, is probably what you want anyway).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1425" LastActivityDate="2010-12-12T20:05:47.623" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6994" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6941" CreationDate="2010-12-12T20:09:21.457" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Even though grammatically &quot;al&quot; is an article, it is considered part of the name, in the same way that &quot;ibn&quot; (son of) or &quot;bint&quot; (daughter of) are considered part of the name. In what language is this considered not proper?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2437" LastActivityDate="2010-12-12T20:09:21.457" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="6995" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6982" CreationDate="2010-12-12T20:12:07.383" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\setmainfont{Arial Unicode MS}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA; ... (your font list, but not verbatim, because arial is not a typewriter font) ...&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;with &lt;code&gt;lualatex&lt;/code&gt;. There you go.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You will need a proper unicode font though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="243" LastActivityDate="2010-12-12T20:12:07.383" />
  <row Id="6996" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6974" CreationDate="2010-12-12T20:27:13.350" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It turns out I forgot one crucial detail: the paragraph break between the minipages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="982" LastEditorUserId="982" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-12T22:35:32.900" LastActivityDate="2010-12-12T22:35:32.900" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="6998" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6982" CreationDate="2010-12-12T20:48:11.797" Score="19" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The original TeX engine wasn't designed to handle multi-byte encodings. So any package that provides Unicode functionality on top of that  has to be imperfect. There are however two new engines that do provide full Unicode support: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.luatex.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LuaTeX&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/XeTeX&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;XeTeX&lt;/a&gt;. There is also a package that makes it easy to select any OpenType or TrueType font for use with these engines: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/fontspec&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. (There is also &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/unicode-math&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;unicode-math&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; which provides support for Unicode-aware math fonts like &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.stixfonts.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;STIX&lt;/a&gt; (or &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/xits&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;XITS&lt;/a&gt;) and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.microsoft.com/typography/fonts/family.aspx?FID=360&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Cambria Math&lt;/a&gt;, but it is still in heavy development and not quite complete yet.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Be aware that the version of these engines and packages shipped with Ubuntu 10.10 (and earlier) are very outdated. If you want to use them, you have to manually install &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/texlive/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX Live 2010&lt;/a&gt; (which is easy). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After you have updated, you can use &lt;code&gt;lualatex&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;xelatex&lt;/code&gt; to compile the following code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\setmainfont{FreeSerif}&#xA;\setmonofont{FreeMono}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{verbatim}&#xA;% your example here&#xA;\end{verbatim}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This sets &lt;code&gt;FreeSerif&lt;/code&gt; as the main font (&lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Free_UCS_Outline_Fonts&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Free Serif&lt;/a&gt; isn't the most beautiful font, but I do not know any other free font that rivals it in Unicode coverage; it comes preinstalled with Ubuntu -- in fact your browser probably uses it to display the symbols) and &lt;code&gt;FreeMono&lt;/code&gt; as the monospace font (&lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Free_UCS_Outline_Fonts&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Free Mono&lt;/a&gt; lacks the chess symbols and diagonal implication arrows, but provides everything else in your example; Free Serif would provide everything but isn't monospace). Another free font family with good Unicode coverage is &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/DejaVu_fonts&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;DejaVu&lt;/a&gt;, which as based on &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bitstream_Vera&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Bitstream Vera&lt;/a&gt;. The compiled document looks as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/it4a8.png&quot; alt=&quot;example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could of course replace &lt;code&gt;\setmonofont{FreeMono}&lt;/code&gt; by &lt;code&gt;\setmonofont{FreeSerif}&lt;/code&gt;. Then your &lt;code&gt;verbatim&lt;/code&gt; text wouldn't be monospaced anymore, but would contain all symbols. See the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fontspec/fontspec.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt; manual&lt;/a&gt; for other fancy things that are possible.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are writing a text that mixes several languages and scripts then a single font will probably not cover all possible symbols. In this case the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/polyglossia&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;polyglossia&lt;/code&gt; package&lt;/a&gt; will come in handy (it currently only works with XeLaTeX).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-12T21:01:53.443" LastActivityDate="2010-12-12T21:01:53.443" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="6999" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6982" CreationDate="2010-12-12T20:51:38.550" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is your example which can be compiled using XeTeX or LuaTeX. Deja Vu Sans Mono contains all occurring characters except for nand, nor and xor:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\setmonofont{DejaVu Sans Mono}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{verbatim}&#xA;°±∞∙■□▪▫○●&#xA;Set Membership:∈,∉,∌,∋,∅&#xA;Set logic:&#xA;    ∪,∩,⊊,⊋,⊆,⊇,⊈,⊉,≡ &#xA;    avoid but don't be frightened of usage of non-specific: ⊂,⊃,⊄,⊅&#xA;assignment≔≕&#xA;logic:&#xA;    and: ∧&#xA;    nand:⊼&#xA;    or: ∨&#xA;    nor:⊽&#xA;    not:¬&#xA;    inequal to, xor:≢,≠,⊻,⊕&#xA;    equal to: ≡,=&#xA;size: ≤,≥,&amp;lt;,&amp;gt;,≮,≯,≰,≱,≪,≫&#xA;regex: ⋆&#xA;predicate logic:∃,∄,∀,∴,∵&#xA;numbers:&#xA;    ℂomplex&#xA;    ℝeal&#xA;    ℚ=rational&#xA;    ¬ℚ=irrational&#xA;    ℤintegers&#xA;    ℕatural={0,1,2,3,&#xA;Arrows:&#xA;↖↑↗⇖⇑⇗&#xA;←↔→⇐⇔⇒⇕↕&#xA;↙↓↘⇙⇓⇘&#xA;↚↮↛⇍⇎⇏&#xA;&#xA;Greek Alphabet:&#xA;ΑΒΓΔΕΖΗΘΙΚΛΜΝΞΟΠΡΣ ΤΥΦΧΨΩ&#xA;αβγδεζηθικλμνξοπρσςτυφχψω&#xA;&#xA;Game:&#xA;Chess symbols:♚♛♜♝♞♟♔♕♖♗♘♙&#xA;Playing card symbols:♠♣♥♦ 23456789JQKA&#xA;\end{verbatim}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2010-12-12T20:51:38.550" />
  <row Id="7001" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6965" CreationDate="2010-12-12T22:24:25.070" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Right. So.. one in Plain, too, so we can all be happy (defs go other way around from Antal's):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{&#xA;\tabskip=3pt&#xA;\openup1\jot&#xA;\def\+{&amp;amp;+&amp;amp;}&#xA;\def\-{&amp;amp;-&amp;amp;}&#xA;\def\={&amp;amp;=&amp;amp;}&#xA;\def\eqpart#1{\qquad\hbox{#1)}\enspace}&#xA;\halign{#\enspace&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\hfil$#$\cr&#xA;  a) &amp;amp;   &amp;amp; &amp;amp;  x  \- 2y  \- 4z  \=  1&amp;amp;\eqpart b &amp;amp;     &amp;amp; &amp;amp;-23x \+ 43y \= 22 \cr&#xA;     &amp;amp;   &amp;amp; &amp;amp; 3x  \- y   \- z   \= -1&amp;amp;          &amp;amp;     &amp;amp; &amp;amp;   x \-  5y \= -1 \cr&#xA;     &amp;amp;   &amp;amp; &amp;amp;  x  \- 11y \+ 22z \= 110 \cr\cr&#xA;  c) &amp;amp;  x \+  y  \- 4z  \- u   \=  1&amp;amp;\eqpart d &amp;amp;-23x \+ 43y  \-   t \=   2 \cr&#xA;     &amp;amp;10x \-  y  \- 5z  \+ 6u  \= -1&amp;amp;          &amp;amp;   x \- 5y   \+  6t \= -10 \cr&#xA;     &amp;amp;  x \- 11y \+ 2z  \- 22u \= 11&amp;amp;          &amp;amp;  5x \- 8y   \-  6t \=-100 \cr&#xA;     &amp;amp;  x \- 18y \+ 8z  \+ 2u  \= -6 \cr&#xA;  }&#xA;}&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/LEyH4.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; title=&quot;Hosted by imgur.com&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastActivityDate="2010-12-12T22:24:25.070" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7002" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6965" CreationDate="2010-12-12T22:42:48.347" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another approach is using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/graphics/pgf/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pgf-tikz&lt;/a&gt; package and the powerful &lt;code&gt;\matrix&lt;/code&gt; command. The code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\newlength\lena&#xA;\newcommand\iterm[1]{%&#xA;  \makebox[\lena][r]{$#1$}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[every node/.style={anchor=north east,inner sep=0pt}]&#xA;\matrix[ampersand replacement=\&amp;amp;, column sep={1cm,between borders}, &#xA;  row sep={0.5cm,between borders}]&#xA;{  &#xA;  \node {a)}; \&amp;amp;[-6mm]&#xA;  \settowidth\lena{$110$}&#xA;  \node {$%&#xA;  \begin{array}{*{3}{r@{~}c@{~}}r}&#xA;    x &amp;amp; - &amp;amp; 2y &amp;amp; - &amp;amp; 4z &amp;amp; = &amp;amp; \iterm{1}\\&#xA;    3x &amp;amp; - &amp;amp; y &amp;amp; - &amp;amp; z &amp;amp; = &amp;amp; \iterm{-1}\\&#xA;    x &amp;amp; - &amp;amp; 11y &amp;amp; + &amp;amp; 22z &amp;amp; = &amp;amp; \iterm{110}&#xA; \end{array}$}; \&amp;amp;&#xA; \node {b)}; \&amp;amp;[-6mm]&#xA; \settowidth\lena{$-100$}&#xA; \node {$%&#xA; \begin{array}{*{2}{r@{~}c@{~}}r}&#xA;   -23x &amp;amp; + &amp;amp; 43y &amp;amp; = &amp;amp; \iterm{22}\\\&#xA;   x &amp;amp; - &amp;amp; 5y &amp;amp; = &amp;amp; \iterm{-1}&#xA; \end{array}$}; \\&#xA; \node {c)}; \&amp;amp;[-6mm]&#xA; \settowidth\lena{$110$}&#xA; \node {$%&#xA; \begin{array}{*{4}{r@{~}c@{~}}r}&#xA;   x &amp;amp; + &amp;amp; y &amp;amp; - &amp;amp; 4z &amp;amp; - &amp;amp; u  &amp;amp; = &amp;amp; \iterm{1}\\&#xA;   10x &amp;amp; - &amp;amp; y &amp;amp; - &amp;amp; 5z &amp;amp; + &amp;amp; 6u &amp;amp; = &amp;amp; \iterm{-1}\\&#xA;   x &amp;amp; - &amp;amp; 11y &amp;amp; + &amp;amp; 2z &amp;amp; - &amp;amp; 22u &amp;amp; = &amp;amp; \iterm{11}\\&#xA;   x &amp;amp; - &amp;amp; 18y &amp;amp; + &amp;amp; 8z &amp;amp; + &amp;amp; 2u &amp;amp; = &amp;amp; \iterm{-6}&#xA; \end{array}$}; \&amp;amp;&#xA; \node {d)}; \&amp;amp;[-6mm]&#xA; \settowidth\lena{$-100$}&#xA; \node {$%&#xA; \begin{array}{*{3}{r@{~}c@{~}}r}&#xA;   -23x &amp;amp; + &amp;amp; 43y &amp;amp; - &amp;amp; t &amp;amp; = &amp;amp; \iterm{2}\\&#xA;   x &amp;amp; - &amp;amp; 5y &amp;amp; + &amp;amp; 6t &amp;amp; = &amp;amp; \iterm{-10}\\&#xA;   5x &amp;amp; - &amp;amp; 8y &amp;amp; - &amp;amp; 6t &amp;amp; = &amp;amp; \iterm{-100}&#xA; \end{array}$}; \\&#xA;};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;gives:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/raz6R.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2117" LastEditorUserId="2117" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-14T17:22:17.727" LastActivityDate="2010-12-14T17:22:17.727" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7003" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7019" CreationDate="2010-12-12T23:24:53.787" Score="3" ViewCount="92" Body="&lt;p&gt;I writing an article using the &lt;code&gt;amsart&lt;/code&gt; document class and whenever I use &lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}...\end{figure}&lt;/code&gt; to put a figure into the article, it places the figure at the top of the page (which is fine), but leaves an extra space between the paragraphs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To be more specific:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Paragraph zero text...&#xA;Paragraph one text...&#xA;begin{figure}...\end{figure}&#xA;Paragraph two text...&#xA;Paragraph three text...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Produces:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Figure&#xA;Paragraph zero text...&#xA;Paragraph one text...&#xA;&#xA;Paragraph two text...&#xA;Paragraph three text...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I intend to have the paragraphs follow the same spacing as the others:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Figure&#xA;Paragraph zero text...&#xA;Paragraph one text...&#xA;Paragraph two text...&#xA;Paragraph three text...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to adjust the document setting so that that extra space does not appear?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit: Preamble and specific code:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[reqno]{amsart}&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb,latexsym}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{setspace}&#xA;\usepackage{cite}&#xA;\usepackage{fullpage}&#xA;\usepackage{subfig}&#xA;\captionsetup[subfigure]{margin=0pt, parskip=0pt, hangindent=0pt, indention=0pt, labelformat=parens, labelfont=rm}&#xA;\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}&#xA;\newtheorem{lemma}{Lemma}&#xA;\newtheorem{definition}{Definition}&#xA;\newtheorem{notation}{Notation}&#xA;\linespread{1.6}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;...vertices arranged in a circle, one of Dante's favorite Euclidean shapes. &#xA;&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;\includegraphics[width=5.5in,height=5.5in]{graphn33} &#xA;\caption{A complete graph with 33 people in heaven, $K_{33}$.}&#xA;\label{fig:graphn33} &#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;&#xA;This highly mathematical object displays...&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I don't have the spacing between the figure code and the paragraphs, the gap still remains but the paragraphs don't indent properly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2457" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-09T00:07:34.603" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T00:07:34.603" Title="Extra large gap in article where figure code is, even though figure is at top of page" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;floats&gt;&lt;amsart&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="7004" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7007" CreationDate="2010-12-13T00:02:42.323" Score="2" ViewCount="141" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to use LaTeX for typesetting astrology charts, and won't need to use any margin notes. What's the best way to disable margin notes so I can have the space for wheel charts?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2054" LastEditorUserId="2054" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-13T15:01:40.910" LastActivityDate="2010-12-13T15:01:40.910" Title="How can I turn off margin notes in a LaTeX article?" Tags="&lt;margins&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="7005" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7003" CreationDate="2010-12-13T00:06:17.507" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could try &lt;code&gt;\raggedbottom&lt;/code&gt; in your preamble, for the case that it's caused by a &lt;code&gt;\flushbottom&lt;/code&gt; or similar setting. During testing, I noticed vertical stretching even with amsart defaults, which have been canceled by &lt;code&gt;\raggedbottom&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-13T00:06:17.507" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7006" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7073" CreationDate="2010-12-13T00:55:39.463" Score="2" ViewCount="121" Body="&lt;p&gt;For some reason having 4 authors in this ACM SIGCHI template renders it outside the right margin. &lt;a href=&quot;http://dl.dropbox.com/u/285483/tmp/chi2011latex/index.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;See more details and image here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I suspect the problem is with .cls but I have no idea where to start. Here are the relevant lines in the .tex source:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\numberofauthors{4}&#xA;\author{&#xA;  \alignauthor Aaaaa Aaaaaaa\\&#xA;    \affaddr{Affiliation}\\&#xA;    \affaddr{Affiliation}\\&#xA;    \email{author@a.com}&#xA;  \alignauthor Bbbbbbb Bbbbbb\\&#xA;    \affaddr{Affiliation}\\&#xA;    \affaddr{Affiliation}\\&#xA;    \email{author@b.com}&#xA;  \alignauthor Cccccc Cccccc\\&#xA;    \affaddr{Affiliation}\\&#xA;    \affaddr{Affiliation}\\&#xA;    \email{author@c.com}&#xA;  \alignauthor Ddddddd Dddddddd\\&#xA;    \affaddr{Affiliation}\\&#xA;    \affaddr{Affiliation}\\&#xA;    \email{author@d.com}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1647" LastEditorUserId="1647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-13T01:00:47.943" LastActivityDate="2010-12-13T22:32:33.023" Title="Author list goes outside margins in the ACM SIGCHI template" Tags="&lt;margins&gt;&lt;layout&gt;&lt;style&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7007" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7004" CreationDate="2010-12-13T00:57:43.097" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can easily set the margins to a constant amount using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/geometry&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;geometry&lt;/a&gt; package, e.g.:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[top=1in,bottom=1in,left=1.25in,right=1.25in]{geometry}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See the documentation for more info.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-12-13T00:57:43.097" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7008" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-13T01:27:16.470" Score="5" ViewCount="528" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to get a description's list hanging indent to lie flush with the first line of text.  I have a description list such as the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{description}&#xA; \item[Label the first] Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing&#xA;                        elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et&#xA;                        dolore magna aliqua.&#xA; \item[The longest label] Ut enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exercitation&#xA;                          ullamco laboris nisi ut aliquip ex ea commodo&#xA;                          consequat.&#xA; \item[Shrtlbl] Duis aute irure dolor in reprehenderit in voluptate velit esse&#xA;                cillum dolore eu fugiat nulla pariatur.&#xA;\end{description}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This produces the following output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/SMcmv.png&quot; alt=&quot;Bad hanging indent.&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like to have each paragraph indented so that the following lines are flush with the first letter of the list item's text, the way it's laid out in my TeX.  For instance, the &quot;s&quot; of &quot;sectetur&quot; should be right under the &quot;L&quot; of &quot;Lorem&quot;.  I've tried looking through the documentation of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the enumitem package&lt;/a&gt;, but I can't seem to find a good option.  I tried specifying &lt;code&gt;[leftmargin=3cm, style=sameline]&lt;/code&gt;, but this results in the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Dv7WI.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slightly better hanging indent.&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This isn't quite right: I'm trying to get each item lined up &lt;em&gt;differently&lt;/em&gt;, so that the &quot;L&quot; of &quot;Lorem&quot; is not necessarily flush with the &quot;U&quot; of &quot;Ut&quot; or the &quot;D&quot; of &quot;Duis&quot;.  Does anybody know a good way to do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1425" LastActivityDate="2010-12-13T13:02:44.340" Title="Change hanging indent in description list" Tags="&lt;lists&gt;&lt;indentation&gt;&lt;description&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="7009" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6985" CreationDate="2010-12-13T01:57:18.827" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I did not use &lt;code&gt;epigraph&lt;/code&gt;. I wrote my own version:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{times}&#xA;&#xA;\definecolor{quotationcolour}{HTML}{F0F0F0}&#xA;\definecolor{quotationmarkcolour}{HTML}{1F3F81}&#xA;&#xA;% Double-line for start and end of epigraph.&#xA;\newcommand{\epiline}{\hrule \vskip -.2em \hrule}&#xA;% Massively humongous opening quotation mark.&#xA;\newcommand{\hugequote}{%&#xA;  \fontsize{42}{48}\selectfont \color{quotationmarkcolour} \textbf{``}&#xA;  \vskip -.5em&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% Beautify quotations.&#xA;\newcommand{\epigraph}[2]{%&#xA;  \bigskip&#xA;  \begin{flushright}&#xA;  \colorbox{quotationcolour}{%&#xA;    \parbox{.60\textwidth}{%&#xA;    \epiline \vskip 1em {\hugequote} \vskip -.5em&#xA;    \parindent 2.2em&#xA;    #1\begin{flushright}\textsc{#2}\end{flushright}&#xA;    \epiline&#xA;    }&#xA;  }&#xA;  \end{flushright}&#xA;  \bigskip&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The result:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/JpyDE.png&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Suggestions for improvement are welcome.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2148" LastEditorUserId="2148" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-13T02:07:03.220" LastActivityDate="2010-12-13T02:07:03.220" />
  <row Id="7010" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7345" CreationDate="2010-12-13T02:46:42.167" Score="3" ViewCount="209" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;%\input works!&#xA;\input{&quot;Contents/Installing and Configuring IIS 7/Configuring Security&quot;}&#xA;&#xA;%but \include does not work!&#xA;%\include{&quot;Contents/Installing and Configuring IIS 7/Configuring Security&quot;}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT 1: I am a Windows lover.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2010-12-18T17:18:14.310" Title="\input can work with quoted string path containing spaces, but \include cannot, how to solve it?" Tags="&lt;include&gt;&lt;input&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="8" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7011" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-13T03:01:28.700" Score="2" ViewCount="112" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm attempting to remove or 'turn off' the legend border in pgfplots, but I can't seem to figure out how to do it.  I assume it will look something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{axis}[ legend style={?}]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where ? is a property related to the legend border (or box) that I can't seem to find.  The pgfplots help is really great, but I haven't seen this addressed anywhere.  Does anyone know how to accomplish this simple task?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1989" LastActivityDate="2010-12-13T04:23:57.163" Title="Removing legend box (border) in pgfplots" Tags="&lt;pgfplots&gt;&lt;legend&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="7012" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7008" CreationDate="2010-12-13T03:57:33.147" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The solution below is copied directly from page 850 of &lt;em&gt;The LaTeX Companion&lt;/em&gt; (Second Edition). This will not give you exactly what you want; it aligns each item to the same margin but it's something to work with:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\usepackage{calc}&#xA;\newenvironment{altDescription}[1][\quad]&#xA;  {\begin{list}{}{&#xA;   \renewcommand\makelabel[1]{\hfil\textsf{##1}}&#xA;   \settowidth\labelwidth{\makelabel{#1}}&#xA;   \setlength\leftmargin{\labelwidth+\labelsep}}}&#xA;  {\end{list}}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The default indentation for each item is &lt;code&gt;\quad&lt;/code&gt;. By passing the widest entry of your list as an optional argument after &lt;code&gt;\begin{altDescription}&lt;/code&gt;, for instance, &lt;code&gt;\begin{altDescription}[The longest label]&lt;/code&gt;, you can line up all your items with headings aligned &lt;em&gt;right&lt;/em&gt;. Moving &lt;code&gt;\hfil&lt;/code&gt; from its current position to right after &lt;code&gt;\textsf{##1}&lt;/code&gt; will align your headings &lt;em&gt;left&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nevertheless, the authors (Mittelbach, Goosens, et al, p.149) argue that the above is not the typographically acceptable solution because it could be awkward to have varying list indentations for several lists. Thus, if you want to align the items to a fixed width, you can adjust &lt;code&gt;\labelwidth&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\leftmargin&lt;/code&gt; accordingly by adding extra lengths, for instance &lt;code&gt;\setlength\leftmargin{\labelwidth+\labelsep + 2em}}}&lt;/code&gt; and then passing &lt;code&gt;[Return values]&lt;/code&gt; as your optional argument after &lt;code&gt;\begin{altDescription}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, if you still want a solution that aligns each item to the width of the heading, you will probably want a &lt;code&gt;\hangindent&lt;/code&gt; fix but I've played around with that and I could not figure out. Another alternative is to tinker with the example I've given. There must be some way to pass the optional width argument as a variable that is determined by the width of each heading but that is beyond my knowledge for now.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2269" LastEditorUserId="2269" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-13T04:06:41.813" LastActivityDate="2010-12-13T04:06:41.813" />
  <row Id="7013" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6988" CreationDate="2010-12-13T04:12:35.003" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A long time ago, I wrote a sorting package for LaTeX, for personal use. I have no idea how to use it or whether it works, but here is the source code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.eecs.harvard.edu/~cduan/download/?file=sortlist.sty&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.eecs.harvard.edu/~cduan/download/?file=sortlist.sty&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It requires a helper file, located at a similar URL with &quot;sortlist.sty&quot; changed to &quot;strings.sty&quot; (apologies for not being able to post a second URL).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2467" LastActivityDate="2010-12-13T04:12:35.003" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7014" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7011" CreationDate="2010-12-13T04:23:57.163" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{axis}[ legend style={draw=none}]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That looks like it might be asking for no legend to be drawn at all but actually it just applies to the rectangle around the legend.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-12-13T04:23:57.163" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7016" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7021" CreationDate="2010-12-13T04:41:10.697" Score="3" ViewCount="457" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Background&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Created a custom command for rendering quotations (epigraphs).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Problem&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The text in the following image has no space at the border:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/AuOj9.png&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The word &quot;and&quot; is flush with the right-margin.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Code&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% Double-line for start and end of epigraph.&#xA;\newcommand{\epiline}{\hrule \vskip -.2em \hrule}&#xA;% Massively humongous opening quotation mark.&#xA;\newcommand{\hugequote}{%&#xA;  \fontsize{42}{48}\selectfont\color{quotationmarkcolour}\textbf{``}%&#xA;  \vskip -.5em%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% Make the box around quotations fit snugly to the epilines.&#xA;\setlength\fboxrule{0pt}&#xA;\setlength\fboxsep{0pt}&#xA;&#xA;% Beautify quotations.&#xA;\newcommand{\epigraph}[2]{%&#xA;  \vskip -1.5em%&#xA;  \colorbox{quotationcolour}{%&#xA;    \begin{minipage}{\linewidth}%&#xA;    \hangindent 1.1em%&#xA;    \epiline \vskip 1em {\hugequote} \vskip -.5em%&#xA;    \parindent 2.2em%&#xA;    \setlength\marginparsep{-1.1em}%&#xA;    #1\begin{flushright}\color{quotationmarkcolour}\textsc{#2}\hspace*{1em} ~\end{flushright}%&#xA;    \epiline%&#xA;    \end{minipage}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \bigskip&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Question&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How would you fix the above code to adjust the inner margins of the minipage so that the word &quot;and&quot; (and the quotation marks) is no longer flush with the edge of its containing box, but inset by, say, &lt;strong&gt;1.1em&lt;/strong&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Ideas&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Used &lt;code&gt;\begin{quotation}#1\end{quotation}&lt;/code&gt;; it added too much left and right padding.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\addtolength\rightmargin{-1.1em}%&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Various &lt;code&gt;\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}%&lt;/code&gt; settings.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2148" LastActivityDate="2010-12-13T13:04:30.213" Title="Relative padding of a minipage's paragraph" Tags="&lt;margins&gt;&lt;minipage&gt;&lt;quoting&gt;&lt;colorbox&gt;&lt;epigraphs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7017" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7006" CreationDate="2010-12-13T04:42:15.597" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The class seems explicitly set up for maximum 3 authors. For more than 3 it seems to want you to do something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\numberofauthors{5}&#xA;\author{&#xA;  \alignauthor Author 1\\&#xA;    \affaddr{Affiliation}\\&#xA;    \affaddr{Affiliation}\\&#xA;    \email{author@a.com}&#xA;  \alignauthor Author 2\\&#xA;    \affaddr{Affiliation}\\&#xA;    \affaddr{Affiliation}\\&#xA;    \email{author2@b.com}&#xA;  \alignauthor Author 3\\&#xA;    \affaddr{Affiliation}\\&#xA;    \affaddr{Affiliation}\\&#xA;    \email{author2@b.com}}&#xA;\additionalauthors{Author 4, Author 5}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which puts an &quot;additional authors&quot; section at the end, before the references...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-12-13T04:42:15.597" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7018" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7024" CreationDate="2010-12-13T04:49:33.820" Score="3" ViewCount="105" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to customise &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt;'s index so that it has more than 2 columns? My index entries are single Chinese characters, so even &lt;code&gt;\twocolindex&lt;/code&gt; results in way too much whitespace.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="226" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-30T12:47:22.280" LastActivityDate="2010-12-30T12:47:22.280" Title="How can I customise memoir's index to have &gt;2 columns?" Tags="&lt;memoir&gt;&lt;index&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="7019" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7003" CreationDate="2010-12-13T05:08:30.263" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The problem is the &lt;code&gt;center&lt;/code&gt; environment. It adds some vertical space, that is not floated to the top because it is outside the &lt;code&gt;figure&lt;/code&gt;. You should replace it by &lt;code&gt;\centering&lt;/code&gt; inside the &lt;code&gt;figure&lt;/code&gt; (inside because you only want it to apply to the &lt;code&gt;figure&lt;/code&gt;). &lt;code&gt;\centering&lt;/code&gt; doesn't add any space.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}&#xA;    \centering&#xA;    \includegraphics[width=5.5in,height=5.5in]{graphn33} &#xA;    \caption{A complete graph with 33 people in heaven, $K_{33}$.}&#xA;    \label{fig:graphn33} &#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-12-13T05:08:30.263" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7020" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7022" CreationDate="2010-12-13T05:12:42.087" Score="3" ViewCount="66" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am having trouble formatting a date inside a caption using the datetime package. I'm told &quot;Incomplete \iffalse; all text was ignored after line 6.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{datetime}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}[h]&#xA;  \caption{Something that happened on \formatdate{30}{9}{2010}}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If \formatdate is removed from \caption, the document compiles as expected. Also, I have tested \formatdate and it works when placed elsewhere. It seems to not like captions though...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, any ideas how to format a date inside a caption?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2470" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-09T16:37:58.743" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T16:37:58.743" Title="Trouble using \formatdate inside \caption" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;captions&gt;&lt;datetime&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="7021" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7016" CreationDate="2010-12-13T05:19:58.120" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I got something by enclosing the quoted text inside another box, this time a &lt;code&gt;\parbox&lt;/code&gt;.  The width of the parbox is 2.2em less than the width of the entire box.  Then just make the left offset.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\epigraph}[2]{%&#xA;  \vskip -1.5em%&#xA;  \colorbox{quotationcolour}{%&#xA;    \begin{minipage}{\linewidth}%&#xA;    \dimen0\linewidth&#xA;    \advance\dimen0 by -3.3em&#xA;    \hangindent 1.1em%&#xA;    \epiline \vskip 1em \hspace{1.1em}{\hugequote} \vskip -.5em%&#xA;    \hspace{1.1em}&#xA;    \parbox{\the\dimen0}{&#xA;        \parindent 2.2em%&#xA;        \setlength\marginparsep{-1.1em}%&#xA;        #1}%&#xA;    \begin{flushright}\color{quotationmarkcolour}\textsc{#2}\hspace*{1em} ~\end{flushright}%&#xA;    \epiline%&#xA;    \end{minipage}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \bigskip&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-13T13:04:30.213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-13T13:04:30.213" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7022" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7020" CreationDate="2010-12-13T06:24:23.817" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;code&gt;protect&lt;/code&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{datetime}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}[h]&#xA;  \caption{Something that happened on \protect\formatdate{30}{9}{2010}}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-12-13T06:24:23.817" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7023" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-13T06:57:59.123" Score="0" ViewCount="186" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello, fellow TeXnicians.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I really want to use &lt;code&gt;urw-garamond&lt;/code&gt; with the &lt;code&gt;mathdesign&lt;/code&gt; package, but for some reason &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; is throwing errors anytime I try and use it.&#xA;I've installed the &lt;code&gt;mathdesign&lt;/code&gt; package with the TeX Live Utility and I'm using pdflatex with BasicTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://paste.pocoo.org/show/dCTRtIxwVM3U78Cl6Xoq/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Here's what I'm trying to do.&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any ideas on what's going wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2473" LastActivityDate="2010-12-13T13:12:18.020" Title="Help with MathDesign fonts, namely URW-Garamond" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;mathdesign&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="7024" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7018" CreationDate="2010-12-13T07:35:13.687" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/idxlayout.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;idxlayout&lt;/a&gt; package. It allows for indexes with more than two columns and is responsive to the index-related options and commands of the memoir class.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Disclosure: I'm the package author.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{memoir}&#xA;&#xA;% \usepackage{makeidx}% Emulated by memoir&#xA;\makeindex&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[columns=3]{idxlayout}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{foo}&#xA;&#xA;Some text.\index{Alpha}\index{Bravo}\index{Charlie}\index{Delta}\index{Echo}\index{Foxtrott}&#xA;&#xA;\printindex&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-12-13T07:35:13.687" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7025" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6953" CreationDate="2010-12-13T07:37:23.003" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\bibfont&lt;/code&gt; hook is used to set the font for the bibliography. It is an ordinary LaTeX macro (not a BibLaTeX bibmacro), so you need to renew it with &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand&lt;/code&gt;, as for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand*{\bibfont}{\small}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The hook for all citations is &lt;code&gt;\citesetup&lt;/code&gt;, which is defined in &lt;code&gt;biblatex.def&lt;/code&gt;. You can modify it using the LaTeX &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand*&lt;/code&gt; command. By default &lt;code&gt;\citesetup&lt;/code&gt; is set to:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*{\citesetup}{%&#xA;  \biburlsetup&#xA;  \frenchspacing}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You would want to put something like &lt;code&gt;\rmfamily&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\normalfont&lt;/code&gt; or whatever in your renewed version:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand*{\citesetup}{%&#xA;  \normalfont&#xA;  \biburlsetup&#xA;  \frenchspacing}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could be inventive and define a separate command &lt;code&gt;\citefont&lt;/code&gt; and put that into &lt;code&gt;\citesetup&lt;/code&gt;, thus creating a parallel to &lt;code&gt;\bibfont&lt;/code&gt;. If you want to have this in all of your documents then you can put it into the &lt;code&gt;biblatex.cfg&lt;/code&gt; file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am unaware of any hook run at the end of a citation, so you may not be able to easily tack things on the end without hacking the citation commands.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2474" LastActivityDate="2010-12-13T07:37:23.003" />
  <row Id="7026" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7028" CreationDate="2010-12-13T08:18:49.707" Score="4" ViewCount="129" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to ensure that Figure X is always before Figure (X+1)?&#xA;They are referenced in the text in the correct order but it seems that Latex rearranges their appearance within the document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="752" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T20:16:34.163" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T20:16:34.163" Title="Preserve Figure order" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;numbering&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="7027" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7029" CreationDate="2010-12-13T08:22:45.667" Score="3" ViewCount="435" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to use the Mac OS X (.dfont) Monaco with LuaLaTeX. With this input file &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\setmonofont{Monaco}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{verbatim}&#xA;    foo&#xA;\end{verbatim}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I get the following error message:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;luaotfload | Font names database not found, generating new one.&#xA;             This can take several minutes; please be patient.&#xA;luaotfload | Updating the font names database:&#xA;luaotfload | Scanning TEXMF fonts...&#xA;luaotfload | Scanning OS fonts...&#xA;! LuaTeX error ...0/texmf-dist/tex/luatex/luaotfload/otfl-luat-dum.lua:67: bad &#xA;argument #2 to 'find_file' (invalid option 'truetype dictionary').&#xA;&amp;lt;to be read again&amp;gt; &#xA;                   \scan_stop: &#xA;l.3 \setmonofont{Monaco}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is the file list:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;*File List*&#xA; article.cls    2007/10/19 v1.4h Standard LaTeX document class&#xA;  size10.clo    2007/10/19 v1.4h Standard LaTeX file (size option)&#xA;fontspec.sty    2010/09/29 v2.1b Advanced font selection for XeLaTeX/LuaLaTeX&#xA;   expl3.sty    2010/09/16 v2022 L3 Experimental code bundle wrapper&#xA; l3names.sty    2010/09/26 v2048 L3 Experimental Naming Scheme for TeX Primitives&#xA;  luatex.sty    2010/03/09 v0.4 LuaTeX basic definition package (HO)&#xA;infwarerr.sty    2010/04/08 v1.3 Providing info/warning/message (HO)&#xA;ifluatex.sty    2010/03/01 v1.3 Provides the ifluatex switch (HO)&#xA;    etex.sty    1998/03/26 v2.0 eTeX basic definition package (PEB)&#xA;luatex-loader.sty    2010/03/09 v0.4 Lua module loader (HO)&#xA;pdftexcmds.sty    2010/04/01 v0.9 Utility functions of pdfTeX for LuaTeX (HO)&#xA; ltxcmds.sty    2010/04/26 v1.7 LaTeX kernel commands for general use (HO)&#xA;l3basics.sty    2010/09/20 v2037 L3 Experimental basic definitions&#xA; l3expan.sty    2010/09/20 v2037 L3 Experimental Argument Expansion module&#xA;    l3tl.sty    2010/09/21 v2040 L3 Experimental Token Lists&#xA;l3intexpr.sty    2010/09/22 v2045 L3 Integer Expressions&#xA; l3quark.sty    2010/09/20 v2036 L3 Experimental Quark Commands&#xA;   l3seq.sty    2010/03/29 v1879 L3 Experimental sequences and stacks&#xA;  l3toks.sty    2010/09/20 v2037 L3 Experimental Token Registers&#xA;   l3int.sty    2010/09/19 v2029 L3 Experimental Integer module&#xA;   l3prg.sty    2010/09/22 v2043 L3 Experimental control structures&#xA; l3clist.sty    2010/09/20 v2037 L3 Experimental comma separated lists&#xA; l3token.sty    2010/09/19 v2029 L3 Experimental token investigation and manipulation&#xA;  l3prop.sty    2010/03/21 v1857 L3 Experimental Property Lists&#xA;   l3msg.sty    2010/03/23 v1866 L3 Experimental LaTeX Messages module&#xA;    l3io.sty    2010/05/22 v1923 L3 Experimental i/o module&#xA;  l3skip.sty    2010/09/23 v2047 L3 Experimental skip registers&#xA;   l3box.sty    2010/09/26 v2048 L3 Experimental Box module&#xA;l3keyval.sty    2010/04/11 v1890 L3 Experimental keyval processing&#xA;  l3keys.sty    2010/05/24 v1931 L3 Experimental key-value support&#xA;l3precom.sty    2010/02/09 v1793 L3 Experimental precompilation module&#xA;  l3xref.sty    2010/02/09 v1786 L3 Experimental cross referencing&#xA;  l3file.sty    2010/03/21 v1853 L3 Experimental file loading&#xA;    l3fp.sty    2010/09/19 v2029 L3 Experimental floating-point operations&#xA;l3luatex.sty    2010/07/18 v1985 L3 Experimental LuaTeX functions&#xA;    calc.sty    2007/08/22 v4.3 Infix arithmetic (KKT,FJ)&#xA;  xparse.sty    2010/09/20 v2037 Generic document command parser&#xA;luatextra.sty    2010/08/02 v0.971 LuaTeX extra low-level macros&#xA;luatexbase-modutils.sty    2010/05/27 v0.2a Module utilities for LuaTeX&#xA;luatexbase-loader.sty    2010/05/27 v0.2a Lua module loader for LuaTeX&#xA;luatexbase-compat.sty    2010/05/27 v0.2a Compatibility tools for LuaTeX&#xA;luatexbase-attr.sty    2010/05/27 v0.2a Attributes allocation for LuaTeX&#xA;luatexbase-cctb.sty    2010/05/27 v0.2a Catcodetable allocation for LuaTeX&#xA;luatexbase-regs.sty    2010/05/27 v0.2a Registers allocation for LuaTeX&#xA;luatexbase-mcb.sty    2010/05/27 v0.2a Callback management for LuaTeX&#xA; environ.sty    2008/06/18 v0.2 A new way to define environments&#xA;luaotfload.sty    2010/09/12 v1.19 OpenType layout system&#xA; xkeyval.sty    2008/08/13 v2.6a package option processing (HA)&#xA; xkeyval.tex    2008/08/13 v2.6a key=value parser (HA)&#xA;fontspec-patches.sty    2010/09/29 v2.1b Advanced font selection for XeLaTeX/LuaLaTeX&#xA;fixltx2e.sty    2006/09/13 v1.1m fixes to LaTeX&#xA; fontenc.sty&#xA;  eu2enc.def    2010/05/27 v0.1h Experimental Unicode font encodings&#xA;  eu2lmr.fd    2009/10/30 v1.6 Font defs for Latin Modern&#xA;xunicode.sty    2010/05/18 v0.95 provides access to latin accents and many other characters in Unicode lower plane&#xA;fontspec.cfg&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and this is what &lt;code&gt;luatex --version&lt;/code&gt; tells me:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;This is LuaTeX, Version beta-0.64.0-2010111215&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now the question is: what do I need to do in order to use Monaco with LuaLaTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="243" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T14:31:11.133" Title="LuaLaTeX: use System font Monaco on Mac OS X" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;fontspec&gt;&lt;apple&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7028" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7026" CreationDate="2010-12-13T08:52:50.937" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you use the &lt;code&gt;H&lt;/code&gt; option of the float package, this may happen. It could force a figure to appear while previous figures are not yet printed. In that case consider to replace H or use &lt;code&gt;\clearpage&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\FloatBarrier&lt;/code&gt; (of placeins) or similar before.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Otherwise please provide some more information, like used placement options and preamble or even better: a minimal working example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-13T08:52:50.937" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7029" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7027" CreationDate="2010-12-13T08:55:56.743" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't have a mac, but on d.c.t.t. someone had problems with Monaco too and if I did understand him right the source of the problem was the installation place: Monaco was in &quot;the library folder in the systemfolder&quot; while fonts which worked were &quot;outside&quot; the system folder. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Addition: You could try to change in otfl-luat-dum.lua the line 59  (probably) from truetype dictionary to truetype fonts:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;-    dfont = &quot;truetype dictionary&quot;,&#xA;+    dfont = &quot;truetype fonts&quot;,&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could also try the version of luaotfload from the &quot;unstable&quot; branch (https://github.com/khaledhosny/luaotfload/tree/unstable). (I got it about two weeks ago and it seems to work fine.) Put it in a local texmf-tree where you can easily remove it if something goes wrong or when it becomes official.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I forgot: If you want to try the unstable version you will perhaps have to correct two things: In otfl-luat-dum.lua line 77 is missing an &quot;s&quot;. Correct is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; found = kpse.find_file(name,&quot;other text files&quot;)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And in fontspec.lua you will have to replace every &lt;code&gt;fonts.ids&lt;/code&gt; by &lt;code&gt;fonts.identifiers&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastEditorUserId="2388" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-22T13:17:58.963" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T13:17:58.963" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7030" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7023" CreationDate="2010-12-13T09:02:54.787" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Obviously the file texnansi.enc is missing. There exists certainly a texlive package which contains this file. A google search suggests &quot;ly1&quot; and &quot;texlive-fonts-extra&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-12-13T09:02:54.787" />
  <row Id="7031" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7010" CreationDate="2010-12-13T09:13:41.190" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can try to protect the filename with an additional brace. On miktex/winxp this works:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\includeonly{{&quot;test space&quot;}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\include{{&quot;test space&quot;}}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But don't expect it to work on other systems too! If you need something reliable remove better the spaces. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-12-13T09:13:41.190" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="7032" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8473" CreationDate="2010-12-13T09:25:54.057" Score="11" ViewCount="738" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to make some good-looking numbers in a circle, using the simple command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\textcircled{1}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, the circle is misaligned vertically with the number, and look a bit sloppy:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/V5KtM.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any suggestions how can I adjust the vertical alignment so that the numbers look more centered w.r.t to the circles? Or, if that's not an option, what other ways to achieve the same results are possible?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I will use those only for numbers, and in very few places, so manual adjustment per glyph is an option.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using &lt;code&gt;pdfLaTeX&lt;/code&gt; with Computer Modern, if that matters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="711" LastEditorUserId="711" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-13T13:26:16.893" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T12:22:14.913" Title="Good way to make \textcircled numbers?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;circles&gt;" AnswerCount="9" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="7033" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7032" CreationDate="2010-12-13T09:45:17.993" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The quickest fix would be to use the &lt;code&gt;\raisebox&lt;/code&gt; command. I've played around with it a bit, and it seems lowering the text by 0.9pt puts the figure approximately in the center:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\textcircled{\raisebox{-0.9pt}{8}}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could play around with it to get the absolute center but it's definitely between 0.9 and 1pt. I got the idea &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/info/lmodern/textcircled.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot; title=&quot;here&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;. It seems the &lt;code&gt;\textcircled&lt;/code&gt; command works best for text! But, anyway, this should solve your problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2269" LastActivityDate="2010-12-13T09:45:17.993" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="7034" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7032" CreationDate="2010-12-13T09:45:30.663" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;From symbols.pdf, it looks like &lt;code&gt;pifont&lt;/code&gt; can do what you want with &lt;code&gt;\ding{172}&lt;/code&gt; through &lt;code&gt;\ding{181}&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\ding{192}&lt;/code&gt; through &lt;code&gt;\ding{201}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or the &lt;code&gt;igo&lt;/code&gt; package with &lt;code&gt;\whitestone{1}&lt;/code&gt; through &lt;code&gt;\whitestone{99}&lt;/code&gt;, although that's meant for typesetting Go boards.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It sounds like the solution has been found, but here's a simple comparison.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pifont}&#xA;\def\X#1{%&#xA;        #1%&#xA;        \textcircled{#1}%&#xA;        \raisebox{.9pt}{\textcircled{\raisebox{-.9pt}{#1}}}%&#xA;        \ding{\numexpr171+#1\relax}%&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\X0\X1\X2\X3\X4\X5\X6\X7\X8\X9&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-13T23:05:53.263" LastActivityDate="2010-12-13T23:05:53.263" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="7035" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4883" CreationDate="2010-12-13T10:33:31.580" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\psedge{\ncangle[armA=.5cm,angleB=180, linearc=.2]}&#xA;&#xA;\pstree[treemode=R, levelsep=3cm] {\Toval{ root }} {&#xA;  \Toval{ Tom }&#xA;  \Toval{ Cat }&#xA;  \Tr{\makebox[4em][l]{\psovalbox{Very very very very very long entry}}}&#xA;  \Toval{ Jerry }&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-16T05:44:54.190" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T05:44:54.190" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7036" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6969" CreationDate="2010-12-13T10:55:26.963" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;asdf123 wrote:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;...I realised that it is \mathcal{N}.&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-12-13T10:55:26.963" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-12-13T10:55:26.963" />
  <row Id="7037" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7039" CreationDate="2010-12-13T11:43:59.387" Score="11" ViewCount="193" Body="&lt;p&gt;Recently I had cause to define a macro called &lt;code&gt;\marks&lt;/code&gt;. If I try something like &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\marks}{fred}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I get the error &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! LaTeX Error: Command \marks already defined.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In LaTeX, if I do &lt;code&gt;\show\marks&lt;/code&gt; I get &lt;code&gt;&amp;gt; \marks=\marks&lt;/code&gt;, which I think means it's a TeX primitive, but if I execute the same show command in TeX, I get &lt;code&gt;&amp;gt; \marks=undefined.&lt;/code&gt; I can't find &lt;code&gt;\marks&lt;/code&gt; in any documentation that I have. What does it do? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2417" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-06T18:02:45.790" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T18:02:45.790" Title="What does \marks do?" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;latex-general&gt;&lt;e-tex&gt;&lt;primitives&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="7039" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7037" CreationDate="2010-12-13T11:54:36.477" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;\marks is an etex primitive command. It extends the \mark command of the original tex. You can use it to store text on the current page which you want to use at shipout in the headers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{etex}&#xA;\newmarks\mymark&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;\fancyhf{}&#xA;\lhead{\topmarks\mymark, \botmarks\mymark, \firstmarks\mymark}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;text&#xA;\marks\mymark{A first mark}&#xA;&#xA;\marks\mymark{A second mark}&#xA;&#xA;\newpage&#xA;&#xA;text \marks\mymark{A third mark}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-12-13T11:54:36.477" />
  <row Id="7040" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7042" CreationDate="2010-12-13T12:30:16.463" Score="2" ViewCount="314" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm writing a thesis-like document and I have sketches/figures made in TikZ and plots/graph made in gnuplot with the epslatex terminal. In the gnuplot manual it says if the font is not specified it will inherit the font and size from the context in the document. I'm not sure how TikZ does it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like to reduce the font size of the text in the figures. How do I do that? In case it matters, I'm using the KOMA scrrprt class. I would very much like a way to do it so I don't have to modify the TikZ code or the tex-file produced by gnuplot. This question is &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; about the figure captions but the text in the figures themselves, although I will change the caption font size as well, obviously :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2479" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-09T16:38:01.427" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T16:38:01.427" Title="Change font size in figure environment" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;floats&gt;&lt;fontsize&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7041" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7008" CreationDate="2010-12-13T12:52:28.233" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A Plain version which may or may not help:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\tabdesc#1: #2\cr{% notice the space.&#xA;  \setbox0=\hbox{\bf#1:\enspace}% take note about the width of the label.&#xA;  \global\dimen0=\wd0% why it needs to be global, I've no clue.&#xA;  \box0\cleartabs&amp;amp;\vtop{% clear the tab-position after the label.&#xA;    \hsize=.5\hsize% imaginary desclistwidth.&#xA;    \advance\hsize by-\dimen0% substract the width of the label from hsize.&#xA;    \raggedright\noindent#2}% raggedright when paragraphs are narrower.&#xA;  \cr\medskip% a little skip after an entry.&#xA;}&#xA;\settabs2\columns&#xA;\+ \tabdesc Label the first: Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur&#xA;  adipisicing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna&#xA;  aliqua.\cr&#xA;\+ \tabdesc The longest label: Ut enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud&#xA;  exercitation ullamco laboris nisi ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat.\cr&#xA;\+ \tabdesc Shrtlbl: Duis aute irure dolor in reprehenderit in voluptate&#xA;  velit esse cillum dolore eu fugiat nulla pariatur.\cr&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ADPGX.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; title=&quot;Hosted by imgur.com&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastEditorUserId="1410" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-13T13:02:44.340" LastActivityDate="2010-12-13T13:02:44.340" />
  <row Id="7042" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7040" CreationDate="2010-12-13T12:57:25.327" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;How about&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}&#xA;  \small % or any other font-changing command&#xA;  % code for including the picture&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2010-12-13T12:57:25.327" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7043" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7104" CreationDate="2010-12-13T13:06:11.473" Score="2" ViewCount="219" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using Kile 2.1 beta 4, TeXlive2010 on Ubuntu 10.04 the call of pdflatex from kile fails with the error &quot;pdflatex-fmt-doesnt-match-pdftex-pool&quot; as it has been reported &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2191/tex-live-error-on-ubuntu-10-04-pdflatex-fmt-doesnt-match-pdftex-pool&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I can compile from the command line without any problems.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Looking at the log-file I found this odd entry&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;* This is pdfTeX, Version 3.1415926-1.40.10 (**TeX Live 2009&lt;/strong&gt;/Debian)  restricted \write18&#xA;  enabled.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;kpathsea: Running mktexfmt&#xA;  pdflatex.fmt fmtutil: running `pdftex&#xA;  -ini   -jobname=pdflatex -progname=pdflatex -translate-file=cp227.tcx *pdflatex.ini' ... This is pdfTeX, Version 3.1415926-1.40.11 &lt;strong&gt;(TeX Live&#xA;  2010) (INITEX)&lt;/strong&gt;  restricted \write18&#xA;  enabled. &#xA;  (/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf/web2c/cp227.tcx)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It seems that Kile calls the old texlive 2009 (was never installed on the system). I installed Kile without recommended dependencies to overcome the texlive 2009/2010 problem and just after installation everything worked fine from the command line and using Kile. Deleting texmf-var folder and running &lt;code&gt;fmtutil --all&lt;/code&gt; did not solve my problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Did something change the configuration after system restart, if yes what and why?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to re-configure Kile or do I have to uninstall it, build the dummy package and reinstall Kile in oder to use it with TeXLive2010?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="632" LastActivityDate="2010-12-14T16:22:38.040" Title="pdflatex-fmt-doesnt-match-pdftex-pool" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;texlive&gt;&lt;kile&gt;&lt;fmtutil&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="7044" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7023" CreationDate="2010-12-13T13:12:18.020" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Do you know if you actually have the URW Garamond font files installed? Those fonts do not use a completely free/open source license, and so are often not distributed with TeXlive or installable through its package manager (even if the mathdesign.sty file is).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On linux you can install them using &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/fonts/getnonfreefonts/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the getnonfreefonts script&lt;/a&gt; -- I suspect that might work for BasicTeX too (on a mac?), but I don't have first hand experience of that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-12-13T13:12:18.020" />
  <row Id="7045" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7032" CreationDate="2010-12-13T13:22:44.137" Score="15" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's a TikZ solution:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\newcommand*\circled[1]{\tikz[baseline=(char.base)]{&#xA;            \node[shape=circle,draw,inner sep=2pt] (char) {#1};}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Numbers aligned with the text:  \circled{1} \circled{2} \circled{3} end.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/482oL.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's just a node. TikZ options are used to align the base line, to adjust the size and to get the circle shape. You're free to choose further options regarding size or circle thickness (option &lt;code&gt;thick&lt;/code&gt;). There's more: for example you could even name the nodes by another argument to connect them by arrows later.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If one like to use it for an enumerated list, for example, it's easy but has to be protected:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{enumitem}&#xA;...&#xA;\begin{enumerate}[label=\protect\circled{\arabic*}]&#xA;\item First item&#xA;\item Second item&#xA;\item Third item&#xA;\item Fourth item&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/CcTcF.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-13T13:38:03.707" LastActivityDate="2010-12-13T13:38:03.707" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="7046" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7032" CreationDate="2010-12-13T13:34:58.167" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;With Plain (stumbled upon this by chance and remembered this question):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\circled#1{{\ooalign{\hfil\lower.1ex\hbox{#1}\hfil\crcr\Orb}}}&#xA;$\circled1 \circled2 \circled3 \ldots \circled9 \quad \circled{23}$&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/w0GiC.png&quot; alt=&quot;circlednums&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With XeTeX:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\font\circled=&quot;Arial Unicode MS&quot;&#xA;{\circled ➀} Didn't occur to me {\circled ➄} earlier that some fonts have {\circled ➇} these.&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or maybe with TikZ:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\input tikz&#xA;baseline ain't so pretty \par&#xA;baseline ain't so pretty \par&#xA;baseline \tikz \node[circle,draw] {2}; ain't \par&#xA;so pretty \tikz[baseline] \node[circle,draw] {2}; baseline \par&#xA;ain't so pretty baseline \par&#xA;ain't \tikz[inner sep=1pt,baseline=-.75ex] \node[circle,draw] {2}; so pretty \par&#xA;baseline \tikz[inner sep=2pt,baseline=-.75ex] \node[circle,draw] {2}; ain't so \par&#xA;pretty baseline ain't so \par&#xA;pretty \tikz[inner sep=.25ex,baseline=-.75ex] \node[circle,draw] {2}; baseline \par&#xA;... actually, now it sorta is \par&#xA;baseline ain't so pretty \par&#xA;baseline ain't so pretty&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/LAqbN.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; title=&quot;Hosted by imgur.com&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Darn, Stefan beat me to it with a nicer one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastEditorUserId="1410" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T12:22:14.913" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T12:22:14.913" />
  <row Id="7047" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7032" CreationDate="2010-12-13T13:41:34.203" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;PGF is overkill for this one application, but if you already have it loaded, you can use it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\pgftextcircled}[1]{&#xA;    \setbox0=\hbox{#1}%&#xA;    \dimen0\wd0%&#xA;    \divide\dimen0 by 2%&#xA;    \begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=(a.base)]%&#xA;        \useasboundingbox (-\the\dimen0,0pt) rectangle (\the\dimen0,1pt);&#xA;        \node[circle,draw,outer sep=0pt,inner sep=0.1ex] (a) {#1};&#xA;    \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\pangram}{\noindent{The \textcircled{0} quick \textcircled{1} brown \textcircled{2} fox \textcircled{3} jumps \textcircled{4} over \textcircled{5} the \textcircled{6} lazy \textcircled{7} dog.}&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{minipage}{0.5\textwidth}&#xA;\pangram&#xA;\bigskip&#xA;&#xA;\let\textcircled=\pgftextcircled&#xA;\pangram&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/DtKVk.png&quot; alt=&quot;snippet output&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you can see there's some extra space around the circles compared to &lt;code&gt;\textcircled&lt;/code&gt; but it's not bad.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;pre-post edit: I see Stefan and morbusg have beat me to the punch.  Oh well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-12-13T13:41:34.203" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7049" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7050" CreationDate="2010-12-13T14:46:32.643" Score="2" ViewCount="60" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am creating the first pages of a book and I want one page with just the title and the next page to have title plus the authors and some other stuff. However LaTeX places the title differently on the pages because of the other text on the second page which is not on the first page. How can I make the title go at exactly the same location on both pages?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is an example of what I mean:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt,twoside,titlepage]{book}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;\vspace*{0.3 \textheight}&#xA;\LARGE&#xA;\noindent&#xA;\textsf{bla bla}&#xA;&#xA;\huge&#xA;\textsf{\textbf{Bla Vla Bla}} \\&#xA;&#xA;\cleardoublepage&#xA;&#xA;\vspace*{0.3 \textheight}&#xA;\LARGE&#xA;\noindent&#xA;\textsf{bla bla}&#xA;&#xA;\huge&#xA;\textsf{\textbf{Bla Vla Bla}} \\&#xA;\normalsize&#xA;&#xA;\noindent&#xA;\begin{flushright}&#xA;\begin{minipage}{0.4\textwidth}&#xA;Author 1 \\&#xA;Author 2 \\&#xA;Author 3 \\&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;\end{flushright}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="298" LastEditorUserId="298" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-15T12:42:59.723" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T12:42:59.723" Title="How can I position some text on the same place on multiple pages with partly different content?" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;positioning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7050" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7049" CreationDate="2010-12-13T15:10:22.290" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You probably mean the different line spacing between &quot;Bla Bla&quot; and &quot;Bla Vla Bla&quot;. This caused by the \normalsize command on the second page. It is in the same paragraph as the text before and so affects its \baselineskip. Put an empty line before the \normalsize. And remove this senseless &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-12-13T15:10:22.290" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7051" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7065" CreationDate="2010-12-13T15:22:15.653" Score="3" ViewCount="125" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to recreate the original NASA TLX Question from &lt;a href=&quot;http://humansystems.arc.nasa.gov/groups/TLX/downloads/TLXScale.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;, but how do you generate the hash scale?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="736" LastEditorUserId="736" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-13T22:00:29.617" LastActivityDate="2010-12-13T22:00:29.617" Title="Generate line hash scale" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;examples&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="7052" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7096" CreationDate="2010-12-13T15:41:23.210" Score="5" ViewCount="234" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to compile a LaTeX document but only include one section and its associated tables and figures?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have two cases for which this would be useful:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I would like to provide the Methods section of a paper to colleagues. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I would like to have multiple versions of a document that contain different combinations of the sections of a master document.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know that I could place each section in a separate file and then have separate master files - likely what I will do for case 2 since it is integral to the final document structure, but at least for case 1, I am hoping that there is a way to only compile one section.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1783" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-19T22:56:38.667" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T22:56:38.667" Title="How do I choose which sections to compile from a LaTeX document?" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;compiling&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7053" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7051" CreationDate="2010-12-13T15:59:17.920" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Since you categorized the question as tex-core I would refer you to the TeXbook Exercise 10.4, which demonstrates how to draw a ruler complete with ticks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article} &#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\def\tick#1{\vrule height 0pt depth #1pt}&#xA;\def\\{\hbox to 1cm{\hfil\tick4\hfil\tick8}}&#xA;\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\tick8\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\}}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Other methods is to use the LaTeX &lt;code&gt;picture environment&lt;/code&gt; or PGF/TikZ. The latter would probably be the easiest, but comes with a learning curve. Some amazing pure TeX rulers can also be found here &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=ruler&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=ruler&lt;/a&gt; developed by Victor Eijkhout.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-12-13T15:59:17.920" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7054" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7052" CreationDate="2010-12-13T16:05:37.770" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For case 1:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Make a file &lt;code&gt;methods.tex&lt;/code&gt; and put your methods in it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section{Methods}&#xA;&#xA;The methods employed here...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Put the rest of the document into a file &lt;code&gt;rest.tex&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In place of the text in the main document put &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\include{methods}&#xA;\include{rest}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, in your preamble put &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\includeonly{methods}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A disadvantage to this solution is that the methods section will start a new page.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could also just delete the non-Methods pages from the PDF with a PDF utility.  Or you could send them the whole paper and tell them just to read the Methods section. &lt;code&gt;:-)&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-12-13T16:05:37.770" />
  <row Id="7055" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9960" CreationDate="2010-12-13T16:15:21.380" Score="4" ViewCount="151" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sections are referenced in a lot of distinct places:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In table of contents. Managed by \tableofcontents&#xA;In minitocs. Managed by minitoc package&#xA;In headers. Managed by fancyhdr package&#xA;Like a leader section. Managed by \section&#xA;In text. Managed by \ref&#xA;In tocs and minitocs, because of each section appears below its chapter (wits some indentation) it's not necessary to prefix the section number with the chapter number. The label scope is local; so I need a local renderization. Example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;              1. Chapter One ------------------1&#xA;                   1. First section -----------1&#xA;                   2. Second section ----------3&#xA;               2. Chapter Two -----------------5&#xA;                   1. First section ...........5&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This means that sections 1.1 and 2.1 must be rendered as section 1.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When we use \section command we know what chapter we are in: it's showed in the headers of te page. So I want also local scope:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;         1. First section&#xA;                    bla bla&#xA;         2. Second section&#xA;                   bla bla&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In headers I want global scope:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;         1. Chapter One                      1.1. First section&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In text we can make a crossreference to whatever point of text. So we need global scope:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;            See section 1.1 (first section in first chapter)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is the problem: The default behavior give as global scope every where. But if I redefine &lt;code&gt;\thesection&lt;/code&gt; to local scope, then I redefine everywhere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is my code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[catalan]{book}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\usepackage{nameref}&#xA;\usepackage{minitoc}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\makeindex&#xA;\dominitoc&#xA;&#xA;%\renewcommand{\thesection}{\arabic{section}}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand{\chaptermark}[1]{\markboth{\thechapter\ #1}{}} \renewcommand{\sectionmark}[1]{\markboth{\thechapter.\thesection\ \ #1}}&#xA;&#xA;\fancyhead{}&#xA;\fancyhead[LO]{\leftmark}&#xA;\fancyhead[RE]{\thechapter.\rightmark}&#xA;&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document} \tableofcontents \chapter{One}&#xA;&#xA;\minitoc[e]&#xA;&#xA;\section{First section}&#xA;\label{sec:A}&#xA;aaaaaa \newpage bbbbbbbb \newpage&#xA;ccccccccccc&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{Two} \minitoc[e]&#xA;\section{Second section}&#xA;\label{sec:B}&#xA;&#xA;See sections \ref{sec:A} and \ref{sec:B}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2227" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-13T16:27:08.133" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T10:00:50.563" Title="Local and global cross-references" Tags="&lt;cross-referencing&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7056" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6941" CreationDate="2010-12-13T16:28:56.497" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Because &quot;Al-Ghazali&quot; includes a hyphen as separator between definite article and last name, defining &quot;Al&quot; as a prefix probably isn't possible -- BibTeX uses a space as separator between prefix and last name (see &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/557/how-should-i-type-author-names-in-a-bib-file/574#574&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; for details). Additionally, the entry should be typeset as &quot;Al-Ghazali&quot; even in the bibliography (and only sorted under &quot;G&quot;). Therefore, specifying the &lt;code&gt;author&lt;/code&gt; field as &quot;Al-Ghazali&quot; and the &lt;code&gt;sortkey&lt;/code&gt; field as &quot;Ghazali&quot; seems to be the correct way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-12-13T16:28:56.497" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7057" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1030" CreationDate="2010-12-13T17:01:20.850" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;U3D models can also be obtained with matlab (nonfree), but not natively. If you are interested, take a look at&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mathworks.com/matlabcentral/fileexchange/27245-generate-vertices-faces-and-color-for-u3d-format&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.mathworks.com/matlabcentral/fileexchange/27245-generate-vertices-faces-and-color-for-u3d-format&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mathworks.com/matlabcentral/fileexchange/25383-matlab-mesh-to-pdf-with-3d-interactive-object&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.mathworks.com/matlabcentral/fileexchange/25383-matlab-mesh-to-pdf-with-3d-interactive-object&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For those who know java, there is a fantastic free software that is capable to export to U3D format. See &lt;a href=&quot;http://www3.math.tu-berlin.de/jreality/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;jReality&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2117" LastActivityDate="2010-12-13T17:01:20.850" />
  <row Id="7058" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7060" CreationDate="2010-12-13T17:39:11.330" Score="4" ViewCount="229" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to color certain (but not all) arrows using xymatrix?  I wish the following ignorant attempt would work!!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{xypic,color}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\[&#xA;\xymatrix&#xA;{&#xA;X\ar[r]\color{red}{\ar[d]} &amp;amp; Y\\&#xA;Z&#xA;}&#xA;\]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1785" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-18T22:51:41.437" LastActivityDate="2010-12-18T22:51:41.437" Title="Coloring arrows in xymatrix" Tags="&lt;color&gt;&lt;xy-pic&gt;&lt;arrows&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="7059" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7055" CreationDate="2010-12-13T18:05:13.363" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\thesection}{\arabic{section}}&lt;/code&gt; to get the numbers beside the section titles right. Changing this otherwise is difficult. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\sectionmark}[1]{\markright{\thechapter.\thesection\ #1}}&lt;/code&gt; for the headers. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the references you can use e.g. zref to set up a &quot;fullsec&quot; reference. But I would find it confusing. And what if you have a subsection 2.1? I would put a \label behind the chapter too and then write something like see section 1 in chapter 2. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-12-13T18:05:13.363" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="7060" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7058" CreationDate="2010-12-13T18:12:53.200" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Specify the &lt;code&gt;color&lt;/code&gt; option to the xy package. Then you could apply a color style by &lt;code&gt;@[color]&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{color}&#xA;\usepackage[color,matrix,arrow]{xy}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\[&#xA;\xymatrix&#xA;{&#xA;X\ar[r] \ar@[red][d] &amp;amp; Y\\&#xA;Z&#xA;}&#xA;\]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ayZTn.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Note:&lt;/strong&gt; load &lt;code&gt;xy&lt;/code&gt;, not &lt;code&gt;xypic&lt;/code&gt; which produces at least a warning. To be able to provide options specifically for each package, write one &lt;code&gt;\usepackage&lt;/code&gt; for each package. Perhaps use the enhanced package &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/xcolor&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;xcolor&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;color&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-13T18:12:53.200" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="7062" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7097" CreationDate="2010-12-13T18:26:46.613" Score="2" ViewCount="247" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm writing a beamer presentation on basic math type-setting in latex and I've been trying to use verbatim to display how math equations are typed. Using &lt;code&gt;fragile&lt;/code&gt; this works, but I still get several annoying error messages every time I compile, so I'm never sure if I have an actual error or if beamer is just complaining about verbatim. The current offender would be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{verbatim}&#xA;\[&#xA;  X := \bigcup_{n \in \Mb N}\coprod_{\lambda \in \Lambda} &#xA;       (X_\lambda \cap Y_\lambda ) \vee \Mb S^{n}.&#xA;\]&#xA;\end{verbatim}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I get error messages along the lines of:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;LaTeX Font Warning: Font shape `OT1/cmss/m/n' in size &amp;lt;4&amp;gt; not available&#xA;(Font)              size &amp;lt;5&amp;gt; substituted on input line 11.&#xA;&#xA;[1{/home/schlatjj/.texmf-var/fonts/map/pdftex/updmap/pdftex.map}] (./Math.toc)&#xA;[2] (./Math.vrb&#xA;&#xA;LaTeX Font Warning: Font shape `OMS/cmss/m/n' undefined&#xA;(Font)              using `OMS/cmsy/m/n' instead&#xA;(Font)              for symbol `textbraceleft' on input line 6.&#xA;&#xA;) [3] (./Math.vrb) [4] (./Math.vrb&#xA;! Undefined control sequence.&#xA;\test@single@character ...ken -&amp;gt;\def \math@format &#xA;                                                  ##1{\mydollar ##1\mydollar...&#xA;l.10   \end{verbatim}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are there any workarounds for this, something I can change in the code to make these error messages go away?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="123" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-13T18:44:58.073" LastActivityDate="2010-12-14T13:24:31.807" Title="Making Verbatim and Beamer play nice" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;verbatim&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="7063" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7069" CreationDate="2010-12-13T18:28:25.463" Score="2" ViewCount="246" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi, I'm working with MikTex2.9 and I couldn't get rid of this warning message:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Package pgf Warning: Your graphic driver pgfsys-dvips.def does not support fadings. This warning is given only once on input line 31.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;By trying this example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{shadows}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tikzstyle{ball} = [circle,shading=ball, ball color=red!80!white,  drop shadow=black, minimum size=1cm]&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\node [style=ball] {blah blah blah};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I got a .pdf slightly different from the .dvi file (the shadow is a little lighter) and I was wondering if this problem could be linked with the warning or if it's only a problem of the reader (as reported in: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1915/tikz-strange-color-change&quot;&gt;Tikz: Strange color change.&lt;/a&gt; ).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance for any suggestions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2312" LastEditorUserId="2312" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-02T20:29:51.543" LastActivityDate="2011-02-02T20:29:51.543" Title="Package pgf Warning" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="7064" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7062" CreationDate="2010-12-13T18:41:08.353" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Edit: since the &lt;code&gt;fragile&lt;/code&gt; option is obviously known by the OP, I removed that option suggestion.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At least regarding the warnings: the one oncerning the missing size 4 in cmss can be removed simply by&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\Tiny\tiny&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you don't need size 4 and thus &lt;code&gt;\Tiny&lt;/code&gt;, this could be sufficient.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-13T18:49:59.517" LastActivityDate="2010-12-13T18:49:59.517" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7065" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7051" CreationDate="2010-12-13T18:45:25.197" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using TikZ&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{plotmarks}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[y=.2cm, x=0.05* \textwidth,font=\sffamily]&#xA;    %axis&#xA;    \draw (0,0) -- coordinate (x axis mid) (20,0);&#xA;&#xA;    %ticks&#xA;    \foreach \x in {0}&#xA;        \draw (\x,0pt) -- (\x,15pt)&#xA;        node[anchor=south] {};&#xA;&#xA;    \foreach \x in {1,...,9}&#xA;        \draw (\x,0pt) -- (\x,5pt)&#xA;        node[anchor=south] {};&#xA;&#xA;    \foreach \x in {10}&#xA;        \draw (\x,0pt) -- (\x,15pt)&#xA;        node[anchor=south] {};&#xA;&#xA;    \foreach \x in {11,...,19}&#xA;        \draw (\x,0pt) -- (\x,5pt)&#xA;        node[anchor=south] {};&#xA;&#xA;    \foreach \x in {20}&#xA;        \draw (\x,0pt) -- (\x,15pt)&#xA;        node[anchor=south] {};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="736" LastEditorUserId="736" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-13T20:36:23.150" LastActivityDate="2010-12-13T20:36:23.150" />
  <row Id="7067" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7109" CreationDate="2010-12-13T19:04:41.850" Score="0" ViewCount="188" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to use multicol to create a formula sheet with two columns. I have specified the use of such columns, and their position, but when I compile they come out one after the other rather than split vertically on each side of the page. It would be ideal to have two seperate columns very close together to maximize space as this will be used during an examination. I have things like &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}&#xA;\setlength{\parskip}{0pt plus 0.5ex}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in my preamble to use as much of the page as possible, but every compilation yields the same output. I looked at a few posts with the lipsum environment but I'm not sure how that works with multicol. I realize this is a simple problem, and definately has a simple answer, but I cannot achieve the desired output. It would also be excellent to have a framebox around each column, seperated by \hspace or something of that nature. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{multicols}{3}&#xA;2.1 a)  &#xA;\begin{align*}&#xA;\ddot{x} &amp;amp;= \frac{1}{m}\left(F_0+ct\right)\\&#xA;\dot{x} &amp;amp;= \int_{0}^{t}\frac{1}{m}\left(F_0+ct\right)\,dt = \dfrac{F_0}{m}t+\dfrac{c}{2m}t^2\\&#xA;x &amp;amp;= \int_{0}^{t}\left(\dfrac{F_0}{m}t+\dfrac{c}{2m}t^2\right)\\&#xA;\end{align*} &#xA;\end{multicols}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is a sample, it's simply a strategy/reference to an assignment problem. I can post others as well as this is just a snippet, let me know.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT 2&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{multicols}{3}&#xA;{\bf Bullet shot up with quadratic drag}&#xA;\begin{align*}&#xA;F &amp;amp;=-c_2v^2-mg\\&#xA;mv\dfrac{dv}{dx} &amp;amp;= -c_2v^2-mg\\&#xA;\int\dfrac{mv}{c_2v^2+mg}\,dv &amp;amp;=\int -1\,dx\\&#xA;\dfrac{m}{2c_2}\int \ln(c_2v^2+mg) &amp;amp;= -x+\beta\\&#xA;\beta &amp;amp;= \dfrac{m}{c_2}\ln(c_2v_0^2+mg)\\&#xA;v(x) &amp;amp;= \left((v_0^2+\frac{mg}{c_2})\exp{\dfrac{-2c_2x}{m}}-\dfrac{mg}{c_2}\right)^{1/2}\\&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;&#xA;{\bf Useful Proof}&#xA;\begin{align*}&#xA;\dfrac{d}{dt}\left[\vec{r}\cdot(\vec{v}\times\vec{a})\right] &amp;amp;= \vec{r}\cdot(\vec{v}\times\vec{a})\\&#xA;&amp;amp;= \dot{\vec{r}}\cdot(\vec{v}\times\vec{a}) + \vec{r}\cdot\dfrac{d}{dt}(\vec{v}\times\vec{a})\\&#xA;&amp;amp;= \vec{v}\cdot(\vec{v}\times\vec{a})+\vec{r}\cdot\left[\dot{\vec{v}}\times\vec{a}+\vec{v}\times\dot{\vec{a}}\right]\\&#xA;&amp;amp;= \vec{r}\cdot(\vec{v}\times\dot{\vec{a}})\\&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;&#xA;{\bf Find $V(x)$ where $F(x)=-kx+\frac{kx^3}{A^2}$,$v(t=0) = A\sqrt{\frac{k}{2m}}$ and $x(t=0) = 0$ }&#xA;\begin{align*}&#xA;F&amp;amp;=-\dfrac{dV}{dx}\\&#xA;k\int x-\dfrac{x^3}{A^2}\,dx &amp;amp;= \int dV\\&#xA;\dfrac{kx^2}{2}-\dfrac{kx^4}{4A^2} &amp;amp;= V(x) + C\\&#xA;V(x) &amp;amp;= \dfrac{kx^2}{2} -\dfrac{kx^4}{4A^2}\\&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;{\bf Proof of successive maxima}&#xA;\begin{align*}&#xA;x(t) &amp;amp;= \exp{-\gamma t}(A\cos(\omega_dt+\theta_0))\\&#xA;x'(t) &amp;amp;= -\gamma\exp{-\gamma t}(A\cos(\omega_dt+\theta_0))+\exp{-\gamma t}(-A\omega_d\sin(\omega_dt+\theta_0))\\&#xA;0 &amp;amp;=A(-\gamma\cos(\omega_dt+\theta_0)-\omega_d\sin(\omega_dt+\theta_0))\\&#xA;1&amp;amp;=\dfrac{-\omega_d}{\gamma}\tan(\omega_dt+\theta_0)\\&#xA;\dfrac{-\gamma}{\omega_d}&amp;amp;=\tan(\omega_dt+\theta_0)\\&#xA;(\omega_dt_{i+1}+\theta_0) - (\omega_dt_i+\theta_0) &amp;amp;= 2\pi\\&#xA;\omega_d(t_{i+1}-t_i) &amp;amp;= 2\pi\\&#xA;t_{i+1}-t_i &amp;amp;= \dfrac{2\pi}{\omega_d}\\&#xA;t_{i+1}-t_i &amp;amp;= \dfrac{2\pi}{(\omega_0^2-\gamma^2)^{1/2}}&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2169" LastEditorUserId="2169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-15T15:03:18.447" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T15:03:18.447" Title="Trouble with multicol" Tags="&lt;layout&gt;&lt;multicol&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="7068" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7079" CreationDate="2010-12-13T20:06:01.340" Score="4" ViewCount="252" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; environment, created with &lt;code&gt;array&lt;/code&gt; loaded and using &lt;code&gt;m&lt;/code&gt; columns, the cells of which mostly contain lists.  In cells with a list, there is about 1em of dead space at the end of the list before the bottom of the cell (in the cell with the largest contents which sets the row size).  I am trying to get rid of this space, to no avail.  I am using a custom &lt;code&gt;itemize*&lt;/code&gt; environment that sets &lt;code&gt;\topsep&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\parskip&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;\partopsep&lt;/code&gt; all to 0pt at the beginning (immediately after &lt;code&gt;\begin{itemize}&lt;/code&gt;).  This eliminates internal spacing but not the end spacing.  I also have it setting &lt;code&gt;\@noparlisttrue&lt;/code&gt;, but to no avail.  Here's my &lt;code&gt;itemize*&lt;/code&gt; definition:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{itemize*}{\begin{itemize}%&#xA;  \setlength\topsep{0pt}%&#xA;  \setlength\itemsep{-2pt}%&#xA;  \setlength\parskip{0pt}%&#xA;  \setlength\partopsep{0pt}%&#xA;  \@noparlisttrue}{\end{itemize}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've tried setting &lt;code&gt;\topsep&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\parskip&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;\partopsep&lt;/code&gt; before the &lt;code&gt;\begin{itemize*}&lt;/code&gt; in my table cell as well, but I &lt;em&gt;still&lt;/em&gt; have the blank space.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tracing and Phillipe's comment indicate that it is invoking &lt;code&gt;\par&lt;/code&gt; at the end of the list and this is causing the whitespace.  Including &lt;code&gt;\setlength\parskip{0pt}&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\setlength\parskip{-\baselineskip}&lt;/code&gt; before &lt;code&gt;\begin{itemize*}&lt;/code&gt; or before &lt;code&gt;\end{itemize*}&lt;/code&gt; do not eliminate the space.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I get rid of it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="622" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-06T11:24:38.037" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T11:24:38.037" Title="Eliminate space at end of list in a table" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;lists&gt;&lt;minipage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="7069" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7063" CreationDate="2010-12-13T20:16:36.373" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;By default the drop shadow is slightly transparent, which often results in unpredictable behavior when rendering via dvi/postscript.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The default settings for the shadow are &lt;code&gt;opacity=.5, fill=black!50&lt;/code&gt;, i.e. medium gray and half transparent.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To turn off the transparency use something like &lt;code&gt;drop shadow={black,opacity=1}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Hxe1N.png&quot; alt=&quot;ball with black shadow&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-12-13T20:16:36.373" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7070" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7071" CreationDate="2010-12-13T20:41:38.873" Score="5" ViewCount="225" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have an image I'd like horizontally centered on the page.  Currently, I'm using the following code (which does work) under pdflatex:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{float}&#xA;&#xA;...&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}[H]&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;\leavevmode&#xA;\includegraphics[width=0.8\textwidth]{PicName}&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;\caption{Some kind of sane Caption}&#xA;\label{fig:picref}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The references I've found on the ineternet are pretty much split 50-50 on whether the \leavevmode is required there or not.  But, I can't find anything that says point blank what it's for.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, my two-part question: what exactly does \leavevmode do, and do I need it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2412" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-09T22:44:54.967" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T22:44:54.967" Title="Do I need \leavevmode for centering figures?" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;centering&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="7071" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7070" CreationDate="2010-12-13T20:55:21.187" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\leavevmode&lt;/code&gt; is defined this way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\leavevmode{\unhbox\voidb@x}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;source2e.pdf comments:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\leavevmode&lt;/code&gt;  begins a paragraph, if necessary.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would say, this is not necessary, so you don't need &lt;code&gt;\leavevmode&lt;/code&gt;. You could further consider to use &lt;code&gt;\centering&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\begin{center} ... \end{center}&lt;/code&gt; because the latter produces additional vertical space, because it's actually a list environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another source mentioning that it obviously had been used as workaround resp. bugfix: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.cse.iitd.ernet.in/~anup/homepage/UNIX/latex.html#toowidefigure&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Centering of too wide figure&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In comparing references it may help to look at the dates and the context. I know such reports concerning inclusion of EPS files, which doesn't apply to pdfTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-13T21:03:50.230" LastActivityDate="2010-12-13T21:03:50.230" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="7072" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-13T21:39:04.317" Score="1" ViewCount="146" Body="&lt;p&gt;I found this package for latex that gives me the ability to typeset organic structural formulae and reaction schemes for chemistry. I'm having trouble with installing it though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I read through the installation steps in the manual and it tells me that I need to edit the &lt;code&gt;install.cfg.UNIX&lt;/code&gt; file which contains:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;[PATH]&#xA;BINDIR=/usr/local/ochem&#xA;M4BINDIR=/usr/bin&#xA;INCDIR=/usr/local/ochem&#xA;DVIPSDIR=/usr/local/tetex/dvips/ochem&#xA;STYLEDIR=/usr/local/tetex/tex/latex/ochem&#xA;MODULDIR=/usr/local/ochem&#xA;DOCDIR=/usr/local/ochem/doc&#xA;&#xA;[SYSTEM]&#xA;SYSTEM=UNIX&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I edited the file to this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;[PATH]&#xA;BINDIR=/usr/share/ochem&#xA;M4BINDIR=/usr/bin&#xA;INCDIR=/usr/share/ochem&#xA;DVIPSDIR=/usr/share/texmf-texlive/dvips/ochem&#xA;STYLEDIR=/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/ochem&#xA;MODULDIR=/usr/share/ochem&#xA;DOCDIR=/usr/share/ochem/doc&#xA;&#xA;[SYSTEM]&#xA;SYSTEM=UNIX&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I try to install the package, it says that it works, but when I try to typeset one of the examples, it tells me that it can't find &lt;code&gt;ochem.sty&lt;/code&gt;. I then tried navigating to the directories that the install was supposed to make and they didn't exist. So I made the directories manually and tried the install again. I still get the missing &lt;code&gt;ochem.sty&lt;/code&gt; error.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Did I edit &lt;code&gt;install.cfg.UNIX&lt;/code&gt; correctly? My latex distribution is texlive 2009 on Ubuntu 10.10.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;NOTE: I did try running &lt;code&gt;sudo texhash&lt;/code&gt; and it still doesn't work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT:&#xA;I did try running the install script as root, but it didn't work. Then I made the directories manually, and that didn't work either.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is the link to the package that I downloaded:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.2k-software.de/download/ochem_40d.zip&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.2k-software.de/download/ochem_40d.zip&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2485" LastEditorUserId="2485" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-13T23:12:49.307" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T10:28:31.320" Title="How to install ochem for texlive" Tags="&lt;texlive&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="7073" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7006" CreationDate="2010-12-13T22:32:33.023" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If the template is the same as what you can get from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.acm.org/sigs/publications/proceedings-templates&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.acm.org/sigs/publications/proceedings-templates&lt;/a&gt; then have a look at question 18 in their &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.acm.org/sigs/publications/sigfaq&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;FAQ&lt;/a&gt; (scroll, don't click).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="100" LastActivityDate="2010-12-13T22:32:33.023" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7074" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-13T23:04:51.517" Score="4" ViewCount="122" Body="&lt;p&gt;The hyperref package allows you to specify that TOC links in the pdf cover the text (default) or the page number (linktocpage=true), but not both.  That is, you can have this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; [My Title]. . . . . . . . . . . 15&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  My Title . . . . . . . . . . .[15]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But not this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; [My Title . . . . . . . . . . . 15]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;...where the brackets encompass the portion of the line that is a clickable link. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My question: how do you specify that you make the whole line a clickable link?  Is there a package that allows you to specify this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks,&#xA;John&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2489" LastActivityDate="2010-12-14T05:26:07.587" Title="How do you make a TOC link cover text and page number?" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;links&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="7075" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7110" CreationDate="2010-12-14T00:04:44.453" Score="3" ViewCount="222" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the best way to typeset mathematical quotients and double quotients?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I mean constructions like &lt;code&gt;X/~&lt;/code&gt; (~ an equivalence relation on X) and &lt;code&gt;G\X/H&lt;/code&gt; (where G and H are groups acting on X).  While the simple case is solved by something like &lt;code&gt;X/\mathord\sim&lt;/code&gt; (or maybe with &lt;code&gt;\mathbin/&lt;/code&gt;), this gets hard to parse for the reader in more complicated situations and with double quotients. An alternative is a slanted &lt;code&gt;\sfrac{X}{\mathord\sim}&lt;/code&gt; (from &lt;code&gt;xfrac&lt;/code&gt;), but that makes the X rather small and doesn't work for double quotients.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Do you have better ideas?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-12-14T19:23:17.003" Title="Typesetting quotients and double quotients" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7076" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7077" CreationDate="2010-12-14T00:07:24.687" Score="2" ViewCount="357" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/moderncv/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;moderncv&lt;/a&gt;, does anyone know how I change the command \cvlanguage{}{B}{} such that the column containing B gets wider? As it is now it linebreaks after 15 characters. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I also don't want the changes to affect any other commands&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2492" LastActivityDate="2010-12-14T00:34:52.387" Title="Change column width (modern CV)" Tags="&lt;moderncv&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="7077" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7076" CreationDate="2010-12-14T00:34:52.387" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\cvlanguage&lt;/code&gt; is defined as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*{\cvlanguage}[3]{%&#xA;  \cvline{#1}{\begin{minipage}[t]{0.625\maincolumnwidth}\textbf{#2}\end{minipage}\hfill\begin{minipage}[t]{0.325\maincolumnwidth}\raggedleft\footnotesize\itshape #3\end{minipage}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What you have to do is redefine the command in your document changing the number 0.625 for something bigger (but smaller than one). Don't forget to change the 0.325 to something smaller (ideally the sum should stay the same). For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand*{\cvlanguage}[3]{%&#xA;  \cvline{#1}{\begin{minipage}[t]{0.7\maincolumnwidth}\textbf{#2}\end{minipage}\hfill\begin{minipage}[t]{0.25\maincolumnwidth}\raggedleft\footnotesize\itshape #3\end{minipage}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="401" LastActivityDate="2010-12-14T00:34:52.387" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7078" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7081" CreationDate="2010-12-14T00:40:21.147" Score="4" ViewCount="426" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was forced to use &lt;code&gt;\footnotetext&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\footnotemark&lt;/code&gt; on because I needed a footnote in a couple of captions. Of the three times this is done in the article: one works fine, the second appears on the page after the caption and the third appears on the page before the caption.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to get this to work properly? I tried using the &lt;code&gt;footnote&lt;/code&gt; package but then the actual footnote text did not appear.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My preamble and example code (obviously not long enough to show that they appear on two different pages, but hopefully enough to point out if I am doing something incorrectly):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[reqno]{amsart}&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb,latexsym}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{setspace}&#xA;\usepackage{cite}&#xA;\usepackage{fullpage}&#xA;\usepackage{subfig}&#xA;\captionsetup[subfigure]{margin=0pt, parskip=0pt, hangindent=0pt, indention=0pt, labelformat=parens, labelfont=rm}&#xA;\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}&#xA;\newtheorem{lemma}{Lemma}&#xA;\newtheorem{definition}{Definition}&#xA;\newtheorem{notation}{Notation}&#xA;\linespread{1.6}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;\centering&#xA;\includegraphics[scale=.7]{toroids} &#xA;\caption{A sphere, a torus, a 2-torus, a 3-torus, etc.\protect\footnotemark}&#xA;\label{fig:toroids} &#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\footnotetext{This figure adapted from p24 of  \cite{topo}. }&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2457" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-05T17:43:12.477" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T17:43:12.477" Title="\footnotetext on different page from \footnotemark" Tags="&lt;footnotes&gt;&lt;floats&gt;&lt;captions&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="7079" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7068" CreationDate="2010-12-14T01:39:17.823" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could avoid that additional space by putting the &lt;code&gt;itemize*&lt;/code&gt; environment into a &lt;code&gt;\parbox&lt;/code&gt;, even if it's already in a &lt;code&gt;p&lt;/code&gt; cell. A &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt; would also work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Such a &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt; environment could also be inserted into your definition of &lt;code&gt;\itemize*&lt;/code&gt;. However, a width is mandatory. If the width is variable, it might mean additional work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you need a quick fix: &lt;code&gt;\vspace{-2em}&lt;/code&gt; or any other suitable negative value, directly after &lt;code&gt;\end{itemize}&lt;/code&gt; in your definition, would remove empty space at the bottom.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-14T01:39:17.823" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7080" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="383" CreationDate="2010-12-14T04:15:06.747" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;It does not seem to be necessary to specify the file name without the eps extension. It works anyway (on TexLive 2009). Also the -shell-escape switch does not seem to be needed either - the output is fine without it on Debian/Ubuntu. – donatello Dec 3 at 19:13&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I only need \usepackage{epstopdf} as well.&#xA;I have Windows7 with MikTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2495" LastActivityDate="2010-12-14T04:15:06.747" />
  <row Id="7081" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7078" CreationDate="2010-12-14T05:00:34.797" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is unlikely to be able to be done in a satisfactory way. One could envision moving the &lt;code&gt;\footnotetext&lt;/code&gt; around based on page references. That would likely work in some cases (but be a hassle to implement) but in some cases, moving the &lt;code&gt;\footnotetext&lt;/code&gt; would case the &lt;code&gt;figure&lt;/code&gt; to float to another page and thus the &lt;code&gt;\footnotetext&lt;/code&gt; would have to move again. It's quite easy to imagine that the iterative process never terminating.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another problem is that your footnotes will be out of order. This is very easy to demonstrate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;one\footnote{one}&#xA;\begin{figure}[t]&#xA;two\footnotemark&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\footnotetext{two}&#xA;three\footnote{three}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That's almost certainly not what you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In most cases, footnotes in figures (or more often in tables) use different markings like an asterisk or a dagger and then the text appears in the figure caption.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-12-14T05:00:34.797" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7082" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7074" CreationDate="2010-12-14T05:26:07.587" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;linktoc=all&lt;/code&gt;, as described in the hyperref README.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-12-14T05:26:07.587" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7083" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-14T06:30:49.677" Score="2" ViewCount="394" Body="&lt;p&gt;He,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I add a code listing to a beamer note slide?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried the following which doesn't work:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&#xA;\note{{\tiny{This is a note&#xA;      \begin{lstlisting}&#xA;foo bar&#xA;      \end{lstlisting}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any suggestions?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2496" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T16:33:47.337" Title="LaTeX beamer: Code listings in notes" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7084" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6988" CreationDate="2010-12-14T06:57:26.357" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you are willing to use LuaLaTeX, then you it should be possible to port the various language specific sorting functions from ConTeXt MkIV. For example see &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://gitorious.org/context/context/blobs/origin/tex/context/base/sort-lan.lua&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;sort-lan.lua&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://gitorious.org/context/context/blobs/origin/tex/context/base/sort-ini.lua&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;sort-ini.lua&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2010-12-14T06:57:26.357" />
  <row Id="7085" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6532" CreationDate="2010-12-14T07:31:02.580" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Since there have been no LaTeX solution, I will post a ConTeXt solution to give some ideas. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The standard way of doing this soft of thing in ConTeXt is &lt;code&gt;buffers&lt;/code&gt;. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\startbuffer[example1]&#xA; This is a simple metapost example.&#xA; \startMPcode&#xA;   draw fullcircle scaled 5cm ;&#xA; \stopMPcode&#xA;\stopbuffer&#xA;&#xA;\setupTABLE[col][1][width=0.5\textwidth]&#xA;\setupTABLE[col][2][width=0.5\textwidth]&#xA;&#xA;\starttext&#xA;&#xA;\startTABLE&#xA;  \NC Input                  \NC Output               \NC \NR&#xA;  \NC \typebuffer[example1]  \NC \getbuffer[example1] \NC \NR&#xA;\stopTABLE&#xA;&#xA;\stoptext&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If the snippets are already stored in an external file, then another option is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\startTABLE&#xA;   \NC \typefile[example1.tex] \NC \externalfigure[example1.tex] \NC \NR&#xA;\stopTABLE&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When &lt;code&gt;\externalfigure&lt;/code&gt;, which is equivalent to &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt; in LaTeX, is given a TeX file, it typesets it in a box and includes the result. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2010-12-14T07:31:02.580" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7086" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7087" CreationDate="2010-12-14T08:45:18.833" Score="3" ViewCount="234" Body="&lt;p&gt;Friends,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am working on a XeLaTeX document. I am almost done with my document, but I need to input text from a foreign language. I am running Mac OS X. I go to Preferences &gt; Language &amp;amp; Text and in there I enable Gurmukhi - QWERTY. This allows me to input Punjabi characters, which I am able to see in MS Word. I want to input the following unicode characters:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;ਰੋਂਦਾ ਬੱਚਾ  ਿੲਕ&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, when I simply paste it into my TeXworks file, it simply does not show up when I compile a PDF file. I have indeed tried to google this, but came up with nothing other than adding some of these statements to my preamble. I am pretty desperate at this point.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My preamble already looks like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,12pt]{article} %options: [a4paper, leqno, 11pt]&#xA;\usepackage{setspace}&#xA;\usepackage{fullpage}&#xA;\usepackage[cm-default]{fontspec}&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}&#xA;\usepackage{xunicode}&#xA;\usepackage{xltxtra}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;&#xA;% -----Page Style-------------&#xA;\pagestyle{plain}&#xA;&#xA;% -----Symbols----------------&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2497" LastActivityDate="2010-12-14T09:27:58.457" Title="How to input foreign unicode characters into XeLaTeX?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;unicode&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="7087" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7086" CreationDate="2010-12-14T09:24:55.757" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You need to load a font which contains these characters. Load an appropriate font using &lt;code&gt;\setmainfont&lt;/code&gt; and all should be well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-12-14T09:24:55.757" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7088" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7086" CreationDate="2010-12-14T09:27:58.457" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you don’t want to (or can’t) use the same font for both alphabets, I think you have to explicitly choose the font when you need it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newfontfamily\gu{Gurmukhi MT}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;{\gu ਰੋਂਦਾ ਬੱਚਾ  ਿੲਕ}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(On Mac you can use “Gurmukhi MT”; FreeSans and FreeSerif also contain the glyphs.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also: The &lt;code&gt;inputenc&lt;/code&gt; package warns that it should not be loaded as XeTeX already uses UTF8.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="258" LastActivityDate="2010-12-14T09:27:58.457" />
  <row Id="7089" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-14T09:38:36.207" Score="1" ViewCount="92" Body="&lt;p&gt;Recently， an editor want to get the result as follow:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://cpl.iphy.ac.cn/qikan/public/pdfdow_en.asp?xiazailx=%C3%E2%B7%D1&amp;amp;bsid=11963&amp;amp;ag=0&amp;amp;gaohao=2010-1162&amp;amp;houzhui=.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://cpl.iphy.ac.cn/qikan/public/pdfdow_en.asp?xiazailx=%C3%E2%B7%D1&amp;amp;bsid=11963&amp;amp;ag=0&amp;amp;gaohao=2010-1162&amp;amp;houzhui=.pdf&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the pdf document every cite hyperlink can show the detail of bib.&#xA;I want to know how to do?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-14T10:28:27.907" Title="How to show the detail of cite bibitem by a framebox?" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="7090" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7089" CreationDate="2010-12-14T09:48:49.190" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Maybe the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/pdfcomment&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pdfcomment&lt;/a&gt; package is what you are looking for? It seems you can't just put a &lt;code&gt;\pdfmarkupcomment[opacity=0]{\cite{key}}{note}&lt;/code&gt; though, when using &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt;. The hyperlink itself will not be annotated then.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You might want to look &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/872/pop-up-references-in-pdf-output&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2210" LastEditorUserId="2210" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-14T10:28:27.907" LastActivityDate="2010-12-14T10:28:27.907" />
  <row Id="7091" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7093" CreationDate="2010-12-14T10:42:56.877" Score="5" ViewCount="195" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to display matlab code in a LaTeX document and the comments are typeset with an ugly space between letters:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\lstset{language=Matlab}&#xA;\lstset{tabsize=2}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}&#xA;function gramschmidt(A) %The columns of A are the initial basis to the subspace&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;results in &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/UAUEo.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to improve the kerning (or whatever its called) of the text in the comments?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-03T13:25:45.763" LastActivityDate="2011-01-03T13:25:45.763" Title="Using listing for displaying Matlab code" Tags="&lt;listings&gt;&lt;matlab&gt;&lt;kerning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7092" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7094" CreationDate="2010-12-14T11:08:29.140" Score="8" ViewCount="256" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am having some difficulty using French letters in my LaTeX document. In my bibliography, I have this reference:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@article{CLDM03,&#xA;  title={A Cinematography System for Virtual Storytelling},&#xA;  author={Nicolas Courty and Fabrice Lamarche and Stéphane Donikian and Éric Marchand},&#xA;  journal={Lecture Notes in Computer Science},&#xA;  pages={30--34},&#xA;  isbn={3540205357},&#xA;  issn={0302-9743},&#xA;  year={2003},&#xA;  publisher={Springer}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But what I get in the references section of my document is this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[CLDÃM03] C OURTY N., L AMARCHE F., D ONIKIAN S.,&#xA;ÃL'RIC M ARCHAND: A cinematography system for virtual storytelling. Lecture Notes in Computer Science (2003), 30–34.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Obviously, the abbreviation is incorrect. It should be CLDM03 (the first letter of the last names of the authors), but also there are some strange letters in the names!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any idea how that could be fixed?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;By the way, just in case you are wondering, I already have texlive-full installed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2418" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-14T14:44:26.493" LastActivityDate="2010-12-14T14:44:26.493" Title="Accented (French) characters in BibTeX database" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;accents&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7093" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7091" CreationDate="2010-12-14T11:31:18.570" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It looks better with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\lstset{flexiblecolumns=true}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/n2l8w.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-14T11:31:18.570" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7094" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7092" CreationDate="2010-12-14T12:17:50.657" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Which BibTeX are you using? BibTeX8 is an 8-bit implementation, but the original BibTeX is only 7-bit and will not cope with accents at all well. Even if you do use BibTeX8, there are lots of accents it cannot cope with, and you'll need to give them in escaped form, for example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{\'E}ric Marchand&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is why there is so much interest in BibTeX replacements which are UTF-8 capable, in particular biber.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-12-14T12:17:50.657" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="7095" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6988" CreationDate="2010-12-14T12:19:56.223" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I didn't look at Charles's code because I wanted to see how difficult it would be to implement a generic sorting macro that was expandable. It turns out that it's more or less straight-forward to do in a continuation-passing style.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{etoolbox}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;% #1 - comparator&#xA;% #2 - token list to sort&#xA;\newcommand\sort[2]{%&#xA;        \ifstrempty{#2}&#xA;        {}% else&#xA;        {%&#xA;                \sort@begin#1{}#2\sort@s\sort@begin&#xA;        }%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% helpers&#xA;\def\sort@s{\sort@s}&#xA;\def\ifsort@s#1{%&#xA;        \ifx\sort@s#1%&#xA;                \expandafter\@firstoftwo&#xA;        \else&#xA;                \expandafter\@secondoftwo&#xA;        \fi&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% #1 - comparator&#xA;% #2 - tokens processed so far&#xA;% #3 - smallest token so far&#xA;% #4 - rest of the list&#xA;\def\sort@begin#1#2#3#4\sort@begin{%&#xA;        \ifsort@s{#4}&#xA;        {%&#xA;                \sortend{#3}%&#xA;                \sort#1{#2}%&#xA;        }% else&#xA;        {%&#xA;                \sort@go#1{#2}{#3}#4\sort@go&#xA;        }%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% #1 - comparator&#xA;% #2 - tokens processed so far&#xA;% #3 - smallest token so far&#xA;% #4 - token under consideration&#xA;% #5 - rest of the list&#xA;\def\sort@go#1#2#3#4#5\sort@go{%&#xA;        #1{#3}{#4}{\sort@output#1{#2}{#5}}%&#xA;}&#xA;% #1 - comparator&#xA;% #2 - tokens processed so far&#xA;% #3 - rest of the list&#xA;% #4 - smaller of the two tokens&#xA;% #5 - larger of the two tokens&#xA;\def\sort@output#1#2#3#4#5{%&#xA;        \ifsort@s{#3}&#xA;        {%&#xA;                \sortoutput{#4}%&#xA;                \sort#1{#2{#5}}%&#xA;        }% else&#xA;        {%&#xA;                \sort@begin#1{#2{#5}}{#4}#3\sort@begin&#xA;        }%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\sort@numlt#1#2#3{%&#xA;        \ifnumcomp{#1}&amp;lt;{#2}&#xA;        {#3{#1}{#2}}% else&#xA;        {#3{#2}{#1}}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\sort@numgt#1#2#3{%&#xA;        \ifnumcomp{#1}&amp;gt;{#2}&#xA;        {#3{#1}{#2}}% else&#xA;        {#3{#2}{#1}}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\sort@alpha#1#2#3{%&#xA;        \ifnumcomp{\pdfstrcmp{#1}{#2}}&amp;lt;{0}&#xA;        {#3{#1}{#2}}% else&#xA;        {#3{#2}{#1}}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*\sortnumlt{\sort\sort@numlt}&#xA;\newcommand*\sortnumgt{\sort\sort@numgt}&#xA;\newcommand*\sortalpha{\sort\sort@alpha}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;% Change these to change out the sort outputs.&#xA;\newcommand*\sortoutput[1]{#1, }&#xA;\newcommand*\sortend[1]{#1.}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\sortnumgt{87632147{55}9{8/2}}&#xA;&#xA;\sortalpha{{Goodbye}{Cruel}{World}}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand*\sortoutput[1]{#1}&#xA;\renewcommand*\sortend[1]{#1}&#xA;\edef\temp{\sortnumlt{87632147{55}9}}&#xA;\texttt{\meaning\temp}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I hope the code is readable. I tried to document the arguments to each function. In particular, the first argument to &lt;code&gt;\sort&lt;/code&gt; is a comparator control sequence that must take three arguments. The first two are the two elements of the following list to compare and the third is the continuation. Basically, the comparator should expand to either &lt;code&gt;#3{#1}{#2}&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;#3{#2}{#1}&lt;/code&gt; depending on &lt;code&gt;#1&lt;/code&gt; being &quot;less than&quot; &lt;code&gt;#2&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've implemented three such comparators. The first two compare lists of numbers whereas the third does alphanumeric string comparison using &lt;code&gt;\pdfstrcmp&lt;/code&gt;. Since the number comparisons use &lt;code&gt;\ifnumcomp&lt;/code&gt; from &lt;code&gt;etoolbox&lt;/code&gt;, you can use arbitrary arithmetic expressions for the elements, hence &lt;code&gt;{8/2}&lt;/code&gt; in the list.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, to show that this is expandable (at least it is whenever the comparator, &lt;code&gt;\sortoutput&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;\sortend&lt;/code&gt; are), &lt;code&gt;\temp&lt;/code&gt; is defined using &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt; and its meaning is typeset to ensure that it has been set to the appropriate value: &lt;code&gt;macro:-&amp;gt;12346778955&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that it would also be straight-forward to thread &lt;code&gt;\sortoutput&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\sortend&lt;/code&gt; through all of these macros so that multiple &lt;code&gt;\sorts&lt;/code&gt; could be used in the same expansion. I just didn't think about adding those until I had written all of the rest of the code (more or less).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note further that this is selection sort and thus would take &lt;i&gt;&amp;Theta;&lt;/i&gt;(&lt;i&gt;n&lt;/i&gt;&lt;sup&gt;2&lt;/sup&gt;) time, even in the best case. However, this being TeX and it having to construct the token lists for each argument each time, I think this implementation is actually &lt;i&gt;&amp;Theta;&lt;/i&gt;(&lt;i&gt;n&lt;/i&gt;&lt;sup&gt;3&lt;/sup&gt;) time. So don't try it on large lists.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-14T12:38:17.637" LastActivityDate="2010-12-14T12:38:17.637" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7096" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7052" CreationDate="2010-12-14T12:27:43.047" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd have a look at the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/subfiles/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Subfiles&lt;/a&gt; LaTeX package for Part 1. It provides a lot of flexibility, and saves having to alter files prior to building them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Essentially, you could have your main document Paper.tex:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% Preamble&#xA;\usepackage{subfiles}&#xA;% More preamble&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \subfile{Methods}&#xA;  \subfile{AnotherSection}&#xA;  \subfile{OtherStuff}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And then each other section would look a bit like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[Paper.tex]{subfiles}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \section{Methods}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could then either run LaTeX on the individual sections (for example Methods.tex) and it will be compiled with the preamble from the main root document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To solve Part 2, I'd do something like the following which I've just tested with the examples above.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[Paper.tex]{subfiles}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \subfile{Methods}&#xA;  \subfile{AnotherSection}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This means you only have to maintain one preamble, and stops you having lots and lots of &lt;em&gt;root&lt;/em&gt; files, even though you will have a minimised root file for each version of your document involving more than one subfile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="181" LastEditorUserId="181" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-15T11:26:10.157" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T11:26:10.157" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7097" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7062" CreationDate="2010-12-14T13:24:31.807" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It seems that you use &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3490/bad-spacing-of-math-letters-within-italic-text/4939#4939&quot;&gt;this hack&lt;/a&gt; of mine. (I told you that I wouldn't suggest using it, but I feel honored that you like it ...) However, as I wrote there, the hack is designed for the CM fonts only, so you shouldn't use it with the standard &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt; fonts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That said, I can't reproduce the error. I used the code Stefan Kottwitz had in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/posts/7064/revisions&quot;&gt;first version of his answer&lt;/a&gt;, and added my hack in the preamble. This compiles nicely.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2010-12-14T13:24:31.807" />
  <row Id="7098" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7083" CreationDate="2010-12-14T14:01:58.477" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Welcome! One problem with the snippet you provide is an unmatched brace.  But even so, like &lt;code&gt;verbatim&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;lstlisting&lt;/code&gt; does strange things with category codes of characters which usually precludes it from being in the argument of another macro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inspired by &lt;a href=&quot;http://osdir.com/ml/tex.latex.beamer.general/2008-07/msg00052.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this post to the beamer mailing list&lt;/a&gt;, I found a workaround with the &lt;code&gt;\lstinputlisting&lt;/code&gt; command.  You have to put your code snippet in a file, but using the &lt;code&gt;linerange&lt;/code&gt; options you can excerpt multiple snippets from the same file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\setbeameroption{show notes}&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;first frame&#xA;\note{\lstinputlisting[language=tex,linerange=7-10]{Untitled.tex}}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-12-14T14:01:58.477" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7099" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-14T14:22:14.393" Score="0" ViewCount="239" Body="&lt;p&gt;In my custom theme I am using a background image. This image has a place for the title area. I would like the text to not overlap the title. Is there some way to &lt;code&gt;vskip&lt;/code&gt; under a title or set the &lt;code&gt;textheight&lt;/code&gt; or even override the &lt;code&gt;beamer@frametitlebox&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;beamer@frametextheight&lt;/code&gt; to make the text never approach the header area of a beamer slide.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2373" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-07T23:25:39.117" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T23:25:39.117" Title="Beamer top margin for text overlaps (conceptual) header area" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7100" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7510" CreationDate="2010-12-14T15:02:47.230" Score="6" ViewCount="173" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a document in which the text is typeset in Garamond. The mathematics symbols are not typeset in Garamod, which is the way I like it. However, I would like the numbers 0...9 to be typeset in Garamond. How do I achieve this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: I am emphasizing that I do not want all my mathematics in Garamond, only the digits 0...9&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2408" LastEditorUserId="2408" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-21T14:09:56.743" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T14:23:19.430" Title="Change font of mathematics numbers" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7101" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7067" CreationDate="2010-12-14T15:22:08.787" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The following code gives me 3 columns...but I have a feeling this isn't what you want....could it be the use of &lt;code&gt;\align&lt;/code&gt; that was tripping you up?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt,letterpaper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{multicol}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}&#xA;\setlength{\oddsidemargin}{0pt}&#xA;\setlength{\evensidemargin}{0pt}&#xA;\addtolength{\textwidth}{5cm}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{multicols}{3}&#xA;2.1 a)  &#xA;\begin{equation*}\ddot{x} = \frac{1}{m}\left(F_0+ct\right)\end{equation*}&#xA;\begin{equation*}\dot{x} = \int_{0}^{t}\frac{1}{m}\left(F_0+ct\right)\,dt = \dfrac{F_0}{m}t+\dfrac{c}{2m}t^2\end{equation*}&#xA;\begin{equation*}x = \int_{0}^{t}\left(\dfrac{F_0}{m}t+\dfrac{c}{2m}t^2\right)\end{equation*}&#xA;\end{multicols}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastActivityDate="2010-12-14T15:22:08.787" />
  <row Id="7102" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7100" CreationDate="2010-12-14T15:28:06.787" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The font of single characters or symbols may be changed by &lt;code&gt;\DeclareMathSymbol&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareSymbolFont{garamond}{T1}{pad}{m}{n}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{1}{\mathord}{garamond}{`1}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{2}{\mathord}{garamond}{`2}&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For complete switching to Garamond, you could use &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/mathdesign&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;mathdesign&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; with &lt;code&gt;garamond&lt;/code&gt; option:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[garamond]{mathdesign}&#xA;% In the case of another commercial Garamond font like `pad` add afterwards:&#xA;\renewcommand{\familydefault}{pad}&#xA;\renewcommand{\rmdefault}{pad}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-21T14:23:19.430" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T14:23:19.430" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="7103" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7032" CreationDate="2010-12-14T16:01:07.960" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/mathdesign&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;mathdesign&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package defines &lt;code&gt;\figurecircled&lt;/code&gt; which has better spacing for numbers than &lt;code&gt;\textcircled&lt;/code&gt; does.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The mathdesign package is incompatible with &lt;code&gt;amsfonts&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;amssymb&lt;/code&gt; but if you're using a mathdesign font anyway, that's not a problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-09T11:43:36.033" LastActivityDate="2011-01-09T11:43:36.033" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7104" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7043" CreationDate="2010-12-14T16:22:38.040" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A solution is to build Kile from source. After doing so it works perfectly with TeXLive2010&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="632" LastActivityDate="2010-12-14T16:22:38.040" />
  <row Id="7105" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-14T17:08:25.920" Score="3" ViewCount="92" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I just save the colored pages of a document? I want to print the colored pages on another printer...&#xA;Thanks a lot in advance!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2509" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T15:04:48.563" Title="Just save colored pages of a document?" Tags="&lt;environments&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7106" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7078" CreationDate="2010-12-14T17:09:28.730" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A workaround would be to put the content of the &lt;code&gt;{figure}&lt;/code&gt; inside a &lt;code&gt;{minipage}&lt;/code&gt;. The footnote will then appear at the bottom of the figure (not at the bottom of the page), and the numbering will be &lt;code&gt;a,b,c,...&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;1,2,3,...&lt;/code&gt; and will be specific to each figure.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Altough it's not exactly what you asked for, the advantage of this method is that you are sure that the footnote text and footnote number are always on the same page and it's certainly simpler than trying to hack through the float mecanism to ensure that footnote text is always on the same page as the figure.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a full code example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum[1-3]&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}[t]&#xA;\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}\centering&#xA;\vrule height 10cm width 5cm&#xA;&#xA;text\footnote{foottext}&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1973" LastActivityDate="2010-12-14T17:09:28.730" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7107" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7105" CreationDate="2010-12-14T17:51:50.987" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I suppose you want to use LaTeX. Maybe &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/pdfpages/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;pdfpages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; is a solution for you? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Take this to be &lt;code&gt;color.tex&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pdfpages}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\includepdf[pages={3,7}]{final.pdf}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alternatively there is always &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pdflabs.com/tools/pdftk-the-pdf-toolkit/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;pdftk&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2210" LastEditorUserId="2210" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-15T15:04:48.563" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T15:04:48.563" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7108" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7083" CreationDate="2010-12-14T18:34:19.013" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I highly recommend the &quot;minted&quot; package for all code listings. Note that if you use this on a beamer slide, it must be fragile:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{minted}&#xA;\begin{frame}[fragile]{Python rocks}&#xA;\begin{minted}{python}&#xA;def foo(self, bar):&#xA;   return bar&#xA;\end{minted}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2510" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-15T10:38:24.170" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T10:38:24.170" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="7109" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7067" CreationDate="2010-12-14T19:20:31.203" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The problem is the &lt;code&gt;array&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;eqnarray&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt; environments cannot be broken up across columns. If you added enough equations to the &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt; environment in your example, the equations would overflow the margin (you would get an &lt;code&gt;overfull \vbox&lt;/code&gt; error message). In general, LaTeX does not break formula environments, either across columns or pages. I must add, though, that including &lt;code&gt;\allowdisplaybreaks&lt;/code&gt; in your preamble will permit LaTeX to break up the formula environments. So, I have two rough solutions here:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First suggestion: include &lt;code&gt;\allowdisplaybreaks&lt;/code&gt; in your preamble with your existing code. The equations should distribute fairly nicely across your three columns.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another suggestion would be to use the array environment to create three columns, for instance:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;\[\begin{array}{l l l}&#xA;...&#xA;\end{array}\]&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Within the array columns, you can also create an &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt; environment for each equation you want write.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a rough and ready example of a possible solution using &lt;code&gt;array&lt;/code&gt; (Note: you have to load the &lt;code&gt;array&lt;/code&gt; package):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\[&#xA;\begin{array}{ l &gt;{\quad}l &gt;{\quad}l &gt;{\quad}l }&#xA;2.1 a)  &#xA;    &amp;&#xA;\ddot{x} = \frac{1}{m}\left(F_0+ct\right)   &#xA;        &amp;&#xA;\dot{x} = \int_{0}^{t}\frac{1}{m}\left(F_0+ct\right)\,dt = \dfrac{F_0}{m}t+\dfrac{c}{2m}t^2&#xA;            &amp;&#xA;x = \int_{0}^{t}\left(\dfrac{F_0}{m}t+\dfrac{c}{2m}t^2\right)\\[6mm]&#xA;&#xA;2.1 a)&#xA;    &amp;&#xA;\ddot{x} = \frac{1}{m}\left(F_0+ct\right)   &#xA;        &amp;&#xA;\dot{x} = \int_{0}^{t}\frac{1}{m}\left(F_0+ct\right)\,dt = \dfrac{F_0}{m}t+\dfrac{c}{2m}t^2&#xA;            &amp;&#xA;x = \int_{0}^{t}\left(\dfrac{F_0}{m}t+\dfrac{c}{2m}t^2\right)\\&#xA;&#xA;\end{array}\] &#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is elegant, simple and not too time-consuming.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2269" LastEditorUserId="2269" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-14T19:48:19.027" LastActivityDate="2010-12-14T19:48:19.027" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7110" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7075" CreationDate="2010-12-14T19:23:17.003" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The problem is that TeX's spacing table is missing a class for &lt;code&gt;/&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\&lt;/code&gt; which are binary operators without any spacing before and after. As it's not possible to add spacing classes like &lt;code&gt;\mathrel&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\mathbin&lt;/code&gt; (I hope it will be possible one day with LuaTeX), there is no perfect solution for this problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One way to emulate this spacing class is to use &lt;code&gt;\mathclose{}/\mathopen{}&lt;/code&gt;, but this will not work with &lt;code&gt;\big&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\middle&lt;/code&gt;, etc. In order to get around this problem, you need to use the TeX primitive &lt;code&gt;\delimiter&lt;/code&gt; (the LaTeX equivalent &lt;code&gt;\DeclareMathDelimiter&lt;/code&gt; won't do here because it doesn't allow to add code after it). For the slash, it is &lt;code&gt;\delimiter&quot;502F30E&lt;/code&gt;. The &lt;code&gt;&quot;&lt;/code&gt; indicates it's a hex number, the &lt;code&gt;5&lt;/code&gt; that it is of type &lt;code&gt;\mathclose&lt;/code&gt;, the &lt;code&gt;02F&lt;/code&gt; that the non extensible variant of the delimiter is in position &lt;code&gt;2F&lt;/code&gt; in the math font number &lt;code&gt;0&lt;/code&gt; (that's the &lt;code&gt;operators&lt;/code&gt; font which is used for &lt;code&gt;\sin&lt;/code&gt;, etc.), the &lt;code&gt;30E&lt;/code&gt; that the extensible version of the delimiter is in position &lt;code&gt;0E&lt;/code&gt; in the math font number &lt;code&gt;3&lt;/code&gt; (that's the font containing extensible symbols). So by using &lt;code&gt;\delimiter&quot;502F30E\mathclose{}&lt;/code&gt;, we would have something which has the correct spacing and works well with &lt;code&gt;\left&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\right&lt;/code&gt;, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are two choices now: either you define a macro containing this definition (which is the natural solution for &lt;code&gt;\backslash&lt;/code&gt;) or you want just to type &lt;code&gt;/&lt;/code&gt; and still get the correct spacing. For the first solution, you could use any macro, but if you want to use &lt;code&gt;\slash&lt;/code&gt; and keep the original definition of &lt;code&gt;\slash&lt;/code&gt; in text mode, you could use something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand*{\@old@slash}{}\let\@old@slash\slash&#xA;\def\slash{\relax\ifmmode\delimiter&quot;502F30E\mathopen{}\else\@old@slash\fi}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\def\backslash{\delimiter&quot;526E30F\mathopen{}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;$E\slash\sim$ $\left.E\middle\slash\sim\right.$&#xA;&#xA;$H\backslash G\slash K$ $\left.H\middle\backslash G\middle\slash K\right.$&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you prefer the second solution, you must make &lt;code&gt;/&lt;/code&gt; active in math mode (in text mode, it will remain normal). It's a bit tricky if you want it to work well with babel packages which also mess with active characters. The following is adapted from code used by the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.math.bme.hu/latex/magyar_pre_tug2004.pdf#page=28&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;magyar language babel module&lt;/a&gt; for their factorial:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%&#xA;&#xA;% Define \addto if it doesn't exists&#xA;&#xA;\@ifundefined{addto}{\def\addto#1#2{%&#xA;  \ifx#1\@undefined&#xA;    \def#1{#2}%&#xA;  \else&#xA;    \ifx#1\relax&#xA;      \def#1{#2}%&#xA;    \else&#xA;      {\toks@\expandafter{#1#2}%&#xA;        \xdef#1{\the\toks@}}%&#xA;    \fi&#xA;  \fi&#xA;}}{}&#xA;&#xA;% Command to add commands &quot;at every math formula&quot; which&#xA;% takes into account the package nath.&#xA;% Adapted from:&#xA;%   http://www.math.bme.hu/latex/magyar_pre_tug2004.pdf#page=28&#xA;&#xA;\def\addto@every@math{%&#xA;  \expandafter\addto\csname \expandafter\ifx&#xA;  \csname mathoptions@on\endcsname\relax % detect nath.sty&#xA;  check@mathfonts\else mathoptions@on\fi\endcsname&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% Command to define a single character even when it is not active&#xA;% with a lowercase trick&#xA;&#xA;\def\active@def#1{%&#xA;  \begingroup\lccode`\~=`#1\relax\lowercase{\endgroup\def~}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% Command to change the definition of #1 into #2 ; beware of cyclic&#xA;% behaviours when using this to redefine characters like !, :, or ;&#xA;% Adapted from:&#xA;%   http://www.math.bme.hu/latex/magyar_pre_tug2004.pdf#page=28&#xA;&#xA;\def\fixmathspacing#1#2{%&#xA;  \addto@every@math{%&#xA;    \catcode`#1=12 \mathcode`#1=&quot;8000&#xA;    \active@def#1{#2}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatother %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%&#xA;&#xA;\fixmathspacing{/}{\mathclose{}\mathchar&quot;013D\mathopen{}}&#xA;&#xA;\def\backslash{\delimiter&quot;526E30F\mathopen{}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;$E/\sim$ $\left.E\middle/\sim\right.$&#xA;&#xA;$H\backslash G/ K$ $\left.H\middle\backslash G\middle/ K\right.$&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The macro &lt;code&gt;\fixmathspacing&lt;/code&gt; should work with any math character you want (semi-colon, etc.), just beware of cyclic redefinitions as mentioned in the comments of the code (using &lt;code&gt;\delimiter&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\mathchar&lt;/code&gt; is safe).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One last thing: if you want to specify the height of the slash or backslash, neither &lt;code&gt;\big&lt;/code&gt; nor &lt;code&gt;\bigm&lt;/code&gt; will produce the right spacing (unlike &lt;code&gt;\middle&lt;/code&gt;) so you should probably also define a new &lt;code&gt;\big&lt;/code&gt; variant, called for example &lt;code&gt;\bign&lt;/code&gt; (&lt;code&gt;n&lt;/code&gt; standing for &lt;code&gt;no space&lt;/code&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/zYmtC.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\bign#1{\mathclose{\hbox{$\left#1\vbox to8.5\p@{}\right.\n@space$}}\mathopen{}}&#xA;\def\Bign#1{\mathclose{\hbox{$\left#1\vbox to11.5\p@{}\right.\n@space$}}\mathopen{}}&#xA;\def\biggn#1{\mathclose{\hbox{$\left#1\vbox to14.5\p@{}\right.\n@space$}}\mathopen{}}&#xA;\def\Biggn#1{\mathclose{\hbox{$\left#1\vbox to17.5\p@{}\right.\n@space$}}\mathopen{}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{center}\begin{tabular}{lccccl}&#xA;\verb&quot;\big&quot; &amp;amp; $E\big/\sim$ &amp;amp; $E\Big/\sim$ &amp;amp; $E\bigg/\sim$ &amp;amp; $E\Bigg/\sim$ &amp;amp; too much space after \\&#xA;\verb&quot;\bigm&quot; &amp;amp; $E\bigm/\sim$ &amp;amp; $E\Bigm/\sim$ &amp;amp; $E\biggm/\sim$ &amp;amp; $E\Biggm/\sim$&amp;amp; too much space before \\&#xA;\verb&quot;\bign&quot; &amp;amp; $E\bign/\sim$ &amp;amp; $E\Bign/\sim$ &amp;amp; $E\biggn/\sim$ &amp;amp; $E\Biggn/\sim$ &amp;amp; correct spacing \\&#xA;\end{tabular}\end{center}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1973" LastActivityDate="2010-12-14T19:23:17.003" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7111" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7244" CreationDate="2010-12-14T19:40:13.923" Score="3" ViewCount="103" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using the &lt;code&gt;harvard&lt;/code&gt; package from CTAN to typeset my document. E.g.,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\usepackage{harvard}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;...&#xA;\bibliographystyle{apsr}&#xA;\bibliography{mybib}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I add information about what pages my citation appear. Can I do this while using &lt;code&gt;apsr&lt;/code&gt;relatively easily?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2408" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-06T10:24:21.763" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T10:24:21.763" Title="Showing what pages citations appear using the harvard style file" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;harvard-referencing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7112" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="341" CreationDate="2010-12-14T19:46:21.640" Score="-1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have made several conference posters using LaTeX, but I have stopped. If you can, you should absolutely try to use more visual software. Even PowerPoint is better than LaTeX.  LaTeX isn't made for designing posters (or presentations) and it shows.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2408" LastActivityDate="2010-12-14T19:46:21.640" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="7113" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7114" CreationDate="2010-12-14T19:50:24.987" Score="3" ViewCount="178" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a book I'm laying out in pdflatex. The page numbers are on the outer corners of the pages (along with some other header and footer stuff.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Occasionally, the document has a full-page image inserted like a plate, where that page has no style at all, just the image.  The catch is that these pages also shouldn't be counted for page numbers, so that you get&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;page 54&#xA;page with image&#xA;page 55&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've got it skipping the page for page numbering purposes, but it doesn't skip the page for determining whether it's a right or left handed page, which means that after an image page the page numbers seem to jump from the outer corners to the inner corners.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The code I'm using is this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%end of page 54&#xA;&#xA;\newpage&#xA;\thispagestyle{empty}&#xA;%insert image&#xA;\newpage&#xA;\setcounter{page}{55}&#xA;&#xA;%begin page 55 content&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(with the details of inserting the page hand-waved away since each image is a slightly different size and needs unique handling.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(And the outer margin is close enough to the gutter margin that I can't tell if the margins are correctly flip-flopping as well, but I &lt;em&gt;think&lt;/em&gt; they are.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, how do I tell TeX to keep the page numbers in the right place after skipping a page?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2412" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-14T22:32:24.553" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T10:30:21.357" Title="Correctly skipping pages for page numbering" Tags="&lt;page-numbering&gt;&lt;page-style&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="7114" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7113" CreationDate="2010-12-14T20:16:00.173" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In a twoside layout even pages are always on the right side and odd pages on the left side. If you inserts one unnumbered page this get out of sync. So you must also insert its (unnumbered) back.   &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-12-14T20:16:00.173" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7115" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7121" CreationDate="2010-12-14T21:03:30.337" Score="10" ViewCount="120" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have, in different overlying slides in a Beamer presentation, the letter y, in equation mode, being changed by \alert{z}. To create the overly I am using &lt;code&gt;\only&amp;lt;1&amp;gt;{}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\only&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;{}&lt;/code&gt;, so that the only change is that letter being changed. It seems to be that the two letters take different space and then the rest of the equation moves around when one passes from one slide to the other. &#xA;How to solve this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="574" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T14:04:24.677" Title="A letter in the same space as another" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="7116" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7125" CreationDate="2010-12-14T21:11:23.000" Score="1" ViewCount="245" Body="&lt;p&gt;Why I need to do this? I'n writting my diploma in laTeX and almost finish them, but I want to use in graph labels and legend the same font that LateX uses.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As I know, the default LaTeX font in CM, so I opened example font from /usr/share/texmf/fonts/type1/public/cm-super and /usr/share/texmf/fonts/type1/public/cm-unicode in fon viewer and expect that they support cyrillic.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Next, according to &lt;a href=&quot;http://gnuplot.sourceforge.net/demo_4.0/fontfile.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://gnuplot.sourceforge.net/demo_4.0/fontfile.html&lt;/a&gt;, I changed mu gnuplot script:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;set encoding utf8&#xA;set terminal postscript eps enhanced size 8in,5.4in fontfile &quot;./sfci0900.pfb&quot; &quot;SFCI0900&quot; 30&#xA;&#xA;set output &quot;./graph_new_font.eps&quot;&#xA;&#xA;set xlabel &quot;{/SFCI0900 z/L_d}&quot;&#xA;set xrange [0:0.1]&#xA;set ylabel &quot;{/SFCI0900 Пиковая интенсивность}&quot;&#xA;set yrange [0:10]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I view produces EPS with Evince, but only &quot;z/L_d&quot; font have changed, but ylabel is empty. :( IDIW?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2380" LastActivityDate="2010-12-14T23:12:13.840" Title="Use unicode font for cyrillic in gnuplot" Tags="&lt;unicode&gt;&lt;gnuplot&gt;&lt;cyrillic&gt;&lt;eps&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7117" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7118" CreationDate="2010-12-14T21:41:19.227" Score="4" ViewCount="224" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a few questions about tables that are probably pretty basic. Here is the code for my table.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{table}&#xA;  \begin{tabular}{| r | l | l |}&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    \textbf{Species} &amp;amp; \textbf{Abbrev.} &amp;amp; \textbf{Common Name} \\ \hline&#xA;    \textit{Arabidopsis thaliana} &amp;amp; At &amp;amp; Thale cress \\&#xA;    \textit{Oryza sativa} &amp;amp; Os &amp;amp; Rice \\&#xA;    \textit{Brachypodium distachyon} &amp;amp; Bd &amp;amp; Purple false brome \\&#xA;    \textit{Glycine max} &amp;amp; Gm &amp;amp; Soybean \\&#xA;    \textit{Vitis vinifera} &amp;amp; Vv &amp;amp; Grape \\&#xA;    \textit{Sorghum bicolor} &amp;amp; Sb &amp;amp; Sorghum \\&#xA;    \textit{Medicago truncatula} &amp;amp; Mt &amp;amp; Barrel clover \\&#xA;    \textit{Zea mays} &amp;amp; Zm &amp;amp; Maize \\ \hline&#xA;  \end{tabular}&#xA;  \caption{This study presents a comprehensive analysis of the intron distribution in these 8 model plant species.}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here are my questions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;How do I change the alignment of the first row of headers (center) without affecting the alignment of the subsequent rows?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;How to I add space between the bottom of the table and the caption? The caption text is right up against the bottom of the table.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;How do I horizontally center this table in the available space? I tried the &lt;code&gt;\begin{center}&lt;/code&gt; environment but that did not work.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1917" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-03T19:10:00.450" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T19:10:00.450" Title="Basic table questions" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;floats&gt;&lt;alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="4" />
  <row Id="7118" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7117" CreationDate="2010-12-14T21:46:21.797" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;It's a bit of a hack, but you could use the &lt;code&gt;multirow&lt;/code&gt; package, and just use a multicolumn with colspan 1 that centers its content.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Why not just add another table row? Again, using the &lt;code&gt;multirow&lt;/code&gt; package you can alter the column separators for a single row - in this case removing them and just adding a row of whitespace.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Add \centering at the top of your table float:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{table}&#xA;\centering&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="223" LastEditorUserId="223" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-15T13:11:22.293" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T13:11:22.293" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="7119" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7117" CreationDate="2010-12-14T21:59:27.510" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The usual cause of tables not centering is an overfull &lt;code&gt;\hbox&lt;/code&gt;. Search this site for questions about centering and you should find some solutions.  This one: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/2319/1402&quot;&gt;Center flow chart horizontally&lt;/a&gt; is pretty useful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-15T03:30:03.657" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T03:30:03.657" />
  <row Id="7120" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7122" CreationDate="2010-12-14T22:00:28.077" Score="3" ViewCount="76" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am writing some document which contains Cg (C for Graphics) code in the document. I want to show the code in a neat highlighted mode. Any easy method to suggest? I tried the listings package but it doesn't support Cg language.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2418" LastActivityDate="2010-12-14T22:52:39.173" Title="Cg Code in Latex" Tags="&lt;highlighting&gt;&lt;code&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7121" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7115" CreationDate="2010-12-14T22:16:27.647" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;When you change a letter to another, two things may change: the depth and/or height and the width. For the depth/height, you can just use &lt;code&gt;\vphantom{...}&lt;/code&gt;. For the width, you must do measurements to know which is widest and then put each in a box of the appropriate size.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For convenience, here's a little macro which does all this automatically:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage{calc}&#xA;\usepackage{mathtools}&#xA;\newlength{\letterwidth}&#xA;\newcommand{\mathmakeboxlargestof}[3]{%&#xA;% #1 = first symbol&#xA;% #2 = second symbol&#xA;% #3 = what is printed&#xA;  \setlength{\letterwidth}{\maxof{\widthof{$#1$}}{\widthof{$#2$}}}%&#xA;  \mathmakebox[\letterwidth]{\vphantom{#1}\vphantom{#2}#3}%&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}{Title}&#xA;$x+\only&amp;lt;1&amp;gt;{\mathmakeboxlargestof{y}{\alert{z}}{y}}\only&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;{\mathmakeboxlargestof{y}{\alert{z}}{\alert{z}}}=1$&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The macro &lt;code&gt;\mathmakeboxlargestof&lt;/code&gt; takes as first argument the first letter (e.g. &lt;code&gt;y&lt;/code&gt;), as second argument the second letter (e.g. &lt;code&gt;\alert{z}&lt;/code&gt;) and as third argument what you want to be printed (e.g. &lt;code&gt;y&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\alert{z}&lt;/code&gt; or whatever else you like).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1973" LastEditorUserId="1973" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-15T08:20:06.860" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T08:20:06.860" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7122" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7120" CreationDate="2010-12-14T22:52:39.173" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;OK, I found the solution to my own question. I defined the Cg language using the following code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\lstdefinelanguage{cg}{&#xA;    morekeywords={void, float, float2, float4, float4,&#xA;        float4x4, POSITION, TEXCOORD0, out, uniform},&#xA;    morecomment=[l]{//}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some notes:&lt;br&gt;&#xA; 1. The 'morekeywords' specify the keywords of the language. Obviously, there are many more keywords in the Cg language, but I used the ones I need.&lt;br&gt;&#xA; 2. The 'morecomment' is used to specify commenting styles in the language. Cg language use the same style as C language.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then I used the following code to make some customization:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\lstset{&#xA;    language=cg,&#xA;    tabsize=2,&#xA;    basicstyle=\ttfamily\scriptsize,&#xA;    keywordstyle=\color{blue},&#xA;    commentstyle=\color{green}\scriptsize,&#xA;    stringstyle=\color{green},&#xA;    showstringspaces=false,&#xA;    breaklines=true&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, including my code in the document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\lstinputlisting[language=cg]{VertexProgram.cg}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Don't forget to include the listings package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hope that helps!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2418" LastActivityDate="2010-12-14T22:52:39.173" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7123" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7143" CreationDate="2010-12-14T23:07:30.937" Score="2" ViewCount="170" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I read a pdf book in my iPod touch using iBook software in landscape mode, I must zoom in each page manually. It means if I proceed to each page, I must zoom in until the left-right margins get aligned with the left-right margins of the display--- approximately 1/2 of a page will be displayed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My idea is to divide each page in my book into 2 pages of A5. I hope I can do this for all pages automatically because doing it manually for more than 500 pages becomes tedious.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a package to do that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-15T00:40:17.113" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T08:50:49.170" Title="Is there a package to divide pages of A4 to 2 pages of A5 each?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;paper-size&gt;&lt;crop&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7124" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7113" CreationDate="2010-12-14T23:09:13.733" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;This answer does what you want, but it has nasty side effects, which may be hard to fix. Page references (e.g. in table of contents) will be messed up.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Use the fancyhdr package to set the header so that it displays the page number minus the number of plates that have been encountered.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\documentclass[twoside]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;&#xA;\newcounter{displaypage}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\mypageno}{%&#xA; \setcounter{displaypage}{\thepage}&#xA; \addtocounter{displaypage}{\thestepback}&#xA; \thedisplaypage&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;\fancyhead[LO,RE]{\mypageno}&#xA;\fancyhead[LE,RO]{}&#xA;\fancyfoot{}&#xA;&#xA;\newcounter{stepback}&#xA;\setcounter{stepback}{0}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\platepage}{%&#xA;  \thispagestyle{empty}&#xA;  This is a plate page.&#xA;  \addtocounter{stepback}{-1}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;A \eject&#xA;B \eject&#xA;C \eject&#xA;\platepage \eject&#xA;E \eject&#xA;F \eject&#xA;\platepage \eject&#xA;G \eject&#xA;H \eject&#xA;I&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2417" LastEditorUserId="2417" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-14T23:48:29.987" LastActivityDate="2010-12-14T23:48:29.987" />
  <row Id="7125" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7116" CreationDate="2010-12-14T23:12:13.840" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This may be a bit of overkill, but it is the only way I can think of that might be able to accomplish what you want:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;set terminal fig metric textspecial color;&#xA;set output &quot;./graph_new_font.fig&quot;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That will output the &lt;code&gt;gnuplot&lt;/code&gt; image to an &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.xfig.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;xfig&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; image.  Next, you can use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://kogs-www.informatik.uni-hamburg.de/~meine/software/figpy/#fig2tikz&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;fig2tikz&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; script to conver the &lt;code&gt;.fig&lt;/code&gt; file into a &lt;a href=&quot;http://sourceforge.net/projects/pgf/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TikZ&lt;/a&gt; image:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;fig2tikz ./graph_new_font.fig &amp;gt; ./graph_new_font.tikz&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, you can then insert that image into your LaTeX document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\input{graph_new_font.tikz}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(make sure to &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{tikz}&lt;/code&gt; in your preamble, of course).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using this method, &lt;em&gt;all&lt;/em&gt; of the text in your &lt;code&gt;gnuplot&lt;/code&gt; image will be rendered by LaTeX itself; no need to mess with fonts.  In the &lt;code&gt;gnuplot&lt;/code&gt; file, just type the labels and legends as if you were writing them in LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="737" LastActivityDate="2010-12-14T23:12:13.840" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7126" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7127" CreationDate="2010-12-14T23:15:31.423" Score="5" ViewCount="138" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a macro that I want to run just before every new beamer frame. I could just a define &lt;code&gt;myframe&lt;/code&gt; environment that runs the macro then starts a standard frame, but I'd rather do it differently if I can.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Beamer has neat &lt;code&gt;\AtBeginSection&lt;/code&gt; functionality, but am I right in thinking there's no such analogue like &lt;code&gt;\AtBeginFrame&lt;/code&gt;...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And would the situation be different if I actually wanted to do something before setting each &lt;em&gt;slide&lt;/em&gt;? [Edit: I asked this last part as a &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/7427/215&quot;&gt;separate question&lt;/a&gt;]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-20T14:34:15.257" LastActivityDate="2010-12-20T14:34:15.257" Title="Run a macro before the start of each frame/slide?" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7127" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7126" CreationDate="2010-12-14T23:26:58.113" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the patching facilities of &lt;code&gt;etoolbox&lt;/code&gt; to patch &lt;code&gt;\frame&lt;/code&gt; to do what you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since &lt;code&gt;\frame&lt;/code&gt; is parameterless, it'd seem like you want to do&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\preto\frame{\foo}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This will cause &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt; to happen before the frame.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want things to happen after all of the argument processing, it's significantly more complex because it appears that beamer follows lots of different paths. (I sort of gave up after &lt;code&gt;\beamer@@@@frame&lt;/code&gt; which then sets &lt;code&gt;\beamer@howtotreatframe&lt;/code&gt; in a bunch of different ways depending on some conditions.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a simple example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage{etoolbox}&#xA;\preto\frame{\typeout{Starting new frame.}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;asdf&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;asdf&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-15T15:13:31.953" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T15:13:31.953" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7128" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7117" CreationDate="2010-12-14T23:34:08.770" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Thomas's suggestion of using &lt;code&gt;\multicolumn&lt;/code&gt; is the right way to go for the first question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the second, you could use the &lt;code&gt;caption&lt;/code&gt; package. In particular the &lt;code&gt;skip&lt;/code&gt; option controls the vertical space between the table and the caption.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the third, &lt;code&gt;\centering&lt;/code&gt; is the right way to go, but as Matthew pointed out, if your table is too wide, it won't be centered. One way to solve this is to do something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\hbox to\linewidth{\hfil\begin{tabular}{...} ... \end{tabular}\hfil}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, for the question you didn't ask, you should consider reading the &lt;code&gt;booktabs&lt;/code&gt; documentation. I've found that it produces nicer looking tables than you get using the LaTeX defaults. It also contains a number of helpful rules to making publication-quality tables such as never use vertical rules and never use doubled rules.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-12-14T23:34:08.770" />
  <row Id="7129" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7190" CreationDate="2010-12-14T23:59:59.847" Score="2" ViewCount="161" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've typeset a very wide table using &lt;code&gt;longtable&lt;/code&gt; and rotating all the cells. As a consequence, if I want to place a &quot;right&quot; header, it ought to be in the bottom of the right margin, with the text rotated. I've been looking at some combination of &lt;code&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;rotating&lt;/code&gt;, but can't get it to work. Rotating the text isn't the problem, but how does one place text at the bottom of a side margin?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Right now I have&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pagestyle{fancy} &#xA;\lhead{}&#xA;\chead{}&#xA;\rhead{}&#xA;\lfoot{}&#xA;\cfoot{}&#xA;\rfoot{\begin{turn}{-90}\parbox{2in}{test \\ line two}\end{turn}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which, of course, doesn't actually end up in the side margin.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1345" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T22:09:20.747" Title="Rotated text in side margin" Tags="&lt;rotating&gt;&lt;fancyhdr&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="7130" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7123" CreationDate="2010-12-15T01:11:03.237" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is very much not a pretty solution, but, given that you know the number of pages, you could use a combination of the &lt;code&gt;forloop&lt;/code&gt; package and &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt;. As a small example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcounter{pg} &#xA;\forloop{pg}{1}{\value{ct} &amp;lt; 5}% {%&#xA;\includegraphics[width=\textwidth,clip,viewport=0mm 0mm 210mm 148mm,page=pg]{thingy.pdf}&#xA;\pagebreak&#xA;\includegraphics[width=\textwidth,clip,viewport=0mm 148mm 210mm 207mm,page=\value{pg}]{thingy.pdf}&#xA;} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A better solution than the for loop would be to use the &lt;code&gt;pdfpages&lt;/code&gt; package somehow, but I could not see how to do it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1345" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T01:11:03.237" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7131" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7623" CreationDate="2010-12-15T01:21:41.780" Score="1" ViewCount="237" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using the following code to get oldstyle (arabic) numbers in the headings make the preamble page numbers (in roman) to disappear. Here's a minimal working example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\usepackage{lmodern}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage{multicol}&#xA;\usepackage{textcomp}&#xA;\usepackage{pdfpages}&#xA;&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;\fancyhead[LE]{\oldstylenums{\thepage}}&#xA;\fancyhead[RO]{\oldstylenums{\thepage}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\frontmatter&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;\mainmatter&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you can see, in the frontmatter, there is no pagination on the headings (although there's still pagination at the bottom). Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="877" LastEditorUserId="877" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-15T17:00:30.060" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T09:52:04.840" Title="Oldstyle (arabic) numbers in headings remove roman pagination" Tags="&lt;header-footer&gt;&lt;page-numbering&gt;&lt;oldstylenums&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7132" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7240" CreationDate="2010-12-15T02:33:34.337" Score="2" ViewCount="187" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi Folks,&#xA;I'm completely new to LaTeX. I've downloaded LyX 1.6.8 which uses MiKTeX 2.9, so there is probably some markup which is not required. When I create a PDF from this a bitmap font of AMSFonts is used.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I uncomment &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{palatino}&lt;/code&gt; (&lt;strong&gt;EDIT&lt;/strong&gt; like it is below) the font is smooth, so I guess this has to be the problem. According to the documentation of AMSFonts the type 1 font is included. It just seems it's not used.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks for your time!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%% LyX 1.6.8 created this file.  For more info, see [Link removed].&#xA;%% Do not edit unless you really know what you are doing.&#xA;\documentclass[ngerman]{scrartcl}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;\setcounter{secnumdepth}{2}&#xA;\setcounter{tocdepth}{2}&#xA;\usepackage{color}&#xA;\usepackage{babel}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{wrapfig}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{setspace}&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}&#xA;\onehalfspacing&#xA;\usepackage[unicode=true, &#xA;bookmarks=true,bookmarksnumbered=false,bookmarksopen=false,&#xA;breaklinks=false,pdfborder={0 0 0},backref=false,colorlinks=true]&#xA;{hyperref}&#xA;\hypersetup{pdftitle={My Title}}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% User specified LaTeX commands.&#xA;% This file was converted to LaTeX by Writer2LaTeX ver. 1.0.2&#xA;% see [Link removed] for more info&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{amsfonts}\usepackage{array}\usepackage{hhline}&#xA;\usepackage{palatino}&#xA;\title{My Title}&#xA;\author{Mene}&#xA;\date{2010-12-14T21:45:48.12}&#xA;&#xA;\@ifundefined{showcaptionsetup}{}{%&#xA;\PassOptionsToPackage{caption=false}{subfig}}&#xA;\usepackage{subfig}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\title{My Title}&#xA;&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;&#xA;\section{Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet}&#xA;&#xA;Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam&#xA;nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat,&#xA;sed diam voluptua. At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et&#xA;ea rebum. Stet clita kasd gubergren, no sea takimata sanctus est Lorem&#xA;ipsum dolor sit amet. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing&#xA;elitr, sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore&#xA;magna aliquyam erat, sed diam voluptua. At vero eos et accusam et&#xA;justo duo dolores et ea rebum. Stet clita kasd gubergren, no sea takimata&#xA;sanctus est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2516" LastEditorUserId="117" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-15T15:44:56.003" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T19:39:30.447" Title="amsfonts become pixelated in PDF" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;pdf&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7133" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7166" CreationDate="2010-12-15T02:41:39.370" Score="4" ViewCount="233" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do I draw two parallel arrows having the same domain and the same codomain in a commutative diagram with TikZ? For that matter, how do I draw any sort of parallel paths between two nodes? Do I need to explicitly shift the two paths myself? And if so how?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2517" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T16:49:38.040" Title="How do I draw parallel arrows in commutative diagrams with TikZ?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;diagrams&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="7134" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-15T04:00:27.413" Score="5" ViewCount="74" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to make &lt;code&gt;\newcount&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\newtoks&lt;/code&gt;, etc. respect grouping, so that, e.g., &lt;code&gt;\newcount\temp\temp=2{\newcount\temp\temp=1}\showthe\temp&lt;/code&gt; gives 2 (instead of 0)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Relatedly, is it possible to undefine a register so that the appropriate &lt;code&gt;\new&lt;/code&gt; command (&lt;code&gt;\newcount&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\newtoks&lt;/code&gt;, etc.) will use it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2066" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T07:02:20.787" Title="Making register declarations local, Undefining a register (count, toks, etc.)" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;lengths&gt;&lt;token-lists&gt;&lt;glue&gt;&lt;dimen&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="7135" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7134" CreationDate="2010-12-15T04:29:44.767" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is no way to do that without reimplementing the various &lt;code&gt;\newX&lt;/code&gt;. Actually, the majority of the allocation is done by a single macro &lt;code&gt;\alloc@&lt;/code&gt;, so I suppose you'd just need to reimplement that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That said, with the use of &amp;epsilon;-TeX, a document has access to many more registers than the 256 per class that one gets with TeX. So it doesn't really hurt for each package to allocate several private registers for its own use.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, even though the allocation is global, the use can be local, so with appropriate uses of &lt;code&gt;\begingroup&lt;/code&gt;/&lt;code&gt;\endgroup&lt;/code&gt;, one can generally use just a few registers to hold many values at the same time.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T04:29:44.767" />
  <row Id="7136" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7139" CreationDate="2010-12-15T05:23:03.463" Score="3" ViewCount="120" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Background&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Would like to use values from macros that reference other macros (n-levels deep) and apply their values to the &lt;code&gt;\path&lt;/code&gt; command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Problem&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Scenario A) The following works:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{url}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*{\filename}[1]{\expandafter\path\expandafter{#1}}&#xA;\newcommand*{\filephpdemo}{index.php}&#xA;&#xA;\path{c:\programs\Apache\htdocs\}\filename{\filephpdemo}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Result:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;c:\programs\Apache\htdocs\index.php&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Scenario B) This fails:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*{\dirname}[1]{\expandafter\path\expandafter{#1}}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*{\dirhomeapachehttp}{c:\programs\Apache\}&#xA;\newcommand*{\dirhomeapachehttpdocs}{\dirhomeapachehttp\docs\}&#xA;&#xA;\dirname{\dirhomeapachehttpdocs}\filename{\filephpdemo}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Actual result is an error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; Missing }.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Scenario C) This fails:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*{\dirhomeapachehttp}{c:\programs\Apache\}&#xA;\newcommand*{\dirhomeapachehttpdocs}{c:\programs\Apache\hdtocs}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Actual result:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;c:\programs \Apache \htdocs index.php&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Question&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can the &lt;code&gt;\path&lt;/code&gt; command be used to expand and use the value of &lt;code&gt;\dirhomeapachehttpdocs&lt;/code&gt; from Scenario B?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Related&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/6897/alternatives-to-backslash&quot;&gt;Alternatives to $\backslash$&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/6938/using-nameref-within-path&quot;&gt;Using \nameref within \path&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2148" LastEditorUserId="2148" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-15T14:45:32.100" LastActivityDate="2010-12-18T04:09:25.837" Title="Expand directory names using nested macro definitions" Tags="&lt;url&gt;&lt;path&gt;&lt;expandafter&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="7137" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7134" CreationDate="2010-12-15T05:47:45.323" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/eplain/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Eplain&lt;/a&gt; comes with &lt;code&gt;\innernewcount&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\innernewtoks&lt;/code&gt; etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T05:47:45.323" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7138" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7134" CreationDate="2010-12-15T07:02:20.787" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In addition to TH.'s comments, I'd point out that the &lt;code&gt;etex&lt;/code&gt; package for LaTeX does include functions such as &lt;code&gt;\loctoks&lt;/code&gt; for doing a local definition. This has two parts:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Creating the new name only within the current group&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Setting the tracking number for allocations locally&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That's not quite the same as your request, but I think it would be quite possible to use it as the basis for what you want. You'd do something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  \let#1\undefined&#xA;  \loc&amp;lt;thing&amp;gt;#1&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So that the global definition was temporarily removed, meaning that the allocator would then create a new local version pointing to a different register.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the question of freeing up a register, undefining the name is easy enough. The problem is the tracking number. You could just decrease it by 1, but it's quite likely that other allocations will have taken place between setting up the register you are interested in and deleting it again. It would be possible to do this by extending the allocation system to include a list of freed registers, and checking this list before the main tracking number. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the work on &lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt;, we did try out local allocation of registers, but decided in the end it did not really work so well in TeX. In most languages, a local variable is local to some function. So you can nest functions knowing that multiple 'new' variables with the same name can be created. That is not the case in TeX, where local means 'within the current group'. The need to watch groups, rather than functions, seemed overall to make it less useful to have locally-declared variables. Of course, using grouping to have local &lt;em&gt;values&lt;/em&gt; is very much day  to day TeX programming.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T07:02:20.787" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7139" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7136" CreationDate="2010-12-15T07:08:15.303" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The problem here is that &lt;code&gt;\&lt;/code&gt; means something to TeX. When you write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*\dirhomeapachehttp{c:\programs\Apache}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(note I omitted the trailing slash), you're telling TeX that &lt;code&gt;\dirhomeapachehttp&lt;/code&gt; is a macro that expands to 4 tokens: the two character tokens &lt;code&gt;c&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;:&lt;/code&gt; and two control sequence tokens &lt;code&gt;\programs&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\Apache&lt;/code&gt;. This is not what you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One possibility is to make a new command that lets you define a macro that expands to the directory. I wrote such a command (see below), but it occurred to me that the &lt;code&gt;url&lt;/code&gt; package already has such a command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\urldef\dirhomeapachehttp\path{c:\programs\Apache\}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now your Scenario B becomes&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\dirhomeapachehttp\filename{\filephpdemo}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Just in case you were curious, here's what I came up with for a similar macro to the &lt;code&gt;\urldef&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{&#xA;\catcode`\^0&#xA;\catcode`\\12&#xA;^gdef^dirsep{\}&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand*\defpath[2]{%&#xA;        \edef#1{\detokenize{#2}\dirsep}%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You use it like this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\defpath\dirhomeapachehttp{c:\programs\Apache}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This you can use with your &lt;code&gt;\dirname&lt;/code&gt; macro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;This question is starting to a feel a little bit like a moving target. Note that as per your edit, what you want is for &lt;code&gt;\&lt;/code&gt; to sometimes mean one thing (sometimes you want macro expansion) and sometimes you want it to be a directory separator.  I think probably the right thing to do here is to use &lt;code&gt;\urldef&lt;/code&gt; to define the various path components and then, if you really need to stuff them together into a single macro, use &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; where the replacement text is made up of the various components.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Something like the following.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\urldef\dirhomeapachehttp\path{c:\programs\Apache\}&#xA;\urldef\dirdocs\path{docs\}&#xA;\newcommand*\dirhomeapachehttpdocs{\dirhomeapachehttp\dirdocs}&#xA;\dirhomeapachehttpdocs\path{index.php}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-15T14:56:42.617" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T14:56:42.617" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7140" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7136" CreationDate="2010-12-15T07:08:51.900" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am not sure if your question was educational i.e, learning about &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt; or  related to a real issue you are working on. I have assumed the latter and provide below a different approach in solving the issue. I normally try to avoid &lt;code&gt;expandafter&lt;/code&gt;, if possible and try to simplify the code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have defined a &lt;code&gt;\basepath&lt;/code&gt; macro, which would normally need to be set once. You can then use the command &lt;code&gt;\fullpath&lt;/code&gt; to typeset a full path URI by only providing a filename. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{url}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\gdef\basepath{\path{c:\programs\Apache\hdtocs}}&#xA;\def\afilename#1{\path{\ #1}}&#xA;&#xA;%% examples&#xA;%&#xA;\basepath\afilename{index.php}&#xA;&#xA;\basepath\afilename{category.php}&#xA;&#xA;%% Defining a fullpath&#xA;%&#xA;\def\fullpath#1{\basepath\afilename{#1}}&#xA;&#xA;%% Example fullpath&#xA;\fullpath{another.php}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T07:08:51.900" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7141" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7144" CreationDate="2010-12-15T07:43:51.560" Score="3" ViewCount="303" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to draw an image like the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/TcwPS.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I did this using the following Tikz code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\documentclass[a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usepgflibrary{shapes.geometric}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  [hexagon/.style={regular polygon, regular polygon sides=6,&#xA;    draw, minimum size=1cm, anchor=center}]&#xA;&#xA;  \foreach \x in {0,...,2}&#xA;    \node at (\x, 5) [hexagon]{};&#xA;  \foreach \x in {0,...,3}&#xA;    \node at (\x-0.5, 4.12) [hexagon]{};&#xA;  \foreach \x in {0,...,4}&#xA;    \node at (\x-1, 3.25) [hexagon]{};&#xA;  \foreach \x in {0,...,3}&#xA;    \node at (\x-.5, 2.38) [hexagon]{};&#xA;  \foreach \x in {0,...,2}&#xA;    \node at (\x, 1.52) [hexagon]{};&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a better way to code this, using fewer manually-calculated approximations in Tikz? Also, as can be seen, the lines overlap in a weird inexact way. Can I avoid that too?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1877" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T08:56:20.193" Title="How to draw grids of geometric shapes with Tikz?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;geometry&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7142" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7141" CreationDate="2010-12-15T08:24:50.517" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Specific to your example, there is &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/6019/drawing-hexagons&quot;&gt;this similar question&lt;/a&gt;. Maybe it can be of help to you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T08:24:50.517" />
  <row Id="7143" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7123" CreationDate="2010-12-15T08:38:48.560" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I got the solution. I will use &lt;a href=&quot;http://content.wrox.com/wroxfiles/aspnetmvc-nerdinner_v2.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this pdf&lt;/a&gt; to be splitted. After downloading, I rename it as MVC.pdf.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Acrobat Reader informs me that the pdf has a width of 7.38 inches and a height of 9.25 inches.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I hope the magic numbers in the code snippet below are self-explanatory. If not, read pdfpages manual. :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pdfpages}&#xA;\usepackage[paperwidth=6.38in,paperheight=4.025in,margin=0mm]{geometry}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{multido}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\multido{\i=50+1}{10}%&#xA;{%&#xA;    \ifthenelse{\isodd{\i}}%&#xA;    {%&#xA;            \includepdf[pages=\i,trim=0.7in 4.325in 0.3in 0.9in,clip]{MVC}%&#xA;            \pagebreak          &#xA;            \includepdf[pages=\i,trim=0.7in 0.4in  0.3in 4.825in,clip]{MVC}%&#xA;    }%&#xA;    {%&#xA;            \includepdf[pages=\i,trim=0.3in 4.325in 0.7in 0.9in,clip]{MVC}%&#xA;            \pagebreak      &#xA;            \includepdf[pages=\i,trim=0.3in 0.4in  0.7in 4.825in,clip]{MVC}%&#xA;    }%&#xA;}%&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-15T08:50:49.170" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T08:50:49.170" />
  <row Id="7144" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7141" CreationDate="2010-12-15T08:56:20.193" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I realized that this question is slightly different form the drawing hexagons of yore...so, how about this solution:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usepgflibrary{shapes.geometric}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  [hexagon/.style={regular polygon, regular polygon sides=6,&#xA;    draw, minimum size=1cm, anchor=center}]&#xA;  \foreach[evaluate=\y] \y in {-2,...,2}&#xA;  {&#xA;  \pgfmathparse{5-abs{ \y }}&#xA;\foreach \x in {1,...,\pgfmathresult}&#xA;\node at (abs \y /2 +\x, sqrt 3 * \y/2) [hexagon]{};&#xA;}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which yields: &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/3FPGs.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T08:56:20.193" />
  <row Id="7145" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7133" CreationDate="2010-12-15T09:09:05.403" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;how about using a postaction?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\draw[postaction={transform canvas={yshift=-2mm},draw}]&#xA;[-&amp;gt;] (0,0) -- (1,0);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T09:09:05.403" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7146" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7132" CreationDate="2010-12-15T09:39:45.087" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;\usepackage{palatino}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;this should be \usepackage{mathpazo}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Herbert&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T09:39:45.087" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7147" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7113" CreationDate="2010-12-15T10:30:21.357" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is a non-answer, but meant seriously: Don't do it! If you have a full-page image, then it's indeed a good idea not to print a page number on that page. Nevertheless, the page should be counted. If I'd buy your book and discover the messy page numbering, I'd find it annoying.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is one case where it's good not to count the pages with images, namely if you have several pages in a row that just contain images. But this should be an even number of pages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T10:30:21.357" />
  <row Id="7148" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7150" CreationDate="2010-12-15T11:26:54.947" Score="6" ViewCount="134" Body="&lt;p&gt;I read somewhere that metafont defines vector fonts. Elsewhere it says it produces raster output. The question is, what kind of font does metafont really produce? Maybe I need to understand what vector and raster fonts really are first.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2265" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-15T14:08:33.253" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T14:08:33.253" Title="Nature of metafont output" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;metafont&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="7150" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7148" CreationDate="2010-12-15T12:33:24.900" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Fonts with MetaFont are similar to TrueType and Type1 (and OpenType) fonts. Fonts are described in terms of curves and lines but the display is always in pixels, because most used output formats are based on pixels (like screen, laser printer,...). The difference is (among many others, such as hinting) that the place where rasterization happens is different. MetaFont converts these vector fonts into bitmaps right away (the pk-files) and the other font formats are turned into pixels at the system level (like the operating system or the pdf viewer). If the bitmaps are not optimized for the current output device (which is really hard to do nowadays), the output gets ugly. This is why we only use these &quot;vector fonts&quot; today. The rasterizer knows its output device.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="243" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T12:33:24.900" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="7151" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-15T12:34:51.877" Score="3" ViewCount="140" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi, is it possible to link a bookmark to the command &lt;code&gt;\titA&lt;/code&gt; in the following example?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;    \documentclass{article}&#xA;    \usepackage{tikz}&#xA;    \usetikzlibrary{shadows}&#xA;    \newcommand{\titA}[1]{\begin{tikzpicture} \node[circle,shading=ball, ball color=red!80!white, minimum size=1cm]{#1};\end{tikzpicture}}&#xA;    \begin{document}&#xA;    \titA{blah blah}&#xA;    \end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance for any suggestions,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Arianna&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2312" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-15T18:52:01.027" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T18:52:01.027" Title="Node with tikz and bookmarks" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;nodes&gt;&lt;bookmarks&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7152" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7151" CreationDate="2010-12-15T13:35:29.317" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Well, the pdf-bookmarks that hyperref provides for chapters and sections can be produced explicitly using the command &lt;code&gt;\pdfbookmark&lt;/code&gt; from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;hyperref&lt;/a&gt;-package. Maybe like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{shadows}&#xA;\newcommand{\titA}[2]{\begin{tikzpicture} \node[circle,shading=ball, ball color=red!80!white, minimum size=1cm]{#2\pdfbookmark{#2}{#1}};\end{tikzpicture}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\titA{label}{blah blah}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2210" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T13:35:29.317" />
  <row Id="7153" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7179" CreationDate="2010-12-15T13:41:10.903" Score="2" ViewCount="78" Body="&lt;p&gt;This problem is related to my previous problem about &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/7123/is-there-a-package-to-divide-pages-of-a4-to-2-pages-of-a5-each/&quot;&gt;pdf trimming&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is the minimal code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pdfpages}&#xA;\usepackage[paperwidth=6.38in,paperheight=4.025in,margin=0mm]{geometry}&#xA;\newlength{\mylength}&#xA;\setlength{\mylength}{0.7in}&#xA;\usepackage{multido}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\multido{\i=50+1}{10}%&#xA;{%&#xA;    \ifthenelse{\isodd{\i}}%&#xA;    {%&#xA;            \includepdf[pages=\i,trim=\mylength 4.325in 0.3in 0.9in,clip]{MVC}%&#xA;            \pagebreak          &#xA;            \includepdf[pages=\i,trim=0.7in 0.4in  0.3in 4.825in,clip]{MVC}%&#xA;    }%&#xA;    {%&#xA;            \includepdf[pages=\i,trim=0.3in 4.325in 0.7in 0.9in,clip]{MVC}%&#xA;            \pagebreak      &#xA;            \includepdf[pages=\i,trim=0.3in 0.4in  0.7in 4.825in,clip]{MVC}%&#xA;    }%&#xA;}%&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The pdf file to be trimmed is available &lt;a href=&quot;http://content.wrox.com/wroxfiles/aspnetmvc-nerdinner_v2.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;. I rename the pdf as MVC.pdf and save it in the same directory in which the tex input file above is saved.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I compiled and got blank pages. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-26T15:42:57.203" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T15:42:57.203" Title="How to pass the value of \mylength to the &quot;trim&quot; option of \includepdf of pdfpages.sty?" Tags="&lt;lengths&gt;&lt;pdfpages&gt;&lt;crop&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="7154" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7151" CreationDate="2010-12-15T13:46:48.890" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/bookmark/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;bookmark&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{shadows}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage{bookmark}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\titA}[1]{%&#xA;    \bookmark[page=\value{page}]{#1}&#xA;    \begin{tikzpicture} &#xA;        \node[circle,shading=ball, ball color=red!80!white, minimum size=1cm]{#1};&#xA;    \end{tikzpicture}%&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\titA{blah blah}&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;&#xA;\titA{foo bar}&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T13:46:48.890" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7155" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6532" CreationDate="2010-12-15T14:03:09.677" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I wouldn't use a tabular for this. You will have problems with the page breaks. Also it will be difficult to adjust the spaces for the code and the output: sometimes you will probably have a small output but large code lines or the other way round. I would simply put the code and the output side by side with showexpl and use minipage+enumerate or something else to place the numbers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{showexpl}&#xA;\usepackage{pst-calendar}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;\item&#xA;\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}&#xA;\begin{LTXexample}[varwidth,pos=r,wide]&#xA;\psscalebox{0.5}{%&#xA; \psCalendar[Jahr=2006,Monat=1]}&#xA;\end{LTXexample}&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T14:03:09.677" />
  <row Id="7156" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7115" CreationDate="2010-12-15T14:04:24.677" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Philippe gave a great answer. For easier usage of his &lt;code&gt;\mathmakeboxlargestof&lt;/code&gt;, you could use the following wrapper &lt;code&gt;\replace&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage{calc}&#xA;\usepackage{mathtools}&#xA;\newlength{\letterwidth}&#xA;\newcommand{\mathmakeboxlargestof}[3]{%&#xA;    \setlength{\letterwidth}{\maxof{\widthof{$#1$}}{\widthof{$#2$}}}%&#xA;    \mathmakebox[\letterwidth]{\vphantom{#1}\vphantom{#2}#3}%&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand\replace{}&#xA;\def\replace&amp;lt;#1&amp;gt;#2#3{%&#xA;    \only&amp;lt;#1&amp;gt;{\mathmakeboxlargestof{#2}{#3}{#2}}%&#xA;    \only&amp;lt;\number\numexpr#1+1&amp;gt;{\mathmakeboxlargestof{#2}{#3}{#3}}%&#xA;    }&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}{Title}&#xA;$x + \replace&amp;lt;1&amp;gt;{y}{\alert{z}} = 1$&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The macro &lt;code&gt;\replace&lt;/code&gt; takes one number &lt;code&gt;n&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; and two further arguments. The first of these two is put on slide number &lt;code&gt;n&lt;/code&gt;, the second one on slide number &lt;code&gt;n+1&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T14:04:24.677" />
  <row Id="7158" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-12-15T14:26:44.557" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;This tag is used for questions about &lt;a href=&quot;http://unicode.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Unicode&lt;/a&gt; and its implementations. Unicode is an international standard for character encoding. &lt;a href=&quot;http://scripts.sil.org/xetex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;XeTeX&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.luatex.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LuaTeX&lt;/a&gt; provide Unicode support, thus &lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.contextgarden.net/Main_Page&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ConTeXt&lt;/a&gt; as well if using one of these engines. For &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.latex-project.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX&lt;/a&gt;, the &lt;a href=&quot;http://unicode.org/faq/utf_bom.html#utf8-1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;UTF-8&lt;/a&gt; implementation is the most common, provided by the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/inputenc&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;inputenc&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If your question is about input encodings in general, choose the tag &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/encodings&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'encodings'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;encodings&lt;/a&gt;. If it specifically concerns the &lt;code&gt;inputenc&lt;/code&gt; package, choose the &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/inputenc&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'inputenc'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;inputenc&lt;/a&gt; tag.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-15T17:50:18.973" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T17:50:18.973" />
  <row Id="7159" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-12-15T14:26:44.557" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="This tag is used for questions about Unicode and its implementations." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-20T08:07:28.567" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T08:07:28.567" />
  <row Id="7160" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7161" CreationDate="2010-12-15T15:13:57.897" Score="3" ViewCount="112" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to have an enumerate item which is surrounded by brackets. Something like this&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;[Initialization]&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but surrounding text with [ and ] makes it center aligned.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2244" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-15T16:38:00.873" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T16:38:00.873" Title="having bracket in front of an item" Tags="&lt;lists&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="7161" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7160" CreationDate="2010-12-15T15:19:14.447" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't know why that would center it, but you really should write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\item\relax[Initialization]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in order for LaTeX not to think you have an optional argument for &lt;code&gt;\item&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T15:19:14.447" />
  <row Id="7162" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7160" CreationDate="2010-12-15T15:20:48.857" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't know what you mean by centered, but &lt;code&gt;[..]&lt;/code&gt; following an &lt;code&gt;\item&lt;/code&gt; is interpreted as optional parameter to the &lt;code&gt;\item&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could use &lt;code&gt;\item{} [Initialization]&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It should not be centered. Unless you put &lt;code&gt;\[&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\]&lt;/code&gt; around it, which makes it a math formula and the letters are interpreted as variables and not text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2210" LastEditorUserId="2210" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-15T15:29:37.613" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T15:29:37.613" />
  <row Id="7163" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7165" CreationDate="2010-12-15T16:22:42.883" Score="9" ViewCount="425" Body="&lt;p&gt;I read that TikZ, PSTricks, MetaPost are 2D vector graphics packages while Asymptote is considered 3D. However I also know that you can specify 3D coordinates in say TikZ so that drawing a 3D diagram in TikZ is not merely drawing its projection onto 2D. Given these considerations, what really is meant by 2D or 3D graphics and hence the difference between them?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2265" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T13:32:08.220" Title="Real difference between 2D and 3D graphics packages" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="7164" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7168" CreationDate="2010-12-15T16:29:17.727" Score="1" ViewCount="114" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi! &#xA;I have some problems with output text color in Acrobat Reader. I have to send my work to other people and I can't change their viewers. Text looks like this (in Russian):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://i13.fastpic.ru/big/2010/1215/fc/e1bb971b8e3f21a184f48b26edbf7afc.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://i13.fastpic.ru/big/2010/1215/fc/e1bb971b8e3f21a184f48b26edbf7afc.jpg&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using miktex 2.9 and pdflatex for generating output files.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anybody know, how to change display settings (may be I have to change font or anything else)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2499" LastEditorUserId="2499" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-15T16:59:50.607" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T17:00:55.493" Title="Pale text in pdf viewer" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;color&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7165" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7163" CreationDate="2010-12-15T16:40:31.060" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;TikZ is not really a 3D package.  It provides a third dimension but in the plane of the other two.  You can give drawings some perspective to make it look like they're 3D, but that's really up to the user.  I wouldn't call something truly 3D unless I can change the viewing point in one place and have the diagram render from that point of view automatically.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a problem: take four points in three-space and draw the tetrahedron that they define.  How would you do that in TikZ?  It's easy to connect the four vertices, but depending on the viewer's perspective, some vertices and/or edges are going to be hidden by other ones.  So they should be rendered differently or not at all.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How do you determine which parts are hidden?  In this example it's probably just a linear algebra problem based on the vertices and the perspective.  But if you add something to the diagram you might occlude stuff you've already drawn.  So a systematic 3D rendering can't be done until the whole diagram is defined.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are programs like &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.frontiernet.net/~eugene.ressler/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Sketch 3D&lt;/a&gt; which allow you to define the figures, makes the calculations and outputs TikZ code.  But it doesn't come built into TikZ.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt; Herbert notified me of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/pst-solides3d&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;pst-solides3d&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package, which does 3D drawing with any viewport in PSTricks.  That means it's possible in TikZ as well, and at the rate of TikZ growth it might be built-in or provided with TikZ someday soon.  But it is a pretty complicated undertaking.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-16T13:32:08.220" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T13:32:08.220" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="7166" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7133" CreationDate="2010-12-15T16:49:38.040" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In addition to &lt;code&gt;postaction&lt;/code&gt; here are two more ways:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \node (A) at (0,0) {$A$};&#xA;    \node (B) at (1,0) {$B$};&#xA;    \draw[transform canvas={yshift=0.3ex},-&amp;gt;] (A) -- (B);&#xA;    \draw[transform canvas={yshift=-0.3ex},&amp;lt;-] (A) -- (B);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture} &#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \node (A) at (0,0) {$A$};&#xA;    \node (B) at (1,0) {$B$};&#xA;    \draw[-&amp;gt;] (A.10) -- (B.170);&#xA;    \draw[&amp;lt;-] (A.350) -- (B.190);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture} &#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that you need to use &lt;code&gt;transform canvas&lt;/code&gt; as “normal” transforms leave the nodes fixed. The &lt;code&gt;(A.10)&lt;/code&gt; syntax means a point on the boundary of A, 10 degrees counterclockwise from &lt;code&gt;(A.east)&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T16:49:38.040" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7167" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7174" CreationDate="2010-12-15T17:00:50.527" Score="4" ViewCount="199" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using &lt;code&gt;\xrightarrow{}&lt;/code&gt; in many places in my document. I want to change the tip to look like the one that gets produced by &lt;code&gt;-latex&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am trying to get a similar tip for the &lt;code&gt;\xrightarrow{}&lt;/code&gt; macro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2525" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-18T02:44:29.123" LastActivityDate="2010-12-18T02:44:29.123" Title="Change arrow head of \xrightarrow[]{}" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;arrows&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="7168" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7164" CreationDate="2010-12-15T17:00:55.493" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;That looks like a very light font, light meaning with thin strokes. Some viewers will render such fonts grayish, as a side effect of anti-aliasing. I don't think there's a whole lot you can do about it, unless you can find a heavier font.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T17:00:55.493" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7169" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7173" CreationDate="2010-12-15T17:35:02.967" Score="1" ViewCount="309" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have received several errors with MiKTeX 2.9, being portable or standard install, in which some files related to configuration, does not work well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In my laptop (Win XP, spanish), the user's configuration directory, has an accented character. Example: ..\djnavas\Configuración local\Datos de programa\MiXTeX\&#xA;and the standard install created a directory with the name changed rewriting the accented character, like in &quot;Configuraci%A5n local&quot; (not necessarily equal as in my machine).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In my office, I use portable MiKTeX from an USB.  The program works, but have the difficulty that can't rebuild the formats after pressing the button &quot;Update Formats&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The error report I copied, is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;MiKTeX Problem Report Message: Windows&#xA;  API error 5: Acceso denegado.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Data:  Source:&#xA;  Libraries\MiKTeX\Core\win\winProcess.cpp&#xA;  Line: 810&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Acceso denegado means, &quot;access denied&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This problem happened after an update of packages from a mirror, through the web.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I hope to read some ideas of what to do.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1076" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T08:00:07.297" Title="MiKTeX 2.9 portable -- Unavailable to complete the update" Tags="&lt;errors&gt;&lt;miktex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="7170" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7171" CreationDate="2010-12-15T17:55:39.330" Score="4" ViewCount="98" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have some text that I want to change colour depending on the current state of a counter. But I can't get this file to compile. (This is obviously simplified, since the texcolour command is actually part of a command defined in the preamble...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\newcounter{foo}&#xA;\setcounter{foo}{30}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\textcolor[RGB]{0,\value{foo},0}{Text in FOO colour}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I get the following error repeated:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Missing number, treated as zero.&#xA;&amp;lt;to be read again&amp;gt; &#xA;                   \&#xA;l.8 ...r[RGB]{0,\value{foo},0}{Text in FOO colour}&#xA;&#xA;! Illegal unit of measure (pt inserted).&#xA;&amp;lt;to be read again&amp;gt; &#xA;                   \&#xA;l.8 ...r[RGB]{0,\value{foo},0}{Text in FOO colour}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm sure there's some subtlety I've not grasped yet... But &lt;code&gt;\vskip \value{foo} pt&lt;/code&gt; compiles fine and gives me space depending on the value of the counter, so I can't be far off...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T13:10:34.847" Title="Change colour depending on counter" Tags="&lt;color&gt;&lt;counters&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="7171" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7170" CreationDate="2010-12-15T18:11:42.900" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Insert &lt;code&gt;\the&lt;/code&gt; before &lt;code&gt;\value&lt;/code&gt;; then it works.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As to &lt;em&gt;why&lt;/em&gt; you have to include &lt;code&gt;\the&lt;/code&gt;: The culprit is &lt;code&gt;\@onelevel@sanitize&lt;/code&gt; that is called inside &lt;code&gt;\XC@edef&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;em&gt;What??&lt;/em&gt; Let me try and explain. At some point, your &lt;code&gt;\textcolor&lt;/code&gt; command makes the call&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\XC@edef\@@clr{0,\value{foo},0}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This in turn calls&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\edef\@@tmp{0,\value{foo},0}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(with some trickery regarding active characters), thus making &lt;code&gt;\@@tmp&lt;/code&gt; contain &lt;code&gt;0,\c@foo,0&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; &lt;code&gt;0,30,0&lt;/code&gt;: The &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt; doesn't expand the counter &lt;code&gt;\c@foo&lt;/code&gt; to it contents. Immediately after this, &lt;code&gt;\XC@edef&lt;/code&gt; calls&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\@onelevel@sanitize\@@tmp&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which in turn expands to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\edef\@@tmp{\expandafter \strip@prefix \meaning \@@tmp}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And this does something horrible: It turns the 5 tokens &lt;code&gt;0,\c@foo,0&lt;/code&gt; into the 11 tokens &lt;code&gt;0,\c@foo ,0&lt;/code&gt;, i.e., the control sequence &lt;code&gt;\c@foo&lt;/code&gt; is turned into a sequence of single characters (all with catcode 12, except the space). Now you've got your explanation for the strange error message&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Missing number, treated as zero.&#xA;&amp;lt;to be read again&amp;gt; &#xA;                   \&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\&lt;/code&gt; is the first character of &lt;code&gt;\c@foo&lt;/code&gt;! And it's not a number, indeed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you could follow up to this point, then it's easy to understand why &lt;code&gt;\the&lt;/code&gt; helps out here:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\edef\@@tmp{0,\the\value{foo},0}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;makes &lt;code&gt;\@@tmp&lt;/code&gt; contain &lt;code&gt;0,30,0&lt;/code&gt;, and no evil can happen anymore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-16T13:10:34.847" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T13:10:34.847" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="7172" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6337" CreationDate="2010-12-15T18:15:17.130" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is not a bug. It is deliberate. showexpl sets quite a lot commands to \@gobble in \SX@@preset. The SX@1-label is from LTXexample itself, not from the \label{second}. You can reactivate \label:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{showexpl}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\let\orilabel\label&#xA;\begin{LTXexample}[frame=none,preset=\let\label\orilabel]&#xA;  \begin{enumerate}&#xA;  \item No need to manually number items here!&#xA;  \item\label{second} Number two added automatically&#xA;  \item Third item&#xA;  \end{enumerate}&#xA;  And here is a reference to item number \ref{second}&#xA;\end{LTXexample}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T18:15:17.130" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="7173" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7169" CreationDate="2010-12-15T18:24:46.390" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There has been a bug report with an &quot;windows API 5&quot; error. The comments say that the update of today (15.12.2010) of miktex-runtime-bin has solved the problem. (In case the update isn't yet in your mirror: Christian wrote that he has set up a temporary mirror ctan.miktex.org where you can get the update.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T18:24:46.390" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7174" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7167" CreationDate="2010-12-15T18:27:23.357" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/chemarrow&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;chemarrow&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package provides extensible arrows with such heads, for example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\autorightarrow{above}{below}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/5LH0W.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;amsmath uses &lt;code&gt;\rightarrow&lt;/code&gt; for the extensible right arrow. You could easily use &lt;code&gt;\chemarrow&lt;/code&gt; instead, changing also the fixed arrow for consistency:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{chemarrow}&#xA;\let\rightarrow\chemarrow&#xA;...&#xA;$\xrightarrow{n\rightarrow\infty}$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or patch just the amsmath extensible arrow command(s), keeping the original &lt;code&gt;\rightarrow&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand*{\rightarrowfill@}{%&#xA;  \arrowfill@\relbar\relbar\chemarrow}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/eMRcX.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-15T18:49:47.643" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T18:49:47.643" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="7175" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7131" CreationDate="2010-12-15T18:40:28.303" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;\thepage gives a roman number in the frontmatter. \oldstylenums doesn't know what to do with it. If you want a number in the header use \fancyhead[LE]{\oldstylenums{\arabic{page}}}. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T18:40:28.303" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7176" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7189" CreationDate="2010-12-15T18:42:14.280" Score="4" ViewCount="150" Body="&lt;p&gt;Given a TeX paragraph, is there any way to insert tokens at places where TeX would automatically insert line breaks (similar to \everypar?)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To give some context, I am writing a LaTeX package for typesetting programming language syntax. Given something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{format}&#xA;  Types \alpha ::= \tau | \tau \to \tau | \mu \alpha. \tau | ...&#xA;\end{format}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It should be converted to a tabularx with columns for &quot;Types&quot;, &quot;\alpha&quot;, &quot;::=&quot;, and the body of the definition (specification X). The X column is defined such that its contexts are typeset in mathmode and | is redefined to \mid. However, if the line is too long, it should wrap, and the | should appear where the ::= appeared. For example,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Types \alpha ::= \tau | \tau \to \tau&#xA;              |  \mu \alpha. \tau&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My tentative strategy is to insert an appropriate &quot;\ \multicolumn{...}&quot; sequence of tokens before every TeX linebreak, such that I can insert the | in the place where the ::= went.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any ideas? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(P.S., I don't think existing BNF packages for LaTeX can do this -- the ones I've seen require an explicit command for breaking the line and putting the | where the ::= went.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2526" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T09:35:58.667" Title="Insert tokens where TeX would put a linebreak?" Tags="&lt;line-breaking&gt;&lt;tabularx&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7177" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7182" CreationDate="2010-12-15T19:35:48.667" Score="5" ViewCount="186" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need to able to write two short lines of bold, centered, 12-point Times New Roman in an otherwise standard document (I'm using the book class with the 11pt option).  Can anyone help me?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thoughts: Since I'm using latex + dvips + ps2pdf, it seems like the simplest way to handle this would be to write a small eps file and include it as a graphic.  As a possible alternative, I seem to recall that there is some way to directly include postscript commands. Unfortunately, I am way out of my depth when it comes to writing postscript of any sort.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="484" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T22:39:49.630" Title="Two lines of 12-pt Times New Roman Bold in an otherwise standard document" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;postscript&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7179" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7153" CreationDate="2010-12-15T20:16:41.340" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\includepdf[pages=\i,trim=\mylength{} 4.325in 0.3in 0.9in,clip]{MVC}%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\includepdf[pages=\i,trim={\mylength} 4.325in 0.3in 0.9in,clip]{MVC}%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is important is that the space after &lt;code&gt;\mylength&lt;/code&gt; is not eaten by TeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1973" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T20:16:41.340" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7180" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7186" CreationDate="2010-12-15T20:42:51.883" Score="6" ViewCount="122" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do I test if a given parameter is a number, in order to apply a different style? And if not, just ignore... Like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\domorestuffifnumber{things} -&amp;gt; things&#xA;\domorestuffifnumber{123}    -&amp;gt; \emph{123}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="877" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T17:18:32.700" Title="Testing for number" Tags="&lt;conditionals&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7182" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7177" CreationDate="2010-12-15T20:51:24.900" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Why don't you just change locally the font to Times New Roman?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/21naU.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{book}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla.&#xA;\begin{center}\fontfamily{ptm}\fontsize{12pt}{14pt}\selectfont\bfseries&#xA;Two lines of centered text\\in Times New Roman 12pt&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;Bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you really  need the system font Times New Roman, you can easily access it with XeLaTeX:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{book}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla.&#xA;\begin{center}\fontspec{Times New Roman}\fontsize{12pt}{14pt}\selectfont\bfseries&#xA;Two lines of centered text\\in Times New Roman 12pt&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;Bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To use XeLaTeX, you may need to change a little your preamble (mainly things like &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[...]{intputenc}&lt;/code&gt;) but everything which worked with dvips &gt; ps2pdf should work with XeLaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1973" LastEditorUserId="1973" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-15T22:39:49.630" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T22:39:49.630" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="7183" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7180" CreationDate="2010-12-15T21:31:26.113" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\def\isnum#1{%&#xA;  \if!\ifnum9&amp;lt;1#1!\else_\fi&#xA;    \emph{#1}\else#1\fi}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\isnum{dummy}&#xA;\isnum{123}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Herbert&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T21:31:26.113" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7184" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7163" CreationDate="2010-12-15T21:34:29.977" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;pst-solides3d can handle hidden lines and surfaces&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Herbert&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T21:34:29.977" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7185" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7188" CreationDate="2010-12-15T21:37:32.890" Score="4" ViewCount="364" Body="&lt;p&gt;The pdf output generated from by Latex is usually not as clear or black as the standard documents would usually be preferred.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The search so far suggests that either the fonts used or the Ghostscript viewer may be a problem (latest is version 9.0 and Miktek comes with 8.7) but I have not found any information for making the fonts themselves have darker ink so to say. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can the pdf text be made of more clear print? Please specify the exact packages/fonts/software required.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1889" LastEditorUserId="1889" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-16T18:51:17.837" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T18:51:17.837" Title="How to make the pdf output of better print quality?" Tags="&lt;pdf&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7186" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7180" CreationDate="2010-12-15T21:40:28.003" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's a slightly flawed, but slightly more generic thing than you're asking for.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{etoolbox}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand\ifnumber[1]{%&#xA;        \begingroup&#xA;        \edef\temp{#1}%&#xA;        \expandafter\ifstrempty\expandafter{\temp}&#xA;                {\endgroup\@secondoftwo}&#xA;                {\expandafter\ifnumber@i\temp\@nnil}%&#xA;}&#xA;\def\ifnumber@i#1#2\@nnil{%&#xA;        \if-#1%&#xA;                \ifstrempty{#2}&#xA;                        {\def\temp{X}}&#xA;                        {\def\temp{#2}}%&#xA;        \else&#xA;                \def\temp{#1#2}%&#xA;        \fi&#xA;        \afterassignment\ifnumhelper&#xA;        \count@0\temp\relax\@nnil&#xA;        \endgroup&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\numrelax{\relax}%&#xA;\def\ifnumhelper#1\@nnil{%&#xA;        \def\temp{#1}%&#xA;        \ifx\temp\numrelax&#xA;                \aftergroup\@firstoftwo&#xA;        \else&#xA;                \aftergroup\@secondoftwo&#xA;        \fi&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\testnumber[1]{#1: \ifnumber{#1}{Number}{Not a number}\par}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\def\foo{-55}&#xA;\testnumber{1234}&#xA;\testnumber{\foo}&#xA;\testnumber{-}&#xA;\testnumber{}&#xA;\testnumber{1}&#xA;\testnumber{1234abc}&#xA;\testnumber{abc1234}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's slightly complicated by checking if the first token in the expansion of the argument is a &lt;code&gt;-&lt;/code&gt;. Unfortunately, it does not work if the argument is a register. (It probably doesn't work in other cases too.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But from the &lt;code&gt;\ifnumber&lt;/code&gt; macro, you should easily be about to build what you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\domorestuffifnumber[1]{\ifnumber{#1}{\emph{#1}}{#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T21:40:28.003" />
  <row Id="7187" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7185" CreationDate="2010-12-15T21:44:40.963" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Are the fonts you're using too light? Maybe using a thicker font would do what you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T21:44:40.963" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="7188" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7185" CreationDate="2010-12-15T21:54:02.603" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Standard LaTeX documents without a color package should be black and white, not somehow grayscale. Check it with different viewers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;How can the pdf text be made of more clear print?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If this means, that the text looks fuzzy, ensure that bitmap fonts aren't used. For instance, LaTeX might switch to bitmap fonts, if you use T1 encoding but your font doesn't support it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Possible Solutions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Get T1 support for the standard Computer modern fonts, i.e. install the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/cm-super&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;cm-super&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package. There's no change in the document needed.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Use a T1 supporting font instead, like the high-quality Latin Modern font, which is similar to the standard fonts: &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{lmodern}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T21:54:02.603" />
  <row Id="7189" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7176" CreationDate="2010-12-15T21:58:06.267" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;My suggestion would be to make it ragged right and then tell TeX that the | is a good place to break a line by playing around with values to &lt;code&gt;\penalty&lt;/code&gt;. Depending on how you're convincing TeX that | should be replaced by &lt;code&gt;\mid&lt;/code&gt;, you could do this with something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\mathcode`|=&quot;8000&#xA;\begingroup&#xA;\catcode`|\active&#xA;\gdef|{\penalty2000\mid\nobreak}&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{flushleft}&#xA;$AAAAAAAAAA|BBBBBBBBBBB|CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC|DDDDDDDDDDDDD&#xA;|EEEEEEEEEEEEEEE|FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF|GGGGGGGGGGGGGG|HHHHHHHHHHHHH$&#xA;\end{flushleft}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a more complete example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{colonequals}&#xA;\usepackage{tabularx}&#xA;\usepackage{calc}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\begingroup&#xA;\catcode`|\active&#xA;\gdef\setupformatpipe{%&#xA;        \mathcode`\|=&quot;8000&#xA;        \catcode`\|\active&#xA;        \def|{\penalty-1\makebox[\widthof{$\m@th{}\coloncolonequals{}$}]{$\m@th\mid$}\nobreak}%&#xA;}&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{format}&#xA;        {\setupformatpipe&#xA;         \tabularx{\linewidth}{lr@{}&amp;gt;{\raggedright\arraybackslash}X}}&#xA;        {\endtabularx}&#xA;\def\formatrow#1 #2::=#3\\{%&#xA;        #1&amp;amp;$\m@th#2$&amp;amp;$\m@th{}\coloncolonequals#3$\\&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{format}&#xA;\formatrow Types \alpha ::= \tau | \tau \to \tau | \mu \alpha. \tau |&#xA;AAAAAAAAAAAAA | BBBBBBBBBBBB | CCCCCCCCCCC | DDDDDDDDDDDDD&#xA;| EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE | FFFFFFFFFFFFFFF\\&#xA;\formatrow {} \beta ::= GGGGGGGGGGGG | HHHHHHHHHHHHHH |&#xA;IIIIIIIIIIIIIII | JJJJJJJJJJJJ | KKKKKKKKKKK | LLLLLLL\\&#xA;\end{format}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It does require the use of that &lt;code&gt;\formatrow&lt;/code&gt; macro though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-16T03:50:26.743" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T03:50:26.743" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="7190" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7129" CreationDate="2010-12-15T22:09:20.747" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It sounds like what you want to do is produce a single page in landscape. I was hoping that the &lt;code&gt;geometry&lt;/code&gt; package's &lt;code&gt;\newgeometry&lt;/code&gt; could do this, but it cannot.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd guess that the best bet would be to simply make another single page pdf that is in landscape for your table and then use &lt;code&gt;\includepdf&lt;/code&gt; from [&lt;code&gt;pdfpages&lt;/code&gt;]{http://ctan.org/pkg/pdfpages).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I guess that one alternative would be to use &lt;code&gt;\newgeometry&lt;/code&gt; in concert with a single rotation of a &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt; which contained all of the headers for that page (which you may have to just fill out yourself). Then you rotate the whole minipage and stuff it in the appropriate location. It'd take some fiddling around with though. It's also less attractive if the &lt;code&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/code&gt; stuff doesn't work and the headers have to be written by hand.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-12-15T22:09:20.747" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7191" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7193" CreationDate="2010-12-16T01:26:17.647" Score="10" ViewCount="353" Body="&lt;p&gt;Can anyone suggest a good way of formatting minutes from business meetings?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;[Update:]&lt;/strong&gt; I'm particularly looking for an easy way to have an 'action items' column at the right side, and possibly a left-most agenda column — much like printed minutes' books do.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2531" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-27T06:22:27.727" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T06:22:27.727" Title="Good method for typesetting meeting minutes?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;lists&gt;&lt;templates&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7192" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7194" CreationDate="2010-12-16T02:03:07.583" Score="4" ViewCount="217" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello all,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to write up problem sets for my programming languages class, and I want to create an environment for a certain style of proof.  Proofs in this style will have two columns, with numbering on the left (starting at 1), like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}{rc|l}  &#xA;(1) &amp;amp; Prop A &amp;amp; Justification \\  &#xA;(2) &amp;amp; Prop B &amp;amp; Justification \\  &#xA;(3) &amp;amp; Prop C &amp;amp; From (1) and (2)&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like the numbering to happen automatically, without my having to add a column (like eqnarray does, with numbering on the right), and in perfect world, I would like to be able to use references and labels to refer to conclusions, so that if I insert steps or move them around I won't have to renumber everything.  Usage would hopefully look something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{twoproof}&#xA;Prop A &amp;amp; Justification \label{A} \\&#xA;Prop B &amp;amp; Justification \label{B} \\&#xA;Prop C &amp;amp; From \ref{A} and \ref{B}&#xA;\end{twoproof}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My very simplistic first attempt was this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcounter{proofc}&#xA;\newenvironment{twoproof}{  &#xA;  \tabular{@{\stepcounter{proof} \arabic{proofc}}c|l}  &#xA;}{  &#xA;  \endtabular  &#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But not only will this not let me use &lt;code&gt;\ref&lt;/code&gt; (I think), but whenever I try to use this environment I get this error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Missing \endcsname inserted.  &#xA;&amp;lt;to be read again&amp;gt;   &#xA;               \csname\endcsname  &#xA;l.79 \begin{twoproof}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried running &lt;code&gt;\show\eqnarray&lt;/code&gt; to see if I could use that as a template, but didn't understand the output at all, and I'm not sure where to look for enlightenment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I will appreciate any help or direction that anyone might be able to provide!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit2:&lt;/strong&gt;: I figured this issue out.  I tried to get clever and wrap my &lt;code&gt;twoproof&lt;/code&gt; environments in &lt;code&gt;\begin{displaymath}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\end{displaymath}&lt;/code&gt;, and I guess this environment doesn't play well with amstex, because when I changed the way I was defining &lt;code&gt;twoproof&lt;/code&gt; and got rid of the &lt;code&gt;displaymath&lt;/code&gt;, everything started working again.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt;: While Willie Wong's answer (thankfully) solved my problem with with the missing &lt;code&gt;endcsname&lt;/code&gt;, when I try to run this example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{twoproof}&#xA;\label{step1} Prop A &amp;amp; Justification \\&#xA;\label{step2} Prop B &amp;amp; Justification \\&#xA;Prop C &amp;amp; Because \ref{step1} and \ref{step2}&#xA;\end{twoproof}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I run into this error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Package amsmath Error: Multiple \label's: label 'step1' will be lost.&#xA;&#xA;See the amsmath package documentation for explanation.&#xA;Type  H &amp;lt;return&amp;gt;  for immediate help.&#xA; ...                                              &#xA;&#xA;l.56 \label&#xA;           {step2} Prop B &amp;amp; Justification \\&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If anyone has any ideas about what might be causing this, any help will be greatly appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, as long as I'm editing the question, does anyone know how to right-justify the numbering in the table?  It's not a big deal, but I think it might look a little nicer.  I've thought very briefly about setting up a custom &lt;code&gt;\halign&lt;/code&gt;, but I don't think it's worth the effort.  If there's a (comparatively) easy solution, though, I'd love to hear it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks again!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2533" LastEditorUserId="2533" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-16T20:09:28.880" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T20:09:28.880" Title="Defining a new LaTeX environment for numbered two-column proofs" Tags="&lt;environments&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="7193" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7191" CreationDate="2010-12-16T02:28:44.120" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One good way is to use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/minutes/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;minutes&lt;/a&gt;  package. For a simple meeting though it maybe a bit of an overkill. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T02:28:44.120" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7194" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7192" CreationDate="2010-12-16T03:40:56.243" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Something &lt;code&gt;fragile&lt;/code&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4736/what-is-the-difference-between-fragile-and-robust-commands&quot;&gt;strikes again&lt;/a&gt;! Try the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcounter{proofc}&#xA;\renewcommand\theproofc{(\arabic{proofc})}&#xA;\DeclareRobustCommand\stepproofc{\refstepcounter{proofc}\theproofc}&#xA;\newenvironment{twoproof}{\tabular{@{\stepproofc}c|l}}{\endtabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There's a small bug in this though: you have to put &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt; as the first thing in your row to work. It won't work if you put in the end. So&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{twoproof}&#xA;\label{step1} Prop A &amp;amp; Justification \\&#xA;\label{step2} Prop B &amp;amp; Justification \\&#xA;Prop C &amp;amp; Because \ref{step1} and \ref{step2}&#xA;\end{twoproof}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T03:40:56.243" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7196" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7192" CreationDate="2010-12-16T04:38:49.610" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are some existing packages that may fit your needs, such as &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.logicmatters.net/latex-for-logicians/nd/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;one of these packages for Fitch-style deductions&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.rforge.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this one for Kalish-Montague style&lt;/a&gt;. I use those regularly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T04:38:49.610" />
  <row Id="7197" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7192" CreationDate="2010-12-16T05:27:26.100" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could also adapt &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/listliketab&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;listliketab&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T05:27:26.100" />
  <row Id="7198" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7200" CreationDate="2010-12-16T06:02:16.890" Score="3" ViewCount="392" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to put a &amp;amp; character in a Bibtex publisher tag. Thus far I have tried:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;&#xA;\&amp;amp;&#xA;{&amp;amp;}&#xA;{\&amp;amp;}&#xA;&quot;&amp;amp;&quot;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;with the full value enclosed in curly braces and double quotes. No matter what I do I always get a 'Misplaced alignment tab character &amp;amp;.' error. Is there some special way to do this that I'm missing?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2537" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-16T12:50:19.453" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T13:44:15.600" Title="How to escape the &amp; (ampersand) character in Bibtex?" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;syntax&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="7199" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7292" CreationDate="2010-12-16T07:33:13.750" Score="5" ViewCount="247" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are two disjoint circles. Their centers and radii are given.&#xA;Without doing extra calculations, can we draw the 4 tangent lines using PSTricks (preferred) or others?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I asked many Illustrator, Free-hand, CAD experts, they cannot do it exactly. :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T22:31:42.823" Title="Can PSTricks or others draw the 4 common tangent lines of 2 &quot;disjoint&quot; circles without having to do extra calculations?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;pstricks&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="7200" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7198" CreationDate="2010-12-16T07:40:54.257" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have no problem with &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;publisher = {Harold \&amp;amp; Maude},&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and running pdflatex and bibtex&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Herbert&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T07:40:54.257" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7201" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7206" CreationDate="2010-12-16T08:25:13.600" Score="4" ViewCount="95" Body="&lt;p&gt;Some figures in my LaTeX document I am generating with Python. Normally I manually check how wide my picture can be with &lt;code&gt;\showthe\columnwidth&lt;/code&gt; and adjust the image width accordingly. (This whole is important for not resizing text labels)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way that I can write this to a file, so I can do this magically? The &lt;code&gt;\columnwidth&lt;/code&gt; is always the same through my document, so it only has to be written once. It would be especially nice if the file is not rewritten when the value hasn't changed (good for my Makefile).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="459" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-16T10:33:19.580" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T10:33:19.580" Title="How to write the \columnwidth to an external file" Tags="&lt;write-file&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7202" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7199" CreationDate="2010-12-16T08:33:38.657" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;no, that is not yet implemented in PSTricks. But it should not be a&#xA;big deal, only some time consuming ... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Herbert&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T08:33:38.657" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7203" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7191" CreationDate="2010-12-16T08:59:09.087" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Regardless of the latex packages you use, I would use &lt;em&gt;emacs&lt;/em&gt; or another editor that is highly script-able so that I could have a keystroke enter the current time for you.  For an example of how to do this, our big-sister site is much better source. See for example &lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/251908/how-can-i-insert-current-date-and-time-into-a-file-using-emacs&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastEditorUserId="117" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-16T11:38:25.987" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T11:38:25.987" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="7204" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7236" CreationDate="2010-12-16T09:33:59.183" Score="1" ViewCount="148" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use Vim to edit LaTeX documents and pdflatex to compile the documents. One problem with using pdflatex is that it takes time to go through the output to see if there is any warning/errors. Sometimes, I even spend few minutes trying to understand whether a certain line is just an information line or an error/warning. Any idea to make this task easier? Any rules for reading the output of pdflatex? Or may be some tools?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2418" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T17:00:21.300" Title="Errors/Warnings in LaTeX Output" Tags="&lt;errors&gt;&lt;warnings&gt;&lt;vim&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="7205" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7176" CreationDate="2010-12-16T09:35:58.667" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would put the ::= so that it is actually (partly) in the third column:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{ll&amp;gt;{\makebox[0pt]{::=}\quad}p{2cm}}&#xA;Types &amp;amp;$\alpha$ &amp;amp; $\tau | \tau \to \tau \allowbreak&#xA;              |  \mu \alpha. \tau$&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T09:35:58.667" />
  <row Id="7206" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7201" CreationDate="2010-12-16T09:37:44.530" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This seems to do what you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[twocolumn]{article}&#xA;\newdimen\tempcolwidth \tempcolwidth0pt&#xA;\newwrite\widthfile&#xA;\AtBeginDocument{\checkcolwidth}&#xA;\newcommand\checkcolwidth{%&#xA;        \InputIfFileExists{\jobname.width}{}{}%&#xA;        \ifdim\columnwidth=\tempcolwidth\else&#xA;                \openout\widthfile=\jobname.width&#xA;                \write\widthfile{\tempcolwidth=\the\columnwidth}%&#xA;                \closeout\widthfile&#xA;        \fi&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;asdf&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I should point out that if your file is called &lt;code&gt;foo.tex&lt;/code&gt;, then this will produce a file called &lt;code&gt;foo.width&lt;/code&gt; which contains the line &lt;code&gt;\tempcolwidth =...pt&lt;/code&gt; where the &lt;code&gt;...&lt;/code&gt; is the actual width of the column. If after reading in the file, &lt;code&gt;\columnwidth&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\tempcolwidth&lt;/code&gt; agree, then the file is not written. Otherwise, the file is opened and the value of the column width written out.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T09:37:44.530" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7207" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6818" CreationDate="2010-12-16T09:37:56.327" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;(I'm a biber developer)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are using the binary, it should be impossible for biber to not find Unicode::Collate as it's included &quot;in&quot; biber. The &quot;-f&quot; flag uses perl's built in sorting which is locale aware but completely depedent on your OS locale setup (which is often sub-optimal for many OSes).&#xA;See the biber PDF manual on sourceforge for more details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Do you have an old pre-binary perl install of biber anywhere? That's what this looks like to me. I'd do a complete scan of your drive for biber installs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1657" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T09:37:56.327" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7208" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7227" CreationDate="2010-12-16T09:46:56.057" Score="5" ViewCount="329" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a simple table like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{table*}&#xA;    \centering&#xA;    \begin{tabular}{|l|c|c|c|c|p{2in}|}&#xA;    ...&#xA;    ...&#xA;    \end{tabular}&#xA;    \caption{The factors the camera solver depends on to evaluate the rules.}&#xA;    \label{table:factors}&#xA;\end{table*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How is it possible to vertically-center the text of the cells?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2418" LastActivityDate="2010-12-30T10:02:48.923" Title="Table: Aligning Cell Contents Vertically" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="7209" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7199" CreationDate="2010-12-16T09:49:04.230" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;TikZ can work out the tangent line between a circle and a point, so it's halfway there for this.  With a tiny bit of mathematics, this can be bootstrapped to the tangent lines you want.  The following code will do it (though it ought to check for the case where the two radii are the same - at the moment, that will produce an error, as will the situation where the circles overlap).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's the result:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/3xvew.png&quot; alt=&quot;Tangent lines&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's the code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{calc}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\pgfmathsetmacro{\rone}{3}&#xA;\pgfmathsetmacro{\rtwo}{2}&#xA;\pgfmathsetmacro{\mid}{\rone/(\rone + \rtwo)}&#xA;\pgfmathsetmacro{\out}{\rone/(\rone - \rtwo)}&#xA;\node[draw,circle,minimum size=2 * \rone cm,inner sep=0pt] (c1) at (1,0) {};&#xA;\node[draw,circle,minimum size=2 * \rtwo cm,inner sep=0pt] (c2) at (-1,-6) {};&#xA;\path (c1.center) -- node[coordinate,pos=\mid] (mid) {} (c2.center);&#xA;\path (c1.center) -- node[coordinate,pos=\out] (out) {}  (c2.center);&#xA;&#xA;%\draw[red] (tangent cs:node=c2,point={(mid)}) -- (tangent cs:node=c1,point={(mid)});&#xA;%\draw[red] (tangent cs:node=c2,point={(mid)},solution=2) -- (tangent cs:node=c1,point={(mid)},solution=2);&#xA;&#xA;%\draw[red] (tangent cs:node=c2,point={(out)}) -- (tangent cs:node=c1,point={(out)});&#xA;%\draw[red] (tangent cs:node=c2,point={(out)},solution=2) -- (tangent cs:node=c1,point={(out)},solution=2);&#xA;&#xA;\foreach \i in {1,2}&#xA;\foreach \j in {1,2}&#xA;\foreach \k in {mid,out}&#xA;\coordinate (t\i\j\k) at (tangent cs:node=c\i,point={(\k)},solution=\j);&#xA;&#xA;\foreach \i in {1,2}&#xA;\foreach \k in {mid,out}&#xA;\draw[red] ($(t1\i\k)!-1cm!(t2\i\k)$) --  ($(t2\i\k)!-1cm!(t1\i\k)$);&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The commented-out lines will draw the tangent lines to the exact points, I chose to extend them a little to show that they were genuinely tangent and that's what the code &lt;em&gt;after&lt;/em&gt; the commented-out lines are for.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Despite being a mathematician, I didn't actually compute the formulae for the crossing points - I just guessed something that &quot;felt right&quot; and then tested it and it seems to work.  However, I can't guarantee that it &lt;em&gt;is&lt;/em&gt; right.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T09:49:04.230" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7210" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7212" CreationDate="2010-12-16T12:38:19.930" Score="8" ViewCount="182" Body="&lt;p&gt;I’d like to have an environment that works much like a float, except that it doesn’t float.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That is, in fact, I’d like to be able to define an environment that has a label and a caption.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I explicitly do &lt;strong&gt;not&lt;/strong&gt; want to use a floating environment, though. For one thing, floats do many things fancy which I just don’t need, nor want (such as spacing) and for another, floats have their share of problems (for example consider the problem of &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/4590/42&quot;&gt;splitting a float between pages&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a ready-made way to achieve this? Of course, I could always write my own based on the result of the other answer, i.e. harnessing &lt;code&gt;\refstepcounter&lt;/code&gt;. But I’m not sure how to use that, documentation is scarce, and I’d prefer an existing solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2010-12-18T11:16:42.177" Title="Label and caption without float" Tags="&lt;environments&gt;&lt;captions&gt;&lt;labels&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="7212" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7210" CreationDate="2010-12-16T12:56:31.850" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;code&gt;\captionof&lt;/code&gt; from the caption package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{caption}&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareCaptionType{mytype}[Typename][List of mytype]&#xA;\newenvironment{myenv}{}{}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\listofmytypes&#xA;&#xA;\section{abc}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{myenv}&#xA;\captionof{mytype}{blub} something in my type&#xA;\end{myenv}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T12:56:31.850" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7213" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3971" CreationDate="2010-12-16T13:34:51.413" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can do it with these lines:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareSymbolFont{missing}{OML}{cmr}{m}{n}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\ell}{\mathord}{missing}{'140}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This declares an extra math font called &quot;missing&quot; (as in &quot;missing symbols&quot;) which is Computer Modern's symbol font. Then it redefines &lt;code&gt;\ell&lt;/code&gt; to point to the appropriate character in that font.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, this apparently uses up one of the ridiculously few slots for math alphabets --- if you use any more, like &lt;code&gt;\mathcal&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\mathscr&lt;/code&gt;, then you get the dreaded &quot;Too many math alphabets&quot; error.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="677" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T13:34:51.413" />
  <row Id="7214" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7191" CreationDate="2010-12-16T13:41:16.273" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use Emacs' &lt;a href=&quot;http://orgmode.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;org-mode&lt;/a&gt; with a &lt;a href=&quot;http://orgmode.org/manual/Relative-timer.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;relative timer&lt;/a&gt; on description lists (type &lt;code&gt;C-c C-x -&lt;/code&gt; in an org buffer to start and &lt;code&gt;M-&amp;lt;RET&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; to insert a new item).  Once finished &lt;a href=&quot;http://orgmode.org/manual/Exporting.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;export the buffer&lt;/a&gt; to LaTeX, or directly to PDF.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1527" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T13:41:16.273" />
  <row Id="7215" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7198" CreationDate="2010-12-16T13:44:15.600" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Typing backslash before the ampersand:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;\&amp;amp; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;works for me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2540" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T13:44:15.600" />
  <row Id="7216" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7235" CreationDate="2010-12-16T13:57:11.667" Score="2" ViewCount="90" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've been producing PDFs and HTML from Latex sources, using tex4ht for the HTML (I'm on Debian/Lenny; so whatever versions are default on that).&#xA;I'm using the listings package to include source code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm very happy with the &quot;look&quot; of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.bottlenose.demon.co.uk/article/lru.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;PDF&lt;/a&gt;, but the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.bottlenose.demon.co.uk/article/lru.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;HTML&lt;/a&gt; looks a bit dreary without the code colouring or &quot;blocked&quot; listing headers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there some way of getting the HTML to include more of the listings styling ?  (I'm not wedded to tex4ht if there are alternatives which do the job better).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2539" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T16:53:20.153" Title="How to get tex4ht to respect listings styling better ?" Tags="&lt;listings&gt;&lt;html&gt;&lt;tex4ht&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="7217" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7228" CreationDate="2010-12-16T14:15:33.793" Score="1" ViewCount="139" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using a Modified &lt;code&gt;acmtrans&lt;/code&gt; document class. It was modified to add a custom journal.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am having problems using the &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My file has the following in the preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[mistar,hyperref]{acmtrans2m} &#xA;\usepackage[pdfmark]{hyperref}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When compiling I get the following error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Undefined control sequence.&#xA;\pdfinfo #1#2-&amp;gt;\pdfmark &#xA;    {pdfmark=/DOCINFO,Title=#1,Author=#2}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can anyone help?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2042" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-16T14:19:18.990" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T15:34:22.900" Title="Hyperref package and ACM class." Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;documentclass&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="7218" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7229" CreationDate="2010-12-16T14:20:30.967" Score="5" ViewCount="139" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am writing a document in French using LaTeX and I found a weird behavior with paragraph spacing. Here is a MWE (in English):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;%\usepackage[french]{babel}&#xA;%\usepackage[spanish]{babel}&#xA;\setlength{\parskip}{10ex plus 0.5ex minus 0.2ex}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Test on a first paragraph. Here I list some things:&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;\item One.&#xA;\item Two.&#xA;\item Three.&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;&#xA;Another paragraph, is it? lorem lorem lorem lorem lorem lorem lorem&#xA;lorem lorem lorem lorem lorem lorem lorem lorem.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note: I set a huge &lt;code&gt;parskip&lt;/code&gt; in order to differentiate paragraphs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When compiling this document, I get three groups: the first paragraph, the itemize and the second paragraph. However, when including babel with the &lt;code&gt;french&lt;/code&gt; option, the result is different: One whole block (a single paragraph). What I would like is to have the second paragraph detached from the first one, i.e. with the appropriate &lt;code&gt;parskip&lt;/code&gt; between them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Question:&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;How can I separate these paragraphs?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, out of curiosity: What is the rule behind this rule implemented by babel? I realize that when including babel with a specific language option, some spacing rules change. For example, in french, one must put a space before the colon, question mark, among others. Not being a native french speaker, I was wondering what is the rule that supports this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="146" LastEditorUserId="146" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-16T14:37:19.777" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T15:37:56.580" Title="Paragraph spacing in other languages." Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;paragraphs&gt;&lt;babel&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="7219" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7222" CreationDate="2010-12-16T14:26:53.243" Score="7" ViewCount="268" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I vertically center two images next to one another? Here is some example code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{minipage}[h]{6in}&#xA;  \centering&#xA;   \vspace*{.3in}~\\&#xA;   \includegraphics[height=1.25in]{fig1.pdf}&#xA;   \hspace*{.2in}&#xA;   \includegraphics[height=1in]{fig2.pdf}&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want the center line of both images to be at the same height.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2543" LastEditorUserId="3463" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-09T15:12:20.463" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T15:12:20.463" Title="How to vertically center two images?" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;&lt;centering&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="7220" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6069" CreationDate="2010-12-16T14:31:46.683" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;With the suggestion of Will Robertson, I've made the following code mostly work (it assumes the footnotetext is on the same page as the footnotemark):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\long\def\@firstofthree#1#2#3{#1}&#xA;\long\def\@secondofthree#1#2#3{#2}&#xA;\long\def\@thirdofthree#1#2#3{#3}&#xA;\long\def\@gobbleto@end#1\@end{}&#xA;\long\def\@@firstofmany#1{#1\@gobbleto@end}&#xA;\long\def\@firstofmany#1{\@@firstofmany#1\@end}&#xA;\long\def\@@secondofmany#1#2{#2\@gobbleto@end}&#xA;\long\def\@secondofmany#1{\@@secondofmany#1\@end}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\newcounter{iflabelabove@counter}&#xA;\newcommand{\numeric@pageref}[1]{% since hyperref makes \pageref into a hyperlink, and \pageref, even without hyperref, gives me an extra {} at the end&#xA;  \expandafter\ifx\csname r@#1\endcsname\relax&#xA;    \expandafter\@firstoftwo&#xA;  \else&#xA;    \expandafter\@secondoftwo&#xA;  \fi&#xA;  {-1}{\expandafter\@secondofmany\expandafter{\romannumeral-`\q\csname r@#1\endcsname}}%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\newcommand{\@branchonlabelpage}[1]{%&#xA;  \label{current page \arabic{iflabelabove@counter}}%&#xA;  \savebox{\@tempboxa}{\pageref{current page \arabic{iflabelabove@counter}}\pageref{#1}}%&#xA;  \ifnum\numeric@pageref{#1}&amp;lt;\numeric@pageref{current page \arabic{iflabelabove@counter}}\relax%&#xA;    \stepcounter{iflabelabove@counter}\expandafter\@firstofthree&#xA;  \else&#xA;    \ifnum\numeric@pageref{#1}=\numeric@pageref{current page \arabic{iflabelabove@counter}}\relax%&#xA;      \stepcounter{iflabelabove@counter}\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@secondofthree&#xA;    \else&#xA;      \stepcounter{iflabelabove@counter}\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@thirdofthree&#xA;    \fi&#xA;  \fi&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\newcommand{\iflabelabovepage}[3]{\@branchonlabelpage{#1}{#2}{#3}{#3}}&#xA;\newcommand{\iflabelbelowpage}[3]{\@branchonlabelpage{#1}{#3}{#3}{#2}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2066" LastEditorUserId="2066" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-16T14:39:46.783" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T14:39:46.783" />
  <row Id="7221" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-16T14:33:43.733" Score="2" ViewCount="143" Body="&lt;p&gt;I recently installed texlive-science from the ubuntu repos and receive the following error when I compile:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Package xkeyval Error: `load-configurations' undefined in families `key'.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Latex works fine when &lt;code&gt;chemstyle&lt;/code&gt; is not used. Any thoughts?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Minimal example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{chemstyle}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{scheme}[H]&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;\includegraphics[width=4in]{anyfile.eps}&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;\caption {trial {\bf 1}.\label{s_scheme}}&#xA;\end{scheme}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Abbreviated output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;) (./chemscheme.sty (/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/oberdiek/kvoptions.sty&#xA; (/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/generic/oberdiek/kvsetkeys.sty&#xA; (/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/siunitx/config/si-abbr.cfg))&#xA;! Package xkeyval Error: `load-configurations' undefined in families `key'.&#xA;See the xkeyval package documentation for explanation.&#xA;Type H &amp;lt;return&amp;gt; for immediate help. &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2544" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T18:35:55.487" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T18:35:55.487" Title="Chemstyle xkeyval error" Tags="&lt;errors&gt;&lt;texlive&gt;&lt;ubuntu&gt;&lt;xkeyval&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="7222" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7219" CreationDate="2010-12-16T14:37:00.110" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The baseline of images is at their bottom. You could change that by using &lt;code&gt;\raisebox&lt;/code&gt;. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[textwidth=6in]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage[demo]{graphicx}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\noindent&#xA;\begin{minipage}{6in}&#xA;  \centering&#xA;  \raisebox{-0.5\height}{\includegraphics[height=1.25in]{fig1.pdf}}&#xA;  \hspace*{.2in}&#xA;  \raisebox{-0.5\height}{\includegraphics[height=1in]{fig2.pdf}}&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Gives vertically centered images, here black rectangles because of the &lt;code&gt;demo&lt;/code&gt; option:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/fB5mK.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Raising their baseline by &lt;code&gt;.5\height&lt;/code&gt; has the nice effect that also following text would be aligned at the new baseline at the vertical center.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alternatively, you could use &lt;code&gt;\vcenter&lt;/code&gt;, which is working fine as well:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{minipage}{6in}&#xA;  \centering&#xA;  $\vcenter{\hbox{\includegraphics[height=2.25in]{fig1.pdf}}}$&#xA;  \hspace*{.2in}&#xA;  $\vcenter{\hbox{\includegraphics[height=1in]{fig2.pdf}}}$&#xA;  following text&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note: &lt;code&gt;\vcenter&lt;/code&gt; requires mathmode. &lt;code&gt;\hbox&lt;/code&gt; for the argument may be necessary too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-16T15:06:06.403" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T15:06:06.403" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="7223" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7224" CreationDate="2010-12-16T14:40:51.900" Score="0" ViewCount="115" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is the relevant part of the preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[natbib=true]{biblatex}&#xA;\bibstyle{huszak}&#xA;\bibliography{references.bib}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have a huszak.bst file in the same directory as the document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I compile the document like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;xelatex doc.tex&#xA;bibtex doc&#xA;xelatex doc.tex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;bibtex's output is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;This is BibTeX, Version 0.99c (TeX Live 2009/Debian)&#xA;The top-level auxiliary file: doc.aux&#xA;The style file: biblatex.bst&#xA;Database file #1: doc-blx.bib&#xA;Database file #2: doc.bib.bib&#xA;Biblatex version: 0.8i&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It uses biblatex.bst as the style. I can set anything for \bibstyle, no error will be generated. It completely ignores it. What am I doing wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2545" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T14:51:01.300" Title="xelatex+bibtex ignores my \bibstyle definition" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="7224" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7223" CreationDate="2010-12-16T14:48:24.380" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You are using &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/biblatex.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. All formatting of your bibliography will be done by that package using LaTeX syntax. The &lt;code&gt;bibtex&lt;/code&gt;-binary is only used for sorting your entries.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2210" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T14:48:24.380" />
  <row Id="7225" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7223" CreationDate="2010-12-16T14:51:01.300" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;biblatex always use only biblatex.bst. Styles are set through options style, bibstyle and citestyle which loads bbx and cbx-files which contain the definitions. (\bibstyle isn't the correct command anyway, it should be \bibliographystyle).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T14:51:01.300" />
  <row Id="7226" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-16T15:10:41.500" Score="7" ViewCount="212" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying use to use pgfplot's externalization feature b/c I've got many large plots that I don't want to regenerate every time I typeset my thesis.  Other components of my thesis require compile via latex &gt; ps &gt; pdf (i.e. &quot;latex&quot; followed by &quot;dvips&quot; followed by &quot;ps2pdf&quot;), so I'm trying to stick with that.  I'm having trouble getting the externalization to work, unfortunately.  Here is my minimum example, which I have produced by following the instructions in the pgfplots manual for getting .eps output (pg 240).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplots}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{pgfplots.groupplots}&#xA;\usepgfplotslibrary{external}&#xA;\tikzexternalize[shell escape=-enable-write18]&#xA;\tikzset{external/system call={latex \tikzexternalcheckshellescape -halt-on-error -interaction=batchmode -jobname &quot;\image&quot; &quot;\texsource&quot; &amp;amp; dvips -o &quot;\image&quot;.ps &quot;\image&quot;.dvi}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{axis}[xlabel=x,ylabel=y]&#xA;\addplot[] coordinates{(0,0) (1,2)};&#xA;\end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I do the compile, the external .dvi and .ps files for the figure are successfully generated and there are no errors, but the figure is absent from the actual compiled document .pdf.  The pgfplots manual suggested I would get .eps output, but this doesn't happen (perhaps this is the trouble?).  Anyone have any tips for what I'm doing wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1989" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T05:46:33.490" Title="Using pgfplot externalize with .eps output" Tags="&lt;pgfplots&gt;&lt;eps&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7227" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7208" CreationDate="2010-12-16T15:24:54.250" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Note: I downloaded Sir Isaac Newton's picture from this &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.jimal-khalili.com/blog/the-lucasian-chair.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;site&lt;/a&gt;. Please rename it as newton.jpg. Good luck!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/zKEZE.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[final,cmyk,table]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[a4paper,margin=2cm,showframe]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\usepackage{longtable}&#xA;\usepackage{calc}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand\ratio[2]{%&#xA;  \strip@pt\dimexpr#1pt/#2\relax&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother &#xA;&#xA;\setlength{\arrayrulewidth}{1pt}&#xA;\setlength{\tabcolsep}{10pt}&#xA;\arrayrulecolor{red}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\newcolumntype{S}[2]%&#xA;{%&#xA;    &amp;gt;{%&#xA;        \begin{minipage}[c][#1][c]%%&#xA;        {%&#xA;                #2\linewidth-2\tabcolsep-2\arrayrulewidth%&#xA;        }%&#xA;        \vspace{\tabcolsep}%&#xA;    }%&#xA;    c%&#xA;    &amp;lt;{%&#xA;        \vspace{\tabcolsep}%&#xA;        \end{minipage}%&#xA;    }%&#xA;}%&#xA;&#xA;\newcolumntype{O}[2]%&#xA;{%&#xA;    &amp;gt;{%&#xA;        \begin{minipage}[c][#1][c]%%&#xA;        {%&#xA;                #2\linewidth-2\tabcolsep-1.5\arrayrulewidth%&#xA;        }%&#xA;        \vspace{\tabcolsep}%&#xA;    }%&#xA;    c%&#xA;    &amp;lt;{%&#xA;        \vspace{\tabcolsep}%&#xA;        \end{minipage}%&#xA;    }%&#xA;}%&#xA;&#xA;\newcolumntype{I}[2]%&#xA;{%&#xA;    &amp;gt;{%&#xA;        \begin{minipage}[c][#1][c]%%&#xA;        {%&#xA;                #2\linewidth-2\tabcolsep-\arrayrulewidth%&#xA;        }%&#xA;        \vspace{\tabcolsep}%&#xA;    }%&#xA;    c%&#xA;    &amp;lt;{%&#xA;        \vspace{\tabcolsep}%&#xA;        \end{minipage}%&#xA;    }%&#xA;}%&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{MyCrazyTable}[8][2cm]%&#xA;{%   &#xA;    \begin{longtable}%&#xA;    {%&#xA;        |O{#1}{\ratio{#3}{#2}}%&#xA;        |&amp;gt;{\centering}I{#1}{\ratio{#4}{#2}}%&#xA;        |&amp;gt;{\centering}I{#1}{\ratio{#5}{#2}}%&#xA;        |&amp;gt;{\centering}I{#1}{\ratio{#6}{#2}}%&#xA;        |&amp;gt;{\centering}I{#1}{\ratio{#7}{#2}}%&#xA;        |&amp;gt;{\raggedleft}O{#1}{\ratio{#8}{#2}}%&#xA;        |%&#xA;    }%&#xA;    \hline\ignorespaces%&#xA;}%&#xA;{%&#xA;    \end{longtable}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\dummy}&#xA;{\tiny If you like my solution, please up vote. %&#xA;I need reputation to make a bounty later. Help!%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\myrow}{%&#xA;\dummy%&#xA;&amp;amp;%&#xA;\includegraphics[width=\linewidth]{newton}%&#xA;&amp;amp;%&#xA;\fbox{\LaTeX}%&#xA;&amp;amp;%&#xA;$\displaystyle E\not=mc^2$%&#xA;&amp;amp;%&#xA;\[\frac{a^2-b^2}{c^2}\]%&#xA;&amp;amp;%&#xA;\dummy%&#xA;\tabularnewline\hline%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{MyCrazyTable}[2.5cm]{15}{4}{2}{2}{2}{2}{3}%&#xA;\myrow&#xA;\myrow&#xA;\myrow&#xA;\myrow&#xA;\end{MyCrazyTable}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-30T10:02:48.923" LastActivityDate="2010-12-30T10:02:48.923" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="7228" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7217" CreationDate="2010-12-16T15:34:22.900" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;With &lt;code&gt;acmtrans&lt;/code&gt;, use LaTeX instead of pdfLaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The macro &lt;code&gt;\pdfmark&lt;/code&gt; is defined within &lt;code&gt;pdfmark.def&lt;/code&gt; which is part of the hyperref package. This will be loaded if you specify the &lt;code&gt;pdfmark&lt;/code&gt; option to hyperref (which is an alias for &lt;code&gt;dvips&lt;/code&gt;). However it doesn't work with pdfLaTeX: in that case another driver will be forced instead of &lt;code&gt;pdfmark.def&lt;/code&gt;. You would get a warning of hyperref:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Package hyperref Warning: Wrong driver `hdvips.def';&#xA;(hyperref)                pdfTeX is running in PDF mode.&#xA;(hyperref)                Forcing driver `hpdftex.def'.&#xA;&#xA;*hyperref using driver hpdftex*&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T15:34:22.900" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7229" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7218" CreationDate="2010-12-16T15:37:56.580" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;french typography has quite a lot specific requirements and frenchb.ldf tries to implement them. On of this rules is the list spacing. You can revert this by using &lt;code&gt;\frenchbsetup{ReduceListSpacing=false,CompactItemize=false}&lt;/code&gt;. More informations can be found in the babel documentation. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T15:37:56.580" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7230" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7233" CreationDate="2010-12-16T15:42:09.150" Score="3" ViewCount="300" Body="&lt;p&gt;Fun times, I'm making a (manual) index of the lecture slides for class (which are nowhere near latex, ppt files yay) and of course Latex insists on placing pagebreaks willie nillie through my items. Why isn't there a &quot;keep (paragraph) with next (paragraph)&quot; option like there is in Word 2007 (and all others I think). Is Word really more powerful than Latex [when it comes to this specific attribute of paragraph flow]?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;*full page before here*&#xA;Knowledge in the \nopagebreak\\&#xA;\nopagebreak&#xA;\nopagebreak - Head&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Results in &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;*full page*&#xA;Knowledge in the &#xA;---8&amp;lt;--- Next page&#xA;- Head ... &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Yes, I know I can place a \newpage before the line to push it to the next page, but there has to [HAS TO] be a way to make Latex understand that this isn't what I want, these two lines are supposed to stick together! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: Full context: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;*empty line*&#xA;Knowledge in the \\&#xA;- Head \slid{44, 69}&#xA;- World \slid{5, \textbf{44}, 66, 69, 84}&#xA;*empty line*&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With slid being: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\slid}[1]{\dotfill #1 \nopagebreak\\}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It seems to be to be that the -World line is pulling down the -Head line, if I add an empty line between them, both Knowledge.. and -Head stay on the same page, with -World on the next one. But when I combine the two, only -Head gets pulled to a new page, and Knowledge... stays on the previous page. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1915" LastEditorUserId="1915" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-16T16:31:59.997" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T16:31:59.997" Title="Nopagebreak nopagebreak nopagebreak - why won't latex listen to me?" Tags="&lt;page-breaking&gt;&lt;newpage&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="9" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7231" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7230" CreationDate="2010-12-16T15:58:50.430" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Did you try &lt;code&gt;\nopagebreak[4]&lt;/code&gt; ? As to the second part of your question &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Is Word really more powerful than&#xA;  Latex?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is absolutely no comparison to LaTeX. Word produces ugly, unstructured documents, crashes frequently, can eat your files and you have to &lt;code&gt;recover&lt;/code&gt;, knows of no typographical rules and you have to pay a &lt;code&gt;licence&lt;/code&gt;. As opposed to LaTeX it processes words rather than typesetting books, articles or other structured documents.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T15:58:50.430" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="7232" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7230" CreationDate="2010-12-16T16:05:19.067" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use a &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt; environment or a &lt;code&gt;\parbox&lt;/code&gt;. They won't be broken accross pages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Further, LaTeX provides the &lt;code&gt;\samepage&lt;/code&gt; command, which may be used as environment: &lt;code&gt;\begin{samepage}...\end{samepage}&lt;/code&gt;. But I would not use &lt;code&gt;samepage&lt;/code&gt; because it relies on setting penalties.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/needspace&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;needspace&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; packages comes often handy in such cases.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T16:05:19.067" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7233" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7230" CreationDate="2010-12-16T16:24:12.310" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If &quot;- Head -&quot; is a normal text line &lt;code&gt;\\*&lt;/code&gt; should work. If not we need to know what it is. In a lot of case solutions with &lt;code&gt;\@afterheading&lt;/code&gt; can be used, e.g.:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter &#xA;\def\mynobreakpar{\par\nobreak\@afterheading} &#xA;\def\mynobreakline{\par\nobreak\vspace{-\parskip}\@afterheading\noindent} &#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T16:24:12.310" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7234" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7221" CreationDate="2010-12-16T16:45:34.710" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the minimal example, the &lt;code&gt;graphics&lt;/code&gt; package is implicitly loaded. But the command&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\includegraphics[width=4in]{anyfile.eps}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;requires &lt;code&gt;graphicx&lt;/code&gt; because of the &lt;code&gt;key=value&lt;/code&gt; syntax in the optional argument. That's why the compilation must fail.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's probably good to update to the most recent versions of &lt;code&gt;chemstyle&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;siunitx&lt;/code&gt;. Ubuntu packages might be not up-to-date.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You may have a look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2063/how-can-i-manually-install-a-package-on-miktex-windows/2066#2066&quot;&gt;How can I manually install a package&lt;/a&gt;. Though the question was MiKTeX related, the answer contains general useful information and links to further resources.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or filter our site by the tags &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/tagged/installing+packages&quot;&gt;installing+packages&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-15T19:30:15.750" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T19:30:15.750" />
  <row Id="7235" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7216" CreationDate="2010-12-16T16:53:20.153" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can get the effects you want by adding this to the HTML's stylesheet (Yay &lt;a href=&quot;https://addons.mozilla.org/en-US/firefox/addon/1843/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Firebug&lt;/a&gt;!):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;div.lstinputlisting table.caption {&#xA;    background: #c0c0c0;&#xA;    color: white;&#xA;    font-family: sans-serif;&#xA;    padding-right: 100%;&#xA;}&#xA;div.lstinputlisting .pcrro7t- {&#xA;    color: red;&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/applications/tex4ht/mn-commands.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tex4ht page&lt;/a&gt; says you can achieve this by putting this into a config file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\Preamble{html} &#xA;\begin{document} &#xA;  \Css{ // everything from above } &#xA;\EndPreamble  &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From there I'll cross my fingers and hope you know or can figure out how to call the right tex4ht command and use that config file.  &lt;code&gt;tex4ht&lt;/code&gt; syntax is a little weird but see the linked page for examples.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T16:53:20.153" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7236" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7204" CreationDate="2010-12-16T17:00:21.300" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try compiling with &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;pdflatex -file-line-error &amp;lt;filename&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That way, the .log file will generate C-style errors which begin with &lt;code&gt;filename.tex:12:Error message&lt;/code&gt;, for an error on line 12; I think vim may even have built-in mechanisms for parsing these, or if not, making a regex for finding them in the log should not be hard.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As others have mentioned there are Vim plugins that have built in methods for dealing with LaTeX errors. Personally, the Vim-LaTeX (AKA the LaTeX suite) plugin annoys me. I think both &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=162&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;AucTeX for vim&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=3109&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Vim LaTeX-box&lt;/a&gt;, but to each their own. They all have their own methods for dealing with errors.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T17:00:21.300" />
  <row Id="7237" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6946" CreationDate="2010-12-16T17:06:01.577" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I got a response from Philipp Lehman on comp.text.tex:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;meho_r wrote: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;    &lt;p&gt;So, what can we (users) do about it? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Not much, I'm afraid, short of manual&#xA;  workarounds. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\emph&lt;/code&gt; and friends use a rather simple&#xA;  look-ahead routine to decide  whether&#xA;  or not italic correction is required.&#xA;  A simple &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt; will  confuse it.&#xA;  Compare this: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\emph{of}.  &#xA;\emph{of}\relax. &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Once the italic correction has been&#xA;  added, all you can do is remove it &#xA;  manually. It's a &lt;code&gt;\kern&lt;/code&gt;, hence you may&#xA;  use &lt;code&gt;\unkern&lt;/code&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\emph{of}\relax\unkern. &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In fact, &lt;strong&gt;biblatex&lt;/strong&gt; does precisely that&#xA;  automatically. If you comment  out&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;hyperref&lt;/strong&gt;, your example will be fine. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Unfortunately, this won't work if the&#xA;  text in italics is a link while  the&#xA;  punctuation is not part of the link: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\href{http://www.foobar.com}{\emph{of}}.&#xA;\href{http://www.foobar.com}{\emph{of}}\unkern.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\unkern&lt;/code&gt; kicks in too late. It&#xA;  would need to move inside the link &#xA;  group to do its job: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\href{http://www.foobar.com}{\emph{of}\unkern}.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Trouble is: you need to remove the&#xA;  italic correction inside the link &#xA;  group but you don't know if you need&#xA;  to remove it until after the  link. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I don't see any way to deal with that&#xA;  automatically. These are  potentially&#xA;  deeply nested structures. There could&#xA;  be dozens of tokens  and multiple&#xA;  groups between the end of the link and&#xA;  the punctuation. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;You can either disable links&#xA;  (&lt;strong&gt;hyperref=false&lt;/strong&gt;) or set up a special &#xA;  &lt;code&gt;\cite&lt;/code&gt; command with a decicated format&#xA;  definition suppressing the  italic&#xA;  correction. So, along the lines of&#xA;  what Ulrike has suggested,  here's my&#xA;  take: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareFieldFormat{nocorremph}{\mkbibemph{#1\nocorr}}&#xA;\newrobustcmd{\nccite}{%   &#xA;\AtNextCite{\DeclareFieldAlias{citetitle}{nocorremph}}&#xA;\cite} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Now compare: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\cite*{JSmith}.&#xA;\nccite*{JSmith}. &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Not nice, but it works.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1987" LastEditorUserId="1987" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-16T20:51:20.840" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T20:51:20.840" />
  <row Id="7238" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7180" CreationDate="2010-12-16T17:18:32.700" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A LuaTeX solution:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\directlua{ dofile(&quot;myluastuff.lua&quot;) }&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\domorestuffifnumber[1]{%&#xA;  \directlua{ &#xA;    domorestuffifnumber(&quot;#1&quot;) &#xA;}}&#xA;&#xA;\def\foo{-55}&#xA;\domorestuffifnumber{1234}&#xA;\domorestuffifnumber{\foo}&#xA;\domorestuffifnumber{-}&#xA;\domorestuffifnumber{}&#xA;\domorestuffifnumber{1}&#xA;\domorestuffifnumber{1234abc}&#xA;\domorestuffifnumber{abc1234}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and the &lt;code&gt;myluastuff.lua&lt;/code&gt; file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;function domorestuffifnumber( arg )&#xA;  if tonumber(arg) then &#xA;    tex.sprint(&quot;\\emph{&quot; .. arg .. &quot;}&quot;) &#xA;  else&#xA;    tex.sprint(arg or &quot;&quot;)&#xA; end&#xA;end&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think the solution is quite readable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="243" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T17:18:32.700" />
  <row Id="7239" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7241" CreationDate="2010-12-16T19:04:32.000" Score="2" ViewCount="87" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a csv file containing a list of names with addresses. I'm using the &lt;code&gt;datatool&lt;/code&gt; package to load these and output stickers (using the &lt;code&gt;labels&lt;/code&gt; package) for envelopes. This is done using &lt;code&gt;\DTLforeach&lt;/code&gt;. Sometimes a name is too long for one line so I manually include a &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; in the csv as to not hyphenate a name.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I also want to print a complete list of all recipients using &lt;code&gt;\DTLdisplaydb&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For my stickers this works very well, but of course this breaks my table listing all recipients.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As an MWE, save this as data.csv:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Name,Street,City&#xA;John Doe,Street 1,A City&#xA;Osop Eskobmr Sempeg Cotbadt\\Demnoskoywar,Street 9,B City&#xA;Jeeta Ex,Street 2,A City&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{labels}&#xA;\usepackage{datatool}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\DTLloaddb{address}{data.csv}&#xA;\DTLforeach{address}{\name=Name,\street=Street,\city=City}%&#xA;{\addresslabel{\name\\ \street\\ \city}}&#xA;&#xA;\DTLdisplaydb{address}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I guess I could insert a special command like &lt;code&gt;\mybreak&lt;/code&gt; and define it as empty or as &lt;code&gt;\newline&lt;/code&gt; depending on the situation. But I would prefer to keep the data as is.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2210" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T20:02:01.447" Title="disabling line breaks in datatool table" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;line-breaking&gt;&lt;database&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7240" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7132" CreationDate="2010-12-16T19:39:30.447" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ok, the problem was not amsfonts.&#xA;LyX simply used the default TeX font, which is a bitmap font. If you have the same problem, you can go to &lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.lyx.org/FAQ/PDF&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://wiki.lyx.org/FAQ/PDF&lt;/a&gt; for a solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I did was to add &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{amsfonts}&lt;/code&gt; from the very beginning and when I saw that adding &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{palatino}&lt;/code&gt; solved the problem I wrongly deduced that amsfonts was not working as I want it to. I thought it would alter the default language as it includes type 1 versions of Computer Modern Typefaces.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2516" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T19:39:30.447" />
  <row Id="7241" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7239" CreationDate="2010-12-16T20:02:01.447" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\addresslabel&lt;/code&gt; typesets its argument ragged right (using &lt;code&gt;\raggedright&lt;/code&gt;) in a box of the appropriate width. Since &lt;code&gt;\raggedright&lt;/code&gt; almost never hyphenates, this is most likely sufficient. When I remove the &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; from your example, I get the behavior I believe you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One way to ensure you don't get any hyphenation is to add &lt;code&gt;\lefthyphenmin1000&lt;/code&gt; as an optional argument to &lt;code&gt;\addresslabel&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\addresslabel[\lefthyphenmin1000]{\name\\ \street\\ \city}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This tells TeX that there must be at least 1000 characters to the left of the hyphenation point.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T20:02:01.447" />
  <row Id="7242" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7311" CreationDate="2010-12-16T20:42:56.870" Score="3" ViewCount="74" Body="&lt;p&gt;Given &lt;code&gt;test.csv&lt;/code&gt; containing:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;donor,core,non-core&#xA;Norway,137.6,111.4&#xA;The Netherlands,116.6,85.8&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and &lt;code&gt;data-problem.tex&lt;/code&gt; containing:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{datatool}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\DTLloaddb{contrib}{test.csv}&#xA;&#xA;% add &quot;total&quot; column&#xA;%\tracingmacros=1&#xA;\DTLforeach{contrib}{\contribC=core,\contribNC=non-core}{%&#xA;\DTLaddall{\contribT}{\contribC,\contribNC}}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I get the error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;(e:\Documents\Anthropology\Paper\data-problem.aux) ( FP-EQ? ) ( FP-ADD )&#xA;Runaway argument?&#xA;\relax \fi \ifnum \@dtl@tmpcount  &#xA;                   \par &#xA;l.11 &#xA;&#xA;[1] (e:\Documents\Anthropology\Paper\data-problem.aux) )&#xA;(\end occurred when \ifx on line 10 was incomplete)&#xA;(\end occurred when \iftrue on line 10 was incomplete)&#xA;(\end occurred when \ifnum on line 10 was incomplete)&#xA;(\end occurred when \ifnum on line 10 was incomplete)&#xA;(\end occurred when \ifnum on line 10 was incomplete)&#xA;(see the transcript file for additional information)&#xA;Output written on data-problem.dvi (1 page, 216 bytes).&#xA;SyncTeX written on data-problem.synctex.gz&#xA;Transcript written on data-problem.log.&#xA;&#xA;LaTeX exited abnormally with code 1 at Thu Dec 16 15:33:33&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This doesn't happen with &lt;code&gt;\DTLadd{\contribT}{\contribC}{\contribNC}&lt;/code&gt;, though, nor does it happen with:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\foo{1.2}&#xA;\def\bar{3.4}&#xA;\DTLaddall{\baz}{\foo,\bar}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I'm at a bit of a loss as to what is going wrong here...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1189" LastActivityDate="2010-12-18T08:14:18.377" Title="Weird error when using datatool's `\DTLaddall` in a `\DTLforeach`" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;database&gt;&lt;datatool&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7243" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7250" CreationDate="2010-12-16T21:05:55.140" Score="1" ViewCount="206" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using a report document classe. I have an abstract and an acknowledgement sections before the toc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is my definition for Acknowledgements. I took it from someplace in the web, so there might be errors.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand\ackname{Acknowledgements}&#xA;\if@titlepage&#xA;  \newenvironment{acknowledgements}{%&#xA;      \titlepage&#xA;      \null\vfil&#xA;      \@beginparpenalty\@lowpenalty&#xA;      \begin{center}%&#xA;        \bfseries \ackname&#xA;        \@endparpenalty\@M&#xA;      \end{center}}%&#xA;     {\par\vfil\null\endtitlepage}&#xA;\else&#xA;  \newenvironment{acknowledgements}{%&#xA;      \if@twocolumn&#xA;        \section*{\abstractname}%&#xA;      \else&#xA;        \small&#xA;        \begin{center}%&#xA;          {\bfseries \ackname\vspace{-.5em}\vspace{\z@}}%&#xA;        \end{center}%&#xA;        \quotation&#xA;      \fi}&#xA;      {\if@twocolumn\else\endquotation\fi}&#xA;\fi&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Every time I compile my file I get the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;(../abstract/abstract.tex)pdfTeX warning (ext4): destination with the same identifier (name{page.a}) has been already used, duplicate ignored&#xA;[1]) (../ack/root.texpdfTeX warning (ext4): destination with the same identifier (name{page.a}) has been already used, duplicate ignored&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My guess is that its trying to typeset these two pages to the same page as the title page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2042" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T23:28:34.883" Title="Abstract page problems" Tags="&lt;documentclass&gt;&lt;warnings&gt;&lt;titlepage&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7244" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7111" CreationDate="2010-12-16T21:09:35.133" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Seamus appears to be correct. If you're not using &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt;, just add this to your preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{backref}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Probably this should go after the &lt;code&gt;harvard&lt;/code&gt;-related stuff.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are using &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt;, then just pass the &lt;code&gt;pagebackref&lt;/code&gt; option to it somehow; either through package options, or using &lt;code&gt;\hypersetup&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; manual specifically states that &lt;code&gt;harvard&lt;/code&gt; &lt;em&gt;is&lt;/em&gt; supported (though it doesn't actually say anything about backref there), but it recommends using &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt; instead as that actually cooperates with &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1189" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T21:09:35.133" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7245" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7243" CreationDate="2010-12-16T21:27:27.587" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A small correction in the &lt;code&gt;\else&lt;/code&gt; branch should do the trick.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section*{\ackname}%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In your version you have still &lt;code&gt;\abstractname&lt;/code&gt; in this line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T21:27:27.587" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7246" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13255" CreationDate="2010-12-16T22:14:46.727" Score="2" ViewCount="184" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to plot a datafile of a time series in pgfplots. The date is not in the YYYY-MM-DD hh:mm format required by the PGF calendar library (see p. 210 in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://pgfplots.sourceforge.net/pgfplots.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pgfplots manual&lt;/a&gt;), but in different columns called year, month, day etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way of joining different columns into a new string in the required format on the fly when calling &quot;\addplot table&quot; (maybe with something like &quot;x expr=...&quot;)? I'm trying to avoid using \pgfplotstableread with a &quot;create on use&quot; command because I have found that to take surprisingly long to run.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's an example of the datafile format I'm talking about:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;year, month, day, hour, minute, value&lt;br&gt;&#xA;2006, 5, 21, 1, 0, 10.5&lt;br&gt;&#xA;2006, 5, 22, 2, 0, 23.4&lt;br&gt;&#xA;2006, 5, 22, 4, 5, 30.1&lt;br&gt;&#xA;2006, 5, 27, 3, 0, 35.2&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T21:46:08.227" Title="Pgfplots: Assemble dates from different columns" Tags="&lt;pgfplots&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7247" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7248" CreationDate="2010-12-16T22:45:51.080" Score="2" ViewCount="280" Body="&lt;p&gt;The packages xypic, tikz and pstricks seem to be the ones commonly used to draw commutative diagrams. Having heard about the power of metapost and asymptote, I would like to experiment with them. The question is, how good are they for drawing commutative diagrams specifically? There does not seem to be any 'official' packages for this purpose at the moment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2265" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T11:14:11.873" Title="Commutative diagrams using metapost or asymptote" Tags="&lt;diagrams&gt;&lt;metapost&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7248" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7247" CreationDate="2010-12-16T23:25:36.300" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For Metapost, look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.topology.org/tex/conc/mp/README.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this page&lt;/a&gt;.  I am sure you can do the same with Asymptote, but I am not aware of any examples. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T23:25:36.300" />
  <row Id="7249" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6525" CreationDate="2010-12-16T23:26:40.953" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As I understand things, it's not necessary to do anything special for macros that get used inside equations; LyX just runs them through LaTeX and (with the aid of &lt;code&gt;preview.sty&lt;/code&gt;) extracts the preview images.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1189" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T23:26:40.953" />
  <row Id="7250" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7243" CreationDate="2010-12-16T23:28:34.883" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;hyperref creates page anchors. Since you've got 2 pages with the same number, even if it might not be printed, you would get two anchors with the same name.&#xA;If no page anchors are needed, &lt;code&gt;pageanchor=false&lt;/code&gt; removed the anchors and the warning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But if they are required, for instance for the index, you need another fix. One could switch it off and on:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\hypersetup{pageanchor=false}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;\begin{abstract}&#xA;...&#xA;\end{abstract}&#xA;\hypersetup{pageanchor=true}&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or check the definition of acknowledgements: what's the reason why you use the titlepage environment? This sets the page number (again) to 1. You could do it in another way, for example use &lt;code&gt;\thispagestyle{empty}&lt;/code&gt; instead if your reason is to have a page without visible page number.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Further there are hyperref options for avoiding such problems: &lt;code&gt;pdfpagelabels&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;plainpages=false&lt;/code&gt; are useful if page numbers repeat, though they don't help if &lt;code&gt;\thepage&lt;/code&gt; is repeated. Have a look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=pdfpagelabels&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Hyperref and repeated page numbers&lt;/a&gt; in the UK TeX FAQ. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T23:28:34.883" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7251" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3450" CreationDate="2010-12-16T23:53:07.317" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Geoffrey is close, but not quite correct. To &lt;em&gt;really&lt;/em&gt; make hyperref stop overriding Adobe [Acrobat] Reader's default zoom settings, you need to pass &lt;em&gt;this&lt;/em&gt; setting to hyperref:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\hypersetup{pdfstartview=}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This causes hyperref to omit the relevant key from the relevant PDF dictionary entirely, so that Reader just uses the (user-configured) default, even if the user has chosen something different from &lt;code&gt;FitH&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Note that support for an empty value for this option was added more recently than the option itself, so it is unfortunately not possible to get all versions of hyperref to leave this key out of the PDF.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1189" LastActivityDate="2010-12-16T23:53:07.317" />
  <row Id="7252" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6306" CreationDate="2010-12-17T00:15:36.807" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There's always the pencil-and-paper approach...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1189" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T00:15:36.807" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7253" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7281" CreationDate="2010-12-17T01:13:27.640" Score="1" ViewCount="244" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to use &lt;code&gt;longtable&lt;/code&gt; with repeating headers on each page. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Column 1 &amp;amp; Column 2 &amp;amp; Column 3 \endhead \midrule&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;results in an ugly multi-page table. The horizontal rule separating the headers from the data appears only on the first page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In an attempt to fix it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Column 1 &amp;amp; Column 2 &amp;amp; Column 3 \midrule \endhead&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd get the following error upon compile:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Misplaced \noalign.&#xA;\midrule -&amp;gt;\noalign &#xA;                    {\ifnum 0=`}\fi \@aboverulesep =\aboverulesep \global \@...&#xA;l.6 ...) &amp;amp; Column 2 &amp;amp; Column 3 \midrule&#xA;                                                   \endhead&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How do I make the horizontal rule also appear on every page?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a screenshot of the part of the manual where &lt;code&gt;\endhead&lt;/code&gt; is described:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/NySGW.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="791" LastEditorUserId="791" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-17T16:09:02.373" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T16:09:02.373" Title="\midrule before \endhead in longtable environment with booktabs package" Tags="&lt;header-footer&gt;&lt;longtable&gt;&lt;booktabs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="7254" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2656" CreationDate="2010-12-17T01:33:34.073" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Inspired by &lt;code&gt;\threesim&lt;/code&gt; in symbols-a4, which stacks three &lt;code&gt;\sim&lt;/code&gt; symbols, here's a solution for stacking and vertically centering a symbol three times:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*{\triple}[2][.1ex]{%&#xA;  \mathrel{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip%&#xA;  \hbox{$#2$}\vskip#1\hbox{$#2$}\vskip#1\hbox{$#2$}}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You may use it to stack three right or left arrows or others, just a dot for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*{\triplerightarrow}{\triple{\rightarrow}}&#xA;\newcommand*{\tripleleftarrow}{\triple{\leftarrow}}&#xA;\newcommand*{\tripledot}{\triple[-.6ex]{\cdot}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$X\triplerightarrow Y\tripledot\tripleleftarrow Z$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ATBoF.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You might adjust the spacing using the optional argument, perhaps choose another arrow with a smaller tip if you like.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T01:33:34.073" />
  <row Id="7255" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4911" CreationDate="2010-12-17T01:36:38.797" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could always provide the SQL code as &quot;attachments&quot; to the PDF. Of course, that might really only work with Acrobat Reader...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1189" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T01:36:38.797" />
  <row Id="7256" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="396" CreationDate="2010-12-17T01:55:41.553" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Writing !` (exclamation point followed by a backtick) is very easy:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Example: !`&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/XlOa9.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T01:55:41.553" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="7257" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6916" CreationDate="2010-12-17T02:37:54.603" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't know if this is an option: use another pdf reader to print the file. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T02:37:54.603" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7258" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11" CreationDate="2010-12-17T03:39:40.243" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To get started with LaTeX, visit:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ftp.yz.yamagata-u.ac.jp/pub/CTAN/info/first-latex-doc/first-latex-doc.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Getting something out of LATEX&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ftp.yz.yamagata-u.ac.jp/pub/CTAN/info/latex-doc-ptr/latex-doc-ptr.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Road Map&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T03:39:40.243" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-12-17T03:39:40.243" />
  <row Id="7259" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7260" CreationDate="2010-12-17T05:04:31.887" Score="4" ViewCount="91" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\newsavebox{\mybox}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\fbox{%&#xA;\begin{minipage}{5cm}&#xA;\sbox{\mybox}{from first minipage}&#xA;\usebox{\mybox}&#xA;\end{minipage}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;%nothing rendered&#xA;\fbox{\usebox{\mybox}}&#xA;&#xA;\vspace{3cm}&#xA;&#xA;\fbox{%&#xA;\begin{minipage}{5cm}&#xA;%nothing rendered&#xA;\usebox{\mybox}&#xA;\end{minipage}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T06:28:39.657" Title="Why there is no output when invoking \usebox{\mybox} outside the minipage in which \sbox{\mybox}{contents} is invoked?" Tags="&lt;minipage&gt;&lt;sbox&gt;&lt;newsavebox&gt;&lt;usebox&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7260" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7259" CreationDate="2010-12-17T05:38:30.723" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is no output because of TeX's scoping rules. This can be demonstrated by a simpler example and using &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt; rather than boxes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{minipage}{3cm} &#xA;  \def\fortytwo{42}&#xA;  \fortytwo&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This will typeset 42 within the minipage, but if you try and use &lt;code&gt;\fortytwo&lt;/code&gt; outside the minipage you will get an error `Undefined control sequence'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;TeX's scoping rules work similarly to &lt;em&gt;local&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;global&lt;/em&gt; scope in other programming languages. However in TeX it is a bit different. Try this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\def\fortytwo{42}&#xA;\begin{minipage}{2cm} &#xA;      \fortytwo&#xA;      \def\fortytwo{43}&#xA;      \fortytwo&#xA;    \end{minipage}&#xA;\fortytwo&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you will observe once you return to the outside of a macro, the old definition is retained, so in the example above you will get a 43 within the minipage but 42 outside it!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using boxes, we can demonstrate this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\newsavebox{\mybox}&#xA;\savebox{\mybox}{Outside scope}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{minipage}{3cm}&#xA;  \sbox{\mybox}{from first minipage}&#xA;  \usebox\mybox&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;&#xA;\usebox{\mybox}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This will typeset &lt;code&gt;from first minipage&lt;/code&gt; within the minipage and &lt;code&gt;Outside scope&lt;/code&gt; outside the minipage.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-17T06:28:39.657" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T06:28:39.657" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="7261" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7264" CreationDate="2010-12-17T05:55:13.070" Score="2" ViewCount="81" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to use arrows whose heads and/or tails can be almost-triangles: roughly, something like &lt;code&gt;A ———▷ B&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;A ▷——&amp;gt; B&lt;/code&gt;.  For the heads, there’s a good solution in &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.loria.fr/graph-pack/doc-xypic/xyguide-html/node20.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;xyguide&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newdir{|&amp;gt;}{!/4.5pt/@{|}*:(1,-.2)@^{&amp;gt;}*:(1,+.2)@_{&amp;gt;}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now &lt;code&gt;A \to/@{-|&amp;gt;}/ B&lt;/code&gt; works as desired.  Trying to use this as a tail suffers from a well-known problem, described further down the same page of the guide: “Often tips used as &quot;tails&quot; have their ink on the wrong side of the point where they are placed,” so they sit too far back and crash into the letter behind them, giving something like &lt;code&gt;A▷——&amp;gt; B&lt;/code&gt;.  Fortunately, the guide has an exercise on how to fix this, giving the solution&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newdir{ &amp;gt;}{{}*!/-5pt/@{&amp;gt;}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which, unmodified, works beautifully to give eg &lt;code&gt;A &amp;gt;——&amp;gt; B&lt;/code&gt;.  Unfortunately, the modification&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newdir{ |&amp;gt;}{{}*!/-5pt/@{|&amp;gt;}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;does not produce the expected result: &lt;code&gt;A \to/@{ |&amp;gt;-&amp;gt;}/ B&lt;/code&gt; gives something like &lt;code&gt;A▷ ——&amp;gt;B&lt;/code&gt;, with the tail pulled &lt;em&gt;back&lt;/em&gt; from the shaft and crashing even further into the letter behind it!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Changing the &lt;code&gt;-5pt&lt;/code&gt; to a different length—to &lt;code&gt;5pt&lt;/code&gt;, or &lt;code&gt;0pt&lt;/code&gt;, or &lt;code&gt;50pt&lt;/code&gt;—makes no difference to this result.  Other modifiers here work as I’d expect; for instance, &lt;code&gt;\newdir{ |&amp;gt;}{{}*:(1,1)@{|&amp;gt;}}&lt;/code&gt; rotates the triangle.  But the &lt;code&gt;!/-5pt/&lt;/code&gt;, which as I understand should shift the reference point, and seems to do this fine in the exercise from the guide, just doesn’t seem to work as expected in this example.  I’m completely stumped.  What gives?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1635" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T08:26:48.510" Title="Utterly stumped by xypic \newdir — just combining examples from xyguide!" Tags="&lt;arrows&gt;&lt;newdir&gt;&lt;xy-pic&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="7262" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7269" CreationDate="2010-12-17T07:44:09.263" Score="12" ViewCount="238" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi all,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd like to include a table of numbers in my document. Those numbers are defined by two parameters $n$ and $k$, and I'd like to achieve a presentation similar to what Comtet did in &quot;Advanced Combinatorics&quot;. More precisely, I'm interested in dividing the top-left cell to include both $n$ and $k$, as he did in the example below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/kZgJb.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How do I do that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="440" LastActivityDate="2010-12-20T17:49:24.447" Title="Tables of numbers" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7263" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11" CreationDate="2010-12-17T07:51:16.963" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think I would suggest the book by van Dongen, Latex and Friends, which is very up-to-date (in fact, still being written) --- for example, it has a long chapter on tikz. The current version is available here:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://csweb.ucc.ie/~dongen/LaTeX-and-Friends.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://csweb.ucc.ie/~dongen/LaTeX-and-Friends.pdf&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="714" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T07:51:16.963" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-12-17T07:51:16.963" />
  <row Id="7264" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7261" CreationDate="2010-12-17T08:26:48.510" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not an xy-expert, but I &lt;em&gt;think&lt;/em&gt; it's do to with grouping.  A little experimenting makes it seem that the distance modifier is applied only to the current object in the combination and isn't recursively applied.  Moreover, it's cancelled by the distance modifier in the arrow definition.  I don't know if it's possible to fix this, but defining the adjusted arrow &quot;from scratch&quot; seems to work.  For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newdir{ |&amp;gt;}{{}*!/-1pt/@{|}*!/-6pt/:(1,-.2)@^{&amp;gt;}*!/-6pt/:(1,+.2)@_{&amp;gt;}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Adjusting the &lt;code&gt;-1pt&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;-6pt&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;-6pt&lt;/code&gt; does shift the arrow tail.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T08:26:48.510" />
  <row Id="7265" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-17T09:07:17.650" Score="5" ViewCount="228" Body="&lt;p&gt;When compile in pdflatex we need *.aux file is separate folder. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2556" LastActivityDate="2010-12-20T07:18:46.363" Title="need *.aux file in seprate folder" Tags="&lt;auxiliary-files&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="7267" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2656" CreationDate="2010-12-17T09:58:37.710" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;\substack&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$X\substack{\rightarrow\\[-1em] \rightarrow \\[-1em] \rightarrow} Y$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;you can change &lt;code&gt;[-1em]&lt;/code&gt; to be any value as you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;(Added by Hendrik Vogt:)&lt;/em&gt; With&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$X \mathrel{\substack{\textstyle\rightarrow\\[-0.6ex]&#xA;                      \textstyle\rightarrow \\[-0.6ex]&#xA;                      \textstyle\rightarrow}} Y$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;you get something quite close to &lt;code&gt;\rightrightarrows&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2557" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-17T10:35:11.270" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T10:35:11.270" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7268" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-17T10:02:55.677" Score="4" ViewCount="162" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not totally sure whether this is the right spot to ask this question, but here it comes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When creating scientific posters, you often have to place text, figures, and formulas on a large (A0) paper. There are programs that are commonly used (e.g. PowerPoint), which neither make good text layout nor support formulas. Other programs are great with text and pictures but don't make it easy to have complex formulas - especially formulas inline with the text. And while you can create the complete poster in Latex, which &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/341/how-to-create-posters-using-latex&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt; is about, I'd really like to use the mouse to do the layout.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;So, what solutions have you come across that more or less do the job of creating a scientific poster which includes Latex-formulas?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm mainly interested in free software, but please also give commercial solutions as answer. Also the operating system doesn't matter that much. I'm using Ubuntu but can go to Windows, too. If it's Mac, well maybe it helps someone else.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2124" LastEditorUserId="2124" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-17T11:28:41.733" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T13:07:49.533" Title="Which programs can be used to embed LaTeX into a poster?" Tags="&lt;tools&gt;&lt;posters&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7269" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7262" CreationDate="2010-12-17T10:05:24.817" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A simple solution is to use the slashbox package&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{slashbox}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{c|cc}&#xA; \backslashbox{n}{k} &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 1\\\hline&#xA;0 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 2 \\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/R5iNp.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to connect certain cells within the table with arrows and so an, it might be easier to use tikz. Here is a somehow evil hack to get a slashbox in a matrix of nodes. I am sure this can be done much better by someone else&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{slashbox}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{matrix}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;%\begin{tabular}{c|cc}&#xA; %\backslashbox{n}{k} &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 1\\\hline&#xA;%0 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 2 \\&#xA;%\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA; \matrix (mymatrix) [matrix of nodes,&#xA;            nodes in empty cells,&#xA;%text depth=.5ex,&#xA;text height=1.5ex,&#xA;text width=1.5ex&#xA;            ]&#xA;{&#xA;\begin{scope} \tikz\node[overlay] at (-.8ex,-0.4ex){\footnotesize n};\tikz\node[overlay] at (1ex,0.5ex){\footnotesize k}; \end{scope} &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; 8\\\hline&#xA;4 &amp;amp; |[fill=blue!10]|5 &amp;amp; 6 &amp;amp; 4\\&#xA;7 &amp;amp; 8 &amp;amp; 9 &amp;amp; 0\\&#xA;10 &amp;amp; 11 &amp;amp; 12 &amp;amp; |[fill=blue!10]|1\\&#xA;};&#xA;%vertical and diagonal line&#xA;\draw (mymatrix-1-2.north west) -- (mymatrix-4-2.south west);&#xA;\draw (mymatrix-1-1.north west) -- (mymatrix-1-1.south east);%n k diagonal line&#xA;&#xA;%connection between nodes&#xA;\draw[-&amp;gt;] (mymatrix-2-2) to [bend right=25] (mymatrix-4-4.north west);&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/h4A9p.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="632" LastEditorUserId="632" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-17T12:45:01.280" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T12:45:01.280" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="7270" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7268" CreationDate="2010-12-17T10:11:17.587" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use &lt;a href=&quot;http://inkscape.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Inkscape&lt;/a&gt;.&#xA;It's a free (GPL) vector drawing application. You can embed pdf directly and eps using the pstoedit library. But there is also an extension called &lt;a href=&quot;http://pav.iki.fi/software/textext/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;textext&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; that allows you to include TeX directly. (it also relies on pstoedit)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2210" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T10:11:17.587" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7271" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7268" CreationDate="2010-12-17T10:11:42.080" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/preview.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;preview&lt;/a&gt; package is afaik able to extract equations as pictures from a LaTeX document. I think the biggest problem is that of a matching text and equation font. I have seen people working with the free vector program inkscape to produce their posters (but this more as a side-note)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="632" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T10:11:42.080" />
  <row Id="7272" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7265" CreationDate="2010-12-17T10:14:01.880" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;With miktex and texlive you can use &lt;code&gt;--output-directory=dir&lt;/code&gt;. This will put all output files including log and pdf/dvi in this directory (and append it to the search path so that auxiliary files are found). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In miktex you can additionally set &lt;code&gt;--aux-directory=dir&lt;/code&gt; which will put only the auxiliary files in this directory. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T10:14:01.880" />
  <row Id="7273" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7247" CreationDate="2010-12-17T10:29:47.043" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Zoonekynd's example #269 from &lt;a href=&quot;http://zoonek.free.fr/LaTeX/Metapost/metapost.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;his Metapost examples page&lt;/a&gt; (excuse the grainy Gif):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/KCMsM.gif&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The code conceals a whole MP library defining a &lt;code&gt;begindiag...enddiag&lt;/code&gt; group defining &lt;code&gt;node&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;rarrow&lt;/code&gt; primitives for the parts of the CD, with which the above diagram can be typeset using:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;  begindiag;&#xA;    node &quot;A&quot;;&#xA;      rarrowto(1,0, &quot;above&quot; =&gt; &quot;a&quot;,&#xA;               &quot;shape&quot; =&gt; &quot;middle&quot;,&#xA;               &quot;curved&quot; =&gt; 3mm,&#xA;               &quot;dashed&quot; =&gt; withsmalldots);&#xA;      rarrowto(0,1, &quot;below&quot; =&gt; &quot;b&quot;,&#xA;               &quot;color&quot; =&gt; blue,&#xA;               &quot;shape&quot; =&gt; &quot;mapsto&quot;,&#xA;               &quot;dashed&quot; =&gt; evenly);&#xA;    node &quot;A&quot;;&#xA;      rarrowto(1,0, &quot;above&quot; =&gt; &quot;c&quot;, &quot;width&quot; =&gt; 1bp, &quot;shape&quot; =&gt; &quot;inj&quot;);&#xA;      rarrowto(0,1, &quot;below&quot; =&gt; &quot;d&quot;, &quot;shape&quot; =&gt; &quot;mono&quot;);&#xA;    node &quot;A&quot;;&#xA;    nextline;&#xA;    node &quot;A&quot;;&#xA;      rarrowto(1,0, &quot;below&quot; =&gt; &quot;e&quot;, &quot;shape&quot; =&gt; &quot;epi&quot;);&#xA;    node &quot;A&quot;;&#xA;      rarrowto(1,-1, &quot;below&quot; =&gt; &quot;f&quot;, &quot;curved&quot; =&gt; -3mm, &quot;shape&quot; =&gt; &quot;half_dotted&quot;);&#xA;  enddiag;&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Jan links to Alan Kennington's Metapost examples (thanks: I didn't know of them), but from what I can see, while the examples there are impressive, there is no real CD library from what I saw.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Like Jan, I know of no Asymptote code for CDs, but it should not be difficult to trabnslate the Alan Kennington CD examples to it, because they don't make use of equation solving.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T10:29:47.043" />
  <row Id="7274" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7268" CreationDate="2010-12-17T10:30:43.037" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I myself have tried to use the free desktop publishing program &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.scribus.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ScribusNG&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is nice for text (even has baseline grid to align baselines across text blocks/columns) and images. It now features rudimentary Latex support, where you can render Latex-Code into your document. Though when you want inline formulas, you'll need to let Latex render whole paragraphs or text blocks. And then you aren't able to sustain the register. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also I didn't manage to remove the white background from the Latex output in order to place it above other elements.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2124" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T10:30:43.037" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7275" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7329" CreationDate="2010-12-17T10:52:42.527" Score="7" ViewCount="216" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi all,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to find a nice way to typeset a relation used in combinatorial game theory. It's supposed to be a combination of &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;||&lt;/code&gt; symbols (with the first vertical line connected to the &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;/code&gt;), though preferably with similar heights.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/TSobl.png&quot; alt=&quot;On numbers and games&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(&lt;a href=&quot;http://books.google.com/books?id=tXiVo8qA5PQC&amp;amp;lpg=PP1&amp;amp;dq=conway%20on%20numbers%20and%20games&amp;amp;pg=PA78#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Google Book search&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've had some luck with joining the existing symbols &lt;code&gt;\lhd&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\shortmid&lt;/code&gt;, but I can never get the spacing correct; while in some cases it looks perfect, in others there is too much or too little spacing between.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, in normal text, where the symbol is mentioned, spaces - essential in math mode since this is a relation, but messy in text - will always appear; how can I get around this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mike&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2558" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-17T17:48:17.727" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T14:50:45.143" Title="Relation symbol used by Conway in On Numbers and Games" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7276" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-17T10:56:42.667" Score="2" ViewCount="202" Body="&lt;p&gt;We have table caption background image. We put this as image. But we need the table caption and images exactly same width as table body. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2556" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-03T19:11:06.983" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T19:11:06.983" Title="Table caption Width" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;floats&gt;&lt;captions&gt;&lt;width&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7277" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7247" CreationDate="2010-12-17T11:14:11.873" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For simple CDs, you could use the rather appealing (IMHO) approach of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/eplain/doc/eplain.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Eplain&lt;/a&gt; (link is a PDF-file), from which the following example is taken:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\input eplain&#xA;$$&#xA;  \commdiag{&#xA;    Y           &amp;amp; \mapright^f           &amp;amp; E \cr&#xA;    \mapdown    &amp;amp; \arrow(3,2)\lft{f_t}  &amp;amp; \mapdown \cr&#xA;    Y \times I  &amp;amp; \mapright^{\bar f_t}  &amp;amp; X&#xA;  }&#xA;$$&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which produces:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Vy0L3.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; title=&quot;Hosted by imgur.com&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T11:14:11.873" />
  <row Id="7278" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7283" CreationDate="2010-12-17T11:30:20.873" Score="14" ViewCount="556" Body="&lt;p&gt;Given the active development in latex and context, and how latex 'insulates the writer from typographical details' and context 'gives the user extensive control over formatting' thus taking useful complementary approaches, is there any reason to use plain tex?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2265" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-17T14:20:34.200" LastActivityDate="2010-12-18T17:36:51.153" Title="Are there any reasons to use plain tex?" Tags="&lt;plain-tex&gt;" AnswerCount="6" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7279" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7278" CreationDate="2010-12-17T11:57:50.450" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is TeX rather than LaTeX that &lt;em&gt;insulates the writer from typographical details&lt;/em&gt;. LaTeX provides a &lt;code&gt;library&lt;/code&gt; mainly for structured documentation thus extending the basic typographical rules that are in-built in TeX; all the main typographical rules such as hyphenation, kerning, breaking and floating items are provided by TeX.  &lt;code&gt;Plain&lt;/code&gt; TeX normally refers to another set of macros distributed with TeX that is very similar to those provided by LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;LaTeX provides another advantage over the original plain TeX macros in that it provided a better human interface - and IMHO its main strength. There is also a substantial amount of packages that work with it whereas the same is not true fro plain TeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If the OP means using plain TeX over LaTeX, most users will opt for the latter. Macro writers continue to use a mixture of TeX and LaTeX commands in packages - even if this is frowned upon and this is perhaps unavoidable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Compared to other computer languages one would never dream of producing a serious amount of programming by using only the libraries of the language - in our case LaTeX. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To summarize the answer - use LaTeX but do not be afraid to mingle a bit of TeX. Use TeX only if you have a few commands to test and just saying &lt;code&gt;\bye&lt;/code&gt;, is quicker than typing all the preamble commands of a LaTeX class.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PS: Knuth still typesets all his books using plain TeX, so maybe he knows something!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-17T12:04:15.463" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T12:04:15.463" />
  <row Id="7280" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7278" CreationDate="2010-12-17T12:03:47.523" Score="15" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;LaTeX does 90% of what I need, but there are times when I just need to get under the hood. It's the whole &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.joelonsoftware.com/articles/LeakyAbstractions.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;leaky abstraction&lt;/a&gt; thing. So although I don't recommend learning plain TeX the format, I think learning the core TeX language can make you a much better LaTeX or ConTeXt user. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-17T13:47:12.090" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T13:47:12.090" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7281" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7253" CreationDate="2010-12-17T12:14:33.440" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It seems that you simply forgot the double &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{geometry}&#xA;\geometry{paperwidth=5cm,paperheight=5cm}%a very small page&#xA;\usepackage{longtable,booktabs}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;\begin{longtable}{ll}&#xA; \caption{My longtable} \\&#xA;\toprule&#xA;col 1 &amp;amp;col 2  \\ \midrule&#xA;\endfirsthead&#xA;\toprule&#xA;col 1 &amp;amp; col 2 \\ \midrule&#xA;\endhead&#xA;\hline&#xA;\multicolumn{2}{c}{Continued}\\&#xA;\bottomrule&#xA;\endfoot&#xA;\bottomrule&#xA;\endlastfoot&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 2\\&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 2\\&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 2\\&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 2\\&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 2\\&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 2\\&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 2\\&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 2\\&#xA;&#xA;\end{longtable}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/LL3qF.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="632" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T12:14:33.440" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7282" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7278" CreationDate="2010-12-17T12:23:45.357" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For me, I like to know what's on my plate, so to speak. I can think of a couple of reasons:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;When you absolutely need to regain&#xA;control for some very specific&#xA;formatting. Where loading a bucketload of packages for those specific needs might seem more trouble than laying it out in Plain.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Learning a language for&#xA;learning a language's sake. Although&#xA;the same could be said about LaTeX, I suppose.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In general, from how I've understood things, LaTeX &quot;enforces&quot; a specific way to format a document, and when you need to break away from that (in a way that LaTeX doesn't provide), you use a package designed for those specific needs. Usually this is what you want; a standard way to format documents. Note, however, that for the most part, you can just use Plain-commands inside a LaTeX document if need be.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ConTeXt, on the other hand, in addition to the above about LaTeX, is basically a re-implementation of the TeX programming language done in Lua (over-simplification for MkIV, sorry! ;-) ). Watching this years TUG-conference talk of Hans Hagen reveals the &quot;why&quot;: their specific needs included fully automated, non-attended builds of documents.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T12:23:45.357" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7283" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7278" CreationDate="2010-12-17T12:23:46.907" Score="15" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Without disagreeing with the other answers, let my try to give an answer to your actual question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;I think that the best reason by far to use Plain TeX is that it will compile in 20 years and produce exactly the same output as it does now and as it did 20 years ago.&lt;/strong&gt; (Okay, Knuth has fixed some extremely minor bugs.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Consider the situation with LaTeX today. Various versions of packages can give wildly different results. I've written papers with people and in the 15 minutes before the deadline, we had three different looking PDFs, one of which was over the page limit, from the same code because the page breaking decision had been changed by &lt;em&gt;something&lt;/em&gt;. And that's with everybody using LaTeX 2e. Try compiling a LaTeX 2.09 file today. What about Lamport's original LaTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The situation with ConTeXt seems to be worse. It is still in heavy, active development.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T12:23:46.907" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="7284" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7276" CreationDate="2010-12-17T13:07:14.757" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For customizing captions, the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/caption&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;caption&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; packages is highly recommendable. Besides a lot of other features, you can also adjust the width of captions, for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\captionsetup{width=6cm}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You may use this command globally in your preamble but also within a table environment, which keeps it local and thus limits the effect of this setting.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With a KOMA-Script class, without the &lt;code&gt;caption&lt;/code&gt; package, you could use &lt;code&gt;\setcapwidth&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setcapwidth[c]{6cm}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since you use a background image, you might know the necessary width. Even if you don't know it, the width for the caption could be automatically calculated from the width of the table or image. Then the command &lt;code&gt;\settowidth&lt;/code&gt; comes handy`.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;create a macro for the width: &lt;code&gt;\newlength{\cwidth}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;get the width of the object: &lt;code&gt;\settowidth{\cwidth}{object}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;set the caption widht by one of the two commands at the beginning of this answer&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;print out the object&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could even write a macro for automatizing that, like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\autowidth}[1]{%&#xA;  \settowidth{\cwidth}{#1}%&#xA;  \captionsetup{width=\cwidth}%&#xA;  #1%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This works well with images. Tables might be harder as object, but in your case you could refer to your background images.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T13:07:14.757" />
  <row Id="7285" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7268" CreationDate="2010-12-17T13:07:49.533" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd suggest &lt;a href=&quot;http://tclab.kaist.ac.kr/ipe/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;IPE&lt;/a&gt;. It's a vector drawing tool that uses Latex for all its text objects, allows to include raster based images and uses pdf as its default output format. It takes a while to get the hang of the interface, but it's well worth it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T13:07:49.533" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7286" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7290" CreationDate="2010-12-17T13:17:54.810" Score="4" ViewCount="144" Body="&lt;p&gt;Note: the red lines have the same length.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/MZ4Ob.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage[showframe,paperwidth=4cm,paperheight=4cm,margin=1cm]{geometry}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;%&#xA;\vspace*{\fill}%&#xA;\fbox{test}%&#xA;\vspace*{\fill}%&#xA;%&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T14:12:04.660" Title="How to make an exact vertically centered object in a page?" Tags="&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="7287" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7286" CreationDate="2010-12-17T13:28:28.793" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I got the solution. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/pgGW0.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage[showframe,paperwidth=4cm,paperheight=4cm,margin=1cm]{geometry}&#xA;\begin{document}%&#xA;\noindent%&#xA;\begin{minipage}[c][\textheight][c]{\textwidth}%&#xA;\centering\fbox{test}%&#xA;\end{minipage}%&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T13:28:28.793" />
  <row Id="7288" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7289" CreationDate="2010-12-17T13:30:14.207" Score="5" ViewCount="150" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use the LaTeX wikibook a lot and found this &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/LaTeX/Bibliography_Management#Preserving_capital_letters&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;solution&lt;/a&gt; to preserving capitalization in titles, which is to wrap letters (or whole titles) in curly braces. The phrase &quot;In the event that BibTeX has been set to not preserve all capitalization within titles&quot; suggests that I can fix this with a setting, instead of going back into my .bib files and wrapping titles in {}. Is this true?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;FWIW, I use natbib and cite mostly journal articles, which tend to have full capitalization except for articles. Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="320" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T13:39:19.497" Title="Preserving capitalization in BibTex titles" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;natbib&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="7289" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7288" CreationDate="2010-12-17T13:39:19.497" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes and no. The &quot;setting&quot; comes from the style file you use for your bibliography.&#xA;Changing the style will change the way BibTeX dos or does not use capital letters.&#xA;You might also try to change the &lt;code&gt;bst&lt;/code&gt; file. But given its complicated structure and the fact that a publisher might use his own style / require you to use his, this is usually not a possibility.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But in general using &lt;code&gt;{&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;}&lt;/code&gt; is the quickest way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2210" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T13:39:19.497" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7290" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7286" CreationDate="2010-12-17T14:12:04.660" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think the  difference you observed came from the &lt;code&gt;\topskip&lt;/code&gt; that is automatically inserted. You can see the effect by commenting and uncommenting the &lt;code&gt;\topskip0pt&lt;/code&gt; macro below.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage[showframe,paperwidth=4cm,paperheight=8cm,margin=1cm]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\newcommand{\vstretch}[1]{\vspace*{\stretch{#1}}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\topskip0pt&#xA;\vstretch{1}&#xA;\noindent\fbox{test}%&#xA;\vstretch{1}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T14:12:04.660" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7291" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7408" CreationDate="2010-12-17T15:12:50.523" Score="0" ViewCount="165" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to use one .bib file for everything and not have to keep a copy in each project's folder. By reading around I see that if I were calling bibtex manually, then I could add the string &lt;code&gt;--include-directory&lt;/code&gt; with the path to the .bib file (I plan on keeping the .bib file with my other latex style files).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In my _vimrc file I do set some g: variables for latex (like to set latex, pdf viewer, etc), but I can't find anything in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://vim-latex.sourceforge.net/documentation/latex-suite.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;documentation&lt;/a&gt; about a g: variable for the bibtex call. Is this possible? Or do I have to specify the full path in my &lt;code&gt;\bibliography{}&lt;/code&gt; call?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="320" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T15:46:41.260" Title="Set custom bibtex call in Vim latex suite on windows (to add --include-directory)" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;vim&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7292" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7199" CreationDate="2010-12-17T15:24:29.623" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;the current pstricks-add from &lt;a href=&quot;http://texnik.dante.de&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://texnik.dante.de&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;knows a macro for calculating and saving 10 points as nodes,&#xA;the two central points and the four points on the circle.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;    \documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pstricks-add}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{pspicture}[showgrid](0,0)(10,10)&#xA;\pscircle(1,1){1}\pscircle(7,7){3}&#xA;\psCircleTangents(1,1){1}(7,7){3}&#xA;\pcline[nodesep=-1cm,linecolor=blue](CircleTO1)(CircleTO2)&#xA;\pcline[nodesep=-1cm,linecolor=blue](CircleTO3)(CircleTO4)&#xA;\pcline[nodesep=-1cm,linecolor=red](CircleTI1)(CircleTI2)&#xA;\pcline[nodesep=-1cm,linecolor=red](CircleTI3)(CircleTI4)&#xA;\psdots(CircleTC1)\psdots(CircleTC2)%&#xA;  (CircleTO1)(CircleTO2)(CircleTO3)(CircleTO4)%&#xA;  (CircleTI1)(CircleTI2)(CircleTI3)(CircleTI4)%&#xA;\end{pspicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the output looks like!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/fjHvG.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&#xA;Herbert&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T15:24:29.623" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="7293" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7276" CreationDate="2010-12-17T16:01:48.063" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Put the table first in a box then you its width and height&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Herbert &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T16:01:48.063" />
  <row Id="7294" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7298" CreationDate="2010-12-17T16:04:09.163" Score="1" ViewCount="145" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm testing some examples with Beamer, and when I run &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.informatik.uni-freiburg.de/~frank/ENG/beamer/example/beamer-class-example-en-7.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this example&lt;/a&gt;, I have this error message.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;gt; \ProvidesPackageRCS=macro:&#xA;-&amp;gt;\def \pgfrcs@marshal {\ProvidesPackage {\pgf@rcsfile }}\pgfrcs@parserest .&#xA;l.1 \show\ProvidesPackageRCS&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I just ignore it, and return to get the pdf file anyway.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This line causes the problem&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{beamerthemeshadow}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As replacing with this line, I have no error message at all.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usetheme{Warsaw}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;What's wrong with this beamerthemeshadow?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;What's the difference between using \usepackage{} and \usetheme{} in Beamer?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I use MacTeX 2009.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="379" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T17:15:23.617" Title="Beamer error when using '\usepackage{beamerthemeshadow}'" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="7295" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7304" CreationDate="2010-12-17T16:13:36.320" Score="3" ViewCount="100" Body="&lt;p&gt;I can use &lt;em&gt;latex -v&lt;/em&gt; to check the version of LaTeX. Is there a way to check what version of MacTeX (MacTeX 2008, 2009 or 2010) is installed? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="379" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T17:07:05.470" Title="Checking MacTeX version installed on a mac." Tags="&lt;mactex&gt;" AnswerCount="4" />
  <row Id="7296" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7294" CreationDate="2010-12-17T16:24:55.427" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I can't reproduce the problem, since the code compiles without errors for me, and therefore not answer on the first part.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But the &lt;code&gt;\usetheme{MYTHEME}&lt;/code&gt; command basically loads the file &lt;code&gt;beamerthemeMYTHEME.sty&lt;/code&gt;. The actual theme is split up into several files according to some naming convention, each containing inner theme, outer theme, font theme and so on. The main theme package loads the other files like &lt;code&gt;beamerfontthemeMYTHEME.sty&lt;/code&gt; and so forth.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\usepackage&lt;/code&gt; command just includes the one package you specify. You can replace &lt;code&gt;\usetheme{MYTHEME}&lt;/code&gt; by &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{beamerthemeMYTHEME}&lt;/code&gt; if you want. But it's probably better to stick to the beamer guide.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I believe &lt;code&gt;beamerthemeshadow&lt;/code&gt; is not part of a single big theme and thus does not follow the naming convention.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The advantage of the naming system of beamer is that you can freely combine inner and outer themes from different 'global' themes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2210" LastEditorUserId="2210" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-17T16:39:36.987" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T16:39:36.987" />
  <row Id="7297" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7083" CreationDate="2010-12-17T16:27:08.000" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;@Matt Knepley minted does not work at all inside a beamer note. Did you actually try this before posting your answer? The only environments that work in \note are the \lstinputlisting and semiverbatim.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2566" LastEditorUserId="2566" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-17T16:33:47.337" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T16:33:47.337" />
  <row Id="7298" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7294" CreationDate="2010-12-17T16:35:06.820" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Shadow is an old style theme, and the manual suggests using Warsaw instead.  The file you're citing is dated 2007, which means maybe the original author was used to the old conventions of &lt;code&gt;\usepackage&lt;/code&gt; versus &lt;code&gt;\usetheme&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, the message you quote is not an error.  The first line of whatever file you're actually compiling must have &lt;code&gt;\show\ProvidesPackageRCS&lt;/code&gt; in it, and the normal behavior of &lt;code&gt;\show&lt;/code&gt; is to interrupt compiling and output the next token's definition.  As you note, ignoring the message doesn't cause any further compile problems.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have MacTeX 2009 installed as well, and my &lt;code&gt;beamerthemeshadow.sty&lt;/code&gt; doesn't have that in it, but maybe the one you're reading does.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anyway, long story short, don't worry about a non-error when using an obsolescent theme.  Just use Warsaw and go about your business. &lt;code&gt;:-D&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-17T17:15:23.617" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T17:15:23.617" />
  <row Id="7299" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7295" CreationDate="2010-12-17T16:36:14.680" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;; readlink /usr/texbin&#xA;../usr/local/texlive/2010/bin/x86_64-darwin&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T16:36:14.680" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7300" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7303" CreationDate="2010-12-17T16:44:38.257" Score="3" ViewCount="219" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to have a function name (like g(.)) and I do this in this ways:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;$g \left( . \right)$&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;$g(.)$&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But in either way, the dot &quot;.&quot; seems a little lower than it is better to be. I am wondering if there is another way to have this output? (this may seem so basic but when I saw that writing three consecutive dots has its own command, I doubted may be I am doing it wrong) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2244" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-17T17:51:55.630" LastActivityDate="2010-12-18T10:37:28.997" Title="vertically centered dot" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7301" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7324" CreationDate="2010-12-17T16:47:10.740" Score="4" ViewCount="173" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/vc/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;vc bundle&lt;/a&gt; to add version information to my files. I'd like to go the &quot;write18&quot; route, rather than the makefile route, for now at least. I believe to make it work, I need to allow the vc script to run. TeXlive has a restricted write18 list, of commands that can be run. (I believe I've understood this correctly...) So my question is: how do I the &lt;code&gt;vc&lt;/code&gt; script to this list?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm on ubuntu 10.10 with the packaged version of TeXlive 2009. I think I found the right file, in &lt;code&gt;/etc/texmf/texmf.d/95NonPath.cnf&lt;/code&gt; but it is write only. So before I &lt;code&gt;sudo emacs&lt;/code&gt; it, I wanted to check I am doing the right thing. Is there a way I could keep my configuration files I've changed in my &lt;code&gt;~/texmf&lt;/code&gt; tree?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I could just emacs-fu my way to automatically have vc run, but I'd rather have a write18 solution...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So here's the relevant part of my preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\immediate\write18{sh ./vc}&#xA;\input{vc}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have tried adding &lt;code&gt;vc&lt;/code&gt; to the &lt;code&gt;shell_escape_commands&lt;/code&gt; list in &lt;code&gt;/etc/texmf/texmf.d/95NonPath.cnf&lt;/code&gt; but this didn't work. &lt;code&gt;kpsewhich -expand-var '$shell_escape_commands'&lt;/code&gt; still doesn't list it. So I add &lt;code&gt;vc&lt;/code&gt; directly into &lt;code&gt;/usr/share/texmf/web2c/texmf.cnf&lt;/code&gt; but this doesn't work either. I don't think I can add &lt;code&gt;sh ./vc&lt;/code&gt; to the shell escape list, since I'm not allowed spaces in that list right? Would adding &lt;code&gt;sh&lt;/code&gt; to the list work? Is that a good idea? I'm pretty sure that would be dangerous...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-18T22:35:36.787" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T21:28:35.187" Title="adding vc to restricted write18 list" Tags="&lt;revision-control&gt;&lt;write18&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="7302" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7295" CreationDate="2010-12-17T16:48:23.807" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Create a &quot;hello world&quot; latex file and compile it.  Look at the console or &lt;code&gt;.log&lt;/code&gt; file and see what files are being loaded.  On my machine I see&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/article.cls...&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So you can guess it's TL 2010.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T16:48:23.807" />
  <row Id="7303" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7300" CreationDate="2010-12-17T16:51:02.950" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;\cdot&lt;/code&gt; for a single vertically centred dot.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2265" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-18T10:37:28.997" LastActivityDate="2010-12-18T10:37:28.997" />
  <row Id="7304" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7295" CreationDate="2010-12-17T17:01:37.077" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;MacTeX installs a System Preferences pane which shows TeX installations for selection. There you can see the version.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a screenshot made by LaTeX@TUG: &lt;a href=&quot;http://latex.tugraz.at/_media/programme/macosx_texdistributions_prefpane.png?w=300&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;prefpane.png&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T17:01:37.077" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7305" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7295" CreationDate="2010-12-17T17:07:05.470" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;cd /usr/texbin&#xA;pwd -P&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This gives me &lt;code&gt;/usr/local/texlive/2009/bin/universal-darwin&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="324" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T17:07:05.470" />
  <row Id="7306" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6195" CreationDate="2010-12-17T18:20:59.683" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;just to add another one....&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\mathop{=}\limits^!&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T18:20:59.683" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7308" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7300" CreationDate="2010-12-17T18:31:19.297" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;code&gt;\mathord{\cdot}&lt;/code&gt; for a centered dot with symbol-like (rather than binary operation-like) spacing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T18:31:19.297" />
  <row Id="7309" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="341" CreationDate="2010-12-17T19:41:27.810" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;there is also the umbcposter package (similar to baposter)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2401" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T19:41:27.810" />
  <row Id="7310" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2470" CreationDate="2010-12-17T20:47:53.710" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;AUCTeX mode for Emacs can pretty much do all of this, and can display equations, etc., in the .tex file, which can make editing a lot easier.  Typing C-c ` after compilation fails will bring the cursor to the spot of the first error.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2570" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T20:47:53.710" />
  <row Id="7311" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7242" CreationDate="2010-12-17T21:31:15.030" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Datatool doesn't always work perfectly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In short, your example should work, but my guess is that &lt;code&gt;\DTLaddall&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\DTLgaddall&lt;/code&gt; don't like how the &lt;code&gt;\DTLforeach&lt;/code&gt; loop or the datatool package is making those number. If you use a different macro with a number in it, it seems to work. No matter what I do, I can't make datatool accept a number made from the database. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know that's not an answer, but I will give you three holiday presents:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1) I've been burned by datatool in the past. It's not remotely bug free, so from my perspective, it's likely a bug.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2) pgf's foreach and math functions can do what you want very easily and you might consider those. You can use datatool to get the csv data and use pgf to walk through it. If you want, I can post an example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;3) I think you already know this, but you can accomplish totaling everything within the database by doing the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{datatool}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\def\mynum{0}&#xA;\DTLloaddb{contrib}{test.csv}&#xA;&#xA;% add &quot;total&quot; column&#xA;%\tracingmacros=1&#xA;\DTLforeach{contrib}{\contribD=donor,\contribC=core,\contribNC=noncore}{%&#xA;\DTLgadd{\mynum}{\contribNC}{\mynum}&#xA;\DTLgadd{\mynum}{\contribC}{\mynum}&#xA;%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\mynum&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hopefully this helps. Let me know if it doesn't. Again, I understand that I'm not answering your question (other than that I think datatool is broken), but hopefully I solved your problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, btw, the author does make patches and she did fix it for me when I asked her to.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="659" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T21:31:15.030" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7312" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7313" CreationDate="2010-12-17T21:37:21.237" Score="14" ViewCount="204" Body="&lt;p&gt;I came across a &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.namsu.de/latex/kapitel5_1.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;German LaTeX page&lt;/a&gt; and found instructions like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\Large{bit bigger}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;{\Large a bit bigger}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{Large} ... \end{Large}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it true that all three are &quot;correct&quot;? I only remember the second one being correct for 1) &lt;code&gt;\Large&lt;/code&gt; and others don't take an argument and perhaps I forgot about 3). Can somebody enlighten me?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="243" LastActivityDate="2010-12-18T14:23:52.183" Title="How to use \Large et al." Tags="&lt;fontsize&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7313" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7312" CreationDate="2010-12-17T22:06:24.567" Score="21" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You are indeed correct.  The &lt;code&gt;\Large&lt;/code&gt; command and its ilk change the font size for everything following them up until the end of the group, just like &lt;code&gt;\color{red}&lt;/code&gt;.  This means that &lt;code&gt;\Large{bit bigger}&lt;/code&gt; will appear to work in certain cases, since it's parsed as two things: first, the command &lt;code&gt;\Large&lt;/code&gt;, and second, the group &lt;code&gt;{bit bigger}&lt;/code&gt;.  The difference—and the reason that #1 is incorrect—is easy to see: compare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;In this sentence, {\Large only some text is large} and the rest is normal.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;In this sentence, \Large{too much text is large}, including this.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The former renders as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/dbg9A.png&quot; alt=&quot;Good usage of \Large.&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The latter, however, renders as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/PvGIC.png&quot; alt=&quot;Bad usage of \Large.&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is a useful property of &lt;code&gt;\Large&lt;/code&gt; and its friends; for instance, to get a list in a larger font size, one can write simply&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{itemize}&#xA;  \Large&#xA;  \item Alpha&#xA;  \item Beta&#xA;  \item Gamma&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, as for the third usage, it's true that &lt;code&gt;\begin{Large}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\end{Large}&lt;/code&gt; will work, even though &lt;code&gt;\Large&lt;/code&gt; is not defined as an environment.  To see why this works, consider the &lt;code&gt;\begin&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\end&lt;/code&gt; commands.  What &lt;code&gt;\begin&lt;/code&gt; does is expand to some boilerplate (for error checking and the like), then &lt;code&gt;\csname#1\endcsname&lt;/code&gt;, and then &lt;code&gt;\begingroup&lt;/code&gt;.  Conversely, aside from the boilerplate, &lt;code&gt;\end&lt;/code&gt; expands to &lt;code&gt;\csname end#1\endcsname&lt;/code&gt;, and then &lt;code&gt;\endgroup&lt;/code&gt;.  Writing &lt;code&gt;\csname foo\endcsname&lt;/code&gt; is almost exactly like writing &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt;, except with one important difference: if &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt; is undefined, it's &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt; (the command which does nothing).  This means that when you write &lt;code&gt;\begin{Large} Some text here \end{Large}&lt;/code&gt;, this is roughly equivalent to &lt;code&gt;\begingroup\Large some text here \relax\endgroup&lt;/code&gt;.  Thus, even though &lt;code&gt;\endLarge&lt;/code&gt; isn't defined, the environment functions just as well.  Note that this ability to use switches as environments is apparently documented in Leslie Lamport's book, although I've never had the chance to read it myself; &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/7312/how-to-use-large-et-al/7314#7314&quot;&gt;Philipp's answer&lt;/a&gt; clarifies the pitfalls of using switches as environments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1425" LastEditorUserId="1425" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-18T14:23:52.183" LastActivityDate="2010-12-18T14:23:52.183" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="7314" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7312" CreationDate="2010-12-17T22:12:51.687" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The first is incorrect. The second one is correct. The third version works, but has a few (possible) issues: Spaces after the first closing brace are not ignored (unlike other environments), and if the content contains a whole paragraph, the paragraph end must be inside the environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T22:12:51.687" />
  <row Id="7315" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7323" CreationDate="2010-12-17T22:14:46.867" Score="5" ViewCount="199" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I make a perfectly square table in Latex?  Each cell will just have a single character in it. I'm trying to print a pretty &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tabula_recta&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tabula recta&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2572" LastEditorUserId="2572" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-17T23:02:18.583" LastActivityDate="2010-12-18T07:13:29.037" Title="How do I make a square table in Latex?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7316" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7312" CreationDate="2010-12-17T22:21:21.370" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;All the font-sizing commands like &lt;code&gt;\Large&lt;/code&gt; are defined in the &lt;code&gt;.clo&lt;/code&gt; files that the standard classes loads, when you specify for example the font size parameter in an article class. They are defined as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \newcommand\Large{\@setfontsize\Large\@xviipt{22}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you can see the macro does not take a parameter and hence the correct usage would be to use it as a switch or just enclose it in brackets.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-17T23:48:23.183" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T23:48:23.183" />
  <row Id="7317" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2470" CreationDate="2010-12-17T22:25:02.343" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm a huge fan of TexNicCenter's log parsing: at the end of the latex run, it totals the number of warnings, errors, bad boxes, etc and displays it. You can then use the next and previous error buttons to jump to the next and previous errors in the log file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I generally author in emacs + auctex, then compile and debug in texniccenter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1222" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T22:25:02.343" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7318" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7208" CreationDate="2010-12-17T22:46:59.010" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One easy way to this would be to use the &lt;code&gt;array&lt;/code&gt; package, specifying your column width with &lt;code&gt;m{...}&lt;/code&gt;. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{ m{4cm} m{1cm} }&#xA;   ... &amp; ... \\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will give you a four centimeter-long column and a one centimeter-long column. In each cell, the contents will be vertically aligned to the center. Note, however, that the cell contents will be horizontally aligned left. If you also want to align all the cell contents toward the center in a horizontal sense, then you could do something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{ &gt;{\centering\arraybackslash} m{4cm} &gt;{\centering\arraybackslash} m{4cm} }&#xA;   ... &amp; ... \\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The point of &lt;code&gt;\arraybackslash&lt;/code&gt; is to return &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; to its original meaning because the &lt;code&gt;\centering&lt;/code&gt; command alters this and could possibly give you a &lt;code&gt;noalign&lt;/code&gt; error during compilation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you have several columns and do not want to your source to look cluttered, you could define new columns before your tabular environment, for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\newcolumntype{C}{ &gt;{\centering\arraybackslash} m{4cm} }&#xA;\newcolumntype{D}{ &gt;{\centering\arraybackslash} m{1cm} }&#xA;\begin{tabular}{ C D }&#xA;   ... &amp; ... \\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is a lot of useful information on &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/LaTeX/Tables&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot; title=&quot;LaTeX/tables&quot;&gt;tables&lt;/a&gt; in the wiki LaTeX guide, if you want to explore this further.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2269" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T22:46:59.010" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7319" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7315" CreationDate="2010-12-17T22:47:14.790" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The easiest way possible is to use the &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; environment:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article} &#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{l|llllll}&#xA;  A &amp;amp;B &amp;amp;C &amp;amp;D &amp;amp;E &amp;amp;F &amp;amp;G\\[1pt]&#xA;  \hline&#xA;  A &amp;amp;A &amp;amp;B &amp;amp;C &amp;amp;D &amp;amp;E &amp;amp;F\\[1pt]&#xA;  B &amp;amp;B &amp;amp;C &amp;amp;D &amp;amp;E &amp;amp;F &amp;amp;G\\[1pt]&#xA;  C &amp;amp;C &amp;amp;D &amp;amp;E &amp;amp;F &amp;amp;G &amp;amp;H\\[1pt]&#xA;  D &amp;amp;D &amp;amp;E &amp;amp;F &amp;amp;G &amp;amp;H &amp;amp;I\\[1pt]&#xA;  E &amp;amp;E &amp;amp;F &amp;amp;G &amp;amp;H &amp;amp;I &amp;amp;J\\[1pt]&#xA;  F &amp;amp;F &amp;amp;G &amp;amp;H &amp;amp;I &amp;amp;J &amp;amp;K\\[1pt]&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I added the &lt;code&gt;\\[1pt]&lt;/code&gt; to make it look more square (it will depend on the final font size you use). One could also define a short-cut for it to avoid typing it so many times. For me it looks it may take quite a bit of space, so if you want to make the whole thing smaller to fit somewhere, you can enclose it in a &lt;code&gt;\scalebox{0.5}{\begin{tabular}...\end{tabular}}&lt;/code&gt;. You get the command &lt;code&gt;\scalebox&lt;/code&gt;, by using &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{graphicx}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-12-17T22:47:14.790" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7320" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7242" CreationDate="2010-12-18T00:05:33.660" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Seems like a conflict in the marriage between &lt;code&gt;datatool&lt;/code&gt; and the &lt;code&gt;fp&lt;/code&gt; package. You can try and use the &lt;code&gt;fp&lt;/code&gt; package directly (it is loaded by datatool automatically). This works. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{datatool}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\DTLloaddb{contrib}{test.csv}&#xA;&#xA;% add &quot;total&quot; column&#xA;%\tracingmacros=1&#xA;&#xA;\DTLforeach{contrib}{\contribC=core,\contribNC=non-core}{%&#xA; \def\a{\contribC}&#xA; \def\b{\contribNC}&#xA; \FPadd{\result}{\a}{\b}&#xA;\noindent\result\\&#xA;}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\FPadd&lt;/code&gt; takes three arguments the first of which is a macro to receive the results and the next two the numbers to add. You can use any combination you wish. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-18T08:14:18.377" LastActivityDate="2010-12-18T08:14:18.377" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7321" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7322" CreationDate="2010-12-18T00:14:55.997" Score="5" ViewCount="150" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using &lt;code&gt;\uwave{Some text here}&lt;/code&gt; to put a wave like emphasis under the text. Is it possible to change the color of only the wave and leave the text black?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2036" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-18T08:10:56.647" LastActivityDate="2010-12-18T11:14:55.360" Title="How to color just the wave" Tags="&lt;color&gt;&lt;ulem&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="7322" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7321" CreationDate="2010-12-18T00:36:55.970" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is highly recommended that you post a minimal example. It is possible to only color the wave part by redefining the command &lt;code&gt;\uwave&lt;/code&gt; or by creating a new command named &lt;code&gt;\redwave&lt;/code&gt; as you like. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article} &#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{ulem}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\uwave{\bgroup \markoverwith{\lower3.5\p@\hbox{\sixly \textcolor{red}{\char58}}}\ULon}&#xA;\font\sixly=lasy6 % does not re-load if already loaded, so no memory problem.&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \uwave{This is a long test}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;ulem&lt;/code&gt; package uses the wiggle from the 6-pt lasy font and we just use &lt;code&gt;textcolor&lt;/code&gt; to color it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-18T11:14:55.360" LastActivityDate="2010-12-18T11:14:55.360" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7323" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7315" CreationDate="2010-12-18T01:42:47.897" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's one way to do it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcount\trrow&#xA;\newcount\trcol&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\maketrrow{%&#xA;        \begingroup&#xA;        \loop\ifnum\trcol&amp;lt;26&#xA;                \count@\numexpr \trrow + \trcol + `A\relax&#xA;                \ifnum\count@&amp;gt;`Z&#xA;                        \advance\count@-26&#xA;                \fi&#xA;                \hbox to\baselineskip{\hss\char\count@\hss}%&#xA;                \advance\trcol\@ne&#xA;        \repeat&#xA;        \endgroup&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\tabularecta[1][\baselineskip]{%&#xA;        \vbox{%&#xA;                \fontsize{\f@size}{#1}\selectfont&#xA;                \hsize\dimexpr 27\baselineskip + .4\p@ \relax&#xA;                \parindent\z@&#xA;                \parskip\z@&#xA;                \trrow\z@&#xA;                \leavevmode&#xA;                \hbox to\baselineskip{\hfil}%&#xA;                \strut\vrule&#xA;                \maketrrow&#xA;                \par&#xA;                \hrule&#xA;                \loop\ifnum\trrow&amp;lt;26&#xA;                        \leavevmode&#xA;                        \trcol\z@&#xA;                        \hbox to\baselineskip{\hss\char\numexpr\trrow + `A\relax\hss}%&#xA;                        \strut\vrule&#xA;                        \maketrrow&#xA;                        \par&#xA;                        \advance\trrow\@ne&#xA;                \repeat&#xA;        }%&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Just place a &lt;code&gt;\tabularecta&lt;/code&gt; wherever you want it to appear. You can use font size changes like &lt;code&gt;\small&lt;/code&gt; if you want. Since the spacing is based entirely on the baseline, you can simply change it using &lt;code&gt;\fontsize{..}{..}\selectfont&lt;/code&gt;, or for convenience, you can give &lt;code&gt;\tabularecta&lt;/code&gt; an optional argument that is the size you want for each cell.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The implementation is straight forward. It iterates over the rows and then over the columns placing boxes of the appropriate size filled with the desired character inside.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-12-18T01:42:47.897" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="7324" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7301" CreationDate="2010-12-18T01:56:47.550" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;TeX Live 2009 had a restricted write18, but it was apparently not safe and so disabled by default. It is enabled in TeX Live 2010.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I cannot help with Ubuntu's packed version specifically because I always install TeX Live myself. Using TeX Live installed by the standard install script, the file that should be changed is &lt;code&gt;.../texlive/2010/texmf.cnf&lt;/code&gt;. You would add it to the &lt;code&gt;shell_escape_commands&lt;/code&gt; list.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not a kpathsea expert, so I'm not sure if there's a way to just add to the list without overriding. The obvious thing to try&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;shell_escape_commands = ./vc, ${shell_escape_commands}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;does not work:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$ kpsewhich -expand-var '$shell_escape_commands'&#xA;warning: kpathsea: variable `shell_escape_commands' references itself (eventually).&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But you can just duplicate the original list and then add in &lt;code&gt;./vc&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-21T21:28:35.187" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T21:28:35.187" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="7325" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7326" CreationDate="2010-12-18T02:08:42.480" Score="2" ViewCount="136" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to use memoir without having chapters?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="512" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-24T15:17:18.057" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T15:17:18.057" Title="memoir without chapters" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;memoir&gt;&lt;chapters&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="7326" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7325" CreationDate="2010-12-18T02:31:03.043" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use the &lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt; option to simulate an article class. You don't need to call &lt;code&gt;\chapter&lt;/code&gt;, though it's still possible, having a &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt;-like effect: similar heading, no page break.&#xA;If this option has been set, numbering of figures, tables etc. is continuous.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,article,oneside]{memoir}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-18T02:31:03.043" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7327" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7383" CreationDate="2010-12-18T02:56:51.330" Score="3" ViewCount="337" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm currently using the &lt;code&gt;mla-good.bst&lt;/code&gt; file for natbib (available as &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.reed.edu/cis/help/LaTeX/images/mla-good.bst.zip&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;mla-good.bst.zip&lt;/a&gt;), but I suppose I don't really care if I use APA or MLA, so I may switch later. The problem I am having is that I can't figure out a way to add URL access dates to the bibliography. I would like to add notes to the sources in the bibliography that state the date an online material was retrieved.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately, I cannot find any good way to do this. I've seen methods of doing this using MLA and APA formats for biblatex, but none for natbib.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perhaps I should consider switching to biblatex, but I'm still fuzzy on the differences (advantages/disadvantages) of using biblatex versus natbib.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2573" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-21T20:11:27.980" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T20:11:27.980" Title="How to add URL access date to MLA or APA" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;biblatex&gt;&lt;natbib&gt;&lt;apa-style&gt;&lt;mla-style&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="7328" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7136" CreationDate="2010-12-18T04:09:25.837" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Preamble&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Leveraging the ideas from TH. allows the following solution:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*{\filename}[1]{\expandafter\path\expandafter{#1}}&#xA;\newcommand*{\filehtmldemo}{index.html}&#xA;&#xA;\urldef{\windirprog}\path{c:\programs\}&#xA;&#xA;\urldef{\dirapachehttp}\path{Apache\}&#xA;\urldef{\dirapachehttpdocs}\path{docs\}&#xA;\newcommand*{\windirprogapachehttp}%&#xA;  {\windirprog\dirapachehttp}&#xA;\newcommand*{\windirprogapachehttpdocs}%&#xA;  {\windirprogapachehttp\dirapachehttpdocs}&#xA;&#xA;\urldef{\dirapachetomcat}\path{apache-tomcat\}&#xA;\newcommand*{\windirprogapachetomcat}%&#xA;  {\windirprog\dirapachetomcat}&#xA;&#xA;\urldef{\dirjava}\path{java\}&#xA;\newcommand*{\windirprogjava}%&#xA;  {\windirprog\dirjava}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Document&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\windirprogapachehttp&#xA;\windirprogapachehttpdocs\filename{\filehtmldemo}&#xA;\windirprogjava&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Has the following output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;c:\programs\Apache\&#xA;c:\programs\Apache\docs\index.html&#xA;c:\programs\java\&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2148" LastActivityDate="2010-12-18T04:09:25.837" />
  <row Id="7329" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7275" CreationDate="2010-12-18T05:44:15.830" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt;: Following TH's advice, this would be a better command to use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\trel}{\mathrel{\mathsurround=0pt \mbox{\raisebox{1.2pt}{\tiny \textbf{\textbar }}$\rhd$}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I decided to explicitly say &lt;code&gt;\mathsurround=0pt&lt;/code&gt; rather than just calling &lt;code&gt;\m@th&lt;/code&gt; because that way, if Mike wants to paste this into the top of his document, he won't have to call &lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&lt;/code&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Original&lt;/strong&gt;: I don't know what built-in symbols would correspond to the one you're describing, but if you're just trying to get something done you could use this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\trel}{\mbox{\raisebox{1.2pt}{\tiny \bf \textbar }$\rhd$}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(and then use &lt;code&gt;\trel&lt;/code&gt; every time you want to use this relation).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's a huge hack, but, like I said, it might be enough to get you by.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2533" LastEditorUserId="2533" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-19T14:50:45.143" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T14:50:45.143" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7330" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7315" CreationDate="2010-12-18T06:08:29.663" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In ConTeXt, you can make each cell of the same height and width by&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setupTABLE[each][each][width=2em,height=2em,align={middle,middle}]  &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to see how to generate the output as a loop, have a look at a &lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.contextgarden.net/Programming_in_LuaTeX#Loops_without_worrying_about_expansion&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;similar example&lt;/a&gt; on the context wiki.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2010-12-18T06:08:29.663" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7332" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7327" CreationDate="2010-12-18T08:04:36.083" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://texnik.dante.de/misc/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://texnik.dante.de/misc/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;there is a mla-goodURL, which knows the field &quot;urldate&quot;,&#xA;which should be printed if not empty.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Herbert&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-18T08:04:36.083" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7333" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6167" CreationDate="2010-12-18T08:48:19.033" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could try&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\IfFileExists{caption3.sty}{&#xA;  % actual syntax to load the subfig package without the caption package&#xA;  \usepackage[font=footnotesize,caption=false]{subfig}&#xA;}{&#xA;  % abbandoned syntax to load the subfig package without the caption package&#xA;  \usepackage[caption=false]{caption}&#xA;  \usepackage[font=footnotesize]{subfig}&#xA;}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's not bullet-proof, but should hopefully work for most TeX systems.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2574" LastActivityDate="2010-12-18T08:48:19.033" />
  <row Id="7334" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-18T09:03:17.683" Score="1" ViewCount="161" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm just starting out using LaTeX. I've successfully installed &lt;a href=&quot;http://miktex.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;MiKTeX&lt;/a&gt; and the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mcdemarco.net/sffms/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;sffms&lt;/a&gt; package for formatting fiction. This is all working OK (converting to PDF). I need to convert my tex files to RTF as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've tried &lt;a href=&quot;http://latex2rtf.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;latex2rtf&lt;/a&gt;, but it doesn't understand the custom tags defined in the sffms package. &lt;a href=&quot;http://johnmacfarlane.net/pandoc/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Pandoc&lt;/a&gt; ignores all the author/word count/header definitions in the tex file, resulting in a document with only the (unformatted) content.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I get latex2rtf, Pandoc or some other to-RTF tool to understand the tex file?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(If any editors feel so inclined: I was going to tag this with &lt;code&gt;sffms&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;latex2rtf&lt;/code&gt; as well, but don't have the rep...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2575" LastActivityDate="2010-12-18T23:10:59.550" Title="How to convert LaTeX to RTF when using sffms extension?" Tags="&lt;conversion&gt;&lt;miktex&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="7335" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2661" CreationDate="2010-12-18T09:15:31.620" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This one does not use minipages, makebox or vphantom at all:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{caption,subcaption,xcolor}&#xA;&#xA;%\captionsetup[subfigure]{margin=5pt}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;\captionsetup[subfigure]{margin=5pt}&#xA;  \centering&#xA;  \subcaptionbox&#xA;    {A long caption about cherries that spans two lines}&#xA;    [0.32\linewidth]&#xA;    {\colorbox{black}{&#xA;      {\color{red}\rule{0.3\linewidth}{90pt}}&#xA;      }&#xA;    }&#xA;  \subcaptionbox&#xA;    {A long caption about oranges that spans two lines}&#xA;    [0.32\linewidth]&#xA;    {\colorbox{black}{&#xA;      {\color{orange}\rule{0.3\linewidth}{90pt}}&#xA;      }&#xA;    }&#xA;  \subcaptionbox&#xA;    {A long caption about apples that spans two lines}&#xA;    [0.32\linewidth]&#xA;    {\colorbox{black}{&#xA;      {\color{green}\rule{0.3\linewidth}{90pt}}&#xA;      }&#xA;    }&#xA;&#xA;  \caption{Some fruits, with a black background to help with contrast.}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2574" LastActivityDate="2010-12-18T09:15:31.620" />
  <row Id="7336" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7334" CreationDate="2010-12-18T10:22:34.210" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Converting latex files directly to formatted outputs like word or rtf is a pain. From my experience (need to output to Word files often), you should first create the PDF and start from there. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I use PDF converter pro, and it does an excellent job in converting to RTF or Doc. There are other (free) options available but many of the free tools do a horrible job in converting to natively formatted rtf or word documents.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2182" LastActivityDate="2010-12-18T10:22:34.210" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7337" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7246" CreationDate="2010-12-18T10:40:57.633" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This might be complicated to do in Latex, if I were you I would preprocess the data. Tools like Excel( use the concatenate function ) or R ( use the paste function ) are helpfull and you have it done in two minutes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unless its absolutely necessary to that directly in Latex ofc... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2182" LastActivityDate="2010-12-18T10:40:57.633" />
  <row Id="7338" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7210" CreationDate="2010-12-18T10:52:25.640" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Redefining \caption inside the environment should be easy, as long as you let the caption package do the job and do not try it for yourself ;-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ulrikes example, modified:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{caption}&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareCaptionType{mytype}[Typename][List of mytype]&#xA;\newenvironment{myenv}{\captionsetup{type=mytype}}{}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\listofmytypes&#xA;&#xA;\section{abc}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{myenv}&#xA;\caption{blub} something in my type&#xA;\end{myenv}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2574" LastEditorUserId="2574" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-18T11:16:42.177" LastActivityDate="2010-12-18T11:16:42.177" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7339" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7276" CreationDate="2010-12-18T11:14:10.947" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another option would be using the threeparttable or ctable packages, which will fit the width of the caption to the width of the table automatically.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2574" LastActivityDate="2010-12-18T11:14:10.947" />
  <row Id="7340" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7389" CreationDate="2010-12-18T12:36:34.473" Score="2" ViewCount="371" Body="&lt;p&gt;Today I migrated from MiKTeX 2.8 to MiKTeX 2.9 (on Windows XP). Starting to compile old LaTeX files, I noticed the following error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! LaTeX Error: File `hypernat.sty' not found.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A little search revealed the following page: &lt;a href=&quot;http://az.ctan.org/pkg/hypernat&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://az.ctan.org/pkg/hypernat&lt;/a&gt;.&#xA;It says that &lt;code&gt;hypernat&lt;/code&gt; package is not available in MiKTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I further read &lt;a href=&quot;http://docs.miktex.org/faq/faq.html#missingpkg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;MiKTeX FAQ&lt;/a&gt;. Among other things, it says:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[A package might be missing from MiKTeX] if the package's license doesn't meet the requirements of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.debian.org/social_contract#guidelines&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Debian Free Software Guidelines&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To me, it seems that &lt;code&gt;hypernat&lt;/code&gt; license was once compatible with Debian Free Software Guidelines, but it then became incompatible, and the MiKTeX team decided to remove it from their latest distribution (2.9). Am I right?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Next, I want a solution for this. I just want to somehow install &lt;code&gt;hypernat&lt;/code&gt; on the MiKTeX. I downloaded &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.um.ac.ir/macros/latex/contrib/hypernat.zip&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;hypernat.zip&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; and tried:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;mpm --verbose --install hypernat.zip&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but apparently MiKTeX does not recognize this package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Before posting any solutions, please kindly note that my environment is such that:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I don't want to use distributions other than MiKTeX (say TeX Live).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I don't want to use alternatives to &lt;code&gt;hypernat&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1347" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-19T08:23:17.673" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T08:23:17.673" Title="MiKTeX 2.9 Does NOT Support `hypernat`" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;installing&gt;&lt;miktex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="7341" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7340" CreationDate="2010-12-18T12:50:40.873" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The section »&lt;a href=&quot;http://docs.miktex.org/2.8/manual/localadditions.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Integrating Local Additions&lt;/a&gt;« of the MiKTeX manual should help you in adding this package to your system. Note that the package won't show up in the package list of the MPM thus you will have to update the package manually.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-12-18T12:50:40.873" />
  <row Id="7342" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7334" CreationDate="2010-12-18T13:29:10.980" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your best bet is probably to use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/applications/tex4ht/mn.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX4ht&lt;/a&gt; to convert to HTML or OpenOffice format, and then import that into a Word Processor which can export to RTF. But don't expect perfect results. You can't put a lawnmower engine inside an airplane and expect it to fly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-12-18T13:29:10.980" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7343" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7344" CreationDate="2010-12-18T14:47:41.210" Score="2" ViewCount="169" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using the &lt;code&gt;glossaries&lt;/code&gt; package to maintain an Acronyms list and a Glossary.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My problem is that the Acronyms list is too big. Currently it is occupying 2 pages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first page is numbered as &lt;code&gt;vi&lt;/code&gt;, which is how I want it. However, the second page is numbered as &lt;code&gt;1&lt;/code&gt;, which is incorrect. It should be &lt;code&gt;vii&lt;/code&gt;. Can someone help me? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is how my master file looks like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\input{glossary} % The Glossary and Acronym entries.&#xA;&#xA;\pagenumbering{alph}&#xA;\setcounter{page}{1}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;&#xA;\input{abstract}&#xA;\input{acknowledgments}&#xA;&#xA;\pagenumbering{roman}&#xA;\setcounter{page}{1}&#xA;&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Contents}&#xA;&#xA;\listoffigures&#xA;\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{List of Figures}&#xA;&#xA;\listoftables&#xA;\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{List of Tables}&#xA;&#xA;\lstlistoflistings&#xA;\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{List of Listings}&#xA;&#xA;\printglossary[type=\acronymtype] % Acronym list&#xA;&#xA;\pagenumbering{arabic}&#xA;\setcounter{page}{1}&#xA;&#xA;% Document body&#xA;&#xA;\printglossary[title={Index of Terms},toctitle={Index of Terms}]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2042" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-23T12:44:17.310" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T12:44:17.310" Title="Glossaries package and pagenumbering" Tags="&lt;page-numbering&gt;&lt;glossaries&gt;&lt;acronyms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7344" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7343" CreationDate="2010-12-18T14:54:19.473" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would guess you need a &lt;code&gt;\clearpage&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\cleardoublepage&lt;/code&gt;, depending on what you want and your documentclass, right after the &lt;code&gt;\printglossary&lt;/code&gt;. Then your counter reset would not be executed until the next regular page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That's assuming you mean the first glossary, since I can't test your code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2210" LastEditorUserId="2210" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-18T15:00:56.690" LastActivityDate="2010-12-18T15:00:56.690" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7345" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7010" CreationDate="2010-12-18T15:09:37.083" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use &lt;code&gt;\space&lt;/code&gt; within the file name, which works for me with &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt; on Windows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\include{&quot;Configuring\space Security&quot;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It works with paths and with file names. An .aux files with blanks in the file name would be produced, &lt;code&gt;\includeonly&lt;/code&gt; works as well if &lt;code&gt;\space&lt;/code&gt; is used too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-18T17:18:14.310" LastActivityDate="2010-12-18T17:18:14.310" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7346" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7278" CreationDate="2010-12-18T15:24:45.517" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I like all of the other answers, as well. This is one of those questions that gets into individual needs, philosophies, time, brains and opinion. It's like arguing about rock 'n' roll. Fun, but you're not going actually settle the question: Is Mark Knopfler a better guitarist than Eric Clapton, or not?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'll throw out my strategy for TeX's place in my world. It might be useful to others&lt;code&gt;\ldots&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Learning TeX, for the average person, can ben be very, very difficult. This is especially true if you try to learn via the &lt;a href=&quot;http://rads.stackoverflow.com/amzn/click/0201134489&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeXBook&lt;/a&gt; by the creator of TeX, Donald Knuth. For me, it was impenetrable. The man is on a different plain than I am. I actually got offended when I realized that the majority of his examples were not actually useful in real life, and only constructed for their compact brilliance at showing how complicated life can be in TeXland.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thankfully there is &lt;a href=&quot;http://eijkhout.net/texbytopic/texbytopic.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX By Topic&lt;/a&gt;, by Victor Eijkhout. It's a far easier read and is very useful to have around, even if you choose to ignore TeX. (I'd also buy TeXBook, if only as a &quot;thank you&quot; to Mr. Knuth for starting all of this.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anyway, what worked for me was to go ahead and use LaTeX for everything, including some 20 page-long macros. It's easy enough to keep throwing packages at a problem, and get quick results. You might discover that something just &lt;em&gt;isn't quite right&lt;/em&gt; here or there, but you'll get fast results and you'll marvel at all that you are able to do.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then, you'll discover a package or two that have more momentum behind them than the one's you're using. You'll build them into your macros and you'll fix some of your problems. You'll also understand a bit more about what you are doing and you'll add more capability to your output and automation to your workflow.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inevitably, you'll run into something that is just killing you, like trying to pass an argument to a macro without having TeX unpack it first, or trying to use certain commands inside of a &lt;em&gt;longtable&lt;/em&gt; environment. You won't have any idea why it's not working and you'll find yourself reading a bunch of documentation with &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt; symbols all over it. &quot;And why do some people make their macros with the &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt; command?&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Somewhere around that point, you'll start to get interested in TeX and realize that much of what you thought was easier in LaTeX is actually just more characters of typing. Some stuff is easier in TeX and sometimes it's really important to understand how it works in order to know why it's not working for you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, in short, I suggest ignoring TeX when you start. Just enjoy the output that you get with LaTeX, or ConTeXt, and ask for help when you get stuck. If you're a the kind of person that wants to keep going and learning new things, then you'll naturally come to TeX when all of the layers on top of it reveal that, in the end, they are only their author's semi-walled gardens of abstraction. If you hit the walls and try to drag something in from the outside, it's time to learn you some TeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Helpful Guidelines&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Most important: Abstract macro commands away from your main document!&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Think carefully before you put a LaTeX command directly into your document, especially if that command has options or requires a lot of typing, such as the figure environment. Instead, wrap those commands up into your own macros.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The main advantage of this is that you can change your own macros later and easily add capability to your existing documents without too much editing of those documents. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've found that the fact that I abstracted my figure, references and all other formatting commands, I've been able to evolve my documents with me. Also, if a future change to the rendering engine is made or I switch to ConTeXt, it's easier for me to refractor my work than if I had used the base commands.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Picking an Engine: XeLaTeX or LuaLaTeX&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd start with &lt;em&gt;XeLaTeX&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;LuaLaTeX&lt;/em&gt; as your engine and use the &lt;em&gt;fontspec&lt;/em&gt; package to change font definitions. It will create output that most printers (Lulu) can work with, where you'd have trouble with &lt;em&gt;pdflatex&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;If you're making illustrations (not bitmap pictures), build them in LaTeX&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you're using an arrow to point at something or label a picture with text, it might be initially faster to crank that out in Illustrator or Photoshop and saveas a PDF file, but you're making headaches for yourself and your document will not look as nice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Eventually, you'll learn that it is more maintainable, prettier and headache-free to use LaTeX for all vector artwork and text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Get to know &lt;em&gt;PGF/TiKz&lt;/em&gt;. They make great graphics together.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Some other useful macro-bulding packages&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Get to know &lt;em&gt;PGF&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;TiKz&lt;/em&gt;, again. :) Use its utility macros when you need things that other packages do, such as foreach loops, key/value pairs, and math functions. &lt;em&gt;PGF&lt;/em&gt; has excellent documentation, a ton of development behind it and is, overall, a great tool. On top of all of this, it makes the excellent aforementioned graphics.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You'll need the &lt;em&gt;Graphicx&lt;/em&gt; package for inserting external pdf/png graphics, even though PGF can do this. It doesn't do it very well and even the PGF author suggests sticking with &lt;em&gt;Graphicx&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Get to know &lt;em&gt;etoolbox&lt;/em&gt;. It's a nice, lightweight little set of macros that will keep you away from a lot of other, older packages. If you need a case statement, you can add &lt;code&gt;boolexpr&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are compiling documents conditionally, the &lt;em&gt;optional&lt;/em&gt; package is excellent, even though etoolbox exposes some of that functionality. I like the syntax of &lt;em&gt;optional&lt;/em&gt; and you can easily extend it to give you an ifthenelse and case version (with &lt;em&gt;boolexpr&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="659" LastEditorUserId="659" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-18T15:58:50.600" LastActivityDate="2010-12-18T15:58:50.600" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7347" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7348" CreationDate="2010-12-18T15:39:08.730" Score="2" ViewCount="257" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section{Section Title} %label{8.4.47}&#xA;\subsection*{Some note on Section}&#xA;\begin{footnotesize}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{p{2cm}|p{4cm}|p{3cm}|p{3cm}}&#xA;Heading 1 &amp;amp; Heading 2 &amp;amp; Heading 3  &amp;amp; Heading 4 \\&#xA;\hline&#xA;Text 1  &amp;amp; Text 2 &amp;amp; A\textsuperscript {6/1} B\textsuperscript {5/1} C\textsuperscript {1/2}  D\textsuperscript {7/1} (E + F)\textsuperscript{8.4.46} (G + H)\textsuperscript{8.4.45} Some more text\textsuperscript{6.1.72} \\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{footnotesize}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the above table &lt;code&gt;|p{3cm}&lt;/code&gt; is making the columns justified. I get some unwanted space between the characters, is there a way to make it align to the left, if the text does not fit in a line either put a &quot;-&quot; and continue to next line or simply start from a new line. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also can I post my code with Unicode characters?&#xA;Regards&#xA;Aku&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2036" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-18T15:42:15.883" LastActivityDate="2010-12-18T15:56:57.683" Title="Fixed column width table with text left aligned in cells" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7348" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7347" CreationDate="2010-12-18T15:50:33.273" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use the &lt;code&gt;array&lt;/code&gt; package and let it insert &lt;code&gt;\raggedright&lt;/code&gt; commands. A comfortable way is to define a new column type:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\newcolumntype{P}[1]{&amp;gt;{\raggedright\arraybackslash}p{#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now just use &lt;code&gt;P&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;p&lt;/code&gt; to get left justified p columns.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Instead of &lt;code&gt;\raggedright&lt;/code&gt;, you could also use the enhanced command &lt;code&gt;\RaggedRight&lt;/code&gt; of the &lt;code&gt;ragged2e&lt;/code&gt; package, which allows hyphenation. Further &lt;code&gt;\arraybackslash&lt;/code&gt;, which restores the behavior of \ (changed by &lt;code&gt;\raggedright&lt;/code&gt;), is no longer needed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, my preferred way would be&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\usepackage{ragged2e}&#xA;\newcolumntype{P}[1]{&amp;gt;{\RaggedRight\hspace{0pt}}p{#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm further inserting &lt;code&gt;\hspace{0pt}&lt;/code&gt; because otherwise there could be hyphenation problems: TeX doesn't hyphenate the first word in a box. Inserting zero space works around that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-18T15:56:57.683" LastActivityDate="2010-12-18T15:56:57.683" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7349" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7275" CreationDate="2010-12-18T15:59:28.510" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is one way to do it: use XeTeX and type UTF-8 into your &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\setromanfont{DejaVu Sans}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Assume that χ ⧐ 0, then \ldots&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I have done here is to use an editor (gedit) which allows me to type and save UTF-8. I've used &lt;em&gt;Character Map&lt;/em&gt; in GNOME, which is a program that lets you see each Unicode code point, search for particular code points, and show them in different fonts that are installed on your system. There are similar programs for Mac and Windows, I presume. Once I found the right code point (U+29D0, VERTICAL BAR BESIDE RIGHT TRIANGLE), I copied it to the clipboard and pasted it into gedit. I also copied another character just for fun, as you can see.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Running &lt;code&gt;xelatex foo.tex&lt;/code&gt; on this gives the output (in &lt;code&gt;foo.pdf&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/I4uvZ.png&quot; alt=&quot;XeLaTeX output&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can choose another font – but if the glyphs are missing then you will get blanks instead of the desired characters. The downside is that you can't use the default LaTeX font Computer Modern because it doesn't have the ⧐ character. But with XeTeX, you have all system fonts at your disposal so the problem is now reduced to finding (and possibly installing) a font that you like and that has the right glyphs. Of course, you could change the font for only this one character, possibly defining a new command for it. Then you would just need to select a font where this glyph works well with the Computer Modern glyphs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="745" LastEditorUserId="745" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-18T16:13:06.693" LastActivityDate="2010-12-18T16:13:06.693" />
  <row Id="7350" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7352" CreationDate="2010-12-18T17:19:38.167" Score="5" ViewCount="259" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to add dots that would fill the space from section/subsection name to the page number in TOC. How do I do that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1996" LastActivityDate="2010-12-18T18:09:09.353" Title="How do I add dots in TOC?" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="7351" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7278" CreationDate="2010-12-18T17:36:51.153" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Two words: output routines.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;LaTeX does much of its heavy lifting in its enormously complex output routine, which leaves essentially no room for user customization. With plain TeX, you can override the default output routine with minimal fuss, giving you a tremendous amount of power over the precise output.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is just one example of a more general experience that I've had with plain TeX &lt;em&gt;vs.&lt;/em&gt;&amp;nbsp;LaTeX. (I haven't used ConTeXt, but I would imagine the situation is similar.) If the core team or package author has anticipated your needs, either explicitly or via parametrization, then everything's fine. But if not, you're totally out of luck. Things tend to be set up in such a way that you can't override them without re-implementing a huge amount of scaffolding. One might say it's the inverse problem of leaky abstractions: the abstractions often &lt;em&gt;prevent&lt;/em&gt; you from getting down to the lower levels, even when that's what you need to do.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Plain TeX takes exactly the opposite approach. Everything is low-level, and so is easy to change or override when you need to. The downside of this is obvious: it tends to be more work for the document or format author, since you generally can't just reach for an already prepared package to do &lt;em&gt;X&lt;/em&gt; for you. But the advantage is that you can have vastly more control over how your document is typeset. If you don't care about that (and there are perfectly defensible reasons not to care), that's fine; but if you do, plain TeX makes it much easier to achieve.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since I moved away from LaTeX and to plain TeX, I've noticed another thing that's rarely mentioned. There's a very elegant kind of &amp;lsquo;minimal markup&amp;rsquo; (I got this term from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ntg.nl/maps/21/14.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Kees van der Laan [PDF]&lt;/a&gt;) that tends to be used in plain TeX documents, which I find to be much nicer than the fairly verbose LaTeX commands and environments. Essentially, you end up with very many tiny domain-specific languages that allow you to clearly and concisely express the structure and style of your document. This makes automatic processing of plain TeX documents almost impossible, but it makes working on them as a &lt;em&gt;human&lt;/em&gt; very pleasant. There's simply less clutter; the commands sort of fade into the background, leaving just the text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are plenty of other reasons I prefer plain Tex, but others have already raised many of them. Keep in mind, though, that the learning curve is steep, and the TeXbook (still the best way to master TeX) is not easy going. But, for me at least, it was&amp;mdash;and continues to be&amp;mdash;a thoroughly worthwhile and enjoyable experience. Making LaTeX do what I wanted always seemed frustrating and annoying; making plain TeX behave as I want it to is sometimes difficult, but vastly more satisfying. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2579" LastActivityDate="2010-12-18T17:36:51.153" />
  <row Id="7352" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7350" CreationDate="2010-12-18T17:50:53.637" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/tocloft/tocloft.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tocloft&lt;/a&gt; package with something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{tocloft}&#xA;\renewcommand{\cftsecleader}{\cftdotfill{\cftdotsep}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in case you're using the &lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt; class (See the package documentation for other classes).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As an illustration, let's try it with the &lt;code&gt;sample2e.tex&lt;/code&gt; file; following &lt;code&gt;pdflatex sample2e&lt;/code&gt; (two times), we got&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/v0lN1.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2580" LastEditorUserId="2580" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-18T18:09:09.353" LastActivityDate="2010-12-18T18:09:09.353" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="7353" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7350" CreationDate="2010-12-18T17:51:56.287" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One way of doing this is to use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/ctan/macros/latex/contrib/memoir/memman.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;memoir&lt;/a&gt; class, where this is the default behaviour.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Memoir incorporates an extensive set of functions borged from other useful packages; I use it as my day-to-day general-purpose style for almost everything except presentations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="344" LastActivityDate="2010-12-18T17:51:56.287" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7354" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6376" CreationDate="2010-12-18T18:31:26.787" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It looks like you want a &quot;Launch&quot; action; see Table 8.49 (p. 622) in Section 8.5.3 of the PDF Reference, version 1.6, or Table 8.53 (p. 660) in the same section of version 1.7.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Both versions can be obtained from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.adobe.com/devnet/pdf/pdf_reference_archive.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Adobe PDF Reference Archive&lt;/a&gt;; due to size, version 1.6 (8.8 MiB) might be preferred over version 1.7 (31 MiB). (The ISO standard should be avoided like the plague due to its poor typography.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It looks like the easiest way to actually use this is to use the pdfLaTeX primitives &lt;code&gt;\pdfstartlink&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\pdfendlink&lt;/code&gt;; see the manual on &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/applications/pdftex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the pdfTeX page&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Update:&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Well, it didn't turn out to be particularly easy, but here is a complete example that almost works for me -- it seems to be interpreted correctly, but fails because (according to Reader) &quot;it is currently disallowed by your system administrator&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(This might seem obvious, but the following is in the &quot;plain&quot; format, not LaTeX -- it's what they call a &lt;a href=&quot;http://c2.com/cgi/wiki?SpikeSolution&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;SpikeSolution&lt;/a&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oh, and a warning: I wouldn't suggest testing modifications of this in Adobe's Reader initially; when I tried it on a slightly malformed file, it would forget to close the file when I closed the window, so I would have to close Reader itself before I could re-run TeX. Instead, try it in gsview32, which has the added advantage of giving some sort of diagnostics rather than just not woring.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%&amp;amp;plain&#xA;\pdfoutput=1&#xA;\pdfcompresslevel=0 % for debuggable PDF output&#xA;&#xA;% taken from http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/7136/.../7139#7139&#xA;{&#xA;\catcode`\^0&#xA;\catcode`\\12&#xA;^gdef^dirsep{\}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% This is surprisingly tricky to get right; check the PDF file in a&#xA;% text editor to make sure the correct string was output! For example,&#xA;% I had {} instead of a space after the \dirsep, and that got copied&#xA;% to the output.&#xA;\def\figurepath{C:\dirsep figure.bmp}&#xA;&#xA;See the file&#xA;\pdfstartlink&#xA;  attr {/C [0.9 0 0] /Border [0 0 2]}&#xA;  user {&#xA;  /Subtype /Link&#xA;  /A &amp;lt;&amp;lt;&#xA;    /Type /Action       % This is a PDF &quot;Action&quot; dictionary ...&#xA;    /S /Launch          % ... for a &quot;Launch&quot; action&#xA;    /Win &amp;lt;&amp;lt;             % Nested dictionary of Windows-only stuff&#xA;      /F (mspaint)      % Application&#xA;      % Parameters; parens to delimit it as a PDF string, quotes so&#xA;      % that spaces won't foul things up, and \pdfescapestring to deal&#xA;      % with any (, ), or \ characters in the path&#xA;      /P (\pdfescapestring{&quot;\figurepath&quot;})&#xA;    &amp;gt;&amp;gt;&#xA;  &amp;gt;&amp;gt;}&#xA;{\tt \figurepath}&#xA;\pdfendlink&#xA;&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1189" LastEditorUserId="1189" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-19T00:10:53.283" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T00:10:53.283" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7355" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7357" CreationDate="2010-12-18T18:50:01.280" Score="3" ViewCount="240" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've made myself custom title-page, put it in separate &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; file and when I input it, it is numbered with 1. The very next page is numbered with 1 also, and page-number increases on the following pages. Main file looks like this&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper,draft]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{./mystyle}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\thispagestyle{empty}&#xA;\input{./titlepage.tex}&#xA;\input{./text.tex}&#xA;...&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How do I &lt;strong&gt;suppress page-number&lt;/strong&gt; on that &lt;strong&gt;title-page&lt;/strong&gt;? (Why &lt;code&gt;\thispagestyle{empty}&lt;/code&gt; doesn't work?)&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;edit:&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;Here's the title-page:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{titlepage}&#xA;    \begin{center}&#xA;&#xA;        % Upper part of the page&#xA;        \textsc{\large Uni}\\[0.1cm]&#xA;        \textsc{\Large Faculty}\\[2.8cm]&#xA;        \textsc{\Large Sensors}\\[0.1cm]&#xA;        {\Large Paper}\\[0.25cm] &#xA;&#xA;        % Title&#xA;        \HRule \\[0.3cm]&#xA;            { \Large \bfseries Occupancy}\\[0.3cm]&#xA;            { \huge \bfseries Tribos}\\[0.05cm]&#xA;        \HRule \\[0.05cm]&#xA;&#xA;        % Author and supervisor&#xA;        \begin{center} \large&#xA;            \emph{Student:}\\&#xA;            An \textsc{Ant}&#xA;        \end{center}&#xA;        \vspace{1.8cm}&#xA;        \begin{spacing}{0}&#xA;            \tableofcontents&#xA;        \end{spacing}&#xA;        \vfill&#xA;        % Bottom of the page&#xA;        {\large \today}&#xA;&#xA;    \end{center}&#xA;\end{titlepage}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1996" LastEditorUserId="1996" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-18T19:09:41.723" LastActivityDate="2010-12-18T21:14:31.117" Title="How to suppress page number?" Tags="&lt;page-numbering&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7356" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7355" CreationDate="2010-12-18T18:56:11.607" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Maybe try to enclose your title page (or the input file) into a &lt;code&gt;\begin{titlepage}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\end{titlepage}&lt;/code&gt;; and put &lt;code&gt;\pagenumbering{arabic}&lt;/code&gt; just before your main body starts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2580" LastEditorUserId="2580" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-18T21:14:31.117" LastActivityDate="2010-12-18T21:14:31.117" />
  <row Id="7357" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7355" CreationDate="2010-12-18T19:07:45.360" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use &lt;code&gt;\pagenumbering{gobble}&lt;/code&gt; to switch off page numbering.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To switch it on afterwards, use &lt;code&gt;\pagenumbering{arabic}&lt;/code&gt; for arabic numbers or &lt;code&gt;alph&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;Alph&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;roman&lt;/code&gt;, or &lt;code&gt;Roman&lt;/code&gt; for lowercase resp. uppercase alphabetic resp. Roman numbering.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-18T19:07:45.360" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="7358" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4841" CreationDate="2010-12-18T21:28:44.793" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Not exactly what you asked for, but in my larger projects, I've gotten a good mileage out of caching the compiled versions of tikz figures. It is discussed in the tikz documentation in the chapter named “Externalizing graphics”, and discussed further here: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1460/script-to-automate-externalizing-tikz-graphics&quot;&gt;Script to automate externalizing tikz graphics&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This would take care of the slowness of, say, &lt;code&gt;circuitikz&lt;/code&gt;, by having you compile each circuit once, and subsequently including it instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="257" LastActivityDate="2010-12-18T21:28:44.793" />
  <row Id="7359" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7372" CreationDate="2010-12-18T21:58:38.470" Score="5" ViewCount="462" Body="&lt;p&gt;I just want a good way to make a backslash character (or whatever character(s) any given format uses as escape characters), suitable to &lt;code&gt;\write&lt;/code&gt; to a file or pass to a pdfTeX primitive.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Let me emphasize that getting it to typeset is &lt;strong&gt;not&lt;/strong&gt; the point of the question. In fact, if using cmr10/11/12, what I want &lt;strong&gt;would not&lt;/strong&gt; be usable to typeset a backslash, since these fonts use that slot for something else for some reason.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An acceptable answer will say how to do this in general, not just in LaTeX, though format-specific techniques are also of interest (and will be upvoted).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Bonus points for explaining how to do this for all characters with special catcodes. (Not literal bonus points, only figurative ones. At least, not from me; I only have 296 rep at the moment!)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1189" LastEditorUserId="1189" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-19T03:33:32.520" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T12:03:43.847" Title="How to make a real backslash (escape) character?" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;syntax&gt;&lt;catcodes&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7360" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7359" CreationDate="2010-12-18T22:13:51.310" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's one possible way with changing catcodes (just saw that TH. proposed almost the same in &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/7136/expand-directory-names-using-nested-macro-definitions/7139#7139&quot;&gt;this answer&lt;/a&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begingroup&#xA;\catcode`\@=0&#xA;\catcode`\\=11&#xA;@global@def@backslash{\}&#xA;@endgroup&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that I first give &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt; catcode 0 so that I can use it in place of &lt;code&gt;\&lt;/code&gt;. For other special characters it's in fact easier; you don't need the &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As Philippe pointed out, the drawback of the above approach is the use of &lt;code&gt;\global&lt;/code&gt;. Here's another nice trick that avoids this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begingroup&#xA;\catcode`\@=0&#xA;\catcode`\\=11&#xA;@def@makeliteralbackslash{@def@backslash{\}}&#xA;@expandafter@endgroup@makeliteralbackslash&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The macro &lt;code&gt;@makeliteralbackslash&lt;/code&gt; is expanded &lt;em&gt;before&lt;/em&gt; the end of the group; &lt;em&gt;one&lt;/em&gt; expansion happens while the catcode changes are still active. The definition of &lt;code&gt;\backslash&lt;/code&gt; itself then is executed outside the group. I'm not claiming that this is the best possible approach: It's just to give an example of interesting TeX core tricks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-19T12:03:43.847" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T12:03:43.847" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7361" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-12-18T22:31:14.857" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;This tag is for questions about the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/hyperref&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package, which is capable of producing hypertext links in documents. If your question is about cross-referencing in general, choose the &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/cross-referencing&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'cross-referencing'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;cross-referencing&lt;/a&gt; tag. If it's specifically about pdf features, consider to choose the &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/pdf&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'pdf'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;pdf&lt;/a&gt; tag.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T18:19:59.413" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T18:19:59.413" />
  <row Id="7362" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-12-18T22:31:14.857" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="This tag is for questions about the hyperref package, which is capable of producing hypertext links in documents. If your question is about cross-referencing in general, choose the {cross-referencing} tag. If it's specifically about pdf features, consider to choose the {pdf} tag." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T18:20:01.720" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T18:20:01.720" />
  <row Id="7363" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7398" CreationDate="2010-12-18T22:37:59.270" Score="2" ViewCount="167" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to get latex (tetex) working in a recent installation of Zenwalk. The main problem is that tikZ needs to be installed &quot;by hand&quot; because the Zenwalk package manager netpkg can't do it by itself. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As I'm new to linux, advice on how to do this would be much appreciated. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some information that might be helpful: when I try to build a latex file using Geany, the error message I get refers to the fact that the tikz.sty file can't be found. The file does exist (in the directory /usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/pgf/frontendlayer), but either it's in the wrong place or the compiler doesn't know where to find it. Compilation fails. If I try to compile a latex file that has no tikZ in it, then the file builds just fine, so the rest of latex is running fine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2169" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T14:15:37.450" Title="How can I install pgf/tikz by hand in Zenwalk?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;installing&gt;&lt;linux&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7364" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-12-18T22:44:19.977" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;This tag marks question specifically dealing with the &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Portable_Document_Format&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;PDF file format&lt;/a&gt;, with topics such as bookmarks, links and meta information.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If your question is about producing PDF output, choose an appropriate tag such as &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/pdftex&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'pdftex'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;pdftex&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/ps2pdf&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'ps2pdf'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;ps2pdf&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the case your question concerns PDF reader software, choose &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/pdf-reader&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'pdf-reader'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;pdf-reader&lt;/a&gt; or a reader specific tag such as &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/acrobat&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'acrobat'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;acrobat&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/evince&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'evince'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;evince&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/okular&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'okular'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;okular&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-18T22:44:19.977" LastActivityDate="2010-12-18T22:44:19.977" />
  <row Id="7365" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-12-18T22:44:19.977" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="This tag marks question specifically dealing with the PDF file format. If your question is about producing PDF output, choose an appropriate tag such as {pdftex} or {ps2pdf}. In the case your question concerns PDF reader software, choose {pdf-reader} or a reader specific tag such as {acrobat}, {evince} or {okular}." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-18T22:44:19.977" LastActivityDate="2010-12-18T22:44:19.977" />
  <row Id="7366" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7359" CreationDate="2010-12-18T22:49:33.797" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;LaTeX core appears to do this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\catcode`\@=11&#xA;...&#xA;\long\def\@gobble#1{}&#xA;\edef\@backslashchar{\expandafter\@gobble\string\\}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't properly understand how this works, but it does seem to do what you want in &lt;code&gt;\write&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="514" LastEditorUserId="514" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-18T23:48:22.747" LastActivityDate="2010-12-18T23:48:22.747" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7367" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7334" CreationDate="2010-12-18T23:10:59.550" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I encountered the same problem, and was eventually able to get oolatex to work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is how I did it (Windows XP, MikTeX 2.8)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1) download the tex4ht package&#xA;2) find where Windows has placed the folder (not the file). This is in Programs\Application Data\MikTex or something else weird (this happens even if you've installed MikTex to someplace without spaces in the filename, which you definitely should IMO). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;3) Move this folder to C:texmf or whatever. &#xA;4) Open cmd.exe&#xA;oolatex filename.tex&#xA;Bibtex filename.bib (0r .aux i always forget)&#xA;oolatex filename twice more.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I normally find it easier to compile as PDF until I've sorted out all the errors, then do the whole oolatex thing. Its easily saveable as RTF, and in my experience (which really only consists of compiling one scientific paper over and over again) its pretty reliable. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hope this helps.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2584" LastActivityDate="2010-12-18T23:10:59.550" />
  <row Id="7368" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-12-18T23:19:26.530" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;This tag is for questions about list environments. If your question deals with a specific list environment, add the respective tag, if existing, such as  &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/itemize&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'itemize'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;itemize&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/enumerate&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'enumerate'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;enumerate&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/description&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'description'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;description&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-26T14:35:32.823" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T14:35:32.823" />
  <row Id="7369" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2010-12-18T23:19:26.530" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="This tag is for questions about list environments. If your question deals with a specific list environment, add the respective tag, if existing, such as {itemize}, {enumerate} or {description}." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-26T14:35:34.773" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T14:35:34.773" />
  <row Id="7370" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7363" CreationDate="2010-12-19T00:15:57.440" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Did you remember to run &quot;mktexlsr&quot; or &quot;texhash&quot; (or whatever your TeX distribution uses to update its filename databases) as root?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1189" LastEditorUserId="1189" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-19T05:34:03.290" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T05:34:03.290" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7371" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-19T00:53:11.443" Score="2" ViewCount="89" Body="&lt;p&gt;Why does \ifoddpage seem to always return false in the following example? This is related to question &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/6143&quot;&gt;6143&lt;/a&gt; on this same forum. I'm using xelatex to produce a pdf file (i.e., xelatex test.tex)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,final,openright]{memoir}&#xA;% for Blurb, set this to the actual desired size as indicated by the&#xA;% size calculator on their web site&#xA;% See the memoir class documentation for an explanation of all the page&#xA;% layout parameters.&#xA;\setstocksize{594pt}{693pt}&#xA;\settrimmedsize{576pt}{684pt}{*}&#xA;\settrims{9pt}{9pt}&#xA;\setlrmarginsandblock{81pt}{54pt}{*} % calculates \textwidth&#xA;\setulmarginsandblock{72pt}{36pt}{*} % calculates \textheight&#xA;\setheadfoot{0pt}{18pt}&#xA;\setheaderspaces{0pt}{*}{*}&#xA;\raggedright     % comment to force even justification&#xA;\setlength{\parindent}{0in}   % paragraph indentations&#xA;\setlength{\parskip}{1em}   % space between paragraph&#xA;\checkandfixthelayout    % Set all the layout values&#xA;\usepackage{ifthen}&#xA;\newcounter{mycount}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\whiledo{\themycount&amp;lt;130}{%&#xA;  \ifoddpage&#xA;    {Odd\\}%&#xA;  \else&#xA;    {Even\\}%&#xA;  \fi&#xA;  \stepcounter{mycount}%&#xA;}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2585" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-19T12:23:18.983" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T12:23:18.983" Title="how to use memoir \ifoddpage" Tags="&lt;memoir&gt;&lt;conditionals&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7372" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7359" CreationDate="2010-12-19T00:58:56.467" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another way to do this kind of thing is to use a &lt;code&gt;\lccode&lt;/code&gt; trick:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begingroup\lccode`!=`\\\lowercase{\endgroup\def\@backslashchar{!}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This avoids any need to change catcodes thanks to the special properties of &lt;code&gt;\lowercase&lt;/code&gt;. Compared to the &lt;code&gt;\expandafter\@gobble\string&lt;/code&gt; method, it's a bit more flexible as you can choose the catcode of the resulting character inside your macro. Compared to a change of catcodes, you don't have to use &lt;code&gt;\global&lt;/code&gt; because of how &lt;code&gt;\lowercase&lt;/code&gt; interacts with &lt;code&gt;\endgroup&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's the detail of the code. The &lt;code&gt;\begingroup&lt;/code&gt; is here to keep the lccode changes local. The &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\lccode`!=`\\&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;means that when lowercasing &lt;code&gt;!&lt;/code&gt; you will get the backslash &lt;code&gt;\&lt;/code&gt; (the choice of &lt;code&gt;!&lt;/code&gt; is arbitrary, you just need a &lt;code&gt;normal&lt;/code&gt; character which will not appear elsewhere inside the &lt;code&gt;\lowercase&lt;/code&gt;). The important thing is that the lowercase version of &lt;code&gt;!&lt;/code&gt; wille be a normal character since &lt;code&gt;\lowercase&lt;/code&gt; doesn't change catcodes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The code &lt;code&gt;\lowercase{\endgroup\def\@backslashchar{!}}&lt;/code&gt; is thus equivalent to &lt;code&gt;\endgroup\def\@backslashchar{\}&lt;/code&gt; but with &lt;code&gt;\&lt;/code&gt; not being special (so &lt;code&gt;\&lt;/code&gt; followed by &lt;code&gt;}&lt;/code&gt; won't be interpreted as &lt;code&gt;\}&lt;/code&gt; but as two separate entities).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At the end, the result is that you have defined &lt;code&gt;\@backslashchar&lt;/code&gt; to be a &lt;code&gt;\&lt;/code&gt; with normal catcode. It can thus be used inside a &lt;code&gt;\write&lt;/code&gt; command without causing the same problems as &lt;code&gt;\&lt;/code&gt; does.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This lccode trick works with all other special characters. For example if you want a space character (of course, for spaces, the macro &lt;code&gt;\space&lt;/code&gt; works fine):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begingroup\lccode`!=`\ \lowercase{\endgroup\def\@spacechar{!}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If ever you break the code on two lines, just be careful with the end of lines and put a &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt; after the &lt;code&gt;\&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begingroup\lccode`!=`\ %&#xA;\lowercase{\endgroup\def\@spacechar{!}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1973" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T00:58:56.467" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7373" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7371" CreationDate="2010-12-19T01:53:23.420" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You have to call &lt;code&gt;\checkoddpage&lt;/code&gt; before, which sets &lt;code&gt;\ifoddpage&lt;/code&gt; to true or to false. Better do a strict check. This works fine in your code, toggling Odd and Even on page breaks:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\strictpagechecktrue%&#xA;\whiledo{\themycount&amp;lt;130}{%&#xA;  \checkoddpage%&#xA;  \ifoddpage%&#xA;    {Odd\\}%&#xA;  \else&#xA;    {Even\\}%&#xA;  \fi&#xA;  \stepcounter{mycount}%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T01:53:23.420" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7374" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7560" CreationDate="2010-12-19T01:55:47.503" Score="1" ViewCount="150" Body="&lt;p&gt;For some reason, I am forced to create a LTXexample-like environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following is my effort, but it cannot work. :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't know how to fix the problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you in advance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[dvips,dvipsnames]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\lstset{%&#xA;    literate=   {ï}{}0&#xA;                {»}{}0&#xA;                {¿}{}0,&#xA;    breaklines=true,&#xA;    breakindent=0pt,&#xA;    basicstyle=\ttfamily\tiny,&#xA;    keywordstyle=\color{blue}\sffamily\bfseries,    &#xA;    commentstyle=\color{OliveGreen}\itshape,                                    &#xA;    stringstyle=\rmfamily,&#xA;    showstringspaces=false,&#xA;    backgroundcolor=\color{Yellow!30},&#xA;    language={PSTricks}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{pstricks}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\temporary}{}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{myLTXexample}%&#xA;{%&#xA;    \renewcommand{\temporary}%&#xA;    \bgroup\ignorespaces%&#xA;}&#xA;{%&#xA;    \egroup%&#xA;    \begin{minipage}{0.4\linewidth}%&#xA;            \begin{lstlisting}&#xA;                    \temporary%&#xA;            \end{lstlisting} &#xA;    \end{minipage}&#xA;    %&#xA;    \hspace{5mm} &#xA;    %&#xA;    \begin{minipage}{0.4\linewidth}&#xA;            \temporary&#xA;    \end{minipage}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{myLTXexample}&#xA;testing.... \LaTeX !&#xA;\end{myLTXexample}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT 1: This example is the simplified version of my real scenario. :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-19T08:50:25.470" LastActivityDate="2010-12-22T12:37:05.833" Title="How to make a LTXexample-like environment by using the package listings.sty only?" Tags="&lt;listings&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7375" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4839" CreationDate="2010-12-19T02:23:41.083" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Is there a better way?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would say yes. I suggest to use &lt;code&gt;\RaggedLeft&lt;/code&gt; instead: there's no &lt;code&gt;\arraybackslash&lt;/code&gt; fix required and the justification is better, regarding that there's hyphenation within p columns.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Explanation:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For a better illustration, let's reduce the p column width. Here's the &lt;code&gt;\raggedleft&lt;/code&gt; way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\newcommand{\lorem}{Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing elit.}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{tabular}{p{30mm}&amp;gt;{\raggedleft\arraybackslash}p{30mm}}&#xA;  \lorem&amp;amp;\lorem&#xA;  \end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/qY5yK.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now we change:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{ragged2e}&#xA;...&#xA;  \begin{tabular}{p{30mm}&amp;gt;{\RaggedLeft}p{30mm}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/CcDoW.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's not so extremely ragged because now hyphenation is supported, just like in the p cell on the left.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Further notes:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The content of p cells is fully justified. This may cause undesired gaps between words and does not match the ragged way on the right side. A &lt;code&gt;\RaggedRight&lt;/code&gt; for the left p cell could be a good and consistent idea.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Especially in narrow columns additionally inserting &lt;code&gt;\hspace{0pt}&lt;/code&gt; ensures proper hyphenaton. Otherwise, TeX would not hyphenate the first word of the box. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since a new column type makes all easier, my choice would be&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcolumntype{L}[1]{&amp;gt;{\RaggedRight\hspace{0pt}}p{#1}}&#xA;\newcolumntype{R}[1]{&amp;gt;{\RaggedLeft\hspace{0pt}}p{#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and in the body text I'd just write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}{L{30mm}R{30mm}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T02:23:41.083" />
  <row Id="7376" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10565" CreationDate="2010-12-19T03:03:38.603" Score="1" ViewCount="100" Body="&lt;p&gt;I can see that MiKTeX 2.9 (of which I use the &quot;Portable&quot; version) has an executable for &quot;&lt;code&gt;mft&lt;/code&gt;&quot;, which (if run with no arguments) will crash and print:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA; Usage: mft inputfile changefile stylefile outputfile. (l.0)&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I cant't find any other documentation, besides a brief one-line summary of the purpose of mft. This is the most I can get it to do:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA; E:\home\tex\metafont&gt;touch null.ch&#xA;&#xA; E:\home\tex\metafont&gt;mft modes.mf null.ch \Tools\miktex-2.9\mft\plain.mft modes.tex&#xA; This is MFT, Version 2.0 (MiKTeX 2.9)&#xA; mft: Read operation failed.&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Judging by the output of SysInternals' procmon tool, it looks like it must be objecting to &quot;&lt;code&gt;null.ch&lt;/code&gt;&quot; being empty, but I haven't the foggiest idea why it demands such a file :-(. Any clues??&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1189" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-07T23:38:03.520" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T08:29:37.280" Title="How does one invoke the MiKTeX port of &quot;mft&quot;?" Tags="&lt;miktex&gt;&lt;metafont&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="7377" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7394" CreationDate="2010-12-19T03:06:16.387" Score="1" ViewCount="574" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've been trying to create a CV template by following the tutorial from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.cv-templates.info/2009/03/professional-cv-latex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's the latex code I used&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,10pt]{article}&#xA;&#xA;%A Few Useful Packages&#xA;\usepackage{marvosym}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}   %load fonts&#xA;\usepackage{url,parskip}   %formatting&#xA;\usepackage{xunicode,xltxtra}  %other packages for XeTeX&#xA;\usepackage{titlesec}&#xA;&#xA;%Graphics - Colors&#xA;\RequirePackage{color,graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage[usenames,dvipsnames]{xcolor}&#xA;%better formatting of the A4 page&#xA;\usepackage[big]{layaureo}&#xA;%An alternative to Layaureo can be usepackage{fullpage}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{supertabular}   %for Grades&#xA;\usepackage{titlesec}   %custom section&#xA;&#xA;%Setup hyperref package, and colours for links&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\definecolor{linkcolour}{rgb}{0,0.2,0.6}&#xA;\hypersetup{colorlinks,breaklinks, urlcolor=linkcolour, linkcolor=linkcolour}&#xA;&#xA;\defaultfontfeatures{Mapping=tex-text}&#xA;\setmainfont[SmallCapsFont = Fontin SmallCaps]{Fontin}&#xA;&#xA;\titleformat{section}{Largescshaperaggedright}{}{0em}{}[\titlerule]&#xA;\titlespacing{section}{0pt}{3pt}{3pt}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I compiled it using XeTeX extension (xelatex resume.tex). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I got the following error message in the terminal.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;kpathsea: Running mktextfm Fontin&#xA;/usr/share/texmf/web2c/mktexnam: Could not map source abbreviation F for Fontin.&#xA;/usr/share/texmf/web2c/mktexnam: Need to update /usr/share/texmf-texlive/fonts/map/fontname/special.map?&#xA;mktextfm: Running mf-nowin -progname=mf \mode:=ljfour; mag:=1; nonstopmode; input Fontin&#xA;This is METAFONT, Version 2.718281 (TeX Live 2009/Debian)&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;kpathsea: Running mktexmf Fontin&#xA;! I can't find file `Fontin'.&#xA;&amp;lt;*&amp;gt; ...:=ljfour; mag:=1; nonstopmode; input Fontin&#xA;&#xA;Please type another input file name&#xA;! Emergency stop.&#xA;&amp;lt;*&amp;gt; ...:=ljfour; mag:=1; nonstopmode; input Fontin&#xA;&#xA;Transcript written on mfput.log.&#xA;grep: Fontin.log: No such file or directory&#xA;mktextfm: `mf-nowin -progname=mf \mode:=ljfour; mag:=1; nonstopmode; input Fontin' failed to make Fontin.tfm.&#xA;kpathsea: Appending font creation commands to missfont.log.&#xA;&#xA;! Font \zf@basefont=Fontin at 10.0pt not loadable: Metric (TFM) file or install&#xA;ed font not found.&#xA;\zf@fontspec ...ntname \zf@suffix &quot; at \f@size pt &#xA;                                                  \unless \ifzf@icu \zf@set@...&#xA;l.26 ...[SmallCapsFont = Fontin SmallCaps]{Fontin}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I suppose it's because the font 'Fontin' is missing. I downloaded 'Fontin' and tried to add it as external font by&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\fontspec&#xA;[ Path = /home/primal/fonts/ ,&#xA;UprightFont = *-regular ,&#xA;BoldFont = *-bold ,&#xA;SmallCapsFont = *-SmallCaps ]&#xA;{Fontin}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But it didn't work out as well. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any help on this would be much appreciated. Also when I tried that line which was causing the error, I got an error message on next line specifying formatting for sections.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Package xkeyval Error: `section' undefined in families `titlesec'.&#xA;&#xA;See the xkeyval package documentation for explanation.&#xA;Type  H &amp;lt;return&amp;gt;  for immediate help.&#xA; ...                                              &#xA;&#xA;l.28 ...section}{Largescshaperaggedright}{}{0em}{}&#xA;                                                  [\titlerule]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2588" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-19T11:26:46.633" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T11:26:46.633" Title="Problems with fontspec and titlesec packages" Tags="&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;fontspec&gt;&lt;resume&gt;&lt;titlesec&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7378" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7359" CreationDate="2010-12-19T03:27:55.423" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are many ways to do it depending on what you want to do. You don't always need to change the &lt;code&gt;catcode&lt;/code&gt;. Some examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\textbackslash&lt;/code&gt; will simply typeset \  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For writing a macro to a file use &lt;code&gt;\string\macro&lt;/code&gt;. This can also be used to just typeset it, also.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also define it by using:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\bs}{\symbol{'134}} % a backslash in tt type in OT1/T1&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;lccode&lt;/code&gt; trick and changing &lt;code&gt;catcode&lt;/code&gt; has been explained by the other posters and I haven't added it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And a minimal with these:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article} &#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\newcommand{\bs}{\symbol{'134}}% a backslash in tt type in OT1/T1&#xA;\newcommand{\BS}{\texttt{\symbol{`\\}}}&#xA;&#xA;\BS, \texttt{\string\test}, \texttt{\bs}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T03:27:55.423" />
  <row Id="7379" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-19T04:25:55.497" Score="2" ViewCount="92" Body="&lt;p&gt;I recently stepped out of my comfort bounds and decided to add some Code snippets to my paper.  I was able to get everything working fine and looking good, except the actual title.  Everything else in my Document uses arabic, i.e. Figure 2.3, Table 4.5, etc... for some reason when I insert the Code (Using lstlisting), the published version becomes &quot;Listing III.1: code title&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried using the same setup in my pre-amble as the figures, tables, and equations:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;    \renewcommand\lstlistingname{\arabic{chapter}.\arabic{lstnumber}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, that removes the &quot;Listing&quot; portion and instead gives me &quot;3.1 III.1: code title&quot;.  Obviously I am not wise enough with the \renewcommand? or is there another setting I should be changing?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is the pre-amble I was trying to copy:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\updateCounters}{\renewcommand{\thefigure}{\arabic{chapter}.\arabic{figure}}%&#xA;\renewcommand{\thetable}{\arabic{chapter}.\arabic{table}}%&#xA;\renewcommand{\theequation}{\arabic{chapter}.\arabic{equation}}%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2590" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-12T18:26:11.753" LastActivityDate="2011-03-12T18:26:11.753" Title="How to change the formating of the title of a &quot;Listing&quot; from roman to arabic?" Tags="&lt;listings&gt;&lt;numbering&gt;&lt;roman&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7380" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7397" CreationDate="2010-12-19T05:00:40.483" Score="1" ViewCount="120" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi everyone,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am using the latex package algorithm2e. Is there a way to end with period instead of semicolon, or end with simply newline. I don't like the semicolons on the sentences. If I just try putting a period it will put both sentences together which I don't want to do.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Compute the modulated input across this connection\;&#xA;Add the modulated input to the accumulated input\;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any help appreciated&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ted&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2591" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T13:47:52.440" Title="ending statements in algorithm2e environment" Tags="&lt;algorithm2e&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="7381" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7414" CreationDate="2010-12-19T05:16:26.077" Score="12" ViewCount="257" Body="&lt;p&gt;In many books—mostly novels—often some paragraphs will have a blank line between them to indicate a sort of 'pause' in the narration. If one of these blank lines appears at the top or bottom of the page, it's replaced with &quot;* * *&quot; so that the reader knows there's a break.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I put these blank lines in my LaTeX documents, I use a tilde like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;stuff blah blah paragraph ends here&#xA;&#xA;~&#xA;&#xA;new paragraph, more stuff...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This works fine for the most part, but of course it won't put in the asterisks for me if it occurs at the top or bottom of a page. Is there a way to do this automatically?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1517" LastActivityDate="2010-12-22T13:50:22.193" Title="Paragraph breaks with asterisks" Tags="&lt;formatting&gt;&lt;page-breaking&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="7383" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7327" CreationDate="2010-12-19T05:30:00.347" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is a diff between mla-good.bst and one that enables the &quot;urldate&quot; field.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;76a77&#xA;&amp;gt;     urldate&#xA;365c366,371&#xA;&amp;lt;     { &quot;\newline\urlprefix\url{&quot; url * &quot;}&quot; * write$ newline$ }&#xA;---&#xA;&amp;gt;     { &quot;\newline\urlprefix\url{&quot; url * &quot;}&quot; * write$ newline$ &#xA;&amp;gt;       urldate empty$&#xA;&amp;gt;         { skip$ }&#xA;&amp;gt;         { &quot;(accessed on &quot; urldate * &quot;)&quot; * write$ newline$ }&#xA;&amp;gt;       if$&#xA;&amp;gt;     }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(thanks Herbert).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2573" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T05:30:00.347" />
  <row Id="7384" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7226" CreationDate="2010-12-19T05:31:29.470" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It looks like you made two typos in the &lt;code&gt;\tikzset&lt;/code&gt; line; changing it to:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\tikzset{external/system call={latex \tikzexternalcheckshellescape -halt-on-error -interaction=batchmode -jobname &quot;\image&quot; &quot;\texsource&quot; &amp;amp;&amp;amp; dvips -o &quot;\image&quot;.eps &quot;\image&quot;.dvi}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will make the shell command generate an .eps file from each .dvi file &lt;em&gt;after&lt;/em&gt; running the &lt;code&gt;latex&lt;/code&gt; command to create that .dvi file. (I replaced a &lt;code&gt;.ps&lt;/code&gt; in your file with a &lt;code&gt;.eps&lt;/code&gt;, and a &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; with a &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt;. Interestingly, the &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; seemed to work in MiKTeX to invoke latex asynchronously; I wonder why it did that? I don't think &lt;code&gt;cmd.exe&lt;/code&gt; supports that, though it does support &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But unfortunately none of that seems to help: though I end up with a postscript file for the whole document that includes the contents of the .eps, it doesn't seem to display any of it, though the .eps file renders fine on its own, and I don't get any error messages about it either &lt;code&gt;:-(&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1189" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T05:31:29.470" />
  <row Id="7385" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-19T05:41:29.287" Score="2" ViewCount="164" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is a follow-up question to my last question:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/7192/defining-a-new-latex-environment-for-numbered-two-column-proofs/7197#7197&quot;&gt;Defining a new LaTeX environment for numbered two-column proofs&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Basically, I'm trying to define the following environment:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcounter{proofc}&#xA;\DeclareRobustCommand\stepproofc{\refstepcounter{proofc}(\arabic{proofc})}&#xA;\newenvironment{twoproof}{%&#xA;  \setcounter{proofc}{0}&#xA;  \begin{tabular}{@{\stepproofc \hspace{4pt}}&amp;gt;{$}c&amp;lt;{$}|&amp;gt;{$}l&amp;lt;{$}}&#xA;}{&#xA;  \end{tabular}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and I used &lt;code&gt;\refstepcounter&lt;/code&gt; specifically so that I could refer to some entries inside other entries, like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{twoproof}&#xA;\label{step1} Prop A &amp;amp; Justification \\&#xA;\label{step2} Prop B &amp;amp; Justification \\&#xA;Prop C &amp;amp; Because \ref{step1} and \ref{step2}&#xA;\end{twoproof}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sadly, if you include the &lt;code&gt;array&lt;/code&gt; package, this doesn't come out the way I'd hoped, because the &lt;code&gt;\ref&lt;/code&gt; macros don't turn into the right number.  I'm like 99% sure that this is because the &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt; macro is catching the wrong number (if you put a theorem environment before a twoproof environment, the &lt;code&gt;\ref&lt;/code&gt; macros transform into the number of the theorem).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I don't include the &lt;code&gt;array&lt;/code&gt; package, this works the way it should.  But then I can't use the &lt;code&gt;&amp;gt;{$}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;{$}&lt;/code&gt; column modifiers to put my columns into math mode (I've tried using @-espressions instead and that gives an error).  So how do I&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;get &lt;code&gt;label&lt;/code&gt; to work inside tabular, even with the &lt;code&gt;array&lt;/code&gt; package included (preferable), or&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Typeset my columns in math mode without using &lt;code&gt;&amp;gt;{$}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;{$}&lt;/code&gt;, which come from the array package.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any help will be greatly appreciated!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt;: Unfortunately, if you try to wrap the whole environment in &lt;code&gt;\begin{displaymath}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\end{displaymath}&lt;/code&gt;, and change &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;array&lt;/code&gt; (and get rid of the column modifiers), you get this error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Package amsmath Error: Multiple \label's: label 'step1' will be lost.&#xA;&#xA;See the amsmath package documentation for explanation.&#xA;Type  H &amp;lt;return&amp;gt;  for immediate help.&#xA; ...                                              &#xA;&#xA;l.30     \label&#xA;               {step2} Prop B &amp;amp; Justification \\&#xA;?&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So it seems like &lt;code&gt;displaymath&lt;/code&gt; doesn't play nicely with labels either.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit 2&lt;/strong&gt;:&#xA;As requested, here is a complete example illustrating the problem:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[oneside]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath,amsthm}                                                                      &#xA;\usepackage{array}                                                                       &#xA;&#xA;\newcounter{proofc}                                                                      &#xA;\DeclareRobustCommand\stepproofc{\refstepcounter{proofc}(\arabic{proofc})}               &#xA;\newenvironment{twoproof}{%                                                              &#xA;  \setcounter{proofc}{0}                                                                 &#xA;  \begin{tabular}{@{\stepproofc \hspace{4pt}}&amp;gt;{$}c&amp;lt;{$}|&amp;gt;{$}l&amp;lt;{$}}                        &#xA;}{                                                                                       &#xA;  \end{tabular}                                                                          &#xA;}                                                                                        &#xA;&#xA;\theoremstyle{definition}                                                                &#xA;\newtheorem{thm}{Theorem}[section]                                                       &#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}                                                                         &#xA;&#xA;\begin{thm} This theorem exists to highlight the problem. \\                             &#xA;If you remove it or take the proof out of the theorem, the ref numbers simply disappear in the proof below&#xA;&#xA;\begin{center}                                                                           &#xA;\begin{twoproof}                                                                         &#xA;\label{step1} E \vdash \alpha &amp;amp;  \pi_1 \\                                                &#xA;\label{step2} E \vdash \beta &amp;amp; \pi_2 \\&#xA;E \vdash \gamma &amp;amp; \ref{step1} \mbox{ and } \ref{step2}                                   &#xA;\end{twoproof}&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;&#xA;\end{thm}                                                                                &#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that if you replace lines 7-12 with:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{twoproof}{%                                                              &#xA;  \setcounter{proofc}{0}&#xA;  \begin{displaymath}                                                   &#xA;  \begin{array}{@{\mbox{\stepproofc \hspace{4pt}}}c|l}                        &#xA;}{                                                                                       &#xA;  \end{array}&#xA;  \end{displaymath}                                                                         &#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You get the error described above.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks again for your help!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2533" LastEditorUserId="2533" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-19T20:32:40.707" LastActivityDate="2010-12-22T06:43:45.133" Title="array package breaks references in a tabular environment" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;environments&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="7386" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7392" CreationDate="2010-12-19T06:46:40.483" Score="2" ViewCount="345" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am drawing an arrow using the following command:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;code&gt;$ \xleftarrow{\mbox{\tiny{BCast}}} $‎&lt;/code&gt;.&#xA;I have tested the command in two different environments:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;TeXShop (MacOS, uses TeX Live) outputs an arrow with the problem stated in the second item.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;TeXmaker (Windows, uses MiKTeX) in a bidirectional environment (for writing Farsi) outputs the correct arrow with &quot;Bcast&quot; above it but the arrow seems to have splitted areas that are connected using dots.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ytq1a.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Am I doing it wrong?&lt;br&gt;&#xA; &lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt; this is the &quot;preview&quot; rendering of the file under zoom of 1000x.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/9Z1DH.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2244" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-19T14:11:08.610" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T14:11:08.610" Title="Arrow with text above" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;arrows&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="7387" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7386" CreationDate="2010-12-19T07:46:05.183" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;use package amsmath and then&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$ \xleftarrow{\text{BCast}} $‎&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;it recognises the current font setting. The arrow is a combination&#xA;of arrow and a line and depending to the used font it may be nessesary&#xA;to redefine the original arrow definition.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Herbert&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T07:46:05.183" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7388" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7385" CreationDate="2010-12-19T07:52:42.587" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;use the inline mode:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[oneside]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath,amsthm,array}                                                                          &#xA;\newcounter{proofc}                                                                      &#xA;    \DeclareRobustCommand\stepproofc{\refstepcounter{proofc}(\arabic{proofc})}               &#xA;&#xA;    \newenvironment{twoproof}&#xA;      {\setcounter{proofc}{0} \begin{center}$                                             &#xA;        \array{ &amp;gt;{\global\stepproofc\label{step\theproofc} \hspace{4pt}}c | l }}&#xA;      { \endarray $ \end{center}}&#xA;&#xA; \theoremstyle{definition}                                                                &#xA; \newtheorem{thm}{Theorem}[section]                                                       &#xA;\begin{document}                                                                &#xA;&#xA;\begin{thm} This theorem exists to highlight the problem. \\                             &#xA;If you remove it or take the proof out of the theorem, the ref numbers simply disappear in the proof below&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{twoproof}                                                                         &#xA; E \vdash \alpha &amp;amp; \pi_1   \\                                                &#xA; E \vdash \beta  &amp;amp; \pi_2 \\&#xA; E \vdash \gamma &amp;amp; \ref{step1} \mbox{ and } \ref{step2}                                   &#xA;\end{twoproof}&#xA;&#xA; \end{thm}                                                                                &#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-22T06:43:45.133" LastActivityDate="2010-12-22T06:43:45.133" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="7389" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7340" CreationDate="2010-12-19T08:19:58.133" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;New versions of &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt; don't need &lt;code&gt;hypernat&lt;/code&gt; at all. So the omission should not be an issue.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T08:19:58.133" />
  <row Id="7390" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7379" CreationDate="2010-12-19T08:20:10.290" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;a &lt;em&gt;complete&lt;/em&gt; example makes it easier to help!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[openany]{book}&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\AtBeginDocument{%&#xA;  \renewcommand\lstlistingname{My Listing}&#xA;  \renewcommand\thelstlisting{\thesection.\arabic{lstlisting}}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\lstlistoflistings&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{dummy}&#xA;\section{More dummy}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}[caption=bar]&#xA; foo&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Herbert&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T08:20:10.290" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7391" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7386" CreationDate="2010-12-19T08:53:45.317" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use a macro such as &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\overlim}[1]{{\buildrel{#1}\over\longrightarrow\;}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to type &quot;whatever over a \longrightarrow&quot;. You might adapt something of this sort to your needs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="750" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T08:53:45.317" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="7392" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7386" CreationDate="2010-12-19T09:14:27.400" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I guess that the arrow only &lt;em&gt;seems&lt;/em&gt; &quot;to have splitted areas that are connected using dots&quot;. This comes from the definition of the extendible arrows. It's a previewer problem; in print you shouldn't see it. To check if it is a previewer problem, zoom in &lt;em&gt;really&lt;/em&gt; deep, say with a magnification of 3000%, and see if it looks OK then.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-19T10:37:10.590" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T10:37:10.590" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="7393" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-19T10:32:20.233" Score="0" ViewCount="56" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi Guys, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The KDE template won't display the .png image file.  I haven't changed anything from the stock settings.  I wanted to give the template a whirl, but all I see is a label called oxygen-header for a space where the image file should be.  What do you guys think is the issue? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2592" LastActivityDate="2010-12-20T12:49:36.693" Title="KDE Template Header not displaying" Tags="&lt;templates&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7394" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7377" CreationDate="2010-12-19T10:51:42.790" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The Problem has nothing to to with XeLateX or Fontin.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The reason for the error is that the &lt;code&gt;\titleformat&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\titlespacing&lt;/code&gt; commands are incorrect. Apparently some backslashes got lost. If you look at Alessandro's complete source code in &lt;code&gt;cv.tex&lt;/code&gt; or follow the link to his source, you will find that it should read &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\titleformat{\section}{\large\scshape\raggedright}{}{0em}{}[\titlerule]&#xA;\titlespacing{\section}{0pt}{3pt}{3pt}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And by the way, you can also copy the Fontin files (or any other font for that matter) to your local OS font directory (&lt;code&gt;~/.fonts&lt;/code&gt; in Linux) If all files are present there fontspec will automatically know which to use for bold etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2210" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T10:51:42.790" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7395" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7377" CreationDate="2010-12-19T11:12:39.183" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try to download the packages from this site and install them individually....&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.josbuivenga.demon.nl/fontin.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.josbuivenga.demon.nl/fontin.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2593" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T11:12:39.183" />
  <row Id="7396" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7401" CreationDate="2010-12-19T11:46:53.683" Score="1" ViewCount="256" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have drawn a picture using tikz the code of which is shown below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture} &#xA;  \draw [rounded corners=10pt] (0,0) rectangle (4,2);       &#xA;    \draw (-3,1) -- (0,1) node [near start, above]{incoming communication};&#xA;    \draw (2,3) -- (2,2) node [near start,left]{ input};&#xA;    \draw (2,-1.5) -- (2,0) node [midway, left] {subroutine output};&#xA;    \draw (1, 1.3) -- (3.5, 1.3) node [midway, above] {identity};&#xA;    \draw (1, 0.5) -- (3.5, 0.5) node [midway, above] {sec. param.};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the output is like this:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/L4CpH.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it possible that the text inside the rectangle be underlined and the line to be as long as the text (like a simple underlined text)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to have each line leading to the rectangle to be like a negative (photo film). I can imagine that some rectangles of thick borders which are set aside each other can do the job of the negative. is there any possibility of scaling a picture of negative and using the pattern for a line? or I must draw those rectangles and have them glued together? :D&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2244" LastEditorUserId="2244" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-19T11:59:38.847" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T20:43:13.470" Title="tikz putting text in specific location" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7397" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7380" CreationDate="2010-12-19T12:36:08.460" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Would it be sufficient if the semicolons are not visible in the resulting DVI or PDF file? Then you could give the command &lt;code&gt;\DontPrintSemicolon&lt;/code&gt; a try. If you want a period you could try &lt;code&gt;\SetEndCharOfAlgoLine{.}&lt;/code&gt; instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2574" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-19T13:47:52.440" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T13:47:52.440" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7398" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7363" CreationDate="2010-12-19T12:47:13.733" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would seriously recommend not to use the teTeX packages of Zenwalk. While I have never heard of the Zenwalk distribution before, teTeX is unmaintained since 2006. Its successor is &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/texlive/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX Live&lt;/a&gt;. Manually installing TeX Live is easy (just run the installer script and the set $PATH). TeX Live contains the newest TikZ version and all dependencies (maybe you need to run &lt;code&gt;tlmgr update --all&lt;/code&gt; after installing to get the newest package versions).&#xA;Before you install TeX Live you should remove teTeX to avoid any potential problems.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;According to the &lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.zenwalk.org/index.php?title=HOWTO_Texlive&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Zenwalk Wiki&lt;/a&gt;, this is how you set the path:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After the installation is completed open a text editor such as Geany and create a file called &lt;code&gt;texlive.sh&lt;/code&gt; and put the following two lines in it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;export PATH=$PATH:/opt/texlive/2010/bin/i386-linux&#xA;export MANPATH=$MANPATH:/opt/texlive/2010/texmf/doc/man&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Save &lt;code&gt;texlive.sh&lt;/code&gt; file. Make this file executable. Move this file to &lt;code&gt;/etc/profile.d&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(as root, afterwards you need to log out and then log in again).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;By default TeX Live installs itself to &lt;code&gt;/usr/local/texlive/2010&lt;/code&gt; so you might need to change the paths.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-19T14:15:37.450" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T14:15:37.450" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="7399" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7381" CreationDate="2010-12-19T12:51:48.303" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Is there a way to do it automatically?&lt;/em&gt;  My understanding is that there is no current package that can do it. However, here is a semi-automatic solution!  The macro uses a special font (webomints) available at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/webomints/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/webomints/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\wb}[2]{\fontsize{#1}{#2}\usefont{U}{webo}{xl}{n}}&#xA;\newcommand{\wbc}[3]{\vspace*{#1}\begin{center}&#xA;    \wb{#2}{#2}#3\end{center}\vspace*{#1}}&#xA;&#xA;\def\thoughtBreak{ \wbc{2ex}{6}{IJLKIJLKIJLKIJLKIJ}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;  \textsc{The King and Queen of Hearts} were seated on their throne&#xA;  when they arrived, with a great crowd assembled about them&#xA;  --- all sorts of little birds and beasts, as well as the&#xA;  whole pack of cards: the Knave was standing before them,&#xA;  in chains, with a soldier on each side to guard him; and&#xA;  near the King was the White Rabbit, with a trumpet in one&#xA;  hand, and a scroll of parchment in the other.  In the very&#xA;  middle of the court was a table, with a large dish of&#xA;  tarts upon it: they looked so good, that it made Alice&#xA;  quite hungry to look at them --- ``I wish they'd get the&#xA;  trial done,'' she thought, ``and hand round the&#xA;  refreshments!''.  But there seemed to be no chance of this,&#xA;  so she began looking at everything about her to pass away&#xA;  the time. \thoughtBreak&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;  Alice had never been in a court of justice before, but she&#xA;  had read about them in books, and she was quite pleased to&#xA;  find that she knew the name of nearly everything there.&#xA;  ``That's the judge,'' she said to herself, ``because of his&#xA;  great wig.''.\thoughtBreak&#xA;&#xA;  The judge, by the way, was the King, and as he wore his&#xA;  crown over the wig, (look at the frontispiece if you want&#xA;  to see how he did it,) he did not look at all comfortable,&#xA;  and it was certainly not becoming. \thoughtBreak&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What you are referring to are normally termed &lt;code&gt;ornaments&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;thought breakers&lt;/code&gt;. I prefer the latter, as a paragraph is a &lt;code&gt;unit of thought&lt;/code&gt; and not a unit of text! I defined a macro called a &lt;code&gt;\thoughtBreak&lt;/code&gt; which you add at the end of a paragraph. It does not solve the problem of &lt;code&gt;orphan ornaments&lt;/code&gt;, i.e. you will still need to rely on TeX's penalty system to ensure that the ornaments are not moved over to the first line of a new page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Possible solutions to automate it, is to use the approach used by the &lt;code&gt;lineno&lt;/code&gt; package to number the lines of a paragraph and add the &lt;code&gt;\thoughtBreak&lt;/code&gt; at the end of the paragraph. Another possible solution is to redefine the &lt;code&gt;\par&lt;/code&gt; command that normally ends a paragraph. The latter can get messy as &lt;code&gt;par&lt;/code&gt; is used in all sort of other places as well i.e., captions, lists ... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lastly you can play with the &lt;code&gt;output&lt;/code&gt; routine which is the right way to go - as you can also check ahead for sections etc (you don't want ornaments to end a paragraph if a section follow). This can get very messy to debug and program and LaTeX output routine is admittedly almost impossible to hack!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T12:51:48.303" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7400" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7404" CreationDate="2010-12-19T12:58:05.723" Score="3" ViewCount="280" Body="&lt;p&gt;The first page of articles on the arXiv have a grey watermark on the first page with the information about the file in it. I want to replicate this, in the easiest way possible. Obligatory TikZ solutions welcome (since I already normally have that loaded...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is the sort of thing I would like to hack together myself, but I just don't know where to start... I tried looking at the source of an arXiv paper, but it seems that the watermark is added by their autoTeX thing, so it doesn't show up in the source file...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The text needs to be vertical, grey, and allowed to contain macros (like &lt;code&gt;\today&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\GITHash&lt;/code&gt; from the vc bundle.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Bonus marks for an additional &quot;every page&quot; solution (but my primary aim is first page only). Actually, the ideal would be something that could be added to the page style &quot;plain&quot; so that it appears on the first page of every chapter...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T20:26:58.847" Title="watermark on first page in left margin (like arXiv)" Tags="&lt;arxiv&gt;&lt;watermark&gt;" AnswerCount="5" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="7401" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7396" CreationDate="2010-12-19T13:27:50.300" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To create underlined text, simply use the &lt;code&gt;ulem&lt;/code&gt; package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{ulem,tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;    \tikz&#xA;    {&#xA;        \node at (0,0.5) {\uline{some underlined text}};&#xA;        \node at (0,0) {\uline{a second line}};&#xA;    }&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/S5PPB.png&quot; alt=&quot;example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To create the filmstrip effect, you could use decorations. See chapter 72 of the TikZ manual (v2.10) for how to define your own decoration (the use of decorations is described in chapter 21). The following could get you started (it won't look good with curved paths or paths with edges):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{decorations}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\pgfdeclaredecoration{film}{initial}&#xA;{&#xA;    \state{initial}[width=10pt]&#xA;    {&#xA;        \fill (0,-5pt) rectangle (10.2pt,5pt);&#xA;        \fill[white,rounded corners=1pt] (2pt,-4pt) rectangle (8pt,4pt);&#xA;    }&#xA;    \state{final}&#xA;    {&#xA;        \begin{scope}&#xA;            \clip (0,-5pt) rectangle (\pgfdecoratedremainingdistance,5pt);&#xA;            \fill (0,-5pt) rectangle (10pt,5pt);&#xA;            \fill[white,rounded corners=1pt] (2pt,-4pt) rectangle (8pt,4pt);&#xA;        \end{scope}&#xA;        \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfpointdecoratedpathlast}&#xA;    }&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\tikz[decoration=film]&#xA;{&#xA;    \draw [decorate] (0,0) -- (3,0);&#xA;}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/3RoGy.png&quot; alt=&quot;example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-19T20:43:13.470" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T20:43:13.470" />
  <row Id="7402" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7400" CreationDate="2010-12-19T13:32:46.520" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/background/background.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;background&lt;/a&gt; package to achieve this. The package uses the TikZ positiong system to position an image either on one page or on all the pages (great also if you just need &lt;code&gt;draft&lt;/code&gt; to be printed on one or all the pages of a publication).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It uses any valid TikZ positioning command for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\SetBgPosition{0,0}&#xA;\SetBgPosition{current page.north}&#xA;\SetBgPosition{5cm,7cm}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T13:32:46.520" />
  <row Id="7403" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7400" CreationDate="2010-12-19T13:34:01.463" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=watermark&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=watermark&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T13:34:01.463" />
  <row Id="7404" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7400" CreationDate="2010-12-19T13:43:35.663" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I suspect that arxiv adds the watermark in postprocessing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Obligatory TikZ solution:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext,tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{calc}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\tikz[overlay,remember picture]&#xA;{&#xA;    \node at ($(current page.west)+(1.5,0)$) [rotate=90] {\Huge\textcolor{gray}{\today}};&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\blinddocument    &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could add that snippet for example to the &lt;code&gt;\chapter&lt;/code&gt; command. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T13:43:35.663" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7405" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7400" CreationDate="2010-12-19T14:03:24.530" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Packages for the job have already been mentioned. You talked about something that only appears on the chapter pages. The code below shows how you could to do that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper,english]{report}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{babel}&#xA;\usepackage[&#xA;  headheight=14pt,&#xA;  includeheadfoot,&#xA;  margin=3cm&#xA;]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage[x11names]{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{eso-pic}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\chapmark}{%&#xA;  \AddToShipoutPictureBG*{%&#xA;    \AtPageCenter{%&#xA;   \put(\LenToUnit{-0.45\paperwidth},0){%&#xA;        \rotatebox[origin=c]{90}{\scalebox{3}{\textcolor{gray!50}{\fontfamily{phv}\selectfont\today}}}&#xA;   }&#xA;    }&#xA;  }&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\fancypagestyle{plain}{%&#xA;  \fancyhf{}&#xA;  \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0pt}&#xA;  \chead{\chapmark}&#xA;  \cfoot{\thepage}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% Setup for headers and footers (fancyhdr)&#xA;\fancyhf{}&#xA;\rhead{\nouppercase{\leftmark}}&#xA;\rfoot{\thepage}&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \blinddocument&#xA;&#xA;  \blinddocument&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Not a »tikZ« solution though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T14:03:24.530" />
  <row Id="7406" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-19T14:46:47.767" Score="1" ViewCount="214" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/823/remove-ugly-borders-around-clickable-crossreferences-and-hyperlinks&quot;&gt;Remove ugly borders around clickable crossreferences and hyperlinks&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\section{some text} \label{reftext}&#xA;.&#xA;.&#xA;\nameref{reftext}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Usage of &lt;code&gt;\nameref{}&lt;/code&gt; creates a red box around the section header. Is it possible to replace the box with underline or just highlight the test to show that it is hyper-linked. &#xA;When I create a TOC for sections it puts a same redbox around the section headings in TOC&#xA;thanks&#xA;Aku&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2036" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-19T14:50:23.817" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T14:50:23.817" ClosedDate="2010-12-20T01:31:53.677" Title="Red box around \nameref{}" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7407" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7376" CreationDate="2010-12-19T15:21:10.453" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hm, I am looking at the man page for the linux TexLive 2009 mft, and it says that the change file and the style file are optional.  It also says &quot;Specify command-line options -c to suppress the reading of a change file, and -s to suppress the reading of a style file.&quot;  You can try to leave out the &lt;code&gt;null.ch&lt;/code&gt; or replace it by &lt;code&gt;-c&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T15:21:10.453" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7408" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7291" CreationDate="2010-12-19T15:44:16.393" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Create the file &lt;code&gt;$VIM/vimfiles/ftplugin/tex.vim&lt;/code&gt; if you don't have it yet, and in it add the line&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;let g:Tex_CompileRule_bib = g:Tex_BibtexFlavor . ' --include-directory /your/dir/here $*'&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T15:44:16.393" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7409" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7410" CreationDate="2010-12-19T15:49:03.500" Score="0" ViewCount="80" Body="&lt;p&gt;OK, this I cannot really understand.. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Basically, I use &lt;code&gt;scite&lt;/code&gt; that calls a &lt;code&gt;lua&lt;/code&gt; script, and through that, &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt;. (&lt;em&gt;If &lt;code&gt;scite&lt;/code&gt; is ran from a terminal, then the &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; output called through it is dumped to the same terminal, and then one can also interact with &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt;, in case of errors&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Today, I added to one of my files: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\showthe\paperheight&#xA;\showthe\pdfpageheight&#xA;\showthe\paperwidth&#xA;\showthe\pdfpagewidth&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;... and I'd run &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; as usual - and I'd notice this in the log:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;? &amp;gt; 0.0pt.&#xA;l.6 \showthe\paperheight&#xA;&#xA;? &amp;gt; 845.04684pt.&#xA;l.7 \showthe\pdfpageheight&#xA;&#xA;? &amp;gt; 0.0pt.&#xA;l.8 \showthe\paperwidth&#xA;&#xA;? &amp;gt; 597.50787pt.&#xA;l.9 \showthe\pdfpagewidth&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;... and &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; kept on going, and all was fine. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then, I keep working - and suddenly, &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; does &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; run over the &lt;code&gt;\showthe&lt;/code&gt; commands anymore; instead, it starts waiting for a user input! Here I'd answer with 'scroll', i.e. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;? &amp;gt; 845.04684pt.&#xA;l.7 \showthe\pdfpageheight&#xA;&#xA;? S&#xA;OK, entering \scrollmode...&#xA;&amp;gt; 0.0pt.&#xA;l.8 \showthe\paperwidth&#xA;&#xA;&amp;gt; 597.50787pt.&#xA;l.9 \showthe\pdfpagewidth&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;... and then it would run through the end! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, I am forced to call &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; like: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;pdflatex -interaction=scrollmode file.tex ...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;... so as to cause &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; to 'run through' these commands - but now I'm afraid it will not stop on some more serious error (where I'd otherwise prefer it to stop). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anyone have an idea about what happened here - and how do I get my old &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; behavior back? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$ pdflatex --version&#xA;pdfTeX 3.1415926-1.40.10-2.2 (TeX Live 2009)&#xA;kpathsea version 5.0.0&#xA;$ uname -r&#xA;2.6.32-26-generic&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cheers!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2595" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T15:53:25.847" Title="Pdflatex began stopping on \showthe ??!" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="7410" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7409" CreationDate="2010-12-19T15:53:25.847" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;that is the default behaviour. Use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;\the\paperheight&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or if you want it only in the logfile&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;\typeout{=== \the\paperheight ===}%&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T15:53:25.847" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7411" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7424" CreationDate="2010-12-19T15:59:52.997" Score="7" ViewCount="170" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I get the category code of a character that is the value of a control sequence?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I do this&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;The catcode for A is \the\catcode`A.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I get&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;The catcode for A is 11.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I do this&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\abc=A&#xA;The catcode for \abc\ is \the\catcode\abc.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I get &quot;Missing number, treated as zero.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I &lt;em&gt;think&lt;/em&gt; I understand it like this:&#xA;\abc is replaced with the character code, category code pair &amp;lt;65, 11&gt;, but TeX expects just a number after \the\catcode, so it inserts a 0, then leaves my A hanging around.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2110" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-19T16:36:07.487" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T20:27:59.660" Title="How do I get the category code of a character that is the value of a control sequence?" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;catcodes&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7412" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7411" CreationDate="2010-12-19T16:29:21.843" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This works for me, using &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\abc{A}&#xA;The catcode for \abc\ is \the\catcode\expandafter`\abc.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and prints&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The catcode for A is 11.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T16:29:21.843" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="7413" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7411" CreationDate="2010-12-19T16:35:50.310" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As the excellent &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://eijkhout.net/texbytopic/texbytopic.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX by Topic&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; gives us a clue in the discussion of &lt;code&gt;\ifcat&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Control sequence tokens are considered to have category code 16, which makes them all equal to each other, and unequal to all character tokens. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This 'magic' category code is not accessible by normal methods. However, things do work with &lt;code&gt;\ifcat&lt;/code&gt; if you have implicit tokens:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\ABC=A&#xA;\ifcat\noexpand\ABC A%&#xA;  \TRUE&#xA;\else&#xA;  \FALSE&#xA;\fi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;While you do not need the &lt;code&gt;\noexpand&lt;/code&gt; here, if this were for example part of a &lt;code&gt;\futurelet&lt;/code&gt; then you would do, in case the test token was expandable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-19T17:08:22.950" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T17:08:22.950" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7414" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7381" CreationDate="2010-12-19T16:41:52.763" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could hide the ornament with a discardable item:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{xparse}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOn&#xA;\box_new:N \g_hide_box&#xA;&#xA;\AtBeginDocument {&#xA;  \vbox_set:Nn \g_hide_box {&#xA;    \color@begingroup&#xA;    \color { white }&#xA;    \hrule width \linewidth height \baselineskip depth \c_zero_dim&#xA;    \color@endgroup&#xA;  }&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\NewDocumentCommand \ornament { } {&#xA;  \par&#xA;  \nopagebreak&#xA;  \centerline { $ * \quad * \quad * $ }&#xA;  \vskip -0.8\baselineskip&#xA;  \cleaders \box_use:N \g_hide_box \vskip 1.1\baselineskip&#xA;  \par&#xA;}&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOff&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOn&#xA;\prg_replicate:nn { 50 } { aaa \ornament }&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOff&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T16:41:52.763" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7415" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7423" CreationDate="2010-12-19T16:45:57.820" Score="4" ViewCount="147" Body="&lt;p&gt;Following minimal document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{report}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\renewcommand*\thechapter{\Roman{chapter}}&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\setcounter{chapter}{6} % Problem starts at chapter 7&#xA;\chapter{Seven}&#xA;\chapter{Eight}&#xA;\section{Eight-one}&#xA;\section{Eight-two}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;yields this output (cut to size for your convenience):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/tQf4b.png&quot; alt=&quot;screenshot&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Clearly, the chapter (and section) headings hang into the chapter (section) numbers. For the previous chapter numbers, this isn’t a problem since all chapter titles are aligned to the same column and the numbers I–VI are sufficiently narrow.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The same happens regardless of document type, I’m actually using &lt;code&gt;scrreprt&lt;/code&gt; with the same result.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I prevent this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T18:54:25.727" Title="Roman numerals become “too wide” in table of contents" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7416" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7411" CreationDate="2010-12-19T16:46:42.190" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\chardef\abc=65&#xA;The catcode for \abc\ is \the\catcode\abc&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T16:46:42.190" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7417" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7415" CreationDate="2010-12-19T16:52:31.933" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://projekte.dante.de/DanteFAQ/Verzeichnisse#3&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://projekte.dante.de/DanteFAQ/Verzeichnisse#3&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or look for packages like titletoc&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T16:52:31.933" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7418" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7420" CreationDate="2010-12-19T16:58:08.743" Score="5" ViewCount="426" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like the author names in the bibliography to be of the form &#xA;&quot;Lastname, A.B.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I thought that it is the bibliography style file like APA or Chicago which will choose only the initials of the author's first name and ignore the full name that has been typed (e.g. Andrew Middlename Lastname). All the styles tried so far do not compress the information typed in author field. Does that mean I have to enter the names in the required format only or is there some Tex solution to it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;In view of the tags apa and chicago added by the moderators, my guess is that the answer can be adapted to them by using &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[style=authoryear,natbib=true,uniquename=init,firstinits,bibstyle=chicago]{biblatex}&lt;/code&gt; and installing biblatex-chicago.bst file? or is there another way?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update:&lt;/strong&gt; &#xA;In response to the answers, I would have posted this before but didn't know exactly how to do that. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;\\&#xA;\begin{filecontents*}{demo.bib}&#xA;@book{test,&#xA;  author = {Herbert Voss},&#xA;  title  = {Me, I and myself},&#xA;  year   = 2010,&#xA;  location = {Berlin}}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;@ARTICLE{Name10,&#xA;  author = {{F}irstname {M}iddlename {L}astname},&#xA;  title = {{T}itle of the paper},&#xA;  journal = {{J}ournal {T}itle },&#xA;  year = {2010},&#xA;   }&#xA;&#xA;\end{filecontents*}&#xA;\\&#xA;\usepackage[style=authoryear,natbib=true,uniquename=init,firstinits]{biblatex}&#xA;\bibliography{demo}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;A reference to~\cite{test}.&#xA;&#xA;\cite{Name10}&#xA;&#xA;\printbibliography&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1889" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-13T14:38:27.743" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T14:38:27.743" Title="Bibliography style which extracts only the initials of the first names" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;biblatex&gt;&lt;apa-style&gt;&lt;chicago-style&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="7419" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7262" CreationDate="2010-12-19T17:07:12.170" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\input eplain&#xA;\vbox{\offinterlineskip&#xA;\halign{\tabskip1em&#xA;  $\phantom{\Big)}#$&amp;amp;\vrule#&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\hfil$#$\hfil\cr&#xA;  \sarrowlength=1.5em&#xA;  \hidewidth\matrix{\sline(1,-1)\lft{n}\rt{k}}\hidewidth&#xA;    &amp;amp;&amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; 4 &amp;amp; 5 &amp;amp; 6 &amp;amp; \cdots \cr&#xA;  \noalign{\hrule}&#xA;  0 &amp;amp;&amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; \vdots \cr&#xA;  1 &amp;amp;&amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; \cr&#xA;  2 &amp;amp;&amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 0 \cr&#xA;  3 &amp;amp;&amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 0 \cr&#xA;  4 &amp;amp;&amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 4 &amp;amp; 6 &amp;amp; 4 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 0 \cr&#xA;  5 &amp;amp;&amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 5 &amp;amp; 10 &amp;amp; 10 &amp;amp; 5 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 0 \cr&#xA;  \vdots &amp;amp;&amp;amp; \cdots \cr&#xA;}}\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Ei7cW.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; title=&quot;Hosted by imgur.com&quot; /&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;It could use some better spacing, but the idea is there.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastEditorUserId="1410" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-20T17:49:24.447" LastActivityDate="2010-12-20T17:49:24.447" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="7420" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7418" CreationDate="2010-12-19T17:26:42.810" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;if you can use the package biblatex, it is easy:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;\begin{filecontents*}{demo.bib}&#xA;@book{test,&#xA;  author = {Herbert Voss},&#xA;  title  = {Me, I and myself},&#xA;  year   = 2010,&#xA;  location = {Berlin},&#xA;  url    = {http://www.myirl.org},&#xA;  urldate= {2010-03-04},&#xA;} &#xA;\end{filecontents*}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[style=authoryear,firstinits,url=false]{biblatex}&#xA;&#xA;\bibliography{demo}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;A reference to~\cite{test}.&#xA;&#xA;\printbibliography&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/vjbca.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-20T07:10:25.887" LastActivityDate="2010-12-20T07:10:25.887" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="7421" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7415" CreationDate="2010-12-19T17:59:32.343" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For the record, I ended up using the &lt;code&gt;tocloft&lt;/code&gt; package, as follows&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[titles]{tocloft}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Option &lt;code&gt;titles&lt;/code&gt; since all I want from the package is manipulate the space of the table of content lines; the title should still be rendered using the standard LaTeX method).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand*\cftchapnumwidth{2em}&#xA;\renewcommand*\cftsecnumwidth{3em}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That said, it’s perhaps more appropriate to change the display of the contents lines so that only the section number is displayed for sections, not the whole “chapter.section” number.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T17:59:32.343" />
  <row Id="7422" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7415" CreationDate="2010-12-19T18:15:48.490" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;tocloft works fine with standard classes. If I use KOMA classes, such as the mentioned &lt;code&gt;scrreprt&lt;/code&gt;, I don't like tocloft to redefine class macros. For example, features such as koma fonts and the auto end dot are would be lost.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would make a small modification myself, so I know that few is changed:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand*{\raggedchapterentry}{\setlength\@tempdima{2.3em}}&#xA;\renewcommand*\l@section{\bprot@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{3.2em}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/QmY7E.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T18:15:48.490" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7423" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7415" CreationDate="2010-12-19T18:54:25.727" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could also use the &lt;code&gt;tocstyle&lt;/code&gt; package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[pagesize]{scrreprt}&#xA;\usepackage[tocindentauto]{tocstyle}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\thechapter}{\Roman{chapter}}&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\setcounter{chapter}{6} % Problem starts at chapter 7&#xA;\chapter{Seven}&#xA;\chapter{Eight}&#xA;\section{Eight-one}&#xA;\section{Eight-two}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(compile twice)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T18:54:25.727" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7424" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7411" CreationDate="2010-12-19T19:33:46.800" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sadly Knuth in his wisdom gave only few clues in the TeXBook for cases like this. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In order to understand the error we need to firstly understand the  definition of &lt;code&gt;\the&lt;/code&gt;, which is for the case of &lt;code&gt;catcode&lt;/code&gt; &lt;code&gt;\the&amp;lt;codename&amp;gt;&amp;lt;8-bit number&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;, where &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;codename&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; stands for either &lt;code&gt;\catcode&lt;/code&gt;,&#xA;&lt;code&gt;\mathcode&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\lccode&lt;/code&gt; etc...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So clearly in this case &lt;code&gt;catcode&lt;/code&gt; TeX expects a number and hence the error generated in the example provided by the OP.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All solutions provided by the other posts revolve around changing the definition one way or another to produce the required character code number and which I am demonstrating here with some different examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The example below will produce the right answer in both cases,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% results category 11&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\ABC{`@ }&#xA;\the\catcode\ABC&#xA;&#xA;% results category 12&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\def\ABC{`@ }&#xA;\the\catcode\ABC&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;While comparing two tokens using &lt;code&gt;\ifcat&lt;/code&gt; things become a bit more complicated, if you want to compare two active characters you have to say &lt;code&gt;\noexpand&lt;/code&gt; - Knuth says so somewhat obscurely in Exercise 20.11! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Consider the following definitions&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\catcode`[=13 \catcode`]=13&#xA;\def[{*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following will result  True since we comparing &lt;code&gt;[&lt;/code&gt; with ']' both now being category 13&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ifcat\noexpand[\noexpand]  True \else False \fi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also &lt;code&gt;\ifcat[* True \else False \fi&lt;/code&gt; is True &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since now we have established two facts &lt;code&gt;\the\catcode&lt;/code&gt; needs a number and if you use an active character, implicitly or explicitly we can understand why the following will all work!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\abc{`A}&#xA;\chardef\abc=65&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or Joseph's suggestion for comparisons:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\abc=A&#xA;   \ifcat\noexpand\abc A%&#xA;     \TRUE&#xA;   \else&#xA;     \FALSE&#xA;   \fi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-19T20:27:59.660" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T20:27:59.660" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7425" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7426" CreationDate="2010-12-19T20:01:52.380" Score="2" ViewCount="238" Body="&lt;p&gt;Note: Subsequent to the original post, it was pointed out to me that my problem had nothing to do with the textpos package. I've edited the title, but left the original post as is for posterity (or so that I can feel silly every time I look at it).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd like to be able to use the textpos package to place text at arbitrary positions on the page. At one point, however, I'd like to have multiple lines in one box with all lines after the first being indented. I tried using \addtolength{\leftskip}{18pt}, but it indented all lines including the first. After thinking about this a little, I concluded that it's probably not a bug, it just is the way it is. Anyway, does anyone have a solution to this problem? (Obviously, I could break things up into many little vertical modules, but that seems like a huge amount of trouble). Here is a small example. In the first textbox, I used the \addtolength construct; the second textbox is without it so you can see the difference. Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[absolute,showboxes]{textpos}&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;&#xA;\TPGrid[1in,1in]{2}{20}&#xA;\TPMargin{4pt}&#xA;\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{textblock}{1}(0,2)&#xA;   {\scshape\large Name}&#xA;    \newline&#xA;    {\addtolength{\leftskip}{12pt}&#xA;      Address 1\\&#xA;      Address 2&#xA;      \par&#xA;    }&#xA;  \end{textblock}&#xA;  \begin{textblock}{1}(0,4)&#xA;    {\scshape\large Name}&#xA;      \newline&#xA;      Address 1\\&#xA;      Address 2&#xA;  \end{textblock}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="76" LastEditorUserId="76" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-19T21:04:27.053" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T21:04:27.053" Title="hanging indents" Tags="&lt;indentation&gt;&lt;paragraphs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="7426" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7425" CreationDate="2010-12-19T20:13:20.930" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;\hangindent=13pt&lt;/code&gt; (use any size you wish instead of 13pt for example 1em or 0.3cm}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[absolute,showboxes]{textpos}&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;&#xA;\TPGrid[1in,1in]{2}{20}&#xA;\TPMargin{4pt}&#xA;\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{textblock}{1}(0,2)&#xA;   {\scshape\large Name}&#xA;    \newline&#xA;    {\addtolength{\leftskip}{12pt}&#xA;      Address 1\\&#xA;      Address 2&#xA;      \par&#xA;    }&#xA;  \end{textblock}&#xA;  \begin{textblock}{1}(0,4)&#xA;    {\scshape\large Name}&#xA;      \newline&#xA;      \hangindent=13pt&#xA;      Address 1\\&#xA;      Address 2&#xA;  \end{textblock}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also use  &lt;code&gt;\hangafter=2&lt;/code&gt; in conjunction with &lt;code&gt;hangindent&lt;/code&gt; to effect the indentation from the second line only etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The OP also asked why adjusting &lt;code&gt;\leftskip&lt;/code&gt; did not work, this is because it was applied &lt;code&gt;within&lt;/code&gt; a paragraph, if we break the text into two paragraphs by leaving a blank line, the OP's example would also work as per the example below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{textblock}{1}(0,2)&#xA;   {\scshape\large Name}&#xA;    \newline&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;    {\addtolength{\leftskip}{30pt}&#xA;      Address 1\\&#xA;      Address 2&#xA;      \par&#xA;    }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-19T20:54:39.350" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T20:54:39.350" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7427" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7430" CreationDate="2010-12-19T20:24:17.383" Score="3" ViewCount="114" Body="&lt;p&gt;Following on from &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/7126/215&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt;, is there an easy way to call a macro before each &lt;em&gt;slide&lt;/em&gt;? So that question answers how to get at each frame, but I want finer control...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want a macro that sets a counter to the current fraction of slides we've go through so far. I can't get at it through etoolbox's patching controls, because the slides are controlled more internally than that...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T21:17:00.053" Title="Run macro before each slide in beamer" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;etoolbox&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7428" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7400" CreationDate="2010-12-19T20:26:58.847" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I found an answer of my own that someone emailed me:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{graphicx,eso-pic,xcolor}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\AddToShipoutPicture{%&#xA;\setlength{\@tempdimb}{.5\paperwidth}%&#xA;\setlength{\@tempdimc}{.5\paperheight}%&#xA;\setlength{\unitlength}{1pt}%&#xA;\put(\strip@pt\@tempdimb,\strip@pt\@tempdimc){%&#xA;    \makebox(-500,200){\rotatebox{90}{\textcolor[gray]{0.70}%&#xA;       {\Large \textsf{Draft of \today}}}}&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't understand why this works though... For completeness, I'll add it to the collection.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T20:26:58.847" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7429" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3411" CreationDate="2010-12-19T20:46:58.120" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/nccmath&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;nccmath&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package helps to correct amsmath's spacing. Load it and write &lt;code&gt;\useshortskip&lt;/code&gt; if required. This command forces using the short skip in the next displayed formula. Such corrections should be done when preparing the final version.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{nccmath}&#xA;...&#xA;% short text&#xA;\useshortskip&#xA;\begin{gather}&#xA;...&#xA;\end{gather}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For those, who would like to test, here's a minimal example fixing the code of the questioner:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{nccmath}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\useshortskip&#xA;Some words from my memory... I've seen things you people wouldn't believe.&#xA;Attack ships on fire\ldots&#xA;\useshortskip&#xA;\begin{gather}&#xA;a+b=c&#xA;\end{gather}&#xA;I watched `C' beams glisten in the dark, near the Tanhauser gate.&#xA;&#xA;\bigskip&#xA;&#xA;Some words from my memory... I've seen things you people wouldn't believe.&#xA;Attack ships on fire of\ldots&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;a+b=c&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;I watched `C' beams glisten in the dark, near the Tanhauser gate.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/dLCV2.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Remove &lt;code&gt;\useshortskip&lt;/code&gt; and replace &lt;code&gt;nccmath&lt;/code&gt; by &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; to see the original problem:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/IgXly.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T20:46:58.120" />
  <row Id="7430" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7427" CreationDate="2010-12-19T21:16:17.423" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\newcounter{myctr}&#xA;\renewcommand\themyctr{frame~\arabic{myctr}}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\beamer@checkframetitle{\stepcounter{myctr}%&#xA;  \@ifnextchar\bgroup\beamer@inlineframetitle{}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}{foo}{\themyctr}&#xA;foo&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\begin{frame}{foo}{\themyctr}&#xA;foo&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\begin{frame}{foo}{\themyctr}&#xA;foo&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\begin{frame}{foo}{\themyctr}&#xA;foo&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T21:16:17.423" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7431" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7427" CreationDate="2010-12-19T21:17:00.053" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This works for me!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  \makeatletter&#xA;  \g@addto@macro{\frame}{Test}&#xA;  \makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\g@addto@macro&lt;/code&gt; is defined in &lt;code&gt;LaTeX&lt;/code&gt;, etoolbox has an exact clone, but I can't remember the exact command:)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T21:17:00.053" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7433" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7418" CreationDate="2010-12-19T23:16:27.083" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Consider making your own .bst file by running:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;latex makebst&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;from the command line. You'll get an option to choose the full first name or just the initials.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T23:16:27.083" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7434" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7418" CreationDate="2010-12-19T23:49:20.610" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Edit&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem with the example you just added, is that you have curly brackets around the first letters of the names. Remove those, and you get &quot;Lastname, F. M.&quot;. That is, your author field should be &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;author = {Firstname Middlename Lastname}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Biblatex is, I gather, &quot;the way to go&quot;, but if you want to use e.g natbib, you can try the &lt;code&gt;agsm&lt;/code&gt; style, which is from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/harvard.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Harvard&lt;/a&gt; family of bibliography styles.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Adapting the example given by Herbert (I didn't know about the &lt;code&gt;filecontents&lt;/code&gt;package, thanks):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;\begin{filecontents*}{demo.bib}&#xA;@book{test,&#xA;  author = {Herbert Voss},&#xA;  title  = {Me, I and myself},&#xA;  year   = 2010,&#xA;  location = {Berlin}} &#xA;\end{filecontents*}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{natbib}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;A reference to~\cite{test}.&#xA;&#xA;\bibliographystyle{agsm}&#xA;\bibliography{demo}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which gives as output&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/nQsvl.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="586" LastEditorUserId="586" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-21T12:31:51.197" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T12:31:51.197" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7435" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6695" CreationDate="2010-12-19T23:51:43.260" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could also try using dvips and &lt;em&gt;then&lt;/em&gt; converting to PDF; that would give the PSTricks code a chance to run...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1189" LastActivityDate="2010-12-19T23:51:43.260" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7436" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7567" CreationDate="2010-12-20T03:30:15.500" Score="2" ViewCount="434" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am building a presentation in Beamer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The presentation contains a slide where an image should be displayed on the top of the frame. Underneath some text should be displayed containing information about the image. The text should change frame by frame (other information, no overlays). Therefore the image needs to stay on it's initial place of course.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are there any ways to do this, or is there some workaround (elegant solution)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2601" LastActivityDate="2010-12-22T12:42:46.670" Title="LaTeX beamer fixed vertical alignment" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="7437" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7436" CreationDate="2010-12-20T03:57:58.723" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If the text is below the image, this shouldn't be to much of a problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{frame}&#xA;  \begin{center}&#xA;    \includegraphics{foo.pdf}&#xA;  \end{center}&#xA;&#xA;  \uncover&amp;lt;+&amp;gt;{text on first slide}%&#xA;  \uncover&amp;lt;+&amp;gt;{text on second slide}%&#xA;  \uncover&amp;lt;+&amp;gt;{text on third slide}&#xA;&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What's more challenging is a situation where the static material is below the dynamic material.  Then you have to put the dynamic material in a box that is the same size on each slide.  The most common ways to do that are with the &lt;code&gt;overlay&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;overprint&lt;/code&gt; environments (see the beamer manual).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-12-20T03:57:58.723" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="7438" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7898" CreationDate="2010-12-20T05:06:12.930" Score="6" ViewCount="467" Body="&lt;p&gt;I can draw an AC source manually:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \draw (0,0) sin (1,1) cos (2,0) sin (3,-1) cos (4,0);&#xA;  \draw (2,0) circle (2.5);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/f02nW.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How do I declare an &lt;code&gt;ACsource&lt;/code&gt; symbol so that I can just write the following, or something similar and more correct:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\draw (0,5) to [ACsource={volt=220}] (5,5);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, when I am able to declare it as a symbol, will it already behave the same way as the other default symbols in the &lt;code&gt;circuits&lt;/code&gt; library? To illustrate, will it behave like this &lt;code&gt;resistor&lt;/code&gt;, drawing connector lines and labels in the appropriate places? I also want the &lt;code&gt;ACsource&lt;/code&gt; to be the proper size that obeys keys like &lt;code&gt;small circuit symbols&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;huge circuit symbols&lt;/code&gt;, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\draw (0,0) to [resistor={ohm=5}] (5,0);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;In response to @morbusg's &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/7438/ac-source-symbol-in-tikz-circuits-ee-iec-library/7495#7495&quot;&gt;answer&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using LaTeX. Here's my MWE:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{circuits.ee.IEC}&#xA;\tikzset{circuit declare symbol = ac current source}&#xA;\tikzset{%&#xA;          ac current source IEC graphic/.style={%&#xA;            circuit symbol lines,&#xA;            circuit symbol size = width 2 height 2,&#xA;            shape = generic circle IEC,&#xA;            /pgf/generic circle IEC/before background={%&#xA;              \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfpoint{-0.8pt}{0pt}}&#xA;              \pgfpathsine{\pgfpoint{0.4pt}{0.4pt}}&#xA;              \pgfpathcosine{\pgfpoint{0.4pt}{-0.4pt}}&#xA;              \pgfpathsine{\pgfpoint{0.4pt}{-0.4pt}}&#xA;              \pgfpathcosine{\pgfpoint{0.4pt}{0.4pt}}&#xA;              \pgfusepath{stroke}&#xA;            },&#xA;            transform shape&#xA;          }&#xA;}&#xA;\tikzset{%&#xA;          circuit ee IEC/.append style={%&#xA;            {set ac current source graphic = ac current source IEC graphic}&#xA;          }&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{tikzpicture}[circuit ee IEC]&#xA;    \draw node [ac current source, info=230V] {};&#xA;  \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I try to compile that, I'd get the following error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Package &lt;code&gt;pgfkeys&lt;/code&gt; Error: I do not know the key &lt;code&gt;'/tikz/set ac current source graphic = ac current source IEC graphic'&lt;/code&gt; and I am going to ignore it. Perhaps you misspelled it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;@morbusg's solution works perfectly with Plain TeX, but I'm using LaTeX. Perhaps I'm missing something?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="791" LastEditorUserId="791" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-27T11:54:12.687" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T19:57:46.323" Title="AC source symbol in TikZ circuits.ee.IEC library" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;circuitikz&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7440" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7265" CreationDate="2010-12-20T07:18:46.363" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can do this using the filesystem.  Here's a suggested workflow, which I'll illustrate with Bash/Unix, but which can be made to work on Windows: in your working directory, where you edit your Tex file and want your output to be produced, you have &lt;code&gt;build&lt;/code&gt;, which is either a subdirectory, or a symlink to some build directory elsewhere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Set up the directory:&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Either &lt;code&gt;mkdir build&lt;/code&gt; in the directory where you want to work, or create the symlink to Bash.  If you use a subdirectory, then most flavours of Tex will be able to access resources in the working directory, as it is a parent directory.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;If $FILE is the basename of the Tex file you want to compile, then &lt;code&gt;ln -s &quot;$FILE&quot;.tex build&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;If you are creating PDF output, then &lt;code&gt;ln -s build/$FILE.pdf .&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;To run the Tex command, you can just run it in the build directory.  Or you can create a wrapper for the executable (untested): with the following shell function you can have aliases such as &lt;code&gt;alias pdflatex=&quot;runtexinbuild pdflatex&quot;&lt;/code&gt; which will run in the builddirectory if it is there, otherwise give the usual behaviour.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;runtexinbuild () { &#xA;    local cmd=&quot;$1&quot; status; shift&#xA;    if test -e build&#xA;    then pushd build&#xA;         command $cmd &quot;$@&quot;; status=$?&#xA;         popd&#xA;         exit $status&#xA;    else command $cmd &quot;$@&quot;&#xA;    fi; }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-12-20T07:18:46.363" />
  <row Id="7441" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6370" CreationDate="2010-12-20T10:06:50.353" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A simple solution, which is slightly less messy for my taste, is to create a single column, which is automatically centered:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{frame}&#xA;\begin{columns}&#xA;\column{.7\linewidth}&#xA;  \begin{beamercolorbox}[rounded=true, center, shadow=true]{bgcolor}&#xA;    Some text goes here...&#xA;  \end{beamercolorbox}&#xA;\end{columns}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Experience shows that one needs at least one more column eventually, anyway ;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2605" LastActivityDate="2010-12-20T10:06:50.353" />
  <row Id="7442" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-20T10:43:28.807" Score="2" ViewCount="268" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have some trouble with margins in multi-column layout beamer slides.&#xA;If put the following snippet in a non-rounded theme like &quot;Rochester&quot;, you will see that &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;the boxes of the first row have different margins than the boxes of the 2nd row (the 1st row has an &quot;indent&quot;, which also affects the position of the central line between the boxes)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;the rightmost margin differs from the leftmost margin (the left margin is smaller than the right one, which optically goes away when one uses shadows)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;any ideas?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{frame}[t]&#xA;\frametitle{...}&#xA;\begin{columns}[T]&#xA;  \column{.50\textwidth}&#xA;  \begin{block}{...}&#xA;     ...&#xA;  \end{block}&#xA;  \column{.50\textwidth}&#xA;    ...&#xA;\end{columns}&#xA;\vspace{3mm}&#xA;\begin{columns}[T]&#xA;  \column{.50\textwidth}&#xA;  \begin{block}{...}&#xA;    ...&#xA;  \end{block}&#xA;  \column{.50\textwidth}&#xA;  \begin{block}{...}&#xA;    ...&#xA;  \end{block}&#xA;  \end{columns}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2605" LastActivityDate="2010-12-20T14:20:19.260" Title="margins in beamer columns" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;margins&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="7443" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7446" CreationDate="2010-12-20T11:00:51.070" Score="2" ViewCount="140" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm writing a document in which very few of the equations actually need tags. So instead of using starred environments, I would much prefer to exchange the meaning of the starred with the non-starred environments. I don't mind if I need to specify each environment for which I want this done, so that I would have something like the following in my preable:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;%some TEX-fu magic that defines \exchangest@renv goes here&#xA;\exchangest@renv{equation}&#xA;\exchangest@renv{align}&#xA;\exchangest@renv{gather}&#xA;\exchangest@renv{alignat} %this might be a hard one as it takes an agument!&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and then when using &lt;code&gt;\begin{equation}&lt;/code&gt; I'd get the non-starred version, while the starred version &lt;code&gt;\begin{equation*}&lt;/code&gt; would have a tag.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PS. Not sure what tags I should use for this....&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastActivityDate="2010-12-20T22:46:04.227" Title="How to turn equation tags off by default?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;equations&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="7444" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6370" CreationDate="2010-12-20T11:03:00.043" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's an answer that keeps the &lt;code&gt;center&lt;/code&gt; environment:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\setbeamercolor{bgcolor}{fg=black,bg=blue}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;~&#xA;    \begin{beamercolorbox}[rounded=true, center, shadow=true,wd=6cm]{bgcolor}&#xA;        Some text goes here...&#xA;    \end{beamercolorbox}&#xA;~&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Matthew's answer gave me the hint.  The trick is to ensure that the colour box is not the &lt;em&gt;only&lt;/em&gt; thing on the line that is being centred.  Then it isn't treated as a box by itself, but as a component of something larger.  So then the search is on for something to put on the line that won't be seen in the final output.  If it has non-zero width, then it needs to be put before and after to ensure that the centring is still central.  A non-breaking space (&lt;code&gt;~&lt;/code&gt;) seemed the simplest thing to do.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-12-20T11:03:00.043" />
  <row Id="7445" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7393" CreationDate="2010-12-20T12:01:26.340" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I tried the oxygen template.  Does the Makefile have anything to do with it?  I use WinEdt and just textify--&gt;ps--&gt;pdf.  From the initial textify, nothing pops up for the image. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2606" LastActivityDate="2010-12-20T12:01:26.340" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7446" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7443" CreationDate="2010-12-20T12:40:24.760" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\newIF{%&#xA;  \count@\escapechar \escapechar\m@ne&#xA;    \let\ifst@rred\iffalse&#xA;    \def\st@rredtrue{\let\ifst@rred\iffalse}&#xA;    \def\st@rredfalse{\let\ifst@rred\iftrue}&#xA;  \escapechar\count@}&#xA;\def\ChangeStar{\newIF&#xA; \renewenvironment{equation}{%&#xA;  \incr@eqnum&#xA;  \mathdisplay@push&#xA;  \st@rredfalse \global\@eqnswfalse&#xA;  \mathdisplay{equation}%&#xA; }{%&#xA;  \endmathdisplay{equation}%&#xA;  \mathdisplay@pop&#xA;  \ignorespacesafterend&#xA; }&#xA; \renewenvironment{equation*}{%&#xA;  \mathdisplay@push&#xA;  \st@rredtrue \global\@eqnswtrue&#xA;  \mathdisplay{equation*}%&#xA; }{%&#xA;  \endmathdisplay{equation*}%&#xA;  \mathdisplay@pop&#xA;  \ignorespacesafterend&#xA; }}&#xA;\def\OldStar{\newif\ifst@rred&#xA;  \renewenvironment{equation}{%&#xA;  \incr@eqnum&#xA;  \mathdisplay@push&#xA;  \st@rredfalse \global\@eqnswtrue&#xA;  \mathdisplay{equation}%&#xA;}{%&#xA;  \endmathdisplay{equation}%&#xA;  \mathdisplay@pop&#xA;  \ignorespacesafterend&#xA;}&#xA;\renewenvironment{equation*}{%&#xA;  \mathdisplay@push&#xA;  \st@rredtrue \global\@eqnswfalse&#xA;  \mathdisplay{equation*}%&#xA;}{%&#xA;  \endmathdisplay{equation*}%&#xA;  \mathdisplay@pop&#xA;  \ignorespacesafterend&#xA;}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\ChangeStar&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA; y=x&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{equation*}&#xA; y=x&#xA;\end{equation*}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{align}&#xA; y=x&#xA;\end{align}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{align*}&#xA; y=x&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;&#xA;\OldStar&#xA;&#xA;\begin{align}&#xA; y=x&#xA;\end{align}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{align*}&#xA; y=x&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-20T15:25:45.533" LastActivityDate="2010-12-20T15:25:45.533" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="7447" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-20T12:43:01.587" Score="3" ViewCount="178" Body="&lt;p&gt;How should I change font size for the entire document? I want to design a presentation and fonts should be larger, all of them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1449" LastActivityDate="2010-12-20T13:01:42.980" Title="How to change font size in the entire document?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;fontsize&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7448" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7393" CreationDate="2010-12-20T12:49:36.693" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You have to build directly to pdf. Since it is a png file you have to compile it with &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt;. Standard &lt;code&gt;latex&lt;/code&gt; can't embed png files. A simple &lt;code&gt;pdflatex example-talk&lt;/code&gt; works fine for me. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can build it using the Makefile if your editor supports it. But someone else might be able to tell you how to do this with texify or WinEdt.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2210" LastActivityDate="2010-12-20T12:49:36.693" />
  <row Id="7449" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7447" CreationDate="2010-12-20T13:01:42.980" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Not really an answer to your question. But there are special classes for presentations (which is what you want to do) that change fonts etc. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The most famous is probably &lt;a href=&quot;http://texcatalogue.sarovar.org/entries/beamer.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; but there are also some specifically for transparencies if you want that. Have a look at the &lt;a href=&quot;http://texcatalogue.sarovar.org/bytopic.html#present&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;catalogue&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2210" LastActivityDate="2010-12-20T13:01:42.980" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7450" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-20T13:52:03.287" Score="1" ViewCount="429" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to style a border of a &quot;beamercolorbox&quot;? Like in the theme Szeged, but with ONE thin line above the footer instead of the two thick lines.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2610" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-24T15:30:59.620" LastActivityDate="2010-12-24T15:30:59.620" Title="Beamer: How to change border size of beamercolorbox?" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;boxes&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="7452" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7442" CreationDate="2010-12-20T14:14:22.090" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;How should this work when you define two columns each with a width of &lt;code&gt;0.5\textwidth&lt;/code&gt;. You have to add the columnsep and all together is &gt; &lt;code&gt;\textwidth&lt;/code&gt;, the reason why beamer shifts all to the left.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usetheme{Rochester}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}[t]&#xA;\frametitle{...}&#xA;\begin{columns}[T]&#xA;  \column{.425\textwidth}&#xA;  \begin{block}{...}&#xA;     ...&#xA;  \end{block}&#xA;  \column{.425\textwidth}&#xA;    ...&#xA;\end{columns}&#xA;&#xA;\noindent&#xA;\rule{\textwidth}{5pt}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{columns}[T]&#xA;  \column{.425\textwidth}&#xA;  \begin{block}{...}&#xA;    ...&#xA;  \end{block}&#xA;  \column{.425\textwidth}&#xA;  \begin{block}{...}&#xA;    ...&#xA;  \end{block}&#xA;  \end{columns}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Look into the documentation for the value of the columnsep; then you can define it exactly to &lt;code&gt;\textwidth&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-20T14:20:19.260" LastActivityDate="2010-12-20T14:20:19.260" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="7453" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7459" CreationDate="2010-12-20T14:30:02.450" Score="21" ViewCount="405" Body="&lt;p&gt;I see that the code in many packages and examples contains percent signs at the end of (many) lines. What are they used for? Do they affect the parsing of those lines?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1371" LastActivityDate="2010-12-26T14:26:04.813" Title="What is the use of percent signs at the end of lines?" Tags="&lt;comments&gt;" AnswerCount="4" />
  <row Id="7456" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7453" CreationDate="2010-12-20T14:38:54.420" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A percent sign, %, allows to end a line without generating a space character -- very useful when writing macros.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2580" LastActivityDate="2010-12-20T14:38:54.420" />
  <row Id="7457" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7453" CreationDate="2010-12-20T14:39:59.463" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I was starting out with TeX, I have read many times that the percent sign &quot;swallows&quot; all the whitespace after it. Whitespace includes spaces, tabs, and linebreaks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="791" LastEditorUserId="791" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-20T15:13:11.630" LastActivityDate="2010-12-20T15:13:11.630" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7458" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7464" CreationDate="2010-12-20T14:47:01.163" Score="3" ViewCount="277" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;my problem ist related to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3161/tikz-how-to-draw-an-arrow-in-the-middle-of-the-line&quot;&gt;TikZ: How to draw an arrow in the middle of the line?&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My Example: I like to have two circles - I want to position the arrow of circle no. 1 at south.south west of circle no. 1 and the arrow of circle no. 2 at north.north east of circle no. 2.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My personal &quot;Hack&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;&lt;code&gt;&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{decorations.markings}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{arrows}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{through}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{automata,backgrounds}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[node distance=2cm]&#xA;\begin{scope}[every node/.style={sloped,allow upside down,circle,&#xA;  fill=black,inner sep=2pt}]&#xA;\node[draw,fill=white,inner sep=10pt, xshift=-0.49cm] (loop) {};&#xA;\node (n1){} ;&#xA;\node[draw,fill=white,inner sep=10pt,right of=n1,xshift=0.49cm] (loop2) {};&#xA;\node (n2) [right of=n1] {};&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;\draw (loop)-- node {\midarrowcirc} (loop);&#xA;\draw (n1)-- node {\midarrow} (n2);&#xA;\draw (loop2)-- node {\midarrowcirc} (loop2);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately I am not able to position the arrows. Thank you for any help!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;P.S. Sorry, maybe to much librarys - it is based to my trials ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2611" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-20T14:51:33.263" LastActivityDate="2010-12-20T20:36:48.820" Title="How to draw an arrow in the middle of the line of a circle and how to position the arrow?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;positioning&gt;&lt;arrows&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="7459" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7453" CreationDate="2010-12-20T15:49:40.070" Score="21" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The short answer&lt;/strong&gt; is what others have said, &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt; starts a comment that goes to the end of the line. The normal effect is that it doesn't insert the space (or a &lt;code&gt;\par&lt;/code&gt;) from the newline.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The longer answer&lt;/strong&gt; is that as TeX parses its input, it reads the input file line by line. It strips off tailing whitespace (including any carriage return and newline) and then appends a character corresponding to the number in the &lt;code&gt;\endlinechar&lt;/code&gt; register (provided it isn't -1 or greater than 255). By default, the value is 13 which corresponds to an ASCII carriage return. (TeX denotes this by &lt;code&gt;^^M&lt;/code&gt;.) You can change this register to be any value.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unless the category codes have been changed (e.g., by the &lt;code&gt;\obeylines&lt;/code&gt; macro), &lt;code&gt;^^M&lt;/code&gt; has category code 5, or end of line. When TeX reaches an end of line character, it discards the rest of the line and does one of three things: nothing, insert a space token, or insert a &lt;code&gt;\par&lt;/code&gt; token, depending on what state TeX was in (S, M, or N, respectively).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So what does this have to do with &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt;? Well, since the comment character causes TeX to ignore the rest of the input line, the end of line character that got appended gets ignored too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This can frequently be important when playing around with category codes of &lt;code&gt;^^M&lt;/code&gt; (again, using &lt;code&gt;\obeylines&lt;/code&gt; or similar).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The long answer&lt;/strong&gt; is contained in Chapter 8 of &lt;em&gt;The TeXbook&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One final use that no one has mentioned is that it is sometimes necessary for the line to end with a space character and not a end of line character. One example is that a backslash followed by a space is different than a backslash followed by a newline:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\show\ &#xA;\show\ %&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the first line, there's a space following the &lt;code&gt;\&lt;/code&gt;, but it'll get stripped off as described so what you get instead &lt;code&gt;\^^M&lt;/code&gt; as you can see by what TeX prints out.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;gt; \^^M=macro:&#xA;-&amp;gt;\ .&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That is, &lt;code&gt;\^^M&lt;/code&gt; is a macro that expands to a control space: &lt;code&gt;\&amp;nbsp;&lt;/code&gt;. In the second case, the comment prevents the space from being stripped off and the end of line char is ignored. TeX prints out the following.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;gt; \ =\ .&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That is, &lt;code&gt;\&amp;nbsp;&lt;/code&gt; is a TeX primitive (see control space in either &lt;em&gt;The TeXbook&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;TeX by Topic&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-26T14:26:04.813" LastActivityDate="2010-12-26T14:26:04.813" />
  <row Id="7460" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6555" CreationDate="2010-12-20T15:52:44.843" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have printed the same image with different sizes, compared to each other and came to a conclusion.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In print, if you want to represent lots of things in a small area it is impossible due to &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dither&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;dithering&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Halftone&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;halftoning&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If your images are sufficiently big images it is okay to stick with the 300 dpi resolution with the images. But you will use the details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If your images are small, meaning the whole image is a detail, printing them as they are will cause them to lose their aspects. Rescaling/resizing the image to a larger version will make the image's details to be distinguishable. Of course rescaling will use an interpolation (i.e &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bicubic_interpolation&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;bicubic&lt;/a&gt;) and the bigger image is an approximation of the original one, the information lost via interpolation won't be visible because of dithering/halftoning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In other words, if you were to view prints of a normal sized image and an another image that is downscaled and then upscaled version of the first one side by side you would not be able to tell the difference.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Summary:&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;If you have small images to print just resize them and make them bigger.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1782" LastActivityDate="2010-12-20T15:52:44.843" />
  <row Id="7461" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7453" CreationDate="2010-12-20T16:06:12.523" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You already got lots of answers. You can also just experiment yourself:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Hello%&#xA;world!&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Try compiling this with and without the &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt;. Then you see yourself that the &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt; makes the space produced by the newline disappear. All the details are given in TH's great answer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2010-12-20T16:06:12.523" />
  <row Id="7462" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7465" CreationDate="2010-12-20T16:22:49.417" Score="1" ViewCount="295" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to make math symbols bigger?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Reason: I've used &lt;code&gt;\sfrac{q}{m}&lt;/code&gt;, and those symbols appear far to small, so I would like to make them a bit bigger.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;edit:&lt;/strong&gt; I just thought that &lt;code&gt;\sfrac{q}{m}&lt;/code&gt; should look nicer if it is bigger when it is followed by &lt;code&gt;=&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;edit 2:&lt;/strong&gt; Context:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;some text&#xA;\[&#xA;  \dfrac{q}{m} \propto \frac{4\pi{r^2}}{\frac{4}{3}\pi{r^3}}\&#xA;  \propto 3{r^\alpha}\text{, \quad gdje je\quad}\;\alpha = -1 \text{.}&#xA;\]&#xA;some text&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1996" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-20T18:44:34.103" LastActivityDate="2010-12-20T18:49:56.923" Title="How to make math symbols bigger?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;size&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="7463" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7462" CreationDate="2010-12-20T16:40:42.277" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is really advisable to always provide a minimal example. The easiest way to scale it (you essentially scaling the font) is to use the &lt;code&gt;\scalebox&lt;/code&gt; macro from the &lt;code&gt;graphicx&lt;/code&gt; package as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{xfrac}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA; Scale at 1.5 times  \scalebox{1.5}{\sfrac{3}{2}}&#xA;&#xA; This is much larger  \scalebox{3}{\sfrac{3}{2}}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can place the whole thing in a new macro if you wish:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\scaledfrac[2]{\scalebox{2}{\sfrac{#1}{#2}}}&#xA;&#xA;\scaledfrac{3}{2}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-12-20T16:40:42.277" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7464" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7458" CreationDate="2010-12-20T16:46:51.867" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is how I would solve the problem (given that I understood it correctly):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{decorations.markings}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    % draw the two circles and decorate them with arrows&#xA;    \draw[&#xA;        decoration={markings, mark=at position 0.625 with {\arrow{&amp;gt;}}},&#xA;        postaction={decorate}&#xA;        ]&#xA;        (0,0) circle (0.5);&#xA;    \draw[ &#xA;        decoration={markings, mark=at position 0.125 with {\arrow{&amp;gt;}}},&#xA;        postaction={decorate}&#xA;        ]&#xA;        (3,0) circle (0.5);&#xA;&#xA;    % draw the connecting line&#xA;    \draw[ &#xA;        decoration={markings, mark=at position 0.5 with {\arrow{&amp;gt;}}},&#xA;        postaction={decorate}&#xA;        ]&#xA;        (0.5,0) -- (2.5,0);&#xA;&#xA;    % draw the two black dots&#xA;    \fill (0.5,0) circle (0.1); &#xA;    \fill (2.5,0) circle (0.1); &#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/o9Nj8.png&quot; alt=&quot;example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Drawing circles is described in section 14.7 “The Circle and Ellipse Operations” of the TikZ manual (all numbers refer to the v2.10 manual). The general syntax is &lt;code&gt;(&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;) circle (&amp;lt;radius&amp;gt;)&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The arrows are added as decorations (chapters 21 “Decorated Paths” and 30 “Decoration Library”). Specifically we add a mark in the form of an arrow at the given position. The position is given in the range [0,1] with 0 the start and 1 the end of the path. Circles always start and end at the rightmost point and are traversed counterclockwise.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As the markings decoration replaces the path with the specified path without first drawing the path, we need to first draw the circle normally and then add the decoration with a &lt;code&gt;postaction&lt;/code&gt; (which acts on a copy of the path).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-20T20:36:48.820" LastActivityDate="2010-12-20T20:36:48.820" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7465" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7462" CreationDate="2010-12-20T17:00:05.470" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another possibility are the \mathlarger and \mathsmaller commands provided by the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/relsize&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;relsize&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;These can be iterated to make bigger and bigger&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \documentclass{article}&#xA; \usepackage{relsize}&#xA; \begin{document}&#xA; \[&#xA;    x+y=z \leftrightarrow \mathlarger{\mathlarger{\mathlarger{(x+y=z)}}}&#xA; \]&#xA; \end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/pWYeC.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It doesn't always work well with large operators, though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-12-20T17:00:05.470" />
  <row Id="7466" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7462" CreationDate="2010-12-20T18:49:56.923" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is an answer to the version of &lt;strong&gt;edit 2&lt;/strong&gt; that I just produced myself ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As your math formula is in display style, you can just use &lt;code&gt;\frac{q}{m}&lt;/code&gt;; this will give you a large fraction. It's also OK to use &lt;code&gt;\dfrac{q}{m}&lt;/code&gt;; this will yield the same result: &lt;code&gt;\dfrac&lt;/code&gt; just puts a fraction in display style.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2010-12-20T18:49:56.923" />
  <row Id="7467" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3650" CreationDate="2010-12-20T18:56:04.373" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's a &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt; solution for &lt;code&gt;\maketitle&lt;/code&gt;. It puts both logos into &lt;code&gt;\titlegraphic&lt;/code&gt;, aligned at the middle. I used an asterisk for the date to verify the center adjustment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[demo]{beamer}&#xA;\usetheme{Copenhagen}&#xA;\title{Presentation Title}&#xA;\author{Author}&#xA;\date{*}&#xA;\titlegraphic{%&#xA;  \mbox{}%&#xA;  \llap{\includegraphics[width=2cm]{logo1}\quad}%&#xA;  \rlap{\quad\includegraphics[width=4cm]{logo2}}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/TFN7A.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\llap&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\rlap&lt;/code&gt; hide the real width of the images.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\raisebox{-\height}{...}&lt;/code&gt; shifts their baseline to the top for top alignment.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-20T18:56:04.373" />
  <row Id="7469" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7470" CreationDate="2010-12-20T21:00:48.760" Score="3" ViewCount="261" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have been using the &lt;code&gt;currvita.tex&lt;/code&gt; template located &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.cv-templates.info/2009/10/classicthesis-currvita-latex-cv-template/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; with TeXShop. Unfortunately, the output is not 8.5&quot; by 11&quot;. Is there some way I can change either TeXShop settings or the TeX document to adjust the page size?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="696" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-23T15:39:57.253" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T15:39:57.253" Title="Changing the paper size" Tags="&lt;paper-size&gt;&lt;page-style&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7470" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7469" CreationDate="2010-12-20T21:19:35.077" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The template uses the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/koma-script.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;KOMA&lt;/a&gt; documentclass &lt;code&gt;scrartcl&lt;/code&gt;. You can switch to letter paper by replacing the first line with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[letterpaper]{scrartcl}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You will probably have to play around with the layout as it is optimized for a4 pages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2210" LastActivityDate="2010-12-20T21:19:35.077" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7471" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6851" CreationDate="2010-12-20T21:22:33.080" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;in the file stdlayouts.inc you can copy the definition for quaotation&#xA;to a part called &quot;myquotation&quot;. In the file stdlists you can see at the end how additional preamble commands can be made which are hided from the normal user. After changing your layout file run reconfigure and resrart lyx, there should now be a &quot;myquoation&quot; in all styles which support this kind of environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is an example for an LyX environment MyQuotation&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Style MyQuotation&#xA;    Category              MainText&#xA;    Margin                Static&#xA;    LatexType             Environment&#xA;    LatexName             myquotation&#xA;    NextNoIndent          1&#xA;    LeftMargin            MMM&#xA;    RightMargin           MMM&#xA;    ParIndent             MM&#xA;    ParSkip               0&#xA;    ItemSep               0&#xA;    TopSep                0.5&#xA;    BottomSep             0.5&#xA;    ParSep                0&#xA;    Align                 Block&#xA;    AlignPossible         Block, Left, Right, Center&#xA;    Preamble&#xA;    \usepackage{mdframed}&#xA;    \usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;    \newenvironment{myquotation}&#xA;      {\begin{mdframed}[linecolor=red]\quotation}&#xA;      {\endquotation\end{mdframed}}&#xA;    EndPreamble&#xA;End&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;insert it into the file stdlayouts.inc and save the file in your local &lt;code&gt;.lyx/layouts/&lt;/code&gt; directory (don't know how it shopuld be on windows). Then run reconfigure and you shouöld see the paagraph layout MyQuotation which then gives a framed output.&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/S7qAR.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-21T08:32:31.763" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T08:32:31.763" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7472" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7492" CreationDate="2010-12-20T21:38:55.637" Score="4" ViewCount="190" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a &lt;code&gt;longtable&lt;/code&gt; that is used to produce checklist forms. The basic layout is shown below,&#xA;  &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/si6CG.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt; &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/F7qyb.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The second page (if there is one - some forms are quite short) would be  better if it had the bottom row of the table extend vertically to meet the top of the &lt;code&gt;signature block&lt;/code&gt; below - which is a separate &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt;. Is there a way to add vertical stretch like a &lt;code&gt;\vfill&lt;/code&gt; effect in a table row? Any other suggestions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A trimmed working minimal version of the code is listed below&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article} % use larger type; default would be 10pt&#xA;\usepackage{longtable}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}[2002/01/22] %% for the Box&#xA;&#xA;%% Set up counters for the check items&#xA;%% The counters are defined globally in a header&#xA;%% so we only step the counters here&#xA;%%&#xA;%% qnumber is the question counter&#xA;&#xA;\newcounter{qnumber}&#xA;\setcounter{qnumber}{0}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;%% new counter for headings in forms&#xA;%% &#xA;\newcounter{hcounter}&#xA;\setcounter{hcounter}{0}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;%% We define the yesno macro that is used&#xA;%% by the questions to print the Yes No and &#xA;%% tick boxes&#xA;\newcommand{\yesno}{\textsf{Yes}\hskip9pt\textsf{No} {\Large ~$\Box$}~~~~{\Large $\Box$}}&#xA;&#xA;%% we now define the questions&#xA;%% since they are not all questions a better term&#xA;%% would be added on the next revision&#xA;%&#xA;\newcommand{\question}[1]{&#xA;\stepcounter{qnumber}%&#xA;\hfill\thehcounter.\theqnumber\hfill\hfill &amp;amp;\textsf{#1} &amp;amp;{\small\yesno}&amp;amp;    {\small\yesno}&amp;amp;{\small\yesno}\\ \hline%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;%% we now define the question headings&#xA;%% Every time a heading is called&#xA;%% The hcounter is incremented and the qnumber set to 1&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\heading}[1]{%&#xA;\stepcounter{hcounter}%  &#xA;\setcounter{qnumber}{0}%&#xA;\hfill\textbf{\thehcounter.0}\hfill\hfill&amp;amp;\multicolumn{4}{|l|}{\bf\textsf{#1}}\\ \hline %&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{longtable}{|p{7mm}|p{8.61cm}|p{1.5cm}|p{1.5cm}|p{1.55cm}|}&#xA;\heading{Controls}&#xA;  \question{Control valves/actuators properly installed.}&#xA;  \question{Control valves/actuators operable.}&#xA;  \question{BMS signals operable.}&#xA;  \question{Control valves/actuators properly installed.}&#xA;  \question{Vibration isolation devices installed?}&#xA;\heading{Other} &#xA;  \question{Access doors are operable and sealed? } &#xA;  \question{Casing undamaged?}&#xA;  \question{Insulation undamaged?}&#xA;  \question{Condensate drainage is unobstructed?}&#xA;%% the end portion of the environment&#xA;%% add the remarks columns and close the longtable&#xA;\multicolumn{5}{|l|}{\bf {\textsf{DISCREPANCIES}}}\\&#xA;\multicolumn{5}{|l|}{}\\&#xA;\multicolumn{5}{|l|}{}\\&#xA;\multicolumn{5}{|l|}{}\\&#xA;\multicolumn{5}{|l|}{}\\&#xA;\hline%&#xA;\end{longtable}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T08:14:25.530" Title="Adding vertical stretch at a table row?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;longtable&gt;&lt;stretching&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7473" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7474" CreationDate="2010-12-20T21:56:55.957" Score="4" ViewCount="149" Body="&lt;p&gt;By blank, I'm looking to TeX something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;$\{\emptyset\}$ _ $\{\emptyset,\{\emptyset\}\}$&lt;/code&gt;, but I want the &lt;code&gt;_&lt;/code&gt; to look more like a longer blank as you'd see in a fill-in-the-blank type of question. Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1191" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-20T22:00:27.593" LastActivityDate="2010-12-20T22:03:17.083" Title="How does one TeX a blank?" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7474" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7473" CreationDate="2010-12-20T22:01:14.940" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;code&gt;\underline&lt;/code&gt; with an argument of &lt;code&gt;\hspace&lt;/code&gt;. For example,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;$\emptyset$\underline{\hspace{1in}}$\emptyset,\emptyset$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-12-20T22:01:14.940" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7475" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7473" CreationDate="2010-12-20T22:03:17.083" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;foo\textvisiblespace bar&#xA;foo\_bar &#xA;foo\rule{1em}{0.5pt}bar&#xA;foo\rule[-2pt]{1em}{0.5pt}bar&#xA;foo~\rule[0.5ex]{1em}{0.5pt}~bar&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-20T22:03:17.083" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7476" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7469" CreationDate="2010-12-20T22:04:58.787" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Carsten's suggestion is good, just to add some other possible ways of changing page parameters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A very quick and dirty hack, just after the &lt;code&gt;\begin{document}&lt;/code&gt; add:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  \pdfpageheight 8.5in &#xA;  \pdfpagewidth 11in&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For a different way - to get finer control use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.um.ac.ir/macros/latex/contrib/geometry/geometry.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;geometry&lt;/a&gt; package (just change the parameters to suit)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrartcl}    % classe article di KOMA&#xA;\usepackage[total={6.5in,8.75in},top=1.2in,&#xA;  left=0.9in, includefoot]{geometry}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-20T22:16:29.460" LastActivityDate="2010-12-20T22:16:29.460" />
  <row Id="7477" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7443" CreationDate="2010-12-20T22:46:04.227" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As Hendrik suggested in the comments, you can use &lt;code&gt;mathtools&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;\mathtoolsset{showonlyrefs}&lt;/code&gt; to mark the equations you actually reference. For additional equations that you want to be numbered, but don't want to reference, you use &lt;code&gt;\noeqref&lt;/code&gt;. For example,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{mathtools}&#xA;\mathtoolsset{showonlyrefs}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{equation}\label{eq:asdf}&#xA;adsf&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;\noeqref{eq:asdf}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This requires minimal extra work, but make sure you read the &lt;code&gt;mathtools&lt;/code&gt; documentation carefully to make sure you understand the interaction this has with &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-12-20T22:46:04.227" />
  <row Id="7478" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-20T22:48:13.747" Score="4" ViewCount="223" Body="&lt;p&gt;I realize this might seem very basic, but I have been looking all day and I cannot find a bibliography style that will give me references like the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Baker, M. &amp;amp; K. Hale. 1990. Relativized Minimality and pronoun incorporation.&#xA;  Linguistic Inquiry 21:289–297.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I gather that this is supposed to be at least one version of Chicago style, but chicago.bst appears to turn out refs that look almost exactly like APA style, which is totally wrong.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I figure there must be a style like this already out there. Anyone know?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2375" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-13T14:34:15.610" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T14:34:15.610" Title="Are there any bibliography styles that look like this?" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;apa-style&gt;&lt;chicago-style&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7479" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-21T00:30:38.327" Score="2" ViewCount="142" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hey&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I have just installed latex-suite using the default version of vim that ships with OSX 10.6. The problem I'm having is that &lt;code&gt;\cite&lt;/code&gt; completion is not working properly. This is what happens:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Begin citation by typing &lt;code&gt;\cite{author&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Press &lt;code&gt;Fn F9&lt;/code&gt; to bring up matches&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Select match&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Press Enter. Instead of the citation being completed, I'm back at an empty &lt;code&gt;\cite&lt;/code&gt;. Latex-suite is not completing the citation for me.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've tried this with both iTerm and the OSX terminal. Any pointers as to what is going wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1021" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-07T23:23:39.400" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T23:23:39.400" Title="latex-suite on OSX - citation completion not working" Tags="&lt;vim&gt;&lt;osx&gt;&lt;citing&gt;" />
  <row Id="7480" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7478" CreationDate="2010-12-21T00:51:19.247" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Consider making your own by running:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;latex makebst&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;from the commandline. This will provide a series of multiple choice questions (--there are quite a few, but it's doable--) about how you want things you look, and getting something like this should not be too hard.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T00:51:19.247" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="7481" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6541" CreationDate="2010-12-21T00:55:33.547" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The error has been caused by accidentally nesting &lt;code&gt;align*&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;equation&lt;/code&gt;, as Ben informed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Displayed math environments cannot be nested. However, there are environments such as &lt;code&gt;aligned&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;split&lt;/code&gt; which work inside an &lt;code&gt;equation&lt;/code&gt; environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This answer has been posted and marked as community wiki, in the hope that after an upvote this question isn't marked as &quot;unanswered&quot; by the site and more. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T00:55:33.547" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-12-21T00:55:33.547" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7482" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5535" CreationDate="2010-12-21T01:11:35.437" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Next time it would be great if you would post a &lt;a href=&quot;http://meta.tex.stackexchange.com/questions/228/ive-just-been-told-i-have-to-write-a-minimal-example-what-is-that&quot;&gt;compilable minimal example&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There's no problem with spacing:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[all]{xy}&#xA; \let\oldlabelbox=\labelbox&#xA; \def\newlabelbox#1{%&#xA;  \oldlabelbox{\vcenter{\normalbaselines%&#xA;      \let\\=\cr\ialign{$\labelstyle##\hfil$\crcr#1\crcr}}%&#xA;  }}&#xA; \let\labelbox\newlabelbox&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\xy(0,0)&#xA;\ar @{--&amp;gt;} (50,20) ^{X\\Y}=&quot;a&quot;&#xA;\POS(0,10)*+\txt{Label\\Test} \ar &quot;a&quot;&#xA;\endxy&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/KIgXl.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T01:11:35.437" />
  <row Id="7483" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7485" CreationDate="2010-12-21T03:26:42.403" Score="8" ViewCount="233" Body="&lt;p&gt;.&#xA;    .&#xA;    &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/nkqWz.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{tabularx}&#xA;\usepackage{multicol}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{table}[ht]&#xA;\begin{minipage}[b]{0.5\linewidth}%\centering&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|c|}&#xA;\hline&#xA;    &amp;amp; One &amp;amp; Twp &amp;amp; Three \\&#xA; \hline&#xA;1 &amp;amp; Subject A: &amp;amp; Subject A &amp;amp; Subject  \\&#xA;2 &amp;amp; Subject B &amp;amp; Subject B&amp;amp; Subject  \\&#xA;3 &amp;amp; Subject C &amp;amp; Subject C &amp;amp; Subject   \\&#xA;4 &amp;amp; Subject D &amp;amp; Subject D &amp;amp; Subject  \\&#xA;4 &amp;amp; Subject E &amp;amp; Subject E &amp;amp; Subject   \\&#xA;5 &amp;amp;Subject F &amp;amp; Subject F &amp;amp; Subject  \\&#xA;6 &amp;amp; Subject G &amp;amp; Subject G &amp;amp; Subject  \\&#xA;7 &amp;amp;Subject H &amp;amp;Subject H &amp;amp;Subject   \\&#xA;\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\caption{Table 1}&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;\hspace{0.5cm}&#xA;\begin{minipage}[b]{0.5\linewidth}&#xA;\centering&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|c|}&#xA;\hline&#xA;    &amp;amp; One &amp;amp; Twp &amp;amp; Three \\&#xA; \hline&#xA;1 &amp;amp; Subject A: &amp;amp; Subject A &amp;amp; Subject  \\&#xA;2 &amp;amp; Subject B &amp;amp; Subject B&amp;amp; Subject  \\&#xA;3 &amp;amp; Subject C &amp;amp; Subject C &amp;amp; Subject   \\&#xA;4 &amp;amp; Subject D &amp;amp; Subject D &amp;amp; Subject  \\&#xA;4 &amp;amp; Subject E &amp;amp; Subject E &amp;amp; Subject   \\&#xA;5 &amp;amp;Subject F &amp;amp; Subject F &amp;amp; Subject  \\&#xA;6 &amp;amp; Subject G &amp;amp; Subject G &amp;amp; Subject  \\&#xA;7 &amp;amp;Subject H &amp;amp;Subject H &amp;amp;Subject   \\&#xA;\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\caption{Table 2}&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am trying to create two tables side by side and in the PDF they do not appear aligned. Second table is slightly lower than the first one, I have no clue how to fix it. &#xA;Any suggestion would be greatly appreciated. &#xA;thanks&#xA;Aku&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2036" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-03T19:18:10.570" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T19:18:10.570" Title="Tables do not align side by side" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="7484" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7493" CreationDate="2010-12-21T04:00:03.513" Score="0" ViewCount="133" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hey folks,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Looking for a way to set the width of an &lt;code&gt;algorithm&lt;/code&gt; environment, preferably document wide (as opposed to per-algorithm). Thought it should be fairly easy, but couldn't find a particularly good solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Found this one &lt;a href=&quot;http://newsgroups.derkeiler.com/Archive/Comp/comp.text.tex/2007-03/msg01257.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; (wrap an algorithm in a minipage in a float, which is relatively okay, but surely there's a simpler way)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{algorithm}&#xA;\floatstyle{plain}&#xA;\newfloat{myalgo}{tbhp}{mya}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{Algorithm}[2][tbh]%&#xA;{\begin{myalgo}[#1]&#xA;\centering&#xA;\begin{minipage}{#2}&#xA;\begin{algorithm}[H]}%&#xA;{\end{algorithm}&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;\end{myalgo}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{Algorithm}[t]{10cm}&#xA;\caption{Does work, though no nice solution.}&#xA;\end{Algorithm}&#xA;\end{document}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1232" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T08:06:03.397" Title="Set width of `algorithm` environment (preferably document wide)" Tags="&lt;algorithms&gt;&lt;width&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="7485" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7483" CreationDate="2010-12-21T04:22:46.147" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tabularx}&#xA;\usepackage{multicol}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{table}[ht]&#xA;\begin{minipage}[b]{0.5\linewidth}%\centering&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|c|}&#xA;\hline&#xA;    &amp;amp; One &amp;amp; Twp &amp;amp; Three \\&#xA;\hline&#xA;1 &amp;amp; Subject A: &amp;amp; Subject A &amp;amp; Subject  \\&#xA;2 &amp;amp; Subject B &amp;amp; Subject B&amp;amp; Subject  \\&#xA;3 &amp;amp; Subject C &amp;amp; Subject C &amp;amp; Subject   \\&#xA;4 &amp;amp; Subject D &amp;amp; Subject D &amp;amp; Subject  \\&#xA;4 &amp;amp; Subject E &amp;amp; Subject E &amp;amp; Subject   \\&#xA;5 &amp;amp;Subject F &amp;amp; Subject F &amp;amp; Subject  \\&#xA;6 &amp;amp; Subject G &amp;amp; Subject G &amp;amp; Subject  \\&#xA;7 &amp;amp;Subject H &amp;amp;Subject H &amp;amp;Subject   \\&#xA;\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\caption{Table 1}&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;\hspace{0.5cm}&#xA;\begin{minipage}[b]{0.5\linewidth}&#xA;\centering&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|c|}&#xA;\hline&#xA;    &amp;amp; One &amp;amp; Twp &amp;amp; Three \\&#xA; \hline&#xA;1 &amp;amp; Subject A: &amp;amp; Subject A &amp;amp; Subject  \\&#xA;2 &amp;amp; Subject B &amp;amp; Subject B&amp;amp; Subject  \\&#xA;3 &amp;amp; Subject C &amp;amp; Subject C &amp;amp; Subject   \\&#xA;4 &amp;amp; Subject D &amp;amp; Subject D &amp;amp; Subject  \\&#xA;4 &amp;amp; Subject E &amp;amp; Subject E &amp;amp; Subject   \\&#xA;5 &amp;amp;Subject F &amp;amp; Subject F &amp;amp; Subject  \\&#xA;6 &amp;amp; Subject G &amp;amp; Subject G &amp;amp; Subject  \\&#xA;7 &amp;amp;Subject H &amp;amp;Subject H &amp;amp;Subject   \\&#xA;\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\caption{Table 2}&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T04:22:46.147" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7486" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7483" CreationDate="2010-12-21T04:26:39.013" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This seems to work just fine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fullpage}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{table}&#xA;\noindent&#xA;\parbox{.5\textwidth}{%&#xA;\centering&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|c|}&#xA;\hline&#xA;    &amp;amp; One &amp;amp; Twp &amp;amp; Three \\&#xA; \hline&#xA;1 &amp;amp; Subject A: &amp;amp; Subject A &amp;amp; Subject  \\&#xA;2 &amp;amp; Subject B &amp;amp; Subject B&amp;amp; Subject  \\&#xA;3 &amp;amp; Subject C &amp;amp; Subject C &amp;amp; Subject   \\&#xA;4 &amp;amp; Subject D &amp;amp; Subject D &amp;amp; Subject  \\&#xA;4 &amp;amp; Subject E &amp;amp; Subject E &amp;amp; Subject   \\&#xA;5 &amp;amp;Subject F &amp;amp; Subject F &amp;amp; Subject  \\&#xA;6 &amp;amp; Subject G &amp;amp; Subject G &amp;amp; Subject  \\&#xA;7 &amp;amp;Subject H &amp;amp;Subject H &amp;amp;Subject   \\&#xA;\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\caption{Table 1}&#xA;}%&#xA;\parbox{.5\textwidth}{%&#xA;\centering&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|c|}&#xA;\hline&#xA;    &amp;amp; One &amp;amp; Twp &amp;amp; Three \\&#xA; \hline&#xA;1 &amp;amp; Subject A: &amp;amp; Subject A &amp;amp; Subject  \\&#xA;2 &amp;amp; Subject B &amp;amp; Subject B&amp;amp; Subject  \\&#xA;3 &amp;amp; Subject C &amp;amp; Subject C &amp;amp; Subject   \\&#xA;4 &amp;amp; Subject D &amp;amp; Subject D &amp;amp; Subject  \\&#xA;4 &amp;amp; Subject E &amp;amp; Subject E &amp;amp; Subject   \\&#xA;5 &amp;amp;Subject F &amp;amp; Subject F &amp;amp; Subject  \\&#xA;6 &amp;amp; Subject G &amp;amp; Subject G &amp;amp; Subject  \\&#xA;7 &amp;amp;Subject H &amp;amp;Subject H &amp;amp;Subject   \\&#xA;\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\caption{Table 2}&#xA;}%&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This wasn't part of your question, but I think if you follow the advice given in the &lt;code&gt;booktabs&lt;/code&gt; documentation, you can produce even better looking tables. Compare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fullpage}&#xA;\usepackage{booktabs}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{table}&#xA;\noindent&#xA;\parbox{.5\textwidth}{%&#xA;\centering&#xA;\begin{tabular}{rllll}&#xA;\toprule&#xA;    &amp;amp; \multicolumn{1}{c}{One}&#xA;    &amp;amp; \multicolumn{1}{c}{Two}&#xA;    &amp;amp; \multicolumn{1}{c}{Three} \\&#xA;\midrule&#xA;1 &amp;amp; Subject A: &amp;amp; Subject A &amp;amp; Subject  \\&#xA;2 &amp;amp; Subject B &amp;amp; Subject B&amp;amp; Subject  \\&#xA;3 &amp;amp; Subject C &amp;amp; Subject C &amp;amp; Subject   \\&#xA;4 &amp;amp; Subject D &amp;amp; Subject D &amp;amp; Subject  \\&#xA;4 &amp;amp; Subject E &amp;amp; Subject E &amp;amp; Subject   \\&#xA;5 &amp;amp;Subject F &amp;amp; Subject F &amp;amp; Subject  \\&#xA;6 &amp;amp; Subject G &amp;amp; Subject G &amp;amp; Subject  \\&#xA;7 &amp;amp;Subject H &amp;amp;Subject H &amp;amp;Subject   \\&#xA;\bottomrule&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\caption{Table 1}&#xA;}%&#xA;\parbox{.5\textwidth}{%&#xA;\centering&#xA;\begin{tabular}{rllll}&#xA;\toprule&#xA;    &amp;amp; \multicolumn{1}{c}{One}&#xA;    &amp;amp; \multicolumn{1}{c}{Two}&#xA;    &amp;amp; \multicolumn{1}{c}{Three} \\&#xA;\midrule&#xA;1 &amp;amp; Subject A: &amp;amp; Subject A &amp;amp; Subject  \\&#xA;2 &amp;amp; Subject B &amp;amp; Subject B&amp;amp; Subject  \\&#xA;3 &amp;amp; Subject C &amp;amp; Subject C &amp;amp; Subject   \\&#xA;4 &amp;amp; Subject D &amp;amp; Subject D &amp;amp; Subject  \\&#xA;4 &amp;amp; Subject E &amp;amp; Subject E &amp;amp; Subject   \\&#xA;5 &amp;amp;Subject F &amp;amp; Subject F &amp;amp; Subject  \\&#xA;6 &amp;amp; Subject G &amp;amp; Subject G &amp;amp; Subject  \\&#xA;7 &amp;amp;Subject H &amp;amp;Subject H &amp;amp;Subject   \\&#xA;\bottomrule&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\caption{Table 2}&#xA;}%&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T04:26:39.013" />
  <row Id="7487" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7489" CreationDate="2010-12-21T04:40:03.537" Score="2" ViewCount="195" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm having trouble getting the desired alignment behavior in a set of &quot;sets&quot; that I'm typesetting.  I have a bunch of set definitions of the form&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$$U = \{\text{$x$ $|$ $x$ satisfies some condition}\}$$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, I want the equals signs to line up, which is easy enough to do with an &lt;code&gt;align*&lt;/code&gt; environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem is that for some of the sets, the &quot;some condition&quot; takes a couple of lines to state.  I'd like like those lines to align after the &lt;code&gt;|&lt;/code&gt; symbol.&#xA;Of course, if I only had one set to define, then I could do the previous thing with the &lt;code&gt;align*&lt;/code&gt; environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I want to achieve both of the above behaviors in the same set of equations.  How do I do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: After seeing frabjous's answer below, I realized that I didn't emphasize (or even mention) one of the key difficulties.  The &lt;code&gt;U&lt;/code&gt;'s and &lt;code&gt;x&lt;/code&gt;'s in my set definition are actually expressions with different lengths, so the second align point in each set definition is different.  This prevents me from using an array environment.  For instance, I could have something like the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;X = {(p,q) | p=q+7 and something else very long that doesn't fit&lt;br&gt;on one line}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Y(1) = {x | x is prime}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Z' = {(a,b,c) | the variables a, b, and c satisfy a condition that&lt;br&gt;is too long for one line}.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sorry for not using tex in the above, but I think it makes it clear what is happening.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks for any help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT 2: Thanks to Antal S-Z's nice answer, I was able to create a macro that does exactly what I wanted. In case anyone desires the same behavior, here it is.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\Set[3]{\ensuremath{\{\text{#1 $|$ \parbox[t]{\widthof{#3}}{#2\}}}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You call it with 3 arguments.  To get a set {x|P}, the first argument should be x, the second P (with newlines in it) and the third the longest line in your condition P.  This is compatible with &lt;code&gt;align*&lt;/code&gt;, so you can then do things like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{align*}&#xA;A &amp;amp;= \Set{x}{P}{Q}\\&#xA;B &amp;amp;= \Set{y}{R}{S}&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and it typesets things correctly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="967" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-21T12:27:41.917" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T12:27:41.917" Title="Complicated alignment within multiline equation" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="7488" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7487" CreationDate="2010-12-21T05:05:45.890" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use an array environment (or perhaps alignat). Something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \documentclass{article}&#xA; \usepackage{amsmath}&#xA; \begin{document}&#xA; \[&#xA; \begin{array}{r@{\,}l@{\,}l}&#xA; U &amp;amp;= x \mid &amp;amp;x \text{ satisfies some condition that}\\ &#xA;   &amp;amp;         &amp;amp;\text{takes a long long time to state}\\&#xA; V &amp;amp;= y \mid &amp;amp;y \text{ satisfies something else}&#xA; \end{array}&#xA; \]&#xA; \end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's also possible you really should use a cases environment for conditional definitions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note: you should not use &lt;code&gt;$$ ... $$&lt;/code&gt; for displayed math. It is considered obsolete. For further explanation, see &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/l2tabu&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;l2tabu&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T05:05:45.890" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7489" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7487" CreationDate="2010-12-21T06:27:59.890" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd do this with an &lt;code&gt;alignat*&lt;/code&gt; environment, but just put the text inside a parbox.  That way, you can just align every equals sign and vertical bar; the line breaking will leave the text after the bar in ever case.  This works, but is unfortunately slightly complicated.  The best way to typeset a set comprehension (using etex) is with something like &lt;code&gt;\left\{ x \;\middle|\; \phi \right\}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;sup&gt;1,2&lt;/sup&gt;, but apparently you can't put an &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; between a &lt;code&gt;\left&lt;/code&gt; and a &lt;code&gt;\right&lt;/code&gt;.  Manual scaling works, though, which gives this solution:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\pctext}[2]{\text{\parbox{#1}{\centering #2}}}&#xA;\begin{alignat*}{2}&#xA;  X    &amp;amp;= \biggl\{(p,q)   &amp;amp;&amp;amp;\;\bigg|\; \pctext{1.5in}{$p=q+7$ and something else&#xA;                                                      very long}\biggr\} \\&#xA;  Y(1) &amp;amp;= \{x             &amp;amp;&amp;amp;\;|\;      \pctext{1.5in}{$x$ is prime}\} \\&#xA;  Z'   &amp;amp;= \Biggl\{(a,b,c) &amp;amp;&amp;amp;\;\Bigg|\; \pctext{1.5in}{the variables $a$, $b$,&#xA;                                                      and $c$ satisfy a&#xA;                                                      condition that is too long&#xA;                                                      for one line}\Biggr\} \\&#xA;\end{alignat*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This gives the following output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/dhfTF.png&quot; alt=&quot;Multiply aligned set comprehensions.&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you can see, this does work, though I think it's not ideal.  There are some spacing issues (which I'm not sure how to fix, or even what best to do) stemming from the differing sizes of the braces.  And the code's a bit cluttered; one could probably write a macro to abstract some of the boilerplate, but enclosing &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; in macros with &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt; and friends tends to be problematic.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;1:&lt;/strong&gt; Actually, I typically use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=braket&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the braket package&lt;/a&gt; to write &lt;code&gt;\Set{x | \phi}&lt;/code&gt;, but it uses &lt;code&gt;\left&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\right&lt;/code&gt; (and &lt;code&gt;\middle&lt;/code&gt; if it can) under the hood.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;2:&lt;/strong&gt; Since it's assumed that &lt;code&gt;|&lt;/code&gt; is a delimiter here, it's not spaced out, and so we use &lt;code&gt;\;&lt;/code&gt;s to get the spacing right.  If we use a relation such as &lt;code&gt;\mid&lt;/code&gt;, we get the same (I think) spacing, but we can't &lt;code&gt;\middle&lt;/code&gt; it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1425" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T06:27:59.890" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7490" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7494" CreationDate="2010-12-21T06:39:39.940" Score="2" ViewCount="255" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have seen some presentations that use a kind of cubic effect when moving between pages. For instance, suppose you have a cube and every page is a side of the cube, then when moving from page one to page two, the page is changed with 3d effect of turning the cube from edge to edge. I know the presentation is typeset in LaTeX but I don't know this feature is LaTeX relevant or not.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;How can I have that 3d effect in LaTeX presentation?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2244" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-21T12:33:30.290" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T12:33:30.290" Title="LaTeX Presentation Cubic transition effect" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7491" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7478" CreationDate="2010-12-21T07:25:29.820" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[style=biblatex-chicago]{biblatex}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are also a lot of cite styles&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T07:25:29.820" />
  <row Id="7492" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7472" CreationDate="2010-12-21T08:03:29.490" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;With the package &lt;code&gt;zref-savepos&lt;/code&gt; you can get the current coordinates. It needs at least two pdflatex runs. &lt;code&gt;\zrefy{&amp;lt;Label&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt; is the current height from the bottom. With the other settings from the top you know what height you have to fill to get a full page tabular. Here is only an example on how it works. For demonstration I used only &lt;code&gt;\rule{0pt}{0.5\myHeight}&lt;/code&gt;. You have to use the paper dimensions to get the correct &lt;code&gt;\myHeight&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article} % use larger type; default would be 10pt&#xA;\usepackage{longtable}&#xA;\usepackage{zref-savepos}&#xA;\newlength\myHeight&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}[2002/01/22] %% for the Box&#xA;\newcounter{qnumber}&#xA;\setcounter{qnumber}{0}&#xA;\newcounter{hcounter}&#xA;\setcounter{hcounter}{0}&#xA;\newcommand{\yesno}{\textsf{Yes}\hskip9pt\textsf{No} {\Large ~$\Box$}~~~~{\Large $\Box$}}&#xA;\newcommand{\question}[1]{&#xA;\stepcounter{qnumber}%&#xA;\hfill\thehcounter.\theqnumber\hfill\hfill &amp;amp;\textsf{#1} &amp;amp;{\small\yesno}&amp;amp;    {\small\yesno}&amp;amp;{\small\yesno}\\ \hline%&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand{\heading}[1]{%&#xA;\stepcounter{hcounter}%  &#xA;\setcounter{qnumber}{0}%&#xA;\hfill\textbf{\thehcounter.0}\hfill\hfill&amp;amp;\multicolumn{4}{|l|}{\bf\textsf{#1}}\\ \hline %&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{longtable}{|p{7mm}|p{8.61cm}|p{1.5cm}|p{1.5cm}|p{1.55cm}|}&#xA;\zposy{TOP}\heading{Controls}&#xA;  \question{Control valves/actuators properly installed.}&#xA;  \question{Control valves/actuators operable.}&#xA;  \question{BMS signals operable.}&#xA;  \question{Control valves/actuators properly installed.}&#xA;  \question{Vibration isolation devices installed?}&#xA;\heading{Other} &#xA;  \question{Access doors are operable and sealed? } &#xA;  \question{Casing undamaged?}&#xA;  \question{Insulation undamaged?}&#xA;  \question{Condensate drainage is unobstructed?}&#xA;%% the end portion of the environment&#xA;%% add the remarks columns and close the longtable&#xA;\multicolumn{5}{|l|}{\bf {\textsf{DISCREPANCIES}}}\\&#xA;\multicolumn{5}{|l|}{%&#xA;  \zsavepos{POS}\setlength\myHeight{\zposy{POS}sp}&#xA;\rule{0pt}{0.5\myHeight}    \the\myHeight    }\\\hline%&#xA;\end{longtable}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-21T08:14:25.530" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T08:14:25.530" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="7493" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7484" CreationDate="2010-12-21T08:06:03.397" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\floatevery{algorithm}{\setlength\hsize{10cm}}&lt;/code&gt; would limit the algorithm environment to a width of 10cm, but would not center it. (For additional centering one needs to re-define internal macros of the float package which does not sound like an elegant solution to me.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I'm afraid, the solution you have found seems to be quite good and if you would like to have the width setting global you could simply change the definition of Algorithm, e.g.:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{algorithm}&#xA;\floatstyle{plain}&#xA;\newfloat{myalgo}{tbhp}{mya}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{Algorithm}[1][tbh]%&#xA;{\begin{myalgo}[#1]&#xA;\centering&#xA;\begin{minipage}{10cm}&#xA;\begin{algorithm}[H]}%&#xA;{\end{algorithm}&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;\end{myalgo}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{Algorithm}[t]&#xA;\caption{Does work, though no nice solution.}&#xA;\end{Algorithm}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2574" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T08:06:03.397" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7494" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7490" CreationDate="2010-12-21T08:31:56.680" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I believe you need a special presentation software, such as &lt;a href=&quot;http://impressive.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;impressive&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;http://code.100allora.it/pdfcube&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pdfcube&lt;/a&gt;.  You create a pdf presentation using one of the LaTeX packages or classes designed for that purpose (such as beamer, prosper, powerdot, ppower4), and present it using a special software.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that number of people find fancy page transitions like that highly distracting, so it may not be always the best idea. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T08:31:56.680" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="7495" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7438" CreationDate="2010-12-21T08:47:58.727" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This first one is a Plain-TeX version which has some extra definitions for &quot;including&quot; the ac source graphic as a toggleable (IEC/US/etc.) shape for circuits.ee. This is not necessary; see further below for a stripped-down LaTeX-version.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\input tikz&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{circuits.ee.IEC}&#xA;\tikzset{circuit declare symbol = ac current source}&#xA;\tikzset{ac current source IEC graphic/.style={&#xA;    circuit symbol lines,&#xA;    circuit symbol size=width 2 height 2,&#xA;    shape=generic circle IEC,&#xA;    /pgf/generic circle IEC/before background={&#xA;    \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfpoint{-0.8pt}{0pt}} &#xA;    \pgfpathsine{\pgfpoint{0.4pt}{0.4pt}} &#xA;    \pgfpathcosine{\pgfpoint{0.4pt}{-0.4pt}} &#xA;    \pgfpathsine{\pgfpoint{0.4pt}{-0.4pt}} &#xA;    \pgfpathcosine{\pgfpoint{0.4pt}{0.4pt}} &#xA;    \pgfusepath{stroke}&#xA;    },&#xA;    transform shape&#xA;  }&#xA;}&#xA;\tikzset{circuit ee IEC/.append style=&#xA;  {set ac current source graphic = ac current source IEC graphic}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\tikzpicture[circuit ee IEC]&#xA;  \draw node[ac current source, huge circuit symbols,info=230V] {};&#xA;  \draw (1,0) node[ac current source, small circuit symbols,info=230V] {};&#xA;\endtikzpicture&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/NRcFM.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; title=&quot;Hosted by imgur.com&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT:&lt;/strong&gt; LaTeX (without the extra definitions):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{circuits.ee.IEC}&#xA;\tikzset{ac source/.style={&#xA;  circuit symbol lines,&#xA;  circuit symbol size = width 2 height 2,&#xA;  shape = generic circle IEC,&#xA;  /pgf/generic circle IEC/before background={&#xA;    \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfpoint{-0.8pt}{0pt}}&#xA;    \pgfpathsine{\pgfpoint{0.4pt}{0.4pt}}&#xA;    \pgfpathcosine{\pgfpoint{0.4pt}{-0.4pt}}&#xA;    \pgfpathsine{\pgfpoint{0.4pt}{-0.4pt}}&#xA;    \pgfpathcosine{\pgfpoint{0.4pt}{0.4pt}}&#xA;    \pgfusepath{stroke}&#xA;  },&#xA;  transform shape&#xA;}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{tikzpicture}[circuit ee IEC,small circuit symbols]&#xA;    \node[ac source,volt=230] {};&#xA;  \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastEditorUserId="1410" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-28T11:15:35.700" LastActivityDate="2010-12-28T11:15:35.700" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="7496" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7497" CreationDate="2010-12-21T09:12:12.840" Score="11" ViewCount="319" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am writing a book on Python and IPython. I want to insert in this book code listings of Python and IPython. &#xA;For the code itself I have no problem customizing listings for my intents. &#xA;Including code from IPython is a bit more tricky. I would like to make the &lt;code&gt;In [x]:&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;Out [x]:&lt;/code&gt; of IPython in bold. For that I used so far the package &lt;code&gt;fancyvrb&lt;/code&gt;, like that:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{ipython}&#xA;\textbf{In [20]:} FirstQ*2&#xA;\textbf{Out[20]:} ['Jan', 'Feb', 'Mar', 'Jan', 'Feb', 'Mar']&#xA;&#xA;\textbf{In [21]:} SomeList=[0]*6&#xA;&#xA;\textbf{In [22]:} SomeList&#xA;\textbf{Out[22]:} [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0]&#xA;\end{ipython}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However it's a bit annoying to type the &lt;code&gt;\textbf&lt;/code&gt; everytime for all the &lt;code&gt;In&lt;/code&gt;'s and &lt;code&gt;Out&lt;/code&gt;'s. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can some one point a way in which I can define that first X columns in a verbatim environment are made in bold ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I also tried with listings that:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\lstset{classoffset=0,&#xA;        morekeywords={In, Out,27},keywordstyle=\textbf,&#xA;    classoffset=1        &#xA;}&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}&#xA;In [27]: x=2&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but only the words In and Out are made in Bold not the number and the brackets ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Maybe I am asking the wrong question also ?&#xA;Any insights on that will be welcomed ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2266" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-23T22:54:47.870" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T22:54:47.870" Title="fancy verbatim - bold letters for the first 4 columns" Tags="&lt;listings&gt;&lt;verbatim&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7497" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7496" CreationDate="2010-12-21T09:56:49.440" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Whoof, &#xA;I found a solution myself - I share it with you guys, since I see many people are giving positive feedback to my question:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\lstset{&#xA;morecomment=[n][\textbf]{In\ [}{]\:},&#xA;morecomment=[n][\textbf]{Out\ [}{]\:},&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}&#xA;In [27]: x=2, x=[123]&#xA;Out [27]: 2&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/s7ehI.png&quot; alt=&quot;Ipython Listings&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2266" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T09:56:49.440" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7498" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7499" CreationDate="2010-12-21T11:26:00.627" Score="3" ViewCount="173" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to have my entire document fully justified but without the words being broken up and hyphenated at the end of a line if it is too long. I have come across the &lt;code&gt;\raggedright&lt;/code&gt; argument which prevents the hyphenation, but I'm not sure how to then justify the text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1332" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-12T18:31:10.517" LastActivityDate="2011-03-12T18:31:10.517" Title="How can I prevent LaTeX from breaking words and wrapping them to the next line?" Tags="&lt;horizontal-alignment&gt;&lt;hyphenation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="7499" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7498" CreationDate="2010-12-21T11:44:08.263" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[none]{hyphenat}%%%%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T11:44:08.263" />
  <row Id="7500" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7498" CreationDate="2010-12-21T11:47:47.037" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Having both no hyphenation and text flush to both sides puts real stress on spacing.  Compare:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;Quisque quis  nisl eu nibh  suscipit &#xA;rutrum.     Suspendisse     potenti. &#xA;Maecenas   quis   neque   ut   velit &#xA;pellentesque commodo. Donec et nulla&#xA;tortor.&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;Quisque  quis nisl  eu nibh  suscipit &#xA;rutrum.  Suspendisse  potenti.  Maec-&#xA;enas quis neque ut velit pellentesque &#xA;commodo. Donec et nulla tortor.&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are not using Luatex, try it: good&#xA;microtyography can minimise or eliminate hyphenation.  Herbert's answer, &lt;code&gt;usepackage[none]{hyphenat}&lt;/code&gt;, can be used together with microtypography.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T11:47:47.037" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="7501" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3812" CreationDate="2010-12-21T11:58:22.973" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{report}&#xA;\usepackage{epigraph}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand{\epigraphflush}{flushleft}&#xA;\renewcommand{\epigraphwidth}{3.5in}&#xA;\renewcommand{\epigraphrule}{1pt}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{Introduction}&#xA;&#xA;\epigraph{The research described in this Chapter has been published in:}{&#xA; P. Moss, J. Morrison, and G. Ranger. {\it Seed production and seedling survival &#xA; in a $50$ year-old stand of Corsican pine in Britain}. Advances in Seed Physiology&#xA; and Technology 2007.&#xA; }&#xA;&#xA; \noindent Here the chapter text goes..&#xA;&#xA; \end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2556" LastEditorUserId="86" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-21T17:24:08.540" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T17:24:08.540" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7502" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7839" CreationDate="2010-12-21T12:17:10.547" Score="7" ViewCount="243" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do I include audio file, or should I say, link to audio file in &lt;code&gt;.pdf&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Audio should be playable &quot;from&#xA;&lt;code&gt;.pdf&lt;/code&gt; directly&quot;, without opening&#xA;any additional window.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Is it possible to attach audios to &lt;code&gt;.pdf&lt;/code&gt;&#xA;    then so I can manipulate only with&#xA;    that file, without being bothered&#xA;    with copying folders where those&#xA;    audio files would reside?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I saw that 1. is definitely doable (but don't know how) and I'm interested if second one is also possible (while compiling &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; file) since I know that some files (like graphs and tables) can be attached in &lt;code&gt;.pdf&lt;/code&gt;, but after it's generated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/o8wfa.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt; Button for playing audio from document that uses this trick.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1996" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-21T12:28:07.593" LastActivityDate="2010-12-28T11:02:14.047" Title="How to include audio file in `.pdf`?" Tags="&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;include&gt;&lt;audio&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="7503" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7504" CreationDate="2010-12-21T12:41:06.303" Score="6" ViewCount="162" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to force a linbrike inside a mathmode -text?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[&#xA;  \underbrace{....}_\text{Some long text that should be multiline}&#xA;\]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Trying&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\text{Some long text that\\ should be multiline}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Didn't do the trick.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="752" LastActivityDate="2010-12-22T13:56:34.590" Title="Linebreak in \text{....}" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7504" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7503" CreationDate="2010-12-21T12:48:16.373" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;code&gt;\substack&lt;/code&gt; command, from the  &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; package, just like &lt;code&gt;\text&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[&#xA; \underbrace{....}_{\substack{\text{Some long text that}\\\text{should be multiline}}}&#xA;\]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2210" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T12:48:16.373" />
  <row Id="7505" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7483" CreationDate="2010-12-21T12:53:38.180" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Problems:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Your tables exceed the text width, because you use two times &lt;code&gt;0.5\linewidth&lt;/code&gt; plus &lt;code&gt;\hspace{0.5cm}&lt;/code&gt;. This can cause alignment problems and is problematic in general.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;You align minipages at the bottom, using &lt;code&gt;[b]&lt;/code&gt;, not at the top. I guess that's because of the caption, but this way you don't control the top.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I suggest:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Always take care of the line width resp. text width. Note: also line breaks or blanks between minipages count and require space. Insert &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt; before an end of the line to prevent that.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Use the optional height argument of &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\parbox&lt;/code&gt;. You could use a fixed height, top alignment (below &lt;code&gt;pos&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;inner-pos&lt;/code&gt;), perhaps &lt;code&gt;\vfill&lt;/code&gt; to achieve alignment at top and bottom (captions).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Syntax: &lt;code&gt;\begin{minipage}[pos][height][inner-pos]{width}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Further tip: vertical lines are really distracting. For me, some horizontal lines are usually fine. I strongly recommend to use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/booktabs&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;booktabs&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package. Just look into good books to see for yourself that fine tables don't interrupt rows by vertical lines.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-11T20:53:18.960" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T20:53:18.960" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7506" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7503" CreationDate="2010-12-21T12:57:17.453" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\myText[1]{\text{\scriptsize\tabular[t]{@{}l@{}}#1\endtabular}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\[&#xA;  \underbrace{....}_\myText{Some long text that\\ should be multiline}&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T12:57:17.453" />
  <row Id="7507" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7502" CreationDate="2010-12-21T12:59:15.283" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try the &lt;code&gt;multimedia&lt;/code&gt; package, which is part of the &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt; distribution.  It's documented in Section 14.2 of the beamer 2.10 manual, and it does provide the ability to embed sound files into the pdf.  Not all sound formats are supported, and I'm sure not all pdf viewers can play sounds natively.  So YMMV.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T12:59:15.283" />
  <row Id="7508" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7503" CreationDate="2010-12-21T13:04:37.377" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\substack&lt;/code&gt;, mentioned by Carsten, probably fits best to your &lt;code&gt;\underbrace&lt;/code&gt; because of the centered alignment.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;subarray&lt;/code&gt; is similar but offers customizable alignment:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[&#xA; \underbrace{....}_{\begin{subarray}{l}\text{Some  long text that}\\&#xA;    \text{should be multiline}\end{subarray}}&#xA;\]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\parbox&lt;/code&gt; also works in math mode. You could use a font size command inside.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T13:04:37.377" />
  <row Id="7509" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7502" CreationDate="2010-12-21T13:44:23.203" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Best package to use is the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/movie15/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;movie15&lt;/a&gt; package. It comes with a variety of examples. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T13:44:23.203" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7510" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7100" CreationDate="2010-12-21T14:18:19.647" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can do it like this (replace phv by the name of your font): &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;  \DeclareSymbolFont{numbers}{T1}{phv}{m}{n}&#xA;  \SetSymbolFont{numbers}{bold}{T1}{phv}{bx}{n}&#xA;  \DeclareMathSymbol{0}\mathalpha{numbers}{&quot;30}&#xA;  \DeclareMathSymbol{1}\mathalpha{numbers}{&quot;31}&#xA;  \DeclareMathSymbol{2}\mathalpha{numbers}{&quot;32}&#xA;  \DeclareMathSymbol{3}\mathalpha{numbers}{&quot;33}&#xA;  \DeclareMathSymbol{4}\mathalpha{numbers}{&quot;34}&#xA;  \DeclareMathSymbol{5}\mathalpha{numbers}{&quot;35}&#xA;  \DeclareMathSymbol{6}\mathalpha{numbers}{&quot;36}&#xA;  \DeclareMathSymbol{7}\mathalpha{numbers}{&quot;37}&#xA;  \DeclareMathSymbol{8}\mathalpha{numbers}{&quot;38}&#xA;  \DeclareMathSymbol{9}\mathalpha{numbers}{&quot;39}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;abc&#xA;&#xA;$a=123$&#xA;&#xA;\mathversion{bold}&#xA;&#xA;$a=345$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T14:18:19.647" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7511" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4263" CreationDate="2010-12-21T14:19:43.433" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I upgraded to tex-live 2010 and it worked.  I think that I just had tex live 2009basic installed which I assumed did not have &lt;code&gt;moderncv&lt;/code&gt; installed.  I tried what Juan suggested but I think that I was missing to much other stuff.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1333" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T14:19:43.433" />
  <row Id="7512" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7450" CreationDate="2010-12-21T15:20:53.840" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The theme Szeged uses the miniframes outer theme. Additionally, it sets the color of th separation line:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setbeamercolor{separation line}{use=structure,bg=structure.fg!50!bg}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's the parent color for all separation lines. They could be changed indivudually. To remove an individual line, set its background color to empty. For example, this removes the line below the footer, like desired:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setbeamercolor{lower separation line foot}{bg=}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Actually, those lines are beamer color boxes themselves. They are defined within the miniframes outer theme this way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{beamercolorbox}[colsep=1.5pt]{upper separation line foot}&#xA;    \end{beamercolorbox}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here you can see the thickness of the line. If you would like to make it thinner, like your question shows, you could modify that template, such as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{beamercolorbox}[colsep=0.5pt]{upper separation line foot}&#xA;    \end{beamercolorbox}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/5U2EO.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here you can see, the line below the footer is removed and the line above the footer is replace by a thin line. At the top the original lines can be seen.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T15:20:53.840" />
  <row Id="7513" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3455" CreationDate="2010-12-21T15:46:54.380" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;With the beamer class, &lt;code&gt;enumerate&lt;/code&gt; labels can be customized in the desired way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setbeamertemplate{enumerate item}{(\alph{enumi})}&#xA;\setbeamertemplate{enumerate subitem}{(\roman{enumii})}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/bh0Ly.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T15:46:54.380" />
  <row Id="7514" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4192" CreationDate="2010-12-21T16:03:33.820" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;code&gt;\skew&lt;/code&gt; macro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\skew{shift}{accent}{character}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Specifically, I would define macros for the symbols. So they can easily be adjusted later, especially if a font change occurs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*{\Mtilde}{\skew{5}{\tilde}{M}}&#xA;\newcommand*{\That}{\skew{3}{\hat}{T}}&#xA;\newcommand*{\udot}{\skew{3}{\dot}{u}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Gives in beamer:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/YOow7.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T16:03:33.820" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7515" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7524" CreationDate="2010-12-21T16:23:03.467" Score="9" ViewCount="178" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to fully expand tokens in an expandable manner and preserves category codes? I'd like to do this just using pdfTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm looking for something that would work like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\foo{foo}&#xA;\fullyexpand{\foo bar baz}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which would expand to the 10 tokens &quot;foobar baz&quot; and retain the category codes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If we drop the expandable requirement, then this is easy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\fullyexpand#1{\edef\fetemp{#1}\fetemp}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If we drop the retain catcode requirement, it's doable, but less straight-forward. Here's the best I could come up with.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\gobbleprefix#1#2\femarker{%&#xA;        \ifnum\escapechar&amp;lt;0&#xA;                #1%&#xA;        \else\ifnum\escapechar&amp;gt;255&#xA;                #1%&#xA;        \fi\fi&#xA;        #2%&#xA;}&#xA;\def\fullyexpand#1{%&#xA;        \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\gobbleprefix&#xA;        \expandafter\string\csname#1\endcsname\femarker&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I was hoping to combine the &lt;em&gt;&amp;epsilon;&lt;/em&gt;-TeX extension &lt;code&gt;\scantokens&lt;/code&gt; with the above (by an appropriate, trivial modification of &lt;code&gt;\gobbleprefix&lt;/code&gt;), but of course, that does not work. &lt;code&gt;\scantokens&lt;/code&gt;'s expansion is empty and pdfTeX just acts like it has opened a new file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(As an aside, it amuses me that not expanding tokens is expandable&amp;mdash;using &lt;code&gt;\unexpanded&lt;/code&gt;&amp;mdash;but expanding tokens isn't, at least not obviously so.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T12:13:44.347" Title="Expandable full expansion of tokens that preserves catcodes" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;expansion&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7516" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7520" CreationDate="2010-12-21T16:30:32.680" Score="4" ViewCount="279" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% Author: Till Tantau&#xA;% Source: The PGF/TikZ manual&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{mindmap,trees}&#xA;\usepackage{verbatim}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{comment}&#xA;:Title: Computer science mindmap&#xA;:Tags: Manual, Mindmap&#xA;&#xA;Version 1.09 of PGF/TikZ added a library for drawing mindmaps. Here's an example&#xA;from the manual. &#xA;&#xA;| Author: Till Tantau&#xA;| Source: The PGF/TikZ manual&#xA;&#xA;\end{comment}&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \path[mindmap,concept color=blue,text=white]&#xA;    node[concept] {Shabda}[clockwise from=0]&#xA;child[concept color=green!50!black] {node[concept] {Prathama}[clockwise from=60]&#xA;child { node[concept] {Ekvachana} }&#xA;      child { node[concept] {Dvivachana} }&#xA;      child { node[concept] {Bahuvachana} }&#xA;}&#xA;child[concept color=red!50!black] {node[concept] {Dvitiya}[clockwise from=15]&#xA;child { node[concept] {Ekvachana} }&#xA;      child { node[concept] {Dvivachana} }&#xA;      child { node[concept] {Bahuvachana} }&#xA;}&#xA;child[concept color=red!50!black] {node[concept] {Trutiya}[clockwise from=-45]&#xA;child { node[concept] {Ekvachana} }&#xA;      child { node[concept] {Dvivachana} }&#xA;      child { node[concept] {Bahuvachana} }&#xA;}&#xA;child[concept color=red!50!black] {node[concept] {Chaturthi}[clockwise from=-90]&#xA;child { node[concept] {Ekvachana} }&#xA;      child { node[concept] {Dvivachana} }&#xA;      child { node[concept] {Bahuvachana} }&#xA;}&#xA;child[concept color=red!50!black] {node[concept] {Panchami}[clockwise from=-90]&#xA;child { node[concept] {Ekvachana} }&#xA;      child { node[concept] {Dvivachana} }&#xA;      child { node[concept] {Bahuvachana} }&#xA;}&#xA;child[concept color=red!50!black] {node[concept] {Shasthi}[clockwise from=135]&#xA;child { node[concept] {Ekvachana} }&#xA;      child { node[concept] {Dvivachana} }&#xA;      child { node[concept] {Bahuvachana} }&#xA;};&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I got this example from texexample.net and modified it for my needs, however I can not get more than 6 nodes. Is it the upper limit or can I have 8 nodes and 3 child nodes for all them?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2036" LastEditorUserId="117" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-21T16:33:20.647" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T17:29:06.177" Title="Tikz Mindmap - how to get more nodes" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;nodes&gt;&lt;trees&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7517" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-21T16:33:09.743" Score="0" ViewCount="143" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have been trying to get &lt;code&gt;moderncv&lt;/code&gt; working for a while now.  I was missing some packages so I upgraded from &lt;code&gt;texlive 2009basic&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;texlive 2010&lt;/code&gt;.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Everything went as expected however I am getting a little bit of strange behavior.  I am using: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Mac OS X 10.6.4&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/mactex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;The MacTeX-2010 Distribution&lt;/a&gt; (just upgraded)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://code.google.com/p/macvim/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;MacVim&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://vim-latex.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;vim latex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the past to compile I used the keyboard shortcut: &lt;code&gt;\ll&lt;/code&gt;.  This still works sometimes.  Here are reproduction steps:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;From the terminal go: &lt;code&gt;gvim ass1v2.tex&lt;/code&gt; this opens macvim &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Make a change to the document&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Press &lt;code&gt;\ll&lt;/code&gt; to compile the document&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Open the document: &lt;code&gt;open ass1v2.pdf&lt;/code&gt;.  The document is opened in preview and the change made in step 2 is &lt;em&gt;NOT&lt;/em&gt; visible.   &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Quit preview.  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Save and Quit MacVim.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Open MacVim.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Press &lt;code&gt;\ll&lt;/code&gt; to compile the document&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Open the document: &lt;code&gt;open ass1v2.pdf&lt;/code&gt;.  The document is opened in preview and the change made in step 2 is visible.   &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The only way to get the &lt;code&gt;\ll&lt;/code&gt; shortcut working again is to quit macvim and relaunch it.  This will allow one fresh compile before a restart is required again.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Couple questions: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;How can I tell what &lt;code&gt;\ll&lt;/code&gt; is mapped to?  Maybe then I can debug the command itself&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;It seems very strange that it will compile once but requires a restart of MacVim before it will work again.  Any ideas why this would be?  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To Test I opened a file that I had been working on with &lt;code&gt;Tex 2009basic&lt;/code&gt; and checked to make sure that this problem was being caused my my new installation.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1333" LastEditorUserId="1333" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-21T16:39:33.370" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T19:33:48.497" ClosedDate="2011-03-22T06:47:35.713" Title="Upgraded to Tex 2010: Strange compiler behavior with MacVim" Tags="&lt;texlive&gt;&lt;vim&gt;&lt;mactex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="7518" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7561" CreationDate="2010-12-21T16:54:03.853" Score="3" ViewCount="213" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like an extra command to be run in the captions using the &lt;code&gt;\subfloat&lt;/code&gt; command from the &lt;code&gt;subfig&lt;/code&gt; package. With normal captions, I just redefine &lt;code&gt;\captionfont&lt;/code&gt;, but this doesn't work for captions of subfloats.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have tried (the command I want to run is &lt;code&gt;\sansmath&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{caption}&#xA;\renewcommand{\captionfont}{\footnotesize\sffamily}&#xA;\usepackage{sansmath}&#xA;\usepackage[textfont=sf]{subfig}&#xA;\let\bensubfloat\subfloat&#xA;\renewcommand{\subfloat}[2][]{\bensubfloat[\sansmath #1]{#2}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;    \subfloat[Subcaption $1+1$]{\framebox[3cm]{First}} \hfill&#xA;    \subfloat[Subcaption $1+a$]{\framebox[3cm]{Second}}&#xA;    \caption{Main caption} &#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This gives the desired output, but also many errors.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2408" LastEditorUserId="2408" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-21T18:32:26.240" LastActivityDate="2010-12-22T09:41:55.113" Title="Extra command in subfig package" Tags="&lt;captions&gt;&lt;subfloats&gt;&lt;subcaption&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7519" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7517" CreationDate="2010-12-21T16:54:47.360" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dahm.  I am dumb.  I was flustered and forgetting to save my docuemnt before compiling.  That will teach me.  Steps to solve: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Save .tex file&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Compile .tex file&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Open .pdf file&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1333" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T16:54:47.360" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="7520" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7516" CreationDate="2010-12-21T17:10:03.863" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;More nodes are possible. You could change the &lt;code&gt;sibling angle&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is an example with 12 child nodes:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{mindmap}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \path[mindmap,concept color=blue,text=white,&#xA;    level 1 concept/.append style=&#xA;      {every child/.style={concept color=blue!70},sibling angle=-30}]&#xA;      node[concept] {\Huge\bfseries TikZ}[clockwise from=0]&#xA;        child foreach \i in {1,...,12} {node[concept]{\LARGE\bfseries\i}};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/81Cpu.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-21T17:29:06.177" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T17:29:06.177" />
  <row Id="7521" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7522" CreationDate="2010-12-21T17:14:49.623" Score="1" ViewCount="108" Body="&lt;p&gt;I upgraded to v2.1 of &lt;code&gt;siunitx&lt;/code&gt; since the version in ubuntu's package manager (1.3?) is pretty old. Things seem to have broken. I might have got something wrong with the installation, or I might be missing a dependency or something. I can't read log files well enough to work out what the issue might be.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I installed it by copying the &lt;code&gt;.dtx&lt;/code&gt; file to my local texmf tree under &lt;code&gt;texmf/tex/latex/siunitx/&lt;/code&gt; and then running &lt;code&gt;tex siunitx.sty&lt;/code&gt; from that directory.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I try and use the package, I get this error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Undefined control sequence.&#xA;\siunitx_cs_if_macro:NT #1-&amp;gt;\exp_last_unbraced:No &#xA;                                                  \siunitx_cs_if_tl_aux:w {\...&#xA;l.6 \begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Runaway argument?&#xA;{\token_to_meaning:N \bar macro\q_stop }{\prg_return_true: }{\prg_return_false: \ETC.&#xA;! Paragraph ended before \siunitx_cs_if_tl_aux:w was complete.&#xA;&amp;lt;to be read again&amp;gt; &#xA;                   \par &#xA;l.7 &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is &lt;code&gt;\listfiles&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; *File List*&#xA; article.cls    2007/10/19 v1.4h Standard LaTeX document class&#xA;  size10.clo    2007/10/19 v1.4h Standard LaTeX file (size option)&#xA; siunitx.sty    2010/11/24 v2.1f A comprehensive (SI) units package&#xA;   expl3.sty    2009/08/12 v1458 L3 Experimental code bundle wrapper&#xA; l3names.sty    2009/08/08 v1452 L3 Experimental Naming Scheme for TeX Primitives&#xA;l3basics.sty    2009/08/08 v1453 L3 Experimental basic definitions&#xA; l3expan.sty    2009/08/16 v1464 L3 Experimental Argument Expansion module&#xA;    l3tl.sty    2009/09/03 v1505 L3 Experimental Token Lists&#xA;   l3num.sty    2009/08/08 v1451 L3 Experimental token numbers&#xA;l3intexpr.sty    2009/03/20 v1086 L3 Integer Expressions&#xA; l3quark.sty    2009/05/31 v1365 L3 Experimental Quark Commands&#xA;   l3seq.sty    2009/06/17 v1415 L3 Experimental sequences and stacks&#xA;  l3toks.sty    2009/06/14 v1412 L3 Experimental Token Registers&#xA;   l3int.sty    2009/05/28 v1362 L3 Experimental Integer module&#xA;   l3prg.sty    2009/09/20 v1545 L3 Experimental control structures&#xA; l3clist.sty    2009/08/05 v1441 L3 Experimental comma separated lists&#xA; l3token.sty    2009/09/22 v1550 L3 Experimental token investigation and manipulation&#xA;    l3io.sty    2009/05/31 v1369 L3 Experimental i/o module&#xA;  l3prop.sty    2009/09/16 v1536 L3 Experimental Property Lists&#xA;   l3msg.sty    2009/09/01 v1502 L3 Experimental LaTeX Messages module&#xA;  l3skip.sty    2009/05/28 v1362 L3 Experimental skip registers&#xA;   l3box.sty    2009/06/01 v1375 L3 Experimental Box module&#xA;l3keyval.sty    2009/07/13 v1424 L3 Experimental keyval processing&#xA;  l3keys.sty    2009/09/17 v1542 L3 Experimental key-value support&#xA;l3precom.sty    2009/08/08 v1453 L3 Experimental precompilation module&#xA;  l3calc.sty    2009/05/28 v1362 L3 Experimental calc module&#xA;  l3xref.sty    2009/05/28 v1362 L3 Experimental cross referencing&#xA;  l3file.sty    2009/05/28 v1352 L3 Experimental file loading&#xA; amstext.sty    2000/06/29 v2.01&#xA;  amsgen.sty    1999/11/30 v2.0&#xA;   array.sty    2008/09/09 v2.4c Tabular extension package (FMi)&#xA;l3keys2e.sty    2009/08/24 v1494 Parsing LaTeX3 keyvals as LaTeX2e package options&#xA;  xparse.sty    2009/08/31 v1497 Generic document command parser&#xA;translator.sty    2007/03/11 ver 1.00&#xA;  keyval.sty    1999/03/16 v1.13 key=value parser (DPC)&#xA;translator-language-mappings.tex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And a MWE:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\listfiles&#xA;\usepackage{siunitx}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Foo&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T17:30:28.110" Title="sinuitx update breaks things" Tags="&lt;installing&gt;&lt;siunitx&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="7522" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7521" CreationDate="2010-12-21T17:30:28.110" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is due to the version of the support packages you have installed. &lt;code&gt;siunitx&lt;/code&gt; requires up to date versions of &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/expl3&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/xpackages&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;xpackages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. Please update these as well, and all should be fine. (Thinks: this is becoming something of an FAQ. I should add some version testing to &lt;code&gt;siunitx&lt;/code&gt; and give an error message if any of the support is too old.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T17:30:28.110" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="7523" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7518" CreationDate="2010-12-21T17:34:45.093" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Protect fragile commands within moving arguments:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\subfloat}[2][]{\bensubfloat[\protect\sansmath #1]{#2}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T17:34:45.093" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7524" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7515" CreationDate="2010-12-21T17:42:22.043" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Did you try using &lt;code&gt;\romannumeral&lt;/code&gt;? This is used a lot for this type of thing (see for example the &lt;code&gt;\exp_args:Nf&lt;/code&gt; concept in &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/expl3&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\fullyexpand#1{\romannumeral - `0#1}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This works because TeX will keep expanding &lt;code&gt;#1&lt;/code&gt; looking for a number, which will always turn out to be negative, so the Roman numeral will vanish. Note that this solution will stop on the first non-expandable token, unlike an &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt; which will keep going.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's possible to build a function which can expand using &lt;code&gt;\romannumeral&lt;/code&gt; 'around' unexpandable tokens. For example, the following code will work reasonably well:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\long\def\fullyexpand#1{%&#xA;  \csname donothing\fullyexpandauxi{#1}{}%&#xA;}&#xA;\long\def\fullyexpandauxi#1{%&#xA;  \expandafter\fullyexpandauxii\romannumeral -`0#1\fullyexpandend&#xA;}&#xA;\long\def\fullyexpandauxii#1#2\fullyexpandend#3{%&#xA;  \ifx\donothing#2\donothing&#xA;    \expandafter\fullyexpandend&#xA;  \else&#xA;    \expandafter\fullyexpandloop&#xA;  \fi&#xA;  {#1}{#2}{#3}%&#xA;}&#xA;\long\def\fullyexpandend#1#2#3{\endcsname#3#1}&#xA;\long\def\fullyexpandloop#1#2#3{%&#xA;  \fullyexpandauxi{#2}{#3#1}%&#xA;}&#xA;\def\donothing{}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, this is not the same as &lt;code&gt;\expanded&lt;/code&gt;, for a few reasons. First, my implementation will strip out spaces in the argument (as it does a loop, and TeX will skip spaces). Braces will also get stripped out. A bit of testing also reveals that &lt;code&gt;\romannumeral&lt;/code&gt; &lt;em&gt;will&lt;/em&gt; expand &lt;code&gt;\protected&lt;/code&gt; functions here, whereas &lt;code&gt;\expanded&lt;/code&gt; does not. I'd also note that the above code needs some guards adding for a blank (empty or all space) argument, as currently things fail in these cases.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You might be interested to see that there is code for an &lt;code&gt;\expanded&lt;/code&gt; primitive in the repository for pdfTeX 1.50. I've no idea whether we'll ever see this released, but it would be handy in this situation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the aside, it is possible to use &lt;code&gt;\scantokens&lt;/code&gt; expandably, but as you may have found this can be tricky and it is usually necessary to have a (non-expandable) change of &lt;code&gt;\everyeof&lt;/code&gt; first. LuaTeX addresses this issue with the &lt;code&gt;\scantextokens&lt;/code&gt; primitive, which combines this end-of-file stuff directly into the primitive. Of course, if you are using LuaTeX then the original problem is solvable anyway, since &lt;code&gt;\expanded&lt;/code&gt; is available.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-21T19:43:43.537" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T19:43:43.537" CommentCount="11" />
  <row Id="7525" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-21T17:43:14.663" Score="0" ViewCount="311" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've installed the complete package of &lt;strong&gt;MikTex 2.8&lt;/strong&gt; because I have to manage the Pdf rendering of a Tex file generated by &lt;em&gt;Sphinx 1.0.4&lt;/em&gt; (Python 2.6) from a ReST source file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I underline that the Html output went fine either for Mathematical or graphical part, but when I take the .tex file and try to convert via &lt;strong&gt;PdfLatex&lt;/strong&gt; I catch over 200 recursive errors.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't know if the OS is the key, I'm running Sphinx under Windows 7 (no Cygwin) and all works but he generates errors for tables that I haven't.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'll attach the log file with the main errors extracted.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It refers on a *mathematical researc*h.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All tips can be useful&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;(C:\Python26\Scripts\_build\latex\sphinxmanual.cls&#xA;Document Class: sphinxmanual&#xA;2009/06/02 Document class (Sphinx&#xA;manual)&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\latex\base\report.cls&#xA;Document Class: report 2007/10/19&#xA;v1.4h Standard LaTeX document class&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\latex\base\size10.clo)))&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\latex\base\inputenc.sty&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\latex\base\utf8.def&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\latex\base\t1enc.dfu)&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\latex\base\ot1enc.dfu)&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\latex\base\omsenc.dfu)))&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\latex\base\fontenc.sty&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\latex\base\t1enc.def))&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\generic\babel\babel.sty&#xA;*************************************&#xA;* Local config file bblopts.cfg used&#xA;*(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\latex\00miktex\bblopts.cfg)&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\generic\babel\english.ldf&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\generic\babel\babel.def)))&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\latex\psnfss\times.sty)&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\_build\latex\fncychap.sty)&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\latex\tools\longtable.sty)&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\_build\latex\sphinx.sty&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\latex\base\textcomp.sty&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\latex\base\ts1enc.def&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\latex\base\ts1enc.dfu)))&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\latex\fancyhdr\fancyhdr.sty)&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\latex\fancybox\fancybox.sty&#xA;Style option: `fancybox' v1.4&#xA;&amp;lt;2010/05/15&amp;gt; (tvz) )&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\latex\titlesec\titlesec.sty)&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\_build\latex\tabulary.sty&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\latex\tools\array.sty))&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\latex\ams\math\amsmath.sty&#xA;For additional information on amsmath,&#xA;use the `' option.&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\latex\ams\math\amstext.sty&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\latex\ams\math\amsgen.sty))&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\latex\ams\math\amsbsy.sty)&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\latex\ams\math\amsopn.sty))&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\latex\base\makeidx.sty)&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\latex\framed\framed.sty)&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\latex\graphics\color.sty&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\latex\00miktex\color.cfg)&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\latex\pdftex-def\pdftex.def))&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\latex\fancyvrb\fancyvrb.sty&#xA;Style option: `fancyvrb' v2.7a, with&#xA;DG/SPQR fixes, and firstline=lastline&#xA;fix  &amp;lt;2008/02/07&amp;gt; (tvz)&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\latex\graphics\keyval.sty))&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\latex\threeparttable\threeparttable.sty)&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\latex\mdwtools\footnote.sty)&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\latex\wrapfig\wrapfig.sty)&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\latex\ltxmisc\parskip.sty)&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\latex\graphics\graphicx.sty&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\latex\graphics\graphics.sty&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\latex\graphics\trig.sty)&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\latex\00miktex\graphics.cfg)))&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\plain\misc\pdfcolor.tex)&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\latex\hyperref\hyperref.sty&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\generic\oberdiek\ltxcmds.sty)&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\generic\oberdiek\infwarerr.sty)&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\generic\oberdiek\kvsetkeys.sty&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\generic\oberdiek\etexcmds.sty))&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\generic\oberdiek\pdfescape.sty&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\generic\oberdiek\pdftexcmds.sty&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\generic\oberdiek\ifluatex.sty)))&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\generic\oberdiek\ifpdf.sty)&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\generic\oberdiek\ifvtex.sty)&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\generic\ifxetex\ifxetex.sty)&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\latex\oberdiek\hycolor.sty&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\latex\oberdiek\xcolor-patch.sty))&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\latex\oberdiek\letltxmacro.sty)&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\latex\oberdiek\kvoptions.sty)&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\latex\hyperref\pd1enc.def)&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\generic\oberdiek\intcalc.sty)&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\latex\00miktex\hyperref.cfg)&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\latex\ltxmisc\url.sty)&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\generic\oberdiek\bitset.sty&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\generic\oberdiek\bigintcalc.sty))&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\generic\oberdiek\atbegshi.sty))&#xA;&#xA;Package hyperref Message: Driver&#xA;(autodetected): hpdftex.&#xA;&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\latex\hyperref\hpdftex.def&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\latex\oberdiek\atveryend.sty)&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\latex\oberdiek\rerunfilecheck.sty&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\generic\oberdiek\uniquecounter.sty)))&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\latex\oberdiek\hypcap.sty))&#xA;Writing index file TiberCAD.idx&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\_build\latex\TiberCAD.aux)&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\latex\base\ts1cmr.fd)&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\latex\psnfss\t1ptm.fd)&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\context\base\supp-pdf.mkii&#xA;[Loading MPS to PDF converter (version&#xA;2006.09.02).] ) (C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\latex\hyperref\nameref.sty&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\latex\oberdiek\refcount.sty)&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\generic\oberdiek\gettitlestring.sty))&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\_build\latex\TiberCAD.out)&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\_build\latex\TiberCAD.out)&#xA;Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in&#xA;paragraph at lines 108--108&#xA;&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\MikTex\tex\latex\psnfss\t1phv.fd)&#xA;[1{C:/ProgramData/MiKTeX&#xA;/2.9/pdftex/config/pdftex.map}] [2]&#xA;(C:\Python26\Scripts\_build\latex\TiberCAD.toc)&#xA;Adding blank page after the table of&#xA;contents. pdfTeX warning (ext4):&#xA;destination with the same identifier&#xA;(name{page.i}) has  been already used,&#xA;duplicate ignored &amp;lt;to be read again&amp;gt; &#xA;                   \relax  l.108 \tableofcontents    [1]pdfTeX warning&#xA;(ext4): destination with the same iden&#xA;tifier (name{page.ii}) has been&#xA;already used, duplicate ignored &amp;lt;to be&#xA;read again&amp;gt; &#xA;&#xA;! Undefined control sequence. l.1&#xA;\chapter{Drift-diffusion simulation of&#xA;electrons and holes}&#xA;&#xA;! LaTeX Error: Missing&#xA;\begin{document}.&#xA;&#xA;Overfull \hbox (7.80904pt too wide) in&#xA;paragraph at lines 12--15&#xA;$\OML/cmm/m/it/10 P$&#xA;&#xA;Overfull \hbox (20.0pt too wide) in&#xA;paragraph at lines 19--20 []&#xA;&#xA;! LaTeX Error: \caption outside float.&#xA;&#xA;l.63 \caption  {Solution/Plot&#xA;variables}&#xA;&#xA;! LaTeX Error: \begin{document} ended&#xA;by \end{table}.&#xA;&#xA;l.65 \end{table}&#xA;&#xA;! LaTeX Error: Something's&#xA;wrong--perhaps a missing \item.&#xA;&#xA;See the LaTeX manual or LaTeX&#xA;Companion for explanation. Type  H&#xA;&amp;lt;return&amp;gt;  for immediate help.  ...    &#xA;&#xA;&#xA;l.295 \end{tabulary}&#xA;&#xA;! Missing } inserted. &amp;lt;inserted text&amp;gt; &#xA;                } l.671 \end{tabulary}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2624" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-21T18:10:35.237" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T20:46:48.070" Title="Miktex and Sphynx : problems on complex Tex output" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;miktex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7526" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7528" CreationDate="2010-12-21T18:09:12.883" Score="2" ViewCount="176" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to create a TOC with section headings in one color and subsection headings in different color. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  \tableofcontents&#xA;  \setcounter{tocdepth}{2}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am using above lines to create TOC, do I need to use any special package? &#xA;Thanks &#xA;Aku&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2036" LastEditorUserId="2036" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-06T19:38:10.443" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T19:38:10.443" Title="TOC Section &amp; Subsection coloring" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="7527" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7515" CreationDate="2010-12-21T18:15:29.370" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Exhaustive (&lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt;-like) expansion is not possible with pdfTeX 1.40 in an expandable way. All suggested methods differ in their behavior from &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Using &lt;code&gt;\csname&lt;/code&gt; fails whenever the exhaustive expansion contains non-character tokens (e.g. primitives or protected macros)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Using &lt;code&gt;\romannumeral&lt;/code&gt; expands only until the first unexpandable token, as explained by Joseph.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T18:15:29.370" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="7528" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7526" CreationDate="2010-12-21T18:29:36.993" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/tocloft&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;tocloft&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package for customizing the table of contents.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Without an additional package, you could modify the class macros which are responsible for the table of contents entries, such as \l@section and \l@subsection.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is an example for the article class:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[svgnames]{xcolor}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\let\stdl@section\l@section&#xA;\renewcommand*{\l@section}[2]{%&#xA;  \stdl@section{\textcolor{blue}{#1}}{\textcolor{blue}{#2}}}&#xA;\let\stdl@subsection\l@subsection&#xA;\renewcommand*{\l@subsection}[2]{%&#xA;  \stdl@subsection{\textcolor{DarkGreen}{#1}}{\textcolor{DarkGreen}{#2}}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\setcounter{tocdepth}{2}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\section{Section One}&#xA;\subsection{Subsection One}&#xA;\subsection{Subsection Two}&#xA;\section{Section Two}&#xA;\subsection{Subsection One}&#xA;\subsection{Subsection Two}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ZszOB.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T18:29:36.993" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="7529" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7515" CreationDate="2010-12-21T18:52:10.613" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;How about this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\catcode `@=13&#xA;\def\at{`@}&#xA;\def\fullyexpand#1{\the\catcode#1}&#xA;\fullyexpand{\at}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T18:52:10.613" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7530" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7531" CreationDate="2010-12-21T18:53:32.727" Score="7" ViewCount="562" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to &quot;highlight&quot; two parts of a sentence by using a &lt;code&gt;\colorbox&lt;/code&gt; like so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\colorbox{red}{This is} \colorbox{blue}{a great sentence.}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem is that in the second part the height colorbox is a bit bigger, because it contains a &lt;code&gt;g&lt;/code&gt; which extends below the baseline. As a result, the two colorboxes do not align at the bottom which looks suboptimal.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How would I make the two boxes line up?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2628" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-22T07:56:55.217" LastActivityDate="2010-12-22T08:18:52.787" Title="Height of colorbox" Tags="&lt;boxes&gt;&lt;colorbox&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7531" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7530" CreationDate="2010-12-21T18:59:24.900" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use a &lt;code&gt;\strut&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{\colorbox{red}{\strut This is} \colorbox{blue}{\strut a great sentence.}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;LaTeX/TEX define &lt;code&gt;\strut&lt;/code&gt; to be an invisible box of width zero that extends&#xA;just enough above and below the baseline. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T18:59:24.900" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7532" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7518" CreationDate="2010-12-21T19:01:53.393" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[textfont=sf]{subfig}&#xA;\usepackage{caption}&#xA;\renewcommand{\captionfont}{\footnotesize\sffamily}&#xA;\usepackage{sansmath}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\long\def\sf@@subfloat[#1]{%&#xA;    \@ifnextchar [%  %] match left bracket&#xA;      {\sf@@@subfloat{sub\@captype}[{\sansmath #1}]}%&#xA;      {\sf@@@subfloat{sub\@captype}[\@empty{#1}][{\sansmath #1}]}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;    \subfloat[Subcaption $1+1$]{\framebox[3cm]{First}} \hfill&#xA;    \subfloat[Subcaption $1+a$]{\framebox[3cm]{Second}}&#xA;    \caption{Main caption} &#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T19:01:53.393" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7533" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-21T19:14:26.000" Score="4" ViewCount="186" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd love to exchange the &quot;obsolete&quot; &lt;code&gt;utopia&lt;/code&gt; package against the &lt;code&gt;fourier&lt;/code&gt; package for a couple of reasons.  Unfortunately, the Utopia font in the &lt;code&gt;fourier&lt;/code&gt; package renders much smaller compared to the &lt;code&gt;utopia&lt;/code&gt; package.  This looks especially bad when combined with the &lt;code&gt;avant&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is a (very) minimal example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a5paper,12pt]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{avant}&#xA;\usepackage{utopia}  % exchange for &quot;fourier&quot; to see the differences&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;\usepackage{sectsty}&#xA;\allsectionsfont{\sffamily}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Section title}&#xA;&#xA;Paragraph with a single \textsf{sans-serif} word.&#xA;&#xA;\blindtext{}&#xA;&#xA;\subsection{Subsection title}&#xA;&#xA;\blindtext{}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Look for the size differences between headings and paragraphs as well as the different size of the word &lt;em&gt;sans-serif&lt;/em&gt; in the first paragraph.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I enlarge the Utopia font in &lt;code&gt;fourier&lt;/code&gt; to get rid of the problem?  Or do you know of other ways to tackle the problem?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT:&lt;/strong&gt; Sorry, I forgot to add the package &lt;code&gt;sectsty&lt;/code&gt;, so the headings were printed in serifs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2627" LastEditorUserId="2627" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-21T22:53:51.077" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T20:51:49.347" Title="How to enlarge &quot;fourier&quot; font to match &quot;utopia&quot; package" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;size&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7534" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7533" CreationDate="2010-12-21T19:25:30.300" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can experiment with the &lt;code&gt;\scalefont&lt;/code&gt; command from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=scalefnt&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;scalefnt&lt;/a&gt; package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a5paper,12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{scalefnt}&#xA;\usepackage{avant}&#xA;\usepackage{fourier}  % exchange for &quot;fourier&quot; to see the differences&#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Section title}&#xA;&#xA;Paragraph with a single {\scalefont{0.8}\textsf{sans-serif }} word.&#xA;&#xA;\blindtext{}&#xA;&#xA;\subsection{Subsection title}&#xA;&#xA;\blindtext{}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T19:25:30.300" />
  <row Id="7535" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7538" CreationDate="2010-12-21T19:38:49.093" Score="2" ViewCount="54" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am looking at the CV template located &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.cv-templates.info/2009/10/classicthesis-currvita-latex-cv-template/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;, and I can not figure out how to make the description text blocks wider on the right.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The blocks I am talking about are the ones similar to the block starting with&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&quot;&lt;code&gt;Provided analysis of spreads..&lt;/code&gt;&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What should I be looking at?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="696" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T20:26:32.033" Title="Can not find how to change the size of text blocks" Tags="&lt;layout&gt;&lt;width&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="7536" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7533" CreationDate="2010-12-21T19:43:46.453" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a5paper,12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tgadventor}&#xA;\usepackage{fourier}&#xA;\def\fourierScale{s*[1.2]}   &#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Section title}&#xA;&#xA;Paragraph with a single \textsf{sans-serif} word.&#xA;&#xA;\blindtext{}&#xA;&#xA;\subsection{Subsection title}&#xA;&#xA;\blindtext{}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/QHUyS.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-23T20:51:49.347" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T20:51:49.347" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7537" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7525" CreationDate="2010-12-21T19:52:54.180" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;delete your auxiliary files (&lt;code&gt;.aux&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;.toc&lt;/code&gt;, ...) and run again. If it didn't help, then it looks like a problem in the preamble. Then try&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{...}&#xA;... your preamble&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;foo&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;what happens?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T19:52:54.180" />
  <row Id="7538" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7535" CreationDate="2010-12-21T20:26:32.033" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The template uses the &lt;code&gt;classicthesis&lt;/code&gt; package, which defines the page layout by &lt;code&gt;\areaset&lt;/code&gt; with specific values depending on the used fonts. You could use &lt;code&gt;\areaset&lt;/code&gt; as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Syntax:  &lt;code&gt;\areaset[binding offset]{width}{height}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Try for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\areaset[5mm]{360pt}{761pt}&#xA;\setlength{\marginparwidth}{5em}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here I made just the text wider and shortened the marginpar width, which contains the first column.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T20:26:32.033" />
  <row Id="7539" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6875" CreationDate="2010-12-21T21:57:01.047" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;After a quick back-and-forth with the class author and maintainer, he added the requested functionality and posted the beta version on his &lt;a href=&quot;http://math.mit.edu/~psh/#ExamCls&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;website&lt;/a&gt;. Please check and report back (here or directly to him) if there is any trouble. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From the top of the file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%--------------------------------------------------------------------&#xA;% Version 2.315$\beta$, 2010/12/21:&#xA;%&#xA;% New commands:&#xA;%&#xA;%  \settabletotalpoints&#xA;%  \settabletotalbonuspoints&#xA;%&#xA;% Each of those takes one argument.  After giving the command&#xA;% \settabletotalpoints{numpoints}, any grade or point table (partial&#xA;% or full) will list the total points as numpoints instead of the&#xA;% actual total number of points in the table.&#xA;%&#xA;% After giving the command \settabletotalbonuspoints{numbonuspoints},&#xA;% any grade or point table will list the total bonus points as&#xA;% numbonuspoints instead of the actual total number of bonus points in&#xA;% the table.&#xA;%&#xA;% These commands are intended for exams in which students are asked to&#xA;% do some subset of the problems, but not all of them, and so the&#xA;% total number of points possible is less than the sum of the points&#xA;% for all of the questions.&#xA;%&#xA;%&#xA;% To have one of these commands affect only a single table, confine the&#xA;% command and the \gradetable command inside of a group, as in&#xA;%&#xA;%   \begingroup&#xA;%     \settabletotalpoints{100}&#xA;%     \gradetable[v][questions]&#xA;%   \endgroup&#xA;%&#xA;% or even just&#xA;%&#xA;%   \begin{center}&#xA;%     \settabletotalpoints{100}&#xA;%     \gradetable[v][questions]&#xA;%   \end{center}&#xA;%&#xA;%--------------------------------------------------------------------&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think that that this is what you wanted. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T21:57:01.047" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7540" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7541" CreationDate="2010-12-21T21:59:14.657" Score="4" ViewCount="129" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm currently trying to write up some solutions to a set theory text, but some of my labels don't seem to be working correctly. I've uploaded it &lt;a href=&quot;https://docs.google.com/leaf?id=0B-baZt4ODPD3OGI1NThiYjctYTk5MC00MzhkLWIyNGItMTFiZjkxYjc3ZDc3&amp;amp;hl=en&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;, if it's perhaps helpful to look at.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anyway, I have two sections so far, Introduction and Axioms and Operations. In Axioms and Operations after the third exercise, I have \label{exer3}. Later in exercise 6, I reference it twice with \ref{exer3}, however, the hyperlink instead links one back to exercise 3 of the Introduction section, not exercise 3 of the Axioms and Operations section. The label of exercise 3 in the Introduction section is \label{pwrsetex}.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've also noticed that I have several warnings when building, saying &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;pdfTeX warning (ext1): destination with the same identifier (name{exercise.1}) has already been used, duplicate ignored.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have one of these for (ext1) through (ext5).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Not sure if it's pertinent, but at the beginning of the section Axioms and Operations, I reset the Exercise counter with \setcounter{exercise}{0}.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Could someone please show me what I'm doing wrong here? Thanks! I can include the actual code, if that makes my question any more clear.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is the code for exercise 3 of Axioms and Operations:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{exercise}\label{exer3} Show that every member of a set $A$ is a subset of $\bigcup A$. &#xA;\begin{proof}[\bf Solution.] If $A=\emptyset$, then the statement is vacuously true. So suppose $A$ is nonempty, and take some $b\in A$. Again, if $b$ is empty, then the statement holds. So suppose $b$ is nonempty. Then for any $t\in b$, $t\in\bigcup A$ by the Union Axiom. In other words, &#xA;$$&#xA;\forall t(t\in b\Rightarrow t\in\bigcup A).&#xA;$$&#xA;This is precisely the definition that $b\subseteq\bigcup A$.   &#xA;\end{proof}&#xA;\end{exercise}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For exercise 6 of Axioms and Operations:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{exercise} &#xA;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;\item Show that for any set $A$, $\bigcup\mathscr{P}A=A$. &#xA;\item Show that $A\subseteq\mathscr{P}\bigcup A$. Under what conditions does equality hold?&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;\begin{proof}[\bf Solution.] For $(a)$, take $x\in\bigcup\mathscr{P}A$. So there exists some $b\in\mathscr{P}A$ such that $x\in b$. Since $b\in\mathscr{P}A$, $b\subseteq A$, and thus $x\in A$. Also, since $A\subseteq A$, by definition of the power set, $A\in\mathscr{P}A$. Then by Exercise \ref{exer3}, it follows that $A\subseteq\bigcup\mathscr{P}A$.&#xA;For $(b)$, take $x\in A$. Again by Exercise \ref{exer3}, $x\subseteq\bigcup A$, so by definition of the power set, $x\in\mathscr{P}\bigcup A$. Equality holds when $A$ has form $\{\emptyset\}$ or $\{a,\emptyset\}$. If $A=\{\emptyset\}$, then $\bigcup A=\emptyset$, and so $\mathscr{P}\bigcup A=\{\emptyset\}$. &#xA;\end{proof}&#xA;\end{exercise}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For exercise 3 of the Introduction:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{exercise}\label{pwrsetex} Show that if $B\subseteq C$, then $\mathscr{P}B\subseteq\mathscr{P}C$.&#xA;\begin{proof}[\bf Solution.] Suppose $A\in\mathscr{P}B$. Then $A\subseteq B$, and thus $A\subseteq C$, as containment is transitive. Hence $A\in\mathscr{P}C$.&#xA;\end{proof}&#xA;\end{exercise}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My preamble is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article}&#xA;\input{other/packages.tex}&#xA;\input{other/theoremdef.tex}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where packages.tex is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{amsthm}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{amscd}&#xA;\usepackage{url}&#xA;\usepackage[top=1.3in, bottom=1.3in, left=1.3in, right=1.3in]{geometry}&#xA;&#xA;% header and footer&#xA;\pagestyle{headings}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}&#xA;\usepackage{amsfonts}&#xA;\usepackage{stackrel}&#xA;\usepackage{mathrsfs}&#xA;\usepackage{verbatim}&#xA;\usepackage{enumerate}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\usepackage{xy}&#xA;\input xy&#xA;\xyoption{all}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and theoremdef.tex is &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newtheorem{exercise}{\bf Exercise}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1191" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-23T04:08:10.540" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T04:08:10.540" Title="Hyperref links linking to the wrong label." Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;labels&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="7541" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7540" CreationDate="2010-12-21T22:52:40.307" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I recommend to number the exercises per section. Instead of having to times &lt;em&gt;Exercise 1&lt;/em&gt; in different sections, I would number them &lt;em&gt;Exercise 1.1&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;Exercise 2.1&lt;/em&gt;. This is clearer and solves the problem of referencing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This can be done easily by:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\numberwithin{exercise}{section}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-21T22:52:40.307" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7542" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7553" CreationDate="2010-12-22T01:59:29.450" Score="7" ViewCount="233" Body="&lt;p&gt;For formal articles, should a displayed equation be followed by a punctuation to conform to the language grammar ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;For example:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;The most well-known physics formula is&#xA;&#xA;    \[E=mc^2.\] %should I put a period here?&#xA;&#xA;And if you expand&#xA;&#xA;    \[(x+y)^2,\] % should I put a comma here? &#xA;&#xA;you will ...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-15T16:06:23.663" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T16:06:23.663" Title="For formal articles, should a displayed equation be followed by a punctuation to conform to the language grammar ?" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="5" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="7543" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7381" CreationDate="2010-12-22T02:35:05.370" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This LuaTeX solution seems to be quite robust:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{xparse}&#xA;\usepackage{luatexbase}&#xA;\usepackage{atbegshi}&#xA;&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOn&#xA;\newluatexattribute \g_orna_attr&#xA;\box_new:N \OrnamentHideBox&#xA;\vbox_set:Nn \OrnamentHideBox {&#xA;  \null&#xA;}&#xA;\int_const:Nn \c_orna_attr_int { \lua_now:x { tex.sprint(luatexbase.attributes.g_orna_attr) } }&#xA;\NewDocumentCommand \ornament { } {&#xA;  \par&#xA;  \vbox attr \int_use:N \c_orna_attr_int = 1 {&#xA;    \centerline { $ * \quad * \quad * $ }&#xA;  }&#xA;  \par&#xA;}&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOff&#xA;&#xA;\AtBeginShipout{%&#xA;  \directlua{%&#xA;    local function remove_ornaments(head)&#xA;      for n in node.traverse_id(1, head) do&#xA;        if node.has_attribute(n, luatexbase.attributes.g_orna_attr, 1) then&#xA;          if n.next and n.next.next then&#xA;            node.flush_list(n.list)&#xA;            n.list = node.copy_list(tex.getbox(\number\OrnamentHideBox).list)&#xA;          end&#xA;        else&#xA;          remove_ornaments(n.list)&#xA;        end&#xA;      end&#xA;    end&#xA;    local box = tex.getbox(\number\AtBeginShipoutBox)&#xA;    remove_ornaments(box.list)&#xA;  }&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOn&#xA;\prg_replicate:nn { 50 } { aaa \ornament }&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOff&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2010-12-22T02:35:05.370" />
  <row Id="7544" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7542" CreationDate="2010-12-22T03:04:34.177" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Personally I think it looks very ugly to have punctuation there. It can also be confusing. Not long ago people used dots on the baseline for multiplication, and the Peanist school of logicians used dots in place of parentheses for grouping, and these could be misconstrued as that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But take that with a grain of salt. I think you'll find that this this is something people disagree about. I've definitely had publishers of my work try to force this kind of punctuation on me, and I've always insisted that it be removed. Sometimes they do what I ask, and sometimes not, and I definitely have seen both practices in stuff that I read.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-12-22T03:04:34.177" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7545" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7530" CreationDate="2010-12-22T03:57:26.713" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Let's compare and decide which one do you prefer :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/BXBXz.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[paperwidth=10cm,paperheight=10cm]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{calc}&#xA;&#xA;%Define a reference depth. &#xA;%You can choose either relative or absolute.&#xA;%--------------------------&#xA;\newlength{\DepthReference}&#xA;\settodepth{\DepthReference}{g}%relative to a depth of a letter.&#xA;%\setlength{\DepthReference}{6pt}%absolute value.&#xA;&#xA;%Define a reference Height. &#xA;%You can choose either relative or absolute.&#xA;%--------------------------&#xA;\newlength{\HeightReference}&#xA;\settoheight{\HeightReference}{T}&#xA;%\setlength{\HeightReference}{6pt}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;%--------------------------&#xA;\newlength{\Width}%&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\MyColorBox}[2][red]%&#xA;{%&#xA;    \settowidth{\Width}{#2}%&#xA;    %\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}%&#xA;    \colorbox{#1}%&#xA;    {%      &#xA;        \raisebox{-\DepthReference}%&#xA;        {%&#xA;                \parbox[b][\HeightReference+\DepthReference][c]{\Width}{\centering#2}%&#xA;        }%&#xA;    }%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\setlength{\fboxsep}{1pt}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\noindent @Thomas \hrulefill\colorbox{red}{This is} \colorbox{blue}{a great sentence.}\hrulefill&#xA;&#xA;\vspace{5mm}&#xA;&#xA;\noindent @Yiannis \hrulefill{\colorbox{red}{\strut This is} \colorbox{blue}{\strut a great sentence.}}\hrulefill&#xA;&#xA;\vspace{5mm}&#xA;&#xA;\noindent @xport \hrulefill\MyColorBox{This is} \MyColorBox[blue]{a great sentence.}\hrulefill&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT 1:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My idea above can be explained as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I choose the tallest letter as a reference for common height.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I choose the deepest letter as a reference for common depth.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Then a make a parbox with constant height based on the sum of height and depth mentioned in step 1 and 2.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Move the parbox down as far as the depth mentioned in step 2.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-22T04:10:22.963" LastActivityDate="2010-12-22T04:10:22.963" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="7546" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7549" CreationDate="2010-12-22T04:15:17.630" Score="5" ViewCount="168" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to get that fancy LaTeX symbol to put in one of my documents but I cannot find it anywhere.  All searching for things like &lt;code&gt;latex symbol&lt;/code&gt; have not resulted in the symbol but other symbols.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1333" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-22T13:11:49.597" LastActivityDate="2010-12-22T13:29:28.327" Title="How to get &quot;LaTeX&quot; symbol in document" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7547" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7550" CreationDate="2010-12-22T04:19:59.857" Score="5" ViewCount="97" Body="&lt;p&gt;My idea is to redefine the &lt;code&gt;\strut&lt;/code&gt; to be as short as possible.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It means the length of strut is the sum of the tallest letter length and the deepest letter length.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-22T13:10:13.687" LastActivityDate="2010-12-22T13:26:37.363" Title="How to detect the length of the tallest letter and that of the deepest letter of the current font size?" Tags="&lt;lengths&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="7548" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-22T04:42:46.300" Score="9" ViewCount="276" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here it is with the pictures.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PSTricks has the very neat command &lt;code&gt;\pscurve&lt;/code&gt;. The manual gives the example &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pscurve[showpoints=true]{&amp;lt;-&amp;gt;}(0,1.3)(0.7,1.8) (3.3,0.5)(4,1.6)(0.4,0.4)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which yields&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/SQ4Kr.png&quot; alt=&quot;pscurve example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does somebody knows how to get the same behavior in TikZ? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have tried using all sorts of techniques including&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\tikz \draw plot[smooth] coordinates {(0,1.3) (0.7,1.8) (3.3,0.5) (4,1.6) (0.4,0.4)};&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which gives me&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/dQ38q.png&quot; alt=&quot;tikz plot example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I did try to play with the tension!). The resulting curve always looks like a succession of straight segments with rounded corners.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you for the points! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1979" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-22T13:11:19.223" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T00:03:13.140" Title="Can we imitate the behavior of \pscurve in TikZ?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;pstricks&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7549" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7546" CreationDate="2010-12-22T04:52:55.000" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You simply type &lt;code&gt;\LaTeX&lt;/code&gt;. One problem with this is that if you type it a lot of times in your text you will need to type &lt;code&gt;\LaTeX\&lt;/code&gt; to force a space after it. Also personally I find the capitalization of &lt;code&gt;L&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;T&lt;/code&gt; leads to typing errors, so I redefine the command as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\latex}{\LaTeX\xspace}&#xA;\newcommand{\tex}{\TeX\xspace}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\xspace&lt;/code&gt; is from the &lt;code&gt;xspace&lt;/code&gt; package. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-12-22T04:52:55.000" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7550" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7547" CreationDate="2010-12-22T05:06:48.667" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One problem is that the font metrics do not include appropriate dimensions for this. The code below provides a short macro for displaying the font dimensions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx, booktabs, tabularx, scalefnt, xcolor} &#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\def\displayfontmetrics#1{\medskip&#xA;\noindent &#xA;\begin{table}[htbp]&#xA;\begin{tabular}{lcl}&#xA;\toprule&#xA;  Parameter  &amp;amp; Description &amp;amp; Value\\&#xA;\midrule&#xA;  fontdimen1 &amp;amp; slant &amp;amp;  \the\fontdimen1\font\\&#xA;  fontdimen2 &amp;amp;interword space  &amp;amp;  \the\fontdimen2\font\\&#xA;  fontdimen3 &amp;amp;interword stretch &amp;amp;  \the\fontdimen3\font\\&#xA;  fontdimen4 &amp;amp; interword shrink &amp;amp;  \the\fontdimen4\font\\&#xA;  fontdimen5 &amp;amp; x-height &amp;amp;  \the\fontdimen5\font\\&#xA;  fontdimen6 &amp;amp; quad width &amp;amp;  \the\fontdimen6\font\\&#xA;  fontdimen7 &amp;amp; extra space &amp;amp;  \the\fontdimen7\font\\&#xA;\bottomrule&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\caption{Font metrics for font #1}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;\medskip}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\scalebox{2}{ H\'AMB\&quot;URG\'E\c F\'ON\c ST\'IV}&#xA;&#xA;\scalebox{2}{ \lowercase{H\'AMB\&quot;URG\'E\'ty\c F\'ON\c ST\'IV}}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One solution is to use a &lt;code&gt;vphantom&lt;/code&gt; which you can use as a strut.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\Z{\vphantom{y\vphantom{\'l}}}&#xA;&#xA;\colorbox{yellow}{\Z abcdy}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-12-22T05:06:48.667" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7551" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7542" CreationDate="2010-12-22T05:09:00.650" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't think there is any consensus on the matter.  I've gotten into heated debates with co-authors on the matter, and I always fight to include the correct punctuation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When you publish your paper, the journal will force you to conform to their style guide anyway, so it's not something you have complete control over (but it might be worth noting that many journals [eg, I believe, the Annals] believe in using correct punctuation on math displays).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="967" LastActivityDate="2010-12-22T05:09:00.650" />
  <row Id="7552" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7542" CreationDate="2010-12-22T05:29:18.380" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This has been discussed at great length &lt;a href=&quot;http://mathoverflow.net/questions/6675/periods-and-commas-in-mathematical-writing&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;over at mathoverflow&lt;/a&gt;. My personal opinion (which agrees with the two most upvoted answers over there) is that you should always use proper punctuation. (In the example of frabjous, where the period &quot;.&quot; has a mathematical meaning, I would make an exception.) I think that if you look at books, you'll mostly find everything with punctuation (of course not in the case when I say that&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;a+b=b+a&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;holds for all real numbers a and b).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However; I think that Andy is right, there's no real consensus, and it seems to depend on the community if punctuation is desired or not.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2010-12-22T05:29:18.380" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7553" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7542" CreationDate="2010-12-22T05:47:56.017" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For what it's worth, Knuth says that they should be added in &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.loria.fr/typographie/mathwriting.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Mathematical Writing&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Don’t overdo the use of colons. While the colon in ‘Deﬁne it as follows:’ is ﬁne, the &#xA;  one in ‘We have: &#xA;  ⟨formula⟩’ should be omitted since the formula just completes the &#xA;  sentence. Some papers had more colons than periods.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That said, in the &lt;em&gt;TeXbook&lt;/em&gt;, he omits the periods in some of his displays, but usually when he's showing TeX input and output. Compare the display on page 127&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&lt;em&gt;&amp;alpha;&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;&amp;beta;&lt;/em&gt;,  &lt;em&gt;&amp;gamma;&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;&amp;delta;&lt;/em&gt;;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to the displays on page 128 (which I won't duplicate since that previous one was enough of a pain).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-12-22T05:47:56.017" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7554" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7547" CreationDate="2010-12-22T06:30:00.427" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;the strutbox is defined to exactly the height of &lt;code&gt;\baselineskip&lt;/code&gt; which &lt;em&gt;is&lt;/em&gt; the smallest value including the interlinespace of a row. However, you have to redefine every time the strutbux when changing the fontsize. This is the reason why it makes no sense to have an own strut value. Use instead the &lt;code&gt;\vphantom&lt;/code&gt; macro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\mystrut{\vphantom{Äg}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-22T06:30:00.427" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="7555" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7547" CreationDate="2010-12-22T06:52:56.127" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.luatex.org/svn/trunk/manual/luatexref-t.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;The Luatex manual&lt;/a&gt;, section 4.4.5.1.2, Glyph items, documents the glyph array that exists for each font, which provides information on the bounding element of each rendered character:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;On boundingbox: The boundingbox information for TrueType fonts and TrueType-based otf fonts is read directly from the font file. PostScript-based fonts do not have this information, so the boundingbox of traditional PostScript fonts is generated by interpreting the actual bezier curves to find the exact boundingbox. This can be a slow process, so starting from LuaTEX 0.45, the boundingboxes of Post- Script-based otf fonts (and raw cff fonts) are calculated using an approximation of the glyph shape based on the actual glyph points only, instead of taking the whole curve into account. This means that glyphs that have missing points at extrema will have a too-tight boundingbox, but the processing is so much faster that in our opinion the tradeoff is worth it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This sounds like it is as good an approximation to what you want as you will get.  Iterating over the glyphs in a font and computing the maximum altitude and depth of each should be fairly easy if you know Lua.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-22T13:26:37.363" LastActivityDate="2010-12-22T13:26:37.363" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="7556" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7557" CreationDate="2010-12-22T07:32:24.170" Score="1" ViewCount="135" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using Tikz to draw a wide graph but starting from left and after reaching the middle of the graph the nodes fall outside of page. I tried playing with scale but the graph distorts and  texts inside nodes does not conform to new scale well. So I need to move the (0,0) to some place left, say (-5,0) to have enough space to draw the rest of graph. How can I do that?&#xA;I saw the shifting command in the manual but it was command specific and converting the coordinates is somehow overkill.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;How can I shift the (0,0) to a new coordinate, say (-5,0)? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2244" LastActivityDate="2010-12-22T07:45:58.453" Title="shifting (0,0) to new coordinate Tikz" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="7557" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7556" CreationDate="2010-12-22T07:45:58.453" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you want to do exactly this, then put whatever you want to move in a scope, and provide the &lt;code&gt;shift&lt;/code&gt; option to said scope (the curly braces are necessary so the comma isn't thought to separate options).  Something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \begin{scope}[shift={(-5,0)}]&#xA;    ... graph goes here ...&#xA;  \end{scope}&#xA;  ... other code goes here ...&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, if your &lt;em&gt;whole picture&lt;/em&gt; is wider than the text, this won't help.  In that case, you should be able to use a negative horizontal space:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\hspace*{-5cm}%&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  ... picture goes here ...&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, if you want centering, you could check out &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4926/table-will-not-center-and-it-is-spilling-off-the-right-side-of-the-page&quot;&gt;some of the solutions to a similar problem with over-wide tables&lt;/a&gt;, such as surrounding it in a zero-width box.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1425" LastActivityDate="2010-12-22T07:45:58.453" />
  <row Id="7558" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7530" CreationDate="2010-12-22T08:18:52.787" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a5paper,12pt]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{soul,xcolor}&#xA;\sethlcolor{red}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\hl{This is} \hl{\strut a great sentence.}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-22T08:18:52.787" />
  <row Id="7559" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7374" CreationDate="2010-12-22T09:14:42.293" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can't collect your listing in a command &quot;for later use&quot;. listings has to change a lot of catcodes and this won't work when the code has already been read (catcodes are fixed at this moment). You would need &lt;code&gt;\scantokens&lt;/code&gt; to reset them. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also you can't hide &lt;code&gt;\end{lstlisting}&lt;/code&gt; deep in some code: listings has to find the end of the listing without executing the code in between. That's why listings has its own &lt;code&gt;\newenvironment&lt;/code&gt; command (&lt;code&gt;\lstnewenvironment&lt;/code&gt;). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to write your own LTXexample you will have to copy the method of showexpl. Basically LTXexample does this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{LTXexample}&#xA;{\lst@BeginWriteFile{\SX@codefile}} %At start of env begin to write the code to a file&#xA;{\lst@EndWriteFile % stop writing to file&#xA;  %now reinput code file \SX@codefile &quot;as listing&quot;&#xA;  %reinput code file &quot;as result&quot;&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-22T09:20:04.597" LastActivityDate="2010-12-22T09:20:04.597" />
  <row Id="7560" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7374" CreationDate="2010-12-22T09:21:58.603" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is a working solution with fancyvrb. The &amp;amp; before &lt;code&gt;\tabularnewline&lt;/code&gt; is needed, the code itself is read by the hedaer definition.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{pstricks,fancyvrb,array,listings}&#xA;\lstset{basicstyle=\ttfamily\small}&#xA;&#xA;\def\endExample{\end{VerbatimOut}&#xA;  \input{\jobname.tmp}}&#xA;\newcommand\Example{%&#xA;\VerbatimEnvironment&#xA;\begin{VerbatimOut}{\jobname.tmp}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{@{} m{0.5\linewidth}@{} &#xA;                    &amp;gt;{\lstinputlisting{\jobname.tmp}}m{0.5\linewidth} @{}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{Example}&#xA;\pspicture(3,2)&#xA;\psframe*[linecolor=blue!30](3,2)&#xA;\endpspicture&#xA;\end{Example}&#xA;&amp;amp; &#xA;\tabularnewline&#xA;&#xA;\begin{Example}&#xA;\pspicture(3,2)&#xA;\psframe*[linecolor=red!30](3,2)&#xA;\endpspicture&#xA;\end{Example}&#xA;&amp;amp; &#xA;\tabularnewline&#xA;&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-22T12:37:05.833" LastActivityDate="2010-12-22T12:37:05.833" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7561" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7518" CreationDate="2010-12-22T09:32:33.667" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It seems to me like you want to have this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{sansmath,subfig}&#xA;\DeclareCaptionFont{sansmath}{\sansmath}&#xA;\captionsetup{font={footnotesize,sf,sansmath}}&#xA;\captionsetup[subfloat]{font={footnotesize,sf,sansmath}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;    \subfloat[Subcaption $1+a$]{\framebox[3cm]{First}} \hfill&#xA;    \subfloat[Subcaption $1+b$]{\framebox[3cm]{Second}}&#xA;    \caption{Main caption $1+x$} &#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This code uses \DeclareCaptionFont which is offered by the caption package for exactly this purpose - using own commands (like \sansmath) for caption or sub-caption font settings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2574" LastEditorUserId="2574" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-22T09:41:55.113" LastActivityDate="2010-12-22T09:41:55.113" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7562" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7565" CreationDate="2010-12-22T09:46:45.480" Score="5" ViewCount="262" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is not  a technical question. However as the FAQs say this place is about&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;people who love to create well-structured and beautifully typeset documents&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I take my shot.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am often confused when which font family is more appropriate. Most people would suggest: &quot;take what you like the most&quot;. But there are typographicaly reasons and I don't want to pick a font familty randomly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am looking for some good paper reasoning about the choice of font family, no luck so far. Are there good sources?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2633" LastEditorUserId="117" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-22T10:04:57.990" LastActivityDate="2010-12-22T14:13:47.890" Title="When to use serif and when to use sans serif font family" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;typography&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7563" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7562" CreationDate="2010-12-22T10:00:09.103" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;presentations: sans-serif &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;documents: &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;up to one/two pages: sans-serif or serif  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;more pages: always serif &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;header/titles maybe in sans-serif&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-22T10:00:09.103" />
  <row Id="7564" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7546" CreationDate="2010-12-22T10:04:42.313" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is also the &lt;code&gt;hologo&lt;/code&gt; package for typesetting TeX-related logos:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\hologo{LaTeX}&#xA;\Hologo{LaTeX}  % to be used at the beginning of a sentence (no difference in this case)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;While the syntax is a bit more verbose, it has the advantages that you don't have to think about trailing spaces and that it works correctly inside PDF bookmarks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastEditorUserId="345" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-22T13:29:28.327" LastActivityDate="2010-12-22T13:29:28.327" />
  <row Id="7565" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7562" CreationDate="2010-12-22T10:08:02.433" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;a good and detailed answer can be found also here - although it's talking about web design, I think these are good guide lines also for printed documents:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://webdesign.about.com/od/fonts/a/aa080204.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://webdesign.about.com/od/fonts/a/aa080204.htm&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2266" LastActivityDate="2010-12-22T10:08:02.433" />
  <row Id="7566" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7599" CreationDate="2010-12-22T12:09:23.340" Score="5" ViewCount="218" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi there,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I was wondering if there is a latex package to get &quot;web buttons&quot; (I found many examples of them on internet, but not with WYSIWYM approach). Any idea?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PS: Some examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/6WGzw.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2312" LastEditorUserId="2312" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-02T20:28:20.657" LastActivityDate="2011-02-02T20:28:20.657" Title="Web buttons with WYSIWYM" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="7567" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7436" CreationDate="2010-12-22T12:42:46.670" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I believe this is a better solution, which makes sure that the text, under the picture, will be kept in place.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{frame}{Test}&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;    \includegraphics[width=0.8\linewidth]{bird.jpg}&#xA;  \end{center}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;    \begin{overprint}&#xA;        \onslide&amp;lt;1&amp;gt;&#xA;            Text for the first slide.\\&#xA;            Maybe few lines\\&#xA;        long...&#xA;        \onslide&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;&#xA;            Replacement on the second slide.\\&#xA;        This time only two lines.&#xA;    \end{overprint}&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="412" LastActivityDate="2010-12-22T12:42:46.670" />
  <row Id="7568" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7548" CreationDate="2010-12-22T12:50:52.133" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As far as I'm aware, this can't be done &quot;out of the box&quot;.  However, with a little programming then there's no reason why it can't.  Exactly what programming is needed depends a little on the exact specifications of the problem: is it to exactly replicate pstricks' behaviour, or to simply do something similar?  If the former, then you will need to dig into the pstricks code and extract the formula of how it decides where to draw the lines.  If the latter, then a little experimenting can produce a reasonable result.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't guarantee that the following will produce a nice smooth curve through any arbitrary family of points, but it is a reasonable method.  The drawing command is done by bezier curves between the specified points.  The difficulty is working out decent control points.  For this, one needs to look ahead to the next point and work out a suitable pair of control points.  What I chose to do was to imagine a line joining the prior and next points, take it's midpoint, then join that to the current point.  Taking the orthogonal line to this through the current point gave me the direction of my control points.  The length is then proportional to the distance between the current point and the prior/next point (as appropriate).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the control points specified, this gives me:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/lyuEQ.png&quot; alt=&quot;pscurve emulation&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{calc}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\let\pcoord\relax&#xA;\let\tcoord\relax&#xA;\foreach [count=\num] \coord in {&#xA;  (0,1.3),&#xA;  (0.7,1.8),&#xA;  (3.3,0.5),&#xA;  (4,1.6),&#xA;  (0.4,0.4)&#xA;  } {&#xA;  \ifx\pcoord\relax&#xA;   \global\let\pcoord\coord&#xA;   \path \pcoord coordinate (c1);&#xA;  \else&#xA;   \ifx\tcoord\relax&#xA;   \global\let\tcoord\coord&#xA;   \else&#xA;    \path \pcoord coordinate (p);&#xA;    \path \tcoord coordinate (t);&#xA;    \path \coord coordinate (n);&#xA;    \path ($(p)!.75!(n)$) coordinate (m);&#xA;    \path ($(t)!1cm!90:(m)$) coordinate (r);&#xA;    \path ($(t)-(p)$);&#xA;    \pgfgetlastxy{\xx}{\yy}&#xA;    \pgfmathsetmacro{\len}{.5*veclen(\xx,\yy)}&#xA;    \path ($(t)!(p)!(r)$) coordinate (rp);&#xA;    \path ($(t)!\len pt!(rp)$) coordinate (c2);&#xA;    \draw (p) .. controls (c1) and (c2) .. (t);&#xA;    \path ($(t)-(n)$);&#xA;    \pgfgetlastxy{\xx}{\yy}&#xA;    \pgfmathsetmacro{\len}{.5*veclen(\xx,\yy)}&#xA;    \path ($(t)!(n)!(r)$) coordinate (rn);&#xA;    \path ($(t)!\len pt!(rn)$) coordinate (c1);&#xA;    \global\let\pcoord\tcoord&#xA;    \global\let\tcoord\coord&#xA;   \fi&#xA;  \fi&#xA;}&#xA;\draw (t) .. controls (c1) and (n) .. (n);&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(If done &quot;in anger&quot;, one should probably worry about bounding boxes.  I didn't.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;It would probably be better to use the tangent of the circumcircle to compute the direction of the control points (that would make the first one look better).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;It would also be better to make the whole thing one path rather than a concatenation of several paths.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-12-22T12:50:52.133" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="7569" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7613" CreationDate="2010-12-22T13:00:03.713" Score="4" ViewCount="194" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have an old font I purchased a while ago. It comes with various ligatures that I need to use. The font was not intended for use with LaTeX, and even though it is a high-quality Type-1 font, the support for ligatures is quite Byzantine: Various ligatures are mapped to various characters, so # is some ligature, and $ is another, etc. It was designed to be hellish to type in. :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have no problem using it within lualatex or xelatex, but the mapping of ligatures to irrelevant characters is a problem. It's not only difficult to type, but more importantly, I'm concerned that my text shall be buried in a useless format by intermixing it with these silly punctuation marks that just &quot;look right&quot; when set in a particular font. I am unable to change the font (it's copyrighted), and I cannot find an equivalent font that uses a more sophisticated approach to ligatures.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any reasonably civilized way to define my own ligature mapping in either lualatex or xelatex, so that I could use the font as-is, type &quot;normal&quot; text, and have the latex engine handle the remapping?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mayer&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2193" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T08:16:16.327" Title="help with fonts &amp; ligatures" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;luatex&gt;&lt;ligatures&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7570" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7548" CreationDate="2010-12-22T13:09:36.017" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I just tried the following solutions which compiles and gives the &quot;right&quot; output: put a PSTricks picture inside a TikZ node (it is Christmas time and miracles abound).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt]{article} &#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{pstricks,tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\node {%&#xA;\begin{pspicture}(4,2)&#xA;\pscurve[showpoints=true]{&amp;lt;-&amp;gt;}(0,1.3)(0.7,1.8) (3.3,0.5)(4,1.6)(0.4,0.4)&#xA;\end{pspicture}%&#xA;};&#xA;\draw [red] (0,0) -- (1,1);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The red line is here just to make absolutely sure that we can mix PSTricks objects and Tikz objects.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I assume that if we try fancier things we might get into conflicts, but at least for simple things this seems to be a solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And thanks Herbert - it is your question which gave me the idea to try this hack.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1979" LastEditorUserId="1979" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-22T13:19:14.577" LastActivityDate="2010-12-22T13:19:14.577" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="7571" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7548" CreationDate="2010-12-22T13:19:56.470" Score="-1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt]{article} &#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{pstricks,tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}(4,2)&#xA;\node at (0,0){%&#xA;\pscurve[showpoints]{&amp;lt;-&amp;gt;}(0,1.3)(0.7,1.8) (3.3,0.5)(4,1.6)(0.4,0.4)&#xA;};&#xA;\draw [red] (0,0) -- (1,1);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-22T13:25:58.887" LastActivityDate="2010-12-22T13:25:58.887" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7572" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7562" CreationDate="2010-12-22T13:40:11.110" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know the question is about typography (i.e., aesthetics), but maybe an overview over several &lt;em&gt;scientific&lt;/em&gt; studies which compare the legibility of typefaces is also interesting:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://alexpoole.info/which-are-more-legible-serif-or-sans-serif-typefaces&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://alexpoole.info/which-are-more-legible-serif-or-sans-serif-typefaces&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Finally, we should accept that most reasonably designed typefaces in mainstream use will be equally legible, and that it makes much more sense to argue in favour of serif or sans serif typefaces on aesthetic grounds than on the question of legibility.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since aesthetics cannot be determined scientifically, the only important reason to prefer one typeface over another is really your personal opinion—but often it helps to stick to traditions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2010-12-22T13:40:11.110" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="7573" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7381" CreationDate="2010-12-22T13:50:22.193" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;(&lt;strong&gt;EDIT&lt;/strong&gt;: I just noticed that I have &lt;em&gt;completely&lt;/em&gt; misunderstood the question – I’ll still leave my answer here in the hope that someone may find it useful.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I wouldn’t put such an ornament after &lt;em&gt;every&lt;/em&gt; paragraph – paragraphs should be used very frequently (IMHO, every few sentences) and having an ornament that often will become distracting.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Rather, I would define a command to explicitly insert such an ornament where ever it makes sense. Alternatively, you could redefine the &lt;code&gt;\subsubsection&lt;/code&gt; command (or another sectioning command) to insert such an ornament.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For my thesis document class, I have defined such a command which allows the following usage:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;This is some text.&#xA;Some more text.&#xA;&#xA;New paragraph with more text (indented by \verb/\parindent/ = \the\parindent).&#xA;&#xA;\hr&#xA;&#xA;This is after a big skip (notice: no indentation)&#xA;&#xA;\hr*&#xA;&#xA;This is after an ornamented big skip (still no indentation).&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which yields the following output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/aWdpi.png&quot; alt=&quot;screenshot&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I’m calling it &lt;code&gt;\hr&lt;/code&gt; (which stands for “horizontal rule”) because that’s the name of this element in HTML (and in HTML, it’s by default rendered as an actual rule).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are two versions of the macro: &lt;code&gt;\hr&lt;/code&gt;, which just inserts the space, and &lt;code&gt;\hr*&lt;/code&gt;, which additionally inserts an ornament.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My &lt;code&gt;\hr&lt;/code&gt; macro can be configured by two other macros:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\hrskip&lt;/code&gt; (default: &lt;code&gt;\baselineskip&lt;/code&gt;) which is the size of the space between the paragraphs, and&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\hrornament&lt;/code&gt; which specifies which ornament to use.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\hr&lt;/code&gt; is defined as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newlength\hrskip&#xA;\setlength{\hrskip}{\baselineskip}&#xA;\newcommand*\hrornament{\ding{167}}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*\hr{\hr@starornot}&#xA;&#xA;\WithSuffix{\newcommand*}\hr*{\hr@starornot[*]}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*\hr@starornot[1][]&#xA; {\begingroup%&#xA;  \par\vspace{0.5\hrskip}%&#xA;  \ifx#1*&#xA;    \noindent\centering \hrornament%&#xA;  \else&#xA;  \fi%&#xA;  \vspace{0.5\hrskip}%&#xA;  \par%&#xA;  \endgroup\@afterindentfalse\@afterheading}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The &lt;code&gt;\WithSuffix&lt;/code&gt; command requires the &lt;code&gt;suffix&lt;/code&gt; package. The default ornament requires the &lt;code&gt;pifont&lt;/code&gt; package but you can use basically any other ornament instead.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2010-12-22T13:50:22.193" />
  <row Id="7574" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-22T13:55:02.280" Score="1" ViewCount="356" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello All!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Would you be so kind to help me in resolving the following issue? I tried to convert the text using Latex 2 as it was requested by the publisher, but the document generation failed with the following error on the &lt;em&gt;second&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;third&lt;/em&gt; pages of the output:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;[NB: The output still contains the abstaract (page 1) from the original Microsoft Word document text and the photograph images from the original Microsoft Word document]. If you have any questions, please see the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/nU9Tz.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;image of the pages 2 and 3&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; which contains information about the error.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please advise what should I do in order to fix that problem!&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Thank you very much in advance!!!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Error information - beginning&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;This is pdfTeX, Version 3.1415926-1.40.10 (Web2C 2009) (format=latex 2010.6.15) 21 DEC 2010  &#xA;12:34  &#xA;entering extended mode  &#xA;%&amp;-line parsing enabled.  &#xA;**&quot;AAAAA et al.tex&quot;  &#xA;(./AAAAA et al.tex  &#xA;LaTeX2e   &#xA;Babel  and hyphenation patterns for english, usenglishmax, dumylang, noh  &#xA;yphenation, german-x-2009-06-19, ngerman-x-2009-06-19, ancientgreek, ibycus, ar  &#xA;abic, basque, bulgarian, catalan, pinyin, coptic, croatian, czech, danish, dutc  &#xA;h, esperanto, estonian, farsi, finnish, french, galician, german, ngerman, mono  &#xA;greek, greek, hungarian, icelandic, indonesian, interlingua, irish, italian, ku  &#xA;rmanji, latin, latvian, lithuanian, mongolian, mongolian2a, bokmal, nynorsk, po  &#xA;lish, portuguese, romanian, russian, sanskrit, serbian, slovak, slovenian, span  &#xA;ish, swedish, turkish, ukenglish, ukrainian, uppersorbian, welsh, loaded.  &#xA;(c:/texlive/2009/texmf/tex/latex/aries/elsarticle.cls  &#xA;Document Class: elsarticle 2009/09/17, 1.20b: Elsevier Ltd  &#xA;\@bls=\dimen102  &#xA;! LaTeX Error: \RequirePackage or \LoadClass in Options Section.  &#xA;See the LaTeX manual or LaTeX Companion for explanation.  &#xA;Type H  for immediate help.  &#xA;...  &#xA;l.80 \LoadClass  &#xA;{article}  &#xA;The document class `elsarticle' is defective.  &#xA;It attempts to load `times' in the options section, i.e.,  &#xA;between \DeclareOption and \ProcessOptions.  &#xA;! LaTeX Error: File `article.cls' not found.  &#xA;Type X to quit or  to proceed,  &#xA;or enter new name. (Default extension: cls)  &#xA;Enter file name:  &#xA;! Emergency stop.  &#xA;  &#xA;l.81 \RequirePackage  &#xA;{graphicx}^^M  &#xA;*** (cannot \read from terminal in nonstop modes)  &#xA;Here is how much of TeX's memory you used:  &#xA;59 strings out of 493849  &#xA;772 string characters out of 3152230  &#xA;48936 words of memory out of 3000000  &#xA;3427 multiletter control sequences out of 15000+200000  &#xA;3640 words of font info for 14 fonts, out of 3000000 for 9000  &#xA;The latex file  &#xA;Click here to view linked References  &#xA;714 hyphenation exceptions out of 8191  &#xA;18i,0n,19p,114b,14s stack positions out of 5000i,500n,10000p,200000b,50000s  &#xA;No pages of output.  &#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Error information - end&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2637" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-24T15:29:38.980" LastActivityDate="2010-12-24T15:29:38.980" Title="LaTeX Errors: &quot;\RequirePackage or \LoadClass in Options Section.&quot; AND &quot;File 'article.cls' not found.&quot;" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;errors&gt;&lt;documentclass&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="7575" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7503" CreationDate="2010-12-22T13:56:34.590" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;another possibility:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[&#xA; \underbrace{some equation}_{\text{Some long text that}\atop\text{should be multilined}}&#xA;]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1999" LastActivityDate="2010-12-22T13:56:34.590" />
  <row Id="7576" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4192" CreationDate="2010-12-22T14:05:32.313" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;OK, after talking to Joseph Wright I went ahead and wrote a patch for &lt;code&gt;cmssi&lt;/code&gt;, which is the standard math font in beamer. The problem is that this font (computer modern sans serif italics) is designed as a &lt;em&gt;text&lt;/em&gt; font, so it doesn't contain any information about positioning of accents. Compare these for before and after patching:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/m0lW4.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now the answer (hopefully) is &lt;strong&gt;in its final version&lt;/strong&gt; and ready for use. However, what I'm going to write will only work on Unix type systems. Strangely enough, the patch I initially wrote for &lt;code&gt;10pt&lt;/code&gt; works also great for the other sizes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's what you have to do in order to obtain nicely positioned accents. No change to the actual TeX files is needed, and nothing in the output will change except the accent positions. OK, create some testing directory and run the following script. (If you have root rights on your system, you probably want to replace the &lt;code&gt;updmap&lt;/code&gt; command with &lt;code&gt;updmap-sys&lt;/code&gt;; &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/7632/what-is-the-right-way-to-install-a-new-font-locally/7639#7639&quot;&gt;thanks, Herbert&lt;/a&gt;! Moreover, the map file that gets deleted in the end should probably be stored at some proper location, but I'm not sure where.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;# Create the patch file:&#xA;echo '17a18,61&#xA;&amp;gt;    (LABEL C E)&#xA;&amp;gt;    (LABEL C H)&#xA;&amp;gt;    (LABEL C M)&#xA;&amp;gt;    (LABEL C N)&#xA;&amp;gt;    (LABEL C Q)&#xA;&amp;gt;    (LABEL C i)&#xA;&amp;gt;    (LABEL C j)&#xA;&amp;gt;    (KRN O 177 R 0.1)&#xA;&amp;gt;    (STOP)&#xA;&amp;gt;    (LABEL C J)&#xA;&amp;gt;    (KRN O 177 R 0.22)&#xA;&amp;gt;    (STOP)&#xA;&amp;gt;    (LABEL C e)&#xA;&amp;gt;    (LABEL C m)&#xA;&amp;gt;    (LABEL C n)&#xA;&amp;gt;    (LABEL C r)&#xA;&amp;gt;    (LABEL C B)&#xA;&amp;gt;    (LABEL C R)&#xA;&amp;gt;    (LABEL C S)&#xA;&amp;gt;    (LABEL C Z)&#xA;&amp;gt;    (KRN O 177 R 0.08)&#xA;&amp;gt;    (STOP)&#xA;&amp;gt;    (LABEL C c)&#xA;&amp;gt;    (LABEL C q)&#xA;&amp;gt;    (LABEL C s)&#xA;&amp;gt;    (LABEL C z)&#xA;&amp;gt;    (KRN O 177 R 0.06)&#xA;&amp;gt;    (STOP)&#xA;&amp;gt;    (LABEL C v)&#xA;&amp;gt;    (LABEL C x)&#xA;&amp;gt;    (KRN O 177 R 0.04)&#xA;&amp;gt;    (STOP)&#xA;&amp;gt;    (LABEL C h)&#xA;&amp;gt;    (KRN O 177 R 0.02)&#xA;&amp;gt;    (STOP)&#xA;&amp;gt;    (LABEL C l)&#xA;&amp;gt;    (LABEL C U)&#xA;&amp;gt;    (KRN O 177 R 0.11)&#xA;&amp;gt;    (STOP)&#xA;&amp;gt;    (LABEL C d)&#xA;&amp;gt;    (LABEL C C)&#xA;&amp;gt;    (LABEL C G)&#xA;&amp;gt;    (KRN O 177 R 0.12)&#xA;&amp;gt;    (STOP)&#xA;25a70&#xA;&amp;gt;    (KRN O 177 R 0.1)&#xA;61a107&#xA;&amp;gt;    (KRN O 177 R 0.04)&#xA;62a109&#xA;&amp;gt;    (KRN O 177 R 0.03)&#xA;68a116&#xA;&amp;gt;    (KRN O 177 R 0.08)&#xA;70a119&#xA;&amp;gt;    (KRN O 177 R 0.04)&#xA;77a127&#xA;&amp;gt;    (KRN O 177 R 0.1)&#xA;79a130&#xA;&amp;gt;    (KRN O 177 R 0.07)&#xA;86a138&#xA;&amp;gt;    (KRN O 177 R 0.08)&#xA;87a140&#xA;&amp;gt;    (KRN O 177 R 0.06)&#xA;93a147&#xA;&amp;gt;    (KRN O 177 R 0.09)&#xA;95a150&#xA;&amp;gt;    (KRN O 177 R 0.06)&#xA;103a159&#xA;&amp;gt;    (KRN O 177 R 0.08)&#xA;104a161&#xA;&amp;gt;    (KRN O 177 R 0.1)&#xA;111a169&#xA;&amp;gt;    (KRN O 177 R 0.05)&#xA;112a171&#xA;&amp;gt;    (KRN O 177 R 0.06)&#xA;120a180&#xA;&amp;gt;    (KRN O 177 R 0.08)&#xA;122a183&#xA;&amp;gt;    (KRN O 177 R 0.07)&#xA;124a186&#xA;&amp;gt;    (KRN O 177 R 0.08)&#xA;127a190&#xA;&amp;gt;    (KRN O 177 R 0.14)&#xA;134a198&#xA;&amp;gt;    (KRN O 177 R 0.05)&#xA;140a205&#xA;&amp;gt;    (KRN O 177 R 0.01)&#xA;143a209&#xA;&amp;gt;    (KRN O 177 R 0.1)' &amp;gt; cmssi.patch&#xA;# Patch the font metrics of cmssi8, 9, 10, 12 and 17:&#xA;for i in 8 9 10 12 17; do&#xA;tftopl $(kpsewhich cmssi$i.tfm) &amp;gt; cmssmi$i.pl&#xA;patch cmssmi$i.pl cmssi.patch&#xA;pltotf cmssmi$i.pl&#xA;done&#xA;# Include the patched font in beamerbasefont.sty and define its \skewchar:&#xA;cp $(kpsewhich beamerbasefont.sty) newbeamerbasefont.sty&#xA;sed '&#xA;/{OT1}{cmss}{m}{it}/,/{}/{&#xA;s|cmssi|cmssmi|g&#xA;s|{}|{\\skewchar\\font=127}|}&#xA;' newbeamerbasefont.sty &amp;gt; beamerbasefont.sty&#xA;# Make the font metric available to the system:&#xA;echo 'cmssmi8 cmssmi8 &amp;lt;cmssi8.pfb&#xA;cmssmi9 cmssmi9 &amp;lt;cmssi9.pfb&#xA;cmssmi10 cmssmi10 &amp;lt;cmssi10.pfb&#xA;cmssmi12 cmssmi12 &amp;lt;cmssi12.pfb&#xA;cmssmi17 cmssmi17 &amp;lt;cmssi17.pfb' &amp;gt; cmssmi.map&#xA;updmap --enable Map=cmssmi.map&#xA;# clean up:&#xA;rm cmssi.patch cmssmi{8,9,10,12,17}.pl newbeamerbasefont.sty cmssmi.map&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This creates six files: five tfm files named &lt;code&gt;cmssmi&amp;lt;n&amp;gt;.tfm&lt;/code&gt; , which contain the patched font metrics, and &lt;code&gt;beamerbasefont.sty&lt;/code&gt;, which will be used instead of the original &lt;code&gt;beamerbasefont.sty&lt;/code&gt;. (I thought that &lt;code&gt;cmssmi&lt;/code&gt; is nice for &quot;computer modern sans serif &lt;em&gt;math&lt;/em&gt; italics&quot;.) Now you're ready to go and test the following example TeX file. This should go into the same testing directory since the above six files are only available there. Feedback is highly appreciated!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\newcommand\test{}&#xA;\newcommand\testframe[1]{&#xA;\renewcommand\test[1]{{$#1 ##1_{{#1 ##1_{#1 ##1}}}$} }&#xA;\begin{frame}{}&#xA;\test a&#xA;\test b&#xA;\test c&#xA;\test d&#xA;\test e&#xA;\test f&#xA;\test g&#xA;\test h&#xA;\test i&#xA;\test j&#xA;\test k&#xA;\test l&#xA;\test m&#xA;\test n&#xA;\test o&#xA;\test p&#xA;\test q&#xA;\test r&#xA;\test s&#xA;\test t&#xA;\test u&#xA;\test v&#xA;\test w&#xA;\test x&#xA;\test y&#xA;\test z&#xA;\test A&#xA;\test B&#xA;\test C&#xA;\test D&#xA;\test E&#xA;\test F&#xA;\test G&#xA;\test H&#xA;\test I&#xA;\test J&#xA;\test K&#xA;\test L&#xA;\test M&#xA;\test N&#xA;\test O&#xA;\test P&#xA;\test Q&#xA;\test R&#xA;\test S&#xA;\test T&#xA;\test U&#xA;\test V&#xA;\test W&#xA;\test X&#xA;\test Y&#xA;\test Z&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{1.4}\normalsize&#xA;\testframe{\dot}&#xA;\testframe{\hat}&#xA;\testframe{\tilde}&#xA;\testframe{\bar}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-05T14:24:53.163" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T14:24:53.163" />
  <row Id="7577" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7574" CreationDate="2010-12-22T14:09:56.707" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As the error message says: You have a defective elsarticle.cls. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It works fine here (miktex 2.9) and &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;(J:\MiKTeX2.9\tex\latex\elsarticle\elsarticle.cls&#xA;Document Class: elsarticle 2009/09/17, 1.2.0: Elsevier Ltd&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Try to update/reinstall the package. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-12-22T14:09:56.707" />
  <row Id="7578" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7562" CreationDate="2010-12-22T14:13:47.890" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Semi-serious answer: You could look it up on this fabulous poster: &lt;a href=&quot;http://julianhansen.com/index.php?/alternative-type-finder/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;So you need a Typeface&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="828" LastActivityDate="2010-12-22T14:13:47.890" />
  <row Id="7579" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7574" CreationDate="2010-12-22T14:14:21.023" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update:&lt;/strong&gt; that error occurs if you specify the &lt;code&gt;times&lt;/code&gt; option and if &lt;code&gt;txfonts&lt;/code&gt; is not installed. In that case elsarticle tries to load the obsolete &lt;code&gt;times&lt;/code&gt; package, and it does it in the wrong way: &lt;code&gt;\RequirePackage{times}&lt;/code&gt; causes the error. &lt;code&gt;\AtEndOfClass{\RequirePackage{times}}&lt;/code&gt; would work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Suggested solution:&lt;/strong&gt; install the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/txfonts&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;txfonts&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package. Use your package manager if possible.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It seems to me that you are using a modified elsarticle class, not an original one. According to the log file, you load:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Document Class: elsarticle 2009/09/17, 1.20b: Elsevier Ltd  &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But the original current version is &lt;code&gt;elsarticle 2009/09/17, 1.2.0&lt;/code&gt;. You can get it from &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/elsarticle&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;CTAN&lt;/a&gt; or use your package manager.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-22T14:55:16.590" LastActivityDate="2010-12-22T14:55:16.590" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="7580" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7574" CreationDate="2010-12-22T14:18:55.700" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Download again the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.elsevier.com/framework_authors/misc/elsarticle.cls&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;elsarticle.cls&lt;/a&gt; from elsevier and put it into your document directory. Then try this test document &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\listfiles&#xA;\documentclass{elsarticle} &#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;foo&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-22T14:42:27.120" LastActivityDate="2010-12-22T14:42:27.120" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="7581" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-22T14:20:16.200" Score="0" ViewCount="146" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am attempting to use Sweave with R2.11.1 and Texmaker on Ubuntu 10.10. I have done this previously on Windows XP, where one saves the tex file as &lt;code&gt;.Rnw&lt;/code&gt; and then processes it with Sweave. I have all the files in R's current working directory, but it does not appear to work. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Whenever I run the Sweave command, a blank tex file is created, and then R stops, giving me the following error: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; Error in SweaveReadFile(file, syntax) : &#xA;     no Sweave file with name 'example.Snw' found&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I even tried loading the example sweave file from the R tools library, and even that does not work. Can anyone advise if they know of a solution for this problem, or please let me know if you need further information. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2638" LastEditorUserId="117" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-22T15:25:29.750" LastActivityDate="2010-12-22T15:25:29.750" Title="I cannot use Sweave to process a file created in TeXmaker (or Gedit) under Ubuntu 10.10" Tags="&lt;ubuntu&gt;&lt;sweave&gt;&lt;texmaker&gt;" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7582" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8844" CreationDate="2010-12-22T14:55:45.840" Score="1" ViewCount="219" Body="&lt;p&gt;I get a bank page after the content page. The content page is numbered in roman numerals. The chapters have Arabic page numbers. The blank page that I get after the content page has Arabic number 1. I want to avoid that blank page, so that, the Chapter 1 page will have number 1.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2155" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T20:43:32.473" Title="Avoiding blank page in Latex" Tags="&lt;page-breaking&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7583" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7585" CreationDate="2010-12-22T14:58:02.810" Score="2" ViewCount="167" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use this code on my title page:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{\large {Some College \\ Some Place \\ Some City}} \par}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first two lines get normal spacing, but the third line gets little more bigger spacing. How can I have equal space between all the three lines?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2155" LastActivityDate="2010-12-22T15:27:09.297" Title="Title page line spacing in Latex" Tags="&lt;line-spacing&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7584" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7583" CreationDate="2010-12-22T15:07:59.210" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;End the line after the city, before the scope of &lt;code&gt;\large&lt;/code&gt; ends:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{{\large {Some College \\ Some Place \\ Some City}} \par}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If the line or paragraph break happens after the scope of &lt;code&gt;\large&lt;/code&gt; has ended, that size declaration would not have an effect on the line spacing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-22T15:07:59.210" />
  <row Id="7585" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7583" CreationDate="2010-12-22T15:27:09.297" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;compare:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\parindent=0pt&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;{\large {Some College \\ Some Place \\ Some City}} \par&#xA;&#xA;\bigskip&#xA;{\large {Some College \\ Some Place \\ Some City} \par}% the inenr {} are useless&#xA;&#xA;\bigskip&#xA;{\large Some College \\ Some Place \\ Some City \par}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-22T15:27:09.297" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7586" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-22T15:48:55.430" Score="11" ViewCount="430" Body="&lt;p&gt;I used to work as a consultant and have been spoiled with nice looking slides. For instance, being able to create slides that have 2, 3, or 4 graphs (perfectly positioned and with nice headers!) at the click of a mouse button via macros.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Similarly, there are many other kinds of word slides that had multiple columns, etc. that would be nice to recreate as well as objects like &quot;main point&quot; boxes at the bottom that summarize a main point and ways to add a transparent highlight to any part of the screen.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this kind of functionality far beyond anything that LaTeX presentations can do or is there an archive somewhere of code for making more intricate presentations?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2168" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T22:26:02.027" Title="Are there any repositories of &quot;killer slides&quot; for Beamer?" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;presentations&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="8" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="7588" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7589" CreationDate="2010-12-22T16:33:38.103" Score="3" ViewCount="127" Body="&lt;p&gt;I’d like to install a package (microtype 2.5 beta 4) under TeX Live that isn’t available in the official repository.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, I know that it’s usually enough to put the package under &lt;code&gt;~/texmf/tex/latex/&lt;/code&gt; but I was wondering if I couldn’t use &lt;code&gt;tlmgr&lt;/code&gt; to do the grunt work for me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In particular, I noticed that &lt;code&gt;tlmgr&lt;/code&gt; has a &lt;code&gt;--repository&lt;/code&gt; option that can be used to pass it a local repository path. However, the following command unfortunately fails (understandably, since there is no TeX Live database file &lt;code&gt;texlive.tlpdb&lt;/code&gt; there to read from):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;wget http://xetex.tk/mediawiki/images/1/1c/Microtype.tds.zip&#xA;unzip Microtype.tds.zip&#xA;tlmgr --repository=./Microtype.tds/ update microtype&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I was wondering if there was still a possibility to make this work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2010-12-22T17:25:45.387" Title="Install downloaded package via tlmgr" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;installing&gt;&lt;texlive&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="7589" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7588" CreationDate="2010-12-22T16:43:28.560" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;why do you need tlmgr here. unzip the tds into your local tree:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;unzip -d `kpsewhich --var-value TEXMFLOCAL'` Microtype.tds.zip&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the TeXLive manager needs a repository with some more information.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-22T17:25:45.387" LastActivityDate="2010-12-22T17:25:45.387" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="7590" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7594" CreationDate="2010-12-22T17:19:55.023" Score="6" ViewCount="181" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The following code snippet does not work:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{longtable}&#xA;\usepackage{ifthen}&#xA;\newcounter{xyz}&#xA;\setcounter{xyz}{0}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{longtable}{|*2{c|}}&#xA;\hline&#xA;\whiledo{\value{xyz}&amp;lt;10}%&#xA;{%&#xA;\thexyz &amp;amp; something\stepcounter{xyz} \\\hline%&#xA;}%&#xA;\end{longtable}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-22T18:04:29.433" LastActivityDate="2010-12-22T19:45:52.403" Title="How to programmatically make tabular rows using `\whiledo` ?" Tags="&lt;conditionals&gt;&lt;loops&gt;&lt;whiledo&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7591" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7590" CreationDate="2010-12-22T17:46:34.937" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{longtable}&#xA;\usepackage{ifthen, xspace}&#xA;\newcounter{xyz}&#xA;\setcounter{xyz}{0}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\def\and{&amp;amp;\xspace}&#xA;\begin{longtable}{|*2{c|}}&#xA;\hline&#xA;\whiledo{\value{xyz}&amp;lt;10}%&#xA;{%&#xA;\thexyz \and something\stepcounter{xyz} \\\hline%&#xA;}%&#xA;\end{longtable}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-12-22T17:46:34.937" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="7592" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-22T18:42:33.843" Score="1" ViewCount="69" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am writing a paper for university and i need to use german and english captions in the bibliography list. If the source is in english then the entry must be also in english, if it's in german it must be in german.&#xA;Can anybody help me. I am using apacite and bibtex since i have to cite according to APA. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2641" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-01T23:29:40.853" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T23:29:40.853" Title="Multilingual citation lists with apacite" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;languages&gt;&lt;citing&gt;&lt;apa-style&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7593" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7592" CreationDate="2010-12-22T19:32:20.987" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;if you can use the package &lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt;with the &lt;code&gt;style=apa&lt;/code&gt; option, then you can use the hyphenation data field for english and german.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-22T19:32:20.987" />
  <row Id="7594" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7590" CreationDate="2010-12-22T19:45:52.403" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{longtable}&#xA;\newcounter{xyz}\newcounter{uvw}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newtoks\@tabtoks&#xA;\newcommand\addtabtoks[1]{\@tabtoks\expandafter{\the\@tabtoks#1}}&#xA;\newcommand*\resettabtoks{\@tabtoks{}}&#xA;\newcommand*\printtabtoks{\the\@tabtoks}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\resettabtoks&#xA;\loop\ifnum\theuvw&amp;lt;10\relax&#xA;  \stepcounter{uvw}&#xA;  \addtabtoks{\thexyz &amp;amp; something\stepcounter{xyz} \\\hline}%&#xA;\repeat&#xA;\begin{longtable}{|*2{c|}}\hline&#xA;\printtabtoks&#xA;\end{longtable}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-22T19:45:52.403" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7595" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7607" CreationDate="2010-12-22T22:00:29.790" Score="3" ViewCount="199" Body="&lt;p&gt;Palatino (or some copy of it) is very easy to use in pdfLatex -- just use package &lt;code&gt;mathpazo&lt;/code&gt; and you're set to go.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How come Minion doesn't have such an easy-to-use package? I tried to install it using a step-by-step guide, but in the end it complained about missing some font file. And it took me a couple of hours just to get there.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2634" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T07:04:50.290" Title="How come Minion is such a hassle to use in pdfLatex when Palatino isn't?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;packages&gt;&lt;minion&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7596" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7595" CreationDate="2010-12-22T23:16:00.190" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could produce very neat document using Minion Pro and Myriad Pro (for &lt;em&gt;sans serif&lt;/em&gt;) through &lt;a href=&quot;http://scripts.sil.org/cms/scripts/page.php?site_id=nrsi&amp;amp;id=xetex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;XeLaTeX&lt;/a&gt;. This doesn't affect the main structure of your Latex file. Here is an example of a preamble that you can use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{xltxtra}&#xA;%\usepackage{sectsty}  &#xA;\usepackage[parfill]{parskip}  &#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel}   &#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}  &#xA;\usepackage[usenames,dvipsnames]{color}&#xA;\usepackage[margin=4cm]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage[autostyle]{csquotes}&#xA;%\usepackage[style=authoryear-comp,backref=true]{biblatex}&#xA;%\bibliography{refs}&#xA;&#xA;\def\myauthor{...}&#xA;\def\mytitle{...}&#xA;\def\mycopyright{\myauthor}&#xA;\def\mykeywords{...}&#xA;&#xA;\setmainfont[Mapping={tex-text},Numbers={OldStyle},Ligatures={Common}]{Minion Pro} &#xA;\setsansfont[Mapping={tex-text},Scale=0.9]{Myriad Pro}&#xA;\setmonofont[Mapping=tex-text,Colour=AA0000,Scale=0.9]{Inconsolata} &#xA;&#xA;\title{\mytitle}&#xA;\author{\myauthor}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;&#xA;text here&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To compile, you just have to run &lt;code&gt;xelatex&lt;/code&gt; on it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2580" LastActivityDate="2010-12-22T23:16:00.190" />
  <row Id="7597" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8028" CreationDate="2010-12-22T23:42:24.410" Score="0" ViewCount="61" Body="&lt;p&gt;To construct a lower-case filename out of the mixed-case argument given to a command, I used &lt;code&gt;stringstrings&lt;/code&gt; in LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now I switched to XeTeX and it seems the &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt;-package has some interference with &lt;code&gt;stringstrings&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec,stringstrings}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \caselower[q]{AbC}\thestring&#xA;\end{document}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Produces an error message only when &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt; is used:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Missing control sequence inserted.&#xA;&amp;lt;inserted text&amp;gt; &#xA;                \inaccessible &#xA;l.4 \thestring&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Just using &lt;code&gt;\lowercase&lt;/code&gt; for display won't work, because I need to use it like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\edef{\filename}{stuff/\thestring.tex}&#xA;\input{\filename}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(there seems to be a similar clash between &lt;code&gt;stringstrings&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;polyglossia&lt;/code&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So: what would be other string manipulation packages for LaTeX and XeTeX (&lt;code&gt;coolstr&lt;/code&gt; is mentioned, but only supports substring operations I don't need)? Or is there a fix by redefining something?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2356" LastActivityDate="2010-12-31T14:13:08.697" Title="stringstrings replacement for XeTeX?" Tags="&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;fontspec&gt;&lt;strings&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7598" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7548" CreationDate="2010-12-23T00:03:13.140" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I tried to recreate @Andrew's idea as a plot handler. However for some reason I get a different result. Maybe someone can tell me what is wrong (it is late...). Anyway, here is the plot handler:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;&#xA;\def\pgfplothandlermycurveto{%&#xA;  \def\pgf@plotstreamstart{%&#xA;    \global\let\pgf@plotstreampoint=\pgf@plot@mycurveto@handler@initial%&#xA;    \global\let\pgf@plotstreamspecial=\pgfutil@gobble%&#xA;    \global\let\pgf@plotstreamend=\pgf@plot@mycurveto@handler@finish%&#xA;    \global\pgf@plot@startedfalse%&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\pgf@plot@mycurveto@handler@initial#1{%&#xA;  \pgf@process{#1}%&#xA;  \pgf@xa=\pgf@x%&#xA;  \pgf@ya=\pgf@y%&#xA;  \pgf@plot@first@action{\pgfqpoint{\pgf@xa}{\pgf@ya}}%&#xA;  \xdef\pgf@plot@mycurveto@first{\noexpand\pgfqpoint{\the\pgf@xa}{\the\pgf@ya}}%&#xA;  \global\let\pgf@plot@mycurveto@first@support=\pgf@plot@mycurveto@first%&#xA;  \global\let\pgf@plotstreampoint=\pgf@plot@mycurveto@handler@second%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\pgf@plot@mycurveto@handler@second#1{%&#xA;  \pgf@process{#1}%&#xA;  \xdef\pgf@plot@mycurveto@second{\noexpand\pgfqpoint{\the\pgf@x}{\the\pgf@y}}%&#xA;  \global\let\pgf@plotstreampoint=\pgf@plot@mycurveto@handler@third%&#xA;  \global\pgf@plot@startedtrue%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\pgf@plot@mycurveto@handler@third#1{%&#xA;  \pgf@process{#1}%&#xA;  \xdef\pgf@plot@mycurveto@current{\noexpand\pgfqpoint{\the\pgf@x}{\the\pgf@y}}%&#xA;  % compute midpoint:&#xA;  \pgf@xa=\pgf@x%&#xA;  \pgf@ya=\pgf@y%&#xA;  \pgf@process{\pgf@plot@mycurveto@first}&#xA;  \advance\pgf@xa by\pgf@x%&#xA;  \advance\pgf@ya by\pgf@y%&#xA;  \pgf@xa=0.5\pgf@xa%&#xA;  \pgf@ya=0.5\pgf@ya%&#xA;  \pgf@xb=\pgf@xa%&#xA;  \pgf@yb=\pgf@ya%&#xA;  % vector from second to midpoint:&#xA;  \pgf@process{\pgf@plot@mycurveto@second}&#xA;  \advance\pgf@xa by-\pgf@x%&#xA;  \advance\pgf@ya by-\pgf@y%&#xA;  % vector from first to midpoint:&#xA;  \pgf@process{\pgf@plot@mycurveto@first}&#xA;  \advance\pgf@xb by-\pgf@x%&#xA;  \advance\pgf@yb by-\pgf@y%&#xA;  % normalize&#xA;  \pgfmathparse{\pgf@plottension / veclen(\pgf@xa,\pgf@ya)}%&#xA;  \let\pgf@l@dir=\pgfmathresult&#xA;  \pgfmathsetlength{\pgf@xa}{\pgf@xa * \pgf@l@dir}%&#xA;  \pgfmathsetlength{\pgf@ya}{\pgf@ya * \pgf@l@dir}%&#xA;  % compute orientation&#xA;  \pgfmathparse{\pgf@xa * \pgf@yb - \pgf@ya * \pgf@xb}%&#xA;  \pgfmathparse{-greater(\pgfmathresult,0) + less(\pgfmathresult,0)}&#xA;  \pgf@xa=\pgfmathresult\pgf@xa%&#xA;  \pgf@ya=\pgfmathresult\pgf@ya%&#xA;  % load second point&#xA;  \pgf@process{\pgf@plot@mycurveto@second}%&#xA;  \pgf@xb=\pgf@x%&#xA;  \pgf@yb=\pgf@y%&#xA;  \pgf@xc=\pgf@x%&#xA;  \pgf@yc=\pgf@y%&#xA;  % compute lengths&#xA;  \pgf@process{\pgf@plot@mycurveto@first}%&#xA;  \pgfmathparse{veclen((\pgf@xb-\pgf@x),(\pgf@yb-\pgf@y))}%&#xA;  \let\pgf@l@first=\pgfmathresult%&#xA;  \pgf@process{\pgf@plot@mycurveto@current}%&#xA;  \pgfmathparse{veclen(\pgf@xb-\pgf@x,\pgf@yb-\pgf@y)}%&#xA;  \let\pgf@l@second=\pgfmathresult%&#xA;  % first marshal:&#xA;  \pgfmathaddtolength{\pgf@xb}{-\pgf@l@first * \pgf@ya}%&#xA;  \pgfmathaddtolength{\pgf@yb}{\pgf@l@first * \pgf@xa}%&#xA;  \pgfmathaddtolength{\pgf@xc}{\pgf@l@second * \pgf@ya}%&#xA;  \pgfmathaddtolength{\pgf@yc}{-\pgf@l@second * \pgf@xa}%&#xA;  \edef\pgf@marshal{\noexpand\pgfpathcurveto{\noexpand\pgf@plot@mycurveto@first@support}%&#xA;    {\noexpand\pgfqpoint{\the\pgf@xb}{\the\pgf@yb}}{\noexpand\pgf@plot@mycurveto@second}}%&#xA;  {\pgf@marshal}%&#xA;  % Prepare next:&#xA;  \global\let\pgf@plot@mycurveto@first=\pgf@plot@mycurveto@second%&#xA;  \global\let\pgf@plot@mycurveto@second=\pgf@plot@mycurveto@current%&#xA;  \xdef\pgf@plot@mycurveto@first@support{\noexpand\pgfqpoint{\the\pgf@xc}{\the\pgf@yc}}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\pgf@plot@mycurveto@handler@finish{%&#xA;  \ifpgf@plot@started%&#xA;    \pgfpathcurveto{\pgf@plot@mycurveto@first@support}{\pgf@plot@mycurveto@second}{\pgf@plot@mycurveto@second}%&#xA;  \fi%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\tikzoption{mysmooth}[]{\let\tikz@plot@handler=\pgfplothandlermycurveto}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In order to get a single path for the plot, the calculations have to be done by hand without using any additional paths. If you include the above code somewhere after &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{tikz}&lt;/code&gt;, you can use the &lt;code&gt;mysmooth&lt;/code&gt; option to start the plot handler. It respects the tension and produces a single path.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\tikz {&#xA;\draw plot[mysmooth,mark=x] coordinates {(0,1.3)(0.7,1.8) (3.3,0.5)(4,1.6)(0.4,0.4)};&#xA;\draw[red,densely dotted] plot[mysmooth,tension=1.5] coordinates {(0,1.3)(0.7,1.8) (3.3,0.5)(4,1.6)(0.4,0.4)};&#xA;\draw[gray,dashed] plot[smooth,tension=0.5] coordinates {(0,1.3)(0.7,1.8) (3.3,0.5)(4,1.6)(0.4,0.4)};&#xA;\draw[dotted,gray] (0,0) grid (4,2);&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;produces&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/B2x9S.png&quot; alt=&quot;example&quot;&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T00:03:13.140" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7599" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7566" CreationDate="2010-12-23T00:21:49.243" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is an example of a simple button created with tikz:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{calc}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\thispagestyle{empty}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[&#xA;   button/.style={&#xA;   rectangle,&#xA;   minimum size=6mm,&#xA;   very thick,&#xA;   rounded corners,&#xA;   draw=red!50!black!74,&#xA;   top color=red!50!black!70,&#xA;   bottom color=white,&#xA;   }]&#xA;   \node[button] (button) {A Button!};&#xA;   \begin{scope}[opacity=.6, transparency group]&#xA;      \draw[white,fill=white,rounded corners={2pt}] ($ (button.north west) + (3pt,-3pt) $) rectangle ($ (button.north east) + (-3pt,-8pt) $);&#xA;      \draw[white,fill=white,rounded corners={.5pt}] ($ (button.north west) + (3pt,-5pt) $) rectangle ($ (button.north east) + (-3pt,-8pt) $);&#xA;   \end{scope}&#xA;   \draw[white,fill=white,opacity=.8,rounded corners={1pt}] ($ (button.south west) + (5pt,2pt) $) rectangle ($ (button.south east) + (-5pt,4pt) $);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I then used pdfcrop to crop the file, and gimp to convert the pdf to png:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/X2hmK.png&quot; alt=&quot;button&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Basically you do the same you would do in Inkscape, except that you don't have very good support for things like fading etc, so it will be somewhat limited. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T00:21:49.243" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7600" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-23T00:45:24.163" Score="1" ViewCount="100" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've been trying to install the MacTeX package (MacTeX.mpkg), but each time I download it and attempt to install, I receive this error message, and the installation halts: com.apple.installer.pagecontroller error -1&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am using a modern iMac running OS X 10.6.5. Any suggestions would be great appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2647" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T00:45:24.163" ClosedDate="2010-12-25T09:26:51.950" Title="Installing MacTeX" Tags="&lt;installing&gt;" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="7601" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7605" CreationDate="2010-12-23T01:59:53.277" Score="3" ViewCount="180" Body="&lt;p&gt;My second chess diagram does not fit on the first column, so LaTeX increased paragraph spacing on the first column.  This does ensure that the second diagram appears exactly on top of the second column.  However, I prefer to keep the standard paragraph spacing, and the best solution I could come up with is to use \vfill to fill in the space.  Here are my two questions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;When I tried to use \columnbreak instead of \vfill, I received an error message saying that it is an undefined control sequence.  Would \columnbreak and \vfill have given the same result in this case?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;How can I ask LaTeX to put in as much text as possible with normal paragraph spacing on the first column before displaying the second diagram on the second column?  The second diagram will then be out of order, but I can put a put a caption on it.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you in advance for any comment or suggestion.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PS:  I wanted to add two more tags, &quot;xskak&quot; and &quot;chessboard&quot;, but I need more reputation points to do that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt,twocolumn]{article}&#xA;&#xA; \usepackage{xskak} &#xA; \usepackage{chessboard}&#xA;&#xA; \begin{document}&#xA;&#xA; \thispagestyle{empty} &#xA;&#xA; \begin{center}&#xA;  \textbf{Chiburdanizde - Watson} \\&#xA;  \textit{Brussels 1987}&#xA; \end{center}&#xA;&#xA; \begin{center} &#xA;&#xA; \newchessgame[setwhite={Pg3,Ph4,Kf2}, addblack={ph6,kd6}]&#xA;&#xA; \chessboard[&#xA;  pgfstyle=border, linewidth = 0.03em, markfield=f5, color=red,&#xA;  pgfstyle= {[base,at={\pgfpoint{0pt}{-0.4ex}}]text}, &#xA;   text=\fontsize{1.2ex}{1.2ex}\bfseries \sffamily 1, markfield=f4, &#xA;   text=\fontsize{1.2ex}{1.2ex}\bfseries \sffamily 2, markfield=g4, &#xA;   text=\fontsize{1.2ex}{1.2ex}\bfseries \sffamily 2, markfield=e4,&#xA;   text=\fontsize{1.2ex}{1.2ex}\bfseries \sffamily 3, markfield=f3,&#xA;   text=\fontsize{1.2ex}{1.2ex}\bfseries \sffamily 4, markfield=e3,&#xA;  color=black,&#xA;  pgfstyle= {[base,at={\pgfpoint{0pt}{-0.4ex}}]text}, &#xA;   text=\fontsize{1.2ex}{1.2ex}\bfseries \sffamily 1, markfield=h5,&#xA;   text=\fontsize{1.2ex}{1.2ex}\bfseries \sffamily 1, markfield=e6,&#xA;   text=\fontsize{1.2ex}{1.2ex}\bfseries \sffamily 2, markfield=f6,&#xA;   text=\fontsize{1.2ex}{1.2ex}\bfseries \sffamily 3, markfield=g6,&#xA;   text=\fontsize{1.2ex}{1.2ex}\bfseries \sffamily 3, markfield=e7,&#xA;   text=\fontsize{1.2ex}{1.2ex}\bfseries \sffamily 4, markfield=f7]&#xA;&#xA; \end{center}&#xA;&#xA; The diagram above illustrates the system of corresponding squares in the pawn endgame.  If the kings are on corresponding squares, say white king on f4 and black king on e6, then whoever it is to move is in zugzwang.  In addition, White wins if he can maneuver his king to the key square f5.&#xA;&#xA; \fenboard{8/8/3k3p/8/7P/6P1/5K2/8 w - - 0 57}&#xA; \styleC&#xA;&#xA; \mainline{57. Kf3?}&#xA;&#xA; This allows Black to put White in zugzwang with his next move.  From the diagram, it is clear that White wins after \variation{1. Ke3} as the black king cannot reach the corresponding square f7 in one move.&#xA;&#xA; \mainline{57... Ke7! 58.Kf4 Ke6 59.g4}&#xA;&#xA; White altered the pawn structure, so we need a new diagram of corresponding squares.  It is now a battle for the key squares d5, e5, and f5.&#xA;&#xA; \vfill&#xA;&#xA; \begin{center} &#xA;&#xA;  \chessboard[&#xA;   mover=false,&#xA;   pgfstyle=border, linewidth = 0.03em, markregion=d5-f5, color=red,&#xA;   pgfstyle= {[base,at={\pgfpoint{0pt}{-0.4ex}}]text}, &#xA;    text=\fontsize{1.2ex}{1.2ex}\bfseries \sffamily 1, markfields={d4,d2},&#xA;    text=\fontsize{1.2ex}{1.2ex}\bfseries \sffamily 2, markfields={e4,e2},&#xA;    text=\fontsize{1.2ex}{1.2ex}\bfseries \sffamily 3, markfield=f2,&#xA;    text=\fontsize{1.2ex}{1.2ex}\bfseries \sffamily 4, markfields={d3,d1},&#xA;    text=\fontsize{1.2ex}{1.2ex}\bfseries \sffamily 5, markfields={e3,e1},&#xA;    text=\fontsize{1.2ex}{1.2ex}\bfseries \sffamily 6, markfields={f3,f1},&#xA;   color=black,&#xA;   pgfstyle= {[base,at={\pgfpoint{0pt}{-0.4ex}}]text}, &#xA;    text=\fontsize{1.2ex}{1.2ex}\bfseries \sffamily 1, markfields={d6,d8},&#xA;    text=\fontsize{1.2ex}{1.2ex}\bfseries \sffamily 2, markfield=e8,&#xA;    text=\fontsize{1.2ex}{1.2ex}\bfseries \sffamily 3, markfields={f6,f8},&#xA;    text=\fontsize{1.2ex}{1.2ex}\bfseries \sffamily 4, markfield=d7,&#xA;    text=\fontsize{1.2ex}{1.2ex}\bfseries \sffamily 5, markfield=e7,&#xA;    text=\fontsize{1.2ex}{1.2ex}\bfseries \sffamily 6, markfield=f7,&#xA;   margintop=false]&#xA;&#xA; \end{center}&#xA;&#xA; \mainline{59... Kf6 60.Kf3 Ke7?}&#xA;&#xA; Watson explained in \textit{New in Chess} that his blunder was due to extreme time pressure.  From the diagram, we see that the only move for Black is \variation{60... Kf7}.&#xA;&#xA; \mainline{61.Ke3! Kf7 62.Kd4 Kf6 63.Kd5 Ke7 64.Ke5 Kf7 65.Kf5 Kg7 66.Ke6 Kg6 67. h5+ Kg5 68.Kf7 Kxg4 69.Kg6 Kf4 70.Kxh6}&#xA;&#xA; and Black resigned. &#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2047" LastEditorUserId="117" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-23T12:00:25.327" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T12:00:25.327" Title="Floating a chess diagram on the next column" Tags="&lt;skak&gt;&lt;xskak&gt;&lt;chessboard&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="7602" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-23T03:08:00.150" Score="1" ViewCount="293" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have an image file -- a gif file, which is the graph of a function.&#xA;How do I add it to a LaTeX file? Will it come out OK in the subsequent pdf file?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2119" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-06T09:25:06.040" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T09:25:06.040" Title="How to add a gif file to my LaTeX file?" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;gif&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7603" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7602" CreationDate="2010-12-23T03:58:10.700" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You want to &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{graphicx}&lt;/code&gt;, then &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics{your.gif}&lt;/code&gt;.  &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; doesn't like gifs so much, so it would be better to convert it (or resave from the application that created it) to PNG.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T03:58:10.700" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7604" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7131" CreationDate="2010-12-23T04:33:15.380" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\isnum#1{%&#xA;  \if!\ifnum9&amp;lt;1#1!\else_\fi&#xA;    \oldstylenums{#1}\else#1\fi}&#xA;&#xA;\fancyhead[LE]{\isnum{\thepage}}}&#xA;\fancyhead[RO]{\isnum{\thepage}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="877" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T04:33:15.380" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7605" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7601" CreationDate="2010-12-23T06:58:13.980" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Have you tried making these floating figures? Replacing the &lt;code&gt;\begin{center}&lt;/code&gt; ... &lt;code&gt;\end{center}&lt;/code&gt; environment with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}[ht]&#xA;\centering&#xA;...&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;should do the job.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T06:58:13.980" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7606" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7601" CreationDate="2010-12-23T07:04:43.967" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;\newpage&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\columnbreak&lt;/code&gt;. However, I would use something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\twocolumn[\centering\textbf{Chiburdanizde --- Watson}\\ &#xA;  \textit{Brussels 1987}]&#xA;...&#xA;\newpage&#xA;\vspace*{1pt}&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or alternatively with your current header&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newpage&#xA;\phantom{\parbox{\linewidth}{\begin{center}\textbf{Chiburdanizde --- Watson}\\ &#xA;  \textit{Brussels 1987}\end{center}\smallskip}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;if your chess boards can be at another place then use the figure environment&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T07:04:43.967" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7607" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7595" CreationDate="2010-12-23T07:04:50.290" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The Palatino font used with LaTeX is actually a free clone. As a result, both the font itself and the support files can be included directly in TeX distributions. It is this clone that is loaded by&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{mathpazo}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, Minion Pro is a commercial font. As Philipp points out, there is a &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/minionpro&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;package containing the support files&lt;/a&gt; that you can download from CTAN. However, that still requires the fonts themselves.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The need for font metric files is a difficult when using TeX, which is why most people are moving to using either XeTeX or LuaTeX when they want to load system fonts. The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/fontspec&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package makes this easy in LaTeX, and so most of us would avoid the issues with generating font metric files for pdfTeX nowadays.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T07:04:50.290" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7608" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7602" CreationDate="2010-12-23T07:09:21.843" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;needs &lt;code&gt;pdflatex -shell-escape ...&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{epstopdf}&#xA;&#xA;\epstopdfDeclareGraphicsRule{.gif}{png}{.png}{%&#xA;  convert gif:#1 png:\OutputFile&#xA;}&#xA;\AppendGraphicsExtensions{.gif}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;  \includegraphics{demo.eps}\qquad&#xA;  \includegraphics{knuth-tex.gif}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-23T08:01:00.213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T08:01:00.213" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7609" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-23T07:31:59.790" Score="1" ViewCount="361" Body="&lt;p&gt;I installed with the net install Texlive 2010 on an Ubuntu machine. Because I don't have to much space to spare I carefully selected components to install to reduce the required disk-space.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Later I missed some package and I wanted to install it with tlmgr. However, tlmgr is nowhere to be found! I'm guessing I somehow didn't install it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I fix this the best?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: I did really installed the Texlive 2010 from the texlive website. I downloaded &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-unx.tar.gz&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this file&lt;/a&gt;, and started the installation with &lt;code&gt;sudo ./install-tl&lt;/code&gt;. The paths I kept standard and the only thing I changed are which collections are installed, leaving some collections that are not useful for me out. When I list all binaries in &lt;code&gt;/usr/local/texlive/2010/bin/i386-linux&lt;/code&gt; I have e.g. &lt;code&gt;latex&lt;/code&gt;,&lt;code&gt;lualatex&lt;/code&gt;,&lt;code&gt;bibtex&lt;/code&gt; etc. but not &lt;code&gt;xetex&lt;/code&gt; (which I didn't want to install) and not &lt;code&gt;tlmgr&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, when I type &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; anywhere, I see the following version &lt;code&gt;This is pdfTeX, Version 3.1415926-1.40.11 (Tex Live 2010)&lt;/code&gt;which wouldn't be possible with Ubuntu packages, as they are TexLive 2009. (&lt;code&gt;which pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; gives &lt;code&gt;/usr/local/texlive/2010/bin/i386-linux/pdflatex&lt;/code&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="459" LastEditorUserId="459" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-23T08:12:37.307" LastActivityDate="2010-12-24T03:14:32.887" Title="Texlive installation is missing tlmgr, how to fix?" Tags="&lt;installing&gt;&lt;texlive&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="8" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7610" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7609" CreationDate="2010-12-23T07:59:43.937" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It should be safe to install TL again with the same location settings, and this time only select tlmgr. (I'm surprised tlmgr is not part of the 'essential binaries' group anyway.) I think it would be safe to uncheck all &quot;macros for XXX&quot; options sice they will not be erased from a previous install, I'm less sure about font options.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are you installing a version of TL provided by Debian/Ubuntu? Those have been known to remove tlmgr in the first place, since it's a packaging mechanism that bypasses the distribution's own.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1860" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T07:59:43.937" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7611" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7612" CreationDate="2010-12-23T08:08:27.050" Score="0" ViewCount="222" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/5903/typesetting-latex-source-code&quot;&gt;Typesetting LaTeX Source Code&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hi all, i would like to know suggestions on how can I write an explicative text of LaTeX using LaTeX.&#xA;Till now I use &lt;code&gt;\verb!SomeLatexinstruction!&lt;/code&gt; when i need to write an instruction.&#xA;There are other solutions, that looks more elegantly?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1113" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-23T19:47:08.653" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T19:47:08.653" ClosedDate="2010-12-23T20:26:55.657" Title="Write LaTeX with LaTeX" Tags="&lt;latex-general&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7612" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7611" CreationDate="2010-12-23T08:10:22.797" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;see package &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt;=&gt; run &lt;code&gt;texdoc listings&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T08:10:22.797" />
  <row Id="7613" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7569" CreationDate="2010-12-23T08:16:16.327" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If the font has bad names for the glyphs and no or almost no built-in ligatures (as I suspect) then there is not much that any automated process can do with it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In luatex, it would be possible to patch the font during load time by using lua code, or in xetex, pdftex and luatex by turning it into a virtual font using fontinst and the afmtotfm/tftopl/vptovf/ tools, thereby converting it into a traditional 8-bit font. But both approaches require a high level of expertise, much more than can be explained in a reply here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If the font is just for your use (and not for redistribution) then just fix it in fontforge. Copyright does not disallow that, as long as you do not redistribute, even though the font vendors prefer to make you believe otherwise.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T08:16:16.327" />
  <row Id="7614" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7615" CreationDate="2010-12-23T08:17:03.250" Score="0" ViewCount="132" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2037/how-best-to-include-programming-source-code-in-latex-documents&quot;&gt;How best to include programming source code in LaTeX documents?&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is a good way to display program source like c++/lisp code in a latex document?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="637" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T09:06:43.800" ClosedDate="2010-12-24T16:35:18.250" Title="Package for displaying source code" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;formatting&gt;&lt;algorithms&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7615" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7614" CreationDate="2010-12-23T08:19:27.693" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;see package &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt;=&gt; run &lt;code&gt;texdoc listings&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T08:19:27.693" />
  <row Id="7617" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7611" CreationDate="2010-12-23T08:49:43.420" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Take a look at the shortvrb package, too. For example &lt;code&gt;\MakeShortVerb{|}&lt;/code&gt; will offer the notation |SomeLaTeXinstruction|.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2574" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T08:49:43.420" />
  <row Id="7618" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-23T08:52:31.207" Score="1" ViewCount="136" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I enforce pslatex to use Computer Modern font for math?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I know, it would be much easier to use pdflatex, but my publisher uses pslatex.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT:&lt;/strong&gt; Example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[twoside,11pt]{article}  &#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}  &#xA;\begin{document}  &#xA;${\cal P} = {\cal Q}$  &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you compile it with latex and pslatex the fonts are different.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately, the recommendations of Herbert do not help for the following reasons:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;1. As I said, the publisher uses pslatex and not latex.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;2. The other two recommendations change both text and math fonts. I need to change math fonts only.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2651" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-05T19:22:24.090" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T19:24:14.773" Title="How to enforce pslatex to use Computer Modern font for math?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;mathmode&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7619" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7611" CreationDate="2010-12-23T09:05:07.780" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/minted&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;minted&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T09:05:07.780" />
  <row Id="7620" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7614" CreationDate="2010-12-23T09:06:43.800" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/minted&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;minted&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T09:06:43.800" />
  <row Id="7621" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7618" CreationDate="2010-12-23T09:15:58.367" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\AtBeginDocument{%&#xA;\SetSymbolFont{operators}   {normal}{OT1}{cmr} {m}{n}&#xA;\SetSymbolFont{letters}     {normal}{OML}{cmm} {m}{it}&#xA;\SetSymbolFont{symbols}     {normal}{OMS}{cmsy}{m}{n}&#xA;\SetSymbolFont{largesymbols}{normal}{OMX}{cmex}{m}{n}&#xA;\SetSymbolFont{operators}   {bold}  {OT1}{cmr} {bx}{n}&#xA;\SetSymbolFont{letters}     {bold}  {OML}{cmm} {b}{it}&#xA;\SetSymbolFont{symbols}     {bold}  {OMS}{cmsy}{b}{n}&#xA;\SetSymbolFont{largesymbols}{bold}  {OMX}{cmex}{m}{n}&#xA;&#xA;\SetMathAlphabet{\mathbf}{normal}{OT1}{cmr}{bx}{n}&#xA;\SetMathAlphabet{\mathsf}{normal}{OT1}{cmss}{m}{n}&#xA;\SetMathAlphabet{\mathit}{normal}{OT1}{cmr}{m}{it}&#xA;\SetMathAlphabet{\mathtt}{normal}{OT1}{cmtt}{m}{n}&#xA;\SetMathAlphabet{\mathbf}{bold}  {OT1}{cmr}{bx}{n}&#xA;\SetMathAlphabet{\mathsf}{bold}  {OT1}{cmss}{bx}{n}&#xA;\SetMathAlphabet{\mathit}{bold}  {OT1}{cmr}{bx}{it}&#xA;\SetMathAlphabet{\mathtt}{bold}  {OT1}{cmtt}{m}{n}&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;foo $y=f(x)$ bar&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&#xA;voss@shania:~&amp;gt; pdffonts test3.pdf&#xA;name                                 type              emb sub uni object ID&#xA;------------------------------------ ----------------- --- --- --- ---------&#xA;SBTDDY+CMR10                         Type 1C           yes yes no      12  0&#xA;OWQAHD+CMMI10                        Type 1C           yes yes no      10  0&#xA;YXBNUU+NimbusRomNo9L-Regu            Type 1C           yes yes no       8  0&#xA;voss@shania:~&amp;gt; &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-23T13:46:27.193" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T13:46:27.193" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7622" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7601" CreationDate="2010-12-23T09:17:36.417" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;That's not an answer to your actual problem but looking at your example I think I should have introduced a way to set the font for the text in a more general way. I don't think that it is possible to smuggle it in the pgfstyle command as the internal command from pgf (\pgftext) sets its keys to late), but if you insert the following code in your preamble you should be able to use the key &lt;code&gt;textfont=\fontsize{1.2ex}{1.2ex}\bfseries \sffamily&lt;/code&gt; either locally in a chessboard or in &lt;code&gt;\setchessboard&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would be glad to hear if it works and if you like the handling and the naming of the key. If yes I will add the code to the next version.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\board@pgf@style@textfont{}&#xA;&#xA;\cbDefinePgfFieldStyle{text}{%&#xA;    \ifthenelse%&#xA;     {\boolean{\XKV@UFCB@locset@inverse@value}}%&#xA;     {\pgftext[rotate=180,#2]{\normalfont\board@pgf@style@textfont\board@pgf@curtext}}%&#xA;     {\pgftext[#2]{\normalfont\board@pgf@style@textfont\board@pgf@curtext}}}%&#xA;&#xA;\cbDefinePgfRegionStyle{text}{%&#xA; \pgfextractx{\len@board@tempx}{{\pgfpointanchor{#1}{center}}}%&#xA; \pgfextracty{\len@board@tempy}{{\pgfpointanchor{#1}{center}}}%&#xA; \pgftransformshift&#xA;  {\pgfpointintersectionoflines&#xA;     {\pgfpointxy{-0.5}{0.5}}%&#xA;     {\pgfpointadd&#xA;      {\pgfpoint{\len@board@tempx}{\len@board@tempy}}%&#xA;      {\pgfpointxy{0.5}{-0.5}}}%&#xA;     {\pgfpointadd&#xA;       {\pgfpoint{\len@board@tempx}{0pt}}%&#xA;       {\pgfpointxy{0.5}{0.5}}}%&#xA;     {\pgfpointadd&#xA;       {\pgfpoint{0pt}{\len@board@tempy}}%&#xA;       {\pgfpointxy{-0.5}{-0.5}}}}%&#xA; \ifthenelse%&#xA;  {\boolean{\XKV@UFCB@locset@inverse@value}}%&#xA;  {\pgftext[rotate=180,#2]{\normalfont\board@pgf@style@textfont\board@pgf@curtext}}%&#xA;  {\pgftext[#2]{\normalfont\board@pgf@style@textfont\board@pgf@curtext}}}%&#xA;&#xA;\define@key[UFCB]{locfill}{textfont}{% D&#xA; \ifUFCB@locfill@usemarkpgf&#xA;  \board@pgf@addmarkground{\def\board@pgf@style@textfont{#1}}%&#xA; \fi&#xA; \ifUFCB@locfill@usebackpgf&#xA;  \board@pgf@addbackground{\def\board@pgf@style@textfont{#1}}%&#xA; \fi}%&#xA;&#xA;\define@key[UFCB]{glofill}{textfont}{% D&#xA;  \board@do@l@addto@macro\board@val@savedkeylist{,textfont=#1}}%&#xA;&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T09:17:36.417" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="7623" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7131" CreationDate="2010-12-23T09:43:33.410" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\fancyhead[LE]{\if@mainmatter\oldstylenums{\arabic{page}}\else\thepage\fi}&#xA;\fancyhead[RO]{\if@mainmatter\oldstylenums{\arabic{page}}\else\thepage\fi}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-23T09:52:04.840" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T09:52:04.840" />
  <row Id="7624" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7640" CreationDate="2010-12-23T09:44:11.797" Score="8" ViewCount="130" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to do the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Just type something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;... we describe this in sections \mycoolref{winter,spring,summer,fall} ...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and it will be typeset as something like &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;... we describe this in sections 2.1 to 2.4.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One might say that I could just type&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;... we describe this in sections \ref{winter} to \ref{fall} ...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But the tricky thing is that I might decide to change the order of my &lt;code&gt;winter&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;spring&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;summer&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;fall&lt;/code&gt; sections later, and I don't want to have to change my references because of this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One could imagine a fancy command that takes a set of labels and generates a compact description that consists of ranges if possible, like &quot;2.1, 2.3 to 2.8, and 2.12&quot;. Or, does such a macro exist?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3860" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-23T13:18:05.957" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T13:18:05.957" Title="How to reference ranges rather than separate numbers?" Tags="&lt;cross-referencing&gt;&lt;cleveref&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7626" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6383" CreationDate="2010-12-23T10:27:09.487" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;blue is a rgb color and Blue is defined as a cmyk color and handled by a different driver for your output. If you want to be sure, that you use the same driverm, then specify one:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[dvipsnames]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[rgb]{xcolor}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;{\color{Blue}\bf Blue} versus {\color{blue}\bf blue}.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;instead of [rgb] you can also use [cmyk]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T10:27:09.487" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7627" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7628" CreationDate="2010-12-23T11:13:17.617" Score="7" ViewCount="177" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is well-known that &lt;code&gt;\section{}&lt;/code&gt; environment may be assigned a label &lt;code&gt;\label{refname}&lt;/code&gt; and then the refname may be used in order to reference this section:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section{My nice section}&#xA;\label{sec:my-nice-section}&#xA;Definitely the section is nice!&#xA;&#xA;\section{My another section}&#xA;In the section \ref{sec:my-nice-section} we have discovered that it is nice.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there such possibility for &lt;code&gt;\paragraph{}&lt;/code&gt; that we can assign it a label and then reference it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1545" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-02T23:48:35.140" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T23:48:35.140" Title="How to reference \paragraph{} ?" Tags="&lt;cross-referencing&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="7628" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7627" CreationDate="2010-12-23T11:16:39.420" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sure - if it has a number which can be referenced:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt,twocolumn]{article}&#xA;\setcounter{secnumdepth}{6}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\paragraph{blub}\label{para}&#xA;abc paragraph \ref{para}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T11:16:39.420" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7629" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-23T11:23:13.280" Score="7" ViewCount="249" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've used pdfLaTeX for some time, but have encountered problems wanting to use other fonts than the defaults. I've been recommended to use XeTeX instead, as this supports usage of system fonts directly without having to convert and fiddle with them to get them to work under pdfLaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I generated PDF documents directly using &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt;, where all graphics are also PDF documents. Here's a list of the packages I used in my last TeX document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[sortcites=true]{biblatex}&#xA;\usepackage{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{csquotes}&#xA;\usepackage{url}&#xA;\usepackage{fullpage}&#xA;\usepackage{titlesec}&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\usepackage[usenames, dvipsnames]{color}&#xA;\usepackage{subfig}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz-timing}&#xA;\usepackage{lscape}&#xA;\usepackage{booktabs}&#xA;\usepackage{threeparttable}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've also used &lt;code&gt;microtype&lt;/code&gt; and I've heard there's something iffy about that in XeTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Under these circumstances, what do I need to know to successfully (and with as little pain as possible) transition from pdfLaTeX to XeTeX? Are there some packages I cannot use anymore? Or some features that doesn't work in XeTeX? Do I need to change some syntax in the document itself, or rewrite some stuff?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I still want to generated PDf documents as final output, of course, and use PDF documents as graphics. Will that be a problem? I should probably also mention that I run MiKTeX 2.8 on my Windows machine, and latest Ubuntu on my laptop. I write and generate documents on both machines.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2634" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T11:55:40.507" Title="Moving from pdfLaTeX to XeTeX - what do I need to know?" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;pdf&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7630" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-23T11:53:04.250" Score="7" ViewCount="184" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need to insert a logo on pdflatex supported format on the bottom right of each page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Do you think it's possible?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2653" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-23T20:40:14.867" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T20:40:14.867" Title="Add logo on each page." Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;watermark&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7631" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7629" CreationDate="2010-12-23T11:55:40.507" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Given your package list, I think it would work as-is, but you should replace the &lt;code&gt;babel&lt;/code&gt; package by the more modern &lt;code&gt;polyglossia&lt;/code&gt; package for XeTeX. For font selection use the &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt; package, and for microtypography you need the newest &lt;a href=&quot;http://xetex.tk/mediawiki/index.php/Microtype_package_%28preliminary_version%29&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;development version of the &lt;code&gt;microtype&lt;/code&gt; package&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Just try to compile the document with XeTeX after making these changes, and if you notice that something is wrong, ask specific questions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T11:55:40.507" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7632" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7639" CreationDate="2010-12-23T11:58:06.203" Score="8" ViewCount="148" Body="&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4192/bad-positioning-of-math-accents-for-the-beamer-standard-font/7576#7576&quot;&gt;this answer&lt;/a&gt;, I produced a new &lt;code&gt;tfm&lt;/code&gt; file for the beamer standard math font. What is the Right Way to make the new font available to the TeX system? With texlive I tried&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;updmap-sys --enable Map=cmssmi.map&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but this gave the following error message.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;updmap: This is updmap, version $Id: updmap 14402 2009-07-23 17:09:15Z karl $&#xA;updmap: no permissions for writing /usr/local/texlive/2009/texmf-var/web2c/updmap.log', so no transcript&#xA;&#xA;There was a problem finding a proper place to store configuration data.&#xA;The message was:&#xA;  Directory `/usr/local/texlive/2009/texmf-config/web2c' is not writable&#xA;&#xA;To overcome such problems, set up the environment variable TEXMFCONFIG to&#xA;point to a directory tree that is writable to you, e.g.&#xA;  TEXMFCONFIG=$HOME/texmf; export TEXMFCONFIG&#xA;or&#xA;  setenv TEXMFCONFIG $HOME/texmf&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I did try setting up &lt;code&gt;TEXMFCONFIG&lt;/code&gt;, but to no avail.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To make clear what I aim at: I'm on a system where I'm just a poor user; the TeX distribution is installed globally, so it's read-only for me as I don't have root permissions. Therefore, I want the changes installed in a local directory.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-23T12:14:45.637" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T12:34:47.850" Title="What is the Right Way to install a new font locally?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;installing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="7633" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7566" CreationDate="2010-12-23T12:03:35.803" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's a little playground for this inspirational question and answers (plain-tex format; adjust for latex etc.):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\input tikz&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{shapes.geometric,shapes.symbols,shadows}&#xA;\tikzpicture[&#xA;  button/.style={text=white,draw=#1!50!black,&#xA;    preaction={drop shadow={shadow scale=1.05,shadow xshift=0pt,shadow yshift=-1pt}},&#xA;    top color=#1!10,bottom color=#1!50!black,inner xsep=2ex,inner ysep=1.6ex,&#xA;  },&#xA;  plastic/.style={button=#1,shape=rectangle,rounded corners=1.6ex},&#xA;  oval/.style={button=#1,shape=rectangle,rounded corners=2.5ex,ball color=#1},&#xA;  any size/.style={button=#1,shape=ellipse,inner xsep=1ex, inner ysep=1ex},&#xA;  slick/.style={button=#1,shape=tape,tape bend height=1ex,inner sep=1ex},&#xA;  candy wrap/.style={button=#1,shape=rectangle,rounded corners=5ex},&#xA;  smooth/.style={button=#1,shape=rectangle,rounded corners=2ex,&#xA;    top color=#1!50!black,shading angle=45,bottom color=#1!10}&#xA;]&#xA;\draw (0,0)&#xA;\foreach \color in {red,green,blue} {&#xA;  \foreach \shape in {plastic,oval,any size,slick,candy wrap,smooth} {&#xA;    node[\shape=\color] {\shape} ++(2.5,0)&#xA;  }&#xA;  ++(-15,1)&#xA;};&#xA;\endtikzpicture&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/vTPkP.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; title=&quot;Hosted by imgur.com&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T12:03:35.803" />
  <row Id="7634" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-23T12:05:38.360" Score="5" ViewCount="172" Body="&lt;p&gt;I just found a widowed line in my PDF document, created by LaTeX. It looks something like this, see &quot;sion&quot; on the second page:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;| blah blah expres- |&#xA;|        8          |&#xA;---------------------&#xA;---------------------&#xA;|sion.              |&#xA;|                   |&#xA;|                   |&#xA;|2.2.1   Title A    |&#xA;|2.2.1.1 Title B    |&#xA;| Foo foo foo foo   |&#xA;|foo foo foo foo foo|&#xA;|foo foo foo foo foo|&#xA;|foo foo foo foo foo|&#xA;|foo foo foo foo foo|&#xA;|         9         |&#xA;---------------------&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Shouldn't LaTeX have avoided this? What could be the reason for this typography error?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3860" LastActivityDate="2010-12-24T09:29:44.263" Title="LaTeX produces bad, widowed line" Tags="&lt;typography&gt;&lt;widows&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7635" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7634" CreationDate="2010-12-23T12:08:49.230" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;TeX assigns a badness to each line. Widows and orphans are bad and TeX tries to avoid them whenever possible. However, if avoiding the widow or orphan causes something else to be even more bad, TeX will insert the widow or orphan.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can tell TeX that these are infinitely bad by using&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\widowpenalty=10000&#xA;\clubpenalty=10000&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;TeX &lt;em&gt;still&lt;/em&gt; might insert these lines, but only if every other alternative is also infinitely bad (in which case, it just picks one of them).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's worth pointing out that it's impossible for every piece of text to be typeset in such a way as to avoid bad breaks. Some lines/paragraphs simply have to be rewritten. That said, the algorithm that TeX uses is optimal with respect to the parameters set (for example the penalties Lev mentioned).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-24T09:29:44.263" LastActivityDate="2010-12-24T09:29:44.263" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="7636" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7630" CreationDate="2010-12-23T12:13:05.903" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can easily set headers and footers using the &lt;code&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/code&gt; package. Here's an example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;\lhead{}&#xA;\chead{}&#xA;\rhead{}&#xA;\lfoot{}&#xA;\cfoot{\thepage}&#xA;\rfoot{My Logo here!}&#xA;\renewcommand\headrulewidth{0pt}&#xA;\renewcommand\footrulewidth{0pt}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that the &lt;code&gt;lipsum&lt;/code&gt; package is just to get sample text, it's not part of the solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T12:13:05.903" />
  <row Id="7637" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7630" CreationDate="2010-12-23T12:18:54.413" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can also use eso-pic:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{eso-pic,lipsum}&#xA;\AddToShipoutPictureBG{%&#xA; \AtPageLowerLeft{\hspace{1cm}A small logo: \rule{2cm}{3cm}}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T12:18:54.413" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7639" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7632" CreationDate="2010-12-23T12:34:47.850" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;then you have to run &lt;code&gt;updmap --enable Map=cmssmi.map&lt;/code&gt;, it uses your ~/texmf directory &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But it makes only sense, when you are a &lt;em&gt;real&lt;/em&gt; user on a foreign machine.It will confuse your system, when you run sometimes the &lt;code&gt;-sys&lt;/code&gt;variant and sometimes the&#xA;user variant.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T12:34:47.850" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7640" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7624" CreationDate="2010-12-23T12:42:36.677" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/cleveref.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;cleveref&lt;/a&gt; package sorts and compresses cross-references. It also automatically determines the format of references, so that you don't have to type &quot;section&quot; in the source.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{cleveref}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\section{winter}\label{winter}&#xA;&#xA;\section{spring}\label{spring}&#xA;&#xA;\section{summer}\label{summer}&#xA;&#xA;\section{fall}\label{fall}&#xA;&#xA;\section{christmas}\label{christmas}&#xA;&#xA;\section{easter}\label{easter}&#xA;&#xA;\section{pentecost}\label{pentecost}&#xA;&#xA;We describe this in \cref{winter,fall,christmas,summer,pentecost} \dots&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T12:42:36.677" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="7641" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7645" CreationDate="2010-12-23T12:51:18.493" Score="5" ViewCount="74" Body="&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4192/bad-positioning-of-math-accents-for-the-beamer-standard-font/7576#7576&quot;&gt;this answer&lt;/a&gt;, I set the &lt;code&gt;\skewchar&lt;/code&gt; of a font, but I think I don't do it in the right way. The problem is that it's a math font, and those seem to get initialized only when they are used, namely when the first &lt;code&gt;$&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\(&lt;/code&gt; etc. occurs. (Is this correct?) So for example, just putting&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\skewchar\csname OT1/cmss/m/it/10.95\endcsname=127&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in the preamble doesn't work; I get&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Missing font identifier.&#xA;&amp;lt;to be read again&amp;gt;&#xA;                   \OT1/cmss/m/it/10.95&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I just played around a bit and used &lt;code&gt;\check@mathfonts&lt;/code&gt; to initialize the fonts before the &lt;code&gt;\skewchar&lt;/code&gt; command, but this seems like cheating to me. Moreover, this only initialized the sizes &lt;code&gt;6&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;8&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;10.95&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My feeling is that the &lt;code&gt;\skewchar&lt;/code&gt; command should be invoked at initialization time. Is this the correct approach, and yes, how do I implement that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T19:22:16.380" Title="How do I set the \skewchar of a math font?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;mathmode&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="7642" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7618" CreationDate="2010-12-23T13:23:18.667" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\AtBeginDocument{\RequirePackage{lmodern, times}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Thanks a lot for your help, Herbert!!)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2654" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-05T19:24:14.773" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T19:24:14.773" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7643" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7644" CreationDate="2010-12-23T13:34:25.147" Score="5" ViewCount="77" Body="&lt;p&gt;PGF 2.0 Manual says,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;You can add a single + sign in front of a coordinate or two of them as in +(1cm,0cm) or ++(0cm,2cm). Such coordinates are interpreted differently: The first form means,&quot;1cm upwards from the previous specified position&quot; and the second means, &quot;2cm to the right of the previous specified position, making this the new specified position.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;They provide this as an example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=3]&#xA;\clip (-0.1,-0.2) rectangle (1.1,0.75);&#xA;\draw[step=.5cm,gray,very thin] (-1.4,-1.4) grid (1.4,1.4);&#xA;\draw (-1.5,0) -- (1.5,0);&#xA;\draw (0,-1.5) -- (0,1.5);&#xA;\draw (0,0) circle (1cm);&#xA;\filldraw[fill=green!20,draw=green!50!black]&#xA;(0,0) -- (3mm,0mm) arc (0:30:3mm) -- cycle;&#xA;\draw[red,very thick] (30:1cm) -- +(0,-0.5);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, if I change +(0,-0.5) to ++(0,-0.5), all remains same! Shouldn't the later be 0.5 left to the previously specified coordinate, i.e., (30:1cm) ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1553" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T13:57:49.713" Title="Can anyone please explain + vs ++ operator in PGF?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="7644" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7643" CreationDate="2010-12-23T13:50:07.590" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The difference will be clear if you make a new point relative to the last point. An example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\draw (0,0) -- +(1,1) -- +(2,0);&#xA;\fill [red] (0,0) circle (3pt);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\draw (0,0) -- ++(1,1) -- +(2,0);&#xA;\fill [red] (0,0) circle (3pt);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the first picture, the last coordinate is 2 cm to the right of the first coordinate, while in the second picture, the last coordinate is 2 cm to the right of the &lt;em&gt;second&lt;/em&gt; coordinate, because, this is the &quot;new specified position&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="586" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T13:50:07.590" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7645" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7641" CreationDate="2010-12-23T13:52:35.660" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareFontFamily{OML}{cmss}{\skewchar\font127 }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;should work. You can also put &lt;code&gt;\skewchar\font127&lt;/code&gt; into the last parameter of the &lt;code&gt;\DeclareFontShape&lt;/code&gt; macro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareFontShape{OML}{cmss}{m}{it}{&amp;lt;-&amp;gt; cmss8t}{\skewchar\font127}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-23T19:22:16.380" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T19:22:16.380" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="7646" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7649" CreationDate="2010-12-23T13:57:09.183" Score="3" ViewCount="218" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi all, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please consider the following TikZ code: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% aligning text in node: node[align=left] only in latest 2010 tikz:&#xA;% http://compgroups.net/comp.text.tex/-tikz-option-for-ragged-left-text-in-node&#xA;% or use minipage inside node: http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/boxes-with-text-and-math/&#xA;% or also parbox: http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/LaTeX/Advanced_Topics&#xA;%% note: parbox and minipage width 5em - will extend beyond the minimum width=5em!&#xA;% or use /tikz/text ragged:&#xA;% http://old.nabble.com/Equal-width-nodes-within-%22matrix-of-nodes%22--td15266855.html&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[font=\tt]&#xA;    \matrix (xA) [anchor=west,text ragged]&#xA;    {% &#xA;        \node(xA1) [draw,right,minimum width=5em] {horizon1} ;  \\&#xA;        \node(xA2) [draw,right] {horiz2} ;  \\&#xA;%       \node(xA3) [draw,anchor=west,minimum width=5em] {\begin{minipage}{5em}hor3\end{minipage}} ; \\&#xA;        \node(xA3) [draw,anchor=west,minimum width=5em] {\parbox{5em}{hor3}} ;  \\&#xA;    };&#xA;    \matrix (yA) [below left=of xA]&#xA;    {% &#xA;        \node(yA1) [draw,right,rotate=270] {vert1} ;    &amp;amp;&#xA;        \node(yA2) [draw,right,rotate=270] {vert2} ;    &amp;amp;&#xA;        \node(yA3) [draw,right,rotate=270] {vert3} ;    \\&#xA;    };&#xA;    \begin{scope}[rotate=270]&#xA;    \matrix (zA) [rotate=270,below left=of yA]&#xA;    {% &#xA;        \node(zA1) [draw,right] {horvert1} ;    \\&#xA;        \node(zA2) [draw,right] {horvert2} ;    \\&#xA;        \node(zA3) [draw,right] {horvert3} ;    \\&#xA;    };  &#xA;    \end{scope}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It generates the following image: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/qfOSF.png&quot; alt=&quot;tikz matrix hor/vertical&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like to achieve something like the &lt;code&gt;yA&lt;/code&gt; case - except, I'd like the texts to go 'vert1','vert2','vert3' from right to left (opposite of what is shown) - which would correspond to the &lt;code&gt;xA&lt;/code&gt; graphic being rotated for 270 degrees. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So that is what I'm trying to do with the &lt;code&gt;zA&lt;/code&gt; case - however, as one can see, there is no rotation whatsoever! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does this mean that a matrix of nodes cannot be rotated in TikZ? If not, how can I rotate such a matrix? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance for any answer,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Cheers!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2595" LastEditorUserId="2595" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-23T14:50:06.330" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T15:20:17.427" Title="TikZ: How to rotate a matrix (of nodes)?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;matrices&gt;&lt;nodes&gt;&lt;rotating&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="7647" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7643" CreationDate="2010-12-23T13:57:49.713" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Perhaps a shorter example could suffice:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  \draw (0,0) -- +(2,0) -- ++(0,1) -- +(2,0);&#xA;  % the first line (-- +(2,0) ) draws a line to 2cm to the right, *relative* to&#xA;  % the point of origin (0,0) *without* updating where we are then situated in&#xA;  % the current path.&#xA;  % the second line (-- ++(0,1) ) on the other hand, *does* update the location&#xA;  % where we are situated on the current path.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The result resembles mirrored letter &quot;Z&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T13:57:49.713" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7648" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6544" CreationDate="2010-12-23T14:43:54.840" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;use one of the converters pdf to doc, they give better results than with an intermediate html format. The best converter seems to be &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.nitropdf.com/professional/convert-pdf-to-word.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Nitro PDF&lt;/a&gt;, they have a test version.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T14:43:54.840" />
  <row Id="7649" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7646" CreationDate="2010-12-23T14:57:10.800" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ah well - I guess this is the answer, pg 487 of the pgfmanual.pdf:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Rotations and scaling.&lt;/strong&gt; The matrix node is &lt;strong&gt;never rotated&lt;/strong&gt; or shifted, because the current coordinate&#xA;  transformation matrix is reset (except for the translational part) at the beginning of \pgfmatrix. &lt;strong&gt;This&#xA;  is intentional&lt;/strong&gt; and will not change in the future. If you need to rotate the matrix, you must install an&#xA;  appropriate canvas transformation yourself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;However, nodes and stuff inside the cell pictures can be rotated and scaled normally.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;... Also, from &lt;a href=&quot;http://comments.gmane.org/gmane.comp.tex.pgf.user/1296&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;matrix nodes with sloped option? - pgf-users&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;It does say in the manual that &lt;strong&gt;it isn't possible&lt;/strong&gt; (in section 16.2&#xA;  &quot;Matrices are Nodes&quot;), and that the transformation matrix is reset at&#xA;  the beginning of a matrix. The (internal) use of \halign precludes any&#xA;  kind of fancy transformations. It would be pretty hard to do matrices&#xA;  without using \halign.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;... HOWEVER ... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;... &lt;a href=&quot;http://comments.gmane.org/gmane.comp.tex.pgf.user/1296&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;matrix nodes with sloped option? - pgf-users&lt;/a&gt; also says: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Indeed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;However, you can do the following: Put the whole node inside a&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  tikzpicture, which in turn you put in a node that has the sloped&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  option. Something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;... (A) -- (B) node[midway,sloped] {\tikz \matrix ...;};&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which means that the code above can be modified like this: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}[font=\tt]&#xA;    \matrix (xA) [anchor=west,text ragged]&#xA;    {% &#xA;        \node(xA1) [draw,right,minimum width=5em] {horizon1} ;  \\&#xA;        \node(xA2) [draw,right] {horiz2} ;  \\&#xA;%       \node(xA3) [draw,anchor=west,minimum width=5em] {\begin{minipage}{5em}hor3\end{minipage}} ; \\&#xA;        \node(xA3) [draw,anchor=west,minimum width=5em] {\parbox{5em}{hor3}} ;  \\&#xA;    };&#xA;    \matrix (yA) [below left=of xA]&#xA;    {% &#xA;        \node(yA1) [draw,right,rotate=270] {vert1} ;    &amp;amp;&#xA;        \node(yA2) [draw,right,rotate=270] {vert2} ;    &amp;amp;&#xA;        \node(yA3) [draw,right,rotate=270] {vert3} ;    \\&#xA;    };&#xA;    \node (zzA) [rotate=270,below left=of yA] {&#xA;        \tikz \matrix (zA) &#xA;        {% &#xA;            \node(zA1) [draw,right] {horvert1} ;    \\&#xA;            \node(zA2) [draw,right] {horvert2} ;    \\&#xA;            \node(zA3) [draw,right] {horvert3} ;    \\&#xA;        };  &#xA;    };&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;... which will finally result with the originally desired image: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/JcsgP.png&quot; alt=&quot;tikz hor/vertical matrix rotation OK&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Phew! :) Hope this helps,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Cheers!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2595" LastEditorUserId="2595" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-23T15:20:17.427" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T15:20:17.427" />
  <row Id="7650" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7651" CreationDate="2010-12-23T14:57:53.610" Score="11" ViewCount="240" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a system of equations with an arbitrary number of equations (&lt;em&gt;k&lt;/em&gt;). I'd like to use &lt;code&gt;\vdots&lt;/code&gt; to compactly describe the system, like so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{align*}&#xA;  R(-1) &amp;amp;= \sum_{i=1}^m A(i)R(i-1) \\&#xA;  R(-2) &amp;amp;= \sum_{i=1}^m A(i)R(i-2) \\&#xA;        &amp;amp;\vdots                    \\&#xA;  R(-k) &amp;amp;= \sum_{i=1}^m A(i)R(i-k)&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/cV07v.png&quot; alt=&quot;LaTeX output of above code with only minimal.cls and amsmath.sty&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd like the dots, however, to be centered with &lt;code&gt;=&lt;/code&gt; or the entire equation. Is there an elegant way of centering a column or row with AMSMath? I'm currently using an unholy combination of whitespace operators (&lt;code&gt;\;&lt;/code&gt; &lt;code&gt;\,&lt;/code&gt; etc.) to get the job done.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1312" LastActivityDate="2010-12-24T15:21:02.510" Title="Centering \vdots in a system of many equations" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;amsmath&gt;&lt;align&gt;&lt;horizontal-alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7651" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7650" CreationDate="2010-12-23T15:06:50.617" Score="14" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath,calc}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{align*}&#xA;  R(-1) &amp;amp;= \sum_{i=1}^m A(i)R(i-1) \\&#xA;  R(-2) &amp;amp;= \sum_{i=1}^m A(i)R(i-2) \\&#xA;        &amp;amp;\mathrel{\makebox[\widthof{=}]{\vdots}} \\&#xA;  R(-k) &amp;amp;= \sum_{i=1}^m A(i)R(i-k)&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T15:06:50.617" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="7652" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6893" CreationDate="2010-12-23T15:07:02.837" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You haven't gotten an answer for a while, so I figured I'd try and hack together a custom solution.  This will probably require some tweaking for your specific desires, but it should work.  Basically, I created a custom environment for the requirements that saves a copy of their text to the &lt;code&gt;.aux&lt;/code&gt; file.  The &lt;code&gt;\listofrequirements&lt;/code&gt; macro then simply reads them from the &lt;code&gt;.aux&lt;/code&gt;.  (This of course requires at least two passes of LaTeX, though.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is a documented example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;&#xA;%% This package will make dealing with the ``requirements'' environment a lot easier:&#xA;\usepackage{environ}&#xA;&#xA;%% This counter is used to track the number of requirements:&#xA;\newcounter{requirements}&#xA;\setcounter{requirements}{0}&#xA;&#xA;%% This is a macro that gets called by the .aux file to load in data.&#xA;\gdef\savedreq#1#2{\expandafter\gdef\csname req#1\endcsname{#2}}&#xA;&#xA;%% This macro will save the given requirement to the .aux file so we will have it during the next LaTeX pass to put in the list:&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;    \def\recordrequirement#1{\immediate\write\@mainaux{\string\savedreq{\the\value{requirements}}{#1}}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\NewEnviron{requirement}{&#xA;  \noindent&#xA;  \begingroup&#xA;    %% Increment the requirement counter&#xA;    \addtocounter{requirements}{1}&#xA;    %% Here is the ``Req.'' text:&#xA;    \textbf{Req.~\arabic{requirements}}&#xA;    %% Make a label that we can use to refer to this counter:&#xA;    \label{req:\arabic{requirements}}&#xA;    %% Next, save this requirement to the .aux file so we will have it during the next LaTeX pass to put in the list:&#xA;    \recordrequirement{\BODY}&#xA;    %% We will make the remainder italic:&#xA;    \it&#xA;    \BODY&#xA;  \endgroup&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\listofrequirements}{&#xA;  %% First, we need to make sure that this is not the first LaTeX pass (i.e., that all of the information has already been recorded to the .aux file):&#xA;  \expandafter\ifx\csname totalreqsplusone\endcsname\relax&#xA;    Please run \LaTeX\ again to populate this list!&#xA;  \else&#xA;    \begingroup&#xA;      %% This \reqi counter is what we are going to use to iterate over the requirements:&#xA;      \newcount\reqi&#xA;      \reqi=0&#xA;      \loop&#xA;        \advance\reqi by 1&#xA;      \ifnum\reqi&amp;lt;\totalreqsplusone&#xA;        %% The requirement numbered \reqi exists!&#xA;        \noindent\textbf{\the\reqi} \csname req\the\reqi\endcsname\leaders\hbox to 1em{\hss.\hss}\hfill\pageref{req:\the\reqi}\\&#xA;      \repeat&#xA;    \endgroup&#xA;  \fi&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;%% At the end of the document, we need to record to the .aux the total number of requirements!&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\AtEndDocument{&#xA;  \addtocounter{requirements}{1}&#xA;  \immediate\write\@mainaux{\string\xdef\string\totalreqsplusone{\the\value{requirements}}}&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\section*{List of Requirements}&#xA;&#xA;\listofrequirements&#xA;&#xA;\section*{Requirements}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{requirement}&#xA;  First requirement!&#xA;\end{requirement}\\&#xA;&#xA;\begin{requirement}&#xA;  Requirement number two!&#xA;\end{requirement}&#xA;&#xA;\vfill&#xA;\pagebreak&#xA;&#xA;\begin{requirement}&#xA;  You can even have very long requirements: Lorem ipsum dolor sit&#xA;  amet, consectetur adipisicing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt&#xA;  ut labore et dolore magna aliqua. Ut enim ad minim veniam, quis&#xA;  nostrud exercitation ullamco laboris nisi ut aliquip ex ea commodo&#xA;  consequat. Duis aute irure dolor in reprehenderit in voluptate velit&#xA;  esse cillum dolore eu fugiat nulla pariatur. Excepteur sint occaecat&#xA;  cupidatat non proident, sunt in culpa qui officia deserunt mollit&#xA;  anim id est laborum.&#xA;\end{requirement}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is like what the first page looks:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/1SXbi.png&quot; alt=&quot;The first page.&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And here is the second page:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/q24Zz.png&quot; alt=&quot;The second page.&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="737" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T15:07:02.837" />
  <row Id="7653" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-23T16:23:14.250" Score="3" ViewCount="194" Body="&lt;p&gt;Assume I have many files. For the sake of simplicity, also asssume they are in a single folder or directory.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to input all files from within my main LaTeX document. Actually I can create a list of those files using C# in advance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To enrich my view about LaTeX or TeX, could you tell me whether or not this job can be done only by using pure TeX or LaTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT 1:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried to compile Herbert's answer (under Windows OS using pdflatex with &lt;code&gt;-interaction=nonstopmode -shell-escape test&lt;/code&gt; option)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I also prepared 2 .txt files in a directory in which test.tex exists.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I got the following errors:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;This is pdfTeX, Version 3.1415926-1.40.11 (MiKTeX 2.9) (preloaded format=pdflatex 2010.11.23)  24 DEC 2010 02:24&#xA;entering extended mode&#xA;**C:/Users/Q*uad/Documents/Someone/test.tex&#xA;(&quot;C:/Users/Q uad/Documents/Someone/test.tex&quot;&#xA;LaTeX2e &amp;lt;2009/09/24&amp;gt;&#xA;Babel &amp;lt;v3.8l&amp;gt; and hyphenation patterns for english, afrikaans, ancientgreek, ar&#xA;abic, armenian, assamese, basque, bengali, bokmal, bulgarian, catalan, coptic, &#xA;croatian, czech, danish, dutch, esperanto, estonian, farsi, finnish, french, ga&#xA;lician, german, german-x-2009-06-19, greek, gujarati, hindi, hungarian, iceland&#xA;ic, indonesian, interlingua, irish, italian, kannada, kurmanji, lao, latin, lat&#xA;vian, lithuanian, malayalam, marathi, mongolian, mongolianlmc, monogreek, ngerm&#xA;an, ngerman-x-2009-06-19, nynorsk, oriya, panjabi, pinyin, polish, portuguese, &#xA;romanian, russian, sanskrit, serbian, slovak, slovenian, spanish, swedish, swis&#xA;sgerman, tamil, telugu, turkish, turkmen, ukenglish, ukrainian, uppersorbian, u&#xA;senglishmax, welsh, loaded.&#xA;(&quot;C:\Program Files (x86)\MiKTeX 2.9\tex\latex\base\minimal.cls&quot;&#xA;Document Class: minimal 2001/05/25 Standard LaTeX minimal class&#xA;) (&quot;C:\Users\Q uad\Documents\Someone\test.aux&quot;)&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Checking defaults for OML/cmm/m/it on input line 9.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    ... okay on input line 9.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Checking defaults for T1/cmr/m/n on input line 9.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    ... okay on input line 9.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Checking defaults for OT1/cmr/m/n on input line 9.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    ... okay on input line 9.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Checking defaults for OMS/cmsy/m/n on input line 9.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    ... okay on input line 9.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Checking defaults for OMX/cmex/m/n on input line 9.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    ... okay on input line 9.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    Checking defaults for U/cmr/m/n on input line 9.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info:    ... okay on input line 9.&#xA;runsystem(ls ./*.txt | xargs cat &amp;gt;&amp;gt; test.tmp)...executed.&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;! LaTeX Error: File `test.tmp' not found.&#xA;&#xA;Type X to quit or &amp;lt;RETURN&amp;gt; to proceed,&#xA;or enter new name. (Default extension: tmp)&#xA;&#xA;Enter file name: &#xA;! Emergency stop.&#xA;&amp;lt;read *&amp;gt; &#xA;&#xA;l.11 \inputAllFiles{.}&#xA;                      % from the current dir&#xA;&#xA;*** (cannot \read from terminal in nonstop modes)&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;Here is how much of TeX's memory you used:&#xA; 21 strings out of 494019&#xA; 473 string characters out of 3143881&#xA; 48862 words of memory out of 3000000&#xA; 3402 multiletter control sequences out of 15000+200000&#xA; 3640 words of font info for 14 fonts, out of 3000000 for 9000&#xA; 714 hyphenation exceptions out of 8191&#xA; 14i,0n,10p,155b,36s stack positions out of 5000i,500n,10000p,200000b,50000s&#xA;!  ==&amp;gt; Fatal error occurred, no output PDF file produced!&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-23T17:29:05.823" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T18:30:19.173" Title="How to iterate through the name of files in a folder" Tags="&lt;input&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="8" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7655" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7653" CreationDate="2010-12-23T16:47:36.640" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't know whether you can; you probably can't, and if you could, the facilities for it are almost certainly extremely limited and likely based on &lt;code&gt;\write18&lt;/code&gt;, which makes the OS do all the work anyway.  However, I don't think you &lt;em&gt;should&lt;/em&gt;, since it is far from being a typesetting task, which is the only kind of job TeX is designed to do.  Consider:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If all you want is a list of &lt;code&gt;\input{filename.tex}&lt;/code&gt;'s, and if you can already programmatically create a list of filenames using some other language, then you can also generate a TeX file (or file fragment) using that language.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I don't know how you created these files, but if you did it by hand, then perhaps you gave them meaningful names, like &lt;code&gt;introduction.tex&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;body.tex&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;conclusion.tex&lt;/code&gt;.  No form of automatic sorting will give you the right order, so you're back to creating a list by some other means, for which see the previous point.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;How many times are you going to TeX this document?  If only once, you may as well just write the names in by hand and concentrate on your writing and/or other TeX coding which it contains.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Basically, this is a bookkeeping task which doesn't depend on anything within a TeX document, and therefore is better done by one of the many scripting languages which support filesystem interaction (not to mention programming in general) to a far greater extent than TeX itself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="575" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T16:47:36.640" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7656" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7658" CreationDate="2010-12-23T16:49:18.357" Score="2" ViewCount="47" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm having trouble with the spacing of the individual dots that are typeset by &lt;code&gt;\vdots&lt;/code&gt; when using the a0poster class.  In particular, the dots are much closer together than the dots typeset by either &lt;code&gt;\cdots&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\ddots&lt;/code&gt;.  Does anyone know what causes this and how to fix it??&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1785" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T17:29:19.507" Title="Spacing of vdots in a0poster class" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;posters&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="7657" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7653" CreationDate="2010-12-23T17:09:57.613" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\app@exe{\immediate\write18}&#xA;\def\inputAllFiles#1{%&#xA;  \app@exe{ls #1/*.txt | xargs cat &amp;gt;&amp;gt; \jobname.tmp}%&#xA;  \InputIfFileExists{\jobname.tmp}{}&#xA;  \AtEndOfDocument{\app@exe{rm -f #1/\jobname.tmp}}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\inputAllFiles{.}% from the current dir &#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Not really difficult. It is only an appetizer of how it can be done. This one only reads files *.txt. You have to run it with &lt;code&gt;pdflatex -shell-escape test&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-23T17:17:30.883" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T17:17:30.883" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7658" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7656" CreationDate="2010-12-23T17:29:19.507" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In plain they are defined as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\ldots{\mathinner{\ldotp\ldotp\ldotp}} &#xA;\def\cdots{\mathinner{\cdotp\cdotp\cdotp}} &#xA;\def\vdots{\vbox{\baselineskip=4pt \lineskiplimit=0pt &#xA;\kern6pt \hbox{.}\hbox{.}\hbox{.}}} &#xA;\def\ddots{\mathinner{\mkern1mu\raise7pt\vbox{\kern7pt\hbox{.}}\mkern2mu &#xA;\raise4pt\hbox{.}\mkern2mu\raise1pt\hbox{.}\mkern1mu}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Assuming LaTeX doesn't touch on these, my money's on the change of &lt;code&gt;\baselineskip&lt;/code&gt; in the definition of &lt;code&gt;\vdots&lt;/code&gt; for your problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for a solution, I would suggest in this day and age of Unicode, to use a character devoted for that, namely ⋮ (22EE).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T17:29:19.507" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7659" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7611" CreationDate="2010-12-23T17:57:10.530" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you want to show some LaTeX code side by side with its output, the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/showexpl&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;showexpl&lt;/a&gt; package may be of some use here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T17:57:10.530" />
  <row Id="7660" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7663" CreationDate="2010-12-23T18:07:52.407" Score="2" ViewCount="320" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi all, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is what I want to do: given two (horizontal) nodes, calculate the x distance between them, and produce a rectangular node with the same width as the x-distance between the nodes, placed below them. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have tried the following code, reusing &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2197/why-is-this-let-expression-not-working-in-tikz-calculating-a-midpoint/2212#2212&quot;&gt;Working with \pgfmathparse inside a path / calculations - Why is this let expression not working in TikZ (calculating a midpoint)? - TeX - LaTeX - Stack Exchange&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usetikzlibrary{shapes.arrows,chains,positioning,matrix,calc}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[font=\tt]&#xA;    \node (A1) [shape=circle,draw]              {A1};&#xA;    \node (A2) [shape=circle,draw,right=of A1]  {A2};&#xA;&#xA;    % draw a rectangular node&#xA;    \draw let \p1 = (A1.west), \p2 = (A2.east) &#xA;      in \pgfextra{&#xA;        \pgfmathparse{\x2 - \x1}&#xA;      }&#xA;        node[draw,right,below=of A1,text width=\pgfmathresult pt]{test};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This results with the image below: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://img600.imageshack.us/img600/3868/testwidthprog.png&quot;/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Obviously - the box is not as wide as the distance between the A1 and A2 nodes (and neither has its right edge aligned with A1.west). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then I wanted to try something similar to the code given in &lt;a href=&quot;http://newsgroups.derkeiler.com/Archive/Comp/comp.text.tex/2009-07/msg00997.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Re: tikz: getting width of node programmatically&lt;/a&gt;, which also uses &lt;code&gt;\pgfextra&lt;/code&gt;, so I tried something like: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usetikzlibrary{shapes.arrows,chains,positioning,matrix,calc}&#xA;\newdimen{\mydim}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[font=\tt]&#xA;    \node (A1) [shape=circle,draw]              {A1};&#xA;    \node (A2) [shape=circle,draw,right=of A1]  {A2};&#xA;&#xA;    % draw a rectangular node&#xA;    \draw let \p1 = (A1.west), \p2 = (A2.east) &#xA;      in \pgfextra{&#xA;        \pgf@x=\n1&#xA;        \pgf@y=1cm&#xA;        \divide\pgf@x by \pgf@y&#xA;        \setlength{\mydim}{\pgf@x}      &#xA;      }&#xA;        node[draw,right,below=of A1,text width=\mydim pt]{test};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;... however, for that code, LaTeX seems to crash when it encounters &lt;code&gt;\pgf@x&lt;/code&gt;, since the error message is: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Undefined control sequence.&#xA;&amp;lt;argument&amp;gt;  \pgf &#xA;                 @x=\n 1 \pgf @y=1cm \divide \pgf @x by \pgf @y \setlength {...&#xA;l.40      }&#xA;&#xA;!  ==&amp;gt; Fatal error occurred, no output PDF file produced!&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The only reference I found to this was kind of error was in &lt;a href=&quot;http://comments.gmane.org/gmane.comp.tex.pgf.user/3577&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pgfdeclareshape example not compilable - pgf-users&lt;/a&gt;, where the recommendation is: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Does it compile if you put \makeatletter before \pgfdeclareshape{...} &#xA;  and \makeatother after? (It is missing from the example in the manual, &#xA;  but I suspect it is necessary).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;... however, I do not see how it would apply here - since the purpose of all this pgf use here, is just calculation (not actual drawing/rendering). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Well, thanks in advance for any pointers,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Cheers!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT:&lt;/strong&gt; Well, with a (sort of a) combo of the approaches above, I am starting to get somewhere: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usetikzlibrary{shapes.arrows,chains,positioning,matrix,calc}&#xA;\newdimen{\mydim}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[font=\tt]&#xA;    \node (A1) [shape=circle,draw]              {A1};&#xA;    \node (A2) [shape=circle,draw,right=of A1]  {A2};&#xA;&#xA;    % draw a rectangular node&#xA;    \draw let \p1 = (A1.west), \p2 = (A2.east) &#xA;      in \pgfextra{%&#xA;        \pgfmathparse{\x2 - \x1}&#xA;        \setlength{\mydim}{\pgfmathresult pt}       &#xA;      }&#xA;        node[draw,right,below=of A1.west,anchor=west,text width=\mydim]{test};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;... but it's still not good. By using &lt;code&gt;anchor=west&lt;/code&gt;, now there is proper alignment; and by getting rid of &lt;code&gt;\pgf@x&lt;/code&gt;, and using &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathresult&lt;/code&gt; to set the &lt;code&gt;\mydim&lt;/code&gt; length - the width looks somewhat better, but longer than expected, see image: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://img121.imageshack.us/img121/3868/testwidthprog.png&quot;/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So the remaining questions now are: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;how do I get the correct width of the box - so its left edge aligns with A2's left edge? &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Why is this 'crash' on encountering &lt;code&gt;\pgf@x&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;\pgfextra&lt;/code&gt; happening?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks again,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Cheers!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2595" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-23T20:36:14.827" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T20:48:39.833" Title="TikZ: applying width to nodes programmatically, and 'Undefined control sequence pgf'" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;nodes&gt;&lt;width&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7661" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-23T18:25:39.480" Score="1" ViewCount="137" Body="&lt;p&gt;With this minimal example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\usepackage{unicode-math}&#xA;\setmathfont{Asana Math}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;$\frac{2\pi r}{r} = 2\pi$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am unable to get the horizontal bar or vinculum for the fraction on the left.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am new to unicode-math, and want to use the Asana Math font with Minion Pro as my main font, compiling the document with xelatex.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can someone please suggest what is wrong and how to correct it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Many thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1636" LastActivityDate="2010-12-25T18:35:04.867" Title="Getting vinculum in fractions with Asana Math and unicode-math" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7662" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7653" CreationDate="2010-12-23T18:30:19.173" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A LuaTeX solution:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the TeX driver:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\directlua{dofile(&quot;inputall.lua&quot;)}&#xA;&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and the Lua input file &lt;code&gt;inputall.lua&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;function dirtree(dir)&#xA;&#xA;  if string.sub(dir, -1) == &quot;/&quot; then&#xA;    dir=string.sub(dir, 1, -2)&#xA;  end&#xA;&#xA;  local function yieldtree(dir)&#xA;    for entry in lfs.dir(dir) do&#xA;      if not entry:match(&quot;^%.&quot;) then&#xA;        entry=dir..&quot;/&quot;..entry&#xA;          if lfs.isdir(entry) then&#xA;            yieldtree(entry)&#xA;          else&#xA;            coroutine.yield(entry)&#xA;          end&#xA;      end&#xA;    end&#xA;  end&#xA;&#xA;  return coroutine.wrap(function() yieldtree(dir) end)&#xA;end&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;for i in dirtree(lfs.currentdir()) do&#xA;  local filename = i:gsub(&quot;.*/([^/]+)$&quot;,&quot;%1&quot;)&#xA;  tex.sprint(&quot;\\input &quot; ..  filename .. &quot; &quot;)&#xA;end&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This recurses down a directory tree and inputs all the file found. (Found the dirtree iterator in the Lua users wiki.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="243" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T18:30:19.173" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="7663" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7660" CreationDate="2010-12-23T20:23:40.957" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I guess the reason that your first example doesn't give you the right length is that &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathresult&lt;/code&gt; is overwritten somewhere before it is applied to the option (also you forgot subtracting the &lt;code&gt;inner sep&lt;/code&gt;, this is the reason for the incorrect length in your edit). However, the node is placed correctly below (A1), as the default node alignment is centering.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;First step&lt;/strong&gt;: fix the &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathresult&lt;/code&gt;. The &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathparse&lt;/code&gt; isn't really needed here, we can simply do the following (the default &lt;code&gt;inner sep&lt;/code&gt; between the text and the border is 0.3333em, so we need to subtract twice that for the &lt;code&gt;text width&lt;/code&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}[font=\tt]&#xA;    \node (A1) [shape=circle,draw]              {A1};&#xA;    \node (A2) [shape=circle,draw,right=of A1]  {A2};&#xA;&#xA;    % draw a rectangular node&#xA;    \draw let \p1 = (A1.west), \p2 = (A2.east) in &#xA;          node[draw,right,below=of A1,text width={\x2-\x1-0.6666em}]{test};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ftI9u.png&quot; alt=&quot;result of step one&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Second step&lt;/strong&gt;: fix the alignment. The &lt;code&gt;right&lt;/code&gt; option doesn't do anything, so we can simply delete it. By default, nodes are anchored at their center. Actually, for &lt;code&gt;below=of ..&lt;/code&gt;, they are anchored at the north (center). So we have to set &lt;code&gt;anchor=north west&lt;/code&gt; to have the node to the right. But then it is to the right of A1.center (concretely, &lt;code&gt;node distance&lt;/code&gt; below A1.south). So we need to specify &lt;code&gt;below=of A1.south west&lt;/code&gt;. Unfortunately, that doesn't quite work as A1 is bounded by a circle (so &lt;code&gt;south west&lt;/code&gt; is on the circle and not as far west and south as we would like). A1.west is a first approximation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}[font=\tt]&#xA;    \node (A1) [shape=circle,draw]              {A1};&#xA;    \node (A2) [shape=circle,draw,right=of A1]  {A2};&#xA;&#xA;    % draw a rectangular node&#xA;    \draw let \p1 = (A1.west), \p2 = (A2.east) in &#xA;          node[draw,below={of A1.west},anchor=north west,text width={\x2-\x1-0.6666em}]{test};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/WNBpG.png&quot; alt=&quot;result of step 2.1&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This isn’t quite perfect, since the third node is a bit too high now. The &lt;code&gt;circle&lt;/code&gt; shape doesn't provide the correct anchor, so we have to calculate its position (it’s easy: A1.west gives the correct x-coordinate and A1.south the correct y-coordinate). Also, let’s add &lt;code&gt;align=center&lt;/code&gt; to center the text in the node:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}[font=\tt]&#xA;    \node (A1) [shape=circle,draw]              {A1};&#xA;    \node (A2) [shape=circle,draw,right=of A1]  {A2};&#xA;&#xA;    % draw a rectangular node&#xA;    \draw let &#xA;            \p1 = (A1.west),&#xA;            \p2 = (A2.east),&#xA;            \p3 = (A1.south)&#xA;          in node [&#xA;            draw,&#xA;            below={of (\x1,\y3)},&#xA;            anchor=north west,&#xA;            text width={\x2-\x1-0.6666em},&#xA;            align=center&#xA;          ] {test};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/1lmCw.png&quot; alt=&quot;finished image&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To get your second example to compile, you need to add &lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\makeatother&lt;/code&gt; in the appropriate places. By default, @ is in class “other” and cannot be used in command names. However, it is typically used in internal commands that the user should not access. &lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&lt;/code&gt; makes @ a ”letter”, so that it can be used in command names. See also &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/6240/why-do-latex-internal-commands-have-an-in-them&quot;&gt;Why do LaTeX internal commands have an @ in them?&lt;/a&gt;. However the code seems to have other problems too and adding &lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&lt;/code&gt; merely changes the error. I'm not yet sufficiently familiar with the ways TeX and LaTeX handle dimensions and lengths to give you advice how that code should be corrected.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T20:23:40.957" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7664" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2197" CreationDate="2010-12-23T20:34:56.620" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your second example does work in TikZ v2.10. So I suspect it is a bug in the math parser of version 2.00.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T20:34:56.620" />
  <row Id="7665" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7660" CreationDate="2010-12-23T20:48:39.833" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi all, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks to @Caramdir, here is also a version with usage of &lt;code&gt;\pgf@x&lt;/code&gt;; while &lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&lt;/code&gt;/&lt;code&gt;\makeatother&lt;/code&gt; is necessary to get rid of the &lt;code&gt;! Undefined control sequence&lt;/code&gt;, the OP code also needs to use a 'counter' instead of a 'dimension' so that some width scaling occurs at all. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The code below should build and generate an image - but its width will, this time, be somewhat &lt;em&gt;shorter&lt;/em&gt; than the 'total' distance between A1 and A2: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usetikzlibrary{shapes.arrows,chains,positioning,matrix,calc}&#xA;\newdimen{\mydim}&#xA;\newcounter{counterOne}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[font=\tt]&#xA;&#xA;    \node (A1) [shape=circle,draw]              {A1};&#xA;    \node (A2) [shape=circle,draw,right=of A1]  {A2};&#xA;&#xA;    % draw a rectangular node&#xA;    \makeatletter&#xA;    \draw let \p1 = (A1.west), \p2 = (A2.east) &#xA;      in let \n{width} = {\x2 - \x1}&#xA;        in \pgfextra{&#xA;        % \pgf@x=\n1 % ! Missing number, treated as zero. \tikz@cc@n@1&#xA;        % manual: &quot;the \p, \x, and \y macros refer to the same logical point, while the \n macro has “its own namespace.”&quot;&#xA;        \pgf@x=\n{width}&#xA;        \pgf@y=1cm&#xA;        \divide\pgf@x by \pgf@y&#xA;        \setcounter{counterOne}{\pgf@x}  % NOWORK: \setlength{\mydim}{\pgf@x}&#xA;      }&#xA;        node[draw,right,below=of A1.west,anchor=west,text width=\thecounterOne cm]{test};&#xA;    \makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;... with resulting image: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/T3i6o.png&quot; alt=&quot;shorter width with \pgf@x and counter code&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Well, in any case, I'm glad this question got solved :)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Cheers!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2595" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T20:48:39.833" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7666" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7661" CreationDate="2010-12-23T21:10:36.903" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have no problem and here is my output with current TeXLive2010 and the otf version of Asana from CTAN. I run the document with lualatex.&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/twZeD.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T21:10:36.903" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7667" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-23T21:47:22.957" Score="2" ViewCount="188" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to create a picture for &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.maa.org/mathland/mathtrek_8_9_99.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Instant Insanity&lt;/a&gt; problem. Here is my following code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\matrix[nodes=draw]&#xA;{&#xA;; &amp;amp; \node{\LARGE R}; &amp;amp; ; &amp;amp; ;\\&#xA;\node{\LARGE R}; &amp;amp; \node[draw=white]{\LARGE B}; &amp;amp; \node{\LARGE G}; &amp;amp; \node{\LARGE W};\\&#xA;; &amp;amp; \node{\LARGE R}; &amp;amp; ; &amp;amp; ;\\&#xA;};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem is, the node containing B has relatively thick border. This is due to border overlapping by surrounding nodes. How can I turn off drawing borders of node containing &lt;strong&gt;B&lt;/strong&gt; ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1553" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-24T15:28:51.743" LastActivityDate="2010-12-24T15:28:51.743" Title="How to turn off drawing node border in PGF?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;nodes&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="7668" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7667" CreationDate="2010-12-23T22:11:36.547" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;\node[draw=none]&lt;/code&gt;. From the TikZ manual (section 15.3 “Drawing a Path” in v2.10),&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;If the special color name &lt;code&gt;none&lt;/code&gt; is&#xA;  given, this option causes drawing to&#xA;  be “switched off.” This is useful if a&#xA;  style has previously switched on&#xA;  drawing and you locally wish to undo&#xA;  this effect.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T22:11:36.547" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7669" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7670" CreationDate="2010-12-23T23:22:42.903" Score="7" ViewCount="357" Body="&lt;p&gt;Neither of &lt;code&gt;\sfseries&lt;/code&gt; nor &lt;code&gt;\sfshape&lt;/code&gt; seem to work. So what is the command I'm looking for to change the current group to sans serif? &lt;code&gt;\bfseries&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\scshape&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\itshape&lt;/code&gt; work, but I can't find the sans serif command to do the same thing...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T23:31:14.437" Title="\bfseries is to \textbf as WHAT is to \textsf" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7670" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7669" CreationDate="2010-12-23T23:31:14.437" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The command you want is &lt;code&gt;\sffamily&lt;/code&gt;.  I don't know why bold is a series (other font weights are too; it's probably a typographical term), but it should be clear why small caps and italics are shapes; sans-serif fonts are a family of fonts, hence the name.  (While I understand the logic, it does feel like consistency would be nice….)  There's a list in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=2letterfontcmd&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;a TeX FAQ answer&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The default set of modal commands offers weights &lt;code&gt;\mdseries&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\bfseries&lt;/code&gt;, shapes &lt;code&gt;\upshape&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\itshape&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\scshape&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\slshape&lt;/code&gt;, and families &lt;code&gt;\rmfamily&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\sffamily&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\ttfamily&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The commands, in order, activate &lt;strong&gt;m&lt;/strong&gt;e&lt;strong&gt;d&lt;/strong&gt;ium weight, &lt;strong&gt;b&lt;/strong&gt;old&lt;strong&gt;f&lt;/strong&gt;ace, &lt;strong&gt;up&lt;/strong&gt;right, &lt;strong&gt;it&lt;/strong&gt;alic, &lt;strong&gt;s&lt;/strong&gt;mall &lt;strong&gt;c&lt;/strong&gt;aps, &lt;strong&gt;sl&lt;/strong&gt;anted, &lt;strong&gt;r&lt;/strong&gt;o&lt;strong&gt;m&lt;/strong&gt;an (serif), &lt;strong&gt;s&lt;/strong&gt;ans seri&lt;strong&gt;f&lt;/strong&gt;, and &lt;strong&gt;t&lt;/strong&gt;ypewriter &lt;strong&gt;t&lt;/strong&gt;ext (monospaced).  To form the &lt;code&gt;\textXX&lt;/code&gt; commands, the first two letters of the modal commands are always used.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1425" LastActivityDate="2010-12-23T23:31:14.437" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="7671" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7634" CreationDate="2010-12-24T00:15:35.053" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As TH wrote, your situation would pick up a &lt;code&gt;\widowpenalty&lt;/code&gt; due to being a single line of a paragraph on a new page. It is also penalized as a page break after a hyphenation by &lt;code&gt;\brokenpenalty&lt;/code&gt; and by &lt;code&gt;\finalhyphendemerits&lt;/code&gt; for being a hyphenated second-to-last line of the paragraph. If any or all of these are set to sufficiently large values, then your bad break should be strongly discouraged and the only reason this break occurred is that TeX could see no better alternative, and you will have to give it some manual guidance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-12-24T00:15:35.053" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7672" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7673" CreationDate="2010-12-24T00:22:15.730" Score="4" ViewCount="134" Body="&lt;p&gt;Two questions please about this code example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1) Why does &lt;code&gt;\rlap&lt;/code&gt; prevent me from setting a variable?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;2) How do I set a variable from within an &lt;code&gt;\rlap&lt;/code&gt; that is visible outside of &lt;code&gt;\rlap&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using MikTex 2.8.  Thanks for any clue!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\newif\ifmycheck&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\rlap{\mychecktrue}&#xA;% \mychecktrue&#xA;\ifmycheck&#xA;Check True!&#xA;\else&#xA;Check False!  % always takes this path!&#xA;\fi&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2528" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-24T13:23:01.553" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T18:59:33.627" Title="How do I set a variable inside of \rlap" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;conditionals&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="7673" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7672" CreationDate="2010-12-24T01:03:28.110" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Changes within a group stay inside that group, and &lt;code&gt;\rlap&lt;/code&gt; puts its argument inside an &lt;code&gt;\hbox&lt;/code&gt;, therefore within its own group.  So if you did:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\rlap{\mychecktrue % group is still open!&#xA;% \mychecktrue&#xA;\ifmycheck&#xA;Check True!&#xA;\else&#xA;Check False!  &#xA;\fi}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You will get &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Check True!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So you see that you did set the variable inside &lt;code&gt;\rlap&lt;/code&gt;.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;You want the changes to persist outside the group.  So use the prefix &lt;code&gt;\global&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\rlap{\global\mychecktrue}&#xA;% \mychecktrue&#xA;\ifmycheck&#xA;Check True!&#xA;\else&#xA;Check False!  &#xA;\fi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That will result again in &quot;Check True!&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-24T12:20:34.873" LastActivityDate="2010-12-24T12:20:34.873" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7674" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7667" CreationDate="2010-12-24T01:53:32.303" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think you need to draw the lines manually:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{matrix}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\matrix(m)[matrix of nodes,nodes={minimum width=2em,font=\LARGE}]&#xA;{&#xA;  &amp;amp; R &amp;amp; &amp;amp; \\&#xA;R &amp;amp; B &amp;amp; G &amp;amp; W\\&#xA;  &amp;amp; R &amp;amp; &amp;amp; \\&#xA;};&#xA;\draw (m-3-2.south west) rectangle (m-1-2.north east);&#xA;\draw (m-2-1.south west) rectangle (m-2-4.north east);&#xA;\draw (m-2-3.south east) -- (m-2-3.north east);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;TikZ's matrix library is apparently necessary to access the nodes in a matrix.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now you can take that and make it the replacement text of a macro so you won't have to type it over and over.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-12-24T01:53:32.303" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="7675" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8035" CreationDate="2010-12-24T02:00:46.043" Score="6" ViewCount="188" Body="&lt;p&gt;In XeTeX, if I have a line with two font sizes, how can I arrange to have the smaller font aligned to either the center or top of the line?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e.g.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newfontinstance\biggoth[Color=000000,Scale=5.0]{Cloister Black}&#xA;\newfontinstance\smallgoth[Color=000000,Scale=2.0]{Cloister Black}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\biggoth Hello \smallgoth World&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &quot;Hello&quot; aligns to the bottom of the line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm grateful for any thoughts and input.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Brian&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1744" LastActivityDate="2010-12-31T21:22:07.883" Title="Vertical alignment of fonts of different sizes on same line" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;&lt;align&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="7676" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7681" CreationDate="2010-12-24T02:56:49.743" Score="7" ViewCount="281" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to format the title of the table of contents using the &lt;code&gt;tocloft&lt;/code&gt; package. It inserts code that looks like the following.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\par&#xA;\vspace*{\cftbeforetoctitleskip}%&#xA;% code to typeset \contentsname&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\vspace*&lt;/code&gt; is adding unwanted space. Here's a minimal example demonstrating the problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{showframe}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\vspace*{0pt}%&#xA;ASDF&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Compare that to &lt;code&gt;\vspace{0pt}&lt;/code&gt; (or simply omitting the &lt;code&gt;\vspace&lt;/code&gt; line altogether).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The difference between &lt;code&gt;\vspace&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\vspace*&lt;/code&gt; is clear. With the star, it expands to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\dimen@\prevdepth&#xA;\hrule \@height\z@&#xA;\nobreak&#xA;\vskip#1%&#xA;\vskip\z@skip&#xA;\prevdepth\dimen@&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and without the star, it expands to just the two &lt;code&gt;\vskips&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why is there the extra space? (And bonus question: Doesn't this make &lt;code&gt;\vspace*&lt;/code&gt; sort of worthless since the star only has a use when TeX is discarding items?)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;I was able to fix my real problem (with the table of contents) by using &lt;code&gt;\patchcmd&lt;/code&gt; from &lt;code&gt;etoolbox&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-24T05:40:59.663" LastActivityDate="2011-01-03T23:58:05.590" Title="Why does \vspace*{0pt} add vertical space?" Tags="&lt;vspace&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7677" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7609" CreationDate="2010-12-24T03:14:32.887" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;During the installation of TeX Live 2010, ensure that you go into the options menu and enable the creation of the symlinks.  (At least, this is the cause of a common problem with another project I've worked on -- folks forget to create the symlinks, so tlmgr, etc. aren't in the PATH.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="80" LastActivityDate="2010-12-24T03:14:32.887" />
  <row Id="7678" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7692" CreationDate="2010-12-24T03:46:30.040" Score="3" ViewCount="162" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am writing a book where some tables need wider space. &#xA;The only solution is to make the tables in intentionally-made landscape pages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately, there are annoying headers and footers on the landscape pages. How to remove those annoying header and footers?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following is my &quot;minimal&quot; code snippet:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\usepackage[a4paper,margin=20mm]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{lscape}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage{calc}&#xA;\usepackage{longtable,array}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\chapter{One}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\section{One One}&#xA;\lipsum[2]&#xA;&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;\begin{landscape}&#xA;\begin{longtable}{|m{0.4\textwidth-2\tabcolsep-1.5\fboxrule}|m{0.6\textwidth-2\tabcolsep-1.5\fboxrule}|}&#xA;\hline&#xA;a &amp;amp; b\\\hline&#xA;c &amp;amp; d\\\hline&#xA;\end{longtable}&#xA;\end{landscape}&#xA;\pagestyle{plain}&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum[3]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT 1:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I made a correction in the column width, i.e., changing &lt;code&gt;2\fboxrule&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;1.5\fboxrule&lt;/code&gt;. The former calculation is wrong because the rule between 2 columns should NOT be calculated twice. I slipped a little here. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT 2:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Herbert's solution is the final answer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-24T13:48:20.080" LastActivityDate="2010-12-24T13:48:20.080" Title="How to remove annoying header and footer for some pages that are intentionally made landscape?" Tags="&lt;layout&gt;&lt;header-footer&gt;&lt;landscape&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="7679" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7678" CreationDate="2010-12-24T03:49:32.800" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You want to use &lt;code&gt;\thispagestyle{empty}&lt;/code&gt; on the pages that shouldn't have headers or footers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{landscape}&#xA;\thispagestyle{empty}&#xA;% longtable code&#xA;\end{landscape}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-24T04:23:24.817" LastActivityDate="2010-12-24T04:23:24.817" CommentCount="10" />
  <row Id="7680" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7684" CreationDate="2010-12-24T04:20:21.280" Score="1" ViewCount="174" Body="&lt;p&gt;It seems that neither &lt;code&gt;\textwidth&lt;/code&gt; nor &lt;code&gt;\textheight&lt;/code&gt; can force the table to fill the whole width.    &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[dvips]{book}&#xA;\usepackage[a4paper,margin=20mm,showframe]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{lscape}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage{calc}&#xA;\usepackage{longtable,array}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\chapter{One}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\section{One One}&#xA;\lipsum[2]&#xA;&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;\begin{landscape}&#xA;\begin{longtable}{|m{0.4\textheight-2\tabcolsep-1.5\fboxrule}|m{0.6\textheight-2\tabcolsep-1.5\fboxrule}|}&#xA;\hline&#xA;a &amp;amp; b\\\hline&#xA;c &amp;amp; d\\\hline&#xA;\end{longtable}&#xA;\end{landscape}&#xA;\pagestyle{plain}&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum[3]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT 1:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I made a correction in the column width, i.e., changing &lt;code&gt;2\fboxrule&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;1.5\fboxrule&lt;/code&gt;. The former calculation is wrong because the rule between 2 columns should NOT be calculated twice. I slipped a little here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And I got an output as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/wxecw.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT 2: It's my real scenario (as opposed to the minimal code)&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[dvipsnames,rgb,dvips]{book}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[a4paper,margin=20mm,showframe]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{longtable}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\usepackage{calc}&#xA;\usepackage{ltablex}&#xA;\usepackage{lscape}&#xA;&#xA;\newcounter{No}&#xA;\renewcommand{\theNo}{\stepcounter{No}\arabic{No}}&#xA;\newenvironment{MyTable}[4]%&#xA;{%&#xA;    \newcolumntype{A}[1]%&#xA;    {%&#xA;        &amp;gt;{%&#xA;            \begin{minipage}%&#xA;                {%&#xA;                    ##1\textwidth-2\tabcolsep-1.5\arrayrulewidth%&#xA;                }%&#xA;                \vspace{\tabcolsep}%&#xA;         }%&#xA;         c%&#xA;        &amp;lt;{\vspace{\tabcolsep}\end{minipage}}%&#xA;    }%&#xA;    \setcounter{No}{0}%comment out this if you want to continuous numbering for all tables.&#xA;    \begin{longtable}%&#xA;    {%&#xA;            |&amp;gt;{\scriptsize\centering\theNo}A{#1}&amp;lt;{}%&#xA;            |&amp;gt;{}A{#2}&amp;lt;{\centering\input{\jobname.tmp}}%&#xA;            |&amp;gt;{\centering\lstinputlisting{\jobname.tmp}}A{#3}&amp;lt;{}%&#xA;            |&amp;gt;{\scriptsize\arraybackslash}A{#4}&amp;lt;{}%&#xA;            |%&#xA;    }%&#xA;    \hline\ignorespaces%&#xA;}%&#xA;{%&#xA;    \end{longtable}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\Comment}[1]{&amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; #1\\\hline}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\lstset{%&#xA;language={PSTricks},&#xA;basicstyle=\ttfamily\scriptsize,%&#xA;keywordstyle=\color{blue}%,&#xA;%backgroundcolor=\color{yellow!30}%&#xA;}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyvrb}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\def\MyRow{%        &#xA;        \VerbatimEnvironment%&#xA;        \begin{VerbatimOut}{\jobname.tmp}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\endMyRow{%&#xA;        \end{VerbatimOut}%      &#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{pstricks,pst-node}&#xA;\newpsstyle{gridstyle}{%&#xA;gridwidth=0.4pt,%default: 0.8pt&#xA;gridcolor=Red!20,%default: black&#xA;griddots=0,%default: 0 &#xA;%&#xA;gridlabels=3pt,%default: 10pt&#xA;gridlabelcolor=Blue,%default: black&#xA;%&#xA;subgriddiv=5,%default: 5&#xA;subgridwidth=0.2pt,%default: 0.4pt&#xA;subgridcolor=Green!20,%default: gray&#xA;subgriddots=0%default: 0&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\chapter{Introduction to PSTricks}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;&#xA;\section{At a glance galleries}&#xA;\lipsum[1-5]&#xA;&#xA;%Landscape starts here.&#xA;%\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;\begin{landscape}&#xA;\thispagestyle{empty}&#xA;\begin{MyTable}{0.05}{.25}{0.4}{0.3}%&#xA;%=============&#xA;\begin{MyRow}&#xA;\pspicture*[showgrid](4,4)&#xA;\pnode(1,1){A}&#xA;\pnode(3,3){B}&#xA;\ncline{A}{B}&#xA;\endpspicture&#xA;\end{MyRow}&#xA;\Comment{\lipsum[1]}&#xA;%=============&#xA;\begin{MyRow}&#xA;\begin{pspicture}[showgrid](4,3)&#xA;\psframe*[linecolor=red!30](3,2)&#xA;\end{pspicture}&#xA;\end{MyRow}&#xA;\Comment{\lipsum[2]}&#xA;%=============&#xA;\begin{MyRow}&#xA;\pspicture[showgrid](4,3)&#xA;\psframe*[linecolor=green!30](3,2)&#xA;\endpspicture&#xA;\end{MyRow}&#xA;\Comment{\lipsum[3]}&#xA;%=============&#xA;\begin{MyRow}&#xA;\pspicture[showgrid](4,3)&#xA;\psframe*[linecolor=yellow!30](3,2)&#xA;\endpspicture&#xA;\end{MyRow}&#xA;\Comment{\lipsum[4]}&#xA;%=============&#xA;\begin{MyRow}&#xA;\pspicture[showgrid](4,3)&#xA;\psframe*[linecolor=Maroon!30](3,2)&#xA;\endpspicture&#xA;\end{MyRow}&#xA;\Comment{\lipsum[5]}&#xA;%=============&#xA;\end{MyTable}&#xA;%Landscape stops here.&#xA;\end{landscape}&#xA;%\pagestyle{plain}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Node}&#xA;\lipsum[1-5]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately, &lt;code&gt;\arrayrulewidth&lt;/code&gt; does not work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT 3:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;dvips&lt;/code&gt; has been added for both code snippets above. The &lt;code&gt;\arrayrulewidth&lt;/code&gt; still cannot work the way we want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-24T07:20:35.673" LastActivityDate="2010-12-24T07:57:19.150" Title="How to make a landscape table fill the whole width?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;layout&gt;&lt;landscape&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7681" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7676" CreationDate="2010-12-24T05:54:45.433" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To ensure that white space is produced even at points in the document where page breaking takes place or at the top or bottom of a page one should replace &lt;code&gt;\vspace&lt;/code&gt; by &lt;code&gt;\vspace*&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At the beginning of a page &lt;code&gt;\topskip&lt;/code&gt; is inserted, normally &lt;code&gt;\topskip=10pt&lt;/code&gt;. Setting   &lt;code&gt;topskip=0pt&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\offinterlineskip&lt;/code&gt; will produce identical results both for &lt;code&gt;vspace&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;vscpace*&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{showframe}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\topskip=0pt  \offinterlineskip &#xA;\vspace*{0pt}%&#xA;ASDF&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\offinterlineskip&lt;/code&gt; is macro to prevent interline glue globally. Try running both examples to see the difference.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{showframe}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\topskip=0pt  %\offinterlineskip &#xA;\vspace*{0pt}%&#xA;ASDF&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-03T23:58:05.590" LastActivityDate="2011-01-03T23:58:05.590" CommentCount="14" />
  <row Id="7682" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7758" CreationDate="2010-12-24T06:29:35.377" Score="3" ViewCount="156" Body="&lt;p&gt;Thanks to the answers to this &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/7676/why-does-vspace0pt-add-vertical-space&quot;&gt;question&lt;/a&gt;, I believe I have a fix for &lt;code&gt;\vspace*&lt;/code&gt; that will make it work sanely at the top of a page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\@vspacer#1{%&#xA;        \ifvmode&#xA;                \dimen@\prevdepth&#xA;                \begingroup&#xA;                \topskip\z@skip&#xA;                \hrule\@height\z@&#xA;                \nobreak&#xA;                \endgroup&#xA;                \vskip#1%&#xA;                \vskip\z@skip&#xA;                \prevdepth\dimen@&#xA;        \else&#xA;                \@bsphack&#xA;                \vadjust{%&#xA;                        \@restorepar&#xA;                        \begingroup&#xA;                        \topskip\z@skip&#xA;                        \hrule\@height\z@&#xA;                        \nobreak&#xA;                        \endgroup&#xA;                        \vskip#1%&#xA;                        \vskip\z@skip&#xA;                }%&#xA;                \@esphack&#xA;        \fi&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The only change from the standard definition is the addition of &lt;code&gt;\begingroup&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\topskip\z@&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;\endgroup&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As near as I can tell, this should only affect &lt;code&gt;\vspace*&lt;/code&gt;s that appear at the beginning of a page. The idea is that &lt;code&gt;\vspace*{5in}&lt;/code&gt; should really be 5in, not 5in + 10pt. And one shouldn't have to use &lt;code&gt;\kern-\topskip&lt;/code&gt; after &lt;code&gt;\vspace*&lt;/code&gt;s that appear at the top of the page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there some reason this or something similar was not in the LaTeX 2e kernel? There are no comments in the source noting any sort of problems with &lt;code&gt;\vspace&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\topskip&lt;/code&gt;. In fact, &lt;code&gt;\topskip&lt;/code&gt; is barely mentioned in the source.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-24T10:48:51.900" LastActivityDate="2010-12-26T10:53:35.547" Title="A fix for \vspace*, does it break other things?" Tags="&lt;vspace&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7684" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7680" CreationDate="2010-12-24T06:56:07.673" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is my solution&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[dvipsnames,rgb,dvips]{book}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[a4paper,margin=20mm,showframe]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{longtable}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\usepackage{calc}&#xA;\usepackage{ltablex}&#xA;\usepackage{lscape}&#xA;\usepackage{ragged2e}&#xA;&#xA;\newcounter{No}&#xA;\renewcommand{\theNo}{\stepcounter{No}\arabic{No}}&#xA;\newcolumntype{A}[1]{%&#xA;  &amp;gt;{\vspace*{\medskipamount}\Centering}&#xA;  p{#1\linewidth-2\tabcolsep-2\arrayrulewidth}&#xA;  &amp;lt;{\smallskip}}&#xA;\newenvironment{MyTable}[4]%&#xA;  {\setcounter{No}{0}%comment out this if you want to continuous numbering for all tables.&#xA;   \begin{longtable}{%&#xA;            |&amp;gt;{\scriptsize\theNo}A{#1}&amp;lt;{}%&#xA;            |&amp;gt;{}l&amp;lt;{\minipage[t]{#2\linewidth-2\tabcolsep-2\arrayrulewidth}&#xA;                   \vspace{0pt}\input{\jobname.tmp}\endminipage}%&#xA;            |&amp;gt;{\Centering\lstinputlisting{\jobname.tmp}}A{#3}&amp;lt;{}%&#xA;            |&amp;gt;{\scriptsize\arraybackslash}A{#4}&amp;lt;{}%&#xA;            |%&#xA;    }%&#xA;    \hline\ignorespaces%&#xA;}%&#xA;{%&#xA;    \end{longtable}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\Comment}[1]{&amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; #1\\\hline}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\lstset{%&#xA;language={PSTricks},&#xA;basicstyle=\ttfamily\scriptsize,%&#xA;keywordstyle=\color{blue}%,&#xA;%backgroundcolor=\color{yellow!30}%&#xA;}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyvrb}&#xA;\def\MyRow{%        &#xA;        \VerbatimEnvironment%&#xA;        \begin{VerbatimOut}{\jobname.tmp}}&#xA;&#xA;\def\endMyRow{\end{VerbatimOut}}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{pstricks,pst-node}&#xA;\newpsstyle{gridstyle}{%&#xA;gridwidth=0.4pt,%default: 0.8pt&#xA;gridcolor=Red!20,%default: black&#xA;griddots=0,%default: 0 &#xA;%&#xA;gridlabels=3pt,%default: 10pt&#xA;gridlabelcolor=Blue,%default: black&#xA;%&#xA;subgriddiv=5,%default: 5&#xA;subgridwidth=0.2pt,%default: 0.4pt&#xA;subgridcolor=Green!20,%default: gray&#xA;subgriddots=0%default: 0&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\chapter{Introduction to PSTricks}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;&#xA;\section{At a glance galleries}&#xA;\lipsum[1-5]&#xA;&#xA;%Landscape starts here.&#xA;%\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;\begin{landscape}&#xA;\noindent&#xA;\rule{\linewidth}{4pt}&#xA;&#xA;\thispagestyle{empty}&#xA;\begin{MyTable}{0.05}{.25}{0.4}{0.3}%&#xA;%=============&#xA;\begin{MyRow}&#xA;\pspicture[showgrid](4,4)&#xA;\pnode(1,1){A}&#xA;\pnode(3,3){B}&#xA;\ncline{A}{B}&#xA;\endpspicture&#xA;\end{MyRow}&#xA;\Comment{\lipsum[1]}&#xA;%=============&#xA;\begin{MyRow}&#xA;\begin{pspicture}[showgrid](4,3)&#xA;\psframe*[linecolor=red!30](3,2)&#xA;\end{pspicture}&#xA;\end{MyRow}&#xA;\Comment{\lipsum[2]}&#xA;%=============&#xA;\begin{MyRow}&#xA;\pspicture[showgrid](4,3)&#xA;\psframe*[linecolor=green!30](3,2)&#xA;\endpspicture&#xA;\end{MyRow}&#xA;\Comment{\lipsum[3]}&#xA;%=============&#xA;\begin{MyRow}&#xA;\pspicture[showgrid](4,3)&#xA;\psframe*[linecolor=yellow!30](3,2)&#xA;\endpspicture&#xA;\end{MyRow}&#xA;\Comment{\lipsum[4]}&#xA;%=============&#xA;\begin{MyRow}&#xA;\pspicture[showgrid](4,3)&#xA;\psframe*[linecolor=Maroon!30](3,2)&#xA;\endpspicture&#xA;\end{MyRow}&#xA;\Comment{\lipsum[5]}&#xA;%=============&#xA;\end{MyTable}&#xA;%Landscape stops here.&#xA;\end{landscape}&#xA;%\pagestyle{plain}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Node}&#xA;\lipsum[1-5]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-24T07:57:19.150" LastActivityDate="2010-12-24T07:57:19.150" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="7685" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7682" CreationDate="2010-12-24T07:09:43.373" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[twocolumn]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{showframe}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\vspace*{0pt}&#xA;ASDF&#xA;\newpage&#xA;ASDF&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\vspace{0pt}&lt;/code&gt; is the command to insert a &lt;em&gt;line&lt;/em&gt; of height 0. But is is a line and the following baseline is &lt;code&gt;\baselineskip&lt;/code&gt; deeper. The &lt;code&gt;\vspace*{0pt}&lt;/code&gt; or alternatively &lt;code&gt;\vspace{0pt}&lt;/code&gt;  is a very useful command insode minipages to fit parallel boxes at top. However, &lt;code&gt;\vspace&lt;/code&gt; is measuered from the baseline.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-24T07:28:40.297" LastActivityDate="2010-12-24T07:28:40.297" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7686" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7680" CreationDate="2010-12-24T07:21:23.423" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;use &lt;em&gt;always&lt;/em&gt; &lt;code&gt;\linewidth&lt;/code&gt; inside the &lt;code&gt;landscape&lt;/code&gt; environment and &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; &lt;code&gt;\textwidth&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-24T07:21:23.423" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="7687" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-24T07:44:02.197" Score="0" ViewCount="245" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want this reference to a URL to show up, but it doesn't. This is how I add the entry in the bib file. I've also tried it as webpage and as url, but it doesn't show up in the references. It only shows the author and title. How do I make it show the URL?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@misc{vlsibackp_t,&#xA; Author = {Mariusz Bernacki},&#xA; Date-Added = {2010-12-21 15:37:30 -0600},&#xA; Date-Modified = {2010-12-22 12:21:00 -0600},&#xA; Lastchecked = {December 22, 2010},&#xA; Title = {Backpropagation},&#xA; Url = {http://home.agh.edu.pl/~vlsi/AI/backp_t_en/backprop.html},&#xA; Bdsk-Url-1 = {http://home.agh.edu.pl/~vlsi/AI/backp_t_en/backprop.html}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any help is appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2591" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-24T15:27:19.887" LastActivityDate="2010-12-24T19:32:11.880" Title="Reference to URL not showing up." Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;url&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7689" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7691" CreationDate="2010-12-24T08:48:33.550" Score="3" ViewCount="145" Body="&lt;p&gt;My question is already written on the title above.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT 1:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I attempted to use &lt;code&gt;\Centering&lt;/code&gt; and remove &lt;code&gt;\arraybackslash&lt;/code&gt; in my original code below. It cannot be compiled.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[dvips,dvipsnames,rgb]{book}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[a4paper,margin=10mm,showframe]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{longtable}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\usepackage{calc}&#xA;\usepackage{ragged2e}&#xA;\usepackage{lscape}&#xA;&#xA;\newcounter{No}&#xA;\renewcommand{\theNo}{\stepcounter{No}\arabic{No}}&#xA;\newenvironment{MyTable}[4]%&#xA;{%&#xA;    \newcolumntype{A}[1]%&#xA;    {%&#xA;        &amp;gt;{%&#xA;            \begin{minipage}%&#xA;                {%&#xA;                    ##1\linewidth-2\tabcolsep-2\arrayrulewidth%&#xA;                }%&#xA;                \vspace{\tabcolsep}%&#xA;         }%&#xA;         c%&#xA;        &amp;lt;{\vspace{\tabcolsep}\end{minipage}}%&#xA;    }%&#xA;    \setcounter{No}{0}%comment out this if you want to continuous numbering for all tables.&#xA;    \begin{longtable}%&#xA;    {%&#xA;            |&amp;gt;{\scriptsize\Centering\theNo}A{#1}&amp;lt;{}%&#xA;            |&amp;gt;{}A{#2}&amp;lt;{\Centering\input{\jobname.tmp}}%&#xA;            |&amp;gt;{\Centering\lstinputlisting{\jobname.tmp}}A{#3}&amp;lt;{}%&#xA;            |&amp;gt;{\scriptsize\arraybackslash}A{#4}&amp;lt;{}%Please try to remove \arraybackslash here.&#xA;            |%&#xA;    }%&#xA;    \hline\ignorespaces%&#xA;}%&#xA;{%&#xA;    \end{longtable}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\Comment}[1]{&amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; #1\\\hline}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\lstset{%&#xA;language={PSTricks},&#xA;basicstyle=\ttfamily\scriptsize,%&#xA;keywordstyle=\color{blue}%,&#xA;%backgroundcolor=\color{yellow!30}%&#xA;}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyvrb}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\def\MyRow{%        &#xA;        \VerbatimEnvironment%&#xA;        \begin{VerbatimOut}{\jobname.tmp}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\endMyRow{%&#xA;        \end{VerbatimOut}%      &#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{pstricks,pst-node}&#xA;\newpsstyle{gridstyle}{%&#xA;gridwidth=0.4pt,%default: 0.8pt&#xA;gridcolor=Red!20,%default: black&#xA;griddots=0,%default: 0 &#xA;%&#xA;gridlabels=3pt,%default: 10pt&#xA;gridlabelcolor=Blue,%default: black&#xA;%&#xA;subgriddiv=5,%default: 5&#xA;subgridwidth=0.2pt,%default: 0.4pt&#xA;subgridcolor=Green!20,%default: gray&#xA;subgriddots=0%default: 0&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\chapter{Introduction to PSTricks}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;&#xA;\section{At a glance galleries}&#xA;\lipsum[1-5]&#xA;&#xA;%Landscape starts here.&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;%\begin{landscape}&#xA;\begin{MyTable}{0.05}{.25}{0.4}{0.3}%&#xA;%=============&#xA;\begin{MyRow}&#xA;\pspicture*[showgrid](4,4)&#xA;\pnode(1,1){A}&#xA;\pnode(3,3){B}&#xA;\ncline{A}{B}&#xA;\endpspicture&#xA;\end{MyRow}&#xA;\Comment{\lipsum[1]}&#xA;%=============&#xA;\begin{MyRow}&#xA;\begin{pspicture}[showgrid](4,3)&#xA;\psframe*[linecolor=red!30](3,2)&#xA;\end{pspicture}&#xA;\end{MyRow}&#xA;\Comment{\lipsum[2]}&#xA;%=============&#xA;\begin{MyRow}&#xA;\pspicture[showgrid](4,3)&#xA;\psframe*[linecolor=green!30](3,2)&#xA;\endpspicture&#xA;\end{MyRow}&#xA;\Comment{\lipsum[3]}&#xA;%=============&#xA;\begin{MyRow}&#xA;\pspicture[showgrid](4,3)&#xA;\psframe*[linecolor=yellow!30](3,2)&#xA;\endpspicture&#xA;\end{MyRow}&#xA;\Comment{\lipsum[4]}&#xA;%=============&#xA;\begin{MyRow}&#xA;\pspicture[showgrid](4,3)&#xA;\psframe*[linecolor=Maroon!30](3,2)&#xA;\endpspicture&#xA;\end{MyRow}&#xA;\Comment{\lipsum[5]}&#xA;%=============&#xA;\end{MyTable}&#xA;%Landscape stops here.&#xA;%\end{landscape}&#xA;\pagestyle{plain}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Node}&#xA;\lipsum[1-5]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-24T09:14:31.800" LastActivityDate="2010-12-24T10:53:24.600" Title="what is the difference between `\Centering` and `\centering` ?" Tags="&lt;centering&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="7690" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7687" CreationDate="2010-12-24T08:50:23.427" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Again, too little information. However, I have no problem. Running pdflatex, bibtex, pdflatex, pdflatex&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{lmodern}&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;\begin{filecontents*}{mybib.bib}&#xA;@misc{vlsibackp_t,&#xA; Author = {Mariusz Bernacki},&#xA; Date-Added = {2010-12-21 15:37:30 -0600},&#xA; Date-Modified = {2010-12-22 12:21:00 -0600},&#xA; Lastchecked = {December 22, 2010},&#xA; Title = {Backpropagation},&#xA; Url = {http://home.agh.edu.pl/~vlsi/AI/backp_t_en/backprop.html},&#xA; Bdsk-Url-1 = {http://home.agh.edu.pl/~vlsi/AI/backp_t_en/backprop.html}}&#xA;\end{filecontents*}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{biblatex}&#xA;\bibliography{mybib}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;foo~\cite{vlsibackp_t}&#xA;\printbibliography&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-24T15:12:53.067" LastActivityDate="2010-12-24T15:12:53.067" />
  <row Id="7691" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7689" CreationDate="2010-12-24T08:53:23.877" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\Centering&lt;/code&gt; allows hyphenation, &lt;code&gt;\centering&lt;/code&gt; not and it also can be used in tabular headings to centering the contents without using the &lt;code&gt;\arraybackslash&lt;/code&gt; macro. Same for &lt;code&gt;\RaggedRight&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\RaggedLeft&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a5paper,english]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{babel}&#xA;\usepackage[originalcommands]{ragged2e}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\centering this spaceframeconstruction spaceframe this spaceframeconstruction &#xA;this spaceframeconstruction this spaceframeconstruction this spaceframeconstruction&#xA;&#xA;\Centering this spaceframeconstruction spaceframe this spaceframeconstruction &#xA;this spaceframeconstruction this spaceframeconstruction this spaceframeconstruction&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-24T10:53:24.600" LastActivityDate="2010-12-24T10:53:24.600" CommentCount="18" />
  <row Id="7692" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7678" CreationDate="2010-12-24T08:59:43.993" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{geometry}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{lscape}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;foo&#xA;\clearpage\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;\begin{landscape}&#xA;&#xA;bar\clearpage baz&#xA;\end{landscape}&#xA;\pagestyle{plain}&#xA;&#xA;next page&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-24T08:59:43.993" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="7693" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-24T09:10:27.213" Score="10" ViewCount="99" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi all,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As others certainly do, I generally use a template for my papers, which contains everything I usually need (packages, macros, ...) to typeset my documents. However, my needs sometimes vary, and in the end I find myself including packages that I did not need.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I generally do in the preamble is &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{P} % R&lt;/code&gt;, where R is the reason (e.g. set of commands) for including package P. This then allows me to check that R applies to my document, and remove P if not, but this is still a rather tedious process. Does anyone know of a script that checks for unneeded packages or commands in a document? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="440" LastActivityDate="2010-12-24T12:16:24.580" Title="Automated removal of unneeded packages" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;script&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="7694" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7693" CreationDate="2010-12-24T09:23:17.000" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;no not possible, unless you wrote a script which collects &lt;em&gt;all&lt;/em&gt; commands and environments from the packages and compare it with your document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-24T09:23:17.000" />
  <row Id="7695" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7696" CreationDate="2010-12-24T09:57:21.780" Score="7" ViewCount="259" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am interested in learning plain TeX especially in&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;automation: looping, conditional branching, jumping, iterating, etc.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;layout: creating custom smart tables and boxes that can span cross pages.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is the most often used commands for doing those above? At least I have a rough direction to the target.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT 1:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Reading Knuth's book needs much time. I want to be more practical and instant first. Later after grasping the rough and basic understanding, I will read the Knuth's book.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-24T15:26:38.700" LastActivityDate="2010-12-24T21:29:31.497" Title="Is there a good plain TeX tutorial that explains about doing automation and making layout?" Tags="&lt;documentation&gt;&lt;plain-tex&gt;&lt;book-design&gt;&lt;tutorials&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7696" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7695" CreationDate="2010-12-24T10:29:40.980" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know only of two:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/info/texbytopic/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://mirror.ctan.org/info/texbytopic/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/info/impatient/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://mirror.ctan.org/info/impatient/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You'll find pdf versions of the books in the directories.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-24T10:29:40.980" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="7697" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7695" CreationDate="2010-12-24T10:35:32.727" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The problem you will have here is that a lot of the basic work on plain TeX programming was reported in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TUGBoat&lt;/a&gt;, which therefore means things are spread out. At the same time, a lot of the basics are leant from existing code, rather than from books. This applies in particular to loops, where most people use ideas from &lt;em&gt;The TeXbook&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;etc&lt;/em&gt;., and adapt them. For tables, you'll be best looking at the various LaTeX packages and the ConTeXt TaBlE implementation for ideas. This reflects the fact that once something is implemented in TeX, the usual way to reuse the idea is to copy the code. It's not the same a a compiled language where you need to know about the implementation approach without the option of simply copying all of the code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-12-24T10:35:32.727" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="7698" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3071" CreationDate="2010-12-24T11:42:21.220" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;From the KOMA-Script manual:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;There is a rule in typography which states that one should mix as few fonts&#xA;  as possible. Using sans serif for headings already seems to be a breach of&#xA;  this rule. However, one should know that bold, large serif letters are much&#xA;  to heavy for headings. Strictly speaking, one would then have to at least use&#xA;  a normal instead of a bold or semi bold font. However, in deeper levels of&#xA;  the structuring a normal font may then appear too lightly weighted. On the&#xA;  other hand, sans serif fonts in headings have a very pleasant appearance and&#xA;  in fact find acceptance almost solely for headings. That is why sans serif is&#xA;  the carefully chosen default in KOMA - Script.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(though I must add that I hate how serif and sans-serif paragraphs are mixed in the KOMA-Script manual itself.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1371" LastActivityDate="2010-12-24T11:42:21.220" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7699" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6428" CreationDate="2010-12-24T11:54:27.243" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Furthermore, when used in conjunction with the hyperref package, only the number is actually linked. The text in front of it (“figure” in my example) isn’t. Can this also be changed (again, without redefining all the commands)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I’ve thrown together the following macro to change this. I’m not particularly satisfied since I still need to maintain a list of all label types but this is the best I got:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*\@cref@format[1]{%&#xA;  \crefformat{#1}{##2\@nameuse{cref@#1@name}~##1##3}%&#xA;  \Crefformat{#1}{##2\@nameuse{Cref@#1@name}~##1##3}}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*\@labeltypes{&#xA;  algorithm,&#xA;  appendix,&#xA;  chapter,&#xA;  corollary,&#xA;  definition,&#xA;  enumi,&#xA;  equation,&#xA;  example,&#xA;  figure,&#xA;  footnote,&#xA;  lemma,&#xA;  line,&#xA;  note,&#xA;  part,&#xA;  proposition,&#xA;  remark,&#xA;  result,&#xA;  section,&#xA;  table,&#xA;  theorem}&#xA;&#xA;\@for\@i:=\@labeltypes\do{%&#xA;  \trim@spaces@in\@i&#xA;  \expandafter\@cref@format\expandafter{\@i}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This requires the &lt;code&gt;trimspaces&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2010-12-24T11:54:27.243" />
  <row Id="7700" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="784" CreationDate="2010-12-24T12:11:40.093" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using the &lt;code&gt;etoolbox&lt;/code&gt; package, you can patch this out of the code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\patchcmd{\@chapter}{%&#xA;        \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}%&#xA;        \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}%&#xA;}{}{}{\message{Failed to patch \string\@chapter}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For adding space between figures and tables, you can use the &lt;code&gt;tocloft&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setlength\cftbeforefigskip{\cftbeforechapskip}&#xA;\setlength\cftbeforetabskip{\cftbeforechapskip}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This puts the same space between entries in the list of figures/tables as goes between chapters in the table of contents.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-12-24T12:11:40.093" />
  <row Id="7701" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7693" CreationDate="2010-12-24T12:16:24.580" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Patching &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; to keep a record of what has been defined by what package, and what has been used, might work here but I'm not sure it's worth the effort.  Just don't include so much. Or, live with a few more unecessary milliseconds of compile time.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-12-24T12:16:24.580" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="7702" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7720" CreationDate="2010-12-24T13:41:00.210" Score="4" ViewCount="247" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a table with many rows, but only a single column. The column itself is a coefficient for an algorithm, hence just a number.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Currently, when typeset with the &lt;code&gt;longtable&lt;/code&gt; package it looks somewhat suboptimal. I wish to typeset it so that the table appears to have two columns with semantics similar to a two-column document layout (text goes top to bottom, left column to right column).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;While I could try to emulate the effect manually (by having a two columned table) this would require an immense amount of manual adjustment every time the pagination is changed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way of going about this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;I've attached an example of what I mean (the image is taken from an old scientific paper). The data itself spans two pages (only the first of which is shown).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/JkFok.png&quot; alt=&quot;Sample&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="753" LastEditorUserId="753" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-24T16:18:35.753" LastActivityDate="2010-12-25T08:10:46.823" Title="Two Column Layout for Tables" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;two-column&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7703" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7706" CreationDate="2010-12-24T13:56:45.000" Score="10" ViewCount="267" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Appendix D - Dirty Tricks Knuth gives an example of expanding four tokens in the right order by using &lt;code&gt;eleven&lt;/code&gt; &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt; commands. Here, is the code slightly adapted for to-morrow!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\tracingmacros=2  \tracingcommands=2&#xA;\def\z{M}&#xA;\def\Z{C}&#xA;\def\a{\z er}&#xA;\def\b{ry }&#xA;\def\c{\Z hr}&#xA;\def\d{ist}&#xA;\def\e{mas}&#xA;&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\a&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\b\expandafter\c\d \e&#xA;&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is in plain TeX, so you need to run it with pdfTeX. Why do we need 11 expandafters? Is there a rule of thumb for this type of definitions?  How many do you need to expand five i.e, to expand &lt;code&gt;\e&lt;/code&gt; also which I conveniently spaced out!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-04T19:19:27.467" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T19:19:27.467" Title="Why do we need eleven expandafters to expand four tokens in the right order?" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;expansion&gt;&lt;expandafter&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="7704" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7708" CreationDate="2010-12-24T14:38:05.590" Score="1" ViewCount="78" Body="&lt;p&gt;The question has been written in the title above.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why not &lt;code&gt;dimen=middle&lt;/code&gt; ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-01T18:34:01.627" LastActivityDate="2011-01-01T18:34:01.627" Title="Unlike PGF/Tikz uses the middle part of stroke as the reference, what is the reason for choosing `dimen=outer` as the default in PSTricks?" Tags="&lt;pstricks&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="7705" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7687" CreationDate="2010-12-24T15:06:24.493" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Does putting \url before the hyperlink help?  As in &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;\url{http://home.agh.edu.pl/~vlsi/AI/backp_t_en/backprop.html}  ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2540" LastActivityDate="2010-12-24T15:06:24.493" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7706" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7703" CreationDate="2010-12-24T15:11:22.677" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The short answer&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Don't think of 11, but of 7+3+1 &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt;s. To also reach the &lt;code&gt;\e&lt;/code&gt;, you'll need 15+7+3+1 &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt;s. As Ulrich says in his comment, these number are &lt;code&gt;2^4-1&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;2^3-1&lt;/code&gt; and so on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;What does &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt; do?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The TeX primitive &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt; steps over the token following it and once expands the next one. Since your macros &lt;code&gt;\b&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\c&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\d&lt;/code&gt; don't take arguments, the code&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\a&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\b\expandafter\c\d\e&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;expands to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\a&#xA;\expandafter\b\c &quot;\d, once expanded&quot; \e&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and this in turn to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\expandafter\a\b &quot;\c, once expanded&quot; &quot;\d, once expanded&quot; \e&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to finally yield&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\a &quot;\b, once expanded&quot; &quot;\c, once expanded&quot; &quot;\d, once expanded&quot; \e&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With your definition of &lt;code&gt;\a&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\b&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\c&lt;/code&gt;, you don't need all these &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt;s since those macros don't take any arguments. In fact, the above is an oversimplification: In the general case, if the macros do take arguments, the last line above would look somewhat like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\a \once{\b \once{\c \once{\d \e}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where &lt;code&gt;\once&lt;/code&gt; is not a TeX command but should mean that the argument is expanded once, and the innermost expansion happens first, the outermost last. Here's a really stupid example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\a#1.{#1}&#xA;\def\b#1:{#1.}&#xA;\def\c#1,{#1:}&#xA;\def\d{Hello world!,}&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\a&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\b&#xA;\expandafter\c\d&#xA;\bye&#xA;\def&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Firstly, &lt;code&gt;\c&lt;/code&gt; replaces the &lt;code&gt;,&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;Hello world!,&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;:&lt;/code&gt;. Secondly, &lt;code&gt;\b&lt;/code&gt; replaces the &lt;code&gt;:&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;.&lt;/code&gt;, and finally &lt;code&gt;\a&lt;/code&gt; strips the &lt;code&gt;.&lt;/code&gt;. In this example, all the &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt;s are needed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;What do &lt;code&gt;2^n-1&lt;/code&gt; &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt;s do?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;2^1-1=1&lt;/code&gt; &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt; expands the stuff after the next token &lt;em&gt;once&lt;/em&gt;, and by induction you easily see that &lt;code&gt;2^n-1&lt;/code&gt; &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt;s expand the stuff after the next token &lt;code&gt;n&lt;/code&gt; times. Moreover, making this happen takes &lt;code&gt;n&lt;/code&gt; expansion steps. Let's look again at your code, now from this point of view:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first 7 &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt;s expand the stuff after &lt;code&gt;\a&lt;/code&gt; 3 times. Two of &lt;strong&gt;these 3&lt;/strong&gt; expansion steps are needed to expand the 3 &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt;s after &lt;code&gt;\a&lt;/code&gt;; let's keep in mind that a last expansion step is missing. Before that last step, the 3 &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt;s after &lt;code&gt;\a&lt;/code&gt; expand the stuff after &lt;code&gt;\b&lt;/code&gt; 2 times. The first expansion yields &lt;code&gt;\c \once{\d \e}&lt;/code&gt; after the &lt;code&gt;\b&lt;/code&gt;, the second one yields &lt;code&gt;\once{\c \once{\d \e}}&lt;/code&gt;. This completes the description of two of &lt;strong&gt;these 3&lt;/strong&gt; expansion steps. In the third of &lt;strong&gt;these 3&lt;/strong&gt;, the stuff after &lt;code&gt;\a&lt;/code&gt; is expanded one last time.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In TH's comment, the 3 &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt;s expand the &lt;code&gt;\csname bar\endcsname&lt;/code&gt; &lt;em&gt;twice&lt;/em&gt;, thus yielding the expansion of &lt;code&gt;\bar&lt;/code&gt;. Another important case is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\expandafter\def\expandafter\mycommand\expandafter{\somecontrolsequence}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This defines &lt;code&gt;\mycommand&lt;/code&gt; as &lt;code&gt;\somecontrolsequence&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;em&gt;once expanded&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another stupid example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\a&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\b\c&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;expands &lt;code&gt;\c&lt;/code&gt; twice, thus expanding to something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\a\b\twice{\c}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-30T14:47:07.957" LastActivityDate="2010-12-30T14:47:07.957" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7707" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7650" CreationDate="2010-12-24T15:21:02.510" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is another option (not very popular among TeXans):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{eqnarray}&#xA;  R(-1) &amp;amp;=&amp;amp; \sum_{i=1}^m A(i)R(i-1) \\&#xA;  R(-2) &amp;amp;=&amp;amp; \sum_{i=1}^m A(i)R(i-2) \\&#xA;        &amp;amp;\vdots&amp;amp; \\&#xA;  R(-k) &amp;amp;=&amp;amp; \sum_{i=1}^m A(i)R(i-k)&#xA;\end{eqnarray}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1999" LastActivityDate="2010-12-24T15:21:02.510" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7708" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7704" CreationDate="2010-12-24T15:23:58.233" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;only historical reason to allow a line, which didn't know anything about inner and outer to touch a circle/rectangle by default&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pstricks}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{pspicture}[showgrid,linewidth=5pt,&#xA;  linecolor=red!60,strokeopacity=0.4](10,5)&#xA;\psframe[dimen=outer](0,1)(3,4)&#xA;\psframe[dimen=middle](4,1)(6,4)&#xA;\psframe[dimen=inner](7,1)(9,4)&#xA;\psline[linewidth=1pt,linecolor=black](0,4)(10,4)&#xA;\end{pspicture}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{pspicture}[showgrid,linewidth=5pt,&#xA;  linecolor=red!60,strokeopacity=0.4](10,5)&#xA;\pscircle[dimen=outer](2,1.5){1.5}&#xA;\pscircle[dimen=middle](5,1.5){1.5}&#xA;\pscircle[dimen=inner](8,1.5){1.5}&#xA;\psline[linewidth=1pt,linecolor=black](0,3)(10,3)&#xA;\end{pspicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-25T07:52:49.863" LastActivityDate="2010-12-25T07:52:49.863" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="7709" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8023" CreationDate="2010-12-24T15:34:06.837" Score="2" ViewCount="231" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have the same issue as in this question: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/5183/split-like-environment-inside-cases-environment&quot;&gt;Split-like environment inside cases environment&lt;/a&gt; with one difference - I would like to get the same result with LyX, using as little LaTeX code as possible. How can I do that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's my formula:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{cases}&#xA;\epsilon &amp;amp; \exists k\left[i_{k}=0\right]\\&#xA;\mbox{LCS}\left(X_{1}\left(i_{1}-1\right),X_{2}\left(i_{2}- 1\right),\ldots,X_{n}\left(i_{n}-1\right)\right)||\sigma_{1}^{i_{1}} &amp;amp; \sigma_{1}^{i_{1}}=\sigma_{2}^{i_{2}}=\ldots=\sigma_{n}^{i_{n}}\\&#xA;\max\left\{ \mbox{LCS}\left(X_{1}\left(i_{1}-1\right),X_{2}\left(i_{2}\right),\ldots,X_{n}\left(i_{n}\right)\right),\mbox{LCS}\left(X_{1}\left(i_{1}\right),X_{2}\left(i_{2}-1\right),\ldots,X_{n}\left(i_{n}\right)\right),\ldots,\mbox{LCS}\left(X_{1}\left(i_{1}\right),X_{2}\left(i_{2}\right),\ldots,X_{n}\left(i_{n}-1\right)\right)\right\}  &amp;amp; \mbox{else}\end{cases}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5" LastEditorUserId="5" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-30T22:28:30.900" LastActivityDate="2010-12-31T11:42:39.317" Title="Newline in a &quot;cases&quot; environment" Tags="&lt;lyx&gt;&lt;newline&gt;&lt;cases&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="7710" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7722" CreationDate="2010-12-24T16:47:37.663" Score="2" ViewCount="195" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Complete&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/b5h9i.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Top Left Corner&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/duMcW.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Top Right Corner&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/iEVqU.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Bottom Left Corner&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/KGG8z.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Bottom Right Corner&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/xCpvS.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[dvipsnames,dvips,cmyk]{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor,calc}&#xA;\usepackage[%&#xA;paperwidth=30mm,&#xA;paperheight=30mm,&#xA;textwidth=25mm,&#xA;textheight=25mm,&#xA;showframe]{geometry}&#xA;\setlength{\fboxsep}{5mm}&#xA;\setlength{\fboxrule}{5mm}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\topskip0pt%&#xA;\noindent\color{red}\fbox{\parbox{\textwidth-2\fboxsep-2\fboxrule}{\color{green}\rule{5mm}{5mm}}}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT 1:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;These asymmetric frame rules are intentionally made or bugs?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\textwidth&lt;/code&gt; equals to the horizontal distance between inner edges of the frame rules or outer edges of the frame rules?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT 2:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I think the frame enclosing the text content is created partially/separately using 4 rules rather than using &lt;code&gt;\fbox&lt;/code&gt; (with &lt;code&gt;\fboxsep&lt;/code&gt; set to zero, of course). Can it be changed to use &lt;code&gt;\fbox&lt;/code&gt; ? &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If we use PSTrick's terminology in this discussion,  I think the box enclosing the text content used &lt;code&gt;dimen=inner&lt;/code&gt;, right? If it is right, then the &lt;code&gt;\textwidth&lt;/code&gt; is measured as the horizontal distance between the inner edges of the box. Please kindly confirm whether or not my understanding is correct? &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT 3:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Except for the &quot;asymmetric frame rules&quot; produced by geometry.sty, my diagram below reproduce it with some annotations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The frame produced by geometry.sty seems to expand outward. Thus, the &lt;code&gt;\textwidth&lt;/code&gt; equals to horizontal distance between the inner edges of this frame.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note: scale in mm.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/w0ZXg.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-25T11:32:51.343" LastActivityDate="2010-12-25T11:32:51.343" Title="Small bug in `geometry.sty`" Tags="&lt;geometry&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="7711" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7702" CreationDate="2010-12-24T16:53:33.203" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is a solution utilizing nested &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; environments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article} &#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} &#xA;\usepackage{xspace}&#xA;%% tables&#xA;\RequirePackage{array}&#xA;\RequirePackage{booktabs}&#xA;\RequirePackage{longtable, graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}[2000/07/18]&#xA;\gdef\Z{\phantom{0}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\small&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|l|c|}&#xA;\begin{tabular}[t]{rlr}&#xA;   C(\Z1) &amp;amp; = &amp;amp; 0.0000000000000+000 \\&#xA;   C(\Z2) &amp;amp; = &amp;amp; 5.0000000000000-001 \\     &#xA;   C(\Z3) &amp;amp; = &amp;amp; 0.0000000000000+000 \\&#xA;   C(\Z4) &amp;amp; = &amp;amp; 5.0000000000000-001 \\&#xA;   C(\Z5) &amp;amp; = &amp;amp; 0.0000000000000+000 \\&#xA;   C(\Z6) &amp;amp; = &amp;amp; 5.0000000000000-001 \\     &#xA;   C(\Z7) &amp;amp; = &amp;amp; 0.0000000000000+000 \\&#xA;   C(\Z8) &amp;amp; = &amp;amp; 5.0000000000000-001 \\&#xA;   C(\Z9)  &amp;amp; = &amp;amp; 0.0000000000000+000 \\&#xA;   C(10) &amp;amp; = &amp;amp; 5.0000000000000-001 \\  &#xA;&#xA;\end{tabular}&amp;amp;&#xA;\begin{tabular}[t]{rlll}&#xA;&#xA;   C(11) &amp;amp; = &amp;amp; 0.0000000000000+000 \\&#xA;   C(12) &amp;amp; = &amp;amp; 5.0000000000000-001 \\&#xA;   C(13) &amp;amp; = &amp;amp; 0.0000000000000+000 \\&#xA;   C(14) &amp;amp; = &amp;amp; 5.0000000000000-001 \\     &#xA;   C(15) &amp;amp; = &amp;amp; 0.0000000000000+000 \\&#xA;   C(16) &amp;amp; = &amp;amp; 5.0000000000000-001 \\ &#xA;   C(17) &amp;amp; = &amp;amp; 5.0000000000000-001 \\   &#xA;   C(18) &amp;amp; = &amp;amp; 5.0000000000000-001 \\&#xA;   C(19) &amp;amp; = &amp;amp; 5.0000000000000-001 \\&#xA;   C(20) &amp;amp; = &amp;amp; 5.0000000000000-001 \\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you generating the coefficients programmatically you will need to device some means for paging. You can also improve on the code above which I kept as simple as possible for clarity by using formatting commands to align the decimal and the sign of the numbers. I have used a macro &lt;code&gt;\Z&lt;/code&gt; that uses &lt;code&gt;\phantom&lt;/code&gt; to align the numbers in &lt;code&gt;C( 1)&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;C(10)&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-12-24T16:53:33.203" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7713" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-24T18:44:34.707" Score="5" ViewCount="171" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to align numbers in a TikZ matrix at the decimal points, as is possible in normal tables (&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2746/old-question-aligning-numbers-by-decimal-points-in-table-columns&quot;&gt;Old question: aligning numbers by decimal points in table columns&lt;/a&gt;)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/builds/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.texample.net/tikz/builds/&lt;/a&gt; says that a feature that &quot;Added '/pgf/number format/assume math mode' to disable math checks. This allows to assemble tabulars, apply pgfmathprintnumber to each cell and use the dcolumn package to align at decimal separators (no documentation for that feature yet)&quot; was made in June of 2008, but nothing else.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2670" LastActivityDate="2011-01-16T19:21:56.210" Title="aligning columns at decimal point in TikZ matrices" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;matrices&gt;&lt;alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7714" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7687" CreationDate="2010-12-24T19:32:11.880" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Well the document is really long so I can't post the whole thing, but towards the end in the bibliography I have:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% section conclusion (end)  &#xA;&#xA;\bibliographystyle{plain}&#xA;\bibliography{bib/mybib}&#xA;&#xA;and at the beginning&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;\usepackage[numbers,sort&amp;amp;compress]{natbib}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The bbl file that is generated after I run bibtex shows this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{thebibliography}{1}&#xA;&#xA;\bibitem{vlsibackp_t}&#xA;Mariusz Bernacki.&#xA;\newblock Backpropagation.&#xA;&#xA;\bibitem{Haykin:1994:NNC:541500}&#xA;Simon Haykin.&#xA;\newblock {\em Neural Networks: A Comprehensive Foundation}.&#xA;\newblock Prentice Hall PTR, Upper Saddle River, NJ, USA, 1st edition, 1994.&#xA;&#xA;\bibitem{skapsbook}&#xA;David~M. Skapura.&#xA;\newblock {\em Building Neural Networks}.&#xA;\newblock ACM Press, New York, 1996.&#xA;&#xA;\end{thebibliography}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2591" LastActivityDate="2010-12-24T19:32:11.880" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7715" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7695" CreationDate="2010-12-24T21:29:31.497" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In addition to &lt;em&gt;TeX for the Impatient&lt;/em&gt;, I also like looking at Don Knuth's TeX code, most of which is available on his homepage: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www-cs-faculty.stanford.edu/~uno/preprints.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Preprints of Recent Papers&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The CTAN &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/plain/contrib/samples/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;plain contrib&lt;/a&gt; may also be useful, as well as &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/docs/html/eplain/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Eplain: Expanded Plain TeX&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2580" LastActivityDate="2010-12-24T21:29:31.497" />
  <row Id="7716" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7718" CreationDate="2010-12-25T05:41:49.900" Score="3" ViewCount="145" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to put (aux log out toc bbl bib blg) files in another directory with latexmk?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="512" LastActivityDate="2010-12-25T06:40:54.763" Title="putting (aux log out toc bbl bib blg) files in another directory with latexmk" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;latexmk&gt;&lt;auxiliary-files&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="7717" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7709" CreationDate="2010-12-25T06:36:08.197" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;pages 18f and 56 of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirrot.ctan.org/info/math/voss/mathmode/Mathmode.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Mathmode&lt;/a&gt; document show you the cases environemnt with linebreaks. More informations are only possible when you give an example of what you did.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-25T06:36:08.197" />
  <row Id="7718" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7716" CreationDate="2010-12-25T06:40:54.763" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I suppose that &lt;code&gt;latexmk&lt;/code&gt; also can handle the option &lt;code&gt;output-directory=...&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-25T06:40:54.763" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="7719" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7710" CreationDate="2010-12-25T06:55:16.480" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I cannot say, that I understand your problem. But here is a slightly changed code, which gives me an expected result:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[cmyk]{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor,calc}&#xA;\usepackage[%&#xA;paperwidth=30mm,&#xA;paperheight=30mm,&#xA;textwidth=25mm,&#xA;textheight=25mm,&#xA;showframe]{geometry}&#xA;\setlength{\fboxsep}{5mm}&#xA;\setlength{\fboxrule}{5mm}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\noindent\color{red}\fbox{%&#xA;%  \parbox{\linewidth-2\fboxsep-2\fboxrule}{%&#xA;  \color{green}\rule{5mm}{5mm}%&#xA;%  }&#xA;}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ZATe9.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-25T10:09:27.127" LastActivityDate="2010-12-25T10:09:27.127" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7720" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7702" CreationDate="2010-12-25T07:40:32.417" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;use the &lt;code&gt;tabbing&lt;/code&gt; environment instead of a &lt;code&gt;longtable&lt;/code&gt;. It can be set in a &lt;code&gt;\twocolumn&lt;/code&gt;mode. The first line is killed after defining the tabstops. However, if you can set all lines in \ttfamily, then you need nothing, all will be fine. Alternatively put the first &quot;C(..) = &quot; in a box of a fixed width. The it is also formatted, because all digits are of the same width.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article} &#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} &#xA;\textheight=5cm&#xA;\def\Z{\phantom{0}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\twocolumn&#xA;&#xA;\small\ttfamily&#xA;\begin{tabbing}&#xA;   C(10) \== \=5.0000000000000-001 \\\kill   &#xA;   C(\Z1) \&amp;gt;=\&amp;gt; 0.0000000000000+000 \\&#xA;   C(\Z2) \&amp;gt;=\&amp;gt; 5.0000000000000-001 \\     &#xA;   C(\Z3) \&amp;gt;=\&amp;gt; 0.0000000000000+000 \\&#xA;   C(\Z4) \&amp;gt;=\&amp;gt; 5.0000000000000-001 \\&#xA;   C(\Z5) \&amp;gt;=\&amp;gt; 0.0000000000000+000 \\&#xA;   C(\Z6) \&amp;gt;=\&amp;gt; 5.0000000000000-001 \\     &#xA;   C(\Z7) \&amp;gt;=\&amp;gt; 0.0000000000000+000 \\&#xA;   C(\Z8) \&amp;gt;=\&amp;gt; 5.0000000000000-001 \\&#xA;   C(\Z9)  \&amp;gt;=\&amp;gt; 0.0000000000000+000 \\&#xA;   C(10) \&amp;gt;=\&amp;gt; 5.0000000000000-001 \\  &#xA;   C(11) \&amp;gt;=\&amp;gt; 0.0000000000000+000 \\&#xA;   C(12) \&amp;gt;=\&amp;gt; 5.0000000000000-001 \\&#xA;   C(13) \&amp;gt;=\&amp;gt; 0.0000000000000+000 \\&#xA;   C(14) \&amp;gt;=\&amp;gt; 5.0000000000000-001 \\     &#xA;   C(15) \&amp;gt;=\&amp;gt; 0.0000000000000+000 \\&#xA;   C(16) \&amp;gt;=\&amp;gt; 5.0000000000000-001 \\ &#xA;   C(17) \&amp;gt;=\&amp;gt; 5.0000000000000-001 \\   &#xA;   C(18) \&amp;gt;=\&amp;gt; 5.0000000000000-001 \\&#xA;   C(19) \&amp;gt;=\&amp;gt; 5.0000000000000-001 \\&#xA;   C(20) \&amp;gt;=\&amp;gt; 5.0000000000000-001 \\&#xA;\end{tabbing}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-25T08:10:46.823" LastActivityDate="2010-12-25T08:10:46.823" />
  <row Id="7721" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7724" CreationDate="2010-12-25T09:55:31.590" Score="0" ViewCount="75" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi all, i would like to know how can i put labels and names of sections and chapters using accents. I get errors when i try&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\chapter{Conclusión}&#xA;como se menciona en \ref{algo}.&#xA;\section{Other seccion name with áccent}&#xA;\label{algo}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1113" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-25T12:53:50.537" LastActivityDate="2010-12-25T12:53:50.537" Title="Presence of accents in sections, chapters etc." Tags="&lt;accents&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7722" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7710" CreationDate="2010-12-25T09:56:45.327" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd say that the behaviour seen is a bug in &lt;code&gt;geometry&lt;/code&gt;. LaTeX's &lt;code&gt;\fbox&lt;/code&gt; also has to use four rules to achieve the effect, but these do join up correctly. So I'd report the issue to the author of &lt;code&gt;geometry&lt;/code&gt; and see what he says.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On framing around &lt;code&gt;\textwidth&lt;/code&gt;, the frame should be 'outside' of the material (&lt;em&gt;i.e.&lt;/em&gt; the TeX box containing the material should actually have a width of &lt;code&gt;\textwidth&lt;/code&gt; plus twice the width of the rule used). Again, this is certainly what &lt;code&gt;\fbox&lt;/code&gt; does.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-12-25T09:56:45.327" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7723" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7710" CreationDate="2010-12-25T09:57:27.370" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;TeX always thinks in boxes. The reference point is the current point, which is at the start at the very left of each line. When TeX draws a fbox, it draws a vertical bar of width &lt;code&gt;\fboxsep&lt;/code&gt; and increases the currentpoint with this value. Then it draws two horizontal rules each of a boxwidth of 0, the reason why the current point isn't increased. Then it inserts a space of &lt;code&gt;\fboxsep&lt;/code&gt; which is the same as moving the current point to the right. Then the box contents is inserted and the current point is increased with the width of the box contents. Now the &lt;code&gt;\fboxsep&lt;/code&gt;is added again, also with increasing the current point. And now the right vertical bar is drawn and the current point again increased by &lt;code&gt;\fboxrule&lt;/code&gt;. The next box, if there is one, starts with its left side at the current point. See also slide 32ff of &lt;a href=&quot;http://userpages.fu-berlin.de/~latex/PSTricks/DANTE2006.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://userpages.fu-berlin.de/~latex/PSTricks/DANTE2006.pdf&lt;/a&gt;. It is in german, but easy to see, what I mean by setting boxes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-25T09:57:27.370" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7724" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7721" CreationDate="2010-12-25T10:47:52.303" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;we need a &lt;em&gt;complete&lt;/em&gt; eaxample with an error description ...&#xA;This works:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{lmodern}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{Conclusión}&#xA;como se menciona en \ref{algo}.&#xA;\section{Other seccion name with áccent}\label{algo}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-25T10:47:52.303" />
  <row Id="7725" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7986" CreationDate="2010-12-25T12:36:08.123" Score="5" ViewCount="172" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to set a certain color to the margin areas (which is the region outside the content box of &lt;code&gt;\textwidth&lt;/code&gt; by &lt;code&gt;\textheight&lt;/code&gt; but inside the paper of course :-) ).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How to change this from within the latex document as opposed to change the geometry.sty?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2010-12-30T13:53:51.487" Title="How to set a certain color (other than white) to margin areas?" Tags="&lt;margins&gt;&lt;layout&gt;&lt;color&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="7726" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-25T13:44:37.933" Score="5" ViewCount="197" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am very interested to setup my own server like &lt;a href=&quot;http://dev.baywifi.com/latex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;dev.baywifi.com&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;http://live.contextgarden.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;live.contextgarden.net&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am using IIS web server under Windows Server 2008 R2.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Could you give me a rough idea how to setup the server and make sure it can serve multi users in parallel?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Objectives:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To create a mathematics forum that allows users to submit PSTricks codes. For LaTeX codes I will use MathJax.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-29T20:27:26.630" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T20:27:26.630" Title="How to setup a (La)TeX-enabled server to allow visitors to submit input file and download the rendered output?" Tags="&lt;online&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="10" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="7727" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7726" CreationDate="2010-12-25T14:07:41.980" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is a very simple thing to do naïvely. You make a form POST to a CGI script that invokes LaTeX and then uses something like dvipng to produce a graphic from the result.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you take the appropriate precautions, it can be safe to do in Linux using TeX Live. (Those precautions include setting openin_any = p, chroot jails, and short timeouts.) When &lt;a href=&quot;https://cs.ucsd.edu/~scheckow/papers/tex2010.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this paper&lt;/a&gt; was published, there was not an option similar to openin_any on MiKTeX and that lead to complete system compromise. (I don't know if the situation has changed.) And for the default configuration on TeX Live, it lead to being able to read arbitrary files on the server.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Bottom line: I wouldn't recommend it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-12-25T14:07:41.980" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="7728" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7729" CreationDate="2010-12-25T14:10:48.577" Score="0" ViewCount="92" Body="&lt;p&gt;To typeset some displayed equations, only the array environment was powerfull enough.  However, the spacing of the array environment doesn't match the spacing of the align environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How do I set the spacing of the array environment, such that equals the spacing of the align environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For instance:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{align*}&#xA;a &amp;amp; = b + c \\&#xA;d &amp;amp; = e + f&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[\begin{array}{rl}&#xA;a &amp;amp; = b + c \\&#xA;d &amp;amp; = e + f&#xA;\end{array}\]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;have different spacing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2676" LastEditorUserId="2676" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-25T14:34:32.997" LastActivityDate="2010-12-25T14:42:22.853" Title="Match spacing array env. with align env." Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;align&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7729" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7728" CreationDate="2010-12-25T14:27:54.973" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{align*}&#xA;a &amp;amp; = b + c \\&#xA;d &amp;amp; = e + f&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;&#xA;\[&#xA;\begin{array}{rl}&#xA;a &amp;amp; = b + c \\&#xA;d &amp;amp; = e + f&#xA;\end{array}&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;\arraycolsep=1.4pt&#xA;\def\arraystretch{1.2}&#xA;\[&#xA;\begin{array}{rl}&#xA;a &amp;amp; = b + c \\&#xA;d &amp;amp; = e + f&#xA;\end{array}&#xA;\]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-25T14:42:22.853" LastActivityDate="2010-12-25T14:42:22.853" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="7730" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-25T14:53:30.163" Score="3" ViewCount="197" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to set the following, but with all the &amp;lt;'s aligned horizontally&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/PqhpQ.png&quot; alt=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/SqeiG.png&quot;&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Source of this failed attempt:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\ra}{\rightarrow}&#xA;\newcommand{\T}[1]{\mathbb{T}_{#1}}&#xA;\newcommand{\lbe}{&amp;lt;_{\beta\eta}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{align*}&#xA;0 &amp;amp; \lbe 0 \ra 0                &amp;amp;&amp;amp; \in \T0 \\&#xA;&amp;amp;\left.&#xA;\begin{aligned}&#xA;&amp;amp; \lbe 0^2 \ra 0 \\&#xA;&amp;amp; \lbe \cdots \\&#xA;&amp;amp; \lbe 0^k \ra 0 \\&#xA;&amp;amp; \lbe \cdots&#xA;\end{aligned}&#xA;\right\}                        &amp;amp;&amp;amp; \in \T1 \\&#xA;&amp;amp; \lbe 1 \ra 0 \ra 0            &amp;amp;&amp;amp; \in \T2 \\&#xA;&amp;amp; \lbe 1 \ra 1 \ra 0 \ra 0      &amp;amp;&amp;amp; \in \T3 \\&#xA;&amp;amp; \lbe 3 \ra 0 \ra 0            &amp;amp;&amp;amp; \in \T4 \\&#xA;&amp;amp; \lbe 1_2 \ra 0 \ra 0          &amp;amp;&amp;amp; \in \T5&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2676" LastEditorUserId="117" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-25T15:32:39.587" LastActivityDate="2010-12-25T21:28:58.587" Title="Multi-column delimiter in align" Tags="&lt;horizontal-alignment&gt;&lt;multicol&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7731" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-25T16:22:58.687" Score="0" ViewCount="101" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi all, i have problem including graphics in a document...i have the following structure&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;document.tex&#xA;tex/chap1.tex&#xA;tex/chap2.tex&#xA;img/image1.png&#xA;img/image2.png&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have traying almost anything to specify the path in the includegraphis sentence but it always pdflatex complains and not find the image. Maybe is in conflict with some other package that I put to the style file, but its really weird.&#xA;I use the following to include a graphic:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}[H]&#xA;\centering&#xA;\includegraphics[width=8cm]{img/image1}&#xA;\caption{Arquitectura Visual Studio}&#xA;\label{IMG_VSBasicArchitecture}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in the preamble i add the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{float}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I compile from the document.tex directory. this file has the \input{tex/chapX.tex} sentences&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1113" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-25T16:45:25.473" LastActivityDate="2010-12-25T17:13:26.530" Title="strange includegraphics behaviour Windows" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7732" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7731" CreationDate="2010-12-25T16:49:18.593" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;project structures:    &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;/project/main.tex&#xA;/project/sections/section1.tex&#xA;/project/images/image1.png&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;main.tex contains:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\input{sections/section1}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;section1.tex contains:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\includegraphics{images/image1}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It must work!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit 1:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Make sure your file names or directory names are enclosed by a pair of &lt;code&gt;&quot;&lt;/code&gt; if they contains spaces. And if you use &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\includeonly&lt;/code&gt;, make sure the file names or directory names containing spaces are enclosed by a pair of &lt;code&gt;&quot;&lt;/code&gt; AND for each space is prefixed with &lt;code&gt;\space&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example: Assume your have a directory &lt;code&gt;family images&lt;/code&gt; and a picture &lt;code&gt;holiday 2010.png&lt;/code&gt; inside the directory. The following example is what you have to do if you use the inclusion command. Note: it does not mean you must use all commands below :-) Just choose which command you want to use.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\input{&quot;family images/holiday 2010&quot;}&#xA;\include{&quot;family\space images/holiday\space 2010&quot;}&#xA;\includeonly{&quot;family\space images/holiday\space 2010&quot;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-25T17:13:26.530" LastActivityDate="2010-12-25T17:13:26.530" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="7733" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7730" CreationDate="2010-12-25T17:19:29.267" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\ra}{\rightarrow}&#xA;\newcommand{\T}[1]{\mathbb{T}_{#1}}&#xA;\newcommand{\lbe}{&amp;lt;_{\beta\eta}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{align*}&#xA;0 &amp;amp; \lbe 0 \ra 0                &amp;amp;&amp;amp; \in \T0 \\&#xA;&amp;amp;\left.&#xA;\renewcommand\arraystretch{1.3}&#xA;\begin{array}{@{}l}&#xA;\lbe\displaystyle 0^2 \ra 0 \\&#xA;\lbe\displaystyle \cdots \\&#xA;\lbe\displaystyle 0^k \ra 0 \\&#xA;\lbe\displaystyle \cdots&#xA;\end{array}&#xA;\right\}                        &amp;amp;&amp;amp; \in \T1 \\&#xA;&amp;amp; \lbe 1 \ra 0 \ra 0            &amp;amp;&amp;amp; \in \T2 \\&#xA;&amp;amp; \lbe 1 \ra 1 \ra 0 \ra 0      &amp;amp;&amp;amp; \in \T3 \\&#xA;&amp;amp; \lbe 3 \ra 0 \ra 0            &amp;amp;&amp;amp; \in \T4 \\&#xA;&amp;amp; \lbe 1_2 \ra 0 \ra 0          &amp;amp;&amp;amp; \in \T5&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is basically what the &lt;code&gt;cases&lt;/code&gt; environment does except that it has two columns, the brace is on the other side and the &lt;code&gt;\arraystretch&lt;/code&gt; is set to 1.2.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;This is basically how &lt;code&gt;aligned&lt;/code&gt; works except that I removed the &lt;code&gt;\null\,&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newenvironment{alignedleft}[1][c]{%&#xA;    \RIfM@\else&#xA;        \nonmatherr@{\begin{\@currenvir}}%&#xA;    \fi&#xA;    \if #1t\vtop \else \if#1b \vbox \else \vcenter \fi \fi \bgroup&#xA;        \def\math@cr@@@{\cr}%&#xA;        \Let@ \chardef\dspbrk@context\@ne&#xA;        \default@tag&#xA;        \spread@equation % no-op if already called&#xA;        \ialign\bgroup&#xA;           &amp;amp;\strut@&#xA;            $\m@th\displaystyle{##}$%&#xA;            \hfil&#xA;            \tabskip\minalignsep&#xA;            \crcr&#xA;}{%&#xA;    \crcr&#xA;    \egroup&#xA;    \egroup&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\ra}{\rightarrow}&#xA;\newcommand{\T}[1]{\mathbb{T}_{#1}}&#xA;\newcommand{\lbe}{&amp;lt;_{\beta\eta}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{align*}&#xA;0 &amp;amp; \lbe 0 \ra 0                &amp;amp;&amp;amp; \in \T0 \\&#xA;&amp;amp;&#xA;\def\arraystretch{1.206}&#xA;\left.&#xA;\begin{alignedleft}&#xA;\lbe 0^2 \ra 0 \\&#xA;\lbe \cdots \\&#xA;\lbe 0^k \ra 0 \\&#xA;\lbe \cdots&#xA;\end{alignedleft}&#xA;\right\}                        &amp;amp;&amp;amp; \in \T1 \\&#xA;&amp;amp; \lbe 1 \ra 0 \ra 0            &amp;amp;&amp;amp; \in \T2 \\&#xA;&amp;amp; \lbe 1 \ra 1 \ra 0 \ra 0      &amp;amp;&amp;amp; \in \T3 \\&#xA;&amp;amp; \lbe 3 \ra 0 \ra 0            &amp;amp;&amp;amp; \in \T4 \\&#xA;&amp;amp; \lbe 1_2 \ra 0 \ra 0          &amp;amp;&amp;amp; \in \T5&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-25T21:24:40.770" LastActivityDate="2010-12-25T21:24:40.770" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="7734" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7730" CreationDate="2010-12-25T17:31:31.803" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\hline&lt;/code&gt; are only for some demonstration here. Should be deleted and for the last line of the &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt;environment also the &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\ra{\rightarrow}&#xA;\newcommand\T[1]{\mathbb{T}_{#1}}&#xA;\newcommand\lbe{&amp;lt;_{\beta\eta}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\twocolumn&#xA;\begin{align*}&#xA;0 &amp;amp; \lbe 0 \ra 0                &amp;amp;&amp;amp; \in \T0 \\\hline&#xA;  &amp;amp; \lbe 0^2 \ra 0 \\\hline&#xA;  &amp;amp; \lbe \cdots \\\hline&#xA;  &amp;amp; \lbe 0^k \ra 0 &amp;amp;&amp;amp; \in \T1 \\\hline&#xA;  &amp;amp; \lbe \cdots\\\hline&#xA;  &amp;amp; \lbe 1 \ra 0 \ra 0            &amp;amp;&amp;amp; \in \T2 \\\hline&#xA;  &amp;amp; \lbe 1 \ra 1 \ra 0 \ra 0      &amp;amp;&amp;amp; \in \T3 \\\hline&#xA;  &amp;amp; \lbe 3 \ra 0 \ra 0            &amp;amp;&amp;amp; \in \T4 \\\hline&#xA;  &amp;amp; \lbe 1_2 \ra 0 \ra 0          &amp;amp;&amp;amp; \in \T5\\\hline&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;&#xA;\newpage&#xA;&#xA;\begin{align*}&#xA;0 &amp;amp; \lbe 0 \ra 0                &amp;amp;&amp;amp; \in \T0 \\\hline&#xA;  &amp;amp; \lbe 0^2 \ra 0 \\\hline&#xA;  &amp;amp; \lbe \cdots \\\hline&#xA;  &amp;amp; \lbe 0^k \ra 0 \quad&#xA;    \makebox(0,0){\put(0,60){$\left.\rule{0pt}{1.4cm}\right\}$}} &#xA;         &amp;amp;&amp;amp; \mathrel{\makebox(0,0){\put(0,30){$\in \T1$}}} \\\hline&#xA;  &amp;amp; \lbe \cdots\\\hline&#xA;  &amp;amp; \lbe 1 \ra 0 \ra 0            &amp;amp;&amp;amp; \in \T2 \\\hline&#xA;  &amp;amp; \lbe 1 \ra 1 \ra 0 \ra 0      &amp;amp;&amp;amp; \in \T3 \\\hline&#xA;  &amp;amp; \lbe 3 \ra 0 \ra 0            &amp;amp;&amp;amp; \in \T4 \\\hline&#xA;  &amp;amp; \lbe 1_2 \ra 0 \ra 0          &amp;amp;&amp;amp; \in \T5\\\hline&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-25T21:28:58.587" LastActivityDate="2010-12-25T21:28:58.587" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="7735" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11376" CreationDate="2010-12-25T17:36:57.700" Score="4" ViewCount="355" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do I get straight quotation marks, i.e., &lt;code&gt;&quot;&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;'&lt;/code&gt; in TeX?  (No, &lt;code&gt;\verb&lt;/code&gt; changes the font and this is unacceptable.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[Edit]  I forgot to mention that I’m using XeLaTeX, and &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt; is a necessity.  The first two proposed answers did work, without &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1204" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T17:56:57.603" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T17:56:57.603" Title="How to get straight quotation marks?" Tags="&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;punctuation&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="7736" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7739" CreationDate="2010-12-25T17:42:40.467" Score="1" ViewCount="106" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello, I can't manage to add linenumbers left of the boxes. Can anybody help me?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\fbox{\fbox{&#xA;&#xA;\begin{minipage}{0.8\linewidth}&#xA;&#xA;\textbf{def} mapper (key, value):&#xA;&#xA;\hspace{7mm}\textbf{for} word \textbf{in} value.split():&#xA;&#xA;\hspace{14mm}\textbf{yield} word, 1\\&#xA;&#xA;\textbf{def} reducer (key , values):&#xA;&#xA;\hspace{7mm}\textbf{yield} key, sum(values)\\&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\textbf{if} name == &quot;main&quot;:&#xA;&#xA;\hspace{7mm}\textbf{import} dumbo&#xA;&#xA;\hspace{7mm}dumbo.run (mapper, reducer, combiner=reducer )&#xA;&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;&#xA;}}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2678" LastEditorUserId="1189" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-25T18:22:28.003" LastActivityDate="2010-12-25T18:22:28.003" Title="line numbering of minipages" Tags="&lt;listings&gt;&lt;line-numbering&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7737" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7735" CreationDate="2010-12-25T17:51:24.453" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The OT1 font encoding does not contain a &quot; character. However, T1 does.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&quot;foo&quot;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-12-25T17:51:24.453" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="7738" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7735" CreationDate="2010-12-25T17:52:50.990" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/RW5md.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&lt;/code&gt; is @TH's idea. I just add &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{upquote}&lt;/code&gt; to provide a single straight quote using &lt;code&gt;\textquotesingle&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{upquote}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\textquotesingle single straight quote\textquotesingle\ &#xA;and &quot;double straight quote&quot;&#xA;&#xA;\vspace{5mm}&#xA;&#xA;`single curly quote' and ``double curly quote''&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-25T18:29:32.423" LastActivityDate="2010-12-25T18:29:32.423" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7739" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7736" CreationDate="2010-12-25T17:55:33.717" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;&#xA;\lstset{numbers=left,numberstyle=\tiny,numbersep=1em,&#xA;  morekeywords={def,for,yield,if,import},&#xA;  keywordstyle=\bfseries,frame=TLBR}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}&#xA;def mapper (key, value):&#xA;  for word in value.split():&#xA;    yield word, 1&#xA;def reducer (key , values):&#xA;  yield key, sum(values)&#xA;  if name == &quot;main&quot;:&#xA;    import dumbo&#xA;    dumbo.run (mapper, reducer, combiner=reducer )&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-25T17:55:33.717" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7740" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7661" CreationDate="2010-12-25T18:35:04.867" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You are possibly using a 64bit operating system and the 64bit version of XeTeX. There seems to be a long-standing bug in 64bit XeTeX that makes it basically unusable with unicode-math. 32bit XeLaTeX compiles your example correctly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to continue using XeLaTeX, you should install the 32bit binaries from TeX Live and change $PATH accordingly. (On modern systems using 32bit binaries in a 64bit OS shouldn't be a problem.) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-12-25T18:35:04.867" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7741" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4735" CreationDate="2010-12-25T18:57:14.443" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/UHvVo.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,11pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{textcomp}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;&#xA;\lstset{language={HTML},&#xA;                upquote=true,&#xA;                basicstyle=\tt\scriptsize,&#xA;                keywordstyle=\color{blue},&#xA;                backgroundcolor=\color{yellow!25},&#xA;                numbers=left,&#xA;                frame=single%&#xA;                }&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}&#xA;&amp;lt;!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC &quot;-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN&quot;&#xA;    &quot;http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;html lang=&quot;en&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;head&amp;gt;&#xA;    &amp;lt;title&amp;gt;An Example of a Web page&amp;lt;/title&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;/head&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;body&amp;gt;&#xA;    &amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This is an example of a Web page&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;/body&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;/html&amp;gt;&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2010-12-25T18:57:14.443" />
  <row Id="7742" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-25T19:39:18.697" Score="7" ViewCount="384" Body="&lt;p&gt;To make a professional book layout, many people suggest to use either Koma-Script or Memoir. Let me know the strengths and weaknesses for each please.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-26T01:21:36.943" LastActivityDate="2010-12-26T12:08:40.837" Title="What are the strengths and weaknesses of Koma-Script and Memoir?" Tags="&lt;layout&gt;&lt;koma-script&gt;&lt;memoir&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7743" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7542" CreationDate="2010-12-25T20:03:07.240" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;My personal view is that mathematical documents (as well as other structured documents) should have a linearized version that complies with a well-accepted and consistent set of punctuation rules.  While using some symbols like the period may cause ‘interference’ with a display equation, it seldom seems to bring any real barrier for comprehension.  (And if it does, you can always rearrange your sentence.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1204" LastActivityDate="2010-12-25T20:03:07.240" />
  <row Id="7744" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-25T20:32:09.493" Score="0" ViewCount="130" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am working in Ubuntu 10.10 using Gnome.  I wrote this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrartcl}&#xA;\usepackage[mathletters]{ucs}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage[usenames]{color}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\usepackage{wasysym}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage[normalem]{ulem}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\title{Papa Johns Cheese}&#xA;\date{Saturday 25 December 2010}&#xA;\author{}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;---message---&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I get the above error message in the log file &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! LaTeX Error: File `ucs.sty' not found&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now I have not used LaTeX since 1993, so I went to a beginners tutorial and wrote the hello script and it worked fine when I gave the command&#xA;latex hello.  No error.  this started with &lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&lt;/code&gt; So I wondered.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2679" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-25T20:34:52.283" LastActivityDate="2010-12-25T21:00:18.993" Title="could scrarctl be causing the error message ! LaTeX Error: File `ucs.sty' not found." Tags="&lt;errors&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7745" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7744" CreationDate="2010-12-25T21:00:18.993" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Does &lt;code&gt;locate ucs.sty&lt;/code&gt; (on a command line) find anything? If not, you need to install the &lt;code&gt;texlive-latex-extra&lt;/code&gt; package (eg. via Synaptic) or simply install &lt;code&gt;texlive-full&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-12-25T21:00:18.993" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7746" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7761" CreationDate="2010-12-26T00:39:56.040" Score="1" ViewCount="95" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to put the statistic data of my book in a certain page right after the title page but before &quot;This book is presented to my kittens...&quot; page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The statistic data includes:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The total number of words used from chapter 0 to appendixes.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The total number of sentences used from chapter 0 to appendixes.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The total number of characters used from chapter 0 to appendixes.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The total number of pages from chapter 0 to appendixes.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2010-12-26T11:25:18.893" Title="Is there a simple way to obtain the statistic data of the document being typeset?" Tags="&lt;statistics&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="7747" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7848" CreationDate="2010-12-26T02:58:40.213" Score="2" ViewCount="94" Body="&lt;p&gt;How to overlap the adjacent edges?&#xA;In other words, the adjacent edges should be combined into one edge shared between to minipages such that all rules will have the same thickness.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/jpNhZ.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt,dvipsnames,dvips,cmyk]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[a5paper,margin=10mm,showframe]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum,calc,xcolor}&#xA;\setlength{\fboxrule}{2mm}&#xA;\setlength{\fboxsep}{2mm}&#xA;\begin{document}\noindent{\color{red}%&#xA;\fbox{%&#xA;\begin{minipage}{0.5\textwidth-2\fboxrule-2\fboxsep}&#xA;\color{blue}\lipsum[1]&#xA;\end{minipage}}%&#xA;\fbox{%&#xA;\begin{minipage}{0.5\textwidth-2\fboxrule-2\fboxsep}&#xA;\color{blue}\lipsum[1]&#xA;\end{minipage}}}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT 1:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Assume using table is prohibited by the game rule.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-28T13:32:01.740" LastActivityDate="2010-12-28T13:34:44.543" Title="How to overlap two adjacent edges of 2 framed minipages placed side by side?" Tags="&lt;layout&gt;&lt;minipage&gt;&lt;rules&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7748" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5262" CreationDate="2010-12-26T03:18:53.830" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Theme: &lt;strong&gt;The LaTeX-ing Robot&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/gXFun.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[dvipsnames,dvips,rgb]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[margin=8cm]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{showexpl}&#xA;\usepackage{etoolbox}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\patchcmd{\SX@codeInput}{xleftmargin=0pt,xrightmargin=0pt}{}&#xA;  {\typeout{***Successfully patched \protect\SX@codeInput***}}&#xA;  {\typeout{***ERROR! Failed to patch \protect\SX@codeInput***}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\lstset{%&#xA;basicstyle=\tt\scriptsize,&#xA;keywordstyle=\color{blue}\bf,&#xA;breaklines=true,&#xA;language={[LaTeX]TeX},&#xA;xleftmargin=3.4pt,&#xA;xrightmargin=3.4pt,&#xA;rulecolor=\color{blue},&#xA;backgroundcolor=\color{yellow!20},&#xA;frame=single,&#xA;explpreset={%&#xA;    pos=b,&#xA;    vsep=1pt%&#xA;    }%&#xA;}&#xA;\usepackage{amsbsy}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{LTXexample}&#xA;\color{red}&#xA;$$\boldsymbol{\lim_{x\to 8}\frac{1}{(x-8)^2}=+\;\rotatebox{90}{$8$}}$$&#xA;$$\boldsymbol{\lim_{x\to 7}\frac{1}{(x-7)^2}=+\;\rotatebox{90}{$7$}}$$&#xA;$$\boldsymbol{\lim_{x\to 6}\frac{1}{(x-6)^2}=+\;\rotatebox{90}{$6$}}$$&#xA;\end{LTXexample}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-26T04:24:38.250" LastActivityDate="2010-12-26T04:24:38.250" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-12-26T03:18:53.830" />
  <row Id="7749" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7753" CreationDate="2010-12-26T03:50:34.503" Score="2" ViewCount="142" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to capture punctuation marks and I have a number of macros, two of which are shown in the minimal below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel}&#xA;\def\isColon#1{%&#xA;\ifx:#1&#xA;    colon!&#xA;\else&#xA;   Not a colon!&#xA;\fi}&#xA;&#xA;\def\isPeriod#1{%&#xA;\ifx.#1&#xA;   Period!&#xA;\else&#xA;   Not a period!&#xA;\fi}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\isColon:&#xA;&#xA;\isPeriod.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If the &lt;code&gt;babel&lt;/code&gt; language is changed to &lt;code&gt;[french,english]&lt;/code&gt; the colon is not captured, as babel makes it active. What modifications are required to the &lt;code&gt;isColon&lt;/code&gt; macro to work in both cases?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T21:18:44.703" Title="How to capture a colon in a macro?" Tags="&lt;programming&gt;&lt;babel&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="7750" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7749" CreationDate="2010-12-26T06:36:41.443" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[english,french]{babel}&#xA;\shorthandon{:}&#xA;\def\isColon#1{%&#xA;  \ifx:#1&#xA;    colon!&#xA;  \else&#xA;     Not a colon!&#xA;  \fi}%&#xA;&#xA;\def\isPeriod#1{%&#xA;\ifx.#1&#xA;   Period!&#xA;\else&#xA;   Not a period!&#xA;\fi}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\isColon: \isColon;&#xA;&#xA;\isPeriod.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-26T10:15:09.273" LastActivityDate="2010-12-26T10:15:09.273" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7751" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7747" CreationDate="2010-12-26T06:42:20.910" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[a5paper,margin=10mm,showframe]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum,calc,xcolor}&#xA;\setlength{\fboxrule}{2mm}&#xA;\setlength{\fboxsep}{2mm}&#xA;\begin{document}\noindent{\color{red}%&#xA;\fbox{%&#xA;\begin{minipage}[t]{0.5\textwidth-2\fboxrule-2\fboxsep}&#xA;\color{blue}\lipsum[1]&#xA;\end{minipage}}\hspace{-\fboxrule}%&#xA;\fbox{%&#xA;\begin{minipage}[t]{0.5\textwidth-\fboxrule-2\fboxsep}&#xA;\color{blue}\lipsum[1]&#xA;\end{minipage}}}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;a tabular will do the same ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-26T06:42:20.910" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="7752" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7749" CreationDate="2010-12-26T06:45:36.553" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The problem is that outside of the macro, &lt;code&gt;:&lt;/code&gt; is a macro expanding to &lt;code&gt;\active@prefix :\normal@char:&amp;nbsp;&lt;/code&gt;, but inside the macro, &lt;code&gt;:&lt;/code&gt; is just the character &lt;code&gt;:&lt;/code&gt;.  I believe this is because Babel registers the catcode changes with &lt;code&gt;\AtBeginDocument&lt;/code&gt;; moving the macro definition after &lt;code&gt;\begin{document}&lt;/code&gt; works just fine.  I also found that simply changing &lt;code&gt;\ifx&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\if&lt;/code&gt; worked fine without moving the macro definition.  But I think the cleanest solution (though a slightly specific one) is probably to change &lt;code&gt;:&lt;/code&gt;'s catcode to active for the &lt;em&gt;definition&lt;/em&gt; of &lt;code&gt;\isColon&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\catcode`\:=\active&#xA;\def\isColon#1{%&#xA;\ifx:#1&#xA;    colon!&#xA;\else&#xA;   Not a colon!&#xA;\fi}&#xA;\catcode`\:=12&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt; In case &lt;code&gt;:&lt;/code&gt; has its catcode changed by something else, you ought to use this version instead:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begingroup&#xA;  \catcode`\:=\active&#xA;  \gdef\isColon#1{%&#xA;    \ifx:#1&#xA;      colon!%&#xA;    \else&#xA;      Not a colon!%&#xA;    \fi}&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This resets the catcode of &lt;code&gt;:&lt;/code&gt; to whatever it was before, not simply to &lt;code&gt;12&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1425" LastEditorUserId="1425" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-14T21:18:44.703" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T21:18:44.703" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="7753" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7749" CreationDate="2010-12-26T08:02:21.557" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd use &lt;code&gt;\if&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel}&#xA;\def\isColon#1{%&#xA;\if:\noexpand#1%&#xA;    colon!&#xA;\else&#xA;   Not a colon!&#xA;\fi}&#xA;&#xA;\def\isPeriod#1{%&#xA;\if.\noexpand#1%&#xA;   Period!&#xA;\else&#xA;   Not a period!&#xA;\fi}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\isColon:&#xA;&#xA;\isPeriod.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another alternative would be &lt;code&gt;\pdfstrcmp&lt;/code&gt;, but that is probably overkill here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-12-26T08:02:21.557" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7754" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7755" CreationDate="2010-12-26T09:21:17.043" Score="2" ViewCount="42" Body="&lt;p&gt;Assume in my book I am discussing two (or more) languages, e.g. PSTricks and LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can I load these languages at the same time in my book document such that their keywords get proper markup?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2010-12-26T10:01:45.293" Title="Is it possible to load 2 or more languages at the same time in one document using listings.sty?" Tags="&lt;listings&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="7755" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7754" CreationDate="2010-12-26T10:01:45.293" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}[language=PSTricks,{alsolanguage=[LaTeX]TeX}]&#xA;\begin{pspicture}(3,3)&#xA;\rput(1.5,1.5){\LaTeX} &#xA;\end{pspicture}&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;=&gt; read the documentation&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-26T10:01:45.293" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7756" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7746" CreationDate="2010-12-26T10:36:31.090" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Personally, I'd go with something simple like &lt;code&gt;pdftotext&lt;/code&gt; and then just use &lt;code&gt;wc&lt;/code&gt; (or any standard utility) to get approximate answers. If you need exact answers, it's going to be significantly harder (and unlikely to be worth your trouble).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-12-26T10:36:31.090" />
  <row Id="7757" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7760" CreationDate="2010-12-26T10:50:24.127" Score="1" ViewCount="108" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't use &lt;code&gt;\centering&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\Centering&lt;/code&gt; in my table below.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/sXG1M.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I will get errors if I don't insert &lt;code&gt;\arraybackslash&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Question:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;What is &lt;code&gt;\arraybackslash&lt;/code&gt; for? It seems so mysterious for me.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Why must I insert &lt;code&gt;\arraybackslash&lt;/code&gt; in place labeled (3) that is shown in my code snippet below? Why must it be put in place (3) rather than (1), (2), or (4)?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage[a4paper,margin=10mm,showframe]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum,calc,xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{array,longtable}&#xA;\setlength{\tabcolsep}{5mm}&#xA;\setlength{\arrayrulewidth}{5mm}&#xA;&#xA;\newcolumntype{A}[1]&#xA;{%&#xA;        &amp;gt;{%                  &#xA;                \begin{minipage}{#1\textwidth-1.5\arrayrulewidth-2\tabcolsep}%&#xA;                \vspace{\tabcolsep}%&#xA;         }%&#xA;        c%&#xA;        &amp;lt;{%&#xA;            \vspace{\tabcolsep}%&#xA;             \end{minipage}%&#xA;         }%&#xA;}%&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\color{red}%&#xA;\begin{longtable}{%&#xA;    |%&#xA;        %&amp;gt;{\arraybackslash}%(1) =&amp;gt; Not Needed &#xA;        A{0.5}%&#xA;        %&amp;lt;{\arraybackslash}%(2) =&amp;gt; Not Needed  &#xA;    |%&#xA;        &amp;gt;{\arraybackslash}% (3) =&amp;gt; Mandatory!&#xA;        A{0.5}%&#xA;        %&amp;lt;{\arraybackslash}%(4) =&amp;gt; Not Needed&#xA;    |%&#xA;}%&#xA;\hline&#xA;\lipsum[1] &amp;amp; \lipsum[2]\\\hline&#xA;\lipsum[1] &amp;amp; \lipsum[2]\\\hline&#xA;\lipsum[1] &amp;amp; \lipsum[2]\\\hline&#xA;\end{longtable}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2010-12-26T11:04:04.803" Title="I don't use \centering, but why must I use \arraybackslash in my table?" Tags="&lt;longtable&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7758" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7682" CreationDate="2010-12-26T10:53:35.547" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;After some reflection, I think the right thing to do is not to fix the broken &lt;code&gt;\vspace*&lt;/code&gt; behavior (because packages might actually rely on its brokenness, but to create a new macro &lt;code&gt;\Vspace&lt;/code&gt; that is exactly the &lt;code&gt;\@vspacer&lt;/code&gt; that can be used everywhere actually getting the specified amount of space is required.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'll wait a bit before accepting to see if Herbert can explain what he meant.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-12-26T10:53:35.547" />
  <row Id="7759" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7757" CreationDate="2010-12-26T10:58:20.033" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\arraybackslash&lt;/code&gt; resets the definition of &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\tabularnewline&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\\\tabularnewline&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt; environment changes the definition of &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; (presumably), so &lt;code&gt;\arraybackslash&lt;/code&gt; resets it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-12-26T10:58:20.033" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="7760" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7757" CreationDate="2010-12-26T11:04:04.803" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;do not use the minipage, it does a lot of redefinitions. A p-column does the same:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage[a4paper,margin=10mm,showframe]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum,calc,xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{array,longtable}&#xA;\setlength{\tabcolsep}{5mm}&#xA;\setlength{\arrayrulewidth}{5mm}&#xA;&#xA;\newcolumntype{A}[1]{&amp;gt;{\rule{0pt}{4ex}}p{#1\textwidth-1.5\arrayrulewidth-2\tabcolsep}%&#xA;                     &amp;lt;{\vspace{\tabcolsep}}}%&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\color{red}%&#xA;\begin{longtable}{|A{0.5}|A{0.5}|}\hline&#xA;\lipsum[1] &amp;amp; \lipsum[2]\\\hline&#xA;\lipsum[1] &amp;amp; \lipsum[2]\\\hline&#xA;\lipsum[1] &amp;amp; \lipsum[2]\\\hline&#xA;\end{longtable}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-26T11:04:04.803" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="7761" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7746" CreationDate="2010-12-26T11:25:18.893" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is a useful &lt;a href=&quot;http://folk.uio.no/einarro/Comp/texwordcount.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX word count&lt;/a&gt; Perl script to count words and the number of formulas. The seems to be an alpha version of it that also counts letters. Create a separate master file for texcount that only includes the main text. You could probably get a good estimate of the number of sentences by counting the number of &lt;code&gt;.&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;?&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;!&lt;/code&gt; in your TeX files. Counting the number of pages should be easy (the book class starts numbering pages from &lt;code&gt;\mainmatter&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-12-26T11:25:18.893" />
  <row Id="7762" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7742" CreationDate="2010-12-26T12:08:40.837" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;&lt;strong&gt;Your mileage may vary&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;These aspects of &lt;em&gt;memoir&lt;/em&gt; make it, for me, a better choice than &lt;em&gt;komascript&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Better documentation: I just find&#xA;the two &lt;em&gt;memoir&lt;/em&gt; manuals provide me&#xA;with a better background and&#xA;understanding of what it can and&#xA;should do for me; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Completeness of function: &lt;em&gt;memoir&lt;/em&gt; has&#xA;many useful packages built in,&#xA;while, as far as I can tell,&#xA;&lt;em&gt;komascript&lt;/em&gt; has less. In some ways, this matches the Unix philosophy of &quot;do one small thing and do it well&quot;, but I'm not sure this is what I want in my typesetting system;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;(Horribly subjective and unscientific) I get the impression that here on TeX.SE, I see more questions asking &quot;how do I do this (or mend that) in &lt;em&gt;komascript&lt;/em&gt;&quot; than I see the same for &lt;em&gt;memoir&lt;/em&gt;. This might be due to the size of the user base, the orientation of TSE users, or the qualities of either package. Go figure...&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, I should qualify these comments. Both are very large packages, and require a significant investment of time to learn completely. I came across &lt;em&gt;komascript&lt;/em&gt; second; by then, I had already invested a lot of time in, and was very happy with, &lt;em&gt;memoir&lt;/em&gt;. So in some sense, that disqualifies me as an unbiased critic. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="344" LastActivityDate="2010-12-26T12:08:40.837" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7763" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7764" CreationDate="2010-12-26T13:27:26.783" Score="0" ViewCount="79" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have specified each tabular cell width exactly using formula&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;##1\linewidth-2\tabcolsep-1.5\arrayrulewidth&lt;/code&gt; as shown in the following code snippet:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[dvips,dvipsnames,rgb]{book}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[a4paper,margin=10mm,showframe]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{longtable}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\usepackage{calc}&#xA;\usepackage{lscape}&#xA;&#xA;\newcounter{No}&#xA;\renewcommand{\theNo}{\stepcounter{No}\arabic{No}}&#xA;\newenvironment{MyTable}[4]%&#xA;{%&#xA;    \newcolumntype{A}[1]%&#xA;    {%&#xA;        &amp;gt;{%&#xA;            \begin{minipage}%&#xA;            {%&#xA;                    ##1\linewidth-2\tabcolsep-1.5\arrayrulewidth%&#xA;            }%&#xA;            \vspace{\tabcolsep}%&#xA;         }%&#xA;        c%&#xA;        &amp;lt;{%&#xA;                \vspace{\tabcolsep}%&#xA;                \end{minipage}%&#xA;         }%&#xA;    }%&#xA;    \setcounter{No}{0}%comment out this if you want to continuous numbering for all tables.&#xA;    \begin{longtable}%&#xA;    {%&#xA;            |&amp;gt;{\scriptsize\centering\theNo}A{#1}&amp;lt;{}%&#xA;            |&amp;gt;{}A{#2}&amp;lt;{\centering\input{\jobname.tmp}}%&#xA;            |&amp;gt;{\centering\lstinputlisting{\jobname.tmp}}A{#3}&amp;lt;{}%&#xA;            |&amp;gt;{\scriptsize}A{#4}&amp;lt;{}%&#xA;            |%&#xA;    }%&#xA;    \hline\ignorespaces%&#xA;}%&#xA;{%&#xA;    \end{longtable}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\Comment}[1]{&amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; #1\tabularnewline\hline}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\lstset{%&#xA;language={PSTricks},&#xA;basicstyle=\ttfamily\scriptsize,%&#xA;keywordstyle=\color{blue}%,&#xA;%backgroundcolor=\color{yellow!30}%&#xA;}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyvrb}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\def\MyRow{%        &#xA;        \VerbatimEnvironment%&#xA;        \begin{VerbatimOut}{\jobname.tmp}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\endMyRow{%&#xA;        \end{VerbatimOut}%      &#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{pstricks,pst-node}&#xA;\newpsstyle{gridstyle}{%&#xA;gridwidth=0.4pt,%default: 0.8pt&#xA;gridcolor=Red!20,%default: black&#xA;griddots=0,%default: 0 &#xA;%&#xA;gridlabels=3pt,%default: 10pt&#xA;gridlabelcolor=Blue,%default: black&#xA;%&#xA;subgriddiv=5,%default: 5&#xA;subgridwidth=0.2pt,%default: 0.4pt&#xA;subgridcolor=Green!20,%default: gray&#xA;subgriddots=0%default: 0&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;%\clearpage&#xA;%\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;%Landscape starts here.&#xA;%\begin{landscape}&#xA;\begin{MyTable}{0.05}{.25}{0.4}{0.3}%&#xA;%=============&#xA;\begin{MyRow}&#xA;\pspicture*[showgrid](4,4)&#xA;\pnode(1,1){A}&#xA;\pnode(3,3){B}&#xA;\ncline{A}{B}&#xA;\endpspicture&#xA;\end{MyRow}&#xA;\Comment{\lipsum[1]}&#xA;%=============&#xA;\begin{MyRow}&#xA;\begin{pspicture}[showgrid](4,3)&#xA;\psframe*[linecolor=red!30](3,2)&#xA;\end{pspicture}&#xA;\end{MyRow}&#xA;\Comment{\lipsum[2]}&#xA;%=============&#xA;\begin{MyRow}&#xA;\pspicture[showgrid](4,3)&#xA;\psframe*[linecolor=green!30](3,2)&#xA;\endpspicture&#xA;\end{MyRow}&#xA;\Comment{\lipsum[3]}&#xA;%=============&#xA;\begin{MyRow}&#xA;\pspicture[showgrid](4,3)&#xA;\psframe*[linecolor=yellow!30](3,2)&#xA;\endpspicture&#xA;\end{MyRow}&#xA;\Comment{\lipsum[4]}&#xA;%=============&#xA;\begin{MyRow}&#xA;\pspicture[showgrid](4,3)&#xA;\psframe*[linecolor=Maroon!30](3,2)&#xA;\endpspicture&#xA;\end{MyRow}&#xA;\Comment{\lipsum[5]}&#xA;%=============&#xA;\end{MyTable}&#xA;%\end{landscape}&#xA;%Landscape stops here.&#xA;%\pagestyle{plain}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I zoomed in the output, I will get the following result:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;There is a gap on the most left table edge:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/H2OTj.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;There is also a gap on the most right table edge:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ekn4z.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think it is caused by the rounding off done by LaTeX engine. Is there a way to solve this problem? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT 1:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You might think of why I insist on getting the most perfect output. Because I want to create a &quot;bubble&quot; answer sheet using this table layout. Thus, high precision layout is a must. :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-28T12:13:48.763" LastActivityDate="2010-12-28T12:13:48.763" Title="Why did my exact calculation still produce small gaps on the most left and right table rules?" Tags="&lt;layout&gt;&lt;tables&gt;&lt;calculations&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="7764" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7763" CreationDate="2010-12-26T14:18:30.187" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I got the solution. :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[dvips,dvipsnames,rgb]{book}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[a4paper,hmargin=10mm,vmargin=40mm,showframe]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{longtable}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\usepackage{calc}&#xA;\usepackage{lscape}&#xA;\setlength{\tabcolsep}{2mm}&#xA;\setlength{\arrayrulewidth}{2mm}&#xA;\newcounter{No}&#xA;\renewcommand{\theNo}{\stepcounter{No}\arabic{No}}&#xA;\newenvironment{MyTable}[4]%&#xA;{%&#xA;    \newcolumntype{O}[1]%&#xA;    {%&#xA;        &amp;gt;{%&#xA;            \begin{minipage}%&#xA;            {%&#xA;                    ##1\linewidth-2\tabcolsep-1.5\arrayrulewidth%&#xA;            }%&#xA;            \vspace{\tabcolsep}%&#xA;         }%&#xA;        c%&#xA;        &amp;lt;{%&#xA;                \vspace{\tabcolsep}%&#xA;                \end{minipage}%&#xA;         }%&#xA;    }%&#xA;    \newcolumntype{I}[1]%&#xA;    {%&#xA;        &amp;gt;{%&#xA;            \begin{minipage}%&#xA;            {%&#xA;                    ##1\linewidth-2\tabcolsep-\arrayrulewidth%&#xA;            }%&#xA;            \vspace{\tabcolsep}%&#xA;         }%&#xA;        c%&#xA;        &amp;lt;{%&#xA;                \vspace{\tabcolsep}%&#xA;                \end{minipage}%&#xA;         }%&#xA;    }%&#xA;    \setcounter{No}{0}%comment out this if you want to continuous numbering for all tables.&#xA;    \begin{longtable}%&#xA;    {%&#xA;            |&amp;gt;{\scriptsize\centering\theNo}O{#1}&amp;lt;{}%&#xA;            |&amp;gt;{}I{#2}&amp;lt;{\centering\input{\jobname.tmp}}%&#xA;            |&amp;gt;{\centering\lstinputlisting{\jobname.tmp}}I{#3}&amp;lt;{}%&#xA;            |&amp;gt;{\scriptsize\bgroup\color{black}}O{#4}&amp;lt;{\egroup}%&#xA;            |%&#xA;    }%&#xA;    \hline\ignorespaces%&#xA;}%&#xA;{%&#xA;    \end{longtable}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\Comment}[1]{&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;#1\tabularnewline\hline}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\lstset{%&#xA;language={PSTricks},&#xA;breaklines=true,&#xA;basicstyle=\ttfamily\scriptsize,%&#xA;keywordstyle=\color{blue},&#xA;backgroundcolor=\color{yellow!30}%&#xA;}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyvrb}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\def\MyRow{%        &#xA;        \VerbatimEnvironment%&#xA;        \begin{VerbatimOut}{\jobname.tmp}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\endMyRow{%&#xA;        \end{VerbatimOut}%      &#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{pstricks,pst-node}&#xA;\newpsstyle{gridstyle}{%&#xA;gridwidth=0.4pt,%default: 0.8pt&#xA;gridcolor=Red!20,%default: black&#xA;griddots=0,%default: 0 &#xA;%&#xA;gridlabels=3pt,%default: 10pt&#xA;gridlabelcolor=Blue,%default: black&#xA;%&#xA;subgriddiv=5,%default: 5&#xA;subgridwidth=0.2pt,%default: 0.4pt&#xA;subgridcolor=Green!20,%default: gray&#xA;subgriddots=0%default: 0&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\color{red}%&#xA;%\clearpage&#xA;%\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;%Landscape starts here.&#xA;%\begin{landscape}&#xA;\begin{MyTable}{0.05}{0.3}{0.3}{0.35}%&#xA;%=============&#xA;\begin{MyRow}&#xA;\pspicture*[showgrid](3,3)&#xA;\pnode(1,1){A}&#xA;\pnode(3,3){B}&#xA;\ncline{A}{B}&#xA;\endpspicture&#xA;\end{MyRow}&#xA;\Comment{\lipsum[1]}&#xA;%=============&#xA;\begin{MyRow}&#xA;\begin{pspicture}[showgrid](3,3)&#xA;\psframe*[linecolor=red!30](3,2)&#xA;\end{pspicture}&#xA;\end{MyRow}&#xA;\Comment{\lipsum[2]}&#xA;%=============&#xA;\begin{MyRow}&#xA;\pspicture[showgrid](3,3)&#xA;\psframe*[linecolor=green!30](3,2)&#xA;\endpspicture&#xA;\end{MyRow}&#xA;\Comment{\lipsum[3]}&#xA;%=============&#xA;\begin{MyRow}&#xA;\pspicture[showgrid](3,3)&#xA;\psframe*[linecolor=yellow!30](3,2)&#xA;\endpspicture&#xA;\end{MyRow}&#xA;\Comment{\lipsum[4]}&#xA;%=============&#xA;\begin{MyRow}&#xA;\pspicture[showgrid](3,3)&#xA;\psframe*[linecolor=Maroon!30](3,2)&#xA;\endpspicture&#xA;\end{MyRow}&#xA;\Comment{\lipsum[5]}&#xA;%=============&#xA;\end{MyTable}&#xA;%\end{landscape}&#xA;%Landscape stops here.&#xA;%\pagestyle{plain}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the most left or the most right COLUMN, the previous formula &lt;code&gt;##1\linewidth-2\tabcolsep-1.5\arrayrulewidth&lt;/code&gt; is applicable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But for the remaining COLUMNs, the correct formula is &lt;code&gt;##1\linewidth-2\tabcolsep-\arrayrulewidth&lt;/code&gt;. :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-26T14:26:00.477" LastActivityDate="2010-12-26T14:26:00.477" />
  <row Id="7765" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7768" CreationDate="2010-12-26T14:51:02.200" Score="1" ViewCount="68" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to include some gnuplot-generated figures using the epslatex terminal, which creates an .eps file and a .tex file. The way to include these figures in the document is writing&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\include{./figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;These files include all the commands that set the tics, the legend and so on. My question is: is it possible to &lt;strong&gt;change the size&lt;/strong&gt; of &lt;strong&gt;the whole set&lt;/strong&gt; of elements included in &lt;code&gt;figure.tex&lt;/code&gt; &lt;em&gt;without modifying&lt;/em&gt; that file?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\resizebox{\linewidth}{!}{&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;    \include{./presion_posicion2}&#xA;    \caption{Diagrama presión-posición para el ensayo 2}&#xA;    \label{fig:ensayo2}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2488" LastActivityDate="2010-12-26T15:08:38.383" Title="Change size of whole set of elements" Tags="&lt;size&gt;&lt;boxes&gt;&lt;include&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="7766" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7767" CreationDate="2010-12-26T14:54:39.143" Score="1" ViewCount="68" Body="&lt;p&gt;I attempted to change the rule color of my table to red. Unfortunately, the content in the table cell also got interfered as shown in the following figure. The margin frame rules also became red which is not what it should be.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have no idea what parameters should I redefine to change the table rule color.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/umWlM.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[dvips,dvipsnames,rgb]{book}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[a4paper,hmargin=10mm,vmargin=40mm,showframe]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{longtable}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\usepackage{calc}&#xA;\usepackage{lscape}&#xA;\setlength{\tabcolsep}{2mm}&#xA;\setlength{\arrayrulewidth}{2mm}&#xA;\newcounter{No}&#xA;\renewcommand{\theNo}{\arabic{No}}&#xA;\newenvironment{MyTable}[4]%&#xA;{%&#xA;    \newcolumntype{O}[1]%&#xA;    {%&#xA;        &amp;gt;{%&#xA;            \begin{minipage}%&#xA;            {%&#xA;                    ##1\linewidth-2\tabcolsep-1.5\arrayrulewidth%&#xA;            }%&#xA;            \vspace{\tabcolsep}%&#xA;         }%&#xA;        c%&#xA;        &amp;lt;{%&#xA;                \vspace{\tabcolsep}%&#xA;                \end{minipage}%&#xA;         }%&#xA;    }%&#xA;    \newcolumntype{I}[1]%&#xA;    {%&#xA;        &amp;gt;{%&#xA;            \begin{minipage}%&#xA;            {%&#xA;                    ##1\linewidth-2\tabcolsep-\arrayrulewidth%&#xA;            }%&#xA;            \vspace{\tabcolsep}%&#xA;         }%&#xA;        c%&#xA;        &amp;lt;{%&#xA;                \vspace{\tabcolsep}%&#xA;                \end{minipage}%&#xA;         }%&#xA;    }%&#xA;    \setcounter{No}{0}%comment out this if you want to continuous numbering for all tables.&#xA;    \begin{longtable}%&#xA;    {%&#xA;            |&amp;gt;{\stepcounter{No}\centering\scriptsize\theNo}O{#1}&amp;lt;{}%&#xA;            |&amp;gt;{\centering}I{#2}&amp;lt;{\input{\jobname.tmp}}%&#xA;            |&amp;gt;{\centering\lstinputlisting{\jobname.tmp}}I{#3}&amp;lt;{}%&#xA;            |&amp;gt;{\scriptsize}O{#4}&amp;lt;{}%&#xA;            |%&#xA;    }%&#xA;    \hline\ignorespaces%&#xA;}%&#xA;{%&#xA;    \end{longtable}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\Comment}[1]{&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;#1\tabularnewline\hline}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\lstset{%&#xA;language={PSTricks},&#xA;breaklines=true,&#xA;basicstyle=\ttfamily\scriptsize,%&#xA;keywordstyle=\color{blue},&#xA;backgroundcolor=\color{yellow!30}%&#xA;}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyvrb}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\def\MyRow{%        &#xA;        \VerbatimEnvironment%&#xA;        \begin{VerbatimOut}{\jobname.tmp}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\endMyRow{%&#xA;        \end{VerbatimOut}%      &#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{pstricks,pst-node}&#xA;\newpsstyle{gridstyle}{%&#xA;gridwidth=0.4pt,%default: 0.8pt&#xA;gridcolor=Red!20,%default: black&#xA;griddots=0,%default: 0 &#xA;%&#xA;gridlabels=3pt,%default: 10pt&#xA;gridlabelcolor=Blue,%default: black&#xA;%&#xA;subgriddiv=5,%default: 5&#xA;subgridwidth=0.2pt,%default: 0.4pt&#xA;subgridcolor=Green!20,%default: gray&#xA;subgriddots=0%default: 0&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;{\color{Red}%&#xA;%\clearpage&#xA;%\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;%Landscape starts here.&#xA;%\begin{landscape}&#xA;\begin{MyTable}{0.05}{0.3}{0.3}{0.35}%&#xA;%=============&#xA;\begin{MyRow}&#xA;\pspicture*[showgrid](3,3)&#xA;\pnode(1,1){A}&#xA;\pnode(3,3){B}&#xA;\ncline{A}{B}&#xA;\endpspicture&#xA;\end{MyRow}&#xA;\Comment{\lipsum[1]}&#xA;%=============&#xA;\begin{MyRow}&#xA;\begin{pspicture}[showgrid](3,3)&#xA;\psframe*[linecolor=red!30](3,2)&#xA;\end{pspicture}&#xA;\end{MyRow}&#xA;\Comment{\lipsum[2]}&#xA;%=============&#xA;\begin{MyRow}&#xA;\pspicture[showgrid](3,3)&#xA;\psframe*[linecolor=green!30](3,2)&#xA;\endpspicture&#xA;\end{MyRow}&#xA;\Comment{\lipsum[3]}&#xA;%=============&#xA;\begin{MyRow}&#xA;\pspicture[showgrid](3,3)&#xA;\psframe*[linecolor=yellow!30](3,2)&#xA;\endpspicture&#xA;\end{MyRow}&#xA;\Comment{\lipsum[4]}&#xA;%=============&#xA;\begin{MyRow}&#xA;\pspicture[showgrid](3,3)&#xA;\psframe*[linecolor=Maroon!30](3,2)&#xA;\endpspicture&#xA;\end{MyRow}&#xA;\Comment{\lipsum[5]}&#xA;%=============&#xA;\end{MyTable}&#xA;%\end{landscape}&#xA;%Landscape stops here.&#xA;%\pagestyle{plain}&#xA;}%&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT 1:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The vertical rule shared by cell (1,2) and cell (1,3) behaves abnormally. It should not be black. :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-26T15:02:01.897" LastActivityDate="2010-12-26T15:04:00.010" Title="How to redefine the color of table rules without interfering the content of its cell?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;color&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7767" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7766" CreationDate="2010-12-26T15:04:00.010" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[table]{xcolor}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\arrayrulecolor{blue!70}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|*6{c|}}\hline&#xA; a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e &amp;amp; f\\\hline&#xA; a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e &amp;amp; f\\\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-26T15:04:00.010" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7768" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7765" CreationDate="2010-12-26T15:08:38.383" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;it should be &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt; and the other way round with &lt;code&gt;\resizebox&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}&#xA;\resizebox{\linewidth}{!}{\input{./presion_posicion2}}&#xA;    \caption{Diagrama presión-posición para el ensayo 2}&#xA;    \label{fig:ensayo2}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can everything define inside the figure environment, it will be valid for the code of &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-26T15:08:38.383" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="7769" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8084" CreationDate="2010-12-26T15:37:03.303" Score="2" ViewCount="153" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a command as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\Comment}[1]{&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;#1\tabularnewline\hline}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And now I want to convert it to be an environment as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newsavebox{\tempDescription}&#xA;\newenvironment{Description}&#xA;{%&#xA;\begin{lrbox}{\tempDescription}%&#xA;\ignorespaces%&#xA;}&#xA;{%&#xA;\end{tempDescription}%&#xA;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\usebox{\tempDescription}\tabularnewline\hline%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The complete code is given below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[dvips,dvipsnames,rgb,table]{book}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[a4paper,hmargin=10mm,vmargin=40mm,showframe]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{longtable}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\usepackage{calc}&#xA;\usepackage{lscape}&#xA;\setlength{\tabcolsep}{10pt}&#xA;\setlength{\arrayrulewidth}{1pt}&#xA;\newcounter{No}&#xA;\renewcommand{\theNo}{\arabic{No}}&#xA;\newenvironment{MyTable}[4]%&#xA;{%&#xA;    \newcolumntype{O}[1]%&#xA;    {%&#xA;        &amp;gt;{%&#xA;            \begin{minipage}%&#xA;            {%&#xA;                    ##1\linewidth-2\tabcolsep-1.5\arrayrulewidth%&#xA;            }%&#xA;            \vspace{\tabcolsep}%&#xA;         }%&#xA;        c%&#xA;        &amp;lt;{%&#xA;                \vspace{\tabcolsep}%&#xA;                \end{minipage}%&#xA;         }%&#xA;    }%&#xA;    \newcolumntype{I}[1]%&#xA;    {%&#xA;        &amp;gt;{%&#xA;            \begin{minipage}%&#xA;            {%&#xA;                    ##1\linewidth-2\tabcolsep-\arrayrulewidth%&#xA;            }%&#xA;            \vspace{\tabcolsep}%&#xA;         }%&#xA;        c%&#xA;        &amp;lt;{%&#xA;                \vspace{\tabcolsep}%&#xA;                \end{minipage}%&#xA;         }%&#xA;    }%&#xA;    \setcounter{No}{0}%comment out this if you want to continuous numbering for all tables.&#xA;    \begin{longtable}%&#xA;    {%&#xA;            |&amp;gt;{\stepcounter{No}\centering\scriptsize\theNo}O{#1}&amp;lt;{}%&#xA;            |&amp;gt;{\centering}I{#2}&amp;lt;{\input{\jobname.tmp}}%&#xA;            |&amp;gt;{\centering\lstinputlisting{\jobname.tmp}}I{#3}&amp;lt;{}%&#xA;            |&amp;gt;{\scriptsize}O{#4}&amp;lt;{}%&#xA;            |%&#xA;    }%&#xA;    \hline\ignorespaces%&#xA;}%&#xA;{%&#xA;    \end{longtable}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\Comment}[1]{&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;#1\tabularnewline\hline}&#xA;&#xA;\newsavebox{\tempDescription}&#xA;\newenvironment{Description}&#xA;{%&#xA;\begin{lrbox}{\tempDescription}%&#xA;\ignorespaces%&#xA;}&#xA;{%&#xA;\end{tempDescription}%&#xA;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\usebox{\tempDescription}\tabularnewline\hline%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\lstset{%&#xA;language={PSTricks},&#xA;breaklines=true,&#xA;basicstyle=\ttfamily\scriptsize,%&#xA;keywordstyle=\color{blue},&#xA;backgroundcolor=\color{yellow!30}%&#xA;}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyvrb}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\def\MyRow{%        &#xA;        \VerbatimEnvironment%&#xA;        \begin{VerbatimOut}{\jobname.tmp}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\endMyRow{%&#xA;        \end{VerbatimOut}%      &#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{pstricks,pst-node}&#xA;\newpsstyle{gridstyle}{%&#xA;gridwidth=0.4pt,%default: 0.8pt&#xA;gridcolor=Red!20,%default: black&#xA;griddots=0,%default: 0 &#xA;%&#xA;gridlabels=3pt,%default: 10pt&#xA;gridlabelcolor=Blue,%default: black&#xA;%&#xA;subgriddiv=5,%default: 5&#xA;subgridwidth=0.2pt,%default: 0.4pt&#xA;subgridcolor=Green!20,%default: gray&#xA;subgriddots=0%default: 0&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;%\clearpage&#xA;%\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;%Landscape starts here.&#xA;%\begin{landscape}&#xA;\arrayrulecolor{Red}&#xA;\begin{MyTable}{0.05}{0.3}{0.3}{0.35}%&#xA;%=============&#xA;\begin{MyRow}&#xA;\pspicture*[showgrid](3,3)&#xA;\pnode(1,1){A}&#xA;\pnode(3,3){B}&#xA;\ncline{A}{B}&#xA;\endpspicture&#xA;\end{MyRow}&#xA;\Comment{\lipsum[1]}&#xA;%=============&#xA;\begin{MyRow}&#xA;\begin{pspicture}[showgrid](3,3)&#xA;\psframe*[linecolor=red!30](3,2)&#xA;\end{pspicture}&#xA;\end{MyRow}&#xA;\Comment{\lipsum[2]}&#xA;%=============&#xA;\begin{MyRow}&#xA;\pspicture[showgrid](3,3)&#xA;\psframe*[linecolor=green!30](3,2)&#xA;\endpspicture&#xA;\end{MyRow}&#xA;\Comment{\lipsum[3]}&#xA;%=============&#xA;\begin{MyRow}&#xA;\pspicture[showgrid](3,3)&#xA;\psframe*[linecolor=Yellow](3,2)&#xA;\endpspicture&#xA;\end{MyRow}&#xA;\Comment{%&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;\int_a^b f(x)\, \textrm{d}x=F(b)-F(a)&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;is the fundamental theorem of calculus.&#xA;}&#xA;%=============&#xA;\begin{MyRow}&#xA;\pspicture[showgrid](3,3)&#xA;\psframe*[linecolor=Maroon!30](3,2)&#xA;\endpspicture&#xA;\end{MyRow}&#xA;\begin{Description}%{%&#xA;Today I ate burnt bread. It was so delicious.&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;\int_a^b f(x)\, \textrm{d}x=F(b)-F(a)&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;is the fundamental theorem of calculus.&#xA;%}&#xA;\end{Description}&#xA;%=============&#xA;\end{MyTable}&#xA;%\end{landscape}&#xA;%Landscape stops here.&#xA;%\pagestyle{plain}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why cannot it be converted? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2011-01-01T20:11:50.880" Title="Can this command be converted to environment?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;environments&gt;&lt;macros&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="7770" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7772" CreationDate="2010-12-26T15:39:26.840" Score="8" ViewCount="199" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am kind of new to LaTeX. After some few weeks working my first LaTeX paper, my folder is now full of different file extensions, some of them I know, others no idea:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;.fd&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;.bst&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;.aux&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;.bbl&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;.blg&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;.brf&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;.cls&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;.dtx&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can any body tell me what each file represent? Also, which one of them are used to generate the tex, and which one of them are generated by the tex?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2418" LastActivityDate="2010-12-26T22:43:35.467" Title="LaTeX Different File Extensions" Tags="&lt;latex-general&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7771" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7770" CreationDate="2010-12-26T15:56:38.793" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think you don't need to worry about files other than *.tex, *.cls and *.sty.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;*.tex is the extension for input files in which you put your document content and format. You can have more than one input file for your project. But only one input file can contain &lt;code&gt;\documentclass&lt;/code&gt; call. The input file contains &lt;code&gt;\documentclass&lt;/code&gt; call is called as your main input file.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;*.cls is the extension for documentclass containing layout settings and commands. There are many documentclass, such as article , book, minimal, report, etc. From within your main input file, you call this documentclass using the command &lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&lt;/code&gt;, for example. Calling &lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&lt;/code&gt; means you want to create a book project. In book project, you will have some settings such as chapter, section, subsection, subsubsection, frontmatter, mainmatter, backmatter, etc. Other documentclass also has different settings.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;*.sty is the extension for package containing class-agnostic commands. There are many packages. Each provides different purposes and works indendepently. For example, if you want to draw Euclid diagram for your project, you can use &lt;code&gt;pst-eucl.sty&lt;/code&gt;. From within your main input file, you call this package by using &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{pst-eucl}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I hope my explanation is useful. :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT 1:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As the rule of thumbs: You MAY &lt;strong&gt;ACCIDENTLY&lt;/strong&gt; lose files other than your input files, image files, data files. If you lost *.cls and *.sty, download again from the internet. If you lost *.aux, just compile again your input file. :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-26T22:43:35.467" LastActivityDate="2010-12-26T22:43:35.467" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="7772" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7770" CreationDate="2010-12-26T15:57:12.787" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;.fd = &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.loria.fr/ctan-doc/macros/latex/doc/html/fntguide/node22.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Font definition&lt;/a&gt;; used in generating the output&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;.bst = BiBTeX Style File (e.g., a certain journal's preferred Bibliography layout settings); used by BibTeX when generating the bibliography&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;.aux = LaTeX auxiliary file; created when LaTeX is run, these contain information LaTeX records which is then either used by BibTeX or LaTeX itself on later runs (e.g., about cross-references), and can contain other things as well; this is created by running latex but also used the next time latex is run. It can be deleted, but then you may need to run multiple times in the future to regenerate it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;.bbl = Bibliography; this is what is outputted by BibTeX for insertion into LaTeX the next time LaTeX is run&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;.blg = Bibliography (BiBTeX) log -- just like .log but for BibTeX; generated by BibTeX and can be safely deleted if don't need to check it for errors&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;.brf = BackReference file for the backref package, I think. I'm not very familiar with these, but I suspect they're created by latex when a file using that package is compiled.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;.cls = Documentclass (like article, or report - if you have them cluttering up your folders, you must use a lot of custom classes for individual journals or universities, etc.) This is obviously used to generate the output.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;.dtx = Documented source file; can be used to generate a latex package or other file along with its associated documentation. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of these, .aux and .blg can  be safely deleted. Probably .bbl too if you don't mind rerunning BibTeX and have access to the .bib files needed. The rest shouldn't be deleted but maybe moved somewhere more appropriate. In particular .df, .cls and .dtx are better taking up space on a (personal) TeX tree, not in the folder of the document you're working on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastEditorUserId="411" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-26T16:02:45.217" LastActivityDate="2010-12-26T16:02:45.217" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7773" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7770" CreationDate="2010-12-26T16:01:18.703" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;fd&lt;/strong&gt;: some font file, I have no idea what it does exactly&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;bst&lt;/strong&gt;: BibTeX style file. Determines how your bibliography looks. You probably downloaded it from somewhere. If you are using the style, do not delete the .bst file (you would have to rewrite/redownload it).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;aux&lt;/strong&gt;: auxiliary file generated by LaTeX. Contains for examples the page numbers of the various section starts, so that they can be included in the table of contents. Save to delete, is regenerated by the next &lt;code&gt;latex&lt;/code&gt; run.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;bbl&lt;/strong&gt;: bibliography environment, generated by BibTeX. This is what the call to &lt;code&gt;bibtex&lt;/code&gt; produces and what is included into your document by the &lt;code&gt;\bibliography&lt;/code&gt; command. Save to delete, but will have to be regenerated by calling &lt;code&gt;bibtex&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;blg&lt;/strong&gt;: log file of &lt;code&gt;bibtex&lt;/code&gt;. Might be useful for debugging problems with BibTeX. Save to delete.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;brf&lt;/strong&gt;: I have no idea what that file does.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;cls&lt;/strong&gt;: LaTeX class file. This is included by &lt;code&gt;\documentclass{...}&lt;/code&gt;. Either you wrote it yourself or you downloaded it from somewhere (maybe in the form of a .dtx file, see below). If you are using the class, do not delete the classfile (you would have to rewrite/redownload it).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;dtx&lt;/strong&gt;: Documented LaTeX source. dtx are used to produce class (.cls) and package (.sty) files and their documentation. You probably downloaded the .dtx file from somewhere and used it to produce the .cls file. Basically save to delete (be sure to remember from where you got it, so you can redownload it if needed).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For some of these files you can get information with &lt;code&gt;texdoc &amp;lt;filename&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; (on a TeX Live derived system), or use google.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-12-26T16:01:18.703" />
  <row Id="7774" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7781" CreationDate="2010-12-26T16:27:36.410" Score="1" ViewCount="220" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I draw two loops above a node? Here is my code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\path (r) edge[loop above] node[left=1pt] {3} (r);&#xA;\path (r) edge[out=140, in=50, looseness=0.8, loop] node[above=3pt] {4} (r);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I make the 2nd loop bigger, so that I get more space in between the loops?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1553" LastActivityDate="2010-12-26T18:16:23.887" Title="How can I draw two loops above a node?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="7775" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-26T16:31:26.437" Score="7" ViewCount="262" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ti&lt;i&gt;k&lt;/i&gt;Z shapes are extremely hard to create – even the documentation admits as much.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, the selection of shapes that ships with the &lt;code&gt;tikz&lt;/code&gt; package is pretty meagre – besides rectangles, circles, diamonds and regular polygons there isn’t much more. A split circle and a few strike outs is about all.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Is there an online repository of ready usable high-quality shapes?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, I’m searching for a &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.google.com/images?hl=en&amp;amp;q=tag+shape&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tag shape&lt;/a&gt; and while this is of course straightforward to create myself&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt; it’s still a lot of work and most probably redundant since someone else must have needed the same shape aready.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt; I’ve already created a “document” shape with a dog ear in one corner based on the tutorial in the documentation. Including debugging and parameter tweaking, this has certainly taken me more than one hour.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T09:30:21.077" Title="Repository of TikZ shapes" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;repositories&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7776" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7777" CreationDate="2010-12-26T16:36:22.297" Score="2" ViewCount="284" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi all,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using Miktex 2.9 on windows 7 x32, texniccenter as IDE. I encounter an error for a project that worked few days ago: when I compile, I get the message:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! I can't write on file `../preamble1.aux'.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The beginning of the .tex file is: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[xcolor=dvipsnames]{beamer}&#xA;\include{../preamble1}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What should I do? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="852" LastEditorUserId="852" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-26T20:55:48.653" LastActivityDate="2010-12-26T20:55:48.653" Title="LaTeX error: can't write file" Tags="&lt;errors&gt;&lt;miktex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7777" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7776" CreationDate="2010-12-26T16:39:20.893" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Why did you put &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt; in the preamble?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please change to &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2010-12-26T16:39:20.893" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7778" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7776" CreationDate="2010-12-26T17:12:28.703" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;See &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2209/how-can-i-include-the-file-somedir-file-tex-in-the-file-somedir-subdir-anotherf/2214#2214&quot;&gt;this answer&lt;/a&gt; for an explanation of why &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; works and why &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt; does not, why this has changed with recent tex distributions, and how to work around it for old documents, if necessary.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2010-12-26T17:12:28.703" />
  <row Id="7779" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-26T17:59:27.817" Score="2" ViewCount="219" Body="&lt;p&gt;How to pass in a ratio of 4/15 (instead of its approximated decimal form of 0.266) to table definition.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Final solution can be seen &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/7801/how-to-use-pgfmathsetmacro-to-create-a-ratio-that-can-be-passed-to-table-colu/7806#7806&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I need one more vote to close this topic. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-29T18:30:30.017" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T18:30:30.017" Title="How to pass in a ratio in fractional form?" Tags="&lt;calculations&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="21" />
  <row Id="7780" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7804" CreationDate="2010-12-26T18:06:42.017" Score="1" ViewCount="88" Body="&lt;p&gt;I often need to create a diagram in XYpic where the distance between the columns varies. This is usually when one has a map to some object X where the definition of X is in the diagram itself, like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{equation*}&#xA;\xymatrix{&#xA;    A \ar[r] &amp;amp; B = \{c \in C \mid f(c) = 0 \}&#xA;    \\&#xA;    a \ar@{|-&amp;gt;}[r] &amp;amp; b&#xA;}&#xA;\end{equation*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you actually typeset this, the lower b will be aligned to the center of the rather large second column, while one wants it below the upper B. A solution is to write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{equation*}&#xA;\xymatrix{&#xA;    A \ar[r] &amp;amp; B &amp;amp; = \{c \in C \mid f(c) = 0 \}&#xA;    \\&#xA;    a \ar@{|-&amp;gt;}[r] &amp;amp; b&#xA;}&#xA;\end{equation*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;so that the definition of B is in the third column. The problem is now that the equal sign is too far from the B to which it refers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Such a thing is easy to do in kuvio, but kuvio does not support pdflatex, and moreover my coworkers have chosen xypic instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="260" LastActivityDate="2010-12-27T07:26:51.253" Title="Unequally spaced columns in XYpic" Tags="&lt;xy-pic&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="7781" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7774" CreationDate="2010-12-26T18:16:23.887" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You want the &lt;code&gt;distance&lt;/code&gt; key, which sets both &lt;code&gt;min distance&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;max distance&lt;/code&gt; (ignoring any computation).  If you want less control, you can just specify one of those two.  For more information, check out section 44.3, &quot;Curves&quot;, of the PGF manual.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \node [draw,fill,circle,minimum size=.15cm] (r) at (0,0) {} ;&#xA;  \path (r) edge[loop above] node[left=1pt] {3} (r);&#xA;  \path (r) edge[ out=140, in=50&#xA;                , looseness=0.8, loop&#xA;                , distance=2cm, -&amp;gt;]&#xA;            node[above=3pt] {4} (r);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This produces the picture&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/2Yntd.png&quot; alt=&quot;Two loops of different heights.&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1425" LastActivityDate="2010-12-26T18:16:23.887" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7782" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7780" CreationDate="2010-12-26T18:42:45.317" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was able to get the desired spacing by adapting your proposed solution. I just made the column width negligible and added in an extra column. I don't know if there is a better way of accomplishing the desired result.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{equation*}&#xA;\xymatrix@C=-2pt{&#xA;    A \ar[rr] &amp;amp;\qquad&amp;amp; B &amp;amp;= \{c \in C \mid f(c) = 0 \}&#xA;    \\&#xA;    a \ar@{|-&amp;gt;}[rr]&amp;amp; &amp;amp; b&#xA;}&#xA;\end{equation*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="520" LastActivityDate="2010-12-26T18:42:45.317" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7783" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7779" CreationDate="2010-12-26T18:54:11.780" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I cannot see a gap with a zoom of 400% ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\parindent=0pt&#xA;\textwidth=15cm&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\rule{\textwidth}{5mm}&#xA;&#xA;\rule{0.2667\textwidth}{5mm}%&#xA;\rule{0.1333\textwidth}{5mm}%&#xA;\rule{0.1333\textwidth}{5mm}%&#xA;\rule{0.1333\textwidth}{5mm}%&#xA;\rule{0.1333\textwidth}{5mm}%&#xA;\rule{0.2\textwidth}{5mm}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-26T18:54:11.780" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7784" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7785" CreationDate="2010-12-26T19:28:14.543" Score="5" ViewCount="111" Body="&lt;p&gt;Question has been written above.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2010-12-26T19:58:04.097" Title="What is the difference between `\fboxsep=1cm` and `\setlength{\fboxsep}{1cm}` ?" Tags="&lt;lengths&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="7785" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7784" CreationDate="2010-12-26T19:35:30.230" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;TeX notation versus LaTeX notation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newdimen\myDim \myDim=5cm+\linewidth&lt;/code&gt;  does not work&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newlength\myLen \setlength\myLen{5cm+\linewidth}&lt;/code&gt; works with package &lt;code&gt;calc&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;myDim=5cm plus 1em&lt;/code&gt; does not work, must be a skip instead &lt;code&gt;\newskip\mySkip&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setlength\myLen{5cm plus 1em minus .2ex}&lt;/code&gt; works, a LaTeX length is always a skip register &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-26T19:35:30.230" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7786" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4933" CreationDate="2010-12-26T19:56:47.417" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could define a macro on the command line and use it right after &lt;code&gt;\begin{document}&lt;/code&gt;. This gets around the problem @frabjous mentioned without another file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;pdflatex &quot;\newcommand{\startpagecount}{\setcounter{page}{5}}\input test&quot;&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\startpagecount&lt;/code&gt; immediately after &lt;code&gt;\begin{document}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2684" LastActivityDate="2010-12-26T19:56:47.417" />
  <row Id="7787" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7784" CreationDate="2010-12-26T19:58:04.097" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To elaborate a bit on what Herbert says, LaTeX 'lengths' are what TeX calls 'skips': lengths with a rubber component. They can therefore be set using the TeX syntax&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\fboxsep=1 cm&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or the LaTeX syntax&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;\setlength{\fboxsep}{1 cm}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are a couple of points to watch here. First, LaTeX inserts a &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt; to prevent the code accidentally picking up a 'plus' or 'minus' part. For example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\Oops#1{\fboxsep=#1}&#xA;\Oops{1 cm} plus some space&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will lead TeX is complain that a number is missing, as the 'plus' is interpreted as a stretch component for the skip. The LaTeX solution, which inserts a &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt;, is safe. The same can of course be done in TeX macros without LaTeX:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\Safe#1{\fboxsep=#1\relax}&#xA;\Safe{1 cm} plus some space&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here the 'plus' is not mis-interpreted.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Herbert also points out that the &lt;code&gt;calc&lt;/code&gt; package allows calculations as part of the length setting. Personally, I tend to use e-TeX for this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\Safer#1{\fboxset\glueexpr#1\relax}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this, the calculation is done by the engine, which is usually a better plan than using macros. (Note though that &lt;code&gt;\glueexpr&lt;/code&gt; only does basic arithmetic using &lt;code&gt;(&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;)&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;+&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;-&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;x&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;/&lt;/code&gt;. The &lt;code&gt;calc&lt;/code&gt; package has 'max' and 'min' functions.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-12-26T19:58:04.097" />
  <row Id="7788" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3840" CreationDate="2010-12-26T20:04:44.263" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;it is possible to draw a vectorline which always starts at the last current point. It needs only one coordinate the other one is the current point. All points are internally saved as nodes, which can be used later.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/dUv9F.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{pstricks-add,multido}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{pspicture}[showgrid,linewidth=1pt](10,10.4)&#xA; \psStartPoint[A](1,1)% nodes have the base name A&#xA; \psVector(3;30)\psVector(4;60)\psVector[linecolor=red](3;10)&#xA; \psVector[linestyle=dashed](4;110)&#xA; \psline{-&amp;gt;}(A0)(A4)&#xA;&#xA; \psStartPoint[B](1,1)\psset{markAngle}% nodes have the base name B&#xA; \psVector[linestyle=dashed](4;110)&#xA; \psVector[linecolor=red](3;10)&#xA; \psVector(4;60)\psVector(3;30)&#xA;&#xA; \multido{\iA=0+1}{5}{\uput[0](A\iA){A\iA}\uput[180](B\iA){B\iA}}&#xA; \end{pspicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-26T20:04:44.263" />
  <row Id="7789" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-26T20:13:22.670" Score="2" ViewCount="143" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the best way to highlight code when using ConTeXt? I am aware of support for specific languages, as described on the &lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.contextgarden.net/Verbatim_text&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ConTeXt wiki&lt;/a&gt;, but it seems rather limited at present. I know that we could also rely on vim, through the &lt;code&gt;t-vim&lt;/code&gt; module. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, I wonder if there exists more automated ways to deal with other languages like R, Python, Lisp, Asymptote?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A working example would be very appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2580" LastActivityDate="2010-12-26T20:13:22.670" Title="Code highlighting in ConTeXt" Tags="&lt;context&gt;&lt;highlighting&gt;" CommentCount="10" />
  <row Id="7790" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="553" CreationDate="2010-12-26T21:07:51.757" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[scaled=0.8]{luximono} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which is a fixed-width font which supports boldface. This is useful when typesetting source code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2408" LastActivityDate="2010-12-26T21:07:51.757" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-12-26T21:07:51.757" />
  <row Id="7791" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7769" CreationDate="2010-12-26T21:19:25.990" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;What you are doing doesn't work because of the way TeX parses arguments to go into an alignment (which is the technology underlying tables). When deciding what goes into a table cell, TeX reads one token with macro expansion on, checks it for special cases like &lt;code&gt;\span&lt;/code&gt;, then it scans the text without macro expansion on up to the next &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\cr&lt;/code&gt; token. What it finds goes into a table cell, and is then processed the usual way, with macro expansion and all.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Your problem is that &lt;code&gt;\begin{Description}&lt;/code&gt; does all sorts of setup before it gets around to executing &lt;code&gt;\Description&lt;/code&gt;, and in particular &lt;code&gt;\Description&lt;/code&gt; does not get expanded before TeX hits the first nonexpandable token resulting from expanding &lt;code&gt;\begin&lt;/code&gt;. So TeX does not see the &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; tokens in there, and assumes it all goes into a single table cell.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2010-12-26T21:19:25.990" />
  <row Id="7792" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7803" CreationDate="2010-12-26T23:19:29.163" Score="2" ViewCount="145" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[fleqn,12pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tabularx}&#xA;\usepackage{multicol}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;![alt text][1]\begin{table}[ht]&#xA;\begin{tabular}{l l|l l}&#xA;\underline{\textcolor{blue}{Text 1}}&amp;amp; \hspace{1cm} &amp;amp;\hspace{1cm} &amp;amp; \underline{\textcolor{blue}{Text 2}}\\&#xA;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\\&#xA;Derivation of Text1 &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp; Derivation of Text 2\\&#xA;Same as shown above &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp; Same as shown above&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am achieving this using tabular environment. I was wondering if there is any other way to split the document into two column wherever i have need to produce such results. &#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ef7NL.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&#xA;Thanks for y&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PS can I post example code with unicode text (i.e. Devanagari or Sanskrit)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2036" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-27T02:44:25.323" LastActivityDate="2010-12-27T20:49:08.070" Title="Tabular or two column mode" Tags="&lt;two-column&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7793" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7799" CreationDate="2010-12-26T23:26:20.843" Score="4" ViewCount="203" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello Everyone, &#xA;I am using $\longrightarrow{}$ at many places in my document. I should say around 2 to three times per page. &#xA;I was wondering if there is a way to assign a shortcut (i.e. lra) and wherever I use &quot;lra&quot; it will put $\longrightarrow{}$.&#xA;I am very new to TeX and do not possess much programming skills either. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So far I am getting by with &quot;ctrl C&quot; &amp;amp; &quot;ctrl V&quot;&#xA;I would greatly appreciate your help&#xA;regards&#xA;Aku&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2036" LastActivityDate="2010-12-27T19:39:29.960" Title="Defining shortcuts" Tags="&lt;cross-referencing&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7794" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7779" CreationDate="2010-12-26T23:37:47.547" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you want more accurate calculations use the &lt;strong&gt;fp&lt;/strong&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example using the fp package as shown below you get &lt;code&gt;0.999999999999999998&lt;/code&gt; rather than &#xA;&lt;code&gt;0.998&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article} &#xA;\usepackage{fp}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \parindent0pt&#xA;  \FPdiv\paramtwo{4}{15}&#xA;  \FPdiv\paramthree{2}{15}&#xA;  \FPmul\paramtemp{4}{\paramthree}&#xA;  \FPdiv\paramseven{3}{15}&#xA;  \FPadd\total{\paramseven}{\paramtemp}&#xA;  \FPadd\total{\total}{\paramtwo}&#xA;&#xA;  \total&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;No need for any manual calculations!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can use it in a tabular as follows (remember it creates variable names on the fly)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article} &#xA;\usepackage{fp}&#xA;&#xA;\FPdiv\columni{3.9999999}{3.8888888}&#xA;\FPdiv\columnii{1.11123456}{1.3999999}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|p{\columni cm}|p{\columnii cm}|}&#xA;a &amp;amp; b \\&#xA;c &amp;amp; d \\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;\end{document}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-28T04:15:51.397" LastActivityDate="2010-12-28T04:15:51.397" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="7795" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7793" CreationDate="2010-12-26T23:41:13.987" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;code&gt;let&lt;/code&gt; which allows you to copy the content of a command into a new command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \let\lra\longrightarrow&#xA;&#xA; $\lra$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-26T23:47:20.093" LastActivityDate="2010-12-26T23:47:20.093" />
  <row Id="7796" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7793" CreationDate="2010-12-26T23:49:49.543" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd do it like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\lra}{\ensuremath{\longrightarrow{}}}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks to ensuremath, this will work both inside and outside of math mode -- with no need for $...$.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2010-12-26T23:49:49.543" />
  <row Id="7797" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7800" CreationDate="2010-12-27T01:11:34.217" Score="2" ViewCount="87" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;The question has been written above.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2010-12-30T02:23:13.597" Title="Is there an/a `\arrayrulecolor`-like command to change the rule color of `\fbox`?" Tags="&lt;color&gt;&lt;fbox&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="7798" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-27T01:16:42.980" Score="1" ViewCount="235" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using the ClassicThesis by Miede for writing my thesis, the support package is Arsclassica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's a nice template, however I got a little problem with the Chapter name, some of them can be very long. As the result, LateX would produce very bad line breaking on chapter name.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can use &lt;code&gt;\newline&lt;/code&gt; command to choose when to start the new line, however the new line is not aligned. If you already use ClassicThesis, you'll see that it generate Chapter number, then a straight slash (|) to separate the number with the chapter's name. Is there any way to produce Chapter name, aligned on 2 lines?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Minimal example provided by &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/users/4566/vladimir&quot;&gt;Vladimir&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrreprt}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{classicthesis-ldpkg}&#xA;\usepackage{classicthesis}&#xA;\usepackage{arsclassica}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\chapter{This is multi line chapter title}&#xA;See how the second line of the chapter title goes under the chapter number which looks bad.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2685" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-31T13:21:14.123" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T13:21:14.123" Title="How to get multi-line chapter name with ClassicThesis package?" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;thesis&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="10" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7799" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7793" CreationDate="2010-12-27T01:25:20.580" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/wWqcB.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\def\lra{\ensuremath\longrightarrow}&#xA;\def\lras{\ensuremath\longrightarrow\ }&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\noindent%&#xA;The \lra without a trailing space.&#xA;&#xA;\noindent%&#xA;The \lras with a trailing space.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2010-12-27T01:25:20.580" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7800" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7797" CreationDate="2010-12-27T01:26:31.733" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;code&gt;fcolorbox&lt;/code&gt; from the &lt;code&gt;xcolor&lt;/code&gt; package or you can define your own command!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[kernelfbox]{xcolor}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\def\twocolorbox#1#2#3{\color{#1}\fbox{\color{#2}#3}}&#xA;&#xA;\twocolorbox{blue}{red}{terrible}&#xA;&#xA;\fcolorbox{gray}{yellow}{test}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-12-27T01:26:31.733" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7801" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7806" CreationDate="2010-12-27T02:54:28.847" Score="1" ViewCount="162" Body="&lt;p&gt;My scenario is to pass in a ratio (in fractional form as opposed to decimal form) to  each table column definition.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The following code cannot be compiled.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pgf}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\usepackage{longtable}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\ratio}[2]%&#xA;{%&#xA;    \pgfmathsetmacro\temp{(#1)/(#2)}%&#xA;    \temp%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcolumntype{A}[1]%&#xA;{%&#xA;    &amp;gt;{}%&#xA;    m{#1\linewidth-2\tabcolsep-2\arrayrulewidth}%&#xA;    &amp;lt;{}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\ratio{1}{2}&#xA;\ratio{2}{5}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{longtable}{|A{\ratio{1}{2}}|A{\ratio{1}{2}}|}\hline&#xA;A &amp;amp; B \tabularnewline\hline&#xA;A &amp;amp; B \tabularnewline\hline&#xA;&#xA;\end{longtable}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-28T18:45:04.493" LastActivityDate="2010-12-28T18:45:04.493" Title="How to pass in a ratio in fraction form (as opposed to decimal form) to table column definition?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;calculations&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7802" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7780" CreationDate="2010-12-27T06:49:39.040" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can also use the excursion command described on page 9 of xyguide.pdf:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{equation*}&#xA;  \xymatrix{&#xA;    A \ar[r] &amp;amp; B &amp;amp;&#xA;      \save[]+&amp;lt;1.75em,0em&amp;gt;*{= \{c \in C \mid f(c) = 0 \}}\restore  \\&#xA;    a \ar@{|-&amp;gt;}[r] &amp;amp; b&#xA;  }&#xA;\end{equation*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2686" LastActivityDate="2010-12-27T06:49:39.040" />
  <row Id="7803" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7792" CreationDate="2010-12-27T07:13:14.363" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article} &#xA;\usepackage{xcolor} &#xA;\usepackage{parallel} &#xA;\setlength\parindent{0pt} &#xA;\begin{document} &#xA;\begin{Parallel}[c]{}{} &#xA;\ParallelLText{% &#xA;\underline{\textcolor{blue}{Text 1}}}&#xA;&#xA;\ParallelRText{% &#xA;\underline{\textcolor{blue}{Text 2}}}&#xA;&#xA;\ParallelPar&#xA;&#xA;\ParallelLText{% &#xA;\parbox{\ParallelLWidth}{%&#xA;\begin{enumerate} &#xA;\item A &#xA;\item B &#xA;\end{enumerate}} &#xA;Same as shown above &#xA;} &#xA;&#xA;\ParallelRText{% &#xA;\parbox{\ParallelRWidth}{%&#xA;\begin{enumerate} &#xA;\item C &#xA;\item D &#xA;\end{enumerate} }&#xA;Same as shown above } &#xA;&#xA;\end{Parallel} &#xA;&#xA;\bigskip new text line here defined paper area &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-27T20:49:08.070" LastActivityDate="2010-12-27T20:49:08.070" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="7804" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7780" CreationDate="2010-12-27T07:26:51.253" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{xypic,mathtools}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{equation*}&#xA;\xymatrix{&#xA;    A \ar[r] &amp;amp; \mathrlap{B = \{c \in C \mid f(c) = 0 \}}&#xA;    \\&#xA;    a \ar@{|-&amp;gt;}[r] &amp;amp; b&#xA;}&#xA;\end{equation*}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-27T07:26:51.253" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7806" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7801" CreationDate="2010-12-27T08:07:22.683" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You cannot use &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathsetratio&lt;/code&gt; here, as the arguments to the &lt;code&gt;m&lt;/code&gt; box needs to expand to a number. Assuming you can use the e-TeX extensions then you can use an alternative definition:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand\ratio[2]{%&#xA;  \strip@pt\dimexpr#1pt/#2\relax&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-12-27T08:07:22.683" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7807" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-27T10:41:28.637" Score="4" ViewCount="146" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have 3 related equations, two of them do not fit on a single line.&#xA;I want to present them in a gather-environment, but how to do linebreaks inside equations? &lt;code&gt;multline&lt;/code&gt; does not work inside &lt;code&gt;gather&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In isolation, the equations would be typeset as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{equation} eq 1 \end{equation} &#xA;&#xA;\begin{multline} long \\ eq 2 \end{multline}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{multline} long \\ eq 3 \end{multline}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2687" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-27T12:58:13.230" LastActivityDate="2010-12-27T12:58:13.230" Title="multline inside gather?" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;amsmath&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7808" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7807" CreationDate="2010-12-27T11:20:08.967" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;code&gt;split&lt;/code&gt; within &lt;code&gt;gather&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2010-12-27T11:20:08.967" />
  <row Id="7809" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7807" CreationDate="2010-12-27T12:05:14.717" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;mathtools&lt;/code&gt; package has a &lt;code&gt;multlined&lt;/code&gt; environment that relates to &lt;code&gt;multline&lt;/code&gt; as &lt;code&gt;aligned&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2010-12-27T12:05:14.717" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7811" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7813" CreationDate="2010-12-27T12:42:44.170" Score="4" ViewCount="188" Body="&lt;p&gt;I response to xport's &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/7779/how-to-pass-in-a-ratio-in-fractional-form&quot;&gt;recent&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/7801/how-to-use-pgfmathsetmacro-to-create-a-ratio-that-can-be-passed-to-table-colu&quot;&gt;questions&lt;/a&gt;, I tried to do the following&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{pgf}&#xA;[...]&#xA;\rule{\pgfmathdivide{4}{3}\pgfmathresult mm}{5mm}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately, this fails with the following error message:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Missing number, treated as zero.&#xA;&amp;lt;to be read again&amp;gt; &#xA;                   \begingroup &#xA;l.11 ...pgfmathdivide{4}{3}\pgfmathresult mm}{5mm}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My first guess was that for some reason the output of &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathresult&lt;/code&gt; cannot be used as the input for &lt;code&gt;\rule&lt;/code&gt;. However, the slight rearrangement&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pgfmathdivide{4}{3}\rule{\pgfmathresult mm}{5mm}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;works as expected. Why? What do I have to change to be able to put &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathdivide&lt;/code&gt; inside the argument of &lt;code&gt;\rule&lt;/code&gt; (or rather inside a macro that can be used in the argument of &lt;code&gt;\rule&lt;/code&gt; and similar commands)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-27T12:50:19.793" LastActivityDate="2010-12-27T15:29:20.937" Title="How to use pgf-math inside an argument?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;calculations&gt;&lt;pgf-core&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="7813" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7811" CreationDate="2010-12-27T15:29:20.937" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pgfmathdivide&lt;/code&gt; is simply not expandable. By that, I mean it cannot run entirely in TeX's expansion processor.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A simple example of this is trying to assign to a register inside the replacement text of an &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\edef\foo{\dimen0=3pt}&#xA;\show\foo&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;gives&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;gt; \foo=macro:&#xA;-&amp;gt;\dimen 0=3pt.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that nothing actually expanded. The same principle is at work here. &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathdivide&lt;/code&gt; expands to at least one assignment (to &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathresult&lt;/code&gt;) and since assignments are not expandable, &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathdivide&lt;/code&gt; cannot be used in an expansion context (at least not the way you want).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It might be possible to reimplement division in a way that is expandable, for example using &lt;i&gt;&amp;epsilon;&lt;/i&gt;-TeX's expression primitives, but it would probably be a nontrivial amount of work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-12-27T15:29:20.937" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="7814" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-27T15:56:19.373" Score="7" ViewCount="411" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/1003/42&quot;&gt;This isn’t the first time this question was asked&lt;/a&gt; but the other solutions don’t work in my case.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Consider the following image:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/bSezW.png&quot; alt=&quot;screenshot&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It was created using this code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}[&#xA;  node distance=7mm,&#xA;  title/.style={font=\fontsize{6}{6}\color{black!50}\ttfamily},&#xA;  typetag/.style={rectangle, draw=black!50, font=\scriptsize\ttfamily}&#xA;]&#xA;  \node (decomp) [title] { Decomposition };&#xA;  \draw [draw=black!50] (decomp.north west) rectangle +(2.8cm, -2.7cm);&#xA;&#xA;  \node (di) [typetag, below=of decomp.west, anchor=west, xshift=2mm] { Independent };&#xA;  \node (dr) [typetag, below=of di.west, anchor=west] { Reduction };&#xA;  \node (dnc) [typetag, below=of dr.west, anchor=west] { DivideAndConquer };&#xA;&#xA;  \node (dep) at (3cm, 0) [title] { Dependency };&#xA;  \draw [draw=black!50] (dep.north west) rectangle ($(dep.north east) - (0, 2cm)$);&#xA;&#xA;  \node (da) [typetag, below=of dep.west, anchor=west, xshift=2mm] { Atomic };&#xA;  \node (dr) [typetag, below=of da.west, anchor=west] { Range };&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Needless to say, this code is horribly complicated and has no automation (for example, the width of the borders isn’t auto-computed to fit all elements, but rather put in by hand via painstaking trial and error).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There &lt;em&gt;must&lt;/em&gt; be an easier way to achieve this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In particular, I have two questions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;How do I automate the drawing of the border + title (the grey text) so that the border is just large enough to accomodate all the &lt;code&gt;typetag&lt;/code&gt; elements that follow after (and how to specify them?)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;How can I arrange the &lt;code&gt;typetag&lt;/code&gt; elements more smartly? (having to write, every time, &lt;code&gt;below=of Element.west, anchor=west&lt;/code&gt; is &lt;em&gt;extremely&lt;/em&gt; annoying, but I don’t succeed to put this into the &lt;code&gt;typetag/.style&lt;/code&gt; because TikZ “forgets” this information (I have also tried adding &lt;code&gt;ever node/.style={anchor=west}&lt;/code&gt; in the &lt;code&gt;tikzpicture&lt;/code&gt; options, to no avail).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Question 1 is the important thing here, though. Question 2 is more of a general question that crops up again and again …&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2011-01-16T21:39:35.893" Title="Nested TikZ nodes" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;nodes&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7815" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7814" CreationDate="2010-12-27T16:17:10.287" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here it is the same with only &lt;code&gt;\fbox&lt;/code&gt; and automatic calculation of the box widths, can also be used inside of tikz. If you need connections, you can set single nodes of the box contents.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{tgheros}&#xA;\usepackage{varwidth}&#xA;\usepackage{setspace}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\fboxsep=10pt\sffamily\setstretch{2}&#xA;\fbox{\begin{varwidth}[t]{\linewidth}&#xA;\tikzset{node distance=7mm,&#xA;  title/.style={font=\color{black!50}\ttfamily},&#xA;  typetag/.style={rectangle, draw=black!50, font=\large\ttfamily}}&#xA;&#xA;\fboxsep=10pt\sffamily\setstretch{2}&#xA;\fbox{\begin{varwidth}[t]{\linewidth}&#xA;\tikz\node (decomp) [title] { Decomposition };&#xA;&#xA;\tikz\node (di) [typetag]{ Independent };&#xA;&#xA;\tikz\node (dr) [typetag]{ Reduction\vphantom{g} };&#xA;&#xA;\tikz\node (dnc) [typetag]{ DivideAndConquer};&#xA;&#xA;\end{varwidth}}\qquad&#xA;\fbox{\begin{varwidth}[t]{\linewidth}&#xA;\tikz\node (dep) [title] { Dependency };&#xA;&#xA;\fbox{\bfseries Atomic}&#xA;&#xA;\fbox{\bfseries Range}&#xA;\end{varwidth}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;\end{document}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-27T16:53:49.413" LastActivityDate="2010-12-27T16:53:49.413" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="7816" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7814" CreationDate="2010-12-27T16:51:51.257" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For the first point, you can use the &lt;code&gt;fit&lt;/code&gt; library.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the second: According to the manual, setting &lt;code&gt;below&lt;/code&gt; also sets &lt;code&gt;anchor=north&lt;/code&gt;. So adding &lt;code&gt;anchor=west&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;typetag&lt;/code&gt; and then setting &lt;code&gt;typetag&lt;/code&gt; after &lt;code&gt;below&lt;/code&gt; does the trick.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{positioning,fit,calc}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[&#xA;  node distance=7mm,&#xA;  title/.style={font=\fontsize{6}{6}\color{black!50}\ttfamily},&#xA;  typetag/.style={rectangle, draw=black!50, font=\scriptsize\ttfamily, anchor=west}&#xA;]&#xA;  \node (decomp) [title] { Decomposition };&#xA;&#xA;  \node (di) [below=of decomp.west, typetag, xshift=2mm] { Independent };&#xA;  \node (dr) [below=of di.west, typetag] { Reduction };&#xA;  \node (dnc) [below=of dr.west, typetag] { DivideAndConquer };&#xA;&#xA;  \node [draw=black!50, fit={(decomp) (di) (dr) (dnc)}] {};&#xA;&#xA;  \node (dep) at (3cm, 0) [title] { Dependency };&#xA;&#xA;  \node (da) [below=of dep.west, typetag, xshift=2mm] { Atomic };&#xA;  \node (dr) [below=of da.west, typetag] { Range };&#xA;&#xA;  \node [draw=black!50, fit={(dep) (dr) (da)}] {};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(&lt;code&gt;inner sep&lt;/code&gt;, should probably be adjusted a bit)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-27T16:59:54.413" LastActivityDate="2010-12-27T16:59:54.413" />
  <row Id="7817" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7793" CreationDate="2010-12-27T18:27:05.287" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Expanding on Frabjous's answer, I'd do this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{xspace}&#xA;&#xA;...&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\lra}{\ensuremath{\longrightarrow{}}\xspace}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This gives you an &lt;code&gt;\lra&lt;/code&gt; command that is sensitive to the trailing space without defining two macros for it.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2692" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-27T19:39:29.960" LastActivityDate="2010-12-27T19:39:29.960" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7818" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5391" CreationDate="2010-12-27T22:35:42.550" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I had the same problem and it was solved by simply putting &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt;s at the desired lines and then referencing them with &lt;code&gt;\ref&lt;/code&gt;. The label is refers the line after which it goes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is an example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{algorithmic}[1]&#xA;\FOR {$i$ in 1..10}  \label{alg:loopStart}&#xA;    \STATE ...      &#xA;\ENDFOR              \label{alg:loopEnd}&#xA;\end{algorithmic}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then I reference the lines like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;In the loop of the lines \ref{alg:loopStart}-\ref{alg:loopEnd} we make...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1586" LastActivityDate="2010-12-27T22:35:42.550" />
  <row Id="7819" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7823" CreationDate="2010-12-27T23:54:45.277" Score="4" ViewCount="122" Body="&lt;p&gt;For some of my style files, I would like to have a sans-serif typeface within my figures. I have code which seems to be working,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewenvironment{figure}[1][\fps@figure]{&#xA;  \edef\@tempa{\noexpand\@float{figure}[#1]} &#xA;  \@tempa&#xA;  \sf&#xA;}{&#xA;  \end@float&#xA;}&#xA;\renewenvironment{table}[1][\fps@table]{&#xA;  \edef\@tempa{\noexpand\@float{table}[#1]} &#xA;  \@tempa&#xA;  \sf&#xA;}{&#xA;  \end@float&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but surely there's a better way?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2408" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T15:46:04.893" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T15:46:04.893" Title="A better way to achieve sans-serif typeface in figure and table environments" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;floats&gt;&lt;floatrow&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7820" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7819" CreationDate="2010-12-28T00:51:28.780" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/caption.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;caption&lt;/a&gt; package to control the font of (float) captions;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/floatrow.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;floatrow&lt;/a&gt; package to control the font of other float content (i.e. tabular material).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[font=sf]{caption}&#xA;\usepackage[font=sf]{floatrow}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{table}&#xA;% \centering% Default for floatrow package&#xA;\begin{tabular}{cc} \hline&#xA;Author &amp;amp; Title \\ \hline&#xA;Knuth &amp;amp; The \TeX book \\&#xA;Lamport &amp;amp; \LaTeX \\ \hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\caption{A table}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;% \centering% Default for floatrow package&#xA;\rule{1cm}{1cm}&#xA;\caption{A figure}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-28T01:32:59.853" LastActivityDate="2010-12-28T01:32:59.853" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7821" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7822" CreationDate="2010-12-28T01:06:11.707" Score="2" ViewCount="192" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a document with subfigures that are printed sideways with rotating.  I need to scale that figure (with subfigures) to fit to page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%% LyX 1.6.7 created this file.  For more info, see http://www.lyx.org/.&#xA;%% Do not edit unless you really know what you are doing.&#xA;\documentclass[english]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[latin9]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;&#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% LyX specific LaTeX commands.&#xA;%% A simple dot to overcome graphicx limitations&#xA;\newcommand{\lyxdot}{.}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{babel}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{sidewaysfigure}&#xA;&#xA;\captcont{Gene Ontology analysis of cancer marked control overexpressed&#xA;genes}&#xA;&#xA;\subfigure{ &#xA;&#xA;\label{fig:cncrUniqMrkdCntrlOvrExp} &#xA;&#xA;\includegraphics[width=1\\linewidth,height=12cm]{\lyxdot \lyxdot /\lyxdot \lyxdot /fig/go_gprof/go_cncrUniqMrkdCntrlOvrExp}&#xA;&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\captcont{Gene Ontology analysis of cancer marked cancer overexpressed&#xA;genes}&#xA;&#xA;\subfigure{ &#xA;&#xA;\label{fig:go_cncrUniqMrkdCncrOvrExp} &#xA;&#xA;\includegraphics[width=1\\linewidth,height=12cm]{\lyxdot \lyxdot /\lyxdot \lyxdot /fig/go_gprof/go_cncrUniqMrkdCncrOvrExp}&#xA;&#xA;} &#xA;&#xA;\end{sidewaysfigure}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What variables should I use for width and height?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="978" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-12T13:19:09.523" LastActivityDate="2011-02-12T13:19:09.523" Title="Scale sideways subfigure to fit to page" Tags="&lt;subfloats&gt;&lt;rotating&gt;&lt;scaling&gt;&lt;sideways&gt;&lt;fit&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7822" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7821" CreationDate="2010-12-28T01:23:10.230" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The figures begin used are probably long without rotating them, that is why rotating is used.  Thus the width of the figures is what we what to control and we want the width to be equal to the height of the page (because we are rotating).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\includegraphics[width=\textheight]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="978" LastEditorUserId="978" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-12T00:27:42.400" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T00:27:42.400" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7823" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7819" CreationDate="2010-12-28T01:36:30.797" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;lockstep suggested to use the &lt;code&gt;floatrow&lt;/code&gt; package. Since I wanted to do a bit more than just &lt;code&gt;\sf&lt;/code&gt;, I thought I'd post my solution here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{floatrow}&#xA;\DeclareFloatFont{ben}{\somecommand\anothercommand}&#xA;\floatsetup[figure]{font=ben}&#xA;\floatsetup[table]{font=ben}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2408" LastActivityDate="2010-12-28T01:36:30.797" />
  <row Id="7824" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7828" CreationDate="2010-12-28T02:51:02.497" Score="1" ViewCount="91" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am creating a question sheet using a method (I don't know the exact name, maybe bubble sheet format) as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/RAZbd.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My question is how to improve the appearance such that the framed letters get proportional size based on the context. If the frame letter must work as an exponent, it must be smaller. If it works as a lower index in integral or sum, it also must be smaller.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is my code snippet after &quot;normalization&quot; :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[dvipsnames,dvips,cmyk]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{bera}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\fboxsep=2pt&#xA;\fboxrule=0.8pt&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\boxy}[1]{\ensuremath{\,\fbox{\;\,{\color{red}\bf#1}\,\;}\,}}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\ltr}[1]{{\color{red}\bf#1}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\noindent%&#xA;Each letter \ltr{A}, \ltr{B}, \ltr{C}, etc in the equations represents a numeral (from 0 to 9) or the minus sign ($-$).&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\[&#xA;\int_{\boxy{A}}^{\boxy{B}}f(x)\,\textrm{d}x=\frac{1-\boxy{P}}{\boxy{Q}+\boxy{R}}&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;\[&#xA;-2 x^{\boxy{XYZ}}-\boxy{W}\sqrt{\boxy{V}+1}&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;\[&#xA;\sum_{i=\boxy{A}}^{\boxy{BC}}=\tan\left(\boxy{D}-\boxy{E}\right)&#xA;\]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2010-12-28T08:51:40.287" Title="How to make contextual framed letters get proportional size automatically?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;subscripts&gt;&lt;superscripts&gt;&lt;fontsize&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="7825" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7826" CreationDate="2010-12-28T02:59:55.910" Score="1" ViewCount="204" Body="&lt;p&gt;In a two sidewaysfigure environments across two pages contcapt in the second page has an incremented caption number.  Oddly, the subfigure letter on the second page is correct ex. (it will start with b) rather than a)).  Since the second page is still part of the first figure I don't want to increment the caption counter.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anyone else get such an error?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Does anyone know why such an error would be cause?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Does anyone know how to fix this error?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Can the solution work in Lyx?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%% LyX 1.6.7 created this file.  For more info, see http://www.lyx.org/.&#xA;%% Do not edit unless you really know what you are doing.&#xA;\documentclass[english]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[latin9]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;&#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% LyX specific LaTeX commands.&#xA;%% A simple dot to overcome graphicx limitations&#xA;\newcommand{\lyxdot}{.}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% User specified LaTeX commands.&#xA;\usepackage{float}&#xA;%figures&#xA;\usepackage{captcont}&#xA;\usepackage{subfigure}&#xA;%\usepackage{subfig}&#xA;\usepackage{rotating}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{babel}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{sidewaysfigure}&#xA;&#xA;\caption{Gene Ontology analysis of marked overexpressed genes in&#xA;cancer and matched-control cell lines}&#xA;&#xA;\subfigure[Gene Ontology analysis of control cancer marked overexpressed&#xA;genes]{&#xA;&#xA;\label{fig:go_cntrlUniqMrkdCncrOvrExp}&#xA;&#xA;\includegraphics[width=1\textheight]{\lyxdot \lyxdot /\lyxdot \lyxdot /fig/go_gprof/go_cntrlUniqMrkdCncrOvrExp}&#xA;&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\end{sidewaysfigure}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{sidewaysfigure}&#xA;&#xA;\captcont*{Gene Ontology analysis of marked overexpressed genes&#xA;in cancer and matched-control cell lines}&#xA;&#xA;\subfigure[Gene Ontology analysis of cancer marked control overexpressed&#xA;genes]{&#xA;&#xA;\label{fig:cncrUniqMrkdCntrlOvrExp}&#xA;&#xA;\includegraphics[width=1\textheight]{\lyxdot \lyxdot /\lyxdot \lyxdot /fig/go_gprof/go_cncrUniqMrkdCntrlOvrExp}&#xA;&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\subfigure[Gene Ontology analysis of cancer marked cancer overexpressed&#xA;genes]{&#xA;&#xA;\label{fig:go_cncrUniqMrkdCncrOvrExp}&#xA;&#xA;\includegraphics[width=1\textheight]{\lyxdot \lyxdot /\lyxdot \lyxdot /fig/go_gprof/go_cncrUniqMrkdCncrOvrExp}&#xA;&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\subfigure[Gene Ontology analysis of control marked control overexpressed&#xA;genes]{&#xA;&#xA;\label{fig:go_cntrlUniqMrkdCntrlOvrExp}&#xA;&#xA;\includegraphics[width=1\textheight]{\lyxdot \lyxdot /\lyxdot \lyxdot /fig/go_gprof/go_cntrlUniqMrkdCntrlOvrExp}&#xA;&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\end{sidewaysfigure}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="978" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-30T11:53:52.677" LastActivityDate="2010-12-30T11:53:52.677" Title="Using contcapt in the sidewaysfigure environment" Tags="&lt;captions&gt;&lt;counters&gt;&lt;rotating&gt;&lt;sideways&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="7826" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7825" CreationDate="2010-12-28T07:25:34.833" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The subfig(ure) package is in the need of knowing where the main caption is placed. Otherwise it will assume that the main figure caption will be placed &lt;strong&gt;below&lt;/strong&gt; the figure. This is not the case in your example code, so you have to use the subfigure package option &quot;figtopcap&quot;, i.e. &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[figtopcap]{subfigure}&lt;/code&gt;, to get a correct numbering.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But the subfigure-captcont package tandem is obsolete, better use the successor of the subfigure package which is the subfig package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&#xA;\documentclass[english]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[latin9]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;&#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% LyX specific LaTeX commands.&#xA;%% A simple dot to overcome graphicx limitations&#xA;\newcommand{\lyxdot}{.}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% User specified LaTeX commands.&#xA;\usepackage{float}&#xA;%figures&#xA;\usepackage[position=b]{subfig}&#xA;\usepackage{rotating}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{babel}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{sidewaysfigure}&#xA;&#xA;\caption{Gene Ontology analysis of marked overexpressed genes in&#xA;cancer and matched-control cell lines}&#xA;&#xA;\subfloat[Gene Ontology analysis of control cancer marked overexpressed&#xA;genes]{&#xA;&#xA;\label{fig:go_cntrlUniqMrkdCncrOvrExp}&#xA;&#xA;\includegraphics[width=1\textheight]{\lyxdot \lyxdot /\lyxdot \lyxdot /fig/go_gprof/go_cntrlUniqMrkdCncrOvrExp}&#xA;&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\end{sidewaysfigure}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{sidewaysfigure}&#xA;\ContinuedFloat&#xA;&#xA;\caption{Gene Ontology analysis of marked overexpressed genes&#xA;in cancer and matched-control cell lines}&#xA;&#xA;\subfloat[Gene Ontology analysis of cancer marked control overexpressed&#xA;genes]{&#xA;&#xA;\label{fig:cncrUniqMrkdCntrlOvrExp}&#xA;&#xA;\includegraphics[width=1\textheight]{\lyxdot \lyxdot /\lyxdot \lyxdot /fig/go_gprof/go_cncrUniqMrkdCntrlOvrExp}&#xA;&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\subfloat[Gene Ontology analysis of cancer marked cancer overexpressed&#xA;genes]{&#xA;&#xA;\label{fig:go_cncrUniqMrkdCncrOvrExp}&#xA;&#xA;\includegraphics[width=1\textheight]{\lyxdot \lyxdot /\lyxdot \lyxdot /fig/go_gprof/go_cncrUniqMrkdCncrOvrExp}&#xA;&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\subfloat[Gene Ontology analysis of control marked control overexpressed&#xA;genes]{&#xA;&#xA;\label{fig:go_cntrlUniqMrkdCntrlOvrExp}&#xA;&#xA;\includegraphics[width=1\textheight]{\lyxdot \lyxdot /\lyxdot \lyxdot /fig/go_gprof/go_cntrlUniqMrkdCntrlOvrExp}&#xA;&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\end{sidewaysfigure}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2574" LastEditorUserId="2574" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-28T12:13:01.633" LastActivityDate="2010-12-28T12:13:01.633" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7827" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7824" CreationDate="2010-12-28T07:58:17.010" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You'll want to use &lt;code&gt;\mathpalette&lt;/code&gt;: Replace your definition of &lt;code&gt;\boxy&lt;/code&gt; with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand{\boxy}[1]{\ensuremath{\mathpalette\boxy@helper{#1}}}&#xA;\newcommand{\boxy@helper}[2]{\,\fbox{\;\,{\color{red}$\m@th#1\mathbf{#2}$}\,\;}\,}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that I made another change to your macro: I use &lt;code&gt;$&lt;/code&gt;s and &lt;code&gt;\mathbf&lt;/code&gt; in the &lt;code&gt;\fbox&lt;/code&gt;, and I added &lt;code&gt;\m@th&lt;/code&gt; to ensure that you don't get additional horizontal space.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-28T08:51:40.287" LastActivityDate="2010-12-28T08:51:40.287" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="7828" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7824" CreationDate="2010-12-28T08:37:11.300" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;use the &lt;code&gt;\text&lt;/code&gt; command, it takes the correct font setting:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\fboxsep=2pt&#xA;\fboxrule=0.8pt&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\boxy[1]{\text{\,\fbox{\;\,{\color{red}$\mathbf{#1}$}\,\;}\,}}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\ltr}[1]{{\color{red}\bf#1}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\noindent%&#xA;Each letter \ltr{A}, \ltr{B}, \ltr{C}, etc in the equations &#xA;represents a numeral (from 0 to 9) or the minus sign ($-$).&#xA;%&#xA;\[&#xA;\int\limits_{\boxy{A}}^{\boxy{B}}f(x)\,\textrm{d}x=\frac{1-\boxy{P}}{\boxy{Q}+\boxy{R}}&#xA;\]&#xA;%&#xA;\[&#xA;-2 x^{\boxy{XYZ}}-\boxy{W}\sqrt{\boxy{V}+1}&#xA;\]&#xA;%&#xA;\[&#xA;\sum_{i=\boxy{A}}^{\boxy{BC}}=\tan\left(\boxy{D}-\boxy{E}\right)&#xA;\]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-28T08:37:11.300" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="7829" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7832" CreationDate="2010-12-28T08:58:51.440" Score="2" ViewCount="101" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;geometry&lt;/code&gt; package provides a simple way to set layout parameters. For example,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[margin=1in]{geometry}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will give me a document with 1 inch margins on each side. In particular, it computes the LaTeX parameters like &lt;code&gt;\textwidth&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\oddsidemargin&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\textheight&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;\topmargin&lt;/code&gt;, among others. Is it possible to retrieve the 'friendlier' values like &lt;code&gt;left&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;right&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;top&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;bottom&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, one can compute the values using something like &lt;code&gt;\dimexpr \topmargin + \headheight + \headsep + 1in \relax&lt;/code&gt;. There's also the further complication that the &lt;code&gt;includehead&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;includefoot&lt;/code&gt; options influence the setting of the parameters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-12-28T09:50:55.573" Title="Getting layout parameters from the geometry package" Tags="&lt;layout&gt;&lt;geometry&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="7830" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5460" CreationDate="2010-12-28T09:04:29.420" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi all, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since other suggestions here didn't work for my two-column document style, here is my plain-TeX hack to achieve something similar: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{itemize}&#xA;\setlength{\itemsep}{0cm}%&#xA;\setlength{\parskip}{0cm}%&#xA;\item{\ \hbox to 3cm{Topic Apple: \hfill}\texttt{Something} to say about it}&#xA;\item{\ \hbox to 3cm{Topic Watermelons: \hfill}\texttt{Something} different}&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is a brief explanation (before I forget it :) ):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;the &lt;code&gt;\itemsep&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\parskip&lt;/code&gt; solve a different problem in my document (&lt;em&gt;I include them since I'm not sure if they have an effect on the rest or not&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The first space '&lt;code&gt;\&lt;/code&gt;' in the &lt;code&gt;\item&lt;/code&gt;, is to cheat the &lt;code&gt;\itemize&lt;/code&gt; environment - so it thinks it starts with plain text (&lt;em&gt;otherwise, Latex will typeset everything in the first &lt;code&gt;\hbox&lt;/code&gt; &lt;strong&gt;above&lt;/strong&gt; the bullet point&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The '&lt;code&gt;\hbox to 3cm{}&lt;/code&gt;' creates a box 3cm wide, in which the contents will be typeset - however, by default, the text contents (i.e., the 'glues')  in this &lt;code&gt;\hbox&lt;/code&gt; will be stretched across the entire width of the &lt;code&gt;\hbox&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;To solve this stretching problem, we enter a '&lt;code&gt;\hfill&lt;/code&gt;' at the end of the &lt;code&gt;\hbox&lt;/code&gt;: thus, the text in the &lt;code&gt;\hbox&lt;/code&gt; is typeset first, and then the &lt;code&gt;\hfill&lt;/code&gt; inserts a space stretching to the end of the 3cm width - which effectively shows the text as 'raggedright' (i.e., left aligned)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;(&lt;em&gt;I had a '&lt;code&gt;\texttt{}&lt;/code&gt;' word where I wanted the alignment indent to happen in my own case, so I included it here too&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, to have this code usable, one should use a length variable before it: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newlength{\tmplen}&#xA;\setlength{\tmplen}{3cm}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and then use &lt;code&gt;\tmplen&lt;/code&gt; in the &lt;code&gt;\item&lt;/code&gt;s instead, as in: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;...&#xA;\item{\ \hbox to \tmplen{Topic Apple: \hfill}\texttt{Something} to say about it}&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;... since you'll have to manually set the box width with this approach. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Well, hope this helps someone, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cheers! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2595" LastActivityDate="2010-12-28T09:04:29.420" />
  <row Id="7831" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7833" CreationDate="2010-12-28T09:46:21.257" Score="14" ViewCount="361" Body="&lt;p&gt;I only know that we have to make at least one blank line between two adjacent paragraphs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My question is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;What is the proper way to make use of a blank line ?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Is it recommended to make a blank line between heading command call, e.g. &lt;code&gt;\chapter{}&lt;/code&gt;, and the first text content as follows?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\chapter{Introduction}&#xA;&#xA;In this chapter we ....&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;... that is proven true.&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{Limit}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Is it recommended to make a blank line between two consecutive display equations as follows?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[ \sin x \] &#xA;&#xA;\[ \cos x \]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Is it recommended to make a blank line between a sentence and a display equation as follows?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Assume we have&#xA;&#xA;\[&#xA;  \cos x&#xA;\]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[&#xA;  \cos x&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;that satisfies ...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;etc...&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Edit 1:&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;How about &lt;code&gt;\bigskip&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\vspace{}&lt;/code&gt;? Does each of them needs one blank line before and one blank line after as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Yes. This is a book.&#xA;&#xA;\bigskip&#xA;&#xA;Commander, please open the silo!&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Yes. This is a book.&#xA;&#xA;\vspace{1km}&#xA;&#xA;Commander, please open the silo!&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-15T14:15:49.863" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T14:15:49.863" Title="When should we use a blank line?" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;best-practices&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="11" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="7832" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7829" CreationDate="2010-12-28T09:47:41.097" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The values are stored in pt in commands like &lt;code&gt;\Gm@lmargin&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\Gm@tmargin&lt;/code&gt; etc. If you are interested in the unit you actually used in the options you could also patch &lt;code&gt;\Gm@defbylen&lt;/code&gt; which is (as far as I can see) used by most options and then set the values with &lt;code&gt;\geometry&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[ansinew]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{geometry}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\Gm@defbylen#1#2{%&#xA;  \expandafter\edef\csname myGm#1\endcsname{#2}%new&#xA;  \begingroup\setlength\@tempdima{#2}%&#xA;  \expandafter\xdef\csname Gm@#1\endcsname{\the\@tempdima}\endgroup}%&#xA;&#xA;\geometry{margin=1in}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter\Gm@lmargin \myGmlmargin&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-28T09:50:55.573" LastActivityDate="2010-12-28T09:50:55.573" />
  <row Id="7833" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7831" CreationDate="2010-12-28T10:09:39.487" Score="16" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I can tell you what I'd do in these 3 cases:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1.: After &lt;code&gt;\chapter{}&lt;/code&gt; and similar command I'd &lt;em&gt;always&lt;/em&gt; use a blank line as it makes the document structure clearer. Moreover, &quot;In this chapter ...&quot; is the start of a paragraph.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2.: I wouldn't use a blank line here if both displays belong to the same paragraph. However, I usually wouldn't use two consecutive displays at all; I'd use &lt;code&gt;align*&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;gather*&lt;/code&gt; instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;3.: In that particular case don't use blank lines as everything is within one paragraph. Speaking of clarity of the document structure, I'd say that&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Assume we have    &#xA;\[&#xA;  \cos x&#xA;\]&#xA;that satisfies ...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is clear enough. Only use a blank line after the display if the paragraph ends after the display.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;4.: As for your extra question about vertical spacing commands: In the context you provide, I'd always surround them with blank lines for clarity of the document structure. I sometimes use them before a display like this; then you mustn't put a blank line:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;... some text&#xA;\vspace{-1ex}&#xA;\[&#xA;  ...&#xA;\]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I should point out that manual corrections like in this last example are rarely needed, and you should only use them if you're sure that you know what you're doing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-31T15:53:43.550" LastActivityDate="2010-12-31T15:53:43.550" CommentCount="19" />
  <row Id="7834" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7959" CreationDate="2010-12-28T10:20:34.910" Score="1" ViewCount="249" Body="&lt;p&gt;Consider the following code:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|p{5cm}|}&#xA;  \hline&#xA;  \textbf{item 1:} These are some texts to just fill in the first line.&#xA;   \tabularnewline&#xA;   this is the second Item which still needs to be indented&#xA;   \begin{itemize}&#xA;    \item item 1&#xA;\item item 2&#xA;   \end{itemize}&#xA; \\ \hline &#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;when you run this you will get a table with one cell. My question is  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;How can I align the paragraph rows inside tabular except for the first line to start from a specified margin? Said otherwise, how can I have a paragraph indented for every line except for the first (say indented for 1 cm)?   &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;if it matters, my actual code has &lt;code&gt;p{\textwidth}&lt;/code&gt;. And BTW I have a itemize in the cell which I'd like to keep.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Please do consider that I am using a right to left language (bidi package is used) and solutions that statically add margin to left are not useful. Actually I need the spacing in the right portion of text not the left. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2244" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-28T13:23:15.437" LastActivityDate="2010-12-30T07:00:47.727" Title="Aligning paragraph inside a tabular" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7835" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7888" CreationDate="2010-12-28T10:24:06.717" Score="3" ViewCount="225" Body="&lt;p&gt;How make paragraph in TikZ. I use \parbox with \node&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\node {\parbox[5cm]{text}};&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but i need more options, alignment center or left or right, similar to text box. All in TikZ.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1940" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T10:51:17.287" Title="Paragraph in TikZ" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;paragraphs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="7836" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7831" CreationDate="2010-12-28T10:27:47.303" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;it gives wrong vertical spacing, when you use blank lines before, between and after display math environments. Compare the following output, where the equation environment has not the same spacing over and under the math expression.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{minipage}{0.49\linewidth}&#xA;The line above the equation.&#xA;&#xA;\[ f(x)=\prod_{i=1}^n\left(i-\frac{1}{2i}\right) \]&#xA;&#xA;The line below the equation.&#xA;\end{minipage}\hfill\begin{minipage}{0.49\linewidth}&#xA;The line above the equation.&#xA;&#xA;\begin{equation} &#xA;f(x)=\prod_{i=1}^{n}\left(i-\frac{1}{2i}\right) &#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&#xA;The line below the equation.&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;&#xA;\bigskip&#xA;\begin{minipage}{0.49\linewidth}&#xA;The line above the equation.&#xA;%&#xA;\[ f(x)=\prod_{i=1}^n\left(i-\frac{1}{2i}\right) \]&#xA;%&#xA;The line below the equation.&#xA;\end{minipage}\hfill\begin{minipage}{0.49\linewidth}&#xA;The line above the equation.&#xA;%&#xA;\begin{equation} &#xA;f(x)=\prod_{i=1}^{n}\left(i-\frac{1}{2i}\right) &#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;%&#xA;The line below the equation.&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-28T13:43:31.847" LastActivityDate="2010-12-28T13:43:31.847" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7837" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7835" CreationDate="2010-12-28T10:42:54.697" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;See section 16.4 in the TikZ manual. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum} % for creating dummy text&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \node [text width=5cm,align=left] {\lipsum[1]};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Other alignment options are &lt;code&gt;center&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;right&lt;/code&gt; (naturally), as well as &lt;code&gt;flush left&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;flush center&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;flush right&lt;/code&gt;, in which no hyphenation will occur, and &lt;code&gt;justify&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="586" LastActivityDate="2010-12-28T10:42:54.697" />
  <row Id="7838" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7834" CreationDate="2010-12-28T10:50:34.257" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{array,paralist}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|p{5cm}|}  \hline&#xA;\begin{compactdesc}&#xA; \item[item 1:] These are some texts to just fill in the first line.&#xA; \item[item 2:] These are some texts to just fill in the first line.&#xA;\end{compactdesc}\\\hline&#xA;A line after the description environment\\&#xA;\hline &#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-28T10:50:34.257" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="7839" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7502" CreationDate="2010-12-28T11:02:14.047" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Though suggested packages are very good, after quite of looking around, I've found &lt;code&gt;attachfile&lt;/code&gt; the best for my purpose.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1996" LastActivityDate="2010-12-28T11:02:14.047" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7840" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7834" CreationDate="2010-12-28T11:05:37.257" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Are you after something like this?:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a5paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tabularx}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{|&amp;gt;{\bfseries}lX|}&#xA;  \hline&#xA;  Item 1:&amp;amp; These are some texts &#xA;  just to fill in the first line. &#xA;  And some more texts &#xA;  just to fill in the second line.\\&#xA;  Item 2:&amp;amp; These are some texts &#xA;  just to fill in the first line. &#xA;  And some more texts &#xA;  just to fill in the second line.&#xA; \\ \hline &#xA;\end{tabularx}&#xA;\end{document}​&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Updated, in the light of more detail in the question:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a5paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tabularx}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{|&amp;gt;{\bfseries}lX|}&#xA;  \hline&#xA;  Item 1:&amp;amp; These are some texts &#xA;  just to fill in the first line. &#xA;  And some more texts &#xA;  just to fill in the second line.\\&#xA;  &amp;amp; This is the second Item which still needs to be indented&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;\item item 1&#xA;\item item 2&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;\\ \hline &#xA;\end{tabularx}&#xA;\end{document}​&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that: (a) I've made the major item stub a separate column in the table (Sorry, I don't know whow tabularx works with RTL text); and (b) rather than &lt;code&gt;\tabularnewline&lt;/code&gt;, I've added a table row for the second bit. Although this may not match what you're doing syntactically, I think it might make things a bit more maintainable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is how &lt;em&gt;I guess&lt;/em&gt; RTL might work:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a5paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tabularx}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{|X&amp;gt;{\bfseries}l|}&#xA;  \hline&#xA; These are some texts &amp;amp; Item 1: &#xA;  just to fill in the first line. &#xA;  And some more texts &#xA;  just to fill in the second line.\\&#xA;  This is the second Item which still needs to be indented&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;\item item 1&#xA;\item item 2&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;\\ \hline &#xA;\end{tabularx}&#xA;\end{document}​&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="344" LastEditorUserId="344" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-28T13:35:19.830" LastActivityDate="2010-12-28T13:35:19.830" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7841" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7834" CreationDate="2010-12-28T11:05:53.823" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the &lt;code&gt;array&lt;/code&gt; package and &lt;code&gt;\hangindent&lt;/code&gt;. This uses the &lt;code&gt;\everypar&lt;/code&gt; primitive to set the hanging indentation for every paragraph. Instead, you can use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/everyhook&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;everyhook&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; and push and pop the hook before and afterward.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|&amp;gt;{\everypar{\hangindent1cm}}p{5cm}|}&#xA;  \hline&#xA;  \textbf{item 1:} These are some texts to just fill in the first line.&#xA; \\ \hline &#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-28T13:57:54.467" LastActivityDate="2010-12-28T13:57:54.467" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7842" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7834" CreationDate="2010-12-28T11:18:41.203" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The first row shows &lt;strong&gt;only the first&#xA;line gets pushed to the right&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The second row shows &lt;strong&gt;all lines except first line get pushed to the right&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/h3utp.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[margin=2cm,a4paper]{geometry}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{longtable,array,calc}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\dummy}{%&#xA;This is my favourite table definition. &#xA;It is very powerful to solve many problems in \LaTeX.&#xA;The quick brown dog jumps over the lazy fox.&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcolumntype{A}[1]%&#xA;    {%&#xA;        &amp;gt;{%&#xA;            \begin{minipage}%&#xA;            {%&#xA;                    #1%&#xA;            }%&#xA;            \vspace{\tabcolsep}%&#xA;         }%&#xA;        c%&#xA;        &amp;lt;{%&#xA;                \vspace{\tabcolsep}%&#xA;                \end{minipage}%&#xA;         }%&#xA;    }%&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{First}[1][1cm]&#xA;{\hspace{#1}\ignorespaces}&#xA;{}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{Complement}[1][1cm]&#xA;{\hspace{#1}\begin{minipage}{\linewidth-#1}\hspace{-#1}\ignorespaces}&#xA;{\end{minipage}}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{longtable}{|A{10cm}|}\hline%&#xA; \begin{First}&#xA; \dummy&#xA; \end{First}&#xA; \tabularnewline\hline &#xA; %============================================&#xA; \begin{Complement}&#xA; \dummy%&#xA; \end{Complement}&#xA; \tabularnewline\hline&#xA;\end{longtable}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-28T11:23:48.577" LastActivityDate="2010-12-28T11:23:48.577" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="7843" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-28T12:04:51.490" Score="1" ViewCount="142" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi, &#xA;I was wondering if anyone could help me. I don't know much about LaTeX, but I'm trying to reference sideways figures in my text. When I click on the links in the pdf they take me to completely different pages to those intended. All the other links to figures which are not sideways work fine though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\renewcommand{\rmdefault}{pbk}&#xA;\usepackage[margin=1in]{geometry}                  &#xA;\geometry{a4paper,margin=1in,}                 &#xA;\usepackage[demo]{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}&#xA;\usepackage{epstopdf}&#xA;\usepackage{textcomp}&#xA;\usepackage{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{rotating}&#xA;\usepackage{multirow}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{mathcomp}&#xA;\usepackage{url}&#xA;\usepackage{makeidx}&#xA;\usepackage{mathabx}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\usepackage[all]{hypcap}&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareGraphicsRule{.tif}{png}{.png}{`convert #1 `dirname #1`/`basename #1 .tif`.png}&#xA;\newcommand{\LINN}[1]{\emph{#1}}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand{\rmdefault}{pbk}&#xA;\renewcommand{\sfdefault}{pag}&#xA;\renewcommand{\ttdefault}{pcr}&#xA;&#xA;\makeindex&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;A map and satellite picture of the study site are presented in figure~\ref{fig:studysite}. &#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;\begin{sidewaysfigure}&#xA;\centering&#xA;\includegraphics[scale=0.48]{../../../PHDMaps/Studysite.jpg}&#xA;\caption{Map and satellite picture of the study site.\label{fig:studysite}}&#xA;\end{sidewaysfigure}&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2697" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-28T12:13:49.957" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T13:19:09.103" Title="Hyperref and Sideways Figures" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;sideways&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7844" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7843" CreationDate="2010-12-28T12:24:46.800" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your example code works fine here. What versions of the hyperref and hypcap package are you using? Please place a &lt;code&gt;\listfiles&lt;/code&gt; at the head of your document and take a look at the resulting logfiles.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;These are the versions I have used:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;hyperref.sty    2010/10/30 v6.81t Hypertext links for LaTeX&#xA;  hypcap.sty    2008/09/08 v1.10 Adjusting anchors of captions (HO)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2574" LastActivityDate="2010-12-28T12:24:46.800" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7845" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7852" CreationDate="2010-12-28T13:08:45.510" Score="3" ViewCount="136" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi there,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm writing a conference proceeding using the standard &lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt; class.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To typeset authors and their affiliation I'm using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/authblk.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;authblk&lt;/a&gt; package, and I'm really satisfied with it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, the people writing the paper are a subset of a larger team, so, after the authors' names, I'd like to display a line saying &lt;em&gt;on behalf of NameOfTheTeam&lt;/em&gt; (and only then the affiliation).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As an example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/wjuyU.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I achieve it? Should I modify the &lt;code&gt;\maketitle&lt;/code&gt; macro? Or something inside the authblk package?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="177" LastActivityDate="2010-12-28T18:30:42.030" Title="Add a &quot;on behalf of ...&quot; line to the author field in an article" Tags="&lt;titlepage&gt;&lt;maketitle&gt;&lt;article&gt;&lt;author&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7847" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7845" CreationDate="2010-12-28T13:29:13.120" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;do you mean something like this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\title{Paper Title}&#xA;\author{Author \#1\textsuperscript{2,5} \and&#xA;        Author \#2\textsuperscript{2,4} \and&#xA;        Author \#3\textsuperscript{2}   \and&#xA;        Author \#4\textsuperscript{2}   \and&#xA;        Author \#5\textsuperscript{1,3,5}\\[\bigskipamount]&#xA;  on behalf of the Biggest Team Ever\\[1cm]~}&#xA;\date{\textsuperscript{1}Affiliation \#1; &#xA;      \textsuperscript{2}Affiliation \#2;&#xA;      \textsuperscript{3}Affiliation \#3;&#xA;      \textsuperscript{4}Affiliation \#4;&#xA;      \textsuperscript{5}Affiliation \#5}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-28T13:29:13.120" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7848" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7747" CreationDate="2010-12-28T13:34:44.543" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is the final solution based on Herbert's answer with a bit adjustment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/wY6iz.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[a4paper,margin=10mm,showframe]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum,calc,xcolor}&#xA;\setlength{\fboxrule}{2mm}&#xA;\setlength{\fboxsep}{2mm}&#xA;\begin{document}\noindent{\color{red}%&#xA;\fbox{%&#xA;\begin{minipage}[t]{0.5\textwidth-1.5\fboxrule-2\fboxsep}&#xA;\color{blue}\lipsum[1]&#xA;\end{minipage}}\hspace{-\fboxrule}%&#xA;\fbox{%&#xA;\begin{minipage}[t]{0.5\textwidth-1.5\fboxrule-2\fboxsep}&#xA;\color{blue}\lipsum[1]&#xA;\end{minipage}}}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is the final solution based on @Herbert's solution. I made a small correction in his calculation. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2010-12-28T13:34:44.543" />
  <row Id="7849" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7831" CreationDate="2010-12-28T14:02:51.623" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For your new part 4, the answer is it doesn't matter. &lt;code&gt;\bigskip&lt;/code&gt; expands to &lt;code&gt;\vspace\bigskipamount&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\vspace&lt;/code&gt; contains code that deals with it be used in horizontal mode (namely, it inserts the &lt;code&gt;\vskip&lt;/code&gt; into the surrounding vertical list after the current line using &lt;code&gt;\vadjust&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-12-28T14:02:51.623" />
  <row Id="7850" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7845" CreationDate="2010-12-28T14:14:15.587" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Would a solution involving the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/titling&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;titling&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package and redefining the &lt;code&gt;\maketitlehookb&lt;/code&gt; (or whichever) work?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2010-12-28T14:14:15.587" />
  <row Id="7851" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7845" CreationDate="2010-12-28T14:14:44.727" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's one way to do it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[margin=0pt]{geometry}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*\andnewline{%&#xA;        \end{tabular}&#xA;        \\[\bigskipamount]&#xA;        \begin{tabular}[t]{c}&#xA;}&#xA;\title{Paper Title}&#xA;\author{Author \#1\textsuperscript{2,5} \and&#xA;        Author \#2\textsuperscript{2,4} \and&#xA;        Author \#3\textsuperscript{2}   \and&#xA;        Author \#4\textsuperscript{2}   \and&#xA;        Author \#5\textsuperscript{1,3,5}\andnewline&#xA;  on behalf of the Biggest Team Ever\andnewline&#xA;        \textsuperscript{1}Affiliation \#1; \and&#xA;        \textsuperscript{2}Affiliation \#2; \and&#xA;        \textsuperscript{3}Affiliation \#3; \and&#xA;        \textsuperscript{4}Affiliation \#4; \and&#xA;        \textsuperscript{5}Affiliation \#5}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;geometry&lt;/code&gt; package is just to get all of the authors fitting on a single line. To be clear, this isn't necessary, and a 0 pt margin shouldn't be used. I used it to distinguish my answer from Herbert's which relied on having exactly one author wrap to the next line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-28T18:30:42.030" LastActivityDate="2010-12-28T18:30:42.030" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7852" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7845" CreationDate="2010-12-28T14:33:36.607" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would rather patch the  &lt;code&gt;authblk&lt;/code&gt; package that you are using as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article} &#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\usepackage{authblk}&#xA;&#xA;\def\@author{}&#xA;\renewcommand\@author{\ifx\AB@affillist\AB@empty\AB@author\else&#xA;      \ifnum\value{affil}&amp;gt;\value{Maxaffil}\def\rlap##1{##1}%&#xA;    \AB@authlist \\*[0.3cm]On behalf of a great Team!\\[\affilsep]\AB@affillist&#xA;    \else  \AB@authors\fi\fi}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\title{Brief Article}&#xA;\author[1]{author1}&#xA;\author[1]{author2}&#xA;\affil[1]{Institute of Nowhere}&#xA;\author[2]{author3}&#xA;\affil[2]{Institute of Somewhere}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Adjust spacing etc to suit!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-12-28T14:33:36.607" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7853" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7856" CreationDate="2010-12-28T14:54:28.357" Score="2" ViewCount="100" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/WibU5.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am using \tableofcontents to create TOC in my document. however it is appearing as shown in the image. As the numbers increase the gap between the number and text is reducing. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks for your help&#xA;Aku&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2036" LastActivityDate="2010-12-28T15:38:46.553" Title="TOC Text - numbers alignment" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="7854" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7858" CreationDate="2010-12-28T15:16:42.707" Score="8" ViewCount="116" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article} &#xA;\usepackage{amstext, amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{chemarrow}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\let\rightarrow\chemarrow&#xA;Begin $\xrightarrow[\text{Text below the arrow}\footnote{this is footnote}]{\text{Text above the arrow}}$ end&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It shows the footnote number but does not actually show the footnote at the bottom&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2036" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-28T21:20:24.230" LastActivityDate="2010-12-28T21:20:24.230" Title="footnote in Math Environment" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;footnotes&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="7855" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7861" CreationDate="2010-12-28T15:21:23.453" Score="0" ViewCount="77" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/vfTxc.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Points enclosed by black ovals are the intersection points between the frame boundary of &lt;code&gt;\rput&lt;/code&gt; and the line segment of &lt;code&gt;\ncline&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How to find these points?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The screenshot above is copied from &lt;a href=&quot;http://sarovar.org/frs/download.php/1056/chap10.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;PSTricks Tutorial series&lt;/a&gt; on page 4.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-28T15:26:59.063" LastActivityDate="2010-12-28T16:50:39.723" Title="How to find the intersection point between the invisible frame of `\rput` and the line segment of `\ncline`?" Tags="&lt;pstricks&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="7856" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7853" CreationDate="2010-12-28T15:24:02.967" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;code&gt;tocloft&lt;/code&gt;package, e.g.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\usepackage{tocloft}&#xA;\setlength{\cftchapnumwidth}{3em}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\chapter{Lorem}&#xA;\setcounter{chapter}{9}&#xA;\chapter{Ipsum}&#xA;\setcounter{chapter}{99}&#xA;\chapter{Dolor}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The lengt &lt;code&gt;\cftXnumwidth&lt;/code&gt; defines how wide the space for the number of X should be, where X is &lt;code&gt;part&lt;/code&gt; (for &lt;code&gt;\part&lt;/code&gt;), &lt;code&gt;chap&lt;/code&gt; (for \ &lt;code&gt;\chapter&lt;/code&gt;), &lt;code&gt;sec&lt;/code&gt; (for &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt;) etc. See the tocloft manual for a complete list. Set this length to fit your needs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="586" LastEditorUserId="586" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-28T15:38:46.553" LastActivityDate="2010-12-28T15:38:46.553" />
  <row Id="7857" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7853" CreationDate="2010-12-28T15:32:23.300" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use a package or simply redefine the section level command as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article} &#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\l@section{\@dottedtocline{1}{1em}{2em}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\usepackage{index}&#xA;\makeindex&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;&#xA;\section{One}&#xA;\section{Two}&#xA;\section{Three}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the  &lt;code&gt;\def\l@section{\@dottedtocline{1}{1em}{2em}}&lt;/code&gt; change the 2em to suit. Here is the format of the  &lt;code&gt;\@dottedtocline{&amp;lt;level&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;indent&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;numwidth&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;title&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;page&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2010-12-28T15:32:23.300" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="7858" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7854" CreationDate="2010-12-28T15:43:41.077" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;use &lt;code&gt;\footnotemark&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\footnotetext&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article} &#xA;\usepackage{amstext, amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{chemarrow}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\let\rightarrow\chemarrow&#xA;Begin $\xrightarrow&#xA;  [\text{Text below the arrow\footnotemark[1]}]&#xA;  {\text{Text above the arrow}}$ end&#xA;\footnotetext[1]{this is footnote}\stepcounter{footnote}&#xA;&#xA;foo\footnote{bar}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-28T15:43:41.077" />
  <row Id="7859" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6974" CreationDate="2010-12-28T15:58:39.600" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Make two columns using &lt;code&gt;\begin{columns}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\begin{column}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/WXtj6.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{bera}&#xA;\usepackage{pstricks}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}{\textbackslash pspicture side by side}&#xA;\begin{columns}&#xA;\begin{column}{0.45\textwidth}&#xA;\centering%&#xA;\pspicture[showgrid](4,4)&#xA;\endpspicture&#xA;\end{column}&#xA;\begin{column}{0.45\textwidth}&#xA;\centering%&#xA;\pspicture[showgrid](4,4)&#xA;\endpspicture&#xA;\end{column}&#xA;\end{columns}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2010-12-28T15:58:39.600" />
  <row Id="7860" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7866" CreationDate="2010-12-28T16:38:03.623" Score="0" ViewCount="47" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a simpler way to obtain the reference nodes shown as dots below?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/QrqPf.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[dvips,dvipsnames,rgb]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{pstricks,pst-node,graphicx}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\newsavebox{\tmpMyFrameBox}%&#xA;\newcommand{\tmpMyFrameBoxArgOne}{}%&#xA;\newcommand{\tmpMyFrameBoxArgTwo}{}%&#xA;\newcommand{\tmpMyFrameBoxArgThree}{}%&#xA;\newcommand{\tmpMyFrameBoxArgFour}{}%&#xA;\newenvironment{MyFrameBox}[4][8]{%&#xA;\renewcommand{\tmpMyFrameBoxArgOne}{#1}%&#xA;\renewcommand{\tmpMyFrameBoxArgTwo}{#2}%&#xA;\renewcommand{\tmpMyFrameBoxArgThree}{#3}%&#xA;\renewcommand{\tmpMyFrameBoxArgFour}{#4}%&#xA;\psset{framesep=0pt,linewidth=0.1pt,dash=1pt 0.5pt,linecolor=red,dotscale=0.1,arrowscale=0.1,dimen=middle}%&#xA;\begin{lrbox}{\tmpMyFrameBox}%&#xA;}%&#xA;{%&#xA;\end{lrbox}%&#xA;\scalebox{\tmpMyFrameBoxArgOne}{%&#xA;\rnode[B]{B}{\rnode[c]{c}{\rnode[t]{t}{%&#xA;\rnode[tl]{tl}{\rnode[l]{l}{\rnode[Bl]{Bl}{%&#xA;\rnode[bl]{bl}{\rnode[b]{b}{\rnode[br]{br}{%&#xA;\rnode[Br]{Br}{\rnode[r]{r}{\rnode[tr]{tr}{%&#xA;\psframebox{\color{cyan}\rm\tmpMyFrameBoxArgTwo}}}}}}}}}}}}}%&#xA;\SpecialCoor%&#xA;\tt%&#xA;\psdot(B)\uput{\tmpMyFrameBoxArgThree}[135](B){\scalebox{\tmpMyFrameBoxArgFour}{B}}%&#xA;\psdot(c)\uput{\tmpMyFrameBoxArgThree}[45](c){\scalebox{\tmpMyFrameBoxArgFour}{c}}%&#xA;\psdot(t)\uput{\tmpMyFrameBoxArgThree}[90](t){\scalebox{\tmpMyFrameBoxArgFour}{t}}%&#xA;\psdot(tl)\uput{\tmpMyFrameBoxArgThree}[180](tl){\scalebox{\tmpMyFrameBoxArgFour}{tl}}%&#xA;\psdot(l)\uput{\tmpMyFrameBoxArgThree}[135](l){\scalebox{\tmpMyFrameBoxArgFour}{l}}%&#xA;\psdot(Bl)\uput{\tmpMyFrameBoxArgThree}[180](Bl){\scalebox{\tmpMyFrameBoxArgFour}{Bl}}%&#xA;\psdot(bl)\uput{\tmpMyFrameBoxArgThree}[-90](bl){\scalebox{\tmpMyFrameBoxArgFour}{bl}}%&#xA;\psdot(b)\uput{\tmpMyFrameBoxArgThree}[-90](b){\scalebox{\tmpMyFrameBoxArgFour}{b}}%&#xA;\psdot(br)\uput{\tmpMyFrameBoxArgThree}[-90](br){\scalebox{\tmpMyFrameBoxArgFour}{br}}%&#xA;\psdot(Br)\uput{\tmpMyFrameBoxArgThree}[0](Br){\scalebox{\tmpMyFrameBoxArgFour}{Br}}%&#xA;\psdot(r)\uput{\tmpMyFrameBoxArgThree}[0](r){\scalebox{\tmpMyFrameBoxArgFour}{r}}%&#xA;\psdot(tr)\uput{\tmpMyFrameBoxArgThree}[0](tr){\scalebox{\tmpMyFrameBoxArgFour}{tr}}%&#xA;\psline[linestyle=dashed](Bl)(Br)%&#xA;\usebox{\tmpMyFrameBox}}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{MyFrameBox}[10]{Age}{0.5pt}{0.1}&#xA;\ncline[arrows=&amp;lt;-&amp;gt;,linecolor=blue,arrowscale=0.25]{Br}{t}&#xA;\end{MyFrameBox}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2010-12-28T17:25:30.880" Title="Is there a simpler way to obtain the reference points enclosed by `\rput` frame?" Tags="&lt;pstricks&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="7861" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7855" CreationDate="2010-12-28T16:50:39.723" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article} &#xA;\usepackage{pst-node}\SpecialCoor&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\psGetEdgeA#1#2{tx@NodeDict begin 0.0 0.0 neg 0.0 0.0 0 0 &#xA;  /N@#1 /N@#2 InitNC { NCCoor } if pop pop \tx@UserCoor end}&#xA;\def\psGetEdgeB#1#2{tx@NodeDict begin 0.0 0.0 neg 0.0 0.0 0 0 &#xA;  /N@#1 /N@#2 InitNC { NCCoor } if 4 2 roll pop pop \tx@UserCoor end}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\Huge&#xA;\hspace*{4cm}\rnode{B}{Node B}&#xA;&#xA;\vspace{2cm}&#xA;\rnode{A}{Node A}&#xA;\ncline{A}{B}&#xA;\pscircle*[linecolor=blue,opacity=0.4](!\psGetEdgeA{A}{B}){10pt}&#xA;\pscircle*[linecolor=blue,opacity=0.4](!\psGetEdgeB{A}{B}){10pt}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-28T16:50:39.723" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7862" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7870" CreationDate="2010-12-28T16:53:10.703" Score="1" ViewCount="211" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to draw AVL trees with TikZ, what I need is: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Binary tree with simple circle nodes, and adjustable hight triangle (or rectangle)&#xA;nodes for subtrees, both containing only single characters.&#xA;Here's a &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.csse.monash.edu.au/~lloyd/tildeAlgDS/Tree/PICS/AVL-L3a.gif&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;picture.&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried with rectangle and regular polygon, but they seem to by unaffected by aspect...&#xA;Is there an easy way of drawing something like this in TikZ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2427" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-28T17:54:21.930" LastActivityDate="2010-12-28T17:54:21.930" Title="Triangle node with adjustable high" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;nodes&gt;&lt;trees&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="7863" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7868" CreationDate="2010-12-28T17:12:31.553" Score="1" ViewCount="51" Body="&lt;p&gt;Question has been elaborated in the title.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2010-12-28T17:35:17.407" Title="Is having a strong background in plain TeX a prerequisite to learn how to work with PSTricks or PostScript internal details?" Tags="&lt;pstricks&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="7864" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7863" CreationDate="2010-12-28T17:17:53.543" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm sure Herbert will answer this, but I honestly cannot see how it would be. PSTricks has a well-defined interface and that is what matters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;TeX itself doesn't know anything about PostScript. There's a single primitive &lt;code&gt;\special&lt;/code&gt; that sticks its contents in the dvi file. Some programs that read dvis do something &lt;em&gt;special&lt;/em&gt; with these, &lt;code&gt;dvips&lt;/code&gt; for example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-12-28T17:17:53.543" />
  <row Id="7865" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7867" CreationDate="2010-12-28T17:24:53.410" Score="3" ViewCount="206" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I create 'hanging bullet' (&lt;strong&gt;bullet in margin&lt;/strong&gt;) followed with text. I would like to put it in &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; but I'm not managing to do it. I tried this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\question}[2]{\\[0.5cm]\hspace{-4.5cm}\bullet\textbf{#1}\\[0.2cm]\hspace{5mm}\text{#2}\\}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1996" LastEditorUserId="1996" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-30T20:12:30.220" LastActivityDate="2010-12-30T20:12:30.220" Title="How to create hanging bullet?" Tags="&lt;margins&gt;" AnswerCount="4" />
  <row Id="7866" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7860" CreationDate="2010-12-28T17:25:30.880" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{pst-node}&#xA;&#xA;\def\DefNodes#1#2{\rnode[tl]{#1-tl}{\rnode[tr]{#1-tr}{%&#xA;  \rnode[bl]{#1-bl}{\rnode[br]{#1-br}{#2}}}}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\psscalebox{10}{\DefNodes{Age}{\cyan Age}}%&#xA;\pspolygon[linecolor=red](Age-tl)(Age-tr)(Age-br)(Age-bl)%&#xA;\psline[linestyle=dashed,linecolor=red](Age-bl|0,0)(Age-br|0,0)%&#xA;\pcline[linestyle=none](Age-tl)(Age-tr)\ncput{\rnode{Age-tc}{\psdot}}%&#xA;\pcline[linestyle=none](Age-bl)(Age-br)\ncput{\rnode{Age-bc}{\psdot}}%&#xA;\pcline[linestyle=none](Age-bl)(Age-tl)\ncput{\rnode{Age-lc}{\psdot}}%&#xA;\pcline[linestyle=none](Age-br)(Age-tr)\ncput{\rnode{Age-rc}{\psdot}}%&#xA;\pcline[linestyle=none](Age-lc)(Age-rc)\ncput{\rnode{Age-C}{\psdot}}%&#xA;\psdots(Age-bl)(Abe-bl|0,0)(Age-tl)(Age-tr)(Agr-br|0,0)(Age-br)&#xA;\pcline[arrows=&amp;lt;-&amp;gt;,linecolor=blue,arrowscale=1.25](Age-rb|0,0)(Age-tc)&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-28T17:25:30.880" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="7867" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7865" CreationDate="2010-12-28T17:29:54.383" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not exactly sure what you're trying to achieve. I think you may want to use &lt;code&gt;\llap&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\leavevmode\llap{$\bullet$ short text }Normal text here&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The &lt;code&gt;\leavevmode&lt;/code&gt; is needed to start the paragraph.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-29T08:05:33.577" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T08:05:33.577" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="7868" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7863" CreationDate="2010-12-28T17:35:17.407" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;PSTricks itself uses only plain TeX and lets nearly all calculations done by PostScript which is passed into the ps file as raw PostScript code. Informations from PostScript can be send back to TeX when running the ps file one time with Ghostscript.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;*.sty:  that  are only the wrapper files for LaTeX to put informations in the logfile&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;*.tex is the TeX compatible file which is read by &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; from the&#xA;sty-file, when using latex&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;*.pro is the PostScript prolog file which is pure PostScript code which&#xA;is used by one of the dvi-pdf or&#xA;dvi-ps converters.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is also possible to write real LaTeX packages which uses the PostScript interface. That a lot of PSTricks packages are written in TeX has only a historical background. However when you want to understand the internals then you need as usual for all LaTeX packages some knowledge in TeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-28T17:35:17.407" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7869" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8888" CreationDate="2010-12-28T17:41:02.910" Score="6" ViewCount="471" Body="&lt;p&gt;Title says it all. How do you wish &quot;Happy New Year&quot; to a TeXie? Compile the code below with pdfLaTeX, view it with &quot;PDF Reader&quot; or &quot;Adobe Acrobat Pro&quot; and press the &quot;Happy New Year&quot; button on the second page. Please suggest ways to internationalize the &quot;Happy New Year&quot; string by adding translations in the comments in your language.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrartcl}&#xA;\setcounter{secnumdepth}{0}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{textcomp}&#xA;\usepackage{mathptmx}&#xA;\usepackage[scaled =.92]{helvet}&#xA;\usepackage{soul}&#xA;\setlength{\paperwidth}{5.2075in}&#xA;\setlength{\paperheight}{4.90in}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\familydefault}{phv}&#xA;\usepackage[pdftex,margin=0.5in]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\lhead{A Sample Calculation}\chead{}&#xA;\rhead{Area of Circle}&#xA;\lfoot{}\cfoot{}\rfoot{}&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage[pdftex,pdfpagelayout=SinglePage,&#xA;pdftitle={Wishing you a happy year},pdfsubject={Invest your new year improving your TeX skills}%&#xA;]{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\definecolor{background}{rgb}{0.99,0.98,0.90}&#xA;\pagecolor{background}&#xA;\setlength{\parindent}{0.0cm}&#xA;\usepackage[pdftex]{insdljs}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{insDLJS}[test]{test}{JavaScript}&#xA;&#xA;function doCalculation()&#xA;{&#xA;var radius=0.0 + this.getField(&quot;radius&quot;).value;&#xA; this.getField(&quot;diameter&quot;).value=radius*2;&#xA; this.getField(&quot;areacircle&quot;).value=  Math.PI * Math.pow(radius, 2);&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;function HappyNewYear()&#xA;{&#xA; app.alert(&quot;Happy New Year!&quot;,3);&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end{insDLJS}&#xA;&#xA;%% This must be here&#xA;%\OpenAction{/S/JavaScript/JS(docOpen();)}&#xA;&#xA;%% Short hand commands&#xA;\newcommand{\textforlabel}[2]{%&#xA;\TextField[name={#1}, value={#2}, width=9em,align=2,%&#xA;    bordercolor={0.990 .980 .85},%&#xA; readonly=true]{}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;%% Define the heading&#xA;\newcommand{\heading}[1]{\so{#1}}&#xA;\def\spacer#1{\multicolumn{2}{|c|}{}\\*[#1]}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\topskip=0pt&#xA;\vphantom{-Z}&#xA;\vfill&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;\textbf{\Huge Have a Happy New Year\\ with JavaScript\\*[4pt] and LateX!}&#xA;&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;\vfill&#xA;\newpage&#xA;&#xA;\begin{Form}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|rl|}&#xA;\hline&#xA;\multicolumn{2}{|c|}{}\\*[-0.8em]\multicolumn{2}{|c|}{%&#xA;\heading{Area of Circle}}\\&#xA;&#xA;%% &#xA;%%% Input field radius&#xA;&#xA;&amp;amp;\\*[-0.8em]\textforlabel{l01}{Radius:}&amp;amp;\TextField[name=radius,width=10em, bordercolor={0.650 .790 .94}]{}%&#xA;~m\\&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&amp;amp;\\ \hline&#xA;&#xA;\multicolumn{2}{|c|}{\heading{Calculate}}\\&#xA;\spacer{-0.8em}&#xA;\multicolumn{2}{|c|}{&#xA;%% Push button is defined here&#xA;\PushButton[name=start,onclick={doCalculation();},bordercolor={0.650 .790 .94}%&#xA;]{Calculate} &#xA;&#xA;%% Push button is defined here&#xA;\PushButton[name=hello,%&#xA;onclick={HappyNewYear();}, bordercolor={0.650 .790 .94}%&#xA;]{Happy New Year!} &#xA;}\\&#xA;&#xA;\spacer{-0.8em}&#xA;\hline&#xA;&#xA;\multicolumn{2}{|c|}{\heading{Results}}\\&#xA;&#xA;%% RESULTS&#xA;%% Diameter&#xA;\multicolumn{2}{|c|}{}\\*[-0.8em]\textforlabel{name=l04, bordercolor={0.650 0.790 0.94}}{%&#xA;Diameter :}&amp;amp;\TextField[name=diameter,width=10em,bordercolor={0.650 .790 .94},%&#xA;readonly=true]{}~m\\&#xA;\spacer{-0.8em}&#xA;&#xA;\textforlabel{name=l05, bordercolor={0.650 0.790 0.94}}{Area:} &amp;amp; \TextField[name=areacircle,width=10em,%&#xA;bordercolor={0.650 .790 .94},readonly=true]{}~m$^2$\\*[-0.8em]&#xA;\spacer{1em}&#xA;\spacer{1em}&#xA;\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{Form}&#xA;\bigskip&#xA;&#xA;\parindent0.5em&#xA;As proved by Archimedes, the area enclosed by a circle is $\pi$ multiplied by the radius squared \(\pi r^2\). Apollonius of Perga showed that a circle may also be defined as the set of points in a plane having a constant ratio (other than 1) of distances to two fixed foci, A and B.&#xA;&#xA;Early science, particularly geometry and astrology and astronomy, was connected to the divine for most medieval scholars, and many believed that there was something intrinsically \textit{divine} or \textit{perfect} that could be found in circles. Some people still believe that the earth is still flat and is circular.&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;Some highlights in the history of the circle are:&#xA;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;\item 1700 BC -- The Rhind papyrus gives a method to find the area of a circular field. The result corresponds to \(\frac{256}{81}\) (3.16049\dots) as an approximate value of $\pi$.&#xA;\item 300 BC -- Book 3 of Euclid's Elements deals with the properties of circles.&#xA;In Plato's Seventh Letter there is a detailed definition and explanation of the circle. Plato explains the perfect circle, and how it is different from any drawing, words, definition or explanation.&#xA;\item 1880 -- Lindemann proves that $\pi$ is transcendental, effectively settling the millennia-old problem of squaring the circle&#xA;\item 1978 -- Donald Knuth develops \TeX\ in order to enable future generations to typeset Mathematics in a beautiful way, including all the equations that one can associate with circles.&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-12T19:59:00.040" LastActivityDate="2011-01-13T15:35:30.607" Title="How do you say Happy New Year with LaTeX?" Tags="&lt;programming&gt;&lt;javascript&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="18" />
  <row Id="7870" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7862" CreationDate="2010-12-28T17:46:08.733" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using the &lt;code&gt;isosceles triangle&lt;/code&gt; shape and some manually set heights:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{shapes.geometric}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[&#xA;  inner/.style={circle,draw,minimum width=7mm,inner sep=0},&#xA;  leaf/.style={isosceles triangle,draw,shape border rotate=90,isosceles triangle stretches=true, minimum height=20mm,minimum width=12mm,inner sep=0,yshift={-20mm},font=\tiny},&#xA;  large leaf/.style={leaf,minimum height=35mm,yshift={-14.5mm}},&#xA;  level 1/.style={sibling distance=30mm},&#xA;  level 2/.style={sibling distance=21mm},&#xA;  level 3/.style={sibling distance=14mm},&#xA;]&#xA;  \node[inner] {T}&#xA;    [child anchor=north]&#xA;    child {node[inner] {L}&#xA;      child {node[large leaf] {}}&#xA;      child {node[inner] {LR}&#xA;        child{node[leaf] {}}&#xA;        child{node[leaf] {}}}}&#xA;    child {node[large leaf] {L.Allison}};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/WKXVg.png&quot; alt=&quot;result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't know why the top vertices of the two large triangles are at different heights relative to their sibling nodes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-12-28T17:46:08.733" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7871" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7872" CreationDate="2010-12-28T18:22:51.173" Score="3" ViewCount="279" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm writing a manuscript to submit to this journal, and I'm using bibtex. Problem is: I can't find any bibliography style files that comply to the demands of the journal. Does anyone know if there's a format for that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The format requires (for articles being cited):  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Last-name-first authors, with abbreviated first names: &lt;code&gt;Dylan, B. &amp;amp; Doe, J.&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Full title, only first word capitalized, no italic, ending with a full stop: &lt;code&gt;This is a title.&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Name of the journal in italics: &lt;em&gt;&lt;code&gt;Nature&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Volume number (and comma) in bold: &lt;strong&gt;&lt;code&gt;323,&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Followed by page and (in curved brakets) year.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So it would end up like this&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Dylan, B. &amp;amp; Doe, J. This is a title. &lt;em&gt;Nature&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;323,&lt;/strong&gt; 89-92 (1999)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anyone know of a bibstyle that complies to these rules? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1074" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-29T16:35:42.693" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T07:04:14.313" Title="Is there a bibstyle for the Nature journal?" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;biblatex&gt;&lt;style&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7872" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7871" CreationDate="2010-12-28T18:29:56.157" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For the traditional BibTeX approach, there is the &lt;code&gt;naturemag&lt;/code&gt; style, part of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/nature&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;nature&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package. If you want to use &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/biblatex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, then I have written a style (hopefully) doing the right thing there: &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/biblatex-nature&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;biblatex-nature&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-12-28T18:29:56.157" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7873" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7865" CreationDate="2010-12-28T20:00:41.430" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Since it looks like you want this to be an environment, why not use the enumitem package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage{enumitem}&#xA;\newlist{question}{itemize}{1}&#xA;\setlist[question]{label=\textbullet,labelindent=-.5in,leftmargin=0pt,labelsep=.25in}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\begin{question}&#xA;\item \lipsum[2]&#xA;\item another item&#xA;\end{question}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-28T20:06:13.500" LastActivityDate="2010-12-28T20:06:13.500" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="7874" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7865" CreationDate="2010-12-28T20:52:29.127" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your attempt to shift the bullet into the margin with a negative &lt;code&gt;\hspace&lt;/code&gt; didn't work because it inserts glue.  When TeX breaks your paragraph into lines, it discards the glue at the beginning of the line, so you end up with a line &lt;code&gt;\hbox&lt;/code&gt; that starts with the bullet character.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I replaced your &lt;code&gt;\hspace{-4.5cm}&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;\llap{\textbullet}&lt;/code&gt;.  That generates a zero-width &lt;code&gt;\hbox&lt;/code&gt; inside your paragraph.  That generated &lt;code&gt;\hbox&lt;/code&gt; contains &lt;code&gt;\hss&lt;/code&gt; followed by &lt;code&gt;\textbullet&lt;/code&gt;.  When TeX breaks the paragraph into lines, the generated &lt;code&gt;\hbox&lt;/code&gt; is &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; discarded, but is placed at the beginning of the line.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[The &lt;code&gt;\hss&lt;/code&gt; has natural width of 0, but shrinks by the size of the &lt;code&gt;\textbullet&lt;/code&gt; (so the &lt;code&gt;\hbox&lt;/code&gt; can stay zero-width).  It &quot;backspaces&quot; by the size of the bullet into the left margin.  The bullet is set, bringing us back to &quot;beginning&quot; of the line (the reference point) and then the text &quot;Question?&quot; is set.]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\loggingall&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\question}[2]{\\[0.5cm]\hspace{-4.5cm}\textbullet\textbf{#1}\\[0.2cm]\hspace{5mm}\textrm{#2}\\}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;This is a test.&#xA;\question{Question?}{Answer.}&#xA;&#xA;This is also a test.&#xA;\showlists&#xA;\vfil&#xA;\pagebreak[4]&#xA;\renewcommand{\question}[2]{\\[0.5cm]\llap{\textbullet}\textbf{#1}\\[0.2cm]\textrm{#2}\\}&#xA;This is a test.&#xA;\question{Question?}{Answer.}&#xA;&#xA;This is also a test.&#xA;\showlists&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note 1: I changed &lt;code&gt;\text&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\textrm&lt;/code&gt; in your macro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note 2: This is my first attempt at an answer, so it's highly likely that I didn't solve the problem with good LaTeX style.  I thought I might learn something by trying to give an answer.  (I did!)  I hope the rest of the community will be forgiving of whatever stupid errors I committed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2110" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-29T08:11:55.193" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T08:11:55.193" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7875" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6159" CreationDate="2010-12-28T20:53:34.927" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would use memoir's &lt;code&gt;\chapterprecis&lt;/code&gt; command instead of epigraph, since &lt;code&gt;\chapterprecis&lt;/code&gt; automatically puts the text into the TOC.  And you will need a way to insert full references into the precis.  I used biblatex for that. (Theoretically bibentry/natbib should be able to do it, too but it doesn't seem to put the TOC entry part.)  The following should get you started:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[oneside]{memoir}&#xA;\usepackage[citestyle=authoryear, bibstyle=authoryear,sorting=ydnt,labelyear=true]{biblatex}&#xA;\bibliography{yourbibfile} % name of your bib file&#xA;\renewcommand*\precisfont{\normalfont}&#xA;\renewcommand*\precistocfont{\normalfont}&#xA;\renewcommand*\postchapterprecis{\end{quote}\clearpage}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{A chapter title}&#xA;\chapterprecis{\fullcite{yourcitation}} % put the article cite key here&#xA;Beginning of your chapter&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-28T22:29:17.857" LastActivityDate="2010-12-28T22:29:17.857" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7876" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-28T21:11:50.473" Score="1" ViewCount="113" Body="&lt;p&gt;Having 3 figures that thematically should stay together in one &lt;code&gt;figure&lt;/code&gt; environment as subfigures (I'm using &lt;code&gt;subfig&lt;/code&gt; currently), I know that there's no way to &lt;strong&gt;allow those pictures to separate&lt;/strong&gt; over few pages automatically with &lt;code&gt;subfig&lt;/code&gt; (according to 13.pg of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/subfigure/subfigure.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;documentation&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to do this with some other package? &lt;strong&gt;- OR -&lt;/strong&gt; What's the most elegant way to do this? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1996" LastActivityDate="2010-12-28T21:46:27.907" Title="What's the elegant way to spread subfigures on the multiple pages?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;subfloats&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7877" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5944" CreationDate="2010-12-28T21:19:05.247" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can replicate most (all?) of the functionality of minitoc with the titletoc package, which is I think is compatible with memoir.  Here's a basic example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&#xA;\documentclass[oneside]{memoir}&#xA;\usepackage{titletoc}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\chapter{A chapter}&#xA;\startcontents[chapters]&#xA;\printcontents[chapters]{}{1}{\contentsmargin{1em}}&#xA;\section{Section}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\section{Section 2}&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;\chapter{Second chapter}&#xA;\startcontents[chapters]&#xA;\printcontents[chapters]{}{1}{\contentsmargin{1em}}&#xA;\section{Section}&#xA;\lipsum[2]&#xA;\section{Another section}&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-08T18:06:48.737" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T18:06:48.737" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7878" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7880" CreationDate="2010-12-28T21:32:14.833" Score="1" ViewCount="87" Body="&lt;p&gt;OK, I've plotted these graphs but am unable to stretch the second one, so that &lt;strong&gt;they both have the same values on the vertical lines&lt;/strong&gt; drawn from one to another. I've tried to set &lt;code&gt;domain=0:2200&lt;/code&gt; for both but it doesn't work.&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/kRaYy.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1996" LastActivityDate="2010-12-28T21:47:13.253" Title="How can I restrict `pgfplots` plot to an interval manually?" Tags="&lt;pgfplots&gt;&lt;plot&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7879" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7876" CreationDate="2010-12-28T21:46:27.907" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{subfig}&#xA;\usepackage{caption}&#xA;\usepackage[demo]{graphicx}&#xA;\makeatletter\def\CT{\def\@captype{figure}}\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;\CT&#xA;\subfloat[My first subfig caption]{\includegraphics[height=8cm]{foo}}\quad&#xA;\subfloat[My second subfig caption]{\includegraphics[height=8cm]{foo}}&#xA;&#xA;\subfloat[My third subfig caption]{\includegraphics[height=8cm]{foo}}\quad&#xA;\subfloat[My forth subfig caption]{\includegraphics[height=8cm]{foo}}&#xA;&#xA;\subfloat[My fifth subfig caption]{\includegraphics[height=8cm]{foo}}\quad&#xA;\subfloat[My sixth subfig caption]{\includegraphics[height=8cm]{foo}}&#xA;\captionof{figure}{My caption for all subfigures together}&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-28T21:46:27.907" />
  <row Id="7880" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7878" CreationDate="2010-12-28T21:47:13.253" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can try setting &lt;code&gt;xmin&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;xmax&lt;/code&gt; (see pgfplots manual, section 4.13 &quot;Specifying the plotted range) to the same value for both plots.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="586" LastActivityDate="2010-12-28T21:47:13.253" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7881" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7865" CreationDate="2010-12-28T22:57:19.483" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This tricky solution is taken from the TexBook. It defines the command &lt;code&gt;\marginalbullet&lt;/code&gt; that can be used anywhere inside a paragraph. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\parindent=0pt&#xA;\parskip=10pt&#xA;\def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox}&#xA;\def\specialbullet{\vtop to \strutdepth{&#xA;  \baselineskip\strutdepth&#xA;  \vss\llap{$\bullet$ }\null}}&#xA;\def\marginalbullet{\strut\vadjust{\kern-\strutdepth\specialbullet}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Text before \marginalbullet \lipsum[1]\par\lipsum[2]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2117" LastActivityDate="2010-12-28T22:57:19.483" />
  <row Id="7882" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2110" CreationDate="2010-12-28T23:53:03.000" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In linguistics (my field), LaTeX offers many concrete advantages: automatic numbering/referencing of linguistic examples, automatic aligning of foreign language words/translations, automatic syntactic tree drawing; a full range of logic symbols, easy access to phonetic fonts etc., not to mention other basic academic requirements such as citations and bibliographies.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2010-12-28T23:53:03.000" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-12-28T23:53:03.000" />
  <row Id="7883" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7902" CreationDate="2010-12-28T23:54:50.537" Score="5" ViewCount="129" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dear all, I am new to package writing (LaTeX2e) and to this forum, and I probably read to much of the TeXBook and not enough on LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My package works, except that verbatim is &lt;em&gt;verboten&lt;/em&gt;. Given a user input of&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{file}&#xA;  \begin{head}&#xA;    foo1 (say, an exercise)&#xA;  \end{head}&#xA;  \begin{body}&#xA;    \begin{head} &#xA;      short answer to foo1&#xA;    \end{head}&#xA;    \begin{body}&#xA;      long explanation of the answer to foo1&#xA;    \end{body}&#xA;  \end{body}&#xA;&#xA;  \begin{head}&#xA;    foo2 (say, a theorem)&#xA;  \end{head}&#xA;  \begin{body}&#xA;    long explanation of foo2 (say, a very long  &#xA;    proof that we want to put in an Appendix)&#xA;  \end{body}    &#xA;\end{file}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I typeset the content of the &lt;code&gt;head&lt;/code&gt; environments, followed by the content of the &lt;code&gt;body&lt;/code&gt; environments, followed by the &lt;code&gt;body&lt;/code&gt; of the &lt;code&gt;body&lt;/code&gt;, etc:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  foo1&#xA;  foo2&#xA;&#xA;  short answer to foo1&#xA;  long explanation of foo2&#xA;&#xA;  long explanation of the answer to foo1&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;with links pointing from each item in one part to the corresponding item of the previous and next parts. The links are (almost) easy to get with some clever numbering.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;file&lt;/code&gt; environment is only there to allow me to read its contents multiple times: I use Will Robertson's &lt;code&gt;environ.sty&lt;/code&gt;, which defines environments that gobble their content and can use it multiple times. Unfortunately, since the content is read before being executed, catcodes are fixed, and verbatim fails. Also, this is quite slow, and memory consuming.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I see three other ways of doing it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&#xA;2. I guess I could write a custom output routine: typeset all `head`s in parallel of all `body`s in two (or more in case of nesting) boxes, and only then cut into pages. This would be incompatible at least with the `multicols` package (and I would be limited to ~20 pages stored in a single box: maximum length ~6m).&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&#xA;3. Write the content of the `body`s verbatim to an auxiliary file. Then load the auxiliary file and execute its content. I am not yet confortable with the read and write possibilities in (La)TeX, but this might be the way to go. Can one write a file and read from it in the same run? &#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&#xA;4. My last idea is to use the docstrip trickery: make `\end{file}` input the document again, with some booleans/counters set differently. In order to ignore everything until the `\begin{file}`, I need to set quite a few catcodes. Reaching this `\begin{file}`, I need to switch back, and parse the `\begin` and `\end`. Changing catcodes like this is probably not great for compatibility.&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, nesting of &lt;code&gt;head&lt;/code&gt;/&lt;code&gt;body&lt;/code&gt; makes some of these approaches harder.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which one (or more) of the four approaches would you recommend?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastEditorUserId="2707" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-29T13:52:32.593" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T13:52:32.593" Title="Processing the body of an environment multiple times" Tags="&lt;environments&gt;&lt;package-writing&gt;&lt;write&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7884" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="553" CreationDate="2010-12-29T00:08:03.770" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm surprised that no one has mentioned &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[margin=1in]{geometry} % set page margins automatically &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is in every document I write (with varying margins, of course.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T00:08:03.770" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-12-29T00:08:03.770" />
  <row Id="7885" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="553" CreationDate="2010-12-29T00:13:34.623" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another essential package combination is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{booktabs}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;booktabs&lt;/code&gt; package creates much nicer looking tables than the standard latex tables; the &lt;code&gt;array&lt;/code&gt; package's ability to create custom columns is invaluable for formatting tabular material on a per-column basis.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T00:13:34.623" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-12-29T00:13:34.623" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7886" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="553" CreationDate="2010-12-29T00:17:46.053" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For quickly setting multicolumn text in a single column document, the &lt;code&gt;multicol&lt;/code&gt; package is another package that I use all the time.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{multicol}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T00:17:46.053" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-12-29T00:17:46.053" />
  <row Id="7887" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="553" CreationDate="2010-12-29T00:49:25.070" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I almost always find myself using a &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/tabularx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;tabularx&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; environment as opposed to the regular &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; environment, as it allows for greater dynamism in column widths.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="737" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T00:49:25.070" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-12-29T00:49:25.070" />
  <row Id="7888" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7835" CreationDate="2010-12-29T00:49:28.063" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are some differences between TikZ versions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;With TikZ/pgf 2.10 use the alignment options given by Torbjorn: &lt;code&gt;align=left&lt;/code&gt; etc. as options to &lt;code&gt;\node&lt;/code&gt;. This doesn't work with TikZ 2.00. Example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\node[text width=3cm,align=right] {your text};&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;With TikZ/pgf 2.00 or below use &lt;code&gt;text&lt;/code&gt; options to &lt;code&gt;\node&lt;/code&gt; such as &lt;code&gt;text centered&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;text ragged&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;text badly ragged.&lt;/code&gt; Example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\tikz \draw (0,0) node[text width=3cm,text ragged] {your text}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;You may always use the vertical alignment options of &lt;code&gt;\parbox&lt;/code&gt; and horizontal alignment declarations within the box.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Syntax: &lt;code&gt;\parbox[position][height][inner-pos]{width}{text}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example: &lt;code&gt;\node{\parbox[t][6cm][c][5cm]{\centering your text}};&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-29T10:51:17.287" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T10:51:17.287" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7889" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7890" CreationDate="2010-12-29T01:36:53.193" Score="2" ViewCount="175" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}    &#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section*{Section1}&#xA;&#xA;\subsection*{subsection1}&#xA;\subsubsection{Another layer of subsection}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I just want to show the subsubsection numbering, without the trailing section and subsection numbers in the front.&#xA;In the output it appears as 0.0.1, I want it to appear as 1&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2036" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T13:07:44.427" Title="How to Just show \subsubsection numbers" Tags="&lt;numbering&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="7890" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7889" CreationDate="2010-12-29T01:55:03.197" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/chngcntr&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;chngcntr&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package to remove the relationship between two counters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{chngcntr}&#xA;\counterwithout{subsubsection}{subsection}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T01:55:03.197" />
  <row Id="7891" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7893" CreationDate="2010-12-29T02:39:26.870" Score="4" ViewCount="98" Body="&lt;p&gt;My graphing program (R) can plot a set of figures out, each on a separate page of the same pdf. Is there a way to convert this into a single 4x4 figure in LaTeX? There are alternatives, but this would be preferable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1783" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-29T03:09:30.950" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T03:35:05.817" Title="Can I convert a 16 page pdf into an 8x2 matrix in LaTeX?" Tags="&lt;pdfpages&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="7892" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-29T02:44:49.717" Score="0" ViewCount="121" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to convert &lt;code&gt;*.ps&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;*.epi&lt;/code&gt; using &lt;code&gt;ps2epsi.exe&lt;/code&gt; but I got an error as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The process cannot access the file because it is being used by another process.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please see the details on the output pane shown below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Y8CuP.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Here is my compilation steps:&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;latex.exe&lt;/code&gt; converts &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;.dvi&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;dvips.exe&lt;/code&gt; converts &lt;code&gt;.dvi&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;.ps&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;ps2epsi.exe&lt;/code&gt; converts &lt;code&gt;.ps&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;.epi&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Output Profiles in TeXnicCenter&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/XSs6G.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/5AA5q.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/IFcPn.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;How to fix this error?&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;EDIT 1&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I attempt to do what Herbert's suggest, i.e., using switch &lt;code&gt;-E -o file.eps file.dvi&lt;/code&gt; as follows.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/lBbdL.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then I compiled the code using output profile &lt;code&gt;LATEX=&amp;gt; EPS&lt;/code&gt; and I successfully got the eps file without error.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;However&lt;/strong&gt; when I attempted to include the generated eps from within another project as follows (of course using &lt;code&gt;LATEX=&amp;gt; DVIPS=&amp;gt; PS2PDF&lt;/code&gt; as usual)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{pstricks}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\includegraphics{xport.eps}&#xA;%................................................&#xA;% some other PSTricks codes will start from here!&#xA;%................................................&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I got errors as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/PY5uP.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and I got a blank pdf page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Edit 2&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think the source of problem is the TeXnicCenter itself. It should release the file handle to let the second process use it. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-29T12:19:04.163" LastActivityDate="2011-01-09T18:22:12.647" Title="How to fix: `ps2epsi.exe` process CANNOT access the file because it is being used by another process ?" Tags="&lt;conversion&gt;&lt;eps&gt;&lt;texniccenter&gt;&lt;ps&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7893" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7891" CreationDate="2010-12-29T02:48:50.133" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is very easy. Please use &lt;code&gt;pdfpages.sty&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/pdfpages/pdfpages.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;click here for its manual&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Sample Output&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/069Ci.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Code Snippet Sample&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I used a pdf file downloaded from &lt;a href=&quot;http://mvcmusicstore.codeplex.com/releases/view/53639#DownloadId=155995&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; and then renamed it as &lt;code&gt;movies.pdf&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[a4paper,margin=1cm]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{pdfpages}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\includepdf[%&#xA;landscape=true,%&#xA;pages={1-16},%Include pages from 1 to 16.&#xA;nup=2x3,%If landscape=false then it defines columns x rows. Otherwise it defines rows by columns. &#xA;]{movies.pdf}%Pdf file name with or without extension.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-29T03:35:05.817" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T03:35:05.817" />
  <row Id="7894" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-29T04:05:46.560" Score="3" ViewCount="272" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am searching for a good combination of font-size, font-family, font-color, background-color, line-width, line-spacing, paragraph-spacing, indentation, tabulation, heading, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Which combination of them make the most comfortable to read on either printed version or electronic (pdf) version in a long time interval? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-29T11:28:44.150" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T11:40:11.990" Title="Which combination of font-size, font-family, font-color, background-color, line-width, spacing make the most comfortable to read?" Tags="&lt;best-practices&gt;&lt;typography&gt;" AnswerCount="4" />
  <row Id="7895" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7883" CreationDate="2010-12-29T04:06:12.853" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In ConTeXt, this can be easily achieved using &lt;code&gt;blocks&lt;/code&gt;. As the following example shows, verbatim works fine inside blocks. Internally, in MkII, the contents of blocks are stored in an external file &lt;code&gt;\jobname.tub&lt;/code&gt; while in MkIV, they are stored in memory. See &lt;code&gt;strc-blk.(mkii|mkiv|lua)&lt;/code&gt; for the code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\defineblock[HEAD]&#xA;\defineblock[BODY]&#xA;&#xA;\starttext&#xA;\keepblocks[HEAD]&#xA;\hideblocks[BODY] %Default&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\beginHEAD&#xA;foo1&#xA;\starttyping&#xA;  Some # verbatim &amp; text&#xA;\stoptyping&#xA;\endHEAD&#xA;&#xA;\beginBODY&#xA;body1&#xA;\endBODY&#xA;&#xA;\beginHEAD&#xA;foo2&#xA;\endHEAD&#xA;&#xA;\beginBODY&#xA;body2&#xA;\endBODY&#xA;&#xA;\page&#xA;&#xA;% Show only BODY&#xA;\processblocks[BODY]&#xA;&#xA;\page&#xA;&#xA;% Show both HEAD and BODY&#xA;\processblocks[HEAD,BODY]&#xA;&#xA;\stoptext&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T04:06:12.853" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7896" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7899" CreationDate="2010-12-29T04:20:24.997" Score="6" ViewCount="160" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a fairly large document which uses 30 or so packages. I was going to add some TikZ graphics, so I added the following to my header file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{tikz,pgfplots}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, this gave me a lot of errors of the type&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! No room for a new \dimen .&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After looking around, this seems to be related to a limitation of TeX. Is it not possible to use TikZ with many other packages? I am using MikTeX 2.9 and pdflatex.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2408" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T04:40:09.980" Title="No room for a new \dimen when including TikZ" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="7897" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7894" CreationDate="2010-12-29T04:23:21.560" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Some thought went into LaTeX's default and it is pretty good.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2408" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T04:23:21.560" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="7898" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7438" CreationDate="2010-12-29T04:35:31.247" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I found a solution that perfectly suits my requirements.&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/CDmys.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{circuits.ee.IEC}&#xA;\tikzset{circuit declare symbol = ac source}&#xA;\tikzset{set ac source graphic = ac source IEC graphic}&#xA;\tikzset{&#xA;         ac source IEC graphic/.style=&#xA;          {&#xA;           transform shape,&#xA;           circuit symbol lines,&#xA;           circuit symbol size = width 3 height 3,&#xA;           shape=generic circle IEC,&#xA;           /pgf/generic circle IEC/before background=&#xA;            {&#xA;             \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfpoint{-0.8pt}{0pt}}&#xA;             \pgfpathsine{\pgfpoint{0.4pt}{0.4pt}}&#xA;             \pgfpathcosine{\pgfpoint{0.4pt}{-0.4pt}}&#xA;             \pgfpathsine{\pgfpoint{0.4pt}{-0.4pt}}&#xA;             \pgfpathcosine{\pgfpoint{0.4pt}{0.4pt}}&#xA;             \pgfusepathqstroke&#xA;            }&#xA;          }&#xA;        }&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{tikzpicture}[circuit ee IEC]&#xA;    \draw (0,0)    to [ac source={info={110V 60Hz},near start},resistor={near end}] (3,0);&#xA;    \draw (0,-1.5) to [ac source={volt=220,near start}, inductor={near end}]        (3,-1.5);&#xA;  \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="791" LastEditorUserId="791" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-29T05:02:10.520" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T05:02:10.520" />
  <row Id="7899" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7896" CreationDate="2010-12-29T04:40:09.980" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{etex}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will be helpful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T04:40:09.980" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7900" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-29T04:58:54.657" Score="10" ViewCount="182" Body="&lt;p&gt;Stemming from this &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/7438/791&quot;&gt;question&lt;/a&gt; and with due credits to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/7438/ac-source-symbol-in-tikz-circuits-ee-iec-library/7495#7495&quot;&gt;@morbusg's answer&lt;/a&gt;, I was able to create a very fundamental symbol for the &lt;code&gt;circuits.ee.IEC&lt;/code&gt; TikZ library, the AC voltage source. I call it the &lt;code&gt;ac source&lt;/code&gt;. The code for it is &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/7438/ac-source-symbol-in-tikz-circuits-ee-iec-library/7898#7898&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/JIt2x.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd like it to be added to the abovementioned TikZ library, but I don't know how. I don't have a SourceForge account. I'm not familiar with SVN, or any source control system for that matter. My idea is to contact Till Tantau or Mark Wibrow so that they can refactor it to their coding style, but I don't see their e-mail addresses in the &lt;code&gt;pgfmanual&lt;/code&gt;. Any ideas?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="791" LastEditorUserId="791" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-29T14:40:32.513" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T14:47:56.383" Title="How do I contribute to TikZ?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;circuitikz&gt;&lt;contribute&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7901" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7892" CreationDate="2010-12-29T06:58:39.110" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;use instead the command &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;dvips -E -o file.eps file.dvi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T06:58:39.110" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="7902" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7883" CreationDate="2010-12-29T08:47:43.307" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Summarising what others have put as comments, the best approach here is likely to be to write the content of the environment to a separate file, then read back as appropriate. To allow verbatim material, you'll probably want to do this in a verbatim-like manner. Obvious places to look for inspiration are packages such as &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/listings&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/beamer&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, or as Aditya says the ConTeXt implementation (I guess Mark II as you seem to be looking for a TeX-based solution).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, an alternative would be to separate out your input yourself and read in with appropriate parts skipped. This would have a master file, one or more additional files and use something like the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/comment&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;comment&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package to deactivate some parts selectively.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What might be useful is a little more detail on the nature of the real problem. It's not entirely clear to me the full nature of these environments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T08:47:43.307" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7903" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7900" CreationDate="2010-12-29T09:05:09.690" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For a one-off addition, I think you'd be best adding this as a feature request to the tracker on SourceForge. As a package developer myself, I find it a lot easier to have things listed in the database so I don't forget about them, which does happen with e-mails. That does mean having an account on SourceForge: you can use &lt;a href=&quot;http://openid.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;OpenID&lt;/a&gt;, which should mean you can use an existing account somewhere as a log in (for example, I log in both here and at SourceForge using an OpenID from &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.myopenid.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;MyOpenID&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T09:05:09.690" />
  <row Id="7904" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7894" CreationDate="2010-12-29T10:01:17.457" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;My first thought would be to look at ConTeXt extensive documentation, available on &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pragma-ade.com/overview.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;PRAGMA ADE&lt;/a&gt; website but also on the &lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.contextgarden.net/Main_Page&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ConTeXt wiki&lt;/a&gt; where there are updated version of the user's manual on typography, fonts and page design. For online reading, ConTeXt and its interactive facilities is definitively a good option. Moreover, the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pragma-ade.com/general/manuals/style.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Typographic Programming&lt;/a&gt; draft textbook has a lot of good stuff that may be of interest to you since it deals with &quot;general aspects of document design and the translation of design into a style&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.edwardtufte.com/tufte/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Edward Tufte&lt;/a&gt; has good recommendations throughout his website (e.g., &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.edwardtufte.com/bboard/q-and-a-fetch-msg?msg_id=0000Vt&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Tufte book fonts&lt;/a&gt;), and there's a &lt;a href=&quot;http://code.google.com/p/tufte-latex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX class&lt;/a&gt; for textbook and article, inspired from his textbooks. You will see that default font (serif and sans), page layout, floats location, etc. are proposed that help to produce a very elegant design &lt;em&gt;when printed&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2580" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T10:01:17.457" />
  <row Id="7905" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-29T10:44:42.287" Score="1" ViewCount="138" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am writing a mathematics book that makes use of a huge number of PSTricks pictures. &#xA;For the sake of re-usability and maintaining separation of concern, I always put the self-contained PSTricks code in a separate &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; file. The following code shows an example of self-contained PSTricks input file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{pspicture*}(4,3)&#xA;\psframe[fillcolor=red,fillstyle=solid](4,3) &#xA;\end{pspicture*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From my main &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; file, I will then input the self-contained PSTricks files using &lt;code&gt;\input{}&lt;/code&gt; command and for each &lt;code&gt;\input{}&lt;/code&gt; I also wrap it with &lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}...\end{figure}&lt;/code&gt; as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;%..................&#xA;%preamble&#xA;%..................&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;%..................&#xA;%other text contents&#xA;%..................&#xA;%other PSTricks codes sandwiched between text&#xA;%..................&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;\label{fig:RedRectangle}&#xA;\caption{The red rectangle.}&#xA;\input{RedRectangle}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;%..................&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;\label{fig:Other}&#xA;\caption{Other}&#xA;\input{Other}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Note&lt;/strong&gt; that in the main &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; file I also have &quot;not self-contained&quot; PSTricks codes in between the text so I cannot put them in separate files. (It breaks separation of concern of course, but it is not a big deal).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The scenario above forces me to use compilation steps as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;latex.exe&lt;/code&gt; converts my main &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; input file (together with other &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; files) to produce &lt;code&gt;.dvi&lt;/code&gt; output.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;dvips.exe&lt;/code&gt; converts the &lt;code&gt;.dvi&lt;/code&gt; to produce &lt;code&gt;.ps&lt;/code&gt; output.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;ps2pdf.exe&lt;/code&gt; converts the &lt;code&gt;.ps&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;.pdf&lt;/code&gt; output. Finish!&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So far so good, I am happy! :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Even though I am using 4 core-CPU, the compilation time is too long. I want to reduce it as minimum as possible.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Several months ago, I tried using &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/auto-pst-pdf/auto-pst-pdf.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;auto-pst-pdf&lt;/a&gt; that @Herbert also suggests me  to use. @Herbert's suggestion can be found in &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/7892/how-to-fix-ps2epsi-exe-process-cannot-access-the-file-because-it-is-being-used&quot;&gt;my another question&lt;/a&gt; (See the @Herbert's comment below his answer).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;auto-pst-pdf&lt;/code&gt; works using &lt;code&gt;pdfcrop.pl&lt;/code&gt; which is not smart enough to make a bounding box.&#xA;This is a problem for me. I want to get the exact bounding boxes. :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then I searched for another method, I found it.&#xA;Now I am struggling to make it possible to be done automatically. Next section explains what my idea is.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The core idea is very simple as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For each PSTricks input file (as explained above), I make a modification to make it a &quot;complete and ready-to-be-compiled&quot; &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; input file as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\usepackage%&#xA;[%&#xA;paperwidth=4cm,&#xA;paperheight=3cm,&#xA;margin=0pt%&#xA;]{geometry}&#xA;%..................&#xA;\usepackage{pstricks}&#xA;%..................&#xA;%other pstricks related packages&#xA;%..................&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{pspicture*}(4,3)&#xA;\psframe[fillcolor=red,fillstyle=solid](4,3) &#xA;\end{pspicture*}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here I set the paper-size exactly equal to the pspicture-size, set the margin to 0pt, and compile it using &lt;code&gt;latex.exe--&amp;gt;dvips.exe--&amp;gt;ps2epsi.exe&lt;/code&gt;.&#xA;I get perfect bounding box for each PSTricks figure. :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An external program (I will write it using C# soon) will compile all the &quot;complete and ready-to-be-compiled&quot; PSTricks code above in one go and produce &lt;code&gt;.epi&lt;/code&gt; outputs. For more details about &lt;code&gt;.epi&lt;/code&gt; please see &lt;code&gt;ps2epsi.exe&lt;/code&gt; article &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tm.uka.de/~bless/ps2eps&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally in my main &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt;, I make a modification as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;%..................&#xA;%preamble&#xA;%..................&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}% make sure you have it.&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;%..................&#xA;%other text contents&#xA;%..................&#xA;%other PSTricks codes sandwiched between text&#xA;%..................&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;\label{fig:RedRectangle}&#xA;\caption{The red rectangle.}&#xA;\includegraphics{RedRectangle}%my modification&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;%..................&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;\label{fig:Other}&#xA;\caption{Other}&#xA;\includegraphics{Other}%my modification&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Because there might be &quot;not self-contained&quot; PSTricks code in my main input file, I must compile the main input file using &lt;code&gt;latex.exe--&amp;gt; dvips.exe--&amp;gt; ps2pdf.exe&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I hope my approach does not produce &quot;bad&quot; effects.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any comment or suggestion are welcome. Or I can make a simple explicit question: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;What is the positive and negative sides of my  approach compared with using &lt;code&gt;auto-pst-pdf.sty&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-29T14:13:11.260" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T10:58:59.107" Title="What is `+` and `-` sides of my approach to reduce time needed to compile a .tex input file containing a huge number of PSTricks figures?" Tags="&lt;conversion&gt;&lt;pstricks&gt;&lt;ps&gt;&lt;epi&gt;&lt;pdfcrop&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="7906" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7909" CreationDate="2010-12-29T11:07:29.197" Score="0" ViewCount="140" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using LyX to create my documents. I then export them to plain LaTeX and use XeLaTeX to create a PDF output. My images show up in the LyX document but not in the PDF output.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;LyX generates this code to insert an image:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\includegraphics{\string&quot;some file\string&quot;.png}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I get errors like these:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;[1] &amp;lt;&quot;some file&quot;.eps&amp;gt;&#xA;Overfull \hbox (209.98003pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 58--62&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;** WARNING ** No filename specified for PSfile special.&#xA;** WARNING ** Interpreting special command PSfile (ps:) failed.&#xA;** WARNING ** &amp;gt;&amp;gt; at page=&quot;3&quot; position=&quot;(158.675, 489.198)&quot; (in PDF)&#xA;** WARNING ** &amp;gt;&amp;gt; xxx &quot;PSfile=&quot;&quot;some file&quot;.eps&quot; llx=-0 lly=-0 urx=528 ury...&quot;&#xA;** WARNING ** &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Reading special command stopped around &amp;gt;&amp;gt;&quot;&quot;some file&quot;.eps&quot; llx=-0 lly=-0 urx=528 ury=178 rw...&amp;lt;&amp;lt;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1528" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T11:38:19.370" Title="Why don't my images show up?" Tags="&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;lyx&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7907" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7906" CreationDate="2010-12-29T11:09:42.443" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your path format seems to be wrong  :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T11:09:42.443" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7908" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7894" CreationDate="2010-12-29T11:22:51.483" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Have a look at Charles Hedrick's &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.nbcs.rutgers.edu/~hedrick/typography/typography.sabon.2.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Guidelines for Typography in NBCS&lt;/a&gt;, which is based on Robert Bringhurst's &lt;em&gt;The Elements of Typographic Style&lt;/em&gt; (sometimes referred to as the typographers' bible). Hedrick writes about (among other things) overall page design, line spacing, justification and word spacing, special characters, paragraphs, headings, and various typographical refinements. Also included are two sections about fonts (serif and sans serif) and a section about online documents.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T11:22:51.483" />
  <row Id="7909" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7906" CreationDate="2010-12-29T11:38:19.370" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Don't use spaces in the file name. xetex has to call in the background ghostscript to convert the eps file and obviously the quotes needed to hide the spaces leads to problems in this step. &lt;code&gt;&quot;&quot;some file&quot;.eps&quot;&lt;/code&gt; is simply not a sane file name. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T11:38:19.370" />
  <row Id="7910" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7894" CreationDate="2010-12-29T11:40:11.990" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is a part of my settings from my own class:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;...&#xA;\LoadClass[a4paper,10pt]{book}&#xA;\RequirePackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\RequirePackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\let\barOrig\bar&#xA;\RequirePackage[de,expert,uprightgreek]{lucbmath}% for math&#xA;\RequirePackage{libertine}% for roman and sans serif&#xA;\RequirePackage[scaled=0.85]{luximono}% for typewriter&#xA;%&#xA;\RequirePackage{geometry}&#xA;\geometry{paperheight=239mm,paperwidth=169mm,tmargin=5mm,&#xA;       textwidth=124mm,textheight=195mm,    &#xA;       rmargin=22mm,heightrounded,includeheadfoot,&#xA;      headheight=5mm,headsep=8mm,foot=18mm,&#xA;      marginparsep=2mm,marginparwidth=18mm}&#xA;%&#xA;\RequirePackage{babel}&#xA;\defineshorthand{&quot;`}{\guillemotright}&#xA;\defineshorthand{&quot;'}{\guillemotleft}&#xA;\usepackage[autostyle]{csquotes}&#xA;\RequirePackage[originalcommands]{ragged2e}&#xA;\RequirePackage{varioref}&#xA;&#xA;\RequirePackage{textcomp}&#xA;\RequirePackage{microtype}&#xA;\RequirePackage{setspace}&#xA;%&#xA;\RequirePackage{eurosym}&#xA;\RequirePackage{paralist}&#xA;\RequirePackage{titletoc}&#xA;\RequirePackage{amsmath}&#xA;\RequirePackage{dsfont}&#xA;\RequirePackage{esvect}&#xA;\RequirePackage{pifont}&#xA; ...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T11:40:11.990" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7911" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7912" CreationDate="2010-12-29T11:50:31.310" Score="1" ViewCount="209" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using the package &lt;code&gt;subfig&lt;/code&gt;. In one &lt;code&gt;subfloat&lt;/code&gt;, I need to include only text (no graphics). The issue is that text does not wrap, rather, it goes out of the page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I need to enter a new line, but adding &lt;code&gt;\linebreak&lt;/code&gt; does not help, it is simply ignored.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any suggestions?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2712" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T11:58:38.370" Title="New line with subfig's subfloat" Tags="&lt;subfloats&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="7912" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7911" CreationDate="2010-12-29T11:58:38.370" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;put the text into a &lt;code&gt;\parbox{...a width...}{...your text \\ more text ...}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T11:58:38.370" />
  <row Id="7913" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4979" CreationDate="2010-12-29T12:13:19.430" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This works with latex:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\DeclareGraphicsRule{.JPG}{eps}{.JPG}{`convert #1 eps:-}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\framebox{\includegraphics[0,0][150,200]{DSC00121-SMALL.JPG}}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in this way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;latex --shell-escape ...&lt;/code&gt; founds JPG file and puts an instruction into dvi file how to process JPG and what to include in page&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;dvips -R0 ...&lt;/code&gt; actually launches external command and includes output into a page,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;ps file can be converted into pdf using &lt;code&gt;ps2pdf&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, it does work on the fly and does not create &quot;intermediate&quot; files. This is how it &lt;em&gt;should&lt;/em&gt; be --- all is well. This is how i managed to ask latex to downsample eps graphics before including them --- for downloadable pdf document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\DeclareGraphicsRule{.eps}{eps}{.eps}{`convert #1 -resample 72x72 eps:-}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\framebox{\includegraphics{DSC00121.eps}}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Surely, i would like it to work with &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt;, but for some reason i could not get it working. Sorry, i don't know what's wrong, i am using &quot;plain&quot; &lt;code&gt;pstricks&lt;/code&gt; so far, that's why i have a little &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; experience.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;By the way, this command may be used to insert compressed (eps) images instead of raw ones:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;`convert -compress zip #1 -resample 72x72 eps2:-&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2710" LastEditorUserId="2710" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-30T11:37:36.920" LastActivityDate="2010-12-30T11:37:36.920" />
  <row Id="7914" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8137" CreationDate="2010-12-29T12:42:39.440" Score="8" ViewCount="328" Body="&lt;p&gt;How to accomplish fill between two curves in &lt;code&gt;pgfplots&lt;/code&gt;? For example, I have&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;...&#xA;\addplot coordinates {(0,1) (1,1)};&#xA;\addplot file {something.dat};&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and I would like to have filling between those curves.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1996" LastActivityDate="2011-01-02T20:52:00.780" Title="Fill between two curves in pgfplots." Tags="&lt;pgfplots&gt;&lt;plot&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="7915" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7889" CreationDate="2010-12-29T12:55:52.987" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;chngcntr will also disable the resetting of the number of your &lt;code&gt;\subsubsection&lt;/code&gt; in a new subsection. As long as you using only the starred version of &lt;code&gt;\subsection&lt;/code&gt; this doesn't matter. In other cases you probably should better redefine &lt;code&gt;\thesubsubsection&lt;/code&gt; to change the representation of the counter:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{chngcntr}&#xA;%\counterwithout{subsubsection}{subsection}&#xA;\renewcommand\thesubsubsection{\arabic{subsubsection}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section{Section1}&#xA;&#xA;\subsection{subsection1}&#xA;\subsubsection{Another layer of subsection}&#xA;&#xA;\subsection{subsection1}&#xA;\subsubsection{Another layer of subsection}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastEditorUserId="2388" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-29T13:07:44.427" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T13:07:44.427" />
  <row Id="7916" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7919" CreationDate="2010-12-29T13:15:32.610" Score="3" ViewCount="575" Body="&lt;p&gt;Apologies in advance if my question is very basic. I am still learning my beamer skills, so please bear with me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to insert a background image in a beamer frame and use this &quot;frame&quot; as a beamer frame. I want to insert different background images on different frames. Towards this end, I tried&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usebackgroundtemplate{\includegraphics[width=\paperwidth]{../images/crayons.png}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;on a specific frame to insert a background image, but I was unsuccessful. Am I missing any package? Or is there a different way of doing this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I found this question &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3915/image-on-full-slide-in-beamer-package&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; about inserting image but not as a background. In addition to inserting a background image, I also want to add text to the frame. (It is highly likely that I could not understand the questions correctly)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As a side note, if any of you are an Emacs org-mode users, can you please tell me a way to do this in org-beamer. I will be very thankful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any pointers or help is highly appreciated. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is a sample slide code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[bigger]{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{fixltx2e}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{longtable}&#xA;\usepackage{float}&#xA;\usepackage{wrapfig}&#xA;\usepackage{soul}&#xA;\usepackage{textcomp}&#xA;\usepackage{marvosym}&#xA;\usepackage{wasysym}&#xA;\usepackage{latexsym}&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame} \frametitle{Models}&#xA;\label{sec-2_3}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\usebackgroundtemplate{\includegraphics[width=\paperwidth]{../images/crayons.png}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{itemize} &#xA;\item choose training data set&#xA;\item choose test data set&#xA;\item choose model&#xA;\item fit on training data set&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1234" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-29T14:56:32.267" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T14:56:32.267" Title="How to insert a background image in a beamer frame?" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;background&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="9" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7918" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7916" CreationDate="2010-12-29T13:43:24.117" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Write &lt;code&gt;\usebackgroundtemplate&lt;/code&gt; before the frame, not within:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\end{frame}&#xA;% Now we install the new template for the following frames:&#xA;\usebackgroundtemplate{%&#xA;  \includegraphics[width=\paperwidth,height=\paperheight]{crayons}} &#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;...&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;% Now we install another template, effective from now on:&#xA;\usebackgroundtemplate{...}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ensure that &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt; is able to find the image file, since you used &lt;code&gt;../images/crayons.png&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T13:43:24.117" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7919" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7916" CreationDate="2010-12-29T14:01:05.130" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/vIu4w.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I used images &lt;a href=&quot;http://jimal-khalili.com/wordpress/wp-content/uploads/2009/12/isaac_newton-282x300.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Sir Isaac Newton&lt;/a&gt; (rename it as newton.jpg) and &lt;a href=&quot;http://mamaneeds2rant.files.wordpress.com/2008/11/cute-sad-kitten06.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Kitten&lt;/a&gt; (rename it as kitten.jpg)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The code snippet below is self-explanatory and I compiled using pdflatex.exe because of &lt;code&gt;.jpg&lt;/code&gt; format.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[bigger]{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;%Global Background must be put in preamble&#xA;\usebackgroundtemplate%&#xA;{%&#xA;    \includegraphics[width=\paperwidth,height=\paperheight]{newton.jpg}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}{Introduction}&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;\item 1&#xA;\item 2&#xA;\item 3&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% Local background must be enclosed by curly braces for grouping.&#xA;{&#xA;\usebackgroundtemplate{\includegraphics[width=\paperwidth]{kitten.jpg}}%&#xA;\begin{frame}{Kitten}&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;\item 1&#xA;\item 2&#xA;\item 3&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}{Summary}&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;\item 1&#xA;\item 2&#xA;\item 3&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T14:01:05.130" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7920" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7900" CreationDate="2010-12-29T14:30:46.637" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can also join the &lt;a href=&quot;http://sourceforge.net/mailarchive/forum.php?forum_name=pgf-users&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;mailing list&lt;/a&gt; and send it there.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T14:30:46.637" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="7921" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8225" CreationDate="2010-12-29T14:37:49.443" Score="3" ViewCount="95" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using the movie15 package to add a swf movie to my presentation, but I do not like that when it finishes playing, it leaves a blank placeholder. Is it possible to configure it so that it shows the first frame of the movie before being played, and after it finishes playing the movie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{frame}[t]\frametitle{Third Slide}&#xA; \begin{figure}&#xA;  [h!] &#xA;  \includemovie[]{300pt}{200pt}{../movies/movie.swf} &#xA; \end{figure}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any help appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2591" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-04T09:09:18.697" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T09:09:18.697" Title="showing first frame of a movie with movie15" Tags="&lt;animations&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="7923" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7905" CreationDate="2010-12-29T14:48:38.253" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Code to create &lt;code&gt;master.ps&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;master.pdf&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It was compiled using &lt;code&gt;latex.exe-&amp;gt; dvips.exe-&amp;gt; ps2pdf.exe&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[rgb]{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage[paperwidth=5cm,paperheight=5cm,margin=0pt]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{pstricks}&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\noindent%&#xA;\begin{pspicture}(5,5)&#xA; \psset{blendmode=2}&#xA; \psframe*[linecolor=red](0,1)(3,4)&#xA; \psframe[fillcolor=blue,fillstyle=shape](2,2)(5,5)&#xA; \psframe[fillcolor=green,fillstyle=shape](1,0)(4,3)&#xA; \pscircle[fillcolor=cyan,fillstyle=shape,&#xA; shapealpha=0.3](1.5,3.5){1.25}&#xA; \psframe[linecolor=magenta](5,5)&#xA;\end{pspicture}%&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Code to produce pdfcropTest.pdf&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It was compiled using &lt;code&gt;pdflatex.exe&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}&#xA;\setlength{\fboxrule}{1pt}&#xA;\begin{document}%&#xA;\noindent\fbox{\includegraphics{pdfcropFig.pdf}}%&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Code to produce xportTest.pdf&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It was compiled using &lt;code&gt;latex.exe-&amp;gt; dvips.exe-&amp;gt; ps2pdf.exe&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}&#xA;\setlength{\fboxrule}{1pt}&#xA;\begin{document}%&#xA;\noindent\fbox{\includegraphics{xportFig.epi}}%&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now it is the comparison result:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Bounding Box Accuracy&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Left figure (named as pdfcropTest.pdf) is produced by compiling &lt;code&gt;pdfcropTest.tex&lt;/code&gt; that imports &lt;code&gt;pdfcropFig.pdf&lt;/code&gt;, which in turn, produced by invoking &lt;code&gt;pdfcrop.pl&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;master.pdf&lt;/code&gt; as its input argument. There is a small noticeable white gaps around the image. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Right figure (named as xportTest.pdf) is produced by compiling &lt;code&gt;xportTest.tex&lt;/code&gt; that imports &lt;code&gt;master.epi&lt;/code&gt;, which in turn, produced by invoking &lt;code&gt;ps2epsi.exe&lt;/code&gt; on &lt;code&gt;master.ps&lt;/code&gt;. There is no noticeable white gaps around the image.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For high resolution image please visit the same image at &lt;a href=&quot;http://img268.imageshack.us/img268/2702/comparen.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;imageshack.us&lt;/a&gt;. The imperfectness of pdfcrop' bounding box will be easier to be seen there.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Xcj0V.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;ps2epsi.exe&lt;/code&gt; is much better than &lt;code&gt;pdfcrop.pl&lt;/code&gt; in estimating bounding box.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;File Size&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;master.pdf&lt;/code&gt; takes 3KB and &lt;code&gt;master.ps&lt;/code&gt; takes 75KB.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;After cropping, the &lt;code&gt;pdfcropFig.pdf&lt;/code&gt; produced by &lt;code&gt;pdfcrop.pl&lt;/code&gt; takes 3KB.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;After conversion, the &lt;code&gt;xportFig.epi&lt;/code&gt; produced by &lt;code&gt;ps2epsi.exe&lt;/code&gt; takes 117KB.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However for the final result, I have:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;pdfcropTest.pdf&lt;/code&gt; takes 11KB.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;xportTest.pdf&lt;/code&gt; takes 5KB.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Again... :-) &lt;code&gt;ps2epsi.exe&lt;/code&gt; produces smaller size than &lt;code&gt;pdfcrop.pl&lt;/code&gt; does.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Color Quality&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't notice there is degradation in color quality. Both produce the same color quality.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-29T14:58:31.830" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T14:58:31.830" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7924" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-29T15:05:04.910" Score="1" ViewCount="173" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use TikZ/PGF 2.00 and dont forget install TikZ/PGF 2.10.&#xA;In CVS PGF Manual pag. 563 have&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\myarray{{1,&quot;two&quot;,2+1,&quot;IV&quot;,&quot;cinq&quot;,&quot;sechs&quot;,sin(\i*5)*14}}&#xA;\foreach \i in {0,...,6}{\pgfmathparse{\myarray[\i]}\pgfmathresult, }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My question: How usage this situation in TikZ/PGF 2.00?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1940" LastActivityDate="2010-12-30T10:55:12.807" Title="Array operation in TikZ" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;programming&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7925" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7928" CreationDate="2010-12-29T15:13:03.087" Score="2" ViewCount="197" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to put arrows between images. I did not want to put arrow images, I prefer LaTeX way solution. I used &lt;code&gt;pointer&lt;/code&gt; from &lt;code&gt;wasysym&lt;/code&gt; package. The result can be seen below. I know those arrows are considered as text, so they are tiny.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/1HdST.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I put centered, big arrows between images?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1782" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T16:57:13.820" Title="Big arrows between images" Tags="&lt;arrows&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="7926" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7925" CreationDate="2010-12-29T15:28:54.790" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[demo]{graphicx}&#xA;\def\Arrow{\raisebox{-.5\height}{\scalebox{4}{$\Rightarrow$}}}&#xA;\def\Image#1{\raisebox{-.5\height}{\includegraphics[width=3cm]{#1}}}&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\Image{foo}\Arrow%&#xA;\Image{bar}\Arrow%&#xA;\Image{baz}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-29T16:17:14.577" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T16:17:14.577" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7927" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7925" CreationDate="2010-12-29T15:34:26.417" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I used this &lt;a href=&quot;http://jimal-khalili.com/wordpress/wp-content/uploads/2009/12/isaac_newton.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;image&lt;/a&gt; and rename it as &lt;code&gt;newton.jpg&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/XlJNc.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Adjust the parameter until it suits your need.&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[final,cmyk,table]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[a4paper,margin=2cm]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{amsbsy}%bold math&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\usepackage{longtable}&#xA;\usepackage{calc}&#xA;&#xA;% adjust until suit your need.&#xA;\setlength{\arrayrulewidth}{0pt}&#xA;\setlength{\tabcolsep}{10pt}% you can change to a smaller. E.g., 5pt or less.&#xA;\arrayrulecolor{red}&#xA;\newenvironment{MyCrazyTable}[6][2cm]%&#xA;{%&#xA;    \newcolumntype{O}[1]%&#xA;    {%&#xA;        &amp;gt;{%&#xA;            \begin{minipage}[c][#1][c]%&#xA;            {%&#xA;                    ##1\linewidth-2\tabcolsep-1.5\arrayrulewidth%&#xA;            }%&#xA;            \vspace{\tabcolsep}%&#xA;         }%&#xA;        c%&#xA;        &amp;lt;{%&#xA;                \vspace{\tabcolsep}%&#xA;                \end{minipage}%&#xA;         }%&#xA;    }%&#xA;    \newcolumntype{I}[1]%&#xA;    {%&#xA;        &amp;gt;{%&#xA;            \begin{minipage}[c][#1][c]%&#xA;            {%&#xA;                    ##1\linewidth-2\tabcolsep-\arrayrulewidth%&#xA;            }%&#xA;            \vspace{\tabcolsep}%&#xA;         }%&#xA;        c%&#xA;        &amp;lt;{%&#xA;                \vspace{\tabcolsep}%&#xA;                \end{minipage}%&#xA;         }%&#xA;    }%&#xA;    \begin{longtable}%&#xA;    {%&#xA;        |&amp;gt;{\centering}O{#2}%&#xA;        |&amp;gt;{\centering}I{#3}%&#xA;        |&amp;gt;{\centering}I{#4}%&#xA;        |&amp;gt;{\centering}I{#5}%&#xA;        |&amp;gt;{\centering}O{#6}%&#xA;        |%&#xA;    }%&#xA;    \hline\ignorespaces%&#xA;}%&#xA;{%&#xA;    \end{longtable}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\myrow}{%&#xA;\includegraphics[scale=0.35]{newton.jpg}%&#xA;&amp;amp;%&#xA;\scalebox{1.1}{$\boldsymbol{\longrightarrow}$}%&#xA;&amp;amp;&#xA;\includegraphics[scale=0.35]{newton.jpg}%&#xA;&amp;amp;%&#xA;\scalebox{1.1}{$\boldsymbol{\Longrightarrow}$}%&#xA;&amp;amp;&#xA;\includegraphics[scale=0.35]{newton.jpg}%&#xA;\tabularnewline\hline%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand\ratio[2]{%&#xA;  \strip@pt\dimexpr#1pt/#2\relax&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother  &#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{MyCrazyTable}[5cm]%&#xA;    {\ratio{9}{33}}%adjust please&#xA;    {\ratio{3}{33}}%adjust please&#xA;    {\ratio{9}{33}}%adjust please&#xA;    {\ratio{3}{33}}%adjust please&#xA;    {\ratio{9}{33}}%adjust please&#xA;\myrow&#xA;\myrow&#xA;\end{MyCrazyTable}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can show the frame by changing &lt;code&gt;\setlength{\arrayrulewidth}{1pt}&lt;/code&gt; as shown below.&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/mlIUT.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-29T16:57:13.820" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T16:57:13.820" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7928" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7925" CreationDate="2010-12-29T15:38:26.200" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use &lt;code&gt;\vcenter&lt;/code&gt; for vertical centering. It requires math mode. You could use font commands for scaling arrows or &lt;code&gt;\scalebox&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\resizebox&lt;/code&gt; of the graphicx package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Define macros, so you could make adjustments easily.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's an example, using your pointer of wasysym:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article} &#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{wasysym}&#xA;\newcommand*{\vimage}[1]{\vcenter{\hbox{\includegraphics{#1}}}}&#xA;\newcommand*{\vpointer}{\vcenter{\hbox{\scalebox{2}{\Huge\pointer}}}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;$\vimage{one}\vpointer&#xA;\vimage{two}\vpointer&#xA;\vimage{three}$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/96GA8.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T15:38:26.200" />
  <row Id="7929" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7934" CreationDate="2010-12-29T15:41:50.613" Score="3" ViewCount="269" Body="&lt;p&gt;Because the images in my &lt;code&gt;\subfloat&lt;/code&gt;s are smaller than their captions, captions are wrapped to the next line. How can I prevent it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Update&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I was wrong assuming &lt;code&gt;subfig&lt;/code&gt; is a popular package so, here is more info about my problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{subfig}&#xA;% ...more latex here&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;\centering&#xA;\subfloat[A sufficiently long caption]{\includegraphics{bakan}‎} \qquad&#xA;\subfloat[Here goes another long caption]{\includegraphics{bakan}‎} \qquad&#xA;\subfloat[The captions are broken]{\includegraphics{bakan}‎}&#xA;\caption{Line breaks in subcaptions demo.}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The code above produces:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/bCXkL.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When the images are small, subcaptions look ugly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1782" LastEditorUserId="1782" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-29T20:30:58.133" LastActivityDate="2010-12-30T07:14:22.587" Title="Prevent wrapping of subfloat captions" Tags="&lt;captions&gt;&lt;line-breaking&gt;&lt;subfloats&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7930" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7924" CreationDate="2010-12-29T15:44:20.493" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think you can use them directly:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\foreach \i/\foo in {0/1, 1/two, 2/{2+1}, 3/IV, 4/cinq, 5/sechs, 6/{sin(6*5)*14}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or use &lt;code&gt;arrayjobx&lt;/code&gt; package insdead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T15:44:20.493" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7931" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7929" CreationDate="2010-12-29T15:53:57.237" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A simple solution (but may not be the best one for all situations):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% in preamble&#xA;\usepackage{subfig}&#xA;\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{nobreakspace}{\nobreakspace}&#xA;\captionsetup[subfigure]{labelsep=nobreakspace}&#xA;% in text&#xA;\subfloat[\mbox{...}]{image}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And another one:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareCaptionFormat{oneline}{\mbox{#1#2#3}}&#xA;\captionsetup[subfigure]{format=oneline}&#xA;% in text&#xA;\subfloat[any thing]{image}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-29T16:24:05.637" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T16:24:05.637" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7932" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7924" CreationDate="2010-12-29T16:21:07.957" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;With PGF 2.0 you could define the array differently and process it outside of &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathparse&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\myarray{{1},{&quot;two&quot;},{2+1},{&quot;IV&quot;},{&quot;cinq&quot;},{&quot;sechs&quot;},{sin(6*5)*14}}&#xA;\foreach \i in \myarray {\pgfmathparse{\i}\pgfmathresult,}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or with a loop index:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\myarray{0/{1},1/{&quot;two&quot;},2/{2+1},3/{&quot;IV&quot;},4/{&quot;cinq&quot;},5/{&quot;sechs&quot;},6/{sin(\i*5)*14}}&#xA;\foreach \i\element in \myarray {\pgfmathparse{\element}\pgfmathresult,}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tested both and got&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;1,two,3.0,IV,cinq,sechs,7.0,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T16:21:07.957" />
  <row Id="7933" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7929" CreationDate="2010-12-29T16:32:05.003" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;subfig&lt;/code&gt; package has an option &lt;code&gt;width&lt;/code&gt; that can be passed to &lt;code&gt;\captionsetup&lt;/code&gt; to set the width of the caption, but it doesn't seem to actually set the entire &lt;code&gt;\subfloat&lt;/code&gt; in a box of that width. I think the easiest thing to do is to use &lt;code&gt;\makebox&lt;/code&gt; inside the &lt;code&gt;\subfig&lt;/code&gt; to set the width to be what you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{subfig}&#xA;\usepackage{showframe} % This is just to show rules around the text area&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;\noindent&#xA;\subfloat[Here is my caption that is longer than my&#xA;figure.]{\makebox[.45\textwidth]{\rule{1in}{1in}}}%&#xA;\hfill&#xA;\subfloat[Here is my caption that is longer than my&#xA;figure.]{\makebox[.45\textwidth]{\rule{1in}{1in}}}%&#xA;\caption{Here is my main caption.}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T16:32:05.003" />
  <row Id="7934" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7929" CreationDate="2010-12-29T16:36:03.190" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can put the image inside a \parbox with a width of your own demand. Since the subfig package will make the caption as wide as the content, this will help. An example (which uses &lt;code&gt;\rule{1cm}{1cm}&lt;/code&gt; as placeholder for the small image):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{subfig}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;\subfloat[Blah blah blah blah blah blah\ldots]&#xA;  {\rule{1cm}{1cm}}&#xA;\subfloat[Blah blah blah blah blah blah\ldots]&#xA;  {\parbox{4cm}{\centering\rule{1cm}{1cm}}}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As an alternative, one could use the optional width argument of \subcaptionbox offered by my subcaption package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{caption,subcaption}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;\subcaptionbox{Blah blah blah blah blah blah\ldots}&#xA;  {\rule{1cm}{1cm}}&#xA;\subcaptionbox{Blah blah blah blah blah blah\ldots}&#xA;  [4cm]{\rule{1cm}{1cm}}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2574" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T16:36:03.190" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7935" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5870" CreationDate="2010-12-29T17:15:32.157" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can always count the number of lines in the file before hand.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% This line will be removed&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\newread\lf&#xA;\newcount\linecount&#xA;\newcommand\linesinfile[1]{%&#xA;        \linecount0&#xA;        \openin\lf#1&#xA;        \unless\ifeof\lf&#xA;                \loop&#xA;                        \readline\lf to\lfline&#xA;                \unless\ifeof\lf&#xA;                        \advance\linecount by1&#xA;                \repeat&#xA;                \closein\lf&#xA;        \fi&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\linesinfile{\jobname.tex}&#xA;There are \number\linecount\ lines in the file `\jobname.tex'.&#xA;&#xA;\small&#xA;\lstinputlisting[language={[LaTeX]TeX},firstline=2,&#xA;lastline=\numexpr\linecount-1]{\jobname.tex}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;% This line will be removed&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T17:15:32.157" CommentCount="18" />
  <row Id="7936" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5870" CreationDate="2010-12-29T18:04:39.697" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Define an own environment, which uses the &lt;code&gt;\START&lt;/code&gt;--&lt;code&gt;\STOP&lt;/code&gt; sequence of the part which should be listed. These two commands itself have no meaning. You do not need to know how many lines your code has.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\let\pc\@percentchar&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{pstricks,fancyvrb,array,listings}&#xA;\lstset{basicstyle=\ttfamily\small}&#xA;&#xA;\def\endExample{\end{VerbatimOut}&#xA;  \def\START{}\def\STOP{}\input{\jobname.tmp}}&#xA;\newcommand\Example{%&#xA;\VerbatimEnvironment&#xA;\begin{VerbatimOut}{\jobname.tmp}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{@{} m{0.5\linewidth}@{} &#xA;                    &amp;gt;{\lstinputlisting[includerangemarker=false,&#xA;                    linerange=\\START-\\STOP]{\jobname.tmp}}m{0.5\linewidth} @{}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{Example}&#xA;\pspicture(3,2)&#xA;\START&#xA;\psframe*[linecolor=blue!30](3,2)&#xA;\STOP&#xA;\endpspicture&#xA;\end{Example}&#xA;&amp;amp; &#xA;\tabularnewline&#xA;&#xA;\begin{Example}&#xA;\pspicture(3,2)&#xA;\START&#xA;\psframe*[linecolor=red!30](3,2)&#xA;\endpspicture&#xA;\STOP&#xA;\end{Example}&#xA;&amp;amp; &#xA;\tabularnewline&#xA;&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-29T18:10:43.187" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T18:10:43.187" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7937" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7940" CreationDate="2010-12-29T19:26:52.167" Score="2" ViewCount="96" Body="&lt;p&gt;After looking at this &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/826/symbols-instead-of-numbers-as-footnote-markers&quot;&gt;Post&lt;/a&gt; I am still wondering how can I change the footnote in a shade box. The code is shown below:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,12pt]{report}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\usepackage{fancybox}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{boxedlaw}[1]&#xA;  {\begin{Sbox}\begin{minipage}{#1‎}‎}&#xA;  {\end{minipage}\end{Sbox}\begin{center}\shadowbox{\TheSbox}\end{center}}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand*{\thefootnote}{\fnsymbol{footnote}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{boxedlaw}{\textwidth}&#xA;This is just a simple text to fill in the line. You notice that if I put a footnote here&#xA;\footnote{This is the foot note}&#xA;the shape or numbering used would be out of my control.How can I control that?&#xA; \end{boxedlaw}&#xA;&#xA; \end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the result would be a footnote with letter &quot;a&quot; in my texLive.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;How can I change it to an ordinary number footnote and specially how can I make it continue from the last footnote? {I mean, if I have footnote number 2 as the last footnote, it show me the footnote number 3 and the other footnotes after it continue as usual.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I took a look at this &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1583/footnotes-in-tables&quot;&gt;Post&lt;/a&gt; but doesn't look promising.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2244" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T19:34:19.963" Title="Assigning a symbol for footnote in shade box" Tags="&lt;footnotes&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7938" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7939" CreationDate="2010-12-29T19:28:17.430" Score="5" ViewCount="411" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a PDF file with multiple figures; each figure is a separate page in the PDF file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am using &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt;, and I would like to use &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt; or equivalent to include some of the figures.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course I could use an external tool to split the PDF file into multiple one-page PDF files. Then I could use &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt; as usual. However, I would have a much simpler workflow if I could avoid this extra step. Hence the question:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;How can I include, e.g., page 3 of &lt;code&gt;foo.pdf&lt;/code&gt; as a figure?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am aware that there is a Latex package called &lt;code&gt;pdfpages&lt;/code&gt;, but it seems to be designed for something else: with &lt;code&gt;pdfpages&lt;/code&gt;, each page in the input file will produce a &lt;em&gt;full page&lt;/em&gt; in the final document, not just a box.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="100" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T19:30:18.297" Title="pdflatex, \includegraphics, and multi-page PDF files" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;pdfpages&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="7939" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7938" CreationDate="2010-12-29T19:30:18.297" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\includegraphics[page=3]{foo}&lt;/code&gt; should work&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T19:30:18.297" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="7940" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7937" CreationDate="2010-12-29T19:34:19.963" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;minipages have its own counter&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,12pt]{report}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\usepackage{fancybox}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{boxedlaw}[1]&#xA;  {\begin{Sbox}\begin{minipage}{#1‎}‎\setcounter{mpfootnote}{\value{footnote}}}&#xA;  {\end{minipage}\end{Sbox}\begin{center}\shadowbox{\TheSbox}&#xA;   \setcounter{footnote}{\value{mpfootnote}}\end{center}}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand*\thempfootnote{\arabic{mpfootnote}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;foo\footnote{foo}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{boxedlaw}{\textwidth}&#xA;This is just a simple text to fill in the line. You notice that if I put a footnote here&#xA;\footnote{This is the foot note}&#xA;the shape or numbering used would be out of my control.How can I control that?&#xA; \end{boxedlaw}&#xA;&#xA;bar\footnote{bar}&#xA;&#xA; \end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T19:34:19.963" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7941" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7955" CreationDate="2010-12-29T19:56:54.220" Score="8" ViewCount="249" Body="&lt;p&gt;Internally, what causes latex.exe to be unable to import *.jpg, *.png, *.pdf directly?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2010-12-30T17:14:01.123" Title="What causes latex.exe to be unable to import *.jpg, *.png, *.pdf directly?" Tags="&lt;conversion&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7942" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7945" CreationDate="2010-12-29T20:05:13.917" Score="2" ViewCount="86" Body="&lt;p&gt;Knuth in the TexBook Chapter 24, gives a short list of the &lt;code&gt;every&lt;/code&gt; commands. The &lt;code&gt;\everyhbox&lt;/code&gt; command inserts a token list - as its name implies- before a horizontal box.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is a short example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article} &#xA;\begin{document}&#xA; \begingroup&#xA;     \everyhbox{a} % change this to $a$ to see the issue!&#xA;     \def\oneLineBox#1#2%&#xA;     {%&#xA;          \hfuzz=0pt&#xA;          \overfullrule=0.25pt&#xA;          \setbox0=\hbox spread#2{#1}%&#xA;          \setbox1=\hbox{\the\badness}% &#xA;          \setbox2=\hbox to 5cm{\box0\hfil\box1}%&#xA;          \box2&#xA;     }&#xA;     \oneLineBox{Badness of line }{-1em}&#xA;     \oneLineBox{Badness of line }{-0.50em}&#xA;     \oneLineBox{Badness of line }{-0.39em}&#xA;     \oneLineBox{Badness of line }{0em}&#xA;     \oneLineBox{Badness of line }{1em}&#xA;     \oneLineBox{Badness of line }{2em}&#xA;     \oneLineBox{Badness of line }{3em}&#xA; \endgroup&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;oneLineBox&lt;/code&gt; macro above set ups some boxes and using &lt;code&gt;\everybox&lt;/code&gt; we add the letter &lt;code&gt;a&lt;/code&gt; in each horizontal box. But when we change the letter to a math letter say &lt;code&gt;$a$&lt;/code&gt;, the badness is shown as zero, why? Surely the badness of the line did not disappear? Similar results can be obtained by changing &lt;code&gt;\badness&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\hbadness&lt;/code&gt;, this time TeX displays 1000 for all the lines. The &lt;code&gt;overfullrule&lt;/code&gt; also seems to go a bit awry! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-29T20:38:33.170" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T22:00:14.987" Title="How does \everyhbox work?" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;badness&gt;&lt;everyhbox&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7943" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7941" CreationDate="2010-12-29T20:14:08.773" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;TeX is not interested in graphics it needs only a bounding box, the rest is done by an import filter driver and there is none for LaTeX that supports other formats than ps, eps, mp and some bitmap formats ... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T20:14:08.773" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7944" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7941" CreationDate="2010-12-29T20:14:56.003" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Age&lt;/strong&gt;! None of these standards were around when TeX was developed. As a matter of fact there were only dot matrix printers! As Knuth - wisely - in my opinion - decided to freeze the  development of TeX and concentrate in making it better and bug free, these were added much later via the &lt;code&gt;special&lt;/code&gt; command by packages such as &lt;code&gt;graphicx&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-30T17:14:01.123" LastActivityDate="2010-12-30T17:14:01.123" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7945" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7942" CreationDate="2010-12-29T20:51:01.390" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This doesn't really have anything to do with &lt;code&gt;\everyhbox&lt;/code&gt;. The real issue is that constructing a math list involves constructing hboxes and the &lt;code&gt;\badness&lt;/code&gt; reflects that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setbox0\hbox spread -1em{X}&#xA;\the\badness&#xA;&#xA;\setbox0\hbox spread -1em{X}&#xA;$a$\the\badness&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first box is infinitely bad because the glue shrunk beyond its limit. In the second case, the box is again infinitely bad, but the &lt;code&gt;\badness&lt;/code&gt; reflects that of the &lt;code&gt;a&lt;/code&gt; and its italic correction, I believe.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Okay, I finally tracked down where this happens in tex.web. &lt;code&gt;mlist_to_hlist&lt;/code&gt; converts a math list to a horizontal list as per the rules in Appendix G. In particular, it calls &lt;code&gt;hpack&lt;/code&gt; which contains&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;last_badness := badness(...)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and this global variable is exactly the badness reported by &lt;code&gt;\badness&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure if this is ever actually mentioned in &lt;em&gt;The TeXbook&lt;/em&gt;&amp;mdash;I looked through texbook.tex (my copy of the book is in my office) and didn't see any mention of it. It doesn't appear to be in &lt;em&gt;TeX by Topic&lt;/em&gt; either.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\hbadness&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\vbadness&lt;/code&gt; are parameters that control the &quot;amount of tolerance before TeX reports and underfull or overfull horizontal/vertical box&quot; (TeX by Topic). That it doesn't change is not surprising.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-29T22:00:14.987" LastActivityDate="2010-12-29T22:00:14.987" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="7949" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7957" CreationDate="2010-12-29T21:59:11.400" Score="2" ViewCount="158" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to find The Right Way to make a smaller matrix (but not a &lt;code&gt;smallmatrix&lt;/code&gt;) along the following lines.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Example:&lt;/strong&gt; Consider the following piece of LaTeX code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;% \usepackage{amsmath} in the pre-amble&#xA;\begin{gather*}&#xA;    A = \begin{footnotesize}&#xA;        \left[\,\begin{matrix} a &amp; b &amp; c \\ d &amp; e &amp; f \\ g &amp; h &amp; i \end{matrix}\,\right]&#xA;    \end{footnotesize}&#xA;    \\&#xA;    A = \left[\,\begin{matrix} a &amp; b &amp; c \\ d &amp; e &amp; f \\ g &amp; h &amp; i \end{matrix}\,\right]&#xA;\end{gather*}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Motivation:&lt;/strong&gt; I want occasionally to be able to have small &amp;mdash; but easily legible and &amp;aelig;shetically pleasing &amp;mdash; matrices in displayed environments. The &amp;aelig;sthetic criteria rule out the use of &lt;code&gt;smallmatrix&lt;/code&gt;, so I'm looking for alternatives. In the example above, the variable &lt;code&gt;A&lt;/code&gt; is meant to be outside of the &lt;code&gt;footnotesize&lt;/code&gt; environment: I want these matrices to be typeset smaller than the surrounding math. Sometimes, I want to display  matrices for the sake of clarity, but matrices usually take up much more room than I want (both in the sense of leaving too little room for other things, and in the sense of attracting more focus than I would like).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Partial solution:&lt;/strong&gt; If you inspect the two &lt;code&gt;matrix&lt;/code&gt; environments in the example above, you'll see that the matrix is the same in both cases. The only difference you might expect is that the matrix in the &lt;code&gt;footnotesize&lt;/code&gt; environment will be smaller. When I compile this, it tells me that &lt;code&gt;footnotesize&lt;/code&gt; is invalid in math-mode, which is a perfectly reasonable complaint. Despite this, it produces the smaller output that I desire. (No doubt it is automatically inserting some cludge that makes everything work out.) So this seems to be a viable way of making &quot;smaller&quot; matrices, but not a &lt;em&gt;correct&lt;/em&gt; way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Question:&lt;/strong&gt; Is there a &lt;em&gt;nice&lt;/em&gt; way to achieve the above &amp;mdash; shrinking a &lt;em&gt;part&lt;/em&gt; of a displayed math environment &amp;mdash; with a minimum of switching between text-mode and math-mode? (Preferably, with no switching at all?)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="911" LastActivityDate="2010-12-30T06:55:31.280" Title="Smaller matrices (or other math elements) in displayed math" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;matrices&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="7950" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7949" CreationDate="2010-12-29T22:31:10.057" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can try the &lt;code&gt;scalefnt&lt;/code&gt; package and scale it to what you need.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article} % use larger type; default would be 10pt&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath,scalefnt}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\scalefont{0.9}{&#xA;\begin{gather*}&#xA;    A = \left[\,\begin{matrix} a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c \\ d &amp;amp; e &amp;amp; f \\ g &amp;amp; h &amp;amp; i \end{matrix}\,\right]&#xA;     \\&#xA;    A = \left[\,\begin{matrix} a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c \\ d &amp;amp; e &amp;amp; f \\ g &amp;amp; h &amp;amp; i \end{matrix}\,\right]&#xA;\end{gather*}}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can adjust the spacing between the matrix elements by using the math kern &lt;code&gt;\mkern&lt;/code&gt;, as per the following example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[&#xA;     A = \scalefont{0.75}{\left[\,\begin{matrix} a&amp;amp;\mkern-15mub&amp;amp;\mkern-15muc\\d&amp;amp;\mkern-15mue&amp;amp;\mkern-15muf\\\end{matrix}\,\right]}&#xA;\]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-30T05:54:06.147" LastActivityDate="2010-12-30T05:54:06.147" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="7951" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7797" CreationDate="2010-12-30T02:23:13.597" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{color}&#xA;\newcommand{\myfbox}[2]{\textcolor{#1}{\fbox{\normalcolor#2}}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\myfbox{red}{This is a test}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{color}&#xA;\newcommand{\myfbox}[2]{\fcolorbox{#1}{white}{#2}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\myfbox{red}{This is a test}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2716" LastActivityDate="2010-12-30T02:23:13.597" />
  <row Id="7952" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-30T03:49:21.297" Score="0" ViewCount="218" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am trying to create appendix in Lyx. I use 'Document-&gt;Start Appendix Here' just before the beginning of the appendix text, and I can see that the text before the Bibliography is wrapped in an appendix box. However, when I print the document, the text appears the same way as the main body text, i.e. no indication whatsoever that these are part of appendix. Any suggestion what I may have missed? I have also tried inserting '\appendix' before the appendix text, but it doesn't work either.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In addition, how does the section numbering work in appendix? Can I simply organise the sections using the dropdown list &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2720" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T12:44:36.260" Title="Create appendix in Lyx" Tags="&lt;lyx&gt;&lt;appendices&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7953" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7965" CreationDate="2010-12-30T03:58:31.047" Score="6" ViewCount="254" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm compiling one pretty simple LaTeX file with few dozen of &lt;code&gt;pgfplots&lt;/code&gt;. Now, I can compile part by part, but am &lt;strong&gt;unable to compile it all at once&lt;/strong&gt;. I really need good precision for all those plots (noise plots) and would like to avoid decimating graphs more. When I run compile, I get this error message:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;[...] TeX capacity exceeded, sorry [main memory size=3000000].&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Is there a way to avoid this message somehow?&lt;/strong&gt; How am I supposed to use &lt;code&gt;pgfplots&lt;/code&gt; if I can't plot couple dozen of figures with it without having TeX overloaded? &lt;strong&gt;How to expand TeX memory size, please?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1996" LastEditorUserId="1996" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-30T09:58:41.520" LastActivityDate="2010-12-30T09:58:41.520" Title="How to expand TeX's &quot;main memory size&quot;? (`pgfplots` memory overload)" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;pgfplots&gt;&lt;external-images&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="7954" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7953" CreationDate="2010-12-30T04:32:16.493" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In TeX Live, you can modify &lt;code&gt;texmf.cnf&lt;/code&gt; (the one in &lt;code&gt;/some/path/to/texlive/2010/texmf.cnf&lt;/code&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;main_memory = 3000000&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See comments in &lt;code&gt;/some/path/to/texlive/2010/texmf/web2c/texmf.cnf&lt;/code&gt; for details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2010-12-30T04:32:16.493" />
  <row Id="7955" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7941" CreationDate="2010-12-30T04:47:37.667" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Knuth TeX (the original TeX engine) does not support any image directly. The only thing we can do is to use &lt;code&gt;\special&lt;/code&gt; commands to tell &lt;code&gt;dvi&lt;/code&gt; drivers to deal with image files. When &lt;code&gt;.dvi&lt;/code&gt; files converted to PostScript through &lt;code&gt;Dvips&lt;/code&gt; driver, PostScript images can be supported; and &lt;code&gt;dvipdfm(x)&lt;/code&gt; support pdf/png/jpg format.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;TeX needs to know the bounding box of imported images. Eps files is typically ASCII texts, and has a meta comment like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%!PS-Adobe-3.0 EPSF-3.0&#xA;%%BoundingBox: 276 362 335 429&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then size of eps images can be rendered by TeX well. However, TeX cannot determine the size of binary image files (JPEG, PNG, etc.) itself, tools such as &lt;code&gt;extractbb&lt;/code&gt;(mainly for dvipdfm) or &lt;code&gt;bmpsize.sty&lt;/code&gt;(using pdfTeX) is needed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If &lt;code&gt;dvi&lt;/code&gt; is not the output format, modern TeX engines (pdfTeX, XeTeX and LuaTeX) can import binary images well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2010-12-30T04:47:37.667" />
  <row Id="7956" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7967" CreationDate="2010-12-30T04:50:56.917" Score="2" ViewCount="95" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi, I'm trying to TeX a fairly long line of text:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\exists C\forall f(f\in C\Leftrightarrow f\in\ms{F}\wedge (\forall x\forall y)((x\in\dom f\wedge y\in\dom f\Rightarrow x=y)\wedge(\forall z)(z\in\dom f\Rightarrow \op{z}{z}\in f))).&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem is, when I build, the line spills a little bit into the right margin. I don't mind terribly much, as the whole line fits, but is it possible to center the line so that is spills equally over in the left and right margins? I don't really want to split this formula among two lines. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If it's helpful, my preamble is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article}&#xA;\input{other/packages.tex}&#xA;\input{other/theoremdef.tex}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where packages.tex is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{amsthm}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{amscd}&#xA;\usepackage{url}&#xA;\usepackage[top=1.3in, bottom=1.3in, left=1.3in, right=1.3in]{geometry}&#xA;&#xA;% header and footer&#xA;\pagestyle{headings}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}&#xA;\usepackage{amsfonts}&#xA;\usepackage{stackrel}&#xA;\usepackage{mathrsfs}&#xA;\usepackage{verbatim}&#xA;\usepackage{enumerate}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\usepackage{xy}&#xA;\input xy&#xA;\xyoption{all}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And theoremdef.tex is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newtheorem{exercise}{\bf Exercise}&#xA;\newcommand{\dom}{\text{dom}\ }&#xA;\newcommand{\ran}{\text{ran}\ }&#xA;\newcommand{\fld}{\text{fld}\ }&#xA;\newcommand{\op}[2]{\langle #1,#2\rangle}&#xA;\newcommand{\ot}[3]{\langle #1,#2,#3\rangle}&#xA;\newcommand{\ms}[1]{\mathscr{#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1191" LastActivityDate="2010-12-30T09:38:58.737" Title="Centering a long line that spills over the margins." Tags="&lt;margins&gt;&lt;centering&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="7957" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7949" CreationDate="2010-12-30T06:55:31.280" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{gather*}&#xA; \mbox{\scriptsize%&#xA;    $A = \begin{bmatrix} a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c \\ d &amp;amp; e &amp;amp; f \\ g &amp;amp; h &amp;amp; i \end{bmatrix}$}\\&#xA;    A = \begin{bmatrix} a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c \\ d &amp;amp; e &amp;amp; f \\ g &amp;amp; h &amp;amp; i \end{bmatrix}&#xA;\end{gather*}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-30T06:55:31.280" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7958" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7962" CreationDate="2010-12-30T06:58:58.687" Score="2" ViewCount="138" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to make a table inside another table as follows. Unfortunately, it does not work. What is wrong with it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{array,longtable,calc}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{longtable}{*{2}{m{0.5\linewidth}}}&#xA;%&#xA;\begin{longtable}%&#xA;{*{2}{m{0.5\linewidth}}}&#xA;A &amp;amp; B\tabularnewline&#xA;C &amp;amp; D\tabularnewline&#xA;\end{longtable}%&#xA;                                        &amp;amp; E \tabularnewline&#xA;F                                 &amp;amp; G \tabularnewline&#xA;\end{longtable}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;EDIT 1&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Based on @Herbert's suggestion to use tabular for the inner table, here is my modification. However, the rule does not appear. :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{array,longtable,calc}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{longtable}{|*{2}{m{0.5\linewidth}|}}&#xA;\hline%&#xA;\begin{tabular}%&#xA;{|*{2}{m{0.5\linewidth}|}}&#xA;\hline%&#xA;A &amp;amp; B\tabularnewline\hline&#xA;C &amp;amp; D\tabularnewline\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}%&#xA;                                        &amp;amp; E \tabularnewline\hline&#xA;F                                 &amp;amp; G \tabularnewline\hline&#xA;\end{longtable}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-30T05:48:22.363" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T05:48:22.363" Title="How to nest tables?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;nesting&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7959" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7834" CreationDate="2010-12-30T07:00:47.727" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Due to technical reasons (or let's say bidirectional typesetting bugs of XeTeX), you need to put list-like environment inside \parbox or minipage environment. Therefore the solution is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{bidi}&#xA;\setRTL&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|p{5cm}|}&#xA;  \hline&#xA;  \textbf{item 1:} These are some texts to just fill in the first line.&#xA;   \tabularnewline&#xA;   this is the second Item which still needs to be indented&#xA;\parbox{5cm}{\leavevmode%&#xA;   \begin{itemize}&#xA;    \item item 1&#xA;\item item 2&#xA;   \end{itemize}}&#xA; \\ \hline &#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{bidi}&#xA;\setRTL&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|p{5cm}|}&#xA;  \hline&#xA;  \textbf{item 1:} These are some texts to just fill in the first line.&#xA;   \tabularnewline&#xA;   this is the second Item which still needs to be indented&#xA;\begin{minipage}{5cm}&#xA;   \begin{itemize}&#xA;    \item item 1&#xA;\item item 2&#xA;   \end{itemize}&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA; \\ \hline &#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2716" LastActivityDate="2010-12-30T07:00:47.727" />
  <row Id="7960" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7956" CreationDate="2010-12-30T07:00:49.073" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;try this, if it is not too small:&#xA;&lt;code&gt;\resizebox{\linewidth}{!}{$ ...formula ...}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-30T07:00:49.073" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7962" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7958" CreationDate="2010-12-30T07:24:28.810" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;use not the minimal class, then there are no font informations for the lines. Hoiwever, you cannot use for all tables vertical lines, then they are overwritten and sometiomes with a gap.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{array,longtable,calc}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{longtable}{|@{}*{2}{m{0.5\linewidth}|}}\hline&#xA;\begin{tabular}{m{0.5\linewidth-\tabcolsep}|m{0.5\linewidth-\tabcolsep}@{}}&#xA;A &amp;amp; B\\\hline&#xA;C &amp;amp; D&#xA;\end{tabular}%&#xA;     &amp;amp; E \tabularnewline\hline&#xA;\hspace{\tabcolsep}F       &amp;amp; G \tabularnewline\hline&#xA;\end{longtable}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-30T07:24:28.810" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7963" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="449" CreationDate="2010-12-30T07:28:22.937" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It actually depends on what class you use, for instance, for article.cls, you can have:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{color}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}%&#xA;                                   {-3.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}%&#xA;                                   {2.3ex \@plus.2ex}%&#xA;                                   {\normalfont\Large\bfseries\color{red}}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\section{This is a section}&#xA;This is a test&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2716" LastActivityDate="2010-12-30T07:28:22.937" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7964" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7958" CreationDate="2010-12-30T08:31:41.127" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;For the sake of completeness :-)&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/0leWL.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[final,cmyk,table]{article}&#xA;\usepackage%&#xA;[%&#xA;a0paper,&#xA;margin=0cm%&#xA;]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\usepackage{longtable}&#xA;\usepackage{calc}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand\ratio[2]{%&#xA;  \strip@pt\dimexpr#1pt/#2\relax&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother  &#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\setlength{\arrayrulewidth}{1pt}&#xA;\setlength{\tabcolsep}{5pt}&#xA;\arrayrulecolor{red}&#xA;&#xA;\newcolumntype{S}[1]%&#xA;{%&#xA;    &amp;gt;{%&#xA;         \begin{minipage}%&#xA;         {%&#xA;            #1\linewidth-2\tabcolsep-2\arrayrulewidth%&#xA;         }%&#xA;         \vspace{\tabcolsep}%&#xA;    }%&#xA;    c%&#xA;    &amp;lt;{%&#xA;         \vspace{\tabcolsep}%&#xA;         \end{minipage}%&#xA;    }%&#xA;}%&#xA;&#xA;\newcolumntype{O}[1]%&#xA;{%&#xA;    &amp;gt;{%&#xA;        \begin{minipage}%&#xA;        {%&#xA;             #1\linewidth-2\tabcolsep-1.5\arrayrulewidth%&#xA;        }%&#xA;        \vspace{\tabcolsep}%&#xA;    }%&#xA;    c%&#xA;    &amp;lt;{%&#xA;         \vspace{\tabcolsep}%&#xA;         \end{minipage}%&#xA;    }%&#xA;}%&#xA;&#xA;\newcolumntype{I}[1]%&#xA;{%&#xA;    &amp;gt;{%&#xA;        \begin{minipage}%&#xA;        {%&#xA;            #1\linewidth-2\tabcolsep-\arrayrulewidth%&#xA;        }%&#xA;        \vspace{\tabcolsep}%&#xA;    }%&#xA;    c%&#xA;    &amp;lt;{%&#xA;        \vspace{\tabcolsep}%&#xA;        \end{minipage}%&#xA;    }%&#xA;}%&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{MyCrazyTable}[3]%&#xA;{%    &#xA;    \begin{tabular}%&#xA;    {%&#xA;        |&amp;gt;{\centering}O{\ratio{#2}{#1}}%&#xA;        |&amp;gt;{\centering}O{\ratio{#3}{#1}}%&#xA;        |%&#xA;    }%&#xA;    \hline\ignorespaces%&#xA;}%&#xA;{%&#xA;    \end{tabular}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\myrow}{%&#xA;\includegraphics[width=\linewidth]{newton}%&#xA;&amp;amp;%&#xA;\includegraphics[width=\linewidth]{newton}%&#xA;\tabularnewline\hline%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\noindent%&#xA;\begin{longtable}{|S{1}|}&#xA;\hline&#xA;\begin{MyCrazyTable}{2}{1}{1}%&#xA;\begin{MyCrazyTable}{2}{1}{1}%&#xA;\begin{MyCrazyTable}{2}{1}{1}%&#xA;\begin{MyCrazyTable}{2}{1}{1}%&#xA;\begin{MyCrazyTable}{2}{1}{1}%&#xA;\begin{MyCrazyTable}{2}{1}{1}%&#xA;...                &amp;amp; F\tabularnewline\hline&#xA;\myrow&#xA;\end{MyCrazyTable} &amp;amp; F\tabularnewline\hline&#xA;\myrow&#xA;\end{MyCrazyTable} &amp;amp; F\tabularnewline\hline&#xA;\myrow&#xA;\end{MyCrazyTable} &amp;amp; F\tabularnewline\hline&#xA;\myrow&#xA;\end{MyCrazyTable} &amp;amp; F\tabularnewline\hline&#xA;\myrow&#xA;\end{MyCrazyTable} &amp;amp; F\tabularnewline\hline&#xA;\myrow&#xA;\end{MyCrazyTable}&#xA;\tabularnewline\hline&#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%&#xA;\begin{MyCrazyTable}{2}{1}{1}%&#xA;\begin{MyCrazyTable}{2}{1}{1}%&#xA;\begin{MyCrazyTable}{2}{1}{1}%&#xA;\begin{MyCrazyTable}{2}{1}{1}%&#xA;\begin{MyCrazyTable}{2}{1}{1}%&#xA;\begin{MyCrazyTable}{2}{1}{1}%&#xA;...                &amp;amp; F\tabularnewline\hline&#xA;\myrow&#xA;\end{MyCrazyTable} &amp;amp; F\tabularnewline\hline&#xA;\myrow&#xA;\end{MyCrazyTable} &amp;amp; F\tabularnewline\hline&#xA;\myrow&#xA;\end{MyCrazyTable} &amp;amp; F\tabularnewline\hline&#xA;\myrow&#xA;\end{MyCrazyTable} &amp;amp; F\tabularnewline\hline&#xA;\myrow&#xA;\end{MyCrazyTable} &amp;amp; F\tabularnewline\hline&#xA;\myrow&#xA;\end{MyCrazyTable}&#xA;\tabularnewline\hline&#xA;\end{longtable}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;I used this image and renamed it as newton.jpg&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/T02uR.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-30T10:09:08.137" LastActivityDate="2010-12-30T10:09:08.137" />
  <row Id="7965" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7953" CreationDate="2010-12-30T08:53:26.660" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/pgfplots&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;pgfplots&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package can be particularly heavy on TeX's memory, especially if you are creating plots with lots of data points. Indeed, there is a section in the &lt;code&gt;pgfplots&lt;/code&gt; manual about expanding TeX's memory. However, that does not mean that expanding TeX's memory is the best solution. Instead, I would recommend using the 'externalization' approach (section 7.1 of the &lt;code&gt;pgfplots&lt;/code&gt; manual).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The idea of externalization is to compile each plot as a separate TeX job. This leads to a graphic which can be used in the main job. Thus each plot has its own memory requirement, separate from all of the other plots. This usually avoids needing to make TeX's memory bigger. At the same time, the resulting files can be kept between TeX runs, which will speed up compilation for the second and subsequent runs. The latest version of the externalization system needs you to do two things. First, you put&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepgfplotslibrary{external} &#xA;\tikzexternalize&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in your preamble, to turn the system on. Secondly, you will need to enable 'shell escape'. This is done at the command line by adding the &lt;code&gt;-shell-escape&lt;/code&gt; switch:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;pdflatex -shell-escape &amp;lt;filename&amp;gt;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The same can be done in LaTeX editors: there is usually a place in the settings for this type of thing. I'll just add that shell escape does has some security implications: use only with documents that you trust!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-12-30T08:53:26.660" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7966" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7971" CreationDate="2010-12-30T09:07:24.763" Score="3" ViewCount="289" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need to know the correct way of handling vertical alignment in TIKZ. Let me elaborate an example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath,tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;          \node (A1) at (0,4) {($\overset{\surd}{1}$ \indent 2)};&#xA;          \node (B1) at (0,3) {($\overset{\surd}{3}$ \indent 4)};&#xA;&#xA;          \node (A) at (2,4) {$\phi_1$} ;&#xA;          \node (B) at (2,3) {$\phi_2$} ;&#xA;&#xA;          \draw [-&amp;gt;, line width=1pt] (A) -- (A1)&#xA;        node [near start, above]&#xA;            {&#xA;                \footnotesize{R1}&#xA;            };&#xA;&#xA;            \node (A2) at (6,4) {$7^1$ \indent $8^1$ \indent $3^1$ \indent $4^1$\indent $\parallel$ 2};&#xA;            \node (B2) at (6,3) {$1^3$ \indent $2^3$ \indent $5^3$ \indent $6^3$\indent $\parallel$ 4};&#xA;&#xA;            %fake caption&#xA;            \node at (8,4.5) {fake};&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which results in this:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/TyQMN.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Output of the code&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I just want to know is ther any way to force the lines into a bottom line here so that &lt;code&gt;$\phi_1$&lt;/code&gt; and the left would be aligned? Should I use phantom to do so or is there any thing better I am unaware of?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;The next point is about the word &quot;fake&quot; in the top right corner. I want it over the &quot;2&quot; but I have placed it as a node. I could use &lt;code&gt;\overset{fake}{\overline{2}}&lt;/code&gt; to have a &quot;fake&quot; above the &quot;2&quot; but it pushes the line to the left which is not desired. And as you might have guessed I also need a line between &quot;fake&quot; and &quot;2&quot; should I use &lt;code&gt;\overline{2}&lt;/code&gt;?   &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2244" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-31T04:25:01.947" LastActivityDate="2010-12-31T04:25:01.947" Title="Aligning text vertically in Tikz" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="7967" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7956" CreationDate="2010-12-30T09:17:50.167" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To resize long line you, possibly, may want to do that like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newbox\formBox&#xA;&#xA;\def\forMULA#1{%&#xA;  \setbox\formBox=\hbox{#1}%&#xA;    \centerline{%&#xA;      \ifdim\wd\formBox&amp;gt;\linewidth%&#xA;        \resizebox{\linewidth}{!}{#1}%&#xA;      \else%&#xA;        #1%&#xA;      \fi}}&#xA;&#xA;\forMULA{$\exists C\forall f(f\in C\Leftrightarrow f\in\ms{F}\wedge (\forall x\forall y)((x\in\dom f\wedge y\in\dom f\Rightarrow x=y)\wedge(\forall z)(z\in\dom f\Rightarrow \op{z}{z}\in f))).$}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This inserts (for testing purpose) your formula into a box and tests if this box's dimension exceeds &lt;code&gt;\linewidth&lt;/code&gt;. If so, scales it to fit. If not, inserts unscaled.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\centerline&lt;/code&gt; is used to prevent &lt;code&gt;\parindent&lt;/code&gt; (you may want to use &lt;code&gt;\noindent&lt;/code&gt; instead --- if you don't need the content to be centered).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You also need to &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{graphicx}&lt;/code&gt; --- to have &lt;code&gt;\resizebox&lt;/code&gt; available.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But if you want to center long line (to fly out over margins equally) you may use the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newbox\formBox&#xA;\newskip\formSkip&#xA;&#xA;\def\forMULAE#1{%&#xA;  \setbox\formBox=\hbox{#1}%&#xA;  \centerline{%&#xA;  \ifdim\wd\formBox&amp;gt;\linewidth%&#xA;    \setlength{\formSkip}{{\wd\formBox - \linewidth}/2}%&#xA;    \begingroup\leftskip=-\formSkip #1\endgroup%&#xA;  \else%&#xA;    #1% &#xA;  \fi}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This requires to &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{calc}&lt;/code&gt; also.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2710" LastEditorUserId="2710" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-30T09:38:58.737" LastActivityDate="2010-12-30T09:38:58.737" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7968" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7941" CreationDate="2010-12-30T09:45:39.587" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the LaTeX-step (from tex to dvi) LaTeX needs to know only the size of the image. As an eps is a simple text file, LaTeX can read the file and find the bounding box informations. With binary image formats this is not possible. But if you give the bounding box informations to LaTeX - either with the bb-key or with a .bb-file - LaTeX will happily process every image:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\includegraphics[bb = 0 0 100 100]{dontexit.exotic}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the second step (dvi to ps or pdf or ...) the real images are inserted and which formats can be handled in this step depends on the driver (dvips, dvipdfmx, ....). Some of them (dvips) can handle eps natively, some can handle png, some of them can call converters in the background (e.g. dvipdfmx can call ghostscript to handle eps).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-12-30T09:45:39.587" />
  <row Id="7969" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7981" CreationDate="2010-12-30T10:19:16.860" Score="0" ViewCount="94" Body="&lt;p&gt;How to use &lt;code&gt;\cutout&lt;/code&gt; command in shapepar package?&#xA;I need a cut on the right side of the page (square format).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1940" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-13T01:30:34.857" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T01:30:34.857" Title="How to use \cutout command in shapepar package?" Tags="&lt;shapepar&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7970" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7972" CreationDate="2010-12-30T10:25:57.257" Score="2" ViewCount="59" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a document which under normal conditions compiles into a reasonably-sized output - 1 MB PDF and 2 MB PS.  I need to add two raster images, also reasonably-sized - About 150 KB JPG each.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried the simple approach, and converted the images to PDF and PS.  The graphical results are excellent, but the output grew in size to 2 MB PDF and 8 MB PS (!).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is the best strategy for converting and including these images in the document, that will not blow up the size of the output significantly?  Ideally, I prefer to have both a DVI-&gt;PS output and PDF output, but only the PDF is a must.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1527" LastActivityDate="2010-12-30T11:42:37.083" Title="Adding raster images to a document increases the output size unproportionally" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;size&gt;&lt;ps&gt;&lt;jpg&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="7971" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7966" CreationDate="2010-12-30T10:29:59.187" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I assume you're using &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; for the &lt;code&gt;\overset&lt;/code&gt;.  To get the alignment right, stick a &lt;code&gt;[every node/.style = {anchor = base}]&lt;/code&gt; as an argument to &lt;code&gt;{tikzpicture}&lt;/code&gt;, and to make the arrow from &lt;code&gt;\phi&lt;/code&gt; work, you should change its target to &lt;code&gt;(A-|A1.east)&lt;/code&gt; (this specifies the point which is at the intersection of a horizontal line from A and a vertical line through A1.east, which gives a nice flat arrow).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For your second question, I suggest you abandon your current approach and use some TikZ libraries.  In particular, you should use &lt;code&gt;chains&lt;/code&gt; to get nodes in a line easily and with any spacing you like, and &lt;code&gt;positioning&lt;/code&gt; to put the &quot;fake&quot; in the right place.  Once you do that, you can use a &lt;code&gt;\draw&lt;/code&gt; command to get the line you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've also used &lt;code&gt;scopes&lt;/code&gt; to simplify the code.  It allows me to write braces &lt;code&gt;{...}&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\begin{scope}...\end{scope}&lt;/code&gt;.  (If you don't know: scopes in TikZ allow you to pass optional arguments which take effect locally.)  Final code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath,tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{chains, scopes, positioning}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA; [every node/.style = {anchor = base}]&#xA;      \node (A1) at (0,4) {($\overset{\surd}{1}$ \quad 2)};&#xA;      \node (B1) at (0,3) {($\overset{\surd}{3}$ \quad 4)};&#xA;&#xA;      \node (A) at (2,4) {$\phi_1$} ;&#xA;      \node (B) at (2,3) {$\phi_2$} ;&#xA;&#xA;      \draw [-&amp;gt;, line width=1pt] (A) -- (A-|A1.east)&#xA;       node [near start, above]&#xA;        {&#xA;            \footnotesize{R1}&#xA;        };&#xA;&#xA;      { [start chain, every node/.append style = on chain, node distance = 1em]&#xA;       \node at (4,4) {$7^1$};&#xA;       \node {$8^1$}; \node {$3^1$}; \node {$4^1$}; \node {$\parallel$};&#xA;       \node (two) {$2$};&#xA;      }&#xA;      { [start chain, every node/.append style = on chain, node distance = 1em]&#xA;       \node at (4,3) {$1^3$};&#xA;       \node {$2^3$}; \node {$5^3$}; \node {$6^3$}; \node {$\parallel$}; \node {$4$};&#xA;      }&#xA;&#xA;      \node (fake) [above = 1ex of two.north] {fake};&#xA;      \draw (fake.south east) -- (fake.south west);&#xA;&#xA;      \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="575" LastEditorUserId="575" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-30T11:38:44.700" LastActivityDate="2010-12-30T11:38:44.700" CommentCount="14" />
  <row Id="7972" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7970" CreationDate="2010-12-30T10:35:40.550" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;code&gt;jpeg2ps&lt;/code&gt; utility to convert JPEG images to EPS format. It does not uncompress the images.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2010-12-30T10:35:40.550" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7973" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7725" CreationDate="2010-12-30T10:50:40.050" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is a variant with &lt;code&gt;pstricks&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;eso-pic&lt;/code&gt; packages:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{calc}&#xA;\usepackage{pstricks}&#xA;\usepackage[texcoord]{eso-pic}&#xA;&#xA;% ...&#xA;&#xA;\newdimen\botX&#xA;\newdimen\rightY&#xA;&#xA;\setlength{\botX}{\paperwidth-1.3in}&#xA;\setlength{\rightY}{-\paperheight+1.3in}&#xA;&#xA;\AddToShipoutPicture{%&#xA;  \psframe[&#xA;      linewidth=0pt,linecolor=lightgray,&#xA;      fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=lightgray]&#xA;    (0,0)(\paperwidth,-\paperheight)&#xA;  \psframe[&#xA;      linewidth=0pt,linecolor=white,&#xA;      fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=white]&#xA;    (1.3in,-1.3in)(\botX,\rightY)&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It would be better to ask TeX for exact margins (in example above i took exact margins i've provided to &lt;code&gt;geometry&lt;/code&gt; package).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the other hand --- it's possible to make shaded area smaller or like that. Round corner, let's say .-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2710" LastActivityDate="2010-12-30T10:50:40.050" />
  <row Id="7975" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7966" CreationDate="2010-12-30T10:56:28.453" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This &lt;strong&gt;exact&lt;/strong&gt; problem is discussed in &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/graphics/pgf/base/doc/generic/pgf/pgfmanual.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pgfmanual&lt;/a&gt; (you can read it running &lt;code&gt;texdoc pgf&lt;/code&gt; in bash, also) in &quot;3 Tutorial: A Petri-Net for Hagen&quot; (pg. 37) and in &quot;5 Tutorial: Putting a Diagram in Chains&quot; (pg. 56). Two placing methods discussed there are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;3.8 Placing Nodes Using Relative Placement&lt;/strong&gt; - works like this. You use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\node (waiting) {};&#xA;\node (critical) [below of waiting] {};&#xA;\node (leave critical) [right of waiting] {};&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to place the first node, and every following one in relative positioning to that 1st one, or any other node you name.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;5.3 Aligning the Nodes Using Matrices&lt;/strong&gt; - is done this way&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\matrix[row sep=1mm,column sep=5mm] {&#xA;% First row:&#xA;&amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; \node [terminal] {+}; &amp;amp; \\&#xA;% Second row:&#xA;\node [nonterminal] {unsigned integer}; &amp;amp;&#xA;\node [terminal] {.}; &amp;amp;&#xA;\node [terminal] {digit};  &amp;amp;&#xA;\node [terminal] {E}; &amp;amp;&#xA;                      &amp;amp;&#xA;\node [nonterminal] {unsigned integer}; \\&#xA;% Third row:&#xA;&amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; \node [terminal] {-}; &amp;amp; \\&#xA;};&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You actually add nodes in matrix, like you would add values in tables - members of rows and columns are therefore aligned appropriately. In combination with &lt;code&gt;row sep&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;column sep&lt;/code&gt; and leaving atoms in matrix empty you can modify spaces between particular items in matrix.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1996" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-30T13:20:24.413" LastActivityDate="2010-12-30T13:20:24.413" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7976" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7970" CreationDate="2010-12-30T11:14:11.800" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You may use &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4979/convert-gif-image-to-png-on-the-fly/7913#7913&quot;&gt;this approach&lt;/a&gt;, but for conversion use this command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;`convert -compress zip #1 eps2:-&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It requires ImageMagick's &lt;code&gt;convert&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2710" LastEditorUserId="2710" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-30T11:42:37.083" LastActivityDate="2010-12-30T11:42:37.083" />
  <row Id="7977" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-30T11:27:28.477" Score="1" ViewCount="156" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm writing my thesis with the document class scrbook from koma-script and want to use the package ltablex (= longtable + tabularx) for setting long tables with automatic page break calculation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, I'm struggling with two problems:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Why is the caption a bit longer than &lt;code&gt;\linewidth&lt;/code&gt; (please see minimal document below)?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Why do I get an latex error when I use &lt;code&gt;\caption[short]{long caption}&lt;/code&gt; with ltxtable?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you very much for your help in advance!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% Please find below a minimal latex document, that shows the problem&#xA;%&#xA;\RequirePackage[l2tabu,orthodox]{nag}&#xA;\documentclass[pagesize=pdftex,ngerman,english,paper=a5,fontsize=10pt,%&#xA;               DIV=calc,BCOR=4mm,twoside,headinclude,footinclude,open=right,%&#xA;               parskip=half,numbers=noenddot,headings=small]{scrbook}&#xA;&#xA;% Geometry&#xA;\usepackage[showframe]{geometry} % showframes for debugging reasons&#xA;&#xA;% Input and font encoding, Babel&#xA;\usepackage{cmap}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[ngerman,english]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{lmodern,textcomp}&#xA;&#xA;% Tables&#xA;\usepackage[NewCommands]{ragged2e}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\usepackage{tabularx,longtable,ltablex}&#xA;\usepackage{booktabs}&#xA;&#xA;% Misc. packages&#xA;\usepackage[pdftex,final]{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath,bm}&#xA;\usepackage[babel,final]{microtype}&#xA;\usepackage{fixltx2e,ellipsis}&#xA;\usepackage{subfigure}&#xA;\usepackage{acronym}&#xA;&#xA;% Hyperref&#xA;\usepackage[pdftex=true,pdfpagemode=UseNone,pdfpagelayout=TwoPageRight,%&#xA;            pdfcenterwindow=true,pdffitwindow=true,colorlinks=true]{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;% Note: Not all of the above packages are used in this minimal example. They&#xA;%       are included for debug reasosn, because they are used in the final&#xA;%       document.&#xA;&#xA;% ----------------------------------------------------------------------------&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;%\listoftables&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{First Chapter}&#xA;\begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{XXXX}&#xA;&#xA;%This is the caption of the table...&#xA;\caption{Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat, sed diam voluptua.} \\ % This works.&#xA;&#xA;%\caption[Lorem ipsum]{Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat, sed diam voluptua.} \\ % This doesn't works!&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;%This is the header for the first page of the table...&#xA;  \toprule&#xA;  \textbf{A} &amp;amp; \textbf{B} &amp;amp; \textbf{C} &amp;amp; \textbf{D} \\&#xA;  \midrule&#xA;\endfirsthead&#xA;&#xA;%This is the header for the remaining page(s) of the table...&#xA;  \multicolumn{4}{l}{{\tablename} \thetable{}: \ldots Continued from previous page} \\&#xA;  \toprule&#xA;  \textbf{A} &amp;amp; \textbf{B} &amp;amp; \textbf{C} &amp;amp; \textbf{D} \\&#xA;  \midrule&#xA;\endhead&#xA;&#xA;%This is the footer for all pages except the last page of the table...&#xA;  \midrule&#xA;  \multicolumn{4}{r}{Continued on next page\ldots} \\&#xA;  \midrule&#xA;\endfoot&#xA;&#xA;%This is the footer for the last page of the table...&#xA;  \bottomrule&#xA;\endlastfoot&#xA;&#xA;%Now the data...&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; 4 \\&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; 4 \\&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; 4 \\&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; 4 \\&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; 4 \\&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; 4 \\&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; 4 \\&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; 4 \\&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; 4 \\&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; 4 \\&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; 4 \\&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; 4 \\&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; 4 \\&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; 4 \\&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; 4 \\&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; 4 \\&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; 4 \\&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; 4 \\&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; 4 \\&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; 4 \\&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; 4 \\&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; 4 \\&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; 4 \\&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; 4 \\&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; 4 \\&#xA;\end{tabularx}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2722" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-30T11:53:20.370" LastActivityDate="2011-01-01T20:08:39.157" Title="ltablex + \caption[]{...} = error or bug?" Tags="&lt;captions&gt;&lt;koma-script&gt;&lt;longtable&gt;&lt;tabularx&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7978" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7725" CreationDate="2010-12-30T11:36:32.117" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In ConTeXt, this can be done using&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\setupbackgrounds[page][background=color,backgroundcolor=red]&#xA;\setupbackgrounds[text][background=color,backgroundcolor=white]&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first line sets the background color of the entire page to red, and the second line sets the background color of the text area to white. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2010-12-30T11:36:32.117" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7979" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7977" CreationDate="2010-12-30T12:12:56.937" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Answer 1: This seems to be a problem with the longtable package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrbook}&#xA;&#xA;% Geometry&#xA;\usepackage[showframe]{geometry} % showframes for debugging reasons&#xA;&#xA;% Tables&#xA;\usepackage{longtable,booktabs}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;%\listoftables&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{First Chapter}&#xA;\begin{longtable}{llll}&#xA;&#xA;%This is the caption of the table...&#xA;\caption{Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing eltr, sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat, sed diam voluptua.} \\&#xA;&#xA;%This is the header for the first page of the table...&#xA;  \toprule&#xA;  \textbf{A} &amp; \textbf{B} &amp; \textbf{C} &amp; \textbf{D} \\&#xA;  \midrule&#xA;\endhead&#xA;&#xA;%This is the footer for all pages except the last page of the table...&#xA;  \midrule&#xA;  \multicolumn{4}{r}{Continued on next page\ldots} \\&#xA;  \midrule&#xA;\endfoot&#xA;&#xA;%This is the footer for the last page of the table...&#xA;  \bottomrule&#xA;\endlastfoot&#xA;&#xA;%Now the data...&#xA;1 &amp; 2 &amp; 3 &amp; 4 \\&#xA;1 &amp; 2 &amp; 3 &amp; 4 \\&#xA;1 &amp; 2 &amp; 3 &amp; 4 \\&#xA;\end{longtable}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Will do further examination on this week-end...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Addendum: This is because of the extra space between &lt;code&gt;\caption{...}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt;. The longtable does not ignore it (design flaw), so you have to remove it to get a proper alignment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Answer 2: The ltablex package redefines &lt;code&gt;\caption&lt;/code&gt; in a way which does not support using the optional argument. So it's a bug in ltablex.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Addendum: This bug could be fixed by replacing &lt;code&gt;\def\caption{\\}&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand\caption[1][]{\\}&lt;/code&gt; inside ltablex.sty. Either do a copy of ltablex.sty to myltablex.sty and make the change in myltablex.sty, or use this very dirty patch in the preamble of your document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\begingroup&#xA;\long\def\x#1\TX@verb#2\edef#3\endhead#4\@nil{%&#xA;  \endgroup&#xA;  \def\TX@endtabularx{%&#xA;    #1\TX@verb&#xA;    \def\@elt####1{\global\value{####1}\the\value{####1}\relax}%&#xA;    \edef#3\endhead&#xA;    \renewcommand\caption[1][]{\\}%&#xA;    #4}%&#xA;}&#xA;\expandafter\x\TX@endtabularx\@nil&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I'm sure a TeX wizard can advance this one.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2574" LastEditorUserId="2574" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-01T20:08:39.157" LastActivityDate="2011-01-01T20:08:39.157" />
  <row Id="7981" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7969" CreationDate="2010-12-30T12:28:40.453" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Please read the manual first. Here is a simple example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{shapepar}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\cutout{r}(-4em,5\baselineskip)\shapepar{\squareshape}&#xA;cut cut cut cut cut cut cut cut cut cut cut cut cut cut cut cut&#xA;cut cut cut cut cut cut cut cut cut cut cut cut\par&#xA;text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2010-12-30T12:28:40.453" />
  <row Id="7984" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7117" CreationDate="2010-12-30T13:47:18.407" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/WJqPD.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[final,cmyk,table]{article}&#xA;\usepackage%&#xA;[%&#xA;margin=1cm%&#xA;]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\usepackage{longtable}&#xA;\usepackage{calc}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand\ratio[2]{%&#xA;  \strip@pt\dimexpr#1pt/#2\relax&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother  &#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\setlength{\arrayrulewidth}{0.4pt}%border width&#xA;\setlength{\tabcolsep}{5pt}%padding &#xA;\arrayrulecolor{red}%frame color&#xA;&#xA;\newcolumntype{S}[1]%&#xA;{%&#xA;        &amp;gt;{%&#xA;            \begin{minipage}%&#xA;        {%&#xA;                #1\linewidth-2\tabcolsep-2\arrayrulewidth%&#xA;        }%&#xA;        \vspace{\tabcolsep}%&#xA;    }%&#xA;    c%&#xA;    &amp;lt;{%&#xA;            \vspace{\tabcolsep}%&#xA;        \end{minipage}%&#xA;    }%&#xA;}%&#xA;&#xA;\newcolumntype{O}[1]%&#xA;{%&#xA;        &amp;gt;{%&#xA;            \begin{minipage}%&#xA;        {%&#xA;                #1\linewidth-2\tabcolsep-1.5\arrayrulewidth%&#xA;        }%&#xA;        \vspace{\tabcolsep}%&#xA;    }%&#xA;    c%&#xA;    &amp;lt;{%&#xA;            \vspace{\tabcolsep}%&#xA;        \end{minipage}%&#xA;    }%&#xA;}%&#xA;&#xA;\newcolumntype{I}[1]%&#xA;{%&#xA;        &amp;gt;{%&#xA;            \begin{minipage}%&#xA;        {%&#xA;                #1\linewidth-2\tabcolsep-\arrayrulewidth%&#xA;        }%&#xA;        \vspace{\tabcolsep}%&#xA;    }%&#xA;    c%&#xA;    &amp;lt;{%&#xA;            \vspace{\tabcolsep}%&#xA;        \end{minipage}%&#xA;    }%&#xA;}%&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{MyTable}[4]%&#xA;{%    &#xA;    \begin{longtable}%&#xA;    {%&#xA;        |&amp;gt;{\raggedleft\textit\bgroup}O{\ratio{#2}{#1}}&amp;lt;{\egroup}%&#xA;        |&amp;gt;{}I{\ratio{#3}{#1}}&amp;lt;{}%&#xA;        |&amp;gt;{}O{\ratio{#4}{#1}}&amp;lt;{}%&#xA;        |%&#xA;    }%&#xA;    \hline\ignorespaces%&#xA;}%&#xA;{%&#xA;    \end{longtable}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{table}&#xA;    %HORIZONTAL fraction distribution:&#xA;    %margin left        : 1 &#xA;    %margin right       : 1&#xA;    %first column       : 4&#xA;    %second column  : 1&#xA;    %third column       : 2&#xA;    %TOTAL                  : 9&#xA;&#xA;    %format: {Total}{first}{second}{third}&#xA;  \begin{MyTable}{9}{4}{1}{2}   &#xA;        ~\hfill\bf Species\hfill~ &amp;amp; ~\hfill\bf Abbrev.\hfill~ &amp;amp;~\hfill\bf Common Name\hfill~\tabularnewline\hline&#xA;        Arabidopsis thaliana            &amp;amp; At            &amp;amp; Thale cress \tabularnewline&#xA;        Oryza sativa                            &amp;amp; Os            &amp;amp; Rice \tabularnewline&#xA;        Brachypodium distachyon     &amp;amp; Bd            &amp;amp; Purple false brome \tabularnewline&#xA;        Glycine max                             &amp;amp; Gm            &amp;amp; Soybean \tabularnewline&#xA;        Vitis vinifera                      &amp;amp; Vv            &amp;amp; Grape \tabularnewline&#xA;        Sorghum bicolor                     &amp;amp; Sb            &amp;amp; Sorghum \tabularnewline&#xA;        Medicago truncatula             &amp;amp; Mt            &amp;amp; Barrel clover \tabularnewline&#xA;        Zea mays                                    &amp;amp; Zm            &amp;amp; Maize \tabularnewline&#xA;        \hline&#xA;  \end{MyTable}&#xA;  \caption{This study presents a comprehensive analysis of the intron distribution in these 8 model plant species.}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2010-12-30T13:47:18.407" />
  <row Id="7986" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7725" CreationDate="2010-12-30T13:53:51.487" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;And here an example without pstricks:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{eso-pic,xcolor,lipsum}&#xA;\pagecolor{red}&#xA;\AddToShipoutPictureBG{%&#xA; \AtTextLowerLeft{\color{white}%&#xA;  \rule[-\footskip]{\textwidth}{\dimexpr\textheight+\footskip}}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-12-30T13:53:51.487" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7987" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-30T15:06:05.053" Score="1" ViewCount="124" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to submit a preprint to arXiv, and the compiler there fails to convert it to PDF (although WinEdt at home has no complaints). Moreover, the log file didn't provide me with meaningful information as to what precisely had gone wrong. My theory is that their compiler doesn't like my eps files, which contain images drawn using &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.xara.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Xara&lt;/a&gt; (I can think of no other reason why my preprint would compile to a ps but not to a pdf). There are a lot of eps files included- 131 of them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;Has anyone encountered similar problems submitting papers with eps images drawn using Xara? Is that indeed the likely problem? Is there a fix? Is there a fix that can be carried out without editing 131 eps files by hand?&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt; &#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;UPDATE&lt;/b&gt;: I think I figured it out, by constructing a minimal failing example, and forcing it to work. It's the TIFF preview which causes the problem. Now I'm stripping it from each eps file, one by one...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="480" LastEditorUserId="480" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-30T19:26:54.317" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T20:38:49.977" Title="Including eps files written on Xara" Tags="&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;eps&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7988" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7987" CreationDate="2010-12-30T15:36:15.760" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have no idea what Xara is...Try converting your eps files to pdf (Use psfrag and fragmaster, if you can't find another way) and then submit again with the pdfs. That will at least diagnose the  problem...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastActivityDate="2010-12-30T15:36:15.760" />
  <row Id="7989" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7987" CreationDate="2010-12-30T16:43:59.653" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The arXiv site doesn't say much about how they actually generate pdf. But it sounds as if they would use latex-dvips-distiller. In this case my first suspect would be the fonts of the eps. But without a complete minimal failing example document and one of the problematic eps it will be very difficult to say more. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-12-30T16:43:59.653" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7990" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7991" CreationDate="2010-12-30T16:45:57.543" Score="2" ViewCount="147" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to simplify my code below by creating a local variable as a temporary container to save the value of &lt;code&gt;\numexpr#1+#2+#3+#4+#5}&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[dvips,dvipsnames,rgb,table]{book}&#xA;\usepackage[a4paper,hmargin=20mm,vmargin=20mm]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{longtable}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\usepackage{calc}&#xA;\usepackage{lscape}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{pstricks,pst-node}&#xA;\newpsstyle{gridstyle}{%&#xA;gridwidth=0.4pt,%default: 0.8pt&#xA;gridcolor=Red!20,%default: black&#xA;griddots=0,%default: 0 &#xA;%&#xA;gridlabels=3pt,%default: 10pt&#xA;gridlabelcolor=Blue,%default: black&#xA;%&#xA;subgriddiv=5,%default: 5&#xA;subgridwidth=0.2pt,%default: 0.4pt&#xA;subgridcolor=Green!20,%default: gray&#xA;subgriddots=0%default: 0&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand\ratio[2]{\strip@pt\dimexpr#1pt/#2\relax}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\setlength{\tabcolsep}{8pt}&#xA;\setlength{\arrayrulewidth}{0.5pt}&#xA;\arrayrulecolor{Red}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\newcounter{No}&#xA;\renewcommand{\theNo}{\arabic{No}}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\newcolumntype{S}[1]%&#xA;{%&#xA;    &amp;gt;{\begin{minipage}{#1\linewidth-2\tabcolsep-2\arrayrulewidth}\vspace{\tabcolsep}}%&#xA;  c%&#xA;  &amp;lt;{\vspace{\tabcolsep}\end{minipage}}%&#xA;}%&#xA;\newcolumntype{O}[1]%&#xA;{%&#xA;    &amp;gt;{\begin{minipage}{#1\linewidth-2\tabcolsep-1.5\arrayrulewidth}\vspace{\tabcolsep}}%&#xA;  c%&#xA;  &amp;lt;{\vspace{\tabcolsep}\end{minipage}}%&#xA;}%&#xA;\newcolumntype{I}[1]%&#xA;{%&#xA;    &amp;gt;{\begin{minipage}{#1\linewidth-2\tabcolsep-\arrayrulewidth}\vspace{\tabcolsep}}%&#xA;  c%&#xA;  &amp;lt;{\vspace{\tabcolsep}\end{minipage}}%&#xA;}%&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{InlineTable}[5][0]%&#xA;{%    &#xA;    \setcounter{No}{0}%&#xA;    \newcount\ITT&#xA;    \ITT\numexpr#1+#2+#3+#4+#5\relax&#xA;    \begin{longtable}%&#xA;    {%&#xA;            |&amp;gt;{\stepcounter{No}\centering\scriptsize\theNo}O{\ratio{#2}{\ITT}}&amp;lt;{}%&#xA;            |&amp;gt;{\centering}I{\ratio{#3}{\ITT}}&amp;lt;{\input{\jobname.tmp}}%&#xA;            |&amp;gt;{\centering\lstinputlisting{\jobname.tmp}}I{\ratio{#4}{\ITT}}&amp;lt;{}%&#xA;            |&amp;gt;{\scriptsize}O{\ratio{#5}{\ITT}}&amp;lt;{}%&#xA;            |%&#xA;    }%&#xA;    \hline\ignorespaces%&#xA;}%&#xA;{%&#xA;    \end{longtable}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\Comment}[1]{&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;#1\tabularnewline\hline}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\lstset{%&#xA;language={PSTricks},&#xA;alsolanguage={[LaTeX]TeX},&#xA;breaklines=true,&#xA;basicstyle=\ttfamily\scriptsize,%&#xA;keywordstyle=\color{blue},&#xA;backgroundcolor=\color{yellow!30}%&#xA;}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyvrb}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\def\MyRow{%        &#xA;        \VerbatimEnvironment%&#xA;        \begin{VerbatimOut}{\jobname.tmp}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\endMyRow{%&#xA;        \end{VerbatimOut}%      &#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\clearpage&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;%Landscape starts here.&#xA;\begin{landscape}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{InlineTable}[10]{5}{25}{30}{40}%&#xA;%=============&#xA;\begin{MyRow}&#xA;\pspicture*[showgrid](3,3)&#xA;\pnode(1,1){A}&#xA;\pnode(3,3){B}&#xA;\ncline{A}{B}&#xA;\endpspicture&#xA;\end{MyRow}&#xA;\Comment{\lipsum[1]}&#xA;%=============&#xA;\begin{MyRow}&#xA;\begin{pspicture}[showgrid](3,3)&#xA;\psframe*[linecolor=red!30](3,2)&#xA;\end{pspicture}&#xA;\end{MyRow}&#xA;\Comment{\lipsum[2]}&#xA;%=============&#xA;\begin{MyRow}&#xA;\pspicture[showgrid](3,3)&#xA;\psframe*[linecolor=green!30](3,2)&#xA;\endpspicture&#xA;\end{MyRow}&#xA;\Comment{\lipsum[3]}&#xA;%=============&#xA;\begin{MyRow}&#xA;\pspicture[showgrid](3,3)&#xA;\psframe*[linecolor=Yellow](3,2)&#xA;\endpspicture&#xA;\end{MyRow}&#xA;\Comment{%&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;\int_a^b f(x)\, \textrm{d}x=F(b)-F(a)&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;is the fundamental theorem of calculus.&#xA;}&#xA;%=============&#xA;\begin{MyRow}&#xA;\pspicture[showgrid](3,3)&#xA;\psframe*[linecolor=Maroon!30](3,2)&#xA;\endpspicture&#xA;\end{MyRow}&#xA;\Comment{%&#xA;Today I ate burnt bread. It was so delicious.&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;\int_a^b f(x)\, \textrm{d}x=F(b)-F(a)&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;is the fundamental theorem of calculus.&#xA;}&#xA;%=============&#xA;\end{InlineTable}&#xA;\end{landscape}&#xA;%Landscape stops here.&#xA;\pagestyle{plain}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-30T17:00:00.523" LastActivityDate="2010-12-30T17:00:00.523" Title="How to make a local variable in Plain TeX?" Tags="&lt;plain-tex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="7991" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7990" CreationDate="2010-12-30T16:53:50.897" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;LaTeX environments form groups, and so any variable you set within it will be local unless you use &lt;code&gt;\global&lt;/code&gt;. Now, LaTeX counters are set globally, so you'll need a TeX count:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcount\mycount&#xA;...&#xA;\newenvironment{InlineTable}[5][0]%&#xA;{%&#xA;  \mycount\numexpr#1+#2+#3+#4+#5\relax&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-12-30T16:53:50.897" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="7992" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8006" CreationDate="2010-12-30T17:24:12.270" Score="3" ViewCount="212" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm writing a textboox in latex, and I have things like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\textit{some definition}\index{Some Definition}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;all over the place. I'd like to combine them into something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\define{some definition}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and have it expand automagically. So I can have&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\define}[2]{\textit{#1}\index{#2}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which works, but forces me to include both arguments. The second argument is almost always the first argument with the first letter of each word uppercased. How can I write a command which uppercases the first character of each word?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Suggestions of better indexing best practices would also be appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2727" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-30T21:30:21.510" LastActivityDate="2010-12-31T06:50:50.583" Title="Command to uppercase the first letter of each word in a sentence" Tags="&lt;index&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="7993" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5292" CreationDate="2010-12-30T17:30:25.730" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Guys for calculations with TeX/LaTeX I used a CalcTeX package &lt;a href=&quot;http://sg.bzip.pl/CalcTeX/en.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://sg.bzip.pl/CalcTeX/en.html&lt;/a&gt; this package understated elements of TeX/LaTeX language and due this fact is possible make any calculations for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$ a := 1.2 $  text \\&#xA;$ b := 1/b $&#xA;\[&#xA;c:=a^b\cdot \frac{a}{b}&#xA;“\;\;\;”&#xA;c&#xA;\]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is possible to use this package for calculation with units too. Personally, CalcTeX works for me as an simply MathCAD for linux/windows and cell phone.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2728" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-30T19:40:15.173" LastActivityDate="2010-12-30T19:40:15.173" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="7994" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8001" CreationDate="2010-12-30T17:32:11.980" Score="3" ViewCount="120" Body="&lt;p&gt;For me, declaring variables globally will clutter the project. Especially when there are many variables to be declared.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In addition, declaring variables locally will save our time because we don't need to make sure whether the variables have been declared.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't know whether it is a bad practice in TeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\Average[5]{%&#xA;\newcount\Total%&#xA;\Total\numexpr#1+#2+#3+#4+#5\relax%&#xA;\number\numexpr\Total/5\relax%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;The average of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 is \Average{1}{2}{3}{4}{5}.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2010-12-30T18:50:21.183" Title="Is it a bad practice to declare variables locally inside macros or environments?" Tags="&lt;best-practices&gt;&lt;plain-tex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="7995" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7992" CreationDate="2010-12-30T17:56:13.667" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am not sure if I understand your question correctly, but a short macro as shown below, will capitalize the first word you type and place it in the index.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article} &#xA;\usepackage{index}&#xA;\makeindex&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\def\Index#1{\def\x##1##2{\MakeUppercase{##1}{##2}}\textit{\x#1} \index{\x#1}} &#xA;\Index{alpha}&#xA;&#xA;\def\indeX#1#2{\def\x##1##2{\MakeUppercase{##1}{##2}}\x#1 \index{\x#2}} &#xA;\Index{alpha}&#xA;&#xA;\indeX{test}{this}&#xA;&#xA;\printindex&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-30T19:06:46.387" LastActivityDate="2010-12-30T19:06:46.387" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="7996" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8356" CreationDate="2010-12-30T18:01:36.297" Score="2" ViewCount="113" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using the syntax package from the mdwtools version 1996/05/17 1.07. I &#xA;successfully set the properties to show a grammar definition properly but then &#xA;when I try to combine it with the lineno package I got a nasty error showing a &#xA;double line number for each new rule. Then digging the code of syntax.sty I &#xA;found I can fix the problem in the definition of 'grammar' commenting this line:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\vskip-\baselineskip%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now it works better but I have extra new lines between rules. In fact the &#xA;definitions start at line number 2 and I cannot remove these extra lines! (It seems is related to the lists command) I suppose this is a bug. TeX is far out from my expertize so I report this bug wondering if someone have a workaround or help me to fix this issue.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2729" LastEditorUserId="2729" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-20T10:18:12.217" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T10:18:12.217" Title="lineno and syntax package incompatibilities" Tags="&lt;style&gt;&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;line-numbering&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7997" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-30T18:22:12.510" Score="3" ViewCount="46" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to use MetaObj to arrange some diagrams. I have some nice, color MetaPost drawings of components for my diagrams.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I create the picture objects like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;input metaobj;&#xA;&#xA;def picphone =&#xA;  begingroup;&#xA;    save pic;&#xA;    picture pic;&#xA;    pic := image(&#xA;      % lots of drawing commands generated by pstoedit&#xA;      drawoptions(); % &amp;lt;-- I added this&#xA;    );&#xA;    pic&#xA;  endgroup&#xA;enddef&#xA;&#xA;beginfig(1);&#xA;begingroup;&#xA;  picture phone;&#xA;  phone := picphone scaled 0.1;&#xA;  newBox.alfa(phone);&#xA;  newBox.bravo(phone);&#xA;&#xA;  %&#xA;  % equations for positioning&#xA;  %&#xA;&#xA;  drawObj(alfa);&#xA;  drawObj(bravo);&#xA;endgroup;&#xA;endfig;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I expected to see my beautiful phones, but instead saw black rectangles.  A little log reading made me realize that pictures inside MetaObj Box objects are drawn with this vardef:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;vardef drawPicture@#(suffix p) text options=&#xA;  draw @#p transformed @#ctransform_ shifted @#p.off options&#xA;           withcolor OptionValue.@#(&quot;picturecolor&quot;);&#xA;enddef;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which basically turns into &lt;code&gt;draw ... withcolor black&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, I changed metaobj.mp (a copy in a local subdirectory) to be this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;vardef drawPicture@#(suffix p) text options=&#xA;  draw @#p transformed @#ctransform_ shifted @#p.off options&#xA;    if boolean OptionValue.@#(&quot;picturecolor&quot;) :&#xA;      ;&#xA;    else:&#xA;      withcolor OptionValue.@#(&quot;picturecolor&quot;);&#xA;    fi;&#xA;enddef;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and I added this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;setObjectDefaultOption(&quot;Box&quot;)(&quot;picturecolor&quot;)(false);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to my file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way I could have done this without modifying metaobj.mp?  Am I misusing (abusing?) MetaObj?  Should I use something different to lay out my objects?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[Aside: I'm even more of a MetaPost novice than I am a TeX one, so please forgive any foolishness I've exhibited.]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2110" LastEditorUserId="2110" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-30T19:09:35.217" LastActivityDate="2010-12-30T19:09:35.217" Title="Should I have changed MetaObj or is there a better way?" Tags="&lt;metapost&gt;" />
  <row Id="7998" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8034" CreationDate="2010-12-30T18:29:52.083" Score="2" ViewCount="166" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using XeTeX to mimic another document, but I only have a similar font which I stretch using the &lt;code&gt;extend&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;letterspace&lt;/code&gt; options.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My main problem is though, that my font's spaces (U+0020) are only about half as wide as the original font's. I don't want to use U+2000 to U+200A, because I want to be able to change the exact width without re-editing everything. I defined&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\K}{\hspace{1.2ex}}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But that's very verbose to use: &lt;code&gt;Hello\K{}World&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I'd really like is an option that allows me to define a factor to stretch spaces by (it may disable TeX's automatic stretching, I don't use justified text or even automatic line breaks anyway), but I only found those for vertical spaces…&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;hr/&gt;&#xA;This works with &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; but not with my versions (3.1415926-2.2-0.9995.2 TeX Live 2009/Debian and 0.9997.4 TeX Live 2010) of &lt;code&gt;xelatex&lt;/code&gt;. So a solution not using microtype would be nice…&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage[tracking=true]{microtype}&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareMicrotypeSet*[tracking]{my}{font = */*/*/*/*}&#xA;\SetTracking[spacing={1000,,}]{font = */*/*/*/*}{1}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA; \lipsum[1]&#xA;\end{document}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2356" LastEditorUserId="2356" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-02T14:58:03.997" LastActivityDate="2011-01-02T14:58:03.997" Title="Stretch space characters horizontally" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;formatting&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="7999" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7998" CreationDate="2010-12-30T18:38:32.490" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;package microtype knows the &lt;code&gt;\textls&lt;/code&gt; comamnd&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-30T18:38:32.490" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8000" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8005" CreationDate="2010-12-30T18:45:39.657" Score="2" ViewCount="88" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to create a &lt;code&gt;\newcolumntype&lt;/code&gt;-like macro accepting more than one argument and one of them is an optional argument?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to create a column type &lt;code&gt;A&lt;/code&gt; that can accept more than 1 argument such that I can create a tabular as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}{|A[2cm]{1cm}{5cm}|c|l|r|}&#xA;...&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Note:&lt;/strong&gt; the column type &lt;code&gt;A&lt;/code&gt; accepts 3 arguments in this example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-31T04:08:20.850" LastActivityDate="2010-12-31T04:08:20.850" Title="Is it possible to create a `\newcolumntype`-like macro accepting more than one arguments where one of them is an optional argument?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8001" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7994" CreationDate="2010-12-30T18:50:21.183" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've examined this in a bit more detail in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texdev.net/local-register-allocation&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;my blog&lt;/a&gt;, but for the purposes of answering the question I'll do a bit of editing and post the key points here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First, the standard &lt;code&gt;\newcount&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\newtoks&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;em&gt;etc&lt;/em&gt;., functions allocate globally. So something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begingroup  &#xA;  \newcount\mycount&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will permanently consume a register, even though &lt;code&gt;\mycount&lt;/code&gt; disappears at the end of the group. The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/etex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;etex&lt;/a&gt; package provides &lt;code&gt;\loccount&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\loctoks&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;em&gt;etc&lt;/em&gt;., which do free up the allocation at the end of a group. So&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begingroup  &#xA;  \loccount\mycount&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is at least not going to consume registers. However, there are other issues.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In most languages, a local variable is local to some function, and nested functions have there own independent local variables. In TeX, things are different, as it is a macro language and only grouping makes things local. So something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\BadIdea{%&#xA;  \loccount\mycount&#xA;  ...&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will not destroy &lt;code&gt;\mycount&lt;/code&gt; at the end of the material inserted by &lt;code&gt;\BadIdea&lt;/code&gt;. On the other hand, things will work within a group, so doing&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\BetterIdea{%&#xA;  \begingroup&#xA;    \loccount\mycount&#xA;    ....&#xA;  \endgroup&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will destroy &lt;code&gt;\mycount&lt;/code&gt; as expected. However, you'd get much the same effect by doing&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcount\mycount&#xA;\def\BetterIdea{%&#xA;  \begingroup&#xA;    ....&#xA;  \endgroup&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or even (if you know it's safe)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\BetterIdea{%&#xA;  \begingroup&#xA;    \@tempcnta=&amp;lt;value&amp;gt;&#xA;    ....&#xA;  \endgroup&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;i.e.&lt;/em&gt; using the general scratch registers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As local variables for TeX are about groups, and not about macros, I think that best practice remains to allocate globally and use locally. With my LaTeX3 'hat' on, I'd point out that we did try some local allocations out, and when we worked things through decided it was a bit of a nightmare. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-12-30T18:50:21.183" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="8002" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5559" CreationDate="2010-12-30T19:03:05.750" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The easiest way of removing whitespace around a Matlab figure is &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;subplot('position',[0 0 1 1]);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2408" LastActivityDate="2010-12-30T19:03:05.750" />
  <row Id="8003" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8000" CreationDate="2010-12-30T19:06:05.980" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;not with an optional argument, only with mandatory ones:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{array} &#xA;&#xA;\newcolumntype{A}[3]{@{\vrule\kern#1\vrule}p{#2}@{\vrule\kern#3\vrule}}&#xA;\begin{document} &#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|A{2cm}{1cm}{5cm}|c|l|r|}&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar &amp;amp; baz &amp;amp; foobar&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-30T19:06:05.980" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8005" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8000" CreationDate="2010-12-30T19:34:42.970" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Herbert has explained how to do mandatory arguments. Optional arguments is doable but requires some low-level hackery, auxiliary functions and is not for the faint-hearted. You can see two versions of the same approach in &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/numprint&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;numprint&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/siunitx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;siunitx&lt;/a&gt; (the later is an adaptation of the former).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\newtoks\mytoks&#xA;\mytoks\expandafter{\the\NC@list}&#xA;\newcolumntype{A}{}&#xA;\NC@list\expandafter{\the\mytoks \NC@do A}&#xA;\expandafter\renewcommand\expandafter*\csname NC@rewrite@A\endcsname[3][]{%&#xA;  \@temptokena\expandafter{%&#xA;    \the\@temptokena &#xA;      % INSERT DEFINITION HERE!&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \NC@find&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2010-12-30T19:34:42.970" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8006" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7992" CreationDate="2010-12-30T19:54:26.060" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{makeidx}\makeindex&#xA;\newcommand*{\formatfirst}[1]{\MakeUppercase{#1}}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand*{\mymacro}[1]{%&#xA;  \expandafter\formatfirst\expandafter{\@car #1\@empty\@nil}%&#xA;  \@cdr #1\@empty\@nil}&#xA;\newcommand*\myMakeUpperCase[1]{%&#xA;  \def\@myuppercasewords{\myuppercase@i#1 \@nil}%&#xA;    {\itshape\@myuppercasewords}\index{#1@\@myuppercasewords}}&#xA;\def\myuppercase@i#1 #2\@nil{%&#xA;  \mymacro{#1}%&#xA;  \ifx\\#2\\%&#xA;  \else&#xA;    \@ReturnAfterFi{%&#xA;      \space&#xA;      \myuppercase@i#2\@nil&#xA;    }%&#xA;  \fi} &#xA;\long\def\@ReturnAfterFi#1\fi{\fi#1} &#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;foo&#xA;\myMakeUpperCase{capital letter} bar&#xA;\myMakeUpperCase{Next one} baz&#xA;\myMakeUpperCase{two words}&#xA;&#xA;\printindex&#xA;&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/V1WY1.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-31T06:50:50.583" LastActivityDate="2010-12-31T06:50:50.583" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="8007" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8014" CreationDate="2010-12-30T20:20:02.393" Score="1" ViewCount="269" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I add a line ending with an arrowhead in pgfplot?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{axis}[grid=major,axis x line=middle,&#xA;             axis y line=middle]&#xA;&#xA;\addplot[domain=0:1, no markers] {(x^2)*(3-2*x)};&#xA;&#xA;\addplot[] coordinates&#xA;           {(0,0) (0.5,0)};&#xA;&#xA;\end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want the above line to end with an arrow but I can't figure out what to put in the brackets. Probably that's a dumb question but neither google nor the manual helped me:(&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2731" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-31T14:25:56.537" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T15:36:32.427" Title="Line with arrowhead in PGFPLOT" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;pgfplots&gt;&lt;arrows&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="8008" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8010" CreationDate="2010-12-30T20:33:19.490" Score="2" ViewCount="135" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using enumerate to create an outline that already exists.  (As in, I'm copying an existing list, and I get no say in the numbers that are already picked.)  My problem is that occasionally the outlines have a fractional value thrown in.  One of the sections proceeds like: 1, 2, 2.5, 3.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried using &lt;code&gt;\setcounter{enumi}{1.5}&lt;/code&gt; before where 2.5 goes, but LaTeX didn't like that at all.  This works, but is a little clunky:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setcounter{enumi}{1}&#xA;\renewcommand{\labelenumi}{(\theenumi.5)}&#xA;\item This is item number 2.5.&#xA;\setcounter{enumi}{2}&#xA;\renewcommand{\labelenumi}{(\theenumi)}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a better way to have a decimal value?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2730" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-31T15:17:30.620" LastActivityDate="2010-12-31T15:17:30.620" Title="Enumerate \item with a decimal value" Tags="&lt;lists&gt;&lt;enumerate&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="8009" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8007" CreationDate="2010-12-30T20:42:27.653" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Would that help?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pgf,tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{arrows}&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\draw[-&amp;gt;,color=black] (-1,0) -- (1,0);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2580" LastActivityDate="2010-12-30T20:42:27.653" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8010" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8008" CreationDate="2010-12-30T20:42:37.967" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{enumerate}&#xA; \item foo&#xA; \item bar&#xA; \item[(2.5)] foobar&#xA; \item baz&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-30T21:24:53.903" LastActivityDate="2010-12-30T21:24:53.903" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8011" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8012" CreationDate="2010-12-30T22:44:53.843" Score="4" ViewCount="738" Body="&lt;p&gt;Does anyone know how to change the color scheme and/or bullets used in Beamer's table of contents (without changing the overall structure color or theme)?  Unfortunately, the following doesn't work:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setbeamertheme{enumerate item}[default]&#xA;\setbeamercolor{enumerate item}{black}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would even be fine removing the numbering altogether.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1785" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-31T11:13:32.760" LastActivityDate="2010-12-31T11:13:32.760" Title="Changing color and bullets in Beamer's table of contents" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;color&gt;&lt;enumerate&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8012" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8011" CreationDate="2010-12-30T23:31:36.460" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Modify font/color of the element &lt;em&gt;section number projected&lt;/em&gt;. An example doing some changes, not necessarily beautiful but demonstrating:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setbeamerfont{section number projected}{%&#xA;  family=\rmfamily,series=\bfseries,size=\normalsize}&#xA;\setbeamercolor{section number projected}{bg=black,fg=yellow}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With PaloAlto theme:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/gdrUI.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Before, PaloAlto default:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/gTeZN.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-30T23:31:36.460" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="8014" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8007" CreationDate="2010-12-31T03:46:29.563" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try the &lt;code&gt;after end axis&lt;/code&gt; key.  It allows you to add arbitrary TikZ code and still access the plot's coordinate system.  It's documented in section 4.23 (&quot;Miscellaneous Options&quot;) of the pgfplots 1.4 manual.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplots}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{axis}[grid=major,axis x line=middle,&#xA;             axis y line=middle,&#xA;             after end axis/.code={&#xA;               \draw[red,-&amp;gt;] (axis cs:0,0) -- (axis cs:0.5,0);&#xA;             }]&#xA;\addplot[domain=0:1, no markers] {(x^2)*(3-2*x)};&#xA;\end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-12-31T03:46:29.563" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8015" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-31T05:14:48.130" Score="9" ViewCount="245" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to force LaTeX to automatically use small-caps for abbreviations and acronyms (or more specifically, strings of two or more uppercase letters)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2733" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-23T12:42:50.273" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T12:42:50.273" Title="Can small-caps be automated for abbreviations and acronyms?" Tags="&lt;automation&gt;&lt;small-caps&gt;&lt;acronyms&gt;" AnswerCount="4" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="8016" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8015" CreationDate="2010-12-31T05:56:00.373" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think it's difficult to implement such macros. However, we can do it with help from some preprocess. It easy to write a script to do this. For example, an one-line script of &lt;code&gt;sed&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;sed -e &quot;s/\(\s\)\([A-Z]\+\)\([^A-Z]\)/\1\\\textsc{\2}\3/g&quot; foo.tex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You may modify it as your wish.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On windows platform &lt;code&gt;sed&lt;/code&gt; have to be installed manually, from &lt;a href=&quot;http://gnuwin32.sourceforge.net/packages/sed.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;GNUWin32&lt;/a&gt; or MingW. Just write a batch file and configure the editor to call it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-31T06:06:39.783" LastActivityDate="2010-12-31T06:06:39.783" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8017" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8019" CreationDate="2010-12-31T07:06:09.257" Score="2" ViewCount="88" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Normal View&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Duu01.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Zoomed-In View&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ahtu5.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;&quot;Minimal&quot; Code Snippet&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,rgb]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pst-func}&#xA;\renewcommand\pshlabel[1]{{\color{gray}\tiny#1}}&#xA;\renewcommand\psvlabel[1]{{\color{gray}\tiny#1}}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{bera}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\noindent\scalebox{2}{%&#xA;\begin{pspicture*}[showgrid=false](-3,-3)(3,3)&#xA;  \psframe[fillcolor=black,fillstyle=solid](-3,-3)(3,3)  &#xA;  \psaxes&#xA;  [%&#xA;   linecolor=gray,&#xA;   tickcolor=gray,&#xA;   linewidth=0.25pt,&#xA;   xlabelPos=top,&#xA;   xticksize=-0.05 0.05,&#xA;   yticksize=-0.05 0.05%&#xA;  ]{&amp;lt;-&amp;gt;}(0,0)(-2,-1.75)(2,2)[$\color{gray}x$,0][$\color{gray}y$,90]&#xA;  \rput[br](-1.75,1.5){\Large\bf\color{cyan}We}&#xA;  \rput(1.75,-1){\Large\bf\color{white}PSTricks}&#xA;  \psplotImp[linecolor=red,linewidth=0.5pt](-2.5,-1.75)(2.5,2.5)%&#xA;  {x 2 exp 1.25 y mul x abs sqrt sub 2 exp add 2.5 sub}   &#xA;  \rput(0,-2.25){\color{yellow}$x^2 + \left(\frac{5y}{4}-\sqrt{|x|}\right)^2=\frac{5}{2}$}&#xA;\end{pspicture*}}&#xA;\end{document}  &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I noticed the produced curve is NOT symmetric about y-axis. It has to be symmetric about y-axis actually. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2010-12-31T09:30:15.190" Title="How to increase the dot resolution of implicit curves produced by `\psplotImp`?" Tags="&lt;pstricks&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="8018" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8015" CreationDate="2010-12-31T07:12:04.663" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You might want to take a look at the &lt;code&gt;glossaries&lt;/code&gt; package. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[acronym,smallcaps]{glossaries}&#xA;\newacronym{WHO}{WHO}{World Health Organisation}&#xA;The \gls{WHO} recommends...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="226" LastActivityDate="2010-12-31T07:12:04.663" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8019" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8017" CreationDate="2010-12-31T07:29:54.527" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;that was not a &lt;em&gt;minimal&lt;/em&gt; example ... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pst-func}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\noindent\psscalebox{2}{%&#xA;\begin{pspicture*}(-3,-3)(3,3)&#xA;  \psaxes[&#xA;   linecolor=gray,&#xA;   tickcolor=gray,&#xA;   linewidth=0.25pt,&#xA;   xlabelPos=top,&#xA;   labelFontSize=\scriptscriptstyle,&#xA;   labelsep=2pt,&#xA;   ticksize=-0.05 0.05&#xA;  ]{&amp;lt;-&amp;gt;}(0,0)(-2,-1.75)(2,2)[$\color{gray}x$,0][$\color{gray}y$,90]&#xA;  \psplotImp[linecolor=red,linewidth=0.5pt,stepFactor=0.2,&#xA;     algebraic](-2.5,-1.75)(2.5,2.5){x^2+(5*y/4-sqrt(abs(x)))^2-2.5}&#xA;\end{pspicture*}}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-31T07:29:54.527" CommentCount="12" />
  <row Id="8020" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8017" CreationDate="2010-12-31T09:11:56.780" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;the same with a simple function in parameter notation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pst-func}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{pspicture*}(-3,-3)(3,3)&#xA;  \psaxes[linewidth=0.25pt,&#xA;   xlabelPos=top,&#xA;   labelFontSize=\scriptscriptstyle,&#xA;   labelsep=2pt,&#xA;   ticksize=0.05]{&amp;lt;-&amp;gt;}(0,0)(-2,-1.75)(2,2)[$x$,0][$y$,90]&#xA;\pscustom[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=red,opacity=0.4,&#xA;    linecolor=red,linewidth=1pt,algebraic]{%&#xA;  \psparametricplot{0}{2.5 .25 exp}{t^2  | 0.8*(sqrt(2.5-t^4)+t)}&#xA;  \psparametricplot{2.5 .25 exp}{0}{t^2  | 0.8*(-sqrt(2.5-t^4)+t)}&#xA;  \psparametricplot{0}{2.5 .25 exp}{-t^2 | 0.8*(-sqrt(2.5-t^4)+t)}&#xA;  \psparametricplot{2.5 .25 exp}{0}{-t^2 | 0.8*(sqrt(2.5-t^4)+t)}&#xA;}&#xA;\end{pspicture*}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/zbguH.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-31T09:30:15.190" LastActivityDate="2010-12-31T09:30:15.190" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8021" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-31T10:43:01.793" Score="4" ViewCount="351" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a (La)TeX distribution running on iPad?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-31T14:20:09.987" LastActivityDate="2010-12-31T14:20:09.987" Title="Is there a (La)TeX distribution running on iPad?" Tags="&lt;distributions&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="8022" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8021" CreationDate="2010-12-31T11:22:36.377" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As far as I'm aware you can't install LaTeX on the iPad because of the restrictions that Apple put on it. However, tex documents can be edited and compiled using &lt;a href=&quot;http://appshopper.com/productivity/tex-touch&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Tex Touch&lt;/a&gt; . The editor is installed on the iPad and the tex document is then compiled online at TeX Cloud at www.vancapy.com/textouch/texcloud/. I haven't used Tex Touch myself so I can't comment on how well it works. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2737" LastActivityDate="2010-12-31T11:22:36.377" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8023" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7709" CreationDate="2010-12-31T11:42:39.317" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\listfiles&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\[&#xA;\begin{cases}&#xA;\epsilon &amp;amp; \exists k\left[i_{k}=0\right]\\&#xA;\text{LCS}\left(X_{1}\left(i_{1}-1\right),X_{2}\left(i_{2}- 1\right),\ldots,X_{n}&#xA;        \left(i_{n}-1\right)\right)||\sigma_{1}^{i_{1}} \qquad&#xA;              &amp;amp; \sigma_{1}^{i_{1}}=\sigma_{2}^{i_{2}}=\ldots=\sigma_{n}^{i_{n}}\\&#xA;  \begin{aligned}[t]\arraycolsep=0pt&#xA;     \max\{ &amp;amp;&#xA;      \text{LCS}\big(X_{1}(i_1-1),X_2(i_{2}),\ldots,X_{n}(i_n)\big),\\ &amp;amp;&#xA;       \text{LCS}\left(X_1(i_1),X_{2}(i_2-1),\ldots,X_n(i_n)\right),\\ &amp;amp;&#xA;     \ldots, \\ &amp;amp; &#xA;       \text{LCS}&#xA;       \left(X_{1}\left(i_{1}\right),X_{2}\left(i_{2}\right),\ldots,X_{n}&#xA;       \left(i_{n}-1\right)\right)\}&#xA;  \end{aligned}  &amp;amp; \text{else}&#xA;\end{cases}&#xA;\]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/rUJNO.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-31T11:42:39.317" />
  <row Id="8024" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8021" CreationDate="2010-12-31T11:49:06.597" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dick Koch, the creater of MacTeX showed me his working installation on his iPad. You should drop a note to the MacTeX mailing list for further informations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-31T11:49:06.597" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8025" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8026" CreationDate="2010-12-31T13:03:28.513" Score="3" ViewCount="77" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to override default options for the &lt;code&gt;minted&lt;/code&gt; environment, rather than having to specify them for each and every snippet of code ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In other words, is there an equivalent to &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt;'s &lt;code&gt;\lstset&lt;/code&gt; command ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;AFAIK the &lt;code&gt;minted&lt;/code&gt; package is based on &lt;code&gt;fancyvrb&lt;/code&gt;, but I couldn't find anything in there either (I don't really read tex so I only looked at the documentation)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Bonus question: why is there so much blank space (about two blank lines) &lt;em&gt;after&lt;/em&gt; a minted listing ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1769" LastActivityDate="2010-12-31T15:37:25.497" Title="pass &quot;global&quot; options to minted/fancyvrb" Tags="&lt;listings&gt;&lt;highlighting&gt;&lt;minted&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="8026" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8025" CreationDate="2010-12-31T13:15:23.293" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\fvset{..}&lt;/code&gt; mentioned in the documentation &lt;em&gt;several&lt;/em&gt; times ... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2010-12-31T13:15:23.293" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8027" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="365" CreationDate="2010-12-31T14:03:09.747" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I advise you to use polyglossia package in XeTeX. the bidirectional support in babel is not really powerful but you have bidi package for xelatex that is very powerful. bidi for instance allows you to typeset tabular RTL, you can have almsot any kind of link by usng hyperref package in RTL documents, color works almost works as expected, and bidi supports a lot of extra packages for example, you can use the wonderful wrapfig package in RTL documents by using bidi. Furthur, there are bugs in bidirectional typesetting bugs of babel that are fixed in bidi. As an Example, consider this minimal document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\input{rlbabel.def}&#xA;\@rltrue&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\fbox{\begin{minipage}[t]{0.8\textwidth}&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;\item This is a test&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;\end{minipage}}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Gives:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/PFcw3.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{bidi}&#xA;\setRTL&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\fbox{\begin{minipage}[t]{0.8\textwidth}&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;\item This is a test&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;\end{minipage}}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Gives:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/XNG7m.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2716" LastActivityDate="2010-12-31T14:03:09.747" />
  <row Id="8028" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7597" CreationDate="2010-12-31T14:13:08.697" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Fixed in TeX Live 2010, thx Philipp.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2356" LastActivityDate="2010-12-31T14:13:08.697" />
  <row Id="8029" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8040" CreationDate="2010-12-31T14:20:17.030" Score="18" ViewCount="287" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I ask questions about achieving some particular layout LaTeX, I get answers that suggest I should use constructs that don't make sense for their semantics. For example, I wanted to intent a single paragraph, and I was told to make it a list with no bullets. It works, but that isn't the semantic meaning of a list, so why is it acceptable to abuse it like that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;We stopped doing it in HTML over a decade ago. Why are we still doing the equivalent of table layout in supposedly the best typesetting system there is?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Am I not getting it, or isn't this a little inelegant? Everyone says LaTeX is elegant and that you don't need to worry about layout, but then I find myself contorting tables, lists and other semantic markup to put stuff where I want it. Does the emperor have no clothes, or am I not getting it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2738" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-31T14:44:33.127" LastActivityDate="2011-01-01T17:55:54.107" Title="Do semantics matter in LaTeX? If not, why not?" Tags="&lt;semantics&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="8030" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7675" CreationDate="2010-12-31T14:55:53.990" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Maybe you can just play with &lt;code&gt;\raisebox&lt;/code&gt;, e.g.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\biggoth Hello \raisebox{.5ex}{\smallgoth World}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/fXEYV.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2580" LastActivityDate="2010-12-31T14:55:53.990" />
  <row Id="8031" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8029" CreationDate="2010-12-31T15:25:05.937" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Before the hijacking of the word &lt;code&gt;semantics&lt;/code&gt; by web standardistas, there was a need recognized by the CSS authors to separate content from presentation and this they have achieved to a large extend. Following years of developers slicing images and placing them into tables it was a breathe of fresh air that not only  machines, but also humans could read the html code. At about the same time the word &lt;code&gt;semantic&lt;/code&gt; took another tint, this time being associated with &lt;code&gt;accessibility&lt;/code&gt; and the ability of screen readers to translate the mark-up for readers. To achieve all these a jumble of technologies got all mixed up, CSS, HTML and its ugly cousin XHTLM, JavaScript, PHP, python etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To make it worse we now have &lt;code&gt;Semantic Web&lt;/code&gt; which is a group of methods and technologies to allow machines to understand the meaning - or &quot;semantics&quot; - of information on the World Wide Web as coined by Tim Berners-Lee. He defines the Semantic Web as “a web of data that can be processed directly and indirectly by machines.”&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So where does TeX and LaTeX stand in all these. You can make it as semantic as possible. For example the following TeX code is very 'semantically` correct.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  Lorem ipsum etc&#xA;&#xA;  Another paragraph of Lorem&#xA;  \bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;LaTeX&lt;/code&gt; is a different story, in that first and foremost is a system for &lt;code&gt;structured documents&lt;/code&gt;. Its commands generally at the user level are very &lt;code&gt;semantic&lt;/code&gt; and part of its strength.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  \begin{document}&#xA;    \chapter{}&#xA;     Lorem...&#xA;    \section{}&#xA;    \bibliography{}&#xA;  \end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is as &lt;code&gt;semantic&lt;/code&gt; as you will ever get any other mark-up language! By just being careful in your texts, you can ensure that they are both semantically correct and readable. Certain mark-up will always contain some form of presentational data similar to problems with HTML, but by being careful in your definitions you can avoid this. Call a colored box &lt;code&gt;\colorbox{}&lt;/code&gt; rather than &lt;code&gt;\redbox&lt;/code&gt; and use &lt;code&gt;\emph&lt;/code&gt; rather than &lt;code&gt;\textit&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-31T15:38:37.597" LastActivityDate="2010-12-31T15:38:37.597" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8032" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8025" CreationDate="2010-12-31T15:37:25.497" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Bonus question: why is there so much blank space (about two blank lines) after a minted listing ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This has already been &lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com/q/2318598/1968&quot;&gt;asked&lt;/a&gt; – and answered – on Stack Overflow.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for minted having presets, besides the obvious &lt;code&gt;\fvset&lt;/code&gt;, it doesn’t. The rationale was that you would usually define a language-specific shortcut of the minted commands for each language that you use (which usually shouldn’t be that many anyway), as explained in chapter 6 of the documentation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(And the fact that the &lt;code&gt;minted&lt;/code&gt; doc doesn’t mention &lt;code&gt;\fvset&lt;/code&gt; is arguably a documentation bug. Perhaps some day I’ll come round to doing a new release.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2010-12-31T15:37:25.497" />
  <row Id="8033" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8029" CreationDate="2010-12-31T15:40:42.563" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Bob, one thing to consider is that LaTeX2e has been around for 15 or so years. Remember what HTML was like 15 years ago?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think you're absolutely right about the over use of tables. You see it all the time. One great example of a place that's absolutely not a table but is implemented as a tabular is the list of authors with the standard classes. The &lt;code&gt;\and&lt;/code&gt; macro is absurd: It ends the current tabular, adds some spacing, and then starts a new tabular.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I suspect that LaTeX3 will be a lot better with respect to these sorts of issues. But that said, there is a down side to adding a semantic abstraction&amp;mdash;that is, another layer of macros&amp;mdash;which is that bugs become a lot harder to diagnose and fix. For a simple example, how many times have you seen &lt;code&gt;\vspace{-.5ex}&lt;/code&gt; or similar to try to fix up some spacing problem caused by using the semantic macro provided by some package? It's a definite trade off.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2010-12-31T15:40:42.563" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8034" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7998" CreationDate="2010-12-31T15:41:49.800" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the case of pdflatex you can change &lt;code&gt;\spaceskip&lt;/code&gt; (affects all fonts) or &lt;code&gt;\fontdimen2&lt;/code&gt; (affects only one font).  In the case of xelatex: look up in the documentation of fontspec - section &quot;interword space&quot; - the option &lt;code&gt;WordSpace&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2010-12-31T15:41:49.800" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8035" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7675" CreationDate="2010-12-31T15:44:35.697" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In general, TeX keeps the baselines of all characters (and boxes) at the same height. For a single word, you can do what chl suggested and raise the text using &lt;code&gt;\raisebox&lt;/code&gt;. Rather than guessing at how much to raise it, you can put the word in a box (perhaps with a strut), measure its height, and then raise it appropriately.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\newcommand*\raiseup[1]{%&#xA;        \begingroup&#xA;        \setbox0\hbox{\tiny\strut #1}%&#xA;        \leavevmode&#xA;        \raise\dimexpr \ht\strutbox - \ht0\box0&#xA;        \endgroup&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Here's some text. Here's a raised \raiseup{word}.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/TFP15.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-31T21:22:07.883" LastActivityDate="2010-12-31T21:22:07.883" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="8036" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7703" CreationDate="2010-12-31T16:00:04.437" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To expand on the same theme as TH.'s comment to Hendrik's answer, when you must use lengthly &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt; chains, you can exploit constructions like &lt;code&gt;\csname...\endcsname&lt;/code&gt; (or,  in some contexts, &lt;code&gt;\number&lt;/code&gt;) which completely expand things by placing the right number of &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt;s just after/before the token you want to expand, e.g.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\csname macroone\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endcsname\macrotwo&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will be the same as &lt;code&gt;\macroone&lt;/code&gt; followed by &lt;code&gt;\macrotwo&lt;/code&gt; expanded two times.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To give a concrete example, suppose you have &lt;code&gt;\a\b\c\d\e&lt;/code&gt; and want to expand &lt;code&gt;\e&lt;/code&gt; three times, &lt;code&gt;\c&lt;/code&gt; two times, and &lt;code&gt;\a&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\b&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\d&lt;/code&gt; one time. With the &lt;code&gt;\csname...\endcsname&lt;/code&gt; method, it would be (here, we store the result of expansion inside a &lt;code&gt;\temp&lt;/code&gt; macro and then &lt;code&gt;\show&lt;/code&gt; it to see clearly what was expanded; you need the three &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt; in the &lt;code&gt;\def\temp&lt;/code&gt; because the first token needs two expansions):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\a{a}&#xA;\def\b{b}&#xA;\def\c{\C}\def\C{c}&#xA;\def\d{d}&#xA;\def\e{\E}\def\E{\ee}\def\ee{e}&#xA;&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\def&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\temp&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%&#xA;\csname a\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endcsname&#xA;\csname b\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;         \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endcsname&#xA;\csname c\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endcsname&#xA;\csname d\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;         \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endcsname&#xA;\e&#xA;}&#xA;\show\temp&#xA;&#xA;\csname @@end\endcsname\bye % to work with both plain and LaTeX&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To compare, here's the same version with chains of &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt;s:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\a{a}&#xA;\def\b{b}&#xA;\def\c{\C}\def\C{c}&#xA;\def\d{d}&#xA;\def\e{\E}\def\E{\ee}\def\ee{e}&#xA;&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\def&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\temp&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\a&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\b&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\c&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\d&#xA;\e&#xA;}&#xA;\show\temp&#xA;&#xA;\csname @@end\endcsname\bye % to work with both plain and LaTeX&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1973" LastActivityDate="2010-12-31T16:00:04.437" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8037" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8074" CreationDate="2010-12-31T16:30:53.847" Score="4" ViewCount="429" Body="&lt;p&gt;Currently my research material for my book is scattered among hand written notes, EverNote notebooks, LaTeX files and Mathematica code and I was hoping to simplify this by writing most of my notes in Mathematica and then later exporting to LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One of the benefits of using Mathematica is its suport for &lt;strong&gt;fast mathematical prototyping&lt;/strong&gt; - i.e. I can try out new ideas much faster than I can do in LaTeX (with the new &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.wolfram.com/mathematica/new-in-8/free-form-linguistic-input/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;free-form linguistic input&lt;/a&gt; in version 8 its almost as fast as if written by hand). Also its nice that my calculations are checked and Wolfram with their new &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.touchpress.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TouchPress&lt;/a&gt; initiative seam to be on the forefront of ebook publishing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am however a little afraid to start this conversion as I have never written a large work in Mathematica (as opposed to writing a thesis using LaTeX) also I am unsure if the LaTeX output produced by Mathematica can meet the standards of publishers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another potential problem I can imagine is if the LaTeX output exported from Mathematica needs to be hand-optimized. This could lead to annoying round-trip problems where I need to keep the Mathematica and TeX code in sync.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So in short has anyone any experience with writing large works (fx. a thesis, BA, ...) in Mathematica and then successfully converting it to LaTeX code of reasonably quality or should I just stick to my trusted &lt;strong&gt;Memoir&lt;/strong&gt; class. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1881" LastEditorUserId="1881" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-04T16:46:32.380" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T17:04:59.853" Title="Writing a Math book in Mathematica" Tags="&lt;memoir&gt;&lt;book-design&gt;&lt;mathematica&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="8038" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7675" CreationDate="2010-12-31T16:49:39.263" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is another possibility, very similar to TH.'s suggestion:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\newfontinstance\biggoth[Color=000000,Scale=5.0]{Cloister Black}&#xA;\newfontinstance\smallgoth[Color=000000,Scale=2.0]{Cloister Black}&#xA;\newsavebox{\mybox}&#xA;\newcommand*{\tlap}[1]{%&#xA;  \sbox{\mybox}{#1}%&#xA;  \raisebox{-\ht\mybox}{\usebox{\mybox}}%&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand*{\mlap}[1]{%&#xA;  \sbox{\mybox}{#1}%&#xA;  \raisebox{-0.5\ht\mybox}{\usebox{\mybox}}%&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tlap{\biggoth Hello}&#xA;\tlap{\smallgoth World}&#xA;&#xA;\mlap{\biggoth Hello}&#xA;\mlap{\smallgoth World}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/zyIKP.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2010-12-31T16:49:39.263" />
  <row Id="8039" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8057" CreationDate="2010-12-31T17:00:49.980" Score="4" ViewCount="74" Body="&lt;p&gt;As I write, edit, and review my document, I'd like to flag how related a claim and the supporting citation are. For example, if a reference &lt;code&gt;Foo&lt;/code&gt; speculates on a topic (and therefore I give it a low confidence), and reference &lt;code&gt;Bar&lt;/code&gt; goes in depth and proves another topic (earning high), I would like the (draft) document to reflect this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm seeking suggestions how to implement this both from the editing and display sides. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For editing, I could picture doing this in a custom cite command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;As shown by \cite{Foo:1942}{lo} and others \citep{Bar:1924}{hi}, blah blah.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or outside with a custom command (again using {lo,mid,hi} or {1,2,...,10}):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;As shown by \cite{Foo:1942}\conf{3} and others \citep{Bar:1924}\conf{10}, blah blah.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For rendering, it could be simple:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;As shown by Foo (1942) {lo} and others [Bar, 1924]{hi}, blah blah.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I could also picture a more involved macro such that things rated &lt;code&gt;hi&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;9&lt;/code&gt;, or &lt;code&gt;10&lt;/code&gt; do not display at all, and things are more noticeable as the rating decreases (using red or bold font for &lt;code&gt;1&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;2&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;3&lt;/code&gt;, or &lt;code&gt;lo&lt;/code&gt; confidence ratings). The rating could follow the citation (as shown above) if using a separate command, or if using a custom cite command, the rating could influence the display of the citation itself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any suggestions on existing packages, or implementation suggestions, would be much appreciated. I know enough LaTeX to create a simple &lt;code&gt;\conf{}&lt;/code&gt; command that implements a basic version, and perhaps that is enough, but I thought I would seek community input on the idea and implementation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="360" LastActivityDate="2010-12-31T21:34:04.807" Title="Suggestions for Including Confidence Rating in a Citation" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;citing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8040" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8029" CreationDate="2010-12-31T17:10:31.253" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;When a problem like this comes along, and the answer is to use something that doesn't really make semantic sense, what you should do is create a new environment or command that wraps the functionality in a way that makes semantic sense.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Every layout language has this problem -- somewhere along the line, you need to get down to a physical, non-semantic solution. In HTML, the non-semantic parts of the solution are now pretty-well covered by by CSS and JavaScript (which are different languages from HTML). You create &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;s and &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;s that capture the semantics, and then you use CSS and JavaScript to define the physical layout for those semantics. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In LaTeX, you simply wind up using the exact same language for this purpose: LaTeX (or plain TeX, which is often hard to differentiate from LaTeX).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1846" LastActivityDate="2010-12-31T17:10:31.253" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8041" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-12-31T18:04:18.973" Score="5" ViewCount="219" Body="&lt;p&gt;Whenever I write &quot;, &quot; (with a space after the comma) in mathmode, I &lt;em&gt;really&lt;/em&gt; want a space there. usually, this is either something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;the points, $a, b$, and $c$....&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or in an explicit vector:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Let the vector $x=(x_1, x_2, x_3)$ be...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since TeX removes this space, my text is often riddled with explicit short spaces: &lt;code&gt;$x_1,\,x_2,\,x_3)$&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to tell TeX that this is not desirable or to hack TeX into submission?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastEditorUserId="117" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-31T18:17:00.360" LastActivityDate="2011-01-01T11:47:48.867" Title="Avoiding placing `,\,` everywhere in mathmode" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;comma&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="8042" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8041" CreationDate="2010-12-31T18:11:50.770" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is kind of a non-answer, but here's what I'd do. For vectors, I'd always just use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Let the vector $x=(x_1,x_2,x_3)$ be ...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In math mode, TeX inserts a thin space after the &lt;code&gt;,&lt;/code&gt; (&lt;code&gt;\thinmuskip&lt;/code&gt;, as Lev points out in his answer), and I find that exactly right. In your other example, I'd write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;the points $a$, $b$, and~$c$ ...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(with or without the &lt;code&gt;,&lt;/code&gt; after &lt;code&gt;$b$&lt;/code&gt;), and this is also what Knuth recommends in the TeXbook. (Note the tie after &lt;code&gt;and&lt;/code&gt;!) This yields correct spacing; moreover, it allows a linebreak after &lt;code&gt;$a$&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-01T09:55:17.417" LastActivityDate="2011-01-01T09:55:17.417" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="8043" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8045" CreationDate="2010-12-31T18:21:10.167" Score="3" ViewCount="338" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I change the background color of one frame in my Beamer document? I tried doing&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{frame}&#xA;  \setbeamercolor{background canvas}{bg=violet}&#xA;  % frame contents here&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but it seemed to have no effect.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anyone know what the problem is?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="9" LastActivityDate="2010-12-31T19:09:03.710" Title="Change the background color of a frame in Beamer" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;color&gt;&lt;background&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="8045" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8043" CreationDate="2010-12-31T18:27:32.587" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Modify the background canvas before you begin the frame, not within the frame.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To keep the effect of the color change local, you could use curly braces around the frame and that command, or &lt;code&gt;\begingroup ... \endgroup&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-31T18:27:32.587" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8046" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8043" CreationDate="2010-12-31T18:29:27.317" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Put the &lt;code&gt;\setbeamercolor&lt;/code&gt;command outside the frame.  This will change the background colour for every subsequent frame.  If you want to just change that slide, you can surround the frame  and the command in &lt;code&gt;{}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2010-12-31T19:09:03.710" LastActivityDate="2010-12-31T19:09:03.710" />
  <row Id="8047" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8050" CreationDate="2010-12-31T18:57:32.820" Score="5" ViewCount="112" Body="&lt;p&gt;Inspired by &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/8041/215&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt;, here's my mathmode spacing bugbear.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I quite often have equations that look like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{equation}&#xA;  \text{If}\ B_1 \succeq B_2 \ \text{and}\ B_2 \succeq B_3 \ \text{then}\ B_1 \succeq B_3&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, you might notice that before and after each bit of &lt;code&gt;\text{...}&lt;/code&gt; there is a &quot;normal sized space&quot;. I can't imagine why I wouldn't want that space there, but I have to add it manually. Surely this should be the default behaviour of mathmode's text macro?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why isn't it, and how could I make it so? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2011-01-01T19:30:52.870" Title="Spacing around \text{} in mathmode" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;spacing&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8048" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="940" CreationDate="2010-12-31T19:00:33.150" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Bioinformatics researchers use it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="978" LastEditorUserId="978" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-25T00:45:28.827" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T00:45:28.827" CommunityOwnedDate="2010-12-31T19:00:33.150" />
  <row Id="8049" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8047" CreationDate="2010-12-31T19:05:48.270" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It probably doesn't add space because it is harder to remove space than to add space. One possible usage is something like &lt;code&gt;3-\text{connected graphs}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Side remark: It is also possible to write your example as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{equation}&#xA;  \text{If $B_1 \succeq B_2$ and $B_2 \succeq B_3$ then $B_1 \succeq B_3$.}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2010-12-31T19:05:48.270" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8050" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8047" CreationDate="2010-12-31T19:12:00.103" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's not the default behavior because you don't always want space.  For instance, in your example, you &lt;em&gt;don't&lt;/em&gt; want space before &lt;code&gt;\text{If}&lt;/code&gt;, since that would indent your equation.  Or consider&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[ x = \begin{cases}&#xA;         1 &amp;amp; \text{if $f(x)$}&#xA;         0 &amp;amp; \text{otherwise}&#xA;       \end{cases} \]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Again, that shouldn't be spaced out.  Also, like in &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/8047/spacing-around-text-in-mathmode/8049#8049&quot;&gt;Caramdir's answer&lt;/a&gt;, I re-entered math mode within the &lt;code&gt;\text&lt;/code&gt;, which often solves the spacing problems as well.  You could define an &lt;code&gt;\stext&lt;/code&gt; command for spaced out text:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*{\stext}[1]{\text{ #1 }}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Literal spaces inside are the same as &lt;code&gt;\&amp;nbsp;&lt;/code&gt; outside, I believe.)  Another option might be&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*{\textop}[1]{\mathbin{\text{#1}}}&#xA;\newcommand*{\textrel}[1]{\mathrel{\text{#1}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then &lt;code&gt;\textop{foo}&lt;/code&gt; would set &lt;code&gt;foo&lt;/code&gt; as a binary operator, and &lt;code&gt;\textrel{bar}&lt;/code&gt; would set &lt;code&gt;bar&lt;/code&gt; as a binary relation.  I'm not sure how this spacing would look, though, but it might work for what you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1425" LastActivityDate="2010-12-31T19:12:00.103" />
  <row Id="8051" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8075" CreationDate="2010-12-31T19:19:33.763" Score="1" ViewCount="268" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a small technical problem but I have been unable to find a solution to it so far.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In my thesis document, the chapter numbers that are displayed on page headers are not updated. It keeps on showing &quot;Chapter 1. Some_Chapter_Name&quot; as header. The reason I don't understand is that the chapter numbers on the first page of each chapter is properly incremented but not as page headers for next pages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any help will be much appreciated. I am attaching the complete style code for my LaTeX document later on. I believe this is the relevant section to the problem:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;===============&#xA;SHORTER VERSION&#xA;=================&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% Set up the document&#xA;\documentclass[a4paper, 11pt, oneside]{Thesis}  % Use the &quot;Thesis&quot; style, based on the ECS Thesis style by Steve Gunn&#xA;&#xA;%% Chapter Heading ---------------&#xA;\renewcommand{\chaptermark}[1]{\btypeout{\thechapter\space #1}\markboth{\@chapapp\ \thechapter\ #1}{\@chapapp\ \thechapter\ #1}}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath,amsfonts,amssymb,amscd,amsthm,xspace}&#xA;\theoremstyle{plain}&#xA;\newtheorem{example}{Example}[chapter]&#xA;\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}[chapter]&#xA;\newtheorem{corollary}[theorem]{Corollary}&#xA;\newtheorem{lemma}[theorem]{Lemma}&#xA;\newtheorem{proposition}[theorem]{Proposition}&#xA;\newtheorem{axiom}[theorem]{Axiom}&#xA;\theoremstyle{definition}&#xA;\newtheorem{definition}[theorem]{Definition}&#xA;\theoremstyle{remark}&#xA;\newtheorem{remark}[theorem]{Remark}&#xA;\usepackage[centerlast,small,sc]{caption}&#xA;\setlength{\captionmargin}{20pt}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{epstopdf}&#xA;\usepackage[scriptsize]{subfigure}&#xA;\usepackage{booktabs}&#xA;\usepackage{rotating}&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\usepackage{lstpatch}&#xA;\usepackage{lscape}&#xA;\usepackage{longtable}&#xA;\usepackage{supertabular}&#xA;\usepackage{algorithmic}&#xA;\usepackage{algorithm}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[pdfpagemode={UseOutlines},bookmarks=true,bookmarksopen=true,&#xA;   bookmarksopenlevel=0,bookmarksnumbered=true,hypertexnames=false,&#xA;   colorlinks,linkcolor={blue},citecolor={blue},urlcolor={red},&#xA;   pdfstartview={FitV},unicode,breaklinks=true,&#xA;   plainpages=false,pdfpagelabels, &#xA;   pagebackref]{hyperref}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The Thesis template and an example document can be found on &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.sunilpatel.co.uk/thesis-template/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.sunilpatel.co.uk/thesis-template/&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2739" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-25T07:00:10.893" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T07:00:10.893" Title="Chapter number on page header is not updated in LaTeX document" Tags="&lt;numbering&gt;&lt;header-footer&gt;&lt;chapters&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="10" />
  <row Id="8052" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8060" CreationDate="2010-12-31T19:34:48.290" Score="6" ViewCount="147" Body="&lt;p&gt;TeX of course knows at any time what control words and symbols are defined. Is it possible to access this information, for example at the end of a run?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Edit: the answer is no. In fact, commands that are defined are stored using a hash table, so it is not possible in principle to access a list of all currently defined macros. In fact, TeX does not store this list anywhere.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I will thus have to do what I planned differently (for this, the &lt;code&gt;cmdtrack&lt;/code&gt; package should help). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I wanted to use the list of macros for is essentially a duplicate of &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3174/latex-macro-expander&quot; title=&quot;LaTeX macro expander&quot;&gt;this question: expanding some macros inside the LaTeXsource&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastEditorUserId="2707" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-02T17:36:27.423" LastActivityDate="2011-01-02T17:36:27.423" Title="List (at run time) the macros that are currently defined [impossible]" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="8053" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8054" CreationDate="2010-12-31T20:27:35.093" Score="8" ViewCount="322" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have only ever used &lt;code&gt;\textit&lt;/code&gt; (and &lt;code&gt;\emph&lt;/code&gt; for emphasized text), but have noticed that in some TeX examples, &lt;code&gt;\itshape&lt;/code&gt; is used instead of &lt;code&gt;\textit&lt;/code&gt;. Is there a difference between &lt;code&gt;\textit&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\itshape&lt;/code&gt;? If so, what is that difference?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2733" LastActivityDate="2010-12-31T20:43:41.333" Title="Is there a difference between \textit and \itshape?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;best-practices&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="8054" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8053" CreationDate="2010-12-31T20:39:48.873" Score="16" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\itshape&lt;/code&gt; is a switch:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Not italic {\itshape Italic} Not italic&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\textit&lt;/code&gt; takes an argument:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Not italic \textit{Italic} Not italic&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Many people seem to like &lt;code&gt;\itshape{...}&lt;/code&gt;, which is wrong (but doesn't give an error since the braces are interpreted as grouping delimiters here).&#xA;&lt;code&gt;\itshape&lt;/code&gt; doesn't automatically insert italic correction, whereas &lt;code&gt;\textit&lt;/code&gt; does, so inside a paragraph, &lt;code&gt;\textit&lt;/code&gt; is usually better. On the other hand, sometimes the switch commands are more handy if you already have grouping (e.g., with braces or environments):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{table}&#xA;  \itshape&#xA;  Everything inside this table is italic&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2010-12-31T20:39:48.873" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8055" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8053" CreationDate="2010-12-31T20:40:34.037" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\itshape&lt;/code&gt; and others like it (&lt;code&gt;bfseries&lt;/code&gt;) are modal commands which don't take arguments.  They change all succeeding text to that font shape/weight etc.  &lt;code&gt;\textit&lt;/code&gt; (and &lt;code&gt;textbf&lt;/code&gt;) is a macro that takes an argument.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2010-12-31T20:40:34.037" />
  <row Id="8056" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8053" CreationDate="2010-12-31T20:43:41.333" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\itshape&lt;/code&gt; is a &lt;em&gt;declaration&lt;/em&gt;. It affects the following text. That's why it's often used for larger amounts of text or within a group. In contrast, &lt;code&gt;\textit&lt;/code&gt; affects only its argument.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\textit&lt;/code&gt; provides &lt;em&gt;italic correction&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\itshape&lt;/code&gt; does not. This means, that immediately after an italic text made by &lt;code&gt;\textit&lt;/code&gt; there's a little more space before the following text, compared with &lt;code&gt;\itshape&lt;/code&gt;. A reason for the correction is, that because of the slanting the spacing could be too narrow, visually. It depends on the font.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\textit&lt;/code&gt; works in math mode, &lt;code&gt;\itshape&lt;/code&gt; doesn't work in math mode.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's code for &lt;code&gt;\textit&lt;/code&gt;, from latex.ltx:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareTextFontCommand{\textit}{\itshape}&#xA;&#xA;\def \DeclareTextFontCommand #1#2{%&#xA;  \DeclareRobustCommand#1[1]{%&#xA;    \ifmmode&#xA;      \nfss@text{#2##1}%&#xA;    \else&#xA;      \hmode@bgroup&#xA;       \text@command{##1}%&#xA;       #2\check@icl ##1\check@icr&#xA;       \expandafter&#xA;      \egroup&#xA;    \fi&#xA;                       }%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you can see, &lt;code&gt;\textit&lt;/code&gt; uses &lt;code&gt;\itshape&lt;/code&gt; but does more regarding math mode and italic correction.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2010-12-31T20:43:41.333" />
  <row Id="8057" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8039" CreationDate="2010-12-31T21:34:04.807" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think the &lt;em&gt;interface&lt;/em&gt; I would look for would be an optional key to the &lt;code&gt;\cite&lt;/code&gt; suite of commands.  Something like &lt;code&gt;\cite[confidence=low]{Foo:1942}&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\citep[confidence=10]{Bar:1924}&lt;/code&gt;.  Then if it were omitted behavior would default to the unenhanced &lt;code&gt;\cite&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For &lt;em&gt;implementation&lt;/em&gt; try the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/xkeyval&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;xkeyval&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package.  There are others which do this kind of thing (also &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/pgfkeys&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;pgfkeys&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;), but this one is pretty good.  The wrinkle is that &lt;code&gt;\cite&lt;/code&gt; already takes an optional argument, so care has to be taken to get that passed to the original command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The biggest remaining question to me would be the &lt;em&gt;rendering&lt;/em&gt; of these fuzzy references.  I don't think you want to change the font weight or color—that might just emphasize it.  What about decorating the reference with a certain number of tildes, with more tildes meaning lower confidence?  (Tildes are used in physics derivations to indicate vague identity.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-12-31T21:34:04.807" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8059" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8041" CreationDate="2011-01-01T04:16:26.400" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can change the size of the skip after commas, semicolons and &lt;code&gt;\colon&lt;/code&gt;s (&lt;code&gt;\mathpunct&lt;/code&gt;) by changing &lt;code&gt;\thinmuskip&lt;/code&gt;, eg. &lt;code&gt;\thinmuskip=5mu&lt;/code&gt;, but thin spaces are used in many other places so this is not a great solution. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could make the comma an active character in mathmode (see, eg, &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1975/substituting-character-l-with-ell-throughout-math-mode/1990#1990&quot;&gt;this answer&lt;/a&gt;), but this could maybe cause compatibility problems with some packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personally I would do as Hendrik said, enter your first example as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;the points $a$, $b$, and~$c$ ...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and not mess with TeX's spacing for the second example (your version with the explicit thin spaces looks too big to me, although I accept that my judgement on these things has been calibrated by working with TeX so much).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2011-01-01T04:16:26.400" />
  <row Id="8060" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8052" CreationDate="2011-01-01T04:33:58.467" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/cmdtrack&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;cmdtrack&lt;/a&gt; package attempts to keep track of what commands are defined (in order to tell you if and where you use the commands that you define). Perhaps you can get some inspiration from its methods.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2011-01-01T04:33:58.467" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8061" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8063" CreationDate="2011-01-01T08:01:47.603" Score="1" ViewCount="274" Body="&lt;p&gt;Objectives:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;To show a canvas bounding box with a specified size in advance. &#xA;In other words, I want to create a &lt;code&gt;\begin{pspicture}(-2,-2)(3,3)&lt;/code&gt;-like canvas before drawing other objects inside it. I don't like auto-determined canvas size produced by Tikz because of some reasons.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;To show the colored grid with numbers along its axes for navigation purpose. It also clips any objects beyond its boundary. The grid can be applied to the canvas in 2 ways: permanent and temporary.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;To hide &lt;strong&gt;GLOBALLY&lt;/strong&gt; the temporary grid at the final phase without having to make adjustment one by one per &lt;code&gt;\tikzpicture&lt;/code&gt; (that is tedious).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is better if I provide the example in PSTricks to make it clearer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;PSTricks&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/IN6DB.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[dvipsnames,dvips,rgb]{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{pstricks}&#xA;&#xA;\newpsstyle{gridstyle}{%&#xA;gridwidth=0.4pt,%default: 0.8pt&#xA;gridcolor=Red!10,%default: black&#xA;griddots=0,%default: 0 &#xA;%&#xA;gridlabels=3pt,%default: 10pt&#xA;gridlabelcolor=Blue,%default: black&#xA;%&#xA;subgriddiv=5,%default: 5&#xA;subgridwidth=0.2pt,%default: 0.4pt&#xA;subgridcolor=Green!10,%default: gray&#xA;subgriddots=0%default: 0&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\psset{style=gridstyle}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;%To remove the grid globally, please remove th following comment. &#xA;%\let\psgrid\relax&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{pspicture}[showgrid](-2,-2)(3,3)&#xA;    %Permanent grid has been setup.&#xA;    %other objects start from here&#xA;    \pscircle[fillstyle=solid,opacity=0.25,fillcolor=red](0.5,0.5){2}  &#xA;\end{pspicture} &#xA;&#xA;\vspace{1cm}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{pspicture}(-2,-2)(3,3)&#xA;    \psgrid%this is a temporary grid that can be hidden globally later.&#xA;    %other objects start from here&#xA;    \pscircle[fillstyle=solid,opacity=0.25,fillcolor=red](0.5,0.5){2}  &#xA;\end{pspicture} &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;PGF/Tikz&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My attempt below did not produce the same figure as the PSTricks did above.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/heSVT.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\clip (-2,-2) rectangle (3,3);&#xA;\draw (-2,-2) grid (3,3);&#xA;\draw[opacity=0.25,fill=red] (0.5,0.5) circle (2); &#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;First attempt based on @Torbjorn's suggestion&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is better but not similar to the PSTricks one given above.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\grid}[4]{\draw [green] (#1,#2) grid (#3,#4);}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\clip (-2,-2) rectangle (3,3);&#xA;\draw [opacity=0.25,fill=red,draw=black] (0.5,0.5) circle (2); &#xA;\draw [green] (-2,-2) grid (3,3);%Permanent&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\vspace{1cm}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\clip (-2,-2) rectangle (3,3);&#xA;\draw [opacity=0.25,fill=red,draw=black] (0.5,0.5) circle (2); &#xA;%&#xA;%I hope it to be temporarily grid that can be removed globally later.&#xA;\grid{-2}{-2}{3}{3}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-01T17:24:40.790" LastActivityDate="2011-01-01T17:24:40.790" Title="How to prepare a PSTricks-like canvas (or drawing area) in PGF/Tikz before drawing other objects inside it?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="8062" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8041" CreationDate="2011-01-01T08:33:08.017" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is not correct mathematical typesetting, but you can increase the spaces after commas with this code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\Vec#1{\expandafter\Vec@i#1,,\@nil}&#xA;\def\Vec@i#1,#2,#3\@nil{%&#xA;  $#1\ifx\relax#2\relax$\else,\mkern\thickmuskip$%&#xA;  \Vec@i#2,#3\@nil\fi}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Let the vector \Vec{x=(x_1,x_2,x_3)} be...&#xA;&#xA;and can simply be reverted &#xA;\let\Vec\ensuremath&#xA;&#xA;Let the vector \Vec{x=(x_1,x_2,x_3)} be...&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-01T09:21:15.663" LastActivityDate="2011-01-01T09:21:15.663" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8063" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8061" CreationDate="2011-01-01T08:42:15.367" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To limit the the picture to a specific rectangle, add a &lt;code&gt;\clip&lt;/code&gt; command at the beginning of the picture, e.g.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\clip (-2,-2) rectangle (3,3);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This works with most paths (but not &lt;code&gt;grid&lt;/code&gt; it seems), so you can, for instance specify the vertices manually or use a circle instead of a rectangle, should you want to. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As the grid is for navigational purposes, it would be best to have it on top, I suppose. You can do either by putting it at the end of the picture, or by using the &lt;code&gt;execute at end picture&lt;/code&gt; key, like so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage[demo]{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\noindent&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[%&#xA;execute at begin picture={\clip (0,0) rectangle (5,5);},&#xA;execute at end picture={\draw [red] (0,0) grid (5,5);}]&#xA;\draw (2.5,2.5) node[inner sep=0]{\includegraphics[width=5cm]{}};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To remove the grid, simply comment out the line that draws the grid. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The rest of the post may not be very relevant, but I'll leave it as is.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The PGF manual describes two ways of defining the bounding box of a &lt;code&gt;tikzpicture&lt;/code&gt; (see section 15.7 of the PGF 2.10 manual). Either, one can use the command &lt;code&gt;\useasboundingbox&lt;/code&gt;, or one can use &lt;code&gt;use as bounding box&lt;/code&gt; as an option to a path. Note that this does &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; clip the paths, so if you draw something outside this specified bounding box, it will flow into the surrounding text and/or margins. (To clip the picture as well, use the &lt;code&gt;\clip&lt;/code&gt; command.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;By using the latter option you can draw the border of the bounding box at the same time, by adding the option to a &lt;code&gt;\draw&lt;/code&gt; command. An example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \draw[blue, use as bounding box] (0,0) rectangle (2,2);&#xA;  \draw (-2,-2) -- (4,4);  % these demonstrate that &#xA;  \draw (-2,4) -- (4,-2);  % paths are not clipped&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\lipsum[2]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/BYlUx.png&quot; alt=&quot;Image showing the output of the above code&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you just want to set the bounding box, and not draw the border, you can use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\useasboundingbox (0,0) rectangle (2,2);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another way of drawing the border of the picture, is to use the predefined node &lt;code&gt;current bounding box&lt;/code&gt;. This is a rectangle shape that is always the size of, well, the current bounding box. You can use its corners as coordinates to draw the border. Further, by using the key &lt;code&gt;execute at end picture&lt;/code&gt; you can add the drawing command as on option to the &lt;code&gt;tikzpicture&lt;/code&gt; environment. (You could, of course, also just add it at the end of the picture.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[execute at end picture={%&#xA;\draw [blue] (current bounding box.south west) rectangle &#xA;    (current bounding box.north east);}]&#xA;  \draw (0,0) circle (1cm);&#xA;  \draw (3,0) circle (3pt);&#xA;  \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/jR2SH.png&quot; alt=&quot;Image showing the output of the above code&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Regarding your example, the reason that the horizontal &quot;margin&quot; is different from the vertical, seems to be the &lt;code&gt;inner sep&lt;/code&gt; of the node containing the image. It is this node that determines the width of the &lt;code&gt;tikzpicture&lt;/code&gt;, while the grid determines the height. If you remove the grid, you'll see that the distance from the bounding box to the image is the same for both directions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The size of the inner separation can be set by adding &lt;code&gt;inner sep=&amp;lt;length&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; as an option to the node. This can also be defined separately for the horizontal and vertical direction, by using &lt;code&gt;inner xsep=&amp;lt;length&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;inner ysep=&amp;lt;length&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;, respectively.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage[demo]{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\noindent%&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[execute at end picture=%&#xA;{\draw [ultra thick] (current bounding box.south west) rectangle&#xA;(current bounding box.north east);}]&#xA;\draw (2.5,2.5) node[inner sep=0pt]{\includegraphics[width=5cm]{}};&#xA;\draw[draw=red] (0,0) grid (5,5);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="586" LastEditorUserId="586" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-01T15:57:00.630" LastActivityDate="2011-01-01T15:57:00.630" CommentCount="12" />
  <row Id="8065" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8066" CreationDate="2011-01-01T10:17:42.957" Score="1" ViewCount="75" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it somehow possible to set the &lt;code&gt;\tabskip&lt;/code&gt; glue to zero for the first and last column in a repeated &lt;code&gt;\halign&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Eg.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% tabskip=0pt&#xA;\halign{&amp;amp;#\hfil\tabskip1em plus1em minus.5em\cr&#xA;  Foo&amp;amp;Bar&amp;amp;Baz\cr&#xA;  \noalign{\smallskip\hrule}&#xA;}&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There you can see that for the last column, there is a tabskip after it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like to have a preamble which has zero tabskip for the first and last column. Is this somehow possible?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastActivityDate="2011-01-01T10:33:02.337" Title="setting \tabskip in a repeating \halign preamble" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;plain-tex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="8066" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8065" CreationDate="2011-01-01T10:33:02.337" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I suspect not. From &lt;em&gt;TeX by Topic&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The value of &lt;code&gt;\tabskip&lt;/code&gt; that holds&#xA;  outside the alignment is used before&#xA;  the first column, and after all&#xA;  subsequent columns, unless the&#xA;  preamble contains assignments to&#xA;  &lt;code&gt;\tabskip&lt;/code&gt;. Any assignment to &lt;code&gt;\tabskip&lt;/code&gt;&#xA;  is executed while TeX is scanning the&#xA;  preamble; the value that holds when&#xA;  a tab character is reached will be&#xA;  used at that place in each row, and&#xA;  after all subsequent columns, unless&#xA;  further assignments occur. The value&#xA;  of &lt;code&gt;\tabskip&lt;/code&gt; that holds when &lt;code&gt;\cr&lt;/code&gt; is&#xA;  reached is used after the last column.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2011-01-01T10:33:02.337" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8067" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8041" CreationDate="2011-01-01T11:47:48.867" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In LuaTeX you can control the spacing between objects for each pair of classes individually:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Let the vector $x=(x_1, x_2, x_3)$ be\par&#xA;\Umathpunctordspacing\textstyle=20mu&#xA;Let the vector $x=(x_1, x_2, x_3)$ be&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2011-01-01T11:47:48.867" />
  <row Id="8068" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10193" CreationDate="2011-01-01T12:58:33.223" Score="3" ViewCount="107" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the TeXbook, Knuth gives an example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Are you tired of typing &lt;code&gt;\cr&lt;/code&gt;? You can get plain TEX to insert an automatic &lt;code&gt;\cr&lt;/code&gt; at the end of each input line in the following way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begingroup \let\par=\cr \obeylines %&#xA;\halign{⟨preamble⟩&#xA;⟨ﬁrst line of alignment⟩&#xA;...&#xA;⟨last line of alignment}\endgroup&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How would one wrap this up into a macro? So that one could use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\mytable{%&#xA;This &amp;amp; is &amp;amp; the &amp;amp; first &amp;amp; row&#xA;This &amp;amp; is &amp;amp; the &amp;amp; second &amp;amp; row&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T18:45:21.190" Title="Wrapping \obeylines with \halign into a macro" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;horizontal-alignment&gt;&lt;plain-tex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="8069" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8015" CreationDate="2011-01-01T13:01:52.690" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've been thinking about this myself, as I will need it soon.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For you, Wouldnt it be much easier to just do this in the texteditor with find x/replace function (\textsc{x})? The list of abbreviations used in a novel won't be very big. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you use a texteditor that supports Perl style regex or simpler regex, you can even replace all wanted abbreviations in one single run.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2182" LastActivityDate="2011-01-01T13:01:52.690" />
  <row Id="8070" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8068" CreationDate="2011-01-01T13:31:05.317" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\mytable{%&#xA;  \begingroup&#xA;    \let\par=\cr&#xA;    \obeylines&#xA;    \mytableAux&#xA;}&#xA;\def\mytableAux#1{%&#xA;    \mytoks=\expandafter{\the\myhash}%&#xA;    \mytoks=\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;      {\expandafter\the\expandafter\myhash\expandafter&amp;amp;\the\mytoks}%&#xA;    \mytoks=\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;      {\expandafter\the\expandafter\myhash\expandafter&amp;amp;\the\mytoks}%&#xA;    \mytoks=\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;      {\expandafter\the\expandafter\myhash\expandafter&amp;amp;\the\mytoks}%&#xA;    \mytoks=\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;      {\expandafter\the\expandafter\myhash\expandafter&amp;amp;\the\mytoks\cr#1}%&#xA;    \halign\expandafter{\the\mytoks}%&#xA;  \endgroup&#xA;}&#xA;\newtoks\mytoks&#xA;\newtoks\myhash&#xA;\myhash={#}&#xA;\mytable{%&#xA;This &amp;amp; is &amp;amp; the &amp;amp; first &amp;amp; row&#xA;This &amp;amp; is &amp;amp; the &amp;amp; second &amp;amp; row&#xA;}&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A lot of the work here is about constructing the template: I've not used a loop or anything subtle, although in a real application you would do. (For example, see how LaTeX2e constructs the &lt;code&gt;\halign&lt;/code&gt; template for tabulars.) You need to have the &lt;code&gt;\halign&lt;/code&gt; within the group which sets up &lt;code&gt;^^M=\cr&lt;/code&gt;, as this cannot be expanded to do the substitution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2011-01-01T13:31:05.317" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8071" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5571" CreationDate="2011-01-01T14:30:55.197" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The original poster didn't use &quot;special bibliography packages&quot;, but for the sake of completeness here's a solution using &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/biblatex.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;biblatex&lt;/a&gt;. (Note that the redefinition of &lt;code&gt;\defbibenvironment&lt;/code&gt; is intended for numeric bibliography styles. For alphabetic styles see the original definition in alphabetic.bbx and change it correspondingly; for styles without a label replace the third argument of &lt;code&gt;\defbibenvironment&lt;/code&gt; in my code example with &lt;code&gt;\addspace&lt;/code&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{biblatex}&#xA;&#xA;\defbibenvironment{bibliography}&#xA;  {}&#xA;  {}&#xA;  {\addspace&#xA;   \printtext[labelnumberwidth]{%&#xA;     \printfield{prefixnumber}%&#xA;     \printfield{labelnumber}}%&#xA;   \addhighpenspace}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.bib}&#xA;@misc{A01,&#xA;  author = {Author, A.},&#xA;  year = {2001},&#xA;  title = {Alpha},&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;@misc{B02,&#xA;  author = {Buthor, B.},&#xA;  year = {2002},&#xA;  title = {Bravo},&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;@misc{C03,&#xA;  author = {Cuthor, C.},&#xA;  year = {2003},&#xA;  title = {Charlie},&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\bibliography{\jobname}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\nocite{*}&#xA;&#xA;\printbibliography&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The filecontents environment is only used to include some external files directly into the example, so that it compiles. It is not necessary for the solution.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: Since line breaks after labels should be discouraged, I replaced the second &lt;code&gt;\addspace&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;\addhighpenspace&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-11T13:14:48.173" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T13:14:48.173" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="8072" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8073" CreationDate="2011-01-01T14:30:59.323" Score="1" ViewCount="60" Body="&lt;p&gt;I defined some small pstricks makro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{pspicture}(-5,-5)(5,5)&#xA;    \newcommand{\leftwall}{%&#xA;    \psline(-4,-4)(-4,4)&#xA;    \multips(-4,-3.5)(0,0.5){14}{\psline(0,0)(-1,1)}&#xA;    }&#xA;    \leftwall&#xA;\end{pspicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And now I want the output of &lt;code&gt;\leftwall&lt;/code&gt; reflected, to produce something like &lt;code&gt;\rightwall&lt;/code&gt;. In this specific situation, I could just change the signs of the x coordinates, but this is ugly. How can I do this in general?&#xA;I'm looking for a command like &lt;code&gt;\psrotate&lt;/code&gt; from the pstricks-add package where I can specify two points that define a line along which I can reflect my &lt;code&gt;\leftwall&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="945" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-01T14:58:07.847" LastActivityDate="2011-01-01T15:00:46.330" Title="How can I produce the reflection of a pstricks image in pstricks?" Tags="&lt;pstricks&gt;&lt;reflection&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8073" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8072" CreationDate="2011-01-01T15:00:46.330" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;extend the example in a case that &lt;code&gt;\leftwall&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\rightwall&lt;/code&gt; allow coordinates to get rid of the &lt;code&gt;\rput&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{pstricks}&#xA;\newcommand\leftwall{%  &#xA;  \psline(-4,-4)(-4,4) &#xA;  \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=vlines](-4,-4)(-4.75,4)}&#xA;\newcommand\rightwall{\psscalebox{-1 1}{\leftwall}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{pspicture}(-5,-5)(5,5) &#xA; \leftwall \rput(0,0){\rightwall}&#xA;\end{pspicture} &#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/jps6O.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-01T15:00:46.330" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8074" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8037" CreationDate="2011-01-01T15:05:37.340" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;use the memoir class and export the code for the mathematica examples from within your LaTeX document. Then run the mathematica examples by a script and insert the created pdfs instead of the source code. Can all be done automatically.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-04T17:04:59.853" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T17:04:59.853" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8075" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8051" CreationDate="2011-01-01T16:08:11.410" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your document is &lt;code&gt;oneside&lt;/code&gt;, but Thesis.cls expects &lt;code&gt;twoside&lt;/code&gt;. This can be seen in these two lines of Thesis.cls:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\lhead[\rm\thepage]{\fancyplain{}{\sl{\rightmark}}}&#xA;\rhead[\fancyplain{}{\sl{\leftmark}}]{\rm\thepage}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That class uses old-fashioned fancyheading commands. For twoside mode, the optional argument refers to even pages, the mandatory argument refers to odd pages. Here, in oneside mode, &lt;code&gt;\rhead&lt;/code&gt; overwrites the right mark with the page number.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Solution:&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Change to &lt;code&gt;twoside&lt;/code&gt; mode or, if you would really like to use &lt;code&gt;oneside&lt;/code&gt;: call &lt;code&gt;\lhead&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\rhead&lt;/code&gt; without optional arguments or use recent commands of fancyhdr.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note: since you did not post a minimal working example, it took me a lot of time to work out the solution. I've done this because you don't know the importance of minimal working examples yet or don't know how to create them. Have a look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://minimalbeispiel.de/mini-en.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;What is a minimal working example?&lt;/a&gt; and at &lt;a href=&quot;http://meta.tex.stackexchange.com/questions/228/ive-just-been-told-i-have-to-write-a-minimal-example-what-is-that&quot;&gt;I've just been told I have to write a minimal example, what is that?&lt;/a&gt;. Next time please provide a small compilable code example which shows the problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-01-01T16:08:11.410" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="8076" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8117" CreationDate="2011-01-01T17:37:36.057" Score="12" ViewCount="296" Body="&lt;p&gt;This question was inspired by comment banter in &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/7703/why-do-we-need-eleven-expandafters-to-expand-four-tokens-in-the-right-order&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt; question. See title.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T18:43:08.007" Title="Can one define a '\superexpandafter{n}' that would expand to 2^n-1 '\expandafter's?'" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;tex-core&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="8077" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8080" CreationDate="2011-01-01T17:49:01.623" Score="3" ViewCount="125" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Mathematica, C# linq, or other languages, we can use auxiliary functions to produce list of certain pattern.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;In Mathematica, we can use &lt;code&gt;Table[]&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;Range[]&lt;/code&gt; to produce a list of numbers in the specified pattern.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;In C#, we can also use &lt;code&gt;Range&lt;/code&gt; to produce a list of consecutive integers.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I need this kind of function also in PGF/Tikz to be consumed by &lt;code&gt;\foreach&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are there list building macros in PGF/Tikz?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-01T18:29:17.990" LastActivityDate="2011-01-01T18:29:17.990" Title="Are there list building macros in PGF/Tikz?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;loops&gt;&lt;foreach&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="8078" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8029" CreationDate="2011-01-01T17:55:54.107" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Because TeX is an awful outdated document markup language.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;More or less TeX was written to do the simple job of controlling document layout.  Knuth delibratly resisted making the original macro processing Turing complete as he felt that there was an unfortunate proliferation of Turing complete configuration languages everywhere.  Indeed, I kinda wish he hadn't and TeX code was primarily produced as an intermediate protocal between a high level layout language and the backend renderer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately the installed base now is just too large to toss TeX over and use something else.  Many of the mathematicians I work with haven't even made the switch to latex yet and use plain TeX out of habit.  However, I have high hopes that the LuaTeX stuff will gradually begin to bring TeX to the point where it's a decent markup language.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sadly producing semantically meaningful documents in TeX is just WAY WAY too hard.  Even parsing multiple optional arguments is something beyond virtually all TeX users much less coding a semantically meaningful macro to express their new notation.  I've tried to do this in my rec-thy package for TeX but surely haven't succeeded.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2743" LastActivityDate="2011-01-01T17:55:54.107" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8079" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1856" CreationDate="2011-01-01T18:09:22.567" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Or you could just clean your bibtex and cut all MR numbers down to just the first numerical component, e.g. 123456789 instead of MR123456789 (23423).  That is all that really matters about a MR number and is more than sufficent to generate a unique link to the item.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I just keep my bib file clean in that fashion and then define the following two macros right before the bibliography for those classes that don't provide them already:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;\newcommand{\MR}[1]{\MRhref{#1}{MR #1}}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;\newcommand{\MRhref}[2]{\href{http://www.ams.org/mathscinet-getitem?mr=#1}{#2}}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2743" LastActivityDate="2011-01-01T18:09:22.567" />
  <row Id="8080" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8077" CreationDate="2011-01-01T18:28:49.100" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;TikZ's &lt;code&gt;\foreach&lt;/code&gt; accepts a lot of abbreviated lists. Examples include&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\foreach \x in {1,2,...,6} {\x, }&lt;/code&gt; yields 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\foreach \x in {1,3,...,11} {\x, }&lt;/code&gt; yields 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\foreach \x in {Z,X,...,M} {\x, }&lt;/code&gt; yields Z, X, V, T, R, P, N,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\foreach \x in {0\pi,0.5\pi,...\pi,3\pi} {$\x$, }&lt;/code&gt; yields 0π, 0.5π, 1π, 1.5π, 2π, 2.5π, 3π,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For more details see “Repeating Things: The Foreach Statement“ in the TikZ manual (its Chapter 56 in the v2.10 manual).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-01-01T18:28:49.100" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8081" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8109" CreationDate="2011-01-01T19:06:04.433" Score="0" ViewCount="204" Body="&lt;p&gt;In theory, additive mixing Red color and Green color produces Yellow color.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In my mental model, additive mixing opaque Red and opaque Green will produce opaque Yellow. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But the following attempt, I got a result that is different from my mental model. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;WHY?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/XVySo.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Minimal Code (PSTricks)&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[dvipsnames,dvips,rgb]{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{pstricks}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{pspicture}(3,3)&#xA;  \psset{fillstyle=solid,opacity=0.5,linestyle=none}&#xA;    \pscircle[fillcolor=red](1,1){1}  &#xA;    \pscircle[fillcolor=green](2,1){1}  &#xA;    \psframe[fillcolor=yellow](0,2)(3,3)&#xA;\end{pspicture} &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Minimal Code (PGF/Tikz)&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[dvipsnames,dvips,rgb]{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \draw [fill=red,opacity=0.5](1,1) circle (1);&#xA;    \draw [fill=green,opacity=0.5](2,1) circle (1);&#xA;    \draw [fill=yellow,opacity=0.5] (0,2)--(0,3)--(3,3)--(3,2)--cycle;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture} &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-01T19:16:21.060" LastActivityDate="2011-01-02T04:44:12.523" Title="Why DOESN'T the color of overlapped region between opaque red and green objects become opaque yellow?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;pstricks&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="8082" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8087" CreationDate="2011-01-01T19:15:58.403" Score="10" ViewCount="195" Body="&lt;p&gt;I just bumped into a interesting command called &lt;code&gt;\valign&lt;/code&gt;. It seems to be the sister of &lt;code&gt;\halign&lt;/code&gt;, but the TeXbook seems to be rather shy on explaining its use. As is the TeX by Topic. They only mention it swaps the meaning of rows and columns in its use when compared to &lt;code&gt;\halign&lt;/code&gt;. But given the following example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\valign{&amp;amp;#\cr&#xA;How  &amp;amp; is\cr&#xA;this &amp;amp; supposed\cr&#xA;to   &amp;amp; work?\cr&#xA;}&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the produced box is overfull; the second column starts only after the right margin!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So my question is: how is it supposed to be used; how can you change the start of the second (or third) column so it doesn't go out of the page? Also if you have some usage examples somewhere, that'd be great!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T00:01:35.683" Title="How to use \valign?" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="8083" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8047" CreationDate="2011-01-01T19:30:52.870" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you want to introduce automatic spacing before or after &lt;code&gt;\text&lt;/code&gt;, your best option is probably to make &lt;code&gt;\text&lt;/code&gt; behave like an operator (&lt;code&gt;\mathop&lt;/code&gt;), which is the closest thing to text inside math mode. The spacing introduced will be slightly smaller than normal text, but should still be acceptable. Here's the code (making sure that &lt;code&gt;\text&lt;/code&gt; still works in text mode):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\textop}[1]{\relax\ifmmode\mathop{\text{#1}}\else\text{#1}\fi}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you compare this to the respective commands &lt;code&gt;\textbin&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\textrel&lt;/code&gt; which are of type &lt;code&gt;\mathbin&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\mathrel&lt;/code&gt; (suggested in Antal's answer), you see that it works quite well in these typical uses of &lt;code&gt;\text&lt;/code&gt;, even if the spacing is tight:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/CBuQj.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;These commands also all fail at the begining of an &lt;code&gt;{align}&lt;/code&gt; (e.g. &lt;code&gt;\begin{align} &amp;amp; \text{...}&lt;/code&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/KRwzU.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The order of each command is the same as above.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1973" LastActivityDate="2011-01-01T19:30:52.870" />
  <row Id="8084" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7769" CreationDate="2011-01-01T20:11:50.880" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quick answer:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{environ}&#xA;\NewEnviron{Description}{%&#xA;  \expandafter\gdef\expandafter\gtemp\expandafter{%&#xA;    \expandafter&amp;amp;\expandafter&amp;amp;\expandafter&amp;amp;\BODY\tabularnewline\hline&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \aftergroup\gtemp&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It does not allow verbatim text, but the package &lt;code&gt;cprotect&lt;/code&gt; can fix that. My first attempt accepted verbatim directly, but using lrbox only allows one-line boxes (not quite true).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;We use Will Robertson's &lt;code&gt;environ&lt;/code&gt; package to define the &lt;code&gt;Description&lt;/code&gt; environment. It reads the whole content of the environment (until reaching &lt;code&gt;\end{Description}&lt;/code&gt;) and stores it in &lt;code&gt;\BODY&lt;/code&gt;. Naively, we would want&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\NewEnviron{Description}{%&#xA;  &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\BODY\tabularnewline\hline}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But this fails: &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\BODY\tabularnewline\hline&lt;/code&gt; is created inside a group, and the whole thing behaves somewhat like &lt;code&gt;{&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\BODY...}&lt;/code&gt; rather than &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\BODY...&lt;/code&gt;. We want to get the &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; out of the group. This is done using the &lt;code&gt;\aftergroup&lt;/code&gt; primitive: &lt;code&gt;{...\aftergroup\a}&lt;/code&gt; gives &lt;code&gt;{...}\a&lt;/code&gt;, i.e., &lt;code&gt;\a&lt;/code&gt; is executed after the group is finished.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, we store what we want to do after inside a command, &lt;code&gt;\gtemp&lt;/code&gt;, and do &lt;code&gt;\aftergroup\gtemp&lt;/code&gt;. You would thus think that the correct code is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\NewEnviron{Description}{%&#xA;  \gdef\gtemp{%&#xA;    &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\BODY\tabularnewline\hline&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \aftergroup\gtemp&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But it is &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; the end yet. &lt;code&gt;\BODY&lt;/code&gt; is only the body of our environment while we are inside the group. When we try executing &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\BODY\tabularnewline\hline&lt;/code&gt; outside the group, we get an error: &lt;code&gt;\BODY&lt;/code&gt; is not defined. What should we do? We need to replace &lt;code&gt;\BODY&lt;/code&gt; by its &lt;em&gt;expansion&lt;/em&gt; (definition) while we are still inside the group. For this use &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt;, which is quite practical, but messy to use. It tells TeX &quot;see the next token? well... wait, do (expand) the next one first&quot;. A typical construction is &lt;code&gt;\expandafter\a\expandafter\b\expandafter\c\expandafter\d\e&lt;/code&gt;. The first &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt; reads &lt;code&gt;\a&lt;/code&gt;, and expands the next token, &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt;. This second &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt; sees &lt;code&gt;\b&lt;/code&gt;, but starts by expanding &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt;, etc. In the end, &lt;code&gt;\e&lt;/code&gt; is expanded first, and then &lt;code&gt;\a&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\b&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\c&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\d&lt;/code&gt;. (The various tokens don't get re-ordered: only the way they are expanded changes.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So in our final code, which I repeat here,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{environ}&#xA;\NewEnviron{Description}{%&#xA;  \expandafter\gdef\expandafter\gtemp\expandafter{%&#xA;    \expandafter&amp;amp;\expandafter&amp;amp;\expandafter&amp;amp;\BODY\tabularnewline\hline&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \aftergroup\gtemp&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;we first expand &lt;code&gt;\BODY&lt;/code&gt;, and then &lt;code&gt;\gdef\gtemp{&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;em&gt;body&lt;/em&gt;&lt;code&gt;\tabularnewline\hline}&lt;/code&gt;, where &lt;em&gt;body&lt;/em&gt; is the real content of the environment (&lt;code&gt;\BODY&lt;/code&gt; expanded). Finally, the &lt;code&gt;\aftergroup\gtemp&lt;/code&gt; explained above will put this at the right place in the flow of the tabular.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastActivityDate="2011-01-01T20:11:50.880" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="8085" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8116" CreationDate="2011-01-01T20:57:47.690" Score="4" ViewCount="92" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I &lt;code&gt;\immediate\write\somefile{foo}&lt;/code&gt;, TeX writes &lt;code&gt;foo&lt;/code&gt; to the file open in the output stream &lt;code&gt;\somefile&lt;/code&gt;, but it also goes to the next line. (The resulting file has 4 bytes.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since I am writing files and reading them as the body of some environments, it would be nice if I could disable this extra new-line character. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The main problem is when I write &lt;code&gt;foo^^M&lt;/code&gt; at the end of a file, and the newline I write combines with the 'default' one: it leads to a spurious &lt;code&gt;\par&lt;/code&gt;, which breaks short macros (and the &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt; environment). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, is it possible to avoid going to the next line using &lt;code&gt;\write&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastActivityDate="2011-01-02T09:35:28.357" Title="Spurious newline in \write" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;write&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8086" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8085" CreationDate="2011-01-01T21:08:21.050" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Thinking about it, I suspect you are running into the followin&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Each message given with&#xA;  \immediate\write starts on a new line;&#xA;  the user can force a new line in the&#xA;  message by including the character&#xA;  with number \newlinechar. This&#xA;  parameter also works in \message.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(&lt;em&gt;TeX by Topic&lt;/em&gt;, as so often.) To keep control of lines, you need to use only one &lt;code&gt;\write&lt;/code&gt; and use &lt;code&gt;^^J&lt;/code&gt; where you want a new line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2011-01-01T21:08:21.050" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8087" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8082" CreationDate="2011-01-01T21:10:24.640" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The short answer is that each entry is typeset in internal vertical mode, which implies that when you feed it horizontal mode material, as you have done, you get that material typeset as paragraphs, resulting in boxes of width &lt;code&gt;\hsize&lt;/code&gt;. Hence the overfill you have noticed. Here is a slightly improved version of your example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\valign{&amp;amp;\vfil\vbox{\parindent=0pt\hsize=20mm #}\vfil\cr&#xA;How  &amp;amp; is is is is is is is is is is is is is\cr&#xA;this &amp;amp; supposed\cr&#xA;to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to  &amp;amp; work?\cr&#xA;}&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for a real-life useful example, I haven't got one (other than the single row example &lt;code&gt;\valign{\vfil#\vfil\cr…}&lt;/code&gt; mentioned in the TeX book). Maybe someone else will have one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2011-01-01T21:10:24.640" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8088" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8082" CreationDate="2011-01-01T21:26:29.617" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;An example from David Bausum's book&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\valign{&amp;amp;\hbox to 1in{\vrule height9pt depth3pt width0pt#\hfil}\vfil\cr&#xA;badness  &amp;amp; box&amp;amp; boxmaxdepth&amp;amp; cleaders&amp;amp; dp&amp;amp; everyhbox\cr&#xA;everyvbox&amp;amp; hbadness&amp;amp; hbox&amp;amp; hfuzz&amp;amp; hrule&amp;amp; ht&amp;amp; lastbox\cr&#xA;leaders&amp;amp; overfullrule&amp;amp; prevdepth&amp;amp; setbox&amp;amp; unhbox&amp;amp; unhcopy&amp;amp; unvbox\cr&#xA;unvcopy&amp;amp; vbadness&amp;amp; vbox&amp;amp; vfuzz&amp;amp; vrule&amp;amp; vsplit&amp;amp; vtop\cr&#xA;wd&amp;amp; xleaders\cr}&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-01T21:26:29.617" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8089" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8090" CreationDate="2011-01-01T21:28:26.563" Score="4" ViewCount="354" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using the &lt;code&gt;\begin{proof}&lt;/code&gt; of the &lt;code&gt;amsthm&lt;/code&gt; package. And I want to change the style of the &lt;code&gt;Proof&lt;/code&gt; word that is added in the beginning. By default it is italic, I want to make it bold. How can I do it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks is advance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1586" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-03T13:47:11.010" LastActivityDate="2011-01-03T13:47:11.010" Title="Changing style of Proof" Tags="&lt;style&gt;&lt;amsthm&gt;" AnswerCount="4" />
  <row Id="8090" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8089" CreationDate="2011-01-01T21:58:07.197" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;How about:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewenvironment{proof}{{\bfseries Proof}}{*something*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;*something* - something to be executed after environment argument is processed (possibly empty).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;More here: &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/LaTeX/Customizing_LaTeX&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/LaTeX/Customizing_LaTeX&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1996" LastActivityDate="2011-01-01T21:58:07.197" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8091" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8089" CreationDate="2011-01-01T21:58:53.143" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you don't mind changing the name of the environment, just use a variant of the following code. Change &lt;code&gt;\ttfamily \scshape \large #1 (yes, &quot;#1&quot;)&lt;/code&gt; to something more sensible: &lt;code&gt;#1&lt;/code&gt; denotes the &quot;Proof&quot; word.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{myproof}[1][\proofname]{%&#xA;  \proof[\ttfamily \scshape \large #1 (yes, ``#1'')]%&#xA;}{\endproof}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{myproof}&#xA;Hi.&#xA;\end{myproof}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The proof environment takes one argument and puts it in italics (by default this argument is &lt;code&gt;Proof&lt;/code&gt; in English). Our new environment also takes one argument, denoted &lt;code&gt;#1&lt;/code&gt; (with the same default), and feeds it to the &lt;code&gt;proof&lt;/code&gt; environment after transforming it a bit (or a lot). Here I decided to write the &quot;proof&quot; word in typewriter small-caps, large, and I even put it twice: &quot;Proof, (yes, 'Proof')&quot;. Anything can be done with it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to redefine the &lt;code&gt;proof&lt;/code&gt; environment itself, you can do&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\oldproof\proof&#xA;\let\oldendproof\endproof&#xA;\newenvironment{proof}[1][\proofname]{%&#xA;  \oldproof[\ttfamily \scshape \large #1 (yes, ``#1'')]%&#xA;}{\oldendproof}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When we redefine the &lt;code&gt;proof&lt;/code&gt; environment, we are in fact defining &lt;code&gt;\proof&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\endproof&lt;/code&gt;. The primitive &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt; makes &lt;code&gt;\oldproof&lt;/code&gt; into an exact copy of what &lt;code&gt;\proof&lt;/code&gt; means initially, so that we can use it for defining &lt;code&gt;\proof&lt;/code&gt;. Otherwise, &lt;code&gt;\proof&lt;/code&gt; would expand to &lt;code&gt;\proof[...]&lt;/code&gt;, which would expand to &lt;code&gt;\proof[...]&lt;/code&gt;, etc, looping forever.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastActivityDate="2011-01-01T21:58:53.143" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8092" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8097" CreationDate="2011-01-01T22:10:31.043" Score="4" ViewCount="151" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to force individual equations to place their equation numbers (or more specifically the result of a &lt;code&gt;\tag*{blah}&lt;/code&gt;) on a specific side of the page regardless of the options to amsart.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I sometimes wish to use the equation enviornment to define 'requirements' in my papers which should look like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;R_e:  equation stuff&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Where R_e is the equation tag.  R_e should be on the left even when reqno is passed to the documentclass.  How can I accomplish this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2743" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-02T12:58:29.187" LastActivityDate="2011-01-02T12:58:29.187" Title="Placing equation number on left with reqno option in amsart document class" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;amsmath&gt;&lt;numbering&gt;&lt;amsart&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="8093" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8052" CreationDate="2011-01-01T22:12:10.717" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is your aim to strip the user defined macros from a file and replace them with their definitions for self-contained publication?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Maybe there is an easier way to do that.  Though I guess you could always go crazy and reimplement TeX in TeX (it is Turing complete).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2743" LastActivityDate="2011-01-01T22:12:10.717" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8094" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2012" CreationDate="2011-01-01T22:39:39.990" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's a useful concept in that it potentially provides the ability to force a macro to be used explicitly (or clever tricks applied) in the TeX code for any document it appears in.  Thus if \fooouter is used in the document bar.tex one is assured that the string \fooouter will appear in bar.tex or one of it's dependencies absent trickery.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that another recent question on this site about automatically replacing macros with their definitions had answering users specifically suggesting a \newsanemacro command that would only allow relatively simply macros to be defined that might be automatically eliminated.  \outer seems like it offers just such a tool for the common case of the simple user textual substitution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2743" LastActivityDate="2011-01-01T22:39:39.990" />
  <row Id="8095" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-01T22:44:31.420" Score="1" ViewCount="42" Body="&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3174/latex-macro-expander&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt; someone asked if there was any way to eliminate user defined macros from a TeX document and replace them with the appropriate primitives.  The answer seemed to be that while some programs did this for simple macros there was no general solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm in need of a less complex feature.  Most journals I submit to are happy with user defined macros but they all must be included in the document to make it self-contained and the journals get upset if you throw in all sorts of unnecessary macros.  This leads to the unpleasant task of manually discerning what macros from your files where used in a particular document and copying them over.  I'd like to know if there is anything to automate this process.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is potentially much easier.  One has a finite list of \input{blah.tex} files that may contain the macro definition and one need only decide if the document &lt;em&gt;might&lt;/em&gt; require that macro, i.e., it is referenced from a macro referenced in the document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So under the assumptions that&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1) No non-user code calls user macros that aren't explicitly passed in the arguments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2) User code doesn't dynamically reference other user macros via \csname style constructs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;3) All user macros are either in the document itself or in the finite list of user macro files passed to the utility/package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any automatic way of listing those user macros that &lt;em&gt;MIGHT&lt;/em&gt; be needed for compilation of the current document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2743" LastActivityDate="2011-01-02T03:15:30.547" Title="Automatically Adding Potentially Referenced Macros From Auxillary File" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;automation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="8096" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8085" CreationDate="2011-01-01T23:30:07.090" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This isn't a direct answer, but since you say you're reading the files back into TeX, you could try appending &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt; to the end of what you're writing out: &lt;code&gt;\immediate\write\somefile{foo\relax}&lt;/code&gt;.  The &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt; will swallow all the following space, which sounds like it will solve the symptoms of your problem, though not the source.  Obviously, it's not a perfect solution, but it might be good enough.  (My guess at an actual solution was &lt;code&gt;\newlinechar=-1&lt;/code&gt;, but no change I made to &lt;code&gt;\newlinechar&lt;/code&gt; seemed to do anything.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1425" LastActivityDate="2011-01-01T23:30:07.090" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8097" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8092" CreationDate="2011-01-01T23:33:44.450" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you just want to do this for the &lt;code&gt;equation&lt;/code&gt; environment, define a command&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\LeftEqNo}{\let\veqno\@@leqno}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and use it as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{equation}\LeftEqNo&#xA;  x^2 + y^2 = 1.&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt; environment is implemented quite differently, and you will need the &lt;code&gt;environ&lt;/code&gt; package used like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{environ}&#xA;\NewEnviron{Lalign}{\tagsleft@true\begin{align}\BODY\end{align}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then use &lt;code&gt;\begin{Lalign} ... \end{Lalign}&lt;/code&gt; for left-numbered &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt; environments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm afraid that various hacks of the same kind will be necessary for the other ams environments, but I can't list everything without knowing which ones you need :). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastActivityDate="2011-01-01T23:33:44.450" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8098" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1325" CreationDate="2011-01-02T00:13:48.030" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This does not work in a documment with included files. I have a very inelegant python script (see below). Any ideas to improve it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;~/.gitconfig&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;ldiff = !latexdiff-git.py&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;latexdiff-git.py&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;#!/usr/bin/env python&#xA;# A git integration for latex diff&#xA;# Using git diff will be faster but more work.&#xA;&#xA;import os&#xA;from os.path import join, split&#xA;import sys&#xA;import shutil&#xA;import logging&#xA;import tempfile&#xA;from optparse import OptionParser&#xA;&#xA;if __name__ == '__main__':&#xA;    parser = OptionParser()&#xA;    parser.add_option(&quot;-o&quot;, &quot;--output&quot;, dest=&quot;output&quot;, default='diff', help=&quot;name of the output file&quot;)&#xA;    parser.add_option(&quot;-t&quot;, &quot;--temp&quot;, dest=&quot;tmp_path&quot;, default=None, help=&quot;name of the temporary folder&quot;)&#xA;    #parser.add_option(&quot;-1&quot;, &quot;--one&quot;, dest=&quot;&quot;, default=None, help=&quot;Uses pdflatex in the oldest commit&quot;)&#xA;&#xA;    (options, args) = parser.parse_args()&#xA;&#xA;    if not options.tmp_path:&#xA;        options.tmp_path = tempfile.mkdtemp()&#xA;&#xA;    pdf = '%s.pdf' % options.output&#xA;    texout = '%s.tex' % options.output&#xA;    basedir = os.getcwd()&#xA;    dir1 = join(options.tmp_path, '1')&#xA;    dir2 = join(options.tmp_path, '2')&#xA;&#xA;    if len(args) == 2:&#xA;        commit1 = args[0]&#xA;        commit2 = 'HEAD'&#xA;        texin = args[1]&#xA;    else:&#xA;        commit1 = args[0]&#xA;        commit2 = args[1]&#xA;        texin = args[2]&#xA;&#xA;    texin = '%s.tex' % texin&#xA;    file1 = join(dir1, texin)&#xA;    file2 = join(dir2, texin)&#xA;&#xA;    shutil.rmtree(options.tmp_path, ignore_errors = True)&#xA;&#xA;    (hdl, header) = tempfile.mkstemp()&#xA;&#xA;    print('Temporary path: %s' % options.tmp_path)&#xA;    print('Temporary file: %s' % header)&#xA;&#xA;    os.system(r'echo \\begin{verbatim} &amp;gt;&amp;gt; %s' % header)&#xA;    os.system('echo %s &amp;gt;&amp;gt; %s' % (texin, header))&#xA;    os.system(r'echo \\end{verbatim} &amp;gt;&amp;gt; %s' % header)&#xA;    os.system(r'echo \\hrule &amp;gt;&amp;gt; %s' % header)&#xA;    os.system(r'echo \\begin{verbatim} &amp;gt;&amp;gt; %s' % header)&#xA;    os.system('echo From: %s &amp;gt;&amp;gt; %s' % (commit1, header))&#xA;    shutil.copytree(basedir, dir1)&#xA;    os.chdir(dir1)&#xA;    os.system('git checkout %s' % commit1)&#xA;    os.system('git log -1 &amp;gt;&amp;gt; %s' % header)&#xA;    os.system(r'echo \\end{verbatim} &amp;gt;&amp;gt; %s' % header)&#xA;&#xA;    os.system(r'echo \\hrule &amp;gt;&amp;gt; %s' % header)&#xA;&#xA;    os.system(r'echo \\begin{verbatim} &amp;gt;&amp;gt; %s' % header)&#xA;    os.system('echo To: %s &amp;gt;&amp;gt; %s' % (commit2, header))&#xA;    shutil.copytree(basedir, dir2)&#xA;    os.chdir(dir2)&#xA;    os.system('git checkout %s' % commit2)&#xA;    os.system('git log -1 &amp;gt;&amp;gt; %s' % header)&#xA;    os.system(r'echo \\end{verbatim} &amp;gt;&amp;gt; %s' % header)&#xA;&#xA;    (hdl, header_name) = split(header)&#xA;    os.system('latexdiff --flatten %s %s &amp;gt; %s' % (join(dir1, texin), join(dir2, texin), texout))&#xA;    #os.system(r&quot;sed -i 's/$/\/\/\//g' %s &quot; % header)&#xA;    shutil.copy(header, join(dir2, '%s.tex' % header_name))&#xA;    os.system(r&quot;sed -i 's/begin{document}/begin{document}\\include{%s}/g' %s &quot; % (header_name, texout))&#xA;    os.system('pdflatex %s' % texout)&#xA;    shutil.copy(texout, basedir)&#xA;    shutil.copy(pdf, basedir)&#xA;    os.chdir(basedir)&#xA;    shutil.rmtree(options.tmp_path, ignore_errors = True)&#xA;    os.remove(header)&#xA;    if os.name == 'nt':&#xA;        os.filestart(pdf)&#xA;    elif os.name == 'posix':&#xA;        os.system('/usr/bin/xdg-open %s' % pdf)&#xA;    else:&#xA;        os.system('open %s' % pdf)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2748" LastActivityDate="2011-01-02T00:13:48.030" />
  <row Id="8099" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8102" CreationDate="2011-01-02T00:34:42.107" Score="1" ViewCount="371" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\draw (0,2.5) node[minimum height=1cm,minimum width=3cm,draw] (A) {A};&#xA;\draw (5,0) node[minimum height=1cm,minimum width=3cm,draw] (B){B};&#xA;\draw (5,1.5) node[minimum height=1cm,minimum width=3cm,draw] (C) {C};&#xA;\draw (5,3) node[minimum height=1cm,minimum width=3cm,draw] (D) {D};&#xA;\draw (5,4.5) node[minimum height=1cm,minimum width=3cm,draw] (E) {E};&#xA;&#xA;\draw[-latex] (A) -| (B);&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I managed to draw the boxed per my requirement, I want the arrow to connect to the left side of the box B. Not sure how to do it. &#xA;Regards&#xA;Aku&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2036" LastEditorUserId="2036" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-02T00:48:16.073" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T16:48:26.333" Title="Tikz Drawing Arrow between nodes" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;arrows&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8100" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8104" CreationDate="2011-01-02T00:46:39.857" Score="2" ViewCount="172" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to draw a square with the fill color darkening as one goes up or as one goes to the right.  So, the square should be darkest in the upper-right corner and lightest in the lower-left corner.  Is there a way to do this using PGF commands?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="529" LastActivityDate="2011-01-02T13:44:06.470" Title="2-dimensional gradient using PGF" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="8101" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8015" CreationDate="2011-01-02T00:57:59.760" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you don't need all of the power of the &lt;code&gt;glossaries&lt;/code&gt; package, you could use the &lt;code&gt;acronym&lt;/code&gt; package instead. The main idea remains the same. If you want LaTeX to do something with particular types of elements, you must create a markup for them.  So if you want to do this within LaTeX itself, (which IMO is preferable) then you will need to explicily mark the relevant elements every time you use them.  (This also has the advantage that if you decide later that they shouldn't be in small caps, one change will change them all.)  Here's a solution to your problem using the &lt;code&gt;acronym&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{acronym}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\acsfont}[1]{\textsc{\MakeLowercase{#1}}}&#xA;\newacro{AM}{}&#xA;\newacro{PM}{}&#xA;\acused{AM}\acused{PM}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;At 3:00~\ac{PM} John went out.  He didn't return until 2:00~\ac{AM}.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Note that since &lt;code&gt;textsc{AM}&lt;/code&gt; is indistinguishable from &lt;code&gt;AM&lt;/code&gt;, we need to change your existing uppercase acronyms to lowercase before making them small caps. This is what the &lt;code&gt;\acsfont&lt;/code&gt; macro is doing.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-01-02T00:57:59.760" />
  <row Id="8102" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8099" CreationDate="2011-01-02T00:59:06.640" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use anchors, for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\draw[-latex] (A.east) -- (B.west);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For lines going down and then right, use &lt;code&gt;|-&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\draw[-latex] (A.south) |- (B.west);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-02T01:04:08.447" LastActivityDate="2011-01-02T01:04:08.447" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8103" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-02T01:07:02.857" Score="2" ViewCount="76" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to achieve the following effect in a new enviornment I'm defining where the stuff inside what's supposed to be delimeters is a \begin{aligned} \end{aligned} block.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{equation}&#xA;&#xA;                  /    math math math math math \&#xA;(outside aligned)|               \lor            |&#xA;                 \     math math                 /&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is all straightforward except I want to center the \lor inside the aligned equations, i.e., center it between the two delimiters.  How do I do this in a macro (no hand setting alignment characters)?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Do I need to make the \lor a middle delimiter or something?  Note sometimes the outside delimiters may need to be invisible if not absent entirely but \lor should still be centered inside the aligned environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2743" LastActivityDate="2011-01-02T08:58:23.350" Title="How Do I Horizontally Center An Operator Relative To Aligned Equations Above and Below" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;equations&gt;&lt;amsmath&gt;&lt;centering&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="8104" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8100" CreationDate="2011-01-02T01:19:32.893" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Such shadings are described in section 85.2 of the TikZ manual.  Here's an example of what you want:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\pgfdeclareverticalshading{myshadingE}{80bp} &#xA;{color(0bp)=(white); color(80bp)=(black)} &#xA;&#xA;\begin{pgfpicture} &#xA;\pgfpathrectangle{\pgfpointorigin}{\pgfpoint{3cm}{3cm}} &#xA;\pgfshadepath{myshadingE}{-45} &#xA;\pgfusepath{stroke}&#xA;\end{pgfpicture} &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/0KHVo.png&quot; alt=&quot;gradient&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-02T01:24:44.090" LastActivityDate="2011-01-02T01:24:44.090" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8105" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8103" CreationDate="2011-01-02T01:35:46.377" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not totally positive, but are you looking for something like this?&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/phm1W.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{mathtools}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand*\addlor[2][]{%&#xA;        \begingroup&#xA;        \ifx\relax#1\relax&#xA;                \mathpalette\addlor@aux{#2}%&#xA;        \else&#xA;                \addlor@aux#1{#2}%&#xA;        \fi&#xA;        \endgroup&#xA;}&#xA;\def\addlor@aux#1#2{&#xA;        \setbox0\hbox{$\m@th#1#2$}%&#xA;        \rlap{\hbox to\wd0{\hfill$\m@th#1\lor$\hfill}}%&#xA;        \box0&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;\text{(outside aligned)}&#xA;\left&amp;lt;&#xA;\addlor{&#xA;        \begin{aligned}&#xA;        f(x)&amp;amp;=g(x)+h(x)\\&#xA;        &amp;amp;\\&#xA;        f(x)&amp;amp;=x&#xA;        \end{aligned}&#xA;}&#xA;\right&amp;gt;&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\addlor&lt;/code&gt; macro takes an optional first argument that can be one of &lt;code&gt;\displaystyle&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\textstyle&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\scriptstyle&lt;/code&gt;, or &lt;code&gt;\scriptscriptstyle&lt;/code&gt;. Without the optional argument, it just uses the surrounding style.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-02T01:50:01.227" LastActivityDate="2011-01-02T01:50:01.227" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8106" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8095" CreationDate="2011-01-02T01:57:27.823" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The code below lists all the macros that are expanded, starting at &lt;code&gt;\begin{document}&lt;/code&gt; (we could start earlier, but it slows down by an order of magnitude). Once we have this list, we can maybe do what you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Add &lt;code&gt;\AtBeginDocument{\tracingmacros=1}&lt;/code&gt; at the start of your document. Compile it normally: the log file will be much more verbose than usual. We then parse the log file by running TeX (or LaTeX, etc) on the following file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;&#xA;%sets the catcode of charcters in range [#2,#3] (included) to be #1.&#xA;\newcommand{\catXrange}[3]{%&#xA;  \count0=#2\relax %&#xA;  \loop&#xA;  \catcode\count0=#1\relax %&#xA;  \advance\count0 by 1\relax %&#xA;  \ifnum\count0&amp;gt;#3 \else%&#xA;  \repeat %&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\extractcsnames}[1]{%&#xA;  \gdef\storage{}&#xA;  \begingroup&#xA;  \catXrange{12}{0}{255}&#xA;  \catcode`\^^M=13&#xA;  \catcode`\ =13&#xA;  \newwrite\cslistwrite&#xA;  \immediate\openout\cslistwrite #1.cslist &#xA;  \input{#1.log}&#xA;  \immediate\closeout\cslistwrite&#xA;  \endgroup}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% ===================================================================&#xA;% Spaces and newlines are absolutely critical in the following code !&#xA;% ===================================================================&#xA;\begingroup\catcode`\^^M=13\catcode`\ =13%&#xA;\catcode`\/=0\catcode`\\=12%&#xA;/gdef #1&#xA;&#xA;\#2 {/immediate/write/cslistwrite{{/string\#2}} }%&#xA;/endgroup&#xA;% ===================== end critical spacing ========================&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\extractcsnames{filetoparse}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;with &lt;code&gt;filetoparse&lt;/code&gt; replaced by your file. This produces a file &lt;code&gt;filetoparse&lt;/code&gt; with all the macros that TeX expanded when reading the file. For a typical 60 page document, that gives 600000 commands (with lots of repetitions, obviously).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If anyone has an idea for the next step...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastActivityDate="2011-01-02T01:57:27.823" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-01-02T01:57:27.823" />
  <row Id="8107" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8076" CreationDate="2011-01-02T02:35:31.700" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;(I apologize for the length of this answer.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There's not really a good way to do this that takes arguments. There are two reasons for this. The first is that it adds more tokens that have to be skipped over. For example, consider &lt;code&gt;\sea{3}&lt;/code&gt;. If you need to skip over this, there's no simple way to get over those three tokens, at least not using another &lt;code&gt;\sea&lt;/code&gt;. Even if you omit the braces, there's still one extra token.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The second reason has to do with implementing this. Consider&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\ea\expandafter&#xA;\def\sea#1{%&#xA;        \ifcase#1&#xA;        \or \ea&#xA;        \or \ea\ea\ea&#xA;        \or \ea\ea\ea\ea\ea\ea\ea&#xA;        \fi&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is the obvious first choice, but that doesn't really work; consider &lt;code&gt;\sea1&lt;/code&gt;. It'll expand to the &lt;code&gt;\ifcase ... \fi&lt;/code&gt; and then if the &lt;code&gt;\ifcase&lt;/code&gt; is expanded next, it'll expand to &lt;code&gt;\ea\or \ea\ea\ea...\fi&lt;/code&gt; and then if the &lt;code&gt;\ea&lt;/code&gt; is next, it'll skip the &lt;code&gt;\or&lt;/code&gt;, start expanding a whole series of other &lt;code&gt;\ea&lt;/code&gt;. To deal with this, you have to add yet more &lt;code&gt;\ea&lt;/code&gt;s in the definition to make it to the next &lt;code&gt;\or&lt;/code&gt; or the &lt;code&gt;\fi&lt;/code&gt;. It quickly becomes totally unworkable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can sort of use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\ea\expandafter&#xA;\def\seai{%&#xA;        \ea&#xA;}&#xA;\def\seaii{%&#xA;        \ea\ea\ea&#xA;}&#xA;\def\seaiii{%&#xA;        \ea\ea\ea\ea\ea\ea\ea&#xA;}&#xA;\def\seaiv{%&#xA;        \ea\ea\ea\ea\ea\ea\ea\ea\ea\ea\ea\ea\ea\ea\ea&#xA;}&#xA;\def\seav{%&#xA;        \ea\ea\ea\ea\ea\ea\ea\ea\ea\ea\ea\ea\ea\ea\ea\ea&#xA;        \ea\ea\ea\ea\ea\ea\ea\ea\ea\ea\ea\ea\ea\ea\ea&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But it's not extremely easy to use or follow.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\a{A}&#xA;\def\b{B}&#xA;\def\c{C}&#xA;\def\d{D}&#xA;&#xA;\tracingall&#xA;\seai\a\b&#xA;&#xA;\seaii\a\seai\b\c&#xA;&#xA;\seaiii\a\seai\b\c&#xA;&#xA;\seaiv\a\seaiii\b\seai\c\d&#xA;&#xA;\seav\a\seaiii\b\seai\c\d&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first line expands &lt;code&gt;\b&lt;/code&gt; and then &lt;code&gt;\a&lt;/code&gt;. The second line expands &lt;code&gt;\c&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\a&lt;/code&gt;, then &lt;code&gt;\b&lt;/code&gt;. The third line expands &lt;code&gt;\c&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\b&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\a&lt;/code&gt;. The third expands &lt;code&gt;\d&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\c&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\a&lt;/code&gt;, then &lt;code&gt;\b&lt;/code&gt;. The fourth expands &lt;code&gt;\d&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\c&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\b&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\a&lt;/code&gt;. You can verify this by reading the log.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This can be simplified somewhat by not using &lt;code&gt;\seai&lt;/code&gt; and just using &lt;code&gt;\ea&lt;/code&gt; because then it doesn't have to be expanded twice to have the effect.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;After having played with this a bit. A pattern emerges. Using appropriate definitions, you can use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\seavii\a\seav\b\seaiii\c\seai\d\e&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to expand &lt;code&gt;\e&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\d&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\c&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\b&lt;/code&gt;, and finally &lt;code&gt;\a&lt;/code&gt;. Using &lt;code&gt;\seavi&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\seavii&lt;/code&gt; swaps the order of &lt;code&gt;\a&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\b&lt;/code&gt;. Other expansion orders are possible by changing the values, but it's not immediately obvious (at least it isn't to me) what a particular order will do.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, guess what&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\seavi\a\seaiv\b\seaii\c\seai\d\e&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will do.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit 2:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;It's possible to get TeX to create the various &lt;code&gt;\seaX&lt;/code&gt; macros for us rather than the error-prone manual method above.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\seai{\expandafter}&#xA;\count255 1&#xA;\loop\ifnum\count255&amp;lt;20&#xA;        \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\csname&#xA;        sea\romannumeral\count255\endcsname&#xA;        \advance\count255 1&#xA;        \expandafter\gdef\csname sea\romannumeral\count255\expandafter&#xA;        \expandafter\expandafter\endcsname\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;        \expandafter{\expandafter\temp\temp\expandafter}%&#xA;\repeat&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-02T09:16:46.833" LastActivityDate="2011-01-02T09:16:46.833" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8108" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8095" CreationDate="2011-01-02T03:15:30.547" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/cmdtrack&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;The cmdtrack package&lt;/a&gt; will tell you which of your macros you have used (and where), and which you have not used.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2011-01-02T03:15:30.547" />
  <row Id="8109" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8081" CreationDate="2011-01-02T04:22:56.460" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The result you get isn't what you expect because tikz is using an rgb colour model; try the following document to see how the colour model matters.  Since tikz doesn't support hsb, your intuitive mixing model doesn't work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \draw [fill=red,opacity=0.5](1,1) circle (1);&#xA;    \draw [fill=green!50,opacity=0.5](2,1) circle (1);&#xA;    \draw [fill=yellow,opacity=0.5] (0,2)--(0,3)--(3,3)--(3,2)--cycle;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;Equal parts mixture of red!50 and green!50 (rgb model):&#xA;{\color{rgb:red!50,1;green!50,1}\rule{1cm}{1cm}}&#xA;&#xA;This is equivalent to your overlapping circles.&#xA;&#xA;Equal parts mixture of red!50 and green!50 (hsb model):&#xA;{\color{hsb:red!50,1;green!50,1}\rule{1cm}{1cm}}&#xA;&#xA;This is equivalent to what you expected.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-02T04:44:12.523" LastActivityDate="2011-01-02T04:44:12.523" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8110" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8112" CreationDate="2011-01-02T06:04:00.707" Score="2" ViewCount="133" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm currently writing up some solutions, and I like to rewrite the problem before answering it. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've set exercise to be a theorem environment, and the code I'm using is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{exercise} &#xA;\begin{enumerate} &#xA;\item Show that $R$ is symmetric iff $R^{-1}\subseteq R$.&#xA;\item Show that $R$ is transitive iff $R\circ R\subseteq R$.&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;\begin{proof}&#xA;\end{proof}&#xA;\end{exercise}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, when I build, the first item (a) appears immediately to the right of the Exercise heading, and the second item (b) appears below and indented:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/2Bhi6.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've tried using &lt;code&gt;\newline&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\linebreak&lt;/code&gt;, and even skipping a line before typing &lt;code&gt;\begin{enumerate}&lt;/code&gt; after the &lt;code&gt;\begin{exercise}&lt;/code&gt; command but those don't work. Is there a way to push (a) down below Exercise 3.32. so that it's lined up with (b)? Thank you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As requested, my preamble is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article}&#xA;\input{other/packages.tex}&#xA;\input{other/theoremdef.tex}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where packages.tex is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{amsthm}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{amscd}&#xA;\usepackage{url}&#xA;\usepackage[top=1.3in, bottom=1.3in, left=1.3in, right=1.3in]{geometry}&#xA;&#xA;% header and footer&#xA;\pagestyle{headings}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}&#xA;\usepackage{amsfonts}&#xA;\usepackage{stackrel}&#xA;\usepackage{mathrsfs}&#xA;\usepackage{verbatim}&#xA;\usepackage{enumerate}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\usepackage{xy}&#xA;\input xy&#xA;\xyoption{all}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And theoremdef.tex is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newtheorem{exercise}{\bf Exercise}&#xA;\newcommand{\dom}{\text{dom}\ }&#xA;\newcommand{\ran}{\text{ran}\ }&#xA;\newcommand{\fld}{\text{fld}\ }&#xA;\newcommand{\op}[2]{\langle #1,#2\rangle}&#xA;\newcommand{\ot}[3]{\langle #1,#2,#3\rangle}&#xA;\newcommand{\ms}[1]{\mathscr{#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1191" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-02T09:06:23.020" LastActivityDate="2011-01-02T20:21:08.313" Title="Is it possible to skip the first line in a theorem environment?" Tags="&lt;formatting&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8111" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8110" CreationDate="2011-01-02T06:14:18.173" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;See &lt;code&gt;theorem&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;ntheorem&lt;/code&gt; package. Here is an example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{theorem} % or ntheorem&#xA;\theoremstyle{break}&#xA;\newtheorem{exercise}{Exercise}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{exercise}&#xA;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;  \item foo&#xA;  \item bar&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;\end{exercise}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It may be a little more complex to do that using &lt;code&gt;amsthm&lt;/code&gt;. In &lt;code&gt;amsthm&lt;/code&gt; we can define:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{amsthm}&#xA;\newtheoremstyle{break}{3pt}{3pt}{\itshape}{}{\bfseries}{.}{\newline}{}&#xA;\theoremstyle{break}&#xA;\newtheorem{exercise}{Exercise}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It works fine &lt;em&gt;without&lt;/em&gt; a &lt;code&gt;enumerate&lt;/code&gt; environment at the beginning, but will fail for your code. This is a solution:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{exercise}\mbox{}&#xA;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;  \item foo&#xA;  \item bar&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;\end{exercise}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It seems no elegant solution. Therefore I prefer &lt;code&gt;ntheorem&lt;/code&gt; to modify theorem styles.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-02T06:35:33.863" LastActivityDate="2011-01-02T06:35:33.863" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8112" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8110" CreationDate="2011-01-02T06:50:00.933" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Insert&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\leavevmode&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;after the &lt;code&gt;\begin{exercise}&lt;/code&gt;.  That puts you into horizontal mode, which is where you want to be when you encounter the &lt;code&gt;\begin{enumerate}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2751" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-02T09:09:18.057" LastActivityDate="2011-01-02T09:09:18.057" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8113" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8110" CreationDate="2011-01-02T07:34:33.250" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've extracted the following from &lt;code&gt;thmtools&lt;/code&gt;' handling of the &lt;code&gt;listhack&lt;/code&gt; key:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\thmt@amsthmlistbreakhack{%&#xA;  \leavevmode&#xA;  \vspace{-\baselineskip}%&#xA;  \par&#xA;  \everypar{\setbox\z@\lastbox\everypar{}}%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I find that without the &lt;code&gt;\vspace&lt;/code&gt;, the vertical space before the list is excessive. I don't remember right now why I put the &lt;code&gt;\everypar&lt;/code&gt; stanza there, in particular, why I didn't use &lt;code&gt;\noindent&lt;/code&gt;. I'll check that again.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1860" LastActivityDate="2011-01-02T07:34:33.250" />
  <row Id="8114" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8103" CreationDate="2011-01-02T08:03:16.223" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I do not understand what exactly should be in the new environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{align}&#xA;\text{(outside aligned)}&#xA;\left(\arraycolsep=1.35pt&#xA;        \begin{array}{@{}rl@{}}&#xA;        f(x) &amp;amp;= g(x)+h(x)\\&#xA;        \multicolumn{2}{c}{\lor}\\&#xA;        f(x) &amp;amp;= x&#xA;        \end{array}&#xA;\right)&#xA;\end{align}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/wHQRN.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-02T08:58:23.350" LastActivityDate="2011-01-02T08:58:23.350" />
  <row Id="8115" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2012" CreationDate="2011-01-02T09:08:53.423" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to the TeXbook, the sole and intended purpose of &lt;code&gt;\outer&lt;/code&gt; is to detect runaway arguments to &lt;code&gt;\long&lt;/code&gt; macros and other situations where forbidding &lt;code&gt;\par&lt;/code&gt; won't help you (p. 206).  Knuth explicitly notes that he hopes that format authors make discriminating choices as to their &lt;code&gt;\outer&lt;/code&gt; macros so that the document structure can inform TeX as to the presence of missing close-braces.  To see what kind of choices he considered discriminating, here are the things he declared &lt;code&gt;\outer&lt;/code&gt; in  the &lt;code&gt;plain&lt;/code&gt; style (Appendix B) and the TeXbook format (Appendix E):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In &lt;code&gt;plain&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\new&lt;/code&gt;anything (count, dimen, etc.)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;^^L&lt;/code&gt;, as noted by Lev Bishop&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\+&lt;/code&gt; (the tab skip command)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\proclaim&lt;/code&gt; (which functions as a theorem environment), &lt;code&gt;\beginsection&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\bye&lt;/code&gt; (ends the document)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the TeXbook:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\beginchapter&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\endchapter&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\begindisplay&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\enddisplay&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\begintt&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\exercise&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\dangerexercise&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\ddangerexercise&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\answer&lt;/code&gt; (all of them basically sectioning commands)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\danger&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\ddanger&lt;/code&gt; (for putting in the Bourbaki &quot;dangerous bend&quot; signs)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Will Robertson says that LaTeX2e doesn't use &lt;code&gt;\outer&lt;/code&gt;, so no lessons are forthcoming there, but based on this example, I would say that if it had been written by Knuth, then macros such as &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\chapter&lt;/code&gt;, and likely environments in general, would all be &lt;code&gt;\outer&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To generalize, then, I would say that &lt;code&gt;\outer&lt;/code&gt; is supposed to be used to communicate the intent of the document structure from the author to TeX: to indicate which regions of the document are self-contained.  Of course, as designed it functions entirely to save the author from themselves (it is only for error checking, not for layout), so given that its intended place is in high-level structural macros, it seems unlikely that the general TeX user will ever use any macros that they themselves define to be &lt;code&gt;\outer&lt;/code&gt;: how many people write formats for their own use, or at all for that matter?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another problem with &lt;code&gt;\outer&lt;/code&gt; shows up in a few of TeX's design decisions and is related to the passage of time.  Namely, this macro seems designed to minimize wasteful duplication of effort in that it helps provide useful diagnostics.  My experience with LaTeX is that it does not provide useful diagnostics: whenever I get an error, I usually get a few dozen and only the first means anything.  I correct that one, then recompile; often that eliminates all subsequent errors.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The careful use of &lt;code&gt;\outer&lt;/code&gt; would confine meaningless errors to small regions of the document, so that once a sectioning boundary is crossed no further errors should arise from unbalanced braces in any one macro.  Thus, hopefully, the debugging process can proceed in sublinear time in the number of errors (or, at least, linear with a small coefficient).  I think few young computer users (like me) have the habit of performing batch processing on their work, which was presumably more necessary back in the days of shared computing, paid computer time, and slower processors.  For better or worse, we can have (sometimes hostile) dialogues with our machines these days.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="575" LastActivityDate="2011-01-02T09:08:53.423" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8116" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8085" CreationDate="2011-01-02T09:12:42.660" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To answer your question: &lt;strong&gt;No, you cannot avoid the new line character that gets inserted.&lt;/strong&gt; See below for how I arrived at this conclusion.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I find the source code to TeX very confusing so it's certainly possible that I'm missing something here. The way I read this, &lt;code&gt;\write&lt;/code&gt; is implemented as an extension, not because it's actually an extension, just that Knuth wanted to give an example of writing one. In particular, &lt;code&gt;\write&lt;/code&gt; is implemented as a whatsit node:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@&amp;lt;Implement \.{\\write}@&amp;gt;=&#xA;begin k:=cur_cs; new_write_whatsit(write_node_size);@/&#xA;cur_cs:=k; p:=scan_toks(false,false); write_tokens(tail):=def_ref;&#xA;end&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Rather than track down exactly how whatsits are treated, it suffices to look for the implementation of &lt;code&gt;\immediate&lt;/code&gt; since &lt;code&gt;\immediate\write&lt;/code&gt; performs the write immediately. The relevant portion of the code is the following.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@&amp;lt;Implement \.{\\immediate}@&amp;gt;=&#xA;begin get_x_token;&#xA;if cur_cmd=extension then begin&#xA;    if cur_chr&amp;lt;=close_node then&#xA;      begin p:=tail; do_extension; {append a whatsit node}&#xA;      out_what(tail); {do the action immediately}&#xA;      flush_node_list(tail); tail:=p; link(p):=null;&#xA;      end&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Clearly, this is appending a whatsit node, executing the node, flushing it (presumably freeing the memory associated with it), and then restoring the linked list to what it was before it appended the node. What we're interested in here is &lt;code&gt;out_what&lt;/code&gt;. Again, the relevant portion follows.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;procedure out_what(@!p:pointer);&#xA;var j:small_number; {write stream number}&#xA;begin case subtype(p) of&#xA;open_node,write_node,close_node:@&amp;lt;Do some work that has been queued up&#xA;  for \.{\\write}@&amp;gt;;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@&amp;lt;Do some work that has been queued up...@&amp;gt;=&#xA;if not doing_leaders then&#xA;  begin j:=write_stream(p);&#xA;  if subtype(p)=write_node then write_out(p)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Obviously, we want &lt;code&gt;write_out&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;procedure write_out(@!p:pointer);&#xA;var old_setting:0..max_selector; {holds print |selector|}&#xA;@!old_mode:integer; {saved |mode|}&#xA;@!j:small_number; {write stream number}&#xA;@!q,@!r:pointer; {temporary variables for list manipulation}&#xA;begin @&amp;lt;Expand macros in the token list&#xA;  and make |link(def_ref)| point to the result@&amp;gt;;&#xA;old_setting:=selector; j:=write_stream(p);&#xA;if write_open[j] then selector:=j&#xA;else  begin {write to the terminal if file isn't open}&#xA;  if (j=17)and(selector=term_and_log) then selector:=log_only;&#xA;  print_nl(&quot;&quot;);&#xA;  end;&#xA;token_show(def_ref); print_ln;&#xA;flush_list(def_ref); selector:=old_setting;&#xA;end;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The global variable &lt;code&gt;selector&lt;/code&gt; is used to determine where output should be directed. In the case of a &lt;code&gt;\write&lt;/code&gt; to a file, it will be a number 0&amp;ndash;15. The line &lt;code&gt;if write_open[j] then selector:=j&lt;/code&gt; sets the &lt;code&gt;selector&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;j&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;code&gt;token_show(def_ref)&lt;/code&gt; prints the tokens pointed to by &lt;code&gt;def_ref&lt;/code&gt; based on &lt;code&gt;selector&lt;/code&gt;. Then &lt;code&gt;print_ln&lt;/code&gt; is called.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@ To end a line of text output, we call |print_ln|.&#xA;&#xA;@&amp;lt;Basic print...@&amp;gt;=&#xA;procedure print_ln; {prints an end-of-line}&#xA;begin case selector of&#xA;term_and_log: begin wterm_cr; wlog_cr;&#xA;  term_offset:=0; file_offset:=0;&#xA;  end;&#xA;log_only: begin wlog_cr; file_offset:=0;&#xA;  end;&#xA;term_only: begin wterm_cr; term_offset:=0;&#xA;  end;&#xA;no_print,pseudo,new_string: do_nothing;&#xA;othercases write_ln(write_file[selector])&#xA;endcases;@/&#xA;end; {|tally| is not affected}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As that comment says, &lt;code&gt;print_ln&lt;/code&gt; is used to end a line of text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's actually at this point that I get stuck. I can't find a definition for &lt;code&gt;write_ln&lt;/code&gt;. My best guess is that WEB removes underscores so that &lt;code&gt;write_ln&lt;/code&gt; becomes the pascal &lt;code&gt;writeln&lt;/code&gt; which the web2c binary &lt;code&gt;fixwrites&lt;/code&gt; converts. From the top of &lt;code&gt;fixwrites.c&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;/* fixwrites -- convert Pascal write/writeln's into fprintf's or putc's.&#xA;   Originally by Tim Morgan, October 10, 1987.  */&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At any rate, the very first function in the generated &lt;code&gt;pdftex0.c&lt;/code&gt; is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;void&#xA;println ( void )&#xA;{&#xA;  println_regmem&#xA;  switch ( selector )&#xA;  {&#xA;    /* elided cases 17 through 21 */&#xA;    default:&#xA;    putc ('\n', writefile [selector ]);&#xA;    break;&#xA;  }&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-02T09:35:28.357" LastActivityDate="2011-01-02T09:35:28.357" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8117" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8076" CreationDate="2011-01-02T09:52:44.887" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;(Sorry, this gets more of an essay than an answer.)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;TH claims that &quot;There's not really a good way to do this that takes arguments.&quot; Well, I thought the same, but &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/7703/why-do-we-need-eleven-expandafters-to-expand-four-tokens-in-the-right-order/8036#8036&quot;&gt;Philippe's answer&lt;/a&gt; to the original question of Yiannis proved me wrong. I've used his ingenious &lt;code&gt;\csname&lt;/code&gt;-idea for a &lt;code&gt;\multexpafter&lt;/code&gt; command that takes the number of expansions as an argument. &lt;strong&gt;New:&lt;/strong&gt; I've implemented a much more efficient version that allows 0-100 expansions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The crucial feature of the &lt;code&gt;\multexpafter&lt;/code&gt; command is that it always needs 3 steps to be fully expanded. (I believe less steps to be impossible, but feel free to prove me wrong; see above &lt;code&gt;:-)&lt;/code&gt;) This is in contrast with &lt;code&gt;2^n-1&lt;/code&gt; consecutive &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt;s that need &lt;code&gt;n&lt;/code&gt; expansion steps. I want the following TeX code to work (compare the &quot;Hello world&quot; example in &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/7703/why-do-we-need-eleven-expandafters-to-expand-four-tokens-in-the-right-order/7706#7706&quot;&gt;my answer&lt;/a&gt; to Yiannis question):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\a#1.{#1}&#xA;\def\b#1:{#1.}&#xA;\def\c#1,{#1:}&#xA;\def\d{Hello world!,}&#xA;\multexpafter4\a&#xA;\multexpafter4\b&#xA;\multexpafter1\c&#xA;\d&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Explanation, starting in the end: The &lt;code&gt;\multexpafter1&lt;/code&gt; should expand the &lt;code&gt;\d&lt;/code&gt; after &lt;code&gt;\c&lt;/code&gt; once. This should happen before the expansion of &lt;code&gt;\b&lt;/code&gt;, so the &lt;code&gt;\multexpafter4&lt;/code&gt; in front of &lt;code&gt;\b&lt;/code&gt; expands the &lt;code&gt;\multexpafter1...&lt;/code&gt; 4 times. Three of these expansion steps are needed to fully expand the &lt;code&gt;\multexpafter1&lt;/code&gt;, the last steps then expands the &lt;code&gt;\c&lt;/code&gt; once. Same for the &lt;code&gt;\multexpafter4&lt;/code&gt; in front of &lt;code&gt;\a&lt;/code&gt;: It expands the &lt;code&gt;\multexpafter4\b...&lt;/code&gt; 4 times; the last of these steps expands the &lt;code&gt;\b&lt;/code&gt; once. More generally, use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\multexpafter{&amp;lt;3+n&amp;gt;}\a&#xA;\multexpafter{&amp;lt;m&amp;gt;}\b\c&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to first expand &lt;code&gt;\c&lt;/code&gt; m times and then &lt;code&gt;\b&lt;/code&gt; n times before expansion of &lt;code&gt;\a&lt;/code&gt;. Again, 3 of the 3+n expansion steps are needed to fully expand &lt;code&gt;\multexpafter{&amp;lt;m&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt;; then the &lt;code&gt;\multexpafter{&amp;lt;m&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt; is gone, and so the next n expansion steps act on the &lt;code&gt;\b&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's the new implementation of &lt;code&gt;\multexpafter&lt;/code&gt; (to be compiled with &lt;code&gt;tex&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;pdftex&lt;/code&gt;). It uses e-TeX's &lt;code&gt;\numexpr&lt;/code&gt; (which to me feels a bit like cheating):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\catcode`@=11&#xA;\let\expandafter@i\expandafter&#xA;\count255=1&#xA;\loop\ifnum\count255&amp;lt;200&#xA;    \edef\temp{\the\count255}&#xA;    \advance\count255 by 1&#xA;    \expandafter\def\csname expandafter@\romannumeral\count255\expandafter\endcsname&#xA;    \expandafter{\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;        \csname expandafter@\romannumeral\temp\endcsname \expandafter}%&#xA;\repeat&#xA;\def\expandafter@{}&#xA;\def\expandafter@e{\errmessage{Argument of \noexpand\multexpafter must be between 0 and 100}}&#xA;\def\multexpafter#1{\csname expandafter@\ifnum#1&amp;gt;100 e\else&#xA;    \csname expandafter@\ifnum#1=0 ii\else\romannumeral\numexpr2*#1\fi\fi\endcsname&#xA;    \endcsname\csname expandafter@\romannumeral#1\endcsname}&#xA;\catcode`@=12&#xA;&#xA;\def\a#1.{#1}&#xA;\def\b#1:{#1.}&#xA;\def\c#1,{#1:}&#xA;\def\d{Hello world!,}&#xA;\multexpafter4\a&#xA;\multexpafter4\b&#xA;\multexpafter1\c&#xA;\d&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Only a short explanation: In the loop I construct macros &lt;code&gt;\expandafter@ii&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\expandafter@cc&lt;/code&gt; for expanding up to 200 times. The 3 expansion steps of &lt;code&gt;\multexpafter{&amp;lt;n&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt; are as follows: The first step yields the replacement text of the macro. In the second step the &lt;code&gt;\csname&lt;/code&gt; is executed, which triggers&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\csname expandafter@\romannumeral&amp;lt;n&amp;gt;\endcsname&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to be expanded 2n times, which in turn executes the desired n expansions. The result of the second step is just the control sequence &lt;code&gt;\expandafter@&lt;/code&gt;, which in the third step expands to nothing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For further illustration, here's how &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/7703/why-do-we-need-eleven-expandafters-to-expand-four-tokens-in-the-right-order/8036#8036&quot;&gt;Philippe's example&lt;/a&gt; looks like with &lt;code&gt;\multexpafter&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\a{a}&#xA;\def\b{b}&#xA;\def\c{\C}\def\C{c}&#xA;\def\d{d}&#xA;\def\e{\E}\def\E{\ee}\def\ee{e}&#xA;\multexpafter3\def&#xA;\multexpafter3\temp&#xA;\multexpafter4{%&#xA;\multexpafter4\a&#xA;\multexpafter5\b&#xA;\multexpafter4\c&#xA;\multexpafter3\d&#xA;\e&#xA;}&#xA;\show\temp&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For completeness, here's my old inefficient implementation for 0-6 expansions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\catcode`@=11&#xA;\def\expandafter@one{\expandafter}&#xA;\def\expandafter@two{\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter}&#xA;\def\expandafter@three{\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter}&#xA;\def\expandafter@four{\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter}&#xA;\def\expandafter@five{\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter}&#xA;\def\expandafter@six{\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter}&#xA;\def\do@nothing{}&#xA;\def\do@nothing@{\errmessage{Argument of \noexpand\multexpafter must be between 0 and 6}}&#xA;\def\m@e@a#1{\ifcase#1&#xA;\expandafter\do@nothing \or&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter@one \or&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter@two \or&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter@three \or&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter@four \or&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter@five \or&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter@six \else&#xA;\expandafter @\fi}&#xA;\def\multexpafter#1{\csname do@nothing\expandafter@six\m@e@a&#xA;    \expandafter@five#1\expandafter@four\endcsname\m@e@a#1}&#xA;\catcode`@=12&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-04T16:37:56.233" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T16:37:56.233" CommentCount="17" />
  <row Id="8119" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3108" CreationDate="2011-01-02T10:35:45.123" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I found a trick when trying to solve &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/7769/&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt;. You can use the &lt;code&gt;environ&lt;/code&gt; package to do the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{environ}&#xA;\NewEnviron{production}[1]{%&#xA;  \expandafter\gdef\expandafter\gtemp\expandafter{%&#xA;    \expandafter\noindent\expandafter\ignorespaces&#xA;    \expandafter#1\expandafter\separator\expandafter&amp;amp;\BODY\\&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \aftergroup\gtemp&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand{\separator}{ ::= }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\BODY&lt;/code&gt; is the content of your environment, and the &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt;s ensure that you expand &lt;code&gt;\BODY&lt;/code&gt; before defining &lt;code&gt;\gtemp&lt;/code&gt; (a global temporary variable... yuck!). Then, &lt;code&gt;\aftergroup&lt;/code&gt; ensures that we are doing &lt;code&gt;\gtemp&lt;/code&gt; outside the group. See the answer to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/7769/&quot;&gt;the question&lt;/a&gt; I mention above. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Two questions for more experienced TeXers: can I use &lt;code&gt;\unexpanded&lt;/code&gt; to do this better? Is there a good way of executing a lot of stuff &lt;code&gt;\aftergroup&lt;/code&gt;: I hate having to define &lt;code&gt;\gtemp&lt;/code&gt; globally.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastActivityDate="2011-01-02T10:35:45.123" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="8120" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8142" CreationDate="2011-01-02T12:09:07.613" Score="4" ViewCount="147" Body="&lt;p&gt;I often want to list a number of short equations (like the non-zero components of a tensor) under a single equation number. To do this I use combinations of the &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; environments &lt;code&gt;equation&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;gathered&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;aligned&lt;/code&gt;. However, for some reason, the different parts of the &lt;code&gt;gathered&lt;/code&gt; environment are not all centered. Consider the example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;  \begin{gathered}&#xA;    \begin{aligned}&#xA;      q &amp;amp;= r \,, &amp;amp;&#xA;      x &amp;amp;= y \,, &amp;amp;&#xA;      z &amp;amp;= w \,,&#xA;    \end{aligned} \\&#xA;    \begin{aligned}&#xA;      A a &amp;amp;= B b \,, &amp;amp;&#xA;      C c &amp;amp;= D d \,, \\&#xA;      a &amp;amp;= b \,, &amp;amp;&#xA;      c &amp;amp;= d \,.&#xA;    \end{aligned}&#xA;  \end{gathered}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would expect the first two lines both to be centered, but instead they come out more or less aligned at the right hand side. For a real world example consider&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;  \begin{gathered}&#xA;    \begin{aligned}&#xA;      \omega_t{}^{01} = -\omega_t{}^{10} &amp;amp;= \sinh\rho \,, &amp;amp;&#xA;      \omega_\phi{}^{12} = -\omega_\phi{}^{21} &amp;amp;= -\cosh \rho \,, &amp;amp;&#xA;      \omega_\rho{}^{AB} &amp;amp;= 0 \,,&#xA;    \end{aligned} \\&#xA;    \begin{aligned}&#xA;      \omega_{\varphi_+}{}^{35} = -\omega_{\varphi_+}{}^{53} &amp;amp;= 2\sin\beta_+ \cos\gamma_+ \,, &amp;amp;&#xA;      \omega_{\varphi_+}{}^{45} = -\omega_{\varphi_+}{}^{43} &amp;amp;= 2\sin\gamma_+ \,, \\&#xA;      \omega_{\varphi_-}{}^{68} = -\omega_{\varphi_-}{}^{86} &amp;amp;= 2\sin\beta_- \cos\gamma_- \,, &amp;amp;&#xA;      \omega_{\varphi_-}{}^{78} = -\omega_{\varphi_-}{}^{87} &amp;amp;= 2\sin\gamma_- \,.&#xA;    \end{aligned}&#xA;  \end{gathered}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here the first line is pushed even more to the left. It seems like there is some extra space introduced at the end of the first line, but where does this space come from?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2322" LastEditorUserId="2322" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-02T22:15:58.367" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T15:51:17.570" Title="Strange spacing with gathered and aligned" Tags="&lt;amsmath&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="8121" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8124" CreationDate="2011-01-02T12:29:27.733" Score="3" ViewCount="279" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a default way to change the style of subparagraph title, namely to add newline after the title. Is there a way to do it without &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand&lt;/code&gt; (some style changes of something else) - if not, how to do it with &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand&lt;/code&gt; corectly?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1996" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-02T13:43:40.943" LastActivityDate="2011-01-02T13:43:40.943" Title="How to get new line after sub-paragraph title?" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8122" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8130" CreationDate="2011-01-02T12:49:27.607" Score="3" ViewCount="162" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using XeTeX from TeXLive-2010-Basic in OSX with plain-format.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My try was to follow the TeXbooks setup for commas et such (which I already have working nicely):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\defaulthyphenchar=`‐% it is Unicode 2010&#xA;\font\rm=&quot;TeX Gyre Pagella&quot;&#xA;\newdimen\hyphang \setbox0=\hbox{‐} \hyphang=\wd0&#xA;\def\hyphen{‐\kern-\hyphang\kern\hyphang}&#xA;\catcode`‐=\active \let‐=\hyphen&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but it didn't work. TeXbook suggests to use &quot;a special font with zero-width &lt;code&gt;\hyphenchar&lt;/code&gt;&quot;, but I don't know how one would go about doing that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Would you have any suggestions on how to achieve this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastActivityDate="2011-01-02T15:56:06.123" Title="How to get hanging hyphenation?" Tags="&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;plain-tex&gt;&lt;hyphenation&gt;&lt;protrusion&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="8123" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8129" CreationDate="2011-01-02T13:14:46.573" Score="1" ViewCount="79" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using framed package to draw a box around some texts. When I compile it without wrapping it up in the figure command I have no problem. However, when I use it like this:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,12pt]{report}&#xA;\usepackage{setspace} % for switching between double/single space in document‎&#xA;\usepackage{framed}‎‎&#xA;\usepackage[top=3cm,right=3cm,bottom=2.5cm,left=2.5cm]{geometry}‎&#xA;&#xA;\doublespacing‎‎&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}‎&#xA;this is a line&#xA;&#xA;this is a line&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}‎&#xA;\begin{framed}&#xA;this is a line&#xA;&#xA;this is another line&#xA;\end{‎framed}‎‎&#xA;\caption[figure1]‎{description for figure1}‎‎‎&#xA;\label{Fig_1}‎‎ %for Lockstep point!see the comments!  &#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}‎&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the linespacing reverts to default (see the attached image). Am I missing something?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;BTW, I have seen &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4365/how-can-i-stop-latex-from-overriding-instructions-on-spacing&quot;&gt;Post1&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/496/what-is-wrong-with-the-line-spacing-of-my-lists-of-figures-and-tables&quot;&gt;Post2&lt;/a&gt;, still no clue. If it is important why I used framed, I must mention that when using double spacing, the text spans more than 1 page and framed does a nice job.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/pDJrA.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2244" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-09T22:45:02.157" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T22:45:02.157" Title="figure overrides linespacing" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;line-spacing&gt;&lt;setspace&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="8124" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8121" CreationDate="2011-01-02T13:17:52.313" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You didn't specify the document class, so I assume for the moment you're using a standard class. The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/titlesec.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;titlesec&lt;/a&gt; package offers a way to change the definition of &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt; &amp;amp; friends.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{titlesec}&#xA;&#xA;% Definition of \subparagraph emulating that of the standard classes&#xA;% \titleformat{\subparagraph}[runin]&#xA;%     {\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries}{\thesubparagraph}{1em}{}&#xA;% \titlespacing*{\subparagraph}{\parindent}{3.25ex plus 1ex minus .2ex}{1em}&#xA;&#xA;% Definition of \subparagraph starting new line after heading&#xA;\titleformat{\subparagraph}&#xA;    {\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries}{\thesubparagraph}{1em}{}&#xA;\titlespacing*{\subparagraph}{\parindent}{3.25ex plus 1ex minus .2ex}{.75ex plus .1ex}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\subparagraph{foo}&#xA;&#xA;Some text.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: Herbert's answer reminded me that the vertical space after the subparagraph heading should be stretchable. Code example changed accordingly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-02T13:36:51.897" LastActivityDate="2011-01-02T13:36:51.897" />
  <row Id="8125" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8121" CreationDate="2011-01-02T13:24:34.053" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand\subparagraph{\@startsection{subparagraph}{5}{\parindent}%&#xA;    {3.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus .2ex}%&#xA;    {0.75ex plus 0.1ex}% space after heading&#xA;    {\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\subparagraph{foo}&#xA;text after heading&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-02T13:24:34.053" />
  <row Id="8126" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8100" CreationDate="2011-01-02T13:44:06.470" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another possibility is using tikz commands:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tikz\shade[shading=axis,bottom color=black!10,top color=black,shading angle=-45] &#xA;  (0,0) rectangle (3,3);&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2117" LastActivityDate="2011-01-02T13:44:06.470" />
  <row Id="8127" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8122" CreationDate="2011-01-02T14:02:29.403" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can try installing the &lt;a href=&quot;http://xetex.tk/mediawiki/index.php/Microtype_package_%28preliminary_version%29&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;current beta of the &lt;code&gt;microtype&lt;/code&gt; package&lt;/a&gt;. Its support of XeTeX is incomplete but protrusion (and hence hanging hyphenation) already works and despite its beta status I haven’t (so far) experienced any difficulties with it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2011-01-02T14:02:29.403" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8128" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8120" CreationDate="2011-01-02T14:28:07.417" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;the first array isn't really needed here, because it has only one line to be centered and using &lt;code&gt;\,&lt;/code&gt; before the comma is not a correct typesetting of math&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{flalign}&#xA;  \arraycolsep=1.35pt\def\arraystretch{1.3}&#xA;  \begin{array}{c}&#xA;    \begin{array}{@{}rl@{\quad}rl@{\quad}rl@{}}&#xA;      q &amp;amp;= r \,, &amp;amp;  x &amp;amp;= y \,, &amp;amp; z &amp;amp;= w \,,  &#xA;    \end{array}\\&#xA;    \begin{array}{@{}rl@{\quad}rl@{}}&#xA;      A a &amp;amp;= B b \,, &amp;amp;  C c &amp;amp;= D d \,, \\&#xA;      a &amp;amp;= b \,, &amp;amp; c &amp;amp;= d \,.&#xA;    \end{array}&#xA;  \end{array}&#xA;\end{flalign}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-02T14:28:07.417" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8129" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8123" CreationDate="2011-01-02T15:03:17.633" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The setspace package patches floating environments, footnotes etc. to be single-spaced. Unfortunately there is no package option to suppress that, so if you don't like your float single-spaced as default, insert the following code immediately after loading of the setspace package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[...]{setspace}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\let\@xfloat=\latex@xfloat % revert setspace patch of floating environments&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But please note that this will increase the vertical distance between figure body and figure caption, too. (And make the captions double-spaced as well.) If you don't like this, forget about the code above and better use &lt;code&gt;\doublespacing&lt;/code&gt; inside your &lt;code&gt;framed&lt;/code&gt; environments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2574" LastEditorUserId="2574" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-02T15:11:18.050" LastActivityDate="2011-01-02T15:11:18.050" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8130" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8122" CreationDate="2011-01-02T15:56:06.123" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The example in the TeXbook is obsolete since all current engines support margin kerning without any tricks.&#xA;For plain XeTeX:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\XeTeXprotrudechars=2&#xA;\font\rm=&quot;TeX Gyre Pagella&quot;\relax&#xA;\rm&#xA;\rpcode\font\XeTeXcharglyph\hyphenchar\font=250&#xA;\hsize=20mm&#xA;a a a a a a a a a abbabbabb aabbabbabb abbabb&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\XeTeXprotrudechars=2&lt;/code&gt; activates protrusion, the &lt;code&gt;\rpcode&lt;/code&gt; line sets the protrusion code of the glyph the hyphen character maps to.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2011-01-02T15:56:06.123" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8131" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8089" CreationDate="2011-01-02T16:04:38.410" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you're able and happy to modify your amsthm.sty, then find the command that begins &lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{proof}&lt;/code&gt; (close to the end of the file), and change &lt;code&gt;itshape&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;bfseries&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alternatively, just paste the following into the preamble of your document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewenvironment{proof}[1][\proofname] {\par\pushQED{\qed}\normalfont\topsep6\p@\@plus6\p@\relax\trivlist\item[\hskip\labelsep\bfseries#1\@addpunct{.}]\ignorespaces}{\popQED\endtrivlist\@endpefalse}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then the proof environment will behave exactly as before in terms of spacing, optional argument, \qedhere and so on, but you'll have bold rather than italic.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="739" LastActivityDate="2011-01-02T16:04:38.410" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8132" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8133" CreationDate="2011-01-02T16:11:39.203" Score="2" ViewCount="145" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to specify the metadata in PDF's made with XeTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's an example of the type of metadata I'd like to set (and a speculative form for XeTeX):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pdfinfo&#xA;{ /Title (My Masterpiece)&#xA;  /Author (YourName)&#xA;  /CreationDate (D:YYYYMMDDhhmmss) % this is the format used by pdf for date/time&#xA;  /Subject (...)&#xA;  /Keywords (...)&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;While it's clearly possible to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.wlug.org.nz/PdfLatexNotes&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;do precisely this with &lt;code&gt;pdfTex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, the following link suggests it's not possible with &lt;code&gt;XeTeX&lt;/code&gt;:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://web.archiveorange.com/archive/v/tMRBZhbtwsQrtsY1hST9&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pdfauthor, pdftitle etc. in XeTeX&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd be grateful for thoughts and feedback.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you for reading.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Kind regards,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Brian&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1744" LastActivityDate="2011-01-02T16:26:39.293" Title="Add Metadata to XeTeX PDF's" Tags="&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;metadata&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="8133" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8132" CreationDate="2011-01-02T16:26:39.293" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The link you gave has an answer, which is to use hyperref package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[pdfauthor={Your Name},&#xA;            pdftitle={The Title},&#xA;            pdfsubject={The Subject},&#xA;            pdfkeywords={Some Keywords},&#xA;            pdfproducer={XeLateX with hyperref},&#xA;            pdfcreator={Xelatex}]{hyperref}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Works with XeLaTeX anyway.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(One of those links you gave is &lt;i&gt;very old&lt;/i&gt;: it is now possible to use \hypersetup too.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2011-01-02T16:26:39.293" />
  <row Id="8134" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8135" CreationDate="2011-01-02T16:42:33.977" Score="1" ViewCount="126" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \begin{inparaenum}[1)]&#xA;    \item  number one item&#xA;    \item  number two item&#xA;    \item  number three item&#xA; \end{inparaenum}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to change the color of the number, When I use \textcolor{red}{1)} it is showing red color but it stopped itemizing. So instead of 1,2 3 I just got 1,1,1, for all the items. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks&#xA;Aku&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2036" LastActivityDate="2011-01-02T17:01:14.877" Title="Change the color of numberings in Inline Itemization" Tags="&lt;itemize&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="8135" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8134" CreationDate="2011-01-02T17:01:14.877" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This works for me:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{inparaenum}[\color{red} 1)]&#xA;    \item  number one item&#xA;    \item  number two item&#xA;    \item  number three item&#xA; \end{inparaenum}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="586" LastActivityDate="2011-01-02T17:01:14.877" />
  <row Id="8136" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8144" CreationDate="2011-01-02T17:47:18.397" Score="6" ViewCount="106" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\aftergroup&lt;/code&gt; executes the next token after the end of the current group. Is there a variant, &lt;code&gt;\Vaftergroup{\some\tokens\a\b}&lt;/code&gt; that would put &lt;code&gt;\some\tokens\a\b&lt;/code&gt; after the current group ends? Of course, one can do &lt;code&gt;\aftergroup\some\aftergroup\tokens\aftergroup\a\aftergroup\b&lt;/code&gt;, but when the list is longer, it becomes messy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is motivated by &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3108/use-column-separator-ampersand-inside-newenvironment/8119#8119&quot; title=&quot;Aftergroup example&quot;&gt;an answer that works but is ugly&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastEditorUserId="2707" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-02T18:49:36.287" LastActivityDate="2011-01-03T13:53:30.003" Title="`\aftergroup` a list of tokens" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;expansion&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="8137" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7914" CreationDate="2011-01-02T18:36:57.860" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;code&gt;\pgfplotstablevertcat&lt;/code&gt; command to add the coordinates to your data and then just use the &lt;code&gt;fill&lt;/code&gt; option when plotting:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplots}&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplotstable}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;% Load the data&#xA;\pgfplotstableread{data.dat}\data&#xA;&#xA;% Input the coordinates for the fill boundary, sort them from highest to lowest x value&#xA;\pgfplotstablesort[sort cmp={float &gt;}]\coordinates{&#xA;0 0&#xA;1 1&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% Concatenate the two series&#xA;\pgfplotstablevertcat{\filledcurve}{\data}&#xA;\pgfplotstablevertcat{\filledcurve}{\coordinates}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{axis}&#xA;% Plot the concatenated tables&#xA;\addplot[fill=gray!40,draw=none] table {\filledcurve};&#xA;&#xA;% Plot the data and the coordinates for reference&#xA;\addplot[blue,mark=*,line width=2pt] table {\data};&#xA;\addplot[orange,mark=*,line width=2pt] table {\coordinates};&#xA;\end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My datafile &quot;data.dat&quot; looks like this  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;0 2&#xA;0.5 -1&#xA;1 3&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Yielding the following output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/yU3zo.png&quot; alt=&quot;Filling the area between two curves using pgfplots&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastEditorUserId="2552" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-02T20:52:00.780" LastActivityDate="2011-01-02T20:52:00.780" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8138" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8140" CreationDate="2011-01-02T18:38:40.807" Score="4" ViewCount="147" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am writing a big formula where a vertical line is needed. Instead of &lt;code&gt;$\vline$&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;$|$&lt;/code&gt;, does anyone know a way to draw this vertical line of desired length? The formula is something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$$&#xA;E\Bigg[&#xA;F_{m-1}\Big( \text{some big contents} \Big) |\: \mathcal{F}_1&#xA;\Bigg]&#xA;$$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you very much!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2364" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-27T16:30:45.967" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T16:30:45.967" Title="How to draw a vertical line of desired length in equations." Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;rules&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="8139" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8138" CreationDate="2011-01-02T18:44:23.390" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try enclosing your expression into &lt;code&gt;\left.&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\right\vert&lt;/code&gt;, as in &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\left.\frac{\partial L}{\partial\bm{\beta}}\right\vert_{\hat\beta}=-2\bm{X'y}+2\bm{X'X\hat\beta}=0&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which yields:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/cTQrM.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2580" LastActivityDate="2011-01-02T18:44:23.390" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8140" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8138" CreationDate="2011-01-02T18:46:22.903" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Well, if you are manually defining the size, as in the example you could just put a &lt;code&gt;\Bigg|&lt;/code&gt; at the right place. Probably better would be using &lt;code&gt;\left&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\middle&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\right&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;By the way: You should prefer &lt;code&gt;\[&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\]&lt;/code&gt; instead of double &lt;code&gt;$$&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[ E\left[ F_{m-1}\Big( \text{some big contents} \Big) \middle|\: \mathcal{F}_1 \right] \]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2210" LastActivityDate="2011-01-02T18:46:22.903" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8141" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8145" CreationDate="2011-01-02T19:04:08.050" Score="0" ViewCount="61" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{table}[ht]&#xA;\begin{minipage}[b]{1\linewidth}\centering&#xA;\begin{tabular}{l l c l | l l c c}&#xA;One &amp;amp; Two  &amp;amp;  Three  &amp;amp;  Four  &amp;amp;  Five  &amp;amp;  Six  &amp;amp;  Seven  &amp;amp;  Eight\\&#xA;One &amp;amp; Two  &amp;amp;  Three  &amp;amp;  Four  &amp;amp;  Five  &amp;amp;  Six  &amp;amp;  Seven  &amp;amp;  Eight\\&#xA;One &amp;amp; Two  &amp;amp;  Three  &amp;amp;  Four  &amp;amp;  Five  &amp;amp;  Six  &amp;amp;  Seven  &amp;amp;  Eight\\&#xA;\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\caption{Derivation Table}&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This line after the table is showing up on the previous page. How to display it after the table in a new line&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2036" LastActivityDate="2011-01-02T19:50:25.437" Title="Line after the table shows up on previous page" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8142" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8120" CreationDate="2011-01-02T19:11:14.953" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;for some reason, a one-line &quot;aligned&quot; is not properly centered.  this appears to be&#xA;a bug, and i am entering it as such in the amsmath bugs list.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;this (unwanted) result can be easily demonstrated by two additions to your test file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(1) replicate the (simple) example with the content of the first aligned duplicated,&#xA;to give a two-line aligned;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(2) replicate the same example replacing the first aligned element by&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  q = r \,, \quad&#xA;  x = y \,, \quad&#xA;  z = w \,,\\&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the modified elements will be centered as expected.  i haven't determined the reason&#xA;that the one-line aligned element is shifted to the left.  however, for the purpose&#xA;of posting the problem to the bugs list, the reason isn't necessary; a demonstration&#xA;is sufficient.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;please consider sending reports of problems with amsmath directly to tech-support@ams.org .&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="579" LastActivityDate="2011-01-02T19:11:14.953" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8143" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8136" CreationDate="2011-01-02T19:45:46.470" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;don't know if this might help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\def\ta{Hello}&#xA;\def\tb{ World. }&#xA;\def\tc{How are you?}&#xA;%\def\Tokens{\ta\tb\tc}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begingroup&#xA;\gdef\Tokens{\ta\tb\tc}% or like above with def&#xA;\aftergroup\Tokens&#xA;\let\ua=\tc&#xA;\let\ub=\tb&#xA;\let\uc=\ta&#xA;\ua\ub\uc---\par&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-02T19:45:46.470" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8144" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8136" CreationDate="2011-01-02T19:49:34.510" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In much the same vein as Herbert's answer, a 'pre-built' version of the same idea is provided by the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/etextools&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;etextools&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package: see &lt;code&gt;\AfterGroup&lt;/code&gt;. I guess that &lt;code&gt;\aftergroup&lt;/code&gt; is used rarely enough that this has not been a big demand :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-03T13:53:30.003" LastActivityDate="2011-01-03T13:53:30.003" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8145" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8141" CreationDate="2011-01-02T19:50:25.437" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;try it this way. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{table}[!htb]&#xA;\centering&#xA;\begin{tabular}{l l c l | l l c c}&#xA;One &amp;amp; Two  &amp;amp;  Three  &amp;amp;  Four  &amp;amp;  Five  &amp;amp;  Six  &amp;amp;  Seven  &amp;amp;  Eight\\&#xA;One &amp;amp; Two  &amp;amp;  Three  &amp;amp;  Four  &amp;amp;  Five  &amp;amp;  Six  &amp;amp;  Seven  &amp;amp;  Eight\\&#xA;One &amp;amp; Two  &amp;amp;  Three  &amp;amp;  Four  &amp;amp;  Five  &amp;amp;  Six  &amp;amp;  Seven  &amp;amp;  Eight\\&#xA;\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\caption{Derivation Table}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and by the way: The minipage is not needed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-02T19:50:25.437" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8146" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8110" CreationDate="2011-01-02T20:21:08.313" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I believe this is what you are looking for:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{exercise} &#xA;\begin{enumerate} &#xA;\item[]&#xA;\item Show that $R$ is symmetric iff $R^{-1}\subseteq R$.&#xA;\item Show that $R$ is transitive iff $R\circ R\subseteq R$.&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1999" LastActivityDate="2011-01-02T20:21:08.313" />
  <row Id="8147" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8089" CreationDate="2011-01-02T22:20:55.477" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;many of the fonts in the ams document classes and amsthm.sty are &quot;frozen&quot;, even&#xA;though they are changed in publication-specific classes to effect a different style.&#xA;for the next upgrade of the ams-latex collection, we are considering assigning&#xA;&quot;logical&quot; names to most such fonts, to simplify the ability to make changes such as&#xA;the one requested here.  the &quot;proofheadfont&quot; will be among the fonts to be generalized.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="579" LastActivityDate="2011-01-02T22:20:55.477" />
  <row Id="8148" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8154" CreationDate="2011-01-02T22:45:39.443" Score="5" ViewCount="127" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the correct spacing before punctuation in a displayed equation? I have the habit of writing&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Let&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;  y = f(x) \,,&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;where&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;  x = 3 \,.&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;with a thinspace (&lt;code&gt;\,&lt;/code&gt;) before the punctuation. In an &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/8120/strange-spacing-with-gathered-and-aligned/8128#8128&quot;&gt;answer&lt;/a&gt; to another question it was mentioned that this is not correct mathematical typesetting. So what would be the correct spacing?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2322" LastEditorUserId="2322" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-02T23:33:34.193" LastActivityDate="2011-01-03T02:01:56.620" Title="Spacing before punctuation in displayed equations" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;equations&gt;&lt;punctuation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="8149" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8152" CreationDate="2011-01-03T00:04:17.737" Score="1" ViewCount="140" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using makecell package to write vertical text to my table cells. It works fine, but I have trouble centering it.&#xA;Normal vertical text (within a {tabular}) is displayed as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;    \rothead{Some lenghthy\\ sentence} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;    \rothead[c]{Some lenghthy\\ sentence} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;does center it, but adds a @ to the end ??&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not good at tex macros, this is the definition:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% \begin{macro}{\rothead}&#xA;% The macro for rotated tabular column heads. If no \package{rotating} package&#xA;% loaded this macro works like |\thead|.&#xA;%    \begin{macrocode}&#xA;\newcommand\rothead{\@ifundefined{turn}%&#xA;  {\PackageWarning{makecell}{\string\rothead\space&#xA;    needs rotating package}%&#xA;   \let\tabg@pe\theadgape&#xA;   \def\t@bset{\cellset\theadfont\theadset}\thead@}%&#xA;  {\let\theadgape\rotheadgape&#xA;   \@ifnextchar[{\@rothead}{\@@rothead}}}&#xA;%    \end{macrocode}&#xA;% For rotated column head default column setting is similar to&#xA;% |p{\rotheadsize}| (plus some additional justification settings)&#xA;%    \begin{macrocode}&#xA;\@ifdefinable\@rothead{}&#xA;\def\@rothead[#1]#2{\thead{\\[-.65\normalbaselineskip]&#xA;  \turn{\cellrotangle}\thead[#1]{#2@{}}\endturn}}&#xA;\newcommand\@@rothead[1]{\thead{\\[-.65\normalbaselineskip]&#xA;  \turn{\cellrotangle}\thead[c{&amp;gt;{\rightskip0explus&#xA;    \rotheadsize\hyphenpenalty0\pretolerance-1%&#xA;    \noindent\hskip\z@}p{\rotheadsize}&#xA;    @{}}]{#1}\endturn}}&#xA;%    \end{macrocode}&#xA;% \end{macro}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can anyone explain please? I'd really like to center my vertical column headers :(&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2755" LastActivityDate="2011-01-03T00:49:29.740" Title="makecell package vertical centering of vertical text" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;&lt;alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8150" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8148" CreationDate="2011-01-03T00:09:54.273" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The correct spacing is simply,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Let&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;y=f(x),&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;where&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;x=3.&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some publishers may have a house style that requires some space, but that's up to them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-01-03T00:09:54.273" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8151" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6055" CreationDate="2011-01-03T00:16:47.513" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;My workaround was to pass this title argument&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;title={\lstlistingname\space\thelstlisting}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to each listing. This very tedious, but I'm using Lyx, so it's relatively simple to just copy listings arounds.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2756" LastActivityDate="2011-01-03T00:16:47.513" />
  <row Id="8152" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8149" CreationDate="2011-01-03T00:49:29.740" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This looks like a bug in the package, so you should contact the author about it.  But as a temporary fix, it looks like you can just add the following to your preamble. (Lightly tested.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\@rothead[#1]#2{\thead{\\[-.65\normalbaselineskip]&#xA;  \turn{\cellrotangle}\thead[#1]{#2}\endturn}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This removes the offending '@' and doesn't seem to have any other ill effects.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-01-03T00:49:29.740" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8153" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8297" CreationDate="2011-01-02T14:29:57.910" Score="2" ViewCount="145" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a TeX file, which is typeset by &lt;code&gt;XeLaTeX&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The file has &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics{coverimage.eps}&lt;/code&gt; on the first page, and &lt;code&gt;coverimage.eps&lt;/code&gt; is located in the same directory as the TeX file. OS: MacOS 10.6.5, TextMate 1.5.10, xelatex 3.1415926-2.2-0.9997.4 (TeX Live 2010)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I run &lt;code&gt;xelatex doc.tex&lt;/code&gt; in console, file compiles without errors, and eps file is included. If I typeset it in TextMate (xelatex engine is selected in preferences), I get the following error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;** WARNING ** pdf_open: Not a PDF 1.[1-5] file.&#xA;** WARNING ** Failed to include image file &quot;./coverimage.eps&quot;&#xA;** WARNING ** &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Please check if&#xA;** WARNING ** &amp;gt;&amp;gt; rungs -q -dNOPAUSE -dBATCH -sPAPERSIZE=a0 -sDEVICE=pdfwrite -dCompatibilityLevel=%v -dAutoFilterGrayImages=false -dGrayImageFilter=/FlateEncode -dAutoFilterColorImages=false -dColorImageFilter=/FlateEncode -sOutputFile=%o %i -c quit&#xA;** WARNING ** &amp;gt;&amp;gt; %o = output filename, %i = input filename, %b = input filename without suffix&#xA;** WARNING ** &amp;gt;&amp;gt; can really convert &quot;./coverimage.eps&quot; to PDF format image.&#xA;** WARNING ** pdf: image inclusion failed for &quot;coverimage.eps&quot;.&#xA;** WARNING ** Failed to read image file: coverimage.eps&#xA;** WARNING ** Interpreting special command PSfile (ps:) failed.&#xA;** WARNING ** &amp;gt;&amp;gt; at page=&quot;1&quot; position=&quot;(107.149, 124.566)&quot; (in PDF)&#xA;** WARNING ** &amp;gt;&amp;gt; xxx &quot;PSfile=&quot;coverimage.eps&quot; llx=0 lly=0 urx=408 ury=526 rwi=3809 &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and there is no image included in the resulting file (but text looks ok). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am not sure whether it is the error of xelatex or TextMate LaTeX bundle. What I tried to do:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;As I said, &lt;code&gt;xelatex doc.tex&lt;/code&gt; from console works. The exact command line that TextMate uses is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;xelatex -interaction=nonstopmode -file-line-error-style -synctex=1&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But it works from console too.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If I convert the image to pdf (and fix the .tex file accordingly), typesetting from TextMate works too.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I tried running &lt;code&gt;rungs&lt;/code&gt; with parameters specified in the error message, and got valid .pdf file with image as a result.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I compared .log files from typesetting in TextMate and in console, they are absolutely identical except for this error message (in particular, version of &lt;code&gt;xelatex&lt;/code&gt; is the same).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anyone know what can cause this? Please tell me if you need any additional information.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you in advance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1464" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-04T00:41:29.530" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T06:30:49.800" Title="&quot;pdf_open: Not a PDF 1.[1-5] file.&quot; when typesetting TeX file in TextMate" Tags="&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;textmate&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8154" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8148" CreationDate="2011-01-03T02:01:56.620" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;[The following is more ‘FYI’ than a real answer.]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I agree with other commenters that the space depends on house style (I hope there's little argument that the punctuation is usually desirable).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The breqn package allows the space before equation punctuation to be configurable. With this package (which is compatible with &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt;), you write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{dmath}&#xA;  y=f(x)&#xA;\end{dmath},&#xA;where&#xA;\begin{dmath}&#xA;  x=3&#xA;\end{dmath}.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note the equation punctuation in the source is placed &lt;em&gt;after&lt;/em&gt; the environments close. When typeset, the punctuation is moved inside the equation, and the space inserted before it is defined by default to be a &lt;code&gt;\thinspace&lt;/code&gt;; it can be changed by redefining&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\eqpunct[1]{\thinspace#1}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I prefer this small space as opposed to setting the punctuation naturally to emphasise that the punctuation is definitely not part of the mathematical expression. Note you could even remove all equation punctuation entirely (which might be appropriate, say, for seminar slides) by writing&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand\eqpunct[1]{}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and this wouldn't require changing any of the source of your mathematics.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2011-01-03T02:01:56.620" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8155" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8164" CreationDate="2011-01-03T02:27:57.580" Score="1" ViewCount="131" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I use Asymptote to create 3D figures, they appear in the final PDF as static images. When the user hovers the mouse over them, the message &quot;click to activate&quot; is displayed and a mouse click transforms them into rotatable and zoomable interactive figures.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to achieve the same thing with my U3D files which I include using &lt;code&gt;movie15&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\includemovie[&#xA;poster,&#xA;text={\includegraphics[width=0.7\linewidth]{fig/mystaticversionof3dfile}},&#xA;toolbar, &#xA;label=my3dfile.u3d,&#xA;3Drender=SolidWireframe,&#xA;3Daac=30.000000, &#xA;3Droll=270.000000, &#xA;3Dc2c=86.22 -21.6 1.95, &#xA;3Droo=60.169449, &#xA;3Dcoo=-15.000000 3.500000 15.000000,&#xA;3Dlights=CAD,&#xA;]{\linewidth}{0.5055\linewidth}{figures/my3dfile.u3d}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This figure automatically converts into an interactive figure if the viewer supports it. This is bad if the user opens the document to print it. What parameters do I need to change to introduce the &quot;click to activate behaviour&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2408" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-09T22:45:09.193" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T22:45:09.193" Title="Including 3D figures -- &quot;click to activate&quot;" Tags="&lt;animations&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="8156" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-03T02:48:32.327" Score="6" ViewCount="179" Body="&lt;p&gt;Consider the following theorem:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{theorem}&#xA;   If $x=0$, then $xy$ is equal to 0.&#xA;\end{theorem}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first &quot;0&quot; will be typeset in upright typeface and the second one in italic. Including &lt;code&gt;amsthm&lt;/code&gt; has no effect. Is this a bug? I personally think it look very weird.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think I know how to fix this, and this question is more about the why it is not fixed by default. However, if you have a clever trick of avoiding this, feel free to share it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2408" LastActivityDate="2011-01-03T03:14:20.983" Title="Italic in theorem environment" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;theorems&gt;&lt;amsthm&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8157" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8156" CreationDate="2011-01-03T03:14:20.983" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The reason it is in italic is because the theorem style is to typeset the text in italic. Just write &lt;code&gt;$0$&lt;/code&gt; to have the 0 be treated as math and thus be upright.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-01-03T03:14:20.983" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="8158" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-03T03:48:58.440" Score="1" ViewCount="192" Body="&lt;p&gt;The command &lt;code&gt;\section*&lt;/code&gt; is meant to produce a section that is not listed in the table of contents.  However, when using amsart.cls, such sections are still listed.  I believe this is a known bug.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I get around it, that is, produce an unnumbered section that is not listed in the table of contents, while still using amsart.cls?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, compiling the following twice produces the erroneous entry in the TOC:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{amsart}  &#xA;\begin{document}  &#xA;\setcounter{tocdepth}{2}  &#xA;\tableofcontents  &#xA;\section{Numbered}  &#xA;\section*{Still here}  &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2757" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-15T21:34:41.617" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T21:34:41.617" Title="Fix for amsart.cls tableofcontents bug regarding starred sections?" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;amsart&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="8159" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8161" CreationDate="2011-01-03T04:10:29.397" Score="9" ViewCount="247" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm citing an in-text reference using natbib and a Harvard-style. The way I've constructed the sentence indicates possession, for example: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Smith et al.'s (2009) recent study ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I get when using &lt;code&gt;\citet{}&lt;/code&gt; is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Smith et al. (2009) recent study ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to add the apostrophe and s in this context? I tried placing it in the square brackets &lt;code&gt;\citet[][]{}&lt;/code&gt; but that doesn't work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2758" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-18T21:51:46.237" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T21:51:46.237" Title="Bibtex in-text citation using &quot;et al.&quot; How do you insert 's to indicate possession?" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;natbib&gt;&lt;citing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="8160" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8162" CreationDate="2011-01-03T05:04:39.573" Score="6" ViewCount="110" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want my list to begin straight at the left side of my page, without the usual space to the left (which is about the length of a paragraph tabulation). I tried setting parameters from inside the list to zero, but it doesn't seem to come from there.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Did I miss something? How can I achieve this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I used the following test code, to no avail : &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua. Ut enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exercitation ullamco laboris nisi ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat. Duis aute irure dolor in reprehenderit in voluptate velit esse cillum dolore eu fugiat nulla pariatur. Excepteur sint occaecat cupidatat non proident, sunt in culpa qui officia deserunt mollit anim id est laborum.&#xA;&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;\item One.&#xA;\item Two.&#xA;\item Three.&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;    \setlength{\itemsep}{0in}&#xA;    \setlength{\topsep}{0pt}&#xA;    \setlength{\leftmargin}{0in}&#xA;    \setlength{\parskip}{0pt}&#xA;    \setlength{\parsep}{0pt}&#xA;    \setlength{\listparindent}{0in}&#xA;    \setlength{\labelsep}{0.pt}&#xA;    \setlength{\labelwidth}{0in}&#xA;    \setlength{\parsep}{0pt}&#xA;    \setlength{\headsep}{0pt}&#xA;    \setlength{\topskip}{0pt}&#xA;    \setlength{\topmargin}{0pt}&#xA;    \setlength{\partopsep}{0pt}&#xA;    \setlength{\rightmargin}{0pt}&#xA;&#xA;\item Modified one.&#xA;\item Two.&#xA;\item Three.&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="10" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-03T13:05:07.707" LastActivityDate="2011-01-03T13:05:07.707" Title="How do I make a list start at the same level than the text surrounding it (Without extra left space)?" Tags="&lt;lists&gt;&lt;itemize&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="8161" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8159" CreationDate="2011-01-03T05:56:59.757" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's not exactly pretty (especially if you're using hyperlinks or backreferences), but you could use &lt;code&gt;\citeauthor{key}'s \citeyearpar{key}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you do this a lot you could define a command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\citetapos}[1]{\citeauthor{#1}'s \citeyearpar{#1}}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That way you could avoid having to insert the key twice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastEditorUserId="411" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-03T06:06:16.003" LastActivityDate="2011-01-03T06:06:16.003" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="8162" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8160" CreationDate="2011-01-03T05:58:43.937" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;enumitem&lt;/code&gt; package is best for adjusting list formatting.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{enumitem}&#xA;\setitemize{leftmargin=*} % makes all itemize lists line up with the  surrounding text&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or if you just want it for a single list:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{itemize}[leftmargin=*]&#xA;\item ...&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-01-03T05:58:43.937" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8163" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8165" CreationDate="2011-01-03T07:03:01.183" Score="15" ViewCount="271" Body="&lt;p&gt;When you write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\edef\a{\b}&#xA;\let\a\b&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the results are often identical. What is the difference between these two commands? When do they behave the same? When do they not?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The question isn't for me; inspired by &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/258/what-is-the-difference-between-let-and-def&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt; comparing &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt;, I'm asking this question so it can be used as a reference to point people towards in the future.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T07:39:42.340" Title="What is the difference between \let and \edef" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="8164" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8155" CreationDate="2011-01-03T07:25:05.627" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try to leave out the &lt;code&gt;poster&lt;/code&gt; option. It interferes with the &lt;code&gt;text={...&lt;/code&gt; option. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2011-01-03T07:25:05.627" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8165" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8163" CreationDate="2011-01-03T07:35:28.300" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt; expands the argument, whereas &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt; doesn't. Here is an example to illustrate the difference:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\txt{a}&#xA;\def\foo{\txt}&#xA;\let\bar\foo&#xA;\bar -&amp;gt; a&#xA;\def\txt{b}&#xA;\bar -&amp;gt; b&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\txt{a}&#xA;\def\foo{\txt}&#xA;\edef\bar{\foo}&#xA;\bar -&amp;gt; a&#xA;\def\txt{b}&#xA;\bar -&amp;gt; a&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are also other differences, say, the arguments and so on. But how to expansion may be the most important(?).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is an interesting question. May I expand the question further more?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;What is the difference between &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\expandafter\def\expandafter\foo\expandafter&lt;/code&gt; ? Do they always behave the same?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\txt{bar}&#xA;\def\foo{\txt}&#xA;\expandafter\def\expandafter\bar\expandafter{\foo}&#xA;\let\BAR\foo&#xA;&#xA;{\tt \string\bar = \meaning\bar}\par&#xA;{\tt \string\BAR = \meaning\bar}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sneaky inline answer to this rhetorical question, since I wrote the original question &lt;code&gt;:)&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;If you are doing this on macros that take no arguments, then the difference between them is negligible. OTOH, you cannot use the &lt;code&gt;\expandafter\def...&lt;/code&gt; construct if you're trying to copy the definition of a macro that takes arguments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In fact, this brings to light one of the aspects that  I was hoping people would discuss here. &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt; creates a literal copy of a macro at the instant that it is executed, whereas &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt; will take the contents of the macro and expand it recursively to create a new macro entirely. When you are only using the macros as places to store data (such as &lt;code&gt;\def\name{Will}&lt;/code&gt;) then the differences are largely inconsequential, but when the macros are being used as ‘functions’ that take arguments or have contents that have various expansion restrictions applied to it (with &lt;code&gt;\protected&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\noexpand&lt;/code&gt;, and so on) then the differences can be very important indeed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-07T07:39:42.340" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T07:39:42.340" />
  <row Id="8168" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8354" CreationDate="2011-01-03T08:56:09.313" Score="3" ViewCount="295" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have sort of a strange formatting requirement. For the situation where a figure and its caption are too large to fit on a single page, the caption needs to appear by itself on the page directly preceding the caption. What's more, the formatting for this page is very specific (and involves geometry changes which are a lot like even pages in a two-sided printing even though the document is single sided, cf. this &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/7829/getting-layout-parameters-from-the-geometry-package&quot;&gt;question&lt;/a&gt;&amp;mdash;blame whoever designs dissertation formatting requirements for this, not me).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's easy enough to construct the page with the caption and the page with the figure. What I need is a way to insert this material into whatever queue LaTeX uses for outputting figures and further to ensure that the two pages stay together.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that I don't want to use the &lt;code&gt;\FloatBarrier&lt;/code&gt; macro since the goal isn't to start outputting floats now, I simply need to add two new floats and for them to stay together on successive pages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It looks a bit like I could use &lt;code&gt;\@freelist&lt;/code&gt; to grab an insertion number, construct a box for the page and then cause the output routine to be called, but the kernel source is far from clear to me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-01-07T01:46:56.287" Title="Inserting pages into LaTeX's floating material queue" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;output&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="8170" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8163" CreationDate="2011-01-03T09:33:18.173" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As already has been said \edef expands its argument. This not only mean that the content will be different to a definition with \let, it also means that the argument must be expandable. You can always do a &lt;code&gt;\let\a\b&lt;/code&gt; but e.g. &lt;code&gt;\edef\a{\tableofcontents}&lt;/code&gt; will break. Also \edef expands its argument, it doesn't execute them. So things like this will not work: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\my{\def\myinner{c}} &#xA;\edef\test{\my}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2011-01-03T09:33:18.173" />
  <row Id="8171" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8175" CreationDate="2011-01-03T12:28:25.677" Score="5" ViewCount="184" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am wondering why so many duplicates of a symbol exist in latex. Let me provide some:&#xA;For prime I know two types: 1. &lt;code&gt;$f'$&lt;/code&gt; 2. &lt;code&gt;$f^\prime$&lt;/code&gt;&#xA;in &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Prime_%28symbol%29&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Wiki Prime Symbol&lt;/a&gt; it is explained why &lt;code&gt;\prime&lt;/code&gt; is introduced:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;LaTeX provides an oversized prime symbol, &lt;code&gt;\prime&lt;/code&gt; for use in subscripts [for example &lt;code&gt;$f_\prime$&lt;/code&gt;]&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Yet I wonder why an oversized symbol? Or the backslash: 1. &lt;code&gt;\backslash&lt;/code&gt; 2. &lt;code&gt;\setminus&lt;/code&gt; what is the difference? For a long list of slashes in latex visit &lt;a href=&quot;http://groups.google.com/group/unimath/browse_thread/thread/56fb1bbf8c94989d&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;unicode slashes&lt;/a&gt;. I can't understand why so many duplicates and if I don't know the difference, maybe I use it in wrong place. BTW I don't mean the characters that have minor differences (like &lt;code&gt;\nu&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\upsilon&lt;/code&gt; which look nearly the same).  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I make sure I am using the correct symbol despite the similar look?&#xA;What is the real difference between them?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2244" LastEditorUserId="2244" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-04T13:14:24.943" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T13:14:24.943" Title="Why duplicate symbol commands" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="8172" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8171" CreationDate="2011-01-03T12:38:09.497" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The reason why &lt;code&gt;\prime&lt;/code&gt; is &quot;oversized&quot; is so that, when it occurs in a superscript, it will appear to be the &quot;right&quot; size.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Most of the time, you would not really need to explicitly refer to the &lt;code&gt;\prime&lt;/code&gt; macro; you would just use &lt;code&gt;'&lt;/code&gt;. And indeed, in ten years of LaTeX coding, I used &lt;code&gt;\prime&lt;/code&gt; for the first time only just recently &amp;mdash; in a superscript, even &amp;mdash; but in a way that I couldn't possibly achieve with &lt;code&gt;'&lt;/code&gt; alone: in the code &lt;code&gt;f^{\prime\prime\cdots\prime}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="911" LastActivityDate="2011-01-03T12:38:09.497" />
  <row Id="8173" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8171" CreationDate="2011-01-03T12:41:52.900" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Very often what seems as duplicates have some (more or less) subtle differences regarding size and spaces.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Concerning your examples, you will see the difference in spacing for &lt;code&gt;\backslash&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\setminus&lt;/code&gt; and in the size for &lt;code&gt;\prime&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;'&lt;/code&gt;. Which one you would use in what case is probably an entirely different question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[ A\backslash B\quad A\setminus B \qquad  b_{'}\quad b_\prime\]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2210" LastActivityDate="2011-01-03T12:41:52.900" />
  <row Id="8174" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8192" CreationDate="2011-01-03T12:50:26.807" Score="4" ViewCount="305" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can you achieve a multi-column layout for footnotes? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have one page filled only with a rotated table (landscape layout, the &lt;code&gt;sidewaystable&lt;/code&gt; environment). The table is annotated by a lot of footnotes which makes the page wider than I want. Since the texts of individual footnotes are quite small I have thought about laying them in two columns to lower the page width.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2760" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-20T19:04:09.280" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T19:04:09.280" Title="How to achieve a multi-column layout for footnotes?" Tags="&lt;footnotes&gt;&lt;multicol&gt;&lt;sideways&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="8175" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8171" CreationDate="2011-01-03T13:00:58.603" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For many symbols it’s just that the purpose is different. Consider the set minus: what you want there &lt;strong&gt;isn’t&lt;/strong&gt; a backslash. You really want a “set minus” – which just happens to be displayed (sometimes) identically to a backslash. But it’s still fundamentally different.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, which of the two LaTeX codes is more readable:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\mathcal{F} \backslash \{ 0 \}&#xA;% or&#xA;\mathcal{F} \setminus \{ 0 \}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If the two are really identical (which I don’t believe since as Carsten points out there’s always the issue of spacing in math mode) one can simply be defined in terms of the other – e.g.:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*\setminus{\backslash}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;No harm in that. This still makes the usage more readable (see above) and the macro can be exchanged very quickly if you decide that the symbol should be displayed differently. For example, consider that the set minus is actually often written like a normal minus instead of like a backslash. If you have used the &lt;code&gt;\backslash&lt;/code&gt; command, you now need to change all occurrences of that in your document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you have used a dedicated command then you only need to redefine that:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*\setminus{\ensuremath{{}-{}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In practice, I redefine aliases for almost all macros that I use to fit my current use-case.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2011-01-03T13:00:58.603" />
  <row Id="8176" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6534" CreationDate="2011-01-03T13:06:38.007" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%%\listfiles&#xA;\documentclass[10pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;\parindent=0pt&#xA;\baselineskip=6.35mm&#xA;\parskip=0pt&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand*{\InitToks}{\toks@={}}&#xA;\newcommand{\AddToks}[1]{\toks@=\expandafter{\the\toks@ #1}}&#xA;\newcommand*{\PrintToks}{\the\toks@}&#xA;\unitlength=1mm&#xA;\def\BOX{\framebox(3.55,2){}}&#xA;\newcount\rowNo&#xA;\newcommand*{\dynTable}[1]{%&#xA;  \begingroup&#xA;    \InitToks&#xA;    \AddToks{\tabcolsep=0pt\begin{tabular}{c*{11}{&amp;gt;{\centering}p{6.35mm}}}}%&#xA;    \AddToks{&amp;amp;&amp;amp;1&amp;amp;2&amp;amp;3&amp;amp;4&amp;amp;5&amp;amp;6&amp;amp;7&amp;amp;8&amp;amp;9&amp;amp;Inv\tabularnewline}&#xA;    \rowNo=0 %&#xA;    \loop\ifnum\rowNo&amp;lt;#1\relax&#xA;      \advance\rowNo by 1&#xA;      \AddToks{\strobe &amp;amp; }&#xA;      \expandafter\AddToks\expandafter{%&#xA;         \the\rowNo &amp;amp; &#xA;         \BOX &amp;amp; \BOX &amp;amp; \BOX &amp;amp; \BOX &amp;amp; \BOX &amp;amp; \BOX &amp;amp; \BOX &amp;amp; \BOX &amp;amp; \BOX &amp;amp; \BOX%&#xA;        \tabularnewline}%&#xA;    \repeat&#xA;   \AddToks{\end{tabular}}%&#xA;    \PrintToks&#xA;  \endgroup}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\def\strobe{\rule{0pt}{4mm}\rule{3mm}{2.54mm}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\sffamily\small&#xA;&#xA;PREFERENCE\par&#xA;\bigskip&#xA;&#xA;\dynTable{28}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/wbRpD.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-03T13:06:38.007" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8177" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-03T13:13:17.873" Score="4" ViewCount="449" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a two column article:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper, twocolumn]{article}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inside this is a bigger &lt;code&gt;lstlisting&lt;/code&gt; which has a &lt;code&gt;float=*&lt;/code&gt; to merge the two columns.&#xA;However this listing needs a page break. LaTeX won't break the listing due to the float I think. What can I do to let LaTeX page break my listing?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2761" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-15T09:43:50.153" LastActivityDate="2011-02-02T23:24:15.167" Title="Listing over two columns - how to page break?" Tags="&lt;listings&gt;&lt;page-breaking&gt;&lt;two-column&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="8178" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8177" CreationDate="2011-01-03T13:23:20.580" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you can use the package &lt;code&gt;multicol&lt;/code&gt; instead, then try this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[english,a5paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\usepackage{multicol}&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{multicols}{2}&#xA; \blindtext[2]&#xA;\end{multicols}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}[caption=A Listing,,basicstyle=\ttfamily,numbers=left]&#xA;ffooo &#xA;ffooo &#xA;ffooo &#xA;ffooo &#xA;ffooo &#xA;ffooo &#xA;ffooo &#xA;ffooo &#xA;ffooo &#xA;ffooo &#xA;ffooo &#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{multicols}{2}&#xA; \blindtext[3]&#xA;\end{multicols}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-03T13:23:20.580" />
  <row Id="8179" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8181" CreationDate="2011-01-03T13:30:48.740" Score="3" ViewCount="367" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using the beamer class and Warsaw theme. Is there any way to have slide numbering at the bottom of the page and on the left (as 2/10) in this theme?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Here is my code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}‎&#xA;‎‎‎‎‎\usetheme{Warsaw‎}‎‎&#xA;‎\begin{document}‎&#xA;‎‎\title{How to number the ...?‎} &#xA;‎‎\author{My name‎} &#xA;‎‎\date{06‎.06.2005} &#xA;‎\begin{frame}‎&#xA;‎\titlepage‎&#xA;‎‎‎\end{frame}‎‎‎&#xA;‎‎\section{Intro‎}‎&#xA;‎\begin{frame}‎&#xA;‎‎\frametitle{There are many ...‎}‎ &#xA;‎‎\end{frame}‎‎&#xA;‎\end{document}‎&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2762" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-03T13:37:38.213" LastActivityDate="2011-01-03T14:52:14.703" Title="slide numbering in Beamer class (Warsaw theme)" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="8180" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8174" CreationDate="2011-01-03T13:33:16.273" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=dblfnote&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;dblfnote&lt;/a&gt; package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{dblfnote}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;The package sets the footnotes of a single-column document in two columns; the package offers a range of parameters to determine the exact appearance of the two columns.&#xA;\footnote{This is the first footnote.}&#xA;The package sets the footnotes of a single-column document in two columns; the package offers a range of parameters to determine the exact appearance of the two columns.&#xA;\footnote{This is the second footnote.}&#xA;\footnote{This is the third footnote.}&#xA;The package sets the footnotes of a single-column document in two columns; the package offers a range of parameters to determine the exact appearance of the two columns.&#xA;\footnote{This is the fourth footnote.}&#xA;\footnote{This is the first footnote.}&#xA;The package sets the footnotes of a single-column document in two columns; the package offers a range of parameters to determine the exact appearance of the two columns.The package sets the footnotes of a single-column document in two columns; the package offers a range of parameters to determine the exact appearance of the two columns. \footnote{This is the second footnote.}&#xA;\footnote{This is the third footnote.}&#xA;\footnote{This is the fourth footnote.}&#xA;\footnote{This is the second footnote.}&#xA;\footnote{This is the third footnote.}&#xA;\footnote{This is the fourth footnote.} \footnote{This is the second footnote.}&#xA;\footnote{This is the third footnote.}&#xA;\footnote{This is the fourth footnote.}&#xA;\footnote{This is the second footnote.}&#xA;\footnote{This is the third footnote.}&#xA;\footnote{This is the fourth footnote.} &#xA;\footnote{This is the second footnote.}&#xA;\footnote{This is the third footnote.}&#xA;\footnote{This is the fourth footnote.}&#xA;\footnote{This is the second footnote.}&#xA;\footnote{This is the third footnote.}&#xA;\footnote{This is the fourth footnote.}&#xA;\footnote{This is the second footnote.}&#xA;\footnote{This is the third footnote.}&#xA;\footnote{This is the fourth footnote.}&#xA;\footnote{This is the second footnote.}&#xA;\footnote{This is the third footnote.}&#xA;\footnote{This is the fourth footnote.}&#xA;\footnote{This is the second footnote.}&#xA;\footnote{This is the third footnote.}&#xA;\footnote{This is the fourth footnote.}&#xA;\footnote{This is the second footnote.}&#xA;\footnote{This is the third footnote.}&#xA;\footnote{This is the fourth footnote.}&#xA;\footnote{This is the second footnote.}&#xA;\footnote{This is the third footnote.}&#xA;\footnote{This is the fourth footnote.}&#xA;\footnote{This is the second footnote.}&#xA;\footnote{This is the third footnote.}&#xA;\footnote{This is the fourth footnote.}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Gives:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/dn6Df.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2716" LastActivityDate="2011-01-03T13:33:16.273" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="8181" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8179" CreationDate="2011-01-03T13:36:03.130" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You need to select an outer theme. &lt;code&gt;\useoutertheme{infolines}&lt;/code&gt; should give you the desired format.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you just want to include the numbers, you have to adopt the original code for the &lt;code&gt;footline&lt;/code&gt; from the outer theme &lt;code&gt;shadow&lt;/code&gt; which in turn uses the the format from the &lt;code&gt;split&lt;/code&gt; theme.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usetheme{Warsaw}&#xA;\title{How to number the ...?}&#xA;\author{My name}&#xA;\date{06‎.06.2005}&#xA;\defbeamertemplate*{footline}{shadow theme}&#xA;{%&#xA;  \leavevmode%&#xA;  \hbox{\begin{beamercolorbox}[wd=.5\paperwidth,ht=2.5ex,dp=1.125ex,leftskip=.3cm plus1fil,rightskip=.3cm]{author in head/foot}%&#xA;    \usebeamerfont{author in head/foot}\insertframenumber\,/\,\inserttotalframenumber\hfill\insertshortauthor&#xA;  \end{beamercolorbox}%&#xA;  \begin{beamercolorbox}[wd=.5\paperwidth,ht=2.5ex,dp=1.125ex,leftskip=.3cm,rightskip=.3cm plus1fil]{title in head/foot}%&#xA;    \usebeamerfont{title in head/foot}\insertshorttitle%&#xA;  \end{beamercolorbox}}%&#xA;  \vskip0pt%&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\section{Intro‎}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;\frametitle{There are many ...}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that by moving the &lt;code&gt;\title&lt;/code&gt; etc into the preamble, this will also be used for the PDF metadata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2210" LastEditorUserId="2210" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-03T14:52:14.703" LastActivityDate="2011-01-03T14:52:14.703" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="8182" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8171" CreationDate="2011-01-03T14:18:30.310" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The prime &lt;code&gt;'&lt;/code&gt; and the control sequence &lt;code&gt;\prime&lt;/code&gt; are in fact quite different beasts. The former is defined in terms of the latter: The &lt;code&gt;\mathcode&lt;/code&gt; of &lt;code&gt;'&lt;/code&gt; is &lt;code&gt;&quot;8000&lt;/code&gt;, which makes it an active character in math mode. It is defined to be a macro that is clever enough so that &lt;code&gt;'&lt;/code&gt; expands to &lt;code&gt;^{\prime}&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;''&lt;/code&gt; expands to &lt;code&gt;^{\prime\prime}&lt;/code&gt;,&lt;code&gt;'''&lt;/code&gt; expands to &lt;code&gt;^{\prime\prime\prime}&lt;/code&gt;, and so forth. This is necessary because multiple exponents aren't allowed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2011-01-03T14:18:30.310" />
  <row Id="8183" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-03T15:08:39.913" Score="2" ViewCount="128" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a free font for tex and acolytes that can be extended by the user? Let's say I'm using Libertine together with a relevant maths font but a specific sign is missing. I would like to be able to draw it and then use it within my documents, thus avoiding to use extra packages (and subsequent possible font and maths alphabet limits). Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastEditorUserId="371" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-15T17:36:36.750" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T17:36:36.750" Title="extendable tex font" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="8184" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-03T15:11:06.133" Score="2" ViewCount="66" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have defined a conditional using the &lt;code&gt;ifthen&lt;/code&gt; package as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\Switch}[1] { \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{1}}{Test1}{Test2} }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Running this command works without problem. However, if I try to place it within a Figure Caption, it produces an error (i.e., &lt;code&gt;\Switch{1}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\caption{Example text}&lt;/code&gt; work fine, but &lt;code&gt;\caption{\Switch{1}}&lt;/code&gt; does not). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this expected behavior? How do I work around it to produce a conditional caption?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="233" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-03T15:21:34.213" LastActivityDate="2011-01-03T16:09:01.317" Title="Conditionals within captions" Tags="&lt;captions&gt;&lt;conditionals&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="8185" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8184" CreationDate="2011-01-03T15:24:22.150" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\ifthenelse&lt;/code&gt; command appears to be fragile? &lt;code&gt;\caption{\protect\Switch{1}}&lt;/code&gt; works.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2011-01-03T15:24:22.150" />
  <row Id="8186" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-03T15:29:48.790" Score="5" ViewCount="131" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to perform some string manipulation (using the &lt;code&gt;xstring&lt;/code&gt; package) on the result of a &lt;code&gt;\cite{}&lt;/code&gt; (the bib package is given to me, and wouldn't allow what I want to do without a major rewrite). However, I can't find a way to assign the &lt;em&gt;result&lt;/em&gt; of the &lt;code&gt;\cite{}&lt;/code&gt; to a variable. &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt; doesn't work, nor does &lt;code&gt;\protected@edef&lt;/code&gt;. Any suggestions?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2763" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-03T15:33:45.527" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T20:31:12.040" Title="Performing String Manipulation on result of \cite{}" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;citing&gt;&lt;strings&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="8187" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8183" CreationDate="2011-01-03T15:45:39.583" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I redefined the : character to show also the ? from the &lt;em&gt;default&lt;/em&gt; font &lt;code&gt;ztmcm&lt;/code&gt;. The right ? is now from the &lt;code&gt;zplm&lt;/code&gt; font&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\listfiles&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{mathptmx,graphicx}&#xA;\DeclareSymbolFont{mySymbols}{OT1}{zplm}{m}{n}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{?}{\mathbin}{mySymbols}{&quot;3F}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{:}{\mathbin}{operators}{&quot;3F}% only for demo&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\scalebox{20}{$: ?$}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-03T15:45:39.583" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="8188" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8190" CreationDate="2011-01-03T15:54:16.427" Score="6" ViewCount="127" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do I construct a string in LaTeX (perhaps with variables) that calls the LaTeX macro with the corresponding name?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, say I have defined a comment as &lt;code&gt;\def\Comment1{Example text.}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\def\CommentText[#1]{\comment#1}&lt;/code&gt; and I want &lt;code&gt;\CommentText[1]&lt;/code&gt; to produce &quot;Example text&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am pretty sure the above does not work. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any way to make it work? Is there some good way to achieve the same result with another method (assuming I have about 50 comments that I want to name with names that make them easy for others to understand). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="233" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-03T15:58:30.067" LastActivityDate="2011-01-03T17:14:43.540" Title="Evaluating a string to a command" Tags="&lt;strings&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8190" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8188" CreationDate="2011-01-03T16:08:58.727" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{article}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\expandafter\def\csname Comment1\endcsname{Example}&#xA;\newcommand\CommentText[1]{\csname Comment#1\endcsname}&#xA;&#xA;Test:&#xA;\CommentText{1}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2011-01-03T16:08:58.727" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8191" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8184" CreationDate="2011-01-03T16:09:01.317" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As a modern alternative, you can use the commands from the &lt;code&gt;etoolbox&lt;/code&gt; package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*{\Switch}[1]{\ifnumequal{#1}{1}{Test1}{Test2}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or the &lt;code&gt;xparse&lt;/code&gt; package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ExplSyntaxOn&#xA;\NewDocumentCommand \Switch { m } {&#xA;  \int_compare:nNnTF { #1 } = { \c_one } {&#xA;    Test1&#xA;  } {&#xA;    Test2&#xA;  }&#xA;}&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOff&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2011-01-03T16:09:01.317" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8192" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8174" CreationDate="2011-01-03T16:09:10.710" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;you can improve it with minipages. After the sidewaystable you have to increase the footnote counter, if another footnote appears.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{rotating,tabularx}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{sidewaysfigure}&#xA;\rule{\linewidth}{5cm}\par&#xA;The package sets the\footnotemark[1] footnotes\footnotemark[2] of a single-column document in two columns; &#xA;the package offers a range of parameters to determine\footnotemark[3] the exact appearance\footnotemark[4] of the two columns.&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\vspace{1cm}&#xA;\footnoterule\footnotesize&#xA;\begin{minipage}[t]{0.49\linewidth}&#xA;\textsuperscript{1} This is the first footnote. And here comes some nonsense text&#xA;                    to show that the linebreaks works \par&#xA;\textsuperscript{2} This is the second footnote.\par&#xA;\end{minipage}\hfill&#xA;\begin{minipage}[t]{0.49\linewidth}&#xA;\textsuperscript{3} This is the third footnote. \par&#xA;\textsuperscript{4} This is the fourth footnote.\par&#xA;\textsuperscript{5} This is the fourth footnote.\par&#xA;\textsuperscript{6} This is the fourth footnote.\par&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;\end{sidewaysfigure}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-03T16:09:10.710" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8193" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8153" CreationDate="2011-01-03T17:03:23.280" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As &lt;code&gt;rungs&lt;/code&gt; is also provided by Ghostscript, my guess is that you have an older installation of Ghostscript on your machine.  Somehow, the PATH in TextMate is different than the path in your Terminal, and so the older version is getting called only within TextMate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To test this, you can use TextMate's &quot;Execute Line Inserting Result&quot; (bound to ^R). In a new TextMate document, try the following commands:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;which rungs&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;rungs -v&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;echo $PATH&lt;/code&gt; (note that TextMate adds its own resources to &lt;code&gt;$PATH&lt;/code&gt;, so this will be different. Focus on the order of the system directories like &lt;code&gt;/usr/texbin&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;/usr/local/bin&lt;/code&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and check the result against your terminal.  If this is indeed the problem, then you can solve this issue by manually setting the &lt;code&gt;PATH&lt;/code&gt; variable in TextMate's advanced preferences window to be the same as in your Terminal.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/2dStN.png&quot; alt=&quot;TextMate's Advanced Preferences&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt; Does this minimal example compile for you, with either XeLaTeX or pdfLaTeX? I used &lt;code&gt;demo.eps&lt;/code&gt; from &lt;code&gt;/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/doc/latex/guide-to-latex/demo.eps&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \includegraphics{demo.eps}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1312" LastEditorUserId="1312" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-03T21:04:51.437" LastActivityDate="2011-01-03T21:04:51.437" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="8194" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6793" CreationDate="2011-01-03T17:04:44.823" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dear Ulrike (or xport, or someone else), &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;could you please write a slightly more detailed example of how to use printindex in a beamer presentation? I have the same problem as xport, but Ulrike's example did not work in my case. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks, Hendrik&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2766" LastActivityDate="2011-01-03T17:04:44.823" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="8195" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8188" CreationDate="2011-01-03T17:05:56.150" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ulrike's excellent answer could perhaps benefit from a little more macrology:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\defComment[2]{\expandafter\def\csname Comment#1\endcsname{#2}}&#xA;\newcommand\CommentText[1]{\csname Comment#1\endcsname}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\defComment{1}{Example}&#xA;\defComment{42}{Another example}&#xA;&#xA;Test:&#xA;\CommentText{1} \CommentText{42}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2011-01-03T17:05:56.150" />
  <row Id="8196" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8188" CreationDate="2011-01-03T17:14:43.540" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you really want to make a list of comments indexed by an integer, why not use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/pkg/arrayjobx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;arrayjobx&lt;/a&gt; package?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{arrayjobx}&#xA;\newarray\Comment&#xA;\Comment(1)={Example}&#xA;\Comment(42)={Another Example}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\Comment(1)&#xA;\Comment(42)&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2011-01-03T17:14:43.540" />
  <row Id="8197" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8183" CreationDate="2011-01-03T17:14:44.383" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You draw it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% \usepackage{graphics}&#xA;\newcommand\somesymbol{\includegraphics{thegraph}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For math symbols, for example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\someoperator{\mathbin{\includegraphics{thegraph-of-binary-operator}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-01-03T17:14:44.383" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8198" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8199" CreationDate="2011-01-03T18:00:24.990" Score="1" ViewCount="511" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am writing my final year thesis. I was asked to write my report part by part. First I wrote the Introduction chapter. No I have completed the Literature Survey.&#xA;Both these were written as two separate articles(document class). Both these tex files reside in different directories and both of them have their own bibliography. All the bibtex files are kept in a common folder&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Report&#xA;   &amp;gt;intro&#xA;       &amp;gt;introduction.tex&#xA;   &amp;gt;lit-review&#xA;       &amp;gt;literature-review.tex&#xA;   &amp;gt;refs&#xA;       &amp;gt;refgroup1.bib&#xA;       &amp;gt;refgroup2.bib&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now I want to combine these two articles in to one document as two chapters, to produce a draft report which will be extended further by adding new parts as my research progresses. The references should be displayed at the end of the whole report.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Could someone guide me to do this? Thank you&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2709" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-25T07:06:41.297" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T07:06:41.297" Title="Combine several chapters (separate files) in to one report" Tags="&lt;book-design&gt;&lt;include&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="8199" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8198" CreationDate="2011-01-03T18:33:47.857" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use a larger document class like book, report, or memoir, that allows chapters.  Include the text of your introduction (the document part, not the preamble) in the first chapter, and the text of your lit review in the second.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/multibib&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;multibib&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/chapterbib&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;chapterbib&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package to manage separate bibliographies.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2011-01-03T18:33:47.857" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8200" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8203" CreationDate="2011-01-03T19:44:52.893" Score="5" ViewCount="138" Body="&lt;p&gt;Consider this plain TeX file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newtoks\t&#xA;\t={#}&#xA;\showthe\t&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you compile it (with &lt;code&gt;tex&lt;/code&gt; of &lt;code&gt;pdftex&lt;/code&gt;), then in the output you get&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;gt; ##.&#xA;l.3 \showthe\t&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why do I get &lt;em&gt;two&lt;/em&gt; of the &lt;code&gt;#&lt;/code&gt;s?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The background: I want to build the body of a macro definition in a token list, and the macro takes one argument that I want to put into the token list as &lt;code&gt;#1&lt;/code&gt;. The idea is to use &lt;code&gt;\edef\macro#1{\the\t}&lt;/code&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T08:06:21.160" Title="How do I put a &quot;#&quot; into a token list without getting two?" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="8202" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-03T20:01:23.487" Score="1" ViewCount="181" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've written this code for TikZ to make a sketch of the Stern Gerlach experiment. Since the weight of the image is determined by the drawing itself and not by the annotations (the nodes), I thought I could use &lt;code&gt;[use as bounding box]&lt;/code&gt; so that the &lt;code&gt;\centering&lt;/code&gt; command will center the main body of my drawing instead of the drawing and all it's annotations.  (I want the nodes to be ignored when centering)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've drawn a box around what I would like to see centered and I used the &lt;code&gt;[use as bounding box]&lt;/code&gt;&#xA;command to make sure this will be the bounding box. Something is amiss it seems as the figure is still centered considering the nodes. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is very frustrating, since I've tried out the &lt;code&gt;[use as bounding box]&lt;/code&gt; command in a much simpler drawing to see if it actually works (and it does!). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;here's my code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \documentclass[a4paper]{article}&#xA;&#xA; \usepackage{tikz}&#xA; \usepackage{tikz-3dplot}&#xA;&#xA; \tikzset{&#xA;  vlak/.style={fill=lightgray!80,draw=none,opacity=1},&#xA;  obj/.style={fill=lightgray,draw=none},&#xA;  opp/.style={fill=lightgray,opacity=0.6,draw=none},&#xA;  rand/.style={thick,draw=gray},&#xA;  vector/.style={&amp;gt;=stealth',draw=black,line width=0.55pt}&#xA;  }&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA; \begin{document}&#xA;&#xA; \tdplotsetmaincoords{75}{140}&#xA;&#xA; \begin{figure}[htp]&#xA; \centering&#xA; \begin{tikzpicture}[tdplot_main_coords,scale=0.7]&#xA;  \newcommand{\nodin}[1]{coordinate(#1)node{#1}}%draw nodes on coordinates, I alter           &#xA;                                                   %this later to hide the nodes&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;  \draw[vlak,rand](0,-2,0)--(0,2,0)\nodin{A}--(0,2,2)\nodin{B}--(0,1,2)\nodin{C}--(0,1,1)\nodin{Q}--(0,-1,1)\nodin{D}--(0,-1,2)\nodin{E}--(0,-2,2)\nodin{F}--cycle;&#xA;&#xA;  \draw[vlak,rand](F)++(-6,0,0)--(F)--(E)--++(-6,0,0)--cycle;&#xA;  \draw[vlak,rand](D)++(-6,0,0)--(D)--(E)--++(-6,0,0)--cycle;&#xA;&#xA;  \draw[vlak,rand](0,-1,3)--(0,0,2)\nodin{G}--(0,1,3)\nodin{H}--(0,1,4)\nodin{I}--(0,-1,4)\nodin{J}--cycle;&#xA;  \draw[vlak,rand](G)++(-6,0,0)--(G)--(H)--++(-6,0,0)--cycle;&#xA;  \draw[vlak,rand](H)++(-6,0,0)--(H)--(I)--++(-6,0,0)--cycle;&#xA;  \draw[vlak,rand](J)++(-6,0,0)--(J)--(I)--++(-6,0,0)--cycle;&#xA;  \draw[vlak,rand](Q)++(-6,0,0)--(Q)--(D)--++(-6,0,0)--cycle;&#xA;&#xA;  \foreach \x in{0,2,4,6}{&#xA;   \draw[vector,-&amp;gt;] (-\x,0,2)--(-\x,1,1);&#xA;   \draw[vector,-&amp;gt;] (-\x,0,2)--(-\x,0.5,1);&#xA;   \draw[vector,-&amp;gt;] (-\x,0,2)--(-\x,0,1);&#xA;   \draw[vector,-&amp;gt;] (-\x,0,2)--(-\x,-0.5,1);&#xA;   \draw[vector,-&amp;gt;] (-\x,0,2)--(-\x,-1,1);&#xA;   }&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;  \draw[vlak,rand](0,-2,0)--(0,2,0)\nodin{A}--(0,2,2)\nodin{B}--(0,1,2)\nodin{C}--(0,1,1)\nodin{Q}--(0,-1,1)\nodin{D}--(0,-1,2)\nodin{E}--(0,-2,2)\nodin{F}--cycle;&#xA;&#xA;  \draw(-9,0,1.8)\nodin{R};&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;  \draw[vlak,rand](R)++(0,-0.5,-0.5)--++(0,0,1)\nodin{R3}--++(0,1,0)\nodin{R2}--++(0,0,-1)\nodin{R1}--cycle;&#xA;  \draw[vlak,rand](R1)++(-1,0,0)--(R1)--(R2)--++(-1,0,0)--cycle;&#xA;  \draw[vlak,rand](R3)++(-1,0,0)--(R3)--(R2)--++(-1,0,0)--cycle;&#xA;&#xA;  \tdplotsetrotatedcoords{0}{90}{0}&#xA;  \tdplotdrawarc[tdplot_rotated_coords,fill=black,rand]{(R)}{0.1}{0}{360}{}{}&#xA;  \draw[thick](R)--(-5,0,1.8)\nodin{M};&#xA;&#xA;  \draw[thick](M)--(5,0,2)\nodin{M1};&#xA;  \draw[thick](M)--(5,0,1.6)\nodin{M2};&#xA;&#xA;  \draw[vlak,rand](C)++(-6,0,0)--(C)--(B)--++(-6,0,0)--cycle;&#xA;  \draw[vlak,rand](A)++(-6,0,0)--(A)--(B)--++(-6,0,0)--cycle;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;  \draw(5,0,0)\nodin{S};&#xA;  \draw[opp,rand](S)--++(0,2,0)--++(0,0,3.6)--++(0,-4,0)--++(0,0,-3.6)--cycle;&#xA;&#xA;  \draw(5,0,1.8)\nodin{K};&#xA;&#xA;  \foreach \x in{0.025,0.05,...,1}{&#xA;   \tdplotdrawarc[tdplot_rotated_coords,fill=black!80,opacity=0.15*\x,draw=none]{(K)}{1-     \x}{0}{360}{}{}&#xA;   }&#xA;&#xA;  \tdplotdrawarc[tdplot_rotated_coords,fill=black]{(M1)}{0.03}{0}{360}{}{}&#xA;  \tdplotdrawarc[tdplot_rotated_coords,fill=black]{(M2)}{0.03}{0}{360}{}{}&#xA;  \draw[-&amp;gt;](S)++(3,0,4)node[left]{klassiek}to[out=0,in=130](5,-0.6,2.4);&#xA;&#xA;  \draw[-&amp;gt;,shorten &amp;gt;=0.8pt](S)++(3,0,2)node[left]{kwantummechanisch}to[out=0,in=150](M1);&#xA;  \draw[-&amp;gt;,shorten &amp;gt;=0.8pt](S)++(3,0,2)to[out=0,in=220](M2);&#xA;&#xA;  \draw(R1)++(-1,0,2.5)\nodin{R4};&#xA;  \draw(S)++(2,0,0)\nodin{S1};&#xA;&#xA;  \draw[use as bounding box](S1)rectangle(R4);&#xA;&#xA; \end{tikzpicture}\caption{Het Stern-Gerlach Experiment}\label{}\end{figure}&#xA; \end{document}&#xA;&#xA; \tikzend{}{}&#xA; \end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;any help as to why this happens would be appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2770" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-03T21:17:01.017" LastActivityDate="2011-01-03T21:17:01.017" Title="TikZ: Can't crop the bounding box" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="8203" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8200" CreationDate="2011-01-03T20:17:18.673" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;When TeX &lt;em&gt;shows&lt;/em&gt; &lt;code&gt;#&lt;/code&gt;, it doubles it up. So in your&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newtoks\t&#xA;\t={#}&#xA;\showthe\t&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;example, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;gt; ##.&#xA;l.3 \showthe\t&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;represents &lt;em&gt;one&lt;/em&gt; &lt;code&gt;#&lt;/code&gt; inside the token register. You can convince TeX to show this using &lt;code&gt;\string&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newtoks\t&#xA;\t={#}&#xA;\expandafter\string\the\t&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(which of courses only works because there is a single token in &lt;code&gt;\t&lt;/code&gt;!)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the definition of the macro, you'd need something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newtoks\t&#xA;\t={You gave '#1'}&#xA;\expandafter\def\expandafter\test&#xA;  \expandafter#\expandafter1\expandafter{\the\t}&#xA;\test{things}&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-04T08:06:21.160" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T08:06:21.160" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="8204" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8213" CreationDate="2011-01-03T20:20:08.400" Score="3" ViewCount="257" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have some trouble using Palatino fonts (psnfss2e distribution} for numerals in  text and tables. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I load the package as &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[sc,osf]{mathpazo}&lt;/code&gt; which sets the font to&lt;br&gt;&#xA;oldstyle numerals in text and small caps. The oldstyle numerals look good with text having the letters match the lowercase characters.  However, in tables they don't look very good. How can I apply a different font as a default for tables? What would be a suitable font to match? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The font also looks particularly ugly (the seven and one seem to have been designed by a different person!) as you can see in the image below. Is there a way to apply a different font to all numbers, but keep the font for characters only?&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/oAVyn.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Below is a minimal with different font samples for convenience.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article} &#xA;\usepackage{graphicx} &#xA;%\usepackage{mathptmx,courier}&#xA;\usepackage[scaled=0.92]{helvet}&#xA;\usepackage[sc,osf]{mathpazo}&#xA;\normalfont&#xA;\usepackage{pifont,tabularx,varioref,url}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{textcomp}&#xA;\usepackage{ragged2e}&#xA;\newif\ifutopia&#xA;\utopiatrue &#xA;\newlength{\rightwidth} &#xA;  \rightwidth=10cm&#xA;\newlength{\leftwidth}&#xA;  \leftwidth=\textwidth&#xA;  \addtolength{\leftwidth}{-\rightwidth}&#xA;  \addtolength{\leftwidth}{-1em} % ?&#xA;\newcommand{\sample}[5]{%&#xA;  \parbox[b]{\leftwidth}{%&#xA;    {\raggedright\footnotesize&#xA;    #1\\&#xA;    #3/#4\par}}&#xA;  \hfill&#xA;  \parbox[t]{\rightwidth}{&#xA;  {\fontfamily{#2}\fontsize{#3}{#4}\selectfont #5&#xA;    \scalebox{5}{fonj 713} \begin{tabular}{l}\Large \MakeUppercase{fontj 713} fontj 713\end{tabular}&#xA;  \par}}&#xA;  \medskip}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\sample{Times scale5x}{ptm}{10}{12pt}{}&#xA;&#xA;\sample{Palatino pplj scale 5x}{pplj}{10}{12.4pt}{}&#xA;&#xA;\sample{Bookman scale 5x}{pbk}{9.6}{11.5pt}{}&#xA;&#xA;\sample{Charter scale 5x}{bch}{10}{12.4pt}{}&#xA;&#xA;\sample{New Century Schoolbook scale5x}{pnc}{9.6}{12pt}{}&#xA;&#xA;\ifutopia&#xA;  \sample{Utopia scale 5x}{put}{9.6}{12pt}{}&#xA;\fi&#xA;&#xA;\sample{Helvetica scale 5x}{phv}{10}{12pt}{}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-03T23:11:04.243" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T07:32:15.557" Title="Palatino fonts and the number 713" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="8205" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8158" CreationDate="2011-01-03T20:57:49.877" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;carsten's answer -- that this is ams style -- is correct.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in the next update of the ams-latex collection, the amsclass manual will contain an&#xA;appendix laying out the differences between the ams classes and the basic latex equivalents.&#xA;but the inclusion of starred headings in the toc will not change.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to get rid of unwanted entries from the table of contents, see this entry in the&#xA;ams author faq: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ams.org/faq?faq_id=238&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.ams.org/faq?faq_id=238&lt;/a&gt; .  kindly take note that the way&#xA;\SkipTocEntry is defined depends on whether or not the hyperref package is being used.&#xA;(we will consider including such a command -- with a safeguard to handle presence or&#xA;absence of hyperref -- in the upgrade, which, if all goes well, is expected to be&#xA;scheduled for later this year.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="579" LastActivityDate="2011-01-03T20:57:49.877" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="8206" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8198" CreationDate="2011-01-03T20:58:49.893" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You may want to look at this post:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4713/equation-numbers-messed-up&quot;&gt;Equation numbers messed up&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Good luck with your thesis.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="993" LastActivityDate="2011-01-03T20:58:49.893" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8207" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8202" CreationDate="2011-01-03T21:46:00.840" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You need to set the bounding box first.  The bounding box in a TikZ/PGF picture can only be increased, never shrunk.  So when you use the &lt;code&gt;use as bounding box&lt;/code&gt; option then that says &quot;Ignore all following constructions when computing the bounding box.&quot;, it has no effect on any previous components.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2011-01-03T21:46:00.840" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8208" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8200" CreationDate="2011-01-03T22:31:38.460" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Joseph answered the reason why # shows up double, as the standard behaviour of show etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since you  want to build the body of a macro definition in a token list the only way to incorporate #1 etc. (IMHO) is to put the to put it via a macro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newtoks\t&#xA;\t={\def\z#1{\bf #1}}&#xA;\def\macro#1{\the\t \z{B} \z{#1}}&#xA;\macro{test}&#xA;&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The only difference from what was proposed by the OP, is that to put the body definition in a token list, you need to pass it to the macro by using &lt;code&gt;\the\t&lt;/code&gt; and a &lt;code&gt;\helpermacro{#1}&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-01-03T22:31:38.460" />
  <row Id="8209" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-03T23:01:50.243" Score="1" ViewCount="101" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2063/how-can-i-manually-install-a-package-on-miktex-windows&quot;&gt;This&lt;/a&gt; didn't help me much, 'cause this package has MF fonts and I don't have an idea to where should they go. Any help appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2772" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-04T00:14:46.030" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T00:14:46.030" Title="How do I install mbboard package (MikTeX, Windows)?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;packages&gt;&lt;installing&gt;&lt;metafont&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="8210" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8209" CreationDate="2011-01-03T23:48:45.130" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Assuming the link you give is enough to work out where the rest of the stuff goes, the &lt;code&gt;mbboard&lt;/code&gt; package comes with two folders: &lt;code&gt;texinputs&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;source&lt;/code&gt;.  In your local texmf folder (as described in the link you read) make a new folder inside the &lt;code&gt;fonts&lt;/code&gt; folder named &lt;code&gt;source&lt;/code&gt;. Inside that, make a folder called &lt;code&gt;mbboard&lt;/code&gt; and put all of the contents of the downloaded &lt;code&gt;source&lt;/code&gt; folder into that new folder.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the &lt;code&gt;texinputs&lt;/code&gt; folder, you will find a few files:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;mbboard.sty&lt;/code&gt; goes into &lt;code&gt;tex\latex\mbboard&lt;/code&gt;&#xA;&lt;code&gt;mbboard.tex&lt;/code&gt; goes into &lt;code&gt;tex\plain\mbboard&lt;/code&gt;&#xA;&lt;code&gt;mbboard.dcl&lt;/code&gt; goes into &lt;code&gt;tex\generic\mbboard&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Once you have done this, you will need to refresh the MikTeX package database.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The documentation for the package is the plain TeX file &lt;code&gt;mbbtest.tex&lt;/code&gt;. Open this file and compile it using &lt;em&gt;plain tex&lt;/em&gt; (not latex). If you put the resulting pdf into the &lt;code&gt;doc&lt;/code&gt; folder of your local texmf folder, then the documentation system will find it too. (It might be useful to rename it &lt;code&gt;mbb-doc.pdf&lt;/code&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-01-03T23:48:45.130" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8211" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8295" CreationDate="2011-01-04T00:39:48.143" Score="4" ViewCount="248" Body="&lt;p&gt;My document guidelines for a multi-chapter thesis requires that any appendices be pulled out of the TOC and dropped into a separate List Of Appendices (LOA). The latex package put together for my &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.timehaven.org/public/UAFTHESIS_LATEX_TUTORIAL.tgz&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;University&lt;/a&gt; has a method in place for accomplishing this, but it requires the user to manually edit the TOC file and LOA files to populate them with content. I pieced together a more automated way to pull the individual Appendix entries from the TOC (instead of editing thesis.toc and manually deleting the lines):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\nocontentsline}[3]{}&#xA;\newcommand{\tocless}[2]{\bgroup\let\addcontentsline=\nocontentsline#1{#2}\egroup}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Followed by (when declaring the first Appendix):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\tocless\chapter{The First Appendix}&#xA;\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Appendices}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All other appendices use the \tocless command. This seems to work, the TOC has an entry at the end for &quot;Appendices,&quot; and the page number associated with it corresponds to the first page of the first Appendix. Exactly what the Grad School requires for formatting.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Getting a List of Appendices to work out, in a style that matches the rest of the document, that doesn't require manually editing multiple files seems to be beyond my grasp. Any help here would be greatly appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2773" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-04T00:43:06.220" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T11:33:36.937" Title="List of Appendices" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;appendices&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="8212" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8736" CreationDate="2011-01-04T01:39:13.400" Score="17" ViewCount="306" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a good reference for LaTeX's output routine? The documented source is confused and confusing. The authors seem confused as to why parts are the way they are and wonder if maybe things should be changed:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Not sure about these: two questions. Should things which must apply to a whole&#xA;  doument be local or global (they probably should be ‘preamble only’ commands)?&#xA;  Are these three such things?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My favorite quotes so far are the following gems.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;This is a very much an emergency action, just dumping everything: footnotes first&#xA;  then floats. A more sophisticated version is needed; but even more urgent is a&#xA;  bug-free version (see, for example, pr/3528).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;We empty any left over kludge insert box here; this is a temporary fix. It should&#xA;  perhaps be applied to one page of cleared floats, but who cares? The whole of this&#xA;  stuff needs completely redoing for many such reasons.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I suspect that tex.stackexchange is not the right place for explaining what the entire output routine is doing, but I'd appreciate any pointers to a clear explanation. I'm especially interested in why the float mechanism invokes the output routine (with large negative penalties), sometimes multiple times; how pages of floats are processed; what these kludge insert boxes are; and what hooks class authors can use.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T03:46:43.490" Title="An explanation of LaTeX's output routine" Tags="&lt;output-routine&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="8213" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8204" CreationDate="2011-01-04T02:05:04.593" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To change the font in tables, use the &lt;code&gt;etoolbox&lt;/code&gt; package to modify &lt;code&gt;\@tabular&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[sc,osf]{mathpazo}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{etoolbox}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\preto\@tabular{\fontfamily{pplx}\selectfont}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;OSF: 0123456789&#xA;\begin{tabular}{l}&#xA;0123456789&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-04T06:19:50.187" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T06:19:50.187" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8214" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-04T02:09:55.230" Score="3" ViewCount="177" Body="&lt;p&gt;Any thoughts on how to put a full image (covering whole page) as a cover for a book I am writing on WinEdt (LaTeX)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2774" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-04T15:16:08.660" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T21:07:52.797" Title="Image Cover with LaTeX (on WinEdt)" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="8215" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8214" CreationDate="2011-01-04T02:56:43.427" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;OK solved using:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[absolute]{textpos}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{textblock*}{297mm}(0mm,0mm)&#xA;  \includegraphics[width=\paperwidth]{xxx.png}&#xA;\end{textblock*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Source: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.latex-community.org/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&amp;amp;t=968&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.latex-community.org/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&amp;amp;t=968&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2774" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-04T15:38:38.803" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T15:38:38.803" />
  <row Id="8216" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8217" CreationDate="2011-01-04T04:29:02.407" Score="1" ViewCount="96" Body="&lt;p&gt;I noticed that &lt;code&gt;tabsize&lt;/code&gt; only affects &lt;code&gt;lstlisting&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;lstinline&lt;/code&gt; macros. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is the output. The top figure is displayed using &lt;code&gt;lstinputlisting&lt;/code&gt; and the bottom one&#xA;is displayed using &lt;code&gt;lstlisting&lt;/code&gt;. The &lt;code&gt;tabsize&lt;/code&gt; does not affect the top one. But it does for the bottom one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/iajui.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How to make it works for all macros?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[dvips,dvipsnames,rgb,table]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[a4paper,hmargin=20mm,vmargin=20mm]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\lstset%&#xA;{%&#xA;    literate={ï}{}0&#xA;           {»}{}0&#xA;           {¿}{}0,&#xA;    language={[Sharp]C},&#xA;    breaklines=true,&#xA;    breakindent=0pt,&#xA;    tabsize=2,&#xA;    basicstyle=\color{White}\ttfamily\scriptsize,&#xA;    keywordstyle=\color{Orange}\sffamily\bfseries,&#xA;    commentstyle=\color{Green}\itshape,&#xA;    stringstyle=\color{Cyan}\rmfamily,&#xA;    showstringspaces=true,&#xA;    aboveskip=0pt,&#xA;    belowskip=0pt,&#xA;    backgroundcolor=\color{Black}%,&#xA;    %rangeprefix=\%,&#xA;    %rangesuffix=\%,&#xA;    %includerangemarker=false,&#xA;    %linerange=start-stop%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{fancyvrb}&#xA;\def\MyOwn%&#xA;{%        &#xA;    \VerbatimEnvironment%&#xA;  \begin{VerbatimOut}{\jobname.tmp}%&#xA;}&#xA;\def\endMyOwn%&#xA;{%&#xA;    \end{VerbatimOut}% &#xA;    \lstinputlisting{\jobname.tmp}%     &#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{MyOwn}&#xA;using System;&#xA;class Foo&#xA;{&#xA;    void Main()&#xA;    {&#xA;        Console.WriteLine(&quot;using lstinputlisting&quot;);&#xA;    }&#xA;}&#xA;\end{MyOwn}&#xA;&#xA;\vspace{1cm}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}&#xA;using System;&#xA;class Foo&#xA;{&#xA;    void Main()&#xA;    {&#xA;        Console.WriteLine(&quot;using lstlisting&quot;);&#xA;    }&#xA;}&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does the &lt;code&gt;\VerbatimEnvironment&lt;/code&gt; cause this problem?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-04T04:43:56.953" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T06:16:13.763" Title="How to make `tabsize` ALSO affect `lstinputlisting` ?" Tags="&lt;listings&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8217" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8216" CreationDate="2011-01-04T06:16:13.763" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;use also:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{fancyvrb}&#xA;\fvset{tabsize=2}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T06:16:13.763" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8218" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8252" CreationDate="2011-01-04T06:33:28.337" Score="8" ViewCount="282" Body="&lt;p&gt;Consider the following snippet:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$$\text{d}_{H}(A,B)  = \max\left\{ \sup_{a\in A} \inf_{b\in B} \text{d}(a,b),\sup_{b\in B} \inf_{a\in A}\text{d}(a,b)\right\}$$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Q965L.png&quot; alt=&quot;example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the output, the text under the inf's is significantly smaller then the one under the sup's. The same happens when I have it in an &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt; environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can see the same problem in the wiki definition of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hausdorff_distance&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Hausdorff distance&lt;/a&gt;. How can I have the typeset under the inf's and sup's in the same size?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="412" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-28T04:56:40.367" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T04:56:40.367" Title="Supremum of the infimum" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;subscripts&gt;&lt;mathoperator&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="8219" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8218" CreationDate="2011-01-04T06:58:25.613" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;it is a problem with the depth of &lt;code&gt;\inf&lt;/code&gt; which is zero. Use it this way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;\def\Inf{\operatornamewithlimits{inf\vphantom{p}}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\[ \text{d}_{H}(A,B)  = \max\left\{ \sup_{a\in A} \Inf_{b\in B} &#xA;   \text{d}(a,b),\sup_{b\in B} \Inf_{a\in A}\text{d}(a,b)\right\} \]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T06:58:25.613" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="8220" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8204" CreationDate="2011-01-04T07:32:15.557" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;compare it with the libertine:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/MCMXP.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T07:32:15.557" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8221" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8200" CreationDate="2011-01-04T07:35:24.617" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Following what Yiannis wrote, you can do something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% Put the replacement text into \t, using any computation like this doubling loop&#xA;\newtoks\t&#xA;\t{#1}&#xA;\count255 0&#xA;\loop\ifnum\count255&amp;lt;10&#xA;        \t\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\expandafter\the\expandafter\t\the\t}&#xA;        \advance\count255 1&#xA;\repeat&#xA;% Define a helper that when executed will perform the real definition&#xA;\edef\helper{\noexpand\def\noexpand\X##1{\the\t}}&#xA;\helper&#xA;% Now the real macro \X can be used.&#xA;\X{[X] }&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T07:35:24.617" CommentCount="14" />
  <row Id="8222" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8218" CreationDate="2011-01-04T08:14:39.097" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;See section 3.1.4 of the &lt;code&gt;mathtools&lt;/code&gt; package manual for a description and a generic solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T08:14:39.097" />
  <row Id="8223" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8233" CreationDate="2011-01-04T08:19:01.747" Score="1" ViewCount="108" Body="&lt;p&gt;I remember there being a way to display some Greek letters in a slightly different style (like how people often write Greek letters a bit differently than they're printed). Can anybody remind me of the command for this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1660" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-04T15:16:39.737" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T15:16:39.737" Title="Alternate Greek symbols" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;greek&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8224" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8227" CreationDate="2011-01-04T08:32:16.163" Score="3" ViewCount="80" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using two kinds of footnotes: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;To show english equivalent of a term.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;To explain something in more detail or to refer to the required section.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to have an index of the first-type footnotes at the end of my document like a toc (or like a four column table with 2 pairs of english/equivalent headers). Do we have a package or command for that? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2244" LastEditorUserId="2244" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-04T08:38:00.013" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T13:23:35.993" Title="Indexing footnotes as a toc" Tags="&lt;footnotes&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="8225" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7921" CreationDate="2011-01-04T08:53:18.423" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;poster&lt;/code&gt; option does this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \includemovie[poster]{300pt}{200pt}{../movies/movie.swf} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I haven't tried it for swf files though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2408" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T08:53:18.423" />
  <row Id="8226" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="553" CreationDate="2011-01-04T09:00:20.850" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \usepackage{etex}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to be able to include e.g. TikZ without strange errors.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2408" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T09:00:20.850" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-01-04T09:00:20.850" />
  <row Id="8227" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8224" CreationDate="2011-01-04T09:14:07.113" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/endnotes.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;endnote&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package and define a special command for making a note into both a footnote and an endnote.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\mynote}[1]{\footnote{#1}\endnote{#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or you can just use the index package &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/makeidx.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;makeidx&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, if you want it ordered alphabetically.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\mynote}[1]{\footnote{#1}\index{#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The second works like this&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{makeidx}&#xA;\makeindex&#xA;\newcommand{\mynote}[1]{\footnote{#1}\index{#1}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;the red colour\mynote{color in american english} here&#xA;\printindex&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You have to run &lt;code&gt;latex&lt;/code&gt; (or &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt;) twice and also &lt;code&gt;makeindex&lt;/code&gt; for sorting the output, so saving the above as &lt;code&gt;mwe.tex&lt;/code&gt;, execute the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;pdflatex mwe&#xA;makeindex mwe&#xA;pdflatex mwe&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are using a special TeX-editor like Kile oder TeXnicCenter, there might be options to enable this behavior.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are possibilities to change the layout of the index, using index style files and document class specific functions, but that would probably be a different question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2210" LastEditorUserId="2210" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-04T13:23:35.993" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T13:23:35.993" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="8228" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7775" CreationDate="2011-01-04T09:30:21.077" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I do not know of a central repository, however, there are a lot of examples available here: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/feature/nodes-and-shapes/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/feature/nodes-and-shapes/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2776" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T09:30:21.077" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8229" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="553" CreationDate="2011-01-04T10:12:18.783" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{siunitx}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;for typesetting units and especially for the &quot;S&quot; column type, which allows numbers in tables to be easily aligned, e.g. on the decimal marker.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T10:12:18.783" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-01-04T10:12:18.783" />
  <row Id="8230" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-04T10:57:35.550" Score="1" ViewCount="163" Body="&lt;p&gt;I admit that it is a subjective topic. I hope this topic can be still alive here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The objective of this topic is to make a common place where we can share our settings for &lt;code&gt;listings.sty&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Other people can use this as a reference as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;The rule of the game:&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Use the following code snippet as the template. Only modify the lines marked with %&amp;lt;==. &lt;strong&gt;NOTE:&lt;/strong&gt; Please leave the font size unchanged. I already set it to &lt;code&gt;\scriptsize&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[dvips,dvipsnames]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[a4paper,margin=55mm]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\lstset%&#xA;{%&#xA;language={[Sharp]C},&#xA;breaklines=true,&#xA;breakindent=0pt,&#xA;tabsize=2,&#xA;showstringspaces=true&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;%=================================&#xA;%Rule of the Game:&#xA;%You are ONLY allowed  to &#xA;%modify the lines marked with %&amp;lt;==&#xA;%=================================   &#xA;\usepackage[rgb]{xcolor}%&amp;lt;==    &#xA;\lstset&#xA;{%&#xA;  backgroundcolor=%&#xA;  \color{Black},%&amp;lt;==&#xA;  %&#xA;  basicstyle=\scriptsize%leave the font size unchanged please.&#xA;  \color{lightgray}\ttfamily,%&amp;lt;==&#xA;  %&#xA;  keywordstyle=%&#xA;  \color{Orange}\sffamily,%&amp;lt;==&#xA;  %&#xA;  commentstyle=%&#xA;  \color{Green},%&amp;lt;==&#xA;  %&#xA;  identifierstyle=%&#xA;  \color{Cyan},%&amp;lt;==&#xA;  %&#xA;  stringstyle=%&#xA;  \color{Yellow}%&amp;lt;== &#xA;}  &#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}&#xA;using System;&#xA;public class Foo&#xA;{&#xA; public static void Main()&#xA; {&#xA;        Console.WriteLine(&quot;I Love LaTeX&quot;);//This is a comment.&#xA; }&#xA; /*This is a comment too.*/&#xA;}&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Compile using latex.exe-&gt;dvips.exe-&gt;ps2pdf.exe.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;View the pdf output in 150% scale and make a screenshot of it in *.png format.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Submit your screenshot followed by your modified settings (NOT complete code please). You can submit as many as you want but make sure you don't make a duplication. :-)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-04T13:13:25.123" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T16:29:20.303" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-01-04T13:08:21.180" Title="What configuration do you propose for `listings.sty` to make the output look comfortable?" Tags="&lt;listings&gt;&lt;subjective&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="8231" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8230" CreationDate="2011-01-04T11:01:40.713" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Neon in the dark&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[rgb]{xcolor}%&amp;lt;==    &#xA;\lstset&#xA;{%&#xA;     backgroundcolor=%&#xA;     \color{Black},%&amp;lt;==&#xA;     %&#xA;     basicstyle=\scriptsize%&#xA;     \color{lightgray}\ttfamily,%&amp;lt;==&#xA;     %&#xA;     keywordstyle=%&#xA;     \color{Orange}\sffamily,%&amp;lt;==&#xA;     %&#xA;     commentstyle=%&#xA;     \color{Green},%&amp;lt;==&#xA;     %&#xA;     stringstyle=%&#xA;     \color{Yellow}%&amp;lt;== &#xA;}  &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Nh4f6.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-04T11:16:37.860" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T11:16:37.860" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-01-04T13:08:21.180" />
  <row Id="8232" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8230" CreationDate="2011-01-04T11:23:39.383" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Classic Turbo Pascal (not sure 100%)&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[cmyk]{xcolor}%&amp;lt;==    &#xA;\lstset&#xA;{%&#xA;     backgroundcolor=%&#xA;     \color{Blue},%&amp;lt;==&#xA;     %&#xA;     basicstyle=\scriptsize%&#xA;     \color{White}\ttfamily,%&amp;lt;==&#xA;     %&#xA;     keywordstyle=%&#xA;     \color{Yellow}\sffamily,%&amp;lt;==&#xA;     %&#xA;     commentstyle=%&#xA;     \color{Red},%&amp;lt;==&#xA;     %&#xA;     stringstyle=%&#xA;     \color{Green}%&amp;lt;== &#xA;} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/3Q7Yi.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T11:23:39.383" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-01-04T13:08:21.180" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8233" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8223" CreationDate="2011-01-04T11:25:40.300" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\varphi&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\varepsilon&lt;/code&gt; and so on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to use one variant throughout and save yourself a few keystrokes, put &lt;code&gt;\let\phi\varphi&lt;/code&gt; in your preamble.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/kpfonts&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;kpfonts&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package contains slanted and upright greek letters for mathmode.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/greek/psgreek/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;psgreek&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; provides some alternate Greek fonts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-04T11:33:41.980" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T11:33:41.980" />
  <row Id="8234" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8230" CreationDate="2011-01-04T11:37:56.127" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Yellowish&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[rgb]{xcolor}%&amp;lt;==    &#xA;\lstset&#xA;{%&#xA;     backgroundcolor=%&#xA;     \color{Yellow!20},%&amp;lt;==&#xA;     %&#xA;     basicstyle=\scriptsize%&#xA;     \color{black}\ttfamily,%&amp;lt;==&#xA;     %&#xA;     keywordstyle=%&#xA;     \color{blue!80}\sffamily,%&amp;lt;==&#xA;     %&#xA;     commentstyle=%&#xA;     \color{OliveGreen},%&amp;lt;==&#xA;     %&#xA;     stringstyle=%&#xA;     \color{red}%&amp;lt;== &#xA;} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/D39FI.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T11:37:56.127" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-01-04T13:08:21.180" />
  <row Id="8235" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8236" CreationDate="2011-01-04T12:28:58.183" Score="3" ViewCount="69" Body="&lt;p&gt;When using a 0 length &lt;code&gt;\parindent&lt;/code&gt; and an expandable length of &lt;code&gt;\parskip&lt;/code&gt; it is my feeling that the space after section headlines becomes too big (see example). Is there another command I should use for decreasing the vertical space after section headings or should I perhaps use a completely different approach to accomplish what I am after?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper, twoside, 11pt, onecolumn]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{sectsty}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;    \allsectionsfont{\sffamily}&#xA;&#xA;    \section{Lorem ipsum}&#xA;    Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Suspendisse mollis&#xA;    ultricies porttitor. Mauris iaculis dignissim magna, sit amet viverra enim&#xA;    feugiat consectetur. Ut at mauris in felis congue mattis. Nam molestie mattis&#xA;    erat sit amet eleifend. Nulla volutpat ornare quam. &#xA;&#xA;    Pellentesque at varius libero. Nunc quis nunc eget elit congue pulvinar non&#xA;    sagittis turpis. Fusce mauris lorem, euismod accumsan sollicitudin dictum,&#xA;    adipiscing dignissim tortor. Aliquam commodo cursus sapien placerat&#xA;    volutpat. Mauris dignissim sem vitae magna fringilla hendrerit.&#xA;&#xA;    \setlength{\parindent}{0 em}&#xA;    \setlength{\parskip}&#xA;              {1 \baselineskip plus 0.2 \baselineskip minus 0.2 \baselineskip}&#xA;&#xA;    \section{Dolor sit}&#xA;    Phasellus non odio nec arcu aliquam cursus. Integer at sem id magna&#xA;    lobortis ultrices. Morbi sed lacus neque, vitae aliquet massa. Aliquam vel&#xA;    ligula orci.  Nam at velit libero. Vivamus ac commodo velit. Mauris cursus&#xA;    ultricies sapien et egestas. Donec non augue ut nisi luctus pretium.&#xA;    Vivamus laoreet varius lacus at feugiat. Phasellus condimentum tincidunt&#xA;    egestas. Aenean eu aliquam sem. &#xA;&#xA;    Cras libero nunc, mattis quis aliquet vel, faucibus fringilla nibh. Etiam&#xA;    commodo sem et arcu eleifend tincidunt. Maecenas pulvinar odio id turpis&#xA;    feugiat ac sollicitudin nulla sollicitudin. Pellentesque habitant morbi&#xA;    tristique senectus et netus et malesuada fames ac turpis egestas. Quisque&#xA;    non felis ligula, in interdum justo.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="298" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T16:09:46.310" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T16:09:46.310" Title="Controlling vertical space after headline when using \parskip" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;&lt;paragraphs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="8236" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8235" CreationDate="2011-01-04T12:48:40.233" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is a rather general problem, since &lt;code&gt;\parskip&lt;/code&gt; is always used, when there is a &lt;code&gt;\par&lt;/code&gt; somewhere. This often has very strange side effects, also after environments and math formulas.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/memoir.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; class has a special length called &lt;code&gt;\abnormalparskip&lt;/code&gt; that can be used to introduce space between paragraphs and not after every other object. It is not perfect, but much better.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2210" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T12:48:40.233" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8237" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8235" CreationDate="2011-01-04T13:17:09.370" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are also some packages which supports a user interface for setting the lengths. However, you can also overwrite the existing definitions, e.g. for &lt;code&gt;section&lt;/code&gt; (can be found in article.cls):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper, twoside, 11pt, onecolumn]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{sectsty}&#xA;       \setlength{\parindent}{0 em}&#xA;    \setlength{\parskip}&#xA;              {1 \baselineskip plus 0.2 \baselineskip minus 0.2 \baselineskip}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}%&#xA;      {-3.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}%&#xA;      {0.2ex \@plus.1ex}% &amp;lt;=== space after&#xA;      {\normalfont\Large\bfseries}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;    \allsectionsfont{\sffamily}&#xA;&#xA;    \section{Lorem ipsum}&#xA;    Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Suspendisse mollis&#xA;    ultricies porttitor. Mauris iaculis dignissim magna, sit amet viverra enim&#xA;    feugiat consectetur. Ut at mauris in felis congue mattis. Nam molestie mattis&#xA;    erat sit amet eleifend. Nulla volutpat ornare quam. &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-04T13:23:14.013" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T13:23:14.013" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8238" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8870" CreationDate="2011-01-04T13:32:08.803" Score="1" ViewCount="192" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I plot a matrix of real values with tikz/pgf such that it looks like plotted with imshow in matlab?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;\addplot3 does something similar, but I'd like to have that in a color-coded 2d plot.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="856" LastEditorUserId="856" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-07T12:22:37.600" LastActivityDate="2011-01-13T08:27:13.947" Title="Plot a matrix of real values with tikz/pgf like imshow in matlab" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;matrices&gt;&lt;pgfplots&gt;&lt;plot&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="8239" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8240" CreationDate="2011-01-04T13:36:12.930" Score="0" ViewCount="70" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello, im trying to create a table with a vertical line at the left and at the right, EXCEPT the top row shouldn't have the vetical lines.&#xA;something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  A  B  C&#xA;| a  b  c |&#xA;| a  b  c |&#xA;| a  b  c |&#xA;| a  b  c |&#xA;| a  b  c |&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have this code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\setlength{\parindent}{0mm}&#xA;\usepackage[dutch]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}&#xA;\usepackage{multirow}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|cr@{}lr@{}lr@{}l|}&#xA;&amp;amp; \multicolumn{2}{c}{P} &amp;amp; \multicolumn{2}{c}{E} &amp;amp; \multicolumn{2}{c}{D} \\&#xA;\hline&#xA;&#xA;pond &amp;amp;10&amp;amp;&amp;amp;8&amp;amp;,9&amp;amp;6&amp;amp;,2\\&#xA;\hline\hline&#xA;&#xA;euro &amp;amp;11&amp;amp;,3&amp;amp;10&amp;amp;&amp;amp;7&amp;amp;,0\\&#xA;\hline\hline&#xA;&#xA;dollar&amp;amp;16&amp;amp;,2&amp;amp; 14&amp;amp;,3&amp;amp;10&amp;amp;\\&#xA;\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How to fix it so that it doesnt add a vertical line to the top row?&#xA;thx in advance!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2678" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T13:39:14.727" Title="vertical line in tabular problem" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="8240" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8239" CreationDate="2011-01-04T13:39:14.727" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;use &lt;code&gt;\multicolumn{1}{c}{}&lt;/code&gt; for the first cell instead of leaving it empty&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T13:39:14.727" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8241" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8244" CreationDate="2011-01-04T13:43:29.120" Score="0" ViewCount="101" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to customize citation styles? I'm not talking about the bibliography, but the appearance of the optional argument in \cite[Theorem $4$]{Pitagora}.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Usually it is rendered as [Pit03, Theorem 4], but one may want to have [Pit03], Theorem 4 or Theorem 4 - [Pit03] or whatever. Does the bibliography style change this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="260" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T13:55:15.610" Title="Customize citation style" Tags="&lt;citing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="8242" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8163" CreationDate="2011-01-04T13:49:28.243" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The main difference is that &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt; creates a new reference (a.k.a. name) to an existing value while &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt; (and friends) creates a completely new value and name pair. If you can get yourself to think of names and values as separate things, then the difference between the two primitives is fairly easy to understand (in my opinion).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T13:49:28.243" />
  <row Id="8243" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8245" CreationDate="2011-01-04T13:49:52.143" Score="7" ViewCount="154" Body="&lt;p&gt;How, in general, can I (re)define commands based on in which other command they are nested?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A more specific example: I have a custom latex command (say, &lt;code&gt;\code{}&lt;/code&gt;)  that makes text appear bold. However, when used inside another custom command (such as in &lt;code&gt;\question{Will you use \code{command 1} or \code{command 2}?}&lt;/code&gt;), I want the \code{} text to be NOT bold. So I want to redefine \code{} when inside another command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;BTW: When using CSS to format HTML pages, it would go something like this: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;.code {font-weight: bold;}&#xA;.question .code {font-weight: normal;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2090" LastEditorUserId="89" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-04T15:24:49.050" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T09:50:13.233" Title="Redefine command when inside a specific other command possible?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;nesting&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="8244" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8241" CreationDate="2011-01-04T13:55:15.610" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One way might be something like &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/5484/custom-bst-style-and-reformatting-cite-entries&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For your specific example, you could also just define your own command&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\mycite}[2]{\cite{#1},~#2}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And then cite it using &lt;code&gt;\mycite{Pitagora}{Theorem~4}&lt;/code&gt;. I would not put &lt;code&gt;$&lt;/code&gt; in the reference, since the &lt;code&gt;4&lt;/code&gt; is not a mathematical formula and should be treated as text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2210" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T13:55:15.610" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8245" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8243" CreationDate="2011-01-04T14:02:24.383" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, you can.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\question[1]{{% extra brace&#xA;  \renewcommand\code[1]{\textit{##1}}% double #&#xA;  whatever you want for #1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T14:02:24.383" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8246" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8261" CreationDate="2011-01-04T14:04:28.080" Score="4" ViewCount="140" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am using minted for the first time and after reading the docs, I could not find a way to put a label in the code listing. Just to be clear, I am not speaking of the &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt; of a &lt;code&gt;listing&lt;/code&gt; environment. I am trying to reproduce a listing like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{Verbatim}[fontsize=\footnotesize,frame=single,%&#xA;  label={This is the label},numbers=left]&#xA;  int main() { return 0; }&#xA;\end{Verbatim}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which creates a nice frame with a label &quot;This is the label&quot; in the middle.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since minted uses fancyvrb, I though it would be easy to do it, but I did not succeed. The closer approach so far is &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{minted}[fontsize=\footnotesize,frame=single,linenos]{c++}&#xA; int main() { return 0; }&#xA;\end{minted}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anyone know a way or a hack to achieve this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="146" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-05T07:29:53.650" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T07:29:53.650" Title="Minted with fancyvrb label" Tags="&lt;minted&gt;&lt;labels&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="8247" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8243" CreationDate="2011-01-04T14:04:30.827" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{lmodern}&#xA;&#xA;\let\code\textbf&#xA;\newcommand\question[1]{{\itshape#1}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\question{Will you use \code{command 1} or \code{command 2}?}&#xA;&#xA;\question{\let\code\textnormal Will you use \code{command 1} or \code{command 2}?}&#xA;&#xA;\question{Will you use \code{command 1} or \code{command 2}?}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T14:04:30.827" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8248" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-04T14:39:37.520" Score="2" ViewCount="144" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have the following code which I put inside the preamble of my LaTeX documents:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\modulecode}{SESG6025}&#xA;\newcommand{\lecturetitle}{Interpolation}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this case, that means that when I'm writing my lecture notes I can just use &lt;code&gt;\modulecode&lt;/code&gt; to refer to the module code. I'm trying to create a style file to use for my lecture notes, and want to have some way that I can define what the module code is (that is, some way of setting the variable) in each document, so that I can then refer to it as above using &lt;code&gt;\modulecode&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can't seem to find how to do this through Google, but I'm sure it must be a fairly simple request. Any ideas?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="495" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-04T15:17:10.610" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T15:17:10.610" Title="Use \newcommand with a variable inside a style file" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;style&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="8249" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-04T14:46:12.483" Score="6" ViewCount="202" Body="&lt;p&gt;Assume I want to create an application working together with LaTeX compiler behind the scene. For the sake of simplicity, assume I also use &lt;code&gt;minimal&lt;/code&gt; document class and no package imported.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At the final stage, I want to deploy this application to a computer with no LaTeX system installed. This scenario forces me to make the installer get shipped with the LaTeX compiler.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Shortly speaking, which files (in LaTeX distribution) are needed as minimal as possible?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-04T16:56:45.587" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T17:32:30.100" Title="In LaTeX distribution, which files are the mandatory files to compile a minimal LaTeX input file?" Tags="&lt;distributions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="14" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="8250" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8248" CreationDate="2011-01-04T15:04:59.643" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;do you mean something like this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\setmodulecode[1]{\def\modulecode{#1}}&#xA;\setmodulecode{COMP6023}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;if you have it inside a style file then do something like &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\setmodulecode[1]{\def\@modulecode{#1}}&#xA;\setmodulecode{COMP6023}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to prevent overwriting by a user. Alternatively use &lt;code&gt;\setmodulecode{}&lt;/code&gt; for the&#xA;first definition.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-04T15:16:33.590" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T15:16:33.590" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="8251" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8249" CreationDate="2011-01-04T15:14:02.330" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;make a testfile and run it with:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;mkjobtexmf --jobname &amp;lt;file&amp;gt; --cmd-tex &amp;lt;latex&amp;gt;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;file&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; is your source file &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;latex&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; is your LaTeX command, e.g. &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; or simply &lt;code&gt;latex&lt;/code&gt;.&#xA;The &lt;em&gt;Perl&lt;/em&gt; program mkjobtexmf creates a directory &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;file&amp;gt;.mjt&lt;/code&gt; which is a compatible texmf directory with all loaded files of your example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are running windows then you'll need an installed Perl, e.g. from&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.activestate.com/perl/.&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.activestate.com/perl/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I never used it under Windows, with Linux it is very useful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-04T15:26:19.820" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T15:26:19.820" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="8252" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8218" CreationDate="2011-01-04T15:32:00.093" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To elaborate on @Philipp's answer: The &lt;code&gt;mathtools&lt;/code&gt; package provides &lt;code&gt;\adjustlimits&lt;/code&gt;, which corrects the spacing of the limits of two adjacent operators. In your example, you would use it like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[ \adjustlimits\sup_{a\in A} \inf_{b\in B} \mathrm d(a,b) \}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/byldf.png&quot; alt=&quot;example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Btw, if you are using LaTeX, you should &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/503/why-is-preferable-to&quot;&gt;use &lt;code&gt;\[ ... \]&lt;/code&gt; instead of $$...$$&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\mathrm&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\operatorname&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\text&lt;/code&gt; for the &lt;code&gt;d&lt;/code&gt; (so that it will not inherit properties (like italics) from the surrounding text).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T15:32:00.093" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8253" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8007" CreationDate="2011-01-04T15:36:32.427" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Or, in your code, put &quot;-&gt;&quot; in the square brackets like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\addplot[-&amp;gt;] coordinates&#xA;           {(0,0) (0.5,0)};&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want the arrow at the other end, use &quot;&amp;lt;-&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2778" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T15:36:32.427" />
  <row Id="8254" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8246" CreationDate="2011-01-04T15:45:44.397" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I didn't see anything about that in the reference manual. However, I do think you can get a pretty output with &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tikz&lt;/a&gt;. Here is an example,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% that should go into your preamble&#xA;% -%&amp;lt;------------------------------&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{shapes,snakes}&#xA;&#xA;\definecolor{myblue}{cmyk}{0.94,0.54,0,0}&#xA;&#xA;\tikzstyle{snippet}=[draw=myblue,fill=none,thick,&#xA;                   text width=0.85\textwidth,rectangle,&#xA;                   rounded corners=0pt,inner sep=0pt,inner ysep=10pt]&#xA;\tikzstyle{title}=[fill=white,text=myblue,rectangle]&#xA;% ------------------------------&amp;gt;%-&#xA;&#xA;% and here is a framed snippet&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \node[snippet](box){&#xA;    \begin{minted}[fontsize=\footnotesize,frame=none,linenos=none]{c++}&#xA;      int main() { return 0; }&#xA;    \end{minted}&#xA;};;&#xA;\node[title] at (box.north) {Useless function};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The output is shown below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/VT1pZ.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2580" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T15:45:44.397" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8255" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8275" CreationDate="2011-01-04T15:53:57.757" Score="2" ViewCount="252" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&#xA;I would like to show both super and subscript together some text. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried this     &lt;code&gt;sometext\textsuperscript{1}\textsubscript{2}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But 2 does not show up right below 1. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks for your help. Also how can I show 1 &amp;amp; 2 in front of sometext as well. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;regards&#xA;Aku&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried some both the answers posted below and here is the attachment. I was trying to put 2 digit number 16 and 32 in superscript and subscript. &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/fYP81.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/fYP81.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2036" LastEditorUserId="2036" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-04T19:47:12.427" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T19:47:12.427" Title="Superscript and Subscript together" Tags="&lt;subscripts&gt;&lt;superscripts&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8256" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8255" CreationDate="2011-01-04T16:03:48.023" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Math mode:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;sometext$^1_2$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or (with &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$\text{sometext}^1_2$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T16:03:48.023" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8257" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8255" CreationDate="2011-01-04T16:03:51.770" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;use it in math mode, digits are always set in upright mode.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fixltx2e}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\Huge&#xA;sometext\textsuperscript{1}\textsubscript{2}&#xA;&#xA;sometext$^1_2$ \qquad$^1_2$sometext&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T16:03:51.770" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="8258" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8291" CreationDate="2011-01-04T16:12:25.827" Score="5" ViewCount="182" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Expandable&lt;/em&gt; macros are useful (I find working in the lion's mouth super cool). But they are difficult to write. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Can more experienced users give hints that help achieve expandability?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, we cannot use counters since the value cannot be changed when expanding. However, a trick might be to keep the value of the counter as the number of &lt;code&gt;A&lt;/code&gt; (say) that we move around while expanding: &lt;code&gt;5&lt;/code&gt; would be 'stored' as &lt;code&gt;AAAAA&lt;/code&gt;, and we can add counters by moving the two lists of &lt;code&gt;A&lt;/code&gt; together, etc. Of course, it is not efficient, but it is expandable, after all.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For definiteness, say that I want to define a macro whose argument is &lt;em&gt;delimited&lt;/em&gt; like &lt;code&gt;\verb&lt;/code&gt;: the first character token determines what the end-character is, so that any of &lt;code&gt;\foo|...|&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\foo'...'&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\foo+...+&lt;/code&gt;, etc. are treated identically. Can I do this in an expandable way? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any other trick is welcome.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastEditorUserId="345" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-04T19:48:07.667" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T02:23:50.043" Title="Tricks to make macros expandable" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;expansion&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="17" />
  <row Id="8259" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8230" CreationDate="2011-01-04T16:29:20.303" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I prefer to go for simpler designs, both on the web as well as for printed works. Too much color confuses the reader and to paraphrase Bringhurst it is an &lt;code&gt;intrusion&lt;/code&gt;. &#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/hg5AM.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;rather highligh the point of discussion than the whole code. Code must read like a paragraph! Also I prefer generally environments rather than macros on their own and so here is my minimal!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\gdef\emphasis#1{\lstset{emph={write,void,writeln,#1},&#xA;   emphstyle={\itshape\ttfamily\textcolor{blue}}}}&#xA;&#xA;\lstnewenvironment{teXXX}[1][]&#xA;  {\lstset{language=[LaTeX]TeX}\lstset{%&#xA;      breaklines=true,&#xA;      framesep=5pt,&#xA;      basicstyle=\normalsize\ttfamily,&#xA;      showstringspaces=false,&#xA;      keywordstyle=\itshape,&#xA;      stringstyle=\color{maroon},&#xA;     commentstyle=\color{black},&#xA;     rulecolor=\color{Gray},&#xA;     xleftmargin=0pt,&#xA;     xrightmargin=5pt,&#xA;     aboveskip=\medskipamount,&#xA;     belowskip=\medskipamount,&#xA;      backgroundcolor=\color{LightGray!5}, #1&#xA;}}&#xA;{}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T16:29:20.303" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-01-04T16:29:20.303" />
  <row Id="8260" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8337" CreationDate="2011-01-04T16:30:38.693" Score="5" ViewCount="247" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can one determine the length of the different units (measured 1ex, 1em, 1in, 1pt) in mm?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1940" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-05T00:43:36.547" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T07:56:09.653" Title="What are the various units (ex, in, pt, etc.) expressed in mm?" Tags="&lt;conversion&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="8261" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8246" CreationDate="2011-01-04T16:40:26.607" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I suppose, it is only missing in minted.sty&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{minted}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\minted@define@extra{label}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;foo&#xA;\begin{minted}[frame=single,label=foobar]{c++}&#xA;int main() { return 0; }&#xA;int foo() {return 1; }&#xA;\end{minted}&#xA;bar&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/xFVB6.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T16:40:26.607" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8262" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8258" CreationDate="2011-01-04T16:48:27.813" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is a partial answer to the specific challenge in this question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\foo#1{\fooo#1{}}&#xA;\def\fooo#1#2#3{\ifx#1#3\unelse\bar{#2}\else\unfi\fooo#1{#2#3}\fi}&#xA;\def\unelse#1\else#2\fi{\fi#1}&#xA;\def\unfi#1\fi{\fi#1}&#xA;\def\bar#1{\message{\string\foo{#1}}}&#xA;\foo:abc:&#xA;\foo!def!&#xA;\foo|gh{i|j}|&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note how the braces in the final example shield the enclosed bar from delimiting the macro call; the braces are stripped in the process, however.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T16:48:27.813" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8263" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8260" CreationDate="2011-01-04T17:02:07.407" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/pD37t.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And TeX's nice arithmetic can be seen .. ;-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{printlen}&#xA;\parindent=0pt&#xA;&#xA;\newlength\Length \Length=1cm&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\tabular{p{2cm}p{2cm}}&#xA;\mbox{--- 1cm ---}&#xA;&#xA;\uselengthunit{cm}\printlength{\Length}&#xA;&#xA;\uselengthunit{mm}\printlength{\Length}&#xA;&#xA;\uselengthunit{in}\printlength{\Length}&#xA;&#xA;\uselengthunit{pt}\printlength{\Length}&#xA;&#xA;\uselengthunit{bp}\printlength{\Length}&#xA;&#xA;\uselengthunit{sp}\printlength{\Length}&#xA;&#xA;\uselengthunit{pc}\printlength{\Length}&#xA;&#xA;&amp;amp; &#xA;&#xA;\mbox{--- 1em ---}&#xA;\Length=1em&#xA;&#xA;\uselengthunit{cm}\printlength{\Length}&#xA;&#xA;\uselengthunit{mm}\printlength{\Length}&#xA;&#xA;\uselengthunit{in}\printlength{\Length}&#xA;&#xA;\uselengthunit{pt}\printlength{\Length}&#xA;&#xA;\uselengthunit{bp}\printlength{\Length}&#xA;&#xA;\uselengthunit{sp}\printlength{\Length}&#xA;&#xA;\uselengthunit{pc}\printlength{\Length}&#xA;\endtabular&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T17:02:07.407" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="8264" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-04T17:10:34.513" Score="6" ViewCount="257" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I change the footnote color in Beamer using something like &lt;code&gt;\setbeamercolor{footnote}{fg=blue}&lt;/code&gt;, I end up also inadvertently changing the normal text color on all other slides. To make things even stranger, the normal text is correct only on slides that have footnotes. The following example demonstrates my problem:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\setbeamercolor{footnote}{fg=blue}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;It seems like adding a footnote\footnote{Like this} will cause the normal text of subsequent slides to inherit the footnote's color.&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;See? This text is now blue.&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;Invoking another footnote\footnote{like this} will cause the fonts to return to normal color, at least for this slide.&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;    But this text will again be blue (the color of the footnotes)!&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using MacTex 2010. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2779" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-05T18:17:13.403" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T18:17:13.403" Title="Beamer: Changing the footnote color also changes the normal text color" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;footnotes&gt;&lt;color&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="8265" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8260" CreationDate="2011-01-04T17:13:20.747" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;An &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Inch&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;inch&lt;/a&gt; is 25.4 mm.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;For TeX, 1 pt is 1/72.72 in, which is 0.349284928 mm.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;For most other software, 1 pt is 1/72 in, which is 0.352777778 mm. In TeX this is called a big point (bp)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;ex and em are not a fixed length, as they depend on the fontsize. (See &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4239/which-measurement-units-should-one-use-in-latex&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt;.)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: Herberts answer shows you how to find the length of 1 ex and 1em in your document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="586" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T17:13:20.747" />
  <row Id="8266" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8260" CreationDate="2011-01-04T17:16:54.337" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;My posting just crossed the other ones. Best to view it, in action.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article} % use larger type; default would be 10pt&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\newdimen\temp&#xA;&#xA;\def\alength#1#2{&#xA;\temp#1&#xA;\nointerlineskip \baselineskip=2pt&#xA;\vbox{\hbox{\hskip-29pt\texttt{\textcolor{#2}{#1=\the\temp}}}&#xA;\hbox{\vtop{\color{#2}\hrule width 130pt\vspace{#1}\hrule width 130pt}}%&#xA;\vspace{0.9cm}}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\alength{1cm}{blue}&#xA;\alength{1pc}{red}&#xA;\alength{1mm}{orange}&#xA;\alength{1cc}{red}&#xA;\alength{1dd}{red}&#xA;\alength{100000sp}{purple}&#xA;\alength{1in}{black}&#xA;\alength{1bp}{brown}&#xA;\alength{1em}{black}&#xA;\alength{1ex}{black}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T17:16:54.337" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8267" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8264" CreationDate="2011-01-04T17:20:50.667" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Make it local per frame.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;%{\setbeamercolor{footnote}{fg=blue}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;\setbeamercolor{footnote}{fg=blue}&#xA;It seems like adding a footnote\footnote{Like this} will cause the normal text of subsequent slides to inherit the footnote's color.&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;See? This text is now blue.&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;\setbeamercolor{footnote}{fg=blue}&#xA;Invoking another footnote\footnote{like this} will cause the fonts to return to normal color, at least for this slide.&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;    But this text will again be blue (the color of the footnotes)!&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T17:20:50.667" />
  <row Id="8269" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8243" CreationDate="2011-01-04T18:29:28.873" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Personally, I find the brace too easy to overlook most of the time so I use &lt;code&gt;\begingroup&lt;/code&gt;…&lt;code&gt;\endgroup&lt;/code&gt; instead:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\question[1]{%&#xA;  \begingroup&#xA;    \renewcommand\code[1]{\textit{##1}}% double #&#xA;    whatever you want for #1%&#xA;  \endgroup}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastEditorUserId="42" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-05T09:50:13.233" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T09:50:13.233" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8270" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-04T18:34:10.277" Score="1" ViewCount="126" Body="&lt;p&gt;I did a search and looked through the &quot;related questions&quot; section before asking this question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One of the wonderful things about StackExchange is its &quot;typewriter&quot; like live-preview below the text-edit box. Now, I am a bigtime Tiddlywiki user and as other users might know, combining TW with Bob McElrath's jsmath plugin allows you to use TW as a latex notebook. The only thing that could make this situation better (heavenly, in fact) is if there was a plugin for TW which generated live-preview a la StackExchange. If not, does anyone know if this feature is available in some other Wiki platform?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2064" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-11T00:49:47.267" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T00:49:47.267" Title="Latex live preview plugin for Tiddlywiki ?" Tags="&lt;online&gt;&lt;wysiwyg&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="8271" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8272" CreationDate="2011-01-04T18:56:18.940" Score="3" ViewCount="111" Body="&lt;p&gt;LaTeX offers a number of commands that can be used in macros that want to be invisible i.e., not leave any extra space when used in the middle of text. These macros include &lt;code&gt;\@esphack&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\@bsphack&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\@Esphack&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\@Vbsphack&lt;/code&gt; and can be found in &lt;code&gt;ltspace.dtx&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Amongst all these commands  &lt;code&gt;\@vbsphack&lt;/code&gt; stands alone as it is described in the source, but not implemented and commented as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Another variant which is useful for&#xA;  invisible things which should not live&#xA;  in &lt;code&gt;vmode&lt;/code&gt; (this is how some people feel&#xA;  about marginals). If it occurs in&#xA;  vmode then it enters hmode and ensures&#xA;  that &lt;code&gt;\@savsk&lt;/code&gt; is nonzero so that the&#xA;  &lt;code&gt;\ignorespaces&lt;/code&gt; is put in later. It is&#xA;  not used at present.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The macro definition is copied below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def \@vbsphack{ %&#xA;\relax \ifvmode&#xA;\leavevmode&#xA;\@savsk 1sp&#xA;\@savsf \spacefactor&#xA;\else&#xA;\ifhmode&#xA;\@savsk \lastskip&#xA;\@savsf \spacefactor&#xA;\fi&#xA;\fi&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can someone explain why should the &lt;code&gt;\@savsk&lt;/code&gt; should be non-zero? The explanation offered in the source is not very clear.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lastly as I am sure the name of these macros is &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/5048/lisp-relics-in-latexe-logo&quot;&gt;not a lisp relic&lt;/a&gt;, can anyone offer the origin or history of how the family name was derived?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-05T04:18:44.263" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T04:18:44.263" Title="LaTeX sphack family of commands." Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;programming&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="8272" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8271" CreationDate="2011-01-04T19:10:21.303" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I can help at least on the naming: these are 'space hacks' to try to avoid messing up spacing with commands that 'do nothing' in output terms. So you have &lt;code&gt;\@bsphack&lt;/code&gt; = 'begin space hack', &lt;code&gt;\@esphack&lt;/code&gt; = 'end space hack'. I think &lt;code&gt;\@Esphack&lt;/code&gt; is intended only for floats, but on this I'm not certain.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T19:10:21.303" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8273" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8274" CreationDate="2011-01-04T19:16:59.960" Score="5" ViewCount="229" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.josbuivenga.demon.nl/delicious.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Delicious&lt;/a&gt; font in my beamer presentation. How should I install this font and/or use it in my presentation. I am running ubuntu 10.04 and have installed the font. I am wondering how do I use this font in my beamer presentation. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1234" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-04T19:28:20.530" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T20:12:39.877" Title="How do I use Delicious font in my beamer presentation" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;beamer&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="8274" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8273" CreationDate="2011-01-04T19:28:09.220" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The default TeX engine cannot use system fonts directly; the font needs to be converted in a format that TeX can understand.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, the newly developed engines XeTeX and LuaTeX can use OpenType fonts directly. You can adopt the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/6982/no-simple-utf8-support-in-latex/6998#6998&quot;&gt;method from a previous answer&lt;/a&gt; (with &lt;code&gt;\setsansfont&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\setmonofont&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that the version of &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt; included in Ubuntu 10.04 (the package is &lt;code&gt;texlive-xetex&lt;/code&gt;) only works with &lt;code&gt;xelatex&lt;/code&gt;. Also, it (and the Ubuntu XeTeX version) is rather old and might contain bugs. If something doesn't work, you should install &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/texlive/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX Live 2010&lt;/a&gt; directly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-04T20:05:22.420" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T20:05:22.420" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="8275" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8255" CreationDate="2011-01-04T19:44:14.100" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;without using directly math and with colors:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fixltx2e}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\def\SPSB#1#2{\rlap{\textsuperscript{\textcolor{red}{#1}}}\SB{#2}}&#xA;\def\SP#1{\textsuperscript{\textcolor{red}{#1}}}&#xA;\def\SB#1{\textsubscript{\textcolor{blue}{#1}}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\huge&#xA;sometext\SPSB{1}{2} more text&#xA;&#xA;sometext\SP{1} more\SB{2} text\SP{1}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/P4DLl.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T19:44:14.100" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8276" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8270" CreationDate="2011-01-04T19:58:26.483" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mediawiki (Wikipedia): &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Enable_TeX&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Enable_TeX&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;dokuwiki: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dokuwiki.org/plugin:latex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.dokuwiki.org/plugin:latex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;though these two plugins appear to render tex equasions, not a live preview like here on TSX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1222" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T19:58:26.483" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8277" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8289" CreationDate="2011-01-04T20:07:40.877" Score="3" ViewCount="115" Body="&lt;p&gt;Suppose I have a table with say two columns. How can I sort its rows based on the first column? Is it possible in latex? If I do it in another application (like MS Excel) can I import the data from my worksheet into a tabular?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;I would be very happy if you suggest me a way to handle this sorting, the easier the better! BTW I looked at &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/6988/how-to-sort-an-alphanumeric-list&quot;&gt;sorting alphanumeric listing&lt;/a&gt; and didn't get it at all!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2244" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T00:06:38.337" Title="Sorting Table Column" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="8278" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8277" CreationDate="2011-01-04T20:09:52.560" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/datatool.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;datatool&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package has quite a lot of functions to sort and analyse data.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2210" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T20:09:52.560" />
  <row Id="8279" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8273" CreationDate="2011-01-04T20:12:39.877" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Put the fonts into the system font dir, which is on my Linux system &lt;code&gt;/usr/share/fonts/opentype&lt;/code&gt; and then run with &lt;code&gt;xelatex&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\setmainfont[Mapping=tex-text]{Delicious}&#xA;\let\sfdefault\rmdefault&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}{Delicious}&#xA; Some text with Delicious&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ynUU0.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T20:12:39.877" CommentCount="10" />
  <row Id="8280" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8309" CreationDate="2011-01-04T20:30:40.287" Score="4" ViewCount="109" Body="&lt;p&gt;In \xymatrix, the command&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;code&gt;\ar@{}[dr] |{\text{lab}}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;typesets an empty arrow, broken by some text.  Similarly, the command&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;code&gt;\ar@/^10pt/ @{-&amp;gt;}[ur] |{\text{lab}}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;typesets a curving arrow, broken by some text.  I would expect&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;code&gt;\ar@/^10pt/ @{}[ur] |{\text{lab}}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;then to typset a curving, empty arrow, broken by some text, but it doesn't.  Is there a convenient way to achieve curving, empty, broken?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is a minimal example:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{amsart}  &#xA;\usepackage[all]{xy}  &#xA;\begin{document}  &#xA;\begin{equation}  &#xA;\xymatrix{  &#xA;a \ar@/^10pt/ @{}[r] |{\text{lab}} &amp;amp; b  &#xA;}  &#xA;\end{equation}  &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2757" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-04T20:57:28.983" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T09:56:12.913" Title="Can you have curving, empty, broken arrows in xymatrix?" Tags="&lt;diagrams&gt;&lt;xy-pic&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="8281" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6560" CreationDate="2011-01-04T20:31:28.993" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have previously used the &lt;code&gt;svninfo&lt;/code&gt; Herbert already mentioned.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I recently found the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/vc/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;vc bundle&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. It has the advantage/difference of not only tracking the included &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; files but any file in the directory. You will get the global revision, including images or &lt;code&gt;.bib&lt;/code&gt; files as well. Apart from svn it supports bzr and git.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, it is an external shell-script and not a LaTeX package. Also you will only get the global revision number, not a more fine-grained result depending on current file etc. as &lt;code&gt;svninfo&lt;/code&gt; provides.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Supplement: Since it does not use svn properties and special lines in the TeX file, it is completely independent from the &lt;code&gt;svninfo&lt;/code&gt; approach and you can even combine both variants.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2210" LastEditorUserId="2210" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-04T21:43:25.713" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T21:43:25.713" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="8282" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8283" CreationDate="2011-01-04T20:35:08.227" Score="3" ViewCount="191" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to duplicate an old document that has a small centered line above each &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt;.  I have not been able to duplicate this when I set the formatting for the &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt;.  (I'm using the titlesec package, among others.)  This is an example of what I've tried:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\titleformat{\section}{\normalfont\Large\filcenter}{\rule{.5in}{.02in} \\ \thesection}{0em}{}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to do this without putting the &lt;code&gt;{\rule{.5in}{.02in}&lt;/code&gt; before each &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2730" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T23:50:05.393" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T23:50:05.393" Title="Add small line in \section title" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;titlesec&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="8283" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8282" CreationDate="2011-01-04T20:45:09.523" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;How about something like this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\titleformat\section{\normalfont\Large\centerline{\hss\rule{.5in}{.02in}\hss}}{\thesection}{1em}{}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-04T22:30:30.587" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T22:30:30.587" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8284" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8214" CreationDate="2011-01-04T20:57:14.397" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can also use the package &quot;wallpaper&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ThisTileWallPaper{width}{height}{picturename}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2557" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-04T21:07:52.797" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T21:07:52.797" />
  <row Id="8285" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8277" CreationDate="2011-01-04T21:09:37.550" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are a number of good techniques for transferring Excel or other spreadsheet data into latex source.  See this answer &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1801/tool-for-manipulating-latex-tables-html-to-latex/1803#1803&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.  If you are using a TeXShop on a Mac, there is also a built-in &quot;Paste Spreadsheet Cells&quot; macro that will do the trick.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T21:09:37.550" />
  <row Id="8286" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1801" CreationDate="2011-01-04T21:55:59.023" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you use TeXShop on the Mac, there is a built-in macro for pasting copied spreadsheet cells directly into your latex sources into a variety of popular table formats.  The same scripts are also available for other Mac text editors here: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=csv2latex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;csv2latex&lt;/a&gt;. (OB Disclaimer: I am the author.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T21:55:59.023" />
  <row Id="8287" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8271" CreationDate="2011-01-04T22:46:23.223" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Joseph answered the naming question (I have always liked the idea of an esp hack).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The reason for making &lt;code&gt;\@savsk&lt;/code&gt; nonzero is because it moves into horizontal mode (&lt;code&gt;\leavevmode&lt;/code&gt;) and &lt;code&gt;\@esphack&lt;/code&gt; checks if &lt;code&gt;\@savsk&lt;/code&gt; is positive. If it is, then it uses &lt;code&gt;\ignorespaces&lt;/code&gt; to gobble space tokens (as the quote says).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not terribly sure I follow what this could be used for though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-04T23:01:20.577" LastActivityDate="2011-01-04T23:01:20.577" />
  <row Id="8288" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8292" CreationDate="2011-01-04T23:33:26.163" Score="3" ViewCount="112" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi all,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the biblatex unpublished style does not offer the eprint &amp;amp; eprinttype fields. Would you know how to add them (if possible). Thank you&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T01:29:02.750" Title="biblatex &amp; references: unpublished style with eprint" Tags="&lt;biblatex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="8289" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8277" CreationDate="2011-01-05T00:06:38.337" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have no doubt that &lt;code&gt;datatool&lt;/code&gt; is the way to go here. However, it is possible to use the code from my answer to the sorting question to do this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You need to define a new comparator that compares only the first column. This particular implementation wants something that has a top level expansion into a row. E.g., you can define a macro for each row.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\rowi  {C &amp;amp; foo &amp;amp; qwer \\}&#xA;\def\rowii {A &amp;amp; bar &amp;amp; asdf \\}&#xA;\def\rowiii{B &amp;amp; baz &amp;amp; zxcv \\}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The goal is to be able to write the following to get sorted rows.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}{lll}&#xA;\toprule&#xA;Letters &amp;amp; Metasyntatic variables &amp;amp; Gibberish\\&#xA;\midrule&#xA;\sortfirstcol{\rowi\rowii\rowiii}&#xA;\bottomrule&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In particular, the &lt;code&gt;\sortfirstcol{\rowi\rowii\rowiii}&lt;/code&gt; should expand to the sorted rows. As with &lt;code&gt;\sortalpha&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\sortfirstcol&lt;/code&gt; is just a simple macro that expands &lt;code&gt;\sort&lt;/code&gt; with the comparator &lt;code&gt;\sort@firstcol&lt;/code&gt; as its first argument.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*\sortfirstcol{\sort\sort@firstcol} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The comparator isn't extremely complicated, but it does need to extract the first column of each argument. For that, we use a helper macro. And in keeping with the spirit of the original answer, this version is expandable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\sort@firstcol#1#2{%&#xA;    \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;        \sort@fc@helper\expandafter#1#2#1#2%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\sort@fc@helper#1&amp;amp;#2\\#3&amp;amp;#4\\#5#6#7{%&#xA;    \ifnumcomp{\pdfstrcmp{#1}{#3}}&amp;lt;{0}&#xA;    {#7{#5}{#6}}% else&#xA;    {#7{#6}{#5}}%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt;s are going to expand the first two arguments a single time. For example, if the comparator is &quot;called&quot; as &lt;code&gt;\sort@firstcol{\rowi}{\rowii}{...}&lt;/code&gt;, then it will expand to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\sort@fc@helper C &amp;amp; foo &amp;amp; qwer \\A &amp;amp; bar &amp;amp; asdf \\\rowi\rowii{...}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and so &lt;code&gt;#1&lt;/code&gt; will be the tokens &quot;C &quot;, &lt;code&gt;#3&lt;/code&gt; will be &quot;A &quot;, &lt;code&gt;#5&lt;/code&gt; will be &lt;code&gt;\rowi&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;#6&lt;/code&gt; will be &lt;code&gt;\rowii&lt;/code&gt;, and lastly &lt;code&gt;#7&lt;/code&gt; will be the &lt;code&gt;{...}&lt;/code&gt; that is the continuation that gets passed to the comparator.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From here, it's identical to &lt;code&gt;\sort@alpha&lt;/code&gt;: it compares &lt;code&gt;#1&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;#3&lt;/code&gt;, passing &lt;code&gt;#5&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;#6&lt;/code&gt; to the continuation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lastly, due to the representation of the rows, the &lt;code&gt;\sortend&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\sortoutput&lt;/code&gt; macros should be set to just expand to their argument:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*\sortoutput[1]{#1}&#xA;\newcommand*\sortend[1]{#1}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following is a complete example using the above code and the code from the previous answer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{etoolbox}&#xA;\usepackage{booktabs}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;% #1 - comparator&#xA;% #2 - token list to sort&#xA;\newcommand\sort[2]{%&#xA;        \ifstrempty{#2}&#xA;        {}% else&#xA;        {%&#xA;                \sort@begin#1{}#2\sort@s\sort@begin&#xA;        }%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% helpers&#xA;\def\sort@s{\sort@s}&#xA;\def\ifsort@s#1{%&#xA;        \ifx\sort@s#1%&#xA;                \expandafter\@firstoftwo&#xA;        \else&#xA;                \expandafter\@secondoftwo&#xA;        \fi&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% #1 - comparator&#xA;% #2 - tokens processed so far&#xA;% #3 - smallest token so far&#xA;% #4 - rest of the list&#xA;\def\sort@begin#1#2#3#4\sort@begin{%&#xA;        \ifsort@s{#4}&#xA;        {%&#xA;                \sortend{#3}%&#xA;                \sort#1{#2}%&#xA;        }% else&#xA;        {%&#xA;                \sort@go#1{#2}{#3}#4\sort@go&#xA;        }%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;%     #1 - comparator&#xA;% #2 - tokens processed so far&#xA;% #3 - smallest token so far&#xA;% #4 - token under consideration&#xA;% #5 - rest of the list&#xA;\def\sort@go#1#2#3#4#5\sort@go{%&#xA;        #1{#3}{#4}{\sort@output#1{#2}{#5}}%&#xA;}&#xA;% #1 - comparator&#xA;% #2 - tokens processed so far&#xA;% #3 - rest of the list&#xA;% #4 - smaller of the two tokens&#xA;% #5 - larger of the two tokens&#xA;\def\sort@output#1#2#3#4#5{%&#xA;        \ifsort@s{#3}&#xA;        {%&#xA;                \sortoutput{#4}%&#xA;                \sort#1{#2{#5}}%&#xA;        }% else&#xA;        {%&#xA;                \sort@begin#1{#2{#5}}{#4}#3\sort@begin&#xA;        }%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\sort@numlt#1#2#3{%&#xA;        \ifnumcomp{#1}&amp;lt;{#2}&#xA;        {#3{#1}{#2}}% else&#xA;        {#3{#2}{#1}}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\sort@numgt#1#2#3{%&#xA;        \ifnumcomp{#1}&amp;gt;{#2}&#xA;        {#3{#1}{#2}}% else&#xA;        {#3{#2}{#1}}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\sort@alpha#1#2#3{%&#xA;        \ifnumcomp{\pdfstrcmp{#1}{#2}}&amp;lt;{0}&#xA;        {#3{#1}{#2}}% else&#xA;        {#3{#2}{#1}}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\sort@firstcol#1#2{%&#xA;    \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;        \sort@fc@helper\expandafter#1#2#1#2%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\sort@fc@helper#1&amp;amp;#2\\#3&amp;amp;#4\\#5#6#7{%&#xA;    \ifnumcomp{\pdfstrcmp{#1}{#3}}&amp;lt;{0}&#xA;    {#7{#5}{#6}}% else&#xA;    {#7{#6}{#5}}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*\sortnumlt{\sort\sort@numlt}&#xA;\newcommand*\sortnumgt{\sort\sort@numgt}&#xA;\newcommand*\sortalpha{\sort\sort@alpha}&#xA;\newcommand*\sortfirstcol{\sort\sort@firstcol}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;% Change these to change out the sort outputs.&#xA;\newcommand*\sortoutput[1]{#1}&#xA;\newcommand*\sortend[1]{#1}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\def\rowi  {C &amp;amp; foo &amp;amp; qwer \\}&#xA;\def\rowii {A &amp;amp; bar &amp;amp; asdf \\}&#xA;\def\rowiii{B &amp;amp; baz &amp;amp; zxcv \\}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{lll}&#xA;\toprule&#xA;Letters &amp;amp; Metasyntatic variables &amp;amp; Gibberish\\&#xA;\midrule&#xA;\sortfirstcol{\rowi\rowii\rowiii}&#xA;\bottomrule&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, I should point out that this representation (that is, rows as macros) isn't necessary. Due to the way &lt;code&gt;\sort&lt;/code&gt; processes its arguments, one could easily write a comparator that allowed one to write the following.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\sortfirstcol{%&#xA;    {C &amp;amp; foo &amp;amp; qwer}%&#xA;    {A &amp;amp; bar &amp;amp; asdf}%&#xA;    {B &amp;amp; baz &amp;amp; zxcv}%&#xA;}&#xA;\def\sortoutput#1{#1\\}&#xA;\def\sortend#1{#1\\}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perhaps I should have done that. The comparator would be slightly simpler.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, as implemented, a space at the beginning or end of the first column matters. One could probably deal with that too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T00:06:38.337" />
  <row Id="8290" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8293" CreationDate="2011-01-05T00:59:59.567" Score="3" ViewCount="328" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using &lt;code&gt;tikz&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;pgf&lt;/code&gt; to draw state machines in a document, and I'd like to be able to have a multiline edge label between two nodes. Something like the following would be ideal:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{center}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[node distance=2.5cm,auto]&#xA;    \node[state] (one) {$q_1$};&#xA;    \node[state] (two) [right of=one] {$q_2$};&#xA;    \path[-&gt;] (one) edge node {$line1 \\ line2$} (two);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, the typesetting of that fails with the message &quot;There's no line here to end.&quot; (Adding additional mathmode markers before and after the line break changes the error message to the vaguer &quot;Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \item.&quot;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to break the label in this graph into two lines?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2324" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T03:48:16.693" Title="Line break in edge labels in tikz graph" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;line-breaking&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="8291" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8258" CreationDate="2011-01-05T01:01:31.797" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The answer to your question about how to write expandable macros doesn't lend itself to a single correct answer, so I'll make this one CW and maybe other people will feel an urge to contribute.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Use TeX's flexible macro argument parsing mechanism whenever possible rather than parsing input character by character (which is not expandable if you use &lt;code&gt;\futurelet&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Separate conditionals into separate macros. For example, if you want to test if an argument token is some particular token, you can use &lt;code&gt;\ifx\foo#1 ...\else ...\fi&lt;/code&gt;, but this introduces additional tokens in the input stream. A better way to do this is to use&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\iffoo#1{\ifx#1\foo\expandafter\@firstoftwo\else\expandafter\@secondoftwo\fi}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;which will not leave any extra tokens to deal with. (Herbert wrote something similar that scooped up all text up to the &lt;code&gt;\fi&lt;/code&gt; that was pretty clever, but I think this is clearer.) It also nests well.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;It can occasionally be useful to use a &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Continuation_passing_style&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;CPS&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;In several situations, the expansion of a token is the full expansion of its argument. For example, &lt;code&gt;\csname ...\endcsname&lt;/code&gt; will expand the &lt;code&gt;...&lt;/code&gt; fully. This can be used to compute a string of character tokens which can be recovered, expandably, using &lt;code&gt;\string&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\stripslash&#xA;    \expandafter\string\csname\foo\bar\baz\endcsname&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This does lose the catcodes as all nonspaces will have catcode 12 and spaces will have catcode&amp;nbsp;10. In other situations the &lt;code&gt;\romannumeral-&amp;#96;X\foo&lt;/code&gt; trick can be used to keep expanding &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt; until an unexpandable token is reached. It will swallow a space token though.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Using &lt;em&gt;&amp;epsilon;&lt;/em&gt;-TeX extensions like &lt;code&gt;\numexpr ...\relax&lt;/code&gt;, arithmetic can be performed expandably fairly easily. There is a mismatch between TeX's truncating &lt;code&gt;\divide&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;em&gt;&amp;epsilon;&lt;/em&gt;-TeX's &lt;code&gt;/&lt;/code&gt;, but this can be worked around with a trial multiplication and &lt;code&gt;\ifnum&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-05T02:23:50.043" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T02:23:50.043" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-01-05T01:01:31.797" />
  <row Id="8292" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8288" CreationDate="2011-01-05T01:29:02.750" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure if this is a good idea (a work with eprint information may be considered as &quot;published&quot;), but here's how to do it: In the bibliography driver for @unpublished, the bibmacro &lt;code&gt;url+urdate&lt;/code&gt; needs to be replaced by the bibmacro &lt;code&gt;doi+eprint+url&lt;/code&gt; (which also includes &lt;code&gt;url+urldate&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{biblatex}&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareBibliographyDriver{unpublished}{%&#xA;  \usebibmacro{bibindex}%&#xA;  \usebibmacro{begentry}%&#xA;  \usebibmacro{author}%&#xA;  \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock&#xA;  \usebibmacro{title}%&#xA;  \newunit&#xA;  \printlist{language}%&#xA;  \newunit\newblock&#xA;  \usebibmacro{byauthor}%&#xA;  \newunit\newblock&#xA;  \printfield{howpublished}%&#xA;  \newunit\newblock&#xA;  \printfield{note}%&#xA;  \newunit\newblock&#xA;  \usebibmacro{location+date}%&#xA;%  \newunit\newblock% DELETED&#xA;%  \iftoggle{bbx:url}% DELETED&#xA;%    {\usebibmacro{url+urldate}}% DELETED&#xA;%    {}% DELETED&#xA;  \newunit\newblock% NEW&#xA;  \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% NEW&#xA;  \newunit\newblock&#xA;  \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}%&#xA;  \setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock&#xA;  \usebibmacro{pageref}%&#xA;  \usebibmacro{finentry}}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.bib}&#xA;@unpublished{A01,&#xA;  author = {Author, A.},&#xA;  year = {2001},&#xA;  title = {Alpha},&#xA;  eprint = {(eprint_information)},&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\bibliography{\jobname}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\nocite{*}&#xA;&#xA;\printbibliography&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T01:29:02.750" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="8293" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8290" CreationDate="2011-01-05T02:50:55.277" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't think you can break math lines like that.  But you can break text lines if you specify an alignment for the text in the node:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}[node distance=2.5cm,auto]&#xA;    \node[state] (one) {$q_1$};&#xA;    \node[state] (two) [right of=one] {$q_2$};&#xA;    \path[-&amp;gt;] (one) edge node[align=center] {$line1$\\$line2$} (two);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(You need an up-to-date version of tikz for this.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-05T03:48:16.693" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T03:48:16.693" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8294" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8076" CreationDate="2011-01-05T05:10:49.490" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;[Again, not really answering the question but posing an alternative.]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nowadays, rather than attempting to repeat &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt; in unreadable (and unmaintainable) chains, I recommend using the &lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt; programming environment to deal with complex expansion problems.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's an example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\exp_args:Nooo \foo \a \b \c&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here, &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt; is not expanded (the &lt;code&gt;N&lt;/code&gt; in the &lt;code&gt;exp_args&lt;/code&gt; command) and &lt;code&gt;\a&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\b&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\c&lt;/code&gt; are all expanded once (the &lt;code&gt;o&lt;/code&gt; letters). But this isn't exactly how &lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt; is intended to be used; instead, one would define that &lt;code&gt;foo&lt;/code&gt; takes, say, five arguments by first defining &lt;code&gt;\foo:nnnnn&lt;/code&gt; and then creating a variant for which each argument would be expanded once before execution of the function:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{expl3}&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOn&#xA;\cs_set:Nn \foo:nnnnn { ...#1...#3...#5... }&#xA;\cs_generate_variant:Nn \foo:nnnnn {ooooo}&#xA;...&#xA;   \foo:ooooo \a \b \c \d \e&#xA;...&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOff&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As well as &lt;code&gt;o&lt;/code&gt; (for ‘expand once’) there are other argument specifiers such as &lt;code&gt;V&lt;/code&gt; (value of macro &lt;em&gt;or&lt;/em&gt; register), &lt;code&gt;c&lt;/code&gt; (create a csname), &lt;code&gt;x&lt;/code&gt; (complete expansion), &lt;code&gt;f&lt;/code&gt; (‘romannumeral’ expansion), and so on. Using this system allows programmers to bypass many of the problems involved with expansion in classical TeX programming.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T05:10:49.490" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8295" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8211" CreationDate="2011-01-05T05:18:10.810" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Rooting through the cls file in the link posted above, I tried to dissect the following block, which looked rather promising:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\listofappendices{%&#xA;    \@chapteronefalse&#xA;    \if@arabic\relax\else\renewcommand{\thepage}{\roman{page}}\fi&#xA;    \if@twocolumn&#xA;      \@restonecoltrue\onecolumn&#xA;    \else&#xA;      \@restonecolfalse&#xA;    \fi&#xA;    \chapteruaf*{\listappname&#xA;      \@mkboth{\uppercase{\listappname}}%&#xA;              {\uppercase{\listappname}}}%&#xA;    \@chapteronetrue&#xA;    %% get this in contents as a section&#xA;    \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\listappname}&#xA;    \@starttoc{loa}%&#xA;    \if@restonecol\twocolumn\fi&#xA;    \newpage\renewcommand{\thepage}{\arabic{page}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Basically, I realized that this command was setting up the List of Appendices for me, all I needed was a way to automatically populate it, instead of manually adding entries to the loa file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At the head of each Appendix:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\chapter*{This is the first appendix}&#xA;\addcontentsline{loa}{appendix}{This is the entry for the first appendix in the List of Appendices}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The \chapter* suppresses a TOC entry for the appendix, while the \addcontentsline adds the entry to the LOA file. To get the style to match, I added the following line to the end of the code block in the cls file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\l@appendix{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Works perfectly now, and I don't have to worry about manually creating the List of Appendices every time I build my document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2773" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-05T11:33:36.937" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T11:33:36.937" />
  <row Id="8296" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8298" CreationDate="2011-01-05T06:12:54.920" Score="5" ViewCount="173" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using my school's latex &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.timehaven.org/public/UAFTHESIS_LATEX_TUTORIAL.tgz&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;cls file&lt;/a&gt;. Unfortunately, since this package was last updated, we are now required to add the word 'Page' above the topmost page number on each page of the Table of Contents. This cls file includes the following bit of code, which puts 'Page' at the top of the first page, but not any subsequent pages (see attached)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\chapteruaf{&#xA;\if@arabic\relax\else\if@chapterone\setcounter{page}{1}\else\relax\fi\fi&#xA;\@chapteronefalse&#xA;                    \if@openright\cleardoublepage\else\clearpage\fi&#xA;                    \thispagestyle{myheadings}%                                                                               &#xA;                    \global\@topnum\z@&#xA;                    \@afterindentfalse&#xA;                    \secdef\@chapter\@schapteruaf}&#xA;\def\@schapteruaf#1{\if@twocolumn&#xA;                   \@topnewpage[\@makeschapterheaduaf{#1}]%                                                                   &#xA;                 \else&#xA;                   \@makeschapterheaduaf{#1}%                                                                                 &#xA;                   \@afterheading&#xA;                 \fi}&#xA;\def\@makeschapterheaduaf#1{%                                                                                                 &#xA;  {\parindent \z@ \centering&#xA;    \reset@font&#xA;    \normalsize \bfseries  #1\par                                                                                             &#xA;    \vspace{-18.3pt}\hspace{143mm} Page                                                                                       &#xA;    \nobreak&#xA;  }}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First page of the TOC:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/faXXG.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;second page of the TOC:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/N0XCn.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any thoughts here? I have played with this a bit, and can't get it to work. Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2773" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T09:02:22.060" Title="Add 'Page' above page numbers in Table of Contents" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="8297" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8153" CreationDate="2011-01-05T06:30:49.800" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I finally found the solution. I tried searching for &lt;code&gt;Cannot open Ghostscript for piped input&lt;/code&gt; phrase I mentioned in the comment and found &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/pipermail/macostex-archives/2004-December/011689.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this message&lt;/a&gt;. Added &lt;code&gt;/usr/local/bin&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;PATH&lt;/code&gt; variable in TextMate and it fixed the problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1464" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T06:30:49.800" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8298" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8296" CreationDate="2011-01-05T07:27:21.203" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A table of contents is often less than 3 pages so you can simply insert the command into the toc file. With the package &lt;code&gt;afterpage&lt;/code&gt; you do not have to know where the pagebreak will happen:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a5paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{afterpage}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;&#xA;\addtocontents{toc}{~\hfill\textbf{Page}\par}&#xA;\section{foo}bar\clearpage&#xA;\section{foo}bar\clearpage&#xA;\section{foo}bar\clearpage&#xA;\section{foo}bar\clearpage&#xA;\section{foo}bar\clearpage&#xA;\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\afterpage{~\hfill\textbf{Page}\par\medskip}}&#xA;\section{foo}bar\clearpage&#xA;\section{foo}bar\clearpage&#xA;\section{foo}bar\clearpage&#xA;\section{foo}bar\clearpage&#xA;\section{foo}bar\clearpage&#xA;\section{foo}bar\clearpage&#xA;\section{foo}bar\clearpage&#xA;\section{foo}bar\clearpage&#xA;\section{foo}bar\clearpage&#xA;\section{foo}bar\clearpage&#xA;\section{foo}bar\clearpage&#xA;\section{foo}bar\clearpage&#xA;\section{foo}bar\clearpage&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T07:27:21.203" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8299" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2737" CreationDate="2011-01-05T07:45:15.743" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would recommend learning the pgfplotstables package. It takes comma or tab or whatever delineated files, allows you to set calculations to generate new columns, typsets things prettily, and you still have a fair amount of control. For those situations where you need to merge columns, rows, and so on, look at &lt;code&gt;multicolumn&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;multirow&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tables in LaTeX are really not very hard. There isn't much syntax (&lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;, \\,\hline, \cline&lt;/code&gt;), and there isn't a lot of complexity.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1286" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T07:45:15.743" />
  <row Id="8300" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8303" CreationDate="2011-01-05T08:09:07.687" Score="5" ViewCount="162" Body="&lt;p&gt;I mean, if an email contains something like &lt;code&gt;$\mathcal L = -\frac14 F_{\mu\nu}F^{\mu\nu}$&lt;/code&gt;, is there an addon to have this rendered into something nicer to read?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or one to have equations rendered to png images when sending an email?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="430" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-16T02:29:26.853" LastActivityDate="2011-01-16T03:00:46.627" Title="Is there an addon for thunderbird to render LaTeX equations on display?" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;tools&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="8301" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8302" CreationDate="2011-01-05T08:14:25.327" Score="2" ViewCount="197" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a circle symbol for the &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Function_composition&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;composition of two functions&lt;/a&gt;? Or do I have to resort to using other ways to represent that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1660" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-05T08:40:24.507" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T10:16:01.950" Title="Is there a circle symbol?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8302" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8301" CreationDate="2011-01-05T08:19:00.180" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fixltx2e} % To make \( ... \) robust&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\( f \circ f \)&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T08:19:00.180" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8303" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8300" CreationDate="2011-01-05T08:53:16.810" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A quick search on &lt;code&gt;addons.mozilla.org&lt;/code&gt; revealed two:  &lt;a href=&quot;https://addons.mozilla.org/en-US/thunderbird/addon/6247/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;Equations&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; that does the conversion on some remote server and &lt;a href=&quot;https://addons.mozilla.org/en-US/thunderbird/addon/48583/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;LaTeX It!&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; which does it at the recipients PC. In both cases TeX code is transmitted as message body.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2210" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T08:53:16.810" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8304" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8300" CreationDate="2011-01-05T08:59:21.450" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;LaTeX It! is the better one since it uses your local TeX engine. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2557" LastEditorUserId="2557" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-07T21:31:13.507" LastActivityDate="2011-01-07T21:31:13.507" />
  <row Id="8305" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8296" CreationDate="2011-01-05T09:02:22.060" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;code&gt;tocloft&lt;/code&gt; package to customize the layout of the table of contents, list of figures, list of tables, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tocloft}&#xA;\renewcommand\contentsname{Table of Contents}&#xA;\renewcommand\cfttoctitlefont{\hfill\normalsize\bfseries}&#xA;% On the same line&#xA;%\renewcommand\cftaftertoctitle{\hfill\llap{\bfseries Page}}&#xA;% On the next line&#xA;\renewcommand\cftaftertoctitle{\hfill\null\\\null\hfill\textbf{Page}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\section{asdf}&#xA;\section{qwer}&#xA;\section{zxcv}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The commented out line should be used if you want the &lt;strong&gt;Page&lt;/strong&gt; to appear on the same line as &lt;strong&gt;Table of Contents&lt;/strong&gt; and the uncommented line should be used if you want it to be on the next line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also add the dot leaders to sections (or chapters, if you're using chapters) with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand\cftsecdotsep{\cftdotsep}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand\cftchapdotsep{\cftdotsep}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T09:02:22.060" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="8306" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8307" CreationDate="2011-01-05T09:14:22.123" Score="2" ViewCount="284" Body="&lt;p&gt;I remember I read somewhere out there that office 2011 word will support tex (Latex).&#xA;Is this true? I have office 2011 in my mac but I cannot find anything related to tex.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2786" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-05T09:45:42.990" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T09:45:42.990" Title="latex in word/office 2011 ??" Tags="&lt;editors&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8307" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8306" CreationDate="2011-01-05T09:31:30.540" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I do have Office 2011: this is not true (with the exception that you can use Word to save plain text, of course). As Herbert has commented, the equation editor in recent versions of Office has been much improved, and uses a lot of ideas from TeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-05T09:42:19.687" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T09:42:19.687" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8308" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-05T09:54:23.897" Score="7" ViewCount="798" Body="&lt;p&gt;A few years back, I used to use LaTeX for writing reports and such, and I really liked the look of them. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, nowadays I am forced to use MS Word to write my reports, but that does not hinder me from playing around with the document layout.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I see a document typeset using LaTeX, I can often immediately spot it, I'm assuming that is because there is a nice default document template.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What types of setting in MS Word 2007/2010 (fonts, margins, letter spacing etc.) would allow my documents to look similar to default LaTeX documents? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2788" LastEditorUserId="4515" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-29T05:17:01.613" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T11:23:08.070" Title="Make MS Word document look like it has been typeset in LaTeX" Tags="&lt;msword&gt;&lt;word-to-latex&gt;&lt;default-values&gt;" AnswerCount="7" CommentCount="9" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="8309" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8280" CreationDate="2011-01-05T09:56:12.913" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't know why this happens, but replacing &lt;code&gt;\ar@{}&lt;/code&gt; by &lt;code&gt;\ar@{{ }{ }}&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\ar@{ { }}&lt;/code&gt; works. But &lt;code&gt;\ar@{{ } }&lt;/code&gt; does not :). A minimal working example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{amsart}&#xA;\usepackage[all]{xy}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\xymatrix{a \ar @{{ }{ }} @/^10pt/ [r] |{\text{lab}} &amp;amp; b}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If someone knows why this happens, edit me. My guess is that being more explicit to &lt;code&gt;xy&lt;/code&gt; helps it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T09:56:12.913" />
  <row Id="8310" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8312" CreationDate="2011-01-05T09:56:47.563" Score="7" ViewCount="219" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do I use old style numbers &lt;em&gt;everywhere&lt;/em&gt; without using &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt;? Or is it even possible? Where do I find the documentation for the fonts in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX Font Catalogue&lt;/a&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Minimum (Non)Working Example&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;&#xA;% Uncomment either of the following two lines:&#xA;%\usepackage[Numbers=OldStyle]{tgpagella}&#xA;%\usepackage[osf][tgpagella]&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  Hello World!&#xA;  1234567890&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="791" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T18:07:23.570" Title="Old style numbers without fontspec" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;fontspec&gt;&lt;documentation&gt;&lt;oldstylenums&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8311" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8308" CreationDate="2011-01-05T10:02:33.253" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can call a mule a horse, but will never make it a horse. No amount of fiddling can make a Word document look like one typeset with TeX, especially one that contains a serious amount of maths. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Major difference will remain in letter spacing, interword space, paragraph justification, hyphenation, page breaking and adjustment of floats.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are forced to use Word at work, one way - to simulate TeX with Word - is to typeset your documents with LaTeX and import them as images in your Word document!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-05T10:22:25.653" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T10:22:25.653" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8312" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8310" CreationDate="2011-01-05T10:05:05.840" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;code&gt;\oldstylenums{01234567890}&lt;/code&gt; for specific cases. However, some font packages such as &lt;code&gt;mathpazo&lt;/code&gt; which is palatino have options to set this automatically for text so that you do not need to type in the command explicitly, so you simply load the package normally, for example for Palatino is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[sc,osf]{mathpazo}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can see some working examples with various fonts in this question &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/8204/palatino-fonts-and-the-number-713&quot;&gt;Palatino fonts and the number 713&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One of the problems in setting &lt;em&gt;oldstyle&lt;/em&gt; numerals globally is that they look wrong in tables with a lot of numbers. A good solution to this problem was provided by TH in the answers to the above question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If your font does not  have text figures built in; the &lt;code&gt;textcomp&lt;/code&gt; package attempts to remedy this by effectively generating text figures from the currently-selected font. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Put &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{textcomp&lt;/code&gt;} in your preamble. &lt;code&gt;textcomp&lt;/code&gt; also allows you to use decimal points, properly formatted dollar signs, etc. within &lt;code&gt;\oldstylenums{}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-12T18:07:23.570" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T18:07:23.570" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="8313" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8301" CreationDate="2011-01-05T10:05:33.887" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Probably this is a good chance to recall the &lt;a href=&quot;http://detexify.kirelabs.org/classify.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Detexify website&lt;/a&gt;, where you can simply draw the symbol you want, and obtain the needed code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm a bad illustrator, but for me, after drawing the circle, &lt;code&gt;\circ&lt;/code&gt; was the first hit.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="412" LastEditorUserId="86" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-05T10:16:01.950" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T10:16:01.950" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8314" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8308" CreationDate="2011-01-05T10:44:37.347" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;No, you can't do it. One of the biggest differences between LaTeX and Word (and most other word processors for that matter) is that LaTeX (based on TeX) does run optimization algorithms to decide where to break paragraphs into lines and your document into pages. These algorithms try to find the most “appealing” way to flow the text of your document into pages. TeX will even let you know when it couldn't do a good enough job and sometimes complain about under- and overfull boxes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Almost every other word processor, including MS Word, will blindly stack words into lines until they don't fit anymore, and start a new line there. Hyphenation makes things a bit better, but still no attempt is done in order to find “good” points to break lines in order to make the paragraphs look better.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T10:44:37.347" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8315" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8322" CreationDate="2011-01-05T10:55:25.377" Score="4" ViewCount="88" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi all, i'm making a documentation of a system, and i have a lot of code chunks that i want to explain, but some of them are too long. My questions if there are some way to automatically shrink those too big chunks to a fixed number of lines, let say N+3 where 3 are the 3 dotted lines, something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; codeline1&#xA; codeline2&#xA; .&#xA; .&#xA; .&#xA; codelineN&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;i'm actually using listings to typeset those code chunks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1113" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-05T17:02:08.803" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T17:02:08.803" Title="Shrink code chunks in a documentation" Tags="&lt;listings&gt;&lt;code&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="8316" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8324" CreationDate="2011-01-05T10:56:07.613" Score="3" ViewCount="99" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use graphicx to include pages of a pdf file. I want to know in latex how many pages are in the file. How to do this?&#xA;thanks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2789" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-05T11:14:26.343" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T13:27:10.353" Title="the number of pages contained in a document called by includegraphics" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="8317" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8318" CreationDate="2011-01-05T11:35:21.800" Score="7" ViewCount="142" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a clever way to cause the unix &lt;code&gt;make&lt;/code&gt; command to run a tex variant as many times as are required to resolve all references?  I've used tex for a long time, and I still don't know which of all those extra files (&lt;code&gt;.aux&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;.log&lt;/code&gt;, etc) should be checked, so I usually just run (pdf)latex 3 times, but that is slow for a 400 page document.  I am thinking that a fragment such as the line below might be a starting point ... maybe I should just string 3 or so of these together?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;(pdflatex oar | grep -vq 'here were undefined references')&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="922" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T12:07:33.983" Title="how to cause unix 'make' to know how many times to run *tex" Tags="&lt;makefile&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="8318" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8317" CreationDate="2011-01-05T11:48:21.157" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've used in the past this &lt;a href=&quot;http://snovae.in2p3.fr/ycopin/soft/Makefile.latex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Makefile&lt;/a&gt;, from &lt;a href=&quot;http://snovae.in2p3.fr/ycopin/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Yannick Copin&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But, I guess &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.phys.psu.edu/~collins/software/latexmk-jcc/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;latexmk&lt;/a&gt; also has some advantage over &lt;code&gt;make&lt;/code&gt; (although I like using custom &lt;code&gt;Makefile&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2580" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T11:48:21.157" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8319" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8317" CreationDate="2011-01-05T11:49:18.653" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You also get an undefined reference, when it is an unknown one ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can delete the time stamp line from the logfile and then build the md5 sum or whatever. When it didn't change then you have no changes in the document. You can also speedup your compilation time, when you do not build a pdf in the first or two run:&#xA;&lt;code&gt;pdflatex -draftmode ...&lt;/code&gt;, then only the &lt;code&gt;aux|idx|...-files&lt;/code&gt; will be created to get correct labels/references.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-05T11:55:05.777" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T11:55:05.777" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8320" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8317" CreationDate="2011-01-05T11:50:59.243" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;See &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/latexmake/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;latexmake&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.acoustics.hut.fi/u/mairas/UltimateLatexMakefile/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;UltimateLatexMakefile&lt;/a&gt; for instance. See also &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/64/tools-for-automating-document-compilation&quot;&gt;Tools for automating document compilation&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="324" LastEditorUserId="324" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-05T12:07:33.983" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T12:07:33.983" />
  <row Id="8322" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8315" CreationDate="2011-01-05T12:30:50.643" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;code&gt;linerange&lt;/code&gt; setting to limit the number of lines in the code that you are displaying. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T12:30:50.643" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8324" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8316" CreationDate="2011-01-05T13:27:10.353" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;pdfpages is obviously somehow able to get the number of pages of an included pdf. It does it with the pdftex primitive &lt;code&gt;\pdflastximagepages&lt;/code&gt;. E.g.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \pdfximage{test.pdf}%&#xA;  \the\pdflastximagepages&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T13:27:10.353" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="8325" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8308" CreationDate="2011-01-05T13:35:55.307" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Even if you cannot match LaTeX quality with MS Word, that doesn't mean you cannot produce great-looking documents with it. If you are a designer, you'll get great-looking document no matter what app you're using. Couple of months ago I read an &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.thebookdesigner.com/2010/09/book-design-with-microsoft-word-the-art-of-moriah-jovan&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;article&lt;/a&gt; which made me stop and rethink. The tool one is using is important, but not the most important part of document production. The main actor from the link I provided is witnessing that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1987" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T13:35:55.307" />
  <row Id="8326" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8238" CreationDate="2011-01-05T13:35:56.143" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I hacked a solution by my own, using a scatter plot. The key here is to adjust x and y, and the mark size to the right values. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}[]&#xA;    \begin{axis}[x=4mm,y=4mm,xtick=\empty,ytick=\empty]&#xA;    \addplot[scatter,scatter src=explicit, &#xA;             only marks, mark=square*,mark size=2mm]  &#xA;             coordinates {(0,1)[0]  (1,1)[.1] (2,1)[.2]&#xA;                          (0,2)[.3] (1,2)[.4] (2,2)[.5]};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="856" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T13:35:56.143" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8327" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8329" CreationDate="2011-01-05T13:44:42.393" Score="2" ViewCount="165" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to show an indented paragraph in which indentation means the the top level condition is acquired (suppose a if then else structure) a copy of what I need is shown&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/suTUi.png&quot; alt=&quot;Indented Structure&quot;&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have implemented this sample using the following code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{myindentpar}[1]%&#xA;{\begin{list}{}&#xA;         {\setlength{\leftmargin}{#1}}&#xA;         \item[]&#xA;}&#xA;{\end{list}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{myindentpar}{1em}&#xA;\textbf{HelloMsg} &#xA;\end{myindentpar}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{myindentpar}{2em}&#xA;This is a text to fill the line.&#xA;&#xA;\textbf{HelloMsg.Hello}&#xA;\end{myindentpar}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{myindentpar}{3em}&#xA; The Hello Message description goes here&#xA;&#xA; \textbf{HelloMsg.Hello.Ack}&#xA;\end{myindentpar}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But frankly speaking it looks so odd to me. Do we have any better way of doing this? Do we have a package that depicts some vertical lines that shows which item is underneath of the other? (such a thing is so common in programming environments. Some slim lines are drawn to show where a block ends)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt; This section contains materials regarding the comments, it is not part of the main question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;this is the default indentation!!!&#xA;&#xA;\noindent this is without indentation&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{myindentpar}[1]%&#xA;{\begin{list}{}&#xA;         {\setlength{\leftmargin}{#1}}&#xA;         \item[]&#xA;}&#xA;{\end{list}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{myindentpar}{1em}&#xA;\textbf{HelloMsg (indented 1em)} &#xA;\end{myindentpar}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{myindentpar}{2em}&#xA;&#xA;\textbf{HelloMsg.Hello (indented 2em)}&#xA;\end{myindentpar}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{myindentpar}{3em}&#xA;&#xA; \textbf{HelloMsg.Hello.Ack (indented 3em)}&#xA;\end{myindentpar}&#xA;&#xA;this is source of critic!&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{herbertIndentPar}%&#xA;{\begin{list}{}&#xA;  {\addtolength\leftmargin{1em}}&#xA;   \item[]}&#xA;{\end{list}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{herbertIndentPar}&#xA;\textbf{Hello Herbert (I'm shifted 3em to the right! but my parameter says it must be shifted 2em one for the start of the paragraph and plus one for the passed 1em)} &#xA;&#xA;\begin{herbertIndentPar}&#xA;&#xA;\textbf{HelloMsg.Hello}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{herbertIndentPar}&#xA;&#xA; \textbf{HelloMsg.Hello.Ack}&#xA;\end{herbertIndentPar}&#xA;another line&#xA;\end{herbertIndentPar}&#xA;another line&#xA;\end{herbertIndentPar}&#xA;&#xA;this is the source of critic (back to 1em indent)!&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am geting this output:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/e5lS4.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2244" LastEditorUserId="2244" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-05T17:30:31.240" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T19:01:49.730" Title="Indented paragraphs" Tags="&lt;indentation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8328" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1278" CreationDate="2011-01-05T14:48:52.757" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another reason you might stop being able to include eps files is because the most recent version of texlive (at least the macports version) didn't include the rungs script.  This might not be your problem but hopefully it will help some others.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You know you have this issue if you see a message telling you the following failed&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;rungs .. (really long arguments string) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A quick dirty fix is as follows.  Copy and paste the following somewhere in your path and make sure it has executable permissions.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;#!/usr/bin/env texlua&#xA;--*-Lua-*-&#xA;-- $Id: rungs.tlu 7698 2008-04-28 14:23:31Z reinhardk $&#xA;&#xA;-- Copyright (C) 2008 Reinhard Kotucha.&#xA;-- You may freely use, modify and/or distribute this file.&#xA;&#xA;-- Run Ghostscript (gs on Unix, gswin32c on Windows)&#xA;&#xA;function fixwin(args_unix)&#xA;   if os.type == 'windows' then&#xA;      local args_win={}  -- new table&#xA;      args_win[0]=args_unix[1]&#xA;      for i=1, #args_unix do  &#xA;         args_win[i]='&quot;'..args_unix[i]..'&quot;'&#xA;      end&#xA;      return args_win&#xA;   else&#xA;      return args_unix&#xA;   end&#xA;end&#xA;&#xA;if os.type == 'windows' then&#xA;   command={'gswin32c'}&#xA;else&#xA;   command={'gs'}&#xA;end&#xA;&#xA;for i=1, #arg do&#xA;   command[#command+1]=arg[i]&#xA;end&#xA;&#xA;command=fixwin(command)&#xA;&#xA;--[[ prepend an additional hyphen to activate this code&#xA;for i=0, #command do&#xA;   print (command[i])&#xA;end&#xA;os.exit(ret)&#xA;--]]&#xA;&#xA;ret=os.spawn(command)&#xA;os.exit(ret)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2743" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T14:48:52.757" />
  <row Id="8329" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8327" CreationDate="2011-01-05T14:50:42.210" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[showframe]{geometry}&#xA;&#xA;\newlength\myLeftmargin&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{herbertIndentPar}&#xA;  {\begin{list}{}%&#xA;    {\global\addtolength\myLeftmargin{\parindent}%&#xA;     \setlength\leftmargin{\myLeftmargin}%&#xA;     \listparindent=0pt&#xA;    }%&#xA;     \item\relax}&#xA;  {\end{list}\global\addtolength\myLeftmargin{-\parindent}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{herbertIndentPar}&#xA;\textbf{Hello Herbert (I'm shifted 3em to the right! but my &#xA;parameter says it must be shifted 2em one for the start of the &#xA;paragraph and plus one for the passed 1em)} &#xA;&#xA;\begin{herbertIndentPar}&#xA;\textbf{HelloMsg.Hello}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{herbertIndentPar}&#xA;\textbf{HelloMsg.Hello.Ack}&#xA;\end{herbertIndentPar}&#xA;&#xA;another line&#xA;\end{herbertIndentPar}&#xA;&#xA;another line&#xA;\end{herbertIndentPar}&#xA;&#xA;this is the source of critic (back to 1em indent)!&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/fcEqa.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-05T19:01:49.730" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T19:01:49.730" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="8330" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4192" CreationDate="2011-01-05T15:21:11.363" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I suggest using &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usefonttheme{professionalfonts}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in the preamble. This turns the math-fonts into serif ones, so that you have a better visual separation between math and normal text. And it gives you proper math fonts. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2217" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T15:21:11.363" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8331" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8264" CreationDate="2011-01-05T15:40:14.333" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Well... redefine the template&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;&#xA;\setbeamercolor{footnote mark}{fg=green} % the mark (1, 2, ...)&#xA;\setbeamertemplate{footnote}{\mbox{ \insertfootnotemark \textcolor{red}{ \insertfootnotetext}}} &#xA;%  local use of a color (its not so beamer like but works)&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\frame{\frametitle{One}&#xA;&#xA;some text in black&#xA; \footnote{don´t use red!}&#xA;red and green footnote&#xA;&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\frame{&#xA;\frametitle{Two}&#xA;&#xA;not red&#xA;&#xA;}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2217" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-05T16:29:19.530" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T16:29:19.530" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8332" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8348" CreationDate="2011-01-05T16:03:48.120" Score="3" ViewCount="141" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I compile my document I get warnings of the form:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Package natbib Warning: Citation `xxxxx' on page y undefined on input line &#xA;z.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This problem does fix itself eventually when the compiler reached my &lt;code&gt;bibliography.bib&lt;/code&gt; file but is there a way I can prevent them from occurring in the first place?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1332" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T19:25:05.577" Title="Undefined citation warnings" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="8333" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8264" CreationDate="2011-01-05T16:16:52.150" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;it looks like a bug ... but this should help&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\setbeamercolor{footnotemark}{fg=blue}&#xA;\setbeamertemplate{footnote}{%&#xA;\parindent 1em\noindent%&#xA;  \raggedright&#xA;  \hbox to 1.8em{\hfil\insertfootnotemark} &#xA;  \textcolor{blue}{\insertfootnotetext}\par}&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T16:16:52.150" />
  <row Id="8334" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8308" CreationDate="2011-01-05T16:18:40.603" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Well, it sounds dumb, but you could &lt;em&gt;technically&lt;/em&gt; do this.  If you're &lt;em&gt;required&lt;/em&gt; to do something in MS Word (and, well, want to &quot;stick it to the man&quot;), you could technically still submit your document in MS Word by first writing it in LaTeX, then writing some sort of script (you're probably stuck using &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Visual_Basic_for_Applications&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;VBA&lt;/a&gt;) to take each page of the PDF or DVI file rendered by TeX and insert it into a page of MS Word, with 0&quot; margins on each side.  It wouldn't be editable, but it would definitely look &lt;em&gt;exactly&lt;/em&gt; like a LaTeX document.  Word can probably also open PDF files as is (don't have a copy to try it out on, so I don't know), so that would also technically be &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; MS Word.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But beyond this (slightly absurd) suggestion, I completely agree with the other answers.  TeX/LaTeX is much, much more than just a template, so trying to implement even an appreciable subset of it's features in a template-like formalism is just not going to cut it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1031" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T16:18:40.603" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8335" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8341" CreationDate="2011-01-05T16:34:43.750" Score="1" ViewCount="75" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Question&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\todo}&lt;/code&gt; to give single spacing in the todonotes of an otherwise double spaced document?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;What I have tried&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/todonotes/todonotes.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;documentation&lt;/a&gt; (p. 11, section 1.8.6)  suggests that something like this should work (with &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.binkerton.com/ctan.content.php?filename=/macros/latex/contrib/todonotes/todonotes.sty&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;todonotes.sty&lt;/a&gt; in the proper directory), but it doesn't:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}              &#xA;\usepackage{setspace}&#xA;\doublespacing&#xA;\usepackage[backgroundcolor=white,textsize=tiny]{todonotes}&#xA;\newcommand{\smalltodo}[2][] &#xA;    {\todo[caption={#2}, #1]&#xA;    {\begin{spacing}{0.5}#2\end{spacing}}} &#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\smalltodo[inline]{testing todonotes here with single spacing}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;giving the following error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Runaway argument?&#xA;{\todo [caption={##2}, ##1] {\begin {spacing}{0.5}##2\end {spacing}} \ETC.&#xA;! File ended while scanning use of \@xargdef.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I can't figure out the error.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Once I get this to work, can I just replace &lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\smalltodo}&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\todo}&lt;/code&gt; ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1783" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-05T16:38:18.990" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T17:39:47.307" Title="How can I set single spacing in todonotes?" Tags="&lt;errors&gt;&lt;macros&gt;&lt;setspace&gt;&lt;todonotes&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="8336" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8339" CreationDate="2011-01-05T16:39:51.180" Score="1" ViewCount="136" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to simulate an effect that is very easy to do in WYSIWYG environments, namely having a table with some cells containing somewhat complex multi-line entities. For instance, consider the following table (created with OpenOffice):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/4hyyZ.png&quot; alt=&quot;table&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In particular, I'm concerned about the middle cell at the bottom there; I can't find a way to create that in LaTeX using the &lt;code&gt;table&lt;/code&gt; environment. The problem seems to be that it has no way of distinguishing the &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; linebreak as referring to the contents of the cell, or to the structure of the table.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know about the &lt;code&gt;multirow&lt;/code&gt; package and how it theoretically allows things like this, but only in the clumsiest of ways; I would have to set something like a colspan on every row of that source. If I were to add a line to the beginning of the listing, I'd have to manually shift each row after that down.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I would love is some sort of easy thing to wrap my code in which makes it all belong to a single table row. I feel certain there must be a way to do that, but Google wasn't being very helpful, so I thought I'd ask here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="767" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-08T13:41:27.337" LastActivityDate="2011-01-08T13:41:27.337" Title="Multiline listing in a table environment" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;listings&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="8337" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8260" CreationDate="2011-01-05T16:45:11.070" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is a variant on Herbert's answer, using &lt;code&gt;\dimexpr&lt;/code&gt; instead (inspired from the thread &lt;a href=&quot;http://groups.google.com/group/comp.text.tex/msg/7e812e5d6e67fcc5&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;\ifnum for real numbers&lt;/a&gt; of comp.text.tex), which allows to do conversions in a purely expandable way. The syntax is &lt;code&gt;\convertto{mm}{1pt}&lt;/code&gt; to convert &lt;code&gt;1pt&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;mm&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\convertto#1#2{\strip@pt\dimexpr #2*65536/\number\dimexpr 1#1}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The results are not quite the same as with the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/printlen&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;printlen&lt;/a&gt; package, probably due to the fact that &lt;code&gt;\dimexpr&lt;/code&gt; performs arithmetic slightly differently from TeX. Here's a table showing all the converted lengths (I omitted &lt;code&gt;sp&lt;/code&gt; to avoid arithmetic overflows):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/iBiTI.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\usepackage[hmargin=2cm]{geometry}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;%http://groups.google.com/group/comp.text.tex/msg/7e812e5d6e67fcc5&#xA;\def\convertto#1#2{\strip@pt\dimexpr #2*65536/\number\dimexpr 1#1}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{center}\begin{tabular}&#xA;  {&amp;gt;{\def\colunit{pt}}l&amp;lt;{\convertto{\rowunit}{1\colunit}}&#xA;   &amp;gt;{\def\colunit{mm}}l&amp;lt;{\convertto{\rowunit}{1\colunit}}&#xA;   &amp;gt;{\def\colunit{cm}}l&amp;lt;{\convertto{\rowunit}{1\colunit}}&#xA;   &amp;gt;{\def\colunit{ex}}l&amp;lt;{\convertto{\rowunit}{1\colunit}}&#xA;   &amp;gt;{\def\colunit{em}}l&amp;lt;{\convertto{\rowunit}{1\colunit}}&#xA;   &amp;gt;{\def\colunit{bp}}l&amp;lt;{\convertto{\rowunit}{1\colunit}}&#xA;   &amp;gt;{\def\colunit{dd}}l&amp;lt;{\convertto{\rowunit}{1\colunit}}&#xA;   &amp;gt;{\def\colunit{pc}}l&amp;lt;{\convertto{\rowunit}{1\colunit}}&#xA;   &amp;gt;{\def\colunit{in}}l&amp;lt;{\convertto{\rowunit}{1\colunit}}&#xA;   &amp;gt;{\bfseries}l}&#xA;\multicolumn{1}{l}{\bfseries 1pt} &amp;amp; \multicolumn{1}{l}{\bfseries 1mm} &amp;amp; \multicolumn{1}{l}{\bfseries 1cm} &amp;amp; \multicolumn{1}{l}{\bfseries 1ex} &amp;amp; \multicolumn{1}{l}{\bfseries 1em} &amp;amp; \multicolumn{1}{l}{\bfseries 1bp} &amp;amp; \multicolumn{1}{l}{\bfseries 1dd} &amp;amp; \multicolumn{1}{l}{\bfseries 1pc} &amp;amp; \multicolumn{1}{l}{\bfseries 1in} &amp;amp; \\&#xA;\gdef\rowunit{pt} &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; \rowunit\\&#xA;\gdef\rowunit{mm} &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; \rowunit\\&#xA;\gdef\rowunit{cm} &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; \rowunit\\&#xA;\gdef\rowunit{ex} &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; \rowunit\\&#xA;\gdef\rowunit{em} &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; \rowunit\\&#xA;\gdef\rowunit{bp} &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; \rowunit\\&#xA;\gdef\rowunit{dd} &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; \rowunit\\&#xA;\gdef\rowunit{pc} &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; \rowunit\\&#xA;\gdef\rowunit{in} &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; \rowunit\\&#xA;\end{tabular}\end{center}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1973" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T16:45:11.070" />
  <row Id="8338" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8308" CreationDate="2011-01-05T17:18:55.133" Score="15" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I agree that it is impossible to completely imitate (La)TeX in Word. If you just want the font, then there is an &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.jchl.co.uk/computing/wordlatex.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;OpenType version of Computer Modern&lt;/a&gt;, the default font of TeX. If you want the margins, just measure them on a LaTeX document and then set them in Word accordingly (I would recommend that you use KOMA Script or memoir as a base, not the default LaTeX classes, as the look imo better on A4 and letter paper.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is also a &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.jchl.co.uk/computing/wordlatex.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX template for Word&lt;/a&gt;. Since I don't own Word, I can't tell how good it looks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T17:18:55.133" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8339" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8336" CreationDate="2011-01-05T17:24:23.273" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;code&gt;lstlising&lt;/code&gt; environment from &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt; package to replace &lt;code&gt;verbatim&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\lstset{basicstyle=\ttfamily}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|c|c|}&#xA;\hline&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}&#xA;!@#$%^$%&amp;amp;&#xA;!@#$%^$%&amp;amp;&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;&amp;amp;&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}&#xA;!@#$%^$%&amp;amp;&#xA;!@#$%^$%&amp;amp;&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;\\ \hline&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}&#xA;!@#$%^$%&amp;amp;&#xA;!@#$%^$%&amp;amp;&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;&amp;amp;&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}&#xA;!@#$%^$%&amp;amp;&#xA;!@#$%^$%&amp;amp;&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;\\ \hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T17:24:23.273" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8340" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8346" CreationDate="2011-01-05T17:30:48.670" Score="2" ViewCount="100" Body="&lt;p&gt;In handwritten mathematics it is common for the sake of clarity to repeat the last mathematical operator in those line breaks that occur in the middle of a formula. I mean something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;We compute 1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 5 +&#xA;+ 6 + 7 + 8 to know the answer.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In LaTeX I always do this repetition in displayed environments such as align or multline by manually adding the symbol after the &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; but this is much more difficult in inline formulas because the breaking point may change during different compilations. In this case I only do it occasionally for the multiplication \cdot. Anyway, this makes my mathematical style not coherent, so I would like to know if there is any package to implement this option. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you think that this practice is bad I would like to read the reasons.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2792" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T19:10:39.057" Title="Automatic repetition of mathematical operators after a line break" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;line-breaking&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="8341" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8335" CreationDate="2011-01-05T17:39:47.307" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;While I don't know why it doesn't compile for you, here is an answer to your second question:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;No, you can't just use &lt;code&gt;\renewcommend&lt;/code&gt; as that would create an infinite loop; every call to &lt;code&gt;\todo&lt;/code&gt; would have another call to &lt;code&gt;\todo&lt;/code&gt; inside it. However, &lt;code&gt;\todo&lt;/code&gt; is actually just an alias for &lt;code&gt;\@todo&lt;/code&gt; (apparently the author thought that people might want to redefine it), so you can simply do the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand{\todo}[2][]{%&#xA;    \@todo[caption={#2}, #1]{\begin{spacing}{0.5}#2\end{spacing}}%&#xA;} &#xA;\makeatother &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T17:39:47.307" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8342" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-05T17:43:23.277" Score="2" ViewCount="94" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using the following definition for a symbol I call &lt;code&gt;\nstn&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareSymbolFont{largesym}{OML}{cmm}{m}{it}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\nstn}{0}{largesym}{&quot;22}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I set the size of this single symbol (which is basically &lt;code&gt;\varepsilon&lt;/code&gt;) to a specific number (I would like it to be larger than usual/default)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2794" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-05T18:05:15.277" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T22:37:36.607" Title="How to set the size of a single symbol defined via \DeclareMathSymbol?" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;size&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="8343" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8347" CreationDate="2011-01-05T17:54:32.977" Score="3" ViewCount="87" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a long table and all are important for sure.&#xA;It will be tedious if I do trial and error adjustment for the excessive rows.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Shortly speaking, how to force beamer to automatically create frames for the excessive data (in long table)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T19:20:44.723" Title="Is it possible to force beamer to automatically create frames for the excessive data (in long table)?" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="8344" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8198" CreationDate="2011-01-05T18:53:20.813" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I found a very useful pdf with some examples.&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://theoval.cmp.uea.ac.uk/~nlct/latex/thesis/thesis_a4.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;This is the link&lt;/a&gt; (This is the link I downloaded the example, I am sorry if it doesn't work anymore)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This pdf gives few examples in dividing your document in to multiple files. I used the reverse approach and made it work in the way I want it to work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is the latex code I used&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt,a4paper,final]{report}&#xA;\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{amsfonts}&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;%This is for removing coloured boxes around the links and internal references. I don't like those boxes%&#xA;\hypersetup{&#xA;    colorlinks=false,&#xA;    pdfborder={0 0 0},&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\include{./titlepage} % including my cover page&#xA;&#xA;\pagenumbering{roman}&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;%---- I commented these since my document doesn't need them yet-----%&#xA;%\listoffigures&#xA;%\listoftables&#xA;&#xA;%\chapter*{Acknowledgements}&#xA;%\begin{abstract}&#xA;%\end{abstract}&#xA;&#xA;\pagenumbering{arabic}&#xA;\include{./intro/introduction}&#xA;\include{./lit-review/literature-review}&#xA;\bibliographystyle{IEEEtran}&#xA;\bibliography{./relative/path/to/my/bibtexfiles}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The include files must not have &lt;code&gt;\begin{document}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\end{document}&lt;/code&gt; tags in them. And better not have any formatting code in them too. Otherwise they might overwrite each other and produce unexpected results.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;compiling the file that contain above code was enough to produce correct results. First compile with pdflatex, then with bibtex and twice again with pdflatex.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is my titlepage.tex&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% the start of the tex file&#xA;\begin{titlepage} &#xA;&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA; %----  Title page content -----%&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;&#xA;\end{titlepage}&#xA;% end of file&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And this is how my introduction.tex looked like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% the start of the .tex file&#xA;\chapter{Introduction} &#xA;&#xA;\section{Section heading}&#xA;&#xA;\subsection{sub section heading}&#xA;&#xA;% end of file&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This produced a pdf document with the cover page, then the two chapters and the whole bibliography placed at the end of the document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2709" LastEditorUserId="2709" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-16T20:25:09.793" LastActivityDate="2011-01-16T20:25:09.793" />
  <row Id="8345" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13755" CreationDate="2011-01-05T19:03:53.600" Score="3" ViewCount="212" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a large book broken into several chapters, each of which reference each other heavily. I would like to be able to distribute individual chapters as self-contained .tex files. I can do this except for the fact that references will not work unless I have the .aux file for the entire book (and I use the xr package for external references). I would thus like to be able to include the large .aux file in the individual chapter files when distributing the individual files. Is there a way I can do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="36" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-31T21:48:38.693" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T18:08:27.673" Title="Include aux file in tex source?" Tags="&lt;cross-referencing&gt;&lt;auxiliary-files&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="8346" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8340" CreationDate="2011-01-05T19:10:39.057" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have always considered this repetition a peculiarity of Russian typesetting, see e.g. &#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb17-4/tb53grin.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb17-4/tb53grin.pdf&lt;/a&gt;. The article &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb16-4/tb49olga.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb16-4/tb49olga.pdf&lt;/a&gt; claims existence of a package you are looking for, but it's nowhere to be found.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anyway, one Denis Ryabov took this into his hands and translated Grinchuk's ideas from the articles above into code: &lt;a href=&quot;http://d-ryabov.livejournal.com/723.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://d-ryabov.livejournal.com/723.html&lt;/a&gt;. Copy the text from the page, paste into a file named &lt;code&gt;rumathbr.sty&lt;/code&gt;, include it by &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{rumathbr}&lt;/code&gt; and you are ready to go.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="663" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T19:10:39.057" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8347" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8343" CreationDate="2011-01-05T19:20:44.723" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{frame}[allowframebreaks]{title}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{longtable}{cc}&#xA;fooooooooooo &amp;amp; Bar\\ &#xA;fooooooooooo &amp;amp; Bar\\ &#xA;fooooooooooo &amp;amp; Bar\\ &#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T19:20:44.723" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8348" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8332" CreationDate="2011-01-05T19:25:05.577" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Getting citations and references right always requires multiple runs of latex. The normal procedure is the following&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;latex &amp;lt;file&amp;gt;&#xA;bibtex &amp;lt;file&amp;gt;&#xA;latex &amp;lt;file&amp;gt;&#xA;latex &amp;lt;file&amp;gt;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first compile finds all the cite commands and makes a list of them in the .aux file, and takes note of the bibliography style. No citations are resolved in your document yet.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then bibtex processes the aux file and using the bibliography style, and the list of citations creates a .bbl file which contains the bibliography. No citations are resolved yet here either.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The next latex compile doesn't resolve the references either, but reads the .bbl file and keeps track of the citations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally the last latex compile resolves all the references.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The warnings you receive are normal, and should really only be paid attention to after the last latex compilation in the steps above.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are various scripts that automate some of these procedures so that you don't forget to do the multiple latex runs; one is &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/support/latexmk/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;latexmk&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; and another is &lt;a href=&quot;https://launchpad.net/rubber&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;rubber&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Many text editors have access to these in some simple way, so before thinking about installing them you should find out if your editor already has a way to use them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T19:25:05.577" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8349" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-05T19:54:24.767" Score="0" ViewCount="175" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using Scrivener to convert multimarkdown to Latex and then using texshop to typeset my document.This workflow works great for me except for the fact that I'd like to be able to make certain math symbols bigger i.g. the integral sign. I've tried doing this like this:&#xA;\bigint,\Biggint, etc but that doesn't work. Im sure there is a syntax that does this but I can't find it. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2796" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-05T20:23:09.257" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T20:34:41.773" Title="How do I make math symbols bigger?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;fontsize&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="8350" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8349" CreationDate="2011-01-05T20:23:44.933" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For integral symbols try &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{bigints}&lt;/code&gt;. With the &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; package, you can change the size of equations with the standard LaTeX resizing commands. Example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Normal size:&#xA;\[&#xA;  \sum_{i=0}^n\int_{a_i}^{b_i}f(x)&#xA;\]&#xA;Large size:&#xA;{\large&#xA;\[&#xA;  \sum_{i=0}^n\int_{a_i}^{b_i}f(x)&#xA;\]}&#xA;$\sum\int_a^b f(x)$ is normal size and {\huge$\sum\int_a^b f(x)$} is huge size.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2117" LastEditorUserId="2117" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-05T20:34:41.773" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T20:34:41.773" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8351" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8353" CreationDate="2011-01-05T20:29:52.727" Score="17" ViewCount="366" Body="&lt;p&gt;Many TeX “hacks“ begin with &lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&lt;/code&gt; and end with &lt;code&gt;\makeatother&lt;/code&gt;. What do these commands do?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;(I'm not asking this for myself, but to have a reference to link to in answers.)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-02T22:28:33.243" LastActivityDate="2011-02-02T22:28:33.243" Title="What do \makeatletter and \makeatother do?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;catcodes&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="8352" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8342" CreationDate="2011-01-05T20:45:49.507" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could just declare one symbol, and then define another using a scalebox or something...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\DeclareSymbolFont{largesym}{OML}{cmm}{m}{it}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\nstnsmall}{0}{largesym}{&quot;22}&#xA;\newcommand{\nstn}{\mathrel{\scalebox{1.5}{$\nstnsmall$}}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\[&#xA;A \nstn B&#xA;\]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/jpGrO.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You might change &lt;code&gt;\mathrel&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\mathord&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\mathop&lt;/code&gt; or something depending on the mathematical syntax category. For some reason this said &quot;relation sign&quot; to me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T20:45:49.507" />
  <row Id="8353" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8351" CreationDate="2011-01-05T20:56:44.700" Score="18" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;All characters in TeX are assigned a &quot;category code&quot; or catcode. There are 16 catcodes in all, some containing just a single character, e.g. &lt;code&gt;\&lt;/code&gt; is (normally) catcode 0, &lt;code&gt;{&lt;/code&gt;, catcode 1 etc. Normal characters are catcode 11; this category normally comprises all of the letter characters.  The &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt; symbol is given the catcode of 12, which means it is &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; treated as a normal letter.  The effects of this are that &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt; cannot normally be used in user document files as part of a multicharacter macro name. (All other non-letter characters are also forbidden in macro names: for example, &lt;code&gt;\foo123&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;\foo?!&lt;/code&gt; are not valid macro names.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In class and package files, however, &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt; is treated as a normal letter (catcode 11) and this allows package writers to make macro-names with &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt;.  The advantage of this is that such macro names are automatically protected from regular users: since they cannnot use &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt; as a normal letter, there is no accidental way for a user to override or change a macro that is part of the internal workings of a package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, it is sometimes necessary in user documents to &lt;em&gt;have&lt;/em&gt; access to such package-internal macros, and so the commands &lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\makeatother&lt;/code&gt; change the catcode of &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt; from 12 to 11 and 11 to 12, respectively.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In practical terms, if you need to modify a package internal macro that contains the &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt; symbol in its name, you will need to surround your modifications by these commands:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter % changes the catcode of @ to 11&#xA;&amp;lt;your changes here&amp;gt;&#xA;\makeatother % changes the catcode of @ back to 12&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The commands should not be used within &lt;code&gt;.sty&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;.cls&lt;/code&gt; files themselves as they may conflict with the catcode changes that occurs when package and class files are loaded.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-06T01:07:05.330" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T01:07:05.330" CommentCount="10" />
  <row Id="8354" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8168" CreationDate="2011-01-05T22:05:24.340" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is how I would do something like this in ConTeXt. Maybe that will give you some ideas about a LaTeX solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The key to the solution are two properties&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The ability to have just one float on a page. In ConTeXt, you can do this using&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\placefigure[...][page]{....}{....}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I do not know if the &lt;code&gt;p&lt;/code&gt; specifier for floats in LaTeX works the same way or not.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The ability to insert arbitrary text on the &lt;strong&gt;next&lt;/strong&gt; page. In ConTeXt, you can do this using&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\startpostponing[+1] .... \stoppostponing&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In fact, instead of &lt;code&gt;+1&lt;/code&gt;, you can use &lt;code&gt;+2&lt;/code&gt; to insert something after two pages, and so on. I don't know if there is a LaTeX package that provides this functionality. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then, the solution is just a matter of combining these two features:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\startpostponing[+1]&#xA;\placefigure[page]{Caption of the figure}{\strut}&#xA;\page&#xA;\placefigure[page,nonumber]{}&#xA;    {\externalfigure[...][width=\textwidth,height=\textheight]}&#xA;\stoppostponing&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This appears to be working in the few examples that I tried. Here is a complete working example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\useMPlibrary[dum] %For dummmy figures&#xA;&#xA;% Arbitrary text&#xA;\startbuffer&#xA;\dorecurse{5}{&#xA;\input knuth \endgraf&#xA;\dorecurse{4}&#xA;{&#xA;\placefigure[here,top,bottom]&#xA;  {An arbitrary floating figure}&#xA;  {\externalfigure[dummy][width=0.4\textwidth,height=0.3\textheight]}&#xA;}&#xA;\input knuth \endgraf&#xA;}&#xA;\stopbuffer&#xA;&#xA;\starttext&#xA;&#xA;\getbuffer&#xA;\startpostponing[+1]&#xA;\placefigure[page]{Caption of the figure}{\strut} \page&#xA;\placefigure[page,nonumber]{}{\externalfigure[dummy][width=\textwidth,height=\textheight]}&#xA;\stoppostponing&#xA;\getbuffer&#xA;&#xA;\stoptext&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T22:05:24.340" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="8355" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8342" CreationDate="2011-01-05T22:37:36.607" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can by-pass NFSS and use TeX primitives:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\DeclareFixedFont{\nstnfont}{OML}{cmm}{m}{it}{14.5pt}&#xA;\newfam\nstnfam&#xA;\textfont\nstnfam=\nstnfont&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\set@mathsymbol\nstnfam\nstn\mathbin{22}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\[ A \nstn B \]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T22:37:36.607" />
  <row Id="8356" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7996" CreationDate="2011-01-05T23:12:04.687" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's a solution:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{syntax}&#xA;\usepackage{lineno}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\gr@implitem&amp;lt;#1&amp;gt; #2 {%&#xA; \sbox\z@{\hskip\labelsep\grammarlabel{#1}{#2}}%&#xA;  \strut\@@@par% lineno.sty redefines \@@par which was in the original code&#xA; \vspace{-\parskip}%&#xA;  \vspace{-\baselineskip}%&#xA;  \hrule\@height\z@\@depth\z@\relax%&#xA;  \item[\unhbox\z@]%&#xA;  \catcode`\&amp;lt;\active%&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{linenumbers}&#xA;\begin{grammar}&#xA;&#xA;&amp;lt;statement&amp;gt; ::= &amp;lt;ident&amp;gt; ‘=’ &amp;lt;expr&amp;gt; &#xA;\alt ‘for’ &amp;lt;ident&amp;gt; ‘=’ &amp;lt;expr&amp;gt; ‘to’ &amp;lt;expr&amp;gt; ‘do’ &amp;lt;statement&amp;gt; &#xA;\alt ‘{’ &amp;lt;stat-list&amp;gt; ‘}’ &#xA;\alt &amp;lt;empty&amp;gt; &#xA;&amp;lt;stat-list&amp;gt; ::= &amp;lt;statement&amp;gt; ‘;’ &amp;lt;stat-list&amp;gt; | &amp;lt;statement&amp;gt; &#xA;&#xA;&amp;lt;statement&amp;gt; ::= &amp;lt;ident&amp;gt; ‘=’ &amp;lt;expr&amp;gt; &#xA;\alt ‘for’ &amp;lt;ident&amp;gt; ‘=’ &amp;lt;expr&amp;gt; ‘to’ &amp;lt;expr&amp;gt; ‘do’ &amp;lt;statement&amp;gt; &#xA;\alt ‘{’ &amp;lt;stat-list&amp;gt; ‘}’ &#xA;\alt &amp;lt;empty&amp;gt; &#xA;&#xA;\end{grammar} &#xA;\end{linenumbers}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Explanation: &lt;code&gt;lineno.sty&lt;/code&gt; counts lines based on the &lt;code&gt;\par&lt;/code&gt; macro which is internally in LaTeX &lt;code&gt;\@@par&lt;/code&gt;.  lineno.sty needs to use its own version of that, &lt;code&gt;\@@@par&lt;/code&gt; which keeps track of spurious blank lines. Replacing &lt;code&gt;syntax.sty&lt;/code&gt; use of  &lt;code&gt;\@@par&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;\@@@par&lt;/code&gt; fixes the problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-01-05T23:12:04.687" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8357" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8359" CreationDate="2011-01-05T23:30:53.533" Score="8" ViewCount="361" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have an non-root account on shared server which has an old version of a package available to all users, and I want to use a newer one on my account. I cannot just use $TEXINPUTS, because latex finds the shared version first. How can I get latex to use my version?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I.e. how can I get latex to use the first of these two files:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;/home/fgregg/share/texmf/tex/latex/pgf/basiclayer/pgf.sty&#xA;/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/pgf/pgf.sty&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2302" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-05T23:34:36.597" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T16:28:50.000" Title="How to have local package overide default package" Tags="&lt;installing&gt;&lt;texinputs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="8358" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8369" CreationDate="2011-01-06T00:55:04.230" Score="0" ViewCount="98" Body="&lt;p&gt;hi all, i have this basic question. how can use arguments with the listings, I try this and doesn't work&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\lstnewenvironment{cor}[2][] &#xA;{\linerange{#1-#2},\lstset{language=[Sharp]C,,basicstyle=\scriptsize, &#xA; showspaces=false,showtabs=false,,breaklines=true,showstringspaces=false,&#xA;breakatwhitespace=true  }}&#xA;{}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and then i use them like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{cor}{2}{3}&#xA;\end{cor}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1113" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T14:28:37.747" Title="listings new environments with arguments" Tags="&lt;listings&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="8359" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8357" CreationDate="2011-01-06T00:59:13.597" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;By default, should local packages are expected to be in ~/texmf not ~/share/texmf (they are expected to be in ~/Library/texmf on a Mac). So try putting your new version of the package in ~/texmf/tex.  This directory should be found first when latex searches for packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Furthermore, the local texmf needs to follow the TeX Directory Structure: (you don't need to create all of these directories initially, but you do need to put things in the right places when you add new stuff.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  •  bibtex directory    This is where bib files and bst files go&#xA;     ⁃  bst directory       Put bst files here&#xA;     ⁃  bib directory       Put bib files here &#xA;  •  tex directory       This is where new packages go&#xA;     ⁃  latex directory     Put latex packages here&#xA;     ⁃  plain directory     Put plain tex files here&#xA;     ⁃  xelatex directory   Put xelatex specific packages here&#xA;     ⁃  xetex  directory    Put plain xetex files here&#xA;     ⁃  context directory   Put context files here&#xA;     ⁃  generic directory   Put files that are usable with any TeX flavour here&#xA;  •  doc directory&#xA;     ⁃  put documentation files from packages installed in the tex directory here.&#xA;        Putting the documentation files here allows them to be found by the texdoc  &#xA;        system.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, suppose you have the new package &lt;code&gt;cool-new-package&lt;/code&gt;.  If it's a latex package, the package will come with (at least) a &lt;code&gt;.sty&lt;/code&gt; file, and some documentation files (often a &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;.pdf&lt;/code&gt; version). You would create a directory in &lt;code&gt;~/texmf/tex/latex&lt;/code&gt; called &lt;code&gt;cool-new-package&lt;/code&gt; and then put &lt;code&gt;cool-new-package.sty&lt;/code&gt; there.  You would also create a &lt;code&gt;cool-new-package&lt;/code&gt; directory in  &lt;code&gt;~/texmf/doc&lt;/code&gt;  and put the documentation files there.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-06T16:28:50.000" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T16:28:50.000" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="8361" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8362" CreationDate="2011-01-06T01:58:01.437" Score="3" ViewCount="169" Body="&lt;p&gt;Anyone know how to use titlesec package if I am under \documentclass[conference]{IEEEtran} ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I got following error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;！Undefined control sequence.&#xA;&#xA;&amp;lt;argument&amp;gt; \subparagraph&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2798" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-06T02:54:15.103" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T02:54:15.103" Title="Latex IEEETran cls use titlesec package" Tags="&lt;titlesec&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="8362" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8361" CreationDate="2011-01-06T02:35:48.037" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt; package assumes all of the section levels provided by the standard classes are present.  This includes the &lt;code&gt;subparagraph&lt;/code&gt; level.  The &lt;code&gt;IEEEtrans&lt;/code&gt; class doesn't define a level &lt;code&gt;subparagraph&lt;/code&gt; so &lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt; doesn't know what to do when it tries to redefine it.  The simple solution is to simply add the line&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\subparagraph}{}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to your preamble before loading the &lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt; package.  If you need to actually have it work, you will then need to provide its definition via the regular &lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt; methods.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T02:35:48.037" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8363" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8366" CreationDate="2011-01-06T02:48:48.257" Score="5" ViewCount="162" Body="&lt;p&gt;Which one is the correct one?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;100l&lt;/code&gt; There is no space between number and unit. Unit is written in small letter.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;100L&lt;/code&gt; There is no space between number and unit. Unit is written in big letter.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;100 l&lt;/code&gt; There is a space and unit in small letter.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;100 L&lt;/code&gt; There is a space and unit in big letter.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T12:55:05.297" Title="What is the correct way based on the consensus to write a volume measurement followed by its unit in liter?" Tags="&lt;siunitx&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8364" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8363" CreationDate="2011-01-06T03:08:35.157" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's not clear this is really a TeX question.  But you can get an answer here &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.bipm.org/utils/common/pdf/si_summary_en.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.bipm.org/utils/common/pdf/si_summary_en.pdf&lt;/a&gt;.  Either &lt;code&gt;l&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;L&lt;/code&gt; is permitted. SI seems to like a space; others don't.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;siunitx&lt;/code&gt; package gives you various options, and is a must if you are concerned about consistency in your documents.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T03:08:35.157" />
  <row Id="8365" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10710" CreationDate="2011-01-06T03:18:23.430" Score="2" ViewCount="217" Body="&lt;p&gt;Are there any templates or useful packages for writing a patent specification, such as the ones in this &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.freepatentsonline.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;collection&lt;/a&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2799" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T21:25:00.027" Title="LaTeX templates/packages for writing a patent specification" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;templates&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="8366" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8363" CreationDate="2011-01-06T03:30:55.620" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The capitalization depends in which part of the world you live!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal} &#xA;\usepackage{siunitx}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;The pump in the US is pumping \SI{100}{\liter\per\second}, &#xA;whereas in the rest of the world is pumping \SI{100}{\litre\per\second}.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As usual Joseph's &lt;code&gt;siunitx&lt;/code&gt; package will typeset it correctly, except in South Africa, where the convention was and is to a large extend to use a cursive (l). Personally I never capitalize the &lt;code&gt;l&lt;/code&gt;, after all you wouldn't capitalize &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt;, so why would one capitalize litres and run the risk of the lb's complaining? In addition SI units only capitalize units that are derived from a person's name.  As for the space you unquestionably need it!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="345" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-06T12:55:05.297" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T12:55:05.297" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8367" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8385" CreationDate="2011-01-06T03:37:10.860" Score="0" ViewCount="144" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;xelatex -no-pdf&lt;/code&gt; blazes through a single page diagram using pstricks+fontspec &#xA;but &lt;code&gt;xdvipdfmx&lt;/code&gt; on the &lt;code&gt;.xdv&lt;/code&gt; output is VERY slow (about 20 seconds delay).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using &lt;code&gt;xdvipdfmx -E -vv efa.xdv&lt;/code&gt; makes me think most of the work is related to processing fonts in some way. How can I speed this up?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Obviously when I run &lt;code&gt;xelatex&lt;/code&gt; so that it does the &lt;code&gt;xdvipdfmx&lt;/code&gt; in a single command, it's equally slow; I just separated the commands to see more logs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\newfontfamily{\arabicfont}[Script=Arabic,Scale=1.5,Path=/usr/local/texlive/texmf-local/fonts/truetype/]{arabic}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This finds and uses a font file named &lt;code&gt;arabic.ttf&lt;/code&gt;. My only complaint is that it's slow. I haven't taken any steps to properly install the font. Is there some kind of indexing or other precomputation that would help? Is there a possible permission problem if I'm not the owner of the texlive installation?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I use regular latex-&gt;dvips, it's really fast - 1 sec instead of 30 sec - (but I don't use fontspec; it just finds an appropriate font for me with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{arabtex,atrans,nashbf,utf8}&#xA;\usepackage{times}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2800" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-06T10:10:03.503" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T10:10:03.503" Title="xelatex+fontspec is slow (after a fast xelatex -no-pdf)" Tags="&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;fontspec&gt;&lt;performance&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8368" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8388" CreationDate="2011-01-06T04:34:36.160" Score="4" ViewCount="422" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to create a beamer presentation in which I would step through an algorithm, highlighting the current line in the algorithm on each slide. I know it is possible to do with the &lt;code&gt;semiverbatim&lt;/code&gt; environment, however, my algorithm has to be written in pseudocode.  I am trying to match the pseudocode format that is used by the textbook I am using, and for that the &lt;code&gt;algpseudocode&lt;/code&gt; package that is a part of the &lt;code&gt;algorithmicx&lt;/code&gt; package seems to do an excellent work. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I cannot figure out how to highlight the current line in the &lt;code&gt;algorithmic&lt;/code&gt; environment. I tried to do this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[ignorenonframetext]{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage{algpseudocode}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section{Blah}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;   \frametitle{Blah}&#xA;   \begin{columns}&#xA; \begin{column}{.4\hsize}&#xA;    \begin{algorithmic}&#xA;       \alert&amp;lt;1&amp;gt;{\State $z \gets 1$}&#xA;       \alert&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;{\For{$i = 1 \to n$}}&#xA;       \alert&amp;lt;3&amp;gt;{\State $z \gets z + \frac{1}{i}$}&#xA;       \alert&amp;lt;4&amp;gt;{\EndFor}&#xA;    \end{algorithmic}&#xA; \end{column}%&#xA; \begin{column}{.6\hsize}&#xA;    Some text discussing the current line.&#xA; \end{column}&#xA;   \end{columns}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;however that gives me an error about missing &lt;code&gt;\endcsname&lt;/code&gt;. Does anybody have any suggestion on how to achieve this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T10:43:59.477" Title="Using Beamer to step through an algorithm written in pseudocode." Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;pseudocode&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="8369" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8358" CreationDate="2011-01-06T06:53:13.867" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{listings}    &#xA;\lstnewenvironment{X}[2]{%&#xA;    \lstset{language=[Sharp]C,linerange=#1-#2}}{}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{X}{1}{1}&#xA; class A{static void Main(){}}&#xA;\end{X}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-06T14:28:37.747" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T14:28:37.747" CommentCount="11" />
  <row Id="8370" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8372" CreationDate="2011-01-06T07:42:49.467" Score="0" ViewCount="127" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to show my C# code snippet on the presentation slides using &lt;code&gt;beamer.sty&lt;/code&gt;.&#xA;Because the code is long, I set the frame to be breakable using the frame option &lt;code&gt;allowframebreaks&lt;/code&gt;. The code now can be shown in several frames. Unfortunately, the tab alignment in the original source no longer be preserved. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/0Pur7.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[dvipsnames,cmyk]{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;&#xA;\lstset%&#xA;{%&#xA;   language=[Sharp]C,&#xA;   backgroundcolor=\color{Black},&#xA;   basicstyle=\color{White}\tiny\ttfamily,&#xA;   keywordstyle=\color{Orange},&#xA;   identifierstyle=\color{Cyan},&#xA;   stringstyle=\color{Red}, &#xA;   commentstyle=\color{Green},  &#xA;   breaklines=true,&#xA;   breakatwhitespace=true,&#xA;   tabsize=10,&#xA;   showstringspaces=false%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}[allowframebreaks,fragile]{MyListing}&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}&#xA;using System;&#xA;&#xA;publid delegate void Foo(object o);&#xA;&#xA;public class Program: object&#xA;{&#xA; public static void Main(string[] args)&#xA; {&#xA;   Console.WriteLine(&quot;Hello World&quot;);//This is a comment.&#xA;   /*This is a comment too.*/&#xA; }&#xA; public static void PSTricks(this object)&#xA; {&#xA;   Say(&quot;I Love PSTricks!&quot;);&#xA;&#xA;   Say(&quot;I Love PSTricks!&quot;);&#xA;&#xA;   Say(&quot;I Love PSTricks!&quot;);&#xA;&#xA;   Say(&quot;I Love PSTricks!&quot;);&#xA; }&#xA;&#xA; public static void LaTeX(this object)&#xA; {&#xA;   Say(&quot;I Love LaTeX too!&quot;);&#xA;&#xA;   Say(&quot;I Love LaTeX too!&quot;);&#xA;&#xA;   Say(&quot;I Love LaTeX too!&quot;);&#xA;&#xA;   Say(&quot;I Love LaTeX too!&quot;);&#xA; }&#xA;&#xA; public void Say(System.String message)&#xA; {&#xA;   System.Text.StringBuilder sb=new System.Text.StringBuilder();&#xA;&#xA;   sb.Append(messange);&#xA;&#xA;   Console.WriteLine(sb);&#xA; }&#xA;}&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;EDIT 1&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This bad behavior only happens for the inline inclusion.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The inclusion from an external file works &lt;strong&gt;WELL!&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Edit 2&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the sake of completeness, I will show the output for external inclusion (the code file imported from an external file) as shown below. The tab alignments are still alive.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Hm5ER.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-06T08:04:54.963" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T08:20:16.023" Title="How to prevent `beamer.sty` from removing the tab alignment of `lstlisting.sty` ?" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;listings&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8371" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8260" CreationDate="2011-01-06T07:56:09.653" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Some more examples with 1em&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{mathpazo}&#xA;\newsavebox\CBox&#xA;\newlength\Length \Length=1em&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\sbox\CBox{M}&#xA;\the\wd\CBox : \the\Length&#xA;&#xA;\tiny\Length=1em&#xA;\sbox\CBox{M}&#xA;\the\wd\CBox : \the\Length&#xA;&#xA;\Huge\Length=1em&#xA;\sbox\CBox{M}&#xA;\the\wd\CBox : \the\Length&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/MGHIv.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T07:56:09.653" />
  <row Id="8372" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8370" CreationDate="2011-01-06T08:20:16.023" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;That cannot work, because fragile material has to written into an external temporary file and then read back by beamer. The tabs get lost here. Use it this way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[dvipsnames,cmyk]{beamer}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\defverbatim[colored]\Lst{%&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}[tabsize=2,showtabs,frame=single]&#xA;using System;&#xA;                publid delegate void Foo(object o);&#xA;\end{lstlisting}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}[allowframebreaks]{MyListing}&#xA;\Lst&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and by the way: please provide &lt;em&gt;minimal&lt;/em&gt; examples ... ;-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T08:20:16.023" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8373" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-06T08:25:33.803" Score="7" ViewCount="166" Body="&lt;p&gt;Why does LaTeX make a distinction between commands and environments?&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;Or also: why do we need environments?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I ask this because I am defining a number of custom commands (like &lt;code&gt;\question{}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\answer{}&lt;/code&gt;) and I am not entirely sure whether to use the &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt;-way or the &lt;code&gt;\newenvironment&lt;/code&gt;-way (both work). The difference seems to be in supporting Tables and Figures and other 'complicated' stuff in my custom command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(If I compare to HTML/CSS, all things are tags (or CSS classes or IDs), and they can be specified (or default to) to be inline or not. But apart from that, there is not a real difference among them. It seems to be that the underlying model of HTML/CSS formatting is simpler and therefor easier to understand and use.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2090" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-06T10:02:53.040" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T10:02:53.040" Title="Why does LaTeX make a distinction between commands and environments?" Tags="&lt;environments&gt;&lt;macros&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="8374" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8482" CreationDate="2011-01-06T08:34:35.297" Score="8" ViewCount="367" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm having serious problems understanding the syntax of LaTeX well. I know a lot of programming languages but LaTeX still is a little cryptic for me. Do you know what the key to fully understanding it is?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1113" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-06T19:15:18.910" LastActivityDate="2011-01-07T22:51:45.513" Title="The key to understanding the LaTeX syntax" Tags="&lt;latex-general&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8375" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8368" CreationDate="2011-01-06T08:47:03.653" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't know what kind of overlay do you prefer, but it works with  using &lt;code&gt;\uncover&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[ignorenonframetext]{beamer}&#xA;\setbeamercovered{transparent}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{bera}&#xA;\usepackage{algpseudocode}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section{Blah}&#xA;\begin{frame}{Blah}&#xA;   \begin{columns}&#xA; \begin{column}{.4\hsize}&#xA;    \begin{algorithmic}&#xA;       \uncover&amp;lt;1&amp;gt;{\State $z \gets 1$}&#xA;       \uncover&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;{\For{$i = 1 \to n$}}&#xA;       \uncover&amp;lt;3&amp;gt;{\State $z \gets z + \frac{1}{i}$}&#xA;       \uncover&amp;lt;4&amp;gt;{\EndFor}&#xA;    \end{algorithmic}&#xA; \end{column}%&#xA; \begin{column}{.6\hsize}&#xA;    Some text discussing the current line.&#xA; \end{column}&#xA;   \end{columns}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T08:47:03.653" />
  <row Id="8376" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8379" CreationDate="2011-01-06T08:48:51.000" Score="1" ViewCount="130" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Problem&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When &lt;code&gt;allowframebreaks&lt;/code&gt; is turned on, long data will be divided into several slides.&#xA;Each slide in this partition has the same title ending with a unique number in Roman.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How to change this number from Roman to Arabic?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Screenshot&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/apn2k.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Code Snippet&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}[allowframebreaks]{A}&#xA;\lipsum[1-2]&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Edit 1&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On page 60 of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/beamer/doc/beameruserguide.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;beamer's manual&lt;/a&gt; there is an info about this but I have no idea how to do this because the convention and terminology used there is a bit confusing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-06T09:08:35.827" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T09:15:12.370" Title="How to change partitioned frame title number from Roman to Arabic?" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="8377" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8374" CreationDate="2011-01-06T08:52:01.680" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The key to understanding the syntax or rather shall I say to get used to it, is to do a bit of reading and programming in TeX itself. The best source of information on TeX is the TeXbook itself. Trying to understand LaTeX reading its source alone is like trying  to understand a computer language by reading its standard library. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The language is a bit cryptic but so is any language that one does not understand well (try Erlang or Brainfuck or even some of the code for Perl)! Perseverance is a good attribute to have when dealing with TeX/LaTeX!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-06T09:21:18.307" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T09:21:18.307" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8378" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8374" CreationDate="2011-01-06T08:55:05.313" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I suggest  you to read this &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/lshort/english/lshort.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tutorial&lt;/a&gt; several pages a day and do many real experiments until you feel the code no longer cryptic.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You need only 157 minutes to read the tutorial. :-) If you have any problem, just post it in a new thread. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T08:55:05.313" />
  <row Id="8379" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8376" CreationDate="2011-01-06T09:08:36.293" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The beamer manual (section 8.1) describes how to do this, you need to change the beamer template &lt;code&gt;frametitle continuation&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\setbeamertemplate{frametitle continuation}{\insertcontinuationcount}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}[allowframebreaks]{A}&#xA;\lipsum[1-2]&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="586" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T09:08:36.293" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8380" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8373" CreationDate="2011-01-06T09:09:58.070" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You should always prefer environments to commands for things like exercices, answers or theorems. What you can do with a command, you can always also do with an environment (using, for example, the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/environ&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;environ&lt;/a&gt; package), but the converse is false. For example, you can use verbatim content inside most environments, but not inside a command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1973" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T09:09:58.070" />
  <row Id="8382" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8373" CreationDate="2011-01-06T09:18:47.933" Score="14" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As Phillippe has already said, environments are usually best for this. To understand why, you need to follow how TeX works in reading arguments. For a command&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\foo{&amp;lt;stuff&amp;gt;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;TeX reads all of &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;stuff&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; before expanding &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt;. This can be an issue if &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;stuff&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; is very big. Also, once TeX has read an argument it can be difficult or impossible to change the category codes (these are important in TeX!). In particular, verbatim material is difficult to handle reliably in an arbitrary argument.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With environments, LaTeX does &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; read everything in one go. At &lt;code&gt;\begin{foo}&lt;/code&gt; the set up is done, but the environment is then typeset normally without everything being read in one go. This makes it possible to include verbatim and avoids filling up TeX's memory with too much. I'd also point out that LaTeX makes each environment a group, which is why things like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{center}&#xA;  \bfseries&#xA;  Text&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;keep the font changes local.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The comparison to HTML/CSS is made a lot, which ignores the fact that the HTML model came long after the LaTeX one, and also the fact that the requirements for a typesetting model are different to those for on-screen display using HTML.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T09:18:47.933" />
  <row Id="8383" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8373" CreationDate="2011-01-06T09:19:12.660" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can think of an environment as made up of two commands a) the stuff that goes at the beginning and b) the stuff that goes at the end. This provides a convenient user interface. One such example is the &lt;code&gt;\begin{enumerate}&lt;/code&gt;... &lt;code&gt;\end{enumerate}&lt;/code&gt;. If you would have written a macro for this you would need to send all the &lt;code&gt;items&lt;/code&gt; as parameters and it will not be very convenient for the user.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Your comparison with HTML/CSS is not applicable here. Using HTML every tag has a begin and end, you say &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;h1&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;. The styling is then done using either inline css or an external sheet. In this case TeX/LaTeX does both in a unified language. LaTeX can also be programmed, whereas with HTML you will need JavaScript. It does take time to get used to TeX/LaTeX but the end result is very satisfying. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T09:19:12.660" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8384" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8386" CreationDate="2011-01-06T09:41:54.053" Score="1" ViewCount="218" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Problem&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to explain C# programming language step by step using overlay in &lt;code&gt;beamer.cls&lt;/code&gt;. But it does NOT works as shown in the following figure.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How to solve this problem?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Code Snippet&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[dvipsnames,cmyk]{beamer}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\defverbatim[colored]\Lst{%&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}[language={[Sharp]C}]&#xA;using System;&#xA;public delegate void Foo(object o);&#xA;\uncover&amp;lt;1&amp;gt;{public class Foo}&#xA;\uncover&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;{\{}&#xA;\uncover&amp;lt;3&amp;gt;{public static void Main()}&#xA;\end{lstlisting}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}{MyListing}&#xA;\Lst&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-06T09:51:50.547" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T10:04:38.063" Title="How to make overlay still work inside `lstlisting` environment?" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;listings&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="8385" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8367" CreationDate="2011-01-06T10:02:11.267" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If the font is the source of the problem the only one thing you can do is rebuild the cache and check if the folder of your font is in it (fc-cache -f -v) (or use another font). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But my guess is that the pstricks is a problem. xdvipdfmx has to call ghostscript in the background to convert it on-the-fly to pdf. This can be really slow (and can even give errors). It is better to generate an external pdf-picture (e.g. with pst-pdf/preview) and to include this. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T10:02:11.267" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8386" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8384" CreationDate="2011-01-06T10:04:38.063" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;use the &lt;code&gt;semiverbatim&lt;/code&gt; environment, it is more flexible in this case. Here is an example how I did it some time ago:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{lmodern}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}[fragile]{Matrixoperationen}{Benutzung von \texttt{semiverbatim}}&#xA;\setbeamercolor{alerted text}{fg=blue}&#xA;\setbeamerfont{alerted text}{series=\bfseries,family=\ttfamily}&#xA;\begin{semiverbatim} \small&#xA;\uncover&amp;lt;1-&amp;gt;{\alert&amp;lt;0&amp;gt;{\alert&amp;lt;6&amp;gt;{sub \color{red}matrix_row2vector} \{}}&#xA;\uncover&amp;lt;2-&amp;gt;{\alert&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;{  my $m = shift;    my($rows,$cols) = ($m-&amp;gt;[1],$m-&amp;gt;[2]);}}&#xA;\uncover&amp;lt;2-&amp;gt;{\alert&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;{  my $r = shift;   # optional, which column from matrix}}&#xA;\uncover&amp;lt;2-&amp;gt;{\alert&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;{  croak &quot;Error: matrix hasn't 3D rows&quot; unless ($colsRun also:&amp;gt;{}&amp;gt;3);}}&#xA;\uncover&amp;lt;3-&amp;gt;{\alert&amp;lt;3&amp;gt;{  if ( defined $r ) \{}}&#xA;\uncover&amp;lt;3-&amp;gt;{\alert&amp;lt;3&amp;gt;{    croak &quot;Error: matrix hasn't that row&quot; unless ($r &amp;lt; $rows);}}&#xA;\uncover&amp;lt;3-&amp;gt;{\alert&amp;lt;3&amp;gt;{  \}}}&#xA;\uncover&amp;lt;4-&amp;gt;{\alert&amp;lt;4&amp;gt;{  else \{}}&#xA;\uncover&amp;lt;4-&amp;gt;{\alert&amp;lt;4&amp;gt;{    croak &quot;Error: matrix is not a 3D row matrix&quot;}}&#xA;\uncover&amp;lt;4-&amp;gt;{\alert&amp;lt;4&amp;gt;{           unless ($rowsRun also: &amp;gt;&amp;gt;  1);}}&#xA;\uncover&amp;lt;5-&amp;gt;{\alert&amp;lt;5&amp;gt;{    $r = 0;}}&#xA;\uncover&amp;lt;4-&amp;gt;{\alert&amp;lt;4&amp;gt;{  \}}}&#xA;\uncover&amp;lt;6-&amp;gt;{\alert&amp;lt;6&amp;gt;{  return Math::VectorReal-&amp;gt;%&#xA;                         \alert&amp;lt;6&amp;gt;{\color{red}new(@\{$m-&amp;gt;[0][$r]\})};}}&#xA;\uncover&amp;lt;1-&amp;gt;{\alert&amp;lt;1&amp;gt;{\}}}&#xA;\end{semiverbatim}&#xA;&#xA;\visible&amp;lt;6&amp;gt;{Beachte den Gebrauch von \alert{\color{red}\texttt{shift}}.}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T10:04:38.063" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8387" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-06T10:24:09.767" Score="1" ViewCount="271" Body="&lt;p&gt;How to put a hovering title text for images (like the &lt;code&gt;title&lt;/code&gt; attribute in HTML &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;img&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; tags) in LaTeX file using pdfLaTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2556" LastEditorUserId="42" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-07T17:12:49.643" LastActivityDate="2011-01-07T17:12:49.643" Title="Hover text for images in LaTeX using pdfLaTeX" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="8388" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8368" CreationDate="2011-01-06T10:43:59.477" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The problem seems to be that the &lt;code&gt;algorithmic&lt;/code&gt; environment needs to be able to &quot;see&quot; the commands &lt;code&gt;\State&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\For&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\EndFor&lt;/code&gt; at the top level.  It doesn't like having them in the &lt;code&gt;\alert&lt;/code&gt; environments.  One way around this is to simulate the alerting by merely changing the text colour on each line.  Here's a way to do it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[ignorenonframetext]{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage{algpseudocode}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\alertline}{%&#xA; \usebeamercolor[fg]{normal text}%&#xA; \only{\usebeamercolor[fg]{alerted text}}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section{Blah}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;   \frametitle{Blah}&#xA;   \begin{columns}&#xA; \begin{column}{.4\hsize}&#xA;    \begin{algorithmic}&#xA;\alertline&amp;lt;1&amp;gt;\State  $z \gets 1$&#xA;\alertline&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;\For    {$i = 1 \to n$}&#xA;\alertline&amp;lt;3&amp;gt;\State  $z \gets z + \frac{1}{i}$&#xA;\alertline&amp;lt;4&amp;gt;\EndFor&#xA;    \end{algorithmic}&#xA; \end{column}%&#xA; \begin{column}{.6\hsize}&#xA;    Some text discussing the current line.&#xA; \end{column}&#xA;   \end{columns}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This approach doesn't work if you want the background to be highlighted as that puts the text in a &lt;code&gt;\colorbox&lt;/code&gt; which seems to hide it from the &lt;code&gt;algorithmic&lt;/code&gt; environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Note: my suppositions about what's happening are based purely on observation and not on any knowledge of what's going on under the bonnet.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T10:43:59.477" />
  <row Id="8389" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8390" CreationDate="2011-01-06T10:53:02.427" Score="5" ViewCount="157" Body="&lt;p&gt;Plain is awesome up until you'd want to make some structure for your document(s), because getting the sectioning macros right seems to be painfully difficult.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Plain comes with a single sectioning macro called &lt;code&gt;\beginsection&lt;/code&gt;, but I would be interested in seeing your sectioning macro(s), or pointers to such definitions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For you see, the problems I've had with making one are related to situations when there is a higher-level sectioning command directly followed by a lower-level sectioning command. Because normally I would indeed want there to be an allowance for page-break, but in the abovementioned case I'd certainly not want that. For clarity, by higher- and lower-level I mean a structure like (from highest to lowest):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Chapter&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Section&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Subsection&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Subsubsection&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;So the question is:&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;How can I make a sectioning macro which could differentiate between if it was used just after a higher-level sectioning command, or not&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I chose not to post any example code because most of it would have nothing to do with the problem itself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-18T13:06:23.153" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T13:06:23.153" Title="Sectioning macros with Plain" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;plain-tex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8390" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8389" CreationDate="2011-01-06T11:01:33.453" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd use &lt;code&gt;\vskip1sp\par&lt;/code&gt; at the end of a sectioning command. Then you can test this with &lt;code&gt;\ifdim\lastskip=1sp&lt;/code&gt;. You can also use different numbers to check which of the commands is used. (&lt;code&gt;1sp&lt;/code&gt; is so small that is has practically no effect.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to use &lt;code&gt;\noindent&lt;/code&gt;, then a &lt;code&gt;\vskip&lt;/code&gt; at the end would be a bad idea: use &lt;code&gt;\noindent\hskip-1sp\hskip1sp\relax&lt;/code&gt; instead of the above; then again &lt;code&gt;\ifdim\lastskip=1sp&lt;/code&gt; should do the job.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-06T14:04:21.260" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T14:04:21.260" CommentCount="10" />
  <row Id="8391" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8392" CreationDate="2011-01-06T11:35:54.557" Score="0" ViewCount="152" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi everyone,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I was given the following style:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% Style definitions&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand{\chaptermark}[1]% &#xA;{\markboth{\MakeUppercase{\chaptername\ \thechapter.\ #1}}{}} &#xA;\renewcommand{\sectionmark}[1]% &#xA;{\markright{\MakeUppercase{\thesection.\ #1}}}&#xA;\newcommand{\helv}{% &#xA;\fontfamily{phv}\fontseries{b}\fontsize{9}{11}\selectfont} &#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\cp}[0]{\clearpage{\thispagestyle{empty}\cleardoublepage}}&#xA;\fancyhf{} &#xA;&#xA;%\fancyhead[LE,RO]{\helv \thepage} &#xA;\fancyhead[LO]{\helv \rightmark} &#xA;\fancyhead[RE]{\helv \leftmark}&#xA;\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0.5pt} &#xA;&#xA;\fancyfoot[R]{\helv \thepage}&#xA;\renewcommand{\footrulewidth}{0.5pt}&#xA;&#xA;\fancypagestyle{plain}{% &#xA;\fancyhf{} % clear all header and footer fields &#xA;\fancyfoot[R]{\helv \thepage} % except the center &#xA;\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0pt} &#xA;\renewcommand{\footrulewidth}{0.5pt}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I look at it, it seems to have very redundant commands. However I don't understand this well enough to be certain. Could someone suggest a &quot;cleaning&quot; to this style?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anyways, this style always marks the page number on the right side. Is there anyway to make the page number always on the outer side of the page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2042" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T11:50:58.227" Title="Fancy style, cleaning and improving" Tags="&lt;page-numbering&gt;&lt;fancyhdr&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="8392" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8391" CreationDate="2011-01-06T11:50:58.227" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I did it with:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\fancyfoot[LE,RO]{\helv \thepage}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2042" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T11:50:58.227" />
  <row Id="8393" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8396" CreationDate="2011-01-06T12:36:04.960" Score="11" ViewCount="131" Body="&lt;p&gt;I thought I knew the answer to this question, but I can't understand the following plain TeX code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\noindent\hskip1pt\ifdim\lastskip=0pt lastskip was 0pt\fi\par&#xA;\noindent\hskip1pt\showthe\lastskip&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the first paragraph (started with &lt;code&gt;\noindent&lt;/code&gt;) I put a skip of &lt;code&gt;1pt&lt;/code&gt;, but the test for the last skip yields &lt;code&gt;0pt&lt;/code&gt;. In the second paragraph, &lt;code&gt;\showthe&lt;/code&gt; shows that the last skip was &lt;code&gt;1.0pt&lt;/code&gt;. What is happening here?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I was led to this question by trying to answer &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/8389/1235&quot;&gt;morbusg's question&lt;/a&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-06T13:39:25.830" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T20:31:35.447" Title="How do \lastskip and \ifdim work?" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="8394" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8308" CreationDate="2011-01-06T12:40:44.243" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Besides all the '&lt;em&gt;it isn't possible&lt;/em&gt;' advice, what I would advice is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.jchl.co.uk/computing/wordlatex.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX Template for Word&lt;/a&gt; mentioned by Caramdir (make sure to install the 3 mentioned fonts)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ieee.org/publications_standards/publications/authors/authors_journals.html#sect2&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;author section of the IEEE website&lt;/a&gt; also provides a 2-column Word template for their papers, resembling quite a lot the LaTeX one. &lt;br/&gt;Other academic publishers (like Elsevier) also have similar Word templates (use Google to find them).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Make your document look as consistent as possible. I think that, apart from the typesetting, the consistent output produced by LaTeX is one of the things that make it look like LaTeX. Most Word documents have the tendency to be a collection of slightly-different layouted text blocks because there is nothing that forces the user to do otherwise. &lt;br/&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Practically, this translates to using paragraph and character styles rigorously.&lt;/strong&gt; These could be the styles from the template mentioned, or your own defined styles. (BTW: The key to using styles in Word is to assign shortcut-keys for the most-used ones)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;A wider left margin also might make it more LaTeX-like&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Use a small font (10pt or so)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Indent the first line of each paragraph (although I personally don't like that)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Put your tables and figures at the bottom or top of a page&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2090" LastEditorUserId="2090" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-06T13:15:26.910" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T13:15:26.910" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8395" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8989" CreationDate="2011-01-06T12:53:06.467" Score="1" ViewCount="149" Body="&lt;p&gt;I created a LaTeX document on Windows using TeXworks with the MiKTeX package. When I copied the same .tex file over to Linux (Ubuntu 9.10) and tried to compile using TeXLive everything worked fine except the citations no longer linked to the bibliography. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My build process was pdflatex &gt; bibtex &gt; pdflatex &gt; pdflatex. My imports in the preamble are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{cite}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage[pdftex]{hyperref}&#xA;\usepackage[all]{hypcap}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure what differences there could be that would cause the citation links not to work, all other links work fine (links to figures and websites). Any ideas would be great.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2803" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-06T15:52:43.433" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T22:31:53.253" Title="Generating links from citations for bibliography using BibTeX and Hyperref" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;hyperref&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="8396" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8393" CreationDate="2011-01-06T13:45:50.630" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You are missing a &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt; here: &lt;code&gt;\ifdim&lt;/code&gt; is expandable, and so &lt;code&gt;\hskip&lt;/code&gt; will keep expanding looking for a &lt;code&gt;plus&lt;/code&gt;. Now, it does not find one but the test result has already been decided (&lt;code&gt;true&lt;/code&gt;) &lt;em&gt;before&lt;/em&gt; the &lt;code&gt;\hskip&lt;/code&gt; takes place. In the second line, &lt;code&gt;\showthe&lt;/code&gt; is not expandable, so &lt;code&gt;\hskip&lt;/code&gt; stops and inserts the skip before &lt;code&gt;\showthe&lt;/code&gt; is executed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As Hendrik point's out in a comment, TeX will expand looking for an optional space for any dimension. Thus something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newskip\mydim&#xA;\mydim4pt\ifdim\mydim=4pt\else \ARG\fi&#xA;\showthe\mydim&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;gives a different result to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newskip\mydim&#xA;\mydim4pt \ifdim\mydim=4pt\else \ARG\fi&#xA;\showthe\mydim&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;as in the later case the space terminates the assignment before the &lt;code&gt;\ifdim&lt;/code&gt; test.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, &lt;code&gt;\hskip&lt;/code&gt; is a &lt;em&gt;skip&lt;/em&gt; (rubber length), not a dimension. It therefore has optional stretch and shrink components in addition to the fixed length. So modifying the original code to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\noindent\hskip1pt \ifdim\lastskip=0pt lastskip was 0pt\fi\par&#xA;\noindent\hskip1pt \showthe\lastskip&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;does &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; change the outcome. TeX finds the optional space for &lt;code&gt;1pt&lt;/code&gt; but continues to expand looking for &lt;code&gt;plus&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;minus&lt;/code&gt;. So the assignment can only take place on the first line when it hits the &lt;code&gt;l&lt;/code&gt;, by which time the &lt;code&gt;\ifdim&lt;/code&gt; result has already been determined.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-06T20:31:35.447" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T20:31:35.447" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="8397" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8410" CreationDate="2011-01-06T15:07:03.847" Score="1" ViewCount="292" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm looking for a math symbol to represent the concatenation of two vectors: if &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;x&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; = (&lt;em&gt;x&lt;/em&gt;&lt;sub&gt;1&lt;/sub&gt;, &lt;em&gt;x&lt;/em&gt;&lt;sub&gt;2&lt;/sub&gt;) and &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;y&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; = (&lt;em&gt;y&lt;/em&gt;&lt;sub&gt;1&lt;/sub&gt;, &lt;em&gt;y&lt;/em&gt;&lt;sub&gt;2&lt;/sub&gt;) then &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;x&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; ? &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;y&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; = (&lt;em&gt;x&lt;/em&gt;&lt;sub&gt;1&lt;/sub&gt;, &lt;em&gt;x&lt;/em&gt;&lt;sub&gt;2&lt;/sub&gt;, &lt;em&gt;y&lt;/em&gt;&lt;sub&gt;1&lt;/sub&gt;, &lt;em&gt;y&lt;/em&gt;&lt;sub&gt;2&lt;/sub&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not very much at home in vector calculus, so I don't know if there's a standard symbol for this. If not, then I remember from formal language theory that there's a round caret-like symbol for concatenating two strings, which would be fine for my purposes. I can't find it, though; the sources I've found online all recommend using juxtaposition for concatenation, but I'm afraid this would be mistaken for the dot product.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using &lt;code&gt;elsarticle.cls&lt;/code&gt;, so &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;amssymb&lt;/code&gt; are both available.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2806" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T17:44:57.493" Title="String/vector concatenation symbol" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;amsmath&gt;&lt;mathoperator&gt;&lt;vector&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="8398" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8397" CreationDate="2011-01-06T15:13:26.510" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use two pluses joined together, which is rather intuitive&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{article}&#xA;\newcommand{\concat}{\ensuremath{+\!\!\!\!+\,}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;$a \concat b$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another symbol is || &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \[ p||q=p b^{l(q)}+q \]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-06T15:22:46.460" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T15:22:46.460" />
  <row Id="8399" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8397" CreationDate="2011-01-06T16:07:34.227" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Personally, I would use &lt;code&gt;\oplus&lt;/code&gt; for this. I would think of it as a direct sum of two vectors (as a member of the direct sum of two vector spaces).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T16:07:34.227" />
  <row Id="8400" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8402" CreationDate="2011-01-06T16:27:32.823" Score="3" ViewCount="144" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am working on a multi-chaptered document, tied together with a main tex file that pulls the chapters in via \include. To build the entire document, in its current draft form, can take upwards of 15-20 minutes, depending on the machine I am working on. I am wondering if there is a way that I could choose to typeset only one  specific chapter at a time without having to restructure my whole setup. Any ideas?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2773" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-28T21:25:33.033" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T21:25:33.033" Title="Typeset single chapter from book" Tags="&lt;compiling&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="8401" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9070" CreationDate="2011-01-06T16:32:12.087" Score="0" ViewCount="251" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't quite know the mechanics behind bibliography and BiBTeX. I am using &lt;em&gt;TeXworks&lt;/em&gt; to write a document, I modify the bib file with an external application. When I typeset the document (&lt;kbd&gt;Ctrl&lt;/kbd&gt;+&lt;kbd&gt;T&lt;/kbd&gt;), it gives the same error displaying the old version of the line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am sure I have changed and saved the file. I fiddle with the application a bit, and typeset again it reloads the newest version.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How do I force TeXworks to reload the fresh version of the bib file?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1782" LastActivityDate="2011-01-16T14:18:24.293" Title="Force TeXworks to refresh bib file" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;texworks&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8402" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8400" CreationDate="2011-01-06T16:32:33.040" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you are using &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt; for your chapters, then you can use &lt;code&gt;\includeonly&lt;/code&gt; to include just specific chapters. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e.g.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\includeonly{Chap2} % will cause just Chap 2 to be included&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\include{Chap1}&#xA;\include{Chap2}&#xA;\include{Chap3}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T16:32:33.040" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8403" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8400" CreationDate="2011-01-06T16:32:52.870" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Include all chapters in the &lt;strong&gt;body&lt;/strong&gt; using &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt; macro (to make cross references work properly) and specify the chapter to be rendered using &lt;code&gt;\includeonly&lt;/code&gt; in the &lt;strong&gt;preamble&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cross references will still work properly even thought you just render only one chapter. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\includeonly{ch01}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\include{ch01}&#xA;\include{ch02}&#xA;\include{ch03}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-06T16:38:23.533" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T16:38:23.533" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8404" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8374" CreationDate="2011-01-06T16:41:10.127" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you are talking about doing document preperation with LaTeX, then it may help to remember that LaTeX works more like a markup language than a programming language. Try thinking more in terms of HTML (and CSS) than C/Python/VB.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2807" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T16:41:10.127" />
  <row Id="8405" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="47" CreationDate="2011-01-06T16:49:11.787" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's worth remebering that anything in TeX will be valid in LaTeX as well, so you can always do most of heavy lifting in LaTeX, and then use TeX to tweak things. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, I use the TeX &lt;code&gt;$&lt;/code&gt; for in-line math rather than than LaTeX &lt;code&gt;\(&lt;/code&gt;  and &lt;code&gt;\)&lt;/code&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2807" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-06T16:51:34.050" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T16:51:34.050" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="8406" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8374" CreationDate="2011-01-06T17:19:14.963" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/LaTeX&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Wikibooks entry on LaTeX&lt;/a&gt; has an awesome amount of basic tutorials, examples, explanations, etc. It's pretty thorough for a beginner and yet has a very well-laid-out structure that can easily accommodate people of any level of experience.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1517" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T17:19:14.963" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8407" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8408" CreationDate="2011-01-06T17:28:29.723" Score="2" ViewCount="157" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is an orphan line on page 2.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How to get rid of it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Minimal Code&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[a4paper,margin=5cm,landscape]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{longtable,array}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{pstricks}&#xA;\def\pic{\begin{pspicture}(5,5)\psframe(5,5)\end{pspicture}}&#xA;\def\row{\pic&amp;amp;\pic\\\hline}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{longtable}{|*{2}{m{0.4\linewidth}|}}&#xA;\hline&#xA;\row\row\row&#xA;\end{longtable}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{longtable}{|*{2}{m{0.4\linewidth}|}}&#xA;\hline&#xA;\row\row\row&#xA;\end{longtable}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-26T13:40:37.030" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T13:40:52.207" Title="How to avoid orphan line of multipage tabular?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;longtable&gt;&lt;orphans&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="8408" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8407" CreationDate="2011-01-06T17:41:32.923" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Do a test  with &lt;code&gt;\Needspace&lt;/code&gt; from package &lt;code&gt;needspace&lt;/code&gt;  if there is enough space on the page for beginning the table, which first draws the rule and then decides if the next row could be set on the current page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[dvips]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[a4paper,margin=5cm,landscape]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{longtable,array,needspace}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{pstricks}&#xA;\def\pic{\begin{pspicture}(5,5)\psframe(5,5)\end{pspicture}}&#xA;\def\row{\pic &amp;amp; \pic\\\hline}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{longtable}{|*{2}{m{0.4\linewidth}|}}&#xA;\hline&#xA;\row\row\row&#xA;\end{longtable}&#xA;&#xA;\Needspace*{5.5cm}&#xA;\begin{longtable}{|*{2}{m{0.4\linewidth}|}}\hline&#xA;\row\row\row&#xA;\end{longtable}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T17:41:32.923" />
  <row Id="8409" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8407" CreationDate="2011-01-06T17:43:01.290" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;That's the &lt;code&gt;\hline&lt;/code&gt; of the next longtable. You could try e.g. &lt;code&gt;\Needspace{6cm}&lt;/code&gt; (from the &lt;code&gt;needspace&lt;/code&gt; package) before the second longtable to force a page break. Or enlarge the page a bit with &lt;code&gt;\enlargethispage{1cm}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-26T13:40:52.207" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T13:40:52.207" />
  <row Id="8410" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8397" CreationDate="2011-01-06T17:44:57.493" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Since a vector in R^2 is written (1, 2), it would make sense to concatenate two vectors a and b as (a,b).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2408" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T17:44:57.493" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8411" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8416" CreationDate="2011-01-06T18:53:59.607" Score="15" ViewCount="364" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've been reading about biblatex more and more on here. What is the difference between it and bibtex? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why should I switch to biblatex? Seeing the documentation doesn't seem too mature (or accessible - I couldn't find any introduction without downloading the whole package), I thought I would ask here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am currently using LaTeX and I compile my documents with pdflatex, if that makes any difference.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="10" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T12:46:36.037" Title="What is the difference between bibtex and biblatex?" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;biblatex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="8412" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-06T19:03:16.293" Score="2" ViewCount="237" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to export figures with transparent shapes in Matlab to TeX. For the following code, the triangle will appear transparent in Matlab but will be solid blue when I generate the tex file using &lt;code&gt;\input{triangle.pgf}&lt;/code&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Matlab Code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;x = [ 1         -0.5         -0.5            1];&#xA;y = [0      0.86603     -0.86603 -2.4493e-016];&#xA;&#xA;f = figure;&#xA;t = fill(x,y,'b'); &#xA;alpha(t,0.05);&#xA;&#xA;matfig2pgf('fignr',1,'filename','triangle.pgf','figwidth',14);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="736" LastEditorUserId="736" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-06T19:43:33.060" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T20:36:25.150" Title="Transparent shapes in Matlab to TeX when using Matlab Fill" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;matlab&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8413" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8415" CreationDate="2011-01-06T19:14:28.083" Score="9" ViewCount="373" Body="&lt;p&gt;I thought that PSTricks package was not possible to use in pdfLaTeX but user Dima (&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/349/what-is-the-practical-difference-between-latex-and-pdflatex/353#353&quot;&gt;his answer&lt;/a&gt;) claims otherwise. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I force pdfLaTeX to use PSTricks then?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I have a document that uses the package from another person)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="749" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T19:42:11.763" Title="How to use PSTricks in pdfLaTeX?" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;pstricks&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="8414" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8412" CreationDate="2011-01-06T19:15:35.710" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Instead of using the old &lt;code&gt;matfig2pgf&lt;/code&gt;, try &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mathworks.com/matlabcentral/fileexchange/22022-matlab2tikz&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;matlab2tikz&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. It's newer, more supported, and uses pgfplots.  Replace your call to &lt;code&gt;matfig2pfg&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;matlab2tikz('triagle.tikz')&lt;/code&gt;, and then use it in your LaTeX document like so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplots}&#xA;\pgfplotsset{compat=1.4}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \input{triangle.tikz}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ky1Pj.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1312" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T19:15:35.710" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8415" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8413" CreationDate="2011-01-06T19:24:05.657" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you have an up-to-date TeX distribution use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[pdf]{pstricks}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and then run your document with &lt;code&gt;pdflatex -shell-escape &amp;lt;file&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;. Then the PSTricks images are created on-the-fly as stand alone pdf images and saved in &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;file&amp;gt;-pics.pdf&lt;/code&gt;. If you have an older system use &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{auto-pst-pdf}&#xA;\usepackage{pst-...}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For more information see &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/PSTricks/main.cgi?file=pdf/pdfoutput#autopstpdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;PSTricks web page&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For Windows you have to install a &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.activestate.com/perl&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Perl&lt;/a&gt; version, if you want to use the full power of the auto-pst-pdf package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-06T19:42:11.763" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T19:42:11.763" CommentCount="11" />
  <row Id="8416" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8411" CreationDate="2011-01-06T19:25:55.777" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think the best description is given by the author himself in the documentation (1.1 About biblatex):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;This package provides advanced bibliographic facilities for use with LaTeX in conjunction with BibTeX. The package is a complete reimplementation of the bibliographic facilities provided by LaTeX. It redesigns the way in which LaTeX interacts with BibTeX at a fairly fundamental level. With biblatex, BibTeX is only used to sort the bibliography and to generate labels. Instead of being implemented in bst files, the formatting of the bibliography is entirely controlled by LaTeX macros, hence the name biblatex. Good working knowledge in LaTeX should be suffcient to design new bibliography and citation styles. There is no need to learn BibTeX’s postfix stack language. This package also supports subdivided bibliographies, multiple bibliographies within one document, and separate lists of bibliographic shorthands. Bibliographies may be subdivided into parts and/or segmented by topics. Just like the bibliography styles, all citation commands may be freely defined. The package is completely localized and can interface with the babel package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Instead of BibTeX (the program) or BibTeX8 (the 8-bit reimplementation of BibTeX), with biblatex you can also use &lt;a href=&quot;http://biblatex-biber.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;biber&lt;/a&gt; as a backend. It can handle UTF-8, has advanced sorting capabilities and is intended to replace BibTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You should consider switching to biblatex when you often have style guides for which you do not have appropriate BibTeX styles, or when you need to use UTF-8 for some reason. Some hints on what to take notice of when switching to biblatex can be found in the answers to the following question: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/5091/what-to-do-to-switch-to-biblatex&quot;&gt;What to do to switch to biblatex?&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;BTW: The documentation is excellent, and the package itself is very “mature” compared to other packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1376" LastEditorUserId="1376" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-01T12:46:36.037" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T12:46:36.037" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="8417" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8424" CreationDate="2011-01-06T19:45:55.947" Score="0" ViewCount="160" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm looking for a package where is defined the symbol for polynomial-time reduction that looks like the infinity symbol.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="749" LastActivityDate="2011-01-07T03:46:26.213" Title="How to display polynomial-time &quot;reduction&quot; symbol?" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8418" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5146" CreationDate="2011-01-06T20:18:08.163" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was looking for something similar and came across this question. Then I was excited to find &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Formula_editor&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Mathquill&lt;/a&gt;, via the &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Formula_editor&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Wikipedia page on formula editors&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've used a bunch of different formula editors, from MS Equation Editor to Google Docs' to LyX, and this is probably the most usable/fluid of all of them for simply banging out formulas. And it's web-based and GPL. This thing is much nicer than Google Docs' formula editor, at least.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Still leaves plenty of things to be desired, e.g. so far I've found: bolding, entering things like bra-kets, \hat, undo/redo history, mouse drag selection, etc. But I'm impressed by what's already in there. Anyway, it's just a few Javascript files, and &lt;a href=&quot;https://github.com/laughinghan/mathquill&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;on github&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2811" LastActivityDate="2011-01-06T20:18:08.163" />
  <row Id="8419" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8421" CreationDate="2011-01-07T00:15:30.457" Score="4" ViewCount="136" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to create a simple newenvironment allowing me to display source code in a verbatim text block with a caption, numbering etc. The solution I'm after is with the in-built LaTeX verbatim environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would have used the fancyvrb package, that seems to allow that kind of thing, but I can't update my MiKTeX installation due to proxy authentication issues. Instead I'm after a way to do it &lt;em&gt;with just the built in verbatim environment&lt;/em&gt;. When I get home, I can adapt it to use fancyvrb (so I am still interested in answers relating to that), but for now, I'm after a temporary solution to get me through the day. ;^)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's what I imagine the newenvironment command would be like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{float}&#xA;\floatstyle{boxed}&#xA;\newfloat{program}{h}{lop}&#xA;\floatname{program}{Example}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{example}[2]{%&#xA;    \begin{program}%&#xA;    \label{#1}%&#xA;    \caption{#2}%&#xA;    \scriptsize&#xA;    \begin{verbatim}%&#xA;}{%&#xA;    \end{verbatim}%&#xA;    \end{program}%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It fails later-on, complaining about overfull \hboxes, which I assume means that it's still trying to typeset the rest of my document as though it were in verbatim mode.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can I use verbatim env in this way? Got a workaround (given that my MiKTeX package repo is pretty small)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="903" LastActivityDate="2011-01-07T02:06:26.100" Title="verbatim useable with a newenvironment definition?" Tags="&lt;verbatim&gt;&lt;environments&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="8420" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8168" CreationDate="2011-01-07T01:46:56.287" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The following code &lt;em&gt;seems&lt;/em&gt; to work under extremely minimal testing (i.e., onesided, single column, and without colors only). It's a pretty huge hack though. I'm definitely open to better ways to do this or improvements on this code. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are two parts to the code. The first is a new floating environment, sort of.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newbox\my@captionbox&#xA;\newenvironment{facingcaption}[1]{%&#xA;    \let\my@saved@caption\@caption&#xA;    \global\setbox\my@captionbox\box\voidb@x&#xA;    \long\def\@caption##1[##2]##3{%&#xA;        \global\setbox\my@captionbox\color@vbox\vbox{%&#xA;            \my@saved@caption##1[##2]{##3}%&#xA;        }\color@endbox&#xA;        \def\caption{\ClassError{mydissertation}{%&#xA;            Only one \noexpand\caption\space per&#xA;            facingcaption}{}}%&#xA;    }%&#xA;    \@xfloat{#1}[p]%&#xA;}{%&#xA;    \@endfloatbox&#xA;    \let\@endfloatbox\relax&#xA;    \ifvoid\my@captionbox\else&#xA;        \ht\my@captionbox\z@&#xA;        \dp\my@captionbox1sp&#xA;        \global\setbox\@currbox\vbox{%&#xA;            \box\@currbox&#xA;            \nointerlineskip&#xA;            \box\my@captionbox&#xA;            \vskip-1sp&#xA;        }%&#xA;        \ht\@currbox\textheight&#xA;    \fi&#xA;    \end@float&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That code redefines &lt;code&gt;\@caption&lt;/code&gt; so that it typesets the caption inside a &lt;code&gt;\vbox&lt;/code&gt;. (I'm not sure if the color stuff is needed or not. It doesn't seem to hurt, at least when colors aren't used.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then, rather than ending the float with &lt;code&gt;\end@float&lt;/code&gt;, it ends the box started by &lt;code&gt;\@xfloat&lt;/code&gt;&amp;mdash;which is usually done by &lt;code&gt;\end@float&lt;/code&gt;, hence setting it to &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt;. If the caption box is not void, the current float box &lt;code&gt;\@currbox&lt;/code&gt; is redefined to be a &lt;code&gt;\vbox&lt;/code&gt; consisting of 3 items: the floating material in the original &lt;code&gt;\@currbox&lt;/code&gt;, the caption box which has height 0 and depth 1sp and a skip of -1sp. Finally, we set the height of the box to the &lt;code&gt;\textheight&lt;/code&gt; so that the output routine will stick the float on a page by itself when it is actually building pages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, &lt;code&gt;\end@float&lt;/code&gt; will actually call the output routine twice which will cause the float to go onto the defer list, but no pages will actually be built and output here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The second part of the code is a modification to the output routine. When actually producing pages of output, the lists of floats will be processed, one at a time. Since the box has the maximum height to fit on a page, it will be placed by itself. In particular, &lt;code&gt;\@wtryfc&lt;/code&gt; will be executed for each box in the list of boxes that will fit on the page. Normally, it just adds its argument (the box) and some space to the &lt;code&gt;\@outputbox&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This code hijacks that and calls my own routine if the height of the output box is 0 (this is just an optimization).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\my@saved@wtryfc\@wtryfc&#xA;\def\@wtryfc#1{%&#xA;    \ifdim\dimexpr\ht\@outputbox + \dp\@outputbox=\z@&#xA;        \my@wtryfc{#1}%&#xA;    \else&#xA;        \my@saved@wtryfc{#1}%&#xA;    \fi&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\my@wtryfc&lt;/code&gt; needs to check that its argument is one of these special boxes. It does this by unboxing the box, checking that the last skip is -1sp and that the box before that has depth 1sp. If it does, then it is unboxed and saved. Finally, the only remaining box (the first box in the argument to &lt;code&gt;\@wtryfc&lt;/code&gt;) is the original figure box, so save that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newbox\my@outputcaptionbox&#xA;\newbox\my@outputfigurebox&#xA;\def\my@wtryfc#1{%&#xA;    \begingroup&#xA;    \global\setbox\my@outputcaptionbox\box\voidb@x&#xA;    \setbox\z@\vbox{%&#xA;        \unvcopy#1%&#xA;        \ifdim\lastskip=-1sp&#xA;            \unskip&#xA;            \setbox\z@\lastbox&#xA;            \ifdim\dp\z@=1sp&#xA;                \global\setbox\my@outputcaptionbox\vbox{%&#xA;                    \unvbox\z@&#xA;                }%&#xA;                \global\setbox\my@outputfigurebox\lastbox&#xA;            \fi&#xA;        \fi&#xA;    }%&#xA;    \ifvoid\my@outputcaptionbox&#xA;        \my@saved@wtryfc{#1}%&#xA;    \else&#xA;        \if\dim\dimexpr\ht\z@+\dp\z@&amp;gt;\z@&#xA;            \message{Output box not torn apart!}%&#xA;        \fi&#xA;        \global\setbox\@outputbox\vbox to\textheight{%&#xA;            \vfill&#xA;            \box\my@outputcaptionbox&#xA;            \vfill&#xA;            \vfill&#xA;        }%&#xA;        \my@savespecial&#xA;        \ps@facingcaption&#xA;            \@specialpagefalse&#xA;        \@outputpage&#xA;        \my@restorespecial&#xA;        \global\setbox\@outputbox\vbox{}%&#xA;        \my@saved@wtryfc{\my@outputfigurebox}%&#xA;    \fi&#xA;    \endgroup&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\my@savespecial{%&#xA;    \let\my@specialpage\if@specialpage&#xA;}&#xA;\def\my@restorespecial{%&#xA;    \global\let\if@specialpage\my@specialpage&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After looking for the &lt;code&gt;\vbox{figure}\vbox{caption}\vskip-1sp&lt;/code&gt; in the &lt;code&gt;\setbox&lt;/code&gt;, if no caption box was discovered, then it uses LaTeX's normal &lt;code&gt;\@wtryfc&lt;/code&gt; to add the box to &lt;code&gt;\@outputbox&lt;/code&gt;. Otherwise, a box corresponding to the facing caption page is constructed in &lt;code&gt;\@outputbox&lt;/code&gt;. The special page style conditional is saved (this might be unnecessary, I'm not sure) and then the page style commands for the &lt;code&gt;facingcaption&lt;/code&gt; page style are executed (&lt;code&gt;\thispagestyle{facingcaption}&lt;/code&gt; doesn't work with &lt;code&gt;\AtBeginShipout&lt;/code&gt; used by the &lt;code&gt;showframes&lt;/code&gt; package since the margins need to change). Next, the page it actually output using &lt;code&gt;\@outputpage&lt;/code&gt;. The &lt;code&gt;\@outputbox&lt;/code&gt; is cleared and the normal &lt;code&gt;\@wtryfc&lt;/code&gt; is executed for the figure box.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-01-07T01:46:56.287" />
  <row Id="8421" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8419" CreationDate="2011-01-07T01:58:15.933" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This works for me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{verbatim}&#xA;\usepackage{float}&#xA;\floatstyle{boxed}&#xA;\newfloat{program}{h}{lop}&#xA;\floatname{program}{Example}&#xA;&#xA;\newbox\examplebox&#xA;\newenvironment{example}[2]{%&#xA;    \program&#xA;    \caption{#2}%&#xA;    \label{#1}%&#xA;    \verbatim&#xA;}{%&#xA;    \endverbatim&#xA;    \vskip-.7\baselineskip&#xA;    \endprogram&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{example}{foo}{caption}&#xA;foo&#xA;bar&#xA;baz&#xA;\end{example}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that you need to have the &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt; after the &lt;code&gt;\caption&lt;/code&gt;. The &lt;code&gt;\verbatim&lt;/code&gt; macro as reimplemented by the &lt;code&gt;verbatim&lt;/code&gt; package seems to be looking for &lt;code&gt;\end{foo}&lt;/code&gt; where &lt;code&gt;foo&lt;/code&gt; is the name of the current environment. This is why it uses &lt;code&gt;\program&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\verbatim&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\endverbatim&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;\endprogram&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\vskip&lt;/code&gt; isn't necessary, but you end up with extra space without it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-07T02:06:26.100" LastActivityDate="2011-01-07T02:06:26.100" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8422" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-07T03:32:56.687" Score="8" ViewCount="430" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to import graphics into my main input file using the macro &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt;. It does not work if the filename contains spaces.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another thread &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4315/include-image-with-spaces-in-path-directory-to-be-processed-with-dvips&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; also discussed it but there is no solution there.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My compilation step is latex-&gt;dvips-&gt;ps2pdf (because of PSTricks).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-13T17:19:56.037" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T19:10:17.983" Title="How to include graphics with spaces in their path?" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;external-file&gt;&lt;path&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="8423" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-07T03:37:36.233" Score="4" ViewCount="368" Body="&lt;p&gt;I can't seem to center equations without causing some weird formatting problem.  The following results in the R being dropped:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{center}&#xA; E(R_{i,t})=E(\alpha_i)+E(\beta_{i,F_1 } F_{1,t})+E(\beta_{i,F_2 } F_{2,t})+\ldots+E(\beta_{i,F_m } F_{m,t})\linebreak&#xA;\bar{R}_{i,t}=a+\hat{\beta}_{i,F_1 } E(F_{1,t})+\hat{\beta}_{i,F_2 } E(F_{2,t})+\ldots+\hat{\beta}_{i,F_m } E(F_{m,t})\linebreak&#xA;\bar{R}_{i,t}=a+\gamma_1\hat{\beta}_{i,F_1 } +\gamma_2\hat{\beta}_{i,F_2 } F_{2,t}+\ldots+\gamma_m\hat{\beta}_{i,F_m }&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any ideas?  Is {center} the wrong thing to use?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2815" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-08T13:11:39.770" LastActivityDate="2011-01-08T13:11:39.770" Title="How do you center equations?" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;centering&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8424" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8417" CreationDate="2011-01-07T03:46:26.213" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Do you mean &lt;code&gt;\propto&lt;/code&gt;? I think I've seen that for polynomial-time reduction before...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This answer was brought to you by &lt;a href=&quot;http://detexify.kirelabs.org/classify.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Detexify&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1421" LastActivityDate="2011-01-07T03:46:26.213" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8425" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8423" CreationDate="2011-01-07T03:47:57.523" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;center&lt;/code&gt; environment is for text, not math. What you want here is (this also lines up the equals signs):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{align*}&#xA;  E(R_{i,t})    &amp;amp;= E(\alpha_i)+E(\beta_{i,F_1 } F_{1,t})+E(\beta_{i,F_2 } F_{2,t})+\ldots+E(\beta_{i,F_m } F_{m,t}) \\&#xA;  \bar{R}_{i,t} &amp;amp;= a+\hat{\beta}_{i,F_1 } E(F_{1,t})+\hat{\beta}_{i,F_2 } E(F_{2,t})+\ldots+\hat{\beta}_{i,F_m } E(F_{m,t}) \\&#xA;  \bar{R}_{i,t} &amp;amp;= a+\gamma_1\hat{\beta}_{i,F_1 } +\gamma_2\hat{\beta}_{i,F_2 } F_{2,t}+\ldots+\gamma_m\hat{\beta}_{i,F_m }&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You need the &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; package for &lt;code&gt;align*&lt;/code&gt;, so make sure you have the line &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{amsmath}&lt;/code&gt; in your preamble (before &lt;code&gt;\begin{document}&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="9" LastActivityDate="2011-01-07T03:47:57.523" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8426" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8422" CreationDate="2011-01-07T06:17:29.593" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;try &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage[space]{grffile}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-07T06:17:29.593" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="8427" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8433" CreationDate="2011-01-07T07:09:46.120" Score="12" ViewCount="276" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Is it possible to create a new bookmark to a section heading that is not listed in the Table of Contents (i.e., using the starred form — &lt;code&gt;\section*{A title}&lt;/code&gt;)?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pdfbookmark&lt;/code&gt; (part of hyperref.sty) or &lt;code&gt;\bookmark&lt;/code&gt; (part of bookmark.sty) only appear to create a bookmark to the location to where the command is issued. However, placing this either before, within, or after the &lt;code&gt;\section*{}&lt;/code&gt; command does not create the correct effect: clicking on the bookmark in a PDF viewer links to the the wrong place. Specifically, it doesn't link to the TEXT portion of the section heading, like a normal &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt;-ed section heading/bookmark but instead to the space above the heading (which can be the previous page if the section is on a new page), or immediately BELOW the section heading (thus hiding the heading!). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using &lt;code&gt;\phantomsection&lt;/code&gt; and then &lt;code&gt;\protect\label{}&lt;/code&gt; issued within the &lt;code&gt;\section*{}&lt;/code&gt; command works with the &lt;code&gt;\hyperref{}{}&lt;/code&gt; command in linking to the section heading, bringing the user straight to the heading title. Great! It's just this same basic principle in PDF bookmarks that I couldn't figure out. If only I could issue a &lt;code&gt;\pdfbookmark&lt;/code&gt;-like command that goes directly to this same &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt;, that would be just perfect!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: I also need to be able to specify the bookmark name (i.e., the text that's displayed in the bookmarks section in a PDF viewer), rather than use the name of the section itself (which can be very long in my work).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any help would be appreciated. I've literally spent days experimenting and nothing seems to be possible at the moment, but I'm sure there is a way! Thank you for your time.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2816" LastEditorUserId="2816" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-08T06:17:30.800" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T13:15:58.247" Title="Creating a PDF bookmark that goes straight to a section heading, not above or below it." Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;bookmarks&gt;&lt;pdf-reader&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="8428" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8438" CreationDate="2011-01-07T07:50:14.007" Score="6" ViewCount="232" Body="&lt;p&gt;I tried to use &lt;code&gt;NATBIB&lt;/code&gt; and other attempts but for vain. I would like to produce a cite key which is identical to the BiBTeX entry. For example, if I have a BiBTeX entry &lt;code&gt;Bt98&lt;/code&gt;, then I want &lt;code&gt;\cite{Bt98}&lt;/code&gt; to produce something like &lt;code&gt;[Bt98]&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any ideas how can I accomplish this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="412" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-07T17:30:46.230" LastActivityDate="2011-01-07T18:09:35.250" Title="Use BiBTeX key as the cite key" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;biblatex&gt;&lt;citing&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="8429" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4315" CreationDate="2011-01-07T09:18:50.043" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;With Will's code (added to the preamble after loading graphicx) and with this syntax to include the graphic: &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics[width=5cm]{&quot;Neuer Ordner/tiger&quot;}&lt;/code&gt; I could process the document with latex + dvips on a miktex 2.9./win XP system . tiger.eps was used without problem. It didn't matter if I used grffile or not.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I advise you strongly to avoid spaces in file names or folders: If you switch to another driver (pdflatex, xelatex, ...) or to another system (TexLive, Linux) it can break completly or work only after a syntax change. The time you spend to get arround the problems can be used for better things.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Btw: I also would like to remember that dvips won't include graphicx with absolute pathes or pathes that refer to parent directories (../).  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2011-01-07T09:18:50.043" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8431" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-07T09:54:57.640" Score="5" ViewCount="182" Body="&lt;p&gt;LaTeX's appendix environment formats sections differently and uses a different enumeration in the table of contents:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{appendix}&#xA; \section{superuser}&#xA; \dots{}&#xA;....&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Shows up as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;A &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; superuser &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; 11&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in the &lt;code&gt;\tableofcontents&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately, I have to use a different style: the appendix is not to show up in the table of contents, but in a seperate listing right before the appendix.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I see the following options to solve this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;suppress output in tableofcontents and somehow recreate the part on a different page&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;generate a custom listing of specified / the following section&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;manually create a list with the same formatting as the table of contents&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I use &lt;code&gt;scrartcl&lt;/code&gt; as document class.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2818" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-07T09:59:30.230" LastActivityDate="2011-01-07T18:03:09.597" Title="How can I generate a list of appendices with LaTeX, seperate from table of contents (toc)" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;lists&gt;&lt;appendices&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="8432" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8428" CreationDate="2011-01-07T10:18:22.037" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;biblatex with, for example, the &quot;style=draft&quot; option will do this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1657" LastActivityDate="2011-01-07T10:18:22.037" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8433" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8427" CreationDate="2011-01-07T10:28:06.117" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;That really is some annoying behavior!  I started writing &quot;Oh, just put &lt;code&gt;\pdfbookmark&lt;/code&gt; into the title&quot; until I read the rest of your question.  I dug into &lt;code&gt;hyperref.sty&lt;/code&gt; and, eventually, &lt;code&gt;hyperref.pdf&lt;/code&gt; (the version with the documented source, which you may have to google for) and found out that the whole thing is driven by &lt;code&gt;\Hy@writebookmark&lt;/code&gt; in some way.  Note: I don't know what &lt;code&gt;\Hy@writebookmark&lt;/code&gt; actually does, except that it apparently writes a bookmark.  Here is the solution I found (in the preamble of the following example code):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\munch#1{}&#xA;\newcommand{\bkmk}[4][0]{%&#xA; #2#3{\phantomsection%&#xA;  \Hy@writebookmark%&#xA;   {}%&#xA;   {#4}%&#xA;   {\@currentHref}%&#xA;   {#1}%&#xA;   {toc}%&#xA;  #4}%&#xA; }&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Real section}&#xA;&#xA;Stuff and things.&#xA;&#xA;\bkmk[2]\subsection*{Bookmarked as a subsection}&#xA;&#xA;More text.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Compile twice to make sure the bookmarks are in the PDF, and see that the link goes to the right place.  What's going on here is that your links are one line off for the same reason as in &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2068/hyperlinks-to-a-bibliography-are-one-line-off&quot;&gt;this question of mine&lt;/a&gt;, because &lt;code&gt;\pdfbookmark&lt;/code&gt; (erroneously?) doesn't use &lt;code&gt;\Hy@raisedlink&lt;/code&gt; to place its target above the baseline.  Conveniently, &lt;code&gt;\phantomsection&lt;/code&gt; &lt;em&gt;does&lt;/em&gt; use this facility, and names the link &lt;code&gt;\@currentHref&lt;/code&gt;, so we just send the bookmark there.  If you save (via &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt;) this macro immediately, you can also produce links to the starred section from within the document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The starting point for this solution was the following much simpler macro that I use to get starred sections into the TOC, which also has the effect (with hyperref) of putting them in the bookmarks with the right link location:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\munch#1{}&#xA;\newcommand{\toc}[3]{&#xA; #1#2{\phantomsection\addcontentsline{toc}{\expandafter\munch\string#1}{#3}#3}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Same usage as above (without the optional argument).  Since it works, it led me to investigate &lt;code&gt;\addcontentsline&lt;/code&gt;, and so on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="575" LastEditorUserId="575" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-14T13:15:58.247" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T13:15:58.247" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="8434" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8448" CreationDate="2011-01-07T10:36:31.837" Score="1" ViewCount="338" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to mimic our institute's PPt-template for presentation foils using the beamer-class. The corporate quidelines prescribe the use of Helvetica as the main font. However, package helvet does not provide a good mathematical font. Therefore I want to replace it with the math font from the cmbright package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{lmodern}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;&#xA;%main font Helevtica&#xA;\renewcommand{\familydefault}{\sfdefault}&#xA;\usepackage{helvet}&#xA;&#xA;%prevent beamer from meddling with math fonts&#xA;\usefonttheme{professionalfonts}&#xA;&#xA;%following lines borrowed from cmbright.sty&#xA;\DeclareSymbolFont      {operators} {OT1}{cmbr}{m}{n}&#xA;\DeclareSymbolFont        {letters} {OML}{cmbrm}{m}{it}&#xA;\SetSymbolFont      {letters}{bold} {OML}{cmbrm}{b}{it}&#xA;\DeclareSymbolFont        {symbols} {OMS}{cmbrs}{m}{n}&#xA;\DeclareMathAlphabet{\mathit} {OT1}{cmbr}{m}{sl}&#xA;\DeclareMathAlphabet{\mathbf} {OT1}{cmbr}{bx}{n}&#xA;\DeclareMathAlphabet{\mathtt} {OT1}{cmtl}{m}{n}&#xA;\DeclareMathAlphabet{\mathbold}{OML}{cmbrm}{b}{it}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\alpha}{\mathalpha}{letters}{11}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\beta}{\mathalpha}{letters}{12}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\gamma}{\mathalpha}{letters}{13}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\delta}{\mathalpha}{letters}{14}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\epsilon}{\mathalpha}{letters}{15}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\zeta}{\mathalpha}{letters}{16}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\eta}{\mathalpha}{letters}{17}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\theta}{\mathalpha}{letters}{18}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\iota}{\mathalpha}{letters}{19}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\kappa}{\mathalpha}{letters}{20}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\lambda}{\mathalpha}{letters}{21}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\mu}{\mathalpha}{letters}{22}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\nu}{\mathalpha}{letters}{23}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\xi}{\mathalpha}{letters}{24}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\pi}{\mathalpha}{letters}{25}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\rho}{\mathalpha}{letters}{26}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\sigma}{\mathalpha}{letters}{27}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\tau}{\mathalpha}{letters}{28}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\upsilon}{\mathalpha}{letters}{29}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\phi}{\mathalpha}{letters}{30}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\chi}{\mathalpha}{letters}{31}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\psi}{\mathalpha}{letters}{32}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\omega}{\mathalpha}{letters}{33}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\varepsilon}{\mathalpha}{letters}{34}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\vartheta}{\mathalpha}{letters}{35}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\varpi}{\mathalpha}{letters}{36}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\varrho}{\mathalpha}{letters}{37}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\varsigma}{\mathalpha}{letters}{38}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\varphi}{\mathalpha}{letters}{39}&#xA;\let\upDelta\Delta&#xA;\let\upOmega\Omega&#xA;\let\upGamma\Gamma&#xA;\let\upTheta\Theta&#xA;\let\upLambda\Lambda&#xA;\let\upXi\Xi&#xA;\let\upPi\Pi&#xA;\let\upSigma\Sigma&#xA;\let\upUpsilon\Upsilon&#xA;\let\upPhi\Phi&#xA;\let\upPsi\Psi&#xA;&#xA;%doesn't seem to have an effect&#xA;%\DeclareMathSizes{12}{12.5}{10}{10}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA; Some Math E$E$&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This works quite well, except that the math letters are somewhat smaller than the normal Helvetica text. Is there a way to scale the fontsize, say by 1.1, if the typesetter is in math mode?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1053" LastEditorUserId="1053" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-07T13:19:27.547" LastActivityDate="2011-01-08T12:09:32.733" Title="how to scale math font only" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;scaling&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="8435" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8436" CreationDate="2011-01-07T10:44:10.977" Score="2" ViewCount="245" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi, I've been puzzling with this for hours now and I can't solve it.&#xA;I'm using LyX for my article and I made a BibTeX file with JabRef. I inserted the BibTeX bibliography into LyX, but when I try to compile, errors appear: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Multiple &quot;Missing $ inserted.&quot;, &quot;Missing } inserted.&quot; and &quot;Extra }, or forgotten \endgroup.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first error says:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Missing $ inserted.&#xA;\newblock http://www.nasa.gov/mission_&#xA;                       pages/stereo/multimedia/deploy.html&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;They all refer to lines in the &lt;strong&gt;auto-generated .bbl&lt;/strong&gt; file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The same problem occurs when I export LyX to LaTeX and compile it there (also with different encodings). I've read some things about BibTeX encoding, but I can't figure it out.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'll post some of the BibTeX below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@INPROCEEDINGS{MSOptimizationEvaluation,&#xA;  author = &quot;Jens N. Kaftan and Andr{\'e} A. Bell and Til Aach&quot;,&#xA;  title = &quot;Mean Shift Segmentation Evaluation of Optimization Techniques&quot;,&#xA;  booktitle = &quot;Proceedings of the Third International Conference on Computer Vision Theory and Applications, VISAPP 2008&quot;,&#xA;  year = &quot;2008&quot;,&#xA;  pages = &quot;365-374&quot;,&#xA;  address = &quot;Funchal, Madeira - Portugal&quot;,&#xA;  month = &quot;January 22-25&quot;,&#xA;  publisher = &quot;INSTICC - Institute for Systems and Technologies of Information, Control and Communication&quot;&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;@CONFERENCE{HDTV_AxiVision,&#xA;  author = &quot;Kawakita, M. and Kurita, T. and Kikuchi, H. and Inoue, S.&quot;,&#xA;  title = &quot;HDTV axi-vision camera&quot;,&#xA;  booktitle = &quot;Proc. of International Broadcasting Conference&quot;,&#xA;  year = &quot;2002&quot;,&#xA;  pages = &quot;397-404&quot;&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;@ARTICLE{MarrPoggio,&#xA;  author = &quot;Marr, D. and Poggio, T.&quot;,&#xA;  title = &quot;A computational theory of human stereo vision&quot;,&#xA;  journal = &quot;Proceedings of the Royal Society of London. Series B, Biological Sciences&quot;,&#xA;  year = &quot;1979&quot;,&#xA;  volume = &quot;204&quot;,&#xA;  pages = &quot;301-328&quot;,&#xA;  number = &quot;1156&quot;,&#xA;  issn = &quot;0080-4649&quot;,&#xA;  publisher = &quot;JSTOR&quot;&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;@MISC{jEDISON,&#xA;  author = &quot;Pangburn, Brian E. and Ayo, Jonathan P.&quot;,&#xA;  title = &quot;Koders - Source Code Search Engine&quot;,&#xA;  howpublished = &quot;http://www.koders.com/info.aspx?c=ProjectInfo\&amp;amp;pid=1ZLCBNBRKBWSX9KL1VF3ZA989H\&amp;amp;s=Region&quot;,&#xA;  year = &quot;2002&quot;,&#xA;  timestamp = &quot;2011.01.06&quot;&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any ideas?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2820" LastActivityDate="2011-01-07T11:03:26.827" Title="Using BibTeX with LyX: errors in auto-generated .bbl" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;errors&gt;&lt;lyx&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="8436" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8435" CreationDate="2011-01-07T11:03:26.827" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The problem is with the underscore in the url. Try using something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;howpublished = &quot;\url{http://www.nasa.gov/mission_pages/stereo/multimedia/deploy.html}&quot;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or, even better,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;url = &quot;http://www.nasa.gov/mission_pages/stereo/multimedia/deploy.html&quot;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in your &lt;code&gt;.bib&lt;/code&gt; file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2011-01-07T11:03:26.827" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8437" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8451" CreationDate="2011-01-07T11:30:56.947" Score="3" ViewCount="196" Body="&lt;p&gt;How to vertically center &lt;code&gt;\begin{equation}...\end{equation}&lt;/code&gt;  in a table cell?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/zqd5y.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Minimal Code (I cannot minimize anymore)&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{array,longtable,calc,amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;\newcolumntype{A}[1]{%&#xA;    &amp;gt;{\begin{minipage}{#1\linewidth-2\tabcolsep-1.5\arrayrulewidth}\vspace{\tabcolsep}}%&#xA;    c%&#xA;    &amp;lt;{\vspace{\tabcolsep}\end{minipage}}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{longtable}{|*2{A{0.5}|}}&#xA;\hline&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;  \sin x \cos x = y&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&amp;amp; \hrulefill \tabularnewline\hline&#xA;\end{longtable}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-07T15:18:22.533" LastActivityDate="2011-01-08T09:57:12.920" Title="How to vertically center `\begin{equation}...\end{equation}` in a table cell?" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8438" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8428" CreationDate="2011-01-07T12:04:14.677" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's a biblatex solution with a properly formatted bibliography.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[style=alphabetic,sorting=debug]{biblatex}&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareFieldFormat{labelalpha}{\thefield{entrykey}}&#xA;\DeclareFieldFormat{extraalpha}{}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.bib}&#xA;@misc{whatever,&#xA;  author = {Author, A.},&#xA;  year = {2001},&#xA;  title = {Testing the effects of biblatex styles on bibliography formatting},&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;@misc{B02f,&#xA;  author = {Buthor, B.},&#xA;  year = {2002},&#xA;  title = {First},&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;@misc{B02s,&#xA;  author = {Buthor, B.},&#xA;  year = {2002},&#xA;  title = {Second},&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\bibliography{\jobname}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\nocite{*}&#xA;&#xA;\printbibliography&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The filecontents environment is only used to include some external files directly into the example, so that it compiles. It is not necessary for the solution.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-07T18:09:35.250" LastActivityDate="2011-01-07T18:09:35.250" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8440" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8428" CreationDate="2011-01-07T12:21:41.293" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;without natbib, don't know if it sjould be the same in the bibliography??&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\@citex[#1]#2{\leavevmode&#xA;  \if@filesw\immediate\write\@auxout{\string\citation{#2}}\fi&#xA;  \@cite{#2}{#1}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.bib}&#xA;@misc{whatever,&#xA;  author = {Author, A.},&#xA;  year = {2001},&#xA;  title = {Testing the effects of biblatex styles on bibliography formatting},&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;@misc{B02f,&#xA;  author = {Buthor, B.},&#xA;  year = {2002},&#xA;  title = {First},&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;@misc{B02s,&#xA;  author = {Buthor, B.},&#xA;  year = {2002},&#xA;  title = {Second},&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;foo\cite{whatever} and bar\cite{B02s}&#xA;&#xA;\bibliographystyle{alpha}&#xA;\bibliography{\jobname}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-07T12:21:41.293" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8441" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-07T12:21:52.920" Score="1" ViewCount="119" Body="&lt;p&gt;Where can I find documentation on the tikzlibrary calc?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="856" LastActivityDate="2011-01-07T12:34:05.297" Title="Where can I find documentation on the tikzlibrary calc?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;documentation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8443" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8441" CreationDate="2011-01-07T12:34:05.297" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the TikZ manual, section 13.5 in version 2.10.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="575" LastActivityDate="2011-01-07T12:34:05.297" />
  <row Id="8444" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8450" CreationDate="2011-01-07T12:35:44.640" Score="2" ViewCount="119" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to add text captions on edges but I can't make it work. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}[shorten &amp;gt;=1pt,-]&#xA;&#xA;\tikzstyle{vertex}=[circle,fill=black!25,minimum size=17pt,inner sep=0pt]                   &#xA;\foreach \name/\angle/\text in {P-0/234/0, P-1/162/1, &#xA;                                P-2/90/2, P-3/18/3, P-4/-54/4}&#xA;  \node[vertex,xshift=6cm,yshift=.5cm] (\name) at (\angle:1.5cm) {$\text$};&#xA;&#xA;\foreach \from/\to in {0/4, 4/1,1/2,2/4,0/3}&#xA; { &#xA;  \draw (P-\from) -- (P-\to);&#xA; }&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Could someone help me?&#xA;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="749" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-07T12:57:33.503" LastActivityDate="2011-01-07T12:59:02.117" Title="Edge captions in Tikz" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="8445" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8437" CreationDate="2011-01-07T12:39:52.157" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Why don't you use &lt;code&gt;\begin{longtable}{|*2{m{0.5\linewidth}|}}&lt;/code&gt;? I cannot see the advantage of column type &lt;code&gt;A&lt;/code&gt; here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-01-07T12:39:52.157" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="8447" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8437" CreationDate="2011-01-07T12:41:31.247" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To get correct spacing, put a &lt;code&gt;\strut&lt;/code&gt; before and after the display, and give the two &lt;code&gt;shortdisplayskip&lt;/code&gt;s the same value.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{array,longtable,calc,amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;\tabcolsep=1pt&#xA;\arrayrulewidth=1pt&#xA;&#xA;\newcolumntype{A}[1]{%&#xA;    &amp;gt;{\begin{minipage}{#1\linewidth-2\tabcolsep-1.5\arrayrulewidth}\vspace{\tabcolsep}}%&#xA;    c%&#xA;    &amp;lt;{\vspace{\tabcolsep}\end{minipage}}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{longtable}{|*2{A{0.5}|}}&#xA;\hline&#xA;\setlength\abovedisplayshortskip{0pt}&#xA;\setlength\belowdisplayshortskip{0pt}&#xA;\strut&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;  \sin x \cos x = y&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;\strut&#xA;&amp;amp; \hrulefill \tabularnewline\hline&#xA;\end{longtable}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can change the &lt;code&gt;shortdisplayskip&lt;/code&gt;s according to your needs; negative values are possible, too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/HP9QQ.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-08T09:57:12.920" LastActivityDate="2011-01-08T09:57:12.920" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8448" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8434" CreationDate="2011-01-07T12:43:28.503" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can try, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareMathSizes{10}{10.5}{7}{7}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the format of the command is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareMathSizes {t-size} {mt-size} {s-size} {ss-size}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Basically, we instruct the use of a  &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;mt-size&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; as the math text size, &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;s-size&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; as the script size and &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;ss-size&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; the scriptscript size to be used in math, when &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;t-size&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; is the current text size. You can adjust the parameters to suit. You can also find more information at &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.loria.fr/general/new/fntguide.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://tex.loria.fr/general/new/fntguide.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also scale down the helvetica font if you wish &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[scaled=0.95]{helvet}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is probably a better solution than scaling up the maths fonts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When using the &lt;code&gt;\DeclareMathSizes&lt;/code&gt; the first parameter for the text font must be exactly what is used in the class declaration. For example with Beamer rather declare &lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt]{beamer}&lt;/code&gt;, &#xA;otherwise the command will appear as it is not working. It is also normal when you declare math sizes to provide a range of math font sizes for all the text fonts:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareMathSizes{9.8}{17}{7}{7}&#xA;\DeclareMathSizes{10.0}{17}{7}{7}&#xA;\DeclareMathSizes{10.95}{10}{7}{7}   % For size 10 text&#xA;\DeclareMathSizes{11}{19}{13}{9}      % For size 11 text&#xA;\DeclareMathSizes{12}{20}{14}{10}     % For size 12 text&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can test the above with the minimal example below, which is somewhat reduced from that originally posted:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt]{beamer}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{lmodern}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;&#xA;%main font Helevtica&#xA;\renewcommand{\familydefault}{\sfdefault}&#xA;\usepackage{helvet}&#xA;&#xA;%prevent beamer from meddling with math fonts&#xA;\usefonttheme{professionalfonts}&#xA;&#xA;%following lines borrowed from cmbright.sty&#xA;\DeclareSymbolFont      {operators} {OT1}{cmbr}{m}{n}&#xA;\DeclareSymbolFont        {letters} {OML}{cmbrm}{m}{it}&#xA;\SetSymbolFont      {letters}{bold} {OML}{cmbrm}{b}{it}&#xA;\DeclareSymbolFont        {symbols} {OMS}{cmbrs}{m}{n}&#xA;\DeclareMathAlphabet{\mathit} {OT1}{cmbr}{m}{sl}&#xA;\DeclareMathAlphabet{\mathbf} {OT1}{cmbr}{bx}{n}&#xA;\DeclareMathAlphabet{\mathtt} {OT1}{cmtl}{m}{n}&#xA;\DeclareMathAlphabet{\mathbold}{OML}{cmbrm}{b}{it}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\alpha}{\mathalpha}{letters}{11}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\beta}{\mathalpha}{letters}{12}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\gamma}{\mathalpha}{letters}{13}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\delta}{\mathalpha}{letters}{14}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\epsilon}{\mathalpha}{letters}{15}&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareMathSizes{9.8}{17}{7}{7}&#xA;\DeclareMathSizes{10.0}{17}{7}{7}&#xA;\DeclareMathSizes{10.95}{10}{7}{7}   % For size 10 text&#xA;\DeclareMathSizes{11}{19}{13}{9}      % For size 11 text&#xA;\DeclareMathSizes{12}{20}{14}{10}     % For size 12 text&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;This is a test $ a^{2}+\gamma\sigma^{\epsilon}$&#xA;&#xA; \fontsize{9.8pt}{13pt}\selectfont&#xA; This is a test $ a^{2}+\gamma\sigma^{\epsilon}$&#xA;&#xA;%\fontsize{10pt}{13pt}\selectfont&#xA; This is a test $ a^{2}+\gamma\sigma^{\epsilon}$&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-08T12:09:32.733" LastActivityDate="2011-01-08T12:09:32.733" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8450" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8444" CreationDate="2011-01-07T12:59:02.117" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For example, &lt;code&gt;\draw (P-\from) -- node {\from\ to \to} (P-\to);&lt;/code&gt;&#xA;And you can use more options to change the style:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\draw (P-\from) -- node[auto,sloped,font=\footnotesize] {\from\ to \to} (P-\to);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-01-07T12:59:02.117" />
  <row Id="8451" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8437" CreationDate="2011-01-07T13:05:12.723" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{array,calc,longtable,ragged2e}&#xA;&#xA;\tabcolsep=1pt&#xA;\arrayrulewidth=1pt&#xA;&#xA;\newcolumntype{A}[1]{&amp;gt;{%&#xA;  \abovedisplayskip=0pt\belowdisplayskip=0pt&#xA;  \Centering}m{#1\linewidth-2\tabcolsep-1.5\arrayrulewidth}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{longtable}{|*2{A{0.5}|}}\hline&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;  \sin x \cos x = y&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&amp;amp; foo \hrulefill \tabularnewline\hline&#xA;\end{longtable}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-07T13:05:12.723" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8452" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8474" CreationDate="2011-01-07T13:15:55.120" Score="6" ViewCount="247" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to use the endnotes package, hyperref and biblatex together to have links to my endnotes. Here is a MWE that shows how the links don't show up:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{filecontents}{testbib.bib}&#xA;@Book{jones00,&#xA;  author =   {Douglas Jones},&#xA;  title =    {A book},&#xA;  publisher =    {The metasyntactic variable publishing company},&#xA;  year =     2000}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{endnotes}&#xA;\usepackage[autocite=footnote,notetype=endonly,style=verbose-trad1]{biblatex}&#xA;\bibliography{testbib}&#xA;\let\footnote\endnote&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Something\autocite[p.12]{jones00} something else\footnote{another endnote?}&#xA;&#xA;\theendnotes&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm open to other end-note producing options that work better with hyperref, but I'd rather stick with article document class.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-07T17:10:01.467" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T21:27:46.893" Title="Making endnotes clickable links with hyperref" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;biblatex&gt;&lt;endnotes&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="8453" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-07T13:18:16.537" Score="3" ViewCount="198" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using the document class &lt;code&gt;scrartcl&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;appendix&lt;/code&gt;. This currently results in a letter instead of a number for section enumeration in the TOC and section title (&quot;A  My Code Listing&quot;).&#xA;I need to change this to &quot;Appendix A     My Code Listing&quot;, i.e. add the word &quot;Appendix&quot; to the section title.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have found a manual workaround on &lt;a href=&quot;http://web.reed.edu/cis/help/latex/thesis#appendices&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://web.reed.edu/cis/help/latex/thesis#appendices&lt;/a&gt; but would like to know if there is a way to change this automatically.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2818" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T23:50:18.920" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T23:50:18.920" Title="Display appendix section title like &quot;Appendix A My Code Listing&quot;?" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;numbering&gt;&lt;koma-script&gt;&lt;appendices&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8454" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8452" CreationDate="2011-01-07T13:49:20.363" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It seems that this is not a biblatex issue. The hyperref README states on page 18 that the endnotes package is &quot;[u]nsupported&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-07T14:01:44.553" LastActivityDate="2011-01-07T14:01:44.553" />
  <row Id="8456" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8453" CreationDate="2011-01-07T14:25:46.100" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[toc=left]{scrartcl}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;&#xA;\section{foo} bar&#xA;&#xA;\appendix&#xA;\gdef\thesection{Appendix \Alph{section}}&#xA;\section{foo} bar&#xA;\section{foo} bar&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-07T14:25:46.100" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8457" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1687" CreationDate="2011-01-07T14:26:16.490" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The biblatex style &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/biblatex-apa&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;apa&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; (which is a modified authoryear style) does this for you. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[american]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage[style=apa]{biblatex}&#xA;\DeclareLanguageMapping{american}{american-apa}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note it is also recommended that you load the &lt;code&gt;csquotes&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It needs a relatively up to date version of biblatex to work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2011-01-07T14:26:16.490" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="8458" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8459" CreationDate="2011-01-07T15:20:57.837" Score="6" ViewCount="312" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need to make my (BibTeX) references section appear in the table of contents of my LaTeX document (documentclass: article), with section numbering too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My approach until now has been making a new section and including the bibliography (&lt;code&gt;references.bib&lt;/code&gt;) at that point:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section{References}&#xA;\bibliography{references}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, the final document shows both the section title that I have written and the section title that BibTeX writes, which is quite redundant and I definitely dislike.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I either remove BibTeX's section title, or make the BibTeX bibliography appear in the table of contents without making a new section?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I were to make the BibTeX bibliography appear in the table of contents without making a new section, how could I assure that the section title that BibTeX writes looks exactly like sections typeset with &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2311" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T12:55:08.620" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T12:55:08.620" Title="Making BibTeX references appear in table of contents" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;article&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="8459" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8458" CreationDate="2011-01-07T15:48:12.193" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As Herbert has hinted, your document class may include options to control the inclusion of the bibliography in the table of contents. For standard classes (article, book, report), adding &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[nottoc,numbib]{tocbibind}&lt;/code&gt; to your document preamble should work. See the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/tocbibind.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tocbibind&lt;/a&gt; documenation for more details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: Herbert's suggestion (adding &lt;code&gt;\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{References}&lt;/code&gt;) may result in an incorrect ToC entry unless the Reference section is forced on a separate page with &lt;code&gt;\clearpage&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.bib}&#xA;@misc{A01,&#xA;  author = {Author, A.},&#xA;  year = {2001},&#xA;  title = {Alpha},&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\nocite{*}&#xA;&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;&#xA;\section{foo}&#xA;&#xA;\blindtext[3]&#xA;&#xA;% \clearpage&#xA;&#xA;\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{References}&#xA;\bibliographystyle{plain}&#xA;\bibliography{\jobname}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-07T20:27:51.523" LastActivityDate="2011-01-07T20:27:51.523" />
  <row Id="8460" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8458" CreationDate="2011-01-07T16:11:38.577" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;&#xA;\section{foo}&#xA;\nocite{*}% only for demo to get the entries from komoedie&#xA;&#xA;\let\Section\section &#xA;\def\section*#1{\Section{#1}} &#xA;\bibliographystyle{plain}&#xA;\bibliography{komoedie}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-08T13:38:56.770" LastActivityDate="2011-01-08T13:38:56.770" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="8461" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8498" CreationDate="2011-01-07T16:20:51.833" Score="5" ViewCount="201" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want each cell in a tabular to have 4 equal paddings of exactly 15pt each.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How to make 4 equal paddings (left, right, top, bottom) in a table cell? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Minimal Code&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{array,calc,longtable,ragged2e,pstricks}&#xA;\psset{linecolor=red}&#xA;\tabcolsep=1pt&#xA;\arrayrulewidth=1pt&#xA;&#xA;\newcolumntype{A}[1]{&amp;gt;{\Centering}m{#1\linewidth-2\tabcolsep-1.5\arrayrulewidth}}&#xA;&#xA;\def\pic{\begin{pspicture}(4,3)\psframe*(4,3)\end{pspicture}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{longtable}{|*2{A{0.5}|}}\hline&#xA;\pic&amp;amp;\pic\tabularnewline\hline&#xA;\end{longtable}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Bad padding sample:&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/VA8qF.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-07T16:37:52.730" LastActivityDate="2011-01-08T14:09:22.480" Title="How to make 4 equal paddings (left, right, top, bottom) in a table cell?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;cell&gt;&lt;padding&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="8462" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8387" CreationDate="2011-01-07T16:26:20.480" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;PDF viewers are not web browsers. There is no builtin reaction to a mouse hovering over an image, or a special tag or code to insert what it should show when it does. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Heck, even web browsers aren't &lt;em&gt;required&lt;/em&gt; to exhibit this behavior. ALT text derives from the early days on the web when some web browsers couldn't show graphics, or people on slow connections turned them off; it put something in place of the images. It is retained, I think, mainly for visually impaired people who use text to speech technology to get information from webpages. The tooltip behavior is just a convention certain browsers adopted to make this text available even when graphics were possible. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.w3.org/TR/html401/struct/objects.html#adef-alt&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;The w3's spec of the alt text attribute says nothing about tooltips&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to replicate this behavior, you'll have to use a tooltip package like &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/fancytooltips&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;fancytooltips&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/cooltooltips&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;cooltooltips&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. However, because the behavior is replicated using JavaScript, it'll only work in PDF viewers which suppport JavaScript, like Adobe Reader and Acrobat. (Even some users of these problems turn off JavaScript for security reasons.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If instead you're aiming at a visually impaired audience, I would just put a text caption on the image.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2011-01-07T16:26:20.480" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8463" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8453" CreationDate="2011-01-07T16:51:52.103" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;KOMA-Script has a mechanism for this. If you use &lt;code&gt;scrreprt&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;scrbook&lt;/code&gt;, then you only need to add the &lt;code&gt;appendixprefix&lt;/code&gt; option to &lt;code&gt;\documentclass&lt;/code&gt;. For &lt;code&gt;scrartcl&lt;/code&gt;, there is a description in the manual (section 3.7 “Appendix”): Just add&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{ifthen}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*{\appendixmore}{%&#xA;  \renewcommand*{\othersectionlevelsformat}[1]{%&#xA;    \ifthenelse{\equal{##1}{section}}{\appendixname~}{}%&#xA;    \csname the##1\endcsname\autodot\enskip}&#xA;  \renewcommand*{\sectionmarkformat}{%&#xA;    \appendixname~\thesection\autodot\enskip}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to your preamble.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-01-07T16:51:52.103" />
  <row Id="8464" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7478" CreationDate="2011-01-07T17:00:24.990" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If this is the same as the LSA Unified Style, (guessing from your choice of example reference) you can get a .bst version of it here:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://celxj.org/downloads/unified.bst&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;unified.bst&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-07T17:06:47.887" LastActivityDate="2011-01-07T17:06:47.887" />
  <row Id="8465" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8471" CreationDate="2011-01-07T17:06:29.933" Score="4" ViewCount="207" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section{Section title here}}&#xA;\subsection*{The subsection without numbers, but want it to appear in TOC}&#xA;\addcontentsline{toc}{subsection}{The subsection without numbers, but want it to appear in TOC}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is how I am avoiding sub section numbering and only showing section numbering. But I want subsection to appear in TOC so using the line below. All the above I did under &lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&lt;/code&gt;&#xA;however when I change it to &lt;code&gt;\documentclass{report}&lt;/code&gt; it started showing up numbers again. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would appreciate if you can guide me to understand this a bit more.&#xA;I can get by with &lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt;; however, I am interested to know the  difference. &#xA;How can I achieve same in &lt;code&gt;\documentclass{report}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2036" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-07T17:11:04.590" LastActivityDate="2011-01-07T18:47:17.833" Title="Article vs Report" Tags="&lt;article&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8466" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8468" CreationDate="2011-01-07T17:10:52.530" Score="6" ViewCount="161" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to tweak some .cls to fit my needs, and I'd really appreciate it if someone could explain me these statements:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\if@radseminar%&#xA;...&#xA;\else&#xA;...&#xA;\fi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;if I understand correctly, it will match @radseminartrue, right? How can I use OR statement? for example, I tried&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\if{@radtehnicka% or @radseminar%}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but it didn't match either.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2755" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-07T17:25:03.967" LastActivityDate="2011-01-07T17:25:03.967" Title="\if@ statement explanation" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;conditionals&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="8467" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8575" CreationDate="2011-01-07T17:15:20.717" Score="4" ViewCount="275" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to achieve citations that are superscript and don't have brackets using the &lt;code&gt;revtex4-1&lt;/code&gt; document class?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An example of how they should look: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Afirmation&lt;sup&gt;3,4&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1074" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-07T17:32:22.677" LastActivityDate="2011-01-09T15:25:07.290" Title="Superscript citations without brackets with the `revtex4-1` document class" Tags="&lt;citing&gt;&lt;revtex&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="8468" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8466" CreationDate="2011-01-07T17:16:55.147" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is no macro &lt;code&gt;\if@&lt;/code&gt; … the macro you’re seeing is called &lt;code&gt;\if@radseminar&lt;/code&gt; (yes, the &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt; and all that follows is part of the macro name).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;TeX doesn’t know boolean evaluation. You cannot just join several conditions together like in other programming languages. You need to test the conditions separately by nesting them:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\if@radseminar&#xA;  &amp;lt;true&amp;gt;&#xA;\else&#xA;  \if@radtehnicka&#xA;    &amp;lt;true&amp;gt;&#xA;  \fi&#xA;  &amp;lt;else&amp;gt;&#xA;\fi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, there are LaTeX packages to allow this, e.g. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/etoolbox/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;etoolbox&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;code&gt;ifthen&lt;/code&gt; (the latter shouldn’t be used any more I’ve been told).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using &lt;code&gt;etoolbox&lt;/code&gt;, it should look approximately like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ifboolexpr{bool {@radseminar} or bool {@radtehnicka}}{&amp;lt;true&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;false&amp;gt;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastEditorUserId="42" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-07T17:21:55.170" LastActivityDate="2011-01-07T17:21:55.170" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8469" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8465" CreationDate="2011-01-07T17:16:55.927" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setcounter{secnumdepth}{1}&lt;/code&gt; will show only Chapter (if applicable) and Section numbers. The subsections will still appear, unnumbered, in the table of contents.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To get the change to appear, you will need to run LaTeX twice&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-07T18:47:17.833" LastActivityDate="2011-01-07T18:47:17.833" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="8470" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8467" CreationDate="2011-01-07T17:29:39.290" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sketch of a biblatex solution:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[autocite=footnote,style=verbose-trad1]{biblatex}&#xA;\let\cite\autocite&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now when you write &lt;code&gt;Something something\cite{key}&lt;/code&gt; the citation will be placed in a footnote at the bottom of the page&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2011-01-07T17:29:39.290" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8471" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8465" CreationDate="2011-01-07T17:51:06.080" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Let me guess: After the switch from &lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;report&lt;/code&gt;, your &lt;code&gt;\subsection&lt;/code&gt; is still unnumbered, but your &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt; suddenly shows up as &quot;0.x A section&quot; (which resembles the look of &lt;code&gt;\subsection&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt;)? That is because the &lt;code&gt;report&lt;/code&gt; class (and the &lt;code&gt;book&lt;/code&gt; class) feature the additional sectioning level &lt;code&gt;\chapter&lt;/code&gt;, which becomes the new top level.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{report}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;&#xA;% Uncomment the following line to get rid of &quot;zero-sections&quot;&#xA;% \chapter{Chapter title here}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Section title here}&#xA;&#xA;\subsection*{An unnumbered subsection appearing in the ToC}&#xA;\addcontentsline{toc}{subsection}{An unnumbered subsection appearing in the ToC}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: If I understand correctly, you want the effect of the following (to be added to the preamble):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\thesection}{\arabic{section}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Chapters are still numbered, but sections don't feature the chapter number. (This may confuse readers, and it may screw up the cross-reference mechanism.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-07T18:17:58.363" LastActivityDate="2011-01-07T18:17:58.363" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="8472" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8431" CreationDate="2011-01-07T18:03:09.597" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A somewhat hackish way to get a list of appendices in &lt;code&gt;scrartcl&lt;/code&gt; is to add the following at the start of the appendix:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\appendix&#xA;% Set the name for the list of appenices&#xA;\newcommand\listoftoaname{Appendices}&#xA;&#xA;% force table of contents to load the list of appendices&#xA;\let\oldlistoftoc\listoftoc&#xA;\renewcommand\listoftoc[1]{\oldlistoftoc{toa}}&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\let\listoftoc\oldlistoftoc  &#xA;&#xA;% we will now redefine the sectioning commands so that that put entries&#xA;% into the list of appendices. The redefinitions are rather simplistic&#xA;% and break the starred versions and the optional argument.&#xA;% Thus the redefinitions have to be added after the \tableofcontents call.&#xA;&#xA;\let\oldaddcontentsline\addcontentsline&#xA;\newcommand\hackedaddcontentsline[3]{\oldaddcontentsline{toa}{#2}{#3}}&#xA;&#xA;\let\oldsection\section&#xA;\renewcommand*\section[1]{%&#xA;  \let\addcontentsline\hackedaddcontentsline%&#xA;  \oldsection{#1}%&#xA;  \let\addcontentsline\oldaddcontentsline%&#xA;}&#xA;\let\oldsubsection\subsection&#xA;\renewcommand*\subsection[1]{%&#xA;  \let\addcontentsline\hackedaddcontentsline%&#xA;  \oldsubsection{#1}%&#xA;  \let\addcontentsline\oldaddcontentsline%&#xA;}&#xA;\let\oldsubsubsection\subsubsection&#xA;\renewcommand*\subsubsection[1]{%&#xA;  \let\addcontentsline\hackedaddcontentsline%&#xA;  \oldsubsubsection{#1}%&#xA;  \let\addcontentsline\oldaddcontentsline%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For &lt;code&gt;scrreprt&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;scrbook&lt;/code&gt;, you need to add an analogous redefinition for &lt;code&gt;\chapter&lt;/code&gt;. As the redefinition of the sectioning commands are rather simplistic, they break the starred versions and the optional argument. Thus before any starred sections (like the bibliography), you should revert the redefinitions with &lt;code&gt;\let\section\oldsection&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-01-07T18:03:09.597" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8473" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7032" CreationDate="2011-01-07T18:45:48.490" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was pleasantly surprised how many people decided to give it a try, and a lot of interesting solutions popped out. As per tradition, this answer will be community wiki and  will summarize and compare all suggested solutions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I hereby suggest three different evaluation criteria, each graded from 1 to 5:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Simplicity&lt;/strong&gt;. This is a measure how easy it is to use the proposed solution. Points deducted for using additional packages, or defining anything other than a simple convenience macro.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Flexibility&lt;/strong&gt;. This primarily includes how easy is to use this in other contexts, in this case different frame shapes, sizes and thicknesses.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Accuracy&lt;/strong&gt;. Simply put, how aesthetically pleasing the solution looks, particularly how well the glyph is centered in the circlce, and how it fits surrounding free-running text.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here we go:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;raisebox&lt;/code&gt; solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks to &lt;em&gt;Jimi Oke&lt;/em&gt; for the fast fingers. This came in first, and is the one that I particularly like for the application I had in mind. It comes as easy as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\raisebox{.5pt}{\textcircled{\raisebox{-.9pt} {8}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nothing more than that. On the simplicity front, it doesn't get any better than this. Solid &lt;strong&gt;5/5&lt;/strong&gt;, as no extra packages are needed, and the unwieldy definition can be trivially abstracted in a one-liner &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Flexibiltiy-wise, this solution rates quite low, as you have no control on the circle size or parameters (I'm sure that some TeX hackers would prove me wrong, but for the love of &lt;em&gt;$DEITY&lt;/em&gt;, spare us such abominations). &lt;strong&gt;2/5&lt;/strong&gt; is well-deserved here. {1}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The accuracy issue is subjective as always, but you'd need to play around with the vertical distances to get it Just Right (tm) for the typeface you have selected. &lt;strong&gt;2/5&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;ding&lt;/code&gt;-y solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This came in from &lt;em&gt;TH.&lt;/em&gt; that suggests using some predefined symbol glyphs. The omniscient symbols-a4 document says that The One True Way to do it is to use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{pifont}&#xA;&#xA;\ding{172}--\ding{181} % seriffed fonts&#xA;\ding{192}--\ding{201} % sans-seriffed fonts&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or even the Go board nomenclature:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{igo}&#xA;\whitestone{1}--\whitestone{99}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the simplicity side, this rates at &lt;strong&gt;4.5/5&lt;/strong&gt;, although I'm reluctant to give it a straigt 5 due to the extra packages involved.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is not flexible at all. If you don't like the glyphs, you're on your own. &lt;strong&gt;1/5&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The glyphs themselves are well-designed, as one should expect, and the numbers are visually well-aligned with the circles. Although if you have a a typeface with a distinct style, the numbers font might not mesh well with the text.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The obligatory &lt;code&gt;tikz&lt;/code&gt; solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ahh, there's always that, isn't it. This is due to &lt;em&gt;Stefan Kottwitz&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\newcommand*\circled[1]{\tikz[baseline=(char.base)]{&#xA;    \node[shape=circle,draw,inner sep=2pt] (char) {#1};}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Numbers aligned with the text:  \circled{1} \circled{2} \circled{3} end.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personally, I'm not into &lt;code&gt;tikz&lt;/code&gt; (I know, I should learn it one of these days), so going with this would be a one-off use of the package for me, which I'd like to avoid. I can't give more than &lt;strong&gt;2/5&lt;/strong&gt; here, but the &lt;code&gt;tikz&lt;/code&gt; fanboiz (and galz!) should bump this up all the way to &lt;strong&gt;4/5&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As far as flexibility is concerned: this is the real deal. Stefan demonstrated even how to use the circled symbols with enumerated lists, of all things. Different frame shapes are certainly possible, with varying degree of fit around the glyph. Indisputable &lt;strong&gt;5/5&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Baseline alignment is top-notch without playing around with some manual adjustments, which is quite nice. The spacing around the symbol looks all right, although in free-running text the circle should preferably have a tighter fit around the number, which can be achieved by playing around with the &lt;code&gt;inner sep&lt;/code&gt; parameter in the command definition. &lt;strong&gt;5/5&lt;/strong&gt; here.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;pict2e&lt;/code&gt;/&lt;code&gt;picture&lt;/code&gt; solution&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A late addition by &lt;em&gt;Herbert&lt;/em&gt; proposes uses some basic primitives from the &lt;code&gt;picture&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;pict2e&lt;/code&gt; packages. Here goes:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{pict2e,picture}&#xA;\newsavebox\CBox&#xA;\newlength\CLength&#xA;\def\Circled#1{\sbox\CBox{#1}%&#xA;  \ifdim\wd\CBox&amp;gt;\ht\CBox \CLength=\wd\CBox\else\CLength=\ht\CBox\fi&#xA;    \makebox[1.5\CLength]{\makebox(0,1.5\CLength){\put(0,0){\circle{1.5\CLength}}}%&#xA;    \makebox(0,1.5\CLength){\put(-.5\wd\CBox,0){#1}}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the simplicity front, this doesn't rate too well. It looks a bit convoluted, although definitely understandable after studying it, and uses two additional packages. &lt;strong&gt;2/5&lt;/strong&gt; is a reasonable score here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Flexibility is not quite built-in, but is certainly possible. The circle radius can be adjusted, by modifying the &lt;code&gt;1.5&lt;/code&gt; factor, and the baseline adjustment can be played with. &lt;strong&gt;3.5/5&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As it stands in this definition, the baseline of the surrounding text is tangent to the circle instead of being aligned with the circled number base. This might be desirable in some circumstances, but the numbers look a bit out of place in this way. Better results are achievable with some additional calculations when placing the boxes, and a &lt;strong&gt;3.5/5&lt;/strong&gt; is given here to reflect this potential.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The other obligatory &lt;code&gt;tikz&lt;/code&gt; solution&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Matthew Leingang&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;morbusg&lt;/em&gt; tried their hand in this, and while their efforts are certainly appreciated, I feel Stefan's solution is simpler. I am grateful for the effort (and your humbleness), and I upvoted both your answers. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Final score:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Simplicity&lt;/strong&gt; : &lt;code&gt;raisebox&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Flexibility&lt;/strong&gt; : &lt;code&gt;tikz&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Accuracy&lt;/strong&gt;: tied between &lt;code&gt;tikz&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;ding&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Overall: &lt;code&gt;tikz&lt;/code&gt;, without hesitation (acclamation from the public, hats thrown, handkerchiefs waved and all that).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, some test code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pict2e,picture} % picture &#xA;\usepackage{tikz}   % tikz&#xA;\usepackage{pifont} % ding&#xA;&#xA;% Picture solution&#xA;\newsavebox\CBox&#xA;\newlength\CLength&#xA;\def\numcircledpict#1{\sbox\CBox{#1}%&#xA;  \ifdim\wd\CBox&amp;gt;\ht\CBox \CLength=\wd\CBox\else\CLength=\ht\CBox\fi&#xA;    \makebox[1.5\CLength]{\makebox(0,1.5\CLength){\put(0,0){\circle{1.5\CLength}}}%&#xA;    \makebox(0,1.5\CLength){\put(-.5\wd\CBox,0){#1}}}}&#xA;&#xA;% TikZ solution&#xA;\newcommand*\numcircledtikz[1]{\tikz[baseline=(char.base)]{&#xA;            \node[shape=circle,draw,inner sep=1.2pt] (char) {#1};}} &#xA;&#xA;% Modified \textcircled solution&#xA;\newcommand*\numcircledmod[1]{\raisebox{.5pt}{\textcircled{\raisebox{-.9pt} {#1}}}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;    \begin{tabular}{l|l}&#xA;        Original &amp;amp; Lorem \textcircled{1} ipsum \textcircled{2} dolor \\&#xA;        Modified &amp;amp; Lorem \numcircledmod{1} ipsum \numcircledmod{2} dolor\\&#xA;        TikZ &amp;amp; Lorem \numcircledtikz{1} ipsum \numcircledtikz{2} dolor\\&#xA;        Picture &amp;amp; Lorem \numcircledpict{1} ipsum \numcircledpict{2} dolor\\&#xA;        Ding serif &amp;amp; Lorem \ding{172} ipsum \ding{173} dolor\\&#xA;        Ding sans &amp;amp; Lorem \ding{192} ipsum \ding{193} dolor\\&#xA;    \end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;{1} If somebody &lt;em&gt;does&lt;/em&gt; decide to write such a thing, let me know and I will include it in this answer at no additional cost, but be advised that the post will be subsequently marked &lt;code&gt;\textcircled{18+}&lt;/code&gt; to protect the faint of heart.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="711" LastEditorUserId="711" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-10T19:23:18.880" LastActivityDate="2011-01-10T19:23:18.880" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-01-07T18:45:48.490" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="8474" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8452" CreationDate="2011-01-07T19:25:43.743" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I once uncovered the following code on comp.text.tex, credited to Ulrich Dirr:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%%% hyperendnotes.sty&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newif\ifenotelinks&#xA;\newcounter{Hendnote}&#xA;% Redefining portions of endnotes-package:&#xA;\let\savedhref\href&#xA;\let\savedurl\url&#xA;\def\endnotemark{%&#xA;\@ifnextchar[\@xendnotemark{%&#xA;\stepcounter{endnote}%&#xA;\protected@xdef\@theenmark{\theendnote}%&#xA;\protected@xdef\@theenvalue{\number\c@endnote}%&#xA;\@endnotemark&#xA;}%&#xA;}%&#xA;\def\@xendnotemark[#1]{%&#xA;\begingroup\c@endnote#1\relax&#xA;\unrestored@protected@xdef\@theenmark{\theendnote}%&#xA;\unrestored@protected@xdef\@theenvalue{\number\c@endnote}%&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;\@endnotemark&#xA;}%&#xA;\def\endnotetext{%&#xA;\@ifnextchar[\@xendnotenext{%&#xA;\protected@xdef\@theenmark{\theendnote}%&#xA;\protected@xdef\@theenvalue{\number\c@endnote}%&#xA;\@endnotetext&#xA;}%&#xA;}%&#xA;\def\@xendnotenext[#1]{%&#xA;\begingroup&#xA;\c@endnote=#1\relax&#xA;\unrestored@protected@xdef\@theenmark{\theendnote}%&#xA;\unrestored@protected@xdef\@theenvalue{\number\c@endnote}%&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;\@endnotetext&#xA;}%&#xA;\def\endnote{%&#xA;\@ifnextchar[\@xendnote{%&#xA;\stepcounter{endnote}%&#xA;\protected@xdef\@theenmark{\theendnote}%&#xA;\protected@xdef\@theenvalue{\number\c@endnote}%&#xA;\@endnotemark\@endnotetext&#xA;}%&#xA;}%&#xA;\def\@xendnote[#1]{%&#xA;\begingroup&#xA;\c@endnote=#1\relax&#xA;\unrestored@protected@xdef\@theenmark{\theendnote}%&#xA;\unrestored@protected@xdef\@theenvalue{\number\c@endnote}%&#xA;\show\@theenvalue&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;\@endnotemark\@endnotetext&#xA;}%&#xA;\def\@endnotemark{%&#xA;\leavevmode&#xA;\ifhmode&#xA;\edef\@x@sf{\the\spacefactor}\nobreak&#xA;\fi&#xA;\ifenotelinks&#xA;\expandafter\@firstofone&#xA;\else&#xA;\expandafter\@gobble&#xA;\fi&#xA;{%&#xA;\Hy@raisedlink{%&#xA;\hyper@@anchor{Hendnotepage.\@theenvalue}{\empty}%&#xA;}%&#xA;}%&#xA;\hyper@linkstart{link}{Hendnote.\@theenvalue}%&#xA;\makeenmark&#xA;\hyper@linkend&#xA;\ifhmode&#xA;\spacefactor\@x@sf&#xA;\fi&#xA;\relax&#xA;}%&#xA;\long\def\@endnotetext#1{%&#xA;\if@enotesopen&#xA;\else&#xA;\@openenotes&#xA;\fi&#xA;\immediate\write\@enotes{%&#xA;\@doanenote{\@theenmark}{\@theenvalue}%&#xA;}%&#xA;\begingroup&#xA;\def\next{#1}%&#xA;\newlinechar='40&#xA;\immediate\write\@enotes{\meaning\next}%&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;\immediate\write\@enotes{%&#xA;\@endanenote&#xA;}%&#xA;}%&#xA;\def\theendnotes{%&#xA;\immediate\closeout\@enotes&#xA;\global\@enotesopenfalse&#xA;\begingroup&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\edef\@tempa{`\string&amp;gt;}%&#xA;\ifnum\catcode\@tempa=12&#xA;\let\@ResetGT\relax&#xA;\else&#xA;\edef\@ResetGT{\noexpand\catcode\@tempa=\the\catcode\@tempa}%&#xA;\@makeother\&amp;gt;%&#xA;\fi&#xA;\def\@doanenote##1##2##3&amp;gt;{%&#xA;\def\@theenmark{##1}%&#xA;\def\@theenvalue{##2}%&#xA;\par&#xA;\smallskip %&amp;lt;-small vertical gap between endnotes&#xA;\begingroup&#xA;\def\href{\expandafter\savedhref}%&#xA;\def\url{\expandafter\savedurl}%&#xA;\@ResetGT&#xA;\edef\@currentlabel{\csname p@endnote\endcsname\@theenmark}%&#xA;\enoteformat&#xA;}%&#xA;\def\@endanenote{%&#xA;\par\endgroup&#xA;}%&#xA;% Redefine, how numbers are formatted in the endnotes-section:&#xA;\renewcommand*\@makeenmark{%&#xA;\hbox{\normalfont\@theenmark~}%&#xA;}%&#xA;% header of endnotes-section&#xA;\enoteheading&#xA;% font-size of endnotes&#xA;\enotesize&#xA;\input{\jobname.ent}%&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;}%&#xA;\def\enoteformat{%&#xA;\rightskip\z@&#xA;\leftskip1.8em&#xA;\parindent\z@&#xA;\leavevmode\llap{%&#xA;\setcounter{Hendnote}{\@theenvalue}%&#xA;\addtocounter{Hendnote}{-1}%&#xA;\refstepcounter{Hendnote}%&#xA;\ifenotelinks&#xA;\expandafter\@secondoftwo&#xA;\else&#xA;\expandafter\@firstoftwo&#xA;\fi&#xA;{\@firstofone}%&#xA;{\hyperlink{Hendnotepage.\@theenvalue}}%&#xA;{\makeenmark}%&#xA;}%&#xA;}%&#xA;% stop redefining portions of endnotes-package:&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;% Toggle switch in order to turn on/off back-links in the&#xA;% endnote-section:&#xA;\enotelinkstrue&#xA;%\enotelinksfalse&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Load it with the &lt;code&gt;endnotes&lt;/code&gt; package (&lt;em&gt;after&lt;/em&gt; &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt;) and enjoy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="575" LastEditorUserId="575" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-07T19:53:33.767" LastActivityDate="2011-01-07T19:53:33.767" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8475" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8461" CreationDate="2011-01-07T20:21:48.797" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{array,calc,longtable,ragged2e,pstricks}&#xA;\psset{linecolor=red}&#xA;\tabcolsep=1pt&#xA;\arrayrulewidth=1pt&#xA;\newsavebox\TBox&#xA;&#xA;\def\pic{\begin{pspicture}(-5mm,-5mm)(4.5,3.5)\psframe*(4,3)\end{pspicture}}&#xA;\def\picB{\begin{pspicture}(4,3)\psframe*(4,3)\end{pspicture}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{longtable}{| c | c|}\hline&#xA;\pic&amp;amp;\pic\tabularnewline\hline&#xA;\end{longtable}&#xA;&#xA; \fboxrule=0pt\fboxsep=15pt&#xA;\begin{longtable}{| c | c|}\hline&#xA;\savebox\TBox{$\frac{x^2}{1+2x^2}$}\fbox{\usebox\TBox} &amp;amp; foo \tabularnewline\hline&#xA;\end{longtable}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{saveTBox}&#xA;  {\fboxrule=0pt\fboxsep=15pt%&#xA;   \begin{lrbox}{\TBox}}&#xA;  {\end{lrbox}\fbox{\usebox\TBox}}&#xA;&#xA;\newcolumntype{B}{&amp;gt;{\saveTBox}c&amp;lt;{\endsaveTBox}}&#xA;&#xA;\tabcolsep=0pt&#xA;\begin{longtable}{| B|B |}\hline&#xA;\picB &amp;amp; \picB\tabularnewline\hline&#xA;\end{longtable}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-08T07:21:44.507" LastActivityDate="2011-01-08T07:21:44.507" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="8476" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-07T21:17:38.693" Score="0" ViewCount="193" Body="&lt;p&gt;I struggling with a project. I'm trying to make a Calendar in Arabic in Scribus since I already did some in different language with this application. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Has anybody experience working with Scribus and it's Tex Render engine?&#xA;I just get Render Error no mater what I do. I never used TexLive. It's the first time. So guide and help is more than welcome!!!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;System: Gentoo Linux.&#xA;TexLive: version 2010&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you for your replay, Khaled!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inkscape is great. But I need to generate a multiple page document and Inkscape can't do that. Scribus is by far more better for that purpose.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I did some more tests and found some way to output Arab text in Scribus vía TeX Render. As it looks like, Scribus adds some Font/Header information automatically. If you define those Font/Header information again, things start no to work anymore. Could that be?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This what I did to get things to work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I added to Fonts/Headers&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{arabtex}&#xA;\usepackage{utf8}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Code Introduction&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{arabtex}&#xA;\setcode{utf8}&#xA;\setarab&#xA;\RL{ سبت }&#xA;\end{arabtex}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nothing more was needed. I don't know if that would be the correct or best thing to do. I never used LaTex or TexLive.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hello Khaled&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So there is no easy and strait forward way of going this directly in Scribus. BUMMER! I will take your recommendation and use Inkscape to get the scripting text done. Let's see how much work this will be. It's just incredible that almost all applications that deal with Graphics and Text on Linux can handle any scripting language but the Scribus developer consider these languages as a special feature. That's ridicules. It's a publication software and you publish in different languages all over the globe. They really took the easy way out.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I was thinking to use as alternative OpenOffice Draw to do the Calendar. This application can generate a multiple page PDF as well; however; this PDF would be useless for offset printing. Also the performance of this application is terrible. Just adding some Pictures and the program goes in it's knees performance wise.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Again Thanks!&#xA;Carsten&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2824" LastEditorUserId="2824" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-12T18:13:01.857" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T18:13:01.857" ClosedDate="2011-02-08T09:37:51.967" Title="Scribus - Arabic" Tags="&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;texlive&gt;&lt;scribus&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8477" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8480" CreationDate="2011-01-07T21:25:11.473" Score="3" ViewCount="197" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am compiling some solutions to textbook exercises, and I am trying to do so in the style of the book. The way the book does it is that the body of each exercise appears unindented, left-aligned, where one would expect it to be, at the left margin, but the number for the problem is right-aligned to the left of that. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An impression of the result is this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;     This is the left margin.&#xA;&#xA;  1. This is the first problem.&#xA;&#xA;       This is the first paragraph of the first solution, which has a normal first-line&#xA;     indent.&#xA;       This is the second paragraph of the first solution...&#xA;&#xA;       This is a new paragraph following a line break, still in the first solution.&#xA;&#xA;       This is the second page of the first solution.&#xA;&#xA;  2. This problem follows.&#xA;     ...&#xA; 10. This is the tenth problem.&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would be equally happy with the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;This is the left margin.&#xA;&#xA; 1. This is the first problem.&#xA;&#xA; 2. This problem follows.&#xA;     ...&#xA;10. This is the tenth problem.&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The numbers are in boldface and wrap around every chapter (so there are multiple 1's, 2's, etc.), and solutions are (to be) typed in between. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I realize this may be a stupid question and in contravention of the LaTeX philosophy, but...&#xA;Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2825" LastEditorUserId="2825" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-07T21:55:55.673" LastActivityDate="2011-01-07T22:14:38.057" Title="A hanging indent to the left of the page margin" Tags="&lt;indentation&gt;&lt;horizontal-alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8478" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8479" CreationDate="2011-01-07T21:39:21.677" Score="3" ViewCount="134" Body="&lt;p&gt;In tikz, a &lt;code&gt;rectangle split&lt;/code&gt; node is split horizontally. According to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/builds/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;a comment by Mark Wibrow on 2008-04-21&lt;/a&gt;, it is possible to create rectangle nodes that are split vertically. However, I can't find how to do that in the tikz manual or in the online examples. Does sm here know how to do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2826" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-08T13:58:24.330" LastActivityDate="2011-01-08T13:58:24.330" Title="How can I create a rectangle that is split vertically in tikz?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;nodes&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="8479" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8478" CreationDate="2011-01-07T21:50:47.553" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to the TikZ manual (version 2.10, section 48.6.  Page 451, but see the example on page 450) the boolean option &lt;code&gt;rectangle split horizontal&lt;/code&gt; will toggle this.  Do you have this (the current) version of TikZ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="575" LastActivityDate="2011-01-07T21:50:47.553" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8480" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8477" CreationDate="2011-01-07T21:54:46.740" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;enumerate might be one solution. In that case I would use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/enumitem&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;enumitem&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package to customize the list according to the requirements.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For longer solutions, you could better customize the sectioning. For this, I would use &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/titlesec&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. Here's a short example for such hanging headings and formatting like in your comment below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\usepackage{titlesec}&#xA;\titleformat{\section}{\normalfont\slshape}{\makebox[2em][r]{\textbf{\thesection.}}}{1em}{}&#xA;\titlespacing*{\section}{-3em}{3.5ex plus 1ex minus .2ex}{2.3ex plus .2ex}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\thesection}{\arabic{section}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\chapter{One}&#xA;This is the left margin.&#xA;\section{This is the first problem.}&#xA;This is the solution.&#xA;\section{This problem follows.}&#xA;\addtocounter{section}{7}&#xA;\section{This is the tenth problem.}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/N2Euf.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here &lt;code&gt;\makebox&lt;/code&gt; puts the label into a box of fixed width and aligned to the right. Other values cause the overhanging into the left margin.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-07T22:14:38.057" LastActivityDate="2011-01-07T22:14:38.057" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="8481" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8423" CreationDate="2011-01-07T22:27:07.213" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For a series of centered equations use the &lt;code&gt;gather&lt;/code&gt; environment of amsmath:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{gather*}&#xA; E(R_{i,t})=E(\alpha_i)+E(\beta_{i,F_1 } F_{1,t})+E(\beta_{i,F_2 } F_{2,t})+&#xA;    \ldots+E(\beta_{i,F_m } F_{m,t})\\&#xA;\bar{R}_{i,t}=a+\hat{\beta}_{i,F_1 } E(F_{1,t})+\hat{\beta}_{i,F_2 } E(F_{2,t})+&#xA;    \ldots+\hat{\beta}_{i,F_m } E(F_{m,t})\\&#xA; \bar{R}_{i,t}=a+\gamma_1\hat{\beta}_{i,F_1 } +\gamma_2\hat{\beta}_{i,F_2 } F_{2,t}+&#xA;    \ldots+\gamma_m\hat{\beta}_{i,F_m }&#xA;\end{gather*} &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/rfbFl.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Instead of centering you may consider to align all equations at the equal sign and center the whole multiline environment. For this, use the &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;align*&lt;/code&gt; environment, see the &lt;a href=&quot;ftp://ftp.ams.org/pub/tex/doc/amsmath/amsldoc.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;amsmath user's guide&lt;/a&gt; (or type &lt;em&gt;texdoc amsldoc&lt;/em&gt; at the command prompt).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In any case, use &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/amsmath&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. That package provides many kinds of multiline diplayed formula environments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-01-07T22:27:07.213" />
  <row Id="8482" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8374" CreationDate="2011-01-07T22:51:45.513" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Since LaTeX builts on TeX, a very good foundation to understand its syntax is learning the TeX syntax. Here are helpful documents (I took it from a list on my blog):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/systems/knuth/dist/tex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;The TeXbook&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.eijkhout.net/tbt/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX by Topic&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/info/gentle/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;A Gentle Introduction to TeX&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/impatient/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX for the Impatient&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ntg.nl/doc/wilkins/pllong.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Getting started with Plain TeX&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://makingtexwork.sourceforge.net/mtw/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Making TeX Work&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Specifically for LaTeX syntax, there's a huge amount of documentation and there are many books and online &lt;a href=&quot;http://texblog.net/latex-link-archive/introduction-guide/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tutorials and introductions&lt;/a&gt;. For understanding what the LaTeX author Leslie Lamport meant with LaTeX syntax extensions, I recommend to read his book &quot;LaTeX: A Document Preparation System&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-01-07T22:51:45.513" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8483" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8461" CreationDate="2011-01-07T22:55:40.563" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the following to enclose horizontal material by a given padding on all sides, without changing its baseline.  Using that in a table should give you the desired result, except that you will have to make sure the tabular environment does not insert some additional padding. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\padded#1#2{%&#xA;   \setbox0\hbox{#2}%&#xA;   \dimen0=\dp0&#xA;   \setbox2\hbox{\hskip #1\vbox{\vskip #1\box0\vskip#1}\hskip#1}%&#xA;   \advance\dimen0 by #1%&#xA;   \leavevmode\lower\dimen0\box2}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You would use it as &lt;code&gt;\padded{10pt}{Blah pjqy}&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastEditorUserId="396" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-08T04:21:59.173" LastActivityDate="2011-01-08T04:21:59.173" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8484" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8467" CreationDate="2011-01-08T00:23:11.257" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As the revtex4-1 document class loads the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/natbib.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;natbib&lt;/a&gt; package, it is responsive to natbib's options and commands. The natbib command &lt;code&gt;\setcitestyle{super}&lt;/code&gt; does what you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{revtex4-1}&#xA;&#xA;\setcitestyle{super}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.bib}&#xA;@misc{A01,&#xA;  author = {Author, A.},&#xA;  year = {2001},&#xA;  title = {Alpha},&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;@misc{B02,&#xA;  author = {Buthor, B.},&#xA;  year = {2002},&#xA;  title = {Bravo},&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Some text \cite{A01,B02}.&#xA;&#xA;\bibliography{\jobname}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The filecontents environment is only used to include some external files directly into the example, so that it compiles. It is not necessary for the solution.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-01-08T00:23:11.257" />
  <row Id="8485" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8496" CreationDate="2011-01-08T02:06:51.557" Score="3" ViewCount="114" Body="&lt;p&gt;After doing a mass substitution of a certain heading I had had in my document for &lt;code&gt;\section{}&lt;/code&gt;, my document stopped compiling. It took me longer than I'd care to admit to figure out what caused it. What it seems to be is that a display &lt;code&gt;\[ \]&lt;/code&gt; in a section heading makes it too irate to compile. Is there a good way around this?&#xA;My way is just to end the &lt;code&gt;\section{}&lt;/code&gt;, insert the &lt;code&gt;\[ \]&lt;/code&gt;, and resume with a &lt;code&gt;\section*{}&lt;/code&gt; afterward, but this seems like it can't be the best way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2825" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-15T21:34:37.093" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T21:34:37.093" Title="Is it possible to use the code \section{\[ \]} without the computer breaking?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="8486" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8501" CreationDate="2011-01-08T02:35:37.727" Score="4" ViewCount="169" Body="&lt;p&gt;In between two sections that really ought to be numbered 23 and 24, &#xA;I want to add another section, which I would like to call 23.5.&#xA;The code &lt;code&gt;\setcounter{section}{23.5} \section{...}&lt;/code&gt;, however, results in a section labeled 24 with a .5 floating over the top of it. &#xA;Is there a way around this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2825" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-17T20:12:50.130" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T20:12:50.130" Title="Changing the section number to a fraction" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;counters&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8487" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8485" CreationDate="2011-01-08T02:53:24.993" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Display math environments create a new paragraph, and that obviously won't work inside a header. Instead, you can use &lt;code&gt;$\displaystyle some math$&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't really know why &lt;code&gt;\varinjlim&lt;/code&gt; doesn't work in sectioning commands. I seems to be defined in some way that breaks the ToC mechanism. Providing an alternative for the table of contents, it compiles, but might not be exactly what you want:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section[$\displaystyle \injlim_k M_k$]{$\displaystyle \varinjlim_k M_k$}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(This uses &lt;code&gt;\injlim&lt;/code&gt; for the toc entry and &lt;code&gt;\varinjlin&lt;/code&gt; for the actual section.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-01-08T02:53:24.993" />
  <row Id="8488" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8486" CreationDate="2011-01-08T03:02:51.027" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's a hacky way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\addtocounter{section}{-1}&#xA;\renewcommand{\thesection}{\arabic{section}.5}&#xA;\section{Title of Half section}&#xA;\renewcommand{\thesection}{\arabic{section}} % back to regular numbering&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(But as Caramdir points out, this isn't really a great idea.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-01-08T03:02:51.027" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8489" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8491" CreationDate="2011-01-08T06:16:08.973" Score="6" ViewCount="112" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm very new to latex, and I've noticed that using a book class causes the text on one page to be on the right and then left on the next and so on. I'd like for it to all to be on the left or centered. How can I change this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2756" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-08T13:58:03.237" LastActivityDate="2011-01-08T13:58:03.237" Title="When using a book class (memoir), text shifts from left to right on each page" Tags="&lt;margins&gt;&lt;memoir&gt;&lt;book-design&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="8490" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8495" CreationDate="2011-01-08T06:18:05.633" Score="3" ViewCount="89" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am typesetting in a bidirectional environment, the language is right to left but the commands are left to right. Due to this i rather distinguish the commands and the actual text by typing every command in a new line. Unfortunately this caused me some trouble, please consider the following sample:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;thus \footnote{this is a footnote} the main issue remains. The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog \footnote{Why did it jump} The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which results in the following output:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/g3uxN.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you can see, the output has two problems:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The space between the main text and number representing a footnote is wide (look at the space between &quot;thus&quot; and &quot;footnote number 1&quot;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The second footnote has moved to the new line.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know that they are all my fault! I must not put space between the footnote command and the text before. But I provided this example to let you know what are the problems. Now considering the case in a bidi environment where I have used many &lt;code&gt;\footnote&lt;/code&gt; commands in a new line but without any space, as shown below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;this is the text&#xA;\footnote{this is a footnote}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I overcome this problem and remove that whitespace which tex assumes when going to new line and still maintain the readability of the text? Should I renew the footnote command and add the &lt;code&gt;\hspace&lt;/code&gt; with negative value to it? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2244" LastActivityDate="2011-01-08T09:40:36.563" Title="footnote non-breakable" Tags="&lt;footnotes&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="8491" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8489" CreationDate="2011-01-08T06:50:25.650" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Most book classes assume that the final pages will be printed double sided with one side for binding, and their default is to have different page layouts for front (&lt;em&gt;recto&lt;/em&gt;) vs. back (&lt;em&gt;verso&lt;/em&gt;) pages.  To fix this you should use the &lt;code&gt;oneside&lt;/code&gt; option when you load the class.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[oneside]{memoir}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-01-08T06:50:25.650" />
  <row Id="8492" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8490" CreationDate="2011-01-08T06:52:56.943" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You're include spaces, so of course TeX is. Use &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt; at the end of lines where you don't want there to be a space: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;this is the text%&#xA;\footnote{this is a footnote}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2011-01-08T06:52:56.943" />
  <row Id="8493" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8494" CreationDate="2011-01-08T07:25:59.607" Score="3" ViewCount="90" Body="&lt;p&gt;In my text I have some paragraphs that should be denoted as &quot;note&quot;, &quot;caution&quot;, &quot;tip&quot;, &quot;story&quot;. These paragraphs should be rendered with darker background and an icon on the left side.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I was not able to figure out the good keywords to google this up.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any clues?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1808" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-08T13:56:31.913" LastActivityDate="2011-01-08T13:56:31.913" Title="How to mark book paragraphs as note, warning, tip etc.?" Tags="&lt;paragraphs&gt;&lt;style&gt;&lt;book-design&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="8494" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8493" CreationDate="2011-01-08T07:42:22.423" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[english]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{babel,xcolor,framed,marginnote,blindtext}&#xA;\colorlet{shadecolor}{blue!10}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{SpecialPar}&#xA;  {\begin{shaded}\marginnote{\fbox{Icon}}}&#xA;  {\end{shaded}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\blindtext&#xA;\begin{SpecialPar}&#xA;\blindtext &#xA;\end{SpecialPar}&#xA;\blindtext&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-08T07:42:22.423" />
  <row Id="8495" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8490" CreationDate="2011-01-08T07:51:23.900" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I played only a bit ... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\let\Footnote\footnote&#xA;\def\pst@@killglue{\unskip\ifdim\lastskip&amp;gt;\z@\expandafter\pst@@killglue\fi}&#xA;\def\footnote{\pst@@killglue\Footnote}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;foo      \footnote{A foot note without spaces in front.} bar baz&#xA;&#xA;bar&#xA;\footnote{Another foot note without spaces in front.} bar baz&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-08T09:40:36.563" LastActivityDate="2011-01-08T09:40:36.563" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8496" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8485" CreationDate="2011-01-08T08:24:31.000" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;\protect&lt;/code&gt; to make &lt;code&gt;\overset&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\varinjlim&lt;/code&gt; robust:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;&#xA;\section{$\protect\overset{f}\to \protect\varinjlim$}&#xA;foo&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-08T09:39:39.090" LastActivityDate="2011-01-08T09:39:39.090" />
  <row Id="8497" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8486" CreationDate="2011-01-08T10:30:09.190" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The idea to do what you want is what Alan proposed, but if you want it to work properly with &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt;, you need to be a little more careful to avoid warnings like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;pdfTeX warning&#xA;(ext4): destination with the same identifier (name{section.23}) has been already&#xA;used, duplicate ignored&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which make hyperlinks to your half section point to the wrong place. To avoid this, you can define a master counter for sections and increment it just before the half section. Here's a full code showing how it works:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}% must be before the definition of the mastercounter&#xA;&#xA;% Master counter for sections&#xA;\newcounter{mastersection}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\@addtoreset{section}{mastersection}% section depends on mastersection&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\DontChangeNextSectionNumber}{%&#xA;  % we save the old section number and substract one (\section does +1)&#xA;  \edef\sectioncountervalue{\numexpr\the\value{section}-1\relax}%&#xA;  % we increment the master counter&#xA;  \refstepcounter{mastersection}%&#xA;  % we set the section counter to the saved value&#xA;  \setcounter{section}{\sectioncountervalue}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\setcounter{section}{22}% for the numbers to start at 22 in this example&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;&#xA;\section{Title of section}&#xA;&#xA;\DontChangeNextSectionNumber&#xA;\renewcommand{\thesection}{\arabic{section}\ensuremath{'}}&#xA;\section{Title of Half section}\label{half.section}&#xA;&#xA;\subsection{Title of subsection}&#xA;&#xA;\subsection{Title of subsection}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand{\thesection}{\arabic{section}}&#xA;\section{Title of section}&#xA;&#xA;\ref{half.section}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Instead of &lt;code&gt;23.5&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;23½&lt;/code&gt;, I've used &lt;code&gt;23’&lt;/code&gt; which you see from times to times in some math books for theorem variants. If you don't like that, you can of course change it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1973" LastActivityDate="2011-01-08T10:30:09.190" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8498" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8461" CreationDate="2011-01-08T10:41:14.110" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The same with allowing displayed eqiations ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{array,amsmath,longtable,ragged2e,pstricks,varwidth}&#xA;\psset{linecolor=red}&#xA;\tabcolsep=1pt&#xA;\arrayrulewidth=1pt&#xA;\newsavebox\TBox&#xA;&#xA;\def\picB{\begin{pspicture}(4,3)\psframe*(4,3)\end{pspicture}}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{saveTBox}&#xA;  {\begin{lrbox}{\TBox}\varwidth{\linewidth}}&#xA;  {\endvarwidth\end{lrbox}%&#xA;   \fboxrule=0pt\fboxsep=15pt\fbox{\usebox\TBox}}&#xA;&#xA;\newcolumntype{B}{@{}&amp;gt;{\saveTBox}c&amp;lt;{\endsaveTBox}@{}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{longtable}{|B|B|}\hline&#xA;\[ y=f(x) \] &amp;amp; \picB      &#xA;  \tabularnewline\hline&#xA;\end{longtable}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-08T10:50:23.587" LastActivityDate="2011-01-08T10:50:23.587" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8499" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8461" CreationDate="2011-01-08T11:13:34.020" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One in Plain with XeTeX:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{&#xA;  \newskip\tableverticalpadding   \tableverticalpadding=1cm&#xA;  \newskip\tablehorizontalpadding \tablehorizontalpadding=1cm&#xA;  % Those are glues, by the way&#xA;  \everycr={\noalign{\vskip\tableverticalpadding}}&#xA;  \tabskip=\tablehorizontalpadding&#xA;  \vbox{% Just for the \hrule's&#xA;    \hrule height 1pt&#xA;    \halign{&amp;amp;\hfil$\vcenter{\hbox{#}}$\hfil\cr % horizontal/vertical centered&#xA;      Column with text&amp;amp;\XeTeXpicfile &quot;i-stress-test.jpg&quot; \cr&#xA;      \XeTeXpicfile &quot;test-pattern.jpg&quot; &amp;amp;\vbox{$$\sum^{\infty}_{i=1} math$$}\cr % added vbox around $$&#xA;    }&#xA;    \hrule height 1pt&#xA;  }&#xA;}&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/YDhub.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; title=&quot;Hosted by imgur.com&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastEditorUserId="1410" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-08T14:09:22.480" LastActivityDate="2011-01-08T14:09:22.480" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8500" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9317" CreationDate="2011-01-08T13:21:24.113" Score="1" ViewCount="197" Body="&lt;p&gt;I wanted to make some flashcards for learning japanese. I've found the &lt;code&gt;flashcard&lt;/code&gt; class and some japanese output package (&lt;code&gt;ucs&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;CJK&lt;/code&gt;). But they don't seem to work together. I've coded the following as an example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\PassOptionsToPackage{a4paper}{geometry}&#xA;\documentclass[avery5371,frame]{flashcards}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[encapsulated]{CJK}&#xA;\usepackage{ucs}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[english,german,brazilian]{babel}&#xA;\newcommand{\cjktext}[1]{\begin{CJK}{UTF8}{cyberbit}#1\end{CJK}}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;%\cardbackstyle[\small\selectlanguage{english}]{empty}&#xA;%\cardfrontstyle[\selectlanguage{german}\Large]{headings}&#xA;\cardfrontfoot{\cjktext{日本語}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{flashcard}{\cjktext{がくせい}}&#xA;1) student&#xA;\end{flashcard}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The *.pdf file was build without any errors by pdflatex, but the *.pdf itself doesn't contain any of the japanese character.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anyone know how I could fix this, or does perhaps anyone know packages or classes which are more adequate here?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2804" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-10T22:42:31.223" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T01:48:23.390" Title="Japanese flashcards" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;documentclass&gt;&lt;languages&gt;&lt;cjk&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="8501" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8486" CreationDate="2011-01-08T13:54:54.520" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A section between 23 and 24 seems to belong to 23 as well. Consider to use a main section 23 and split it into two subsections 23.1 and 23.2.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It would also be possible to write the section 23, then add a subsection 5 (&lt;code&gt;\addtocounter{subsection}{4}\subsection{...}&lt;/code&gt;). Its number would be 23.5 then. If you wish, you could let a subsection appear like a section, just clone your titlesec commands.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-01-08T13:54:54.520" />
  <row Id="8502" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-08T14:18:55.327" Score="0" ViewCount="215" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3070/preparing-pdf-files-for-ebook-readers-etc&quot;&gt;Preparing PDF files for ebook readers, etc.&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to make a pretty ebook using LaTeX. I was wondering if somebody help me to find some sample files or templates to do this on the Internet or to introduce me helpful packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2762" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-08T15:59:37.293" LastActivityDate="2011-01-08T15:59:37.293" ClosedDate="2011-02-08T09:16:20.610" Title="making pretty ebooks using LaTeX" Tags="&lt;templates&gt;" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8503" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-08T14:59:01.067" Score="1" ViewCount="273" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know that probably no information is passed to pdf when tex file is compiled. But is there a tool that can convert PDF document to (La)TeX? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="749" LastActivityDate="2011-01-08T17:15:02.120" Title="How to convert PDF to (La)TeX?" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;conversion&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8504" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8500" CreationDate="2011-01-08T15:20:44.077" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your example works for me, so I suspect the issue is with the &lt;code&gt;cyberbit&lt;/code&gt; font rather than &lt;code&gt;ucs&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;CJK&lt;/code&gt;. Have you set up the &lt;code&gt;cyberbit&lt;/code&gt; font for use with LaTeX? Instructions for doing so can be found &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.math.nus.edu.sg/aslaksen/cs/cjk.html#examples&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alternatively, get the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=wadalab&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;wadalab&lt;/code&gt; fonts&lt;/a&gt;, and use &lt;code&gt;maru&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;min&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;goth&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;cyberbit&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="226" LastActivityDate="2011-01-08T15:20:44.077" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="8505" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8506" CreationDate="2011-01-08T15:21:38.250" Score="0" ViewCount="118" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to submit a paper to Nano Letters. However, the site states it only accepts figures in pdf or tiff format instead of my usual eps format. So I tried replacing the figures with their pdf counterpart, but it does not work. It simply states that the figure is missing. Can't give you much of an error list, as it is part of the online incorporated submission system.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How to incorporate figures in pdf format? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any other physicist encountered this problem with the ACS site?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="660" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-06T17:00:07.843" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T17:00:07.843" Title="Nanoletters submission problem - pdf figures" Tags="&lt;pdf&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="8506" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8505" CreationDate="2011-01-08T15:30:35.970" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;...&#xA;\usepackage{auto-pst-pdf}&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and then run the document with &lt;code&gt;pdflatex -shell-escape &amp;lt;file&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; and all eps images will be converted to pdf and saved in a file &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;file&amp;gt;-pics.pdf&lt;/code&gt; with one page per image.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-08T15:30:35.970" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="8507" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8519" CreationDate="2011-01-08T15:38:40.707" Score="1" ViewCount="91" Body="&lt;h1&gt;Minimal CODE&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage&#xA;{%&#xA;    array,&#xA;    calc,&#xA;    amsmath,&#xA;    longtable,&#xA;    varwidth%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newsavebox\TBox&#xA;\newcolumntype{B}[1]&#xA;{%&#xA;    @{}%&#xA;    &amp;gt;{\begin{lrbox}{\TBox}\varwidth{\linewidth}}%&#xA;    m{#1\linewidth-1.5\arrayrulewidth}%&#xA;    &amp;lt;{%&#xA;            \endvarwidth\end{lrbox}\fboxrule=0pt%&#xA;            \fboxsep=15pt\fbox{\usebox\TBox}%&#xA;     }%&#xA;    @{}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{longtable}{|*2{B{0.5}|}}\hline&#xA;\begin{align}&#xA;a &amp;amp;= b&#xA;\end{align} &#xA;&amp;amp; c \tabularnewline\hline&#xA;\end{longtable}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;How to avoid &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; conflict when using &lt;code&gt;\begin{align}&lt;/code&gt; in a tabular cell?&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T19:19:31.130" Title="How to avoid `&amp;` conflict when using `\begin{align}` in a tabular cell?" Tags="&lt;align&gt;&lt;tables&gt;&lt;ampersand&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="8508" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-08T16:20:47.783" Score="4" ViewCount="119" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi all,&#xA;I'd like to create a matrix that has some positive power and negative power. I'd like to have an alignment to right, so for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{array}{rr}&#xA;   3 \times 10^3 &amp;amp; 2 \times 10^3 \\&#xA;   3 \times 10^{-3} &amp;amp; 2 \times 10{-3}&#xA;\end{array}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this case, the column alignment isn't good, because the negative sign at the exponent takes a little space, so the numbers aren't aligned. How can I fix this? (I think I should add a little space at the positive power too)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then...is want to create 3 matrices in the page that should result aligned, indipendently from the values they have. For example if I write the previous matrix and then this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  \begin{array}{rr}&#xA;      0 &amp;amp; 0 \\&#xA;      0 &amp;amp; 1 &#xA;  \end{array}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;they won't be aligned because the second is smaller than the first. Is there a way to set a fixed size to both matrices? Thanks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2835" LastEditorUserId="2835" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-08T17:14:20.770" LastActivityDate="2011-01-08T17:51:35.543" Title="Positive and Negative power in matrices and fixed size" Tags="&lt;matrices&gt;&lt;alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8509" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8512" CreationDate="2011-01-08T16:26:12.493" Score="6" ViewCount="170" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to change the equation font to mathbf in a single equation environment, &lt;code&gt;equation&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How do I do that? I tried &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{align}&#xA;\begin{mathbf}&#xA;equation1 \\&#xA;equation2&#xA;\end{mathbf}&#xA;\end{align}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{align}&#xA;\mathbf{&#xA;equation1 \\&#xA;equation2&#xA;}&#xA;\end{align}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;with no luck. It seems as if &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; breaks the &lt;code&gt;\mathbf&lt;/code&gt; environment..?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2795" LastEditorUserId="2795" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-08T16:35:21.410" LastActivityDate="2011-01-08T18:58:52.793" Title="Change the equation font locally" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;equations&gt;&lt;amsmath&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="8510" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-08T16:31:15.390" Score="5" ViewCount="283" Body="&lt;p&gt;Example for a list using &lt;code&gt;mdwlist&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{itemize*}&#xA;\item First&#xA;\item Second&#xA;\end{itemize*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The bullet symbol for the first level can be redefined with:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\labelitemi}{$\bullet$}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It apparently uses a math environments symbol by default.&#xA;I would like to reduce the size of it, but font size modifiers like &lt;code&gt;\tiny&lt;/code&gt; seem to be invalid.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2818" LastActivityDate="2011-01-10T15:50:47.040" Title="Reduce size of \bullet character in lists" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;lists&gt;&lt;size&gt;" AnswerCount="4" />
  <row Id="8511" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8510" CreationDate="2011-01-08T16:41:16.573" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\labelitemi}{{\tiny$\bullet$}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-01-08T16:41:16.573" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8512" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8509" CreationDate="2011-01-08T17:03:11.657" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For making a complete environment bold, you could use the switch &lt;code&gt;\boldmath&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;code&gt;\unboldmath&lt;/code&gt; switches back.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\boldmath&#xA;\begin{align}&#xA;  ax + by + c &amp;amp;= 0 \\&#xA;  ax - by &amp;amp;= xy&#xA;\end{align}&#xA;\unboldmath&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If &lt;code&gt;\bf&lt;/code&gt; is available (base classes still define it), &lt;code&gt;\everymath{\bf}&lt;/code&gt; before the align environment switches to the &lt;code&gt;\mathbf&lt;/code&gt; font for the complete environment. Of course it could be done without &lt;code&gt;\bf&lt;/code&gt;, but it would be the quickest way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-08T18:58:52.793" LastActivityDate="2011-01-08T18:58:52.793" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="8513" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8523" CreationDate="2011-01-08T17:04:24.360" Score="7" ViewCount="195" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using &lt;code&gt;\@ifdefined&lt;/code&gt; (in LaTeX), we can check whether a command is defined.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using &lt;code&gt;\meaning&lt;/code&gt;, we can get the definition of a command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can we also get information about &lt;em&gt;where&lt;/em&gt; a command was defined? For example, in terms of the source file and line number? Does TeX even keep track of this information?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;We can &lt;code&gt;grep&lt;/code&gt; through source files, but with constructs like &lt;code&gt;\csname&lt;/code&gt;, there's no guarantee that the definition will show up.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2837" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-06T17:58:53.143" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T17:58:53.143" Title="How to find out where a macro is defined?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;tex-core&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="8514" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8503" CreationDate="2011-01-08T17:15:02.120" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you install &lt;a href=&quot;http://abisource.org&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;AbiWord&lt;/a&gt; with the additional import and export plugins,* you can open a PDF file in the Word Processor, and then export to LaTeX. In fact, you can also convert from the commandline:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;abiword --to=tex filename.pdf&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Be warned that both its PDF import routine and its LaTeX export routine have serious limitations, and you should not expect anything that will useable without serious tweaking afterwards.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(* IIRC, the extra plugins are installed by selecting a custom install on Windows and checking all the import and explort options it gives you. For Linux, you typically need to install a separate package called &quot;abiword-plugins&quot; or &quot;abiword-plugin-mathview&quot; depending on distro. No clue for Mac.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://inkscape.org&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Inkscape&lt;/a&gt; can open PDFs and export to either PSTricks or TikZ codes; this might be useful if the PDF in question is just a diagram or vector image you want to edit.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There's &lt;a href=&quot;http://pdf2latex.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;a project listed on sourceforge called pdf2latex&lt;/a&gt;, but it doesn't look like any real work has been done on it. I'm not sure it's a real project. (The page looks fishy; almost as if someone was just posting an idea.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2011-01-08T17:15:02.120" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8515" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8508" CreationDate="2011-01-08T17:20:48.670" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For matrices you could use one of the matrix environments of &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/amsmath&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With array, you could use more columns for finer alignment. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\[&#xA;    \begin{array}{r@{}rr@{}r}&#xA;       3 \times {} &amp;amp; 10^3    &amp;amp;  2 \times {} &amp;amp; 10^3 \\&#xA;       3 \times {} &amp;amp; 10^{-3} &amp;amp; 12 \times {} &amp;amp; 10^{-3}&#xA;    \end{array}&#xA;\]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ci9H8.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could even put &lt;code&gt;\times&lt;/code&gt; into &lt;code&gt;@{}&lt;/code&gt; to be aligned between columns.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-01-08T17:20:48.670" />
  <row Id="8516" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8513" CreationDate="2011-01-08T17:29:54.680" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;All&lt;/em&gt; basic LaTeX commands are defined in files which are part of the base directory, which is at &lt;code&gt;$TEXMF/tex/latex/base&lt;/code&gt;. If a command isn't found there, it is a so called primitive of TeX or defined in one of the additional loaded packages. &#xA;The main basic files are &lt;code&gt;latex.ltx&lt;/code&gt;and &lt;code&gt;fontmath.ltx&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-08T17:29:54.680" />
  <row Id="8517" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8513" CreationDate="2011-01-08T17:34:05.923" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;How about use &lt;code&gt;trace&lt;/code&gt; package and seek the macro in the log file? &lt;code&gt;filehook&lt;/code&gt; package can help us to add the file name tag into the log file. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[logonly]{trace}&#xA;\usepackage{filehook}&#xA;\AtBeginOfFiles{\wlog{INFILE:&amp;lt;#1&amp;gt;}}&#xA;\AtEndOfFiles{\wlog{OUTFILE:&amp;lt;#1&amp;gt;}}&#xA;\traceon&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\traceoff&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then we can find that &lt;code&gt;\subarray&lt;/code&gt; is defined in &lt;code&gt;amsmath.sty&lt;/code&gt;. Since&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{into \subarray=\long macro:#1-&amp;gt;\vcenter \bgroup \Let@ \restore@math@cr \ETC.}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;appears after &lt;code&gt;INFILE:&amp;lt;amsmath.sty&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;, but does not after &lt;code&gt;OUTFILE:&amp;lt;amsmath.sty&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;.&#xA;This needs some manual work, I use vim to search the patterns.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Warning: this may produce an extreamly &lt;em&gt;huge&lt;/em&gt; log file. Most of time, I think a simple bisection method can work for this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-08T18:02:00.043" LastActivityDate="2011-01-08T18:02:00.043" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8518" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8508" CreationDate="2011-01-08T17:38:46.090" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{siunitx}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{S[table-format=2e-1]S[table-format=2e-1]}&#xA;       3e3  &amp;amp;  2e3 \\&#xA;       3e-3 &amp;amp; 12e-3&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/kjCtI.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-08T17:38:46.090" />
  <row Id="8519" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8507" CreationDate="2011-01-08T17:42:22.013" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you use &lt;code&gt;\parbox&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt; within the cell, the &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; works as expected and you would get also the equation number. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{longtable}{|*2{B{0.5}|}}\hline&#xA;\parbox{.5\linewidth}{%&#xA;  \begin{align}&#xA;    a &amp;amp;= b&#xA;  \end{align}} &#xA;  &amp;amp; c \tabularnewline\hline&#xA;\end{longtable}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/BxYvc.png&quot; alt=&quot;longtable with align in cell&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-15T19:19:31.130" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T19:19:31.130" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8520" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8522" CreationDate="2011-01-08T17:48:44.420" Score="1" ViewCount="52" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to use &lt;code&gt;\begin{align}&lt;/code&gt; in an inline math mode with &lt;code&gt;\displaystyle&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2011-01-08T17:59:58.700" Title="Is it possible to use `\begin{align}` in an inline math mode with `\displaystyle`?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;inline&gt;&lt;displaystyle&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="8522" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8520" CreationDate="2011-01-08T17:59:58.700" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;aligned&lt;/code&gt; is intended for this. But also &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt; works if you use &lt;code&gt;\parbox&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Text $\displaystyle\parbox{2cm}{\begin{align}&#xA;x &amp;amp;= 1 \\&#xA;y &amp;amp;= 0&#xA;\end{align}}$ \quad more text &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/b5D1A.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-01-08T17:59:58.700" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8523" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8513" CreationDate="2011-01-08T18:38:38.077" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Oh, I find a much better way to do this, also with help of &lt;code&gt;filehook&lt;/code&gt; (the code is somewhat tricky):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{filehook,currfile}&#xA;\newwrite\finder&#xA;\immediate\openout\finder=\jobname.fnd&#xA;&#xA;\def\searchmacro#1{&#xA;  \AtBeginOfFiles{%&#xA;    \ifdefined#1&#xA;      \expandafter\def\csname \currfilename:found\endcsname{}%&#xA;    \fi}&#xA;  \AtEndOfFiles{%&#xA;    \ifdefined#1&#xA;      \unless\ifcsname \currfilename:found\endcsname&#xA;        \immediate\write\finder{found in '\currfilename'}%&#xA;    \fi\fi}}&#xA;&#xA;\searchmacro\url&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;dummy&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After compiling, we will get&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;found in 'url.sty'&#xA;found in 'hyperref.sty'&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in &lt;code&gt;\jobname.fnd&lt;/code&gt;. That is to say, &lt;code&gt;\url&lt;/code&gt; is defined in &lt;code&gt;url.sty&lt;/code&gt;, which is inputed by &lt;code&gt;hyperref.sty&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-25T05:07:24.390" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T05:07:24.390" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="8524" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8525" CreationDate="2011-01-08T18:39:17.233" Score="0" ViewCount="68" Body="&lt;h1&gt;Scenario&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Plese see the screenshot below. The top table is produced using &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt;-typed column and the bottom table is produced using &lt;code&gt;m{}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;WITHOUT&lt;/strong&gt; using &lt;code&gt;\fboxsep&lt;/code&gt; approach (that was already answered &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/8461/how-to-make-4-equal-paddings-left-right-top-bottom-in-a-table-cell/8498#8498&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;), how to modify the bottom table such that it looks like the top table?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Screenshot&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/D4Xe1.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Minimal Code&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{array,calc,longtable}&#xA;&#xA;\tabcolsep=5mm&#xA;\arrayrulewidth=2pt&#xA;&#xA;\newcolumntype{A}&#xA;{&#xA;     &amp;gt;{\begin{minipage}{0.3\linewidth-2\tabcolsep-1.5\arrayrulewidth}%&#xA;     \vspace{\tabcolsep}\centering}%&#xA;    c%&#xA;    &amp;lt;{\vspace{\tabcolsep}\end{minipage}}%   &#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcolumntype{B}&#xA;{&#xA;     @{}&amp;gt;{\centering}%&#xA;    m{0.3\linewidth-0\tabcolsep-1.5\arrayrulewidth}%&#xA;    &amp;lt;{}@{}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\pic{\rule{2.5cm}{1cm}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{longtable}{|*2{A|}}\hline&#xA;\pic &amp;amp; \pic \tabularnewline\hline&#xA;\end{longtable}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{longtable}{|*2{B|}}\hline&#xA;\pic &amp;amp; \pic \tabularnewline\hline&#xA;\end{longtable}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-08T18:45:44.063" LastActivityDate="2011-01-08T19:16:51.320" Title="Without using `\fboxsep` method, how to make a cell has 4 equal paddings?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;padding&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="8525" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8524" CreationDate="2011-01-08T19:16:51.320" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{array,calc,longtable,varwidth}&#xA;&#xA;\tabcolsep=5mm&#xA;\arrayrulewidth=2pt&#xA;&#xA;\newcolumntype{A}&#xA;{&#xA;     &amp;gt;{\begin{minipage}{0.3\linewidth-2\tabcolsep-1.5\arrayrulewidth}%&#xA;     \vspace{\tabcolsep}\centering}%&#xA;    c%&#xA;    &amp;lt;{\vspace{\tabcolsep}\end{minipage}}%   &#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newsavebox\TBox&#xA;\newlength\THeight&#xA;\newlength\TWidth&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{saveTBox}[1][0.5\linewidth]&#xA;  {\begin{lrbox}{\TBox}\varwidth{#1}}&#xA;  {\endvarwidth\end{lrbox}%&#xA;   \THeight=\ht\TBox \advance\THeight by \dp\TBox \advance\THeight by 30pt&#xA;   \TWidth=\wd\TBox\advance\TWidth by 30pt&#xA;   \minipage[c][\THeight][c]{\TWidth}\centerline{\usebox\TBox}\endminipage}&#xA;&#xA;\newcolumntype{B}{@{}&amp;gt;{\saveTBox}c&amp;lt;{\endsaveTBox}@{}}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\def\pic{\rule{2.5cm}{1cm}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{longtable}{|*2{A|}}\hline&#xA;\pic &amp;amp; \pic \tabularnewline\hline&#xA;\end{longtable}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{longtable}{|*2{B|}}\hline&#xA;\pic &amp;amp; \pic \tabularnewline\hline&#xA;\end{longtable}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/f3fh7.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-08T19:16:51.320" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="8526" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8510" CreationDate="2011-01-08T19:20:45.933" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The suggestion to use &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\labelitemi}{{\tiny$\bullet$}}&lt;/code&gt; actually seems to leave the alignment alone, in that the baseline of the bullet is the baseline of the text.  If you'd like to raise it, though, you can use &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\labelitemi}{\raise .5ex\hbox{\tiny$\bullet$}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2754" LastActivityDate="2011-01-08T19:20:45.933" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8527" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8530" CreationDate="2011-01-08T19:23:53.103" Score="4" ViewCount="263" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to know what luatex offers in terms of graphics: I'm mostly interested in pstricks and tikz/pgfplots. Could it help tikz to run faster? Would it help tikz to handle 3D non-parallel figures? (which is not available yet and is CPU consuming). What could it bring to the pstricks package users?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-08T19:57:48.117" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T23:21:00.830" Title="luatex and graphics" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;pstricks&gt;&lt;luatex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="11" />
  <row Id="8528" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8529" CreationDate="2011-01-08T19:40:50.463" Score="6" ViewCount="201" Body="&lt;p&gt;Why cannot I compile the most minimal code below?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}\document . \enddocument&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-08T19:47:15.080" LastActivityDate="2011-01-09T02:38:37.580" Title="Why cannot I compile `\documentclass{minimal}\document . \enddocument` ?" Tags="&lt;compiling&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="8529" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8528" CreationDate="2011-01-08T19:50:11.953" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The usual LaTeX &lt;code&gt;\begin ... \end&lt;/code&gt; construct forms a group. However, this is not the case for the &lt;code&gt;document&lt;/code&gt; environment. To do this, &lt;code&gt;\document&lt;/code&gt; closes the group that &lt;code&gt;\begin&lt;/code&gt; has opened, and &lt;code&gt;\enddocument&lt;/code&gt; starts a group which &lt;code&gt;\end&lt;/code&gt; then closes. So&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\begingroup&#xA;\document&#xA;a &#xA;\enddocument&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;does compile (though I would not recommend it!).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(LaTeX3 note: environments generated by &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/xparse&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;xparse&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; include a proper internal macro for the two ends, and so a LaTeX3 kernel will &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; expose the start and end macros in this way.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2011-01-08T19:50:11.953" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="8530" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8527" CreationDate="2011-01-08T19:53:23.980" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In principle, LuaTeX offers more flexibility, and in particular more speed, for Tikz, &lt;code&gt;pgfplots&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;em&gt;etc&lt;/em&gt;. This is because the work (especially floating-point maths) is going to be much easier to do in Lua than in TeX. On the other hand, PStricks uses the PostScript language for the hard work, and it already offers native support for a lot of this work. So there is much less scope for assisting there. (Herbert may have more to say on PStricks, I suspect.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-08T19:58:20.860" LastActivityDate="2011-01-08T19:58:20.860" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="8531" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-08T21:03:25.230" Score="1" ViewCount="199" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying out biblatex which so far seems wonderful when it works. The process creates a plethora of files, and when I make a mistake (eg referring to a bibliographical entry incorrectly), I get to a point where I can't run either latex or biber without an error. The only way I can figure out to get out of this mess is to remove the .bbl file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some details:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I'm using biblatex v1.1 and biber 0.7.2.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;the error I get in latex is &quot;Undefined control sequence...\missing {referencex}&quot; and then it seems that the .bcf file is incomplete&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I'm running latex with whatever the defaults in TeXShop are, and using biber from the command line&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some questions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Is this the correct workflow?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Is there an easier way to have it automatically deal with errors or do I manually have to remove these files when things get messed up?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;can I get texshop to remove .bbl files using the trash aux files menu command?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2838" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-08T22:15:40.190" LastActivityDate="2011-01-08T22:15:40.190" Title="Fixing errors in citations using biblatex" Tags="&lt;biblatex&gt;&lt;texshop&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8532" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8536" CreationDate="2011-01-08T21:04:17.940" Score="4" ViewCount="181" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the best file format to use when typesetting in LaTeX? I really prefer eps for all my Matlab work, and now I found here on site ( &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2092/which-figure-type-to-use-pdf-or-eps&quot;&gt;Which figure type to use: pdf or eps?&lt;/a&gt; ) that people recommend pdf instead. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, I like converting with LaTeX so I can get more or less realtime preview in DVI. But problems arise when I have raster graphics to include - since it is not possible to make DVIs with rasters I currently encapsulate them in eps, but it looks bad - if I don't enter any sizing options, image looks enlarged, and automatically smudgy and bad. The same problem occurs with epss from Matlab, but scaling them down doesn't make them smudgy since it is real vectors. How come they appear enlarged?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2755" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-11T18:13:31.483" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T18:13:31.483" Title="Best figure format practice to use?" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="8533" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="782" CreationDate="2011-01-08T21:11:06.363" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are also many classes made specifically for formatting Masters and PhD theses. This is especially true in the U.S., where formatting requirements are often highly specified by particular universities and usually by people who have absolutely no sense about nice looking formatting.  Some of these classes are available on &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;CTAN&lt;/a&gt; (search for your university or just 'thesis') but many are unfortunately only circulated locally within a university. Classes that are available on CTAN and actively maintained are likley to be your best choice, if they are available.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If your university does not have a class available, and you are thinking of creating one, I would recommend basing it on one of the 'augmented' classes such as &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;scrbook&lt;/code&gt; rather than one of the basic classes since, as other answers note, both of these classes provide non-hacky ways of implementing all sorts of formatting requirements, and both are extensively documented.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-01-08T21:11:06.363" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-01-08T21:11:06.363" />
  <row Id="8534" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8510" CreationDate="2011-01-08T21:14:35.163" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For centering material vertically you can use &lt;code&gt;\vcenter&lt;/code&gt;, but this only works in math mode. Thus you need to enter math mode twice:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\labelitemi}{$\vcenter{\hbox{\tiny$\bullet$}}$}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2011-01-08T21:14:35.163" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8535" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8538" CreationDate="2011-01-08T21:15:59.733" Score="2" ViewCount="94" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to do something like this&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\marginnote{&#xA;\hspace{\stretch{1}}&#xA;\framebox{text}&#xA;\hspace{\stretch{1}}&#xA;}&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;i.e., center the marginnote. The problem seems to be that the width is defined to be that of &lt;code&gt;\textwidth&lt;/code&gt;, so that the &lt;code&gt;\stretch&lt;/code&gt; command assumes a margin width far larger than the actual 106pt. How can I redefine the width for &lt;code&gt;\stretch&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2795" LastActivityDate="2011-01-08T22:19:33.307" Title="Spacing/stretching marginnote" Tags="&lt;centering&gt;&lt;marginpar&gt;&lt;stretching&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8536" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8532" CreationDate="2011-01-08T21:26:00.390" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For photos, screenshots and such bitmap graphics, you could use their native format (to preserve quality) if it's jpeg or png. Otherwise convert those pictures to png or at least to lossless jpg.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For drawings, plots and diagrams you better use a vector image format, because it can be scaled without quality loss. Possible vector formats are pdf and ps.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It also depends on which compiler you use: latex or pdflatex. The latter has some benefits like better justification because of microtypographic enhancements and it natively supports jpg, png and pdf, and you can use ps if converted to pdf.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My usage order with pdflatex is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;pdf - for example output of other programs&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;ps  - PSTricks or program output, then I use ps2pdf to go to 1.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;png - screenshots, bitmap graphics (if necessary convert to png)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;jpg - only if it's already the source format because jpg often uses lossy compression&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Without pdflatex the question is not very interesting, latex supports only eps, conversion of bitmap images to eps is often not satisfying.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-01-08T21:26:00.390" />
  <row Id="8537" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8539" CreationDate="2011-01-08T21:28:10.290" Score="2" ViewCount="160" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use Vim with Vim-Latex plugin to edit my LaTeX documents. I have the problem that whenever I want to insert a double quote (&quot;), it automatically get replace by (``). Any idea how can I disable that while still having Vim-Latex enabled?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2418" LastActivityDate="2011-01-08T23:35:21.937" Title="Vim-Latex: Double-Quote Automatically Replaced" Tags="&lt;vim&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8538" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8535" CreationDate="2011-01-08T21:28:35.657" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I found a solution:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\marginnote{\makebox[120pt]{\fcolorbox{light2}{light}{asaddsdd}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;with other words, you make a box with the correct margin width and the content will then center automatically.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2795" LastActivityDate="2011-01-08T21:28:35.657" />
  <row Id="8539" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8537" CreationDate="2011-01-08T21:42:19.890" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Add &lt;code&gt;let g:Tex_SmartKeyQuote=0&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;$VIM/ftplugin/tex.vim&lt;/code&gt; (create that file if necessary), where $VIM corresponds to ~/.vim for unixy operating systems and ~/vimfiles for Windows.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are more configuration variables, see &lt;a href=&quot;http://vim-latex.sourceforge.net/documentation/latex-suite/customizing-latex-suite.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the latexsuite manual&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-01-08T21:42:19.890" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="8540" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8535" CreationDate="2011-01-08T21:52:09.170" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Why not simply use &lt;code&gt;\raggedrightmarginnote&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\raggedleftmarginnote&lt;/code&gt;? See p. 3 of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/marginnote.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;marginnote&lt;/a&gt; documentation for details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{marginnote}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\raggedrightmarginnote}{\centering}&#xA;% \renewcommand*{\raggedleftmarginnote}{\centering}% for margin notes at the left margin&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Some text.\marginnote{Some text inside a marginnote.} \blindtext&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-08T22:19:33.307" LastActivityDate="2011-01-08T22:19:33.307" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="8541" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8531" CreationDate="2011-01-08T22:14:30.550" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The remove &lt;code&gt;aux&lt;/code&gt; files functionality of TeXShop is configurable through the command line &lt;code&gt;defaults&lt;/code&gt; command: (from the TeXShop help panel:)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;When documents are typeset, auxiliary&#xA;  files are created with extensions&#xA;  .aux, .log, .bbl, etc. Occasionally&#xA;  these files can become corrupt and&#xA;  lead to unexplained typesetting&#xA;  errors. TeXShop has a menu command&#xA;  &quot;Trash AUX Files&quot; which will remove&#xA;  all such files so typesetting can&#xA;  proceed. There is a similarly named&#xA;  button on the Console window. If&#xA;  either of these items is activated,&#xA;  TeXShop will move to the trash all&#xA;  files in the current source directory&#xA;  with the same name as the source file&#xA;  and extension aux, blg, brf, ccs, ent,&#xA;  fff, glo, idx, idv, ilg, ind, ioa, lg,&#xA;  log, lot, mte, mlf, out, pdfsync, toc,&#xA;  ttt, wrm, xref, 4ct, 4tc, or&#xA;  fdb_latexmk.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Additional extensions can be added to&#xA;  this list. To add &quot;dvi&quot; to the list,&#xA;  activate the Terminal and type&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;defaults write TeXShop&#xA;  OtherTrashExtensions -array-add &quot;dvi&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So to get TeXShop to remove &lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt; created files, you'll need to add any of the extra files that it creates to the removal list.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e.g.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;defaults write TeXShop OtherTrashExtensions -array-add &quot;bbl&quot;&#xA;defaults write TeXShop OtherTrashExtensions -array-add &quot;xml&quot;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt; also creates a &lt;code&gt;-blx.bib&lt;/code&gt; file.  Do &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; add &lt;code&gt;.bib&lt;/code&gt; to the trash list, however, since that might delete your actual bibligraphy file, if it were in the same folder as your document.  I don't think it's possible to add &lt;code&gt;-blx.bib&lt;/code&gt; to the list of trashable files.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-01-08T22:14:30.550" />
  <row Id="8542" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8537" CreationDate="2011-01-08T23:30:05.127" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know you already accepted an answer, but just for those who use vim for LaTeX, but (like me) don't use the Vim-LaTeX plugin, I use the following, which I put inside my personal $HOME/.vim/ftplugin/tex.vim. It handles quotation marks pretty well (at least for my purposes), and deactivates itself in comments and following \. I began with some code from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=162&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&quot;auctex.vim&quot;&lt;/a&gt; plugin, but have I have added a lot to it and customized it a lot myself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&quot; Function for smart-quotes: double&#xA;function! s:TexQuotes()&#xA;    if getline('.')[0:col(&quot;.&quot;)] =~ '\(^\|[^\\]\)%'&#xA;       let kinsert = &quot;\&quot;&quot;&#xA;    else&#xA;        let kinsert = &quot;\'\'&quot;&#xA;        let left = getline('.')[col('.')-2]&#xA;        if left =~ '^\(\|\s\|{\|(\|\[\|&amp;amp;\)$'&#xA;            let kinsert = &quot;\`\`&quot;&#xA;        elseif left == &quot;\\&quot;&#xA;            let kinsert = &quot;\&quot;&quot;&#xA;        endif&#xA;    endif&#xA;    return kinsert&#xA;endfunction&#xA;&quot; mapping for quotation marks&#xA;inoremap &amp;lt;buffer&amp;gt; &quot; &amp;lt;C-R&amp;gt;=&amp;lt;SID&amp;gt;TexQuotes()&amp;lt;CR&amp;gt;&#xA;&quot; Function for smart-quotes: single&#xA;function! s:TexSingQuotes()&#xA;    if getline('.')[0:col(&quot;.&quot;)] =~ '\(^\|[^\\]\)%'&#xA;       let schminsert = &quot;'&quot;&#xA;    else&#xA;        let schminsert = &quot;'&quot;&#xA;        let left = getline('.')[col('.')-2]&#xA;        if left =~ '^\(\|\s\|{\|(\|\[\|&amp;amp;\)$'&#xA;            let schminsert = '`'&#xA;        endif&#xA;    endif&#xA;    return schminsert&#xA;endfunction&#xA;&quot; mapping for single quotation mark&#xA;inoremap &amp;lt;buffer&amp;gt; ' &amp;lt;C-R&amp;gt;=&amp;lt;SID&amp;gt;TexSingQuotes()&amp;lt;CR&amp;gt;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This could probably be cleaned up a bit. I wrote it when I was first learning the tiny bit of vimscript language that I know.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could probably use it &lt;em&gt;alongside&lt;/em&gt; the vim-latex plugin, so long as you disable its smart-quote feature, but I haven't tried.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastEditorUserId="411" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-08T23:35:21.937" LastActivityDate="2011-01-08T23:35:21.937" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8543" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8544" CreationDate="2011-01-09T00:50:57.080" Score="3" ViewCount="102" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; package automatically creates a list of &quot;Acrobat bookmarks&quot; – a table-of-contents tree that is not part of the printed document, but can be accessed in a PDF reader (typically it is displayed in a side panel next to the document).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All sections, subsections, etc. are automatically added to the list. However, I would like to add additional entries.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have a somewhat tricky situation: At the very end of my document, I have &lt;code&gt;\clearpage&lt;/code&gt;, which is followed by a number of full-page floating &lt;code&gt;figure&lt;/code&gt; environments (and nothing else). I would like to have a bookmark that looks like &lt;code&gt;\subsection&lt;/code&gt; and takes me to the first page with a full-page float (the page right after &lt;code&gt;\clearpage&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I do that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I add something like &lt;code&gt;\phantomsection \addcontentsline{toc}{subsection}{Figures} \null&lt;/code&gt; between &lt;code&gt;\clearpage&lt;/code&gt; and the first full-page float, I will have an additional empty page in my document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="100" LastEditorUserId="100" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-09T00:57:00.413" LastActivityDate="2011-01-09T08:50:58.567" Title="hyperref: new bookmark, full-page floats" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="8544" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8543" CreationDate="2011-01-09T02:01:11.637" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I can't figure out why it doesn't work to just do what you're doing, or why putting the &lt;code&gt;\addcontentsline&lt;/code&gt; inside a &lt;code&gt;\AtNextShipout&lt;/code&gt; doesn't work. That said, it seems to work if you put it in the figures.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section{asdf}&#xA;asdf&#xA;\section{qwer}&#xA;\clearpage&#xA;\begin{figure}[p]&#xA;\phantomsection&#xA;\addcontentsline{toc}{subsection}{Figures}&#xA;\noindent&#xA;\rule{4in}{6in}%&#xA;\caption{X}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\begin{figure}[p]&#xA;\noindent&#xA;\rule{4in}{6in}%&#xA;\caption{Y}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\begin{figure}[p]&#xA;\noindent&#xA;\rule{4in}{6in}%&#xA;\caption{Z}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Actually, just after I posted this, I had a thought. The &lt;code&gt;\write&lt;/code&gt; gets put on the main vertical list, but this is never shipped out. Yeah. Add a &lt;code&gt;\clearpage adsf&lt;/code&gt; after the last figure with the &lt;code&gt;\phantom\addcontentsline...&lt;/code&gt; before the figures and sure enough, the bookmark is to the text after the figures.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm still not sure why it doesn't work &lt;code&gt;\AtNextShipout&lt;/code&gt;. I'd have to check the package again, but I'm pretty sure that does something like changing &lt;code&gt;\shipout&lt;/code&gt; into &lt;code&gt;\afterassignment\shipouthook\setbox0=&lt;/code&gt; and then the &lt;code&gt;\shipouthook&lt;/code&gt; inserts the material into the box and uses &lt;code&gt;\aftergroup&lt;/code&gt; to perform the real shipout once the &lt;code&gt;\vbox&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;\shipout\vbox{...}&lt;/code&gt; from &lt;code&gt;\@outputpage&lt;/code&gt; is closed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-01-09T02:01:11.637" />
  <row Id="8546" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8547" CreationDate="2011-01-09T02:46:50.147" Score="2" ViewCount="143" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{center}&#xA;    \section*{\textcolor{blue}{Ukaaranta }}&#xA;    \end{center}&#xA;    \subsection*{Shabhu Harivat}&#xA;    \addcontentsline{toc}{subsection}{shambhu harivat} &#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;    \section*{\textcolor{blue}{Krostru Shabda}}&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have a need to create something like this, however when I run this program, it gives error at the second &quot;\end{center}&quot;&#xA;Funny but the same command works above. did not do anything different just copy pasted and changed the text. &#xA;Similar commands on elsewhere in the document work just fine. I have no clue why its behaving like this. &#xA;Hit ? and R - enter and it gives the desired output but its a pain to do that every-time. &#xA;Thanks for your help&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2036" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-09T05:10:23.797" LastActivityDate="2011-01-09T10:45:03.507" Title="Section Heading Centering problem" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;centering&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="8547" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8546" CreationDate="2011-01-09T03:26:49.050" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you want to centre your titles and make them blue, them redefine the title format using a package like &lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt;.  If all your sections and subsections are going to be unnumbered, redefine them that way, also with &lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt;.  If you don't want numbers in your table of contents, set the &lt;code&gt;secnumdepth&lt;/code&gt; to 0.  Here's an example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{titlesec}&#xA;\titleformat{\section}[block]{\color{blue}\Large\bfseries\filcenter}{}{1em}{}&#xA;\titleformat{\subsection}[hang]{\bfseries}{}{1em}{}&#xA;\setcounter{secnumdepth}{0}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;    \section{Ukaaranta}&#xA;    \subsection{Shabhu Harivat}&#xA;    \section{Krostru Shabda}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(You can adjust the vertical spacing of the titles also with &lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt; using the &lt;code&gt;\titlespacing&lt;/code&gt; command.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-01-09T03:26:49.050" />
  <row Id="8548" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-09T06:39:04.207" Score="1" ViewCount="130" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to use feynmf with miktex on my windows machine to make Feynman diagrams.  When I follow the instructions in the template file that comes with feynmf, it does not produce the dvi file correctly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am compiling it by running:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;latex template&#xA;mf fmftempl&#xA;latex template&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since the log file is long I have posted the mf log on pastebin:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://pastebin.com/4Gbw792W&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://pastebin.com/4Gbw792W&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It seems like the instructions for compiling it are not correct since this seems pretty simple.  I've also had this problem on more than one windows machine so I don't think it's a configuration issue.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2843" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-09T17:14:38.620" LastActivityDate="2011-01-10T23:53:06.703" Title="How do I use feynmf or mf with miktex?" Tags="&lt;miktex&gt;&lt;feynmf&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="8549" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8555" CreationDate="2011-01-09T07:42:57.240" Score="5" ViewCount="209" Body="&lt;p&gt;In a table, how can I draw a horizontal line that goes only through some of the cells? I mean a line like the one in the &lt;code&gt;Foo&lt;/code&gt; and in the &lt;code&gt;Bar&lt;/code&gt; area of this table:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;+----+-----+&#xA;|Foo |1 |2 |&#xA;|    |1 |2 |&#xA;|    +--+--+&#xA;|    |1 |2 |&#xA;|    |1 |2 |&#xA;+----+-----+&#xA;|Bar |1 |2 |&#xA;|    |1 |2 |&#xA;|    +--+--+&#xA;|    |1 |2 |&#xA;|    |1 |2 |&#xA;+----+--+--+&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3860" LastActivityDate="2011-01-09T20:53:06.160" Title="How can I draw a horizontal line in some of the table cells?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;cell&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="8550" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8549" CreationDate="2011-01-09T07:55:04.627" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nested table can solve this beautifully.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/P5G2t.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|c|@{}c@{}|}\hline&#xA;Foo&#xA;&amp;amp;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{cc}&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 2 \\&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 2 \\\hline&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 2 \\&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 2 \\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\tabularnewline\hline&#xA;Bar&#xA;&amp;amp;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{cc}&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 2 \\&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 2 \\\hline&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 2 \\&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 2 \\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\tabularnewline\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-09T08:01:01.427" LastActivityDate="2011-01-09T08:01:01.427" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="8551" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8549" CreationDate="2011-01-09T08:42:31.750" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you need a &quot;crazier&quot; example, see the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/huzja.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[table,demo]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[showframe=false]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{array,calc,longtable}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;&#xA;\arrayrulecolor{red}&#xA;\arrayrulewidth=1pt&#xA;\tabcolsep=10pt&#xA;&#xA;\newcolumntype{A}&#xA;{%&#xA;&amp;gt;{\minipage{0.5\linewidth-2\tabcolsep-1.5\arrayrulewidth}\vspace{\tabcolsep}}%&#xA;c%&#xA;&amp;lt;{\vspace{\tabcolsep}\endminipage}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcolumntype{B}&#xA;{%&#xA;&amp;gt;{\minipage{0.5\linewidth-0\tabcolsep-1.5\arrayrulewidth}}%&#xA;c%&#xA;&amp;lt;{\endminipage}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcolumntype{C}&#xA;{%&#xA;&amp;gt;{\minipage{0.5\linewidth-2\tabcolsep-0.5\arrayrulewidth}\vspace{\tabcolsep}}%&#xA;c%&#xA;&amp;lt;{\vspace{\tabcolsep}\endminipage}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}\noindent&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|&amp;gt;{\centering}A|@{}B@{}|}\hline&#xA;Foo&#xA;&amp;amp;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{&amp;gt;{\centering\color{blue}\bf}C|&amp;gt;{\Large}C}&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 2 \tabularnewline&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 2 \tabularnewline\hline&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 2 \tabularnewline&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 2 \tabularnewline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\tabularnewline\hline&#xA;\includegraphics[width=\linewidth]{}&#xA;&amp;amp;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{&amp;gt;{\centering$\displaystyle}C&amp;lt;{$}|C}&#xA;\sin x &amp;amp; 2 \tabularnewline&#xA;\cos x &amp;amp; 2 \tabularnewline\hline&#xA;\int f(x)\,\textrm{d}x &amp;amp; 2 \tabularnewline\hline&#xA;\lim_{x\to y}\frac{f(x)-f(y)}{x-y} &amp;amp; 2 \tabularnewline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\tabularnewline\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2011-01-09T08:42:31.750" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8552" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8543" CreationDate="2011-01-09T08:50:58.567" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use a bookmark which takes you to the target.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[demo]{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section{foo}&#xA;bar&#xA;\newpage&#xA;\section{Another Section}&#xA;\clearpage&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;\hypertarget{figures}{}&#xA;\pdfbookmark[2]{Figures}{figures}&#xA;\includegraphics[width=\textwidth,height=0.8\textheight]{foobar}&#xA;\caption{my caption}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;\includegraphics[width=\textwidth,height=0.8\textheight]{foobar}&#xA;\caption{my caption}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;\includegraphics[width=\textwidth,height=0.8\textheight]{foobar}&#xA;\caption{my caption}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-09T08:50:58.567" />
  <row Id="8553" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7032" CreationDate="2011-01-09T10:06:57.343" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Even easier:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\textcircled{\small{2}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{\large \textcircled{\small 2}} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{\Large \textcircled{\normalsize 2}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(sorry, can't post an image)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2845" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-09T11:03:44.333" LastActivityDate="2011-01-09T11:03:44.333" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8554" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8546" CreationDate="2011-01-09T10:45:03.507" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{center} ... \end{center}&lt;/code&gt; creates a list with centered items. It should not be used for headings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\centering&lt;/code&gt; works here, because you use &lt;code&gt;\section*&lt;/code&gt; which doesn't process the argument for TOC or page headers. Your code could be changed to:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section*{\centering\textcolor{blue}{Ukaaranta }}&#xA;\subsection*{Shabhu Harivat}&#xA;\addcontentsline{toc}{subsection}{shambhu harivat} &#xA;\section*{\centering\textcolor{blue}{Krostru Shabda}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For a consistent document you should create macros for the style, such as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*{\sectioncolor}{blue}&#xA;\newcommand*{\sectionformat}{\centering\color{\sectioncolor}}&#xA;...&#xA;\section*{\sectionformat Ukaaranta}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This way you could change the style of the whole document at just one place.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For more possibilities have a look at the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/titlesec&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package which provides many features for customizing style and spacing of headings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-01-09T10:45:03.507" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8555" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8549" CreationDate="2011-01-09T10:47:41.007" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Instead of nested tables as xport_is_sleeping suggested, you can also use &lt;code&gt;\cline{2-3}&lt;/code&gt; which draws a partial line starting on column 2 and ending on column 3 and use &lt;code&gt;\multirow&lt;/code&gt; to center the words &lt;code&gt;Foo&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;Bar&lt;/code&gt; on the lines if that's what you want:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/CwK3z.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{array,multirow}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|c|cc|}\hline&#xA;\multirow{4}{*}{Foo} &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 2 \\&#xA;    &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 2 \\\cline{2-3}&#xA;    &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 2 \\&#xA;    &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 2 \\\hline&#xA;\multirow{4}{*}{Bar} &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 2 \\&#xA;    &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 2 \\\cline{2-3}&#xA;    &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 2 \\&#xA;    &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 2 \\\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When making tables, you should also always use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/array&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;array&lt;/a&gt; package which offers various additional features and improvements (most notably at the vertical and horizontal lines joins).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1973" LastActivityDate="2011-01-09T10:47:41.007" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="8556" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-09T11:09:50.490" Score="0" ViewCount="139" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[&#xA;  breaklinks=true,&#xA;  unicode=true,&#xA;  urlcolor = blue,&#xA;  colorlinks = true,&#xA;  citecolor = blue,&#xA;  linkcolor = blue]{hyperref}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From what I've read, that should work. The other options &lt;em&gt;do&lt;/em&gt; work. Nonetheless, the links do not break. Some of them walk clear off the page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using pandoc to generate the PDFs/LaTeX. Is there anything obvious that I'm doing wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2756" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-28T20:25:33.770" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T20:25:33.770" Title="Option breaklinks doesn't actually break links pandoc" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;links&gt;" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="8557" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8560" CreationDate="2011-01-09T11:28:03.217" Score="0" ViewCount="48" Body="&lt;h1&gt;Excessive lines at the corner&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/R7EUw.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Bad line spacing&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/BZzwg.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Minimal Code&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;History:&lt;/strong&gt; This code is done by @localghost at LaTeX community site. He made a modification from &lt;code&gt;)&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;|&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{polynom}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\pld@ArrangeResult#1{%&#xA;    \ifx\pld@remainder\@empty&#xA;        \@tempcnta\pld@maxcol\relax&#xA;        \pld@InsertItems@do\pld@lastline&#xA;            {\pld@firsttrue\pld@PLD{\pld@R{0}{1}}}%&#xA;    \fi&#xA;    \ifnum\pld@currstage&amp;gt;\z@&#xA;        \pld@Extend\pld@allines{\pld@lastline\cr}%&#xA;    \else&#xA;        \pld@InsertFake\pld@lastline&#xA;    \fi&#xA;    \pld@iftopresult&#xA;        \def\pld@lastline{\pld@PrintPoly\pld@divisor\,\smash{\Big|}\kern-2pt&amp;amp;}%&#xA;    \else&#xA;        \let\pld@lastline\@empty&#xA;        \ifx B\pld@style\else&#xA;            \def\pld@lastline{\pld@leftdelim\strut\pld@rightxdelim&amp;amp;}%&#xA;        \fi&#xA;    \fi&#xA;    \expandafter\pld@AR@col\expandafter\pld@PLD&#xA;                           \expandafter\pld@lastline#1+\relax+%&#xA;    \pld@SplitQuotient&#xA;    \pld@iftopresult&#xA;        \let\pld@currentline\@empty&#xA;        \expandafter\pld@AR@col\expandafter\pld@PLD&#xA;                               \expandafter\pld@currentline&#xA;                                           \pld@quotient+\relax+%&#xA;        \expandafter\pld@AR@col\expandafter\pld@XPLD&#xA;                               \expandafter\pld@currentline&#xA;                                           \pld@shadow+\relax+%&#xA;        \edef\pld@subline{%&#xA;            \noexpand\cline{\tw@-\pld@maxcol}%&#xA;            \noalign{\vskip\jot}}%&#xA;        \pld@Extend\pld@currentline{\expandafter\cr\pld@subline}%&#xA;    \else&#xA;        \@tempcnta-\@tempcnta&#xA;        \advance\@tempcnta\pld@maxcol\relax \advance\@tempcnta\@ne&#xA;        \edef\pld@span{\the\@tempcnta}%&#xA;        \ifx B\pld@style&#xA;          \pld@AddTo\pld@lastline{%&#xA;            &amp;amp;\multispan\pld@span${}=%&#xA;            \pld@PrintPolyWithDelims\pld@divisor&#xA;            \expandafter\pld@IfSum\expandafter{\pld@divisor}{}{\cdot}%&#xA;            \expandafter\pld@IfSum\expandafter{\pld@quotient}\pld@true&#xA;                                                             \pld@false&#xA;            \pld@if \pld@leftdelim&#xA;                    \pld@PrintPolyShadow&#xA;                    \pld@rightdelim&#xA;              \else \pld@PrintPolyShadow \fi&#xA;            \pld@firstfalse&#xA;            \expandafter\pld@PrintRemain\expandafter{\pld@remainder}$}%&#xA;        \else&#xA;          \pld@AddTo\pld@lastline{%&#xA;            &amp;amp;\multispan\pld@span$\pld@leftxdelim\strut\pld@rightdelim&#xA;            \pld@div&#xA;            \pld@PrintPolyWithDelims\pld@divisor=&#xA;            \pld@PrintPolyShadow&#xA;            \ifx\pld@remainder\@empty\else&#xA;                +{}%&#xA;                \setbox\z@=\hbox{$\displaystyle&#xA;                  \frac{\let\strut\@empty\pld@firsttrue \expandafter&#xA;                        \pld@PrintRemain\expandafter{\pld@remainder}}%&#xA;                       {\let\strut\@empty\pld@PrintPoly\pld@divisor}$}%&#xA;                \dp\z@=\z@\box\z@&#xA;            \fi&#xA;            $}%&#xA;        \fi&#xA;    \fi&#xA;\expandafter\pld@AR@\pld@allines\relax}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\polylongdiv[style=A]{3x^9+x^2-1}{\frac{2}{5}x^4-1}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;EDIT&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See my answer (based on @Herbert's info). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-09T16:01:21.197" LastActivityDate="2011-01-09T16:01:21.197" Title="How to correct excessive lines at the corner and bad line spaces in `polynom.sty`?" Tags="&lt;polynom&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="10" />
  <row Id="8558" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8561" CreationDate="2011-01-09T11:33:04.117" Score="6" ViewCount="85" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a way of preventing the last word of a page from being hyphenated?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I use XeLaTeX.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1204" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-09T12:16:50.370" LastActivityDate="2011-01-09T12:16:50.370" Title="Suppressing hyphenation across pages" Tags="&lt;hyphenation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="8559" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7032" CreationDate="2011-01-09T11:35:44.440" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;with the default picture commands:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{pict2e,picture}&#xA;\newsavebox\CBox&#xA;\newlength\CLength&#xA;\def\Circled#1{\sbox\CBox{#1}%&#xA;  \ifdim\wd\CBox&amp;gt;\ht\CBox \CLength=\wd\CBox\else\CLength=\ht\CBox\fi&#xA;    \makebox[1.2\CLength]{\makebox(0,1.2\CLength){\put(0,0){\circle{1.2\CLength}}}%&#xA;    \makebox(0,1.2\CLength){\put(-.5\wd\CBox,0){#1}}}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\Huge&#xA;foo&#xA;\Circled{1}&#xA;\Circled{2}&#xA;\Circled{ABC}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/fUyng.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-09T11:35:44.440" />
  <row Id="8560" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8557" CreationDate="2011-01-09T11:41:48.427" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;...    &#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\jot=10pt\def\strut{\rule[-2ex]{0pt}{3ex}}&#xA;\polylongdiv[style=A]{3x^9+x^2-1}{\frac{2}{5}x^4-1}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-09T11:41:48.427" />
  <row Id="8561" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8558" CreationDate="2011-01-09T12:16:38.933" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The penalty &lt;code&gt;\brokenpenalty&lt;/code&gt; tells TeX how bad it is to break a page at a hyphen. You can absolutely forbid a break by doing&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\brokenpenalty10000\relax&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but then of course there will be a knock-on somewhere else.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2011-01-09T12:16:38.933" />
  <row Id="8563" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8566" CreationDate="2011-01-09T13:55:04.653" Score="1" ViewCount="66" Body="&lt;p&gt;In monographs, references are often put at the end of each chapter, and the &lt;strong&gt;bibunits&lt;/strong&gt; package can be used. References in the Table of Contents(ToC) should have the same level as section as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;CONTENTS...................1&#xA;1 XX.......................3&#xA;    1.1 XX ................3&#xA;    1.2 XX ................4&#xA;    References.............6&#xA;2 XX.......................7&#xA;    2.1 XX ................7&#xA;&#xA;... ...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(correct ToC above)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I get the following ToC where References appear as chapter level.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;CONTENTS...................1&#xA;1 XX.......................3&#xA;    1.1 XX ................3&#xA;    1.2 XX ................4&#xA;References.................6&#xA;2 XX.......................7&#xA;    2.1 XX ................7&#xA;&#xA;... ...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(incorrect ToC above)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here are my codes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;...&#xA;\usepackage[sectionbib]{bibunits}&#xA;...&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;...&#xA;\bibliographyunit[\chapter]&#xA;...&#xA;\chapter{XX}&#xA;\section{XX}&#xA;...&#xA;\putbib&#xA;...&#xA;\chapter{XX}&#xA;...&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I get the correct ToC.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any response would be appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;--&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Best wishes,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;radiofeda&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2852" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T12:07:27.927" Title="How can I change the level of the References in the Table of Contents by using the package &quot;bibunits&quot; for long monographs" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;bibunits&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8564" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8565" CreationDate="2011-01-09T14:07:41.927" Score="4" ViewCount="98" Body="&lt;p&gt;If I want to use the &lt;code&gt;babel&lt;/code&gt; package and redefine a macro such as &lt;code&gt;\contentsname&lt;/code&gt;, what is the right way to go about this? Just putting &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand&lt;/code&gt; in the preamble doesn't work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This sort of works&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel}&#xA;\AtBeginDocument{%&#xA;        \renewcommand\contentsname{Foo}%&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;% \selectlanguage{english}&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but if you uncomment the &lt;code&gt;\selectlanguage{english}&lt;/code&gt;, the definition is undone.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The best I could come up with is to use the following.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{etoolbox}&#xA;\patchcmd\captionsenglish{Contents}{Foo}{}{}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-01-09T14:27:53.333" Title="What is the right way to redefine macros defined by babel?" Tags="&lt;babel&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8565" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8564" CreationDate="2011-01-09T14:20:34.990" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;\addto\captionsenglish&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel}&#xA;\addto\captionsenglish{%&#xA;  \renewcommand\contentsname{Foo}%&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\selectlanguage{english}% For testing purposes&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: See e.g p. 78 of the babel documentation, where the definitions are changed for the Esperanto language (&lt;code&gt;\addto\captionsesperanto&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-09T14:26:43.317" LastActivityDate="2011-01-09T14:26:43.317" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8566" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8563" CreationDate="2011-01-09T14:20:51.787" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It works for me. I think you need to provide a more complete example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.bib}&#xA;@misc{asdf, author={TH.}, title={Foo Bar}}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\usepackage[sectionbib]{bibunits}&#xA;\defaultbibliography{\jobname}&#xA;\defaultbibliographystyle{plain}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\bibliographyunit[\chapter]&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\chapter{XX}&#xA;\section{XX}&#xA;\nocite{asdf}&#xA;\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\bibname}&#xA;\putbib&#xA;...&#xA;\chapter{XX}&#xA;...&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-01-09T14:20:51.787" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8567" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8564" CreationDate="2011-01-09T14:26:22.087" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;Babel&lt;/code&gt; provides hooks for this sort of redefinitions as follows, if for example you wish to hook onto the greek option you add captions such as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\addto\captionsgreek{&#xA;  \def\contentsname{prologos}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You need to do the same for english &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\addto\captionsenglish{%&#xA;  \def\contentsname{Foo}&#xA;  ...&#xA;  }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also see &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3613/multilingual-class-style-file&quot;&gt;Multilingual class/style file?&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-01-09T14:26:22.087" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8569" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6820" CreationDate="2011-01-09T14:42:00.310" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is what I came up with for a Traditional/Vedic style chart. It could probably use some improvement, but I'm still learning TikZ, so I'd appreciate helpful edits.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{through}&#xA;\usepackage{starfont}&#xA;\usepackage[top=1in,bottom=1in,left=1in,right=1in]{geometry}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \draw (-3in,-3in) -- (-3in,3in);&#xA;  \draw (-3in,-3in) -- (3in,-3in);&#xA;  \draw (3in,-3in) -- (3in,3in);&#xA;  \draw (-3in,3in) -- (3in,3in);&#xA;  \draw (-3in,-1.5in) -- (3in,-1.5in);&#xA;  \draw (-3in,1.5in) -- (3in,1.5in);&#xA;  \draw (-1.5in,-3in) -- (-1.5in,3in);&#xA;  \draw (1.5in,-3in) -- (1.5in,3in);&#xA;  \draw (0in,1.5in) -- (0in,3in);&#xA;  \draw (0in,-1.5in) -- (0in,-3in);&#xA;  \draw (-3in,0in) -- (-1.5in,0in);&#xA;  \draw (1.5in,0in) -- (3in,0in);&#xA;  \node [text width=2.75in] at (0in,0in) {&#xA;      \begin{center}&#xA;       Larry Coleman \\&#xA;       November 12, 1967 &#xA;       7:20 AM EST \\&#xA;       Belleville, MI 83:29W 42:12N \\&#xA;       Natal Chart&#xA;       \end{center}&#xA;  };&#xA;  \node [below right,text width=1in] at (-3in,0in) {&#xA;    I. Scorpio. \\&#xA;    \begin{tabular}{ll}&#xA;    Mercury &amp; 1:45 \\&#xA;    Ascendant &amp; 18:29 \\&#xA;    Sun &amp; 19:26 \\ &#xA;    Neptune &amp; 23:55 &#xA;    \end{tabular}&#xA;  };&#xA;  \node [below right] at (-3in,-1.5in) {II. Sagittarius.};&#xA;  \node [below right,text width=1in] at (-1.5in,-1.5in) {&#xA;    III. Capricorn. \\&#xA;    \begin{tabular}{l l}&#xA;      Mars &amp; 15:14&#xA;      \end{tabular}&#xA;    };&#xA;  \node [below right,text width=1in] at (0in,-1.5in) {&#xA;    IV. Aquarius.};&#xA;  \node [below right,text width=1in] at (1.5in,-1.5in) {&#xA;    V. Pisces. \\&#xA;    \begin{tabular}{l l}&#xA;      \Chiron &amp; 25:16 \Retrograde \\ &#xA;      \Moon &amp; 28:40&#xA;      \end{tabular}&#xA;    };&#xA;  \node [below right,text width=1in] at (1.5in,0in) {&#xA;    VI. Aries. \\&#xA;    \begin{tabular}{ll}&#xA;      Saturn &amp; 6:17 \Retrograde \\&#xA;      North Node &amp; 26:37 \Retrograde&#xA;      \end{tabular}&#xA;    };&#xA;  \node [below right] at (1.5in,1.5in) {VII. Taurus.};&#xA;  \node [below right] at (1.5in,3in) {VIII. Gemini.};&#xA;  \node [below right,text width=1in] at (0in,3in) {&#xA;    IX. Cancer. \\&#xA;    \begin{tabular}{l l}&#xA;      Fortune &amp; 9:15 &#xA;      \end{tabular}&#xA;    };&#xA;  \node [below right] at (-1.5in,3in) {X. Leo};&#xA;  \node [below right,text width=1in] at (-3in,3in) {&#xA;    XI. Virgo. \\&#xA;  \begin{tabular}{ll}&#xA;    Midheaven &amp; 0:23 \\&#xA;    Jupiter &amp; 3:25 \\&#xA;    Pluto &amp; 22:21 \\&#xA;    Uranus &amp; 27:58&#xA;    \end{tabular}&#xA;  }; &#xA;  \node [below right,text width=1in] at (-3in,1.5in) {&#xA;    XII. Libra. \\&#xA;    \begin{tabular}{l l}&#xA;      Venus &amp; 2:53&#xA;      \end{tabular}&#xA;  };&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2054" LastActivityDate="2011-01-09T14:42:00.310" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8570" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8557" CreationDate="2011-01-09T14:53:47.737" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using @Herbert's info, I did some trial and error.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I changed &lt;code&gt;\Big|&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\rule{}&lt;/code&gt;. You can see the modification in the part enclosed by &lt;code&gt;%===========================&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/p6KSV.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{polynom,array}&#xA;\usepackage[table]{xcolor}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\pld@ArrangeResult#1{%&#xA;    \ifx\pld@remainder\@empty&#xA;        \@tempcnta\pld@maxcol\relax&#xA;        \pld@InsertItems@do\pld@lastline&#xA;            {\pld@firsttrue\pld@PLD{\pld@R{0}{1}}}%&#xA;    \fi&#xA;    \ifnum\pld@currstage&amp;gt;\z@&#xA;        \pld@Extend\pld@allines{\pld@lastline\cr}%&#xA;    \else&#xA;        \pld@InsertFake\pld@lastline&#xA;    \fi&#xA;    \pld@iftopresult&#xA;        \def\pld@lastline{\pld@PrintPoly\pld@divisor%&#xA;        %========================================================================&#xA;        \quad\smash{{\color{red}\rule[-6pt]{\arrayrulewidth}{17pt}}}%&#xA;        \kern-\arrayrulewidth&amp;amp;}%&#xA;        %========================================================================&#xA;    \else&#xA;        \let\pld@lastline\@empty&#xA;        \ifx B\pld@style\else&#xA;            \def\pld@lastline{\pld@leftdelim\strut\pld@rightxdelim&amp;amp;}%&#xA;        \fi&#xA;    \fi&#xA;    \expandafter\pld@AR@col\expandafter\pld@PLD&#xA;                           \expandafter\pld@lastline#1+\relax+%&#xA;    \pld@SplitQuotient&#xA;    \pld@iftopresult&#xA;        \let\pld@currentline\@empty&#xA;        \expandafter\pld@AR@col\expandafter\pld@PLD&#xA;                               \expandafter\pld@currentline&#xA;                                           \pld@quotient+\relax+%&#xA;        \expandafter\pld@AR@col\expandafter\pld@XPLD&#xA;                               \expandafter\pld@currentline&#xA;                                           \pld@shadow+\relax+%&#xA;        \edef\pld@subline{%&#xA;            \noexpand\cline{\tw@-\pld@maxcol}%&#xA;            \noalign{\vskip\jot}}%&#xA;        \pld@Extend\pld@currentline{\expandafter\cr\pld@subline}%&#xA;    \else&#xA;        \@tempcnta-\@tempcnta&#xA;        \advance\@tempcnta\pld@maxcol\relax \advance\@tempcnta\@ne&#xA;        \edef\pld@span{\the\@tempcnta}%&#xA;        \ifx B\pld@style&#xA;          \pld@AddTo\pld@lastline{%&#xA;            &amp;amp;\multispan\pld@span${}=%&#xA;            \pld@PrintPolyWithDelims\pld@divisor&#xA;            \expandafter\pld@IfSum\expandafter{\pld@divisor}{}{\cdot}%&#xA;            \expandafter\pld@IfSum\expandafter{\pld@quotient}\pld@true&#xA;                                                             \pld@false&#xA;            \pld@if \pld@leftdelim&#xA;                    \pld@PrintPolyShadow&#xA;                    \pld@rightdelim&#xA;              \else \pld@PrintPolyShadow \fi&#xA;            \pld@firstfalse&#xA;            \expandafter\pld@PrintRemain\expandafter{\pld@remainder}$}%&#xA;        \else&#xA;          \pld@AddTo\pld@lastline{%&#xA;            &amp;amp;\multispan\pld@span$\pld@leftxdelim\strut\pld@rightdelim&#xA;            \pld@div&#xA;            \pld@PrintPolyWithDelims\pld@divisor=&#xA;            \pld@PrintPolyShadow&#xA;            \ifx\pld@remainder\@empty\else&#xA;                +{}%&#xA;                \setbox\z@=\hbox{$\displaystyle&#xA;                  \frac{\let\strut\@empty\pld@firsttrue \expandafter&#xA;                        \pld@PrintRemain\expandafter{\pld@remainder}}%&#xA;                       {\let\strut\@empty\pld@PrintPoly\pld@divisor}$}%&#xA;                \dp\z@=\z@\box\z@&#xA;            \fi&#xA;            $}%&#xA;        \fi&#xA;    \fi&#xA;\expandafter\pld@AR@\pld@allines\relax}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\arrayrulecolor{red}&#xA;\arrayrulewidth=0.8pt&#xA;\def\strut{\rule[-6pt]{0pt}{12pt}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\polylongdiv[style=A]{\frac{3}{7}x^9+x^2-\frac{1}{4}}{\frac{9}{5}x^4-1}&#xA;&#xA;\vspace{1cm}&#xA;\polylongdiv[style=A]{x^{30}-1}{x^8-1}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-09T15:55:07.597" LastActivityDate="2011-01-09T15:55:07.597" />
  <row Id="8571" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8577" CreationDate="2011-01-09T15:01:22.130" Score="5" ViewCount="219" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a basic understanding of LaTeX. But I would like to learn more through LaTeX examples or real world usage (probably commented). Where can such be found?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2853" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-09T15:26:35.397" LastActivityDate="2011-01-09T15:40:50.910" Title="Examples with the purpose of learning LaTeX?" Tags="&lt;latex-general&gt;&lt;learning&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8572" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8579" CreationDate="2011-01-09T15:15:34.270" Score="9" ViewCount="140" Body="&lt;p&gt;The not equal sign (&lt;code&gt;$\neq$&lt;/code&gt;)  becomes equal sign(=) in hyperref's bookmark. I know that &lt;code&gt;\texorpdfstring&lt;/code&gt; will work for this, but I can not find &lt;code&gt;\textneq&lt;/code&gt;, maybe another name?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2404" LastEditorUserId="1189" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-20T22:36:01.030" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T22:36:01.030" Title="how to put \neq in bookmark" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;bookmarks&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8574" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8571" CreationDate="2011-01-09T15:17:54.473" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's hard to answer this question without knowing what &quot;real world&quot; you inhabit.  If you're looking for math examples, then the &lt;code&gt;mathmode&lt;/code&gt; documentation is essential. (It should be part of your TeX distribution.)  The &lt;em&gt;LaTeX Companion 3rd Edition&lt;/em&gt; by F. Mittelbach, M. Goosens, J. Braams, D. Carlisle and C. Rowley (Addison Wesley) is full of example code with extremely good explanations.  For examples of drwawing with &lt;code&gt;pgf/tikz&lt;/code&gt;, see the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.  Maybe others can add more suggestions to this list.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-01-09T15:17:54.473" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8575" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8467" CreationDate="2011-01-09T15:25:07.290" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is the Phys. Rev. B citation style, so &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[aps,prb,citeautoscript]{revtex4-1}&lt;/code&gt; is all that is needed. The &lt;code&gt;[citeautoscript]&lt;/code&gt; is optional, but takes care of putting the citation after punctuation if necessary, as is Phys. Rev. B house style.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2011-01-09T15:25:07.290" />
  <row Id="8576" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8571" CreationDate="2011-01-09T15:29:54.253" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The best way to learn LaTeX is by using it. The &quot;real world&quot; you are presumably interested in is the world of things you actually want LaTeX to do for you. And if you want to learn about those things, try them!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The already mentioned link includes several excellent resources (the LaTeX wikibook, the not so short introduction...) but be selective! There is a lot to learn, so don't just sit down to read a LaTeX book cover-to-cover. Not at first. Try to do something (typeset an article, draw a picture in TikZ, write a letter...) in LaTeX and when you get stuck, search out the relevant parts of the above mentioned resources.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think the sort of thing you are requesting (commented source code examples?) will be of limited use, unless you want to do more or less exactly the same thing as what that code does. You're much better off trying to write your own code and learning that way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/4420/215&quot;&gt;Another useful list of resources&lt;/a&gt; (There's a lot of overlap with the other link...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2011-01-09T15:29:54.253" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8577" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8571" CreationDate="2011-01-09T15:40:50.910" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The sources of a lot of the examples from the LaTeX books can be found here: &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/info/examples/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Examples from CTAN&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-09T15:40:50.910" />
  <row Id="8578" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8572" CreationDate="2011-01-09T16:11:22.737" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\texorpdfstring&lt;/code&gt; is OK. &lt;code&gt;\neq&lt;/code&gt; is ≠ (unicode 0x2260)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-01-09T16:11:22.737" />
  <row Id="8579" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8572" CreationDate="2011-01-09T16:17:29.350" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just use the actual ≠ symbol:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\texorpdfstring{$A\neq B$}{A ≠ B}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You need to load &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; with the &lt;code&gt;[unicode]&lt;/code&gt; option for this to work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Your source file also needs to be UTF-8 encoded.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-09T21:30:38.907" LastActivityDate="2011-01-09T21:30:38.907" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="8580" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8835" CreationDate="2011-01-09T16:20:32.157" Score="5" ViewCount="319" Body="&lt;h1&gt;Original&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The remainder provided by &lt;code&gt;polynom.sty&lt;/code&gt; is NOT complete (as shown in the following figure).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/IjRZj.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;My Objective&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I was in senior high school, my teacher made the diagram like below. :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thus the final step must show the TOTAL remainder and mark it with L-shaped curve.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;NOTE&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am sorry. The previous post I forgot to put back &lt;code&gt;-1/4&lt;/code&gt; in the original position. It have made you confused. Now there is no mistake anymore. :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/agvem.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Minimal Code&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{polynom,array}&#xA;\usepackage[table]{xcolor}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\pld@ArrangeResult#1{%&#xA;    \ifx\pld@remainder\@empty&#xA;        \@tempcnta\pld@maxcol\relax&#xA;        \pld@InsertItems@do\pld@lastline&#xA;            {\pld@firsttrue\pld@PLD{\pld@R{0}{1}}}%&#xA;    \fi&#xA;    \ifnum\pld@currstage&amp;gt;\z@&#xA;        \pld@Extend\pld@allines{\pld@lastline\cr}%&#xA;    \else&#xA;        \pld@InsertFake\pld@lastline&#xA;    \fi&#xA;    \pld@iftopresult&#xA;        \def\pld@lastline{\pld@PrintPoly\pld@divisor%&#xA;        %====================================================================================&#xA;        \quad\smash{{\color{red}\rule[-6pt]{\arrayrulewidth}{17pt}}}\kern-\arrayrulewidth&amp;amp;}%&#xA;        %====================================================================================&#xA;    \else&#xA;        \let\pld@lastline\@empty&#xA;        \ifx B\pld@style\else&#xA;            \def\pld@lastline{\pld@leftdelim\strut\pld@rightxdelim&amp;amp;}%&#xA;        \fi&#xA;    \fi&#xA;    \expandafter\pld@AR@col\expandafter\pld@PLD&#xA;                           \expandafter\pld@lastline#1+\relax+%&#xA;    \pld@SplitQuotient&#xA;    \pld@iftopresult&#xA;        \let\pld@currentline\@empty&#xA;        \expandafter\pld@AR@col\expandafter\pld@PLD&#xA;                               \expandafter\pld@currentline&#xA;                                           \pld@quotient+\relax+%&#xA;        \expandafter\pld@AR@col\expandafter\pld@XPLD&#xA;                               \expandafter\pld@currentline&#xA;                                           \pld@shadow+\relax+%&#xA;        \edef\pld@subline{%&#xA;            \noexpand\cline{\tw@-\pld@maxcol}%&#xA;            \noalign{\vskip\jot}}%&#xA;        \pld@Extend\pld@currentline{\expandafter\cr\pld@subline}%&#xA;    \else&#xA;        \@tempcnta-\@tempcnta&#xA;        \advance\@tempcnta\pld@maxcol\relax \advance\@tempcnta\@ne&#xA;        \edef\pld@span{\the\@tempcnta}%&#xA;        \ifx B\pld@style&#xA;          \pld@AddTo\pld@lastline{%&#xA;            &amp;amp;\multispan\pld@span${}=%&#xA;            \pld@PrintPolyWithDelims\pld@divisor&#xA;            \expandafter\pld@IfSum\expandafter{\pld@divisor}{}{\cdot}%&#xA;            \expandafter\pld@IfSum\expandafter{\pld@quotient}\pld@true&#xA;                                                             \pld@false&#xA;            \pld@if \pld@leftdelim&#xA;                    \pld@PrintPolyShadow&#xA;                    \pld@rightdelim&#xA;              \else \pld@PrintPolyShadow \fi&#xA;            \pld@firstfalse&#xA;            \expandafter\pld@PrintRemain\expandafter{\pld@remainder}$}%&#xA;        \else&#xA;          \pld@AddTo\pld@lastline{%&#xA;            &amp;amp;\multispan\pld@span$\pld@leftxdelim\strut\pld@rightdelim&#xA;            \pld@div&#xA;            \pld@PrintPolyWithDelims\pld@divisor=&#xA;            \pld@PrintPolyShadow&#xA;            \ifx\pld@remainder\@empty\else&#xA;                +{}%&#xA;                \setbox\z@=\hbox{$\displaystyle&#xA;                  \frac{\let\strut\@empty\pld@firsttrue \expandafter&#xA;                        \pld@PrintRemain\expandafter{\pld@remainder}}%&#xA;                       {\let\strut\@empty\pld@PrintPoly\pld@divisor}$}%&#xA;                \dp\z@=\z@\box\z@&#xA;            \fi&#xA;            $}%&#xA;        \fi&#xA;    \fi&#xA;\expandafter\pld@AR@\pld@allines\relax}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\arrayrulecolor{red}&#xA;\arrayrulewidth=0.8pt&#xA;\def\strut{\rule[-6pt]{0pt}{12pt}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\polylongdiv[style=A]{\frac{3}{7}x^9+x^2-\frac{1}{4}}{\frac{9}{5}x^4-1}&#xA;&#xA;\vspace{1cm}&#xA;\polylongdiv[style=A]{x^4-1}{x^2-1}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-12T19:00:38.087" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T15:52:45.540" Title="How to show the full remainder in polynomial long division?" Tags="&lt;polynom&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="8581" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-09T16:50:56.437" Score="1" ViewCount="220" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to understand the pdflatex output and I found a big problem:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have a warning at one location, for example the line is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\end{foo} test)test&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;pdflatex prints the warning message and after that the line information:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;l.73 \end{foo}&#xA;                   test)test[1] [2] [3]) (&quot;C:\Users\Nils\Documents\chapter2.tex&quot;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I though the line after &quot;l.73&quot; is resevered for quotings from the tex file. But you can see that the name of the next file is printed, too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If there is a rounded bracket in it, like in this example, the output can't be understood by a parser because there line should be checked for filenames but the first bracket will close the last file...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What can I do?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1594" LastActivityDate="2011-01-10T01:19:15.067" Title="pdflatex output is very annoying" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="8582" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8584" CreationDate="2011-01-09T17:49:30.140" Score="4" ViewCount="410" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to create a very basic bar chart using &lt;em&gt;pgfplots&lt;/em&gt;. I need four bars representing percentages with text as labels under the &lt;em&gt;x&lt;/em&gt; axis. Text labels contain spaces and accented, non-English characters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since I use &lt;em&gt;pgfplots&lt;/em&gt; for all other charts in my paper I thought I'd give a shot at this one, too. However, since this chart uses non-numeric &lt;em&gt;x&lt;/em&gt; values it's a little tricky. I'm trying to start with a text book example and go from there. Here's the example from the &lt;em&gt;pgfplots&lt;/em&gt; manual (4.20.1 on p. 210) I'm trying to use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt,a4paper,oneside]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplots}&#xA;\pgfplotsset{width=7cm,compat=1.3}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{axis}[symbolic x coords={a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,i}]&#xA;\addplot+[smooth] coordinates {&#xA;(a,42)&#xA;(b,50)&#xA;(c,80)&#xA;(f,60)&#xA;(g,62)&#xA;(i,90)};&#xA;\end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have major problems with this code. For starters, TeXmaker hangs while trying to compile, I have to kill the pdflatex process to reanimate it. When I do I get the following error messages:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;! Package pgfkeys Error: I do not know the key '/pgfplots/compat' and I am goin&#xA;  g to ignore it. Perhaps you misspelled it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;! Package PGF Math Error: Could not parse input 'a' as a floating point number,&#xA;   sorry. The unreadable part was near 'a'..&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If someone could shed some light on what I'm doing wrong I'd most appreciate it. I am using a recent version of Ubuntu and TeX Live (2009-10). I have been using them for a year or so, never had a hang issue so far.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Recommendations for any other solution (preferably without any external program) are also welcome and appreciated. Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2848" LastEditorUserId="2848" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-10T06:54:32.847" LastActivityDate="2011-01-10T06:54:32.847" Title="Basic bar chart with text as x axis labels" Tags="&lt;pgfplots&gt;&lt;graph&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="8583" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8588" CreationDate="2011-01-09T18:06:04.127" Score="-1" ViewCount="258" Body="&lt;p&gt;This question/concern may sound like a troll but it it not. I'm more and more concerned on how relevant it is too dedicate energy to the development of next generation tools like LaTeX3, LuaTex, Tikz... Some people agree that the pdf format is doomed to disappearance because of its lacks of interactivity and should be replaced by (more open) formats such as html/xml and equivalent. In this context, will the rules of typography slowly become obsolete and what will be the goal of using compiling-like tools such as LaTeX? I know that as long as nice math fonts are not really available in formats other than ps/pdf, scientific fields will still use Latex but that may be over very soon. What are your thoughts on this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;edit 1: it looks like my rather provoking title yielded unexpected results. I just wanted to know in which extent LaTeX-like tools developers do consider possible evolutions in their decisions? As noted by Jan and Frabjous, TeX could be ported/converted to other formats even though it is currently mainly dedicated to pdf outputs.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;edit 2: although I am a big fan of nice layouts and documents, the actual way of using pdf files is annoying. We have to open them in new browsers when we click on an existing hyperlink and they cannot be edited and require a full compilation for a single grammar mistake (when created with LaTeX). Maybe next generation computers will be powerful enough to compile LaTeX documents on the fly or technologies like &lt;code&gt;http://river-valley.tv/tex-and-the-ipad/&lt;/code&gt; are the future. I am just wondering&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastEditorUserId="371" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-10T01:12:51.050" LastActivityDate="2011-01-10T01:12:51.050" Title="useless efforts in the development of LaTeX-related tools ?" Tags="&lt;latex-general&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="8584" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8582" CreationDate="2011-01-09T18:08:39.817" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The version of &lt;code&gt;pgfplots&lt;/code&gt; that is included in Ubuntu 10.10 is 1.2.2. Apparently the feature that you are using was added between then and version 1.4.1 (which is the current version).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unless someone comes up with a workaround to add text coordinates in pgfplot 1.2, the easiest option for you is probably to upgrade to TeX Live 2010. &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/texlive/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Installing it manually&lt;/a&gt; isn't too hard and you will get all the newest versions. PGF related packages changed a lot since the TeX Live version that is included in Ubuntu. Also, you will be able to run &lt;code&gt;tlmgr update --self --all&lt;/code&gt; to update your TeX installation at any time.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is a proof-of-concept with version 1.4 (I don't know &lt;code&gt;pgfplots&lt;/code&gt; well, so there might be a better way to do this):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplots}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{axis}[&#xA;    symbolic x coords={a small bar,a medium bar,a large bar},&#xA;    xtick=data]&#xA;    \addplot[ybar,fill=blue] coordinates {&#xA;        (a small bar,42)&#xA;        (a medium bar,50)&#xA;        (a large bar,80)&#xA;    };&#xA;\end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/kMCsz.png&quot; alt=&quot;example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-09T18:47:57.770" LastActivityDate="2011-01-09T18:47:57.770" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="8586" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8583" CreationDate="2011-01-09T19:23:52.183" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The problem with a prediction like this is that it becomes a self-fulfilling prophecy: if people who might be interested in working on technologies that produce quality typography all assume their efforts will be in vain, and give up working on them, then of course, they'll have proven themselves right.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Far better that those of us who do care just keep on insisting on using it. If we only convince ourselves, then we at least have the tools that we create.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That said, I do recognize the important status of various XML-based formats, and the importance of making it the case that TeX-based technologies are able to interact with it. There's certainly no reason why XML based formats can't be used for quality typography: indeed, that's already possible to some extent with SVG, and even with XHTML it's not so much a problem with the format as it is with the software used to render it (and the emphasis on speed over quality, though that could change...) And there's no reason to think that TeX algorithms can't be ported, or adapted, or be a part of making that a reality. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To some extent, making use of TeX-based technologies to output XML-based output is already a reality, with converters out there for producing XHTML and MathML and SVG already there. (See TeX4ht, dvisvgm, etc.) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2011-01-09T19:23:52.183" />
  <row Id="8587" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8636" CreationDate="2011-01-09T20:26:57.623" Score="5" ViewCount="137" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to change the separation between multiple article/book authors from '&amp;amp;' to 'and' in natbib.&#xA; eg:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@book{lee2009global,&#xA;  title={{Global Marketing Management}},&#xA;  author={Lee, K. and Carter, S.},&#xA;  isbn={9780199239429},&#xA;  lccn={2009005337},&#xA;  comment={http://books.google.com/books?id=ZBkPOQAACAAJ},&#xA;  year={2009},&#xA;  publisher={Oxford University Press}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;then:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[longnamesfirst]{natbib}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\bibpunct{(}{)}{;}{a}{,}{,}&#xA;&#xA;\citep{lee2009global}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;produces:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; (Lee &amp;amp; Carter, 2009)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd like it to produce:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; (Lee and Carter, 2009)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2856" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-09T22:48:20.380" LastActivityDate="2011-01-10T14:48:52.937" Title="Change multiple author reference from '&amp;' to 'and' with natbib bibliography" Tags="&lt;natbib&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8588" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8583" CreationDate="2011-01-09T20:28:23.447" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Adobe has been trying to make pdf more interactive for years, with somewhat limited success.  Interestingly, pdfTeX is one of the few pdf authoring tools that let you relatively easily take advantage of these pdf extensions. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, if you look at the history of TeX, you will see that pdf was not the original format TeX generated.  PdfTeX was written much later than TeX, and most TeX documents, when processed with pdfTeX, produce pdf files that display pretty much identically to the original dvi files. So if pdf become obsolete and get replaced by another format, changes are someone will write an {another format}TeX, and all the effort invested into TeX will carry over. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;No matter what the target format is going to be, I think there will, at least in foreseeable future, be a need for the type of extensible system for generating documents and graphics that TeX represents. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2011-01-09T20:28:23.447" />
  <row Id="8589" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2050" CreationDate="2011-01-09T20:29:32.087" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I didn't see this question, or I would have responded earlier. Many apologies.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At the moment, both &quot;report&quot; and &quot;online&quot; are undefined by biblatex-mla. For all of my own needs, I've never previously cited a website that couldn't be conceived of as an article, but I can see the worth. &quot;Online,&quot; at least, could very easily be defined in the next version of biblatex-mla.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Report&quot; is another problem altogether. The MLA conceives of governmental authorship as if it were a nesting doll. Something by the &quot;Department of Unusual Citations&quot; in the US Senate would be cited like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;United States. Cong. Senate. Dept. of Unusual Citations. Italicized Title. Washington: GPO, 2011. Print.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The next entry, by the House's &quot;Bureau of Oddities&quot; would look like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;---.---. House. Bureau of Oddities. Italicized Title. Washington: GPO, 2011. Print.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can see where things start becoming too much to handle. If Biblatex-mla is able to handle everything else you need, at the moment I'd recommend defining your report as a &quot;book&quot; with the author in your .bib file defined within curled braces. I don't want to release support for governmental publications unless I can do it correctly, that way my users understand the limitations of the software. With the recent innovations in Biblatex and Biber, I'll be looking closer at this problem to see if it's one I'll soon be able to solve.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2858" LastActivityDate="2011-01-09T20:29:32.087" />
  <row Id="8590" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8597" CreationDate="2011-01-09T20:42:59.223" Score="3" ViewCount="129" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do I keep the two parties with the same height of 53mm?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,10pt]{book}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{positioning,shapes}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;%Tikz styles&#xA;\tikzset{&amp;gt;=latex,inner sep=0pt,&#xA;  cx1/.style={rectangle,draw,rounded corners=1cm,orange,text centered},&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[remember picture,overlay]&#xA;    \node[cx1,rectangle split,rectangle split parts=2,rectangle split parts,text width=5.3cm,text height=5.3cm] at (13.35,3.25) {aula\nodepart{second} $09$};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want it part1=53mm,part2=53mm.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1940" LastActivityDate="2011-01-09T21:46:46.213" Title="Parts (node) with the same height Tikz" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;nodes&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="8592" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5123" CreationDate="2011-01-09T20:47:38.503" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm just finding these questions, so I do apologize for not responding to them earlier!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lockstep and Mikael are correct: the dashed names are part of the MLA style and are not a mistake. Still, I'll add the package option (dashed=false) to the next version of biblatex-mla, as it ought to be a trivial addition.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2858" LastActivityDate="2011-01-09T20:47:38.503" />
  <row Id="8593" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8596" CreationDate="2011-01-09T21:11:59.147" Score="0" ViewCount="112" Body="&lt;p&gt;Also I read: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2790/when-should-one-use-verb-and-when-texttt&quot;&gt;When should one use \verb!! and when \texttt{}&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My issue at hand is that I would like to write a little more than just &quot;small pieces&quot; (wording in linked question) of program code, but without having to escape all the special characters. On the other hand, &lt;code&gt;\verb&lt;/code&gt; does not have &lt;code&gt;{}&lt;/code&gt;-style delimiters, besides being said to have issues with moving arguments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there something I can do such that (sample text follows)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;As a user, do &lt;code&gt;\texttt{if (!(last\_cond \&amp;amp;\&amp;amp; (last\_flags \&amp;amp; (O\_CREATE | O\_EXCL))))}&lt;/code&gt;, but as root, do &lt;code&gt;\texttt{if (!(last\_cond \&amp;amp;\&amp;amp; (last\_flags \&amp;amp; (O\_RDONLY))))}&lt;/code&gt; until...&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;can be written as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;As a user, do &lt;code&gt;\texttt{if (!(last_cond &amp;amp;&amp;amp; (last_flags &amp;amp; (O_CREATE | O_EXCL))))}&lt;/code&gt;, but as root, do &lt;code&gt;\texttt{if (!(last_cond &amp;amp;&amp;amp; (last_flags &amp;amp; (O_RDONLY))))}&lt;/code&gt; until...&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;edit: &#xA;Defining a new command as in &lt;code&gt;\verbdef&lt;/code&gt; and having to write &quot;As a user, do &lt;code&gt;\verbdef\demo1{\texttt{if (!(last_cond &amp;amp;&amp;amp; (last_flags &amp;amp; (O_CREATE | O_EXCL))))}}\demo1&lt;/code&gt;, but as root, do &lt;code&gt;\verbdef\demo2{\texttt{if (!(last_cond &amp;amp;&amp;amp; (last_flags &amp;amp; (O_RDONLY))))}}\demo2&lt;/code&gt; until...&quot; does read strangely (in the tex source file).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2859" LastEditorUserId="2859" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-09T21:42:52.270" LastActivityDate="2011-01-09T21:42:57.993" Title="Combination of \verb and \texttt" Tags="&lt;verbatim&gt;&lt;macros&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="8594" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8593" CreationDate="2011-01-09T21:23:40.400" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/verbdef/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;verbdef&lt;/a&gt; package&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{verbdef}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\verbdef\demo{if (!(last_cond &amp;amp;&amp;amp; (last_flags &amp;amp; (O_CREATE | O_EXCL))))}&#xA;\demo&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-01-09T21:23:40.400" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8595" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8601" CreationDate="2011-01-09T21:29:53.897" Score="0" ViewCount="136" Body="&lt;p&gt;I usually use TeX to write my documents, but say for some reason I want to use Word Document (e.g. sending the document to a friend for editing). So is it possible to apply templates in Microsoft Word?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2418" LastActivityDate="2011-01-09T22:56:09.190" ClosedDate="2011-01-09T23:10:51.113" Title="Apply Templates in Microsoft Word" Tags="&lt;msword&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="8596" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8593" CreationDate="2011-01-09T21:42:57.993" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\lstset{basicstyle=\ttfamily\small}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;foo&#xA;\lstinline{if (!(last_cond &amp;amp;&amp;amp; (last_flags &amp;amp; (O_CREATE | O_EXCL))))}&#xA;bar&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-09T21:42:57.993" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8597" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8590" CreationDate="2011-01-09T21:46:46.213" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use a &lt;code&gt;\rule&lt;/code&gt; with a width of 0pt for this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\node[cx1,rectangle split,rectangle split parts=2,text width=5.3cm] at (13.35,3.25) {\rule[-2.65cm]{0pt}{5.3cm}aula\nodepart{second}\rule[-2.65cm]{0pt}{5.3cm} $09$};&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastActivityDate="2011-01-09T21:46:46.213" />
  <row Id="8598" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-09T22:12:12.787" Score="3" ViewCount="179" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a section which describes a set of 6 images. After adding the section and the images just below it, the images were not placed in the correct place. Some of them were placed after the section, which is the correct thing, but the others were placed after the next section. Is there anyway to solve that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is how I want my page to look:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Image 1  |  Image 4&#xA;Image 2  |  Image 5&#xA;Image 3  |  Image 6&#xA;         |&#xA;.......  |   .......&#xA;.......  |   .......&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The dots represent the text of the page. Obviously, the page is in two-columns.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, here is the code I am using.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section{....}&#xA;&#xA;&amp;lt;Section Text Referencing The 5 Figures Below&amp;gt;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}[h]&#xA;    \begin{center}&#xA;    \includegraphics[width=3.0in]{example1_scene.png}&#xA;    \end{center}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}[h]&#xA;    \begin{center}&#xA;    \includegraphics[width=3.0in]{example1_topview.png}&#xA;    \end{center}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}[h]&#xA;    \begin{center}&#xA;    \includegraphics[width=3.0in]{on_smith_and_screen.png}&#xA;    \end{center}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}[h]&#xA;    \begin{center}&#xA;    \includegraphics[width=3.0in]{example1_2.png}&#xA;    \end{center}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}[h]&#xA;    \begin{center}&#xA;    \includegraphics[width=3.0in]{example1_3.png}&#xA;    \end{center}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}[h]&#xA;    \begin{center}&#xA;    \includegraphics[width=3.0in]{example1_4.png}&#xA;    \end{center}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2418" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-09T22:20:49.690" LastActivityDate="2011-01-09T22:26:45.233" Title="Grouping Many Images in One Page" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;subfloats&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="8599" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8598" CreationDate="2011-01-09T22:19:56.400" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;figure&lt;/code&gt; environment is designed to float, which is what accounts for the behaviour you are seeing.  If you want to group your figures together, you could put each &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt; commands (&lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; the &lt;code&gt;figure&lt;/code&gt; commands) into a &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; environment, or a &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt; environment or you could use the &lt;code&gt;subfig&lt;/code&gt; package to organise groups of figures with subcaptions.  The &lt;code&gt;subfig&lt;/code&gt; package documentation gives lots of options to show you how to do this (including a useful section on whether you even need the package or not.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-01-09T22:19:56.400" />
  <row Id="8600" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8598" CreationDate="2011-01-09T22:26:45.233" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Within a figure environment, use &lt;code&gt;\centering&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\begin{center}...\end{center}&lt;/code&gt;. The latter adds extra vertical space.&#xA;You don't even need a &lt;code&gt;figure&lt;/code&gt; environment since you don't need floating neither captions or references. So, you could just write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{center}&#xA;\includegraphics[width=3.0in]{example1_scene.png}&#xA;&#xA;\includegraphics[width=3.0in]{example1_topview.png}&#xA;&#xA;...&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or similar with &lt;code&gt;\centering&lt;/code&gt;. If you need captions or justification, refer to Alan's good advice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-01-09T22:26:45.233" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8601" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8595" CreationDate="2011-01-09T22:56:09.190" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Word has its own templating system see &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ieee.org/publications_standards/publications/authors/authors_journals.html#sect2&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.ieee.org/publications_standards/publications/authors/authors_journals.html#sect2&lt;/a&gt; for some examples.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-01-09T22:56:09.190" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8602" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8957" CreationDate="2011-01-09T23:46:28.497" Score="11" ViewCount="364" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/contour/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;contour&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package to put thick white outlines around labels in graphs, so they remain readable above the grid lines without taking up too much space.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately, the package is not able to draw outlines of the horizontal lines used in fractions or root symbols when the &lt;code&gt;[outline]&lt;/code&gt; option is active (which is used to generate 'proper' outlines instead of multiple copies of the text).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a different way to generate coloured outlines of equations? Maybe something using &lt;code&gt;pgf&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is what happens with the &lt;code&gt;contour&lt;/code&gt; package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/sYNUa.png&quot; alt=&quot;sqrt{\frac{a}{b}} with red contour. The contour around the horizontal lines is missing.&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Generated with this minimal working example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage[outline]{contour}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;\contourlength{.6pt}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\contour{red}{$\sqrt{\dfrac{A}{B}}$}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastEditorUserId="2552" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-10T18:43:17.697" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T06:30:31.767" Title="How can I put a coloured outline around fraction lines?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;color&gt;&lt;decorations&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="8603" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-10T00:10:28.377" Score="1" ViewCount="343" Body="&lt;p&gt;How to configure kile in texlive 2010?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1940" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T20:19:30.757" Title="How to configure kile in texlive 2010?" Tags="&lt;texlive&gt;&lt;kile&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="8605" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8606" CreationDate="2011-01-10T00:24:02.613" Score="1" ViewCount="63" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\lstset{basicstyle=\ttfamily}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\texttt{int main(void)} is rendered tighter than in the listing.&#xA;What lstlisting option would need changing?&#xA;&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}[numbers=left,language=c,showtabs=true]&#xA;int main(void)&#xA;{&#xA; printf(&quot;Hi world\n&quot;);&#xA;}&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2859" LastActivityDate="2011-01-10T00:40:39.743" Title="Program listing outputs text wider than usual" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;listings&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8606" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8605" CreationDate="2011-01-10T00:40:39.743" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is controlled by the &lt;code&gt;columns&lt;/code&gt; specification (see section 2.10 of the &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt; manual.)  You don't say whether you want the spacing to be wider inline (like the code) or narrower in the listing itself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To make the inline code match your example listing, use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\lstinline[language=c,columns=fixed]{int main(void)}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To make the listing match the inline code, use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{lstlisting}[numbers=left,language=c,showtabs=true,columns=flexible]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want both to be the same, use the same &lt;code&gt;column&lt;/code&gt; specification for both. The default for inline listing is &lt;code&gt;flexible&lt;/code&gt;; the default for listings is &lt;code&gt;fixed&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-01-10T00:40:39.743" />
  <row Id="8607" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8613" CreationDate="2011-01-10T00:49:02.497" Score="0" ViewCount="175" Body="&lt;p&gt;क्रोष्टान् + स् $\xrightarrow[\stackrel{\normalsize\text{}}{\shortstack[c]{{\textcolor{blue}{\text{\scriptsize{\nameref{8.2.7}}}}}\   \textcolor{blue}{\text{\scriptsize{नकार gets लोप}}}}}]{\stackrel{\normalsize\text{}}{\shortstack[c]{{\textcolor{black}{\text{\scriptsize{\nameref{6.1.68}}}}}\ \text{\scriptsize{सकार gets लोप \&amp;amp;}}}}}$&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/1D0Ih.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am not sure if this is the best way to work with. It worked so I adopted it. But now my document is getting really big and I am worried if it would cause any sort of problems later. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also can I create a command where I can use text to the left and right of the arrow and all four lines above &amp;amp; below the arrow as arguments. So far I was getting by with copy paste and changing the text as needed. Just to give an idea in my 200 page document this thing came so far around 300 times. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;thanks for your comments&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PS: The font is unicode Devanagari(Sanskrit2003)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2036" LastEditorUserId="2036" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-10T00:55:02.303" LastActivityDate="2011-01-10T06:40:51.247" Title="Two lines above &amp; below arrow" Tags="&lt;arrows&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8608" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="326" CreationDate="2011-01-10T01:03:47.243" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Illinois Institute of Technology has their thesis class at available from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.iit.edu/graduate_college/academic_affairs/Thesis_information.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Graduate College website&lt;/a&gt;. A lot of the commands are somewhat nonstandard (for example capitalized &lt;code&gt;\Section&lt;/code&gt; commands), so I've been redoing the class file as I work on my thesis. I'll post the result somewhere when the thesis examiner likes it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1846" LastActivityDate="2011-01-10T01:03:47.243" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-01-10T01:03:47.243" />
  <row Id="8609" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8581" CreationDate="2011-01-10T01:19:15.067" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your question is a little vague. Here only the &lt;code&gt;test)test&lt;/code&gt; is printed on that line:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\def\foo{}&#xA;\def\endfoo{\baz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\begin{foo}&#xA;abc&#xA;\end{foo} test)test&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So it really depends on what is causing that warning/error to be printed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;TeX's log output cannot be parsed unambiguously, but there are rules that it follows. When it opens a file, &lt;code&gt;(file.tex&lt;/code&gt; is printed in the console; when that file is closed, a matching &lt;code&gt;)&lt;/code&gt; is printed. Pages written out are indicated by &lt;code&gt;[1]&lt;/code&gt;...&lt;code&gt;[2]&lt;/code&gt;...etc. Any heuristic you write to follow these rules must accept the fact that unmatched parentheses and brackets could appear in the output.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An alternative occurs to me. You can use the &lt;code&gt;currfile&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;filehook&lt;/code&gt; package to print out unambiguous markers for file open/close and use this information instead. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\RequirePackage{filehook,currfile}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\fileindent{}&#xA;\def\pushindent{%&#xA;  \expandafter\def&#xA;  \expandafter\fileindent&#xA;  \expandafter{\fileindent\space\space}%&#xA;}&#xA;\def\popindent{%&#xA;  \edef\@tempa{%&#xA;    \noexpand\expandafter\def&#xA;    \noexpand\expandafter\noexpand\fileindent&#xA;    \noexpand\expandafter{%&#xA;      \noexpand\@gobbletwo\unexpanded\expandafter{\fileindent}%&#xA;    }%&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \@tempa&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\AtBeginOfEveryFile{\typeout{\fileindent Begin file \currfilename}\pushindent}&#xA;\AtEndOfEveryFile{\popindent\typeout{\fileindent End file \currfilename}}&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here, each nested file inclusion is indented in the console output (and this is the cause of the messy code up top). For your purposes this isn't necessary, but I find it easier for visual inspection.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2011-01-10T01:19:15.067" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8610" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8611" CreationDate="2011-01-10T05:23:53.693" Score="3" ViewCount="196" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have 2 questions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I am trying to center a figure in LaTeX, but above a certain size it just starts at the left margin and goes beyond the right. How can I make it actually center, so the amount it goes over the left margin is the same as the right?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Some short lines justify to fill the whole page width, which makes it look really bad. Is there a way I can fix these lines, or maybe set the width for justification to be considered?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2864" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-12T09:44:07.687" LastActivityDate="2011-03-12T09:44:07.687" Title="How to center large figures in LaTeX and how to fix short justified lines?" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;centering&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="8611" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8610" CreationDate="2011-01-10T05:33:22.253" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\centerline{\includegraphics{foo}}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Can you provide an example? You can use &lt;code&gt;\raggedright&lt;/code&gt; or even &lt;code&gt;ragged2e&lt;/code&gt; package to control the paragraph. However, I wonder how the short lines fill the whole page width.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-01-10T05:33:22.253" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8612" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8614" CreationDate="2011-01-10T06:25:43.553" Score="15" ViewCount="248" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Background&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Looking to include the current date, time, and timezone within a PDF.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Problem&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;datetime&lt;/code&gt; package does not provide a macro for the current timezone.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Question&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How would you write a macro in LaTeX to create a date such as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Sun Jan 09 20:17:18 EST 2011&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Working&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thus far:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{datetime}&#xA;\shortdayofweekname{\day}{\month}{\year}&#xA;\shortmonthname{} \twodigit{\day} \hhmmsstime{}&#xA;EST \number\year&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The timezone (EST) eludes me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Related&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://brasserie-seul.com/?Recettes&amp;amp;nr=16&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://brasserie-seul.com/?Recettes&amp;amp;nr=16&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/datetime/datetime.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/datetime/datetime.pdf&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2148" LastEditorUserId="2148" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-10T06:46:01.360" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T08:56:53.450" Title="Write date, time, and time zone" Tags="&lt;datetime&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="8613" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8607" CreationDate="2011-01-10T06:40:51.247" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am just putting the code that you gave inside a &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt;. Is it what was needed?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\TwoSidedTextArrow}[6]{&#xA;  \ensuremath{%&#xA;    \xrightarrow[%&#xA;    \stackrel{\normalsize\text{}}{%&#xA;      \shortstack[c]{%&#xA;        {\textcolor{blue}{\text{\scriptsize{\nameref{#1}}}}}\ %&#xA;        \textcolor{blue}{\text{\scriptsize{#2 gets #3}}}%&#xA;      }}]{%&#xA;    \stackrel{\normalsize\text{}}{%&#xA;      \shortstack[c]{%&#xA;        {\textcolor{black}{\text{\scriptsize{\nameref{#4}}}}}\ %&#xA;        \text{\scriptsize{#5 gets #6 \&amp;amp;}}}%&#xA;    }}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Your example then becomes&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;क्रोष्टान् + स् \TwoSidedTextArrow{8.2.7}{नकार}{लोप}{6.1.68}{सकार}{लोप}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastActivityDate="2011-01-10T06:40:51.247" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8614" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8612" CreationDate="2011-01-10T07:03:13.503" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can get the offset from GMT using the pdfTeX primitive &lt;code&gt;\pdfcreationdate&lt;/code&gt;: (no doubt LuaTeX has something similar)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\def\grabtimezone #1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9{\grabtimezoneB}&#xA;\def\grabtimezoneB #1#2#3#4#5#6#7{\grabtimezoneC}&#xA;\def\grabtimezoneC #1#2'#3'{sign: #1 / hr: #2 / min: #3}&#xA;\expandafter \grabtimezone\pdfcreationdate&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you need to convert this into a timezone string, you'll need to define a dictionary of timezones to match up with the time offsets. Since I think this is a many-to-one mapping for many time zones, I'm not sure how that would work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Once you work out exactly what you need for your application, I suggest writing to the &lt;code&gt;datetime&lt;/code&gt; author to add such a feature to that package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update&lt;/strong&gt;. To get a crude lookup table for getting string output for the timezone, you can try something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\@namedef{timezone+0930}{CST}&#xA;\@namedef{timezone+1000}{EST}&#xA;\@namedef{timezone+1030}{CST'}% daylight savings&#xA;\def\grabtimezone #1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9{\grabtimezoneB}&#xA;\def\grabtimezoneB #1#2#3#4#5#6#7{\grabtimezoneC}&#xA;\def\grabtimezoneC #1#2'#3'{%&#xA;  \@ifundefined{timezone#1#2#3}&#xA;    {No timezone for `#1#2#3'}&#xA;    {\@nameuse{timezone#1#2#3}}%&#xA;}&#xA;\def\timezone{\expandafter\grabtimezone\pdfcreationdate}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\timezone&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-11T01:54:15.897" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T01:54:15.897" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="8615" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8616" CreationDate="2011-01-10T07:13:52.293" Score="2" ViewCount="289" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have the following code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{align*}&#xA;m^+\cdot k^+ &amp;amp;= m^+\cdot k+m^+ &amp;amp;\text{by M2}\\&#xA;&amp;amp;= m\cdot k+k+m^+ &amp;amp;\text{since $k\in B$}\\&#xA;&amp;amp;= m\cdot k+(k+m^+) \\&#xA;&amp;amp;= m\cdot k+(k^{+}+m) &amp;amp;\text{by the second result}\\&#xA;&amp;amp;= m\cdot k+m+k^+ &amp;amp;\text{commutativity of addition}\\&#xA;&amp;amp;= m\cdot k^{+}+k^+ &#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but the text is all flushed right, but I would prefer it to be flush left to be closer to the actual equations. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Juu3c.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there an easy fix for this? Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1191" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-10T13:49:40.653" LastActivityDate="2011-01-10T13:49:40.653" Title="How can I flush left text in the align environment?" Tags="&lt;align&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="8616" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8615" CreationDate="2011-01-10T07:18:08.303" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{align*}&#xA;m^+\cdot k^+ &amp;amp;= m^+\cdot k+m^+   &amp;amp;&amp;amp;\text{by M2}\\&#xA;             &amp;amp;= m\cdot k+k+m^+   &amp;amp;&amp;amp;\text{since $k\in B$}\\&#xA;             &amp;amp;= m\cdot k+(k+m^+) \\&#xA;             &amp;amp;= m\cdot k+(k^{+}+m)&amp;amp;&amp;amp; \text{by the second result}\\&#xA;             &amp;amp;= m\cdot k+m+k^+    &amp;amp;&amp;amp;\text{commutativity of addition}\\&#xA;             &amp;amp;= m\cdot k^{+}+k^+ &#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-10T07:37:47.827" LastActivityDate="2011-01-10T07:37:47.827" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="8617" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-10T09:01:26.507" Score="0" ViewCount="142" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have put the style file in &lt;code&gt;localtexmf&lt;/code&gt; folder in &lt;code&gt;c:&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{mathtime}&lt;/code&gt;&#xA;&lt;code&gt;mathtime&lt;/code&gt; package called in &lt;code&gt;c:\localtexmf&lt;/code&gt; folder.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Its compiling. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If we put the &lt;code&gt;mathtime&lt;/code&gt; style file in tex file directory. the &lt;code&gt;mathtime&lt;/code&gt; package called in&#xA;same folder path. We need not want this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;We need&lt;br&gt;&#xA;if we put the &lt;code&gt;mathtime&lt;/code&gt; package in same tex file loaction. We need not want to call this package. Only we need the package from &lt;code&gt;c:\localtexmf&lt;/code&gt;. &#xA;How to fix the path for style files.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2556" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-07T23:45:14.077" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T23:45:14.077" Title="style file path" Tags="&lt;style&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="8618" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8617" CreationDate="2011-01-10T09:32:08.940" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It should be (for windows): &lt;code&gt;localtexmf\tex\latex\&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-10T09:32:08.940" />
  <row Id="8619" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8620" CreationDate="2011-01-10T09:36:53.237" Score="4" ViewCount="113" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've got a string like this: &lt;code&gt;aXYbXYc&lt;/code&gt;, and need to replace the &lt;code&gt;XY&lt;/code&gt; substring with a right arrow: &lt;code&gt;a $\to$ b $\to$ c&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any function  (also provided by external packages) to help me do that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1882" LastActivityDate="2011-01-10T09:47:13.207" Title="Replacing a substring" Tags="&lt;strings&gt;&lt;text-manipulation&gt;&lt;substitution&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="8620" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8619" CreationDate="2011-01-10T09:47:13.207" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{xstring}&#xA;\def\ReplaceStr#1{%&#xA;  \IfSubStr{#1}{XY}{%&#xA;    \StrSubstitute{#1}{XY}{$\to$}}{#1}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\ReplaceStr{aXYbXYc}&#xA;&#xA;\ReplaceStr{abc}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-10T09:47:13.207" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8621" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8622" CreationDate="2011-01-10T10:22:52.707" Score="1" ViewCount="77" Body="&lt;h1&gt;Screenshot&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/8DuhC.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Scenario&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to define two sets of settings for &lt;code&gt;\lstinputlisting&lt;/code&gt;--One setting for CSharp A and the other one for CSharp B. They are different only in the color settings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\CSharpSettingsA%&#xA;{%&#xA; \lstset%&#xA; {%&#xA;  language={[Sharp]C},&#xA;  literate={ï}{}0{»}{}0{¿}{}0,&#xA;  backgroundcolor=\color{White},&#xA;   basicstyle=\scriptsize\color{Black}\ttfamily,&#xA;   keywordstyle=\color{Orange},&#xA;   identifierstyle=\color{Cyan},&#xA;   stringstyle=\color{Red}, &#xA;   commentstyle=\color{Green}% &#xA; }&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\CSharpSettingsB%&#xA;{%&#xA; \lstset%&#xA; {%&#xA;  language={[Sharp]C},&#xA;  literate={ï}{}0{»}{}0{¿}{}0,&#xA;  backgroundcolor=\color{Black},&#xA;   basicstyle=\scriptsize\color{White}\ttfamily,&#xA;   keywordstyle=\color{Orange},&#xA;   identifierstyle=\color{Cyan},&#xA;   stringstyle=\color{Red}, &#xA;   commentstyle=\color{Green}% &#xA; }&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is a common setting as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\lstset%&#xA;{%&#xA; breaklines=true,&#xA; tabsize=2,  &#xA; showstringspaces=false,&#xA; aboveskip=0pt,&#xA; belowskip=0pt%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;NOTE:&lt;/strong&gt; because each set  contains many key-value pairs, it is not good idea to pass those key-value pairs directly to the optional argument of  &lt;code&gt;\lstinputlisting&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the preamble, I define two commands as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\InputCSharpA}[1]{{\CSharpSettingsA\lstinputlisting{#1}}}&#xA;\newcommand{\InputCSharpB}[1]{{\CSharpSettingsB\lstinputlisting{#1}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And in the document body, I switch between them as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{document}&#xA;\InputCSharpA{CSharp/MyCode/Program.cs}&#xA;&#xA;\InputCSharpB{CSharp/MyCode/Program.cs}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Question&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Without defining a newcommand for each setting, is it possible to pass the set of settings to the optional argument of &lt;code&gt;lstinputlisting&lt;/code&gt; ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Such as &lt;code&gt;\lstinputlisting[key=CSharpSettingsA]{}&lt;/code&gt; for example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Complete Minimal Code&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[dvipsnames]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[a4paper,margin=20mm]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\lstset%&#xA;{%&#xA; breaklines=true,&#xA; tabsize=2,  &#xA; showstringspaces=false,&#xA; aboveskip=0pt,&#xA; belowskip=0pt%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\CSharpSettingsA%&#xA;{%&#xA; \lstset%&#xA; {%&#xA;  language={[Sharp]C},&#xA;  literate={ï}{}0{»}{}0{¿}{}0,&#xA;  backgroundcolor=\color{White},&#xA;   basicstyle=\scriptsize\color{Black}\ttfamily,&#xA;   keywordstyle=\color{Orange},&#xA;   identifierstyle=\color{Cyan},&#xA;   stringstyle=\color{Red}, &#xA;   commentstyle=\color{Green}% &#xA; }&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\CSharpSettingsB%&#xA;{%&#xA; \lstset%&#xA; {%&#xA;  language={[Sharp]C},&#xA;  literate={ï}{}0{»}{}0{¿}{}0,&#xA;  backgroundcolor=\color{Black},&#xA;   basicstyle=\scriptsize\color{White}\ttfamily,&#xA;   keywordstyle=\color{Orange},&#xA;   identifierstyle=\color{Cyan},&#xA;   stringstyle=\color{Red}, &#xA;   commentstyle=\color{Green}% &#xA; }&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\InputCSharpA}[1]{{\CSharpSettingsA\lstinputlisting{#1}}}&#xA;\newcommand{\InputCSharpB}[1]{{\CSharpSettingsB\lstinputlisting{#1}}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\InputCSharpA{CSharp/MyCode/Program.cs}&#xA;&#xA;\InputCSharpB{CSharp/MyCode/Program.cs}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2011-01-10T10:30:27.603" Title="Without defining a new command for each setting, is it possible to pass the set of settings to the optional argument of lstinputlisting ?" Tags="&lt;listings&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="8622" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8621" CreationDate="2011-01-10T10:30:27.603" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\lstdefinestyle{styleA}{...}&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}[style=styleA]&#xA;...&#xA;\end{lststyle}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and by the way: if you will make your listings more readable, use less colors ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-10T10:30:27.603" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="8623" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8603" CreationDate="2011-01-10T10:38:00.530" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;put the &lt;code&gt;.../texlive/bin/../&lt;/code&gt; to your path and everything will be fine. A good idea is to create a file &lt;code&gt;zzz-texlive.sh&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;/etc/profile.d/&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;export PATH=/usr/local/texlive/2010/bin/`uname -i`-linux:$PATH&#xA;export MANPATH=/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf/doc/man:$MANPATH&#xA;export INFOPATH=/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf/doc/info:$INFOPATH&#xA;unset TEXINPUTS&#xA;unset TEXMFCONFIG&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;replace 2010 with your current texlive year or change the whole path if you have another location of texlive.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-10T10:38:00.530" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="8625" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8633" CreationDate="2011-01-10T10:54:40.993" Score="3" ViewCount="419" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a problem when a lot of figures are in question. Some figures tend to &quot;fly around&quot;, that is, be a paragraph below, although I placed them before that paragraph. I use code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}[ht]&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;\advance\leftskip-3cm&#xA;\advance\rightskip-3cm&#xA;\includegraphics[keepaspectratio=true,scale=0.6]{slike/visina8}&#xA;\caption{}&#xA;\label{visina8}&#xA;\end{center}\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to place my figures. How can I tell latex I REALLY want the figure in that specific place, no matter how much whitespace will be left? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, for the same reason I believe, &lt;code&gt;\newpage&lt;/code&gt; doesn't work :( I put it before a &lt;code&gt;\subsection&lt;/code&gt;, but it remains on current page...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2755" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-11T07:14:02.990" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T07:14:02.990" Title="Force figure placement in text" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8626" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9529" CreationDate="2011-01-10T11:08:25.947" Score="5" ViewCount="90" Body="&lt;p&gt;I could not find in the LaTeX3 documentation any function to count the number of elements in a &lt;code&gt;clist&lt;/code&gt;. So I coded my own, but it is likely to be very suboptimal. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any better alternative?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To be precise, &lt;code&gt;\clist_count:NN&lt;/code&gt; stores in its first argument (of type &lt;code&gt;int&lt;/code&gt;) the length of its second argument (a &lt;code&gt;clist&lt;/code&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\cs_new:Nn \clist_count:NN&#xA;{&#xA;  \int_set:Nn \l_tmpa_int {0}&#xA;  \clist_set_eq:NN \l_tmpa_clist #2&#xA;  \bool_until_do:nn &#xA;  {&#xA;    \clist_if_empty_p:N \l_tmpa_clist&#xA;  }{&#xA;    \clist_pop:NN \l_tmpa_clist \l_tmpa_tl&#xA;    \int_add:Nn \l_tmpa_int {1}&#xA;  }&#xA;  \int_set_eq:NN #1 \l_tmpa_int&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am also interested in a function that would pick the &lt;code&gt;n&lt;/code&gt;-th element of a &lt;code&gt;clist&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T08:58:37.323" Title="How to know the number of elements in a clist in LaTeX3?" Tags="&lt;latex3&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="8628" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8610" CreationDate="2011-01-10T11:26:06.720" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Re: 1.: I've been using &lt;a href=&quot;http://texblog.net/latex-archive/layout/centering-figure-table/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this excellent tip&lt;/a&gt; by Stefan Kottwitz for very large figures in my PhD-Thesis. Essentially, it boils down to using a &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\noindent\makebox[\textwidth]{%&#xA;  very wide figure or very wide table%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;around your figure- or table-code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="828" LastActivityDate="2011-01-10T11:26:06.720" />
  <row Id="8630" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6775" CreationDate="2011-01-10T11:39:22.710" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In my field, i.e. Ancient Philosophy, EndNote looks like the only choice: BibTex presupposes that the main address field looks more or less the same in all bibliographic styles and, because of that, uses much less database fields. EndNote allows me to play with issues like multiple editors, authors, series vs book editors, or source text editions made in the same book by a different author than the one who did translation and the other one, who did the commentary. I re-define the styles included with EndNote, as they contain too many errors. Actually, I am looking for a method to use directly my Endnote databases in Latex, i.e. without Bibtech, but I cannot find any efficient solution.    &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2866" LastActivityDate="2011-01-10T11:39:22.710" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8631" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8625" CreationDate="2011-01-10T11:57:51.037" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;do &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; use a floating environment if you do not want it float.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{caption}&#xA;...&#xA;\noindent%&#xA;\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}&#xA;\makebox[\linewidth]{%&#xA;  \includegraphics[keepaspectratio=true,scale=0.6]{slike/visina8}}&#xA;\captionof{figure}{...}% only if needed&#xA;\label{visina8}&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-10T11:57:51.037" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8632" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5461" CreationDate="2011-01-10T12:00:16.073" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;i just stumbled on the same problem, but those solutions didn’t fit my need. but i remembered postactions, so i came up with this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usetikzlibrary{arrows}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \draw[&#xA;        -triangle 90,&#xA;        line width=4mm,&#xA;        postaction={draw, line width=1cm, shorten &amp;gt;=1cm, -}&#xA;    ] (0,0) -- (2,0);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/uBOSb.png&quot; alt=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/WbXRg.png&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The idea is to choose a line width which yields the right arrow head, and then draw the line again with a fatter line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course it only works when you need the line to be fatter than the head.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2867" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-10T12:38:26.940" LastActivityDate="2011-01-10T12:38:26.940" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8633" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8625" CreationDate="2011-01-10T12:01:19.483" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The short answer:&lt;/strong&gt; use the “&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/float.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;float&lt;/a&gt;” package and then the &lt;code&gt;[H]&lt;/code&gt; option for your figure.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{float}&#xA;&#xA;...&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}[H]&#xA;\centering&#xA;\includegraphics{slike/visina8}&#xA;\caption{Write some caption here}\label{visina8}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The longer answer:&lt;/strong&gt; The default behaviour of figures is to float, so that LaTeX can find the best way to arrange them in your document and make it look better. If you have a look, this is how books are often typeset. So, usually the best thing to do is just to let LaTeX do its work and don't try to force the placement of figures at specific locations. This also means that you should avoid using phrases such as “&lt;code&gt;in the following figure:&lt;/code&gt;”, which requires the figure to be set a specific location, and use “&lt;code&gt;in Figure~\ref{..}&lt;/code&gt;“ instead, taking advantage of LaTeX's cross-references.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If for some reason you &lt;em&gt;really&lt;/em&gt; want some particular figure to be placed “HERE”, and not where LaTeX wants to put it, then use the &lt;code&gt;[H]&lt;/code&gt; option of the “&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/float.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;float&lt;/a&gt;” package which basically turns the floating figure into a regular non-float.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also note that, if you don't want to add a &lt;code&gt;caption&lt;/code&gt; to your figure, then you don't need to use the &lt;code&gt;figure&lt;/code&gt; environment at all! You can use the &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt; command anywhere in your document to insert an image.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-10T12:14:00.887" LastActivityDate="2011-01-10T12:14:00.887" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="8634" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8637" CreationDate="2011-01-10T14:10:05.467" Score="1" ViewCount="178" Body="&lt;p&gt;References: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3033/forcing-linebreaks-in-url&quot;&gt;Forcing linebreaks in \url&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, in a plain document with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{url}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;You can find this at \url{very-long-url}.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the URL will be broken down, e.g. after slashes. When however &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{hyperref}&lt;/code&gt; is in effect, breaks are inhibited. I tried adding &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{breakurl}&lt;/code&gt; below hyperref, and while it does break URLs again, the colorful border that hyperref added is now very faint. How could this last issue be remedied?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2859" LastActivityDate="2011-01-10T14:57:37.167" Title="hyperref url breaking" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;line-breaking&gt;&lt;url&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="8636" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8587" CreationDate="2011-01-10T14:43:27.450" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Put the following in your document preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\AtBeginDocument{\renewcommand{\harvardand}{and}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is not a general solution for all &lt;code&gt;.bst&lt;/code&gt; files, but it will work for any of the ones that are built into &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For other &lt;code&gt;.bst&lt;/code&gt; files, the solution may involve modifying the &lt;code&gt;.bst&lt;/code&gt; file itself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you need a generic &lt;code&gt;.bst&lt;/code&gt; file that fits your need you can make one using the &lt;code&gt;makebst&lt;/code&gt;. (From a command line prompt, enter &lt;code&gt;latex makebst&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alternatively, if you are just beginning to use &lt;code&gt;bibtex&lt;/code&gt; you should check out the &lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt; package, which has many advantages over &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt; with respect to your ability to tweak the output yourself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-10T14:48:52.937" LastActivityDate="2011-01-10T14:48:52.937" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8637" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8634" CreationDate="2011-01-10T14:55:41.183" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can reset the width on the border. The needed value depends on the  resolution settings of &lt;code&gt;dvips&lt;/code&gt;. E.g. with &lt;code&gt;dvips -Ppdf&lt;/code&gt; a value of 100 is okay, without &lt;code&gt;-Ppdf&lt;/code&gt; you can try 5.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,10pt]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\usepackage{breakurl}&#xA;\hypersetup{pdfborder={0 0 100}}&#xA;\textwidth=3cm&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\url{long/long/long/long/long/long/blub/bla/bla}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-10T14:57:37.167" LastActivityDate="2011-01-10T14:57:37.167" />
  <row Id="8639" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8645" CreationDate="2011-01-10T15:24:07.650" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pstricks}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\psgrid@iv(#1)(#2)(#3){}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\pspicture[showgrid](2,2)&#xA;\psframe*(1,1)&#xA;\endpspicture&#xA;&#xA;\pspicture(2,2)&#xA;\psgrid&#xA;\psframe*(1,1)&#xA;\endpspicture&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-10T16:18:10.817" LastActivityDate="2011-01-10T16:18:10.817" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="8641" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8646" CreationDate="2011-01-10T15:37:30.853" Score="8" ViewCount="423" Body="&lt;p&gt;Section 32 &lt;em&gt;Externalization Library&lt;/em&gt; of the &lt;em&gt;pgfmanual&lt;/em&gt; (v2.10) explains how to generate PDF figures and EPS figures. I successfully tried it with PDF output (there is an example with a full explanation in the manual), but failed with EPS (no example provided). Can anyone give me a minimal example?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2404" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-19T16:45:58.920" LastActivityDate="2011-01-19T16:45:58.920" Title="Export eps figures from TikZ" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="8642" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8510" CreationDate="2011-01-10T15:50:47.040" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In case that a tiny bullet is a specific demand, you could use the &lt;code&gt;\textperiodcentered&lt;/code&gt; command from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/textcomp&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;textcomp&lt;/a&gt; package in conjunction with the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/enumitem&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;enumitem&lt;/a&gt; package for a compact list.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{enumitem}&#xA;\usepackage{textcomp}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{itemize}[label=\textperiodcentered,nolistsep]&#xA;    \item First&#xA;    \item Second&#xA;  \end{itemize}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2011-01-10T15:50:47.040" />
  <row Id="8643" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8647" CreationDate="2011-01-10T16:26:20.033" Score="5" ViewCount="80" Body="&lt;p&gt;Where is the source code or executable for Knuth's &lt;code&gt;metafont&lt;/code&gt; program? I cannot find it anywhere!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2870" LastActivityDate="2011-01-10T17:07:51.210" Title="Where can metafont be obtained?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;metafont&gt;&lt;source&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8644" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8648" CreationDate="2011-01-10T16:44:03.570" Score="3" ViewCount="59" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to create a table such that the entries in the left furthermost column are entered normally, but the entries in the column to the right must be staggered in a way such that one entry on the right corresponds to two entries on the left. Thus, the entries on the right must be staggered down so that they appear between the entries on the left. I dont have a tex example because I have no idea how to do this in latex, and my searches online haven't been successful. I have a link to pdf which I am converting to a tex file where this problem arises.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.physics.brocku.ca/Courses/2P32/LectureNotes/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.physics.brocku.ca/Courses/2P32/LectureNotes/&lt;/a&gt; -- page 8 the table at the bottom.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2169" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-10T17:42:22.017" LastActivityDate="2011-01-10T17:42:22.017" Title="Staggered entries in tabular environment" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="8645" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8639" CreationDate="2011-01-10T16:48:31.663" Score="0" ViewCount="79" Body="&lt;h1&gt;Scenario&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pspicture&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;showgrid&lt;/code&gt; will be regarded as a &lt;strong&gt;PERMANENT&lt;/strong&gt; grid.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\psgrid&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;\pspicture&lt;/code&gt; &lt;strong&gt;WITHOUT&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;code&gt;showgrid&lt;/code&gt; will be regarded as a &lt;strong&gt;TEMPORARY&lt;/strong&gt; grid.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I want to remove all temporary grids, I just need to redefine &lt;code&gt;\psgrid&lt;/code&gt; as follows in the preamble.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\psgrid\relax&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, if I do this, the &lt;code&gt;\pspicture&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;showgrid&lt;/code&gt; will produce strange output. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Question&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How to resolve this issue?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Minimal Code&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pstricks}&#xA;&#xA;%If I uncomment out this, &#xA;%all temporary grids must disappear.&#xA;%\let\psgrid\relax&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;%permanent grid&#xA;\pspicture[showgrid](2,2)&#xA;\psframe*(1,1)&#xA;\endpspicture&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;%temporary grid&#xA;\pspicture(2,2)&#xA;\psgrid&#xA;\psframe*(1,1)&#xA;\endpspicture&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-10T16:54:30.927" LastActivityDate="2011-01-10T16:54:30.927" Title="How to avoid this error when redefining `\psgrid` to be `\relax`?" Tags="&lt;pstricks&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="8646" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8641" CreationDate="2011-01-10T17:06:44.260" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The manual says that one way is to run &lt;code&gt;pdftops -eps &amp;lt;pdf file&amp;gt; &amp;lt;eps file&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; afterwards. Alternatively, you can use the &lt;code&gt;external/system call=...&lt;/code&gt; key as described on page 345 of the v2.10 manual. Unfortunately, the way to do it differs slightly between operating systems and TeX distributions. Here are descriptions for the three most common combinations:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Under unixy operating systems (&lt;strong&gt;Linux, Mac OS X&lt;/strong&gt;) with &lt;strong&gt;TeX Live&lt;/strong&gt; (or derivatives like MacTeX), the following should work:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;% set up externalization&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{external}&#xA;\tikzset{external/system call={latex \tikzexternalcheckshellescape -halt-on-error&#xA;-interaction=batchmode -jobname &quot;\image&quot; &quot;\texsource&quot;;&#xA;dvips -o &quot;\image&quot;.ps &quot;\image&quot;.dvi}}&#xA;\tikzexternalize&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;[some graphic]&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then you run the file with &lt;code&gt;latex --shell-escape&lt;/code&gt; (not &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt;!).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you run &lt;strong&gt;TeX Live&lt;/strong&gt; under &lt;strong&gt;Windows&lt;/strong&gt;, the &lt;code&gt;;&lt;/code&gt; in the &lt;code&gt;system call&lt;/code&gt; definition has to be changed to &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; (that change should also work for at least some shells in other OSes).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;% set up externalization&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{external}&#xA;\tikzset{external/system call={latex \tikzexternalcheckshellescape -halt-on-error&#xA;-interaction=batchmode -jobname &quot;\image&quot; &quot;\texsource&quot; &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&#xA;dvips -o &quot;\image&quot;.ps &quot;\image&quot;.dvi}}&#xA;\tikzexternalize&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;[some graphic]&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and you should compile it with &lt;code&gt;latex --shell-escape&lt;/code&gt; (I haven't tested this myself, but I'm pretty sure that this will work).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you use &lt;strong&gt;MikTeX&lt;/strong&gt; on &lt;strong&gt;Windows&lt;/strong&gt;, you need to further change &lt;code&gt;--shell-escape&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;-enable-write18&lt;/code&gt; and tell TikZ about the change:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;% set up externalization&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{external}&#xA;\tikzset{external/system call={latex \tikzexternalcheckshellescape -halt-on-error&#xA;-interaction=batchmode -jobname &quot;\image&quot; &quot;\texsource&quot; &amp;amp;&amp;amp; &#xA;dvips -o &quot;\image&quot;.ps &quot;\image&quot;.dvi}}&#xA;\tikzexternalize[shell escape=-enable-write18] % MikTeX uses a -enable-write18 instead of --shell-escape.&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\draw (0,0) circle (1cm);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and run with &lt;code&gt;latex -enable-write18&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-19T16:42:30.810" LastActivityDate="2011-01-19T16:42:30.810" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="8647" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8643" CreationDate="2011-01-10T17:07:51.210" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The binary should be part of your TeX distribution; its name is &lt;code&gt;mf&lt;/code&gt;.  The source is available at: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/systems/knuth/dist/mf/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;CTAN&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-01-10T17:07:51.210" />
  <row Id="8648" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8644" CreationDate="2011-01-10T17:17:26.850" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the &lt;code&gt;multirow&lt;/code&gt; package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{multirow}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{cc}&#xA;0000 &amp;amp; \multirow{2}{1cm}{1}\\&#xA;0001 &amp;amp; \multirow{2}{1cm}{1}\\&#xA;0011 &amp;amp; \multirow{2}{1cm}{1}\\&#xA;0010 &amp;amp; \multirow{2}{1cm}{1}\\&#xA;0110 &amp;amp; &#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-01-10T17:17:26.850" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8649" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8651" CreationDate="2011-01-10T17:53:08.040" Score="1" ViewCount="82" Body="&lt;p&gt;Could someone explain me how to generate a PS file from a TeX file. I have included some graphics in my TeX file.&#xA;I used graphicx package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am using TeXLive&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2709" LastEditorUserId="2709" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-12T13:35:57.960" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T13:35:57.960" Title="How to make a PS file form a TeX document with graphics ?" Tags="&lt;compiling&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;ps&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="8650" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-10T18:12:31.183" Score="1" ViewCount="124" Body="&lt;p&gt;The default color of fonts and symbols inside the equation environments in &lt;strong&gt;Kile&lt;/strong&gt; is pale green, which is not very pleasant to my eyes... Is there an easy way to change this? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1999" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-15T16:06:04.337" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T16:06:04.337" Title="How to change the color of text inside equation environments in Kile?" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;kile&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8651" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8649" CreationDate="2011-01-10T18:16:29.103" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Unless I misunderstood the question, I think something along the following lines should give you a PS file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;latex sample2e.tex&#xA;dvips sample2e.dvi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The &lt;code&gt;sample2e.tex&lt;/code&gt; was slightly modified by adding &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{graphicx}&lt;/code&gt; in the preamble, and inserting a sample image with &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt; at the end.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This uses &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/texinfohtml/dvips.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;dvips&lt;/a&gt; about which there is extensive documentation. Should you want a PDF, you can just complete the above steps with &lt;code&gt;ps2pdf&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2580" LastActivityDate="2011-01-10T18:16:29.103" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8652" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8653" CreationDate="2011-01-10T18:26:59.043" Score="4" ViewCount="242" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would appreciate if someone could tell me difference between [t] and [ht] in the following example? I don't see a difference in the output pdf file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}[ht]&#xA;...&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}[t]&#xA;...&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2786" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-12T09:44:13.333" LastActivityDate="2011-03-12T09:44:13.333" Title="What does [t] and [ht] mean?" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="8653" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8652" CreationDate="2011-01-10T18:32:45.387" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;These are optional parameters to finetune the placement of tables and figures, with the following meaning:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;h&lt;/code&gt;, here&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;t&lt;/code&gt;, top&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;b&lt;/code&gt;, bottom&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;p&lt;/code&gt;, page of float&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and LaTeX will try to honore the placement with respect to actual place, the top or bottom of the page, or a separate page of floats. For example, when using &lt;code&gt;ht&lt;/code&gt; LaTeX will try to put the figure at the insertion point, then on the top of the next page if it happens to violate its typesetting rules. You may also force LaTeX to &quot;insist&quot; on these specifications by adding an exclamation mark (!) before the placement parameters, e.g. &lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}[!htb]&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2580" LastEditorUserId="2580" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-10T18:41:08.323" LastActivityDate="2011-01-10T18:41:08.323" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="8654" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8652" CreationDate="2011-01-10T18:35:59.043" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;there will be no difference, because your documentclass will change it anyway to ht, which means place the floating object here or, if it is not possible depending to the parameter setting of the lenghts and counters, put it on the top of the next page. For &lt;code&gt;[!ht]&lt;/code&gt; the parameter setting will be ignored and you can have for example 20 floats on one page. &lt;strong&gt;Without&lt;/strong&gt; a &lt;code&gt;h&lt;/code&gt; in your parameter the float can also appear on the top of the current page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-10T18:41:33.843" LastActivityDate="2011-01-10T18:41:33.843" />
  <row Id="8656" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8650" CreationDate="2011-01-10T19:02:24.397" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the main menu of Kile, choose &lt;strong&gt;Settings&lt;/strong&gt; and then &lt;strong&gt;Configure Kile&lt;/strong&gt;. A window opens, in the left navigation tree choose &lt;strong&gt;Editor&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;Fonts &amp;amp; Colors&lt;/strong&gt;. Then, on the right, click &lt;strong&gt;Highlighting Text Styles&lt;/strong&gt;. Look for &lt;strong&gt;Math&lt;/strong&gt; and change the green color to another one. Just double click on the green area next to &lt;strong&gt;Math&lt;/strong&gt; and choose the color in the following color dialog.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/N0wOe.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-01-10T19:02:24.397" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8657" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8660" CreationDate="2011-01-10T19:28:39.543" Score="5" ViewCount="290" Body="&lt;p&gt;In my &lt;code&gt;.cls&lt;/code&gt; file for my thesis, I have defined &lt;code&gt;\subsection&lt;/code&gt; as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\subsection}[1]{%&#xA;  \pagebreak[2]&#xA;  \refstepcounter{subsection}&#xA;  \addcontentsline{toc}{subsection}{&#xA;    {\protect\makebox[0.3in][r]{\thesubsection.} \hspace*{3pt}#1}}&#xA;  \noindent&#xA;  \textbf{\thesubsection\space\space{#1}. }&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, the thesis examiner has told me that the proper way to format subsection headings is to make the first paragraph continue on the same line as the subsection heading.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can make this work if my document says &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\subsection{A Subsection}&#xA;Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;typesets to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;3.1.1 A Subsection.  Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But if I have a blank line at the beginning of the subsection, I get a paragraph anyway.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\subsection{A Subsection}&#xA;&#xA;Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;typesets to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;3.1.1 A Subsection.&#xA;    Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any way to force this to typset like the first version, even if there's a blank line after the &lt;code&gt;\subsection&lt;/code&gt; command? If not, is there at least a way to get a warning?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1846" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-27T10:55:14.943" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T10:55:14.943" Title="Prevent a paragraph break after a section heading" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;titlesec&gt;&lt;sections-paragraphs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="8658" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8783" CreationDate="2011-01-10T19:29:37.797" Score="2" ViewCount="125" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi guys,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am using TeXworks to try and create a PDF file. The problem is that it seems that the &lt;code&gt;\tableofcontents&lt;/code&gt; is making the pdf generation fail. Here is part of my code which seems to be causing the trouble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\tableofcontents&#xA;\addtocontents{toc}{entry text}&#xA;\thispagestyle{empty}&#xA;\clearpage&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As soon as I remove that from the script, the pdf is generated. I am very new to LaTeX so I am definitely doing something that I shouldn't. Anyone can tell me what is there problem or where can I look?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have reduced my code to this (and still managed to replicate the error&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,12pt]{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\thispagestyle{empty}}&#xA;&#xA;\clearpage&#xA;&#xA;\setcounter{page}{1}&#xA;{\Huge Sample Text}&#xA;\section{Introduction}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\section{Background}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Aims and Objectives}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Rationale}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Methodology}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Work Packages}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Relevance to Beneficiaries}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Justification of resources}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{thebibliography}{12}&#xA;&#xA;\end{thebibliography}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The error I get:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;{section}{\numberline{1}Introduction}{1}&#xA;Thanks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2873" LastEditorUserId="2873" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-10T21:49:05.907" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T07:01:54.787" Title="Table of contents makes pdf generation fail." Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8659" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8672" CreationDate="2011-01-10T20:06:09.463" Score="4" ViewCount="89" Body="&lt;p&gt;What do I need to write documents in a CJK language? I'm getting no linebreaks at all on Japanese text. (overfull hboxes, text going off-page)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is a (mostly) stripped-down test:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\usepackage{xunicode}&#xA;\usepackage{xltxtra}&#xA;\usepackage{CJK}&#xA;&#xA;\defaultfontfeatures{Mapping=tex-text}&#xA;\setmainfont[Mapping=tex-text]{VL Gothic}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{CJK}{UTF8}{VL Gothic}&#xA;すべての人間は、生れながらにして自由であり、かつ、尊厳と権利とについて平等である。人間は、理性と良心とを授けられており、互いに同胞の精神をもって行動しなければならない。&#xA;\end{CJK}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure I'm using the CJK package correctly -- it seems to make no difference. What am I doing wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am using XeLaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2874" LastEditorUserId="226" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-11T00:15:06.367" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T22:01:05.370" Title="linebreaks for cjk languages?" Tags="&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;line-breaking&gt;&lt;languages&gt;&lt;cjk&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8660" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8657" CreationDate="2011-01-10T20:06:16.067" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the &lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt; package to redefine your sections:  Here's an example of your subsection style:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{titlesec} % or RequirePackage[loadonly]{titlesec} in a cls file&#xA;\titleformat{\subsection}[runin]{\normalfont\bfseries}{\thesubsection.}{3pt}{}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that if you do this in a class file, you will need to load &lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt; with the &lt;code&gt;[loadonly]&lt;/code&gt; option, and use &lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt; to define all of the sectioning command your class will allow.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-10T21:07:02.753" LastActivityDate="2011-01-10T21:07:02.753" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="8661" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8658" CreationDate="2011-01-10T20:06:54.973" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In your edited question, the following code line raises an error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\addtocontents{toc}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The second mandatory argument is missing: what text should be written to the TOC.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the first code snippet it has been correct.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the case that you would like to use &lt;code&gt;\addtocontents&lt;/code&gt; in order to change the page style within the TOC, put the command into an argument and protect it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\thispagestyle{empty}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-01-10T20:06:54.973" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="8662" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8665" CreationDate="2011-01-10T20:26:32.670" Score="9" ViewCount="262" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to (re)submit a paper with a short cover letter, explaining the changes I have made.  However, the journal only allows me to upload one file.  As the main article will use the journal style class, and so forth, it's not really practical to use the 1st page for the letter (or is it?  Could I reset the page number etc. etc.??)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Instead, could I create, say, two PDF files (one the letter, the other the article) and then somehow merge them together?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="466" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T15:48:38.467" Title="Merge two outputted PDFs from LaTeX?" Tags="&lt;pdf&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="7" />
  <row Id="8663" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8662" CreationDate="2011-01-10T20:33:18.163" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Package &lt;code&gt;pdfpages&lt;/code&gt;may help&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}% or something else&#xA;\usepackage{pdfpages}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\includepdf{[pages=...]{paper1}&#xA;\includepdf{[pages=...]{paper2}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-11T15:48:38.467" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T15:48:38.467" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8664" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8670" CreationDate="2011-01-10T20:34:17.523" Score="3" ViewCount="144" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to make a macro &lt;code&gt;sfootnote&lt;/code&gt; specifically for footnotes on Chapter headings, such that the footnote marks are some constant symbol (e.g., '*'), and such that the marks/footnotes don't appear in the TOC. Also, I don't want these footnotes to affect the numbering of other footnotes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example intended use of &lt;code&gt;sfootnote&lt;/code&gt; macro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\chapter{Title\sfootnote{Info on chapter...}}\label{chap:reasoning}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I'm using:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,titlepage,twoside,openright]{report}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and &lt;code&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/code&gt; for headers.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, knowing that I'm not the first person to try this, I've had a bit of a Google, and I've had success putting non-floating footnotes in the headings using simply:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[stable]{footmisc}&#xA;\newcommand{\sfootnote}[1]{\footnote{#1}}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;...but these have ugly (albeit static) numbers as footnote marks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And I've had success using symbol marked footnotes in headings using:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\long\def\symbolfootnote[#1]#2{\begingroup%&#xA;\def\thefootnote{\fnsymbol{footnote}}\footnote[#1]{#2}\endgroup}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\sfootnote}[1]{\protect\symbolfootnote[1]{#1}}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;...but these &quot;float&quot; into the TOC and headers (the mark and footnote in the TOC, only the mark in the header).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've tried various combinations of these, but only managed to induce various sorts of errors (or no change at all).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've been at this for about an hour and a half, with no luck (or, more accurately, no skill).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Help?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1232" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T23:48:22.387" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T23:48:22.387" Title="Chapter footnotes (using symbols, not appearing in TOC or header)" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;footnotes&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="8665" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8662" CreationDate="2011-01-10T21:13:41.133" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Create the separate documents separately and merge them with a PDF utility.  Semantically speaking, I feel this is the way to go rather than futzing with the document settings.  After all, what you are submitting is not one &quot;document&quot; but a set of them.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt; This is an important question that has been asked more than once.  It's also not exactly TeX-related.  So I'm community-wikifying my answer so it can be improved and made definitive.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;LaTeX&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;use Herbert's answer: the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/pdfpages&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pdfpages&lt;/a&gt; package&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}% or something else&#xA;\usepackage{pdfpages}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\inlcudepdf{[pages=...]{paper1}&#xA;\inlcudepdf{[pages=...]{paper2}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Command Line&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pdflabs.com/tools/pdftk-the-pdf-toolkit/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;pdftk&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$ pdftk 1.pdf 2.pdf 3.pdf cat output 123.pdf&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ghostscript.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;GhostScript&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$ gs -q -dNOPAUSE -dBATCH -sDEVICE=pdfwrite -sOutputFile=merged.pdf source1.pdf source2.pdf source3.pdf etc.pdf&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(via &lt;a href=&quot;http://hints.macworld.com/article.php?story=2003083122212228&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Macworld&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www2.warwick.ac.uk/fac/sci/statistics/staff/academic-research/firth/software/pdfjam/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;PDFJAM&lt;/a&gt; is a suite of scripts that uses LaTeX and pdfpages on the backend.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$ pdfjoin foo1.pdf foo2.pdf --outfile bar.pdf&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(via &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.hermann-uwe.de/blog/manipulating-pdfs-from-the-command-line-joining-merging-rotating&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Uwe Hermann&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;a few more options from an &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.linux.com/archive/feed/36815&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;article at linux.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;GUI&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Preview (Mac only) &lt;a href=&quot;http://hints.macworld.com/article.php?story=20071114191806624&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;example&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Acrobat Pro (non-free) &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3Aj8VRt0v6c&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;video example&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.paehl.de/pdf/gui_pdftk.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;GUIPDFTK&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/5842/1402&quot;&gt;This question&lt;/a&gt; is very similar although the questioner didn't realize it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-11T12:43:49.733" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T12:43:49.733" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-01-11T12:38:30.140" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="8666" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8669" CreationDate="2011-01-10T21:22:05.113" Score="4" ViewCount="240" Body="&lt;p&gt;Thanks to Caramdir and Alan Munn I am now able to create basic bar charts that use text as &lt;em&gt;x&lt;/em&gt; axis labels. Functionally they are perfect, but some of them look kind of ugly. See for yourself:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplots}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;\centering&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{axis}[&#xA;             width=15cm,&#xA;             height=8cm,&#xA;             symbolic x coords={elso es masodrendu varosok,&#xA;                                falu es varos kozti atmenet,&#xA;                                funkcionalis ertelemben nem varos},&#xA;             x tick label style={font=\small},&#xA;             xtick=data,&#xA;             ymin=0,&#xA;             ymax=65,&#xA;             ylabel=\%,&#xA;             ylabel style={rotate=-90},&#xA;             ybar,&#xA;             bar width=45pt,&#xA;             ]&#xA;\addplot coordinates {&#xA;                      (elso es masodrendu varosok,36)&#xA;                      (falu es varos kozti atmenet,4)&#xA;                      (funkcionalis ertelemben nem varos,60)};&#xA;\end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&#xA;% I have removed all non-English characters from the sample code&#xA;% but the image below was generated with the original strings.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ACXnN.png&quot; &gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, the chart has everything I need, but it would look much prettier if I could break the text labels into at least two lines and move the two side bars closer to the center bar. Unfortunately, {falu es varos\\kozti atmenet} is not usable as a valid &lt;em&gt;x&lt;/em&gt; coordinate. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And I have also been unable to find a way to explicitly set spacing between the bars when using non-numeric coordinates. I tried to set the bar width to a bigger value thus forcing them closer to each other, but it does not work. The bars get fatter but they keep their positions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any help would be much appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2848" LastActivityDate="2011-01-10T22:47:02.403" Title="Chart with long x axis text labels looks ugly" Tags="&lt;pgfplots&gt;&lt;graph&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="8667" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8676" CreationDate="2011-01-10T21:22:06.127" Score="2" ViewCount="310" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have the following, somewhat minimal, example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \documentclass{article}&#xA; \usepackage{multicol}&#xA;&#xA; \begin{document}&#xA; \begin{multicols}{2}&#xA;&#xA; \begin{minipage}{\textwidth}&#xA; \begin{framed}&#xA;&#xA; The function is&#xA; \begin{equation*}&#xA; F(1)&#xA; \end{equation*}&#xA;&#xA; The negation is&#xA; \begin{equation*}&#xA; N(1)&#xA; \end{equation*}&#xA;&#xA; \begin{center}&#xA; \bf{\underline{Figure 1.}} Function&#xA; \end{center}&#xA; \end{framed}&#xA; \end{minipage}&#xA;&#xA; \end{multicols}&#xA; \end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It creates a &quot;figure&quot; with a box around it and a caption.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are some problems.  First, I'm using the &lt;code&gt;multicol&lt;/code&gt; package, so I'd like to do this succesfully in one column.  That means changing the &lt;code&gt;\textwidth&lt;/code&gt; value, or using something other than &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt;.  I thought that I might be able to use a float to do this, but I don't even know how to get floats to display text.  It may again have something to do with &lt;code&gt;multicol&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The main problem I have is that I can use the &quot;&lt;code&gt;frame&lt;/code&gt;d&quot; portion of the text to display a figure, but LaTeX tends to break the frame into two pieces, and devote an entire page to one of the pieces, which is far more space than it needs.  That is how LaTeX displays this without using &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt;.  So I'm really wondering how I can ensure that this framed portion is not broken into pieces.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Really as a seperate question, I'm wondering how I can use floats to display this also.  But again, I'd really like to know how to do it without floats, first.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1733" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T20:16:28.670" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T20:16:28.670" Title="How can I create a multicol &quot;figure&quot;?" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;multicol&gt;&lt;framed&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="8669" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8666" CreationDate="2011-01-10T22:04:18.947" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can add the key &lt;code&gt;text width=&amp;lt;dimension&amp;gt;,align=center&lt;/code&gt; to the &lt;code&gt;x tick label style&lt;/code&gt; option to make the tick labels wrap and center.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Decreasing the width of the plot then moves the columns closer together. By introducing &lt;code&gt;enlarge x limits=&amp;lt;value&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;, you can move the outer columns closer to the center.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplots}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;\centering&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{axis}[&#xA;             width=8cm,&#xA;             height=8cm,&#xA;             symbolic x coords={elso es masodrendu varosok,&#xA;                                falu es varos kozti atmenet,&#xA;                                funkcionalis ertelemben nem varos},&#xA;             x tick label style={font=\small,text width=1.7cm,align=center},&#xA;             xtick=data,&#xA;             ymin=0,&#xA;             ymax=65,&#xA;             ylabel=\%,&#xA;             ylabel style={rotate=-90},&#xA;             ybar,&#xA;             enlarge x limits=.3,&#xA;             bar width=45pt,&#xA;             ]&#xA;\addplot coordinates {&#xA;                      (elso es masodrendu varosok,36)&#xA;                      (falu es varos kozti atmenet,4)&#xA;                      (funkcionalis ertelemben nem varos,60)};&#xA;\end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/S9PYq.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastEditorUserId="2552" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-10T22:47:02.403" LastActivityDate="2011-01-10T22:47:02.403" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8670" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8664" CreationDate="2011-01-10T23:44:57.273" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could try manyfoot along with the test footmisc uses to keep the footnotes out of the toc and the header:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,10pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{manyfoot}&#xA;\newfootnote{B}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\sfootnote#1{\ifx\protect\@typeset@protect&#xA;    \Footnotemark{*}\FootnotetextB{*}{#1}%&#xA;  \else&#xA;    \relax&#xA;  \fi&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\section{abc\sfootnote{cde}}&#xA;&#xA;text\footnote{foot}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2011-01-10T23:44:57.273" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8671" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8548" CreationDate="2011-01-10T23:53:06.703" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;(This maybe should be a comment, but I don't have enough rep.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I get the same error using MacTeX 2010, even with an even more minimal example. There seems to be a problem with &lt;code&gt;feynmf&lt;/code&gt;. If you change &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{feynmf}&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{feynmp}&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;template.tex&lt;/code&gt; and then run&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;latex template&#xA;mpost fmftempl&#xA;latex template&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;it works fine for me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2322" LastActivityDate="2011-01-10T23:53:06.703" />
  <row Id="8672" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8659" CreationDate="2011-01-11T00:18:30.277" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;xeCJK&lt;/code&gt; instead if you're using XeLaTeX. Also, use &lt;code&gt;\setCJKmainfont&lt;/code&gt; for VL Gothic,  reserving &lt;code&gt;\setmainfont&lt;/code&gt; for selecting a font for non-CJK characters. The &lt;code&gt;CJK&lt;/code&gt; environment is not required when using &lt;code&gt;xeCJK&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following works for me:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{xeCJK}&#xA;&#xA;\setmainfont[Mapping=tex-text]{Helvetica}&#xA;\setCJKmainfont{VL Gothic}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;This is some English text.&#xA;すべての人間は、生れながらにして自由であり、かつ、尊厳と権利とについて平等である。人間は、理性と良心とを授けられており、互いに同胞の精神をもって行動しなければならない。&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="226" LastEditorUserId="226" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-11T11:43:14.633" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T11:43:14.633" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8674" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8677" CreationDate="2011-01-11T01:09:36.213" Score="1" ViewCount="92" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Background&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Trying to include a date two days in the future from when the content was generated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Problem&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following results in an empty day name:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{datetime}&#xA;\usepackage{datenumber}&#xA;% ...&#xA;\shortdayofweekname{\day}{\month}{\year}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following works as expected:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{datetime}&#xA;% ...&#xA;\shortdayofweekname{\day}{\month}{\year}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Would like to do the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{datetime}&#xA;\usepackage{datenumber}&#xA;% Preamble&#xA;\setdatetoday&#xA;\addtocounter{datenumber}{2}%&#xA;\setdatebynumber{\thedatenumber}%&#xA;% Document...&#xA;\shortdayofweekname{\thedateday}{\thedatemonth}{\thedateyear}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It looks like there is a package conflict.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Desired Output&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, if today was January 10, 2011, then the result should read:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Wed Jan 12 18:03:02 EST 2011&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Question&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have emailed the datetime package author; what else can be done to resolve the problem?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2148" LastEditorUserId="2148" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-11T02:05:14.160" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T02:05:14.160" Title="datetime and datenumber package conflict?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;datetime&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="8675" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8667" CreationDate="2011-01-11T01:11:07.400" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using a minipage, you ensure that any &lt;code&gt;figure&lt;/code&gt; you produce is not breakable. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/yt6dK.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This basically means - you will have to hand design your pages.&#xA;Minimal code is shown below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA; \usepackage{multicol,framed,amsmath,lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;  \lipsum[1]&#xA;  \begin{multicols}{2}&#xA;  \noindent\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}&#xA;  \begin{framed}&#xA; The function is&#xA; \begin{equation*}&#xA;  F(1)&#xA; \end{equation*}&#xA; The negation is&#xA; \begin{equation*}&#xA; N(1)&#xA; \end{equation*}&#xA; \begin{center}&#xA; \bf{\underline{Figure 1.}} Function&#xA; \end{center}&#xA; \end{framed}&#xA; \end{minipage}&#xA; \end{multicols}&#xA;\begin{multicols}{2}&#xA;\lipsum[3]&#xA; \noindent\begin{minipage}{0.5\textwidth}&#xA;  \begin{framed}&#xA; The function is&#xA; \begin{equation*}&#xA;  F(1)&#xA; \end{equation*}&#xA; The negation is&#xA; \begin{equation*}&#xA; N(1)&#xA; \end{equation*}&#xA; \begin{center}&#xA; \bf{\underline{Figure 1.}} Function&#xA; \end{center}&#xA; \end{framed}&#xA; \end{minipage}&#xA;\end{multicols}&#xA; \lipsum[1]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You need to play with the text and the figures a bit. If you want the figure to be one column on top of first column do:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{multicols}{2}&#xA;  \noindent\begin{minipage}{0.5\textwidth}&#xA;  \begin{framed}&#xA; The function is&#xA; \begin{equation*}&#xA;  F(1)&#xA; \end{equation*}&#xA; The negation is&#xA; \begin{equation*}&#xA; N(1)&#xA; \end{equation*}&#xA; \begin{center}&#xA; \bf{\underline{Figure 1.}} Function&#xA; \end{center}&#xA; \end{framed}&#xA; \end{minipage}&#xA;\lipsum&#xA; \end{multicols}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-11T03:16:48.307" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T03:16:48.307" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8676" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8667" CreationDate="2011-01-11T01:13:51.097" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure that I understand your question. I think you just want a full page figure. Something like this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{framed}&#xA;\usepackage{multicol}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{multicols}{2}&#xA;\begin{figure*}&#xA;\begin{framed}&#xA;The function is&#xA;\begin{equation*}&#xA;F(1)&#xA;\end{equation*}&#xA;&#xA;The negation is&#xA;\begin{equation*}&#xA;N(1)&#xA;\end{equation*}&#xA;\caption{Function}&#xA;\end{framed}&#xA;\end{figure*}&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;\end{multicols}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T01:13:51.097" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="8677" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8674" CreationDate="2011-01-11T01:26:42.807" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is my normal header for dates and it works for both, as well as the Koma script date and time classes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{datenumber,datetime,scrdate,scrtime} %time related macros&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[polutonikogreek, german, greek, &#xA;    french, english]{babel}[2005/11/23]&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;%% From datetime&#xA;\shortdayofweekname{\day}{\month}{\year}&#xA;%% From datenumber&#xA;\datedayname&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Just reverse the packages. With &lt;code&gt;datetime&lt;/code&gt; you also need to watch that it is loaded before &lt;code&gt;babel&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Create new counters and a command for &lt;code&gt;daydiff&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcounter{dateone}%&#xA;\newcounter{datetwo}%&#xA;\newcommand{\daydifftoday}[3]{%&#xA;  \setmydatenumber{dateone}{\the\year}{\the\month}{\the\day}%&#xA;  \setmydatenumber{datetwo}{#1}{#2}{#3}%&#xA;  \addtocounter{datetwo}{-\thedateone}%&#xA;  \thedatetwo}&#xA;&#xA;There are still \daydifftoday{\the\year}{12}{25} days to Christmas.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-11T01:47:50.470" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T01:47:50.470" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="8678" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8679" CreationDate="2011-01-11T01:28:19.170" Score="2" ViewCount="153" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Background&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Generate a book with user content.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Problem&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Names like Marie Curie-Sk\l{}odowska, when not escaped (e.g., MARIE CURIE-SKŁODOWSKA) cause LaTeX to fail.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Questions&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;What macros are available to ensure that characters are translated into their LaTeX-friendly equivalents?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;How do you prevent items like &lt;code&gt;\input{/etc/passwd}&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2148" LastEditorUserId="2148" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-11T01:54:00.263" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T03:14:59.527" Title="Escape &amp; Sanitize User Input" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;input&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="8679" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8678" CreationDate="2011-01-11T01:37:08.800" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Depending on what input you need, just encoding your document as UTF-8 (&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&lt;/code&gt;) will allow unescaped unicode characters.  If you need more variety than the major Latin-based languages, you should use XeLaTeX, (which assume unicode source) and a font that contains as many of the scripts as you might need (or you'll need to adjust your input cgi to choose the appropriate language and pass it to your document.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You also need to decide how to handle characters that are reserved by LaTeX, but might be part of your allowable input (&lt;code&gt;#, %, $, _, ^, &amp;amp;, {, }&lt;/code&gt;) which should probably be turned into &lt;code&gt;\#, \%&lt;/code&gt; etc. This can easily be done with a regular expression substitution in your cgi script. (Although if you need to allow math input, this is more complicated.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for sanitizing dangerous stuff from the input, the safest is to not allow &lt;em&gt;any&lt;/em&gt; latex markup at all, in which case can you can simply strip out all instances of &lt;code&gt;\&lt;/code&gt; from your input text.  (And obviously don't run latex with the &lt;code&gt;-shell-escape&lt;/code&gt; option.)  If you need &lt;em&gt;limited&lt;/em&gt; markup, this can be doable, but trickier, depending on what you want to allow.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-11T03:14:59.527" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T03:14:59.527" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="8680" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8682" CreationDate="2011-01-11T01:40:22.430" Score="1" ViewCount="226" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have several frameboxes in my document, using the following command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\framebox(115,115){ R-Sq: \newline For example} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to force a new line, but neither &lt;code&gt;\newline&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; appear to work. Is there any other way of doing this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1167" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T02:02:44.597" Title="How can I insert a newline in a framebox?" Tags="&lt;newline&gt;&lt;framebox&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="8681" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8680" CreationDate="2011-01-11T01:52:22.250" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you dig through the chain of macro expansions, you see that &lt;code&gt;\framebox(x,y)[z]{text}&lt;/code&gt; ends up typesetting &lt;code&gt;text&lt;/code&gt; in an &lt;code&gt;\hbox&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So you can use this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\framebox(115,115){%&#xA;    \parbox{115\unitlength}{R-Sq:\\For example}%&#xA;}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Where all I've done is put the input inside an appropriately sized &lt;code&gt;\parbox&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T01:52:22.250" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8682" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8680" CreationDate="2011-01-11T02:02:44.597" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;TH. has suggested putting the framebox around another box, but specifying the size can be awkward. Here's my (note: plug) solution to the problem:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{minibox}&#xA;...&#xA;\framebox(115,115){\minibox{R-Sq:\\ For example}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A ‘minibox’ is exactly equivalent to a tabular in the current implementation; I just wanted the shorter markup.&#xA;I've considered adding frames to the minibox package but haven't had the chance to look at it yet.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T02:02:44.597" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8683" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8687" CreationDate="2011-01-11T04:33:40.223" Score="4" ViewCount="214" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to display my article's abstract and table of contents side-by-side, to save space. I'm using the &lt;code&gt;multicols&lt;/code&gt; package, but it tries to keep each column the same height, and I can't figure out how to force it to move content into the second column.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a mockup; I'm just padding out the abstract to show what it should look like. The layout is perfect, I just want a way to do this properly:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{document}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;&#xA;\begin{multicols}{2}&#xA;\section*{Abstract}&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum[1-2]&#xA;&#xA;a % padding to make the first column run to&#xA;  % end of page&#xA;a&#xA;&#xA;a&#xA;&#xA;a&#xA;&#xA;a&#xA;&#xA;a&#xA;&#xA;a&#xA;&#xA;a&#xA;&#xA;a&#xA;&#xA;a&#xA;&#xA;a&#xA;&#xA;a&#xA;&#xA;a&#xA;&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\end{multicols}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And here's what it looks like, rendered (perfect except for the padding lines):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/CWygr.png&quot;/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2881" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T05:57:57.047" Title="How do I force a column-break in a multi-column page?" Tags="&lt;layout&gt;&lt;two-column&gt;&lt;multicol&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="8684" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7586" CreationDate="2011-01-11T04:48:11.783" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In addition to what's been mentioned, there's a number of cool beamer presentations, with source, here: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/tag/beamer/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/tag/beamer/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is another good example of what can be done with beamer, google &quot;beamer latex turing&quot; and click the top link.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1135" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T04:48:11.783" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8685" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-11T05:04:29.177" Score="3" ViewCount="85" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi all,&#xA;I'm having some troubles with using footnotes inside floats.&#xA;I use &lt;code&gt;\footnotemark&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\footnotetext&lt;/code&gt;, but then the float is pushed to the next page, and the footnote remains in the previous one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As a remedy, I've moved the &lt;code&gt;\footnotetext&lt;/code&gt; couple of paragraphs later so now the footnote is located at the right place. BUT, now the numbering is incorrect -- in those &quot;in between&quot; paragraphs there was another &lt;code&gt;\footnote&lt;/code&gt; which have advanced the counter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since the float was pushed - the numbering is reverted now: the footnote in the float (that got the number n) appears after the next footnote (that was assigned to the number n+1, obviously). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any way to fix that, other than manually changing the counters?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2061" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T06:13:00.590" Title="footnotes and floats" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;footnotes&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="8686" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8683" CreationDate="2011-01-11T05:34:54.477" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The command, appropriately enough, is &lt;code&gt;\columnbreak&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to turn off columns being forced to equal height, use the starred version &lt;code&gt;\begin{multicols*}{2}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T05:34:54.477" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8687" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8683" CreationDate="2011-01-11T05:57:57.047" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Put &lt;code&gt;\vfill&lt;/code&gt; after the last line to break.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;And then put &lt;code&gt;\columnbreak&lt;/code&gt; after &lt;code&gt;\vfill&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Nua57.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[a4paper,margin=2cm]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum,multicol}&#xA;\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}&#xA;\title{Introduction to \LaTeX}&#xA;\author{xport}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{multicols}{2}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%&#xA;\section*{Abstract}&#xA;\lipsum[1-2]&#xA;\vfill&#xA;\columnbreak&#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;%\vfill&#xA;%\columnbreak&#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%&#xA;\section{Counter}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\section{Box}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\subsection{Parbox}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\subsection{Rule}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\end{multicols}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T05:57:57.047" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8688" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8685" CreationDate="2011-01-11T06:13:00.590" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Usually it's best not to put footnotes inside floats; the minipage environment sets things up so you can have &quot;local&quot; footnotes for such occasions. E.g.,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}&#xA;  \begin{minipage}{\linewidth}&#xA;  ...\footnote{blah}...&#xA;  \end{minipage}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The same advice holds for the quite common practice of putting notes for tables directly beneath them rather in footnotes on the page itself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T06:13:00.590" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8689" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8695" CreationDate="2011-01-11T06:46:53.367" Score="3" ViewCount="212" Body="&lt;h1&gt;Scenario&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to create a warning box (or pitfall box) that satisfies the following creteria:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;It can be broken across pages.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;It can contain images, displayed equations, &lt;code&gt;begin{minipage}&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\begin{multicols}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\lstinputlisting&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;It occupies the whole width of the page. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;It is enclosed by a red frame.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;It looks like the following figure but the background color should be yellowish.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Bird's View&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Pp5xU.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Zoomed-in View&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/cKTnq.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-11T07:04:03.217" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T08:23:56.797" Title="How to create a warning box like this (see the figure to get the idea)?" Tags="&lt;framed&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="8690" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-11T06:49:39.667" Score="3" ViewCount="253" Body="&lt;p&gt;Some people wants to remove running headers and footers from the pages, where a chapter or a section is begining. But I'd like to &lt;em&gt;stay&lt;/em&gt; it in place. How can I make it? (I use KOMA-Script (scrbook) and scrpage2.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2883" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-11T12:05:00.077" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T12:05:00.077" Title="How to place a running header and a footer to the page with chapter/section heading?" Tags="&lt;header-footer&gt;&lt;koma-script&gt;&lt;scrpage2&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="8691" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9411" CreationDate="2011-01-11T07:50:42.300" Score="4" ViewCount="157" Body="&lt;p&gt;In this minimal example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrartcl} &#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{calc} &#xA;\usepackage{tikz} &#xA;&#xA;\newlength{\TestLength} &#xA;&#xA;\begin{document} &#xA;&#xA;    \setlength{\TestLength}{\widthof{\tikz \node {bla};}} &#xA;    \showthe\TestLength% MEASUREMENT 1 &#xA;&#xA;    \begin{tikzpicture} &#xA;            \setlength{\TestLength}{\widthof{\node {bla};}} &#xA;            \showthe\TestLength% MEASUREMENT 2 &#xA;    \end{tikzpicture} &#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\TestLength&lt;/code&gt; is calculated correctly in the first time (MEASUREMENT 1), but too small in the second time (MEASUREMENT 2). I'd like to calculate it within a tikzpicture environment, so that I'm fixed to the second way of calculation. is there any workaround?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks a lot for any kind of comments or ideas.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2884" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-11T11:17:54.337" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T11:21:03.787" Title="\widthof within tikzpicture" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;calculations&gt;&lt;width&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8692" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8690" CreationDate="2011-01-11T08:05:35.590" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand*{\chapterpagestyle}{whatever}&lt;/code&gt;, see the documentation scrguien, section 3.2.2. Page Style.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T08:05:35.590" />
  <row Id="8693" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8662" CreationDate="2011-01-11T08:12:14.030" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you have Ghostscript installed, you might also join the two separate PDF files in one by issuing a command such as this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;gs -dBATCH -dNOPAUSE -q -sDEVICE=pdfwrite -sOutputFile=merged.pdf input1.pdf input2.pdf&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="750" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T08:12:14.030" />
  <row Id="8694" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8689" CreationDate="2011-01-11T08:23:33.757" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;h1&gt;Shortcoming&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The figure has not been vertically centered.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The lack of red frame.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Screenshot&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/mblBr.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Minimal Code&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[dvipsnames,cmyk]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[a4paper,margin=2cm]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum,graphicx,xcolor,framed}&#xA;&#xA;\renewenvironment{leftbar}[1][\hsize]%&#xA;{%&#xA;        \def\FrameCommand%&#xA;        {%&#xA;             \includegraphics[width=1cm]{pitfall}%           &#xA;             \fboxsep=\FrameSep\colorbox{cyan!5}%&#xA;        }%&#xA;        \MakeFramed{\hsize#1\advance\hsize-\width\FrameRestore}%&#xA;}%&#xA;{\endMakeFramed}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\def\dummy{bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla.}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;&#xA;\begin{leftbar}[0.5\linewidth]&#xA;\noindent\dummy&#xA;\[&#xA;\int_a^b f(x)\,\textrm{d}x=F(b)-F(a)&#xA;\]&#xA;\dummy&#xA;\end{leftbar}&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T08:23:33.757" />
  <row Id="8695" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8689" CreationDate="2011-01-11T08:23:56.797" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{pifont,mdframed}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{warning}&#xA;  {\par\begin{mdframed}[linewidth=2pt,linecolor=red]%&#xA;    \begin{list}{}{\leftmargin=1cm&#xA;                   \labelwidth=\leftmargin}\item[\Large\ding{43}]}&#xA;  {\end{list}\end{mdframed}\par}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\blindtext&#xA;\begin{warning}&#xA;\blindtext&#xA;\end{warning}&#xA;\blindtext[2]&#xA;\begin{warning}&#xA;\blindtext[2]&#xA;\end{warning}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T08:23:56.797" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8696" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-11T08:34:12.123" Score="2" ViewCount="269" Body="&lt;p&gt;Can LaTeX do simple math?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have a table with two columns and want to automatically add a third column which contains the difference between the two first:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;+------+------+-------+&#xA;|  M1  |  M2  | M2-M1 |&#xA;+------+------+-------+&#xA;| 80.1 | 95.2 | +15.1 |&#xA;+ ...  | ...  |  ...  |&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I could write a Perl script that generates the third column but it would also be nice if LaTeX could do that directly ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3860" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T10:46:00.320" Title="Can LaTeX perform simple math operations?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;macros&gt;&lt;calculations&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8697" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8667" CreationDate="2011-01-11T08:35:49.517" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{multicol,caption,amsmath,framed}&#xA;&#xA; \begin{document}&#xA; \begin{multicols}{2}&#xA;text above the ,,float``&#xA;&#xA; \begin{framed}&#xA; \begin{minipage}{\linewidth}&#xA; The function is&#xA; \begin{equation*}&#xA; F(1)&#xA; \end{equation*}&#xA;&#xA; The negation is&#xA; \begin{equation*}&#xA; N(1)&#xA; \end{equation*}&#xA;&#xA; \captionof{figure}{Function}&#xA; \end{minipage}&#xA; \end{framed}&#xA;&#xA;text after the ,,float``&#xA;&#xA; \end{multicols}&#xA; \end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T08:35:49.517" />
  <row Id="8698" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8696" CreationDate="2011-01-11T08:37:49.467" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;you can do it easily with package &lt;code&gt;spreadtab&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T08:37:49.467" />
  <row Id="8699" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8696" CreationDate="2011-01-11T08:49:53.837" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't know an easy way to add a third column »automatically«. Maybe you draft the third column yourself and make LaTeX add the content.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This can be done with spreadtab, but much better by using LuaTeX. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2885" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-11T09:03:02.117" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T09:03:02.117" />
  <row Id="8700" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-11T09:08:11.627" Score="3" ViewCount="155" Body="&lt;p&gt;Gedit with latex plugin is a great tool for working with latex. However I need to modify standard tool which is is just a call of rubber. I would like to have possibility to to use inverse search. To this end I need to pass -src option to latex compiler and I do not know if it is possible with rubber. &#xA;Thanks for help and suggestions. &#xA;-andrzej&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2886" LastEditorUserId="2408" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-13T20:45:55.087" LastActivityDate="2011-01-13T22:14:33.650" Title="How to pass options to latex compiler using rubber?" Tags="&lt;compiling&gt;&lt;rubber&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="8701" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-11T09:23:41.003" Score="1" ViewCount="135" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the following table, why does the double line before the &lt;code&gt;diff&lt;/code&gt; column not go through? I guess all the &lt;code&gt;multicolumn{1}&lt;/code&gt; are wrong? How can I fix it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{table}&#xA;\centering&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|l||c|c|c|c|c|c||r|}\hline&#xA;&#xA;\multicolumn{1}{|c||}{} &amp;amp;&#xA;\multicolumn{3}{c|}{Model 1} &amp;amp;&#xA;\multicolumn{3}{c|}{Model 2}  &amp;amp;&#xA;\multicolumn{1}{||r|}{}\\&#xA;&#xA;\multicolumn{1}{|c||}{Task} &amp;amp;&#xA;\multicolumn{1}{c}{(a)} &amp;amp;&#xA;\multicolumn{1}{c}{(b)} &amp;amp;&#xA;\multicolumn{1}{c|}{(c)} &amp;amp;&#xA;\multicolumn{1}{c}{(a)} &amp;amp;&#xA;\multicolumn{1}{c}{(b)} &amp;amp;&#xA;\multicolumn{1}{c}{(c)} &amp;amp;&#xA;\multicolumn{1}{||r|}{diff}\\\hline&#xA;&#xA;Foo     &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; A &amp;amp; B &amp;amp; C &amp;amp; + \\&#xA;Bar     &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; A &amp;amp; B &amp;amp; C &amp;amp; + \\\hline&#xA;&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\caption{whatever}\label{tab:whatever}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/la4tJ.png&quot; alt=&quot;fugly table&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3860" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T10:15:54.663" Title="Multicolumn question: Lines are misaligned" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;layout&gt;&lt;multicol&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="8702" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8701" CreationDate="2011-01-11T09:43:25.777" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One way to solve your problem is to change some of your code as the following lines.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\multicolumn{1}{|c||}{} &amp;amp;&#xA;\multicolumn{3}{c|}{Model 1} &amp;amp;&#xA;\multicolumn{3}{c||}{Model 2}  &amp;amp;&#xA;\\&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\multicolumn{1}{c||}{(c)} &amp;amp;&#xA;\multicolumn{1}{r|}{diff}\\\hline&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2557" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T09:43:25.777" />
  <row Id="8703" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8709" CreationDate="2011-01-11T09:47:19.770" Score="5" ViewCount="190" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using the example below, how could I modify the seperator between last name and the initial? Currently this is a comma e.g. Fox, P. and it should be just a space: Fox P.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And a similar problem: How could I remove the period behind the initial?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\RequirePackage{filecontents}&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{sample.bib}&#xA;@ARTICLE{liu:11,&#xA;  author = {Peter Fox and Richard Rabbit and Franc Bird},&#xA;  title = {Animals are the better humans},&#xA;  journal = {Horse and Hound},&#xA;  year = {2011},&#xA;  volume = {10},&#xA;  pages = {11--15}&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\documentclass[a4paper,ngerman]{scrartcl}&#xA;\usepackage{babel}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{csquotes}&#xA;\usepackage[style=authortitle,firstinits=true]{biblatex}&#xA;&#xA;\bibliography{sample}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Samplecite~\cite{liu:11}.&#xA;&#xA;\printbibliography&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Current status&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/qTHnX.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="632" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-03T20:28:10.650" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T05:25:25.010" Title="Modify the last-name first-name separator in biblatex's authortitle" Tags="&lt;biblatex&gt;&lt;delimiters&gt;&lt;sorting&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="8704" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-11T09:48:40.360" Score="1" ViewCount="96" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm editing a client's Latex file in Lyx, where the client has used a document class not supported by Lyx.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In these cases, I use &lt;code&gt;tex2lyx&lt;/code&gt; with either &lt;code&gt;-c article&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;-c report&lt;/code&gt; to  ensure Lyx can import the file, and look at the difference (using &lt;code&gt;wdiff&lt;/code&gt;) between the provided Latex file and that which Lyx exports to assemble a list of misunderstood syntax, which I can create a syntax file from to pass to &lt;code&gt;tex2lyx&lt;/code&gt; using the &lt;code&gt;-s $SYNTAXFILE&lt;/code&gt; option.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All well and good, but if the document classes conflict in their syntax (e.g., passing optional arguments to such commands as &lt;code&gt;\author&lt;/code&gt; or environments such as &lt;code&gt;{enumerate}&lt;/code&gt;) then Lyx ignores what the syntax file says and so misparses the imported Latex file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have a workaround for this case, namely putting the definition &lt;code&gt;\let\lyxtexblock=\relax&lt;/code&gt; in the Latex preamble and a line &lt;code&gt;\lyxtexblock{}&lt;/code&gt; in the syntax file, and surrounding any misunderstood Latex with it.  But I wonder if there is a more principled solution, something less time-consuming than hacking up a new layout file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using Lyx 1.6.8, but I'm interested to hear of solutions for Lyx 2.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Resource&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.lyx.org/LaTeX/LatexToLyx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Converting *.tex to *.lyx&lt;/a&gt; (lyx.org wiki)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Motivation&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;While it is possible to edit someone else's Latex manuscript by directly editing the source file, and use &lt;code&gt;wdiff/texdiff/latexdiff&lt;/code&gt; to document the changes made, this tends to be a relatively inefficient way of working when there are many edits (say 1&amp;nbsp;000 edits on a 9&amp;nbsp;000 word manuscript).  The change tracking features of Word, Open Office Writer and Lyx all offer the following features, among others, which I call the &lt;i&gt;change-tracking minimum&lt;/i&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Comments associated with changed text, ideally over arbitrary extents of text or particular edits;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;A UI that allows changes to be worked through one at a time, and accepted, rejected, or the text modified;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;A UI that allows all changes in some selected portion of text to either accepted or rejected, and likewise all comments in a slected area be deleted;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Point one is possible with &lt;code&gt;wdiff/texdiff/latexdiff&lt;/code&gt;.  Neither points 2 or 3 are, with any software I have seen.  Anything less than all three points will cause a big increase in the time it takes for a client of mine to work through the kind of edits I produce.  I believe the lack of good editing tools for Latex, such as the above, is the principal reason why many publishers do not want to work within Latex.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-17T17:01:33.100" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T17:01:33.100" Title="Can Lyx syntax files override document class defaults?" Tags="&lt;lyx&gt;&lt;documentclass&gt;&lt;tools&gt;&lt;conversion&gt;" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="8705" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8690" CreationDate="2011-01-11T09:52:25.413" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you use &lt;code&gt;scrpage2&lt;/code&gt; and its &lt;code&gt;scrheadings&lt;/code&gt; pagestyle, pages that were formerly assigned the &lt;code&gt;plain&lt;/code&gt; style (e.g. chapter starting pages) will now be assigned &lt;code&gt;scrplain&lt;/code&gt;. The header/footer commands of &lt;code&gt;scrpage2&lt;/code&gt; feature an optional argument that controls the &lt;code&gt;scrplain&lt;/code&gt; style.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A possible source of confusion is that commands like &lt;code&gt;\ohead[\headmark]{\headmark}&lt;/code&gt; may still produce an empty heading on chapter starting pages because &lt;code&gt;\headmark&lt;/code&gt; itself may be empty (e.g. because it refers to &lt;code&gt;\rightmark&lt;/code&gt; in twoside documents). Using e.g. &lt;code&gt;\leftmark&lt;/code&gt; should produce non-empty &quot;starting&quot; headings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrbook}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[automark]{scrpage2}&#xA;\pagestyle{scrheadings}&#xA;\clearscrheadfoot% Dump header/footer content&#xA;% \ohead[\headmark]{\headmark}% Will produce empty &quot;starting&quot; heading&#xA;\ohead[\leftmark]{\leftmark}&#xA;\ofoot[\pagemark]{\pagemark}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\blinddocument&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/blindtext/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;blindtext&lt;/a&gt; package is only used to add some dummy text to the example.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T09:52:25.413" />
  <row Id="8706" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8701" CreationDate="2011-01-11T10:09:58.390" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A &lt;code&gt;\multicolumn&lt;/code&gt; overwrites the right line setting of its cell(s) defined by the tabular header, except of the first cell, there it overwrites the right and left line setting.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}{|l||c|c|c|c|c|c||r|}\hline&#xA;&#xA;\multicolumn{1}{|c||}{} &amp;amp;&#xA;\multicolumn{3}{c|}{Model 1} &amp;amp;&#xA;\multicolumn{3}{c||}{Model 2}  &amp;amp;&#xA;\multicolumn{1}{r|}{}\\&#xA;&#xA;\multicolumn{1}{|c||}{Task} &amp;amp;&#xA;\multicolumn{1}{c}{(a)} &amp;amp;&#xA;\multicolumn{1}{c}{(b)} &amp;amp;&#xA;\multicolumn{1}{c|}{(c)} &amp;amp;&#xA;\multicolumn{1}{c}{(a)} &amp;amp;&#xA;\multicolumn{1}{c}{(b)} &amp;amp;&#xA;\multicolumn{1}{c||}{(c)} &amp;amp;&#xA;\multicolumn{1}{r|}{diff}\\\hline&#xA;&#xA;Foo     &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; A &amp;amp; B &amp;amp; C &amp;amp; + \\&#xA;Bar     &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; A &amp;amp; B &amp;amp; C &amp;amp; + \\\hline&#xA;&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T10:09:58.390" />
  <row Id="8707" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8701" CreationDate="2011-01-11T10:15:54.663" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is not an answer to your question (others did that). However, I think you can make a better looking table by following the advice in the booktabs package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{booktabs}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{lccccccc}&#xA;\toprule&#xA;&amp;amp;\multicolumn{3}{c}{Model 1}&amp;amp;\multicolumn{3}{c}{Model 2}&amp;amp;\\&#xA;\cmidrule(lr){2-4}\cmidrule(lr){5-7}&#xA;Tack &amp;amp; (a) &amp;amp; (b) &amp;amp; (c) &amp;amp; (a) &amp;amp; (b) &amp;amp; (c) &amp;amp; diff\\&#xA;\midrule&#xA;Foo &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; A &amp;amp; B &amp;amp; C &amp;amp; $+$\\&#xA;Bar &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; A &amp;amp; B &amp;amp; C &amp;amp; $+$\\&#xA;\bottomrule&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/nmrmZ.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T10:15:54.663" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="8708" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8712" CreationDate="2011-01-11T10:31:51.257" Score="2" ViewCount="205" Body="&lt;p&gt;Are there any bibliography styles that supports both ordering as in ieeetr and author-year (ie. &lt;em&gt;John et al.&lt;/em&gt;)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1782" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-11T12:41:26.723" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T12:41:26.723" Title="Bibliography style like ieeetr" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;biblatex&gt;&lt;natbib&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8709" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8703" CreationDate="2011-01-11T10:43:19.000" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;put it right after loading the package biblatex. If I understand it right, then you only want to strip the dot from the first initial. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\MKbibnamefirst#1{\expandafter\mkbibnamefirst@i#1..\@nil}&#xA;\def\mkbibnamefirst@i#1.#2.#3\@nil{#1}&#xA;&#xA;\renewbibmacro*{name:last-first}[4]{%&#xA;  \ifuseprefix&#xA;    {\usebibmacro{name:delim}{#3#1}%&#xA;     \usebibmacro{name:hook}{#3#1}%&#xA;     \ifblank{#3}{}{%&#xA;       \ifcapital&#xA;         {\mkbibnameprefix{\MakeCapital{#3}}\isdot}&#xA;     {\mkbibnameprefix{#3}}%&#xA;       \ifpunctmark{'}{}{\addhighpenspace}}%&#xA;     \mkbibnamelast{#1}\isdot&#xA;     \ifblank{#4}{}{\addlowpenspace\mkbibnameaffix{#4}\isdot}%&#xA;     \ifblank{#2}{}{\addlowpenspace\mkbibnamefirst{#2}}}&#xA;    {\usebibmacro{name:delim}{#1}%&#xA;     \usebibmacro{name:hook}{#1}%&#xA;     \mkbibnamelast{#1}\isdot&#xA;     \ifblank{#4}{}{\addlowpenspace\mkbibnameaffix{#4}\isdot}%&#xA;%     \ifblank{#2#3}{}{\addcomma}%&#xA;     \ifblank{#2}{}{\addlowpenspace\MKbibnamefirst{#2}}%&#xA;%     \ifblank{#3}{}{\addlowpenspace\mkbibnameprefix{#3}\isdot}&#xA;}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/0f9yy.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T10:43:19.000" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="8710" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8696" CreationDate="2011-01-11T10:46:00.320" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Herbert and Alexander already mentioned &lt;code&gt;spreadtab&lt;/code&gt;. Here's a simple way to do it without using it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{booktabs}&#xA;\usepackage{fp}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\def\printnum#1{%&#xA;        \expandafter\printnumaux#1\relax&#xA;}&#xA;\def\printnumaux#1.#2#3\relax{%&#xA;        $\ifnum#1&amp;gt;0+\fi#1.#2$%&#xA;}&#xA;\def\row#1#2{#1&amp;amp;#2&amp;amp;\FPsub\r{#2}{#1}\printnum\r\\}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{rrr}&#xA;\toprule&#xA;M1&amp;amp;M2&amp;amp;M2$-$M1\\&#xA;\midrule&#xA;\row{80.1}{95.2}&#xA;\row{37.2}{73.1}&#xA;\bottomrule&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\row&lt;/code&gt; macro takes two arguments and makes the three columns you want. The subtraction is done by the &lt;code&gt;fp&lt;/code&gt; package and the number formatting is done by the &lt;code&gt;\printnum&lt;/code&gt; macro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T10:46:00.320" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8712" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8708" CreationDate="2011-01-11T11:54:35.807" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Do you want autor-year citations plus an &quot;unsorted&quot; (i.e. sorted in order of first citation) bibliography? This is possible with both natbib and biblatex.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{natbib}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.bib}&#xA;@misc{A01,&#xA;  author = {Author, A.},&#xA;  year = {2001},&#xA;  title = {Alpha},&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;@misc{B02,&#xA;  author = {Buthor, B.},&#xA;  year = {2002},&#xA;  title = {Bravo},&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;@misc{C03,&#xA;  author = {Cuthor, C.},&#xA;  year = {2003},&#xA;  title = {Charlie},&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Some text \citep{B02,A01,C03}.&#xA;&#xA;\bibliographystyle{unsrtnat}&#xA;\bibliography{\jobname}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[style=authoryear,sorting=none]{biblatex}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.bib}&#xA;@misc{A01,&#xA;  author = {Author, A.},&#xA;  year = {2001},&#xA;  title = {Alpha},&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;@misc{B02,&#xA;  author = {Buthor, B.},&#xA;  year = {2002},&#xA;  title = {Bravo},&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;@misc{C03,&#xA;  author = {Cuthor, C.},&#xA;  year = {2003},&#xA;  title = {Charlie},&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\bibliography{\jobname}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Some text \autocite{B02,A01,C03}.&#xA;&#xA;\printbibliography&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The filecontents environment is only used to include some external files directly into the example, so that it compiles. It is not necessary for the solution.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T11:54:35.807" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8714" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8174" CreationDate="2011-01-11T12:22:05.333" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sorry for my late response. I still can think of two other solutions that work in your situation and it is automatic. This is applied to Herbert's given example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can either use memoir class:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{memoir}&#xA;\usepackage{rotating,tabularx}&#xA;\twocolumnfootnotes&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{sidewaysfigure}&#xA;\rule{\linewidth}{5cm}\par&#xA;The package sets theof a single-column\footnote{This is a test.} document in two columns; &#xA;the package offers a range of parameters\footnote{This is a test.} \footnote{This is a test.} to determinethe exact appearance of the two columns.\footnote{This is a test.}\footnote{This is a test.}\footnote{This is a test.}&#xA;\end{sidewaysfigure}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which gives:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/qIIr8.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or you can use ledmac package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{rotating,tabularx}&#xA;\usepackage{ledmac}&#xA;\foottwocolX{A}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{sidewaysfigure}&#xA;\rule{\linewidth}{5cm}\par&#xA;The package sets theof a single-column\footnoteA{This is a test.} document in two columns; &#xA;the package offers a range of parameters\footnoteA{This is a test.} \footnoteA{This is a test.} to determinethe exact appearance of the two columns.\footnoteA{This is a test.}\footnoteA{This is a test.}\footnoteA{This is a test.}&#xA;\end{sidewaysfigure}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which gives:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/yA7Bn.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2716" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T12:22:05.333" />
  <row Id="8715" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5553" CreationDate="2011-01-11T13:28:13.830" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;texlive works fine on my netbook (acer aspire one) with different Linux distributions. There is no need to install a special netbook edition. I had no problems with kde4 or gnome.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I installed TexLive via DVD, not via package manager and do my TeX-Works with vim. Maybe you'll like kile more (kile is an LaTeX-IDE, comparable with TeXniCenter).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2887" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T13:28:13.830" />
  <row Id="8716" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8727" CreationDate="2011-01-11T14:10:19.050" Score="1" ViewCount="58" Body="&lt;h1&gt;Scenario&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to create a new PSTricks object, e.g., &lt;code&gt;\myBatLogo[&amp;lt;key-val options&amp;gt;]{}{}...{}&lt;/code&gt; that is not a redefinition of a built-in PSTricks object.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It means that any redefinition as follows does not make sense in my scenario.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newpsobject{myBatLogo}{&amp;lt;built-in PSTrick object&amp;gt;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Question&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How to define a new PSTrick object that is not a redefinition of a built-in PSTricks object? It must accept key-value optional arguments and mandatory arguments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T15:40:39.893" Title="How to define a new PSTricks object that is not a redefinition of a built-in PSTricks object?" Tags="&lt;pstricks&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="8717" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8738" CreationDate="2011-01-11T14:41:42.677" Score="5" ViewCount="308" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm attempting to create a box with a different background color.  However, I've tried this and the box looks unpolished.  So I would like to add a line that seperates the two background colors.  In other words, the point where the special background color begins and the original document background ends should be seperated by a line that is a third color.  I'm wondering how I can accomplish this...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ORIGINAL POST (containing more details)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't understand floats very well.  I've been using the &lt;code&gt;framed&lt;/code&gt; package instead, which is nice because I can easily put a frame around something.  There is another behavior included in this package that I'd like to combine.  It gives the option to create a &lt;code&gt;shaded&lt;/code&gt; environment, which is another way of saying that it changes the background color of the object that I'd like to put a frame around.  I really like this, but the edge of the shaded area looks unpolished.  So what I'd like to do is to create a float that has a special background color, and I want the edges to have a thin line between the special color and the normal white background that I use for the rest of the document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using these framed &quot;floats&quot; to display mainly text, so I'd like to know how to combine all of these features.  In other words, I'd like to see an example that takes a bunch of text, and gives it a special background with a box that is perfectly aligned at the edge of the background (thus giving it a nice frame).  I'd like to see how this can be implemented as a &lt;code&gt;float&lt;/code&gt;, as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One more thing that isn't necessary, but would be good to know, would be a way to implement similar behavior around an &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt; environment.  I don't know if this would require special treatment, but I'd really appreciate it if someone could show me how to do this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1733" LastEditorUserId="1733" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-11T21:18:04.623" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T22:03:20.343" Title="Creating a shaded box with an outline" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;boxes&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="8718" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8726" CreationDate="2011-01-11T14:41:55.463" Score="0" ViewCount="59" Body="&lt;p&gt;I just tried this code to check whether both cases result in the same output.&#xA;Apparently they are not identical. Why?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[dvipsnames,cmyk]{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage[a4paper,margin=6cm]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{pstricks}&#xA;\usepackage{pst-node}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;&#xA;\newpsstyle{gridstyle}{%&#xA;gridwidth=0.4pt,%default: 0.8pt&#xA;gridcolor=Red!20,%default: black&#xA;griddots=0,%default: 0 &#xA;%&#xA;gridlabels=5pt,%default: 10pt&#xA;gridlabelcolor=Blue,%default: black&#xA;%&#xA;subgriddiv=5,%default: 5&#xA;subgridwidth=0.2pt,%default: 0.4pt&#xA;subgridcolor=Green!20,%default: gray&#xA;subgriddots=0%default: 0&#xA;}&#xA;\psset{style=gridstyle}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\pspicture(7,7)&#xA;\psgrid&#xA;\rput(2,2){\scalebox{2}{\pscircle{1}}}&#xA;\endpspicture&#xA;&#xA;\vspace{1cm}&#xA;&#xA;\pspicture(7,7)&#xA;\psgrid&#xA;\scalebox{2}{\rput(2,2){\pscircle{1}}}&#xA;\endpspicture&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Could you elaborate how &lt;code&gt;\psscalebox&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\rput&lt;/code&gt; do their jobs internally?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-11T15:22:45.933" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T18:27:32.127" Title="Why does \rput(4,3){\psscalebox{1.5}{A}} differ from \psscalebox{1.5}{\rput(4,3){A}}?" Tags="&lt;pstricks&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="8719" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8728" CreationDate="2011-01-11T14:49:38.940" Score="5" ViewCount="125" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to put a tree list into a table environment. Smth. like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;+--------------------------+---------------------------+-------------+&#xA;| Heading 1                |  Heading 2                | Heading 3   |&#xA;+--------------------------+---------------------------+-------------+&#xA;| / main-item              |  main item data           | some info   |&#xA;|   +-- sub item 1         |  sub item 1 data          | some info 1 |&#xA;|   |   +-- sub sub item x |  sub sub item 1.x data    | some info x |&#xA;|   |                      |                           |             |&#xA;|   +-- sub item 2         |  sub item 2 data          | some info 2 |&#xA;|       +-- sub sub item y |  sub sub item 2.y data    | some info y |&#xA;+--------------------------+---------------------------+-------------+&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know about dirtree package, but it it possible to arrange dirtree data in that way?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;P.S.: I received multiple answers to this question, which solve the problem. I personally found the accepted answer more appropriate in my case. But here are also answers how to achieve the requested functionality with dirtree package. Therefore I encourage everyone to read all answers to find the best possible solution.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2888" LastEditorUserId="2888" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-11T17:03:34.923" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T17:03:34.923" Title="tree list in a table" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;lists&gt;&lt;trees&gt;&lt;dirtree&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8720" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8725" CreationDate="2011-01-11T15:00:03.070" Score="1" ViewCount="142" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a similar command to &lt;code&gt;\overbrace{foo}^{bar}&lt;/code&gt; but instead of braces, an arrow pointing up/down?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: Here's a little demonstration of how I'd expect something like this to work:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/lZMRX.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And possible syntax would be &lt;code&gt;\overarrow{a=b}^{\text{theorem X}}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2890" LastEditorUserId="2890" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-11T15:17:56.263" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T15:25:23.787" Title="overbrace/underbrace but with an arrow instead" Tags="&lt;amsmath&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="8721" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8719" CreationDate="2011-01-11T15:02:59.053" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;code&gt;dirtree&lt;/code&gt; within a table, just enclose the mark-up within a minipage and be careful with the stops at the end of the lines! Here is a minimal example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article} &#xA;\usepackage{dirtree}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|l|l|}&#xA;\begin{minipage}{4cm}\dirtree{%&#xA;.1 Engineering.&#xA;.2 Mechanical.&#xA;.3 Electrical.&#xA;.4 Electronics.&#xA;}\end{minipage}    &#xA;&amp;amp; \begin{minipage}{4cm}\dirtree{%&#xA;.1 TeX.&#xA;.2 LaTeX.&#xA;.3 XeTeX.&#xA;.4 pdfLaTeX.&#xA;}\end{minipage}\\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit as per comments&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}{|l|p{3cm}|}&#xA;\begin{minipage}[t]{4cm}\dirtree{%&#xA;.1 Engineering.&#xA;.2 Mechanical.&#xA;.3 Electrical.&#xA;.4 Electronics.&#xA;}\end{minipage}    &#xA;&amp;amp;  Director A  &#xA;   \newline Director B &#xA;   \newline Director C&#xA;   \newline Director D\\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This will produce an output as requested (two columns) the third is trivial! For anything more fancy I would use a graphics package such as &lt;code&gt;TikZ&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;pstricks&lt;/code&gt;. This sort of layout IMHo is better produced using, just minipages and or specially constructed environments. Nevertheless &lt;code&gt;dirtree&lt;/code&gt; is a great package and one can use it for all sorts of different problems.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-11T16:44:23.940" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T16:44:23.940" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="8722" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8724" CreationDate="2011-01-11T15:03:50.623" Score="1" ViewCount="129" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[fleqn,12pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amstext, amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\[&#xA;  \alpha \xrightarrow[\stackrel{Alpha}{\shortstack[c]{\text{is Reactant}\\ \text{converting  to}}}]&#xA;                     {\stackrel{Beta}{\shortstack[c]{\text{is a product }\\ \text{of reaction}}}}&#xA;  \beta&#xA;\]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have no clue why the first line in &lt;code&gt;\stackrel&lt;/code&gt; is showing in scriptsize. How to get all the three lines to same fontsizes? I am doing this to get three lines over the arrow. Is there a different and easy way to produce 3 lines over and below the arrow?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/J7yG2.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&#xA;Thanks for your help. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2036" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-11T15:10:09.820" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T15:20:30.710" Title="\Shortstack - Why it produces one line in Scriptsize" Tags="&lt;arrows&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8723" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8722" CreationDate="2011-01-11T15:19:00.070" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;that is the default behaviour of &lt;code&gt;\stackrel&lt;/code&gt;. use a tabular instead, if you have more than two lines.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[fleqn,12pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amstext, amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\[&#xA;  \alpha \xrightarrow[\tabular{c}Alpha\\is Reactant\\ converting  to\endtabular]&#xA;                     {\tabular{c}Beta\\is a product\\ of reaction\endtabular}&#xA;  \beta&#xA;\]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T15:19:00.070" />
  <row Id="8724" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8722" CreationDate="2011-01-11T15:20:30.710" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There's no need to use &lt;code&gt;\stackrel&lt;/code&gt;; you can just put 3 lines into your &lt;code&gt;\shortstack&lt;/code&gt;. Moreover, you don't need the &lt;code&gt;c&lt;/code&gt; option in &lt;code&gt;\shortstack&lt;/code&gt; as this is the default, and you don't need the &lt;code&gt;\text&lt;/code&gt; command. So this works:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[fleqn,12pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amstext, amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\[&#xA;  \alpha \xrightarrow[\shortstack{Alpha\\ is Reactant\\ converting  to}]&#xA;                     {\shortstack{Beta\\ is a product\\ of reaction}}&#xA;  \beta&#xA;\]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I don't know how you want your &quot;Alpha&quot; and &quot;Beta&quot; formatted. In my solution, they just appear as normal text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T15:20:30.710" />
  <row Id="8725" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8720" CreationDate="2011-01-11T15:25:23.787" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\overArrow[2][=]{\stackrel{\overset{\makebox[0pt]{\text{#2}}}{\uparrow}}{#1}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\[&#xA;  \alpha \overArrow{TheoremX}\beta&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;\[&#xA;  \alpha \overArrow[\approx]{TheoremX}\beta&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T15:25:23.787" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8726" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8718" CreationDate="2011-01-11T15:28:05.097" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Why should this be the same?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;first scaling effects everything, also the coordinates&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;first setting, then scaling doesn't effect the coordinates&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, use &lt;code&gt;\psscalebox&lt;/code&gt; when using pstricks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T15:28:05.097" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8727" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8716" CreationDate="2011-01-11T15:40:39.893" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pstricks}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\psBatman{\pst@object{psBatman}}&#xA;\def\psBatman@i(#1)#2{%&#xA;  \begin@ClosedObj%&#xA;  \rput(#1){\psframebox{#2}}&#xA;  \end@ClosedObj%&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\pspicture(7,7)&#xA;\psBatman(1,1){Batman}&#xA;\psBatman[fillcolor=red!50,shadow=true,framesep=20pt,framearc=0.3](3,4){\Huge Me}&#xA;\psBatman*[linecolor=blue!20,framesep=20pt](6,6){\huge you}&#xA;\endpspicture&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/KXQGw.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T15:40:39.893" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="8728" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8719" CreationDate="2011-01-11T15:42:53.857" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here an example how you can mimic that with pure table environment. But you don't have connections between sub-items.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hope that helps anyway.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{table}[p]&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;    \caption{Some caption of your table} \label{tab:trendtable}&#xA;    \begin{tabular}{lll}&#xA;    \midrule[1pt]&#xA;    \multicolumn{1}{c} {Heading 1} &amp;amp; multicolumn{1}{c} {Heading 2} &amp;amp; \multicolumn{1}{c} {Heading 3} \\ &#xA;    \midrule[1pt]&#xA;    \textbf{main-item}             &amp;amp; main item data        &amp;amp; some info\\&#xA;    \hspace{0.2cm} sub item 1      &amp;amp; sub item 1 data       &amp;amp; some info 1 \\&#xA;    \hspace{0.4cm} sub sub item x  &amp;amp; sub item 1.x          &amp;amp; some info x \\&#xA;    &amp;amp;&amp;amp;\\&#xA;    \textbf{main-item 2}           &amp;amp; ...                   &amp;amp; ...\\&#xA;    \hspace{0.2cm} ...             &amp;amp; ...                   &amp;amp; ... \\&#xA;    \end{tabular}&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;\end{table} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2889" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T15:42:53.857" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8729" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8733" CreationDate="2011-01-11T16:13:50.270" Score="4" ViewCount="143" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\immediate\write\SomeStream{x}&lt;/code&gt; writes &lt;code&gt;x&lt;/code&gt; to the file open in &lt;code&gt;\SomeStream&lt;/code&gt;. I would like to write non-printable ASCII characters, such as ``, to a file. My naive guess is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begingroup         %To keep the catcode change local&#xA;\catcode`\=11&#xA;\immediate\write\SomeStream{}&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But this writes the three characters &lt;code&gt;^^A&lt;/code&gt; instead of the single character ``. Is there a way to prevent TeX from sanitizing its output?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;MWE:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\newwrite\SomeStream&#xA;\immediate\openout\SomeStream NonPrintableASCII.test&#xA;&#xA;\begingroup         %To keep the catcode change local&#xA;\catcode`\=11&#xA;\immediate\write\SomeStream{}&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;&#xA;\immediate\closeout\SomeStream&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: My goal was to write a file and reread it with potentially crazy catcode changes (And I am using non-printable characters rather than &lt;code&gt;^^A&lt;/code&gt; to be more robust.). &lt;code&gt;\scantokens&lt;/code&gt; does the job (see below). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastEditorUserId="2707" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-12T09:26:56.057" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T09:26:56.057" Title="`\write` non-printable ASCII characters to a file" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;write&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8730" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8748" CreationDate="2011-01-11T16:44:04.260" Score="10" ViewCount="247" Body="&lt;p&gt;As a matter of academic curiosity, I've been wondering for a while how one could produce an entire volume of an academic journal (not just a single journal article) using LaTeX.  It seems clear to me that a number of publishers use LaTeX to produce their journals (IEEE, American Physical Society, and Elsevier come to mind) especially since many journals provide LaTeX document classes, but it's not clear to me how they go about it.  Specific questions that I have include:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Supposing every article is submitted in LaTeX format, how are they combined to produce the volume of the journal?  Is it possible to use &lt;code&gt;\input{}&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\include{}&lt;/code&gt; on the standalone articles (and are there any existing document classes that allow one to do this), or is it necessary to edit the preambles of the individual articles?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;How does one produce a table of contents for a document consisting of multiple parts, each with their own title and author(s)?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;How does one handle potential name conflicts between references in different articles (cross-references, citations, etc.)?  The only way that I can think of offhand (for cross-references, at least) is to adopt a naming convention for labels, e.g. &lt;code&gt;\label{author:label}&lt;/code&gt;, which should prevent many (but obviously not all) name conflicts.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="569" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-03T16:53:57.523" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T16:53:57.523" Title="Producing a volume of a journal in LaTeX" Tags="&lt;journal&gt;&lt;journal-publishing&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8731" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8719" CreationDate="2011-01-11T16:44:58.433" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is a direct solution (based entirely off of Yiannis's answer) which solves the problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article} &#xA;\usepackage{dirtree,array}&#xA;\setlength{\extrarowheight}{3pt}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|l|l|l|}&#xA;\hline&#xA;\multicolumn{1}{|c} {Heading 1} &amp;amp; \multicolumn{1}{|c|} {Heading 2} &amp;amp; \multicolumn{1}{c|}{Heading 3}\\&#xA;\hline&#xA;\begin{minipage}{4cm}\dirtree{%&#xA;.1 Engineering.&#xA;.2 Mechanical.&#xA;.3 Bio-mechanical.&#xA;.2 Electronics.&#xA;}\end{minipage}&#xA;&amp;amp;&#xA;\DTsetlength{0pt}{0pt}{0pt}{0pt}{0pt}&#xA;\begin{minipage}{6cm}\dirtree{%&#xA;.1 Stuff about engineering here.&#xA;.2 Stuff about Mechanical here.&#xA;.3 Stuff about biomechanical here.&#xA;.4 .&#xA;}\end{minipage}&#xA;&amp;amp;&#xA;\DTsetlength{0pt}{0pt}{0pt}{0pt}{0pt}&#xA;\begin{minipage}{4cm}\dirtree{%&#xA;.1 Comments.&#xA;.2 More comments.&#xA;.3 Still more.&#xA;.4 And more.&#xA;}\end{minipage}\\&#xA;\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&amp;amp;&#xA;\DTsetlength{0pt}{0pt}{0pt}{0pt}{0pt}&#xA;\begin{minipage}{6cm}\dirtree{%&#xA;.1 Stuff about engineering here.&#xA;.2 Stuff about Mechanical here.&#xA;.3 Stuff about Electrical here.&#xA;.4 .&#xA;}\end{minipage}&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T16:44:58.433" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8732" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8820" CreationDate="2011-01-11T16:58:45.613" Score="6" ViewCount="159" Body="&lt;p&gt;hi, I'm trying to learn biblatex and have small problem. according of czech style for academic writings, some fields in bibliographic record, like volume, edition or issue, should be in language of source document, others, like pages, should be in language current document is written in. so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;KRSKOVÁ, L.; HILSKÁ, I.; KOPECKÁ, P. aj. Molekulární diagnostika maligních &#xA;  lymfomů řady B : detekce klonality a stručný přehled problematiky s vlastními &#xA;  výsledky. &lt;i&gt;Časopis lékařů českých&lt;/i&gt;. 2004, &lt;b&gt;roč&lt;/b&gt;. 143, &lt;b&gt;č&lt;/b&gt;. 3, &lt;b&gt;s&lt;/b&gt;. 191-194. ISSN 0008-&#xA;  7335.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;vs. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;BROWMAN, Howard I.; STERGIOU Konstantinos I. Factors and indices are one &#xA;  thing, deciding who is scholarly, why they are scholarly, and the relative value of &#xA;  their scholarship is something else entirely. &lt;i&gt;Ethics in science and environmental &#xA;  politics&lt;/i&gt;. June 2008, &lt;b&gt;vol&lt;/b&gt; 8, &lt;b&gt;no&lt;/b&gt;. 1, &lt;b&gt;s&lt;/b&gt;. 1-3. ISSN 1863-5415.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have no problem to get localized strings with &lt;code&gt;\bibsstring&lt;/code&gt;, but how I can take string from main language? I tried something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&#xA;\DeclareFieldFormat*{pages}{#1}&#xA;\newbibmacro{pagecount}{%&#xA;  \iffieldundef{pages}{}&#xA;    {&lt;b&gt;\selectlanguage{czech}&lt;/b&gt;\bibsstring{pages}\addnbspace\printfield{pages}}}&#xA;&#xA;..&#xA;\DeclareBibliographyDriver{article}{%&#xA;..&#xA;\usebibmacro{pagecount}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and it works, but I think there must be some more elegant way than hardcode language into style. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does exist some command to switch to main language, or can I use some variable? I have found &lt;code&gt;\blx@languagename&lt;/code&gt;, but it holds only language of current record.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My solution bellow has little problem. It add spaces to output. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;SMITH, Alan; NEWMAN, Paul; PINKY, John   aj. Some title. 3rd ed. &#xA;  New York : MIT Press, 1991. 332  s.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;there should be of course just one space before aj. and s.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;biblatex redefines babel macro &lt;strong&gt;\bbl@set@language&lt;/strong&gt;, so probably some problem lies there. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If we have following sample&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,10pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[english,czech]{babel}&#xA;%\usepackage[backend=biber,style=apa,sorting=nyt,babel=other]{biblatex}&#xA;\makeatletter &#xA;   \newcommand\mainlanguage{\expandafter\bbl@set@language\expandafter{\bbl@main@language}}%&#xA;\newcommand\ml{[\bbl@main@language{}--\languagename]}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\ttfamily&#xA;(\mainlanguage) \ml &#xA;(\selectlanguage{czech}) \ml &#xA;(\selectlanguage{english}) \ml  &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;result is: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;() [czech--czech]() [czech--czech]() [czech--english]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;if we uncomment \usepackage[...]{biblatex}:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;(   ) [czech--czech](   ) [czech--czech]( ) [czech--english]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On base of &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/8981/retain-side-effects-but-discard-command-output&quot;&gt;another question&lt;/a&gt; I made macro for discard command output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newlength{\trashlength}&#xA;\def\ignoreoutput#1{\globaldefs=1 \settowidth{\trashlength}{#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;it discards spaces, but references are now without italics and dashes. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Question&lt;/strong&gt; &#xA;So, is there some other way how to discard spaces? Or is it better to find the source of spaces in &lt;em&gt;biblatex.sty&lt;/em&gt;? (I tried to do that, but with no success)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2891" LastEditorUserId="2891" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-19T14:59:25.930" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T20:12:32.593" Title="Biblatex - using two languages in one reference entry" Tags="&lt;biblatex&gt;&lt;languages&gt;&lt;babel&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8733" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8729" CreationDate="2011-01-11T17:06:34.617" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In some of the TeX engines, no way.&#xA;It depends on the TeX engine you use. Some of them can use a translate file (&lt;code&gt;foo.tcx&lt;/code&gt;) to do this. For example, pdfTeX:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;pdflatex -translate-file=natural.tcx foo.tex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T17:06:34.617" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8734" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8730" CreationDate="2011-01-11T17:07:47.983" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;From what I understood during a cumbersome submission, they have their own &quot;home&quot; typesetting programs. Providing the latex interface is just the top layer to help authors write their papers; afterwards, they translate it into their bottom layer language. Not sure however...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="660" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T17:07:47.983" />
  <row Id="8735" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8717" CreationDate="2011-01-11T17:21:42.517" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;mdframed&lt;/code&gt; package is a good suggestion.  Also, take a look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/boxes-with-text-and-math/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this example&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T17:21:42.517" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="8736" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8212" CreationDate="2011-01-11T17:34:57.677" Score="16" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The output routine is called either by TeX's normal page-breaking&#xA;mechanism, or by a macro putting a penalty of &amp;lt; or = -10000 in the output&#xA;list. This large penalties &lt;em&gt;communicate&lt;/em&gt; with the OTR. For example a penalty of -10001 is a &lt;em&gt;clearpage&lt;/em&gt;, whereas a -10004 is a float insertion etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Information on LaTeX output routine is very hard to find - and guessing from the comments in LaTeX's source, it is also hard to follow even for the LaTeX team!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The output routine is one of the more mysterious pieces&#xA;of TeX. The chapter of the TeXbook discussing output&#xA;routines claims that designing output routines makes one&#xA;achieve the level of a &lt;em&gt;Tex Grandmaster&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As is so often the case, mastery of the concept of an&#xA;output routine in plain TEX will only barely prepare you&#xA;for the complexities awaiting you with LaTeX’s variant of&#xA;an output routine. However, it is better to start by studying TeX's OTR first. Luckily, there is some help in a series of articles by that great TeX exegete David Salomon. They are all available online as TUGBoat articles.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb11-1/tb27salomon.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Output Routines: Examples and Techniques. Part I: Introduction and Examples.&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb11-2/tb28salomon.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Output Routines: Examples and Techniques. Part II: OTR Techniques&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb11-4/tb30salomon.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Output Routines: Examples and Techniques. Part III: Insertions&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb15-1/tb42salomon-output.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Output routines: Examples and techniques Part IV: Horizontal techniques&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Read the last part first! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For LaTeX you can read Frank Mittelbach's, published paper &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.latex-project.org/papers/xo-pfloat.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;xo-pfloat.pdf&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;in which he explains some of the problems facing the team, when dealing with the output routine. Reading it you will appreciate that &lt;em&gt;floats&lt;/em&gt; is still one of the &lt;em&gt;hard&lt;/em&gt; Computer Science problems and feel a bit of sympathy for Microsoft trying to do it interactively for multi-page documents!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is also an article by  David Kastrup &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb24-3/kastrup.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Output Routine Requirements for Advanced Typesetting Tasks&lt;/a&gt; (Proceedings of EuroTEX 2003) outlining some of the difficult areas and specifications for generic routines&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This would give you a bit of background to start deciphering &lt;code&gt;source2e&lt;/code&gt; itself. It is not all that hard, but one needs to get a good grounding at the standard building blocks such as insertions lists, here points etc. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In a nutshell all floats are put in boxes and then lists and unboxed by the algorithm. sometimes mind-boggling lists such as this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\gdef\@freelist{\@elt\bx@A\@elt\bx@B\@elt\bx@C\@elt\bx@D\@elt\bx@E&#xA;                 \@elt\bx@F\@elt\bx@G\@elt\bx@H\@elt\bx@I\@elt\bx@J&#xA;                 \@elt\bx@K\@elt\bx@L\@elt\bx@M\@elt\bx@N&#xA;                 \@elt\bx@O\@elt\bx@P\@elt\bx@Q\@elt\bx@R}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;These boxes are sometimes not enough and great insight can be obtained by reading the documentation of related packages such as &lt;code&gt;morefloats&lt;/code&gt;, which simply adds more boxes to the above list using 100's of expandafters!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are some useful macros in the code - one the way of using &lt;code&gt;@elt&lt;/code&gt; lists (they just equivalent to Knuth's double slashes). @elt is just a Lisp relic and is an abbreviation for  element). Also look up &lt;code&gt;@bitor&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;xbitor&lt;/code&gt; etc..&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Looking for hooks? Perhaps you can use the &lt;code&gt;AtBeginDvi&lt;/code&gt; in a similar way that &lt;code&gt;bobhook&lt;/code&gt; used it to add water-marks to a page. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lastly, just to touch on the &lt;em&gt;kludgeins&lt;/em&gt;. Depending on one's interpretation they can either  be &lt;em&gt;an ill-assorted collection of poorly-matching parts, forming a distressing whole&lt;/em&gt; or the more German &lt;em&gt;witty or smart&lt;/em&gt;, I go for the latter! My favourite quote from the source!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The star form of this command is&#xA;  dedicated to Leslie Lamport, the other&#xA;  we need for ourselves (FMi, CAR).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Great Team with a good sense of humour! Can't wait to hear from the other members here of the LaTeX3 way!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-15T03:46:43.490" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T03:46:43.490" CommentCount="12" />
  <row Id="8737" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8718" CreationDate="2011-01-11T18:27:32.127" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ySf0f.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T18:27:32.127" />
  <row Id="8738" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8717" CreationDate="2011-01-11T19:32:23.157" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The syntax is &lt;code&gt;\myFloat[optArgs left]{text left}[optArgs right]{text right}{caption}{label}&lt;/code&gt; the last two can be empty.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}% only for demo&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor,mdframed,caption}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\myFLoat{\@ifnextchar[{\myFloat@i}{\myFloat@i[]}}&#xA;\def\myFloat@i[#1]#2{\@ifnextchar[%&#xA;  {\myFloat@ii[#1]{#2}}%&#xA;  {\myFloat@ii[#1]{#2}[]}}&#xA;\def\myFloat@ii[#1]#2[#3]#4#5#6{\par\medskip%&#xA;%  \mdfsetup{innerleftmargin=10pt,innerrightmargin=10pt}%&#xA;  \noindent\begin{minipage}[t]{0.475\textwidth}\leavevmode&#xA;    \begin{mdframed}[#1]#2\end{mdframed}&#xA;  \end{minipage}\hfill&#xA;  \begin{minipage}[t]{0.475\textwidth}\leavevmode&#xA;    \begin{mdframed}[#3]#4\end{mdframed}&#xA;   \end{minipage}&#xA;  \ifx\relax#5\relax\else\captionof{figure}{#5}\fi%&#xA;  \ifx\relax#6\relax\else\label{#6}\fi\par}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\blindtext&#xA;\myFLoat[linecolor=blue,linewidth=2pt,backgroundcolor=yellow]{\blindtext}%&#xA;        [linecolor=red,linewidth=3pt]{\blindtext}%&#xA;        {my caption for this float}{myLabel}&#xA;&#xA;as seen in my Figure~\ref{myLabel} it works.&#xA;&#xA;\blindtext&#xA;\myFLoat[linecolor=blue,linewidth=2pt,backgroundcolor=yellow]{\blindtext}%&#xA;        [linecolor=red,linewidth=3pt]{\begin{align}y=\int\limits_1^2 f(x)dx\end{align}}%&#xA;        {my caption for this float}{myLabelB}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Lf9xc.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/QTpeI.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-11T22:03:20.343" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T22:03:20.343" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="8739" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8741" CreationDate="2011-01-11T19:37:39.237" Score="4" ViewCount="177" Body="&lt;p&gt;How to center a figure caption that's too long for a single line? Or at least, make the text in other lines line-up with text after &quot;Slika 1:&quot;. It currently looks like this &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/GWoNu.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2755" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T15:53:01.643" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T15:53:01.643" Title="Multiline figure caption centering" Tags="&lt;captions&gt;&lt;centering&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="8740" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8744" CreationDate="2011-01-11T19:40:04.430" Score="3" ViewCount="269" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using the following code. What should I do if I don't want the fixed indent from the left margin of my page?&#xA;‎&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[‎fleqn,oneside‎]{article}‎&#xA;‎\usepackage{amsmath}‎&#xA;....&#xA;\begin{align}&#xA;a_1&amp;amp; =b_1+c_1\\&#xA;a_2&amp;amp; =b_2+c_2-d_2+e_2&#xA;\end{align}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2895" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-11T20:00:23.447" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T20:00:23.447" Title="problem using option fleqn in amsmath package" Tags="&lt;amsmath&gt;&lt;align&gt;&lt;indentation&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="8741" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8739" CreationDate="2011-01-11T19:50:27.923" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/caption.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;caption&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[justification=centering]{caption}% or e.g. [format=hang]&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;\centering&#xA;\rule{1cm}{1cm}&#xA;\caption{This caption is very long---in fact, it is so long that it doesn't fit on one line}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T19:50:27.923" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8742" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8740" CreationDate="2011-01-11T19:54:21.523" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You have to determine the length &lt;code&gt;\mathindent&lt;/code&gt;. See code below for an example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[fleqn]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;\setlength{\mathindent}{\parindent}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{align}&#xA;    a_1 &amp;amp;= b_1+c_1 \\&#xA;    a_2 &amp;amp;= b_2+c_2-d_2+e_2&#xA;  \end{align}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T19:54:21.523" />
  <row Id="8743" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8740" CreationDate="2011-01-11T19:55:34.057" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[fleqn]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\setlength\parindent{0pt}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\hrulefill&#xA;&#xA;\begin{align}&#xA;a_1 &amp;amp;= b_1+c_1\\&#xA;a_2 &amp;amp;= b_2+c_2-d_2+e_2&#xA;\end{align}&#xA;&#xA;\setlength\mathindent{0pt}&#xA;\hrulefill&#xA;&#xA;\begin{align}&#xA;a_1 &amp;amp;= b_1+c_1\\&#xA;a_2 &amp;amp;= b_2+c_2-d_2+e_2&#xA;\end{align}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T19:55:34.057" />
  <row Id="8744" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8740" CreationDate="2011-01-11T19:57:54.477" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Set the length &lt;code&gt;\mathindent&lt;/code&gt; to zero:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setlength{\mathindent}{0pt}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T19:57:54.477" />
  <row Id="8745" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8747" CreationDate="2011-01-11T20:01:31.183" Score="3" ViewCount="90" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to clip a figure inserted with &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt; to contents? That is, remove all surrounding whitespace.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2755" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-12T09:44:19.043" LastActivityDate="2011-03-12T09:44:19.043" Title="Clipping a figure to content" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="8746" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8745" CreationDate="2011-01-11T20:05:29.993" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\includegraphics[viewport=llx lly urx ury, clip]{file}&#xA;\includegraphics[trim=llx lly urx ury, clip]{file}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T20:05:29.993" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8747" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8745" CreationDate="2011-01-11T20:08:33.640" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If your figure is in pdf format, use &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/pdfcrop&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pdfcrop&lt;/a&gt; to automatically crop all whitespace before inserting it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If it's not in pdf format - you could create a pdf of it before. ;-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Though there are graphic software tools to crop jpg and png as well. For example, ImageMagick with &lt;code&gt;convert -trim filename&lt;/code&gt; on the command prompt.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T20:08:33.640" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8748" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8730" CreationDate="2011-01-11T20:44:00.423" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;the ams generates journal issues using a combination of unix scripts and a &quot;template&quot;&#xA;produced from a database, identifying the articles to be included, the starting/ending page numbers, and other relevant data.  articles are processed individually -- there are no&#xA;&quot;mutual&quot; cross-references, so that complication is avoided -- and combined only after&#xA;the dvi/ps/pdf output is generated.  more scripts generate tables of contents, indexes, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;every publisher, no doubt, has their own procedure; some, i know from hearsay, resolve&#xA;all data into an xml archive.  the ams is possibly in the minority for using the latex files as the underlying archival data, but until either latex/xml/mathml translators become more reliable, or good, preferably free, xml-authoring tools for math are available, the volume of math in ams journals makes latex the most practical archival format.  we keep looking ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="579" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T20:44:00.423" />
  <row Id="8749" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8730" CreationDate="2011-01-11T20:46:27.487" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are various approaches. At one end of the spectrum, you have small-scale stuff which can be hand-edited into a single file. We do that for the &lt;a href=&quot;http://uk.tug.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;UK-TUG&lt;/a&gt; magazine &lt;a href=&quot;http://uk.tug.org/baskerville/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Baskerville&lt;/a&gt;. However, that would soon get impractical.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The next step is to typeset each document separately, with the class set to to pull in things like page numbers, then combine the pages either using TeX or something else. &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TUG&lt;/a&gt; do this for &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/tugboat&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TUGBoat&lt;/a&gt;, and I suspect other journals which do typeset from TeX work in a similar way. (Barbara may have more to say on this!)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are then a lot of journals, at least in my field, that accept TeX submissions but do not typeset the authors source directly.  I have a bit of insight here from my work on &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/achemso&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;achemso&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. What seems to happen is that the LaTeX source is imported into a database, in the same way that Word sources are. The papers are then typeset from the database, which may itself use TeX or another layout system.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T20:46:27.487" />
  <row Id="8750" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8752" CreationDate="2011-01-11T21:21:24.343" Score="4" ViewCount="209" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sorry to start a subjective question, but want to understand &quot;own.sty&quot; file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Other than all &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{}&lt;/code&gt; what sort of other commands can be added to the makeyourown.sty file. &#xA;Can you include &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt; command, and &lt;code&gt;\newcommands&lt;/code&gt; in it. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What sort of precaution / structure newbies should follow.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2036" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-11T21:42:05.030" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T22:08:48.327" Title="Make your own .sty files" Tags="&lt;package-writing&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="8751" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8750" CreationDate="2011-01-11T21:33:21.430" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Package files are just input literally, so you can use any command that you can use in document files. Most often it makes sense to include a small amount of identification metadata, to support options, etc.; see clsguide.pdf (&lt;code&gt;texdoc clsguide&lt;/code&gt;) for a good introduction.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T21:33:21.430" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="8752" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8750" CreationDate="2011-01-11T21:54:38.107" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is a skeleton for an own package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% this is my first package&#xA;% &#xA;% (c) Buffalo Bill&#xA;% LPPL LaTeX Public Project License&#xA;%  &#xA;\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/06/01]&#xA;\ProvidesPackage{mypackage}&#xA;  [2011/01/11 v0.01 LaTeX package for my own purpose]&#xA;&#xA;\def\hi{Hello, this is my own package}&#xA;\let\myDate\date&#xA;\newcommand\GoodBye[1][\bfseries]{{#1Good Bye}}&#xA;&#xA;\endinput&#xA;%%&#xA;%% End of file `mypackage.sty'.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-11T22:08:48.327" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T22:08:48.327" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8753" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1725" CreationDate="2011-01-11T21:55:19.317" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Personally I thought that looked pretty bad. I solved it by downloading the relevant button from &lt;a href=&quot;http://creativecommons.org/about/downloads&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://creativecommons.org/about/downloads&lt;/a&gt; as svg, converting it to pdf with Inkscape and including it as an image.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I did have to rename it, it seems that the two dots in the file name, by-nc-sa.eu.pdf confuses something, so you get an error, but by renaming it to by-nc-sa.pdf it worked fine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Importing the eps file also worked, except that I got cutmarks around the button!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2309" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T21:55:19.317" />
  <row Id="8754" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8730" CreationDate="2011-01-11T21:59:04.320" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm the managing editor of an academic journal and I've done some experiments in this area. For getting author names into the table of contents I created a new macro, \Article, which takes two arguments: the author and the title. This macro includes an \addtocontents{toc} command, which allows you to insert this information into the table of contents. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2360" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T21:59:04.320" />
  <row Id="8755" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8657" CreationDate="2011-01-11T21:59:43.133" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A quick cheap way to avoid the paragraph break is to say &lt;code&gt;\par&lt;/code&gt; (so that you're in vertical mode) and then put the subsection name into &lt;code&gt;\everypar&lt;/code&gt; instead of putting it directly onto the page.  That way, the subsection name isn't put onto the page until you type something that puts you back into horizontal mode.  For example, you can use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\mysubsection}[1]{%&#xA;  \par&#xA;  \pagebreak[2]%&#xA;  \refstepcounter{subsection}%&#xA;    \everypar={%&#xA;      {\setbox0=\lastbox}% Remove the indentation&#xA;      \addcontentsline{toc}{subsection}{%&#xA;        {\protect\makebox[0.3in][r]{\thesubsection.} \hspace*{3pt}#1}}%&#xA;      \textbf{\thesubsection\space\space{#1}. }%&#xA;      \everypar={}%&#xA;    }%&#xA;  \ignorespaces&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and then say&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\mysubsection{A new subsection}&#xA;&#xA;Whatever whatever whatever&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and you're in business.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2754" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T21:59:43.133" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8756" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11126" CreationDate="2011-01-11T22:12:08.453" Score="2" ViewCount="110" Body="&lt;p&gt;When using emacs+reftex-mode I may hit &quot;&lt;code&gt;C-c [&lt;/code&gt;&quot; and get a nice citation search menu for &lt;code&gt;\cite&lt;/code&gt; command. Is there a way to get the same menu for &lt;code&gt;csquotes&lt;/code&gt;' integrated quotations (e.g. &lt;code&gt;\displaycquote&lt;/code&gt;)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2896" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-07T23:34:10.060" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T13:45:53.663" Title="Nice citation search in emacs for csquotes quotation (like reftex's C-c [)" Tags="&lt;citing&gt;&lt;emacs&gt;&lt;quoting&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="8757" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7586" CreationDate="2011-01-11T22:26:02.027" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Two column layouts are actually pretty easy in Beamer. Transparent boxes can be done in Beamer pretty easily. Here's a link to a presentations that contains several drawings that I think would actually be tricky to accomplish in another presentations software, but in Beamer I was able to do by integrating Beamer with Tikz. &lt;a href=&quot;http://student.johnpdaigle.com/PDFs/route-recovery.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://student.johnpdaigle.com/PDFs/route-recovery.pdf&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The graphs that run through multiple colors/labels are actually single slides in Beamer, with notation to turn various bits of Tikz and Beamer code on and off.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Other advantages of Beamer include being able to use the same equation and algorithm code you use in other LaTeX documents. I tend to split most aspects of my documents into multiple files for exactly this purpose, so that I can isolate definitions of problems or special equations to multipurpose them in different documents. And example of how this works is in &lt;a href=&quot;http://code.google.com/p/graphcomplexity/source/browse/?repo=papers&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this repository&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Compared to others, my TeX code is not very sophisticated, but I think I get some very nice effects. For one thing, I was able to build the 30-slide presentation in that repository in under two hours.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1286" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T22:26:02.027" />
  <row Id="8758" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4302" CreationDate="2011-01-11T22:31:05.500" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think it depends quite a bit on the font you use.  I just tried the recommended macros with Lucida Bright, and in general the +'s were way too small and way too high. I got a reasonable result with the macros recommended in the C++ FAQ, but replacing &lt;code&gt;\tiny&lt;/code&gt; by &lt;code&gt;\small&lt;/code&gt; and raising the boxes only &lt;code&gt;.2ex&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;.4ex&lt;/code&gt;.  I suggest you experiment with your font. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T22:31:05.500" />
  <row Id="8759" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8795" CreationDate="2011-01-11T22:55:59.300" Score="7" ViewCount="239" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;amsfonts&lt;/code&gt; doesn't have lowercase caligraphic letters, so when you do &lt;code&gt;$\mathcal{Hello World}$&lt;/code&gt; you get some odd results. (Likewise for &lt;code&gt;\mathbb&lt;/code&gt; I believe)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, what surprises me is not that there aren't lowercase mathcal letters, but that given this, the document compiles at all! What is going on that means that &lt;code&gt;\mathcal{lowercase}&lt;/code&gt; is interpreted as being a string of random symbols? It seems what letter gets turned in to what symbol is constant, so this isn't just random: there's a reason why this happens as it does.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is going on? Can some explain the details of what's happening beneath the surface that means that LaTeX interprets lowercase letters inside &lt;code&gt;\mathcal&lt;/code&gt; as a variety of mathematical symbols?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[I don't understand enough to work out what tags would be relevant here...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="345" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-12T12:51:51.613" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T16:38:31.727" Title="Why do lower case mathcal letters show up as random symbols?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;font-encodings&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="8760" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1725" CreationDate="2011-01-11T22:57:47.817" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/ccicons&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;ccicons&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package contains much prettier icons than those provided by &lt;code&gt;cclisences&lt;/code&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't think there is a package that  defines macros for inserting CC license text into TeX documents, but it would be easy enough to make one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href=&quot;http://creativecommons.org/weblog/entry/4270&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this post&lt;/a&gt; on the creative commons website.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-24T15:51:50.690" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T15:51:50.690" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8761" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8691" CreationDate="2011-01-11T23:13:08.393" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you want to measure the size of a node that has already been typeset and named, you can use the following code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;% \getwidthofnode will measure the width of the node given as its second&#xA;% parameter and store it into the first parameter.&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand\getwidthofnode[2]{%&#xA;    \pgfextractx{#1}{\pgfpointanchor{#2}{east}}%&#xA;    \pgfextractx{\pgf@xa}{\pgfpointanchor{#2}{west}}% \pgf@xa is a length defined by PGF for temporary storage. No need to create a new temporary length.&#xA;    \addtolength{#1}{-\pgf@xa}%&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\newlength\TestLength&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \node (mynode) {bla};&#xA;    \getwidthofnode{\TestLength}{mynode}&#xA;    \showthe\TestLength&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T23:13:08.393" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8762" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8602" CreationDate="2011-01-11T23:30:30.777" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you can use ConTeXt to draw the labels (depends on how the figure is generated), then you can access the path of the label in metapost and manipulate it as you want. For example, look at the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pragma-ade.com/general/manuals/metafun-s.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;metafun manual&lt;/a&gt;, section 8.6 (in particular pages 367 and 369.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2011-01-11T23:30:30.777" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="8763" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8759" CreationDate="2011-01-12T00:31:00.233" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;All fonts &quot;live&quot; in special positioning tables. You can view for example the Euler Fraktur font and the calligraphic font tables using the package &lt;code&gt;fonttable&lt;/code&gt; and the following minimal example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article} &#xA;\usepackage{fonttable}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{amsfonts}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\fonttable{eufm10} %fraktur&#xA;\fonttable{eusm10} %calligrafic ?&#xA;\[ \mathfrak{A} \neq \mathcal{A} \]&#xA;&#xA;$\mathfrak{Hello World}$&#xA;$\mathcal{Hello World}$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you use lowercase and there is no symbol in its place the computer will just pick whatever is at that memory location. Sometimes, font authors stick various other symbols in these slots and you will see what appear as random symbols. That is why &#xA;&lt;code&gt;$\mathcal{HELLO WORLD}$&lt;/code&gt; will work but not &lt;code&gt;$\mathcal{hello world}$&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-12T16:38:31.727" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T16:38:31.727" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8764" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-12T00:39:58.597" Score="2" ViewCount="118" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I make a black border close to pages edge ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2899" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-12T03:58:28.700" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T06:31:01.300" Title="Border on page's edge" Tags="&lt;layout&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="8765" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8778" CreationDate="2011-01-12T01:20:54.230" Score="4" ViewCount="71" Body="&lt;p&gt;Todo package by default can display todo notes either as a superscript or as a marginpar (the package has appropriate options). Is there a way to display todo notes as normal text (without patching the package itself)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2896" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T04:25:02.607" Title="Turn off superscript in todo package" Tags="&lt;superscripts&gt;&lt;todonotes&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="8766" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8774" CreationDate="2011-01-12T02:12:26.717" Score="6" ViewCount="108" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am brand new to BibTeX, so I apologize if this question is painfully naive.  Up until now, I have been manually creating my bibliography for each paper using the environment &lt;code&gt;thebibliography&lt;/code&gt;.  I'm now in the process of creating a master .bib file that holds all of the citations that I will ever use.  However, I'm having a problem getting my bibliography to &lt;em&gt;look&lt;/em&gt; the way that I'd like.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I get the entry&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@article {EnoJen95,&#xA;    author = {Enochs, Edgar E. and Jenda, Overtoun M. G.},&#xA;     title = {Gorenstein injective and projective modules},&#xA;   journal = {Math. Z.},&#xA;  fjournal = {Mathematische Zeitschrift},&#xA;    volume = {220},&#xA;      year = {1995},&#xA;    number = {4},&#xA;     pages = {611--633},&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to be printed in the same way that the following would render:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{thebibliography}{}&#xA;\bibitem{EnoJen95} E.~E.~Enochs and O.~M.~G.~Jenda, &#xA;  \emph{Gorenstein injective and projective modules}, &#xA;  Math.~Z. \textbf{220}(4) (1995), 611--633.&#xA;\end{thebibliography}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, basically, the output should look like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[1]  E. E. Enochs and O. M. G. Jenda, &lt;em&gt;Gorenstein injective and projective modules&lt;/em&gt;, Math. Z. &lt;strong&gt;220&lt;/strong&gt;(4) (1995), 611-633.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any help would be appreciated...even if someone could steer me in the direction of a good resource for BibTeX styles.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1785" LastEditorUserId="1785" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-12T02:18:43.750" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T04:08:53.073" Title="Looking for a specific BibTeX style" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;formatting&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8767" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6332" CreationDate="2011-01-12T02:25:27.520" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could also use subfigures. See the tutorial below for an example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.andy-roberts.net/misc/latex/latextutorial6.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.andy-roberts.net/misc/latex/latextutorial6.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2901" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T02:25:27.520" />
  <row Id="8768" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8984" CreationDate="2011-01-12T02:26:13.840" Score="3" ViewCount="211" Body="&lt;p&gt;Does anyone know what is the font used in Mumford's &lt;strong&gt;Geometric Invariant Theory&lt;/strong&gt;? If yes is it available as package in LaTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PS: Look up the book in Google books. Note that the final chapters which were added later are typeset with CM fonts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="809" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-12T04:27:14.543" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T21:33:54.480" Title="Font in &quot;Geometric Invariant Theory&quot; by Mumford" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="8769" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8768" CreationDate="2011-01-12T02:59:44.467" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Have you tried the &lt;a href=&quot;http://new.myfonts.com/WhatTheFont/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;WhatTheFont&lt;/a&gt; website?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T02:59:44.467" />
  <row Id="8771" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8766" CreationDate="2011-01-12T04:02:19.537" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Consider making your Bibliography Style file own by running:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;latex makebst&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;from the command-line. It'll ask you a number of multiple choice questions about how to structure the bibliography, and produce a .bst file at the end of the process. You can certainly recreate what you're asking for here. (Though there are many other choices you'll have to make.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Consider looking into BibLaTeX as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T04:02:19.537" />
  <row Id="8772" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-01-12T04:08:28.297" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/equations&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'equations'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;equations&lt;/a&gt; is about the usage of the various environments to typeset displaystyle mathematics, e.g. &lt;code&gt;equation&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt;. General questions about mathematical typesetting should be tagged with &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/mathmode&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'mathmode'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;mathmode&lt;/a&gt;. It is possible to have both tags in the same question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Useful references for LaTeX users are &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/voss-mathmode.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Herbert Voß' &lt;em&gt;Math mode&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; and (if this recommended package is used) the &lt;a href=&quot;ftp://ftp.ams.org/pub/tex/doc/amsmath/amsldoc.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; user's guide&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-13T12:37:52.923" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T12:37:52.923" />
  <row Id="8773" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-01-12T04:08:28.297" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="{equations} is about the usage of the various environments to typeset displaystyle mathematics, e.g. `equation` and `align`. General questions about mathematical typesetting should be tagged with {mathmode}. It is possible to have both tags in the same question." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-13T12:44:14.360" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T12:44:14.360" />
  <row Id="8774" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8766" CreationDate="2011-01-12T04:08:53.073" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you are just starting out using &lt;code&gt;bibtex&lt;/code&gt; and you really need to make your own style, I would strongly recommend starting out with the &lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt; package rather than the standard &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt; package, since it provides fairly easy ways to customize almost any bibliography style you need using LaTeX methods rather than the rather obscure &lt;code&gt;.bst&lt;/code&gt; file language.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;BUT, before you start constructing your own, you should be aware that it's not a simple task: you've only specified the form for a &lt;em&gt;single&lt;/em&gt; reference type, but there are many others (books, papers in books, theses, etc.), so it's really a better idea to use a style that is already established (perhaps from a journal in your field, (or the AMS, since it looks like you are a mathematician. If that's the case, there is also the &lt;code&gt;amsrefs&lt;/code&gt; package, which should be part of your TeX distribution, and is a substitute for the &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt;+&lt;code&gt;bibtex&lt;/code&gt; route.)) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Furthermore, in addition to the style of your references, there is also the style of the citations in your text, and again, there are a variety of different types.  So you really don't want to re-invent the wheel, especially if you don't really know all of the possibilities that might arise.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to keep with &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt;+&lt;code&gt;bibtex&lt;/code&gt; there are a number of pre-made &lt;code&gt;.bst&lt;/code&gt; files.  Search on &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/contrib/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;CTAN's directory of &lt;code&gt;.bst&lt;/code&gt; files&lt;/a&gt; or search &lt;a href=&quot;http://bst.maururu.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;. You can also use the &lt;code&gt;makebst&lt;/code&gt; program (&lt;code&gt;latex makebst&lt;/code&gt;) which will step you through a bunch of questions to construct your own.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T04:08:53.073" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8775" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8779" CreationDate="2011-01-12T04:16:02.370" Score="2" ViewCount="230" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I use a table with alternately colored rows like this in a &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt; slide?  There seems to be a conflict with &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;xcolor&lt;/code&gt;.  I am using LyX too, bonus marks for something that works well in LyX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[table]{xcolor}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;\rowcolors{1}{tableShade}{white}&#xA;\rowcolors[]{2}{blue!20}{blue!10}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{ r p{4cm} l}\hline&#xA;\textbf{col1} &amp;amp;\textbf{col2} &amp;amp;\textbf{col3}\\\hline&#xA;&amp;amp; &amp;amp; \\&#xA;&amp;amp; &amp;amp; \\&#xA;&amp;amp; &amp;amp; \\&#xA;&amp;amp; &amp;amp; \\&#xA;&amp;amp; &amp;amp; \\&#xA;&amp;amp; &amp;amp; \\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="978" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-12T04:24:17.090" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T04:26:15.233" Title="Use xcolor for colored tables in a beamer slide" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;lyx&gt;&lt;color&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8776" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-01-12T04:18:44.320" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; is a LaTeX package provided by AMS that enhances LaTeX's mathematical typesetting  capabilities in various ways.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ams.org/publications/authors/tex/amslatex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;AMS-LaTeX page&lt;/a&gt; provides information and documentation about the package, in particular the &lt;a href=&quot;ftp://ftp.ams.org/pub/tex/doc/amsmath/amsldoc.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;user's guide&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For other packages provided by AMS, please use the appropriate tags &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/amsthm&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'amsthm'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;amsthm&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/amsart&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'amsart'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;amsart&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/amsrefs&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'amsrefs'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;amsrefs&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-12T04:18:44.320" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T04:18:44.320" />
  <row Id="8777" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-01-12T04:18:44.320" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="`amsmath` is a LaTeX package provided by AMS that enhances LaTeX's mathematical typesetting  capabilities in various ways." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-12T04:18:44.320" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T04:18:44.320" />
  <row Id="8778" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8765" CreationDate="2011-01-12T04:25:02.607" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can put the following in your preamble after loading the package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\let\@tododisplay\space&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This will put a space between the To Do text and what it is next to.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T04:25:02.607" />
  <row Id="8779" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8775" CreationDate="2011-01-12T04:26:15.233" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's easy:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[table]{beamer}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\PassOptionsToPackage{table}{xcolor}&#xA;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T04:26:15.233" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8780" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8781" CreationDate="2011-01-12T05:19:33.170" Score="3" ViewCount="78" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am writing  my own package called &lt;code&gt;mylisting.sty&lt;/code&gt; to format code inclusion for languanges: LaTeX, PSTricks, C#, and XML. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To maintain &lt;code&gt;mylisting.sty&lt;/code&gt; cleaner, I make a separate file for each language: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;LaTeXSettings.tex&lt;/code&gt; for LaTeX, &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;PSTricksSettings.tex&lt;/code&gt; for PSTricks, &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;CSharpSettings.tex&lt;/code&gt; for CSharp, and &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;XMLSettings.tex&lt;/code&gt; for XML. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it correct to use &lt;code&gt;\input{}&lt;/code&gt; within &lt;code&gt;mylisting.sty&lt;/code&gt; to import &lt;code&gt;LaTeXSettings.tex&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;PSTricksSettings.tex&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;CSharpSettings.tex&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;XMLSettings.tex&lt;/code&gt;? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or you have a better method to accomplish this objective?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T05:32:12.037" Title="Is using `\input{}` in a user defined package to partition it into smaller ones a correct way?" Tags="&lt;package-writing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="8781" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8780" CreationDate="2011-01-12T05:32:12.037" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's OK. You can use whatever file name (or extensions) you like. An extensible method is, like many packages use, to use a set of configuration/definition files. For example, in &lt;code&gt;graphics&lt;/code&gt; package macro &lt;code&gt;\Gin@driver&lt;/code&gt; is the driver file. The code is used as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareOption{dvips}{\def\Gin@driver{dvips.def}}&#xA;\DeclareOption{pdftex}{\def\Gin@driver{pdftex.def}}&#xA;% ...&#xA;\input{\Gin@driver}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T05:32:12.037" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="8782" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8764" CreationDate="2011-01-12T06:31:01.300" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/vMfvq.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[a4paper,margin=20mm]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{eso-pic,xcolor,lipsum,calc}&#xA;&#xA;\newlength\myborder&#xA;\myborder=10pt%please adjust the border width :-)&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\pagecolor{red}%please change it back to black :-)&#xA;&#xA;\AddToShipoutPictureBG&#xA;{%&#xA;    \AtPageLowerLeft&#xA;    {%&#xA;        \color{white}%&#xA;    \hspace{\myborder}%&#xA;    \rule[\myborder]{\paperwidth-2\myborder}{\paperheight-2\myborder}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T06:31:01.300" />
  <row Id="8783" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8658" CreationDate="2011-01-12T07:01:54.787" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think that there was something wrong with the LaTeX installation. I tried parsing the document with a plugin available for eclipse (&lt;a href=&quot;http://texlipse.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;). The document was parsed without any problems and the pdf was successfully generated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2873" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T07:01:54.787" />
  <row Id="8784" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8768" CreationDate="2011-01-12T07:12:47.557" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I suggest to use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.identifont.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;identifont&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T07:12:47.557" />
  <row Id="8786" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-12T07:34:52.570" Score="0" ViewCount="172" Body="&lt;p&gt;Does the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/excel2latex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;excel2latex&lt;/a&gt; package work with Excel 2010?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="637" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T07:34:52.570" ClosedDate="2011-02-08T09:36:14.650" Title="excel2latex in Excel 2010" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;packages&gt;" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8788" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-12T09:02:50.253" Score="2" ViewCount="199" Body="&lt;p&gt;Which one should I use &lt;code&gt;\begin{align}&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\begin{aligned}&lt;/code&gt; ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T19:55:53.180" Title="Which one should I use `\begin{align}` or `\begin{aligned}` ?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="8789" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8729" CreationDate="2011-01-12T09:20:01.120" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I asked for a way to write non-printable characters to a file, and Leo Liu's answer gives a way to do that &lt;code&gt;:)&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since my goal was in fact to reread the file in TeX, protecting it against changes in the catcode of &lt;code&gt;^&lt;/code&gt;, there is another way. The eTeX primitive &lt;code&gt;\scantokens&lt;/code&gt; rereads its argument (this is almost equivalent to writing to a file and rereading with possibly different catcodes). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To show how it works, we first make &lt;code&gt;^^A&lt;/code&gt; active, and define it to something.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\catcode`\^^A=13&#xA;\def^^A{text}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then we use it in a definition, and check that &lt;code&gt;\scantokens&lt;/code&gt; does what it should: the line expands to &lt;code&gt;Some text&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\foo{Some ^^A}&#xA;\expandafter\scantokens\expandafter{\foo}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, we change the catcode of &lt;code&gt;^&lt;/code&gt; to invalid (&lt;code&gt;15&lt;/code&gt;), and repeat the process. The same &lt;code&gt;Some text&lt;/code&gt; is typeset.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\catcode`\^=15\relax&#xA;\expandafter\scantokens\expandafter{\foo}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The fact that TeX does not complain about the characters &lt;code&gt;^^&lt;/code&gt; is that they have in fact disappeared: &lt;code&gt;^^A&lt;/code&gt; was changed to one character when defining &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T09:20:01.120" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-01-12T09:20:01.120" />
  <row Id="8790" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8580" CreationDate="2011-01-12T09:28:03.957" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Well the 1/4 is not the remainder, it is the last part of the first argument. The line you are trying to change is the line which shows both polynomials. You can see this if you use a bit simpler arguments:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{polynom,array}&#xA;\usepackage[table]{xcolor}&#xA;&#xA;\arrayrulecolor{red}&#xA;\arrayrulewidth=0.8pt&#xA;\def\strut{\rule[-6pt]{0pt}{12pt}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\polylongdiv[style=A]{x^3-1}{x^2+1}&#xA;&#xA;\bigskip&#xA;&#xA;\polylongdiv[style=B]{x^3-1}{x^2+1}&#xA;&#xA;\bigskip&#xA;&#xA;\polylongdiv[style=C]{x^3-1}{x^2+1}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: The good news are that the remainder is accessible:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{polynom}&#xA;\usepackage[table]{xcolor}&#xA;&#xA;\arrayrulecolor{red}&#xA;\arrayrulewidth=0.8pt&#xA;\def\strut{\rule[-6pt]{0pt}{12pt}}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand*\polylongdiv[1][]{%&#xA;    \begingroup&#xA;    \let\pld@stage\maxdimen \polyset{#1}%&#xA;    \pld@GetPoly{\pld@polya\pld@polyb}%&#xA;                {\pld@LongDividePoly\pld@polya\pld@polyb&#xA;                 \pld@PrintLongDiv\\&#xA;                 $\expandafter\pld@PrintRemain\expandafter{\pld@remainder}$%new&#xA;    \endgroup \ignorespaces}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\polylongdiv[style=A,stage=5]{x^3-1}{x^2+1}&#xA;&#xA;\bigskip&#xA;&#xA;\polylongdiv[style=A]{\frac{3}{7}x^9+x^2-\frac{1}{4}}{\frac{9}{5}x^4-1}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I don't have the time to find out how to insert it correctly in the array. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastEditorUserId="2388" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-12T11:55:08.677" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T11:55:08.677" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="8791" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-12T10:01:05.643" Score="17" ViewCount="419" Body="&lt;p&gt;Usually I don't mind about LaTeX's compilation speed, because a paper of less than 20 pages is compiled rather fast.  However, I am working on a large document - A report with more than 80 pages.  Compilation times are starting to slow me down.  I saw the couple of answers here on this topic, but most of my graphics are external and I don't use Tikz.  In a matter of fact, I'm not sure what's slowing the compilation down, other than the amount of text and required layout.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;What's your best speeding-tex-up trick, other than externalizing graphics and pre-compiling the preamble?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;How can I know what's slowing TeX down?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1527" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T15:23:58.080" Title="Speeding up LaTeX compilation" Tags="&lt;compiling&gt;&lt;performance&gt;" AnswerCount="6" FavoriteCount="7" />
  <row Id="8792" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8791" CreationDate="2011-01-12T10:07:32.393" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;large documents start with pages &gt;500 ...&#xA;Create a script which runs:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;pdflatex -draftmode file&#xA;bibtex file # or biber&#xA;makeindex file.idx # if needed&#xA;makeindex -s style.gls ...# for glossary if needed&#xA;pdflatex -draftmode file&#xA;pdflatex file&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The compilation can now be speedup if you run &lt;code&gt;bibtex/makeindex/...&lt;/code&gt; only when there were changes in this area. Can be detected with a &lt;code&gt;diff&lt;/code&gt; for the auxiliary files.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-12T13:07:16.827" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T13:07:16.827" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="8793" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8791" CreationDate="2011-01-12T10:21:50.980" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Beware of Greeks bearing gifts... Apparently, the nice &lt;code&gt;todonotes&lt;/code&gt; package that I used dragged Tikz along with it, and introduced a &lt;strong&gt;major&lt;/strong&gt; slowdown.  Switching to simple marginpars gave a nice speedup.  It should be noted that this package is a performance Trojan horse.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1527" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-12T13:08:10.057" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T13:08:10.057" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="8794" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8796" CreationDate="2011-01-12T10:51:15.960" Score="3" ViewCount="92" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using the &lt;code&gt;todonotes&lt;/code&gt; package with the article class to take class notes, and using the todos as markers (date, comments and so on) so I don't want to use the bright orange, which steals focus. I wanted to redefine the default color value as demonstrated in the todonotes readme (and change the color value to my liking):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\todoredefined}[2][]&#xA;{\todo[color=red, #1]{#2}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But nothing changes. Here's a MWE with all the packages I have loaded, should they have some known problems with todonotes:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{gensymb}&#xA;\usepackage[icelandic]{babel} &#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}  &#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{siunitx}&#xA;\usepackage{todonotes}&#xA;\usepackage{enumerate}&#xA;\usepackage{mhchem}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\todoredefined}[2][]&#xA;{\todo[color=red, #1]{#2}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;    Something\todo{This should be red by now...}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I compile this code I still get orange todos. Am I overlooking something or is this code sample obsolete?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1614" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T11:03:24.233" Title="Redefine default color of todonotes" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;todonotes&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="8795" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8759" CreationDate="2011-01-12T10:55:49.420" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;TeX was created long before character sets and fonts were standardized by Unicode and OpenType. Each mathematical font contains only 128 glyphs (&quot;newer&quot; versions of TeX allow 256 glyphs, but the Computer Modern math fonts use only 128. For Latin letters, the default font is &lt;code&gt;cmmi&lt;/code&gt; (Computer Modern Math Italic) which contains uppercase and lowercase letters; the &lt;code&gt;\mathcal&lt;/code&gt; command simply switches all letters to &lt;code&gt;cmsy&lt;/code&gt; (Computer Modern Math Symbols), which happens to contain calligraphic uppercase letters at the correct positions, but no lowercase calligraphic letters; instead it has various operators and other symbols (thus the font name &quot;Symbols&quot;) at the position where normally the lowercase letters reside. See the LaTeX Encoding Guide (&lt;code&gt;texdoc encguide&lt;/code&gt;), section A.4 for the exact encoding tables. There have been attempts to standardize mathematical encodings, but they have never been successful (at least in the LaTeX world), and today only OpenType and Unicode matter, where such issues cannot arise because everything is completely standardized.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Side note: This behavior is unrelated to the AMS fonts; the AMS fonts don't contain any medium-weight calligraphic characters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T10:55:49.420" />
  <row Id="8796" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8794" CreationDate="2011-01-12T11:03:24.233" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You get orange todos because you do not use your new command. The &lt;code&gt;todo&lt;/code&gt; command is still defined as always, with orange background, but if you use your &lt;code&gt;todoredefined&lt;/code&gt; command instead, the background will be red.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, an easier way of doing this is to add &lt;code&gt;color=red&lt;/code&gt; as an option to the package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[color=red]{todonotes}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Text \todo{Nothing}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: You can set the color of the background, border and line from note to text separately, see the &lt;code&gt;todonotes&lt;/code&gt; manual, section 1.2.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="586" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T11:03:24.233" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8797" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8788" CreationDate="2011-01-12T11:15:33.410" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you have a series of equations that you want to have mutual alignment, then you would use &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt;. If the equations are part of a larger equation, then &lt;code&gt;aligned&lt;/code&gt; is the right environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I often will use &lt;code&gt;\begin{equation}\begin{aligned} ... \end{aligned}\end{equation}&lt;/code&gt; to give a single equation number to a group, for example if I'm showing steps.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T11:15:33.410" />
  <row Id="8798" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8791" CreationDate="2011-01-12T11:43:15.840" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The most useful trick I know is: do not do textual changes and layout changes at the same time, but make a clear division between them. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I first fix up all the text issues (there is hardly any need to recompile during that cycle) and only afterwards worry about layout and page breaks. The separation means that in the second cycle, I can usually tackle more than one display problem simultaneously.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The second most useful trick I know is: buy a faster computer with more RAM.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Precompilation of the header will only save you some startup time, but does nothing for consecutive pages, so the effect diminishes as your document grows.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T11:43:15.840" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8800" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-01-12T12:14:14.113" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/biblatex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; provides advanced bibliographic typesetting features for LaTeX. It can be used as a replacement for packages like &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/natbib&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. It is used either within a normal &lt;code&gt;latex bibtex latex&lt;/code&gt; compile cycle, or with &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/biber&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;biber&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; replacing &lt;code&gt;bibtex&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Related tags&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If your question concerns bibliography formatting generally you might want to use the &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/bibliographies&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'bibliographies'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;bibliographies&lt;/a&gt; tag in addition to this tag.  If your question is about a specific &lt;code&gt;.bst&lt;/code&gt; style, or &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt; you should use the &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/bibtex&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'bibtex'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;bibtex&lt;/a&gt; and/or &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/natbib&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'natbib'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;natbib&lt;/a&gt; tags instead. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Should I use &lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Humanities style citations&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt; is almost required if you need any of the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;humanities style citations (author-title type schemes; citations using &lt;em&gt;ibid&lt;/em&gt; etc.)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;a much wider array of BibTeX database fields (again, especially suited for the humanities)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Unicode encoded &lt;code&gt;.bib&lt;/code&gt; files (usable with the &lt;code&gt;biber&lt;/code&gt; replacement for &lt;code&gt;bibtex&lt;/code&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;fine control over your own bibliography styles using regular &lt;code&gt;latex&lt;/code&gt; methods&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Author-year and numeric citations&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt; provides the same functionality as &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt; for author-year and numeric citations common in the natural and social sciences.  It can therefore be used as a replacement for &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You might want to use &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt; if:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;there is a  &lt;code&gt;.bst&lt;/code&gt; file already created for the specific journal you submitting a paper to; &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;a journal accepts &lt;code&gt;latex&lt;/code&gt; submissions and requires or expects &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt;.  Such journal may not accept &lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt; for the bibliography.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, many new journal styles are being created for &lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt;, so this may become less of a problem.  Given the flexibility of adapting &lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt; styles, in many cases it may be quite easy to modify an existing style to accommodate a particular journal's style.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Available biblatex styles&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In addition to the standard styles that are documented in the &lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt; manual, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/cgi-bin/search.py?metadataSearchSubmit=Search&amp;amp;metadataSearch=biblatex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;CTAN&lt;/a&gt; currently lists the following extra style packages for &lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/biblatex-chem&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;biblatex-chem&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;  Chemistry styles for biblatex.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/biblatex-chicago&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;biblatex-chicago&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;    Chicago style files for biblatex.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/biblatex-dw&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;biblatex-dw&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;  Humanities styles for biblatex.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/biblatex-historian&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;biblatex-historian&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;    A Biblatex style.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/biblatex-ieee&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;biblatex-ieee&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;  IEEE style files for biblatex.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/biblatex-jura&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;biblatex-jura&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;  Biblatex stylefiles for German legal literature.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/biblatex-mla&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;biblatex-mla&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;    MLA style files for biblatex.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/biblatex-nature&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;biblatex-nature&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;  Biblatex support for the journal Nature.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/biblatex-philosophy&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;biblatex-philosophy&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;  Styles for using biblatex for work in philosophy.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/biblatex-science&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;biblatex-science&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;    Biblatex support for the journal Science.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T23:58:31.007" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T23:58:31.007" />
  <row Id="8801" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-01-12T12:14:14.113" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="BibLaTeX provides advanced bibliographic typesetting for LaTeX." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-12T12:14:14.113" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T12:14:14.113" />
  <row Id="8802" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-01-12T12:18:14.623" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;(Description no longer available)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T08:27:50.430" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T08:27:50.430" />
  <row Id="8803" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-01-12T12:18:14.623" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="(Description no longer available)" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T08:27:52.397" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T08:27:52.397" />
  <row Id="8804" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-12T12:45:52.537" Score="7" ViewCount="353" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt; class is a popular choice for writing nice looking documents. Memoir gives you a lot of control over how section headings and so on look. Memoir doesn't, however have the nice shortcuts that change all the commands at once, so you have to have, for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setsecheadstyle{\LARGE\scshape\raggedright}&#xA;\setsubsecheadstyle{\large\scshape\raggedright}&#xA;\setsubsubsecheadstyle{\normalsize\scshape\raggedright}&#xA;\setbeforesecskip{-1.5ex plus -.5ex minus -.2ex}&#xA;\setaftersecskip{1.3ex plus .2ex}&#xA;\setbeforesubsecskip{-1.25ex plus -.5ex minus -.2ex}&#xA;\setaftersubsecskip{1ex plus .2ex}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That is, you need a styling command for each level, plus two spacing commands for each level (note even this doesn't change paragraph styling or, in fact, spacing for subsubsec). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So what I'd like, as answers to this question are collections of memoir section styling commands that look nice and are consistent. The idea would then be to collect them, give them names, and offer them as a package, or suggest they be included in a future version of memoir. How exactly the restylings would be called in the document is as yet undetermined (simplest would be just to have each one a macro: &lt;code&gt;\def\makesectionssc{\setsecheadstyle{etc...&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For chapter headings, memoir &lt;em&gt;does&lt;/em&gt; contain nice quick commands for globally modifying the chapter headings, but it doesn't extend to lower levels. So ideally, I'd like the suggestions below to also have a &quot;serving suggestion&quot; of which chapter styles they fit with.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt; package provides nice package options for a quick way to modify all section commands consistently. So &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[small,compact]{titlesec}&lt;/code&gt; makes all the sectioning commands smaller, and shrinks the spacing. Titlesec is sort of compatible with memoir. If you use titlesec, it overwrites all your memoir commands, however. So a memoir only solution is preferred.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-24T11:40:04.357" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T12:37:59.023" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-01-12T13:16:14.753" Title="Examples of &quot;styles&quot; for section headings with memoir" Tags="&lt;memoir&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="8805" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8791" CreationDate="2011-01-12T12:59:32.030" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think the most effective way to save time is to avoid compiling the document time and time again. Compilations are often not really needed, when we change several words or a simple equation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For large documents, we can split them into small pieces using &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt; command. Then &lt;code&gt;\includeonly&lt;/code&gt; helps us to compile the only piece we are interested in, leaving the whole compilation to the last stage.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For complex tables or graphs made by TeX, put them into seperate TeX files first to verify the code, then add them to the document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sometimes compilation options may affect the speed. &lt;code&gt;pdflatex -interaction=batchmode foo&lt;/code&gt; is often faster than &lt;code&gt;pdflatex foo&lt;/code&gt;, this avoid scrolling informations. There may be more, say, &lt;code&gt;xelatex -no-pdf foo&lt;/code&gt; is faster than &lt;code&gt;xelatex foo&lt;/code&gt;, if it isn't the last round.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T12:59:32.030" />
  <row Id="8806" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8804" CreationDate="2011-01-12T13:26:36.123" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;From the &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt; manual:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;As well as the emulated packages&#xA;  memoir provides functions equivalent&#xA;  to those in the following packages,&#xA;  although the class does not prevent&#xA;  you from using them: &lt;code&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;framed&lt;/code&gt;,&#xA;  &lt;code&gt;geometry&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;sidecap&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;subfigure&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So is there evidence that &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt; don't &quot;play nice&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[oneside]{memoir}&#xA;\usepackage[small,sf,compact]{titlesec}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\chapter{}&#xA;\section{A section}&#xA;\subsection{A subsection}&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;enter code here&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T13:26:36.123" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-01-12T13:26:36.123" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="8807" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-12T13:29:14.163" Score="1" ViewCount="59" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have some images in my tex file. I had those images in .ps extension. When I create .ps file its capacity is more that 5mb. But I had to upload less that 1mb .ps file. So how can I do that ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2908" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-12T13:47:04.787" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T14:33:25.377" Title="How to create minimum capacity .ps file" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8808" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-12T13:54:21.083" Score="1" ViewCount="141" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to make some notes for my beamer slides, using the &lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt; class and &lt;code&gt;beamerarticle&lt;/code&gt;. However, some of the commands I use in my slides --- specifically, the ones that insert previously set values (&lt;code&gt;\inserttitle&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\insertauthor&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\secname&lt;/code&gt;) seem to be missing when using &lt;code&gt;beamerarticle&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've looked briefly at the &lt;code&gt;beamerbasearticle.sty&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;beamerbasetitle.sty&lt;/code&gt; files (which are being included properly as far as I can tell), but my tex-fu is not strong enough to glean much useful information, except in so far as it appears that the commands I want should be working fine...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are there some commands I can use to help track this down? (e.g., to confirm that &lt;code&gt;\inserttitle&lt;/code&gt; is not defined)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using pdfTeX 3.1415926-1.40.10-2.2 (TeX Live 2009/Debian)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;slide-notes.tex&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{beamerarticle}&#xA;\usepackage{fullpage}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\DeclareGraphicsExtensions{.pdf,.png,.jpg}&#xA;\graphicspath{{../media-inc/}}&#xA;&#xA;\include{tex/util}&#xA;\input{tex/presentation}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Start of &lt;code&gt;tex/presentation.tex&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\pubdate}{January 2011}&#xA;\newcommand{\reviewtitle}{Monocular Visual SLAM on a Micro Air Vehicle}&#xA;\newcommand{\authorname}{John Bartholomew}&#xA;&#xA;\title{\reviewtitle}&#xA;\titlegraphic{\includegraphics[height=20mm]{MAV-side}}&#xA;\author[\authorname]{\authorname}&#xA;\institute[UoB]{University of Bristol}&#xA;\date{\pubdate}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}[plain]&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;\inserttitlegraphic\\[6mm]&#xA;\inserttitle\\[8mm]&#xA;\insertauthor&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;pdflatex output is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;pdflatex -file-line-error-style -halt-on-error slide-notes&#xA;This is pdfTeX, Version 3.1415926-1.40.10 (TeX Live 2009/Debian)&#xA; restricted \write18 enabled.&#xA;entering extended mode&#xA;(./slide-notes.tex&#xA;LaTeX2e &amp;lt;2009/09/24&amp;gt;&#xA;Babel &amp;lt;v3.8l&amp;gt; and hyphenation patterns for english, usenglishmax, dumylang, noh&#xA;yphenation, loaded.&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/base/article.cls&#xA;Document Class: article 2007/10/19 v1.4h Standard LaTeX document class&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/base/size10.clo))&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/beamer/base/beamerarticle.sty&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/beamer/base/beamerbasercs.sty)&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/beamer/base/beamerbasemodes.sty&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/beamer/base/beamerbasedecode.sty))&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/beamer/base/beamerbasearticle.sty&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/graphics/keyval.sty)&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/beamer/base/beamerbaseoptions.sty)&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/xcolor/xcolor.sty&#xA;(/etc/texmf/tex/latex/config/color.cfg)&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/pdftex-def/pdftex.def))&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/beamer/base/beamerbasecompatibility.sty)&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/beamer/base/beamerbasefont.sty)&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/beamer/base/beamerbasemisc.sty)&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/beamer/base/beamerbasetwoscreens.sty)&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/beamer/base/beamerbaseoverlay.sty)&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/beamer/base/beamerbasetitle.sty)&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/beamer/base/beamerbasesection.sty)&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/beamer/base/beamerbaseframe.sty)&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/beamer/base/beamerbaseverbatim.sty)&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/beamer/base/beamerbaseframesize.sty)&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/beamer/base/beamerbaseframecomponents.sty)&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/beamer/base/beamerbasecolor.sty)&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/beamer/base/beamerbasenotes.sty)&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/beamer/base/beamerbasetoc.sty)&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/beamer/base/beamerbasetemplates.sty&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/beamer/base/beamerbaseauxtemplates.sty))&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/beamer/base/beamerbaselocalstructure.sty)&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/beamer/base/beamerbasenavigation.sty)&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/beamer/base/beamerbasetheorems.sty&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/translator/translator.sty&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/translator/translator-language-mappings.tex&#xA;)) (/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/amsmath/amsmath.sty&#xA;For additional information on amsmath, use the `?' option.&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/amsmath/amstext.sty&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/amsmath/amsgen.sty))&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/amsmath/amsbsy.sty)&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/amsmath/amsopn.sty))&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/amscls/amsthm.sty))&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/beamer/base/beamerbasethemes.sty)))&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/preprint/fullpage.sty)&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/graphics/graphicx.sty&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/graphics/graphics.sty&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/graphics/trig.sty)&#xA;(/etc/texmf/tex/latex/config/graphics.cfg)))&#xA;\@input{tex/util.aux}&#xA;(./tex/util.tex) (./tex/presentation.tex (./slide-notes.aux)&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/context/base/supp-pdf.mkii&#xA;[Loading MPS to PDF converter (version 2006.09.02).]&#xA;)&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/translator/translator-theorem-dictionary-En&#xA;glish.dict) &amp;lt;../media-inc/MAV-side.pdf, id=1, 455.10695pt x 257.53128pt&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;use ../media-inc/MAV-side.pdf&amp;gt;&#xA;./tex/presentation.tex:17: Undefined control sequence.&#xA;l.17 \inserttitle&#xA;                 \\[8mm]&#xA;./tex/presentation.tex:17:  ==&amp;gt; Fatal error occurred, no output PDF file produc&#xA;ed!&#xA;Transcript written on slide-notes.log.&#xA;make: *** [slides] Error 1&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2907" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-07T23:12:13.433" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T23:12:13.433" Title="beamerarticle not defining \inserttitle and co" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;" />
  <row Id="8809" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8807" CreationDate="2011-01-12T13:58:11.460" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Convert your &lt;code&gt;.ps&lt;/code&gt; image to a &lt;code&gt;.pdf&lt;/code&gt; using &lt;code&gt;ps2pdf.exe&lt;/code&gt;. The size will be reduced significantly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And if you want to import the resulting &lt;code&gt;.pdf&lt;/code&gt; image, just import it from your (La)TeX main document using &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics[]{}&lt;/code&gt; (from &lt;code&gt;graphicx.sty&lt;/code&gt;) and compile using &lt;code&gt;pdflatex.exe&lt;/code&gt;. Done!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Edit 1&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Online converter is also possible free of charge. Visit &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.go2convert.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this link&lt;/a&gt;. Make sure your pic is not confidential. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T13:58:11.460" />
  <row Id="8810" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8812" CreationDate="2011-01-12T13:59:30.180" Score="4" ViewCount="240" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to include verbatim in a caption of a figure. I only want part of it to be verbatim, not the entire caption. The simple approach does not work because verbatim is not allowed in arguments of other commands, as &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2245/verbatim-description-list-item/2250#2250&quot;&gt;this answer&lt;/a&gt; explains. I tried using &lt;code&gt;\SaveVerb&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\UseVerb&lt;/code&gt;, but this does not work either. Is there a way to achieve this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The code I used was the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\SaveVerb{term}|test|&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;\caption{This is a \UseVerb{term}.}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This did not compile (I will update the error message when I get home, don't have access to it right now). However, I already fixed this, as I explain in &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/8810/how-to-include-verbatim-in-a-figure-caption/8812#8812&quot;&gt;my own answer&lt;/a&gt; to this question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2894" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-14T08:14:38.717" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T08:14:38.717" Title="How to include verbatim in a figure caption?" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;captions&gt;&lt;verbatim&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="8811" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8810" CreationDate="2011-01-12T14:04:55.403" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Everything can also be done with &lt;code&gt;\texttt&lt;/code&gt;, not so short as with verb, but it is possible. A backslash is &lt;code&gt;\textbackslash&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-14T08:09:35.600" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T08:09:35.600" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8812" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8810" CreationDate="2011-01-12T14:10:40.077" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ok, the simple solution was to use &lt;code&gt;\protect&lt;/code&gt; before &lt;code&gt;\UseVerb&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\SaveVerb{term}|test|&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;\caption{This is a \protect\UseVerb{term}.}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2894" LastEditorUserId="2894" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-13T08:55:02.283" LastActivityDate="2011-01-13T08:55:02.283" />
  <row Id="8813" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8791" CreationDate="2011-01-12T14:11:38.463" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is a tip:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Beamer+graphics is a another time-consuming combination that I revisit every now and then when preparing presentations. What I do is keep all my graphics in a directory &lt;code&gt;images&lt;/code&gt; that is actually a symbolic link to either &lt;code&gt;images-hires&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;images-lowres&lt;/code&gt;. The latter is a script-generated directory with a copy of each image in &lt;code&gt;image-hires&lt;/code&gt; but with a considerable resize transformation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This process could be even smarter with a small preamble that checks the &lt;code&gt;draft&lt;/code&gt; option of the document class and sets the correct path with &lt;code&gt;\graphicspath&lt;/code&gt;. But I haven't done it because I didn't know this macro before and I am not very skilled at LaTeX/TeX macros and magics. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="146" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T14:11:38.463" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8814" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8810" CreationDate="2011-01-12T14:11:46.117" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A new package &lt;code&gt;cprotect&lt;/code&gt;(released no more than 2 weeks ago), solve this problem prefectly. And it is much easier to use.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{cprotect}&#xA;&#xA;\cprotect\caption{blah \verb|#$%^&amp;amp;| blah...}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/cprotect.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/cprotect.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are still several other solutions. As is referred, &lt;code&gt;\SaveVerb&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\UseVerb&lt;/code&gt; from &lt;code&gt;fancyvrb&lt;/code&gt; is also useful. And you can even do it mannually all by yourself:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% in preamble&#xA;\newsavebox\verbbox&#xA;% in document env.&#xA;\begin{lrbox}{\verbbox}&#xA;\verb|@#$%#%|&#xA;\end{lrbox}&#xA;\caption{\usebox{\verbbox}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-12T15:02:56.230" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T15:02:56.230" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="8815" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8807" CreationDate="2011-01-12T14:33:25.377" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;if you are using Miktex (I am not sure for Texlive), you may want to optimize your .eps/.ps figures with the &lt;code&gt;epstoeps&lt;/code&gt; command line. Also, when you create a postscript figure with your favourite application, make sure to think about the number of points of your simulation, or the definition of included objects in general&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T14:33:25.377" />
  <row Id="8816" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8791" CreationDate="2011-01-12T15:23:58.080" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Regarding your first question: the most noticeable speedup I've witnessed so far can be achieved by compiling to DVI instead of PDF. You may not be able to do that depending on the packages you use, however, but you could give it a try.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="440" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T15:23:58.080" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8817" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-12T15:46:29.890" Score="4" ViewCount="111" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have to cite several OMG standards and specifications in a paper, such as &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.omg.org/cgi-bin/doc?ptc/03-10-04&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;MOF&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.omg.org/cgi-bin/doc?ptc/2003-09-15&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;UML&lt;/a&gt;, etc.  What's the best BibTeX entry format to do so?  These are not articles or conference papers.  They are not exactly books, as they are not printed for publishing.  They are also not exactly technical reports, since that the OMG does not have any other sort of publications.  The &quot;misc&quot; type seems, however, somewhat demeaning for widely-adopted standards.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What sort of BibTeX entry, and with what fields, have you used to cite OMG specs (if you ever had to)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1527" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T10:06:38.000" Title="How to cite OMG specifications?" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;citing&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="8818" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6862" CreationDate="2011-01-12T15:48:52.443" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another option is to use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/truncate.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;truncate&lt;/a&gt; package, with fancyhdr, which truncates the header if it's too long, and adds an elypsis at the end:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \usepackage[fit]{truncate}&#xA; \usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA; \pagestyle{fancy}&#xA; \fancyhead[RO,LE]{\truncate{.95\headwidth}{\leftmark}}&#xA; \fancyfoot[C]{\thepage}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1845" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T15:48:52.443" />
  <row Id="8819" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-12T15:55:56.727" Score="1" ViewCount="413" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've recently been using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/tufte-latex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Edward Tufte&lt;/a&gt; inspired style file (the handout option) for my documents and a &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.martin-kumm.de/tex_gantt_package.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Gantt chart&lt;/a&gt; package. However, if I put &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{gantt}&lt;/code&gt; in my preamble it prevents some code that previously worked fine (a set of frameboxes in a figure environment), from working. Is there any way around this issue? I assume it is something to do with the namespace of variables in each package, but I don't know enough latex markup to be able to inspect this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using TeXshop on a Mac with OSX, and have both .sty files in the folder where I am working. The problem appears to be with this structure:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\framebox(150,150){\includegraphics[width=0.3\linewidth]{image1.pdf}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where I make a framebox (and place an image in the framebox, though the error occurs without any image in there).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is the code that I am using:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[justified,marginals=raggedright]{tufte-handout}% justification&#xA;&#xA;%\geometry{showframe}% for debugging purposes -- displays the margins&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{gantt}&#xA;&#xA;% Set up the images/graphics package&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{minibox}&#xA;\setkeys{Gin}{width=\linewidth,totalheight=\textheight,keepaspectratio}&#xA;\graphicspath{{graphics/}}&#xA;&#xA;\title{Analysis}&#xA;\author[]{The authors}&#xA;\date{\today{}}  % if the \date{} command is left out, the current date will be used&#xA;&#xA;% The following package makes prettier tables.  We're all about the bling!&#xA;\usepackage{booktabs}&#xA;&#xA;% The units package provides nice, non-stacked fractions and better spacing&#xA;% for units.&#xA;\usepackage{units}&#xA;&#xA;% The fancyvrb package lets us customize the formatting of verbatim&#xA;% environments.  We use a slightly smaller font.&#xA;\usepackage{fancyvrb}&#xA;\fvset{fontsize=\normalsize}&#xA;&#xA;% Small sections of multiple columns&#xA;\usepackage{multicol}&#xA;&#xA;% Provides paragraphs of dummy text&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;% These commands are used to pretty-print LaTeX commands&#xA;\newcommand{\doccmd}[1]{\texttt{\textbackslash#1}}% command name -- adds backslash automatically&#xA;\newcommand{\docopt}[1]{\ensuremath{\langle}\textrm{\textit{#1}}\ensuremath{\rangle}}% optional command argument&#xA;\newcommand{\docarg}[1]{\textrm{\textit{#1}}}% (required) command argument&#xA;\newenvironment{docspec}{\begin{quote}\noindent}{\end{quote}}% command specification environment&#xA;\newcommand{\docenv}[1]{\textsf{#1}}% environment name&#xA;\newcommand{\docpkg}[1]{\texttt{#1}}% package name&#xA;\newcommand{\doccls}[1]{\texttt{#1}}% document class name&#xA;\newcommand{\docclsopt}[1]{\texttt{#1}}% document class option name&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\maketitle% this prints the handout title, author, and date&#xA;&#xA;%\printclassoptions&#xA;&#xA;\section{Objective of Analysis} \label{sec:objective}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure*}[htbp]&#xA;\mbox{&#xA;\framebox(150,150){}&#xA;\framebox(150,150){}&#xA;\framebox(150,150){}&#xA;}&#xA; \caption{Data sources used in this analysis;}&#xA; \label{fig:map1} &#xA;\end{figure*}&#xA;The analysis description is here&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The contents of \listfile is as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;*File List*&#xA;tufte-handout.cls    2009/12/11 v3.5.0 Tufte-handout class&#xA;tufte-common.def    2009/12/11 v3.5.0 Common code for the Tufte-LaTeX styles&#xA; xkeyval.sty    2008/08/13 v2.6a package option processing (HA)&#xA; xkeyval.tex    2008/08/13 v2.6a key=value parser (HA)&#xA; xifthen.sty    2009/04/17 v1.3 Extended ifthen features&#xA;    etex.sty    1998/03/26 v2.0 eTeX basic definition package (PEB)&#xA;    calc.sty    2007/08/22 v4.3 Infix arithmetic (KKT,FJ)&#xA;  ifthen.sty    2001/05/26 v1.1c Standard LaTeX ifthen package (DPC)&#xA; ifmtarg.sty    2009/09/02 v1.2a check for an empty argument&#xA; article.cls    2007/10/19 v1.4h Standard LaTeX document class&#xA;  size10.clo    2007/10/19 v1.4h Standard LaTeX file (size option)&#xA;   ifpdf.sty    2009/04/10 v2.0 Provides the ifpdf switch (HO)&#xA; ifxetex.sty    2009/01/23 v0.5 Provides ifxetex conditional&#xA;titlesec.sty    2007/08/12 v2.8 Sectioning titles&#xA;titletoc.sty    2007/08/12 v1.6 TOC entries&#xA;hyperref.sty    2009/10/09 v6.79a Hypertext links for LaTeX&#xA;  ifvtex.sty    2008/11/04 v1.4 Switches for detecting VTeX and its modes (HO)&#xA; hycolor.sty    2009/10/02 v1.5 Code for color options of hyperref/bookmark (HO&#xA;)&#xA;xcolor-patch.sty    2009/10/02 xcolor patch&#xA;  pd1enc.def    2009/10/09 v6.79a Hyperref: PDFDocEncoding definition (HO)&#xA;etexcmds.sty    2007/12/12 v1.2 Prefix for e-TeX command names (HO)&#xA;infwarerr.sty    2007/09/09 v1.2 Providing info/warning/message (HO)&#xA;hyperref.cfg    2002/06/06 v1.2 hyperref configuration of TeXLive&#xA;kvoptions.sty    2009/08/13 v3.4 Keyval support for LaTeX options (HO)&#xA;kvsetkeys.sty    2009/07/30 v1.5 Key value parser with default handler support &#xA;(HO)&#xA;   puenc.def    2009/10/09 v6.79a Hyperref: PDF Unicode definition (HO)&#xA;     url.sty    2006/04/12  ver 3.3  Verb mode for urls, etc.&#xA;  bitset.sty    2007/09/28 v1.0 Data type bit set (HO)&#xA; intcalc.sty    2007/09/27 v1.1 Expandable integer calculations (HO)&#xA;bigintcalc.sty    2007/11/11 v1.1 Expandable big integer calculations (HO)&#xA;pdftexcmds.sty    2009/09/23 v0.6 LuaTeX support for pdfTeX utility functions (&#xA;HO)&#xA;ifluatex.sty    2009/04/17 v1.2 Provides the ifluatex switch (HO)&#xA; ltxcmds.sty    2009/08/05 v1.0 Some LaTeX kernel commands for general use (HO)&#xA;&#xA;atbegshi.sty    2008/07/31 v1.9 At begin shipout hook (HO)&#xA; hpdftex.def    2009/10/09 v6.79a Hyperref driver for pdfTeX&#xA;ragged2e.sty    2009/05/21 v2.1 ragged2e Package (MS)&#xA;everysel.sty    1999/06/08 v1.03 EverySelectfont Package (MS)&#xA;geometry.sty    2008/12/21 v4.2 Page Geometry&#xA;geometry.cfg&#xA;changepage.sty    2009/10/20 v1.0c check page and change page layout&#xA;paralist.sty    2002/03/18 v2.3b Extended list environments (BS)&#xA;textcase.sty    2004/10/07 v0.07 Text only upper/lower case changing (DPC)&#xA;letterspace.sty    2009/03/27 v2.3d Robust letterspacing (RS)&#xA;setspace.sty    2000/12/01 6.7 Contributed and Supported LaTeX2e package&#xA;  natbib.sty    2009/07/16 8.31 (PWD, AO)&#xA;bibentry.sty    2007/10/30 1.5 (PWD)&#xA;     Jan.bbl&#xA;optparams.sty    2004/08/14 v0.9 multiple optional parameters in macros&#xA;placeins.sty    2005/04/18  v 2.2&#xA;mathpazo.sty    2005/04/12 PSNFSS-v9.2a Palatino w/ Pazo Math (D.Puga, WaS) &#xA;  helvet.sty    2005/04/12 PSNFSS-v9.2a (WaS) &#xA;beramono.sty    2004/01/31 (WaS)&#xA; fontenc.sty&#xA;   t1enc.def    2005/09/27 v1.99g Standard LaTeX file&#xA;textcomp.sty    2005/09/27 v1.99g Standard LaTeX package&#xA;  ts1enc.def    2001/06/05 v3.0e (jk/car/fm) Standard LaTeX file&#xA;fancyhdr.sty    &#xA;  xcolor.sty    2007/01/21 v2.11 LaTeX color extensions (UK)&#xA;   color.cfg    2007/01/18 v1.5 color configuration of teTeX/TeXLive&#xA;  pdftex.def    2009/08/25 v0.04m Graphics/color for pdfTeX&#xA;dvipsnam.def    1999/02/16 v3.0i Driver-dependant file (DPC,SPQR)&#xA;  svgnam.def    2007/01/21 v2.11 Predefined colors according to SVG 1.1 (UK)&#xA;multicol.sty    2008/12/05 v1.6h multicolumn formatting (FMi)&#xA; amsmath.sty    2000/07/18 v2.13 AMS math features&#xA; amstext.sty    2000/06/29 v2.01&#xA;  amsgen.sty    1999/11/30 v2.0&#xA;  amsbsy.sty    1999/11/29 v1.2d&#xA;  amsopn.sty    1999/12/14 v2.01 operator names&#xA;   gantt.sty    &#xA;    tikz.sty    2008/02/13 v2.00 (rcs-revision 1.27)&#xA;     pgf.sty    2008/01/15 v2.00 (rcs-revision 1.12)&#xA;  pgfrcs.sty    2008/02/20 v2.00 (rcs-revision 1.21)&#xA;  pgfrcs.code.tex&#xA; pgfcore.sty    2008/01/15 v2.00 (rcs-revision 1.6)&#xA;graphicx.sty    1999/02/16 v1.0f Enhanced LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)&#xA;graphics.sty    2009/02/05 v1.0o Standard LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)&#xA;    trig.sty    1999/03/16 v1.09 sin cos tan (DPC)&#xA;graphics.cfg    2009/08/28 v1.8 graphics configuration of TeX Live&#xA;  pgfsys.sty    2008/02/07 v2.00 (rcs-revision 1.31)&#xA;  pgfsys.code.tex&#xA;pgfsyssoftpath.code.tex    2008/01/23  (rcs-revision 1.6)&#xA;pgfsysprotocol.code.tex    2006/10/16  (rcs-revision 1.4)&#xA; pgfcore.code.tex&#xA;pgfcomp-version-0-65.sty    2007/07/03 v2.00 (rcs-revision 1.7)&#xA;pgfcomp-version-1-18.sty    2007/07/23 v2.00 (rcs-revision 1.1)&#xA;  pgffor.sty    2007/11/07 v2.00 (rcs-revision 1.8)&#xA;  pgffor.code.tex&#xA;    tikz.code.tex&#xA; forloop.sty    2006/09/18 v3.0 For Loops for LaTeX&#xA; minibox.sty    2009/04/21 v0.1 Another type of box.&#xA;booktabs.sty    2005/04/14 v1.61803 publication quality tables&#xA;   units.sty    1998/08/04 v0.9b Typesetting units&#xA;nicefrac.sty    1998/08/04 v0.9b Nice fractions&#xA;fancyvrb.sty    2008/02/07&#xA;  lipsum.sty    2005/01/26 v1.0 150 paragraphs of Lorem Ipsum dummy text&#xA;  ts1cmr.fd    1999/05/25 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions&#xA;  t1pplj.fd    2004/09/06 font definitions for T1/pplj.&#xA; nameref.sty    2007/05/29 v2.31 Cross-referencing by name of section&#xA;refcount.sty    2008/08/11 v3.1 Data extraction from references (HO)&#xA;     Jan.out&#xA;     Jan.out&#xA;supp-pdf.mkii&#xA; ***********&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1167" LastEditorUserId="1167" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-15T07:21:18.117" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T14:50:20.520" Title="Conflict between gantt.sty and \framebox{}" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;conflicts&gt;&lt;tufte&gt;&lt;gantt&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="8820" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8732" CreationDate="2011-01-12T16:15:35.757" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I finally have found solution in babel docs:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;&lt;code&gt;&#xA;\newcommand\mainlanguage{\expandafter\bbl@set@language\expandafter{\bbl@main@language}}}&#xA;&#xA;\newbibmacro{pagecount}{%&#xA;  \iffieldundef{pages}{}&#xA;    {\mainlanguage\addnbspace\printfield{pages}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;Edit:&#xA;maybe it is a dirty hack and inefficient, but this version don't add unwanted spaces:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newlength{\trashlength}  &#xA;\newcommand\mainlanguage{\expandafter\bbl@set@language\expandafter{\bbl@main@language}{\settowidth{\trashlength}\expandafter\bbl@set@language\expandafter{\bbl@main@language}}\kern-\trashlength}}%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2891" LastEditorUserId="2891" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-25T20:12:32.593" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T20:12:32.593" />
  <row Id="8821" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8822" CreationDate="2011-01-12T16:23:55.283" Score="1" ViewCount="177" Body="&lt;p&gt;I keep getting the following line in my log file&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;** WARNING ** Version of PDF file (1.5) is newer than version limit specification.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;with reference to each image I'm trying to include in my document. The images are inserted easily enough but I'm just a little miffed about this message. I used Inkscape to create the images, and when I was exporting them to PDF, the only option I had for versioning was 1.4. I'm also using XeTeX to compile the document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I get rid of these messages?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1332" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T20:43:20.733" Title="PDF version issue when including PDF figures" Tags="&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;pdf&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="8822" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8821" CreationDate="2011-01-12T16:38:06.830" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try this in your preamble for pdftex:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pdfminorversion=4&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;for XeTeX edit the configuration file &lt;code&gt;dvipdfmx.cfg&lt;/code&gt; which can be found &#xA;for TeXLive in &lt;code&gt;/texmf/dvipdfmx/&lt;/code&gt; and replace the first line with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;V 4&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It also maybe the other way round, then change it from 4 to 5&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-12T17:23:33.767" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T17:23:33.767" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="8826" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8821" CreationDate="2011-01-12T17:09:28.677" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If the only images that yield the warning are your Inkscape ones, then the export command wasn't doing what it claimed, since the warning says that the images are 1.5 and not 1.4 (as you thought you had exported them as.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is no way to specify the pdf version using xelatex (although there is in pdflatex).  Howver, you can specify the minor version when running the &lt;code&gt;xdvipdfmx&lt;/code&gt; command.  So the following should get rid of the warnings: (this from the command line).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;xelatex -output-driver=&quot;xdvipdfmx -V 5&quot; &amp;lt;yourfile&amp;gt;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Depending on what OS/editor you're using you can probably make a new script/engine to do this from within your editor.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T17:09:28.677" />
  <row Id="8827" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-12T17:25:41.593" Score="8" ViewCount="295" Body="&lt;p&gt;Are there any templates, document classes for preparing cheat sheets?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If not, what would make it easy to produce such documents?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1782" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T07:03:48.750" Title="Preparing cheat sheets" Tags="&lt;documentclass&gt;&lt;templates&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="8828" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8827" CreationDate="2011-01-12T17:55:30.250" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Have a look as to how this &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/texshowcase/cheat.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;cheatsheet&lt;/a&gt; was made. The source can be downloaded at &#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/texshowcase/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX showcase&lt;/a&gt;. If this is too difficult, just try the following minimal with pdfTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;... your equations here&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T17:55:30.250" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="8829" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8833" CreationDate="2011-01-12T18:02:44.960" Score="3" ViewCount="57" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a document that is using natbib via the following usepackage command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[numbers,square,comma,sort&amp;amp;compress]{natbib}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I cite multiple papers using the citep command, I get spaces between each of the numbers. For example, the following citation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\cite{aldrich05,gudmundson01}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Gives me the following in-text output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;[5, 12]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I would like it to read:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;[5,12]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to accomplish this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2319" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T18:43:55.197" Title="How to eliminate the space between multiple numeric citations when using citep and natbib?" Tags="&lt;natbib&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="8830" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8849" CreationDate="2011-01-12T18:10:03.520" Score="2" ViewCount="90" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using a table with alternating colors in beamer.  Is there a way to base the colors I use on the palette that is already defined?  In this way if I switch color themes the colors should still go well together.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://maururu.net/2007/latex-beamer-color-palette/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://maururu.net/2007/latex-beamer-color-palette/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="978" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T23:31:43.997" Title="In beamer use colors that are already defined in a given color scheme" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;color&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="8831" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6260" CreationDate="2011-01-12T18:29:22.270" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yet another solution &lt;code&gt;:)&lt;/code&gt; is to use the &lt;code&gt;cprotect&lt;/code&gt; package (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/cprotect/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;on CTAN&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article} &#xA;\usepackage{cprotect}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\cprotect\fbox{&#xA;  \begin{minipage}{4cm}&#xA;    This some normal text and &#xA;    this is verbatim &#xA;    \verb|demonstration text|\\&#xA;    \verb|demonstration text|&#xA;  \end{minipage}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that the &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt; is not part of the answer: it allows several lines in the &lt;code&gt;\fbox&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T18:29:22.270" />
  <row Id="8832" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8862" CreationDate="2011-01-12T18:30:37.323" Score="0" ViewCount="105" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a color scheme made using &lt;code&gt;\definecolor&lt;/code&gt; that defines colors that work well with the beamer color scheme albatross?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="978" LastActivityDate="2011-01-13T04:39:05.790" Title="Colors that work well with beamer color scheme albatross" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;color&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="8833" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8829" CreationDate="2011-01-12T18:30:52.443" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try the following in your preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\NAT@def@citea{\def\@citea{\NAT@separator}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T18:30:52.443" />
  <row Id="8834" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8829" CreationDate="2011-01-12T18:43:55.197" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\NAT@spacechar{}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T18:43:55.197" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8835" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8580" CreationDate="2011-01-12T18:53:32.480" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The following code should work; I've included a few test cases. To keep the code shorter, I didn't include your changes to the style of the output (red color, and bar between dividend and divisor instead of parenthesis). My changes and additions to &lt;code&gt;polynom&lt;/code&gt; are marked with &lt;code&gt;!!!&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{polynom,array}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\pld@DivPoly@l{%&#xA;    \ifx\pld@remainder\@empty\else&#xA;        \pld@IfNeedsDivision\pld@remainder\pld@divisor&#xA;        {\pld@ExtendPoly\pld@quotient\pld@factor&#xA;         \pld@NMultiplyPoly\pld@sub\pld@divisor\pld@factor&#xA;         \pld@SubtractPoly\pld@remainder\pld@sub&#xA;         \expandafter\pld@DivPoly@l}%&#xA;        {\expandafter\pld@insert@remainder                       % !!!&#xA;         \pld@last@remainder+\relax\relax}                       % !!!&#xA;    \fi}&#xA;\def\pld@insert@remainder#1+#2\relax{%                           % !!!&#xA;    \ifx\relax#1\relax\else\pld@InsertItems\@empty\@empty{#1}\fi % !!!&#xA;    \ifx\relax#2\relax\else\pld@insert@remainder#2\relax\fi}     % !!!&#xA;\def\pld@SubtractPoly@l#1+#2\@empty#3+#4\@empty{%&#xA;    \ifx\relax#1\relax&#xA;        \let\pld@last@remainder\@empty                           % !!!&#xA;        \ifx\relax#3\relax \let\pld@next\@empty \else&#xA;          \pld@AddToPoly\pld@tempoly{#3}%&#xA;          \pld@if \pld@InsertItems{#3}{#3}{}\fi&#xA;          \def\pld@next{\pld@SubtractPoly@l\relax+\@empty#4\@empty}%&#xA;        \fi&#xA;    \else&#xA;    \ifx\relax#3\relax&#xA;        \pld@SubtractPoly@r#1+#2\@empty&#xA;        \let\pld@next\@empty&#xA;    \else&#xA;        \pld@IfMonomE{#1}{#3}%&#xA;        {\def\pld@temp{#1+#3}%&#xA;         \pld@CondenseMonomials\pld@true\pld@temp&#xA;         \ifx\pld@temp\@empty\else&#xA;             \pld@ExtendPoly\pld@tempoly\pld@temp&#xA;         \fi&#xA;         \pld@if \expandafter\pld@InsertItems\expandafter&#xA;                 {\pld@temp}{#3}{#1}\fi&#xA;         \def\pld@next{\pld@SubtractPoly@l#2\@empty#4\@empty}}%&#xA;        {\pld@IfMonomL{#1}{#3}%&#xA;         {\pld@AddToPoly\pld@tempoly{#3}%&#xA;          \pld@if \pld@InsertItems{#3}{#3}{}\fi&#xA;          \def\pld@next{\pld@SubtractPoly@l#1+#2\@empty#4\@empty}}%&#xA;         {\pld@AddToPoly\pld@tempoly{#1}%&#xA;          \pld@if \pld@InsertItems{#1}{}{#1}\fi&#xA;          \def\pld@next{\pld@SubtractPoly@l#2\@empty#3+#4\@empty}}%&#xA;        }%&#xA;    \fi \fi&#xA;    \pld@next}&#xA;\def\pld@SubtractPoly@r#1+\relax+\@empty{%&#xA;    \pld@AddToPoly\pld@tempoly{#1}%&#xA;    \def\pld@last@remainder{#1}}                                 % !!!&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\def\strut{\rule[-6pt]{0pt}{12pt}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\polylongdiv{x^5-1}{x-1}&#xA;&#xA;\polylongdiv{x^5-x^2}{x^2-1}&#xA;&#xA;\polylongdiv{\frac{3}{7}x^9+x^2-\frac{1}{4}}{\frac{9}{5}x^4-1}&#xA;&#xA;\polylongdiv{x^9+x^2-1}{x^4-x}&#xA;&#xA;\polylongdiv{x^{15}+1}{x^5+x^3+x+1}&#xA;&#xA;\polylongdiv{x^4-1}{x^2-1}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T18:53:32.480" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8836" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-12T18:59:20.803" Score="5" ViewCount="316" Body="&lt;p&gt;Probably the subject explains everything, but in case: is there anyway to produce doc/docx files from latex?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2418" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-11T10:02:41.927" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T10:02:41.927" Title="Producing doc/docx from latex" Tags="&lt;conversion&gt;&lt;msword&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="8837" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8836" CreationDate="2011-01-12T19:08:22.687" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Near acceptable quality conversions can be achieved by producing a &quot;pdf&quot; document via LaTeX and then using Adobe Professional Pro Extended (save as) to convert. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T19:08:22.687" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="8838" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8836" CreationDate="2011-01-12T19:18:00.027" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;if it is not a secure document you can upload a pdf to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.freepdfconvert.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;freepdf&lt;/a&gt; and convert it online. It depends to your document if the result is useful or garbage.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If your document has not a complecated structure than you can also try to convert it with t4ht into html and then read it with word/OpenOffice and saving it as doc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-13T19:03:21.527" LastActivityDate="2011-01-13T19:03:21.527" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="8839" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8841" CreationDate="2011-01-12T19:18:05.360" Score="6" ViewCount="282" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need information about § character. I have seen it used for numbering (equivalent to nº) and as a separator. Which is its name or code? Where can it be used? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2914" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-12T20:00:53.107" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T21:24:16.307" Title="The § character" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;unicode&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="13" />
  <row Id="8840" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8839" CreationDate="2011-01-12T19:22:28.057" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\S&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;with a correct inputencoding you can input it directly from your keyboard, if present.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T19:22:28.057" />
  <row Id="8841" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8839" CreationDate="2011-01-12T19:23:33.960" Score="15" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is a &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Section_sign&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;section&lt;/a&gt; sign, you can typeset it with TeX/LaTeX by typing &lt;code&gt;\S&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T19:23:33.960" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8842" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8846" CreationDate="2011-01-12T20:41:10.840" Score="5" ViewCount="190" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;    \documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{shapes,arrows}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\draw (0,2.5) node[minimum height=1cm,minimum width=3cm,draw] (A) {A};&#xA;\draw (5,0) node[minimum height=1cm,minimum width=3cm,draw] (B){B};&#xA;\draw (5,1.5) node[minimum height=1cm,minimum width=3cm,draw] (C) {C};&#xA;\draw (5,3) node[minimum height=1cm,minimum width=3cm,draw] (D) {D};&#xA;\draw (5,4.5) node[minimum height=1cm,minimum width=3cm,draw] (E) {E};&#xA;&#xA;\draw[-latex] (A.east) |- (B.west);&#xA;\draw[-latex] (A.east) |- (C.west);&#xA;\draw[-latex] (A.east) |- (D.west);&#xA;\draw[-latex] (A.east) |- (E.west);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With Stefan's help I manage to draw the lines that travel straight and make 90 turn. The output of that solution is on the left side of the attached image. My goal is to produce result as shown on the right side of the image. &#xA;I already asked similar question earlier, check here &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/8099/tikz-drawing-arrow-between-nodes/8823#8823&quot;&gt;Tikz Drawing Arrow between nodes&lt;/a&gt; &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/8FxwQ.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks for your help&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2036" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-12T23:11:49.590" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T23:11:49.590" Title="Tikz - How to connect nodes" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;nodes&gt;&lt;node-connections&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="8843" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8821" CreationDate="2011-01-12T20:43:20.733" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could try lowering the version numbers of the included PDFs with ghostscript's &lt;code&gt;ps2pdf14&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;ps2pdf14 input.pdf output.pdf&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Yes, even though it says &quot;ps2pdf14&quot;, it works with pdf files as input. (There is also ps2pdf12, ps2pdf13, etc.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T20:43:20.733" />
  <row Id="8844" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7582" CreationDate="2011-01-12T20:43:32.473" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use the &lt;code&gt;oneside&lt;/code&gt; class option for the &lt;code&gt;book&lt;/code&gt; class, if you're using it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \documentclass[oneside]{book}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2408" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T20:43:32.473" />
  <row Id="8845" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-12T21:02:28.640" Score="4" ViewCount="274" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to change the position of the page number. I've read around here that some suggest to use the fancyhdr package, but I don't want to use it--I'm a beginner to LaTeX so I don't want to use a package that could change the margins and other specifications to the layout that I've already made. Does anyone have any idea how to, or possibly correct me if my concerns (in regard to fancyhdr) are unfounded? I would really appreciate it! Thanks! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2844" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T21:50:42.313" Title="How to move page number?" Tags="&lt;page-numbering&gt;&lt;fancyhdr&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="8846" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8842" CreationDate="2011-01-12T21:02:53.620" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One way would be to add a stage at the start of the arrows that goes horizontally for a bit:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\draw[-latex] (A.east) -- ++(1,0) |- (B.west);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(adjust the &lt;code&gt;1&lt;/code&gt; to get the length you want).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This does mean that the first part of the line would get drawn 4 times.  It may not show (I don't know).  To avoid that, you could draw it only the once; thus the later lines would be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\draw[-latex] (A.east) ++(1,0) |- (C.west);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An alternative would be to put a &lt;code&gt;coordinate&lt;/code&gt; node at that point:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\draw (A.east) -- ++(1,0) coordinate (div);&#xA;\draw[-latex] (div) |- (B.west);&#xA;\draw[-latex] (div) |- (C.west);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T21:02:53.620" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8847" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8845" CreationDate="2011-01-12T21:45:11.037" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As a beginner you &lt;em&gt;should&lt;/em&gt; be using packages, and as much as possible.  Generally speaking, packages don't mess up things that they are not designed to change, so you shouldn't be worrying much about using them, especially if they are the kinds of packages that are recommended often by users here.  Unless you are using a special documentclass such as &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt; or one of the KOMA classes, you &lt;em&gt;should&lt;/em&gt; be using &lt;code&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/code&gt;, because it provides a very simple interface to do exactly what you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum} % only for showing some sample text&#xA;\fancyhf{} % clear all header and footers&#xA;\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0pt} % remove the header rule&#xA;\rfoot{\thepage}&#xA;%&#xA;%lfoot{\thepage} % puts it on the left side instead&#xA;%&#xA;% or if your document is 2 sided, and you want even and odd placement of the number&#xA;%facncyfoot[LE,RO]{\thepage} % Left side on Even pages; Right side on Odd pages&#xA;%&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The best reason to use a package is that package writers are generally &lt;em&gt;much&lt;/em&gt; more experienced in doing things than the average end user, and so a package will deal with problems that might not even occur to you (even when you become more experienced with LaTeX); also, there's really no sense in re-inventing the wheel, when good tools with long track records of use are available.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/553/2693&quot;&gt;this page on the Wiki&lt;/a&gt;  for some recommendations of useful packages. Since you also mentioned changing margins, you should also probably be using the &lt;code&gt;geometry&lt;/code&gt; package instead of doing that by hand, too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T21:45:11.037" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8848" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8845" CreationDate="2011-01-12T21:50:42.313" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[twoside]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\ps@myPS{%&#xA;    \def\@oddfoot{\null\hfill\thepage}&#xA;    \def\@evenfoot{\thepage}%&#xA;    \def\@evenhead{\null\hfil\slshape\leftmark}%&#xA;    \def\@oddhead{{\slshape\rightmark}}}%&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\pagestyle{myPS}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;foo&#xA;\clearpage&#xA;blah&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T21:50:42.313" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8849" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8830" CreationDate="2011-01-12T23:26:23.973" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Section 17.2.2 “Using Beamer’s Colors” of the Beamer manual describes how to use preset colors: The command &lt;code&gt;\usebeamercolor[fg]{&amp;lt;beamer color name&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\usebeamercolor[bg]{&amp;lt;beamer color name&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt; set the current color to the foreground resp. background color given by &lt;code&gt;beamer color name&lt;/code&gt;. Typical values for &lt;code&gt;beamer color name&lt;/code&gt; are &lt;code&gt;normal text&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;structure&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;alerted text&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of specific interest for you are probably the palette colors (see section 17.4 of the manual) &lt;code&gt;palette primary&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;palette quaternary&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;palette sidebar primary&lt;/code&gt;, etc. Themes are typically based on these colors.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also have a look at the &lt;code&gt;beamer/themes/color/beamercolortheme*.sty&lt;/code&gt; files (in the beamer installation dir, usually under &lt;code&gt;$TEXMF/tex/latex/&lt;/code&gt;) to see what colors are typically defined by a color theme.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(All section numbers refer to the beamer v3.10 manual.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-12T23:31:43.997" LastActivityDate="2011-01-12T23:31:43.997" />
  <row Id="8850" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-13T00:18:18.630" Score="0" ViewCount="133" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to find the code to get boxes like the ones we can enjoy in the mathspec or biblatex user guides. It seems to be based on the listings and framed packages. Here is a working minimal example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage[top=9cm,bottom=10cm]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\definecolor{boxframe}{rgb}{0.99,0.05,0.05}&#xA;\definecolor{boxfill}{rgb}{0.99,0.95,0.95}&#xA;\lstdefinestyle{plain}{escapechar={\#}}&#xA;\lstnewenvironment{example}[1][]&#xA;{\lstset{aboveskip=15pt,xleftmargin=3pt,xrightmargin=3pt,basewidth=0.5em,basicstyle=\normalsize,frame=single,backgroundcolor=\color{boxfill},fillcolor=\color{white},rulecolor=\color{boxframe},framesep=2pt,framerule=0.5pt,style=plain,#1}}{}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\begin{example}&#xA;listing&#xA;listing&#xA;listing&#xA;listing&#xA;listing&#xA;listing&#xA;\end{example}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd like to be able to extract the relevant piece of code in the listings package for other purposes but, so far, in vain. I thought it was using the framed package but it is not. Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-13T09:55:52.500" LastActivityDate="2011-01-13T10:12:17.597" Title="framed-like boxes across pages [mathspec or biblatex packages]" Tags="&lt;boxes&gt;&lt;framed&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="8851" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8860" CreationDate="2011-01-13T00:23:52.333" Score="9" ViewCount="275" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am preparing a presentation (using &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt;) and I'll need to include many snippets of source-code. For &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2037/how-best-to-include-programming-source-code-in-latex-documents&quot;&gt;including source code&lt;/a&gt;, I'll probably use &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt; package. (I know there is also &lt;code&gt;minted&lt;/code&gt; package, but it's not available in my distro repositories, and thus it will be a lot more harder and annoying to install).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However... In the middle of the source code, I want to highlight some lines, as I want to show which lines I've added, deleted or changed (when compared to the previous snippet). How can I do that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In addition, maybe I might want to highlight some words from one line, but not the entire line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(and by &quot;highlight&quot; I mean any kind of different style: maybe a background change, a font weight change, a color change...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="375" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T04:51:45.130" Title="How can I highlight some lines from source code?" Tags="&lt;listings&gt;&lt;highlighting&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="8852" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-01-13T00:27:58.013" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/texlive/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX Live&lt;/a&gt; is TeX distribution that is mostly used on Unix-related operating systems like &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/linux&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'linux'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;linux&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/osx&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'osx'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;osx&lt;/a&gt;. It is, however, also available for &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/windows&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'windows'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;windows&lt;/a&gt; (where &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/miktex&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'miktex'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;miktex&lt;/a&gt; is commonly used). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Versions of TeX Live are commonly included in Linux distributions, but often with slight modifications.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For questions concerning Mac TeX, which is a based on TeX Live, use the &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/mactex&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'mactex'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;mactex&lt;/a&gt; tag.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-13T00:27:58.013" LastActivityDate="2011-01-13T00:27:58.013" />
  <row Id="8853" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-01-13T00:27:58.013" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="TeX Live is a widely used TeX distribution." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-13T00:27:58.013" LastActivityDate="2011-01-13T00:27:58.013" />
  <row Id="8854" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8855" CreationDate="2011-01-13T02:18:37.433" Score="4" ViewCount="140" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! LaTeX Error: File `mypackage.sty' not found.&#xA;&#xA;Type X to quit or &amp;lt;RETURN&amp;gt; to proceed,&#xA;or enter new name. (Default extension: sty)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am getting the above error message in Ubuntu 10.10. I used this on the Windows machine with MikTeX and it worked fine. I am running TeX Live 2010 on my Ubuntu machine.&#xA;I put &lt;code&gt;mypackage.sty&lt;/code&gt; in a folder called &lt;code&gt;mypackage&lt;/code&gt; under directory&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2036" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-13T03:03:32.547" LastActivityDate="2011-01-13T03:03:32.547" Title="LaTeX fails to find my .sty file" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;errors&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="8855" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8854" CreationDate="2011-01-13T02:26:27.753" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You should &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; put files into &lt;code&gt;/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex&lt;/code&gt;.  That directory should be reserved for TeXLive itself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are on a multi-user system, you can put files into &lt;code&gt;/usr/local/texlive/texmf-local/&lt;/code&gt;, but if it's just you on your linux machine, it's easier to put them in &lt;code&gt;~/texmf&lt;/code&gt;.  If you do need them in the &lt;code&gt;texmf-local&lt;/code&gt; folder you will need to run &lt;code&gt;sudo mktexlsr&lt;/code&gt; to rebuild the file database. If you put things into &lt;code&gt;~/texmf&lt;/code&gt; you don't need to do this and your packages will always be found.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/8357/how-to-have-local-package-overide-default-package/8359#8359&quot;&gt;this answer&lt;/a&gt; for more details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-01-13T02:26:27.753" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8857" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-13T03:03:23.787" Score="14" ViewCount="325" Body="&lt;p&gt;How to type these special letters from European languages in latex?&#xA;ä, é, and L'?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2918" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-13T07:30:20.483" LastActivityDate="2011-01-13T12:50:28.383" Title="How to type special/accented letters in LaTeX?" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;languages&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="8858" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8857" CreationDate="2011-01-13T03:24:10.560" Score="17" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Save your file as UTF-8 and put&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in your preamble.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then you can just type the characters normally into your source file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or, use XeLaTeX which accepts UTF-8 input natively.  In that case you need to add&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to your preamble.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If your text editor doesn't support UTF-8 encoded files, you should probably get another editor.  But if you're stuck with one, you can also use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} % for PCs&#xA;\usepackage[applemac]{inputenc} % for Macs&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and save the files in the default encoding for your machine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-01-13T03:24:10.560" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8859" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8857" CreationDate="2011-01-13T03:24:15.987" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can type &lt;code&gt;texdoc lshort&lt;/code&gt; in a command line (Command Prompt on Windows, Terminal on Linux/Mac OS X). Then have a look at Table 2.2 in Section 2.4.8. I'll quote it for you here.&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/fQHoV.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="791" LastActivityDate="2011-01-13T03:24:15.987" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="8860" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8851" CreationDate="2011-01-13T04:35:31.230" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use any (All)TeX macro you wish within listings by enclosing it within escape brackets,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  (*@  \textcolor{blue}{code}  @*)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &quot;funny eyes&quot; are the escapes you define them as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\lstset{escapeinside={(*@}{@*)}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For highlighting the &lt;code&gt;soul&lt;/code&gt; package provides a nice highlight macro &lt;code&gt;\hl&lt;/code&gt;, try it in the following minimal&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{soul,listings,xcolor}&#xA;&#xA;    \lstnewenvironment{teX}[1][]&#xA;      {\lstset{language=[LaTeX]TeX}\lstset{escapeinside={(*@}{@*)},&#xA;       numbers=left,numberstyle=\normalsize,stepnumber=1,numbersep=5pt,&#xA;       breaklines=true,&#xA;       %firstnumber=last,&#xA;           %frame=tblr,&#xA;           framesep=5pt,&#xA;           basicstyle=\normalsize\ttfamily,&#xA;           showstringspaces=false,&#xA;           keywordstyle=\itshape\color{blue},&#xA;          %identifierstyle=\ttfamily,&#xA;           stringstyle=\color{maroon},&#xA;        commentstyle=\color{black},&#xA;        rulecolor=\color{black},&#xA;        xleftmargin=0pt,&#xA;        xrightmargin=0pt,&#xA;        aboveskip=\medskipamount,&#xA;        belowskip=\medskipamount,&#xA;               backgroundcolor=\color{white}, #1&#xA;    }}&#xA;    {}&#xA;    \begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;    \begin{teX}&#xA;      \test{this is some code}&#xA;      (*@  \textcolor{blue}{code}  @*)&#xA;      (*@  \hl{yellow code}  @*)&#xA;    \end{teX}&#xA;    \end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I normally use an environment for &quot;listings&quot; settings, but you can use any other code style as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another useful trick is to use the &quot;listings&quot; setting for emphasis in macros, like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\gdef\emphasis#1{\lstset{emph={begin,end,#1},&#xA;   emphstyle={\itshape\ttfamily\textcolor{blue}}}}&#xA;&#xA;\gdef\hlemphasis#1{\lstset{emph={begin,end,#1},&#xA;   emphstyle={\hl{blue}}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This way you can emphasize keywords easily.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-23T04:51:45.130" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T04:51:45.130" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8862" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8832" CreationDate="2011-01-13T04:39:05.790" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You'd better check out the source code of color theme albatross, in file &lt;code&gt;beamercolorthemealbatross.sty&lt;/code&gt; (which is usually located at &lt;code&gt;your TEXMF root/tex/latex/beamer/themes/color/&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-01-13T04:39:05.790" />
  <row Id="8863" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8865" CreationDate="2011-01-13T04:39:16.670" Score="2" ViewCount="135" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have installed Miktex 2.9 with the latest update. I work with &lt;code&gt;latex.exe&lt;/code&gt; successfully.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to learn ConTeXt and I installed Ruby. To get better settings, I restart my computer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After restarting, I got the following figure. What should I do?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/D18Wv.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-13T06:14:31.840" LastActivityDate="2011-01-13T06:14:31.840" Title="How to fix error &quot;ruby.exe seems not to be installed&quot; in Windows 7 where both Miktex 2.9 and Ruby have been installed?" Tags="&lt;installing&gt;&lt;context&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8864" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8850" CreationDate="2011-01-13T05:07:10.223" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You don't need &lt;code&gt;framed.sty&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;listings.sty&lt;/code&gt; and modify its properties. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Together with &lt;code&gt;fancyvrb.sty&lt;/code&gt; you can create &lt;code&gt;showexpl.sty&lt;/code&gt;-like environment that can span across multiple pages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Let me know if you need more info how to do it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-13T10:12:17.597" LastActivityDate="2011-01-13T10:12:17.597" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8865" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8863" CreationDate="2011-01-13T05:22:20.687" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Set the environment variable &lt;code&gt;PATH&lt;/code&gt; to add ruby's installation directory.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-01-13T05:22:20.687" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8866" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8868" CreationDate="2011-01-13T06:17:00.247" Score="4" ViewCount="159" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the most minimal code to work with ConTeXt?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2011-01-13T06:41:17.987" Title="What is the most minimal code to work with ConTeXt?" Tags="&lt;context&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="8867" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8866" CreationDate="2011-01-13T06:22:35.820" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\starttext&#xA;Hello world.&#xA;\stoptext&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or even simpler&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Hello world.&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-01-13T06:22:35.820" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8868" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8866" CreationDate="2011-01-13T06:33:15.907" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is the most minimal. It just instructs TeX to stop.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\end&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;While I'm at it. It's also the most minimal code for plain TeX. For LaTeX, the best I could do is this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\csname@@end\endcsname&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I guess&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\catcode`@11 \@@end&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is shorter, but it's less minimal since TeX has to execute two commands instead of just one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-13T06:41:17.987" LastActivityDate="2011-01-13T06:41:17.987" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="8869" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8872" CreationDate="2011-01-13T08:27:01.037" Score="1" ViewCount="75" Body="&lt;p&gt;Can &lt;code&gt;movie15.sty&lt;/code&gt; work with Silverlight application?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2011-01-13T10:19:30.053" Title="Can `movie15.sty` work with Silverlight application?" Tags="&lt;movie15&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8870" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8238" CreationDate="2011-01-13T08:27:13.947" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The following does the job very well:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \begin{axis}[view={0}{90},&#xA;               xlabel=$x$,&#xA;               ylabel=$y$,&#xA;               title=View from top]&#xA;    \addplot3[surf] {x};&#xA;  \end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="856" LastActivityDate="2011-01-13T08:27:13.947" />
  <row Id="8871" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8788" CreationDate="2011-01-13T09:37:24.650" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt; is used for entering to math-mode while &#xA;&lt;code&gt;aligned&lt;/code&gt; is used for multiple horizon alignment. For example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \begin{align}&#xA; \begin{aligned}&#xA;    2x+3 &amp;amp;= 7 &amp;amp; 2x+3-3 &amp;amp;= 7-3 \\&#xA;    2x &amp;amp;= 4 &amp;amp; \frac{2x}2 &amp;amp;= \frac42\\&#xA;    x &amp;amp;= 2&#xA; \end{aligned}&#xA; \end{align}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ps. the example is adapted from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/info/math/voss/mathmode/Mathmode.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Math Mode document of Herbert Voß&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For grouping the multiple lines equation, you should use &lt;code&gt;gather&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;multline&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2557" LastActivityDate="2011-01-13T09:37:24.650" />
  <row Id="8872" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8869" CreationDate="2011-01-13T09:54:31.967" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;No.  Movie15 uses the Adobe object embedding representation for PDFs, called Rich Media Annotations, which does not handle Silverlight.  That might change.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Resources&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.adobe.com/devnet/pdf/pdf_reference.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;PDF Reference and Adobe Extensions to the PDF Specification&lt;/a&gt; &amp;mdash; Extension level 3 contains the Rich Media Annotations;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/TUGboat/tb30-2/tb95story.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Rich media annotations and AcroFLeX&lt;/a&gt;, D.P. Story, TUG Boat 2009;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.adobe.com/education/resources/hed/instructional/connect/collaborative_teaching/pdfs/insert_rich_media_PDF.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Inserting rich media into PDF documents&lt;/a&gt; - Brief introduction by Adobe.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-13T10:19:30.053" LastActivityDate="2011-01-13T10:19:30.053" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8873" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8875" CreationDate="2011-01-13T10:38:28.110" Score="0" ViewCount="46" Body="&lt;p&gt;Even though I have not detected the side effect, I am still worrying I might do a bad practice here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a hidden side effect when doing the following?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[cmyk]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;&#xA;\lstdefinestyle{Common}&#xA;{       &#xA;    language={[LaTeX]TeX},&#xA;    linewidth=0.5\linewidth%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\lstdefinestyle{A}&#xA;{&#xA;    style=Common,&#xA;  backgroundcolor=\color{yellow!50}%      &#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\lstdefinestyle{B}&#xA;{&#xA;    style=Common,&#xA;  backgroundcolor=\color{green!50}%   &#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}[style=A]&#xA;This is \fbox{style A}.&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}[style=B]&#xA;This is \fbox{style B}.&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2011-01-13T10:48:59.410" Title="Is there a side effect if we use `listings.sty` with chained styles?" Tags="&lt;listings&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="8874" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-13T10:40:40.853" Score="2" ViewCount="339" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trialling tikz mindmap as a tool for drawing network diagrams.  Everything is great, however what I'd like is to be able to have some control over the node sizes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As an example, say my root note is a firewall with 8 interfaces, and the 8 child nodes under this firewall node are interface nodes.  Child to that is then any single-homed hosts.  Each multihomed host would be configured similar to this, and I'd use paths to connect them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Basically what I'm getting at is this: I'd prefer to have something like the mindmap, but in fact not a tree - rather a graph; I did not find such a library in tikz.  Other notes:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I'm avoiding dot2tex and graffle for the time being, as I need these diagrams to have a little fancy).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I don't want to use simple nodes and paths (as I have to do more work with positioning the nodes).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any suggestions?  So all I'm after, is the ability to declare nodes, and give them a set radius, for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\centering\begin{tikzpicture}[&#xA;mindmap,&#xA;every node/.style={concept, execute at begin node=\hskip0pt, fill, scale=0.7},&#xA;root concept/.append style={level distance=10, concept color=black, grow cyclic},&#xA;level 1 concept/.append style={level distance=90, sibling angle=60, text=white},&#xA;level 2 concept/.append style={level distance=70, sibling angle=60, text=white},&#xA;router/.style={concept color=green, fill=black, text=lime, line width=1ex},&#xA;firewall/.style={concept color=red, fill=black, text=red, line width=1ex},&#xA;site/.style={concept color=green},&#xA;linux/.style={concept color=blue!75!white},&#xA;null/.style={concept color=red},&#xA;lan/.style={concept color=gray},&#xA;iface/.style={&#xA;    concept color=black,&#xA;    fill=red,&#xA;    text=white,&#xA;    line width=1ex,&#xA;    font=\small\scshape,&#xA;    node width=1cm % *** for example ***&#xA;},   &#xA;openbsd/.style={concept color=yellow!50!orange},&#xA;]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2920" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-13T18:21:29.247" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T13:37:24.917" Title="Tikz, mindmap, and nodes - control over node radius" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;nodes&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="8875" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8873" CreationDate="2011-01-13T10:43:42.597" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use keywords several times in one definition, the last one in the series is only valid. However, I do not think that your way is a good practice ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-13T10:48:59.410" LastActivityDate="2011-01-13T10:48:59.410" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8876" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8836" CreationDate="2011-01-13T11:19:12.060" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For my (word-loving) Thesis Advisor I always ran the .tex-Files through htlatex (as suggested by chl and Stefan). The resulting html-file can then be opened with Word and saved in the desired .doc or .docx Format. Since you've mentioned that you're on linux, you might not have Word anyways, then you can also send the html file to the person doing the revisions, with instructions on how to open a .html and save as revised .doc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For not too complicated files (not inlcuding figures and delicate macros) I also had great results using the awesome &lt;a href=&quot;http://johnmacfarlane.net/pandoc/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pandoc&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And just as a snickering remark: In the long run, it might be good to learn your revisor some LaTeX skills, have some kind of revision system (SVN, Git, etc.) and work on the same repository (but that didn't work out for me either :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="828" LastActivityDate="2011-01-13T11:19:12.060" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8877" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8885" CreationDate="2011-01-13T11:32:22.943" Score="3" ViewCount="333" Body="&lt;p&gt;I got a &quot;LaTeX Warning: There were multiply-defined labels&quot;, and I know what it means but my document is pretty big and it has various files. So, how can I find the multiply-defined label? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am using TextShop in MacOS ;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is the whole warning (I believe)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;------------------------------------------------------------------------------&#xA; Bibliography&#xA;------------------------------------------------------------------------------&#xA;(./Thesis.bbl [29] [30] [31] [32] [33] [34] [35]) [36] (./Thesis.aux)&#xA;LaTeX Warning: There were undefined references.&#xA;LaTeX Warning: There were multiply-defined labels.&#xA; )&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2786" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-13T13:25:13.677" LastActivityDate="2011-01-13T19:06:49.423" Title="LaTeX Warning: There were multiply-defined labels" Tags="&lt;labels&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="8878" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8887" CreationDate="2011-01-13T11:36:26.587" Score="2" ViewCount="118" Body="&lt;h1&gt;Background&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following screenshot shows a &lt;strong&gt;Problem-Solution&lt;/strong&gt; environment that is symmetric for &lt;code&gt;twoside&lt;/code&gt; papers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;NOTE:&lt;/strong&gt; The problem heading is on the right side for odd-numbered pages. For even-numbered pages, the heading is on the left side.&#xA;Orphan-widow issues must also be taken into account such that there is no page break at the heading.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Et2oQ.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I already created this environment but it looks so complicated. Is there a package to do this out of the box?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Maximal Code Snippet (I cannot minimize my code anymore)&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[cmyk,10pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[a6paper,hmargin=1cm,vmargin=2cm]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{ifthen}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage{calc}&#xA;&#xA;\newcounter{example}[section]&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand{\theexample}{\thesection.\arabic{example}}&#xA;\newenvironment{Example}[2][]%&#xA;{%&#xA;    \refstepcounter{example}%&#xA;    %------------------- Example Head -------------------&#xA;    \par\nointerlineskip\vspace{\baselineskip}\noindent%    &#xA;    \label{example:\theexample}\color{blue}%&#xA;    \ifthenelse{\isodd{\pageref{example:\theexample}}}%&#xA;    {%&#xA;        {\color{blue}\hrulefill}%&#xA;        \raisebox{\depth}{%&#xA;            \colorbox{blue}{%&#xA;                \color{white}Example \theexample\ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{}}{}{\ (#1)}%&#xA;            }%&#xA;        }%&#xA;    }&#xA;    {%  &#xA;        \raisebox{\depth}{%&#xA;            \colorbox{blue}{%&#xA;                \color{white}Example \theexample\ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{}}{}{\ (#1)}%&#xA;            }%&#xA;        }%&#xA;        {\color{blue}\hrulefill}%&#xA;    }%&#xA;    %------------------- Example Body -------------------&#xA;    \par\nopagebreak\nointerlineskip\vspace{0.5\baselineskip}\noindent{\footnotesize#2}%&#xA;    %------------------- Solution Head -------------------&#xA;    \par\nointerlineskip\vspace{0.5\baselineskip}\noindent%&#xA;    \colorbox{red}{\makebox[\linewidth-2\fboxsep]{\color{white}Solution}}%&#xA;    %------------------- Solution Body -------------------&#xA;    \par\nopagebreak\nointerlineskip\vspace{0.5\baselineskip}\noindent%&#xA;    \color{red}\footnotesize\ignorespaces%&#xA;}&#xA;{%&#xA;    %------------------- Solution Foot -------------------&#xA;    \par\nopagebreak\nointerlineskip\vspace{0.5\baselineskip}\noindent{\color{red}\hrulefill}%&#xA;    \par\nointerlineskip\vspace{\baselineskip}\noindent\ignorespacesafterend%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{multido}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section{Without Title}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{Example}&#xA;{%&#xA;    \lipsum[1]&#xA;}%&#xA;\lipsum[2]&#xA;\end{Example}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\section{With Title}&#xA;\begin{Example}[With Title]&#xA;{%&#xA;    \lipsum[1]&#xA;}%&#xA;\lipsum[2]&#xA;\end{Example}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Looping}&#xA;&#xA;\multido{\ix=1+1}{10}{%&#xA;\begin{Example}[\ix]&#xA;{%&#xA;    \lipsum[\ix]&#xA;}%&#xA;Einstein's formula&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;E\not=mc^2&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;\lipsum[\ix]&#xA;\end{Example}\lipsum[\ix]}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or if there is no package, could you give me a suggestion to do it in a better way?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2011-01-13T14:54:17.480" Title="Is there package to create a &quot;Problem-Solution&quot; environment that is symmetric for &quot;twoside&quot; pages?" Tags="&lt;environments&gt;&lt;layout&gt;&lt;theorems&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="8879" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8882" CreationDate="2011-01-13T11:48:35.527" Score="5" ViewCount="159" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&#xA;I am newbie in this TEX world and I would like to draw something like this:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/xCktN.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I don't know where to start. &#xA;I tried  using: &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{pstricks,pst-node,pst-tree}&lt;/code&gt;&#xA;but when I try to use it I got many errors, am I in the right way?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2786" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-13T14:37:32.657" LastActivityDate="2011-01-13T14:37:32.657" Title="Draw Image (Data flow)" Tags="&lt;diagrams&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="8880" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8883" CreationDate="2011-01-13T12:00:25.877" Score="3" ViewCount="122" Body="&lt;p&gt;In continuation to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/8857/how-to-type-special-accented-letters-in-latex&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt; question I was wondering, now that my document is full of &lt;code&gt;\'&lt;/code&gt; and other accents, the emacs speller balks on all the words... Is there a way to get a spell-checker to understand &lt;code&gt;\'e&lt;/code&gt; as é and thus spell-check the document properly?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-13T12:44:03.710" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T08:34:56.290" Title="Make emacs speller work with accented/modified letters" Tags="&lt;editors&gt;&lt;spelling&gt;&lt;characters&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8881" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8879" CreationDate="2011-01-13T12:07:41.820" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;a solution with symbolix names for cells.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[twoside]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pst-node}&#xA;&#xA;\def\psFBox#1{\psframebox[shadow,fillcolor=red!30,&#xA;  fillstyle=solid]{\makebox[2.5cm]{\strut#1}}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{psmatrix}[colsep=7mm]&#xA;[name=A]\psFBox{A} &amp;amp;  [name=B]\psFBox{B} &amp;amp; [name=C]\psFBox{whatever}\\&#xA;[name=a]\psFBox{a} &amp;amp;  [name=b]\psFBox{me}&amp;amp; [name=c]\psFBox{c}\\&#xA;[name=Aa]\psFBox{Aa}&amp;amp;                    &amp;amp; [name=cC]\psFBox{c} &#xA;\end{psmatrix}&#xA;\psset{arrowscale=1.7}&#xA;\ncline{-&amp;gt;}{A}{B} \ncline{-&amp;gt;}{B}{C}&#xA;\ncangle[angleB=-90]{-&amp;gt;}{Aa}{b}&#xA;\ncangles[angleA=180,angleB=-90,armB=7mm]{-&amp;gt;}{cC}{B}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;if ayou want to run it with pdflatex then have a look here:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/PSTricks/main.cgi?file=pdf/pdfoutput#autopstpdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://tug.org/PSTricks/main.cgi?file=pdf/pdfoutput#autopstpdf&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Ijsko.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-13T12:18:50.360" LastActivityDate="2011-01-13T12:18:50.360" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="8882" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8879" CreationDate="2011-01-13T12:30:18.707" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is a solution with tikz that looks like your screenshot given above&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[]{article}&#xA;&#xA;%load tikz&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;%load additional library&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{positioning}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;%start tikzpicture,define a node style&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[mystyle/.style={draw,rectangle,fill=blue!30,thick,minimum&#xA;width=3cm,minimum height=1cm}]&#xA;%start to define nodes relative to each other&#xA;\node[mystyle] (A) {A};&#xA;\node[mystyle] (B) [below=of A] {B};&#xA;\node[mystyle] (C) [below=of B] {C}; &#xA;\node[mystyle] (D) [below=of C] {D};&#xA;&#xA;%second column with a bit of a distance&#xA;\node[mystyle,node distance=2cm] (E) [right=of A] {E};  &#xA;\node[mystyle,node distance=2cm] (F) [right=of B] {F};&#xA;\node[mystyle,node distance=2cm] (G) [right=of D] {G};       &#xA;&#xA;\node[mystyle,node distance=2cm] (H) [right=of E] {H};  &#xA;&#xA;%empty node for the gap in column 2 row 3&#xA;\node[minimum width =3cm,node distance=2cm] (J) [right=of C] {};  &#xA;\node[mystyle,node distance=2cm] (K) [right=of J] {K};       &#xA;&#xA;%connect the nodes&#xA;\draw[-&amp;gt;] (A) -- (B);&#xA;\draw[-&amp;gt;] (B) -- (C);&#xA;\draw[-&amp;gt;] (C) -- (D);&#xA;\draw[-&amp;gt;] (G) -- (G);&#xA;\draw[-&amp;gt;] (E) -- (F);&#xA;\draw[-&amp;gt;] (F) -- (G);&#xA;\draw[-&amp;gt;] (G) -| (K);&#xA;\draw[-&amp;gt;] (K) -- (H);&#xA;\draw[-&amp;gt;] (C) -- (K);&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/dfd94.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="632" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-13T12:47:38.450" LastActivityDate="2011-01-13T12:47:38.450" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="8883" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8880" CreationDate="2011-01-13T12:38:35.060" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt; I realize that I have completely misguided this answer. My answer is basically a recommendation to type normally without escaping accents, which is easier and might be better for the spell-checker.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I had previously some problems with emacs and these type of characters. It was specially annoying to write them like that in the first place. So my tips are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;use utf8 inputenc, like the question that you referred: &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;make sure that your file is in utf-8. In emacs &lt;code&gt;M-x&lt;/code&gt; -&gt; &lt;code&gt;set-buffer-file-coding-system&lt;/code&gt; -&gt; &lt;code&gt;utf-8&lt;/code&gt; Or simply &lt;code&gt;C-x RET f&lt;/code&gt; -&gt; &lt;code&gt;utf-8&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Type characters normally, like Información, grève, coïncidence. In emacs I use &lt;code&gt;M-x&lt;/code&gt; &lt;code&gt;set-input-method&lt;/code&gt; -&gt; &lt;code&gt;latin-1-prefix&lt;/code&gt;. Your choice depends on your language or preference.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;To convert your already typed document, select an area (or the whole document) and use &lt;code&gt;M-x&lt;/code&gt; &lt;code&gt;iso-tex2iso&lt;/code&gt;. Chech the other versions of &lt;code&gt;iso-*&lt;/code&gt; functions that may help you as well to transform back and forward to several formats.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example of &lt;code&gt;iso-*&lt;/code&gt; functions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Original (how I type it):&#xA;Información, grève, coïncidence.&#xA;&#xA;iso-iso2tex of the phrase above:&#xA;Informaci{\'o}n, gr{\`e}ve, co{\&quot;\i}ncidence.&#xA;&#xA;Your format:&#xA;Informaci\'on, gr\`eve, co\&quot;incidence&#xA;&#xA;iso-tex2iso of the phrase above:&#xA;Información, grève, coïncidence.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="146" LastEditorUserId="146" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-13T18:39:40.253" LastActivityDate="2011-01-13T18:39:40.253" />
  <row Id="8884" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8857" CreationDate="2011-01-13T12:47:19.203" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;a href=&quot;http://detexify.kirelabs.org/classify.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Detexify&lt;/a&gt;. Just draw your symbol, and it will figure out what you need to type! Much easier than plowing through endless symbol tables :).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="116" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-13T12:50:28.383" LastActivityDate="2011-01-13T12:50:28.383" />
  <row Id="8885" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8877" CreationDate="2011-01-13T13:19:44.030" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The log message you quoted is a sort of &quot;summary&quot; of earlier, more detailed warnings, telling you exactly which references are undefined/multiply defined. Scroll up through the log file and you should find more detailed messages that look like the one below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;LaTeX Warning: Label `foo' multiply defined.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2011-01-13T13:19:44.030" />
  <row Id="8886" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8878" CreationDate="2011-01-13T13:41:50.633" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/memoir/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Memoir&lt;/a&gt; document class has &lt;code&gt;\ifodd&lt;/code&gt; macro for testing whether you're on an odd page. You could do this to have the section headings display differently depending on whether you're on an odd or even page. See p. 338 of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.sqsol.co.uk/macros/latex/contrib/memoir/memman.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;memoir manual&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The code is adapted from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/changepage/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;changepage&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package, so I guess you could use that instead. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-13T14:15:13.050" LastActivityDate="2011-01-13T14:15:13.050" />
  <row Id="8887" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8878" CreationDate="2011-01-13T14:54:17.480" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;the same with &lt;code&gt;tabularx&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;ragged2e&lt;/code&gt; and some minor changes:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\vspace{0.5\baselineskip}&lt;/code&gt;==&gt; &lt;code&gt;\medskip&lt;/code&gt;&#xA;&lt;code&gt;\vspace{\baselineskip}&lt;/code&gt;==&gt; &lt;code&gt;\bigskip&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{Example}[2][]%&#xA;{%------------------- Example Head -------------------&#xA;    \par\bigskip\noindent%    &#xA;    \refstepcounter{example}\label{example:\theexample}%%&#xA;    \ifthenelse{\isodd{\pageref{example:\theexample}}}&#xA;      {\color{blue}&#xA;       \begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{@{} &amp;gt;{\RaggedLeft}X @{}}&#xA;       \colorbox{blue}{\color{white}Example \theexample\ifx\relax#1\relax\else~(#1)\fi}\\\hline&#xA;       \end{tabularx}}&#xA;      {\color{blue}&#xA;       \begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{@{} &amp;gt;{\RaggedRight}X @{}}%&#xA;       \colorbox{blue}{\color{white}Example \theexample\ifx\relax#1\relax\else~(#1)\fi}\\\hline&#xA;       \end{tabularx}}%&#xA;    %------------------- Example Body -------------------&#xA;    \par\nopagebreak\nointerlineskip\medskip&#xA;       \noindent{\footnotesize#2}%&#xA;    %------------------- Solution Head -------------------&#xA;    \par\nointerlineskip\medskip\noindent%&#xA;    \colorbox{red}{\makebox[\linewidth-2\fboxsep]{\color{white}Solution}}%&#xA;    %------------------- Solution Body -------------------&#xA;    \par\nopagebreak%\nointerlineskip\vspace{0.5\baselineskip}\noindent%&#xA;    \color{red}\footnotesize\ignorespaces%&#xA;}&#xA;{%------------------- Solution Foot -------------------&#xA;    \par\nopagebreak\nointerlineskip\medskip&#xA;         \noindent{\color{red}\hrulefill}%&#xA;    \par\nointerlineskip\bigskip\noindent\ignorespacesafterend%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-13T14:54:17.480" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="8888" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7869" CreationDate="2011-01-13T15:21:43.837" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yiannis,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;AdobeReader comes in about 15 different languages. This is the number of possible translations of your new year's wishes. The language version of the Reader in which the PDF is opened can be accessed using the JavaScript object `app.language'. See:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://livedocs.adobe.com/acrobat_sdk/9.1/Acrobat9_1_HTMLHelp/wwhelp/wwhimpl/js/html/wwhelp.htm?href=JS_API_AcroJSPreface.87.1.html#1515775&amp;amp;accessible=true&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://livedocs.adobe.com/acrobat_sdk/9.1/Acrobat9_1_HTMLHelp/wwhelp/wwhimpl/js/html/wwhelp.htm?href=JS_API_AcroJSPreface.87.1.html#1515775&amp;amp;accessible=true&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It can be used to choose the matching greeting. I did this for French and German and some default language which appears to be the most probable one (according to the number of speakers). However, you may need to install an additional font pack ;-) :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.adobe.com/support/downloads/detail.jsp?ftpID=4883&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.adobe.com/support/downloads/detail.jsp?ftpID=4883&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Just replace your definition of the function HappyNewYear() with the following code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;function HappyNewYear()&#xA;{&#xA;  switch(app.lang){&#xA;    case &quot;FRA&quot;:&#xA;    hny=&quot;Bonne Ann&quot;+String.fromCharCode(233)+&quot;e !&quot;;break;;&#xA;    case &quot;DE&quot;:&#xA;    hny=&quot;Gl&quot;+String.fromCharCode(252)+&quot;ckliches Neues Jahr!&quot;;break;;&#xA;    default:&#xA;    hny=String.fromCharCode(26032,24180,24555,20048)+&quot;!&quot;;&#xA;  }&#xA;  app.alert(hny,3);&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that some non-ascii characters had to be replaced by their Unicode representation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alexander&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1053" LastEditorUserId="1053" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-13T15:35:30.607" LastActivityDate="2011-01-13T15:35:30.607" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="8889" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8819" CreationDate="2011-01-13T15:54:29.040" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have no problem with your testfile. Put &lt;code&gt;\listfiles&lt;/code&gt; into your&#xA;preamble and compare the file list, which is at the end of your log file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; *File List*&#xA;tufte-handout.cls    2009/12/11 v3.5.0 Tufte-handout class&#xA;tufte-common.def    2009/12/11 v3.5.0 Common code for the Tufte-LaTeX styles&#xA; xkeyval.sty    2008/08/13 v2.6a package option processing (HA)&#xA; xkeyval.tex    2008/08/13 v2.6a key=value parser (HA)&#xA; xifthen.sty    2009/04/17 v1.3 Extended ifthen features&#xA;    etex.sty    1998/03/26 v2.0 eTeX basic definition package (PEB)&#xA;    calc.sty    2007/08/22 v4.3 Infix arithmetic (KKT,FJ)&#xA;  ifthen.sty    2001/05/26 v1.1c Standard LaTeX ifthen package (DPC)&#xA; ifmtarg.sty    2009/09/02 v1.2a check for an empty argument&#xA; article.cls    2007/10/19 v1.4h Standard LaTeX document class&#xA;  size10.clo    2007/10/19 v1.4h Standard LaTeX file (size option)&#xA;   ifpdf.sty    2010/01/28 v2.1 Provides the ifpdf switch (HO)&#xA; ifxetex.sty    2010/09/12 v0.6 Provides ifxetex conditional&#xA;titlesec.sty    2007/08/12 v2.8 Sectioning titles&#xA;titletoc.sty    2007/08/12 v1.6 TOC entries&#xA;hyperref.sty    2010/12/16 v6.81z Hypertext links for LaTeX&#xA; ltxcmds.sty    2010/04/26 v1.7 LaTeX kernel commands for general use (HO)&#xA;pdftexcmds.sty    2010/04/01 v0.9 Utility functions of pdfTeX for LuaTeX (HO)&#xA;infwarerr.sty    2010/04/08 v1.3 Providing info/warning/message (HO)&#xA;ifluatex.sty    2010/03/01 v1.3 Provides the ifluatex switch (HO)&#xA;kvsetkeys.sty    2010/03/01 v1.9 Key value parser (HO)&#xA;etexcmds.sty    2010/01/28 v1.3 Prefix for e-TeX command names (HO)&#xA;pdfescape.sty    2010/03/01 v1.9 Provides hex, PDF name and string conversions &#xA;(HO)&#xA;  ifvtex.sty    2010/03/01 v1.5 Switches for detecting VTeX and its modes (HO)&#xA; hycolor.sty    2009/12/12 v1.6 Color options of hyperref/bookmark (HO)&#xA;xcolor-patch.sty    2009/12/12 xcolor patch&#xA;letltxmacro.sty    2008/06/24 v1.3 Let assignment for LaTeX macros (HO)&#xA;kvoptions.sty    2010/02/22 v3.7 Keyval support for LaTeX options (HO)&#xA;  pd1enc.def    2010/12/16 v6.81z Hyperref: PDFDocEncoding definition (HO)&#xA; intcalc.sty    2007/09/27 v1.1 Expandable integer calculations (HO)&#xA;hyperref.cfg    2002/06/06 v1.2 hyperref configuration of TeXLive&#xA;   puenc.def    2010/12/16 v6.81z Hyperref: PDF Unicode definition (HO)&#xA;     url.sty    2006/04/12  ver 3.3  Verb mode for urls, etc.&#xA;  bitset.sty    2007/09/28 v1.0 Data type bit set (HO)&#xA;bigintcalc.sty    2007/11/11 v1.1 Expandable big integer calculations (HO)&#xA;atbegshi.sty    2010/03/25 v1.12 At begin shipout hook (HO)&#xA; hpdftex.def    2010/12/16 v6.81z Hyperref driver for pdfTeX&#xA;atveryend.sty    2010/03/24 v1.5 Hooks at very end of document (HO)&#xA;rerunfilecheck.sty    2010/03/16 v1.6 Rerun checks for auxiliary files (HO)&#xA;uniquecounter.sty    2009/12/18 v1.1 Provides unlimited unique counter (HO)&#xA;ragged2e.sty    2009/05/21 v2.1 ragged2e Package (MS)&#xA;everysel.sty    2009/05/30 v1.1 EverySelectfont Package (MS)&#xA;geometry.sty    2010/09/12 v5.6 Page Geometry&#xA;changepage.sty    2009/10/20 v1.0c check page and change page layout&#xA;paralist.sty    2002/03/18 v2.3b Extended list environments (BS)&#xA;textcase.sty    2004/10/07 v0.07 Text only upper/lower case changing (DPC)&#xA;letterspace.sty    2010/01/10 v2.4 Robust letterspacing (RS)&#xA;setspace.sty    2000/12/01 6.7 Contributed and Supported LaTeX2e package&#xA;  natbib.sty    2010/09/13 8.31b (PWD, AO)&#xA;bibentry.sty    2007/10/30 1.5 (PWD)&#xA;optparams.sty    2004/08/14 v0.9 multiple optional parameters in macros&#xA;placeins.sty    2005/04/18  v 2.2&#xA;mathpazo.sty    2005/04/12 PSNFSS-v9.2a Palatino w/ Pazo Math (D.Puga, WaS) &#xA;  helvet.sty    2005/04/12 PSNFSS-v9.2a (WaS) &#xA;beramono.sty    2004/01/31 (WaS)&#xA; fontenc.sty&#xA;   t1enc.def    2005/09/27 v1.99g Standard LaTeX file&#xA;textcomp.sty    2005/09/27 v1.99g Standard LaTeX package&#xA;  ts1enc.def    2001/06/05 v3.0e (jk/car/fm) Standard LaTeX file&#xA;fancyhdr.sty    &#xA;  xcolor.sty    2007/01/21 v2.11 LaTeX color extensions (UK)&#xA;   color.cfg    2007/01/18 v1.5 color configuration of teTeX/TeXLive&#xA;  pdftex.def    2010/11/26 v0.05c Graphics/color for pdfTeX&#xA;dvipsnam.def    1999/02/16 v3.0i Driver-dependant file (DPC,SPQR)&#xA;  svgnam.def    2007/01/21 v2.11 Predefined colors according to SVG 1.1 (UK)&#xA;multicol.sty    2008/12/05 v1.6h multicolumn formatting (FMi)&#xA; amsmath.sty    2000/07/18 v2.13 AMS math features&#xA; amstext.sty    2000/06/29 v2.01&#xA;  amsgen.sty    1999/11/30 v2.0&#xA;  amsbsy.sty    1999/11/29 v1.2d&#xA;  amsopn.sty    1999/12/14 v2.01 operator names&#xA;   gantt.sty    &#xA;    tikz.sty    2010/10/13 v2.10 (rcs-revision 1.76)&#xA;     pgf.sty    2008/01/15 v2.10 (rcs-revision 1.12)&#xA;  pgfrcs.sty    2010/10/25 v2.10 (rcs-revision 1.24)&#xA;everyshi.sty    2001/05/15 v3.00 EveryShipout Package (MS)&#xA;  pgfrcs.code.tex&#xA; pgfcore.sty    2010/04/11 v2.10 (rcs-revision 1.7)&#xA;graphicx.sty    1999/02/16 v1.0f Enhanced LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)&#xA;graphics.sty    2009/02/05 v1.0o Standard LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)&#xA;    trig.sty    1999/03/16 v1.09 sin cos tan (DPC)&#xA;graphics.cfg    2010/04/23 v1.9 graphics configuration of TeX Live&#xA;  pgfsys.sty    2010/06/30 v2.10 (rcs-revision 1.37)&#xA;  pgfsys.code.tex&#xA;pgfsyssoftpath.code.tex    2008/07/18  (rcs-revision 1.7)&#xA;pgfsysprotocol.code.tex    2006/10/16  (rcs-revision 1.4)&#xA; pgfcore.code.tex&#xA;pgfcomp-version-0-65.sty    2007/07/03 v2.10 (rcs-revision 1.7)&#xA;pgfcomp-version-1-18.sty    2007/07/23 v2.10 (rcs-revision 1.1)&#xA;  pgffor.sty    2010/03/23 v2.10 (rcs-revision 1.18)&#xA; pgfkeys.sty    &#xA; pgfkeys.code.tex&#xA;  pgffor.code.tex&#xA;    tikz.code.tex&#xA; forloop.sty    2006/09/18 v3.0 For Loops for LaTeX&#xA; minibox.sty    2009/04/21 v0.1 Another type of box.&#xA;booktabs.sty    2005/04/14 v1.61803 publication quality tables&#xA;   units.sty    1998/08/04 v0.9b Typesetting units&#xA;nicefrac.sty    1998/08/04 v0.9b Nice fractions&#xA;fancyvrb.sty    2010/05/14&#xA;  lipsum.sty    2005/01/26 v1.0 150 paragraphs of Lorem Ipsum dummy text&#xA;  ts1cmr.fd    1999/05/25 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions&#xA;  t1pplj.fd    2004/09/06 font definitions for T1/pplj.&#xA; nameref.sty    2010/04/30 v2.40 Cross-referencing by name of section&#xA;refcount.sty    2008/08/11 v3.1 Data extraction from references (HO)&#xA;gettitlestring.sty    2009/12/18 v1.3 Cleanup title references (HO)&#xA;      zz.out&#xA;      zz.out&#xA;supp-pdf.mkii&#xA;epstopdf-base.sty    2010/02/09 v2.5 Base part for package epstopdf&#xA;  grfext.sty    2007/09/30 v1.0 Managing graphics extensions (HO)&#xA;epstopdf-sys.cfg    2010/07/13 v1.3 Configuration of (r)epstopdf for TeX Live&#xA; ***********&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-13T15:54:29.040" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8890" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8906" CreationDate="2011-01-13T17:03:42.807" Score="3" ViewCount="415" Body="&lt;p&gt;How to draw the boxes as shown in the attached image? I could only manage to draw the chart but could not highlight the desired node / nodes with a rectangle box. Preferably dotted. I could not draw dotted in MS paint. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/2yfGv.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{figure}[!htb]&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;[auto,&#xA; block/.style ={rectangle, draw=blue, thick, fill=blue!20, text width=5em,align=center, rounded corners, minimum height=2em},&#xA; block1/.style ={rectangle, draw=blue, thick, fill=blue!20, text width=5em,align=center, rounded corners, minimum height=2em},&#xA; line/.style ={draw, thick, -latex',shorten &amp;gt;=2pt},&#xA; cloud/.style ={draw=red, thick, ellipse,fill=red!20,&#xA; minimum height=1em}]&#xA;\draw (2.5,-2) node[block] (C) {Subanta};&#xA;\path (0,-3) node[block] (G){ Pumlinga}&#xA;      (0,-4) node[block] (H){ Strilinga}&#xA;      (0,-5) node[block] (I){ Napumsaka}&#xA;      (5,-3) node[block] (J){ Pumlinga}&#xA;      (5,-4) node[block] (K){ Strilinga}&#xA;      (5,-5) node[block] (L){ Napumsaka};&#xA;\draw (C.south) -- ++(0,-0.25) coordinate (linga);&#xA;\draw (linga) -- ++(-1,0) coordinate (ling);&#xA;\draw[-latex] (ling) |- (G.east);&#xA;\draw[-latex] (ling) |- (H.east);&#xA;\draw[-latex] (ling) |- (I.east);&#xA;\draw (linga) -- ++(1,0) coordinate (hling);&#xA;\draw[-latex] (hling) |- (J.west);&#xA;\draw[-latex] (hling) |- (K.west);&#xA;\draw[-latex] (hling) |- (L.west);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;\caption{Summary of Linga } \label{linga}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks for your help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2036" LastEditorUserId="2036" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-13T17:46:28.820" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T09:41:31.160" Title="Tikz - How to Draw Boxes Around Set of Nodes" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;nodes&gt;&lt;node-connections&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="8891" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8893" CreationDate="2011-01-13T17:22:25.270" Score="2" ViewCount="92" Body="&lt;p&gt;In a LaTeX table with merged cells, how can I color each cell with a different color?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/mEsng.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%% LyX 1.6.7 created this file.  For more info, see http://www.lyx.org/.&#xA;%% Do not edit unless you really know what you are doing.&#xA;\documentclass[english]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[latin9]{inputenc}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;&#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% LyX specific LaTeX commands.&#xA;%% Because html converters don't know tabularnewline&#xA;\providecommand{\tabularnewline}{\\}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{babel}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|c|}&#xA;\cline{3-4} &#xA;\multicolumn{1}{c}{} &amp;amp;   &amp;amp; \multicolumn{2}{c|}{Overexpression}\tabularnewline&#xA;\cline{3-4} &#xA;\multicolumn{1}{c}{} &amp;amp;  &amp;amp; Cancer &amp;amp; Control \tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;Marked &amp;amp; Cancer  &amp;amp; 45  &amp;amp; 61\tabularnewline&#xA;\cline{2-4} &#xA;Cell Line &amp;amp; Control  &amp;amp; 42  &amp;amp; 52\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="978" LastActivityDate="2011-01-13T17:34:00.243" Title="Color merged and regular cells in a table individually" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;color&gt;&lt;cell&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="8893" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8891" CreationDate="2011-01-13T17:26:56.970" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[table]{xcolor}&#xA;...   &#xA;\begin{tabular}{...}&#xA;\cellcolor{blue} foo &amp;amp; \cellcolor{red} bar\\&#xA;&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is also a command for coloring  whole columns and rows.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-13T17:26:56.970" />
  <row Id="8894" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8891" CreationDate="2011-01-13T17:34:00.243" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Put &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[table]{xcolor}&lt;/code&gt; in the preamble, use nested tables &amp;amp; these commands:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\rowcolor{}&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\columncolor{}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2011-01-13T17:34:00.243" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8895" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8905" CreationDate="2011-01-13T17:35:11.803" Score="3" ViewCount="84" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to create a &lt;code&gt;screenplay&lt;/code&gt;-like class that uses a very simple syntax to create the dialogue, &lt;em&gt;and&lt;/em&gt; dumps it as a plain text file for use in subtitles. To divide the subtitle sections I use &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;^&lt;/code&gt; sets a new speaker, like that:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\catcode`\^=13&#xA;\def^#1: {\par \textbf{#1:}}&#xA;\catcode`\&amp;=13&#xA;\def&amp;{\par \hspace{10pt}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA; ^Alice: &amp;Hello Bob. &amp;What's up?&#xA; ^Bob: &amp;Nothing, really. &amp;Goodbye.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now I would like to get at the text between &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;...&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; (i.e. from &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; to just before the next &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt;, so &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;c&lt;/code&gt; should expand to &lt;code&gt;\foo{a}\foo{b}\foo{c}&lt;/code&gt;) to save it with a running index to my text file. So I tried &lt;code&gt;\bgroup&lt;/code&gt;/&lt;code&gt;egroup&lt;/code&gt; as in:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{color}&#xA;\def\testcommand{\textcolor{blue}}&#xA;\catcode`\^=13&#xA;\def^#1: {\egroup \par \textbf{#1:} \bgroup}&#xA;\catcode`\&amp;=13&#xA;\def&amp;{\egroup \par \hspace{10pt} \testcommand\bgroup}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA; \bgroup&#xA; ^Alice: &amp;Hello Bob. &amp;What's up?&#xA; ^Bob: &amp;Nothing, really. &amp;Goodbye.&#xA; \egroup&#xA;\end{document}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And it seems to work, since &lt;code&gt;\textcolor&lt;/code&gt; doesn't just colorize the next letter but the whole line, but when I use &lt;code&gt;\def\testcommand#1{(#1)}&lt;/code&gt; it is called with an empty argument (produces &lt;em&gt;() Hello Bob. () What…&lt;/em&gt;). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I guess this has something to do with the fact that when I use &lt;code&gt;\begingroup&lt;/code&gt;/&lt;code&gt;\endgroup&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;em&gt;my&lt;/em&gt; &lt;code&gt;\testcommand&lt;/code&gt; nothing changes but &lt;code&gt;\textcolor&lt;/code&gt; breaks with &lt;code&gt;Extra }, or forgotten \endgroup&lt;/code&gt; on the first &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In &lt;code&gt;color.sty&lt;/code&gt; they use &lt;code&gt;\def\textcolor#1#&lt;/code&gt; which I have never seen before (and when I use it with my &lt;code&gt;testcommand&lt;/code&gt; it breaks with &lt;code&gt;\begin{document} ended by \end{)}&lt;/code&gt;. What magic is that? Very difficult to google…&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My other attempt &lt;code&gt;\def&amp;amp;#1&amp;amp;{ \testcommand{#1} }&lt;/code&gt; doesn't work either because it eats the next &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt;… (is there some kind of lookahead? So I could use &lt;code&gt;\def&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; and eat tokens until the next one would be &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;^&lt;/code&gt;?)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any pointers appreciated!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2356" LastEditorUserId="2356" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-14T20:48:44.053" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T21:01:14.553" Title="Get tokens between two commands" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;catcodes&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8896" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8890" CreationDate="2011-01-13T17:36:45.873" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\node[draw,dotted] {A};&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\draw[dotted] (0,0) rectangle (2,2);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Other options would be &lt;code&gt;densely dotted&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;loosely dotted&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;dashed&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;densely dashed&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;loosely dashed&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to fit stuff, use the &lt;code&gt;fit&lt;/code&gt;-library (example in Plain):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\input tikz&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{fit}&#xA;\tikzpicture&#xA;\foreach \x/\z in {A/1,B/2,C/3,D/4,E/5,F/6,G/7} {&#xA;  \node at (\z,0) (\x) {\x};&#xA;}&#xA;\node[draw,dotted,fit=(A) (B) (C)] {};&#xA;\endtikzpicture&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/L8ZGV.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; title=&quot;Hosted by imgur.com&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Following Caramdir's suggestion on &lt;code&gt;inner sep&lt;/code&gt;, I composed a LaTeX example with some additional tikz libraries which you might be interested in:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{ matrix,      % For easy node positioning&#xA;                 fit,         % For easily fitting nodes inside another one&#xA;                 positioning, % For easy node-relative placements&#xA;               }&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[ % Dims on their own lines for easy tweakage&#xA;  myscope/.style={node distance=1em and 0em},&#xA;  mymatrix/.style={matrix of nodes, nodes=block,&#xA;    column sep=2em,&#xA;    row sep=1em},&#xA;  block/.style={draw=blue, thick, fill=blue!20, rounded corners,&#xA;    minimum width=6em,&#xA;    minimum height=2em},&#xA;  vhilit/.style={draw=red, thick, dotted,&#xA;    inner sep=1em},&#xA;  hhilit/.style={draw=black, thick, densely dotted,&#xA;    inner xsep=2em,&#xA;    inner ysep=.5em},&#xA;  line/.style={thick, -latex, shorten &amp;gt;= 2pt}&#xA;  ]&#xA;&#xA;  \matrix[mymatrix] (mx) { % Usage of matrix-lib&#xA;    &amp;amp; Subanta \\&#xA;    Pumlinga  &amp;amp; &amp;amp; Pumlinga \\&#xA;    Strilinga &amp;amp; &amp;amp; Strilinga \\&#xA;    Napumsaka &amp;amp; &amp;amp; Napumsaka \\&#xA;  }; % Now you can refer to nodes as &quot;matrixname-rownumber-columnnumber&quot;&#xA;&#xA;  \begin{scope}[myscope]&#xA;    \coordinate[below left=of mx-1-2] (leftBranch); % Usage of positioning-lib&#xA;    \coordinate[below right=of mx-1-2] (rightBranch);&#xA;  \end{scope}&#xA;&#xA;  \draw[thick] (mx-1-2) |- (leftBranch) -- (rightBranch);&#xA;&#xA;  \foreach \x in {2,3,4} {&#xA;    \draw[line] (leftBranch)  |- (mx-\x-1);&#xA;    \draw[line] (rightBranch) |- (mx-\x-3);&#xA;  }&#xA;&#xA;  \node[vhilit, fit=(mx-2-3) (mx-3-3) (mx-4-3)] {}; % Usage of fit-lib&#xA;  \node[hhilit, fit=(mx-4-1) (mx-4-3)] {};&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/mb7px.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; title=&quot;Hosted by imgur.com&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastEditorUserId="1410" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-14T08:51:49.347" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T08:51:49.347" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="8897" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-13T17:40:21.457" Score="1" ViewCount="137" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm new here and new user of LaTeX I'm trying to write my PhD, intermediate reports with it and I am facing some problems.&#xA;I tried to look on the internet for 2 weeks, but found no answer to my problem (or maybe I'm not getting everything I read).&#xA;I'm posting the log file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;This is pdfTeX, Version 3.1415926-1.40.10 (MiKTeX 2.8)&#xA;entering extended mode&#xA;(&quot;E:/Rapport/Rapport TeX/Exemples/ModeleRapportStageLatex/Global.tex&quot;&#xA;LaTeX2e &amp;lt;2009/09/24&amp;gt;&#xA;Babel &amp;lt;v3.8l&amp;gt; and hyphenation patterns for english, usenglishmax, dumylang, noh&#xA;yphenation, german, ngerman, german-x-2009-06-19, ngerman-x-2009-06-19, french,&#xA; greek, italian, russian, turkish, ukenglish, farsi, loaded.&#xA;(&quot;C:\Program Files\MiKTeX 2.8\tex\latex\base\report.cls&quot;&#xA;Document Class: report 2007/10/19 v1.4h Standard LaTeX document class&#xA;(&quot;C:\Program Files\MiKTeX 2.8\tex\latex\base\size12.clo&quot;))&#xA;(&quot;C:\Program Files\MiKTeX 2.8\tex\generic\babel\babel.sty&quot;&#xA;*************************************&#xA;* Local config file bblopts.cfg used&#xA;*&#xA;&#xA;(&quot;C:\Documents and Settings\karoui\Application Data\MiKTeX\2.8\tex\latex\arabi\&#xA;bblopts.cfg&quot;) (&quot;C:\Program Files\MiKTeX 2.8\tex\generic\babel\frenchb.ldf&quot;&#xA;(&quot;C:\Program Files\MiKTeX 2.8\tex\generic\babel\babel.def&quot;)&#xA;*************************************&#xA;* Local config file frenchb.cfg used&#xA;*&#xA;(&quot;C:\Program Files\MiKTeX 2.8\tex\generic\babel\frenchb.cfg&quot;)))&#xA;(&quot;C:\Program Files\MiKTeX 2.8\tex\latex\carlisle\scalefnt.sty&quot;)&#xA;(&quot;C:\Program Files\MiKTeX 2.8\tex\latex\graphics\keyval.sty&quot;)&#xA;(&quot;E:\Rapport\Rapport TeX\Exemples\ModeleRapportStageLatex\ucs.sty&quot;&#xA;(&quot;E:\Rapport\Rapport TeX\Exemples\ModeleRapportStageLatex\uni-global.def&quot;))&#xA;(&quot;C:\Program Files\MiKTeX 2.8\tex\latex\base\inputenc.sty&quot;&#xA;(&quot;E:\Rapport\Rapport TeX\Exemples\ModeleRapportStageLatex\utf8x.def&quot;))&#xA;(&quot;C:\Program Files\MiKTeX 2.8\tex\latex\ltxmisc\url.sty&quot;)&#xA;(&quot;C:\Program Files\MiKTeX 2.8\tex\latex\geometry\geometry.sty&quot;&#xA;(&quot;C:\Program Files\MiKTeX 2.8\tex\generic\oberdiek\ifpdf.sty&quot;)&#xA;(&quot;C:\Program Files\MiKTeX 2.8\tex\generic\oberdiek\ifvtex.sty&quot;)&#xA;(&quot;C:\Program Files\MiKTeX 2.8\tex\latex\geometry\geometry.cfg&quot;))&#xA;(&quot;C:\Documents and Settings\karoui\Application Data\MiKTeX\2.8\tex\latex\listin&#xA;gs\listings.sty&quot;&#xA;(&quot;C:\Documents and Settings\karoui\Application Data\MiKTeX\2.8\tex\latex\listin&#xA;gs\lstmisc.sty&quot;)&#xA;(&quot;C:\Documents and Settings\karoui\Application Data\MiKTeX\2.8\tex\latex\listin&#xA;gs\listings.cfg&quot;)) (&quot;C:\Program Files\MiKTeX 2.8\tex\latex\graphics\lscape.sty&quot;&#xA;(&quot;C:\Program Files\MiKTeX 2.8\tex\latex\graphics\graphics.sty&quot;&#xA;(&quot;C:\Program Files\MiKTeX 2.8\tex\latex\graphics\trig.sty&quot;)&#xA;(&quot;C:\Program Files\MiKTeX 2.8\tex\latex\00miktex\graphics.cfg&quot;)&#xA;(&quot;C:\Program Files\MiKTeX 2.8\tex\latex\pdftex-def\pdftex.def&quot;)))&#xA;(&quot;C:\Program Files\MiKTeX 2.8\tex\latex\graphics\graphicx.sty&quot;)&#xA;(&quot;C:\Program Files\MiKTeX 2.8\tex\latex\tools\multicol.sty&quot;)&#xA;(&quot;C:\Program Files\MiKTeX 2.8\tex\latex\base\makeidx.sty&quot;)&#xA;Writing index file Global.idx&#xA;(&quot;C:\Program Files\MiKTeX 2.8\tex\latex\graphics\color.sty&quot;&#xA;(&quot;C:\Program Files\MiKTeX 2.8\tex\latex\00miktex\color.cfg&quot;))&#xA;(&quot;C:\Documents and Settings\karoui\Application Data\MiKTeX\2.8\tex\latex\setspa&#xA;ce\setspace.sty&quot;&#xA;Package: `setspace' 6.7 &amp;lt;2000/12/01&amp;gt;&#xA;) (&quot;E:\Rapport\Rapport TeX\Exemples\ModeleRapportStageLatex\Global.aux&quot;&#xA;&#xA;LaTeX Warning: Label `image_EFA' multiply defined.&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;LaTeX Warning: Label `image_EFA' multiply defined.&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;LaTeX Warning: Label `image_EFA' multiply defined.&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;LaTeX Warning: Label `image_EFA' multiply defined.&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;LaTeX Warning: Label `image_courbe' multiply defined.&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;LaTeX Warning: Label `image_courbe' multiply defined.&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;LaTeX Warning: Label `image_courbe' multiply defined.&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;LaTeX Warning: Label `image_courbe' multiply defined.&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;LaTeX Warning: Label `image_courbe' multiply defined.&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;LaTeX Warning: Label `image_courbe' multiply defined.&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;LaTeX Warning: Label `image_courbe' multiply defined.&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;LaTeX Warning: Label `image_courbe' multiply defined.&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;LaTeX Warning: Label `image_courbe' multiply defined.&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;LaTeX Warning: Label `image_courbe' multiply defined.&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;LaTeX Warning: Label `image_courbe' multiply defined.&#xA;&#xA;! Missing \endcsname inserted.&#xA;&amp;lt;to be read again&amp;gt; &#xA;                   \unhbox &#xA;l.81 \newlabel{image_crit\IeC {\`e}re}{{4.2}{26}}&#xA;&#xA;? &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I hope someone can help me.&#xA;I removed all labels by putting &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt; before them.&#xA;I removed the whole text.&#xA;Nothing changes, I still get the same error.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2924" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-13T18:15:38.147" LastActivityDate="2011-01-13T18:15:38.147" Title="label referring problem" Tags="&lt;errors&gt;&lt;labels&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8898" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-13T17:43:14.077" Score="3" ViewCount="162" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a style where all paragraphs have indention of about 5cm. Verbatim environment does not have any indention to the combination of paragraphs and verbatim environments does not look good. Something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;             This is paragraph ...&#xA;          Next line of the same paragraph.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;and this is verbatim&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to define an global indent for verbatim environment?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2714" LastActivityDate="2011-01-28T07:25:52.483" Title="How to add indention to all verbatim environment?" Tags="&lt;indentation&gt;&lt;verbatim&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8899" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8902" CreationDate="2011-01-13T17:47:05.057" Score="1" ViewCount="219" Body="&lt;p&gt;After having answered &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1725/how-do-i-generate-creative-commons-license-information/8760#8760&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt; I thought &quot;hmm, maybe I should actually install that package and see if it's as good as it looks...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I tried. I downloaded &lt;code&gt;ccicons.tds.zip&lt;/code&gt; from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/install/fonts/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; and unzipped it into my &lt;code&gt;~/texmf&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;this is a procedure that has worked for me before with siunitx and a couple of other packages, so I thought there'd be no problems here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But when I try and use the package, I got an error. So I went and had a look at the readme, and it told me to run &lt;code&gt;updmap --enable Map ccicons.map&lt;/code&gt; so I did. But I still get an error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;kpathsea: Running mktexpk --mfmode / --bdpi 600 --mag 1+0/600 --dpi 600 cciconsmktexpk: don't know how to create bitmap font for ccicons.&#xA;kpathsea: Appending font creation commands to missfont.log.&#xA; )&#xA;!pdfTeX error: pdflatex (file ccicons): Font ccicons at 600 not found&#xA; ==&amp;gt; Fatal error occurred, no output PDF file produced!&#xA;&#xA;LaTeX exited abnormally with code 70 at Thu Jan 13 17:39:09&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't know how to fix this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I compile to DVI rather than straight to PDF (that is, if I use auctex's LaTeX mode rather than the PDFLaTeX mode) I can compile the document, but the &lt;code&gt;\ccLogo&lt;/code&gt; appears as a capital gamma... Also, when I compile to pdf, it says &lt;code&gt;LaTeX successfully formatted [0] pages&lt;/code&gt; but the log file contains the error above.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm on Ubuntu 10.10 using the package manager version of TeXlive.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have similar issues with certain of the TeX gyre fonts installed through the package manager: &lt;code&gt;tgpagella&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;tgtermes&lt;/code&gt; for instance. I get more or less the same behaviour: compiles 0 pages in PDFLaTeX mode, logs an error about font not found (again mentioning &quot;at 600&quot; whatever that means), but I can compile to dvi fine...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've run just about every version of &lt;code&gt;updmap&lt;/code&gt; I can imagine, and since the issue also occurs with fonts installed through the ubuntu package manager, I don't think the issue has to do with that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Complete log available &lt;a href=&quot;https://gist.github.com/793234&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; (with listfiles)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-24T13:52:51.947" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T16:07:00.180" Title="Font installed, compiles to dvi, but fails compiling to pdf. &quot;font at 600 not found&quot;" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="8900" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8897" CreationDate="2011-01-13T17:47:16.067" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Don't use chars with accents or commands in the \label-argument. The label is only an identification key and should be a simple ascii string. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then delete the .aux-file (it is from the previous run and will still contain faulty labels) and try again. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2011-01-13T17:47:16.067" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8901" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8897" CreationDate="2011-01-13T17:47:26.727" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;do not use spcial characters in labels, in your case use &lt;code&gt;\label{image-critere}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-13T17:47:26.727" />
  <row Id="8902" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8899" CreationDate="2011-01-13T17:51:10.997" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;run&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;updmap-sys --enable Map=ccicons.map&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to make the font known to your system. If your TeX distribution was installed as root, then use &lt;code&gt;sudo&lt;/code&gt;. If you had it run before always as &lt;code&gt;updmap&lt;/code&gt; (without -sys) then you only have a local &lt;code&gt;pdftex.map&lt;/code&gt; in your home directory. You shouldn't mix &lt;code&gt;updmap&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;updmap-sys&lt;/code&gt; runs, when you are a user &lt;em&gt;and&lt;/em&gt; administrator on the computer. In this case use always &lt;code&gt;updmap-sys&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;sudo updmap-sys&lt;/code&gt;. It may be nessesary that you have to delete the local copy of &lt;code&gt;pdftex.map&lt;/code&gt; if you are in trouble.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;my testdoc:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{ccicons}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\ccLogo&#xA;\ccAttribution&#xA;\ccShareAlike&#xA;\ccNoDerivatives&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-24T16:07:00.180" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T16:07:00.180" CommentCount="16" />
  <row Id="8903" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8913" CreationDate="2011-01-13T17:57:30.183" Score="0" ViewCount="227" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am making a poster and I saw that sciposter is a very good poster class with the ability to process eps figures. Also I found that sciposter can handle &lt;code&gt;\psfrag&lt;/code&gt; commands used to add labels on figures. I require this feature in my work. However I am having trouble to include subfigures as I normally do in a normal article class document. The example in the package sciposter comes with an example showing how to include subfigures, but I still want to use the subfig package as I normally do. Here is a minimal code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{sciposter}&#xA;\usepackage{epsfig}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}&#xA;\usepackage{multicol}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{subfig}&#xA;\usepackage{caption}&#xA;\captionsetup{labelsep=period}&#xA;\captionsetup[subfloat]{captionskip=15pt}&#xA;%\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{psfrag}&#xA;&#xA;\title{Generalized Pattern Spectra Sensitive to Spatial Information}&#xA;&#xA;\author{Michael H. F. Wilkinson}&#xA;&#xA;\institute{Institute for Mathematics and Computing Science,\\&#xA;       University of Groningen\\}&#xA;&#xA;\email{michael@cs.rug.nl}  % shows author email address below institute&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\conference{{\bf ICPR 2002}, 16th International Conference on Pattern&#xA;Recognition, 11-15 August 2002, Qu\'ebec City, Canada}&#xA;&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;&#xA;%%% Begin of Multicols-Enviroment&#xA;\begin{multicols}{3}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Introduction}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}[htp]&#xA;\centering{&#xA;\subfloat[Good stiffness ratio $\overline{k}=0.2$]{&#xA;     \label{fig:subfig:first figure}&#xA;      \input{k02bb.tex}&#xA;  \includegraphics[width=0.48\columnwidth]&#xA;  {k02bb.eps}}&#xA;\hfill&#xA;\subfloat[Bad stiffness ratio $\overline{k}=0.3$]{&#xA;     \label{fig:subfig:second figure}&#xA;     \input{k02bb.tex}&#xA;  \includegraphics[width=0.48\columnwidth]&#xA;  {k02bb.eps}}&#xA;   \caption{Test figure}&#xA;     \label{fig:stiffgoodbad}}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end{multicols}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The above file is adapted from the example file sciposter-example.tex that comes with the package. The only difference is that I am using &lt;code&gt;\subfloat&lt;/code&gt; from the subfig package and that my figures are each in two files: 1 eps for the drawing and 1 tex files for the labels. This is how I normally do it when using Matlab and Laprint. On compiling the above I get the error message:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! LaTeX Error: \subfloat outside float.&#xA;&#xA;l.50 \subfloat&#xA;              [Good stiffness ratio $\overline{k}=0.2$]{&#xA;?     &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't get this error with &lt;code&gt;\subfloat&lt;/code&gt; when using the normal article or book class. What am I doing wrong here and why does it not work with sciposter?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Update: The files k02bb.tex and k02bb.eps can be downloaded from here:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;I've closed the link&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;. Contact me if you want the files.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is an additional tex file: testforfigure.tex that is for a normal article class to test if combination of k02bb.tex and k02bb.eps works. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Even if we take away the two lines  \input{k02bb.tex} in the code that I put above, I still get the same error message. It seems that Sciposter can't handle &lt;code&gt;\subfloat&lt;/code&gt; well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks a lot...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="993" LastEditorUserId="993" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-17T21:16:50.887" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T21:16:50.887" Title="subfloats not processed well with Sciposter" Tags="&lt;subfloats&gt;&lt;sciposter&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="13" />
  <row Id="8904" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-13T18:12:30.100" Score="1" ViewCount="148" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi, this is a follow-up of the post: How do you say Happy New Year with LaTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/7869/how-do-you-say-happy-new-year-with-latex&quot;&gt;How do you say Happy New Year with LaTeX?&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It sounds great to be able to use LaTeX for such greetings but however I have been unsuccessful with TexLive 2010. I performed the installation of acroTeX from CTAN i.e. LateXing acrotex.ins and put all the files in a folder under TeXLive 2010 and update the database with the TeXLive Manager but pdfLaTeX still complains: insdljs.sty not found though insdljs.sty exists. What is wrong? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks a lot...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="993" LastActivityDate="2011-01-13T18:12:30.100" Title="acroTeX and TeXLive 2010" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;installing&gt;&lt;texlive&gt;&lt;acrotex&gt;" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="8905" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8895" CreationDate="2011-01-13T18:22:27.123" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your post somehow gives a &lt;code&gt;too many questions&lt;/code&gt; overflow error. Let me try and answer a bit: You just can't pass an argument to a macro by using &lt;code&gt;\testcommand\bgroup &amp;lt;argument&amp;gt;\egroup&lt;/code&gt;. This will only pass &lt;code&gt;\bgroup&lt;/code&gt; to your &lt;code&gt;\testcommand&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And yes, your definition &lt;code&gt;\def&amp;amp;#1&amp;amp;{ \testcommand{#1} }&lt;/code&gt; does exactly this: It looks for the text between the &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; signs, and &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&amp;lt;some text&amp;gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; will be replaced with &lt;code&gt;&amp;nbsp;\testcommand{#1} &lt;/code&gt;. Maybe you're looking for something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\def\testcommand#1{(#1)}&#xA;\catcode`\^=13&#xA;\def^#1: {\par \textbf{#1:}}&#xA;\catcode`\&amp;amp;=13&#xA;\def&amp;amp;#1&amp;amp;{\ifx\relax#1\relax\else&#xA;         \par \hspace{10pt} \testcommand{#1} \expandafter&amp;amp;\fi}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA; ^Alice: &amp;amp;Hello Bob. &amp;amp;What's up?&#xA; ^Bob: &amp;amp;Nothing, really. &amp;amp;Goodbye. &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that I used &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; to indicate the end of the script.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for your question about &lt;code&gt;\def\textcolor#1#&lt;/code&gt;, this makes &lt;code&gt;\textcolor&lt;/code&gt; a macro that takes one argument &lt;em&gt;delimited by&lt;/em&gt; &lt;code&gt;{&lt;/code&gt;. Since the definition is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\textcolor#1#{\@textcolor{#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;this means that you can use &lt;code&gt;\textcolor&amp;lt;color-model&amp;gt;{...&lt;/code&gt;, and this will expand to &lt;code&gt;\@textcolor{&amp;lt;color-model&amp;gt;}{...&lt;/code&gt;. Note that &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;color-model&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; acts as an optional argument that mustn't contain &lt;code&gt;{&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-14T21:01:14.553" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T21:01:14.553" CommentCount="10" />
  <row Id="8906" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8890" CreationDate="2011-01-13T18:24:04.937" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;With the help of the »calc« library you can get it right.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{calc}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{tikzpicture}[%&#xA;    auto,&#xA;    block/.style ={rectangle,draw=blue,thick,fill=blue!20,text width=5em,align=center,rounded corners,minimum height=2em},&#xA;    block1/.style ={rectangle,draw=blue,thick,fill=blue!20,text width=5em,align=center,rounded corners,minimum height=2em},&#xA;    line/.style ={draw,thick,-latex',shorten &amp;gt;=2pt},&#xA;    cloud/.style ={draw=red,thick,ellipse,fill=red!20,minimum height=1em}&#xA;  ]&#xA;    \draw (2.5,-2) node[block] (C) {Subanta};&#xA;    \path (0,-3) node[block] (G) {Pumlinga}&#xA;          (0,-4) node[block] (H) {Strilinga}&#xA;          (0,-5) node[block] (I) {Napumsaka}&#xA;          (5,-3) node[block] (J) {Pumlinga}&#xA;          (5,-4) node[block] (K) {Strilinga}&#xA;          (5,-5) node[block] (L) {Napumsaka};&#xA;    \draw (C.south) -- ++(0,-0.25) coordinate (linga);&#xA;    \draw (linga) -- ++(-1,0) coordinate (ling);&#xA;    \draw[-latex] (ling) |- (G.east);&#xA;    \draw[-latex] (ling) |- (H.east);&#xA;    \draw[-latex] (ling) |- (I.east);&#xA;    \draw (linga) -- ++(1,0) coordinate (hling);&#xA;    \draw[-latex] (hling) |- (J.west);&#xA;    \draw[-latex] (hling) |- (K.west);&#xA;    \draw[-latex] (hling) |- (L.west);&#xA;    \draw[red,thick,dotted] ($(J.north west)+(-0.3,0.6)$)  rectangle ($(L.south east)+(0.3,-0.6)$);&#xA;    \draw[thick,dotted]     ($(I.north west)+(-0.5,0.15)$) rectangle ($(L.south east)+(0.5,-0.15)$);&#xA;  \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastEditorUserId="1063" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-13T18:32:07.343" LastActivityDate="2011-01-13T18:32:07.343" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8907" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8877" CreationDate="2011-01-13T19:06:49.423" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Besides looking into the .log file, the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/showlabels&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;showlabels&lt;/a&gt; package could help you if you would like to check the labels in the output.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To check the input, you could open a terminal and grep for labels:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;grep label filename.tex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This gives you a compact overview.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-01-13T19:06:49.423" />
  <row Id="8908" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-13T13:26:57.313" Score="4" ViewCount="355" Body="&lt;p&gt;For Latex tables editor, I am using LaTable Version 0.7.1 which is good to a large extent. The only problem I have (so far) with this editor is the ability of adding Multi-lines in a cell. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can someone suggest a powerful table editor for Latex?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3422" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-13T19:52:27.633" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T14:22:39.447" Title="Good LaTeX Table Editor?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;editors&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="8909" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8908" CreationDate="2011-01-13T13:33:38.803" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Have you seen &lt;a href=&quot;http://az.ctan.org/pkg/excel2latex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;excel2latex&lt;/a&gt; ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are a couple of other options &lt;a href=&quot;http://az.ctan.org/keyword/tables&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="339" LastActivityDate="2011-01-13T19:41:32.153" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8910" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8908" CreationDate="2011-01-13T13:35:32.703" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can also export tables to Latex in Gnumeric. It has several options of doing so (inline, or full page).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3336" LastActivityDate="2011-01-13T19:41:32.153" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8911" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8917" CreationDate="2011-01-13T19:42:23.533" Score="3" ViewCount="421" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a slide with a figure in it.  I want to draw a rounded corner rectangle overtop part of a figure to highlight that section.  Bonus points if you can draw two  rounded rectangles as overlays that appear one at a time. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/YrNUi.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;    \frametitle{ESR1} &#xA;&#xA;    \begin{center}&#xA;        Functional analysis&#xA;    \end{center}&#xA;&#xA;    \begin{center}&#xA;        \includegraphics[width=1\textheight]{some_image.jpg}&#xA;    \end{center}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Note: I removed most of the unnecessary code in the example code, so the theme in the picture doesn't match with the default one in the example code anymore. --Caramdir)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="978" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-13T10:27:59.840" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T10:27:59.840" Title="In a beamer slide highlight a region of an image with a rectangle overlay" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;overlays&gt;&lt;rounded-corners&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="8912" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-13T20:29:49.050" Score="3" ViewCount="90" Body="&lt;p&gt;I notice that in &lt;code&gt;source2e.pdf&lt;/code&gt;, the Index section has a running header that intersects with the top of the main text on each page, like so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/9Zv2u.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Actually, this seems to happen with some other sections, too, for example &quot;Change History&quot;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This occurs both in the current version at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/source2e.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tug.org/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/source2e.pdf&lt;/a&gt; (permalink &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.webcitation.org/5viCxJBr7&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.webcitation.org/5viCxJBr7&lt;/a&gt;) and in the ones included with MiKTeX 2.8 and 2.9.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What causes this -- is it something to do with the fact that these PDFs are using the A4 paper size rather than letter?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(And of course it would also be nice if somebody fixed it at some point...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1189" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T15:11:07.527" Title="What is with the unsightly overlap at the top of the index pages in source2e.pdf?" Tags="&lt;latex-general&gt;&lt;documentation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8913" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8903" CreationDate="2011-01-13T20:36:45.907" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Since the sciposter document class provides its own &lt;code&gt;figure&lt;/code&gt; code the subfig package does not recognize the &lt;code&gt;figure&lt;/code&gt; as floating environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So using &lt;code&gt;\captionsetup{type=figure}&lt;/code&gt; as first line of the figure which contains subfigures should make &lt;code&gt;\subfloat work&lt;/code&gt;, i.e.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}[htp]&#xA;\captionsetup{type=figure}% tell subfig package that this is a figure&#xA;...&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2574" LastActivityDate="2011-01-13T20:36:45.907" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8914" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8912" CreationDate="2011-01-13T20:48:03.533" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I can not see it. I run the document source for a4paper and for letter with &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; and always get the correct headings:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/6SrzT.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-13T20:48:03.533" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8915" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8827" CreationDate="2011-01-13T20:49:41.137" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is what I'm using for small cheat sheets. It is derived from some sheet I found out there, unfortunately, I cannot recall whom should I credit... Anyway, there you go:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt,landscape]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{multicol}&#xA;\usepackage{calc}&#xA;\usepackage{ifthen}&#xA;\usepackage[landscape]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath,amsthm,amsfonts,amssymb}&#xA;\usepackage{color,graphicx,overpic}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\pdfinfo{&#xA;  /Title (example.pdf)&#xA;  /Creator (TeX)&#xA;  /Producer (pdfTeX 1.40.0)&#xA;  /Author (Seamus)&#xA;  /Subject (Example)&#xA;  /Keywords (pdflatex, latex,pdftex,tex)}&#xA;&#xA;% This sets page margins to .5 inch if using letter paper, and to 1cm&#xA;% if using A4 paper. (This probably isn't strictly necessary.)&#xA;% If using another size paper, use default 1cm margins.&#xA;\ifthenelse{\lengthtest { \paperwidth = 11in}}&#xA;    { \geometry{top=.5in,left=.5in,right=.5in,bottom=.5in} }&#xA;    {\ifthenelse{ \lengthtest{ \paperwidth = 297mm}}&#xA;        {\geometry{top=1cm,left=1cm,right=1cm,bottom=1cm} }&#xA;        {\geometry{top=1cm,left=1cm,right=1cm,bottom=1cm} }&#xA;    }&#xA;&#xA;% Turn off header and footer&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;&#xA;% Redefine section commands to use less space&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand{\section}{\@startsection{section}{1}{0mm}%&#xA;                                {-1ex plus -.5ex minus -.2ex}%&#xA;                                {0.5ex plus .2ex}%x&#xA;                                {\normalfont\large\bfseries}}&#xA;\renewcommand{\subsection}{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{0mm}%&#xA;                                {-1explus -.5ex minus -.2ex}%&#xA;                                {0.5ex plus .2ex}%&#xA;                                {\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries}}&#xA;\renewcommand{\subsubsection}{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{0mm}%&#xA;                                {-1ex plus -.5ex minus -.2ex}%&#xA;                                {1ex plus .2ex}%&#xA;                                {\normalfont\small\bfseries}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;% Define BibTeX command&#xA;\def\BibTeX{{\rm B\kern-.05em{\sc i\kern-.025em b}\kern-.08em&#xA;    T\kern-.1667em\lower.7ex\hbox{E}\kern-.125emX}}&#xA;&#xA;% Don't print section numbers&#xA;\setcounter{secnumdepth}{0}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}&#xA;\setlength{\parskip}{0pt plus 0.5ex}&#xA;&#xA;%My Environments&#xA;\newtheorem{example}[section]{Example}&#xA;% -----------------------------------------------------------------------&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\raggedright&#xA;\footnotesize&#xA;\begin{multicols}{3}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% multicol parameters&#xA;% These lengths are set only within the two main columns&#xA;%\setlength{\columnseprule}{0.25pt}&#xA;\setlength{\premulticols}{1pt}&#xA;\setlength{\postmulticols}{1pt}&#xA;\setlength{\multicolsep}{1pt}&#xA;\setlength{\columnsep}{2pt}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;     \Large{\underline{Title}} \\&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Section 1}&#xA;Text&#xA;\subsection{xCode}&#xA;Subsetction text&#xA;&#xA;\section{Section 2}&#xA;Text 2&#xA;&#xA;\section{Section 3}&#xA;Etc.&#xA;&#xA;% You can even have references&#xA;\rule{0.3\linewidth}{0.25pt}&#xA;\scriptsize&#xA;\bibliographystyle{abstract}&#xA;\bibliography{refFile}&#xA;\end{multicols}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I hope you'd find it useful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="412" LastActivityDate="2011-01-13T20:49:41.137" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8916" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8700" CreationDate="2011-01-13T22:14:33.650" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have used the following kludge. In my case I wanted to always pass certain additional options to bibtex. Therefore I created the following script and saved it as &lt;code&gt;~/bin/bibtex&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;#! /bin/sh&#xA;exec /usr/texbin/bibtex -min-crossrefs=999 &quot;$@&quot;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then I made sure that &lt;code&gt;~/bin&lt;/code&gt; is in my &lt;code&gt;PATH&lt;/code&gt; before &lt;code&gt;/usr/texbin&lt;/code&gt;. That's all. Now rubber (and all other tools that invoke &lt;code&gt;bibtex&lt;/code&gt;) have the right parameters set.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="100" LastActivityDate="2011-01-13T22:14:33.650" />
  <row Id="8917" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8911" CreationDate="2011-01-13T22:15:07.473" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can include the picture into a TikZ node and then draw some rectangles over it. For example,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;    \frametitle{ESR1} &#xA;&#xA;    \begin{center}&#xA;        Functional analysis&#xA;    \end{center}&#xA;&#xA;    \begin{center}&#xA;        \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;            \node[anchor=south west,inner sep=0] at (0,0) {\includegraphics[width=1\textheight]{some_image.jpg}};&#xA;            \draw&amp;lt;1&amp;gt;[red,ultra thick,rounded corners] (1.6,1) rectangle (\textheight-1cm,5);&#xA;            \draw&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;[red,ultra thick,rounded corners] (5.7,4.1) rectangle (7.5,4.9);&#xA;        \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \end{center}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;with &lt;a href=&quot;http://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/1/16/Mycena_interrupta.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;a picture from Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt; as &lt;code&gt;some_image.jpg&lt;/code&gt; gives the two slides&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/mLgqK.png&quot; alt=&quot;example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note the &lt;code&gt;\node[anchor=south west,inner sep=0] at (0,0) {\includegraphics{...}};&lt;/code&gt; line. This adds the picture so that the lower left corner is at the origin of the TikZ coordinate system. Section 14.6 “Rounding Corners” of the TikZ manual (v2.10) tells you how you can change the corner rounding.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Btw, do you really mean &lt;code&gt;width=1\textheight&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-01-13T22:15:07.473" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="8918" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8926" CreationDate="2011-01-13T22:21:59.863" Score="1" ViewCount="215" Body="&lt;p&gt;After many years being silent, TeX can now talk! Almost minimal code below! It should be of particular interest to Physicists and Cosmologists. Need to have Adobe Reader installed. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrartcl}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[scaled =.92]{helvet}&#xA;\setlength{\paperwidth}{5.2075in}&#xA;\setlength{\paperheight}{4.90in}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\familydefault}{phv}&#xA;\usepackage[pdftex,margin=0.5in]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{soul}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\lhead{Sound and TeX}\chead{}&#xA;\rhead{Can you hear me?}&#xA;\lfoot{}\cfoot{}\rfoot{}&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage[pdftex,pdfpagelayout=SinglePage,&#xA;pdftitle={Hello world},pdfsubject={Invest your new year improving your TeX skills}%&#xA;]{hyperref}&#xA;\definecolor{background}{rgb}{0.99,0.98,0.90}&#xA;\pagecolor{background}&#xA;\setlength{\parindent}{0.0cm}&#xA;\usepackage[pdftex]{insdljs}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{insDLJS}[test]{test}{JavaScript}&#xA;function Hello()&#xA;{&#xA;  var cSpeaker = tts.getNthSpeakerName(0);&#xA;   tts.speaker = cSpeaker;&#xA;   tts.qText (&quot;Hello, Tex Stack Exchange. Helloooo, can anybody hear me? Helloooo?&quot;);&#xA;   tts.talk();&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;function HelloWorld()&#xA;{&#xA;  var cSpeaker = tts.getNthSpeakerName(0);&#xA;   tts.speaker = cSpeaker;&#xA;   tts.qText (&quot;Hello, Tex Stack Exchange. Helloooo, can anybody hear me?&quot;);&#xA;   tts.qText(&quot;This is a new and alien TeX world.&quot;);&#xA;   tts.talk();&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;function WhatsUp()&#xA;{&#xA;  var cSpeaker = tts.getNthSpeakerName(0);&#xA;   tts.speaker = cSpeaker;&#xA;   tts.qText (&quot;Humans are not proud of their ancestors, and rarely invite them round to dinner.&quot;);&#xA;   tts.qText(&quot;What\'s up?&quot;);&#xA;   tts.talk();&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;function Universe()&#xA;{&#xA;  var cSpeaker = tts.getNthSpeakerName(0);&#xA;   tts.speaker = cSpeaker;&#xA;   tts.qText (&quot;In the beginning the Universe was created. This has made a lot of people very angry and has been widely regarded as a bad move.In those days spirits were brave, the stakes were high, men were real men, women were real women and small furry creatures from Alpha Centauri were real small furry creatures from Alpha Centauri. There is a theory which states that if ever anybody discovers exactly what the Universe is for and why it is here, it will instantly disappear and be replaced by something even more bizarre and inexplicable. There is another theory which states that this has already happened. I am Douglas Adams&quot;);&#xA;   tts.qText(&quot;Who are you? I may be a sorry case, but I don't write jokes in base 13&quot;);&#xA;   tts.talk();&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end{insDLJS}&#xA;&#xA;%% This must be here&#xA;\OpenAction{/S/JavaScript/JS(Hello();)}&#xA;&#xA;%% Short hand commands&#xA;\newcommand{\textforlabel}[2]{%&#xA;\TextField[name={#1}, value={#2}, width=9em,align=2,%&#xA;    bordercolor={0.990 .980 .85},%&#xA; readonly=true]{}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;%% Define the heading&#xA;\newcommand{\heading}[1]{\so{#1}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\phantom{0}&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;\vspace{2cm}&#xA;\textbf{\Huge Hello World!\\[0.2cm] Can you hear me?}&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;\vfill&#xA;\newpage&#xA;&#xA;\begin{Form}&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;%% Push button is defined here&#xA;\PushButton[name=hello,%&#xA;onclick={HelloWorld();}, bordercolor={0.650 .790 .94}%&#xA;]{Hello World!} &#xA;\\[10pt]&#xA;&#xA;\PushButton[name=hello,%&#xA;onclick={WhatsUp();}, bordercolor={0.650 .790 .94}%&#xA;]{What's Up?} &#xA;\\[10pt]&#xA;&#xA;\PushButton[name=hello,%&#xA;onclick={Universe();}, bordercolor={0.650 .790 .94}%&#xA;]{What's with the Universe?} &#xA;\\[2cm]&#xA;\heading{Press a button!}\\&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;\end{Form}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On a more serious note, does (all)TeX have a place in the &quot;new&quot; media? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T05:04:17.060" Title="Hello World in pdfLaTeX" Tags="&lt;programming&gt;&lt;javascript&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="8919" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8911" CreationDate="2011-01-13T22:22:07.467" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Damn you Caramdir, four minutes too late!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anyway, here's what I came up with. Caramdir's is at least as good, but mine is a bit closer to your syntax, maybe...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[english,ignorenonframetext,table]{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[latin9]{inputenc}&#xA;\setcounter{secnumdepth}{3}&#xA;\setcounter{tocdepth}{3}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;&#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% LyX specific LaTeX commands.&#xA;%% A simple dot to overcome graphicx limitations&#xA;\newcommand{\lyxdot}{.}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Textclass specific LaTeX commands.&#xA; % this default might be overridden by plain title style&#xA; \newcommand\makebeamertitle{\frame{\maketitle}}%&#xA; \AtBeginDocument{&#xA;   \let\origtableofcontents=\tableofcontents&#xA;   \def\tableofcontents{\@ifnextchar[{\origtableofcontents}{\gobbletableofcontents}}&#xA;   \def\gobbletableofcontents#1{\origtableofcontents}&#xA; }&#xA;&#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% User specified LaTeX commands.&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\usetheme{Frankfurt} %Warsaw&#xA;\usecolortheme{albatross}&#xA;\setbeamercovered{transparent}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\tformating}{&#xA; \definecolor{darkPurple}{rgb}{0.101960784313725,0,0.2}&#xA; \definecolor{purple}{rgb}{0.2,0,0.4}&#xA; \definecolor{lightPurple}{rgb}{0.4,0,0.4}&#xA; \rowcolors[]{1}{darkPurple}{purple}&#xA; \small&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz,overpic}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{fit,shapes.misc}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{babel}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\frametitle{ESR1} &#xA;&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;Functional analysis&#xA;\par\end{center}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;\only&amp;lt;1&amp;gt;{\begin{overpic}[width=1\textheight]{some_image.jpg}&#xA;\end{overpic}}%&#xA;\only&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;{\begin{overpic}[width=1\textheight]{some_image.jpg}&#xA;\put(40,38){\tikz \draw[red,thick,rounded corners] (0,0) rectangle (5,1.2);}&#xA;\end{overpic}}%&#xA;\only&amp;lt;3&amp;gt;{\begin{overpic}[width=1\textheight]{some_image.jpg}&#xA;\put(40,38){\tikz \draw[red,thick,rounded corners] (0,0) rectangle (5,1.2);}&#xA;\put(0,14){\tikz \draw[red,thick,rounded corners] (0,0) rectangle (3.5,1.2);}&#xA;\end{overpic}}%&#xA;\par\end{center}&#xA;&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/n7g9c.gif&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastEditorUserId="411" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-13T22:28:33.620" LastActivityDate="2011-01-13T22:28:33.620" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="8920" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8923" CreationDate="2011-01-14T00:30:32.727" Score="1" ViewCount="260" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a slide with a figure in it.  I want show a vertically and horizontally centered (relative to the image if possible) text box overtop of it as an overlay which will contain a few lines of text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/YrNUi.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;    \frametitle{ESR1} &#xA;&#xA;    \begin{center}&#xA;        Functional analysis&#xA;    \end{center}&#xA;&#xA;    \begin{center}&#xA;        \includegraphics[width=1\textwidth]{some_image.jpg}&#xA;    \end{center}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="978" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T03:36:49.260" Title="Add a textbox overtop an image in a beamer slide" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;textbox&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="8921" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9206" CreationDate="2011-01-14T01:17:46.500" Score="2" ViewCount="141" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I use &lt;code&gt;vim-latexsuite&lt;/code&gt; to indent my &lt;code&gt;.Rnw&lt;/code&gt; files, the Sweave blocks get indented, which causes them not to work properly.  What I need is a way to ensure that the vim indent scheme puts these blocks at start of lines.  The emacs mode does this well, but I'm trying out vim lately, and would like to have vim work properly as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have only minimal skill with vim, and am not sure how to edit my &lt;code&gt;~/.vim/indent/tex.vim&lt;/code&gt; file to handle this.  Any ideas? It seems to me that the  indentation is being set after lines are formatted (i.e. getting ready for the next line), which doesn't help.  But, as I say, I'm just learning about vim, so I may be all off-kilter [kind of like my resultant Rnw file :-)]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="922" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T12:39:07.203" Title="vim on Rnw (sweave) files: how to indent &lt;&lt;&gt;&gt;== properly?" Tags="&lt;indentation&gt;&lt;vim&gt;&lt;sweave&gt;&lt;rnw&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8922" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8911" CreationDate="2011-01-14T02:15:05.960" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;h1&gt;NOTES&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Because I use PSTricks, the image is in eps format.&#xA;My compilation steps are&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;latex.exe&lt;/code&gt; to convert .tex to .dvi.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;dvips.exe&lt;/code&gt; to convert .dvi to .ps.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;ps2pdf.exe&lt;/code&gt; to convert .ps to .pdf.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/UFjDR.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{pstricks}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\newdimen\ImageW&#xA;\ImageW=8cm&#xA;&#xA;\newdimen\ImageH&#xA;\ImageH=6cm&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}[t]{ESR1} &#xA;&#xA;    \begin{center}&#xA;        Functional analysis&#xA;    \end{center}&#xA;&#xA;    \begin{center}&#xA;        \pspicture(\ImageW,\ImageH)&#xA;        \rput(0.5\ImageW,0.5\ImageH){\includegraphics[width=\ImageW]{pitfall}}&#xA;        %\psgrid%turn on or off for navigational purpose during development&#xA;        \pause&#xA;        \psset{linecolor=red,linewidth=2pt,framearc=0.5}&#xA;        \psframe(5.2,3.8)(6.4,5.6)\pause&#xA;        \psframe(2.7,0)(4.5,1)       &#xA;        \endpspicture&#xA;    \end{center}&#xA;&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-14T02:24:22.063" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T02:24:22.063" />
  <row Id="8923" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8920" CreationDate="2011-01-14T02:55:39.373" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Basically, the same solution as in your last question works: just put the image inside a TikZ node and you can position anything on top of it wherever you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;    \frametitle{\emph{Mycena interrupta}} &#xA;&#xA;    \begin{center}&#xA;        Known as the Pixies' parasol.&#xA;    \end{center}&#xA;&#xA;    \begin{center}&#xA;        \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;            \node[anchor=south west,inner sep=0] (image) at (0,0) {\includegraphics[width=1\textheight]{some_image.jpg}};&#xA;            \node[align=center,red,font={\Huge\bfseries}] at (image.center) {Do NOT eat\\these!};&#xA;        \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \end{center}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/0Wlhd.png&quot; alt=&quot;example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Actually, I have no idea whether they are dangerous; the Wikipedia article is rather short and I don't know anything about mushrooms ­­­­— this was just the first nice picture I found on Wikimedia Commons.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Image attribution: &lt;a href=&quot;http://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File%3aMycena_interrupta.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Wikimedia Commons, JJ Harrison&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T02:55:39.373" />
  <row Id="8924" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8920" CreationDate="2011-01-14T03:36:49.260" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can find the casper image &lt;a href=&quot;http://blindgossip.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/04/casper-200x102.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/gtAlo.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{pstricks}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\newdimen\ImageW&#xA;\ImageW=8cm&#xA;&#xA;\newdimen\ImageH&#xA;\ImageH=6cm&#xA;&#xA;\fboxrule=0pt&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}[t]{ESR1} &#xA;&#xA;    \begin{center}&#xA;        Functional analysis&#xA;    \end{center}&#xA;&#xA;    \begin{center}&#xA;      \pspicture(\ImageW,\ImageH)&#xA;        \rput(0.5\ImageW,0.5\ImageH){\includegraphics[width=\ImageW]{CasperFunny}}&#xA;        \rput[c](0.5\ImageW,0.75\ImageH)%&#xA;        {\fbox{\parbox{6cm}{\color{red}\Huge\bf\centering la la la la la! Casper the friendly ghost}}}      &#xA;        \endpspicture&#xA;    \end{center}&#xA;&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T03:36:49.260" />
  <row Id="8925" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-14T05:02:09.243" Score="3" ViewCount="304" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using the &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt; package as below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;&#xA;\lstnewenvironment{pythoncode}[1][]&#xA;{\lstset{language=Python,&#xA;    basicstyle=\ttfamily\footnotesize,&#xA;    frame=shadowbox,&#xA;    frameround=tttt,&#xA;    rulecolor=\color{black},&#xA;    rulesepcolor=\color{gray},&#xA;    #1}&#xA;}{}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I wanted to get a rounded corners together with a drop-shadow (shadowbox). Is it possible? While the frame border itself had rounded corners, the shadow had square corners, which is kinda ugly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="375" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T20:27:44.657" Title="Can I get a shadowbox with rounded corners? (using `listings` package)" Tags="&lt;listings&gt;&lt;rounded-corners&gt;&lt;shadows&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8926" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8918" CreationDate="2011-01-14T05:04:17.060" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;When asking such questions, it is helpful to consider whether they pass the laugh test: &lt;a href=&quot;http://river-valley.tv/tug-2010/an-earthshaking-announcement&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://river-valley.tv/tug-2010/an-earthshaking-announcement&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;More seriously, I think TeX is, by definition, a typesetting system.  It happens to have a powerful programming capability which has allowed that particular facility to be expanded to its logical limit, so that we can draw quite elaborate pictures using only TeX code.  It also happens to have been expanded to produce PDF documents, which (presumably through the initiative of Adobe) have come to encompass a lot of media which are not necessarily printed.  I believe (or at least I hear, as I am not sure I believe) that we can also deal with movies in a TeX document.  The question seems to be, then, whether TeX should actually be considered a PDF creator in the most general sense that it can deal with &lt;em&gt;all&lt;/em&gt; provisions of the PDF standard (whatever that is).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think this is a much greater and more ambitious expansion of the domain of TeX than simply to push the boundaries of its programming abilities.  Suppose, for example, that Javascript is deemed to be an acceptable output; what is the time (in minutes) that would then elapse before someone wants this Javascript to interact with the document structure?  Must TeX handle that?  Must TeX become a Javascript interpreter?  If in the future documents come to be delivered through interactive movies, must TeX create those movies?  I say it should not.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;TeX is designed to solve a single problem: setting letters into words into lines into paragraphs into pages, interspersed with mathematics and with displays or inserts of various kinds.  To facilitate the automation of this task in a variety of unanticipated circumstances, it provides a complete (if obtuse) programming language with many hooks into the typesetting functions with which it operates.  The fact that this language is Turing-complete leads enthusiastic people to claim that TeX can do anything, but this is not true: the task in question must be capable of description in this language.  By virtue of the hooks, those tasks include typesetting, but the only facilities provided for other tasks are: the &lt;code&gt;\special&lt;/code&gt; command and the very limited input/output commands (particularly &lt;code&gt;\write18&lt;/code&gt;).  Effectively, TeX allows other kinds of programming applications only through the wholesale importation of external utilities.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think it's a mistake to try to make TeX do more than it is designed to be easily capable of doing, and a mistake to try to insert new features into that design.  For example, &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; works because one can use &lt;code&gt;\special&lt;/code&gt; simply to feed information to the viewer, but it would be silly to try to use some kind of Javascript program to rewrite the document in accordance with a hyperlink.  The reason is that TeX thinks of a document as being a finished product, and so &quot;runtime&quot; operations are not even considered.  This is necessary for the problem of typesetting ever to be solved.  Of course, if your Javascript has no runtime effect on the document it can be embedded via &lt;code&gt;\special&lt;/code&gt;, but since that is already possible I doubt it is the question.  Whether it is a matter of practicality or of good taste...my opinion was already given in the first sentence.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="575" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T05:04:17.060" />
  <row Id="8927" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8827" CreationDate="2011-01-14T06:16:37.407" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I suggest you to use a long table of minipages. Each cell is made from a minipage. And a minipage can support almost everything.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But, don't put too long object because minipage cannot be broken between pages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Edit 1&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also nest a &lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}...\end{tabular}&lt;/code&gt; inside &lt;code&gt;\begin{longtable}...\end{longtable}&lt;/code&gt; to partition the parent cell.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Edit 2&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you use nested table approach, it is better to put the child table in a separate file and import it from your parent cell using &lt;code&gt;\input{}&lt;/code&gt;. This method will make the parent table cleaner and easy to maintain in the future.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/uvKrd.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[table,cmyk]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[a4paper,margin=1cm,landscape]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{longtable,array,calc}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand\ratio[2]{\strip@pt\dimexpr#1pt/#2\relax}&#xA;\newcolumntype{A}[2]&#xA;{&#xA;        &amp;gt;{\begin{minipage}[t]{#2\linewidth-2\tabcolsep-#1\arrayrulewidth}%&#xA;        \vspace{\tabcolsep}}%&#xA;        c%&#xA;        &amp;lt;{\vspace{\tabcolsep}\end{minipage}}%   &#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;&#xA;\arrayrulewidth=1pt&#xA;\tabcolsep=10pt&#xA;\arrayrulecolor{red}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{longtable}&#xA;{&#xA;    |A{1.5}{\ratio{30}{100}}% 30%&#xA;    |A{1}{\ratio{30}{100}}% 30%&#xA;    |A{1.5}{\ratio{40}{100}}% 40%&#xA;    |%&#xA;}\hline&#xA;%Cell 1,1&#xA;The fundamental theorem of calculus,&#xA;\[&#xA;\int_a^b f(x)\,\textrm{d}x=F(b)-F(a)&#xA;\]&#xA;where \[\frac{\textrm{d}F(x)}{\textrm{d}x}=f(x)\]&#xA;&amp;amp;&#xA;%Cell 1,2&#xA;\LaTeX\ will make you confident!&#xA;&amp;amp;&#xA;%Cell 1,3&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\tabularnewline\hline&#xA;%Cell 2,1&#xA;The fundamental theorem of calculus,&#xA;\[&#xA;\int_a^b f(x)\,\textrm{d}x=F(b)-F(a)&#xA;\]&#xA;where \[\frac{\textrm{d}F(x)}{\textrm{d}x}=f(x)\]&#xA;&amp;amp;&#xA;%Cell 2,2&#xA;\LaTeX\ will make you confident!&#xA;&amp;amp;&#xA;%Cell 2,3&#xA;\lipsum[2]&#xA;\tabularnewline\hline&#xA;\end{longtable}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-14T07:03:48.750" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T07:03:48.750" />
  <row Id="8928" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5331" CreationDate="2011-01-14T07:01:35.820" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;create a LaTeX document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\includegraphics{&amp;lt;mpfile&amp;gt;.1}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or use &lt;code&gt;mptopdf&lt;/code&gt; from ConTeXt or use it this way&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;mpost -tex=tex &amp;lt;mpfile&amp;gt;&#xA;tex &quot;\input epsf\relax\epsfbox{&amp;lt;mpfile&amp;gt;.1}\bye&quot;&#xA;dvips zz&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;it will generate a ps with included ptmr8r font. replace  with your file name.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-14T07:17:31.240" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T07:17:31.240" />
  <row Id="8929" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8930" CreationDate="2011-01-14T07:29:35.470" Score="2" ViewCount="86" Body="&lt;h1&gt;Objective&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to draw a region in Cartesian coordinate system that satisfies a set of inequalities. How to do this in the simplest way?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/CXIEm.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/w8ybL.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Minimal Code&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{pstricks-add,amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\pspicture*[showgrid=false](-1,-4)(3,1)&#xA;\pspolygon[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=red,opacity=0.25,linestyle=none]%&#xA;(0,0)(0,-3)(2,0)&#xA;\psset{linewidth=0.4pt}&#xA;\psaxes[arrows=&amp;lt;-&amp;gt;](0,0)(-0.5,-3.5)(2.5,0.5)[$x$,0][$y$,90]&#xA;\psplot[algebraic]{-0.25}{2.25}{1.5*x-3}&#xA;\psset{linecolor=red,linewidth=1.5pt}&#xA;\psline[linestyle=dashed](0,-3)&#xA;\psline[linestyle=dashed](2,0)&#xA;\psline(2,0)(0,-3)&#xA;\rput[tl](1,-1.5){$y=\frac{3}{2}x-3$}&#xA;\endpspicture&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Edit 1&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Actually I can do this by finding the &quot;critical&quot; points &lt;strong&gt;MANUALLY&lt;/strong&gt; and use them as the parameters for &lt;code&gt;\psline&lt;/code&gt;. Put the lines into &lt;code&gt;\pscustom&lt;/code&gt; and set the fill color. Done.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But if there is a more efficient approach, please let me know.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-14T09:56:17.980" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T12:32:48.907" Title="What is the simplest way to draw the solution of a simultaneous inequalities using PSTricks?" Tags="&lt;pstricks&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="8930" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8929" CreationDate="2011-01-14T07:55:11.343" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I see, you want to clip the area. This is easy:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{pst-plot}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\psset{unit=2}&#xA;\begin{pspicture}(-1,-4)(3,1)&#xA;  \psclip{%&#xA;    \pscustom[linestyle=none]{%&#xA;      \psline(0,-4)&#xA;      \psplot[algebraic]{-1}{2.25}{1.5*x-3}&#xA;      \psline(3,0)(0,0)&#xA;    }&#xA;  }&#xA;    \psframe[fillstyle=vlines,linestyle=none](0,-4)(3,0)&#xA;  \endpsclip&#xA;\psaxes[arrows=&amp;lt;-&amp;gt;](0,0)(-0.5,-3.5)(2.5,0.5)[$x$,0][$y$,90]&#xA;\psplot[algebraic]{-1}{2.25}{1.5*x-3}&#xA;\end{pspicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Clipping does the calculation of the intermediate points by default.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/p7GT7.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-14T12:32:48.907" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T12:32:48.907" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="8931" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8932" CreationDate="2011-01-14T08:59:16.120" Score="8" ViewCount="132" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I try to use one of the more &quot;hacky&quot; methods of getting a literal &quot;special character&quot; (such as backslash or a brace) then I get a different character: backslash seems to be an open quote, left brace a dash, and right brace a close quote.  What happened to my special characters?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\char`\\&#xA;\char`\{&#xA;\char`\}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;produces: &lt;code&gt;&quot;-&quot;&lt;/code&gt; (only the two &lt;code&gt;&quot;&lt;/code&gt;s are different).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T09:29:05.267" Title="Where's my backslash gone?" Tags="&lt;characters&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="8932" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8931" CreationDate="2011-01-14T09:07:17.693" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your special characters are in the wrong font table that is loaded by default! Printing them using a different character set will bring them back!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \texttt{\char`\\}\\&#xA;  \texttt{\char`\{}\\&#xA;  \texttt{\char`\}}\\&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/8759/why-do-lower-case-mathcal-letters-show-up-as-random-symbols&quot;&gt;Why do lower case mathcal letters show up as random symbols?&lt;/a&gt; for some pointers in my post as to how to print a font table.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-14T09:14:04.040" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T09:14:04.040" />
  <row Id="8933" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8931" CreationDate="2011-01-14T09:29:05.267" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As Yiannis wrote, it's the font table. However, using &lt;code&gt;fontenc&lt;/code&gt;, you can get them to show up as you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\char`\\&#xA;\char`\{&#xA;\char`\}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T09:29:05.267" />
  <row Id="8934" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8890" CreationDate="2011-01-14T09:29:23.120" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the fitting library from tikz. Here you have your modified example.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{shapes,fit} %use shapes library if you need ellipse&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{figure}[!htb]&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;[auto,&#xA; block/.style ={rectangle, draw=blue, thick, fill=blue!20, text width=5em,align=center, rounded corners, minimum height=2em},&#xA; block1/.style ={rectangle, draw=blue, thick, fill=blue!20, text width=5em,align=center, rounded corners, minimum height=2em},&#xA; line/.style ={draw, thick, -latex',shorten &amp;gt;=2pt},&#xA; cloud/.style ={draw=red, thick, ellipse,fill=red!20,&#xA; minimum height=1em}]&#xA;\draw (2.5,-2) node[block] (C) {Subanta};&#xA;\path (0,-3) node[block] (G){ Pumlinga}&#xA;      (0,-4) node[block] (H){ Strilinga}&#xA;      (0,-5) node[block] (I){ Napumsaka}&#xA;      (5,-3) node[block] (J){ Pumlinga}&#xA;      (5,-4) node[block] (K){ Strilinga}&#xA;      (5,-5) node[block] (L){ Napumsaka};&#xA;\draw (C.south) -- ++(0,-0.25) coordinate (linga);&#xA;\draw (linga) -- ++(-1,0) coordinate (ling);&#xA;\draw[-latex] (ling) |- (G.east);&#xA;\draw[-latex] (ling) |- (H.east);&#xA;\draw[-latex] (ling) |- (I.east);&#xA;\draw (linga) -- ++(1,0) coordinate (hling);&#xA;\draw[-latex] (hling) |- (J.west);&#xA;\draw[-latex] (hling) |- (K.west);&#xA;\draw[-latex] (hling) |- (L.west);&#xA;&#xA;\node[draw=red, fit=(I) (L)](FIt1) {};&#xA;\node[ellipse,draw=green, fit=(J) (L),inner sep=3mm](FIt2) {};&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;\caption{Summary of Linga } \label{linga}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\end{document}`\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{shapes,fit}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{figure}[!htb]&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;[auto,&#xA; block/.style ={rectangle, draw=blue, thick, fill=blue!20, text width=5em,align=center, rounded corners, minimum height=2em},&#xA; block1/.style ={rectangle, draw=blue, thick, fill=blue!20, text width=5em,align=center, rounded corners, minimum height=2em},&#xA; line/.style ={draw, thick, -latex',shorten &amp;gt;=2pt},&#xA; cloud/.style ={draw=red, thick, ellipse,fill=red!20,&#xA; minimum height=1em}]&#xA;\draw (2.5,-2) node[block] (C) {Subanta};&#xA;\path (0,-3) node[block] (G){ Pumlinga}&#xA;      (0,-4) node[block] (H){ Strilinga}&#xA;      (0,-5) node[block] (I){ Napumsaka}&#xA;      (5,-3) node[block] (J){ Pumlinga}&#xA;      (5,-4) node[block] (K){ Strilinga}&#xA;      (5,-5) node[block] (L){ Napumsaka};&#xA;\draw (C.south) -- ++(0,-0.25) coordinate (linga);&#xA;\draw (linga) -- ++(-1,0) coordinate (ling);&#xA;\draw[-latex] (ling) |- (G.east);&#xA;\draw[-latex] (ling) |- (H.east);&#xA;\draw[-latex] (ling) |- (I.east);&#xA;\draw (linga) -- ++(1,0) coordinate (hling);&#xA;\draw[-latex] (hling) |- (J.west);&#xA;\draw[-latex] (hling) |- (K.west);&#xA;\draw[-latex] (hling) |- (L.west);&#xA;&#xA;%Two nodes fitting your selected ones&#xA;\node[draw=red, fit=(I) (L)](FIt1) {};&#xA;\node[ellipse,draw=green, fit=(J) (L)](FIt2) {};&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;\caption{Summary of Linga } \label{linga}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and the result&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/RD4F3.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hope it helps.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1952" LastEditorUserId="1952" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-14T09:41:31.160" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T09:41:31.160" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8935" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7814" CreationDate="2011-01-14T10:35:28.727" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Would a &lt;code&gt;matrix&lt;/code&gt; make sense here? ie:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{matrix, positioning, fit}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[font=\ttfamily,&#xA;  mymatrix/.style={matrix of nodes, nodes=typetag, row sep=1em},&#xA;  mycontainer/.style={draw=gray, inner sep=1ex},&#xA;  typetag/.style={draw=gray, inner sep=1ex, anchor=west},&#xA;  title/.style={draw=none, color=gray, inner sep=0pt}&#xA;  ]&#xA;  \matrix[mymatrix] (mx1) {&#xA;    |[title]|Decomposition \\&#xA;    Independent \\&#xA;    Reduction \\&#xA;    DivideAndConquer \\&#xA;  };&#xA;  \matrix[mymatrix, right=of mx1.north east, matrix anchor=north west] (mx2) {&#xA;    |[title]|Dependency \\&#xA;    Atomic \\&#xA;    Range \\&#xA;  };&#xA;  \node[mycontainer, fit=(mx1)] {};&#xA;  \node[mycontainer, fit=(mx2)] {};&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/e1Str.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; title=&quot;Hosted by imgur.com&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T10:35:28.727" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="8936" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8938" CreationDate="2011-01-14T11:01:53.967" Score="4" ViewCount="228" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi, I have a long equation but long enough to occupy two lines.&#xA;I want to break it to improve readability how can I break it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{equation}&#xA;F = \{F_{x} \in  F_{c} : (|S| &amp;gt; |C|) \cap &#xA;(minPixels  &amp;lt; |S| &amp;lt; maxPixels) \cap &#xA;(|S_{conected}| &amp;gt; |S| - \epsilon)&#xA;  \}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I wan to break it in 3 lines after &lt;code&gt;\cap&lt;/code&gt;. But &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\n&lt;/code&gt; didn't work &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2786" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T15:43:40.690" Title="How to break long equation?" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;line-breaking&gt;" AnswerCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="8937" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8936" CreationDate="2011-01-14T11:16:47.643" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Plain you'd just use &lt;code&gt;\eqalign&lt;/code&gt;, for example, with the next line &lt;code&gt;\qquad&lt;/code&gt;'ed:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$$\eqalign{&#xA;  F &amp;amp;= \big\{F_{x} \in  F_{c} : (|S| &amp;gt; |C|) \cr&#xA;  &amp;amp;\qquad \cap (minPixels  &amp;lt; |S| &amp;lt; maxPixels) \cr&#xA;  &amp;amp;\qquad \cap (|S_{conected}| &amp;gt; |S| - \epsilon)&#xA;   \big\}&#xA;}$$&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/l8aU2.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; title=&quot;Hosted by imgur.com&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note I used the binary operator &lt;code&gt;\cap&lt;/code&gt; on the beginning because the spacing looked nicer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T11:16:47.643" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8938" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8936" CreationDate="2011-01-14T11:28:25.520" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;split&lt;/code&gt; environment provided by &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{equation}&#xA;\begin{split}&#xA;F = \{F_{x} \in  F_{c} &amp;amp;: (|S| &amp;gt; |C|) \\&#xA; &amp;amp;\quad \cap (\text{minPixels}  &amp;lt; |S| &amp;lt; \text{maxPixels}) \\&#xA; &amp;amp;\quad \cap (|S_{\text{conected}}| &amp;gt; |S| - \epsilon) \}&#xA;\end{split}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-14T15:43:40.690" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T15:43:40.690" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8939" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8941" CreationDate="2011-01-14T11:34:33.287" Score="7" ViewCount="135" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I visualize code indentation? What I want is to draw a vertical line along the indentation. Since an example is easier to show then to explain you can see one in &lt;a href=&quot;http://ijcai.org/papers09/Papers/IJCAI09-303.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this paper&lt;/a&gt; (on page 2)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2516" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T17:19:46.497" Title="visualize code indentation" Tags="&lt;indentation&gt;&lt;code&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="8941" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8939" CreationDate="2011-01-14T11:40:47.157" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the &quot;algorithm2e&quot; package a short example is shown below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{algorithm2e}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\SetAlgoLined&#xA;\begin{procedure}&#xA;\Switch{the value of T}{&#xA;  \uCase{a value}{&#xA;    do this\;&#xA;    do that\;&#xA;  }&#xA;  \lCase{another value}{one line}\;&#xA;  \Case{last value}{&#xA;    do this\;&#xA;    break\;&#xA;  }&#xA;  \Other{&#xA;    for the other values\;&#xA;    do that\;&#xA;  }&#xA;}&#xA;\end{procedure}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-14T17:19:46.497" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T17:19:46.497" CommentCount="10" />
  <row Id="8942" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8936" CreationDate="2011-01-14T12:36:17.857" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/mathtools.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;mathtools&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package provides the &lt;code&gt;multlined&lt;/code&gt; environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{equation}&#xA;\begin{multlined}&#xA;F = \{F_{x} \in  F_{c} : (|S| &amp;gt; |C|) \\&#xA;\shoveleft[1cm]{\cap (\mathrm{minPixels}  &amp;lt; |S| &amp;lt; \mathrm{maxPixels})} \\&#xA;\cap (|S_{\mathrm{connected}}| &amp;gt; |S| - \epsilon) \}&#xA;\end{multlined}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2210" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T12:36:17.857" />
  <row Id="8943" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8936" CreationDate="2011-01-14T13:24:02.403" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For simple multi-line equations without alignment, use the &lt;code&gt;multline&lt;/code&gt; environment:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{multline}&#xA;F = \{F_{x} \in  F_{c} : (|S| &amp;gt; |C|) \cap &#xA;(minPixels  &amp;lt; |S| &amp;lt; maxPixels) \\ \cap &#xA;(|S_{conected}| &amp;gt; |S| - \epsilon)&#xA;  \}&#xA;\end{multline}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T13:24:02.403" />
  <row Id="8944" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8945" CreationDate="2011-01-14T13:30:37.120" Score="5" ViewCount="96" Body="&lt;p&gt;Some time ago I read a paper that was tightly based on another one. It was from the same authors so they included the previous papers as appendixes. I noticed (and liked) that these appendixes were enclosed in a box.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In my case, I am writing a technical report (&lt;em&gt;report-a&lt;/em&gt;) that should include another report (&lt;em&gt;report-b&lt;/em&gt;) in its appendix. Both of the are generated by LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The result that I am looking for is that &lt;em&gt;report-b&lt;/em&gt; appears in the final section of the &lt;em&gt;report-a&lt;/em&gt;, inside a box. So far, I can include it with the &lt;code&gt;pdfpages&lt;/code&gt; package. I have also managed to include it in a box with &lt;code&gt;fancybox&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,10pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[final]{pdfpages}&#xA;\usepackage{fancybox}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section{Test}&#xA;hello&#xA;\pagebreak&#xA;world&#xA;\pagebreak&#xA;&#xA;\section{Previous report}&#xA;\fancyput(3.25in,-4.5in){%&#xA;\setlength{\unitlength}{1in}\fancyoval(7,9.5)&#xA;}&#xA;\includepdf[pages=-]{reportb.pdf}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have the following problems with this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Page numbering is confusing: from the &lt;code&gt;includepdf&lt;/code&gt; command, page numbering follows the numbering of &lt;em&gt;report-b&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I would prefer if &lt;em&gt;report-b&lt;/em&gt; was scaled down a little bit. I could not find how to do this with &lt;code&gt;pdfpages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The &lt;em&gt;report-b&lt;/em&gt; is included in the page after the section title, which wastes a whole page. I would prefer if it would start right after the section title.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any ideas of how to achieve this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PS: I am not really sure how to tag this question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="146" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T14:02:10.377" Title="Include another pdf in a box (and other details)" Tags="&lt;boxes&gt;&lt;appendices&gt;&lt;scaling&gt;&lt;pdfpages&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="8945" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8944" CreationDate="2011-01-14T13:38:48.640" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;use alternatively &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt;. Here an example, which includes the first 20 pages of an external document and each page scaled down to 0.75.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,10pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx,pict2e}&#xA;\usepackage{fancybox,multido}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section{Test}&#xA;hello&#xA;\pagebreak&#xA;world&#xA;\pagebreak&#xA;&#xA;\section{Previous report}&#xA;\fancyput(3.25in,-4.5in){%&#xA;\setlength{\unitlength}{1in}\fancyoval(7,9.5)}&#xA;\multido{\iA=1+1}{20}{\fbox{\includegraphics[page=\iA,scale=0.75]{file}}\endgraf}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\fbox&lt;/code&gt; is only for demonstrations ... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-14T14:02:10.377" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T14:02:10.377" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="8946" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8951" CreationDate="2011-01-14T13:52:43.983" Score="7" ViewCount="284" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using glossaries at LaTeX:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have a Acronyms (eg. API) that should be explained in the Glossary. It should be linked to the Glossary at occurrence but should be written out at first occurrence.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I do that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Explanation: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want something like that:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;This is a test of Application Programming Interface (API).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;And this is the second occurrence of API. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;hr&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Acronyms&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;API&lt;/strong&gt; Application Programming Interface&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Glossary&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;API&lt;/strong&gt; An Application Programming Interface (API) is a particular set of rules and specifications that a software program can follow to access and make use of the services and resources provided by another particular software program that implements that API&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2932" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-14T16:39:09.437" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T16:39:09.437" Title="How to combine Acronym and Glossary" Tags="&lt;glossaries&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="8947" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8991" CreationDate="2011-01-14T13:57:21.127" Score="3" ViewCount="191" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to create something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;       i&#xA; (           )&#xA; (           )&#xA; (______     )&#xA;j(      |    )&#xA; (      |    )&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The matrix including its submatrix can be created by using &lt;code&gt;multicolumn&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[&#xA;\left(&#xA;\begin{array}{p{3mm}p{3mm}p{3mm}p{3mm}p{3mm}}&#xA;    &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\\&#xA;    &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\\&#xA;    \cline{1-3}&#xA;    &amp;amp;&amp;amp;\multicolumn{1}{c|}{}&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\\&#xA;    &amp;amp;&amp;amp;\multicolumn{1}{c|}{}&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\\&#xA;    &amp;amp;&amp;amp;\multicolumn{1}{c|}{}&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\\&#xA;    &amp;amp;&amp;amp;\multicolumn{1}{c|}{}&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&#xA;\end{array}&#xA;\right)&#xA;\]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but this doesn't work with &lt;code&gt;bordermatrix&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2933" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T22:54:44.597" Title="Submatrix in LaTeX" Tags="&lt;matrices&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="8948" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8947" CreationDate="2011-01-14T14:26:48.680" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\def\mc#1{\multicolumn{1}{c|}{#1}}&#xA;&#xA;\[&#xA;\begin{array}{cc}&#xA;     &amp;amp;  i \\&#xA;\put(0,-10){\makebox(0,0){j}} &amp;amp;&#xA;\left(&#xA;\begin{array}{p{3mm}p{3mm}p{3mm}p{3mm}p{3mm}}&#xA;    0&amp;amp;a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;c&amp;amp;d\\&#xA;    0&amp;amp;A&amp;amp;B&amp;amp;C&amp;amp;D\\\cline{1-3}&#xA;    s&amp;amp;t&amp;amp;\mc{u}&amp;amp;v&amp;amp;w\\&#xA;    t&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\mc{v}&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\\&#xA;    u&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\mc{w}&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\\&#xA;    V&amp;amp;W&amp;amp;\mc{x}&amp;amp;Y&amp;amp;Z&#xA;\end{array}&#xA;\right)&#xA;&#xA;\end{array}&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/yq7r6.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T14:26:48.680" />
  <row Id="8949" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8947" CreationDate="2011-01-14T14:39:34.380" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's a skeleton of an idea without having to guess position for the put command...but I wasn't sure what you wanted to do with the lines.... I thought you can add them with addpath (an easymat command) but I was having trouble...anyhow, I'll put the answer here and see if it is helpful...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{easybmat}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;  \begin{BMAT}{cc}{cc}&#xA;&amp;amp;&#xA;\begin{BMAT}(b){ccccc}{c}&#xA; 1&amp;amp;2&amp;amp;3&amp;amp;4&amp;amp;5&#xA;\end{BMAT}&#xA;\\&#xA;\begin{BMAT}(b){c}{ccccc}&#xA;1\\2\\3\\4\\5\\  &#xA;\end{BMAT}&#xA;&amp;amp;&#xA;\left[\begin{BMAT}(b){ccccc}{ccccc}&#xA;  1&amp;amp;2&amp;amp;3&amp;amp;4&amp;amp;5\\  1&amp;amp;2&amp;amp;3&amp;amp;4&amp;amp;5\\  1&amp;amp;2&amp;amp;3&amp;amp;4&amp;amp;5\\  1&amp;amp;2&amp;amp;3&amp;amp;4&amp;amp;5\\  1&amp;amp;2&amp;amp;3&amp;amp;4&amp;amp;5&#xA;\end{BMAT}\right]&#xA; \end{BMAT}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;\end{document}][1]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which gives:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/meNEF.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T14:39:34.380" />
  <row Id="8950" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9246" CreationDate="2011-01-14T14:39:41.357" Score="5" ViewCount="329" Body="&lt;p&gt;With version 4.22, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.phys.psu.edu/~collins/software/latexmk-jcc/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeXmk&lt;/a&gt; claims to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[s]upport the use of biber (with the biblatex package) as an alternative to bibtex for generating bibliographies, with automatic determination of whether to use bibtex or biber.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I decided to give it a go. I'm using Windows 7, Strawberry Perl, MiKTeX 2.8 (including LaTeXmk 4.22b), biber 0.7.3 (registered in the PATH environment variable) and TeXworks r.670 (which includes settings for LaTeXmk). Result: While LaTeXmk generally seemed to work fine, it always called bibtex as bibliography backend even when the preamble of my LaTeX file embodied &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[backend=biber]{biblatex}&lt;/code&gt;. (In contrast, biber works fine under texify, the MikTeX equivalent to LaTeXmk.) At first, I thought that I had missed something obvious (I'm still open for the possibility), but then I looked at &lt;code&gt;latexmk.pl&lt;/code&gt;. Here are code lines 4204--4207:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;    my $bib_program = 'bibtex';&#xA;    if ( exists $generated_log{&quot;$bbl_base.bcf&quot;} ) {&#xA;        $bib_program = 'biber';&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So biber should be called if some condition involving a bcf-file (biblatex/biber control file) is satisfied. In a copy of &lt;code&gt;latexmk.pl&lt;/code&gt; in my local texmf tree, I replaced the above code with a test for the existence (or so I think) of said bcf-file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;    my $bib_program = 'bibtex';&#xA;    if ( -e &quot;$bbl_base.bcf&quot; ) {&#xA;        $bib_program = 'biber';&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Result: The modified LaTeXmk correctly determines when to use biber instead of bibtex. (When switching from biber to bibtex, remnant bcf-files must be deleted manually.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So: Have I discovered a bug in LaTeXmk 4.22b or have I missed something obvious involving my system/TeX distribution/editor?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: To make my question more focussed: I'm interested to hear if other users of LaTeXmk observe the same behaviour (LaTeXmk never calling biber). If so, I'd be happy if someone suggested a solution that -- unlike my &quot;quick fix&quot; -- doesn't involve redundant biber runs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT 2: Herbert pointed out that Perl may behave differently in Windows vs. Linux. I will report my observations to the author of LaTeXmk after the end of the bounty period; I'm still interested in reports from other users.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;UPDATE: It turned out that the problem child wasn't Windows, but MikTeX. Quoting John Collins, the author of LaTeXmk:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A log file produced by MikTeX is&#xA;  missing some information compared with&#xA;  a log file from TeXLive.  The missing&#xA;  lines are of the form&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \openout...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;that latexmk was using to deduce the&#xA;  names of file written by (pdf)latex.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A new version of LaTeXmk (4.22c) that makes the detection of the use of biber compatible with MikTeX is available at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.phys.psu.edu/~collins/latexmk/versions.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.phys.psu.edu/~collins/latexmk/versions.html&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-25T00:50:01.287" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T00:50:01.287" Title="Using biber with LaTeXmk" Tags="&lt;makefile&gt;&lt;latexmk&gt;&lt;biber&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="8951" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8946" CreationDate="2011-01-14T14:56:33.487" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;a simple example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[acronym]{glossaries}&#xA;\makeglossaries&#xA;&#xA;%from documentation&#xA;%\newacronym[⟨key-val list⟩]{⟨label ⟩}{⟨abbrv ⟩}{⟨long⟩}&#xA;%above is short version of this&#xA;% \newglossaryentry{⟨label ⟩}{type=\acronymtype,&#xA;% name={⟨abbrv ⟩},&#xA;% description={⟨long⟩},&#xA;% text={⟨abbrv ⟩},&#xA;% first={⟨long⟩ (⟨abbrv ⟩)},&#xA;% plural={⟨abbrv ⟩\glspluralsuffix},&#xA;% firstplural={⟨long⟩\glspluralsuffix\space (⟨abbrv ⟩\glspluralsuffix)},&#xA;% ⟨key-val list⟩}&#xA;&#xA;\newacronym{cd}{CD}{compact disk}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\noindent&#xA;First use \gls{cd}\\&#xA;subsequent \gls{cd}&#xA;&#xA;\printglossaries&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/2mi35.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;glossaries supports multiple nomenclatures so you can still use something like this&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newglossaryentry{tree}{name={tree},&#xA;description={trees are the better humans}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and because in the above case the type is automatically set to 'main' it will give you a second list called 'Nomenclature'&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[acronym]{glossaries}&#xA;\makeglossaries&#xA;&#xA;%from documentation&#xA;%\newacronym[⟨key-val list⟩]{⟨label ⟩}{⟨abbrv ⟩}{⟨long⟩}&#xA;%above is short version of this&#xA;% \newglossaryentry{⟨label ⟩}{type=\acronymtype,&#xA;% name={⟨abbrv ⟩},&#xA;% description={⟨long⟩},&#xA;% text={⟨abbrv ⟩},&#xA;% first={⟨long⟩ (⟨abbrv ⟩)},&#xA;% plural={⟨abbrv ⟩\glspluralsuffix},&#xA;% firstplural={⟨long⟩\glspluralsuffix\space (⟨abbrv ⟩\glspluralsuffix)},&#xA;% ⟨key-val list⟩}&#xA;&#xA;\newacronym{cd}{CD}{compact disk}&#xA;&#xA;\newglossaryentry{tree}{name={tree},&#xA;    description={trees are the better humans}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\noindent&#xA;First use \gls{cd}\\&#xA;subsequent \gls{cd}&#xA;&#xA;Nomenclature \gls{tree}&#xA;&#xA;\printglossaries&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/dBbFL.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To finally get what you are after, you could use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\usepackage[acronym]{glossaries}&#xA;\makeglossaries&#xA;&#xA;%from documentation&#xA;%\newacronym[⟨key-val list⟩]{⟨label ⟩}{⟨abbrv ⟩}{⟨long⟩}&#xA;%above is short version of this&#xA;% \newglossaryentry{⟨label ⟩}{type=\acronymtype,&#xA;% name={⟨abbrv ⟩},&#xA;% description={⟨long⟩},&#xA;% text={⟨abbrv ⟩},&#xA;% first={⟨long⟩ (⟨abbrv ⟩)},&#xA;% plural={⟨abbrv ⟩\glspluralsuffix},&#xA;% firstplural={⟨long⟩\glspluralsuffix\space (⟨abbrv ⟩\glspluralsuffix)},&#xA;% ⟨key-val list⟩}&#xA;&#xA;%\newacronym{api}{API}{Application Programming Interface }&#xA;&#xA;%%% define the acronym and use the see= option&#xA;\newglossaryentry{api}{type=\acronymtype, name={API}, description={Application&#xA;Programming Interface}, first={Application&#xA;Programming Interface (API)}, see=[Glossary:]{apig}}&#xA;&#xA;%%% The glossary entry the acronym links to   &#xA;\newglossaryentry{apig}{name={API},&#xA;    description={An Application Programming Interface (API) is a particular set&#xA;of rules and specifications that a software program can follow to access and&#xA;make use of the services and resources provided by another particular software&#xA;program that implements that API}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\noindent&#xA;First use \gls{api}\\&#xA;subsequent \gls{api}&#xA;\newpage&#xA;&#xA;%%% have to add the apig because it is not used in the text body&#xA;\glsadd{apig}&#xA;\printglossary[type=\acronymtype]&#xA;%%% \newpage just to demonstrate that links are correct&#xA;\newpage&#xA;\printglossary[type=main]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/KnoFH.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="632" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-14T16:36:19.113" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T16:36:19.113" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="8952" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8955" CreationDate="2011-01-14T15:05:31.447" Score="2" ViewCount="134" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have search all around but cannot seem to find the solution for getting a capital angstrom symbol (an &quot;A&quot; with a small circle above it) to appear in the bibliography of my dissertation. Instead, it appears as lower case &quot;a&quot; with circle above it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The \AA command works just fine to generate the capital Angstrom symbol in the actual flow of my dissertation, but for some reason it doesn't work when used in the .bib file. Can someone point me to the corresponding command to get the capital Angstrom symbol to display properly in the .bib file?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2934" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T15:40:35.463" Title="How can I get capital Angstrom symbol to appear in bibliography (using .bib file and natbib)?" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;natbib&gt;&lt;macros&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8953" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8954" CreationDate="2011-01-14T15:16:03.947" Score="3" ViewCount="278" Body="&lt;p&gt;I started writing an article with the &lt;code&gt;multicol&lt;/code&gt; package, and I like the results.  However, I'd like to know how to reproduce some of the effects using  &lt;code&gt;\documentclass[twocolumn]{article}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For instance, I'd like to know how to make the title and abstract span the entire width of the paper (i.e. multiple columns).  I'd also like to make footnotes span multiple columns, instead of being relegated to one side.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In short, I'd like to see an example that demonstrates these effects.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1733" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T16:06:02.343" Title="Spanning columns with `\documentclass[twocolumn]{article}`" Tags="&lt;two-column&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="8954" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8953" CreationDate="2011-01-14T15:38:25.383" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[english]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{lmodern}&#xA;\usepackage{microtype}&#xA;\usepackage{babel,blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\title{Me, I and myself}&#xA;\author{me}&#xA;\newcommand\makeAbstract{%&#xA;\begin{center}\textbf{Abstract}\end{center}&#xA;\begin{list}{}{\leftmargin=3em\rightmargin=\leftmargin}\item\relax&#xA;\small&#xA; \blindtext -- is the abstract&#xA;\end{list}\par\vspace{6mm}%&#xA;}    &#xA;&#xA;\twocolumn[\maketitle\makeAbstract]&#xA;\bigskip&#xA;\blindtext[3]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-14T16:06:02.343" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T16:06:02.343" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8955" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8952" CreationDate="2011-01-14T15:40:35.463" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;title={The unit {{\AA}ngström}},&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;should work&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T15:40:35.463" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8956" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8953" CreationDate="2011-01-14T16:00:10.607" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another solution:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{abstract}&#xA;&#xA;\twocolumn[&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;\begin{onecolabstract}&#xA;Your abstract text here&#xA;\end{onecolabstract}&#xA;]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't think there's any way to get 1 column footnotes in a 2 column document &lt;em&gt;without&lt;/em&gt; using &lt;code&gt;multicol&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T16:00:10.607" />
  <row Id="8957" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8602" CreationDate="2011-01-14T16:30:48.570" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Knuth in the TeXBook   gave an example of  &quot;poor&#xA;man's bold,&quot; (The TeXbook, p. 386) which can be typeset obtained by overprinting the normal weight symbol with slight offsets.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As he says:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The results are somewhat &lt;em&gt;fuzzy&lt;/em&gt;, and&#xA;  they certainly are no match for the&#xA;  real thing if it's available; but poor&#xA;  man's bold is better than nothing, and&#xA;  once in a while you can get away with&#xA;  it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here, one can use a similar technique and the code is shown below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx,xcolor} &#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\def\PoorManContour#1#2#3{\leavevmode&#xA;    \setbox0=\hbox{{#1}}%&#xA;    \color{#3}\kern-.002em\copy0\kern-\wd0&#xA;    \color{#3}\raise-.04em\copy0\kern-\wd0&#xA;    \color{#3}\lower.04em\copy0\kern-\wd0&#xA;    \color{#3}\raise0.04em\copy0\kern-\wd0&#xA;    \color{#2}\raise-.012em\copy0\kern-\wd0&#xA;    \color{#2}\kern.06em\copy0\kern-\wd0&#xA;    \color{blue}\kern-.020em\lower.003em\box0&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\colorbox{gray!5}{\scalebox{5}{\PoorManContour{$\sqrt{\dfrac{A^3_i}{B^2}}$}{gray!60}{gray!60}}}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To achieve the best results possible one has to kern in small steps for possibly twenty steps or so. For simplicity, I have not done that. In the final version, you need to adjust the colors to suit, possibly changing the shading to white.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/iYL6F.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After reading Jan's comment below I read the manual and true, as the commenter said the easiest way to achieve what the OP wanted is to include the package without an option i.e., &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{contour}&lt;/code&gt;. Helps to RFM!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-15T06:30:31.767" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T06:30:31.767" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8958" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9346" CreationDate="2011-01-14T16:39:47.693" Score="0" ViewCount="119" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I put a figure into my document (doesn't have to be bitmap, PS does the trick as well, I think the distinction is color vs no color), the on-screen resolution of the text changes at the default level I'm viewing it. Basically the effect is that as soon a figure is included, the quality of the PDF seems to get worse. If I zoom in a bit, it gets better, but I'd of course like my PDFs to look properly in full-page mode as well... I don't know what setting this might be - maybe someone knows the phenomenon. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: The two screenshots below show the phenomenon with differents levels of zoom. The left is the &quot;broken&quot; one. The right one is how things look like when no figure is &quot;near&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/X9wsA.png&quot; alt=&quot;Screenshot&quot;&gt;&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/kxY5E.png&quot; alt=&quot;Screenshot&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit 2: Interestingly, I get back the right preview from the broken one if I print the left document into a new pdf via CutePDF. This is not a real solution (file size gets blown up for other reasons) but shows that information isn't really lost, just somehow weirdly displayed as it seems. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2938" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-06T17:00:22.367" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T17:00:22.367" Title="On-Screen resolution deteriorates in pdflatex if figures are included" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;pdftex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="8959" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8964" CreationDate="2011-01-14T16:41:01.957" Score="9" ViewCount="215" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm writing some sort of book and i've got a very large table.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I was wondering if there was a way to span a table not in the length but in the width.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the end, i would like to be able to divide the table in two parts such that once the book is printed, it would be possible to follow a line through 2 pages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way or a package to do that ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks !&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1219" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T03:34:38.260" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T03:34:38.260" Title="Table and multi-page" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;floats&gt;&lt;page-breaking&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="8961" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8959" CreationDate="2011-01-14T16:47:57.050" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;only possible with &lt;code&gt;ConTeXt&lt;/code&gt;, with &lt;code&gt;LaTeX&lt;/code&gt; it is some kind of handy craft ...&#xA;The code for context mkiv of Alans example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\starttext&#xA;\setuplinetable[width=.19\textwidth]&#xA;&#xA;\startlinetable&#xA;\NC 1           \NC2           \NC3           \NC4           \NC5           \NC6 &#xA;\NC7            \NC 8          \NC9           \NC10          \NC11          \NC12 \NR&#xA;\NC 0.598064154 \NC0.339685582 \NC0.19396861  \NC0.213309634 \NC0.075210499 \NC0.332646254 &#xA;\NC 0.078241148 \NC0.792167857 \NC0.219108081 \NC0.201291187 \NC0.431479589 \NC0.667717852 \NR&#xA;\NC 0.469795242 \NC0.33942751  \NC0.420695486 \NC0.82740107  \NC0.738145761 \NC0.031280146 &#xA;\NC 0.753119695 \NC0.951982884 \NC0.785708805 \NC0.818329289 \NC0.359288584 \NC0.290605686 \NR&#xA;\NC 0.803870396 \NC0.731847731 \NC0.899035306 \NC0.8203372   \NC0.762518297 \NC0.025427827 &#xA;\NC 0.060659362 \NC0.594518703 \NC0.735081007 \NC1.735081007 \NC2.735081007 \NC3.735081007 \NR&#xA;\NC 0.494861845 \NC0.452771499 \NC0.6161709   \NC1.6161709   \NC2.6161709   \NC3.6161709 &#xA;\NC 0.685467538 \NC0.929017242 \NC0.866804413 \NC1.866804413 \NC2.866804413 \NC3.866804413 \NR&#xA;\NC 0.557379459 \NC0.670159594 \NC0.252399841 \NC1.252399841 \NC2.252399841 \NC3.252399841 &#xA;\NC 0.303340706 \NC0.958921469 \NC0.339461931 \NC1.339461931 \NC2.339461931 \NC3.339461931 \NR&#xA;\stoplinetable&#xA;&#xA;\stoptext&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And here the output of the two pages 1 and 2 &#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/YlXum.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-14T19:58:38.987" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T19:58:38.987" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8962" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8963" CreationDate="2011-01-14T16:56:20.290" Score="1" ViewCount="111" Body="&lt;p&gt;I cannot find a good title to express my question. Therefore, please parse the following code first. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Minimal Code&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[dvips,dvipsnames,cmyk,table]{book}&#xA;\usepackage[a5paper,margin=20mm]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{longtable,array,calc}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\lstset{basicstyle=\scriptsize,tabsize=3}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{fancyvrb}&#xA;\fvset{tabsize=3}&#xA;\def\Capture{\VerbatimEnvironment\begin{VerbatimOut}{\jobname.tmp}}&#xA;\def\endCapture{\end{VerbatimOut}}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{environ}&#xA;&#xA;\NewEnviron{Row}&#xA;{%&#xA;   \expandafter\gdef%&#xA;   \expandafter\gtemp%&#xA;   \expandafter%&#xA;   {%&#xA;     %\begin{Capture}&#xA;     %\BODY&#xA;     %\end{Capture}&#xA;      \expandafter&amp;amp;%&#xA;      \tabularnewline%&#xA;      \hline%&#xA;   }%&#xA;   \aftergroup\gtemp%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\newcolumntype{A}&#xA;{&#xA;  &amp;gt;{\begin{minipage}{0.5\linewidth-2\tabcolsep-1.5\arrayrulewidth}\vspace{\tabcolsep}}%&#xA;  c%&#xA;  &amp;lt;{\vspace{\tabcolsep}\end{minipage}}%   &#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{ComparisonTable}%&#xA;{% &#xA;    \begin{longtable}%&#xA;    {%&#xA;     |A&amp;lt;{\lstinputlisting{\jobname.tmp}}%&#xA;     |A&amp;lt;{\input{\jobname.tmp}}%&#xA;      |%&#xA;    }%&#xA;    \hline\ignorespaces%&#xA;}%&#xA;{\end{longtable}}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{ComparisonTable}&#xA;%&#xA;% Row 1&#xA;\begin{Capture}&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA; y=ax^2+bx+c&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;\end{Capture}&#xA;\begin{Row}&#xA;\end{Row}&#xA;%&#xA;% Row 2&#xA;\begin{Capture}&#xA;\Huge\LaTeXe&#xA;\end{Capture}&#xA;\begin{Row}&#xA;\end{Row}&#xA;\end{ComparisonTable}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Objective&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want &lt;code&gt;\Row&lt;/code&gt; to hide &lt;code&gt;\begin{Capture}...\end{Capture}&lt;/code&gt; such that I can change&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{Capture}&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA; y=ax^2+bx+c&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;\end{Capture}&#xA;\begin{Row}&#xA;\end{Row}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{Row}&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA; y=ax^2+bx+c&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;\end{Row}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How to do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-15T11:55:16.480" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T11:55:16.480" Title="How to hide a verbatim-like environment in another environment?" Tags="&lt;environments&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="8963" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8962" CreationDate="2011-01-14T17:26:41.527" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The following works without &lt;code&gt;\NewEnviron&lt;/code&gt;; the idea is to put &lt;code&gt;\begin{Row}\end{Row}&lt;/code&gt; at the end of the &lt;code&gt;Capture&lt;/code&gt; environment. Moreover, you don't need all the &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt;s, and it suffices to define &lt;code&gt;\gtemp&lt;/code&gt; once.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[dvips,dvipsnames,cmyk,table]{book}&#xA;\usepackage[a5paper,margin=20mm]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{longtable,array,calc}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\lstset{basicstyle=\scriptsize,tabsize=3}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{fancyvrb}&#xA;\fvset{tabsize=3}&#xA;\newcommand\gtemp{&amp;amp;\tabularnewline\hline}&#xA;\newenvironment{Row}&#xA;    {\VerbatimEnvironment\begin{VerbatimOut}{\jobname.tmp}}&#xA;    {\end{VerbatimOut}\aftergroup\gtemp}&#xA;&#xA;\newcolumntype{A}&#xA;{&#xA;  &amp;gt;{\begin{minipage}{0.5\linewidth-2\tabcolsep-1.5\arrayrulewidth}\vspace{\tabcolsep}}%&#xA;  c%&#xA;  &amp;lt;{\vspace{\tabcolsep}\end{minipage}}%   &#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{ComparisonTable}%&#xA;{% &#xA;    \begin{longtable}%&#xA;    {%&#xA;     |A&amp;lt;{\lstinputlisting{\jobname.tmp}}%&#xA;     |A&amp;lt;{\input{\jobname.tmp}}%&#xA;      |%&#xA;    }%&#xA;    \hline\ignorespaces%&#xA;}%&#xA;{\end{longtable}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{ComparisonTable}&#xA;%&#xA;% Row 1&#xA;\begin{Row}&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA; y=ax^2+bx+c&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;\end{Row}&#xA;%&#xA;% Row 2&#xA;\begin{Row}&#xA;\Huge\LaTeXe&#xA;\end{Row}&#xA;\end{ComparisonTable}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-14T17:41:30.370" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T17:41:30.370" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="8964" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8959" CreationDate="2011-01-14T17:47:47.000" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't think there's an automatic way to do this, but, if your table has fixed height rows, you can split it into two tables and use the &lt;code&gt;dpfloat&lt;/code&gt; package to pair the two tables on adjacent pages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{dpfloat, booktabs}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{table}[p]&#xA;\begin{leftfullpage}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{llllll}&#xA;&#xA;\toprule&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; 4 &amp;amp; 5 &amp;amp; 6 \\&#xA;\midrule&#xA;0.598064154 &amp;amp; 0.339685582 &amp;amp; 0.19396861 &amp;amp; 0.213309634 &amp;amp; 0.075210499 &amp;amp; 0.332646254 \\&#xA;0.078241148 &amp;amp; 0.792167857 &amp;amp; 0.219108081 &amp;amp; 0.201291187 &amp;amp; 0.431479589 &amp;amp; 0.667717852 \\&#xA;0.469795242 &amp;amp; 0.33942751 &amp;amp; 0.420695486 &amp;amp; 0.82740107 &amp;amp; 0.738145761 &amp;amp; 0.031280146 \\&#xA;0.753119695 &amp;amp; 0.951982884 &amp;amp; 0.785708805 &amp;amp; 0.818329289 &amp;amp; 0.359288584 &amp;amp; 0.290605686 \\&#xA;0.803870396 &amp;amp; 0.731847731 &amp;amp; 0.899035306 &amp;amp; 0.8203372 &amp;amp; 0.762518297 &amp;amp; 0.025427827 \\&#xA;&#xA;\bottomrule&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{leftfullpage}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;\begin{table}[p]&#xA;\begin{fullpage}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{llllll}&#xA;&#xA;\toprule&#xA;7 &amp;amp; 8 &amp;amp; 9 &amp;amp; 10 &amp;amp; 11 &amp;amp; 12 \\&#xA;\midrule&#xA;0.060659362 &amp;amp; 0.594518703 &amp;amp; 0.735081007 &amp;amp; 1.735081007 &amp;amp; 2.735081007 &amp;amp; 3.735081007 \\&#xA;0.494861845 &amp;amp; 0.452771499 &amp;amp; 0.6161709 &amp;amp; 1.6161709 &amp;amp; 2.6161709 &amp;amp; 3.6161709 \\&#xA;0.685467538 &amp;amp; 0.929017242 &amp;amp; 0.866804413 &amp;amp; 1.866804413 &amp;amp; 2.866804413 &amp;amp; 3.866804413 \\&#xA;0.557379459 &amp;amp; 0.670159594 &amp;amp; 0.252399841 &amp;amp; 1.252399841 &amp;amp; 2.252399841 &amp;amp; 3.252399841 \\&#xA;0.303340706 &amp;amp; 0.958921469 &amp;amp; 0.339461931 &amp;amp; 1.339461931 &amp;amp; 2.339461931 &amp;amp; 3.339461931 \\&#xA;&#xA;\bottomrule&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{fullpage}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The big downside with this solution is that if you have columns in which the lines wrap in one table, you will need to manually add struts in the corresponding rows of the other table to make them line up.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It also restricts you to having the split table on pages by themselves; you can't split a table across just the top part of two pages, for example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-14T18:13:48.430" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T18:13:48.430" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8965" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8966" CreationDate="2011-01-14T18:17:06.617" Score="0" ViewCount="37" Body="&lt;h1&gt;Scenario 1&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Actually I can do like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In &lt;code&gt;mylistings.sty&lt;/code&gt;, I define&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\tabsize{3}&#xA;&#xA;\RequirePackage{listings}&#xA;\lstset{tabsize=\tabsize}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and in &lt;code&gt;mytable.sty&lt;/code&gt;, I define&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\RequirePackage{mylistings}&#xA;\RequirePackage{fancyvrb}&#xA;\fvset{tabsize=\tabsize}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Scenario 2&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For some reasons, I don't like the scenario 1 above.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Instead I want to do as follows (of course it does not work now)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In &lt;code&gt;mylistings.sty&lt;/code&gt;, I define&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\RequirePackage{listings}&#xA;\lstset{tabsize=3}%example&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and in &lt;code&gt;mytable.sty&lt;/code&gt;, I define&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\RequirePackage{mylistings}&#xA;\RequirePackage{fancyvrb}&#xA;\fvset{tabsize=listingstabsize}% I don't know the correct syntax. :-)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The question is how to implement the scenario 2?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-14T18:31:39.200" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T18:31:39.200" Title="How to assign a key of a package a key value of another package?" Tags="&lt;key-value&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="8966" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8965" CreationDate="2011-01-14T18:29:53.193" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the source, Luke.  Look in &lt;code&gt;listings.sty&lt;/code&gt; and see what happens when the &lt;code&gt;tabsize&lt;/code&gt; key is encountered.  It sets a macro &lt;code&gt;\lst@tabsize&lt;/code&gt;.  So this should work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\fvset{tabsize=\lst@tabsize}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But internals of a package aren't usually guaranteed to behave the same way in future versions.  So there's a chance that this workaround can be broken in future versions.  This is why Scenario 1 is the safer way to go.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T18:29:53.193" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8967" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8972" CreationDate="2011-01-14T19:45:48.990" Score="8" ViewCount="150" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is a new line for TeX in the following contexts:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;When reading from a file.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;When writing to a file.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;After having read a &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt; character.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;In a &lt;code&gt;\scantokens&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am asking in particular because the following code only typesets &lt;code&gt;A&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\catcode`\%=12&#xA;\def\foo{\scantokens{A%    &#xA;&#xA;B}}&#xA;\show\foo&#xA;\catcode`\%=14&#xA;\foo&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So my main question is: &lt;em&gt;how does &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt; know where to stop gobbling characters?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: Adding the two lines &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\catcode`\^^M=12 &#xA;\newlinechar`\^^M&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;before the definition of &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt; is instructive: then the definition actually contains new-lines, and the comment stops gobbling where we expect.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT2: &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; sets &lt;code&gt;\newlinechar``\^^J&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\endlinechar``\^^M&lt;/code&gt; (see Harald's concise answer below for what these are).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastEditorUserId="2707" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-17T13:19:15.970" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T20:20:58.560" Title="New lines and TeX: difference between ^^J and ^^M" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;newline&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8968" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8959" CreationDate="2011-01-14T20:24:07.233" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Everyone's answers seem way too convoluted... how about the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=longtable&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;longtable&lt;/code&gt; package&lt;/a&gt;? It breaks over pages automatically, you just set it up like a normal table and it takes care of everything for you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1517" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T20:24:07.233" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8969" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8186" CreationDate="2011-01-14T20:31:12.040" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If I'm understanding your comment correctly, what you really want is the output of &lt;code&gt;\citet&lt;/code&gt; but without the parentheses around the year. In that case, you want to use &lt;code&gt;\citealt&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want a different behavior, you should add more details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T20:31:12.040" />
  <row Id="8970" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8974" CreationDate="2011-01-14T20:34:55.990" Score="0" ViewCount="217" Body="&lt;p&gt;I seem to misunderstand the documentation, as &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\ph{\textcolor{red}{XXX}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;causes pdflatex to halt. I'm not sure if this is the error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Argument of \sf@@subfloat has an extra }.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And I also don't know what it is referring to.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I want to achieve is that&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\myshortcommand&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;turns into&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\textcolor{red}{XXX}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;so the output is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;XXX (in red)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2818" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T20:40:08.387" Title="New command to insert a couple of red XXX as placeholder?" Tags="&lt;color&gt;&lt;macros&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="8971" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8967" CreationDate="2011-01-14T20:35:10.400" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;So you asked several questions, but let me first answer your main question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What happens here is that when the definition for &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt; is being parsed, it's identical to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\foo{\scantokens{A%\par B}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now when &lt;code&gt;\scantokens&lt;/code&gt; executes, it's as if it read the line&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;A%\par B&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;from a file with the current catcodes in effect. Since you reset &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt; to be a comment, the &lt;code&gt;\par B&lt;/code&gt; is ignored.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For your other questions, individual installations of TeX can determine what is treated as a new line when reading and writing files. If I recall correctly, &lt;code&gt;\n&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\r&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\r\n&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;\n\r&lt;/code&gt; are treated as a newline for the purposes of input, at least that's what I recall from reading through the source for pdfTeX recently. For output, (i.e., writing files), I suspect it uses &lt;code&gt;\n&lt;/code&gt; on *NIX and &lt;code&gt;\r\n&lt;/code&gt; on Windows, but I haven't verified this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After TeX reads a line of text from an input file&amp;mdash;and before it begins to tokenize it&amp;mdash;it removes all trailing space characters including &lt;code&gt;\r&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\n&lt;/code&gt; and appends the &lt;code&gt;\endlinechar&lt;/code&gt; character which is normally &lt;code&gt;^^M&lt;/code&gt; (i.e., &lt;code&gt;\r&lt;/code&gt;). This happens regardless of there being a &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt; character in the line. When TeX encounters a &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt; character in its input (note that there is no comment &lt;em&gt;token&lt;/em&gt;), it ignores the rest of the line, including the trailing &lt;code&gt;\r&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As far as I know, &lt;code&gt;^^J&lt;/code&gt; (i.e., &lt;code&gt;\n&lt;/code&gt;) is not special in most contexts except it is often used as the &lt;code&gt;\newlinechar&lt;/code&gt; for use in &lt;code&gt;\write&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I forgot &lt;code&gt;\scantokens&lt;/code&gt;. It is really treated like lines of input from a file, including the &lt;code&gt;\endlinechar&lt;/code&gt; at the end of each. For a simple example of this, try&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\endlinechar`X %&#xA;\scantokens{A}%&#xA;\bye%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The space after the X is necessary because TeX looks for an optional space there.) Every line ends with a percent and yet the output shows &lt;code&gt;AX&lt;/code&gt; because &lt;code&gt;\scantokens&lt;/code&gt; has inserted that character.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-14T23:23:59.270" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T23:23:59.270" CommentCount="10" />
  <row Id="8972" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8967" CreationDate="2011-01-14T20:35:26.800" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I think that what constitutes the end of line upon reading from a file is hardcoded according to whatever operating system you are running on. And that end of line is represented by the character whose number is &lt;code&gt;\endlinechar&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;When writing, the character whose number is &lt;code&gt;\newlinechar&lt;/code&gt; will trigger the end of a line. Again, the exact result in the output file is hard coded, depending on your operating system.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;See #1.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Usually, the argument to &lt;code&gt;\scantokens&lt;/code&gt; is treated as a single line. Thus a percent sign in the argument to &lt;code&gt;\scantokens&lt;/code&gt; will end input from this argument. However, any occurrences of the character whose number is &lt;code&gt;\newlinechar&lt;/code&gt; will be used to split the argument into several lines.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To bring all these ideas together, consider the plain TeX file&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newlinechar=2&#xA;{\catcode`\%=12&#xA; \gdef\foo{\scantokens{abc%xyz^^Bdef}}}%&#xA;\endlinechar=`X&#xA;\foo%&#xA;\bye%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which will typeset the text “abcdefX” .&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(&lt;strong&gt;Edited&lt;/strong&gt; to take into account what I learned about #4 from the comments.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastEditorUserId="1424" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-17T20:20:58.560" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T20:20:58.560" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="8973" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8977" CreationDate="2011-01-14T20:39:51.210" Score="1" ViewCount="50" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{holtpolt}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  $\polter{abc}{def}$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hi, I have a need to produce something thats shown in the above example however I want to use unicode text. I tried putting the unicode text in &lt;code&gt;\text{}&lt;/code&gt; but it did not do the trick. Using &lt;code&gt;\text{}&lt;/code&gt; worked well in mathematics. &#xA;Thanks for your help&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PS: I got this from &quot;Comprehensive Latex Symbols list page 70&quot; I could not come up with good title for question &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2036" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-14T20:50:03.333" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T20:54:10.087" Title="How to Use Unicode Font with \polter command" Tags="&lt;unicode&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8974" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8970" CreationDate="2011-01-14T20:40:08.387" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{color}&#xA;\newcommand\ph{\textcolor{red}{XXX}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Foo \ph\space bar.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;works just fine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T20:40:08.387" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8975" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8978" CreationDate="2011-01-14T20:47:27.207" Score="2" ViewCount="216" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have to add a &lt;code&gt;\supervisor&lt;/code&gt; field to the title page of my presentation. Is there a way to do that in beamer?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried adding the &lt;em&gt;supervisor&lt;/em&gt; information to the &lt;code&gt;\author&lt;/code&gt; field, but the content of the author field are also displayed on the footer of all  the slides, and I wanted just my name to be there. If adding a field is not possible is there &#xA;a way to display custom text at the footer?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2683" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T21:05:59.467" Title="Is there a way to add a field to the title page in beamer?" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;titlepage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8976" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8895" CreationDate="2011-01-14T20:51:06.080" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This works for me:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\catcode`\^=13&#xA;\catcode`\&amp;=13&#xA;\def^#1: #2\\{\par \textbf{#1:} #2 &amp;&amp;}&#xA;\def\testcommand#1{(#1)}&#xA;\def&amp;amp;#1&amp;{%&#xA;  \ifx\relax#1\else%&#xA;    \par\hspace{10pt}%&#xA;    \testcommand{#1}%&#xA;    \expandafter&amp;%&#xA;  \fi%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA; ^Alice: &amp;Hello Bob. &amp;What's up?\\&#xA; ^Bob: &amp;Nothing, really. &amp;Goodbye.\\&#xA;\end{document}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2356" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T20:51:06.080" />
  <row Id="8977" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8973" CreationDate="2011-01-14T20:54:10.087" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If your unicode text is just Latin (European) characters, then you need to add packages to allow both your source code to be UTF-8 encoded (&lt;code&gt;usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&lt;/code&gt;) and your output (&lt;code&gt;usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If what you mean by unicode text is something in a non-Latin script, then you should be using XeLaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\text&lt;/code&gt; command is part of the &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; package, so you need to load that too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{lmodern}&#xA;\usepackage{holtpolt}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;     $\polter{\text{éäî}}{\text{ßÍñ}}$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T20:54:10.087" />
  <row Id="8978" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8975" CreationDate="2011-01-14T21:05:59.467" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can do the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\author[Your Name]{Your Name\\{\small Supervised by: Your Supervisor's Name}}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;for example.  The optional argument of &lt;code&gt;\author&lt;/code&gt; is the short author, which goes in the footer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T21:05:59.467" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8979" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8992" CreationDate="2011-01-14T21:06:46.793" Score="5" ViewCount="151" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using XeTeX and &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/fontspec&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, and I have selected old-style figures for my body text. Now I use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/siunitx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;siunitx&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package, and have set it up to use text fonts instead of math fonts. For the &lt;code&gt;siunitx&lt;/code&gt; values I want to use lining figures instead of old-style figures. How do I do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have tried this, but it does not work:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setromanfont[Numbers=OldStyle]{Arno Pro}&#xA;\usepackage{siunitx}&#xA;\sisetup{mode = text}&#xA;\sisetup{inter-unit-separator =\cdot}&#xA;\sisetup{detect-all}&#xA;&amp;lt;snip&amp;gt;&#xA;{\fontspec[Numbers={Lining}]{Arno Pro}\SI{10}{\kilo\volt\per\centi\metre}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Furthermore, &lt;code&gt;siunitx&lt;/code&gt; uses the math font comma instead of the text font comma when using&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \sisetup{output-decimal-marker ={,}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2942" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-15T06:54:26.980" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T06:57:32.187" Title="How to use lining figures in siunitx and fontspec?" Tags="&lt;fontspec&gt;&lt;siunitx&gt;&lt;oldstylenums&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="8980" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8990" CreationDate="2011-01-14T21:18:26.267" Score="2" ViewCount="163" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am new to TikZ and want to draw a simple stack Diagram.&#xA;The Diagram should look like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;[a] [b] [c] [d]  |-|&#xA;                 |j|&#xA;[f            ]  | |&#xA;                 | |&#xA;[g            ]  | |&#xA;                 | |&#xA;[h            ]  |_|&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I hope my ASCII-Art can be seen.&#xA;Right now i try to use something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}[x=20pt, y=20pt, node distance=1pt,outer sep = 0pt]&#xA;&#xA;\tikzstyle{box}=[rectangle,draw,anchor=north west,text centered]&#xA;\tikzstyle{smallbox}=[box,minimum height=20pt,minimum width=40pt,text width=4em]&#xA;\tikzstyle{normalbox}=[box,minimum height=20pt,minimum width=80pt,text width=16em]&#xA;\tikzstyle{bigbox}=[box,minimum height=40pt,minimum width=80pt,text width=16em]&#xA;&#xA;\node[smallbox,fill=green!20] (a) at (1,1) {a};&#xA;\node[smallbox,fill=green!20] (b) [right = of a] {b};&#xA;\node[smallbox,fill=green!20] (c) [right = of b] {c};&#xA;\node[smallbox,fill=green!20] (d) [right = of c] {d};&#xA;&#xA;\node[normalbox,fill=green!20] (f) [below = of a] {f};&#xA;\node[bigbox,fill=green!20] (g) [below = of f] {g};&#xA;\node[normalbox,fill=green!20] (h) [below = of g] {h};&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But the stacks are not aligned correctly and I am also&#xA;having problems with the vertical stack (&lt;code&gt;j&lt;/code&gt;) to the right.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you for your help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2943" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-15T04:03:33.087" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T04:03:33.087" Title="TikZ: Creating stack with variable width" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;nodes&gt;&lt;alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8981" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8987" CreationDate="2011-01-14T21:28:05.877" Score="3" ViewCount="67" Body="&lt;p&gt;The following code works, although I have a feeling my &lt;code&gt;\settowidth&lt;/code&gt; method of discarding the output is not how it should be done:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\newlength{\trashlength}&#xA;\long\def\ignoreoutput#1{%&#xA; \settowidth{\trashlength}{#1}%&#xA;}&#xA;\long\def\command#1{&#xA; This \gdef\stuff{Stored: #1} shouldn't be here.&#xA;}&#xA;%% Should not raise Missing \begin{document} error here:&#xA;%\ignoreoutput{\command}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA; % Should produce &quot;nothing&quot;:&#xA; no\ignoreoutput{\command{Side %\par %%%%% this breaks everything.  &#xA; effect!}}thing.&#xA;&#xA; % Should output the text previously stored:&#xA; \ifx\stuff\undefined No side effect.&#xA; \else \stuff \fi&#xA;\end{document}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When uncommenting the &lt;code&gt;\par&lt;/code&gt; though, it breaks: with &lt;em&gt;Paragraph ended before \@settodim was complete.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So how do I ignore commands that allow long input? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2356" LastEditorUserId="2356" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-14T22:11:29.350" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T10:07:20.777" Title="Retain side-effects but discard command output" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="8982" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-14T21:29:59.353" Score="4" ViewCount="144" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am writing a LaTeX document in which I number equations within sections.  Thus, in my preamble I have&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;    \@addtoreset {equation}{section}&#xA;    \renewcommand{\theequation}{\thesection.\@arabic\c@equation}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and this works the way I would like it to.  When I cross-reference an equation with &quot;see Eq.\ (\ref{mylabel})&quot; I get, for example, &quot;see Eq. (3.4.15)&quot; for the 15th equation in Sec. 3.4.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I would like to be able to cross-reference the equation from within the section where it resides and omit the section number.  In this case, I would like to obtain &quot;see Eq. (15)&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am using the hyperref package, so the information in the .aux file looks like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newlabel{mylabel}{{3.4.15}{43}{GENERALIZED SPEEDS\relax }{equation.3.4.15}{}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I gather that the \ref command looks in the .aux file for {mylabel}, finds {3.4.15}, and uses the string within the braces.  I am wondering if it is possible to define a new command, call it \myref, and have it discard &quot;3.4.&quot;  So the result of &quot;see Eq.\ (\myref{mylabel})&quot; would be &quot;see Eq. (15)&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The \hyperref command has the syntax&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\hyperref[mylabel]{text}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;so if I could figure out a way to use mylabel to go into the .aux file, bring back the string 3.4.15, and discard &quot;\thesection.&quot;, I could use what remains as the argument {text} for \hyperref.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2944" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T23:06:41.657" Title="How do I discard a portion of an equation number when cross-referencing?" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;cross-referencing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="8983" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8981" CreationDate="2011-01-14T21:31:36.887" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just tried this, but it seems even fishier:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\newlength{\trashlength}&#xA;\newsavebox{\trashbox}&#xA;\long\def\ignoreoutput#1{%&#xA;    \sbox{\trashbox}{#1}%&#xA;    \settowidth{\trashlength}{\usebox{\trashbox}}%&#xA;}&#xA;% etc like above&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But it can break with &lt;em&gt;Dimension too large&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2356" LastEditorUserId="2356" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-14T22:10:59.240" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T22:10:59.240" />
  <row Id="8984" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8768" CreationDate="2011-01-14T21:33:54.480" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The font is Monotype’s “Old Style Series 2” which was one of the main fonts used for mathematical publishing along with Monotype Modern 1 &amp;amp; 7, Imprint, Times and Baskerville (in the US, one could also add Monotype Modern 8 and Century Schoolbook). Here’s a showing of the alphabet in the &lt;em&gt;Monotype Mathematical Sorts List&lt;/em&gt; booklet by Arthur Phillips (1956):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/wbcWU.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You’ll notice that the italic &lt;em&gt;f&lt;/em&gt;  is different, but it was quite common at the time to substitute an &lt;em&gt;f&lt;/em&gt;  without kerns to ease the setting process. As often, they also used a generic set of numbers (from Monotype Modern, probably) which does not match the font.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here’s a close-up of some characters from Mumford’s book (page 34) which are typical of Old Style Series 2 and allows to identify it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/qWOLD.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Monotype did a digitalisation of it as &lt;a href=&quot;http://new.myfonts.com/fonts/agfa/old-style-mt/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Monotype Old Style&lt;/a&gt;, but there’s no LaTeX package for it and no companion math font.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1973" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T21:33:54.480" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8985" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6254" CreationDate="2011-01-14T21:56:37.677" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think you had the marks backward. You want the right mark on odd pages and the left mark on even pages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So this is a bit of a hack, but it seems to work to get references to sections to appear how you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[catalan]{book}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\usepackage{nameref}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\usepackage{minitoc}&#xA;&#xA;\makeindex&#xA;\dominitoc&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand\thesection{\arabic{section}}&#xA;\renewcommand{\chaptermark}[1]{\markboth{\thechapter\ #1}{}}&#xA;\renewcommand{\sectionmark}[1]{\markright{\thechapter.\thesection\ #1}}&#xA;&#xA;\fancyhead{}&#xA;\fancyhead[LE]{\leftmark}&#xA;\fancyhead[RO]{\rightmark}&#xA;&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\T@ref#1{%&#xA;        \NR@setref{#1}\checkforsectioni{#1}%&#xA;}&#xA;\def\checkforsectioni#1#2#3#4#5{%&#xA;        \checkforsectionii{#1}#4\@nil.\@nil\@nnil&#xA;}&#xA;\def\checkforsectionii#1#2.#3\@nil#4\@nnil{%&#xA;        \ifnum\pdfstrcmp{#2}{section}=\z@&#xA;                #3%&#xA;        \else\ifnum\pdfstrcmp{#2}{subsection}=\z@&#xA;                #3%&#xA;        \else&#xA;                #1%&#xA;        \fi\fi&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document} \tableofcontents \chapter{One}&#xA;&#xA;\minitoc[e]&#xA;&#xA;\section{First section}&#xA;\label{sec:A}&#xA;aaaaaa \newpage bbbbbbbb \newpage&#xA;ccccccccccc&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{Two} \minitoc[e]&#xA;\section{Second section}&#xA;\label{sec:B}&#xA;&#xA;\subsection{Sub}&#xA;\label{sec:C}&#xA;See sections \ref{sec:A}, \ref{sec:B}, and \ref{sec:C}.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This works because hyperref writes entries in the aux file that look like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newlabel{sec:A}{{1}{3}{First section\relax }{section.1.1}{}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you trace the execution of the &lt;code&gt;\ref&lt;/code&gt;, you see that &lt;code&gt;\T@ref&lt;/code&gt; expands to &lt;code&gt;\NR@setref{#1}\@firstoffive{#1}&lt;/code&gt; and the &lt;code&gt;\@firstoffive&lt;/code&gt; gets used before the second argument of &lt;code&gt;\newlabel&lt;/code&gt;. That is, it eventually expands to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\@firstoffive{1}{3}{First section\relax }{section.1.1}{}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can get a different behavior by replacing &lt;code&gt;\@firstoffive&lt;/code&gt; with a 5 argument macro. In this case, &lt;code&gt;\checkforsectioni&lt;/code&gt; which absorbs 5 arguments and then uses TeX's delimited argument capability to grab the text before the first period (if one exists) in its 4th argument. If that text is &lt;code&gt;section&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;subsection&lt;/code&gt;, then the text that gets used is that after the first period, namely &lt;code&gt;1.1&lt;/code&gt; in this case. Otherwise, it does the normal thing and expands to the first argument.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-18T11:24:54.767" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T11:24:54.767" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8986" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6490" CreationDate="2011-01-14T22:11:36.773" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The best plain TeX source is David Carlisle's xii.tex:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let~\catcode~`76~`A13~`F1~`j00~`P2jdefA71F~`7113jdefPALLF&#xA;PA''FwPA;;FPAZZFLaLPA//71F71iPAHHFLPAzzFenPASSFthP;A$$FevP&#xA;A@@FfPARR717273F737271P;ADDFRgniPAWW71FPATTFvePA**FstRsamP&#xA;AGGFRruoPAqq71.72.F717271PAYY7172F727171PA??Fi*LmPA&amp;amp;&amp;amp;71jfi&#xA;Fjfi71PAVVFjbigskipRPWGAUU71727374 75,76Fjpar71727375Djifx&#xA;:76jelse&amp;amp;U76jfiPLAKK7172F71l7271PAXX71FVLnOSeL71SLRyadR@oL&#xA;RrhC?yLRurtKFeLPFovPgaTLtReRomL;PABB71 72,73:Fjif.73.jelse&#xA;B73:jfiXF71PU71 72,73:PWs;AMM71F71diPAJJFRdriPAQQFRsreLPAI&#xA;I71Fo71dPA!!FRgiePBt'el@ lTLqdrYmu.Q.,Ke;vz vzLqpip.Q.,tz;&#xA;;Lql.IrsZ.eap,qn.i. i.eLlMaesLdRcna,;!;h htLqm.MRasZ.ilk,%&#xA;s$;z zLqs'.ansZ.Ymi,/sx ;LYegseZRyal,@i;@ TLRlogdLrDsW,@;G&#xA;LcYlaDLbJsW,SWXJW ree @rzchLhzsW,;WERcesInW qt.'oL.Rtrul;e&#xA;doTsW,Wk;Rri@stW aHAHHFndZPpqar.tridgeLinZpe.LtYer.W,:jbye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-14T23:28:03.307" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T23:28:03.307" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8987" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8981" CreationDate="2011-01-14T22:13:04.277" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newsavebox{\trashbox}&#xA;\long\def\ignoreoutput#1{\setbox\trashbox\vbox{\everypar{}\globaldefs1 #1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;seems to work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt; make assignments global as per TH's answer, and locally disable LaTeX's &lt;code&gt;\everypar&lt;/code&gt;-based mechanism for complaining about a missing \begin{document}.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastEditorUserId="1424" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-15T10:07:20.777" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T10:07:20.777" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="8988" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8981" CreationDate="2011-01-14T22:17:01.170" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would use something similar to Harald's example (which appeared just before I posted this).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\long\def\executeglobally#1{&#xA;        \begingroup&#xA;        \setbox0\vbox{&#xA;                \globaldefs1&#xA;                #1%&#xA;        }%&#xA;        \endgroup&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\foo{foo}&#xA;\executeglobally{asdf\def\foo{bar}asdf}&#xA;\foo&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\globaldefs1&lt;/code&gt; makes assignments global.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T22:17:01.170" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8989" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8395" CreationDate="2011-01-14T22:31:53.253" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Updating to the latex version of TeX Live fixed the problem, instructions for Ubuntu users can be found here: &lt;a href=&quot;https://wiki.ubuntu.com/ubuntu-manual/authors&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;https://wiki.ubuntu.com/ubuntu-manual/authors&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2803" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T22:31:53.253" />
  <row Id="8990" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8980" CreationDate="2011-01-14T22:47:49.410" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Specifying &lt;code&gt;below&lt;/code&gt; always sets the anchor to &lt;code&gt;north&lt;/code&gt;, so you have to specify the &lt;code&gt;below of = a&lt;/code&gt; for node f &lt;em&gt;before&lt;/em&gt; specifying the anchor. Otherwise your anchor specification will be overwritten.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The &lt;code&gt;north west&lt;/code&gt; anchor of f should be below &lt;code&gt;a.south west&lt;/code&gt;, not below &lt;code&gt;a.south&lt;/code&gt; (which is the default).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;In your node size calculations you forgot that &lt;code&gt;text width&lt;/code&gt; does not include the &lt;code&gt;inner sep&lt;/code&gt;, which is 0.3333em by default (so there is an additional 0.6666em per box plus 3 times the distance between nodes and we have to subtract the inner sep of the large box).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Specifying both &lt;code&gt;minimum width&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;text width&lt;/code&gt; is redundant, especially if the text width is larger.  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Positioning the j node works analogously.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The complete code is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{positioning}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[x=20pt, y=20pt, node distance=1pt,outer sep = 0pt]&#xA;&#xA;\tikzstyle{box}=[rectangle,draw,anchor=north west,text centered, fill=green!20, inner sep=0.3333em]&#xA;\tikzstyle{smallbox}=[box,minimum height=20pt,text width=4em]&#xA;\tikzstyle{normalbox}=[box,minimum height=20pt,text width={16em + 3*0.6666em + 3pt}]&#xA;\tikzstyle{bigbox}=[normalbox,minimum height=40pt]&#xA;&#xA;\node[smallbox] (a) at (1,1) {a};&#xA;\node[smallbox] (b) [right = of a] {b};&#xA;\node[smallbox] (c) [right = of b] {c};&#xA;\node[smallbox] (d) [right = of c] {d};&#xA;&#xA;\node[below = of a.south west, normalbox] (f) {f};&#xA;\node[bigbox] (g) [below = of f] {g};&#xA;\node[normalbox] (h) [below = of g] {h};&#xA;&#xA;\node[box, right = of d.north east, anchor=north west,text width=4em, minimum height=103pt] (j) {j};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/01kbr.png&quot; alt=&quot;example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T22:47:49.410" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8991" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8947" CreationDate="2011-01-14T22:54:44.597" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A flexible way of creating bordermatrix is the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/blkarray&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;blkarray&lt;/a&gt; package. It allows to position delimiters in arbitrary positions only on some lines with a &lt;code&gt;{block}&lt;/code&gt; environment. Here’s the same example as in Herbert’s answer:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Wivya.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{blkarray}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\[&#xA;  \begin{blockarray}{cccccc}&#xA;     &amp;amp;   &amp;amp;   &amp;amp; i &amp;amp;   &amp;amp;   \\&#xA;  \begin{block}{c\Left{}{(\mkern1mu}ccccc&amp;lt;{\mkern1mu})}&#xA;     &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d \\&#xA;     &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; A &amp;amp; B &amp;amp; C &amp;amp; D \\&#xA;  \cline{2-4}&#xA;  \begin{block*}{c(ccc|cc)}&#xA;   j &amp;amp; s &amp;amp; t &amp;amp; u &amp;amp; v &amp;amp; w \\&#xA;     &amp;amp; t &amp;amp;   &amp;amp; v &amp;amp;   &amp;amp;   \\&#xA;     &amp;amp; u &amp;amp;   &amp;amp; w &amp;amp;   &amp;amp;   \\&#xA;     &amp;amp; V &amp;amp; W &amp;amp; z &amp;amp; Y &amp;amp; Z \\&#xA;  \end{block*}&#xA;  \end{block}&#xA;  \end{blockarray}&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To avoid the &lt;code&gt;\cline&lt;/code&gt; to go past the left parenthesis, I had to use &lt;code&gt;\Left{}{(\mkern1mu}&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;(&lt;/code&gt; as the left delimiter and, for symmetry, I added on the right a &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;{\mkern1mu}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1973" LastActivityDate="2011-01-14T22:54:44.597" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="8992" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8979" CreationDate="2011-01-14T23:31:32.477" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Font detection in &lt;code&gt;siunitx&lt;/code&gt; uses the document defaults unless you provide something else. So in your example your getting &lt;code&gt;\rmfamily&lt;/code&gt;. The key is to define a font command which will select what you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec,siunitx}&#xA;\setromanfont[Numbers=OldStyle]{Linux Libertine O}&#xA;\newfontfamily\liningroman[Numbers={Lining}]{Linux Libertine O}&#xA;\sisetup{mode = text,number-text-rm = \liningroman}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;1234567890&#xA;\SI{123456789}{\kilo\volt\per\centi\metre}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I see that there is a second part to the question, asking about the &lt;code&gt;output-decimal-marker&lt;/code&gt; option. As detailed in the manual, this is a math mode option. If you want to force this to be in text mode you need to use &lt;code&gt;\text&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec,siunitx}&#xA;\setromanfont[Numbers=OldStyle]{Linux Libertine O}&#xA;\newfontfamily\liningroman[Numbers={Lining}]{Linux Libertine O}&#xA;\sisetup{mode = text,number-text-rm = \liningroman,&#xA;  output-decimal-marker=\text{,}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;1234567890&#xA;\SI{123.456789}{\kilo\volt\per\centi\metre}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-15T06:57:32.187" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T06:57:32.187" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="8993" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8994" CreationDate="2011-01-14T23:43:56.303" Score="1" ViewCount="175" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to define a new environment to combine the tikzpicture environment from package pgf/tikz and the lstlisting environment from package listings. The result would be to first produce the picture, then, include verbatim code after. It would similar to the examples in the PGF manual. Till Tantau uses an environment ``codeexample'', but it is too complicated for me to comprehend, and I don't need other functionalities such as extracting keywords etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2947" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T01:21:18.080" Title="define a new environment to combine tikzpicture and lstlisting" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;listings&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="8994" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8993" CreationDate="2011-01-15T00:49:12.443" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the &lt;code&gt;showexpl&lt;/code&gt; package. It uses &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt; underlyingly, but also compiles your code example for you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{showexpl}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;% showexpl uses the listings package, so you need to check&#xA;% its documentation for that.&#xA;% Set up the basic parameters for showing the code&#xA;\lstset{%&#xA;    basicstyle=\ttfamily\scriptsize,&#xA;    commentstyle=\itshape\ttfamily\small,&#xA;    showspaces=false,&#xA;    showstringspaces=false,&#xA;    breaklines=true,&#xA;    breakautoindent=true,&#xA;    captionpos=t&#xA;}&#xA;% set up the parameters for the examples themselves&#xA;\lstset{explpreset={rframe={},xleftmargin=1em,columns=flexible,language={}}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{LTXexample}[pos=b]&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\shade[left color=white, right color=red]&#xA;      (0,0) rectangle +(3,2);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{LTXexample}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Output of this document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/dyaT0.png&quot; alt=&quot;Sample code and tikz image&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T00:49:12.443" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8995" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8993" CreationDate="2011-01-15T01:21:18.080" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;More options&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{showexpl}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;%define layout to tikz codes.&#xA;\definecolor{hellgelb}{rgb}{1,1,0.8}&#xA;\definecolor{colKeys}{rgb}{0,0,1}&#xA;\definecolor{colIdentifier}{rgb}{0,0,0}&#xA;\definecolor{colComments}{rgb}{1,0,0}&#xA;\definecolor{colString}{rgb}{0,0.5,0}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\lstset{%&#xA;    language={},%&#xA;    float=hbp,%&#xA;    basicstyle=\ttfamily\tiny, %&#xA;    identifierstyle=\color{colIdentifier}, %&#xA;    keywordstyle=\color{colKeys}, %&#xA;    stringstyle=\color{colString}, %&#xA;    commentstyle=\color{colComments}, %&#xA;    columns=flexible, %&#xA;    tabsize=4, %&#xA;    frame=single, %&#xA;    rframe={},%&#xA;    extendedchars=true, %&#xA;    showspaces=false, %&#xA;    showstringspaces=false, %&#xA;    numbers=none, %&#xA;    numberstyle=\tiny, %&#xA;    breaklines=true, %&#xA;    backgroundcolor=\color{hellgelb}, %&#xA;    breakautoindent=true, %&#xA;    captionpos=b,%&#xA;    xleftmargin=0pt%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{LTXexample}[width=2cm]&#xA; \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \shade[ball color=yellow] (0,0) circle (1);&#xA;  \draw[-&amp;gt;,blue] (0,0) -- (45:1);&#xA; \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{LTXexample}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document} ​&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1940" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T01:21:18.080" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8996" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9029" CreationDate="2011-01-15T01:40:46.723" Score="3" ViewCount="338" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm reading journal papers in physics/electrical engineering. What is a suitable document class or package to help with taking notes?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My idea would be having direct quotes on one side and my opinions/ideas aligned horizontally on the other side.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want Margin 1 and Quote 1 to be aligned horizontally.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/lzPub.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[marginpar=3in, left=4in, right=0.5in]{geometry}&#xA;\reversemarginpar&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Hey! \marginpar{Hello world! The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog. The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog.}&#xA;&#xA;Quote 1 \marginpar{Margin 1}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="791" LastEditorUserId="711" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-03T17:04:50.337" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T17:32:22.517" Title="Taking notes while reading a journal paper" Tags="&lt;notes&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8997" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8996" CreationDate="2011-01-15T03:45:07.267" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You might consider using a package for parallel texts like &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/parallel&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;parallel&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/parcolumns&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;parcolumns&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/ledpar&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ledpar&lt;/a&gt; instead of using marginal notes, though it isn't exactly clear what your requirements are. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T03:45:07.267" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="8998" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8817" CreationDate="2011-01-15T04:55:32.587" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure how a bibliography entry type can be demeaning. I'd cite it as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@Misc{mof,&#xA;        title = {Meta Object Facility {(MOF)} 2.0 Core Specification},&#xA;        year = 2003,&#xA;        mon = oct,&#xA;        note = {Version 2},&#xA;        key = {Meta Object Facility},&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Similarly for UML.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T04:55:32.587" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="8999" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9004" CreationDate="2011-01-15T05:07:46.067" Score="3" ViewCount="64" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do I use the &lt;code&gt;lips&lt;/code&gt; package?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Having the following line in my preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{lips}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;produces the following error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/lips.sty:309: Undefined control sequence.&#xA;l.309 \newlet\lips&#xA;                  \Lips&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why so?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="791" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T06:36:36.220" Title="Using the lips package" Tags="&lt;ellipsis&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9000" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9002" CreationDate="2011-01-15T05:17:10.610" Score="3" ViewCount="95" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to automate quotation marks (not quotes) using a macro. Consider the following code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\mytext}[1]{``#1''}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This one works fine:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\mytext{This is a very long quote. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet.}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I want to make my source more readable by placing the text in a new line. The following code produces a space between the opening quotes and the first letter:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\mytext{&#xA;  This is a very long quote. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet.}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Yes, this one will work:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\mytext&#xA;  {This is a very long quote. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet.}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I would prefer that &lt;code&gt;\mytext&lt;/code&gt; would expand to something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\mytext{%&#xA;  This is a very long quote. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet.}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How do I create a &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt; within a &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="791" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T06:05:07.690" Title="Simulate the % in a \newcommand" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="9001" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8177" CreationDate="2011-01-15T05:54:37.363" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Herbert gave a good answer for this if you can use the &lt;code&gt;multicol&lt;/code&gt; package. If you cannot, or don't want to, here's one way to do it. I'm not claiming that this is the best way to do it, or even that it works in all cases, but at least with my limited testing, it seems to work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[twocolumn]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{afterpage}&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum} % Just for dummy text.&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newbox\loc@box&#xA;\newenvironment{longonecolumn}{%&#xA;        \ifvoid\loc@box\else&#xA;                \errmessage{Too many longonecolumn environments too&#xA;                close together.}%&#xA;        \fi&#xA;        \global\setbox\loc@box\vbox\bgroup&#xA;                \hsize\textwidth&#xA;                \columnwidth\hsize&#xA;                \linewidth\hsize&#xA;                \@twocolumnfalse&#xA;}{%&#xA;        \egroup&#xA;        \afterpage\loc@placebox&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand*\loc@placebox{%&#xA;        \if@firstcolumn&#xA;                \loc@placebox@&#xA;        \else&#xA;                \afterpage\loc@placebox&#xA;        \fi&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand*\loc@placebox@{%&#xA;        \onecolumn&#xA;        \begingroup&#xA;                \loop\ifdim\ht\loc@box&amp;gt;\vsize&#xA;                        \setbox\z@\vsplit\loc@box to\vsize&#xA;                        \unvbox\z@&#xA;                        \vfill&#xA;                        \pagebreak&#xA;                \repeat&#xA;                \ifdim\ht\loc@box&amp;gt;\dbltopfraction\vsize&#xA;                        \unvbox\loc@box&#xA;                        \vfill&#xA;                        \twocolumn\relax&#xA;                \else&#xA;                        \twocolumn[\unvbox\loc@box\vspace\dbltextfloatsep]%&#xA;                \fi&#xA;        \endgroup&#xA;        \global\setbox\loc@box\box\voidb@x % Probably not needed&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;\lipsum[1-3]&#xA;\begin{longonecolumn}&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}[caption=Here's my&#xA;caption,basicstyle=\ttfamily,numbers=left]&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;Here is a full width line of text; it just keeps going. Whee!!!&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;\end{longonecolumn}&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The idea here is that the &lt;code&gt;longonecolumn&lt;/code&gt; environment packages its argument up into a single box &lt;code&gt;\loc@box&lt;/code&gt;. It then uses TeX's page breaking algorithm via &lt;code&gt;\vsplit&lt;/code&gt; to break the box into &lt;code&gt;\vsize&lt;/code&gt; sized chunks and then lets those chunks fit on the page naturally. After there is only a single chunk of size at most &lt;code&gt;\vsize&lt;/code&gt;, it checks if it fits in the amount of space double column figures are allowed to take up. If it doesn't, then the last chunk also gets its own page. Otherwise, it gets put at the top of a normal two column page in the same way that &lt;code&gt;\maketitle&lt;/code&gt; puts the title information at the top of the page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T05:54:37.363" />
  <row Id="9002" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9000" CreationDate="2011-01-15T06:05:07.690" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\mytext}[1]{``\ignorespaces #1''}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T06:05:07.690" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9003" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8999" CreationDate="2011-01-15T06:19:55.803" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It looks like a bug in the package. It also looks like &lt;code&gt;docstrip&lt;/code&gt; was not run on the package and a &lt;code&gt;lips.dtx&lt;/code&gt; file was just renamed to &lt;code&gt;lips.sty&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It seems to work for me if I use.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\newlet\let&#xA;\usepackage{lips}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T06:19:55.803" />
  <row Id="9004" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8999" CreationDate="2011-01-15T06:31:22.200" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think you are supposed to use it with the other “frankenstein package” &lt;code&gt;moredefs&lt;/code&gt; included first. &lt;code&gt;moredefs&lt;/code&gt; defines&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*\newlet [2] {% args: \csname-a \csname-b&#xA;  \@ifdefinable #1 {%&#xA;    \let #1#2%&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\@ifdefinable&lt;/code&gt; is defined in the LaTeX source (&lt;code&gt;texdoc source2e&lt;/code&gt;) and is the same check that is used in &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; to check that nothing is overwritten.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-15T06:36:36.220" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T06:36:36.220" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9005" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8996" CreationDate="2011-01-15T07:47:16.320" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I do not know if I understand you well. Do you have the LaTeX source of the papers you read? If, as it is often my case, you can only have the PDF versions, then what you would need is a tool to annotate those.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dklevine.com/general/software/tc1000/jarnal.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Jarnal&lt;/a&gt; and I am quite satisfied with it. I also use it to grade my student's homework, which they usually turn in in PDF.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="750" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T07:47:16.320" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9006" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6490" CreationDate="2011-01-15T10:03:20.563" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Since TH took the chance to post xii.tex, I take the chance and post my further condensed version (needs almost 14% less key strokes for the same output &lt;code&gt;:-)&lt;/code&gt;). This exercise was indeed my first plunge into the inner workings of TeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let~\catcode~`76~`A13~`F1~`j00~`P2jdefA71F~`7113jdefPA;;FP&#xA;AYYFvePAJJ7172F72e71PAEE71&quot;72F72i71PAGG71Fo71dPAWW71;FPADDF&#xA;PA**7172F727171PAKK7172F72r71PAqq71.F71Kse71PAIIFoPAXXFKdiP&#xA;AQQFjbigskipDOPAzzFhPAHHFDPATT7172F72a71PAZZFTDDPAUU71,72MF&#xA;jpar71ing;jifx:72jelseU72MjfiPABB71W72;73,74:Fjif.74.jelseB&#xA;74:jfiQn tJ;z7172tz; TydDIfDCEzs;tTsm;DmWa;y &quot;KKJtDulIY TYg&#xA;tI J;mU7173,74:MPB tJlwWf;Wq;Yq K*dmu.,eJYlnW;q Ep&quot;p.,JntW;&#xA;lKsGZlTpe,En&quot;nW;eDTJlsE &quot;dTndc,Egz&quot;eW;t Emd&quot;TsZElk&quot;m,JYsnW;&#xA;sTnwWo;sZs*mE&quot;w,Ex&quot;sW; Jg*JZsTyl,E&quot;fWf;Y gGlEDng&quot;KsW,fIurW;&#xA;TlcEngD&quot;lbXsW,tzWXW;K*J JfKncz JnzsW,WJcsGnW;tWace;wI tKtuJ&#xA;DldIYsW,WKsE&quot;ftW;aHAHHFndZPKpTEt&quot;KdJEgn&quot;DZpJTKDtK*J.W,:jbye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T10:03:20.563" />
  <row Id="9007" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8817" CreationDate="2011-01-15T10:06:38.000" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If it neither has an ISBN nor appears in a series with an ISSN, then it falls within the scope of what &lt;em&gt;Chicago&lt;/em&gt; calls &quot;informally published materials&quot;, which are, overall, not so well handled by Bibtex.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The downside of using the &lt;code&gt;@misc&lt;/code&gt; entry typeis that &lt;code&gt;institution&lt;/code&gt; isn't a recognised field key for that entry type in the default Bibtex styles, so you have to use the howpublished kludge.  I would go for &lt;code&gt;@techreport&lt;/code&gt;, which does have the required documentation.  You should be prepapred to chenge the representation to get the output you want though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I note that Jabref has a custom &lt;code&gt;@standard&lt;/code&gt; entry type for the internal representation of these kinds of entry, which it translates as appropriate to the bibliography style you want to use in a particular article.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T10:06:38.000" />
  <row Id="9008" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9012" CreationDate="2011-01-15T11:54:40.913" Score="1" ViewCount="75" Body="&lt;p&gt;I cannot find a good title to express my question. Therefore, please parse the following code first. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Minimal Code&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[dvips,dvipsnames,cmyk,table]{book}&#xA;\usepackage[a5paper,margin=20mm]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{longtable,array,calc}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\lstset{basicstyle=\scriptsize,tabsize=3}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{fancyvrb}&#xA;\fvset{tabsize=3}&#xA;\newcommand\gtemp[1]{&amp;amp;&amp;amp;#1\tabularnewline\hline}&#xA;\newcommand{\args}{}&#xA;\newenvironment{Row}[1]&#xA;    {\renewcommand{\args}{#1}\VerbatimEnvironment\begin{VerbatimOut}{\jobname.tmp}}&#xA;    {\end{VerbatimOut}\aftergroup\gtemp{\args}}&#xA;&#xA;\newcolumntype{A}&#xA;{&#xA;  &amp;gt;{\begin{minipage}{0.3333\linewidth-2\tabcolsep-2\arrayrulewidth}\vspace{\tabcolsep}}%&#xA;  c%&#xA;  &amp;lt;{\vspace{\tabcolsep}\end{minipage}}%   &#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{ComparisonTable}%&#xA;{% &#xA;    \begin{longtable}%&#xA;    {%&#xA;     |A&amp;lt;{\lstinputlisting{\jobname.tmp}}%&#xA;     |A&amp;lt;{\input{\jobname.tmp}}%&#xA;     |A%&#xA;     |%&#xA;    }%&#xA;    \hline\ignorespaces%&#xA;}%&#xA;{\end{longtable}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{ComparisonTable}&#xA;%&#xA;% Row 1&#xA;\begin{Row}%&#xA;{&#xA; This is a quadratic function.&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA; y=ax^2+bx+c&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;\end{Row}&#xA;%&#xA;% Row 2&#xA;\begin{Row}{LaTeX in action}&#xA;\Huge\LaTeXe&#xA;\end{Row}&#xA;\end{ComparisonTable}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Objective&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want &lt;code&gt;\Row&lt;/code&gt; to accept an argument such that I can change&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{Row}&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA; y=ax^2+bx+c&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;\end{Row}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{Row}{Some description...}&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA; y=ax^2+bx+c&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;\end{Row}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How to do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T12:18:01.233" Title="How to make my unusual environment accept one argument?" Tags="&lt;listings&gt;&lt;environments&gt;&lt;verbatim&gt;&lt;fancyvrb&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9009" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9013" CreationDate="2011-01-15T11:56:39.463" Score="2" ViewCount="157" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is my problem:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Im writing my thesis using the book class. I want my thesis to be onesided (left and right margins of same size), but I would also like to use the fancyhdr package to give me chapter names in the pagehead of even pages and section names in the pagehead of odd pages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Trying to do so together with the &quot;oneside&quot; option gives me a warning when compiling saying that the [E] option is useless when the book is &quot;onesided&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper, oneside]{book}&#xA;...&#xA;\fancyhf{} &#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;\headheight 20pt&#xA;\fancyhead[LE]{\rightmark}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any good ideas would be much appreciated!&#xA;I already tried the geometry package, and it messes up a lot of the formatting in the book class.&#xA;I guess what I'm basically looking for is how to use the &quot;twosided&quot; option without LaTeX shifting every other page to a side.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2954" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-19T18:32:11.187" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T18:32:11.187" Title="Twosided book with same page setup for every page (I want to use fancyhdr)" Tags="&lt;margins&gt;&lt;header-footer&gt;&lt;book-design&gt;&lt;fancyhdr&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="9010" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1319" CreationDate="2011-01-15T12:11:13.417" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I wonder why nobody suggested the original works of Donald Knuth. To me they are beautiful examples of typesetting. As far as I know, his books and papers are typeset using TeX (vs. LaTeX), but for the sake of the topic, I guess, it doesn't matter. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The Art of Computer Programming (TAOCP)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The TeXbook &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The METAFONTbook&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The complete list of Knuth's publications as well as preliminary drafts of the TAOCP Vol 4a chapters (in post script files) can be found on his &lt;a href=&quot;http://www-cs-faculty.stanford.edu/~uno/books.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;home page&lt;/a&gt;. The sources of the TaOCP book (tex files) are also available in peer-to-peer networks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2952" LastEditorUserId="2952" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-19T08:55:54.420" LastActivityDate="2011-01-19T08:55:54.420" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-01-15T12:11:13.417" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9011" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9009" CreationDate="2011-01-15T12:11:35.180" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;twoside&lt;/code&gt; with symmetry page margins.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper,twoside]{book}&#xA;\usepackage[centering,headheight=20pt]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I wonder how &lt;code&gt;geometry&lt;/code&gt; messes up you document. It may be solved easier than page headings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T12:11:35.180" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="9012" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9008" CreationDate="2011-01-15T12:18:01.233" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;OK, there are two problems with the code you posted: 1. &lt;code&gt;\aftergroup&lt;/code&gt; can only put &lt;em&gt;one&lt;/em&gt; token (here &lt;code&gt;\gtemp&lt;/code&gt;) after the group, and your &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand&lt;/code&gt; doesn't give a global redefinition, so it won't be in effect after the group. This works:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[dvips,dvipsnames,cmyk,table]{book}&#xA;\usepackage[a5paper,margin=20mm]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{longtable,array,calc}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\lstset{basicstyle=\scriptsize,tabsize=3}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{fancyvrb}&#xA;\fvset{tabsize=3}&#xA;\newenvironment{Row}[1]&#xA;    {\gdef\gtemp{&amp;amp;&amp;amp;#1\tabularnewline\hline}\VerbatimEnvironment\begin{VerbatimOut}{\jobname.tmp}}&#xA;    {\end{VerbatimOut}\aftergroup\gtemp}&#xA;&#xA;\newcolumntype{A}&#xA;{&#xA;  &amp;gt;{\begin{minipage}{0.3333\linewidth-2\tabcolsep-2\arrayrulewidth}\vspace{\tabcolsep}}%&#xA;  c%&#xA;  &amp;lt;{\vspace{\tabcolsep}\end{minipage}}%   &#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{ComparisonTable}%&#xA;{% &#xA;    \begin{longtable}%&#xA;    {%&#xA;     |A&amp;lt;{\lstinputlisting{\jobname.tmp}}%&#xA;     |A&amp;lt;{\input{\jobname.tmp}}%&#xA;     |A%&#xA;     |%&#xA;    }%&#xA;    \hline\ignorespaces%&#xA;}%&#xA;{\end{longtable}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{ComparisonTable}&#xA;%&#xA;% Row 1&#xA;\begin{Row}%&#xA;{&#xA; This is a quadratic function.&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA; y=ax^2+bx+c&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;\end{Row}&#xA;%&#xA;% Row 2&#xA;\begin{Row}{LaTeX in action}&#xA;\Huge\LaTeXe&#xA;\end{Row}&#xA;\end{ComparisonTable}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T12:18:01.233" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9013" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9009" CreationDate="2011-01-15T12:32:55.870" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I also recommend using the geometry package. However, if you insist on not &quot;messing up&quot; any formatting, you may temporarily enable the &lt;code&gt;oneside&lt;/code&gt; class option, then use the &lt;code&gt;\showthe&lt;/code&gt; command to find out the value of the lengths &lt;code&gt;\evensidemargin&lt;/code&gt; (and &lt;code&gt;\oddsidemargin&lt;/code&gt;) with this option, then switch back to &lt;code&gt;twoside&lt;/code&gt; and change the two length values.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}% Defaults to [twoside]&#xA;&#xA;% \showthe\evensidemargin% Retrieve length value with class option [oneside]&#xA;&#xA;% Apply length value of class option [oneside]&#xA;\evensidemargin 62pt&#xA;\oddsidemargin 62pt&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\blinddocument&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/blindtext/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;blindtext&lt;/a&gt; package is only used to add some dummy text to the example.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T12:32:55.870" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9014" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1319" CreationDate="2011-01-15T12:33:55.750" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;If you were asked to show examples of beautifully typeset documents in LaTeX, what would you suggest? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/documents/bcs/bcs.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;This&lt;/a&gt; is my rendering of a long-ago torture test of technical text (say that three times fast!).  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think the technical material came out fine-looking, certainly up to anyone's professional standards, but the biggest point for me is that getting LaTeX to do it was straightforward.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personally, when I was first shown some of the wonderful things that TeX could put out I was amazed at what other people could do.  But when I saw the original version of this document in the AMS Notices then I was delighted at what &lt;em&gt;I&lt;/em&gt; could do.  :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Preferably documents available online ... Extra bonus for documents whose LaTeX source is available.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Yes, in the same directory.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="339" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T12:33:55.750" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-01-15T12:33:55.750" />
  <row Id="9015" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9017" CreationDate="2011-01-15T12:36:13.770" Score="3" ViewCount="119" Body="&lt;p&gt;I noticed that if I've got something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;one::two::three::four one::two::three::four one::two::three::four&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;something weird happen:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%                      the right page margin would be here |&#xA;%                                                          |&#xA;%                                                          v&#xA;one::two::three::four one::two::three::four one::two::three::four&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the page margin is where I marked, but the line doesn't get broken, &lt;code&gt;::four&lt;/code&gt; goes out of the page, although it is aligned so that the first colon is exactly after the margin, like if it had to be splitted.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why doesn't the line gets broken between &lt;code&gt;one::two::three&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;::four&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;And then why does it get aligned that way, so that &lt;code&gt;::four&lt;/code&gt; goes out of the page?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1882" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T18:59:08.600" Title="Line break in lines with colons" Tags="&lt;margins&gt;&lt;line-breaking&gt;&lt;colon&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="9016" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9009" CreationDate="2011-01-15T12:43:23.137" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Somehow I can't see where &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/geometry&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;geometry&lt;/a&gt; messes up the page layout. The below example shows no undesired behaviour.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper,english]{book}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{babel}&#xA;\usepackage[%&#xA;  headheight=14pt,&#xA;  includeheadfoot,&#xA;  margin=3cm&#xA;]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;% Setup for headers anf footers (fancyhdr)&#xA;\fancyhf{}&#xA;\fancyhead[RE]{\nouppercase{\rightmark}}&#xA;\fancyhead[LO]{\nouppercase{\leftmark}}&#xA;\fancyhead[LE,RO]{\thepage}&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \Blinddocument&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/blindtext&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;blindtext&lt;/a&gt; package is only for creating an example document thus not part of the solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T12:43:23.137" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9017" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9015" CreationDate="2011-01-15T13:06:15.573" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It doesn't get broken there because TeX breaks lines only at white space, hyphenation points, or at explicitly inserted invocations of &lt;code&gt;\discretionary&lt;/code&gt;. You could put &lt;code&gt;\discretionary{}{}{}&lt;/code&gt; before each double colon if you wish to allow a line break there. If you need this a lot, make a shorter macro for it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T13:06:15.573" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="9018" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9015" CreationDate="2011-01-15T13:30:00.597" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just to add to Harald's answer. TeX will hyphenate at a space or at a &lt;em&gt;letter&lt;/em&gt; in a word that is an acceptable hyphenation point as per the patterns provided for the language. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are no patterns that would allow a colon in a word, as no such words exist in English! For example the following non-sense word will hyphenate. Remember also that the very first word is never hyphenated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;The very first word is not hyphenated at all fortymenpageturnthreeonefouronetwothreefour&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T13:30:00.597" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9019" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9020" CreationDate="2011-01-15T13:36:07.640" Score="1" ViewCount="71" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi I want to write this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/2RtNT.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I wrote this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$\{m'_{i}\}$ &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Without success, (I get errors/warning) &#xA;How do I write the apostrophe in Latex?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks;) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2786" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T13:42:07.860" Title="Equation var with apostrophes?" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;equations&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9020" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9019" CreationDate="2011-01-15T13:42:07.860" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use &lt;code&gt;\prime&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$\{m^\prime_{i}\}$ &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;$\{m'_{i}\}$&lt;/code&gt; works for me as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T13:42:07.860" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9021" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9015" CreationDate="2011-01-15T14:04:15.343" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could define&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\::{\discretionary{:}{:}{::}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now just write &lt;code&gt;\::&lt;/code&gt; and :: would be splitted into : and : at the end of a line. You could easily change it to behave differently, such as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\::{\discretionary{::}{}{::}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That's a benefit of a LaTeX macro: once you defined and used it, you might easily change it consistently.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A minimal example, as requested in a comment:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\def\::{\discretionary{::}{}{::}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;one\::two\::three\::one\::one\::two\::three\::one\::two\::three\::&#xA;four::one\::two\::three\::four\::one\::two\::three\::four &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-15T18:59:08.600" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T18:59:08.600" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="9022" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8908" CreationDate="2011-01-15T14:22:39.447" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A nice online service, though not very powerful, is that LaTeX table editor:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://truben.no/latex/table/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://truben.no/latex/table/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T14:22:39.447" />
  <row Id="9024" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-15T16:22:59.423" Score="1" ViewCount="140" Body="&lt;p&gt;How would one go about to move a [sub..]section to a different position in the document structure?&#xA;The sectioning commands would have to be changed according to the new parent level.&#xA;Is there a program that does that? An editor via drag and drop?&#xA;A cli call like this should do it (given that the section numbering is default):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;texsectionmove main.tex 3.2 root&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2818" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-15T07:13:58.173" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T07:13:58.173" Title="Is there a program that allows to move sections and automatically adjusts the level of subsections?" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9025" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9027" CreationDate="2011-01-15T16:42:55.537" Score="5" ViewCount="232" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to use two math fonts from the calligraphy families in the same document?&#xA;Something like &lt;code&gt;$\mathcal{P}$&lt;/code&gt; from Zapfino and &lt;code&gt;$\mathcal{T}$&lt;/code&gt; from XITS math?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastEditorUserId="371" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-16T20:25:01.680" LastActivityDate="2011-01-16T20:25:01.680" Title="two mathcal families in the same document" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;unicode-math&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="9026" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9025" CreationDate="2011-01-15T17:49:38.793" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's possible. This is what &lt;code&gt;mathrsfs&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;eucal&lt;/code&gt; package does. Let's take have a look at &lt;code&gt;mathrsfs&lt;/code&gt; package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareSymbolFont{rsfs}{U}{rsfs}{m}{n}&#xA;\DeclareSymbolFontAlphabet{\mathscr}{rsfs}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This shows how to declare a math symbol font and the font command. The first line declares that math font family &lt;code&gt;rsfs&lt;/code&gt; is &lt;code&gt;{U}{rsfs}{m}{n}&lt;/code&gt; in NFSS. And the second line give it a command \mathscr. It may be a bit more clear if we use a different math family name other than &lt;code&gt;rsfs&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareSymbolFont{mathscript}{U}{rsfs}{m}{n}&#xA;\DeclareSymbolFontAlphabet{\mathscr}{mathscript}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or even simpler (waht it should be, I think):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareMathAlphabet{\mathscr}{U}{rsfs}{m}{n}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please refer to &lt;code&gt;fntguide&lt;/code&gt; for datails.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Warning: TeX allows 16 math font family only in a document. (It's too bad....) If you need more, you will have to use text mode to simulate a fake math font family. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*\mathscr[1]{\text{\usefont{U}{rsfs}{m}{n}#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It works differently from math fonts, but may be useful if you have to use a lot of different typefaces of math alphabets.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-15T18:17:32.507" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T18:17:32.507" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9027" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9025" CreationDate="2011-01-15T17:53:36.010" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;With &lt;code&gt;unicode-math&lt;/code&gt; (which I assume you are using), you can remap a range of characters to a different font:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setmathfont[range=&quot;1D4AB]{Zapfino}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(where &lt;code&gt;&quot;1D4AB&lt;/code&gt; is the unicode slot for the character that should be remapped (see the &lt;code&gt;unicode-math&lt;/code&gt; manual for the syntax when you want to remap multiple characters)).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem is that Zapfino probably doesn't contain the &lt;code&gt;U+1D4AB MATHEMATICAL SCRIPT CAPITAL P&lt;/code&gt; character. Hence you have to remap that character to &lt;code&gt;U+0050 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER P&lt;/code&gt; first. I don't know if unicode-math has an interface to do that manually (Will should be able to tell). But it does that automatically if you remap a whole range of characters, like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setmathfont[range=\mathscr]{Zapfino}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Note that remapping &lt;code&gt;\mathscr&lt;/code&gt; doesn't change &lt;code&gt;\mathcal&lt;/code&gt; even though by default both display the same character.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The height of Zapfino probably doesn't match the height of XITS Math. So you have to rescale it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setmathfont[range=\mathscr,Scale=MatchUppercase]{Zapfino}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T17:53:36.010" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="9028" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3001" CreationDate="2011-01-15T18:10:27.987" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can also do this with the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/titlesec&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;titletoc&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package, and avoid some of the interactions that &lt;code&gt;minitoc&lt;/code&gt; sometimes has.  See &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/5944/minitoc-and-memoir/7877#7877&quot;&gt;this answer&lt;/a&gt; for an example. (Although the example uses memoir, &lt;code&gt;titletoc&lt;/code&gt; can be used with any of the regular document classes too.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-05T01:22:11.963" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T01:22:11.963" />
  <row Id="9029" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8996" CreationDate="2011-01-15T18:22:45.077" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you are really wedded to the parallel style, you could simply use a big &lt;code&gt;longtable&lt;/code&gt; environment, where each quote and comment were just separated by &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; and each pair is a row.  This is maximally simple.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But personally, I think you might find it more useful to use something like the &lt;code&gt;comment&lt;/code&gt; package, which, although it wouldn't be parallel texts, would allow you to easily produce versions of your notes with and without the comments.   The notes by themselves might be useful to give to others, for example, even though you may not want to distribute your comments. You can also specify the formatting of the comment environments, so you could easily distinguish comments from notes even though they would be inline rather than parallel. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T18:22:45.077" />
  <row Id="9030" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8422" CreationDate="2011-01-15T19:10:17.983" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{etoolbox}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\patchcmd{\Ginclude@eps}{&quot;#1&quot;}{#1}{}{}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;...&#xA;\includegraphics{&quot;file name.eps&quot;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The macro &lt;code&gt;\Ginclude@eps&lt;/code&gt; is defined in the file dvips.def. It uses &lt;code&gt;\special{PSfile=&quot;#1&quot;\space ...&lt;/code&gt; which causes problems if additional &quot;&quot; are used. I patched this, such that it behaves like it was written &lt;code&gt;PSfile=#1&lt;/code&gt; and it worked for me in a test with an eps file with a space in the name and dvips.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T19:10:17.983" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9031" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9032" CreationDate="2011-01-15T19:14:37.983" Score="2" ViewCount="119" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am new to Latex ;)&#xA;I split my equation like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{equation}&#xA;\begin{split}&#xA;    \tilde{m}=P\tilde{M} \\&#xA;    \quad = K(R^1R^2R^3t) \begin{pmatrix} X \\ Y \\ 0 \\ 1 \end{pmatrix} \\&#xA;    \quad= K(R^1R^2t)\begin{pmatrix} X \\ Y \\ 1 \end{pmatrix} \\&#xA;    \quad= H \begin{pmatrix} X \\ Y \\ 1 \end{pmatrix} &#xA;\end{split}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which gives me this:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/iRdie.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot; &gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/iRdie.png&quot; height=&quot;150&quot;/&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but, actually, I want it to be aligned like this:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/8ep1q.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/8ep1q.png&quot; height=&quot;150&quot;/&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How do I align them so it looks like the right side is always aligned? &#xA;Thanks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2786" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-15T20:12:41.763" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T20:12:41.763" Title="aligning split equation" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;align&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="9032" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9031" CreationDate="2011-01-15T19:20:07.110" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You just need to set an ampersand as alignment marker before the equal sign:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{equation}&#xA;\begin{split}&#xA;    \tilde{m}&amp;amp;=P\tilde{M} \\&#xA;    \quad &amp;amp;= K(R^1R^2R^3t) \begin{pmatrix} X \\ Y \\ 0 \\ 1 \end{pmatrix} \\&#xA;    \quad &amp;amp;= K(R^1R^2t)\begin{pmatrix} X \\ Y \\ 1 \end{pmatrix} \\&#xA;    \quad &amp;amp;= H \begin{pmatrix} X \\ Y \\ 1 \end{pmatrix} &#xA;\end{split}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T19:20:07.110" />
  <row Id="9033" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9036" CreationDate="2011-01-15T19:37:00.373" Score="2" ViewCount="108" Body="&lt;p&gt;How could I set up a verbatim-environment which has&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;black background&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;white text in scriptsize ?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2957" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T20:09:57.150" Title="verbatim with black background and white text" Tags="&lt;verbatim&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9034" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9037" CreationDate="2011-01-15T19:52:27.930" Score="2" ViewCount="85" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[fleqn,12pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amstext, amsmath}&#xA;\newcommand{\lcurly}[1]{$\left\{\begin{array}{l}  #1   \end{array} \right.$}&#xA;\newcommand{\rcurly}[1]{$\left. \begin{array}{l}  #1   \end{array} \right  \}$}&#xA;\newcommand{\slcurly}[1]{$\left\{   \shortstack{#1} \right.$}&#xA;\newcommand{\srcurly}[1]{$\left. \shortstack{#1} \right  \}$}&#xA;&#xA;   \begin{document}&#xA;   \lcurly{1 \\ 2} \rcurly{Line 1 \\ Line 2} \vspace{1cm} \\&#xA;&#xA;   \slcurly{1 \\ 2}  \srcurly{Line 1\\ Line 2} \\&#xA;   \end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have a need to create curly brackets, I managed to do that with above shown code. I am attaching a screenshot. When I use array the text is evenly distributed vertically but the bracket appears little bit farther. When I change array to stack the bracket appears closer but the text is not nicely aligned. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I was wondering if there is way to align the text as shown in the top image and make the bracket appear close like shown in the second part of the image. &#xA;Thanks for your help&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/YubEb.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2036" LastEditorUserId="2036" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-15T20:02:27.547" LastActivityDate="2011-01-16T10:25:14.140" Title="Curly Brackets - How to change the space between text and brackets" Tags="&lt;brackets&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="9035" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9048" CreationDate="2011-01-15T20:03:04.777" Score="8" ViewCount="191" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is an attempt to make clear what happened in &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/9023/1235&quot;&gt;this question of xport&lt;/a&gt; (now deleted, sorry). The now deleted question included code that tried to make my answer to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/9008/how-to-make-my-unusual-environment-accept-one-argument/9012#9012&quot;&gt;this question of xport&lt;/a&gt; work for &lt;em&gt;optional&lt;/em&gt; arguments, but the code failed. A shorter illustration: The following code doesn't compile if one removes the &lt;code&gt;[optional argument]&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{listings,fancyvrb}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{Row}[1][]&#xA;    {\VerbatimEnvironment&#xA;     \begin{VerbatimOut}{\jobname.tmp}}&#xA;    {\end{VerbatimOut}\lstinputlisting{\jobname.tmp}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{Row}[optional argument]&#xA;\relax&#xA;\end{Row}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The error message says&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! FancyVerb Error:&#xA;  Extraneous input `\relax ' between \begin{Row}[&amp;lt;key=value&amp;gt;] and line end&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, the optional argument (and in fact the whole construction) is utterly pointless here, but hey, it's a minimal example. To make the example in xport's question also work for optional arguments is quite interesting, I think.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The question: What exactly is happening here, and how can one fix the code?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(What I found out so far: &lt;code&gt;\begin{VerbatimOut}{\jobname.tmp}}&lt;/code&gt; wants to see a linebreak immediately after it (try putting a &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt;), and this somehow gets messed up by &lt;code&gt;\begin{Row}&lt;/code&gt; looking for the optional argument.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-16T14:05:46.013" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T22:44:11.120" Title="How to pass an optional argument to an environment with verbatim content?" Tags="&lt;environments&gt;&lt;verbatim&gt;&lt;optional-arguments&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="9036" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9033" CreationDate="2011-01-15T20:09:57.150" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is a solution inspired by the code of the &lt;code&gt;moreverb&lt;/code&gt; package and using code lines of it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{color}&#xA;\usepackage{verbatim}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\inverseverbatim{%&#xA;  \color{white}\scriptsize&#xA;  \def\verbatim@processline{%&#xA;    {\setbox0=\hbox{\the\verbatim@line}%&#xA;    \hsize=\wd0 \the\verbatim@line\par}}%&#xA;  \@minipagetrue&#xA;  \@tempswatrue&#xA;  \@totalleftmargin\z@&#xA;  \setbox0=\vbox\bgroup \verbatim&#xA;}&#xA;\def\endinverseverbatim{%&#xA;  \endverbatim&#xA;  \unskip\setbox0=\lastbox&#xA;  \egroup&#xA;  \colorbox{black}{\box0}%&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Test:&#xA;&#xA;\begin{inverseverbatim}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;\end{inverseverbatim}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/jBOK7.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T20:09:57.150" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9037" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9034" CreationDate="2011-01-15T20:20:27.420" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A quick fix would be to insert just some negative space before respectively after the array:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\lcurly}[1]{$\left\{\hspace{-0.5em}%&#xA;  \begin{array}{l}  #1   \end{array} \right.$}&#xA;\newcommand{\rcurly}[1]{$\left.&#xA;  \begin{array}{l}  #1   \end{array}\hspace{-0.5em}\right  \}$}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In cases such as your second example &lt;code&gt;\vcenter&lt;/code&gt; comes handy to vertically center objects:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\slcurly}[1]{$\left\{\vcenter{\hbox{$\shortstack{#1}$}}\right.$}&#xA;\newcommand{\srcurly}[1]{$\left.\vcenter{\hbox{$\shortstack{#1}$}}\right \}$}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Sf6ex.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T20:20:27.420" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="9038" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8996" CreationDate="2011-01-15T20:28:03.450" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm a fan of the Edward Tufte inspired &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/tufte-latex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;package&lt;/a&gt;, in particular the handout option. By default it has a large margin that footnotes and marginnotes fill; these will be horizontally aligned, though I'm not certain if the footnote/marginnote text would be large enough. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sounds like you are doing wonderful preparation for grad school.....&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1167" LastEditorUserId="1167" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-15T20:33:40.993" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T20:33:40.993" />
  <row Id="9039" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9024" CreationDate="2011-01-15T20:56:50.633" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As I interpret it, None is asking for something that looks like a directory structure: we can move folders (sections/subsections...) around in an arbitrary way, and LaTeX should know whether to put &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\subsection&lt;/code&gt;, or whatever else. A partial solution, that works well with copying and pasting within the document is to use a section-like environment instead of just a macro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcounter{section@depth}&#xA;\setcounter{section@depth}{0}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{deepsection}{%&#xA;  \addtocounter{section@depth}{1}%&#xA;  \ifcase\c@section@depth &#xA;  \expandafter \part&#xA;  \or \expandafter \section&#xA;  \or \expandafter \subsection&#xA;  \or \expandafter \subsubsection&#xA;  \or \expandafter \paragraph&#xA;  \or \expandafter \subparagraph&#xA;  \else &#xA;  \PackageError{deepsections}{%&#xA;    Sections are too deeply nested.%&#xA;  }{%&#xA;    Trying to recover with \string\subparagraph%&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \expandafter \subparagraph&#xA;  \fi&#xA;}{%&#xA;  \addtocounter{section@depth}{-1}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\begin{deepsection}{First section's title}  &#xA;  This text is inside the first section&#xA;  \begin{deepsection}[Short title]{And the title for a subsection}&#xA;    Some more text.&#xA;    \begin{deepsection}*{Unnumbered subsubsection}&#xA;      Yet some more text&#xA;    \end{deepsection}&#xA;    \begin{deepsection}{Other subsubsection}&#xA;      This subsubsection is numbered now.&#xA;    \end{deepsection}&#xA;  \end{deepsection}&#xA;\end{deepsection}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{deepsection}{Anoter topic}&#xA;  Text.&#xA;\end{deepsection}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The deepsection environment defined there takes exactly the same arguments as &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt;, and chooses the relevant level of sectioning for you. It will also complain if you are going deeper than you should.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T20:56:50.633" />
  <row Id="9040" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9035" CreationDate="2011-01-15T21:46:47.220" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I can answer what is happening, but I don't have a fix for you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is happening is that when looking for the optional argument, the &lt;code&gt;^^M&lt;/code&gt; that got inserted by TeX at the end of the line is tokenized. Since TeX is in state M, and &lt;code&gt;^^M&lt;/code&gt; has category code 5, this is turned into a space token. LaTeX's &lt;code&gt;\kernel@ifnextchar&lt;/code&gt; gobbles the space and keeps looking for a nonspace character. It finds &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt; which isn't &lt;code&gt;[&lt;/code&gt; so it expands to &lt;code&gt;\\Row[{}]&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\\Row[#1]&lt;/code&gt; has the begin environment code. &lt;code&gt;\VerbatimOut&lt;/code&gt; changes the category code of &lt;code&gt;^^M&lt;/code&gt; to active and then looks for an active &lt;code&gt;^^M&lt;/code&gt; to follow. However, that was already tokenized with catcode 5 and then swallowed. Since it finds &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt;, it complains.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;If, like me, you have a hard time seeing how the space is getting swallowed by tracing this, the key is this line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\reserved@c  -&amp;gt;\futurelet \@let@token \@ifnch&#xA;            ^&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The extra space that I marked with the caret is part of the definition of &lt;code&gt;\@xifnch&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\:{\@xifnch} \expandafter\def\: {\futurelet\@let@token\@ifnch}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit &lt;s&gt;2&lt;/s&gt;3:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Sorry, I should have put a bit a thought into this. This isn't hard to fix. &lt;s&gt;My original comments give the hint of how to fix it, just make &lt;code&gt;^^M&lt;/code&gt; active!&lt;/s&gt; A better solution is to reinsert an active &lt;code&gt;^^M&lt;/code&gt; character in the case that there is no optional argument. That way the optional argument can be on the next line as in the third use of &lt;code&gt;\begin{Row}&lt;/code&gt; below.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{listings,fancyvrb}&#xA;&#xA;\begingroup&#xA;\catcode`\^^M\active%&#xA;\global\def\activeeol{^^M}%&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newenvironment{Row}{%&#xA;        \@ifnextchar[\Row@\Row@noargs&#xA;}{%&#xA;        \end{VerbatimOut}%&#xA;        \lstinputlisting{\jobname.tmp}%&#xA;}&#xA;\def\Row@[#1]{%&#xA;        #1\par&#xA;        \VerbatimEnvironment&#xA;        \begin{VerbatimOut}{\jobname.tmp}%&#xA;}&#xA;\def\Row@noargs#1{%&#xA;        \edef\temp{[]\activeeol\string#1}%&#xA;        \expandafter\Row@\temp&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{Row}[optional argument]&#xA;\relax&#xA;\end{Row}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{Row}&#xA;\relax&#xA;\end{Row}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{Row}&#xA;[Another optional argument]&#xA;\relax&#xA;\end{Row}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-16T17:32:05.510" LastActivityDate="2011-01-16T17:32:05.510" CommentCount="29" />
  <row Id="9041" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-15T21:51:02.673" Score="2" ViewCount="168" Body="&lt;p&gt;My two part question pertains to LyX. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;How do you create a new &quot;Environment&quot; (&quot;Paragraph Style&quot;) for LyX's Environment drop-down list (Standard, Itemize, Enumerate, Chapter, Section, Subsection, Quote, Lyx-Code, etc.)?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;How do you create a new &quot;Text Style&quot; (LyX top menubar &gt; Edit &gt; CharStyle:Code, CharStyle:Emph, Etc, &quot;CharStyle:NewTextStyleHere&quot;)? &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like to use, eg, the Book(KOMA-script) Document Class, but be able to add to it (1) new Environments (say, eg, a &quot;SubSubparagraph&quot; style, and (2) new Text Styles (say, eg, a &quot;DiminishedFontSize&quot; text style). This would greatly extend the usability of a document class within LyX. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first part of my question is very similar, if not identical, to Dave Jarvis's question on page: &#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/6851/create-new-paragraph-style-in-lyx/8787#8787&quot;&gt;Create new paragraph style in LyX&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Jarvis provides a good example of the kinda of step-by-step instructions that he and I are looking for in an answer. Thank you. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2959" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T07:43:10.550" Title="How to create (1) a new Environment for LyX's Environment drop-down menu, (2) a new Text Style" Tags="&lt;environments&gt;&lt;lyx&gt;&lt;style&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="9043" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9044" CreationDate="2011-01-15T22:03:23.783" Score="2" ViewCount="143" Body="&lt;p&gt;The least painful way I know of inserting a Greek letter in a text is to use the math mode and the corresponding command. This will produce an alpha letter : &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$\alpha$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But this always produces an italic letter. I never thought about it until now, but when should this letter be italic, and when should it not? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Furthermore, if I am talking about microseconds in my text, there will be one Latin and one Greek letter side by side. Which of the following should I use?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;1- The average time of this event is 50 $\mu s$.&#xA;2- The average time of this event is 50 $\mu$s.&#xA;3- The average time of this event is 50 $\mathrm{\mu s}.&#xA;4- The average time of this event is 50 μs.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now to me it's either #1 or #3, as #2 produces one italic letter and one normal letter (that's kind of a visual clash), and #4 is only usable if your document is encoded using UTF-X. What do you do when facing this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="10" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T22:15:23.567" Title="Should Greek letters inserted in text (using math mode, mostly) always be italic?" Tags="&lt;formatting&gt;&lt;style&gt;&lt;greek&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9044" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9043" CreationDate="2011-01-15T22:10:05.507" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For the case of units, you should use the &lt;code&gt;siunitx&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{siunitx}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;The average time of this event is \SI{50}{\micro\second}.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I guess I should mention the &lt;code&gt;upgreek&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;The average time of this event is 50~$\upmu$s.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but this doesn't look as good.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/JHER5.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-15T22:15:23.567" LastActivityDate="2011-01-15T22:15:23.567" />
  <row Id="9045" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8982" CreationDate="2011-01-15T23:22:45.633" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;While I'd like to see a solution involving the &lt;code&gt;zref&lt;/code&gt; package, here's a quick fix using &lt;code&gt;etoolbox&lt;/code&gt;. The new &lt;code&gt;\myref&lt;/code&gt; command will automatically precede each equation number with the section number unless it is issued in the section where the associated label was defined.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{etoolbox}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;&#xA;\apptocmd{\label}{%&#xA;  \protected@write\@auxout{}{%&#xA;    \csxdef{secnum@#1}{\thesection}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;}{}{}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*{\myref}[1]{%&#xA;  (% Optional&#xA;  \edef\@tempa{\thesection}%&#xA;  \ifcsequal{secnum@#1}{@tempa}{%&#xA;  }{%&#xA;    \csname secnum@#1\endcsname.%&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \ref{#1}%&#xA;  )% Optional&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{chngcntr}&#xA;\counterwithout{equation}{chapter}&#xA;\counterwithin*{equation}{section}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{first}&#xA;&#xA;\section{bla}&#xA;&#xA;As shown in equation~\myref{eq:abc} \dots&#xA;&#xA;\section{blubb}&#xA;&#xA;As shown in equation~\myref{eq:abc} \dots&#xA;&#xA;\begin{equation}\label{eq:abc}&#xA;a^2 + b^2 = c^2&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{equation}\label{eq:def}&#xA;d^2 + e^2 = f^2&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&#xA;\section{foo}&#xA;&#xA;As shown in equation~\myref{eq:abc} \dots&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: I must stress that my code doesn't work with &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; and therefore is at best a first step to a solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT 2: Changed code in order to work with the book class, using package &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/chngcntr.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;chngcntr&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-17T23:06:41.657" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T23:06:41.657" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="9046" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9049" CreationDate="2011-01-15T23:54:09.853" Score="4" ViewCount="101" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to be able to reference a nested enumerated list item only by its inner-most identifying character.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{enumerate}[(1)]&#xA;\item&#xA;  \begin{enumerate}[(a)]&#xA;    \item \label{mylabel} Referenced point.&#xA;  \end{enumerate}&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;...&#xA;\ref{mylabel}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\ref&lt;/code&gt; above gives me something like &lt;code&gt;1a&lt;/code&gt;, but I want it to give me &lt;code&gt;a&lt;/code&gt; only.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2961" LastActivityDate="2011-01-16T02:49:07.220" Title="Referencing a nested list item by only its most immediate bullet" Tags="&lt;cross-referencing&gt;&lt;labels&gt;&lt;enumerate&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="9047" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="214" CreationDate="2011-01-16T00:03:16.567" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using AUCTeX in Emacs also allows for easy editing of tabular enviroments in LaTeX. Here's a brief illustration/explanation I worked up: &lt;a href=&quot;http://babbagefiles.blogspot.com/2011/01/latex-table-manipulation-using.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://babbagefiles.blogspot.com/2011/01/latex-table-manipulation-using.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Preview: &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/eRWKd.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1135" LastActivityDate="2011-01-16T00:03:16.567" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-01-16T00:03:16.567" />
  <row Id="9048" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9035" CreationDate="2011-01-16T01:25:12.183" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;EDIT: TH.'s answer above is much simpler. The one below should depend less on the details of the implementation of &lt;code&gt;\VerbatimEnvironment&lt;/code&gt;, but that's the only good thing about it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I propose the following code. The idea is to make a new environment (which I called &lt;code&gt;Row&lt;/code&gt;, renaming the old &lt;code&gt;Row&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;oldRow&lt;/code&gt;) check for an optional argument &quot;by hand&quot;, and write the relevant thing to a file. Then the file (&lt;code&gt;\jobname.row&lt;/code&gt;) is read so that &lt;code&gt;fancyvrb&lt;/code&gt; can happily set the relevant catcodes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All this can probably be done using &lt;code&gt;\scantokens&lt;/code&gt;, but I am still quite confused about newlines inside &lt;code&gt;\scantokens&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I also added &lt;code&gt;*#1*&lt;/code&gt; to your definition of the environment: this way, we can check what is going on with the optional argument.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{listings,fancyvrb}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{oldRow}[1][]&#xA;{*#1*\VerbatimEnvironment&#xA;  \begin{VerbatimOut}{\jobname.tmp}}&#xA;  {\end{VerbatimOut}\lstinputlisting{\jobname.tmp}}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;% ==============================================&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newwrite\RowWrite&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\makeallother}{%&#xA;  \count0=0\relax &#xA;  \loop\relax &#xA;  \catcode\count0=12\relax &#xA;  \advance\count0 by 1\relax &#xA;  \ifnum\count0&amp;lt;256\relax&#xA;  \repeat\relax}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{Row}{%&#xA;  \makeallother&#xA;  \futurelet\next&#xA;  \Row@aux@i}{}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\Row@aux@i}{%&#xA;  \def\Row@optional@arg{}%&#xA;  \ifx[\next&#xA;  \expandafter\Row@grab@until@bracket&#xA;  \else&#xA;  \expandafter\Row@grab@until@end&#xA;  \fi}&#xA;&#xA;\def\Row@grab@until@bracket[#1]{%&#xA;  \def\Row@optional@arg{#1}\Row@grab@until@end}&#xA;&#xA;% First expand the \csname...\endcsname,&#xA;% then the \string, then the \def.&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\def&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\Row@grab@until@end&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter#%&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter1%&#xA;\expandafter\string\csname end{Row}\endcsname{%&#xA;  \begingroup%&#xA;  \newlinechar=`\^^M%&#xA;  \immediate\openout\RowWrite\jobname.row\relax%&#xA;  \immediate\write\RowWrite{%&#xA;    \string\begin{oldRow}[\Row@optional@arg]#1\string\end{oldRow}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \immediate\closeout\RowWrite%&#xA;  \endgroup%&#xA;  \end{Row}\input{\jobname.row}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;% ==============================================&#xA;&#xA;\begin{Row}&#xA;  \relax&#xA;  \relax&#xA;\end{Row}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{Row}[option]&#xA;  \relax&#xA;  \relax&#xA;\end{Row}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastEditorUserId="2707" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-16T11:03:44.493" LastActivityDate="2011-01-16T11:03:44.493" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9049" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9046" CreationDate="2011-01-16T02:39:24.477" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In LaTeX, internal macro &lt;code&gt;\p@enumN\theenumN&lt;/code&gt; defines the output of a &lt;code&gt;\ref&lt;/code&gt; command. (ref. &lt;code&gt;source2e&lt;/code&gt;) The default definitions in standard document classes are (ref. &lt;code&gt;classes&lt;/code&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand\theenumi{\@arabic\c@enumi}&#xA;\renewcommand\theenumii{\@alph\c@enumii}&#xA;\renewcommand\theenumiii{\@roman\c@enumiii}&#xA;\renewcommand\theenumiv{\@Alph\c@enumiv}&#xA;\renewcommand\p@enumii{\theenumi}&#xA;\renewcommand\p@enumiii{\theenumi(\theenumii)}&#xA;\renewcommand\p@enumiv{\p@enumiii\theenumiii}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can redefine &lt;code&gt;\p@enumii&lt;/code&gt; to get what you want:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter % for internal macros with @&#xA;\renewcommand\p@enumii{}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It seems you are using &lt;code&gt;enumerate&lt;/code&gt; package to change the label. However, &lt;code&gt;enumerate&lt;/code&gt; doesn't handle the cross references well. I suggest a more modern package &lt;code&gt;enumitem&lt;/code&gt; to replace &lt;code&gt;enumerate&lt;/code&gt;, which can also ease the problem using key-value syntax. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% \usepackage{enumitem} % in preamble&#xA;\begin{enumerate}[label=(\arabic*)]&#xA;\item&#xA;  \begin{enumerate}[label=(\alph*),ref=\alph*]&#xA;    \item \label{mylabel} Referenced point.&#xA;  \end{enumerate}&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-16T02:49:07.220" LastActivityDate="2011-01-16T02:49:07.220" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9050" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8300" CreationDate="2011-01-16T03:00:46.627" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;how about &lt;a href=&quot;http://thewe.net/tex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Tex the world&lt;/a&gt; ? I am not quite sure it is up to date. And it also be more useful in firefox.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastActivityDate="2011-01-16T03:00:46.627" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9051" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9083" CreationDate="2011-01-16T04:19:09.890" Score="5" ViewCount="155" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to position nodes on a parabola curve. However, it seems tikz cannot calculate the midway positions. Neither of the following examples works:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \draw (-1,0) parabola[parabola height=2cm] (3,0)&#xA;        node[sloped, above, pos=0.5] {0.5};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[to path={&#xA;    parabola[parabola height=2cm] (\tikztotarget) \tikztonodes}]&#xA;    \draw (0,0) to&#xA;        node[above, sloped] {0.5} (3,0);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any suggestions? Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2947" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-16T04:29:44.173" LastActivityDate="2011-01-16T17:19:18.440" Title="tikz parabola node position" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;nodes&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9052" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-15T11:13:47.163" Score="1" ViewCount="137" Body="&lt;p&gt;Im very new at LaTeX and I would appreciate some help solving this problem. I have created a BibTeX file containing all references to a document. In this text file BibTeX items are inserted and no other text are written, for instance @article{...}. When I call for this bib file from the main.tex file I use the commands:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\bibliographystyle{plain}&#xA;\bibliography{thebibliography}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now to my question. All i get when I compile this main.tex is the title (bibliography) for this chapter, otherwise the textfield is blank. Is this error occurring because I should write anything in the bib file or have I missed any lines in the main.tex file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-16T13:19:35.487" LastActivityDate="2011-01-16T13:19:35.487" Title="How to make the BibTeX reference list visible in a LaTeX document" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9053" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9052" CreationDate="2011-01-15T11:15:35.153" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;By default, only those references are listed in the bibliography which also appear in the main text, so maybe you do not reference your sources so far?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastActivityDate="2011-01-16T05:16:10.217" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9054" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9052" CreationDate="2011-01-15T12:29:42.783" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you want everything included, you can use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\nocite{*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="344" LastActivityDate="2011-01-16T05:16:10.217" />
  <row Id="9056" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9034" CreationDate="2011-01-16T10:25:14.140" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Per Hendrik's prodding =) here's how I would do this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\newcommand\curly[1]{%&#xA;        \ensuremath{%&#xA;                \left\{%&#xA;                \begin{array}{@{}ll@{}}%&#xA;                        #1%&#xA;                \end{array}%&#xA;                \right\}%&#xA;        }%&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\curly{1 &amp;amp; \text{Line 1}\\&#xA;       2 &amp;amp; \text{Line 2}}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/aJOju.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This has the advantage of keeping the lines aligned even if one part is larger than the others. My picture doesn't show it, but it also lines the vertical center of the array up with about half the x-height of the surrounding text. (&lt;em&gt;TeX by Topic&lt;/em&gt; informs me that it's &amp;ldquo;&lt;code&gt;\fontdimen22&lt;/code&gt; of the font in family 2, the symbol font, in the current style,&amp;rdquo; just in case you were curious.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-01-16T10:25:14.140" />
  <row Id="9057" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9063" CreationDate="2011-01-16T11:15:37.453" Score="5" ViewCount="291" Body="&lt;p&gt;I wanted to plot a flow chart graph which looks similar to this (sorry for just the link but I'm still not allowed to post images):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dominanzrelation_%28Kontrollflussgraph%29&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dominanzrelation_%28Kontrollflussgraph%29&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA; &lt;li&gt;Which package would be best for that?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA; &lt;li&gt;I don't want to use pstricks&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2804" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-25T22:17:41.763" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T22:17:41.763" Title="Best practice for control flow charts" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;diagrams&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="9058" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9060" CreationDate="2011-01-16T11:27:07.450" Score="1" ViewCount="103" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want my cross reference links to look like: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Chapter X: Chapter Title&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To achieve that I have created the following command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\fancyref}[1]{\autoref{#1}: \nameref{#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem is that the &lt;code&gt;:&lt;/code&gt; character is not part of the generated hyperlink.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Could someone help?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Warning I get when compiling Leo Liu's example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;LaTeX Warning: Reference `*' on page 1 undefined on input line 10.&#xA;&#xA;[1{/usr/local/texlive/2009/texmf-var/fonts/map/pdftex/updmap/pdftex.map}]&#xA;(./example.aux)&#xA;&#xA;LaTeX Warning: There were undefined references.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2042" LastEditorUserId="2042" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-18T09:04:51.857" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T09:04:51.857" Title="Defining a custom cross referencing style" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;cross-referencing&gt;&lt;macros&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="9059" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9057" CreationDate="2011-01-16T11:27:26.387" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This doesn't need TeX. You can just use &lt;code&gt;graphviz&lt;/code&gt; to draw such graph.&#xA;Of course, many LaTeX packages like &lt;code&gt;pstricks&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;tikz&lt;/code&gt; can draw these graph, but I think &lt;code&gt;graphviz&lt;/code&gt; is still easier to use.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It seems an example copied from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.graphviz.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;main page&lt;/a&gt; of &lt;code&gt;graphviz&lt;/code&gt; will be useful. With &lt;code&gt;graphviz&lt;/code&gt; we don't have to tell computer where the nodes are, only edges are needed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;digraph finite_state_machine {&#xA;    rankdir=LR;&#xA;    size=&quot;8,5&quot;&#xA;    node [shape = doublecircle]; LR_0 LR_3 LR_4 LR_8;&#xA;    node [shape = circle];&#xA;    LR_0 -&amp;gt; LR_2 [ label = &quot;SS(B)&quot; ];&#xA;    LR_0 -&amp;gt; LR_1 [ label = &quot;SS(S)&quot; ];&#xA;    LR_1 -&amp;gt; LR_3 [ label = &quot;S($end)&quot; ];&#xA;    LR_2 -&amp;gt; LR_6 [ label = &quot;SS(b)&quot; ];&#xA;    LR_2 -&amp;gt; LR_5 [ label = &quot;SS(a)&quot; ];&#xA;    LR_2 -&amp;gt; LR_4 [ label = &quot;S(A)&quot; ];&#xA;    LR_5 -&amp;gt; LR_7 [ label = &quot;S(b)&quot; ];&#xA;    LR_5 -&amp;gt; LR_5 [ label = &quot;S(a)&quot; ];&#xA;    LR_6 -&amp;gt; LR_6 [ label = &quot;S(b)&quot; ];&#xA;    LR_6 -&amp;gt; LR_5 [ label = &quot;S(a)&quot; ];&#xA;    LR_7 -&amp;gt; LR_8 [ label = &quot;S(b)&quot; ];&#xA;    LR_7 -&amp;gt; LR_5 [ label = &quot;S(a)&quot; ];&#xA;    LR_8 -&amp;gt; LR_6 [ label = &quot;S(b)&quot; ];&#xA;    LR_8 -&amp;gt; LR_5 [ label = &quot;S(a)&quot; ];&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/wbth4.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-16T12:51:46.997" LastActivityDate="2011-01-16T12:51:46.997" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="9060" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9058" CreationDate="2011-01-16T11:31:17.007" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think you can use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\hyperref[label]{\autoref*{label}: \nameref*{label}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Full example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref,nameref}&#xA;\newcommand\myref[1]{%&#xA;  \hyperref[#1]{\autoref*{#1}: \nameref*{#1}}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section{Foo}&#xA;\label{sec:foo}&#xA;&#xA;\myref{sec:foo}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-18T05:21:36.223" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T05:21:36.223" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="9061" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9057" CreationDate="2011-01-16T11:41:05.900" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you want to draw graph (graph theory) diagram, then PSTricks can do this easily.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See this &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/pracjourn/2007-1/joshi/joshi.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tutorial&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2011-01-16T11:41:05.900" />
  <row Id="9062" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9024" CreationDate="2011-01-16T12:01:12.263" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The question, as it stands, could be asking two different things. One: &quot;Let's say I want to make all my sections into subsections and knock every other structure command down a level too&quot; This could be done with a little regex-fu, for example, with sed. The idea would be to just find and replace all instances of each structure command with the next lowest. You'd have to start at the bottom and go up. So let's say the lowest structure command you have is &lt;code&gt;\subsubsection&lt;/code&gt; and you want to knock this down to &lt;code&gt;\paragraph&lt;/code&gt;. So run each of these lines in a terminal:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;sed s/'\\subsubsection{'/'\\paragraph{'/ file.tex&#xA;sed s/'\\subsection{'/'\\subsubsection{'/ file.tex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and so on. This could obviously be improved loads by running them all with one script, and the like, but you get the idea.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The other thing this question might be asking is &quot;I want to move a whole section of text around within a document AND change its level. This isn't as easy. emacs auctex mode has a command for marking a whole section: &lt;code&gt;C-c *&lt;/code&gt; and then you can cut it with &lt;code&gt;C-w&lt;/code&gt; as per usual. Automatically having the section change its section level is harder, but then it's not clear it would be useful. Sometimes you want a section to stay a section when you move it, and sometimes you want it to become a subsection. So it's best to do that by hand.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2011-01-16T12:01:12.263" />
  <row Id="9063" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9057" CreationDate="2011-01-16T12:08:25.687" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;An example with &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/pgf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pgf/tikZ&lt;/a&gt; just for your inspiration.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{positioning,shapes.geometric}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{tikzpicture}[%&#xA;    -&amp;gt;,&#xA;    shorten &amp;gt;=2pt,&#xA;    &amp;gt;=stealth,&#xA;    node distance=1cm,&#xA;    noname/.style={%&#xA;      ellipse,&#xA;      minimum width=5em,&#xA;      minimum height=3em,&#xA;      draw&#xA;    }&#xA;  ]&#xA;    \node[noname] (1)                                             {1};&#xA;    \node[noname] (2) [below=of 1]                                {2};&#xA;    \node[noname] (4) [node distance=1cm and 3mm,below left=of 2] {4};&#xA;    \node[noname] (3) [left=of 4]                                 {3};&#xA;    \node[noname] (5) [below=of 4]                                {5};&#xA;    \node[noname] (6) [node distance=2cm,right=of 5]              {6};&#xA;&#xA;    \path (1) edge                   node {} (2)&#xA;          (2) edge                   node {} (3)&#xA;          (2) edge                   node {} (4)&#xA;          (2) edge                   node {} (6)&#xA;          (3) edge                   node {} (5)&#xA;          (4) edge                   node {} (5)&#xA;          (5) edge [bend right=20pt] node {} (2);&#xA;  \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;More examples in the according &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/feature/automata-and-petri-nets/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tikZ Example Gallery&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/QGSkJ.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastEditorUserId="1063" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-16T19:14:23.613" LastActivityDate="2011-01-16T19:14:23.613" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="9064" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9077" CreationDate="2011-01-16T13:01:15.707" Score="1" ViewCount="175" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was trying to include bibliography in my presentation. But when I try to include bibliography I get this error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Undefined control sequence.&#xA;\beamer@sort #1#2-&amp;gt;\long \def \beamer@todo &#xA;                                           {#1}\def \beamer@ospec {}\beamer@...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I get this error when I run pdflatex second time, the first run completes with no errors and references appear in the bibliography.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My bibliography looks like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{frame}&#xA;  \frametitle{References}&#xA;  \begin{thebibliography}{nevell1984unified}&#xA;    \bibitem[Bandaru and Deb, 2010]{deb10}&#xA;      Bandaru, S. and Deb, K. (2010).&#xA;      \newblock Automating discovery of innovative design principles through&#xA;      optimization.&#xA;      \newblock Technical Report 2010001, Kanpur Genetic Algorithms Laboratory,&#xA;      Indian Institute of Technology, Kanpur.&#xA;&#xA;    \bibitem[Anderson, 1996]{anderson96}&#xA;      Anderson, J. (1996).&#xA;      \newblock {\em {The architecture of cognition}}.&#xA;      \newblock Lawrence Erlbaum.&#xA;&#xA;  \end{thebibliography}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have unsuccessfully tried using bibtex to generate the bibliography but I keep getting equally strange errors, like &lt;code&gt;\newblock&lt;/code&gt; unrecognized or &lt;code&gt;\item&lt;/code&gt; missing from list environment etc, no matter what I do. If I remove the bibliography, everything works fine apart from the unknown citations warnings. Is there a simple working way to include the bibliography in beamer?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2683" LastEditorUserId="2683" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-16T13:15:07.523" LastActivityDate="2011-01-16T22:10:27.597" Title="Strange unrecognized control sequence error with beamer." Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;bibtex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="9065" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9068" CreationDate="2011-01-16T13:26:49.060" Score="2" ViewCount="100" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do I typeset something like, X = 0 if a=1, 1 otherwise, using those huge left braces and specifying each condition in a line?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="164" LastActivityDate="2011-01-16T13:38:40.190" Title="large braces for specifying values of variables by condition" Tags="&lt;braces&gt;&lt;conditionals&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="9066" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9081" CreationDate="2011-01-16T13:38:38.363" Score="3" ViewCount="115" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to use mathdesign fonts (namely bitstream-charter) and I also want to use the ntheorem package. However, it looks like ntheorem tries to load &lt;code&gt;amssymb&lt;/code&gt; which is incompatible with mathdesign (it redefines all the relevant symbols itself). How can I fix this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; MWE, although the order doesn't matter, it breaks both ways round. It also breaks with the &lt;code&gt;thmmarks&lt;/code&gt; option instead of &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; option&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[amsmath]{ntheorem}&#xA;\usepackage[bitstream-charter]{mathdesign}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Foo&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-16T13:56:11.577" LastActivityDate="2011-01-16T17:12:21.250" Title="ntheorem and mathdesign are incompatible" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;theorems&gt;&lt;mathdesign&gt;&lt;incompatibility&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9067" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9065" CreationDate="2011-01-16T13:38:39.237" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;x = \begin{cases}&#xA;  0, &amp;amp; \text{if } a = 1, \\&#xA;  1, &amp;amp; \text{otherwise}.&#xA;\end{cases}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; is needed for &lt;code&gt;\text&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-01-16T13:38:39.237" />
  <row Id="9068" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9065" CreationDate="2011-01-16T13:38:40.190" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The »cases« environment from &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/amsmath&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;amsmath&lt;/a&gt; does the trick.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{equation}&#xA;    X=&#xA;    \begin{cases}&#xA;      0, &amp;amp; \text{if}\ a=1 \\&#xA;      1, &amp;amp; \text{otherwise}&#xA;    \end{cases}&#xA;  \end{equation}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2011-01-16T13:38:40.190" />
  <row Id="9069" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9066" CreationDate="2011-01-16T13:45:31.600" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Saying &lt;code&gt;\expandafter\def\csname ver@amssymb.sty\endcsname{9999/12/31 prevent loading}&lt;/code&gt; should trick LaTeX into believing there's an infinitely new version of amssymb already loaded, hence preventing any \usepackage{amssymb} from having any effect (beyond possibly parameter clashes).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1860" LastActivityDate="2011-01-16T13:45:31.600" />
  <row Id="9070" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8401" CreationDate="2011-01-16T14:18:24.293" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It looks like what's happening is that despite &quot;pdfLatex+MakeIndex+BibTeX&quot; being selected, TeXworks only actually does BibTeX if the bibliography file has been edited from within TeXworks. (You could check this by editing your bib file and saving it through TeXworks.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Like I said in my answer, you can force TeXworks to reload the bibliography file by explicitly running &lt;code&gt;BibTeX&lt;/code&gt; from the &lt;code&gt;Typeset&lt;/code&gt; menu.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2011-01-16T14:18:24.293" />
  <row Id="9071" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9072" CreationDate="2011-01-16T14:20:01.750" Score="4" ViewCount="184" Body="&lt;h1&gt;Objective&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;How to change the heading of landscaped pages from&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/vYydq.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;to&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/0rLMU.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Minimal Code&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\usepackage[a5paper,hmargin=3cm,vmargin=5cm]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{lscape,lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\chapter{One}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;&#xA;\section{One One}&#xA;\lipsum[2]&#xA;&#xA;\newgeometry{hmargin=5cm,vmargin=3cm}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{landscape}&#xA;\lipsum[3-5]&#xA;\end{landscape}&#xA;&#xA;\restoregeometry&#xA;\lipsum[6]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Edit 1 (my real scenario layout)&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In my real scenario, the left-right margins should not be occupied by headings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/BIMZ0.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-16T15:06:32.000" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T00:56:25.970" Title="How to translate and rotate the heading of landscaped pages?" Tags="&lt;layout&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;landscape&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="10" />
  <row Id="9072" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9071" CreationDate="2011-01-16T14:51:43.587" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;lscape&lt;/code&gt; package is not designed for this. It's designed for rotating wide figures or tables, for example.  And the &lt;code&gt;geometry&lt;/code&gt; package explicitly says that &lt;code&gt;\newgeometry&lt;/code&gt; can't change the paper size or orientation.  So I don't think there's a way to do this automatically.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can include landscape oriented pdf pages using the &lt;code&gt;pdfpages&lt;/code&gt; package. (Include them with the &lt;code&gt;[landscape]&lt;/code&gt; option.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;A new solution&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could also use the &lt;code&gt;textpos&lt;/code&gt; package to place the headers.  By combining this with the &lt;code&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/code&gt; package, you can pretty much automate it.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[twoside]{book}&#xA;\usepackage[a5paper,hmargin=3cm,vmargin=5cm]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{lscape,lipsum,graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage[absolute]{textpos}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;&#xA;\fancypagestyle{lscape}{% &#xA;\fancyhf{} % clear all header and footer fields &#xA;\fancyfoot[LE]{%&#xA;\begin{textblock}{20}(1,5){\rotatebox{90}{\leftmark}}\end{textblock}&#xA;\begin{textblock}{1}(13,10.5){\rotatebox{90}{\thepage}}\end{textblock}}&#xA;\fancyfoot[LO] {%&#xA;\begin{textblock}{1}(13,10.5){\rotatebox{90}{\thepage}}\end{textblock}&#xA;\begin{textblock}{20}(1,13.25){\rotatebox{90}{\rightmark}}\end{textblock}}&#xA;\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0pt} &#xA;\renewcommand{\footrulewidth}{0pt}}&#xA;&#xA;\setlength{\TPHorizModule}{1cm}&#xA;\setlength{\TPVertModule}{1cm}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\chapter{A chapter}&#xA;\section{A section}&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;\section{A section}&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;&#xA;\newgeometry{hmargin=3cm,vmargin=5cm}&#xA;\thispagestyle{lscape}&#xA;\pagestyle{lscape}&#xA;\begin{landscape}&#xA;\lipsum[1-3]&#xA;&#xA;\end{landscape}&#xA;&#xA;\restoregeometry&#xA;\pagestyle{headings}&#xA;\lipsum[6]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-17T00:56:25.970" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T00:56:25.970" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="9073" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9041" CreationDate="2011-01-16T15:23:23.567" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It sounds like Herbert's answer is a complete answer to part 1.  Is that right?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the second part, I think you need what Lyx confusingly calls inset layouts (why not the disagreement with the terminology in the menus?).  A minimal example (texted for Lyx 1.6.8):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;#\DeclareLyXModule{Example text style}&#xA;#DescriptionBegin&#xA;#  See http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/9041/how-to-create-1-a-new-environment-for-lyxs-environment-drop-down-menu-2-a-n&#xA;#DescriptionEnd&#xA;#Author: Charles Stewart&#xA;&#xA;InsetLayout Foo&#xA;    LyxType           charstyle&#xA;    LabelString       stylefoo&#xA;&#xA;    LatexType             Command&#xA;    LatexName             stylefoo&#xA;    Font&#xA;        Size          Large&#xA;    EndFont&#xA;&#xA;    Preamble&#xA;        \newcommand\stylefoo[1]{\textit{\texbf{#1}}}&#xA;    EndPreamble&#xA;&#xA;End&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Save this file to &lt;code&gt;style-eg.module&lt;/code&gt; in the &lt;code&gt;layouts&lt;/code&gt; subdirectory of the Lyx user directory (which is shown by the About menu item).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then add it to lyxmodules.lst, e.g., using:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;localhost:.lyx cas$ cat &gt;&gt; lyxmodules.lst &#xA;&quot;Example text style&quot; &quot;style-eg&quot; &quot;Style example for tex.sx qn.&quot; &quot;&quot; &quot;&quot; &quot;&quot;   &#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Add the &quot;Example text style&quot; to your modules using the Modules tab under Document &gt; Settings, and your text style should appear in the submenu.  What I have defined will make the font a little bigger in the window, and will wrap the styled text in its Latex output in a &lt;code&gt;\stylefoo&lt;/code&gt; command, whose definition above is added to the preamble.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-17T07:43:10.550" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T07:43:10.550" />
  <row Id="9074" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9149" CreationDate="2011-01-16T15:29:38.873" Score="2" ViewCount="167" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to create an ellipse (using psellipse, say).  Call it E.  And I'd like to specify a point P outside E.  And then I'd like to construct, using PSTricks, the two rays starting at P and tangent to E.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there an easy way to do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know I could do this by doing it for a circle and then &quot;stretching&quot; the picture to make it an ellipse, but that complicates other things I'd like to do.  And of course one could figure this all out using explicit computations.  But I'd like to know if there is some simple straightforward way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1508" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T19:01:53.697" Title="Draw tangents from point to ellipse using PSTricks" Tags="&lt;pstricks&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="9075" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-01-16T15:37:20.923" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;This tag is for questions about writing packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If your question is about choosing, installing or using packages, choose the &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/package&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'package'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;package&lt;/a&gt; tag instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A standard resource for writing classes and packages is the document &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/clsguide.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;LATEX2ε for class and package writers&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&quot; also know under his short name &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/clsguide.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;clsguide&lt;/a&gt;&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-28T11:26:22.533" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T11:26:22.533" />
  <row Id="9076" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-01-16T15:37:20.923" Score="0" ViewCount="0" Body="This tag is for questions about writing packages.&#xD;&#xA;&#xD;&#xA;If your question is about choosing, installing or using packages, choose the {package} tag instead." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-16T15:37:20.923" LastActivityDate="2011-01-16T15:37:20.923" />
  <row Id="9077" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9064" CreationDate="2011-01-16T15:51:59.863" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I located the problem, it was the &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{cite}&lt;/code&gt; in my preamble. After commenting it everything is working fine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2683" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-16T22:10:27.597" LastActivityDate="2011-01-16T22:10:27.597" />
  <row Id="9078" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9085" CreationDate="2011-01-16T15:58:36.157" Score="1" ViewCount="118" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm planning to use MetaUML to automatically generate UML diagrams (as images) and display them. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I found that there is an utility, mptopdf, that helps generating the output as a PDF file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;mptopdf example.mp&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any way that I can generate the output as an image file (png/jpg, or any format)? Please suggest. Am entirely new to this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2967" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-16T17:42:49.557" LastActivityDate="2011-01-16T17:42:49.557" Title="MetaUML -- generate image as output" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;metapost&gt;&lt;output&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9079" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9074" CreationDate="2011-01-16T16:58:42.687" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I advise you to use &lt;code&gt;GeoGebra&lt;/code&gt; to draw such Euclidean Geometry graphs. It has a friendly GUI and can export &lt;code&gt;PSTricks&lt;/code&gt; code easily.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.geogebra.org/cms/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.geogebra.org/cms/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/8yCcB.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-01-16T16:58:42.687" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9080" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9074" CreationDate="2011-01-16T17:01:23.587" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You may want to have a look at the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/graphics/pstricks/contrib/pst-eucl/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pst-eucl&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastActivityDate="2011-01-16T17:01:23.587" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9081" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9066" CreationDate="2011-01-16T17:12:21.250" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage[amsmath]{ntheorem}&#xA;\usepackage[bitstream-charter]{mathdesign}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Foo&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-01-16T17:12:21.250" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="9082" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-16T17:18:16.297" Score="8" ViewCount="201" Body="&lt;p&gt;I put a subversion keyword string inside my LaTeX document. It looks like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$LastChangedDate: 2011-01-16 18:09:33 +0100 (nie) $&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and it gets replaced (simple textual substitution) every time I make a commit to the repository. Also when I get an older version of the document, the date is also reverted to the time when that version was commited.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I wanted to make it look nicer in the output, so decided to make following definition:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\LastChangedDate: #1-#2-#3 #4:#5:#6 #7 (#8) {\year=#1\month=#2\day=#3\date{\today{} #4:#5}}&#xA;\newenvironment{subversionparse}{\catcode`$=0}{\catcode`$=3}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{subversionparse}&#xA;$LastChangedDate: 2011-01-16 18:09:33 +0100 (nie) $&#xA;\end{subversionparse}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Firstly it defines &lt;code&gt;LastChangedDate&lt;/code&gt; macro which parses the following text and sets the date as TeX &quot;today&quot; date, and then defines \date as &quot;today&quot; followed by time. This makes the output nicely localized, in my case: &quot;16 stycznia 2011 18:09&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then a new environment is made to temporarily change &lt;code&gt;$&lt;/code&gt; character to escape character, so that &lt;code&gt;$LastChangedDate&lt;/code&gt; gets parsed as real macro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, I am happy that I managed to get this working. What potential problems do you see with this approach? Maybe there are other, simpler ways of doing the same thing?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1582" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-16T17:21:44.960" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T11:06:50.763" Title="Subversion keyword string inside LaTeX document" Tags="&lt;revision-control&gt;&lt;subversion&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9083" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9051" CreationDate="2011-01-16T17:19:18.440" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;From the TikZ manual (section 16.8 “Placing Nodes on a Line or Curve Explicitly” in v2.10):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In the simplest case, the previous&#xA;  path operation was a “line-to”&#xA;  operation, that is, a -- coordinate&#xA;  operation [...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The next case is the&#xA;  curve-to operation (the .. operation).&#xA;  [...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Another interesting case are the&#xA;  horizontal/vertical line-to operations&#xA;  |- and -|. For them, the position (or&#xA;  time) 0.5 is exactly the corner point.&#xA;  [...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;For all other path construction&#xA;  operations, &lt;em&gt;the position placement&#xA;  does not work&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, currently. This will&#xA;  hopefully change in the future&#xA;  (especially for the arc operation).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(emphasis mine)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So you either have to position the node by hand, or draw the parabola with an explicit Bézier curve.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-01-16T17:19:18.440" />
  <row Id="9084" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9082" CreationDate="2011-01-16T17:23:18.210" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Maybe you can try &lt;code&gt;svn&lt;/code&gt; (or &lt;code&gt;svn-multi&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;svn-info&lt;/code&gt;, etc.) package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/svn.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/svn.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-01-16T17:23:18.210" />
  <row Id="9085" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9078" CreationDate="2011-01-16T17:37:02.950" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you have &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.imagemagick.org&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ImageMagick&lt;/a&gt; installed, you can easily convert the pdf to any other image format:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;convert -trim +repage example.pdf example.png&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can replace &lt;code&gt;.png&lt;/code&gt; by &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.imagemagick.org/script/formats.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;any other supported format&lt;/a&gt;.&#xA;The &lt;code&gt;-trim +repage&lt;/code&gt; option removes unnecessary whitespace surrounding the image and sets the canvas size to the trimmed image. You can also add &lt;code&gt;-density 300&lt;/code&gt; (or any other number) to specify the dpi of the resulting raster image. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-01-16T17:37:02.950" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9086" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9071" CreationDate="2011-01-16T17:38:11.653" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I need page numbers on the landscaped&#xA;  pages. And the page numbers should be&#xA;  at the bottom as shown in the second&#xA;  figure above.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have an idea. We can use &lt;code&gt;\fancypagestyle&lt;/code&gt; to define a new pagestyle with landscaped page numbers. I use &lt;code&gt;tikz&lt;/code&gt; to put the page number.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\fancypagestyle{lscapedplain}{%&#xA;  \fancyhf{}&#xA;  \fancyfoot{%&#xA;    \tikz[remember picture,overlay]&#xA;      \node[outer sep=1cm,above,rotate=90] at (current page.east) {\thepage};}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This would also be done by &lt;code&gt;\newpagestyle&lt;/code&gt; from &lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-01-16T17:38:11.653" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9087" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-16T17:46:38.177" Score="5" ViewCount="127" Body="&lt;p&gt;pdfTeX, provides two macros that can be used to determine the time elapsed from a run start. The first one determines the elapsed time in &quot;scaled seconds&quot;, that means seconds divided by 65536.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pdfelapsedtime&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and the second one &lt;code&gt;\pdfresettimer&lt;/code&gt; that resets the internal timer back to 0.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I got curious and ran the following code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fp,siunitx,ifthen}&#xA;&#xA;\def\startTimer{\pdfresettimer}&#xA;\def\stopTimer{%&#xA; \the\pdfelapsedtime\,scaled seconds&#xA; \FPdiv\result{\the\pdfelapsedtime}{65536}&#xA; \FPmul\result{\result}{1000000} %microseconds&#xA; \FPround\result{\result}{6}\par &#xA; \result \si{\milli\second}\par}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\startTimer&#xA;\newcount\n&#xA;\n=0&#xA;\loop%&#xA;   \advance\n by1&#xA;     \number\n, %  &#xA;   \ifnum\n&amp;lt;888%&#xA;\repeat% 3-4 scaled points&#xA;%% ifthen code &#xA;\newcounter{acount}&#xA;\whiledo{\value{acount}&amp;lt;888}{%&#xA;\stepcounter{acount}% &#xA; \theacount, } %5-6 scaled points average&#xA;\stopTimer&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My question is: Is this a good way to measure the efficiency of the loops? Are there any other ways? Can you please post your run times and your machine for comparison? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My results: &quot;loop&quot; &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/2li68.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt; and &quot;whiledo&quot;  &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ZFWyx.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-16T18:47:59.933" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T09:12:17.847" Title="How to determine the run time of a loop?" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;loops&gt;&lt;profiling&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="10" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="9089" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9177" CreationDate="2011-01-16T19:05:02.633" Score="1" ViewCount="115" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to use the t-vim module for context installed from the TexLive 2010 basic package for Mac.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem I'm running into is that MTXrun tries to quote too much when calling vim, for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;vim &quot;-u NONE -e -C -n -c \\\&quot;set tabstop=8\\\&quot; -c \\\&quot;syntax on\\\&quot; -c \\\&quot;set syntax=ruby\\\&quot; -c \\\&quot;let contextstartline=1\\\&quot; -c \\\&quot;let contextstopline=0\\\&quot; -c \\\&quot;source /usr/local/texlive/2010basic/texmf-dist/tex/context/third/vim/2context.vim\\\&quot; -c \\\&quot;wqa\\\&quot; \\\&quot;a-vimsyntax.tmp\\\&quot; &quot;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The command I used to compile the tex file was &quot;context&quot; without any arguments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Code Used&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usemodule[vim]&#xA;&#xA;\starttext&#xA;\definevimtyping [RUBY] [syntax=ruby]&#xA;\startRUBY&#xA;#! /usr/bin/ruby&#xA;# This is my first ruby program&#xA;puts &quot;Hello World&quot;&#xA;\stopRUBY&#xA;\stoptext&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Full Log&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://paste.pocoo.org/show/322145/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://paste.pocoo.org/show/322145/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2968" LastEditorUserId="2968" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-17T11:14:50.337" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T19:01:53.933" Title="t-vim: MTXrun using extra quotes" Tags="&lt;context&gt;&lt;mactex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9090" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7713" CreationDate="2011-01-16T19:21:56.210" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is a really, really, hackish and verbose and ugly idea, where pretty much the only bright side is that you get decimal point alignment given that each and every piece of input includes the decimals. I used commas, you might prefer periods. Also you might need to tweak the &lt;code&gt;column sep&lt;/code&gt; -setting.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\decsp #1,#2 {\llap{#1},\rlap{#2}}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{matrix}&#xA;\tikzpicture&#xA;  \matrix[matrix of nodes, column sep=2cm] {&#xA;    \decsp 0,015 &amp;amp; \decsp 52,432 \\&#xA;    \decsp 10,2  &amp;amp; \decsp 1084,85 \\&#xA;    \decsp 104,8 &amp;amp; \decsp 0,345 \\&#xA;  };&#xA;\endtikzpicture&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I hope it helps, though!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastActivityDate="2011-01-16T19:21:56.210" />
  <row Id="9091" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-16T20:39:53.353" Score="6" ViewCount="196" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have noticed that I hardly ever use the &lt;code&gt;\negthinspace&lt;/code&gt; command  &lt;code&gt;\!&lt;/code&gt;. &#xA;This is because I don't know how to use it properly (I do use other spacing commands quite a bit, because I can better understand the guidelines of when they might be useful). When might it be considered appropriate to use this spacing command?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="480" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T23:39:26.683" Title="What is the right way to use the `\!` spacing command?" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;" AnswerCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="9092" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9091" CreationDate="2011-01-16T20:46:46.667" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Knuth in the TeXbook described the following spacing commands:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\, thin space (normally 1/6 of a quad);&#xA;\&amp;gt; medium space (normally 2/9 of a quad);&#xA;\; thick space (normally 5/18 of a quad);&#xA;\! negative thin space (normally 1/6 of a quad).&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;They are normally used in equations if you want to adjust the spacing slightly:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$x^2\!/2$&#xA;$\Gamma_{\!2}+\Delta^{\!2}$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also when physical units appear in a formula, they should be set in roman type&#xA;and separated from the preceding material by a thin space (the package &quot;siunitx&quot; does that). Other cases is after the factorial (!) etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The TeXbook definition is shown below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\,{\mskip\thinmuskip} \def\!{\mskip-\thinmuskip}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-16T21:07:21.420" LastActivityDate="2011-01-16T21:07:21.420" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="9093" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9082" CreationDate="2011-01-16T21:09:50.857" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You should not manually re-set the catcode of &lt;code&gt;$&lt;/code&gt; to 3, because you do not know if it was 3 in the first place. (At least, onlyamsmath and nag set &lt;code&gt;$&lt;/code&gt; to active, and pgf does fancy stuff, too, though maybe pgf only does so locally.) Let the \endgroup take care of it: catcode assignments are local.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From memory, a safe way using delimited arguments should be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\svnparse{\def\svnp@rse $##1${\svnp@rs@ #1\@nil}\svnp@rse}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;with &lt;code&gt;\svnp@rs@&lt;/code&gt; using delimited arguments similar to your code. The key is to redefine &lt;code&gt;\svnp@rse&lt;/code&gt; at runtime, so you pick up the currently active catcode of &lt;code&gt;$&lt;/code&gt; (unless we are in an argument already). The further indirection is just to make sure that third parties can still hook into or patch your commands.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;BTW, ingenious use of resetting the escape char! Tip of the hat to you!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1860" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-17T01:34:54.763" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T01:34:54.763" />
  <row Id="9094" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9121" CreationDate="2011-01-16T21:16:21.750" Score="2" ViewCount="393" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to uncover a TikZ image piece-by-piece like so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{positioning} &#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}{Linearity}&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \node (Ctx) {\visible&amp;lt;2-&amp;gt;{$\Gamma$}};&#xA;  \node[below right=0.5cm and 0.1cm of Ctx] (E) {$E$};&#xA;  \node[below right=0.5cm and 0.1cm of E] (psi1) {\visible&amp;lt;3-&amp;gt;{$\Psi_1$}};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, this gives the following error message:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Package tikz Error: Giving up on this path. Did you forget a semicolon?.&#xA;&#xA;See the tikz package documentation for explanation.&#xA;Type  H &amp;lt;return&amp;gt;  for immediate help.&#xA; ...                                              &#xA;&#xA;l.16 \end{frame}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I use &lt;code&gt;\only&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\visible&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; runs OK but the output jumps around when going from slide to slide, since the invisible nodes don't take up space and thus the &lt;code&gt;E&lt;/code&gt; node's position changes. So &lt;code&gt;\visible&lt;/code&gt; is what I need.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2113" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T17:54:21.103" Title="Beamer vs. TikZ: uncover nodes step-by-step" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;overlays&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9095" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9101" CreationDate="2011-01-16T21:18:55.133" Score="3" ViewCount="418" Body="&lt;p&gt;I try to use  &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/biblatex.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;biblatex&lt;/a&gt; (to be customized) with &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.math.bme.hu/~pts/cvsget.cgi/u=magyar/p=/M=lakk/c=f1/n=/lakk/texmf/tex/generic/magyar/magyar.ldf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Hungarian babel language definition&lt;/a&gt; files. The babel language for Hungarian is called &lt;code&gt;magyar&lt;/code&gt; (means: Hungarian).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am writing a text in which I cite English and Hungarian articles also. I managed to create &lt;em&gt;magyar.lbx&lt;/em&gt; based on &lt;em&gt;english.lbx&lt;/em&gt; to be able to use Hungarian text in the bibliography with the help of specifying &lt;code&gt;hyphenation = {magyar}&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;em&gt;bib&lt;/em&gt; files, and it works like a charm.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem is that I would like to modify the format of bibliography further, as in Hungarian the last and first name are in reversed order, e.g. in Hungarian &lt;em&gt;Jules, Verne&lt;/em&gt; is written like: &lt;em&gt;Verne Jules&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is implemented in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.math.bme.hu/~pts/cvsget.cgi/u=magyar/p=/M=lakk/c=f1/n=/lakk/texmf/bibtex/bst/hubib/huplain.bst&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;huplain.bst&lt;/a&gt; for using with BibTeX (with the option specifying &lt;code&gt;huname =1&lt;/code&gt;), but unfortunatelly it does not work with author-year format citation (e.g. natbib or babelbib), that is why I had to look for other solutions. It looks like for me, that modifying biblatex's code is the easiest way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anyone have idea about how could I put some conditional statements maybe to &lt;code&gt;\DeclareNameFormat{labelname}&lt;/code&gt; to be able to list Hungarian names in reverse order without a comma between last and first name? I hope it can be done. Thanks for reading!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Editing&lt;/strong&gt; on the bases of &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/9095/biblatex-customization-author-name-format-defined-by-hyphenation-localization/9101#9101&quot;&gt;@michal.h21's answer&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have made a summary in &lt;em&gt;Hungarian&lt;/em&gt; language about the results of this topic based on @michal.h21's answer and comments. You can find it &lt;a href=&quot;http://r.snowl.net/harvard-style-citation-in-hungarian-language-hun/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Most important features do work, some lesser parts are not so sexy, but will work it out somehow. Any extra comments are welcome!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2878" LastEditorUserId="2878" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-18T23:18:10.570" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T23:18:10.570" Title="Biblatex customization: author name format defined by hyphenation (localization)" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;biblatex&gt;&lt;babel&gt;&lt;localization&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="9096" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7814" CreationDate="2011-01-16T21:39:35.893" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here you have another option with matrix. You can 'draw' the matrix node, so don't need to use a fitting node. I could not declare titles with label (may be someone knows how to do it) but with another node anchored to matrix.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{matrix, positioning, fit}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[active,tightpage,pdftex]{preview}&#xA;\PreviewEnvironment{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[font=\ttfamily,&#xA;  mymatrix/.style={matrix of nodes, nodes=typetag, row sep=1em},&#xA;  mycontainer/.style={draw=gray, inner sep=1ex},&#xA;  typetag/.style={draw=gray, inner sep=1ex, anchor=west},&#xA;  title/.style={draw=none, color=gray, inner sep=0pt,font=\ttfamily\footnotesize}&#xA;  ]&#xA;  \matrix[mymatrix,draw] (mx1) {&#xA;    |[title]|\phantom{aaaaaaaaaaa} \\&#xA;    Independent \\&#xA;    Reduction \\&#xA;    DivideAndConquer \\&#xA;  };&#xA;  \matrix[mymatrix, right=of mx1.north east, matrix anchor=north west,draw] (mx2) {&#xA;    |[title]|\phantom{aaaaaaaaa} \\&#xA;    Atomic \\&#xA;    Range \\&#xA;  };&#xA;  \node[title,anchor=north west,outer sep=2pt] () at (mx1.north west) {Decomposition};&#xA;  \node[title,anchor=north west,outer sep=2pt] () at (mx2.north west) {Dependency};&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here you have the result:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Y65Gz.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1952" LastActivityDate="2011-01-16T21:39:35.893" />
  <row Id="9097" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9118" CreationDate="2011-01-16T21:41:25.150" Score="4" ViewCount="121" Body="&lt;p&gt;With the following example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\listfiles&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{minted}&#xA;\definecolor{bg}{rgb}{0.95,0.95,0.95}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Some text&#xA;\begin{minted}{latex}&#xA;A test&#xA;\end{minted}&#xA;&#xA;Some text&#xA;\begin{minted}[linenos=true]{latex}&#xA;A test&#xA;\end{minted}&#xA;&#xA;Some text&#xA;\begin{minted}[bgcolor=bg]{latex}&#xA;A test&#xA;\end{minted}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the first two code blocks are typeset below the text, but the last one is to the side:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/2oVQo.png&quot; alt=&quot;Example output&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have &lt;a href=&quot;http://pygments.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Pymentize&lt;/a&gt; v1.4 installed, and &lt;code&gt;\listfiles&lt;/code&gt; gives&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; *File List*&#xA; article.cls    2007/10/19 v1.4h Standard LaTeX document class&#xA;  size10.clo    2007/10/19 v1.4h Standard LaTeX file (size option)&#xA;  minted.sty    2010/01/27 v1.6 Yet another Pygments shim for LaTeX&#xA;  keyval.sty    1999/03/16 v1.13 key=value parser (DPC)&#xA;fancyvrb.sty    2008/02/07&#xA;   color.sty    2005/11/14 v1.0j Standard LaTeX Color (DPC)&#xA;   color.cfg    2007/01/18 v1.5 color configuration of teTeX/TeXLive&#xA;  pdftex.def    2010/11/26 v0.05c Graphics/color for pdfTeX&#xA;   float.sty    2001/11/08 v1.3d Float enhancements (AL)&#xA;  ifthen.sty    2001/05/26 v1.1c Standard LaTeX ifthen package (DPC)&#xA;    calc.sty    2007/08/22 v4.3 Infix arithmetic (KKT,FJ)&#xA;ifplatform.sty    2010/10/22 v0.4 Testing for the operating system&#xA;pdftexcmds.sty    2010/04/01 v0.9 Utility functions of pdfTeX for LuaTeX (HO)&#xA;infwarerr.sty    2010/04/08 v1.3 Providing info/warning/message (HO)&#xA;ifluatex.sty    2010/03/01 v1.3 Provides the ifluatex switch (HO)&#xA; ltxcmds.sty    2010/04/26 v1.7 LaTeX kernel commands for general use (HO)&#xA;catchfile.sty    2010/04/28 v1.5 Catches the contents of a file (HO)&#xA;etexcmds.sty    2010/01/28 v1.3 Prefix for e-TeX command names (HO)&#xA;minted-test.w18&#xA;supp-pdf.mkii&#xA;minted-test.pyg&#xA;minted-test.out.pyg&#xA;minted-test.out.pyg&#xA;minted-test.out.pyg&#xA; ***********&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This seems like something that would have been noticed as a bug, so what have I got wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T07:55:31.953" Title="Background colour with minted package: code misplaced" Tags="&lt;minted&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="9098" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9100" CreationDate="2011-01-16T22:37:48.923" Score="2" ViewCount="152" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to have a &lt;code&gt;\maketitle&lt;/code&gt; title page where every word in the title is not hyphenated. Elsewhere I wouldn't mind hyphenation of the title (e.g., in the Reference List), but on the title page it looks very bad!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using the report class.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It seemed like an obvious question, but I haven't found answers on Stackexchange nor elsewhere no the web.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2816" LastEditorUserId="2816" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-18T06:06:59.743" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T06:06:59.743" Title="How to prevent hyphenation in title (\maketitle)?" Tags="&lt;hyphenation&gt;&lt;titlepage&gt;&lt;maketitle&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="9099" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9091" CreationDate="2011-01-16T22:55:04.430" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\!&lt;/code&gt; is a convenient abbreviation for a small negative space. Specifically, it's a negative &lt;code&gt;\thinmuskip&lt;/code&gt;, which would normally be -.16667em. Though &lt;code&gt;\thinmuskip&lt;/code&gt; might be redefined.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\!&lt;/code&gt; is often used for fine-tuning math formulas. But when does it happen, that &lt;code&gt;\thinmuskip&lt;/code&gt; perfectly fits for the negative correction?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Though &lt;code&gt;\!&lt;/code&gt; is easy to write, I tend to use &lt;code&gt;\kern&lt;/code&gt; (or &lt;code&gt;\hspace&lt;/code&gt;) with the best value instead of relying on &lt;code&gt;-\thinmuskip&lt;/code&gt; coincidentally matching perfectly. So I can understand that you hardly ever use &lt;code&gt;\!&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-01-16T22:55:04.430" />
  <row Id="9100" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9098" CreationDate="2011-01-16T22:55:09.137" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd be curious to see an actual example of a title with hyphenation, since my attempts to construct one failed.  But if such a problem exists, you can selectively turn of hyphenation using the &lt;code&gt;hyphenat&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{hyphenat}&#xA;\title{\nohyphens{Your title}}&#xA;...&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-01-16T22:55:09.137" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="9101" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9095" CreationDate="2011-01-16T23:14:28.517" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;you can try to define formatting command in \DeclareBibliographyExtras section in lbx file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;so in magyar.lbx &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\protected\def\nameprint#1#2{#1\space#2}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and in english.lbx&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\protected\def\nameprint#1#2{#2\addcomma\space#1}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and in bbx define name format:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareNameFormat{default}{%&#xA;   \nameprint{#1}{#3}&#xA;   ..call macro for punctation&#xA;   ..call macro for and others&#xA; }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;I was in hurry yesterday, so didn't post complete example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;DeclareNameFormat is command, which accepts 8 parameters. they are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;#1 The last names. If a name consists of a single part only (for example,&#xA;‘Aristotle’), this part will be&#xA;treated as the last name.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;#2 The last names, given as initials.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;#3 The first names. This argument also includes all middle names.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;#4 The first names, given as initials.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;#5 The name prefixes, for example von, van, of, da, de, del, della,&#xA;etc. Note that name prefixes are&#xA;referred to as the ‘von part’ of the&#xA;name in the BibTeX documentation.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;#6 The name prefixes, given as initials.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;#7 The name aYxes, for example ‘junior’, ‘senior’, ‘der Jüngere’,&#xA;‘der Ältere’, etc. Note that name&#xA;aYxes are referred to as the ‘junior&#xA;part’ of the name in the BibTeX&#xA;documentation.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;#8 The name aYxes, given as initials.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This command is called on every name in list, if number of authors is smaller than \value{maxnames}. If you have 8 authors and maxnames is set to 5, it will print only authors up to \value{minnames}, I have this value set to 3.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;We call command \nameprint with full last and first name. If you need other parts of name use some parameter from list above.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then we have to print punctuation after every author. I do that with folowning macro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newbibmacro{names:separator}{%&#xA;  \ifthenelse{\value{listcount}&amp;lt;\value{liststop}}%&#xA;  {\addsemicolon\addspace}%&#xA;  {}%&#xA; }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This macro prints semicolon and space after every author except last one. If you want other punctuation than semicolon, you can replace it with some other punctuation command. Their list is on the page 155 of biblatex manual. Or you can directly print char with \printtext command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My andothers macro look like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newbibmacro*{names:andothers}{%&#xA; \ifboolexpr{%&#xA;   test {\ifnumequal{\value{listcount}}{\value{liststop}}}%&#xA;   and%&#xA;   test \ifmorenames%&#xA; }{\bibsstring{andothers}}%&#xA; {}%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;We don't have to add punctuation after andothers, because it is printed automatically with next \newunit command in your \DeclareBibliographyDriver.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So my \DeclareNameFormat now looks this way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareNameFormat{default}{%&#xA; \nameprint{#1}{#3}&#xA; \usebibmacro{names:separator}%&#xA; \usebibmacro{names:andothers}%&#xA; }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now I see, that my first version of \nameprint was incorrect. Magyar version should probably be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \protected\def\nameprint#1#2{#2\space#1}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And English:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\protected\def\nameprint#1#2{#1\addcomma\space#2}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You have to define this macro for every language you use in your bibliography, otherwise you will get error message about undefined command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;hr/&gt; &#xA;Another edit based on comments below this post:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;you must create bbx and cbx file. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;huglain.bbx&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ProvidesFile{hugplain.bbx}&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareLanguageMapping{magyar}{magyar}&#xA;\RequireBibliographyStyle{authoryear}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand*{\finalnamedelim}{%&#xA;  \ifnumgreater{\value{liststop}}{2}{\finalandcomma}{}%&#xA;  \addspace\bibsstring{and}\space}&#xA;&#xA;\newbibmacro{names:separator}{%&#xA;  \ifthenelse{\value{listcount}&amp;lt;\value{liststop}}%&#xA;  {\addcomma\addspace}%&#xA;  {}%&#xA; }&#xA;&#xA;\newbibmacro{names:separator2}{%&#xA;  \ifthenelse{\value{listcount}&amp;lt;\value{liststop}}%&#xA;  {\addspace}%&#xA;  {}%&#xA; }&#xA;&#xA;\newbibmacro*{names:andothers}{%&#xA; \ifboolexpr{%&#xA;   test {\ifnumequal{\value{listcount}}{\value{liststop}}}%&#xA;   and%&#xA;   test \ifmorenames%&#xA; }{\bibsstring{andothers}\addcomma}%&#xA; {}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;%\DeclareNameFormat{default}{%&#xA;% \nameprint{#1}{#3}&#xA;% \usebibmacro{names:separator}%&#xA;% \usebibmacro{names:andothers}%&#xA;% }&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareNameFormat{sortname}{%&#xA; \nameprint{#1}{#3}&#xA; \usebibmacro{names:separator}%&#xA; \usebibmacro{names:andothers}%&#xA; }&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\endinput&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;notice line &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;    \DeclareLanguageMapping{magyar}{magyar}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;this is loading of your magyar.lbx file. In your current version, this file is not used at all, so in your citation there is &quot;and&quot; before last name instead of &quot;és&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;hugplain.cbx&lt;/strong&gt; is rather simple&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ProvidesFile{hugplain.cbx}&#xA;\RequireCitationStyle{authoryear}&#xA;\endinput&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In your tex file delete all biblatex macros and call babel with \usepackage[english,magyar]{babel}. Last language is the main language of document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;at top of file &lt;strong&gt;magyar.lbx&lt;/strong&gt;, right below line \PorvidesFile... add lines&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\InheritBibliographyExtras{english}&#xA;\InheritBibliographyStrings{english}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and you have error in bibliography strings, replace&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;bibliography     = {{Felhasznált\addspaceirodalom}{Felhasznált\addspaceirodalom}},&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;bibliography     = {{Felhasznált\addspace{}irodalom}{Felhasznált\addspace{}irodalom}},&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and finally, you should add hyphenation fields even to english publications in your bib files, unless you want to have citation like &lt;em&gt;Berk, Kriegler, és Ylvisaker&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2891" LastEditorUserId="2891" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-17T22:29:38.543" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T22:29:38.543" CommentCount="14" />
  <row Id="9102" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9103" CreationDate="2011-01-16T23:28:16.743" Score="2" ViewCount="262" Body="&lt;p&gt;Watertank is some ttf font that I got from one of those cheap fonts CDs. I know it is installed in my system because I can use it in other programs; but when I use it in XeLaTeX (which works with other Windows fonts) XeLaTeX complains. The command is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newfontface\hmathscr{Watertank}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And the message is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(C:\ProgramsToo\MiKTeX\tex\latex\oberdiek\rerunfilecheck.sty)))Running&#xA;  miktex-makemf.exe... miktex-makemf:&#xA;  The Watertank source file could not be&#xA;  found.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Running hbf2gf.exe...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;hbf2gf (CJK ver. 4.8.0)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Couldn't find `Waterta.cfg'&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;miktex-maketfm: No creation rule for&#xA;  font Watertank.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;! Font \zf@basefont=Watertank at&#xA;  10.0pt not loadable: Metric (TFM) file or inst alled font not found.  &#xA;                     \scan_stop:  l.23 \newfontface\hmathscr{Watertank}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I try to use the file name (by giving Watertank.ttf), I get the following error message&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;xelatex.exe: Broken pipe&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried refreshing the font cache, with fc-cache -fv, it does not work either. I tried with -output-driver=xdvipdfmx, with -output-driver=xdv2pdf, with --no-pdf&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;MiKTeX-XeTeX 2.9.3971 (0.9997.4)&#xA;  (MiKTeX 2.9)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Do I have to &quot;prepare&quot; the font besides installing it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT 1:&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Thanks Will Robertson)&#xA;Running &quot;xetex -no-pdf s.tex&quot; on&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\font\1=&quot;Watertank&quot;\1 hello&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;gives the same message as before.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Running &quot;xetex -no-pdf s.tex&quot; on &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\font\1=&quot;[Watertank.ttf]&quot;\1 hello&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;produces the xdv file. The subsequent &quot;xdvipdfmx -vv s.xdv&quot; crashes on Windows 7 but leaves the following message&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;DVI Comment:  XeTeX output&#xA;  2011.01.16:1738 s.xdv -&gt; s.pdf [1&amp;lt;C:/Windows/Fonts/Watertank.ttf@9.96pt&#xA;  fontmap:&#xA;  [C:/Windows/Fonts/Watertank.ttf]/H/65536/0/0&#xA;  -&gt; C:/Windows/Fonts/Watert ank.ttf(Identity-H)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;pdf_font&gt;&gt; Input encoding &quot;Identity-H&quot;&#xA;  requires at least 2 bytes. pdf_font&gt;&gt;&#xA;  The -m &amp;lt;00&gt; option will be assumed for&#xA;  &quot;C:/Windows/Fonts/Watertank.ttf&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is the -m option?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2421" LastEditorUserId="2421" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-17T00:47:36.063" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T00:47:36.063" Title="XeLaTeX ttf font support" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;fontspec&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="9103" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9102" CreationDate="2011-01-17T00:05:03.670" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sounds like a problem with the font if you have no trouble loading other fonts in the same way. (I've had troubles with such fonts before.) Create a minimal example in plain TeX with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\font\1=&quot;Watertank&quot;\1 hello&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\font\1=&quot;[Watertank.ttf]&quot;\1 hello&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and compile the document with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;xetex -no-pdf «filename»&#xA;xdvipdfmx -vv «filename»&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to verify that it's the font that causes the problem, and if these still fail you might be able to debug the problem further by sending the info to the XeTeX mailing list. Not much we can do here, I'm afraid.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T00:05:03.670" />
  <row Id="9104" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9087" CreationDate="2011-01-17T01:45:49.640" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In this case, I'd say that's a reasonable way to measure the efficiency of loops. The body of each loop takes constant time as does the comparison. So the total time is just the combined time for the comparison and the body times the number of loop iterations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this case, the &lt;code&gt;\loop\repeat&lt;/code&gt; loop is going to be a little faster because it has slightly less work to do for the comparison and body. If the two loops were substantially different implementations for the same problem, then testing a single number of iterations may not yield the fastest way to do it. Testing several different numbers of iterations would be more instructive.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T01:45:49.640" />
  <row Id="9105" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9217" CreationDate="2011-01-17T01:58:44.153" Score="4" ViewCount="313" Body="&lt;p&gt;In previous &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/8996/791&quot;&gt;question concerned about taking notes while reading journal articles&lt;/a&gt;, I received an excellent answer proposing the use of &lt;code&gt;parallel&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;parcolumns&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;ledpar&lt;/code&gt; packages. However, I have the following problems with these packages:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;parallel:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Doesn't play well with &lt;code&gt;itemize&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;enumerate&lt;/code&gt; environments.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;New info:&lt;/em&gt; Also creates an undesired vertical space on the non-equation column when using a display equation environment (see also illustration for &lt;code&gt;parcolumns&lt;/code&gt; farther below).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[top=0.3in, left=1in, right=1in, bottom=0.3in, includefoot]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage[retainorgcmds]{IEEEtrantools}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{parallel}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{Parallel}{3in}{3in}&#xA;    \ParallelLText{\lipsum[1]}&#xA;    \ParallelRText{\lipsum[2]&#xA;      \begin{itemize}&#xA;        \item Hello World!&#xA;        \item Yeah!&#xA;        \item Hi there!&#xA;      \end{itemize}}&#xA;    \ParallelPar&#xA;  \end{Parallel}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/s7HAY.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;parcolumns:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Using &lt;code&gt;displaymath&lt;/code&gt; and similar environments (in this case &lt;code&gt;IEEEeqnarray&lt;/code&gt;) causes an undesired vertical space before the equation, even affecting the other column:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[top=0.3in, left=1in, right=1in, bottom=0.3in, includefoot]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage[retainorgcmds]{IEEEtrantools}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{parcolumns}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{parcolumns}[rulebetween=true]{2}&#xA;    \colchunk[1]{\lipsum[1]}&#xA;    \colchunk[2]{\lipsum[2]&#xA;      \begin{IEEEeqnarray}{rCl}&#xA;        E &amp;amp; = &amp;amp; mc^2&#xA;      \end{IEEEeqnarray}&#xA;      Some useful greetings:&#xA;      \begin{enumerate}&#xA;        \item Hello World!&#xA;        \item Yeah!&#xA;        \item Hey there!&#xA;      \end{enumerate}}&#xA;  \end{parcolumns}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/N3kCu.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ledpar:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;It simply didn't typeset my text in two columns. Did I miss something?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[top=0.3in, left=1in, right=1in, bottom=0.3in, includefoot]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage[retainorgcmds]{IEEEtrantools}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{ledmac}&#xA;\usepackage{ledpar}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{pairs}&#xA;    \begin{Leftside}&#xA;      \lipsum[1]&#xA;      \begin{IEEEeqnarray}{rCl}&#xA;        E &amp;amp; = &amp;amp; mc^2&#xA;      \end{IEEEeqnarray}&#xA;    \end{Leftside}&#xA;    \begin{Rightside}&#xA;      \lipsum[2]&#xA;    \end{Rightside}&#xA;    \Columns&#xA;  \end{pairs}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ezKzA.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think I favor the &lt;code&gt;parallel&lt;/code&gt; package overall. I just wish I could get around the &lt;code&gt;itemize&lt;/code&gt;/&lt;code&gt;enumerate&lt;/code&gt; problem. Any other tips?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="791" LastEditorUserId="791" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-18T13:26:55.737" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T14:19:32.837" Title="Of parallel texts, lists and display equations" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;two-column&gt;&lt;itemize&gt;&lt;enumerate&gt;&lt;parallel&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9106" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9209" CreationDate="2011-01-17T02:09:03.403" Score="1" ViewCount="195" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi, I am using &lt;code&gt;\longrightarrow{}&lt;/code&gt; in my document. however in the PDF it appears in two pieces instead of a long line. I tried using &lt;code&gt;\chemarrow&lt;/code&gt; but it produces very short arrow. &#xA;The size of arrow thats produce by &lt;code&gt;\longrightarrow{}&lt;/code&gt; is just right for my document. Is there a way to make it one line. &#xA;Thanks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since the topic came, is there a way to set the desired length of arrow.&#xA;Here is sample code with result &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[fleqn,12pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amstext, amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{chemarrow}&#xA;\newcommand{\lra}{\ensuremath{\longrightarrow{}}}&#xA;\let\rightarrow\chemarrow&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Test \lra Result &#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Xyjny.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2036" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-18T13:26:22.820" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T16:36:16.407" Title="Long Right arrow appears broken" Tags="&lt;arrows&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="9107" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9110" CreationDate="2011-01-17T02:47:21.770" Score="1" ViewCount="109" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've seen several different methods that can be used to make long words not go over the right margin, but all of them have been paragraph-based. I need a solution that can apply to the entire text rather than just a piece of it of at a time. I can live with hyphens, but if it's possible to make lines break on word boundaries, that would be even better.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2756" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T03:43:26.637" Title="How can I make my text never go over the right margin by always hyphenating or breaking on word-boundaries?" Tags="&lt;margins&gt;&lt;line-breaking&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="9110" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9107" CreationDate="2011-01-17T03:31:59.520" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I guess I'm a little unsure which question you're asking: how to disable hyphens, or how to prevent words running into the margins.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When LaTeX lets words flow into the right margin, it reports a &quot;overfull hbox&quot;, and produces a warning. This is its way of telling you that it cannot find a paragraph layout that meets its own fussy typography rules, which puts limits to how far it's willing to stretch words apart to retain full justification. It's sort of its way into annoying you into considering rewording the paragraph to make it more attractive typographically. But especially if this is not the final version, you may not care. You can make it less fussy by putting:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\sloppy&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;right after &lt;code&gt;\begin{document}&lt;/code&gt;, and then you'll see far less words spill into the margin -- probably none. For a normal document, it should apply to the whole document, unless you disable it, or contain it inside braces, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Disabling hyphens and forcing wrapping at word boundaries will make it &lt;em&gt;more&lt;/em&gt; likely, not less, for there to be bad hboxes which would make words spill into the margins, since it increases how much space it may need to insert. However, if you want to disable hyphenation through the document, try putting:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[none]{hyphenat}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in the preamble.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T03:31:59.520" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9111" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9107" CreationDate="2011-01-17T03:43:26.637" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In general, there's no way to keep arbitrary text justified and constrain interword spacing. frabjous suggested &lt;code&gt;\sloppy&lt;/code&gt; which relaxes the interword space constraints.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another solution is to give up on justified text. Using &lt;code&gt;\raggedright&lt;/code&gt; or the better &lt;code&gt;\RaggedRight&lt;/code&gt; from the &lt;code&gt;ragged2e&lt;/code&gt; package is another solution. The latter gives better text since it is more likely to hyphenate. Of course, if you don't want hyphenation, the former is better.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T03:43:26.637" />
  <row Id="9112" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9114" CreationDate="2011-01-17T03:59:54.500" Score="3" ViewCount="98" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi, I just downloaded the package &lt;code&gt;stmaryrd&lt;/code&gt; and have a LyX LaTeX Beamer document in which I want to insert some symbols with this package (&lt;code&gt;\llbracket&lt;/code&gt;). Is there a way to make LyX include the package in the file, without having to edit the underlying document outside of LyX? Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2581" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T04:45:06.987" Title="Use custom latex package in LyX" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;lyx&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="9113" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-17T04:14:02.260" Score="3" ViewCount="78" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have set to for each glossary item (not acronym) a footnote on the first use. But now I have a glossary item which only appears in the table and I don't want to show a footnote for that single item. Is there any way to turn it of.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2888" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-17T07:21:08.797" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T07:21:08.797" Title="Glossaries disabling a footnote on first use" Tags="&lt;footnotes&gt;&lt;glossaries&gt;" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9114" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9112" CreationDate="2011-01-17T04:48:30.267" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;LyX has an option to edit the LaTeX preamble (under &lt;em&gt;Document &gt; Settings &gt; LaTeX Preamble&lt;/em&gt;), and in there you can insert:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{stmaryrd}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And then you can insert the symbols you need using its feature for inserting LaTeX codes directly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Getting the symbols to appear correctly in the LyX preview screen is another matter, and probably very difficult if not impossible, however.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-17T04:45:06.987" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T04:45:06.987" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="9115" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9126" CreationDate="2011-01-17T05:40:30.517" Score="9" ViewCount="375" Body="&lt;p&gt;In a &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/9087/how-to-determine-the-run-time-of-a-loop&quot;&gt;recent question&lt;/a&gt;, Yiannis Lazarides was asking about benchmarking loops. Strangely his results were about 800 times faster than mine. I couldn't quite accept that my computer is that outdated (as I only bought it a couple of months ago). The main difference seemed to be that I was compiling the file on Linux while he was compiling it on Windows. So I installed MikTeX on my Windows partition to try it myself and the result has quite surprised me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is a slightly simplified version of Yiannis' code (to be run with &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{ifthen}&#xA;&#xA;\def\startTimer{\pdfresettimer}&#xA;\def\stopTimer{\the\pdfelapsedtime\,scaled seconds}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\startTimer&#xA;\newcounter{acount}&#xA;\whiledo{\value{acount}&amp;lt;888}{%&#xA;\stepcounter{acount}% &#xA; \theacount, }&#xA;\stopTimer&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On Linux (Ubuntu 10.10 64bit, TeX Live 2010 (both 32bit and 64bit)) the timer reports about 1700 scaled seconds. On Windows (7, 64bit, MikTeX 2.9 (32bit?)) the result is 2 scaled seconds. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am pretty sure that a factor of 850 is not solely attributable to the operating system (both tests are run on the same machine). Also, compiling a “real life” document seems to take about the same time on both operating systems. Where does the difference come from?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T08:16:27.697" Title="Why is this loop so much faster under Windows?" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;loops&gt;&lt;profiling&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="9" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="9116" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-17T06:12:49.617" Score="16" ViewCount="453" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am fed up with the poor quality of the pictures in the papers written by my graduate students and am trying to convince them to use TikZ. I now of three ways to begin learning TikZ:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The manual, but there is no way to convince them to read it - it is just too big.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;TikZ pour l'impatient, which can be found at &lt;a href=&quot;http://math.et.info.free.fr/TikZ/bdd/TikZ-Impatient.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://math.et.info.free.fr/TikZ/bdd/TikZ-Impatient.pdf&lt;/a&gt;. AT 189 pages, it is still above their threshold for manuals, and it is in French, which most of them do not read comfortably.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;A very minimal introduction to Tikz&quot;: &lt;a href=&quot;http://bit.ly/gNfVn9&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://bit.ly/gNfVn9&lt;/a&gt; (24 pages, including examples), which I wrote hoping it would be short and direct enough? It is aimed at economists and tries to present the smallest possible number of techniques one would need to be functional. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This leads me to three questions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Are there other ressources of which I am not aware? &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Can you see any forgotten indispensable features of TikZ in my document? &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;What are the best ways to  make manuals and guides visible to people for whom they would be useful?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Jacques&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1979" LastEditorUserId="1979" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-17T11:08:46.430" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T15:16:13.990" Title="What is the minimum one needs to know to use TikZ?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;manuals&gt;&lt;learning&gt;" AnswerCount="6" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="5" />
  <row Id="9118" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9097" CreationDate="2011-01-17T07:55:31.953" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;minted&lt;/code&gt; uses the following macro internally if a background colour is selected:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newsavebox{\minted@bgbox}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{minted@colorbg}[1]{&#xA;  \def\minted@bgcol{#1}&#xA;  \noindent&#xA;  \begin{lrbox}{\minted@bgbox}&#xA;  \begin{minipage}{\linewidth-2\fboxsep}}&#xA; {\end{minipage}&#xA;  \end{lrbox}%&#xA;  \colorbox{\minted@bgcol}{\usebox{\minted@bgbox}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Without further testing I’m assuming that the use of a &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt; doesn’t introduce a new paragraph. If so, a simple &lt;code&gt;\par&lt;/code&gt; command before the box should correct the problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;This seems like something that would have been noticed as a bug,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It should have. The fact is, the documentation &lt;code&gt;minted.pdf&lt;/code&gt; pretty much serves as the only test case at the moment and in the documentation the &lt;code&gt;bgcolor&lt;/code&gt; option is only used in a single example without surrounding text, so the lack of a paragraph break makes no difference.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T07:55:31.953" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9119" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9115" CreationDate="2011-01-17T08:11:13.470" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Responding to the comments: Here is a test that is a bit more realistic.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;TeX file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{ifthen}&#xA;&#xA;\newwrite\BenchmarkStream&#xA;\def\startTimer{%&#xA;  \pdfresettimer&#xA;  \immediate\openout\BenchmarkStream=\jobname.dat&#xA;}&#xA;\def\stopTimer{%&#xA;  \immediate\write\BenchmarkStream{\number\pdfelapsedtime}%&#xA;  \immediate\closeout\BenchmarkStream&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\startTimer&#xA;\newcounter{acount}&#xA;\whiledo{\value{acount}&amp;lt;28888}{%&#xA;\stepcounter{acount}% &#xA; \theacount, }&#xA;\stopTimer&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Python script:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;#!/usr/bin/env python2.6&#xA;&#xA;from __future__ import unicode_literals, division, print_function&#xA;&#xA;import subprocess&#xA;import numpy&#xA;&#xA;def run():&#xA;    args = [&quot;pdflatex&quot;, &quot;--interaction=batchmode&quot;, &quot;test.tex&quot;]&#xA;    subprocess.check_call(args)&#xA;    with open(&quot;test.dat&quot;, &quot;rt&quot;) as stream:&#xA;        return int(stream.read()) / 0x10000&#xA;&#xA;def main():&#xA;    # warm up&#xA;    for i in xrange(10):&#xA;        run()&#xA;    count = 50&#xA;    result = numpy.empty(count)&#xA;    for i in xrange(count):&#xA;        print(&quot;Iteration&quot;, i)&#xA;        result[i] = run()&#xA;    imin = result.argmin()&#xA;    imax = result.argmax()&#xA;    print(&quot;Count:&quot;, count)&#xA;    print(&quot;Minimum:&quot;, result[imin], &quot;at&quot;, imin)&#xA;    print(&quot;Maximum:&quot;, result[imax], &quot;at&quot;, imax)&#xA;    print(&quot;Mean:&quot;, result.mean())&#xA;    print(&quot;Median:&quot;, numpy.median(result))&#xA;    print(&quot;Standard deviation:&quot;, result.std())&#xA;&#xA;if __name__ == &quot;__main__&quot;:&#xA;    main()&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Results on my Linux system are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Minimum: 1.05038452148 at 0&#xA;Maximum: 1.20942687988 at 30&#xA;Mean: 1.07401489258&#xA;Median: 1.05834197998&#xA;Standard deviation: 0.039375040446&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastEditorUserId="345" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-17T10:44:54.597" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T10:44:54.597" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9120" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9122" CreationDate="2011-01-17T08:11:29.043" Score="1" ViewCount="74" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\chaptermark}[1]{\markboth{\chaptername\ \thechapter.\ #1}{}}&#xA;\renewcommand{\sectionmark}[1]{\markright{\thesection\ #1}}&#xA;\fancyhead[RO,LE]{\small\sf\color{black}\rightmark}&#xA;\fancyhead[LO,RE]{\small\tt\color{black}\leftmark}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\chaptermark}[1]{\markboth{\small\tt\color{black}\chaptername\ \thechapter.\ #1}{}}&#xA;\renewcommand{\sectionmark}[1]{\markright{\small\sf\color{black}\thesection\ #1}}&#xA;\fancyhead[RO,LE]{\rightmark}&#xA;\fancyhead[LO,RE]{\leftmark}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-17T08:42:57.433" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T11:50:15.000" Title="Where should I setup the markup of header/footer?In `\fancyxxx[]{}` or in redefinition of `\xxxmark`?" Tags="&lt;header-footer&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="9121" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9094" CreationDate="2011-01-17T08:14:24.783" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the one case I overlayed TikZ I was using &lt;code&gt;\uncover&amp;lt;n-m&amp;gt;{ELEMENT}&lt;/code&gt; in order to show ELEMENT in slides n to m.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="412" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T08:14:24.783" />
  <row Id="9122" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9120" CreationDate="2011-01-17T08:34:23.293" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the first variant. The second variant will, possibly among other things, not account for your header changes in the table of contents:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;% GOOD&#xA;% \renewcommand{\chaptermark}[1]{\markboth{\chaptername\ \thechapter.\ #1}{}}&#xA;% \renewcommand{\sectionmark}[1]{\markright{\thesection\ #1}}&#xA;% \fancyhead[RO,LE]{\small\sffamily\rightmark}&#xA;% \fancyhead[LO,RE]{\small\ttfamily\leftmark}&#xA;% BAD&#xA;\renewcommand{\chaptermark}[1]{\markboth{\small\ttfamily\chaptername\ \thechapter.\ #1}{}}&#xA;\renewcommand{\sectionmark}[1]{\markright{\small\sffamily\thesection\ #1}}&#xA;\fancyhead[RO,LE]{\rightmark}&#xA;\fancyhead[LO,RE]{\leftmark}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;&#xA;\blinddocument&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/blindtext/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;blindtext&lt;/a&gt; package is only used to add some dummy text to the example.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: Replaced LaTeX 2.09 commands &lt;code&gt;\sf&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\tt&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;\sffamily&lt;/code&gt; resp. &lt;code&gt;\ttfamily&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-17T11:50:15.000" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T11:50:15.000" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9123" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9116" CreationDate="2011-01-17T09:10:47.210" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;h3&gt;User Guides&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The TikZ/pgf manual (&lt;code&gt;texdoc pgfmanual&lt;/code&gt;) or on &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/graphics/pgf/base/doc/generic/pgf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;CTAN&lt;/a&gt;.  Comprehensive, filled with good advice on making graphics, but rather long.  The first sections are written as a tutorial and the rest of it as a reference.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://math.et.info.free.fr/TikZ/bdd/TikZ-Impatient.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&quot;TikZ pour l'impatient&quot;&lt;/a&gt; is 189 pages and in French.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://bit.ly/gNfVn9&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&quot;A very minimal introduction to Tikz&quot;&lt;/a&gt; (24 pages, including examples), aimed at economists and tries to present the smallest possible number of techniques one would need to be functional. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;For algebraists, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.felixl.de/commu.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;“Commutative Diagrams using TikZ”&lt;/a&gt; by Felix Lenders is a useful introduction to the parts of TikZ most used in modern algebra texts.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Example Sites&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeXample&lt;/a&gt;: examples of TikZ/pgf pictures demonstrating most (if not all!) of the features of TikZ/pgf.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/tagged/tikz-pgf&quot;&gt;This very site&lt;/a&gt;: not so organized, but by definition anything it says is the answer to a question that people have actually had while using TikZ.  The answers are quite thoughtful and often nuanced.  Usually they provide working code samples.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(&lt;strong&gt;Community Wiki&lt;/strong&gt;: add other resources to the lists in this answer; if you haven't enough reputation to do that, add as a comment or an answer and I'll merge them in.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-17T22:53:58.413" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T22:53:58.413" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-01-17T09:10:56.070" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9124" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9087" CreationDate="2011-01-17T09:12:17.847" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A general rule in timing statistics: do not trust any value below 1 full second.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T09:12:17.847" />
  <row Id="9126" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9115" CreationDate="2011-01-17T09:24:25.727" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;At this (very small) amount of running time, the results are likely to be dominated by the implementation differences between the windows and linux system function calls that are used by pdftex. Pdftex does not run the same code on both platforms, and the function implementation that is used on Windows (ftime) is infamous for being unreliable at small intervals.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Besides that, also bear in mind that &lt;code&gt;\pdfelapsedtime&lt;/code&gt; measures wall clock time differences, not the actual computer usage of &lt;code&gt;pdftex&lt;/code&gt;. Lots of other stuff could (and probably will) be going on on the computer at the same time. Intervening task switches of the operating system itself can have a pretty large effect on the results.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As I wrote in that other thread already: you should not trust any benchmarking values that are less than a whole second (65536 scaled seconds). Also make sure you run the code multiple time on a machine that does as little else as possible. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastEditorUserId="89" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-18T08:16:27.697" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T08:16:27.697" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9127" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9082" CreationDate="2011-01-17T10:10:32.267" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can do the same using my &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/svn-multi.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;svn-multi&lt;/a&gt;&quot; package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\svnid{$Id$}&#xA;\date{\svntoday \svnhour:\svnminute}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It does all the catcode magic for you and also works with multiple source files, e.g. include files.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-17T10:59:55.907" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T10:59:55.907" />
  <row Id="9128" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="161" CreationDate="2011-01-17T10:15:10.000" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If your document uses multiple source files like &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; I recommend to use the '&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/svn-multi.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;svn-multi&lt;/a&gt;' package. For a changelog feature you need to use scripts like mentioned earlier, because a svn client is required to receive the log information from the server.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-02T21:32:55.373" LastActivityDate="2011-02-02T21:32:55.373" />
  <row Id="9129" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-17T10:23:35.383" Score="1" ViewCount="153" Body="&lt;p&gt;One of the things I love about emacs is being able to specify a master file, then compile an included &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; file - I just use &lt;code&gt;C-c C-b&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For sweave documents, I have the following layout:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;master.Rnw&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\SweaveInput{chapter1}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\SweaveInput{chapter2}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\SweaveInput{chapter3}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like to use the same idea as &lt;code&gt;C-c C-b&lt;/code&gt; to only sweave/latex &lt;code&gt;chapter1&lt;/code&gt;. Is this possible in emacs?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="224" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-07T23:40:17.670" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T17:33:40.373" Title="Using the &quot;master file&quot; with emacs and Sweave" Tags="&lt;include&gt;&lt;emacs&gt;&lt;sweave&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="9130" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9094" CreationDate="2011-01-17T10:35:21.450" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It works if you place the &lt;code&gt;\visible&lt;/code&gt; command and its arguments into a &lt;code&gt;{ }&lt;/code&gt; group:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{positioning} &#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}{Linearity}&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \node (Ctx) {{\visible&amp;lt;2-&amp;gt;{$\Gamma$}}};&#xA;  \node[below right=0.5cm and 0.1cm of Ctx] (E) {$E$};&#xA;  \node[below right=0.5cm and 0.1cm of E] (psi1) {{\visible&amp;lt;3-&amp;gt;{$\Psi_1$}}};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It seems that the scanning code from &lt;code&gt;\visible&lt;/code&gt; removes the &lt;code&gt;;&lt;/code&gt; or otherwise interferes with the &lt;code&gt;\node&lt;/code&gt; code. Note that &lt;code&gt;\node&lt;/code&gt; doesn't read its content as argument but as box content to allow verbatim inside. The &lt;code&gt;\visible&lt;/code&gt; macro might do the same and therefore such errors can happen. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-17T17:54:21.103" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T17:54:21.103" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9131" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9140" CreationDate="2011-01-17T10:44:34.407" Score="1" ViewCount="130" Body="&lt;h1&gt;Question&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How to define a header/footer style using &lt;code&gt;\fancypagestyle{}{}&lt;/code&gt; ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Minimal Code (does not work)&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;&#xA;\fancypagestyle{ttt}&#xA;{%&#xA;&#xA;\fancyhf{}&#xA;\renewcommand{\chaptermark}[1]{\markboth{\small\tt\chaptername\ \thechapter.\ #1}{}}&#xA;\renewcommand{\sectionmark}[1]{\markright{\small\sf\thesection\ #1}}&#xA;\fancyhead[RO,LE]{\rightmark}&#xA;\fancyhead[LO,RE]{\leftmark}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\pagestyle{ttt}&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;&#xA;\blinddocument&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T12:01:41.583" Title="How to define a header/footer style using `\fancypagestyle{}{}` ?" Tags="&lt;header-footer&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="9132" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9139" CreationDate="2011-01-17T10:51:03.683" Score="6" ViewCount="181" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to have automatic rounding of numbers in a table?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Say that I have this, made in the usual way with a &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; environment:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;pi  | 3.14592654&#xA;e   | 2.7182818284&#xA;phi | 1.6180339887&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Can I control how many significant digits are shown without truncating the numbers manually myself?&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So for example, if I need four significant digits, the numbers should appear as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;pi  | 3.1459&#xA;e   | 2.7183&#xA;phi | 1.6180&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Bonus points for actually rounding the numbers according to the usual rules without simply truncating them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I understand this is probably non-trivial, so here's a relaxed version that will also work in my circumstances (all numbers have one and the same precision and character count):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;(How) Can I control how many characters are rendered in a column of a table?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So if I define the text in the columns as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular} % some black magic column definition&#xA;   text &amp;amp; alongword\\&#xA;   text &amp;amp; anotherlongword\\&#xA;   text &amp;amp; morelongwords\\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd like to get something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;text along&#xA;text anoth&#xA;text morel&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know there are non-TeX ways to do this, and I will probably resolve to writing a script if all else fails, but I'm curious whether there's a way to do it solely with TeX &amp;amp; friends.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="711" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T16:46:57.217" Title="Rounding numbers in a table / Truncating text in table" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;rounding&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="9133" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7905" CreationDate="2011-01-17T10:58:59.107" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I wrote the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/standalone.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;standalone&lt;/a&gt; package to allow the compilation of pictures (tikz or pstricks) and other material as part OR separately from the main document. While mainly thought for fast recompilation during picture creation, it can also be used to create eps or pdf images from your pictures which are then inserted in your main document. So instead recompiling every picture every time the main document is compiled, you can compile it once and then only use the image. Should not degrade the quality if done right.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% Self-contained, compilable PSTricks picture&#xA;% e.g. &quot;pic001.tex&quot;&#xA;\documentclass{standalone}&#xA;\usepackage{pstricks}&#xA;\begin{document}   &#xA;\begin{pspicture*}(4,3)&#xA;\psframe[fillcolor=red,fillstyle=solid](4,3) &#xA;\end{pspicture*}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% Main document&#xA;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\usepackage{standalone}&#xA;\usepackage{pstricks}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*{\mypstrickspic}[1]{%&#xA;    \IfFileExists{#1.eps}%&#xA;         {\includegraphics[&amp;lt;options&amp;gt;]{#1.eps}}%&#xA;         {\input{#1.tex}}%&#xA;}&#xA;% Replace .eps with .pdf if main file uses pdflatex&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA; %...&#xA; \mypstrickspic{pic001}&#xA; %...&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then you compile the picture file first and convert it to a .eps (dvi-&gt;ps, simply rename .ps to .eps) or .pdf.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The above code is not full tested, because I don't have pstricks installed on my machine. I'm a PGF/TikZ fan and minded the disk space required by pstricks.&#xA;I'm planning a build-in feature like that for the next release of 'standalone'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T10:58:59.107" />
  <row Id="9134" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9129" CreationDate="2011-01-17T11:00:59.007" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I doubt this sort of thing is possible, because running tex just on chapter 1 won't work, since it will need the common preamble which is presumably in the master document. And if you run tex on the master, then it doesn't know to only do the first chapter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One way to do what you want is to use &lt;code&gt;\includeonly&lt;/code&gt; to tell the compiler which files to include. (I expect the &lt;code&gt;\SweaveInput&lt;/code&gt; has a similar command...) &lt;a href=&quot;http://web.science.mq.edu.au/~rdale/resources/writingnotes/latexstruct.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;See here for some details&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If the problem is you want emacs to treat &lt;code&gt;.Rnw&lt;/code&gt; files like &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; files, try adding this to your .emacs:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;(add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(&quot;\\.Rnw~?$&quot; . latex-mode))&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-17T13:35:01.343" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T13:35:01.343" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="9135" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9082" CreationDate="2011-01-17T11:06:50.763" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/vc/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;vc bundle&lt;/a&gt; has a neat way to include revision information like this. And since the formatting is done by an &lt;code&gt;awk&lt;/code&gt; script, it's easy to manipulate it into giving you custom formats and so on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T11:06:50.763" />
  <row Id="9136" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-17T11:14:06.417" Score="9" ViewCount="287" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am preparing Farsi slides in beamer which is a right to left language just like Hebrew. I have problems in the presentation which I briefly discuss:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The TOC is left to right:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/UIRE0.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The itemize can be forced to be right to left but it flushes to the left&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/CJrl0.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;the frame title is shown in the left (this one is solved thanks to Mr.Vafa Khalighi&#xA;the solution is &lt;code&gt;\setbeamertemplate{frametitle}[default][right]&lt;/code&gt; command)&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/AbLgM.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I found &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.foursenses.net/hebrewinxetex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this web site&lt;/a&gt; very helpful to solve some problems, but the mentioned problems are still unresolved.&#xA;the code is shown below&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% XeLaTeX can use any Mac OS X font. See the setromanfont command below.&#xA;% Input to XeLaTeX is full Unicode, so Unicode characters can be typed directly into the source.&#xA;&#xA;% The next lines tell TeXShop to typeset with xelatex, and to open and save the source with Unicode encoding.&#xA;&#xA;%!TEX TS-program = xelatex&#xA;%!TEX encoding = UTF-8 Unicode&#xA;&#xA;\documentclass[11pt]{beamer}&#xA;\usetheme{Warsaw}&#xA;\usecolortheme{crane}&#xA;%\usepackage{geometry}                % See geometry.pdf to learn the layout options. There are lots.&#xA;%\geometry{letterpaper}                   % ... or a4paper or a5paper or ... &#xA;%\geometry{landscape}                % Activate for for rotated page geometry&#xA;%\usepackage[parfill]{parskip}    % Activate to begin paragraphs with an empty line rather than an indent&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% Will Robertson's fontspec.sty can be used to simplify font choices.&#xA;% To experiment, open /Applications/Font Book to examine the fonts provided on Mac OS X,&#xA;% and change &quot;Hoefler Text&quot; to any of these choices.&#xA;\TeXXeTstate=1&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec,xltxtra,xunicode}&#xA; \usepackage{bidi}&#xA;\defaultfontfeatures{Mapping=tex-text}&#xA;\setromanfont[Mapping=tex-text]{X Zar}&#xA;\setsansfont[Scale=MatchLowercase,Mapping=tex-text]{Gill Sans}&#xA;\setsansfont[Scale=MatchLowercase,Mapping=tex-text]{X Zar}&#xA;\setmonofont[Scale=MatchLowercase]{X Zar}&#xA;% \newfontfamily{\A}{X Zar}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\title{امنیت در اجرای همروند یک پروتکل احراز اصالت}&#xA;\author{یاسر صبحدل}&#xA;\date{\today}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\frame{\titlepage}&#xA;&#xA;\section[چارچوب]{}&#xA;\frame{\tableofcontents}&#xA;&#xA;%\maketitle&#xA;&#xA;% For many users, the previous commands will be enough.&#xA;% If you want to directly input Unicode, add an Input Menu or Keyboard to the menu bar &#xA;% using the International Panel in System Preferences.&#xA;% Unicode must be typeset using a font containing the appropriate characters.&#xA;% Remove the comment signs below for examples.&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% \newfontfamily{\H}[Scale=0.9]{Lucida Grande}&#xA;% \newfontfamily{\J}[Scale=0.85]{Osaka}&#xA;\section{مقدمه}&#xA;\subsection{مروری بر پروتکلهای احراز اصالت}&#xA;&#xA;\frame&#xA;{&#xA;\frametitle{محاسبات چندجانبه امن}&#xA;\begin{flushright}&#xA;از ۳ منظر مورد بررسی قرار می‌گیرد:\\&#xA;\end{flushright}&#xA;\setRL&#xA;{&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;\item مورد اول&#xA;\item مورد دوم&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;BTW, I just didn't use the &lt;code&gt;\newfontfamily&lt;/code&gt; command because the whole document is persian and only some words are english, so I changed the main font with a persian one.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2244" LastEditorUserId="2244" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-17T17:31:14.290" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T12:33:32.803" Title="Beamer XeTeX Right to Left" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;right-to-left&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="9137" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9132" CreationDate="2011-01-17T11:28:30.297" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's one way to do it that's a bit of a hack (which is to say that Leo Liu's answer is far better, it's just fun to try to do this yourself sometimes):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\usepackage{fp}&#xA;\newcolumntype{T}{&amp;gt;{\trunc}r}&#xA;\def\trunc\ignorespaces#1\\{%&#xA;        \FPset\a{#1}&#xA;        \FPround\a\a4&#xA;        \a&#xA;        \\&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{&amp;gt;{$}l&amp;lt;{$}T}&#xA;\pi  &amp;amp; 3.14159265358979323848\\&#xA;e    &amp;amp; 2.71828182845904523536\\&#xA;\phi &amp;amp; 1.61803399\\&#xA;x    &amp;amp; 37\\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/H0kqQ.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The T specifier has to be at the end of the row and it must be terminated with a &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt;. You could write an analogous one that works in the middle of the row by delimiting it with &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; rather than &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The original version differed only in the definition of &lt;code&gt;\trunc&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\trunc#1.#2#3#4#5#6\\{#1.#2#3#4#5\\}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-17T12:22:10.487" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T12:22:10.487" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9138" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-17T11:32:30.060" Score="2" ViewCount="382" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm very sorry but I have to ask for urgent help as I could not make sense of the individual questions I asked previously.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm required a seperate list of appendices, i.e. the appendix is not to show up in the TOC except for the item &lt;em&gt;Appendix&lt;/em&gt;, which can be manually created with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{Appendix}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The appendix itself is supposed to be structured like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Appendix A&#xA;A.1 Title&#xA;A.2 Title&#xA;..&#xA;&#xA;Appendix B&#xA;B.1 Title&#xA;B.2 Title&#xA;..&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;Tocloft&lt;/code&gt; provides a means to manually create a list, this example is taken from the documentation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\listanswername}{List  of  Answers}&#xA;\newlistof[chapter]{answer}{ans}{\listanswername}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\answer}[1]{%&#xA; \refstepcounter{answer}&#xA; \par\noindent\textbf{Answer  \theanswer.  #1}&#xA; \addcontentsline{ans}{answer}{\protect\numberline{\theanswer}#1}\par}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;creates the command &lt;code&gt;\listofanswer&lt;/code&gt;&#xA;which items are added to with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\answer{Hard}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This results in&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;List of Answers&#xA;1 Hard ....... pageno&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Several problems arise for me:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Decimal counter instead of alphabetic&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;no sub environment for the A.n scheme&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;no prefix like &quot;Appendix A.1 Hard .... pageno&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I need a list such as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;List of Appendices&#xA;&#xA;Appendix A    Code listings   ................. 187&#xA;Appendix A.1  Stackexchange generator ........  187&#xA;Appendix A.2  Stackexchange hack function .... 2179&#xA;&#xA;Appendix B    Misc            ................ 2180&#xA;Appendix B.1  Overview Q&amp;amp;A Sites      ........ 2181&#xA;Appendix B.2  User psychoanalysis         .... 2378&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I assume this may be solved by adding a second command in the manner presented by the tocloft documentation but I'm currently not capable of spending time figuring it out due to my desastrous state of the paper (of course, due tomorrow).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So if someone could provide the sub-command and a way to change enumeration to literals I'd greatly appreciate it.&#xA;Sorry again, I'm in a state of mind where only a a bullet-proof for-dummies solution will get me somewhere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2818" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-08T06:47:24.973" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T06:47:24.973" Title="Creating a separate list of appendices with tocloft" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;appendices&gt;&lt;tocloft&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="9139" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9132" CreationDate="2011-01-17T11:32:41.323" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For numbers:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are some packages, like &lt;code&gt;siunitx&lt;/code&gt; and math engine of &lt;code&gt;tikz&lt;/code&gt; (especially in &lt;code&gt;pgfplotstable&lt;/code&gt;), which can used to format numbers in LaTeX. &lt;code&gt;numprint&lt;/code&gt; may be the simplest one, and can be easily used in tabulars.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;numprint&lt;/code&gt; package privides &lt;code&gt;n&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;N&lt;/code&gt; column types for numbers in tabular, and &lt;code&gt;\nprounddigits&lt;/code&gt; for set the precision. An example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% \usepackage{numprint} in preamble&#xA;\npdecimalsign{.}&#xA;\nprounddigits{2}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{c|n{5}{2}|}&#xA;foo &amp;amp; 12345 \\&#xA;bar &amp;amp; 12345.12345 \\&#xA;baz &amp;amp; 0.00012345 \\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\npnoround&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please read the manual for more options.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For common characters, @TH has showed some TeX trick. However, you can use &lt;code&gt;xstring&lt;/code&gt; package or something else to do the dirty work. I don't know how to get full control in &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt;, so here is just a incomplete solution, a mix of &lt;code&gt;xtring&lt;/code&gt; and primitive TeX:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\halign{\StrLeft{#}{4} \cr&#xA; abc \cr&#xA; abcde \cr&#xA; abcdefg \cr&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any further suggestions are welcome.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-17T11:57:30.327" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T11:57:30.327" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9140" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9131" CreationDate="2011-01-17T11:46:16.710" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Redefine &lt;code&gt;\chaptermark&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\sectionmark&lt;/code&gt; &lt;em&gt;after&lt;/em&gt; choosing &lt;code&gt;\pagestyle{ttt}&lt;/code&gt;. Also, did you read &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/9120/where-should-i-setup-the-markup-of-header-footerin-fancyxxx-or-in-redefin/9122#9122&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt; answer?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: Sorry for being snippy - you may have read my other answer before I edited it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-17T12:01:41.583" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T12:01:41.583" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9141" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8874" CreationDate="2011-01-17T12:46:53.557" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can set the node size by using the parameters&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;minimum size=0pt,&#xA;text width=&amp;lt;dimension&amp;gt;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in place of your &lt;code&gt;node width&lt;/code&gt; parameter and entering the desired value instead of &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;dimension&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;. Note that the actual size of the node will be larger than &lt;code&gt;dimension&lt;/code&gt; by the values for &lt;code&gt;inner sep&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;line width&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T12:46:53.557" />
  <row Id="9142" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9116" CreationDate="2011-01-17T12:53:07.253" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I recently made the &quot;switch&quot; to TikZ (from xy), and the experience reminded me of the first time I used LaTeX itself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;First, I refused to do it until I had a pressing need to convert (or produce) some specific pictures.  Perhaps not surprisingly, the demands of a &quot;live&quot; application motivate a huge variety of seemingly advanced methods and teach you a lot more than doing toy examples.  It is also way more motivational.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Second, I relied largely on the tutorials in the TikZ manual.  That section is not long: in version 2.10 (which has a new tutorial), it is only 62 pages, and broken into five roughly equal parts each focusing on different methods.  They are cumulative, but the manual is well-hyperlinked.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Third, I spent several days, where the first day was basically getting just one picture to work.  I went back to the manual every few minutes and pushed myself to make the code &quot;right&quot; even if I had found working but ugly code earlier.  As I figured things out I applied them retroactively to previous pictures and, in the process, developed a good sense for what works when/where.  I also built up a &quot;style file&quot; of TikZ styles (many defined by myself) and libraries which I always used.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Fourth, I used this site a lot!  If you want to know the sorts of things I wanted to do but couldn't find in the manual, have a look at my questions here (go chronologically or, roughly, in decreasing order of upvotes as they became ever more esoteric).  By now there is a good chance that a given basic question has already been answered, which will save your students even more time.  If not, well, they should ask here, which is a valuable skill in itself.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There's no royal road and all that, but it sounds like your students are in the perfect position in their TeXing to take this particular leap.  If you're willing to devote some of your own time, I can say (from my experience as a grad student, not necessarily in learning TikZ) that it would be a huge help to critique their code and their results for a little while.  The right way to do things is often the easiest in the long run anyway.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="575" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T12:53:07.253" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9143" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9144" CreationDate="2011-01-17T12:54:13.547" Score="0" ViewCount="103" Body="&lt;p&gt;I set my monospace font using &lt;code&gt;\setmonofont&lt;/code&gt;. I'd like to be able to change the size of this font for my entire document, rather than use \fontsize everywhere. How can I do that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2756" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T12:58:42.607" Title="Using xetex, I'd like to set the monospace font size for my entire text" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="9144" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9143" CreationDate="2011-01-17T12:58:42.607" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In manual of &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt;: 8.2 Scale&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/fontspec.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/fontspec.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T12:58:42.607" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9145" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9106" CreationDate="2011-01-17T13:14:41.047" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$\rarrowfill{0.8cm}$  &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;from the &lt;code&gt;chemarrow&lt;/code&gt; package, which will produce an arrow with a given length. 0.8 cm is roughly the length of the broken arrow in the minimal example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastEditorUserId="2552" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-17T13:22:31.300" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T13:22:31.300" />
  <row Id="9147" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9148" CreationDate="2011-01-17T13:18:35.810" Score="9" ViewCount="152" Body="&lt;p&gt;Consider the following code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{align}&#xA;f_1(x) &amp;amp;= \frac{15x}{3} \\&#xA;f_2(x) &amp;amp;= 3x + 5 \\&#xA;f_3(x) &amp;amp;= 4x + 13&#xA;\end{align}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This produces three lines where the first line takes up more vertical space than the others. Is there any way to make all the lines take the same vertical space (meaning effectively all lines take as much vertical space as the largest one)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2894" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-17T14:13:54.570" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T23:00:24.803" Title="How to make formulae take equal vertical space in the align environment?" Tags="&lt;align&gt;&lt;line-spacing&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="9148" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9147" CreationDate="2011-01-17T13:33:07.553" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't know of an automatic way to do this, but in a particular case, you can use &lt;code&gt;\vphantom&lt;/code&gt; to effect this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{align}&#xA;f_1(x) &amp;amp;= \frac{15x}{3} \\&#xA;f_2(x) &amp;amp;= \vphantom{\frac11}3x + 5 \\&#xA;f_3(x) &amp;amp;= \vphantom{\frac11}4x + 13&#xA;\end{align}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/arJWV.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T13:33:07.553" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9149" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9074" CreationDate="2011-01-17T14:10:18.460" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is now in pstricks-add:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{pstricks-add}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{pspicture}[showgrid](-4,-2)(4,3)&#xA; \psEllipseTangents(0,0)(3,2)(4,3)\psdot(4,3)&#xA;  \pcline[linecolor=red,nodesepB=-15mm](4,3)(EllipseT1)&#xA;  \pcline[linecolor=red,nodesepB=-15mm](4,3)(EllipseT2)&#xA;  \psdots(EllipseT1)(EllipseT2)&#xA; \psellipse[fillcolor=cyan!30,fillstyle=solid](0,0)(3,2)&#xA;\end{pspicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Gj6MW.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-18T19:01:53.697" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T19:01:53.697" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9150" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9116" CreationDate="2011-01-17T14:16:39.843" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This TUGBoat article helped me get started &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/tb30-2/tb95mertz.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/tb30-2/tb95mertz.pdf&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also there are useful packages by Alain Matthes at &quot;altermundus.fr&quot; in french and current, or  &quot;altermundus.com&quot; in English but not always up-to-date, that make specific tasks more accessible. Some of these packages are being updated and should be on CTAN in a few days. (Sorry, I don't have enough points to post more than one link.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2980" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T14:16:39.843" />
  <row Id="9151" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9147" CreationDate="2011-01-17T14:23:20.617" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;if you do not want it globally changed put it into &lt;code&gt;{...}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\savebox\strutbox{$\vphantom{\dfrac11}$}&#xA;\begin{align}&#xA;f_1(x) &amp;amp;= \frac{15x}{3} \\&#xA;f_2(x) &amp;amp;= 3x + 5 \\&#xA;f_3(x) &amp;amp;= 4x + 13&#xA;\end{align}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-17T14:55:08.000" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T14:55:08.000" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9153" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9147" CreationDate="2011-01-17T14:27:57.570" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I can offer a variant of TH's answer that produces a bit less vertical space, but it is adjusted to your particular situation: Only the &lt;em&gt;second&lt;/em&gt; line needs a bit of additional &lt;em&gt;depth&lt;/em&gt;. The advantage of this more special adjustment is that it doesn't produce additional white space &lt;em&gt;below&lt;/em&gt; the display.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Here's some text just to fill the line sufficiently&#xA;\begin{align}&#xA;f_1(x) &amp;amp;= \frac{15x}{3} \\&#xA;f_2(x) &amp;amp;= 3x + 5 \vphantom{\smash[t]{\frac11}} \\&#xA;f_3(x) &amp;amp;= 4x + 13&#xA;\end{align}&#xA;Here's some text just to fill the line sufficiently&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/KPrXk.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-17T23:00:24.803" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T23:00:24.803" />
  <row Id="9154" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9165" CreationDate="2011-01-17T15:04:22.713" Score="2" ViewCount="128" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there some package to use in order to write nice natural deductions (logical deduction trees)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Examples are appreciated!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here are some examples of &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Natural_deduction&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Natural deductions&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1213" LastEditorUserId="1213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-17T15:09:42.330" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T17:26:51.187" Title="How to write natural deduction trees in LaTeX." Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;logic&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="9155" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-17T15:09:50.623" Score="5" ViewCount="208" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a LaTeX parser available that can be run from a (*nix) command line, and that allows operations on LaTeX tags/commands and its content?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I am trying to do is, for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;script-wise extracting certain text blocks, like all &lt;code&gt;\question{}&lt;/code&gt; tags within the &lt;code&gt;\begin{document} ... \end{document}&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strike&gt;or renaming certain tags (like &lt;code&gt;\newtext{blabla}&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\oldtext{blabla}&lt;/code&gt;)&lt;/strike&gt; &lt;em&gt;[hmm, bad example since very easy to do]&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;or deleting specific tags and its content, like &lt;code&gt;\oldtext{}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;or just deleting the tag but retaining the content.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The main reason for not using find&amp;amp;replace from a LaTeX editor, or utilities like &lt;code&gt;grep&lt;/code&gt; is problems with nested tags and closing braces on new lines. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2090" LastEditorUserId="2090" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-20T09:40:59.343" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T21:50:21.983" Title="LaTeX parser to perform operations on tags (commands) and its content?" Tags="&lt;parsing&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="9156" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9155" CreationDate="2011-01-17T15:24:04.383" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://docstore.mik.ua/orelly/unix/sedawk/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Sed and Awk&lt;/a&gt; are your friends. They should be powerful enough to deal with nested tags and so on. (I don't know for sure though)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An alternative would be to take a look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://app.uio.no/ifi/texcount/index.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeXcount&lt;/a&gt; and see how that parses things, see if that helps...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T15:24:04.383" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9157" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9158" CreationDate="2011-01-17T15:36:52.783" Score="1" ViewCount="55" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to ensure that footnote numbers and similar don't stick together in the final document (because I forgot a manual space between them?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example:&#xA;Instead of&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;asdf\footnote{a}\footnote{b}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which produces&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;asdf12&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;asdf 1 2&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a package that does this? (Or even some Grep-Magic?)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="752" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-17T15:51:23.893" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T16:14:30.030" Title="Ensure whitespaces between footnote numbers, citation numbers, etc..." Tags="&lt;footnotes&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="9158" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9157" CreationDate="2011-01-17T15:40:28.247" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[multiple]{footmisc}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See &lt;code&gt;multiple&lt;/code&gt; option of &lt;code&gt;footmisc&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/footmisc.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/footmisc.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-17T16:14:30.030" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T16:14:30.030" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9159" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9089" CreationDate="2011-01-17T15:50:37.100" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Can you check if the latest development version of &lt;code&gt;t-vim&lt;/code&gt; works? For testing, copy &lt;code&gt;t-vim.tex&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;t-filter.tex&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;2context.vim&lt;/code&gt; from &lt;a href=&quot;https://github.com/adityam/filter&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; and place them in the same directory as your tex file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T15:50:37.100" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9160" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9094" CreationDate="2011-01-17T15:52:44.320" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is another solution using &lt;code&gt;\setbeamercovered{invisible}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\pause&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{positioning} &#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}{Linearity}&#xA;    \setbeamercovered{invisible}&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \node(Ctx){$E$};\pause&#xA;    \node[above left=0.5cm and 0.1cm of Ctx] (gamma) {$\Gamma$};\pause  &#xA;    \node[below right=0.5cm and 0.1cm of Ctx] (psi1){$\Psi_1$};\pause&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This can also be contained in &lt;code&gt;\columns&lt;/code&gt; where one can have tables, minipages or other nodes to explain what is going on in a diagram using &lt;code&gt;\onslide&amp;lt;n-&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;. I use this frequently to simultaneously expose a geometric diagram and a two-column proof. Hope it is of interest.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2980" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T15:52:44.320" />
  <row Id="9161" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9132" CreationDate="2011-01-17T16:46:57.217" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{array,xstring}&#xA;&#xA;\newcolumntype{N}{&amp;gt;{\GobbleA} r&amp;lt;{;;} }&#xA;\def\GobbleA\ignorespaces#1.#2;;{%&#xA;  \ignorespaces#1.\StrLeft{#2}{4}}&#xA;&#xA;\newcolumntype{S}{&amp;gt;{\GobbleB} l }&#xA;\def\GobbleB#1#2\\{\StrLeft{#2}{4}\\}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{&amp;gt;{$}l&amp;lt;{$} N S}&#xA;\pi  &amp;amp; 3.14159265358979323848 &amp;amp; delicious \\&#xA;e    &amp;amp; 2.71828182845904523536 &amp;amp; foo \\&#xA;\phi &amp;amp; 1.61803399             &amp;amp; extraordinarylong \\&#xA;x    &amp;amp; 37.11111               &amp;amp; { } \\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/5k1fB.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T16:46:57.217" />
  <row Id="9162" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9138" CreationDate="2011-01-17T16:49:03.077" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I managed to correct the example from the tocloft documentation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Two codelines are actually faulty -- one mandatory argument of &lt;code&gt;\newlistentry&lt;/code&gt; is missing, as well as a closing brace in &lt;code&gt;\addcontentsline&lt;/code&gt;. I have marked these corrections with &quot;(!)&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Because you are using a document class without &lt;code&gt;\chapter&lt;/code&gt;, some parameters had to be changed.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have also taken the liberty to make changes in the vertical and horizontal spacing (marked with &quot;Optional&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[toc=flat,numbers=noenddot]{scrartcl}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tocloft}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\listanswername}{List of Answers}&#xA;&#xA;\newlistof[section]{answer}{ans}{\listanswername}% &quot;section&quot; instead of  &quot;chapter&quot;&#xA;\cftsetindents{answer}{0em}{1.8em}% Optional&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\answer}[1]{%&#xA;  \refstepcounter{answer}%&#xA;  \bigskip% Optional&#xA;  \par\noindent&#xA;  \textbf{Answer~\theanswer. #1}%&#xA;  \addcontentsline{ans}{answer}{\protect\numberline{\theanswer}#1}%&#xA;  \par&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newlistentry[answer]{subanswer}{ans}{2}% &quot;{ans}&quot; added (!); &quot;2&quot; instead of &quot;1&quot;&#xA;\cftsetindents{subanswer}{1.8em}{2.9em}% Optional&#xA;\renewcommand{\thesubanswer}{\theanswer.\alph{subanswer}}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\subanswer}[1]{%&#xA;  \refstepcounter{subanswer}%&#xA;  \smallskip% Opional&#xA;  \par&#xA;  \textbf{\thesubanswer) #1}%&#xA;  \addcontentsline{ans}{subanswer}% &quot;}&quot;after &quot;subanswer&quot; added (!)&#xA;      {\protect\numberline{\thesubanswer}#1}%&#xA;  \quad\ignorespaces% Optional&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\setcounter{ansdepth}{3}% &quot;3&quot; instead of &quot;2&quot;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\section{foo}&#xA;&#xA;Making a custom list with \texttt{tocloft}.&#xA;&#xA;\answer{Harder} The \dots&#xA;&#xA;\subanswer{Reformulate the problem } It assists \dots&#xA;&#xA;\listofanswer&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-17T16:55:43.503" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T16:55:43.503" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9163" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9166" CreationDate="2011-01-17T17:04:12.463" Score="3" ViewCount="105" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to make a document that would leave ample room for the reader to fill in answers on the sheet. (nothing fancy and interactive, just whitespace for writing on the printed version)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What packages/classes exist for achieving this? I suppose I could just use massive tables and lots of &lt;code&gt;\bigskip&lt;/code&gt;s but that seems suboptimal...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's an example of the sort of thing I want to achieve, I could add lots of space manually, but that doesn't seem ideal...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{table}&#xA;  \begin{tabular}{|l|r|r|r|r|r|r|}&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    &amp;amp; A &amp;amp; B &amp;amp; C &amp;amp; D &amp;amp; E &amp;amp; F \\ \hline&#xA;    Spelling &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; \\ \hline&#xA;    Grammar &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; \\ \hline&#xA;    Use of literature  &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; \\ \hline&#xA;    Strength of Argument  &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; \\ \hline&#xA;  \end{tabular}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-20T17:45:52.203" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T19:08:19.997" Title="Packages for writing feedback forms" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;documentclass&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="9164" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9178" CreationDate="2011-01-17T17:15:25.323" Score="3" ViewCount="121" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the command for file copy? I want to copy the contents of one file into another without any command expansion. The operative system would use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;copy source target&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried reading the contents of one file into a variable and the writing it into the target:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\CatchFileDef{\OriginalF}{\jobname.sc0}{}&#xA;\newwrite\hcOutputStreamF&#xA;\immediate\openout\hcOutputStreamF=\jobname.sc1&#xA;\immediate\write\hcOutputStreamF{\OriginalF}&#xA;\immediate\closeout\hcOutputStreamF&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but it expands the TeX commands saved in the original file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2421" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-01T17:00:28.943" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T17:00:28.943" Title="File copy without expansion" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;external-file&gt;&lt;auxiliary-files&gt;&lt;filesystem-access&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="9165" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9154" CreationDate="2011-01-17T17:26:51.187" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Please have a look at  &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.logicmatters.net/latex-for-logicians/nd/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.logicmatters.net/latex-for-logicians/nd/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T17:26:51.187" />
  <row Id="9166" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9163" CreationDate="2011-01-17T17:30:09.937" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/exam.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;exam&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package provides &lt;code&gt;\fillwithlines{length}&lt;/code&gt; and similar commands. See section 7 of its manual.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T17:30:09.937" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9167" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9155" CreationDate="2011-01-17T17:30:25.157" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would redefine the commands/environments to do what you want and then call the old definitions. For example, let us say you want all &lt;code&gt;\question{}&lt;/code&gt; content in some file (same filename and extension &quot;loq&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\AtBeginDocument{&#xA;  \newwrite\myOutputStream&#xA;  \immediate\openout\myOutputStream=\jobname.loq&#xA;}&#xA;\AtEndDocument{&#xA;  \immediate\closeout\myOutputStream&#xA;}&#xA;\let\oldQuestion\question&#xA;\renewcommand\question[1]{\immediate\write\myOutputStream{#1}\noexpand\oldQuestion{#1}} %edited here&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The code above has not been tested, but it should give you an idea of how to proceed, at least to redefine commands. Note the use of &lt;code&gt;let&lt;/code&gt; to save the old &quot;program&quot; rather than its &quot;outcome&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: code was updated&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2421" LastEditorUserId="2421" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-22T10:18:21.290" LastActivityDate="2011-01-22T10:18:21.290" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9168" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9164" CreationDate="2011-01-17T17:42:08.510" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This one comes fairly close. The trick is to make every character non-special while copying.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\everythingother{%&#xA;  \count255=0&#xA;  \loop\catcode\count255=12&#xA;    \advance\count255 1&#xA;    \ifnum\count255&amp;lt;256 \repeat}&#xA;&#xA;\newread\infile&#xA;\newwrite\outfile&#xA;\newif\ifgo&#xA;&#xA;\begingroup&#xA;\obeylines&#xA;\gdef\copyfileverbatim#1#2{%&#xA; \begingroup\everythingother&#xA; \obeylines&#xA; \def^^M{}&#xA; \immediate\openin\infile=#1&#xA;  \immediate\openout\outfile=#2&#xA;  \loop&#xA;    \read\infile to\data&#xA;    \immediate\write\outfile{\data}%&#xA;    \ifeof\infile\infile\gofalse\else\gotrue\fi&#xA;    \ifgo\repeat&#xA;  \closein\infile&#xA;  \immediate\closeout\outfile&#xA;  \endgroup}&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;&#xA;\copyfileverbatim{tt.in}{tt.out}&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One remaining problem: any control character in the input will be copied to its TeX equivalent, so a backspace character becomes &lt;code&gt;^^H&lt;/code&gt;. I have no fix for that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastEditorUserId="1424" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-17T17:49:51.280" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T17:49:51.280" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="9169" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-17T17:53:38.580" Score="0" ViewCount="121" Body="&lt;p&gt;For some reason I fail to use the URLBST package.&#xA;Can someone pleas provide a working example&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://nxg.me.uk/dist/urlbst/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://nxg.me.uk/dist/urlbst/&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;The TEX file, provided with the package, doen's work as well.&#xA;I use win7 OS. and BAKOMA Tex editor.&#xA;The bibliography just doesn't show at all. I have placed a copy of the plainurl.bst file next to the plain.bst, just to be sure its in the right place. Do I miss anything?&#xA;Thaks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3045" LastEditorUserId="3045" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-21T08:39:50.683" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T08:39:50.683" Title="Help with urlbst package" Tags="&lt;url&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="11" />
  <row Id="9170" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9172" CreationDate="2011-01-17T18:07:06.363" Score="5" ViewCount="86" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to disable old style numbering only for specific cases? Right now I have old style numbering enabled globally for my whole document via &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[osf]{libertine}&lt;/code&gt;, but I want to disable it only for one block of text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am hoping there is a way to simply disable old style for that block of text (which has numbers scattered throughout it) rather than having to add &lt;code&gt;\somecommand{123}&lt;/code&gt; for each number instance in the block of text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2733" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-05T13:15:35.417" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T13:15:35.417" Title="Is it possible to disable old style numbers for specific cases?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;oldstylenums&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="9171" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9091" CreationDate="2011-01-17T18:20:01.673" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I often use &lt;code&gt;\!&lt;/code&gt; in exponents after big closing parentheses:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\[&#xA;  \left( 1 + \frac{1}{n} \right)^{n} \quad&#xA;  \left( 1 + \frac{1}{n} \right)^{\!n}&#xA;\]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/4RPiC.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For me, the &quot;n&quot; is too far away from the parenthesis in the first version.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T18:20:01.673" />
  <row Id="9172" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9170" CreationDate="2011-01-17T18:22:26.953" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Educated guess: enclose the text block in a group and switch to the &lt;code&gt;fxl&lt;/code&gt; font.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[osf]{libertine}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\Large&#xA;&#xA;Some text 0123 with some \emph{456 numbers \textbf{789}} in between.&#xA;&#xA;\begingroup&#xA;\usefont{T1}{fxl}{m}{n}\selectfont&#xA;&#xA;Some text 0123 with some \emph{456 numbers \textbf{789}} in between.&#xA;&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;&#xA;Some text 0123 with some \emph{456 numbers \textbf{789}} in between.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T18:22:26.953" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9173" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9174" CreationDate="2011-01-17T18:24:16.757" Score="2" ViewCount="68" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am new to TeX and I started adding package files to prepare my document without worrying about conflicts. I am asking this subjective question because I am not sure if I can post entire document preamble here. Any generic tips would be of big help. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I uploaded &lt;a href=&quot;https://docs.google.com/document/d/1XzdD5jqWOKw6tVOZOaJm8Nhe0NgV6vFKP4Ww9ubATg4/edit?hl=en&amp;amp;authkey=CIjl_d0H&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;my package definition to google docs&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am getting extra white space with &lt;code&gt;\ifthenelse&lt;/code&gt; which I highlighted with a circle in the attached image. I tried using just the ifthen package and commands and it works just fine. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[fleqn,12pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{mypackage}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\Vibhakti{11} \&amp;amp; \Vibhakti{52} \&amp;amp; \Vibhakti{73}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(This should be compiled with &lt;code&gt;xelatex&lt;/code&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Tddfr.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am not sure if I am using any package that I should not be...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2036" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-17T18:55:18.320" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T18:59:19.987" Title="Are there any packages that I should not be using with ifthen package" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;conditionals&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="9174" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9173" CreationDate="2011-01-17T18:39:38.833" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The lines&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{11}}{\underline{\textcolor{blue}{प्रथमा एकवचनम्}} }{}&#xA;                                                                    ^   ^&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;produce two white spaces at the marked positions. Note that the newline character introduces one space for each line. So you should remove the first whitespace and add a comment character (&lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt;) immediately after the last closing brace of each line. This will remove the white space introduced by the newline characters. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In short, you should replace the whole command definition by&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\Vibhakti}[1]%&#xA;{%&#xA;%\ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{1}}{}{}%&#xA;\ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{11}}{\underline{\textcolor{blue}{प्रथमा एकवचनम्}}}{}%&#xA;\ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{12}}{\underline{\textcolor{blue}{प्रथमा द्विवचनम्}}}{}%&#xA;\ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{13}}{\underline{\textcolor{blue}{प्रथम बहुवचनम्}}}{}%&#xA;\ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{21}}{\underline{\textcolor{blue}{द्वितीया एकवचनम्}}}{}%&#xA;\ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{22}}{\underline{\textcolor{blue}{द्वितीया द्विवचनम्}}}{}%&#xA;\ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{23}}{\underline{\textcolor{blue}{द्वितीया बहुवचनम्}}}{}%&#xA;\ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{31}}{\underline{\textcolor{blue}{तृतीया एकवचनम्}}}{}%&#xA;\ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{32}}{\underline{\textcolor{blue}{तृतीया द्विवचनम्}}}{}%&#xA;\ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{33}}{\underline{\textcolor{blue}{तृतीया बहुचनम्}}}{}%&#xA;\ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{41}}{\underline{\textcolor{blue}{चतुर्थी एकवचनम्}}}{}%&#xA;\ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{42}}{\underline{\textcolor{blue}{चतुर्थी द्विवचनम्}}}{}%&#xA;\ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{43}}{\underline{\textcolor{blue}{चतुर्थी बहुचनम्}}}{}%&#xA;\ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{51}}{\underline{\textcolor{blue}{पञ्चमी एकवचनम्}}}{}%&#xA;\ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{52}}{\underline{\textcolor{blue}{पञ्चमी द्विवचनम्}}}{}%&#xA;\ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{53}}{\underline{\textcolor{blue}{पञ्चमी बहुचनम्}}}{}%&#xA;\ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{61}}{\underline{\textcolor{blue}{षष्ठी एकवचनम्}}}{}%&#xA;\ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{62}}{\underline{\textcolor{blue}{षष्ठी द्विवचनम्}}}{}%&#xA;\ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{63}}{\underline{\textcolor{blue}{षष्ठी बहुचनम्}}}{}%&#xA;\ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{71}}{\underline{\textcolor{blue}{सप्तमी एकवचनम्}}}{}%&#xA;\ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{72}}{\underline{\textcolor{blue}{सप्तमी द्विवचनम्}}}{}%&#xA;\ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{73}}{\underline{\textcolor{blue}{सप्तमी बहुचनम्}}}{}%&#xA;\ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{81}}{\underline{\textcolor{blue}{सम्बोधन प्रथमा एकवचनम्}}}{}%&#xA;\ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{82}}{\underline{\textcolor{blue}{सम्बोधन प्रथमा द्विवचनम्}}}{}%&#xA;\ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{83}}{\underline{\textcolor{blue}{सम्बोधन प्रथमा बहुचनम्}}}{}%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-17T18:59:19.987" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T18:59:19.987" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9175" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-17T18:53:09.753" Score="2" ViewCount="94" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi all. I have a issue when trying to generate table of contents with lualatex in russian. Following example fails to build with &lt;code&gt;! Undefined control sequence.&#xA;\contentsname -&amp;gt;{\cyr \CYRS \cyro \cyrd \cyre \cyrr \cyrzh \cyra \cyrn \cyri...&lt;/code&gt; which stands for 'Содержание' ('Contents' in russian)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\usepackage{xunicode}&#xA;\setmainfont[Ligatures=TeX]{DejaVu Serif}&#xA;\usepackage[russian]{babel}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\clearpage&#xA;\section{тест 1}&#xA;\section{тест 2}&#xA;\section{тест 3}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I load english version of babel it ok, execept of table of contents title in english &quot;Contents&quot;. Is there a way to correctly specify encoding for babel in lualatex?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="816" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T19:54:41.520" Title="\tableofcontents encoding issue with lualatex" Tags="&lt;luatex&gt;&lt;babel&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="9176" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9175" CreationDate="2011-01-17T19:00:48.987" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have not much experience in using LuaTeX. Your code seems to be more for XeLaTeX. Perhaps you should replace &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/babel&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;babel&lt;/a&gt; with &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/polyglossia&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;polyglossia&lt;/a&gt;. The example below works at least with XeLaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\usepackage{xunicode}&#xA;\setmainfont[Ligatures=TeX]{DejaVu Serif}&#xA;\usepackage{polyglossia}&#xA;\setmainlanguage{russian}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\clearpage&#xA;\section{тест 1}&#xA;\section{тест 2}&#xA;\section{тест 3}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T19:00:48.987" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9177" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9089" CreationDate="2011-01-17T19:01:53.933" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Managed to solve it!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The t-vim.tex file at,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;/usr/local/texlive/2010basic/texmf-dist/tex/context/third/vim&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;uses the following system command,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{mtxrun --verbose --noquote bin:vim&#xA;      &quot;-u NONE  % No need to read unnessary configurations&#xA;       -e       % run in ex mode&#xA;       -C       % Set compatibile&#xA;       -n       % No swap&#xA;%      -V10log  % For debugging only, will go away later.&#xA;       -c \shellescapedquote set tabstop=\@@vstab \shellescapedquote\space    &#xA;       -c \shellescapedquote syntax on\shellescapedquote\space &#xA;       -c \shellescapedquote set syntax=\@@vssyntax\shellescapedquote\space&#xA;       -c \shellescapedquote let contextstartline=\@@vsstart\shellescapedquote\space&#xA;       -c \shellescapedquote let contextstopline=\@@vsstop\shellescapedquote  \space&#xA;       -c \shellescapedquote source kpse:2context.vim\shellescapedquote\space&#xA;       -c \shellescapedquote wqa\shellescapedquote\space    &#xA;        \shellescapedquote#1\shellescapedquote\space &quot;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;as you can see, it is using --noquote instead of --noquotes. Just add &quot;s&quot; and the problem should be fixed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2968" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T19:01:53.933" />
  <row Id="9178" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9164" CreationDate="2011-01-17T19:21:03.743" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's a Plain TeX solution that uses the &lt;em&gt;&amp;epsilon;&lt;/em&gt;-TeX extension &lt;code&gt;\readline&lt;/code&gt;. It copies its source to &lt;code&gt;\jobname.copy&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newread\in&#xA;\openin\in=\jobname.tex&#xA;\newwrite\out&#xA;\immediate\openout\out\jobname.copy&#xA;\endlinechar-1&#xA;\loop \unless\ifeof\in&#xA;        \readline\in to\l&#xA;        \immediate\write\out{\l}&#xA;\repeat&#xA;\immediate\closeout\out&#xA;\closein\in&#xA;\end&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-17T19:26:53.100" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T19:26:53.100" />
  <row Id="9179" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9181" CreationDate="2011-01-17T19:27:12.460" Score="2" ViewCount="81" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to make symbols of the CircuitTikz package smaller (like ports). Using small/tiny as argument doesn't help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2601" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T20:10:10.520" Title="How to make CircuitTikZ symbols smaller" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;size&gt;&lt;circuitikz&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="9180" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9175" CreationDate="2011-01-17T19:54:41.520" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There isn't yet either (full) &lt;code&gt;babel&lt;/code&gt; or (any) &lt;code&gt;polyglossia&lt;/code&gt; support for lualatex. So unless you need the specific extras such as direct lua code, you should use xelatex + &lt;code&gt;polyglossia&lt;/code&gt; for the time being. (Of course if you really need lua code &lt;em&gt;and&lt;/em&gt;  Russian, you're kind of out of luck at the moment.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T19:54:41.520" />
  <row Id="9181" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9179" CreationDate="2011-01-17T20:10:10.520" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've founded myself, using the scale attribute:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{circuitikz}&#xA;\draw (0,2) node[and port,scale=0.5] (myand1) {};&#xA;\end{circuitikz}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2601" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T20:10:10.520" />
  <row Id="9182" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9232" CreationDate="2011-01-17T20:25:02.597" Score="8" ViewCount="225" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am trying to get only the actual code to be line numbered rather than both code and comments. Example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\lstset{basicstyle=\footnotesize, xleftmargin=40pt, frame =&#xA;single, numbers = left,caption = Test, label = list:Test} &#xA;\begin{lstlisting}[language = java,mathescape]&#xA;//Test comment&#xA;if( this = test)&#xA;print;&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;\vspace{2 mm}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Prints all line numbers for the comment as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks for your help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2984" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-17T20:26:13.400" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T17:23:46.273" Title="LaTeX Listings Package, No Line Number for Comments" Tags="&lt;listings&gt;&lt;comments&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="9183" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9870" CreationDate="2011-01-17T20:30:02.323" Score="4" ViewCount="143" Body="&lt;p&gt;I meet the following issue when trying to use &lt;code&gt;\scantokens&lt;/code&gt; in section titles, together with the &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; package (whithout this package, all is fine).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\protect\input...&lt;/code&gt; can appear in a section title. But the same construction with &lt;code&gt;\scantokens&lt;/code&gt; instead fails (&quot;Second&quot;): it appears that hyperref does not care about protection when creating a pdf string. Using &lt;code&gt;\unexpanded{\protect\scantokens{...}}&lt;/code&gt; prevent expansion (&quot;Fifth&quot;), but if we leave out &lt;code&gt;\protect&lt;/code&gt;, it crashes again (&quot;Third&quot;). Using two &lt;code&gt;\unexpanded&lt;/code&gt; also works (&quot;Fourth&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\section{\protect\input{data}}&#xA;% \section{\protect\scantokens{Second}}&#xA;% \section{\unexpanded{\scantokens{Third}}}&#xA;\section{\unexpanded{\unexpanded{\scantokens{Fourth}}}}&#xA;\section{\unexpanded{\protect\scantokens{Fifth}}}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The file &lt;code&gt;data&lt;/code&gt; only contains &lt;code&gt;First&lt;/code&gt; (or whatever).) The example above compiles, but removing one of the &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt; will make it fail.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Why do we need two levels of unexpansion/protection? Is there a neater way to do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Context: I have written a package (cprotect.dtx) that allows verbatim in the argument of most commands, by writing the argument to a file and &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt;ting it. Now, it would be nicer to use &lt;code&gt;\scantokens&lt;/code&gt; rather than writing dozens of auxiliary files.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastEditorUserId="2707" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-17T22:27:04.080" LastActivityDate="2011-01-28T19:25:08.157" Title="Using \input vs. \scantokens in section title (with package hyperref)" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;expansion&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9184" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9185" CreationDate="2011-01-17T22:22:56.053" Score="4" ViewCount="106" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to typeset he following inline math for a camera-ready document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$\hat{\boldsymbol \Sigma}_{P}^{-1} \hat{\boldsymbol \Sigma}_{G}$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It appears that the superscript -1 is aligned considering \Sigma and the \hat symbol as  complete item. This increases the line spacing. What I would like to typeset is the -1 aligned with \Sigma only, i.e. to move it downward a little. Is that feasible and, if so, how can this done?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2986" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T23:52:32.200" Title="Position of superscript when superscriptd item has \hat over it" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;positioning&gt;&lt;superscripts&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="9185" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9184" CreationDate="2011-01-17T22:31:45.463" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A quick hack is to insert &lt;code&gt;{}&lt;/code&gt; before the subscript and superscript. Then, &lt;code&gt;_{P}^{-1}&lt;/code&gt; are sub- and super-script of &lt;code&gt;{}&lt;/code&gt;, which has the right size.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$\hat{\boldsymbol \Sigma}{}_{P}^{-1} \hat{\boldsymbol \Sigma}_{G}$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T22:31:45.463" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9187" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9035" CreationDate="2011-01-17T22:44:11.120" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As I learned from TH in the comments to his answer, the real culprit is the TeX primitive &lt;code&gt;\futurelet&lt;/code&gt; that is used to detect if there's an optional argument. If there is none, then the end-of-line character &lt;code&gt;^^M&lt;/code&gt; (with usually has catcode 5) gets tokenized by the &lt;code&gt;\futurelet&lt;/code&gt;, meaning that the catcode can't be changed anymore. Now &lt;code&gt;\begin{VerbatimOut}&lt;/code&gt; changes the catcode of &lt;code&gt;^^M&lt;/code&gt; to 13 (active), but this has no effect on the &lt;code&gt;^^M&lt;/code&gt; that is already tokenized, and one gets the error.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's another solution along the lines of the definition of &lt;code&gt;fancyvrb&lt;/code&gt;'s &lt;code&gt;\FV@Environment&lt;/code&gt;. Unlike TH's solution, it does &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; allow the optional argument to start on the next line  (but it does allow spaces before the &lt;code&gt;[&lt;/code&gt;). However, this is maybe the right behaviour: Who knows; the code could start with a &lt;code&gt;[&lt;/code&gt;. Thus, when you compile the code below, then &lt;code&gt;[Another optional argument]&lt;/code&gt; will be the first line of the third piece of code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{listings,fancyvrb}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newenvironment{Row}{%&#xA;    \catcode`\^^M=\active&#xA;    \@ifnextchar[%&#xA;        {\catcode`\^^M=5 \Row@}&#xA;        {\catcode`\^^M=5 \Row@[]}&#xA;}{%&#xA;    \end{VerbatimOut}%&#xA;    \lstinputlisting{\jobname.tmp}%&#xA;}&#xA;\def\Row@[#1]{%&#xA;    *#1*\par&#xA;    \VerbatimEnvironment&#xA;    \begin{VerbatimOut}{\jobname.tmp}%&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{Row}[optional argument]&#xA;\large a&#xA;\end{Row}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{Row}&#xA;\large a&#xA;\end{Row}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{Row}&#xA;[Another optional argument]&#xA;\large a&#xA;\end{Row}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T22:44:11.120" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-01-17T22:44:11.120" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9188" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9116" CreationDate="2011-01-17T22:47:03.940" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;While writing my thesis, I converted many figures to TikZ. I didn't have to learn much; I just used the excellent tools &lt;code&gt;matlab2tikz&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;inkscape2tikz&lt;/code&gt;. That was all I needed to create very nice graphics. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2408" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T22:47:03.940" />
  <row Id="9189" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9116" CreationDate="2011-01-17T23:00:23.307" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your documents seems to be reasonably complete (sorry, I only found time to very quickly flip through it). I don't really know what economists need. Maybe some additional information about nodes (to draw flow diagrams) or trees could be helpful. Also you could add some pointers where additional info on a topic can be found in the TikZ manual (e.g. as margin notes).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T23:00:23.307" />
  <row Id="9190" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9184" CreationDate="2011-01-17T23:52:32.200" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure whay you want. But in my opinion you want to produce something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$\widehat{\boldsymbol \Sigma_{P}^{-1}}$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this case you simply places the entire sigma with its sub and subscript under a hat. If thats not the case you can use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$\widehat{\boldsymbol \Sigma}{}_{P}^{-1}$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I suggest using \widehat and not just \hat. Because if you use large symbols or more than one character under the hat. It will give som strange results.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2601" LastActivityDate="2011-01-17T23:52:32.200" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9191" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9196" CreationDate="2011-01-18T00:45:29.110" Score="5" ViewCount="231" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am not sure whether  invoking &lt;code&gt;\clearpage&lt;/code&gt; is necessary or redundant at many places in my input &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; files.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here I will ask you, in what condition is invoking &lt;code&gt;\clearpage&lt;/code&gt; necessary?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I hope I get a list of all possible condition that might be also useful for others.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;EDIT 1&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In my daily work, I do as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;If I need a new page for the next stuff, I put &lt;code&gt;\clearpage&lt;/code&gt; right before the stuff.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;If I need to change the header/footer style for the next stuff, I put &lt;code&gt;\clearpage&lt;/code&gt; followed by &lt;code&gt;\pagestyle&lt;/code&gt; right before the stuff.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;If I get a &quot;too many floots&quot; error, I put &lt;code&gt;\clearpage&lt;/code&gt; at the end of every 5 consecutive floats.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="575" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-18T13:22:53.480" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T13:22:53.480" Title="When do I need invoke `\clearpage` MANUALLY?" Tags="&lt;layout&gt;&lt;floats&gt;&lt;page-breaking&gt;&lt;page-style&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="9192" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-18T04:02:46.473" Score="0" ViewCount="130" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using Miktex with Natbib such as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{natbib}&#xA;\bibliographystyle{plainnat}&#xA;\bibliography{model}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When the bibliography prints out the author year is at the end. I need it to go after the list of authors. Can someone help me please?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2990" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-18T07:25:26.193" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T08:01:29.153" Title="Changing position of year in natbib with plainnat style" Tags="&lt;natbib&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="9193" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9191" CreationDate="2011-01-18T04:15:07.383" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The use of &lt;code&gt;\clearpage&lt;/code&gt; in an author's document should be limited to only a few instances. The command should be used in class files normally in places such as the definitions for chapter, title,appendix, bibliography, toc  and the like.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With a well written class the author should never really need to insert a &lt;code&gt;\clearpage&lt;/code&gt; command. However, there maybe instances (especially when someone has too many floats) that one needs to enforce a pagebreak and the printing of floats. In this case the &lt;code&gt;\clearpage&lt;/code&gt; command is recommended.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-18T04:37:40.590" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T04:37:40.590" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="9194" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9164" CreationDate="2011-01-18T06:43:51.300" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You were very close in your original question; just replace&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\immediate\write\hcOutputStreamF{\OriginalF}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\immediate\write\hcOutputStreamF{\unexpanded\expandafter{\OriginalF}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and I think you'll get what you're after.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T06:43:51.300" />
  <row Id="9195" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9192" CreationDate="2011-01-18T08:01:29.153" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Copy the file &lt;code&gt;plainnat.bst&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;myplainnat.bst&lt;/code&gt; and save it into your document directory. Then look into this file at the lower half you'll find the definitions for the different entries, e.g. for &lt;code&gt;book&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;FUNCTION {book}&#xA;{ output.bibitem&#xA;  author empty$&#xA;    { format.editors &quot;author and editor&quot; output.check&#xA;      editor format.key output&#xA;    }&#xA;    { format.authors output.nonnull&#xA;      crossref missing$&#xA;        { &quot;author and editor&quot; editor either.or.check }&#xA;        'skip$&#xA;      if$&#xA;    }&#xA;  if$&#xA;  new.block&#xA;  format.btitle &quot;title&quot; output.check&#xA;  crossref missing$&#xA;    { format.bvolume output&#xA;      new.block&#xA;      format.number.series output&#xA;      new.sentence&#xA;      publisher &quot;publisher&quot; output.check&#xA;      address output&#xA;    }&#xA;    { new.block&#xA;      format.book.crossref output.nonnull&#xA;    }&#xA;  if$&#xA;  format.edition output&#xA;  format.date &quot;year&quot; output.check&#xA;  format.isbn output&#xA;  format.doi output&#xA;  format.url output&#xA;  new.block&#xA;  note output&#xA;  fin.entry&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;now you can change the order which is in your case move up the line for the date.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T08:01:29.153" />
  <row Id="9196" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9191" CreationDate="2011-01-18T08:45:37.040" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In general, you do not need any &lt;code&gt;\clearpage&lt;/code&gt; because page breaking should be done automatically by the TeX engine. However, in some cases, eg having lots of images or equations, one has to insert a manually pagebreak.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newpage&lt;/code&gt; ends the page immediately at the current position and starts a new page without any stretching of the page&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pagebreak[value]&lt;/code&gt; ends the page &lt;em&gt;after&lt;/em&gt; the current line and stretches the vertical page to end up on the lower page border, if there is any material with glue&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\clearpage&lt;/code&gt; outputs all active floats and ends the page like &lt;code&gt;\newpage&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\cleardoublepage&lt;/code&gt; same for double sided documents&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With the package &lt;code&gt;nextpage&lt;/code&gt; one can also use the macros &lt;code&gt;\cleartoevenpage&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\cleartooddpage&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-18T08:56:24.363" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T08:56:24.363" />
  <row Id="9197" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9207" CreationDate="2011-01-18T09:23:52.593" Score="4" ViewCount="201" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I evenly distribute a set of circles (the red circles in my case) in polar array? &#xA;The central distance between the big red circle and the white circle is 4.267 cm in case needed. Many thanks for your suggestion in advance!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The code is here,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;\begin{picture}(215,100)(0,0)&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture} &#xA;\filldraw[color=black](100,50) circle(7cm);  &#xA;\filldraw[color=white](100,50) circle(1.8cm);  &#xA;\filldraw[color=red](104.267, 50) circle(0.962cm); &#xA;\begin{scope}[shift={(104.267,50)}]&#xA;\foreach \x in {60,120,...,360} {\filldraw[color=red](\x:1.633) circle(0.45cm); }&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{picture}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2993" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-18T10:00:29.487" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T21:24:14.710" Title="How to distribute a set of circles in polar array?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="9198" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9191" CreationDate="2011-01-18T09:24:33.950" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think others have given good answers, but if you find yourself needing to use &lt;code&gt;\clearpage&lt;/code&gt; to flush out floats, then it's usually better to use the &lt;code&gt;afterpage&lt;/code&gt; package to clear the floats at the end of the page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;`\afterpage{\clearpage}`&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That way you don't just end the page right there; you end the page at the normal break point.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T09:24:33.950" />
  <row Id="9200" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3506" CreationDate="2011-01-18T09:45:09.883" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;At work i've created a bunch of Python scripts to analyze a server log file, which in turn generates plots and tables (TikZ, longtable) as a LateX document. I then generate PDF files using pdflatex. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Before that i've used a Python PDF reporting library, but i've encountered strange bugs, when the file/tables got too long. I am quite happy with it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For layout-sensitive stuff i using whole-page TikZ graphics, e.g. my CV.&#xA;my only regret is that i've not found an painless way to include TTF/OTF fonts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1277" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T09:45:09.883" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-01-18T09:45:09.883" />
  <row Id="9201" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9138" CreationDate="2011-01-18T10:01:00.703" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's a solution that doesn't involve tocloft. The author is Markus Kohm; I have taken the code from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.komascript.de/node/458&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt; site, made minor modifications and translated Markus Kohm's comments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[toc=flat,numbers=noenddot]{scrartcl}&#xA;%     &quot;toc=flat,numbers=noenddot&quot; ADDED, &quot;scrartcl&quot; INSTEAD OF &quot;scrbook&quot;&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel}% &quot;english&quot; INSTEAD OF &quot;ngerman&quot;&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand*{\maintoc}{% main table of contents&#xA;  \begingroup&#xA;    \@fileswfalse% don't open new ToC file&#xA;    \renewcommand*{\appendixattoc}{% macro for separation of ToC contents&#xA;      \value{tocdepth}=-10000 % set tocdepth to very small value locally&#xA;    }%&#xA;    \tableofcontents% output ToC&#xA;  \endgroup&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand*{\appendixtoc}{% table of contents for appendix&#xA;  \begingroup&#xA;    \edef\@alltocdepth{\the\value{tocdepth}}% save tocdepth&#xA;    \setcounter{tocdepth}{-10000}% no ToC entries&#xA;    \renewcommand*{\contentsname}{% change ToC name&#xA;      List of Appendices}% &quot;List of Appendices&quot; INSTEAD OF &quot;Verzeichnis der Anh\&quot;ange&quot;&#xA;    \renewcommand*{\appendixattoc}{% macro for separation of ToC contents&#xA;      \setcounter{tocdepth}{\@alltocdepth}% restore tocdepth&#xA;    }%&#xA;    \tableofcontents% output ToC&#xA;    \setcounter{tocdepth}{\@alltocdepth}% restore tocdepth&#xA;  \endgroup&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand*{\appendixattoc}{% macro for separation of ToC contents&#xA;}&#xA;\g@addto@macro\appendix{% augment \appendix&#xA;%  \if@openright\cleardoublepage\else\clearpage\fi% new page; DELETED&#xA;  \clearpage% new page; ADDED&#xA;  \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\appendixname}% entry into main ToC;&#xA;%     &quot;section&quot; INSTEAD OF &quot;chapter&quot;&#xA;  \addtocontents{toc}{\protect\appendixattoc}% macro for separation into ToC file&#xA;  \renewcommand*{\thesection}{Appendix~\Alph{section}}% ADDED&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\maintoc&#xA;\blinddocument&#xA;% \blinddocument% DELETED&#xA;&#xA;\appendix&#xA;\appendixtoc&#xA;\blinddocument&#xA;% \blinddocument% DELETED&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&#xA;% Note that \maintoc only works if \appendixtoc is also present. Otherwise,&#xA;% the ToC will never be updated. If \appendixtoc is removed, one should use&#xA;% \tableofcontents instead of \maintoc.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-18T10:09:53.987" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T10:09:53.987" />
  <row Id="9202" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-18T10:49:57.230" Score="0" ViewCount="169" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/8641/export-eps-figures-from-tikz&quot;&gt;Export eps figures from TikZ&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How make externalize EPS figure with TikZ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1940" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T10:49:57.230" ClosedDate="2011-01-29T18:36:52.297" Title="Externalize eps figure with TikZ" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;external-file&gt;&lt;eps&gt;" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="9203" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9204" CreationDate="2011-01-18T11:12:27.590" Score="5" ViewCount="90" Body="&lt;p&gt;Suppose we have a table like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}{c}&#xA;Heading \\&#xA;1 \\&#xA;10 \\&#xA;100 \\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This will center all the numbers. If I want to align them to the right, I could change the column definition to &lt;code&gt;r&lt;/code&gt;, but that would but the numbers on the right end of the table. What I would like is for the widest number (in this case &lt;code&gt;100&lt;/code&gt;) to be centered with respect to the column, and the others to be right-aligned to that number. There seem to be &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/rccol.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;a&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/dcolumn.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;bajillion&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/siunitx.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;packages&lt;/a&gt; out there that deal in one way or another with aligning numbers by their decimal points, but none seem to offer a simple way to pad numbers to a fixed width. Does anyone have a suggestion?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2894" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T11:22:23.753" Title="How to align integers on the right, but still center them" Tags="&lt;align&gt;&lt;tables&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="9204" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9203" CreationDate="2011-01-18T11:16:59.860" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/siunitx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;siunitx&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; you'd do&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{booktabs,siunitx}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{S[table-format=3.0]}&#xA;\toprule&#xA;{Heading} \\&#xA;\midrule&#xA;1 \\&#xA;10 \\&#xA;100 \\&#xA;\bottomrule&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T11:16:59.860" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="9205" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9203" CreationDate="2011-01-18T11:22:23.753" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you want it less complicated then use the &lt;code&gt;\makebox&lt;/code&gt; directly for the numbers&#xA;and no &lt;code&gt;\multicolumn&lt;/code&gt; for the header.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a5paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{array,calc}&#xA;&#xA;\newcolumntype{C}{&amp;gt;{\FormatNo} c }&#xA;\def\FormatNo\ignorespaces#1\\{%&#xA;  \ignorespaces\makebox[\widthof{000}][r]{#1}\tabularnewline}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{C}&#xA;\multicolumn{1}{c}{Heading} \\&#xA;1 \\&#xA;10 \\&#xA;100 \\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T11:22:23.753" />
  <row Id="9206" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8921" CreationDate="2011-01-18T12:39:07.203" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The update to vim's R plugin now works fine, as of yesterday. The author found a problem that, as I understand it, had to do with interactions with the tex plugin.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="922" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T12:39:07.203" />
  <row Id="9207" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9197" CreationDate="2011-01-18T12:56:41.537" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I assume you want to distribute sets of red circles (consisting of one large and six small circles) evenly around the centre point in a similar fashion to that described on p. 35 of &lt;a href=&quot;https://pantherfile.uwm.edu/dan/www/assets/AutoCADHandout.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this AutoCAD handout&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's my suggestion:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt,a4paper]{article}  &#xA;\usepackage{tikz}  &#xA;\begin{document}  &#xA;\begin{figure}  &#xA;\begin{picture}(215,100)(0,0)  &#xA;\begin{tikzpicture} &#xA;&#xA;%These are the parameters from the AutoCAD &quot;Polar Array&quot; dialog:  &#xA;%&quot;Total number of items&quot;  &#xA;\def\n{4};  &#xA;&#xA;%&quot;Angle to fill&quot;  &#xA;\def\nangle{360};  &#xA;&#xA;%&quot;Rotate items as copied&quot; (1 = yes; 0 = no)  &#xA;\def\rbool{1};  &#xA;&#xA;%Optional angle for the position of the first set  &#xA;\def\nstart{0};  &#xA;&#xA;%Number of small circles  &#xA;\def\k{6};  &#xA;&#xA;\pgftransformshift{ \pgfpoint{100}{50} };  &#xA;\filldraw[color=black](0,0) circle(7cm);   &#xA;\filldraw[color=white](0,0) circle(1.8cm);  &#xA;&#xA;\foreach \a in {1,...,\n} {  &#xA;  \pgftransformshift{ \pgfpointpolar{(\a-1)*\nangle/\n+\nstart}{4.3cm} }  &#xA;  \pgftransformrotate{ (\a-1)*\nangle/\n*\rbool }  &#xA;  \filldraw[color=red] (0,0) circle(.96cm);  &#xA;  \foreach \x in {1,...,\k} {  &#xA;    \filldraw[color=red,]+(\x*360/\k:1.633) circle(0.43cm); &#xA;  }&#xA;}  &#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}  &#xA;\end{picture}  &#xA;\end{figure}  &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's the output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/zXFoX.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastEditorUserId="2552" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-18T16:48:50.737" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T16:48:50.737" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="9208" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-18T13:11:30.133" Score="2" ViewCount="103" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi I am using Sanskrit2003 font and it appears with additional circle in TeXWorks, just to verify I copied it to MS Word &amp;amp; open office  and it appeared fine in word. &#xA;I am attaching an image to show you the difference. I am not sure why same font behaves differently in two applications. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want it to appear in TeXworks the way it appears in MS word. Should I be using any special package&#xA;I am running on Texlive2010, ubuntu 10.10 and Texworks. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;thanks for your help&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/zfxBg.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2036" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T13:11:30.133" Title="Font Appears different" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;unicode&gt;" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="9209" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9106" CreationDate="2011-01-18T13:12:41.337" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I find the horizontal spacing of the chemarrows in mathematical formulas surprisingly bad. It may well be that the spacing is adjusted to the use in chemistry. If you want an arrow with (approximately) the same length and spacing as a &lt;code&gt;\longrightarrow&lt;/code&gt;, then you can use this code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath,xspace}&#xA;\usepackage{chemarrow}&#xA;\newcommand{\lra}{\ensuremath{\mathrel{%&#xA;    \mkern1.5mu\textrm{\arro\symbol{71}}%&#xA;    \mkern-1.1mu\textrm{\arro\symbol{65}}%&#xA;    }}\xspace}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Test \lra Result&#xA;&#xA;Test $\longrightarrow$ Result&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;xspace&lt;/code&gt; package is only needed for having &lt;code&gt;\lra&lt;/code&gt; behave in the same way as &lt;code&gt;$\lra$&lt;/code&gt; (otherwise TeX wouldn't put a space after &lt;code&gt;\lra&lt;/code&gt;). It is always a good idea to include an &lt;code&gt;\xspace&lt;/code&gt; if you use &lt;code&gt;\ensuremath&lt;/code&gt; in a macro that takes no arguments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/dXeAQ.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-18T16:36:16.407" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T16:36:16.407" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="9210" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-18T13:52:12.663" Score="2" ViewCount="147" Body="&lt;p&gt;Consider the following minimal Asymptote 3D example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;\usepackage{asymptote}&#xA;\begin{filecontents*}{testfile.asy}&#xA;import three;&#xA;currentprojection=perspective(3,-4,4,center=true);&#xA;    draw((0,0,0)--(0,2,0));&#xA;    draw((0,0,0)--(2,0,0));&#xA;    draw((2,2,0)--(0,2,0));&#xA;    draw((2,2,0)--(2,0,0)); &#xA;    draw((0,0,0)--(0,0,2));&#xA;    draw((0,2,0)--(0,2,2));&#xA;    draw((2,0,0)--(2,0,2));&#xA;    draw((2,2,0)--(2,2,2));&#xA;    draw((0,0,2)--(0,2,2));&#xA;    draw((0,0,2)--(2,0,2));&#xA;    draw((2,2,2)--(0,2,2));&#xA;    draw((2,2,2)--(2,0,2));&#xA;\end{filecontents*}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;    \asyinclude[height=25mm,inline=true,attach=false,viewportwidth=4cm,viewportheight=25mm]{testfile.asy}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It generated a 3D figure which is rotatable in Adobe Reader after the user clicks on it. However, the 'poster' image displayed first (which is also used for printing) is rendered as a raster image. Is there any way to render it vectorized?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2408" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-11T07:13:58.543" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T07:13:58.543" Title="Asymptote generated 3D raster image" Tags="&lt;diagrams&gt;&lt;3d&gt;&lt;asympote&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="9211" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-18T13:58:40.890" Score="8" ViewCount="291" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm looking for a package in which you can create nice bar and/or line charts in LaTeX. Currently I'm plotting the charts in Calc (OpenOffice), export it to a PDF document, crop it and then including it as graphics.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I reckon there should be some more efficient way of doing this, preferably entirely in LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2634" LastEditorUserId="791" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-18T15:12:13.090" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T17:45:26.790" Title="Are there any packages for creating charts?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;" AnswerCount="5" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="9212" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9216" CreationDate="2011-01-18T14:02:55.130" Score="1" ViewCount="162" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the following documentclass&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[prb,twocolumn,showpacs]{revtex4}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;how to have italic and bold in a subsection title?&#xA;The italic command removes the boldness when inside a subsection, so I tried the following :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\subsection{Short-range {\bf {\it vs}} long-range scattering}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It does not work.&#xA;Any idea how to solve this?&#xA;Maybe the documentclass has nothing to do with it, I  did not check it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="660" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-18T14:22:13.320" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T14:22:13.320" Title="Bold and italic in subsection" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9213" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9211" CreationDate="2011-01-18T14:04:00.683" Score="15" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can take a look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://sourceforge.net/projects/pgf/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;PGF/TikZ&lt;/a&gt;, then on top of that is &lt;a href=&quot;http://sourceforge.net/projects/pgfplots/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pgfplots&lt;/a&gt;. To see it in action, see &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeXample.net&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="791" LastEditorUserId="791" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-19T06:12:41.550" LastActivityDate="2011-01-19T06:12:41.550" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9214" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9212" CreationDate="2011-01-18T14:08:36.770" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try doing &lt;code&gt;\textit{\textbf{vs}}&lt;/code&gt; instead. That should work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T14:08:36.770" />
  <row Id="9216" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9212" CreationDate="2011-01-18T14:09:47.743" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This has nothing to do with the documentclass, but with font selection. &lt;code&gt;\it&lt;/code&gt; selects non-bold italics, and &lt;code&gt;\bf&lt;/code&gt; selects non-italic bold. You should use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\textbf{\textit{vs}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;instead. See also &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/516/1235&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T14:09:47.743" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9217" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9105" CreationDate="2011-01-18T14:19:32.837" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you go with &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/8996/taking-notes-while-reading-a-journal-paper/9038#9038&quot;&gt;celenius' answer&lt;/a&gt; to your &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/8996/791&quot;&gt;old question&lt;/a&gt; and use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/tufte-latex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;tufte-latex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package, those problems don't appear. With its narrower right hand column and smaller font size, it's probably even better suited to your task of taking notes:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\documentclass[a4paper,justified]{tufte-handout}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage[retainorgcmds]{IEEEtrantools}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum[2]&#xA;\marginnote{Here's some text that goes on the right side of the page. We'll make it long enough so the line wraps.&#xA;\begin{IEEEeqnarray}{rCl}&#xA;        E &amp; = &amp; mc^2&#xA;      \end{IEEEeqnarray}&#xA;      Some useful greetings:&#xA;      \begin{itemize}&#xA;        \item Hello World!&#xA;        \item Yeah!&#xA;        \item Hey there!&#xA;      \end{itemize}&#xA;}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/lmDwt.png&quot; alt=&quot;tufte-handout document with list and equation in the margin&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With a bit of tweaking, you can also get equal column widths and font sizes:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\documentclass[a4paper,justified]{tufte-handout}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage[retainorgcmds]{IEEEtrantools}&#xA;&#xA;\geometry{textwidth=0.4\paperwidth}&#xA;\geometry{marginparwidth=\textwidth}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand\footnotesize{\normalsize}&#xA;\lipsum[2]&#xA;\marginnote{Here's some text that goes on the right side of the page. We'll make it long enough so the line wraps.&#xA;\begin{IEEEeqnarray}{rCl}&#xA;        E &amp; = &amp; mc^2&#xA;      \end{IEEEeqnarray}&#xA;      Some useful greetings:&#xA;      \begin{itemize}&#xA;        \item Hello World!&#xA;        \item Yeah!&#xA;        \item Hey there!&#xA;      \end{itemize}&#xA;}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ibaM2.png&quot; alt=&quot;tufte_handout document with equal column widths and text sizes&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T14:19:32.837" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9218" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9211" CreationDate="2011-01-18T14:21:40.727" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;with &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/PSTricks/main.cgi?file=Examples/Charts/chart&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;PSTricks&lt;/a&gt; you can have also 3D charts with hidden surfaces&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T14:21:40.727" />
  <row Id="9219" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9226" CreationDate="2011-01-18T14:54:44.930" Score="7" ViewCount="312" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do I type upright Greek letters? I have tried &lt;code&gt;upgreek&lt;/code&gt; but it uses specific fonts (Euler or Adobe Symbol).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to use the upright Greek letters in the actual font being used. I'm thinking of the following solutions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;XeTeX&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Direct ASCII code input&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\alpha&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;beta&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\mu&lt;/code&gt;, etc. but in text mode&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am inclined to #3. Hopefully it doesn't require &lt;code&gt;inputenc&lt;/code&gt; modifications. But of course any solution is welcome.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="791" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-19T16:27:35.097" LastActivityDate="2011-01-19T16:27:35.097" Title="Upright Greek letters in text mode (not upgreek)" Tags="&lt;greek&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="9220" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9222" CreationDate="2011-01-18T15:00:15.890" Score="5" ViewCount="159" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I put &lt;code&gt;\email{e.xmaple@example.com}&lt;/code&gt; in a LaTeX document the resulting PDF shows the email address correct, but the link points to &lt;code&gt;.xample@example.com&lt;/code&gt;. de character before the dot gets left off.&#xA;How do I fix this?&#xA;(I'm a newbie at LaTeX.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2997" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T15:11:34.400" Title="email adress renders incomplete mailto in PDF" Tags="&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;links&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9221" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9211" CreationDate="2011-01-18T15:03:14.590" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I can't seem to be able to correctly format multiline code in a comment, thus I'm adding another answer voting for &lt;a href=&quot;http://pgf.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;PGF/TikZ&lt;/a&gt;, it's great!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's an (slightly adapted :) example of a plot I recently made with &lt;a href=&quot;http://pgfplots.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pgfplots&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplots}&#xA;\usepackage[pdftex,active,tightpage]{preview}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{preview}&#xA;    \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;        \begin{axis}[&#xA;            ylabel={Some Label [\%]},&#xA;            ybar,&#xA;            bar width=62pt,&#xA;            xtick=data,&#xA;            xticklabel={Something},&#xA;            legend style={at={(0.05,0.62)},anchor=north west}&#xA;            ]       &#xA;        \addplot coordinates {(0,13)};&#xA;        \addplot coordinates {(0,42)};&#xA;        \legend{First Thing,Second Thing}&#xA;        \end{axis}&#xA;    \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{preview}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="828" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T15:03:14.590" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9222" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9220" CreationDate="2011-01-18T15:08:49.730" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\href{mailto:e.xmaple@example.com}{\nolinkurl{e.xmaple@example.com}}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T15:08:49.730" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="9223" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8912" CreationDate="2011-01-18T15:11:07.527" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;the problem has been corrected in an update after the release of the tex live 2010 dvd.&#xA;the updated version can be found in the current tex live repository, at&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/svn/texlive/trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/source2e.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://tug.org/svn/texlive/trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/source2e.pdf&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;it's best to use the &lt;code&gt;tlmgr&lt;/code&gt; facility to update your local copy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="579" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T15:11:07.527" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9225" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9211" CreationDate="2011-01-18T15:20:01.507" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To keep in line with previous answers, you can look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/metapost.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Metapost&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Asymptote&lt;/a&gt;, though I guess it might be easier to use a combination of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.r-project.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;R&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.stat.uni-muenchen.de/~leisch/Sweave/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Sweave&lt;/a&gt; for that particular purpose, especially if you want to load your data from an external file (but see related questions tagged &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/tagged/sweave&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;sweave&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2580" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T15:20:01.507" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9226" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9219" CreationDate="2011-01-18T15:30:44.140" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can pass the options &lt;code&gt;[greek,english]&lt;/code&gt; to the &lt;code&gt;babel&lt;/code&gt; package. Then you can switch between them using &lt;code&gt;\greektext&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\latintext&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage[greek,english]{babel}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\greektext&#xA;A whole paragraph in greek letters&#xA;\latintext&#xA;&#xA;% If we only want a single letter, it might make sense to define commands:&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\ga}{\greektext a\latintext}&#xA;\newcommand{\gA}{\greektext A\latintext}&#xA;&#xA;\gA lph\ga&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/QtHvM.png&quot; alt=&quot;greek and english letters&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T15:30:44.140" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9227" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9210" CreationDate="2011-01-18T16:20:12.450" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;settings.render=0;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;can generate vector graphics. But it fails when using such inline examples. :-(&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;render=0&lt;/code&gt; force Asymptote to use an old algorithm (used before ver. 1.44). It generate vector graphics but it has some other restrictions about hidden removal. The result may be wrong.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is possible to compile the 2D result seperately by hand. It's a bit boring, but it works.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm still intereted in it. Maybe we should post a message to asymptote.sf.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-18T17:14:00.680" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T17:14:00.680" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9228" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8158" CreationDate="2011-01-18T16:21:57.407" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;i promised another answer, and here's an outline.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;create two new commands, &lt;code&gt;\noTOC&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\TOConly&lt;/code&gt; that can be applied to text within&#xA;a heading argument.  for the table of contents, &lt;code&gt;\def\noTOC#1{}&lt;/code&gt; to ignore its&#xA;argument and &lt;code&gt;\def\TOConly#1{#1}&lt;/code&gt; to set this material; when setting the heading&#xA;itself, &lt;code&gt;\def\TOConly#1{}&lt;/code&gt; to ignore, and &lt;code&gt;\def\noTOC#1{#1}&lt;/code&gt; to output.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;at the ams, we are using this technique in production, and the definitions are&#xA;buried in a config file.  some of these definitions are embedded in other definitions&#xA;that are rather complicated, and i haven't yet managed to tease out a minimal set of&#xA;definitions that can be added to the preamble of a document without fouling up anything&#xA;else.  part of the problem is that running heads have to be handled correctly at the&#xA;same time.  there have been requests from authors for this facility, and it is on our&#xA;list of things to be considered, and probably implemented, in the next upgrade of&#xA;the ams document classes.  but i do hope to have a standalone patch before then, which i&#xA;will post here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;this method works very well for two versions of a heading that differ only slightly, such as adding a linebreak in either the toc or in-text heading (but not both, or in separate locations) or omitting or changing a few words.  but it should probably work equally well&#xA;to give totally different texts for the two locations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="579" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T16:21:57.407" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9230" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-18T16:41:41.247" Score="0" ViewCount="135" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to create a new tool for the Gedit LaTeX Plugin, but I run into two problems.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First, I cannot select &quot;New&quot; from Edit / Preferences / Plugins / LaTeX Plugin 0.2 / Configure Plugin / Tools. I tried first the version in the Ubuntu repositories and then the version on Sourceforge, but both don't allow to create a new tool: the button is there, but if I click on it, nothing happens.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Second, if I edit one of the existing tools, I really don't have an idea on how to change the relevant commands. I tried with:&#xA;Code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;latex&#xA;bibtex&#xA;latex&#xA;pdflatex&#xA;evince&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but it obviously doesn't work.&#xA;Can you advise me on that? Thank you in advance!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3000" LastEditorUserId="3000" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-18T16:48:09.397" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T16:48:09.397" Title="Create new tool for Gedit LaTeX plugin" Tags="&lt;editors&gt;&lt;gedit&gt;" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9231" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9197" CreationDate="2011-01-18T17:19:55.930" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A solution with »tikZ« syntax. The iteration should be comprehensible. Just adapt the below example to your needs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \fill[black](0,0) circle (7cm);&#xA;    \fill[white](0,0) circle (2cm);&#xA;    \foreach \r in {72,144,...,360} {%&#xA;      \begin{scope}[red,shift={(\r:4.5)}]&#xA;        \fill (0,0) circle (1cm);&#xA;        \foreach \x in {72,144,...,360} {%&#xA;          \begin{scope}[shift={(\x:1.75)}]&#xA;            \fill (0,0) circle (0.5cm);&#xA;          \end{scope}&#xA;        };&#xA;      \end{scope}&#xA;    };&#xA;  \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/pgf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pgf/tikZ&lt;/a&gt; manual has more details about the involved commands.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/WTn6g.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T17:19:55.930" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9232" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9182" CreationDate="2011-01-18T17:23:46.273" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't think it is possible to do what you want with the &quot;listings&quot; package. However, if it is worth your time you can break it up in sections and use a style for numbers and another for no-numbers. See the example below for one way of doing this. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lstdefinestyle{numbers}&#xA;{numbers=left, stepnumber=1, numberstyle=\tiny, numbersep=10pt}&#xA;\lstdefinestyle{nonumbers}&#xA;{numbers=none}&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}[style=nonumbers]&#xA;// this is comments&#xA;// and more&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}[style=numbers]&#xA;for i:=maxint to 0 do&#xA;begin&#xA;  {do some code}&#xA;end;&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}[style=nonumbers]&#xA;// this is comments&#xA;// and more&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personally, I avoid typesetting code with comments, as it looks very ugly. Since you describing your code it is preferable - instead of comments to provide your own commentary in words (like the documentation in most packages).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also try the 'fancyvrb&quot; which I believe provides such a facility as you specified.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T17:23:46.273" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9233" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-18T17:50:30.917" Score="1" ViewCount="125" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using chains library from TikZ.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;I would like to have a label(node?) above arrows. Is it possible?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I found &lt;a href=&quot;http://texblog.net/latex-archive/maths/pgf-tikz-commutative-diagram/langswitch_lang/es/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt;, but it is quite hackish.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Is there a standardized way?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="69" LastEditorUserId="69" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-18T18:34:53.373" LastActivityDate="2011-01-19T13:09:50.110" Title="Tikz: labels above the arrows using chains library?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;tikz-chains&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="9234" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9240" CreationDate="2011-01-18T18:30:19.523" Score="2" ViewCount="139" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have this TikZ code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{positioning}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture} [&#xA;    level 1/.style={sibling distance = 2cm, level distance = 1cm},&#xA;    level 2/.style={sibling distance = 1cm},&#xA;    level 3/.style={sibling distance = 1cm},&#xA;    every node/.style={circle, draw=black, minimum size = 0.5cm},&#xA;    edge from parent/.style={red,thick,draw}&#xA;  ]&#xA;&#xA;  \node{} &#xA;  child { node {}&#xA;    child { node {} }&#xA;    child { node {}&#xA;      child { node {} }&#xA;      child { node {} }&#xA;    }&#xA;  }&#xA;  child { node {}&#xA;    child { node {} }&#xA;    child { node {} }&#xA;  }&#xA;  child { node {} }&#xA;  ;&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And it produces this picture:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/MQSqn.png&quot; alt=&quot;buggy render&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why are the bottom nodes thick?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="69" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-18T18:45:21.103" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T19:30:47.370" Title="Is this a TikZ bug?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;tikz-trees&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9235" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3995" CreationDate="2011-01-18T18:34:17.060" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is a great library called &lt;a href=&quot;http://pgfplots.sourceforge.net&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pgfplots&lt;/a&gt;, which creates great looking plots directly in latex. This package is used by matlab2tikz.&#xA;You can write the data you want to plot in an ascii table, and create legends, axis labels and such directly in latex, very much like the code you would have written in Matlab anyway.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can easily change the contents, colors (for example for B/W prints), width and heigh, resolution, and much more without having to recreate figures.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2199" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T18:34:17.060" />
  <row Id="9236" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9238" CreationDate="2011-01-18T18:45:39.373" Score="5" ViewCount="214" Body="&lt;p&gt;For some strange reason, this: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\hat{\dot{\bm{\phi}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;prints the dot and the hat slightly off the left of the phi letter. Any ideas if this can be fixed? thanks.&#xA;Using bm package for bold symbols.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2011" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T15:31:33.390" Title="horizontal alignment of dot over hat over bold greek letter!" Tags="&lt;greek&gt;&lt;bold&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="9237" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9234" CreationDate="2011-01-18T18:50:06.493" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The problem is caused by the &lt;code&gt;thick&lt;/code&gt; parameter in the &lt;code&gt;edge from parent.style&lt;/code&gt; command. If you add &lt;code&gt;thin&lt;/code&gt; to the specification of your &lt;code&gt;every node&lt;/code&gt; style, the problem goes away.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture} [&#xA;    level 1/.style={sibling distance = 2cm, level distance = 1cm},&#xA;    level 2/.style={sibling distance = 1cm},&#xA;    level 3/.style={sibling distance = 1cm},&#xA;    every node/.style={circle, draw=black,thin, minimum size = 0.5cm}&#xA;  ]&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-18T19:16:27.263" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T19:16:27.263" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9238" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9236" CreationDate="2011-01-18T18:51:42.950" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$\mkern4mu\hat{\mkern-4mu\dot{\bm{\phi}}}$&#xA;&#xA;$\skew{3}{\hat}{\skew{3}{\dot}{\bm{\phi}}}$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-19T10:06:39.853" LastActivityDate="2011-01-19T10:06:39.853" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="9240" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9234" CreationDate="2011-01-18T18:57:31.480" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Styles are inherited to the child nodes. The manual addresses this in the note at the end of section 18.6. This happens in other places with Tikz as well. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The solution in this case would be to override it by specifying the style for &quot;every node&quot;, i.e.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;every node/.style={circle, draw=black, thin, minimum size = 0.5cm}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that &quot;thin&quot; is actually the normal line width.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: Since there was a reply while I was looking things up, I thought I'd bring in some more information by quoting the relevant section in the manual;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Besides inserting the edge from parent path, the edge from parent operation has another eﬀect: The&#xA;  options are inserted directly before the edge from parent path and the following style is also installed&#xA;  prior to inserting the path:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Note: The options inserted before the edge from parent path is added apply to the whole child path.&#xA;  Thus, it is not possible to, say, draw a circle in red as part of the child path and then have an edge to&#xA;  parent in blue. However, as always, the child node is a node and can be drawn in a totally diﬀerent&#xA;  way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the follow up question regarding modifying specific paths. I would interpret the manual as you will have to do apply styles to nodes manually.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture} [&#xA;    level 1/.style={sibling distance = 2cm, level distance = 1cm},&#xA;    level 2/.style={sibling distance = 1cm},&#xA;    level 3/.style={sibling distance = 1cm},&#xA;    every node/.style={circle, draw=black, minimum size = 0.5cm}&#xA;   ]&#xA;  \begin{scope}[xshift=6cm, edge from parent/.style={red,thin,draw}]&#xA;    \node{}&#xA;    child { node {}&#xA;      child { node {} }&#xA;      child { node {} edge from parent[thick]&#xA;        child { node[thin] {} } % Overriding the inherited thick property.&#xA;        child { node[thin] {} } % Overriding the inherited thick property.&#xA;       }&#xA;    }&#xA;    child { node {}&#xA;      child { node {} }&#xA;      child { node {} }&#xA;    }&#xA;    child { node {} }&#xA;    ;&#xA;  \end{scope}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2199" LastEditorUserId="2199" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-18T19:30:47.370" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T19:30:47.370" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9241" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9242" CreationDate="2011-01-18T19:00:25.130" Score="2" ViewCount="109" Body="&lt;p&gt;The Tikz manual gives &quot;edge from parent&quot; construct.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;But it is &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/9234/is-this-a-tikz-bug/&quot;&gt;peculiar&lt;/a&gt; (it changes all the edges in subtree and some nodes).&lt;br&gt;&#xA;How to color and thicken exactly one edge?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="69" LastEditorUserId="69" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-18T19:50:46.600" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T20:12:49.603" Title="How to set style of a single edge in the tree (TikZ) ?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;tikz-trees&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="9242" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9241" CreationDate="2011-01-18T19:52:01.867" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As Mikael mentioned in his answer to your previous &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/9234/is-this-a-tikz-bug/&quot;&gt;question&lt;/a&gt;, I don't think this is actually a bug, but simply how TikZ works.  So the solution to the problem is to change a specific branch, and then change it back on its daughters.  As you ask in your comment, you can define two styles for plain and emphasized edges respectively, to save you some typing:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture} [&#xA;    level 1/.style={sibling distance = 2cm, level distance = 1cm},&#xA;    level 2/.style={sibling distance = 1cm},&#xA;    level 3/.style={sibling distance = 1cm},&#xA;    every node/.style={circle, draw=black,thin, minimum size = 0.5cm},&#xA;    emph/.style={edge from parent/.style={red,very thick,draw}},&#xA;    norm/.style={edge from parent/.style={black,thin,draw}}&#xA;  ]&#xA;&#xA;  \begin{scope}[xshift=6cm]&#xA;    \node{} &#xA;    child[emph] { node {}&#xA;      child[norm] { node {} }&#xA;      child[norm] { node {}&#xA;        child[emph] { node {} }&#xA;        child { node {} }&#xA;      }&#xA;    }&#xA;    child { node {}&#xA;      child { node {} }&#xA;      child { node {} }&#xA;    }&#xA;    child { node {} }&#xA;    ;&#xA;  \end{scope}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-18T20:12:49.603" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T20:12:49.603" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="9243" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4067" CreationDate="2011-01-18T20:07:33.810" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I didn't like the cmbr fonts so I made myself a boldface using tikz:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  \def\dikte{0.2}&#xA;&#xA;    \newcommand{\dik}[1]{\hspace{-1.5pt}\mbox{\!\tikz[baseline=(X.base),text depth=-0cm,text height=0cm,-]{\draw[use as bounding box](0,0)node(X)[,-]{\normalsize#1};&#xA;    \foreach\x in{0,45,90,135,180,225,270,315}{&#xA;    \draw(0,0)++(\x:\dikte pt)node[,-]{\normalsize#1};}}\!}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;not the most elegant way I recon, but it sure does work. I adapted my section, chapter, mathbf, caption, etc commands to use this \dik font &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want I'll post the Tex file that contains these adaptions&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3005" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T20:07:33.810" />
  <row Id="9244" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9254" CreationDate="2011-01-18T20:10:00.237" Score="4" ViewCount="198" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a picture in which each of the nodes looks something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\node (species1) [shape=rectangle,draw] {&#xA;  \begin{tabular}{c c c}&#xA;  \multicolumn{3}{c}{{Species 1}} \\&#xA;  \colorbox{red}{G1a} &amp;amp; \colorbox{blue}{G2a} &amp;amp;&#xA;  \colorbox{green}{G3} \\&#xA;  \colorbox{blue}{G1b} &amp;amp; \colorbox{red}{G2b} &amp;amp; &#xA;  \end{tabular}&#xA;};&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The nodes look fine, but when I put them all into a &lt;code&gt;matrix&lt;/code&gt; node to align them properly, the &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt;s inside the nodes are all screwed up and I get errors like this one:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Extra alignment tab has been changed to \cr. ...{G1} &amp;amp; \colorbox{blue}{G2a} &amp;amp;&#xA;\colorbox (followed by: {green!50}{G3})&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there are way to make this work?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2894" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-19T17:55:42.150" LastActivityDate="2011-01-19T17:55:42.150" Title="Putting a tabular in a node within a matrix" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;tables&gt;&lt;matrices&gt;&lt;nodes&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="9245" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9249" CreationDate="2011-01-18T21:01:36.763" Score="4" ViewCount="82" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to replicate a figure in Chapter 3 within Chapter 6 such that the figure is displayed and optionally, it has the caption and Figure number of the figure in Chapter 3. If that is not possible, I would like to remove its entry from the List of Figures so that 2 of the same figures are not present. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the latter I was able to find this: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.latex-community.org/forum/viewtopic.php?f=45&amp;amp;t=5298&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Removing captions&lt;/a&gt; but I suspect it will add the entry to the list of Figures. Is this achievable? Secondly, is this the preferred way of performing a replication?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2984" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-13T10:28:08.717" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T10:28:08.717" Title="Replicate Figure w/out Inserting New Entry in List of Figures" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;captions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="9246" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8950" CreationDate="2011-01-18T21:10:33.347" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;exists $generated_log{&quot;$bbl_base.bcf&quot;}&lt;/code&gt; does a test if the list of files &lt;code&gt;%generated_log&lt;/code&gt; includes an entry for &quot;$bbl_base.bcf&quot;. From my point of view such an entry is missing in the list &lt;code&gt;%generated_log&lt;/code&gt;, the reason why the call fails. If you test it with -e which does in general the same, it works in fact of the now missing check of &lt;code&gt;%generated_log&lt;/code&gt;. You should report it to the author. It could also be possible that some of the Perl functions have not the same behaviour as with Linux.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T21:10:33.347" />
  <row Id="9247" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9236" CreationDate="2011-01-18T21:10:53.503" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As to &lt;em&gt;why&lt;/em&gt; this happens: TeX handles accents over single characters differently, using the &lt;code&gt;\skewchar&lt;/code&gt; of the font. Thus you get nicely aligned math accents only over single characters, and &lt;code&gt;\dot{\bm{\phi}}&lt;/code&gt; is already a composed symbol.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want double accents, you can use the &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; or the &lt;code&gt;accents&lt;/code&gt; package. However, both packages don't work together well with &lt;code&gt;bm&lt;/code&gt;, so the simple &lt;code&gt;\hat{\dot{\bm{\phi}}}&lt;/code&gt; won't work with &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{accents}&lt;/code&gt;. It took me forever to find out what happens, but here's a fix:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{bm,accents}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand\accbm[1]{\use@mathgroup{\M@OMS}{5}{\bm{#1}}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;$\hat{\dot{\accbm{\phi}}}$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This gives you &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Wzct1.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;. Thus, whenever you want to put accents over &lt;code&gt;\bm&lt;/code&gt;ed characters, you just have to use &lt;code&gt;\accbm&lt;/code&gt;. I should add a few words of caution: 1. It works with &lt;code&gt;\M@OMS&lt;/code&gt;, but I don't know if it's the Right Way. 2. In this example, it works with font family &lt;code&gt;5&lt;/code&gt; in the &lt;code&gt;\use@mathgroup&lt;/code&gt;, but I don't know if it'll always work with &lt;code&gt;5&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;UPDATE:&lt;/strong&gt; Philippe Goutet's great answer to my question&#xA; &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/9296/how-do-i-identify-the-encoding-and-family-of-a-new-math-font/10642#10642&quot;&gt;How do I identify the encoding and family of a new math font?&lt;/a&gt; provides a solution that determines the font family automatically.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-02T15:31:33.390" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T15:31:33.390" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9248" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9244" CreationDate="2011-01-18T21:11:53.797" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can put each node inside a save box, and then it will work:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{matrix}&#xA;&#xA;\newsavebox{\speciesone}&#xA;\sbox{\speciesone}{&#xA;\begin{tabular}{c c c}&#xA;  \multicolumn{3}{c}{{Species 1}} \tabularnewline&#xA;  \colorbox{red}{G1a} &amp;amp; \colorbox{blue}{G2a} &amp;amp;&#xA;  \colorbox{green}{G3} \tabularnewline&#xA;  \colorbox{blue}{G1b} &amp;amp; \colorbox{red}{G2b} &amp;amp; &#xA;  \end{tabular}&#xA;  }&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\matrix [matrix of nodes] {&#xA;\node (species1) [shape=rectangle,draw] {\usebox{\speciesone}};\\&#xA;};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T21:11:53.797" />
  <row Id="9249" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9245" CreationDate="2011-01-18T21:15:21.690" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I recommend to use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/caption&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;caption&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package. It provides a command &lt;code&gt;\caption*&lt;/code&gt; which produces a caption without an entry in the list of figures.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Further I guess you probably don't like to number the figure, this is possible with &lt;code&gt;\caption*&lt;/code&gt; as well. That's because a new and different number 6.x looks as odd as repeating the number 3.x within chapter 6.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, I would use a reference to 3.x instead of replicating the picture.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T21:15:21.690" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9250" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9197" CreationDate="2011-01-18T21:24:14.710" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just sharing in case anybody needs it. The code shows four plates with different configurations.&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/J3njv.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt; May need a bit texkeeping (is there any such word at all?) Thank you all once again for your kind help!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;\begin{picture}(215,20)(0,0)&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\pgftransformshift{\pgfpoint{100}{0}}; % shift of (0,0) coordinate &#xA;\filldraw[scale=0.2,color=black](0,0) circle(7cm); % plate&#xA;\filldraw[scale=0.2,color=white](0,0) circle(0.6505cm); % 1stlevelcircle&#xA;\foreach \x in {60,120,...,360} {\filldraw[scale=0.2,color=white](\x:1.9) circle(0.6505cm); &#xA;\foreach \x in {30,60,...,360} {\filldraw[scale=0.2,color=white](\x:3.8) circle(0.6505cm); &#xA;\foreach \x in {18,36,...,360} {\filldraw[scale=0.2,color=white](\x:5.7) circle(0.6505cm); &#xA;    }&#xA;        }&#xA;            }&#xA;%F0F0F0F0F0&#xA;\pgftransformshift{\pgfpoint{90}{0}}; &#xA;\filldraw[scale=0.2,color=black](0,0) circle(7cm);  &#xA;\filldraw[scale=0.2,color=white](0,0) circle(2.5cm);  &#xA;\foreach \x in {60,120,...,360}{\filldraw[scale=0.2,color=white](\x:4.755) circle(1.28cm); }&#xA;%F1F1F1F1F1&#xA;\def\n{6}; %&quot;Total number of items&quot;  &#xA;\def\nangle{360}; %&quot;Angle to fill&quot;   &#xA;\def\rbool{1}; %&quot;Rotate items as copied&quot; (1 = yes; 0 = no)  &#xA;\def\nstart{0} ;%Optional angle for the position of the first set  &#xA;\def\k{6}; %Number of small circles &#xA;\pgftransformshift{\pgfpoint{90}{0}};  &#xA;\filldraw[scale=0.2,color=black](0,0) circle(7cm);   &#xA;\filldraw[scale=0.2,color=white](0,0) circle(1.8cm);   &#xA;\foreach \a in {1,...,\n} {  &#xA;  \pgftransformshift{\pgfpointpolar{(\a-1)*\nangle/\n+\nstart}{0.86cm}}  &#xA;  \pgftransformrotate{(\a-1)*\nangle/\n*\rbool}  &#xA;  \filldraw[scale=0.2,color=white](0,0) circle(.96cm); %4.3*0.2=0.86&#xA;   \foreach \x in {1,...,\k} {  &#xA;    \filldraw[scale=0.2,color=white]+(\x*360/\k:1.633) circle(0.43cm); &#xA;    }&#xA;        }      &#xA;%%F2F2F2F2F2&#xA;\pgftransformshift{\pgfpoint{90}{0}}; % shift of (0,0) coordinate &#xA;\filldraw[scale=0.2,color=black](0,0) circle(7cm);   % plate&#xA;\filldraw[scale=0.2,color=white](0,0) circle(1.4cm);  % 1stlevelcircle&#xA; \foreach \m in {1,...,\n} {\filldraw[scale=0.2,color=white,]+(\m*360/\k+27:6.130) circle(0.15cm); }&#xA; \foreach \m in {1,...,\n} {\filldraw[scale=0.2,color=white,]+(\m*360/\k+32:6.130) circle(0.15cm); }&#xA;\foreach \a in {1,...,\n} {  &#xA;  \pgftransformshift{\pgfpointpolar{(\a-1)*\nangle/\n+\nstart}{0.8146cm}} &#xA;  \pgftransformrotate{(\a-1)*\nangle/\n*\rbool}  %rotation degree and %4.073*0.2=0.8146&#xA;  \filldraw[scale=0.2,color=white] (0,0) circle(.736cm);  % 2ndlevelcircle&#xA;\foreach \i in {1,...,\n} {  &#xA;  \pgftransformshift{\pgfpointpolar{(\i-1)*\nangle/\n+\nstart}{0.297cm}} &#xA;  \pgftransformrotate{(\i-1)*\nangle/\n*\rbool}  %rotation degree and %1.485*0.2=0.297&#xA;  \filldraw[scale=0.2,color=white] (0,0) circle(.4cm);  % 3rdlevelcircle&#xA; \foreach \x in {1,...,\k} {  &#xA;\filldraw[scale=0.2,color=white]+(\x*360/\k+30:.63) circle(0.15cm); % 4thlevelcircle &#xA;    }&#xA;        } &#xA;            }&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}  &#xA;\end{picture}  &#xA;\end{figure} &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2993" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T21:24:14.710" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9252" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9155" CreationDate="2011-01-18T21:43:10.453" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Since the OP is asking quite a general question, I have worked on a solution that would be as general as possible.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;EDIT: I am rewriting this post completely, because I have written another chunck of code with a completely different approach, and this new code should be much more flexible eventually (once I understand it).&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is much easier to write to a file the argument of some commands than the text that is outside. And one normally has to choose between &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;reading the file, and somehow expanding the macros that we wish to omit: in other words, work in TeX's mouth. The main drawback is that we are (essentially) not allowed to use counters and define macros while the expansion is happening,&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;letting TeX typeset, and store the relevant pieces as we go: this requires the text that we want to extract to be an argument of some macros&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If we want to do something in between, such as leaving all the text untouched until the &lt;code&gt;\begin{document}&lt;/code&gt;, while doing something clever with some of the content in between (e.g., also execute the &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt;s, or load some of the packages), then we are in trouble: we might want to do non-expandable things, while stil wanting to write to our output the full text (i.e. not only arguments of a command).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My (second) solution is thus essentially to make all characters active, and get them to expand to either &quot;write &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;char&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; to a file&quot; or just &quot;&lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;char&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;&quot;, depending on whether we are currently expanding or typesetting. A way to think about it is that we are (vaguely) emulating the typesetting process of TeX to a dvi, but instead of outputting to dvi, we output to a text file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To use it, you can &lt;a href=&quot;http://users.aims.ac.za/~bruno/modify/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;download&lt;/a&gt; both &lt;code&gt;modify.sty&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;modify-2.tex&lt;/code&gt; (and &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/xpackages/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;xparse&lt;/a&gt; if you don't have it). Then, replace &lt;code&gt;infile.tex&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;outfile.tex&lt;/code&gt; by the relevant files, and run the following minimal example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\input{modify-2.tex}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOn&#xA;\ModifyInput{infile.tex}&#xA;\tl_set:Nn \g_modify_actions_tl {&#xA;  \Modify_Extract:Nn \frac {2}                             %*&#xA;  \Modify_Extract:Nn \footnote {1}                         %*&#xA;  \Modify_DIY:Nnnnn \emph {1} { \stepcounter{mycounter} }{ %*&#xA;    \string\emph{\arabic{mycounter}. #1}     }{}&#xA;}&#xA;\ModifyDoWhatever{outfile.tex}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Currently, the only user commands are &lt;code&gt;\Modify_Extract:Nn&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\Modify_DIY:Nnnnn&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\Modify_Extract:Nn \macro {k}&lt;/code&gt; defines &lt;code&gt;\macro&lt;/code&gt; as a macro with &lt;code&gt;k&lt;/code&gt; arguments, and requires that it be extracted from the file.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\Modify_DIY:Nnnnn \macro {k} {&amp;lt;token list 1&amp;gt;} {&amp;lt;token list 2&amp;gt;} {&amp;lt;token list 3&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt; defines &lt;code&gt;\macro&lt;/code&gt; to take &lt;code&gt;k&lt;/code&gt; arguments. When it is called, the macro executes &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;token list 1&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;, then &quot;typesets&quot; &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;token list 2&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; (has to be expandable) to a file, and finally, it executes &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;token list 3&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; (not sure that this is useful). For instance, the &lt;code&gt;\emph&lt;/code&gt; will now be numbered (ok, this is stupid, but think of knowing the text of the last footnote preceeding the emphasized text that we are looking at).  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For your specific problem, I would do &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\input{modify-2.tex}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOn&#xA;\ModifyInput{infile.tex}&#xA;\tl_set:Nn \g_modify_actions_tl {&#xA;  \Modify_Extract:Nn \question {1}   &#xA;}&#xA;\ModifyDoWhatever{outfile.tex}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or something more fancy using &lt;code&gt;\Modify_DIY:Nnnnn&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt; In fact, I lied a bit: I do not play around with catcodes too much: instead, I replace each character by a control sequence that represents it. This forces me to implement variants of &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; with arguments delimited in the right way. Another technical piece is the treatment of spaces.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, I have not implemented optional arguments. And nesting is currently failing. I believe that this can be fixed by being less sloppy in what is expanded or not.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastEditorUserId="2707" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-23T21:50:21.983" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T21:50:21.983" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="9253" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-18T22:04:23.613" Score="7" ViewCount="248" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a better way to label both axes of a table at the same time rather than using slashbox?  It looks kind of ugly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3009" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T04:21:15.957" Title="slashbox alternative" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="9254" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9244" CreationDate="2011-01-18T22:16:32.840" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The problem is that TikZ needs to make &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; equivalent to &lt;code&gt;\pgfmatrixnextcell&lt;/code&gt;, which interferes with the normal functioning of &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; as a table cell separation marker. Fortunately, TikZ includes the &lt;code&gt;ampersand replacement&lt;/code&gt; option that lets you choose any other macro for matrix cell separation instead of &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt;. The following example uses &lt;code&gt;\&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; as replacement:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \matrix[ampersand replacement=\&amp;amp;] {&#xA;        \node (species1) [shape=rectangle,draw] {&#xA;            \begin{tabular}{c c c}&#xA;                \multicolumn{3}{c}{{Species 1}} \\&#xA;                \colorbox{red}{G1a} &amp;amp; \colorbox{blue}{G2a} &amp;amp; \colorbox{green}{G3} \\&#xA;                \colorbox{blue}{G1b} &amp;amp; \colorbox{red}{G2b} &amp;amp; &#xA;            \end{tabular}&#xA;        };&#xA;        \&amp;amp; &#xA;        \node {b}; \\&#xA;        \node {c}; \&amp;amp; \node {d}; \\&#xA;};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T22:16:32.840" />
  <row Id="9255" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9091" CreationDate="2011-01-18T23:39:26.683" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here are a few more examples of use of negatives spaces in math formulas (I’m not limiting myself to &lt;code&gt;\!&lt;/code&gt; because, as Stephan mentioned in his answer, it’s not always the right amount). The choice of the amount of negative spacing is not absolute, and depends on both the font and whether it seems good to your eye:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/7Uhd1.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1973" LastActivityDate="2011-01-18T23:39:26.683" />
  <row Id="9256" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9257" CreationDate="2011-01-19T01:29:12.680" Score="2" ViewCount="93" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using two different floats, and I'd like to use the same counter for both.  The standard LaTeX format for a new float is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \newfloat{type}{placement}{ext}[outer counter]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried using this by substituting various counters for the &quot;&lt;code&gt;outer counter&lt;/code&gt;&quot; but they all give a double digit result, like 0.1 or 0.2, etc.  I'm wondering how I can use one &lt;strong&gt;SINGLE DIGIT COUNTER&lt;/strong&gt; for the floats.  In other words, I want to start my floats' captions as &quot;Figure 1&quot;, &quot;Figure 2&quot;, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Could someone please provide a code example to do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As an aside, I'm using both the &lt;code&gt;float&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;caption&lt;/code&gt; packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1733" LastActivityDate="2011-01-19T03:34:11.733" Title="Using one counter for different floats?" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;counters&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="9257" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9256" CreationDate="2011-01-19T03:04:54.287" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can make a new float type &lt;code&gt;foo&lt;/code&gt; and then use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\let\c@foo\c@figure&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to make &lt;code&gt;foo&lt;/code&gt; share a counter with &lt;code&gt;figure&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-01-19T03:04:54.287" />
  <row Id="9258" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9256" CreationDate="2011-01-19T03:06:58.857" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &quot;float&quot; package gives you the ability to number floats in two ways. One sequentially through your document i.e., (Example 1, Example 2 etc) or to reset the counter every time based on another counter such as a chapter or section. Here is an example below that can do both.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\usepackage{float}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\newfloat{Example}{htbp}{loe}&#xA;\newfloat{Code}{htbp}{loc}[chapter]&#xA;\chapter{One}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{Example}&#xA;   This is a test&#xA;\caption{This is the first example}&#xA;\end{Example}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{Example}&#xA;   This is a test&#xA;\caption{This is the second example}&#xA;\end{Example}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{Two}&#xA;\begin{Example}&#xA;   This is a test&#xA;\caption{This is the third example}&#xA;\end{Example}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{Code}&#xA;  \begin{verbatim}&#xA;      \one \two \three&#xA;   \end{verbatim}&#xA;   \caption{Code Example}&#xA;\end{Code}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{Code}&#xA;  \begin{verbatim}&#xA;      \begin ... \end&#xA;   \end{verbatim}&#xA;   \caption{Code Example}&#xA;\end{Code}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I did not understand the part of your question where you say you need the floats to share the counter value. LaTeX creates a counter as by appending a &lt;code&gt;c@&lt;/code&gt; to the counter name, so for the two examples above to share a counter you can write &lt;code&gt;\let\c@Example\c@Code&lt;/code&gt; or vice-versa as you wish.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-19T03:34:11.733" LastActivityDate="2011-01-19T03:34:11.733" />
  <row Id="9259" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9253" CreationDate="2011-01-19T04:07:53.953" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You are right that they do not look very nice. You can use two different alternatives. In  first one you can use a sub-heading, as the first example in the code below and the second one (which I prefer) is to assume that your reader is an intelligent human being and omit them altogether! By proper captioning you can also ensure that your message is clear.&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/4QCSv.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{slashbox,booktabs,amsmath}&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\noindent&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|l||*{5}{c|}}\hline&#xA;\backslashbox{Room}{Date}&#xA;&amp;amp;\makebox[3em]{5/31}&amp;amp;\makebox[3em]{6/1}&amp;amp;\makebox[3em]{6/2}&#xA;&amp;amp;\makebox[3em]{6/3}&amp;amp;\makebox[3em]{6/4}\\\hline\hline&#xA;Meeting Room &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\\\hline&#xA;Auditorium &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\\\hline&#xA;Seminar Room &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\\\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\bigskip&#xA;&#xA;\begin{table}[htbp]&#xA;\begin{tabular}{llllll}&#xA;\toprule&#xA;\textbf{Date} &amp;amp;\makebox[3em]{5/31}&amp;amp;\makebox[3em]{6/1}&amp;amp;\makebox[3em]{6/2}&#xA;&amp;amp;\makebox[3em]{6/3}&amp;amp;\makebox[3em]{6/4}\\&#xA;\midrule&#xA;\textbf{Room} &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\\&#xA;Meeting Room &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\\&#xA;Auditorium &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\\&#xA;Seminar Room &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\\&#xA;\bottomrule&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\caption{Room availability \textit{vs} dates.}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\bigskip&#xA;&#xA;\begin{table}[htbp]&#xA;\begin{tabular}{llllll}&#xA;\toprule&#xA;~&amp;amp;\makebox[3em]{5/31}&amp;amp;\makebox[3em]{6/1}&amp;amp;\makebox[3em]{6/2}&#xA;&amp;amp;\makebox[3em]{6/3}&amp;amp;\makebox[3em]{6/4}\\&#xA;\midrule&#xA;Meeting Room &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\\&#xA;Auditorium &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\\&#xA;Seminar Room &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\\&#xA;\bottomrule&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\caption{Room availability \textit{vs} dates.}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-01-19T04:07:53.953" />
  <row Id="9260" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9263" CreationDate="2011-01-19T05:16:40.800" Score="1" ViewCount="246" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there some way to tell &lt;code&gt;subfig&lt;/code&gt; package to place subfigure captions to the left or to the right of subfigures? There is &lt;code&gt;sidecap&lt;/code&gt; package which does it for the main captions, but it does not affect subfigure captions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or, if &lt;code&gt;subfig&lt;/code&gt; does not have this options, which way to do it is the best? I tried to use &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; environment inside the figure, but there were some problems with alignment inside cells.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1464" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-10T17:59:10.983" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T17:59:10.983" Title="How to place subfigure caption on the side?" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;captions&gt;&lt;subfloats&gt;&lt;subcaption&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9261" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-19T05:21:37.420" Score="3" ViewCount="235" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a problem using opacity in TikZ. Whenever I use it somewhere in a picture,&#xA;I get weird side-effects: colors in (some) other parts of the documents are changed apparently randomly and it makes the text look semi-bold and somewhat blurry.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I only see this effect in Acrobat. Other pdf viewers I tried display the document correctly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3012" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-20T18:57:47.087" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T18:57:47.087" Title="Using opacity in TikZ causes strange rendering in Acrobat." Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;pdf-reader&gt;&lt;acrobat&gt;&lt;transparency&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="12" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="9262" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9260" CreationDate="2011-01-19T06:19:48.950" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I found the solution with &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; environment, which is a bit messy, but works. It is based on &lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/1467351/latex-tabular-vertical-alignment-to-top&quot;&gt;this StackOverflow thread&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\imagetop#1{\vtop{\null\hbox{#1}}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;    \begin{tabular}{l l}&#xA;    \imagetop{\includegraphics{figure1.eps}} &amp;amp; \imagetop{(a)} \\&#xA;    \imagetop{\includegraphics{figure2.eps}} &amp;amp; \imagetop{(b)}&#xA;    \end{tabular}&#xA;    \caption{Main caption.}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1464" LastActivityDate="2011-01-19T06:19:48.950" />
  <row Id="9263" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9260" CreationDate="2011-01-19T07:11:05.113" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The subcaption package offers a command called &lt;code&gt;\subcaption&lt;/code&gt; which typesets a sub-caption alone and has the same syntax as &lt;code&gt;\caption&lt;/code&gt;. You can place this command where you want, i.e. also beside a figure.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Addendum 2011-01-19, Example code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{caption,subcaption}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;\parbox[b]{.5\linewidth}{\Large&#xA;Insert picture here --&#xA;Insert picture here --&#xA;Insert picture here --&#xA;Insert picture here}%&#xA;\hspace{.1\linewidth}%&#xA;\parbox[b]{.4\linewidth}{%&#xA;\subcaption{This is just a short document to show that&#xA;we can place the sub-caption where we want to.}}&#xA;\caption{Main caption.}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\end{document}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Furthermore the floatrow package offers stuff like that (and more).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2574" LastEditorUserId="2574" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-19T19:46:09.617" LastActivityDate="2011-01-19T19:46:09.617" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9264" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-19T07:41:36.357" Score="1" ViewCount="72" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I convince amsrefs to use in one &lt;code&gt;biblist&lt;/code&gt; the alphabetic style and in another &lt;code&gt;biblist&lt;/code&gt; the numeric style?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For what it's worth, I managed to do this by saying&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\let\alpha@label\relax&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;right before the second &lt;code&gt;biblist&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Later:&lt;/strong&gt; Changing other of the formatting options would be nice, too, by the way. For example, the second &lt;code&gt;biblist&lt;/code&gt; should use only initials, and that is more annoying to do: one has to copy all of this code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\BibSpec{nameLE}{&#xA;  +{}{}{initials}&#xA;  +{}{\IfEmptyBibField{initials}{}{ }}{surname}&#xA;    +{}{ }{jr}&#xA;}&#xA;\BibSpec{nameBE}{&#xA;    +{}{}{surname}&#xA;    +{}{ }{initials}&#xA;}&#xA;\BibSpec{nameinverted}{&#xA;    +{} {}  {surname}&#xA;    +{,}{ } {initials}&#xA;    +{,}{ } {jr}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and using the &lt;code&gt;nobysame&lt;/code&gt; option amounts to saying&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\save@primary\@empty&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="525" LastEditorUserId="525" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-21T21:23:01.630" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T21:23:01.630" Title="Two amsrefs bibliographies, with different label styles" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;amsrefs&gt;" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9265" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9253" CreationDate="2011-01-19T08:20:22.137" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;that is a problem when the entries for &lt;code&gt;\backslashbox&lt;/code&gt; are very small. Insert some spaces and everything will be fine and, by the way, always load pict2e which extends the default line segments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{slashbox,pict2e}&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\noindent&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|r||*{5}{c|}}\hline&#xA;\backslashbox{Room~}{Date~~}&#xA;  &amp;amp; 5/31&amp;amp; 6/1 &amp;amp; 6/2 &amp;amp; 6/3 &amp;amp; 6/4 \\\hline&#xA;Meeting Room &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp; \\\hline&#xA;Auditorium   &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp; \\\hline&#xA;Seminar Room &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp; \\\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/XKgbF.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-19T08:20:22.137" />
  <row Id="9266" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9261" CreationDate="2011-01-19T09:03:36.933" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try inserting:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pdfpageattr{/Group &amp;lt;&amp;lt;/S /Transparency /I true /CS /DeviceRGB&amp;gt;&amp;gt;} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;into your preamble. I had a problem with some colours being way too bright in acrobat reader (but not in other pdf viewers) when using opacity &amp;lt; 1 and this fixed it for me. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2401" LastActivityDate="2011-01-19T09:03:36.933" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9267" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3506" CreationDate="2011-01-19T09:30:20.350" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm reading happily how many professionals employ TeX for any kind of business. I expected this using LaTeX myself for writing contracts and motions, but sometimes I wondered whether I were one of very few people who do this. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To all those professionals who use LaTeX: Please consider publishing an article about what you do in your local TUG-magazin.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alexander&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3015" LastActivityDate="2011-01-19T09:30:20.350" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-01-19T09:30:20.350" />
  <row Id="9268" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9270" CreationDate="2011-01-19T10:13:52.560" Score="2" ViewCount="130" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am quite new to TeX. I want that each line in the following equation be centered, but I cannot find how to do it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;\begin{split}&#xA;a &amp;amp; = \frac{M_{20}}{M_{00}} - x^{2}_{c}, \;\;\;&#xA;b = 2(\frac{M_{11}}{M_{00}} - x_{c}y_{c}), \;\;\;&#xA;c = \frac{M_{02}}{M_{00}} - y^{2}_{c}, \\&#xA;&amp;amp;\quad x_{c} = \frac{M_{10}}{M_{00}}, \;\;\;&#xA;y_{c} = \frac{M_{01}}{M_{00}}, \\&#xA;&amp;amp;\quad M_{ij} = \displaystyle\sum\limits_{x} \displaystyle\sum\limits_{y} x^i y^j I(x,y)&#xA;\end{split}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, it would be awesome if I could write &quot;and&quot; after the first line ;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2786" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-19T10:37:04.570" LastActivityDate="2011-01-19T14:54:49.500" Title="Centering split equation" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;formatting&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9269" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9268" CreationDate="2011-01-19T10:27:54.597" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{gather}&#xA;a = \frac{M_{20}}{M_{00}} - x^{2}_{c}, \;\;\; &#xA;    b = 2\left(\frac{M_{11}}{M_{00}} - x_{c}y_{c}\right), \;\;\;&#xA;    c = \frac{M_{02}}{M_{00}} - y^{2}_{c}, \nonumber\\&#xA;x_{c} = \frac{M_{10}}{M_{00}}, \;\;\; y_{c} = \frac{M_{01}}{M_{00}}, \\&#xA;M_{ij} = \sum_x\sum_y x^i y^j I(x,y)\nonumber&#xA;\end{gather}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-19T10:27:54.597" />
  <row Id="9270" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9268" CreationDate="2011-01-19T10:36:18.040" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{gather}&#xA;a  = \frac{M_{20}}{M_{00}} - x^{2}_{c},\quad&#xA;b = 2(\frac{M_{11}}{M_{00}} - x_{c}y_{c}),\quad&#xA;c = \frac{M_{02}}{M_{00}} - y^{2}_{c},\nonumber\\[1ex]&#xA;\text{and}\nonumber\\[1ex]&#xA;x_{c} = \frac{M_{10}}{M_{00}},\quad&#xA;y_{c} = \frac{M_{01}}{M_{00}}, \nonumber\\&#xA;M_{ij} = \displaystyle\sum\limits_{x} \displaystyle\sum\limits_{y} x^i y^j I(x,y)&#xA;\end{gather}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/4x6cs.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastEditorUserId="2552" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-19T11:34:40.417" LastActivityDate="2011-01-19T11:34:40.417" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="9271" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1319" CreationDate="2011-01-19T13:08:36.720" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A good comparison of MS Word vs. LaTex was done by &lt;a href=&quot;http://user.uni-frankfurt.de/~muehlich/tex/wordvslatex.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Matthias Mühlich&lt;/a&gt; who wrote twice the same text (without any formula or table or anything one expects LaTex to shine) in both formats and converted them to pdf.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Just print out &lt;a href=&quot;http://user.uni-frankfurt.de/~muehlich/tex/Word-LaTeX-Vergleich1.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;1&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://user.uni-frankfurt.de/~muehlich/tex/Word-LaTeX-Vergleich2.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;2&lt;/a&gt;, and decide for yourself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="473" LastActivityDate="2011-01-19T13:08:36.720" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-01-19T13:08:36.720" />
  <row Id="9272" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9233" CreationDate="2011-01-19T13:09:50.110" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The page you link to isn't hackish. It's as simple and clean as it could be.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\chainin (m-2-3) [join={node[above] {$x$}}];&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How much more straight forward could it get?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2199" LastActivityDate="2011-01-19T13:09:50.110" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9273" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-19T13:17:48.240" Score="0" ViewCount="103" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to use the \pageref command and although it seems to work appropriately and finds the correct page number, for some reason (unknown to me..) it causes big spaces before and after the page number (in every entry). How can I fix that problem? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks a lot for your help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3019" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-19T14:33:15.150" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T06:01:46.543" Title="query on the \pageref command" Tags="&lt;page-numbering&gt;&lt;lastpage&gt;&lt;pageref&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="9274" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9268" CreationDate="2011-01-19T13:27:51.633" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The code below is not exactly what you asked for, but it has some alternatives that you might want consider.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;\left&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\right&lt;/code&gt; to fix the size of the parenthesis&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;\intertext&lt;/code&gt; to put words between equations&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; to get better control of alignment&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You mentioned you are new. You might want to read the &lt;a href=&quot;ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/mh/mathtools.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;mathtools document&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{align}&#xA;a &amp;amp;= \frac {M_{20} } {M_{00} } - x^{2}_{c} , &amp;amp;&#xA;b &amp;amp;= 2 \left (  \frac {M_{11} } {M_{00} } - x_{c} y_{c}  \right )  , &amp;amp; %NOTE THE \LEFT AND \RIGHT&#xA;c &amp;amp;= \frac {M_{02} } {M_{00} } - y^{2}_{c} , \\&#xA;\intertext {and} % NOTE THE 'CORRECT' USAGE OF INTERTEXT TO WRITE IN BETWEEN EQUATIONS&#xA;&amp;amp;&amp;amp; \quad x_{c} &amp;amp;= \frac {M_{10} } {M_{00} } , &amp;amp; % NOTE THE DOUBLE &amp;amp;&amp;amp; TO ALIGN TO THE SECOND COLUMN&#xA;y_{c} &amp;amp;= \frac {M_{01} } {M_{00} } , \\&#xA;\intertext {Some text}&#xA;&amp;amp;&amp;amp; \quad M_{ij} &amp;amp;= \sum \limits_{x} \sum \limits_{y} x^i y^j I( x, y )&#xA;\end{align}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2421" LastEditorUserId="2421" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-19T13:37:20.510" LastActivityDate="2011-01-19T13:37:20.510" />
  <row Id="9275" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9295" CreationDate="2011-01-19T13:38:24.160" Score="5" ViewCount="198" Body="&lt;p&gt;This question is closely related to at least two other ones; namely, &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/7262/tables-of-numbers&quot;&gt;Tables of numbers&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/9253/slashbox-alternative&quot;&gt;slashbox alternative&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I'm after, is the horizontal- and vertical-alignment of row- and column-headers in the picture in the OP from the first mentioned question (re-included below).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/kZgJb.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are some typographical points which haven't been satisfied in either questions answers:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The &lt;code&gt;$n$&lt;/code&gt; column-header is horizontally aligned in the same way as the column-contents.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The &lt;code&gt;$k$&lt;/code&gt; row-header is flush-right in its container box, and vertically aligned the same as its row-contents.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;How would one achieve this?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm interested in any and all ways to achieve this; be it Plain, LaTeX, Context, Lua, PGF/TikZ, ... whatever!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The way I'm thinking to achieve this, in terms of describing the steps in plain english, is that:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Type in the &lt;code&gt;$n$&lt;/code&gt;-header lowered by, say, 1em, so that it gets the natural width of the column, and the proper formatting assigned in the preamble (be it centered or flush left, for example). But act as if nothing had been done, so that it doesn't take space away from what comes after.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Type in the &lt;code&gt;$k$&lt;/code&gt;-header flush right. The vertical alignment should be right in relation to the row-contents automatically. Again, this shouldn't probably take any space, so act as if nothing's been done.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Combine the above two boxes as one entity, &lt;code&gt;\hss&lt;/code&gt;(?) apart from each other, and slash a line from the natural width of the box's (ideally the same as the natural width of the whole column?) lower right corner to the upper left.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But because my TeX-fu is seriously lacking, I am unable to express these requirements with TeX. Let alone understand wether this is the right approach at all!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-19T17:53:27.147" LastActivityDate="2011-01-19T20:03:26.047" Title="Combined header cell in a table" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9276" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-19T14:17:19.977" Score="7" ViewCount="205" Body="&lt;p&gt;What I would like to do is to make corrections to a document- to cross out some text using the ulem package and then to put the &quot;correct&quot; answer above it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e.g.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\dotuline{\fontfamily{augie}\selectfont{nach den}} Türkei&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;yields a handwritten answer on a dotted line. Using \usepackage{ulem}, this can be struck out:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\dotuline{\sout{\fontfamily{augie}\selectfont{nach den}}} Türkei&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but I would also like to put in the corrected answer above the text, preferably without having to go into math mode and using \atop&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any ideas?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3020" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-19T16:27:08.017" LastActivityDate="2011-01-19T21:31:08.423" Title="Write text above other text" Tags="&lt;overlays&gt;&lt;text-manipulation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="9277" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9276" CreationDate="2011-01-19T14:23:06.813" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You might be interested in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/cancel&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;cancel&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package.   Or something similar can be implemented in TikZ.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\strikeout}[2][]{%&#xA;    % usage: \strikeout[bar]{foo} strikes out foo and superimposes bar&#xA;    %        \strikeout{foo} strikes out foo.&#xA;    \begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=0]&#xA;        \node[anchor=base,inner sep=0pt,outer sep=0pt] (main) {#2};&#xA;        \draw[red] ([yshift=0.5ex]main.base west) -- ([yshift=0.5ex]main.base east);&#xA;        \node[overlay,anchor=south,blue] at (main.north) (correction) {#1};&#xA;    \end{tikzpicture}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Now is the the time for all good \strikeout[citizens]{men} to come to the aid of their \strikeout{their} country.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/c17Oq.png&quot; alt=&quot;sample&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-19T14:42:21.337" LastActivityDate="2011-01-19T14:42:21.337" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9278" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9268" CreationDate="2011-01-19T14:35:42.350" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just replace the &lt;code&gt;split&lt;/code&gt; environment by &lt;code&gt;gathered&lt;/code&gt;, then you don't have to suppress spurious equation numbers:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;\begin{gathered}&#xA;a = \frac{M_{20}}{M_{00}} - x^{2}_{c}, \;\;\;&#xA;b = 2(\frac{M_{11}}{M_{00}} - x_{c}y_{c}), \;\;\;&#xA;c = \frac{M_{02}}{M_{00}} - y^{2}_{c}, \\&#xA;\quad x_{c} = \frac{M_{10}}{M_{00}}, \;\;\;&#xA;y_{c} = \frac{M_{01}}{M_{00}}, \\&#xA;\quad M_{ij} = \displaystyle\sum\limits_{x} \displaystyle\sum\limits_{y} x^i y^j I(x,y)&#xA;\end{gathered}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-19T14:54:49.500" LastActivityDate="2011-01-19T14:54:49.500" />
  <row Id="9279" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9275" CreationDate="2011-01-19T14:37:54.620" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{picture,slashbox}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{@{}c|*6c} &#xA;\backslashbox[0pt][l]{}{}&#xA;  &amp;amp; \makebox(0,0)[lb]{\put(-1.25\tabcolsep,0){\llap{k}}}%&#xA;a &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3 \\\hline&#xA;\makebox(0,0){\put(0,2.25\normalbaselineskip){\rlap{n}}}%&#xA;0 &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; 4\\&#xA;1 &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; 4\\&#xA;2 &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; 4\\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/MgnAM.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-19T14:37:54.620" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9280" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8198" CreationDate="2011-01-19T14:44:38.263" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would suggest to have a look at the (excellent) package &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/classicthesis/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;classicthesis&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3021" LastActivityDate="2011-01-19T14:44:38.263" />
  <row Id="9281" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9286" CreationDate="2011-01-19T15:03:17.917" Score="1" ViewCount="173" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have 4 things drawn with tikz. It's working fine but now I want to layout them in a grid 2x2, each one with its own caption. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: I have rewritten my question since It was not clear. Below code is what I want to a reduced version of what I want to draw but I want it to appear in a 2x2 layout.&#xA;Currently I get everything in a column. Taking too much space&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}&#xA;\centering&#xA;\subfloat[Start 1]{&#xA;    \label{fig:chap3_input_image}&#xA;    \begin{tikzpicture}[scale=2.0]&#xA;        \tikzstyle{every node}=[draw, shape=circle];&#xA;        \path (0:0cm) node[fill=black!40] (v0){$v_0$};&#xA;        \path (20:0.8cm) node (v1){$v_1$};&#xA;        \path (340:0.9cm) node (v8){$v_8$};&#xA;    \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;}&#xA;\hfill&#xA;\caption[Start]{Initial state}&#xA;\subfloat[State 2]{&#xA;    \label{fig:chap3_input_image2}&#xA;    \begin{tikzpicture}[scale=2.0]&#xA;        \tikzstyle{every node}=[draw, shape=circle, fill=black!20];&#xA;        \path (0:0cm) node[fill=black!40] (v0){$v_0$};&#xA;        \path (20:0.8cm) node (v1){$v_1$};&#xA;        \path (340:0.9cm) node (v8){$v_8$};&#xA;    \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;}&#xA;\caption[Step2]{State 2}&#xA;\subfloat[State 3]{&#xA;    \label{fig:chap3_input_image3}&#xA;    \begin{tikzpicture}[scale=2]&#xA;        \tikzstyle{every node}=[draw, shape=circle];&#xA;        \path (0:0cm) node[fill=black!30] (v0){$v_0$};&#xA;        \path (20:0.8cm) node (v1){$v_1$};&#xA;        \path (340:0.9cm) node (v8){$v_8$};&#xA;    \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;}&#xA;\hfill&#xA;\caption[Third step]{Third step of algorithm}&#xA;\subfloat[Step 4]{&#xA;    \label{fig:chap3_input_image4}&#xA;    \begin{tikzpicture}[scale=2]&#xA;        \tikzstyle{every node}=[draw, shape=circle];&#xA;        \path (0:0cm) node[fill=black!30] (v0){$v_0$};&#xA;        \path (20:0.8cm) node (v1){$v_1$};&#xA;        \path (60:1.0cm) node (v2){$v_2$};&#xA;&#xA;        \path (340:0.9cm) node (v8){$v_8$};&#xA;    \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;}&#xA;\caption[Algorithm X]{Flow of algorithm X}&#xA;\label{fig:AlgorithFlow}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2786" LastEditorUserId="2786" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-19T15:39:26.560" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T16:21:21.450" Title="How to put 4 tikzfigures, in a 2x2 layout?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;layout&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9282" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9276" CreationDate="2011-01-19T15:06:43.850" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;can also be done with a simple tabular&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor,calc}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\strikeout[2][]{%&#xA; \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}c@{}} &#xA;    \makebox(0,0)[cb]{\textcolor{blue}{#1}} \\[-0.2\normalbaselineskip]&#xA;     \rlap{\color{red}\rule[0.5ex]{\widthof{#2}}{0.5pt}}#2&#xA; \end{tabular}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Now is the the time for all good \strikeout[citizens]{men} to come to the aid of &#xA;their \strikeout{their} country.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/YemhX.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-19T21:31:08.423" LastActivityDate="2011-01-19T21:31:08.423" />
  <row Id="9283" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-19T15:07:46.447" Score="2" ViewCount="99" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm getting errors in a matrix equation. When I compile it looks fine, but I'd like to fix them so I don't have to press return for every error at compile time. The code for the equation is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{equation*}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{bmatrix}&#xA;U(1,t)  &amp;amp; \cdots &amp;amp; U(n,t) \\ &#xA;\vdots &amp;amp; \ddots &amp;amp; \vdots \\&#xA;O_{n1} &amp;amp; \cdots &amp;amp; O_{nn} &#xA;\end{bmatrix}&#xA;\times&#xA;\begin{bmatrix}&#xA;W(1,1)  &amp;amp; \cdots &amp;amp; W(1,n) \\ &#xA;\vdots &amp;amp; \ddots &amp;amp; \vdots \\ &#xA;W(n,1) &amp;amp; \cdots &amp;amp; W(n,n) &#xA;\end{bmatrix}&#xA;=&#xA;\begin{bmatrix} &#xA;D(1,t)  &amp;amp; \cdots &amp;amp; D(n,t) \\&#xA;\vdots &amp;amp; \ddots &amp;amp; \vdots \\&#xA;I_{n1} &amp;amp; \cdots &amp;amp; I_{nn}&#xA;\end{bmatrix}&#xA;&#xA;\end{equation*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The errors I'm getting are related to missing $'s inserted.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3022" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-19T15:21:44.953" LastActivityDate="2011-01-19T15:21:44.953" Title="Errors in matrix equation?" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="9284" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9283" CreationDate="2011-01-19T15:15:15.557" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I do not get any message with this one:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\[&#xA;\begin{bmatrix}&#xA;U(1,t)  &amp;amp; \cdots &amp;amp; U(n,t) \\ &#xA;\vdots &amp;amp; \ddots &amp;amp; \vdots \\&#xA;O_{n1} &amp;amp; \cdots &amp;amp; O_{nn} &#xA;\end{bmatrix}&#xA;\times&#xA;\begin{bmatrix}&#xA;W(1,1)  &amp;amp; \cdots &amp;amp; W(1,n) \\ &#xA;\vdots &amp;amp; \ddots &amp;amp; \vdots \\ &#xA;W(n,1) &amp;amp; \cdots &amp;amp; W(n,n) &#xA;\end{bmatrix}&#xA;=&#xA;\begin{bmatrix} &#xA;D(1,t)  &amp;amp; \cdots &amp;amp; D(n,t) \\&#xA;\vdots &amp;amp; \ddots &amp;amp; \vdots \\&#xA;I_{n1} &amp;amp; \cdots &amp;amp; I_{nn}&#xA;\end{bmatrix}&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-19T15:15:15.557" />
  <row Id="9285" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9283" CreationDate="2011-01-19T15:17:27.613" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you remove the empty lines after &lt;code&gt;\begin{equation*}&lt;/code&gt; and before &lt;code&gt;\end{equation*}&lt;/code&gt; the error messages disappear.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastActivityDate="2011-01-19T15:17:27.613" />
  <row Id="9286" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9281" CreationDate="2011-01-19T15:18:45.160" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;then do not put them in a row!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{subfig,tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;\centering&#xA;\subfloat[Input Image]{\label{fig:inputimage}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \draw (0,0)--(90:1cm) arc (90:360:1cm) arc (0:30:1cm)--cycle;&#xA;  \draw (60:5pt)-- +(30:1cm) arc (30:90:1cm)--cycle;&#xA;  \draw (2.5,0) +(0:1cm)-- +(72:1cm)-- +(144:1cm)-- +(216:1cm)--&#xA;              +(288:1cm)--cycle;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}}&#xA;\hfill&#xA;\subfloat[Sobel Edge detector]{\label{fig:sobel}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \draw (0,0)--(90:1cm) arc (90:360:1cm) arc (0:30:1cm)--cycle;&#xA;  \draw (60:5pt)-- +(30:1cm) arc (30:90:1cm)--cycle;&#xA;  \draw (2.5,0) +(0:1cm)-- +(72:1cm)-- +(144:1cm)-- +(216:1cm)--&#xA;              +(288:1cm)--cycle;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}}&#xA;&#xA;\subfloat[Canny Edge detector]{\label{fig:canny}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \draw (0,0)--(90:1cm) arc (90:360:1cm) arc (0:30:1cm)--cycle;&#xA;  \draw (60:5pt)-- +(30:1cm) arc (30:90:1cm)--cycle;&#xA;  \draw (2.5,0) +(0:1cm)-- +(72:1cm)-- +(144:1cm)-- +(216:1cm)--&#xA;              +(288:1cm)--cycle;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}}&#xA;\hfill&#xA;\subfloat[K means clustering]{\label{fig:chap1_kmeans}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \draw (0,0)--(90:1cm) arc (90:360:1cm) arc (0:30:1cm)--cycle;&#xA;  \draw (60:5pt)-- +(30:1cm) arc (30:90:1cm)--cycle;&#xA;  \draw (2.5,0) +(0:1cm)-- +(72:1cm)-- +(144:1cm)-- +(216:1cm)--&#xA;              +(288:1cm)--cycle;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}}&#xA;\caption{My caption}&#xA;\label{fig:methods}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/fo9PP.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-19T15:36:59.693" LastActivityDate="2011-01-19T15:36:59.693" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9287" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1774" CreationDate="2011-01-19T15:19:32.010" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is unnecessary to load any additional packages unless there are other reasons to do so. Mathmode provides alternative symbols $\vert$ for a vertical pipe and $\Vert$ for a double pipe. These appear to be independent of encoding. Actually as a math symbol $|$ appears also to be encoding independent. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3023" LastEditorUserId="3023" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-19T15:34:50.087" LastActivityDate="2011-01-19T15:34:50.087" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9288" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9281" CreationDate="2011-01-19T15:27:01.657" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Other option:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{positioning}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tikzset{inner sep=0pt,outer sep=0pt}&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA; \centering&#xA; \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \node (A) at (0,0) {\label{fig:inputimage}\includegraphics[width=0.45\textwidth]{inputimg}};&#xA;  \node[right=of A] (B) {\label{fig:sobel}\includegraphics[width=0.45\textwidth]{sobelimg}};&#xA;  \node[below=of A] (C) {\label{fig:canny}\includegraphics[width=0.45\textwidth]{cannyimg}};&#xA;  \node[right=of C] (D) {\label{fig:chap1_kmeans}\includegraphics[width=0.45\textwidth]{kmeansimg}};&#xA; \end{tikzpicture}&#xA; \caption{My caption}&#xA; \label{fig:methods}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1940" LastEditorUserId="1940" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-20T16:21:21.450" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T16:21:21.450" />
  <row Id="9289" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9294" CreationDate="2011-01-19T16:25:24.257" Score="4" ViewCount="260" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to create a TOC with      &lt;code&gt;\sections&lt;/code&gt; &amp;amp;      &lt;code&gt;\subsections&lt;/code&gt;  but without the page numbers on the right hand side. &#xA;I know this defeats the purpose of TOC but for knowledge sake I want to know if LaTeX gives this flexibility. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2036" LastActivityDate="2011-01-19T17:04:30.743" Title="TOC without page numbers" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="9290" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9289" CreationDate="2011-01-19T16:33:50.513" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\let\Contentsline\contentsline&#xA;\renewcommand\contentsline[3]{\Contentsline{#1}{#2}{}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;&#xA;\section{foo}&#xA;\section{bar}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-19T16:33:50.513" />
  <row Id="9291" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9293" CreationDate="2011-01-19T16:50:38.870" Score="2" ViewCount="136" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd really like to keep the default &lt;code&gt;\emptyset&lt;/code&gt;. I also use &lt;code&gt;MnSymbol&lt;/code&gt;. But &lt;code&gt;MnSymbols&lt;/code&gt; aliases &lt;code&gt;\emptyset&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\varnothing&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\diameter&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I prevent that from happening? Could I save &lt;code&gt;\emptyset&lt;/code&gt; previously to calling &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{MnSymbol}&lt;/code&gt; and restore it later on?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2074" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-19T17:04:24.503" LastActivityDate="2011-01-19T19:22:50.723" Title="How to prevent MnSymbols from aliasing \emptyset=\varnothing=\diameter?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9293" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9291" CreationDate="2011-01-19T16:57:41.123" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;please provide complete examples! And the package name is MnSymbol&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareSymbolFont{Symbols}{OMS}{cmsy}{m}{n}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\Emptyset}{\mathord}{Symbols}{&quot;3B}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{MnSymbol}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;$\Emptyset$ $\emptyset$&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/YKD5a.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-19T19:22:50.723" LastActivityDate="2011-01-19T19:22:50.723" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="9294" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9289" CreationDate="2011-01-19T17:04:30.743" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;LaTeX is flexible, especially if you are able to read sources to redefine macros.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;You could redefine &lt;code&gt;\addcontentsline&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand*{\addcontentsline}[3]{\addtocontents{#1}{\protect\contentsline{#2}{#3}{}}}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Alternatively, you could redefine &lt;code&gt;\contentsline&lt;/code&gt;, like Herbert did, or this way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand*{\contentsline}[3]{\csname l@#1\endcsname{#2}{}}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If you wish to remove page numbers for a certain level, such as subsection, redefine &lt;code&gt;\l@subsection{title}{page number}&lt;/code&gt;. Perhaps you would like to do that, because dotted toc lines, used for certain levels, are not meaningful without the page number.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;You could even redefine &lt;code&gt;\thepage&lt;/code&gt; locally to be empty, in a group together with &lt;code&gt;\tableofcontents&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note: if you use hyperref, solutions should be modified since hyperref makes modifications to TOC macros for hyperlinking.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-01-19T17:04:30.743" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9295" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9275" CreationDate="2011-01-19T17:07:34.620" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Consider the figure below:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/shzqn.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The minimum width, you need to have the two words aligned and have a slash between them is the total width of the two words, plus a bit of margins. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alignment can be achieved by adding a strut of a suitable width to one of the words as shown in the code below (base example is from &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/9253/slashbox-alternative&quot;&gt;slashbox alternative&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{slashbox,booktabs,xcolor,amsmath}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\noindent&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|l||*{5}{c|}}\hline&#xA;\backslashbox{\colorbox{orange}{Class venue $(w_1)$}}{\colorbox{yellow}{\vrule height4.8ex width0pt Date $(w_2)$}}&#xA;&amp;amp;\makebox[3em]{5/31}&amp;amp;\makebox[3em]{6/1}&amp;amp;\makebox[3em]{6/2}&#xA;&amp;amp;\makebox[3em]{6/3}&amp;amp;\makebox[3em]{6/4}\\\hline\hline&#xA;Meeting Room &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\\\hline&#xA;Auditorium &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\\\hline&#xA;Seminar Room &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\\\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am sure that with a bit of perseverance one of our Mathematician members can prove, that it is impossible to construct typographically correct slash boxes!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-19T20:03:26.047" LastActivityDate="2011-01-19T20:03:26.047" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9296" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10642" CreationDate="2011-01-19T17:35:14.353" Score="4" ViewCount="162" Body="&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/9236/1235&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt;, sfranky asked to put a double accent over &lt;code&gt;\bm{\phi}&lt;/code&gt;, produced by the &lt;code&gt;bm&lt;/code&gt; package. Double accents are implemented in both the &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;accents&lt;/code&gt; packages, but those packages don't work together well with &lt;code&gt;bm&lt;/code&gt;. What I found out myself: One can use &lt;code&gt;\use@mathgroup&lt;/code&gt; to make it work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now in my answer to sfranky's question I proposed to use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\use@mathgroup{\M@OMS}{5}{\bm{\phi}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to get a bold &lt;code&gt;\phi&lt;/code&gt; that the &lt;code&gt;accents&lt;/code&gt; package can handle. However, half of that was just educated guesses. &lt;code&gt;OMS&lt;/code&gt; is the encoding, I think (and maybe it should be &lt;code&gt;OML&lt;/code&gt; in this case), and &lt;code&gt;5&lt;/code&gt; is the font family of the &lt;code&gt;\bm{phi}&lt;/code&gt;. Altough it seems to work, surely this is not the Right Way of doing it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thus my question: Is there a way to automatically identify the encoding and family of the symbol I'm going to use?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-25T15:45:47.920" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T00:16:16.730" Title="How do I identify the encoding and family of a new math font?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;accents&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="9297" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3995" CreationDate="2011-01-19T17:51:19.207" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In MATLAB all labels and titles, you can use LaTeX interpreter to make your plot more professional. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% for&#xA;text(2,2,'$e^{2\log(x)}$','interpreter','latex','fontsize',18)&#xA;&#xA;% for legend&#xA;s =  legend('$x^3$','$x^2$');&#xA;set(s,'interpreter','latex');&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then the best way to include MATLAB plots into your latex document you have to follow these steps&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;save a picture as eps files;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;use epstopdf to convert eps to pdf, then you can use both formats.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You should not save picture in pdf format since the bounding box will be not correct.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2557" LastActivityDate="2011-01-19T17:51:19.207" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9298" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-19T18:17:14.490" Score="0" ViewCount="145" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi I used xelatex and texworks so far its working like a charm with unicode. &#xA;Here is the sample text &quot;प्रत्यय begning with ल श कवर्ग becomes इद्वर्णा।&quot;&#xA;Did not use any limiters etc to separate Devanagari and english text. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The question I have is, is there a way I can change the font of English words only. I used &lt;code&gt;\setmainfont[Script=Devanagari]{Sanskrit2003}&lt;/code&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;can I use something like that to set the desired font for english text. &#xA;I want to change all the english text to &quot;Times new Roman&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2036" LastActivityDate="2011-01-19T18:17:14.490" ClosedDate="2011-01-20T19:18:14.090" Title="Changing Font - TeXWorks" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="9299" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9291" CreationDate="2011-01-19T18:23:26.137" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For the sake of completeness, I believe you could just explicitly change the empty set back to the cm empty set:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\emptyset}{\font\cmsy = cmsy10 at 10pt&#xA; \hbox{\cmsy \char 59}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think the other solutions are better, however.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2011-01-19T18:23:26.137" />
  <row Id="9300" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9304" CreationDate="2011-01-19T18:31:49.087" Score="3" ViewCount="159" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/6vOdx.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Could someone provide me with an elegant solution to prevent wrapping of a table caption in lyx?  It must wrap at the end of the line, not at the end of the table.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%% LyX 1.6.7 created this file.  For more info, see http://www.lyx.org/.&#xA;%% Do not edit unless you really know what you are doing.&#xA;\documentclass[english]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[latin9]{inputenc}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;&#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% LyX specific LaTeX commands.&#xA;%% Because html converters don't know tabularnewline&#xA;\providecommand{\tabularnewline}{\\}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{babel}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;%&#xA;\begin{table}&#xA;\caption{Valleys in promoters of genes correlated with overexpression by breast&#xA;cancer subtype}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\label{tab:vlyTallyUniqVlyMtchCntrlOvrExp}&#xA;&#xA;\subtable[Number of valleys in the promoter region marking overexpresses&#xA;genes in breast cancer by subtype]{&#xA;&#xA;\label{tab:vlyTallyUniqCombinedVlyMtchCntrlOvrExp}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|c|}&#xA;\cline{3-4} &#xA;\multicolumn{1}{c}{} &amp;amp;   &amp;amp; \multicolumn{2}{c|}{Over-expression}\tabularnewline&#xA;\cline{3-4} &#xA;\multicolumn{1}{c}{} &amp;amp;  &amp;amp; Basal &amp;amp; Luminal \tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;Marked &amp;amp; Basal  &amp;amp; 131  &amp;amp; 116\tabularnewline&#xA;\cline{2-4} &#xA;Cell line &amp;amp; Luminal  &amp;amp; 100  &amp;amp; 104\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;%&#xA;\begin{table}&#xA;\subtable[Directly overlapping valleys in promoters of genes correlated&#xA;with overexpression by breast cancer subtype]{&#xA;&#xA;\label{tab:vlyTallyUniqOverlappingVlyMtchCntrlOvrExp}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|c|}&#xA;\cline{3-4} &#xA;\multicolumn{1}{c}{} &amp;amp;   &amp;amp; \multicolumn{2}{c|}{Over-expression}\tabularnewline&#xA;\cline{3-4} &#xA;\multicolumn{1}{c}{} &amp;amp;  &amp;amp; Basal &amp;amp; Luminal \tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;Marked &amp;amp; Basal  &amp;amp; 26 &amp;amp; 18\tabularnewline&#xA;\cline{2-4} &#xA;Cell line &amp;amp; Luminal  &amp;amp; 20 &amp;amp; 10\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="978" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T03:35:48.883" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T03:35:48.883" Title="Prevent wrapping of subtable captions in lyx" Tags="&lt;captions&gt;&lt;subfloats&gt;&lt;subcaption&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="9301" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9316" CreationDate="2011-01-19T18:45:59.283" Score="1" ViewCount="206" Body="&lt;p&gt;Currently I am trying to make a nice layout of logic gates for digital electronics. I have not been able to nest a &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; environment inside of a &lt;code&gt;circuitikz&lt;/code&gt; picture, and I'm quite new at nesting in general so I haven't had much success. The only way I can make it work is if I make the table out of nodes, the equation a singular node, and the picture just stays a &lt;code&gt;circuitikz&lt;/code&gt; picture for the corresponding logic gate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like to have a systematic way of grouping the three together in some sort of horizontal array. If I had a region of space split into three sections, I could nest the equation, table, and picture all in one array. I believe this is quite complicated, but perhaps there is a trivial fix?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have looked around but there aren't many examples involving the work I have been doing with &lt;code&gt;circuitikz&lt;/code&gt;. Any insight is much appreciated. I have attached the following code below. I realize it is not done in the best way, but I'm VERY new to TikZ and such packages. If you mess around with it at all you will need to include the &lt;code&gt;circuitikz&lt;/code&gt; package for successfull compilation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}[H]&#xA;\centering&#xA;\begin{circuitikz}&#xA;\draw (0,0) node[nor port] {};&#xA;\draw (-2,0) node[anchor=east] {{\bf {\green NOR}}};&#xA;\draw (1.5,0) node[anchor=west] {$\mathcal{O}=\overline{{\rm A}+{\rm B}}$};&#xA;\node at (6,0.5) {${\rm A}\;\;\;\;{\rm B}\;\;\;\;\mathcal{O}$};&#xA;\draw (4.95,0.2) -- (7,0.2);&#xA;\node at (6,-0.15) {0\;\;\;\;\;0\;\;\;\;\;1};&#xA;\node at (6,-0.55) {0\;\;\;\;\;1\;\;\;\;\;0};&#xA;\node at (6,-0.95) {1\;\;\;\;\;0\;\;\;\;\;0};&#xA;\node at (6,-1.35) {1\;\;\;\;\;1\;\;\;\;\;0};&#xA;&#xA;\draw (0,-3) node[nand port] {};&#xA;\draw (-2,-3) node[anchor=east] {{\bf {\green NAND}}};&#xA;\draw (1.5,-3) node[anchor=west] {$\mathcal{O}=\overline{{\rm A}\cdot{\rm B}}$};&#xA;\node at (6,-2.5) {${\rm A}\;\;\;\;{\rm B}\;\;\;\;\mathcal{O}$};&#xA;\draw (4.95,-2.8) -- (7,-2.8);&#xA;\node at (6,-3.15) {0\;\;\;\;\;0\;\;\;\;\;1};&#xA;\node at (6,-3.55) {0\;\;\;\;\;1\;\;\;\;\;1};&#xA;\node at (6,-3.95) {1\;\;\;\;\;0\;\;\;\;\;1};&#xA;\node at (6,-4.35) {1\;\;\;\;\;1\;\;\;\;\;0};&#xA;&#xA;\draw (0,-6) node[xor port] {};&#xA;\draw (-2,-6) node[anchor=east] {{\bf {\green XOR}}};&#xA;\draw (0.5,-6) node[anchor=west] {$\mathcal{O}=({\rm A}+{\rm B})\cdot\overline{({\rm A}\cdot {\rm B})}$};&#xA;\node at (6,-5.5) {${\rm A}\;\;\;\;{\rm B}\;\;\;\;\mathcal{O}$};&#xA;\draw (4.95,-5.8) -- (7,-5.8);&#xA;\node at (6,-6.15) {0\;\;\;\;\;0\;\;\;\;\;0};&#xA;\node at (6,-6.55) {0\;\;\;\;\;1\;\;\;\;\;1};&#xA;\node at (6,-6.95) {1\;\;\;\;\;0\;\;\;\;\;1};&#xA;\node at (6,-7.35) {1\;\;\;\;\;1\;\;\;\;\;0};&#xA;\end{circuitikz}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/beq2G.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2169" LastEditorUserId="2169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-20T00:52:09.887" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T07:11:50.943" Title="Nesting a tikz picture and tabular within an array environment" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;tables&gt;&lt;circuitikz&gt;&lt;nesting&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="9302" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3365" CreationDate="2011-01-19T19:16:28.890" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;\citeauthoronline&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\citeauthor&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3027" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-20T23:15:39.773" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T23:15:39.773" />
  <row Id="9303" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-19T19:26:12.237" Score="2" ViewCount="96" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I set up vim in such a manner, that it spellchecks only the text portion of my file?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I write a lot of reports that include code listings, which I would like to exclude from the spellchecking.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also I am writing in different languages: german and english. &#xA;How do I setup vim to do the spell checking properly. Which spell-checking packages are the best (aspell/ispell/...)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1681" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T03:37:05.193" Title="In vim: How to enable spellchecking of text only and exclude listings" Tags="&lt;listings&gt;&lt;vim&gt;&lt;spelling&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="9304" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9300" CreationDate="2011-01-19T19:52:39.610" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the packages &lt;code&gt;subfig&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;caption&lt;/code&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[english]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{subfig}&#xA;\usepackage{caption}&#xA;\captionsetup[table]{position=top,width=\textwidth}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;%&#xA;\begin{table}&#xA;\caption{Valleys in promoters of genes correlated with overexpression by breast&#xA;cancer subtype}\label{tab:vlyTallyUniqVlyMtchCntrlOvrExp}&#xA;\centering&#xA;\subfloat[Number of valleys in the promoter region marking overexpresses&#xA;genes in breast cancer by subtype]{\label{tab:vlyTallyUniqCombinedVlyMtchCntrlOvrExp}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|c|}&#xA;\cline{3-4} &#xA;\multicolumn{1}{c}{} &amp;amp;   &amp;amp; \multicolumn{2}{c|}{Over-expression}\tabularnewline&#xA;\cline{3-4} &#xA;\multicolumn{1}{c}{} &amp;amp;  &amp;amp; Basal &amp;amp; Luminal \tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;Marked &amp;amp; Basal  &amp;amp; 131  &amp;amp; 116\tabularnewline&#xA;\cline{2-4} &#xA;Cell line &amp;amp; Luminal  &amp;amp; 100  &amp;amp; 104\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}}&#xA;&#xA;\subfloat[Directly overlapping valleys in promoters of genes correlated&#xA;with overexpression by breast cancer subtype]{\label{tab:vlyTallyUniqOverlappingVlyMtchCntrlOvrExp}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|c|}&#xA;\cline{3-4} &#xA;\multicolumn{1}{c}{} &amp;amp;   &amp;amp; \multicolumn{2}{c|}{Over-expression}\tabularnewline&#xA;\cline{3-4} &#xA;\multicolumn{1}{c}{} &amp;amp;  &amp;amp; Basal &amp;amp; Luminal \tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;Marked &amp;amp; Basal  &amp;amp; 26 &amp;amp; 18\tabularnewline&#xA;\cline{2-4} &#xA;Cell line &amp;amp; Luminal  &amp;amp; 20 &amp;amp; 10\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Pfvvn.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-19T19:52:39.610" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="9305" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9300" CreationDate="2011-01-19T19:54:33.787" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using the/my subcaption package instead of subfig one can use the optional parameter of \subcaptionbox to enlarge the width of the sub-figure so the whole page width will be used. Example code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[english]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[latin9]{inputenc}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{caption,subcaption}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;&#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% LyX specific LaTeX commands.&#xA;%% Because html converters don't know tabularnewline&#xA;\providecommand{\tabularnewline}{\\}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{babel}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;%&#xA;\begin{table}&#xA;\caption{Valleys in promoters of genes correlated with overexpression by breast&#xA;cancer subtype}&#xA;&#xA;\label{tab:vlyTallyUniqVlyMtchCntrlOvrExp}&#xA;&#xA;\subcaptionbox{%&#xA;Number of valleys in the promoter region marking overexpresses genes in breast cancer by subtype&#xA;\label{tab:vlyTallyUniqCombinedVlyMtchCntrlOvrExp}}&#xA;[\linewidth]&#xA;{%&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|c|}&#xA;\cline{3-4} &#xA;\multicolumn{1}{c}{} &amp;   &amp; \multicolumn{2}{c|}{Over-expression}\tabularnewline&#xA;\cline{3-4} &#xA;\multicolumn{1}{c}{} &amp;  &amp; Basal &amp; Luminal \tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;Marked &amp; Basal  &amp; 131  &amp; 116\tabularnewline&#xA;\cline{2-4} &#xA;Cell line &amp; Luminal  &amp; 100  &amp; 104\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;%&#xA;\begin{table}&#xA;\subcaptionbox{%&#xA;Directly overlapping valleys in promoters of genes correlated&#xA;with overexpression by breast cancer subtype&#xA;\label{tab:vlyTallyUniqOverlappingVlyMtchCntrlOvrExp}}&#xA;[\linewidth]&#xA;{%&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|c|}&#xA;\cline{3-4} &#xA;\multicolumn{1}{c}{} &amp;   &amp; \multicolumn{2}{c|}{Over-expression}\tabularnewline&#xA;\cline{3-4} &#xA;\multicolumn{1}{c}{} &amp;  &amp; Basal &amp; Luminal \tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;Marked &amp; Basal  &amp; 26 &amp; 18\tabularnewline&#xA;\cline{2-4} &#xA;Cell line &amp; Luminal  &amp; 20 &amp; 10\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Unfortunately I have no clue about Lyx, so I don't know how to port this into Lyx.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For even more fancy stuff with subfigures take a look at the floatrow package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2574" LastActivityDate="2011-01-19T19:54:33.787" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9306" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9307" CreationDate="2011-01-19T20:15:04.853" Score="6" ViewCount="83" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the following example,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{xstring}&#xA;\newcommand\foo[1]{\StrSubstitute{#1}{love}{hate}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA; \section*{\foo{I love Mondays}}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;if I remove the &lt;code&gt;*&lt;/code&gt; from &lt;code&gt;\section*&lt;/code&gt; the code stops compiling.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;What is the trick that makes &lt;code&gt;\section*&lt;/code&gt; work ok with &lt;code&gt;\StrSubstitute&lt;/code&gt; but not &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Is there a workaround to include the command &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt; in a &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt; header too?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1371" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-19T22:56:42.923" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T22:56:42.923" Title="xstring functions in section/paragraph headers" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;strings&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="9307" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9306" CreationDate="2011-01-19T20:28:57.133" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Remember, section headings are also used for the table of contents, thus expanded and written to the .toc file. Use &lt;code&gt;\protect&lt;/code&gt; to prevent the early expansion of &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section{\protect\foo{I love Mondays}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alternatively use the optional argument to fix it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section[]{\foo{I love Mondays}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Have a look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://texblog.net/help/latex/fragile.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Fragile and Robust commands&lt;/a&gt; for explanation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can define the command to be robust, avoiding such problems from the beginning:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareRobustCommand\foo[1]{\StrSubstitute{#1}{love}{hate}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-19T21:12:26.097" LastActivityDate="2011-01-19T21:12:26.097" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9308" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9306" CreationDate="2011-01-19T20:30:28.767" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;it is a moving argument:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  \section{\protect\foo{I love Mondays}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-19T20:30:28.767" />
  <row Id="9309" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9339" CreationDate="2011-01-19T20:58:04.833" Score="4" ViewCount="114" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have two citations like &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@ARTICLE{Openshaw1999a,&#xA;  author = {Openshaw, S. and Turton, I. and Macgill, J},&#xA;  title = {Using the Geographical Analysis Machine to Analyze Limiting Long-term&#xA;    Illness},&#xA;  journal = {Geographical and Environmental Modelling},&#xA;  year = {1999},&#xA;  volume = {3.1},&#xA;  pages = {83-99},&#xA;  owner = {ijt1},&#xA;  timestamp = {2010.09.27}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@INCOLLECTION{citeulike:8468480,&#xA;  author = {Openshaw, Stan and Turton, Ian and Macgill, James and Davy, John},&#xA;  title = {{Putting the Geographical Analysis Machine on the Internet}},&#xA;  booktitle = {Innovations in GIS 6},&#xA;  publisher = {Taylor and Francis},&#xA;  year = {1999},&#xA;  editor = {Gittings, Bruce},&#xA;  chapter = {10},&#xA;  pages = {121--132},&#xA;  address = {London}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which both appear in the text as “Openshaw et al (1999)” when I cite them. Other than using &lt;code&gt;[fullnamesfirst]&lt;/code&gt; as an option to &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt; is there a way to prevent them appearing to be citations of the same paper?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3028" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-19T21:17:31.350" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T14:13:06.400" Title="two papers that abbreviate to the same Author et al (1999) in text" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;natbib&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9310" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9309" CreationDate="2011-01-19T21:07:00.453" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;use the star version &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;foo~\citep*{Openshaw1999a,citeulike:8468480}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/OU7cP.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-19T21:07:00.453" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9311" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9312" CreationDate="2011-01-19T21:40:16.953" Score="1" ViewCount="80" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to create some documents using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/flashcards/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;flashcards&lt;/a&gt; macros, and I'd like to have the text aligned like follows&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;    ____________________________________&#xA;   |                                    |&#xA;   | A string      An Xtra long string  |&#xA;   | B string                 C string  |&#xA;   | An Xtra long string 2    D string  |&#xA;   |                                    |&#xA;    ------------------------------------&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried using the &lt;code&gt;tabular*&lt;/code&gt; environment, which seems quite suitable, used as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular*}&#xA;A string               &amp;amp; An Xtra long string \\&#xA;B string               &amp;amp; C string \\&#xA;An Xtra long string 2  &amp;amp; D string&#xA;\end{tabular*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately the result overflows horizontally, something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;    ____________________________________&#xA;   |                                    |&#xA;   | A string               An Xtra long string&#xA;   | B string                          C string&#xA;   | An Xtra long string 2             D string&#xA;   |                                    |&#xA;    ------------------------------------&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I've tried using &lt;code&gt;makebox&lt;/code&gt;, like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makebox[.48\linewidth][l]{A string} &#xA;\makebox[.48\linewidth][r]{An Xtra long string} \\&#xA;\makebox[.48\linewidth][l]{B string} &#xA;\makebox[.48\linewidth][r]{C string} \\    &#xA;\makebox[.48\linewidth][l]{An Xtra long string 2} &#xA;\makebox[.48\linewidth][r]{D string}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But this results in too much vertical padding, something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;     ____________________________________&#xA;    |                                    |&#xA;    | A string      An Xtra long string  |&#xA;    |                                    |&#xA;    | B string                 C string  |&#xA;    |                                    |&#xA;    | An Xtra long string 2    D string  |&#xA;     ------------------------------------&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which is also not the desired result.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think (hope) I've clearly demonstrated the outcome I desire. So far I've been  mucking about, but I suspect there's a relatively easy way to accomplish this.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would be grateful for any feedback or suggestions that you think may be of assistance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you for reading.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1744" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-20T07:17:16.477" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T07:17:16.477" Title="Opposing alignment of multiple lines of long text without exceeding \linewidth" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9312" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9311" CreationDate="2011-01-19T22:17:12.750" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's one option... use \hfill.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\noindent&#xA;\parbox{2in}{%&#xA;A string \hfill An Xtra long string \\&#xA;B string \hfill C string \\&#xA;An Xtra long string 2 \hfill  D string&#xA;}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(You don't really need the parbox; it's just that the point is easiest to see with a narrower width.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/EgWvh.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have another option which I'll post separately so it can be voted on separately or accepted/unaccepted separately.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastEditorUserId="411" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-19T22:27:06.937" LastActivityDate="2011-01-19T22:27:06.937" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9313" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9311" CreationDate="2011-01-19T22:25:47.517" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another option is to use a tabbing environment:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\parbox{2in}{%&#xA;\begin{tabbing}&#xA;A string \` An Xtra long string \\&#xA;B string \` C string \\&#xA;An Xtra long string 2 \` D string&#xA;\end{tabbing}&#xA;}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I was going to post another screenshot, but I can't tell the difference between this output and the one I posted earlier, so...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2011-01-19T22:25:47.517" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="9314" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3673" CreationDate="2011-01-20T00:21:03.913" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am not sure whether it will help you in any way, but this bib tool looks useful for multi-author/multi-bib-file problems. You may have a look!  &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.clemens-barth.dyndns.info/Bibcut.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.clemens-barth.dyndns.info/Bibcut.php&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3031" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T00:21:03.913" />
  <row Id="9315" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9327" CreationDate="2011-01-20T00:29:20.837" Score="1" ViewCount="96" Body="&lt;p&gt;The answer to a previous question — &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/8634/hyperref-url-breaking&quot;&gt;hyperref url breaking&lt;/a&gt; — has got me puzzled. If you take the example code of the accepted answer and use &lt;code&gt;pdfborder={0 0 10}&lt;/code&gt; (instead of 100), two things will happen:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;with &lt;code&gt;latex test.tex &amp;amp;&amp;amp; dvips test.dvi &amp;amp;&amp;amp; ps2pdf test.ps&lt;/code&gt;, the resulting document will have a border that's &quot;right&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;with &lt;code&gt;pdflatex test.tex&lt;/code&gt; however, one gets a big blob of the link color, generally cyan (texlive).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can one say what is causing this? The linked thread mentions a &lt;code&gt;-Ppdf&lt;/code&gt; option though I am not sure what that entails. Is it perhaps that the link border is a bitmap rather than a vector?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2859" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T08:00:32.603" Title="Difference between latex-dvips and pdflatex - resolutions" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;dvi&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="9316" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9301" CreationDate="2011-01-20T01:36:13.467" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Usually it is structurally better to nest things the other way round; i.e. a big tabular with tikzpictures (or &lt;code&gt;circutikz&lt;/code&gt; environments in your case) in its cells.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}{cccc}&#xA;    \textcolor{green}{NOR}&#xA;    &amp;amp;&#xA;    \begin{circuitikz}[baseline=-0.7ex]&#xA;        \draw (0,0) node[nor port] {};&#xA;    \end{circuitikz}&#xA;    &amp;amp;&#xA;    $\mathcal{O} = \overline{A + B}$&#xA;    &amp;amp;&#xA;    $\begin{array}{ccc}&#xA;        A &amp;amp; B &amp;amp; \mathcal{O} \\ \hline&#xA;        0 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 1 \\&#xA;        0 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 0 \\&#xA;        1 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 0 \\&#xA;        1 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 0 \\&#xA;    \end{array}$&#xA;    \\&#xA;    etc.&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, sometimes one needs both the flexibility of TikZ and the structure of a table. In this case one can use the &lt;code&gt;\matrix&lt;/code&gt; command in TikZ (see section 17 “Matrices and Alignment” of the TikZ manual (v2.10)). For nesting tabular material (like the array in this case) inside a TikZ matrix, see also &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/9244/putting-a-tabular-in-a-node-within-a-matrix/9254#9254&quot;&gt;Putting a tabular in a node within a matrix&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{circuitikz}&#xA;    \matrix[column sep=2em, ampersand replacement=\&amp;amp;] {&#xA;        \node[green] {NOR};&#xA;        \&amp;amp;&#xA;        \node[nor port] {};&#xA;        \&amp;amp;&#xA;        \node {$\mathcal{O} = \overline{A + B}$};&#xA;        \&amp;amp;&#xA;        \node {&#xA;            $\begin{array}{ccc}&#xA;                A &amp;amp; B &amp;amp; \mathcal{O} \\ \hline&#xA;                0 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 1 \\&#xA;                0 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 0 \\&#xA;                1 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 0 \\&#xA;                1 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 0 \\&#xA;            \end{array}$&#xA;            };&#xA;        \\&#xA;        \node {etc.}; \\&#xA;    };&#xA;\end{circuitikz}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-20T07:11:50.943" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T07:11:50.943" />
  <row Id="9317" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8500" CreationDate="2011-01-20T01:48:23.390" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you're using XeLaTeX, you should be using the &lt;code&gt;xeCJK&lt;/code&gt; package instead of &lt;code&gt;CJK&lt;/code&gt;. The code is then much simpler:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\PassOptionsToPackage{a4paper}{geometry}&#xA;\documentclass[avery5371,frame]{flashcards}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[english,german,brazilian]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{xeCJK}&#xA;\setCJKmainfont{Hiragino Kaku Gothic Pro}&#xA;\setmainfont{Myriad Pro}      % set your favorite Latin-based font here&#xA;&#xA;\cardbackstyle[\small\selectlanguage{english}]{empty}&#xA;\cardfrontstyle[\selectlanguage{german}\Large]{headings}&#xA;\cardfrontfoot{日本語}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{flashcard}{がくせい}&#xA;1) student&#xA;\end{flashcard}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="226" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T01:48:23.390" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9318" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9319" CreationDate="2011-01-20T04:34:56.223" Score="1" ViewCount="311" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to have output an equals sign that has a small question mark over the top of it. (I'm proving an equation, but it is not obvious until the final step that the equation is true.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Do I need to create a special symbol myself (via a macro, etc.), or is there already one defined?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2658" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T04:42:11.300" Title="Question mark over equals sign" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="9319" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9318" CreationDate="2011-01-20T04:42:11.300" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\stackrel{?}{=}&lt;/code&gt;. Some more characters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T04:42:11.300" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9321" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9273" CreationDate="2011-01-20T06:01:46.543" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;My crystal ball guesses you redefine &lt;code&gt;\thepage&lt;/code&gt; to change the look of your page footer or the spacing of numbers in the ToC, and suggests that you don't do that. As you notice, &lt;code&gt;\thepage&lt;/code&gt; is also used elsewhere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(But yes, we need to see an example.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1860" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T06:01:46.543" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9322" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3673" CreationDate="2011-01-20T06:26:11.310" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is about JabRef ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can mark some of bibtex entries and copy to your main bibtex file. This should be one way to avoid the duplicate. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2557" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T06:26:11.310" />
  <row Id="9323" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-20T06:33:18.070" Score="13" ViewCount="270" Body="&lt;p&gt;Given Donald Knuth's legendary sense of humor, one cannot help but suppose he would have succumbed to the temptation to add in a &quot;special&quot; command or two that did something unsuspected or unusual just for the fun of it. (And I don't just mean some cute or funny source code comments, but something that actually does something.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And if not him, then surely &lt;em&gt;someone&lt;/em&gt; in the community who has made an extension, document class, package or subversion of TeX, LaTeX, ConTeXt, or a helper program like an editor, etc., decided to have a little fun and throw in an Easter Egg.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Yet, at the moment, I cannot think of a single one. Does anyone know of any?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T09:34:58.693" Title="Are there any (La)TeX Easter Eggs?" Tags="&lt;knuth&gt;&lt;easter-egg&gt;&lt;fun&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="9324" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9326" CreationDate="2011-01-20T06:55:14.297" Score="4" ViewCount="88" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to invoke my document class as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[cymk,dvips,dvipsnames]{mybook}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Internally &lt;code&gt;mybook.cls&lt;/code&gt; includes my own packages such as &lt;code&gt;mytables.sty&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;mypstricks.sty&lt;/code&gt;, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is the minimal code to create this document class?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T07:39:59.947" Title="What is the minimal codes to create my own `\documentclass` derived from LaTeX's `book`?" Tags="&lt;documentclass-writing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="9325" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-20T07:36:32.340" Score="4" ViewCount="74" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to write a simple command that will put some text right-aligned, but bump it to the next line if it doesn't fit well. Since an image is worth a thousand words:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/7sGTK.png&quot; alt=&quot;example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &quot;Normally&quot; case is correct - that's what it should do. But if the line gets too long, I'd like it to bump to the next line, as shown in &quot;Desired&quot;. Currently, what I have does &quot;Failure&quot;. Here's what I've come up with so far:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\when}[1]{\hfill\mbox{\textit{#1}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Note:&lt;/em&gt; I had to manually push the &quot;Desired&quot; to the right with a &lt;code&gt;\\ \strut&lt;/code&gt;, but I'd like the macro to automate this, and to not have to pick out the cases where I need to do that by hand. (Simply adding &lt;code&gt;\\ \strut&lt;/code&gt; to the macro results in the wrong output for the &quot;Normally&quot; case.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1841" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T09:43:29.173" Title="Bump right-aligned text to next line if no room" Tags="&lt;horizontal-alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="9326" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9324" CreationDate="2011-01-20T07:39:59.947" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ProvidesClass{mybook}[2011/01/20 v 0.01 my own class (hv)]&#xA;\DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{book}}% or whatever&#xA;\ProcessOptions\relax&#xA;%&#xA;\LoadClass[% the default options&#xA;]{book}&#xA;\RequirePackage{xcolors}&#xA;\RequirePackage{...}&#xA;...&#xA;\endinput&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;end, of course, a comment statement of the license (LPPL) at the beginning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T07:39:59.947" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9327" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9315" CreationDate="2011-01-20T08:00:32.603" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;the package &lt;code&gt;breakurl&lt;/code&gt; calculates the setting of the borderwidth depending to its contents, whereas &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; passes it as a pdfliteral without any changes into the pdf. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T08:00:32.603" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9328" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9325" CreationDate="2011-01-20T09:24:56.693" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A possible solution could look like this. (I had no other idea for the macro name so I have chosen this one).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper,english]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{babel}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*{\signed}[1]{%&#xA;  \unskip\hspace*{1em plus 1fill}&#xA;  \nolinebreak[3]%&#xA;  \hspace*{\fill}\mbox{\emph{#1}}&#xA;  \parfillskip0pt\par&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog. \signed{2001--2002}&#xA;&#xA;  With the new command the signature text should be shifted to the new line. \signed{2001--2002}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/xisAJ.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T09:24:56.693" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9330" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9325" CreationDate="2011-01-20T09:31:49.263" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a5paper]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\When[1]{{%&#xA;  \leftskip=0ptplus1fil\rightskip=-\leftskip\parfillskip=\leftskip&#xA;  \hfill \phantom{ } \textit{\mbox{#1}}\par}}&#xA;&#xA;\parindent=0pt&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\hrulefill&#xA;&#xA;long long long long long long blub bla bla \When{2002--2010}&#xA;long long long long long long blub bla bla blaaah \When{2002--2010}&#xA;long long long long long long blub bla bla bla bla blaaaah \When{2002--2010}&#xA;&#xA;long long long long long long blub bla bla bla bla blaaaah &#xA;long long long long long long blub bla bla bla bla blaaaah &#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/UElYM.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T09:31:49.263" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9331" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9323" CreationDate="2011-01-20T09:34:58.693" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is not quite an answer, but I just wrote the following code, that redefines a command to turn its argument by a random angle&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Namely, &lt;code&gt;\easteregg\footnote&lt;/code&gt; declares all footnotes to rotate their text by a random amount (between -10 and +10 degrees).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{rotating}&#xA;\usepackage[first=-10,last=10]{lcg}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand{\globalrand}{\rand\global\cr@nd\cr@nd}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\newcommand{\easteregg}[1]{%&#xA;  \expandafter\let\csname old\string#1\endcsname#1%&#xA;  \expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter##\expandafter1\expandafter{%&#xA;    \csname old\string#1\endcsname{\protect\globalrand\protect\turnbox{\value{rand}}{##1}\protect\phantom{##1}}}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\easteregg\emph&#xA;\easteregg\section&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Test}&#xA;\section{More test}&#xA;\section{Examples}&#xA;&#xA;\emph{Some} \emph{emphasized} \emph{text}, &#xA;\emph{with} \emph{random} \emph{directions}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T09:34:58.693" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9332" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9155" CreationDate="2011-01-20T10:11:44.187" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would probably go for perl, where you can use regular expressions to &lt;a href=&quot;http://perldoc.perl.org/perlfaq6.html#Can-I-use-Perl-regular-expressions-to-match-balanced-text%3f&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;match balanced text&lt;/a&gt; or use modules such as &lt;a href=&quot;http://search.cpan.org/perldoc?Text%3a%3aBalanced&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Text::Balanced&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But maybe that's just me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T10:11:44.187" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9333" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9334" CreationDate="2011-01-20T10:24:44.083" Score="7" ViewCount="171" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to redefine the underscore &lt;code&gt;_&lt;/code&gt; to automatically set subscripts in math mode in roman type, as I currently find myself almost always using &lt;code&gt;_\mathrm{}&lt;/code&gt;. I can't find a way of redefining what &lt;code&gt;_&lt;/code&gt; does:&lt;br&gt;&#xA; &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand_&lt;/code&gt; gives&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Missing control sequence inserted.&#xA;&amp;lt;inserted text&amp;gt; &#xA;                \inaccessible &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and &lt;code&gt;\show_&lt;/code&gt; just tells me  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;subscript character _.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I found &lt;a href=&quot;http://anthony.liekens.net/index.php/LaTeX/SubscriptAndSuperscriptInTextMode&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;a description of how to make &lt;code&gt;_&lt;/code&gt; an active character&lt;/a&gt; on Anthony Lieken's website, but that just brings &lt;code&gt;_&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;^&lt;/code&gt; to text mode and does not change the behaviour in math mode.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Question:&#xA;How do I make &lt;code&gt;_x&lt;/code&gt; behave like &lt;code&gt;_\mathrm{x}&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-20T19:59:03.713" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T19:59:03.713" Title="Redefine underscore to produce roman subscript" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;subscripts&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="9334" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9333" CreationDate="2011-01-20T10:30:10.787" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Making &lt;code&gt;_&lt;/code&gt; active was the right idea:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\catcode`_=\active&#xA;\newcommand_[1]{\ensuremath{\sb{\mathrm{#1}}}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;a_{text} $a_{text}$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks to &lt;code&gt;\ensuremath&lt;/code&gt; (and to Bruno) this can also be used in text mode. For the &quot;old&quot; &lt;code&gt;_&lt;/code&gt; you can then use &lt;code&gt;\sb&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-20T10:52:35.340" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T10:52:35.340" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="9335" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-20T10:32:08.187" Score="9" ViewCount="350" Body="&lt;p&gt;While LaTeX-based PDFs are generally very good when printed, I find most of them really hard and annoying to read on-screen when viewing the full page. Most line widths are very small, which results in badly rendered screen fonts or e.g. boxes with some non-displayed lines. Documents produced with other software don't suffer so much from this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;try reading &lt;a href=&quot;http://www-cs-faculty.stanford.edu/~uno/joalet.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this letter&lt;/a&gt; on screen in a PDF reader such as Adobe Reader. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;or see the box in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/extract/extract.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this document&lt;/a&gt; on page 2, at certain zoom levels the left line of the box is not shown)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Besides zooming in in the PDF reader (I don't like that, because I loose overview), or changing the default Latex font, is there an easy way to make LaTeX PDFs more on-screen readable?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(PS: I use Windows)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2090" LastEditorUserId="2090" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-20T10:37:29.007" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T16:51:29.180" Title="Is there a way to make standard LaTex PDF output look good *on screen* as well" Tags="&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;rendering&gt;&lt;screen&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="9336" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9333" CreationDate="2011-01-20T10:45:19.267" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\catcode`\_=\active&#xA;\def_#1{\ensuremath{\sb{\mathrm{#1}}}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;$f_{bar}$ f_x&#xA;&#xA;\[ \int_a^b f(x) \mathrm{d}x \]&#xA;\[ \int\sb{a}^b f(x) \mathrm{d}x \]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T10:45:19.267" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9338" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9335" CreationDate="2011-01-20T10:48:52.177" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The first document has no scalable fonts, it uses the default ComputerModern. A&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{lmodern}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will help.&#xA;And for the second document it is always a problem with the viewer and the magnification.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-20T11:15:44.443" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T11:15:44.443" CommentCount="23" />
  <row Id="9339" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9309" CreationDate="2011-01-20T10:56:20.360" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Citing the two papers as &quot;Openshaw et al (1999a)&quot; and &quot;Openshaw et al (1999b)&quot; implies that those papers were written by the same co-authors, while in fact one author (John Davy) was part of the second, but not of the first author team. (Herbert's use of the alpha style avoids this problem.) Using author-year-styles, I would cite the papers as &quot;Openshaw, Turton et al (1999)&quot; and &quot;Openshaw, Turton, Macgill et al (1999)&quot;. I'm not aware of a bibliography style that will do so automatically (disambiguation of author lists is on the roadmap for future versions of biblatex). Using natbib, you could define&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\defcitealias{key1}{Oppenshaw, Turton et al (1999)}&#xA;\defcitealias{key2}{Oppenshaw, Turton, Macgill et al (1999)}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\citetalias{key1,key2}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in the text, but this solution is far from perfect (&lt;code&gt;\citepalias&lt;/code&gt; would result in double parentheses).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T10:56:20.360" />
  <row Id="9340" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4784" CreationDate="2011-01-20T11:04:59.843" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;EDIT: a few weeks ago, I wrote this &quot;answer&quot;, wishing for something more powerful than Yiannis did, namely, the ability of executing step by step the LaTeX file. I have a prototype. See the bottom of this post for the full code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT 2,3,4: improved the code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am not sure that this should be an answer, but it is definitely too long for a comment. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I  would find it neat if I could type &lt;code&gt;\unravel{\section*{title}}&lt;/code&gt; and see the macro unravel: first, expand it once, then expand the first of these macros once and show me the resulting token list, and continue expanding in the order that TeX would do it, until there is a need to read something after the token list given as an argument to &lt;code&gt;\unravel&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For instance, &lt;code&gt;\unravel{\section*}&lt;/code&gt; should give&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@ }{-3.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus &#xA;-.2ex}{2.3ex \@plus .2ex}{\normalfont \Large \bfseries }*&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;notice the star at the end. Then it should give&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\if@noskipsec \leavevmode \fi \par \@tempskipa -3.5ex \@plus -1ex &#xA;\@minus -.2ex\relax \@afterindenttrue \ifdim \@tempskipa &amp;lt;\z@ &#xA;\@tempskipa -\@tempskipa \@afterindentfalse \fi \if@nobreak &#xA;\everypar {}\else \addpenalty \@secpenalty \addvspace \@tempskipa &#xA;\fi \@ifstar {&#xA;  \@ssect {\z@ }{-3.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}{2.3ex \@plus &#xA;  .2ex}{\normalfont \Large \bfseries }&#xA;}{&#xA;  \@dblarg {\@sect {section}{1}{\z@ }{-3.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus &#xA;  -.2ex}{2.3ex \@plus .2ex}{\normalfont \Large \bfseries }}&#xA;}*&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;etc. It would also be neat to be able to skip the expansion of some commands: if I already know very well what &lt;code&gt;\@sect&lt;/code&gt; does, I should be able to happily do several steps of the expansion at that point.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;EDIT (cont.): Sorry, the code is quite big (and has bugs). I tried to include some comments. In the end, you just write &lt;code&gt;\debug@unravel{\textrm{Hello}}&lt;/code&gt; to see TeX at work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{trace}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;&#xA;% Storing a few primitives that we use, to avoid crashes if they are&#xA;% redefined by the user. [...]&#xA;&#xA;% =========== Setup.&#xA;% &quot;todo&quot;: tokens that are going to be read, expanded, etc.&#xA;% &quot;modifiers&quot;: a place to save modifiers (so far, only &quot;\global&quot;)&#xA;% &quot;done&quot;: the output, which in the best possible world would contain&#xA;%   tokens that produce the same output as the original ones.&#xA;\newtoks\debug@toks@todo&#xA;\long\xdef\debug@modifiers@tl{}&#xA;\newtoks\debug@toks@done&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@afterassignment@token{}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@toks@done@append#1{%&#xA;  \global\debug@toks@done\expandafter{\the\debug@toks@done#1}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% Various scratch objects.&#xA;\newcount\debug@tmp@count&#xA;\newskip\debug@tmp@skip&#xA;\newbox\debug@tmp@box&#xA;&#xA;% A few parameters to control display:&#xA;\newcounter{debug@output@stream} \setcounter{debug@output@stream}{16}&#xA;\newcounter{debug@prompt@stream} \setcounter{debug@prompt@stream}{-1}&#xA;\newcounter{debug@noise}         \setcounter{debug@noise}{1}&#xA;\newcounter{debug@steps}         \setcounter{debug@steps}{0}&#xA;\newcounter{debug@nonstop}       \setcounter{debug@nonstop}{1}&#xA;&#xA;% Spaces make \debug@unravel{...} choke!&#xA;%&#xA;% Explicit braces which start a group (rather than the argument&#xA;% of a macro) are not yet implemented.&#xA;% &#xA;% \noexpand, \afterassignments, \aftergroup,&#xA;% \unhbox, \unvbox, \unhcopy, \unvcopy,&#xA;% \write, &#xA;% ...&#xA;% need to be implemented&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% The main command, \debug@unravel, simply sets the toks \debug@toks@todo,&#xA;% and repeatedly does one step of the expansion until we reach the&#xA;% end of the list.&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@unravel#1{%&#xA;  \debug@print@welcome%&#xA;  % &#xA;  \global\debug@toks@todo{#1}%&#xA;  \global\debug@toks@done{}%&#xA;  \global\let\debug@head\relax%&#xA;  % &#xA;  \loop%&#xA;  \debug@set@to@head\debug@head\debug@toks@todo%&#xA;  \unless\ifx\debug@head\debug@qstop%&#xA;  \debug@step%&#xA;  \repeat%&#xA;  % &#xA;  \debug@print@outcome%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@insurance#1{%&#xA;  \begingroup\escapechar=`\\\relax%`&#xA;  #1%&#xA;  \endgroup%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@step{%&#xA;  % &#xA;  % Then, in a safe environment (\escapechar=92),&#xA;  % - analyse the token,&#xA;  % - print the token list&#xA;  % - print/show the first token&#xA;  % - figure out whether we should be using \debug@type or @iv &#xA;  % - prepare the message on what we will be doing&#xA;  \debug@insurance{%&#xA;    \debug@type@from@meaning\debug@head%&#xA;    \debug@print@done%&#xA;    \debug@print@todo%&#xA;    \debug@print@first%&#xA;    \debug@prompt%&#xA;    \debug@type@find@correct%&#xA;    \debug@setup@print@wedid%&#xA;  }%&#xA;  %&#xA;  % Finally, do what we should do.&#xA;  \csname debug@do@\debug@type@correct\endcsname%&#xA;  \debug@print@wedid% auto-insured&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@type@find@correct{%&#xA;  \@ifundefined{debug@do@\debug@type}{%&#xA;    \@ifundefined{debug@do@\debug@type@iv}{%&#xA;      \debug@read@unsafe{1}%&#xA;      \debug@typeout{Warning: Unknown token \debug@solid@name.}%&#xA;      \debug@typeout{\@spaces Input code to insert here. Or press return to proceed:}%&#xA;      \debug@typeout{\@spaces this dumps \debug@solid@name into the output,}%&#xA;      \debug@typeout{\@spaces by inserting \noexpand\debug@primitive{\debug@type}{unsupp}}%&#xA;      \debug@prompt@{\debug@type@find@correct@ifempty}%&#xA;      \debug@type@find@correct%&#xA;    }{%&#xA;      \global\let\debug@type@correct\debug@type@iv%&#xA;    }%&#xA;  }{%&#xA;    \global\let\debug@type@correct\debug@type%&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@type@find@correct@ifempty#1{%&#xA;  \ifx\debug@empty@short#1%&#xA;  \debug@primitive{\debug@type}{unsupp}%&#xA;  \fi&#xA;  #1}&#xA;&#xA;% short, not long!&#xA;\gdef\debug@empty@short{}&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@empty@long{}&#xA;&#xA;% ========== Macros to read the beginning of \debug@toks@todo.&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@qstop{\debug@qstop}&#xA;\global\let\debug@varqstop\debug@qstop&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@to@stop#1\debug@qstop{}&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@to@stop@keep#1\debug@qstop{#1}&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@set@to@head#1#2{%&#xA;  \expandafter\futurelet\expandafter#1%&#xA;  \expandafter\debug@to@stop\the#2\debug@qstop}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% ==== below, &quot;unsafe&quot; means we do not check for explicit braces or #.&#xA;% \debug@read@unsafe{3} reads the 3 first (at least 1) tokens of &#xA;% \debug@toks@todo and stores them in \debug@read@x.&#xA;\newcount\debug@read@count%&#xA;%&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@read@unsafe#1{%&#xA;  \debug@read@count #1\relax%&#xA;  \long\gdef\debug@read@x{}%&#xA;  \expandafter\debug@read@unsafe@aux\the\debug@toks@todo%&#xA;  \debug@varqstop\debug@qstop%&#xA;}&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@read@unsafe@aux#1{%&#xA;  \expandafter\long\expandafter\gdef%&#xA;  \expandafter\debug@read@x\expandafter{\debug@read@x#1}%&#xA;  \advance \debug@read@count by \m@ne%&#xA;  \ifnum\debug@read@count&amp;gt;0\relax%&#xA;  \expandafter\debug@read@unsafe@aux%&#xA;  \else%&#xA;  \expandafter\debug@to@stop%&#xA;  \fi%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% ========== Macros to understand the meaning of the head.&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@type@from@meaning#1{%&#xA;  \expandafter\debug@meaning@aux\meaning#1 \debug@qstop%&#xA;  \expandafter\debug@tfm@macro\meaning#1-&amp;gt;\debug@qstop%&#xA;  \long\xdef\debug@type@iv{%&#xA;    \expandafter\debug@type@nondigits\debug@type\debug@qstop}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@tfm@macro#1-&amp;gt;#2\debug@qstop{%&#xA;  \ifx\debug@qstop#2\debug@qstop%&#xA;  \else%&#xA;  \long\gdef\debug@type{macro}%&#xA;  \fi}&#xA;&#xA;\begingroup&#xA;\lccode`\*`\\&#xA;\lowercase{%&#xA;  \endgroup%&#xA;  \let\debug@char@bs*}&#xA;&#xA;% \long\gdef\debug@iv#1#2#3#4#5\debug@qstop{#1#2#3#4}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@type@nondigits#1{%&#xA;  \ifx\debug@qstop#1%&#xA;  \expandafter\debug@use@TF%&#xA;  \else%&#xA;  \expandafter\debug@use@FT%&#xA;  \fi%&#xA;  {}{%&#xA;    \ifnum9&amp;lt;1#1 % Critical space&#xA;    \expandafter\debug@use@TF%&#xA;    \else%&#xA;    \expandafter\debug@use@FT%&#xA;    \fi%&#xA;    {\debug@to@stop}%&#xA;    {#1\debug@type@nondigits}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@use@TF#1#2{#1}&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@use@FT#1#2{#2}&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@use@FF#1#2{}&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@use@F#1{}&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@gobble#1{}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@meaning@aux#1#2 #3\debug@qstop{%&#xA;  \ifx\debug@char@bs#1%&#xA;  \long\gdef\debug@type{#2}%&#xA;  \else%&#xA;  \long\gdef\debug@type{character}%&#xA;  \fi%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% ============= Let us now act! =======================&#xA;&#xA;% For &quot;macros&quot;, we expand once, whether it is protected or not.&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@do@expand{%&#xA;  \debug@toks@expandfirst\debug@toks@todo}&#xA;&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@toks@expandfirst#1{%&#xA;  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter%&#xA;  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\global%&#xA;  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter%&#xA;  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter#1%&#xA;  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter%&#xA;  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%&#xA;    \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\empty%&#xA;    \the#1%&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% Special type of expansion: conditionals, for which we wish to also&#xA;% output the outcome of the test.&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@do@expand@if#1{%&#xA;  \debug@insurance{%&#xA;    \debug@read@unsafe{#1}%&#xA;    \long\xdef\debug@print@wedid@tl{\space%&#xA;      Test: \detokenize\expandafter{\debug@read@x}= %&#xA;      \debug@read@x true \else false \fi%&#xA;    }%&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \debug@do@expand%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% For a few other cases, we remove the head of \debug@toks@todo&#xA;% and append it to \debug@toks@done&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@do@keep{%&#xA;  \debug@save@first\debug@use@first\debug@remove@first}&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@do@character{%&#xA;  \debug@save@first\debug@use@first\debug@remove@first}&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@do@unsupp{%&#xA;  \debug@save@first\debug@remove@first}&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@do@throw{\debug@remove@first}&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@do@justdo{%&#xA;  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\global%&#xA;  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\debug@toks@todo%&#xA;  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%&#xA;    \expandafter\debug@use@F\the\debug@toks@todo}% &#xA;  \debug@head%&#xA;}&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@do@relax{%&#xA;  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\global%&#xA;  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\debug@toks@todo%&#xA;  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%&#xA;    \expandafter\debug@use@F\the\debug@toks@todo}% &#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% For assignments, we use \afterassignment\debug@do@assign@aux&#xA;% to regain control after letting TeX do the assignment.&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@do@assign@after{%&#xA;  \long\xdef\debug@modifiers@tl{}%&#xA;  \let\debug@tmpa\debug@afterassignment@token%&#xA;  \let\debug@afterassignment@token\debug@empty@long%&#xA;  \global\debug@toks@todo\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%&#xA;    \expandafter\debug@tmpa\iffalse}\fi%&#xA;}&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@do@assign{%&#xA;  \afterassignment\debug@do@assign@after%&#xA;  \iffalse{\fi%&#xA;    \expandafter\debug@modifiers@tl%&#xA;    \the\debug@toks@todo}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% Todo: reset modifiers after any step&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@do@modifier{%&#xA;  \debug@read@unsafe{1}%&#xA;  \long\xdef\debug@modifiers@tl{%&#xA;    \debug@modifiers@tl\debug@read@x}%&#xA;  \debug@remove@first%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% Experimental \afterassignment.&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@do@afterassignment{%&#xA;  \debug@remove@first%&#xA;  \debug@read@unsafe{1}%&#xA;  \debug@remove@first%&#xA;  \let\debug@afterassignment@token\debug@read@x%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% When we want to keep things like skips, penalties, etc., and&#xA;% particularly cleanup after them, we assign their &quot;argument&quot; to &#xA;% an internal skip or count, and regain control \afterassignment.&#xA;% We use \debug@do@keep@skip and \debug@do@keep@count.&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@remember#1{\long\gdef\debug@remembered{#1}}&#xA;&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@do@keep@after{%&#xA;  \long\xdef\debug@modifiers@tl{}%&#xA;  \global\debug@toks@todo\expandafter{\iffalse}\fi%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@do@keep@#1{%&#xA;  \long\gdef\debug@tmpa{\afterassignment\debug@do@keep@after%&#xA;    \csname debug@tmp@#1\endcsname}%&#xA;  \afterassignment\debug@tmpa%&#xA;  \iffalse{\fi\expandafter\debug@remember\the\debug@toks@todo}%&#xA;  % &#xA;  \expandafter\debug@remembered\the\csname debug@tmp@#1\endcsname%&#xA;  %&#xA;  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\debug@toks@done@append%&#xA;  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%&#xA;    \expandafter\debug@remembered%&#xA;    \the\csname debug@tmp@#1\endcsname%&#xA;    \relax}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@do@keep@count{\debug@do@keep@{count}}&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@do@keep@skip{\debug@do@keep@{skip}}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@do@keep@count@edef{%&#xA;  \long\gdef\debug@tmpa{% captures the rest of the toks&#xA;    \global\debug@toks@todo\expandafter{\iffalse}\fi%&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \long\gdef\debug@tmpb{% captures the text to write, then proceed&#xA;    \afterassignment\debug@tmpa%&#xA;    \edef\debug@tmpw% will get the text to write&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \long\gdef\debug@tmpc{% captures the stream number, then proceed&#xA;    \afterassignment\debug@tmpb%&#xA;    \global\debug@tmp@count% will get the stream.&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \afterassignment\debug@tmpc%&#xA;  \iffalse{\fi\expandafter\debug@remember\the\debug@toks@todo}%&#xA;  % &#xA;  \long\xdef\debug@tmpa{%&#xA;    \debug@modifiers@tl%&#xA;    \expandafter\noexpand\debug@remembered%&#xA;    \the\debug@tmp@count%&#xA;    {\unexpanded\expandafter{\debug@tmpw}}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \debug@tmpa%&#xA;  \expandafter\debug@toks@done@append\expandafter{\debug@tmpa}%&#xA;  \long\xdef\debug@modifiers@tl{}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% For \setbox, the situation is more complicated: \afterassignment only&#xA;% brings us inside the box. So we \afterassignment a macro which expands&#xA;% to \aftergroup \&amp;lt;regain_control&amp;gt;.&#xA;&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@do@assign@after@afgr{\aftergroup\debug@do@assign@after}&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@do@assign@box{%&#xA;  \afterassignment\debug@do@assign@after@afgr%&#xA;  \iffalse{\fi%&#xA;    \the\debug@toks@todo}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% For \hbox, \vbox, \vtop, we cheat by storing them inside the dummy &#xA;% box \debug@tmp@box (using \savebox that we have just obtained).&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@do@any@box{%&#xA;  \global\debug@toks@todo\expandafter{%&#xA;    \expandafter\setbox\expandafter\debug@tmp@box\expandafter=%&#xA;    \the\debug@toks@todo}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% ===== Moving the first from \debug@toks@todo to \debug@toks@done.&#xA;&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@remove@first{%&#xA;  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\global%&#xA;  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\debug@toks@todo%&#xA;  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%&#xA;    \expandafter\debug@use@F\the\debug@toks@todo}% &#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@save@first{%&#xA;  \expandafter\debug@save@first@\the\debug@toks@todo\debug@qstop}&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@save@first@#1{%&#xA;  \debug@toks@done@append{#1}%&#xA;  \debug@to@stop}&#xA;&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@use@first{%&#xA;  \expandafter\debug@use@first@\the\debug@toks@todo\debug@qstop}&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@use@first@#1{%&#xA;  \expandafter#1\debug@to@stop}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% ============ Setup one macro per primitive&#xA;&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@primitive#1{%&#xA;  \long\xdef\debug@tmpa@tl{#1}%&#xA;  \debug@primitive@aux%&#xA;}&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@primitive@iv#1{%&#xA;  \long\xdef\debug@tmpa@tl{\debug@type@nondigits #1\debug@qstop}%&#xA;  \debug@primitive@aux%&#xA;}&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@primitive@aux#1{%&#xA;  \long\xdef\debug@tmpb@tl{%&#xA;    \unexpanded\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%&#xA;      \csname debug@text@do@#1\endcsname}}%&#xA;  \expandafter\global\expandafter\let%&#xA;  \csname debug@do@\debug@tmpa@tl\expandafter\endcsname%&#xA;  \csname debug@do@#1\endcsname%&#xA;  \expandafter\long\expandafter\gdef\csname debug@text@do@\debug@tmpa@tl%&#xA;    \expandafter\endcsname\expandafter{\debug@tmpb@tl}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@solid@name{\detokenize\expandafter{\debug@read@x}}&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@text@do@character{Output the character \debug@solid@name. }&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@text@do@expand{Expanded \debug@solid@name once. }&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@text@do@keep{Sent \debug@solid@name to the output. }&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@text@do@justdo{Just did \debug@solid@name! }&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@text@do@throw{Ignored \debug@solid@name! }&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@text@do@relax{Relaxed a bit with \debug@solid@name. }&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@text@do@keep@skip{Output \debug@solid@name and its skip. }&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@text@do@keep@count{Output \debug@solid@name and its count. }&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@text@do@keep@count@edef{Maybe it was a write? \debug@solid@name. }&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@text@do@unsupp{Unsupported \debug@solid@name dumped into the output. }&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@text@do@assign{Assigned using %&#xA;  \detokenize\expandafter{\debug@modifiers@tl}\debug@solid@name... }&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@text@do@assign@box{Assigned a box using \debug@solid@name... }&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@text@do@any@box{Preparing to store the \debug@solid@name in our box. }&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@text@do@modifier{Remembering the modifier \debug@solid@name. }&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@text@do@afterassignment{Attempting to take care of afterassignment.}&#xA;&#xA;% In the current implementation, macros are mis-recognized as&#xA;% their modifiers, so we need to cheat and pretend that those&#xA;% modifiers should just be expanded. This will fail if there&#xA;% is a genuine \long or \protected or \outer out there.&#xA;&#xA;\debug@primitive{immediate}{modifier}&#xA;\debug@primitive{global}{modifier}&#xA;%\debug@primitive{outer}{modifier}%disabled because it will break me.&#xA;\debug@primitive{long}{modifier}&#xA;\debug@primitive{protected}{modifier}&#xA;&#xA;\debug@primitive{macro}{expand}&#xA;\debug@primitive{expandafter}{expand}&#xA;\debug@primitive{noexpand}{expand}&#xA;\debug@primitive{detokenize}{expand}&#xA;\debug@primitive{string}{expand}&#xA;\debug@primitive{csname}{expand}&#xA;\debug@primitive{lowercase}{expand}&#xA;\debug@primitive{uppercase}{expand}&#xA;&#xA;\debug@primitive{relax}{relax}&#xA;\debug@primitive{par}{keep}&#xA;\debug@primitive{indent}{keep}&#xA;\debug@primitive{unskip}{keep}&#xA;\debug@primitive{unhbox}{keep@count}&#xA;\debug@primitive{unhcopy}{keep@count}&#xA;\debug@primitive{penalty}{keep@count}&#xA;\debug@primitive{vskip}{keep@skip}&#xA;\debug@primitive{hskip}{keep@skip}&#xA;\let\debug@do@muskipAA\debug@do@keep@muskip% not yet supported!&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\debug@primitive{begingroup}{keep}&#xA;\debug@primitive{endgroup}{keep}&#xA;\debug@primitive{write}{keep@count@edef}&#xA;&#xA;\debug@primitive{ignorespaces}{unsupp}&#xA;\debug@primitive{unpenalty}{unsupp}&#xA;\debug@primitive{/}{unsupp}&#xA;\debug@primitive{hbox}{unsupp}&#xA;\debug@primitive{vbox}{unsupp}&#xA;\debug@primitive{afterassignment}{afterassignment}&#xA;\debug@primitive{aftergroup}{throw}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\debug@primitive{futurelet}{assign}&#xA;\debug@primitive{let}{assign}&#xA;\debug@primitive{def}{assign}&#xA;\debug@primitive{edef}{assign}&#xA;\debug@primitive{gdef}{assign}&#xA;\debug@primitive{xdef}{assign}&#xA;\debug@primitive{advance}{assign}&#xA;\debug@primitive@iv{toks}{assign}&#xA;\debug@primitive@iv{skip}{assign}&#xA;\debug@primitive@iv{font}{assign}&#xA;\debug@primitive@iv{muskip}{assign}&#xA;\debug@primitive@iv{dimen}{assign}&#xA;\debug@primitive@iv{count}{assign}&#xA;\debug@primitive{everypar}{assign}&#xA;\debug@primitive{baselineskip}{assign}&#xA;\debug@primitive{parfillskip}{assign}&#xA;\debug@primitive{parskip}{assign}&#xA;\debug@primitive{leftskip}{assign}&#xA;\debug@primitive{rightskip}{assign}&#xA;\debug@primitive{parindent}{assign}&#xA;\debug@primitive{parshape}{assign}&#xA;\debug@primitive{escapechar}{assign}&#xA;\debug@primitive{hyphenchar}{assign}&#xA;\debug@primitive{catcode}{assign}&#xA;\debug@primitive{lccode}{assign}&#xA;\debug@primitive{uccode}{assign}&#xA;\debug@primitive{accent}{assign}%??&#xA;\debug@primitive{tracingassigns}{assign}&#xA;\debug@primitive{tracingcommands}{assign}&#xA;\debug@primitive{tracinggroups}{assign}&#xA;\debug@primitive{tracinglostchars}{assign}&#xA;\debug@primitive{tracingmacros}{assign}&#xA;\debug@primitive{tracingonline}{assign}&#xA;\debug@primitive{tracingoutput}{assign}&#xA;\debug@primitive{tracingpages}{assign}&#xA;\debug@primitive{tracingparagraphs}{assign}&#xA;\debug@primitive{tracingrestores}{assign}&#xA;\debug@primitive{tracingstats}{assign}&#xA;\debug@primitive{showboxbreadth}{assign}&#xA;\debug@primitive{showboxdepth}{assign}&#xA;&#xA;\debug@primitive{setbox}{assign@box}&#xA;\debug@primitive{hbox}{any@box}&#xA;\debug@primitive{vbox}{any@box}&#xA;\debug@primitive{vtop}{any@box}&#xA;&#xA;\debug@primitive{if}{expand}&#xA;\debug@primitive{ifdim}{expand}&#xA;\debug@primitive{ifnum}{expand}&#xA;\debug@primitive{else}{expand}&#xA;\debug@primitive{fi}{expand}&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@do@ifx{\debug@do@expand@if{3}}&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@do@ifvmode{\debug@do@expand@if{1}}&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@do@ifhmode{\debug@do@expand@if{1}}&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@do@ifmmode{\debug@do@expand@if{1}}&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@do@iffalse{\debug@do@expand@if{1}}&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@do@iftrue{\debug@do@expand@if{1}}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% ========== Messages.&#xA;\usepackage{hardwrap}&#xA;&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@typeout#1{\immediate\write\c@debug@output@stream{#1}}&#xA;&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@print@welcome{%&#xA;  \debug@typeout{}%&#xA;  \debug@typeout{======== Welcome to the debug package ========}%&#xA;  \debug@typeout{\@spaces &quot;|&amp;gt;&quot; denotes tokens that we will act on.}%&#xA;  \debug@typeout{\@spaces &quot;&amp;lt;|&quot; denotes the output to TeX's stomach.}%&#xA;  \debug@typeout{\@spaces Type &quot;\string\step{2}&quot; to do two steps [...]}%&#xA;  \debug@typeout{}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@print@outcome{%&#xA;  \debug@typeout{Step \the\c@debug@steps\space===== The end!}%&#xA;  \debug@print@done%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@message@aux#1#2#3{%&#xA;  \begingroup%&#xA;  \lccode`\*=\newlinechar\relax%&#xA;  \lowercase{\def\debug@newline{*}}%&#xA;  \def\MessageBreak{%&#xA;    \debug@newline #1\space\space}%&#xA;  \set@display@protect%&#xA;  \debug@typeout{#2\MessageBreak #3}%&#xA;  \debug@typeout{}%&#xA;  \endgroup}%&#xA;&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@message#1#2#3{%&#xA;  \HardWrap{\debug@message@aux{#1}{#2}}{72}{\HardWrapSetup}%&#xA;  {\MessageBreak}{#3}}&#xA;&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@print@todo{%&#xA;  \ifnum\the\c@debug@noise&amp;gt;-1\relax%&#xA;  \debug@message{|&amp;gt;}{\expandafter\debug@use@F}{%&#xA;    \detokenize\expandafter{\the\debug@toks@todo}}%&#xA;  \fi}&#xA;&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@print@done{%&#xA;  \debug@insurance{%&#xA;    \debug@message{&amp;lt;|}{\expandafter\debug@use@F}{%&#xA;      \detokenize\expandafter{\the\debug@toks@done}}}}&#xA;&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@setup@print@wedid{%&#xA;  \debug@read@unsafe{1}%&#xA;  \long\xdef\debug@print@wedid@tl{\space%&#xA;    \csname debug@text@do@\debug@type@correct\endcsname}}&#xA;&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@print@wedid{%&#xA;  \debug@insurance{%&#xA;    \global\advance \c@debug@steps by 1\relax%&#xA;    \lccode`\*=\newlinechar%&#xA;    \lowercase{\long\gdef\MessageBreak{*\@spaces\@spaces\@spaces}}%&#xA;    \debug@typeout{Step \the\c@debug@steps\space%&#xA;      =====\debug@print@wedid@tl}%&#xA;    \ifnum\c@debug@noise&amp;gt;-1\relax%&#xA;    \debug@typeout{}%&#xA;    \fi%&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% ============= To show the first token.&#xA;&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@print@first{%&#xA;  \ifnum\the\c@debug@noise&amp;gt;0\relax&#xA;  \debug@read@unsafe{1}%&#xA;  \long\xdef\debug@first@meaning{\expandafter\meaning\debug@read@x}%&#xA;  \long\xdef\debug@first@string{\expandafter\string\debug@read@x}%&#xA;  \debug@message{\debug@use@FF}{\debug@use@F}{%&#xA;    \debug@first@string=\debug@first@meaning}%&#xA;  \fi%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% ============= The prompt&#xA;\long\def\debug@hop@else#1\else#2\fi{\fi#1}&#xA;\long\def\debug@hop@fi#1\fi{\fi#1}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@prompt{%&#xA;  \ifnum\the\c@debug@nonstop=1\relax%&#xA;  \debug@hop@else\debug@prompt@{\debug@prompt@treat}%&#xA;  \else%&#xA;  \global\advance\c@debug@nonstop by -1\relax%&#xA;  \fi%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@prompt@treat#1{%&#xA;  \expandafter\debug@prompt@treat@aux#1\debug@qstop}&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@prompt@treat@aux#1{%&#xA;  \ifcat A\noexpand#1\relax%&#xA;  \expandafter\debug@use@TF%&#xA;  \else%&#xA;  \expandafter\debug@use@FT%&#xA;  \fi%&#xA;  {\csname debug@prompt@treat@#1\endcsname%&#xA;    \debug@prompt@treat@aux}%&#xA;  {\debug@to@stop@keep#1}%&#xA;}&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@prompt@treat@q{\noise{-1}\step{0}}&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@prompt@treat@x{\endgroup\endgroup\fi\iffalse}&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@prompt@treat@s#1#2{\silentstep{#2}#1}&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@prompt@treat@o#1#2{%&#xA;  \ifnum#2&amp;lt;0\relax%&#xA;  \else\ifnum#2=0\relax%&#xA;  \global\c@debug@output@stream-1\relax%&#xA;  \else%&#xA;  \global\c@debug@output@stream16\relax%&#xA;  \fi\fi%&#xA;  #1}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\long\xdef\debug@prompt@tl#1{%&#xA;  \noexpand\read\noexpand\c@debug@prompt@stream to%&#xA;  \expandafter\noexpand\csname Your input \endcsname%&#xA;  #1\expandafter\noexpand\csname Your input \endcsname}&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@prompt@before@tl{}&#xA;\long\gdef\debug@prompt@#1{%&#xA;  \begingroup\escapechar=-1\relax%&#xA;  \def\step##1{\global\c@debug@nonstop##1\relax}%&#xA;  \def\noise##1{\global\c@debug@noise##1\relax}%&#xA;  \def\silentstep##1{%&#xA;    \noise{-1}%&#xA;    \step{##1}%&#xA;    \long\gdef\debug@prompt@before@tl{\noise{1}}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \endlinechar=-1%&#xA;  \debug@prompt@before@tl%&#xA;  \long\gdef\debug@prompt@before@tl{}%&#xA;  \debug@prompt@tl{#1}%&#xA;  \endgroup}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\section{Normal-section}&#xA;&#xA;Title above for comparison purposes.&#xA;&#xA;\debug@unravel{\section{Unravelled-section}}%&#xA;&#xA;The section title above was typeset as we unravelled.&#xA;&#xA;\the\debug@toks@done%&#xA;&#xA;That third section is made using what is stored at &#xA;the end of the unravelling.&#xA;&#xA;Only trivial maths works: $\debug@unravel{xy = z}$, &#xA;and it is stored in our ouput token list, $\the\debug@toks@done$.&#xA;&#xA;Some more complex maths symbols fail, complain, cheat: &#xA;\[&#xA;\debug@unravel{\int\mathrm{d}x\sin(\pi)=0}&#xA;\]&#xA;\[&#xA;\the\debug@toks@done.&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;And sub- and super-scripts are totally unsupported so far.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastEditorUserId="2707" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-05T14:08:56.883" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T14:08:56.883" CommentCount="21" />
  <row Id="9341" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-20T12:22:21.390" Score="1" ViewCount="113" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to use Charter (http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/charter/) as my font for all the text, but I want to use the normal math-font for my math. Can this be achieved?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3037" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-20T14:54:37.097" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T17:24:20.053" Title="Charter for text, normal math font for math" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;mathmode&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9342" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9341" CreationDate="2011-01-20T12:44:41.830" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/charter/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/charter/&lt;/a&gt; proposes &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[bitstream-charter]{mathdesign}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but to use Charter with no implications on the math, using&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{charter}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is the right thing to do.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3037" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-20T17:24:20.053" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T17:24:20.053" />
  <row Id="9343" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5055" CreationDate="2011-01-20T12:57:55.450" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I had exactly the same problem. Latexdiff seems to introduce Windows line endings, which seemed to caused the problem. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I now run dos2unix on the resulting latexdiff tex files and the problem has disappeared.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm running latexdiff 0.5 (Algorithm::Diff 1.15 so)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3040" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T12:57:55.450" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9344" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9335" CreationDate="2011-01-20T13:17:41.990" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could always try increasing the font size and the weight of the lines in order to have them display better at lower magnifications. Also, use a font that looks better onscreen than does CM.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[bitstream-charter]{mathdesign}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;for example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T13:17:41.990" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9345" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9309" CreationDate="2011-01-20T14:13:06.400" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/5091/215&quot;&gt;Biblatex&lt;/a&gt; can do some of what you want. In fact, it will automatically add 1999a or 1999b with the &lt;code&gt;style=authoryear&lt;/code&gt; style. This will not, however, deal with the problem lockstep mentioned: viz, the disambiguation of author lists. You could set the &lt;code&gt;maxnames=4&lt;/code&gt; option, and this would disambiguate the author lists, but that's probably suboptimal...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T14:13:06.400" />
  <row Id="9346" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8958" CreationDate="2011-01-20T14:15:02.353" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This looks a lot like the effect I see with Acrobat Reader on Windows, when I include an image with an alpha layer (or even any kind of transparency generated by figure creation packages, etc.) If that could apply to anything in the &quot;nearby&quot; figure, try recreating it without the transparency. For example, resave the image with a white background rather than a transparent one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1672" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T14:15:02.353" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9347" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-20T14:36:56.313" Score="4" ViewCount="344" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is what I want to do:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}[fragile]{Frame 1}&#xA;&#xA;    Some \structure{Python} code here:&#xA;&#xA;    % I want to define a new &quot;pythoncode&quot; environment, so I can use it like this:&#xA;    \begin{pythoncode}[hello.py]&#xA;    #!/usr/bin/env python&#xA;    def main():&#xA;        print &quot;Hello, World!&quot;&#xA;    if __name__ == '__main__':&#xA;        main()&#xA;    \end{pythoncode}&#xA;&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I want to customize the source-code box beyond what &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt; package allow me. &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/8925/can-i-get-a-shadowbox-with-rounded-corners-using-listings-package&quot;&gt;Jan Hlavacek suggested me&lt;/a&gt; to use &lt;code&gt;tikz&lt;/code&gt; package for that, and pointed me to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/boxes-with-text-and-math/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;a few examples&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Okay, that's great! Tikz gives me enough power and freedom for customization! All I need now is creating a new environment, so that I can use this environment just like in the code above.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I'm having trouble mixing &lt;code&gt;tikz&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt; inside a new environment. I've tried the following code, but it doesn't work (I get &lt;em&gt;Missing \endcsname inserted.&lt;/em&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usepackage{environ}&#xA;&#xA;\tikzstyle{sourcecodebox} = [&#xA;    draw=blue, very thick,&#xA;    rectangle, rounded corners,&#xA;    inner sep=10pt&#xA;]&#xA;\tikzstyle{sourcecodetitle} = [&#xA;    fill=black, text=white,&#xA;    rectangle, rounded corners&#xA;]&#xA;\NewEnviron{pythoncode}[1]{&#xA;    \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \node[sourcecodebox](box){&#xA;        \begin{lstlisting}[&#xA;            language=Python,&#xA;            basicstyle=\ttfamily\footnotesize,&#xA;            escapeinside={(*@}{@*)},&#xA;            %numbers=left,&#xA;            breaklines=true,&#xA;            breakatwhitespace=true,&#xA;            showspaces=false,&#xA;            showstringspaces=false,&#xA;            frame=shadowbox,&#xA;            frameround=rrrt,&#xA;            rulecolor=\color{black},&#xA;            rulesepcolor=\color{gray}&#xA;        ]&#xA;        \BODY&#xA;        \end{lstlisting}&#xA;    };&#xA;    \node[sourcecodetitle] at (box.north west) {#1};&#xA;    \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Related questions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/5639/defining-a-new-environment-whose-contents-go-in-a-tikz-node&quot;&gt;Defining a new environment whose contents go in a TikZ node&lt;/a&gt; - It suggests using the &lt;code&gt;environ&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/8993/define-a-new-environment-to-combine-tikzpicture-and-lstlisting&quot;&gt;define a new environment to combine tikzpicture and lstlisting&lt;/a&gt; - The question title looks similar, but in fact the question is very different. That question is solved using &lt;code&gt;showexpl&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="375" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T12:48:01.417" Title="How to define a new environment with a fancy box (tikz) around sample source-code (listings)?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;listings&gt;&lt;environments&gt;&lt;boxes&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="9348" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9356" CreationDate="2011-01-20T14:55:43.617" Score="1" ViewCount="155" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have set the top and bottom margins of a book class document like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setlength{\topmargin}{0in}&#xA;\setlength{\headheight}{0in}&#xA;\setlength{\headsep}{0in}&#xA;\setlength{\textheight}{8.5in}&#xA;\setlength{\footskip}{.5in}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and now the header of the \tableofcontents and \listoffigures clashes with (i.e. is printed over) the top line of text. I need to either suppress the headers for these pages (which are currently &lt;em&gt;CONTENTS&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;LIST&lt;/em&gt; _OF_ &lt;em&gt;FIGURES&lt;/em&gt;), or move them up the page a little bit. How is this done?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2004" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T16:44:32.897" Title="\tableofcontents and \listoffigures -- suppress header after first page" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;header-footer&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="9349" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-07-20T23:33:19.403" Score="1" ViewCount="97" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\subfigure[blah blah blah.]&#xA;{&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[/MyStyle]&#xA;    ... some stuff...&#xA;\end{tikzpicture} &#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But &quot;some stuff&quot; is not that wide and the text in the subfigure produces a lot of underfull hboxes.  I want to make the subfigure wider.  How do I do that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="512" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-20T15:01:17.213" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T15:01:17.213" Title="How do I set the minimum width of a subfigure in LaTeX?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;subfloats&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9350" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9349" CreationDate="2010-07-21T17:42:15.213" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could alter the width of the tikz picture. I don't know if subfigure itself has any width attribute. It normally inherits its size from whatever is inside it, as far as I know&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T14:57:18.103" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="9351" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-20T15:01:20.010" Score="0" ViewCount="65" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm writing a C++ course for secondary students and wanted to display some source code in a nice way (indenting, eventually coloration) and tried the Listings package.&#xA;But I have a problem, the file compile with no problem and then, when I look at the place where my code is supposed to appear, it is empty. Neither code or spaces. Why?&#xA;I am not really a LaTex expert, I just wrote my thesis with it (no source code in it), so maybe it is something very simple I missed...&#xA;Working on a mac with texmaker in utf8.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks for your help&#xA;Lucas&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3042" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T15:08:31.050" Title="Why does Listings package not display anything?" Tags="&lt;listings&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9353" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9351" CreationDate="2011-01-20T15:08:31.050" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;listings.sty&lt;/code&gt; can not handle utf8-characters. If this is your problem use &lt;code&gt;listingsutf8&lt;/code&gt; or alternetively package &lt;code&gt;minted&lt;/code&gt;. If this is not an answer to your problem, then as usual: provide a small minimal example ... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T15:08:31.050" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="9355" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-20T16:31:01.817" Score="1" ViewCount="136" Body="&lt;p&gt;Consider the following BibTeX entry:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@article{kit11,&#xA;  author = &quot;Kit&quot;,&#xA;  title = &quot;My article&quot;,&#xA;  journal = &quot;2011 Journal&quot;,&#xA;  year = &quot;2011&quot;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;BibTeX complains:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Warning--empty author in kit11&#xA;Warning--empty title in kit11&#xA;Warning--empty journal in kit11&#xA;Warning--empty year in kit11&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, I had to change the &lt;code&gt;&quot;&lt;/code&gt;quotes&lt;code&gt;&quot;&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;{&lt;/code&gt;braces&lt;code&gt;}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;But:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;I downloaded a citation from a journal web site and copied it verbatim to my &lt;code&gt;.bib&lt;/code&gt; file. It used &lt;code&gt;&quot;&lt;/code&gt;quotes&lt;code&gt;&quot;&lt;/code&gt; and BibTeX didn't complain at all.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;UPDATE:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Here's a &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/B6V51-50DXD0B-1/2/560018fd26978c2cfb4506da1a04c2b2&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;link from where I downloaded the citation&lt;/a&gt;. I used the &lt;em&gt;Export citation&lt;/em&gt; link near the top of the page, and chose BibTeX format.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, in TeXShop preferences, in the Source tab, in the Encoding section in the lower right, I see Unicode (UTF-8). Could this be the problem? What would be a wise setting for this if I frequently use BibTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/U7b1i.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;UPDATE:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;I started using BibDesk, and all those problems disappeared. To all who took the time to troubleshoot my problem, I appreciate the effort &lt;code&gt;:)&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="791" LastEditorUserId="791" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-23T13:50:40.897" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T13:50:40.897" ClosedDate="2011-02-09T21:41:05.610" Title="Why does BibTeX sometimes recognize &quot;quoted&quot; field entries and sometimes just {braced} entries?" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="11" />
  <row Id="9356" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9348" CreationDate="2011-01-20T16:44:32.897" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could modify the page style, set &lt;code&gt;\pagestyle{empty}&lt;/code&gt; before &lt;code&gt;\tableofcontents&lt;/code&gt;, perhaps additionally for the first page if needed&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\thispagestyle{empty}} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\AtBeginDocument{\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\thispagestyle{empty}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in the preamble, or use plain.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or use &lt;code&gt;\markboth&lt;/code&gt; to clear the headings:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\markboth{}{}}&#xA;\addtocontents{lof}{\protect\markboth{}{}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T16:44:32.897" />
  <row Id="9357" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9335" CreationDate="2011-01-20T16:51:29.180" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For the second example, if you are using Adobe Reader, try going to preferences and turning off &quot;Enhance thin lines&quot; and turning on &quot;Smooth line art&quot; in the &quot;Page Display&quot; category (under the &quot;Rendering&quot; heading).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T16:51:29.180" />
  <row Id="9358" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9360" CreationDate="2011-01-20T16:57:55.800" Score="4" ViewCount="139" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am setting e.g. directory names in a typewriter font. These names can become long. With the hyphenat package, I enabled hyphenation. Now, what is missing, is that the hyphenation character is replaced e.g. by a backwards oriented arrow.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thus, what I want to do is something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[htt]{hyphenat}&#xA;\newcommand{\origttfamily}{}%&#xA;\let\origttfamily=\ttfamily %&#xA;\renewcommand{\ttfamily}{\origttfamily \hyphenchar\font\ensuremath{\hookleftarrow}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \texttt{/etc/really/long{\fshyp}directory{\fshyp}name/}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, &lt;code&gt;\ensuremath{\hookleftarrow}&lt;/code&gt; does not work in this case - it is not a single character.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can somebody point me towards a solution? Thanks a lot!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(moved from &lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/4749869/latex-replace-hyphenation-character-by-a-backwards-arrow&quot;&gt;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/4749869/latex-replace-hyphenation-character-by-a-backwards-arrow&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3044" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-20T17:12:49.247" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T15:21:27.683" Title="Replace hyphenation character by a backwards arrow" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;hyphenation&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="9359" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-20T17:12:07.253" Score="3" ViewCount="184" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using hyperref \CheckBox command to add checkboxes to a document for use on screen and in print. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm specifying the size of the \CheckBox (as part of command definition):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\CheckBox[width=0.8em,height=0.8em]{#1}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, when the document is compiled with pdflatex the exact height specified is not used (the width &lt;em&gt;does&lt;/em&gt; take effect). So, some of the checkboxes are square and some are not, which looks ugly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've tried changing the order of parameters, using absolute dimensions (e.g. 3mm) and relative (0.5\baselineskip) without success.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1601" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T23:41:43.800" Title="How do I make every CheckBox the same size?" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9360" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9358" CreationDate="2011-01-20T17:17:52.850" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You cannot set the &lt;code&gt;\hyphenchar&lt;/code&gt; to a character from a different font, but you can redefine &lt;code&gt;\BreakableSlash&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage[htt]{hyphenat}&#xA;\newsavebox\leftarrowbox&#xA;\sbox\leftarrowbox{$\leftarrow$}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand*{\BreakableSlash}{%&#xA;  \leavevmode&#xA;  \prw@zbreak&#xA;  /%&#xA;  \discretionary{\usebox\leftarrowbox}{}{}%&#xA;  \prw@zbreak&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\parbox{20mm}{%&#xA;  \texttt{/etc\fshyp really\fshyp long\fshyp directory\fshyp name/}%&#xA;}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T17:17:52.850" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9361" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9358" CreationDate="2011-01-20T17:34:23.090" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As I know, &lt;code&gt;\hyphenchar&lt;/code&gt; can be only used as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\hyphenchar\font=&amp;lt;number&amp;gt;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where &lt;code&gt;\font&lt;/code&gt; is a TeX font, and &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;number&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; is the code of the glyph in the font. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\font\tenrm=cmr10&#xA;\font\tentt=cmtt10&#xA;\hyphenchar\tenrm=`\*    % set the hyphenation char of cmr10 to be *&#xA;\hyphenchar\font=`\-     % set the hyphenation char of current font to be -&#xA;\hyphenchar\tentt=-1     % set the hyphenation char of cmtt19 to be empty&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Here, &lt;code&gt;\*&lt;/code&gt; after acute accent means character code of symbol &lt;code&gt;*&lt;/code&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That is to say, you can't use a hook left arrow symbol as a hyphenation character, if the font you are using doesn't have this glyph.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Maybe you may use some special font to solve this problem, or someone else have other trick.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is another way to get speical hyphenation manually. For example, we can redefine active character &lt;code&gt;~&lt;/code&gt; to do this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def~{\discretionary{\mbox{$\hookleftarrow$}}{}{}}&#xA;\parbox{2em}{dif~fer~ent}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-20T17:56:02.860" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T17:56:02.860" />
  <row Id="9362" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9211" CreationDate="2011-01-20T17:45:26.790" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would use pgf/TikZ too, just like other users who answered.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are some really old packages &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/bar&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;bar&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/barkom&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;barkom&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. An newer one, worth a try, is &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/bardiag&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;bardiag&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, based on PSTricks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A PSTricks package for this purpose is &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/pst-bar&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;pst-bar&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T17:45:26.790" />
  <row Id="9363" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9365" CreationDate="2008-11-02T03:06:40.317" Score="48" ViewCount="14864" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;How does one insert &quot;\&quot; (backslash) into the text of a LaTeX document?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;And how does one insert a &quot;~&quot; (tilde)? (If you insert \~, it will give you a tilde as an accent over the following letter.) &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I believe \backslash may be used in math formulae, but not into text itself. Lamport's, Kopka's, and Mittelbach's texts have said as much (but no more), and so left me hanging on how to get a backslash into regular text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt;: added question for tilde.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1744" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-20T17:56:12.347" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T16:41:06.853" Title="How does one insert a backslash or a tilde into LaTeX?" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="10" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="9364" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9363" CreationDate="2008-11-02T03:11:34.113" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Well if that isn't annoying:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \textbackslash&#xA; \texttt{\char`\~} or $\sim$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank for reading. :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt;: added code for tilde. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1744" LastEditorUserId="1744" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-21T00:46:33.660" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T00:46:33.660" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9365" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9363" CreationDate="2008-11-02T07:15:46.240" Score="70" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/symbols/comprehensive/symbols-a4.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Comprehensive LaTeX Symbol List&lt;/a&gt; is your friend. &lt;code&gt;\textbackslash&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\textasciitilde&lt;/code&gt; are found in Table 2 of the list, and page 101 has some other options for the tilde (&lt;code&gt;$\sim$&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\texttildelow&lt;/code&gt; from the textcomp package, possibly using some font other than Computer Modern to get a nice vertically centered tilde), and a suggestion to use the url package if you are typesetting URLs or Unix file names.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3510" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T17:54:04.827" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9366" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9363" CreationDate="2008-11-03T00:14:08.697" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can also use the &quot;plain TeX&quot; method of indexing the actual ascii character in the current font:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\char`\\&#xA;\char`\~&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I often use the former for writing macros that need the backslash in the typewriter font; &lt;code&gt;\textbackslash&lt;/code&gt; will sometimes still use the roman font depending on the font setup. Of course, if you're using these a lot you should define your own macro for them:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\SLASH{\char`\\}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T17:54:04.827" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9367" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9363" CreationDate="2008-11-03T02:25:03.957" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hmm; \textbackslash (mentioned by others) isn't in my reference book (&lt;a href=&quot;http://rads.stackoverflow.com/amzn/click/0201398257&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Helmut and Kopka)&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At any rate, math mode provides \sim, \backslash, and \setminus (the latter two appear to look the same).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My LaTeX book – which, as you would expect, features the \ extensively – seems to use the verbatim environment.  For example, this code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{verbatim}&#xA; \addtocounter{footnote}{-1}\footnotetext{Small insects}&#xA; \stepcounter{footnote}\footnoteext{Large mammals}&#xA;\end{verbatim}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Produces this text in the book:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \addtocounter{footnote}{-1}\footnotetext{Small insects}&#xA; \stepcounter{footnote}\footnoteext{Large mammals}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The \verb command is similar, but the argument must be on one line only.  The first character after the b is the delimiter; for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\verb=\emph{stuff}=&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will produce&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\emph{stuff}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So you could presumably get your backslash by typing:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\verb=\=&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also add a * – i.e. \verb* or \begin{verbatim*} – to make whitespace visible.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is interesting to speculate how you would get an example of a verbatim environment into a document..&#xA;(using \verb to do the last line, I guess)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T17:54:04.827" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9368" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9363" CreationDate="2008-11-03T02:37:05.883" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For the tilde, you can use empty curly brace pair. That puts the &quot;over the letter&quot; tilde over an &quot;empty&quot; letter, so it's placed upward.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;My tilde\~{}here&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="183" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T17:54:04.827" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9369" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9363" CreationDate="2008-11-03T22:23:46.767" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I occurs to me that you might be trying to type URLs. In that case, the &lt;code&gt;url&lt;/code&gt; package takes care of everything for you:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{url}&#xA;...&#xA;\url{somewhere\home\~will}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T17:54:04.827" />
  <row Id="9371" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9363" CreationDate="2009-11-12T23:02:24.883" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was trying to put a tilde into a website using&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\url{http://somewhere.com/~myusername/}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but adobe reader would automatically make a link that would be broken because it would use the wrong tilde character. I ended up using&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{textcomp}&#xA;...&#xA;\texttt{http://somewhere.com/{\texttildelow}myusername/}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That did the trick for what I was doing. Of course if one wanted to make an actual link then one would use the hyperref package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T17:54:04.827" />
  <row Id="9372" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9363" CreationDate="2010-01-10T14:47:46.820" Score="18" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;textcomp&lt;/code&gt;’s &lt;strong&gt;&lt;code&gt;\texttildelow&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; is actually quite a bad choice: it’s &lt;em&gt;too&lt;/em&gt; low for most fonts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A &lt;em&gt;much&lt;/em&gt; better rendering can be achieved by the following, which tweaks the appearance of the (otherwise too wide) &lt;code&gt;$\sim$&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{\raise.17ex\hbox{$\scriptstyle\sim$}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This was taken from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://latex.knobs-dials.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Arbitrary LateX reference&lt;/a&gt; … the page also provides a good comparison sheet:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://latex.knobs-dials.com/images/1bffafd5766dd574be19623c262e87e8ddc85502.130.png&quot; alt=&quot;Different tilde renderings&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When used in &lt;code&gt;\texttt&lt;/code&gt;, I would add a &lt;code&gt;\mathtt&lt;/code&gt; around the tilde, to make it fit the font better:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{\raise.17ex\hbox{$\scriptstyle\mathtt{\sim}$}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The difference is small but noticeable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T17:54:04.827" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="9373" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9375" CreationDate="2011-01-20T17:57:25.050" Score="3" ViewCount="56" Body="&lt;p&gt;At some point in my document I'm using a &quot;longtable&quot;, which is spread among different pages. What I'd love to do is to add some text on each of these pages, possibly on the top of the table. Any suggestion on how to achieve this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2067" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T18:17:14.627" Title="Adding information on each page in &quot;longtable&quot;" Tags="&lt;longtable&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="9374" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6895" CreationDate="2011-01-20T18:02:28.087" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Have a look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html#barcode&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Typesetting Barcode&lt;/a&gt; in the TeX Catalogue Online. It lists some packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T18:02:28.087" />
  <row Id="9375" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9373" CreationDate="2011-01-20T18:17:14.627" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;longtable offers the command &lt;code&gt;\endhead&lt;/code&gt; for specifying a heading which will be repeated on each page. If you want a different heading on the first page of the longtable one can define a &lt;code&gt;\endfirsthead&lt;/code&gt; additionally.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Take a look at the longtable package documentation for further explanation and example code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2574" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T18:17:14.627" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9376" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9380" CreationDate="2011-01-20T18:33:13.743" Score="1" ViewCount="64" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a &quot;longtable&quot; and I need a couple of rows to be &quot;taller&quot; than the others. Is it possible to specify a fixed height for a specific row?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2067" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T19:12:08.110" Title="How to set the height for a specific row in a &quot;longtable&quot;?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;longtable&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="9378" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9376" CreationDate="2011-01-20T18:56:02.270" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Oh well, I've created an empty box within the cell, like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\vbox to 1cm {\vfil&#xA;\hbox to 3cm{}%&#xA;\vfil&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Probably not the best method to do this, but it works.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2067" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T18:56:02.270" />
  <row Id="9379" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9163" CreationDate="2011-01-20T19:08:19.997" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Some of those packages listed here in the TeX Catalogue could be useful: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html#exams&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Typesetting Exam Scripts, Quizzes, Flashcards, and Questionnaires&lt;/a&gt;. The already mentioned &lt;code&gt;exam&lt;/code&gt; package is also listed there.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T19:08:19.997" />
  <row Id="9380" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9376" CreationDate="2011-01-20T19:12:08.110" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\rule{0pt}{whatever_you_want}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is the better choice and if you need a depth:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\rule[shift]{0pt}{whatever_you_want}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T19:12:08.110" />
  <row Id="9381" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8788" CreationDate="2011-01-20T19:55:53.180" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt; inside &lt;code&gt;subequation&lt;/code&gt; to get the numbering (1a) and (1b). Then you can refer the the equation system with (1) and to the subequations directly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{subequations}&lt;br&gt;&#xA;\begin{align}&lt;br&gt;&#xA;a &amp;amp;= b \\&lt;br&gt;&#xA;c &amp;amp;= d&lt;br&gt;&#xA;\end{align}&lt;br&gt;&#xA;\end{subequations}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3046" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T19:55:53.180" />
  <row Id="9382" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9296" CreationDate="2011-01-20T20:17:52.620" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not aware of any pre-existing mechanism for identifying the encoding and family of a symbol.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/encguide&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;encguide package&lt;/a&gt; may offer some illumination. It uses a command such as the following to print the the set of encodings in each family:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ftable{cmr10}{OT1}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In particular, it prints each character belonging to a family and encoding as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\font\X=cmr10&#xA;\X{\char86} % &quot;V&quot;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A list of families and encodings are at the bottom of &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.binkerton.com/macros/latex/doc/encguide.tex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;encguide.tex&lt;/a&gt; (starting around line 1298).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That being said, I'm not sure if you can extract the family and encoding from a given symbol name or character. I tried using the &lt;code&gt;ifthen&lt;/code&gt; package to make a comparison (i.e. &lt;code&gt;\X\ifthenelse{\equal{V}{\char86}}{Same}{Different}&lt;/code&gt;), but the comparison doesn't work as expected. If a comparison were possible, one could compare the symbol against every character of every family.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Rather than building this reverse map, it could be a sensible alternative for sfranky (and others with similar issues) to use unicode via X&lt;sub&gt;&amp;#x18e;&lt;/sub&gt;T&lt;sub&gt;E&lt;/sub&gt;X or LuaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;While not a solution, I hope this is helpful food for thought.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1744" LastEditorUserId="1744" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-21T16:15:56.947" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T16:15:56.947" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9383" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9384" CreationDate="2011-01-20T21:19:06.540" Score="1" ViewCount="148" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to have an equation as the first line of one of my items in an &lt;code&gt;enumerate&lt;/code&gt; environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;  \item \[ x \]&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/08LKX.png&quot; alt=&quot;misaligned equation in enumerate&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want the $x$ to have the same baseline as the 1., but it's appearing lower. How can I make the two line up properly?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="9" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T21:33:40.640" Title="Align number from enumerate with equation" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;&lt;enumerate&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9384" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9383" CreationDate="2011-01-20T21:33:40.640" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;  \item \parbox{\linewidth}{\vspace{-\abovedisplayskip}%&#xA;                \[ x \]}&#xA;  \item \hfill $ x $ \hfill~&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;doesn't really make sense, from my point of view.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T21:33:40.640" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9385" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6347" CreationDate="2011-01-20T22:17:50.363" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'll give it a shot: This solution does not create proper &quot;legends&quot;, but merely boxed nodes, so you lose all the nice setup options. It could also probably be solved with a lot more automation (counters, looping and the like).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplots}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{axis}&#xA;\addplot[label=l1]{0.1*x};&#xA;\label{p1}&#xA;\addplot{0.2*x};&#xA;\label{p2}&#xA;\addplot{0.3*x};&#xA;\label{p3}&#xA;\addplot{0.4*x};&#xA;\label{p4}&#xA;\addplot{0.5*x};&#xA;\label{p5}&#xA;\addplot{0.6*x};&#xA;\label{p6}&#xA;&#xA;\end{axis}&#xA;&#xA;% Draw first &quot;Legend&quot; node using a left justified shortstack, position using relative axis coordinates&#xA;\node [draw,fill=white] at (rel axis cs: 0.8,0.3) {\shortstack[l]{&#xA;\ref{p1} $0.1 \cdot x$ \\&#xA;\ref{p2} $0.2 \cdot x$ \\&#xA;\ref{p3} $0.3 \cdot x$}};&#xA;&#xA;% Second &quot;Legend&quot; node&#xA;\node [draw,fill=white] at (rel axis cs: 0.3,0.8) {\shortstack[l]{&#xA;\ref{p4} $0.4 \cdot x$ \\&#xA;\ref{p5} $0.5 \cdot x$ \\&#xA;\ref{p6} $0.6 \cdot x$}};&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/rFhgt.png&quot; alt=&quot;Six plots with two independent pseudo-legends&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T22:17:50.363" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9386" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9391" CreationDate="2011-01-20T23:38:14.383" Score="6" ViewCount="170" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the PGF/TikZ manual, sometimes I see the option &lt;code&gt;right of=somenode&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;right=of somenode&lt;/code&gt;. They look very similar, but the effects are different.  The distance between nodes positioned with the latter option is boundary-to-boundary, as stated in the manual. However, with the first option, it seems that the distance is shorter. I couldn't find any explanation of the first option in the manual.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My question is: what is the difference between the two options? Is there any explanation in the manual that I missed?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3048" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T02:24:22.137" Title="Difference between &quot;right of=&quot; and &quot;right=of&quot; in PGF/TikZ" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;nodes&gt;&lt;positioning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="9387" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9359" CreationDate="2011-01-20T23:41:43.800" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you have another field (not necessarily another checkbox) in the same paragraph as your checkbox with a different height, all the fields will be the height of the largest one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{Form}&#xA;% These checkboxes will all have different heights.&#xA;&#xA;\CheckBox[height=1in,width=1in]{Check}&#xA;&#xA;\CheckBox[height=.5in,width=.5in]{Check}&#xA;&#xA;\CheckBox[height=.25in,width=.25in]{Check}&#xA;&#xA;%These checkboxes will all have the same (1in) height.&#xA;&#xA;\CheckBox[height=1in,width=1in]{Check}&#xA;\CheckBox[height=.5in,width=.5in]{Check}&#xA;\CheckBox[height=.25in,width=.25in]{Check}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end{Form}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-01-20T23:41:43.800" />
  <row Id="9388" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9393" CreationDate="2011-01-20T23:59:16.410" Score="1" ViewCount="154" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to plot a simulation of a Markov process in R^2. Basically, I want to draw a line that starts at (x_0,y_0)=(0,2) and then follow this rule:&#xA;For each i=1,...,10, the line will go through (i,y_{i-1}+1) with probability 1/2 and (i,y_{i-1}-1) with probability 1/2. So I designed the following TikZ code to draw this figure:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=0.6]&#xA;  \coordinate[label=left:$2$] (0) at (0,2){};&#xA;  \pgfmathsetmacro{\z}{2};&#xA;  \newcounter{c};&#xA;  \setcounter{c}{0};&#xA;  \pgfmathdeclarerandomlist{dir}{{-1}{1}};&#xA;&#xA;  \foreach \i in {1,2,...,10}{&#xA;    \pgfmathrandomitem{\d}{dir};&#xA;    \pgfmathsetmacro{\y}{\z+\d};&#xA;    \pgfmathsetmacro{\x}{\i};&#xA;&#xA;    \coordinate (\i) at (\x,\y){};&#xA;    \pgfmathtruncatemacro{\p}{\i-1};&#xA;    \draw[red] (\p)--(\i);&#xA;    \pgfmathsetmacro{\z}{\y};&#xA;  }&#xA;  \draw[dashed,thick] (\l)--(20,2);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First, we draw a coordinate at (0,2). Then, we choose &lt;code&gt;\d&lt;/code&gt; uniformly at random from {-1,1} and draw a coordinate at &lt;code&gt;(1,2+\d)&lt;/code&gt; and we set &lt;code&gt;\z&lt;/code&gt; to be &lt;code&gt;2+\d&lt;/code&gt;. Then we choose &lt;code&gt;\d&lt;/code&gt; again at random from {-1,1} and draw a coordinate at &lt;code&gt;(2,\z+\d)&lt;/code&gt;, and so on...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, this does not give what the picture should look like. In fact, the updating process with &lt;code&gt;\z&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\y&lt;/code&gt; does not seem to occur, and I don't know why.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3049" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-21T03:01:02.620" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T03:01:02.620" Title="Drawing a Markov chain - How do I update the value of a variable in TikZ?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;foreach&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="9389" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9404" CreationDate="2011-01-21T00:42:14.273" Score="1" ViewCount="80" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do you install a module in Lyx?&#xA;I find this site is not helpful enough:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.lyx.org/Layouts/Modules&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://wiki.lyx.org/Layouts/Modules&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="978" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-21T08:40:30.843" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T08:46:45.010" Title="How do you install a module in Lyx?" Tags="&lt;installing&gt;&lt;lyx&gt;&lt;modules&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="9390" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-21T01:56:28.813" Score="1" ViewCount="104" Body="&lt;p&gt;When some math expressions such as complex fractions are around the braces which should be on the same baseline, besides, equality sign should be aligned with vinculum, how can we handle? For example, in the following formula, is it possible to make the equality signs aligned with the fraction bars?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;S_d=\left[\begin{array}{@{}c@{}}&#xA;\cfrac{\displaystyle\sum_{j=1}^{n}{(d_j-\bar{d})^2}}{n-1}&#xA;\end{array}\right]^{1/2}&#xA;=\left[\begin{array}{@{}c@{}}&#xA;\cfrac{\displaystyle\sum_{j=1}^{n}{d_j^2}-\cfrac{1}{n}\left(\sum_{j=1}^{n}{d_j}\right)^2}{n-1}&#xA;\end{array}\right]^{1/2}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/7Vu3W.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2852" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-21T09:37:33.963" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T09:49:02.003" Title="equality sign and fraction bar alignments in complex fractions around braces" Tags="&lt;alignment&gt;&lt;braces&gt;&lt;fractions&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9391" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9386" CreationDate="2011-01-21T02:24:22.137" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;right of&lt;/code&gt; key isn't described in the manual at all (at least I couldn't find it). In fact, those keys are depreciated. The file &lt;code&gt;pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/tikz.code.tex&lt;/code&gt; contains the following code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% The following are deprecated:&#xA;\tikzoption{above of}{\tikz@of{#1}{90}}%&#xA;\tikzoption{below of}{\tikz@of{#1}{-90}}%&#xA;\tikzoption{left of}{\tikz@of{#1}{180}}%&#xA;\tikzoption{right of}{\tikz@of{#1}{0}}%&#xA;\tikzoption{above left of}{\tikz@of{#1}{135}}%&#xA;\tikzoption{below left of}{\tikz@of{#1}{-135}}%&#xA;\tikzoption{above right of}{\tikz@of{#1}{45}}%&#xA;\tikzoption{below right of}{\tikz@of{#1}{-45}}%&#xA;\def\tikz@of#1#2{%&#xA;  \def\tikz@anchor{center}%&#xA;  \let\tikz@do@auto@anchor=\relax%&#xA;  \tikz@addtransform{%&#xA;    \expandafter\tikz@extract@node@dist\tikz@node@distance and\pgf@stop%&#xA;    \pgftransformshift{\pgfpointpolar{#2}{\tikz@extracted@node@distance}}}%&#xA;  \def\tikz@node@at{\pgfpointanchor{#1}{center}}}&#xA;\def\tikz@extract@node@dist#1and#2\pgf@stop{%&#xA;  \def\tikz@extracted@node@distance{#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That is, the center of the new node is placed &lt;code&gt;node distance&lt;/code&gt; away from the center anchor of the old node (where only the first number in &lt;code&gt;node distance&lt;/code&gt; is used). You can see why this option is depreciated if you try a wide node:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \node (a) {loooooooooooooooooooooooooong};&#xA;  \node[right of=a,font=\bfseries,blue] (b) {node b};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/b37Wp.png&quot; alt=&quot;example of incorrect positioning&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the other hand &lt;code&gt;right=of&lt;/code&gt; would measures the &lt;code&gt;node distance&lt;/code&gt; (defaulting to 1cm) from the east anchor of node a to the west anchor of node b:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/2ANoW.png&quot; alt=&quot;example of correct positioning&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that in order to use the &lt;code&gt;right=of node&lt;/code&gt; syntax, you need to include the TikZ library &lt;code&gt;positioning&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T02:24:22.137" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9392" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6033" CreationDate="2011-01-21T02:34:04.387" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi. In the Lyx list, I learned that the following in the preamble will automatically center the contents of figures and tables in floats. It works for me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\usepackage{ifthen}&#xA;\renewenvironment{figure}[1][]{%&#xA; \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{}}{%&#xA;   \@float{figure}&#xA; }{%&#xA;   \@float{figure}[#1]%&#xA; }%&#xA; \centering&#xA;}{%&#xA; \end@float&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\renewenvironment{table}[1][]{%&#xA; \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{}}{%&#xA;   \@float{table}&#xA; }{%&#xA;   \@float{table}[#1]%&#xA; }%&#xA; \centering&#xA;}{%&#xA; \end@float&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3050" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T02:34:04.387" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9393" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9388" CreationDate="2011-01-21T03:00:35.913" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The problem is that TeX macro definitions are by default local and each loop iteration is inside a group. Hence the definition of &lt;code&gt;\z&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\y&lt;/code&gt; at the end of the loop is thrown away immediately afterwards and replaced by the original definition of &lt;code&gt;\z&lt;/code&gt; as 2. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Simply replacing &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathsetmacro{\z}{\y};&lt;/code&gt; by &lt;code&gt;\xdef\z{\y};&lt;/code&gt; solves the problem (and is a lot faster too). The drawback of this is however that the new definition of &lt;code&gt;\z&lt;/code&gt; will now globally override any macro that was stored in &lt;code&gt;\z&lt;/code&gt; (if there happened to be one).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could also replace the code by the following, which avoids any additional macro definitions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usetikzlibrary{calc}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=0.6]&#xA;  \coordinate[label=left:$2$] (0) at (0,2){};&#xA;  \pgfmathdeclarerandomlist{dir}{{-1}{1}};&#xA;&#xA;  \foreach \i in {1,2,...,10}{&#xA;    \pgfmathrandomitem{\d}{dir};&#xA;    \pgfmathtruncatemacro{\p}{\i-1};&#xA;    \coordinate (\i) at ($(\p) + (1,\d)$) {};&#xA;    \draw[red] (\p)--(\i);&#xA;  }&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T03:00:35.913" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9394" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9640" CreationDate="2011-01-21T03:44:52.643" Score="2" ViewCount="234" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Related (but not the same)&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/9383/align-number-from-enumerate-with-equation&quot;&gt;Align number from enumerate with equation&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3109/displaying-an-equation-in-a-list&quot;&gt;Displaying an equation in a list&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Earlier today I asked a question about aligning equations in an &lt;code&gt;enumerate&lt;/code&gt; environment and got an answer that seemed to work for the example I gave, but it turns out I wasn't really specific enough for my problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using &lt;code&gt;align*&lt;/code&gt; environments, often as the only part of a list item. (If you're wondering why I'm not using more words to introduce the &lt;code&gt;align*&lt;/code&gt;, these are mostly homework solutions where most of the work is algebra, etc.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's my code and what it makes (above the middle line):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;  \item \begin{align*}&#xA;    x^2 + y^2 &amp;amp;= x^2 + (iy)^2 \\&#xA;              &amp;amp;= (x + iy) (x - iy)&#xA;  \end{align*}&#xA;  \item \begin{align*}&#xA;    \frac{1}{n^2-4} &amp;amp;= \frac14 \frac{4}{(n-2)(n+2)} \\&#xA;                    &amp;amp;= \frac14 \left( \frac{1}{n-2}-\frac{1}{n+2} \right)&#xA;  \end{align*}&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/hbs37.png&quot; alt=&quot;sad things&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to make the baseline of the first line of the &lt;code&gt;align*&lt;/code&gt; environment the same as the number's baseline—I want the first line of the &lt;code&gt;align*&lt;/code&gt; to have the same vertical position (centered horizontally in the same way) relative to its number as in the second half of my picture. (Side question: why is there so much space before the &lt;code&gt;align*&lt;/code&gt; starts?)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="9" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T22:42:20.923" Title="Vertical alignment of align* in enumerate" Tags="&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;&lt;align&gt;&lt;enumerate&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9395" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2110" CreationDate="2011-01-21T04:49:06.223" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I feel fortunate. The first OS I ever used was unix, my first year of university, and was told immediately to learn emacs and that all lab reports for a class I was in had to be done in LaTeX. It was over 5 years before I ever used any MS software, and I've never used it to any great degree since. And I find Word confusing as hell. It's always doing things that I don't want and then I have to spend time figuring out how to undo it. It's automatic capitalization features drives me nuts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I was bred on the beauty of LaTeX and thought that was normal. I was never faced with the decision to choose LaTeX over Word. For me the decision was the reverse: should I go with Word and dump LaTeX?  At my first job everyone was using Word so I tried it. I found it too anti-intuitive, too ugly (I hate ragged-right justification for example), dangerous (lost docs on a semi-regular schedule due to Windows semi-regular crashing), and the learning curve was just too high (way higher than LaTeX, imo). I was always asking others how to undo something Word was just sure that I wanted to do but didn't. I gave up on Word and now only use when forced to, which is rare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm still having trouble absorbing that Joseph wrote his thesis in Word.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Word's popularity is explained by my &quot;Doughnut Theory&quot; : &lt;em&gt;If all you've ever eaten are doughnuts, you can tell a good doughnut from a bad doughnut, but you have no idea what good food is&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2003" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T04:49:06.223" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-01-21T04:49:06.223" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9396" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9399" CreationDate="2011-01-21T06:07:24.223" Score="4" ViewCount="169" Body="&lt;p&gt;is there a good TeX flavor for expressing electronics symbols in documents?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3054" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-21T10:36:30.650" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T10:36:30.650" Title="electronics TeX" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;diagrams&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9397" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9396" CreationDate="2011-01-21T06:43:25.693" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;run &lt;code&gt;texdoc pst-circ&lt;/code&gt; for the documentation&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T06:43:25.693" />
  <row Id="9398" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9394" CreationDate="2011-01-21T06:53:04.883" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{enumerate}\belowdisplayskip=0pt \abovedisplayskip=0pt &#xA;  \item \parbox{\linewidth}{\begin{align*}&#xA;    x^2 + y^2 &amp;amp;= x^2 + (iy)^2 \\&#xA;              &amp;amp;= (x + iy) (x - iy)&#xA;  \end{align*}}&#xA;  \item &#xA;    \parbox[t]{\linewidth}{\begin{align*}&#xA;    \frac{1}{n^2-4} &amp;amp;= \frac14 \frac{4}{(n-2)(n+2)} \\&#xA;                    &amp;amp;= \frac14 \left( \frac{1}{n-2}-\frac{1}{n+2} \right)&#xA;  \end{align*}}&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T06:53:04.883" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9399" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9396" CreationDate="2011-01-21T07:05:45.467" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you need to draw complete circuit diagrams, you can use &lt;a href=&quot;http://texcatalogue.sarovar.org/entries/circuitikz.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;circuitikz&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. Some examples can be found on &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/circuitikz/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeXample&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T07:05:45.467" />
  <row Id="9400" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9390" CreationDate="2011-01-21T07:12:49.063" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;That is not easy in fact of your unbalanced fractions. From the rules of mathematical typesetting the parentheses are always symmetrical to the math baseline:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;S_d = \left[ \dfrac{\sum\limits_{j=1}^{n}{(d_j-\bar{d})^2}&#xA;             \vphantom{ \left(\displaystyle\sum\limits_{j=1}^{n}{d_j} \right)^2 } &#xA;             }{n-1}&#xA;      \right]^{1/2}&#xA;    = \left[ \dfrac{\sum\limits_{j=1}^{n}{d_j^2}-\cfrac{1}{n}&#xA;             \left(\sum\limits_{j=1}^{n}{d_j}\right)^2}{n-1} &#xA;      \right]^{1/2}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Making the parentheses smaller doesn't really look good. Examples can be found in &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/info/math/voss/mathmode/Mathmode.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Mathmode.pdf&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/fKFpN.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-21T09:39:02.543" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T09:39:02.543" />
  <row Id="9401" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9390" CreationDate="2011-01-21T07:50:26.623" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's how I would typeset this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;S_d  = \left[ \frac{1}{n-1} \sum_{j=1}^{n} (d_j-\bar{d})^2 \right]^{1/2}&#xA;     = \left[ \frac{1}{n-1} \right]^{1/2}&#xA;       \left[ \sum_{j=1}^{n} d_j^2&#xA;              - \frac{1}{n} \left( \sum_{j=1}^{n} d_j \right)^2&#xA;       \right]^{1/2}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Herbert is quite right, the parentheses should always be symmetrical to the math baseline, and you should not use your above construct. Just try and avoid such fractions altogether.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/KfH79.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-21T09:34:26.417" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T09:34:26.417" />
  <row Id="9402" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9407" CreationDate="2011-01-21T08:22:51.577" Score="4" ViewCount="341" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not that familiar with TikZ and I want to use it for designing by front page. I want a blue bar in the top, where some text is centered in the bar. Like following (how do I center the text without using hspace to push the text in?)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}[remember picture,overlay]&#xA;  \node [xshift=\,yshift=-2cm] at (current page.north west)&#xA;  [text width=\textwidth,fill=my_defined_blue,below right]&#xA;  {&#xA;   \hspace{3.5cm} \textcolor{white}{\Large{\textsc{School Name}}}&#xA;  };&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I also want a logo on bar, which should be a bit larger than the bar. Any suggestions, how this should be done? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The logo structure:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Pz8Jd.png&quot; alt=&quot;Logo structure&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2925" LastEditorUserId="2925" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-21T11:06:33.350" LastActivityDate="2011-01-27T14:37:33.040" Title="Use TikZ to draw frontpage" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="9404" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9389" CreationDate="2011-01-21T08:46:45.010" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Find the Lyx configuration directory (LCD), which will be &lt;code&gt;.lyx&lt;/code&gt; on many installations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Put your module in the &lt;code&gt;layouts&lt;/code&gt; subdirectory of LCD. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tell Lyx about your module by adding a line to the &lt;code&gt;lyxmodules.lst&lt;/code&gt; file in the CFD, which has six strings.  I give an example in &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/9041/how-to-create-1-a-new-environment-for-lyxs-environment-drop-down-menu-2-a-n/9073#9073&quot;&gt;my answer&lt;/a&gt; to the &lt;em&gt;How to create (1) a new Environment for LyX's Environment drop-down menu, (2) a new Text Style&lt;/em&gt; question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T08:46:45.010" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9405" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9408" CreationDate="2011-01-21T08:50:23.270" Score="0" ViewCount="64" Body="&lt;h1&gt;Background&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following screenshot shows &quot;the left part of section title&quot; and &quot;the left part of subsection number&quot; have different vertical alignment lines.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For &lt;code&gt;12pt&lt;/code&gt; option passed to &lt;code&gt;\documentclass&lt;/code&gt;, I can make they have the same vertical alignment lines by using &lt;code&gt;\setlength{\cftsecnumwidth}{26pt}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For other font sizes, I need a manual trial and error adjustment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/5Z56l.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Question&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to get an exact &amp;amp; automatic adjustment value to be passed to &lt;code&gt;\setlength{\cftsecnumwidth}{}&lt;/code&gt; instead of using the magic number obtained by trial and error?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T09:48:23.703" Title="How to make the subsection number and the section title share the same vertical alignment in TOC?" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="9406" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9415" CreationDate="2011-01-21T08:54:22.100" Score="3" ViewCount="147" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using beamer and I have created two columns using&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{columns} &#xA; \column{.5\textwidth}&#xA;Column Number 1 &#xA; \column{.5\textwidth}&#xA;Column Number 2 &#xA;\end{columns}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And I'd like to control the order of these columns when using the &lt;code&gt;\pause&lt;/code&gt; command. When using the &lt;code&gt;\pause&lt;/code&gt; before &lt;code&gt;\column{.5\textwidth}&lt;/code&gt; command, it would cause the column on the left to be appeared and then after clicking or so, the second column will appear. How can I make beamer first draw the right column and then draw the left column?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2244" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T12:20:37.393" Title="Beamer Column Order" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;two-column&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9407" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9402" CreationDate="2011-01-21T09:25:38.887" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is this what you're looking for? The frame around the logo is drawn &quot;by hand&quot;, so if you have a complicated shape, your suggestion of using a transparent PNG with a white border might be more practical.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[remember picture,overlay]&#xA;&#xA;\coordinate [below=2.5cm] (midpoint) at (current page.north);&#xA;&#xA;\node [name=colourbar,&#xA;anchor=base,&#xA;fill=blue!40,&#xA;text = white,&#xA;minimum width=\paperwidth,&#xA;minimum height=1cm] at (midpoint) {\huge{\textsc{School Name}}};&#xA;&#xA;% Define the point where the logo will go&#xA;\coordinate [right=4cm] (logo) at (colourbar.west);&#xA;&#xA;% Set coordinate system origin&#xA;\begin{scope}[shift=(logo)]&#xA;% Draw the outline&#xA;\filldraw [white,draw=red] (2.3,0.85) -- (-2,0.85) -- (-2.8,-0.85) -- (2.3,-0.85) --cycle;&#xA;% Include the logo&#xA;\node {\includegraphics[width=4cm]{logo}};&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Normal stuff starts here}&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/h7t43.png&quot; alt=&quot;Title page with TikZ&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastEditorUserId="2552" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-21T11:50:01.477" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T11:50:01.477" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="9408" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9405" CreationDate="2011-01-21T09:35:48.910" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;From the &lt;code&gt;\cftsecnumwidh&lt;/code&gt; command, I infer you are using the tocloft package. As shown in my minimal example, tocloft produces correct alignments (&quot;Variant A&quot;). One may also use the (alpha) package tocstyle for automatic calculation of number widths (&quot;Variant B&quot;). If none of this works for you, please provide a minimal example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{book}&#xA;&#xA;% Variant A&#xA;\usepackage{tocloft}&#xA;&#xA;% Variant B&#xA;% \usepackage{tocstyle}&#xA;% \usetocstyle{standard}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;&#xA;\blinddocument&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;P.S.: Page 4 of the tocloft documentation lists the standard values for ToC indent and numwidth of the various heading levels.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-21T09:48:23.703" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T09:48:23.703" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9409" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9390" CreationDate="2011-01-21T09:49:02.003" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As Herbert mentioned, math typesetting isn’t really done this way anymore, but it’s what Karel Wick recommends in &lt;em&gt;Rules for Type-setting Mathematics&lt;/em&gt; (1965). If you want this sort of thing in LaTeX, you can use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/nath&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;nath&lt;/a&gt; package which reproduces these rules. The drawback is that &lt;code&gt;nath&lt;/code&gt; has a specific syntax for math, so you may have to rewrite all your formulas and if it’s for an article you’re going to publish, the journal may not want you to use &lt;code&gt;nath&lt;/code&gt;. If none of these disadvantages bother you, here's what your equation would look like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/BH4wN.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personally, I find this looks a bit strange and would prefer what Hendrik suggested in his answer. Here’s the code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{nath}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;S_d=[\frac{\sum_{j=1}^{n}(d_j-\bar{d})^2}{n-1}]^{1/2}&#xA;=[\frac{\sum_{j=1}^{n} d_j^2 - \frac{1}{n}(\sum_{j=1}^{n}{d_j})^2}{n-1}]^{1/2}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Notice that, with &lt;code&gt;nath&lt;/code&gt;, there is no need for &lt;code&gt;\left&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\right&lt;/code&gt;, the correct sizes are automatically chosen for you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1973" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T09:49:02.003" />
  <row Id="9410" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="885" CreationDate="2011-01-21T10:16:55.300" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is this what you're asking about? ( I used TeX to save code-space, but LaTeX is the same). If it &lt;em&gt;is&lt;/em&gt; the what you're asking about, and you cut and paste this example, make sure the indents are correct after the paste.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;#!/usr/bin/env python&#xA;import sys, os, os.path&#xA;filename = sys.argv[1]&#xA;opfile = sys.argv[1] + '.tex'&#xA;outfile = open(opfile, 'w')&#xA;pageAry = []&#xA;def a_tex_file(title):&#xA;    global pageAry&#xA;    pageAry.append('\\vskip2em\n\\font\\titlefont=cmr12 at 14.4pt\n\\font\\default=cmr12\n')&#xA;    pageAry.append('\\def\\today{January 21, 2011}\n')&#xA;    pageAry.append('\\centerline{\\titlefont ' + title + '}\n\\vskip5pt\n\\vskip5pt\\centerline{\\default blahblahblah}\n')&#xA;    pageAry.append('\n\\bye')&#xA;return 1&#xA;&#xA;a_tex_file(&quot;blunk&quot;)&#xA;&#xA;for i in pageAry:&#xA;    outfile.writelines(i)&#xA;outfile.close()&#xA;os.system('tex '+ opfile)&#xA;os.system('xdvi ' + filename + '.dvi &amp;amp; ')&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2003" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T10:16:55.300" />
  <row Id="9411" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8691" CreationDate="2011-01-21T11:21:03.787" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The solution to my problem was to use the &lt;code&gt;\pgfpositionnodelater&lt;/code&gt; command of the pgf-package (version 2.10). Thanks to Caramdir for the hint to this possibility.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrartcl} &#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{calc} &#xA;\usepackage{tikz} &#xA;&#xA;\newlength{\TestLength} &#xA;\newlength{\myminx}&#xA;\newlength{\mymaxx}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\PgfPosition}{%&#xA;    \global\let\myminx=\pgfpositionnodelaterminx%&#xA;    \global\let\mymaxx=\pgfpositionnodelatermaxx%&#xA;}%&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document} &#xA;&#xA;    \setlength{\TestLength}{\widthof{\tikz \node {bla};}} &#xA;    \showthe\TestLength% MEASUREMENT 1 &#xA;&#xA;    \begin{tikzpicture} &#xA;      \setlength{\TestLength}{\widthof{\node {bla};}} &#xA;        \showthe\TestLength% MEASUREMENT 2 &#xA;    \end{tikzpicture} &#xA;&#xA;    \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;           {%&#xA;                \pgfpositionnodelater{\PgfPosition}%&#xA;                \node {bla};%&#xA;                \setlength{\TestLength}{\mymaxx}%&#xA;                \addtolength{\TestLength}{-\myminx}%&#xA;                \global\TestLength=\TestLength&#xA;        }%&#xA;        \showthe\TestLength% MEASUREMENT 3&#xA;    \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2884" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T11:21:03.787" />
  <row Id="9412" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-21T11:37:29.757" Score="3" ViewCount="165" Body="&lt;p&gt;I installed latexdiff to track changes. The first question is where to give the command (latexdiff old.tex new.tex &gt; diff.tex). I saw on the internet that it can be done in the Command/DOS environment. But then I get the error that the file new.tex cannot be found in the directory. I have checked where the other packages are located which is downloaded and which are working. And I have downloaded Perl. What am I doing wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3058" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T09:40:40.370" Title="latexdiff is not working" Tags="&lt;latexdiff&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="9413" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10402" CreationDate="2011-01-21T11:41:56.053" Score="3" ViewCount="142" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a paper written and edited in LyX. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On a printing today I noticed that all 'fi' combinations are not visible.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The characters are in the document and displays in the PDF but doesn't print.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this a printer, LyX or PDF problem?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="528" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T16:41:27.830" Title="How do I fix missing 'fi' characters in LyX?" Tags="&lt;lyx&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="9414" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9406" CreationDate="2011-01-21T12:03:52.873" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Suppose you have a recent version of bidi. This will make beamer columns RTL:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewenvironment&amp;lt;&amp;gt;{columns}[1][]{%&#xA;  \begin{actionenv}#2%&#xA;  \def\beamer@colentrycode{%&#xA;    \hboxR to\textwidth\bgroup%&#xA;    \leavevmode%&#xA;    \hskip-\beamer@leftmargin%&#xA;    \nobreak%&#xA;    \beamer@tempdim=\textwidth%&#xA;    \advance\beamer@tempdim by\beamer@leftmargin%&#xA;    \advance\beamer@tempdim by\beamer@rightmargin%&#xA;    \hbox to\beamer@tempdim\bgroup%&#xA;    \hbox{}\hfill\ignorespaces}%&#xA;  \def\beamer@colexitcode{\egroup%&#xA;    \nobreak%&#xA;    \hskip-\beamer@rightmargin\egroup}%&#xA;  \ifbeamer@centered\setkeys{beamer@col}{c}\else\setkeys{beamer@col}{t}\fi%&#xA;  \setkeys{beamer@col}{#1}%&#xA;  \par%&#xA;  \beamer@colentrycode%&#xA;  \def\beamer@colclose{}\ignorespaces}%&#xA;  {\beamer@colclose\def\beamer@colclose{}\beamer@colexitcode\end{actionenv}}%&#xA;\renewcommand&amp;lt;&amp;gt;\beamer@columncom[2][\beamer@colmode]{%&#xA;  \beamer@colclose%&#xA;  \def\beamer@colclose{\end{minipage}\hfill\end{actionenv}\ignorespaces}%&#xA;\begin{actionenv}#3%&#xA;  \setkeys{beamer@col}{#1}%&#xA;  \begin{minipage}[\beamer@colalign]{#2}%&#xA;    \leavevmode\raggedleft\beamer@colheadskip\ignorespaces}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2716" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T12:03:52.873" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9415" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9406" CreationDate="2011-01-21T12:10:30.947" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As Hendrik said in the comments, &lt;code&gt;\onslide&lt;/code&gt; works fine:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;  \begin{columns}&#xA;    \onslide&amp;lt;2-&amp;gt;{&#xA;      \column{0.4\textwidth}&#xA;      Foo&#xA;    }&#xA;    \onslide&amp;lt;1-&amp;gt;{&#xA;      \column{0.4\textwidth}&#xA;      Bar and so on&#xA;    }&#xA;  \end{columns}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The right column appears first as desired.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The trick is that the columns are typeset left to right, but with nifty use of overlays, the right hand column appears first...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-21T12:20:37.393" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T12:20:37.393" />
  <row Id="9416" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9419" CreationDate="2011-01-21T12:59:39.263" Score="8" ViewCount="156" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to draw an arrow using TikZ where I can specify more than one tip (or tail).  This is presumably technically possible since the &lt;code&gt;&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; tip is a &quot;doubled&quot; tip: defining &lt;code&gt;&amp;gt;=diamond&lt;/code&gt; produces a double diamond tip.  Also, quoting from the &lt;code&gt;arrows&lt;/code&gt; section of the manual:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The spacing arrow tips are useful for combining them with other arrows to get arrows that do not touch the end of the line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which is, admittedly, vague enough that I could be interpreting it incorrectly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But what is the actual syntax for combining two tips?  Just listing them one after another doesn't work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T20:14:17.283" Title="Can I combine arrow tips in TikZ/pgf?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;arrows&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="9417" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9394" CreationDate="2011-01-21T13:49:31.057" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can put the numbers as equation tags into the first line of the &lt;code&gt;align*&lt;/code&gt; environment if you use the &lt;code&gt;leqno&lt;/code&gt; option: &lt;code&gt;\tag*{1.}&lt;/code&gt;. If you want to get automatic numbering, the following code can help you:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt,leqno]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\newcounter{exercisenumber}&#xA;\setcounter{exercisenumber}{0}&#xA;\newcommand\leftnum{%&#xA;    \addtocounter{exercisenumber}{1}%&#xA;    \tag*{\phantom{99.}\llap{\arabic{exercisenumber}.}}%&#xA;    }&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{align*}\leftnum&#xA;  x^2 + y^2 &amp;amp;= x^2 - (iy)^2 \\&#xA;            &amp;amp;= (x + iy) (x - iy)&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;\begin{align*}\leftnum&#xA;  \frac{1}{n^2-4} &amp;amp;= \frac14 \frac{4}{(n-2)(n+2)} \\&#xA;                  &amp;amp;= \frac14 \left( \frac{1}{n-2}-\frac{1}{n+2} \right)&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/KPqsU.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Concerning your additional question in the comment: I don't know exactly know what output you're aiming at, but you can try this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcounter{exercisenumber}&#xA;\newcounter{subnumber}&#xA;\setcounter{exercisenumber}{0}&#xA;\newcommand\leftnum{%&#xA;    \addtocounter{exercisenumber}{1}%&#xA;    \tag*{\phantom{99.}\llap{\arabic{exercisenumber}.}}%&#xA;    }&#xA;\newenvironment{subnumbering}{%&#xA;    \addtocounter{exercisenumber}{1}%&#xA;    \setcounter{subnumber}{0}&#xA;    \renewcommand\leftnum{%&#xA;        \addtocounter{subnumber}{1}%&#xA;        \tag*{\phantom{99(a)}\llap{%&#xA;              \ifnum\value{subnumber}=1 \arabic{exercisenumber}\fi&#xA;              (\alph{subnumber})}}%&#xA;        }&#xA;    }{}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-21T16:50:10.817" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T16:50:10.817" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="9419" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9416" CreationDate="2011-01-21T14:03:43.450" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{arrows}&#xA;\pgfarrowsdeclarecombine{blah}{blah}{diamond}{diamond}{stealth}{stealth}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \tikz{\draw[blah-blah] (0,0)--(1,0);}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T14:03:43.450" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9420" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9428" CreationDate="2011-01-21T14:34:24.857" Score="1" ViewCount="101" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\SI{0.006}{\elementarycharge}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/siunitx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;siunitx&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{siunitx}.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\elementarycharge&lt;/code&gt; command does not work. I'm using&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[prb,twocolumn,showpacs]{revtex4}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any idea?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="660" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-21T16:51:44.150" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T16:51:44.150" Title="\elementarycharge command not recognized in siunitx package" Tags="&lt;siunitx&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9421" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9394" CreationDate="2011-01-21T14:43:15.473" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A little variant version of @Herbert.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;   \item  \parbox[t]{\textwidth}{&#xA;   \vspace{-2.2em}\begin{align*}&#xA;        x^2 + y^2 &amp;amp;= x^2 + (iy)^2 \\&#xA;                  &amp;amp;= (x + iy) (x - iy)&#xA;   \end{align*}}&#xA;   \item \parbox[t]{\textwidth}{&#xA;   \vspace{-2.2em}\begin{align*}&#xA;        \frac{1}{n^2-4} &amp;amp;= \frac14 \frac{4}{(n-2)(n+2)} \\&#xA;                        &amp;amp;= \frac14 \left( \frac{1}{n-2}-\frac{1}{n+2} \right)&#xA;   \end{align*}}&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/jOq8o.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2557" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T14:43:15.473" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9422" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9420" CreationDate="2011-01-21T14:53:53.553" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The correct use is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\si{\elementarycharge}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All SI units, not-quite-SI units, prefixes and suffixes from &lt;code&gt;siunitx&lt;/code&gt; need to be enclosed in the &lt;code&gt;\si{}&lt;/code&gt; macro. See the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/siunitx/siunitx.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;manual&lt;/a&gt; for more information and more advanced examples of use. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dimensionless numbers and angles have their own commands for typesetting: &lt;code&gt;\num&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\numrange&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\numlist&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\ang&lt;/code&gt;, and they don't need to be inside the &lt;code&gt;\si&lt;/code&gt; macro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="711" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T14:53:53.553" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="9423" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-21T15:10:56.060" Score="2" ViewCount="129" Body="&lt;p&gt;Given the popularity of PDF, the pain that is OT1, and the bad on-screen rendering of bitmapped fonts in Adobe's software, I would have expected that someone would have undertaken conversion/extension of the BlueSky fonts to the T1 encoding while maintaining the quality of the hints ... but I've seen nothing about such a project anywhere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why is that? (Or am I wrong? I would love to be wrong!)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Edit:&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now I've seen that someone is selling European Computer Modern fonts in Type1(?), and evidently they use T1 -- but why are they not free yet?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1189" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T15:42:58.937" Title="Why aren't there well-hinted Type1 Computer Modern fonts supporting the T1 encoding yet?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;fontenc&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9424" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9358" CreationDate="2011-01-21T15:21:27.683" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you come into a situation where you want your hyphenchar to be something like &lt;code&gt;\hookleftarrow&lt;/code&gt;, and Philipp's answer does &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; help, then there's still the option to create a virtual font. By this you can circumvent both the problems that &lt;code&gt;\hookleftarrow&lt;/code&gt; is from a different font and that it's not a single character. It's not as hard as it might sound: If you need this, I can fill in the details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T15:21:27.683" />
  <row Id="9425" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9427" CreationDate="2011-01-21T15:25:30.153" Score="2" ViewCount="111" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\footnote[1]{\nameref*{8.1.16}&lt;/code&gt; is an अधिकार सूत्र it goes upto &lt;code&gt;\nameref*{8.3.55}}&lt;/code&gt; \&amp;amp; अङ्गाधिकार (अङ्गस्य)&lt;code&gt;\footnote[2]{\nameref*{6.4.1}&lt;/code&gt; is an अधिकार सूत्र it goes upto &lt;code&gt;\nameref*{7.4.97}}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am using footnote as shown above. However the footnote appears to be floating and when I don't have much in the page it appears in the middle of the page. I got by so far with \vspace{} but I think there must be a way to position this at the bottom of the page despite whats in the page. Thanks for your help&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/22AQ9.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2036" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T16:17:10.530" Title="How to fix Footnote position at the bottom of the page" Tags="&lt;footnotes&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="9426" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9423" CreationDate="2011-01-21T15:37:16.397" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;read the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gust.org.pl/projects/e-foundry/latin-modern&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;web page&lt;/a&gt; of the font project &quot;The Latin Modern (LM) Family of Fonts&quot; and the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/lmodern/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;demo page&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-21T15:42:58.937" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T15:42:58.937" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9427" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9425" CreationDate="2011-01-21T16:17:10.530" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[bottom]{footmisc}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;would cure this problem. See &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4902/why-my-footnote-is-glued-to-the-text&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2848" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T16:17:10.530" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9428" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9420" CreationDate="2011-01-21T16:50:55.820" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You do not say which version of &lt;code&gt;siunitx&lt;/code&gt; you have installed. With the current release (v2), something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{siunitx}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\SI{0.006}{\elementarycharge\per\cubic\angstrom}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;should be fine. If you have version 1 then &lt;code&gt;\elementarycharge&lt;/code&gt; will not be defined and you'll need&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newunit{\elementarycharge}{\text{\ensuremath{e}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in your preamble.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T16:50:55.820" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9429" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-21T17:07:30.060" Score="4" ViewCount="99" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can one compare a character (e.g. &quot;U&quot;) with a character code in a certain font (e.g. &quot;\char85&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd expect the following to work:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{ifthen}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\font\X=cmr10&#xA;\X&#xA;U looks like \char85, ...%&#xA;\if U \char85 { and U is \char85 } \else { but U is not \char85 } \fi&#xA;&#xA;% Or using the `ifthen` package:    &#xA;Plus, &#xA;\ifthenelse{\equal{U}{\char85}}{ then U is U too }{ then U is not U, too }&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alas, neither works as expected.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thoughts and input are appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Edit&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is helpful to note that:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\meaning \char 85 \\&#xA;\meaning \char'U  \\&#xA;\meaning U&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Produces the output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;“char85&#xA;&quot;char'U&#xA;the letter U&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;These are clearly different internally, and I presume must be normalized before comparison.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1744" LastEditorUserId="1744" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-21T17:17:27.033" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T21:45:52.473" Title="Compare a character to a character code?" Tags="&lt;conditionals&gt;&lt;characters&gt;&lt;comparison&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="9430" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9429" CreationDate="2011-01-21T17:36:10.160" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;do you mean something like this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\chardef\tempA=`U&#xA;&#xA;\font\X=cmr10&#xA;\X&#xA;U looks like \char85, ...%&#xA;\chardef\tempB=085&#xA;\ifx\tempA\tempB and U is \char85 \else but U is not \char85 \fi&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T17:36:10.160" />
  <row Id="9431" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-21T18:07:10.273" Score="1" ViewCount="123" Body="&lt;p&gt;I cannot get &lt;code&gt;\label{tname} \ref{tname}&lt;/code&gt; to generate any number. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am new to xetex - used latex some 15 yrs back while at school. Any pointers?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My goal is to tag verse in &lt;code&gt;\begin{verse} ... \end{verse}&lt;/code&gt; block.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\usepackage{verbatim}&#xA;\usepackage{xltxtra,fontspec,xunicode}&#xA;\defaultfontfeatures{Scale=MatchLowercase}&#xA;\setromanfont{Linux Libertine}% Better Diacritics&#xA;\setsansfont{DejaVu Sans}%&#xA;\setmonofont{DejaVu Sans Mono}%&#xA;\title{Your Title}&#xA;\author{Your Name}&#xA;\date{}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;&#xA;\include{myfile}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is a snippet of what I am trying to add&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{verse}&#xA;sukha-duḥkhe same kṛtvā lābhālābhau jayājayau \\&#xA;tato yuddhāya yujyasva naivaḿ pāpam avāpsyasi \\&#xA;\label{2.38}&#xA;\end{verse}&#xA;&#xA;In the verse \ref{2.38} ...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried using &lt;code&gt;\nameref&lt;/code&gt;. Interestingly nameref gives me the label name verbatim. However at the point the label is defined, there is no numbering. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want verses to be explicitly numbered, ie I number them or tag them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3063" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-23T21:27:36.497" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T21:27:36.497" Title="label and ref in xelatex" Tags="&lt;cross-referencing&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9432" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9431" CreationDate="2011-01-21T18:32:41.203" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;try &lt;code&gt;\label{1.1.1}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\nameref{1.1.1}&lt;/code&gt;&#xA;Also &lt;code&gt;\lable{name}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\nameref{name}&lt;/code&gt; should work as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2036" LastEditorUserId="2036" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-21T18:45:10.397" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T18:45:10.397" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9433" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9620" CreationDate="2011-01-21T18:44:13.700" Score="3" ViewCount="155" Body="&lt;p&gt;The following compiles well in Kile but when imported into Lyx the title is duplicated and the &quot;continued on next page&quot; incorrectly appears at the end of the table.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%% LyX 1.6.7 created this file.  For more info, see http://www.lyx.org/.&#xA;%% Do not edit unless you really know what you are doing.&#xA;\documentclass[12pt,a4paper,english]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[latin9]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{longtable}&#xA;\usepackage{float}&#xA;\usepackage{supertabular}&#xA;\usepackage{longtable}&#xA;\usepackage{caption}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;&#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% LyX specific LaTeX commands.&#xA;\special{papersize=\the\paperwidth,\the\paperheight}&#xA;&#xA;%% Because html converters don't know tabularnewline&#xA;\providecommand{\tabularnewline}{\\}&#xA;&#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% User specified LaTeX commands.&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{babel}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{longtable}{|l|l|}&#xA;\caption{A long table}&#xA;\endfirsthead&#xA;\hline &#xA;\multicolumn{1}{|c|}{Gene ID } &amp;amp; \multicolumn{1}{|c|}{Description}\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline&#xA;\endhead&#xA;\multicolumn{2}{r}{{Continued on next page}}&#xA;\tabularnewline&#xA;\endfoot&#xA;\endlastfoot&#xA;\hline &#xA;\multicolumn{1}{|c|}{Gene ID } &amp;amp; \multicolumn{1}{c|}{Description}\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;KIAA1539  &amp;amp; KIAA1539\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;TMEM98  &amp;amp; transmembrane protein 98\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;RHBDF1  &amp;amp; rhomboid 5 homolog 1\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;DCN  &amp;amp; decorin\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;HAGH  &amp;amp; hydroxyacylglutathione hydrolase\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;DGKA  &amp;amp; diacylglycerol kinase, alpha 80kDa\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;P4HA2  &amp;amp; prolyl 4-hydroxylase, alpha polypeptide II\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;GPR137B  &amp;amp; G protein-coupled receptor 137B\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;SLC22A17  &amp;amp; solute carrier family 22, member 17\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;TBC1D2  &amp;amp; TBC1 domain family, member 2\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;HSD3B7  &amp;amp; \tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;TIMP3  &amp;amp; TIMP metallopeptidase inhibitor 3\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;ARSA  &amp;amp; arylsulfatase A\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;ENG  &amp;amp; endoglin\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;HPS1  &amp;amp; Hermansky-Pudlak syndrome 1\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;WSB1  &amp;amp; WD repeat and SOCS box-containing 1\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;H2AFJ  &amp;amp; H2A histone family, member J\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;PCTK3  &amp;amp; cyclin-dependent kinase 18\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;PLAGL1  &amp;amp; pleiomorphic adenoma gene-like 1\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;CPXM2  &amp;amp; carboxypeptidase X , member 2\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;XG  &amp;amp; Xg blood group\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;PSG2  &amp;amp; pregnancy specific beta-1-glycoprotein 2\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;TUBA1  &amp;amp; tubulin, alpha 4a\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;ISLR  &amp;amp; immunoglobulin superfamily containing leucine-rich repeat\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;CD68  &amp;amp; CD68 molecule\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;SLC44A2  &amp;amp; solute carrier family 44, member 2\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;DLG4  &amp;amp; discs, large homolog 4\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;REEP2  &amp;amp; receptor accessory protein 2\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;NES  &amp;amp; nestin\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;STARD13  &amp;amp; StAR-related lipid transfer domain containing 13\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;MYH11  &amp;amp; myosin, heavy chain 11, smooth muscle\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;NT5E  &amp;amp; 5'-nucleotidase, ecto\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;ITGA7  &amp;amp; integrin, alpha 7\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;ITM2B  &amp;amp; integral membrane protein 2B\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;NAAA  &amp;amp; N-acylethanolamine acid amidase\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;SLC16A3  &amp;amp; solute carrier family 16, member 3\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;IFITM3  &amp;amp; interferon induced transmembrane protein 3\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;CRABP2  &amp;amp; cellular retinoic acid binding protein 2\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;LHX9  &amp;amp; LIM homeobox 9\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;ECM1  &amp;amp; extracellular matrix protein 1\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;COL8A1  &amp;amp; collagen, type VIII, alpha 1\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;NMRAL1  &amp;amp; NmrA-like family domain containing 1\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;NCSTN  &amp;amp; nicastrin\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;PBXIP1  &amp;amp; pre-B-cell leukemia homeobox interacting protein 1\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;ESM1  &amp;amp; endothelial cell-specific molecule 1\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;CITED2  &amp;amp; \tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;MAP1A  &amp;amp; microtubule-associated protein 1A\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;ANGPTL4  &amp;amp; angiopoietin-like 4\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;GDNF  &amp;amp; glial cell derived neurotrophic factor\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;IL7R  &amp;amp; interleukin 7 receptor\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;TMEM129  &amp;amp; transmembrane protein 129\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;GAA  &amp;amp; glucosidase, alpha; acid\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;MRGPRF  &amp;amp; MAS-related GPR, member F\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;SEZ6L2  &amp;amp; seizure related 6 homolog -like 2\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;IRX3  &amp;amp; iroquois homeobox 3\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;ADAMTSL1  &amp;amp; ADAMTS-like 1\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;C15ORF52  &amp;amp; Uncharacterized protein C15orf52\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;PDCD1LG2-001  &amp;amp; Programmed cell death 1 ligand 2 Precursor\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;HOXC6  &amp;amp; homeobox C6\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;PSG4  &amp;amp; pregnancy specific beta-1-glycoprotein 4\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;FER1L4  &amp;amp; fer-1-like 4\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline&#xA;\end{longtable}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've even tried using a longtable module which didn't work for me:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.oak-tree.us/stuff/LyX/longtablepage.module&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.oak-tree.us/stuff/LyX/longtablepage.module&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;Using this custom inset seemed to compile like a regular table, flowing past the end of the page rather than having proper pagebreaks inserted.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The one here: &lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/Tables#longtab-cap&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/Tables#longtab-cap&lt;/a&gt; doesn't include the header at the top of every page or say continued on the next page at the bottom.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can someone provided an example of a longtable that would compile in Lyx similar to the way my example compiles in Kile?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="978" LastEditorUserId="978" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-21T21:09:35.103" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T09:04:33.977" Title="Use a longtable in Lyx" Tags="&lt;lyx&gt;&lt;longtable&gt;&lt;kile&gt;&lt;modules&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="9434" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7672" CreationDate="2011-01-21T18:59:33.627" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To complement Matthew's answer, a solution other than setting the variable globally is to use aftergroup to delay the assignment until after the group (produced by &lt;code&gt;\hbox&lt;/code&gt;) is finished. Your example becomes&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\newif\ifmycheck&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\rlap{\aftergroup\mychecktrue}&#xA;\ifmycheck&#xA;Check True!&#xA;\else&#xA;Check False!  &#xA;\fi&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and now typesets &lt;code&gt;Check True!&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T18:59:33.627" />
  <row Id="9435" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9437" CreationDate="2011-01-21T19:19:42.067" Score="6" ViewCount="170" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I reproduce the figure below?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/bT6SY.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The figure is from an old Knuth paper, which you can get at  &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.math.lsa.umich.edu/~millerpd/docs/501_Winter08/Knuth79.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.math.lsa.umich.edu/~millerpd/docs/501_Winter08/Knuth79.pdf&lt;/a&gt; (page 364)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-01-22T23:08:19.783" Title="How can I progressively scale letters?" Tags="&lt;programming&gt;&lt;scaling&gt;" AnswerCount="4" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="9437" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9435" CreationDate="2011-01-21T20:09:59.810" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/texshowcase/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tug.org/texshowcase/&lt;/a&gt;, search for &quot;diminuendo.tex&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T20:09:59.810" />
  <row Id="9438" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9416" CreationDate="2011-01-21T20:14:17.283" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Take a look at section 58 of the manual (version 2.00). Not only that you can combine two arrow tips, you can also double or triple a tip, reverse a tip, or even draw your own arrow tips (section 58.2). The commands are in the basic layer though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3048" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T20:14:17.283" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9439" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9443" CreationDate="2011-01-21T20:17:19.913" Score="2" ViewCount="302" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using the warsaw theme and I need to have the footer with frame number the header of the code is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\mode&amp;lt;presentation&amp;gt;&#xA;{&#xA;\usetheme{Warsaw}&#xA;\usecolortheme{crane}&#xA;\setbeamercovered{transparent}&#xA;%  \setbeamertemplate{footline}[frame number]&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I uncomment the &lt;code&gt;\setbeamertemplate{footline}[frame number]&lt;/code&gt; it would cause the footer to disappear. I am quoting the paragraph from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.shawnlankton.com/2008/02/beamer-and-latex-with-keynote-theme/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this site&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;To get slide numbers in the footer&#xA;  (next to the title of the&#xA;  presentation) replace your \title{}&#xA;  command with this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \title[Abbrev.Title\hspace{2em}\insertframenumber/\inserttotalframenumber]{Full Title}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this case, we must provide enough value to &lt;code&gt;\hspace&lt;/code&gt; to align the slide number. Is there any better way?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2244" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-22T02:00:37.703" LastActivityDate="2011-01-22T02:00:37.703" Title="beamer slide number with footer" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;numbering&gt;&lt;header-footer&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="9440" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9435" CreationDate="2011-01-21T20:17:44.437" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;with LaTeX instead of plain TeX:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[landscape]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[a4paper]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{lmodern}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{fp}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*\PIfrac{141592653589793238462643383279502884197169399375105820974!!}&#xA;&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcount\cntm \cntm=1&#xA;\def\printNum#1{\expandafter\printNum@i#1\@nil}&#xA;\def\printNum@i#1#2#3\@nil{%&#xA;  \FPdiv{\Scale}{1}{\the\cntm}%&#xA;  \typeout{==:\Scale}%&#xA;  \scalebox{\Scale}{#1}\ifnum\the\cntm=1 \kern-10pt\fi%&#xA;  \advance\cntm by \@ne%&#xA;  \ifx#2!\else\expandafter\printNum@i#2#3\@nil\fi}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\fontsize{6cm}{5.2cm}\selectfont&#xA;\scalebox{1.5}{3\kern-15pt,}\kern-20pt\printNum{\PIfrac}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/vEe3L.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T20:17:44.437" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="9441" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9431" CreationDate="2011-01-21T20:20:13.810" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt]{book}    &#xA;\begin{document} % End of preamble and beginning of text.&#xA;    \chapter{}&#xA;    \newcounter{chapterNo}&#xA;    \newcounter{verseNo}&#xA;    \setcounter{chapterNo}{1}&#xA;    \setcounter{verseNo}{1}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{verse}&#xA;    Kabira So dhan sanchiye jo aage to hoye\\&#xA;    Seesh chadhavat kaath ki Jaat na d ekha koye.&#xA;\arabic{chapterNo}.\arabic{verseNo}\\&#xA;&#xA;\stepcounter{verseNo}&#xA;    Kaal kare so Aaj kar, aaj kare so ab&#xA;    Pal me parlay hoyegi bahuri karega kab.&#xA;\arabic{chapterNo}.\arabic{verseNo}\\&#xA;&#xA;\end {verse}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am not  sure from your message what you are trying to do, but if you are trying to number verses automatically here is something that you can give a try. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2036" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T20:20:13.810" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="9442" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9448" CreationDate="2011-01-21T20:56:32.593" Score="2" ViewCount="223" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[fleqn,12pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tabularx}&#xA;   \begin{document}&#xA;\begin{table}[ht]&#xA;  \begin{minipage}[b]{1 \linewidth}\centering&#xA;   \begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|c|c|}&#xA;    \hline&#xA;      Tri Sankhya &amp;amp; Vihbakti    &amp;amp; Ekavachana &amp;amp; Dvivachana &amp;amp; Bahuvachana \\&#xA;   \hline&#xA;      Pra Trik  &amp;amp; Prathama   &amp;amp; Su (s)&amp;amp; Au &amp;amp; Jas (as) \\&#xA;      Dvi Trik &amp;amp; Dvitiya &amp;amp; Am &amp;amp; Aut (Au) &amp;amp; Shas(as) \\&#xA;      Tri Trik  &amp;amp; Trutiya  &amp;amp; Ta (A) &amp;amp; Bhyam &amp;amp; Bhis \\ &#xA;      Cha Trik  &amp;amp; Chaturthi  &amp;amp; Ne (E) &amp;amp; Bhyam &amp;amp; Bhyas \\&#xA;      Pan   Trik &amp;amp; Panchami  &amp;amp; Nasi (as)&amp;amp; Bhyam &amp;amp; Bhyas  \\&#xA;      Shas Trik &amp;amp; Shashthi  &amp;amp; Nas (as)&amp;amp; Os &amp;amp; Aam   \\&#xA;      Sap Trik &amp;amp; Saptami &amp;amp; Ni (ee) &amp;amp; Os &amp;amp; Sup(su)  \\&#xA;   \hline&#xA;     \end{tabular}&#xA;      \caption{Subanta Pratyaya}&#xA;   \end{minipage}&#xA;  \end{table}&#xA; \end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am created a table as shown above. However I am trying to create a table as attached in the image. How can I achieve that. The attached image text is in Devanagari but in the above example I changed in to English. &#xA;I tried unsuccessfully creating nodes in Tikz, also I could find how to achieve free hand outlining over selected table cells. I have no idea how to place the text outside the table and have a arrow connect the text to desired part of table cell. Thanks a million for your help. &#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/fIdZD.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2036" LastEditorUserId="2036" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-21T21:05:12.977" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T22:33:24.967" Title="How to draw lines around multiple table cells" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;tables&gt;&lt;diagrams&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="9443" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9439" CreationDate="2011-01-21T20:58:25.927" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use &lt;code&gt;\hfill&lt;/code&gt; to produce a stretchable space. Here I use makebox to get a fixed width, a bit shorter than half of the frame width, and &lt;code&gt;\hfill&lt;/code&gt; to align at the right:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\title[{\makebox[.45\paperwidth]{Abbrev.Title\hfill%&#xA;       \insertframenumber/\inserttotalframenumber}}]{Full Title} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I used the additional braces to protect the square brackets within the optional argument of &lt;code&gt;\title&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T20:58:25.927" />
  <row Id="9444" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9435" CreationDate="2011-01-21T20:59:53.963" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This code iterates over each token in a string and scales them according to a user-defined function:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx} % For \scalebox&#xA;\usepackage{pgf}      % For arithmetic calculations&#xA;&#xA;% Here are the macros to parse the string character-by-character:&#xA;\newcounter{numcharacters}&#xA;\def\decreasing#1{\setcounter{numcharacters}{0}\decreasinginternal{#1}}&#xA;\def\decreasinginternal#1{\ifx#1\relax\else\decreasingchar#1\enddecreasing\fi}&#xA;\def\decreasingchar#1#2\enddecreasing{\addtocounter{numcharacters}{1}\scaleString{#1}{\thenumcharacters}\decreasinginternal{#2}}&#xA;&#xA;% This macro will be called on each character of the string:&#xA;\def\scaleString#1#2{\pgfmathparse{6/(#2+2)}\scalebox{\pgfmathresult}{#1}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \decreasing{3.1415926535897932384626}%&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is the result such that token i is scaled by a factor of 6/(i+2):&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/nRGGG.png&quot; alt=&quot;3.1415926535897932384626&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="737" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T20:59:53.963" />
  <row Id="9445" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9450" CreationDate="2011-01-21T21:25:37.013" Score="2" ViewCount="163" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just as a preamble, I use MikTex 2.8, the latest TeXworks for Windows, the natbib, hyperref, and pdftex packages, JabRef to manage my citations, and the pdfLatex option in TeXworks for compilation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Everything works correctly and as expected -- unless I include the URL of an electronic paper I am citing. Then, compilation crashes, with the following error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Missing $ inserted.&#xA;&amp;lt;inserted text&amp;gt; &#xA;                $&#xA;l.321 ....com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1697352}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is the minimal example which generates this error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt, letter]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{natbib}&#xA;\bibpunct{(}{)}{;}{a}{}{,}&#xA;\usepackage[pdftex,&#xA;        urlcolor=rltblue,       % \href{...}{...} external (URL)&#xA;        filecolor=rltgreen,     % \href{...} local file&#xA;        linkcolor=rltred,       % \ref{...} and \pageref{...}&#xA;        citecolor=black,&#xA;        colorlinks=true,&#xA;        hypertexnames=false,&#xA;        bookmarks=true,&#xA;        bookmarksnumbered=true,&#xA;        bookmarksopen=false]{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\pagestyle{plain}&#xA;&#xA;Testing. \cite{Shor:2011all}&#xA;&#xA;\bibliographystyle{apsr}&#xA;\bibliography{testurl}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;testurl.bib&lt;/code&gt; file, includes the item in question this way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@ELECTRONIC{Shor:2011all,&#xA;  author = {Boris Shor},&#xA;  year = {2011},&#xA;  title = {All Together Now: Putting Congress, State Legislatures, and Individuals&#xA;    in a Common Ideological Space to Assess Representation at the Macro&#xA;    and Micro Levels},&#xA;  url = {http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1697352},&#xA;  owner = {Boris},&#xA;  timestamp = {2010.04.04}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you can see, it references the url of the electronic document (unpublished paper) I am trying to cite from SSRN: &lt;a href=&quot;http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1697352&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1697352&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The generated .bbl file contains the following item:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\harvarditem{Shor}{2011}{Shor:2011all}&#xA;Shor, Boris. 2011.&#xA;\newblock ``All Together Now: Putting Congress, State Legislatures, and&#xA;  Individuals in a Common Ideological Space to Assess Representation at the&#xA;  Macro and Micro Levels.''.&#xA;\newline\harvardurl{http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1697352}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What's going wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="149" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-22T02:04:42.643" LastActivityDate="2011-01-22T02:04:42.643" Title="URLs break compilation" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;bibtex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="9446" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9429" CreationDate="2011-01-21T21:45:52.473" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There isn't a notion of a character code in a font. I think what you're looking for is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ifnum`U=85 ...\else ...\fi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that since &lt;code&gt;U&lt;/code&gt; has ASCII value 85, &lt;code&gt;U&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\char85&lt;/code&gt; are both going to give you character in position 85 of the current font.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T21:45:52.473" />
  <row Id="9447" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9452" CreationDate="2011-01-21T21:49:19.583" Score="4" ViewCount="191" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just as a preamble, I use MikTex 2.8, the latest TeXworks for Windows, the natbib package, JabRef to manage my citations, and the pdfLatex option in TeXworks for compilation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I cite an unpublished paper (or an &quot;electronic&quot; one), I get one more period than I'm looking for in the compiled output, and I don't understand why.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a minimal example that demonstrates the problem:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt, letter]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{natbib}&#xA;\bibpunct{(}{)}{;}{a}{}{,}&#xA;\usepackage[pdftex,&#xA;        urlcolor=rltblue,       % \href{...}{...} external (URL)&#xA;        filecolor=rltgreen,     % \href{...} local file&#xA;        linkcolor=rltred,       % \ref{...} and \pageref{...}&#xA;        citecolor=black,&#xA;        colorlinks=true,&#xA;        hypertexnames=false,&#xA;        bookmarks=true,&#xA;        bookmarksnumbered=true,&#xA;        bookmarksopen=false]{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\pagestyle{plain}&#xA;&#xA;Testing. \cite{Shor:2010r}&#xA;&#xA;\bibliographystyle{apsr}&#xA;\bibliography{testperiod}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's the .bib entry in &lt;code&gt;testperiod.bib&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@UNPUBLISHED{Shor:2010r,&#xA;  author = {Boris Shor and Jon C. Rogowski},&#xA;  title = {Congressional Voting by Spatial Reasoning},&#xA;  month = {April},&#xA;  year = {2010},&#xA;  owner = {Boris},&#xA;  timestamp = {2010.07.01}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The generated bbl file is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\harvarditem{Shor \harvardand\ Rogowski}{2010}{Shor:2010r}&#xA;Shor, Boris \harvardand\ Jon~C. Rogowski. 2010.&#xA;\newblock ``Congressional Voting by Spatial Reasoning.''.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And it comes out as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Shor, Boris and Jon C. Rogowski. 2010. &quot;Congressional Voting by Spatial Reasoning.&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The extra period afterward looks pretty ugly. Why is it there? And how to get rid of it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="149" LastEditorUserId="149" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-22T20:14:38.820" LastActivityDate="2011-01-22T21:45:44.427" Title="Why the ugly .&quot;. in my unpublished citations?" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;bibtex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="9448" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9442" CreationDate="2011-01-21T22:33:24.967" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's one possibility that can certainly do with a bit more tweaking, but it shows the concept:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[fleqn,12pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usepackage{tabularx}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;% Introduce a new counter for counting the nodes needed for circling&#xA;\newcounter{nodecount}&#xA;% Command for making a new node and naming it according to the nodecount counter&#xA;\newcommand\tabnode[1]{\addtocounter{nodecount}{1} \tikz \node (\arabic{nodecount}) {#1};}&#xA;&#xA;% Some options common to all the nodes and paths&#xA;\tikzstyle{every picture}+=[remember picture,baseline]&#xA;\tikzstyle{every node}+=[inner sep=0pt,anchor=base,&#xA;minimum width=1.8cm,align=center,text depth=.25ex,outer sep=1.5pt]&#xA;\tikzstyle{every path}+=[thick, rounded corners]&#xA;&#xA;\begin{table}[ht]&#xA;  \begin{minipage}[b]{1 \linewidth}\centering&#xA;   \begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|c|c|}&#xA;    \hline&#xA;      Tri Sankhya &amp;amp; Vihbakti    &amp;amp; Ekavachana &amp;amp; Dvivachana &amp;amp; Bahuvachana \\&#xA;   \hline&#xA;% Turn the cells needed for defining the circling paths into nodes with our custom command&#xA;      Pra Trik  &amp;amp;Prathama  &amp;amp; \tabnode{Su (s)} &amp;amp; \tabnode{Au} &amp;amp; \tabnode{Jas (as)} \\&#xA;      Dvi Trik &amp;amp; Dvitiya &amp;amp; \tabnode{Am} &amp;amp; \tabnode{Aut (Au)} &amp;amp; \tabnode{Shas(as)} \\&#xA;      Tri Trik  &amp;amp; Trutiya  &amp;amp; \tabnode{Ta (A)} &amp;amp; \tabnode{Bhyam} &amp;amp; Bhis \\ &#xA;      Cha Trik  &amp;amp; Chaturthi  &amp;amp; Ne (E) &amp;amp; Bhyam &amp;amp; Bhyas \\&#xA;      Pan   Trik &amp;amp; Panchami  &amp;amp; Nasi (as)&amp;amp; Bhyam &amp;amp; Bhyas  \\&#xA;      Shas Trik &amp;amp; Shashthi  &amp;amp; Nas (as)&amp;amp; Os &amp;amp; Aam   \\&#xA;      Sap Trik &amp;amp; Saptami &amp;amp; \tabnode{Ni (ee)} &amp;amp; Os &amp;amp; \tabnode{Sup(su)}  \\&#xA;   \hline&#xA;     \end{tabular}&#xA;      \caption{Subanta Pratyaya}&#xA;   \end{minipage}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[overlay]&#xA;% Define the circle paths&#xA;\draw [blue](1.north west) -- (3.north east) --&#xA;(3.south east) -- (3.south west) -- (5.south east) -- (4.south west) -- cycle;&#xA;\draw [red] (6.north west) -- (6.north east) --&#xA;(10.south east) -- (9.south west) -- (7.north west) -- (8.north east) -- cycle;&#xA;\draw [orange] (2.north west) -- (2.north east) -- (5.south east) --&#xA;(5.south west) -- cycle;&#xA;&#xA;% Labels&#xA;\node [right=2cm,above=2cm,minimum width=0pt] at (2) (A) {A};&#xA;\draw [&amp;lt;-,out=5,in=180] (2) to (A);&#xA;\node [right=2.2cm,above=1cm,minimum width=0pt] at (3) (B) {B};&#xA;\draw [&amp;lt;-,out=0,in=180] (3) to (B);&#xA;\node [right=1.2cm,below=1cm,minimum width=0pt] at (10) (C) {C};&#xA;\draw [&amp;lt;-,out=350,in=90] (10) to (C);&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/WqtiY.png&quot; alt=&quot;A table with groups of cells circled and labelled with callouts&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T22:33:24.967" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9449" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9447" CreationDate="2011-01-21T23:06:59.860" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The solution is hinted at in the BibTeX warning&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Warning--empty note in Shor:2010r&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's adding a period after the note field. Since the note field is empty, it just adds a period.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Admittedly, I too failed to heed the warning and had to look at aspr.bst to figure out what was going on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-01-21T23:06:59.860" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="9450" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9445" CreationDate="2011-01-22T00:02:00.863" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Since you use &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt;, you don't need to load the &lt;code&gt;url&lt;/code&gt; package. After loading &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt;, you could redefine &lt;code&gt;\harvardurl&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\harvardurl}[1]{\textbf{URL:} \url{#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Orignally, &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt; defines it by&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\harvardurl[1]{\textbf{URL:} \textit{#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This definition doesn't work with underscores in the argument. &lt;code&gt;\url&lt;/code&gt; fixes it. If you would like to have italic urls, you could achieve that for example by&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand*{\UrlFont}{\itshape}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-01-22T00:02:00.863" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9451" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-22T01:42:42.127" Score="3" ViewCount="129" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am preparing a report using LaTeX and would like to add several documents saved as Word files. I have tried this before making each page a figure but I really don't like the results. Any help would be appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3069" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-22T13:04:37.507" LastActivityDate="2011-01-22T14:41:37.520" Title="Adding Word files to document" Tags="&lt;conversion&gt;&lt;msword&gt;&lt;word-to-latex&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9452" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9447" CreationDate="2011-01-22T08:17:02.633" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is a problem with your type of &quot;unpublished&quot;. The style file inserts a period after a title and also after the complete bib entry. This is no problem when you also have a note entry, which will be typeset after the title. Use this &lt;a href=&quot;http://archiv.dante.de/~herbert/myapsr.bst&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;style file&lt;/a&gt; and it should work. Put it into your document directory or into your local TeX tree. For the latter don't forget to update the file name data base.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/QBOkC.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-22T21:45:44.427" LastActivityDate="2011-01-22T21:45:44.427" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="9453" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9451" CreationDate="2011-01-22T08:56:06.950" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;if you need the documents  as TeX source, then install a trial version of &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.grindeq.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;grindeq&lt;/a&gt; or convert it online&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.word2tex.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Word2TeX&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;install a virtuell pdf printer for later use of package &lt;code&gt;pdfpages&lt;/code&gt; or simply the command &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-22T08:56:06.950" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9454" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-22T10:11:20.607" Score="3" ViewCount="282" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure if this is a proper question for this site. But since TeX and bibliographic citations are closely linked, I'll go ahead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have just started using BibDesk and &quot;I like it&quot; is an understatement. So far, the most important BibDesk feature I'm using now is the ability to link the bibliographic entries with the actual PDF file in my computer. And when I move that file to a different folder, the BibDesk link follows it around, too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is a BibDesk equivalent for Windows? I hope there is one that has at &lt;em&gt;least almost&lt;/em&gt; the same features and also that feature I mentioned above.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="791" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T01:17:38.923" Title="BibDesk-like software for Windows" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;windows&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="9455" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9454" CreationDate="2011-01-22T10:21:20.647" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mendeley.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Mendeley&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2421" LastActivityDate="2011-01-22T10:21:20.647" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9456" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9454" CreationDate="2011-01-22T10:33:32.467" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.zotero.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Zotero&lt;/a&gt;, which is a powerful open source Firefox plugin that keeps a database of your references, including local copies of PDF files and websites. It can export references to different formats, including BibTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastActivityDate="2011-01-22T10:33:32.467" />
  <row Id="9457" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9458" CreationDate="2011-01-22T10:38:46.547" Score="3" ViewCount="59" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to print the value of a register into the document for 'debugging' purposes. For counters I would use &lt;code&gt;\arabic{myCounter}&lt;/code&gt;. But &lt;code&gt;\abovedisplayskip&lt;/code&gt; is not a counter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2421" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T00:52:12.340" Title="Trace values of parameters" Tags="&lt;debugging&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="9458" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9457" CreationDate="2011-01-22T10:46:11.017" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;code&gt;\the&lt;/code&gt; to typeset  a value of a dimension for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\the\abovedisplayskip&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-01-22T10:46:11.017" />
  <row Id="9459" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9461" CreationDate="2011-01-22T10:49:44.490" Score="4" ViewCount="181" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use the memoir class to control my document. I have placed the section numbering in the margin with &lt;code&gt;\hangsecnum&lt;/code&gt;, but I don't want the subsection and subsubsection numbering in the margin.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How do I prevent this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2925" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-22T14:15:45.043" LastActivityDate="2011-01-22T14:15:45.043" Title="Hang section number, but not subsection number in Memoir" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;memoir&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="9461" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9459" CreationDate="2011-01-22T12:08:13.880" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using the sectioning hooks would be an easy way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setsechook{\hangsecnum}&#xA;\setsubsechook{\defaultsecnum}&#xA;\setsubsubsechook{\defaultsecnum}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: here's a minimal working example, according to the comments:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{memoir}&#xA;\addtocounter{secnumdepth}{2}&#xA;\setsechook{\hangsecnum}&#xA;\setsubsechook{\defaultsecnum}&#xA;\setsubsubsechook{\defaultsecnum}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\chapter{One}&#xA;\section{Section heading}&#xA;\subsection{Subsection heading}&#xA;\subsubsection{Subsubsection heading}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/lKZ8S.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-22T13:31:43.657" LastActivityDate="2011-01-22T13:31:43.657" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="9462" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11434" CreationDate="2011-01-22T12:52:25.087" Score="8" ViewCount="269" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am working with a program at my university that will videorecord my lectures, take my slides, and bundle them together into a movie to be put on the web, iTunesU, etc.  They have asked me to produce PowerPoint slides at the standard (standard for PPT, that is) 10&quot; by 7.5&quot; size with a 1&quot; margin on the top and a 2&quot; margin on the bottom.  This is to align with other logo elements put on the screen later and to allow for subtitles.  I have a workflow but I'm asking if there might be a better one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Producing PowerPoint is not going to be a big problem for me.  I can use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.cs.hmc.edu/~oneill/freesoftware/pdftokeynote.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;PDF2Keynote&lt;/a&gt;, then open in Keynote and save as PowerPoint.  That might even be AppleScriptable, hm...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Instead of coercing &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt; to create margins on my slides, I am thinking about using &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/pgfpages&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;pgfpages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; to rescale the slide's page size and place it on the physical page with the requested margins.  Then the version that I put on the projector in the classroom would not use &lt;code&gt;pgfpages&lt;/code&gt; and wouldn't have the margins (why would it need them anyway?)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I sent a proof-of-concept to the program coordinators they asked if I could make the left and right margins smaller.  The answer is no without changing the aspect ratio of the slide.  With the top and bottom margins so constrained and a 4:3 aspect ratio of the logical slide, the left and right margins have to be 2&quot;.  But if I produce slides in a 16:9 ratio, scale them and place them on the page with 1&quot; margin at the top and 2&quot; margin at the bottom, the left and right margins will be 1&quot;.  So that all works out.    I'm just slightly worried it will be suboptimal in class because the projector is still 4:3 and I will have to show letterboxed slides.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any part of this process that I could do a better way?  I had thought about using &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/beamerposter&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;beamerposter&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; to set the paper size to 20.32cm by 11.43cm, then scaling all the fonts up.  This might look a bit better than scaling 16cm by 9cm PDFs up to that size.  But screwing with the paper size is strongly discouraged by beamer, so I don't know how much extra work that's going to cause.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T16:20:42.230" Title="How should I convert my beamer slides to PowerPoint according to these odd specifications?" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;conversion&gt;&lt;pgfpages&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="9463" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9451" CreationDate="2011-01-22T12:54:54.777" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another way to obtain a LaTeX source would be to use &lt;a href=&quot;http://openoffice.org&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;OpenOffice.org&lt;/a&gt; Writer with the &lt;a href=&quot;http://writer2latex.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Writer2LaTeX&lt;/a&gt; extension. However, the resulting source will need some post-processing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2011-01-22T12:54:54.777" />
  <row Id="9464" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9468" CreationDate="2011-01-22T14:30:46.867" Score="5" ViewCount="278" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am new to beamer and LaTex itself. Right now I want to make a simple slide with image on the right and text and sidebar (of Hannover theme) on the left. I cannot figure out how to do that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any suggestions?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3076" LastActivityDate="2011-01-22T14:54:04.777" Title="Beamer text and image on the same slide" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="9465" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9451" CreationDate="2011-01-22T14:41:37.520" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I wrote a &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.charlietanksley.net/philtex/converting-to-latex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;blog post comparing a number of different ways of converting documents to LaTeX format&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My two favorites are the LaTeX export routine of the OpenSource Word Processor &lt;a href=&quot;http://abisource.org&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;AbiWord&lt;/a&gt; which can open a file in Word format and save as LaTeX (this uses the &lt;a href=&quot;http://wvware.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;wvWare libraries&lt;/a&gt; for conversion; make sure you install the extra export plugins and math support when you install), and the &lt;a href=&quot;http://sourceforge.net/projects/rtf2latex2e/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;rtf2latex2e&lt;/a&gt; converter which will convert RTF files to LaTeX (of course you must first export to RTF in Word).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If this is something you really care about, though, nothing will eliminate the need for going over the results and tweaking them as needed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2011-01-22T14:41:37.520" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9466" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9472" CreationDate="2011-01-22T14:43:48.237" Score="5" ViewCount="174" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to underline different parts of a formula with different colors. What is the best possible option? Soul seems only to provide one color per document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3077" LastActivityDate="2011-01-22T23:40:07.827" Title="Color underline a formula" Tags="&lt;color&gt;" AnswerCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="9467" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9454" CreationDate="2011-01-22T14:45:03.097" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://jabref.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;JabRef&lt;/a&gt; is an open-source, cross-platform BibTeX reference manager with much of the same functionality as Bibdesk.  In particular, it can download PDFs and link the bibliographic entry with the downloaded PDF (this functionality is contained in the &quot;File&quot; field of the &quot;General&quot; tab of the BibTeX entry editor).&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/o9Tpu.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="569" LastEditorUserId="569" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-26T01:17:38.923" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T01:17:38.923" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="9468" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9464" CreationDate="2011-01-22T14:54:04.777" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the &lt;code&gt;\columns&lt;/code&gt; environment to divide the slide into two columns.  Then use &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt; to insert your image:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usetheme{Hannover}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;\frametitle{A frame}&#xA;  \begin{columns}[T]&#xA;    \begin{column}{.5\textwidth}&#xA;     \begin{block}{Your textblock}&#xA;% Your text here&#xA;    \end{block}&#xA;    \end{column}&#xA;    \begin{column}{.5\textwidth}&#xA;    \begin{block}{Your image}&#xA;% Your image included here&#xA;    \includegraphics{&amp;lt;your image file&amp;gt;}&#xA;    \end{block}&#xA;    \end{column}&#xA;  \end{columns}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-01-22T14:54:04.777" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9469" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9476" CreationDate="2011-01-22T15:08:35.540" Score="6" ViewCount="156" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to have a command that accepts 1 optional argument and 3 mandatory ones.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\qe{a}{b}{c}&lt;/code&gt; produces ax^2+bx+c&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\qe[y]{-1}{0}{-c}&lt;/code&gt; produces -y^2-c&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How to make this command?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2011-01-22T17:24:14.340" Title="What is the simplest way to make a command that produces a quadratic expression?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="9470" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9466" CreationDate="2011-01-22T15:10:55.660" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can easily create a multicoloured version of the &lt;code&gt;\ul&lt;/code&gt; command using the &lt;code&gt;soul&lt;/code&gt; package.    &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{soul}&#xA;&#xA;%This command takes a colour as an optional argument; the default colour is black.&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\myul}[2][black]{\setulcolor{#1}\ul{#2}\setulcolor{black}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;     \myul[red]{Red underline}&#xA;&#xA;     \myul[blue]{blue underline}&#xA;&#xA;     \myul[green]{green underline}&#xA;&#xA;     \myul{black underline}&#xA; \end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It appears this solution doesn't work for underlining in math mode, so Herbert's solution is clearly best.  For regular text, this solution will work as advertised.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-22T16:04:01.353" LastActivityDate="2011-01-22T16:04:01.353" />
  <row Id="9471" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9469" CreationDate="2011-01-22T15:29:34.667" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;what about what follows as a first attempt:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\newcommand{\qec}[4]{#1 #4^2 + #2 #4+ #3}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;\qec{a}{b}{c}{y}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;\qec{1}{2}{3}{p}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastActivityDate="2011-01-22T15:29:34.667" />
  <row Id="9472" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9466" CreationDate="2011-01-22T15:33:08.793" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;&#xA;\newsavebox\MBox&#xA;\newcommand\Cline[2][red]{{\sbox\MBox{$#2$}%&#xA;  \rlap{\usebox\MBox}\color{#1}\rule[-1.2\dp\MBox]{\wd\MBox}{0.5pt}}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\[ f(x)=\int_1^\infty\Cline{x^2+\frac12\ln(x)}\mathrm{d}x&#xA;       = \Cline[blue]{\int_1^\infty x^2} \mathrm{d}x &#xA;       + \Cline[cyan]{\int_1^\infty\frac12\ln(x)} \mathrm{d}x \]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/tmto6.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-22T15:33:08.793" />
  <row Id="9473" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9469" CreationDate="2011-01-22T15:40:44.600" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;\def\MinusOne{-1}&#xA;\newcommand\qec[4][x]{%&#xA;  \ifx\relax#2\relax\else\def\temp{#2}&#xA;    \ifx\temp\MinusOne -\else #2\fi#1^2\fi&#xA;  \ifx\relax#3\relax\else\def\temp{#3}&#xA;    \ifx\temp\MinusOne -\else+#3\fi#1\fi&#xA;  \ifx\relax#4\relax\else+ #4\fi}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{align}&#xA;\qec{a}{b}{c}\\&#xA;\qec[y]{-1}{}{-c}\\&#xA;\qec[y]{-1}{}{}\\&#xA;\qec{}{1}{2}&#xA;\end{align}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-22T17:24:14.340" LastActivityDate="2011-01-22T17:24:14.340" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="9475" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9480" CreationDate="2011-01-22T16:27:59.543" Score="6" ViewCount="132" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to get endnotes at the end of every chapter? Presently I am using the endnotes package and it seems to only generate all the endnotes together at the point where I put &lt;code&gt;\theendnotes&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3081" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-22T16:53:43.443" LastActivityDate="2011-01-22T17:45:47.313" Title="How does one get endnotes at the end of every chapter?" Tags="&lt;endnotes&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="9476" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9469" CreationDate="2011-01-22T16:29:50.340" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{polynomial}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;$\polynomial{\frac12,0,-1,1}$&#xA;&#xA;$\polynomial[reciprocal]{\frac12,0,-1,1}$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/CYeXd.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See manual of &lt;code&gt;polynomial&lt;/code&gt; for more options.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/polynomial.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/polynomial.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-22T16:40:01.233" LastActivityDate="2011-01-22T16:40:01.233" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9477" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9466" CreationDate="2011-01-22T16:37:27.587" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is a slightly different method than that provided by Herbert and Alan, using TeX's own little known command &lt;code&gt;\underline&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;&#xA;\def\mathunderline#1#2{\color{#1}\underline{{\color{black}#2}}\color{black}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\[ f(x)=\int_1^\infty\mathunderline{red}{x^2+\frac12\ln(x)}\mathrm{d}x&#xA;       = \mathunderline{blue}{\int_1^\infty x^2} \mathrm{d}x &#xA;       + \mathunderline{green}{\int_1^\infty\frac12\ln(x)} \mathrm{d}x \]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-01-22T16:37:27.587" />
  <row Id="9478" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9481" CreationDate="2011-01-22T16:44:58.343" Score="5" ViewCount="69" Body="&lt;p&gt;My question is a follow-up of my answer to this question  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/9466/color-underline-a-formula&quot;&gt;Color underline a formula&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My answer would have been much better, if I could save the color of the text and then restore it.  Is it possible to capture the active color of a group and if yes, how does one do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-01-22T17:39:44.820" Title="How do I capture the existing color of a group?" Tags="&lt;color&gt;&lt;programming&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="9479" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9475" CreationDate="2011-01-22T16:53:13.257" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/pagenote.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pagenote&lt;/a&gt; package allows for endnotes (&quot;pagenotes&quot;) at the end of each chapter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{pagenote}&#xA;\makepagenote&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand*{\notedivision}{\section*{\notesname\ to chapter~\thechapter}}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\pagenotesubhead}[2]{}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{bla}&#xA;&#xA;\section{blubb}&#xA;&#xA;Some text.\pagenote{The first endnote.}&#xA;&#xA;\printnotes*&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{foo}&#xA;&#xA;\section{bar}&#xA;&#xA;Some text.\pagenote{The second endnote.}&#xA;&#xA;\printnotes*&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-01-22T16:53:13.257" />
  <row Id="9480" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9475" CreationDate="2011-01-22T17:04:50.377" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can also stick with endnotes. Each time you use &lt;code&gt;\theendnotes&lt;/code&gt;, all endnotes that were stored previously will be put there. So just write &lt;code&gt;\theendnotes&lt;/code&gt; at the end of each chapter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{report}&#xA;\usepackage{endnotes}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{First}&#xA;Testing.\endnote{First test.}&#xA;\theendnotes&#xA;&#xA;\setcounter{endnote}{0}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{Next}&#xA;Again.\endnote{Second test.}&#xA;\theendnotes&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastEditorUserId="2707" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-22T17:45:47.313" LastActivityDate="2011-01-22T17:45:47.313" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9481" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9478" CreationDate="2011-01-22T17:06:00.183" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can save the current color by&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\colorlet{currentcolor}{.}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;.&lt;/code&gt; is just a placeholder for the currently active color. You may choose a name for the color, I just chose &lt;code&gt;currentcolor&lt;/code&gt;. Later just use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\color{currentcolor}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-01-22T17:06:00.183" />
  <row Id="9482" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9478" CreationDate="2011-01-22T17:28:34.080" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Usually we don't have to save the color.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can try &lt;code&gt;\color@begingroup&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\color@endgroup&lt;/code&gt;, which is used in LaTeX core heavily.&#xA;In fact, there is no difference between &lt;code&gt;\begingroup&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\color@begingroup&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;\color@endgroup&lt;/code&gt; is defined as &lt;code&gt;\endgraf\endgroup&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After all, @Stefan's solution is still better in many situations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-22T17:39:44.820" LastActivityDate="2011-01-22T17:39:44.820" />
  <row Id="9483" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9431" CreationDate="2011-01-22T17:29:53.490" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could create a theorem environment for numbered verses. This way you could number arbitrary environments. Here, for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newtheorem{numverse}{Verse}&#xA;...&#xA;\begin{numverse}&#xA;\begin{verse}\mbox{}\\&#xA;sukha-duḥkhe same kṛtvā lābhālābhau jayājayau \\&#xA;tato yuddhāya yujyasva naivaḿ pāpam avāpsyasi \\&#xA;\label{2.38}&#xA;\end{verse}&#xA;\end{numverse}&#xA;In the verse \ref{2.38} ...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Together with your preamble it gives:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/TPV2n.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-01-22T17:29:53.490" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9484" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9513" CreationDate="2011-01-22T18:50:32.643" Score="2" ViewCount="213" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use psfrag to replace tags in figures by LaTeX text and formulas. Recently I wanted to go one step further, lets say I have a figure that has two tags in it &quot;a&quot; and &quot;b&quot;, I'd like to have a nice arrow going from &quot;a&quot; to &quot;b&quot;, so my idea was to create nodes using psfrag&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\psfrag{a}{\tikz[remember picture]\node (A){a};}&#xA;\psfrag{b}{\tikz[remember picture]\node (B){b};}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;then import the figure and then add the arrow&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\tikz \draw[-&amp;gt;, remember picture] (A) -- (B) ;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;needless to say (?) it doesn't work.....psfrag is doing some clever things in the background, but the nodes that have created are not available for me later...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any ideas on how I could either make psfrag work or get similar functionality (within my framework more-or-less)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-11T18:13:19.690" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T18:13:19.690" Title="Using TikZ and psfrag" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;psfrag&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9485" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9486" CreationDate="2011-01-22T19:00:29.890" Score="4" ViewCount="298" Body="&lt;p&gt;Table does not show up at the same position it was inserted in the TeX file. I got the understanding through bit of reading on this forum that they are floats and they pick the best place on the current or next page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Because of this the text written below the table in TeX file ends up showing on the previous page. Is there any way to make the table appear in the same place as it was put in the TeX file. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In my case I created a table and below that I wrote &quot;as shown in the above table...&quot; but when I created the PDF it appeared on the previous page and there was no table there. One workaround is refer to the table # but I was wondering if there is any better way. I am using &lt;code&gt;\begin{table}[!ht]&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2036" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-05T16:30:04.493" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T16:30:04.493" Title="How to fix table position" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;positioning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="9486" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9485" CreationDate="2011-01-22T19:08:14.540" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Suppressing floating is often not the best option. But it may be done, for example using the float package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{float}&#xA;...&#xA;\begin{figure}[H]&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Often choosing further placement options would be sufficient, such as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}[!htbp]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or set a barrier which may not be crossed by floats:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{placeins}&#xA;...&#xA;\FloatBarrier&#xA;\begin{figure}[H]&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-01-22T19:08:14.540" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9487" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9489" CreationDate="2011-01-22T19:20:42.980" Score="5" ViewCount="116" Body="&lt;p&gt;All-caps acronyms and brand names like IBM look better when typeset a little smaller than usual. My simple solution is the following macro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\&amp;lt;#1&amp;gt;{{\small #1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's used like here &lt;code&gt;\&amp;lt;IBM&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\&amp;lt;CACM&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;. However, it does not work well in section titles and the like. One could use small caps instead but I find those likewise standing out too much. Any better ideas?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3083" LastActivityDate="2011-01-22T19:22:52.447" Title="Macro for typesetting acronyms" Tags="&lt;typography&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9488" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9491" CreationDate="2011-01-22T19:22:02.780" Score="4" ViewCount="169" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm a student teaching myself to use LaTeX (and related tools) to type up my homework. It's going great, and I'm already very happy with what I've been able to do so far. Though, I have questions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to type up a proof with steps in one column and explanations in a second column, separated by a nice vertical bar. A two column table has gotten me most of the way there:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsthm}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;We want to show that -2 = 2.&#xA;\begin{proof}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{r|l}&#xA;$-2 = 2$ &amp;amp; assuming the conclusion \\&#xA;$(-2)^2 = 2^2$ &amp;amp; square both sides \\&#xA;$4$ = $4$ &amp;amp; as desired&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{proof}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, the equals signs in the left column don't line up. Ideally, I'd like to be able to line them up as I would in an &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt; environment or similar. Can this be done?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Moreover, I don't really like having to repeat the &lt;code&gt;$&lt;/code&gt; on every row of the left column. Is there a way to automate that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance for any answers, this is my first question here too, so please let me know if I've accidentally violated any mores of this community.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3068" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-22T19:34:46.470" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T11:31:19.823" Title="Using tables to typeset proof - how to align equal signs?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;align&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="9489" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9487" CreationDate="2011-01-22T19:22:52.447" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use &lt;code&gt;\textsmaller{#1}&lt;/code&gt; of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/relsize&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;relsize&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-01-22T19:22:52.447" />
  <row Id="9490" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9488" CreationDate="2011-01-22T19:31:29.750" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;You could use further columns to align also the equal signs. For example, you could use a r column followed by a c column for the relation sign which is followed by a l column.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/array&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;array&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package allows to insert commands into the table column definition. For example, to get a right aligned math column, use &lt;code&gt;&amp;gt;{$}r&amp;lt;{$}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If all formulas are equations, you could eben specify the equal sign as the column separator: &lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}{&amp;gt;{$}r&amp;lt;{$}@{\,=\,}&amp;gt;{$}l&amp;lt;{$}|l}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-01-22T19:31:29.750" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9491" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9488" CreationDate="2011-01-22T19:34:33.860" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Do it simpler.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{mathtools}   % loads »amsmath«&#xA;\usepackage{amsthm}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  We want to show that $-2=2$.&#xA;  \begin{proof}&#xA;    \begin{align*}&#xA;      -2 &amp;amp;= 2 &amp;amp;&amp;amp; \smash{\Big|}\text{ assuming the conclusion} \\&#xA;      (-2)^2 &amp;amp;= 2^2 &amp;amp;&amp;amp; \smash{\Big|}\text{ square both sides} \\&#xA;      4 &amp;amp;= 4 &amp;amp;&amp;amp; \smash{\Big|}\text{ as desired}&#xA;    \end{align*}&#xA;  \end{proof}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastEditorUserId="1063" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-23T11:31:19.823" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T11:31:19.823" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9492" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9730" CreationDate="2011-01-22T19:35:50.667" Score="3" ViewCount="149" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a simple way to tell TikZ that I want a vertical line to separate the columns of a matrix? I know how to draw them manually, I am looking for an automatic solution, maybe using styles or something.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2894" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T10:43:29.243" Title="How to draw a separator between the columns of a matrix." Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;matrices&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9493" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9485" CreationDate="2011-01-22T19:51:22.597" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To avoid discrepancies between phrases like &quot;as shown in the above table&quot; and the actual table position, one may either supress floating of tables or employ the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/varioref.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;varioref&lt;/a&gt; package for &quot;intelligent&quot; cross-referencing. Here's an example using varioref.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{varioref}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{table}&#xA;\centering&#xA;(Content of first table)&#xA;\caption{A table}&#xA;\label{tab:first}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&#xA;\clearpage&#xA;&#xA;For the first topic see the \vpageref[above table][table ]{tab:first}.&#xA;&#xA;OR: For the first topic see table~\vref{tab:first}.&#xA;&#xA;\begin{table}&#xA;\centering&#xA;(Content of second table)&#xA;\caption{Another table}&#xA;\label{tab:second}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&#xA;For the second topic see the \vpageref[above table][table ]{tab:second}.&#xA;&#xA;OR: For the first topic see table~\vref{tab:second}.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-01-22T19:51:22.597" />
  <row Id="9494" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9488" CreationDate="2011-01-22T19:51:34.927" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsthm,amsmath}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;We want to show that $-2 = 2$.&#xA;&#xA;\begin{proof}&#xA;$\arraycolsep=1.5pt&#xA;\begin{array}[t]{rl|l}&#xA;-2     &amp;amp;= 2   &amp;amp; \text{ assuming the conclusion}\\&#xA;(-2)^2 &amp;amp;= 2^2 &amp;amp; \text{ square both sides} \\&#xA;4      &amp;amp;= 4   &amp;amp; \text{ as desired}&#xA;\end{array}$&#xA;\end{proof}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-22T19:51:34.927" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9495" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9502" CreationDate="2011-01-22T21:57:58.120" Score="11" ViewCount="1175" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am busy typesetting a book for guntenberg.org and I would like to keep as far as possible close to the original style. The book was written in 1787. Here is an extract.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/i2moa.png&quot; alt=&quot;scan from the book&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a similar font for LaTeX? I would particularly like to retain the ligatures and the &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Long_s&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;long s&lt;/a&gt; i.e., &quot;ſ&quot; used as 's'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-08T02:41:46.223" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T02:41:46.223" Title="LaTeX font for 18th century English" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;ligatures&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="6" />
  <row Id="9496" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9621" CreationDate="2011-01-22T22:03:21.993" Score="0" ViewCount="127" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Background&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Writing a manual using LyX. All tables, figures, and source listings are always referenced in the paragraph (or enumerated step) that immediately precedes them. The preamble to the manual includes &lt;code&gt;\raggedbottom&lt;/code&gt; to prevent large vertical spaces between list items.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Problem&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem can be seen here:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/iENG4.png&quot;/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The heading &quot;1.1 Hierarchies&quot; (no orphaned headings allowed) and the reference to &quot;Figure 1.1&quot; should be at the top of Page 2, on the same page as the image.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;LaTeX Code&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The images are added to floats so that they can have captions and cross-references. The LyX documents contain the following commands:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\float_placement H&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have tried changing the commands to:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\float_placement !htbp&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;These affect figure placement, but do nothing for the cross-references.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;LyX Code&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is the code that LyX generates:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}[H]&#xA;\includegraphics{drawings/directory-hierarchy-01}&#xA;&#xA;\caption{\label{fig:Example-Directory-Organization}Recommended Directory Organization}&#xA;&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Possible Solutions&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{samepage} ... \end{samepage}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\clearpage&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\clearpage&lt;/code&gt; option is possible when the manual is complete. The &lt;code&gt;samepage&lt;/code&gt; environment needs tweaking.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Question&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What needs to be added to the document preamble to force the first cross-reference to remain on the same page as the item that is being referenced?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Related&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/6542/force-image-and-its-caption-to-be-on-the-same-page&quot;&gt;Force image and its caption to be on the same page&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2275/keeping-tables-figures-close-to-where-they-are-mentioned&quot;&gt;Keeping tables/Figures close to where they are mentioned&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/8625/force-figure-placement-in-text/8633#8633&quot;&gt;Force figure placement in text&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2148" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-10T17:59:04.540" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T17:59:04.540" Title="Unequivocally force first reference to same page as the referred item?" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;cross-referencing&gt;&lt;captions&gt;&lt;lyx&gt;&lt;page-breaking&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="9497" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9505" CreationDate="2011-01-22T22:07:50.603" Score="3" ViewCount="155" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to start each section on a new page. Is adding the following to my preamble this the preferred method, or a hack?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\stdsection\section&#xA;\renewcommand\section{\newpage\stdsection}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1783" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-17T12:28:43.003" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T12:28:43.003" Title="Start new page with each section" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;page-breaking&gt;&lt;titlesec&gt;&lt;sections-paragraphs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="9499" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9509" CreationDate="2011-01-22T22:33:09.763" Score="4" ViewCount="123" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a document, where I want two versions: one versions 10pt size and another version, 2 page to a side 12pt. So I currently have:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt,a4paper,oneside,openany,article]{memoir} &#xA;\newif\ifprintver&#xA;%\printvertrue&#xA;&#xA;\ifprintver&#xA;\usepackage{pgfpages}  &#xA;\pgfpagesuselayout{2 on 1}[a4paper,border shrink=1mm,landscape]&#xA;\fi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I have to change the font size by hand. What can I put inside my &lt;code&gt;\if&lt;/code&gt; that would change the font size document wide?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T09:27:58.750" Title="Declaring document-wide font size outside of the document class command" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;" AnswerCount="4" />
  <row Id="9500" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9497" CreationDate="2011-01-22T22:37:44.077" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Obligatory ConTeXt solution:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setuphead[section][page=yes] % or page=right&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2011-01-22T22:37:44.077" />
  <row Id="9501" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9499" CreationDate="2011-01-22T22:48:46.103" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am not sure if it is a good idea, just to set the font-size. There are more subtle differences, such as setting equation number sizing etc. What LaTeX does when processing the options is that it imports a file with the sizing and other related definitions with the extension &lt;code&gt;.clo&lt;/code&gt;. You can try this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\input{size12.clo}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For each class LaTeX uses slightly different conventions, for example in the book class, it uses&#xA;&lt;code&gt;bk10.clo&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-01-22T22:48:46.103" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9502" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9495" CreationDate="2011-01-22T22:51:00.253" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One thing you could try would be the &quot;Day Roman S&quot; font, which seems to be preconfigured to insert the long (f-like) s in the proper spots.  Link: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/dayroms/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/dayroms/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another avenue is to use XeLaTeX and the &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt; package, which provides an easy way to turn on uncommon/historical ligatures.  You then need a font that supports these ligatures -- the free Linux Libertine (to give just one example) does, but perhaps without support for the long s.  Fontspec only works with OpenType fonts, and I don't think Day Roman S is available in that format, so these two possible answers are mutually incompatible.  But try them both and see which works for you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3087" LastActivityDate="2011-01-22T22:51:00.253" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="9503" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9435" CreationDate="2011-01-22T23:08:19.783" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;An eTeX based solution&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\newcount\currentStep&#xA;\currentStep = 1&#xA;&#xA;% Do not increment step at 2nd iteration&#xA;\def\updateStep&#xA;  {\ifnum\currentStep = 2 &#xA;     \def\updateStep{\increment\currentStep}%&#xA;    \else \increment\currentStep&#xA;   \fi}&#xA;&#xA;\def\Show#1%&#xA;  {\dontleavehmode\scale[width=\the\dimexpr\bodyfontsize/\currentStep\relax]{\hbox{#1}}%&#xA;   \updateStep}&#xA;&#xA;\setupbodyfont[72pt]&#xA;\starttext&#xA;\startTEXpage&#xA;\handletokens 3{\kern-0,2em.\kern-0.1em}1415926535897932384626 \with\Show&#xA;\stopTEXpage&#xA;\stoptext&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Ae5Mm.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2011-01-22T23:08:19.783" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9504" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9499" CreationDate="2011-01-22T23:30:14.687" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The KOMA-Script-classes feature the macro &lt;code&gt;\changefontsizes&lt;/code&gt; which allows you to change the main font size mid-document. This macro is also part of the scrextend package, which can (or at least it seems so) be made compatible with the memoir class.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt,a4paper,oneside,openany,article]{memoir} &#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\let\@textsubscript\relax&#xA;\let\setfootnoterule\relax&#xA;\let\multiplefootnotemarker\relax&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{scrextend}&#xA;&#xA;\newif\ifprintver&#xA;\printvertrue&#xA;&#xA;\ifprintver&#xA;\usepackage{pgfpages}  &#xA;\pgfpagesuselayout{2 on 1}[a4paper,border shrink=1mm,landscape]&#xA;\changefontsizes{12}&#xA;\fi&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\blindtext&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-01-22T23:30:14.687" />
  <row Id="9505" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9497" CreationDate="2011-01-22T23:37:16.813" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/titlesec&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;titlesec&lt;/a&gt; package allows to do this with just&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\sectionbreak}{\clearpage}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's cleaner than what you were doing and the package also allows to completely customize sections. Here's a fully compilable code sample showing how it works:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{titlesec}&#xA;\newcommand{\sectionbreak}{\clearpage}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Text&#xA;&#xA;\section{Title}&#xA;Text&#xA;\subsection{Title}&#xA;Text&#xA;\subsection{Title}&#xA;Text&#xA;&#xA;\section{Title}&#xA;Text&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1973" LastActivityDate="2011-01-22T23:37:16.813" />
  <row Id="9506" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9484" CreationDate="2011-01-22T23:39:41.447" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;PSTricks&lt;/code&gt; can do exactly what you want. Tobias Nähring describes this procedure in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tn-home.de/Tobias/Soft/TeX/TUG040611/presentation-doc.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;a presentation&lt;/a&gt;. I know you asked specifically for &lt;code&gt;TikZ&lt;/code&gt;, but I figured that maybe a &lt;code&gt;PSTricks&lt;/code&gt; solution is better than none.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{psfrag}&#xA;\usepackage{pstricks}&#xA;\usepackage{pst-node}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\psfrag{a}{\rnode{A}{A}}&#xA;\psfrag{b}{\rnode{B}{B}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{pspicture}&#xA;\rput(0,10)\includegraphics[width=8cm]{figure.eps}&#xA;\ncline[nodesep=3pt]{&amp;lt;-&amp;gt;}{A}{B}&#xA;\end{pspicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/busxM.png&quot; alt=&quot;Two points in an EPS file joined using PSTricks&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastActivityDate="2011-01-22T23:39:41.447" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9507" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9495" CreationDate="2011-01-22T23:39:54.037" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try also the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/kpfonts.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Kepler Project fonts&lt;/a&gt; with the &lt;code&gt;fullveryoldstyle&lt;/code&gt; option. It contains the &lt;code&gt;ct&lt;/code&gt; ligature and the old-style &lt;code&gt;s&lt;/code&gt; (two items that stick out to me in the capture you posted in your question).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastActivityDate="2011-01-22T23:39:54.037" />
  <row Id="9508" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9466" CreationDate="2011-01-22T23:40:07.827" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In ConTeXt, one can use &lt;code&gt;\mframed&lt;/code&gt; for underlining text. &lt;code&gt;\mframed&lt;/code&gt; is a version of &lt;code&gt;\framed&lt;/code&gt; that takes care of math scaling. &lt;code&gt;\mframed&lt;/code&gt; takes all the options of &lt;code&gt;\framed&lt;/code&gt;, so getting an underline is as simple as setting &lt;code&gt;frame=off&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;bottomframe=on&lt;/code&gt;. You can choose the color of a frame by setting &lt;code&gt;framecolor=&amp;lt;name of color&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;. Combining all this, here is a macro that changes the color of the underline:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\highlight&#xA;  {\dosingleargument\dohighlight}&#xA;&#xA;\def\dohighlight[#1]%&#xA;  {\mframed[frame=off,bottomframe=on,framecolor=red,frameoffset=3pt,#1]}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This can be used as follows&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setupcolors[state=start]&#xA;&#xA;\starttext&#xA;Consider &#xA;  $f(x) = \highlight{\int_1^{\infty} x^2 + \frac {1}{2} \ln(x) dx}$. This can be&#xA;  simplified as&#xA;\startformula&#xA;  f(x) = \highlight{\int_1^{\infty} x^2 + \frac {1}{2} \ln(x) dx}&#xA;       = \highlight[framecolor=blue] { \int_1^{\infty} x^2} dx &#xA;       + \highlight[framecolor=blue] { \int_1^{\infty} \frac {1}{2} \ln(x)} dx&#xA;\stopformula&#xA;\stoptext&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which gives the following result.&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Qysp9.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Notice that the &lt;code&gt;\int&lt;/code&gt; is scaled correctly, both for inline math as well as for display math.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2011-01-22T23:40:07.827" />
  <row Id="9509" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9499" CreationDate="2011-01-22T23:46:00.410" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can define your &lt;code&gt;printver&lt;/code&gt; boolean before &lt;code&gt;\documentclass&lt;/code&gt; and then use &lt;code&gt;\documentclass&lt;/code&gt; inside an &lt;code&gt;\ifprintver&lt;/code&gt; conditional:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newif\ifprintver&#xA;%\printvertrue&#xA;&#xA;\ifprintver&#xA;\documentclass[12pt,a4paper,oneside,openany,article]{memoir} &#xA;\else&#xA;\documentclass[10pt,a4paper,oneside,openany,article]{memoir} &#xA;\fi&#xA;&#xA;% ... other code&#xA;&#xA;\ifprintver&#xA;\usepackage{pgfpages}  &#xA;\pgfpagesuselayout{2 on 1}[a4paper,border shrink=1mm,landscape]&#xA;\fi&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum[1-100]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1973" LastEditorUserId="1973" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-23T08:58:00.533" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T08:58:00.533" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9510" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9535" CreationDate="2011-01-23T00:02:21.097" Score="3" ViewCount="166" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to type some report and I have a small problem with the twocolums document class and the line numbering in listings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The document is on two columns :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[8pt,[...],a4paper,twocolumn]{article}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The listings can end up either on the left or the right column. The problem is: if I put &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\lstset{numbers=left,frame=tb,[...]}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the space between the columns is not sufficient when the listing is on the right column and the text from the first column is written over.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any way to ask the listings to put the line numbers &quot;outside&quot; ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1219" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T11:10:33.323" Title="Changing side of line numbering in two columns documents" Tags="&lt;listings&gt;&lt;two-column&gt;&lt;line-numbering&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="9511" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9510" CreationDate="2011-01-23T00:17:17.217" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Even if it were possible, for code listings I would find line numbers on the right hand side unclear and confusing. I suggest to increase the space between columns in your document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setlength{\columnsep}{25pt}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: Fixed embarassing typo in code sampling.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-23T00:37:44.137" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T00:37:44.137" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9512" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9457" CreationDate="2011-01-23T00:52:12.340" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For debugging I often find &lt;code&gt;\showthe&lt;/code&gt; to be more useful (as in &lt;code&gt;\showthe\abovedisplayskip&lt;/code&gt;); it pauses the typesetting and displays the value on the console. For a LaTeX counter you would write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\showthe\c@foo&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;assuming you defined the counter as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcounter{foo}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T00:52:12.340" />
  <row Id="9513" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9484" CreationDate="2011-01-23T01:04:23.150" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A different approach could be to open the EPS file in &lt;a href=&quot;http://inkscape.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;inkscape&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; and then save it as an EPS using the &quot;EPS+LaTeX&quot; option, which creates a tex file that contains all the text and a reference to the bare figure. The tex file is then called in the main document using &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's an example using a file I just opened and saved in inkscape:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;% Inkscape encloses all text in \smash{}, so we'll use that to automate creating nodes&#xA;% Not sure if that's safe (do other things routinely call \smash{}?)&#xA;\let\oldsmash\smash&#xA;\renewcommand{\smash}[1]{\oldsmash{\tikz[remember picture] \node (#1) {#1};}}&#xA;&#xA;\tikzstyle{every picture} = [remember picture]&#xA;&#xA;\input{figure.eps_tex}&#xA;&#xA;\tikz[overlay,-&amp;gt;] \draw (a) -- (b);&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T01:04:23.150" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9514" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9515" CreationDate="2011-01-23T01:17:26.150" Score="4" ViewCount="116" Body="&lt;p&gt;After some brief searching I can't find the difference between &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;align*&lt;/code&gt;. Google summarily ignoring the * is making it harder I think.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can you tell me the difference between these two?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Moreover, can you tell me where you generally go for this type of information? As a relatively new user I'm still building up my resources.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance for any answers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3068" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T17:00:54.693" Title="What's the difference between align and align*" Tags="&lt;environments&gt;&lt;align&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9515" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9514" CreationDate="2011-01-23T01:31:08.203" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The star at the end of the name  of a displayed math environment causes that the formula lines won't be numbered. Otherwise they would automatically get a number.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can read about that in the &lt;a href=&quot;ftp://ftp.ams.org/pub/tex/doc/amsmath/amsldoc.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;amsmath user's guide&lt;/a&gt; since &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt; belongs to amsmath.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Such information can usually be found in the package documentation. Type &lt;code&gt;texdoc packagename&lt;/code&gt; at the command prompt or visit &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/packagename&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://ctan.org/pkg/packagename&lt;/a&gt;. If you use google or another search engine, look for &lt;em&gt;starred&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;commandname&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Commonly, a star symbol &lt;code&gt;*&lt;/code&gt; means a version of a command that behaves differently from the original. That often means suppressing numbering but could also refer to special features. For example, have a look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1050/whats-the-difference-between-newcommand-and-newcommand&quot;&gt;What's the difference between \newcommand and \newcommand*?&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T01:31:08.203" />
  <row Id="9516" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9514" CreationDate="2011-01-23T01:33:26.173" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;One could take a look in the manual&#xA;  out of sheer desperation.&quot; (based on&#xA;  Herbert Voß)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Googling should have told you that &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;align*&lt;/code&gt; are part of the amsmath package. Page 3 of its &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/amslatex/math/amsldoc.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;documentation&lt;/a&gt; reveals:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The amsmath package provides a number&#xA;  of additional displayed equation&#xA;  structures beyond the ones provided in&#xA;  basic LaTeX. The augmented set&#xA;  includes:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[...] &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt; &lt;code&gt;align*&lt;/code&gt; [...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Except for &lt;code&gt;split&lt;/code&gt;, each environment has&#xA;  both starred and unstarred forms,&#xA;  where the unstarred forms have&#xA;  automatic numbering using LaTeX’s&#xA;  &lt;code&gt;equation&lt;/code&gt; counter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could also simply try out what the difference might be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{align}&#xA;a_1&amp;amp; =b_1+c_1\\&#xA;a_2&amp;amp; =b_2+c_2-d_2+e_2&#xA;\end{align}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{align*}&#xA;a_1&amp;amp; =b_1+c_1\\&#xA;a_2&amp;amp; =b_2+c_2-d_2+e_2&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-23T17:00:54.693" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T17:00:54.693" />
  <row Id="9517" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-23T02:09:21.827" Score="2" ViewCount="143" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm new to LaTeX, and have been struggling with what I think should be simple.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to create a box with a blue border and yellow interior. Inside of the box should be a graphic on the left, and text on the right. Seems simple, and I have gotten it to work, but this will be generated from a database, so text length is variable. It currently works if after the text I add vspace to fill out the box to the height of the graphic. Otherwise, the box is only the height of the text, and the image spill out the bottom.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The code I am using is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\noindent{\fboxsep=.3pt\framebox{\colorbox{newyell}{&#xA;\parbox{\textwidth}{&#xA;\begin{wrapfigure}{l}{0.4\textwidth}&#xA;\vspace{-35pt}&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;\includegraphics[width=0.35\textwidth]{img_0236.jpg}&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;\end{wrapfigure}&#xA;&#xA;\phantom{0}\textcolor{blue}{&#xA;{\bf Test:}\ My test line\newline&#xA;\phantom{0}\ this is a tesrt\newline&#xA;\phantom{0}\ this is a tesrt\newline&#xA;\phantom{0}\ this is a tesrt\newline&#xA;\phantom{0}\ this is a tesrt\newline&#xA;\phantom{0}\ this is a tesrt\newline&#xA;}&#xA;}&#xA;%\vskip80pt&#xA;}}}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I enable the &lt;code&gt;\vskip&lt;/code&gt;, the box is the right size, otherwise it is too short. Since it comes from a database with variable length text, I can't hard code a value.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What am I doing wrong?!?!?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3089" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-23T07:50:11.743" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T08:53:55.700" Title="LaTeX Graphics/box overflow question" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9518" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9525" CreationDate="2011-01-23T03:09:00.110" Score="5" ViewCount="125" Body="&lt;p&gt;For example, let's say that a user has an older version of &lt;code&gt;somepackage.sty&lt;/code&gt; somewhere on their system.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;/path/to/install/latex/somepackage.sty&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Placing a (possibly different version) &lt;code&gt;somepackage.sty&lt;/code&gt; in the working directory appears to shadow the system/installed version.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;/some/other/dir/myfile.tex&#xA;/some/other/dir/somepackage.sty&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, if the preferred version of &lt;code&gt;somepackage.sty&lt;/code&gt; is not in the local working directory, how can it be specified on the command line?  Is it even possible?  In the example below, I want to be able to specify the non-system/non-default version of &lt;code&gt;somepackage.sty&lt;/code&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;/some/path/preferred/package/versions/somepackage.sty&#xA;/my/current/project/myfile.tex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1187" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-23T03:51:44.097" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T08:39:17.033" Title="How to specify LaTeX style file precedence when multiple versions (might) exist" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="9519" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9518" CreationDate="2011-01-23T03:20:10.777" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can specify the path to the correct package file in the &lt;code&gt;\usepackage&lt;/code&gt; command, for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{/Users/myname/latex/mypackage}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or with relative path:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{../../latex/mypackage}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It works on my system (Mac OS + TeXLive 2010 with pdflatex).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3048" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T03:20:10.777" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9520" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9303" CreationDate="2011-01-23T03:37:05.193" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Vim has built in spell checking. You do not need external spell checkers. Simply use &lt;code&gt;:set spell&lt;/code&gt; to enable spell checking.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To disable spell checking in code listings, you need to modify the vim syntax file for tex.&#xA;Copy &lt;code&gt;$VIMRUNTIME/syntax/tex.vim&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;$HOME/.vim/syntax/tex.vim&lt;/code&gt;. Around line 402, this file has:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;syn region texZone      start=&quot;\\begin{verbatim}&quot;           end=&quot;\\end{verbatim}\|%stopzone\&gt;&quot;  contains=@Spell&#xA;syn region texZone      start=&quot;\\begin{code}&quot;               end=&quot;\\end{code}\|%stopzone\&gt;&quot;  contains=@Spell&#xA;&quot; listings package:&#xA;syn region texZone      start=&quot;\\begin{lstlisting}&quot;         end=&quot;\\end{lstlisting}\|%stopzone\&gt;&quot;    contains=@Spell&#xA;&quot; moreverb package:&#xA;syn region texZone      start=&quot;\\begin{verbatimtab}&quot;        end=&quot;\\end{verbatimtab}\|%stopzone\&gt;&quot;   contains=@Spell&#xA;syn region texZone      start=&quot;\\begin{verbatimwrite}&quot;      end=&quot;\\end{verbatimwrite}\|%stopzone\&gt;&quot; contains=@Spell&#xA;syn region texZone      start=&quot;\\begin{boxedverbatim}&quot;      end=&quot;\\end{boxedverbatim}\|%stopzone\&gt;&quot; contains=@Spell&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Change each of these &lt;code&gt;@Spell&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;@NoSpell&lt;/code&gt; and vim will not spell check in the respective environments. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T03:37:05.193" />
  <row Id="9524" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9530" CreationDate="2011-01-23T07:49:40.373" Score="2" ViewCount="115" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need to create a document with Utopia (Fourier package) as the default font. &#xA;However, at a certain point I need to change the default roman font to say for e.g. CM-Roman. At this point reverting back to utopia makes the text seem thicker and broader.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The MWE below illustrates my problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt, a4paper, draft]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fourier}&#xA;\newcommand{\ffont}[2]{&#xA;     \fontencoding{#1}&#xA;     \fontfamily{#2}&#xA;     \selectfont&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Fourier-Utopia\\&#xA;The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog.\\&#xA;&#xA;\ffont{OT1}{cmr}&#xA;Compuer Modern Roman\\&#xA;The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog.\\&#xA;&#xA;\ffont{T1}{put}&#xA;Fourier-Utopia Again\\&#xA;The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog.\\&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This seems to happen only with the Utopia Font.&#xA;Can anyone let me know the correct way to achieve this please.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3091" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T09:18:40.857" Title="Using utopia and another roman font in (pdf)LaTeX" Tags="&lt;fourier&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="9525" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9518" CreationDate="2011-01-23T07:58:23.360" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The order in which the TEXMF trees are searched is fixed in the configuration somewhere. The canonical order is: current directory, user's TEXMF in ~/texmf, system-local TEXMF (usually called texmf-local), and finally texmf and texmf-dist. So, installing manually (into texmf-local as admin/root or ~/texmf as user) always takes precedence.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've once looked at this situation in &lt;a href=&quot;http://absatzen.de/#bXVsdGl2ZXI=&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the multiver package&lt;/a&gt;, but I'm not sure if it will handle files in different texmf trees. (It will try to recognize the optional-argument form &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[opts]{pkg}[yyyy/mm/dd vVersion]&lt;/code&gt; and look for vVersion/pkg.sty instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But it turns out anyway that the situation is more difficult, because if your &quot;overriding&quot; package loads other packages, they may or may not need to be different versions. Something like a KoMa-Script class would certainly like to load its matching auxiliary packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And not giving a version at all would result in some version from a subdirectory being picked (first one found), so a working solution needed a change to the format of the ls-R database.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Long story short: having multiple versions of the same file in the same installation is fraught with danger. One thing you can do is to have, for example, multiple &lt;code&gt;localtexmf&lt;/code&gt;s, I think you can switch between those with an environment variable. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1860" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T07:58:23.360" />
  <row Id="9526" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-23T07:58:43.253" Score="5" ViewCount="126" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I put an image together with the chapter style in scrbook class (chaptername, chapternumber capitalized - left aligned -, and a figure above them, centered, like the scheme below)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;                                   figure&#xA;&#xA;                                         chaptername chapertnumber&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3092" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-13T10:28:38.280" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T10:28:38.280" Title="Figure in the Chapter" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;chapters&gt;&lt;koma-script&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9527" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9518" CreationDate="2011-01-23T08:39:17.033" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;you can run from the command line:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;kpsewhich -show-path tex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;then you get as output all directories where TeX will search for &lt;code&gt;*.tex|*.sty|*.cls|*.fd|*.aux|*.bbl|*.def|*.clo|*.ldf&lt;/code&gt; files. Always the first found file will be used. If a doubled &lt;code&gt;!!&lt;/code&gt; appears in the list before a directory, then TeX looks for a file ls-R which lists all dir contents, instead of a recursive search in that directory.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T08:39:17.033" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9528" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9517" CreationDate="2011-01-23T08:53:55.700" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[demo]{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{wrapfig,xcolor,ragged2e,tabularx,calc}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\noindent&#xA;\fcolorbox{black}{yellow!40}{%&#xA;\begin{tabularx}{\linewidth-2\fboxsep-2\fboxrule}{@{}&amp;gt;{\Centering}p{0.4\textwidth}X@{}}&#xA;\vspace{0pt}\includegraphics[width=0.35\textwidth]{img_0236.jpg}&#xA;&amp;amp;&#xA;\vspace{0pt}&#xA;\phantom{0}\color{blue}%&#xA;{\bf Test:}~My test line\newline&#xA;\phantom{0}~this is a tesrt\newline&#xA;\phantom{0}~this is a tesrt\newline&#xA;\phantom{0}~this is a tesrt\newline&#xA;\phantom{0}~this is a tesrt\newline&#xA;\phantom{0}~this is a tesrt\newline&#xA;\end{tabularx}%&#xA;}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/fCEQr.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T08:53:55.700" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9529" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8626" CreationDate="2011-01-23T08:58:37.323" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's a solution that should be quite a bit faster (although I haven't tested it):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\cs_new:Npn \clist_length:N #1 {&#xA;  \int_eval:n {&#xA;    0 \clist_map_function:NN #1 \tl_elt_count_aux:n&#xA;  }&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here, &lt;code&gt;\clist_length:N&lt;/code&gt; expands to the length of the comma-list; it's expandable, so you can use it inside &lt;code&gt;\int_set:Nn&lt;/code&gt; if you like.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And here's a solution for expandably extracting the n-th item of a comma list:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\cs_new:Nn \clist_nth:Nn {&#xA;  \int_compare:nTF { \clist_length:N #1 &amp;lt; #2 }&#xA;  { \ERROR }&#xA;  {&#xA;    \exp_after:wN \clist_nth_aux:nn \exp_after:wN {#1} #2&#xA;  }&#xA;}&#xA;\cs_new:Nn \clist_nth_aux:nn {&#xA;  \clist_nth_aux_i:nnnw {1}{#2} #1 , \q_recursion_tail \q_recursion_stop&#xA;}&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \clist_nth_aux_i:nnnw #1#2#3, {&#xA;  \quark_if_recursion_tail_stop:n {#3}&#xA;  \int_compare:nTF {#1==#2}&#xA;  { &#xA;    \use_i_delimit_by_q_recursion_stop:nw {#3}&#xA;  }&#xA;  {&#xA;    \clist_nth_aux_i:fnnw { \int_eval:n {#1+1} } {#2}&#xA;  }&#xA;}&#xA;\cs_generate_variant:Nn \clist_nth_aux_i:nnnw {f}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks for these questions; I've been meaning to add them to l3clist for a little while. P.S. Sorry for the slow reply!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T08:58:37.323" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9530" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9524" CreationDate="2011-01-23T09:04:41.610" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;make the font change local with putting it into &lt;code&gt;{...}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt, a4paper, draft]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fourier}&#xA;\newcommand{\ffont}[2]{%&#xA;     \fontencoding{#1}&#xA;     \fontfamily{#2}&#xA;     \selectfont}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Fourier-Utopia\\&#xA;The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog.&#xA;&#xA;{\ffont{OT1}{cmr}&#xA;Compuer Modern Roman\\&#xA;The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog.}&#xA;&#xA;Fourier-Utopia Again\\&#xA;The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the correct setting for fouriers roman font is &lt;code&gt;\ffont{T1}{futs}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-23T09:18:40.857" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T09:18:40.857" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9531" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9499" CreationDate="2011-01-23T09:27:58.750" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;use a variable for the font size setting, e.g.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[\FontSize, a4paper]{article}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and then run &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;pdflatex '\def\FontSize{12pt}\input{&amp;lt;your_file&amp;gt;.tex}'&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;now you can simply change the fontsize&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T09:27:58.750" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9532" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2373" CreationDate="2011-01-23T09:48:58.697" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Depending on your R code, some R calculations may take a long time and rebuilding often is prohibitive whereas the TeX part by itself is typically negligible. To deal with this, you can exclude R code from being executed (once you know that it works) by assigning &lt;code&gt;FALSE&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;eval&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;&amp;lt;fig=TRUE,eval=FALSE&amp;gt;&amp;gt;=&#xA;# potentially expensive R code here&#xA;@&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also set &lt;code&gt;eval&lt;/code&gt; globally to &lt;code&gt;FALSE&lt;/code&gt; and enable it locally (&lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;&amp;lt;eval=TRUE&amp;gt;&amp;gt;=&lt;/code&gt;)  only for the R code that you are working on. This would be a good way when you are mostly dealing with TeX problems:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\SweaveOpts{echo=FALSE,pdf=TRUE,eps=FALSE,eval=FALSE}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3083" LastEditorUserId="3083" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-24T07:41:14.827" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T07:41:14.827" />
  <row Id="9533" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9588" CreationDate="2011-01-23T10:45:07.273" Score="12" ViewCount="655" Body="&lt;p&gt;Now that Xe(La)TeX is being increasingly used to deliver nifty documents, I am wondering if any recommendations have been published or discussed about the best combination of font families for mixing Serif, Sans Serif, and Monospace.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, I know that &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.kieranhealy.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Kieran Healy&lt;/a&gt; uses a nice combination of Minion Pro, Myriad Pro, and Pragmata (a LaTeX template is available at &lt;a href=&quot;http://kjhealy.github.com/kjh-vita/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;kjh-vita&lt;/a&gt;). Likewise, according to the American Association of University Presses, Minion, ITC New Baskerville and FF Scala &amp;amp; 4. FF Scala Sans are the top three best fonts, but see&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://fontfeed.com/archives/top-ten-typefaces-used-by-book-design-winners/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Top Typefaces Used by Book Design Winners&lt;/a&gt;. I have been playing myself with Apple Garamond, Fontin Sans and Menlo (Apple default monospaced font shipped with OS X 10.6), because all are available with any combination of &lt;code&gt;\itshape&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\bfseries&lt;/code&gt; (as described in &lt;a href=&quot;http://xml.web.cern.ch/XML/lgc2/xetexmain.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;The XeTeX Companion&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So my question is just: What would you recommend as pretty looking and freely available fonts for typesetting a TeX or LaTeX document? Ideally, this should allow to use mathematical expressions as well. (&lt;em&gt;one response per post please&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2580" LastEditorUserId="42" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-23T11:08:24.430" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T09:03:54.193" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-01-23T11:07:40.983" Title="What best combination of fonts for Serif, Sans, and Mono do you recommend?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;typography&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="9" FavoriteCount="8" />
  <row Id="9534" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-23T11:05:59.097" Score="4" ViewCount="176" Body="&lt;p&gt;I’m using small caps to mark up acronyms. Many style guides recommend this to make the acronyms stand out less among the lower-case letters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I didn’t find good advice of what to do with mixed-case acronyms, such as “OpenMP”. For consistency, I’m currently setting them in small caps as well, e.g. &lt;code&gt;\textsc{OpenMP}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I feel that this defeats the original purpose of the small caps, and indeed it makes the abbreviation stand out disproportionately from the surrounding text, causing disruption. But all the other alternatives seem to have disadvantages as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For reference, these are the alternatives that I can think of.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/AgBj8.png&quot; alt=&quot;rendered example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\textsc{OpenMP}&lt;/code&gt;, as mentioned above. Consistent with other abbreviations, in that it uses small caps all through. Inconsistent in that it makes &lt;em&gt;minuscules&lt;/em&gt; into small caps and preserves majuscules.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\textsc{o}pen\textsc{mp}&lt;/code&gt;, only small-cap the capitals, logically the most consistent with the other abbreviations, but looks prohibitive.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;OpenMP&lt;/code&gt;, normal font.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Am I missing something? What is the best alternative? What rationale can you offer for your decision?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Furthermore&lt;/em&gt;, I am currently defining my abbreviations via a convenient macro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newacronyms{api, cpu, dna, oop, OpenMP, …}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which defines macros &lt;code&gt;\api&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\cpu&lt;/code&gt;, … &lt;code&gt;\OpenMP&lt;/code&gt; etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If possible, I’d like to preserve this style. I’m not sure how I could achieve such a convenient mechanism for methods 2 and 3 above. How would this be implemented?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastEditorUserId="42" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-23T11:41:33.560" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T14:47:54.560" Title="Using small caps for abbreviations" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;small-caps&gt;&lt;acronyms&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9535" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9510" CreationDate="2011-01-23T11:10:33.323" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,twocolumn]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\lstset{numbers=left,frame=tb,numbersep=1em,xleftmargin=2em,&#xA;  basicstyle=\ttfamily\small}&#xA;\parindent=0pt&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\rule{\linewidth}{1pt}&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}&#xA; \def\showDiff#1#2{}%&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;&#xA;\newpage&#xA;&#xA;\rule{\linewidth}{1pt}&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}&#xA; \def\showDiff#1#2{}%&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T11:10:33.323" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9537" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9495" CreationDate="2011-01-23T11:24:20.597" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Hoefler Text&lt;/strong&gt; supports most – if not all – of these ligatures, and it ships with OS X. (In fact, it’s used throughout the &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt; documentation to showcase exactly those features.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You also need to enable “Rare”, “Historic” as well as “Contextual” ligatures regardless of the font.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T11:24:20.597" />
  <row Id="9538" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9534" CreationDate="2011-01-23T11:46:20.687" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;See also my &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/9487/macro-for-typesetting-acronyms&quot;&gt;macro for typesetting acronyms.&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3083" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T11:46:20.687" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9539" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9534" CreationDate="2011-01-23T12:15:55.613" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Not really a compelling rationale, but I would go with method 2 because that's what The Economist does:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/57Y1J.png&quot; alt=&quot;text snippet from The Economist with mixed case abbreviation&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;(The Economist, November 6th 2010)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T12:15:55.613" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9540" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9543" CreationDate="2011-01-23T12:23:46.540" Score="7" ViewCount="243" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to define a macro with flexible arguments: 3 mandatory and 2 optional ones - like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\macro{&amp;lt;enter code here&amp;gt;}[arg2] arg3 = arg4 | arg5;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So args 2 and 5 are optional, as is the &lt;code&gt;|&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I got quiet close to solving this with ideas found &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/308/different-command-definitions-with-and-without-optional-argument&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/2402354/split-comma-separated-parameters-in-latex&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now I am stuck somewhere in TeX's stomach. Maybe someone can shed some light on the problem - I am a total newbie and I think, there must be plenty of possibilities. I have &lt;a href=&quot;http://sprunge.us/fDSR&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tried a lot&lt;/a&gt; but am not familiar enough with &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\futurelet&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\xdef&lt;/code&gt; &amp;amp; friends. I am stuck here:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatother&#xA;\def\@pop#1{}&#xA;\def\@split#1;{\def\@@tmp{#1|}\expandafter\@@split\@@tmp\@end@token}&#xA;\def\@@split#1|{\@ifnextchar\@end@token{{#1}{}\@pop}{\@@@split{#1}}}&#xA;\def\@@@split#1#2|{{#1}{#2}\@pop}&#xA;&#xA;\def\display#1{\@ifnextchar[{\@display{#1}}{\@display{#1}[1]}}&#xA;\def\@display#1[#2]#3={\def\@tmp{\@@display{#1}{#2}{#3}}\expandafter\@tmp\@split}&#xA;&#xA;\def\@@display#1#2#3#4#5{*#1*#2*#3*#4*#5*}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;&#xA;\display{aaa}[bbb] AAA = BBB | CCC;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the output is supposed to look like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;*aaa*bbb*AAA*BBB*CCC*&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but instead I get&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;/tmp/problem.tex:56: Missing control sequence inserted.&#xA;&amp;amp;lt;inserted text&amp;amp;gt;&#xA;                \inaccessible &#xA;l.42 \display{aaa} AAA = BBB;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;...am using a href=&quot;http://gummi.midnightcoding.org/&quot;gummi/a ...good stuff IMHO!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3095" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-23T21:34:29.127" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T13:23:32.357" Title="Parsing optional macro arguments" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;" AnswerCount="5" />
  <row Id="9541" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9534" CreationDate="2011-01-23T12:38:10.997" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Obviously it's a matter of taste, but, FWIW, I ignore mixed-case acronyms, and use &lt;code&gt;\textsc&lt;/code&gt; with an initial &quot;capital&quot; only.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In your case this would lead to:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\textsc{Openmp}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="344" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T12:38:10.997" />
  <row Id="9542" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9557" CreationDate="2011-01-23T12:58:50.997" Score="2" ViewCount="101" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dear Enthusiasts,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have a really sort quastion.&#xA;The following Code is not working:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;    \documentclass{memoir}&#xA;    \usepackage{verbatim}&#xA;    \usepackage{marginnote}&#xA;&#xA;    \begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;    Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam&#xA;    nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et&#xA;    dolore gubergren. \marginnote{\verb?\documentclass{memoir}?}%%% --- does not work!!!&#xA;&#xA;    \verb?\documentclass{memoir}?%%% it is working, looks pretty&#xA;&#xA;    \end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like to write something like a package description, a manual that's why I would like to create marginnotes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The Problem what I get is the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! LaTeX Error: Can be used only in preamble.&#xA;&#xA;See the LaTeX manual or LaTeX Companion for explanation.&#xA;Type  H &amp;lt;return&amp;gt;  for immediate help.&#xA; ...                                              &#xA;&#xA;l.8 &#xA;&#xA;Your command was ignored.&#xA;Type  I &amp;lt;command&amp;gt; &amp;lt;return&amp;gt;  to replace it with another command,&#xA;or  &amp;lt;return&amp;gt;  to continue without it.&#xA;&#xA;! LaTeX Error: \verb illegal in command argument.&#xA;&#xA;See the LaTeX manual or LaTeX Companion for explanation.&#xA;Type  H &amp;lt;return&amp;gt;  for immediate help.&#xA; ...                                              &#xA;&#xA;l.8 &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks for Answers!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dániel&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;UPDATE %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First of all, Thanks for the quick answers ;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tested both packages. I find really good the fancyvbr package, it can give me much more as I taught. The cprotect package works also good, BUT&#xA;If I leave a bracket in the Verbatim text -- like here:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet \cprotect\marginnote{\verb?}?}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;-- then it does not work, I get the message too many {'...&#xA;Otherwise it's working in the normal text, but not with marginnote&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;SaveVerb can be a solution, it's working, but I don't want 300 saved Verbatims :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I don't really know what to do...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some idea?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dániel&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3097" LastEditorUserId="3097" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-24T18:54:57.733" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T18:54:57.733" Title="Verbatim in Marginnote doesn't work" Tags="&lt;verbatim&gt;&lt;marginpar&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="9543" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9540" CreationDate="2011-01-23T13:03:43.670" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A solution using LaTeX2e just for &lt;code&gt;\@ifnextchar&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\display#1{%&#xA;  \@ifnextchar[%]&#xA;    {\display@aux@i{#1}}&#xA;    {\display@aux@i{#1}[]}%&#xA;}&#xA;\def\display@aux@i#1[#2]#3=#4;{%&#xA;  \display@aux@ii{#1}{#2}{#3}#4||\@nil&#xA;}&#xA;\def\display@aux@ii#1#2#3#4|#5|#6\@nil{%&#xA;  *#1*#2*#3*#4*#5*&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\noindent&#xA;\display{aaa}[bbb] AAA = BBB | CCC; \\&#xA;\display{aaa}[bbb] AAA = BBB ;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alternative &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/xpackages&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;xparse&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;-based solution:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{xparse}&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOn&#xA;\DeclareDocumentCommand \display &#xA;  { m o u { = } &amp;gt; { \SplitArgument { 1 } { | } } u { ; } } {&#xA;  * #1 * #2 * #3 * \display_aux:nn #4 *  &#xA;}&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \display_aux:nn #1#2 { #1 * #2 }&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOff&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\noindent&#xA;\display{aaa}[bbb] AAA = BBB | CCC; \\&#xA;\display{aaa}[bbb] AAA = BBB ;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-23T13:37:23.147" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T13:37:23.147" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="9544" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9526" CreationDate="2011-01-23T13:27:01.000" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There's a macro &lt;code&gt;\chapterheadstartvskip&lt;/code&gt; which can be used for producing vertical space before the chapter heading. You could redefine that macro to include an image besides making just space. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrbook}&#xA;\usepackage[demo]{graphicx}&#xA;\let\oldchapterheadstartvskip\chapterheadstartvskip&#xA;\renewcommand*{\chapterheadstartvskip}{%&#xA;    \oldchapterheadstartvskip%&#xA;    {\centering\includegraphics{image}\par}&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\chapter{Test}&#xA;Text&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/bM7gW.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T13:27:01.000" />
  <row Id="9545" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9542" CreationDate="2011-01-23T13:31:45.187" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can for example use the package &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/cprotect/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;cprotect&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, which provides the command &lt;code&gt;\cprotect&lt;/code&gt; for precisely this type of use. In your case, use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\cprotect\marginnote{\verb?\documentclass{memoir}?}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Namely,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{memoir}&#xA;\usepackage{verbatim}&#xA;\usepackage{marginnote}&#xA;\usepackage{cprotect}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam&#xA;nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et&#xA;dolore gubergren. \cprotect\marginnote{\verb?\documentclass{memoir}?}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastEditorUserId="2707" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-23T17:12:33.407" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T17:12:33.407" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9546" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9540" CreationDate="2011-01-23T13:42:47.487" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;the same, only the other way round :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\display#1{\@ifnextchar[{\display@i{#1}}{\display@i{#1}[]}}&#xA;\def\display@i#1[#2]#3;{\display@ii#3||\@nil{#1}[#2]}&#xA;\def\display@ii#1=#2|#3|#4\@nil#5[#6]{*#5*#6*#1*#2*#3*}&#xA;&#xA;\def\blub{\@ifnextchar[\blub@i{\blub@i[]}}&#xA;\def\blub@i[#1]#2;{\blub@ii[#1]#2++\@nil}&#xA;\def\blub@ii[#1]#2+#3+#4\@nil{blub[#1] &amp;amp; #2 &amp;amp; #3}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\display{aaa}[bbb] AAA = BBB|CCC;&#xA;&#xA;\display{aaa}[bbb] AAA = BBB;&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-23T19:32:47.330" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T19:32:47.330" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9547" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9634" CreationDate="2011-01-23T13:45:26.063" Score="1" ViewCount="138" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/floatrow.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;floatrow&lt;/a&gt; package, which is useful for customizing the layout of floats, also allows to add footnotes as well as additional explanations (besides the caption) to tables. (The main commands are &lt;code&gt;\mpfootnotemark&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\footnotetext&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\floatfoot&lt;/code&gt;, see p. 25--26 of the manual.) One may also configure the font of the actual table content (to, say, &lt;code&gt;\sffamily\small&lt;/code&gt;) and the explanations (to say, &lt;code&gt;\sffamily\scriptsize&lt;/code&gt;). However, I have not found a way to change the font of footnote marks and footnote texts with floatrow. Any ideas?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Notes: The &lt;code&gt;\ttabbox&lt;/code&gt; command in my example, while not strictly necessary, will adapt the width of footnotes/explanations to the width of the actual table material and will also place the caption above instead of below the table. The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/caption.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;caption&lt;/a&gt; package, which cooperates with floatrow, is used to change the font of captions.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[font={sf,small}]{floatrow}&#xA;\floatsetup[table]{footnoterule=none,footskip=0.5\skip\footins}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[font=sf]{caption}&#xA;\captionsetup{footfont=scriptsize}% &quot;footfont&quot; defined by floatrow package&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{table}&#xA;\ttabbox{%&#xA;  % \centering% Default for floatrow package&#xA;  \begin{tabular}{cc} \hline&#xA;  Author &amp;amp; Title \\ \hline&#xA;  Knuth &amp;amp; The \TeX book\mpfootnotemark[1] \\&#xA;  Lamport &amp;amp; \LaTeX \\ \hline&#xA;  \end{tabular}%&#xA;  \footnotetext[1]{\TeX\ only}%&#xA;  \floatfoot{All books listed are indispensable reading.}%&#xA;}{%&#xA;  \caption{\TeX/\LaTeX\ books}%&#xA;}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-23T13:51:16.430" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T19:51:12.367" Title="Floatrow: changing the font of table footnotes" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;tables&gt;&lt;footnotes&gt;&lt;floats&gt;&lt;floatrow&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="9548" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-23T13:57:02.740" Score="1" ViewCount="298" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/80/latex-template-for-resume-curriculum-vitae&quot;&gt;LaTeX template for resume/curriculum vitae &lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hello!&#xA;Could you tell is there any example (or maybe free template) of well-formed cv (preferably programmer cv) in LaTeX?&#xA;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3098" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T13:57:02.740" ClosedDate="2011-01-23T17:11:33.703" Title="Writing a CV in LaTeX" Tags="&lt;templates&gt;&lt;resume&gt;" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9549" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9533" CreationDate="2011-01-23T14:13:42.283" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm strictly an amateur in this department ... If you don't want to buy PragmataPro (which I love, and for me was worth buying because I use it as my default text-editing font), Bera Mono is also quite nice and it comes with texlive. Consolas/Inconsolata is great as well, as you say. Myriad Pro used to  come bundled with Adobe Reader (I'm not sure about the current version). For body text, Charis SIL is a good, free descendant of Bitstream Charter. Super-complete sets from big foundries are indeed often extremely pricey, but there's also a market segment -- something like, e.g., &lt;a href=&quot;http://new.myfonts.com/fonts/exljbris/calluna/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Calluna&lt;/a&gt; -- where the fonts are more reasonably priced and work very well if your document is not extremely complicated in its structure. As you say, though, if you want to typeset any amount of math your choices narrow down quickly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2506" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T14:13:42.283" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-01-23T14:13:42.283" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9550" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9552" CreationDate="2011-01-23T14:41:56.787" Score="8" ViewCount="138" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sometimes I want to underline some text, and it extends past the end of a line.  Why does &lt;code&gt;\underline{}&lt;/code&gt; not automatically wrap my text for me ?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, how can I underline text so that it will still wrap ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2037" LastEditorUserId="2037" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-24T10:05:42.463" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T10:27:00.863" Title="Why does underlined text not get wrapped once it hits the end of a line ?" Tags="&lt;layout&gt;&lt;formatting&gt;&lt;line-breaking&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="9551" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-23T14:50:14.967" Score="2" ViewCount="77" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use listing package and want to define a short (in-line) listing in a footnote. For example: \footnote{Java uses the |break| keyword...}. However, the compilation of the file fails, because &quot;Argument of \lst@temp has an extra }.&quot; How can I overcome this problem? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Moreover, is there any way to use a short listing in a caption?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3100" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T21:54:57.673" Title="How to use an in-line listing in a footnote or in a caption?" Tags="&lt;listings&gt;&lt;errors&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="9552" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9550" CreationDate="2011-01-23T15:01:30.787" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In text mode, the &lt;code&gt;\underline&lt;/code&gt; command will enclose its argument in a horizontal box, which doesn't allow linebreaks. Use the &lt;code&gt;\ul&lt;/code&gt; command of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/soul.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;soul&lt;/a&gt; package instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{soul}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;A sentence that is just included to fill the line. \underline{Some text with underlining.}&#xA;&#xA;A sentence that is just included to fill the line. \ul{Some text with underlining.}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: As for &lt;em&gt;why&lt;/em&gt; &lt;code&gt;\underline&lt;/code&gt; works the way it does, see &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=underline&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt; entry in the UK TeX FAQ for starters. It would seem that Leslie Lamport (the author of LaTeX) implemented just a &quot;quick fix&quot;, and that only later package authors came up with more satisfactory solutions for underlining. See sections 2 and 7 of the soul documentation to get an idea of how complicated things are.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-24T10:27:00.863" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T10:27:00.863" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9553" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9551" CreationDate="2011-01-23T15:36:19.357" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;See &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/8810/how-to-include-verbatim-in-a-figure-caption&quot;&gt;How to include verbatim in a figure caption?&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2574" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T15:36:19.357" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9554" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9495" CreationDate="2011-01-23T15:58:06.757" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;That is not hard to do since most quality OpenType fonts have the ſ character and appropriate ligatures. Here is an example for Minion Pro, which comes for free with Adobe Reader:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[pagesize=auto, version=last]{scrartcl}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\usepackage{microtype}&#xA;&#xA;\setmainfont[Numbers={Lowercase, Proportional}, Ligatures=Rare]{Minion Pro}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Where Fractions are wanting, a Diviſion ſerves to diſtinguiſh the Numerator&#xA;from the Denominator, by putting it thus; viz.\ 3–8, 12–63, 16–50, though ſome&#xA;other ſymbol might ſerve better for the purpoſe; and therefore we propoſe one&#xA;that is ſimilar to an Italic~\textit{l} inverted, and whoſe figure takes in the&#xA;whole depth of its body; which then would have this reſemblance; viz.\ 3/5&#xA;12/63 16/50.  And as to the thickneſs of this Divider, we think it ſhould not&#xA;exceed that of an n-quadrat, but rather join cloſer to the figures.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Result:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/FqLfq.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T15:58:06.757" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9555" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9533" CreationDate="2011-01-23T16:42:04.387" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://code.google.com/webfonts&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Google Font Directory&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt; is worth browsing. It’s targeted at web authors but many (all? didn’t check) of the fonts found there are published under SIL license and thus can be used in other projects as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One font (also found there) that I really like is &lt;a href=&quot;http://friedrichalthausen.de/?page_id=411&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Vollkorn&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt; which has a nice, rounded, distinctive look that is still very readable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Vrric.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T16:42:04.387" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-01-23T16:42:04.387" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9556" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9560" CreationDate="2011-01-23T16:51:25.847" Score="1" ViewCount="175" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to put some short words in certain subscripts when I am in math mode, for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[W_{total} = \sum{W_i}\]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but I think LaTeX understands this as the product of &lt;code&gt;t&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;o&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;t&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;a&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;l&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is in any case this way the right way, or is there any other one?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;By the way, I have tried&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[W_{\text{total}}\]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strike&gt;but it is not fine for me. (A bit ugly)&lt;/strike&gt; Forget that. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2488" LastEditorUserId="2488" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-23T21:30:45.137" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T21:30:45.137" Title="Textual subscript in math mode" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;subscripts&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9557" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9542" CreationDate="2011-01-23T16:53:32.550" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;fancyvrb&lt;/code&gt; package defines the &lt;code&gt;\SaveVerb&lt;/code&gt; command and &lt;code&gt;SaveVerbatim&lt;/code&gt; environment that can be used for that purpose.  In fact, an example in the manual for that package talks about that very situation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DefineShortVerb{\|}&#xA;\SaveVerb{Verb}|_OK^|&#xA;\marginpar{\UseVerb{Verb}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T16:53:32.550" />
  <row Id="9559" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9561" CreationDate="2011-01-23T17:08:31.947" Score="13" ViewCount="514" Body="&lt;p&gt;Recently I have learned how to draw simple stuff with TikZ. I really like it. Now I wonder if it is possible to draw with TikZ on a image. Instead of pasting a image in Illustrator and adding some vectors to point something in the picture I would like to do it using TikZ. Is it possible? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, on a picture of a computer (PNG,etc) I would like to draw some arrows and labels saying &quot;Keyboard&quot;, &quot;Monitor&quot;, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2786" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-24T00:10:45.723" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T00:10:45.723" Title="Drawing on an image with TikZ" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;diagrams&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="9560" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9556" CreationDate="2011-01-23T17:27:52.883" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;What you have tried is the right way. You can simplify it slightly and play with other fonts:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$$ W_\textrm{total} = \sum_i W_i $$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To make it prettier I'd suggest to think about the use of variables and indices in your work. For example, you could reserve &lt;code&gt;W&lt;/code&gt; (without index) for the total which is the sum of &lt;code&gt;w_i&lt;/code&gt; (lowercase w). This way you can avoid long subscripts. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3083" LastEditorUserId="3083" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-23T17:34:42.873" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T17:34:42.873" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="9561" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9559" CreationDate="2011-01-23T17:46:43.193" Score="23" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;(The first part of this answer &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/8911/in-a-beamer-slide-highlight-a-region-of-an-image-with-a-rectangle-overlay/8917#8917&quot;&gt;is taken from my answer&lt;/a&gt; to a similar—but not identical—question.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can put an &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt; inside a TikZ node and then draw over it. The following code adds the picture so that the lower left corner is at the origin of the TikZ coordinate system.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \node[anchor=south west,inner sep=0] at (0,0) {\includegraphics[width=\textwidth]{some_image.jpg}};&#xA;    \draw[red,ultra thick,rounded corners] (7.5,5.3) rectangle (9.4,6.2);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With &lt;a href=&quot;http://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/1/16/Mycena_interrupta.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;a picture from Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt; as &lt;code&gt;some_image.jpg&lt;/code&gt;, this yields&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/6k9zs.png&quot; alt=&quot;example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is a slight problem with this solution: whenever you choose to scale the image differently (e.g. with &lt;code&gt;width=0.9\textwidth&lt;/code&gt;), you have to correct the coordinates for your annotations. So it might be useful to introduce coordinates relative to the picture:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \node[anchor=south west,inner sep=0] (image) at (0,0) {\includegraphics[width=0.9\textwidth]{some_image.jpg}};&#xA;    \begin{scope}[x={(image.south east)},y={(image.north west)}]&#xA;        \draw[red,ultra thick,rounded corners] (0.62,0.65) rectangle (0.78,0.75);&#xA;    \end{scope}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then inside the &lt;code&gt;scope&lt;/code&gt;, (0,0) is at the lower left of the picture and (1,1) is at the upper right and scaling the picture automatically scales the annotations (or more correctly, it scales their places; the line width and text size stays the same).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-23T21:01:50.387" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T21:01:50.387" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9562" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9559" CreationDate="2011-01-23T18:11:30.550" Score="16" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is meant to be an addition to Caramdir's answer, but I cannot figure out how to insert line breaks into comments:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To make it easier to find the desired points in the new coordinate system, you can draw a labeled grid on top of the image while you're working on it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\draw[help lines,xstep=.1,ystep=.1] (0,0) grid (1,1);&#xA;\foreach \x in {0,1,...,9} { \node [anchor=north] at (\x/10,0) {0.\x}; }&#xA;\foreach \y in {0,1,...,9} { \node [anchor=east] at (0,\y/10) {0.\y}; }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/au6C1.png&quot; alt=&quot;image with grid&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T18:11:30.550" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9563" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2373" CreationDate="2011-01-23T18:16:25.163" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dan above has probably the right answer. Just to add that, to make code execution cheaper and easier, you might look into the &lt;code&gt;cacheSweave&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;pgfSweave&lt;/code&gt; packages on CRAN, which may be more convenient than setting and unsetting the &lt;code&gt;eval&lt;/code&gt; switch in code chunks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2506" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T18:16:25.163" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9564" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9540" CreationDate="2011-01-23T18:44:15.253" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I learned a lot - now let me show off this pure TeX version, using \futurelet:&#xA;(if you can shorten it, feel free to edit)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\def\b{\ba[]}&#xA;\def\ba[#1]#2;{\bar{#1}#2++\nil}&#xA;\def\bar#1#2+#3+#4\nil{blub[#1]&amp;amp;#2&amp;amp;#3}&#xA;\def\blu{\ifx\next[\let\f\ba\else\let\f\b\fi\f}&#xA;\def\blub{\futurelet\next\blu}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{lll}&#xA;\blub foo;                  \\&#xA;\blub[bla] bar;                     \\&#xA;\blub foo + bar;            \\&#xA;\blub[bla] foo + bar;               \\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oh ... i was just wondering how remote images can NOT be disabled ...&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/bnJdB.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3095" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T18:44:15.253" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="9565" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9533" CreationDate="2011-01-23T19:34:56.033" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;My university recommends the Microsoft family: Cambria for serif, Calibri for sans, Cambria Math for math, and Consolas for monospace.  They all came with my Mac.  I'm not sure that the university's recommendation is the most informed one, but those are designed to go together.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To see these in a sample document, insert the following into your preamble&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\setmainfont{Cambria}&#xA;\setsansfont{Calibri}&#xA;\setmathrm{Cambria Math}&#xA;\setmonofont{Consolas}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(and use XeTeX.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-24T00:52:54.980" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T00:52:54.980" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-01-23T19:34:56.033" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="9566" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9568" CreationDate="2011-01-23T19:50:21.807" Score="6" ViewCount="160" Body="&lt;p&gt;in a prevois question i asked if there was a good way to display electronics symbols in TeX, i was pointed towards circuitikz (which is awsome), but is there a way to inline a symbol in text?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;eg.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;bla bla bla {symbols} blaa blab bla&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3054" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-23T21:42:26.530" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T10:52:20.170" Title="Inlining circuit symbols" Tags="&lt;formatting&gt;&lt;circuitikz&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9567" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9569" CreationDate="2011-01-23T20:03:57.697" Score="4" ViewCount="72" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to solve what is clearly a name scoping problem and don't know how to do it. (This discussion is extracted from a poorly-formed question about the same code that I posted yesterday; I've asked to have that post deleted.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am trying to use the fp package to maintain a running total of a list that gets displayed in a table (the real application is somewhat more complicated, of course; what is below is a minimal [non-]working example.) The issue appears to be that the accumulator, \total, gets recreated as a local inside each row of the table [if I understood the comment of a poster on the previous question correctly].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[autolanguage]{numprint}&#xA;\usepackage{fp}&#xA;&#xA;\FPset\total{0}&#xA;%&#xA;\def\item#1{%&#xA; \FPadd\total\total{#1}&#xA; $\FPprint{#1}$\\\\&#xA;}&#xA;%&#xA;\def\itotal{$\FPprint\total$}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{l}&#xA;  \item{17.5}&#xA;  \item{12}&#xA;  \itotal&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This code produces (ignoring spacing and the like)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;17.5&lt;br&gt;&#xA;12&lt;br&gt;&#xA;0&lt;br&gt;&#xA;What I want, of course, is&lt;br&gt;&#xA;17.5&lt;br&gt;&#xA;12&lt;br&gt;&#xA;29.5&lt;br&gt;&#xA;What's going on and how can I fix it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="76" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T20:45:48.703" Title="Name scoping issue (probably)" Tags="&lt;fp&gt;&lt;global&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="9568" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9566" CreationDate="2011-01-23T20:36:48.780" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Maybe in this case it's easier to use the &lt;code&gt;circuits.ee.IEC&lt;/code&gt; library in &lt;code&gt;TikZ&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;circuitikz&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{circuits.ee.IEC}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;% Define a command for drawing dipole symbols with a bit of wire on either end&#xA;\newcommand\esymbol[1]{\tikz[circuit ee IEC] \draw (0,0) -- (.1,0) node [#1,anchor=west,name=s] {} (s.east) -- +(.1,0);}&#xA;&#xA;This is a diode \esymbol{diode} and this is a resistor \esymbol{resistor}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/jPg8d.png&quot; alt=&quot;Inline circuit symbols&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt; The following is merged from another answer I wrote:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Similar approach with &lt;code&gt;circuitikz&lt;/code&gt;, but the spacing is quite bad:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{circuitikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\ctikzset{bipoles/length=.6cm}&#xA;\newcommand\esymbol[1]{\begin{circuitikz}&#xA;\draw (0,0) to [#1] (1,0); \end{circuitikz}}&#xA;&#xA;This is a diode \esymbol{diode} and this is a resistor \esymbol{generic}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/uRAfz.png&quot; alt=&quot;inline circuit symbols with circuitikz&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastEditorUserId="2552" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-24T10:52:20.170" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T10:52:20.170" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="9569" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9567" CreationDate="2011-01-23T20:41:59.483" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This happens because each entry in a tabular is typeset in its own group, and &lt;code&gt;\FPadd&lt;/code&gt; does a local assignment. You can globalize it as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\item#1{%&#xA; \FPadd\0\total{#1}\global\let\total\0&#xA; $\FPprint{#1}$\\\\&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T20:41:59.483" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="9570" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9567" CreationDate="2011-01-23T20:45:48.703" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[autolanguage]{numprint}&#xA;\usepackage{fp}&#xA;&#xA;\FPset\total{0}&#xA;%&#xA;\def\Item#1{%&#xA; \FPadd\total\total{#1}&#xA; \xdef\total{\total}&#xA; $\FPprint{#1}$\\\\&#xA;}&#xA;%&#xA;\def\itotal{$\FPprint\total$}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{l}&#xA;  \Item{17.5}&#xA;  \Item{12}&#xA;  \itotal&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T20:45:48.703" />
  <row Id="9572" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9579" CreationDate="2011-01-23T21:42:59.680" Score="4" ViewCount="179" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've been writing using the class &lt;code&gt;revtex4-1&lt;/code&gt; (for the APS journals...) and have come across the following: When using &lt;code&gt;footnotemark&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;footnotetext&lt;/code&gt; they each advance the &lt;code&gt;footnote&lt;/code&gt; counter rather than only &lt;code&gt;footnotetext&lt;/code&gt;, as in the &lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt; class. Here's a minimal example (I use &lt;code&gt;nofootinbib&lt;/code&gt; to override the default which is to place the footnotes with the bibliography..., and the minipage is so that I can show you the output, it has no other effect):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[nofootinbib]{revtex4-1}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{minipage}{5cm}&#xA;hello\footnotemark&#xA;&#xA;\footnotetext{hello's text}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;1+1=2 \footnotemark\label{eq:1}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;\footnotetext{equations footnote}&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which results in the following strange output: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/HJTMR.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sure, I can fix it by inserting a &lt;code&gt;\addtocounter{-1}{footnote}&lt;/code&gt; between the two commands...but I'm more interested in why this is happening, and whether its a bug.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;hmmm. I just checked, it works fine with &lt;code&gt;revtex4&lt;/code&gt;, so this is probably a bug in &lt;code&gt;revtex4-1&lt;/code&gt;...Still, I'd like to hear your input.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastEditorUserId="117" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-23T23:37:24.327" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T01:48:59.853" Title="Strange behavior of \footnotemark/\footnotetext in revtex4-1" Tags="&lt;footnotes&gt;&lt;revtex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9573" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9551" CreationDate="2011-01-23T21:54:57.673" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;a\footnote{Java uses the \lstinline|break| keyword.}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Works. If you're trying to do something different, please update your question with a minimal example as Caramdir suggested.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T21:54:57.673" />
  <row Id="9574" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14531" CreationDate="2011-01-23T22:49:58.363" Score="4" ViewCount="99" Body="&lt;p&gt;This question originates from a bug report at &lt;a href=&quot;http://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&amp;amp;aid=2989094&amp;amp;group_id=244752&amp;amp;atid=1126005&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;SourceForge.net: biblatex&lt;/a&gt; from April 2010. A user pointed out that a certain biblatex style (verbose-inote) produced wrong references when used together with the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/pagenote.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pagenote&lt;/a&gt; package (which, quoting from its documentation, &quot;provides notes similar to footnotes except that they are typeset on a different page&quot;). What follows is the response of Philipp Lehman, the author of biblatex:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Looks like a bug in the pagenote&#xA;  package which does not seem to support&#xA;  \label in the pagenotes:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrartcl}&#xA;\usepackage{pagenote}&#xA;\makepagenote&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Text\pagenote{Page note.\label{test1}}&#xA;Text\pagenote{See note \ref{test1}.}&#xA;Text\pagenote{Another page note.\label{test2}}&#xA;Text\pagenote{See note \ref{test2}.}&#xA;\printnotes&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;It works fine with the endnotes&#xA;  package so I suggest you try that:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrartcl}&#xA;\usepackage{endnotes}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Text\endnote{Endnote.\label{test1}}&#xA;Text\endnote{See note \ref{test1}.}&#xA;Text\endnote{Another endnote.\label{test2}}&#xA;Text\endnote{See note \ref{test2}.}&#xA;\theendnotes&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The verbose-inote style uses the&#xA;  \label+\ref mechanism. Since this is a&#xA;  standard LaTeX feature, I consider&#xA;  this a bug in/a limitation of the&#xA;  pagenote package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Recently, I took a look into &lt;code&gt;endnotes.sty&lt;/code&gt; (which also contains the package documentation) and stumbled upon the following change note:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Modification by Dominik Wujastyk,&#xA;  London, 19 September 1991:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Moved the line&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\edef\@currentlabel{\csname p@endnote\endcsname\@theenmark}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;out of the definition of \@endnotetext&#xA;  and into the definition of \@doanenote&#xA;  so that \label and \ref commands work&#xA;  correctly in endnotes.  Otherwise, the&#xA;  \label just pointed to the last&#xA;  section heading (or whatever)&#xA;  preceding the \theendnotes command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This former bug of the &lt;code&gt;endnotes&lt;/code&gt; package actually equates to the current behaviour of &lt;code&gt;pagenote&lt;/code&gt;. It is unclear to me if the author of the &lt;code&gt;pagenote&lt;/code&gt; package, Peter Wilson, did not want to include a cross-referencing mechanism or if &lt;code&gt;pagenote&lt;/code&gt; suffers from a similar bug as &lt;code&gt;endnotes&lt;/code&gt; once did, but for biblatex's verbose-inote style, a &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt;+&lt;code&gt;\ref&lt;/code&gt; mechanism in &lt;code&gt;pagenote&lt;/code&gt; would be extremely useful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;By now, you may have guessed the actual question: &lt;em&gt;What modifications in / additions to &lt;code&gt;pagenote.sty&lt;/code&gt; would be necessary to support the standard LaTeX cross-referencing mechanism?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-30T08:46:01.987" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T08:46:01.987" Title="Adding a cross-referencing mechanism to the &quot;pagenote&quot; package" Tags="&lt;biblatex&gt;&lt;cross-referencing&gt;&lt;memoir&gt;&lt;endnotes&gt;&lt;pagenote&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="9575" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9540" CreationDate="2011-01-23T23:38:40.483" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You have already received valid LaTeX solution, but for someone else who wants to do something similar in ConTeXt, I am including a ConTeXt solution. This is essential similar to LaTeX solutions using &lt;code&gt;\@ifnextchar&lt;/code&gt;, but use a higher level macro &lt;code&gt;\dodoubleargument&lt;/code&gt; that checks for two optional arguments (ConTeXt also provides other variants of &lt;code&gt;\do...argument&lt;/code&gt;: &lt;code&gt;single&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;double&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;triple&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;quadruple&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;quintuple&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;sixtuple&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;seventuple&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\Macro#1%&#xA;  {\dodoubleargument\doMacro[#1]}&#xA;&#xA;\def\doMacro[#1][#2]#3=#4;%&#xA;  {\dostartMacro{#1}{#2}{#3}#4||\dostopMacro}&#xA;&#xA;\def\dostartMacro#1#2#3#4|#5|#6\dostopMacro&#xA;  {*#1*#2*#3*#4*#5*}&#xA;&#xA;\starttext&#xA;\startlines&#xA;\Macro{aaa} AAA = BBB ;&#xA;\Macro{aaa} AAA = BBB | CCC ;&#xA;\Macro{aaa}[bbb] AAA = BBB ;&#xA;\Macro{aaa}[bbb] AAA = BBB | CCC; &#xA;\stoplines&#xA;\stoptext&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastEditorUserId="323" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-24T01:04:53.827" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T01:04:53.827" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9576" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9587" CreationDate="2011-01-24T01:32:19.287" Score="1" ViewCount="187" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to get rid of pages ending with a heading title only. &#xA;I want at least 2 text rows following the heading title to make a better look.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is the exact value to be passed to &lt;code&gt;\Needspace*{}&lt;/code&gt; to avoid this heading orphan?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T16:44:35.240" Title="How to avoid heading orphan?" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;orphans&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="9577" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9586" CreationDate="2011-01-24T01:32:29.727" Score="2" ViewCount="74" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to have two displayed equations, broken by a short paragraph, but with aligned equal signs (as if using the align environment).  Is there some way to &quot;break&quot; the align environment temporarily?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1785" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T03:59:42.763" Title="Breaking the align environment for a paragraph" Tags="&lt;align&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9578" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2373" CreationDate="2011-01-24T01:40:06.457" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Part of the issue is the time it takes to compile a Sweave document.&#xA;The existing points are all good, i.e.:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;try to minimise errors&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;consider &lt;code&gt;eval=FALSE&lt;/code&gt; when extensive iteration of a tex section is required and the R code chunks are time consuming&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;consider sweave caching options&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;use a fast computer&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;use a make file and divide up the document into multiple Rnw files so that only updated Rnw files need to be rebuilt&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With regards to making corrections, Duncan Murdoch has a prototype of software to enable forward and inverse search for sweave documents:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://r-forge.r-project.org/projects/sweavesearch&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://r-forge.r-project.org/projects/sweavesearch&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Given that its development status is Alpha, I haven't tried it yet.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="151" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T01:40:06.457" />
  <row Id="9579" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9572" CreationDate="2011-01-24T01:48:59.853" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The APS Author Guide for REVTeX 4.1 (apsguide4-1.pdf) says &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Avoid custom footnotes using&#xA;  \footnotemark and \footnotetext&#xA;  [except in the context of tables (see&#xA;  Section VIII.5)].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, don't do that...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T01:48:59.853" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9580" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9583" CreationDate="2011-01-24T02:07:36.153" Score="4" ViewCount="141" Body="&lt;p&gt;What I'm trying to do is to make my enumerates look like this&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;a)&#xA;    i) answer&#xA;    ii) answer&#xA;b) answer&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Currently, I'm using &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;\item \hfill \\&#xA;    \begin{enumerate}[a)]&#xA;    \item&#xA;    \item&#xA;    \end{enumerate}&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but it looks like there are 2 empty lines when I do this, instead of one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;a)&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;    i)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have tried a lot of spacing commands, but I couldn't get them to work (new to LaTeX).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, Is there a way to do this? or should i just put them all on the same line? I know its easier but I think it looks weird.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3105" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-24T02:49:03.120" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T11:32:05.393" Title="Starting an enumerate of an enumerate on next line?" Tags="&lt;lists&gt;&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;&lt;enumerate&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9581" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-24T02:29:41.423" Score="0" ViewCount="43" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use TeXShop regularly and somehow what I will call the &quot;error panel&quot;&#xA;has stopped appearing.  For years, in TeXing, when I hit 'Typeset'&#xA;if there are any errors, a panel comes up, and tells me where they are, &#xA;a bit about their nature, and their line number.  Now, I get nothing - no output&#xA;no errors coming up in a different place.  To debug I'm reduced to putting&#xA;&lt;code&gt;\end{document}&lt;/code&gt; at moving places in the document until I converge on my&#xA;error (kind of like the intermediate value theorem).  Has anyone else had this&#xA;problem? Do you know how to reactivate it? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3107" LastEditorUserId="1189" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-21T21:27:33.977" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T21:27:33.977" Title="TeXShop error panel for debugging deactivated. How to reactivate? " Tags="&lt;errors&gt;&lt;debugging&gt;&lt;texshop&gt;" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9582" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-24T02:32:30.050" Score="3" ViewCount="85" Body="&lt;p&gt;After a long search on the internet, I can't seem to find a solution to the following problem:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I need to created a beamer presentation. The organization that is funding me wants me to have their banner at the top of every slide. Is there an easy way to do this? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3106" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T09:06:03.273" Title="Mastheads/banners in Beamer" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="9583" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9580" CreationDate="2011-01-24T02:47:30.627" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Anything that creates an empty box or adds some white space will do the trick. For example &lt;code&gt;\mbox{}&lt;/code&gt; or even &lt;code&gt;\hfill&lt;/code&gt;. The problem with &lt;code&gt;\hfill\\&lt;/code&gt; is that it fills the line, then creates a new line and then creates a new paragraph for the list; so there is to much vertical white space.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;    \item \mbox{}&#xA;    \begin{enumerate}&#xA;        \item&#xA;        \item&#xA;    \end{enumerate}&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/b4YfR.png&quot; alt=&quot;example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T02:47:30.627" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9584" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-24T02:57:26.633" Score="2" ViewCount="375" Body="&lt;p&gt;basically i need something like rowspan option in html table. I want that an figure 3 and figure 4 occupy three rows, I need a layout something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;|figure 1 | figure 2 |&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;|&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;          |&lt;br&gt;&#xA;|figure 5 | figure 6 | figure 3 | figure 4 |&lt;br&gt;&#xA;|figure 7 | figure 8 | &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;| &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;|&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;how i can  get this layout?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3108" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T17:46:50.797" Title="how to put subfigures in several rows" Tags="&lt;subfloats&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9585" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9584" CreationDate="2011-01-24T03:19:38.213" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can put them in a &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; environment. If numbers are needed, you also have to change the &lt;code&gt;figure&lt;/code&gt; counter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{array} % in preamble&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{*{4}{&amp;gt;{\centering\arraybackslash}p{.2\textwidth}}}&#xA;one \caption{a} &amp;amp; two \caption{b} \\&#xA;\addtocounter{figure}{2}five \caption{b} &amp;amp; six \caption{b}&#xA; &amp;amp; \addtocounter{figure}{-4}three \caption{b} &amp;amp; four \caption{b} \\&#xA;\addtocounter{figure}{2}&#xA;seven \caption{b} &amp;amp; eight \caption{b} \\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T03:19:38.213" />
  <row Id="9586" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9577" CreationDate="2011-01-24T03:59:42.763" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{align}&#xA;a &amp;amp;= 1 \\&#xA;\intertext{and}&#xA;b &amp;amp;= 2&#xA;\end{align}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T03:59:42.763" />
  <row Id="9587" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9576" CreationDate="2011-01-24T09:03:43.697" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The normal way to control orphans is to adjust the &lt;code&gt;\clubpenalty&lt;/code&gt; variable.&#xA;Try to set it to an higher value. See &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=widows&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=widows&lt;/a&gt; for more information.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to use &lt;code&gt;\Needspace*{}&lt;/code&gt; I would assume that &lt;code&gt;4\baselineskip&lt;/code&gt; is reasonable for the heading title plus two text rows. I'm simply counting the bigger heading title line twice, therefore the factor 4. You could experiment with factors between 3 and 4. The exact amount is of course dependent on the kind of heading that follows.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-24T11:01:53.533" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T11:01:53.533" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9588" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9533" CreationDate="2011-01-24T09:03:54.193" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I prefer a combination of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.linuxlibertine.org/index.php?id=1&amp;amp;L=1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Linux Libertine&lt;/a&gt; for &lt;em&gt;serif&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.levien.com/type/myfonts/inconsolata.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Inconsolata&lt;/a&gt; for monospace and &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Calibri&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Calibri&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.linuxlibertine.org/index.php?id=86&amp;amp;L=1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Linux Biolinum&lt;/a&gt; for &lt;em&gt;sans serif&lt;/em&gt;. Linux Libertine is burgeoning and has nice ligatures, swashes and all that, including a rather pleasing swashed capital Q. Prior to Libertine, I favoured &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cambria_%28typeface%29&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Cambria&lt;/a&gt; for serif, considering it unusual but professional, but eventually decided that its serifs were far too heavy. I also considered Cambria unsuitable from the outset as a maths font, to the point that back when I used Word 2007 I fell back on Microsoft Equation Editor 3.0 (&lt;em&gt;i.e.&lt;/em&gt; the equation object available in Office) rather than the built-in equation editor. I'm not sure what font it uses but at the time I considered it nicer than maths set in CM.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Both Inconsolata and &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Consolas&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Consolas&lt;/a&gt; are top-notch monospace fonts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1052" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T09:03:54.193" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-01-24T09:03:54.193" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="9589" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9582" CreationDate="2011-01-24T09:06:03.273" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A very basic structure could look like shown below. The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/beamer&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;beamer&lt;/a&gt; manual introduces several other themes which support a logo at the desired position. Thus a close look at that manual is suggestive.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[smaller]{beamer}&#xA;\usetheme{Berkeley}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{fix-cm}&#xA;&#xA;\pgfdeclareimage[height=1cm]{logo}{lion-orig}&#xA;\logo{\pgfuseimage{logo}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{frame}&#xA;    \frametitle{The first slide}&#xA;    The »Berkeley« theme with a logo in the upper left corner.&#xA;  \end{frame}&#xA;  \begin{frame}&#xA;    \frametitle{The second slide}&#xA;    The »Berkeley« theme with a logo in the upper left corner.&#xA;  \end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/lion.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;CTAN Lion&lt;/a&gt; is an artwork by &lt;a href=&quot;http://duanebibby.com&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Duane Bibby&lt;/a&gt;, courtesy of CTAN.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/a5am0.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T09:06:03.273" />
  <row Id="9591" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9584" CreationDate="2011-01-24T09:11:07.807" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;use subfigure package. In the manual, there are a lot of examples.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2557" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T09:11:07.807" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9592" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9615" CreationDate="2011-01-24T09:27:35.237" Score="5" ViewCount="231" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&#xA;I have to draw an arrow to a table like in this picture.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/83qN7.png&quot; alt=&quot;http://dl.dropbox.com/u/2793099/ex.png&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3113" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-24T16:22:43.270" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T18:25:53.317" Title="drawing an arrow to a table cell" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;arrows&gt;" AnswerCount="4" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="9593" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-24T09:52:26.233" Score="0" ViewCount="103" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to insert a Tree (with depth 1) in a Tree-node? Which package to use and how to accomplish that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3114" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-24T17:35:36.057" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T17:35:36.057" Title="Tree in a treenode" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;trees&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9594" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9598" CreationDate="2011-01-24T09:55:13.323" Score="7" ViewCount="355" Body="&lt;p&gt;My goal is adding more than one author with different affiliations, it will look like something:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Author A, Author B, Author C, Author D and Author E&#xA;       A,B,C Department of Computer Science&#xA;      D,E Department of Mechanical Engineering&#xA;         Email A,B,C,D,E @university.edu&#xA;                 Latex University&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is that possible to do it without using any packages, if not packages are welcome.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit:&#xA;i came up with Thorsten Donig's solution however i have the problem of symbols that appear weirdly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/AJPEd.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3115" LastEditorUserId="3115" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-24T19:59:40.617" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T21:11:58.670" Title="Adding more than One author with the different affiliation" Tags="&lt;titlepage&gt;&lt;author&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9595" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9592" CreationDate="2011-01-24T10:38:44.707" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's a quick mock-up with Plain:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\vbox{&#xA;  \offinterlineskip % remove skips so that the \vrule's span the whole lineheight&#xA;  \mathsurround=3pt % consistent surrounding hspace for the arrow&#xA;  \everycr={\noalign{\hrule}}&#xA;  \halign{&#xA;    % begin preamble&#xA;      \vphantom{$\Big($}#% for every line, insert a invisible Big paren, to&#xA;                         % account for the lack of interlineskip&#xA;      &amp;amp;\vrule\enspace\hfil#\hfil\enspace\vrule\cr&#xA;    % end preamble&#xA;    &amp;amp;\tt x\cr&#xA;    &amp;amp;\tt c\cr&#xA;    &amp;amp;control link\cr&#xA;    \noalign{\smash{\llap{\lower2pt\hbox{\tt fp$\longrightarrow$}}}}&#xA;    % ^ place the fp arrow outside the alignment, \smash'ed (so it doesn't take&#xA;    % any vertical space), left over-lapping (\llap), and lowered (so it's on&#xA;    % the same level as the horizontal rule.&#xA;    &amp;amp;return address\cr&#xA;    &amp;amp;\tt a[9]\cr&#xA;  }&#xA;}&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/bv0j2.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; title=&quot;Hosted by imgur.com&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastEditorUserId="1410" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-24T11:21:07.150" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T11:21:07.150" />
  <row Id="9596" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9604" CreationDate="2011-01-24T10:47:54.920" Score="4" ViewCount="153" Body="&lt;p&gt;Recently, I switched from XeTeX to LuaTex for a document of mine. However, there is a feature which I do not immediately see how to convert: Accessing specific characters. In particular, I need the upright double quote. In the font I use, however, the standard &lt;code&gt;\dq&lt;/code&gt; command produces upper 99 quotes. In XeTeX, I therefore redefined the command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand\dq{\XeTeXglyph\XeTeXglyphindex&quot;quotedbl&quot;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;How can I do that in general, ie. how can I access all the glyphs in the font, whereever they might be placed (even without a codepoint, perhaps)?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Is there another way to access the upright double quote?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3110" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T13:55:25.573" Title="Access specific characters in LuaTeX" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;luatex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="9597" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9594" CreationDate="2011-01-24T10:55:14.573" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/titling&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;titling&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package has capacities to typeset authors like this. See the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/titling/titling.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;documentation&lt;/a&gt; for the details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T10:55:14.573" />
  <row Id="9598" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9594" CreationDate="2011-01-24T11:13:17.840" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A short example with the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/authblk&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;authblk&lt;/a&gt; package. It is not exactly what you are looking for, but comes quite close.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{authblk}&#xA;&#xA;\title{More than one Author with different Affiliations}&#xA;\author[1]{Author A\thanks{A.A@university.edu}}&#xA;\author[1]{Author B\thanks{B.B@university.edu}}&#xA;\author[1]{Author C\thanks{C.C@university.edu}}&#xA;\author[2]{Author D\thanks{D.D@university.edu}}&#xA;\author[2]{Author E\thanks{E.E@university.edu}}&#xA;\affil[1]{Department of Computer Science, \LaTeX\ University}&#xA;\affil[2]{Department of Mechanical Engineering, \LaTeX\ University}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand\Authands{ and }&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \maketitle&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; *File List*&#xA; article.cls    2007/10/19 v1.4h Standard LaTeX document class&#xA;  size11.clo    2007/10/19 v1.4h Standard LaTeX file (size option)&#xA; fontenc.sty&#xA;   t1enc.def    2005/09/27 v1.99g Standard LaTeX file&#xA;inputenc.sty    2008/03/30 v1.1d Input encoding file&#xA;    utf8.def    2008/04/05 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc&#xA;   t1enc.dfu    2008/04/05 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc&#xA;  ot1enc.dfu    2008/04/05 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc&#xA;  omsenc.dfu    2008/04/05 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc&#xA; authblk.sty    2009/11/18 1.3 (PWD)&#xA; ***********&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/cC3bx.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastEditorUserId="1063" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-24T21:11:58.670" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T21:11:58.670" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="9599" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9580" CreationDate="2011-01-24T11:32:05.393" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you wish all your &lt;code&gt;{enumerate}&lt;/code&gt; to behave like this, you can patch the &lt;code&gt;\item&lt;/code&gt; command to add a &lt;code&gt;\leavevmode&lt;/code&gt; (which has the same effect here as the &lt;code&gt;\mbox{}&lt;/code&gt; suggested by Caramdir) to automate all this. The patching can be done through the &lt;code&gt;\apptocmd&lt;/code&gt; command from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/etoolbox&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;etoolbox&lt;/a&gt; package which appends code at the end of a command. You cannot directly append to &lt;code&gt;enumerate&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;item&lt;/code&gt; if you want to be able to use optional arguments (you need to patch &lt;code&gt;\\enumerate&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\@item&lt;/code&gt; for this). In the following code, I've also used the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/enumitem&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;enumitem&lt;/a&gt; package to customize the lists (it allows to automatically have &lt;code&gt;a)&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;b)&lt;/code&gt;, etc. for second level &lt;code&gt;{enumerate}&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/3lXR2.png&quot; alt=&quot;screenshot of the result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{enumitem}&#xA;\setenumerate[2]{label=\alph*)}&#xA;\usepackage{etoolbox}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\expandafter\apptocmd\expandafter{\csname\string\enumerate\endcsname}{\apptocmd{\@item}{\leavevmode}{}{}}{}{}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;    \item \begin{enumerate}&#xA;              \item answer&#xA;              \item answer&#xA;          \end{enumerate}&#xA;    \item answer&#xA;          \begin{enumerate}&#xA;              \item answer&#xA;              \item answer&#xA;          \end{enumerate}&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The code &lt;code&gt;\apptocmd{\@item}{\leavevmode}{}{}&lt;/code&gt; appends to &lt;code&gt;\item&lt;/code&gt; a &lt;code&gt;\leavevmode&lt;/code&gt; which always starts a new line after an &lt;code&gt;\item&lt;/code&gt; inside an &lt;code&gt;{enumerate}&lt;/code&gt;. To restrict this to &lt;code&gt;{enumerate}&lt;/code&gt; environments only, this code is itself append to &lt;code&gt;\enumerate&lt;/code&gt; thanks to another &lt;code&gt;\apptocmd&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A final note on this code: if you nest an &lt;code&gt;{itemize}&lt;/code&gt; inside a &lt;code&gt;{enumerate}&lt;/code&gt;, the &lt;code&gt;\item&lt;/code&gt; will also have been redefined (if that's a problem, it's not difficult to patch &lt;code&gt;{itemize}&lt;/code&gt; to keep the original definition of &lt;code&gt;\item&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1973" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T11:32:05.393" />
  <row Id="9600" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9596" CreationDate="2011-01-24T12:25:59.387" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Assuming you are using luaotfload (which is true if you are using fontspec as well), you can use the lua function &lt;code&gt;fonts.otf.char()&lt;/code&gt; which takes either glyph name or glyph index, e.g.:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\setmainfont{TeX Gyre Pagella}&#xA;&#xA;\def\fontchar#1{\directlua{fonts.otf.char(&quot;#1&quot;)}}&#xA;\def\dq{\fontchar{quotedbl}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\dq&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T12:25:59.387" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="9601" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7952" CreationDate="2011-01-24T12:42:33.430" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In my master document I have (in TeXnicCenter):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\appendix&#xA;\input{Appendix1}&#xA;\newpage&#xA;\input{Appendix2}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;etc.&#xA;And in my Appendix documents (I am using article class):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section{Name of the Appendix}&#xA;\label{sec:Appendix1}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And then it appears as Appendix A, Appendix B, etc. in the document and in the TOC.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3112" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-24T12:44:36.260" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T12:44:36.260" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="9602" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9540" CreationDate="2011-01-24T12:43:05.357" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's yet another LaTeX solution not unlike &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/5211/how-can-i-use-one-argument-as-the-default-value-for-another/5213#5213&quot;&gt;this related answer of mine&lt;/a&gt;; the new feature is that it's completely free of explicit calls of &lt;code&gt;\@ifnextchar&lt;/code&gt;. (This also makes &lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&lt;/code&gt; / &lt;code&gt;\makeatother&lt;/code&gt; dispensable, so maybe it's a bit more accessible for the end user.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\newcommand\display[1]{*#1*\displayi}&#xA;\newcommand\displayi[1][]{#1*\displayii}&#xA;\def\displayii#1=#2;{#1*\displayiii#2||;}&#xA;\def\displayiii#1|#2|#3;{#1*#2}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\display{aaa} AAA = BBB | CCC; \par&#xA;\display{aaa}[bbb] AAA = BBB | CCC; \par&#xA;\display{aaa}[bbb] AAA = BBB ;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that I used the fact that the arguments &lt;code&gt;#1&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;#5&lt;/code&gt; occur in their natural order in the replacement of &lt;code&gt;\display&lt;/code&gt;; this could be adjusted if needed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-24T13:23:32.357" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T13:23:32.357" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="9603" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9605" CreationDate="2011-01-24T13:11:31.267" Score="4" ViewCount="148" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm currently using authblk to typeset authors and corresponding affiliation(s) in a proceeding article, one of the authors has no affiliation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Commands are the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\author[*]{Name1}&#xA;\author[**]{Name2}&#xA;\author{Name3}&#xA;&#xA;\affil[*]{Dept #1}&#xA;\affil[**]{Dept #1}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, the package does not recognize that &lt;code&gt;Name3&lt;/code&gt; has no affiliation, and it's typeset like it's affiliated with &lt;code&gt;Dept #1&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How should I modify the autlblk package to overcome this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="177" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T15:57:57.243" Title="Typeset an author without affiliation with authblk" Tags="&lt;article&gt;&lt;author&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9604" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9596" CreationDate="2011-01-24T13:20:45.193" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You should be able to enter any characters from your font directly into your source, just like in XeTeX.  With respect to the double upright quote, you need to load the font &lt;em&gt;without&lt;/em&gt; the &lt;code&gt;[Ligatures=TeX]&lt;/code&gt; option (or if you want the most of the TeX replacements, but not the &lt;code&gt;&quot;&lt;/code&gt; replacement, you can specifically turn off the TeX quote replacement feature:)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\setmainfont[Ligatures=TeX,RawFeature=-trep]{Linux Libertine O}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&quot;This is in upright quotes but will preserve e.g. --- replacement&quot;&#xA;&#xA;\addfontfeature{RawFeature=+trep}&#xA;&quot;This has replaced quotes&quot;&#xA;&#xA;\addfontfeature{RawFeature=-trep;-tlig}&#xA;&quot;This is in upright quotes and doesn't preserve e.g. --- replacement&quot;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The raw features are described in the &lt;code&gt;luaotfload&lt;/code&gt; manual; the rest is plain &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt;.  The default behaviour (if you don't load a font explicitly) is to turn on both features so as to mimic standard TeX behaviour.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-24T13:55:25.573" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T13:55:25.573" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="9605" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9603" CreationDate="2011-01-24T13:30:08.890" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just put a single space as the marker for author 3 (you need the space, not just &lt;code&gt;[]&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\author[ ]{Name3}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-24T15:57:57.243" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T15:57:57.243" />
  <row Id="9606" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9608" CreationDate="2011-01-24T13:32:11.103" Score="1" ViewCount="170" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have seen the previous posts regarding &quot;bar chart with text as x axis labels&quot;. I tried to use the same code discussed in the posts and in the documentation,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{axis}[symbolic x coords={a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,i}]&#xA;\addplot+[smooth] coordinates {&#xA;(a,42)&#xA;(b,50)&#xA;(c,80)&#xA;(f,60)&#xA;(g,62)&#xA;(i,90)};&#xA;\end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately i did get the required result. I am using ubuntu Mevrick. Could any one guide me how i can plat the bar graphs having x axis labels&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3119" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-24T13:49:50.077" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T14:58:27.187" Title="Regarding bar chart with text as x axis labels" Tags="&lt;pgfplots&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9607" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8925" CreationDate="2011-01-24T13:44:54.950" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is an example using TikZ. Also working with beamer&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA; \usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{calc,trees,positioning,arrows,chains,shapes.geometric,%&#xA;  decorations.pathreplacing,decorations.pathmorphing,shapes,%&#xA;  matrix,shapes.symbols,plotmarks,decorations.markings,shadows}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA; \begin{tikzpicture}[x=1cm,y=1cm]&#xA;  \node[drop shadow,fill=white,draw,rounded corners] &#xA;   {$\sum\limits_{i=1}^N (x_i-\mu_i)^2$};&#xA; \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Would have posted a picture, but I dont have enough rep. to do so, yet.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using a listing could look like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}                                                                              &#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{calc,trees,positioning,arrows,chains,shapes.geometric,%&#xA;  decorations.pathreplacing,decorations.pathmorphing,shapes,%&#xA;  matrix,shapes.symbols,plotmarks,decorations.markings,shadows}&#xA;&#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%&#xA;% Code Listing&#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%&#xA;\lstnewenvironment{CODEENV}{&#xA;   \lstset{&#xA;     language=Matlab,&#xA;     numbers=left,&#xA;     numberstyle=\tiny,&#xA;     stepnumber=1,&#xA;     numbersep=1em,&#xA;     tabsize=1,&#xA;   }&#xA;  }{}&#xA;&#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%&#xA;% Document&#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA; \begin{tikzpicture}[x=1cm,y=1cm]&#xA;  \node[drop shadow,fill=white,draw,rounded corners,inner sep=1em] {&#xA;  \begin{CODEENV}&#xA;N = 128;&#xA;sigma_r = 1;&#xA;&#xA;% Leistungsdichte nach Clark&#xA;nu_max      = 1;&#xA;nu          = (-nu_max):(2*nu_max/(N-1)):(nu_max);&#xA;&#xA;% Bessel &amp;amp; Clark&#xA;xlambda = (0:2/(N-1):2);&#xA;rho_R = sigma_r^2*besselj(0, 2*pi*xlambda);&#xA;&#xA;figure;&#xA;subplot(211);&#xA;plot(xlambda,rho_R/max(rho_R));&#xA;subplot(212);&#xA;plot(nu, abs(fft(rho_R)).^2);&#xA; \end{CODEENV}&#xA;};&#xA; \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note, that if you have long code snippets, you may need to increase the 'inner sep' parameter of the node, as the line numbering is done outside the listing box (as it seems).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2974" LastEditorUserId="2974" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-24T16:55:27.770" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T16:55:27.770" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9608" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9606" CreationDate="2011-01-24T13:56:04.127" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The code you posted should result in a smoothed line plot. You want the option &lt;code&gt;ybar&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;smooth&lt;/code&gt; in the &lt;code&gt;\addplot&lt;/code&gt; line. Here's a complete example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplots}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{axis}[symbolic x coords={a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,i},&#xA;xtick={a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,i},  % Use this to decide which tickmarks to print&#xA;xticklabel style={text height=2ex}, % This aligns all letters on the same line, if it is missing, 'a' and 'b' are at different heights&#xA;ymin=0] &#xA;&#xA;\addplot[ybar,fill] coordinates {&#xA;(a,42)&#xA;(b,50)&#xA;(c,80)&#xA;(f,60)&#xA;(g,62)&#xA;(i,90) };&#xA;&#xA;\end{axis}&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/g2BIK.png&quot; alt=&quot;column plot with text x axis labels&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastEditorUserId="2552" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-24T14:02:47.863" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T14:02:47.863" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="9609" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9594" CreationDate="2011-01-24T14:01:54.103" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\title{Self-organizing and Self-reconfigurable \\&#xA;       Event Routing in Ad Hoc Networks \\with Causal Dependency Awareness}&#xA;&#xA;\author{GUANHONG PEI and BINOY RAVINDRAN\\&#xA;       Virginia Tech&#xA;%       guanhong@vt.edu\\&#xA;%       binoy@vt.edu\\&#xA;\and&#xA;% 3rd. author&#xA;E.D. JENSEN\\&#xA;       The MITRE Corporation&#xA;%       jensen@mitre.org\\&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3120" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-24T14:19:55.797" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T14:19:55.797" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9610" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9584" CreationDate="2011-01-24T14:22:34.327" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Adding to Leo Liu's answer: As the figures 3 and 4 are probably larger than the others, you also need to use the &lt;code&gt;multirow&lt;/code&gt; package to span several rows. The package has quite a bit of trouble with the vertical alignment, so you'll need to adjust the optional argument of the &lt;code&gt;\multirow&lt;/code&gt; commands by hand.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{subfig}&#xA;\usepackage{multirow}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;\centering&#xA;\begin{tabular}{cccc}&#xA;\subfloat[A]{\includegraphics{logo}} &amp;amp; &#xA;\subfloat[B]{\includegraphics{logo}} &amp;amp; &#xA;\multirow{-3}[2.5]{*}{\subfloat[D]{\includegraphics[width=2cm,height=4cm]{logo}}} &amp;amp;&#xA;\multirow{-3}[-3]{*}{\subfloat[E]{\includegraphics[width=2cm,height=3cm]{logo}}} \\&#xA;\subfloat[E]{\includegraphics{logo}} &amp;amp; &#xA;\subfloat[F]{\includegraphics{logo}}\\&#xA;\subfloat[G]{\includegraphics{logo}}&amp;amp;&#xA;\subfloat[H]{\includegraphics{logo}} \\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\caption{Many figures}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/XERFB.png&quot; alt=&quot;Subfigures with rowspanning&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is the &lt;a href=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/RtuUg.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;image file used&lt;/a&gt; (save as &lt;code&gt;logo.png&lt;/code&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to use a sledgehammer to crack a nut, you could also use &lt;code&gt;TikZ&lt;/code&gt; nodes and matrices. Herbert pointed out in the comments that this approach is overkill for the given problem. I'll leave it here to serve as an example of what not to do and perhaps as a template for more complex subfigure layout challenges which might arise and justify the use of this &quot;heavy machinery&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{subfig}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{positioning}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\captionsetup[subfloat]{farskip=0pt} % Remove the top glue from subfloats&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;\centering&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[every node/.style=inner sep=0pt]&#xA;\matrix [name=m,&#xA;cells={anchor=south},&#xA;column sep=0.8cm,row sep = 0.4cm]&#xA;{&#xA;\node (f1) {\subfloat[A]{\includegraphics{logo}} }; &amp;amp;&#xA;\node (f2) {\subfloat[B]{\includegraphics{logo}} }; \\&#xA;\setcounter{subfigure}{4}&#xA;\node (f5)  {\subfloat[E]{\includegraphics{logo}} }; &amp;amp;&#xA;\node (f6) {\subfloat[F]{\includegraphics{logo}} }; \\&#xA;\node (f7)  {\subfloat[G]{\includegraphics{logo}} }; &amp;amp;&#xA;\node (f8)  {\subfloat[H]{\includegraphics[width=4cm]{logo}} };  \\&#xA;};&#xA;\setcounter{subfigure}{2}&#xA;\node (f3) [right=.8cm of m] {\subfloat[C]{\includegraphics[height=4cm,width=2cm]{logo}} }; &#xA;\node (f4) [right=.8cm of f3] {\subfloat[D]{\includegraphics[height=2cm,width=2cm]{logo}} }; &#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\caption{Many figures}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Uf3mb.png&quot; alt=&quot;Subfigures placed using TikZ&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastEditorUserId="2552" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-24T17:46:50.797" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T17:46:50.797" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="9612" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9592" CreationDate="2011-01-24T14:39:00.423" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For the task of drawing stack diagrams I once used the Groff PIC processor which can emit TeX. PIC is a diagram language from the Unix Troff tool. For the example below, the PIC code looked like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;down&#xA;box wid 0.9 height (8/25) dotted &quot;incoming&quot;&#xA;ptr(&quot;$k = 0$&quot; rjust)&#xA;box wid 0.9 height (12/25) &quot;spills&quot;&#xA;  { &quot;~~completed region&quot; ljust at last box .e }&#xA;box wid 0.9 height (4/25) &#xA;box wid 0.9 height (4/25) &quot;\tt a&quot; &#xA;  { &quot;~~newly allocated slot in&quot; ljust \&#xA;    &quot;~~region under construction&quot; ljust at last box .e }&#xA;ptr(&quot;$k = -12$ (cursor)&quot; rjust)&#xA;box wid 0.9 height (14/25) dotted &quot;not yet&quot; &quot;allocated&quot; &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/AjU3Q.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Obviously this is not a pure TeX solution but the description language is suffiently high level to mark an interesting point in the design space.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3083" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T14:39:00.423" />
  <row Id="9613" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-24T14:52:05.433" Score="1" ViewCount="175" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the options menu in TexnicCenter you can go to the tab Spelling. There is the option to download a dictionary. I did that, but I still cannot choose this dictionary as default language. How can I change the language?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3112" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-24T16:26:11.897" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T10:52:40.967" Title="How to add another dictionary in LaTeX/TeXniCenter?" Tags="&lt;spelling&gt;&lt;texniccenter&gt;&lt;dictionary&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9614" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9593" CreationDate="2011-01-24T16:42:26.603" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One thing you could try is to put a new tikzpicture inside the node, and create the tree in that.  You would have to figure out the anchors, though. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T16:42:26.603" />
  <row Id="9615" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9592" CreationDate="2011-01-24T16:44:07.543" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;And as a LaTeX document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\def\arraystretch{2}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{@{}r|&amp;gt;{\ttfamily}c|}\cline{2-2}&#xA;    &amp;amp; x             \\\cline{2-2}&#xA;    &amp;amp; c             \\\cline{2-2}&#xA;    &amp;amp; control link  \\\cline{2-2}&#xA;  \noalign{\smash{\llap{\lower2pt\hbox{\tt fp$\longrightarrow$}}}}&#xA;    &amp;amp; return address\\\cline{2-2}&#xA;    &amp;amp; a[9]          \\\cline{2-2}&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-25T18:25:53.317" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T18:25:53.317" />
  <row Id="9616" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1756" CreationDate="2011-01-24T17:15:38.260" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In addition, as LaTeX is coded in plain text, you can use collaboration software like etherpad.&#xA;But the biggest advantage is, that you can track all your changes with regular revision control software (i.e. CVS, SVN, GIT, ...) and revert any changes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I use LaTeX to create high quality vector graphics and math-plots (see: &lt;a href=&quot;http://pgfplots.sf.net&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;PGFplots&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TikZ&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2974" LastEditorUserId="2974" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-26T11:09:27.240" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T11:09:27.240" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-01-24T17:15:38.260" />
  <row Id="9617" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9584" CreationDate="2011-01-24T17:17:09.143" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[demo]{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{subfig}&#xA;\usepackage{tabularx}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;\def\tabularxcolumn#1{m{#1}}&#xA;\begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{@{}cXX@{}}&#xA;%&#xA;\begin{tabular}{cc}&#xA;\subfloat[A]{\includegraphics[width=2cm]{logo}} &#xA;   &amp;amp; \subfloat[B]{\includegraphics[width=3cm]{logo}}\\&#xA;\subfloat[C]{\includegraphics[width=2cm]{logo}} &#xA;   &amp;amp; \subfloat[D]{\includegraphics[width=3cm]{logo}}\\&#xA;\subfloat[E]{\includegraphics[width=2cm]{logo}} &#xA;   &amp;amp; \subfloat[F]{\includegraphics[width=3cm]{logo}}\\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&amp;amp;&#xA;\subfloat[G]{\includegraphics[width=2cm,height=4cm]{logo}}&#xA;&amp;amp;&#xA;\subfloat[H]{\includegraphics[width=\linewidth]{logo}}&#xA;\end{tabularx}&#xA;&#xA;\caption{Many figures}\label{foo}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/lEQZQ.png&quot; alt=&quot;the demo output&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T17:17:09.143" />
  <row Id="9618" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-24T18:31:58.337" Score="7" ViewCount="173" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm considering a dive into TeX, but first want to determine if it makes sense for my particular project. I've inherited responsibility for a roster book with names, addresses, etc. for a club with several hundred members. Every year we print hard copies of this book. Currently, the book is a hand-edited Word document. I have three requirements:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Auto-generate the TeX that constitutes the book, pulling current member data from a database/spreadsheet.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Calculate page breaks dynamically so that member entries are not split across pages.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Have it look really nice.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I figure I'm in the right place for #3, but, being a complete TeX n00b, I'd like opinions on whether this is something I should even attempt, and if so, the best way to approach it. My programming skills are fairly decent, so that won't be an issue. Thanks much.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3125" LastEditorUserId="3125" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-24T20:31:28.893" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T20:31:28.893" Title="Auto-generating a small book?" Tags="&lt;automation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="9619" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9618" CreationDate="2011-01-24T18:49:24.023" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;datatool&lt;/code&gt; package, which can read csv files, is easily capable of doing (1). For (2), pagebreaking can easily be controlled using the &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt; environment. (I.e. construct a &lt;code&gt;member&lt;/code&gt; environment that wraps the member information into a minipage.) (There are other ways, too.) (3) is obviously possible.  If you need nice fonts (like any fonts available on your system) you should use XeLaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Be prepared to spend a bit of time learning about LaTeX though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See &lt;a href=&quot;http://csweb.ucc.ie/~dongen/LaTeX-and-Friends.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this link&lt;/a&gt; for an up-to-date free intro.  Also the answers &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/11/2693&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T18:49:24.023" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9620" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9433" CreationDate="2011-01-24T19:00:46.340" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The problem is, as is shown in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/Tables#toc12&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LyX Wiki&lt;/a&gt;, that longtables do not work inside floats, and there is no possibility to give a caption inside the table. But the hack given in the mentioned LyX Wiki section does not help as soon as you define a table head, because then the line with the caption in ERT is moved below the \endhead command. Thus, you have to define the first line with the caption command as a table head. The following worked for me (created with LyX 1.6.7 on Windows). I had to shorten the table, because the example would have been too long otherwise.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;#LyX 1.6.7 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/&#xA;\lyxformat 345&#xA;\begin_document&#xA;\begin_header&#xA;\textclass scrartcl&#xA;\options DIV=calc&#xA;\use_default_options true&#xA;\language ngerman&#xA;\inputencoding auto&#xA;\font_roman default&#xA;\font_sans default&#xA;\font_typewriter default&#xA;\font_default_family default&#xA;\font_sc false&#xA;\font_osf false&#xA;\font_sf_scale 100&#xA;\font_tt_scale 100&#xA;&#xA;\graphics default&#xA;\paperfontsize default&#xA;\spacing single&#xA;\use_hyperref false&#xA;\papersize a5paper&#xA;\use_geometry false&#xA;\use_amsmath 1&#xA;\use_esint 1&#xA;\cite_engine basic&#xA;\use_bibtopic false&#xA;\paperorientation portrait&#xA;\secnumdepth 3&#xA;\tocdepth 3&#xA;\paragraph_separation indent&#xA;\defskip medskip&#xA;\quotes_language english&#xA;\papercolumns 1&#xA;\papersides 1&#xA;\paperpagestyle default&#xA;\tracking_changes false&#xA;\output_changes false&#xA;\author &quot;&quot; &#xA;\end_header&#xA;&#xA;\begin_body&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Standard&#xA;\begin_inset Tabular&#xA;&amp;lt;lyxtabular version=&quot;3&quot; rows=&quot;35&quot; columns=&quot;2&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;features islongtable=&quot;true&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;column alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; width=&quot;0&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;column alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; width=&quot;0&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;row endhead=&quot;true&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;center&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;\begin_inset ERT&#xA;status collapsed&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\backslash&#xA;caption[short title]{A long table}&#xA;\backslash&#xA;&#xA;\backslash&#xA; %&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;center&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; rightline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;\begin_inset ERT&#xA;status open&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;%&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;/row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;row endhead=&quot;true&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;center&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; bottomline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;Gene ID&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;center&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; bottomline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; rightline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;Description&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;/row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;row endfoot=&quot;true&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;center&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;center&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;\begin_inset space \hspace*{\fill}&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&#xA;Continued on next page&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;/row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;row endlastfoot=&quot;true&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;center&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;center&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;/row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\family roman&#xA;\series medium&#xA;\shape up&#xA;\size normal&#xA;\emph off&#xA;\bar no&#xA;\noun off&#xA;\color none&#xA;KIAA1539&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; rightline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\family roman&#xA;\series medium&#xA;\shape up&#xA;\size normal&#xA;\emph off&#xA;\bar no&#xA;\noun off&#xA;\color none&#xA;KIAA1539&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;/row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\family roman&#xA;\series medium&#xA;\shape up&#xA;\size normal&#xA;\emph off&#xA;\bar no&#xA;\noun off&#xA;\color none&#xA;TMEM98&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; rightline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\family roman&#xA;\series medium&#xA;\shape up&#xA;\size normal&#xA;\emph off&#xA;\bar no&#xA;\noun off&#xA;\color none&#xA;transmembrane protein 98&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;/row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\family roman&#xA;\series medium&#xA;\shape up&#xA;\size normal&#xA;\emph off&#xA;\bar no&#xA;\noun off&#xA;\color none&#xA;RHBDF1&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; rightline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\family roman&#xA;\series medium&#xA;\shape up&#xA;\size normal&#xA;\emph off&#xA;\bar no&#xA;\noun off&#xA;\color none&#xA;rhomboid 5 homolog 1&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;/row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\family roman&#xA;\series medium&#xA;\shape up&#xA;\size normal&#xA;\emph off&#xA;\bar no&#xA;\noun off&#xA;\color none&#xA;DCN&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; rightline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\family roman&#xA;\series medium&#xA;\shape up&#xA;\size normal&#xA;\emph off&#xA;\bar no&#xA;\noun off&#xA;\color none&#xA;decorin&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;/row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\family roman&#xA;\series medium&#xA;\shape up&#xA;\size normal&#xA;\emph off&#xA;\bar no&#xA;\noun off&#xA;\color none&#xA;HAGH&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; rightline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\family roman&#xA;\series medium&#xA;\shape up&#xA;\size normal&#xA;\emph off&#xA;\bar no&#xA;\noun off&#xA;\color none&#xA;hydroxyacylglutathione hydrolase&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;/row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\family roman&#xA;\series medium&#xA;\shape up&#xA;\size normal&#xA;\emph off&#xA;\bar no&#xA;\noun off&#xA;\color none&#xA;DGKA&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; rightline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\family roman&#xA;\series medium&#xA;\shape up&#xA;\size normal&#xA;\emph off&#xA;\bar no&#xA;\noun off&#xA;\color none&#xA;diacylglycerol kinase, alpha 80kDa&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;/row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\family roman&#xA;\series medium&#xA;\shape up&#xA;\size normal&#xA;\emph off&#xA;\bar no&#xA;\noun off&#xA;\color none&#xA;P4HA2&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; rightline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\family roman&#xA;\series medium&#xA;\shape up&#xA;\size normal&#xA;\emph off&#xA;\bar no&#xA;\noun off&#xA;\color none&#xA;prolyl 4-hydroxylase, alpha polypeptide II&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;/row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\family roman&#xA;\series medium&#xA;\shape up&#xA;\size normal&#xA;\emph off&#xA;\bar no&#xA;\noun off&#xA;\color none&#xA;GPR137B&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; rightline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\family roman&#xA;\series medium&#xA;\shape up&#xA;\size normal&#xA;\emph off&#xA;\bar no&#xA;\noun off&#xA;\color none&#xA;G protein-coupled receptor 137B&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;/row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\family roman&#xA;\series medium&#xA;\shape up&#xA;\size normal&#xA;\emph off&#xA;\bar no&#xA;\noun off&#xA;\color none&#xA;SLC22A17&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; rightline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\family roman&#xA;\series medium&#xA;\shape up&#xA;\size normal&#xA;\emph off&#xA;\bar no&#xA;\noun off&#xA;\color none&#xA;solute carrier family 22, member 17&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;/row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\family roman&#xA;\series medium&#xA;\shape up&#xA;\size normal&#xA;\emph off&#xA;\bar no&#xA;\noun off&#xA;\color none&#xA;TBC1D2&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; rightline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\family roman&#xA;\series medium&#xA;\shape up&#xA;\size normal&#xA;\emph off&#xA;\bar no&#xA;\noun off&#xA;\color none&#xA;TBC1 domain family, member 2&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;/row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\family roman&#xA;\series medium&#xA;\shape up&#xA;\size normal&#xA;\emph off&#xA;\bar no&#xA;\noun off&#xA;\color none&#xA;HSD3B7&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; rightline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;/row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\family roman&#xA;\series medium&#xA;\shape up&#xA;\size normal&#xA;\emph off&#xA;\bar no&#xA;\noun off&#xA;\color none&#xA;TIMP3&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; rightline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\family roman&#xA;\series medium&#xA;\shape up&#xA;\size normal&#xA;\emph off&#xA;\bar no&#xA;\noun off&#xA;\color none&#xA;TIMP metallopeptidase inhibitor 3&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;/row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\family roman&#xA;\series medium&#xA;\shape up&#xA;\size normal&#xA;\emph off&#xA;\bar no&#xA;\noun off&#xA;\color none&#xA;ARSA&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; rightline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\family roman&#xA;\series medium&#xA;\shape up&#xA;\size normal&#xA;\emph off&#xA;\bar no&#xA;\noun off&#xA;\color none&#xA;arylsulfatase A&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;/row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\family roman&#xA;\series medium&#xA;\shape up&#xA;\size normal&#xA;\emph off&#xA;\bar no&#xA;\noun off&#xA;\color none&#xA;ENG&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; rightline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\family roman&#xA;\series medium&#xA;\shape up&#xA;\size normal&#xA;\emph off&#xA;\bar no&#xA;\noun off&#xA;\color none&#xA;endoglin&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;/row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\family roman&#xA;\series medium&#xA;\shape up&#xA;\size normal&#xA;\emph off&#xA;\bar no&#xA;\noun off&#xA;\color none&#xA;HPS1&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; rightline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\family roman&#xA;\series medium&#xA;\shape up&#xA;\size normal&#xA;\emph off&#xA;\bar no&#xA;\noun off&#xA;\color none&#xA;Hermansky-Pudlak syndrome 1&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;/row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\family roman&#xA;\series medium&#xA;\shape up&#xA;\size normal&#xA;\emph off&#xA;\bar no&#xA;\noun off&#xA;\color none&#xA;WSB1&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; rightline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\family roman&#xA;\series medium&#xA;\shape up&#xA;\size normal&#xA;\emph off&#xA;\bar no&#xA;\noun off&#xA;\color none&#xA;WD repeat and SOCS box-containing 1&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;/row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\family roman&#xA;\series medium&#xA;\shape up&#xA;\size normal&#xA;\emph off&#xA;\bar no&#xA;\noun off&#xA;\color none&#xA;H2AFJ&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; rightline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\family roman&#xA;\series medium&#xA;\shape up&#xA;\size normal&#xA;\emph off&#xA;\bar no&#xA;\noun off&#xA;\color none&#xA;H2A histone family, member J&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;/row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\family roman&#xA;\series medium&#xA;\shape up&#xA;\size normal&#xA;\emph off&#xA;\bar no&#xA;\noun off&#xA;\color none&#xA;PCTK3&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; rightline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\family roman&#xA;\series medium&#xA;\shape up&#xA;\size normal&#xA;\emph off&#xA;\bar no&#xA;\noun off&#xA;\color none&#xA;cyclin-dependent kinase 18&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;/row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\family roman&#xA;\series medium&#xA;\shape up&#xA;\size normal&#xA;\emph off&#xA;\bar no&#xA;\noun off&#xA;\color none&#xA;PLAGL1&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; rightline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\family roman&#xA;\series medium&#xA;\shape up&#xA;\size normal&#xA;\emph off&#xA;\bar no&#xA;\noun off&#xA;\color none&#xA;pleiomorphic adenoma gene-like 1&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;/row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\family roman&#xA;\series medium&#xA;\shape up&#xA;\size normal&#xA;\emph off&#xA;\bar no&#xA;\noun off&#xA;\color none&#xA;CPXM2&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; rightline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\family roman&#xA;\series medium&#xA;\shape up&#xA;\size normal&#xA;\emph off&#xA;\bar no&#xA;\noun off&#xA;\color none&#xA;carboxypeptidase X , member 2&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;/row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\family roman&#xA;\series medium&#xA;\shape up&#xA;\size normal&#xA;\emph off&#xA;\bar no&#xA;\noun off&#xA;\color none&#xA;XG&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; rightline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\family roman&#xA;\series medium&#xA;\shape up&#xA;\size normal&#xA;\emph off&#xA;\bar no&#xA;\noun off&#xA;\color none&#xA;Xg blood group&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;/row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\family roman&#xA;\series medium&#xA;\shape up&#xA;\size normal&#xA;\emph off&#xA;\bar no&#xA;\noun off&#xA;\color none&#xA;PSG2&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; rightline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\family roman&#xA;\series medium&#xA;\shape up&#xA;\size normal&#xA;\emph off&#xA;\bar no&#xA;\noun off&#xA;\color none&#xA;pregnancy specific beta-1-glycoprotein 2&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;/row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\family roman&#xA;\series medium&#xA;\shape up&#xA;\size normal&#xA;\emph off&#xA;\bar no&#xA;\noun off&#xA;\color none&#xA;TUBA1&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; rightline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\family roman&#xA;\series medium&#xA;\shape up&#xA;\size normal&#xA;\emph off&#xA;\bar no&#xA;\noun off&#xA;\color none&#xA;tubulin, alpha 4a&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;/row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\family roman&#xA;\series medium&#xA;\shape up&#xA;\size normal&#xA;\emph off&#xA;\bar no&#xA;\noun off&#xA;\color none&#xA;ISLR&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; rightline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\family roman&#xA;\series medium&#xA;\shape up&#xA;\size normal&#xA;\emph off&#xA;\bar no&#xA;\noun off&#xA;\color none&#xA;immunoglobulin superfamily containing leucine-rich&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;/row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\family roman&#xA;\series medium&#xA;\shape up&#xA;\size normal&#xA;\emph off&#xA;\bar no&#xA;\noun off&#xA;\color none&#xA;CD68&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; rightline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\family roman&#xA;\series medium&#xA;\shape up&#xA;\size normal&#xA;\emph off&#xA;\bar no&#xA;\noun off&#xA;\color none&#xA;CD68 molecule&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;/row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\family roman&#xA;\series medium&#xA;\shape up&#xA;\size normal&#xA;\emph off&#xA;\bar no&#xA;\noun off&#xA;\color none&#xA;SLC44A2&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; rightline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\family roman&#xA;\series medium&#xA;\shape up&#xA;\size normal&#xA;\emph off&#xA;\bar no&#xA;\noun off&#xA;\color none&#xA;solute carrier family 44, member 2&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;/row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\family roman&#xA;\series medium&#xA;\shape up&#xA;\size normal&#xA;\emph off&#xA;\bar no&#xA;\noun off&#xA;\color none&#xA;DLG4&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; rightline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\family roman&#xA;\series medium&#xA;\shape up&#xA;\size normal&#xA;\emph off&#xA;\bar no&#xA;\noun off&#xA;\color none&#xA;discs, large homolog 4&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;/row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\family roman&#xA;\series medium&#xA;\shape up&#xA;\size normal&#xA;\emph off&#xA;\bar no&#xA;\noun off&#xA;\color none&#xA;REEP2&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; rightline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\family roman&#xA;\series medium&#xA;\shape up&#xA;\size normal&#xA;\emph off&#xA;\bar no&#xA;\noun off&#xA;\color none&#xA;receptor accessory protein 2&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;/row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\family roman&#xA;\series medium&#xA;\shape up&#xA;\size normal&#xA;\emph off&#xA;\bar no&#xA;\noun off&#xA;\color none&#xA;NES&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; rightline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\family roman&#xA;\series medium&#xA;\shape up&#xA;\size normal&#xA;\emph off&#xA;\bar no&#xA;\noun off&#xA;\color none&#xA;nestin&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;/row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\family roman&#xA;\series medium&#xA;\shape up&#xA;\size normal&#xA;\emph off&#xA;\bar no&#xA;\noun off&#xA;\color none&#xA;STARD13&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; rightline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\family roman&#xA;\series medium&#xA;\shape up&#xA;\size normal&#xA;\emph off&#xA;\bar no&#xA;\noun off&#xA;\color none&#xA;StAR-related lipid transfer domain containing 13&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;/row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; bottomline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\family roman&#xA;\series medium&#xA;\shape up&#xA;\size normal&#xA;\emph off&#xA;\bar no&#xA;\noun off&#xA;\color none&#xA;MYH11&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;cell alignment=&quot;left&quot; valignment=&quot;top&quot; topline=&quot;true&quot; bottomline=&quot;true&quot; leftline=&quot;true&quot; rightline=&quot;true&quot; usebox=&quot;none&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin_inset Text&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;\family roman&#xA;\series medium&#xA;\shape up&#xA;\size normal&#xA;\emph off&#xA;\bar no&#xA;\noun off&#xA;\color none&#xA;myosin, heavy chain 11, smooth muscle&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&amp;lt;/cell&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;/row&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;/lyxtabular&amp;gt;&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_body&#xA;\end_document&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is too long for a comment, so I’ll put it in the answer:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I just realized that the caption is also shown on the second page, which it shouldn't. To change this, you can go to the table preferences in LyX and change the status in the longtable tab to “First head” instead of “Head” (the exact terms might be different, I use a German LyX). If you would like to have the caption also on subsequent pages, but with a different text, you can have two lines with the caption, one defined as “First head” and one as “Head”. For the continued caption, you have to insert a caption command with an empty optinal argument, because otherwise there would be two entries in the list of tables. Thus, the ERT for the continued caption should look like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\caption[]{A long table (continued)}\\%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1376" LastEditorUserId="1376" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-26T09:04:33.977" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T09:04:33.977" CommentCount="10" />
  <row Id="9621" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9496" CreationDate="2011-01-24T19:05:12.227" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Looking at the relevant entry on the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=nopagebrk&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;UK's TeX FAQ&lt;/a&gt;, there is probably no way to automatically and conveniently do this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Indeed, the two most simple solutions would be to use the &lt;code&gt;samepage&lt;/code&gt; environment (which may not work in all situations) or manually insert &lt;code&gt;\clearpage&lt;/code&gt; as needed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My advise would be to leave the figures wherever they happen to fall, and only in the end add &lt;code&gt;\clearpage&lt;/code&gt;'s as appropriate to break pages exactly at the places you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sorry, there seems to be no “keep with next” in (La)TeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T19:05:12.227" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9623" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9632" CreationDate="2011-01-24T19:11:49.850" Score="5" ViewCount="113" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi there,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using several macro's to quickly draw points in a figure (I have to realy draw a lot). For example I use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\punt}[3]{\draw[fill,scale=1]#1 coordinate(#2)circle(0.5pt)node[#3]{$#2$};}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to quickly draw a point and it's name, as well as give it the correct coordinate. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My problem is that as I'm drawing I might later decide to scale the entire picture (using &lt;code&gt;scale&lt;/code&gt;). This results in larger dots that depict the points. I don't want this because I might scale one picture to 2 times it's size and another one to 0.5 it's size and this leads to a discrepancy in dot sizes throughout my document. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An even greater problem arises when I use &lt;code&gt;xscale&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;yscale&lt;/code&gt; which leads to deformed circles. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way I can tell my macro to ignore all other scaling?&#xA;As you can see I tried putting &lt;code&gt;scale=1&lt;/code&gt; in the draw options but this didn't help...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3127" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T20:56:03.077" Title="Ignore &quot;global&quot; scaling in Tikz?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="9624" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9623" CreationDate="2011-01-24T19:27:11.013" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The following doesn't really answer the actual question, but it does solve your problem.  (And I, for one, would be interested in knowing how to solve the actual question.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\newcommand{\punt}[3]{\draw[fill,scale=1]#1 coordinate(#2) node[circle,fill,inner sep=1pt] {} node[#3]{$#2$};}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{scope}&#xA;\punt{(0,0)}{a}{above}&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;\begin{scope}[scale=5]&#xA;\punt{(0,-1)}{a}{above}&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;\begin{scope}[scale=2]&#xA;\punt{(0,-2)}{b}{below}&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This works because the scaling doesn't apply to the shape of nodes, so by drawing the circle using the &lt;code&gt;node&lt;/code&gt; syntax, the scaling doesn't get applied to the circle size.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T19:27:11.013" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9625" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9630" CreationDate="2011-01-24T19:29:22.120" Score="8" ViewCount="154" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know how to do this the hackish way. However, what would be a more mature and clean way to state a linear program, as &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Linear_programming#Another_example&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; on Wikipedia? That is, an expression of the form:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;minimize f(x)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;subject to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;g_i(x) &amp;lt;= 0, for i in {1,...,n}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;h_j(x) = 0, for j in {1,...,m}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3128" LastEditorUserId="3128" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-24T21:09:04.103" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T21:55:08.400" Title="Stating a linear program" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9626" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9412" CreationDate="2011-01-24T19:41:48.413" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You seem to miss the &lt;code&gt;new.tex&lt;/code&gt; file in your current directory. You can easily check whether it's present by running &lt;code&gt;dir&lt;/code&gt; at the command line, and see whether the file appears in the output. You can always specify the full path to it, if necessary.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;latexdiff&lt;/code&gt; is installed correctly and on your path (Perl as well), otherwise it would complain either about unknown command, or missing Perl interpreter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A somewhat tangential note: Version control is almost mandatory if you're serious about using LaTeX for your writings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Related questions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/6560/best-practice-for-maintaining-change-history-in-tex&quot;&gt;Best practice for maintaining change history in TeX&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/161/latex-packages-for-use-with-revision-control&quot;&gt;LaTeX packages for use with revision control&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/232/how-can-you-use-latex-to-write-a-document-with-other-people&quot;&gt;How can you use LaTeX to write a document with other people?&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="711" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T19:41:48.413" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9627" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-24T20:21:26.540" Score="1" ViewCount="183" Body="&lt;p&gt;I wonder how to insert the page numbers (say) on the top left-corner of the frames of my presentation file (excluding the first frame -namely the Title Frame- and the last one, namely the Thank-You Frame :) ) -in a (PDF)LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I look forward to hearing from you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PS.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have used the documentclass &quot;beamer&quot; in the TeX file at the TeXnicCenter:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[&#xA;%&#xA;%pdf,&#xA;%noFooter,&#xA;%draft,&#xA;%nocolorBG,&#xA;%slideBW,&#xA;%colorBG,&#xA;%slideColor,&#xA;%ntnu&#xA;%winter&#xA;%autumn&#xA;]{beamer}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{rotating}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{multimedia}&#xA;&#xA;\useinnertheme[shadow=true]{rounded}&#xA;\useoutertheme{shadow}&#xA;\usecolortheme{orchid}&#xA;\usecolortheme{whale}&#xA;&#xA;\title[Title of the presentation]{Title of the presentation}&#xA;\author[Dept. of Mathematical Sciences, NTNU \hspace{1mm} Name]{Name}&#xA;\institute{\href{http://www.ntnu.no}&#xA;{Norwegian University of Science and Technology}}&#xA;\date{Month, Year}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\dif}{\, \mathrm{d}}&#xA;\def\norml       {\mid\!\mid\!}&#xA;\def\normr       {\!\mid\!\mid}&#xA;\def\normel       {\mid\!\mid\!\mid\!}&#xA;\def\normer       {\!\mid\!\mid\!\mid}&#xA;&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}\frametitle{Frame Title}&#xA;&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;.....&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3130" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-24T20:32:01.373" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T21:18:25.630" Title="How to insert the page numbers in a PDF produced by LaTeX in the DocumentClass &quot;beamer&quot;?" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;page-numbering&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9628" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9625" CreationDate="2011-01-24T20:26:49.493" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would consider the code below as the common way to do that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{mathtools}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{alignat*}{2}&#xA;    \text{minimize }   &amp;amp; \sum_{i=1}^m c_i x_i + \sum_{j=1}^n d_j t_j\  \\&#xA;    \text{subject to } &amp;amp; \sum_{i=1}^m a_{ij} + e_j t_j \geq g_j &amp;amp;,\ &amp;amp; 1\leq j\leq n\\&#xA;                       &amp;amp; f_i x_i + \sum_{j=1}^n b_{ij}t_j \geq h_i\ &amp;amp;,\ &amp;amp; 1\leq i\leq m\\&#xA;                       &amp;amp; x\geq 0,\ t_j\geq 0\ &amp;amp;,\ &amp;amp; 1\leq j\leq n,\ 1\leq i\leq m&#xA;  \end{alignat*}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T20:26:49.493" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9629" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8925" CreationDate="2011-01-24T20:27:44.657" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;do you mean something like this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}[fragile]{demo}&#xA;\begin{beamerboxesrounded}[shadow]{A listing}&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}&#xA;foo&#xA;bar&#xA;baz &#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;\end{beamerboxesrounded}&#xA;&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T20:27:44.657" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9630" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9625" CreationDate="2011-01-24T20:43:48.033" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is a short definition I sometimes use in my articles. More like a boilerplate, and you need to change some stuff if you happen to have more constraints. The &lt;code&gt;\eqnlimit&lt;/code&gt; macro is a shorthand for index ranges.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[sumlimits]{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{xargs}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommandx*\eqnlimit[3][1=1, 3=n]{\ensuremath{#1 \leq #2 \leq #3}}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\linprog}[6]{&#xA;    \begin{alignat}{5}&#xA;          \label{#6-1}&#xA;          \min        &amp;amp; \quad #1 &amp;amp; \\&#xA;          \label{#6-2}&#xA;          \text{s.t.} &amp;amp; \quad #2 &amp;amp;, &amp;amp; \quad #3\\&#xA;          \label{#6-3}&#xA;                      &amp;amp; \quad #4 &amp;amp;, &amp;amp; \quad #5&#xA;    \end{alignat}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;    \linprog{f(x)}{g_i(x) \leq 0}{\eqnlimit[1]{i}[n]}{h_j(x) = 0}{\eqnlimit[1]{j}[m]}{eq:linprog1}&#xA;    \linprog{f(x)}{g_i(x) \leq 0}{\eqnlimit[1]{i}[n]}{h_j(x) = 0}{\eqnlimit[1]{j}[m]}{eq:linprog2}&#xA;    \\&#xA;    First linear program\\&#xA;    This is the objective: (\ref{eq:linprog1-1}), the inequality constraint set: (\ref{eq:linprog1-2}), and the equality constraint set(\ref{eq:linprog1-3}).&#xA;    \\ \\&#xA;    Second linear program\\&#xA;    This is the objective: (\ref{eq:linprog2-1}), the inequality constraint set: (\ref{eq:linprog2-2}), and the equality constraint set(\ref{eq:linprog2-3}).&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks to Caramdir for the help with the labelling.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="711" LastEditorUserId="711" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-24T21:55:08.400" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T21:55:08.400" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="9632" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9623" CreationDate="2011-01-24T20:56:03.077" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;code&gt;shift only&lt;/code&gt; key. From the manual:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;This option does not take any&#xA;  parameter. Its effect is to cancel all&#xA;  current transformations except for the&#xA;  shifting. This means that the origin&#xA;  will remain where it is, but any&#xA;  rotation around the origin or scaling&#xA;  relative to the origin or skewing will&#xA;  no longer have an effect. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;This option&#xA;  is useful in situations where a&#xA;  complicated transformation is used to&#xA;  “get to a position,” but you then wish&#xA;  to draw something “normal” at this&#xA;  position.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following command first places a coordinate node at the desired location with scaling in effect and then places a circle around that node without scaling:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\punt}[3]{&#xA;    \draw #1 coordinate (#2);&#xA;    \fill[shift only] (#2) circle (0.5pt) node[#3] {$#2$};&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T20:56:03.077" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9633" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9635" CreationDate="2011-01-24T21:00:53.913" Score="11" ViewCount="267" Body="&lt;p&gt;My question is just the title of this post.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2895" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-24T21:13:02.790" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T17:56:54.290" Title="Why I should put a ~ before \ref command?" Tags="&lt;cross-referencing&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9634" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9547" CreationDate="2011-01-24T21:02:27.577" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Having rummaged through &lt;code&gt;floatrow.sty&lt;/code&gt; for a few hours, I think that it is a matter of omission. Footnotes in floats still use the &quot;normal&quot; mechanism for minipage footnotes, i.e. the font is not adapted to &lt;code&gt;\captionfootfont&lt;/code&gt; (used for additional explanations) or &lt;code&gt;\floatfont&lt;/code&gt; (used for the actual table material). Solution: Inside of floats, (EDIT:) &lt;code&gt;\@makefntext&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\@makefnmark&lt;/code&gt; need to be redefined. (For convenience, I used the etoolbox package to do so.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note: I added a minipage to my example to show that footnotes inside minipages are not affected.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[font={sf,small}]{floatrow}&#xA;\floatsetup[table]{footnoterule=none,footskip=0.5\skip\footins}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[font=sf]{caption}&#xA;\captionsetup{footfont={sf,scriptsize}}% &quot;footfont&quot; defined by floatrow package&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{etoolbox}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\FR@everyfloat={%&#xA;  \ifundef{\KOMAClassName}{%&#xA;    \patchcmd{\@makefnmark}{\normalfont}{}{}{}% NEW&#xA;    \pretocmd{\@makefntext}{\captionfootfont}{}{}% NEW&#xA;  }{%&#xA;    \renewcommand*{\ftn@font}{\captionfootfont}% NEW; for KOMA-Script-classes&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \let\@footnotetext\@mpfootnotetext&#xA;  \def\@mpfn{mpfootnote}\def\thempfn{\thempfootnote}\c@mpfootnote\z@&#xA;  \floatobjectset\floatfont&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{table}&#xA;\ttabbox{%&#xA;  % \centering% Default for floatrow package&#xA;  \begin{tabular}{cc} \hline&#xA;  Author &amp;amp; Title \\ \hline&#xA;  Knuth &amp;amp; The \TeX book\mpfootnotemark[1] \\&#xA;  Lamport &amp;amp; \LaTeX \\ \hline&#xA;  \end{tabular}%&#xA;  \footnotetext[1]{\TeX\ only}%&#xA;  \floatfoot{All books listed are indispensable reading.}%&#xA;}{%&#xA;  \caption{\TeX/\LaTeX\ books}%&#xA;}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}&#xA;Some text inside a minipage.\footnote{And a footnote.}&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: Changed code example in order to also work with package hyperref.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT 2: Added code for the special footnote definition of the KOMA-Script-classes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-25T19:51:12.367" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T19:51:12.367" />
  <row Id="9635" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9633" CreationDate="2011-01-24T21:11:44.150" Score="15" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;~&lt;/code&gt; is a non-breaking space, (not really a symbol) so when you write in your text &lt;code&gt;Table~\ref{mytable}&lt;/code&gt; it ensures that the &lt;code&gt;Table&lt;/code&gt; part is kept together with the number.  This is generally considered to be good for readability.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So that you don't forget, it's often helpful to make macros for references like these:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*{\tabref}[1]{\tablename~\ref{#1}}&#xA;\newcommand*{\figref}[1]{\figurename~\ref{#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then you use &lt;code&gt;\tabref{mytable}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\figref{myfig}&lt;/code&gt; in your text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;refstyle&lt;/code&gt; package provides a generalised interface to automatically construct macros like those above.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;cleveref&lt;/code&gt; package with its &lt;code&gt;\cref&lt;/code&gt; command is even more powerful, since it figures out what type of object your reference refers to and generates the correct text automatically (so you don't need different &lt;code&gt;\ref&lt;/code&gt; commands for different reference types.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are independently using the &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; package, it also provides an &lt;code&gt;\autoref&lt;/code&gt; command that works like &lt;code&gt;cleveref&lt;/code&gt;'s &lt;code&gt;\cref&lt;/code&gt; command (and also makes the hyperlink target larger.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-25T17:56:54.290" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T17:56:54.290" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="9636" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9633" CreationDate="2011-01-24T21:12:38.890" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;~&lt;/code&gt; is called a tie because it ties two words together like in &lt;code&gt;Section~\ref{sec:intro}&lt;/code&gt;. The tie causes TeX never to break a line at a tie. Hence, &lt;code&gt;Section&lt;/code&gt; and the reference will end up together on the same line, making them easy to read. Tying together what belongs together is good practice and is not limited to &lt;code&gt;\ref&lt;/code&gt;. Another good use is tying an academic title to a name.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3083" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T21:12:38.890" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9637" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-24T21:55:06.247" Score="8" ViewCount="160" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to specify a background color in the alert environment. I can, for example, use &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setbeamercolor{alerted text}{fg=blue} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to change the colour of the alterted text to blue, but this&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setbeamercolor{alerted text}{bg=blue} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;does not work. Is there a way to get around this? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I find that the font colours that the alert environment makes are too subtle and I'd like to add a coloured highlight box around my text in addition to changing the fg colour.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3131" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-25T10:16:36.013" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T10:45:46.303" Title="Changing style of alert environment in Beamer" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;color&gt;&lt;background&gt;&lt;colorbox&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="9638" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9648" CreationDate="2011-01-24T22:36:09.767" Score="8" ViewCount="135" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi. I have a package that uses the &lt;code&gt;ltxdoc&lt;/code&gt; document class and the &lt;code&gt;docstrip&lt;/code&gt; program for code and documentation generation. The package deals with some multilingual stuff and needs XeTeX (to be precise, &lt;code&gt;polyglossia&lt;/code&gt; itself, but this should be irrelevant), so I process it with &lt;code&gt;xelatex&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now I wish to use the &lt;code&gt;polyglossia&lt;/code&gt; package to typeset a piece of text in another language in the &lt;code&gt;.dtx&lt;/code&gt; file. However, I get a bizarre error when I add a &lt;code&gt;\setdefaultlanguage&lt;/code&gt; or a &lt;code&gt;\setotherlanguage&lt;/code&gt; command to the document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Package doc Error: Character table corrupted.&#xA;&#xA;See the doc package documentation for explanation.&#xA;Type  H &amp;lt;return&amp;gt;  for immediate help.&#xA; ...                                              &#xA;&#xA;l.26 %   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've reduced it to this testcase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% \iffalse&#xA;\documentclass{ltxdoc}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{polyglossia}&#xA;\setdefaultlanguage{english}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \DocInput{test.dtx}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;% \fi&#xA;%&#xA;% \CharacterTable&#xA;%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z&#xA;%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z&#xA;%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9&#xA;%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \&quot;     Hash (number) \#&#xA;%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&amp;amp;&#xA;%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)&#xA;%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,&#xA;%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/&#xA;%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \&amp;lt;&#xA;%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \&amp;gt;     Question mark \?&#xA;%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\&#xA;%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_&#xA;%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|&#xA;%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}&#xA;%&#xA;% Hello World!&#xA;%&#xA;% \StopEventually{}&#xA;% \Finale&#xA;\endinput&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've observed that once I place &lt;code&gt;\setdefaultlanguage&lt;/code&gt; (a single line) in another file and &lt;code&gt;\usepackage&lt;/code&gt; (but not &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt;!) it, then it works. I'm out of ideas. How could one fix the bug? Thanks for replies in advance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I have TeX Live 2010 and the latest &lt;code&gt;polyglossia&lt;/code&gt; version.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3104" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-25T00:48:21.377" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T11:23:05.553" Title="Polyglossia doesn't work with the ltxdoc document class" Tags="&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;errors&gt;&lt;literate-programming&gt;&lt;polyglossia&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="9639" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-24T22:41:58.387" Score="2" ViewCount="111" Body="&lt;p&gt;I posted the question here: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.latex-community.org/forum/viewtopic.php?f=47&amp;amp;t=11499&amp;amp;sid=ff51ce4bc05d87957773d360d33ffa91&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.latex-community.org/forum/viewtopic.php?f=47&amp;amp;t=11499&amp;amp;sid=ff51ce4bc05d87957773d360d33ffa91&lt;/a&gt; but nobody answered, so I'm posting my question here ;]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am using miktex 2.9.&#xA;Compiling with pdflatex.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to increase the numwidth in TOC of part entry in article class to make titles of parts aligned to one line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The minimal example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tocloft}&#xA;\setlength{\cftpartnumwidth}{4em}&#xA;\cftsetindents{part}{0em}{4em}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\part{Part1}&#xA;\part{Part2}&#xA;\part{Part3}&#xA;\part{Part4}&#xA;\part{Part5}&#xA;\part{Part6}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Neither seems to work:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setlength{\cftpartnumwidth}{4em}&#xA;\cftsetindents{part}{0em}{4em}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can easily modify numwidth of sections subsections etc. Changes are reflected in TOC.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;While reading tocloft documentation it is stated:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;There is no explicit numwidth for a&#xA;  part; instead a gap of 1em is put&#xA;  between the number and the title text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However while reading tocloft.sty I see no difference between definitions of &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand*{\l@part}[2]&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand*{\l@section}[2]&lt;/code&gt;.&#xA;All modifications to tocloft.sty concerning partnumwidth fail to deliver.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any ideas? I will be grateful for help!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3132" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-24T22:43:27.373" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T23:57:05.170" Title="cftpartnumwidth - TOC not responding to changes" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="9640" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9394" CreationDate="2011-01-24T22:42:20.923" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is a way to automatically measure the space between the beginning of the &lt;code&gt;\item&lt;/code&gt; and the first line of the &lt;code&gt;{align*}&lt;/code&gt; with the pdftex primitive &lt;code&gt;\pdfsavepos&lt;/code&gt;. The &lt;code&gt;savepos&lt;/code&gt; option of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/zref&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;zref package&lt;/a&gt; allows a rather nice interface for this feature.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The code works like this: you place a &lt;code&gt;\mi&lt;/code&gt; macro where you want the material to be and you place a &lt;code&gt;\md&lt;/code&gt; (you can change these names if you don't like them) where the material is. For example,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  \item \mi\begin{align*}\md&#xA;      x^2 + y^2 &amp;amp;= x^2 + (iy)^2 \\&#xA;              &amp;amp;= (x + iy) (x - iy)&#xA;  \end{align*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After a few compilation (up to 4 may be needed), you will obtain perfect alignment of the equation and the item number.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's the full code, showing how the alignment works with a few equations and a table. I've also put a variant in which I redefined &lt;code&gt;{align*}&lt;/code&gt; so that &lt;code&gt;\mi&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\md&lt;/code&gt; are not necessary anymore (making it easier to type).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/98yZ7.png&quot; alt=&quot;result of the code&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage[savepos]{zref}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcounter{autoenumvspace}&#xA;\setcounter{autoenumvspace}{0}&#xA;\newcommand{\mi}{\markitemstart}&#xA;\newcommand{\markitemstart}{%&#xA;  \addtocounter{autoenumvspace}{1}%&#xA;  \@ifundefined{autoenumvspacevalue\romannumeral\value{autoenumvspace}}%&#xA;    {\edef\autoenumvspace@value{0pt}}%&#xA;    {\edef\autoenumvspace@value{\csname autoenumvspacevalue\romannumeral\value{autoenumvspace}\endcsname}%&#xA;  }&#xA;  \ifnum\zposy{auto@enum@\number\value{autoenumvspace}@bottom}=%&#xA;        \zposy{auto@enum@\number\value{autoenumvspace}@top}&#xA;     \@ifundefined{autoenumvspacevalue\romannumeral\value{autoenumvspace}}%&#xA;     {}%&#xA;     {\immediate\write\@mainaux{\gdef\expandafter\noexpand\csname autoenumvspacevalue\romannumeral\value{autoenumvspace}\endcsname{\csname autoenumvspacevalue\romannumeral\value{autoenumvspace}\endcsname}}}%&#xA;  \else&#xA;     \ifdim\dimexpr\zposy{auto@enum@\number\value{autoenumvspace}@bottom}sp-\zposy{auto@enum@\number\value{autoenumvspace}@top}sp\relax=\autoenumvspace@value&#xA;        \immediate\write\@mainaux{\gdef\expandafter\noexpand\csname autoenumvspacevalue\romannumeral\value{autoenumvspace}\endcsname{\the\dimexpr\zposy{auto@enum@\number\value{autoenumvspace}@bottom}sp-\zposy{auto@enum@\number\value{autoenumvspace}@top}sp\relax}}%&#xA;     \else&#xA;        \edef\autoenumvspace@value{0pt}%&#xA;        \immediate\write\@mainaux{\gdef\expandafter\noexpand\csname autoenumvspacevalue\romannumeral\value{autoenumvspace}\endcsname{\the\dimexpr\zposy{auto@enum@\number\value{autoenumvspace}@bottom}sp-\zposy{auto@enum@\number\value{autoenumvspace}@top}sp\relax}}%&#xA;     \fi&#xA;  \fi&#xA;  \vspace*{-\autoenumvspace@value}%&#xA;  \leavevmode&#xA;  \zsavepos{auto@enum@\number\value{autoenumvspace}@top}%&#xA;  \vspace*{\autoenumvspace@value}%&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand{\md}{\markdisplaystart}&#xA;\newcommand{\markdisplaystart}{%&#xA;  \zsavepos{auto@enum@\number\value{autoenumvspace}@bottom}%&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Manual version}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{enumerate}\belowdisplayskip=0pt \abovedisplayskip=0pt % optional&#xA;  \item \mi\begin{align*}\md&#xA;      x^2 + y^2 &amp;amp;= x^2 + (iy)^2 \\&#xA;              &amp;amp;= (x + iy) (x - iy)&#xA;  \end{align*}&#xA;  \item \mi\begin{align*}\md&#xA;     \frac{1}{n^2-4} &amp;amp;= \frac14 \frac{4}{(n-2)(n+2)} \\&#xA;                    &amp;amp;= \frac14 \left( \frac{1}{n-2}-\frac{1}{n+2} \right)&#xA;  \end{align*}&#xA;  \begin{enumerate}&#xA;      \item \mi\[\md x^n + y^n = z^n\]&#xA;      \item \mi\[\md \sum_{n=1}^{+\infty}{\frac{1}{n^2}} = \frac{\pi^2}{6}\]&#xA;      \item \mi&#xA;\begin{center}\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|}&#xA;\hline&#xA;\md text &amp;amp; text &amp;amp; text \\&#xA;\hline&#xA;text &amp;amp; text &amp;amp; text \\&#xA;\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}\end{center}&#xA;  \end{enumerate}&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Automatic version}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{enumerate}\belowdisplayskip=0pt \abovedisplayskip=0pt % optional&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewenvironment{align*}{%&#xA;  \mi\start@align\@ne\st@rredtrue\m@ne\md&#xA;}{%&#xA;  \math@cr \black@\totwidth@&#xA;  \egroup&#xA;  \ifingather@&#xA;    \restorealignstate@&#xA;    \egroup&#xA;    \nonumber&#xA;    \ifnum0=`{\fi\iffalse}\fi&#xA;  \else&#xA;    $$%&#xA;  \fi&#xA;  \ignorespacesafterend&#xA;}&#xA;\expandafter\def\expandafter\[\expandafter{\expandafter\mi\[\md}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;  \item \begin{align*}&#xA;      x^2 + y^2 &amp;amp;= x^2 + (iy)^2 \\&#xA;              &amp;amp;= (x + iy) (x - iy)&#xA;  \end{align*}&#xA;  \item \begin{align*}&#xA;     \frac{1}{n^2-4} &amp;amp;= \frac14 \frac{4}{(n-2)(n+2)} \\&#xA;                    &amp;amp;= \frac14 \left( \frac{1}{n-2}-\frac{1}{n+2} \right)&#xA;  \end{align*}&#xA;  \begin{enumerate}&#xA;      \item \[ x^n + y^n = z^n\]&#xA;      \item \[ \sum_{n=1}^{+\infty}{\frac{1}{n^2}} = \frac{\pi^2}{6}\]&#xA;      \item \mi&#xA;\begin{center}\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|}&#xA;\hline&#xA;\md text &amp;amp; text &amp;amp; text \\&#xA;\hline&#xA;text &amp;amp; text &amp;amp; text \\&#xA;\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}\end{center}&#xA;  \end{enumerate}&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1973" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T22:42:20.923" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9641" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9643" CreationDate="2011-01-24T22:57:22.340" Score="4" ViewCount="231" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\clubsuit&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\diamondsuit&lt;/code&gt; and the like produce the familiar card suit symbols; however, the diamond and heart suits are empty (only outlined), while clubs and spades are filled. Is there a way to obtain the filled versions of &lt;code&gt;\diamondsuit&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\heartsuit&lt;/code&gt; in TeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A &quot;clean&quot; solution would be preferred, but even an ugly &quot;take this shape and fill it&quot; TikZ hack would do the job.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1371" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T00:24:43.053" Title="filled \diamondsuit and \heartsuit" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="9642" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9641" CreationDate="2011-01-24T23:15:09.610" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;arev&lt;/code&gt; package provides &lt;code&gt;\varheart&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\vardiamond&lt;/code&gt; which are filled. (The Comprehensive LaTeX Symbols Guide is your friend here.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since &lt;code&gt;arev&lt;/code&gt; changes the math font, it's maybe not the best solution. (But see Caramdir's answer for a way around that.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;txfonts&lt;/code&gt; packages also provides &lt;code&gt;\varheartsuit&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\Diamondblack&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alternatively, if you use XeLaTeX or LuaLaTeX, there are many fonts that contain these characters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-24T23:52:18.457" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T23:52:18.457" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9643" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9641" CreationDate="2011-01-24T23:31:24.517" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As Alan has pointed out, the symbols are available in &lt;code&gt;arev&lt;/code&gt;, which does normally change all your fonts. The following (added to your preamble) only takes the two symbols you want from &lt;code&gt;arev&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareSymbolFont{extraup}{U}{zavm}{m}{n}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\varheart}{\mathalpha}{extraup}{86}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\vardiamond}{\mathalpha}{extraup}{87}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately the style differs slightly from the default symbols:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$\heartsuit\varheart\diamondsuit\vardiamond\clubsuit\spadesuit$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/fGLxz.png&quot; alt=&quot;example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-01-24T23:31:24.517" />
  <row Id="9644" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-24T23:31:38.387" Score="3" ViewCount="196" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi all&#xA;newbee here.&#xA;I have installed some fonts such as &quot;HelveticaNeueLT Pro 53 Ex.otf&quot; on my windows, however my xelatex can not find the font.&#xA; here is my code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\font\headers=&quot;HelveticaNeueLT Pro 53 Ex:letterspace=5&quot; at 20pt&#xA;\font\SectionHeaders=&quot;HelveticaNeueLT Pro 53 Ex:letterspace=5&quot; at 14pt&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the error I get is :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Couldn't find `HelveticaNeueLT Pro 53 Ex:letterspace.cfg'&#xA;&#xA;miktex-maketfm: No creation rule for font &quot;HelveticaNeueLT Pro 53 Ex:letterspace=5&quot;.&#xA;&#xA;! Font \headers=&quot;HelveticaNeueLT Pro 53 Ex:letterspace=5&quot; at 20.0pt not loadabl e: Metric (TFM) file or installed font not found. l.36 ...icaNeueLT Pro 53 Ex:letterspace=5&quot; at 20pt&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you all in advance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3070" LastEditorUserId="345" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-25T00:16:17.310" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T01:14:51.370" Title="Why can't I use some of the fonts which I have installed on my Windows system?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="9645" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9644" CreationDate="2011-01-25T00:05:54.930" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As I pointed out I am a newbie. One must use &quot;fontspec&quot; package in order to use the fonts installed on the system.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I used the following code to solve my problem:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3070" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T00:05:54.930" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9646" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9641" CreationDate="2011-01-25T00:24:43.053" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another font that provides the filled diamond and heart suit symbols is &lt;code&gt;kpfonts&lt;/code&gt;. From the preamble of my template file for type-setting bridge stuff:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{kpfonts}&#xA;\usepackage{color}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*\Hs[1]{\ensuremath{{\color{blue} #1}{\color{red}\varheartsuit}}}&#xA;\newcommand*\Ss[1]{\ensuremath{{\color{blue} #1}{\color{black}\spadesuit}}}&#xA;\newcommand*\Ds[1]{\ensuremath{{\color{blue} #1}{\color{red}\vardiamondsuit}}}&#xA;\newcommand*\Cs[1]{\ensuremath{{\color{blue} #1}{\color{black}\clubsuit}}}&#xA;\newcommand*\NT[1]{{\color{blue} #1}{\color{black}\textsc{nt}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;of course, this predicates on your willing to switch to a whole new font, so is in some sense inferior to the solutions already given. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T00:24:43.053" />
  <row Id="9647" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9721" CreationDate="2011-01-25T00:25:05.013" Score="7" ViewCount="141" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just got to know the pretty amazing &lt;code&gt;siunitx&lt;/code&gt; package. I started converting all the units in my last draft for a publication, but I'm wondering now if maybe it is useless if the publisher does not support it. Publishers have there own way of typesetting units the right way, no?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, my question. Do you know if APS supports this package? And in particular PRL and PRB? And what about other journals in general?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="660" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-25T12:13:30.400" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T04:04:57.367" Title="Using siunitx when submitting to APS" Tags="&lt;siunitx&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="9648" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9638" CreationDate="2011-01-25T00:34:59.497" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The language definition files change the catcode of @ to 11, but never restore the original catcode. This is a severe bug that may cause much more trouble. Please report. Minimal example to reproduce:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{polyglossia}&#xA;\setmainlanguage{english}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\the\catcode`@ % should print 12, but prints 11&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Until the bug is fixed, add &lt;code&gt;\makeatother&lt;/code&gt; directly after the &lt;code&gt;\setmainlanguage&lt;/code&gt; command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(BTW, I wouldn't have thought that the character table check could be useful one day!)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT:&lt;/strong&gt; Reported at &lt;a href=&quot;https://github.com/fc7/polyglossia/issues/#issue/13&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;https://github.com/fc7/polyglossia/issues/#issue/13&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT 2:&lt;/strong&gt; Fixed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastEditorUserId="345" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-22T11:23:05.553" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T11:23:05.553" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9649" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9644" CreationDate="2011-01-25T01:14:51.370" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;fc-list&lt;/code&gt; command to list full names of all available fonts in your computer. The result may be scroll many pages, so you'd better put them in a single file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;fc-list &amp;gt; fontnames.txt&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/lUon1.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then you open the file generated and see the font name you can use. For example, you may get these in file &lt;code&gt;fontnames.txt&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Minion Pro:style=Bold Italic&#xA;Minion Pro:style=Regular&#xA;Minion Pro:style=Italic&#xA;Minion Pro:style=Bold&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thus you can use &lt;code&gt;Minion Pro&lt;/code&gt; as a font name. Say,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% plain TeX&#xA;\font\minion=&quot;Minion Pro&quot;&#xA;{\minion This is Minion font.}&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using LaTeX, &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt; is preferred. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\setmainfont{Minion Pro}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See manual of &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt; for more usage.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T01:14:51.370" />
  <row Id="9650" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7246" CreationDate="2011-01-25T02:53:04.590" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't see any way to do this with pgfplots without using the &lt;code&gt;create on use&lt;/code&gt; command, as this is exactly what the command is for. Your speed issue may be related to timing: it may be much faster to import the data one time using &lt;code&gt;\pgfplotstableread&lt;/code&gt;, and then use &lt;code&gt;pgfplotstableset&lt;/code&gt; to create custom columns, or to use the &lt;code&gt;read completely&lt;/code&gt; command to put the entire file into memory before any post or pre processing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1286" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T02:53:04.590" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9651" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9639" CreationDate="2011-01-25T03:53:50.580" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The only thing that comes to mind is a kludge, bound to have unwanted effects, whereby you redefine the Part number display command  &lt;code&gt;\thepart&lt;/code&gt; to force it to a fixed width. (Of course this will also affect the actual Part titles and cross-references to them, etc.)&#xA;For left-aligning:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\thepart}{\hbox to 4em{\Roman{part}}}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For right:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\thepart}{\hbox to 4em{\hfil\Roman{part}}}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm surprised you're using part divisions in an article, however... Are you sure you don't want to use sections instead? This would give you more flexibility.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T03:53:50.580" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9652" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9667" CreationDate="2011-01-25T05:08:49.633" Score="12" ViewCount="453" Body="&lt;p&gt;Say I want to include geometry graphics such as the following in a document:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/RxS6f.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't merely want to import preexisting figures, I want to be able to draw my own corresponding to a solution I may write up. Is there a package or something that allows one to do this relatively easily?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1191" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-23T09:45:52.650" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T09:23:03.820" Title="Is there an easy way to TeX geometric pictures?" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;" AnswerCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="9653" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9652" CreationDate="2011-01-25T05:29:29.420" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are at least two packages that I know of, one based on &lt;code&gt;pstricks&lt;/code&gt;: the &lt;code&gt;pst-eucl&lt;/code&gt; package (which should be part of your TeX distribution) and one based on &lt;code&gt;TikZ&lt;/code&gt;: the &lt;code&gt;tkz-euclide&lt;/code&gt; package available here: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.altermundus.fr/pages/download.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tkz-euclide&lt;/a&gt; (or on CTAN). Unfortunately for the latter, the documentation is only in French, but there are plenty of examples so this may not be too much of a problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-25T14:45:35.990" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T14:45:35.990" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9654" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9656" CreationDate="2011-01-25T07:29:40.677" Score="1" ViewCount="220" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello! I've installed latest releases of MikTeX, GhostScrypt and Texmaker. But I can't compile anything. &quot;Could not run the command&quot; error message appears. How do I configure it?&#xA;Target OS: Win7.&#xA;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3098" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T18:50:25.517" Title="Configuring Texmaker" Tags="&lt;errors&gt;&lt;texmaker&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="9655" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9652" CreationDate="2011-01-25T08:06:18.183" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Run it with &lt;code&gt;xelatex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{pst-eucl}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{pspicture}(8,5)&#xA;\pstGeonode[PosAngle={180,0,0,180}](0,0){A}(6,0){B}(6,4){C}(0,4){D}&#xA;\pspolygon[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=blue!20](A)(B)(C)(D)&#xA;\pstInterLL[PointSymbol=square]{A}{C}{B}{D}{E}&#xA;\pstSegmentMark{A}{E}\pstSegmentMark{C}{E}&#xA;\pstSegmentMark[MarkAngle=-65]{B}{E}\pstSegmentMark[MarkAngle=-65]{D}{E}&#xA;\pstRightAngle{C}{B}{A}\pstRightAngle{B}{A}{D}&#xA;\pstRightAngle[RightAngleType=german]{D}{C}{B}\pstRightAngle{C}{D}{A}&#xA;\end{pspicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/tkWOw.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-25T15:11:20.747" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T15:11:20.747" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9656" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9654" CreationDate="2011-01-25T08:26:12.720" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;go to &lt;code&gt;options-&amp;gt;configure texmaker&lt;/code&gt; and controll the path for the programs. You can choose the correct one from the button on the right and then copying the path with &lt;code&gt;ctrl-c&lt;/code&gt; and then &lt;code&gt;ctrl-v&lt;/code&gt; for the other programms&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T08:26:12.720" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="9657" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9661" CreationDate="2011-01-25T09:29:15.713" Score="3" ViewCount="214" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Background&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The text contains programming variable names such as &lt;code&gt;report_city&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;SUBREPORT_FILE&lt;/code&gt;. All such variables are marked up with &lt;code&gt;\texttt&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Problem&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some variable names are hyphenated:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;SUBREPORT_-&#xA;FILE&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would prefer that the variables are not subjected to hyphenation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Solution&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A few ideas:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Redefine &lt;code&gt;\texttt&lt;/code&gt; to wrap an &lt;code&gt;\mbox{...}&lt;/code&gt; command around the content. Best solution?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;\uchyph0&lt;/code&gt;. Did not work as expected.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Define all the words using &lt;code&gt;\hyphenation{...}&lt;/code&gt;. The command &lt;code&gt;\hyphenation{SUBREPORT\_FILE}&lt;/code&gt; did not compile, and defining all the words would be a second last resort.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Edit the entire document and put all variables inside &lt;code&gt;\mbox{...}&lt;/code&gt; commands. I would consider this a last resort.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Question&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How would you prevent the texts from being hyphenated?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2148" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T14:41:45.140" Title="Prevent hyphenation in \texttt words" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;hyphenation&gt;&lt;texttt&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="9658" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9657" CreationDate="2011-01-25T09:52:00.573" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It might help to put&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\texttt{\hyphenchar\font=-1 }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;early in your document. But I wonder why it is needed: When I try, the hyphenchar of the texttt font is already set to -1, as evidenced by running&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\texttt{\showthe\hyphenchar\font}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But maybe you are using a different fixed-width font?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T09:52:00.573" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9659" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9637" CreationDate="2011-01-25T10:15:08.777" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Since (La)TeX doesn't have a “background color” for text, you would have to put your text inside a box which you can then color. Consider the following example using &lt;code&gt;\colorbox&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;&#xA;\setbeamercolor{alerted text}{fg=white,bg=red}&#xA;\newcommand{\boxalert}[1]{{%&#xA;  \usebeamercolor{alerted text}\colorbox{bg}{\alert{#1}}%&#xA;}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;Hello \boxalert{World}!&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which renders&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/PQFs0.png&quot; alt=&quot;Hello World&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt; I'm no expert in beamer internals, so the following is nothing more than a hack. However, if you would like &lt;code&gt;\boxalert&lt;/code&gt; to work with overlays, something like the following “seems” to work:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{boxalertenv}{\begin{altenv}%&#xA;      {\usebeamertemplate{alerted text begin}\usebeamercolor[fg]{alerted text}\usebeamerfont{alerted text}\colorbox{bg}}&#xA;      {\usebeamertemplate{alerted text end}}{\color{.}}{}}{\end{altenv}}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand&amp;lt;&amp;gt;{\boxalert}[1]{{%&#xA;  \begin{boxalertenv}#2{#1}\end{boxalertenv}%&#xA;}}&#xA;&#xA;...&#xA;&#xA;Hello \boxalert&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;{World}!&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-18T10:45:46.303" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T10:45:46.303" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9660" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9627" CreationDate="2011-01-25T10:59:06.477" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can get a &quot;page of total&quot; output in the form x/y beside the title if you do this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;begin{frame}&#xA;\frametitle{\begin{small}\insertframenumber/\inserttotalframenumber\end{small} My slide title}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Would that be along the lines you're looking for?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3142" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T10:59:06.477" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9661" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9657" CreationDate="2011-01-25T11:22:57.400" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\temptt\texttt&#xA;\renewcommand\texttt[1]{\mbox{\temptt{#1}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have this break because latex doesn't like underscores in text mode, but I presume you have a way round this...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T11:22:57.400" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9662" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9665" CreationDate="2011-01-25T11:34:11.620" Score="5" ViewCount="216" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dear all,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any built-in functionality in TiKz/PGF that allows for drawing quadric surfaces, i.e. surfaces given by the equation&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Ax^2 + By^2 + Cz^2 + Dz = E?&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm aware of the raw gnuplot command enabling the use of virtually every gnuplot command (at least to my knowledge).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried using the following command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}  &#xA;\draw[thick] plot[raw gnuplot] function{set urange [0:2*pi]; set vrange [0:pi]; set parametric; set isosample 40; splot cos(u)*sin(v)/3, sin(u)*sin(v), cos(v)};  &#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but the result is less than satisfactory.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3143" LastEditorUserId="117" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-25T11:40:16.817" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T12:38:49.613" Title="Drawing quadric surfaces using TiKz" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="9663" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9679" CreationDate="2011-01-25T11:49:15.123" Score="3" ViewCount="122" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{mathpazo}  &#xA;\usepackage[a4paper,margin=10mm]{geometry}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\fbox{%&#xA;  \begin{minipage}{\linewidth}&#xA;    \textbf{Course:} \hfill \textbf{Essay} \rule{2em}{0.2pt} \textbf{of} \rule{2em}{0.2pt}&#xA;  \end{minipage}&#xA;}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The right margin of the fbox is cut off when I print the document. It looks fine in print preview, however. What can I do about this? Where is the problem? What should I try to diagnose the problem?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Looking more closely at the pdf onscreen, it seems like the left margin is still bigger than the right margin: they should be the same. Could this have something to do with it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-25T12:59:35.707" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T15:53:31.447" Title="Printing is cutting off the edges of my fboxes" Tags="&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;margins&gt;&lt;printing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="9664" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9657" CreationDate="2011-01-25T11:52:59.203" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The problem  is not the &lt;code&gt;texttt&lt;/code&gt; as is evident from the short code below!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\def\printhyphens{\everypar{\setbox0\lastbox \setbox1\hbox{\strut}\vbox\bgroup&#xA;\everypar{\setbox0\lastbox \nobreak\hskip0pt\relax}\dimen0=\hsize&#xA;\hsize=0pt \hfuzz\maxdimen \def\par{\endgraf \hsize=\dimen0\getlastline&#xA;\egroup\endgraf}}\offinterlineskip\breakafterword}&#xA;&#xA;\def\breakafterword{\catcode`\^^M\active\catcode`\ \active}&#xA;{\breakafterword\gdef^^M{\par}\global\let ^^M}&#xA;&#xA;\def\getlastline{\setbox0\lastbox\ifvoid0\let\next\nomorelines&#xA;\else\unskip\unpenalty\setbox1\hbox{\unhbox0\strut\discretionary{}{}{}%&#xA;\unhbox1}\let\next\getlastline\fi\next}&#xA;&#xA;\def\nomorelines{\unhbox1}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begingroup&#xA;&#xA;\printhyphens&#xA;photograph photography photographer&#xA;photographical photographically&#xA;hypersupersuperdupercali%&#xA;&#xA;\texttt{fragilisticexpihalidocious}&#xA;&#xA;\texttt{photographer}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If we can see a minimal may be someone can find a solution! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-25T14:41:45.140" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T14:41:45.140" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9665" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9662" CreationDate="2011-01-25T12:05:29.567" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You might be interessted in PGFplots (see: pgfplots.sf.net)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \begin{axis}[&#xA;         3d box=background,&#xA;      % pretty printing, but irrelevant:&#xA;   title={3d box=background},&#xA;   samples=5,&#xA;   domain=-4:4,&#xA;   xtick=-4:4,&#xA;   ytick=-4:4,&#xA;  ]&#xA;  \addplot3[surf] {1*x*y};&#xA; \end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the official documentation of PGFplots, therer's are some options mentioned about parametric ploting:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;/pgfplots/parametric&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;/pgfplots/parametric/var 1d&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;/pgfplots/parametric/var 2d&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With PGFplots you can use GNUplot aswell:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \begin{axis}&#xA;    \addplot3 gnuplot[raw gnuplot] {set parametric;splot[t=0:6*pi] cos(t),sin(t),t/2*pi};&#xA;  \end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2974" LastEditorUserId="2974" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-25T12:13:04.850" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T12:13:04.850" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9666" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9662" CreationDate="2011-01-25T12:38:49.613" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;with &lt;code&gt;pst-solides3d&lt;/code&gt; which allows hidden surfaces. Here is only the code for the first example. Can be run with &lt;code&gt;xelatex&lt;/code&gt; if you need a pdf output&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{pst-solides3d,pgfplots}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\psset{viewpoint=30 90 0 rtp2xyz,lightsrc=viewpoint,Decran=90}&#xA;\begin{pspicture}(-3,-3)(3,3)&#xA;\defFunction[algebraic]{Func}(u,v){cos(u)*sin(v)/3}{sin(u)*sin(v)}{cos(v)}&#xA;\psSolid[object=surfaceparametree,&#xA;  base=0 pi dup add 0 pi,&#xA;  function=Func,linewidth=0.5\pslinewidth,ngrid=25]&#xA;\end{pspicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/nItEV.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T12:38:49.613" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9667" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9652" CreationDate="2011-01-25T12:45:12.563" Score="17" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;tkz-euclide arrives on the ctan servers. You can get it  with ftp from dante.de&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;ftp://ftp.dante.de:21//pub/tex/macros/latex/contrib/tkz&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ftp://ftp.dante.de:21//pub/tex/macros/latex/contrib/tkz&lt;/a&gt; you need to install tkz-base and tkz-euclide. These packages work only with pgf 2.1&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[upright]{fourier} &#xA;\usepackage[usenames,dvipsnames]{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{tkz-euclide} &#xA;\usetkzobj{all} &#xA;\definecolor{fondpaille}{cmyk}{0,0,0.1,0}&#xA;\pagecolor{fondpaille}   &#xA;\color{Maroon}  &#xA;\tkzSetUpColors[background=fondpaille,text=Maroon]&#xA;\thispagestyle{empty}  &#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA; \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\tkzDefPoint(0,0){A}\tkzDefPoint(6,0){B}&#xA;\tkzDefPoint(6,4){C}\tkzDefPoint(0,4){D}&#xA;\tkzInterLL(A,C)(B,D)  \tkzGetPoint{I}  &#xA;&#xA;\tkzDrawPolygon (A,B,C,D)&#xA;\tkzDrawSegments(A,C B,D)&#xA;\tkzMarkRightAngles[fill=Maroon!20,size=.3,opacity=.5](D,A,B A,B,C B,C,D C,D,A)&#xA;\tkzDrawPoints(A,B,C,D,I)  &#xA;&#xA;\tkzMarkSegments[mark=s||](I,A I,B I,C I,D)&#xA;\tkzLabelPoints(A,B) \tkzLabelPoints[above=6pt](I)   &#xA;\tkzLabelPoints[above right](C,D)  &#xA;\end{tikzpicture}  &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Tgh3V.png&quot; alt=&quot;Image from code sample&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Best regards &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alain Matthes (author of tkz-euclide)&#xA;There  are a lot of examples on my site altermundus.fr&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-25T14:43:36.557" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T14:43:36.557" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9668" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9347" CreationDate="2011-01-25T12:48:01.417" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Note that &lt;code&gt;\NewEnviron&lt;/code&gt; does not support verbatim. The documentation should point that out. As already commented the &lt;code&gt;\lstnewenvironment&lt;/code&gt; must be used for this. Alternatively place the verbatim files into external files which are then read using &lt;code&gt;\listinputlisting&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Find below my solution which stores the resulting listings first into a box which is then used inside the TikZ node. IMHO you should not mix the listings&#xA;&lt;code&gt;frame&lt;/code&gt; argument with additional frames from TikZ. You should produce all framing using TikZ (not to be confused with beamers &lt;code&gt;\frame&lt;/code&gt; macro/environment).&#xA;Beamer provides some nice framed boxes as well!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I had to add the &lt;code&gt;linewidth&lt;/code&gt; argument and a &lt;code&gt;\makebox&lt;/code&gt;, otherwise the listings frame is to wide. You might want to adjust that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Best Regards,&#xA;Martin&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\tikzstyle{sourcecodebox} = [&#xA;    draw=blue, very thick,&#xA;    rectangle, rounded corners,&#xA;    inner sep=10pt&#xA;]&#xA;\tikzstyle{sourcecodetitle} = [&#xA;    fill=black, text=white,&#xA;    rectangle, rounded corners&#xA;]&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\lstnewenvironment{pythoncode}[1][]{%&#xA;    \def\pythoncodetitle{#1}%&#xA;    \lstset{%&#xA;        language=Python,&#xA;        basicstyle=\ttfamily\footnotesize,&#xA;        escapeinside={(*@}{@*)},&#xA;        %numbers=left,&#xA;        breaklines=true,&#xA;        breakatwhitespace=true,&#xA;        showspaces=false,&#xA;        showstringspaces=false,&#xA;        frame=shadowbox,&#xA;        frameround=rrrt,&#xA;        linewidth=.75\linewidth,&#xA;        rulecolor=\color{black},&#xA;        rulesepcolor=\color{gray}&#xA;    }%&#xA;    \setbox\@tempboxa=\hbox\bgroup\color@setgroup&#xA;}%&#xA;{%&#xA;    \color@endgroup\egroup&#xA;    \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;        \node[sourcecodebox] (box)&#xA;            % Makebox is needed to take the frame added by listings into account&#xA;            {\makebox[.75\linewidth][l]{\box\@tempboxa}};&#xA;        \node[sourcecodetitle] at (box.north west) {\pythoncodetitle};&#xA;    \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}[fragile]{Frame 1}&#xA;&#xA;    Some \structure{Python} code here:&#xA;    \begin{pythoncode}[hello.py]&#xA;    #!/usr/bin/env python&#xA;    def main():&#xA;        print &quot;Hello, World!&quot;&#xA;    if __name__ == '__main__':&#xA;        main()&#xA;    \end{pythoncode}&#xA;&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T12:48:01.417" />
  <row Id="9669" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9676" CreationDate="2011-01-25T12:48:37.893" Score="1" ViewCount="175" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was trying to typeset the time derivative of &lt;code&gt;\vec{r}_\alpha&lt;/code&gt;, and naively, I put it as an argument to &lt;code&gt;\dot&lt;/code&gt;. This does not work: the arrow is not on &lt;code&gt;r&lt;/code&gt; anymore. Here is a minimal example: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\[&#xA;\dot{\vec{r}_\alpha}&#xA;\]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that there is a better way to typeset it (and it works): &lt;code&gt;\dot{\vec{r}}_\alpha&lt;/code&gt;. I am asking out of curiosity.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T15:42:48.403" Title="\dot over \vec over : amsmath bug/feature?" Tags="&lt;amsmath&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="9670" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9669" CreationDate="2011-01-25T12:59:43.823" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To me it looks like a bug: It works as expected if you omit &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{amsmath}&lt;/code&gt;. However, it's somewhat strange what you're trying to do. You should &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; expect &lt;code&gt;\dot{\vec{r}_\alpha}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\dot{\vec{r}}_\alpha&lt;/code&gt; to produce the same output; in the first case, the &lt;code&gt;\dot&lt;/code&gt; should be centered over &lt;code&gt;\vec{r}_\alpha&lt;/code&gt;, and over &lt;code&gt;\vec{r}&lt;/code&gt; in the second case:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/jSVKF.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And I have no idea &lt;em&gt;why&lt;/em&gt; you'd want to achieve the first version: If you want the &lt;em&gt;&lt;code&gt;\dot&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/em&gt; over everything, then maybe you should also put the &lt;em&gt;&lt;code&gt;\vec&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/em&gt; over everything, as in &lt;code&gt;\dot{\vec{r_\alpha}}&lt;/code&gt;. This again works with &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As to why &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; changes things (see comment below): &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; contains a fix for producing nice double accents, and this seems to go wrong here.&#xA;(Incidentally, you get almost the same unexpected behaviour if you use &lt;code&gt;accents&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-25T14:02:47.277" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T14:02:47.277" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9671" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6251" CreationDate="2011-01-25T13:50:07.483" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;in your document you make a reference to a label:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ref{author2000}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This label does not exist, hence the reported error.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;While what you want is a reference to a bibliographic item:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\cite{author2000}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;so, do:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;[optional] clean up your compilation files (foo.aux in particular)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;run latex (detects a citation)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;run bibtex (formats the citation)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;run latex (makes the link)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;run latex (you are done)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;this sequence is for understanding how it works. When concentrating on writing a paper for instance, there's a lot of tools to automate this (try F1 in texmaker or command-T in texshop for instance) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1377" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T13:50:07.483" />
  <row Id="9672" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5300" CreationDate="2011-01-25T13:55:23.063" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Doing a small &lt;code&gt;texdoc expl3&lt;/code&gt; will tell you that this package introduces syntax for LaTeX3 programming. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1377" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T13:55:23.063" />
  <row Id="9674" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9183" CreationDate="2011-01-25T14:53:31.947" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Forget about the following: it won't help; \pdfstringdef will strip any unrecognized control sequences from the expansion -- we MUST expand at that time. Now all we've got to do is figure out why that doesn't work already...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strike&gt;I would suggest adding the appropriate redefinition of &lt;code&gt;\protect&lt;/code&gt; to the &lt;code&gt;\pdfstringdefPreHook&lt;/code&gt; hook with &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/applications/hyperref/manual.html#x1-160004.1.2&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pdfstringdefDisableCommands&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. Probably this would go something like the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pdfstringdefDisableCommands{%&#xA;  \def\protect{\noexpand\protect\noexpand}%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/strike&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1189" LastEditorUserId="1189" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-25T23:00:39.007" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T23:00:39.007" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="9675" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9677" CreationDate="2011-01-25T15:00:34.493" Score="3" ViewCount="111" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have defined the following command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pgfkeys{tikz/protein/.style={fill=#1,shape=rectangle,rounded corners}}&#xA;\newcommand{\protein}[2]{&#xA;  \protect\tikz \protect\node [protein=#1] {\small{#2}};}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It works fine, the only problem I have is that when I embed it in normal text, it appears slightly raised, messing up the line spacing. Is there any way to fix that, so that the embedded tikz is vertically centered on the line?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2894" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T16:48:06.467" Title="tikz node in text is slightly raised" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;line-spacing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="9676" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9669" CreationDate="2011-01-25T15:10:44.403" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Have a look at the mattens package. I have written it to &quot;overcome&quot; these problems&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{mattens} % use [noformat] for non-bold symbols&#xA;\usepackage{bm}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  $\aS[\Dot]{r}_\alpha$&#xA;&#xA;  or some other examples where \TeX\ makes a real mess on its own&#xA;&#xA;  $\bS[\Dot]{f}^i_j$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1683" LastEditorUserId="1683" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-25T15:42:48.403" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T15:42:48.403" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="9677" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9675" CreationDate="2011-01-25T15:16:20.010" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You may have to adjust your newcommand a bit if you don't want to use the same node name (P) all the time. Setting a different baseline solves your problem. You can read in more detail in the documentation about how tikz sets it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\pgfkeys{tikz/protein/.style={fill=#1,shape=rectangle,rounded corners}}&#xA;\newcommand{\protein}[2]{%&#xA;  \protect\tikz[baseline=(P.base)] \protect\node [protein=#1] (P) {\small{#2}};}&#xA;I need to produce some text to have at least three lines to test how that looks. So I am just writing a lot of useless stuff&#xA;text text text text \protein{red}{H} more text here. And even more following that. It seems that the base is the best thing to align to in this case&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Results in&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/GPdAW.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="632" LastEditorUserId="632" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-25T16:48:06.467" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T16:48:06.467" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9678" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9296" CreationDate="2011-01-25T15:32:30.143" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is not really an answer to my question, but an explanation why it's the fault of the &lt;code&gt;bm&lt;/code&gt; package that it doesn't identify the encoding and family. To give an example, &lt;code&gt;\mathcal&lt;/code&gt; is defined in &lt;code&gt;fontmath.ltx&lt;/code&gt; via&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareSymbolFontAlphabet{\mathcal}{symbols}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In effect, this makes &lt;code&gt;\mathcal&lt;/code&gt; expand to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\use@mathgroup\M@OMS\symsymbols&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;when used in math mode, i.e., both encoding (&lt;code&gt;\M@OMS&lt;/code&gt;) and family (&lt;code&gt;\symsymbols&lt;/code&gt;) are provided. This enables the &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;accents&lt;/code&gt; packages to place multiple accents correctly. Thus, the correct fix to the problem in question should be that eventually, &lt;code&gt;\bm&lt;/code&gt; expands to the correct &lt;code&gt;\use@mathgroup&amp;lt;encoding&amp;gt;&amp;lt;family&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T15:32:30.143" />
  <row Id="9679" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9663" CreationDate="2011-01-25T15:53:31.447" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[a4paper,left=10mm,right=15mm,top=10mm,bottom=10mm]{geometry}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fixed the problem. Too small margins mess with what the printer is capable of.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T15:53:31.447" />
  <row Id="9680" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9702" CreationDate="2011-01-25T16:51:12.483" Score="1" ViewCount="126" Body="&lt;p&gt;Finally, I have decided to migrate from Office to Latex. That is why I have chosen Kile as an editor, for many known reasons that I don't want to list here because of space. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That's why I need a comprehensive book or would be even better to find some  video training course on Kile. The reason for that is that I have never worked with Kile before. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Could you help me to choose a good starting point on learning Kile,please?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3148" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-25T20:30:25.493" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T23:52:45.063" Title="Comprehensive book on Kile" Tags="&lt;editors&gt;&lt;books&gt;&lt;kile&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="9681" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9682" CreationDate="2011-01-25T17:05:43.120" Score="13" ViewCount="758" Body="&lt;p&gt;What I am up to is to write some exercises dealing with logical formulas for my students, like: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/8Irn9.gif&quot; alt=&quot;A \cup B&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And the students should draw these formulas on &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Venn_diagram&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Venn diagrams&lt;/a&gt;. At the end of the lesson, I really would like to print the correct answer for them. I found a great resource on a forum thread at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.latex-community.org/forum/viewtopic.php?f=45&amp;amp;t=6544&amp;amp;p=25539&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;latex-community.org&lt;/a&gt;, which helped me a lot to make up some Venn diagrams with tikz, but have some problems with visualizing complements, like ~A.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A simple, modified version of the TeX file found on the forum linked above, can be seen below, which produces the following expression:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/4kH61.gif&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{letter}&#xA;  \usepackage{tikz}&#xA;  \def\firstcircle{(90:1.75cm) circle (2.5cm)}&#xA;  \def\secondcircle{(210:1.75cm) circle (2.5cm)}&#xA;  \def\thirdcircle{(330:1.75cm) circle (2.5cm)}&#xA;  \begin{document}&#xA;    \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;      \begin{scope}&#xA;    \clip \secondcircle;&#xA;    \fill[cyan] \thirdcircle;&#xA;      \end{scope}&#xA;      \begin{scope}&#xA;    \clip \firstcircle;&#xA;    \fill[cyan] \thirdcircle;&#xA;      \end{scope}&#xA;      \draw \firstcircle node[text=black,above] {$A$};&#xA;      \draw \secondcircle node [text=black,below left] {$B$};&#xA;      \draw \thirdcircle node [text=black,below right] {$C$};&#xA;    \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which looks like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/308dn.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Could anyone please help me out plotting/defining some expressions dealing with complements? A nice example could be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/V2E3l.gif&quot; alt=&quot;$\overline{A \cap B}$&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That should look like: (image from &lt;a href=&quot;http://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File%3aVenn1110.svg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/gYFf5.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I do not insist on the red color :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like to use the simplest possible solution, as I would like to mass generate the exercises with the help of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.r-project.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;R&lt;/a&gt;. So any suggestion dealing with gnuplot, R or any other opensource packages is welcome. Thank you!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;UPDATE (25/01/2011):&lt;/strong&gt; added details based on answers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you @Leo Liu, you helped me a lot! I modified a bit the code you suggested to be able to color the area outside of the two circles also (in the &lt;em&gt;H&lt;/em&gt; universe), but have no idea how to set a background to that polygon also. The code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}[fill=gray]&#xA;% left hand&#xA;\scope&#xA;\clip (-2,-2) rectangle (2,2)&#xA;      (1,0) circle (1);&#xA;\fill (0,0) circle (1);&#xA;\endscope&#xA;% right hand&#xA;\scope&#xA;\clip (-2,-2) rectangle (2,2)&#xA;      (0,0) circle (1);&#xA;\fill (1,0) circle (1);&#xA;\endscope&#xA;% outline&#xA;\draw (0,0) circle (1) (0,1)  node [text=black,above] {$A$}&#xA;      (1,0) circle (1) (1,1)  node [text=black,above] {$B$}&#xA;      (-2,-2) rectangle (3,2) node [text=black,above] {$H$};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And the image generated:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/9P4l7.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I will also look for &lt;code&gt;even odd rule&lt;/code&gt; in the near future which does not make sense for me at the moment but looks really simple and promising!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2878" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-27T17:10:10.187" LastActivityDate="2011-01-30T01:10:24.307" Title="How to draw Venn diagrams (especially: complements) in LaTeX" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;diagrams&gt;&lt;gnuplot&gt;&lt;r&gt;&lt;logic&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="6" />
  <row Id="9682" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9681" CreationDate="2011-01-25T17:20:05.067" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are several ways to draw Venn diagrams. The simplest for $\overline{A \cap B}$ may be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\tikz \fill[even odd rule] (0,0) circle (1) (1,0) circle (1);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The key to this question is &lt;code&gt;even odd rule&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;TikZ&lt;/code&gt; (based on PostScript and PDF).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/WEF9P.png&quot; alt=&quot;use even odd rule&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Moreover, you can also use &lt;code&gt;\clip&lt;/code&gt; to fill the complement of a set, without using &lt;code&gt;even odd rule&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}[fill=gray]&#xA;% left hand&#xA;\scope&#xA;\clip (-2,-2) rectangle (2,2)&#xA;      (1,0) circle (1);&#xA;\fill (0,0) circle (1);&#xA;\endscope&#xA;% right hand&#xA;\scope&#xA;\clip (-2,-2) rectangle (2,2)&#xA;      (0,0) circle (1);&#xA;\fill (1,0) circle (1);&#xA;\endscope&#xA;% outline&#xA;\draw (0,0) circle (1)&#xA;      (1,0) circle (1);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/iIKX2.png&quot; alt=&quot;use clipping&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here, we find out that &lt;code&gt;TikZ&lt;/code&gt; is lack of a &lt;code&gt;\unfill&lt;/code&gt; command which is provided by MetaPost, thus we must use an extra rectangle to clip the path.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;For updated question:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Well, I must say that this will be easier, if you fill $A \cap B$ with white color:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\filldraw[fill=gray] (-2,-2) rectangle (3,2);&#xA;\scope % A \cap B&#xA;\clip (0,0) circle (1);&#xA;\fill[white] (1,0) circle (1);&#xA;\endscope&#xA;% outline&#xA;\draw (0,0) circle (1)&#xA;      (1,0) circle (1);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/UWwf6.png&quot; alt=&quot;fill with white&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, it is not so easy to fill such a area using clipping (&lt;strong&gt;warning: it's somewhat difficult to use, only for fun&lt;/strong&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}[fill=gray]&#xA;% left hand&#xA;\scope&#xA;\clip (-2,-2) rectangle (0.5,2)&#xA;      (1,0) circle (1);&#xA;\clip (-2,-2) rectangle (0.5,2);&#xA;\fill (-2,-2) rectangle (3,2);&#xA;\endscope&#xA;% right hand&#xA;\scope&#xA;\clip (0.5,-2) rectangle (3,2)&#xA;      (0,0) circle (1);&#xA;\clip (0.5,-2) rectangle (3,2);&#xA;\fill (-2,-2) rectangle (3,2);&#xA;\endscope&#xA;% outline&#xA;\draw (-2,-2) rectangle (3,2);&#xA;\draw (0,0) circle (1)&#xA;      (1,0) circle (1);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Hints:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The result using multiple path in one &lt;code&gt;\clip&lt;/code&gt; command depends on the &lt;strong&gt;direction&lt;/strong&gt; of the path.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/XZkZY.png&quot; alt=&quot;Explanation for direction of the clipping path&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Use another &lt;code&gt;\clip&lt;/code&gt; again to get rid of the half circle being filled.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-25T19:51:53.133" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T19:51:53.133" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="9683" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-25T17:21:16.627" Score="9" ViewCount="205" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am new to using the &lt;code&gt;breqn&lt;/code&gt; package. It looks good, but I get an odd behaviour when an equation can almost fit in the page but not quite: the alignment gets completely wrong. Is there a way to fix this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the example, I used the minipage environment at various sizes. &lt;code&gt;\fbox&lt;/code&gt; is only there to show the borders. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Compiling the example below gives good results for small sizes and big sizes, but for &lt;code&gt;15em&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;16em&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;17em&lt;/code&gt;,the second equation gets out of the box.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{breqn}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\myequation}[1]{&#xA;  \fbox{&#xA;    \begin{minipage}{#1}&#xA;      Size #1:&#xA;      \begin{dgroup*}&#xA;        \begin{dmath*}&#xA;          (x+\cdots+y+\cdots + z) - (x+\cdots + z) = 0&#xA;        \end{dmath*}&#xA;        \begin{dmath*}&#xA;          A = 0 &#xA;        \end{dmath*}&#xA;      \end{dgroup*}&#xA;      Text&#xA;    \end{minipage}&#xA;  }&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\myequation{5em} \qquad \myequation{6em} \qquad \myequation{9em} \\&#xA;\myequation{13em} \qquad \myequation{15em} \\&#xA;\myequation{16em} \\&#xA;\myequation{17em} \\&#xA;\myequation{18em} \\&#xA;\myequation{30em}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T17:21:16.627" Title="Breaking equations with breqn" Tags="&lt;breqn&gt;" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="9684" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9592" CreationDate="2011-01-25T18:08:24.277" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One way to do would be by making a Tikz image as shown here make each cell of a table as node and then you can connect arrows from anywhere in the document as long as your references are correct. &#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/9442/how-to-draw-lines-around-multiple-table-cells&quot;&gt;How to draw lines around multiple table cells&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2036" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T18:08:24.277" />
  <row Id="9685" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9689" CreationDate="2011-01-25T18:09:52.870" Score="1" ViewCount="222" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am trying to use the Times font for normal text and variables, and the default math font (CMR) for math. I tried using the Times package. This partially solves the problem. But I want the text in math (by which I mean English alphabet and numbers other than greek, operators etc) to be in the Times font. How do I do this? Any comments or suggestion is appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For further clarity see this: &lt;a href=&quot;http://imgur.com/8HlsW.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://imgur.com/8HlsW.png&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: There seems to be a commercial font used by many journals called MathTime. Maybe this is the one that I saw.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3150" LastEditorUserId="3150" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-25T19:55:37.870" LastActivityDate="2011-01-27T08:07:07.457" Title="Math and Times font" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;mathmode&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9686" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9685" CreationDate="2011-01-25T18:17:12.520" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/mathptmx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;mathptmx&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package which supersedes &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/times&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;times&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; and provides math support for Times.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \usepackage{mathptmx}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alternatively, try &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/txfonts&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;txfonts&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; for Times in maths. Perhaps have a look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3794/changing-size-of-greek-in-mathmode-with-times-fonts&quot;&gt;this contribution by frabjous&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \usepackage{txfonts}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T18:17:12.520" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="9687" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9695" CreationDate="2011-01-25T18:47:02.057" Score="2" ViewCount="206" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage[a4paper,margin=1cm,landscape]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{positioning,shapes,shadows,arrows}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tikzstyle{abstract}=[rectangle, draw=black, rounded corners, fill=blue!40, drop shadow,&#xA;        text centered, anchor=north, text=white, text width=3cm]&#xA;\tikzstyle{comment}=[rectangle, draw=black, rounded corners, fill=green, drop shadow,&#xA;        text centered, anchor=north, text=white, text width=3cm]&#xA;\tikzstyle{myarrow}=[-&amp;gt;, &amp;gt;=open triangle 90, thick]&#xA;\tikzstyle{line}=[-, thick]&#xA;&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[node distance=2cm]&#xA;    \node (Item) [abstract, rectangle split, rectangle split parts=2]&#xA;        {&#xA;            \textbf{ITEM}&#xA;            \nodepart{second}name&#xA;        };&#xA;    \node (AuxNode01) [text width=4cm, below=of Item] {};&#xA;    \node (Component) [abstract, rectangle split, rectangle split parts=2, left=of AuxNode01]&#xA;        {&#xA;            \textbf{COMPONENT}&#xA;            \nodepart{second}nil&#xA;        };&#xA;    \node (System) [abstract, rectangle split, rectangle split parts=2, right=of AuxNode01]&#xA;        {&#xA;            \textbf{SYSTEM}&#xA;            \nodepart{second}parts&#xA;        };&#xA;&#xA;    \draw[myarrow] (Component.north) -- ++(0,0.8) -| (Item.south);&#xA;    \draw[line] (Component.north) -- ++(0,0.8) -| (System.north);&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hi I modified the example posted here. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/class-diagram/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/class-diagram/&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;The author put dummy node below &quot;ITEM&quot;   \node (AuxNode01) [text width=4cm, below=of Item] {}; and created two nodes one to the right and one to the left. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now my question is how to create a third node exactly below the item, at the place where the dummy node is. Intuitively I tried &quot;at&quot;  &amp;amp; &quot;over&quot; but did not work. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2036" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T19:58:13.400" Title="How to create a Node below a node" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;nodes&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9688" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9654" CreationDate="2011-01-25T18:50:25.517" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you used the &lt;a href=&quot;http://miktex.org/2.9/setup&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;MiKTeX&lt;/a&gt; net installer (5.51 MB for version 2.9), make sure that the packages were installed and not just downloaded. This installer downloads packages just like the Cygwin installer. However, it does not install them automatically. You need to launch the installer again and tell it to install the downloaded packages. I recently installed MiKTeX on Win7 and had to go through this process. I recommend to :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Check if MiKTeX is installed. The default installation directory is C:\Program Files (x86)\MiKTeX 2.9.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Check if &lt;code&gt;latex&lt;/code&gt; is visible from your path by typing &lt;code&gt;latex --version&lt;/code&gt; on the command line.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ukoTG.png&quot; alt=&quot;MiKTeX installer screenshot&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1195" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T18:50:25.517" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="9689" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9685" CreationDate="2011-01-25T19:20:39.253" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You have to redefine the greek letters from the cmm font. It is simple because upper and lower greek letters are defined from 0..40 (decimal) in the cmmi font.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrartcl}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{mathptmx}&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareSymbolFont{Letters}{OML}{cmm}{m}{it}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\Gamma}{\mathalpha}{Letters}{0}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\Delta}{\mathalpha}{Letters}{1}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\Theta}{\mathalpha}{Letters}{2}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\Lambda}{\mathalpha}{Letters}{3}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\Xi}{\mathalpha}{Letters}{4}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\Pi}{\mathalpha}{Letters}{5}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\Sigma}{\mathalpha}{Letters}{6}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\Upsilon}{\mathalpha}{Letters}{7}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\Phi}{\mathalpha}{Letters}{8}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\Psi}{\mathalpha}{Letters}{9}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\Omega}{\mathalpha}{Letters}{10}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\alpha}{\mathalpha}{Letters}{11}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\beta}{\mathalpha}{Letters}{12}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\gamma}{\mathalpha}{Letters}{13}&#xA;% [...] and the other greek letters&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\[ f(\alpha)=\beta \]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T19:20:39.253" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9690" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9681" CreationDate="2011-01-25T19:31:39.897" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;run it with &lt;code&gt;xelatex&lt;/code&gt; if you need a pdf&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{pstricks}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{pspicture}(6,4)&#xA;\psset{linewidth=1.5pt}&#xA;\psframe[fillcolor=red!30,fillstyle=solid](6,4)&#xA;\psclip{\pscircle(2,2){1.5}}&#xA;  \pscircle[fillcolor=white,fillstyle=solid](4,2){1.5}&#xA;\endpsclip&#xA;\pscircle(4,2){1.5}\pscircle(2,2){1.5}&#xA;\end{pspicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/l1ust.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T19:31:39.897" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9691" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-25T19:40:44.387" Score="7" ViewCount="310" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I avoid hyphenation in words such as &quot;2-D&quot;? &lt;code&gt;\hyphenation{}&lt;/code&gt; is not working since the dash is not a letter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2947" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-28T20:13:31.930" LastActivityDate="2011-01-28T20:13:31.930" Title="Avoid hyphenation in &quot;2-D&quot;" Tags="&lt;hyphenation&gt;" AnswerCount="4" />
  <row Id="9692" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9694" CreationDate="2011-01-25T19:45:23.280" Score="1" ViewCount="151" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a situation where the subfigure caption doesn't start at the start of the line. &lt;code&gt;\captionsetup[table]{width=\textwidth}&lt;/code&gt; is added to try to have the caption take up the whole line rather than wrap at the boundaries of the table as recommended in &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/9300/prevent-wrapping-of-subtable-captions-in-lyx&quot;&gt;Prevent wrapping of subtable captions in lyx&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/HNRg0.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%% LyX 1.6.7 created this file.  For more info, see http://www.lyx.org/.&#xA;%% Do not edit unless you really know what you are doing.&#xA;\documentclass[english]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[latin9]{inputenc}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;&#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% LyX specific LaTeX commands.&#xA;%% Because html converters don't know tabularnewline&#xA;\providecommand{\tabularnewline}{\\}&#xA;&#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% User specified LaTeX commands.&#xA;\usepackage{caption}&#xA;\usepackage{subfig}&#xA;\captionsetup[table]{width=\textwidth}&#xA;&#xA;\@ifundefined{showcaptionsetup}{}{%&#xA; \PassOptionsToPackage{caption=false}{subfig}}&#xA;\usepackage{subfig}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{babel}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;%&#xA;\begin{table}&#xA;\caption{Valleys in promoters of genes correlated with overexpression by breast&#xA;cancer subtype}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\label{tab:vlyTallyUniqVlyMtchCntrlOvrExp}&#xA;&#xA;\subfloat[Number of valleys in the promoter region marking overexpresses genes&#xA;in breast cancer by subtype]{\begin{raggedright}&#xA;&#xA;\par\end{raggedright}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{raggedright}&#xA;\label{tab:vlyTallyUniqCombinedVlyMtchCntrlOvrExp}&#xA;\par\end{raggedright}&#xA;&#xA;\raggedright{}\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|c|}&#xA;\cline{3-4} &#xA;\multicolumn{1}{c}{} &amp;amp;   &amp;amp; \multicolumn{2}{c|}{Over-expression}\tabularnewline&#xA;\cline{3-4} &#xA;\multicolumn{1}{c}{} &amp;amp;  &amp;amp; Basal &amp;amp; Luminal \tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;Marked &amp;amp; Basal  &amp;amp; 131  &amp;amp; 116\tabularnewline&#xA;\cline{2-4} &#xA;Cell line &amp;amp; Luminal  &amp;amp; 100  &amp;amp; 104\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}}&#xA;&#xA;\subfloat[Directly overlapping valleys in promoters of genes correlated with&#xA;overexpression by breast cancer subtype]{\begin{raggedright}&#xA;&#xA;\par\end{raggedright}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{raggedright}&#xA;\label{tab:vlyTallyUniqOverlappingVlyMtchCntrlOvrExp}&#xA;\par\end{raggedright}&#xA;&#xA;\raggedright{}\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|c|}&#xA;\cline{3-4} &#xA;\multicolumn{1}{c}{} &amp;amp;   &amp;amp; \multicolumn{2}{c|}{Over-expression}\tabularnewline&#xA;\cline{3-4} &#xA;\multicolumn{1}{c}{} &amp;amp;  &amp;amp; Basal &amp;amp; Luminal \tabularnewline&#xA;\hline &#xA;Marked &amp;amp; Basal  &amp;amp; 26 &amp;amp; 18\tabularnewline&#xA;\cline{2-4} &#xA;Cell line &amp;amp; Luminal  &amp;amp; 20 &amp;amp; 10\tabularnewline&#xA;\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="978" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-05T21:28:19.773" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T21:28:19.773" Title="Subfig caption doesn't start at start of line" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;captions&gt;&lt;subfloats&gt;&lt;subcaption&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9693" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9691" CreationDate="2011-01-25T19:46:40.120" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{xspace}&#xA;\newcommand\twoD{\mbox{2-D}\xspace}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\twoD and 2&quot;~D&lt;/code&gt; ...: the latter with &lt;code&gt;babel&lt;/code&gt; if the language supports &lt;code&gt;&quot;~&lt;/code&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And an example with several languages and extended shorthands&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[french,english,ngerman]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{babel}&#xA;\addto\extrasenglish{\languageshorthands{ngerman}}&#xA;\textwidth=5cm&#xA;\parindent=0pt&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\rule{\linewidth}{1pt}&#xA;\selectlanguage{english}&#xA;&#xA;foo bar foo bar foo foobar and-another word&#xA;&#xA;foo bar foo bar foo foobar and&quot;~another word&#xA;&#xA;\selectlanguage{french}&#xA;foo bar foo bar foo foobar and&quot;~another word&#xA;&#xA;\selectlanguage{english}\shorthandoff{&quot;}&#xA;foo bar foo bar foo foobar and&quot;~another word&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/KdgZv.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-26T15:55:07.907" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T15:55:07.907" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="9694" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9692" CreationDate="2011-01-25T19:55:02.640" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;write after your &lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}&lt;/code&gt; a &lt;code&gt;\centering&lt;/code&gt; or in LyX mark the contents of the float and choose centering&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T19:55:02.640" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="9695" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9687" CreationDate="2011-01-25T19:56:41.190" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If I understand correctly what you are trying to do, the &quot;at&quot; is actually correct, but you put it at a different place:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\node (Blah) at (AuxNode01) [abstract, rectangle split, rectangle split parts=2]&#xA;    {&#xA;        \textbf{BLAH}&#xA;        \nodepart{second}parts&#xA;    };&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For proper positioning, you should remove the &lt;code&gt;anchor=north&lt;/code&gt; from the definition of the &lt;code&gt;abstract&lt;/code&gt; style (I am not quite sure why it is there, anyway). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T19:56:41.190" />
  <row Id="9696" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9687" CreationDate="2011-01-25T19:58:13.400" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is this what you want?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/qdYxX.png&quot; alt=&quot;flowchart&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In that case you can use &lt;code&gt;at (&amp;lt;node name&amp;gt;)&lt;/code&gt;, and you need to use the option &lt;code&gt;anchor=center&lt;/code&gt; for the new node, because it's set to &lt;code&gt;north&lt;/code&gt; in a global option.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage[a4paper,margin=1cm,landscape]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{positioning,shapes,shadows,arrows}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tikzstyle{abstract}=[rectangle, draw=black, rounded corners, fill=blue!40, drop shadow,&#xA;        text centered, anchor=north, text=white, text width=3cm]&#xA;\tikzstyle{comment}=[rectangle, draw=black, rounded corners, fill=green, drop shadow,&#xA;        text centered, anchor=north, text=white, text width=3cm]&#xA;\tikzstyle{myarrow}=[-&amp;gt;, &amp;gt;=open triangle 90, thick]&#xA;\tikzstyle{line}=[-, thick]&#xA;&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[node distance=2cm]&#xA;    \node (Item) [abstract, rectangle split, rectangle split parts=2]&#xA;        {&#xA;            \textbf{ITEM}&#xA;            \nodepart{second}name&#xA;        };&#xA;    \node (AuxNode01) [text width=4cm, below=of Item] {};&#xA;    \node (Component) [abstract, rectangle split, rectangle split parts=2, left=of AuxNode01]&#xA;        {&#xA;            \textbf{COMPONENT}&#xA;            \nodepart{second}nil&#xA;        };&#xA;    \node (System) [abstract, rectangle split, rectangle split parts=2, right=of AuxNode01]&#xA;        {&#xA;            \textbf{SYSTEM}&#xA;            \nodepart{second}parts&#xA;        };&#xA;&#xA;    \node (New) [abstract, rectangle split, rectangle split parts=2,anchor=center] at (AuxNode01)&#xA;        {&#xA;            \textbf{SYSTEM}&#xA;            \nodepart{second}parts&#xA;        };&#xA;&#xA;    \draw[myarrow] (Component.north) -- ++(0,0.8) -| (Item.south);&#xA;    \draw[line] (Component.north) -- ++(0,0.8) -| (System.north);&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T19:58:13.400" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9697" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9680" CreationDate="2011-01-25T20:09:08.710" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://personal.maths.surrey.ac.uk/st/M.Baltovic/kile/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://personal.maths.surrey.ac.uk/st/M.Baltovic/kile/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;for more infos search with google&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T20:09:08.710" />
  <row Id="9698" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9681" CreationDate="2011-01-25T20:25:08.457" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you use MetaPost or Asymptote, there will be a different method: &lt;code&gt;buildcycle&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, Asymptote:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;size(200);&#xA;defaultpen(black+1);&#xA;&#xA;pair A = (0,0), B = (1,0);&#xA;path inter = buildcycle(arc(A,1,-90,90), arc(B, 1,90,270));&#xA;path outer = box((-2,-2), (3,2));&#xA;&#xA;fill(outer, mediumgray); unfill(inter);&#xA;// or use:&#xA;//     fill(outer ^^ inter, evenodd+mediumgray);&#xA;draw(outer ^^ circle(A,1) ^^ circle(B,1));&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/rCyJw.png&quot; alt=&quot;result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And you don't have to use a language to draw Venn diagrams. Inkscape can also deal with them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T20:25:08.457" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="9699" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="940" CreationDate="2011-01-25T20:47:22.360" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are a few engineers that use it as well. If you count us under &quot;academic discipline&quot; ;-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3154" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T20:47:22.360" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-01-25T20:47:22.360" />
  <row Id="9700" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-25T20:50:51.047" Score="5" ViewCount="117" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/8959/table-and-multi-page&quot;&gt;Table and multi-page&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have some tables with 25 columns that don't fit on the page, even after rotating with &lt;code&gt;sidewaystable&lt;/code&gt;. I know about &lt;code&gt;longtable&lt;/code&gt; but what I would need is &lt;code&gt;widetable&lt;/code&gt;. Does it exist?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have also seen solutions with &lt;code&gt;\mbox&lt;/code&gt;, but that's a bit hackish for me. I generate these tables with some general R code I have (general in that in most cases it's not taking 25 columns), so I can always go back and make it more robust if some &lt;code&gt;widetable&lt;/code&gt; package doesn't exist. Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="320" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-26T14:33:54.147" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T14:33:54.147" ClosedDate="2011-01-26T14:40:44.097" Title="Is there a &quot;widetable&quot; counterpart to &quot;longtable&quot;?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;longtable&gt;" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="9701" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9704" CreationDate="2011-01-25T21:01:47.960" Score="1" ViewCount="109" Body="&lt;p&gt;First I was trying to quickly put together a file/package that provides macros for building Nassi-Shneidermann diagrams, but after a while it gave me a head ache – literally.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I decided to seek out a package on the internet, especially when I figured out that they are also called this, with no luck. I know of an existing package called &lt;code&gt;stuki.sty&lt;/code&gt;, but that is for LaTeX, and I couldn't find the &lt;code&gt;stuki.tex&lt;/code&gt; file that it was based on, as it mentioned by the author. Neither of these available as a package for download.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any kind of package that provides similar?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also if there is, is there a way to make the conditions one line with the true/false line, the separating lines not going all the way in the middle, &lt;a href=&quot;http://lorentey.hu/images/stuki/stuki.gif&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;like this&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File%3aTwo-Way_Branch.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;not like this&lt;/a&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1230" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T22:11:51.407" Title="Nassi–Shneiderman diagram with plain TeX" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;plain-tex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9702" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9680" CreationDate="2011-01-25T21:02:59.773" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Word and LaTeX work quite differently. A lot of what has been said in answers to other questions (&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/4420/215&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/11/215&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;) applies to working with Kile. Kile is just an editor. A lot of learning LaTeX is editor-independent.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As has been already mentioned the &lt;a href=&quot;http://kile.sourceforge.net/Documentation/html/index.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Kile documentation&lt;/a&gt; will also be helpful. Kile is built on Kate, so the &lt;a href=&quot;http://docs.kde.org/stable/en/kdesdk/kate/index.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Kate documentation&lt;/a&gt; might be helpful for lower level issues.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T21:02:59.773" />
  <row Id="9703" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9627" CreationDate="2011-01-25T21:18:25.630" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;1.&lt;/strong&gt; In order to display the frame number at the top left corner, you should add this to the preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setbeamertemplate{headline}{\scriptsize{\vspace*{0.3cm}\hspace*{0.3cm}\insertframenumber}} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Changing the measurements will result in different positions. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;2.&lt;/strong&gt; If you want to hide the number in any frame, you should place the line&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\thispagestyle{empty}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;after the command to begin the frame. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;3.&lt;/strong&gt; The only downside of this is that you'd have the numbering starting at the titlepage, so in case you hide it, your numbering would start from &quot;2&quot;. To fix this, and restart numbering from the first actual frame, insert this line after the command to begin the frame (i. e., the frame you chose to be page one):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setcounter{framenumber}{1}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;OR:&lt;/strong&gt; There's also a (much) simpler way to do something similar. There's command &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \useoutertheme{infolines}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which will add author, title and page count at bottom of each frame. You can also try to modify the footline to display only the information you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I hope this is what you've been looking for. :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3152" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T21:18:25.630" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9704" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9701" CreationDate="2011-01-25T21:19:08.387" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;you can use &lt;code&gt;\input pstricks.tex&lt;/code&gt; it is plain TeX compatible. Some flowcharts can be seen &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/PSTricks/main.cgi?file=pst-node/psmatrix/psmatrix#flowchart&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;:&#xA;not really as a tabular like nassi-shneiderman, but it should be easy to realize.&#xA;Here is a start for your example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\input pstricks&#xA;\input pst-node&#xA;&#xA;\pspicture(0,1)(10,-7)&#xA;\rput(5,0){\rnode{A}{\psframebox[framearc=0.3]{Your reall long text}}}&#xA;\rput(5,-1){\rnode{B}{\psframe(-5,0)(5,-1)\rput(0,-0.5){And the next one}}}&#xA;\ncline[arrowscale=2,arrows=-&amp;gt;,angleA=-90,angleB=90]{A}{B}&#xA;\psframe(0,-1)(10,-7)      \rput(6,-2.5){foo}&#xA;\psline(1,-4)(1,-2)(10,-2) \rput(6,-3.5){bar}&#xA;\psline(1,-3)(10,-3)       \rput(6,-4.5){foo bar}&#xA;\psline(0,-4)(10,-4)&#xA;\psline(0,-5)(10,-5)&#xA;\endpspicture&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-25T22:11:51.407" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T22:11:51.407" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9705" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9708" CreationDate="2011-01-25T22:27:52.953" Score="3" ViewCount="58" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I have a box not take the full width?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\hbox{keke}\hbox{lala} % end up on their own lines instead of same line.&#xA;\vbox{keke}\vbox{lala} % same thing, except also indented.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why does &lt;code&gt;\hbox&lt;/code&gt; by default take the whole line width? Does not compute.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T22:36:48.650" Title="Boxes always take the full width" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="9706" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9691" CreationDate="2011-01-25T22:32:30.347" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;With Xe(La)TeX, at least, you could also use the &quot;non-breaking hyphen&quot; (U+2011), given a font which contains the glyph.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastEditorUserId="1410" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-28T18:00:04.957" LastActivityDate="2011-01-28T18:00:04.957" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="9707" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9713" CreationDate="2011-01-25T22:36:00.590" Score="0" ViewCount="265" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are many Q&amp;amp;A's about left-aligning either table content-cells, or table captions. I'd like to left-align tables (or any/all floats for that matter). I would like to be able to tell that requirement in the preamble.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT:&lt;/strong&gt; My preamble looks like this (I've no idea what is generating this behaviour, so I'll just dump everything here. Generated by pandoc for the most part):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb,amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage[mathletters]{ucs}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8x]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;% This is needed because raggedright in table elements redefines \\:&#xA;\newcommand{\PreserveBackslash}[1]{\let\temp=\\#1\let\\=\temp}&#xA;\let\PBS=\PreserveBackslash&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;% We will generate all images so they have a width \maxwidth. This means&#xA;% that they will get their normal width if they fit onto the page, but&#xA;% are scaled down if they would overflow the margins.&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\maxwidth{\ifdim\Gin@nat@width&amp;gt;\linewidth\linewidth&#xA;\else\Gin@nat@width\fi}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\let\Oldincludegraphics\includegraphics&#xA;\renewcommand{\includegraphics}[1]{\Oldincludegraphics[width=\maxwidth]{#1}}&#xA;\usepackage[breaklinks=true,unicode=true]{hyperref}&#xA;\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}&#xA;\setlength{\parskip}{6pt plus 2pt minus 1pt}&#xA;\setcounter{secnumdepth}{0}&#xA;\usepackage[finnish]{babel}&#xA;%\usepackage{times}&#xA;\usepackage{tgpagella}&#xA;\usepackage{tgheros}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\usepackage[font={sf,footnotesize}]{floatrow}&#xA;\usepackage{calc}&#xA;\floatsetup[table]{style=ruled,&#xA;  objectset=raggedleft,&#xA;  justification=raggedleft,&#xA;  margins=raggedright,&#xA;  midcode=captionskip,&#xA;  captionskip=10pt}&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;\usepackage[font={small,it},&#xA;  justification=justified,&#xA;  format=hang,&#xA;  labelfont={bf},&#xA;  singlelinecheck=false,&#xA;  labelsep=quad]{caption}&#xA;\usepackage[protrusion=true,expansion]{microtype}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-05T19:59:20.800" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T19:59:20.800" Title="How to left-align a table in LaTeX" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;horizontal-alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9708" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9705" CreationDate="2011-01-25T22:36:48.650" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You need to exit vertical mode, otherwise TeX just stacks up the hboxes. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\leavevmode\hbox{keke}\hbox{lala}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T22:36:48.650" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9709" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-25T23:11:19.910" Score="2" ViewCount="208" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/8434/how-to-scale-math-font-only&quot;&gt;how to scale math font only&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Similar to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/5675/how-to-change-math-font-only&quot;&gt;how to change math font only&lt;/a&gt;, is there a way to change the size of fonts in math formulas?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT -- DUPLICATE OF &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/8434/how-to-scale-math-font-only&quot;&gt;how to scale math font only&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1149" LastEditorUserId="1149" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-28T19:58:40.613" LastActivityDate="2011-01-28T19:58:40.613" ClosedDate="2011-01-26T21:04:18.513" Title="How does one change the math font size?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;fontsize&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="9710" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9707" CreationDate="2011-01-25T23:20:18.880" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\floatsetup&lt;/code&gt; command of the floatrow package is the culprit. In your preamble, replace&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\floatsetup[table]{style=ruled,&#xA;  objectset=raggedleft,&#xA;  justification=raggedleft,&#xA;  margins=raggedright,&#xA;  midcode=captionskip,&#xA;  captionskip=10pt}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\floatsetup[table]{style=ruled,&#xA;  objectset=raggedright,&#xA;  margins=raggedright,&#xA;  midcode=captionskip,&#xA;  captionskip=10pt}&#xA;\floatsetup[figure]{%&#xA;  objectset=raggedright,&#xA;  margins=raggedright,&#xA;  midcode=captionskip,&#xA;  captionskip=10pt}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;for starters. Then decide if you really want to adopt different styles for tables and figures (and possible other float types). If not, replace my suggestion with one &lt;code&gt;\floatsetup&lt;/code&gt; command (without &lt;code&gt;[table]&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;[figure]&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: Just omitting &lt;code&gt;\floatsetup&lt;/code&gt; will still produce horizontally centered floats - this is the default behaviour of floatrow.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-25T23:31:06.210" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T23:31:06.210" />
  <row Id="9711" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6026" CreationDate="2011-01-25T23:20:36.260" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use &lt;code&gt;pgfplots&lt;/code&gt; to loop through the columns in your datafile and draw the curves:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplots}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{axis}[every plot/.style={no markers},cycle list name=linestyles]&#xA;\pgfplotstableread[col sep=comma] {testdata.csv}\data % Save the CSV to a macro&#xA;\pgfplotstablegetcolsof{\data} % Get the number of columns n&#xA;\pgfmathparse{\pgfplotsretval-2} % Calculate column index Xn = n-2&#xA;\let\xmax\pgfmathresult&#xA;&#xA;\foreach \x in {0,2,...,\xmax} {&#xA;    \pgfmathadd{\x}{1} % Offset one to get Y column index&#xA;    \let\y\pgfmathresult&#xA;    \addplot+[no markers,line width=2pt] table [x index=\x,y index=\y] \data;&#xA;}&#xA;\end{axis}&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;testdata.csv&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;X1,Y1,X2,Y2,X3,Y3,X4,Y4&#xA;0,0,0,1,0,2,0,3&#xA;4,2,5,1,6,6,6,0&#xA;8,3,10,4,10,1,10,10&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/rogkj.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastEditorUserId="2552" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-25T23:28:46.863" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T23:28:46.863" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9712" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9639" CreationDate="2011-01-25T23:46:01.570" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Solution 1 (Best)&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;This is a solution I made using frabjous suggestion using tocloft and titlesec.&#xA;There is a hack using the let command and titlesec package for managing titles.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} &#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} &#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel} &#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tocloft}&#xA;\usepackage[explicit]{titlesec}&#xA;\let\theRpart\thepart&#xA;\renewcommand{\thepart}{\hbox to 4em{\Roman{part}}}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\partfont}{                    \fontsize{30pt}{36pt}   \bfseries  \selectfont }&#xA;    \titleformat{\part}[display]                    &#xA;      { \partfont }&#xA;      {  \ \vspace{35pt} \\ \filleft \partname \ \theRpart}                         &#xA;      {15pt}&#xA;      { \filleft #1}        &#xA;      [\vspace{100pt}]&#xA;\begin{document} &#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;&#xA;\part{Part1} &#xA;This is a part&#xA;\newpage&#xA;\part{Part2}&#xA;This is a part&#xA; \newpage&#xA;\part{Part3}&#xA;This is a part&#xA; \newpage&#xA;\part{Part4}&#xA;This is a part&#xA; \newpage&#xA;\part{Part5} &#xA;This is a part&#xA;\newpage&#xA;\part{Part6} &#xA;This is a part&#xA;\newpage&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Solution 2 (failed)&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;The solution above is a kind of hack. It would be great if one could achieve it with titletoc package, however I do think that titletoc just like tocloft has problems with part in article class.&#xA;Just a general not refined example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} &#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} &#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel} &#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tocloft}&#xA;\usepackage[explicit]{titlesec}&#xA;\usepackage{titletoc}&#xA;\let\theRpart\thepart&#xA;%\renewcommand{\thepart}{\hbox to 4em{\Roman{part}}}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\partfont}{                    \fontsize{30pt}{36pt}   \bfseries  \selectfont }&#xA;    \titleformat{\part}[display]                    &#xA;      { \partfont }&#xA;      {  \ \vspace{35pt} \\ \filleft \partname \ \theRpart}                         &#xA;      {15pt}&#xA;      { \filleft #1}        &#xA;      [\vspace{100pt}] &#xA;\titlecontents{section}[1.5em]{\vspace{40pt}}{ \contentslabel{2.3em}  }{   }{after  }[]&#xA;\titlecontents{part}[1.5em]{\vspace{40pt}}{ \contentslabel{2.3em}  }{   }{after  }[]            &#xA;\begin{document} &#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;&#xA;\part{Part1}  &#xA;This is a part&#xA;\section{ASDF} &#xA;\newpage  &#xA;\part{Part2}&#xA;This is a part&#xA; \newpage&#xA;\part{Part3}&#xA;This is a part&#xA; \newpage&#xA;\part{Part4}&#xA;This is a part&#xA; \newpage&#xA;\part{Part5} &#xA;This is a part&#xA;\newpage&#xA;\part{Part6} &#xA;This is a part&#xA;\newpage&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So in my opinion the hack that was created with frabjous suggestion is the only known valid way. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Solution 3 (failed)&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;I was also trying :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\oldthepart\thepart&#xA;\renewcommand{\thepart}{...} %modified&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\renewcommand{\thepart}{\oldthepart} %back to normal &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But it failed miserably ;]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Solution 4 (success)&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;One could however in the first run of latex run with command changing the hbox and the last run (when attaching TOC) without renewing \thepart command if one doesn't have the time to read into titlesec package. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Summary&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;However the let command with titlesec package is the best solution in my opinion.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm leaving this question open for the time being. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3132" LastEditorUserId="3132" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-25T23:57:05.170" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T23:57:05.170" />
  <row Id="9713" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9707" CreationDate="2011-01-25T23:48:24.130" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\centering\relax&lt;/code&gt; in the preamble will cancel &lt;code&gt;\centering&lt;/code&gt; everywhere, or to be more selective and only cancel in floats, you can try&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\let\old@float\@float&#xA;\def\@float{\let\centering\relax\old@float}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You will still need to edit the &lt;code&gt;\floatsetup{}&lt;/code&gt; line as lockstep described.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastEditorUserId="627" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-25T23:53:38.227" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T23:53:38.227" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9714" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9680" CreationDate="2011-01-25T23:52:45.063" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I agree Seamus, a lot of learning LaTeX is editor-independent.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Probably LyX is one of the easiest options to begin with LaTeX and migrate from Office to Latex. As you learn more about Latex, LyX graphical interface can be a bit disturbing and -perhaps- you'll prefer a text mode editor as Kile. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here you can find a brief comparison between them:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dedoimedo.com/computers/kile.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.dedoimedo.com/computers/kile.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3157" LastActivityDate="2011-01-25T23:52:45.063" />
  <row Id="9715" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-26T00:14:14.920" Score="11" ViewCount="186" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to write a book document with two columns and subsubsection titles as margin notes at both sides of the page (in the side which corresponds to the column). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In order to specify the subsubsection titles I have used a simple variation of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctex.org/documents/packages/layout/titlesec.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;titlesec example code&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\secformat}[1]{\MakeLowercase{\so{#1}}}&#xA;% \so spaces out letters&#xA;\titleformat{\subsubsection}[block]&#xA;{\normalfont\scshape\filcenter}&#xA;{\thesubsubsection}&#xA;{1em}&#xA;{\secformat}&#xA;% La subsubseccion&#xA;\titleformat{\subsubsection}[leftmargin]&#xA;{\normalfont&#xA;\titlerule*[.6em]{\bfseries.}%&#xA;\vspace{6pt}%&#xA;\sffamily\bfseries\filleft}&#xA;{\thesubsubsection}{.5em}{}&#xA;\titlespacing{\subsubsection}&#xA;{4pc}{1.5ex plus .1ex minus .2ex}{1pc}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you can see following image, margin titles are located in the left side as it's set as a fixed parameter in the code, so titles are over the text in the right column.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/yscZG.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;two-column example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like to know how I can check dynamically if the title corresponds to the right or the left column and to put it in the real margin: I suppose it could be done by setting the parameter &lt;code&gt;[leftmargin]&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;[rightmargin]&lt;/code&gt; but I'm not sure :-?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3157" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-26T07:31:41.120" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T20:06:59.153" Title="Margin notes (and subsection titles) in both sides of a two column document" Tags="&lt;two-column&gt;&lt;marginpar&gt;&lt;titlesec&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="9716" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5935" CreationDate="2011-01-26T01:41:34.720" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I had the same problem, and found a simple solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[utf8x]{inputenc}&#xA;&#xA;\lstset{ &#xA;  extendedchars=\true&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;gives output with correct colouring and no extra space.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3159" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T01:41:34.720" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9717" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9726" CreationDate="2011-01-26T01:55:08.037" Score="13" ViewCount="185" Body="&lt;p&gt;I really like spacing my LaTeX to stay organized, but I'm always scared that adding a space will affect the output when all I really wanted to do was separate the &quot;code&quot; a bit.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So most of the time I insert a &quot;%&quot; in the empty lines just to be safe, or I experiment. For example, I know (by playing with it) that the empty lines in the following are not doing any harm:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\title{My title}&#xA;\author{My author}&#xA;\date{\today}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;&#xA;\begin{abstract}&#xA;This is my abstract!&#xA;\end{abstract}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Introduction}&#xA;Bla bla bla.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I'm wondering, is there a steadfast rule that I can use to know right away if an empty line will affect output?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3160" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-26T02:13:11.730" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T10:20:56.423" Title="When can I safely add an empty line?" Tags="&lt;line-breaking&gt;&lt;line-spacing&gt;&lt;newline&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="9718" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9719" CreationDate="2011-01-26T02:36:14.393" Score="6" ViewCount="179" Body="&lt;p&gt;I tend to use &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; to define macros for symbols I use often, e.g. &lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\hankel}{H^{(1)}_0}&lt;/code&gt;.  One inconvenience of this approach is the fact that command names cannot include numbers.  What I ideally want is to map something like &lt;code&gt;\H0&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;H^{(1)}_0&lt;/code&gt;.  I imagine this could be done with some macro expansion/snippet package, or one might use &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; to define a command that takes a parameter, etc.  Before I start experimenting, though -- is there a canonical way of dealing with this problem?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3007" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T12:15:03.900" Title="Definining commands/abbreviations that contain numbers" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="9719" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9718" CreationDate="2011-01-26T03:03:42.950" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Defining commands with parameters would be the way I would deal with this. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\H}[1]{H^{(1)}_{#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;defines a command with one parameter.  You can then do &lt;code&gt;\H0&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\H1&lt;/code&gt;, ..., &lt;code&gt;\H9&lt;/code&gt;. &#xA;For nore than one digit, you will have to use it as &lt;code&gt;\H{10}&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T03:03:42.950" />
  <row Id="9720" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9718" CreationDate="2011-01-26T03:54:32.823" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=linmacnames&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;This faq answer&lt;/a&gt; discusses this issue, criticises 4 possible ways of using such a macro and ultimately comes to the conclusion &lt;em&gt;don't do that&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T03:54:32.823" />
  <row Id="9721" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9647" CreationDate="2011-01-26T04:04:57.367" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The APS journals use REVTeX as a somewhat-structured markup  which can be mostly-automatically imported into their (non-TeX-based) internal system. They employ people to perform this conversion to their internal system for the tricky places where the conversion process fails (these people will reference the TeX-generated PDF in order to know what they should put in). It's very likely that the conversion scripts will not understand the siunitx commands. So, using siunitx has pros and cons:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Pros:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;You have an easier time with authoring your paper;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;People get to see nicely-formatted units in your author-prepared preprints (eg., on arXiv).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cons:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Your paper will take slightly longer in production before you receive your proofs;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;There is a slightly higher chance of errors being introduced in your units (due to the necessary manual intervention), meaning that you should pay close attention when you get back your proofs.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T04:04:57.367" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9722" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-26T05:33:11.297" Score="2" ViewCount="221" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using TiKZ 2.10 to create a document that includes a tikzpicture with &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathmin&lt;/code&gt; (yes, I also have &lt;code&gt;\usetikzlibrary{calc}&lt;/code&gt;). Previously the document compiled fine but now I get an error like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Package PGF Math Error: Unknown function `getargs' (in 'getargs(3,4)')&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can eliminate this by replacing the occurrence of &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathmin{3}{4}&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathparse{min(3,4)}&lt;/code&gt; but I'm not sure why the former no longer works.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Am I misusing the &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathmin&lt;/code&gt; command?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: A minimal example to compile (with a version of TiKZ approximately 2.10, the version included in miktex 2.9)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\pgfmathmin{1}{2} \pgfmathresult % This yields an error message about getargs&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="136" LastEditorUserId="136" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-26T20:32:22.343" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T20:32:22.343" Title="Why am I getting the PGF Math Error: Unknown function `getargs'?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="9723" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9732" CreationDate="2011-01-26T07:33:21.747" Score="1" ViewCount="89" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm working on a document and tried to change the way enumeration items look with the line&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setbeamertemplate{enumerate mini template}{i)}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;found in the documentation &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/beamer/doc/beameruserguide.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot; title=&quot;beameruserguide.pdf&quot;&gt;BeamerUserGuide&lt;/a&gt; on page 114.&#xA;Whatever I tried, I did not work.&#xA;Okay - for now I got a workaround - but I'm interested, how to use that template.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any ideas?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3163" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-26T10:02:40.837" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T11:12:13.990" Title="Beamer class question: enumerate mini template not working" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;templates&gt;&lt;enumerate&gt;&lt;enumitem&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9724" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1137" CreationDate="2011-01-26T08:28:04.270" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For me, using MAC OS X with standard MacTeX, the above answer were only partially helpful. I couldn't find the directory &lt;code&gt;~/Library/texmf&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I did the following. Assume that you want to add &lt;code&gt;mystyle.sty&lt;/code&gt; to your TeX. Create the directory &lt;code&gt;~/Library/texmf/tex/latex&lt;/code&gt; and place &lt;code&gt;mystyle.sty&lt;/code&gt; in it. Afterwards invoke &lt;code&gt;texhash ~/Library/texmf/&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This worked for me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="412" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T08:28:04.270" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9725" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9709" CreationDate="2011-01-26T09:01:22.250" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;By using the commands &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\displaystyle&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\textstyle&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\scriptstyle&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\scriptscriptstyle&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2408" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T09:01:22.250" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9726" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9717" CreationDate="2011-01-26T09:01:38.723" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Basically, given that an empty line produces a &lt;code&gt;\par&lt;/code&gt; token, the one rule I know is this: &lt;strong&gt;Empty lines are harmless when you &lt;em&gt;know&lt;/em&gt; they (or the implied &lt;code&gt;\par&lt;/code&gt;) will only be encountered in vertical mode.&lt;/strong&gt; TeX starts in vertical mode, and it is in vertical mode between paragraphs, as well as at the top of many environments such as all the list environments, minipage, and floats. Also immediately after these environments (but &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; after a displayed equation, usually).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T09:01:38.723" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9727" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9722" CreationDate="2011-01-26T09:50:37.350" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It seems like something's wrong in the implementation of the &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathmin&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathmax&lt;/code&gt; commands.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In &lt;code&gt;pgfmathfunctions.misc.code.tex&lt;/code&gt; (in the folder &lt;code&gt;texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/math&lt;/code&gt;), you can change the two occurrences of the line&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;    \pgfmathparse{getargs(#1,#2)}%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;    \pgfmathparse{#1,#2}%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then the following code should work&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\pgfmathmin{1,-3,5}{0,2} \pgfmathresult % This doesn't work without the fix&#xA;&#xA;\pgfmathparse{min(1,-3,5,0,2)} \pgfmathresult % This does&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastEditorUserId="2552" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-26T10:21:06.843" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T10:21:06.843" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9728" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9718" CreationDate="2011-01-26T10:13:05.923" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A bad hack (Jan's answer above is much better)  &lt;code&gt;:-)&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\HH}{\afterassignment\HH@aux\count0=}&#xA;\newcommand{\HH@aux}{H^{(1)}_{\the\count0}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;between the usual &lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\makeatother&lt;/code&gt;. If you want to define the commands for various numbers separately, you can do &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand{\GG}{\afterassignment\GG@aux\count0=}&#xA;\newcommand{\GG@aux}{\csname GG\the\count0\endcsname}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and define the various &lt;code&gt;\GG0&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\GG1&lt;/code&gt;... as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\expandafter\newcommand\csname GG0\endcsname{%&#xA;  Definition of GG0.}&#xA;\expandafter\newcommand\csname GG1\endcsname{%&#xA;  Definition of GG1.}&#xA;&#xA;\GG0 \GG1 \GG2 ...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that when we call &lt;code&gt;\GG&lt;/code&gt; followed by &lt;code&gt;2&lt;/code&gt;, we don't get any error/warning: it is just ignored. This method could seem good, but it has many drawbacks, failing in unexpected cases. For instance, if &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt; is say, &lt;code&gt;123&lt;/code&gt;, then &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\GG1\foo...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will be seen as &lt;code&gt;\GG1123&lt;/code&gt;, not the expected behaviour.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastEditorUserId="2707" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-26T12:15:03.900" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T12:15:03.900" />
  <row Id="9729" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9717" CreationDate="2011-01-26T10:20:56.423" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Within the body of your document, the most basic rule of thumb is: &lt;strong&gt;Only use empty lines to separate paragraphs.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So in your example it is fine to say&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section{Introduction}&#xA;&#xA;Bla bla bla.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Because the “Bla bla bla.” is, presumably, a paragraph on its own.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also because of this you shouldn't add empty lines between an equation and its surrounding text if they do belong to the same paragraph. In this case, if you want some extra space in your source code, you should insert &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt;'s to comment out the line, e.g.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;... and then we find out that&#xA;%&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;z^2 = x^2 + y^y \;,&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;%&#xA;which is rather nice.&#xA;&#xA;And then another paragraph here ...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T10:20:56.423" />
  <row Id="9730" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9492" CreationDate="2011-01-26T10:43:29.243" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use &quot;matrix of nodes&quot; and anchors:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\matrix (mat) [matrix of nodes]&#xA; {&#xA;  1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3 \\&#xA;  1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3 \\&#xA;  1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3 \\&#xA;  1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3 \\&#xA; };&#xA;% Matrix is called 'mat' first number is row, second numer is column&#xA;\draw[thick,red] (mat-1-1.north east) -- (mat-4-1.south east);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2974" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T10:43:29.243" />
  <row Id="9731" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9613" CreationDate="2011-01-26T10:52:40.967" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You need to download the old language packages of OpenOffice&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Goto &lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.services.openoffice.org/wiki/Dictionaries&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Dictionaries@OOo&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Select your language&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Find a download to a zip file (containing a *.aff and *.dic file)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Copy all that files into your %PROGRAM_FILES%/TeXnicCenter/Language&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PS. Spell checking as nothing to do with LaTeX&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2974" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T10:52:40.967" />
  <row Id="9732" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9723" CreationDate="2011-01-26T11:12:13.990" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\setbeamertemplate{enumerate mini template}{1-\insertenumlabel}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}{foo}{bar}&#xA; \begin{enumerate}[&amp;lt;+-&amp;gt;][(i)]&#xA;  \item foo &#xA;  \item bar&#xA;  \item foo&#xA;  \item bar&#xA;  \item foo&#xA;  \item bar  &#xA; \end{enumerate}&#xA;&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T11:12:13.990" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9733" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9734" CreationDate="2011-01-26T11:34:49.307" Score="4" ViewCount="134" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a datafile (which I may manipulate to any format), it contains a date-time stamp currently in the form &quot;year-month-day hour:min&quot; and a single variable for each recorded time.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I attempt to plot this datafile it is parsed as if the date-time stamp is two variables, my question is how should I be formatting the datafile for it to be parsed as a single variable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3166" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T12:20:48.347" Title="pgfplot: Datafile format for datetime field" Tags="&lt;pgfplots&gt;&lt;external-file&gt;&lt;parsing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="9734" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9733" CreationDate="2011-01-26T11:49:14.803" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You should use commas to separate the fields. Then you can plot the file using &lt;code&gt;\addplot table [col sep=comma] {datafile.csv};&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to use whitespaces in addition to the commas to keep the file more readable, you need to use &lt;code&gt;[col sep=comma,trim cells=true]&lt;/code&gt; to strip the spaces around the commas.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a minimal example of plotting a file with dates and times:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplots}&#xA;\usepgfplotslibrary{dateplot}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{axis}[&#xA;date coordinates in=x,&#xA;xticklabel={\day.\month.\year\\ \hour:\minute},&#xA;x tick label style={align=center},&#xA;date ZERO=2010-01-01, % Set near lowest date&#xA;xmin={2010-01-01}, % A date with no time is assumed to have a time of 00:00&#xA;xmax={2010-01-04},&#xA;xtick={2010-01-01 12:00, % Set tick marks&#xA;2010-01-02 12:00,&#xA;2010-01-03 12:00}&#xA;]&#xA;\addplot table [col sep=comma,trim cells=true,y=value1] {data.csv};&#xA;\addplot table [col sep=comma,trim cells=true,y=value2] {data.csv};&#xA;\end{axis}&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With a &lt;code&gt;datafile.csv&lt;/code&gt; like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;date,                   value1, value2&#xA;2010-01-01 12:00,       2,      0&#xA;2010-01-01 23:15,       10,     1&#xA;2010-01-03 12:00,       8,      10&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;would yield the following output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/mC6Ue.png&quot; alt=&quot;PGFplots plot of datafile with dates&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastEditorUserId="2552" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-26T12:20:48.347" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T12:20:48.347" />
  <row Id="9735" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-26T12:24:05.243" Score="4" ViewCount="194" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi there.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am using LaTeX for creating PDF files automatically from within Python scripts. The documents I create basically consist of just one big table, which can span several pages. It consists of three parboxed columns. Each item can contain a longer text. So far so good.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At this moment I am using longtable like so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{longtable}{@{}p{\inoutwidth}@{\hspace{\columnsepx}}p{.35\commentwidth}@{\hspace{\columnsepx}}p{.65\commentwidth}@{}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Problem is, that even a single cell may contain so much text that it does not fit on one page. Which means I need a page break within an item, not only between items.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Well, ideally the table would only be broken between the rows. However, when one item exceeds the space available on a page, a page break would have to occur in the middle of the table row.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's not trivial, because any or all of the table columns could contain a large portion of text inside one row. So a page break could impact on one or many columns.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The longtable I am using now put page breaks only between rows. If one row contains too much text, it just runs down the page and some text will be outside the page boundary thus invisible. Does not look nice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any ideas?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cheers!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3167" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T13:51:02.903" Title="Big tables with big items: pagebreaks within items?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;page-breaking&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="9736" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9748" CreationDate="2011-01-26T13:07:36.600" Score="5" ViewCount="175" Body="&lt;p&gt;In my thesis I will include a fair number of tags (morphological tags, in case it matters) that are fixed-width character strings like this: &lt;code&gt;ab-c--d&lt;/code&gt;, where dashes denote NULL fields. I'd like to define a macro &lt;code&gt;\msd&lt;/code&gt; that takes such a tag and outputs it with en-dashes for the NULL fields.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As far as I can make out, this macro needs to do two things:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Disable the double-hyphen and triple-hyphen ligatures (to avoid weirdness when two NULL fields are adjacent)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The actual TeXnical jiggery-pokery required to render hyphens as en-dashes&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The details of how I'd do this elude me, unfortunately. Could someone help me out with this, or point me in the right direction?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2420" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T18:42:11.250" Title="Output hyphen as en-dash in macro" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;ligatures&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9737" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4145" CreationDate="2011-01-26T13:08:18.720" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;All answers above suggested to use some converter from tex/pdf file to the wanted file format, that is why I try to give an n-th proposal. I think this approach is quite insane in this situation, as native solutions also exist - as the OP also mentioned.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you generate the reports from R, it might be the less painful to rewrite some function you use in the reporting process and update those to be able to run in &lt;a href=&quot;http://cran.r-project.org/web/packages/odfWeave/index.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;odfWeave&lt;/a&gt;. Well, it will generate an odt file from an odt one, so not a native Word format, but it is compatible with Ms Office also from the 2007 version (SP2).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That would require to write the body of your text (if any) and the reporting R code in a word processor (Ms Word or e.g. OOWriter), and later run it via odfWeave. The package has a really great documentation, just download the sources and look for the &lt;em&gt;formatting.odt&lt;/em&gt; in the examples directory, which shows in 30+ pages most of the great formatting features of the package. This includes: paragraph, font, color, table, cell, image etc. also.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2878" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T13:08:18.720" />
  <row Id="9738" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9735" CreationDate="2011-01-26T13:11:20.830" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A general solution is only possible with ConTeXt. With LaTeX you can only improve the situation. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;You can set &lt;em&gt;every&lt;/em&gt; column as a single document with a textwidth of the current columnwidth. At the end you can insert the longtable with pdfpages, it allows to put pages side by side. But this works only for two pages.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;You can insert manual &lt;code&gt;\newpage&lt;/code&gt; with a &lt;code&gt;\parfillskip=0pt&lt;/code&gt; in the last line &#xA;where you insert the page break, then this line will be stretched to the whole column width and it is not seen in the output that there was a manual page break:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{longtable}&#xA;\textwidth=6cm&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{longtable}{p{3cm}p{2cm}}&#xA;Some really nonsense text for the first column,&#xA;where now is a problem with the page break&#xA;&amp;amp;&#xA;some more text \\&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar&#xA;\end{longtable}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{longtable}{p{3cm}p{2cm}}&#xA;Some really nonsense text for the first column,&#xA;where \parfillskip=0pt &amp;amp; % for amnual page break&#xA;some more text \\&#xA;\newpage&#xA;now is a problem with the page break\\&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar&#xA;\end{longtable}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-26T13:51:02.903" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T13:51:02.903" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9739" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9736" CreationDate="2011-01-26T13:37:49.153" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The following TeXnical jiggery-pokery seems to work:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begingroup&#xA;\catcode`-=\active&#xA;\aftergroup\newcommand&#xA;\aftergroup-&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;{--\relax}&#xA;\newcommand\msd{\begingroup\catcode`-=\active\msdhelper}&#xA;\newcommand\msdhelper[1]{#1\endgroup}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;test \msd{ab-c--d} test-case&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inside the &lt;code&gt;\msd&lt;/code&gt; macro, the &lt;code&gt;-&lt;/code&gt; is made active (and produces the en-dash), but the usual &lt;code&gt;-&lt;/code&gt; is restored afterwards. This solution can cause trouble if other packages try similar trickery with making &lt;code&gt;-&lt;/code&gt; active.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T13:37:49.153" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9740" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-26T13:43:38.807" Score="4" ViewCount="218" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm doing beamer slides in the 16:9 aspect ratio, so I want to use a more horizontal flow than I was when I had 4:3 slides.  For example, I'd like to place a theorem and its proof side-to-side rather than the proof below the theorem.  As in:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[aspectratio=169]{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetheme{Rochester}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}{There is no largest prime number}&#xA;\begin{columns}&#xA;\begin{column}[t]{0.45\textwidth}&#xA;\begin{theorem}&#xA; There are infinitely many primes.&#xA;\end{theorem}&#xA;\end{column}&#xA;\begin{column}[t]{0.45\textwidth}&#xA;\begin{proof}&#xA; Suppose $p$ were the largest prime number.  &#xA; Let $q$ be the product of the first $p$ numbers.  &#xA; Then $q+1$ is not divisible by any of them.  &#xA; Thus it is prime, but is bigger than $p$.  &#xA; This is a contradiction.&#xA;\end{proof}&#xA;\end{column}&#xA;\end{columns}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is the result:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/oOAtW.png&quot; alt=&quot;sample output&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you can see, the theorem box is a lot shorter than the proof box and the effect is kind of ugly.  Is there a nice way to add vertical space to the shorter one to make it the same height as the longer one?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T18:42:10.663" Title="How can I add vertical space to a beamercolorbox to make it align with another one?" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;&lt;colorbox&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="16" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="9741" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6729" CreationDate="2011-01-26T13:47:32.343" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I had a similar issue where I wanted to 'push' a variable from my R session into a sweave document (see &lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/2912270/sweave-cant-see-a-vector-if-run-from-a-function&quot;&gt;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/2912270/sweave-cant-see-a-vector-if-run-from-a-function&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Rscript sweavescript.R f&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It seems that when Sweave runs, it can see objects in the global environment., so you could call R from your bash script passing the value of 'f' to the script (see &lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/3433603/parsing-command-line-arguments-in-r-scripts&quot;&gt;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/3433603/parsing-command-line-arguments-in-r-scripts&lt;/a&gt;).  The script would then put that value of 'f' into the global environment&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;f&amp;lt;&amp;lt;-commandArgs(trailingOnly = T)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and then runs sweave, where your sweave template then uses the value of f to generate images.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hope this gets you started.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3165" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T13:47:32.343" />
  <row Id="9742" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9735" CreationDate="2011-01-26T13:48:15.277" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The ConTeXt source. The image shows the first two pages&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\definepapersize[DE][width=11cm,height=15cm]&#xA;\setuppapersize [DE][DE]&#xA;\setuplayout[width=10cm,height=12cm]&#xA;%\setuptabulate[split=no]&#xA;&#xA;\starttext&#xA;\starttabulate[|c|p(5cm)|]&#xA;\NC 1.\NC \input knuth\NC\NR\HL % a new tab line&#xA;\NC 2.\NC \input knuth\NC\NR\HL&#xA;\NC 3.\NC \input knuth\NC\NR\HL&#xA;\NC 4.\NC \input knuth\NC\NR\HL&#xA;\NC 5.\NC \input knuth\NC\NR\HL&#xA;\stoptabulate&#xA;&#xA;\stoptext&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/NLCho.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T13:48:15.277" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9743" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9740" CreationDate="2011-01-26T14:23:44.513" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I can provide only a hack ... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{theorem}&#xA; There are infinitely many primes.\rule[-5\normalbaselineskip]{0pt}{0pt}&#xA;\end{theorem}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/omOLp.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and the complete code to visualize the meaning of the &lt;code&gt;\normalbaselineskip&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[aspectratio=169]{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetheme{Rochester}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}{There is no largest prime number}&#xA;\begin{columns}&#xA;\begin{column}[t]{0.45\textwidth}&#xA;\begin{theorem}&#xA; There are infinitely many primes.%&#xA;\rule[-1\normalbaselineskip]{10pt}{1pt}\kern-10pt%&#xA;\rule[-2\normalbaselineskip]{10pt}{1pt}\kern-10pt%&#xA;\rule[-3\normalbaselineskip]{10pt}{1pt}\kern-10pt%&#xA;\rule[-4\normalbaselineskip]{10pt}{1pt}\kern-10pt%&#xA;\rule[-5\normalbaselineskip]{10pt}{1pt}    &#xA;\end{theorem}&#xA;\end{column}&#xA;\begin{column}[t]{0.45\textwidth}&#xA;\begin{proof}&#xA; Suppose $p$ were the largest prime number.  &#xA; Let $q$ be the product of the first $p$ numbers.  &#xA; Then $q+1$ is not divisible by any of them.  &#xA; Thus it is prime, but is bigger than $p$.  &#xA; This is a contradiction.&#xA;\end{proof}&#xA;\end{column}&#xA;\end{columns}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/WHoYl.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-26T18:42:10.663" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T18:42:10.663" CommentCount="12" />
  <row Id="9744" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9736" CreationDate="2011-01-26T14:28:11.547" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;And a LaTeX3 answer as well: we go through the argument token by token using &lt;code&gt;\tl_map_function:nN&lt;/code&gt;, and we replace every character &lt;code&gt;-&lt;/code&gt; by the token list &lt;code&gt;--\relax&lt;/code&gt;. Note that this implementation gets confused by braced things, e.g. &lt;code&gt;\msd{a{bc}d}&lt;/code&gt; will fail.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{expl3}&#xA;\usepackage{xparse}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOn&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \msd #1 {&#xA;  \tl_map_function:nN {#1} \msd_convert_dash:n&#xA;}&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \msd_convert_dash:n #1 {&#xA;  \token_if_eq_charcode:NNTF - #1 {\texttt{-}} {#1}&#xA;}&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOff&#xA;&#xA;% Tests&#xA;\msd{a--b-c}&#xA;\msd{a-bc}&#xA;% It is expandable:&#xA;\edef\foo{\msd{a-b---c}}&#xA;\foo&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: Alan Munn is right about two dashes together looking ugly. I replaced by a &lt;code&gt;\texttt{-}&lt;/code&gt; in my solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastEditorUserId="2707" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-26T18:42:11.250" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T18:42:11.250" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9745" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9691" CreationDate="2011-01-26T14:29:41.183" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To expand on Herbert's answer, here's a list of &lt;code&gt;babel&lt;/code&gt; languages that support &lt;code&gt;&quot;~&lt;/code&gt; for an unbreakable hyphen:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;danish&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;dutch&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;german&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;ngerman&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;icelandic&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;norsk&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;swedish&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;bulgarian&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;slovak&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;russian&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;ukrainian&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T14:29:41.183" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9746" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9722" CreationDate="2011-01-26T16:26:25.107" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The problem arrives with pgf 2.00 cvs and now with pgf 2.1. The problem arrive also with pgfmathmax. The first version of pgfmathmin works with only 2 arguments.&#xA;The best way is to avoid pgfmathmin and pgfmathmax actually and to use the new function&#xA;and to write pgfmathparse{min(1,-3,5,0,2)} With pgfmathmin you use pgfmathparse indirectly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alain Matthes&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T16:26:25.107" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9747" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9736" CreationDate="2011-01-26T16:53:05.283" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There's a simple solution to your problem: just encode your source file as UTF-8 and change all the null field markers to the actual en-dash in your source.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I don't think this will achieve the formatting you actually want, since when you put two en-dashes together, they will not have any space between them (unlike the hyphen characters.)  So probably what you need is a bit more complicated, since you need to add some space after each en-dash to show the null fields as individual elements.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So here's another solution using XeLaTeX: create a custom map file which maps the hyphen into an en-dash with a non-breaking space.  The following instructions work on a Mac or Linux machine; the same thing can be done in Windows but I don't know how, although you can get directions in the link below.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First, dowload and install the &lt;code&gt;TECkit&lt;/code&gt; software from &lt;a href=&quot;http://scripts.sil.org/cms/scripts/page.php?&amp;amp;cat_id=TECkit&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;SIL&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Next, make the following map file (plain text file, named hyphen-dash.map).  This file maps '-' into an en-dash+non-breaking space.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;; Hyphen to emdash mapping file for XeTeX&#xA;; hyphen-dash.map&#xA;;&#xA;LHSName &quot;hyphen-dash&quot;&#xA;RHSName &quot;UNICODE&quot;&#xA;pass(Unicode)&#xA;&#xA;U+002D  &amp;lt;&amp;gt;  U+2013 U+00A0   ; &quot;-&quot; -&amp;gt; &quot;– &quot;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Next, compile this file using the following command from the command line:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;teckit_compile hyphen-dash.map -o hyphen-dash.tec&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Copy the &lt;code&gt;hyphen-dash.tec&lt;/code&gt; file to your local texmf folder in &lt;code&gt;fonts/misc/xetex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now you can compile the following xelatex document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% !TEX TS-program = XeLaTeX&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;\setmainfont[Mapping=tex-text]{Charis SIL}&#xA;\newfontfamily\glossfont[Mapping=hyphen-dash]{Charis SIL}&#xA;\newcommand{\formatgloss}[1]{{\glossfont#1}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Without the hyphen mapping: regular hyphens and dashes:&#xA;&#xA;a-b--c---d&#xA;&#xA;What happens when you put two en-dashes directly together:&#xA;&#xA;a––&#xA;&#xA;Now with the mapping file enabled:&#xA;&#xA;\formatgloss{a-b--c----d}&#xA;&#xA;This solution can be used inside other macros:&#xA;&#xA;\textit{\formatgloss{a-b--c----d}}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Output here:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/dOXS4.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T16:53:05.283" />
  <row Id="9748" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9736" CreationDate="2011-01-26T16:56:47.267" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is a straightforward latex solution. It may behave oddly, though, if you feed unexpected stuff to it, such as brace delimited material (such as, say, &lt;code&gt;\msd{ab{-b-c}d}&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\newcommand{\msd}[1]{\msdhelper#1\relax}&#xA;\newcommand{\msdhelper}[1]&#xA;  {\ifx\relax#1\else&#xA;    \ifx-#1--{}\else#1\fi&#xA;    \expandafter\msdhelper\fi}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\msd{ab-c--d}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T16:56:47.267" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9749" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9755" CreationDate="2011-01-26T18:33:28.800" Score="3" ViewCount="103" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am making one table into two (or more) and would like them to have the same label &lt;em&gt;number&lt;/em&gt; for these two tables, but append them with an &quot;a&quot; or &quot;b&quot; to differentiate them. Also, I would like to be able to refer to them in the text by just the number, not as number.a and number.b. And I would like to retain LaTeX's assume table numbering.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, a table that LaTeX would later number as 8 is too big to fit on one page, so I split it up manually and want it to be automatically labeled 8a and 8b and referred to as 8 in the text. Does this exist? I am sure that I'm searching the wrong keywords, again.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The back story is that I create tables with scripts in R. &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/9700/is-there-a-widetable-counterpart-to-longtable&quot;&gt;I looked for a widetable package here yesterday and there are some good solutions&lt;/a&gt;, but not for the scripts I already have (although I'd like to later add them). Plus it sounds like a good skill to have. Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="320" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-27T07:30:52.480" LastActivityDate="2011-01-27T07:30:52.480" Title="Split one label into many and append with a, b, c, etc" Tags="&lt;cross-referencing&gt;&lt;numbering&gt;&lt;labels&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="9750" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9756" CreationDate="2011-01-26T18:58:10.697" Score="4" ViewCount="265" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I use the beamer class, the resulted pdf document has very small pages: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What can I do in order to create A4 sized slides?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The beginning of the latex document is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[xcolor=dvipsnames]{beamer}&#xA;\usetheme{Madrid}&#xA;\usecolortheme[named=ForestGreen]{structure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The reported size in adobe reader is 5.04&quot; x 3.78&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="852" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-04T17:10:09.470" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T17:10:09.470" Title="Page size too small when using beamer class" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;paper-size&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="9751" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9752" CreationDate="2011-01-26T19:03:35.653" Score="3" ViewCount="77" Body="&lt;p&gt;Normally when I have a document with graphicx that I'd like to see rendered in &lt;code&gt;draft&lt;/code&gt; mode I use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[draft]{graphicx}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, assuming I've already called the line:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I set the mode to draft after this point? Looking at the docs the best I came up with was this (unsuccessful) attempt:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ExecuteOptions{draft}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="352" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T19:10:16.240" Title="Draft mode after include statements" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="9752" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9751" CreationDate="2011-01-26T19:10:16.240" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\setkeys{Gin}{draft}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T19:10:16.240" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9753" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9749" CreationDate="2011-01-26T19:11:19.917" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;code&gt;subcaption&lt;/code&gt; package in the following way, this package comes now shipped with the &lt;code&gt;caption&lt;/code&gt; package, and has similar options.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{table}&#xA;     \subcaptionbox{\label{t1a} Caption for table a}%&#xA;      {\begin{tabular}&amp;lt;spec&amp;gt;&#xA;       &amp;lt;things here&amp;gt;&#xA;       \end{tabular}}&#xA;     \subcaptionbox{\label{t1b} Caption for table b}%&#xA;      {\begin{tabular}&amp;lt;spec&amp;gt;&#xA;       &amp;lt;things here&amp;gt;&#xA;       \end{tabular}}&#xA;     \subcaptionbox{\label{t1c} Caption for table c}%&#xA;      {\begin{tabular}&amp;lt;spec&amp;gt;&#xA;       &amp;lt;things here&amp;gt;&#xA;       \end{tabular}}&#xA;     \caption{\label{t} Caption for all tables&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this way, you can reference each table separately, or just the bunch of them with the label t.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="401" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T19:11:19.917" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9754" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9786" CreationDate="2011-01-26T19:12:11.850" Score="13" ViewCount="324" Body="&lt;p&gt;I understand that this is not strictly a TeX question but I have recently been asked to correct an equation presented as the first example in the image below to that of the second example i.e., to use the thousands separator. I compromised by typesetting the third example with a &lt;code&gt;\thinspace&lt;/code&gt; as the thousands separator.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/kBPD1.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All three types are allowed in SI units. What would you recommend? Is there a canonical way?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I came across a &lt;a href=&quot;http://www-cs-faculty.stanford.edu/~uno/papers/jfsp.tex.gz&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;paper&lt;/a&gt; by Knuth, where large number coefficients are used. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/lkwgv.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;He clearly is in favour of not using any separators or spaces. This fact, besides his own papers is corroborated by an anecdote described in  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.loria.fr/typographie/mathwriting.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Mathematical Writing (page 53)&lt;/a&gt;, regarding an article he submitted to the ACM.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[...] where Don wrote 1000000 they&#xA;  substituted 1,000,000. Don objected&#xA;  that although this might be justifed&#xA;  in text, his use is perfectly OK in a&#xA;  formula. Well then, they replied,&#xA;  write 10&lt;sup&gt;6&lt;/sup&gt; Fine, said, Don,&#xA;  but what do I do  when the number is&#xA;  1234567? The IEEE standard here is to&#xA;  insert spaces, thus: 1 234 567. Don&#xA;  doesn't like this in formulae, but&#xA;  agrees that it may be useful in a high&#xA;  precision context, such as numerical&#xA;  tables.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For me that settles it!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-18T14:24:42.990" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T14:24:42.990" Title="Should one use thousands separators in equations?" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;formatting&gt;&lt;comma&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="10" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="9755" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9749" CreationDate="2011-01-26T19:17:06.373" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;ccaption&lt;/code&gt; package allows for &quot;continuation captions&quot;. So to implement what you want, you could do the following (adapted from the &lt;code&gt;ccaption&lt;/code&gt; documentation.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Update&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since you wanted the first table to have a letter suffix as well, I've changed the code to allow two commands: &lt;code&gt;\splittablecaption&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\splittablecaption*&lt;/code&gt;. This also removes the need to manually reset the subtable caption counter.  Use the starred version for the first in the series, and the unstarred version for any subsequent ones.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{ccaption}&#xA;\newcounter{splittab}&#xA;\renewcommand{\thesplittab}{\alph{splittab}}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand{\splittablecaption}{\@ifstar\splittablecaptionstar\splittablecaptionplain}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\newcommand{\splittablecaptionplain}[1]{\stepcounter{splittab}\captiondelim{\thesplittab: }\contcaption{#1}}&#xA;\newcommand{\splittablecaptionstar}[1]{\setcounter{splittab}{0}\stepcounter{splittab}\captiondelim{\thesplittab: }\caption{#1}}&#xA;&#xA;% Usage: for a split table, use \splittablecaption*{} for the initial caption&#xA;% and \splittablecaption{} for the subsequent captions&#xA;% There is no need to reset the counters manually, as this is done inside the &#xA;% starred version of the \splittablecaption command.&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{table} \centering \splittablecaption*{A multi-part table} \label{tab:m}&#xA; \begin{tabular}{lc} \hline&#xA;just a single line &amp;amp; 1 \\ \end{tabular} \end{table}&#xA;\begin{table} \centering \splittablecaption{Continued} \begin{tabular}{lc} \hline&#xA;just a single line &amp;amp; 2 \\ \end{tabular} \end{table}&#xA;\begin{table} \centering \splittablecaption{Concluded} \begin{tabular}{lc} \hline&#xA;just a single line &amp;amp; 3 \\ \end{tabular} \end{table}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{table} \centering \splittablecaption*{A multi-part table} \label{tab:m}&#xA; \begin{tabular}{lc} \hline&#xA;just a single line &amp;amp; 1 \\ \end{tabular} \end{table}&#xA;\begin{table} \centering \splittablecaption{Continued} \begin{tabular}{lc} \hline&#xA;just a single line &amp;amp; 2 \\ \end{tabular} \end{table}&#xA;\begin{table} \centering \splittablecaption{Concluded} \begin{tabular}{lc} \hline&#xA;just a single line &amp;amp; 3 \\ \end{tabular} \end{table}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-26T21:27:10.733" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T21:27:10.733" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="9756" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9750" CreationDate="2011-01-26T19:40:07.523" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you want to distribute the slides, just print them to a PDF and scale the pages. Then you can distribute a version with 4 slides on a page, e.g.  You can do this from within your favourite PDF viewer, or use the &lt;code&gt;pgfpages&lt;/code&gt; package.  The &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt; documentation section 4.6 outlines these techniques.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-26T20:01:38.937" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T20:01:38.937" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9757" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9750" CreationDate="2011-01-26T19:55:58.993" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;read section &quot;8.3 Frame and Margin Sizes&quot; in the documentation for possible frame sizes. It is not only 5.04&quot; x 3.78&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T19:55:58.993" />
  <row Id="9758" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9750" CreationDate="2011-01-26T20:04:03.767" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is a working solution based on &lt;code&gt;pgfpages&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{pgfpages}&#xA;&#xA;\pgfpagesdeclarelayout{1 on A4}&#xA;{&#xA;  \edef\pgfpageoptionheight{\the\paperheight} &#xA;  \edef\pgfpageoptionwidth{\the\paperwidth}&#xA;  \edef\pgfpageoptionborder{0pt}&#xA;}&#xA;{&#xA;  \pgfpagesphysicalpageoptions&#xA;  {%&#xA;    logical pages=1,%&#xA;    physical height=\pgfpageoptionheight,%&#xA;    physical width=\pgfpageoptionwidth%&#xA;  }&#xA;  \pgfpageslogicalpageoptions{1}&#xA;  {%&#xA;    border shrink=\pgfpageoptionborder,%&#xA;    resized width=\pgfphysicalwidth,%&#xA;    resized height=\pgfphysicalheight,%&#xA;    center=\pgfpoint{.5\pgfphysicalwidth}{.5\pgfphysicalheight}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;\pgfpagesuselayout{1 on A4}[a4paper,landscape]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There might be a way to put the &lt;code&gt;a4paper,landscape&lt;/code&gt; options into the layout declaration, but I cannot find it now.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Regards,&#xA;Martin&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-26T21:21:36.057" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T21:21:36.057" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9759" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9691" CreationDate="2011-01-26T20:17:20.037" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Maybe this general method help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First, define a macro who insert a non-breaking hyphen after some (math) stuff, but allowed hyphenation in the word after :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{xspace}&#xA;\newcommand{\tiret}{\nobreakdash-\hspace{0pt}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then define the macro twoD :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\twoD}{\(2\)\tiret D\xspace}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the text-mode version works too : &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\twoD}{2\tiret D\xspace}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The advantage of this method is if you want a hyphen follow by a long word, by ex. 2-cyclotetrabenzene.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;P.S. I apologize for my poor english&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3172" LastEditorUserId="3172" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-26T21:39:50.167" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T21:39:50.167" />
  <row Id="9760" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9763" CreationDate="2011-01-26T21:21:44.053" Score="3" ViewCount="198" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to chenge how the description lists are indented?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Normal text&#xA;&#xA;List item&#xA;List Item&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Normal text&#xA;&#xA;    List item&#xA;    List Item&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2042" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T23:13:54.163" Title="Indenting description lists" Tags="&lt;lists&gt;&lt;indentation&gt;&lt;description&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="9761" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9760" CreationDate="2011-01-26T21:30:20.020" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;redefine the environment:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\renewenvironment{description}[1][0pt]&#xA;  {\list{}{\labelwidth=0pt \leftmargin=#1&#xA;   \let\makelabel\descriptionlabel}}&#xA;  {\endlist}&#xA;&#xA;\parindent=0pt&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\rule{\linewidth}{1pt}&#xA;&#xA;default text&#xA;\begin{description}&#xA; \item[foo] bar&#xA; \item[foobar] bar&#xA; \item[foo] bar&#xA;\end{description}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{description}[1cm]&#xA; \item[foo] bar&#xA; \item[foobar] bar&#xA; \item[foo] bar&#xA;\end{description}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/z0iQA.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-26T21:59:54.033" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T21:59:54.033" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9762" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9765" CreationDate="2011-01-26T21:49:12.483" Score="1" ViewCount="217" Body="&lt;p&gt;The following MWE yields a wrong output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\RequirePackage{xltxtra}&#xA;\RequirePackage{unicode-math}&#xA;&#xA;%\setmainfont{Linux Libertine}&#xA;\setmathfont{Asana Math}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\(\sigma \gets 1\)&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The expected output should be obvious. Unfortunately though, the “gets” arrow is dropped from the output when rendered with XeTeX (0.9997.4, Unicode-Math v0.5b):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt; 1&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But even weirder, when I comment in the &lt;code&gt;\setmainfont&lt;/code&gt; line and comment out the &lt;code&gt;\setmathfont&lt;/code&gt; line, then the result looks as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;← 1&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;i.e. the sigma is swallowed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Summary: when trying to use either Asana Math or Linux Libertine or both I cannot get the above text to display correctly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Is this a bug? How can I get this to display correctly?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Furthermore, when I have “Asana Math” loaded, additionally load &lt;code&gt;microype&lt;/code&gt; (2.5 beta 0.4) &lt;em&gt;and&lt;/em&gt; display a very huge math text (e.g. &lt;code&gt;fontsize{50}{50}&lt;/code&gt;), the &lt;code&gt;xelatex&lt;/code&gt; compiler creates an error and doesn’t produce any output. This is the error log:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;thesis.tex:13: [Font] Font shape `OT1/cmr/m/n' in size &amp;lt;50&gt; not available size &amp;lt;24.88&gt; substituted. (page 1)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  thesis.tex:13: [Font] Font shape `OT1/cmr/m/n' in size &amp;lt;34.99985&gt; not available size &amp;lt;24.88&gt; substituted. (page 1)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  thesis.tex:13: [Font] Font shape `OML/cmm/m/it' in size &amp;lt;50&gt; not available size &amp;lt;24.88&gt; substituted. (page 1)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  thesis.tex:13: [Font] Font shape `OML/cmm/m/it' in size &amp;lt;34.99985&gt; not available size &amp;lt;24.88&gt; substituted. (page 1)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;– I understand this error, but why does &lt;code&gt;xelatex&lt;/code&gt; fail so badly and doesn’t produce any output?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastEditorUserId="42" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-26T21:57:29.420" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T22:46:27.390" Title="Trouble with unicode-math/fontspec in XeTeX" Tags="&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;fontspec&gt;&lt;unicode-math&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9763" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9760" CreationDate="2011-01-26T21:53:06.177" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I recommend to use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/enumitem&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;enumitem&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package which offers a lot of features for customizing lists - both fine tuning and also consistent list adjustment. For example, just by &lt;code&gt;\setdescription{leftmargin=1cm,labelindent=1cm}&lt;/code&gt; you could indent the description list by 1 cm. Raise &lt;code&gt;leftmargin&lt;/code&gt; or use any value you like for the arguments. More can be found in the package documentation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A complete example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{enumitem}&#xA;\setdescription{leftmargin=\parindent,labelindent=\parindent}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section{Test}&#xA;left aligned text&#xA;\begin{description}&#xA; \item[One] first item&#xA; \item[Two] second item&#xA; \item[Three] third item&#xA;\end{description}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/3iHHo.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With &lt;code&gt;enumitem&lt;/code&gt;, you could even specify it locally, case-by-case, using optional arguments:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{description}[labelindent=1cm]&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T21:53:06.177" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9764" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9762" CreationDate="2011-01-26T21:55:14.430" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;microtype is not compatible with xelatex, unless that has been updated relatively recently (in the last few months).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;you also say you're  trying to use unicode math, but you are not using unicode in your example. the unicode symbol would be the sigma symbol, not \sigma.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1222" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T21:55:14.430" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="9765" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9762" CreationDate="2011-01-26T22:29:28.690" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is a &lt;a href=&quot;https://github.com/wspr/unicode-math/issues/issue/149&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;bug&lt;/a&gt; that has been &lt;a href=&quot;https://github.com/wspr/unicode-math/commit/ae03ca3ef8e581ab430771448cedeb2abd0782a9&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;fixed&lt;/a&gt; last October, but the fix doesn't seem to have propagated to CTAN yet (or at least not into TeX Live).&#xA;With &lt;code&gt;unicode-math&lt;/code&gt; from &lt;a href=&quot;https://github.com/wspr/unicode-math/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;git&lt;/a&gt; your code works as expected (at least the arrow part).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T22:29:28.690" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="9766" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9762" CreationDate="2011-01-26T22:36:04.847" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your example works for me with the latest &lt;a href=&quot;https://github.com/wspr/unicode-math&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;unicode-math's nighty-build&lt;/a&gt;.&#xA;Another solution is to use &lt;code&gt;\leftarrow&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\gets&lt;/code&gt;.&#xA;The comprehensive &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.switch.ch/ftp/mirror/tex/macros/latex/contrib/unicode-math/unimath-symbols.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;list of symbols&lt;/a&gt; for unicode-math may also be helpful for this kind of problems.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3172" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-26T22:46:27.390" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T22:46:27.390" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9767" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9777" CreationDate="2011-01-26T23:09:47.337" Score="6" ViewCount="181" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to typeset things that look like&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://media.texample.net/tikz/examples/PNG/quantum-circuit.png&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm already aware of&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Q-circuit, which has nice custom macros for this purpose, but is based on the relatively slow and clunky XyPic&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;TikZ, which I can use to manually set things up (that's how the picture I've hotlinked was drawn)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are there any other alternatives I should know about?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3176" LastEditorUserId="3176" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-26T23:59:21.560" LastActivityDate="2011-01-27T14:59:21.490" Title="What's a good package for typesetting quantum circuits?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;diagrams&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="9768" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-26T23:10:07.243" Score="1" ViewCount="91" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using multibib. I manually set the order of the bibliography. I would like the order of the numbered items to be reversed. For example, my document has:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\nociteX{Foo}&#xA;\nociteX{Bar}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And the document then shows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;[1] Foo&#xA;[2] Bar&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like the document to show:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;[2] Foo&#xA;[1] Bar&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can anyone explain what to change in my &lt;code&gt;.bst&lt;/code&gt; file, or a flag to &lt;code&gt;multibib&lt;/code&gt; that I am missing that will achieve this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="360" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T23:10:07.243" Title="Multibib reverse label or sort order" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;sorting&gt;&lt;multibib&gt;" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9769" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9760" CreationDate="2011-01-26T23:13:54.163" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I like Stefan's answer a lot, but if you'd prefer not to install a new package and are okay with a hacky solution, you could just enclose the description in a &lt;code&gt;quote&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;quotation&lt;/code&gt; environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3176" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T23:13:54.163" />
  <row Id="9770" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8527" CreationDate="2011-01-26T23:21:00.830" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Recently the developer of tkz-euclide, tkz-graphe and &lt;a href=&quot;http://altermundus.fr/pages/tkz.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;some other graphics package&lt;/a&gt; has announced on &lt;a href=&quot;http://groups.google.com/group/fr.comp.text.tex/browse_thread/thread/1b3d201886e79b67#&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;fr.comp.text.tex&lt;/a&gt; that he will adapts his code to Lua (now it's gnuplot who does the job to calculate coordinate).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;P.S. I would like to do a comment of these «answer», but i haven't enough reputation yet to comment&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3172" LastActivityDate="2011-01-26T23:21:00.830" />
  <row Id="9771" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-27T05:01:29.627" Score="4" ViewCount="183" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to redefine the &lt;code&gt;pmatrix&lt;/code&gt; environment provided by the &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; package (and changed by the &lt;code&gt;mathtools&lt;/code&gt; package) for adding good-looking delimiters. The code is below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath,mathtools,environ}&#xA;\RenewEnviron{pmatrix}{\PARENS{\begin{matrix}\BODY\end{matrix}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\PARENS&lt;/code&gt; command is provided by the &lt;code&gt;mtpro2&lt;/code&gt; package to get curved left/right parentheses. But it does not work. Furthermore, there's a starred version &lt;code&gt;pmatrix*&lt;/code&gt; (with an optional arg &lt;code&gt;l&lt;/code&gt;/&lt;code&gt;c&lt;/code&gt;/&lt;code&gt;r&lt;/code&gt;): I don't have any idea either. The code I can give is below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath,mathtools,environ}&#xA;\RenewEnviron{pmatrix*}[1][c]{\PARENS{\begin{matrix*}[c]\BODY\end{matrix*}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I mailed to &lt;code&gt;environ&lt;/code&gt; package's author Will Robertson, but there's no reply. He may come here usually. So I logged in and posted.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The question is copied from &lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/4802117/how-to-redifine-via-environ-package-the-pmatrix-environment&quot;&gt;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/4802117/how-to-redifine-via-environ-package-the-pmatrix-environment&lt;/a&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3180" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-22T16:08:50.420" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T16:08:50.420" Title="How to redefine (via `environ` package) the `pmatrix` environment?" Tags="&lt;environments&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9772" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9771" CreationDate="2011-01-27T05:12:16.887" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\NewEnviron&lt;/code&gt; can define a environment that is never defined before, and &lt;code&gt;\RenewEnviron&lt;/code&gt; can only redefine a environment that is defined by &lt;code&gt;\NewEnviron&lt;/code&gt;. If we use &lt;code&gt;\RenewEnviron&lt;/code&gt; to redefine a predefined environment, we'll get an error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;! LaTeX Error: \env@pmatrix@save@env undefined.&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It seems a bug of &lt;code&gt;environ&lt;/code&gt;. Here is the solution:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{amsmath,mathtools}&#xA;\usepackage{mtpro2}&#xA;\usepackage{environ}&#xA;&#xA;\let\pmatrix\relax&#xA;\let\endpmatrix\relax&#xA;\NewEnviron{pmatrix}{\PARENS{\begin{matrix}\BODY\end{matrix}}}&#xA;&#xA;\expandafter\let\csname pmatrix*\endcsname\relax&#xA;\expandafter\let\csname endpmatrix*\endcsname\relax&#xA;\NewEnviron{pmatrix*}[1][c]{\PARENS{\begin{matrix*}[#1]\BODY\end{matrix*}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-27T08:05:37.503" LastActivityDate="2011-01-27T08:05:37.503" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9773" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9754" CreationDate="2011-01-27T05:15:58.070" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your question rely upon your country's mathematics typesetting triditional habbit, and it is not a TEX problem. Anyway, You could input&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\frac{\pi^2}{123\thousandsymbol 456}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to get diffrence output easily.&#xA;If your codes had been finished, the better way (as far as I know) to modify them is using regular expression, adding the command inside digits (on reverse order).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3180" LastEditorUserId="3180" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-27T08:47:49.120" LastActivityDate="2011-01-27T08:47:49.120" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9774" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9780" CreationDate="2011-01-27T06:38:34.653" Score="4" ViewCount="248" Body="&lt;p&gt;Recently I typeset the same document on two different computers&amp;mdash;once on my Mac and once on a machine running Ubuntu. (Both have the latest release of TeX Live, or whatever the standard distro is.) The two PDFs were identical, except that the heads of the &lt;code&gt;\rightarrow&lt;/code&gt;s (hence &lt;code&gt;\to&lt;/code&gt;s) the Ubuntu machine produced were slightly fatter (and uglier) than those the Mac produced. Does this style feature vary across versions of LaTeX, and how can I control which arrowheads are typeset?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The code &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;This document was created on the Ubuntu machine, using \TeX\ Live 2009, \LaTeX\ 2e, etc.&#xA;Here is an arrow:&#xA;    \[ \rightarrow\]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;on the Ubuntu machine generated arrowtest.pdf.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And the code&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;This document was created using the Mac, using \LaTeX\ 2e, etc.&#xA;This is an arrow:&#xA;    \[ \rightarrow \]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;on my Mac generated arrowtest2.pdf.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3134" LastEditorUserId="3134" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-27T08:01:43.940" LastActivityDate="2011-01-27T08:11:48.060" Title="What makes LaTeX typeset basic \rightarrow arrowheads differently?" Tags="&lt;latex-general&gt;&lt;arrows&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="11" />
  <row Id="9775" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9776" CreationDate="2011-01-27T07:05:47.083" Score="5" ViewCount="351" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have never used a graphing tool in LaTeX but now I need to draw a picture. It is not very complicated: an xy-plane with axis; a number of points; a number of straight lines and finally two hyperbolas. My question is what tool I should pick? I have seen TikZ but I am told it takes quite some time before you can actually use it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="809" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-01T00:13:13.620" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T00:13:13.620" Title="Need recommendations for a drawing tool in LaTeX" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;diagrams&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="9776" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9775" CreationDate="2011-01-27T07:11:27.393" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you are looking for a LaTeX package, use &lt;code&gt;pgfplots&lt;/code&gt; (based on &lt;code&gt;TikZ&lt;/code&gt;), or &lt;code&gt;pst-plot&lt;/code&gt; (part of &lt;code&gt;PSTricks&lt;/code&gt;). Or you can use any other tools to draw graphs, such as gnuplot, MATLAB, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For Euclidian geometry, &lt;code&gt;tkz-euclide&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;pst-eucl&lt;/code&gt; package can be used. And I recommend a java program &lt;code&gt;GeoGebra&lt;/code&gt;, which is really easy to use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.geogebra.org/cms/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.geogebra.org/cms/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/HwHY7.png&quot; alt=&quot;GeoGebra&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-27T07:30:01.263" LastActivityDate="2011-01-27T07:30:01.263" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9777" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9767" CreationDate="2011-01-27T07:44:37.037" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Apparently Nielsen and Chuang used &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.media.mit.edu/quanta/qasm2circ/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;qasm2circ&lt;/a&gt; to produce the figures in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.squint.org/qci/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Quantum Computation and Quantum Information&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="569" LastActivityDate="2011-01-27T07:44:37.037" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9778" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9775" CreationDate="2011-01-27T08:05:13.140" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use tkz-fct, tkz-base and tkz-euclide. All the packages are based on pgf/tikz.&#xA;tkz-fct uses gnuplot to get points. It' s possible to get intersection  of the straight lines and the two hyperbolas.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alain Matthes&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastActivityDate="2011-01-27T08:05:13.140" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="9779" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9685" CreationDate="2011-01-27T08:07:07.457" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another solution: the very new package &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/mathastext&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;mathastext&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, released on CTAN today, allows to use the text font in math mode, i.e. for text, letters, variables. This would allow to use Times in math mode together with Greek and other math fonts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-01-27T08:07:07.457" />
  <row Id="9780" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9774" CreationDate="2011-01-27T08:11:48.060" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are two versions of the arrow heads in circulation, so it is possible that on one machine a font uses the first while on the other machine a font uses the other one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What happened is that Knuth changed the styles of arrows in 1992 as he says in his &lt;a href=&quot;http://www-cs-faculty.stanford.edu/~knuth/cm.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Important Message to all Users of TeX &lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Many characters were improved in 1992,&#xA;  notably the arrows, which now are&#xA;  darker and have larger arrowheads, so&#xA;  that they don't disappear so easily&#xA;  after xeroxing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is the two versions side by side by comparison:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/tr1Gc.png&quot; alt=&quot;comparison of the two arrows&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem is that when the fonts based on Computer Modern where converted in type1 format, some of them stayed with the old version and some with the new version. For example, the amssymb &lt;code&gt;\twoheadrightarrow&lt;/code&gt; uses the short arrowhead whereas the bluesky type1 \rightarrow uses the large one:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/cviaM.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;$\rightarrow$ $\twoheadrightarrow$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you load an old &lt;code&gt;lmodern&lt;/code&gt; package (e.g. version 1.3 from 2007/01/14) the &lt;code&gt;\rightarrow&lt;/code&gt; will use the old arrow head (but the text arrow the new one). However, in the newest &lt;code&gt;lmodern&lt;/code&gt;, the correct arrow heads are now being used, as the &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/fonts/lm/doc/fonts/lm/lm-hist.txt&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;lm-hist.txt&lt;/a&gt; file says:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Ver. 2.003, 16.09.2009: main modification: shapes of LM glyps consistent&#xA;with D.E. Knuth's recent changes in CMs plus lots of tiny changes;&#xA;most important changes are described in details below: &#xA;* fonts and glyphs modified according to D.E. Knuth's changes in CMs&#xA;  (note that the corrections related to glyph shapes, not metric data):&#xA;  -- leftward arrow (char '040), rightward arrow (char '041),&#xA;     upward arrow (char '042), downward arrow (char '043),&#xA;     left-and-right arrow (char '044), northeast arrow (char '045),&#xA;     southeast arrow (char '046), northwest arrow (char '055),&#xA;     southwest arrow (char '056), up-and-down arrow (char char '154)&#xA;     lmsy5 lmbsy5 lmsy6 lmsy7 lmbsy7 lmsy8 lmsy9 lmsy10 lmbsy10&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are sure that your two TeX distributions are recent, using &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{lmodern}&lt;/code&gt; on both should solve the issue.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1973" LastActivityDate="2011-01-27T08:11:48.060" CommentCount="11" />
  <row Id="9781" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9783" CreationDate="2011-01-27T08:18:48.840" Score="5" ViewCount="83" Body="&lt;p&gt;How would you test whether we are in an expansion only context (i.e., &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\xdef&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\write&lt;/code&gt;,...) or not? The only ways I could think of leave things behind (but the full expansion of that extra stuff is empty).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a clean way of testing this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\def\expiffalse{\expandafter\iffalse}&#xA;\protected\def\mygobble#1{\ifx\iftrue#1\expiffalse\fi}&#xA;\def\ifexpanding{\mygobble\iftrue\relax}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;We test that it sort of works: first, we are&#xA;\ifexpanding expanding\else not expanding\fi. &#xA;&#xA;Then, we are%&#xA;\edef\foo{\ifexpanding expanding\else not expanding\fi}&#xA;\show\foo&#xA;\foo.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastActivityDate="2011-01-27T08:49:27.747" Title="Are we inside an edef?" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;expansion&gt;&lt;e-tex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="9783" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9781" CreationDate="2011-01-27T08:33:06.833" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I believe not, hence the addition of &lt;code&gt;\ifincsname&lt;/code&gt; in pdfTeX (and XeTeX, I think). This came out of discussions way back when on detecting/testing all of the different expansion contexts, but IIRC the csname expansion was the only one that was easy or maybe unambiguous to implement. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Er, sorry for the vague answer; I'll pull up some references if they come to me. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-27T08:49:27.747" LastActivityDate="2011-01-27T08:49:27.747" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9784" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6364" CreationDate="2011-01-27T08:42:00.923" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello,&#xA;My solution uses my new package tkz-fct and tkz-euclide but it's not necessary to use tkz-fct because it's possible with straight lines to get points without gnuplot :( . If you want directly the lines you defin a point with tkzDefpoint(x,y){Name} and the you can draw a line with tkzDrawLine(A,B) . Here my code with tkz-fct&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;remark : for a line samples =2 is enough and it's possible !&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \documentclass{article}&#xA;    \usepackage{tkz-euclide,tkz-fct}&#xA;    \usetkzobj{all}&#xA;&#xA;    \begin{document} &#xA;    \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;         \tkzInit \tkzClip[space=.5]&#xA;       \tkzDefPoint(0,0){O} &#xA;       \tkzDrawX[label=$x_1$] \tkzDrawY[label=$x_2$]&#xA;       \tkzFct[color   = red,domain =0:10,samples=2]{4+0.75*x}&#xA;       \tkzDefPointByFct(0) \tkzGetPoint{A1} &#xA;       \tkzDefPointByFct(10) \tkzGetPoint{B1} &#xA;       \tkzFct[color   = blue,domain =0:10,samples=2]{11-1.5*x}&#xA;       \tkzDefPointByFct(0) \tkzGetPoint{A2} &#xA;       \tkzDefPointByFct(10) \tkzGetPoint{B2}  &#xA;       \tkzFct[color   = green,domain =0:10,samples=2]{2*x-5}&#xA;       \tkzDefPointByFct(2.5) \tkzGetPoint{A3} &#xA;       \tkzDefPointByFct(10) \tkzGetPoint{B3} &#xA;       \tkzInterLL(A1,B1)(A2,B2) \tkzGetPoint{I12} &#xA;       \tkzInterLL(A1,B1)(A3,B3) \tkzGetPoint{I13}&#xA;       \tkzInterLL(A3,B3)(A2,B2) \tkzGetPoint{I23}&#xA;       \tkzFillPolygon[color=magenta!30](O,A3,I23,I12,A1)&#xA;       \tkzDrawPolygon[color=magenta](O,A3,I23,I12,A1) &#xA;       \tkzDrawPoints(A1,A2,A3,I12,I13,I23)&#xA;        \end{tikzpicture} &#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/SkgEk.png&quot; alt=&quot;Polygon&quot;&gt;&#xA;Alain Matthes&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastActivityDate="2011-01-27T08:42:00.923" />
  <row Id="9785" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9771" CreationDate="2011-01-27T08:55:04.773" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;My solution is based on Leo Liu's, but quicker if you want to redefine many environments in such a way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\OverwriteEnviron}[1]{%&#xA;  \expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname\relax%&#xA;  \expandafter\let\csname end#1\endcsname\relax%&#xA;  \expandafter\let\csname env@#1@parse\endcsname\relax%&#xA;  \expandafter\let\csname env@#1@save@env\endcsname\relax%&#xA;  \expandafter\let\csname env@#1@process\endcsname\relax%&#xA;  \NewEnviron{#1}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\OverwriteEnviron{pmatrix*}[1][c]{\PARENS{\begin{matrix*}[#1]\BODY\end{matrix*}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastActivityDate="2011-01-27T08:55:04.773" />
  <row Id="9786" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9754" CreationDate="2011-01-27T09:41:18.433" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you were to go for the middle version (commas), at least use {,} rather than the bare comma. That will fix the rather glaring problem with spacing. Personally, I lean toward the thin space solution, even in mathematics, at least if the numbers have nine digits or more. But I might be tempted to break with tradition and put them in groups of five rather than three.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2011-01-27T09:41:18.433" />
  <row Id="9787" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9788" CreationDate="2011-01-27T10:50:16.397" Score="16" ViewCount="353" Body="&lt;p&gt;The LaTeX (2e) source code is quiet hard to read. There are a lot of macros with &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt; symbol. I understand those are &quot;latex macros&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is, in particular, a series of macros called &lt;code&gt;\@ne&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\tw@&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\thr@@&lt;/code&gt; (and maybe more). Their &lt;code&gt;\meaning&lt;/code&gt; is &lt;code&gt;\char&quot;1&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\char&quot;2&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\char&quot;3&lt;/code&gt;. I wonder (1.) how and where those are defined?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Further interests:&#xA;They seem to be used mainly to identify internal registers. &quot;The Texbook&quot; mentions that there are 256 internal registers of each type, e.g. &lt;code&gt;\box0&lt;/code&gt; ... &lt;code&gt;\box256&lt;/code&gt;. So which register does &lt;code&gt;\box\@ne&lt;/code&gt; denote?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After reading Martin's answer I reached to the texbook, page 121: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Besides&#xA;  &lt;code&gt;\newcount&lt;/code&gt;, plain TEX provides&#xA;  &lt;code&gt;\newdimen&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\newskip&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\newmuskip&lt;/code&gt;, and&#xA;  &lt;code&gt;\newbox&lt;/code&gt;; there also are &lt;code&gt;\newtoks&lt;/code&gt;,&#xA;  &lt;code&gt;\newread&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\newwrite&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\newfam&lt;/code&gt;, and&#xA;  &lt;code&gt;\newinsert&lt;/code&gt;, for features we haven’t&#xA;  discussed yet. Appendices B and E&#xA;  contain several examples of the&#xA;  proper use of allocation. In the cases&#xA;  of &lt;code&gt;\newbox&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\newread&lt;/code&gt;, etc., the&#xA;  allocated number is deﬁned by&#xA;  &lt;code&gt;\chardef&lt;/code&gt;. For example, if the command&#xA;  &quot;&lt;code&gt;\newbox\abstract&lt;/code&gt;&quot; is used to deﬁne a&#xA;  box register that will contain an&#xA;  abstract, and if the &lt;code&gt;\newbox&lt;/code&gt; operation&#xA;  decides to allocate &lt;code&gt;\box45&lt;/code&gt; for this&#xA;  purpose, then it deﬁnes the meaning of&#xA;  &lt;code&gt;\abstract&lt;/code&gt; by saying&#xA;  &quot;&lt;code&gt;\chardef\abstract=45&lt;/code&gt;&quot;. TEX allows&#xA;  &lt;code&gt;\chardef&lt;/code&gt;’d quantities to be used as&#xA;  integers, so that you can say&#xA;  &lt;code&gt;\box\abstract&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\copy\abstract&lt;/code&gt;, etc.&#xA;  (There is no &lt;code&gt;\boxdef&lt;/code&gt; command.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;... so &lt;code&gt;\box\@ne&lt;/code&gt; is equal to &lt;code&gt;\box1&lt;/code&gt; ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3095" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-20T21:03:12.973" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T21:03:12.973" Title="\@ne \tw@ \thr@@" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;tex-core&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="9788" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9787" CreationDate="2011-01-27T11:03:25.100" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;They are defined in &lt;code&gt;latex.ltx&lt;/code&gt; starting from line 293:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\chardef\@ne=1&#xA;\chardef\tw@=2&#xA;\chardef\thr@@=3&#xA;\chardef\sixt@@n=16&#xA;\chardef\@cclv=255&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And then on line 316:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\countdef\m@ne=22 \m@ne=-1&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;They are defined to reduce the numbers of tokens in the source code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Edit:&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To answer your 2nd, later added question &quot;... so &lt;code&gt;\box\@ne&lt;/code&gt; is equal to &lt;code&gt;\box1&lt;/code&gt;?&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt; Yes!&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Supplement:&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are also the very useful &lt;code&gt;\p@&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\z@&lt;/code&gt;, also defined in &lt;code&gt;latex.ltx&lt;/code&gt; lines 353 and 354 (with original comments):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newdimen\p@ \p@=1pt % this saves macro space and time&#xA;\newdimen\z@ \z@=0pt % can be used both for 0pt and 0&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example:&#xA;I encountered recently the expression &lt;code&gt;\wd\z@\z@&lt;/code&gt; which at first confused me quite a bit. It means: &quot;set the width of box 0 (&lt;code&gt;\z@&lt;/code&gt; taken as integer) to 0pt (&lt;code&gt;\z@&lt;/code&gt; used as dimension as normal). The longer form would be &lt;code&gt;\wd0=0pt&lt;/code&gt; (6 tokens instead of 3).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also &lt;code&gt;\p@&lt;/code&gt; is very often used to add the 'pt' after a floating point number: &lt;code&gt;1.2345\p@&lt;/code&gt; is 1.2345pt (actually 1.2345 x 1pt).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;See also:&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the meantime I compiled a &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4790/documentation-reference-for-latex-internal-commands/10465#10465&quot;&gt;list of these and more macros&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-15T09:36:02.213" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T09:36:02.213" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="9789" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9812" CreationDate="2011-01-27T11:30:25.050" Score="7" ViewCount="197" Body="&lt;p&gt;The TeX Live source tree is really huge. Is there an overview somehow somewhere of the meaning of all those file extensions? I mean e.g. in texlive/Master/texmf, there are 10 .sty, 18 .enc, 21 .tcx, 22 .map, 23 .tlu, 35 .cfg, 366 .asy and 425 .xdy files. I have no clue what kind of files these are.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All in all there are almost 1000 (!) different file extensions :-O &lt;a href=&quot;http://sprunge.us/KDJh&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://sprunge.us/KDJh&lt;/a&gt; 1)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What do they all mean?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Clarification:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What list is 1) ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;texlive/Master$  # a command is run in the TeX Live tree's root directory&#xA;find ...         # finds all files in this directory, omits the bin directory...&#xA; | sed .         # filters out everything except the filenames extensions&#xA; | sort          # sorts the list lexically&#xA; | uniq -c       # counts the number of duplicates of each line&#xA; | sort -nr      # sorts the resulting &quot;list of counts&quot; numerically reverse&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;-&gt; The result is a list of file extensions ordered by their frequencies&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3095" LastEditorUserId="3095" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-27T17:48:20.227" LastActivityDate="2011-01-28T10:44:06.653" Title="What formats do the file extensions in the TeX Live source tree denote" Tags="&lt;texlive&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="9790" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9793" CreationDate="2011-01-27T11:32:56.607" Score="4" ViewCount="200" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm writing a little BibTeX exporter for the publication database of my institute. We do have a lot of authors with all kind of weird characters in their names, which get the &quot;WTF is Unicode?&quot;-treatment from BibTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As I have to preprocess author names and titles before exporting anyway, I thought that I could replace as much unicode characters as possible with their LaTeX equivalent. There's an image with such a mapping on &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.bibtex.org/SpecialSymbols/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;bibtex.org&lt;/a&gt;:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/lPA0t.png&quot; alt=&quot;mapping&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But that image is a) incomplete (e.g. capital German umlauts are missing) and b) not of much use to me in this form.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does someone know of such a mapping that is as complete as possible and available in a machine-readable format?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;/edit&lt;/strong&gt;: Juan's XML is probably as complete as it gets (I'll post a Python dictionary reduced to unicode and LaTeX on github). But in the meantime, I also found the mapping that &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.zotero.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Zotero&lt;/a&gt; uses. It can be found in their &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.zotero.org/svn/extension/branches/2.0/translators/BibTeX.js&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;SVN-Repository&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;/edit2&lt;/strong&gt;: OK, the Python dictionary can be found &lt;a href=&quot;https://gist.github.com/798549&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;, and the XSL Style Sheet to convert Juan's XML into a Python dictionary is &lt;a href=&quot;https://gist.github.com/798546&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks for all your help!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3185" LastEditorUserId="3185" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-27T14:11:11.730" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T15:28:35.657" Title="Mapping from Unicode character to LaTeX-Symbol for BibTeX?" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;unicode&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="9791" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9775" CreationDate="2011-01-27T11:43:00.523" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For drawings and plots I recommend TikZ and PGFplots.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;TikZ examples are at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;texample.net&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;PGFplots examples are at &lt;a href=&quot;http://pgfplots.sf.net&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;sf.net&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is also an example with &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/intersection-of/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;intersections&lt;/a&gt;:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/8VUbF.png&quot; alt=&quot;Intersection&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2974" LastActivityDate="2011-01-27T11:43:00.523" />
  <row Id="9792" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10021" CreationDate="2011-01-27T11:50:10.837" Score="4" ViewCount="286" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to detect that the MikTeX LaTeX executable is used?&#xA;Something like &lt;code&gt;\ifmiktex&lt;/code&gt; or even &lt;code&gt;\IfFileExists{&amp;lt;some file only present in MikTeX&amp;gt;}{}{}&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The reason is that in one of my packages I have to re-execute LaTeX internally on an different .tex file, which of course requires the shell escape aka. write18 feature to be enabled by the user. However, I want to support this feature recursively, i.e. the other .tex file can itself call an own LaTeX sub-process. For this to work I have to add the correct command line option to the internally call of the (&lt;code&gt;pdf&lt;/code&gt;)&lt;code&gt;latex&lt;/code&gt; executable.&#xA;Now this option is &lt;code&gt;-shell-escape&lt;/code&gt; for TeXLive, but &lt;code&gt;--enable-write18&lt;/code&gt; for MikTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here some example code how I plan to implement this feature. The missing part is the definition of &lt;code&gt;\ifmiktex&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ifpdf&#xA;   \def\latexcmd{pdflatex }%&#xA;\else&#xA;   \def\latexcmd{latex }%  &#xA;\fi&#xA;&#xA;\ifmiktex&#xA;   \immediate\write18{\latexcmd --enable-write18 \options \file}%&#xA;\else&#xA;   \immediate\write18{\latexcmd -shell-escape \options \file}%&#xA;\fi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-02T20:22:09.987" Title="Is there a way to detect from inside a package that MikTeX is used?" Tags="&lt;miktex&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="15" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="9793" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9790" CreationDate="2011-01-27T12:19:51.770" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;From &lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/2354067/map-between-latex-commands-and-unicode-points&quot;&gt;a related question on SO&lt;/a&gt;, there is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;... &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.w3.org/Math/characters/unicode.xml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;an XML file&lt;/a&gt; from the W3C. It maps Unicode to HTML, MathML, LaTeX, Mathematica, and others. (The file is 1.4 MB, uncompressed.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;You can read more about it here: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.w3.org/TR/unicode-xml/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.w3.org/TR/unicode-xml/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2011-01-27T12:19:51.770" />
  <row Id="9794" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-27T12:20:42.407" Score="3" ViewCount="95" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using the docoumentclass &lt;code&gt;amsart&lt;/code&gt;. Two things I don't like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The table of contents (TOC) looks kind of poor, is there an easy way to change it? I like it from &lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt; more.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If I use &lt;code&gt;\section*{bla}&lt;/code&gt; it still appears but without number in the TOC. How can I make a section that does not appear in the TOC?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1781" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-27T13:53:16.233" LastActivityDate="2011-01-29T00:38:49.640" Title="AMSTeX table of contents" Tags="&lt;amsart&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="9795" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9790" CreationDate="2011-01-27T12:31:10.047" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;code&gt;biber&lt;/code&gt; with the optional arguments for the bibdata &lt;code&gt;bibtex&lt;/code&gt; and the exported bib encoding (&lt;code&gt;UTF8&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;biber --bblencoding=UTF-8 --bibencoding=latin1 --allentries --bibdata &amp;lt;file.bib&amp;gt;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-27T12:31:10.047" />
  <row Id="9796" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-27T13:27:17.303" Score="15" ViewCount="383" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a simple way to add todo notes to latex documents ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like to have these notes in red in the generated pdf and a simple syntax to write them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;thanks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3182" LastActivityDate="2011-01-27T18:09:41.710" Title="How to add todo notes ?" Tags="&lt;todonotes&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="8" />
  <row Id="9797" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9796" CreationDate="2011-01-27T13:29:31.437" Score="20" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is a &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/todonotes&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;todonotes&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package that makes adding notes easy enough. They appear in the margins by default.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A simpler version, if you just want red text in the body of the text as notes is just to define a command &lt;code&gt;\mynotes&lt;/code&gt; that makes its argument red.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\newcommand\myworries[1]{\textcolor{red}{#1}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Here is some text.&#xA;\myworries{But I'm worried about the text}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And then if you want to hide the comments, just add the line &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand\myworries[1]{}&lt;/code&gt; below the &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt;. This will hide all your notes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A third option is to use LaTeX's own &lt;code&gt;\marginpar&lt;/code&gt; command to put a paragraph in the margin. It's not great, but for little notes to yourself it's adequate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alan Munn, in the comments, has made me aware of another package &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/todo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;todo&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; that seems to be simpler than &lt;code&gt;todonotes&lt;/code&gt; but a little more powerful than &lt;code&gt;\marginpar&lt;/code&gt;. Though I've not used it so I don't know for sure.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-27T14:33:01.843" LastActivityDate="2011-01-27T14:33:01.843" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="9798" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9775" CreationDate="2011-01-27T13:37:48.307" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://inkscape.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Inkscape&lt;/a&gt; is he BIG DADDY of drawing packages. It is extremely powerfull. Since version 0.48 it has the option to export the text and graphics separate so that the figure then can be processed with Latex to create a pdf.  It can be called with command line options. the following is a Windows-DOS batch file to do the job. You can insert your local font setup in &quot;texheader.tex&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;---svgtopdf.bat----&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;call inkscape.exe -z -D --file=%1.svg --export-pdf=%1-@temp-src.pdf --export-latex&#xA;&#xA;echo \documentclass[10pt]{article}      &amp;gt; %1-@temp-tex.tex&#xA;echo \InputIfFileExists{texheader}{}{} &amp;gt;&amp;gt; %1-@temp-tex.tex&#xA;echo \usepackage{graphicx}             &amp;gt;&amp;gt; %1-@temp-tex.tex&#xA;echo \usepackage{color}                &amp;gt;&amp;gt; %1-@temp-tex.tex&#xA;echo \pagestyle{empty}                 &amp;gt;&amp;gt; %1-@temp-tex.tex&#xA;echo \begin{document}                  &amp;gt;&amp;gt; %1-@temp-tex.tex&#xA;echo \input{%1-@temp-src.pdf_tex}      &amp;gt;&amp;gt; %1-@temp-tex.tex&#xA;echo \end{document}                    &amp;gt;&amp;gt; %1-@temp-tex.tex&#xA;&#xA;call pdflatex %1-@temp-tex.tex&#xA;call pdfcrop  %1-@temp-tex.pdf %1.pdf&#xA;&#xA;del %1-@temp-src.*&#xA;del %1-@temp-tex.*&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://theoval.cmp.uea.ac.uk/~nlct/jpgfdraw/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;jpgfdraw&lt;/a&gt; can export to pgf.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tclab.kaist.ac.kr/ipe/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Ipe&lt;/a&gt; can export to eps and pdf and uses Latex for text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tpx.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TpX&lt;/a&gt; Is also quite usefull to include Latex text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://latexdraw.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeXDraw&lt;/a&gt; generates PSTricks graphics&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1683" LastActivityDate="2011-01-27T13:37:48.307" />
  <row Id="9800" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9820" CreationDate="2011-01-27T14:15:57.713" Score="5" ViewCount="144" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm currently working on a document where I was using &lt;code&gt;algorithm&lt;/code&gt;+&lt;code&gt;algorithmic&lt;/code&gt; along with &lt;code&gt;cleveref&lt;/code&gt;. With this everything worked perfectly. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now I had to replace &lt;code&gt;algorithm&lt;/code&gt;+&lt;code&gt;algorithmic&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;algorithm2e&lt;/code&gt;. Ever since, I cannot &lt;code&gt;\cref&lt;/code&gt; to the label in the &lt;code&gt;algorithm&lt;/code&gt; environment. More explicitly, I can refer but &lt;code&gt;\cref&lt;/code&gt; doesn't generate a text in front of the number (which is correct) of the algorithm.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I couldn't find any reference to &lt;code&gt;algorithm&lt;/code&gt;'s packages in the &lt;code&gt;cleveref&lt;/code&gt; documentation. Any ideas?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="412" LastActivityDate="2011-01-27T19:35:34.867" Title="cleveref and algorithm2e" Tags="&lt;cross-referencing&gt;&lt;algorithms&gt;&lt;cleveref&gt;&lt;algorithm2e&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9802" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9767" CreationDate="2011-01-27T14:59:21.490" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is &lt;code&gt;circuitikz&lt;/code&gt; for drawing circuits with TiKZ.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="257" LastActivityDate="2011-01-27T14:59:21.490" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9803" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9847" CreationDate="2011-01-27T15:01:26.457" Score="3" ViewCount="250" Body="&lt;p&gt;A chart with data in the range of 200,000 and small difference between max and min values, will be assigned a 10^5 multiplier to the entire axis. This results in the ticks becoming meaningless, since all become 2. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example:-&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{axis}&#xA;  \addplot coordinates {&#xA;  (100,200001)&#xA;  (200,200003)&#xA;  (300,200005)&#xA;  };    &#xA;\end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When this is plotted the y-axis has 5 ticks, all of which are 2. The y-axis has a multiplier of 10^5. This has effectively removed all information from the graph.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I may use the below to set the explicit value of the tick values but this does not implement change in the display &quot;style&quot; of the axis ticks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;ytick = {200000, 200005, 200010}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have also tried increasing the precision of the tick label to 5. However this only results in the graph showing labels such as 2.00000, 2.00005, 2.00010 with a 10^5 axis multiplier.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;yticklabel style={precision = 5,}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My question is &quot;How do I remove/change this 10^5 multiplier, such that the y-axis ticks are displayed in the form 200000, 200005, 200010.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3166" LastEditorUserId="3166" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-28T10:15:37.013" LastActivityDate="2011-01-28T11:04:39.257" Title="pgfplot: Setting the axis wide scientific notation tick multiplier" Tags="&lt;pgfplots&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="9804" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9796" CreationDate="2011-01-27T15:02:42.017" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;see package &lt;code&gt;cooltooltips&lt;/code&gt;. When the cursor is over &quot;This text&quot; the blue window pops up.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/js23m.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The source code for this example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{cooltooltips}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{color}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\def\cool{\texttt{cool}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;The \cool\ package enables a document to contain hyperlinks that pop&#xA;up a brief tooltip when the mouse moves over them and also open a&#xA;small window containing additional text.  \cool\ works only with&#xA;pdf\LaTeX\@.  Furthermore, the tooltips that \cool\ produces are much&#xA;less cool when viewed under older versions of Acrobat~($&amp;lt;7.0$) or the&#xA;current version of xpdf~(3.00) because they don't pop up the extra,&#xA;small window.  &#xA;\cooltooltip[0 0 1]{Example}{This is an example of a cool tooltip.  &#xA;Pretty cool, eh?}{http://www.ctan.org/}{Visit CTAN on the Web}{This text\strut} &#xA;%&#xA;is an example of a cool tooltip (assuming&#xA;you're viewing this document with a sufficiently capable \textsc{pdf}&#xA;reader).  Move your mouse pointer over it and watch what happens.&#xA;Then, click on the link.  If your \textsc{pdf} reader is properly&#xA;configured it should launch a Web browser and send it to the&#xA;\textsc{ctan} home page.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-27T15:40:18.053" LastActivityDate="2011-01-27T15:40:18.053" />
  <row Id="9805" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="80" CreationDate="2011-01-27T15:21:41.253" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://kjhealy.github.com/kjh-vita/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;This&lt;/a&gt; strikes me as a particularly good example of a CV or &lt;em&gt;vita&lt;/em&gt;. The latex code can be seen &lt;a href=&quot;https://github.com/kjhealy/kjh-vita/blob/master/kjh-vita.tex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;. As an example, see the author's &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.kieranhealy.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;vita&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1138" LastActivityDate="2011-01-27T15:21:41.253" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-01-27T15:21:41.253" />
  <row Id="9806" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2798" CreationDate="2011-01-27T16:00:07.367" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As a note for other who might bump into this problem: try using a minimal document without additional packages if a given font doesn't seem to work. For instance the &lt;code&gt;ngerman&lt;/code&gt; package can interfere with font loading and produce the messsage shown above.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1138" LastActivityDate="2011-01-27T16:00:07.367" />
  <row Id="9807" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9796" CreationDate="2011-01-27T16:06:35.407" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you want the notes directly in PDF you may want to use PDF annotations with the pdfcomment package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Take a look at the &lt;a href=&quot;http://developer.berlios.de/screenshots/?group_id=12104&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;screenshots&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3190" LastActivityDate="2011-01-27T16:06:35.407" />
  <row Id="9808" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9819" CreationDate="2011-01-27T16:48:00.893" Score="5" ViewCount="391" Body="&lt;p&gt;Based on the question on &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/9402/use-tikz-to-draw-frontpage/9407#9407&quot;&gt;Use TikZ to draw frontpage&lt;/a&gt;, I have taken the liberty to create my own custom LaTeX title template for my school's reports. So far I created this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[paper=a4,&#xA;11pt,&#xA;DIV=14,&#xA;parskip=half]{scrartcl}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage{color}&#xA;&#xA;%MEDTADATA ,&#xA;\def\myauthor{Author} % Author&#xA;\def\mycoauthor{} % co-author&#xA;\def\mytitle{Title} % titel van het document&#xA;\def\mydate{27 Januari 2010} % datum indien gewenst&#xA;\def\typedoc{Lab report} %type of document: lab report, article&#xA;\def\mycourse{Course Name} % gives the name of the coure&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{titlepage}.&#xA;%Use the tikzpicture for the document banner&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[remember picture,overlay]&#xA;&#xA;\coordinate [below=2.5cm] (midpoint) at (current page.north);&#xA;&#xA;\node [name=colourbar,&#xA;anchor=base,&#xA;fill=blue!40,&#xA;text = white,&#xA;minimum width=\paperwidth,&#xA;minimum height=1cm] at (midpoint){\Large{\textsf{Departement Industriële Wetenschappen}}};&#xA;&#xA;% Define the point where the logo will go&#xA;\coordinate [right=4cm] (logo) at (colourbar.west);&#xA;&#xA;% Set coordinate system origin&#xA;\begin{scope}[shift=(logo)]&#xA;% Draw the outline&#xA;\filldraw [white,draw=blue!40] (2.3,0.85) -- (-2,0.85) -- (-2.8,-0.85) -- (2.3,-0.85) --cycle;&#xA;% Include the logo&#xA;\node {\includegraphics[width=4cm]{Logo_Lessius_Mechelen_colour.jpg}};&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\vspace{3cm}&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;\Huge&#xA;\textsf{\mytitle}&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;\begin{flushright}&#xA;\vspace{2cm}&#xA;&#xA;%\LARGE&#xA;\Large&#xA;\textsf{\typedoc\\&#xA;\emph{\textcolor{gray}{door}} \\&#xA;\myauthor\\&#xA;\mycoauthor}&#xA;&#xA;\vspace{1cm}&#xA;\textsf{\mycourse}&#xA;&#xA;\vspace{1cm}&#xA;\textsf{\mydate}\\ %%Date - better you write it yourself.&#xA;&#xA;\vspace{1cm}&#xA;\textsf{Docent:\\ % meervoud maken door middel van &#xA;Prof. Dr..... \\&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\vspace{1cm}&#xA;\textsf{Lessius Mechelen}&#xA;&#xA;\textsf{Schakelprogramma Industrële Wetenschappen}&#xA;\end{flushright}&#xA;&#xA;%Fill up the rest off the document&#xA;\vfill&#xA;%Add horizontal line&#xA;\hrule &#xA;\end{titlepage}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am very pleased with the result. There is however one small thing that bothers me.&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/sh5n9.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the TikZ picture, I would like to add a bit more space (1 cm) between the logo and the text (Departement Industriële Wetenschappen) written next to it. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anybody have a solution?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3187" LastEditorUserId="3187" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-28T19:59:29.397" LastActivityDate="2011-01-29T11:31:51.433" Title="Title page using TikZ" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;titlepage&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="9809" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9681" CreationDate="2011-01-27T16:52:26.020" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A solution with the new package tkz-euclide ( based on TikZ )&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrartcl}&#xA;\usepackage[usenames,dvipsnames]{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{tkz-euclide} &#xA;\usetkzobj{all} &#xA;\definecolor{fondpaille}{cmyk}{0,0,0.1,0}&#xA;\color{Maroon}   &#xA;\tkzSetUpColors[background=fondpaille,text=Maroon]&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document} &#xA;&#xA; \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;   \tkzDefPoint(0,0){A}  &#xA;   \tkzDefPoint(4,0){B}&#xA;   \begin{scope}&#xA;       \tkzClipCircle(A,B) \tkzClipCircle(B,A)&#xA;       \tkzFillCircle[color=blue!20](A,B)  &#xA;   \end{scope}&#xA;   \tkzDrawCircle(A,B)  &#xA;   \tkzDrawCircle(B,A)   &#xA;\end{tikzpicture}   &#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/5SEK2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Intersection&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastEditorUserId="3144" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-27T17:11:06.887" LastActivityDate="2011-01-27T17:11:06.887" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-01-27T16:52:26.020" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="9810" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9789" CreationDate="2011-01-27T17:00:12.573" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can aim first at understanding the standard TeX Directory Structure (TDS) by reading this &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/tds/tds.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tds article&lt;/a&gt;. The document explains where everything goes in a standard distribution and the rules for naming files and directories.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Almost all fonts are named using the Karl Berry &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/fontname/fontname.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;naming scheme for fonts&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;These publications would give you a good basic understanding of what is going where and most of the file name extensions. More esoteric file extensions come with utilities and packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-01-27T17:00:12.573" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9811" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9787" CreationDate="2011-01-27T17:38:02.447" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One thing that I like about ConTeXt is that such internal macros are named in a more readable manner. For example, the corresponding definitions in ConTeXt are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\countdef   \zerocount              =   120 \zerocount              =  0&#xA;\countdef   \plusone                =   121 \plusone                =  1&#xA;\countdef   \minusone               =   122 \minusone               = -1&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\chardef    \plustwo            =     2&#xA;\chardef    \plusthree          =     3&#xA;\chardef    \plusfour           =     4&#xA;\chardef    \plusfive           =     5&#xA;\chardef    \plussix            =     6&#xA;\chardef    \plusseven          =     7&#xA;\chardef    \pluseight          =     8&#xA;\chardef    \plusnine           =     9&#xA;\chardef    \plusten            =    10&#xA;\chardef    \plussixteen        =    16&#xA;\chardef    \plushundred        =   100&#xA;\chardef    \pluscxxvii         =   127&#xA;\chardef    \pluscxxviii        =   128&#xA;\chardef    \pluscclv           =   255&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;These are not &quot;protected&quot;, so the user can redefine them. So, ConTeXt does not prevent you from shooting yourself in the foot. There is a protected version of some of the these (defined as macros rather than counters; I don't know the implication on efficiency):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\!!zerocount {0} % alongside \zerocount&#xA;\def\!!minusone {-1} % alongside \minusone&#xA;\def\!!plusone   {1} % alongside \plusone&#xA;\def\!!plustwo   {2} % alongside \plustwo&#xA;\def\!!plusthree {3} % alongside \plusthree&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;These are much easier to read than the corresponding plain TeX definitions (that are more or less copied in LaTeX).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2011-01-27T17:38:02.447" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9812" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9789" CreationDate="2011-01-27T17:39:54.320" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;From your &lt;a href=&quot;http://sprunge.us/KDJh&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;list&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;.tfm: TeX Font Metrics, contains things like glyph widths or ligature information for many of the &quot;older&quot; fonts. &quot;Newer&quot; (OpenType etc.) fonts encode such information directly in the font files.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;.tex: Any TeX, LaTeX or ConTeXt source code, no inherent meaning. Often used for engine-independent modules.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;.vf: Virtual Fonts, re-mappings of existing &quot;real&quot; fonts that are presented to TeX as a distinct font. For example, you can use a virtual font that maps text figure glyphs to the digit characters. Again, that is unnecessary for OpenType fonts.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;.mf: Source files for Metafont&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;.pfb: Type-1 fonts in binary format. These contain the glyph data for older fonts. Largely obsoleted by TrueType/OpenType/CFF/AAT, but still common in the TeX world.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;.pdf: Portable Document Format, usually manual files.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;.sty: LaTeX packages (&quot;style files&quot;). &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{X}&lt;/code&gt; loads the file &lt;code&gt;X.sty&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;.afm: Adobe Font Metrics&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;.fd: Font Description files which map LaTeX font identification to TFM file names.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;.ltx: LaTeX documents and source files&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;.pm: Perl Modules, used by &lt;code&gt;tlmgr&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;.dtx: Docstrip source files, contain documentation and source code of LaTeX packages&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;.html: Hypertext Markup Language, mostly documentation&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;.ins: Docstrip installer scripts, extract code files from .dtx files&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;.txt: Text files, can be anything&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;.pl: Perl scripts&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;.def: Definition files, often used for implementing package options or default settings. In the LaTeX kernel they are used for defining font encodings in the NFSS. They would all look like t1enc.def, eu1enc.def, and so on.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;.map: Map files, contain information where font data can be found&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;.enc: Font encoding files, map standard character names to glyph positions&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;.png: Portable Network Graphics, for pictures&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;.mp: MetaPost source files&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;.asy: Asymptote modules and source files&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;.xdy: Xindy (index processor) modules&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;.otf: OpenType fonts, the standard font format&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;.lua: Lua scripts and modules, used for LuaLaTeX and ConTeXt Mk IV&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;.mkii: ConTeXt Mk II source files&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;.cfg: Configuration files&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;.bst: BibTeX style files&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;.cls: LaTeX classes. &lt;code&gt;\documentclass{X}&lt;/code&gt; loads file &lt;code&gt;X.cls&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;.mkiv: ConTeXt Mk IV source files&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;.bib: BiBTeX bibliographies&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;.1: Man pages for section 1&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;.fea: LuaTeX OpenType feature files&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;.fdd: DocStrip source files for font description files&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;.tlu is used for TeXLua scripts. There is no strict separation between .lua and .tlu, but the later is probably meant to emphasize the fact the the script is for TeXLua and not generic Lua (for example, it makes use of &lt;code&gt;kpse&lt;/code&gt; or other specific libraries).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;.tcx files are translation files that can be used by most TeX engines based on the &lt;code&gt;web2c&lt;/code&gt; (read: probably specific to TeX Live, ie. probably not in MikTeX). They allow TeX to transcode input and ouput (to terminal/log) on the fly. The default one, &lt;code&gt;cp227.tcx&lt;/code&gt; doesn't translate anything but merely allows non-ascii characters to be printed on the terminal. See the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/doc-k/web2c.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;web2c manual&lt;/a&gt;, section 4.4.2 for details.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Most files are in fact support files for legacy (non-OpenType/AAT) fonts. For one such font, you usually need several .tfm, .pfb, .vf, .fd, .enc and .map files, whereas for OpenType fonts one .otf file suffices. Another huge chunk is documentation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastEditorUserId="345" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-28T10:44:06.653" LastActivityDate="2011-01-28T10:44:06.653" CommentCount="10" />
  <row Id="9813" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9814" CreationDate="2011-01-27T17:45:04.433" Score="6" ViewCount="110" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the following minimal test document, I can have two hyphens appear as two hyphens (which is what I want):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[letterpaper]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;A hyphen: \texttt{-}&#xA;&#xA;Two hyphens: \texttt{--}&#xA;&#xA;Three hyphens: \texttt{---}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;But&lt;/em&gt; in this second test document where I load the &lt;code&gt;fontenc&lt;/code&gt; package, I get different behavior; the single hyphen is displayed; the double hyphen is collapsed to a single hyphen, and the triple hyphen is collapsed to a double hyphen:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[letterpaper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;A hyphen: \texttt{-}&#xA;&#xA;Two hyphens: \texttt{--}&#xA;&#xA;Three hyphens: \texttt{---}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I read that loading &lt;code&gt;fontenc&lt;/code&gt; is a Good Idea, so I want to do that; but I want my double hyphen too.  Have I missed something terribly obvious?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;System: MiKTeX 2.8 on Windows XP Pro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3195" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-27T17:56:25.400" LastActivityDate="2011-01-27T17:56:25.400" Title="How can I stop LaTeX from converting two hyphens to a single hyphen when loading package fontenc?" Tags="&lt;fontenc&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9814" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9813" CreationDate="2011-01-27T17:51:28.700" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[letterpaper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;A hyphen: \texttt{-}&#xA;&#xA;Two hyphens: \texttt{-{}-}&#xA;&#xA;Three hyphens: \texttt{-{}-{}-}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or define own macros for this&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-27T17:51:28.700" CommentCount="14" />
  <row Id="9815" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9796" CreationDate="2011-01-27T18:09:41.710" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another possibility is the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/fixme.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;fixme&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package. It supports several ways of outputting the notes. You can have them directly inside the text, in the page margin, or as a list at the end of the document. You can even combine the methods.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It comes with support for different authors and different levels of severity. &quot;Notes&quot; and &quot;comments&quot; will simply be ignored if you compile the document with &lt;code&gt;final&lt;/code&gt; option, while &quot;errors&quot; will produce compilation errors. In &lt;code&gt;draft&lt;/code&gt; mode they will all be printed with different markup. Every author gets his/her own prefix, that is added to the note.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2210" LastActivityDate="2011-01-27T18:09:41.710" />
  <row Id="9817" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9818" CreationDate="2011-01-27T18:32:02.760" Score="6" ViewCount="122" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to use a character that looks like $\sim$, but has spacing like $\neg$ (in particular, which doesn't leave a huge gap to its right).  I know I could do this by defining a symbol which expands to $\sim\hspace{-1pt}$, with 1pt replaced by some amount that looks about right to me, but is there a better way to do this (for instance, which doesn't rely on my guess about what spacing looks about right)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1179" LastActivityDate="2011-01-27T18:53:52.400" Title="Spacing around a character in math mode" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="9818" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9817" CreationDate="2011-01-27T18:53:52.400" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To avoid this spacing you could define a symbol using &lt;code&gt;\sym&lt;/code&gt; but as an ordinary math symbol instead of a relation symbol, such as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*{\mysim}{\mathord{\sim}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-01-27T18:53:52.400" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9819" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9808" CreationDate="2011-01-27T19:16:12.067" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\node [name=colourbar,&#xA;anchor=base,&#xA;fill=blue!40,&#xA;minimum width=\paperwidth,&#xA;minimum height=1cm] at (midpoint){};&#xA;&#xA;\node [&#xA;fill=blue!40,&#xA;text = white,&#xA;xshift=1cm] at (midpoint){\Large{\textsf{Departement Industriële Wetenschappen}}};&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can't use &lt;code&gt;xshift=1cm&lt;/code&gt; directly because the rectangle is also moved.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-28T08:44:58.563" LastActivityDate="2011-01-28T08:44:58.563" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9820" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9800" CreationDate="2011-01-27T19:35:34.867" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You need to tell &lt;code&gt;cleveref&lt;/code&gt; how you want to refer to the algorithms. Something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\crefname{algocf}{alg.}{algs.}&#xA;\Crefname{algocf}{Algorithm}{Algorithms}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2011-01-27T19:35:34.867" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9821" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9824" CreationDate="2011-01-27T20:28:39.920" Score="4" ViewCount="143" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[fleqn,12pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{chemarrow}&#xA;\newcommand\Ra{$\autorightarrow{\scriptsize{Text over arrow}}{} $}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\Ra &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As shown in the image, is it possible to change the gap between the arrow and the text over the arrow. Thanks for your help. &#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/O9Iwm.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2036" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T09:41:45.270" Title="How to change the gap between arrow and text" Tags="&lt;arrows&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="9823" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9821" CreationDate="2011-01-27T20:46:49.483" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$\autorightarrow{\vbox{\hbox{\scriptsize Text over arrow}\vskip-5pt}}{} $&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2011-01-27T20:46:49.483" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9824" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9821" CreationDate="2011-01-27T20:47:05.490" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This can be done using a &lt;code&gt;\raisebox&lt;/code&gt; with a negative value.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;   \newcommand\Ra{$\autorightarrow{\scriptsize\raisebox{-1.5ex}[0pt][-1.5ex]{Text over arrow}}{} $}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Result:&lt;/strong&gt; (old on top, new below; with surrounding &lt;code&gt;\fbox&lt;/code&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/MNNgU.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-03T09:41:45.270" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T09:41:45.270" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9826" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9829" CreationDate="2011-01-28T02:47:13.057" Score="4" ViewCount="94" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to find a way to use the e-TeX &lt;code&gt;\scantokens&lt;/code&gt; command inside [the equivalent of] an &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt; (well, actually an &lt;code&gt;\xdef&lt;/code&gt;, but presumably this does not make any real difference since that's just the &lt;code&gt;\global&lt;/code&gt; version of &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt;). The reason I am doing this is that it seems to be needed to answer &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/9183/using-input-vs-scantokens-in-section-title-with-package-hyperref&quot;&gt;this question about hyperref and pdf outlines&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem seems to be that &lt;code&gt;\scantokens&lt;/code&gt; doesn't actually expand to the tokens scanned; it actually expands to nothing, but arranges for the next tokens to be read from a pseudo-file named &quot; &quot;, which is then treated almost exactly like a real file, including the check for &quot;runaway&quot; conditions. (See page 10 of &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/systems/e-tex/v2/doc/etex_man.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the e-TeX manual&lt;/a&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is one problem with this explanation, though: why would &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/9183/using-input-vs-scantokens-in-section-title-with-package-hyperref&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; work&lt;/a&gt;, as it evidently does in the other question?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anyway, here's a fairly minimal example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%&amp;amp;eplain&#xA;&#xA;% make \scantokens pseudo-files show up with name &quot; &quot; in the output&#xA;\tracingscantokens=1&#xA;&#xA;\edef\foo{\scantokens{Test}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which produces the output&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;Running `TeX' on `scantokens-in-edef-minimal' with ``pdftex  -interaction=nonstopmode &quot;\input&quot; &quot;scantokens-in-edef-minimal&quot;''&#xA;This is pdfTeX, Version 3.1415926-1.40.11 (MiKTeX 2.9)&#xA;entering extended mode&#xA;(e:\home\tex\scantokens-in-edef-minimal.tex ( )&#xA;Runaway definition?&#xA;-&gt;Test &#xA;! File ended while scanning definition of \foo.&#xA;&amp;lt;inserted text&amp;gt; &#xA;                }&#xA;l.6 \edef\foo{\scantokens{Test}&#xA;                               }&#xA;! Too many }'s.&#xA;l.6 \edef\foo{\scantokens{Test}}&#xA;&#xA;)&#xA;! Emergency stop.&#xA;&amp;lt;*&amp;gt; \input scantokens-in-edef-minimal&#xA;&#xA;!  ==&amp;gt; Fatal error occurred, no output PDF file produced!&#xA;Transcript written on scantokens-in-edef-minimal.log.&#xA;&#xA;TeX exited abnormally with code 1 at Thu Jan 27 12:24:57&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it perhaps possible to somehow do the expansion with macros and then do a &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt; instead of the &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt;, so the expansion would be finished before the definition began, and the &quot;runaway definition&quot; condition avoided?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1189" LastActivityDate="2011-01-28T06:14:47.923" Title="How to do \scantokens inside \edef without triggering &quot;Runaway definition&quot;" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;expansion&gt;&lt;e-tex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="9827" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9842" CreationDate="2011-01-28T04:23:13.970" Score="6" ViewCount="193" Body="&lt;p&gt;We've covered the question &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2976/when-can-one-use-implicit-braces-instead-of-explicit-braces&quot;&gt;&quot;When can one use implicit braces instead of explicit braces?&quot;&lt;/a&gt;; this leads immediately in my mind to the question &quot;Why would one want to?&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Remember, implicit braces are e.g. &lt;code&gt;\bgroup&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\egroup&lt;/code&gt; as defined by the code &lt;code&gt;\let\bgroup={ \let\egroup=}&lt;/code&gt; in plain TeX.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I suppose this is basically the same as the question &quot;When must one use implicit braces instead of explicit braces?&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1189" LastActivityDate="2011-01-28T11:58:23.803" Title="When might it be helpful to use implicit braces instead of explicit braces?" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;implicit-braces&gt;" AnswerCount="6" />
  <row Id="9828" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9827" CreationDate="2011-01-28T04:33:06.803" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For example, you can do this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\blah{\bgroup\bf}&#xA;\def\bloh{\egroup}&#xA;&#xA;not bold \blah bold\bloh not bold&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Doing this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\blah{{\bf}&#xA;\def\bloh{}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;would have completely different result. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2011-01-28T04:33:06.803" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="9829" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9826" CreationDate="2011-01-28T04:53:31.773" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In short, yes. Try &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\edef\foo{\scantokens{Test\noexpand}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\everyeof={\noexpand}&#xA;\edef\foo{\scantokens{text}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in which the &lt;code&gt;\noexpand&lt;/code&gt; ‘hides’ the EOF marker by turning it into &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You might like to take a look at the definition of expl3's &lt;code&gt;\tl_rescan:nn&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\tl_set_rescan:Nnn&lt;/code&gt;, both wrappers for &lt;code&gt;\scantokens&lt;/code&gt; based on the ideas in Heiko Oberdiek's &lt;code&gt;catchfile&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then you can write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\tl_set_rescan:Nnn \foo { «catcode setup» } { «rescanned tokens» }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\tl_rescan:nn { «catcode setup» } { «tokens to re-scan (in a group)» }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The latter cannot be used inside an &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt; but can otherwise come in handy when you're processing a macro argument that has already been tokenised. In practise I find the &lt;code&gt;set_rescan&lt;/code&gt; version a little more convenient.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-28T06:14:47.923" LastActivityDate="2011-01-28T06:14:47.923" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="9830" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9821" CreationDate="2011-01-28T05:45:12.523" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I apologise if you have already considered this, but the &lt;code&gt;mhchem&lt;/code&gt; package has excellent facilities for over-and-under annotation of a variety of arrows (left, right, resonance, equilibrium etc.), with good default spacing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1052" LastActivityDate="2011-01-28T05:45:12.523" />
  <row Id="9831" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9827" CreationDate="2011-01-28T06:51:05.630" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\def\A{%&#xA;  \bgroup&#xA;  \B}&#xA;\def\B{C\egroup}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\A&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in this case it maybe better to use &lt;code&gt;\begingroup ...\endgroup&lt;/code&gt; instead&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-28T06:51:05.630" />
  <row Id="9832" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8898" CreationDate="2011-01-28T07:11:00.817" Score="-1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi czuk,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;what about this idea:&#xA;You can but all you verbatim environment inside quote environments.&#xA;If that will fit your needs, you can of course define &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{qverb}{\begin{quote}\begin{verbatim}}{\end{verbatim}\end{quote}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;your own &quot;qverb&quot; environment for that case.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Greets&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3163" LastActivityDate="2011-01-28T07:11:00.817" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="9833" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-28T07:22:46.483" Score="7" ViewCount="108" Body="&lt;p&gt;Some time we write &lt;code&gt;a=b\qquad -c=-d&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;then the negative sign was treated as minus sign, you know what happened: the space arround the sign is incorrect.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Although it can be done with &lt;code&gt;{-}c=-d&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\mathord{-}c=-d&lt;/code&gt;, I think there might be an elegant solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3180" LastEditorUserId="3180" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-28T07:27:47.633" LastActivityDate="2011-01-28T11:15:15.940" Title="To Avoid the white space before negative sign to be treated as mathord" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="9834" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8898" CreationDate="2011-01-28T07:25:52.483" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Some extented packages provide this feature. For example, &lt;code&gt;fancyvrb&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% in preamble \usepackage{fancyvrb}&#xA;\begin{Verbatim}[xleftmargin=2em]&#xA;hello&#xA;\end{Verbatim}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Global setting can be done by &lt;code&gt;\fvset&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\fvset{xleftmargin=2em}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-01-28T07:25:52.483" />
  <row Id="9835" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9833" CreationDate="2011-01-28T07:31:47.887" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is not very difficult to use &lt;code&gt;{-}&lt;/code&gt;. However, I seldom need to use &lt;code&gt;a=b\qquad -c=-d&lt;/code&gt; in my document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In fact, where you use &lt;code&gt;a=b\qquad -c=-d&lt;/code&gt;, you may use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$a=b$, $-c=-d$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{align*}&#xA;a&amp;amp;=b &amp;amp; -c&amp;amp;=-d&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-01-28T07:31:47.887" />
  <row Id="9837" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-28T08:17:40.557" Score="3" ViewCount="103" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to generate an algorithm with the &lt;code&gt;algorithmic&lt;/code&gt; package which does not show the annoying closing statements when I typeset it.  I have done this before but have now forgotten how to do it. Specifically,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;   \FORALL Natural numbers N&#xA;      \STATE N=N-1 !&#xA;   \ENDFOR&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd prefer that the final &lt;code&gt;\ENDFOR&lt;/code&gt; statement not show up after typesetting as this just needlessly chews up space.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3202" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-11T13:00:30.167" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T13:00:30.167" Title="Hide closing statements for algorithms" Tags="&lt;algorithms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9838" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4573" CreationDate="2011-01-28T08:38:17.823" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A bit of adjustment of the spacing may help. For example, with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath,fixltx2e}&#xA;\newcommand*\MapsTo{%&#xA;  \xrightarrow[\raisebox{0.25 em}{\smash{\ensuremath{\sim}}}]{}%&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Test \( x \MapsTo y \) test.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I feel the result is not tool bad. You may need to adjust the amount of vertical shift to suite the font in use. I've not scaled-down the &lt;code&gt;\sim&lt;/code&gt; here, as it's not clear from the original question if it should be full-sized or small. It would be easy enough to do that, though, if necessary.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2011-01-28T08:38:17.823" />
  <row Id="9839" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-28T08:41:37.523" Score="11" ViewCount="220" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm looking for a way to create subtle picture effects in &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt;. I've got a few illustrations with a background that contrast offensively against a white background, and look completely out-of-place in my otherwise tamed template.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Something like the following: &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/rnahu.png&quot; alt=&quot;Soft Edges effect&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the reference, this particular effect I'm showing is called, I believe, &quot;Soft Edges&quot; in PowerPoint parlance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is that possible to do, and how?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This question is by no means restricted to &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt; and this particular effect, so I will be happy to get suggestions how to do it in a general TeX document, and also other (subtle and not so subtle) effects that can be achieved. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="711" LastEditorUserId="711" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-28T09:02:04.340" LastActivityDate="2011-01-28T20:42:45.303" Title="(How) Can I create picture effects with TeX and Friends?" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;effects&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="9840" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9827" CreationDate="2011-01-28T09:00:32.627" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Inside macros, &lt;code&gt;\bgroup&lt;/code&gt; sometimes helps readability: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\IntroEntry#1#2%&#xA; {\blank[line]&#xA;  \begingroup&#xA;    \setupalign[right]&#xA;    \setuptolerance[verytolerant]&#xA;    \setupindenting[no]&#xA;    \switchtobodyfont[9pt]&#xA;    \ss &#xA;    \begingroup&#xA;      \bf #1\par &#xA;    \endgroup&#xA;    #2\par&#xA;  \endgroup }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I tend to get confused when there are too many braces)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2011-01-28T09:00:32.627" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9841" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9848" CreationDate="2011-01-28T09:05:34.647" Score="5" ViewCount="101" Body="&lt;p&gt;Say I want to cite a range of authors like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[3-11]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I write &lt;code&gt;\cite{bibitem3-bibitem11}&lt;/code&gt; then it does not compile in LaTeX, so I write &lt;code&gt;\cite{bibitem3,bibitem4,...,bibitem11}&lt;/code&gt;. But this is very big and not nice. How I should do the range of citations?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3203" LastEditorUserId="42" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-28T11:34:43.797" LastActivityDate="2011-01-28T18:42:31.597" Title="Citation on a range of bibitems is possible?" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;citing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="9842" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9827" CreationDate="2011-01-28T09:05:52.243" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There's a nice example in Appendix E of the TeXbook, where a letter format is described. A few lines of a possible letter:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\address&#xA;Prof.~Brian~K. Reid&#xA;Department of Electrical Engineering&#xA;Stanford University&#xA;Stanford, CA 94305&#xA;&#xA;\body&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here, &lt;code&gt;\address&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\body&lt;/code&gt; are defined as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\address{\beginlinemode\getaddress}&#xA;{\obeylines\gdef\getaddress #1&#xA;  #2&#xA;  {#1\gdef\addressee{#2}%&#xA;    \global\setbox\theaddress=\vbox\bgroup\raggedright%&#xA;    \hsize=\longindentation \everypar{\hangindent2em}#2&#xA;    \def\endmode{\egroup\endgroup \copy\theaddress \bigskip}}}&#xA;\def\body{\beginparmode}&#xA;\def\beginparmode{\endmode&#xA;  \begingroup\parskip=\medskipamount&#xA;  \def\endmode{\par\endgroup}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please pay attention mainly to the &lt;code&gt;\vbox\bgroup&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;\getaddress&lt;/code&gt; and to the &lt;code&gt;\egroup&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;\endmode&lt;/code&gt; that gets called by &lt;code&gt;\beginparmode&lt;/code&gt; via &lt;code&gt;\body&lt;/code&gt;. What happens is that &lt;code&gt;\address&lt;/code&gt; starts a &lt;code&gt;\vbox&lt;/code&gt;, which is then ended by the occurence of &lt;code&gt;\body&lt;/code&gt; (or anything else calling &lt;code&gt;\endmode&lt;/code&gt;). The box thus constructed can then be used &quot;both in the letter and in the label on the envelope&quot;, as Knuth explains.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2011-01-28T09:05:52.243" />
  <row Id="9843" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-28T09:48:34.613" Score="1" ViewCount="156" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I use a latex template with small caps for chapter titles. These are spaced a bit using \textls from microtype package. Unfortunately, microtype does not properly increase the tracking but rather add spaces between letters which makes the text unsearchable :(&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Do you know of any clean way to set the font tracking? I sounds like it is what microtype is supposed to do…&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;from&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=letterspace&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=letterspace&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Possibly the ‘ultimate’ in this field&#xA;  is the microtype, which uses the&#xA;  micro-typography capabilities of&#xA;  current PDFTeX to provide a \textls&#xA;  command, which operates according to&#xA;  parameters declared in a \SetTracking&#xA;  command. Microtype’s ‘tracking’&#xA;  facility expands the natural spacing&#xA;  font itself, rather than inserting&#xA;  space between characters. Ordinarily,&#xA;  letter-spacing will destroy ligatures;&#xA;  however, this is wrong if the font is&#xA;  of a fraktur style, and the package&#xA;  provides a means of protecting the&#xA;  ligatures in a letter-spaced text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But it definitely does not with my latex install&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;This is pdfTeX, Version 3.1415926-1.40.10 (TeX Live 2009)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Package: microtype 2009/03/27 v2.3d Micro-typography with pdfTeX (RS)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You may wonder why I am not using Tex Live 2010… I am not so keen reinstalling all the minionpro package… but if it really helps I'll do it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you in advance for your help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3204" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-28T18:34:27.943" LastActivityDate="2011-01-28T18:34:27.943" Title="Prevent microtype tracking to add space between letters?" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;microtype&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9844" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9856" CreationDate="2011-01-28T10:04:03.663" Score="3" ViewCount="174" Body="&lt;p&gt;Please, is that possible. Having started with this latex source, i would like to have calendar's cells &quot;expandable&quot; vertically -- please see the picture below.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{calendar}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\def\testmsgShort{Short message}&#xA;\def\testmsgLong{Long message for testing purposes}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[&#xA;    every node/.style={&#xA;            text width=3cm&#xA;  }]&#xA;\calendar [&#xA;    day list downward,&#xA;    name=cal,&#xA;    dates=2011-01-01 to 2011-01-11&#xA;  ]&#xA;  if (weekend) [black!25];&#xA;  \node [anchor=base west] at (cal-2011-01-03.base east)&#xA;          {\textcolor{orange}{\textbf{\testmsgShort}}};&#xA;  \node [anchor=base west] at (cal-2011-01-09.base east)&#xA;          {\textcolor{orange}{\textbf{\testmsgLong}}};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/HMUkA.png&quot; alt=&quot;calendar with (long) text labels&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you can see, long text nodes are not related to days (at least visually). More naturally would be to see a calendar in a form like a table with &quot;day&quot; and &quot;label&quot; columns. Well, i understand that it's hardly possible with a setup like this, because of calendar is already drawn, &quot;printed out&quot;, so new nodes can not expand its &quot;cells&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, my questions is -- is this &quot;cells expansion&quot; possible with tikz/calendar? If yes -- how? Should i look for any other way? Which one, please?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you, Jake!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Actually i would like to be possible to &quot;collect&quot; events, like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\tikzstyle{red events}=[&#xA;    execute after day scope=&#xA;    {&#xA;        \redevent{2011-01-04}{This is a long event text.}&#xA;        \redevent{2011-01-07}{Short event!}&#xA;    }&#xA;]&#xA;&#xA;\tikzstyle{blue events}=[&#xA;    execute after day scope=&#xA;    {&#xA;        \blueevent{2011-01-04}{This is another long event text.}&#xA;        \blueevent{2011-01-08}{Short another}&#xA;    }&#xA;]&#xA;&#xA;% ...&#xA;\calendar [&#xA;    % ...&#xA;    red events,&#xA;    blue events&#xA;    % ...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am not sure that this is the optimal way to &quot;collect events&quot;. Saying &quot;collecting events&quot; i mean that some events may be the same forever (think of birthdays), some others may be movable; i believe it's convenient to separate them and have a possibility to edit-comment-uncomment--etc-etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But this does not work with your code (i have overlapping events), and i could not imagine (i have poor tikz imagination so far, sorry), how to make it possible.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One way is, possibly, to define &quot;initial offset&quot; and accumulate it -- but wouldn't it be too expensive to define variables for offsets for whole year?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any other way?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ps. Thank you a lot for your effort, Jake; your answer will be the best one in any case, but i would like to ask for even better solution (if that's possible), anyway .)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2710" LastEditorUserId="2710" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-31T08:18:57.757" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T10:16:47.203" Title="Dynamic &quot;expansion&quot; of tikz calendar's cells?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;formatting&gt;&lt;calendar&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="9845" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9827" CreationDate="2011-01-28T10:16:29.167" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Among a gazillion other uses, it provides a handy way for storing paragraphs in a box for later processing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newbox\savedparbox&#xA;\def\saveparbox{\par\begingroup&#xA;  \def\par{\egroup\endgroup}&#xA;  \global\setbox\savedparbox\vbox\bgroup}&#xA;&#xA;Ordinary paragraph.&#xA;\saveparbox&#xA;This paragraph will be saved in \string\box\string\savedparbox.&#xA;If you wish, you can unpack the box and do all kinds of processing on it.&#xA;In this demo, I won't do any processing.&#xA;Look in the log file to examine the box contents.&#xA;&#xA;\showboxdepth=99&#xA;\showboxbreadth=999&#xA;\showbox\savedparbox&#xA;&#xA;Another ordinary paragraph.&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2011-01-28T10:16:29.167" />
  <row Id="9846" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9843" CreationDate="2011-01-28T10:22:29.387" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Actually, after searching trying to oopen the pdf in adobe illustrator, I realized that microtype does a good job: the problem came from my pdf reader Skim.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hope this entry may help a few other puzzled skim users ;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3204" LastActivityDate="2011-01-28T10:22:29.387" />
  <row Id="9847" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9803" CreationDate="2011-01-28T11:04:39.257" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can disable the common scaling factor using &lt;code&gt;scaled y ticks = false&lt;/code&gt; in the axis options. This will lead to each individual tick label being displayed in scientific notation, which you can suppress by also using &lt;code&gt;y tick label style={/pgf/number format/fixed}&lt;/code&gt; (see p. 543 of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/graphics/pgf/base/doc/generic/pgf/pgfmanual.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;PGF Manual&lt;/a&gt; for the other options of formatting the numbers).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplots}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{axis}[&#xA;      scaled y ticks = false,&#xA;      y tick label style={/pgf/number format/fixed,&#xA;      /pgf/number format/1000 sep = \thinspace % Optional if you want to replace comma as the 1000 separator &#xA;      }]&#xA;  \addplot coordinates {&#xA;  (100,200001)&#xA;  (200,200003)&#xA;  (300,200005)&#xA;  };    &#xA;\end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/5mBIM.png&quot; alt=&quot;Unscaled y axis&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastActivityDate="2011-01-28T11:04:39.257" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9848" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9841" CreationDate="2011-01-28T11:10:34.917" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You should not name your references &lt;code&gt;bibitem&lt;/code&gt;&lt;em&gt;n&lt;/em&gt;, but use a short but meaningful key, like author + year. There is no real nice way to avoid long &lt;code&gt;\cite{...}&lt;/code&gt; calls in your text. There are no packages I know of for this case, because no one uses that naming scheme.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you really want to do it you could use a for loop for it, e.g. the one provided by &lt;code&gt;pgffor&lt;/code&gt;. It allows the use of &lt;code&gt;...&lt;/code&gt; to define ranges. See the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pgf&lt;/a&gt; manual for the full syntax:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{pgffor}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand*\rcite[1]{%&#xA;    \def\@gtempa{}%&#xA;    \foreach \n in {#1} {%&#xA;        \edef\@tempa{,bibitem\n}%&#xA;        \expandafter\g@addto@macro\expandafter\@gtempa&#xA;        \expandafter{\@tempa}%&#xA;    }%&#xA;    \edef\@gtempa{{\expandafter\@gobble\@gtempa}}%&#xA;    \expandafter\cite\@gtempa&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;% 3-10&#xA;\rcite{3,...,10}&#xA;&#xA;% 2, 5-10&#xA;\rcite{2,5,6,...,10}&#xA;&#xA;% 3, 5, 7, 9&#xA;\rcite{3,5,...,10}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-28T18:42:31.597" LastActivityDate="2011-01-28T18:42:31.597" />
  <row Id="9849" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9833" CreationDate="2011-01-28T11:15:15.940" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The problem is that &lt;code&gt;\qquad&lt;/code&gt; isn't taken into account for the math spacing, so it's as if you typed &lt;code&gt;a=b-c=-d&lt;/code&gt;. To automatically solve this problem, you can redefine &lt;code&gt;\quad&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\qquad&lt;/code&gt; by adding a &lt;code&gt;\mathclose{}&lt;/code&gt; before them and a &lt;code&gt;\mathopen{}&lt;/code&gt; after. To make them still usable in text mode, you need to test math mode with &lt;code&gt;\ifmmode&lt;/code&gt;, begining by the standard &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt; in that case:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/PhmYw.png&quot; alt=&quot;effect of the new quad and qquad macros&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\renewcommand{\quad}{\relax\ifmmode\mathclose{}\fi&#xA;                     \hskip 1em\relax&#xA;                     \ifmmode\mathopen{}\fi}&#xA;\renewcommand{\qquad}{\relax\ifmmode\mathclose{}\fi&#xA;                      \hskip 2em\relax&#xA;                      \ifmmode\mathopen{}\fi}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\[a=b{,}\qquad -c=-d.\]&#xA;or&#xA;\[a=b \quad \text{and} \quad -c=-d.\]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1973" LastActivityDate="2011-01-28T11:15:15.940" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9851" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9827" CreationDate="2011-01-28T11:58:23.803" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;When testing for the presence of a brace using a &lt;code&gt;\futurelet&lt;/code&gt; construction.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\isbraced{\futurelet\next\isbraced@}&#xA;\def\isbraced@{\ifx\next\bgroup Braced\else Unbraced\fi}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastActivityDate="2011-01-28T11:58:23.803" />
  <row Id="9852" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9855" CreationDate="2010-05-29T16:11:06.447" Score="12" ViewCount="377" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/736/pagebreak-vs-newpage&quot;&gt;\pagebreak vs \newpage&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In LyX/LaTeX,&#xA;What is the difference between &quot;Page Break&quot; and &quot;New Page&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;They both seem to do the same to me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5" LastEditorUserId="711" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-28T15:22:25.620" LastActivityDate="2011-01-28T22:48:41.453" ClosedDate="2011-01-28T19:57:38.667" Title="What is the difference between &quot;Page Break&quot; and &quot;New Page&quot;?" Tags="&lt;page-breaking&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9853" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9852" CreationDate="2010-05-29T16:21:45.043" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't use LaTeX, but looking at the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.personal.ceu.hu/tex/breaking.htm#newpage&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;docs&lt;/a&gt;, it seems &lt;code&gt;\newpage&lt;/code&gt; always starts a new page - the content for the current page ends there, whereas &lt;code&gt;\pagebreak&lt;/code&gt; is a request for content to start on a new page, but the request may not be honoured in some situations. The &lt;code&gt;\pagebreak&lt;/code&gt; command takes a number from 0-4 as a measure of your insistence that a new page should be started.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-28T22:48:41.453" LastActivityDate="2011-01-28T22:48:41.453" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9854" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9852" CreationDate="2010-05-29T16:22:06.307" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;They are similar, though they have a difference:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newpage &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Forces the current page to end and starts a new one. This will pad the page with extra space at the end of the page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pagebreak [number]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Breaks the current page at the point it is located. Using the optional number argument changes this from a demand to a request with priority in a scale from 0 to 4. This will not put extra space at the bottom of the page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See &lt;a href=&quot;http://help-csli.stanford.edu/tex/latex-pagebreaks.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://help-csli.stanford.edu/tex/latex-pagebreaks.shtml&lt;/a&gt; for info on page breaking commands.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastActivityDate="2010-05-29T16:27:46.780" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9855" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9852" CreationDate="2010-05-29T16:25:12.303" Score="26" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you use &lt;code&gt;\newpage&lt;/code&gt; the paragraphs of the old page will stick together. So you will have possibly a lot of free space at the bottom of the old page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With &lt;code&gt;\pagebreak&lt;/code&gt; the paragraphs will spread out over the old page. So you will not have an empty bottom of the old page. The old page will not look like it is the end of a chapter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT:&lt;/strong&gt; Here is an example of the results of a &lt;code&gt;\pagebreak&lt;/code&gt; and a &lt;code&gt;\newpage&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pagebreak example                \newpage example&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://tryimg.com/u/9effad4aee.png&quot; width=&quot;250&quot; height=&quot;300&quot; alt=&quot;pagebreak example&quot;&gt; &lt;img src=&quot;http://tryimg.com/u/68452e0282.png&quot; width=&quot;250&quot; height=&quot;300&quot; alt=&quot;newpage example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastActivityDate="2010-05-30T17:50:04.917" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="9856" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9844" CreationDate="2011-01-28T13:25:17.530" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Okay, here's another attempt: The events are collected in macros that change the new &lt;code&gt;event&lt;/code&gt; style:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{calendar}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\event[2]{&#xA;    \ifdate{equals=#1} {&#xA;% In the following, the event nodes are defined&#xA;% The \rule in the node text is necessary to match the &quot;text depth=0.5ex&quot; of the date nodes&#xA;    \pgftransformxshift{\columnspace}&#xA;        \node [anchor= north west,text height=1.5ex,&#xA;            name=txt\pgfcalendarsuggestedname,&#xA;            text width=3.5cm,event]&#xA;        {#2\rule[-0.5ex]{0ex}{0ex}}; &#xA;% Calculate the vertical offset of the southern anchors of the date and event nodes&#xA;            \pgfextracty{\extray}{\pgfpointdiff&#xA;        {\pgfpointanchor{txt\pgfcalendarsuggestedname}{south} }&#xA;        {\pgfpointanchor{\pgfcalendarsuggestedname}{south} }&#xA;        }&#xA; Shift by offset&#xA;    \pgftransformshift{\pgfpointanchor{txt\pgfcalendarsuggestedname}{south west} }&#xA;    \pgftransformxshift{-\columnspace}&#xA;    }{}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\redevents{&#xA;    \tikzstyle{event}=[red]&#xA;    \event{2011-01-04}{This is a very long event text running over three lines.}&#xA;    \event{2011-01-07}{Short event!}&#xA;    \event{2011-01-08}{Third of the longish events\ldots}&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand\blueevents{&#xA;    \tikzstyle{event}=[blue]&#xA;        \event{2011-01-04}{This is another long event text.}&#xA;        \event{2011-01-08}{Short another}&#xA;        \event{2011-01-10}{Single blue event}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\def\dayyshift{2ex} % Set space between days&#xA;\def\columnspace{4pt} % Set extra space between day and event column&#xA;&#xA;\newdimen{\extray} % Define new dimen for calculating vertical offset&#xA;&#xA;\calendar [&#xA;    name=cal,&#xA;    dates=2011-01-01 to 2011-01-14,&#xA;    every day/.style={&#xA;    anchor=north east,&#xA;    text depth=0.5ex,&#xA;    text height=1.5ex,&#xA;    text width=.3cm,&#xA;    align=right},&#xA;    execute after day scope=&#xA;    {&#xA;    \extray=0pt&#xA;    \pgftransformshift{\pgfpointanchor{\pgfcalendarsuggestedname}{north east}}&#xA;%&#xA;    \redevents&#xA;    \blueevents&#xA;%&#xA;% Draw separator only if day of month is not 1&#xA;    \ifdate {day of month=1} {}{\draw [gray] (\pgfcalendarsuggestedname.north west) ++(90:3pt) -- +(0:4cm);}&#xA;% Shift coordinate system to next date&#xA;    \pgftransformshift{\pgfpointanchor{\pgfcalendarsuggestedname}{base east}}&#xA;    \pgftransformyshift{-\extray}&#xA;    \pgftransformyshift{-\dayyshift}&#xA;    }&#xA;]&#xA;if (weekend) [gray!75];&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/rNG8q.png&quot; alt=&quot;Calendar that collects different events&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastEditorUserId="2552" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-31T10:16:47.203" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T10:16:47.203" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9857" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1319" CreationDate="2011-01-28T15:29:30.280" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This book is a beautiful one&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dkriesel.com/en/science/neural_networks&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.dkriesel.com/en/science/neural_networks&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3212" LastActivityDate="2011-01-28T15:29:30.280" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-01-28T15:29:30.280" />
  <row Id="9858" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-28T16:22:00.037" Score="0" ViewCount="122" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to get a transposition symbol of matrices like &lt;code&gt;^t(1 2 3)&lt;/code&gt;, as title. I used the macro &lt;code&gt;\prescript&lt;/code&gt; (in mathtools) at present.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is no any problem occured, these packages' macros work well. I just want to know whether there is some rules to help distinguishing them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3214" LastEditorUserId="275" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-20T07:32:30.180" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T18:02:44.953" Title="Which one should be chosen for making a transposition of matrices: `fourIdx`, `leftidx`, `tensor`, `subsupscripts`, `mathtools`?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;subscripts&gt;&lt;superscripts&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="9859" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9926" CreationDate="2011-01-28T16:27:44.733" Score="5" ViewCount="145" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to label an &lt;code&gt;\rightarrowtail&lt;/code&gt;, but the arrow is too short for my label. So I want an extensible version of this arrow. I've tried the extpfeil package, but am not sure how to use it to create my arrow. At present, I would know how if I had an arrow-like symbol that looked like the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;&quot; &gt;-- &quot;&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I am unaware of any such symbol. Detexify and the symbol list don't seem to have it either. How should I make my arrow?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2825" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T20:52:07.273" Title="Extensible injection arrow" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;arrows&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9860" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9839" CreationDate="2011-01-28T16:37:43.987" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I can sort of see a way to do this with pgf. However you need to (at least once) prepare a image outside of tikz/tex&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrartcl}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz,graphicx}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\pgfimage[width=3cm,height=3cm]{1}\hskip1cm&#xA;\pgfimage[width=3cm,height=3cm]{mask.png}\hskip1cm&#xA;\pgfdeclaremask{mymask}{mask.png}&#xA;\pgfimage[mask=mymask,height=3cm,width=3cm,interpolate=false]{1}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1st image is the original&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2nd ist the mask: black=solid, white=transparent, grey=interpolate&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;3rd is what you would get&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/oJJmI.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="632" LastActivityDate="2011-01-28T16:37:43.987" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9861" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9859" CreationDate="2011-01-28T16:46:37.963" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;something like this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand\xlongrightarrow[2][]{\ext@arrow 0055{\longrightarrowfill@}{#1}{#2}}&#xA;\def\longrightarrowfill@{\arrowfill@{&amp;gt;\mkern3mu}\relbar\relbar}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;$\xlongrightarrow[foo]{\text{looooong}}$&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/IrUSd.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-28T16:46:37.963" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9862" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9859" CreationDate="2011-01-28T17:09:22.337" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Something like one of these 3, or a variant thereof:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{extpfeil}&#xA;\newextarrow{\injecta}{5599}{\succ\relbar\relbar}&#xA;\newextarrow{\injectb}{5599}{&amp;gt;\relbar\relbar}&#xA;\newextarrow{\injectc}{5599}{\succ\relbar\rightarrow}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \[x\injecta[under]{above}y\]&#xA;  \[x\injectb[under]{above}y\]&#xA;  \[x\injectc[under]{above}y\]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt; here is the output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/OOaPB.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastEditorUserId="627" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-28T17:35:19.427" LastActivityDate="2011-01-28T17:35:19.427" />
  <row Id="9863" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9864" CreationDate="2011-01-28T17:20:20.877" Score="2" ViewCount="163" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to typeset a matrix which has entries of differing widths.  However, for aesthetic reasons, I would like each of the columns of the matrix to be the same width, and I'd furthermore like them to be right-aligned.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm working in the tabularx environment (because of its ability to adjust column width uniformly).  However, if I compile&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{amsart}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\usepackage{tabularx}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\[&#xA;\left[&#xA;\begin{tabularx}{1in}{XXX}&#xA;x &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; y\\&#xA;0 &amp;amp; y &amp;amp; -x&#xA;\end{tabularx}&#xA;\right]&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;then the columns don't have the desired justification.  I looked through the tabularx documentation and discovered that I should define a new column type.  So I tried the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{amsart}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\usepackage{tabularx}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\newcolumntype{R}{&amp;gt;{\raggedleft\arraybackslash}X}&#xA;&#xA;\[&#xA;\left[&#xA;\begin{tabularx}{1in}{RRR}&#xA;x &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; y\\&#xA;0 &amp;amp; y &amp;amp; -x&#xA;\end{tabularx}&#xA;\right]&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This produced no change in output.  What am I missing?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: The following code&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{amsart}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\usepackage{tabularx}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\newcolumntype{P}{&amp;gt;{\raggedleft\arraybackslash }p{.075in}}&#xA;\newcolumntype{Q}{&amp;gt;{\raggedleft\arraybackslash $}p{0.075in}&amp;lt;{$}}&#xA;&#xA;$\left[\begin{array}{PPP}&#xA;x &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; y\\&#xA;0 &amp;amp; y &amp;amp; -x&#xA;\end{array}\right]$    &#xA;\qquad    &#xA;$\left[\begin{array}{QQQ}&#xA;x &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; y\\&#xA;0 &amp;amp; y &amp;amp; -x&#xA;\end{array}\right]$&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;produces THIS output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/hF7hF.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1785" LastEditorUserId="1785" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-28T19:21:57.887" LastActivityDate="2011-01-28T22:39:08.497" Title="Right-aligned columns using the tabularx environment" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;alignment&gt;&lt;tabularx&gt;&lt;raggedleft&gt;&lt;arrays&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="9864" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9863" CreationDate="2011-01-28T17:50:20.447" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;First, you are missing mathmode in your example.&#xA;You need &lt;code&gt;\[&lt;/code&gt;/&lt;code&gt;\]&lt;/code&gt; around the &lt;code&gt;\left[&lt;/code&gt;/&lt;code&gt;\right]&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;This produced no change in output. What am I missing?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On my machine it produces a change! The columns are right aligned.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;tabularx&lt;/code&gt; is not really meaningful if you use &lt;code&gt;X&lt;/code&gt; for ALL columns.&#xA;In this case just use &lt;code&gt;p{&amp;lt;width&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt; columns with a normal &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;array&lt;/code&gt; environment, e.g.:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  \newcolumntype{P}{&amp;gt;{\raggedleft\arraybackslash}p{.2in}}&#xA;  \begin{array}{PPP}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On my installation this gives almost the same result as your second code with the &lt;code&gt;R&lt;/code&gt; column:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/rNdps.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;Answer to your edited problem:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first can be fixed with &lt;code&gt;\hbox{-x}&lt;/code&gt; and the second one with &lt;code&gt;\!\!-x&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't think you will avoid manual adjustments here.&#xA;However, with this small sizes the result will not look very nice, and LaTeX is normally about good typesetting quality.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-28T22:39:08.497" LastActivityDate="2011-01-28T22:39:08.497" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="9865" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9869" CreationDate="2011-01-28T17:55:52.360" Score="2" ViewCount="89" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've just installed MinionPro fonts for LaTeX, as it is written in the howto of the minionpro package. My font's version is &quot;Version 2.030;PS 2.000;hotconv 1.0.51;makeotf.lib2.0.1867&quot;. Than, i tried to test the fonts, and use extra symbols by &lt;code&gt;\PiSymbol&lt;/code&gt; command, like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[magyar]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{MinionPro}&#xA;\usepackage{pifont}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\Pisymbol{MinionPro-Extra}{110}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Compiling this with pdflatex, it gives the following message:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;pdfTeX warning: pdflatex (file&#xA;  /usr/share/texmf/fonts/type1/adobe/MinionPro/Min&#xA;  ionPro-Regular.pfb): glyph `orn.011'&#xA;  undefined&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And in the pdf output, an ugly box appears instead the expected symbol...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please give any hints, where to look for the reason of this error, what is missing for it to work. I've googled a lot, but havn't found anything.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3216" LastEditorUserId="3216" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-28T22:28:58.850" LastActivityDate="2011-01-28T22:28:58.850" Title="what i need to use extra symbols in MinionPro?" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9866" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9868" CreationDate="2011-01-28T18:08:31.110" Score="4" ViewCount="181" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know there are many packages that offer the euro symbol (€). But which is the best implementation? I read something a couple of years ago [which I can't now find] that assessed the option. But even if I could find it, I imagine things might have changed since it was written. So: which package provides the best euro symbol (in terms of accuracy to the &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File%3aEuro_Construction.svg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;official specifications&lt;/a&gt;, in terms of looking good with the surrounding font and so on.) In response to Thorsten Donig's answer I should point out that these two desiderata seem in pretty much direct conflict if you're using a serif font.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The unicode symbol € doesn't work. (If you have a &quot;compose key&quot; it's &quot;c=&quot;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-28T18:34:26.927" LastActivityDate="2011-01-28T19:02:54.543" Title="Latest advice on the euro symbol" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9867" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9866" CreationDate="2011-01-28T18:23:04.483" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/eurosym&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;eurosym&lt;/a&gt; package is the one and only that translates the official specifications.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2011-01-28T18:23:04.483" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9868" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9866" CreationDate="2011-01-28T18:43:50.563" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The unicode symbol € does work, if you use a modern font that contains that symbol. :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The best practice is to use right symbol for right font. For Computer Modern fonts, &lt;code&gt;eurosym&lt;/code&gt; is OK, or &lt;code&gt;textcomp&lt;/code&gt; (using fonts provided by CM-super). See this FAQ for more packages:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=euro&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=euro&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I suggest Latin Modern fonts (using &lt;code&gt;lmodern&lt;/code&gt; together with &lt;code&gt;textcomp&lt;/code&gt; package), which is similar to Computer Modern. So you can use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8x]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{lmodern,textcomp}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;€100&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are still some other font packages with euro symbol. If you use such font themes, use the euro symbol provided by the font package. For example, &lt;code&gt;libertine&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;fourier&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;mathdesign&lt;/code&gt; package. Thus you can also use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8x]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{libertine} % or \usepackage{fourier} or \usepackage[utopia]{mathdesign}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;€100 % or \texteuro100&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using XeLaTeX, most modern OpenType/TrueType fonts have euro symbols, including default Latin Modern fonts. You can use them directly:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% xelatex&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}% Latin Modern by default&#xA;% or \setmainfont{Whatever you want}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;€100&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-28T19:02:54.543" LastActivityDate="2011-01-28T19:02:54.543" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9869" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9865" CreationDate="2011-01-28T19:17:07.873" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It works for me. I have &quot;Version 1.021; PS 001.001; Core 1.0.35;makeotf.lib1.5.4492&quot;. It seems that adobe has changed the glyph name from &quot;orn.011&quot; to &quot;bullet.011&quot; so it seems you will need to edit the encoding files (and then post the fixed version to the mailing list at minionpro-devel@lists.berlios.de)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2011-01-28T19:17:07.873" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="9870" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9183" CreationDate="2011-01-28T19:25:08.157" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;My other answer was the wrong approach. It can't work, because it is essentially impossible to delay expansion across a &lt;code&gt;\pdfstringdef&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Instead, what we have to do is to stop [e-]TeX from signaling a &lt;code&gt;Runaway definition&lt;/code&gt; / &lt;code&gt;! File ended while scanning definition ...&lt;/code&gt; at the end the &lt;code&gt;\scantokens&lt;/code&gt;; which it does because &lt;code&gt;\scantokens&lt;/code&gt; considers the generated tokens to come from a file named &quot; &quot;, and the string argument to &lt;code&gt;\pdfstringdef&lt;/code&gt; ends up in the &quot;replacement text&quot; for an &lt;code&gt;\xdef&lt;/code&gt; (cleverly disguised as a &lt;code&gt;\Hy@temp&lt;/code&gt;), as seen in the following excerpt from &lt;code&gt;\pdfstringdef&lt;/code&gt; (see &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.dtx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;hyperref.dtx&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; / &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;hyperref.pdf&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; for the full source):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;      \let\Hy@temp\xdef&#xA;      \let\def\HyPsd@DefCommand&#xA;      \let\gdef\HyPsd@DefCommand&#xA;      \let\edef\HyPsd@DefCommand&#xA;      \let\xdef\HyPsd@DefCommand&#xA;      \let\futurelet\HyPsd@LetCommand&#xA;      \let\let\HyPsd@LetCommand&#xA;      \Hy@temp#1{#2}%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Evidently, it never occurred to Knuth that someone might want to read in a file during the expansion of&lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt;/&lt;code&gt;\xdef&lt;/code&gt;; I didn't even find this exact error message in the index to &quot;TeX: The Program&quot;!)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I thought this was going to be a lot trickier, but &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/9826/how-to-do-scantokens-inside-edef-without-triggering-runaway-definition/9829#9829&quot;&gt;they tell me&lt;/a&gt; it's simply a matter of inserting a &lt;code&gt;\noexpand&lt;/code&gt; before the right brace in the parameter to &lt;code&gt;\scantokens&lt;/code&gt;, and they seem to be right. For example, the following generates a PDF with a working outline without triggering any warnings:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\section{\scantokens{Test\noexpand}}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Caveat&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately this might not help you very much if you need &lt;code&gt;\catcode&lt;/code&gt; reassignments, since those are &lt;em&gt;stomach&lt;/em&gt; commands, and the stomach is not available in &lt;code&gt;\pdfstringdef&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If that turns out to be a problem, you might try using &lt;code&gt;\detokenize&lt;/code&gt; instead, since that is hard-coded to produce character tokens of categories 12 (for most characters) and 10 (for character 32, the ASCII space character) -- I couldn't help but notice this in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/systems/e-tex/v2/doc/etex_man.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;e-TeX manual&lt;/a&gt; (see page 14) when I was scouring it for a way to avoid the &quot;Runaway definition&quot; issue.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1189" LastActivityDate="2011-01-28T19:25:08.157" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="9871" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-28T20:38:53.793" Score="9" ViewCount="184" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to use a special ampersand in a document. I’m therefore looking for, and failing to find, a font that contains an ampersand that looks as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/OXb6F.png&quot; alt=&quot;specimen&quot;&gt; (That is, a slashed, rounded “E” letter.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sub&gt;(For the record, this is the “Chalkduster” font, and it’s too casual for my use; I’m not searching for a script typeface.)&lt;/sub&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I distinctly remember having seen a sans serif typeface that featured such an ampersand but I am unable to find it again. For the record, Detexify doesn’t turn up anything either.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Either of two things would help me:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Can somebody identify a commonly-available or freely available typeface that includes such an ampersand?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Does anybody know how I could “draw” this character using LaTeX, in a way that would make it usable as a character?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(This is also an experiment: is such a question on-topic enough for the site? Feel free to state your opinion in the comments, and vote to close if you’re so inclined.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2011-01-28T23:08:34.633" Title="Searching for a font with special ampersand" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;ampersand&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="9872" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9839" CreationDate="2011-01-28T20:42:45.303" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I tried to create a frame using partially transparent pdf images.  It sort of works, but I am having trouble getting things align correctly. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You need two pdf images, one for the corner and one for the edge. They have to be pdf, since the graphicx package does not support transparency in png images, as far as I can tell. You then use them like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[]{graphicx}&#xA;\newdimen\boxwidth&#xA;\newdimen\boxheight&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\thispagestyle{empty}&#xA;   \offinterlineskip&#xA;   \setbox0=\hbox{\includegraphics{rnahu.png}}&#xA;   \boxwidth=\wd0&#xA;   \boxheight=\ht0&#xA;   \advance\boxwidth by -20pt&#xA;   \advance\boxheight by -21pt&#xA;   \leavevmode\hbox{\rlap{\box0}\vbox{%&#xA;   \hbox{%&#xA;   \kern-.5pt\includegraphics[width=11pt,height=11pt]{corner.pdf}%&#xA;   \kern-.5pt\includegraphics[width=\boxwidth,height=11pt]{edge.pdf}%&#xA;   \kern-.5pt    \includegraphics[width=11pt,height=11pt,angle=270,origin=cc{corner.pdf}}%&#xA;   \vskip-.5pt%&#xA;   \hbox{%&#xA;   \kern-.5pt\includegraphics[width=\boxheight,height=11pt,angle=90,origin=cc]{edge.pdf}%&#xA;   \kern-.5pt\hspace{\boxwidth}%&#xA;   \kern-.5pt\includegraphics[width=\boxheight,height=11pt,angle=270,origin=cc]{edge.pdf}}%&#xA;   \vskip-.5pt%&#xA;   \hbox{%&#xA;   \kern-.5pt\includegraphics[width=11pt,height=11pt,angle=90,origin=cc]{corner.pdf}%&#xA;   \kern-.5pt\includegraphics[width=\boxwidth,height=10pt,angle=180,origin=cc]{edge.pdf}%&#xA;   \kern-.5pt\includegraphics[width=11pt,height=11pt,angle=180,origin=cc]{corner.pdf}}%&#xA;   \vskip-.5pt%&#xA;   }%&#xA;   }&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The kerns and vskips are there to get things to align, and the values were determined by experimenting. You can see on the image that it is still far from perfect. &#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/KiSlh.png&quot; alt=&quot;image with softened edges&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2011-01-28T20:42:45.303" />
  <row Id="9873" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9881" CreationDate="2011-01-28T21:14:57.667" Score="6" ViewCount="88" Body="&lt;p&gt;Say someone has defined&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\def\fooA#1@{}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\fooB#1@{}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is easy to test and see that the two are different: &lt;code&gt;\ifx\fooA\fooB...\else...\fi&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But if we are given one of &lt;code&gt;\fooA&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\fooB&lt;/code&gt; and we have not seen the definition before, can we tell what the catcode of the &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt; delimiting the parameter is?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Disclaimer: I am interested in the answer out of sheer curiosity.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: basically, is there a version of &lt;code&gt;\meaning&lt;/code&gt; which keeps catcodes? or is there a way to show the catcodes of tokens in the parameter text? --- The answer, below, is &quot;no&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastEditorUserId="2707" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-29T08:36:20.810" LastActivityDate="2011-01-29T08:36:20.810" Title="Detecting catcode in parameter text" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9874" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-28T21:40:31.510" Score="7" ViewCount="133" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it somehow possible to have utf8 characters (e.g. german umlauts) inside &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt; ?&#xA;The following example document behaves fine if the umlaut is given directly as argument like &lt;code&gt;\convertTest{Müller}&lt;/code&gt;. The resulting output is &quot;Mueller&quot; after conversion.&#xA;If &quot;Müller&quot; is given via a &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt; like in &lt;code&gt;\convertTest{\authorname}&lt;/code&gt;, the resulting output is not as expected (&quot;M.ller&quot;), although the message on &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; entry (before convert) is the same. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[ngerman]{babel} &#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}  &#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}  &#xA;\usepackage{stringstrings}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\convertTest}[1]{  &#xA;\message {before convert: #1}  &#xA;\convertword[q]{#1}{}{ue}  &#xA;\message {after convert: \thestring}  &#xA;\thestring \ &#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}  &#xA;\convertTest{Müller}  &#xA;\edef\authorname{Müller}&#xA;\convertTest{\authorname}  &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3219" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-28T22:22:41.143" LastActivityDate="2011-01-29T11:55:45.917" Title="edef containing utf8 umlaut characters" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;encodings&gt;&lt;inputenc&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="9875" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9873" CreationDate="2011-01-28T21:40:35.097" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A disappointing answer: This has nothing to do with catcodes of &lt;code&gt;\fooA&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\fooB&lt;/code&gt;. The &lt;code&gt;\ifx&lt;/code&gt; test just sees that the parameter texts of the two macros are different (they contain different &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt;s), so it turns out negative. The &lt;code&gt;\ifx&lt;/code&gt; test doesn't care &lt;em&gt;what&lt;/em&gt; the difference is.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-29T08:27:23.613" LastActivityDate="2011-01-29T08:27:23.613" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="9876" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-25T18:12:21.590" Score="0" ViewCount="105" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/9685/math-and-times-font&quot;&gt;Math and Times font&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am trying to use the Times font for normal text and variables, and the default math font (CMR) for math. I tried using the Times package. This partially solves the problem. But I want the text in math (by which I mean English alphabet and numbers other than greek, operators etc) to be in the Times font. How do I do this? Any comments or suggestion is appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For further clarity see this: &lt;a href=&quot;http://imgur.com/8HlsW.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://imgur.com/8HlsW.png&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3150" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-28T23:16:03.457" LastActivityDate="2011-01-28T23:16:03.457" ClosedDate="2011-01-29T05:55:31.277" Title="Math and Times font" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;mathmode&gt;" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9877" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9871" CreationDate="2011-01-28T21:55:28.113" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Halvorsen (below)? You should probably ask at the typophile.com forums.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/MZX0h.png&quot; alt=&quot;Halv&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt; how about Graphite? Casual, but not as casual as chalkduster?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/MPVRV.png&quot; alt=&quot;graphite&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastEditorUserId="627" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-28T23:08:34.633" LastActivityDate="2011-01-28T23:08:34.633" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9879" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9874" CreationDate="2011-01-28T22:06:18.037" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The umlauts are usually defined as &lt;em&gt;active characters&lt;/em&gt;, e.g. like &lt;code&gt;~&lt;/code&gt;. They are basically single-character macros which do not need the backslash in front of them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt; expands all macros, and therefore also all active characters, until the resulting tokens cannot be expanded any further. This is whats causing the problem: after &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt; the &lt;code&gt;ü&lt;/code&gt; isn't a &lt;code&gt;ü&lt;/code&gt; any longer:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\show ü&#xA;&amp;gt; ü=macro:&#xA;-&amp;gt;\UTFviii@two@octets ü.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I ran into the same issue when adding group names to my &lt;em&gt;svn-multi&lt;/em&gt; package, which should be used inside &lt;code&gt;\csname ... \endcsname&lt;/code&gt;, which also expands like &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt; (but causes an error if the result is not text-only).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Solution:&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;You could redefine the &lt;code&gt;ü&lt;/code&gt; locally prior to the &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt;:&#xA;If all what you want to do is to turn the &lt;code&gt;ü&lt;/code&gt; into &lt;code&gt;ue&lt;/code&gt; then do this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def ü{ue}&#xA;\edef\authorname{Müller}&#xA;\message{\authorname}%   Prints Mueller!&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An alternative might be to protect the &lt;code&gt;ü&lt;/code&gt;, e.g. make it robust. I tried&#xA;the &lt;code&gt;\robustify&lt;/code&gt; macro from &lt;code&gt;etoolbox&lt;/code&gt; but it didn't work. But this might be an issue with my local encodings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You might also try to use XeTeX, which has native unicode support. But I personally don't have any experience with it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-29T11:55:45.917" LastActivityDate="2011-01-29T11:55:45.917" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9880" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9882" CreationDate="2011-01-28T22:14:34.993" Score="4" ViewCount="92" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to typeset a formula that contains the expression &lt;code&gt;$\check{x} g_1$&lt;/code&gt; underneath a widehat.  However, when I typeset the expression &lt;code&gt;$\widehat{\check{x} g_1}$&lt;/code&gt;, I get odd results -- the &quot;check&quot; and the &lt;code&gt;g_1&lt;/code&gt; are in the right places, but the &lt;code&gt;x&lt;/code&gt; is shifted to the right so that it overlaps with the &lt;code&gt;g_1&lt;/code&gt; (thus leaving the &lt;code&gt;check&lt;/code&gt; resting over a blank space).  What am I doing wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT : My one theory is that this has something to do with using the MnSymbol package.  Here's a minimal document that has the problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11 pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{MnSymbol}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;$$\widehat{\check{x} g_1}$$&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I omit the MnSymbol package, the problem goes away.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="967" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-29T06:11:36.273" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T16:18:23.680" Title="Mixing &quot;check&quot; and &quot;hat&quot; leads to odd output (using MnSymbol)" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="9881" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9873" CreationDate="2011-01-28T22:30:05.153" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;No, you cannot.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The only ways to read the definition of a macro (and its parameter text) is &lt;code&gt;\meaning&lt;/code&gt; (&lt;code&gt;\show&lt;/code&gt; only displays it to the user).&#xA;Unfortunately it turns all characters to the catcode &quot;other&quot;, except spaces which stay spaces. Therefore you can not detect the difference.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-01-28T22:30:05.153" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9882" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9880" CreationDate="2011-01-28T22:35:16.333" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;load&#xA;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{accents}&lt;/code&gt;&#xA;after MnSymbol&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-28T22:35:16.333" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9883" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9885" CreationDate="2011-01-28T22:41:49.057" Score="4" ViewCount="164" Body="&lt;p&gt;If I create a &lt;code&gt;table&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;twocolumn&lt;/code&gt;, the text on the second column overlaps the right half of the table. If I use a &lt;code&gt;table*&lt;/code&gt;, whether with &lt;code&gt;twocolumn&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;multicols&lt;/code&gt;, it instead is moved to the next page. &lt;code&gt;table&lt;/code&gt;s in &lt;code&gt;multicols&lt;/code&gt; simply disappear.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd like to have a top-aligned table with two-column text below it. How can this be done sanely?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3220" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-05T21:29:35.527" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T21:29:35.527" Title="full-width tables in multicolumnar text" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;two-column&gt;&lt;multicol&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="9884" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9794" CreationDate="2011-01-29T00:38:49.640" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;You could use a package for customizing the TOC, such as &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/tocloft&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;tocloft&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/titletoc&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;titletoc&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;is answered by Carsten. If you still need information, let us know.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-01-29T00:38:49.640" />
  <row Id="9885" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9883" CreationDate="2011-01-29T00:40:13.350" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There's nothing in principle that prevents what you want from ocurring, (the document below show that it's possible) but float placement is a funny thing, so the reason you can't get what you want might have to do with how the correct placement of the float is calculated in your particular document.  The &lt;code&gt;float&lt;/code&gt; package can provide some extra help on that end, providing an &lt;code&gt;[H]&lt;/code&gt; option to a float to force it in a particular place.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[twocolumn]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum} % for nonsense text&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;\begin{table*}[htbp]&#xA;\centering&#xA;\begin{tabular}{p{1in}p{1in}p{1in}p{1in}p{1in}}&#xA;\hline&#xA;Some text &amp;amp; Some text &amp;amp; Some text &amp;amp; some text &amp;amp; some text\\&#xA;Some text &amp;amp; Some text &amp;amp; Some text &amp;amp; some text &amp;amp; some text\\&#xA;Some text &amp;amp; Some text &amp;amp; Some text &amp;amp; some text &amp;amp; some text\\&#xA;Some text &amp;amp; Some text &amp;amp; Some text &amp;amp; some text &amp;amp; some text\\&#xA;Some text &amp;amp; Some text &amp;amp; Some text &amp;amp; some text &amp;amp; some text\\&#xA;Some text &amp;amp; Some text &amp;amp; Some text &amp;amp; some text &amp;amp; some text\\&#xA;Some text &amp;amp; Some text &amp;amp; Some text &amp;amp; some text &amp;amp; some text\\&#xA;\hline&#xA;\caption{A table}&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{table*}&#xA;\lipsum\lipsum&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-29T02:55:59.230" LastActivityDate="2011-01-29T02:55:59.230" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9886" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9874" CreationDate="2011-01-29T08:34:37.043" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Martin is right when he says  : an alternative might be to protect ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can to do this with &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}  &#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[ngerman]{babel} &#xA;\usepackage{stringstrings}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\convertTest}[1]{  &#xA;\message {before convert: #1}  &#xA;\convertword[q]{#1}{}{ue}  &#xA;\message {after convert: \thestring}  &#xA;\thestring \ &#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}  &#xA;\convertTest{Müller}&#xA;\makeatletter  &#xA; \protected@edef\authorname{Müller}&#xA; \makeatother   &#xA; \authorname&#xA;\convertTest{\authorname}  &#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You need to use an engine with etex but pfd(e)tex is very common actually&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alternativ :  you can put the definition in your preamble :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter   &#xA;\newcommand{\defauthorname}[1]{ &#xA; \protected@edef\authorname{#1}&#xA; }&#xA;\makeatother &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and you can use this with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\defauthorname{Müller}  &#xA; \authorname  &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastActivityDate="2011-01-29T08:34:37.043" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9887" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9874" CreationDate="2011-01-29T09:29:33.297" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}  &#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}  &#xA;\usepackage[ngerman]{babel} &#xA;\usepackage{xstring}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\convertTest[1]{\StrSubstitute{#1}{ü}{ue}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}  &#xA;\convertTest{Müller}  &#xA;\edef\authorname{Müller}&#xA;\convertTest{\authorname}  &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-29T09:29:33.297" />
  <row Id="9888" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9808" CreationDate="2011-01-29T11:07:09.300" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can add &lt;code&gt;\hspace{1cm}&lt;/code&gt; before &lt;code&gt;\Large&lt;/code&gt; - it's not so beautiful but works.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3227" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-29T11:31:51.433" LastActivityDate="2011-01-29T11:31:51.433" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9889" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9890" CreationDate="2011-01-29T11:35:39.313" Score="4" ViewCount="219" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I create beamer frame, the content is centred in the slide. How do I make the content move to the top of the slide by default?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="224" LastActivityDate="2011-01-29T11:47:08.580" Title="Positioning content at the top of a beamer slide (by default)" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9890" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9889" CreationDate="2011-01-29T11:47:08.580" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could specify vertical top alignment globally by the &lt;code&gt;t&lt;/code&gt; class option:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[t]{beamer}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For single frames you could use the same option locally:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{frame}[t]&#xA;...&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-01-29T11:47:08.580" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="9892" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1319" CreationDate="2011-01-29T15:01:28.557" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;...and for a great example of TeX typesetting in an open access scholarly journal, check out the &lt;a href=&quot;http://philosophy.unimelb.edu.au/ajl/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Australasian Journal of Logic&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3228" LastActivityDate="2011-01-29T15:01:28.557" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-01-29T15:01:28.557" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9893" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9895" CreationDate="2011-01-29T16:11:22.720" Score="5" ViewCount="144" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[fleqn,12pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tabularx}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{table}[ht]&#xA;    \begin{minipage}[b]{1 \linewidth}\centering&#xA;      \begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|c|c|}&#xA;      \hline&#xA;        Tri Sankhya &amp;amp; Vihbakti &amp;amp; Ekavachana &amp;amp; Dvivachana &amp;amp; Bahuvachana \\&#xA;      \hline&#xA;        Pra Trik    &amp;amp; Prathama &amp;amp; Su (s)     &amp;amp; Au &amp;amp;  \\&#xA;        Dvi Trik    &amp;amp; Dvitiya  &amp;amp; Am         &amp;amp; Aut (Au) &amp;amp;  \\&#xA;        Tri Trik    &amp;amp; Trutiya  &amp;amp; Ta (A)     &amp;amp; Bhyam &amp;amp; \\ &#xA;        Cha Trik    &amp;amp; Chaturthi&amp;amp; Ne (E)     &amp;amp; Bhyam &amp;amp; \\&#xA;        Pan Trik    &amp;amp; Panchami &amp;amp; Nasi (as)  &amp;amp; Bhyam &amp;amp;   \\&#xA;        Shas Trik   &amp;amp; Shashthi &amp;amp; Nas (as)   &amp;amp; Os &amp;amp;   \\&#xA;        Sap Trik    &amp;amp; Saptami  &amp;amp; Ni (ee)    &amp;amp; Os &amp;amp;   \\&#xA;      \hline&#xA;      \end{tabular}&#xA;      \caption{Subanta Pratyaya}&#xA;    \end{minipage}&#xA;  \end{table}&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the attached image, I would like to place text in the last column at 90 degree rotation but do not know how to do it. Also, how can I color the background of that entire column only.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/nMEVn.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2036" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-29T17:55:17.747" LastActivityDate="2011-01-29T17:55:50.273" Title="How to Rotate Text in Table across column spanning many rows" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="9894" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9896" CreationDate="2011-01-29T16:22:32.497" Score="5" ViewCount="309" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to typeset a page that looks &quot;antique.&quot;  Are there packages/fonts in LaTeX that do that?  I could find &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.fontspace.com/preview/d/7258e1f96a4d4745a8f6fb7a37a116e1.gif&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;antique fonts online&lt;/a&gt;, but they don't include math symbols.  An &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/Free_Math_Font_Survey/survey.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/Free_Math_Font_Survey/survey.html&lt;/a&gt; (dated 2006) lists various free math fonts that were available then, but none of them look antique.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Examples of what I am looking for:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://digilib.mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de/digitallibrary/servlet/Scaler?fn=/permanent/einstein/sitzungsberichte/6E3MAXK4/pageimg&amp;amp;pn=2&amp;amp;wx=0.1428&amp;amp;wy=0.1428&amp;amp;ww=0.7142&amp;amp;wh=0.7142&amp;amp;dw=887&amp;amp;dh=719&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Einstein's General Relativity Paper&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;JSTOR; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.jstor.org/stable/2317182?seq=2&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;American Mathematical Monthly, in 1960&lt;/a&gt; (requires subscription)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.jstor.org/stable/2309220?seq=2&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Another one from JSTOR&lt;/a&gt; (AMM 1960)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;JSTOR; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.jstor.org/stable/view/2968649&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;AMM (1894)&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3229" LastEditorUserId="119" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-29T18:00:46.413" LastActivityDate="2011-01-29T18:00:46.413" Title="Old-style/Antique typesetting in LaTeX/TeX" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="5" />
  <row Id="9895" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9893" CreationDate="2011-01-29T16:51:02.123" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use nested tabulars:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[table]{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\def\Tab#1{\tabular[t]{&amp;gt;{\rule[-1ex]{0pt}{3ex}}c}#1\endtabular}&#xA;\newcolumntype{C}{@{}c@{}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{table}[ht]&#xA;\centering&#xA; \begin{tabular}{|C|C|C|C|C|}\hline&#xA;\Tab{Tri Sankhya \\\hline &#xA;     Pra Trik\\Dvi Trik\\Tri Trik\\Cha Trik\\ Pan Trik\\ Shas Trik\\ Sap Trik}&#xA;&amp;amp;&#xA;\Tab{Vihbakti\\\hline &#xA;     Prathama\\ Dvitiya\\Trutiya\\Chaturthi\\Panchami\\Shashthi\\Saptami}&#xA;&amp;amp;&#xA;\Tab{Ekavachana \\\hline&#xA;     Su (s)\\Am\\Ta (A)\\Ne (E)\\Nasi (as)\\Nas (as)\\Ni (ee)}&#xA;&amp;amp;&#xA;\Tab{Dvivachana\\\hline&#xA;     Au\\Aut (Au)\\Bhyam\\Bhyam\\Bhyam\\Os\\ Os}&#xA;&amp;amp; &#xA;\Tab{Bahuvachana\\\hline&#xA; \cellcolor{blue!20}&#xA;  \rotatebox{90}{~\parbox{3.5cm}{%&#xA;  Here comes the rotated text, which can also be &#xA;  typeset in several lines.&#xA;}~}}  \\\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\caption{Subanta Pratyaya}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/MJecq.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another possibility, regarding to your question is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\tabular{@{}|CC|@{}}\hline% the outer one&#xA;\begin{tabular}[t]{c|c|c|c|}&#xA; Tri Sankhya&amp;amp; Vihbakti &amp;amp; Ekavachana &amp;amp; Dvivachana \\\hline&#xA;  Pra Trik  &amp;amp; Prathama &amp;amp; Su (s)     &amp;amp; Au         \\&#xA;  Dvi Trik  &amp;amp; Dvitiya  &amp;amp; Am         &amp;amp; Aut (Au)   \\&#xA;  Tri Trik  &amp;amp; Trutiya  &amp;amp; Ta (A)     &amp;amp; Bhyam      \\ &#xA;  Cha Trik  &amp;amp; Chaturthi&amp;amp; Ne (E)     &amp;amp; Bhyam      \\&#xA;  Pan   Trik&amp;amp; Panchami &amp;amp; Nasi (as)  &amp;amp; Bhyam      \\&#xA;  Shas Trik &amp;amp; Shashthi &amp;amp; Nas (as)   &amp;amp; Os         \\&#xA;  Sap Trik  &amp;amp; Saptami  &amp;amp; Ni (ee)    &amp;amp; Os         \\ &#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&amp;amp;&#xA;\begin{tabular}[t]{c}&#xA;Bahuvachana\\\hline&#xA; \cellcolor{blue!20}&#xA;  \rotatebox{90}{~\parbox{3.2cm}{%&#xA;  Here comes the rotated text, which can also be &#xA;  typeset in several lines.&#xA;}~}&#xA;\end{tabular}\\\hline&#xA;\endtabular&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but this needs to find the correct column height for the &lt;code&gt;\parbox&lt;/code&gt; which is done in first example automatically&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/JyIr8.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and a third solution, which also needs a manual setting of the parbox width:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|c|&amp;gt;{\columncolor{blue!20}}c|}\hline&#xA;          Tri Sankhya &amp;amp; Vihbakti    &amp;amp; Ekavachana &amp;amp; Dvivachana &amp;amp; \multicolumn{1}{@{}c|}{Bahuvachana} \\&#xA;       \hline&#xA;          Pra Trik  &amp;amp; Prathama   &amp;amp; Su (s)&amp;amp; Au &amp;amp;  \\&#xA;          Dvi Trik &amp;amp; Dvitiya &amp;amp; Am &amp;amp; Aut (Au) &amp;amp;  \\&#xA;          Tri Trik  &amp;amp; Trutiya  &amp;amp; Ta (A) &amp;amp; Bhyam &amp;amp; \\ &#xA;          Cha Trik  &amp;amp; Chaturthi  &amp;amp; Ne (E) &amp;amp; Bhyam &amp;amp; \\&#xA;          Pan   Trik &amp;amp; Panchami  &amp;amp; Nasi (as)&amp;amp; Bhyam &amp;amp;   \\&#xA;          Shas Trik &amp;amp; Shashthi  &amp;amp; Nas (as)&amp;amp; Os &amp;amp;   \\&#xA;          Sap Trik &amp;amp; Saptami &amp;amp; Ni (ee) &amp;amp; Os &amp;amp;   &#xA;  \rotatebox{90}{\makebox(0,0)[lc]{~\parbox{3.2cm}{%&#xA;  Here comes the rotated text, which can also be &#xA;  typeset in several lines.}~}}&#xA;\\\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-29T17:55:50.273" LastActivityDate="2011-01-29T17:55:50.273" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="9896" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9894" CreationDate="2011-01-29T17:26:47.813" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you don't mind using XeLaTeX, you could use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=oldstandard&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Old Standard&lt;/a&gt; font, which is available on CTAN (though not packaged for regular TeX/pdfTeX, unfortunately), along with the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/mathspec&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;mathspec&lt;/a&gt; package as so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{mathspec}&#xA;\defaultfontfeatures{Mapping=tex-text}&#xA;\setallmainfonts{Old Standard}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a screenshot taken from the \blindmathpaper command generated by the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/blindtext&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;blindtext&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/me3gc.png&quot; alt=&quot;old standard font in XeLaTeX&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It doesn't have its own math symbols, so some of these are taken from Latin Modern (--the default behavior with mathspec--), but I think they go well enough together.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2011-01-29T17:26:47.813" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9897" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-29T18:44:06.450" Score="10" ViewCount="348" Body="&lt;p&gt;There have been a few questions about braces recently, specifically about when to use them (see &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/9827/when-might-it-be-helpful-to-use-implicit-braces-instead-of-explicit-braces&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2976/when-can-one-use-implicit-braces-instead-of-explicit-braces&quot;&gt;that&lt;/a&gt; question). &lt;em&gt;Note: I had mistakenly stated that SamB was the author of both questions.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But there are other ways to get token lists that behave like braces. For instance,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{ and &#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\let\bgroup{ and &#xA;\let\egroup}&#xA;&#xA;\def\Egroup{\iffalse{\fi}} and &#xA;\def\Bgroup{\expandafter{\iffalse}\fi}&#xA;&#xA;\def\bbgroup{\expandafter{\ifnum0=`}\fi} and&#xA;\def\eegroup{\ifnum0=`{\fi}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, this is not a complete list. It would be nice to have a showcase of typical situations where one can/should use each. Share on any brace hack that appears in your macros, or in packages that you've written/read about/used...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I guess one hack per answer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastEditorUserId="2707" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-15T22:56:38.220" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T19:00:21.217" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-01-29T18:46:44.463" Title="All those braces (implicit, explicit, `\iffalse{\fi}`, etc)" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;big-list&gt;&lt;braces&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="16" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="9898" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9899" CreationDate="2011-01-29T19:38:22.603" Score="5" ViewCount="184" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello! I'm typing up a document that requires subitems (ex: 1. a), b), etc.). I have been able to do this by using &lt;code&gt;\subitem&lt;/code&gt; but what really bugs me is that only this first line of the subitem has a indent (tab) and what follows after does not conform to that indent. Does that make sense? Here's a picture of what I'm talking about in case it doesn't: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/T8Kqb.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried using &lt;code&gt;\setlength{\parindent}{0.25cm}&lt;/code&gt; but that didn't work. I am using the &lt;strong&gt;enumitem&lt;/strong&gt; package, but I haven't looked into it very throughly so maybe there's something there that I haven't tried. I would really appreciate if anyone has any suggestions as to how to resolve this semi-annoying problem. Thanks in advance!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT&lt;/strong&gt; The code I'm using (a portion of it):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\item \textit{CC DD} and \textit{cc dd} individuals were crossed to each other, and the $\mathrm{F_{1}}$ generation was backcrossed to the \textit{cc dd} parent. 903 \textit{Cc Dd}, 897 \textit{cc dd}, 98 \textit{Cc dd}, and 102 \textit{cc Dd} offspring resulted. &#xA;&#xA;\subitem a. How far apart are the \textit{c} and \textit{d} loci?&#xA;&#xA;\subitem b. What progeny and in what frequencies would you expect to result from testcrossing the $\mathrm{F_{1}}$ generation from a \textit{CC dd} X \textit{cc DD} cross to \textit{cc dd}?&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2844" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-29T22:11:22.470" LastActivityDate="2011-01-29T22:11:22.470" Title="How to tab the whole subitem?" Tags="&lt;lists&gt;&lt;indentation&gt;&lt;enumitem&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="9899" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9898" CreationDate="2011-01-29T19:45:05.307" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just embed one &lt;code&gt;enumerate&lt;/code&gt; environment in another:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum} % just for some dummy text&#xA;\usepackage{enumitem}&#xA;\setenumerate[2]{label=\alph*.}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;\item&#xA;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;\item \lipsum[1]&#xA;\item \lipsum[2]&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;\item \lipsum[3]&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-29T20:28:47.590" LastActivityDate="2011-01-29T20:28:47.590" />
  <row Id="9900" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9897" CreationDate="2011-01-29T20:20:53.520" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A nice example of using a &lt;code&gt;\iffalse{\fi&lt;/code&gt; trick was posted by Dan Luecking on comp.text.tex in the thread &lt;a href=&quot;http://groups.google.com/group/comp.text.tex/msg/48306c1b9fa29576&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Capilatizing the first character&lt;/a&gt; with a complete explanation. It's a macro that takes a string as argument and defines a macro &lt;code&gt;\Fcap&lt;/code&gt; which contains the same string but with the first letter upper-cased (e.g. &lt;code&gt;test&lt;/code&gt; becomes &lt;code&gt;Test&lt;/code&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\def\FirstcapD#1#2\delimiter{%%% Delimited&#xA;   \iffalse{\fi&#xA;   \uppercase{\edef\Fcap{\iffalse}\fi#1}#2}}%&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\FirstcapD test\delimiter&#xA;\ttfamily\meaning\Fcap&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;shows that &lt;code&gt;\Fcap&lt;/code&gt; is &lt;code&gt;macro:-&amp;gt;Test&lt;/code&gt; i.e. the upper-case version of the argument &lt;code&gt;test&lt;/code&gt;. I reproduce here the explanation of how the code works. As the macro is delimited, &lt;code&gt;\FirstcapD test\delimiter&lt;/code&gt; will make &lt;code&gt;#1&lt;/code&gt;=&lt;code&gt;t&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;#2&lt;/code&gt;=&lt;code&gt;est&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first &lt;code&gt;\iffalse{\fi&lt;/code&gt; is just here to have a balanced number of braces inside the definition of &lt;code&gt;\Firstcap&lt;/code&gt;, but as &lt;code&gt;\iffalse&lt;/code&gt; is always false, it disappears during expansion.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then &lt;code&gt;\uppercase{\edef\Fcap{\iffalse}\fi#1}&lt;/code&gt; is executed with &lt;code&gt;#1 = t&lt;/code&gt;. The &lt;code&gt;\uppercase{\edef\Fcap{\iffalse}\fi t}&lt;/code&gt; thus becomes &lt;code&gt;\edef\Fcap{\iffalse}\fi T&lt;/code&gt; (the &lt;code&gt;t&lt;/code&gt; has been upper-cased).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At this stage, we have &lt;code&gt;\edef\Fcap{\iffalse}\fi Test}&lt;/code&gt; because &lt;code&gt;#2&lt;/code&gt; is &lt;code&gt;est&lt;/code&gt;. This code is not balanced in braces, but that doesn't matter as &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt; expands as it reads. Because &lt;code&gt;\iffalse&lt;/code&gt; is always false, the &lt;code&gt;\iffalse}\fi&lt;/code&gt; disappears, and what remains is just &lt;code&gt;\edef\Fcap{Test}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1973" LastActivityDate="2011-01-29T20:20:53.520" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-01-29T20:20:53.520" />
  <row Id="9901" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9903" CreationDate="2011-01-29T20:37:11.960" Score="5" ViewCount="296" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm new to latex and all of my matrices seem to be created on new lines, I can't seem to put them side by side.  Here is what I am doing to make a matrix (with the 2d identity matrix as an example):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[ \left( \begin{array}{cc}&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 0 \\&#xA;0 &amp;amp; 1&#xA;\end{array} \right) \]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Am I making it wrong?  How can I place a second matrix directly beside this, as you would when doing matrix mathematics?  Thanks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3231" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T23:05:44.743" Title="How to have matrices side by side in latex?" Tags="&lt;matrices&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="9902" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9901" CreationDate="2011-01-29T20:43:46.420" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;like this&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[ \left( \begin{array}{cc}&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 0 \\&#xA;0 &amp;amp; 1&#xA;\end{array} \right) \times \left( \begin{array}{cc}&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 0 \\&#xA;0 &amp;amp; 1&#xA;\end{array} \right) =\left( \begin{array}{cc}&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 0 \\&#xA;0 &amp;amp; 1&#xA;\end{array} \right)\] &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You need to place the matrices inside the math environment&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastActivityDate="2011-01-29T20:43:46.420" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9903" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9901" CreationDate="2011-01-29T20:46:32.913" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Don't enclose each array with &lt;code&gt;\[ ... \]&lt;/code&gt;; instead, put all the arrays that you want together within one set of delimeters.  Like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[ \left( \begin{array}{cc}&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 0 \\&#xA;0 &amp;amp; 1&#xA;\end{array} \right)&#xA;%&#xA;\left( \begin{array}{cc}&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 0 \\&#xA;0 &amp;amp; 1&#xA;\end{array} \right)&#xA;\]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You should read the &lt;code&gt;mathmode&lt;/code&gt; documentation.  It should be part of your TeX Distribution, and has lots of examples to follow.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-01-29T20:46:32.913" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9904" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9923" CreationDate="2011-01-29T23:05:20.017" Score="2" ViewCount="233" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have just started to use an Apple computer and want to use Texmaker. But forward/inverse search does not work at all. I am trying to follow the instructions but I'm not successful. What could I be doing wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3232" LastEditorUserId="1189" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-19T21:19:16.097" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T21:19:16.097" Title="Forward/inverse search for Texmaker on OS X" Tags="&lt;osx&gt;&lt;texmaker&gt;&lt;inverse-search&gt;&lt;forward-search&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="11" />
  <row Id="9905" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9681" CreationDate="2011-01-30T01:10:24.307" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Excuse my ignorance about the tikz or latex knowledge in general, but why don't you simply swap the colors that you have used to draw the original picture? I mean in the very first picture on the page, you can just select picture environment blue and the intersection white, right? Then complement becomes a color swap for the clipping. (Don't know if you pay attention to the set boundaries, though)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3235" LastActivityDate="2011-01-30T01:10:24.307" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="9907" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9904" CreationDate="2011-01-30T08:15:45.150" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Have you add the option&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;-synctex=1&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;for pdflatex, xelatex. However, version 2.2 can do forward/inverse search only on 1 files latex source. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2557" LastEditorUserId="2557" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-30T20:09:59.457" LastActivityDate="2011-01-30T20:09:59.457" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="9908" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9909" CreationDate="2011-01-30T10:35:24.067" Score="3" ViewCount="156" Body="&lt;p&gt;Can anyone tell me the difference between those two commands?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: Thanks for the answers, but I didn't get the clue yet. Here's an example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;test.tex&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,oneside]{mytestclass}&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;mytestclass.cls&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} &#xA;\ProvidesClass{testclass}[2011/01/30 v0.1 testclass]&#xA;\LoadClass{book}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} &#xA;\ProvidesClass{testclass}[2011/01/30 v0.1 testclass]&#xA;\LoadClassWithOptions{book}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In both examples the options &lt;code&gt;a4paper&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;oneside&lt;/code&gt; are passed to &lt;code&gt;book&lt;/code&gt;. So, I don't see any difference in the result.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3240" LastEditorUserId="3240" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-30T13:29:26.253" LastActivityDate="2011-01-30T13:41:45.233" Title="Difference between \LoadClass and \LoadClassWithOptions" Tags="&lt;documentclass&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="9909" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9908" CreationDate="2011-01-30T10:43:06.410" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\LoadClass[options]{name}&lt;/code&gt; load class &lt;em&gt;name&lt;/em&gt; with the listed options&#xA;&lt;code&gt;\LoadClassWithOptions{name}&lt;/code&gt; load class &lt;em&gt;name&lt;/em&gt; with the same options of the current class. For example &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[foo,bar]{baz} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;inside the &lt;code&gt;baz.cls&lt;/code&gt; there can be a&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\LoadClassWithOptions{book}% is loaded with options `foo` and `bar`&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{name}&#xA;...&#xA;\LoadClass[default options]{name}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-30T13:13:02.613" LastActivityDate="2011-01-30T13:13:02.613" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="9910" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9908" CreationDate="2011-01-30T11:21:34.043" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;From the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.latex-project.org/guides/clsguide.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LATEX2ε for class and package writers&lt;/a&gt; guide:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A LATEX class can load one other class as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\LoadClass[&amp;lt;options&amp;gt;]{&amp;lt;class-name&amp;gt;}[&amp;lt;date&amp;gt;]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The following commands can be used in the common case that you want to &#xA;  simply load a class or package file with exactly those options that are being &#xA;  used by the current class.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\LoadClassWithOptions{&amp;lt;class-name&amp;gt;}[&amp;lt;date&amp;gt;]&#xA;\RequirePackageWithOptions{&amp;lt;package&amp;gt;}[&amp;lt;date&amp;gt;]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You cannot use &lt;code&gt;\LoadClass&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\LoadClassWithOptions&lt;/code&gt; inside a main document &lt;strong&gt;after&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;code&gt;\documentclass&lt;/code&gt;, only in the &lt;code&gt;.cls&lt;/code&gt; loaded with it. This would cause an error. However, you can, if you really want it, use this macros &lt;strong&gt;before&lt;/strong&gt; the &lt;code&gt;\documentclass&lt;/code&gt;. In this case no main class option are set yet, so &lt;code&gt;\LoadClassWithOptions&lt;/code&gt; would not make sense at all. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-30T11:59:26.867" LastActivityDate="2011-01-30T11:59:26.867" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="9911" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9901" CreationDate="2011-01-30T12:23:32.250" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is slightly tangential, but you might find it convenient to use the &lt;code&gt;pmatrix&lt;/code&gt; environment (defined in &lt;code&gt;amsmath.sty&lt;/code&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[&#xA;\begin{pmatrix}&#xA;  1 &amp;amp; 0 \\ 0 &amp;amp; e^{i\pi/k}&#xA;\end{pmatrix}&#xA;\begin{pmatrix}&#xA;  u \\ v&#xA;\end{pmatrix}&#xA;=&#xA;\begin{pmatrix}&#xA;  u \\ -v&#xA;\end{pmatrix}&#xA;\]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3176" LastEditorUserId="3176" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-01T23:05:44.743" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T23:05:44.743" />
  <row Id="9912" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9908" CreationDate="2011-01-30T13:41:45.233" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The command&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\LoadClassWithOptions{class}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will load the &lt;em&gt;class&lt;/em&gt; using the options specified in the main document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The command&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\LoadClass[options]{class}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will load the &lt;em&gt;class&lt;/em&gt; using the specified &lt;em&gt;options&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;does not include&lt;/strong&gt; the options of the main document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In your example you probably don't see much difference because the options specified in the &lt;code&gt;\documentclass&lt;/code&gt; are probably the defaults for &lt;code&gt;scrbook&lt;/code&gt; anyway.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But consider this example of a file &lt;code&gt;baseclass.cls&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}&#xA;\ProvidesClass{baseclass}[2011/01/30 v0.1 baseclass]&#xA;\LoadClass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\def\funny{Is not funny}&#xA;\DeclareOption{funny}{\def\funny{Is funny!}}&#xA;\ProcessOptions\relax&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then &lt;code&gt;myclass.cls&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}&#xA;\ProvidesClass{myclass}[2011/01/30 v0.1 myclass]&#xA;\LoadClass{baseclass}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And &lt;code&gt;main.tex&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[funny]{myclass}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\funny&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Even if you specify the &lt;code&gt;funny&lt;/code&gt; option, it won't be applied in &lt;code&gt;baseclass&lt;/code&gt;. But it will be applied if you use the command &lt;code&gt;\LoadClassWithOptions&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;myclass.cls&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2011-01-30T13:41:45.233" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9913" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-30T13:44:17.523" Score="3" ViewCount="228" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dear experts&#xA;I am using TeXnicCentre. After compiling, while I get an output pdf file, an error is found that says &lt;code&gt;Could't find input index file *pathname* nor *pathname*.idx&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am afraid I cant pinpoint the error.&#xA;Please help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Many thanks&#xA;Abhimanyu&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here are my (simplified) tex and bib files&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%TeX file&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\author{Abhimanyu Arora}&#xA;\title{Experiments}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section{Introduction}&#xA;This is a simple trial file. For more details refer \cite{Arora}&#xA;\bibliography{ref}&#xA;\bibliographystyle{plain}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;%Bib file&#xA;@article{Arora,&#xA;  author = {Arora, Abhimanyu},&#xA;  year = {2011},&#xA;  title = {How to get unstuck},&#xA;  journal = {American Economic Review},&#xA;  volume = {87},&#xA;  number = {1},&#xA;  pages = {1--30},&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3242" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-30T13:46:55.343" LastActivityDate="2011-01-30T13:54:06.120" Title="input index file not found" Tags="&lt;errors&gt;&lt;index&gt;&lt;input&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="9914" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9913" CreationDate="2011-01-30T13:54:06.120" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Go into TeXnicCenters menu &lt;code&gt;Output-&amp;gt;active output profile&lt;/code&gt; (don't really know the english names) and disable the checkbox for using &lt;code&gt;makeindex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-30T13:54:06.120" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="9915" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="80" CreationDate="2011-01-30T16:17:21.187" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use an earlier version of this: &lt;a href=&quot;http://whiskypedia.valeriodistefano.com/Cygwin-Easy-2007.03.21/HTML/cygwin/usr/share/lyx/tex/cv.cls&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://whiskypedia.valeriodistefano.com/Cygwin-Easy-2007.03.21/HTML/cygwin/usr/share/lyx/tex/cv.cls&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;with certain modifications of my own, primarily to page geometry and fonts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1370" LastActivityDate="2011-01-30T16:17:21.187" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-01-30T16:17:21.187" />
  <row Id="9916" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9917" CreationDate="2011-01-30T17:10:32.117" Score="5" ViewCount="117" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi all,&#xA;I am using Sweave to produce my tex. In addition I use lstlisting to highlight the source code as below. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{lstlisting}[caption={Computation $\widehat Y_4$ and its Residue},label=list:5computationYpredict,captionpos=b]&#xA;\begin{Schunk}&#xA;\begin{Sinput}&#xA;&amp;gt; options(width = 80, continue = &quot; &quot;, size = &quot;scriptsize&quot;)&#xA;&amp;gt; formula(mdl)&#xA;\end{Sinput}&#xA;\end{Schunk}&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this possible to skip the &lt;code&gt;\begin{Schunk}&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\begin{Sinput}&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\end{Sinput}&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;\end{Schunk}&lt;/code&gt; from the output of the lstlisting? I need output as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;gt; options(width = 80, continue = &quot; &quot;, size = &quot;scriptsize&quot;)&#xA;&amp;gt; formula(mdl)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;after compile the tex.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Satria&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3243" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-30T17:19:49.877" LastActivityDate="2011-01-30T17:25:28.480" Title="Remove\begin{Schunk} \begin{Sinput}" Tags="&lt;listings&gt;&lt;sweave&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="9917" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9916" CreationDate="2011-01-30T17:25:28.480" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}[linerange=\\begin\{Sinput\}-\\end\{Sinput\},includerangemarker=false]&#xA;\begin{Schunk}&#xA;\begin{Sinput}&#xA;&amp;gt; options(width = 80, continue = &quot; &quot;, size = &quot;scriptsize&quot;)&#xA;&amp;gt; formula(mdl)&#xA;\end{Sinput}&#xA;\end{Schunk}&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-30T17:25:28.480" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9918" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9919" CreationDate="2011-01-30T18:52:27.317" Score="5" ViewCount="230" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to use a font in the current directory with luaotfload. I tried to generate the database:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;OSFONTDIR=$PWD mkluatexfontdb&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but this gives me endless output of:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$ OSFONTDIR=$PWD mkluatexfontdb&#xA;&#xA;luaotfload | Updating the font names database:&#xA;luaotfload | Font names database not found, generating new one.&#xA;             This can take several minutes; please be patient.&#xA;luaotfload | Updating the font names database:&#xA;luaotfload | Font names database not found, generating new one.&#xA;             This can take several minutes; please be patient.&#xA;luaotfload | Updating the font names database:&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What can I do do to use a (OTF) font in the current directory with luaotfload?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="243" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T14:04:16.850" Title="luaotfload: how to use font in current directory?" Tags="&lt;luatex&gt;&lt;luaotfload&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="9919" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9918" CreationDate="2011-01-30T22:18:05.023" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;OSFONTDIR&lt;/code&gt; variable is, I think, not intended to be used like this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's an example using both plain and LaTeX font loading (luaotfload.sty can be &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; in plain TeX if you're not using LaTeX):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\font\1=&quot;file:MyriadPro-BlackCond.otf&quot; at 12pt\1 hello&#xA;\normalfont normal font&#xA;\fontspec{MyriadPro-BlackCond.otf}&#xA;hello again&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the fontspec example, it auto-detects that it's a font from the filesystem by the existence of &lt;code&gt;.otf&lt;/code&gt; at the end of the name. If this doesn't work for you, I think we'll need to do more debugging in another forum (the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/mailman/listinfo/lualatex-dev&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;lualatex-dev&lt;/a&gt; mailing list would be a good idea).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-31T07:37:13.863" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T07:37:13.863" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="9920" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5461" CreationDate="2011-01-30T23:36:14.423" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi all, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sorry to use up a whole &quot;answer&quot; post - just wanted to post a followup on the post by @Caramdir (and paste this code with nice formatting). I also like this &lt;code&gt;decoration&lt;/code&gt; approach, however, I wanted to have two arrow edges; and the corresponding code looks like this: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\draw[|-|,&#xA;    decoration={markings, % switch on markings&#xA;        mark=at position 0.25 with {\arrow[scale=0.5]{&amp;lt;}};,&#xA;        mark=at position .5 with {\node[gray] at (0,0.25) {\tiny{txt}};},&#xA;        mark=at position 1 with {\arrow[scale=0.5]{&amp;gt;}};,&#xA;    },&#xA;postaction={decorate},&#xA;] (A1) -- (A2);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I got stuck at using &lt;code&gt;;,&lt;/code&gt; as delimiter for &lt;code&gt;mark&lt;/code&gt;s - and the need to use 0.25 instead of 0 for the first arrow)..&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And as I basically want to have dimension lines - I also tried adding a text at midpoint, and since the node puts it right over the line, tried to lift/shift the text label a bit up (which was pretty tedious, as one has to be really careful where to put curly braces and semicolons, else latex barfs  w/ &quot;&lt;code&gt;\@nomath ...e \@font@warning {Command \noexpand #1 invalid in math mode}\fi&lt;/code&gt;&quot; and such)... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cheers!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2595" LastEditorUserId="2595" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-31T00:14:00.993" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T00:14:00.993" />
  <row Id="9921" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-31T00:05:21.430" Score="1" ViewCount="156" Body="&lt;p&gt;What has to be done to include a new font such as Sabon into TeXworks? I already have the necessary files, however, ´cause I´m a beginner with LaTex, I can´t manage to bring the files into TeXworks. Somebody able and interested to help me?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3245" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T01:04:43.797" Title="Font &quot;Sabon&quot; into TeXworks" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;texworks&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9922" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9921" CreationDate="2011-01-31T01:04:43.797" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm assuming what Alan says in his note is right, and that you want to create documents using Sabon, not somehow use Sabon in TeXworks' GUI.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The easiest way then, is probably to use XeLaTeX. First, makse sure Sabon is installed and is accessible to other programs. Add the following to your LaTeX preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\defaultfontfeatures{Mapping=tex-text}&#xA;\setmainfont{Sabon} % Or it might need to be \setmainfont{Sabon LT Std} or something&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To build your document, choose &quot;XeLaTeX&quot; from TeXworks's dropdown box.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, Sabon should be the main font of the document. For more information, see the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/fontspec&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;fontspec&lt;/a&gt; package documentation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T01:04:43.797" />
  <row Id="9923" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9904" CreationDate="2011-01-31T01:38:03.943" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is my way to fix the problem I asked - I think it could be helpful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Install the Skim pdf-viewer. It is free.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;In Texmaker configuration  choose the external pdf-viewer and place there the following line --  /Applications/Skim.app/Contents/SharedSupport/displayline @ %.pdf&#xA;(I think it gives the possibility of the forward search)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;In the Skim preferences edit custom command in Sync section. The command must be -- /Applications/texmaker.app/Contents/MacOS/texmaker&#xA;with Argument -- &quot;%file&quot; -line %line&#xA;Now you can perform the inverse search. How to do it? Shift-Command-Click and the cursor moves to the corresponding place in the tex-file.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3232" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T01:38:03.943" />
  <row Id="9924" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9925" CreationDate="2011-01-31T03:01:13.437" Score="6" ViewCount="148" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to insert multiple code-generated tables into a document so that they appear on a single page.  I may need to use smaller font to make them all fit.  All the tables are of the same size, and are already in their own &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; block with captions and labels.  What's the best strategy?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3252" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-31T03:05:26.113" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T09:30:09.597" Title="How can I place five tables on a page, in a 3x2 matrix?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="9925" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9924" CreationDate="2011-01-31T03:14:27.423" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can put the tables into minipages or parboxes or use the &lt;code&gt;subfig&lt;/code&gt; package.  Just remember that you can't put multiple &lt;code&gt;table&lt;/code&gt; environments together, but you &lt;em&gt;can&lt;/em&gt; put multiple &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; environments (with captions and labels) within a single &lt;code&gt;table&lt;/code&gt; environment. The &lt;code&gt;subfig&lt;/code&gt; documentation has information about both techniques.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's an example using both &lt;code&gt;parboxes&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;minipages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[margin=1in]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{booktabs}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{table}[htbp]&#xA;\centering&#xA;&#xA;\parbox{.45\textwidth}{&#xA;\begin{tabular}[t]{lll}&#xA;&#xA;\toprule&#xA;A &amp;amp; B &amp;amp; C \\&#xA;\midrule&#xA;0.096356125 &amp;amp; 0.126535287 &amp;amp; 0.222951743 \\&#xA;0.011227006 &amp;amp; 0.154678302 &amp;amp; 0.134139901 \\&#xA;0.695793117 &amp;amp; 0.287078523 &amp;amp; 0.077578477 \\&#xA;0.325214308 &amp;amp; 0.069604001 &amp;amp; 0.657673026 \\&#xA;&#xA;\bottomrule&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\caption{ABC}&#xA;}\bigskip&#xA;\parbox{.45\textwidth}{&#xA;\begin{tabular}[t]{lll}&#xA;&#xA;\toprule&#xA;D &amp;amp; E &amp;amp; F \\&#xA;\midrule&#xA;0.692628962 &amp;amp; 0.676885786 &amp;amp; 0.714726267 \\&#xA;0.216724956 &amp;amp; 0.514742162 &amp;amp; 0.274775702 \\&#xA;0.520019549 &amp;amp; 0.506134903 &amp;amp; 0.293514122 \\&#xA;0.186925802 &amp;amp; 0.285319488 &amp;amp; 0.403563324 \\&#xA;&#xA;\bottomrule&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\caption{DEF}&#xA;}\bigskip&#xA;&#xA;\parbox{.45\textwidth}{&#xA;\begin{tabular}[t]{lll}&#xA;&#xA;\toprule&#xA;G &amp;amp; H &amp;amp; I \\&#xA;\midrule&#xA;0.037156909 &amp;amp; 0.76115364 &amp;amp; 0.238202162 \\&#xA;0.086680665 &amp;amp; 0.028714787 &amp;amp; 0.879055353 \\&#xA;0.302193464 &amp;amp; 0.157574379 &amp;amp; 0.948781632 \\&#xA;0.503584342 &amp;amp; 0.885553012 &amp;amp; 0.30105766 \\&#xA;&#xA;\bottomrule&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\caption{GHI}&#xA;}\bigskip&#xA;\parbox{.45\textwidth}{&#xA;\begin{tabular}[t]{lll}&#xA;&#xA;\toprule&#xA;J &amp;amp; K &amp;amp; L \\&#xA;\midrule&#xA;0.652587435 &amp;amp; 0.812241976 &amp;amp; 0.816788302 \\&#xA;0.456616676 &amp;amp; 0.320706153 &amp;amp; 0.882116653 \\&#xA;0.616582591 &amp;amp; 0.361915305 &amp;amp; 0.772590298 \\&#xA;0.78771219 &amp;amp; 0.53200612 &amp;amp; 0.564641396 \\&#xA;&#xA;\bottomrule&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\caption{JKL}&#xA;}&#xA;\parbox{.45\textwidth}{&#xA;\begin{tabular}[t]{lll}&#xA;&#xA;\toprule&#xA;M &amp;amp; N &amp;amp; O \\&#xA;\midrule&#xA;0.733808918 &amp;amp; 0.699601932 &amp;amp; 0.11500169 \\&#xA;0.873043748 &amp;amp; 0.12076117 &amp;amp; 0.682781587 \\&#xA;0.918180185 &amp;amp; 0.63535945 &amp;amp; 0.445837393 \\&#xA;0.417373347 &amp;amp; 0.731406679 &amp;amp; 0.669593201 \\&#xA;&#xA;\bottomrule&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\caption{MNO}&#xA;}&#xA;\parbox{.45\textwidth}{\ }&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{table}[htbp]&#xA;\centering&#xA;&#xA;\begin{minipage}{.45\textwidth}{&#xA;\begin{tabular}[t]{lll}&#xA;&#xA;\toprule&#xA;A &amp;amp; B &amp;amp; C \\&#xA;\midrule&#xA;0.096356125 &amp;amp; 0.126535287 &amp;amp; 0.222951743 \\&#xA;0.011227006 &amp;amp; 0.154678302 &amp;amp; 0.134139901 \\&#xA;0.695793117 &amp;amp; 0.287078523 &amp;amp; 0.077578477 \\&#xA;0.325214308 &amp;amp; 0.069604001 &amp;amp; 0.657673026 \\&#xA;&#xA;\bottomrule&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\caption{ABC}&#xA;}\end{minipage}\bigskip&#xA;\begin{minipage}{.45\textwidth}{&#xA;\begin{tabular}[t]{lll}&#xA;&#xA;\toprule&#xA;D &amp;amp; E &amp;amp; F \\&#xA;\midrule&#xA;0.692628962 &amp;amp; 0.676885786 &amp;amp; 0.714726267 \\&#xA;0.216724956 &amp;amp; 0.514742162 &amp;amp; 0.274775702 \\&#xA;0.520019549 &amp;amp; 0.506134903 &amp;amp; 0.293514122 \\&#xA;0.186925802 &amp;amp; 0.285319488 &amp;amp; 0.403563324 \\&#xA;&#xA;\bottomrule&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\caption{DEF}&#xA;}\end{minipage}\bigskip&#xA;&#xA;\begin{minipage}{.45\textwidth}{&#xA;\begin{tabular}[t]{lll}&#xA;&#xA;\toprule&#xA;G &amp;amp; H &amp;amp; I \\&#xA;\midrule&#xA;0.037156909 &amp;amp; 0.76115364 &amp;amp; 0.238202162 \\&#xA;0.086680665 &amp;amp; 0.028714787 &amp;amp; 0.879055353 \\&#xA;0.302193464 &amp;amp; 0.157574379 &amp;amp; 0.948781632 \\&#xA;0.503584342 &amp;amp; 0.885553012 &amp;amp; 0.30105766 \\&#xA;&#xA;\bottomrule&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\caption{GHI}&#xA;}\end{minipage}\bigskip&#xA;\begin{minipage}{.45\textwidth}{&#xA;\begin{tabular}[t]{lll}&#xA;&#xA;\toprule&#xA;J &amp;amp; K &amp;amp; L \\&#xA;\midrule&#xA;0.652587435 &amp;amp; 0.812241976 &amp;amp; 0.816788302 \\&#xA;0.456616676 &amp;amp; 0.320706153 &amp;amp; 0.882116653 \\&#xA;0.616582591 &amp;amp; 0.361915305 &amp;amp; 0.772590298 \\&#xA;0.78771219 &amp;amp; 0.53200612 &amp;amp; 0.564641396 \\&#xA;&#xA;\bottomrule&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\caption{JKL}&#xA;}\end{minipage}&#xA;\begin{minipage}{.45\textwidth}{&#xA;\begin{tabular}[t]{lll}&#xA;&#xA;\toprule&#xA;M &amp;amp; N &amp;amp; O \\&#xA;\midrule&#xA;0.733808918 &amp;amp; 0.699601932 &amp;amp; 0.11500169 \\&#xA;0.873043748 &amp;amp; 0.12076117 &amp;amp; 0.682781587 \\&#xA;0.918180185 &amp;amp; 0.63535945 &amp;amp; 0.445837393 \\&#xA;0.417373347 &amp;amp; 0.731406679 &amp;amp; 0.669593201 \\&#xA;&#xA;\bottomrule&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\caption{MNO}&#xA;}\end{minipage}&#xA;\begin{minipage}{.45\textwidth}{\ }\end{minipage}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-31T07:37:40.123" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T07:37:40.123" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9926" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9859" CreationDate="2011-01-31T06:46:52.143" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another option would be to use TikZ to define an &lt;code&gt;\xrightarrowtail&lt;/code&gt; macro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{amsart}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newbox\xrat@below&#xA;\newbox\xrat@above&#xA;\newcommand{\xrightarrowtail}[2][]{%&#xA;  \setbox\xrat@below=\hbox{\ensuremath{\scriptstyle #1}}%&#xA;  \setbox\xrat@above=\hbox{\ensuremath{\scriptstyle #2}}%&#xA;  \pgfmathsetlengthmacro{\xrat@len}{max(\wd\xrat@below,\wd\xrat@above)+.6em}%&#xA;  \mathrel{\tikz [&amp;gt;-&amp;gt;,baseline=-.75ex]&#xA;                 \draw (0,0) -- node[below=-2pt] {\box\xrat@below}&#xA;                                node[above=-2pt] {\box\xrat@above}&#xA;                       (\xrat@len,0) ;}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \[ f : G \xrightarrowtail[{\star}]{\text{\textbf{Grp}}} H \]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This produces the output&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/NMvgQ.png&quot; alt=&quot;An extensible right arrow with a tail drawn with TikZ.&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The &lt;code&gt;amsart&lt;/code&gt; document class is only used to get &lt;code&gt;\text&lt;/code&gt;, and not used in the macro definition.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt; I realize I should probably explain what's going on here.  It's not too complicated: we allocate boxes &lt;code&gt;\xrat@below&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\xrat@above&lt;/code&gt; to store the text we're going to place above and below, and we fill them with our arguments set as script-style math.  We then set &lt;code&gt;\xrat@len&lt;/code&gt;, which will be the arrow length, to the larger of the two widths plus .6 ems for padding on either side.  We then simply draw the arrow, placing the below box below and above box below.  It's worth noting that the values in &lt;code&gt;+.6em&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;baseline=.75ex&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;below=-2pt&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;above=-2pt&lt;/code&gt; are all completely arbitrary, and result from me tinkering briefly; changing them might give better results for your use case.  The &lt;code&gt;baseline&lt;/code&gt; option moved the arrow up to the middle, instead of having it trail along the ground, and the &lt;code&gt;below&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;above&lt;/code&gt; options set the text closer to the arrow, which is desired in this context.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;s&gt;A better solution would probably be to figure out how to use &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt;'s &lt;code&gt;\ext@arrow&lt;/code&gt; command (which it uses to define &lt;code&gt;\xleftarrow&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\xrightarrow&lt;/code&gt;, and which other packages for similar commands seem to use as well), but I can't figure out how it works.&lt;/s&gt;  Strike that, this would require the missing &lt;code&gt;\arrowtail&lt;/code&gt; (&lt;code&gt;&amp;gt;--&lt;/code&gt;) macro which you were asking about in the first place (since &lt;code&gt;extpfeil&lt;/code&gt; uses &lt;code&gt;\ext@arrow&lt;/code&gt; under the hood as well).  I suppose the best bet might be to create such a character in Metafont or some such, but I'm not sure how to do that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1425" LastEditorUserId="1425" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-31T20:52:07.273" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T20:52:07.273" />
  <row Id="9927" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-31T07:11:54.987" Score="1" ViewCount="145" Body="&lt;p&gt;For my header page layout, I use &lt;code&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/code&gt;. I use &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt;s in the headers. The following is my code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[titlepage,a4paper,12pt]{article}&#xA;&#xA;%***************************** preamble region **************************&#xA;\parindent=0pt        %leading space for paragraphs&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}        %Extensive control of page headers and footers in LaTeX2e&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel}        %use for the below package `datetime'&#xA;\usepackage{datetime}        %Change format of `\today' with commands for current time&#xA;\renewcommand{\dateseparator}{-}&#xA;\newcommand{\headertoday}{\the\year \dateseparator \twodigit\month \dateseparator \twodigit\day}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[lmargin=2.500000cm,rmargin=2.500000cm,tmargin=2.500000cm,bmargin=2.500000cm]{geometry}        %Flexible and complete interface to document dimensions&#xA;%************************************************************************&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{0.600000}        %coefficent to adjust table line spacing&#xA;\lhead{\begin{tabular}[b]{ll}\footnotesize{Statical Calculation}&amp;amp;\footnotesize{}\\\footnotesize{Project: xxxxxx}&amp;amp;\footnotesize{}\end{tabular}}&#xA;\rhead{\begin{tabular}[b]{rr}\footnotesize{Date:}&amp;amp;\footnotesize{\headertoday}\\\footnotesize{Page:}&amp;amp;\footnotesize{\thepage}\end{tabular}}&#xA;\chead{\begin{tabular}[b]{cc}\footnotesize{}&amp;amp;\footnotesize{}\\\footnotesize{}&amp;amp;\footnotesize{}\end{tabular}}&#xA;\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{1.000000pt}&#xA;\headsep=6.000000mm        %the distance of main text to the decorative line&#xA;hello\\&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But the contents of &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; doesn't align with the decorative line at both ends. I mean, e.g., the leftmost text should align with the leftmost end of the decorative line. How to fix it?&#xA;Thanks a lot.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3253" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-31T13:37:16.547" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T09:07:01.507" Title="Using tabular in fancyhdr" Tags="&lt;align&gt;&lt;tables&gt;&lt;fancyhdr&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="9928" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9927" CreationDate="2011-01-31T07:19:38.967" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You've forgotten about the intercolumn space in the tabular.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\lhead{\begin{tabular}{@{}ll}} ...}&#xA;\rhead{\begin{tabular}{rr@{}} ... }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(And you mispelled 'statistical'.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T07:19:38.967" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="9930" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9924" CreationDate="2011-01-31T09:30:09.597" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;resize the tabulars that three fit in one row:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/AmxF1.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{booktabs,graphicx,blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\blindtext&#xA;&#xA;\begin{table}&#xA;\centering&#xA;\minipage{0.32\textwidth}&#xA;\resizebox{\linewidth}{!}{%&#xA;\begin{tabular}{lll}\toprule&#xA;A &amp;amp; B &amp;amp; C \\\midrule&#xA;0.096356125 &amp;amp; 0.126535287 &amp;amp; 0.222951743 \\&#xA;0.011227006 &amp;amp; 0.154678302 &amp;amp; 0.134139901 \\&#xA;0.695793117 &amp;amp; 0.287078523 &amp;amp; 0.077578477 \\&#xA;0.325214308 &amp;amp; 0.069604001 &amp;amp; 0.657673026 \\\bottomrule&#xA;\end{tabular}}&#xA;\caption{ABC}&#xA;\endminipage\hfill%&#xA;%&#xA;\minipage{0.32\textwidth}&#xA;\resizebox{\linewidth}{!}{%&#xA;\begin{tabular}{lll}\toprule&#xA;A &amp;amp; B &amp;amp; C \\\midrule&#xA;0.096356125 &amp;amp; 0.126535287 &amp;amp; 0.222951743 \\&#xA;0.011227006 &amp;amp; 0.154678302 &amp;amp; 0.134139901 \\&#xA;0.695793117 &amp;amp; 0.287078523 &amp;amp; 0.077578477 \\&#xA;0.325214308 &amp;amp; 0.069604001 &amp;amp; 0.657673026 \\\bottomrule&#xA;\end{tabular}}&#xA;\caption{ABC second}&#xA;\endminipage\hfill%&#xA;%&#xA;\minipage{0.32\textwidth}&#xA;\resizebox{\linewidth}{!}{%&#xA;\begin{tabular}{lll}\toprule&#xA;A &amp;amp; B &amp;amp; C \\\midrule&#xA;0.096356125 &amp;amp; 0.126535287 &amp;amp; 0.222951743 \\&#xA;0.011227006 &amp;amp; 0.154678302 &amp;amp; 0.134139901 \\&#xA;0.695793117 &amp;amp; 0.287078523 &amp;amp; 0.077578477 \\&#xA;0.325214308 &amp;amp; 0.069604001 &amp;amp; 0.657673026 \\\bottomrule&#xA;\end{tabular}}&#xA;\caption{ABC third}&#xA;\endminipage&#xA;&#xA;\bigskip&#xA;\minipage{0.32\textwidth}&#xA;\resizebox{\linewidth}{!}{%&#xA;\begin{tabular}{lll}\toprule&#xA;A &amp;amp; B &amp;amp; C \\\midrule&#xA;0.096356125 &amp;amp; 0.126535287 &amp;amp; 0.222951743 \\&#xA;0.011227006 &amp;amp; 0.154678302 &amp;amp; 0.134139901 \\&#xA;0.695793117 &amp;amp; 0.287078523 &amp;amp; 0.077578477 \\&#xA;0.325214308 &amp;amp; 0.069604001 &amp;amp; 0.657673026 \\\bottomrule&#xA;\end{tabular}}&#xA;\caption{ABC forth}&#xA;\endminipage\space%&#xA;%&#xA;\minipage{0.32\textwidth}&#xA;\resizebox{\linewidth}{!}{%&#xA;\begin{tabular}{lll}\toprule&#xA;A &amp;amp; B &amp;amp; C \\\midrule&#xA;0.096356125 &amp;amp; 0.126535287 &amp;amp; 0.222951743 \\&#xA;0.011227006 &amp;amp; 0.154678302 &amp;amp; 0.134139901 \\&#xA;0.695793117 &amp;amp; 0.287078523 &amp;amp; 0.077578477 \\&#xA;0.325214308 &amp;amp; 0.069604001 &amp;amp; 0.657673026 \\\bottomrule&#xA;\end{tabular}}&#xA;\caption{ABC fifth}&#xA;\endminipage%&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T09:30:09.597" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="9931" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10167" CreationDate="2011-01-31T10:58:47.077" Score="7" ViewCount="644" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have 3 months to write a PhD thesis in French.&#xA;I have a good level in LaTeX (wrote several memoires and many articles), however, I would like to know if you have any &lt;strong&gt;suggestions concerning good practises for this kind of work&lt;/strong&gt; (more than 100 pages, figures, tables, bibliography, footnotes...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What would be great would be to share a heading file, including all packages that will be needed during the writing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I give you what I came up with:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[frenchb]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\chapter{Chapter 1}&#xA;\section{A section}&#xA;\lipsum[1-10]&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{Chapter 2}&#xA;\section{Another section}&#xA;\lipsum[1-10]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I also noticed this excellent link:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www-ra.phys.utas.edu.au/~jstevens/code_thesis_style.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Jamie Stevens' Webpage&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any other suggestion is welcome.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3259" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-31T13:48:20.040" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T16:32:53.290" Title="Headings and advice to write a PhD in physics using LaTeX" Tags="&lt;layout&gt;&lt;book-design&gt;&lt;thesis&gt;" AnswerCount="10" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="7" />
  <row Id="9932" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9931" CreationDate="2011-01-31T11:11:35.530" Score="21" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;work with included files for each chapter one. Then you can uncomment single chapters in the list of &lt;code&gt;\includeonly{}&lt;/code&gt; to speed up your compilation and the single files are less large which makes the navigation inside the code easier. All references, page numbers will be correct. In this examples code I name the files &lt;code&gt;intro.tex&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;chap1.tex&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;chap2.tex&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;bib.tex&lt;/code&gt;. And using &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;scrbook&lt;/code&gt; maybe a better choice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\input{preamble}% no \include here possible!&#xA;&#xA;\includeonly{%&#xA;  intro,&#xA;  chap1,&#xA;  chap2,&#xA;  bib&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\include{intro}&#xA;\include{chap1}&#xA;\include{chap2}&#xA;\include{bib}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;An &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt; can have several &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; but no other &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt; and cannot be used in the preamble part of the document&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;An &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; can be used  anywhere and also be nested; the code will be exactly inserted at the place where &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; appears&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-01T13:12:52.810" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T13:12:52.810" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="9933" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9931" CreationDate="2011-01-31T11:23:54.997" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It would certainly be very difficult for us to give you any specific recommendations, as a lot could depend on your university's preferred styles and templates -- mine is very specific how a thesis dissertation should look like in terms of typefaces, page design, title and chapter formatting etc., and there is not much room for improvement or improvisation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That being said, I'd recommend you start with some of the versatile classes such as &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/memoir/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;KOMA-Script&lt;/a&gt;. They tend to be quite exhaustive in the amount of functionality and customization they include (&lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt; includes 25+ other packages for common operations such as glossaries, bibliography, indices, comprehensive front- and back-matter, etc.), but could be a bit restricting if you plan to go beyond what's offered from them. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="711" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T11:23:54.997" />
  <row Id="9934" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9935" CreationDate="2011-01-31T12:14:16.883" Score="3" ViewCount="90" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm writing in the &quot;master document&quot; style, using the &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt; command, and between pages of the same file included and between pages of different files some blank pages appeared. What do I do to make these pages disappear? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My preamble, with the include commands, is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{book}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[brazil]{babel}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{indentfirst}&#xA;\usepackage{latexsym}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb,amsfonts,wasysym}&#xA;\usepackage[dvips]{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage[top=3cm,left=3cm,right=2cm,bottom=2cm]{geometry}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\input{Dedicatoria}&#xA;\input{Agradecimentos}&#xA;&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;&#xA;\input{Cap1}&#xA;\input{Cap2}&#xA;\input{Cap3}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3186" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-25T06:45:53.567" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T06:45:53.567" Title="Blank pages between pages of the same file and between pages in different files." Tags="&lt;book-design&gt;&lt;include&gt;&lt;blank-page&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="10" />
  <row Id="9935" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9934" CreationDate="2011-01-31T12:22:29.590" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is a common problem beginners have (I guess). You are writing in the book class, so chapters will only start on right pages (odd page numbers). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So in case one paragraph in a chapter ends on a right page, the next left page (even page number) will be left blank and the new chapter starts on a new right side. If you don't like this behaviour, use &lt;code&gt;\documentclass[openany]{book}&lt;/code&gt; or use \documentclass{report}. The letter creates one-sided documents that only consists of right pages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/UOlBT.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="632" LastEditorUserId="632" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-31T12:36:21.810" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T12:36:21.810" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9936" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9931" CreationDate="2011-01-31T12:38:45.973" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi there, buddy. I think you may consider checking beforehand what extra packages you will need to help you writing your thesis, e.g. code samples, long tables, custom indexes, endnotes, and so forth. That saved me a lot of research when I got to write my master thesis, as everything was ready, so I could focus only in my text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I also agree with Herbert, create a separated file for each chapter and include them in your master document. You probably may also create some folder hierarchy to help you keeping track of figures and/or other files, e.g., &lt;code&gt;figures/chap1&lt;/code&gt; and so forth.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I also recommend you to use BibTeX in order to keep your references clean and concise.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On a sidenote, though I agree that &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt; class is powerful enough and thus a better choice, I have been using the good old &lt;code&gt;book&lt;/code&gt; class without problems.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cheers!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3094" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T12:38:45.973" />
  <row Id="9937" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9940" CreationDate="2011-01-31T12:43:11.203" Score="3" ViewCount="120" Body="&lt;p&gt;In my LaTeX document, I have a few special terms that contain underscores, such as AAA_BBB_CCC. In one case, such a token is placed at the end of the line, and for some reason it reaches into the margin. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I like the fact that it the token is not divided into subtokens, but ideally, if it doesn't fit on the line, I'd like the whole term to go to the next line or in any case keep the right margin intact.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm currently writing the terms in the source like so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;bla bla bla My\_underscored\_term bla bla bla&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there an alternative that will keep the margin intact?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2628" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T13:48:26.950" Title="Underscore makes text go past end of line into margins" Tags="&lt;margins&gt;&lt;line-breaking&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9938" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9937" CreationDate="2011-01-31T12:45:54.447" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can redefine &lt;code&gt;\_&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand\_{\textunderscore\linebreak[1]}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand\_{\textunderscore\allowbreak}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T12:45:54.447" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9939" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9963" CreationDate="2011-01-31T12:53:34.257" Score="6" ViewCount="187" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using the stackrel command to indicate important steps in the transformation of formulas. E.g. I would write: &lt;code&gt;A\stackrel{(!)}{=}B&lt;/code&gt; so that I can later explain in text why exactly &lt;code&gt;A&lt;/code&gt; equals &lt;code&gt;B&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've written a command &lt;code&gt;\refeq{foo}&lt;/code&gt; now that will do this for me. So that I can use &lt;code&gt;\eqqref{foo}&lt;/code&gt; later in text and it will automatically show the right number for the right equals sing in text (same as using &lt;code&gt;\label{foo}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;ref{foo}&lt;/code&gt;). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I only have one problem: when I have an equation that I want to label; and within this equation is also an equals sign that I want to reference to, I get the error &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Package amsmath Error: Multiple \label's: label 'rom' will be lost.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;what should I do to overcome this? I want to be able to ref to an equation and to any equals sign inside this equation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's my working copy:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;\def\clap#1{\hbox to 0pt{\hss#1\hss}}&#xA;\def\mathllap{\mathpalette\mathllapinternal} \def\mathrlap{\mathpalette\mathrlapinternal} \def\mathclap{\mathpalette\mathclapinternal}&#xA;\def\mathllapinternal#1#2{\llap{$\mathsurround=0pt#1{#2}$}}&#xA;\def\mathrlapinternal#1#2{\rlap{$\mathsurround=0pt#1{#2}$}}&#xA;\def\mathclapinternal#1#2{\clap{$\mathsurround=0pt#1{#2}$}}&#xA;&#xA;\newcounter{qc}&#xA;\setcounter{qc}{2}&#xA;\usepackage{refcount,makerobust}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\refeq}[1]{%&#xA; \refstepcounter{qc}\label{#1}%&#xA; \stackrel{&#xA;  \stackrel{&#xA;   {\text{\tiny $\mathclap{\roman{qc}}$}}&#xA;  }{\text{$\downarrow$}}&#xA; }{=}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\newcounter{refeqc}&#xA;\setcounter{refeqc}{0}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\eqqref}[1]{%&#xA; \setcounterref{refeqc}{#1}%&#xA; $(\roman{refeqc})$&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{equation}A\refeq{AB}B\label{romeo} \end{equation}&#xA;\begin{equation}R=B\refeq{BC} C\end{equation}&#xA;&#xA;\eqqref{AB} in equation \ref{romeo} is the same as \eqqref{BC}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any help on what to do would be great!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've tried using &lt;code&gt;protect&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;mbox&lt;/code&gt;, but nothing works!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3127" LastEditorUserId="3127" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-31T15:33:43.847" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T19:36:28.803" Title="Multiply defined labels using hyperref" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;amsmath&gt;&lt;labels&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="9940" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9937" CreationDate="2011-01-31T13:01:17.547" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think this doesn't have much to do with the underscore, but more about having a long(ish) word, with no clear indication of how to hyphenate, near the end of a line. (La)TeX did what it did because it thought there wasn't really any good point where to break the line: keeping the word in the line makes it go into the margin, moving the word to the next line would require rather large spaces between the words in order to fill the line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is probably not the answer that you hoped for, but the most sensible solution is trying to reword a bit your paragraph (add or remove a few words here and there) so that this long non-hyphenated words do not end up near the end of a line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could also force LaTeX to choose the &lt;em&gt;other&lt;/em&gt; suboptimal alternative (i.e. moving the whole word to the next line and fill the current line with long spaces) by explicitly adding a &lt;code&gt;\linebreak&lt;/code&gt;, e.g.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;... bla bla bla\linebreak My\_underscored\_term bla bla bla&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The other alternative, as &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/9937/underscore-makes-text-go-past-end-of-line-into-margins/9938#9938&quot;&gt;Leo Liu&lt;/a&gt; pointed out, is to redefine &lt;code&gt;\_&lt;/code&gt; so that it allows to break the long word at the underscores. This may or may not be acceptable to you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-31T13:48:26.950" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T13:48:26.950" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="9941" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9943" CreationDate="2011-01-31T13:09:36.040" Score="0" ViewCount="178" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi, I have a problem. Using WinEdt try to make my bibliography with the bibtex file. But get the following message&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;This is BibTeX, Version 0.99c (MiKTeX 2.8)&#xA;The top-level auxiliary file: report_q_cdc11.aux&#xA;The style file: unsrt.bst&#xA;I couldn't open database file biblio/1755988.bib&#xA;---line 62 of file report_q_cdc11.aux&#xA;: \bibdata{biblio/1755988&#xA;:                        }&#xA;I'm skipping whatever remains of this command&#xA;I found no database files---while reading file report_q_cdc11.aux&#xA;(There were 2 error messages)&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Could you please tell me, what can be wrong? This bibtex file I just downloaded from web.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3260" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T15:48:36.610" Title="BiBTeX in WinEdt" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;winedt&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="9942" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9941" CreationDate="2011-01-31T13:15:07.233" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It seems your bibliography file (&lt;code&gt;1755988.bib&lt;/code&gt;) is either misspelled, or missing. Check whether it is in the &lt;code&gt;biblio&lt;/code&gt; folder in the directory where you are compiling the &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; file. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You need to hunt the &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\bibliography{biblio/1755988}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;line in your source code, and see whether it corresponds to the &lt;code&gt;.bib&lt;/code&gt; file you're trying to use.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="711" LastEditorUserId="711" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-31T13:29:33.573" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T13:29:33.573" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9943" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9941" CreationDate="2011-01-31T13:33:15.440" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;use this test file and also controll that your bibfile is readable and in the correct subdirectory. What happens?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\nocite{*}&#xA;\bibliographystyle{plain}&#xA;\bibliography{biblio/1755988}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T13:33:15.440" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="9944" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9947" CreationDate="2011-01-31T13:37:49.883" Score="1" ViewCount="142" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi everyone,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am trying to compile a document I built on&#xA;another computer using algorithm2e. I keep getting&#xA;errors when I try to build it with texworks. I suspect&#xA;I get those errors because it cannot find the&#xA;algorithm2e package. However I don't know how to get&#xA;this package on my miktex.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any help appreciated,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ted.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3262" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T13:52:37.423" Title="How to get algorithm2e style?" Tags="&lt;miktex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9945" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9931" CreationDate="2011-01-31T13:39:31.873" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As far as the formatting of your magnum opus goes, ask around or google &quot;&lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;university name&amp;gt; latex thesis class&lt;/code&gt;&quot; to see if there's a class file already written.  Use that first.  If your university has formatting rules from the typewriter era and you want to produce a document that &lt;em&gt;you&lt;/em&gt; are pleased to look at, you can develop your own class file that provides the same commands with your implementation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You should definitely use the &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\includeonly&lt;/code&gt; mechanism to format only the part of the document that you are currently writing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would also agree with others that &lt;code&gt;bibtex&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt; is necessary for large bibliographies.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for writing, I would follow the &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/You_ain%27t_gonna_need_it&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;YAGNI&lt;/a&gt; principle.  &lt;em&gt;Just start writing.&lt;/em&gt;  If you realize you need some special functionality, and you don't know how to implement it, stop and google, or come back here. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T13:39:31.873" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9946" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9944" CreationDate="2011-01-31T13:50:34.770" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;MiKTeX can install missing packages on the fly by default. If it doesn't work, and if you are using latest MiKTeX distribution (MiKTeX 2.9), just run MiKTeX's Package Manager (in start menu) to install &lt;code&gt;algorightm2e&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For installing LaTeX packages manually, see&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2063/how-can-i-manually-install-a-package-on-miktex-windows&quot;&gt;How can I manually install a package on MikTex (Windows)&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T13:50:34.770" />
  <row Id="9947" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9944" CreationDate="2011-01-31T13:52:37.423" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Miktex, like any good latex distribution, comes with a package manager. Go to &#xA;start-&gt;programs-&gt;miktex and check for the &quot;browse packages&quot; entry. I think it is in the &quot;Maintanance&quot; sub-menu. In the manager, just search for the package and install it if necessarry.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Prior to that, you can also check your log file. If the package is not installed you get an error &quot;package xyz.sty not found&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="632" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T13:52:37.423" />
  <row Id="9948" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-31T13:58:51.110" Score="1" ViewCount="105" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi all,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am very new to LaTeX and Sweave, and I am just playing around with getting some output. That said, the &quot;output&quot; I am getting is very large in size (physcially on the page).  For example, one output from a 2x3 crosstab takes up a whole 8.5x11 page.  If I try to use the same output in a beamer presentation, maybe 30% of the output fits on 1 slide.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Simply, when pushing output from R using Sweave, how can I control the size of the output?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT:  Below is a code snipped within my .Rnw file (before Sweave processing)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;&amp;lt;echo=FALSE&amp;gt;&amp;gt;=&#xA;cat(&quot;Education by Induced&quot;)&#xA;cat(&quot;\n&quot;)&#xA;CrossTable(infert$education, infert$induced, expected = TRUE, format=&quot;SPSS&quot;)&#xA;@&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3263" LastEditorUserId="3263" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-31T15:39:10.093" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T18:17:43.303" Title="Size of Sweave Output" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;sweave&gt;&lt;r&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="9949" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9931" CreationDate="2011-01-31T14:00:45.473" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use some sort of version control. This has already helped me numerous times.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's especially handy when working with someone else (also using google projects), but it can provide life-saving resques when working alone too (for eg. when you changed a paragraph whilst tired/drunk and want to change it back). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I also like the way I can hide the excess files tex creates (for referencing, figures (gnuplot), toc, tos,...). These files should not be added to your repository, so they wont clutter up the folder that much. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I use Cornerstone for Subversion, which isn't free but it's super awesome. You'll be able to find free apps too with a quick google search. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;subversion ftw!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another thing to consider is using modified headers making it possible to generate the&#xA;separate chapter/section files when you're working on them. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I use: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;HEADER.TEX:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\providecommand{\setflag}{\newif \ifwhole \wholefalse}&#xA;\setflag&#xA;\ifwhole\else&#xA;&#xA;    \documentclass[10pt,a4paper,oneside]{book}&#xA;&#xA;    \input{package.tex}&#xA;    \input{tweak.tex}&#xA;    \input{commando.tex}&#xA;    %\input{font}&#xA;&#xA;    \usepackage{MnSymbol}&#xA;    \usepackage{esint}&#xA;&#xA;    \begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\fi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;END.TEX:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ifwhole\else&#xA;   \end{document}&#xA;\fi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;MAIN.TEX:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;   \input{header.tex}&#xA;&#xA;    \author{Romeo Van Snick}&#xA;    \title{Thesis 1}&#xA;    \date{\today}&#xA;&#xA;    \renewcommand{\setflag}{\newif \ifwhole&#xA;    \wholetrue}&#xA;&#xA;%DOCUMENT   &#xA;    \maketitle&#xA;    \tableofcontents&#xA;&#xA;    \include{CHAPTER1.TEX}&#xA;    \include{CHAPTER2.TEX} &#xA;    ...&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;CHAPTER1.TEX:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\input{header.tex}&#xA;this is chapter 1...&#xA;\input{end.tex}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I can write and typeset each chapter separatly, and in the end add them all to the &lt;code&gt;MAIN.TEX&lt;/code&gt; file. This way I don't have to wait as long when I'm editing chapter 10 and I want to check my changes. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The package.tex, commando.tex and tweaking.tex files contain all the stuff that is normally in my preamble. I've got the preamble nicely tucked away in these files so that I can use them later if I need to write another paper in the same style.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;good luck on your thesis!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;greets,&#xA;Romeo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3127" LastEditorUserId="3127" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-31T14:12:26.203" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T14:12:26.203" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="9950" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9948" CreationDate="2011-01-31T14:21:51.850" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;code&gt;\scalebox{}&lt;/code&gt; command that comes with the &lt;code&gt;graphicx&lt;/code&gt; package. E.g., with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\scalebox{0.7}{%&#xA;\begin{tabular}{...}&#xA;...&#xA;\end{tabular}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;your text will be printed at 70%.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This will only work if you use a Sweave chunk to create an external file (say, &lt;code&gt;tab1.tex&lt;/code&gt;) and then include it in the LATEX file using an &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; statement, not by printing it directly into you master file with &lt;code&gt;results=tex&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Given my comment and your updated question, I would suggest to look at the &lt;a href=&quot;http://cran.r-project.org/web/packages/Design/index.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Design&lt;/a&gt; package which offers convenient LaTeX export of nice-looking Tables, see &lt;code&gt;summary.formula()&lt;/code&gt;. Again, the idea would be to write a Table generated this way into a TeX file, and then &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; it into your master &lt;code&gt;Rnw&lt;/code&gt; file. You can look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://biostat.mc.vanderbilt.edu/wiki/Main/StatReport&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Statistical Reporting, Linking S Output with Report Documents, Literate Programming, Managing Analyses, and Documenting Programs and Data&lt;/a&gt; for more detailed illustrations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2580" LastEditorUserId="2580" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-31T18:17:43.303" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T18:17:43.303" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9951" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9953" CreationDate="2011-01-31T14:33:56.307" Score="2" ViewCount="223" Body="&lt;p&gt;For the institute I work at, we plan to automatically generate bibliography entries for widely used reference managment systems. In &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/9790/mapping-from-unicode-character-to-latex-symbol-for-bibtex&quot;&gt;another question&lt;/a&gt;, someone said that I shouldn't bother with BibTeX since it is outdated anyway.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, what do people use nowadays for reference management in LaTeX documents? I only found &lt;a href=&quot;http://biblatex-biber.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;biber&lt;/a&gt;, which uses the same format as BibTeX. Are there any other reference managers that define their own formats and that are worthwhile to support?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3185" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-31T19:11:49.693" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T19:11:49.693" Title="Are there widely used alternatives to BibTeX that define their own file format?" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;biblatex&gt;&lt;biber&gt;" AnswerCount="4" />
  <row Id="9952" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9951" CreationDate="2011-01-31T14:42:19.373" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;it depends on what you really need. If you can use an already existing &lt;code&gt;BibTeX&lt;/code&gt; style and have yor bibliography data in latin 1 encoding, then there is no need to switch to &lt;code&gt;biber&lt;/code&gt;, which supports full UTF encoding. Using &lt;code&gt;biber&lt;/code&gt; implies also using the package &lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt;, otherwise it makes no real sense. There are no other programs which can read data files and creating a formatted &lt;code&gt;bbl&lt;/code&gt; file which then is read by LaTeX and friends.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T14:42:19.373" />
  <row Id="9953" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9951" CreationDate="2011-01-31T14:44:03.127" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You should not mix up the the bib file-format and bibtex. Bibtex is a program that sorts and formats entries of the bib-file according to a style you specify.&#xA;Bibtex has a few disadvantages, especially now when more and more people use utf8 as a file encoding.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem of using a bib file with bibtex was always that you had to chose a style (&lt;code&gt;\bibliographystyle&lt;/code&gt;)  which is rather difficult to customise.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Biblatex is now a novel way of managing the look of your ciations in the text and the entries in the bibliography. As a backend (for sorting and such things) it can use either bibtex or biber. Biber is certeinly the future as it supports utf8, improved crossref's and more.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Biblatex still uses a bib file as database, so this is not outdated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now when you start from scratch, it is advisible to use biblatex because it is so easy to customise as it uses latex-macros. Your database can still be a bib file and you can use a tool such as jabref, mendeley, zotero or ... to maintain it&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="632" LastEditorUserId="632" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-31T15:20:04.377" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T15:20:04.377" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9954" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9951" CreationDate="2011-01-31T14:50:17.980" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Did you look at &lt;strong&gt;biblatex&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The biblatex package is a complete&#xA;  reimplementation of the bibliographic&#xA;  facilities provided by LaTeX in&#xA;  conjunction with BibTeX. It redesigns&#xA;  the way in which LaTeX interacts with&#xA;  BibTeX at a fairly fundamental level.&#xA;  With biblatex, BibTeX is only used to&#xA;  sort the bibliography and to generate&#xA;  labels. Instead of being implemented&#xA;  in BibTeX's style files, the&#xA;  formatting of the bibliography is&#xA;  entirely controlled by TeX macros.&#xA;  Good working knowledge in LaTeX should&#xA;  be sufficient to design new&#xA;  bibliography and citation styles —&#xA;  there is no need to learn BibTeX’s&#xA;  postfix stack language. Just like the&#xA;  bibliography styles, all citation&#xA;  commands may be freely (re)defined.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/biblatex.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/biblatex.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1994" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T14:50:17.980" />
  <row Id="9956" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9957" CreationDate="2011-01-31T14:54:55.737" Score="4" ViewCount="126" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dear all,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm interested in using the standard &lt;code&gt;\cup&lt;/code&gt;, i.e. &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/C1kTc.png&quot; alt=&quot;plain \cup&quot;&gt;&#xA;and the one given by importing the mathabx &lt;code&gt;\cup&lt;/code&gt;&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/jUiol.png&quot; alt=&quot;mathabx \cup&quot;&gt; in the same document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anyone know how to do that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3143" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T15:11:21.347" Title="The standard \cup vs. the mathabx \cup" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="9957" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9956" CreationDate="2011-01-31T15:02:34.097" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\let\ltxcup\cup&#xA;\usepackage{mathabx}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;$\ltxcup \cup$&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T15:02:34.097" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9958" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10000" CreationDate="2011-01-31T15:03:09.710" Score="0" ViewCount="103" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to use the &lt;code&gt;algorithm2e&lt;/code&gt; package in MikTeX,&#xA;but when I put these commands:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\dontprintsemicolon&#xA;\SetLine&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;it doesn't recognize them. I do not understand why;&#xA;I have used these commands before in another machine&#xA;without a problem. The package &lt;code&gt;algorithm2e&lt;/code&gt; is installed:&#xA;I checked in the package manager and the directory and&#xA;it appears to be installed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3262" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-01T03:25:53.430" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T03:25:53.430" Title="Strange errors in MikTeX when using algorithm2e" Tags="&lt;algorithm2e&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9959" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9956" CreationDate="2011-01-31T15:04:51.870" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Unlike @Herbert's solution, this solution does not change any math font. It just add an &lt;code&gt;\abxcup&lt;/code&gt; we defined.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some of the code is copied from &lt;code&gt;mathabx.sty&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\DeclareFontFamily{U}{matha}{\hyphenchar\font45}&#xA;\DeclareFontShape{U}{matha}{m}{n}{&#xA;      &amp;lt;5&amp;gt; &amp;lt;6&amp;gt; &amp;lt;7&amp;gt; &amp;lt;8&amp;gt; &amp;lt;9&amp;gt; &amp;lt;10&amp;gt; gen * matha&#xA;      &amp;lt;10.95&amp;gt; matha10 &amp;lt;12&amp;gt; &amp;lt;14.4&amp;gt; &amp;lt;17.28&amp;gt; &amp;lt;20.74&amp;gt; &amp;lt;24.88&amp;gt; matha12&#xA;      }{}&#xA;\DeclareSymbolFont{matha}{U}{matha}{m}{n}&#xA;\DeclareFontSubstitution{U}{matha}{m}{n}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\abxcup}{\mathbin}{matha}{'131}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;$A\cup B \abxcup C$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And this code showed how to get the glyph slot:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}    &#xA;\usepackage{fonttable}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\fonttable{matha10}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-31T15:11:21.347" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T15:11:21.347" />
  <row Id="9960" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7055" CreationDate="2011-01-31T15:08:15.027" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Originally I posted a confused question, &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/6254/2975&quot;&gt;how-can-i-get-the-chapter-number-like-a-prefix-of-all-references&lt;/a&gt;. That question was the genesis of this one. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The answer posted by TH. there is the good answer to the current question&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2227" LastEditorUserId="2227" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-01T10:00:50.563" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T10:00:50.563" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="9961" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9973" CreationDate="2011-01-31T15:37:36.607" Score="26" ViewCount="525" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;sub&gt;(Strictly speaking, this is a question about XeLaTeX and the &lt;code&gt;xcolor&lt;/code&gt; package but I’m assuming that the issue is actually with the color model of PDF.)&lt;/sub&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I’m having the problem that colours in my PDF don’t match. For example, I screen grabbed a colour value as RGB, declared it in my document and the resulting colour was completely different. To illustrate:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/uGEMc.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;screenshot-1&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Both colours were grabbed off the screen – on the left, from the PDF generated by XeLaTeX. On the right, the original colour whose RGB value I tried using in LaTeX (in case my issue isn’t clear: the colours on top are differnt, yet they have the same HSB values).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I thought that perhaps RGB doesn’t map without loss to whatever colour model PDF used and tried the obvious alternative – CMYK, which, after all, is often used in print (right?). Again, the colours are off, but now less perceptibly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another example (this time using CMYK values):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/vz3ml.png&quot; alt=&quot;screenshot-2&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The colour is supposed to have the CMYK value (0.94, 0.63, 0.04, 0.07). I have declared the colour in my code as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\definecolor{primary}{cmyk}{0.94,0.63,0.04,0.07}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The bottom half of the picture is created by TikZ. The top half is actually an EPS that I included via &lt;code&gt;includegraphics&lt;/code&gt;. The EPS was created in Inkscape. Neither of the above colours has the correct CMYK value when examined with a colour picker:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The top is (0.96, 0.67, 0.08, 0.19). The bottom is (0.92, 0.61, 0.06, 0.09).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Incidentally, when I try to enter the “correct” CMYK value in Inkscape, it “auto-corrects” my value to some other value. Wut?)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, this mightn’t seem like a TeX related question at all. But, long story short,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;How can I reliably reproduce colours in pdfLaTeX/XeLaTeX?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sub&gt;I know that the issue is confounded by the fact that PNG (which is the format of the above screenshots) uses an own colour model and so the screen shots may look different on your PC than on mine. But since I pasted the colours into the same image, I think that the &lt;em&gt;difference&lt;/em&gt; should be preserved.&lt;/sub&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2011-03-12T00:31:51.390" Title="PDF colour model and LaTeX" Tags="&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;color&gt;&lt;color-model&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="19" FavoriteCount="12" />
  <row Id="9962" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9576" CreationDate="2011-01-31T16:02:03.987" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't know if this is what you're looking for but you could always use &lt;code&gt;\begin{samepage}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\end{samepage}&lt;/code&gt; to keep together the stuff that you don't want to be separated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There should be a penalty counter though that omits this dreadful use of the samepage environment. Read &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2347/avoiding-page-breaks-shortly-after-section-subsection-headings&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt; for more info on the how to discourage latex in breaking pages after your headings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Add the following to your preamble and you should be fine: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{etex}&#xA;\usepackage{etoolbox}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\patchcmd{\@afterheading}%&#xA;    {\clubpenalty \@M}{\clubpenalties 3 \@M \@M 0}{}{}&#xA;\patchcmd{\@afterheading}%&#xA;    {\clubpenalty \@clubpenalty}{\clubpenalties 2 \@clubpenalty 0}{}{}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3127" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-02T16:44:35.240" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T16:44:35.240" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9963" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9939" CreationDate="2011-01-31T17:45:47.117" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I've tried using protect and mbox, but nothing works!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Both wont help because they have nothing to do with the references.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The mathmode &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt; in your document is defined the following way (most likely by &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ifx \df@label \@empty \else \@amsmath@err {Multiple \string \label 's: label&#xA; '\df@label ' will be lost}\@eha \fi \gdef \df@label&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;i.e., it simply stores the label in &lt;code&gt;\df@label&lt;/code&gt; but checks first if it still empty. Then later at the end of the equation it is finally used.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What you need for your extra labels is IMHO the textmode &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt;. The following code seems to work. Note that I saved away the &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\textlabel&lt;/code&gt; and using a group to keep the change to &lt;code&gt;\@currentlabel&lt;/code&gt; local (do not use &lt;code&gt;{ }&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\bgroup \egroup&lt;/code&gt; for this because they create a new math atom in mathmode). Without the group both actually independent labels will interact which each other, i.e. in your example the &lt;code&gt;romeo&lt;/code&gt; label will be also have the number 3, not 1.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\textlabel\label&#xA;\newcommand{\refeq}[1]{%&#xA; \begingroup&#xA; \refstepcounter{qc}\textlabel{#1}%&#xA; \stackrel{&#xA;  \stackrel{&#xA;   {\text{\tiny $\mathclap{\roman{qc}}$}}&#xA;  }{\text{$\downarrow$}}&#xA; }{=}%&#xA; \endgroup&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Just replace your definition of &lt;code&gt;\refeq&lt;/code&gt; with this one. You might also have a look on &lt;code&gt;\hyperlink&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\hypertarget&lt;/code&gt; (IIRC) to manually add hyperlinks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-31T19:36:28.803" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T19:36:28.803" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9964" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5076" CreationDate="2011-01-31T18:09:01.550" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;code&gt;comment&lt;/code&gt; package for this and define environments for each language. This supports longer text parts and might be more efficient as a macro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;% (still needs font and input encoding for Russian text)&#xA;\usepackage{comment}&#xA;% change that the other way around to activate Russian language:&#xA;\includecomment{English}&#xA;\excludecomment{Russian} &#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{English}&#xA;The technology described in the article is very complex.&#xA;\end{English}&#xA;\begin{Russian}&#xA;Технология, описанная в статье, очень сложна.&#xA;\end{Russian}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that this seems not to work inside the documentation text of a DTX file, most likely because of the changed catcode of &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt;. But this isn't relevant for normal documents like yours.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T18:09:01.550" />
  <row Id="9965" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-23T16:05:28.283" Score="1" ViewCount="86" Body="&lt;p&gt;Could anyone tell me why the date is not being shown in the title of my document. The document class is &lt;code&gt;proc&lt;/code&gt;. If I remove &lt;code&gt;\date{\today}&lt;/code&gt; my title moves down a return, but no date is displayed when I leave it in. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\title{Title}&#xA;\author{Me\\&#xA;        Email\\}&#xA;\date{\today}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-31T18:43:18.653" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T18:43:18.653" Title="Date not being displayed in title" Tags="&lt;maketitle&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="9966" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9965" CreationDate="2011-01-23T16:14:33.203" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The proc document class doesn’t typeset the date in &lt;code&gt;\maketitle&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\@maketitle{%&#xA;  \vbox to 2.25in{%&#xA;    \hsize\textwidth&#xA;    \linewidth\hsize&#xA;    \vfil&#xA;    \centering&#xA;    {\LARGE \@title \par}&#xA;    \vskip 2em&#xA;    {\large \begin{tabular}[t]{c}\@author \end{tabular}\par}&#xA;    \vfil}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Contrast it with the article document class:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\@maketitle{%&#xA;  \newpage&#xA;  \null&#xA;  \vskip 2em%&#xA;  \begin{center}%&#xA;  \let \footnote \thanks&#xA;    {\LARGE \@title \par}%&#xA;    \vskip 1.5em%&#xA;    {\large&#xA;      \lineskip .5em%&#xA;      \begin{tabular}[t]{c}%&#xA;        \@author&#xA;      \end{tabular}\par}%&#xA;    \vskip 1em%&#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%&#xA;    {\large \@date}%&#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%&#xA;  \end{center}%&#xA;  \par&#xA;  \vskip 1.5em}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3265" LastActivityDate="2011-01-23T16:59:48.830" />
  <row Id="9967" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9951" CreationDate="2011-01-31T18:49:24.900" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As the person who claimed that BibTeX is outdated, I'm glad to see that others already clarified what I meant. The &lt;em&gt;bibliography database format&lt;/em&gt; itself is not outdated in any way—it is also used by newer bibliography sorting programms (&lt;code&gt;bibtex8&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;bibtexu&lt;/code&gt;, Biber) and reference management systems like JabRef. What is outdated (IMO) is the &lt;code&gt;bibtex&lt;/code&gt; &lt;em&gt;program&lt;/em&gt; because it chokes on non-ASCII database entries and forces you to write awkward replacements like &lt;code&gt;{\&quot;a}&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;ä&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;code&gt;bibtex8&lt;/code&gt; includes support for 8-bit encodings, but still doesn't support Unicode. &lt;code&gt;bibtexu&lt;/code&gt; claims to support UTF-8 bibliographies, but seems to lack good documentation, and a few users complained about flaws. The state-of-the-art LaTeX bibliography solution is definitely &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/biblatex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the &lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt; package&lt;/a&gt; in conjunction with &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/biber&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the Biber program&lt;/a&gt;. Databases for use with &lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt; are often backwards-compatible to traditional BibTeX databases. I think that the Database Guide (section 2) of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex/doc/biblatex.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt; manual&lt;/a&gt; provides some very good guidelines how BibTeX databases should be composed. Encoding issues are completely gone thanks to Biber, so you should output simple UTF-8 text without any escape sequences other than those mandated by the LaTeX syntax (e.g., &lt;code&gt;\&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\#&lt;/code&gt;). In contrast to traditional BibTeX, you don't have to enclose title in another pair of braces since the casing is left untouched by Biber. Also you should emit as many fields as possible—BibLaTeX already supports many fields that are not supported by many traditional styles (e.g., &lt;code&gt;doi&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;eprint&lt;/code&gt;), and superfluous fields are ignored and cause no trouble. Many digital libraries emit too few fields—e.g., only those supported by the &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/RIS_%28file_format%29&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;RIS format&lt;/a&gt; (which you should support, too).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T18:49:24.900" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="9968" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-31T19:12:39.870" Score="3" ViewCount="156" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi, the following code draws three diamonds with their ends fixed at (0,0). Can someone pls suggest a better way to do the same thing, such as drawing one diamond and rotate them as copied? Thanks!    &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;\begin{picture}(215,20)(0,0)&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\pgftransformshift{\pgfpoint{90}{0}}; &#xA;\filldraw[scale=1,color=black](0,0) circle(7cm); % plate&#xA;\filldraw[scale=1,white] (0,0)--++(120:2.966)--++(60:2.966)--++(300:2.966)--++(240:2.966) ;&#xA;\filldraw[scale=1,white] (0,0)--++(180:2.966)--++(240:2.966)--++(0:2.966)--++(60:2.966) ;&#xA;\filldraw[scale=1,white] (0,0)--++(0:2.966)--++(300:2.966)--++(180:2.966)--++(120:2.966) ;&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}  &#xA;\end{picture}  &#xA;\end{figure} &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2993" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T10:07:34.860" Title="How to rotate as copied in tikz" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="6" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9969" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9968" CreationDate="2011-01-31T19:26:15.697" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi, as mentioned use the rotate option.&#xA;You can't really copy TikZ stuff. It is simpler to store the coordinates&#xA;in a macro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\newcommand*\mydiamond{--++(120:2.966)--++(60:2.966)--++(300:2.966)--++(240:2.966)}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\pgftransformshift{\pgfpoint{90}{0}}; &#xA;\filldraw[scale=1,color=black](0,0) circle(7cm); % plate&#xA;\filldraw[scale=1,white] (0,0) \mydiamond ;&#xA;\filldraw[scale=1,white,rotate=120] (0,0) \mydiamond ;&#xA;\filldraw[scale=1,white,rotate=240] (0,0) \mydiamond ;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first coordinate &lt;code&gt;(0,0)&lt;/code&gt; is not part of the macro to allow its reuse somewhere else.&#xA;BTW: The &lt;code&gt;picture&lt;/code&gt; environment is not required&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T19:26:15.697" />
  <row Id="9970" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9968" CreationDate="2011-01-31T19:30:03.977" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you are simply trying to reduce keystrokes and avoid manual angle calculation, the easiest way is probably to use a &lt;code&gt;foreach&lt;/code&gt; loop:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;\begin{picture}(215,20)(0,0)&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\pgftransformshift{\pgfpoint{90}{0}}; &#xA;\filldraw[scale=1,color=black](0,0) circle(7cm); % plate&#xA;&#xA;\foreach \angle in {0,120,240}&#xA;  \filldraw[scale=1,white,rotate=\angle] (0,0)--++(120:2.966)--++(60:2.966)--++(300:2.966)--++(240:2.966) ;&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}  &#xA;\end{picture}  &#xA;\end{figure} &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="737" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T19:30:03.977" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9971" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9978" CreationDate="2011-01-31T20:06:51.137" Score="2" ViewCount="106" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi everyone,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I need to align the bottom of these two tables, and I need to add a brace to each side of the second table.. how can I do that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}[]&#xA; \centering&#xA;  \subfloat[]{ &#xA;  \begin{tabular}{cc}&#xA;  \hline&#xA;  0 &amp;amp; 1\\&#xA;  \hline&#xA;  2 &amp;amp; 1\\&#xA;  3 &amp;amp; 1\\&#xA;  4 &amp;amp; 2\\&#xA;  5 &amp;amp; 3\\&#xA;  4 &amp;amp; 8\\&#xA;  \hline&#xA;  \end{tabular}&#xA;  }  &#xA;  \subfloat[]{&#xA;  \begin{tabular}{cc}&#xA;  \hline&#xA;  1 &amp;amp; 2\\&#xA;  \hline&#xA;  3 &amp;amp; 7\\&#xA;  4 &amp;amp; 5\\&#xA;  \hline&#xA;  \end{tabular}&#xA;  }&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any help appreciated,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ted.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3262" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T02:30:53.710" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T02:30:53.710" Title="aligning bottom of two tables" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;&lt;subfloats&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="9972" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9971" CreationDate="2011-01-31T20:12:13.030" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;check it here. I had similar problem, &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/7483/tables-do-not-align-side-by-side&quot;&gt;Tables do not align side by side&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2036" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T20:12:13.030" />
  <row Id="9973" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9961" CreationDate="2011-01-31T20:14:45.633" Score="31" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The colour model of PDF is extremely sophisticated and bewilderingly flexible. You can read all about it in section 8.6 of the pdf specification (you can download it &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.adobe.com/devnet/pdf/pdf_reference.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;). There are a number of prepress tools that exist for managing a colourspace workflow with PDF. Adobe Acrobat Professional has an &quot;output preview&quot; tool which is what I use.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PDF supports many colour spaces: gray, cmyk, rgb, indexed, LAB, deviceN. This allows for things like spot colours (and tints thereof), special metallic or varnish inks, 6-colour printing, duotone, multitone, registration colours, and so on. You can have multiple such colour spaces within the same PDF (although for printing you'll need to convert to some common space, at least for each page). There can even be multiple variants of the same colour space family (for example sRGB and the variant of RGB that your scanner or digicam uses; cmyk with different dot gains, etc). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The situation gets even more complicated when you involve transparency (see section 11.7 of the spec): in order to overlay one object on another the PDF viewer needs to convert them to a common &quot;blending&quot; colour space, which can be specified in various ways in the PDF (including at the &quot;page group&quot; level: this explains why including transparency on a page can change the appearance of other objects on that page, because those objects now have to run through a colour space conversion). There are various restrictions and special cases, for example device colours cannot be converted reliably into CIE based spaces (such as sRGB). Since transparency groups can nest, there can be multiple rounds of colour space conversion during rendering.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;TeX support&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now for latex support via &lt;code&gt;xcolor&lt;/code&gt;: If you load &lt;code&gt;xcolor&lt;/code&gt; with the &lt;code&gt;natural&lt;/code&gt; option there will be no colour space conversions, and you will have access to the PDF &quot;DeviceRGB&quot;, &quot;DeviceCMYK&quot; and &quot;DeviceGray&quot; spaces. Eg, &lt;code&gt;\textcolor[rgb]{1,0,0}{DeviceRGB red}&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;\textcolor[cmyk]{0,1,1,0}{DeviceCMYK Red}&lt;/code&gt;. Your PDF viewer (for screen) or your printer driver (for hardcopy) will have to convert colour spaces if necessary. If you load &lt;code&gt;xcolor&lt;/code&gt; with options like &lt;code&gt;rgb&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;cmyk&lt;/code&gt; then &lt;code&gt;xcolor&lt;/code&gt; will convert to that colour space, using the formulas from section 6.3 of the xcolor manual (which are not very sophisticated -- compare them to the formulas in 10.3 of the PDF spec, with BG(k) and UCR(k) functions, etc). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you use the &lt;code&gt;dvips&lt;/code&gt; route to producing PDF  then you may be able to access also spot colours and other colour spaces, using the &lt;code&gt;named&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;ps&lt;/code&gt; models. I believe Context makes these things somewhat easier, but I don't speak from experience.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Remember that converting device colour spaces to the screen colour space is in general not well defined, and different viewers may do it slightly differently, resulting in the mismatches you've observed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One good solution with pdflatex is to use only deviceRGB (for screen) or deviceCMYK (for most printers) and then set an &quot;Output Intent&quot; to define the device space as, eg, sRGB IEC61966-2.1. See section 14.11.5 of the PDF spec. The &lt;code&gt;pdfx&lt;/code&gt; package does this, for example (although that package is pretty rough around the edges and you'll generally need to edit it directly to get it to work). A more &quot;proper&quot; way to use calibrated colour spaces would be the &quot;Default Color Spaces&quot; mechanism (section 8.6.5.6) which specifies a way to remap DeviceRGB, DeviceCMYK, DeviceGray into device-independent CIE-based colour spaces. I'm not aware of any latex package that makes use of this PDF1.1 feature, though. (Grepping through the sources suggests that again Context may have some support for this). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;The case of the different coloured swatches&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In your first pair of images, note that the left image has a gray triangle in the upper right corner. This indicates that it is a deviceRGB colour from a screen grab. Click on the icon to the left of the &quot;HSB Sliders&quot; indicator and choose the colour space as for the right swatch, and you'll see that the colours will then match.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;The case of inkscape &quot;autocorrecting&quot; CMYK&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perhaps &lt;a href=&quot;http://codewideopen.blogspot.com/2010/10/inkscape-does-support-cmyk.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this article&lt;/a&gt; will be helpful. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastEditorUserId="627" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-12T00:31:51.390" LastActivityDate="2011-03-12T00:31:51.390" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9974" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9971" CreationDate="2011-01-31T20:20:49.820" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For aliging, use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}[b]{cc}&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;instead of&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}{cc}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For braces, use &lt;code&gt;delarray&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/L0v3s.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Complete code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{subfig}&#xA;\usepackage{delarray}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA; \centering&#xA;  \subfloat[]{%&#xA;  \begin{tabular}[b]{cc}&#xA;  \hline&#xA;  0 &amp;amp; 1\\&#xA;  \hline&#xA;  2 &amp;amp; 1\\&#xA;  3 &amp;amp; 1\\&#xA;  4 &amp;amp; 2\\&#xA;  5 &amp;amp; 3\\&#xA;  4 &amp;amp; 8\\&#xA;  \hline&#xA;  \end{tabular}}\qquad&#xA;  \subfloat[]{%&#xA;  \begin{tabular}[b]\{{cc}\}&#xA;  \hline&#xA;  1 &amp;amp; 2\\&#xA;  \hline&#xA;  3 &amp;amp; 7\\&#xA;  4 &amp;amp; 5\\&#xA;  \hline&#xA;  \end{tabular}}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-01T08:05:02.967" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T08:05:02.967" />
  <row Id="9975" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-31T20:24:49.603" Score="4" ViewCount="134" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need to create a printable form. Please suggest a LaTeX package that can do these types of questions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Text:&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;1. Your e-mail: __________________________&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Paragraph:&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;2. Describe your neighborhood:&#xA;&#xA;_____________________________&#xA;_____________________________&#xA;_____________________________&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Choose one:&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;3. Your one most favorite fruit:&#xA;&#xA;() Apple   () Pear&#xA;() Orange  () Other: ___________&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Choose many:&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;4. Pick two fruits that you love least of all:&#xA;&#xA;[] Apple  [] Pear&#xA;[] Orange [] Other: ___________&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Grid:&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;5. Rate your attitude to these fruits:&#xA;&#xA;        Hate   Don't like  Indifferent   Like   Love&#xA;Apple    ()         ()         ()         ()     ()&#xA;Orange   ()         ()         ()         ()     ()&#xA;Pear     ()         ()         ()         ()     ()&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Update:&lt;/em&gt; I've edited the question to remove misleading word &quot;questionnaire&quot;. I need forms, to get statistics from, not exams and quizzes. Sorry, I'm a bit lost at the English terminology on the subject. See above examples to better understand what I need.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1808" LastEditorUserId="1808" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-31T21:05:53.360" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T21:10:58.270" Title="Package to create a printable form" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9976" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9968" CreationDate="2011-01-31T20:30:31.297" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's possible to remove some useless things. I remove the picture environment&#xA;and \pgftransformshift and scale =1. The color black is by default. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz,fullpage}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}[h]&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\filldraw (0,0) circle(7cm);&#xA;\foreach \angle in {0,120,240}&#xA;  \filldraw[color=white,rotate=\angle] (0,0)--++(120:3)--++(60:3)--++(300:3)--++(240:3);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}  &#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T20:30:31.297" />
  <row Id="9977" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9968" CreationDate="2011-01-31T20:34:14.930" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{shapes.geometric}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \fill (0:0) circle (7cm);&#xA;    \foreach \r in {90,210,330}&#xA;      \node[fill=white,shape=diamond,aspect=1.725,scale=9,rotate=\r] (a) at (\r:2.85) {};&#xA;  \end{tikzpicture}  &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T20:34:14.930" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9978" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9971" CreationDate="2011-01-31T20:34:42.183" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't know, what kind of braces do you mean. Here is an example with round braces, can also be changed to something else.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/cc4iY.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrartcl}&#xA;\usepackage{subfig}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA; \centering&#xA;  \subfloat[]{% &#xA;  \begin{tabular}[b]{cc}&#xA;  \hline&#xA;  0 &amp;amp; 1\\&#xA;  \hline&#xA;  2 &amp;amp; 1\\&#xA;  3 &amp;amp; 1\\&#xA;  4 &amp;amp; 2\\&#xA;  5 &amp;amp; 3\\&#xA;  4 &amp;amp; 8\\&#xA;  \hline&#xA;  \end{tabular}%&#xA;  }  \qquad&#xA;  \raisebox{1.2\normalbaselineskip}{$\left\{\rule{0pt}{2.1\normalbaselineskip}\right.$}&#xA;  \subfloat[]{%&#xA;  \begin{tabular}[b]{cc} \hline&#xA;  1 &amp;amp; 2\\ \hline&#xA;  3 &amp;amp; 7\\&#xA;  4 &amp;amp; 5\\\hline&#xA;  \end{tabular}%&#xA;  }~&#xA;  \raisebox{1.2\normalbaselineskip}{$\left\}\rule{0pt}{2.1\normalbaselineskip}\right.$}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-01-31T21:07:56.250" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T21:07:56.250" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="9979" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9975" CreationDate="2011-01-31T20:49:04.720" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would recommend:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.svenhartenstein.de/Software/LaTeX-Questionnaires&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.svenhartenstein.de/Software/LaTeX-Questionnaires&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T20:49:04.720" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9980" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9968" CreationDate="2011-01-31T20:49:27.137" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I give a scalable solution. I hope it is ok!!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Here is the code:&#xA;&#xA;\documentclass[10pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{calc}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\centering&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\def\radius{7}&#xA;\pgfmathsetmacro{\RATIO}{2.966/7}&#xA;\pgfmathsetmacro{\edge}{\radius*\RATIO}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\filldraw(0,0) circle(\radius cm); % plate&#xA;&#xA;\foreach \angle in {0,120,240}{&#xA;\filldraw[white,rotate=\angle] (0,0)--++(60:\edge)--++(120:\edge)--++(-120:\edge)--cycle;&#xA;}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3268" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T20:49:27.137" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9981" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9995" CreationDate="2011-01-31T20:50:51.957" Score="2" ViewCount="84" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using &lt;code&gt;ispell -t&lt;/code&gt; on a &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; file generally does a good job of figuring out what is TeX and what isn't but it seems to find misspellings on commands that are generally going to be misspelled, i.e.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\includegraphics{myfig.jpg}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Gives a typo since &lt;code&gt;myfig&lt;/code&gt; nor &lt;code&gt;.jpg&lt;/code&gt; are in the dictionary. I think it would be silly to add them for every case. Is there a way to get ispell to ignore whatever is in a set of tags that I define?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="352" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T23:31:39.150" Title="Have ispell ignore certain LaTeX tags" Tags="&lt;spelling&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="9982" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9975" CreationDate="2011-01-31T20:53:13.073" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Recommendable packages are&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/exam&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;exams&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; - a feature-rich package for creating questions&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/qcm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;qcm&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; - for making multiple choices questionnaires &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;More can be found in the section &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html#exams&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Typesetting Exam Scripts, Quizzes, Flashcards, and Questionnaires&lt;/a&gt; in the TeX Catalogue.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T20:53:13.073" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9983" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10036" CreationDate="2011-01-31T20:55:34.333" Score="8" ViewCount="198" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is a question just out of curiosity; I hope someone familiar with the &quot;under-the-hood&quot; parts of TeXLive can answer my question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have a LaTeX source file for a presentation using Beamer, which I compiled on my Laptop and my Office Computer. I noticed that the document generation seems to take much longer on my laptop (a little longer is expected, but my laptop is not &lt;em&gt;that&lt;/em&gt; under-powered). What's most surprising, however, is the resulting file-size: the file generated on my laptop is less than half the size the one on the office computer! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here be the output from &lt;code&gt;pdfinfo&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the office computer&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Creator:        LaTeX with beamer class version 3.01&#xA;Producer:       pdfeTeX-1.21a&#xA;CreationDate:   Mon Jan 31 18:25:27 2011&#xA;Tagged:         no&#xA;Pages:          136&#xA;Encrypted:      no&#xA;Page size:      362.835 x 272.126 pts&#xA;File size:      1742603 bytes&#xA;Optimized:      no&#xA;PDF version:    1.4&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the laptop:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Creator:        LaTeX with Beamer class version 3.10&#xA;Producer:       pdfTeX-1.40.11&#xA;CreationDate:   Mon Jan 31 20:43:37 2011&#xA;ModDate:        Mon Jan 31 20:43:37 2011&#xA;Tagged:         no&#xA;Pages:          136&#xA;Encrypted:      no&#xA;Page size:      362.835 x 272.126 pts&#xA;File size:      572179 bytes&#xA;Optimized:      no&#xA;PDF version:    1.5&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Three obvious differences: different &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt; version, &lt;code&gt;pdfetex-1.21a&lt;/code&gt; versus &lt;code&gt;pdftex-1.40&lt;/code&gt;, and different output PDF versions. Does anybody know what accounts for the drastic file-size savings?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt; As requested, output from &lt;code&gt;pdffonts&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Office computer&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;name                                 type         emb sub uni object ID&#xA;------------------------------------ ------------ --- --- --- ---------&#xA;WVPACK+NimbusSanL-Regu               Type 1       yes yes no      70  0&#xA;PAHDZS+NimbusMonL-Regu               Type 1       yes yes no      97  0&#xA;MWNYAU+NimbusSanL-ReguItal           Type 1       yes yes no     185  0&#xA;FUFSQV+CMSY10                        Type 1       yes yes no     188  0&#xA;RIQINP+CMSS10                        Type 1       yes yes no     514  0&#xA;KJHURB+MSBM10                        Type 1       yes yes no     517  0&#xA;RLPCEA+CMSS8                         Type 1       yes yes no     520  0&#xA;GKWRKQ+CMMI10                        Type 1       yes yes no     523  0&#xA;FNSGBY+CMSY8                         Type 1       yes yes no     526  0&#xA;ZULBEX+EUFM10                        Type 1       yes yes no     529  0&#xA;EGCPYN+CMEX10                        Type 1       yes yes no     532  0&#xA;AQNXQD+MSBM7                         Type 1       yes yes no     535  0&#xA;DBUPMR+CMMI8                         Type 1       yes yes no     863  0&#xA;ZLJTDB+CMSY9                         Type 1       yes yes no    2269  0&#xA;UVPNAP+CMSY6                         Type 1       yes yes no    3138  0&#xA;XWDUKW+MSAM10                        Type 1       yes yes no    5351  0&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Laptop&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;name                                 type              emb sub uni object ID&#xA;------------------------------------ ----------------- --- --- --- ---------&#xA;ZDCYDU+NimbusSanL-Regu               Type 1            yes yes no     120  0&#xA;DXSMAM+NimbusMonL-Regu               Type 1            yes yes no     122  0&#xA;ZSHOJP+NimbusSanL-ReguItal           Type 1            yes yes no     208  0&#xA;FWRRDZ+CMSY10                        Type 1            yes yes no     209  0&#xA;NIDXKV+CMSS10                        Type 1            yes yes no     536  0&#xA;TZDOHW+MSBM10                        Type 1            yes yes no     537  0&#xA;QLIKDK+CMSS8                         Type 1            yes yes no     538  0&#xA;LJZIEY+CMMI10                        Type 1            yes yes no     539  0&#xA;HZTDAS+CMSY8                         Type 1            yes yes no     540  0&#xA;BJBQRD+EUFM10                        Type 1            yes yes no     541  0&#xA;WMELZR+CMEX10                        Type 1            yes yes no     542  0&#xA;GCAWWC+CMMI8                         Type 1            yes yes no     872  0&#xA;UOMENF+CMSY9                         Type 1            yes yes no    2289  0&#xA;JKSUUE+CMSY6                         Type 1            yes yes no    3165  0&#xA;TMHVPV+MSAM10                        Type 1            yes yes no    5398  0&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastEditorUserId="119" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-01T02:38:18.160" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T15:40:00.627" Title="File size savings" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;compiling&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="10" />
  <row Id="9985" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9975" CreationDate="2011-01-31T21:10:58.270" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This one looks really close to what I need:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.qdds.org/fileadmin/files/Documentation_en_papi.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.qdds.org/fileadmin/files/Documentation_en_papi.pdf&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Only I can't figure out where to download it. :-(&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1808" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T21:10:58.270" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="9986" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-01-31T21:38:41.910" Score="0" ViewCount="41" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using the harvard package to typeset my document. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I achieve it, that in my bibliography the volume numbers and the title 'URL:' don't show up bold?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;thanks a lot!&#xA;JBL &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3272" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T21:38:41.910" Title="No bold Volume-Numbers or 'URL:' titles in Harvard bibliography package" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;harvard-referencing&gt;" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9987" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9989" CreationDate="2011-01-31T22:19:09.927" Score="4" ViewCount="109" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm in the process of writing a command that outputs a certain text only if its argument is a nonzero number. I'd like to be able to write something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{mycommand}[1]{&#xA;\if{#1 != 0}&#xA;Some text, because it's nonzero&#xA;\else&#xA;Some other text, because it's zero&#xA;\fi&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\mycommand{0}&#xA;\mycommand{1}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And get the output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;Some other text, because it's zero&#xA;Some text, because it's nonzero&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm running into trouble getting the conditional right, though - I'm not sure that LaTeX is treating &lt;code&gt;#1&lt;/code&gt; like an integer to be checked (or even if that's the right syntax for not-equals - I wasn't able to find a ton of information on integer conditionals). How might I go about writing this conditional?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2324" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T22:58:19.100" Title="LaTeX: Use command argument in conditional?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;conditionals&gt;&lt;comparison&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="9988" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9997" CreationDate="2011-01-31T22:20:20.923" Score="6" ViewCount="131" Body="&lt;p&gt;After reading &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/9968/how-to-rotate-as-copied-in-tikz&quot;&gt;this post&lt;/a&gt;, I was playing around to make a command to create a TikZ command with two inputs like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{calc}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\centering&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\mitsubishi}[2]{&#xA;% #1 = radius&#xA;% #2 = position x,y&#xA;\pgfmathparse{2.966/7}&#xA;\pgfmathparse{#1*\pgfmathresult}&#xA;&#xA;\filldraw (#2) circle(#1 cm); % plate&#xA;&#xA;\foreach \angle in {0,120,240}{&#xA;\filldraw[white,rotate=\angle] (#2)--++(60:\pgfmathresult)--++(120:\pgfmathresult)--++(-120:\pgfmathresult)--cycle;&#xA;}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\mitsubishi{2}{0,0}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but I have problems with the command &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathresult&lt;/code&gt; inside the &lt;code&gt;\filldraw&lt;/code&gt; command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3268" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-01T08:52:44.627" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T08:55:33.860" Title="TikZ: \pgfmathresult problem inside (&lt;angle&gt;:\pgfmathresult) coordinate" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9989" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9987" CreationDate="2011-01-31T22:21:10.033" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can do it like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{mycommand}[1]{&#xA;\ifnum0=#1\relax&#xA;Some other text, because it's zero&#xA;\else&#xA;Some text, because it's nonzero&#xA;\fi&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or better use the &lt;code&gt;ifthen&lt;/code&gt; package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ifthenelse{0=#1}{%&#xA;    Some other text, because it's zero&#xA;}{%&#xA;    Some text, because it's nonzero&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T22:21:10.033" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="9990" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9988" CreationDate="2011-01-31T22:25:42.867" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathresult&lt;/code&gt; is overwritten by the drawing commands.&#xA;You have to save it away:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pgfmathparse{2.966/7}&#xA;\let\myresult\pgfmathresult&#xA;\pgfmathparse{#1*\myresult}&#xA;\let\myresult\pgfmathresult&#xA;&#xA;\filldraw (#2) circle(#1 cm); % plate&#xA;&#xA;\foreach \angle in {0,120,240}{&#xA;\filldraw[white,rotate=\angle] (#2)--++(60:\myresult)--++(120:\myresult)--++(-120:\myresult)--cycle;&#xA;}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T22:25:42.867" />
  <row Id="9991" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9981" CreationDate="2011-01-31T22:42:11.107" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is not really an answer to your question, but &lt;a href=&quot;http://aspell.net/man-html/Notes-on-Various-Filters-and-Filter-Modes.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;aspell seems to be able to do what you want&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="275" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T22:42:11.107" />
  <row Id="9992" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9987" CreationDate="2011-01-31T22:58:19.100" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For someone who might be looking to do this in ConTeXt, the equivalent solution is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\define[1]\mycommand%&#xA;  {\doifelse{#1}{0}&#xA;       {Some text, because it is zero}&#xA;       {Some other text, because it is not zero}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See the wiki page on &lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.contextgarden.net/System_Macros/Branches_and_Decisions&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;branching&lt;/a&gt; for more details. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T22:58:19.100" />
  <row Id="9993" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10007" CreationDate="2011-01-31T23:22:37.440" Score="2" ViewCount="125" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi everyone, I need to align 1 table to the right and two to the left,&#xA;the layout I want to achieve is something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/fufO8.png&quot; alt=&quot;Table layout&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}&#xA; \centering&#xA;  \subfloat[]{% &#xA;  \begin{tabular}[b]{cc}&#xA;  \hline&#xA;  0 &amp;amp; 1\\&#xA;  \hline&#xA;  2 &amp;amp; 1\\&#xA;  3 &amp;amp; 1\\&#xA;  4 &amp;amp; 2\\&#xA;  5 &amp;amp; 3\\&#xA;  4 &amp;amp; 8\\&#xA;  \hline&#xA;  \end{tabular}%&#xA;  }  \qquad&#xA;  \subfloat[]{%&#xA;  \begin{tabular}[b]{ccc} &#xA;    \hline&#xA;    1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3\\ &#xA;    3 &amp;amp; 7 &amp;amp; 4\\&#xA;    4 &amp;amp; 5 &amp;amp; 4\\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    \end{tabular}%&#xA;  \begin{tabular}[b]{ccc} &#xA;    \hline&#xA;    1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3\\ &#xA;    3 &amp;amp; 7 &amp;amp; 4\\&#xA;    4 &amp;amp; 5 &amp;amp; 4\\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    \end{tabular}%&#xA;  }~&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ted.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3262" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T02:31:16.457" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T02:31:16.457" Title="Help aligning tables." Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;subfloats&gt;&lt;alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="9994" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9988" CreationDate="2011-01-31T23:30:26.407" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You also use &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathsetmacro&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{calc}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\mitsubishi}[2]{&#xA;% #1 = radius&#xA;% #2 = position x,y&#xA;\pgfmathsetmacro{\mymathresult}{#1*2.966/7}   &#xA;&#xA;\filldraw (#2) circle(#1 cm); &#xA;\foreach \angle in {0,120,240}{&#xA;\filldraw[white,rotate=\angle] (#2)--++(60:\mymathresult)--++(120:\mymathresult)--++(-120:\mymathresult)--cycle;&#xA;}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\mitsubishi{4}{0,0}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-01T08:55:33.860" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T08:55:33.860" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="9995" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9981" CreationDate="2011-01-31T23:31:39.150" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Recent versions of ispell look for the environment variable TEXSKIP1, which is assumed to contain a list of commands, each of which is assumed to take 1 argument, for which the argument should not be spell checked.  For example, my .bashrc file contains the line&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;export TEXSKIP1=&quot;+eqref,thmref,propref,corref,lemref,exref,notref,remref,defref,&#xA;diagref,chapref,secref,bibliography&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;since I have, e.g., a command named &lt;code&gt;\thmref&lt;/code&gt;, which expands to &lt;code&gt;Theorem~\ref&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note: Many linux systems give you aspell by default, to which they alias the ispell command.  If you're running actual ispell (I installed ispell-3.2.06-4asp.src.rpm), then you can use TEXSKIP1 and the analogous TEXSKIP2 for commands that take 2 arguments, neither of which should be spell checked.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2754" LastActivityDate="2011-01-31T23:31:39.150" />
  <row Id="9996" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9993" CreationDate="2011-02-01T00:00:23.110" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use tabulars inside tabulars:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{subfig}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{table}&#xA; \centering&#xA;  \subfloat[]{% &#xA;    \begin{tabular}[b]{c}&#xA;    \begin{tabular}[b]{cc}&#xA;        \hline&#xA;        0 &amp;amp; 1\\&#xA;        \hline&#xA;        2 &amp;amp; 1\\&#xA;        3 &amp;amp; 1\\&#xA;        4 &amp;amp; 2\\&#xA;        5 &amp;amp; 3\\&#xA;        4 &amp;amp; 8\\&#xA;        \hline&#xA;    \end{tabular}%&#xA;    \end{tabular}%&#xA;  }&#xA;  \quad&#xA;  \subfloat[]{% &#xA;    \begin{tabular}[b]{c}%&#xA;        \begin{tabular}{ccc} &#xA;            \hline&#xA;            1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3\\ &#xA;            3 &amp;amp; 7 &amp;amp; 4\\&#xA;            4 &amp;amp; 5 &amp;amp; 4\\&#xA;            \hline&#xA;            \end{tabular}&#xA;        \\\\%&#xA;        \begin{tabular}[b]{ccc} &#xA;            \hline&#xA;            1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3\\ &#xA;            3 &amp;amp; 7 &amp;amp; 4\\&#xA;            4 &amp;amp; 5 &amp;amp; 4\\&#xA;            \hline&#xA;        \end{tabular}%&#xA;        \\&#xA;    \end{tabular}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note, that the both parent and bottom tabular have a &lt;code&gt;[b]&lt;/code&gt; argument. The left tabular must also be placed inside a parent tabular to get the same spacing to the subfloat label.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;/edit: removed &lt;code&gt;{ }&lt;/code&gt; for inner &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt;s.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Results:&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Without left parent tabular:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/UBtgb.png&quot; alt=&quot;no parent tabular&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With left parent tabular:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/3QcZU.png&quot; alt=&quot;parent tabular&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The added margins can be removed by replacing &lt;code&gt;{c}&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;{@{}c@{}}&lt;/code&gt; in the parent tabulars.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-01T13:13:57.183" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T13:13:57.183" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="9997" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9988" CreationDate="2011-02-01T00:41:42.620" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There was a problem if I put a different center point, let say (1,1), because the rotation is not done around that point but around (0,0) so i suggest this ultimate solution:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{calc}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\mitsubishi}[2]{&#xA;% #1 = radius&#xA;% #2 = position x,y&#xA;\pgfmathsetmacro{\mymathresult}{#1*2.966/7}   &#xA;&#xA;\filldraw (#2) circle(#1 cm); &#xA;\foreach \angle in {0,120,240}{&#xA;\filldraw[white] (#2)--++(60+\angle:\mymathresult)&#xA;                     --++(120+\angle:\mymathresult)&#xA;                     --++(240+\angle:\mymathresult)&#xA;                     --cycle;&#xA;}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\draw[help lines,step=.5cm](0,0)grid(4,4);&#xA;\draw[&amp;lt;-&amp;gt;] (5,0)--(0,0)--(0,5);&#xA;&#xA;\foreach \x in {1,2,3,4}{&#xA;         \foreach \y in {1,2,3,4}{&#xA;         \mitsubishi{.25}{\x,\y}&#xA;         }&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks to all for let me achiving this result!!!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Bye&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3268" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T00:41:42.620" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="9998" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9999" CreationDate="2011-02-01T01:39:45.027" Score="0" ViewCount="69" Body="&lt;p&gt;Every time I run the code below, it runs without error.  It is only when I try to sweave the output in the last frame requested does it fail.  What's more confusing to a LaTeX/Sweaving newbie like myself is that I paste the xtable(....) function into another R session, it produces LaTeX output to my output window.  I even pasted the generated LaTeX output back into my document as a new slide and it worked swimmingly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any help you can provide will be greatly appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage[OT1]{fontenc}&#xA;%\usepackage[top=2cm, bottom=2cm, left=2cm, right=2cm]{geometry} %set the margins&#xA;\usepackage{Sweave}&#xA;&#xA;% before compiling, need to change working directory in open version of R&#xA;&#xA;&amp;lt;&amp;lt;echo=FALSE, eval=TRUE&amp;gt;&amp;gt;=&#xA;    library(xtable)&#xA;    Aye &amp;lt;- sample(c(&quot;Yes&quot;, &quot;Si&quot;, &quot;Oui&quot;), 177, replace = TRUE)&#xA;    Bee &amp;lt;- sample(c(&quot;Hum&quot;, &quot;Buzz&quot;), 177, replace = TRUE)&#xA;    Sea &amp;lt;- sample(c(&quot;White&quot;, &quot;Black&quot;, &quot;Red&quot;, &quot;Dead&quot;), 177, replace = TRUE)&#xA;@&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}  &#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;\frametitle{First Slide}&#xA;Contents of the first slide&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;\frametitle{Second Slide}&#xA;&amp;lt;&amp;lt;&amp;gt;&amp;gt;=&#xA;    xtable(format(addmargins(table(Aye, Sea))))&#xA;@&#xA;&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3263" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T02:36:45.960" Title="What's wrong with this Sweave Document" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;sweave&gt;&lt;r&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="9999" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9998" CreationDate="2011-02-01T02:36:45.960" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Although you didn't tell us what error you are getting, and what exactly you want to achieve, I believe that the problem is that Sweave tries to include the R output in the tex file verbatim.  Beamer does not like verbatim in frames, and throws an error.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Change the &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;&amp;lt;&amp;gt;&amp;gt;=&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;&amp;lt;echo=false, results=tex&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; if you want to include the table in the frame. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you do want to include the LaTeX code tor the table verbatim, you have to make the frame &quot;fragile&quot;, so it will accommodate the verbatim environment inserted by Sweave. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T02:36:45.960" />
  <row Id="10000" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9958" CreationDate="2011-02-01T02:43:39.667" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try to replace them with &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DontPrintSemicolon&#xA;\SetAlgoLined&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think that at some point of time (version 4.0 and newer) the old syntax was removed.  You can also try to pass the &lt;code&gt;oldcommands&lt;/code&gt; option to the package, which should enable the old form of the commands. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T02:43:39.667" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10001" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10002" CreationDate="2011-02-01T02:52:08.667" Score="2" ViewCount="129" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using TikZ to draw some conic-section graphs. There is a built-in&#xA;ellipse command (semiaxes as two arguments) and a rudimentary parabola command (with a vertical axis, but one can rotate), but to draw a hyperbola I had to&#xA;fake it with a spline and externally compute the control points. I don't want to plot a sequence of pixels, I'd prefer something parametric that can be easily modified. Is there a short-cut to draw a hyperbola just from the semiaxes and the centre location, within TikZ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not unhappy with spline approximations, they work fine for, say, cardioids, but is there some simpler way to get a hyperbola with TikZ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="796" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T08:21:50.690" Title="Can one draw a hyperbola with arguments in TikZ?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10002" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10001" CreationDate="2011-02-01T03:28:37.587" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Look at sections 19.5 and 19.6 in the &lt;code&gt;pgf&lt;/code&gt; manual. You can plot curves given by simple parametric equations, such as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \draw[scale=0.5,domain=-3.141:3.141,smooth,variable=\t] plot ({\t*sin(\t r)},{\t*cos(\t r)});&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So if you van find parametric equations of your hyperbola, you should be able to plot it. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T03:28:37.587" />
  <row Id="10003" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-01T03:35:53.650" Score="1" ViewCount="191" Body="&lt;p&gt;dear all,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;how to make a symbol like this? due to the reputation limit, i can't upload image. so i decribe the symbol by word. i hope you can understand it. my symbol is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the phi with a underscore. phi is \niphi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;thanks alot.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;wu yu&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3253" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T06:39:03.163" Title="one symbol used for civil engineer" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="10005" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10003" CreationDate="2011-02-01T04:13:34.900" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Perhaps this does what you want. (Adapted from the Comprehensive Symbols Guide (available in your TeX Distribution.)   &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{upgreek,slashed}&#xA;\newcommand*{\ulphi}{{%&#xA;\declareslashed{}{-}{0}{-.62}{\upphi}\slashed{\upphi}}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\[&#xA;\ulphi&#xA;\]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/LJl5K.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T04:13:34.900" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="10006" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10003" CreationDate="2011-02-01T06:39:03.163" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This link has probably been posted in response to various other &quot;How do I get xxx symbol&quot; questions, but anyway here it is again:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://detexify.kirelabs.org/classify.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://detexify.kirelabs.org/classify.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Draw your symbol there, and the system will try to identify it (together with the LaTeX package and command that produces it).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="226" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T06:39:03.163" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10007" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9993" CreationDate="2011-02-01T07:22:17.057" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A solution for both variants, two and three subfloats&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ii8fG.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{subfig}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{table}&#xA;\minipage[b]{0.49\linewidth}&#xA; \centering&#xA; \subfloat[]{%&#xA; \begin{tabular}[b]{cc}\hline&#xA;        0 &amp;amp; 1\\\hline&#xA;        2 &amp;amp; 1\\&#xA;        3 &amp;amp; 1\\&#xA;        4 &amp;amp; 2\\&#xA;        5 &amp;amp; 3\\&#xA;        4 &amp;amp; 8\\\hline&#xA; \end{tabular}}%&#xA; \quad&#xA; \subfloat[]{%&#xA; \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}c@{}}%&#xA;    \begin{tabular}{ccc} \hline&#xA;       1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3\\ &#xA;       3 &amp;amp; 7 &amp;amp; 4\\&#xA;       4 &amp;amp; 5 &amp;amp; 4\\\hline&#xA;    \end{tabular}\\[5ex]&#xA;    \begin{tabular}[b]{ccc} \hline&#xA;       1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3\\ &#xA;       3 &amp;amp; 7 &amp;amp; 4\\&#xA;       4 &amp;amp; 5 &amp;amp; 4&#xA;    \end{tabular}\\\hline&#xA;  \end{tabular}}%&#xA;\caption{the one for all}&#xA;&#xA;\endminipage\hfill&#xA;\minipage[b]{0.49\linewidth}&#xA; \centering&#xA; \subfloat[]{%&#xA; \begin{tabular}[b]{cc}\hline&#xA;        0 &amp;amp; 1\\\hline&#xA;        2 &amp;amp; 1\\&#xA;        3 &amp;amp; 1\\&#xA;        4 &amp;amp; 2\\&#xA;        5 &amp;amp; 3\\&#xA;        4 &amp;amp; 8\\\hline&#xA; \end{tabular}}%&#xA; \quad&#xA; \begin{tabular}[b]{c}%&#xA; \subfloat[]{%&#xA;    \begin{tabular}{ccc} \hline&#xA;       1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3\\ &#xA;       3 &amp;amp; 7 &amp;amp; 4\\&#xA;       4 &amp;amp; 5 &amp;amp; 4\\\hline&#xA;    \end{tabular}}\\[5ex]&#xA; \subfloat[]{%&#xA;    \begin{tabular}[b]{ccc} \hline&#xA;       1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3\\ &#xA;       3 &amp;amp; 7 &amp;amp; 4\\&#xA;       4 &amp;amp; 5 &amp;amp; 4\\\hline&#xA;    \end{tabular}}%&#xA;  \end{tabular}%&#xA;&#xA;\caption{the one for all}&#xA;\endminipage&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-01T12:37:19.800" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T12:37:19.800" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="10008" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10001" CreationDate="2011-02-01T08:21:50.690" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This should do the trick&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\draw plot[variable=\t,samples=1000,domain=-35:35] ({sec(\t)},{tan(\t)});&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3127" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T08:21:50.690" />
  <row Id="10009" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-01T08:34:18.703" Score="5" ViewCount="196" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using XeLaTeX to take notes in class, and I am using a new section for each lecture. Since the lectures have different teachers, I'd like a small italic subtitle for each &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using the article class.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How would I go about doing that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3072" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-12T12:49:56.993" LastActivityDate="2011-03-12T12:49:56.993" Title="Subtitle for a section" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;sections-paragraphs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="10010" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10011" CreationDate="2011-02-01T08:40:22.250" Score="8" ViewCount="149" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm likely going to have to write a document that includes some portions of source code, which I'd rather keep in separate source files. I know that I can include the contents of those files in my document using &lt;code&gt;\input{example.cpp}&lt;/code&gt;, and use various environments to pretty-print the code, but the source files will certainly start with a few commented lines explaining what the code does, whether it can be redistributed and so on, and this will be irrelevant in the main document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a package or a specific command that allows me to omit those lines when including an external file?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="440" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T08:50:47.457" Title="Is there a &quot;selective&quot; input command in LaTeX?" Tags="&lt;input&gt;&lt;source&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10011" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10010" CreationDate="2011-02-01T08:50:47.457" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt; package with the &lt;code&gt;firstline&lt;/code&gt; option:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\lstinputlisting[firstline=2]{file}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T08:50:47.457" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="10012" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10009" CreationDate="2011-02-01T08:53:41.147" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can define such a command yourself. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\teacher[1]{\begin{flushright}\small\textit{#1}\end{flushright}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This can be used as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section{TeX}&#xA;\teacher{Prof.~Knuth}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-01T17:56:14.433" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T17:56:14.433" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="10013" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10014" CreationDate="2011-02-01T09:19:41.193" Score="5" ViewCount="132" Body="&lt;p&gt;Working with the following abridged line in a BibTeX entry:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;author = {J. Pe\~{n}a}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For some reason results in a BibTeX compilation to:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;J.~P. {n}a&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With a period and a space appearing and the tilde diacritic and the letter &lt;em&gt;e&lt;/em&gt; vanishing. I can fix this by wrapping the surname in braces, but am mystified as to why this happens in the first place. Is this expected behaviour?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks for any explanation anyone can offer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1052" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T12:48:01.337" Title="Why is this n with tilde disappearing in a BibTeX reference?" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;tilde&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10014" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10013" CreationDate="2011-02-01T09:24:14.083" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;Pe{\~{n}}a&lt;/code&gt; or simply &lt;code&gt;Pe{\~n}a&lt;/code&gt; instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=bibaccent&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=bibaccent&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is BibTeX's restriction, which is explained in BibTeX's manual &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;btxdoc&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. Maybe one should check the source code of BibTeX for detailed explanation. However, I think this is not very hard to understand --- In BibTeX, one can use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;author = &quot;Kurt G{\&quot;o}del&quot;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How about missing braces? It will be more difficult to write the program for lexical analysis, if the braces can be omitted.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-01T12:48:01.337" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T12:48:01.337" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="10015" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-01T09:34:57.180" Score="5" ViewCount="224" Body="&lt;p&gt;After reading a book, I often take notes on that book. It usually has my thoughts about what I have just read and many cites (often long, more that 2 or 3 paragraphs, sometimes even more than one page).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I used to just type that all in LaTeX, but such notes are hard to read and look ugly (there is no visible diference betwen cites and my thoughts; cites are just marked with ,, and '').&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My question is: is (are) there a good method(s) to taking notes using LaTeX? I don't have much experience in TeX field, I know basics packages. I want to have nice looking notes, with visible difference between thoughts and cites and easy to read. Should I use some packages or styles? Or something else? How to do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank You for help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3279" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T18:22:20.093" Title="Package for taking notes" Tags="&lt;notes&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="10017" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9968" CreationDate="2011-02-01T10:07:34.860" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;\begin{picture}(215,20)(0,0)&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;%%%0&#xA;\pgftransformshift{\pgfpoint{100}{0}}; &#xA;\filldraw[scale=0.2,color=black](0,0) circle(7cm); &#xA;\path[coordinate, scale=0.2] (-4.15,-2.5)  coordinate(A)++( 60:8.5cm) coordinate(B)++(-60:8.5cm) coordinate(C);&#xA;\draw[fill=white] (A) -- (B) -- (C) -- cycle;&#xA;%%%%1&#xA;\pgftransformshift{\pgfpoint{90}{0}}; &#xA;\filldraw[scale=0.2,color=black](0,0) circle(7cm); &#xA;\foreach \angle in {0,120,240}&#xA;  \filldraw[scale=0.2,white,rotate=\angle] (0,0)--++(120:2.966)--++(60:2.966)--++(300:2.966)--++(240:2.966) ;&#xA;%%%2&#xA;\pgftransformshift{\pgfpoint{90}{0}}; &#xA;\filldraw[scale=0.2,color=black](0,0) circle(7cm);&#xA;\foreach \angle in {0,120,240}&#xA;\filldraw[scale=0.2,white,rotate=\angle] (0,0)--++(120:1.121)--++(60:1.121)--++(180:1.121)--++(120:1.121)--++(60:1.121)--++(0:1.121)--++(120:1.121)--++(60:1.121)--++(300:1.121)--++(240:1.121)--++(0:1.121)--++(300:1.121)--++(240:1.121)--++(180:1.121)--++(300:1.121)--++(240:1.121) ;&#xA;%%%3&#xA;\pgftransformshift{\pgfpoint{90}{0}}; &#xA;\filldraw[scale=0.2,color=black](0,0) circle(7cm);&#xA;\foreach \angle in {0,120,240}&#xA;  \filldraw[scale=0.2,white,rotate=\angle] (0,0)--++(120:00.4)--++(60:0.4)--++(180:0.4)--++(120:0.4)--++(60:0.4)--++(0:0.4)--++(120:0.4)--++(60:0.4)--++(180:0.4)--++(120:0.4)--++(240:0.4)--++(180:0.4)--++(120:0.4)--++(60:0.4)--++(180:0.4)--++(120:0.4)--++(60:0.4)--++(0:0.4)--++(120:0.4)--++(60:0.4)--++(0:0.4)--++(300:0.4)--++(60:0.4)--++(0:0.4)--++(120:00.4)--++(60:0.4)--++(180:0.4)--++(120:0.4)--++(60:0.4)--++(0:0.4)--++(120:0.4)--++(60:0.4)--++(300:00.4)--++(240:00.4)--++(0:00.4)--++(300:00.4)--++(240:00.4)--++(180:00.4)--++(300:00.4)--++(240:00.4)--++(0:00.4)--++(300:00.4)--++(60:00.4)--++(0:00.4)--++(300:00.4)--++(240:00.4)--++(0:00.4)--++(300:00.4)--++(240:00.4)--++(180:00.4)--++(300:00.4)--++(240:00.4)--++(180:00.4)--++(120:00.4)--++(240:00.4)--++(180:00.4)--++(300:0.4)--++(240:0.4)--++(0:0.4)--++(300:0.4)--++(240:0.4)--++(180:0.4)--++(300:0.4)--++(240:0.4) ;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}  &#xA;\end{picture}  &#xA;\end{figure} &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/G6rP1.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2993" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T10:07:34.860" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10018" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7072" CreationDate="2011-02-01T10:28:31.320" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The following shell script install &lt;code&gt;ochem&lt;/code&gt; from CTAN and the one you linked successfully into my TeXLive 2010 installation under Ubuntu Linux 10.10.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You most likely need to adjust the &lt;code&gt;TEXLIVE&lt;/code&gt; and the &lt;code&gt;BIN&lt;/code&gt; variables.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;#!/bin/bash -x&#xA;&#xA;TEXLIVE=/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist&#xA;SCRIPTS=$TEXLIVE/scripts/ochem&#xA;DOCS=$TEXLIVE/doc/latex/ochem&#xA;SOURCES=$TEXLIVE/source/latex/ochem&#xA;PACKAGE=$TEXLIVE/tex/latex/ochem&#xA;BIN=/usr/bin&#xA;&#xA;mkdir -p $SCRIPTS&#xA;mkdir -p $DOCS&#xA;mkdir -p $SOURCES&#xA;mkdir -p $PACKAGE&#xA;chmod +x *.pl&#xA;cp *.pl *.pm $SCRIPTS&#xA;cp *.ps manual/* readme.txt $DOCS&#xA;cp *.tex *.inc $SOURCES&#xA;cp *.sty $PACKAGE&#xA;&#xA;# Install scripts&#xA;cd $BIN&#xA;# Link makePics:&#xA;ln -s $SCRIPTS/makePics.pl makePics&#xA;&#xA;# Generate wrapper for 'chemie.pl'&#xA;# Needs to get started with the '$SCRIPTS' folder as include folder&#xA;echo '#!/bin/sh' &amp;gt; ./chemie&#xA;echo &quot;/usr/bin/env perl -I$SCRIPTS $SCRIPTS/chemie.pl&quot; &amp;gt;&amp;gt; ./chemie&#xA;chmod +x ./chemie&#xA;&#xA;# Ensure proper owner and permissions:&#xA;chown -R --reference=$TEXLIVE $SCRIPTS $DOCS $SOURCES $PACKAGES&#xA;chmod -R --reference=$TEXLIVE $SCRIPTS $DOCS $SOURCES $PACKAGES&#xA;chmod +x $SCRIPTS/*.pl&#xA;&#xA;texhash&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T10:28:31.320" />
  <row Id="10019" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10022" CreationDate="2011-02-01T10:31:30.070" Score="1" ViewCount="155" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using an internal bibliography in my main .tex file :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{thebibliography}{100}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to tell which entries I'm not referencing so I can remove them? I'm using texshop, and except for a&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;LaTeX Warning: There were undefined references.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;it tells me nothing more specific (I think).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="660" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-01T15:02:11.277" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T15:02:11.277" Title="Uncited references with internal bibliography" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="10020" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10015" CreationDate="2011-02-01T10:43:50.007" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Are you sure LaTeX is the best way to take notes? LaTeX is for typesetting documents. Your notes don't generally need to be typeset. Why aren't you just writing them in plain text?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You &lt;em&gt;could&lt;/em&gt; write your notes up in LaTeX (and use the &lt;code&gt;\begin{quote}...\end{quote}&lt;/code&gt; environment for marking out quotations, but I'm not really sure what advantage this has over plain text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T10:43:50.007" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10021" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9792" CreationDate="2011-02-01T11:02:35.497" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;MiKTeX supports both optional arguments &lt;code&gt;--enable-write18&lt;/code&gt; and also &lt;code&gt;--shell-escape&lt;/code&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;a possible Test for MiKTeX&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\newif\ifMiKTeX&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\testMiKTeX{\expandafter\testMiKTeX@i\pdftexbanner\@nil}&#xA;\def\testMiKTeX@i#1(#2)#3\@nil{\testMiKTeX@ii#2..\@nil}&#xA;\def\testMiKTeX@ii#1.#2.#3\@nil{\ifx\relax#2\relax\else\MiKTeXtrue\fi}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\testMiKTeX&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\ifMiKTeX we use MiK\TeX \else we use \TeX Live\fi&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-02T20:22:09.987" LastActivityDate="2011-02-02T20:22:09.987" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="10022" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10019" CreationDate="2011-02-01T11:50:00.590" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;First, to find out uncited bibliography item, you can use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[backref]{hyperref}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to enable back reference. Be sure that there is a blank line after each &lt;code&gt;\bibitem&lt;/code&gt;. Then check the pdf file, you'll see uncited item clearly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Test file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[backref]{hyperref}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\cite{foo}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{thebibliography}{ab}&#xA;\bibitem{foo} foo&#xA;&#xA;\bibitem{bar} bar&#xA;&#xA;\end{thebibliography}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Second, for cross references, which is an independent question, there should be a waring like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;LaTeX Warning: Reference `XXX' on page 123 undefined on input line 1234.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-01T12:25:19.967" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T12:25:19.967" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="10023" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10015" CreationDate="2011-02-01T13:05:18.000" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try using a more casual specification of document structure like Markdown; personally, I like Emacs' &lt;code&gt;org-mode&lt;/code&gt; for taking notes.  If you want to convert to Latex later, there are plenty of converters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://johnmacfarlane.net/pandoc/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Pandoc&lt;/a&gt; supports many casual document structuring formats: besides Markdown, it supports Restructured Text, which  is liked by many, and Textile; it supports export not only to Latex, but also Context;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://orgmode.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Org mode&lt;/a&gt; is a full life organisation system based around jotting down notes, and has sophisticated support for controlling export to Latex.  I gather it can express links into PDFs, which might be useful for you.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-01T13:27:16.593" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T13:27:16.593" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10024" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-25T19:44:23.440" Score="0" ViewCount="125" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/8851/how-can-i-highlight-some-lines-from-source-code&quot;&gt;How can I highlight some lines from source code?&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How to hide LaTeX command (keywords) in a listing? When I use for example &lt;strong&gt;\textbf{}&lt;/strong&gt; in the listing it appears as &lt;code&gt;\textbf{}&lt;/code&gt;. How can I hide this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-01T15:33:34.577" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T15:33:34.577" ClosedDate="2011-02-03T19:08:34.673" Title="How to hide LaTeX commands and keywords in a listing?" Tags="&lt;listings&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="10025" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10024" CreationDate="2010-11-25T22:31:33.120" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure that you can.  The listings package provides its own macros for emphasising words in source code listings.  For example, by default it emphasises language keywords.  You can alter or add to the words that the pakcage emphasises.  The following snippet, from the listings documentation,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\lstset{emph={square,root},emphstyle=\underbar}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will cause listings to set the words &lt;code&gt;square&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;root&lt;/code&gt; with an underline.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastActivityDate="2010-11-25T22:31:33.120" />
  <row Id="10026" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10015" CreationDate="2011-02-01T14:03:39.007" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If for some reason you want to keep a “beautiful” record of your notes, and you might if they require tons of math, LaTeX is sure a good option for creating pdf documents and printing them. (But definitely not a good option if you plan to publish on a blog.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For your particular question, on how to provide more useful visual cues to separate quotes from your personal notes, you could use TikZ boxes as in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/boxes-with-text-and-math/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;these examples&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T14:03:39.007" />
  <row Id="10027" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10030" CreationDate="2011-02-01T14:14:32.167" Score="3" ViewCount="223" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've received my master thesis from proofreader. I've received a lot of small things to fix but they're defined inside my document class which is &lt;code&gt;report&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;How to change caption name from &quot;Table&quot; to something else (in polish it's &quot;Tablica&quot; and I would like to change it into &quot;Tabela&quot;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;How to change colon after number in caption into dot?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;How to get rid of name Chapter - &#xA;when I put &lt;code&gt;\chapter{Method} \label{sec:Method}&lt;/code&gt; in output I receive &quot;Chapter 2&quot; and below this &quot;Method&quot; (without any numbering).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;How to put dot after every numbering in sections and subsection? (I have 2.1 and I would like to have 2.1. )&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1164" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-25T13:51:42.840" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T02:51:27.427" Title="How to change captions and dots in TeX?" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;captions&gt;&lt;numbering&gt;&lt;chapters&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10028" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10027" CreationDate="2011-02-01T14:36:37.920" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A lot of questions ... :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Read the documentation of the package &lt;code&gt;caption&lt;/code&gt;, it can define nearly everything.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;see also package &lt;code&gt;caption&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;depends on your documentclass, for KOMA-Script it is the prefix option&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;again, depends to your documentclass, KOMA-Script has an option for the dot, standard classes may be changed with &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand\thesection{\thechapter.\arabic{section}.}&lt;/code&gt; And also redefine &lt;code&gt;\thesubsection&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-01T14:52:20.167" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T14:52:20.167" />
  <row Id="10029" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10024" CreationDate="2011-02-01T14:41:09.990" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{alltt}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{alltt}&#xA;How to hide Latex Command (keywords) in a Listing. &#xA;When i user for example \textbf{} the in the listing &#xA;wil be appereard \textbf{}. How can hide this?&#xA;\end{alltt}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/FQW6j.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T14:41:09.990" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10030" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10027" CreationDate="2011-02-01T14:47:20.577" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;1) Use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand\tablename{Tablica}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is defined in &lt;code&gt;article.cls&lt;/code&gt; (see &lt;code&gt;classes&lt;/code&gt; doc).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2) I suggest &lt;code&gt;caption&lt;/code&gt; package. This can also answer quesiton 1.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{caption}&#xA;\captionsetup{tablename=Talica,labelsep=period}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;3) &lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt; does not provide &lt;code&gt;\chapter&lt;/code&gt; :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For &lt;code&gt;report&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;book&lt;/code&gt;, you can use some packages, like &lt;code&gt;sectsty&lt;/code&gt;(simple) or &lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt;(complex) to modify the layout. You'd better read the manual of theses packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And if you just want to get rid of the number and &quot;Chapter&quot;, you may want to use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\chapter*{Title}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;4) Use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand\thesection{\arabic{section}.}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and so on. And if you don't want to change the style how sections to be referred, you should also use &lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt; package to modify the layout.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T14:47:20.577" />
  <row Id="10032" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10027" CreationDate="2011-02-01T14:57:51.770" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A &quot;quick fix&quot; for question 3 is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand{\@chapapp}{}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T14:57:51.770" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="10033" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10034" CreationDate="2011-02-01T15:08:55.870" Score="9" ViewCount="99" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I create the environment that could count words inside itself? More specifically, I want to write an enviroment called &quot;assignment&quot; such that the code&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{assignment}&#xA;Some words here.&#xA;\end{assignment}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will result in &quot;Some words here.&quot; in the text and, say, &quot;3 words&quot; in a margin paragraph.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried searching for that, but found only (external) tools to count words in the entire document, while I need to do this with LaTeX code and for a single environment (possibly repeated several times in a document).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3283" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T15:38:15.387" Title="Environment that counts words inside" Tags="&lt;environments&gt;&lt;word-count&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10034" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10033" CreationDate="2011-02-01T15:38:15.387" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;How about counting white spaces? This seems easier to implement.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is a simple implement. You can improve it to deal with more complex texts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begingroup&#xA;\lccode`\~=`\ %&#xA;\lowercase{%&#xA;  \gdef\assignment{\setcounter{word}{0}%&#xA;    \catcode`~=\active&#xA;    \def~{\space\stepcounter{word}}}}%&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;\newcounter{word}&#xA;\def\endassignment{\stepcounter{word}%&#xA;  \marginpar{\arabic{word} words}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{assignment}&#xA;Here are some words.&#xA;\end{assignment}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T15:38:15.387" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10035" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10055" CreationDate="2011-02-01T15:39:04.693" Score="2" ViewCount="235" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there an application (in windows, unix, or mac) that allows you to edit the latex generated pdf. I know there is pdfsync, but it only gives you the line, and then you have to search where in the line you want to make the change. This is ok sometimes, for a couple of changes, but when there are lots of changes it becomes really tedious.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would really like to accelerate this process of correcting mistakes (mostly grammar, missing commas etc).. in my document, without going through all the markup.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any ideas or help appreciated,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3262" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-01T19:00:18.763" LastActivityDate="2011-02-02T10:59:03.727" Title="editing latex generated pdf" Tags="&lt;pdf&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10036" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9983" CreationDate="2011-02-01T15:40:00.627" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Well, you probably have TeXlive 2010 on your laptop, and a much older TeX installation on your office PC. In TL2010, the default pdf output is version 1.5, which allows for much greater compression (which is also enabled by default).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The discussion on &#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://web.archiveorange.com/archive/v/sK0ydxTMTCFjdc96HimC&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://web.archiveorange.com/archive/v/sK0ydxTMTCFjdc96HimC&lt;/a&gt; may be of interest.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="275" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T15:40:00.627" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10037" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10035" CreationDate="2011-02-01T15:45:47.330" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is nothing different between pdf files generated by TeX and other program. Conversion is irreversible. We'd better edit the TeX source file and regenerate a pdf file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Adobe Acrobat can edit the pdf file, using &quot;touch up&quot; tools. However, it is expensive, and has its constrains.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T15:45:47.330" />
  <row Id="10038" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10035" CreationDate="2011-02-01T16:00:07.587" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can download the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.foxitsoftware.com/pdf/editor/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Foxit PDF Editor&lt;/a&gt; for free. I tested it yesterday and lets you touch up many pieces of the file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="401" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T16:00:07.587" />
  <row Id="10039" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6215" CreationDate="2011-02-01T16:11:30.520" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Running this sort of thing is probably better done using TeXShop's &quot;engines&quot; instead of calling an applescript from the Macro Editor.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you look in your &lt;code&gt;~/Library/TeXShop/Engines&lt;/code&gt; folder (especially the Inactive) folder you can see various examples of such engines.  The engine files themselves are just shell scripts (so they need to have the execuatble bit set.)  Once you've got the script working you can put it in the Engines folder and it will appear in the pulldown menu beside the Typeset button on any document window.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's very possible that the script you want to run already exists (you mention glossaries).  Have your looked at the &lt;code&gt;LaTeXmk&lt;/code&gt; engine for TeXShop?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The LaTeXmk script (various versions are found in the Inactive folder; just drag them to the Engines folder and restart TeXShop to activate them.)  The LaTeXmk engine runs all of the required numbers of latex/bibtex/mkindex/makeglossaries etc. so that everything in your document is complete.  It knows about most of the major packages' extra .aux-type files, and is quite smart.  The the Engine is maintained by Herb Schulz and the latest version can be obtained from &lt;a href=&quot;https://public.me.com/herbs2&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;his webpage&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One thing to watch out for when running scripts from within an application is that the path and environment variables set inside the application are not identical to the path and environment variables you may have set in you bash &lt;code&gt;.profile&lt;/code&gt; or csh &lt;code&gt;.cshrc&lt;/code&gt; file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-02T01:53:25.323" LastActivityDate="2011-02-02T01:53:25.323" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10040" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9880" CreationDate="2011-02-01T16:18:23.680" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Herbert gave you a perfect solution; I'll try and explain a bit what's going wrong. Let me begin by saying that it's easy to reproduce the odd output with &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; (see also the comments to the question). In amsmath.sty, there are the lines&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%%\@tempa\widetilde&#xA;%%\@tempa\widehat&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and it's indeed good that they're commented out. &lt;code&gt;\@tempa&lt;/code&gt; is a command that gives accents a special treatment for better accent positioning, especially for double accents. (Compare Herbert's comment to his answer.) This treatment is given to all the &quot;small&quot; accents, including &lt;code&gt;\check&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now the following code gives the same odd output as the OP's code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11 pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\@tempa\widehat&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\[ \widehat{\check{x} g_1} \]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This might explain why &lt;code&gt;\@tempa\widehat&lt;/code&gt; is commented out in amsmath.sty.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now &lt;code&gt;MnSymbol&lt;/code&gt; loads &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; and then calls&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareMathAccent{\widehat}{\mathord}{largesymbols}{’302}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which in turn calls &lt;code&gt;\set@mathaccent&lt;/code&gt;. But this is the modified &lt;code&gt;\set@mathaccent&lt;/code&gt; from &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt;, so thing again go wrong. A possible fix is to give &lt;code&gt;\widehat&lt;/code&gt; a LaTeX type definition back again, but for this you have to know the accent number &lt;code&gt;&quot;3C2&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11 pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{MnSymbol}&#xA;\show\widehat&#xA;\def\widehat{\mathaccent&quot;3C2\relax}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\[ \widehat{\check{x} g_1} \]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Summarizing: To me it looks like a bug in &lt;code&gt;MnSymbol&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T16:18:23.680" />
  <row Id="10041" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10035" CreationDate="2011-02-01T16:27:38.197" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;OpenOffice can read the pdf and you can edit the objects. But it is no real fun for large documents.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T16:27:38.197" />
  <row Id="10042" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10027" CreationDate="2011-02-01T16:36:36.777" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For question 1:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[polish]{babel}&lt;/code&gt; will switch &quot;table&quot; to &quot;tablica&quot; (and &quot;chapter&quot; to &quot;rozdział&quot; and so on). You can add &lt;code&gt;\addto\captionspolish{\renewcommand{\tablename}{Tabela}}&lt;/code&gt; to suit your preference. See also &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=latexwords&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this faq answer&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T16:36:36.777" />
  <row Id="10043" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-05-07T14:07:49.753" Score="2" ViewCount="872" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am working on a long document in LaTeX with documentclass &lt;code&gt;book&lt;/code&gt;.&#xA;I need the page number to always be in the upper right corner of each page, &lt;em&gt;even&lt;/em&gt; if that page is the first page of a chapter (right now on 1st pages of chapters, the page number is bottom-centered, on all other pages it's top-right).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I control the position of the page number with &lt;code&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;\lhead{}&#xA;\chead{}&#xA;\rhead{\thepage}&#xA;\lfoot{}&#xA;\cfoot{}&#xA;\rfoot{}&#xA;\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0pt}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, I don't know if the problem is related but my chapters do not start from the top of the page. There is a white area, then comes chapter X, then a newline with the chapter line. What I also want is the chapter to start from the top of the page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The main question here is how I can get the page number to always appear in the upper right corner, I mention the thing with the chapter title position only in case that might be related.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-01T20:27:41.907" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T20:30:33.943" Title="page number position" Tags="&lt;header-footer&gt;&lt;fancyhdr&gt;&lt;page-style&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="10044" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10043" CreationDate="2010-05-08T01:36:59.613" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The first page of a chapter uses the plain pagestyle, even if some other style has been selected. You can fix this by adding &lt;code&gt;\thispagestyle{fancy}&lt;/code&gt; after each &lt;code&gt;\chapter{}&lt;/code&gt; command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The blank space at the top of the first page of the chapter is part of the standard chapter style. You can use the &lt;code&gt;fncychap&lt;/code&gt; package to create your own style (or use one of the packaged styles).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update:&lt;/strong&gt; For special chapters generated by command (e.g., &lt;code&gt;\tableofcontents&lt;/code&gt;) which span more than one page, adding &lt;code&gt;\thispagestyle{fancy}&lt;/code&gt; won't work. A more general solution is to add the following in your preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand\chapter{\if@openright\cleardoublepage\else\clearpage\fi&#xA;                    \thispagestyle{fancy}%&#xA;                    \global\@topnum\z@&#xA;                    \@afterindentfalse&#xA;                    \secdef\@chapter\@schapter}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="143" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-01T20:30:33.943" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T20:30:33.943" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="10046" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10043" CreationDate="2010-11-25T22:52:35.487" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is easy to modify the pagestyle for regular and special chapters such as your table of contents.  Chapters normally override the current pagestyle, setting it to &lt;code&gt;plain&lt;/code&gt;.  &lt;code&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/code&gt; provides a command &lt;code&gt;\fancypagestyle&lt;/code&gt; to redefine other pagestyles, and in this manner you can get the style you want on chapter pages by simply redefining the &lt;code&gt;plain&lt;/code&gt; style as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\fancypagestyle{plain}{\pagestyle{fancy}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is explained in section 7 of the &lt;code&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/code&gt; documentation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastActivityDate="2010-11-25T22:52:35.487" />
  <row Id="10047" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10043" CreationDate="2011-02-01T18:25:14.470" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If I understand the question correect, the only problem is that the plain pagestyle was not defined in fancyhdr. so all you have to do is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From the manual&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\fancypagestyle{plain}{%&#xA;\fancyhf{} % clear all header and footer fields&#xA;\fancyhead[RO,RE]{\thepage} %RO=right odd, RE=right even&#xA;\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0pt}&#xA;\renewcommand{\footrulewidth}{0pt}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that there are three pagestyles. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;empty: Is used for pages such as titlepages. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;plain: Is used for chapter starts which includes the start of lists such as \tableofcontens and \listoffigures&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;fancy: For normal text pages&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also besides fancyhdr there are other pages such as scrpage2 that allow the manipulation of pagestyles. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="632" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T18:25:14.470" />
  <row Id="10048" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10049" CreationDate="2011-02-01T18:51:19.067" Score="1" ViewCount="141" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am trying to use the verdana font in LaTeX under Mac OS X.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have found some packages, like &lt;code&gt;verdana&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;winfonts&lt;/code&gt; but I can't get around to install them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can someone enlighten me of the best way to accomplish the verdana font under Mac OS X?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2042" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T19:39:49.477" Title="How to use verdana in latex under Mac OS?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;packages&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10049" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10048" CreationDate="2011-02-01T19:13:04.447" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use XeTeX or LuaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is an exemple :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}%déjà chargé par luatextra&#xA;\defaultfontfeatures{Ligatures=TeX} % to have the automatics ligatures of TeX&#xA;\setromanfont{Verdana}&#xA;%\setsansfont[Scale=MatchLowercase]{Linux Biolinum O} %font for sans-serif&#xA;%\setmonofont[Scale=MatchLowercase]{Inconsolata} % font with fixe-chase&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;test---TEST&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You must compile it with XeLaTeX or LuaLaTeX&#xA;(with Texshop, simply write &lt;code&gt;%!TEX TS-program = lualatex&lt;/code&gt; juste before the &lt;code&gt;\documentclass&lt;/code&gt;)&#xA;and encode your document in UTF8 (again, with TexShop : &lt;code&gt;%!TEX encoding = UTF-8 Unicode&lt;/code&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3172" LastEditorUserId="3172" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-01T19:39:49.477" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T19:39:49.477" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10050" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-01T19:17:10.497" Score="3" ViewCount="156" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to get a change of Tikz node colors when the mouse is hovering on it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2312" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-02T09:34:56.377" LastActivityDate="2011-02-02T09:34:56.377" Title="Tikz node: color change when the mouse is hovering" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="10051" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10052" CreationDate="2011-02-01T19:46:47.000" Score="3" ViewCount="85" Body="&lt;p&gt;My LaTeX installation, and many others on the internet seem to be typesetting arrows with thick bits in them, and it looks like  a hypen or something has been  overlayed over them. Does anyone have a solution---this isn't a problem on inkjets, it all just smudges together but it looks ugly on &lt;code&gt;PDF&lt;/code&gt; viewers and nice laser printers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2870" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-29T00:43:02.033" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T00:43:02.033" Title="Error in arrow symbols." Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;errors&gt;&lt;arrows&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10052" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10051" CreationDate="2011-02-01T19:53:07.580" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is normal. LaTeX uses hypens to draw the lines of the arrows, because it can't really draw arbitrary vector graphics by itself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The solution (for a few arrows) is to use a vector graphic package like &lt;code&gt;pstricks&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;tikz&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example using TikZ, inside text mode:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\tikz[baseline] \draw [-&amp;gt;] (0,1ex) -- ++(3em,0);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Change the &lt;code&gt;1ex&lt;/code&gt; value if you want to change the height and the &lt;code&gt;3em&lt;/code&gt; for the length. You can place material on top of the by added &lt;code&gt;node[above] {&amp;lt;text&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt; just before the closing &lt;code&gt;;&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See the manuals of the mentioned packages for more details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T19:53:07.580" />
  <row Id="10053" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10056" CreationDate="2011-02-01T19:53:34.100" Score="9" ViewCount="99" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am writing some macros for general debugging purposes (See &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4784/introspection-and-reflection-with-latex-tex-macros&quot;&gt;Yiannis' question&lt;/a&gt;). I am basically expanding a given input step by step, and printing the result to the terminal and log. In order for this to happen step by step, I am using &lt;code&gt;\show&lt;/code&gt;, which interrupts TeX and gives the user the opportunity to follow what is going on. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, &lt;code&gt;\show&lt;/code&gt; is quite verbose: at least six lines, most of which are useless. Can this number be reduced? (I don't mind dropping &lt;code&gt;\show&lt;/code&gt; for a better alternative.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Namely,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\errorcontextlines=-1\relax % attempt to have less lines&#xA;\def\deeper{\show\deepest...}&#xA;\def\deep{A \deeper macro}&#xA;\deep&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;writes the following to the terminal:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;gt; \deepest=undefined.&#xA;\deeper -&amp;gt;\show \deepest &#xA;                         ...&#xA;l.6     \deep&#xA;&#xA;? &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastEditorUserId="2707" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-01T20:11:56.740" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T17:29:25.477" Title="\show with fewer lines?" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="10054" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10050" CreationDate="2011-02-01T19:54:36.660" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You might try something with the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/fancytooltips&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;fancytooltips&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package.  That's probably not what exactly what you want, but maybe if the tooltip was a copy of the image with the color changed it could work.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T19:54:36.660" />
  <row Id="10055" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10035" CreationDate="2011-02-01T19:58:41.457" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For a free PDF editor, you could try something like &lt;a href=&quot;http://sourceforge.net/projects/pdfedit/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;PDFedit&lt;/a&gt;. But editing the PDF directly would screw up LaTeX's typography, paragraph layout and full justification, and never works as well as you'd like.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Based on the comments, I think what you really want is inverse search. This is already possible with things like PDF Sync, or the newer replacement, SyncTeX. You just need to use a combination of editor and PDF viewer that supports this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is probably easiest if you use a LaTeX editor that has its own built in viewer. This includes &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/texworks/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeXworks&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.xm1math.net/texmaker/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Texmaker&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://texmakerx.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TexMakerX&lt;/a&gt;. Here's TeXworks in action:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/PMoQV.gif&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For standalone PDF viewers that support SyncTeX inverse searches, there is Skim for mac, SumatraPDF for Windows, Okular for Linux/Unix (evince is supposed to now, too, but no one seems to know how!) These require that editor knows how to interact with them. If you tell us what editor you like, maybe we can give instructions for setting that up.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T19:58:41.457" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="10056" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10053" CreationDate="2011-02-01T20:13:10.287" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can define your own &lt;code&gt;\show&lt;/code&gt; using &lt;code&gt;\message&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\meaning&lt;/code&gt;.&#xA;You can stop the compilation by reading some dummy input:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\myshow#1{%&#xA;    \message{\string#1=\meaning#1^^J?}%&#xA;    {\read-1 to \dummy}%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\example{Example macro}&#xA;\myshow\example&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Results in:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\example=macro:-&amp;gt;Example macro&#xA;?&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See &lt;em&gt;The TeXBook&lt;/em&gt; in Chapter 20: &quot;Definitions (also called Macros)&quot; on page 217 for more details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-07T17:29:25.477" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T17:29:25.477" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10057" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10051" CreationDate="2011-02-01T20:29:51.120" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;you can draw any arrow with the small package &lt;code&gt;pict2e&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pict2e}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;foo\vector(3,-2){30}bar\vector(3,-12){30}baz&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-01T21:18:43.760" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T21:18:43.760" />
  <row Id="10058" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-01T20:32:45.003" Score="3" ViewCount="123" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to format a description list with small caps for the labels and have the body text a standard distance from the left margin. When I use capitals in the labels (in the real list they are abbreviations and acronyms) and try to force lowercase and then small caps, I only get the first letter in small caps. Also, the &quot;leftmargin&quot; option seems only to apply if there is a second line (i.e., like a hanging indent). I'd like all the body text to be indented the same amount from the left margin, regardless of the size of the label.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{memoir}   &#xA;\usepackage{enumitem}   &#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}   &#xA;&#xA;\begin{description}[leftmargin=4cm,font=\normalfont\scshape\MakeLowercase]   &#xA;   \item[FIRST] My definition here   &#xA;   \item[NEXT] and another one   &#xA;   \item[AFTER] This is the third   &#xA;\end{description}   &#xA;&#xA;\end{document}  &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2758" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-01T20:49:58.807" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T23:50:32.787" Title="Description list using package enumitem: how to force lowercase small caps and align body text?" Tags="&lt;lists&gt;&lt;description&gt;&lt;enumitem&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10059" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10058" CreationDate="2011-02-01T20:51:35.780" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;use a tabular, it makes more sense here:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/OBCWI.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{memoir}   &#xA;\usepackage{tabularx}   &#xA;\def\MyLowercase!#1!{\scshape\MakeLowercase{#1}}&#xA;\begin{document}   &#xA;&#xA;\noindent&#xA;\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}&amp;gt;{\MyLowercase!}p{4cm}&amp;lt;{!}X@{}}   &#xA;  FIRST &amp;amp; My definition here\\   &#xA;  NEXT  &amp;amp; and another one  and the line can be long as you like it&#xA;           there will be a linebreak if needed \\&#xA;  AFTER &amp;amp; This is the third   \\&#xA;\end{tabularx}   &#xA;&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T20:51:35.780" />
  <row Id="10060" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10503" CreationDate="2011-02-01T22:29:11.890" Score="7" ViewCount="319" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a way drawing some &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kiviat_diagram&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Kiviat diagrams&lt;/a&gt; easily?&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/SohpY.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3300" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-02T14:54:28.180" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T19:20:01.303" Title="How to draw Kiviat Diagrams" Tags="&lt;diagrams&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10061" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10035" CreationDate="2011-02-01T22:33:02.327" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you want to inverse search as Juan Navarro proposed, &#xA;TeXShop on the mac also has this capability. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It allows you to easily find the code source that generated a specific piece of pdf and vica versa: it allows you to jump directly to the piece generated pdf that is generated by your source code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can do this by &quot;command&quot;+double clicking a word or piece or code that's in the vicinty of the piece of pdf/code you're interested in.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;TeXShop is great and has a lot of other features too. Give it a try!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3127" LastEditorUserId="3127" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-02T10:59:03.727" LastActivityDate="2011-02-02T10:59:03.727" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="10062" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10068" CreationDate="2011-02-01T22:36:42.400" Score="2" ViewCount="194" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've installed Tex Live 2010 on a mac, and when trying to use xelatex, I get the error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;!Latex Error: File `expl3.sty' not found&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is this package, and how can I get it installed on tex live? There are no updates available, according to the Tex Live utility.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Update: I've found the 'tlmgr' utility, and done: sudo tlmgr install expl3&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So far, so good. Unfortunately, I am now told I need xparse.sty. xparse.sty is not available through tlmgr (&quot;package xparse not present in package repository&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Needless to say, I am not using xparse directly, nor am I directly using calc.sty, which is the file that was mentioned just before this error.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Further update: xparse is obtained by installing 'xpackages'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1370" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-01T23:03:23.523" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T23:05:46.460" Title="What's the deal with Tex Live and expl3.sty?" Tags="&lt;texlive&gt;&lt;osx&gt;&lt;expl3&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="10063" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10060" CreationDate="2011-02-01T22:37:03.397" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;With the current &lt;a href=&quot;http://texnik.dante.de/tex/generic/pstricks-add/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pstricks-add.tex&lt;/a&gt; you can simplify it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pstricks-add}&#xA;\def\Tab#1{\tabular{@{}l@{}}#1\endtabular}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\psframebox*[fillcolor=yellow!15]{%&#xA;\begin{pspicture}(-6,-5)(5,5)&#xA;\psset{unit=1.2}&#xA;\psKiviat[rotate=0.5,&#xA;          yLabels={Marketing,Sales,Administration,\Tab{Information\\Technology},%&#xA;           \Tab{Customer\\Support},Developer},&#xA;  labelsep=10pt]{6}{3}&#xA;\psKiviatTicklines[Dx=0.5,linecolor=black!30]{6}{3}&#xA;\psKiviatAxes[linecolor=black!30]{7}{3}&#xA;\psKiviatLine[linewidth=2pt,linecolor=blue!60]{1,2,1,1.7,1.3,3}&#xA;\psKiviatLine[linewidth=2pt,linecolor=red!60]{2.25,2.5,0.6,1.2,1,1}&#xA;\multido{\rA=0.5+0.5,\iA=10+10}{6}{\uput[3](0,\rA){\$\iA}}&#xA;\end{pspicture}}&#xA;&#xA;\clearpage&#xA;\begin{pspicture}(-5,-5)(5,5)&#xA;\psKiviat[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=red!20,&#xA;  yLabels={McCabe,LOC,Live Variables,Halstead N,Variablenspanne},&#xA;  labelsep=20pt]{5}{4}&#xA;\psKiviatLine[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=white]{3,3.5,3,3.5,3}&#xA;\psKiviatLine[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=black!10]{0.5,1,0.5,0.75,1}&#xA;\psKiviatLine[dotstyle=square*,linewidth=1.5pt,linecolor=red]{2,3.75,1,1.5,2}&#xA;\psKiviatTicklines[Dx=0.5,subtickcolor=black!15]{5}{4}&#xA;\psKiviatAxes[arrows=-&amp;gt;,arrowscale=2]{5}{4.5}&#xA;\end{pspicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/r1FWz.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/oMwFN.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-02T18:21:42.453" LastActivityDate="2011-02-02T18:21:42.453" CommentCount="12" />
  <row Id="10064" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10060" CreationDate="2011-02-01T22:39:51.600" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd go fot the &lt;code&gt;tikz&lt;/code&gt; package. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Have a look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/spiderweb-diagram/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt; example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've written a crude set of macro's that might help you on your way when making your own (adjust these and you should be fine). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not that great a programmer myself so perhaps someone else will come up with something much more refined but this will do for now. The upside to my little programming skills is that the code is easy, so you'll probably be able to grasp it quickly and adjust it to your needs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are 4 macro's. The main macro is &lt;code&gt;\spider&lt;/code&gt;, it takes as much parameters as there are axes (I've written the code for 8 axes, adjust it if you need more or less using the &lt;code&gt;\n&lt;/code&gt; command and some tweaking in the code). Each paramter of &lt;code&gt;\spider&lt;/code&gt; stands for a value on the the corresponding axis. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\outertolerance&lt;/code&gt; works the same way as spider and sets the outer tolerance band for the next &lt;code&gt;\spider&lt;/code&gt;to take into account. The same way &lt;code&gt;\innertolerance&lt;/code&gt; sets the values for the inner tolerance band. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Everytime a &lt;code&gt;\spider&lt;/code&gt;is used the &lt;code&gt;\outertolerance&lt;/code&gt;and &lt;code&gt;\innertolerance&lt;/code&gt; values are reset to nothing (draw no tolerance bands). You can also reset them youerself this by hand using &lt;code&gt;\resettolerance&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Add this to preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\def\n{8}   %define how much axes you want&#xA;\def\N{5}   %define the number of node on each axis&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\spider}[\n]{&#xA;    \begin{tikzpicture}[scale=0.5]&#xA;&#xA;        \thebigtolerance&#xA;&#xA;        \foreach \x in{0,1,...,\n}{%&#xA;            \draw[-&amp;gt;] (0,0)--(360/\n*\x:\N+0.5);&#xA;            \foreach \y in{0,1,...,\N}{&#xA;                \draw[thin,lightgray](360/\n*\x:\y)--(360/\n*\x+360/\n:\y);&#xA;                \draw[fill] (360/\n*\x:\y) circle(0.75pt);&#xA;                }&#xA;&#xA;        }&#xA;&#xA;        \draw(360/\n:\N+0.5)node[right]{axis1};     %adjust the labels (also add or delete exces axes)&#xA;        \draw(2*360/\n:\N+0.5)node[above]{axis2};   %eg. if you have 6 axes, delete the last 2&#xA;        \draw(3*360/\n:\N+0.5)node[left]{axis3};        %or if you have 9 axes add one&#xA;        \draw(4*360/\n:\N+0.5)node[left]{axis4};&#xA;        \draw(5*360/\n:\N+0.5)node[left]{axis5};&#xA;        \draw(6*360/\n:\N+0.5)node[below]{axis6};&#xA;        \draw(7*360/\n:\N+0.5)node[right]{axis7};&#xA;        \draw(8*360/\n:\N+0.5)node[right]{axis8};&#xA;&#xA;        \thesmalltolerance&#xA;&#xA;        \draw[thick,draw=red](360/\n:#1)--(360/\n*2:#2)--(360/\n*3:#3)--(360/\n*4:#4)--(360/\n*5:#5)--(360/\n*6:#6)--(360/\n*7:#7)--(360/\n*8:#8)--cycle;&#xA;        %add or remove coordinates if you have more or less than 8 axes&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;    \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \resettolerance &#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\thesmalltolerance}[0]{}&#xA;\newcommand{\innertolerance}[\n]{&#xA;    \renewcommand{\thesmalltolerance}{\draw[fill=gray,thick,opacity=0.3](360/\n:#1)--(360/\n*2:#2)--(360/\n*3:#3)--(360/\n*4:#4)--(360/\n*5:#5)--(360/\n*6:#6)--(360/\n*7:#7)--(360/\n*8:#8)--cycle;}&#xA;    %add or remove coordinates if you have more or less than 8 axes&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\thebigtolerance}[0]{}&#xA;\newcommand{\outertolerance}[\n]{&#xA;    \renewcommand{\thebigtolerance}{&#xA;        \foreach \x in{1,2,...,\n}{&#xA;            \draw[draw=none,fill=gray,opacity=0.3](0,0)--(360/\n*\x:\N)--(360/\n*\x+360/\n:\N);}&#xA;&#xA;        \draw[fill=white,thick,draw=gray](360/\n:#1)--(360/\n*2:#2)--(360/\n*3:#3)--(360/\n*4:#4)--(360/\n*5:#5)--(360/\n*6:#6)--(360/\n*7:#7)--(360/\n*8:#8)--cycle;&#xA;        %add or remove coordinates if you have more or less than 8 axes&#xA;    }&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\resettolerance}[0]{%resets the tolerance band to none&#xA;    \renewcommand{\thebigtolerance}{}&#xA;    \renewcommand{\thesmalltolerance}{}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As said above, you will need to adjust the drawing commands to fit the number of axis. This means adding &lt;code&gt;(360/\n*9:#9)--&lt;/code&gt; if you want nine axes. Or removing &lt;code&gt;(360/\n*8:#8)--&lt;/code&gt; if you want 7 axes. You should do this in 3 places (in the &lt;code&gt;\spider&lt;/code&gt;command, and in &lt;code&gt;\outertolerance&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\innertolerance&lt;/code&gt;. The adjustment should be the same for every command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also adjust the number of nodes on each axis by adjusting the &lt;code&gt;\N&lt;/code&gt; number. You might have to also adjust the &lt;code&gt;scaling=0.5&lt;/code&gt; because more nodes means a bigger chart.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've also made an example of how to actually draw the spider chart:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\outertolerance{4}{4}{4}{3}{4}{4}{4.5}{4}%defines the outer toleranceband for next spider&#xA;\innertolerance{1}{1}{1}{1}{1}{2}{2}{1}%defines the inner toleranceband for next spider&#xA;\spider{2}{2}{2}{2}{3}{4}{4}{3}%draws the spider diagram with coordinates&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hope this helps!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/AglRo.png&quot; alt=&quot;example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3127" LastEditorUserId="3127" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-02T10:57:09.643" LastActivityDate="2011-02-02T10:57:09.643" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="10065" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10078" CreationDate="2011-02-01T22:44:36.037" Score="5" ViewCount="99" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi all,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;from what I could find on the net, the picture environment does not offer the triangle shape. It is possible to get something similar with lines but not when you want the triangle to be fill up with a solid color. Do you confirm? Maybe the bezier curves could be an option.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setlength{\unitlength}{2pt}&#xA;\begin{picture}(50,200)&#xA;\linethickness{1pt}&#xA;\bezier{20}(0,0)(10,30)(50,30)&#xA;\put(0,0){\circle*{1}}&#xA;\put(50,30){\line(-1,0){40}}&#xA;\put(50,31){\makebox(0,0)[b]{C}}&#xA;\end{picture} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T19:53:22.887" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T19:53:22.887" Title="possibilities of the picture environment" Tags="&lt;diagrams&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="10066" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10009" CreationDate="2011-02-01T22:51:57.263" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One problem with simply adding some formatted &quot;teacher name&quot; text after &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt; is that nothing prevents a page break immediately after the teacher name. (By default, LaTeX ensures that a section heading is followed by at least two lines of text.) Therefore I would use the titlesec package and its ability to execute additional code after the section title has been typeset (but still within &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*{\sectionpostamble}{}&#xA;\newcommand*{\teacher}[1]{%&#xA;  \def\sectionpostamble{#1}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{titlesec}&#xA;\titleformat{\section}&#xA;  {\normalfont\Large\bfseries}{\thesection}{1em}{}&#xA;  [\normalfont\small\itshape\raggedleft\sectionpostamble&#xA;  \global\let\sectionpostamble\relax]&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\teacher{Donald~E. Knuth}&#xA;\section{foo}&#xA;&#xA;\blindtext&#xA;&#xA;\section{bar}&#xA;&#xA;\blindtext&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/blindtext/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;blindtext&lt;/a&gt; package is only used to add some dummy text to the example.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-01T22:59:08.583" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T22:59:08.583" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10067" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10081" CreationDate="2011-02-01T22:52:45.470" Score="3" ViewCount="88" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've noted  a strange behavior of PGFplots y label with the following code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{report}&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplots}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{axis}[&#xA;compat = 1.3,&#xA;no markers,&#xA;grid   = major,&#xA;ylabel = $P_2$,&#xA;xlabel = h,&#xA;xmin   = 0,&#xA;xmax   = 60000,&#xA;% TRY HERE&#xA;% case 1      &#xA;ymin   = 0,&#xA;% case 2&#xA;%ymin   = 0.00000001,&#xA;]&#xA;\addplot[line width=1.5pt,red] table[x index=0,y index=1]{&#xA;  1.0000000e+003  2.7793697e-004&#xA;  5.5000000e+004  6.3359750e-007&#xA;};&#xA;\end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Compile with case 1 not commented and with case 2 commented and after viceversa to see the difference.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/S0dBb.png&quot; alt=&quot;the two results&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can somebody tell me why?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it a bug?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3268" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-01T23:27:17.860" LastActivityDate="2011-02-02T07:24:33.703" Title="Strange behavior y label in PGFplots" Tags="&lt;pgfplots&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10068" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10062" CreationDate="2011-02-01T22:55:33.740" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's a wrapper package used by various packages which rely on some experimental pieces of the LaTeX3 project. &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/expl3&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;See here&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To install it, open a terminal and type:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;sudo tlmgr install expl3&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oops, now seen your edit. Try:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;sudo tlmgr install xpackages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It might be necessary to do an update your system:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;sudo tlmgr update -self -all&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T22:55:33.740" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10069" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10075" CreationDate="2011-02-01T23:00:02.077" Score="1" ViewCount="88" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to do the following, by I am not sure how.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Say I have a LaTeX file with series of annotations, each with zero or more &quot;tags&quot; (say, about their contents or the project they are related to) and the day it was written down.&#xA;I would like to be able to compile the same file in two ways:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;in its entirety, with the annotations in chronological order, with the dates in some evidence, as a kind of log;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;including only the annotations pertaining to one or more given tags (with or without the dates), as a survey of, say, the project those tags refer to.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Would you think it can be done in a not too complicated way?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3287" LastActivityDate="2011-02-02T06:38:32.793" Title="How to multiply compile according to selected tags?" Tags="&lt;labels&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10070" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10062" CreationDate="2011-02-01T23:05:46.460" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;When the name of the TeX Live package containing a given file isn't obvious, you can ask tlmgr about it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$ tlmgr search --global --file xparse.sty&#xA;tlmgr: package repository /home/mpg/tl/trunk/Master&#xA;xpackages:&#xA;    texmf-dist/tex/latex/xpackages/xbase/xparse.sty&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then use &lt;code&gt;tlmgr install&lt;/code&gt; to install the required package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1239" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T23:05:46.460" />
  <row Id="10071" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10058" CreationDate="2011-02-01T23:50:32.787" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To change to lowercase case, you can use the &lt;code&gt;before=...&lt;/code&gt; key of &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/enumitem&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;enumitem&lt;/a&gt; to redefine &lt;code&gt;\makelabel&lt;/code&gt; in order to apply &lt;code&gt;\MakeLowercase&lt;/code&gt; to the whole label text:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\descriptionmakelabel}[1]{\scshape\MakeLowercase{#1}}&#xA;\begin{description}[before=\renewcommand{\makelabel}{\descriptionmakelabel}]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To set the leftmargin automatically to the largest description label, you can use the package &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/eqparbox&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;eqparbox&lt;/a&gt; which allows to make all boxes sharing a same label the same width (requires two compilations). You need of course to make the eqparbox label unique to a particular description, which may be done with a counter. Here's the full code with its result:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/s3dbo.png&quot; alt=&quot;result of the code&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{memoir}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{enumitem}&#xA;\usepackage{eqparbox}&#xA;&#xA;\newcounter{desc}&#xA;\newcommand{\descriptionmakelabel}[1]{\eqparbox{descnb\romannumeral\value{desc}}{\scshape\MakeLowercase{#1}\hfill}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{description}[before=\refstepcounter{desc}\renewcommand{\makelabel}{\descriptionmakelabel},leftmargin=\eqboxwidth{descnb\romannumeral\numexpr\value{desc}+1\relax}]&#xA;   \item[FIRST] My definition here&#xA;   \item[NEXT] and another one   &#xA;   \item[AFTER] This is the third which is very very very very very very very very very very very very very long&#xA;\end{description}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{description}[before=\refstepcounter{desc}\renewcommand{\makelabel}{\descriptionmakelabel},leftmargin=\eqboxwidth{descnb\romannumeral\numexpr\value{desc}+1\relax}]&#xA;   \item[A] a short text&#xA;   \item[B] a very very very very very very very very very very very very very very very very very very very very long text&#xA;\end{description}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1973" LastActivityDate="2011-02-01T23:50:32.787" />
  <row Id="10072" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-02T00:04:00.930" Score="5" ViewCount="264" Body="&lt;p&gt;Does anyone know of the font that will produce the capital letter &quot;O&quot; as follows?:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/QUrcV.png&quot; alt=&quot;wanted capital letter &amp;quot;O&amp;quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is just slightly different from the &quot;O&quot; made with \mathcal and \mathscr.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3288" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-02T01:34:27.727" LastActivityDate="2011-02-02T09:53:43.023" Title="Alternative to \mathcal and \mathscr" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10073" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9792" CreationDate="2011-02-02T01:09:07.640" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here a general proof-of-concept solution which provides &lt;code&gt;\ifmiktex&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\iftexlive&lt;/code&gt; switches. It is based on Herberts suggestion to use the output of &lt;code&gt;\pdftexbanner&lt;/code&gt;.&#xA;Once finished, it could be published as, say &lt;code&gt;ifdist&lt;/code&gt; package or similar.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm making this one a community wiki, so feel free to improve it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please note that the &lt;code&gt;\pdftexbanner&lt;/code&gt; expands to text with catcode &quot;other&quot;, therefore &lt;code&gt;\@onlevel@sanitze&lt;/code&gt; is used to also give the macro parameter text the same catcode.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newif\ifmiktex&#xA;\newif\iftexlive&#xA;&#xA;\begingroup&#xA;\def\MiKTeX{MiKTeX}&#xA;\@onelevel@sanitize\MiKTeX&#xA;\def\TeXLive{TeX Live}&#xA;\@onelevel@sanitize\TeXLive&#xA;&#xA;% Scans for 'MiKTeX' string with catcode 12 (other)&#xA;\expandafter\def\expandafter\testmiktex\expandafter#\expandafter1\MiKTeX#2\relax{%&#xA;        \ifx\empty#2\empty&#xA;             \global\miktexfalse&#xA;        \else&#xA;             \global\miktextrue&#xA;        \fi&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% Scans for 'TeX Live' string with catcode 12 (other)&#xA;\expandafter\def\expandafter\testtexlive\expandafter#\expandafter1\TeXLive#2\relax{%&#xA;        \ifx\empty#2\empty&#xA;             \global\texlivefalse&#xA;        \else&#xA;             \global\texlivetrue&#xA;        \fi&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% Call macros with fallback input:&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\testmiktex\expandafter\pdftexbanner\MiKTeX\relax\relax&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;\expandafter\testtexlive\expandafter\pdftexbanner\TeXLive\relax\relax&#xA;&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;&#xA;% Test output&#xA;\ifmiktex&#xA;    \message{ MiKTeX !!! }&#xA;\else&#xA;    \message{ Not MiKTeX !!!}&#xA;\fi&#xA;&#xA;\iftexlive&#xA;    \message{ TeXLive !!! }&#xA;\else&#xA;    \message{ Not TeXLive !!!}&#xA;\fi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="1053" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-02T07:55:09.677" LastActivityDate="2011-02-02T07:55:09.677" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-02-02T01:09:07.640" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="10074" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10077" CreationDate="2011-02-02T01:28:17.127" Score="1" ViewCount="49" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've installed the arabxetex package, but whenever I run &lt;code&gt;xelatex example.tex&lt;/code&gt; the resulting dvi is blank (i.e., &lt;code&gt;xdvi example.dvi&lt;/code&gt; displays a blank page). The log file has lines:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Package fontspec Info: Could not resolve font Ouhod/B (it might not exist) on i&#xA;nput line 15.&#xA;Package fontspec Info: Could not resolve font Ouhod/I (it might not exist) on i&#xA;nput line 15.&#xA;Package fontspec Info: Could not resolve font Ouhod/BI (it might not exist) on &#xA;input line 15.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It doesn't matter what font I use, I get the same result.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any ideas?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Update: sample file (actually one of the examples that came with the arabxetex package):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;%\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{arabxetex} % default options are &quot;novoc&quot; and &quot;fdf2alif&quot;, &#xA;&#xA;% other options are &quot;voc&quot;, &quot;fullvoc&quot;, &quot;utf&quot;, &quot;trans&quot; and &quot;fdf2noalif&quot;&#xA;% arabxetex loads bidi.sty and fontspec.sty            &#xA;&#xA;%\newfontfamily\arabicfont[Script=Arabic, Scale=1.5]{Ouhud}&#xA;% you can also define \farsifont, \uighurfont, etc if you want&#xA;%\usepackage{arabxetex}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;This is some text in&#xA;English with Arabic insertion&#xA;\textarab{\`arabI}.&#xA;&#xA;This is some text in English with&#xA;Arabic insertion \textarab[utf]{عربي}.&#xA;&#xA;This is some text in English with&#xA;Arabic insertion&#xA;\textarab[voc]{\`arabI}.&#xA;&#xA;\begin{arab} wa-ha_dihi fiqraT&quot;uN&#xA;bi-al-\`arabiyaT ma\`a kalimaT&#xA;inklIziyaT (\textLR{English}).&#xA;\end{arab}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{arab}[utf] وهذه فقرةٌ بالعربيةمع كلمة انكليزية (\textLR{English}).&#xA;\end{arab}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{arab}[novoc] وَهَذِهِ فِقرَةٌ&#xA; بِالعَرَبِيَة مَعَ كَلِمَة اِنكلِيزِيَة (\textLR{English}).&#xA;\end{arab}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I uncomment the line &lt;code&gt;\newfontfamily\arabicfont[Script=Arabic, Scale=1.5]{Ouhud}&lt;/code&gt; it doesn't work. That line was uncommented in the original example file; commenting it out causes the package to complain and use a default font.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3289" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-02T02:30:16.103" LastActivityDate="2011-02-02T02:39:39.197" Title="package arabxetex produces only blank pages" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="10075" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10069" CreationDate="2011-02-02T02:04:51.847" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Not too complicated&quot; is in the eye of the beholder.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That being said: Here's a crude way to create a file of &quot;annotations&quot;, each of which can have one or more tags, and to print some or all depending on their tags.  This won't help you with sorting them by date; it requires that they're already sorted by date, and you just want to pick out certain of them according to how they're tagged.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;We define an &quot;annotation&quot; environment, which takes one optional argument.  The argument (if it appears) should be a list of tags, separated by commas, with no spaces.  We also define the command &lt;code&gt;\annotationdate&lt;/code&gt; which takes one argument and prints that argument right justified in boldface; you'd make it the first line in each annotation.  For example, you may have&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{annotation}[coding,counting]&#xA;  \annotationdate{February 1, 2011}&#xA;  Some remarks relevant to coding and also to counting.&#xA;\end{annotation}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;We also define the commands &lt;code&gt;\printtagged&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\printall&lt;/code&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;To print all the annotations with the tag &quot;coding&quot;, you'd give the command &lt;code&gt;\printtagged{coding}&lt;/code&gt; at the beginning of the file.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;To print all annotations, whether tagged or not, you'd give the command &lt;code&gt;\printall&lt;/code&gt; at the beginning of the file.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a complete latex file that defines all this stuff in the preamble (in between the &lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&lt;/code&gt; and the &lt;code&gt;\makeatother&lt;/code&gt;), and then demonstrates the use of these things.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;%--------------------------------------------------------------------&#xA;%--------------------------------------------------------------------&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;&#xA;\newif\if@print&#xA;\@printfalse&#xA;\newcommand{\printall}{\@printtrue}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\annotationdate[1]{%&#xA;  \begin{flushright}&#xA;    \textbf{#1}&#xA;  \end{flushright}&#xA;  \medskip&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{annotation}[1][]%&#xA;  {%&#xA;    \@readtags{#1}%&#xA;    \if@print&#xA;    \else&#xA;      \setbox0=\vbox\bgroup\color@begingroup&#xA;    \fi&#xA;  }{%&#xA;    \if@print&#xA;    \else&#xA;      \color@endgroup\egroup&#xA;    \fi&#xA;  }%&#xA;&#xA;% To print the annotations tagged with ``tag'',&#xA;% give the command \printtagged{tag}&#xA;\newcommand{\printtagged}[1]{%&#xA;  \expandafter\def\csname tag@@#1\endcsname{\@printtrue}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\@readtags}[1]{%&#xA;  \def\@tmp{#1}%&#xA;  \@dotags&#xA;}&#xA;\def\@dotags{%&#xA;  \expandafter\onetag \@tmp,@@tagfence%&#xA;  \next@dotags  &#xA;}&#xA;\def\onetag#1,#2@@tagfence{%&#xA;  \def\tmp{#1}%&#xA;  \ifx\tmp\@empty&#xA;    \let\next@dotags=\relax&#xA;  \else&#xA;    \csname tag@@#1\endcsname&#xA;    \def\@tmp{#2}%&#xA;    \let\next@dotags=\@dotags&#xA;  \fi&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;%--------------------------------------------------------------------&#xA;%--------------------------------------------------------------------&#xA;%--------------------------------------------------------------------&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;  \textbf{\large The Annotations}&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;&#xA;\printtagged{hoho}&#xA;\printtagged{haha}&#xA;%\printall&#xA;&#xA;\begin{annotation}[haha]&#xA;  \annotationdate{April 18, 1775}&#xA;  This is the first annotation.  It was tagged with ``haha''.&#xA;\end{annotation}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{annotation}[haha,hoho]&#xA;  \annotationdate{July 4, 1776} This is the second annotation.  It was&#xA;  tagged with both ``haha'' and ``hoho''.&#xA;\end{annotation}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{annotation}[hehe]&#xA;  \annotationdate{July 4, 1776}&#xA;  This is the third annotation.  It was tagged with ``hehe''.&#xA;\end{annotation}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{annotation}&#xA;  \annotationdate{July 4, 1776}&#xA;  This is the fourth annotation.  It wasn't tagged at all.&#xA;\end{annotation}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2754" LastEditorUserId="2754" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-02T06:38:32.793" LastActivityDate="2011-02-02T06:38:32.793" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10076" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10072" CreationDate="2011-02-02T02:25:02.953" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{eucal}&#xA;$\mathcal{O}$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-02-02T02:25:02.953" />
  <row Id="10077" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10074" CreationDate="2011-02-02T02:39:39.197" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;By default XeTeX produces only pdf output. The .dvi you are looking at is probably some old file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any font you are using should be in your systems font directory (depends on your system; on Linux you can also put it into &lt;code&gt;$HOME/.fonts&lt;/code&gt;) and should preferably be in otf or ttf format. Then you have to call it by its name (which can differ from the file name; use your systems font previewer to see what a font is called). Also be sure to use recent versions of XeTeX and &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt; (e.g. the ones from TeX Live 2010).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-02-02T02:39:39.197" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10078" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10065" CreationDate="2011-02-02T02:42:01.960" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;picture&lt;/code&gt; environment is too old to use. You'd better use &lt;code&gt;TikZ&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;PSTricks&lt;/code&gt; instead, which are the most powerful packages to draw pictures. And if you are so familar with standard &lt;code&gt;picture&lt;/code&gt; environment that you don't want to change, you can also use &lt;code&gt;pict2e&lt;/code&gt; to improve the standard &lt;code&gt;picture&lt;/code&gt; environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In &lt;code&gt;TikZ&lt;/code&gt;,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\filldraw[fill=orange,line width=1pt] (0,0) -- (4,3) -- (5,0) -- cycle;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In &lt;code&gt;PSTricks&lt;/code&gt;,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{pspicture}(5,4)&#xA;\pspolygon[linewidth=1pt,fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=orange]&#xA;  (0,0)(4,3)(5,0)&#xA;\end{pspicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In &lt;code&gt;pict2e&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setlength\unitlength{1cm}&#xA;\begin{picture}(5,4)&#xA;{\color{orange}\polygon*(0,0)(4,3)(5,0)}&#xA;{\linethickness{1pt}\polygon(0,0)(4,3)(5,0)}&#xA;\end{picture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/oW42u.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-02-02T02:42:01.960" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10079" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10105" CreationDate="2011-02-02T03:34:35.617" Score="3" ViewCount="328" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using the latest ubuntu with the texlive-full package. When I do a simple &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt; like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}[h]&#xA;  \centering&#xA;    \rotatebox{-90}{\includegraphics[width=8cm]{problem1}}&#xA;  \label{fig:prob1}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;if I don't include the &lt;code&gt;\rotatebox&lt;/code&gt; command, my figures are rotated 90 deg. counterclockwise. Additionally, I get this warning:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;** WARNING ** &amp;lt;&amp;lt; /Rotate 90 &amp;gt;&amp;gt; found. (Not supported yet)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;when rendering using XeLaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It seems like I have the same problem as this bloke:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mail-archive.com/xetex@tug.org/msg01532.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.mail-archive.com/xetex@tug.org/msg01532.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a fix? This does not happen on my other (older) Ubuntu.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3292" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-14T08:09:22.400" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T08:11:33.947" Title="On Ubuntu 10.10 with texlive-full installed, xelatex is rotating my figures 90 degrees counterclockwise" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;ubuntu&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="13" />
  <row Id="10080" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3896" CreationDate="2011-02-02T06:51:33.053" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I found the simplest approach to &lt;a href=&quot;http://chem-bla-ics.blogspot.com/2011/02/integrating-citeulike-in-latex-based.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;use CiteULike groups&lt;/a&gt;, and use a Makefile like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;book.bib:&#xA;        @wget -O book.bib http://www.citeulike.org/bibtex/group/14384&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.citeulike.org/bibtex/group/14384&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;group 14384&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="193" LastEditorUserId="193" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-13T09:18:48.817" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T09:18:48.817" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10081" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10067" CreationDate="2011-02-02T07:24:33.703" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is a bit hard to predict when the tick numbers are formatted with a common scaling factor (as on the x axis in both cases, and the y axis only in the second case), and when they are formatted in normal scientific notation (y axis in the first case), but you can control the behaviour with the &lt;code&gt;axis&lt;/code&gt; option &lt;code&gt;scaled y ticks=false&lt;/code&gt; (or true, depending on what you prefer).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastActivityDate="2011-02-02T07:24:33.703" />
  <row Id="10082" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10050" CreationDate="2011-02-02T08:11:01.583" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another option could be &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/ocgtools/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ocgtools&lt;/a&gt; which allow you to define some layers and active them by cliking somewhere. I think just moving the mouse is not enough.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1952" LastActivityDate="2011-02-02T08:11:01.583" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10083" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-02T08:36:05.537" Score="2" ViewCount="136" Body="&lt;p&gt;HI &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I start the caption where table starts or figure starts? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\captionsetup{justification=justified, singlelinecheck=false}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;does not work for me because it places the caption at the beginning of the paragraph not the beginning of the table.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3296" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-02T08:48:56.823" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T09:24:04.177" Title="How to align table or figure caption where the table starts?" Tags="&lt;captions&gt;&lt;horizontal-alignment&gt;&lt;width&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10084" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-02T08:36:17.670" Score="3" ViewCount="134" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am having an issue with my newline's within itemized lists in AucTeX mode of Emacs. If I do, C-c C-e RET itemize RET, I expect the following&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{itemize}&#xA;   \item &#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but instead get&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{itemize}\item &#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Additionally, when I do C-c C-j at the end of an item, it just gives me a new \item without putting me on an new line. So, C-h k C-c C-j reveals&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;C-c C-j runs the command LaTeX-insert-item, which is an interactive&#xA;compiled Lisp function in `latex.el'.&#xA;&#xA;It is bound to C-c C-j, M-RET, &amp;lt;menu-bar&amp;gt; &amp;lt;LaTeX&amp;gt; &amp;lt;Item&amp;gt;.&#xA;&#xA;(LaTeX-insert-item)&#xA;&#xA;Insert a new item in an environment.&#xA;You may use `LaTeX-item-list' to change the routines used to insert the item.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, it seems that my LaTeX-insert-item is somehow broken? How can I recover the correct C-c C-j behaviour?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3292" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-02T08:48:29.260" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T17:53:22.750" Title="In emacs AucTeX mode, why is C-c C-j not working" Tags="&lt;emacs&gt;&lt;auctex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10085" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10087" CreationDate="2011-02-02T08:46:06.637" Score="3" ViewCount="266" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to produce some fancy boxes. I have found the &lt;code&gt;fancybox&lt;/code&gt; package that does the boxes I want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I can't find now is: How do I change their background color?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would also like to make the box occupy the whole &lt;code&gt;\textwidth&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can anyone help?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2042" LastEditorUserId="2042" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-02T11:14:45.917" LastActivityDate="2011-02-02T11:14:45.917" Title="Colored fancy boxes" Tags="&lt;color&gt;&lt;boxes&gt;&lt;background&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10086" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10083" CreationDate="2011-02-02T08:46:36.793" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[demo]{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{floatrow,blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\blindtext&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}[!htb]&#xA;\ffigbox[\FBwidth]&#xA;  {\caption{\blindtext}\label{foo}}&#xA;  {\includegraphics{bar}}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\blindtext&#xA;&#xA;\begin{table}[!htb]&#xA;\ttabbox{\caption{A not so long caption.}\label{bar}}&#xA;        {\begin{tabular}{ccc} \hline&#xA;            foo &amp;amp; bar &amp;amp; baz \\\hline&#xA;         \end{tabular}}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/nSPfE.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/jDbZh.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-02T10:15:00.540" LastActivityDate="2011-02-02T10:15:00.540" CommentCount="11" />
  <row Id="10087" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10085" CreationDate="2011-02-02T09:11:42.693" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You mean the &lt;code&gt;fancybox&lt;/code&gt; (not &lt;code&gt;fancyboxes&lt;/code&gt;) package? It does not support colors by itself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would use the &lt;code&gt;framed&lt;/code&gt; package together with &lt;code&gt;xcolor&lt;/code&gt; to define the fancy box you want. If you do not require special stuff like &lt;code&gt;verbatim&lt;/code&gt; material you could simply go with:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;% ...&#xA;\fcolorbox{&amp;lt;frame color&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;background color&amp;gt;}{\parbox{\textwidth}{%&#xA;   \color{&amp;lt;text color&amp;gt;}%&#xA;   &amp;lt;text&amp;gt;&#xA;}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Otherwise define an own &lt;code&gt;framed&lt;/code&gt; environment. Then the box will be &lt;code&gt;\textwidth&lt;/code&gt; wide by itself. It even support page break, i.e. splits over multiple pages if the internal text does.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{framed}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{myfancybox}{%&#xA;  \def\FrameCommand{\fboxsep=\FrameSep \fcolorbox{&amp;lt;frame color&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;background color&amp;gt;}}%&#xA;  \color{&amp;lt;text color&amp;gt;}\MakeFramed {\FrameRestore}}%&#xA; {\endMakeFramed}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-02T09:22:42.230" LastActivityDate="2011-02-02T09:22:42.230" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10088" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10085" CreationDate="2011-02-02T09:41:29.773" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;use package &lt;a href=&quot;http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/mdframed/mdframed-doc-en.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;mdframed&lt;/a&gt; the boxes can also have a pagebreak inside&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-02T09:41:29.773" />
  <row Id="10089" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10072" CreationDate="2011-02-02T09:53:43.023" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;My preferred method of using this typeface:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt; \usepackage[mathscr]{euscript}&#xA; $\mathscr O$ &lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="911" LastActivityDate="2011-02-02T09:53:43.023" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10090" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10100" CreationDate="2011-02-02T10:26:10.037" Score="5" ViewCount="103" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the context of a debugging package that I am writing, I need to analyse an arbitrary token in the input stream. What are the possible outcomes of &lt;code&gt;\meaning&amp;lt;token&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Macro: &lt;code&gt;(\protected) (\long) (\outer) macro:#1#2-&amp;gt;...#1...#2...&lt;/code&gt; (exactly characterized by the presence of &lt;code&gt;-&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;?)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Character (implicit or explicit): &lt;code&gt;the letter A&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;begin-group character {&lt;/code&gt; etc.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Primitive, e.g., &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\toks23&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\char&quot;12&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\count0&lt;/code&gt;, and others?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are many other types, probably, that I don't know about... &lt;code&gt;select font cmr10&lt;/code&gt;? mathchars? boxes?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It would be great to have a complete list. Also, tips on how to parse the meaning and extract useful information from it are welcome.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastActivityDate="2011-02-02T20:17:42.457" Title="Every possible \meaning that a token can have" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10091" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9792" CreationDate="2011-02-02T10:40:58.000" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One good approach is to test whether a particular application exist or not. For example, if Yap (dvi viewer of MiKTeX) exists, you know that you are using MiKTeX. This approach has a good advantage that works with any other engine but the disadvantage is that write18 should be enabled. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2716" LastActivityDate="2011-02-02T10:40:58.000" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10092" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10094" CreationDate="2011-02-02T10:58:34.713" Score="4" ViewCount="129" Body="&lt;p&gt;The following does not work in LaTeX because logic symbols can only be used in maths mode:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\texttt{\forall x(\exists y((f(x)=y)\land(\neg(g(y)=y))))}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to do this to stress the nature of such formulas as strings (mathematical objects). The logic symbols should look more similar to the other fixed-width symbols than to normal maths mode symbols. I would then also be able to write the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;If $\phi$ is a formula of first-order logic and $x$ is a variable, then&#xA;\texttt{\forall$x$($\phi$)} is again a formula of first-order logic.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What's the best way to do this? Obviously, using different commands instead of \forall, \land etc. is fine. Directly entering unicode maths characters would be even better:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\texttt{∀x(∃y((f(x)=y)∧(¬(g(y)=y))))}&#xA;&#xA;If $\phi$ is a formula of first-order logic and $x$ is a variable, then&#xA;\texttt{∀$x$($\phi$)} is again a formula of first-order logic.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried XeTeX with \usepackage{utf8x} and it doesn't work. The negation symbol gives &quot;Character172appearedalone&quot;, and the other characters are simply not printed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[Added after first response]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following is so far the best approximation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\Forall}{$\mathtt\forall$}&#xA;\newcommand{\Exists}{$\mathtt\exists$}&#xA;\newcommand{\Neg}{$\mathtt\neg$}&#xA;\newcommand{\Land}{$\mathtt\land$}&#xA;\newcommand{\Lor}{$\mathtt\lor$}&#xA;&#xA;\noindent\texttt{\Forall x\Exists y(x\Land y)}\\&#xA;\texttt{abcde\Forall x\Exists y(x\Land y)}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The usage example demonstrates that the logic symbols do not have precisely the right width. But it's sufficient for my needs, at least initially. I guess for the final solution I will look up how to make these symbols use width zero and print them over a monotype space character.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3297" LastEditorUserId="3297" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-02T11:46:28.177" LastActivityDate="2011-02-02T13:33:22.170" Title="How to get monospace logic formulas?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;logic&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="10093" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10092" CreationDate="2011-02-02T11:01:20.297" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;can't you use &lt;code&gt;$\mathtt{\forall x(\exists y((f(x)=y)\land(\neg(g(y)=y))))}$&lt;/code&gt; ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-02T11:01:20.297" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10094" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10092" CreationDate="2011-02-02T11:38:22.847" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is no problem with XeTeX &lt;em&gt;if&lt;/em&gt; you load a font that contains these characters:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;&#xA;\setmainfont{DejaVu Serif}&#xA;\setsansfont{DejaVu Sans}&#xA;\setmonofont{DejaVu Sans Mono}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\texttt{∀x(∃y((f(x)=y)∧(¬(g(y)=y))))}&#xA;&#xA;If $\phi$ is a formula of first-order logic and $x$ is a variable, then&#xA;\texttt{∀$x$($\phi$)} is again a formula of first-order logic.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note: Never load the &lt;code&gt;inputenc&lt;/code&gt; package when compiling with XeTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Results using DejaVu Sans Mono:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/qIBzk.png&quot; alt=&quot;DejaVu Sans Mono&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Results using FreeMono:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ZXRuj.png&quot; alt=&quot;FreeMono&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastEditorUserId="345" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-02T13:33:22.170" LastActivityDate="2011-02-02T13:33:22.170" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="10095" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11335" CreationDate="2011-02-02T13:07:18.043" Score="16" ViewCount="253" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the TeXbook, Knuth notes that italics can lead to problems with justification:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;EXERCISE 14.16&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  When an entire paragraph is typeset in italic or slanted type, it sometimes appears to be offset on the page with respect to other paragraphs. Explain how you could use &lt;code&gt;\leftskip&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\rightskip&lt;/code&gt; to shift all lines of a paragraph left by 1&lt;code&gt;pt&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following text shows that one can even get &lt;em&gt;fluttering&lt;/em&gt; margins:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/nfr1x.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\textwidth=3.85cm&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\it\noindent&#xA;This is a small text. If jam is what you like, two fingers up,&#xA;or whatever. Under certain conditions you see that the left and&#xA;right margins flutter.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The effect is a bit overemphazised by the small &lt;code&gt;\textwidth&lt;/code&gt;, but the compilation doesn't show any overfull hboxes. In particular the left margin looks awful in my opinion.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any way to overcome this problem in TeX? I'd prefer a LaTeX answer, but in the end I'm open to any TeX version.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know that this is actually a font problem; and it happens due to the way the CM italic font is designed. (In fact I have already &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3490/bad-spacing-of-math-letters-within-italic-text&quot;&gt;asked&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4062/space-between-emphasized-word-and-parenthesis/4189#4189&quot;&gt;answered&lt;/a&gt; a few questions concerning problems with italics.) Is there an italic font where the problem is less prominent or even non-existent?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T10:41:36.057" Title="Can I get full justification for italic text?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;margins&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10096" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10084" CreationDate="2011-02-02T13:29:25.347" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Well, here is how &lt;code&gt;LaTeX-insert-item&lt;/code&gt; is defined in a version of &lt;a href=&quot;http://cvs.savannah.gnu.org/viewvc/%2acheckout%2a/auctex/latex.el?root=auctex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;latex.el&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; I googled up:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;(defun LaTeX-insert-item ()&#xA;  &quot;Insert a new item in an environment.&#xA;You may use `LaTeX-item-list' to change the routines used to insert the item.&quot;&#xA;  (interactive &quot;*&quot;)&#xA;  (let ((environment (LaTeX-current-environment)))&#xA;    (when (and (TeX-active-mark)&#xA;           (&amp;gt; (point) (mark)))&#xA;      (exchange-point-and-mark))&#xA;    (unless (bolp) (LaTeX-newline))&#xA;    (if (assoc environment LaTeX-item-list)&#xA;    (funcall (cdr (assoc environment LaTeX-item-list)))&#xA;      (TeX-insert-macro &quot;item&quot;))&#xA;    (indent-according-to-mode)))&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Would adding this to your &lt;code&gt;.emacs&lt;/code&gt; solve the problem? As for &lt;em&gt;why&lt;/em&gt; it's gone funny, I've no idea.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2011-02-02T13:29:25.347" />
  <row Id="10097" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10095" CreationDate="2011-02-02T13:32:25.690" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Personally, I think using the Latin Modern fonts with &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/microtype&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;microtype&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; seems to be a better approach&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{lmodern,microtype}&#xA;&#xA;\textwidth=3.85cm&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\it\noindent&#xA;This is a small text. If jam is what you like, two fingers up,&#xA;or whatever. Under certain conditions you see that the left and&#xA;right margins flutter.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/bnMdW.png&quot; alt=&quot;microtype-version&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-02T14:01:42.630" LastActivityDate="2011-02-02T14:01:42.630" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="10098" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10095" CreationDate="2011-02-02T13:42:28.510" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;microtype has an optional argument that you can allow to shift the characters more to the right, e.g. &lt;code&gt;[factor=1300]&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{lmodern,picture}&#xA;\usepackage{microtype}&#xA;\textwidth=3.85cm&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\itshape\noindent\makebox(0,0){\put(\textwidth,-2cm){\line(0,-1){80}}}%&#xA;This is a small text. If jam is what you like, two fingers up,&#xA;or whatever. Under certain conditions you see that the left and&#xA;right margins flutter.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/p4w5u.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and here the output with optional arguments &lt;code&gt;[factor=1100,stretch=80]&lt;/code&gt; for &lt;code&gt;microtype&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/85jrh.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-02T13:55:17.253" LastActivityDate="2011-02-02T13:55:17.253" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="10100" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10090" CreationDate="2011-02-02T15:02:56.453" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The output of this file lists all the ones I can think of. (&lt;strong&gt;Edited&lt;/strong&gt; (twice) in response to comments.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\catcode`\&amp;gt;=\active&#xA;\long\def&amp;gt;#1{\immediate\write0{\meaning#1.}}&#xA;&amp;gt;\bgroup&#xA;&amp;gt;\egroup&#xA;&amp;gt;@&#xA;\catcode`\@=11&#xA;&amp;gt;@ &amp;gt;$ &amp;gt;&amp;amp; &amp;gt;# &amp;gt;^ &amp;gt;_&#xA;&amp;gt;\z@&#xA;&amp;gt;\z@skip&#xA;\newmuskip\bar &amp;gt;\bar&#xA;&amp;gt;\mscount&#xA;&amp;gt;\toks@&#xA;% outer macros must be handled specially&#xA;\edef\foo{\meaning\newbox}\immediate\write0{\foo.}&#xA;\long\def\longm#1{Blah #1} &amp;gt;\longm&#xA;\long\outer\def\olongm#1{Blah #1}&#xA;\edef\foo{\meaning\olongm}\immediate\write0{\foo.}&#xA;&amp;gt;\relax % Example of a TeX primitive&#xA;&amp;gt;\voidb@x&#xA;&amp;gt;\intop&#xA;&amp;gt;\tenrm&#xA;&amp;gt;\undefined&#xA;\end&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastEditorUserId="1424" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-02T20:17:42.457" LastActivityDate="2011-02-02T20:17:42.457" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="10101" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-02T15:08:03.593" Score="4" ViewCount="62" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a table which is too wide to appear horizontally. I want to flip it such that it appears vertically, and put it in a page by itself (no other text appearing in that page). How would I approach it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1970" LastActivityDate="2011-02-02T18:48:34.240" Title="how do I set up a table in a page such that it is flipped?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10102" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10110" CreationDate="2011-02-02T15:14:44.927" Score="6" ViewCount="272" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to the &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/LaTeX/Formatting#Common_problems_and_workarounds&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Latex wikibook&lt;/a&gt; the workaround for having multiple references to the same footnote with &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; support is this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\footnote{This is the footnote}\addtocounter{footnote}{-1}\addtocounter{Hfootnote}{-1}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I could of course simply wrap this in a new command, but I wonder if there is any package that handles this elegantly, preferably with an option to refer to footnotes using labels. The way proposed above also screws up if there are other footnotes in between. The &lt;code&gt;\footref&lt;/code&gt; command from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/footmisc.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;footmisc&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package does something like that, but it does not have full hyperref support. Does anyone know of a package that can do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2894" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T07:58:12.637" Title="Multiple references to the same footnote with hyperref support - is there a better solution?" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;footnotes&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10103" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10101" CreationDate="2011-02-02T15:34:47.433" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;this is a possibility&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrreprt}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{pdflscape,booktabs}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{landscape}&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;\captionof{table}{My table}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{p{0.5\textwidth}p{0.5\textwidth}}&#xA;\toprule&#xA;col 1 &amp;amp; Col 2\\&#xA;\midrule&#xA;\lipsum[13] &amp;amp; \lipsum[25]\\&#xA;\bottomrule&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;\end{landscape}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="632" LastActivityDate="2011-02-02T15:34:47.433" />
  <row Id="10104" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-02T15:44:05.717" Score="7" ViewCount="174" Body="&lt;p&gt;When using biblatex, suppose I have set up two separate bibliographies, how can I assign them different styles, e.g. one numbered and the other author-year format or some such thing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[defernumbers=true]{biblatex}&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareBibliographyCategory{cited}&#xA;\AtEveryCitekey{\addtocategory{cited}{\thefield{entrykey}}}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.bib}&#xA;@misc{A01,&#xA;  author = {Author, A.},&#xA;  year = {2001},&#xA;  title = {Alpha},&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;@misc{B02,&#xA;  author = {Buthor, B.},&#xA;  year = {2002},&#xA;  title = {Bravo},&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;@misc{C03,&#xA;  author = {Cuthor, C.},&#xA;  year = {2003},&#xA;  title = {Charlie},&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\bibliography{\jobname}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\nocite{*}&#xA;&#xA;\cite{A01,B02}&#xA;&#xA;\printbibliography[title={References},category=cited]&#xA;&#xA;\printbibliography[title={Further Reading},notcategory=cited]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2330" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-02T15:48:40.763" LastActivityDate="2011-02-02T20:03:56.700" Title="two bibliographies with two different styles in same document" Tags="&lt;biblatex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="10105" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10079" CreationDate="2011-02-02T16:23:12.587" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Well, i have no answer, but i believe i can give you some hints.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As i said in comment, i guess that your eps graphics files do have that &quot;&lt;code&gt;/Rotate 90&lt;/code&gt;&quot; commands inside, and it's quite ok. You can check this using this command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;grep &quot;Rotate 90&quot; graphics.eps&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(just replace &quot;&lt;code&gt;graphics.eps&lt;/code&gt;&quot; with your image file name)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, i think that the problem is with XeLaTeX's graphics driver. I can not check this, i have no such images around me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anyway, i would try to &quot;re-eps&quot; such images with &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.linuxcommand.org/man_pages/eps2eps1.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;eps2eps&lt;/a&gt;; it claims it &quot;performs the equivalent optimization for Encapsulated PostScript (EPS) files&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Not sure that this can help, though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've edited your EPS file (using &lt;code&gt;vim&lt;/code&gt;), please see the difference:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; %%+ font Helvetica-Oblique&#xA; %%+ font Helvetica-BoldOblique&#xA; %%+ font Symbol&#xA;-%%DocumentMedia: letter 612 792 0 () ()&#xA;+%%DocumentMedia: letter 792 612 0 () ()&#xA; %%Title: R Graphics Output&#xA; %%Creator: R Software&#xA; %%Pages: (atend)&#xA;@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@&#xA; %%BoundingBox: 54 144 558 648&#xA; %%EndComments&#xA; %%BeginProlog&#xA;-/bp  { gs 612.00 0 translate 90 rotate gs } def&#xA;+/bp  { gs 0 0 translate 0 rotate gs } def&#xA; % begin .ps.prolog&#xA; /gs  { gsave } def&#xA; /gr  { grestore } def&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is the result -- achieved with LaTeX, not XeLaTeX (!!):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/pTjNr.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, this is not a &lt;em&gt;solution&lt;/em&gt; really, but rather a demonstration (i could find &quot;better&quot; numbers, possibly). So, i do believe that [xe]latex can not display you eps graphic files. Yes, i've tried with &lt;code&gt;eps2eps&lt;/code&gt; with no success. Oh, well, i've replaced &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{Sweave}&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{graphicx}&lt;/code&gt;, i hope it didn't any difference.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With XeLaTeX result is just the same with my texlive (2009-7, current Ubuntu's one, i believe).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Well, this is very attractive .)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update 2&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;inkscape --export-eps=hist50-good.eps hist50.eps&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This produces &quot;good&quot; EPS (4678 source expanded to file 78626 bytes long! but quite usable, i'd say).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;inkscape --export-text-to-path --export-eps=hist50-good.eps hist50.eps&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This reduses size to 40435 bytes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As a result, correct page produced.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think you can process all EPS files in a batch (be sure to make a backup,)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am still not sure that this can be a solution for you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ps. i feel like it's a bug?.. Your images are quite good, at least &lt;code&gt;gv&lt;/code&gt; (3.6.8 here) and &lt;code&gt;inkscape&lt;/code&gt; (0.47 r22583 here) shows them right.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2710" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-14T08:11:33.947" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T08:11:33.947" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="10106" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10104" CreationDate="2011-02-02T16:53:42.353" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Good question. :-) One the one hand, p. 68 of the biblatex manual mentions&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;mixing a numerical subbibliography&#xA;  with one or more subbibliographies&#xA;  using a different scheme (e. g.,&#xA;  author-title or author-year).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, according to p. 40--41, &lt;code&gt;style&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;bibstyle&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;citestyle&lt;/code&gt; are load-time options, i.e. they must be specified when biblatex is loaded and cannot be used in the optional argument of &lt;code&gt;\printbibliography&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have a possibly hackish solution. Load biblatex with a numeric style (the default behaviour) or an alphabetic style. Define a new bibliography environment &quot;nolabelbib&quot; that simply copies the definition of &quot;bibliography&quot; as found in &lt;code&gt;authortitle.bbx&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;authoryear.bbx&lt;/code&gt; (i.e. one that doesn't print a label). Switch to this environment for your &quot;Further Reading&quot; (sub-)bibliography. The result should equate the authortitle style.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{biblatex}&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareBibliographyCategory{cited}&#xA;\AtEveryCitekey{\addtocategory{cited}{\thefield{entrykey}}}&#xA;&#xA;% The following definition is copied from authortitle.bbx/authoryear.bbx&#xA;\defbibenvironment{nolabelbib}&#xA;  {\list&#xA;     {}&#xA;     {\setlength{\leftmargin}{\bibhang}%&#xA;      \setlength{\itemindent}{-\leftmargin}%&#xA;      \setlength{\itemsep}{\bibitemsep}%&#xA;      \setlength{\parsep}{\bibparsep}}}&#xA;  {\endlist}&#xA;  {\item}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.bib}&#xA;@misc{A01,&#xA;  author = {Author, A.},&#xA;  year = {2001},&#xA;  title = {Alpha},&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;@misc{B02,&#xA;  author = {Buthor, B.},&#xA;  year = {2002},&#xA;  title = {Bravo},&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;@misc{C03,&#xA;  author = {Cuthor, C.},&#xA;  year = {2003},&#xA;  title = {Charlie},&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\bibliography{\jobname}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\nocite{*}&#xA;&#xA;\cite{A01,B02}&#xA;&#xA;\printbibliography[title={References},category=cited]&#xA;&#xA;\printbibliography[env=nolabelbib,title={Further Reading},notcategory=cited]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-02-02T16:53:42.353" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10107" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10114" CreationDate="2011-02-02T17:58:36.793" Score="5" ViewCount="116" Body="&lt;p&gt;Textmate for OS X, has a LaTeX bundle (a great bundle indeed). But this bundle packs the latexmk script (version 3.7 or so), I am wondering if anyone was able to update the latexmk version that comes within the bundle, or even to have it use the system's version of it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PS: I know this is not *TeX related issue, but I though there might be someone with a solution around here. Moderators may delete this if its against the rules. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2042" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-02T19:55:20.797" LastActivityDate="2011-02-02T20:03:18.183" Title="Textmate + Latexmk" Tags="&lt;mactex&gt;&lt;latexmk&gt;&lt;textmate&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10108" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10109" CreationDate="2011-02-02T18:16:03.913" Score="4" ViewCount="86" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to create a report from a survey with free-text answers that is collected in a database. For each question there are typically many answers which I could present in an itemize environment, one answer per item. The problem I have is that an individual answer (in Latin1 encoding) might contain double spaces, returns and other control characters that should not matter in the presentation. Is there a suitable environment or command (implemented probably using catcode trickery) that smoothes these out, resulting in a nice even presentation?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\answer{Code with  double spaces, returns, linefeeds and other control character that should not matter here}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An alternative would be to filter all these out using the software that fetches the data from a database and generates the LaTeX code. However, I'd prefer a TeX/LaTeX solution. I'd be also interested in other creative solutions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3083" LastEditorUserId="3083" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-02T19:11:51.763" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T07:38:56.537" Title="Command to display free-text answers from a survey, eliminating ascii control chars" Tags="&lt;automation&gt;&lt;catcodes&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10109" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10108" CreationDate="2011-02-02T18:32:25.053" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would suggest to simply set all ASCII control characters (0-31) to catcode 9 (ignored) etc.:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\mycatcodes{%&#xA;% Control characters ASCII #0-31:&#xA;% Catcode 9 = &quot;ignore&quot;&#xA;\catcode0=9&#xA;\catcode1=9&#xA;\catcode2=9&#xA;\catcode3=9&#xA;...&#xA;\catcode30=9&#xA;\catcode31=9&#xA;% and DEL:&#xA;\catcode127=9&#xA;%&#xA;% You might want the line-end character to be a space:&#xA;\catcode13=10&#xA;% Might be also required:&#xA;\endlinechar=-1&#xA;%&#xA;% Verbatimise all special TeX characters:&#xA;\let\do\@makeother&#xA;\dospecials&#xA;%&#xA;% Let Spaces be spaces again:&#xA;\catcode`\ =10&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{answer}{%&#xA;    \begingroup&#xA;    \mycatcodes&#xA;    \@answer&#xA;}{}%&#xA;% A macro which reads everything until a verbatim &quot;\end{answer}&quot;:&#xA;\begingroup&#xA;\catcode`\|=0&#xA;\catcode`\(=1&#xA;\catcode`\)=2&#xA;\@makeother\{&#xA;\@makeother\}&#xA;\@makeother\\&#xA;|gdef|@answer#1\end{answer}(%&#xA;    |endgroup % end catcode changes&#xA;    |@@answer(#1)%&#xA;    |end(answer)% real \end{answer}&#xA;)&#xA;|endgroup&#xA;% Now a third macro is used which doesn't has the hassle with catcode changes&#xA;% like \@answer has!:&#xA;\def\@@answer#1{%&#xA;    % Does the typesetting and formatting of the answer, e.g.&#xA;    \texttt{#1}%&#xA;    % Note, that not all verbatim character (like `_`) are correctly displayed&#xA;    % by all fonts&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{answer}&#xA;     Test with possible control characters (ignored) and LaTeX special characters &#xA;     incl. { and }.&#xA;\end{answer}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you already said, a filter script (e.g. Perl) might be also a good possibility. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Edit:&lt;/em&gt; Turned it into a environment&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-02T20:47:49.347" LastActivityDate="2011-02-02T20:47:49.347" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="10110" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10102" CreationDate="2011-02-02T18:33:09.503" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure if this is what you're asking for, but I think these macro's do what you want:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\footlabel}[2]{%&#xA;    \addtocounter{footnote}{1}&#xA;    \footnotetext[\thefootnote]{%&#xA;        \addtocounter{footnote}{-1}%&#xA;        \refstepcounter{footnote}\label{#1}%&#xA;        #2%&#xA;    }%&#xA;    $^{\ref{#1}}$%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\footref}[1]{%&#xA;    $^{\ref{#1}}$%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;This is a sentence with a footnote\footlabel{rom}{this is the adapted footnote} in it. &#xA;This second sentence points to the same footnote,\footref{rom} so you don't have &#xA;to write it all over again. As you can see, the macro's work in conjuncture with &#xA;the normal\footnote{this is a normal footnote} footnote. &#xA;Though there is a small discrepancy in how the links are displayed.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The macro &lt;code&gt;\footlabel{&amp;lt;label&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;foonote text&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt;creates the footnote and gives it a label that can later be accessed by using &lt;code&gt;\footref{&amp;lt;label&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There's one slight problem with these macro's though: they produce a slightly different &quot;box&quot; for the hyperref link (default is a red box) which might be unwanted if you're aiming for ultimate consistency. This won't be a problem if you have already redefined your hyperref link style to be something else. You could also use the &lt;code&gt;\footlabel&lt;/code&gt; command without any label argument for &lt;em&gt;all&lt;/em&gt; your footnotes (even the normal ones) to make everything consistent again.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This in the preamble makes it consistent again:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcounter{normalfootc}&#xA;\renewcommand{\footnote}[1]{%&#xA;    \footlabel{footsaferefiwontuse\thenormalfootc}{#1}%&#xA;    \addtocounter{normalfootc}{1}%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hope this helps!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3127" LastEditorUserId="3127" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-02T22:56:31.623" LastActivityDate="2011-02-02T22:56:31.623" />
  <row Id="10111" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10101" CreationDate="2011-02-02T18:48:34.240" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In addition to Martin H's answer, you can use the sidewaystable environment from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/rotating/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;rotating package&lt;/a&gt;.  Modifying Martin's example, you would have&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{rotating}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{sidewaystable}&#xA;  \centering&#xA;  \caption{My table}&#xA;  \begin{tabular}{p{0.5\textwidth}p{0.5\textwidth}}&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    col 1 &amp;amp; Col 2\\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    \lipsum[13] &amp;amp; \lipsum[25]\\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;  \end{tabular}&#xA;\end{sidewaystable}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="380" LastActivityDate="2011-02-02T18:48:34.240" />
  <row Id="10114" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10107" CreationDate="2011-02-02T19:46:01.687" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, I have changed the bundled version of latexmk to a symbolic link to TexLive's version.  This works well, but is slightly difficult to instruct how to do as there are many potential locations for your LaTeX.tmbundle.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personally, I recommend grabbing the &lt;a href=&quot;https://github.com/textmate/latex.tmbundle&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;latest version from GitHub&lt;/a&gt; and placing it in &lt;code&gt;~/Application Support/TextMate/Bundles/&lt;/code&gt; manually.  Then, you can delete the &lt;code&gt;~/Application Support/TextMate/Bundles/LaTeX.tmbundle/Support/bin/latexmk.pl&lt;/code&gt; file, and replace it with a symbolic link to TeXLive's version:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;ln -s /usr/texbin/latexmk ~/Application Support/TextMate/Bundles/LaTeX.tmbundle/Support/bin/latexmk.pl&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are other methods (you could do this directly within TextMate.app), but this is nice as it doesn't modify the original and if you use &lt;code&gt;git&lt;/code&gt; then it tracks the changes you make, too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1312" LastEditorUserId="1312" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-02T20:03:18.183" LastActivityDate="2011-02-02T20:03:18.183" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10116" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10102" CreationDate="2011-02-02T20:02:32.163" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;code&gt;cleveref&lt;/code&gt; package (which is useful in any case) and redefine the reference style for footnotes with a single line. Then you just reference your footnotes (and any other material) using &lt;code&gt;\cref{&amp;lt;label&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\usepackage{cleveref}&#xA;&#xA;\crefformat{footnote}{#2\footnotemark[#1]#3}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;First page, referencing future footnote\cref{second}.&#xA;&#xA;Second paragraph, first footnote\footnote{\label{first}First footnote!}&#xA;&#xA;\pagebreak&#xA;Second page, creating the second footnote\footnote{\label{second}Second footnote}, and referencing the first footnote\cref{first}.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastActivityDate="2011-02-02T20:02:32.163" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="10117" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10126" CreationDate="2011-02-02T20:16:21.643" Score="4" ViewCount="163" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to use unicode-math but I've run into some problems. The following mwe, compiles without problems. The aligned environment is used&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{unicode-math}&#xA;\setmathfont{XITS Math}&#xA;\usepackage{xltxtra}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document} &#xA;&#xA;\begin{equation} &#xA;    α = \beta^2_i + β^2_i &#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{align} &#xA;    a &amp;amp;= b\\&#xA;    b &amp;amp;= c&#xA;\end{align}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but if I add the following code (using cases environment - defined in amsmath) then I get a segmentation fault&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{equation}&#xA;\begin{cases}&#xA;    a &amp;amp;= b\\ &#xA;    b &amp;amp;= c &#xA;\end{cases}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I want to ask is if the two packages can be used together (so this is a bug) or if I am going to encounter more problems like this one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The output of the compilation is &lt;a href=&quot;http://pastebin.com/raw.php?i=nNVNdzGR&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this one&lt;/a&gt; and here is the &lt;a href=&quot;http://pastebin.com/raw.php?i=Px0ChrcH&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;log&lt;/a&gt; file. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ps. I know that it is easy to emulate the cases environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ps2. Although it must be obvious, I am using xelatex.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;UPDATE&#xA;I am using TexLive 2010 64bit on Linux&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1998" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-03T13:42:19.283" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T13:42:19.283" Title="unicode-math and amsmath environments" Tags="&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;amsmath&gt;&lt;unicode-math&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="13" />
  <row Id="10118" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9931" CreationDate="2011-02-02T21:38:39.023" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don’t really like &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; so I’ve defined an &lt;code&gt;\includechapter&lt;/code&gt; command for my master thesis. It works similar to &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt; but it also defines a new chapter so it can be used as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% thesis.tex&#xA;&#xA;% … preamble, document begin&#xA;&#xA;\includechapter*{introduction} % unnumbered chapter&#xA;&#xA;\includechapter{background}&#xA;&#xA;\includechapter{outline}&#xA;&#xA;…&#xA;&#xA;% background.tex:&#xA;&#xA;\title{Background and Related Work}&#xA;&#xA;Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet …&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And the command is defined as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*\includechapter{\thesis@includechapter}&#xA;&#xA;\WithSuffix{\newcommand*}\includechapter*{\thesis@includechapter[*]}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*\thesis@includechapter[2][]&#xA; {\begingroup&#xA;    \ifx#1*&#xA;      \def\title##1&#xA;       {\chapter* {##1}&#xA;        \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{##1}}&#xA;    \else&#xA;      \let\title\chapter&#xA;    \fi&#xA;    \input{#2.tex}&#xA;    \clearpage&#xA;  \endgroup}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This has the advantage of being extensible. For example, &lt;code&gt;\clearpage&lt;/code&gt; could be exchanged for &lt;code&gt;\cleardoublepage&lt;/code&gt;, you could automatically define a label for each chapter etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(&lt;code&gt;\WithSuffix&lt;/code&gt; requires the &lt;code&gt;suffix&lt;/code&gt; package.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2011-02-02T21:38:39.023" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10119" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9931" CreationDate="2011-02-02T21:47:51.267" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The main thing you need to do is to find out what your university requires.  It can be quite a challenge meeting formatting demands.  In case it's of any help, &lt;a href=&quot;https://github.com/dankelley/dal-oce-thesis&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this latex style for MSc/PhD theses at Dalhousie University&lt;/a&gt; comes close to fulfilling the requirements at the university where I teach.  Please feel to clone it, and modify it as desired, so long as you follow an open-source license.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="922" LastEditorUserId="828" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-03T11:09:44.377" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T11:09:44.377" />
  <row Id="10121" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10129" CreationDate="2011-02-02T23:17:48.020" Score="3" ViewCount="208" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello, &#xA;I want to draw a double &lt;code&gt;cline&lt;/code&gt; in a table where the first column is &lt;code&gt;multirow&lt;/code&gt; &#xA;With double &lt;code&gt;\hline&lt;/code&gt; I can draw a full double horizontal line but double &lt;code&gt;\cline{i-j}&lt;/code&gt; seems to have the same effect with single &lt;code&gt;\cline&lt;/code&gt;.&#xA;Is there any other special command to do that? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3305" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T08:25:14.020" Title="How to make double cline in tables?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10122" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-02T23:19:39.807" Score="3" ViewCount="399" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I need to write a complicated matrix, that has a structure as in the attached picture. Thanks in advance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/EaAtr.png&quot; alt=&quot;matrix example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3307" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-03T21:02:05.247" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T13:57:13.353" Title="bordermatrix with blocks" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;matrices&gt;&lt;arrays&gt;" AnswerCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10123" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10127" CreationDate="2011-02-02T23:24:31.257" Score="3" ViewCount="148" Body="&lt;p&gt;How would I define a proof environment that is basically used with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{proof}&#xA;some proof here&#xA;\end{proof}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and it would be equivalent to:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\paragraph{Proof:} some proof here&#xA;\hfill \box&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1970" LastActivityDate="2011-02-02T23:58:58.213" Title="defining my own proof environment?" Tags="&lt;environments&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10124" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10123" CreationDate="2011-02-02T23:29:35.610" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\QEDmark{\square}&#xA;\def\proof{\paragraph{Proof:}}&#xA;\def\endproof{\hfill\QEDmark}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-02T23:58:58.213" LastActivityDate="2011-02-02T23:58:58.213" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="10126" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10117" CreationDate="2011-02-02T23:41:33.270" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Andrew’s hint is correct: the Linux 64-bit version of XeTeX has a regression, see &lt;a href=&quot;http://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&amp;amp;aid=3053287&amp;amp;group_id=194926&amp;amp;atid=951385&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the bug tracker&lt;/a&gt;. You can either:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Wait for the bug fix to propagate to downstream TeX Live (won’t probably happen until TeX Live 2011), or&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Install the 32-bit architecture. TeX Live supports multiple architectures on Linux:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;tlmgr platform add i386-linux&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After that you can place a symlink to the 32-bit &lt;code&gt;xetex&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;xelatex&lt;/code&gt; executables in a directory which comes early in your &lt;code&gt;PATH&lt;/code&gt; (e.g. &lt;code&gt;~/bin&lt;/code&gt;). This way, you can continue using the other 64-bit binaries.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Or use LuaTeX instead, which doesn’t have that bug.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2011-02-02T23:41:33.270" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10127" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10123" CreationDate="2011-02-02T23:42:45.243" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;With LaTeX syntax:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{proof}{\paragraph{Proof:}}{\hfill\null}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I assume here that you mean &lt;code&gt;\hbox{}&lt;/code&gt; not &lt;code&gt;\box&lt;/code&gt; in your code. &#xA;The &lt;code&gt;\null&lt;/code&gt; macro is short for &lt;code&gt;\hbox{}&lt;/code&gt;. The &lt;code&gt;\box&lt;/code&gt; is a TeX primitive and is more like &lt;code&gt;\usebox&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-02T23:50:37.577" LastActivityDate="2011-02-02T23:50:37.577" />
  <row Id="10128" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10132" CreationDate="2011-02-03T00:05:09.223" Score="3" ViewCount="180" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Background&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Wrote a manual in LyX. The PDF is two-sided. Using KOMA Script v2. The pages are 8.5&quot; x 11&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Problem&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The spacing on the margins is not printer-friendly, it is reversed:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/S9Yfu.png&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since this page is an even-numbered page (4), the print shop said that the extra space must be on the right-hand side. The extra space (for binding) is currently on the left-hand side (of even pages).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Question&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can the margins be swapped so that the larger space is on the right (for even page numbers) while maintaining the same total margin space?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Ideas&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Tried adding a blank page to the beginning of the manual.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\KOMAoptions{BCOR=3cm}\recalctypearea&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The latter results in the margins having been flipped around, but with different spacing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2148" LastEditorUserId="2148" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-03T02:11:45.183" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T03:07:31.697" Title="Two-sided Document Wrong Margins" Tags="&lt;margins&gt;&lt;lyx&gt;&lt;koma-script&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="10129" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10121" CreationDate="2011-02-03T00:11:01.933" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;AFAIK the &lt;code&gt;\cline&lt;/code&gt; does not add vertical space by itself, therefore the two are just printed over each other. The &lt;code&gt;booktabs&lt;/code&gt; package, which I can recommend greatly in general for all tables, defines therefore the &lt;code&gt;\morecmidrules&lt;/code&gt; macro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% \cline is now \cmidrule&#xA;\cmidrule{1-2}\morecmidrules\cmidrule{1-2}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, the &lt;code&gt;booktabs&lt;/code&gt; manual says that double lines are evil and should not be used at all....&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T00:11:01.933" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="10130" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10131" CreationDate="2011-02-03T00:15:26.827" Score="6" ViewCount="185" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to create a title page of my own.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to make use of the &lt;code&gt;\title&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\author&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\date&lt;/code&gt; commands inside the title page?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For instance:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;...&#xA;\title{Something Cool}&#xA;\author{Cool Dude}&#xA;\date{\today}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{titlepage}&#xA;&#xA;The title is \title&#xA;It was written by \author on \date&#xA;&#xA;\end{titlepage}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Basically I just want to know if there is a way to leverage the information stored in &lt;code&gt;\title&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\author&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\date&lt;/code&gt; inside the title page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2042" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-03T00:54:32.877" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T09:42:21.207" Title="Title page creation" Tags="&lt;titlepage&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="10131" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10130" CreationDate="2011-02-03T00:36:04.257" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\title&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\author&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\date&lt;/code&gt; macros are saving their argument into &lt;code&gt;\@title&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\@author&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;\@date&lt;/code&gt;, respectively. You can use this macros after &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/8351/2975&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. Afterwards use &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/8351/2975&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatother&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\title{Example}&#xA;\author{Me}&#xA;\date{\today}&#xA;&#xA;% ...&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\begin{titlepage}&#xA;&#xA;The title is \@title&#xA;It was written by \@author\space on \@date&#xA;&#xA;\end{titlepage}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T00:36:04.257" />
  <row Id="10132" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10128" CreationDate="2011-02-03T00:53:07.480" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is normal that the outside margins are larger than the inside margins. However, KOMA-script/typearea supports the specification of a binding correction. That is, specifying how much space will be lost on the inside of the pages due to binding. The effect is that it shifts the text to the outside by that amount.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You specify the binding correction by passing the &lt;code&gt;BCOR&lt;/code&gt; option to the documentclass: &lt;code&gt;\documentclass[BCOR=3cm]{scrbook}&lt;/code&gt;. Alternatively, you can also add &lt;code&gt;\KOMAoptions{BCOR=3cm}\recalctypearea&lt;/code&gt; to your preamble.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: One way to switch margins is to add the following to your preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\tmp\oddsidemargin&#xA;\let\oddsidemargin\evensidemargin&#xA;\let\evensidemargin\tmp&#xA;\reversemarginpar&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This will exchange the margin sizes and print marginpars on the inside. I don't know whether that switching has any other unintended side-effects. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-03T03:07:31.697" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T03:07:31.697" CommentCount="14" />
  <row Id="10133" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10130" CreationDate="2011-02-03T01:04:32.490" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;titling&lt;/code&gt; package provides various user-friendly ways to modify title pages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T01:04:32.490" />
  <row Id="10134" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-03T01:22:45.880" Score="13" ViewCount="318" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've been looking for a convenient way to highlight changes between subversion revisions of my Latex document in the generated PDF. I am working on a reasonably complex document that pulls together various .tex files. By virtue of using multiple &lt;code&gt;\input{}&lt;/code&gt;s, &lt;em&gt;latexdiff-svn&lt;/em&gt; doesn't seem to offer a solution. &lt;em&gt;texdiff&lt;/em&gt;, despite being more amenable to multi-file documents, unfortunately doesn't have the necessary magic in place to handle SVN diffs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have hacked together a solution which works for me, but I'm wondering if there's something more coherent that I've missed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My solution is a fairly short script which does the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Given a revision number, ask SVN for all the files that have changed between then and HEAD.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Export only those files to a temporary location, and run &lt;em&gt;texdiff&lt;/em&gt; between the exported copy and the working copy.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Build another temporary directory, which stores either the output from &lt;em&gt;texdiff&lt;/em&gt; or, if no changes were made, a copy of the working copy. The directory contains all the .tex files I need to build my document. A little &lt;em&gt;sed&lt;/em&gt; ensures all &lt;code&gt;\input{}&lt;/code&gt; commands point to the correct (i.e., temporary) location.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This does the trick! But, a solution that hooks directly into &lt;em&gt;svn diff&lt;/em&gt; would be much neater. I played around earlier with &lt;a href=&quot;http://subversion.tigris.org/ds/viewMessage.do?dsForumId=462&amp;amp;dsMessageId=2425313&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;svn wdiff&lt;/a&gt; and tried to hook it directly into &lt;em&gt;texdiff&lt;/em&gt;, but I gave up on it when I realised I was breaking all the nice bracket matching that &lt;em&gt;texdiff&lt;/em&gt; does. My searches have otherwise proved fruitless. Although I'm happy with my solution, does anyone know a neater way to achieve what I want?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3302" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-07T23:02:50.323" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T00:06:37.977" Title="texdiff for multi-file documents in subversion" Tags="&lt;revision-control&gt;&lt;highlighting&gt;&lt;latexdiff&gt;&lt;script&gt;&lt;subversion&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="8" />
  <row Id="10135" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-03T02:17:06.520" Score="2" ViewCount="165" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have several symbols I don't know how to make. I have already gone to &lt;a href=&quot;http://detexify.kirelabs.org/classify.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://detexify.kirelabs.org/classify.html&lt;/a&gt; to try to get answers, but I failed. Please help me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/SJvOA.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt; ☑☒&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the check with a box around, I use the following code, but it doesn't look as nice as the above one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\fbox{$\surd$}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3253" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-03T09:19:49.073" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T09:24:32.313" Title="Several symbols -- check with box etc." Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="10136" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9931" CreationDate="2011-02-03T02:41:15.983" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;TikZ and PGF were indispensable for graphs and figures in my dissertation.  Beamer was a hit for my defense. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Years ago, I saw a sign in a coffee shop across from university - &quot;Lost: one floppy disk labeled 'Dissertation'&quot;.  Thus, I will heartily second the above comment regarding version control, and I suggest regular, often use of it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2948" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T02:41:15.983" />
  <row Id="10137" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10135" CreationDate="2011-02-03T03:19:41.710" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't know about the first symbol, but &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/symbols/comprehensive/symbols-a4.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot; title=&quot;symbols-a4&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;symbols-a4&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; says that the package &lt;code&gt;wasysym&lt;/code&gt; offers &lt;code&gt;\CheckedBox&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\XBox&lt;/code&gt;, which look like what you want for the latter two. Unfortunately the &lt;code&gt;\XBox&lt;/code&gt; glyph isn't quite as calligraphic as the checked box you use, but still looks alright.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;marvosym&lt;/code&gt; package also offers &lt;code&gt;\Checkedbox&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\Crossedbox&lt;/code&gt;, which are calligraphic.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Do you know the name of the first symbol?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hope this helps&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1052" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T03:19:41.710" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="10138" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10139" CreationDate="2011-02-02T23:11:22.353" Score="4" ViewCount="431" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to emulate MS Word 2010 functionality with LaTeX since I am fed up with word.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am using TexShop, and I have been able to set the main font to Calibri through the use of XeTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How do I set a different font/color/size for every type of section (section,subsection,subsubsection,...), without being limited to the standard LaTeX fonts? It would be nice to be able to choose any font from my system like XeTeX allows me to.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have tried the package &lt;code&gt;sectsty&lt;/code&gt;, but I was not able to figure out how to use Calibri with it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3326" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T11:45:35.183" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T11:45:35.183" Title="Change section fonts" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;titlesec&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="10139" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10138" CreationDate="2011-02-03T05:00:01.890" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The best way to have total control over the sectioning is the &lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt; package.  Here's a quick version of the standard MSWord sectioning for the first two levels.  To control colours, you need the &lt;code&gt;xcolor&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are using different fonts for different section levels (not recommended) you should use &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt;'s &lt;code&gt;\newfontfamily&lt;/code&gt; command to define the font first, then use that in the redefinition of the title format, as in the &lt;code&gt;subsubsection&lt;/code&gt; example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{titlesec}&#xA;\defaultfontfeatures{Mapping=TeX-text}&#xA;\setsansfont{Calibri}&#xA;\setmainfont{Cambria}&#xA;\definecolor{MSBlue}{rgb}{.204,.353,.541}&#xA;\definecolor{MSLightBlue}{rgb}{.31,.506,.741}&#xA;\newfontfamily\subsubsectionfont[Color=MSLightBlue]{Times New Roman}&#xA;\titleformat*{\section}{\Large\bfseries\sffamily\color{MSBlue}}&#xA;\titleformat*{\subsection}{\large\bfseries\sffamily\color{MSLightBlue}}&#xA;\titleformat*{\subsubsection}{\itshape\subsubsectionfont}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section{A section}&#xA;This is some text.&#xA;\subsection{A subsection}&#xA;\subsubsection{A subsubsection}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-03T19:28:44.833" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T19:28:44.833" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10140" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6583" CreationDate="2011-02-03T05:14:22.570" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Phew! I think I've finally learned enough about (La)TeX to get a decent solution to this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I rather thoroughly hack the article class to accomplish it, so I've placed the following in a custom class that bootstraps off &lt;code&gt;article.cls&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% ...&#xA;\LoadClass{article}&#xA;\RequirePackage{etoolbox}&#xA;&#xA;\let\@@sect\@sect&#xA;&#xA;\def\@sect#1#2#3#4#5#6[#7]#8{ %&#xA;  \@sectsplit{#1}{{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}[#7||]{#8}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\@sectsplit#1#2[#3|#4|#5]#6{ %&#xA;  \ifcsundef{@theorig#1}&#xA;    {\expandafter\edef\csname @theorig#1\endcsname{\expandafter\expandonce\csname the#1\endcsname}}&#xA;    {\relax}&#xA;  \ifstrempty{#4}&#xA;  {&#xA;    \expandafter\edef\csname the#1\endcsname{\expandafter\noexpand\csname @theorig#1\endcsname}&#xA;    \@@sect{#1}#2[{#3}]{#6}&#xA;  }{&#xA;    \expandafter\edef\csname the#1\endcsname{#3}&#xA;    \@@sect{#1}#2[{#4}]{#6}&#xA;  }&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It looks more complicated than it is due to the deferred expansion and the complexity of &lt;code&gt;\@sect&lt;/code&gt;.  It simply augments the standard &lt;code&gt;\section[TOC name]{section name}&lt;/code&gt; syntax with an optional prefix: &lt;code&gt;\section[number|TOC name]{section name}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I place the custom number (if provided) directly into &lt;code&gt;\thesection&lt;/code&gt;. This means that subsections pick it up appropriately (if they were defined with reference to &lt;code&gt;\thesection&lt;/code&gt;). But I also save the previous value of &lt;code&gt;\thesection&lt;/code&gt;, so that the user's preference of eg. arabic or roman numerals is preserved.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note, too, that this works equally well on all section levels.  There is one bug I've noticed: &lt;code&gt;\section[12(e)|]{Fermat's Last Theorem}&lt;/code&gt; parses 12(e) as the TOC title, not the custom number.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1312" LastEditorUserId="1312" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-03T05:21:19.283" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T05:21:19.283" />
  <row Id="10141" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10145" CreationDate="2011-02-03T06:50:36.693" Score="5" ViewCount="305" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to prevent &lt;code&gt;lstlisting&lt;/code&gt; from splitting a code between pages if it does not fit on one page? Instead splitting I would like to have the code on the next page. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried to put all &lt;code&gt;lstlisting&lt;/code&gt; inside &lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}[h!]...\end{figure}&lt;/code&gt; but the order of code and header is lost.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you for any clue in advance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2714" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-03T08:11:27.027" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T11:05:37.177" Title="How to prevent lstlisting from splitting code between pages?" Tags="&lt;listings&gt;&lt;page-breaking&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10142" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10141" CreationDate="2011-02-03T07:37:29.803" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The easiest way to go is to create a custom float using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/float/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;float&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package, and put the &lt;code&gt;lstlistings&lt;/code&gt; environment inside it. Here's a quick-and-dirty example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\usepackage{float}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum} % used to insert dummy text; not required&#xA;&#xA;\floatstyle{plain} % optionally change the style of the new float&#xA;\newfloat{Code}{H}{myc}&#xA;\lstloadlanguages{Python}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lstset{basicstyle=\ttfamily\tiny}&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum[1-4] % some dummy text to get to the bottom of the page&#xA;&#xA;\begin{Code}&#xA;    \centering&#xA;    \begin{lstlisting}[language=Python]&#xA;    def jacobian(function, variablelist):&#xA;        &quot;&quot;&quot;&#xA;        Calculates symbolically the Jacobian of the vector with respect to &#xA;        the provided variables. Returns a square matrix&#xA;        &quot;&quot;&quot;&#xA;&#xA;        n=len(variablelist)&#xA;        J=np.asmatrix(np.zeros((n,n)),dtype=sy.Symbol)&#xA;&#xA;        for i in range(n):&#xA;            for k in range(n):&#xA;                J[i,k]=function[i,0].diff(variablelist[k])&#xA;        return J&#xA;&#xA;    def vector(*arglist):&#xA;        &quot;&quot;&quot;&#xA;        A shorthand for defining a symbolic column vector. Arguments are &#xA;        supplied as a normal comma-separated list.&#xA;        &quot;&quot;&quot;&#xA;        return np.asmatrix(np.array(arglist), dtype=sy.Symbol).transpose()&#xA;&#xA;    \end{lstlisting}&#xA;    \caption{This is my code. There are many like it, but this one is mine.}&#xA;\end{Code}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can use captions, labels, list of code samples, etc. in the same way you would with normal figures. Check the &lt;code&gt;float&lt;/code&gt; package for some extra information about customizing those.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="711" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T07:37:29.803" />
  <row Id="10143" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10108" CreationDate="2011-02-03T07:38:56.537" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is how this could be done in ConTeXt. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\startignore&#xA;  {\dostartbuffer[ignore][startignore][stopignore]}&#xA;&#xA;\def\stopignore&#xA;  {\pushcatcodetable&#xA;   \setcatcodetable\nilcatcodes&#xA;   \getbuffer[ignore]&#xA;   \popcatcodetable}&#xA;&#xA;\setupbodyfont[cambria] &#xA;%Any unicode font that contains greek used in the example will do&#xA;&#xA;\starttext&#xA;&#xA;\startignore&#xA;  Line&#xA;  feeds&#xA;  and multiple   spaces are ignored. The text may contain \undefined \TeX&#xA;  commands or ` or ' or _ or ^ or ωθατενερ&#xA;\stopignore&#xA;&#xA;\stoptext&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In principle, the same idea will work in LaTeX: capture the content of the environment verbatim, set nil catcodes (basically just set the catcode of space, end of line, form feed, tab, and end of file to their usual values; everything else is set to other), and retrieve the contents of the environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T07:38:56.537" />
  <row Id="10144" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10102" CreationDate="2011-02-03T07:58:12.637" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To repeat the footnote mark is in general not a good idea, because by convension the footnote marks must appear on the same page as the footnote itself. There is no way you can ensure this to happen, because TeX breaks the page where it wants. Endnotes are more appropriate here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Where repeated footnote marks are often used is inside tables, but there you need a lot of fiddeling because the normal footnone mechanism does not work in inner environments such as tables, equations, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Below is an example that wil do what you requested. It is the basic mechanism that I have build into the refstyle package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please note that a minipage has its own footnote mechanism that is reset everytime it is called. Also note that the label must be inside the footnote itself, because it is not visible outside it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand{\reffnmark}[1]{%&#xA;    \begingroup&#xA;        \unrestored@protected@xdef\@thefnmark{\ref{#1}}%&#xA;    \endgroup&#xA;    \@footnotemark}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section{First}&#xA;&#xA;This is a footnote test\footnote{first footnote\label{fn:first}}\par&#xA;This is a second footnote test\footnote{second footnote\label{fn:sec}}\par&#xA;This is a footnote mark\reffnmark{fn:first} link to footnote~\ref{fn:first}.\par&#xA;&#xA;\fbox{\begin{minipage}{0.5\hsize}&#xA; This is a footnote test in a mini page\footnote{first footnote\label{fn:mp}}.\par&#xA; This is a footnote mark\reffnmark{fn:mp} link to footnote~\ref{fn:mp}&#xA;\end{minipage}}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1683" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T07:58:12.637" />
  <row Id="10145" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10141" CreationDate="2011-02-03T07:58:38.957" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Define your own listing environment which doesn't allow page breaks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\lstnewenvironment{code}[1][]%&#xA;  {\minipage{\linewidth} &#xA;   \lstset{basicstyle=\ttfamily\footnotesize,frame=single,#1}}&#xA;  {\endminipage}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum[1-4] % some dummy text to get to the bottom of the page&#xA;&#xA;\begin{code}[caption={This is my code. There are many like it, but this one is mine.},&#xA;         language=Python]&#xA;def jacobian(function, variablelist):&#xA;    &quot;&quot;&quot;&#xA;    Calculates symbolically the Jacobian of the vector with respect to &#xA;    the provided variables. Returns a square matrix&#xA;    &quot;&quot;&quot;&#xA;    n=len(variablelist)&#xA;    J=np.asmatrix(np.zeros((n,n)),dtype=sy.Symbol)&#xA;&#xA;    for i in range(n):&#xA;        for k in range(n):&#xA;            J[i,k]=function[i,0].diff(variablelist[k])&#xA;    return J&#xA;&#xA;def vector(*arglist):&#xA;    &quot;&quot;&quot;&#xA;    A shorthand for defining a symbolic column vector. Arguments are &#xA;    supplied as a normal comma-separated list.&#xA;    &quot;&quot;&quot;&#xA;    return np.asmatrix(np.array(arglist), dtype=sy.Symbol).transpose()&#xA;\end{code}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T07:58:38.957" />
  <row Id="10146" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10141" CreationDate="2011-02-03T08:08:15.417" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would try out the &lt;code&gt;float&lt;/code&gt; option of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.google.pt/url?sa=t&amp;amp;source=web&amp;amp;cd=1&amp;amp;sqi=2&amp;amp;ved=0CBIQFjAA&amp;amp;url=ftp%3A%2F%2Fftp.tex.ac.uk%2Ftex-archive%2Fmacros%2Flatex%2Fcontrib%2Flistings%2Flistings.pdf&amp;amp;ei=fGJKTYazKIjN4gbd_v3_Cw&amp;amp;usg=AFQjCNHQfs5pU8q-nrXlIquHKwYCfM_N7w&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package. See section 4.3 of the package documentation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: I have used it with success, but it has to be defined listing-by-listing, it ignores the &lt;code&gt;float&lt;/code&gt; option if set in the global &lt;code&gt;lstset&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit #2: For completeness sake I have defined an environment to achieve exactly this, I like mine better than the one provided by Herbert simply because it seems simpler:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% Snippet Listings&#xA;\lstnewenvironment{snippet}[1][]&#xA;    {\lstset{float=htpb,#1}} &#xA;    {}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2042" LastEditorUserId="2042" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-03T11:05:37.177" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T11:05:37.177" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="10148" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10121" CreationDate="2011-02-03T08:25:14.020" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{hhline}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{ccc}\hhline{=~~}&#xA; foo &amp;amp; bar &amp;amp; baz  \\\hhline{~=~}&#xA; foo &amp;amp; bar &amp;amp; baz  \\\hhline{~~=} &#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Rtq56.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T08:25:14.020" />
  <row Id="10149" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-03T08:26:16.907" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;LuaTeX is an extension of TeX which integrates Lua (a scripting language) into TeX. LuaTeX is an extension of pdfTeX, which means that both DVI and PDF output are possible. LuaTeX makes it possible to access the internals of the TeX process 'as they happen', allowing effects that are difficult to achieve otherwise. It is also Unicode-capable and can use OpenType and TrueType fonts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Use this tag if your question is about LuaTeX specifically, and is not related to general (La)TeX issues. ConTeXt Mark IV uses LuaTeX as it's engine: if the question is about ConTeXt, please use the &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/context&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'context'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;context&lt;/a&gt; tag.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T06:20:14.253" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T06:20:14.253" />
  <row Id="10150" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-03T08:26:16.907" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="LuaTeX is a Unicode-capable extension of TeX which integrates the scripting language Lua." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T06:20:20.757" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T06:20:20.757" />
  <row Id="10151" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-03T08:34:35.947" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questions tagged {latex3} are about the new material being developed by the LaTeX3 Project. LaTeX3 is currently a series of packages used with LaTeX2e, and so questions in this category will almost all be about using LaTeX3 concepts with LaTeX2e. This included the expl3 programming language along with higher-level concepts such as xparse.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-03T08:34:35.947" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T08:34:35.947" />
  <row Id="10152" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-03T08:34:35.947" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="Questions tagged {latex3} are about the new material being developed by the LaTeX3 Project. This included the expl3 programming language along with higher-level concepts such as xparse." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-03T08:34:35.947" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T08:34:35.947" />
  <row Id="10153" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10135" CreationDate="2011-02-03T09:13:25.897" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You have also the &lt;code&gt;pifont&lt;/code&gt; package. From &lt;code&gt;symbols-a4&lt;/code&gt; (a very fine document):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;pifont&lt;/code&gt; dingbat package warrants special mention. Among other capabilities, &lt;code&gt;pifont&lt;/code&gt; provides a LaTeX interface to the Zapf Dingbats font (one of the standard 35 PostScript fonts).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can combine a box and checkmark to get a chechbox like with &lt;code&gt;wasysym&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-03T09:24:32.313" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T09:24:32.313" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10154" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10200" CreationDate="2011-02-03T09:18:11.197" Score="3" ViewCount="110" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using the &lt;code&gt;glossaries&lt;/code&gt; package in my dissertation. I am trying to apply the &lt;code&gt;superragged3col&lt;/code&gt; to my acronym list, which requires an extra package &lt;code&gt;glossary-superragged&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The thing is that while using this in XeTeX the acronym list comes out all out place and overlaps the margins.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I remove the style option it works fine, but I would like to use that style if possible.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://goo.gl/fBPwH&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Example&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA; &lt;a href=&quot;http://goo.gl/0ttVW&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Acronym definitions&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/GIDth.png&quot; alt=&quot;What happens 1&quot;&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/XVY8t.png&quot; alt=&quot;What happens 2&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have narrowed it down to one of two packages. Its either a problem in &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;glossary-superragged&lt;/code&gt;. If both are defined the margins are violated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2042" LastEditorUserId="2042" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-03T19:51:50.197" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T20:24:27.883" Title="XeTeX + hyperref + glossaries + glossary-superragged = Margin mess" Tags="&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;margins&gt;&lt;glossaries&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="10" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10155" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10122" CreationDate="2011-02-03T09:22:17.200" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;code&gt;multirow&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;bigdelim&lt;/code&gt; package for this matrix. Example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{multirow,bigdelim}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\[&#xA;\begin{array}{ccc|cc|ccc}&#xA;  &amp;amp;&amp;amp; x &amp;amp; a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d \\&#xA;A &amp;amp;\ldelim({4}{0.5em}&amp;amp; x&#xA;  &amp;amp; \multicolumn{2}{c|}{\multirow{2}*{ab}}&#xA;  &amp;amp; \multicolumn{2}{c}{\multirow{2}*{cd}}&#xA;  &amp;amp; \rdelim){4}{0.5em} \\&#xA;B &amp;amp;&amp;amp; y &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp; \\&#xA;\hline&#xA;C &amp;amp;&amp;amp; x &#xA;  &amp;amp; \multicolumn{2}{c|}{\multirow{2}*{ab}}&#xA;  &amp;amp; \multicolumn{2}{c}{\multirow{2}*{cd}} \\&#xA;D &amp;amp;&amp;amp; y &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp; \\&#xA;\end{array}&#xA;\]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/QLW58.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T09:22:17.200" />
  <row Id="10156" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10122" CreationDate="2011-02-03T09:28:38.380" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/blkarray&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;blkarray&lt;/a&gt; package allows to do complex border matrix with relatively simple code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ADeMK.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{blkarray}&#xA;\usepackage{multirow}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\[&#xA;  \begin{blockarray}{cc|cccc|cccc}&#xA;    &amp;amp; 1\dots 18 &amp;amp; 19 &amp;amp; 20 &amp;amp; 21 &amp;amp; 22 &amp;amp; 23 &amp;amp; 24 &amp;amp; 25 &amp;amp; 26 \\&#xA;    \begin{block}{c(c|cccc|cccc@{\hspace*{5pt}})}&#xA;    A'_1 &amp;amp; A_1 &amp;amp; \BAmulticolumn{4}{c|}{\multirow{4}{*}{$I$}}&amp;amp;\BAmulticolumn{4}{c}{\multirow{4}{*}{$I$}}\\&#xA;    A'_2 &amp;amp; A_2 &amp;amp; &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\\&#xA;    A'_3 &amp;amp; A_3 &amp;amp; &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\\&#xA;    A'_4 &amp;amp; A_4 &amp;amp; &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\\&#xA;    \cline{1-10}% don't use \hline&#xA;    B'_1 &amp;amp; B_1 &amp;amp; \BAmulticolumn{4}{c|}{\multirow{4}{*}{$J$}}&amp;amp;\BAmulticolumn{4}{c}{\multirow{4}{*}{$I$}}\\&#xA;    B'_2 &amp;amp; B_2 &amp;amp; &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\\&#xA;    B'_3 &amp;amp; B_3 &amp;amp; &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\\&#xA;    B'_4 &amp;amp; B_4 &amp;amp; &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\\&#xA;    \end{block}&#xA;  \end{blockarray}&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1973" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T09:28:38.380" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10157" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10122" CreationDate="2011-02-03T09:49:41.420" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{blkarray}&#xA;\def\Big#1{\makebox(0,0){\huge#1}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\[&#xA;\begin{blockarray}{cc|c|c}&#xA; &amp;amp; 1\ldots18&amp;amp;19\,20\,21\,22&amp;amp;23\,24\,25\,26\\ &#xA; \begin{block}{c(c|c|c)}&#xA;   A_1^\prime &amp;amp; A_1 &amp;amp;        &amp;amp;        \\  &#xA;   A_2^\prime &amp;amp; A_2 &amp;amp; \Big{I}&amp;amp; \Big{I}\\  &#xA;   A_3^\prime &amp;amp; A_3 &amp;amp;        &amp;amp;        \\&#xA;   A_4^\prime &amp;amp; A_4 &amp;amp;        &amp;amp;        \\\cline{1-4}&#xA;   B_1^\prime &amp;amp; B_1 &amp;amp;        &amp;amp;        \\  &#xA;   B_2^\prime &amp;amp; B_2 &amp;amp;\Big{J} &amp;amp; \Big{I}\\  &#xA;   B_3^\prime &amp;amp; B_3 &amp;amp;        &amp;amp;        \\  &#xA;   B_4^\prime &amp;amp; B_4 &amp;amp;        &amp;amp;        \\  &#xA; \end{block}&#xA;\end{blockarray}&#xA;\]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Zz0aW.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-03T09:56:44.690" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T09:56:44.690" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10158" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10174" CreationDate="2011-02-03T09:50:31.903" Score="3" ViewCount="322" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need to produce a syllabus for a course I'm going to teach at the University. Could you suggest me any example (or template) of a well-designed syllabus in LaTeX? Are there any useful packages?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="748" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-03T09:57:33.817" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T13:57:24.373" Title="Syllabus in LaTeX" Tags="&lt;templates&gt;&lt;examples&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="10159" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10162" CreationDate="2011-02-03T10:08:59.150" Score="3" ViewCount="119" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using the &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt; package. I want to print out a list of listings, which I can do. The thing is that in the other listings the typesetter &quot;groups&quot; figures/tables by chapter. Is it possible to achieve a similar behaviour with the list of listings? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is an example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Ist7n.png&quot; alt=&quot;Example of how I want it&quot;&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is how it is now&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/zvB23.png&quot; alt=&quot;How it is&quot;&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2042" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-03T10:33:30.260" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T10:50:18.043" Title="Styling the list of listings" Tags="&lt;listings&gt;&lt;table-of-contents&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="10160" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6916" CreationDate="2011-02-03T10:15:16.663" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I didn't make provision for that, sorry. You can disable printing by changing the value of the Annotation Flags (/F) in the generated PDF, or better, in movie15.sty [2009/07/07]. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lines 1120 &amp;amp; 1521: &lt;code&gt;/F 4&lt;/code&gt; -&gt; &lt;code&gt;/F 0&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lines 1760 &amp;amp; 1920: &lt;code&gt;/F 5&lt;/code&gt; -&gt; &lt;code&gt;/F 1&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alexander&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1053" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T10:15:16.663" />
  <row Id="10161" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10159" CreationDate="2011-02-03T10:31:51.760" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Add the following after each &lt;code&gt;\chapter&lt;/code&gt; command (adjusted for the book and report class):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\addtocontents{lol}{\protect\addvspace{10pt}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: The &quot;chapter gap&quot; mechanism of the KOMA-Script classes works for any &quot;listofsomething&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-03T10:47:24.053" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T10:47:24.053" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10162" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10159" CreationDate="2011-02-03T10:50:18.043" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Write into the preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\Chapter\chapter&#xA;\def\chapter{\addtocontents{lol}{\protect\addvspace{10pt}}\Chapter}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T10:50:18.043" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10163" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10158" CreationDate="2011-02-03T10:58:30.087" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would not think a syllabus needs any eye-candy design, so a simple LaTeX document would do the task.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have found two templates thought worth to mention, the first from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.math.uconn.edu/TANet/Teaching/teaching.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;University of Connecticut&lt;/a&gt; and the other one from &lt;a href=&quot;http://sites.google.com/site/mattmastin/teaching/grsc-7700/latex-templates&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Matt Mastin&lt;/a&gt;. I hope you could use these and good luck designing, customizing your own syllabus template!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2878" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T10:58:30.087" />
  <row Id="10164" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9931" CreationDate="2011-02-03T11:00:00.873" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For my &lt;a href=&quot;http://habi.gna.ch/u/76&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;PhD-Thesis&lt;/a&gt; I've used the excellent &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/classicthesis/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;classicthesis&lt;/a&gt; package, which made most of the decisions regarding style obsolete. This was only possible, because my University has very lax restrictions on the layout. André Miede, the creator of the package, was also a great help in responding to a minor problem I had.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Obviously, other items from this thread apply&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Use a version control system, git or SVN or anything else, but use it!&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;TikZ and PGF are great for grahps and figures (see my thesis, all (non-photo) figures were TikZed)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\includeonly&lt;/code&gt; are your friend for large compilation sessions&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;add &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{some package}&lt;/code&gt; for special needs as you go on with your writing&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Use a version control system. Did I already say this? :)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="828" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T11:00:00.873" />
  <row Id="10165" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10122" CreationDate="2011-02-03T12:05:53.840" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Plain-kru represenz:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\font\Large=cmr10 at 20pt&#xA;\newcount\rowcount\rowcount=3&#xA;\def\fudge#1{\smash{\hbox{\Large#1}}}&#xA;\def\doublyso{\kern-.5em\smash{\vrule height \rowcount em depth .2em}\hidewidth}&#xA;$\bordermatrix{&#xA;  \global\everycr{\noalign{\global\advance\rowcount by 1}}&#xA;  &amp;amp;1\ldots18&amp;amp;19\;20\;21\;22&amp;amp;23\;24\;25\;26 \cr&#xA;  A_1'&amp;amp;A_1\cr&#xA;  A_2'&amp;amp;A_2\cr&#xA;  A_3'&amp;amp;A_3&amp;amp;\fudge I&amp;amp;\fudge I\cr&#xA;  A_4'&amp;amp;A_4\cr&#xA;  \noalign{\smallskip\hrule\smallskip}&#xA;  B_1'&amp;amp;B_1\cr&#xA;  B_2'&amp;amp;B_2\cr&#xA;  B_3'&amp;amp;B_3&amp;amp;\fudge J&amp;amp;\fudge I\cr&#xA;  B_4'&amp;amp;B_4&amp;amp;\doublyso&amp;amp;\doublyso\cr&#xA;}$&#xA;\everycr={}&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/VQcjd.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; title=&quot;Hosted by imgur.com&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In my &quot;&lt;em&gt;imitation of &lt;code&gt;\atopwithdelims&lt;/code&gt;-line of thought&lt;/em&gt;&quot;-spree, I made one for &lt;code&gt;\bordermatrix&lt;/code&gt; as well (which is the Plain &lt;code&gt;\bordermatrix&lt;/code&gt; with only the delims made as arguments):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\catcode`@=11&#xA;\def\bordermatrixwithdelims#1#2#3{\begingroup \m@th&#xA;  \setbox0=\vbox{\def\cr{\crcr\noalign{\kern2pt\global\let\cr=\endline}}&#xA;    \ialign{$##$\hfil\kern2pt\kern\p@renwd&amp;amp;\thinspace\hfil$##$\hfil&#xA;      &amp;amp;&amp;amp;\quad\hfil$##$\hfil\crcr&#xA;      \omit\strut\hfil\crcr\noalign{\kern-\baselineskip}&#xA;      #3\crcr\omit\strut\cr}}&#xA;  \setbox2=\vbox{\unvcopy0 \global\setbox1=\lastbox}&#xA;  \setbox2=\hbox{\unhbox1 \unskip \global\setbox1=\lastbox}&#xA;  \setbox2=\hbox{$\kern\wd1\kern-\p@renwd \left#1 \kern-\wd1&#xA;    \global\setbox1=\vbox{\box1\kern2pt}&#xA;    \vcenter{\kern-\ht1 \unvbox0 \kern-\baselineskip} \,\right#2$}&#xA;  \null\;\vbox{\kern\ht1\box2}\endgroup}&#xA;\catcode`@=12&#xA;%&#xA;\def\cbordermatrix#1{\bordermatrixwithdelims[]{#1}}&#xA;\def\bbordermatrix#1{\bordermatrixwithdelims\{\}{#1}}&#xA;\def\vbordermatrix#1{\bordermatrixwithdelims||{#1}}&#xA;%&#xA;$$&#xA;\bordermatrix{&amp;amp;[a]&amp;amp;[b]\cr &amp;amp;1&amp;amp;2\cr&amp;amp;3&amp;amp;4}&#xA;\cbordermatrix{&amp;amp;[a]&amp;amp;[b]\cr &amp;amp;1&amp;amp;2\cr&amp;amp;3&amp;amp;4}&#xA;\bbordermatrix{&amp;amp;[a]&amp;amp;[b]\cr &amp;amp;1&amp;amp;2\cr&amp;amp;3&amp;amp;4}&#xA;\vbordermatrix{&amp;amp;[a]&amp;amp;[b]\cr &amp;amp;1&amp;amp;2\cr&amp;amp;3&amp;amp;4}&#xA;$$&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/waI9E.png&quot; alt=&quot;bmatrices&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So to achieve the look of which the OP settled on, one could just substitute the call to &lt;code&gt;\bordermatrix&lt;/code&gt; in my original answer with &lt;code&gt;\cbordermatrix&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastEditorUserId="1410" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T13:57:13.353" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T13:57:13.353" />
  <row Id="10166" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10362" CreationDate="2011-02-03T12:28:27.977" Score="3" ViewCount="190" Body="&lt;p&gt;I wish to use left-right 'harpoons' to show a reversible reaction in a kinetic scheme. I can get part of the way, but how can I vertically shift the horizontal arrows so that I have them separated (to give harpoons) rather than overlying each another?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or is there an altogether better way of doing this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using TikZ&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{matrix,arrows}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\matrix (m) [matrix of nodes, column sep=3em]&#xA;{A + R &amp;amp; AR &amp;amp; AR* \\};&#xA;\path[-left to, font=\scriptsize]&#xA;(m-1-1) edge node[above]{$k_{+1}$} (m-1-2);&#xA;\path[-left to,font=\scriptsize]&#xA;(m-1-2) edge node[below] {$k_{-1}$} (m-1-1);&#xA;\path[-left to,font=\scriptsize]&#xA;(m-1-2) edge node[above] {$\alpha$} (m-1-3);&#xA;\path[-left to,font=\scriptsize]&#xA;(m-1-3) edge node[below] {$\beta$} (m-1-2);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Updated:&lt;/strong&gt; Thanks to all those that responded with advice - all suggesting routes other than TikZ. These are certainly appropriate in many cases, but the reason I went with TikZ was the desire to generate more complex schemes than simple linear equations (see below). Also, a couple of points, ideally I wanted the harpoons to be a fixed length and the reactants not to be in mathmode (ie roman not italic). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I still have no response directly addressing the generation of harpoons in TikZ.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/jazva.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The picture above was produced with the following code: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% define matrix&#xA;\matrix (m) [matrix of nodes, column sep=3em, row sep=2em]&#xA;{ &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; AR*\\&#xA;A + R &amp;amp; ARb &amp;amp; ARc \\&#xA; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; AD\\};&#xA;&#xA; % agonist binding&#xA;\path[-left to, font=\scriptsize]&#xA;(m-2-1) edge node[above]{$k_{+1}$} (m-2-2);&#xA;\path[-left to,font=\scriptsize]&#xA;(m-2-2) edge node[below] {$k_{-1}$} (m-2-1);&#xA;&#xA;% cleft closure&#xA;\path[-left to,font=\scriptsize]&#xA;(m-2-2) edge node[above] {$\beta$} (m-2-3);&#xA;\path[-left to,font=\scriptsize]&#xA;(m-2-3) edge node[below] {$\alpha$} (m-2-2);&#xA;&#xA;% channel opening&#xA;\path[-left to, font=\scriptsize]&#xA;(m-2-3) edge node[above, xshift=-6] {$\delta$} (m-1-4);&#xA;\path[-left to, font=\scriptsize]&#xA;(m-1-4) edge node[below, xshift=6] {$\gamma$} (m-2-3);&#xA;&#xA;% desensitization&#xA;\path[-left to, font=\scriptsize]&#xA;(m-2-3) edge node[above, xshift=16] {1000 s$^{-1}$} (m-3-4);&#xA;\path[-left to, font=\scriptsize]&#xA;(m-3-4) edge node[below, xshift=-10] {10 s$^{-1}$} (m-2-3);&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3313" LastEditorUserId="3313" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-03T16:39:33.553" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T19:50:36.213" Title="How do I position pairs of arrows in TikZ to make 'harpoons'?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10167" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9931" CreationDate="2011-02-03T12:41:52.173" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Apart from very good things already said (version control and the use of &lt;code&gt;\includeonly{}&lt;/code&gt;), here's what I did for my own PhD thesis written in French.&#xA;I used this header (sorry for the long input and the French comments):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\RequirePackage[l2tabu, orthodox]{nag}&#xA;%%% Déclaration&#xA;\documentclass[a4paper,frenchb,pdftex,11pt,twoside,openright]{book}&#xA;\input{makeat} % bidouillages en tout genre&#xA;&#xA;% \includeonly{a-base}&#xA;% introduction, 0-contextePbTVHD, 1-testsub, 2-HDContexteQual, 3-evalImpactSysDegsurQual, 4-metriques, 5-eval, 6-modQualVid, 7-modClassif, a-base, b-transfoCouleur, conclusion, publications&#xA;&#xA;%%% Packages&#xA;%% Packages de programmation&#xA;\usepackage{ifpdf}&#xA;\usepackage{ifthen}&#xA;%% Packages primordiaux&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[LY1]{fontenc}&#xA;\shutup \usepackage{fourier} \youcanspeak % pour les maths (avec suppression des warnings) !! À mettre avant lmodern ou garamond !!&#xA;\usepackage{agaramondpro}&#xA;\usepackage[kerning=true,babel=true]{microtype}&#xA;\usepackage{textcomp}&#xA;\usepackage{setspace}&#xA;\usepackage[headheight=15.91pt]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;&#xA;%% autres packages&#xA;% maths&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}&#xA;\usepackage{amsfonts}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\usepackage{multirow}&#xA;\usepackage{mathtools}&#xA;% déco&#xA;\usepackage{lettrine}&#xA;\renewcommand{\LettrineFontHook}{\color[gray]{0.6}}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{arrows,patterns,plotmarks,backgrounds,shapes,shadows}&#xA;% layout&#xA;\usepackage[center, labelsep=endash]{caption} % avant subfig&#xA;\usepackage{subfig} % plusieurs figures en une seule (remplace subfigure)&#xA;\usepackage{pdfpages} % inclusion de pdf&#xA;\usepackage{titlesec}&#xA;\usepackage{wrapfig}&#xA;\usepackage[nottoc]{tocbibind}&#xA;\usepackage{colortbl}&#xA;\usepackage{booktabs}&#xA;\setlength{\heavyrulewidth }{0.2em}&#xA;% utile&#xA;\usepackage{lastpage}&#xA;\usepackage{eurosym}&#xA;\usepackage[utopia]{quotchap}&#xA;\renewcommand{\chapnumfont}{\usefont{LY1}{AGaramondPro}{b}{n}\fontsize{100}{130}\selectfont\color{chaptergrey}}&#xA;&#xA;%% babel&#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage[babel]{csquotes}&#xA;\MakeAutoQuote{«}{»}&#xA;&#xA;% infos&#xA;\newcommand{\montitre}{Qualité d'usage en télévision haute définition : évaluations subjectives et métriques objectives}&#xA;\newcommand{\datesoutenance}{2 octobre 2008}&#xA;&#xA;%% hyperref&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}  % Graphiques internes et externes&#xA;\usepackage{pstricks}&#xA;\usepackage{pdflscape}&#xA;\usepackage[hyperindex, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels, pagebackref, colorlinks=false, hypertexnames=false]{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\hypersetup{&#xA;pdftitle={\montitre},&#xA;pdfauthor={...},&#xA;pdfsubject={...},&#xA;}&#xA;\usepackage[all]{hypcap}&#xA;&#xA;%%% Commandes&#xA;\newcommand{\ornementChapitre}{\begin{center}\begin{Large}\textorn{2}\end{Large}\end{center}}&#xA;%% centrage des colonnes sur plusieurs lignes&#xA;\renewcommand\multirowsetup{\centering}&#xA;%% création d'un type de colonne centrée de largeur 1.5&#xA;\newcolumntype{D}{&amp;gt;{\centering}p{1.5cm}}&#xA;%% notes dans la marge&#xA;\newcommand{\note}[1]{\marginpar{%&#xA;  \vskip-\baselineskip %raise the marginpar a bit&#xA;  \raggedright\footnotesize&#xA;  \color{red}{\itshape\hrule\smallskip#1}\par\smallskip\hrule}}&#xA;\newcommand{\nonotes}{\renewcommand{\note}[1]{}}&#xA;%% strong %%&#xA;\DeclareRobustCommand{\strong}[1]{%&#xA;    \textbf{#1}%&#xA;}&#xA;%% dédicace %%&#xA;\DeclareRobustCommand{\dedicace}[1]{%&#xA;    \clearemptydoublepage&#xA;    \thispagestyle{empty}&#xA;    \vspace*{\stretch{1}}\par&#xA;    {\begin{flushright}\emph{#1}\end{flushright}\par}&#xA;    \vspace*{\stretch{2}}&#xA;}&#xA;%% sur-paragraphe (ligne entre deux groupes de paragraphes) %%&#xA;\DeclareRobustCommand{\surparagraph}{%&#xA;    \par\medskip&#xA;}&#xA;%% raccourcis %%&#xA;\newcommand\avc{H.264}&#xA;\newcommand\ituCC{ITU-R BT.500-11~\cite{itu-bt500-11}}&#xA;\newcommand\ituNfDx{ITU-T P.910~\cite{itu-bt910}}&#xA;&#xA;%%% Paramétrages du document&#xA;%% url dans la même police que le reste&#xA;\urlstyle{rm}&#xA;%% profondeur de la table des matières&#xA;\setcounter{tocdepth}{2}&#xA;% \setcounter{secnumdepth}{8}&#xA;% on définit l'interligne pour tout le document&#xA;\onehalfspacing&#xA;% modification de la table des matières -- options titletoc&#xA;\usepackage{titletoc}&#xA;\titlecontents{part}&#xA;[3pc]&#xA;{\addvspace{1.5pc}\filcenter\hrule height 1pt \Large{\textbf{Partie}}~}&#xA;{\Large\textbf}&#xA;{\Large\textbf}&#xA;{}&#xA;[\hrule height 1pt\addvspace{.5pc}]&#xA;%% redéfinition des labels (tableaux, figures, etc.) % voir french.cfg&#xA;\addto\captionsfrench{\def\figurename{Figure}}&#xA;\addto\captionsfrench{\def\tablename{Tableau}}&#xA;\addto\captionsfrench{\def\listfigurename{Table des illustrations}}&#xA;%% définition des en-têtes et pieds de page&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;\fancyhf{} % on efface tout&#xA;\fancyhead[RO]{\nouppercase{\emph{\rightmark}}}&#xA;\fancyhead[LE]{\nouppercase{\emph{\leftmark}}}&#xA;\fancyfoot[RO,LE]{\ifthenelse{\value{page}=42}{\strong{--~\reflectbox{\thepage}~--}}{\strong{--~\thepage~--}}} % h2g2 style&#xA;\fancypagestyle{plain}{ % pour les pages de chapitre&#xA;\fancyhf{} % on efface tout&#xA;\fancyfoot[RO,LE]{\ifthenelse{\value{page}=42}{\strong{--~\reflectbox{\thepage}~--}}{\strong{--~\thepage~--}}} % h2g2 style&#xA;\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0pt}}&#xA;%% on enlève le pied et l'en-tête d'une page paire vide&#xA;\let\origdoublepage\cleardoublepage&#xA;\newcommand{\clearemptydoublepage}{%&#xA;    \clearpage&#xA;    {\pagestyle{empty}\origdoublepage}%&#xA;}&#xA;\let\cleardoublepage\clearemptydoublepage&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;%%% On attaque le vif du sujet&#xA;\title{Qualité d'usage en télévision haute définition : \\évaluations subjectives et métriques objectives}&#xA;\author{Stéphane Péchard}&#xA;\date{\datesoutenance}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;...&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you're interested in seeing the result, you can find it here: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tel.archives-ouvertes.fr/tel-00348586/fr/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://tel.archives-ouvertes.fr/tel-00348586/fr/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1994" LastEditorUserId="1994" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-08T16:32:53.290" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T16:32:53.290" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="10168" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10170" CreationDate="2011-02-03T12:55:45.770" Score="6" ViewCount="174" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to use the TikZ &lt;code&gt;\foreach&lt;/code&gt; command to do operations with parameters?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E.g. I would like to be able to write (just a silly example):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\foo}[9]{&#xA;&#xA;    \foreach \x in{1,2,...,9}{&#xA;        \draw(0,#\x)--++(1,1);&#xA;&#xA;    }&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where &lt;code&gt;#\x&lt;/code&gt; would mean the &lt;em&gt;x&lt;/em&gt; th parameter of the command I'm defining with &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This should come in handy since I'm writing macros that depend on global values that can be set arbitrarily. E.g. &lt;code&gt;\def\N{9}&lt;/code&gt; would go in preamble and I'd write &lt;code&gt;newcommand{\bar}[\N]{...}&lt;/code&gt;, but since I don't know beforehand how much parameters there will be, I can't define anything unless I write &lt;code&gt;\foreach \x in{1,2,...,\N}&lt;/code&gt; and the above draw command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I actually like to do:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd like to have a command that plots some coordinates which are given. &#xA;So I'd like &lt;code&gt;\foo{#1}{#2}{#3}&lt;/code&gt; to expand to something like;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\draw plot coordinates {(360/\N*1:#1) (360/\N*2:#2) (360/\N*3:#3) ... (360/\N*\N:#N};&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but I don't know if this is possible.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3127" LastEditorUserId="3127" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-03T13:45:53.147" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T13:45:53.147" Title="How to use parameter numbers and \foreach" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;macros&gt;&lt;loops&gt;&lt;foreach&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10169" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10168" CreationDate="2011-02-03T12:59:12.340" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;(&lt;em&gt;Substantially revised answer.&lt;/em&gt;) The following should read in and draw as many arguments as you like, one at a time, provided that &lt;code&gt;\N&lt;/code&gt; is defined and stores a positive integer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;  \newcount\c@foo&#xA;  \newcommand\foo{%&#xA;    \c@foo=1\relax&#xA;    \@foo}&#xA;  \newcommand\@foo[1]{%&#xA;    \draw(0,#1)--++(1,1);%&#xA;    \advance\c@foo by 1\relax%&#xA;    \ifnum\c@foo&gt;\N%&#xA;       \let\@tempa\relax&#xA;    \else&#xA;       \let\@tempa\@foo&#xA;    \fi&#xA;    \@tempa}&#xA;\makeatother&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="911" LastEditorUserId="911" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-03T13:27:24.503" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T13:27:24.503" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10170" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10168" CreationDate="2011-02-03T13:11:23.820" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I do not reall understand what exactly do you want to draw, but maybe this helps:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\foo#1{\foo@i#1,,\@nil}%&#xA;\def\foo@i#1,#2,#3\@nil{%&#xA;  \draw(0,#1)--++(1,1);&#xA;  \ifx\relax#2\relax\else\foo@i#2,#3\@nil\fi}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\foo{1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\foo{1,2,3,4,5,6}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T13:11:23.820" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10171" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10166" CreationDate="2011-02-03T13:20:23.607" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;At first, I thought of just using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/stackrel.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;stackrel&lt;/a&gt; package with the &lt;code&gt;\rightleftharpoons&lt;/code&gt; symbol as the relation.  The problem is that the &lt;code&gt;\rightleftharpoons&lt;/code&gt; character is fixed width.  Therefore, I first created a macro for typesetting a variable width right-left harpoon in TikZ:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\longleftrightharpoon#1{\tikz{&#xA;  \draw[-left to,above=0.1em] (0,0) -- (#1,0);&#xA;  \draw[-left to,below=0.1em] (#1,0) -- (0,0);&#xA;}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The argument to that macro is the width of the harpoons.  Next, I created a macro for drawing your reversible reaction using the stackrel package and our new &lt;code&gt;\longleftrightharpoon&lt;/code&gt; macro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\revreact#1#2{{&#xA;  \setbox0=\hbox{$\displaystyle #1$}&#xA;  \setbox1=\hbox{$\displaystyle #2$}&#xA;  \dimen9=\wd0&#xA;  \ifdim\wd1&amp;gt;\dimen9\dimen9=\wd1\fi &#xA;  \,\stackrel[\box1]{\box0}{\longleftrightharpoon{\the\dimen9}}\,&#xA;}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What's going on in there is that I first typeset the numerator and denominator to temporary boxes and then I compare the widths of the boxes to see how wide the harpoon should be.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To reproduce your example, one would simply do:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{displaymath}&#xA;  A + R \revreact{k_{+1}}{k_{-1}} AR \revreact{\alpha}{\beta} AR*&#xA;\end{displaymath}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which results in the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/nF8g3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Screenshot of the output.&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You may have to play with the spacing a bit to get it exactly how you want it.&#xA;You may also want to reduce the size of the numerators and denominators by removing the &quot;&lt;code&gt;\displaystyle&lt;/code&gt;&quot; commands from inside the &lt;code&gt;\setbox&lt;/code&gt;es.  You can also adjust the whitespace surrounding the reactions by altering the &lt;code&gt;\,&lt;/code&gt; commands.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="737" LastEditorUserId="737" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-03T13:27:35.420" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T13:27:35.420" />
  <row Id="10173" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10166" CreationDate="2011-02-03T13:33:36.717" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{mathtools}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}    &#xA;\[&#xA; A + R \xrightleftharpoons[k_{-1}]{k_{+1}} AR \xrightleftharpoons[\alpha]{\beta} AR*&#xA;\]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/homXU.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T13:33:36.717" />
  <row Id="10174" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10158" CreationDate="2011-02-03T13:57:24.373" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;termcal&lt;/code&gt; package is very useful for dealing with the schedule of a syllabus, especially if you teach a course regularly or have multiple sections of a course. It generates a calendar for the course based on a starting date. Other than that, I don't think there's much need for anything more than regular sectioning commands (as others have mentioned).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T13:57:24.373" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10175" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10176" CreationDate="2011-02-03T14:00:04.870" Score="0" ViewCount="154" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to include some http links in my document. So i Included the hyperref package so that i can use the command &lt;code&gt;\url{}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Microsoft Surface\footnote{\url{http://www.microsoft.com/surface}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This works, but the problem is, that all the links in my document (also the ones created with &lt;code&gt;\ref{}&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\cite{}&lt;/code&gt; are highlighted. I want to avoid that. So i added:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\hypersetup{colorlinks=false}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But nothing changed. How can I avoid that all links are highlighted? I only want to enable URLs and nothing else.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3316" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T14:46:41.760" Title="How to avoid link higlighting when using package hyperref?" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;url&gt;&lt;links&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10176" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10175" CreationDate="2011-02-03T14:09:17.790" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Only load the &lt;code&gt;url&lt;/code&gt; package it also provides &lt;code&gt;\url&lt;/code&gt; but will not render an hyperlink. Note that most PDF viewer do this now automatically anyway.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If your really need &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; for something else try to:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Load the option with the package: &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[colorlinks=false]{hyperref}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Create a &lt;code&gt;hyperref.cfg&lt;/code&gt; file in the same directory as your TeX file and put the &lt;code&gt;\hypersetup{colorlinks=false}&lt;/code&gt; in there.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Certain options of &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; must be given very early and can't be changed afterwards. The &lt;code&gt;colorlinks&lt;/code&gt; option might be one of them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Supplement:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I just tested this under my TeXLive 2010 installation. With &lt;code&gt;colorlinks=false&lt;/code&gt; I get the usual colored frame around the hypertext. You might want to &lt;em&gt;activate colors&lt;/em&gt; and set them to &lt;em&gt;black&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[colorlinks=true,urlcolor=black]{hyperref}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-03T14:20:32.927" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T14:20:32.927" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="10177" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10175" CreationDate="2011-02-03T14:20:46.787" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[colorlinks,linkcolor=black]{hyperref}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Microsoft Surface\footnote{\url{http://www.microsoft.com/surface}}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;if you want the links. Replace &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{url}&lt;/code&gt; instead of hyperref, will print URLs in typewriter. NEarly all pdf viewer convert it by default into a link.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Herbert&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T14:20:46.787" />
  <row Id="10178" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10180" CreationDate="2011-02-03T14:27:57.457" Score="3" ViewCount="108" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a template that use Frutiger Font. But I think the font is not correctly included because while generating the document I get various font errors and the last one:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;LaTeX Font Warning: Some font shapes were not available, defaults substituted.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So how can I included that font?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3316" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T15:00:08.973" Title="How to include font into document?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;errors&gt;&lt;templates&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10179" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10175" CreationDate="2011-02-03T14:46:41.760" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you want only to print urls you can use the url package. If you want to have active links for the urls you could try this. It should disable all hyperref features (including bookmarks) with the exception of links behind urls:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\usepackage[draft]{hyperref}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\let\savedhyperlink\hyper@linkurl&#xA;\AtBeginDocument{\let\hyper@linkurl\savedhyperlink}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\chapter{a}\label{a}&#xA;abc\ref{a}&#xA;&#xA;\url{http://www.test.de}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T14:46:41.760" />
  <row Id="10180" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10178" CreationDate="2011-02-03T15:00:08.973" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This messages are not errors but warnings/informations. They inform you that a certain combination of font features (e.g. a tt-font in bold + italic + small caps) doesn't exist and that LaTeX used a fallback. This messages are quite common and in more than 90% of all cases the substitution is ok.   &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T15:00:08.973" />
  <row Id="10181" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10185" CreationDate="2011-02-03T15:29:56.873" Score="1" ViewCount="247" Body="&lt;p&gt;Maybe this is an easy one, but I struggled with this now too long :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to have a footnote in a caption of a figure, see the example. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}[!ht]&#xA;  \caption{a figure caption\footnote{where i got it from}}&#xA;  \label{somelabel}&#xA;  \begin{center}   &#xA;    \pgfuseimage{...}&#xA;  \end{center}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The compilation error reads as follows&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Argument of \@caption has an extra }.&#xA;&amp;lt;inserted text&amp;gt; &#xA;            \par &#xA;l.192 ...i got it from}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The actual tex code for my figure with the answer of Leo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pgfdeclareimage[width=6cm]{aba.medcenter}{aba.medcenter}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}[!ht]&#xA;  \begin{minipage}{\textwidth}&#xA;    \caption[Medcenter Monthly Medication System]{Medcenter\textsuperscript\textregistered Monthly Medication System\footnote{Quelle Bild: http://www.amazon.com/dp/B000RZPL0M}}&#xA;    \label{aba.medcenter}&#xA;    \begin{center}&#xA;      \pgfuseimage{aba.medcenter}&#xA;    \end{center}&#xA;  \end{minipage}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;leads to the error&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! LaTeX Error: Command \itshape invalid in math mode.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in the same line. If I comment out the foot note, everything compiles fine. &lt;code&gt;\textsuperscript\texttrademark&lt;/code&gt; isn't the problem, too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1125" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T20:16:21.977" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T20:16:21.977" Title="Using \footnote in a figure's \caption" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;footnotes&gt;&lt;captions&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="10182" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10181" CreationDate="2011-02-03T15:33:02.790" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One solution:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}&#xA;  \begin{minipage}{\textwidth}&#xA;    ...&#xA;    \caption[Caption for LOF]%&#xA;      {Real caption\footnote{blah}}&#xA;  \end{minipage}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See this FAQ:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=ftncapt&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=ftncapt&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T15:33:02.790" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="10183" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10184" CreationDate="2011-02-03T15:40:22.177" Score="2" ViewCount="126" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to change the colour of chapter titles in bringhurst chapterstyle. The following should work, but apparantly I have misunderstood something and am not able to get it to work, and would appreciate any pointers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{memoir} &#xA;\usepackage{color}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document} &#xA;&#xA;\chapterstyle{bringhurst}&#xA;\renewcommand\chaptitlefont{}{\color{red}}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{test} &#xA;&#xA;Some text here&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3319" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-25T13:51:45.320" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T13:51:45.320" Title="Change font colour of bringhurst chapterstyle in memoir" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;color&gt;&lt;memoir&gt;&lt;chapters&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="10184" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10183" CreationDate="2011-02-03T15:53:40.423" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I used p. 362 of the manual as a starting point, but had to correct a severe typo (&lt;code&gt;{##1}&lt;/code&gt; -- corrrect is &lt;code&gt;{#1}&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{memoir}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{color}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document} &#xA;&#xA;\chapterstyle{bringhurst}&#xA;\renewcommand{\printchaptertitle}[1]{%&#xA;  \memRTLraggedright\Large\scshape\MakeLowercase{\textcolor{red}{#1}}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{test}&#xA;&#xA;Some text here&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T15:53:40.423" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10185" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10181" CreationDate="2011-02-03T16:11:47.523" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[demo]{graphicx}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;  \centering&#xA;  \includegraphics{foo}  ...&#xA;  \caption[Caption for LOF]{Real caption\footnotemark}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;Anywhere on the same page where the float appears\footnotetext{blah}&#xA;but at least before the next footnote\footnote{the nextone}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T16:11:47.523" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="10186" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10199" CreationDate="2011-02-03T17:01:42.373" Score="4" ViewCount="174" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use the TikZ library &lt;code&gt;calendar&lt;/code&gt; to produce a week list. The code looks like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{pgf,tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{calendar}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;    \tikz\calendar[dates=2011-02-01 to 2011-02-last,week list];&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I want to add abbreviated captions for the weekdays (M, T, W, ...) in the first line of the week list:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; M  T  W  T  F  S  S&#xA;    1  2  3  4  5  6&#xA; 7  8  9 10 11 12 13&#xA;14 15 16 17 18 19 20&#xA;21 22 23 24 25 26 27&#xA;28&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I couldn't find any option to the &lt;code&gt;\calendar&lt;/code&gt; macro which produces this effect. Is there any other solution to achieve my goal?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3323" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T12:50:40.917" Title="Weekday captions with the TikZ library &quot;calendar&quot;" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;calendar&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="10187" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10211" CreationDate="2011-02-03T17:37:01.647" Score="2" ViewCount="121" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've borrowed a copy of &lt;i&gt;The METAFONTbook&lt;/i&gt; from my school's library, and I'm wondering why there is a brown paper strip glued to page 125 between the text and the rings. I couldn't help but wonder if there might be a missing fold-out or something; does anyone have any clue what the strip might be for?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't see any mention of it in that part of &lt;code&gt;mfbook.tex&lt;/code&gt;, either...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1189" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-03T18:29:21.360" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T21:57:46.920" Title="Brown paper strip on page 125 of The METAFONTbook" Tags="&lt;documentation&gt;&lt;books&gt;&lt;metafont&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10188" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10189" CreationDate="2011-02-03T17:53:28.113" Score="9" ViewCount="130" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to achieve table of contents with additional description for chapters/sections (see screenshot). What way would you go to achieve this? I'm wondering if it is possible to wrap the &lt;code&gt;\chapter&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt; etc. commands with custom taking 2 parameters. But how to generate the ToC then?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/hFZJK.png&quot; alt=&quot;screeshot&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3324" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-03T18:13:57.777" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T15:01:08.740" Title="Table of Contents with additional description of entries" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="10189" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10188" CreationDate="2011-02-03T18:15:57.413" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;code&gt;\addcontentsline{toc}{&amp;lt;sec_unit&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;text&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt; or directly &lt;code&gt;\addtocontents{toc}{&amp;lt;text&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt; to enter text to the &lt;code&gt;.toc&lt;/code&gt; file. The only issue is to indent to text correctly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Below some code which uses the &lt;code&gt;book&lt;/code&gt; class and its internal macros.&#xA;Its adds ''info'' lines which use basically the same formatting macros as the sectioning lines (for identical indention), but avoid the '.... (page number)' part. If you really want to give &lt;code&gt;\chapter&lt;/code&gt; etc. two arguments you can do something like &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\Chapter\chapter \def\chapter#1#2{\Chapter{#1}\chapterinfo{#2}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here the code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;% Basically the same as for `\l@section` etc, just `\@nodottedtocline` instead of `\@dottedtcline`:&#xA;\newcommand*\l@chapterinfo{\@nodottedtocline{0}{0.0em}{1.5em}}&#xA;\newcommand*\l@sectioninfo{\@nodottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}}&#xA;\newcommand*\l@subsectioninfo{\@nodottedtocline{2}{3.8em}{3.2em}}&#xA;\newcommand*\l@subsubsectioninfo{\@nodottedtocline{3}{7.0em}{4.1em}}&#xA;\newcommand*\l@paragraphinfo{\@nodottedtocline{4}{10em}{5em}}&#xA;\newcommand*\l@subparagraphinfo{\@nodottedtocline{5}{12em}{6em}}&#xA;&#xA;% Copied from the book class macro `\@dottedtocline`. Removed the dots and page number&#xA;\def\@nodottedtocline#1#2#3#4#5{%&#xA;  \ifnum #1&amp;gt;\c@tocdepth \else&#xA;    \vskip \z@ \@plus.2\p@&#xA;    {\leftskip #2\relax \rightskip \@tocrmarg \parfillskip -\rightskip&#xA;     \parindent #2\relax\@afterindenttrue&#xA;     \interlinepenalty\@M&#xA;     \leavevmode&#xA;     \@tempdima #3\relax&#xA;     \advance\leftskip \@tempdima \null\nobreak\hskip -\leftskip&#xA;     {#4}\nobreak&#xA;     \leaders\hbox{$\m@th&#xA;        \mkern \@dotsep mu\hbox{\,}\mkern \@dotsep&#xA;        mu$}\hfill&#xA;     \nobreak&#xA;     \hb@xt@\@pnumwidth{\hfil\normalfont \normalcolor }%&#xA;     \par}%&#xA;  \fi}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\def\chapterinfo#1{%&#xA;    \addcontentsline{toc}{chapterinfo}{%&#xA;    \noexpand\numberline{}#1}%&#xA;}&#xA;\def\sectioninfo#1{%&#xA;    \addcontentsline{toc}{sectioninfo}{%&#xA;    \noexpand\numberline{}#1}%&#xA;}&#xA;\def\subsectioninfo#1{%&#xA;    \addcontentsline{toc}{subsectioninfo}{%&#xA;    \noexpand\numberline{}#1}%&#xA;}&#xA;% same for subsubsection, etc. ...&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{AAA}&#xA;\chapterinfo{A very long text, a very long text, a very long text, a very long text, a very long text, a very long text, a very long text, a very long text}&#xA;&#xA;\section{aaa}&#xA;\sectioninfo{A very long text, a very long text, a very long text, a very long text, a very long text, a very long text, a very long text, a very long text}&#xA;&#xA;\subsection{1111}&#xA;\subsectioninfo{A very long text, a very long text, a very long text, a very long text, a very long text, a very long text, a very long text, a very long text}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Result:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/gKqN2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Resulting TOC&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If this is required by more people I would be ready to make a small package out of it. I could try to also support the &lt;em&gt;koma script&lt;/em&gt; or other classes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-15T15:01:08.740" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T15:01:08.740" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10190" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2778" CreationDate="2011-02-03T18:26:03.767" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To overcome the margin issue with using the resume document type, I used the following set of options on my one page document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\topmargin=-0.25in&#xA;\addtolength{\textwidth}{.5in}&#xA;\addtolength{\textheight}{.5in}&#xA;\addtolength{\oddsidemargin}{-.5in}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, this will not exactly work on a multiple page document. Perhaps add \evensidemargin as well? Also, note that I didn't use the geometry package because I got an error &quot;No value specified for margin&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3327" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T18:26:03.767" />
  <row Id="10191" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="24" CreationDate="2011-02-03T18:31:06.763" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would highly recommend the &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt; document class for latex. It has it's own version of the &lt;code&gt;verse&lt;/code&gt; environment, plus a lot more nice things. Check the section in the memoir manual, it's a thing of beauty all on it's own.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anyway, the relevant bits I gleaned from Memoir are below. The re-defining of the macro \PoemTitle makes the otherwise centered poem title flush with the left edge of the poem body. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a5paper,10pt,twoside]{memoir}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand{\PoemTitlefont}{%&#xA;\normalfont\scshape\flushleft% Remove centering from poem title&#xA;\hspace*{0.5\linewidth}\hspace*{-0.5\versewidth}}% Makes poem title flush left with body block.&#xA;&#xA;\checkandfixthelayout&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\settowidth{\versewidth}{my looooongest poem line} &#xA;\PlainPoemTitle % Removes the counter from \PoemTitle&#xA;\PoemTitle{My Poem Title}&#xA;\begin{verse}[\versewidth]&#xA;&#xA;This is my poem,\\&#xA;isn't it nice?\\&#xA;This is my poem,\\&#xA;please read it twice\\&#xA;and one,\\&#xA;loooooooooooong poem line\\&#xA;right at the end!\\&#xA;\end{verse}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1222" LastEditorUserId="1222" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-04T05:08:36.777" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T05:08:36.777" />
  <row Id="10192" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10194" CreationDate="2011-02-03T18:39:26.553" Score="3" ViewCount="257" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to define a list like the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/eWzB8.gif&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The nearest I found while googling was this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{itemize}&#xA;\item[-] foo&#xA;\item[*] bar&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But how can I now use a cross or a check symbol?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3316" LastEditorUserId="711" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-03T19:12:30.710" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T19:12:30.710" Title="How to define a list with custom symbols?" Tags="&lt;lists&gt;&lt;itemize&gt;&lt;examples&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10193" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8068" CreationDate="2011-02-03T18:45:21.190" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I might be missing a technical issue, but the following seems to work. I simply replaced Joseph's construction of the preamble by the preamble itself, with doubled hash signs because we are inside a definition.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The key point (taken from Joseph's answer) is to use one macro (&lt;code&gt;\mytable&lt;/code&gt;) to do &lt;code&gt;\obeylines&lt;/code&gt; (i.e. set up the catcode for the newline character), &lt;em&gt;before&lt;/em&gt; reading the argument with a different macro, &lt;code&gt;\mytableAux&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\mytable{%&#xA;  \begingroup&#xA;    \let\par=\cr&#xA;    \obeylines&#xA;    \mytableAux&#xA;}&#xA;\def\mytableAux#1{%&#xA;    \halign{##&amp;amp;##&amp;amp;##&amp;amp;##&amp;amp;##\cr#1}%&#xA;  \endgroup&#xA;}&#xA;\mytable{%&#xA;This &amp;amp; is &amp;amp; the &amp;amp; first &amp;amp; row&#xA;This &amp;amp; is &amp;amp; the &amp;amp; second &amp;amp; row&#xA;}&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T18:45:21.190" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10194" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10192" CreationDate="2011-02-03T18:53:20.410" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use e.g. the &lt;code&gt;\Checkmark&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\XSolidBrush&lt;/code&gt; symbols from the &lt;code&gt;bbding&lt;/code&gt; package.&#xA;Good alternatives are &lt;code&gt;\ding{51}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\ding{55}&lt;/code&gt; from the &lt;code&gt;pifont&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{bbding}&#xA;%...&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;  \item[\Checkmark] foo&#xA;  \item[\XSolidBrush] bar&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can even define a special macro for it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*\tick{\item[\Checkmark]}&#xA;\newcommand*\fail{\item[\XSolidBrush]}&#xA;% ...&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;  \tick foo&#xA;  \fail  bar&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See either &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/symbols/comprehensive/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the comprehensive symbol list&lt;/a&gt; (search for &quot;Checkmark&quot;) or &lt;a href=&quot;http://detexify.kirelabs.org/classify.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;detexify&lt;/a&gt; to find other symbols if you don't like the one above.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-03T19:03:09.307" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T19:03:09.307" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10195" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10192" CreationDate="2011-02-03T18:59:02.417" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use a package which provides such symbols, such as MnSymbol, bbding or pifont. There are more. Use math mode within the square brackets if required.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,10pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pifont}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA; \item[\ding{51}] yes&#xA; \item[\ding{55}] no &#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/7JnPq.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could define your own name for the symbol by &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T18:59:02.417" />
  <row Id="10196" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10192" CreationDate="2011-02-03T19:06:51.273" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dingbats are easy to obtain, from symbol packages like &lt;code&gt;pifont&lt;/code&gt; etc. Further more, &lt;code&gt;pifont&lt;/code&gt; package provides a &lt;code&gt;dinglist&lt;/code&gt; environment: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% in preamble \usepackage{pifont}&#xA;\begin{dinglist}{52}&#xA;  \item foo&#xA;  \item bar&#xA;\end{dinglist}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/5Iez5.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In standard classes, &lt;code&gt;itemize&lt;/code&gt; environments use &lt;code&gt;\labelitemi&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\labelitemii&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\labelitemiii&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\labelitemiv&lt;/code&gt; for item labels. You can also redefine them and use standard &lt;code&gt;itemize&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% preamble&#xA;\usepackage{pifont}&#xA;\renewcommand\labelitemi{\ding{52}}&#xA;% document&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;  \item foo&#xA;  \item bar&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T19:06:51.273" />
  <row Id="10197" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10198" CreationDate="2011-02-03T19:24:13.367" Score="8" ViewCount="232" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is is possible to make a PDF in Beamer such that notes are visible only on computer and not on the projector?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="978" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-04T17:10:26.663" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T19:57:46.633" Title="In Beamer Slide View Notes On Computer Only While Presenting With A Projector?" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;presentations&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="10198" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10197" CreationDate="2011-02-03T19:32:58.677" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Only if your graphic card supports the two screen mode:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage{pgfpages}&#xA;\setbeameroption{show notes}&#xA;\setbeameroption{show notes on second screen=right}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}{The \texttt{\textbackslash note}-Macro}&#xA;\begin{itemize}[&amp;lt;+-&amp;gt;]&#xA;\item normal text for the presentation.&#xA;\note&amp;lt;1-2&amp;gt;[item]{Say something to the audience!}&#xA;\item and text for the presentation.&#xA;\item foo&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;\note&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;{Another note for you!}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\note[enumerate]{\item foo \item bar \item baz \item foobar}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}{second slide} &#xA;foo &#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The image shows on the left the presentation and on the right your screen.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/1KINu.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-04T17:03:01.843" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T17:03:01.843" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="10199" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10186" CreationDate="2011-02-03T19:39:05.147" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There's no way of doing this with a single option, but the following code is a way of getting the weekday headings in a way that keeps all options of the &lt;code&gt;week list&lt;/code&gt; calendar. It adds the style &lt;code&gt;day letter headings&lt;/code&gt; (which in this form only makes sense to use with the &lt;code&gt;week list&lt;/code&gt; style). The style of the headings can be set with the option &lt;code&gt;day headings&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{calendar}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter%&#xA;\tikzoption{day headings}{\tikzstyle{day heading}=[#1]}&#xA;\tikzstyle{day heading}=[]&#xA;\tikzstyle{day letter headings}=[&#xA;    execute before day scope={ \ifdate{day of month=1}{%&#xA;      \pgfmathsetlength{\pgf@ya}{\tikz@lib@cal@yshift}%&#xA;      \pgfmathsetlength\pgf@xa{\tikz@lib@cal@xshift}%&#xA;      \pgftransformyshift{-\pgf@ya}&#xA;      \foreach \d/\l in {0/M,1/T,2/W,3/T,4/F,5/S,6/S} {&#xA;        \pgf@xa=\d\pgf@xa%&#xA;        \pgftransformxshift{\pgf@xa}%&#xA;        \pgftransformyshift{\pgf@ya}%&#xA;        \node[every day,day heading]{\l};%&#xA;      } &#xA;    }{}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;]&#xA;&#xA;\makeatother%&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;    \tikz\calendar[dates=2011-02-01 to 2011-04-last,&#xA;        week list,&#xA;        month label above centered,&#xA;        day xshift = 0.8cm,&#xA;        day headings=orange,&#xA;        day letter headings&#xA;    ];&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Kvq0K.png&quot; alt=&quot;Week list calendar with single letter day headings&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastEditorUserId="2552" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-04T12:50:40.917" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T12:50:40.917" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="10200" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10154" CreationDate="2011-02-03T20:24:27.883" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;do not use the style &lt;code&gt;superragged3col&lt;/code&gt;, because your list of acronyms are too large to fit in three columns. Use instead:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\twocolumn&#xA;\printglossary[type=\acronymtype,style=superragged,%&#xA;               title={List of Acronyms},toctitle={List of Acronyms}]&#xA;&#xA;\onecolumn&#xA;\cleardoublepage&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;then you'll get this output:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/I7b8N.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T20:24:27.883" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="10201" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10209" CreationDate="2011-02-03T20:57:54.717" Score="2" ViewCount="57" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am collaborating with another author using email to exchange latest version of the document. Is it possible to include the bibliography in the LaTeX file, so that we don't have to keep two files in synch? (however I would still like it to be in BibTeX format, I know you can have manual &lt;code&gt;\bibitems&lt;/code&gt; in LaTeX files)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3329" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-03T21:33:32.147" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T21:33:32.147" Title="Inlining BibTeX bibliography in LaTeX file" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;bibtex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="10202" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10201" CreationDate="2011-02-03T21:00:53.703" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You should use a revision control system for multiple author documents. There are a lot of programs like &lt;code&gt;subversion&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;git&lt;/code&gt; or ... That makes the email exchange superflous and you get a backup system, too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T21:00:53.703" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="10203" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11083" CreationDate="2011-02-03T21:02:53.090" Score="5" ViewCount="250" Body="&lt;p&gt;Robert Bringhurst, &lt;em&gt;The Elements of Typographic Style&lt;/em&gt;, rule 2.1.5 states &quot;&lt;em&gt;Add little or no space within strings of initials.&lt;/em&gt;&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If biblatex's &lt;code&gt;firstinits&lt;/code&gt; option is enabled, &quot;all first and middle names will be rendered as initials&quot; (p. 54 of the manual). This, however, will put ties (&lt;code&gt;~&lt;/code&gt;), i.e. non-breakable interword spaces between the initials. (See the bbl-file of my compiled example.) How can I replace these ties with thin spaces (&lt;code&gt;\,&lt;/code&gt;) and thus follow Bringhurst?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[firstinits=true]{biblatex}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.bib}&#xA;@book{Knu86,&#xA;  author = {Knuth, Donald E.},&#xA;  year = {1986},&#xA;  title = {The \TeX book},&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\bibliography{\jobname}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\nocite{*}&#xA;&#xA;\printbibliography&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T20:49:20.757" Title="Biblatex: Putting thin spaces between initials" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;biblatex&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10204" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10214" CreationDate="2011-02-03T21:09:21.987" Score="3" ViewCount="267" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to move to the XeTeX distribution. My current problem is the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I leave these packages I have no problems with the Helvetica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[portuges,english]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}  &#xA;\usepackage[scaled]{helvet}&#xA;\renewcommand*\familydefault{\sfdefault}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, if I define the XeTeX packages and font like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{mathspec}&#xA;\defaultfontfeatures{Mapping=tex-text}&#xA;\setmainfont{Helvetica}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{polyglossia}&#xA;\setmainlanguage[variant=uk]{english}&#xA;\setotherlanguage{portuges}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{xunicode}&#xA;\usepackage{unicode-math}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then I get warnings about missing font shapes, namely:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;LaTeX Font Warning: Font shape `EU1/phv/b/n' undefined&#xA;LaTeX Font Warning: Font shape `EU1/Helvetica(0)/m/sc' undefined&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have also tried:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{mathspec}&#xA;\defaultfontfeatures{Mapping=tex-text}&#xA;\usepackage[scaled]{helvet}&#xA;\renewcommand*\familydefault{\sfdefault}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But then the font shapes got even worse.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Has someone faced this problem?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now I have the following packages:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{mathspec}&#xA;\defaultfontfeatures{Mapping=tex-text}&#xA;\setmainfont[&#xA;        Extension=.otf,&#xA;        UprightFont= *-regular,&#xA;        BoldFont=*-bold,&#xA;        ItalicFont=*-italic,&#xA;        BoldItalicFont=*-bolditalic,&#xA;    ]{texgyreheros}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{polyglossia}&#xA;\setmainlanguage[variant=uk]{english}&#xA;\setotherlanguage{portuges}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{xunicode}&#xA;\usepackage{unicode-math}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And the template I started with has the following command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\helv}{ % &#xA;\fontfamily{phv}\fontseries{b}\fontsize{9}{11}\selectfont}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I honestly don't know what it is doing to the font, but I do know it's the last resistant&lt;code&gt;:)&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Warning is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;LaTeX Font Warning: Font shape `EU1/phv/b/n' undefined&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I remove the &lt;code&gt;\fontfamily&lt;/code&gt; command I get&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;LaTeX Font Warning: Font shape `EU1/texgyreheros(0)/b/n' undefined&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This command is being applied in the Header and Footer of the document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't know what the &lt;code&gt;\fontfamily&lt;/code&gt; does, but I assume &lt;code&gt;\fontseries&lt;/code&gt; defines the font to be Bold. Is there a redefinition of the command required to match XeTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2042" LastEditorUserId="2042" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-04T12:08:49.097" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T12:08:49.097" Title="Last step in moving to XeTeX: Font shape problems" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;fontspec&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="10205" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10279" CreationDate="2011-02-03T21:09:48.910" Score="5" ViewCount="242" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to count the tokens/macro parameters. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\foo#1{...}&#xA;$ \foo{\alpha\beta} $ % =&amp;gt; \somecounter = 2&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-20T23:32:53.090" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T23:32:53.090" Title="Counting tokens" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;tex-core&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10206" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10203" CreationDate="2011-02-03T21:11:49.573" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The separator between initials is one of the few things that is defined in the file &lt;code&gt;biblatex.bst&lt;/code&gt; rather than at the LaTeX level. If you look at a &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/biblatex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; style file, you'll find that the &lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt; kernel provides the full names and initials. Tracing back, these come from BibTeX's &lt;code&gt;format.name$&lt;/code&gt; function. I suspect the only way to customise this (currently) is to hack the process to do a search-and-replace on the initials. A longer-term solution is, of course, to make a feature request.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To explain how &lt;code&gt;firstinits&lt;/code&gt; works, it's a switch which you can use inside a &lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt; style to select either the full names or initials as supplied to the style by the &lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt; kernel. So the formatting of the initials themselves is already done when the style gets the data.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T21:11:49.573" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="10207" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10205" CreationDate="2011-02-03T21:21:53.470" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, using something like this: (updated version which counts also space-tokens)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcount\tokencount&#xA;\def\counttoken#1{%&#xA;   \tokencount\z@ % set it to zero&#xA;   \def\x{\futurelet\@let@token\@counttoken}%&#xA;   \x#1\end@counttoken&#xA;}&#xA;% Unique endmarker&#xA;\def\end@counttoken{\@gobble{end@counttoken}}&#xA;% A macro which eats a space, the \@firstofone is required to&#xA;% avoid that the space in the parameter text itself is eaten:&#xA;\@firstofone{\def\eatspace} {}&#xA;% Recursive Macro =&amp;gt; Loop&#xA;\def\@counttoken{%&#xA;   \ifx\@let@token\end@counttoken&#xA;      \let\x\relax&#xA;   \else&#xA;      \advance\tokencount by 1\relax&#xA;   \fi&#xA;   \ifx\@let@token\@sptoken&#xA;       % The space token will be eaten&#xA;       % Note that two spaces will still be combined by TeX!&#xA;       % If this is not what is wanted the catcode of space&#xA;       % must be changed beforehand, e.g. using \obeyspaces!&#xA;       \expandafter\expandafter&#xA;       \expandafter\x&#xA;       \expandafter\eatspace&#xA;   \else&#xA;       % Eat the next non-space token now, then call \x&#xA;       \afterassignment\x&#xA;       \expandafter\let\expandafter\@let@token\expandafter=%&#xA;   \fi&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Test:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\counttoken{A{something}\beta}&#xA;\showthe\tokencount&#xA;% Prints:&amp;gt; 13&#xA;\counttoken{123}&#xA;\showthe\tokencount&#xA;% Prints:&amp;gt; 3&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Basically the next token is &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\@let@token&lt;/code&gt; and afterwards (&lt;code&gt;\afterassignment&lt;/code&gt;) the token is counted and checked against the endmarker. Then the macro calls itself until the end marker is reached. Counts all tokens except of course the endmarker. You should add some grouping at the correct places, which depend on the exact way you apply the code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;BUT&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;if you really just want to count macro arguments, i.e. &lt;code&gt;A{something}B&lt;/code&gt; would count as 3:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcount\argcount&#xA;\def\countargs#1{%&#xA;   \argcount\@z % set it to zero&#xA;   \@countargs#1\end@countargs&#xA;}&#xA;% Unique endmarker&#xA;%\def\end@countargs{\@gobble{end@countargs}} % doesn't really have to be defined; never executed&#xA;\def\end@@countargs{\end@countargs}&#xA;% Recursive Macro =&amp;gt; Loop&#xA;\def\@countargs#1{%&#xA;   \def\@tempa{#1}%&#xA;   \ifx\@tempa\@end@@counttoken\else&#xA;      \advance\tokencount by 1\relax&#xA;      \expandafter\@countargs&#xA;   \fi&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-03T22:55:30.110" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T22:55:30.110" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="10208" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10205" CreationDate="2011-02-03T21:22:05.807" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Depends on whether you want to count spaces. If you don't mind skipping spaces, then it is relatively easy. Using e-TeX, an expandable approach can be generated:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\catcode`\@=11\relax&#xA;\def\counttokens#1{%&#xA;  \number\numexpr\expandafter\counttokens@aux@i#1\@stop\@nil0\relax&#xA;}&#xA;\long\def\counttokens@aux@i#1{%&#xA;  \ifx#1\@stop&#xA;    \expandafter\cleanup@nil&#xA;  \else&#xA;    1 +&#xA;    \expandafter\counttokens@aux@i&#xA;  \fi&#xA;}&#xA;\long\def\cleanup@nil#1\@nil{}&#xA;\def\@stop{\@stop}&#xA;\def\test{abc de\par}&#xA;\counttokens\test&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(This is essentially the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/expl3&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; function &lt;code&gt;\tl_elt_count:N&lt;/code&gt; implemented in plain e-TeX.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An alternative approach is not to require an expandable solution&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcount\tokencount&#xA;\catcode`\@=11\relax&#xA;\def\:{\let\@sptoken= } \: %&#xA;\def\@stop{\@stop}&#xA;\def\counttokens#1{% &#xA;  \begingroup&#xA;    \tokencount\z@&#xA;    \expandafter\counttoken@aux@i#1\@stop&#xA;}&#xA;\def\counttoken@aux@i{%&#xA;  \futurelet\@let@token\counttoken@aux@ii&#xA;}&#xA;\def\counttoken@aux@ii{%&#xA;  \ifx\@let@token\@stop&#xA;    \expandafter\counttoken@end&#xA;  \else&#xA;    \advance\tokencount\@ne&#xA;    \ifx\@let@token\@sptoken&#xA;      \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\counttoken@space&#xA;    \else&#xA;      \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\counttoken@std&#xA;    \fi&#xA;  \fi&#xA;}&#xA;\def\:{\counttoken@space} \expandafter\def\: {%&#xA;  \futurelet\@let@token\counttoken@aux@ii&#xA;}&#xA;\long\def\counttoken@std#1{%&#xA;  \counttoken@aux@i&#xA;}&#xA;\def\counttoken@end\@stop{%&#xA;  \expandafter\endgroup&#xA;  \number\tokencount&#xA;}&#xA;\def\test{abc  de\par}&#xA;\counttokens\test&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've not added any guard code for &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; tokens in &lt;code&gt;\halign&lt;/code&gt;s, which would be needed for robustness in a real solution. (See Appendix D of &lt;em&gt;The TeXbook&lt;/em&gt;, for example, to see what I mean.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-03T23:01:40.727" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T23:01:40.727" CommentCount="10" />
  <row Id="10209" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10201" CreationDate="2011-02-03T21:26:01.263" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can include it using the &lt;code&gt;filecontents&lt;/code&gt; environment:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{filecontents}{example.bib}&#xA;% File contents here&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This will extract the file &lt;em&gt;only&lt;/em&gt; if it does not already exist locally. (You'll see this approach used a lot for examples on sites such as this one. It's handy for small snippets but is more awkward when things get very long.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T21:26:01.263" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="10210" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-03T21:37:14.403" Score="3" ViewCount="119" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am given a token list (parameter-less macro) &lt;code&gt;\myTokenList&lt;/code&gt;, defined, e.g. by &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\myTokenList{$(x + y)^2$, \ie, \(x^2+y^2+2xy\)}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and I want to split it as the first token, and the rest, obtaining the same result as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\head{$}&#xA;\def\tail{(x + y)^2$, \ie, \(x^2+y^2+2xy\)}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In most cases, this is easy using the &lt;code&gt;\split&lt;/code&gt; macro below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\split#1#2\EndMark{\def\head{#1}\def\tail{#2}}&#xA;\expandafter\split\myTokenList\EndMark&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But this fails when the first token is a space. In fact, it even gobbles an arbitrary number of spaces.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using &lt;code&gt;\futurelet&lt;/code&gt; seems to help, but &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I would much prefer &lt;code&gt;\head&lt;/code&gt; to be a macro which expands to exactly the token (not something let to it)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I don't know how to just remove the first token, even after &lt;code&gt;\futurelet&lt;/code&gt;-ting&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that I have no control on the token list that I am given (braces will be treated differently): this is in the context of a generic debugging package for TeX's stomach.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T07:03:28.020" Title="Removing and storing the head of a token list/\toks" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;token-lists&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10211" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10187" CreationDate="2011-02-03T21:57:46.920" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;are you sure that it's just an ordinary brown paper strip, and doesn't contain&#xA;something like a wire or magnetic stripe?  a lot of libraries put such markers into&#xA;books that are to be lent out.  these markers are magnetized while the books are&#xA;on the shelf, and demagnetized when the books are checked out.  if a book with a&#xA;still-magnetized marker is taken out through a sensitized exit gate, a bell or&#xA;siren will go off, notifying the library staff that someone is trying to get&#xA;away without checking a book out properly.  very embarrassing ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="579" LastActivityDate="2011-02-03T21:57:46.920" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10212" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10210" CreationDate="2011-02-03T22:03:12.090" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One possible approach is to use &lt;code&gt;\futurelet&lt;/code&gt; to tell if there is a space, then branch accordingly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\catcode`\@=11\relax&#xA;\def\:{\let\@sptoken= } \: %&#xA;\long\def\firstofone#1{#1}&#xA;\def\splitter#1{%&#xA;  \let\splitter@arg#1%&#xA;  \expandafter\futurelet\expandafter\@let@token\expandafter\splitter@aux#1%&#xA;}&#xA;\def\splitter@aux{%&#xA;  \ifcat\noexpand\@let@token\@sptoken&#xA;    \def\head{ }%&#xA;    \splitter@aux@ii&#xA;  \else&#xA;    \expandafter\splitter@aux@v&#xA;  \fi&#xA;}&#xA;\def\splitter@aux@ii{%&#xA;  \expandafter\splitter@aux@iii\splitter@arg\@nil&#xA;}&#xA;\def\splitter@aux@iii{%&#xA;  \afterassignment\splitter@aux@iv&#xA;  \firstofone{\let\@let@token= }%&#xA;}&#xA;\def\splitter@aux@iv#1\@nil{%&#xA;  \def\tail{#1}%&#xA;}&#xA;\def\splitter@aux@v{%&#xA;  \expandafter\splitter@aux@vi\splitter@arg\@nil&#xA;}&#xA;\long\def\splitter@aux@vi#1#2\@nil{%&#xA;  \def\head{#1}%&#xA;  \def\tail{#2}%&#xA;}&#xA;\catcode`q=10\relax&#xA;\def\test{q\space abc}&#xA;\splitter\test&#xA;\show\head&#xA;\show\tail&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This needs a few refinements, for example to handle empty or single-token arguments, but the general principle should be clear.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-04T07:03:28.020" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T07:03:28.020" CommentCount="10" />
  <row Id="10213" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10204" CreationDate="2011-02-04T02:12:46.460" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As Caramdir mentions in his comment, Helvetica doesn't come with small caps, and it doesn't seem that many free fonts (and even many professional fonts) come with real small caps.  Will Robertson recommended the following workaround on the XeTeX mailing list a couple of years ago.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In the past I've thought about this in fontspec, but it really becomes impossible if you want the fake small caps to behaviour like \textsc -- that is, to have uppercase come out as real uppercase but lowercase   to come out as scaled uppercase.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;So rather than using fontspec, it's probably easier to use the relsize package, like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec,relsize}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\fontspec{Georgia}&#xA;THIS IS UPPERCASE and lowercase&#xA;{\smaller THIS IS FAKE SMALL CAPS}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;You can always define a macro to make this more &quot;semantic&quot;, as well:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\fakesc[1]{{\smaller #1}}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Original message &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/pipermail/xetex/2008-July/010326.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T02:12:46.460" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="10214" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10204" CreationDate="2011-02-04T02:43:19.893" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gust.org.pl/projects/e-foundry/tex-gyre/&quot;&gt;TeX Gyre fonts&lt;/a&gt; typically come with small caps. TeX Gyre Heros looks very similar to Helvetica (technically, it is based on URW Nimbus Sans L; so it has the same font metrics as Helvetica, but the characters might look slightly different­­­­). The fonts are probably already installed with your TeX distribution. To use them form there in XeLaTeX, you have to call them the following way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;&#xA;\setmainfont[&#xA;    Extension=.otf,&#xA;    UprightFont= *-regular,&#xA;    BoldFont=*-bold,&#xA;    ItalicFont=*-italic,&#xA;    BoldItalicFont=*-bolditalic,&#xA;]{texgyreheros}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;    CGRart \textsc{CGRart}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ptUzt.png&quot; alt=&quot;TeX Gyra Heros sample&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T02:43:19.893" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="10215" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10277" CreationDate="2011-02-04T03:01:19.227" Score="2" ViewCount="80" Body="&lt;p&gt;You know those boxes at the bottom of the right-hand pages in Volume B? Well, I managed  to weave &lt;code&gt;mf.web&lt;/code&gt; by stealing the weave binary from a distribution where it actually works (it doesn't in MiKTeX), and it TeXed fine, but I'm at a bit of a loss as to why those boxes haven't appeared. Is there any way I can get them, or are does Knuth keep the code for that locked up? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1189" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T18:33:27.260" Title="The cross-reference boxes in TeX: the program" Tags="&lt;documentation&gt;&lt;books&gt;&lt;source&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10216" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-04T03:01:39.437" Score="3" ViewCount="45" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need to generate an appendix with hundreds of tables.  I put several tables on a page, as an earlier question established.  The first level consists of pure tables, created as &lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}...\end{tabular}&lt;/code&gt; blocks.  Let's call 4 such primitive files &lt;code&gt;ch1-{a,b,c,d}.tex&lt;/code&gt;, i.e. &lt;code&gt;ch1-a.tex&lt;/code&gt;,&lt;code&gt;ch1-b.tex&lt;/code&gt;, ...  These four documents are emitted into a directory &lt;code&gt;/tex/ch1/&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The second level, which I call &lt;code&gt;2x2-ch1-abcd.tex&lt;/code&gt;, is also a tabular, containing&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\include{a}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;-- it is generated in the same subdirectory, &lt;code&gt;/tex/ch1/&lt;/code&gt;.  So far so good.  If I wrap &lt;code&gt;2x2-ch1-abcd.tex&lt;/code&gt; in a preamble, it compiles.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now I need to assemble such level 2 aggregates into a thesis.  I have the master document as &lt;code&gt;/tex/thesis.tex&lt;/code&gt;.  If I say, in it,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\include{ch1/2x2-ch1-abcd}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;-- I get the no nested includes error.  If I replace &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt; by &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt;, the second level cannot find the first level files anymore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd like to avoid encoding first-level paths into second-level matrices, to keep paths only in the master document.  Can it be achieved within LaTeX without external symlinks?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3252" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T03:29:00.397" Title="How do we do hierarchical includes with local paths?" Tags="&lt;include&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="10217" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10216" CreationDate="2011-02-04T03:29:00.397" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I believe (untested) that you can solve the problem with the import package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{import}&#xA;...&#xA;\subimport{ch1/}{ch1-a.tex}&#xA;   ...&#xA;   \input{2x2-ch1-abcd}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(where indentation denotes inclusion within the file above in the heirarchy). If you wish to &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt; the chapter file (rather than &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt;) it, use &lt;code&gt;\subincludefrom&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\subimport&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T03:29:00.397" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10218" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10222" CreationDate="2011-02-04T04:55:27.460" Score="4" ViewCount="94" Body="&lt;p&gt;This code won't compile:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\lstset{&#xA;    language=C,&#xA;    basicstyle=\small&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;lorem ipsum\footnote{%&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}&#xA;// some C code or whatever...&#xA;printf(&quot;Blah blah\n&quot;);&#xA;\end{lstlisting}}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It says &lt;code&gt;Illegal parameter number in definition of \lst@insertargs.&lt;/code&gt; I know &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt; is really picky about where it goes, but there &lt;em&gt;must&lt;/em&gt; be a way to cram a listing into a footnote, right?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(This is a MWE and my tex files are a bit more complex; my actual error is &lt;code&gt;Paragraph ended before \lst@next was complete.&lt;/code&gt; but they are hopefully related; I couldn't get this error with the MWE.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1517" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-04T05:04:03.587" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T09:56:55.050" Title="listings in a footnote" Tags="&lt;listings&gt;&lt;footnotes&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="10219" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10122" CreationDate="2011-02-04T05:01:09.367" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Thanks to everyone. I managed to find solution myself as well. I have used package &lt;code&gt;kbordermatrix&lt;/code&gt;. However very often math journals want to typeset the tex file themselves and they don't have all the packages. I'm sure that at least one variant will work. So thank again:) My solution is below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{kbordermatrix}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;\kbordermatrix{&#xA;&amp;amp; 1 \ldots 18 &amp;amp; \vrule &amp;amp; 19 \text{ } 20 \text{ } 21 \text{ } 22 &amp;amp; \vrule &amp;amp; 23 \text{ }  24 \text{ } 25 \text{ } 26 \\           &#xA;  \begin{array}{c} \chi(A'_1) \\ \chi(A'_2) \\ \chi(A'_3) \\ \chi(A'_4) \end{array}&#xA;&amp;amp; \begin{array}{c} \chi(A_1)  \\ \chi(A_2)  \\ \chi(A_3)  \\ \chi(A_4)  \end{array}&#xA;&amp;amp; \vrule &amp;amp; I &amp;amp; \vrule&amp;amp; I \\ \hline&#xA;  \begin{array}{c} \chi(B'_1) \\ \chi(B'_2) \\ \chi(B'_3) \\ \chi(B'_4) \end{array}&#xA;&amp;amp; \begin{array}{c} \chi(B_1)  \\ \chi(B_2)  \\ \chi(B_3)  \\ \chi(B_4)  \end{array}&#xA;&amp;amp; \vrule &amp;amp; J &amp;amp; \vrule&amp;amp; I  } , &#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/0Gtga.png&quot; alt=&quot;output&quot;&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3307" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-04T10:06:16.570" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T10:06:16.570" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="10220" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="339" CreationDate="2011-02-04T05:08:20.380" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use &lt;a href=&quot;http://notepad-plus-plus.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Notepad++&lt;/a&gt; and I love it. Sure, it's not built specifically for TeX, &lt;em&gt;but&lt;/em&gt; it has all the powerful features you expect from a good text editor (powerful find/replace, regex, macros, plugin support, etc.) and lots of features for coding, like syntax highlighting (and it has built-in rules for TeX), code folding, etc. The best part is that you can map keys to run external programs, so all I have to do on my machine is tap F9 and it instantly runs pdflatex and compiles a PDF for me in one step, outputting errors in the command window if there are any.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So yeah, maybe it's not ideal for TeX but I think the lack of stuff like a preview window or project pane are made up for with the rest of its features.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1517" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T05:08:20.380" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-02-04T05:08:20.380" />
  <row Id="10221" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10218" CreationDate="2011-02-04T06:04:32.947" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The listings author describes the difficulties in using listings in arguments and offers an &quot;experimental&quot; way of handling it (see page 46 of the user manual).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\lstset{&#xA;    language=C,&#xA;    basicstyle=\small&#xA;}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyvrb}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;lorem\footnote{\lstinline{var i:integer;} and&#xA;\lstinline!protected\ \ spaces! and&#xA;\fbox{\lstinline!\\\{\}\%!}} &#xA;ipsum  \VerbatimFootnotes&#xA;  We can put verbatim\footnote{\verb+_Yes!_+} text in footnotes&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also use the package &lt;code&gt;fancyvrb&lt;/code&gt;,  which offers a &lt;code&gt;\VerbatimFootnote&lt;/code&gt;, as shown in the minimal above.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-04T09:56:55.050" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T09:56:55.050" />
  <row Id="10222" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10218" CreationDate="2011-02-04T06:51:06.050" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another option is to use the &lt;code&gt;cprotect&lt;/code&gt; package, and replace &lt;code&gt;\footnote&lt;/code&gt; by &lt;code&gt;\cprotect\footnote&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{cprotect}&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\lstset{&#xA;    language=C,&#xA;    basicstyle=\small&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;lorem ipsum\cprotect\footnote{%&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}&#xA;// some C code or whatever...&#xA;printf(&quot;Blah blah\n&quot;);&#xA;\end{lstlisting}}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The main advantage is that many macros can be &lt;code&gt;\cprotect&lt;/code&gt;-ed in the same way as footnote. The main disadvantage is that it will (currently) produce one auxiliary file per &lt;code&gt;\cprotect&lt;/code&gt;-ed command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can find this &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/cprotect/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;package on CTAN&lt;/a&gt; (it is rather new).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T06:51:06.050" />
  <row Id="10223" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10229" CreationDate="2011-02-04T08:20:18.063" Score="3" ViewCount="74" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm printing a table enclosing 4 other data tables, one per page, and would like to maximize the space available by reducing the margins as much as possible.  I still need the page number, but wonder if it can be made to take minimal space.  My table contains &lt;code&gt;resizebox&lt;/code&gt;'ed cells, so I wonder what surrounding mechanics can be employed to get rid of most of the margins specifically for those pages with such tables?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3252" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T10:22:02.690" Title="Maximizing page usage for a table" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;size&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10224" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10228" CreationDate="2011-02-04T09:01:13.337" Score="4" ViewCount="229" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/zqjTe.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This table I can create with this code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}{|l|l|}&#xA;  \hline&#xA;  \multicolumn{2}{|c|}{Team sheet} \\&#xA;  \hline&#xA;  GK &amp;amp; Paul Robinson \\&#xA;  LB &amp;amp; Lucus Radebe \\&#xA;  DC &amp;amp; Michael Duberry \\&#xA;  DC &amp;amp; Dominic Matteo \\&#xA;  RB &amp;amp; Didier Domi \\&#xA;  MC &amp;amp; David Batty \\&#xA;  MC &amp;amp; Eirik Bakke \\&#xA;  MC &amp;amp; Jody Morris \\&#xA;  FW &amp;amp; Jamie McMaster \\&#xA;  ST &amp;amp; Alan Smith \\&#xA;  ST &amp;amp; Mark Viduka \\&#xA;  \hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But is there a possibility to use rounded corners? I'm talking about the 4 main corners and not the corners of each cell.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3316" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-04T09:50:01.437" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T22:06:34.847" Title="Table with rounded corners?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;examples&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10225" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10224" CreationDate="2011-02-04T10:03:52.487" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could do this by putting the table into a &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/pgf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tikZ&lt;/a&gt; node and framing that node with a rectangle that has rounded corners. See code below for some inspiration.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{calc}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \node (tbl) {%&#xA;      \begin{tabular}{l|l}&#xA;        \multicolumn{2}{c}{Team sheet} \\ \hline&#xA;        GK &amp;amp; Paul Robinson \\&#xA;        LB &amp;amp; Lucus Radebe \\&#xA;        DC &amp;amp; Michael Duberry \\&#xA;        DC &amp;amp; Dominic Matteo \\&#xA;        RB &amp;amp; Didier Domi \\&#xA;        MC &amp;amp; David Batty \\&#xA;        MC &amp;amp; Eirik Bakke \\&#xA;        MC &amp;amp; Jody Morris \\&#xA;        FW &amp;amp; Jamie McMaster \\&#xA;        ST &amp;amp; Alan Smith \\&#xA;        ST &amp;amp; Mark Viduka \\&#xA;      \end{tabular}&#xA;    };&#xA;      \draw[rounded corners] ($(tbl.north west)+(0.14,-0.14)$) rectangle ($(tbl.south east)+(-0.14,0.14)$);&#xA;  \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/LkSod.png&quot; alt=&quot;The result of the above code&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T10:03:52.487" />
  <row Id="10226" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10462" CreationDate="2011-02-04T10:04:41.137" Score="6" ViewCount="97" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to produce a document where I can display the first and last items of each two page spread in the headers of both the left and right pages. I know I can use &lt;code&gt;\markboth{}{}&lt;/code&gt; to collect the usual form of marks that feed &lt;code&gt;\leftmark&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\rightmark&lt;/code&gt;. But that is limited to the text of one page at a time.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There doesn't appear to be a natural way to use the forward reference mechanism to do this, but there must be a trick, right?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3290" LastEditorUserId="3290" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-07T09:55:22.267" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T09:55:22.267" Title="How can I achieve dictionary headers for two page spreads in LaTeX" Tags="&lt;cross-referencing&gt;&lt;header-footer&gt;&lt;luatex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="10227" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10224" CreationDate="2011-02-04T10:04:57.290" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;you can do it with tikz fit library&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{fit}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA; \node[inner sep=0pt] (tab){%&#xA; \begin{tabular}{l|l}&#xA;  \multicolumn{2}{c}{Team sheet} \\&#xA;  \hline&#xA;  GK &amp;amp; Paul Robinson \\&#xA;  LB &amp;amp; Lucus Radebe \\&#xA;  DC &amp;amp; Michael Duberry \\&#xA;  DC &amp;amp; Dominic Matteo \\&#xA;  RB &amp;amp; Didier Domi \\&#xA;  MC &amp;amp; David Batty \\&#xA;  MC &amp;amp; Eirik Bakke \\&#xA;  MC &amp;amp; Jody Morris \\&#xA;  FW &amp;amp; Jamie McMaster \\&#xA;  ST &amp;amp; Alan Smith \\&#xA;  ST &amp;amp; Mark Viduka \\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;};&#xA;\node[draw=red, inner sep=0pt, rounded corners=3pt, line width=2pt,&#xA;fit=(tab.north west) (tab.north east) (tab.south east) (tab.south west)] {};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/2NRBA.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="632" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T10:04:57.290" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="10228" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10224" CreationDate="2011-02-04T10:07:49.483" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use a TikZ node with &lt;code&gt;inner sep=0pt&lt;/code&gt; that holds the table, and then draw a rectangle around it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update:&lt;/strong&gt; You can enclose this TikZ/tabular construct in a table environment to add a table caption and label to it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usepackage[bf]{caption}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{table}&#xA;\caption{A table with rounded corners}&#xA;\centering&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\node (table) [inner sep=0pt] {&#xA;\begin{tabular}{l|l}&#xA;  \multicolumn{2}{c}{Team sheet} \\&#xA;  \hline&#xA;  GK &amp;amp; Paul Robinson \\&#xA;  LB &amp;amp; Lucus Radebe \\&#xA;  DC &amp;amp; Michael Duberry \\&#xA;  DC &amp;amp; Dominic Matteo \\&#xA;  RB &amp;amp; Didier Domi \\&#xA;  MC &amp;amp; David Batty \\&#xA;  MC &amp;amp; Eirik Bakke \\&#xA;  MC &amp;amp; Jody Morris \\&#xA;  FW &amp;amp; Jamie McMaster \\&#xA;  ST &amp;amp; Alan Smith \\&#xA;  ST &amp;amp; Mark Viduka \\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;};&#xA;\draw [rounded corners=.5em] (table.north west) rectangle (table.south east);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\label{tab1}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&#xA;Table~\ref{tab1} can be referenced like any other.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/lXiDY.png&quot; alt=&quot;table with TikZ rounded corners, caption and label&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastEditorUserId="2552" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-07T22:06:34.847" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T22:06:34.847" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="10229" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10223" CreationDate="2011-02-04T10:12:07.963" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;code&gt;newgeometry&lt;/code&gt; macro from the &lt;code&gt;geometry&lt;/code&gt; package to change the margins to suit.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[hmargin=3cm,showframe]{geometry}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;L1&#xA;\newgeometry{left=3cm,right=1cm,bottom=0.1cm}&#xA;\savegeometry{L2}&#xA;L2 (new, saved)&#xA;15&#xA;\restoregeometry&#xA;L1 (restored)&#xA;\newgeometry{margin=1cm,includefoot}&#xA;L3 (new)&#xA;\loadgeometry{L2}&#xA;L2 (loaded)&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also adjust margins by writing your own macros. For example see my answer at &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/6402/how-to-switch-between-two-different-marginparwidth-size&quot;&gt;How to switch between two different marginparwidth size?&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-04T10:22:02.690" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T10:22:02.690" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10230" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10226" CreationDate="2011-02-04T10:24:12.390" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/fancyhdr&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/a&gt; manual (Section 10 — Dictionary style headers, p.11) introduces exactly such a page style.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T10:24:12.390" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10231" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10232" CreationDate="2011-02-04T11:03:41.670" Score="0" ViewCount="77" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using TeXworks to write my documents. TeXworks provides the ability to spell check the document, chosing a specific language (english, german or french in my case).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I noticed that every time i restart TeXworks the spell checker is switched off and I have to enable it again and also chose the language again.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I store that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3316" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T11:15:33.233" Title="TeXworks: How to store spell checker settings?" Tags="&lt;spelling&gt;&lt;ide&gt;&lt;texworks&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="10232" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10231" CreationDate="2011-02-04T11:15:33.233" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I usually do this in the »Preferences« dialogue on the »Editor« tab (see attachment). I'm not aware of another solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/RIBxo.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T11:15:33.233" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10234" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10235" CreationDate="2011-02-04T11:58:12.900" Score="2" ViewCount="106" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a LaTeX document with bibliography done using bibtex (so I have a .bib file). However, looks like my current collaborator is not familiar with bibtex and doesn't want to get familiar (as he is considerably more senior I can't really force him to anything). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there an automated way to generate &lt;code&gt;\bibitem&lt;/code&gt; entries from my bibtex file, so that I could just copy these into the version I will send to my collaborator?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3329" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-04T12:16:42.260" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T12:16:42.260" Title="Is there a way to automatically generate \bibitem entries from a bibtex file?" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;bibtex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10235" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10234" CreationDate="2011-02-04T12:09:39.860" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\bibitem&lt;/code&gt;s are in the &lt;code&gt;.bbl&lt;/code&gt; file generated by BibTeX. Just run it once and copy them from this file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If required you can use &lt;code&gt;\nocite{*}&lt;/code&gt; in your document to force the citation of all entries of the &lt;code&gt;.bib&lt;/code&gt; file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T12:09:39.860" />
  <row Id="10236" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10238" CreationDate="2011-02-04T12:43:04.360" Score="2" ViewCount="143" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm currently writing a big document in Latex. The language is english and since I'm not a native english speaker, I've found a friend who will review and correct the document for me as soon as I have finished it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now I'm thinking about how this can be done. I don't want him to change the original version of my documents, since maybe all the modifications I don't want to include. So how can I best compare to different versions of latex documents to see what he has changed?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3316" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-04T12:55:36.160" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T12:59:44.837" Title="Best practice to peer-review a latex document?" Tags="&lt;best-practices&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="10237" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-04T12:52:23.473" Score="0" ViewCount="85" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&#xA;I have a problem with a command i make for a specific glossary:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\term}[4]{\glslink{term:#1}{#2}}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\term#1{\def\tempa{#1}\futurelet\next\term@i}% Save first argument&#xA;\def\term@i{\ifx\next\bgroup\expandafter\term@ii\else\expandafter\term@end\fi}%Check brace&#xA;\def\term@ii#1{\glslink{term:\tempa}{#1}}%Two args&#xA;\def\term@end{\glslink{term:\tempa}{\tempa}}%Single args&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It should work like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;'\term{BAR}' -&amp;gt; '\glslink{term:BAR}{BAR}'&#xA;'\term{BAR}{FOO}' -&amp;gt; '\glslink{term:BAR}{FOO}'&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It works fine except of the space that is entered before the Result.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It seems to work like that&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;'\term{BAR}' -&amp;gt; '\xspace\glslink{term:BAR}{BAR}'&#xA;'\term{BAR}{FOO}' -&amp;gt; '\xspace\glslink{term:BAR}{FOO}'&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2932" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-20T18:15:18.743" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T18:15:51.910" Title="Help with a custom-command: Space should not be inserted" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="10238" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10236" CreationDate="2011-02-04T12:54:05.983" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The preferred way is &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/latexdiff/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;latexdiff&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. You'll need to have Perl installed, as this is really a &#xA;script. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The usage is quite simple (see below), but check the documentation for more options.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;latexdiff old.tex new.tex &amp;gt; diff.tex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On an unrelated note, I had a question some time ago about &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4548/how-to-track-changes-between-pdfs&quot;&gt;comparing PDF documents&lt;/a&gt;, but hopefully you won't need that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You might also find &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/232/how-can-you-use-latex-to-write-a-document-with-other-people&quot;&gt;this discussion&lt;/a&gt; helpful, which is partly related to what you're asking.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="711" LastEditorUserId="711" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-04T12:59:44.837" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T12:59:44.837" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10239" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10265" CreationDate="2011-02-04T12:54:57.353" Score="5" ViewCount="141" Body="&lt;p&gt;Since Acrobat &lt;a href=&quot;http://superuser.com/questions/241206/are-there-any-command-line-options-to-adobe-acrobat-not-reader-for-conversion&quot;&gt;obviously isn't able to convert XML to PDF from command line&lt;/a&gt;, I'm trying to achieve it using LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I found the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/minted/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;minted&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package doing a quite good (and simple) job since it uses &lt;a href=&quot;http://pygments.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pygments&lt;/a&gt; to do the formatting and then puts back the formatted text into my document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The package is working fine except when it comes to long lines in the input XML document that I'm trying to convert to PDF: the generated XML content in the PDF exceeds the right border of the document:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/c0jsO.png&quot; alt=&quot;screenshot&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, to put in a question:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Is there any way that I can tell pygments which page width to use for the output (and possibly keep a nice indent when it has to break a line, just like the Internet Explorer does when displaying XML files)?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Yes, I &lt;em&gt;could&lt;/em&gt; use the &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt; package instead, but with that one, AFAIK I have to define the keywords to get a reasonable highlighting for the XML content, right?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3334" LastEditorUserId="3334" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-04T13:05:29.257" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T16:13:08.653" Title="Breaking long lines using latex with minted and pygments" Tags="&lt;minted&gt;&lt;xml&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10240" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10505" CreationDate="2011-02-04T13:03:52.243" Score="3" ViewCount="206" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/10060/how-to-draw-kiviat-diagrams&quot;&gt; this post&lt;/a&gt;, I started to play with TikZ/PGF to draw a Kiviat Diagram froma a file .dat&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Suppose to have two file table1.dat and table2.dat live these&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%table1&#xA;column1 column2 &#xA;8.109115e-001 3.446073e+000 &#xA;3.971423e+000 3.740758e+000 &#xA;1.556075e+000 2.252708e+000 &#xA;2.642666e+000 4.191069e-001 &#xA;8.282436e-001 1.144885e+000 &#xA;3.009910e+000 4.566687e+000 &#xA;1.314856e+000 7.618901e-001 &#xA;3.270395e+000 4.129085e+000 &#xA;&#xA;%table2&#xA;colonna1 colonna2 colonna3 colonna4 &#xA;4.073618e+000 4.785835e+000 3.393676e+000 3.474143e+000 &#xA;4.528960e+000 2.426878e+000 3.788701e+000 1.585497e+000 &#xA;6.349341e-001 4.001402e+000 3.715662e+000 4.751110e+000 &#xA;4.566879e+000 7.094317e-001 1.961135e+000 1.722304e-001 &#xA;3.161796e+000 2.108806e+000 3.277389e+000 2.193722e+000 &#xA;4.877020e-001 4.578678e+000 8.559334e-001 1.907792e+000 &#xA;1.392491e+000 3.961037e+000 3.530230e+000 3.827584e+000 &#xA;2.734408e+000 4.797462e+000 1.591642e-001 3.976000e+000 &#xA;4.787534e+000 3.278703e+000 1.384615e+000 9.343630e-001 &#xA;4.824443e+000 1.785584e-001 2.308570e-001 2.448822e+000 &#xA;7.880654e-001 4.245647e+000 4.856589e-001 2.227931e+000 &#xA;4.852964e+000 4.669966e+000 4.117289e+000 3.231565e+000&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here it is the explained code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{report}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{calc}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplotstable}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[active,tightpage]{preview}&#xA;\PreviewEnvironment{tikzpicture}&#xA;\setlength{\PreviewBorder}{5mm}&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand{\Kiviat}[5]{&#xA;% #1 - Table file&#xA;% #2 - List of the axis label. His lenght cannot be higher that the number of column of the table.&#xA;%      It can be lower&#xA;% #3 - Color list. His lenght cannot be higher that the number of column of the table.&#xA;%      It can be lower&#xA;% #4 - Pitch of th grid lines&#xA;% #5 - Axis line width &#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% LOAD TABLE&#xA;% The table must be n x m where each n column is the m plot in function of the angle.&#xA;% The first row(labeled by pgfplots table like 0) must contain the name of every column&#xA;\pgfplotstableread{#1}\table&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% COMPUTETATION OF TABLE DIMENSION&#xA;%-&amp;gt;number of axis&#xA;\pgfplotstablegetrowsof{\table}&#xA;\pgfmathsetmacro{\axisNumber}{\pgfplotsretval-1}&#xA;%\show\axisNumber&#xA;&#xA;%-&amp;gt; number of the column to compute&#xA;\pgfplotstablegetcolsof{\table}&#xA;\pgfmathsetmacro{\columnNumber}{\pgfplotsretval-1}&#xA;%\show\columnNumber&#xA;&#xA;% LOAD AXIS LABEL&#xA;\def\namesAxis{#2}&#xA;\foreach \x[count=\kk] in \namesAxis{}&#xA;&#xA;\pgfmathparse{\kk&amp;lt;=(\axisNumber+1)}&#xA;\ifnum\pgfmathresult=0&#xA;\errmessage{The number of labels is greater that number of column of the table loaded}&#xA;\fi&#xA;&#xA;% LOAD COLOR LIST&#xA;\def\listaColori{#3}&#xA;\foreach \mese[count=\numeroColori] in \listaColori{}&#xA;%\show\numeroColori&#xA;&#xA;\pgfmathparse{\numeroColori&amp;lt;=(\columnNumber+1)}&#xA;\ifnum\pgfmathresult=0&#xA;\errmessage{Il numero dei colori è maggiore delle colonne dei dati}&#xA;\fi&#xA;&#xA;% COMPUTE THE MAXIMUM ELEMENT INTO THE TABLE TO COMPUTE THE RADIUS OF KIVIAT DIAGRAM&#xA;% -&amp;gt; starting value&#xA;\def\maxRadius{0}&#xA;&#xA;\count1=0%\columnNumber&#xA;\count2=0%\axisNumber&#xA;\countdef\val=0&#xA;\def\maxRadius{0}&#xA;&#xA;\loop&#xA;\ifnum\count1&amp;lt;\columnNumber&#xA;\advance\count1 by 1&#xA;&#xA;{\loop&#xA;\ifnum\count2&amp;lt;\axisNumber&#xA;\advance\count2 by 1&#xA;&#xA;\pgfplotstablegetelem{\count2}{[index]\count1}\of\table&#xA;&#xA;\pgfmathparse{\maxRadius&amp;lt;\pgfplotsretval}&#xA;&#xA;\ifnum\pgfmathresult=1&#xA;\pgfmathsetmacro{\maxRadius}{\pgfplotsretval}&#xA;\node (Max) at (0,\maxRadius){};&#xA;\fi&#xA;\repeat}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\count2=0&#xA;\repeat&#xA;% now the value of the maximum value into the table is stored in coordinate y of (Max) point in pt units.&#xA;% It must be converted in unit less number in centimenter and saved into \radius variable&#xA;&#xA;\pgfextracty{\pgf@x}{(Max)}&#xA;%pgfmathsetmacro{\radius}{}&#xA;\pgfmathsetmacro{\radius}{ceil(abs(\pgf@x)*2.54/72)}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% COMPUTE THE GRID LINES NUMBER&#xA;\def\pitch{#4}&#xA;\pgfmathsetmacro{\numberTick}{\radius/\pitch}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% AXIS LINE WIDTH&#xA;\def\lwidth{#5}&#xA;&#xA;% COMPUTE OF THE ANGLE BETWEEN THE AXIS&#xA;\pgfmathsetmacro{\ang}{360/(\axisNumber+1)}&#xA;&#xA;% COMPUTE OF TICK RADIUS&#xA;\pgfmathsetmacro{\tickRadius}{1.5*\lwidth}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% GRID DRAWING&#xA;\begin{pgfscope}&#xA;\pgfsetlinewidth{.5pt}&#xA;\pgfsetstrokecolor{gray!50}&#xA;\foreach \altezza in {0,1,...,\numberTick}{&#xA;\pgfmathsetmacro{\dist}{\altezza*\pitch}&#xA;\foreach \axis in {0,1,...,\axisNumber}{&#xA;\ifnum\axis=0&#xA;\pgfpathmoveto{\pgfpointpolar{\ang*(\axis+1)}{\dist cm}}%&#xA;\else&#xA;\pgfpathlineto{\pgfpointpolar{\ang*(\axis+1)}{\dist cm}}&#xA;\fi}&#xA;\pgfpathclose&#xA;\pgfusepath{stroke}&#xA;}&#xA;\end{pgfscope}&#xA;&#xA;% AXIS  and CIRCLE TICK DRAWING&#xA;\foreach \axis in {0,1,...,\axisNumber}{&#xA;\draw[-&amp;gt;, line width=\lwidth pt] (0,0)--++(\ang*\axis:{\radius+1});&#xA;\foreach \tickPosition in {1,...,\numberTick}{&#xA;\fill (\ang*\axis:\pitch*\tickPosition)circle(\tickRadius pt);&#xA;}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% TICK DRAWING&#xA;\foreach \tick in {1,2,...,\radius}{&#xA;\node[anchor=south west] at (\tick,0){\tick};&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% AXIS LABELING&#xA;\foreach \axis[count=\kk] in \namesAxis{&#xA;% \ang between 270 and 360&#xA;\pgfmathparse{(\ang*(\kk-1))&amp;lt;360&amp;amp;&amp;amp;(\ang*(\kk-1))&amp;gt;270}&#xA;\ifnum\pgfmathresult=1&#xA;\def\anchor{north west}&#xA;\fi&#xA;&#xA;% \ang between 180 and 270&#xA;\pgfmathparse{(\ang*(\kk-1))&amp;lt;270&amp;amp;&amp;amp;(\ang*(\kk-1))&amp;gt;180}&#xA;\ifnum\pgfmathresult=1&#xA;\def\anchor{north east}&#xA;\fi&#xA;&#xA;% \ang between 90 and 180&#xA;\pgfmathparse{(\ang*(\kk-1))&amp;lt;180&amp;amp;&amp;amp;(\ang*(\kk-1))&amp;gt;90}&#xA;\ifnum\pgfmathresult=1&#xA;\def\anchor{south east}&#xA;\fi&#xA;&#xA;% \ang between  0 and 90&#xA;\pgfmathparse{(\ang*(\kk-1))&amp;lt;90&amp;amp;&amp;amp;(\ang*(\kk-1))&amp;gt;0}&#xA;\ifnum\pgfmathresult=1&#xA;\def\anchor{south west}&#xA;\fi&#xA;&#xA;% \ang nei 4 punti cartinali&#xA;% east&#xA;\pgfmathparse{(\ang*(\kk-1))==0}&#xA;\ifnum\pgfmathresult=1&#xA;\def\anchor{west}&#xA;\fi&#xA;% nord&#xA;\pgfmathparse{(\ang*(\kk-1))==90}&#xA;\ifnum\pgfmathresult=1&#xA;\def\anchor{south}&#xA;\fi&#xA;% west&#xA;\pgfmathparse{(\ang*(\kk-1))==180}&#xA;\ifnum\pgfmathresult=1&#xA;\def\anchor{east}&#xA;\fi&#xA;% south&#xA;\pgfmathparse{(\ang*(\kk-1))==270}&#xA;\ifnum\pgfmathresult=1&#xA;\def\anchor{north}&#xA;\fi&#xA;&#xA;\node[anchor=\anchor] at ({\ang*(\kk-1)}:{\radius+1}){\axis};&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% FILE PLOTTING&#xA;\pgfplotstableforeachcolumn\table\as\nomeColonne{%&#xA;\begin{pgfscope}&#xA;&#xA;% color definition&#xA;\pgfmathsetmacro{\cucu}{\pgfplotstablecol+1}&#xA;\foreach \var[count=\kk] in \listaColori{&#xA;\ifnum\kk=\cucu&#xA;\pgfsetstrokecolor{\var}&#xA;\fill[shift={(\radius cm+2 cm,-\pgfplotstablecol cm+\radius cm)},\var] (0,0)rectangle(.5,-.5);&#xA;\node[shift={(\radius cm+2 cm,-\pgfplotstablecol cm+\radius cm)}, anchor=west] at (.5,-.25){\nomeColonne};&#xA;\breakforeach&#xA;\fi&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\foreach \axis in {0,1,...,\axisNumber}{&#xA;\pgfplotstablegetelem{\axis}{[index]\pgfplotstablecol}\of\table&#xA;\pgfmathsetmacro{\data}{\pgfplotsretval}&#xA;\ifnum\axis=0&#xA;\pgfpathmoveto{\pgfpointpolar{\ang*\axis}{\data cm}}%&#xA;\else&#xA;\pgfpathlineto{\pgfpointpolar{\ang*\axis}{\data  cm}}&#xA;\fi&#xA;}&#xA;\pgfsetlinewidth{2pt}&#xA;\pgfclosepath&#xA;\pgfusepath{stroke}&#xA;\end{pgfscope}}&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}%[scale=.65]&#xA;\Kiviat{table1.dat}&#xA;{row1,row2,ro3,row4,row5,ro6,row7,row8}&#xA;{red,orange}&#xA;{.5}&#xA;{1}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}%[scale=.65]&#xA;\Kiviat{table2.dat}&#xA;{row1,row2,row3,row4,row5,row6,row7,row8,ro9,row10,row11,row12}&#xA;{red,orange,green!50!black,yellow!70!black}&#xA;{.5}&#xA;{1}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;These are the results&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/reyEC.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Table1&quot;&gt; &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/UN3Za.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For sure is not the best and more efficient code possible to write but it is a beginning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Indeed, there is a big problem. If i scale the tikzpicture, not every component is scaled in the right way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd like to introduce some pgfkeys to play with much more input. Can somebody help me?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Many thanks in advance&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3268" LastEditorUserId="3300" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-04T14:30:17.873" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T19:32:40.793" Title="Problem drawing Kiviat diagram" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;diagrams&gt;&lt;pgfkeys&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10241" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10237" CreationDate="2011-02-04T13:14:24.803" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your example works fine on my TeXLive installation. Please post a complete compilable example so we can have a closer look. The space seems not to come from your code anyway. Also your first line seems to be unrelated to the example and should be removed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can achieve the same using:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand*{\term}[2][\@tempa]{%&#xA;   \begingroup&#xA;   \def\@tempa{#2}%&#xA;   \glslink{term:#2}{#1}%&#xA;   \endgroup&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Usage:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;'\term{BAR}' -&amp;gt; '\glslink{term:BAR}{BAR}'&#xA;&#xA;'\term[FOO]{BAR}' -&amp;gt; '\glslink{term:BAR}{FOO}'&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I assume here that &lt;code&gt;\glslink&lt;/code&gt; is happy inside a group. Otherwise the code is a little bit more complicated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-20T18:15:51.910" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T18:15:51.910" />
  <row Id="10242" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10240" CreationDate="2011-02-04T13:23:09.927" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;AFAIK you have to use the &lt;code&gt;transform canvas&lt;/code&gt; option to scale complex tikzpictures,&#xA;e.g. &lt;code&gt;[transform canvas={scale=2}]&lt;/code&gt;, otherwise only the coordinates are scaled.&#xA;See section 22.4 &quot;Canvas Transformations&quot; in the &lt;code&gt;pgfmanual&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You also can just put the whole picture in a &lt;code&gt;\scalebox&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\resizebox&lt;/code&gt; (graphicx package). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Update:&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tested your document now with &lt;code&gt;[transform canvas={scale=2}]&lt;/code&gt;.&#xA;The scaling seems work but the bounding box is gone. I would really suggest to use &lt;code&gt;\scalebox&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\resizebox&lt;/code&gt; as described for &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/4338/2975&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt;. They work fine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-04T16:40:13.783" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T16:40:13.783" />
  <row Id="10243" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10261" CreationDate="2011-02-04T13:35:44.160" Score="1" ViewCount="199" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|}&#xA;Column 1 &amp;amp; Column 2 &amp;amp; column3 \\&#xA;\hline&#xA;second row &amp;amp; &amp;amp; \\&#xA;\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please help me with table border options. Using &lt;code&gt;|&lt;/code&gt; I can draw thin solid vertical lines and &lt;code&gt;\hline&lt;/code&gt; draws thin solid horizontal lines. I would like to achieve thick outer border, thin dotted lines of various size and color in the table. In short I would like to achieve similar functionality of attached screenshot of MS word table options in &lt;code&gt;LaTeX&lt;/code&gt;. Also the reason for asking this is to put all table borders related answers at one place&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks for your help. &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/WiqTu.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2036" LastEditorUserId="2036" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-04T14:14:43.393" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T16:37:40.680" Title="Table Border Options" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="10244" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9750" CreationDate="2011-02-04T13:37:52.317" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To rescale to A4, I use (copied from the above-mentioned beamer manual)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{pgfpages}&#xA;\pgfpagesuselayout{resize to}[a4paper,landscape,border shrink=5mm]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To make handouts (4 slides on one page), also on A4 paper, I use&#xA;(from section 21.1 of the beamer manual, slightly changed)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{pgfpages}&#xA;\pgfpagesuselayout{4 on 1}[a4paper,landscape,border shrink=5mm]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="974" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T13:37:52.317" />
  <row Id="10245" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10247" CreationDate="2011-02-04T14:01:16.197" Score="3" ViewCount="129" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use the following code to include three images:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}[h]&#xA;\includegraphics{delete_gesture.png}&#xA;\caption{Awesome Image}&#xA;\label{fig:awesome_image}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}[h]&#xA;\includegraphics{ok_gesture.png}&#xA;\caption{Awesome Image}&#xA;\label{fig:awesome_image}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}[h]&#xA;\includegraphics{settings_gesture.png}&#xA;\caption{Awesome Image}&#xA;\label{fig:awesome_image}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now the images are ordered vertically. I want them horizontally. I tried to use &lt;code&gt;columns&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;multicols&lt;/code&gt; but couldn't find a solution. Any hint?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3316" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T16:08:22.437" Title="How to order 3 images horizontally?" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;examples&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="10246" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9918" CreationDate="2011-02-04T14:04:16.850" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This should work:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\input luaotfload.sty&#xA;\directlua{fonts.names.scan(&quot;.&quot;)}&#xA;\font\test={name:Gota Light} % whatever the font is&#xA;\test test&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But it does not work now because of a long undiscovered bug (you can fix it by replacing &lt;code&gt;&quot;zapfino&quot;&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;dir&lt;/code&gt; in the file &lt;code&gt;otfl-font-nms.lua&lt;/code&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fontspec's &lt;code&gt;ExternalLocation&lt;/code&gt; would be extended to use this feature.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T14:04:16.850" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10247" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10245" CreationDate="2011-02-04T14:05:51.170" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;put them all together in &lt;em&gt;one&lt;/em&gt; figure environment and the three minipages&#xA;without an empty line&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[english]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[demo]{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{babel,blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\blindtext&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}[!htb]&#xA;\minipage{0.32\textwidth}&#xA;  \includegraphics[width=\linewidth]{delete_gesture.png}&#xA;  \caption{A really Awesome Image}\label{fig:awesome_image1}&#xA;\endminipage\hfill&#xA;\minipage{0.32\textwidth}&#xA;  \includegraphics[width=\linewidth]{ok_gesture.png}&#xA;  \caption{A really Awesome Image}\label{fig:awesome_image2}&#xA;\endminipage\hfill&#xA;\minipage{0.32\textwidth}%&#xA;  \includegraphics[width=\linewidth]{settings_gesture.png}&#xA;  \caption{A really Awesome Image}\label{fig:awesome_image3}&#xA;\endminipage&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\blindtext&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/7MjqU.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-04T16:08:22.437" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T16:08:22.437" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="10248" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10266" CreationDate="2011-02-04T14:20:37.233" Score="5" ViewCount="145" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello there, I just ran into another issue, I like to use gill sans very much but the number 1, lower case L and upper case I are almost indistinguisable. On the other hand I like Helvetica numbers. Is there a way to use Gill Sans for all non-numeric characters and Helvetica only for numbers [0 9] ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2189" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-04T16:51:39.577" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T17:14:12.720" Title="Font selection in XeTeX for specific characters" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10249" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10239" CreationDate="2011-02-04T14:23:39.523" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There seems to be no option for pygments to provide a line width. I would assume that it doesn't handles such thing by itself. If it can be done then only in its &lt;code&gt;latex&lt;/code&gt; format driver.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that &lt;code&gt;minted&lt;/code&gt;/&lt;code&gt;pygments&lt;/code&gt; using &lt;code&gt;fancyvrb&lt;/code&gt; to display the text while keeping &lt;code&gt;\&lt;/code&gt; the macro character. Unfortunately &lt;code&gt;fancyvrb&lt;/code&gt; can't break lines itself.&#xA;The &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt; package can do that, but doesn't support &lt;code&gt;\&lt;/code&gt; as single escape character! :-(&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T14:23:39.523" />
  <row Id="10250" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10245" CreationDate="2011-02-04T14:23:59.220" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is a solution with &lt;code&gt;subfigure&lt;/code&gt; package. It has 2 rows and 2 columns of images. The widths are chosen such that it fits into a column of a 2-column page. I guess you get the idea.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}[t]&#xA;\centering&#xA;\subfigure[text]{&#xA;\includegraphics[width=.225\textwidth]{file}&#xA;}&#xA;\subfigure[text]{&#xA;\includegraphics[width=.225\textwidth]{file}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\subfigure[text]{&#xA;\includegraphics[width=.225\textwidth]{file}&#xA;}&#xA;\subfigure[text]{&#xA;\includegraphics[width=.225\textwidth]{file}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\caption{blablabla}&#xA;\label{fig:whatever}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you can see it's pretty simple to have to images/objects next to each other -- just put them into the same line. Or you can use &lt;code&gt;multicol&lt;/code&gt; inside a &lt;code&gt;figure&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3336" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T14:23:59.220" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10251" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10245" CreationDate="2011-02-04T14:27:01.667" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use the following technique:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}[h]       &#xA;    \fbox{\includegraphics{fig1.pdf}}   &#xA;    \hspace{30px}&#xA;    \fbox{\includegraphics{fig2.pdf}}&#xA;    \hspace{30px}&#xA;    \fbox{\includegraphics{fig3.pdf}}&#xA;    \caption{this is the caption}&#xA;    \label{materialflowChart}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This places a thin line around each image (as it uses &lt;code&gt;framebox&lt;/code&gt;). You can use &lt;code&gt;\mbox&lt;/code&gt; in the same way if you don't want a frame. The &lt;code&gt;\hspace{}&lt;/code&gt; command is a convenient way of controlling the spacing between the two images.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1167" LastEditorUserId="1167" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-04T14:49:05.810" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T14:49:05.810" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="10252" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-04T14:39:20.350" Score="2" ViewCount="209" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've searched online, but I have not found any clear instructions how to permanently add .sty files to my TeXShop installation. I'm using a mac with OSX (TeXShop is a mac only program).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is the best way of doing this? The one comprehensive set of instructions I found &lt;a href=&quot;http://latex.silmaril.ie/formattinginformation/chapter5.html#installpkg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've got as far as extracting the files (running &lt;code&gt;LaTeX&lt;/code&gt; on the .ins and . dtx files) but after that I don't know what to do. I also don't understand how to update the index of my distribution, and whether there are particular OSX specifics (the instructions are for Windows).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1167" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T18:20:13.357" Title="How do I add a .sty file to my TeXShop installation?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;installing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10254" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1872" CreationDate="2011-02-04T14:58:54.313" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You don't have to use natbib to get the references with full name and year. You can do the same by using apalike bibliographystyle and you'll just type the following snippet in your tex file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\bibliographystyle{apalike}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3337" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T14:58:54.313" />
  <row Id="10255" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10263" CreationDate="2011-02-04T15:00:13.050" Score="5" ViewCount="254" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use the following code to include some XML code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\lstset{language=XML}&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}&#xA;&amp;lt;?xml version=&quot;1.0&quot; encoding=&quot;utf-8&quot;?&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;xs:schema attributeFormDefault=&quot;unqualified&quot; elementFormDefault=&quot;qualified&quot;&#xA;   xmlns:xs=&quot;http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;  &amp;lt;xs:element name=&quot;points&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;    &amp;lt;xs:complexType&amp;gt;&#xA;      &amp;lt;xs:sequence&amp;gt;&#xA;        &amp;lt;xs:element maxOccurs=&quot;unbounded&quot; name=&quot;point&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;          &amp;lt;xs:complexType&amp;gt;&#xA;            &amp;lt;xs:attribute name=&quot;x&quot; type=&quot;xs:unsignedShort&quot; use=&quot;required&quot; /&amp;gt;&#xA;            &amp;lt;xs:attribute name=&quot;y&quot; type=&quot;xs:unsignedShort&quot; use=&quot;required&quot; /&amp;gt;&#xA;          &amp;lt;/xs:complexType&amp;gt;&#xA;        &amp;lt;/xs:element&amp;gt;&#xA;      &amp;lt;/xs:sequence&amp;gt;&#xA;    &amp;lt;/xs:complexType&amp;gt;&#xA;  &amp;lt;/xs:element&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;/xs:schema&amp;gt;&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But only &lt;code&gt;?xml version&lt;/code&gt; is highlighted. Is there any other predefined XML syntax highlighting?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3316" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-04T21:40:25.290" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T14:47:56.987" Title="XML syntax highlighting" Tags="&lt;listings&gt;&lt;xml&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10256" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10252" CreationDate="2011-02-04T15:00:40.893" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The first question you should ask is whether the package you are trying to install is already installed on your system. If you are using MacTeX as your distribution (which you probably are) then most packages are already available.  Within TeXShop you can choose the &quot;Show Help for Package&quot; item from the Help menu and enter your package name. (Or make a simple document that loads the package to see if it doesn't exist.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If the package doesn't exist, then &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/8357/how-to-have-local-package-overide-default-package/8359#8359&quot;&gt;this answer&lt;/a&gt; covers everything you need to know.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On a Mac, local additions go into the Library/texmf folder of your Home folder. (~/Library/texmf)  You never need to update the file database for local additions to this folder.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-04T18:20:13.357" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T18:20:13.357" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10257" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10243" CreationDate="2011-02-04T15:19:34.693" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/hhline&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;hhline&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package and the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/arydshln&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;arydshln&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package. You can get colour in the table with the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/xcolor&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;xcolor&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You might have your reasons to typeset your tables with many different line styles... I'd usually recommend to avoid vertical lines at all and to draw horizontal lines with commands provided by the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/booktabs&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;booktabs&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In case you are writing something related to science, more or less all textbooks seem to roughly follow similar guidelines. Rarely you will find a vertical line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="632" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-04T16:37:40.680" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T16:37:40.680" />
  <row Id="10258" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10262" CreationDate="2011-02-04T15:32:27.067" Score="5" ViewCount="117" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a problem drawing a &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chord_%28peer-to-peer%29&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;chord&lt;/a&gt; network with TikZ.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is my code so far:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \xdef\N{16}&#xA;    \xdef\deltadegree{360/\N}&#xA;    \draw[thick] (0,0) circle (6);&#xA;&#xA;    \foreach \i in {0,...,15} {&#xA;        % predecessor&#xA;        \pgfmathparse{mod(\i-1,\N)}&#xA;        \draw[color=red] (-\i*\deltadegree+90:6) -- (-1*\pgfmathresult*\deltadegree+90:6);&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;        % successor&#xA;        \pgfmathparse{mod(\i+1,\N)}&#xA;            \draw (-\i*\deltadegree+90:6) -- (-1*\pgfmathresult*\deltadegree+90:6);&#xA;&#xA;        % fingers&#xA;        \foreach \j in {0,...,4}{&#xA;            \pgfmathparse{mod(\i+2^\j,\N)}&#xA;            \draw (-\i*\deltadegree+90:6) -- (-1*\pgfmathresult*\deltadegree+90:6);&#xA;        }&#xA;    }&#xA;&#xA;    \foreach \i in {0,...,15}&#xA;        \node[circle,fill=white,draw=black,thick] at (-\i*\deltadegree+90:6) {\i};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem with this code is, TikZ only draws lines from node 6 to every other node, but i thought it iterates over all nodes, calulates the destination for each finger, and draws that line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What am I doing wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1866" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T15:53:12.633" Title="Drawing a chord net with TikZ" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="10259" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10264" CreationDate="2011-02-04T15:35:47.263" Score="2" ViewCount="136" Body="&lt;p&gt;I already changed the chapter numbers using&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\definecolor{chaptergrey}{}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But there must be some way to change the chapter titles also. Someone knows how?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3338" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-25T13:51:49.887" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T13:51:49.887" Title="Colored chapter titles with the quotchap package" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;color&gt;&lt;chapters&gt;&lt;quotchap&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10260" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="769" CreationDate="2011-02-04T15:37:24.360" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I found &lt;code&gt;lettrine&lt;/code&gt; package easy to use. There are also some customization options available. The documentation is available at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/lettrine/doc/lettrine.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ctan&lt;/a&gt;. Using XeLaTeX, all fonts are available. The usual syntax is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{lettrine}&#xA;...&#xA;\lettrine[lines=2]{S}{tart} of the chapter&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;code&gt;color&lt;/code&gt; as well:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\lettrine[lines=4]{\color{BrickRed}S}{tart} of the chapter&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I found that the package doesn't work well with &lt;code&gt;verse&lt;/code&gt;. Sample: &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/LO87S.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1688" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T15:37:24.360" />
  <row Id="10261" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10243" CreationDate="2011-02-04T15:46:56.013" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{array,booktabs,arydshln,xcolor}&#xA;\newcommand\VRule[1][\arrayrulewidth]{\vrule width #1}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{!{\VRule[2pt]}c!{\VRule}c!{\color{red}\VRule[3pt]}c!{\VRule}}&#xA;Column 1 &amp;amp; Column 2 &amp;amp; column3 \\\specialrule{3pt}{0pt}{0pt}&#xA;second row &amp;amp; &amp;amp; \\\hdashline&#xA;third row  &amp;amp; &amp;amp; \\\specialrule{4pt}{0pt}{0pt}&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ckXS4.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T15:46:56.013" />
  <row Id="10262" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10258" CreationDate="2011-02-04T15:53:12.633" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathresult&lt;/code&gt; macro gets overwritten very quickly by TikZ. You should always assign the results to a different macro immediately, which you can do using the &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathsetmacro{&amp;lt;macro name&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;math expression&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt; command (see also &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/9988/tikz-pgfmathresult-problem-inside-angle-pgfmathresult-coordinate&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's your code with the adaptation. Note that the lines from the &quot;successor&quot; loops just draw over the &quot;predecessor&quot; loops.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \xdef\N{16}&#xA;    \xdef\deltadegree{360/\N}&#xA;    \draw[thick] (0,0) circle (6);&#xA;&#xA;    \foreach \i in {0,...,15} {&#xA;        % predecessor&#xA;        \pgfmathsetmacro{\result}{mod(\i-1,\N)}&#xA;        \draw[color=red] (-\i*\deltadegree+90:6) -- (-1*\result*\deltadegree+90:6);&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;        % successor&#xA;        \pgfmathsetmacro{\result}{mod(\i+1,\N)}&#xA;            \draw (-\i*\deltadegree+90:6) -- (-1*\result*\deltadegree+90:6);&#xA;&#xA;        % fingers&#xA;        \foreach \j in {0,...,4}{&#xA;            \pgfmathsetmacro{\result}{mod(\i+2^\j,\N)}&#xA;            \draw (-\i*\deltadegree+90:6) -- (-1*\result*\deltadegree+90:6);&#xA;        }&#xA;    }&#xA;&#xA;    \foreach \i in {0,...,15}&#xA;        \node[circle,fill=white,draw=black,thick] at (-\i*\deltadegree+90:6) {\i};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T15:53:12.633" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10263" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10255" CreationDate="2011-02-04T16:09:19.440" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;XML language is very limited supported. You can define more keywords yourself:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\lstset{&#xA;  language=XML,&#xA;  morekeywords={encoding,&#xA;    xs:schema,xs:element,xs:complexType,xs:sequence,xs:attribute}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T16:09:19.440" />
  <row Id="10264" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10259" CreationDate="2011-02-04T16:10:32.523" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A short peak into &lt;code&gt;quotchap.sty&lt;/code&gt; tells me to redefine &lt;code&gt;\sectfont&lt;/code&gt; (which contains only &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt; by default):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{quotchap}&#xA;\colorlet{chaptergrey}{green}&#xA;\renewcommand*\sectfont{\color{blue}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\chapter{Test} % green number, blue text&#xA;\section{Test} % all black&#xA;\subsection{Test} % all black&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T16:10:32.523" />
  <row Id="10265" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10239" CreationDate="2011-02-04T16:13:08.653" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;minted&lt;/code&gt; can’t do that and since I have no idea how this line-breaking feature is implemented in &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt; there are no plans a the moment to add the feature. Sorry. :-(&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My advice: for your situation, switch to &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt; (or break the lines manually).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T16:13:08.653" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10266" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10248" CreationDate="2011-02-04T16:44:01.143" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, you can. But I only know a tricky method --- to use &lt;code&gt;\XeTeXinterchartoks&lt;/code&gt; and related commands. There have been some packages, for example &lt;code&gt;xeCJK&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;ucharclasses&lt;/code&gt;, that use this mechanism for multilingual support. (I wrote a few code for &lt;code&gt;xeCJK&lt;/code&gt;.) For more information, you can read &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/xetexref/XeTeX-reference.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;XeTeX's reference&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Set &lt;code&gt;\XeTeXinterchartokenstate=1&lt;/code&gt; to enable the mechanism.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are already some predefined char classes. 0 for normal westen alphabets and symbols, 1 for CJK ideographs, 255 for boundary, etc. And you can use &lt;code&gt;\newXeTeXintercharclass&lt;/code&gt; to allocate a new class.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;\XeTeXcharclass&lt;/code&gt; to set the numbers to the new character class, and use &lt;code&gt;\XeTeXinterchartoks&lt;/code&gt; to do the trick.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Full example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/tNIe7.png&quot; alt=&quot;result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\XeTeXinterchartokenstate=1&#xA;\chardef\CharNormal=0&#xA;\chardef\CharBound=255&#xA;\newXeTeXintercharclass\CharNumbers&#xA;\XeTeXcharclass`0=\CharNumbers&#xA;\XeTeXcharclass`1=\CharNumbers&#xA;\XeTeXcharclass`2=\CharNumbers&#xA;\XeTeXcharclass`3=\CharNumbers&#xA;\XeTeXcharclass`4=\CharNumbers&#xA;\XeTeXcharclass`5=\CharNumbers&#xA;\XeTeXcharclass`6=\CharNumbers&#xA;\XeTeXcharclass`7=\CharNumbers&#xA;\XeTeXcharclass`8=\CharNumbers&#xA;\XeTeXcharclass`9=\CharNumbers&#xA;\newtoks\TokSetfont&#xA;\TokSetfont={\begingroup\fontspec{Latin Modern Mono}}&#xA;\XeTeXinterchartoks\CharNormal\CharNumbers=\TokSetfont&#xA;\XeTeXinterchartoks\CharBound\CharNumbers=\TokSetfont&#xA;\XeTeXinterchartoks\CharNumbers\CharNormal={\endgroup}&#xA;\XeTeXinterchartoks\CharNumbers\CharBound={\endgroup}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;0123&#xA;&#xA;abc123&#xA;&#xA;123abc&#xA;&#xA;abc123def&#xA;&#xA;123abc456&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;BTW, this does not affect math fonts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-04T16:52:39.713" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T16:52:39.713" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10269" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10248" CreationDate="2011-02-04T17:03:39.740" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't know if this works in LaTeX, but at least with Plain:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\font\mydigitsfont=&quot;Helvetica&quot;&#xA;\font\mydigitssfont=&quot;Helvetica/S=7&quot; at 7pt&#xA;\font\mydigitsssfont=&quot;Helvetica/S=5&quot; at 5pt&#xA;\newfam\mydigitsfam&#xA;\textfont\mydigitsfam=\mydigitsfont&#xA;\scriptfont\mydigitsfam=\mydigitssfont&#xA;\scriptscriptfont\mydigitsfam=\mydigitsssfont&#xA;\XeTeXmathcode`0=&quot;0\mydigitsfam`0&#xA;\XeTeXmathcode`1=&quot;0\mydigitsfam`1&#xA;\XeTeXmathcode`2=&quot;0\mydigitsfam`2&#xA;\XeTeXmathcode`3=&quot;0\mydigitsfam`3&#xA;\XeTeXmathcode`4=&quot;0\mydigitsfam`4&#xA;\XeTeXmathcode`5=&quot;0\mydigitsfam`5&#xA;\XeTeXmathcode`6=&quot;0\mydigitsfam`6&#xA;\XeTeXmathcode`7=&quot;0\mydigitsfam`7&#xA;\XeTeXmathcode`8=&quot;0\mydigitsfam`8&#xA;\XeTeXmathcode`9=&quot;0\mydigitsfam`9&#xA;\def\mydigits{\fam\mydigitsfam\mydigitsfont}&#xA;$ 1^22^{23^3}3^1 $ 123 {\mydigits 123}&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, automatic only for mathmode.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastEditorUserId="1410" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-04T17:14:12.720" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T17:14:12.720" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10270" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-04T17:17:11.707" Score="4" ViewCount="202" Body="&lt;p&gt;What i want to achieve is really simple:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to be able to align cell content at the top (which is the default behavior of tabular) while being able to manually break lines (and anything you could normally do in a paragraph environment). For instance:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/EDeFh.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would expect this to work:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}{|r|l|}&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    \parbox{3cm}{\raggedleft First Line\\SecondLine} &amp;amp;&#xA;    \parbox{5cm}{\textbf{First line goes here}\\&#xA;                 Second line would be here\\&#xA;                 And so on, ...\\&#xA;                 ... until the very end.} \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However this produces the following result:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/vQDkk.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The left parbox is vertically centered. During the past two days, I've searched the whole LaTeX community in vain for a solution to this problem. I've come across solutions consisting in the use of raisebox that force you to manually grope for the right difference value depending on the content of the two cells. That is no solution to me. I want this to be automatic as it is in any document editor... I would be very surprised if LaTeX didn't allow this kind of construction!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Regards&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3339" LastEditorUserId="3339" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-04T17:39:37.670" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T21:36:02.100" Title="Tabular, parbox, vertical alignment" Tags="&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;&lt;tables&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="10271" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-04T17:31:26.120" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Revision control&lt;/em&gt;, also known as &lt;em&gt;version control&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;source control&lt;/em&gt; (and an aspect of &lt;em&gt;software configuration management&lt;/em&gt; or SCM), is the management of changes to documents.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Common revision-control software are &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Revision_Control_System&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;RVS&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Concurrent_Versions_System&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;CVS&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Apache_Subversion&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Subversion&lt;/a&gt; (SVN).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;List of revision-control related LaTeX packages on CTAN (may be incomplete):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/pkg/vc&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;vc&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/pkg/svn&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;svn&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/pkg/svninfo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;svninfo&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/pkg/svn-multi&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;svn-multi&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/pkg/svn-prov&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;svn-prov&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/pkg/rcs&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;rcs&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/pkg/rcs-pln&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;rcs-pln&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/pkg/rcsinfo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;rcsinfo&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/pkg/rcs-multi&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;rcs-multi&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-04T17:47:42.357" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T17:47:42.357" />
  <row Id="10272" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-04T17:31:26.120" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="The revision-control tag refers to questions about using revision-control software together with LaTeX documents." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-04T17:31:26.120" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T17:31:26.120" />
  <row Id="10273" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10270" CreationDate="2011-02-04T17:31:38.823" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can adjust the inner-text using the optional parameters for parbox&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\parbox[position][height][inner-pos]{width}{text}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is a minimal example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|r|l|}&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    \parbox[t][][t]{3cm}{\raggedleft First Line\\SecondLine} &amp;amp;&#xA;    \parbox[t][][t]{5cm}{\textbf{First line goes here}\\&#xA;                 Second line would be here\\&#xA;                 And so on, ...\\&#xA;                 ... until the very end.} \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can read more at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/tutorials/latex2e/%245cparbox.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TUG's LaTeX tutorial&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-04T17:35:38.067" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T17:35:38.067" />
  <row Id="10274" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10275" CreationDate="2011-02-04T18:14:04.110" Score="2" ViewCount="127" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need to move the page number to the very bottom of the page, so it scrapes the bottom edge of the actual sheet (US letter).  How do we do that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3252" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T19:49:31.283" Title="Move the page number to the very bottom of the page" Tags="&lt;page-numbering&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="10275" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10274" CreationDate="2011-02-04T18:19:23.000" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[includefoot,bottom=0pt]{geometry}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T18:19:23.000" />
  <row Id="10276" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10270" CreationDate="2011-02-04T18:23:51.730" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is a duplicate of a question posted at &lt;a href=&quot;http://latex-community.org/forum/viewtopic.php?f=45&amp;amp;t=11705&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX Community&lt;/a&gt;. I'll post the same thing I did there:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|&amp;gt;{\raggedleft}p{3cm}|&amp;gt;{\raggedright\arraybackslash}p{5cm}|}&#xA;\hline&#xA;First line\\ Second line&#xA;&amp;amp;&#xA;\textbf{First line goes here}\newline&#xA;Second line would be here\newline&#xA;And so on, \ldots \newline&#xA;\ldots\ until the very end. \\&#xA;\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But there is more discussion there.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T18:23:51.730" />
  <row Id="10277" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10215" CreationDate="2011-02-04T18:33:27.260" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;the &quot;mini-index&quot; listings in volume b were generated separately and added&#xA;in post-processing.  there is a chapter in knuth's book &quot;digital typography&quot;&#xA;entitled &quot;mini-indexes for literate programs&quot; (it's chapter 11, pp.225-245), as&#xA;well as several other entries in the index.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;a program TWILL was used to create the mini-indexes in both volumes b and d.&#xA;the name was &quot;suggested by the fact that it was a two-pass variant of the standard&#xA;program called WEAVE.&quot;  there were several references to TWILL in the course of the&#xA;panel discussion at tug 2010.  (see &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/TUGboat/tb31-2/tb98panel.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://tug.org/TUGboat/tb31-2/tb98panel.pdf&lt;/a&gt; or&#xA;the video of the panel at &lt;a href=&quot;http://river-valley.tv/tug-2010-panel/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://river-valley.tv/tug-2010-panel/&lt;/a&gt;)  apparently TWILL&#xA;is somewhere on knuth's web site (http://www-cs-faculty.stanford.edu/~knuth/), .  &quot;It's not that easy to use, so I don't advertise it much.  It requires running in several passes.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;so it &lt;em&gt;is&lt;/em&gt; out there to be explored, if not that easy to use.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="579" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T18:33:27.260" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="10278" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-04T19:27:23.667" Score="2" ViewCount="180" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using LaTeX for writing corporate letters, including serials letters. To incorporate our organization's logo, back address and so on I put a single A4-sized PDF containing all this information into the background using the &lt;code&gt;dinbrief&lt;/code&gt; class:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{dinbrief} &#xA;...&#xA;&#xA;\setbottomtexttop{270mm}  % x from top of page&#xA;\bottomtext{\kern27mm%    % y from bottom of page; x+y=297mm = DIN A4 height&#xA;        \vbox to 0pt{\vss\hbox to 0pt{\kern-2.5cm&#xA;        \includegraphics{letterheads/head-lzi-cl.pdf}\hss}}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{letter}{Prof. Drov Nuts\\St. Anford}&#xA;..&#xA;\end{letter}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This seems somewhat hackish. Is there an alternative for a clean letter style? Most letter styles I've seen try to use LaTeX for placing fancy logos and back addresses which I think are much better included from a single nicely designed PDF. Are there any classes supporting this idea?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/837/pdf-letterhead-as-document-background&quot;&gt;PDF letterhead as document background&lt;/a&gt; seems relevant here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3083" LastEditorUserId="3083" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-04T20:13:40.020" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T20:13:40.020" Title="A clean letter class for office use, including serial letters" Tags="&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;layout&gt;&lt;letters&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="10279" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10205" CreationDate="2011-02-04T19:32:05.957" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Joseph Wright's solution doesn't need the additional helper macros (&lt;code&gt;\@stop&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\cleanup@nil&lt;/code&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\counttokens#1{%&#xA;  \def\counttokens##1{%&#xA;    \the\numexpr\expandafter\@counttokens##1#1\@nnil\@nnil\relax&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;\counttokens{ }&#xA;\long\def\@counttokens#1{%&#xA;    \csname @\ifx#1\@nnil first\else second\fi oftwo\endcsname&#xA;    {0\remove@to@nnil}{1+\@counttokens}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\test{abc de\par}&#xA;\counttokens\test&#xA;\counttokens{}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And Martin Scharrer's solution can be made more elegant as follows. Amongst other issues, there is no need for the &lt;code&gt;\eatspace&lt;/code&gt; macro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\counttokens#1{%&#xA;  \def\counttokens##1{%&#xA;    \let\tokencount\m@ne&#xA;      \def\@counttokens{\futurelet\@let@token\@@counttokens}%&#xA;      \expandafter\@counttokens##1#1\@nnil&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;\counttokens{ }&#xA;\def\@@counttokens{%&#xA;  \csname @\ifx\@let@token\@nnil first\else second\fi oftwo\endcsname&#xA;    \remove@to@nnil{%&#xA;        \edef\tokencount{\the\numexpr\tokencount+1}%&#xA;    \afterassignment\@counttokens&#xA;      \let\@let@token= %&#xA;    }%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\counttokens{A{something}\beta}&#xA;\show\tokencount&#xA;&#xA;\counttokens{ 1 2 3 }&#xA;\show\tokencount&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="994" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-04T19:38:51.213" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T19:38:51.213" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="10280" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10274" CreationDate="2011-02-04T19:42:39.447" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can do more than move the page number. From comp.text.tex:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{article} &#xA;\makeatletter &#xA;\usepackage{xkeyval} &#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr} &#xA;\usepackage{xcolor} &#xA;\usepackage{picture,graphicx} &#xA;\usepackage{atbegshi} &#xA;\usepackage{lipsum} &#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\pagestyle{fancyplain} &#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\def\tempa{fmt=\fbox,x=.05,y=-.5,color=blue,scale=2.5,angle=90,% &#xA;  cfoot=,rfoot=,lfoot=,chead=,rhead=,lhead=} &#xA;\def\tempd{} &#xA;\def\tempc#1=#2\@nil{% &#xA;  \edef\tempd{% &#xA;    \unexpanded\expandafter{\tempd}% &#xA;    \ifx\tempd\@empty\else,\fi#1% &#xA;  }% &#xA;  \define@cmdkey[KV]{pagenr}[pgn@]{#1}[#2]{}% &#xA;} &#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\@for\tempb:=\tempa\do{\expandafter\tempc\tempb\@nil} &#xA;\begingroup &#xA;\edef\x{\endgroup &#xA;  \noexpand\setkeys[KV]{pagenr}{\unexpanded\expandafter{\tempd}}% &#xA;} &#xA;\x &#xA;\newcommand*\FancyPageNos[1][]{% &#xA;  \ifx\\#1\\\else\setkeys[KV]{pagenr}{#1}\fi &#xA;  \cfoot{\pgn@cfoot}\rfoot{\pgn@rfoot}% &#xA;  \lfoot{\pgn@lfoot}\chead{\pgn@chead}% &#xA;  \rhead{\pgn@rhead}\lhead{\pgn@lhead}% &#xA;  \AtBeginShipout{\AtBeginShipoutUpperLeft{% &#xA;    \textcolor{\pgn@color}{% &#xA;      \put(\pgn@x\paperwidth,\pgn@y\paperheight)% &#xA;      {\scalebox{\pgn@scale}{\rotatebox{\pgn@angle}% &#xA;      {\makebox[0pt][c]{\pgn@fmt{Page \thepage}}}}% &#xA;    }% &#xA;}}}} &#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\fancyhf{} &#xA;\fancyhfoffset[R,L]{\dimexpr\marginparsep+\marginparwidth} &#xA;\def\headrule{{\color{blue}% &#xA;  \hrule height1pt depth.5pt width\headwidth\relax &#xA;  \vspace{2pt}\hrule height1pt depth.5pt width\headwidth &#xA;  \vspace{-2pt}}%&#xA;} &#xA;&#xA;\def\footrule{{\color{red}% &#xA;  \hrule height1pt depth.5pt width\headwidth\relax &#xA;  \vspace{2pt}\hrule height1pt depth.5pt width\headwidth &#xA;  \vspace{2pt}}% &#xA;} &#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*\sstring[1]{{\tt\color{magenta}\detokenize{#1}}} &#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\FancyPageNos[fmt=\fbox,x=.05,y=-0.5,color=blue!45!red!75, &#xA;  scale=5,angle=90,chead=\textcolor{cyan}{From \texttt{xwatermark} package}, &#xA;  cfoot=Specimen fancy page numbers] &#xA;&#xA;\lipsum[1] &#xA;&#xA;\newpage &#xA;&#xA;\FancyPageNos[fmt=\texttt,x=.5,y=-0.15,color=purple,scale=2.5, &#xA;  angle=0,chead=Sample use of \sstring\FancyPageNos] &#xA;&#xA;\lipsum[2]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The rubbishing of the syntax is not my fault. I simply copied my solution and pasted here. I hope you can arrange the code correctly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="994" LastEditorUserId="411" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-04T19:49:31.283" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T19:49:31.283" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="10281" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10278" CreationDate="2011-02-04T19:48:20.380" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the »scrlttr2« class from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/koma-script&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;KOMA Script&lt;/a&gt; bundle. It supports serial letters and is very flexible. The manual has the details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T19:48:20.380" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="10282" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6596" CreationDate="2011-02-04T20:26:20.980" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is a bit tricky ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\noindent\hrulefill&#xA;\begin{flalign*}&#xA;\begin{aligned}&#xA; \rlap{aaaa}\\&#xA; \rlap{ee}&#xA;\end{aligned} &#xA;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\arraycolsep=1.4pt&#xA;\begin{array}{rll}&#xA;bbb &amp;amp;= cccccc &amp;amp;= d\\[\jot]&#xA;f   &amp;amp;= g      &amp;amp;= hh   &#xA;\end{array} &#xA;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&#xA;\begin{aligned}&#xA;\refstepcounter{equation}(\theequation)\\&#xA;\refstepcounter{equation}(\theequation)&#xA;\end{aligned} &#xA;\end{flalign*}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Yaht4.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-04T21:52:20.467" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T21:52:20.467" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10283" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10270" CreationDate="2011-02-04T21:36:02.100" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{array,ragged2e}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|&amp;gt;{\RaggedLeft}p{3cm}|&amp;gt;{\RaggedRight}p{5cm}|}\hline&#xA; First Line\newline &#xA; SecondLine             &#xA;&amp;amp;&#xA; \textbf{First line goes here}\newline&#xA;  Second line would be here\newline&#xA;  And so on, ...\newline&#xA;  ... until the very end. \tabularnewline\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/k9n4x.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T21:36:02.100" />
  <row Id="10284" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10368" CreationDate="2011-02-04T22:23:24.940" Score="3" ViewCount="94" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have several data files that I would like to combine into one table using pgfplots table. Specifically, I would like to use one file to set the first three columns and then have each data file fill in another column after that (the first two columns are experimental parameters, consistent in every file). The files are tab delineated. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can I set pgfplots up to do this, and if so, how? I've dug through the manual and tried using &lt;code&gt;pgfplotscreatecolumn&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;createonuse&lt;/code&gt; but neither one seems to be suited to the task.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1286" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T21:59:37.817" Title="Multiple Files input to one pgfplotstable" Tags="&lt;pgfplots&gt;&lt;pgfplotstables&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="10285" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10290" CreationDate="2011-02-04T22:31:06.190" Score="1" ViewCount="129" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the legend for a bar plot that I'm building, I'm only getting a small tick next to the name, not a block of color. I'm not defining any special cycle lists. The code for the plot is: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}&#xA;\caption{Comparison of Solutions}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \begin{axis}[xbar interval=0.7, height=400pt, width=3.25in, symbolic y coords={a,b,c,d,e}, ylabel={Number of Nodes}, xlabel={Number of Colors}, yticklabels={50,100,200,500,100}, legend style={cells={anchor=south west, inner xsep=0, inner ysep=0, fill}, nodes={inner sep=0}}]&#xA;  \addplot table [x=colors, y=symb]{\colorseight};&#xA;  \addplot table [x=colors, y=symb]{\colorssixteen};&#xA;  \addplot table [x=colors, y=symb]{\colorsthirtytwo};&#xA;  \addplot table [x=colors, y=symb]{\dfseight};&#xA;  \addplot table [x=colors, y=symb]{\dfssixteen};&#xA;  \addplot table [x=colors, y=symb]{\dfsthirtytwo};&#xA;  \addplot table [x=colors, y=symb]{\comeight};&#xA;  \addplot table [x=colors, y=symb]{\comsixteen};&#xA;  \addplot table [x=colors, y=symb]{\comthirtytwo};&#xA;  \legend{DiMa2eD (4 links), DiMa2ed (8 links), DiMa2ed (16 links),4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12}&#xA;  \end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\label{plo:colors}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Each macro refers to a different tab deliniated file. Here is one that can be duplicated for experimenting.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;nodes   colors  links   symb&#xA;50  178     16  a&#xA;100     176     16  b&#xA;200     177     16  c&#xA;500     183     16  d&#xA;500     183     16  e&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and the preamble command to create the macro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pgfplotstableread{data/dfs.tab}\bestdfs&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1286" LastEditorUserId="1286" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-04T22:56:37.820" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T23:26:35.320" Title="Bar plot legend not displaying correctly" Tags="&lt;pgfplots&gt;&lt;legend&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="10286" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10288" CreationDate="2011-02-04T23:01:23.870" Score="7" ViewCount="148" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have the following formula: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$ F_{\!\bm{H}}  F_{\overline{\!\!\bm{H}\!}} $&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this case both subscripts end at different depths (but start at the same height). I'd like them to end at the same depth. Has anybody an idea? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3343" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-04T23:12:05.547" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T16:02:21.270" Title="is it possible to change the depth of subscripts?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;subscripts&gt;" AnswerCount="4" />
  <row Id="10287" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10240" CreationDate="2011-02-04T23:14:01.847" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've taken a different approach: I draw the plots using &lt;code&gt;pgfplots&lt;/code&gt;, which makes it possible to use stuff like the legend functions and plot styles.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have also assumed that the row and column titles are in the datafile. I'm not sure if that's what is going to be the case for you, but I thought that this would make it easier to plot different datasets. It should be easy enough to change to an argument similar to the one you used, though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The plots are resizable through a &lt;code&gt;scale factor&lt;/code&gt; that influences a base length in the plot. This keeps all the font sizes and line widths unchanged. If you want to actually scale everything down, you should go with what Martin suggested.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Maybe this approach is not what you need, but I think at least the algorithm for searching for the maximum value in a table using &lt;code&gt;pgfplotstable&lt;/code&gt; should be useful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplots}&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplotstable}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\kiviat[1]{&#xA;\def\filename{#1}&#xA;&#xA;\pgfplotstablevertcat{\dataA}{\filename} % Load table&#xA;\pgfplotstablegetrowsof{\dataA} % Determine no. of rows&#xA;\pgfmathsetmacro{\rows}{\pgfplotsretval}&#xA;\pgfplotstablegetcolsof{\dataA} % Determine no. of cols&#xA;\pgfmathsetmacro{\cols}{\pgfplotsretval-1} % Correct offset&#xA;\pgfplotstablevertcat{\dataA}{\dataA} % Double the table to close gap after last point&#xA;% Read table again with &quot;header=false&quot; which gives us access to the header names&#xA;\pgfplotstableread[header=false]{\filename}{\headertable}&#xA;&#xA;% Not implemented: &quot;\startingcol&quot; could be used to switch between&#xA;%  row names in file and row names as argument&#xA;\def\startingcol{1}&#xA;&#xA;% Find largest element&#xA;\pgfmathsetmacro\maxval{0}&#xA;\foreach \i in {\startingcol,...,\cols} {%&#xA;  \pgfplotstablesort[sort key={[index] \i},sort cmp={float &amp;gt;}]\sorted{\dataA}&#xA;  \pgfplotstablegetelem{0}{[index] \i}\of{\sorted}&#xA;  \pgfmathsetmacro\newval{ceil(max(\pgfplotsretval,\maxval))}&#xA;  \global\let\maxval=\newval&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\pgfplotsset{every axis }&#xA;&#xA;\newdimen\radius&#xA;\pgfmathsetlength\radius{4cm*\scalefactor}&#xA;&#xA;\tikzstyle{grid}=[gray]&#xA;&#xA;% Draw the grid&#xA;\foreach \i in {1,...,\rows} {&#xA;  \draw [grid,thick,-&amp;gt;] (0,0) -- (\i/\rows*360:\radius+1em); % Spokes&#xA;  \pgfplotstablegetelem{\i}{[index] 0}\of{\dataA}&#xA;  % Spoke labels: some trigonometry to determine offset, needs tweaking&#xA;  \pgfmathsetmacro\dist{abs(cos(\i/\rows*360)*3} &#xA;  \node at (\i/\rows*360:\radius+\dist ex+1.5em) [anchor=center] {\pgfplotsretval};&#xA;  % Points and grid lines&#xA;  \foreach \j in {1,...,\maxval} {&#xA;    \draw [fill,grid,black] (\i/\rows*360:\j*\radius/\maxval) circle (1pt); &#xA;    \pgfmathsetmacro\nexti{\i+1}&#xA;    \draw [grid] (\i/\rows*360:\j*\radius/\maxval) -- (\nexti/\rows*360:\j*\radius/\maxval);&#xA;  }&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% Tick labels&#xA;\foreach \j in {0,...,\maxval} {&#xA;  \node [anchor=south west,inner xsep=0pt,inner ysep=2pt] at (0:\j*\radius/\maxval) {\j};&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% The actual plot area&#xA;\begin{axis}[anchor=center,&#xA;scale only axis, width=2\radius, height=2\radius, hide axis,&#xA;xmin=-\maxval,xmax=\maxval,ymin=-\maxval,ymax=\maxval,&#xA;legend style={ at={(1.03,1.08)}, anchor=north west}&#xA;]&#xA;\foreach \n in {\startingcol,...,\cols} {&#xA;% pgfplots doesn't know polar coordinate systems, that's why we'll use cos and sin&#xA;\addplot +[no markers,thick] table [x expr=cos(\pgfplotstablerow/\rows*360)*\thisrowno{\n},y expr=sin(\pgfplotstablerow/\rows*360)*\thisrowno{\n}] {\dataA};&#xA;\pgfplotstablegetelem{0}{\n}\of{\headertable}&#xA;\addlegendentryexpanded{\pgfplotsretval}&#xA;}&#xA;\end{axis}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\tikzstyle{every plot}+=[line width=2pt] % Can be used to influence plot style&#xA;\def\scalefactor{.65} % Scale factor multiplies the base length, everything else is relative to that&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA; \kiviat{table1.dat} &#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\tikzstyle{every plot}+=[line width=1pt]&#xA;\def\scalefactor{1}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\pgfplotsset{cycle list name=exotic}&#xA; \kiviat{table2.dat} &#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/AtYmj.png&quot; alt=&quot;Spider diagrams with pgfplots&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T23:14:01.847" />
  <row Id="10288" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10286" CreationDate="2011-02-04T23:16:01.703" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can do the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;F_{\!\bm{H}\vphantom{\overline{\!\!\bm{H}\!}}} F_{\overline{\!\!\bm{H}\!}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\vphantom&lt;/code&gt; command makes vertical space the same height its argument.  Depending on how often you need this or how predictable it is, you might be able to make a macro to add the &lt;code&gt;\vphantom&lt;/code&gt; part automatically.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-05T14:59:53.243" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T14:59:53.243" />
  <row Id="10289" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10292" CreationDate="2011-02-04T23:19:43.743" Score="2" ViewCount="129" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm drawing nodes on a circle and switched from drawing lines based on coordinates to drawing them based on named nodes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem now is, that with the following code the lines stop at the edges of the nodes, but don't point at the center.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How do I fix this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \xdef\nodes{16}&#xA;    \pgfmathsetmacro{\nodesminusone}{\nodes-1}&#xA;    \pgfmathsetmacro{\N}{log2(\nodes)}&#xA;    \xdef\deltadegree{360/\nodes}&#xA;    \draw (0,0) circle (6);&#xA;&#xA;    \foreach \i in {0,...,\nodesminusone}&#xA;        \node[circle,fill=white,draw=black,thick] (node\i) at (-\i*\deltadegree+90:6) {\i};&#xA;&#xA;    \foreach \i in {0,...,\nodesminusone}{&#xA;        \foreach \j in {0,...,\N}{&#xA;            \pgfmathsetmacro{\result}{mod(\i+2^\j,\nodes)}&#xA;            \draw[-&amp;gt;,thick,color=black!10] (node\i) -- (node\result);&#xA;&#xA;        }&#xA;    }&#xA;&#xA;    \foreach \i in {2} {&#xA;        % predecessor&#xA;        \pgfmathsetmacro{\result}{mod(\i-1,\nodes)}&#xA;        \draw (node\i) -- (node\result);&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;        % successor&#xA;        \pgfmathsetmacro{\result}{mod(\i+1,\nodes)}&#xA;        \draw (node\i) -- (node\result);&#xA;&#xA;        % fingers&#xA;        \foreach \j in {0,...,\N}{&#xA;            \pgfmathsetmacro{\result}{mod(\i+2^\j,\nodes)}&#xA;        \draw[-&amp;gt;,color=blue,thick] (node\i) -- (node\result);&#xA;        }&#xA;    }&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1866" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-04T23:51:41.340" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T23:51:41.340" Title="How to draw lines between nodes that point at the node center, but stop at the nodes edge" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;nodes&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="10290" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10285" CreationDate="2011-02-04T23:26:35.320" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Adding the option &lt;code&gt;area legend&lt;/code&gt; to the &lt;code&gt;axis&lt;/code&gt; options draws a little rectangle in the legend instead of a line segment (p. 120 in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/graphics/pgf/contrib/pgfplots/doc/latex/pgfplots/pgfplots.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pgfplots manual&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With the &lt;code&gt;axis&lt;/code&gt; options &lt;code&gt;legend style={cells={anchor=center, fill}, nodes={inner sep=1,below=-1.1ex}},area legend&lt;/code&gt; and your example file I get&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/MJKl4.png&quot; alt=&quot;Bar plot legend in pgfplots&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T23:26:35.320" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10291" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10297" CreationDate="2011-02-04T23:38:11.693" Score="7" ViewCount="270" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to find a more elegant solution for ToC, LoT, and LoF formatting for my university's thesis/dissertation style. The short form of their requirements means I need one page style for the first page of the ToC, a second page style for following pages up to where the appendix listings start, and yet a third style from the appendix listing through the end.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It looks like I've run into a bug, or else I'm just missing a better solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Minimal example 1&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{report}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\thispagestyle{empty}\protect\pagestyle{plain}}&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;&#xA;\input{twenty-chapters}&#xA;\appendix&#xA;\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\pagestyle{headings}\protect\thispagestyle{plain}}&#xA;\input{twenty-chapters}&#xA;\chapter{Foo} \include{a-chapter}&#xA;\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\thispagestyle{headings}}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Though I don't think it's relevant, the contents of &lt;code&gt;twenty-chapters.tex&lt;/code&gt; is 20 lines of&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\chapter{Foo} \include{a-chapter}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and &lt;code&gt;a-chapter.tex&lt;/code&gt; is just:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\section{Bar}&#xA;\lipsum[2-7]&#xA;\begin{figure}[tbp] \caption{Figure N} \end{figure}&#xA;\begin{figure}[tbp] \caption{Figure N} \end{figure}&#xA;\begin{figure}[tbp] \caption{Figure N} \end{figure}&#xA;\section{Baz}&#xA;\lipsum[8-9]&#xA;\begin{figure}[tbp] \caption{Figure N} \end{figure}&#xA;\begin{figure}[tbp] \caption{Figure N} \end{figure}&#xA;\begin{figure}[tbp] \caption{Figure N} \end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here, I'm using the empty page style as a stand-in for the first page format, plain for the second page format, and headings for the third. This works fine on all but the last page of the ToC, which ends up with a plain page style instead of headings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Minimal example 2:&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{report}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\thispagestyle{empty}\protect\pagestyle{plain}}&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;&#xA;\input{twenty-chapters}&#xA;\appendix&#xA;\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\pagestyle{headings}\protect\thispagestyle{plain}}&#xA;\input{twenty-chapters}&#xA;\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\thispagestyle{headings}}&#xA;\chapter{Foo} \include{a-chapter}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Exactly the same as the first document, but now my final &lt;code&gt;\addtocontents&lt;/code&gt; is before the last chapter. On this one, everything works perfectly. Empty page style on ToC page 1, plain on ToC page 2, and headings on ToC pages 3-4.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why would this make a difference? From looking at the &lt;code&gt;.toc&lt;/code&gt; files for each example, my final &lt;code&gt;\thispagestyle&lt;/code&gt; command is missing on the example that fails. Why would my &lt;code&gt;\addcontents&lt;/code&gt; command not take effect in some situations?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3345" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-13T12:37:44.937" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T12:37:44.937" Title="Addtocontents at end of document not getting written to .toc file?" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;auxiliary-files&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="10292" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10289" CreationDate="2011-02-04T23:41:29.833" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Replace &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathsetmacro&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathtruncatemacro&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The reason why this happens is that &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathsetmacro&lt;/code&gt; returns a floating (or fixed?) point number, not an integer. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;    \foreach \j in {0,...,\N}{&#xA;        \pgfmathsetmacro{\result}{mod(\i+2^\j,\nodes)}&#xA;    \draw[-&amp;gt;,color=blue,thick] (node\i) -- (node\result);&#xA;    }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here &lt;code&gt;\result&lt;/code&gt; will be &lt;code&gt;0.0&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;1.0&lt;/code&gt;, etc. (whatever the result of &lt;code&gt;mod&lt;/code&gt; is).&#xA;However &lt;code&gt;(node1.0)&lt;/code&gt; means &quot;Node 'node1' at angle 0degr&quot;, which draws the arrows to this point. With &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathtruncatemacro&lt;/code&gt; the &lt;code&gt;.0&lt;/code&gt; will be truncated and only  &lt;code&gt;(node1)&lt;/code&gt; etc. is used which gives the wanted result.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-04T23:41:29.833" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="10293" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10325" CreationDate="2011-02-05T00:02:05.080" Score="5" ViewCount="230" Body="&lt;p&gt;Currently I am trying to create a template in LaTeX for my team members in order to create a set of &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Use_case&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;use cases&lt;/a&gt;. I thought of using tabular to create something like the picture below &lt;a href=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/zF0gV.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;2&lt;/a&gt; (without colors). No problem so far.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I hoped there is a nice way to structure the document a way, only commands have to be used, for instance &lt;code&gt;\actor{1}{System user}&lt;/code&gt;, where 1 is use case #1.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't know how to approach this for sure, especially when more then one line of text is included, for instance Main path (M) (at the picture).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Has anyone an idea what would be a good way to structure such a template or could point me out the right documentation to look up this topic?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3348" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-05T00:05:31.367" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T13:42:38.053" Title="LaTeX template for use cases" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;macros&gt;&lt;templates&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="10294" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5143" CreationDate="2011-02-05T00:06:18.427" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know I've already answered this question and you've already accepted an answer, &lt;em&gt;but&lt;/em&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://notepad-plus-plus.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Notepad++&lt;/a&gt; has implemented this feature in their latest version.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1517" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T00:06:18.427" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10295" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10296" CreationDate="2011-02-05T00:16:30.513" Score="4" ViewCount="142" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have the following BibTeX source&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@INPROCEEDINGS{Lincke2008,&#xA;  author = {Rüdiger Lincke and Jonas Lundberg and Welf Löwe},&#xA;  title = {Comparing software metrics tools.},&#xA;  booktitle = {ISSTA},&#xA;  year = {2008},&#xA;  editor = {Barbara G. Ryder and Andreas Zeller},&#xA;  pages = {131-142},&#xA;  publisher = {ACM},&#xA;  added-at = {2008-08-04T00:00:00.000+0200},&#xA;  biburl = {http://www.bibsonomy.org/bibtex/2c28c4fff6d811b643940228935a20e28/dblp},&#xA;  crossref = {conf/issta/2008},&#xA;  date = {2008-08-04},&#xA;  description = {dblp},&#xA;  ee = {http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/1390630.1390648},&#xA;  interhash = {69e9d6ded70716bc2bb9319abfbb015f},&#xA;  intrahash = {c28c4fff6d811b643940228935a20e28},&#xA;  isbn = {978-1-60558-050-0},&#xA;  keywords = {dblp},&#xA;  url = {http://dblp.uni-trier.de/db/conf/issta/issta2008.html#LinckeLL08}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm managing my BibTeX items with JabRef. Now if I want to cite this item and while generating the PDF i get the following error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Package inputenc Error: Keyboard character used is undefined&#xA;(inputenc)                in inputencoding `utf8x'.&#xA;&#xA;See the inputenc package documentation for explanation.&#xA;Type  H &amp;lt;return&amp;gt;  for immediate help.&#xA; ...                                              &#xA;&#xA;l.29 R�&#xA;       diger Lincke, Jonas Lundberg, and Welf L�we.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think the problem is the character &lt;code&gt;ö&lt;/code&gt;. How can I avoid that? I also had similar problem with the character &lt;code&gt;é&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3316" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-11T15:06:52.797" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T15:06:52.797" Title="German Umlauts in Bibtex" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;encodings&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="10296" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10295" CreationDate="2011-02-05T00:18:03.813" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Instead of actually entering the &lt;code&gt;ö&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;é&lt;/code&gt; characters in your source, type &lt;code&gt;\&quot;{o}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\'{e}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1517" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T00:18:03.813" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="10297" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10291" CreationDate="2011-02-05T00:21:01.883" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Solution:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Replace the last &lt;code&gt;\addtocontents&lt;/code&gt; with the following code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\immediate\write\@auxout{\noexpand\@writefile{toc}{\noexpand\thispagestyle{headings}}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If this is required in more than one document, you can define a macro for it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand\immaddtocontents[1]{%&#xA;   \immediate\write\@auxout{\noexpand\@writefile{toc}{#1}}%&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which can be used like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\immaddtocontents{\protect\thispagestyle{headings}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Explanation:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem is that &lt;code&gt;\addtocontents&lt;/code&gt; is intended to be used together with material which is typeset. The underlying &lt;code&gt;\write&lt;/code&gt; macro is a so called &lt;em&gt;whatsit&lt;/em&gt;, i.e. it is only stored when found and executed later &lt;strong&gt;when its box is typeset&lt;/strong&gt;, i.e. when the material is (virtually) written on the page. This is done, because only at this moment the final position of the material i.e. the page number is known.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Your last &lt;code&gt;\addtocontents&lt;/code&gt; is never typeset, so comes never into the file.&#xA;Using the code above will write the contents line directly without creating a &lt;em&gt;whatsit&lt;/em&gt;. Please note that if you are using this code in the middle of the document your entries could be out of order.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Alternative:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My first idea was to add an empty box &lt;code&gt;\hbox{}&lt;/code&gt; after the last &lt;code&gt;\addtocontents&lt;/code&gt; to force that the &lt;em&gt;whatsit&lt;/em&gt; is executed. However because the last text was in an &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt; which executes &lt;code&gt;\clearpage&lt;/code&gt;, adding this box afterwards would create a new empty page at the end of the document. However, if the last content of the document comes from the main file or an &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; file (and does not end in an manual &lt;code&gt;\clearpage&lt;/code&gt;) this solution should work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Further Reading:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See &lt;a href=&quot;http://www-cs-faculty.stanford.edu/~uno/abcde.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;The TeXBook&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; it learn all abouts &lt;em&gt;whatsits&lt;/em&gt;. For example in Chapter 21: &lt;em&gt;Making Boxes&lt;/em&gt;, p.226.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-19T11:47:31.260" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T11:47:31.260" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="10298" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10295" CreationDate="2011-02-05T00:27:03.083" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you use utf8(x) in your tex file, ensure that your BibTeX source file is utf8 encoded as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You might use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;an editor supporting different encodings, opening (in latin1 or accordingly) and save it in utf8 encoding&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://texblog.net/hypertext-help/latex-tools/recode/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;recode&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://texblog.net/hypertext-help/latex-tools/iconv/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;iconv&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you don't use utf8(x) in your tex file, load inputenc with the respective option. Or convert the tex file to the same encoding as the BibTeX source and adjust the inputenc option accordingly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To sum up, the encoding of all involved files should be the same and match the inputenc option.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T00:27:03.083" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10299" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10323" CreationDate="2011-02-05T00:28:37.033" Score="3" ViewCount="131" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to make a title format with a large chapter number, and then smaller text with the name of the title.  The following code mostly does what I want:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{book}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\setromanfont[Mapping=tex-text]{Garamond}&#xA;\usepackage{titlesec}&#xA;\titleformat{\chapter}{\raggedright}&#xA;    {\fontsize{72pt}{72pt}\selectfont\thechapter}{1em}{\huge}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\chapter{A Short Title}&#xA;Lorem ipsum...&#xA;\chapter{A Very Long Title With Extra Words}&#xA;Lorem ipsum...&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, if the chapter title is longer than 1 line, the vertical alignment of the numeral is unpleasant.  I'd love to tell the numeral to be vertically aligned so that the top of the numeral matches the top of the rest of the text on the line, as opposed to the current alignment, where the baseline of the numeral is aligned with the baseline of the remainder of the text.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't know what command would make this possible - and it's probable that there are lots better ways of solving this problem.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3349" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-05T00:39:13.917" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T12:25:35.943" Title="Vertical Text Alignment in Title" Tags="&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;&lt;titlesec&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="10300" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10303" CreationDate="2011-02-05T00:43:27.187" Score="9" ViewCount="170" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to include the &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; symbol into my document.First i tried to just type it in. But then after generating the document i see only an inverted ? instead of the &gt; symbol.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That's why i look at the &lt;a href=&quot;http://web.ift.uib.no/Teori/KURS/WRK/TeX/symALL.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;documentation&lt;/a&gt; and I saw that it should work that way. Nevertheless I tried to solve the problem by using the &lt;code&gt;verbatim&lt;/code&gt; command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{verbatim}&amp;gt;\end{verbatim}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now it works, but the problem is that the &lt;code&gt;verbatim&lt;/code&gt; command seems to include a linebreak and that's why the &gt; symbol stands now in the wrong line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I solve that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3316" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-13T20:00:57.420" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T20:00:57.420" Title="Include &lt; and &gt; symbol" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;punctuation&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10301" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10300" CreationDate="2011-02-05T00:53:48.613" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using &lt;a href=&quot;http://detexify.kirelabs.org/classify.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Detexify&lt;/a&gt; I found the correct symbol:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\textgreater&#xA;&#xA;\textless&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3316" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T00:53:48.613" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10302" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10300" CreationDate="2011-02-05T01:04:18.047" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you don't want to get too verbose, using math mode is simple: &lt;code&gt;$&amp;gt;$ $&amp;lt;$&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1517" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T01:04:18.047" />
  <row Id="10303" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10300" CreationDate="2011-02-05T01:04:41.663" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To quote from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/symbols/comprehensive/symbols-a4.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Comprehensive Sybols List&lt;/a&gt; (which has these symbols listed as ”frequently requested”):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The characters “&amp;lt;”, “&gt;”, and “|” do&#xA;  work as expected in math mode,&#xA;  although they produce, respectively,&#xA;  “¡”, “¿”, and “—” in text mode when&#xA;  using the OT1 font encoding. &#xA;  The following are some alternatives for&#xA;  typesetting “&amp;lt;”, “&gt;”, and “|”: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Specify a document font encoding other&#xA;  than OT1 (as described on page 8).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Use the appropriate symbol commands&#xA;  from Table 2 on page 9, viz.&#xA;  &lt;code&gt;\textless&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\textgreater&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;\textbar&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Enter the symbols in math mode&#xA;  instead of text mode, i.e., &lt;code&gt;$&amp;lt;$&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;$&amp;gt;$&lt;/code&gt;,&#xA;  and &lt;code&gt;$|$&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Note that for typesetting&#xA;  metavariables many people prefer&#xA;  &lt;code&gt;\textlangle&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\textrangle&lt;/code&gt; to&#xA;  &lt;code&gt;\textless&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\textgreater&lt;/code&gt;; i.e., “〈filename〉” instead of “&amp;lt;filename&amp;gt;”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From page 8 (with strong recommendations that you should use this):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;One note that appears a few times in&#xA;  this document, particularly in Section&#xA;  2, indicates that certain symbols do&#xA;  not exist in the OT1 font encoding&#xA;  (Donald Knuth’s original, 7-bit font&#xA;  encoding, which is the default font&#xA;  encoding for LaTeX) and that you&#xA;  should use &lt;code&gt;fontenc&lt;/code&gt; to select a&#xA;  different encoding, such as T1 (a&#xA;  common 8-bit font encoding). That&#xA;  means that you should put&#xA;  “&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[ encoding ]{fontenc}&lt;/code&gt;” in&#xA;  your document’s preamble, where&#xA;  encoding is, e.g., T1 or LY1. To limit&#xA;  the change in font encoding to the&#xA;  current group, use “&lt;code&gt;\fontencoding{ encoding }\selectfont&lt;/code&gt;”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T01:04:41.663" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10304" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10300" CreationDate="2011-02-05T01:24:09.653" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;With T1 encoding you could use both symbols directly within your text, without math mode or macros:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;These symbols are not available in standard encoding and font. For further information have a look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2369/less-than-symbol-appears-as-upside-down&quot;&gt;Less than symbol (&amp;lt;) appears as upside down&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T01:24:09.653" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="10305" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10306" CreationDate="2011-02-05T03:02:39.790" Score="2" ViewCount="101" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to put chess diagrams in a LaTeX file, and from what I can tell &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/chess/skak/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/chess/skak/&lt;/a&gt; is the best way to do this. Unfortunately, I can't figure out how to install the package. skakdoc.pdf gives you these directions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Basically all you have to do is to follow the guidelines in the makefile. First you create all the required directories (stated in the install section of the makefile) and then you run the &lt;code&gt;make install&lt;/code&gt; command. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The install section of the makefile says this: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;install: fonts doc&#xA;    install   skak*.600pk $(DESTPK)&#xA;    install   skak*.600gf $(DESTGF)&#xA;    install   skak*.tfm   $(DESTTFM)&#xA;    install   mf/skak*.mf    $(DESTSOURCE)&#xA;    install   tex/skak.sty    $(INPUTS)&#xA;    install   tex/lambda.sty  $(INPUTS)&#xA;    install   *.ps            $(DESTDOC)&#xA;    @echo &quot;Remember to run texhash!&quot;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have no idea how to follow these instructions. Help?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3350" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-05T03:50:58.053" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T03:50:58.053" Title="Skak Installation" Tags="&lt;installing&gt;&lt;skak&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10306" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10305" CreationDate="2011-02-05T03:12:52.857" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your TeX distribution probably has tools for installing packages, so you don't have to do it manually.  MikTeX has the Package Manager, which you will find in the Start menu, while TeX Live has &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/texlive/doc/tlmgr.html#install__option_____pkg___&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tlmgr&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="586" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T03:12:52.857" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="10307" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2110" CreationDate="2011-02-05T05:00:35.893" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For me, it was necessity. My first programming job (working part-time for a research division of my university) required me to edit some documentation, but my computer only had WordPad on it, and WordPad is terrible for absolutely everything so I tried to find an alternative since I wasn't going to buy Word just for that job. I noticed a co-worker using LaTeX to put something together, and I'd heard of it before but never used it. I spent a couple weeks reading the &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/LaTeX&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Wikibook on LaTeX&lt;/a&gt; before I finally decided to install it on my work machine and convert the original documentation over. It was glorious.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, I use it for just about anything that isn't a group project—software documentation, class assignments, and especially typesetting public-domain books (okay, and some non-public domain ones too).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1517" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T05:00:35.893" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-02-05T05:00:35.893" />
  <row Id="10308" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2110" CreationDate="2011-02-05T05:38:32.267" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I wrote a lot of papers and documentation in RUNOFF on RT-11, and nroff and troff on VAX/VMS, Unix System 3, and BSD 4.3, all through the 80's. All the quirky &lt;code&gt;.xx&lt;/code&gt; commands never seemed to quite do what I wanted, and the resulting source text would often end up very difficult to read and spell check. TeX was clearly a better way, and when it became available I was quick to adopt it. The big annoyance in that time frame was pushing drafts out of the 200 dpi printer that was a big deal at the time but combined all the good features of a 200 dpi thermal fax machine with an off-brand photocopier. Drafts were charged by the inch, and really had to be photocopied for longevity.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Being pragmatic and needing to communicate (meaning share documents) with the non-academic world Word ate the majority of my day-to-day business and technical writing. But TeX has always been there for those things it suits best. (We'll just ignore the brief affair with the SGML-based monstrosity named Ventura Publisher, and the flirtations with FrameMaker.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've recently dusted off my first editions of the TeX book and LaTeX book, and expect to be returning to them as a preferred way to build technical documentation. Especially now that my favorite little language (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.lua.org&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Lua&lt;/a&gt;) has found its way into the TeX family.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3290" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T05:38:32.267" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-02-05T05:38:32.267" />
  <row Id="10309" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10286" CreationDate="2011-02-05T07:24:32.190" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You might want to look at the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/subdepth&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;subdepth&lt;/a&gt; package, which has descrption&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;This package is based on code (posted&#xA;  long ago to comp.text.tex by Donald&#xA;  Arseneau) to equalise the height of&#xA;  subscripts in maths. The default&#xA;  behaviour is to place subscripts&#xA;  slightly lower when there is a&#xA;  superscript as well, but this can look&#xA;  odd in some situations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T07:24:32.190" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10310" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10286" CreationDate="2011-02-05T08:13:58.287" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The following changes the subscripts globally:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% for Plain with default CM-font&#xA;\fontdimen16\tensy=2.7pt&#xA;\fontdimen17\tensy=2.7pt&#xA;% Or more generally&#xA;\fontdimen16\textfont0=2.7pt&#xA;\fontdimen17\textfont0=2.7pt&#xA;$\rm Fe_2^{+2}Cr_2^{+2}O_4^{+2}$&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastEditorUserId="1410" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-05T16:02:21.270" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T16:02:21.270" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10311" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10130" CreationDate="2011-02-05T09:42:21.207" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another possibilty is to define metadata. Something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\myauthor{Author} % Author&#xA;\def\mycoauthor{} % co-author&#xA;\def\mytitle{Title} % title&#xA;\def\mydate{Date} % date&#xA;%....&#xA;\begin{titlepage}&#xA;&#xA;The title is \mytitle&#xA;It was written by \myauthor on \mydate&#xA;&#xA;\end{titlepage}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3187" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T09:42:21.207" />
  <row Id="10312" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10286" CreationDate="2011-02-05T09:51:40.123" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$ F_{\!\bm{H}}  F_{\,\smash[t]{\overline{\!\!\bm{H}\!}}} $&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T09:51:40.123" />
  <row Id="10313" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-05T10:32:54.003" Score="1" ViewCount="62" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to center a listing horizontally within a page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So far I have tried defining the following macro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\lstnewenvironment{snippet}[1][]&#xA;    {\centering \lstset{float=htpb,#1}} &#xA;    {}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But it did not work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have read &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/5818/how-to-center-a-listing&quot;&gt;this question and answer&lt;/a&gt;, but I would prefer a solution that does not rely in figures or tables.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2042" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T10:55:42.140" Title="Center a Listing on page" Tags="&lt;listings&gt;&lt;centering&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="10314" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10313" CreationDate="2011-02-05T10:55:42.140" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;only possible when you define a width for a minipage:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\lstnewenvironment{snippet}[1][]&#xA;    {\hfill\lstset{frame=single,#1}\minipage{0.6\linewidth}}&#xA;    {\endminipage\hfill\null}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T10:55:42.140" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10315" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10299" CreationDate="2011-02-05T10:59:03.273" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm pretty sure that there is a more elegant method to this. But the sample below might be something to start with.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{book}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{titlesec}&#xA;\usepackage{fix-cm}&#xA;&#xA;\titleformat{\chapter}[hang]&#xA;  {\raggedright}&#xA;  {\smash{\raisebox{-30pt}{\fontsize{72pt}{72pt}\selectfont\thechapter}}}&#xA;  {1em}&#xA;  {\huge}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \chapter{A Short Title}&#xA;    Lorem ipsum...&#xA;&#xA;  \chapter{A Very Long Title With Extra Words}&#xA;    Lorem ipsum...&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T10:59:03.273" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10316" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-05T11:39:26.390" Score="1" ViewCount="298" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm with a problem.. How do I install new packages on Texmaker? I use Ubuntu 10.04 LTS&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3186" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T13:24:19.697" Title="How to install new packages on TexMaker?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;installing&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10317" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10324" CreationDate="2011-02-05T11:41:33.093" Score="1" ViewCount="79" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/booktabs/booktabs.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;booktabs&lt;/a&gt; package documentation the command is described in the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Occasionally we want to put an extra space between certain rows of a table; for&#xA;  example, before the last row, if this is a total. This is simply a matter of inserting&#xA;  &lt;code&gt;\addlinespace[width]&lt;/code&gt; after the &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; alignment marker. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Further the documentation says:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The default space before or after an adjacent rule is replaced by exactly &lt;code&gt;\defaultaddspace&lt;/code&gt; or the amount of space speciﬁed in the optional argument.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I, however, do not know how to use this command, for instance&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\defaultaddspace{10pt}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;before or inside the tabular environment results in &lt;code&gt;\defaultaddspace{10pt}&lt;/code&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;Missing number, treated as zero.&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Followup:&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\addlinespace&lt;/code&gt; works now, however, I cannot get the desired result:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}{|c|p{0.66\textwidth}|}&#xA;\hline&#xA;\textbf{Title} &amp;amp; \textbf{A}\\&#xA;\addlinespace&#xA;Row &amp;amp; B\\&#xA;\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The borders are broken when I insert &lt;code&gt;\addlinespace&lt;/code&gt;. The space is added, but in this extra space there are no lined borders on the left and on the right.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3348" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-05T13:28:24.950" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T13:28:24.950" Title="Default value for \addspaceline from booktabs" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;booktabs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10318" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10317" CreationDate="2011-02-05T11:57:13.247" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\defaultaddspace&lt;/code&gt; is a dimension (=length). You have to set it either with:&#xA;&lt;code&gt;\setlength{\defaultaddspace}{10pt}&lt;/code&gt; (LaTeX) or &lt;code&gt;\defaultaddspace=10pt&lt;/code&gt; (plainTeX syntax). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The error appears because &lt;code&gt;\defaultaddspace&lt;/code&gt; looks for a number (or the optional &lt;code&gt;=&lt;/code&gt; + number) but only finds the &lt;code&gt;{&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You would either set it before the table or using &lt;code&gt;\global\defaultaddspace=10pt&lt;/code&gt;. It will be grouped inside a table sell and the change is lost when &lt;code&gt;\global&lt;/code&gt; is not used.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note set &lt;code&gt;\defaultaddspace&lt;/code&gt; will only be used when &lt;code&gt;\addlinespace&lt;/code&gt; is used without the optional argument.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-05T12:05:25.727" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T12:05:25.727" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="10319" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10331" CreationDate="2011-02-05T11:58:20.653" Score="3" ViewCount="147" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use the &lt;code&gt;embedfile&lt;/code&gt; package in order to embed the LaTeX source code into the final PDF with the following code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{embedfile}&#xA;\embedfile{\jobname.tex}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;The document&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This works fine with &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt;, but now I have to switch to XeLaTeX in order to use a custom TrueType font. However, the &lt;code&gt;embedfile&lt;/code&gt; package doesn't support the program &lt;code&gt;dvipdfmx&lt;/code&gt; used by XeLaTeX. Is there a way to modify the package to make it cooperate with &lt;code&gt;dvipdfmx&lt;/code&gt;, or another package with similar functionality supporting this driver?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(This question is similar, but not identical, to&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3512/attach-files-to-pdf-with-dvipdfmx&quot;&gt;Attach files to PDF with dvipdfmx&lt;/a&gt;: In the answers to this question, a way to &lt;strong&gt;attach&lt;/strong&gt; a file to a PDF using &lt;code&gt;dvipdfmx&lt;/code&gt; is shown. This creates a visible icon in the document, which is not what I want: The embedded file should only appear in the list of attachments displayed e.g. by Acrobat Reader.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3323" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T13:52:47.470" Title="Embedding files into a PDF document with dvipdfmx" Tags="&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;embedding&gt;&lt;dvipdfmx&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="10320" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10322" CreationDate="2011-02-05T12:05:41.123" Score="4" ViewCount="199" Body="&lt;p&gt;Im trying to alter the colors on my section, subsection and subsubsection.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I do so using the titlesec page:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\titleformat*{\section}{\Large\bfseries\sffamily\color{red}}&#xA;\titleformat*{\subsection}{\large\bfseries\sffamily\color{red}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But the problem is i have to enter the font and font size also. I am using the fontenc package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But i cant seem to find out what font and size is being used for the section, subsection and subsubsection.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;These 2 values i mean: &lt;code&gt;\Large\bfseries\sffamily&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried to look in the .sty but that wasent very helpful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3354" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-18T13:06:32.617" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T13:06:32.617" Title="Section and subsection colors using titlesec" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;color&gt;&lt;titlesec&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10321" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10316" CreationDate="2011-02-05T12:09:58.510" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you use Texlive you could try this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ubuntuforums.org/showthread.php?t=131507&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://ubuntuforums.org/showthread.php?t=131507&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3338" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T12:09:58.510" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10322" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10320" CreationDate="2011-02-05T12:13:44.033" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The second argument of the &lt;code&gt;\titleformat*{\&amp;lt;name&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt; is stored in a macro called &lt;code&gt;\ttlf@&amp;lt;name&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; which (default) definition can be printed to the command line with &lt;code&gt;\show\ttlf@&amp;lt;name&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;, after a &lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&lt;/code&gt; of course.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\show\ttlf@section&#xA;&#xA;\ttlf@section:&#xA;macro:-&amp;gt;\ttlh@hang {\normalfont \Large \bfseries }{\@seccntformat {section}}{\z&#xA;@ }{\ttl@passexplicit }{}. &#xA;&#xA;\show\ttlf@subsection&#xA;&#xA;\ttlf@subsection:&#xA;macro:-&amp;gt;\ttlh@hang {\normalfont \large \bfseries }{\@seccntformat {subsection}}&#xA;{\z@ }{\ttl@passexplicit }{}. &#xA;&#xA;\show\ttlf@subsubsection    &#xA;&#xA;\ttlf@subsubsection:&#xA;macro:-&amp;gt;\ttlh@hang {\normalfont \normalsize \bfseries }{\@seccntformat {subsubs&#xA;ection}}{\z@ }{\ttl@passexplicit }{}. &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Therefore the correct settings for the requested title formats are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\titleformat*{\section}{\normalfont\Large\bfseries\color{red}}&#xA;\titleformat*{\subsection}{\normalfont\large\bfseries\color{red}}&#xA;\titleformat*{\subsubsection}{\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries\color{red}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Just for completeness here also the settings for &lt;code&gt;\paragraph&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\subparagraph&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\titleformat*{\paragraph}{\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries\color{red}}&#xA;\titleformat*{\subparagraph}{\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries\color{red}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-07T17:21:10.817" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T17:21:10.817" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10323" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10299" CreationDate="2011-02-05T12:25:35.943" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;works for all cases:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt,openany]{book}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec,tabularx}&#xA;\renewcommand\tabularxcolumn[1]{m{#1}}&#xA;\setromanfont[Mapping=tex-text]{Linux Biolinum O}&#xA;\newsavebox\CBox&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\@makechapterhead#1{%&#xA;  \vspace*{50\p@}%&#xA;  \parindent \z@ \normalfont&#xA;  \sbox\CBox{\fontsize{72pt}{74pt}\selectfont\thechapter}&#xA;   \begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{@{}m{\wd\CBox}@{\quad}&amp;gt;{\raggedright}X@{}}&#xA;     \usebox\CBox &amp;amp; \Huge \bfseries #1&#xA;   \end{tabularx}&#xA;   \par\nobreak&#xA;   \vskip 40\p@}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\chapter{A Short Title}&#xA;Lorem ipsum...&#xA;\chapter{A Very Long Title With Extra Words}&#xA;Lorem ipsum...&#xA;\chapter{A Very Long Title With Extra Words A Very Long Title With Extra Words}&#xA;Lorem ipsum...&#xA;&#xA;\setcounter{chapter}{10}&#xA;\chapter{A Very Long Title With Extra Words A Very Long Title With Extra Words}&#xA;Lorem ipsum...&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T12:25:35.943" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10324" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10317" CreationDate="2011-02-05T12:32:59.610" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;use it this way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{array,booktabs}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\myVSpace[1][10pt]{\rule[\normalbaselineskip]{0pt}{#1}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|c|p{0.66\textwidth}|}\hline&#xA;\myVSpace\textbf{Title} &amp;amp; \textbf{A}\\[\defaultaddspace]&#xA;Row &amp;amp; B\\\hline&#xA;\myVSpace[20pt]Row &amp;amp; B\\\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or do not use booktabs and then &lt;code&gt;\\[10pt]&lt;/code&gt; instead.&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/vJ3dE.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The image shows how the optional argument of &lt;code&gt;\rule&lt;/code&gt; works. &#xA;I used &lt;code&gt;\rule[...]{10pt}{#1}&lt;/code&gt; to make the box visible&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-05T12:59:36.663" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T12:59:36.663" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="10325" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10293" CreationDate="2011-02-05T12:57:22.807" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You should try and keep you author's interface as simple as possible. I would create an environment to simplify this and add complexity and presentational aspects on the setup. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{usecase}&#xA;  \addheading{}{}&#xA;  \addrow{}{}&#xA;  \addmulrow{}{}&#xA;\end{usecase}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is a minimal example to implement this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{booktabs}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\addrow[2]{#1 &amp;amp;#2\\ }&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\addheading[2]{#1 &amp;amp;#2\\ \hline}&#xA;\newcommand\tabularhead{\begin{tabular}{lp{8cm}}&#xA;\hline&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\addmulrow[2]{ \begin{minipage}[t][][t]{2.5cm}#1\end{minipage}% &#xA;   &amp;amp;\begin{minipage}[t][][t]{8cm}&#xA;    \begin{enumerate} #2   \end{enumerate}&#xA;    \end{minipage}\\ }&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{usecase}{\tabularhead}&#xA;{\hline\end{tabular}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{usecase}&#xA;  \addheading{Actor}{System user} &#xA;  \addrow{Precondition}{The system, shows, in the form part of an object type, the number   indication.}&#xA;  \addrow{Postcondition}{A disconnected number indicating the type of `other constructed object'.}&#xA;  \addmulrow{Main path (M)}{\item User selects \ldots&#xA;                                   \item System demands \ldots}&#xA;\end{usecase}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can add counters to automatically increment numbering, if you want. I couldn't understand your numbering scheme and hence left that out of the example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To summarize, keep the author's commands simple (they only need to deal with the semantics) and place your presentational aspects in separate commands. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-05T13:42:38.053" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T13:42:38.053" />
  <row Id="10326" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10332" CreationDate="2011-02-05T13:18:02.527" Score="2" ViewCount="223" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to set chapters to look like 'bigger' sections.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now in the &lt;code&gt;report&lt;/code&gt; class I have a style like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Chapter 1&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Introduction&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;1.1. Section&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I want to achieve is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Introduction&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;1.1. Section&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't want to change the document class.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1164" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-26T11:44:07.783" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T11:44:07.783" Title="How to set the chapter style in report class?" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;chapters&gt;&lt;titlesec&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="10327" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10319" CreationDate="2011-02-05T13:18:45.800" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Heiko Oberdiek has updated &lt;code&gt;attachfile2&lt;/code&gt; package to support dvipdfmx and XeTeX. Use this version:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.informatik.uni-freiburg.de/~oberdiek/tmp/attachfile2.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.informatik.uni-freiburg.de/~oberdiek/tmp/attachfile2.pdf&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The &lt;code&gt;attachfile2.dtx&lt;/code&gt; is attached in the pdf file.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To avoid the icon, you can use &lt;code&gt;\textattachfile&lt;/code&gt; command. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\textattachfile{foo.jpg}{} % no icon or text&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-05T13:34:47.483" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T13:34:47.483" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10328" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10329" CreationDate="2011-02-05T13:19:38.360" Score="1" ViewCount="174" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use the titlepage enviroment in my thesis and want to remove the page numbers on my title pages (where I've got 2) pages. The titlepage enviroment does that for the first site automatically but not for the following pages so that there are page numbers with page 2 etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{titlepage}&#xA;  % no page numbers at page 1&#xA;  \newpage&#xA;  % page numbers show up one page 2 and following pages&#xA;\end{titlepage}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've already tried to get rid of the page numbers by trying the advices from »&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/6639/removing-page-numbers-but-not-headers&quot;&gt;removing page numbers, but not headers&lt;/a&gt;« and »&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=nopageno&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;How to get rid of page numbers&lt;/a&gt;« but without any success.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit #1&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Elmar was right, &lt;code&gt;\pagestyle{empty}&lt;/code&gt; works when you place it in front of the enviroment like so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;\begin{titlepage}&#xA;  % no page numbers at page 1&#xA;  \newpage&#xA;  % now even the following pages omit the page numbering&#xA;\end{titlepage}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3355" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-05T13:35:21.547" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T13:35:21.547" Title="Remove page numbers in a »titlepage« environment" Tags="&lt;page-breaking&gt;&lt;page-numbering&gt;&lt;titlepage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10329" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10328" CreationDate="2011-02-05T13:24:12.443" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pagestyle{empty}&lt;/code&gt; doesnt work?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3338" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T13:24:12.443" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10330" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10316" CreationDate="2011-02-05T13:24:19.697" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You've got some options.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The easy and consistent way is to use your Ubuntu package manager, Synaptic or Ubuntu Software Center. The Ubuntu repositories contain TeX Live bundles, but their names often don't match a specific package. So, use the search feature to search the package descriptions for the package name. Click to choose and install.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;You could install (extract, copy) the package into your user home directory, to ~/texmf. This is an option if Ubuntu really doesn't provide it or if you would like to use a newer version. In that case, download it from &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/packagename&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://ctan.org/pkg/packagename&lt;/a&gt;. There are often installation instructions available. On this site, you could additionally check questions regarding &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/tagged/packages+installing&quot;&gt;installation of packages&lt;/a&gt; in general.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If you want to use the latest version of TeX Live, newer than Ubuntu provides and with its own package management, you could install the original TeX Live. Visit &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/texlive/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://tug.org/texlive/&lt;/a&gt;. You might also read &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1092/how-to-install-vanilla-texlive-on-debian-or-ubuntu&quot;&gt;How to install “vanilla” TeXLive on Debian or Ubuntu&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After all, it's independent of Texmaker.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T13:24:19.697" />
  <row Id="10331" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10319" CreationDate="2011-02-05T13:25:48.583" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;OK, I figured it out myself: The package &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/navigator&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;navigator&lt;/a&gt; works fine with &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;dvipdfmx&lt;/code&gt; and supports embedding files through the &lt;code&gt;\embeddedfile&lt;/code&gt; macro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{navigator}&#xA;\embeddedfile{sourcecode}{\jobname.tex}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;The document&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The syntax of the command is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\embeddedfile[&amp;lt;optional description&amp;gt;]{&amp;lt;object name&amp;gt;}[&amp;lt;optional filename displayed in the viewer&amp;gt;]{&amp;lt;file&amp;gt;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3323" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T13:25:48.583" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10332" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10326" CreationDate="2011-02-05T13:31:47.037" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/titlesec&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;titlesec&lt;/a&gt; package. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{report}&#xA;\usepackage{titlesec}&#xA;\titleformat{\chapter}&#xA;  {\normalfont\LARGE\bfseries}{\thechapter}{1em}{}&#xA;\titlespacing*{\chapter}{0pt}{3.5ex plus 1ex minus .2ex}{2.3ex plus .2ex}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\chapter{Introduction}&#xA;\section{Section}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/KXK0A.png&quot; alt=&quot;titlesec example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The package documentation will tell you more. Type &lt;code&gt;texdoc titlesec&lt;/code&gt; at the command prompt or follow the link to CTAN at the beginning of this answer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T13:31:47.037" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="10333" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10326" CreationDate="2011-02-05T13:48:06.450" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the KOMA-Script class&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[numbers=enddot]{scrreprt}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T13:48:06.450" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10335" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10320" CreationDate="2011-02-05T14:49:21.740" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is more a comment on Martin's answer, but it's too long, so I'm putting it as a community wiki answer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For more user-friendliness, you can define a &lt;code&gt;\addtotitleformat&lt;/code&gt; macro which allows you to only write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\addtotitleformat*{\subsection}{\sffamily\color{blue}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;without having to repeat the other formatting information each time. Here's the code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{titlesec}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand*\@secondofsix[6]{#2}&#xA;\newcommand{\addtotitleformat}{%&#xA;  \@ifstar{\addtotitleformat@star}{\addtotitleformat@nostar}}&#xA;\newcommand\addtotitleformat@nostar[2]{%&#xA;  \PackageError{titlesec}{non starred form of \string\addtotitleformat\space not supported}{}}&#xA;\newcommand\addtotitleformat@star[2]{%&#xA;  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\def&#xA;  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@currentsection@font&#xA;  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%&#xA;    \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@secondofsix&#xA;       \csname ttlf@\expandafter\@gobble\string#1\endcsname}%&#xA;  \titleformat*{#1}{\@currentsection@font#2}%&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\addtotitleformat*{\section}{\Huge\color{red}}&#xA;\addtotitleformat*{\subsection}{\sffamily\color{blue}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Section title}&#xA;&#xA;\subsection{Section title}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1973" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T14:49:21.740" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-02-05T14:49:21.740" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="10336" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6389" CreationDate="2011-02-05T15:20:41.793" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's my attempt, using TikZ, as requested:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;      \node (A) at (0,0) {$x$};&#xA;      \node (B) at (1,-1) {$g^{xy}$};&#xA;      \node (C) at (2,0) {$Z_{q}$};&#xA;      \node (D) at (4,0) {$y$};&#xA;      \node (E) at (5,-1) {$g^{xy}$};&#xA;      \node (F) at (6,0) {$Z_{q}$};&#xA;&#xA;  \begin{scope}[every node/.style={font= \scriptsize}]&#xA;&#xA;     \draw [latex-] (A) -- node[above]{$R$}  (C);&#xA;     \draw[transform canvas={yshift=0.2ex},-left to] (C) -- node[above]{$\alpha=g^{x}$} (D);&#xA;     \draw[transform canvas={yshift=-0.2ex},left to-] (C) -- node[below]{$\beta=g^{y}$} (D);&#xA;     \draw[latex-] (D) -- node[above]{$R$}  (F);&#xA;&#xA;   \end{scope}&#xA;&#xA; \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which produces:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/1iaaE.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The trick is the &lt;code&gt;transform canvas&lt;/code&gt;command to obtain a &lt;code&gt;rightleftharpoon&lt;/code&gt; equivalent. The spacing can be tinkered with to one's heart's desire by changing the &lt;code&gt;\node&lt;/code&gt; settings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3313" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T15:20:41.793" />
  <row Id="10337" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10338" CreationDate="2011-02-05T15:30:24.953" Score="0" ViewCount="143" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to add a shadow with a faded edge to nodes.  With the following document I only get a grey circle, with a hard edge, slightly below right of the node.  This is a snippet form my code.  What am I doing wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,10pt]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{shapes,fadings}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;    \begin{tikzpicture}[scale=4, transform shape]&#xA;         \node[circle,fill=white,draw=black,thick,preaction={fill=black,opacity=.3,transform canvas={xshift=1mm,yshift=-1mm,path fading=circle with fuzzy edge 20 percent}}] (1) at (0,0) {1};&#xA;    \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1866" LastEditorUserId="1866" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-05T17:04:21.063" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T17:04:21.063" Title="What's wrong with the fading of this TikZ node's shadow?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;nodes&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10338" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10337" CreationDate="2011-02-05T15:45:55.970" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;path fading=circle with fuzzy edge 20 percent&lt;/code&gt; must be in the argument &lt;code&gt;preaction&lt;/code&gt; but outside of the there included &lt;code&gt;transform canvas&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{fadings}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=4]&#xA; \node[circle,fill=white,draw=black,thick,&#xA;       preaction={&#xA;         fill=black,opacity=.3,&#xA;         path fading=circle with fuzzy edge 20 percent,&#xA;         transform canvas={xshift=1mm,yshift=-1mm}&#xA;       }] (1) at (0,0) {1};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Result:&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The fading isn't fully preserved by PDF-&gt;PNG and downscaling)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/mxDb4.png&quot; alt=&quot;Result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-05T16:05:10.710" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T16:05:10.710" CommentCount="10" />
  <row Id="10340" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-05T16:40:27.853" Score="1" ViewCount="69" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm having some trouble trying to use kpfonts. [I'm using a Linux system, with TexLive2010.] I copied the kpfonts files to my local texmf directory as per the instructions, and then ran&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; updmap --enable Map=kpfonts.map&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That seemed to work properly. &#xA;But when I try to use kpfonts in a document I get the following error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;ERROR: LaTeX Error: This NFSS system isn't set up properly.&#xA;&#xA;--- TeX said ---&#xA;&#xA;See the LaTeX manual or LaTeX Companion for explanation.&#xA;Type  H &amp;lt;return&amp;gt;  for immediate help.&#xA;...                                              &#xA;&#xA;l.5 \begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;--- HELP ---&#xA;From the .log file...&#xA;&#xA;For encoding scheme OML the defaults jkp/m/it do not form a valid font shape&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Minimal document I'm working on:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[veryoldstyle]{kpfonts}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;This is a test. Duct, dust, and so forth.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Web searches haven't turned up any solutions; has anyone got any idea about what might be wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1135" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-05T16:54:31.273" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T16:54:31.273" Title="NFSS error when trying to use »kpfonts«" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="10341" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10340" CreationDate="2011-02-05T16:46:56.110" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;try this: &lt;code&gt;sudo updmap-sys --enable Map=kpfonts.map&lt;/code&gt; if you installed TeX Live as root.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T16:46:56.110" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10342" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10344" CreationDate="2011-02-05T16:47:31.640" Score="2" ViewCount="66" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to do something that TikZ is probably more than capable of doing, but I am lazy so I'm trying to do it in xy-pic instead. What I am trying to do is write down an equation involving xymatrices, e.g. [thing1] = [thing2] + [thing3] where all three [thing]s are xymatrices. The problem when I naively try to do this is that the equal signs are aligning with the first row of the xymatrices, and I would really like them to be centered instead, in between the first and second rows. (Or, you know, wherever the center of the rows happens to be.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What's an easy way to do this? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1576" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-05T17:43:42.413" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T17:43:42.413" Title="Writing down an equation involving some xymatrices in xy-pic" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;xy-pic&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="10343" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10345" CreationDate="2011-02-05T17:05:38.270" Score="7" ViewCount="147" Body="&lt;p&gt;Suppose I have some .tex code like this&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;...&#xA;bla bla \framebox{Hello World} bla bla&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to read out the position (left and top or bottom, in &lt;code&gt;pt&lt;/code&gt;s) of the framebox on the page, and store in, say, variables &lt;code&gt;\myleft&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\myright&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It would also be enough to read out the current position on the page.&#xA;(I want to highlight the box later in another program, so I need to know its absolute position in the produced pdf.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Synctex seems to be able to do that, so it should be possible... but how?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3362" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-05T17:13:57.300" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T17:57:56.040" Title="Determining the position of a box (e.g.) on a page" Tags="&lt;boxes&gt;&lt;positioning&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10344" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10342" CreationDate="2011-02-05T17:10:58.380" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[&#xA;  \vcenter{\xymatrix{A\\B}} = \vcenter{\xymatrix{a\\b}}&#xA;\]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T17:10:58.380" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10345" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10343" CreationDate="2011-02-05T17:15:45.467" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;code&gt;\zsavepos&lt;/code&gt; macro of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;zref&lt;/a&gt; package. Note you need to LaTeX twice before you have the position accurately.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{zref-savepos}&#xA;\usepackage{fp}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\zsavepos{XY}\fbox{Testing }&#xA;\medskip&#xA;&#xA;\zposx{XY}, \zposy{XY} &#xA;&#xA;\def\X{\FPdiv\result{\zposx{XY}}{65536}\result}&#xA;&#xA;\def\Y{\FPdiv\result{\zposy{XY}}{65536}\result}&#xA;&#xA;\X, \Y&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: show minimal using &lt;code&gt;fp&lt;/code&gt; package for calculations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-05T17:57:56.040" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T17:57:56.040" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10346" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-05T17:18:32.783" Score="1" ViewCount="102" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm a BibTex neophyte, and this one problem is driving me crazy.  The .bst file I am modifying uses the number variable identically for both conference paper and journal citations, which is not what the journal I am submitting to wants (and no, they didn't provide a .bst file!).  So, I tried to modify the function for journal citations in the following way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}&#xA;{ volume field.or.null&#xA;  volume empty$&#xA;    'skip$&#xA;    { bbl.volume &quot;~&quot; * swap$ * }&#xA;  if$&#xA;  number empty$&#xA;    'skip$&#xA;    {&#xA;     &quot;, (&quot;  * number &quot;)&quot;  tie.or.space.connect *  &#xA;    volume empty$&#xA;        { &quot;there's a number but no volume in &quot; cite$ * warning$ }&#xA;           'skip$&#xA;      if$&#xA;    }&#xA;  if$&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This gives, for example: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Strawn, R., Caradonna, F., and Duque, E., “30 Years of Rotorcraft Computational Fluid Dynamics Research and Development,” Journal of the American Helicopter Society, Vol. 51, (1 ), 2006, pp. 5–21.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which is perfect, EXCEPT for the space after 1 in &lt;code&gt;(1 )!&lt;/code&gt;  The editor won't accept the paper until this is fixed.  Please any help would be much appreciated!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3363" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-05T17:25:44.330" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T17:25:44.330" ClosedDate="2011-02-05T18:10:55.270" Title="removing a space in a citation using BibTex" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;bibtex&gt;" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="10347" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10343" CreationDate="2011-02-05T17:20:59.283" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use the functionality of TikZ and its &lt;code&gt;remember picture&lt;/code&gt; option. It needs two compile runs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{calc}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\tikz[remember picture]\node(x){\framebox{Test}};&#xA;\lipsum[2-3]&#xA;&#xA;% Later&#xA;% There are better ways to do this, I'm sure:&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \path let \p0 = (x.north west) in&#xA;  % \x0, \y0 hold the position from the lower left page corner&#xA;  [/utils/exec={\message{x = \x0, y = \y0}}]; &#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T17:20:59.283" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10348" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10343" CreationDate="2011-02-05T17:45:32.987" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It needs two pdflatex runs&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\usepackage[savepos]{zref}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\ldots&#xA;&#xA;bla bla \zsavepos{fbox}\framebox{Hello World} bla bla&#xA;&#xA;\ldots&#xA;&#xA;the fbox starts at (\zposx{fbox}sp;\zposy{fbox}sp), which is the same&#xA;as (\the\numexpr \zposx{fbox}/65536\relax pt; &#xA;    \the\numexpr \zposy{fbox}/65536\relax pt), &#xA;always measured from the left and bottom of the page&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T17:45:32.987" />
  <row Id="10349" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9495" CreationDate="2011-02-05T17:50:36.840" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It may be worth pointing out that the rules for when to use long &quot;ſ&quot; and when to use round &quot;s&quot; are not as straightforward as they might appear at first (and these rules vary depending on language and time-period).  This is a useful reference: &lt;a href=&quot;http://babelstone.blogspot.com/2006/06/rules-for-long-s.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://babelstone.blogspot.com/2006/06/rules-for-long-s.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I'm a bit curious about what algorithm the Day Roman font package uses to automatically choose between &quot;ſ&quot; and &quot;s&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[Edit:]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Following up on &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/9495/latex-font-for-18th-century-english/9507#9507&quot;&gt;Willie Wong's answer above&lt;/a&gt;, here's an example using Kepler Project fonts (which works in regular LaTeX):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[veryoldstyle]{kpfonts}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\newcommand{\italiclinverted}{\raisebox{.5em}{\rotatebox{180}{\textit{l}}}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Where Fractions= are wanting, a Division serves= to distinguish the&#xA;Numerator from the Denominator, by putting it thus=; viz.\ 3-8, 12-63, &#xA;16-50, though some other symbol might serve better for the purpose; and&#xA;therefore we propose one that is= similar to an Italic~\textit{l}&#xA;inverted, and whose figure takes= in the whole depth of its= body; which&#xA;then would have this= resemblance; viz.\ 3{\italiclinverted}5 &#xA;12{\italiclinverted}63 16{\italiclinverted}50.  And as=&#xA;to the thickness= of this= Divider, we think it should not exceed that &#xA;of an n-quadrat, but rather join closer to the figures=.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which looks like&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/RG3gA.png&quot; alt=&quot;kpfonts example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1135" LastEditorUserId="1135" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-06T00:34:26.063" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T00:34:26.063" />
  <row Id="10350" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10351" CreationDate="2011-02-05T17:54:30.253" Score="5" ViewCount="136" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am writing my first latex/tex macro and not going anywhere with it. Could you please&#xA;tell me what I am doing wrong in the code below. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have the following definitions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\defcolor#1#2{%&#xA;   \expandafter\def\csname #1\endcsname{#2}}&#xA;&#xA;\def\colortext#1#2{%&#xA;   \special{ts: text fillcolor \csname#1\endcsname}{#2}%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I use them in my LaTeX file as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\defcolor{red}{1.0,0.0,0.0}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now when I use &lt;code&gt;\red&lt;/code&gt; I see 1.0,0.0,0.0 in the text. Which is what I am expecting and&#xA;happy to see! The problem is the colortext command. When I call the &lt;code&gt;\colortext&lt;/code&gt; command &#xA;like the following&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\colortext{red}{sometext}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I see the following output in my .dvi file&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;ts: text fillcolor \red&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Instead of what I want&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;ts: text fillcolor 1.0,0.0,0.0&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\red&lt;/code&gt; macro is not getting expanded inside the replacement text of the &lt;code&gt;\colortext&lt;/code&gt; macro.&#xA;How do I fix this problem? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3364" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-05T18:05:59.357" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T15:11:13.037" Title="A macro expansion question" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;expansion&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10351" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10350" CreationDate="2011-02-05T18:01:33.430" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;First make sure that &lt;code&gt;\red&lt;/code&gt; is defined before you use &lt;code&gt;\colortext&lt;/code&gt;, because &lt;code&gt;\csname UndefinedMacro\endcsname&lt;/code&gt; will expand only so far till &lt;code&gt;\UndefinedMacro&lt;/code&gt;, not further.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could add a test for this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\colortext#1#2{%&#xA;   \@ifundefined{#1}&#xA;      {\PackageError{yourpackage}{Color '#1' not defined yet!}{}}&#xA;      {\special{ts: text fillcolor \csname#1\endcsname}{#2}}%&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If this isn't the problem expand it manually:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\colortext#1#2{%&#xA;   \@ifundefined{#1}&#xA;      {\PackageError{yourpackage}{Color '#1' not defined yet!}{}}&#xA;      {{\edef\@tempa{\noexpand\special{ts: text fillcolor \csname#1\endcsname}}\@tempa{#2}}%&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can then debug it by adding &lt;code&gt;\show\@tempa&lt;/code&gt; after its definition.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note the second &lt;code&gt;{ }&lt;/code&gt; to keep &lt;code&gt;\@tempa&lt;/code&gt; local. I assume here that &lt;code&gt;\special&lt;/code&gt; doesn't mind the group&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-29T15:11:13.037" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T15:11:13.037" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="10352" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-05T18:56:23.103" Score="2" ViewCount="147" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am making an &lt;code&gt;{itemize}&lt;/code&gt; list whose labels are so wide that they stick into the left margin:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{itemize}  &#xA;\item[(MPT1)]...  &#xA;\item[(MPT2)]...  &#xA;\item[(MPT3)]...  &#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I shift the entire list to the right to prevent this from happening?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3367" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-05T19:02:08.610" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T17:26:24.653" Title="How can I shift an {itemize} list to the right?" Tags="&lt;itemize&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10353" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10360" CreationDate="2011-02-05T19:01:40.437" Score="3" ViewCount="136" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need a grid in the background and more values on the y-axis.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can you help me out?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{axis}[width=14cm,height=6cm,title={Entwicklung},ylabel={Wachstum in Prozent},&#xA;    symbolic x coords={a,b,c,d,e},&#xA;    xtick=data]&#xA;    \addplot[ybar,fill=blue] coordinates {&#xA;        (a,61.5)&#xA;        (b,-9.8)&#xA;        (c,-27.6)      &#xA;        (d,-14.7)      &#xA;        (e,3.2)                &#xA;    };&#xA;\end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3369" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-05T20:11:57.363" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T01:35:29.257" Title="How to get more information to the y-axis, and a grid to the background" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;pgfplots&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="10354" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10350" CreationDate="2011-02-05T19:04:36.277" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;try it this way&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\defcolor#1#2{\@namedef{#1}{#2}}%&#xA;\def\colortext#1#2{\special{ts: text fillcolor \@nameuse{#1}}{#2}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\defcolor{red}{1.0,0.0,0.0}&#xA;&#xA;\colortext{red}{sometext}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T19:04:36.277" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="10355" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10357" CreationDate="2011-02-05T19:11:33.060" Score="2" ViewCount="97" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to insert a blank line between two equations in&#xA;align environment?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From what I understand a blank line is interpreted as &lt;code&gt;\par&lt;/code&gt; and&#xA;&lt;code&gt;\par&lt;/code&gt; is not allowed in align. Can I disable this &quot;feature&quot; in&#xA;align environment?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Reason:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I like my code to be in 80 column format. So when I hit&#xA;M-q (fill-paragraph) without blank lines, the code looks like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{align}&#xA;  \min \sum_{k \in K} \sum_{(i,j) \in A} c_{ij} x_{ij}^k + \sum_{(i,j)&#xA;    \in A} f_{ij} y_{ij} \\ \sum_{j \in V_i^+} x_{ij}^k - \sum_{j \in&#xA;    V_i^-} x_{ji}^k = \begin{cases} d^k &amp;amp; \text{si } i = O(k) \\ -d^k&#xA;    &amp;amp; \text{si } i = D(k) \\ 0 &amp;amp; \text{sinon} \end{cases} &amp;amp; \quad&#xA;  \quad \forall i \in V, \; \forall k \in K \\ \sum_{k \in K} x_{ij}^k&#xA;  \le u_{ij} y_{ij} &amp;amp; \quad \quad \forall (i,j) \in A&#xA;\end{align}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;instead of this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{align}&#xA;  \min \sum_{k \in K} \sum_{(i,j) \in A} c_{ij} x_{ij}^k + \sum_{(i,j)&#xA;    \in A} f_{ij} y_{ij} \\&#xA;&#xA;  \sum_{j \in V_i^+} x_{ij}^k - \sum_{j \in V_i^-} x_{ji}^k&#xA;  = \begin{cases} d^k &amp;amp; \text{si } i = O(k) \\ -d^k &amp;amp; \text{si } i =&#xA;    D(k) \\ 0 &amp;amp; \text{sinon} \end{cases} &amp;amp; \quad \quad \forall i \in&#xA;  V, \; \forall k \in K \\&#xA;&#xA;  \sum_{k \in K} x_{ij}^k \le u_{ij} y_{ij} &amp;amp; \quad \quad \forall&#xA;  (i,j) \in A&#xA;\end{align}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which is easier (for me) to read and edit.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3366" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-05T21:26:31.957" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T21:26:31.957" Title="Blank lines in align environment" Tags="&lt;align&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10356" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10352" CreationDate="2011-02-05T19:13:44.640" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{enumitem}&#xA;\setitemize{fullwidth}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T19:13:44.640" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="10357" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10355" CreationDate="2011-02-05T19:18:44.757" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;put a &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt; in those lines and everything will be fine for &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; and for you&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T19:18:44.757" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="10358" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10367" CreationDate="2011-02-05T19:27:47.033" Score="14" ViewCount="239" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a package that allows one to work with dates in the following way: just as &lt;code&gt;\date&lt;/code&gt; shows today's date, I would like to have a command that dates the document 7 days from today.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, since I would like to use this as a template, I do not want to manually enter the dates myself. Is this possible?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1227" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-06T23:48:25.787" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T23:48:25.787" Title="referring to dates other than \today" Tags="&lt;datetime&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="5" />
  <row Id="10360" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10353" CreationDate="2011-02-05T19:39:44.317" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Some more specifications to the &lt;code&gt;axis&lt;/code&gt; environment should do the trick.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplots}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \begin{axis}[%&#xA;      grid=major,&#xA;      width=14cm,height=8cm,&#xA;      title={Entwicklung},ylabel={Wachstum in Prozent},&#xA;      symbolic x coords={a,b,c,d,e},&#xA;      ymin=-30,ymax=70,&#xA;      xtick=data,&#xA;      ytick={-30,-20,...,70}&#xA;    ]&#xA;      \addplot[ybar,fill=blue] coordinates {&#xA;        (a,61.5)&#xA;        (b,-9.8)&#xA;        (c,-27.6)      &#xA;        (d,-14.7)      &#xA;        (e,3.2)                &#xA;      };&#xA;    \end{axis}&#xA;  \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastEditorUserId="1063" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-05T20:19:23.347" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T20:19:23.347" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10361" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10365" CreationDate="2011-02-05T19:41:30.163" Score="5" ViewCount="137" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have an xymatrix in which two arrows cross each other, say&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\xymatrix{ \ar[dr] &amp;amp;  \\ \ar[ur] &amp;amp; }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and I would like one arrow to cross over the other. I also want to to be able to do this without using knots; the reason is that I want to draw some diagrams where the arrows just intersect and some diagrams where they don't, and I'd prefer that they have a uniform look to them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is an example of how to do this in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/generic/diagrams/xypic/xy/doc/xyguide.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;xy-pic user's guide&lt;/a&gt;, but 1) I don't quite understand it, and 2) it seems to require that I thread a single arrow through multiple entries. I don't want to have to do that; I really just want two arrows, one of which crosses over the other.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried to give the &quot;under&quot; arrow an empty label, but that didn't work. Any ideas? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1576" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-11T22:13:30.680" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T22:13:30.680" Title="Showing arrows crossing over or under other arrows in xy-pic without knots" Tags="&lt;arrows&gt;&lt;xy-pic&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10362" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10166" CreationDate="2011-02-05T19:50:36.213" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In answer to my original question (above), I found that using the &lt;code&gt;transform canvas&lt;/code&gt; command provided the easiest way to generate r&lt;code&gt;ightleftharpoon&lt;/code&gt;-like arrows using TikZ. Thanks to Caramdir for pointing out this &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/7133/how-do-i-draw-parallel-arrows-in-commutative-diagrams-with-tikz/7166#7166&quot;&gt;previous answer&lt;/a&gt;. Below is a simple (somewhat meaningless example) showing both horizontal and angled harpoons. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\resizebox{!}{!}{  % picture placed inside a resize box (change to values etc as per desired sizing)&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;    \node (A) at (0,0) {A + R};&#xA;    \node (B) at (1.7,0) {AR};&#xA;    \node (C) at (3,1) {AR*};&#xA;    \node (D) at (3,-1) {AD};&#xA;&#xA;\begin{scope}[every node/.style={font= \scriptsize}]&#xA;&#xA;\draw[transform canvas={yshift=0.3ex},-left to] (A) -- node[above]{$k_{+1}$}  (B);&#xA;\draw[transform canvas={yshift=-0.3ex},left to-] (A) -- node[below] {$k_{-1}$} (B); &#xA;&#xA;\draw[transform canvas={yshift=0.2ex, xshift=-0.05ex},-left to] (B) --  node[above, xshift=-5]{$\beta$} (C);&#xA;\draw[transform canvas={yshift=-0.32ex, xshift=0.2ex},left to-] (B) --  node[below, xshift=5]{$\alpha$} (C);&#xA;&#xA;\draw[transform canvas={yshift=0.32ex, xshift=0.2ex},-left to] (B) --  node[above, xshift=15]{1000 s$^{-1}$}  (D);&#xA;\draw[transform canvas={yshift=-0.2ex, xshift=-0.05ex},left to-] (B) --  node[below, xshift=-10]{10 s$^{-1}$}  (D);&#xA;&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture} &#xA;&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This produces:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/wKpny.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3313" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T19:50:36.213" />
  <row Id="10363" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10358" CreationDate="2011-02-05T19:56:05.350" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\dayinmonth#1{%&#xA;  \ifcase#1 31\or28\or31\or30\or31\or30&#xA;            \or31\or31\or30\or31\or30\or31\fi}&#xA;\newcommand\Today[1][0]{%&#xA;  \advance\day by #1&#xA;  \edef\DiM{\dayinmonth{\the\month}}&#xA;  \ifnum\day&amp;gt;\DiM &#xA;    \day=\numexpr \the\day-\DiM\relax &#xA;    \advance\month\@ne&#xA;  \fi  &#xA;  \today}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\today -- \Today[30]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the year can also be tested if the month is 13 after increasing&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T19:56:05.350" />
  <row Id="10364" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9715" CreationDate="2011-02-05T20:06:59.153" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure how much flexibility you have in changing base document classes, but the memoir class includes features similar to titlesec, and doesn't exhibit this problem by default.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[twocolumn]{memoir}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\settrimmedsize{11in}{210mm}{*}&#xA;\setlength{\trimtop}{0pt}&#xA;\setlength{\trimedge}{\stockwidth}&#xA;\addtolength{\trimedge}{-\paperwidth}&#xA;\settypeblocksize{7.75in}{33pc}{*}&#xA;\setulmargins{4cm}{*}{*}&#xA;\setlrmargins{1.25in}{*}{*}&#xA;\setmarginnotes{17pt}{51pt}{\onelineskip}&#xA;\setheadfoot{\onelineskip}{2\onelineskip}&#xA;\setheaderspaces{*}{2\onelineskip}{*}&#xA;\checkandfixthelayout&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\chapter{Chapter Title}&#xA;\section{Section Title}&#xA;\marginpar{\subsection{Subsection Title 1}}{\lipsum[1-3]}&#xA;\marginpar{\subsection{Subsection Title 2}}{\lipsum[4]}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here, I'm using the page layout used in the memoir manual (section 2.9.1). You'd need to read through their page layout documentation and adjust for your needs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Results:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/qJGQr.png&quot; alt=&quot;Memoir marginpar example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3345" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T20:06:59.153" />
  <row Id="10365" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10361" CreationDate="2011-02-05T20:19:27.370" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's not so hard.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dig a hole:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\xymatrix{ \ar[dr]|\hole &amp;amp;  \\ \ar[ur] &amp;amp; }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Calculate the intersection point and dig a hole:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\xymatrix{ \ar[drr]|!{[d];[r]}\hole &amp;amp; &amp;amp; \\ \ar[ur] &amp;amp; &amp;amp; }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/qVpGK.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-05T20:50:55.290" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T20:50:55.290" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="10366" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10361" CreationDate="2011-02-05T20:25:18.243" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There's a general trick, no matter if xy-pic or let's say TikZ is used. It also works with bent arrows, naturally.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Draw the arrow which shall cross below&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Draw the arrow which shall cross above, but thick and in background color&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Draw the arrow which shall cross above again, but normally&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[dvips,all]{xy}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\xymatrix{ \ar[dr]&amp;amp; \\ \ar@*{[|(6)][white]}[ur]\ar[ur] &amp;amp; }&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For line styles and color a capable driver is required. I used dvips.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ZJvaW.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T20:25:18.243" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="10367" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10358" CreationDate="2011-02-05T21:33:22.267" Score="15" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;See the datenumber and advdate packages (and the datetime package for formatting options).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt; Added small example, essentially stolen from the datenumber documentation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{datenumber}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\setdatetoday&#xA;\addtocounter{datenumber}{7}&#xA;\setdatebynumber{\thedatenumber}&#xA;&#xA;Today is \today, 7 days from now it's \datedate.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="275" LastEditorUserId="275" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-05T22:26:52.017" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T22:26:52.017" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10368" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10284" CreationDate="2011-02-05T21:59:37.817" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can do this using the &lt;code&gt;copy column from table&lt;/code&gt; option of the &lt;code&gt;\pgfplotstablecreatecol&lt;/code&gt; command (see p. 39 of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/graphics/pgf/contrib/pgfplots/doc/latex/pgfplots/pgfplotstable.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pgfplotstable manual&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Given the two files&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;dataA.dat&amp;gt;&#xA;4.1 .1 1.1       &#xA;3.2 .2 1.2&#xA;5.3 .3 1.3&#xA;&#xA;&amp;lt;dataB.dat&amp;gt;&#xA;-1 0&#xA;2  1&#xA;4  -1&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can add the columns from  to the first table like so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplotstable}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\pgfplotstableread{dataA.dat}\dataA&#xA;\pgfplotstableread{dataB.dat}\dataB&#xA;&#xA;\pgfplotstablecreatecol[copy column from table={\dataB}{[index] 0}] {par1} {\dataA}&#xA;\pgfplotstablecreatecol[copy column from table={\dataB}{[index] 1}] {par2} {\dataA}&#xA;&#xA;\pgfplotstabletypeset{\dataA}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T21:59:37.817" />
  <row Id="10369" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4500" CreationDate="2011-02-05T22:00:16.750" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are actually at least &lt;em&gt;two&lt;/em&gt; *roff macro packages to choose from for writing manpages: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.kernel.org/doc/man-pages/online/pages/man7/man.7.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;man(7)&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.openbsd.org/cgi-bin/man.cgi?query=mdoc&amp;amp;sektion=7&amp;amp;arch=i386&amp;amp;apropos=0&amp;amp;manpath=OpenBSD+Current&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;mdoc(7)&lt;/a&gt;. The former is &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.kernel.org/doc/man-pages/online/pages/man7/man-pages.7.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;suggested&lt;/a&gt; for new pages to be added to the Linux man-pages package; the latter is &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.openbsd.org/cgi-bin/man.cgi?query=man&amp;amp;sektion=7&amp;amp;arch=i386&amp;amp;apropos=0&amp;amp;manpath=OpenBSD+Current&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;very strongly urged&lt;/a&gt; for *BSD manpages.&#xA;(Therefore, the manpage links for each macro package above go to the manpage provided by the group that advocates its use.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1189" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T22:00:16.750" />
  <row Id="10370" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="485" CreationDate="2011-02-05T22:15:44.163" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newline&lt;/code&gt; works in paragraph columns&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}{|p{3cm}|p{3cm}|}&#xA;first line&#xA;\newline second line &amp;amp; still on first line \\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3317" LastActivityDate="2011-02-05T22:15:44.163" />
  <row Id="10371" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9897" CreationDate="2011-02-05T23:22:50.797" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm going to give a try at Hendrik's suggestion of explaining &lt;code&gt;\alignsafe@testopt&lt;/code&gt;. The problem was reported in the LaTeX bug database as &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.latex-project.org/cgi-bin/ltxbugs2html?pr=amslatex/1834&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;amslatex/1834&lt;/a&gt; (it's now fixed) with the follow-up &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.latex-project.org/cgi-bin/ltxbugs2html?pr=latex/3040&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;latex/3040&lt;/a&gt;. The problem arises in the following situation (&lt;code&gt;{aligned}&lt;/code&gt; immediately followed by a &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; and inside a tabular-like environment):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\makeatletter\let\alignsafe@testopt\@testopt\makeatother % reactivates the bug&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{align}\begin{aligned}&#xA;&amp;amp;b=d%% Problem: First nonspace token found by lookahead was &quot;&amp;amp;&quot;&#xA;\end{aligned}\end{align}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The reason is that &lt;code&gt;{aligned}&lt;/code&gt; looks ahead for an optional argument and this triggers the building of the table cell, causing an error. The fix proposed in the bug report &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.latex-project.org/cgi-bin/ltxbugs2html?pr=latex/3040&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;latex/3040&lt;/a&gt; is simpler than what ended up in &lt;code&gt;amsmath.sty&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\@testopt#1#2{%&#xA;  {\ifnum`}=0\fi&#xA;  \@ifnextchar[%&#xA;    {\ifnum`{=\z@\fi}#1}%&#xA;    {\ifnum`{=\z@\fi}#1[#2]}%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but has one drawback: it introduces a spurious &lt;code&gt;{}&lt;/code&gt; which could be intrusive in some cases. The idea behind the code is the following: by opening a brace before LaTeX looks ahead for &lt;code&gt;[&lt;/code&gt;, the next &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; will not immediately end the current cell of the parent environment, thus allowing LaTeX to test whether it is equal to &lt;code&gt;[&lt;/code&gt;. A similar effect can be seen when comparing&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}{c|c}a\meaning&amp;amp;b\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}{c|c}a{\meaning&amp;amp;}b\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\ifnum`}=0\fi&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\ifnum`{=\z@\fi&lt;/code&gt; are only here so that &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt; doesn't complain that its contents is not balanced in braces. During expansion, they disappear.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The version which ended up in &lt;code&gt;amsmath.sty&lt;/code&gt; is more complex as it replaces the explicit &lt;code&gt;{&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;}&lt;/code&gt; of the previous code by &lt;code&gt;\iffalse{\fi&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\iffalse}\fi&lt;/code&gt; to avoid the drawback mentioned earlier. Here's the code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\alignsafe@testopt#1#2{%&#xA;  \relax\iffalse{\fi\ifnum`}=0\fi&#xA;  \@ifnextchar[%&#xA;    {\let\@let@token\relax \ifnum`{=\z@\fi\iffalse}\fi#1}%&#xA;    {\let\@let@token\relax \ifnum`{=\z@\fi\iffalse}\fi#1[#2]}%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is more subtle is that using &lt;code&gt;\ifnum0=`{\fi&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\iffalse{\fi&lt;/code&gt; wouldn't work. This can be illustrated by the fact that &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{cc}&#xA;a\ifnum`{=0\fi&amp;amp;\ifnum`}=0\fi b\\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;compiles whereas &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{cc}&#xA;a\iffalse{\fi&amp;amp;\iffalse}\fi b\\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;does not. The reason is explained in appendix D (“Dirty Tricks”) of &lt;em&gt;The TeXbook&lt;/em&gt; page 385 (see also &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/texbytopic&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;TeX by Topic&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, §10.4): when &lt;code&gt;\iffalse{\fi&lt;/code&gt; is expanded, it increments the master counter whereas &lt;code&gt;\ifnum0=`{fi&lt;/code&gt; does not and it is this master counter which is used for alignment matters (the other counter being the balance counter, which is equally fooled by both). The reason why the expansion of &lt;code&gt;\ifnum0=`{fi&lt;/code&gt; doesn't increment the master counter is that there is no explicit brace in it since after &lt;code&gt;\ifnum0=&lt;/code&gt; TeX expects a number and so &lt;code&gt;`{&lt;/code&gt; is converted into a number instead of being a backtick followed by a brace (in fact, the &lt;em&gt;real&lt;/em&gt; reason why &lt;code&gt;`{&lt;/code&gt; doesn't increase the master counter is that when TeX reads the &lt;code&gt;{&lt;/code&gt; after the backtick, it increases the master counter, but when it evaluates &lt;code&gt;`{&lt;/code&gt;, it decreases it, so it's as if the counter didn't change). The same would be true for &lt;code&gt;\romannumeral-`{\space&lt;/code&gt; but not for &lt;code&gt;\@gobble`{&lt;/code&gt; (because TeX is not in &quot;reading a number&quot; mode after &lt;code&gt;\@gobble&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's the table from &lt;em&gt;The TeXbook&lt;/em&gt; (page 385) showing what happens to which counter when:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/s7DlX.png&quot; alt=&quot;Table of changes to the master and balance counters&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1973" LastEditorUserId="1973" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-25T23:21:18.747" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T23:21:18.747" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-02-05T23:22:50.797" CommentCount="14" />
  <row Id="10372" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10375" CreationDate="2011-02-06T02:06:49.143" Score="2" ViewCount="284" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm having a problem that I've had before and I'm tired of hacking my way through it and hope that there is some supported solution.  I'll go ahead and create a document for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass {article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section {Introduction}&#xA;In the introduction of the document, you will find plenty of verbatim \verb|texts&#xA;that| have an hard time wrapping.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, the problem here is that the &lt;code&gt;\verb&lt;/code&gt; environment doesn't wrap well (unlike the example I posted above where I put in the return to aid in viewing).  There is an overfull hbox error.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I make the &lt;code&gt;\verb&lt;/code&gt; command wrap and justify with its surroundings better?  I would expect LaTeX to just increase or decrease the spacing around the &lt;code&gt;\verb&lt;/code&gt; command.  Is it just too much smooshing or stretching for LaTeX to agree to do it?  Thanks in advance for any help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[EDIT]&#xA;After reading &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2790/when-should-one-use-verb-and-when-texttt&quot;&gt;When should one use \verb!! and when \texttt{}&lt;/a&gt; I think that &lt;code&gt;\texttt&lt;/code&gt; may be the right way to go here.  This considerably covers the question above, but the question still stands: What about &lt;code&gt;\verb&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[EDIT] Also see the related question about &lt;code&gt;\texttt{}&lt;/code&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/10377/texttt-overfull-hbox-problem&quot;&gt;\texttt overfull hbox problem&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3372" LastEditorUserId="3372" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-07T13:47:35.933" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T13:47:35.933" Title="In-line \verb -- overfull hbox problem" Tags="&lt;verbatim&gt;&lt;hbox&gt;&lt;inline&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10374" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2941" CreationDate="2011-02-06T02:31:49.513" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;sure, I'm a little late. I'm using vim without any tex plugins + ConteXt + synctex (but this should work for LaTeX too), but here is my current method (save as file into ftplugin directory):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;if exists(&quot;b:did_context_synctex_plugin&quot;)&#xA;    finish&#xA;endif&#xA;let b:did_context_synctex_plugin = 1&#xA;&#xA;function! SynctexShow()&#xA;    let synctex = glob(&quot;*.synctex.gz&quot;)&#xA;    if strlen(synctex) == 0&#xA;        echo &quot;no synctex file found&quot;&#xA;    else&#xA;        let pdffile = substitute(synctex,&quot;synctex.gz&quot;,&quot;pdf&quot;,&quot;&quot;)&#xA;        let execline = printf(&quot;:!okular --unique '%s#src:%d %s'&quot;, shellescape(pdffile), line(&quot;.&quot;),shellescape(bufname(&quot;%&quot;)))&#xA;        exec execline&#xA;    end&#xA;endfunction&#xA;&#xA;map &amp;lt;buffer&amp;gt; &amp;lt;localleader&amp;gt;f :call SynctexShow()&amp;lt;Enter&amp;gt;&amp;lt;Enter&amp;gt;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When creating the document with synctex support a file &quot;*.synctex.gz&quot; is generated, so this script will just look for a file ending with &quot;synctex.gz&quot;, find the current buffer and syncs the view with the pdf viewer. Due to the use of the synctex file for naming the pdf (which must have the same base name) one can split up the TeX document and use synctex, too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3371" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T02:31:49.513" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10375" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10372" CreationDate="2011-02-06T02:56:00.333" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\verb&lt;/code&gt; macro is for &lt;em&gt;verbatim&lt;/em&gt; text, i.e. to tell LaTeX to interpret the characters without their special meaning. It is only intended to be used for short inline verbatim material, like explaining a LaTeX macro. &#xA;For longer verbatim material there is the &lt;code&gt;verbatim&lt;/code&gt; environment (and several others). The fact that it is printed in tt font is just a side-effect!&#xA;If you use spaces inside verbatim text you are &lt;em&gt;requesting&lt;/em&gt; a verbatim, unstretchable and unbreakable space. The star-version &lt;code&gt;\verb*&lt;/code&gt; even prints these spaces using a visual symbol.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Please always use &lt;code&gt;\texttt&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\ttfamily&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; for text which should be printed in &lt;code&gt;tt&lt;/code&gt; font.&#xA;The use of &lt;code&gt;\verb&lt;/code&gt; simply for the font is a misuse. You can use it for short words without penalty, but for longer text this issues arise. Note that verbatim mode is fragile and &lt;code&gt;\verb&lt;/code&gt; doesn't work inside macro arguments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you &lt;em&gt;really&lt;/em&gt; want to use it try the &lt;code&gt;shortvrb&lt;/code&gt;package which allows you to use one character for verbatim text, e.g. only &lt;code&gt;|text|&lt;/code&gt; instead of  &lt;code&gt;\verb|text|&lt;/code&gt;. Then you can exclude the spaces like that:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;... verbatim |texts| |that| have ...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One common use of this is in package documentation, where &lt;code&gt;|&lt;/code&gt; is already a short verbatim marker. It allows package authors to print macros they describe verbatim or some shorter related text in &lt;code&gt;tt&lt;/code&gt; font. Again: it is not intended to be used for longer text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-06T03:02:40.140" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T03:02:40.140" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="10376" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9138" CreationDate="2011-02-06T02:57:15.857" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This might be too late for the original poster, but here's what I came up with. Largely adapted from lockstep's answer, but matches the Appendix/Subappendix model, and follows the ToC style requested:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/HIWIP.png&quot; alt=&quot;List of Appendices and Subappendices&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[toc=flat,numbers=noenddot]{scrartcl}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage{tocloft}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\listappendixname}{List of Appendices}&#xA;\newlistof{appendix}{app}{\listappendixname}&#xA;\setcounter{appdepth}{2}    &#xA;\renewcommand{\theappendix}{\Alph{appendix}}&#xA;\renewcommand{\cftappendixpresnum}{Appendix\space}&#xA;\setlength{\cftbeforeappendixskip}{\baselineskip}&#xA;\setlength{\cftappendixnumwidth}{1in}&#xA;\newlistentry[appendix]{subappendix}{app}{1}&#xA;\renewcommand{\thesubappendix}{\theappendix.\arabic{subappendix}}&#xA;\renewcommand{\cftsubappendixpresnum}{Appendix\space}&#xA;\setlength{\cftsubappendixnumwidth}{1in}&#xA;\setlength{\cftsubappendixindent}{0em}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\myappendix}[1]{%&#xA;  \refstepcounter{appendix}%&#xA;  \section*{\theappendix\space #1}%&#xA;  \addcontentsline{app}{appendix}{\protect\numberline{\theappendix}#1}%&#xA;  \par&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\subappendix}[1]{%&#xA;  \refstepcounter{subappendix}%&#xA;  \subsection*{\thesubappendix\space #1}%&#xA;  \addcontentsline{app}{subappendix}{\protect\numberline{\thesubappendix}#1}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\section{Foo} \lipsum[1]&#xA;\subsection{Bar} \lipsum[2]&#xA;\section{Additional Foo} \lipsum[3]&#xA;\subsection{Additional Bar} \lipsum[4]&#xA;&#xA;\listofappendix&#xA;&#xA;\myappendix{Baz} \lipsum[5]&#xA;\subappendix{Qux} \lipsum[6]&#xA;\myappendix{Additional Baz} \lipsum[7]&#xA;\subappendix{Additional Qux} \lipsum[8]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3345" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T02:57:15.857" />
  <row Id="10377" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10378" CreationDate="2011-02-06T03:25:54.910" Score="3" ViewCount="194" Body="&lt;p&gt;I asked a question earlier about &lt;code&gt;\verb&lt;/code&gt; and overfull hbox :&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/10372/in-line-verb-overfull-hbox-problem/10373#10373&quot;&gt;In-line \verb -- overfull hbox problem&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And regarding the solution there, changed many of my &lt;code&gt;\verb&lt;/code&gt;s to &lt;code&gt;\texttt{}&lt;/code&gt;s.  I have come up with a new problem now.  An example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass {article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section {Introduction}&#xA;&#xA;    The entry point is in \texttt{TRCS.Main()} (\texttt{TRCS\char`\\TRCS.cs}). &#xA;  The stateless (see \S 3.4.3) forms are started immediately, then another controller&#xA;  is invoked, namely  \texttt{Workflow}.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Compiling this example will show my problem.  &lt;code&gt;\texttt{Workflow}&lt;/code&gt; causes an overflow, and a rather significant one.  What should I do to alleviate the problem?  Thanks in advance for your help!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3372" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T14:59:18.450" Title="\texttt overfull hbox problem" Tags="&lt;hbox&gt;&lt;texttt&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="10378" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10377" CreationDate="2011-02-06T04:59:58.213" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Informally speaking, TeX break lines at spaces (and a few other positions in a word, called &quot;discretionary break&quot;). Discretionary break is not allowed in typewriter typesetting. If there is no space in &lt;code&gt;\texttt{}&lt;/code&gt;, it cannot break.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For your example, there is no help using &lt;code&gt;\texttt&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\verb&lt;/code&gt;. There are several ways to solve such kind of problem:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1) Enable microtype for pdfTeX (suggested):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{microtype}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2) Enable hythenation of TT text:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[htt]{hyphenat}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;3) Use a sloppy paragraph:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\sloppy&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{sloppypar}&#xA;The entry point is...&#xA;\end{sloppypar}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This may cause bad spacing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;4) Enable break manually:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\texttt{Work\allowbreak flow}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is not useful here, but may be useful for &lt;code&gt;\texttt{TRCS.\allowbreak Main()}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-06T14:59:18.450" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T14:59:18.450" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10379" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-06T05:36:39.010" Score="6" ViewCount="110" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know how to use &lt;code&gt;\nonumber&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\notag&lt;/code&gt;  in &lt;code&gt;\begin{eqnarray}&lt;/code&gt; &lt;code&gt;\end{eqnarray}&lt;/code&gt; environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But is there something like &lt;code&gt;\addnumber&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\addtag&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;\begin{eqnarray*}&lt;/code&gt; &lt;code&gt;\end{eqnarray*}&lt;/code&gt; environment ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, if I want only the second equation below be tagged, what should I do?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{eqnarray*}&#xA;a &amp;amp;=&amp;amp; b\\ &#xA;c &amp;amp;=&amp;amp; d  \addnumber\\ &#xA;e &amp;amp;=&amp;amp; f\\&#xA;g &amp;amp;=&amp;amp; h\\&#xA;i &amp;amp;=&amp;amp; j&#xA;\end{eqnarray*} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2119" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-06T06:00:27.977" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T06:02:51.813" Title="Equation numbering question" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="10380" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10379" CreationDate="2011-02-06T06:02:51.813" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass {article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\newcommand\addtag{\refstepcounter{equation}\tag{\theequation}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{align*}&#xA;a &amp;amp;= b\\ &#xA;c &amp;amp;= d  \addtag \\ &#xA;e &amp;amp;= f\\&#xA;g &amp;amp;= h\\&#xA;i &amp;amp;= j&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T06:02:51.813" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="10381" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7602" CreationDate="2011-02-06T06:31:18.207" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;movie15&lt;/code&gt; package. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% in preamble&#xA;\usepackage{movie15}&#xA;% in documenet&#xA;\includemovie{1cm}{1cm}{ani.gif}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PDFLaTeX is needed, and you must use Adobe Reader with certain media player plug-in. Thus it often fails.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another method is to use &lt;code&gt;animate&lt;/code&gt; package. You have to convert the animated gif to separate images first, using ImageMagick:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;convert foo.gif foo.png&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You may probably get &lt;code&gt;foo-0.png&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;foo-1.png&lt;/code&gt;, ..., &lt;code&gt;foo-18.png&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then include the graphics:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\animategraphics{12}{foo-}{0}{18}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This would sometimes make bad result, if the GIF is optimized. See manual of &lt;code&gt;animate&lt;/code&gt; for more options.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T06:31:18.207" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10382" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10383" CreationDate="2011-02-06T07:29:35.647" Score="0" ViewCount="176" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a figure setup as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure*}[t!]&#xA;\centering&#xA;\subfigure[Part 1]&#xA;{&#xA;   \includegraphics*[totalheight=2in,origin=c]{ost100}&#xA;}&#xA;\subfigure[Part 2]&#xA;{&#xA;   \includegraphics*[totalheight=2in,origin=c]{bay}&#xA;}&#xA;\subfigure[Part 3]&#xA;{&#xA;   \small&#xA;   \begin{tabular}{| l | c | r | r | } \hline&#xA;   {...}&#xA;   \hline&#xA;   \end{tabular}&#xA;}&#xA;\caption{The main experiment.\label{f:main}}&#xA;\end{figure*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For some reason, my table ends up shifted far below the images in part 1 and 2, with about a 1/2 inch margin above it. Shrinking the images doesn't change this. Any idea what is going wrong and how to fix it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3375" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T09:23:53.123" Title="Bad spacing of table inside subfigure" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;subfloats&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="10383" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10382" CreationDate="2011-02-06T08:43:12.963" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.html#tabular&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; environment accepts an optional parameter for alignment with respect to the current line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[includeheadfoot,margin=2cm]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage[demo]{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{subfig}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{figure*}[!ht]&#xA;    \centering&#xA;    \subfloat[Part 1]{%&#xA;      \includegraphics*[totalheight=1in,origin=c]{ost100}&#xA;    }&#xA;    \subfloat[Part 2]{%&#xA;      \includegraphics*[totalheight=1in,origin=c]{bay}&#xA;    }&#xA;    \subfloat[Part 3]{%&#xA;      \small&#xA;      \begin{tabular}[b]{|l|r|} \hline&#xA;        Table head &amp;amp; Table head \\ \hline&#xA;        Some Values &amp;amp; Some Values \\&#xA;        Some Values &amp;amp; Some Values \\&#xA;        Some Values &amp;amp; Some Values \\&#xA;        Some Values &amp;amp; Some Values \\&#xA;        Some Values &amp;amp; Some Values \\ \hline&#xA;      \end{tabular}&#xA;    }&#xA;    \caption{The main experiment.}\label{fig:main}&#xA;  \end{figure*}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that the example uses the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/subfig&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;subfig&lt;/a&gt; package instead oth the obsolete &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/subfigure&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;subfigure&lt;/a&gt; (see comments).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;demo&lt;/code&gt; option for the graphicx package was necessary because your graphics files where not present. Just drop it later.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastEditorUserId="1063" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-06T08:48:42.910" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T08:48:42.910" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10385" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10382" CreationDate="2011-02-06T09:23:53.123" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[demo]{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{subfig}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure*}[!ht]&#xA;\centering&#xA;\subfloat[Part 1]{\includegraphics*[width=0.3\linewidth]{ost100}}\hfill&#xA;\subfloat[Part 2]{\includegraphics*[width=0.3\linewidth]{bay}}   \hfill&#xA;\subfloat[Part 3]{\small&#xA;   \begin{tabular}[b]{| l | c | r | r | } \hline&#xA;    foo&amp;amp;bar&amp;amp;baz&amp;amp;foo \\\hline&#xA;    foo&amp;amp;bar&amp;amp;baz&amp;amp;foo \\\hline&#xA;    foo&amp;amp;bar&amp;amp;baz&amp;amp;foo \\\hline&#xA;   \end{tabular}}&#xA;\caption{The main experiment.\label{f:main}}&#xA;\end{figure*}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/4OYGy.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T09:23:53.123" />
  <row Id="10386" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-06T11:53:53.770" Score="4" ViewCount="197" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hey there,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am working on a paper and tried to include an acronym file. &#xA;So what I did for that so far is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Including glossaries package in the header protion of my document: &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[acronym,toc]{glossaries}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Including a &lt;code&gt;\makeglossaries&lt;/code&gt; in the header.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Including my acronyms file and a printglossaries in the actual document: &lt;code&gt;\input{acronyms}&lt;br&gt;&#xA;\printglossaries&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Running makeglossaries script shows the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;makeglossaries template_diplomarbeit  &#xA;added glossary type 'acronym' (alg,acr,acn)  &#xA;makeindex  -s &quot;template_diplomarbeit.ist&quot; -t &quot;template_diplomarbeit.alg&quot; -o &quot;template_diplomarbeit.acr&quot; &quot;template_diplomarbeit.acn&quot;  &#xA;This is makeindex, version 2.15 [20-Nov-2007] (kpathsea + Thai support).  &#xA;Scanning style file ./template_diplomarbeit.ist...........................done   (27 attributes redefined, 1 ignored).  &#xA;Scanning input file template_diplomarbeit.acn....done (18 entries accepted, 0 rejected).  &#xA;Sorting entries....done (75 comparisons).  &#xA;Generating output file template_diplomarbeit.acr....done (45 lines written, 0 warnings).  &#xA;Output written in template_diplomarbeit.acr.  &#xA;Transcript written in template_diplomarbeit.alg.  &#xA;makeindex  -s &quot;template_diplomarbeit.ist&quot; -t &quot;template_diplomarbeit.glg&quot; -o &quot;template_diplomarbeit.gls&quot; &quot;template_diplomarbeit.glo&quot;  &#xA;This is makeindex, version 2.15 [20-Nov-2007] (kpathsea + Thai support).  &#xA;Scanning style file ./template_diplomarbeit.ist...........................done   (27 attributes redefined, 1 ignored).  &#xA;Scanning input file template_diplomarbeit.glo...done (0 entries accepted, 0 rejected).  &#xA;Nothing written in template_diplomarbeit.gls.  &#xA;Transcript written in template_diplomarbeit.glg.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The result is no glossary or acronyms included anywhere. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However when I include the glossaries package without the acronym option (=acronyms are included in the glossary instead of giving them their own list) my list of acronyms shows up.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3381" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-09T12:45:13.647" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T12:45:13.647" Title="List of acronyms not created" Tags="&lt;glossaries&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10387" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10386" CreationDate="2011-02-06T12:20:51.937" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If I understand this correctly you still need to &lt;em&gt;use&lt;/em&gt; the acronyms in the document with macros like &lt;code&gt;\gls&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\glslink&lt;/code&gt;. The entries in the &lt;em&gt;acronyms&lt;/em&gt; file only &lt;em&gt;define&lt;/em&gt; the acronyms, but only the one which are actually used in the document will be listed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The idea behind this is that you can have a central &lt;em&gt;acronyms&lt;/em&gt; definition file used by many different documents, but only the one you actually use in the current document are really displayed. Its the same for &lt;code&gt;.bib&lt;/code&gt; file and BibTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;glossaries manual&lt;/a&gt;, especially section 1.4 Q10 on page 22, for more information.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T12:20:51.937" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="10388" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-06T12:53:30.193" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-06T12:53:30.193" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T12:53:30.193" />
  <row Id="10389" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-06T12:53:30.193" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="The *glossaries* tag is for questions about creating glossaries and similar lists." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-06T12:56:07.507" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T12:56:07.507" />
  <row Id="10390" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10552" CreationDate="2011-02-06T13:06:37.910" Score="3" ViewCount="304" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using &lt;code&gt;longtable&lt;/code&gt; to store a glossary-like list of abbreviations used in my document, and as it only has two columns, but is two pages long, I was wondering if there was a way to make it wrap into columns, or an alternative package that would make the creation of a glossary simpler. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've read over the documentation of &lt;code&gt;nomencl&lt;/code&gt;, but it doesn't look to be quite what I'm after, as I don't want an index, but a list of abbreviations and their meaning. And I don't need hyperlinks to their occurrences or even page references. Just a list of the abbreviations and their definitions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The table I'm presently using is simple:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{center}\small&#xA;  \begin{longtable}{&amp;gt;{\scshape}fm{0.10\textwidth}-m{0.50\textwidth}}&#xA;    abbr &amp;amp; Abbreviation \tabularnewline&#xA;    abbr &amp;amp; Abbreviation \tabularnewline &#xA;    ...&#xA;  \end{longtable}&#xA; \end{center}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've set up column formatting marks so the left-hand column is always in small-caps, and the column-width setting is what looks nice-ish on an A4 page with a nice amount of space between the abbreviation and its definition. But the right side of the page is devoid of content, and I would prefer to realign this table so instead of stretching over two pages, it's reduced to just one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT&lt;/strong&gt; Using the &lt;code&gt;tabbing&lt;/code&gt; environment gives me the desired table split over two columns, but takes away the formatting control I previously had. Can I have the best of both worlds? I really don't want to add a &lt;code&gt;\textsc{abbr}&lt;/code&gt; to all 100 lines or so.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT 2&lt;/strong&gt; I don't want this table to span columns, I want it to wrap around columns. So it runs to the bottom of the first column, and then continues down the next, &lt;em&gt;before&lt;/em&gt; moving to the next page if necessary.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3351" LastEditorUserId="3351" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-08T05:25:42.870" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T07:24:06.213" Title="Two-column longtable or tabular" Tags="&lt;multicol&gt;&lt;longtable&gt;&lt;glossaries&gt;&lt;tabbing&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="10391" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10392" CreationDate="2011-02-06T13:35:16.417" Score="2" ViewCount="268" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi, I just ran into the problem of embedding fonts while trying to publish with lulu.com. Although everyone apparently is 'supposed' to handle those 35 standard fonts for some strange reason they won't accept pdf's without them included. So one way that according to &lt;a href=&quot;http://lemire.me/blog/archives/2006/08/18/embedding-fonts-for-ieee/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Daniel Lemire's blog&lt;/a&gt; is supposed to work (I haven't tried yet, but hopefully it does work) is to convert the pdf to ps and then back to pdf and include the fonts at that time:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;pdftops file.pdf&#xA;ps2pdf14 -dPDFSETTINGS=/prepress file.ps&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But this feels at least to me like the wrong way of doing things. Is there some way of passing the parameter directly to pdflatex to tell it to embed those fonts? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And, if not -- How do we go about getting such a feature? (Because it can't only be me who has this sort of problems)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="298" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T15:01:29.850" Title="How to embed fonts at compile time with pdflatex" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;embedding&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="10392" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10391" CreationDate="2011-02-06T14:03:24.110" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Make sure the &lt;code&gt;pdftexDownloadBase14&lt;/code&gt; settings in the &lt;code&gt;updmap.cfg&lt;/code&gt; file is set to &lt;code&gt;true&lt;/code&gt; to make pdflatex to embed the base 14 pdf fonts.&#xA;If you use normal latex then you should set &lt;code&gt;dvipdfmDownloadBase14&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;true&lt;/code&gt;.&#xA;Best set both. On my TeXLive 2010 installation it is already set to &lt;code&gt;true&lt;/code&gt; and I had never issues with my IEEE paper submissions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can edit this config file by running &lt;code&gt;updmap --edit&lt;/code&gt; (under Linux most likely as root using &lt;code&gt;sudo&lt;/code&gt; beforehand; not sure about M$ Windows).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here the explanation from the &lt;code&gt;updmap.cfg&lt;/code&gt; file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;# pdftexDownloadBase14&#xA;#&#xA;# Should pdftex download the base 14 pdf fonts? Since some configurations&#xA;# (ps / pdf tools / printers) use bad default fonts, it is safer to download&#xA;# the fonts. The pdf files will get bigger, though.&#xA;# Valid settings are true (download the fonts) or false (don't download&#xA;# the fonts). Adobe recommends embedding all fonts.&#xA;pdftexDownloadBase14 true&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also make sure that PDF or EPS files you include as images include all &lt;em&gt;their&lt;/em&gt; fonts by themselves. This can be an issue if you generate these PDF or EPS images from e.g. M$ Office like Visio, because they use most definitive different fonts. AFAIK LaTeX can not include this missing fonts because they are not part of the main document but of the embedded object (image). The only solution here is to embed the fonts to them first, either by re-generate them with the correct settings in the software you use for this (e.g. PDF printer) or by running the &lt;code&gt;ps2pdf14&lt;/code&gt; command you mentioned on the &lt;em&gt;images&lt;/em&gt; beforehand not the final document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-06T15:01:29.850" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T15:01:29.850" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="10393" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10390" CreationDate="2011-02-06T14:15:09.890" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;longtable changes the output routine and so it does not work in two column modes. Try supertabular or xtab instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2716" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T14:15:09.890" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10394" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10396" CreationDate="2011-02-06T14:20:57.747" Score="4" ViewCount="164" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have an image containing tabular data and would not like to convert this to a real table. What I do want is for this image to have a proper caption and be included in the &lt;code&gt;listoftables&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it possible I make some sort of fake, empty table? Or just register a table without actually supplying data?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3385" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T02:35:50.463" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T02:35:50.463" Title="Using an image as a table" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;floats&gt;&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;cross-referencing&gt;&lt;captions&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="10395" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10394" CreationDate="2011-02-06T14:33:28.003" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You don't have to do anything. The table environment doesn't have to contain a tabular environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{scrartcl}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\listoftables&#xA;\begin{table}&#xA;Whatever you want, e.g.\ an image.&#xA;\caption{My first table}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;\end{document}  &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2408" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T14:33:28.003" />
  <row Id="10396" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10394" CreationDate="2011-02-06T14:34:24.507" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You must differ between the &lt;code&gt;table&lt;/code&gt; float environment and the &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; is for creating the table structure and can basically be used everywhere. The &lt;code&gt;table&lt;/code&gt; is for creating &lt;em&gt;floats&lt;/em&gt; which hold a logical table, e.g. it is a container, mostly for &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt;s but can include everything (except page breaks etc.). LaTeX then places the content at the best position, like on top of the next page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can include your image as a table using the following (example) code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{table}&#xA;  \centering % to have it centered&#xA;  \caption{The table caption you like}\label{tab:somelabel}&#xA;  \includegraphics[width=.95\textwidth]{yourimagefile}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This includes the image with 95% of the text width. Other width are of course possible. I just wanted to show how to use a LaTeX length together with a factor. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want the caption below the table then simply move the &lt;code&gt;\caption&lt;/code&gt; below &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt;. Please note that the caption skip might not be correct for top-side captions. The koma classes provide an option &lt;code&gt;tablecaptionabove&lt;/code&gt; (or so) to fix this.&#xA;Make sure that &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt; is after &lt;code&gt;\caption&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This code needs the &lt;code&gt;graphicx&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T14:34:24.507" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10397" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10399" CreationDate="2011-02-06T15:02:52.937" Score="2" ViewCount="126" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a picture that I'd like to include in the center of the page. I don't want the picture to scale. So I tried this (among a lot of other variations):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}[htb]&#xA;\centering&#xA;\includegraphics{overview_pyramid.png}&#xA;\caption{Overview pyramid}\label{fg:overview_pyramid}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why isn't this working? I center the image and I don't set a specific size. Nevertheless the picture is scaled (but don't know the factor) and is on the left end of the page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3316" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-11T18:13:27.397" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T18:13:27.397" Title="How to include picture in original size into document page on center?" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;scaling&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="10398" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10397" CreationDate="2011-02-06T15:18:38.440" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Images are not scaled, if you don't set any scaling options.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Bitmap images like PNG and JPEG, have a &quot;natural&quot; pixel density. This is often 72DPI or 96DPI, but can be changed by softwares. On the other hand, PDF readers has its own video pixel density, it may be 96DPI, 110DPI or any other value you set. If the density of image and the PDF reader match, and in PDF reader you set the 100% scaling, you'll find the image looks unscaled.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T15:18:38.440" />
  <row Id="10399" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10397" CreationDate="2011-02-06T15:31:17.377" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your PNG probably doesn't have the correct resolution information set in its metadata. If you have ImageMagick on your system, you can run &lt;code&gt;identify -verbose overview_pyramid.png&lt;/code&gt; to see the metadata of the image. If the output contains &lt;code&gt;Units: Undefined&lt;/code&gt; and/or a &lt;code&gt;Resolution:&lt;/code&gt; that is incorrect, you need to add the information.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can do this using the command &lt;code&gt;convert overview_pyramids.png -density 300 -units PixelsPerCentimeter overview_pyramids.png&lt;/code&gt; to set the resolution to 300 pixels per centimetre, for instance; or just &lt;code&gt;convert overview_pyramids.png -units PixelsPerInch overview_pyramids.png&lt;/code&gt; if the value of the &quot;Density&quot; field is correct but the unit is missing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastEditorUserId="2552" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-06T15:40:05.617" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T15:40:05.617" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="10400" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10410" CreationDate="2011-02-06T16:34:46.770" Score="4" ViewCount="117" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a document organized into several chapters. In each chapter, theorems are numbered by section (1.1, 1.2, ... even in chapter 5). I often would like to refer to theorems in different chapters. However, if I am in chapter 6 and refer to theorem 1.3 in chapter 1, it is rather ambiguous, and the reader might assume that &quot;theorem 1.3&quot; meant the current chapter. Is there an automatic way of configuring things so that the cross-referencing will say &quot;theorem 1.3&quot; only if it is really the current chapter, but &quot;theorem I.1.3&quot; (or something like that) if the cross-referencing spans chapters?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="36" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T18:57:56.933" Title="Cross-referencing in multiple chapters" Tags="&lt;cross-referencing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="10401" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3033" CreationDate="2011-02-06T16:40:41.743" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I carefully read the documentation of the \url package (I'm using PdfLatex) and found the following to work quite nice to let LaTex add line breaks after every normal alphabetic character:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;\renewcommand{\UrlBreaks}{\do\/\do\a\do\b\do\c\do\d\do\e\do\f\do\g\do\h\do\i\do\j\do\k\do\l\do\m\do\n\do\o\do\p\do\q\do\r\do\s\do\t\do\u\do\v\do\w\do\x\do\y\do\z\do\A\do\B\do\C\do\D\do\E\do\F\do\G\do\H\do\I\do\J\do\K\do\L\do\M\do\N\do\O\do\P\do\Q\do\R\do\S\do\T\do\U\do\V\do\W\do\X\do\Y\do\Z}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3387" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T16:40:41.743" />
  <row Id="10402" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9413" CreationDate="2011-02-06T16:41:27.830" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is a font problem, but might be also related to your printer/its driver.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The 'fi' character (+ 'ff', 'fl', ...) is a ligature, i.e. a combination of two characters created to optimize the space between the characters. Some fonts do not include these special characters and they also tend to go missing in conversions. Your printer driver might convert the PDF to Postscript for printing and something gets messed out at this point. Maybe your font is not Postscript compatible. Should you load any kind of font packages try to disable them and see if the print-out changes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You should also ensure that you use the font with a proper encoding, e.g. by loading:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in the preamble.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You might try to use another (at best PostScript) fonts which have the ligatures included. Some possible choices would be &lt;code&gt;psnfss&lt;/code&gt; (Postscript New Font Selection Scheme), &lt;code&gt;pxfonts&lt;/code&gt; (Palatino style) or &lt;code&gt;txfonts&lt;/code&gt; (Times style). Simply load them like packages, e.g. &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{psnfss}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The ligatures can also be disabled globally using: (needs pdflatex)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{microtype}&#xA;\DisableLigatures{encoding=*,family=*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T16:41:27.830" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10403" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10406" CreationDate="2011-02-06T16:42:52.677" Score="2" ViewCount="62" Body="&lt;p&gt;I usually love my .latexmkrc settings. However I am trying to play with &lt;code&gt;Template Toolkit&lt;/code&gt; to build a LaTeX file, then compile it with &lt;code&gt;latexmk&lt;/code&gt; (all of this inside a perl script) and thus I would like to use the default latexmk settings (i.e. no preview continuously etc). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like to keep my .latexmkrc for personal use, therefore I am looking for a way to tell &lt;code&gt;latexmk&lt;/code&gt; to ignore my &lt;code&gt;$HOME/.latexmkrc&lt;/code&gt; file (via the -r flag?). Is this possible?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1407" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T17:00:46.097" Title="How to ignore .latexmkrc" Tags="&lt;latexmk&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="10404" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10405" CreationDate="2011-02-06T16:48:00.803" Score="6" ViewCount="222" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to define a macro with variable number of arguments. For example I want to define a macro with two arguments that can work with one argument as well. So the same macro works in two ways. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\textcolor{red}{sample text}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This would limit the red color to the sample text and whereas just calling \textcolor{red} would turn on the red color until the end of the document. So the second way of using the macro would be&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\texcolor{red}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I was trying to implement the macro using \@ifnextchar. I am not having much success. Could you please give me some hints?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Based on @Joseph's suggestion below I modified my toy code and it works. I still have problem understanding the actual execution flow in the code. Here is my code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\oneortwoargs#1{%&#xA;\@ifnextchar\bgroup%&#xA;   {\twoargs@aux{#1}}&#xA;   {\onearg@only{#1}}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\onearg@only#1{%&#xA;   Only argument provided: #1 %&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\twoargs@aux#1#2{%&#xA;   Two arguments are provided. \\%&#xA;   First argument: #1 \\ %&#xA;   Second argument: #2%&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\oneortwoargs{gg}{fff}&#xA;\oneortwoargs{qq}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As @Joseph explained below one token is left in the input stream. What is confusing me is that onearg@only and twoargs@aux are invoked the same way with only one argument. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3364" LastEditorUserId="3364" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-06T18:06:50.017" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T13:49:05.123" Title="A macro with variable number of arguments" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;optional-arguments&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10405" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10404" CreationDate="2011-02-06T16:59:12.230" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/xpackages&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;xparse&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package to do this, as everything is then 'pre-packaged':&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{color,xparse}&#xA;\NewDocumentCommand\MyTextColor{m+g}{%&#xA;  \IfNoValueTF{#2}&#xA;    {\color{#1}}&#xA;    {\textcolor{#1}{#2}}%&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\MyTextColor{green}{stuff}&#xA;&#xA;\MyTextColor{red} Some text&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The same can of course be done using &lt;code&gt;\@ifnextchar&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{color}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand*\MyTextColor[1]{%&#xA;  \@ifnextchar\bgroup&#xA;    {\textcolor{#1}}&#xA;    {\color{#1}}%&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\MyTextColor{green}{stuff}&#xA;&#xA;\MyTextColor{red} Some text&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The key point is that you need to look for &lt;code&gt;{&lt;/code&gt; using &lt;code&gt;\bgroup&lt;/code&gt; rather than trying to use it directly (as it is the begin-group character).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To explain how the &lt;code&gt;\@ifnextchar&lt;/code&gt; part deals with the need for either 1 or 2 arguments, what happens in my second approach is that&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*\MyTextColor[1]{%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;defines a macro which absorbs &lt;em&gt;one&lt;/em&gt; argument. So:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\MyTextColor{red}{stuff}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;absorbs &lt;code&gt;red&lt;/code&gt; as &lt;code&gt;#1&lt;/code&gt; and leaves &lt;code&gt;{stuff}&lt;/code&gt; in the input stream, while&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\MyTextColor{red} other stuff&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;also absorbs &lt;code&gt;red&lt;/code&gt; as &lt;code&gt;#1&lt;/code&gt; and leaves &lt;code&gt;other stuff&lt;/code&gt; in the input stream. We now apply &lt;code&gt;\@ifnextchar&lt;/code&gt;, which 'peeks' at the next token &lt;em&gt;without absorbing it&lt;/em&gt;. The test reads&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  \@ifnextchar\bgroup&#xA;    {\textcolor{#1}}&#xA;    {\color{#1}}%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and so depending on the result, either &lt;code&gt;\textcolor{red}&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\color{red}&lt;/code&gt; is inserted into the input stream. Thus we end up with either&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\textcolor{red}{stuff}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\color{red} other stuff&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which means that &lt;code&gt;\textcolor&lt;/code&gt; will get the required two arguments, while &lt;code&gt;\color&lt;/code&gt; only gets one. The key is that &lt;code&gt;{red}&lt;/code&gt; is &lt;em&gt;reinserted&lt;/em&gt; into the input after either &lt;code&gt;\textcolor&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\color&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Although it is not directly related to the question, a few notes on the &lt;code&gt;xparse&lt;/code&gt; approach may be useful. When using the &lt;code&gt;xparse&lt;/code&gt; package, arguments are described by letter, with &lt;code&gt;m&lt;/code&gt; representing a mandatory argument and &lt;code&gt;g&lt;/code&gt; representing an optional argument in braces (&lt;em&gt;i.e.&lt;/em&gt; an optional TeX group). A &lt;code&gt;+&lt;/code&gt; before the letter allows that argument to accept paragraph tokens, so in my definition the first argument cannot (it's supposed to be the name of a colour), while the second one can (it is arbitrary text).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;g&lt;/code&gt; argument returns a special token (&lt;code&gt;\NoValue&lt;/code&gt;) if the optional argument was not present at all. If a default value was wanted, I'd have used &lt;code&gt;G{&amp;lt;default&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt;. The same approach applies to standard LaTeX optional arguments, which are represented as &lt;code&gt;o&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;O&lt;/code&gt;, depending on whether a default value is required. I have tested for &lt;code&gt;\NoValue&lt;/code&gt; with the test &lt;code&gt;\IfNoValueTF&lt;/code&gt;; &lt;code&gt;\IfNoValueT&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\IfNoValueT&lt;/code&gt; are also available.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-07T13:49:05.123" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T13:49:05.123" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="10406" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10403" CreationDate="2011-02-06T17:00:46.097" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This isn't possible using the &lt;code&gt;-r &amp;lt;rcfile&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; option, because it doesn't override the loading of &lt;code&gt;$HOME/.latexmkrc&lt;/code&gt; but this file is loaded in addition. Multiple &lt;code&gt;-r&lt;/code&gt; options can be given and all of these config files are loaded in the given order.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One possibility to stop latexmk in your perl script to read &lt;code&gt;$HOME/.latexmkrc&lt;/code&gt; is to temporary change the &lt;code&gt;HOME&lt;/code&gt; variable and to change the current directory away from &lt;code&gt;$HOME&lt;/code&gt; (because latexmk also looks for a &lt;code&gt;.latexmkrc&lt;/code&gt; in the current directory.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;# Perl code:&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  $ENV{HOME} = '/dev/null';&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  chdir('/tmp');&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  system(&quot;latexmk ...&quot;);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you need the correct &lt;code&gt;HOME&lt;/code&gt; anywhere else after this lines simply save it away and restore it afterwards.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T17:00:46.097" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="10407" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-06T17:44:54.357" Score="2" ViewCount="133" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to include a graphic as watermark in a document with the &lt;code&gt;twoside&lt;/code&gt; option and asymmetric page margins adjusted with the &lt;code&gt;geometry&lt;/code&gt; package. There's a plethora of packages that are suitable for the task, but with a few restrictions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;xwatermark&lt;/code&gt; package is simple to use, but I can't specify options for even and odd pages at the same time, so either the watermark appears only on half of the pages or it's page-centered rather than text-centered.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;With packages such as &lt;code&gt;watermark&lt;/code&gt;, I can't exclude the watermark on specific pages, e.g. the title page and certain pages with diagrams.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Lastly, packages like &lt;code&gt;atbegshi&lt;/code&gt; provide access to &lt;code&gt;dvi&lt;/code&gt; internals, but I don't have the time to work it all out myself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So my question is: what is the most elegant way to implement such a flexible watermark? If it is relevant, I'm currently using &lt;code&gt;LaTeX&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;PSTricks&lt;/code&gt; on Windows 7, but may well switch to &lt;code&gt;ConTeXt&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;PGF/TikZ&lt;/code&gt; on Linux in the future...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3388" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T20:53:33.663" Title="concurrent use of geometry package with watermarks" Tags="&lt;margins&gt;&lt;geometry&gt;&lt;watermark&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="10408" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-06T17:45:54.683" Score="4" ViewCount="159" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do I produce the following in &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt; environment?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{eqnarray*}&amp;amp; &amp;amp; abcd \\&#xA;&amp;amp;=&amp;amp; defg\\&#xA;&amp;amp;=&amp;amp; hijk&#xA;\end{eqnarray*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I try &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{align*}&amp;amp;  abcd \\&#xA;&amp;amp;= defg\\&#xA;&amp;amp;= hijk&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But the result is not what I wanted.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2119" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T13:08:31.113" Title="How to produce this in 'align' environment?" Tags="&lt;align&gt;" AnswerCount="5" />
  <row Id="10409" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-06T17:47:07.533" Score="2" ViewCount="165" Body="&lt;p&gt;How to change font variant of title to italics?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Currently only books have titles in italics but &lt;code&gt;misc&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;booklet&lt;/code&gt; have normal font variant.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using plain BIBTeX style.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1164" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T20:58:45.270" Title="How to change title style bibtex bibliography?" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;bibtex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="10410" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10400" CreationDate="2011-02-06T17:52:49.670" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can add a conditional in the reference number which checks if the chapter number of the referenced label is identical to the current chapter number and then suppress the chapter number in the output.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here a way to do it. I used &lt;code&gt;ntheorem&lt;/code&gt; and loaded &lt;code&gt;cleveref&lt;/code&gt; because you said you are using it. It might need some minor adjustments to work in your document, but you get the idea.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\usepackage{ntheorem}&#xA;\usepackage{cleveref}&#xA;&#xA;% From your post I assume you have settings like this:&#xA;\renewcommand*\thechapter{\Roman{chapter}}&#xA;\newtheorem{mytheo}{MyTheo}[chapter]&#xA;&#xA;% Redefine the format of the theorem number:&#xA;\renewcommand*\themytheo{%&#xA;   \protect\maybechapter{\arabic{chapter}}\arabic{section}.\arabic{mytheo}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% May print the chapter number&#xA;\newcommand*\maybechapter[1]{%&#xA;   % Tests if current chapter is equal to the chapter number of label)&#xA;   \ifnum\value{chapter}=0#1\relax&#xA;     % Print nothing if so&#xA;   \else&#xA;     % Set 'chapter' locally (=&amp;gt; no \setcounter) to the label chapter and&#xA;     % print it in the usual format followed by a dot&#xA;     {\value{chapter}=#1\relax\thechapter.}%&#xA;   \fi&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% Test document:&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\chapter{One}&#xA;Here \ref{theo:11}  % prints &quot;1.1&quot;&#xA;and there \ref{theo:21}. % print &quot;II.1.1&quot;&#xA;&#xA;\section{S1}&#xA;\begin{mytheo}&#xA;    Theo1-1\label{theo:11}&#xA;\end{mytheo}&#xA;&#xA;\section{S2}&#xA;\begin{mytheo}&#xA;    Theo1-2\label{theo:12}&#xA;\end{mytheo}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{Two}&#xA;There \ref{theo:11}  % prints &quot;I.1.1&quot;&#xA;and here \ref{theo:21}. % print &quot;1.1&quot;&#xA;&#xA;\section{S1}&#xA;\begin{mytheo}&#xA;    Theo2-1\label{theo:21}&#xA;\end{mytheo}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-09T22:18:27.207" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T22:18:27.207" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="10411" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10084" CreationDate="2011-02-06T17:53:22.750" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In my configuration, it does insert a linebreak when needed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From Seamus comment, you can see the definition of the insert function, the important part is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;(unless (bolp) (LaTeX-newline))&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;that checks if you are at a beginning of a line and if not inserts a new line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can check your latex.el file to see how it's defined (just click on the filename when it says &quot;LaTeX-insert-item is an interactive Lisp function in `latex.el'.&quot;). As Seamus says, redefining it in your .emacs with the code he provides (it's the same in my latex.el) should solve it (unless it's your LaTeX-newline that is broken).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3390" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T17:53:22.750" />
  <row Id="10412" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10404" CreationDate="2011-02-06T18:02:50.380" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In ConTeXt, you can define such macros using &lt;code&gt;\dodoublegroupempty&lt;/code&gt;. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\TwoArgMacro&#xA;  {\dodoublegroupempty\doTwoArgMacro}&#xA;&#xA;\def\doTwoArgMacro#1#2%&#xA;  {\ifsecondargument&#xA;      Two arguments were passed: #1 and #2&#xA;    \else&#xA;      One argument was passed: #1&#xA;    \fi}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This works by checking if the next character is equal to &lt;code&gt;\bgroup&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T18:02:50.380" />
  <row Id="10413" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10408" CreationDate="2011-02-06T18:21:22.593" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A quick and dirty solution would be&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{align*}&amp;amp;abcd \\&#xA;=\ &amp;amp;defg\\&#xA;=\ &amp;amp;hijk&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Obviously, you can increase the whitespace as you might wish.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3235" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T18:21:22.593" />
  <row Id="10414" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10408" CreationDate="2011-02-06T18:32:48.380" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{align*}&#xA;  &amp;amp;\quad\, abcd \\&#xA;  &amp;amp;=       defg \\&#xA;  &amp;amp;=       hijk&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T18:32:48.380" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10415" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10409" CreationDate="2011-02-06T18:33:32.140" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;copy the file &lt;code&gt;plain.bst&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;plain-new.bst&lt;/code&gt; and then&#xA;replace the &lt;code&gt;title.format&lt;/code&gt; strings with &lt;code&gt;title.bformat&lt;/code&gt; in all &lt;code&gt;FUNCTION&lt;/code&gt;, beginning with article. but not in the &lt;code&gt;FUNCTION {format.title}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alternatively you can change the &lt;code&gt;FUNCTION {format.title}&lt;/code&gt; to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;FUNCTION {format.title}&#xA;{ title empty$&#xA;    { &quot;&quot; }&#xA;    { title &quot;t&quot; change.case$ emphasize}&#xA;  if$&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For a book title the case of the letters is not change, the reason why in &lt;code&gt;FUNCTION {format.btitle}&lt;/code&gt; is no &lt;code&gt;change.case&lt;/code&gt; function.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Save the &lt;code&gt;plain-new.bst&lt;/code&gt; first in your documents directory and choose &lt;code&gt;\bibliographystyle{plain-new}&lt;/code&gt; for testing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-06T20:58:45.270" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T20:58:45.270" />
  <row Id="10416" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10408" CreationDate="2011-02-06T18:38:36.343" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;in this special case you can use the order &lt;code&gt;=&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt;, which should be by default the other way round:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{align*}&#xA;  &amp;amp;\, abcd \\&#xA; =&amp;amp;\, defg\\&#xA; =&amp;amp;\, hijk &#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T18:38:36.343" />
  <row Id="10417" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8839" CreationDate="2011-02-06T18:53:40.157" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;U+00A7 SECTION SIGN&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;General Character Properties&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Unicode since: 1.1&#xA;Unicode category: Symbol, Other&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Various Useful Representations&#xA;Here is what I have (from Linux's character map utility):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;UTF-8: 0xC2 0xA7&#xA;UTF-16: 0x00A7&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;C octal escaped UTF-8: \302\247&#xA;XML decimal entity: &amp;#167;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Annotations and Cross References&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Notes:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt; • paragraph sign in some European usage&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unicode  has several other section marks, but they are not as common, e.g.,&#xA;U+1360 ETHIOPIC SECTION MARK, Rejang section mark, and more.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3391" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T18:53:40.157" />
  <row Id="10418" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10453" CreationDate="2011-02-06T18:56:08.427" Score="11" ViewCount="285" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am a programmer and as part of a website I need to be able to take LaTeX source files and compile them, then return the pdf to the user. This seems dangerous since a malicious user could e.g. read and write files on server this way. Is it possible to 'clean' a LaTeX file so it's safe to compile or is it too complicated? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3392" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T06:53:05.340" Title="How can I safely compile other people's LaTeX documents?" Tags="&lt;security&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="10419" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3033" CreationDate="2011-02-06T19:03:59.997" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\textwidth=8cm&#xA;\parindent=0pt&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{url}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\g@addto@macro{\UrlBreaks}{\UrlOrds}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\rule{\linewidth}{1pt}&#xA;&#xA;foo bar baz \url{very-long-url-very-long-url-very-long-url-very-long-url-very-long-url-}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/znaWj.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T19:03:59.997" />
  <row Id="10420" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10418" CreationDate="2011-02-06T19:08:30.257" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;in the configuration &lt;code&gt;texmf.cnf&lt;/code&gt; file you can disallow the execution of external programs. Run &lt;code&gt;kpsewhich texmf.cnf&lt;/code&gt; to find the location of your file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T19:08:30.257" />
  <row Id="10421" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-06T19:10:49.520" Score="0" ViewCount="124" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi there,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have tried to place some math inside a table - producing errors. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anyone here experienced the same issues, and found a solution?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3395" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-06T19:32:59.927" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T19:32:59.927" ClosedDate="2011-02-15T08:26:02.800" Title="Math inside a table" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;tables&gt;" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="10422" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10408" CreationDate="2011-02-06T19:17:12.360" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To avoid guessing about the space, you can use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{align*}&#xA;  &amp;amp;\mathrel{\phantom{=}} abcd \\&#xA;  &amp;amp;= defg\\&#xA;  &amp;amp;= hijk&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2754" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T19:17:12.360" />
  <row Id="10423" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10418" CreationDate="2011-02-06T19:31:53.017" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could filter for some specific macros, but there is most definitely a way to overcome this. TeX is a very complicated language to parse if you don't use TeX itself for it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You need to make sure that the &lt;code&gt;-shell-escape&lt;/code&gt; option is disabled, which is already the default. The global setting is in &lt;code&gt;texmf.cnf&lt;/code&gt; but can be overwritten by &lt;code&gt;-no-shell-escape&lt;/code&gt; anyway.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You might want to use the &lt;code&gt;-output-directory&lt;/code&gt; option or run the &lt;code&gt;latex&lt;/code&gt; compiler in a safe directory. However this doesn't prevent the document to read and write files in another directories.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For a Unix-like OS I would recommend to run it in a &lt;em&gt;chroot&lt;/em&gt; environment with minimal system files present under a user which has only minimal read and write permissions. This plus disabled shell-escape should make it very safe.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-07T06:53:05.340" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T06:53:05.340" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="10424" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10456" CreationDate="2011-02-06T19:45:13.707" Score="2" ViewCount="158" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to define the Unicode section character, U+00A7 to be equivalent to the \section macro. What I have now is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{167}{\csname section\endcsname}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but this does not seem to work. Here is an example document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8x]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel}&#xA;\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{167}{\csname section\endcsname}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;§{Introduction}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;that generates this error message:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Extra \else.&#xA;\@sect ... {\csname the#1\endcsname }\fi #7}\else &#xA;                                                  \def \@svsechd {#6{\hskip ...&#xA;l.6 §&#xA;      {Introduction}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would not even know where to start to see what's going on. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3391" LastEditorUserId="3391" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-07T13:31:38.560" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T13:31:38.560" Title="Invoking a macro with arguments in the body of \DeclareUnicodeCharacter." Tags="&lt;unicode&gt;&lt;babel&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10426" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10454" CreationDate="2011-02-06T20:11:55.753" Score="11" ViewCount="238" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know how to define a macro that will take the rest of the paragraph as parameter.&#xA;Simply write &lt;code&gt;\def\a#1\par{\textbf{#1}}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But, how do I write a macro whose argument will extend to the end of the line?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3391" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-20T23:53:17.840" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T13:35:16.917" Title="\def taking rest of the line as argument" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;tex-core&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10427" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10443" CreationDate="2011-02-06T20:21:44.600" Score="1" ViewCount="144" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using biblatex and I have it set up like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In my bib file I have 3 sorts of entrys, online, booklet, and book. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And in my thesis I want them printed separate like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\printbibliography[heading=subbibliography,title={Books},type=book, nottype=url, nottype=booklet, nottype=online]&#xA;\printbibliography[heading=subbibliography,title={Websites},type=online, nottype=book, nottype=booklet, nottype=url]&#xA;\printbibliography[heading=subbibliography,title={Misc},type=booklet]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For some reason this won't work, it still puts the websites where the books should be. And vice versa. The booklet thing does work though, it only shows my booklet entrys there.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I recently started using biblatex so this might be a stupid question. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3354" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-06T22:33:59.873" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T22:33:59.873" Title="Biblatex printing separate bibliographies" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;biblatex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="10428" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10432" CreationDate="2011-02-06T20:40:08.300" Score="3" ViewCount="88" Body="&lt;p&gt;If I include the package &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt; I can't compile my document anymore. There is an error saying:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;!No room for new \dimen.\ck ... \else \ermesage{No room...}&#xA;File: \latex\sueprtabluar\supertabular.sty&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this enough information for anyone to help get it running,&#xA;or maybe there is an other solution printing source code style?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3396" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-07T18:09:46.747" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T18:09:46.747" Title="Error using \usepackage{listings}" Tags="&lt;listings&gt;&lt;supertabular&gt;&lt;e-tex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="10429" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10407" CreationDate="2011-02-06T20:48:19.703" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could also go with tikz. Page 170 in the PGF &amp;amp; TIKZ manual shows an example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}[remember picture,overlay]&#xA;\node [rotate=60,scale=10,text opacity=0.2]&#xA;at (current page.center) {Example};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3300" LastEditorUserId="3300" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-06T20:53:33.663" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T20:53:33.663" />
  <row Id="10430" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4500" CreationDate="2011-02-06T20:49:41.030" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd recommend using &lt;a href=&quot;http://johnmacfarlane.net/pandoc/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pandoc&lt;/a&gt;, you can either use it to convert Latex (at least simple latex) to html, man pages and media wiki + several other formats. Or you can use extended markdown to and convert it to almost anything.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2006" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T20:49:41.030" />
  <row Id="10431" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10428" CreationDate="2011-02-06T20:53:50.580" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You seem to load to many packages which require to many dimension registers.&#xA;Looks like the package which requests the one-to-many is the &lt;code&gt;supertabular&lt;/code&gt; package. This has nothing special to do with &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt;. The reason the error appeared when you started to use it was just that it increased the number of required dimension registers over the available limit.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is also explained in more detail &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=noroom&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;in the TeX FAQ&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Try to reduce the number of packages you are using.&#xA;Also check that you are using &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=etex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;eTeX&lt;/a&gt; which increases the number of registers a lot.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T20:53:50.580" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10432" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10428" CreationDate="2011-02-06T21:05:44.887" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Write after the documentclass:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{etex}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;it enables the capabilities of the etex engine, e.g. more registers for dimensions etc&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-06T21:12:59.990" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T21:12:59.990" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10433" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10438" CreationDate="2011-02-06T21:21:12.517" Score="6" ViewCount="98" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to change the font size of my document to 8pt.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However I can not get it to take effect. I am trying it in the &lt;code&gt;\documentclass&lt;/code&gt; declaration.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Should it be specified elsewhere?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am using XeTeX and &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt;, if that is relevant.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2042" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T21:36:50.827" Title="Specifying font sizes" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;size&gt;&lt;fontsize&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10434" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10426" CreationDate="2011-02-06T21:21:50.740" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is a crude solution that relies on changing catcodes:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\TEST&#xA;  {\begingroup&#xA;   \catcode`\^^M=13&#xA;   \doTEST}&#xA;&#xA;\begingroup&#xA;\catcode`\^^M=13&#xA;\gdef\doTEST#1^^M%&#xA;  {\endgroup The line argument is :#1:}&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;&#xA;\TEST this is a command that takes on line&#xA;as an argument&#xA;&#xA;some more text&#xA;&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T21:21:50.740" />
  <row Id="10435" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10451" CreationDate="2011-02-06T21:24:03.823" Score="3" ViewCount="156" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am having a problem with the following document, pdflatex is continuously complaining with &lt;code&gt;Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in alignment at lines 3--7&lt;/code&gt; in this sample, but it does for many more lines in the original doc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've read it has to do with the &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; in the code, but as far as I know it is the way of finishing a row in a tabular context, and if I remove them it does not compile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular*}{0.9\textwidth}{l}&#xA;  \hline&#xA;  Test \\&#xA;  \hline&#xA;\end{tabular*}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3398" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-06T23:23:08.343" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T08:22:24.417" Title="Underfull hbox error on tabular context" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="10437" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10426" CreationDate="2011-02-06T21:27:41.280" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The end-of-line character in TeX is the ASCII 13 &lt;em&gt;Carriage Return&lt;/em&gt; character which can be represented by &lt;code&gt;^^M&lt;/code&gt; (M=13th character in the alphabet). This is independent of the actual input file format (i.e. DOS/Windows vs. Unix vs. Mac end-of-line characters).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However you cannot simply write &lt;code&gt;\def\a#1^^M{\textbf{#1}}&lt;/code&gt; because TeX doesn't like this. One way is to redefine the catcode (see The TeXBook) of it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\restofline{%&#xA;    \begingroup&#xA;    \catcode`\^^M=\active&#xA;    \irestofline&#xA;}&#xA;\begingroup&#xA;\catcode`\^^M=\active %&#xA;\gdef\irestofline#1^^M{%&#xA;  \iirestofline{#1}%&#xA;  \endgroup %&#xA;  \space % Readd effective space from removed end-of-line&#xA;}%&#xA;\endgroup %&#xA;&#xA;\def\iirestofline#1{\textbf{#1}}&#xA;&#xA;%%% USAGE:&#xA;First words \restofline rest of line&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This worked in my tests, but might be flawed somehow and there might be better/more efficient ways to do it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please note that the end-of-line can be commented out using &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt; in which case this macro will also read the next line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here a variation of the solution of Bruno Le Floch (which is based on my solution above) where &lt;code&gt;#&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;#1&lt;/code&gt; doesn't have to be doubled. The trick is to use a second macro for this. Note that &lt;code&gt;\csname\string#1\endcsname&lt;/code&gt; generates a command sequence &lt;code&gt;\\foo&lt;/code&gt; from &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand*{\newlinecommand}[1]{%&#xA;  \newcommand*{#1}{%&#xA;    \begingroup%&#xA;    \lccode`\~=\endlinechar%&#xA;    \lowercase{\def\restofline@aux####1~}{\endgroup\csname\string#1\endcsname{####1}\space}%&#xA;    \catcode\endlinechar=\active%&#xA;    \restofline@aux%&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \expandafter\def\csname\string#1\endcsname##1%&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;%%% USAGE:&#xA;\newlinecommand{\emphline}{\emph{#1}}&#xA;&#xA;First words \emphline rest of line&#xA;some more text&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please also note that there is a &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/parselines&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;parselines&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package which might be used. Its code might be a good read for people interested in this kind of parsing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-21T13:35:16.917" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T13:35:16.917" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10438" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10433" CreationDate="2011-02-06T21:36:50.827" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The basic font sizes of the standard document classes are built into the classes themselves. The &lt;code&gt;extsizes&lt;/code&gt; classes define a number of parallel classes to the standard ones with a variety of sizes, including 8 pt.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[8pt]{extarticle} % or {scrartcl} (Koma class)&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum} % for random text&#xA;\setmainfont{Linux Libertine}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section{A section}&#xA;\subsection{A subsection}&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The since all sizes of other text (such as &lt;code&gt;\Large&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\footnotesize&lt;/code&gt; etc.) are defined relative to the document class size, it's better to use this sort of solution, if the normal document classes work for you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt; class also allows a 9pt option, but not 8pt.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;koma&lt;/code&gt; document classes also allow specifying an arbitrary point size.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T21:36:50.827" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10439" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-06T21:50:02.287" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;verbatim&lt;/code&gt; tag is for questions regarding verbatim macros and environments like &lt;code&gt;\verb&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;{verbatim}&lt;/code&gt; as well as related packages and user macros which try to implement some form of verbatim mode, i.e. change the catcodes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-09T00:22:58.823" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T00:22:58.823" />
  <row Id="10440" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-06T21:50:02.287" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="The verbatim tag is for questions regarding verbatim macros and environments." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-09T00:22:58.837" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T00:22:58.837" />
  <row Id="10441" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-06T21:53:40.650" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-06T21:53:40.650" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T21:53:40.650" />
  <row Id="10442" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-06T21:53:40.650" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="Questions tagged with {arrows} are about drawing arrows in mathmode or inside picture environments." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-06T21:53:40.650" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T21:53:40.650" />
  <row Id="10443" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10427" CreationDate="2011-02-06T21:59:00.643" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I couldn't reproduce the behaviour you described -- try my example below. If it works for you, then you have to find out the differences to your setup/bib-file etc. In any case, there's no need to mix &lt;code&gt;type&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;nottype&lt;/code&gt; in the optional argument of &lt;code&gt;\printbibliography&lt;/code&gt;, so you shouldn't do it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{biblatex}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.bib}&#xA;@book{A01,&#xA;  author = {Author, A.},&#xA;  year = {2001},&#xA;  title = {A book},&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;@booklet{B02,&#xA;  author = {Buthor, B.},&#xA;  year = {2002},&#xA;  title = {A booklet},&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;@online{C03,&#xA;  author = {Cuthor, C.},&#xA;  year = {2003},&#xA;  title = {An online resource},&#xA;  url = {none},&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\bibliography{\jobname}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\nocite{*}&#xA;&#xA;\printbibliography[title={Books},type=book]&#xA;&#xA;\printbibliography[title={Booklets},type=booklet]&#xA;&#xA;\printbibliography[title={Online Resources},type=online]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The filecontents environment is only used to include some external files directly into the example, so that it compiles. It is not necessary for the solution.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T21:59:00.643" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="10444" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-06T22:02:24.820" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;latexmk&lt;/code&gt; program allows to automatically run latex and related commands as many times needed to build the final document. It is an alternative or complement to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gnu.org/software/make/manual/make.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Makefiles&lt;/a&gt; or similar functionality of integrated LaTeX editors.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/pkg/latexmk&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;available on CTAN&lt;/a&gt; and on its &lt;a href=&quot;http://latex-mk.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;SourceForge project site&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/latexmk/latexmk.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;manpage&lt;/a&gt; for more information.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-06T22:04:03.497" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T22:04:03.497" />
  <row Id="10445" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-06T22:02:24.820" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="Questions tagged with {latexmk} tag are about the support tool latexmk, a Perl script to automatically run latex and related commands." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-06T22:05:20.170" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T22:05:20.170" />
  <row Id="10446" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10452" CreationDate="2011-02-06T22:06:00.683" Score="4" ViewCount="237" Body="&lt;p&gt;I searched the tex.stackexchange archives for an answer to this question but couldn't find one. I assume it's a common question, however.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I often want to align text similar to the &lt;em&gt;poly&lt;/em&gt; environment in &lt;em&gt;lhs2TeX&lt;/em&gt;. For instance:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;e(x)      = x&#xA;e(M N)    = e(M) e(N)&#xA;e(λx:τ.M) = λx:τ.e(M)&#xA;e(λ_:τ.M) = λx:τ.e(M)  (x ∉ FV(M))&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The solutions I see are to use a tabular environment, an eqnarray, or an align. However, align and eqnarray create columns that are too far apart, and tabular has similar, but less significant spacing problems. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a simple solution to this problem? The layout is common, so I assume there is.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3399" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T23:28:13.453" Title="Left-justify with align on &quot;=&quot; in align environment" Tags="&lt;align&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="10447" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10446" CreationDate="2011-02-06T22:16:43.693" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use an array:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\[\begin{array}{ll}&#xA;e(x)      &amp;amp;= x\\&#xA;e(M N)    &amp;amp;= e(M) e(N)\\&#xA;e(\lambda x:\tau.M) &amp;amp;= \lambda x:\tau.e(M)\\&#xA;e(\lambda\_:\tau.M) &amp;amp;= \lambda x:\tau .e(M)  (x \notin FV(M))\\&#xA;\end{array}\]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If the spacing is too far apart, use @ separators for the column specifications, e.g., &lt;code&gt;\begin{array}{l@{\,}l}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T22:16:43.693" />
  <row Id="10448" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10449" CreationDate="2011-02-06T22:20:38.823" Score="4" ViewCount="131" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like footnote numbering to continue over pages and chapters. In my document it's reset every chapter. I'm using the report documentclass.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3385" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T22:29:50.970" Title="Continuous footnote numbering" Tags="&lt;footnotes&gt;&lt;numbering&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="10449" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10448" CreationDate="2011-02-06T22:29:50.970" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/chngcntr.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;chngcntr&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{report}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{chngcntr}&#xA;\counterwithout{footnote}{chapter}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{foo}&#xA;&#xA;Some text.\footnote{The first footnote.}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{bar}&#xA;&#xA;Some text.\footnote{The second footnote.}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T22:29:50.970" />
  <row Id="10450" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10446" CreationDate="2011-02-06T22:32:26.037" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to the manual, the lhsTeX &lt;code&gt;poly&lt;/code&gt; environment uses the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=polytable&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;polytable&lt;/code&gt; package&lt;/a&gt; internally. So I maybe that package provides the table format you are looking for.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T22:32:26.037" />
  <row Id="10451" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10435" CreationDate="2011-02-06T23:12:39.783" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;LaTeX is essentially telling you that you want a table with &lt;code&gt;\textwidth&lt;/code&gt; size, but only provide content that is 4 characters long. Maybe the following example shows where the problem is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular*}{0.9\textwidth}{|l|}&#xA;  \hline&#xA;  Test \\&#xA;  \hline&#xA;\end{tabular*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This produces&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/o94Br.png&quot; alt=&quot;result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which is usually not the intended outcome. The easiest way to fix this is to use the &lt;code&gt;tabularx&lt;/code&gt; environment from the package of the same name and use the &lt;code&gt;X&lt;/code&gt; column type (which adds filling space).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tabularx}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabularx}{0.9\textwidth}{|X|}&#xA;  \hline&#xA;  Test\\&#xA;  \hline&#xA;\end{tabularx}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/JaP9h.png&quot; alt=&quot;result with tabularx&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The reason that your example does not compile without &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; is that &lt;code&gt;\hline&lt;/code&gt; has to be placed at the beginning of a row. Removing both &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; and the following &lt;code&gt;\hline&lt;/code&gt; compiles, but shows the same problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T23:12:39.783" />
  <row Id="10452" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10446" CreationDate="2011-02-06T23:28:13.453" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;alignat&lt;/code&gt; environment from &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/amsmath&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;amsmath&lt;/a&gt; can manage that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{alignat}{2}&#xA;    &amp;amp; e(x)                &amp;amp;&amp;amp;= x\\&#xA;    &amp;amp; e(M N)              &amp;amp;&amp;amp;= e(M) e(N)\\&#xA;    &amp;amp; e(\lambda x:\tau.M) &amp;amp;&amp;amp;= \lambda x:\tau.e(M)\\&#xA;    &amp;amp; e(\lambda\_:\tau.M) &amp;amp;&amp;amp;= \lambda x:\tau .e(M)  (x \notin FV(M))&#xA;  \end{alignat}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2011-02-06T23:28:13.453" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10453" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10418" CreationDate="2011-02-07T00:18:45.570" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In &lt;code&gt;texmf.cnf&lt;/code&gt; there are some options to restrict what TeX documents can do. The most important, from a security viewpoint (with the values in my local texmf.cnf, which may or may not be the default on your system):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% Enable system commands via \write18{...}.  When enabled fully (set to&#xA;% 1), obviously insecure.  When enabled partially (set to p), only the&#xA;% commands listed in shell_escape_commands are allowed.  Although this&#xA;% is not fully secure either, it is much better, and so useful that we&#xA;% enable it for everything but bare tex.&#xA;shell_escape = p&#xA;&#xA;% Special: convert is the standard command name for ImageMagick, but it&#xA;% is also the name of a dangerous filesystem-changing command on&#xA;% Windows.  So enable imgconvert (used in w32tex), but not convert.&#xA;&#xA;% No spaces in this command list.&#xA;shell_escape_commands = \&#xA;bibtex,bibtex8,dvips,epstopdf,epspdf,etex,fc-match,\&#xA;imgconvert,\&#xA;kpsewhich,makeindex,mkgrkindex,\&#xA;pdfluatex,ps2pdf,ps4pdf,pstopdf,pygmentize,\&#xA;rpdfcrop,texindy,xindy,ulqda\&#xA;&#xA;% plain TeX should remain unenhanced.&#xA;shell_escape.tex = f&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think you may want to set this simply to &lt;code&gt;shell_escape = f&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% Allow TeX \openin, \openout, or \input on filenames starting with `.'&#xA;% (e.g., .rhosts) or outside the current tree (e.g., /etc/passwd)?&#xA;% a (any)        : any file can be opened.&#xA;% r (restricted) : disallow opening &quot;dotfiles&quot;.&#xA;% p (paranoid)   : as 'r' and disallow going to parent directories, and&#xA;%                  restrict absolute paths to be under $TEXMFOUTPUT.&#xA;openout_any = p&#xA;openin_any = a&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This allows anyone to read any files on your system (if the user has the necessary rights), so maybe you'll want to change this, too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% Allow TeX and MF to parse the first line of an input file for&#xA;% the %&amp;amp;format construct.&#xA;parse_first_line = t&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This may lead to the tex files being read with another macro package than intended - I don't know whether this is critical, but you should think about it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% Enable the mktex... scripts by default?  These must be set to 0 or 1.&#xA;% Particular programs can and do override these settings, for example&#xA;% dvips's -M option.  Your first chance to specify whether the scripts&#xA;% are invoked by default is at configure time.&#xA;% &#xA;% These values are ignored if the script names are changed; e.g., if you&#xA;% set DVIPSMAKEPK to `foo', what counts is the value of the environment&#xA;% variable/config value `FOO', not the `MKTEXPK' value.&#xA;% &#xA;% MKTEXTEX = 0&#xA;% MKTEXPK = 0&#xA;% MKTEXMF = 0&#xA;% MKTEXTFM = 0&#xA;% MKTEXFMT = 0&#xA;% MKOCP = 0&#xA;% MKOFM = 0&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;These settings (or non-settings) decide whether needed files (like fonts/font metrics) are automatically generated when needed. I don't know whether this would be a security risk, but it certainly can prolong compilation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Later there are some memory limits to set, which also may be useful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can change these settings globally in your texmf.cnf, or give them as environment variables to the programs invoked (environment takes precedence).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some options may also be given on the command line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3335" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T00:18:45.570" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10454" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10426" CreationDate="2011-02-07T00:42:18.010" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This answer builds upon Martin Scharrer's updated solution (which was based on mine, based on his... ;-p).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\newcommand*{\newlinecommand}[2]{%&#xA;  \newcommand*{#1}{%&#xA;    \begingroup%&#xA;    \escapechar=`\\%&#xA;    \catcode\endlinechar=\active%&#xA;    \csname\string#1\endcsname%&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \begingroup%&#xA;  \escapechar=`\\%&#xA;  \lccode`\~=\endlinechar%&#xA;  \lowercase{%&#xA;    \expandafter\endgroup&#xA;    \expandafter\def\csname\string#1\endcsname##1~%&#xA;  }{\endgroup#2\space}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;%%% USAGE:&#xA;\newlinecommand{\emphline}{\emph{#1}}&#xA;&#xA;First words \emphline rest of line&#xA;some more text&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\emphline&lt;/code&gt; sets up the catcode of the end-line character to be active (we could have used a few other choices, as long as it is consistent). It then calls &lt;code&gt;\\emphline&lt;/code&gt;, which takes care of grabbing the argument until the end of the line, and applies &lt;code&gt;\emph{ }&lt;/code&gt; to it (this is &lt;code&gt;#2&lt;/code&gt; in the definition of &lt;code&gt;\newlinecommand&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;We use &lt;code&gt;\begingroup&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\endgroup&lt;/code&gt; to limit the scope of our change in catcode of &lt;code&gt;\endlinechar&lt;/code&gt; to the inside of &lt;code&gt;\emphline&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In order to grab the end of the line, we use a delimited argument, but for this, we need to have an active end-of-line character. Two possibilities: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;change the catcode locally and then use this active end-of-line in the definition, but this fails in our case, because we are already inside a definition (of &lt;code&gt;\newlinecommand&lt;/code&gt;), and catcodes cannot change anymore&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;use &lt;code&gt;\lowercase{~}&lt;/code&gt; after defining a lowercase &lt;code&gt;~&lt;/code&gt; to be the end-of-line character.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, the construction &lt;code&gt;\csname\string#1\endcsname&lt;/code&gt; makes the control sequence &lt;code&gt;\\emphline&lt;/code&gt; in our case (because &lt;code&gt;#1&lt;/code&gt; is &lt;code&gt;\emphline&lt;/code&gt;). We make sure that &lt;code&gt;\string&lt;/code&gt; produces &lt;code&gt;\emphline&lt;/code&gt; by setting the escape character (that TeX uses for &lt;code&gt;\string&lt;/code&gt;) to actually be &lt;code&gt;\&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastEditorUserId="2707" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-07T10:33:44.267" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T10:33:44.267" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="10455" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10457" CreationDate="2011-02-07T03:35:20.780" Score="9" ViewCount="211" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to tell (La)TeX to adjust the kerning of a specific character combination?  For example, suppose I want &lt;code&gt;!!&lt;/code&gt; to be typeset as &lt;code&gt;!\kern 1.2pt!&lt;/code&gt;, just like &lt;code&gt;ff&lt;/code&gt; is automatically turned into a ligature, or &lt;code&gt;--&lt;/code&gt; is converted to an en-dash.  I know I could create a command for this combination&amp;mdash;I am asking for a way to just type &lt;code&gt;!!&lt;/code&gt; and have it use my desired kerning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3386" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T04:08:43.770" Title="Is there a way to adjust kerning for a specific character combination?" Tags="&lt;kerning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="10456" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10424" CreationDate="2011-02-07T06:58:44.443" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Update: It appears that &lt;code&gt;utf8x&lt;/code&gt; breaks the &lt;code&gt;\DeclareUnicodeCharacter&lt;/code&gt; command. A bug report would be in order, methinks. (Which I've &lt;a href=&quot;https://groups.google.com/group/comp.text.tex/msg/d1ad206997ed4d76?hl=en&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;now done&lt;/a&gt; through semi-official channels.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's how it should work: (my previous answer)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{A7}{\section}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;§{hello}&#xA;this is a fun idea&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you're using XeLaTeX or LuaLaTeX instead you'll need a different approach: (never use inputenc in this case!)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\catcode&quot;A7=\active&#xA;\let§\section&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;§{hello}&#xA;this is a fun idea&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've always wanted to write a short package to unify the interfaces between pdfLaTeX and XeLaTeX/LuaLaTeX here but haven't yet got around to it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-07T07:07:58.760" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T07:07:58.760" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="10457" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10455" CreationDate="2011-02-07T07:15:20.873" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Adjusting font kerning&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you need to adjust the kerning within a font, the short answers are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;No, not from within TeX.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Yes, if you're willing to create a virtual font.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Yes, if you're able to edit the font with fontforge (OpenType fonts only, for use in XeTeX or LuaTeX).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Yes, if you're using LuaTeX and OpenType fonts; see §11 of the fontspec manual: ‘OpenType font feature files’.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've only experience in options 1 and 4.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;XeTeX's interchartoks&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;XeTeX offers a feature known as ‘interchartoks’ that allows tokens to be inserted automatically between characters of different ‘class’. This feature was added to facilitate, say, automatic font and language switching between two different scripts (e.g., Japanese to Arabic). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This feature can be used to add kerning between characters, as shown in Philipp's answer. (As well as between &lt;code&gt;!!&lt;/code&gt;, you might also choose to adjust spacing around &lt;code&gt;:&lt;/code&gt; for French typography, say.) As an example, if this feature is used then when XeTeX comes across &lt;code&gt;!!&lt;/code&gt; in the input, it will interpret it as &lt;code&gt;!\exclamkern!&lt;/code&gt; instead. Any kerning that happens there will independent of the current font, which is generally not going to be appropriate for changing the kerning between letters. But for very specific use cases this technique is suitable for minor adjustments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-13T04:08:43.770" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T04:08:43.770" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="10458" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10435" CreationDate="2011-02-07T08:22:24.417" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is the way how you are using &lt;code&gt;tabular*&lt;/code&gt;. It makes no sense to have the starred version with only one column. In such a case one should use the unstarred version with the &lt;code&gt;p&lt;/code&gt;-column specifier. With at least two columns for &lt;code&gt;tabular*&lt;/code&gt; you didn't get underfull boxes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular*}{0.9\textwidth}{l@{\extracolsep{\fill}}r}\hline&#xA;  Test &amp;amp; Test\\\hline&#xA;\end{tabular*}&#xA;&#xA;\bigskip&#xA;\begin{tabular}{p{0.9\textwidth}}\hline&#xA;  Test \\\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T08:22:24.417" />
  <row Id="10459" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10461" CreationDate="2011-02-07T08:52:10.340" Score="4" ViewCount="168" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am quite new to latex and don't quite get it how to compile different versions of my presentation. If this is important: I am using pdflatex and beamer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are three documentclasses I am currently using:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[notes=only]{beamer}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[handout]{beamer}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am currently using a makefile to compile the whole stuff which basicly invokes pdflatex like this: &lt;code&gt;pdflatex  '\documentclass[notes=only]{beamer} \input{$(INPUT_FILE)}'&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which of course means my &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; file is missing the documentclass and can not easily be compiled without knowledge of my Makefile. And of course thats not quite desirable ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But how would I do better?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3241" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-07T08:59:12.783" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T13:29:47.900" Title="Conditional Compiling and \documentclass" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;compiling&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10460" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10459" CreationDate="2011-02-07T08:56:16.623" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;pdflatex '\PassOptionsToClass{notes=only}{beamer} \input{file}'&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;then your TeX file can be the default file for a presentation with the &lt;code&gt;\documentclass&lt;/code&gt; line&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-07T09:34:12.490" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T09:34:12.490" />
  <row Id="10461" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10459" CreationDate="2011-02-07T08:57:53.377" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Put the &lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&lt;/code&gt; back into your main file (e.g. &lt;code&gt;presentation.tex&lt;/code&gt;),  add required default options valid for all modes if there are any and execute it like that:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;pdflatex  '\PassOptionsToClass{notes=only}{beamer} \input{presentation}'&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This will still create &lt;code&gt;presentation.pdf&lt;/code&gt; and overwrite the normal version of the PDF.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alternatively create the following documents:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% notes.tex&#xA;\PassOptionsToClass{notes=only}{beamer}&#xA;\input{presentation}&#xA;&#xA;% handout.tex&#xA;\PassOptionsToClass{handout}{beamer}&#xA;\input{presentation}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which have the benefit of creating &lt;code&gt;notes.pdf&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;handout.pdf&lt;/code&gt; instead without any need for a Makefile or compiler options.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The main file can now easily be compiled simply using &lt;code&gt;pdflatex presentation&lt;/code&gt; and the notes and handout with &lt;code&gt;pdflatex notes&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;pdflatex handout&lt;/code&gt;, respectively. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-07T13:29:47.900" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T13:29:47.900" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="10462" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10226" CreationDate="2011-02-07T09:54:35.980" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;An approach that seems to be working for me is to switch to LuaTeX, specifically the LuaLaTeX package, both from the current MiKTeX distribution for Windows.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This has allowed me to write a Lua module that I load with &lt;code&gt;\directlua{require&quot;dictfun&quot;}&lt;/code&gt; in my document's preamble. When the &lt;code&gt;dictfun&lt;/code&gt; module loads, it tries to initialize a table of the headers for every page from a file named after the &lt;code&gt;\jobname&lt;/code&gt;, found in the global &lt;code&gt;tex.jobname&lt;/code&gt;. I used &lt;code&gt;\makeevenhead&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\makeoddhead&lt;/code&gt; to hook into the page header and call a Lua function from &lt;code&gt;dictfun&lt;/code&gt; to update the index of header info and construct the text that belongs on this page's header. The text of the header is placed from the Lua side with a call to &lt;code&gt;tex.print()&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, after the main body is finished, I make one more call into the Lua module to write out the current content of the index table.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This solution requires that the text be processed by lualatex at least twice with the pagination stable, but that isn't an unreasonable requirement.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm sure it could be done in pure TeX, but building data structures is something that native Lua does very well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3290" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T09:54:35.980" />
  <row Id="10463" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10467" CreationDate="2011-02-07T10:49:23.627" Score="6" ViewCount="192" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to draw a picture similar to this one for divide part of Quicksort.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/iUomu.png&quot; alt=&quot;Quicksort Loop Invariant&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What's the best method to do so? Is there a package for it or should I use Tikz to do it? If Tikz can you point me to some reference on drawing similar pictures as the one above?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3410" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-07T10:56:40.027" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T13:08:54.650" Title="What's the best way to draw loop invariants in LaTeX?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;diagrams&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10464" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-07T10:52:06.753" Score="1" ViewCount="114" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do I cite references such that instead of appearing a number in the citation, the initials of the authors appears using natbib? For example, if I have this reference&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;[JRP] Jordan, M., Rodman, D., and Pippen, S. The best basketball team ever. 1999.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I cite this inside the document, I want something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;In a last minute play something happened [JRP].&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've tried several options in natbib without success. This &lt;a href=&quot;http://merkel.zoneo.net/Latex/natbib.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;webpage&lt;/a&gt; have a nice description of natbib options and commands. However, I cannot find the proper way for doing this kind of citation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="184" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-07T11:37:28.857" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T11:37:28.857" Title="Cite a reference with the initials of the authors" Tags="&lt;natbib&gt;&lt;citing&gt;" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="10465" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4790" CreationDate="2011-02-07T11:30:41.983" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I now compiled such a document listing all internal macros of LaTeX2e which are also useful for package authors. The work title is &quot;&lt;em&gt;List of internal LaTeX2e Macros useful to Package Authors&lt;/em&gt;&quot; and I'm planning to release it on CTAN 'soon' (e.g. as '&lt;code&gt;macros2e&lt;/code&gt;') when its out of the beta stage.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The beta release can be found on &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.scharrer-online.de/wiki/LaTeX/Docs/macros2e&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;my website&lt;/a&gt;.&#xA;There is also a feedback form and email address on the website.&#xA;Please do not hesitate to suggest more macros I might have overlooked, better explanations of already listed macro, report errors of any kind or anything else.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-07T11:36:38.343" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T11:36:38.343" />
  <row Id="10466" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10463" CreationDate="2011-02-07T11:40:38.693" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;run it with &lt;code&gt;xelatex&lt;/code&gt; or use &lt;code&gt;latex-&amp;gt;dvips-&amp;gt;ps2pdf&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/CYPCI.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{pst-node,tabularx,ragged2e}&#xA;\SpecialCoor&#xA;\renewcommand\tabularxcolumn[1]{&amp;gt;{\Centering}m{#1}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\sffamily\def\arraystretch{2}&#xA;\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{|X|X|X|}\hline&#xA;\rnode[lb]{l1}{}\hfill &amp;lt;pivot \hfill\rnode[rb]{r1}{}   &amp;amp; &amp;gt;=pivot &amp;amp;&#xA;\rnode[lb]{l3}{}\hfill ? \hfill\rnode[rb]{r3}{}\\\hline&#xA;\end{tabularx}&#xA;\psset{arrowscale=2,arrows=&amp;lt;-,offsetA=-10pt,offsetB=-15mm}&#xA;\ncline{l1}{l1}\ncline{r1}{r1}\ncline{l3}{l3}\ncline{r3}{r3}&#xA;\uput{16mm}[-90](l1){Left}&#xA;\uput{16mm}[-90](r1){pivot Location}&#xA;\uput{16mm}[-90](l3){i}&#xA;\uput{16mm}[-90](r3){Right}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T11:40:38.693" />
  <row Id="10467" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10463" CreationDate="2011-02-07T11:44:17.650" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's one way to do it with TikZ (am I wrong in assuming the arrows are supposed to point at the separators between the boxes?):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{matrix}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\matrix[matrix of nodes,&#xA;  name=matrix,&#xA;  draw, % Outer border&#xA;  inner sep=0pt,&#xA;  minimum width=2cm, % Width of boxes&#xA;  text depth=.5ex, % To ensure that lower edges line up correctly&#xA;  minimum height=.75cm, % Height of boxes&#xA;]{&#xA;  $&amp;lt;$ pivot &amp;amp; $\ge$ pivot &amp;amp; ?\\ % The nodes&#xA;};&#xA;&#xA;% Separators&#xA;\draw (matrix-1-2.south west) -- (matrix-1-2.north west); &#xA;\draw (matrix-1-3.south west) -- (matrix-1-3.north west);&#xA;&#xA;% Define a style for all arrows, then draw the arrows with nodes&#xA;% This can be used to change the thickness or the tips for all arrows at once&#xA;\tikzstyle{arrowstyle}=[latex-]&#xA;\draw [arrowstyle] (matrix-1-1.south west) -- +(-90:0.8) node [anchor=north] {left};&#xA;\draw [arrowstyle] (matrix-1-2.south west) -- +(-90:0.8) node [anchor=north] {pivotLocation};&#xA;\draw [arrowstyle] (matrix-1-3.south west) -- +(-90:0.8) node [anchor=north] {i};&#xA;\draw [arrowstyle] (matrix-1-3.south east) -- +(-90:0.8) node [anchor=north] {right};-&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/5wpFR.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastEditorUserId="2552" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-07T11:49:54.400" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T11:49:54.400" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10468" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10492" CreationDate="2011-02-07T12:04:34.557" Score="7" ViewCount="291" Body="&lt;p&gt;Often-times I find myself wanting to write something like,&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ZK8xx.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That is, a vertical brace followed by a table consisting of three columns, the first and the last are math, aligned where-ever &lt;em&gt;I&lt;/em&gt; like, and the middle one is text, right aligned.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have now found the solution that I want using tabularx:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\left\{&#xA;\begin{tabular}{&amp;gt;{$}r&amp;lt;{{}$}@{}&amp;gt;{${}}l&amp;lt;{$}r&amp;gt;{$}r&amp;lt;{{}$}@{}&amp;gt;{${}}l&amp;lt;{$}}&#xA;&amp;amp;\frac{n(x)}{1+j^2F^2} &amp;amp; for &amp;amp;  j&amp;amp;=0\\&#xA;2&amp;amp;\frac{\cos(jk)}{1+j^2F^2}f_j^{\FD}(n(x))&amp;amp; for &amp;amp; j&amp;amp;&amp;gt;0\\&#xA;2&amp;amp;\frac{\sin(jk)jF/\tau}{1+j^2F^2}f_j^{\FD}(n(x)) &amp;amp; for&amp;amp; j&amp;amp;&amp;lt;0 &#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\right.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I put the extra braces inside the column definition so that that operators near the alignment character remain relative, which is the usual intention)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My question is two fold really:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Is there a package or a command that does this (I think that cases is supposed to but I still need to use &lt;code&gt;\text{}&lt;/code&gt; which is annoying)?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;What is the best way to turn this into an enviroment so that I can simply write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{mycases}&#xA;&amp;amp;\frac{n(x)}{1+j^2F^2} &amp;amp; for &amp;amp;  j&amp;amp;=0\\&#xA;2&amp;amp;\frac{\cos(jk)}{1+j^2F^2}f_j^{\FD}(n(x))&amp;amp; for &amp;amp; j&amp;amp;&amp;gt;0\\&#xA;2&amp;amp;\frac{\sin(jk)jF/\tau}{1+j^2F^2}f_j^{\FD}(n(x)) &amp;amp; for&amp;amp; j&amp;amp;&amp;lt;0 &#xA;\end{mycases}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cheers!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastEditorUserId="117" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-08T17:05:12.853" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T17:05:12.853" Title="Looking for a more appropriate version of `\cases`" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;environments&gt;&lt;cases&gt;" AnswerCount="6" CommentCount="8" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="10469" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10468" CreationDate="2011-02-07T12:16:54.050" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{mathtools}&#xA;\def\FD{\text{FD}}&#xA;\def\for{\text{for }}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\[&#xA;\begin{cases}&#xA;\phantom{2}\dfrac{n(x)}{1+j^2F^2}                           &amp;amp; \for j=0\\[15pt]&#xA;         2 \dfrac{\cos(jk)}{1+j^2F^2}f_j^{\FD}(n(x))        &amp;amp; \for j&amp;gt;0\\[15pt]&#xA;         2 \dfrac{\sin(jk)jF/\tau}{1+j^2F^2}f_j^{\FD}(n(x)) &amp;amp; \for j&amp;lt;0 &#xA;\end{cases}&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;\[\left\{&#xA;\begin{matrix*}[l]&#xA;   &amp;amp; \dfrac{n(x)}{1+j^2F^2}                           &amp;amp; \for j=0\\[15pt]&#xA; 2 &amp;amp; \dfrac{\cos(jk)}{1+j^2F^2}f_j^{\FD}(n(x))        &amp;amp; \for j&amp;gt;0\\[15pt]&#xA; 2 &amp;amp; \dfrac{\sin(jk)jF/\tau}{1+j^2F^2}f_j^{\FD}(n(x)) &amp;amp; \for j&amp;lt;0 &#xA;\end{matrix*}&#xA;\right.\]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/2w3Ew.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-07T14:08:21.853" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T14:08:21.853" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="10470" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10472" CreationDate="2011-02-07T12:17:36.310" Score="1" ViewCount="85" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello, I would like to center the caption of my table of contents, so that it looks as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;                         Table of contents &#xA;&#xA;1.   Section                                              1&#xA;1.1  Subsection                                           3&#xA;1.2  Subsection                                           5&#xA;2    Section                                             11&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Instead of&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Table of contents &#xA;&#xA;1.   Section                                              1&#xA;1.1  Subsection                                           3&#xA;1.2  Subsection                                           5&#xA;2    Section                                             11&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've tried to &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\contentsname}{\centerline{Table of contents}}&lt;/code&gt;, which worked fine for the apperance on the page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I'm using a book style where at the top of the page, on the &lt;em&gt;left&lt;/em&gt; side, I want to have the name of the current chapter/section/whatsoever. But if I do the above, the text &lt;code&gt;Table of contents&lt;/code&gt; is not on the left side, but in the middle (because of the &lt;code&gt;\centerline&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to accomplish what I want?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2482" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T12:39:44.900" Title="Centering table of contents caption" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10471" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10470" CreationDate="2011-02-07T12:28:00.567" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\chapter*{\centerline{\contentsname}}&#xA;\@mkboth{\MakeUppercase\contentsname}{\MakeUppercase\contentsname}%&#xA;\@starttoc{toc}%&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{foo}&#xA;bar&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T12:28:00.567" />
  <row Id="10472" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10470" CreationDate="2011-02-07T12:32:00.053" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are several package to modify the layout of contents. The simplest one for standard document classes may be &lt;code&gt;tocloft&lt;/code&gt;. You can use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{tocloft}&#xA;\renewcommand{\cfttoctitlefont}{\hfill\Large\bfseries}&#xA;\renewcommand{\cftaftertoctitle}{\hfill}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\tableofcontents&lt;/code&gt; is typesetted as &lt;code&gt;\chapter*&lt;/code&gt;(for &lt;code&gt;book&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;report&lt;/code&gt;) or &lt;code&gt;\section*&lt;/code&gt;(for &lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt;). You can modify the layout of chapter(section) titles for table of contents. Thus &lt;code&gt;sectsty&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt; can be used for standard classes. You can use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% \documentclass{article}&#xA;% \usepackage{sectsty}&#xA;\sectionfont{\centering}&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\sectionfont{}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% \documentclass{article}&#xA;% \usepackage{titlesec}&#xA;\titleformat*{\section}{\centering\bfseries\Large}&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\titleformat*{\section}{\bfseries\Large}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are using classes such as &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;koma-script&lt;/code&gt;, there will be other command for this purpose. You'd better read the manual of these classes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-07T12:39:44.900" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T12:39:44.900" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10473" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10455" CreationDate="2011-02-07T12:41:37.800" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;With LuaTeX, you can patch fonts on the fly in arbitrary ways:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\usepackage{luacode}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{luacode*}&#xA;local function add_exclam_kern(fontdata)&#xA;  if fontdata then&#xA;    local chars = fontdata.characters&#xA;    if chars then&#xA;      local ch = chars[33]&#xA;      if ch then&#xA;        if not ch.kerns then&#xA;          ch.kerns = { }&#xA;        end&#xA;        ch.kerns[33] = -100000&#xA;      end&#xA;    end&#xA;  end&#xA;end&#xA;luatexbase.add_to_callback(&quot;luaotfload.patch_font&quot;,&#xA;  add_exclam_kern, &quot;add_exclam_kern&quot;)&#xA;\end{luacode*}&#xA;&#xA;\setmainfont{Arial}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;!!&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With XeTeX, you can use inter-character tokens:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;&#xA;\setmainfont{Arial}&#xA;&#xA;\XeTeXinterchartokenstate=1&#xA;\newXeTeXintercharclass\ExclamClass&#xA;\XeTeXcharclass 33=\ExclamClass&#xA;\XeTeXinterchartoks\ExclamClass\ExclamClass={\kern-1.5pt }&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;!!&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T12:41:37.800" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="10474" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10483" CreationDate="2011-02-07T12:59:10.063" Score="5" ViewCount="244" Body="&lt;p&gt;Unicode applies the convention of using a &lt;a href=&quot;http://unicode.org/faq/utf_bom.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;byte order mark&lt;/a&gt; as signature at the beginning of a text stream, identifying the encoding used within it. The following three bytes at the beginning of a file: EF BB BF, identifies this file as a UTF8 file.&#xA;Vi and most text editors gracefully ignore this signature. Open office does that as well, but it adds this signature at the beginning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, if I open a TeX file with OpenOffic.org, and I do that quite a lot (for mixed directionality editing), the signature is added, and baffles LaTeX, which produces an error message such as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; ! LaTeX Error: Missing \begin{document}.&#xA;&#xA; See the LaTeX manual or LaTeX Companion for explanation.&#xA; Type  H &amp;lt;return&amp;gt;  for immediate help.&#xA; ...                                              &#xA;&#xA;l.1 &#xA; ��\documentclass{article}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;whereas a simple dump of the file does not show the problem. Is there a way to eliminate this problem, while staying in the realm of latex?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3391" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T13:59:21.090" Title="LaTeX baffled by BOM---Unicode's byte order mark." Tags="&lt;unicode&gt;&lt;inputenc&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="10475" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10474" CreationDate="2011-02-07T13:04:09.243" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The non-Unicode engines don't know anything about Unicode or UTF-8. A similar problem would arise if you tried to place a BOM at the beginning of a Unix script, which would have the kernel ignore the shebang line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Avoid BOMs in TeX or LaTeX documents, they are neither necessary nor recommended. The Unicode-capable engines XeTeX and LuaTeX, however, handle BOMs just fine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastEditorUserId="345" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-07T13:19:07.503" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T13:19:07.503" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="10476" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10408" CreationDate="2011-02-07T13:08:31.113" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here you've got the fifth solution, which shows you that what you want to do is indeed slightly tricky in &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{align*}&#xA;     &amp;amp; abcd \\&#xA; ={} &amp;amp; defg \\&#xA; ={} &amp;amp; hijk &#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The trick: If you have the &lt;code&gt;=&lt;/code&gt; in the left column, then you need to put something after it to get correct spacing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T13:08:31.113" />
  <row Id="10477" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10463" CreationDate="2011-02-07T13:08:54.650" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One could come up with similar results with just some TeX:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\vbox{&#xA;  \offinterlineskip\sf&#xA;  \def\mapup{$\Big\uparrow$}&#xA;  \halign{&amp;amp;\vrule\vphantom{$\bigg($}\hbox to 1.5in{\hfil#\hfil}\vrule\cr&#xA;    \noalign{\hrule}&#xA;    $&amp;lt;$pivot&amp;amp;$&amp;gt;=$pivot&amp;amp;?\cr&#xA;    \noalign{\hrule}&#xA;    \omit\mapup&amp;amp;\omit\llap{\mapup}&amp;amp;\omit\mapup&amp;amp;\omit\llap{\mapup}\cr&#xA;    \omit\strut Left&amp;amp;\omit\hidewidth\llap{pivotLocation\qquad}\hidewidth&amp;amp;\omit $i$&amp;amp;\omit\llap{Right}\cr&#xA;  }&#xA;}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/tJ526.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; title=&quot;Hosted by imgur.com&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T13:08:54.650" />
  <row Id="10478" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10474" CreationDate="2011-02-07T13:11:23.857" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The inputenc package can only work from when it is loaded, so obviously not at the very start of the document. Until then, only ASCII should be used.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For real unicode handling, use a Unicode capable engine like XeTeX or LuaTeX (in your case, &lt;code&gt;xelatex&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;lualatex&lt;/code&gt;). Then you don't need inputenc (and likely want to change some other packages, too).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3335" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T13:11:23.857" />
  <row Id="10479" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10468" CreationDate="2011-02-07T13:14:04.937" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The Plain version of &lt;code&gt;\cases&lt;/code&gt; works pretty much the way you are hoping for:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;$ \cases{&#xA;  \enspace{n(x)\over1+j^2F^2a}&amp;amp;&#xA;    for\quad$j=0$\cr\noalign{\vskip1\jot}&#xA;  2{\cos(jk)\over1+j^2F^2}f_j^{\rm FD}\left(n(x)\right)&amp;amp;&#xA;    for\quad$j&amp;gt;0$\cr\noalign{\vskip1\jot}&#xA;  2{\sin(jk) jF/\tau\over1+j^2F^2}f_j^{\rm FD}\left(n(x)\right)&amp;amp;&#xA;    for\quad$j&amp;lt;0$&#xA;}$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/BpMo2.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; title=&quot;Hosted by imgur.com&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In case you'd like to just &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; away, you could:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\catcode`@=11&#xA;\def\cases#1{\left\{\,\vcenter{\normalbaselines\m@th &#xA;\ialign{$##\hfil$&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\quad##\hfil&amp;amp;\quad$##\hfil$\crcr#1\crcr}}\right.}&#xA;\catcode`@=12&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in the document preamble, which is just the Plain &lt;code&gt;\cases&lt;/code&gt; with a repeating horizontal alignment preamble. Like so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$$ \cases{ math &amp;amp; text &amp;amp; math &amp;amp; text &amp;amp; etc \cr&#xA;  1234\alpha &amp;amp; actual numbers, too &amp;amp; \sum435 &amp;amp; there as well \cr&#xA;}$$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, you could add another math-alignment tab for the digit if you don't fancy the &lt;code&gt;\enspace&lt;/code&gt;/&lt;code&gt;\phantom&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\catcode`@=11&#xA;\def\cases#1{\left\{\,\vcenter{\normalbaselines\m@th &#xA;\ialign{$\hfil##$&amp;amp;$##\hfil$&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\quad##\hfil&amp;amp;\quad$##\hfil$\crcr#1\crcr}}\right.}&#xA;\catcode`@=12&#xA;$\def\rep{1+j^2F^2}\cases{&#xA;  &amp;amp;{n(x)\over1+\rep a}&amp;amp;for&amp;amp;j=0\cr&#xA;  2&amp;amp;{\cos(jk)\over\rep}f_j^{\rm FD}(n(x))&amp;amp;for&amp;amp;j&amp;gt;0\cr&#xA;  2&amp;amp;{\sin(jk)jF/\tau\over\rep}f_j^{\rm FD}(n(x))&amp;amp;for&amp;amp;j&amp;lt;0\cr&#xA;}$&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastEditorUserId="1410" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-08T13:57:56.827" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T13:57:56.827" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="10480" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10468" CreationDate="2011-02-07T13:18:03.777" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is a more elegant syntax, which you can even use in your &lt;code&gt;\newenvironment&lt;/code&gt; command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \documentclass{article}&#xA; \usepackage{amsmath}&#xA; \def\FD{\text{FD}}&#xA; \newcommand\when[1]{&amp;amp;\text{for #1,}\\}&#xA; \newcommand\otherwise{&amp;amp;\text{otherwise.}}&#xA; \begin{document}&#xA; \[ \begin{cases}&#xA; \phantom{2}\dfrac{n(x)}{1+j^2F^2}                           \when{$j=0$}&#xA;     2 \dfrac{\cos(jk)}{1+j^2F^2}f_j^{\FD}(n(x))        \when{$j&amp;gt;0$}&#xA;     2 \dfrac{\sin(jk)jF/\tau}{1+j^2F^2}f_j^{\FD}(n(x)) \when{$j&amp;lt;0$} &#xA;    e^{i\pi} +1 \otherwise&#xA; \end{cases} \]&#xA; \end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3391" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T13:18:03.777" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10481" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10468" CreationDate="2011-02-07T13:47:17.040" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/wLfIR.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;No magic here:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{mathtools}&#xA;\newcommand\FD{\mathrm{FD}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\[&#xA;\begin{dcases}&#xA;\phantom{2}\frac{n(x)}{1+j^2F^2} &amp;amp; \text{for } j=0\\&#xA;2\frac{\cos(jk)}{1+j^2F^2}f_j^{\FD}(n(x))&amp;amp; \text{for } j&amp;gt;0\\&#xA;2\frac{\sin(jk)jF/\tau}{1+j^2F^2}f_j^{\FD}(n(x)) &amp;amp; \text{for } j&amp;lt;0 &#xA;\end{dcases}&#xA;\]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T13:47:17.040" />
  <row Id="10482" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10485" CreationDate="2011-02-07T13:58:05.787" Score="1" ViewCount="117" Body="&lt;p&gt;synttree is a package that allows you do define tree graphs in an easy way. Now I'm trying to put such a tree in a table cell like so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}{lp{3cm}}&#xA;...&#xA;My left column &amp;amp;&#xA;   \synttree[A [B] [C]]\\&#xA;...&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately, the use of &lt;code&gt;\synttree&lt;/code&gt; in the right column influences the vertical alignment of the left column. Normally, &quot;My left column&quot; would appear at the top of the cell, but in my example it is written at the bottom of the cell:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;+----------------+----------+&#xA;| My left column |     A    |&#xA;|                |    / \   |&#xA;|                |   B   C  |&#xA;+----------------+----------+&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(expected)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;+----------------+----------+&#xA;|                |     A    |&#xA;|                |    / \   |&#xA;| My left column |   B   C  |&#xA;+----------------+----------+&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(actual)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I make the text in the left column go to the top of the cell?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2628" LastEditorUserId="2628" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-08T14:36:55.117" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T14:36:55.117" Title="synttree in tabular: vertical alignment of other columns" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10483" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10474" CreationDate="2011-02-07T13:59:21.090" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can e.g. change the \catcode of the three problematic bytes before you input your file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;pdflatex \catcode239=9 \catcode 187=9 \catcode 191=9 \input test-bom&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You should then reset the catcodes in the document to 12.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T13:59:21.090" />
  <row Id="10485" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10482" CreationDate="2011-02-07T14:21:30.630" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A quick fix:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{synttree}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{l&amp;gt;{\vspace{-.5\baselineskip}}p{3cm}}&#xA;My left column &amp;amp; \synttree[A [B] [C]]\\\hline&#xA;My left column &amp;amp; \synttree[A [B] [C]]\\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/CFwBK.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is the precise solution. We compute the extra height of letter &quot;A&quot; in the root of tree:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{synttree}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\settoheight\@tempdima{A}&#xA;\newcolumntype{P}[1]{&amp;gt;{\vspace{-\@tempdima}}p{#1}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{lP{3cm}}&#xA;\hline&#xA;My left column &amp;amp; \synttree[A [B] [C]]\\\hline&#xA;My left column &amp;amp; My right column\\&#xA;\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/4whh4.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another choice is to use &lt;code&gt;qtree&lt;/code&gt; package instead. &lt;code&gt;qtree&lt;/code&gt; produce better output of syntax trees.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{qtree}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\qtreecenterfalse % do not center&#xA;\begin{tabular}{lp{9cm}}&#xA;My left column &amp;amp; \Tree[.A [.B ] [.C ] ] \\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/yTSec.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-07T15:34:48.213" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T15:34:48.213" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="10486" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10482" CreationDate="2011-02-07T14:36:52.230" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;use it this way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{synttree}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\newcolumntype{P}[1]{&amp;gt;{\vspace{0pt}}p{#1}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{P{3cm}P{3cm}}\hline&#xA;My left column &amp;amp; \synttree[A [B] [C]]\\\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/fga17.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T14:36:52.230" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="10487" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10468" CreationDate="2011-02-07T15:16:42.897" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another solution, which I believe obeys your specifications, is below. I prefer Herbert's and Yossi Gil's answers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{mathtools}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;% The main environment takes one argument (column specification, which&#xA;% looks like {mttmtM{...}T{...}mM{...}}). It parses the column specification&#xA;% to create the preamble of a dcases-like environment, then uses this preamble.&#xA;% &#xA;% Uncomment the &quot;\newlinechar...&quot; line to see what the preamble looks like.&#xA;%&#xA;\newenvironment{customdcases}[1]{%&#xA;  \edef\dcases@custom@preamble{%&#xA;    \dcases@custom@build{} #1\dcases@custom@qstop}%&#xA;  %{\newlinechar`&amp;amp;\show\dcases@custom@preamble}%&#xA;  \expandafter\dcases@custom@start\expandafter{\dcases@custom@preamble}%&#xA;}{\enddcases}&#xA;&#xA;% To build the preamble, we take letters one by one, and transform them &#xA;% to the corresponding macro \dcases@custom@&amp;lt;letter&amp;gt; defined below. I still&#xA;% need to learn how to do this better. \dcases@custom@qstop is just a &quot;quark&quot;&#xA;% which expands to itself, useful for \ifx comparison purposes. &#xA;\newcommand*{\dcases@custom@build}[2]{%&#xA;  \ifx \dcases@custom@qstop #2%&#xA;  \else\expandafter\@secondoftwo%&#xA;  \fi&#xA;  \@gobble{#1\csname dcases@custom@#2\endcsname%&#xA;  \dcases@custom@build{&amp;amp;\quad}}%&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand{\dcases@custom@qstop}{\dcases@custom@qstop}&#xA;&#xA;% The t and m variants produce text- and math- mode. The T and M variants take&#xA;% one argument and tell \dcases@custom@build to use it rather than the default&#xA;% &quot;&amp;amp;\quad&quot;. Because of how badly \dcases@custom@build, the actual commands&#xA;% take three arguments: \dcases@custom@build itself, {&amp;amp;\quad} (default &#xA;% argument), and the new custom argument.&#xA;\newcommand{\dcases@custom@t}{\unexpanded{\strut@{##}\hfil}}&#xA;\newcommand{\dcases@custom@m}{\unexpanded{\strut@$\m@th\displaystyle{##}$\hfil}}&#xA;\newcommand{\dcases@custom@T}[3]{\dcases@custom@t#1{&amp;amp;#3}}&#xA;\newcommand{\dcases@custom@M}[3]{\dcases@custom@m#1{&amp;amp;#3}}&#xA;&#xA;% For the actual typesetting, we copy \MT_start_cases:nnn from mathtools and&#xA;% change it a little bit.&#xA;\newcommand{\dcases@custom@start}[1]{%&#xA;  \relax \ifmmode \else \nonmatherr@ {\begin {\@currenvir }}\fi&#xA;  \iffalse {\fi \ifnum 0=`}\fi&#xA;  \left\lbrace&#xA;    \vcenter\bgroup&#xA;    \Let@  \chardef\dspbrk@context\@ne  \restore@math@cr &#xA;    \let\math@cr@@\AMS@math@cr@@  \spread@equation \ialign &#xA;    \bgroup #1\crcr&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% Finally, our specific custom environment&#xA;\newenvironment{mycases}{\customdcases{M{}mT{$\;$}m}}{\endcustomdcases}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;We can then call our environment either using \texttt{customdcases} with the relevant column specifier, or \texttt{mycases}. In general, spacing next to relation symbols (in e.g., \verb|&amp;amp;=|) will be wrong, but in this specific case, it works.&#xA;\begin{align*}&#xA;\begin{customdcases}{M{}mT{$\;$}m}&#xA;&amp;amp;\frac{n(x)}{1+j^2F^2} &amp;amp; for &amp;amp;  j=0\\[15pt]&#xA;2&amp;amp;\frac{\cos(jk)}{1+j^2F^2}f_j^{FD}(n(x))&amp;amp; for &amp;amp; j&amp;gt;0\\[15pt]&#xA;2&amp;amp;\frac{\sin(jk)jF/\tau}{1+j^2F^2}f_j^{FD}(n(x)) &amp;amp; for&amp;amp; j&amp;lt;0 &#xA;\end{customdcases}&#xA;\\[30pt]&#xA;\begin{mycases}&#xA;&amp;amp;\frac{n(x)}{1+j^2F^2} &amp;amp; for &amp;amp;  j=0\\[15pt]&#xA;2&amp;amp;\frac{\cos(jk)}{1+j^2F^2}f_j^{FD}(n(x))&amp;amp; for &amp;amp; j&amp;gt;0\\[15pt]&#xA;2&amp;amp;\frac{\sin(jk)jF/\tau}{1+j^2F^2}f_j^{FD}(n(x)) &amp;amp; for&amp;amp; j&amp;lt;0 &#xA;\end{mycases}&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T15:16:42.897" />
  <row Id="10488" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-07T15:47:21.493" Score="0" ViewCount="220" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am writing a presentation using the beamer class and XeTeX. I have changed the sans font using &lt;code&gt;\setsansfont&lt;/code&gt;. Now &lt;em&gt;some&lt;/em&gt; symbols in my equations are rendered using the mono font (like the lowercase letters).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I force math mode to render all symbols in the equations in the default Computer Modern, ignoring the font set with &lt;code&gt;\setsansfont&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3413" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-07T16:23:17.123" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T08:50:23.753" Title="Force Computer Modern in math mode" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;computer-modern&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10489" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10488" CreationDate="2011-02-07T15:50:46.107" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[cm-default,no-math]{fontspec}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T15:50:46.107" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10490" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10488" CreationDate="2011-02-07T15:59:20.640" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, it was a beamer issue. Using&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[onlymath]{beamer}&#xA;\usefonttheme{serif}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;solves the problem. Thanks for pointing me in the right direction, though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3413" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T15:59:20.640" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10491" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6744" CreationDate="2011-02-07T16:42:26.953" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In my experience it's best to let graphics programs such as gnuplot use their own (non LaTeX) labels, and then replace these using &lt;code&gt;psfrag&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;code&gt;psfrag&lt;/code&gt; allows you to align the left/right/centre of the object to be replaced with the left/right/centre of the replacement. So, in gnuplot try&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;set term postscript eps mono&#xA;set output 'myplot.eps'&#xA;set ylabel 'Y'&#xA;plot x**3&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and then in your document&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{psfrag}&#xA;&#xA;...&#xA;&#xA;\psfrag{Y}[r][r]{$y=x^3$}&#xA;\includegraphics{myplot}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2417" LastEditorUserId="2417" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-07T18:43:54.307" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T18:43:54.307" />
  <row Id="10492" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10468" CreationDate="2011-02-07T17:04:46.137" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is a &quot;solution&quot; with the package IEEEtranstool :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{mathtools}&#xA;\usepackage[retainorgcmds]{IEEEtrantools}&#xA;\def\FD{\text{FD}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{IEEEeqnarray*}{rl&quot;t&quot;rC}&#xA; &amp;amp;\frac{n(x)}{1+j^2F^2} &amp;amp; for &amp;amp;  j&amp;amp;=0\\&#xA; 2&amp;amp;\frac{\cos(jk)}{1+j^2F^2}f_j^{\FD}(n(x))&amp;amp; for &amp;amp; j&amp;amp;&amp;gt;0\\&#xA; 2&amp;amp;\frac{\sin(jk)jF/\tau}{1+j^2F^2}f_j^{\FD}(n(x)) &amp;amp; for&amp;amp; j&amp;amp;&amp;lt;0&#xA;\end{IEEEeqnarray*}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The syntax is yours, but these solution lacks the vertical brace.&#xA;Maybe a TeX wizard may helps.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the explanation :&#xA;rcl for right center left column in math mode,&#xA;RCL is for math operator (extra-space),&#xA;stu for text column and&#xA;&quot; for extra-space&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The `retainorgcmds option prevents IEEEtrantools from overriding existing LaTeX commands (itemize, enumerate and description)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See also the documentation : &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.switch.ch/ftp/mirror/tex/macros/latex/contrib/IEEEtran/IEEEtran_HOWTO.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;p.17 and more&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3172" LastEditorUserId="3172" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-08T16:21:03.063" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T16:21:03.063" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10493" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10566" CreationDate="2011-02-07T18:00:07.300" Score="3" ViewCount="96" Body="&lt;p&gt;What I want is a environment that lets me create my own &quot;boxes&quot; (or blocks? I keep confusing them...) with the following properties&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;They visually couple together a piece of sourcecode and a explanation, possibly a mathematical formula&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;They get indexed and named somehow so I can list them in a central directory somewhere&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To get a feeling for what I want to place in the box:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\lstinputlisting[language=C++,basicstyle=\small]{fragments/leda-math-linear-solver.cpp}&#xA;\begin{equation}matrix * (x * x\_factor) = right\end{equation}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So its basicly a &lt;code&gt;\lstinputlisting&lt;/code&gt; and a &lt;code&gt;\begin{equation} ... \end{equation}&lt;/code&gt; I want to glue together. But I would prefer not to get nailed into the equation too much, as I might want to use some other explanation then a equation for some piece of sourcecode.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I did a few attempts to solve 1) by kidding around with answers I found &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/10085/colored-fancy-boxes&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;, especially the mdframed package. But how would I define my own command to avoid repeating the style markup over and over again?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For 2) I thought about piggybacking the theorem system. Would that be a viable way to go?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(And sorry for maybe badly mixing up latex terminology. I am currently in the process of learning the benefits of the whole system by taking a deep jump into it and holding on to everything that seems useful to me.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3241" LastEditorUserId="3241" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-08T07:49:19.747" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T09:23:54.100" Title="Defining my own &quot;boxes&quot;?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;boxes&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="10494" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-07T18:05:53.743" Score="3" ViewCount="134" Body="&lt;p&gt;The paralist package offers the option of typesetting an itemized list with a &lt;code&gt;\topsep&lt;/code&gt; length of zero, and this is especially useful in a tabular setting. However, the following minimal example does not seem to remove the space at the top of the second column as would be expected when compiled with pdflatex.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{paralist}&#xA;\setlength{\pltopsep}{0pt}&#xA;\setlength{\plpartopsep}{0pt}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{p{20mm} p{50mm}}&#xA;  Itemize: &amp;amp; {%&#xA;  \begin{compactitem}&#xA;    \item First item&#xA;  \end{compactitem}}\\&#xA;  Enumerate: &amp;amp; {% &#xA;  \begin{enumerate}&#xA;    \item First item&#xA;  \end{enumerate}}\\&#xA;  Description: &amp;amp; {%&#xA;  \begin{description}&#xA;    \item[Descriptor] First item&#xA;  \end{description}}\\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can someone explain how I might get the first line of the second column to line up with the first line of the first column, please?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can workaround with a negative &lt;code&gt;\vspace&lt;/code&gt; before the respective list environments but I want a more elegant solution which I think paralist is supposed to provide.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1636" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-11T10:11:21.060" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T10:11:21.060" Title="Including an itemized list within a tabular column using the paralist package" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;lists&gt;&lt;itemize&gt;&lt;vspace&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10495" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10506" CreationDate="2011-02-07T18:09:39.030" Score="3" ViewCount="167" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using XeTeX (MacTex 2010, Mac OSX 10.6) to render a document in Apple Hoefler Text. However, although I can make it render common ligatures, such as fi and ffi, I can't seem to be able to force it using some extended ligatures as those displayed &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File%3aRare_and_ancient_ligatures_in_XeTeX.svg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;. Any suggestions? Here's the code I am using:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec,xltxtra}&#xA;\setromanfont[Mapping=tex-text]{Hoefler Text}&#xA;\fontspec[Mapping=tex-text, Ligatures={Common, Rare, Historic}]{Hoefler Text}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}\noindent&#xA;Que dictes vous de mon appel, \\&#xA;Toute beste garde sa pel \\&#xA;Qui la constraint, efforce ou lie&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="877" LastEditorUserId="877" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-07T18:30:20.697" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T19:40:41.630" Title="Hoefler Text Extended Ligatures and XeTeX" Tags="&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;ligatures&gt;&lt;apple&gt;&lt;hoefler&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="10" />
  <row Id="10496" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10494" CreationDate="2011-02-07T18:18:30.740" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Within a minipage this undesired top space would not be inserted. So, similar to the solution in &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/6445/preventing-itemize-environment-to-insert-initial-vertical-space&quot;&gt;Preventing itemize environment to insert initial vertical space&lt;/a&gt;, you could insert &lt;code&gt;\@minipagetrue&lt;/code&gt; into the respective cells:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand*{\compress}{\@minipagetrue}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{tabular}{p{20mm}&amp;gt;{\compress}p{50mm}}&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Your example code is fixed by this, the lines line up:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/bYB6c.png&quot; alt=&quot;list example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alternatively, you could define a column type for that:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcolumntype{P}[1]{&amp;gt;{\@minipagetrue}p{#1}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-07T18:42:57.553" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T18:42:57.553" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10497" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10508" CreationDate="2011-02-07T18:18:43.177" Score="5" ViewCount="122" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to typeset a symbol with two hat accents (useful for denoting superoperators in quantum mechanics, for instance), but &lt;code&gt;\hat{\hat{L}}&lt;/code&gt; produces too much space between the hats. I found one approach &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.latex-community.org/forum/viewtopic.php?f=44&amp;amp;t=11426&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;on a LaTeX forum&lt;/a&gt; that seems to work, but it requires manual adjustment for each letter that I might want to typeset. If anyone has any suggestions, I'd appreciate it. Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="615" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T19:38:55.360" Title="How do I robustly typeset a double-hat?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;accents&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10498" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10500" CreationDate="2011-02-07T18:47:57.577" Score="2" ViewCount="125" Body="&lt;p&gt;I created a new class file to use.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have put the .cls file in the same directory as the original cls files (report, book etc) and im 100% sure the names match.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The directory for me is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;C:\Program Files\MiKTeX 2.8\tex\latex\base&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But still, when compiling it says: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! LaTeX Error: File `myclass.cls' not found.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What am i doing wrong here? (sorry for being such a noob)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In my texteditor i use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt,%&#xA;               %draft,%&#xA;               a4paper]{myclass}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3354" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-11T10:10:22.980" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T10:10:22.980" Title="Installing a class" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;installing&gt;&lt;documentclass&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="10499" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10498" CreationDate="2011-02-07T18:54:00.030" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I recommend to put your class file into a dedicated directory.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;After copying the class into your texmf directory structure, refresh TeX's file name database. In MiKTeX, open MiKTeX Options/ Settings and click the button &quot;Refresh FNDB&quot;, or run &lt;code&gt;mktexlsr&lt;/code&gt; (or &lt;code&gt;texhash&lt;/code&gt; in some distributions) at the command prompt.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T18:54:00.030" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10500" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10498" CreationDate="2011-02-07T18:57:24.737" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is a duplicate of &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2063/how-can-i-manually-install-a-package-on-miktex-windows/2066#2066&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/8357/how-to-have-local-package-overide-default-package/8359#8359&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt;.  The basic answer is you should never put your own packages/classes in the main diretories of your TeX distribution; you should always put them into a local directory.  Consult the accepted answers to these questions for more details of how to do this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T18:57:24.737" />
  <row Id="10501" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10498" CreationDate="2011-02-07T19:05:07.313" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Every own created packages and classes should go into a local tree, which is supported by all TeX distributions. For MiKTeX read the &lt;a href=&quot;http://docs.miktex.org/2.8/manual/localadditions.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;MiKTeX documentation&lt;/a&gt;, section &quot;Walkthrough: Registering a User-Managed TEXMF Directory&quot;. It shows how a local tree can be created, if not already present.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and here&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-07T19:13:01.233" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T19:13:01.233" />
  <row Id="10503" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10060" CreationDate="2011-02-07T19:20:01.303" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It was interesting to make a package to use TikZ to build Kiviat Diagram. This package is not yet on CTAN but if you want to test the package you can find it here :&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://altermundus.com/pages/downloads/packages/kiviat/tkz-kiviat.sty&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tkz-kiviat.sty&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;you can also find some examples&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://altermundus.com/pages/tkz/kiviat/index.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;kiviat examples&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first example uses three macros with arguments. First, you create a spider, then you can create a kiviat polygon and you can create graduations&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[]{scrartcl}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} &#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[upright]{fourier} &#xA;\usepackage[usenames,dvipsnames]{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{tkz-kiviat,numprint,fullpage} &#xA;\usetikzlibrary{arrows}&#xA;\thispagestyle{empty}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document} &#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\tkzKiviatDiagram[scale=1.25,label distance=.5cm,&#xA;        radial  = 5,&#xA;        gap     = 1,  &#xA;        lattice = 5]{McCabe,LOC,Live Variables,Halstead N,Variablenspanne}&#xA;\tkzKiviatLine[thick,color=blue,mark=none,&#xA;               fill=blue!20,opacity=.5](3,3.5,3,3.5,3)&#xA;\tkzKiviatLine[thick,color=darkgray,&#xA;               fill=green!20,opacity=.5](0.5,1,0.5,0.75,1) &#xA;\tkzKiviatLine[ultra thick,mark=ball,&#xA;                 mark size=4pt,color =Maroon](2,3.75,1,1.5,2)    &#xA;\tkzKiviatGrad[prefix=,unity=100,suffix=\ \texteuro](1)  &#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/i2YZ3.png&quot; alt=&quot;kiviat example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another solution is to use an external file with data&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[]{scrartcl}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[upright]{fourier}&#xA;\usepackage[usenames,dvipsnames]{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{tkz-kiviat,numprint,fullpage} &#xA;\usepackage{pgfplotstable} &#xA;\usetikzlibrary{arrows}&#xA;\thispagestyle{empty}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\tkzKiviatDiagramFromFile[&#xA;        scale=.5,&#xA;        label distance=.5cm,&#xA;        gap     = 1,label space=3,  &#xA;        lattice = 10]{tableae.dat}&#xA;\tkzKiviatLineFromFile[thick,&#xA;                       color      = blue,&#xA;                       mark       = ball,&#xA;                       ball color = blue,&#xA;                       mark size  = 4pt,&#xA;                       fill       = blue!20]{tableae.dat}{2}&#xA;\tkzKiviatLineFromFile[thick,&#xA;                       color      = red,&#xA;                       mark       = ball,&#xA;                       ball color = red,&#xA;                       mark size  = 4pt,&#xA;                       fill       = red!20]{tableae.dat}{1} &#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The tableae.dat file is used with the package pgfplotstable.sty&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%tableae.dat&#xA;column1                    column2   column3 &#xA;Reliability                6           6.5&#xA;Usability                  4           9&#xA;{Application Architecture} 7           8&#xA;{Version Control}          6.5         7&#xA;Timeliness                 2           8&#xA;Efficiency                 3           4&#xA;Effectiveness              5           6.5&#xA;Interoperability           1.5         7 &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/7Pxdf.png&quot; alt=&quot;kiviat diagram with an external file&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T19:20:01.303" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="10504" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10507" CreationDate="2011-02-07T19:27:16.680" Score="8" ViewCount="228" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to place two figures side by side (&lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; subfigures) and what’s more, I’d like to let the figures spill into the outer margin (since they are too wide for the the text width. Like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/CxEl7.png&quot; alt=&quot;screenshot&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Black lines delimit the page borders. &lt;a href=&quot;http://dl.dropbox.com/u/6101039/intro.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Full page [pdf]&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following actually works very nicely:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}[h]&#xA;  \setcapwidth{0.6\textwidth}&#xA;  \begin{flushright}&#xA;    \hspace{-\marginfigwidth}%&#xA;    \begin{minipage}[t]{0.6\textwidth}&#xA;      \centering&#xA;      \includegraphics{gfx-1}&#xA;      \caption{Caption 1}&#xA;    \end{minipage}%&#xA;    \hspace{1cm}%&#xA;    \begin{minipage}[t]{0.6\textwidth}&#xA;      \centering&#xA;      \includegraphics{gfx-2}&#xA;      \caption{Caption 2}&#xA;      \label{fig:free-lunch}&#xA;    \end{minipage}&#xA;  \end{flushright}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately, there’s a snag: this only works on the &lt;em&gt;left hand page&lt;/em&gt;, since I force it into the margin via &lt;code&gt;\hspace{-\marginfigwidth}&lt;/code&gt; command (where &lt;code&gt;\marginfigwidth&lt;/code&gt; is defined as &lt;code&gt;\marginparwidth + \marginparsep&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can’t wrap my head around how this must be changed to work on all pages. If I just remove the negative &lt;code&gt;hspace&lt;/code&gt; on a right-hand page, the page will automatically break. I can of course wrap the whole thing into yet another &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt; but this doesn’t work since it won’t respect the specified &lt;code&gt;\hspace&lt;/code&gt; between the figures and spill over the page border.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;wrapfigure&lt;/code&gt; environment doesn’t help me either since that is designed to work with &lt;em&gt;single&lt;/em&gt; pictures only.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;How can I make this code work independent of the page (left/right) so that it always spills into the &lt;em&gt;outer&lt;/em&gt; margin?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-08T18:05:09.967" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T20:35:08.293" Title="Place figures side by side, spill into outer margin" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;margins&gt;&lt;horizontal-alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="4" />
  <row Id="10505" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10240" CreationDate="2011-02-07T19:27:40.033" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I created a package to create &lt;a href=&quot;http://altermundus.com/pages/downloads/packages/kiviat/tkz-kiviat.sty&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tkz-kiviat&lt;/a&gt; diagram from a file.date . I add another example in this post &#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/10060/how-to-draw-kiviat-diagrams&quot;&gt;how-to-draw-kiviat-diagrams&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The example number 5 &lt;a href=&quot;http://altermundus.com/pages/tkz/kiviat/index.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;kiviat example&lt;/a&gt; used an external file. My package is based on TikZ and pgfplotstable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;:&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/aGBrd.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can see that I use a lot of options ans styles from TikZ&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\tkzKiviatDiagramFromFile[&#xA;        scale=.5,&#xA;        label distance=.5cm,&#xA;        gap     = 1,label space=3,  &#xA;        lattice = 10]{tableae.dat}&#xA;\tkzKiviatLineFromFile[thick,&#xA;                       color      = blue,&#xA;                       mark       = ball,&#xA;                       ball color = blue,&#xA;                       mark size  = 4pt,&#xA;                       fill       = blue!20]{tableae.dat}{2}&#xA;\tkzKiviatLineFromFile[thick,&#xA;                       color      = red,&#xA;                       mark       = ball,&#xA;                       ball color = red,&#xA;                       mark size  = 4pt,&#xA;                       fill       = red!20]{tableae.dat}{1} &#xA;\end{tikzpicture} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastEditorUserId="3144" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-07T19:32:40.793" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T19:32:40.793" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10506" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10495" CreationDate="2011-02-07T19:27:56.990" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Did you try to compile the examples given by Dario Taraborelli on his page, &lt;a href=&quot;http://nitens.org/taraborelli/latex#rare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;The Beauty of LATEX&lt;/a&gt;, especially the &lt;a href=&quot;http://nitens.org/img/latex/docs/beauty_of_latex_ancient2.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Hoefler sample&lt;/a&gt;? It seems to work for me (OS X 10.6, TexLive 2010). The trick is to pass &lt;code&gt;Alternate=1&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\fontspec&lt;/code&gt; (see the &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt; documentation with e.g. &lt;code&gt;texdoc&lt;/code&gt;), as in&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\fontspec[Ligatures={Common, Rare}, Alternate=1]{Hoefler Text}&#xA;\fontsize{24pt}{30pt}\selectfont &#xA;\noindent&#xA;Que dictes vous de mon appel, \\&#xA;Toute beste garde sa pel \\&#xA;Qui la constraint, efforce ou lie\\&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;for the third paragraph below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/bhAmd.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2580" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T19:27:56.990" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10507" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10504" CreationDate="2011-02-07T19:32:20.530" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the &lt;code&gt;changepage&lt;/code&gt; package to check on which page the figure is. It needs two &lt;code&gt;latex&lt;/code&gt; runs to determine the correct page number.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The trick is to use &lt;code&gt;\makebox[\textwidth]&lt;/code&gt; so that the box is officially only &lt;code&gt;\textwidth&lt;/code&gt; long which also avoids &quot;Overfull hbox&quot; errors. Then the second optional argument of &lt;code&gt;\makebox&lt;/code&gt; is used to align it either to the right or left:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrbook}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage[strict]{changepage}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}[h]&#xA;  %\setcapwidth{0.6\textwidth}&#xA;  \checkoddpage&#xA;  \edef\side{\ifoddpage l\else r\fi}%&#xA;  \makebox[\textwidth][\side]{%&#xA;    \begin{minipage}[t]{0.59\textwidth}&#xA;      \centering&#xA;      \includegraphics[width=\textwidth]{gfx-1}&#xA;      \caption{Caption 1}&#xA;    \end{minipage}%&#xA;    \hfill&#xA;    \begin{minipage}[t]{0.59\textwidth}&#xA;      \centering&#xA;      \includegraphics[width=\textwidth]{gfx-2}&#xA;      \caption{Caption 2}&#xA;      \label{fig:free-lunch}&#xA;    \end{minipage}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have something like this as an example on &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.scharrer-online.de/wiki/LaTeX/Recipes#Overwidegraphicsintwo-sideddocuments&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;my website&lt;/a&gt;. See also this &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=oddpage&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX FAQ&lt;/a&gt; from where I got the idea.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-07T21:03:42.403" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T21:03:42.403" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="10508" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10497" CreationDate="2011-02-07T19:38:55.360" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Well, I wrote that suggestion at LaTeX Community, but there I assumed the person wanted fine-grained control. If you don't, then maybe something like this would be more suitable? You may need to tweak the -0.35ex to your liking, though not separately for each character.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How about this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{accents}&#xA;\newlength{\dhatheight}&#xA;\newcommand{\doublehat}[1]{%&#xA;    \settoheight{\dhatheight}{\ensuremath{\hat{#1}}}%&#xA;    \addtolength{\dhatheight}{-0.35ex}%&#xA;    \hat{\vphantom{\rule{1pt}{\dhatheight}}%&#xA;    \smash{\hat{#1}}}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;$\doublehat{x} \doublehat{L} \doublehat{\prod}$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/eFRnn.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T19:38:55.360" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="10509" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10495" CreationDate="2011-02-07T19:40:41.630" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For me&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\setromanfont[Mapping=tex-text,Ligatures={Common, Rare}]{Hoefler Text}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\noindent&#xA;Que dictes vous de mon appel, \\&#xA;Toute beste garde sa pel \\&#xA;Qui la constraint, efforce ou lie&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;works but something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\setromanfont[Mapping=tex-text]{Hoefler Text}&#xA;\fontspec[Ligatures={Common, Rare}]{Hoefler Text}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\noindent&#xA;Que dictes vous de mon appel, \\&#xA;Toute beste garde sa pel \\&#xA;Qui la constraint, efforce ou lie&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;does not. So you need to watch that you set your font features with the main loading, if you do it in the preamble (all is fine if you put &lt;code&gt;\fontspec[Ligatures={Common, Rare}]{Hoefler Text}&lt;/code&gt; after &lt;code&gt;\begin{document}&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T19:40:41.630" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10510" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10511" CreationDate="2011-02-07T20:05:06.600" Score="5" ViewCount="82" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sometimes I'd like to cite the reference in the caption of a graphic. But I want to avoid that this citation is displayed in the &lt;code&gt;\listoffigures&lt;/code&gt;. How can I achieve that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fore example with this code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}[htb]&#xA;\centering&#xA;\includegraphics{overview_pyramid.png}&#xA;\caption{Overview pyramid \cite{LM2010}}\label{fg:overview_pyramid}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3316" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-06T12:31:09.833" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T12:31:09.833" Title="Cite in the caption of a graphic but not in \listoffigures?" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;captions&gt;&lt;citing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="10511" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10510" CreationDate="2011-02-07T20:08:31.200" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Why not simply use &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\caption[Overview pyramid]{Overview pyramid \cite{LM2010}}\label{fg:overview_pyramid}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3300" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T20:08:31.200" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="10512" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10522" CreationDate="2011-02-07T20:12:00.277" Score="6" ViewCount="206" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am looking for a clever way to write a &lt;code&gt;switch&lt;/code&gt; statement based on the next input characters, ideally, one could write:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\@switchnextchars&#xA;       \@case{abc}{\typeout{You gave me an abc}}%&#xA;       \@case{ab+}{\typeout{You gave me an ab+}}%&#xA;       \@default{\typeout{Nothing that I heard of!}%&#xA; \@endswitch&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but also &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\@ifnextchars{abc}{yes code}{no code}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or even&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\@ifnexttwochars{ab}{yes code}{no code}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;would be useful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3391" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-07T20:28:52.873" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T15:25:27.300" Title="Generalize \@ifnextchar to consider more than one character." Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10513" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10524" CreationDate="2011-02-07T20:20:36.127" Score="12" ViewCount="330" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to add a marginal number (don't know the right term; in german „Randnummer“) to every paragraph of text I write. I don't see any other solution, than to write every single number manually with &lt;code&gt;\marginpar&lt;/code&gt;. This is impossible, especially when you write longer texts. Does anyone know a good solution?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This image shows what I'd like to achieve. (from: &lt;a href=&quot;http://grundrechteforum.de/annahmeverfahren-zum-bundesverfassungsgericht-ist-verfassungwidrig/189&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;grundrechteforum.de&lt;/a&gt;)&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/3571Q.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3240" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-07T20:26:02.483" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T20:42:22.877" Title="Automatically assign a number to every paragraph" Tags="&lt;numbering&gt;&lt;paragraphs&gt;" AnswerCount="6" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10515" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-07T20:43:47.050" Score="1" ViewCount="186" Body="&lt;p&gt;is there a way to convert pdf to LaTeX? I don't need the conversion to be very accurate. It's fine for me as long as it is &quot;almost there&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I found a project that looks promising&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://sourceforge.net/projects/pdf2latex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://sourceforge.net/projects/pdf2latex/&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;but there are no files there.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2620" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T20:43:47.050" Title="Converting pdf to LaTeX?" Tags="&lt;conversion&gt;" CommentCount="10" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10516" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10504" CreationDate="2011-02-07T20:45:39.347" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\Figure[Width]{imag1}{cap1}{imag2}{cap2}&lt;/code&gt;. The width is by default textwidth+marginparwidth. But can still be increased with marginparsep.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[ngerman]{book}&#xA;\usepackage[demo]{graphicx}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{babel,blindtext,ifthen}&#xA;\newlength\fullwidth\fullwidth=\textwidth&#xA;\advance\fullwidth by \marginparwidth&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\Figure[5][\fullwidth]{%&#xA;  \label{\thefigure:WideFigure}&#xA;  \begin{figure}[!htb]%&#xA;    \abovecaptionskip=0pt\belowcaptionskip=0pt&#xA;    \ifthenelse{\isodd{\pageref{\thefigure:WideFigure}}}{}{\hspace*{-\marginparwidth}}%&#xA;    \begin{minipage}{#1}&#xA;     \begin{minipage}[b]{0.45\linewidth}\centering&#xA;     \includegraphics[width=0.95\linewidth]{#2}&#xA;     \caption{#3}&#xA;     \end{minipage}\hfill%&#xA;     \begin{minipage}[b]{0.45\linewidth}\centering&#xA;     \includegraphics[width=0.95\linewidth]{#4}&#xA;     \caption{#5}&#xA;     \end{minipage}%&#xA;  \end{minipage}%&#xA; \end{figure}}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\blindtext&#xA;\Figure{foo}{what a wonderful caption}%&#xA;       {foo}{What another wonderful caption}&#xA;&#xA;\blindtext[4]&#xA;\Figure{foo}{what a wonderful caption}%&#xA;       {foo}{What another wonderful caption}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-07T21:29:23.380" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T21:29:23.380" />
  <row Id="10517" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10512" CreationDate="2011-02-07T20:49:02.853" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;xstring&lt;/code&gt; package provides some functions for string operation, &lt;code&gt;\IfStrEqCase&lt;/code&gt; can be used for this purpose. Using pdfTeX (&lt;code&gt;latex&lt;/code&gt; command is often pdfTeX), you can also use &lt;code&gt;\pdfstrcmp&lt;/code&gt; for comparation. This does not work as &lt;code&gt;\@ifnextchar&lt;/code&gt;, but may be helpful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{xstring}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\newcommand\test[1]{%&#xA;  \IfStrEqCase{#1}{%&#xA;    {a}{I got `a'}&#xA;    {bb}{I got `bb'}&#xA;    {ccc}{I got `ccc'}}%&#xA;    [I got unknown string]\par}&#xA;&#xA;\test{a}     % I got `a'&#xA;\test{bb}    % I got `bb'&#xA;\test{ccc}   % I got `ccc'&#xA;\test{other} % I got unknown string&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Besides, it is difficult to generalize &lt;code&gt;\@ifnextchar&lt;/code&gt; for alphabets. TeX cannot distinguish &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt; + &lt;code&gt;ab&lt;/code&gt; from a single command &lt;code&gt;\fooab&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can define several commands begin with &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt;, but each one should ends with alphabets.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\strlist{a,bb,ccc}&#xA;\@for\curstr:=\strlist\do{%&#xA;  \long\expandafter\edef \csname test\curstr\endcsname&#xA;    {I got `\curstr'.\par}%&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\testa   % I got `a'&#xA;\testbb  % I got `bb'&#xA;\testccc % I got `ccc'&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using &lt;code&gt;etextools&lt;/code&gt;, you can partially generalize &lt;code&gt;\@ifnextchar&lt;/code&gt; to multiple charcter (non-alphabets or alphabets are allowed). This is the closest one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{etextools}&#xA;\usepackage{xstring}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\def\test{%&#xA;  \futuredef[-+ab]\nexttokens{%&#xA;    \IfStrEqCase{\nexttokens}{%&#xA;      {-}{I got `-'}&#xA;      {-+}{I got `-+'}&#xA;      {+ab}{I got `+ab'}}%&#xA;      [I got unknown string]\par}}&#xA;&#xA;\test-   % I got `-'&#xA;\test-+  % I got `-+'&#xA;\test+ab % I got `+ab'&#xA;\test++ab  % I got unknown string&#xA;\test a  % I got unknown string&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-07T21:49:16.047" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T21:49:16.047" />
  <row Id="10518" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10525" CreationDate="2011-02-07T20:54:40.307" Score="2" ViewCount="101" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a document that uses some &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; commands and creates the bibliography via  an external &lt;code&gt;.bib&lt;/code&gt; file and &lt;code&gt;bibtex&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now I have to inline the &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; commands (i.e. replace each &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; command with the content of the corresponding file) and inline the bibliography (i.e. replace the bibliography command with the .tex code which is generated by bibtex). The inlining is required by the editor.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I do this automatically?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="929" LastEditorUserId="929" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-08T17:05:14.950" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T20:40:09.263" Title="How to automatically inline \input commands and bibliography?" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;input&gt;&lt;inline&gt;" AnswerCount="5" />
  <row Id="10520" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10513" CreationDate="2011-02-07T20:57:54.087" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\everypar&lt;/code&gt;-&quot;hook&quot; could be used I suppose. But I have a sneaking suspicion there might be issues.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcount\parcount&#xA;\everypar{\global\advance\parcount by 1\llap{\bf\the\parcount\qquad}}&#xA;\hsize=.5\hsize % just to show the effect&#xA;First paragraph with some lorem ipsum: Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet.&#xA;&#xA;Second paragraph with some more of that gool old loprem ipsum goodness. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet.&#xA;&#xA;This probably isn't very robust&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/FqgPL.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; title=&quot;Hosted by imgur.com&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T20:57:54.087" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10521" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10518" CreationDate="2011-02-07T21:01:00.570" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;rename the generated &lt;code&gt;file.bbl&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;mybib.bbl&lt;/code&gt; and then replace your &lt;code&gt;\bibliography&lt;/code&gt; command with &lt;code&gt;\input{mybib.bbl}&lt;/code&gt;. If you are sure, that you won't run the &lt;code&gt;bibtex&lt;/code&gt; program again, than simply replace it with &lt;code&gt;\input{file.bbl}&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://texnik.dante.de/misc/buildFile.pl&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://texnik.dante.de/misc/buildFile.pl&lt;/a&gt; is a Perl skript which creates one stand alone file. All \input and \include will be replaced by their contents&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-07T22:01:23.063" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T22:01:23.063" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10522" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10512" CreationDate="2011-02-07T21:02:58.063" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One possible approach to construct a loop of &lt;code&gt;\@ifnextchar&lt;/code&gt; tests, for example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\newtoks\my@toksa&#xA;\newtoks\my@toksb&#xA;\newcommand\@ifnextchars[3]{%&#xA;  \def\my@tempa{#1}%&#xA;  \def\my@tempb{#2}%&#xA;  \def\my@tempc{#3}%&#xA;  \def\my@tempd{}%&#xA;  \@ifnextchars@aux@i&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand*\@ifnextchars@aux@i{%&#xA;  \def\my@tempe{\expandafter\my@tempb\my@tempd}%&#xA;  \ifx\@empty\my@tempa\@empty&#xA;  \else&#xA;    \def\my@tempe{\@ifnextchars@aux@ii}%&#xA;  \fi&#xA;  \my@tempe  &#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand*\@ifnextchars@aux@ii{%&#xA;  \my@toksa\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;    {\expandafter\@car\my@tempa\@nil}%&#xA;  \expandafter\@ifnextchar\the\my@toksa&#xA;    {%&#xA;      \expandafter\def\expandafter\@ifnextchars@aux@iii\the\my@toksa{%&#xA;        \my@toksb\expandafter{\my@tempd}%&#xA;        \edef\my@tempd{\the\my@toksb\the\my@toksa}%&#xA;        \my@toksa\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;          {\expandafter\@cdr\my@tempa\@nil}%&#xA;        \edef\my@tempa{\the\my@toksa}%  &#xA;        \@ifnextchars@aux@i&#xA;      }%&#xA;      \@ifnextchars@aux@iii&#xA;    }&#xA;    {\expandafter\my@tempc\my@tempd}%&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(This may well not be the most efficient implementation for this.) As you can see, this is non-trivial as TeX only provides &lt;code&gt;\futurelet&lt;/code&gt; (on which &lt;code&gt;\@ifnextchar&lt;/code&gt; is built), and this only deals with one token at a time. The 'cases' system is doable but will not be pretty, as each case would have to be saved and the tests done one at a time with token-reinsertion.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T21:02:58.063" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="10523" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10513" CreationDate="2011-02-07T21:26:43.883" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't think that hacking &lt;code&gt;\everypar&lt;/code&gt; is really a good idea, as it might break all sorts of other things.  It seems to me you need explicit markup for paragraphs.  Here's an example using the &lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[twoside]{report}&#xA;\usepackage{titlesec}&#xA;\usepackage{chngcntr}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum} % for dummy text&#xA;\titleclass{\numpar}{straight}[\section]&#xA;\newcounter{numpar}&#xA;\renewcommand{\thenumpar}{\arabic{numpar}}&#xA;\counterwithout{numpar}{section} % from the chngcntr package&#xA;\titleformat{name=\numpar,page=odd}[rightmargin] {\normalfont&#xA;\bfseries\filright}&#xA;{\thenumpar}{.5em}{}&#xA;\titleformat{name=\numpar,page=even}[leftmargin] {\normalfont&#xA;\bfseries\filleft}&#xA;{\thenumpar}{.5em}{}&#xA;\titlespacing{\numpar}&#xA;{1pc}{0ex plus .1ex minus .2ex}{1pc}&#xA;\newcommand*{\newpar}{\numpar{}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\chapter{}&#xA;\section{A section}&#xA;\newpar\lipsum[1]&#xA;\newpar\lipsum[2]&#xA;\newpar\lipsum[3]&#xA;\newpar\lipsum[4]&#xA;\newpar\lipsum[5]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is set up to put the numbers in the outer margins in a two-sided document (which would be normal for a book.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-08T13:18:33.180" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T13:18:33.180" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10524" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10513" CreationDate="2011-02-07T21:27:58.890" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't think that overriding &lt;code&gt;\everypar&lt;/code&gt; would give you the result that you want (at least not with changing a lot of other commands that also produce &lt;code&gt;\par&lt;/code&gt;s in places that you don't want to have numbered). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An easy solution, that does however involve typing three additional characters per paragraph is to define a small command (say &lt;code&gt;\p&lt;/code&gt;) that inserts a marginpar with the counter. In that way you can easily specify which paragraphs you want to have numbered. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\usepackage{mparhack}   % get marginpars to always show up on the correct side (need to compile twice)&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}     % for dummy text&#xA;&#xA;% change this to get the formatting you want&#xA;\newcommand{\parnum}{\bfseries\arabic{parcount}}&#xA;&#xA;\newcounter{parcount}&#xA;\newcommand\p{%&#xA;    \stepcounter{parcount}%&#xA;    \leavevmode\marginpar[\hfill\parnum]{\parnum}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}    &#xA;\p \lipsum[1]&#xA;&#xA;\p \lipsum[2]&#xA;&#xA;\section{A section}&#xA;&#xA;\p \lipsum[3-4]&#xA;&#xA;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;  \item \p \lipsum[3-4]&#xA;  \item \p \lipsum[5]&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alternatively, you can keep the definition of &lt;code&gt;\everypar&lt;/code&gt; local by creating an environment:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\usepackage{mparhack}   % get marginpars to always show up on the correct side (need to compile twice)&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}     % for dummy text&#xA;&#xA;% change this to get the formatting you want&#xA;\newcommand{\parnum}{\bfseries\arabic{parcount}}&#xA;&#xA;\newcounter{parcount}&#xA;\newenvironment{parnumbers}{%&#xA;   \par%&#xA;   \everypar{\stepcounter{parcount}\leavevmode\marginpar[\hfill\parnum]{\parnum}}%&#xA;}{}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{parnumbers}&#xA;    \lipsum[1-10]&#xA;\end{parnumbers}&#xA;&#xA;\section{A section}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{parnumbers}&#xA;  \lipsum[4-5]&#xA;\end{parnumbers}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Keep in mind that inside the &lt;code&gt;parnumbers&lt;/code&gt; environment you shouldn't use any complicated formatting (like lists or such).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-08T19:17:31.443" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T19:17:31.443" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="10525" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10518" CreationDate="2011-02-07T21:31:41.197" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Before your &lt;code&gt;\documentclass&lt;/code&gt;, add this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{filecontents}{file1}&#xA;Contents of file 1&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{file2}&#xA;Contents of file 2&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And so on. No need to replace the &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt;s&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T21:31:41.197" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10526" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10513" CreationDate="2011-02-07T21:32:39.037" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As noted in another answer &lt;code&gt;\everypar&lt;/code&gt; is used for multiple things in the LaTeX core.  It's often redefined in one lexical scope or another, so using it for this &lt;em&gt;might&lt;/em&gt; work, but you'd be fighting special cases all the way, which means it probably wouldn't be robust.  If you do manage to get that to work, though (I may be pessimistic here), I'd like to see that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I recall correctly, a per-paragraph hook is useful enough that I think there's to be support for it in LaTeX 3, but that won't help just now, obviously.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I've had to do a similar thing, I've just defined a simple macro which I invoke at the beginning of each paragraph:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcounter{paranum}&#xA;% The following isn't quite right,&#xA;% as it seems to slightly change the spacing after the first line,&#xA;% in some circumstances.&#xA;% Good enough for the moment, however.&#xA;\newcommand\p{\refstepcounter{paranum}%&#xA;  \hskip0pt&#xA;  \vadjust{%&#xA;    \vbox to 0pt{%&#xA;      \vss&#xA;      \ifodd\thepage&#xA;        \hbox to \textwidth{%&#xA;          \hfil&#xA;          \hbox to 0pt{\quad\emph{\tiny\theparanum}\hss}}&#xA;      \else&#xA;        \hbox to \textwidth{%&#xA;          \hbox to 0pt{\hss\emph{\tiny\theparanum}\quad}\hfil}&#xA;      \fi&#xA;      \vskip3pt}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This isn't ideal, as the comment notes, but it's worked for me, and been more fully adequate than I expected, so I've never been driven to improve it.  Having an explicit &lt;code&gt;\p&lt;/code&gt; macro to call isn't as neat as having it happen automatically, but it means I never get a paragraph being numbered gratuitously.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\refstepcounter&lt;/code&gt; means that paragraphs are labellable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\ifodd&lt;/code&gt; test is likely to fail near the tops of pages.  The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=oddpage&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX FAQ&lt;/a&gt; explains the problem and points to possible solutions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edited&lt;/strong&gt; to add an even/odd distinction.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="96" LastEditorUserId="96" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-08T10:20:46.660" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T10:20:46.660" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10527" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10518" CreationDate="2011-02-07T21:33:42.390" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Thinking outside the box for a moment, I'd be tempted to do something like use a text editor (or a &lt;a href=&quot;http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?sed&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;sed&lt;/a&gt; script) to change the &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; directives to a suitable &lt;code&gt;#include&lt;/code&gt; and then pass the result through the C Preprocessor.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It would also be straight-forward to implement the effect of &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; with a Perl script.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm sure it is possible to do this in pure TeX, but the purity may not be worth the effort if there isn't an existing mechanism to ask TeX to dump the token stream back to a file at the right moment in its process.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that regardless of implementation choice, I would make sure that I didn't accidentally destroy the original document with this replacement.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3290" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T21:33:42.390" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10528" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10205" CreationDate="2011-02-07T21:37:17.960" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Martin’s &lt;code&gt;\countargs&lt;/code&gt; macro will not count spaces in the argument because leading spaces may be ignored when a macro grabs an argument. If we want to count spaces in the argument (I can’t see a need for that now but it is an interesting scenario), then the following code should work:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{catoptions}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newvariables{count}{}{argcount,spacecount}[\m@ne]&#xA;\def\countargs#1{%&#xA;  \def\countargs##1{%&#xA;    \begingroup&#xA;    \def\end@countargs{\end@countargs}%&#xA;    \def\countargs@a{\futurelet\next\countargs@c}%&#xA;    \def\countargs@b####1{\countargs@a}%&#xA;    \expandafter\countargs@a##1#1\end@countargs&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;\countargs{ }&#xA;\def\countargs@c{%&#xA;  \ifxTF\next\end@countargs{%&#xA;    \edef\next{%&#xA;      \endgroup\argcount\the\argcount\relax&#xA;      \spacecount\the\spacecount\relax&#xA;    }%&#xA;    \expandafter\next\@gobble&#xA;  }{%&#xA;    \advance\argcount\@ne&#xA;    \ifxTF\next\@sptoken{%&#xA;      \advance\spacecount\@ne&#xA;      \afterassignment\countargs@a&#xA;     \let\next= %&#xA;    }{%&#xA;      \countargs@b&#xA;    }%&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% Test&#xA;\def\reserved@a#1{{#1#1#1A#1{something}#1\beta#1}}&#xA;\expandafter\countargs\reserved@a{ }&#xA;\edef\result{%&#xA;  \string\argcount: \the\argcount,\@space&#xA;  \string\spacecount: \the\spacecount&#xA;}&#xA;\show\result&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="994" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T21:37:17.960" />
  <row Id="10529" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10513" CreationDate="2011-02-07T21:40:23.033" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newenvironment{numberedpars}{%&#xA;  \setcounter{secnumdepth}{4}&#xA;  \renewcommand\theparagraph{\arabic{paragraph}}&#xA;  \renewcommand\@seccntformat[1]&#xA;  {\expandafter\ifx\csname##1\endcsname\paragraph\csname &#xA;  the##1\endcsname\else\csname the##1\endcsname\quad\fi}&#xA;  \let\old@par=\par&#xA;  \def\new@par{\let\par=\old@par\paragraph{}\let\par=\new@par}&#xA;  \let\par=\new@par&#xA;  \par&#xA;}{}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{numberedpars}&#xA;foo \par&#xA;\lipsum &#xA;\end{numberedpars}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and the same for outer par numbers in twoside mode&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\newenvironment{numberedpars}{%&#xA;  \setcounter{secnumdepth}{4}%&#xA;  \renewcommand\theparagraph{%&#xA;    \protect\marginpar[\hfill\bfseries\arabic{paragraph}]&#xA;                      {\bfseries\arabic{paragraph}}}%&#xA;  \renewcommand\@seccntformat[1]%&#xA;    {\expandafter\ifx\csname##1\endcsname\paragraph\csname%&#xA;     the##1\endcsname\else\csname the##1\endcsname\fi}%&#xA;  \let\old@par=\par%&#xA;  \def\new@par{\vspace*{-\normalbaselineskip}%&#xA;          \let\par=\old@par\paragraph{}\hspace*{-1em}\let\par=\new@par}%&#xA;  \let\par=\new@par%&#xA;  \par&#xA;}{}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/hCytK.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-08T20:42:22.877" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T20:42:22.877" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="10530" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-07T22:08:34.550" Score="1" ViewCount="140" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4145/workflow-for-converting-latex-into-open-office-ms-word-format&quot;&gt;Workflow for converting LaTeX into Open Office / MS Word Format&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are there any solutions to this? I know that's probably not the most favorable thing to do... But I really want to be able to give the document to someone, and they would need it in Microsoft word.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is something called latex2rtf (that's the closest thing I could find), but it segfaults and is very unstable. It does not produce well-formed files for my document or even subsets of my document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any help appreciate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1970" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-07T22:48:58.463" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T23:06:36.933" ClosedDate="2011-02-11T13:05:02.053" Title="compile a .tex file to Word document?" Tags="&lt;compiling&gt;&lt;conversion&gt;&lt;msword&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="10531" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10205" CreationDate="2011-02-07T22:34:28.490" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Counting non-space arguments separately:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{catoptions}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newvariables{count}{}{argcount,spacecount,nonspacecount}[\m@ne]&#xA;\advance\nonspacecount\@ne&#xA;\def\countargs#1{%&#xA;  \def\countargs##1{%&#xA;    \begingroup&#xA;    \def\end@countargs{\end@countargs}%&#xA;    \def\countargs@a{\futurelet\next\countargs@c}%&#xA;    \def\countargs@b####1{\countargs@a}%&#xA;    \expandafter\countargs@a##1#1\end@countargs&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;\countargs{ }&#xA;\def\countargs@c{%&#xA;  \ifxTF\next\end@countargs{%&#xA;    \edef\next{%&#xA;      \endgroup\argcount\the\argcount\relax&#xA;      \spacecount\the\spacecount\relax&#xA;      \nonspacecount\the\nonspacecount\relax&#xA;    }%&#xA;    \expandafter\next\@gobble&#xA;  }{%&#xA;    \advance\argcount\@ne&#xA;    \ifxTF\next\@sptoken{%&#xA;      \advance\spacecount\@ne&#xA;      \afterassignment\countargs@a\let\next= %&#xA;    }{%&#xA;        \advance\nonspacecount\@ne\countargs@b&#xA;    }%&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% Test&#xA;\def\reserved@a#1{{#1#1#1A#1{something}#1\beta#1}}&#xA;\expandafter\countargs\reserved@a{ }&#xA;\edef\result{%&#xA;  \string\argcount: \the\argcount,\@space&#xA;  \string\spacecount: \the\spacecount,\@space&#xA;  \string\nonspacecount: \the\nonspacecount&#xA;}&#xA;\show\result&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="994" LastEditorUserId="994" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-08T17:53:46.103" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T17:53:46.103" />
  <row Id="10532" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10530" CreationDate="2011-02-07T23:06:36.933" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You have several options, none of them ideal:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Probably the best conversion you can get is &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.chikrii.com/products/tex2word/features/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX2Word&lt;/a&gt; software by Chikrii Softlab.  It is a commercial software, I think it has a free trial period with limited functionality.  Also, I think you need to have Windows and Word, as it is some sort of Word plugin.  For that reason, I have never used it, but from the samples that they have  on their website it seems quite powerful. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;You can use htlatex or plastex to convert the tex file either to html or OpenDocument.  You can load html directly into Word, and you can use OpenOffice to convert OpenDocument to a Word format.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If you have LyX installed, it will do the conversion to html or Opendocument for you, so you don't have to figure out what command line option to use to get the correct format.  Just import the document into LyX, and export it in the format you need. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I think OpenOffice may be able to import a simple TeX document, although I do not have OpenOffice installed so I cannot check.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T23:06:36.933" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10533" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9837" CreationDate="2011-02-07T23:15:50.390" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;From the &lt;code&gt;algorithmic&lt;/code&gt; manual:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;There is a single option, &lt;code&gt;noend&lt;/code&gt; that&#xA;  may be invoked when the &lt;code&gt;algorithmic&lt;/code&gt;&#xA;  package is loaded. With this option&#xA;  invoked the end statements are omitted&#xA;  in the output. This allows space to be&#xA;  saved in the output document when this&#xA;  is an issue.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, if you load the package with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[noend]{algorithmic}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;there won't be any closing statements.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T23:15:50.390" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-02-07T23:15:50.390" />
  <row Id="10534" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2003" CreationDate="2011-02-07T23:20:30.280" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The trick is to store the list of all &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; appearing in the document inside the aux file, and use it in the second run to decide what should be &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;, and what should be &lt;code&gt;\left\langle&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\right\rangle&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The solution is a bit long, sorry. See the comments inline.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;% We could probably add some customization here.&#xA;% &#xA;% &amp;lt; and &amp;gt; as a relation or as a delimiter&#xA;\mathchardef\lt@relation=\mathcode`\&amp;lt;&#xA;\mathchardef\ltgt@bar@relation=\mathcode`\|&#xA;\mathchardef\gt@relation=\mathcode`\&amp;gt;&#xA;% Note: \ltgtstep and \ltgtunstep are needed because of the &#xA;% \left and \right. Also note that their placement (inside the group)&#xA;% is critical.&#xA;\def\lt@delimiter{\left\langle\ltgtstep}&#xA;\def\ltgt@bar@delimiter{\middle|}&#xA;\def\gt@delimiter{\ltgtunstep\right\rangle}&#xA;% &amp;lt; and &amp;gt; revert to the relation symbol if the .aux &#xA;% disagrees with what we see in the current run.&#xA;\let\lt@error@relation\lt@relation&#xA;\let\ltgt@bar@error@relation\ltgt@bar@relation&#xA;\let\gt@error@relation\gt@relation&#xA;\let\lt@error@delimiter\lt@relation&#xA;\let\ltgt@bar@error@delimiter\ltgt@bar@relation&#xA;\let\gt@error@delimiter\gt@relation&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% As in other solutions, we make &amp;lt; and &amp;gt; active in math mode.&#xA;% The corresponding control sequences have been defined above.&#xA;\begingroup&#xA;  \catcode`\&amp;lt;=\active&#xA;  \catcode`\|=\active&#xA;  \catcode`\&amp;gt;=\active&#xA;  \gdef&amp;lt;{\lt@active}&#xA;  \gdef|{\ltgt@bar@active}&#xA;  \gdef&amp;gt;{\gt@active}&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;\mathcode`\&amp;lt;=&quot;8000&#xA;\mathcode`\|=&quot;8000&#xA;\mathcode`\&amp;gt;=&quot;8000&#xA;&#xA;% ===================&#xA;&#xA;% The above commands will be called via &#xA;%   \csname lt@\ltgt@error@\ltgt@type\endcsname&#xA;% where \ltgt@error@ is {} by default and can be {error@}, and&#xA;% where \ltgt@type is {relation} or {delimiter}.&#xA;\gdef\ltgt@error@{}&#xA;\def\ltgt@type{relation}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% \ltgt@list will hold our list of &quot;&amp;lt;&quot;, &quot;&amp;gt;&quot;, &quot;|&quot;. Each time we append,&#xA;% we check that the symbol agrees with the corresponding one from the&#xA;% .aux file. If not, we fall back on the error mode.&#xA;\gdef\ltgt@list{}&#xA;\def\ltgt@append#1{%&#xA;  \xdef\ltgt@list{\ltgt@list#1}%&#xA;  \ltgt@prev@pop%&#xA;  \unless\ifx\ltgt@prev@head#1%&#xA;  \gdef\ltgt@error@{error@}%&#xA;  \fi%&#xA;}&#xA;% We pop the list from the .aux file as we construct the new list.&#xA;\def\ltgt@prev@pop{\expandafter\ltgt@prev@pop@aux\ltgtprevlist\relax\relax}&#xA;\def\ltgt@prev@pop@aux#1#2\relax{%&#xA;  \xdef\ltgtprevlist{#2}%&#xA;  \ifx#1\relax%&#xA;  \global\let\ltgt@prev@head\relax%&#xA;  \else%&#xA;  \global\let\ltgt@prev@head#1%&#xA;  \fi}&#xA;&#xA;% To take care of grouping&#xA;\def\ltgt@append@open{%&#xA;  \loop&#xA;  \ifnum\ltgt@depth&amp;lt;\currentgrouplevel&#xA;  \ltgt@append{(}%&#xA;  \global\advance \ltgt@depth by 1\relax&#xA;  \def\ltgt@type{relation}%&#xA;  \repeat&#xA;}&#xA;\def\ltgt@append@close{%&#xA;  \loop&#xA;  \ifnum\ltgt@depth&amp;gt;\currentgrouplevel&#xA;  \ltgt@append{)}%&#xA;  \global\advance \ltgt@depth by -1\relax&#xA;  \aftergroup\ltgt@append@close&#xA;  \repeat}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% We will later \let&amp;lt;\lt@active and \let&amp;gt;\gt@active. For now, we just&#xA;% define these commands. Each has two pieces: first fill the \ltgt@list,&#xA;% putting many &quot;|&quot; to ensure that different groups are really separated&#xA;% by at least one &quot;|&quot;. Second, typeset the correct symbol depending on&#xA;% what can be read from the prevlist (extracted from the .aux file).&#xA;\newcount\ltgt@depth&#xA;\def\ltgtstep{\global\advance\ltgt@depth by 1\relax}&#xA;\def\ltgtunstep{\global\advance\ltgt@depth by -1\relax}&#xA;\def\ltgt@openclose{%&#xA;  \aftergroup\ltgt@append@close%&#xA;  \unless\ifnum\ltgt@depth=\currentgrouplevel%&#xA;  %\global\ltgt@depth\currentgrouplevel%&#xA;  \ltgt@append@open%&#xA;  \fi%&#xA;}&#xA;\def\lt@active{%&#xA;  % fill the list&#xA;  \ltgt@openclose%&#xA;  \ltgt@append{&amp;lt;}%&#xA;  % typeset&#xA;  \ltgt@ifnextgt@TF{\def\ltgt@type{delimiter}}{\def\ltgt@type{relation}}%&#xA;  \csname lt@\ltgt@error@\ltgt@type\endcsname%&#xA;}&#xA;\def\ltgt@bar@active{%&#xA;  % fill the list&#xA;  \ltgt@openclose%&#xA;  \ltgt@append{|}%&#xA;  % typeset&#xA;  \csname ltgt@bar@\ltgt@error@\ltgt@type\endcsname%&#xA;}&#xA;\def\gt@active{%&#xA;  % fill the list&#xA;  \ltgt@openclose%&#xA;  \ltgt@append{&amp;gt;}% &#xA;  % typeset&#xA;  \csname gt@\ltgt@error@\ltgt@type\endcsname%&#xA;  \def\ltgt@type{relation}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% When we see a &amp;lt;, we use \ltgt@ifnextgt@TF{.t.}{.f.} to test if the&#xA;% head of the prevlist is a &amp;gt;. If so, we execute {.t.}, otherwise {.f.}.&#xA;\newcount\ltgt@ifnextgt@count&#xA;\def\ltgt@ifnextgt@TF{%&#xA;  \global\ltgt@ifnextgt@count0\relax%&#xA;  \expandafter\ltgt@ifnextgt@readone\ltgtprevlist\relax\relax%&#xA;  \expandafter\ltgt@ifnextgt@aux\ltgtprevlist\relax%&#xA;}&#xA;\def\ltgt@ifnextgt@readone#1{%&#xA;  %\ltgt@ifnextgt@count&#xA;  %\@ltgt@ifnextgt@false%&#xA;  \ifx#1\relax&#xA;  \expandafter\ltgt@ifnextgt@throw@FT&#xA;  \fi&#xA;  \ifx#1(%&#xA;  \global\advance\ltgt@ifnextgt@count by 1\relax&#xA;  \fi&#xA;  \ifx#1)%&#xA;  \global\advance\ltgt@ifnextgt@count by -1\relax&#xA;  \fi&#xA;  \ifnum\ltgt@ifnextgt@count&amp;lt;0\relax % no &quot;&amp;gt;&quot; can be found.&#xA;  \expandafter\ltgt@ifnextgt@throw@FT&#xA;  \fi&#xA;  \ifnum\ltgt@ifnextgt@count=0\relax&#xA;    \ifx#1&amp;lt;\relax % the first relevant character is not &quot;&amp;gt;&quot;&#xA;    \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\ltgt@ifnextgt@throw@FT&#xA;    \else&#xA;      \ifx#1&amp;gt;\relax % &quot;&amp;gt;&quot; was found!&#xA;      \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;      \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\ltgt@ifnextgt@throw@TF&#xA;      \fi&#xA;    \fi&#xA;  \fi&#xA;  \ltgt@ifnextgt@readone&#xA;}&#xA;\def\ltgt@ifnextgt@throw@FT#1#{\ltgt@use@FT}&#xA;\def\ltgt@ifnextgt@throw@TF#1#{\ltgt@use@TF}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\def\ltgt@ifnextgt@aux#1#2#{% arg #2 delimited by brace, thrown away.&#xA;  \ifx#1&amp;gt;%&#xA;  \expandafter\ltgt@use@FTF%&#xA;  \else%&#xA;  \ifx#1|%&#xA;  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\ltgt@use@T%&#xA;  \else%&#xA;  % \ifx#1(%)&#xA;  % \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;  % \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\&#xA;  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\ltgt@use@FFT%&#xA;  \fi%&#xA;  \fi%&#xA;  {\ltgt@ifnextgt@aux#2}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\long\def\ltgt@use@T#1{#1}&#xA;\long\def\ltgt@use@TF#1#2{#1}&#xA;\long\def\ltgt@use@FT#1#2{#2}&#xA;\long\def\ltgt@use@FTF#1#2#3{#2}&#xA;\long\def\ltgt@use@FFT#1#2#3{#3}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% We put the definition of the relevant list in the .aux file at the end&#xA;% of the run. This file is read at \begin{document}.&#xA;\AtEndDocument{\write\@auxout{\gdef\noexpand\ltgtprevlist{\ltgt@list}}}&#xA;% &#xA;% To ensure that \ltgtprevlist is defined in the first run, we do&#xA;\let\ltgtprevlist\relax&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% Embedding the test example in the package itself (bad idea, but eh...)&#xA;\unless\ifx\documentclass\@twoclasseserror&#xA;&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;The middle delimiter now works: $&amp;lt;a^2|x_{\sum_{i&amp;gt;j_1}i}&amp;gt;$, and nesting as well:&#xA;\[&#xA;&amp;lt;\frac{&amp;lt;u|v&amp;gt;+&amp;lt;v_1|v_2&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;v_1|v&amp;gt;} v_1|v &amp;gt; = &amp;lt;u|v&amp;gt; + &amp;lt;v_1|v_2&amp;gt;,&#xA;\qquad {i&amp;lt;j}, {k&amp;gt;l}. % Note the use of braces to prevent seeing &amp;lt;j,k&amp;gt;. &#xA;\]&#xA;How come the end didn't become $i&amp;lt;j, k&amp;gt;l$? because I enclosed each &#xA;inequality in braces. Another case where this can be useful is to get&#xA;$&amp;lt;{&amp;lt;a,b&amp;gt;} a,b&amp;gt; = &amp;lt;a,b&amp;gt;^2$.&#xA;&#xA;One more test:&#xA;\[&#xA;&amp;lt; {\sum |\lambda_i| v_i}| v &amp;gt; = 0&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&#xA;\fi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastEditorUserId="2707" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-09T09:34:46.993" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T09:34:46.993" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="10535" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10540" CreationDate="2011-02-07T23:28:15.787" Score="4" ViewCount="237" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have the following table:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{table}[htb]&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\node (table) [inner sep=0pt] {&#xA;\begin{tabular}{ l | l }&#xA;  {\bf Symptom} &amp;amp; {\bf Metric} \\&#xA;\hline&#xA;Class that has many accessor methods and accesses a lot of external data &amp;amp; ATFD is more than a few\\&#xA;Class that is large and complex &amp;amp; WMC is high\\&#xA;Class that has a lot of methods that only operate on a proper subset of the instance variable set &amp;amp; TCC is low\\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;};&#xA;\draw [rounded corners=.5em] (table.north west) rectangle (table.south east);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\caption{God class symptoms}&#xA;\label{tbl:god_class}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now I want to force the width of the table to be the same as the &lt;code&gt;\textwidth&lt;/code&gt;, either by linewrapping of table text or by scaling. How can I achieve that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3316" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T00:31:36.253" Title="How to force a table into page width?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;textwidth&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10536" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10546" CreationDate="2011-02-07T23:41:15.490" Score="11" ViewCount="293" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use LaTeX to take quick notes about my programming work.  I have a couple of frustrations: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I need to use underscore a lot because of variables named with underscores.  However, I have to escape each one of them &quot;&lt;code&gt;\_&lt;/code&gt;&quot;, thus making my notes less readable on the markup side.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I commonly want to use &quot;&lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;/code&gt;&quot; and &quot;&lt;code&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;&quot; symbols - why oh why are the default representations of these symbols &quot;&lt;code&gt;¿&lt;/code&gt;&quot; and &quot;&lt;code&gt;¡&lt;/code&gt;&quot;?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there anyway I can alter LaTeX so that &quot;_&quot;, &quot;&amp;lt;&quot;, and &quot;&gt;&quot; literally typeset as &quot;_&quot;, &quot;&amp;lt;&quot;, and &quot;&gt;&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3424" LastEditorUserId="3424" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-21T22:59:57.223" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T22:59:57.223" Title="How can I fix my most common LaTeX complaints? &quot;_,&lt;,&gt;&quot;" Tags="&lt;characters&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10537" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10536" CreationDate="2011-02-07T23:42:13.933" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For the &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; symbol you could use &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;\textgreater&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;\textless&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3316" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T23:42:13.933" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10538" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10536" CreationDate="2011-02-07T23:47:08.490" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Building on (I do that a lot, lately) Roflcoptr suggestion of using &lt;code&gt;\textgreater&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\textless&lt;/code&gt;, you can do&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\catcode`\&amp;lt;\active&#xA;\catcode`\&amp;gt;\active&#xA;\let&amp;lt;\textgreater&#xA;\let&amp;gt;\textless&#xA;\catcode`\_\active&#xA;\let_\_&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am assuming that you are not using &lt;code&gt;_&lt;/code&gt; in maths as well. Otherwise, try&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begingroup&#xA;\lccode`\~`\_&#xA;\lowercase{\endgroup&#xA;  \def~{\ifmmode\expandafter_\else\expandafter\_\fi}}&#xA;\catcode`\_\active&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;instead of &lt;code&gt;\catcode... \let_\_&lt;/code&gt;. EDIT: note the different placement of &lt;code&gt;\catcode...&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastActivityDate="2011-02-07T23:47:08.490" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10539" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10543" CreationDate="2011-02-07T23:55:03.813" Score="0" ViewCount="63" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just to note, I am new to latex.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I followed the instructions for installing new latex, bib, and bst files from &lt;a href=&quot;http://chi2011.org/authors/format.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;SIGCHI&lt;/a&gt; on the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/mactex/2010/faq/#qm04&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;MacTex FAQs&lt;/a&gt; page. When I open the sample.tex and attempt to compile it using TexWorks using PDFLatex, it renders, but does not create the references. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It gives me an error saying they cannot be found.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3425" LastEditorUserId="3425" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-08T00:20:14.930" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T02:03:13.257" Title="How do I install the SIGCHI template with MacTex?" Tags="&lt;mactex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="10540" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10535" CreationDate="2011-02-08T00:09:08.690" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/pkg/tabularx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tabularx&lt;/a&gt; package. It allows you to set the width of the table and gives you the &lt;code&gt;X&lt;/code&gt; column which fills out the rest of the space. It can be used for several columns which then share the rest of the width equally.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{tabularx} % in the preamble&#xA;% ....&#xA;\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{X|l}&#xA;  \textbf{Symptom} &amp;amp; \textbf{Metric} \\&#xA;\hline&#xA;Class that has many accessor methods and accesses a lot of external data &amp;amp; ATFD is more than a few\\&#xA;Class that is large and complex &amp;amp; WMC is high\\&#xA;Class that has a lot of methods that only operate on a proper subset of the instance variable set &amp;amp; TCC is low\\&#xA;\end{tabularx}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In general tt is also possible to set the width of a columns using &lt;code&gt;p{&amp;lt;width&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;l&lt;/code&gt; as column type. Then it is formatted as paragraph and can include line breaks. Replace &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;width&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; with the required width. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-08T00:31:36.253" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T00:31:36.253" />
  <row Id="10541" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10542" CreationDate="2011-02-08T00:59:13.763" Score="7" ViewCount="123" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a long paper which includes several chapters.&#xA;I want to add a separator between certain subsets of chapters, which will have numeral counts, and will include a title taking the whole page, as a separator between these chapters. These separators should be included in the table of contents, with font which is slightly larger.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Part I: Related work (whole page, centered)&#xA;chapter 1&#xA;chapter 2&#xA;&#xA;Part II: Our Method (whole page, centered)&#xA;chapter 3&#xA;chapter 4&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and so on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I set this up?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have seen this done in dissertations, and I am pretty sure there must be some command or type of &quot;section&quot; which is at a higher level than a chapter, but I can't seem to find it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any help is appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1970" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T09:15:30.873" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T09:15:30.873" Title="How to create separate parts in a long paper?" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;parts&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10542" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10541" CreationDate="2011-02-08T01:04:03.103" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You are looking for the &lt;code&gt;\part&lt;/code&gt; sectioning macro. You need to use the &lt;code&gt;report&lt;/code&gt; or better &lt;code&gt;book&lt;/code&gt; class or similar for this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\part{Related work}&#xA;\include{chapter1}&#xA;\include{chapter2}&#xA;&#xA;\part{Our Method}&#xA;\include{chapter3}&#xA;\include{chapter4}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would highly recommend you to place your chapters into separate &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; files and include them with &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/246/when-should-i-use-input-vs-include/250#250&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. See also &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1989/speed-up-compilation-by-pre-compiling-chapters-separately/1991#1991&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;\includeonly&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The so called &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/koma-script&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;koma-script&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; bundle provides some alternative report (scrreprt) and book (scrbook) classes which allow for many customisations including modifing the part page. For example you can place some text on them, e.g. a quote or abstract, which is rather difficult with the standard classes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-08T01:12:57.887" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T01:12:57.887" />
  <row Id="10543" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10539" CreationDate="2011-02-08T02:03:13.257" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To use references in Texworks, you must run PDFLatex, then BibTex, and then PDFLatex to generate a new PDF with the references in it. Say we have sample.tex&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first step generates both a sample.aux  and sample.pdf file which is used by BibTex to insert the citations. Then the sample.aux is turned into a new PDF with references by PDFLatex when you run it a second time.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are working in Texworks or TexShop just beware of the steps required to compile a .tex document with references into a PDF or some other similar format. It is a little counterintuitive. You might thing that you just straight from your tex file to a PDF.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3425" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T02:03:13.257" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10544" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-08T02:08:10.813" Score="3" ViewCount="164" Body="&lt;p&gt;I just want to learn how to make graphics in TeX. I have looked through this site and tried some TeX source file. But I am confused by the TikZ and tkz packages. Do they have any relation or are they completely different? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In my daily work, I draw 2D graphics. It is about general arrangement of buildings. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;|-----------|-----------|-----------|-----------|&#xA;|-----------|-----------|-----------|-----------|&#xA;|-----------|-----------|-----------|-----------|&#xA;|-----------|-----------|-----------|-----------|&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All the lines are axis lines. Columns are placed at the intersection. Beams are placed at all the lines. Beam lines will be offset to both side based on the axis line. For this kind of graphics, which package is the best choice?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3253" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-08T03:10:14.297" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T03:10:14.297" Title="drawing package in tex" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;diagrams&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10545" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10544" CreationDate="2011-02-08T02:25:31.023" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One of the most popular graphics bundles is &lt;code&gt;PGF&lt;/code&gt;,  which comes with &#xA;a user-friedly syntax layer called &lt;code&gt;TikZ&lt;/code&gt;. There are also a number of packages that all start with &lt;code&gt;tkz&lt;/code&gt; as a prefix. For example &lt;code&gt;tkz-2d&lt;/code&gt;. You can see many examples at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/tkz-2d/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;texample&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If these are suitable for what you are looking to produce you need to experiment and decide, although for building plans, perhaps you are better off staying with an application such as Autocad and importing pdfs in your TeX/LaTeX document. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T02:25:31.023" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="10546" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10536" CreationDate="2011-02-08T03:12:40.440" Score="19" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are canonical ways to fix both of these problems. For the underscore:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{underscore}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the rendering of &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{lmodern}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T03:12:40.440" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10547" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10560" CreationDate="2011-02-08T04:39:42.817" Score="4" ViewCount="179" Body="&lt;p&gt;Can I call references from my .bib file, but not put a huge bibligraphy at the end of my presentation? Or at least hide it in a bunch of slides that don't display?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tend to think in terms of my .bib file handles and like the consistent formatting. Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="320" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-09T16:58:07.190" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T16:58:07.190" Title="Can I use natbib in beamer, but omit the bibliography?" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;biblatex&gt;&lt;natbib&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10548" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10547" CreationDate="2011-02-08T06:14:04.660" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could try this. Put in:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{comment}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Process the file once including the full bibliography. Then run bibtex. Now put in:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\excludecomment{thebibliography}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Run (pdf)latex again, and the bibliography will not be printed (merely treated as a &quot;comment&quot;). Unfortunately, you'll need to remove this (or comment this out) the next time, and then re-add it in alternation to keep things in order, but if you wait until you have your final document ready and then put it in, you should be OK.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This basic idea is stolen from &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3331/how-do-i-simply-typeset-a-bibliography-as-a-separate-pdf&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Somewhat unrelated, I find that I need to manually define &lt;code&gt;\newblock&lt;/code&gt; to get natbib working with beamer, e.g., &lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\newblock}{}&lt;/code&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-08T07:24:36.140" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T07:24:36.140" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10549" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10569" CreationDate="2011-02-08T06:41:35.707" Score="0" ViewCount="63" Body="&lt;p&gt;This bit of code generates an &lt;code&gt;undefined control sequence&lt;/code&gt; on the last curly brace. What am I doing wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\psset{levelsep=1cm,treesep=.75cm,nodesep=4pt}&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;&#xA;\pstree{\Tr{$z$}}&#xA;{&#xA;    \pstree{\Tr{$y$}}&#xA;    {&#xA;        \pstree{\Tr{$w$}}&#xA;        {&#xA;            \Ttri{A}&#xA;            \pstree{\Tr{$x$}} &#xA;            {&#xA;                \Ttri{B}&#xA;                \Ttri{C}&#xA;            }&#xA;        }&#xA;        \Ttri{D}&#xA;    }&#xA;    \Ttri{E}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\hspace*{0.5in}&#xA;into&#xA;\hspace*{0.5in}&#xA;&#xA;\pstree{\Tr{$x$}}&#xA;{&#xA;    \pstree{\Tr{$w$}}%&#xA;        {&#xA;        \Ttri{A}&#xA;        \Ttri{B}&#xA;    }&#xA;    \pstree{\Tr{$y$}}&#xA;        {&#xA;            \Ttri{C}&#xA;            \pstree{\Tr{$z$}}&#xA;            {&#xA;                \Ttri{D}&#xA;                \Ttri{E}&#xA;            }&#xA;        }&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="696" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T09:29:33.080" Title="PSTree creates confusing Undefined control sequence" Tags="&lt;graph&gt;&lt;pstree&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="10550" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10536" CreationDate="2011-02-08T06:49:53.650" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;FWIW, since the last month &lt;code&gt;\nonknuthmode&lt;/code&gt; is default in ConTeXt. What this means is &lt;code&gt;_&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;^&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; work in text mode. So, the following is a valid input:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\starttext&#xA;under_score car^et &amp;amp; ampersand work in text mode, and have their &#xA;usual meaning in math mode&#xA;\startformula&#xA;  x_a^b = \cases{ 0 &amp;amp; a &amp;lt; b \cr 1 &amp;amp; a \ge b }&#xA;\stopformula&#xA;\stoptext&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T06:49:53.650" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10551" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10553" CreationDate="2011-02-08T07:10:46.413" Score="4" ViewCount="130" Body="&lt;p&gt;The following code does not compile. However, if I remove the &lt;code&gt;itemize&lt;/code&gt; environment it does. I googled for this problem, and found suggestions that using the caption package would solve the problem, though I did not find any clear description of why the problem occurred in the first place. See for example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.latex-community.org/forum/viewtopic.php?f=45&amp;amp;t=8774&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.latex-community.org/forum/viewtopic.php?f=45&amp;amp;t=8774&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using Debian squeeze with TeX Live 2009-11. The included version of &lt;code&gt;caption&lt;/code&gt; has &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ProvidesPackage{caption}[2009/10/09 v3.1k Customizing captions (AR)]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I also tried downloading and using the &lt;code&gt;caption&lt;/code&gt; package from &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but this doesn't change anything. I put the sty files in my current directory. I assume that overrides the system files. This one corresponds to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ProvidesPackage{caption}[2010/01/09 v3.1m Customizing captions (AR)]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Error message and example file follow.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;*******************************************    &#xA;ERROR: Argument of \@caption has an extra }.&#xA;&#xA;--- TeX said ---&#xA;&amp;lt;inserted text&amp;gt; &#xA;                \par &#xA;l.13     }&#xA;&#xA;--- HELP ---&#xA;From the .log file...&#xA;&#xA;I've run across a `}' that doesn't seem to match anything.&#xA;For example, `\def\a#1{...}' and `\a}' would produce&#xA;this error. If you simply proceed now, the `\par' that&#xA;I've just inserted will cause me to report a runaway&#xA;argument that might be the root of the problem. But if&#xA;your `}' was spurious, just type `2' and it will go away.&#xA;******************************************************&#xA;&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{caption}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;    \captionsetup{singlelinecheck=off}&#xA;    \caption&#xA;    {&#xA;      foo&#xA;      \begin{itemize}&#xA;      \item bar&#xA;      \end{itemize}&#xA;    }&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3406" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-14T08:14:46.200" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T08:14:46.200" Title="Using the itemize environment inside a caption" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;lists&gt;&lt;captions&gt;&lt;itemize&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="10552" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10390" CreationDate="2011-02-08T07:24:06.213" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Aha: I figured it out, and a table/tabular/etc was not the solution. Instead, if I use a definition list inside a &lt;code&gt;multicol&lt;/code&gt; environment, and then use the &lt;code&gt;enumitem&lt;/code&gt; package to customise the list, I get exactly what I want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3351" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T07:24:06.213" />
  <row Id="10553" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10551" CreationDate="2011-02-08T07:30:53.960" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;From the &lt;code&gt;caption&lt;/code&gt; manual:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;If you want to typeset something&#xA;  special (like a tabular) as caption,&#xA;  you need to give an optional argument&#xA;  to &lt;code&gt;\caption&lt;/code&gt; resp. &lt;code&gt;\captionof&lt;/code&gt; for the&#xA;  List of Figures resp. List of Tables,&#xA;  too, even if you don’t use such list.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{caption}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;\captionsetup{singlelinecheck=off}&#xA;\caption[foo bar]{foo&#xA;  \begin{itemize}&#xA;    \item bar&#xA;  \end{itemize}}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-08T16:57:51.540" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T16:57:51.540" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="10554" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10549" CreationDate="2011-02-08T07:39:26.117" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{pst-tree}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If there is still errors, please upload the full (minimal) source file and log file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T07:39:26.117" />
  <row Id="10555" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10557" CreationDate="2011-02-08T07:41:48.013" Score="3" ViewCount="213" Body="&lt;p&gt;When compiling a beamer presentation and using the following &lt;code&gt;\author&lt;/code&gt; command&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\author{Name \\ \texttt{my.email@domain.com}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I get the following hyperref warning in my logfile&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Package hyperref Warning: Token not allowed in a PDF string (PDFDocEncoding):&#xA;(hyperref)                removing `\\' on input line 15.&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;Package hyperref Warning: Token not allowed in a PDF string (PDFDocEncoding):&#xA;(hyperref)                removing `\new@ifnextchar' on input line 15.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I understand that this has to do with hyperref setting the PDF metadata, where the linebreak does’t make much sense and should be removed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Trying to set&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\hypersetup{pdfauthor={Name}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;does’t change the situation, seems like hyperref is still looking at the author command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How do I get the desired display of author name with email and still keep hyperref happy?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3413" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T08:14:06.367" Title="Hyperref warning - Token not allowed in a PDF string" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;author&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="10557" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10555" CreationDate="2011-02-08T08:14:06.367" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There's the aptly, if verbosely, named macro &lt;code&gt;\texorpdfstring&lt;/code&gt;, which takes two arguments and uses the first for (La)TeX and the second for pdf, so something like &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\author{A.U. Thor\texorpdfstring{\\ foo@bar.baz}{}} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;should work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Yes, I've avoided the issue that I don't know off the top of my head if \url is allowed to go inside another argument...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1860" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T08:14:06.367" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="10558" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-08T08:14:37.380" Score="0" ViewCount="64" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am usually using latexmk in a split shell with my code on the left and latexmk in -pvc mode on the right.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When using some packages which themselves load a lot of other packages (think beamer) the log file contains tens or even hundreds of lines of messages from the packages being loaded (also spelling files, fonts, etc.).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like to prune the output to just the warnings, the errors, and latexmk’s own messages so these do not get lost.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any ideas?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3413" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T10:32:25.303" Title="Use latexmk to filter the log file" Tags="&lt;errors&gt;&lt;warnings&gt;&lt;latexmk&gt;&lt;logging&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="10559" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10621" CreationDate="2011-02-08T08:24:06.973" Score="1" ViewCount="185" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to put a figure next to a list, where the list is talking about the figure. This is fine, I can do that with the minipage environment. However, my problem is that when I try to put a caption on the figure, it captions the entire &quot;figure&quot; containing the minipages, not just the picture itself. I have included an example of what I have done.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have searched around on the internet but haven't been able to work out a solution. I have tried using subfigures, wrapping text, floatinf figure, etc. None of these have worked, often giving an output with the figure in the wrong place.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any thoughts on how to fix this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is my document so far:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[twoside,a4paper]{report}&#xA;\usepackage[ignorefoot, ignoremp, ignorehead]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath,amsthm,amssymb}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage{eepic}&#xA;\usepackage{mhchem}&#xA;\usepackage{chemstyle}&#xA;\usepackage{color}&#xA;\usepackage{./Scripts/simplemargins}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\usepackage{multirow}&#xA;\usepackage{bigstrut}&#xA;\usepackage{wrapfig}&#xA;\usepackage{paralist}&#xA;\usepackage{enumitem}&#xA;\usepackage{cite}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{titlesec}&#xA;\usepackage{booktabs}&#xA;\usepackage{subfig}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}[ht]&#xA;    \begin{minipage}[b]{0.48\linewidth}&#xA;        \begin{itemize} [ ] % To get list without points&#xA;            \item{Blah blah blah&#xA;                \begin{enumerate}&#xA;                    \item{Text}&#xA;                    \item{Text}&#xA;                \end{enumerate}&#xA;            }&#xA;            \item{More blah blah blah&#xA;                \begin{enumerate}&#xA;                    \item{Text}&#xA;                    \item{Text}&#xA;                \end{enumerate}&#xA;            }&#xA;        \end{itemize}&#xA;    \end{minipage}&#xA;    \hfill&#xA;    \begin{minipage}[b]{0.48\linewidth}&#xA;        \centering&#xA;        \includegraphics[scale=0.2]{caption_example.pdf}&#xA;        \caption{default}&#xA;        \label{fig:label}&#xA;    \end{minipage}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://imageupload.org/?di=1012971581029&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Example output&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3430" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-11T07:14:08.793" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T07:14:08.793" Title="Figure next to list (caption problems)" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;captions&gt;&lt;floatrow&gt;&lt;chemstyle&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="10560" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10547" CreationDate="2011-02-08T08:24:07.797" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is yet another reason to use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/biblatex.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;biblatex&lt;/a&gt; -- printing the bibliography is not mandatory.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[style=authoryear]{biblatex}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.bib}&#xA;@misc{A01,&#xA;  author = {Author, A.},&#xA;  year = {2001},&#xA;  title = {Alpha},&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\bibliography{\jobname}% ONLY selects .bib file&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}{Frame title}&#xA;Some text \autocite{A01}.&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;% Optional: Prints bibliography &#xA;% \begin{frame}{References}&#xA;% \printbibliography&#xA;% \end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The filecontents environment is only used to include some external files directly into the example, so that it compiles. It is not necessary for the solution.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T08:24:07.797" />
  <row Id="10561" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10613" CreationDate="2011-02-08T08:32:23.470" Score="4" ViewCount="120" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the accepted answer in for &lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/2199678/how-to-call-latexmk-in-emacs-and-jump-to-next-error&quot;&gt;the question&lt;/a&gt; it is suggested how to add &lt;code&gt;latexmk&lt;/code&gt; support to emacs. If I get it right, compiling the &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; file should be assigned to &lt;code&gt;C-c C-c&lt;/code&gt;. However this doesn't work for me and I have to go to the menu and click the &lt;code&gt;latexmk&lt;/code&gt; option. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My question is basically, how do I make the &lt;code&gt;latexmk&lt;/code&gt; the default engine for the emacs+auctex?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT 1: When hitting &lt;code&gt;C-c C-c&lt;/code&gt;, and then typing &lt;code&gt;latexmk&lt;/code&gt; I get the desired result, i.e. it compiles using latexmk. Thus, maybe a more specific question is how to set latexmk to be the default script/compiler.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="412" LastEditorUserId="412" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-08T14:14:47.057" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T10:05:50.390" Title="Compile using latexmk in emacs" Tags="&lt;compiling&gt;&lt;emacs&gt;&lt;latexmk&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="10562" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10659" CreationDate="2011-02-08T08:45:07.310" Score="4" ViewCount="141" Body="&lt;p&gt;After getting to know &lt;a href=&quot;http://orgmode.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;org mode&lt;/a&gt; here, I tried it out. It seems to be, indeed, very helpful. However, I want it to work smoothly with LaTeX, and as a compiling script I want to use &lt;code&gt;latexmk&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I followed the instruction &lt;a href=&quot;http://orgmode.org/worg/org-faq.html#using-xelatex-for-pdf-export&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; trying to make org-mode use &lt;code&gt;latexmk&lt;/code&gt; as the compiling engine/script. Unfortunately, this doesn't work for me. The resulting &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; file is perfect and I can manually compile it using &lt;code&gt;latexmk&lt;/code&gt;, but it won't work directly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I guess this is not the perfect place to ask this question, but I couldn't think of a better one. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="412" LastEditorUserId="412" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-08T09:34:02.590" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T08:45:26.330" Title="Emacs-org-mode and latexmk" Tags="&lt;compiling&gt;&lt;emacs&gt;&lt;latexmk&gt;&lt;org-mode&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="13" />
  <row Id="10563" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10488" CreationDate="2011-02-08T08:50:23.753" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;By default, Beamer does some math font manipulation, because many fonts, such as the cm-sans used by default, don't provide matching mathematical glyphs. If you want the standard Computer Modern (serif) math font, just say &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usefonttheme{professionalfonts}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in the preamble. This suppresses any auto-manipulations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alexander&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1053" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T08:50:23.753" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10564" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10558" CreationDate="2011-02-08T09:02:14.783" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You need to write a small script which filters the log file. Either a Perl, Python or similar scripting language of you choice or a longer &lt;code&gt;egrep&lt;/code&gt; line (if you under a *nix system) should do it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Before I knew &lt;code&gt;latexmk&lt;/code&gt; I wrote my own &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.scharrer-online.de/wiki/Software/Perl/mytexify&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;minimalistic version&lt;/a&gt; of it (actually of &lt;code&gt;texify&lt;/code&gt;) which does such filtering. Here the filter code on its own as an &lt;strong&gt;example&lt;/strong&gt;. It is a Perl script which still needs adjustments to include &lt;code&gt;latexmk&lt;/code&gt;'s own messages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;#!/usr/bin/env perl&#xA;use strict;&#xA;use warnings;&#xA;my $nobox = 0; # Should box warning be excluded&#xA;my $nextlines = 0;&#xA;while () {&#xA;    if ($nextlines &gt; 0) { $nextlines--; print STDERR $_; }&#xA;    elsif (/^(!\s+)?LaTeX (?:Warning|Error)/i) { print STDERR $_; }&#xA;    elsif (/^! Undefined control sequence\./i) { chomp; print STDERR $_, &quot;: &quot;; $nextlines = 1; }&#xA;    elsif (/^! Use of .* doesn't match its definition\./i) { print STDERR $_; $nextlines = 3; }&#xA;    elsif (/^!/i) { print STDERR $_; }&#xA;    elsif (!$nobox &amp;&amp; /(overfull|underfull|badbox)/i) { print STDERR $_; }&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T09:02:14.783" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10565" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7376" CreationDate="2011-02-08T09:06:14.000" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In general these more &quot;exotic&quot; (old) tools expects in miktex exactly the arguments they mention. I could run mft with the command line&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;mft script10.mf test.ch plain.mft script10.tex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;test.ch is a text file with only a percentchar (%) as content (I minimized an existing ch-file). plain.mft I found on CTAN. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The output is a plainTeX-file. It doesn't have a \bye at the end (this is probably intended to that you can input it in another document), but apart from this one can compile it with pdftex.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastEditorUserId="2388" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-09T08:29:37.280" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T08:29:37.280" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10566" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10493" CreationDate="2011-02-08T09:23:54.100" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Replace the &lt;code&gt;\jobname.tex&lt;/code&gt; with your cpp example file&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\renewcommand\lstlistingname{Example}&#xA;\renewcommand\lstlistlistingname{Examples}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\myExa[3][]{%&#xA;\lstinputlisting[language=C++,basicstyle=\small,#1]{#2}&#xA;  #3}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\myExa[label=foo,caption=foobar]{\jobname.tex}{%&#xA;  \begin{equation}matrix * (x * x\_factor) = right\end{equation}}&#xA;&#xA;\myExa[label=bar,caption=foobarbaz]{\jobname.tex}{%&#xA;  \begin{quotation}Some nonsense text here\end{quotation}}&#xA;&#xA;as shown in Example~\ref{foo} and in Example~\ref{bar} \ldots&#xA;&#xA;\lstlistoflistings&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T09:23:54.100" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="10568" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10518" CreationDate="2011-02-08T09:28:59.570" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Similar questions arise from time to time of (essentially) getting TeX to output a .tex file. The most practical way I found so far is to make all characters active (or variants that essentially amount to the same thing), and define them to store themselves to a buffer, which is then output to a file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then, the commands for which we wish to do more than just copy verbatim are redefined to do what we want (see the definition of &lt;code&gt;\RLK@input&lt;/code&gt; below). There are subtelties, of course (only letters can appear in control sequence names, and not active characters).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Change &lt;code&gt;InFile.tex&lt;/code&gt; to the file you want to &quot;inline&quot;, and &lt;code&gt;OutFile.tex&lt;/code&gt; to the output. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\RLKinputfile{InFile.tex}&#xA;\def\RLKoutputfile{OutFile.tex}&#xA;&#xA;\catcode`\@=11\relax&#xA;&#xA;\long\gdef\RLKgobble#1{}&#xA;\long\gdef\RLKfirstoftwo#1#2{#1}&#xA;\long\gdef\RLKsecondoftwo#1#2{#2}&#xA;&#xA;\gdef\RLK{%&#xA;  \begingroup%&#xA;  \count0=1\relax%&#xA;  \loop%&#xA;  \catcode\count0=\active%&#xA;  \lccode`~\count0\relax%&#xA;  \lowercase{\protected\edef~{\RLKbuffer@append{\string~}}}%&#xA;  \ifnum\count0&amp;lt;255%&#xA;  \advance\count0 by 1\relax%&#xA;  \repeat%&#xA;  \lccode`\~`\\%&#xA;  \lowercase{\let~\RLKcatchcs}%&#xA;  %&#xA;  \input \RLKinputfile %&#xA;  \endgroup%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\gdef\RLKbuffer{}&#xA;\protected\def\RLKbuffer@append#1{\xdef\RLKbuffer{\RLKbuffer#1}}&#xA;&#xA;\newif\if@catchcs@&#xA;\protected\def\RLKcatchcs{%&#xA;  % catches the control word, naively stopping at the first non A-Za-z&#xA;  \def\RLKcatchcs@csname{}%&#xA;  \RLKcatchcs@aux}&#xA;\def\RLKcatchcs@aux#1{%&#xA;  \@catchcs@false% We have reached the end...&#xA;  \unless\ifnum`#1&amp;gt;`z\relax%&#xA;  \unless\ifnum`#1&amp;lt;`A\relax%&#xA;  \@catchcs@true% ...except if we are in the range A-z...&#xA;  \fi\fi%&#xA;  \ifnum`#1&amp;gt;`Z\relax%&#xA;  \ifnum`#1&amp;lt;`a\relax%&#xA;  \@catchcs@false% ...and not in the range Z-a.&#xA;  \fi\fi%&#xA;  \if@catchcs@% &#xA;  \expandafter\RLKfirstoftwo%&#xA;  \else%&#xA;  \expandafter\RLKsecondoftwo%&#xA;  \fi%&#xA;  % If we haven't reached the end, catch one more.&#xA;  {\edef\RLKcatchcs@csname{\RLKcatchcs@csname\string#1}%&#xA;    \RLKcatchcs@aux}%&#xA;  % If we have, stop, do the relevant \RLK@... if it exists, otherwise&#xA;  % just output to the buffer. And don't forget to put #1 back in the stream.&#xA;  {\ifcsname RLK@\RLKcatchcs@csname\endcsname%&#xA;    \csname RLK@\RLKcatchcs@csname\expandafter\endcsname%&#xA;    \else%&#xA;    \RLKbuffer@append{\expandafter\RLKgobble\string\\\RLKcatchcs@csname}%&#xA;    \fi%&#xA;    #1%&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% Define \input{...} to have the desired behaviour: actually input the file.&#xA;% We could do the same for other commands (\usepackage, etc.)&#xA;\begingroup&#xA;\catcode`\{=\active&#xA;\catcode`\}=\active&#xA;\catcode`\(=1\relax&#xA;\catcode`\)=2\relax&#xA;\gdef\RLK@input{#1}(\RLKaux@input(#1))&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;\gdef\RLKaux@input#1{\expandafter\input \detokenize{#1} }&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% Here it goes, we act.&#xA;\RLK&#xA;&#xA;% Then output the \RLKbuffer to a file.&#xA;\newwrite\RLKwrite&#xA;\immediate\openout\RLKwrite \RLKoutputfile\relax&#xA;\newlinechar\endlinechar&#xA;\immediate\write\RLKwrite{\RLKbuffer}&#xA;\immediate\closeout\RLKwrite&#xA;&#xA;% tex, pdftex will be stopped there, &#xA;% but latex, pdflatex will only see \relax.&#xA;\csname bye\endcsname&#xA;&#xA;% this makes latex, pdflatex happy.&#xA;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This should work with &lt;code&gt;tex&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;latex&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;pdftex&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt;, and it shouldn't be hard to extend to other variants. Also, before people ask, RLK is just a random string of letters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T09:28:59.570" />
  <row Id="10569" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10549" CreationDate="2011-02-08T09:29:33.080" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Run the file with &lt;code&gt;xetex&lt;/code&gt; or load the package &lt;code&gt;auto-pst-pdf&lt;/code&gt; and then run it with &lt;code&gt;pdflatex -shell-escape &amp;lt;file&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;. See also &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/PSTricks/main.cgi?file=pdf/pdfoutput&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://tug.org/PSTricks/main.cgi?file=pdf/pdfoutput&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T09:29:33.080" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10571" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10572" CreationDate="2011-02-08T09:48:59.673" Score="1" ViewCount="94" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to set up an environment to use for examples in my thesis document.  I would like to increase margins, change the line spacing, open with &quot;Example :&quot;, and close with $\Box$.  Minipage works beautifully except I can't embed tables or figures within my examples.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is what I have:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcounter{examplecounter}&#xA;\newenvironment{example}&#xA;{&#xA;\vspace{1.75em}&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;    \begin{minipage}[h]{0.85\textwidth}&#xA;        \setlength{\parindent}{2em}&#xA;        \refstepcounter{examplecounter}&#xA;        \begin{oneandahalfspaced}&#xA;        \noindent&#xA;        \textbf{Example \arabic{examplecounter}:}&#xA;        }{&#xA;        \hspace{-1em}&#xA;        $\Box$&#xA;        \end{oneandahalfspaced}&#xA;    \end{minipage}&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;\vspace{1.75em}&#xA;}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any suggestions on how to accomplish what I'm looking for?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3431" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T09:55:30.260" Title="Adding Tables to a Minipage Like Environment?" Tags="&lt;environments&gt;&lt;minipage&gt;&lt;examples&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10572" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10571" CreationDate="2011-02-08T09:55:30.260" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You cannot have a &lt;code&gt;figure&lt;/code&gt; environment inside a &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt; because its a &lt;em&gt;float&lt;/em&gt;, same counts for &lt;code&gt;table&lt;/code&gt;. However you can include an image using &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt; (&lt;code&gt;graphicx&lt;/code&gt; package) and also add a caption using the &lt;code&gt;capt-of&lt;/code&gt; package: &lt;code&gt;\captionof{figuree}{&amp;lt;the caption text&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/10394/using-an-image-as-a-table/10396#10396&quot;&gt;this answer&lt;/a&gt; which explains &lt;em&gt;float&lt;/em&gt; environments vs. their content as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T09:55:30.260" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10573" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10558" CreationDate="2011-02-08T09:59:59.457" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I just remembered that &lt;a href=&quot;https://launchpad.net/rubber&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;rubber&lt;/a&gt; has log filtering. It turns out there is a program in the rubber package called &lt;code&gt;rubber-info&lt;/code&gt; which is solely for parsing the log file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Because &lt;code&gt;latexmk&lt;/code&gt; acts as &lt;code&gt;tee&lt;/code&gt; (writing the to the logfile &lt;em&gt;and&lt;/em&gt; printing to stdout and stderr, we can run rubber-info after latexmk is finished.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I put this in a shell script:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;#! /bin/bash&#xA;&#xA;latexmk --pdf $1 &amp;gt; /dev/null 2&amp;gt;&amp;amp;1&#xA;rubber-info --check $1&#xA;rubber-info --boxes $1&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and set makeprg in vim to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;:set makeprg=latexmake\ %:h&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And now I have only the errors and warnings (including overfull boxes).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3413" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T09:59:59.457" />
  <row Id="10574" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10575" CreationDate="2011-02-08T10:03:54.597" Score="3" ViewCount="121" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt; cannot handle filenames that contain more than the one dot, separating the filename from the extension. Apparently it uses everything after the first dot as extension and then, of course, complains about an unknown graphics extension.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is annoying as I very often have filenames that contain parameter values, e.g. &lt;code&gt;plot_a0.4_b0.6.pdf&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to teach LaTeX to interpret only the string behind the last dot as extension?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1442" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T11:06:57.377" Title="\includegraphics: Dots in filename" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;file-lookup&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="10575" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10574" CreationDate="2011-02-08T10:06:07.523" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can hide the other dots by masking them from TeX's token scanner with &lt;code&gt;{ }&lt;/code&gt;, i.e.:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\includegraphics{{plot_a0.4_b0.6}.pdf}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;works fine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that the extension can also be dropped, then a list of default extensions is used. See the &lt;code&gt;graphicx&lt;/code&gt; manual for more information.&#xA;If you want to do this, you need to double group the filename, which makes three together with the one for the arguments:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\includegraphics{{{plot_a0.4_b0.6}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-08T10:19:28.367" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T10:19:28.367" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10576" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10513" CreationDate="2011-02-08T10:19:20.120" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's another answer along the lines of putting the paragraphs in an environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage[excludeor]{everyhook}&#xA;\newcounter{parcount}&#xA;\newif\ifnumberedpars&#xA;\newenvironment{numberedpars}{%&#xA;        \PushPreHook{par}{%&#xA;                \ifnumberedpars&#xA;                        \stepcounter{parcount}%&#xA;                        \numberedparsfalse&#xA;                        \marginpar{\arabic{parcount}}%&#xA;                        \numberedparstrue&#xA;                \fi&#xA;        }%&#xA;        \numberedparstrue&#xA;}{%&#xA;        \PopPreHook{par}%&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{numberedpars}&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;\end{numberedpars}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Pbhci.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The code is fairly straight forward. At the beginning of the environment, it pushes a new hook for &lt;code&gt;\everypar&lt;/code&gt;. At the end of the environment, it pops that hook off.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T10:19:20.120" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="10577" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10559" CreationDate="2011-02-08T10:22:14.080" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As Martin suggested in the comments, minimizing the code often helps (that's why it's called a minimal example :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You've added two &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{graphix}&lt;/code&gt; to your preamble, this seems too much. And to reproduce your problem, all the chemical packages seem too much too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I minimize your example, I don't see a problem with the code, as you can see in &lt;a href=&quot;http://cl.ly/4Shb&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this screenshot&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[twoside,a4paper]{report}&#xA;\usepackage[demo]{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage{enumitem}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\begin{figure}[ht]&#xA;    \begin{minipage}[b]{0.48\linewidth}&#xA;        \begin{itemize}[ ] % To get list without points&#xA;            \item{Blah blah blah&#xA;                \begin{enumerate}&#xA;                    \item{Text}&#xA;                    \item{Text}&#xA;                \end{enumerate}&#xA;            }&#xA;            \item{More blah blah blah&#xA;                \begin{enumerate}&#xA;                    \item{Text}&#xA;                    \item{Text}&#xA;                \end{enumerate}&#xA;            }&#xA;        \end{itemize}&#xA;    \end{minipage}&#xA;    \hfill&#xA;    \begin{minipage}[b]{0.48\linewidth}&#xA;        \centering&#xA;        \includegraphics[scale=0.2]{caption_example.pdf}&#xA;        \caption{default}&#xA;        \label{fig:label}&#xA;    \end{minipage}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With your code I cannot seem to compile the document when I have &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{chemstyle}&lt;/code&gt; turned on, so this might be the first package to look at.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Additionally I don't have access to &lt;code&gt;%\usepackage{./Scripts/simplemargins}&lt;/code&gt;. Looking at the name, I suggest this &lt;code&gt;simplemargins&lt;/code&gt; might be the culprit. Maybe it's doing something weird with the margin which influences the caption...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="828" LastEditorUserId="828" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-08T10:29:00.720" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T10:29:00.720" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10578" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3602" CreationDate="2011-02-08T10:27:18.847" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Adjusting the kerning of the glyph pair fh in TeX Gyre Bonum would require something like the this ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;bonum.fea&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;languagesystem DFLT dflt;&#xA;languagesystem latn dflt;&#xA;feature kern {&#xA;pos \f \h 125;&#xA;} kern;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;test.tex&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\setmainfont[FeatureFile=bonum.fea]{TeX Gyre Bonum}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;fh&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is a problem with the babel package, though ... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;test2.tex&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[ngerman]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\setmainfont[FeatureFile=bonum.fea]{TeX Gyre Bonum}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;fh aufhalten&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you can see, the adjusted kerning only applies to the first instance of the glyph pair. When the glyph pair occurs inside a word, the adjusted kerning is not applied. When babel is not loaded, everything is fine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3432" LastEditorUserId="3432" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-08T12:30:56.850" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T12:30:56.850" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="10579" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10582" CreationDate="2011-02-08T10:38:47.717" Score="5" ViewCount="157" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm interested in drawing molecular connectivity graphs in TikZ. Using &lt;code&gt;\node&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;child&lt;/code&gt; without any positions I am able to draw a tree diagram which is semi-useful as I can easily illustrate the hierarchical relationships of the implied z-matrix.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's an example for ethanol (CH3CH2OH) that I've been using in my dabblings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\node[carbon] (C1) {C}&#xA;child {node [hydrogen] (H1) {H}}&#xA;child {node [hydrogen] (H2) {H}}&#xA;child {node [hydrogen] (H3) {H}}&#xA;child {node [carbon] (C2) {C}&#xA;child {node [hydrogen] (H4) {H}}&#xA;child {node [hydrogen] (H5) {H}}&#xA;child {node [oxygen] (O1) {O} child {node [hydrogen] (H6) {H}}}};&#xA;\draw [dashed] (H6) -- (H4);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A program like &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.graphviz.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Graphviz&lt;/a&gt;, however, can take a similar graph and arrange the nodes automagically in a number of ways. The &lt;code&gt;neato&lt;/code&gt; package in Graphviz can for instance arrange the nodes in a relaxed ball-and-spring fashion that is rather fitting for molecules. I've been looking through the TikZ documentation and have found mindmaps, petri nets, finite state automata, digraphs etc., however I have not seen any invocation of automatic layouts. Can it be done in TikZ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1052" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T11:15:01.363" Title="Any way to get neato-like node placement in a TikZ graph?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;graph&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10580" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10559" CreationDate="2011-02-08T10:43:16.990" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One workaround for how the &lt;code&gt;chemstyle&lt;/code&gt; package takes control of the caption placement is to not use a &lt;code&gt;figure&lt;/code&gt; environment for the list and figure, and generate the caption using&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\captionof{figure}{&amp;lt;caption&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;instead of&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\caption{&amp;lt;caption&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With this method, the construct will no longer float, which may or may not be acceptable for you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another way would be to use a &lt;code&gt;subfloat&lt;/code&gt; with the subcaption redefined to look like a normal figure caption:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[twoside,a4paper]{report}&#xA;\usepackage[ignorefoot, ignoremp, ignorehead]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath,amsthm,amssymb}&#xA;\usepackage[demo]{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage{eepic}&#xA;\usepackage{mhchem}&#xA;\usepackage{chemstyle}&#xA;\usepackage{color}&#xA;%\usepackage{./Scripts/simplemargins}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\usepackage{multirow}&#xA;\usepackage{bigstrut}&#xA;\usepackage{wrapfig}&#xA;\usepackage{paralist}&#xA;\usepackage{enumitem}&#xA;\usepackage{cite}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{titlesec}&#xA;\usepackage{booktabs}&#xA;\usepackage{subfig}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\captionsetup[subfigure]{font=normalsize,labelformat=simple}&#xA;\renewcommand{\thesubfigure}{Figure \arabic{figure}:}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}[ht]&#xA;    \begin{minipage}[b]{0.48\linewidth}&#xA;        \begin{itemize} [ ] % To get list without points&#xA;            \item{Blah blah blah&#xA;                \begin{enumerate}&#xA;                    \item{Text}&#xA;                    \item{Text}&#xA;                \end{enumerate}&#xA;            }&#xA;            \item{More blah blah blah&#xA;                \begin{enumerate}&#xA;                    \item{Text}&#xA;                    \item{Text}&#xA;                \end{enumerate}&#xA;            }&#xA;        \end{itemize}&#xA;    \end{minipage}&#xA;    \hfill&#xA;    \begin{minipage}[b]{0.48\linewidth}&#xA;\subfloat[default]{&#xA;        \centering&#xA;        \includegraphics[scale=0.2]{caption_example.pdf}&#xA;        \label{fig:label}}&#xA;    \end{minipage}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T10:43:16.990" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10581" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10574" CreationDate="2011-02-08T11:06:57.377" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use package grffile with option multidot.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=grffilenames&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=grffilenames&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T11:06:57.377" />
  <row Id="10582" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10579" CreationDate="2011-02-08T11:15:01.363" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You are better with the excellent &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/chemfig&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;chemfig&lt;/a&gt; package. It is based on &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/pgf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pgf/tikZ&lt;/a&gt; and offers an easy syntax.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{chemfig}&#xA;&#xA;\setatomsep{2em}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \chemfig{%&#xA;    H-C(-[2]H)(-[6]H)&#xA;    -C(-[2]H)(-[6]H)&#xA;    -O-H&#xA;  }&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The package manual has the details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T11:15:01.363" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10583" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2528" CreationDate="2011-02-08T11:18:02.310" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't know the phaistos package, but maybe defining the following can help&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*{\PHsymb}[1]{\vcenter{\hbox{%&#xA;  \ifcase#1\relax\PHbee\or\PHboomerang\or...\fi}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where you replace &lt;code&gt;...&lt;/code&gt; by the relevant &lt;code&gt;\PH...&lt;/code&gt; symbols. Then you can use &lt;code&gt;\PHsymb{0}&lt;/code&gt; for &lt;code&gt;\PHbee&lt;/code&gt;, etc. No need to remember what is what.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T11:18:02.310" />
  <row Id="10584" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10586" CreationDate="2011-02-08T11:32:31.430" Score="8" ViewCount="217" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there any package that generates 2d barcodes (QR code). I want to add a barcode on the front page of a manual I have written containing the URL where to download that manual. It would be nice if I could continue using pdflatex. Instead of converting each time.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2601" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T12:50:39.250" Title="Generating 2d barcodes" Tags="&lt;barcodes&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="10585" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10584" CreationDate="2011-02-08T11:36:01.280" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Take a look at »&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html#barcode&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Typesetting Barcode&lt;/a&gt;« in the TeX Catalogue Online. It lists some useful packages&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T11:36:01.280" />
  <row Id="10586" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10584" CreationDate="2011-02-08T11:38:34.727" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This will work directly with &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pst-barcode}&#xA;\usepackage{auto-pst-pdf}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{pspicture}(0.7in,0.7in)&#xA;    \psbarcode{http://www.ctan.org}{}{qrcode}&#xA;  \end{pspicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastEditorUserId="2552" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-08T12:50:39.250" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T12:50:39.250" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="10587" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10588" CreationDate="2011-02-08T11:47:59.483" Score="6" ViewCount="178" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi, I get a strange error when I try cite two certain papers in the same document, when I use the &quot;natbib&quot; package (with numbers option enabled). If I trim the author list or change the year of either paper, then it works.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The error is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;...&#xA;Document Class: article 2005/09/16 v1.4f Standard LaTeX document class&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/base/size10.clo))&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/natbib/natbib.sty) (./test.aux)&#xA;! Missing = inserted for \ifnum.&#xA;&amp;lt;to be read again&amp;gt; &#xA;                   \def &#xA;l.5 ...p{mieghem10assortativity,mieghem10rewiring}&#xA;                                                   says&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've confirmed this happens with other people's installations too. So it's not specific to my machine. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What am I doing wrong, or is this a bug in Natbib? If a bug, is there a workaround?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a simple test-case:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;test.bib:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@article{mieghem10assortativity,&#xA;        Month = {{Nov}},&#xA;        Numpages = {{11}},&#xA;        Publisher = {{American Physical Society}},&#xA;        author = {Van Mieghem, P. and Ge, X. and Schumm, P. and Trajanovski, S. and Wang, H.},&#xA;        title = {{Spectral graph analysis of modularity and assortativity}},&#xA;        journal = {{Physical Review E}},&#xA;        volume = {{82}},&#xA;        number = {{5}},&#xA;        pages = {056-113},&#xA;        year = {{2010}},&#xA;        doi = {{10.1103/PhysRevE.82.056113}},&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;@article{mieghem10rewiring,&#xA;        author = {Van Mieghem, P. and Wang, H. and Ge, X. and Tang, S. and Kuipers, F. A.},&#xA;        title = {{Influence of assortativity and degree-preserving rewiring on the spectra of networks}},&#xA;        journal = {{European Physical Journal B}},&#xA;        volume = {{76}},&#xA;        number = {{4}},&#xA;        pages = {643-652},&#xA;        year = {{2010}},&#xA;        doi = {{10.1140/epjb/e2010-00219-x}},&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;test.tex:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[numbers]{natbib}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;blah. \citep{mieghem10assortativity,mieghem10rewiring} says&#xA;blah blah&#xA;&#xA;\bibliographystyle{plainnat}&#xA;\bibliography{test}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3433" LastEditorUserId="3433" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-08T11:59:45.813" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T12:12:15.667" Title="Latex error when citing paper with similar authors and same year, using Natbib" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;errors&gt;&lt;natbib&gt;&lt;citing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10588" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10587" CreationDate="2011-02-08T12:12:15.667" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The error occurs because of the double braces in the bib file (especially in cases, where just a number is expected). Why do you have double braces around nearly every field in the bib file? If I change them to single braces, everything works fine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.bib}&#xA;@article{mieghem10assortativity,&#xA;        Month = {Nov},&#xA;        Numpages = {11},&#xA;        Publisher = {American Physical Society},&#xA;        author = {Van Mieghem, P. and Ge, X. and Schumm, P. and Trajanovski, S. and Wang, H.},&#xA;        title = {Spectral graph analysis of modularity and assortativity},&#xA;        journal = {Physical Review E},&#xA;        volume = {82},&#xA;        number = {5},&#xA;        pages = {056-113},&#xA;        year = {2010},&#xA;        doi = {10.1103/PhysRevE.82.056113},&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;@article{mieghem10rewiring,&#xA;        author = {Van Mieghem, P. and Wang, H. and Ge, X. and Tang, S. and Kuipers, F. A.},&#xA;        title = {Influence of assortativity and degree-preserving rewiring on the spectra of networks},&#xA;        journal = {European Physical Journal B},&#xA;        volume = {76},&#xA;        number = {4},&#xA;        pages = {643-652},&#xA;        year = {2010},&#xA;        doi = {10.1140/epjb/e2010-00219-x},&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;\usepackage[numbers]{natbib}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;blah. \citep{mieghem10assortativity,mieghem10rewiring} says&#xA;blah blah&#xA;&#xA;\bibliographystyle{plainnat}&#xA;\bibliography{\jobname}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Note: the filecontents package and environment are just for producing the bib file, they are not part of the solution.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1376" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T12:12:15.667" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="10589" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10650" CreationDate="2011-02-08T13:08:44.983" Score="2" ViewCount="106" Body="&lt;p&gt;The third subsection in the second subsection of the first section should be numbered&#xA;1.2.3. This holds also for RTL languages, since numbers, including Dewey numbering is still LTR even in an RTL language. Babel seems to have this right, but polyglossia is confused. How do you fix that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is an example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{polyglossia}&#xA;\setmainlanguage{hebrew}&#xA;\setotherlanguage{english}&#xA;\newfontfamily\hebrewfont[Script=Hebrew]{Ezra SIL}% or{SBL Hebrew}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section{1st Sect. Should be \#1}&#xA;\subsection{1st Subsect. Should be \#1.1}&#xA;\subsubsection{1st Subsubsect. Should be \#1.1.1}&#xA;\subsubsection{2st Subsubsect. Should be \#1.1.2}&#xA;\subsection{2nd Subsect. Should be Numbered 2.1}&#xA;\section{2nd Sect. Should be \#2}&#xA;\subsection{1st Subsect. Should be \#2.1}&#xA;\subsubsection{1st Subsubsect. Should be \#2.1.1}&#xA;\subsubsection{2st Subsubsect. Should be \#2.1.2}&#xA;\subsubsection{3rd Subsubsect. Should be \#2.1.3}&#xA;\subsection{2nd Subsect. Should be \#2.2}&#xA;\subsubsection{1st Subsubsect. Should be \#2.2.1}&#xA;\subsubsection{2st Subsubsect. Should be \#2.2.2}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3391" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T03:49:21.870" Title="Fix nested section numbers in RTL languages with polyglossia." Tags="&lt;unicode&gt;&lt;babel&gt;&lt;polyglossia&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="10590" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10592" CreationDate="2011-02-08T14:03:03.727" Score="2" ViewCount="152" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to alternate graphics on a slide:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\frame{&#xA;\frametitle{Verkette Liste Beispiel} &#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;    \includegraphics&amp;lt;1&amp;gt;[scale=0.7]{pics/List-0.pdf}&#xA;    \includegraphics&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;[scale=0.7]{pics/List-1.pdf}&#xA;    \caption&amp;lt;1&amp;gt;{Hallo}&#xA;    \caption&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;{Welt}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My problem is I don't get alternating captions. I get something like this: &lt;a href=&quot;http://public.kungi.org/main-faulty.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://public.kungi.org/main-faulty.pdf&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried the solution from this question: &lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/1088761/how-to-change-an-image-on-a-slide-in-latex&quot;&gt;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/1088761/how-to-change-an-image-on-a-slide-in-latex&lt;/a&gt; but it did not work for me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What am I doing wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3435" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-08T15:44:46.207" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T15:44:46.207" Title="How do I alternate graphics in LaTeX beamer" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;overlays&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10591" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10598" CreationDate="2011-02-08T14:07:57.583" Score="13" ViewCount="239" Body="&lt;p&gt;I just took all the wonderful information supplied here, and wrote a small package that makes it possible to use Unicode characters for section, subsection, subsubsection, paragraph, subparagraph and item. I think it makes the text look neat, and it might be very useful for RTL users.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}&#xA;\ProvidesPakcage{usection}&#xA;    {2011/02/07 Unicode characters instead of section, subsection, etc.}&#xA;\newcommand*{\toEolnCommand}[2]{%&#xA;  \newcommand*{#1}{%&#xA;    \begingroup%&#xA;    \escapechar=`\\%&#xA;    \catcode\endlinechar=\active%&#xA;    \csname\string#1\endcsname%&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \begingroup%&#xA;  \escapechar=`\\%&#xA;  \lccode`\~=\endlinechar%&#xA;  \lowercase{%&#xA;    \expandafter\endgroup&#xA;    \expandafter\newcommand\csname\string#1\endcsname##1~%&#xA;  }{\endgroup#2\space}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\toEolnCommand\toEolnSection{\section{#1}}&#xA;\toEolnCommand\toEolnSubsection{\subsection{#1}}&#xA;\toEolnCommand\toEolnSubsubsection{\subsubsection{#1}}&#xA;\toEolnCommand\toEolnParagraph{\paragraph{#1}}&#xA;\toEolnCommand\toEolnSubparagraph{\subparagraph{#1}}&#xA;&#xA;\catcode&quot;2022=\active \newcommand•{\item}         % Bullet&#xA;\catcode&quot;B6=\active  \newcommandf¶{\@xparagraph} % ¶: U+00B6 PILCROW SIGN&#xA;\catcode&quot;A7=\active  \newcommand§{\@xsection}       % §:  U+00A7 SECTION SIGN&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\@xparagraph{%&#xA;      \@ifnextchar ¶ {%&#xA;                \expandafter&#xA;                \toEolnSubparagraph&#xA;                \@discardNextChar&#xA;      }{%&#xA;              \toEolnParagraph&#xA;      }%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\@xsection{%&#xA;  \@ifnextchar§{% Two or more § were found.&#xA;      \expandafter&#xA;      \@sub@or@subsub@section&#xA;      \@discardNextChar%&#xA;   }{% Single § found.&#xA;      \toEolnSection&#xA;  }&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\@sub@or@subsub@section{&#xA;      \@ifnextchar§{%&#xA;        \expandafter&#xA;        \toEolnSubsubsection&#xA;        \@discardNextChar&#xA;      }{%&#xA;          \toEolnSubsection&#xA;      }%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\@discardNextChar#1{}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, (a) do you think I should publish this, and if yes, (b) how should I do so?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT&lt;/strong&gt; I correct my question to make it useful to the general public:&#xA;(a) What are the cirteria to be applied in considering a package worthy of publications and (b) which steps should be taken to realizing such a decision?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3391" LastEditorUserId="3391" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-08T17:05:24.513" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T18:01:46.313" Title="How does one publish/promote a new package?" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;unicode&gt;&lt;package-writing&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="10592" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10590" CreationDate="2011-02-08T14:13:42.700" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\caption&lt;/code&gt; command is not &quot;overlay specification aware&quot;.  Instead of &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\caption&amp;lt;1&amp;gt;{Hallo}&#xA;\caption&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;{Welt}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;do &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\caption{\only&amp;lt;1&amp;gt;{Hallo}\only&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;{Welt}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T14:13:42.700" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10593" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10589" CreationDate="2011-02-08T14:17:07.513" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't know if all RTL languages respect this convention.  But you can easily change the numbers in your preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand{\thesection}{\LR{\thechapter\@SepMark\arabic{section}}} % if using book class&#xA;\renewcommand{\thesubsection}{\LR{\thesection\@SepMark\arabic{subsection}}}&#xA;\renewcommand{\thesubsubsection}{\LR{\thesubsection\@SepMark\arabic{subsubsection}}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-09T02:54:08.627" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T02:54:08.627" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="10594" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10590" CreationDate="2011-02-08T14:19:00.633" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;use it this way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}{Verkette Liste Beispiel}{}&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;    \includegraphics&amp;lt;1&amp;gt;[scale=0.7]{pics/List-0.pdf}&#xA;    \includegraphics&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;[scale=0.7]{pics/List-1.pdf}&#xA;    \caption{\only&amp;lt;1&amp;gt;{Hallo}\only&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;{Welt}}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T14:19:00.633" />
  <row Id="10595" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10591" CreationDate="2011-02-08T14:27:45.953" Score="16" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To (a): why not, as long it is useful for a hand of people its worth the HD space on the CTAN servers&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To (b):&#xA;You should do the following steps&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Convert it to a &lt;code&gt;.dtx&lt;/code&gt; file, either manually (see &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/dtxtut/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;dtxtut&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;) or using &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/sty2dtx/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;sty2dtx&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Place it under the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.latex-project.org/lppl/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX project public license&lt;/a&gt;, i.e. add the license statement and your copyright.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Add some user documentation, i.e. describe for what the package is useful for and how to use the macros, plus some visual examples. You should also&#xA;document the code and explain how it is implemented so that other people (and you after a while) can understand how it works.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;ZIP the &lt;code&gt;.dtx&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;.ins&lt;/code&gt; and the generated &lt;code&gt;.sty&lt;/code&gt; and PDF as well as a short &lt;code&gt;README&lt;/code&gt;&#xA;together. The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/ctanify&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ctanify&lt;/a&gt; tool is also very useful for this.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Upload it on &lt;a href=&quot;http://dante.ctan.org/upload&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;CTAN&lt;/a&gt; with some announcement text.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I published a couple of packages this way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-08T18:01:46.313" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T18:01:46.313" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="10596" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11029" CreationDate="2011-02-08T15:17:26.967" Score="3" ViewCount="282" Body="&lt;p&gt;I work a lot with matrix algebra.  I also give a lot of presentations.  It'd be nice to have a good sans serif font to use for both.  Currently, my choice is the bitstream vera sans with math package: arev.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem with most sans serif fonts for matrix algebra is that they do not have a good capital I.  In these presentations, 'I' really needs to have it's tails, even in a sans serif font.  (It's the all important identity operator after all.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hence my question:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Are there other sans serif packages&#xA;that have a 'I' with tails?  (I know about arev and &#xA;lxfonts.  I like arev, but it's pretty wide when&#xA;using the matching text font.  lxfonts is &#xA;even worse.)  Other desirable features are&#xA;i, j, and l characters with a bit of a swish.&#xA;I have not been able to find any that are miktex&#xA;packages.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Is there a reasonable combination of letters &#xA;I could use to patch an existing font with&#xA;this behavior?  And if so, how?  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This seems to be a recurring question (see &lt;a href=&quot;http://groups.google.com/group/latexusersgroup/browse_thread/thread/6f3853c13e295538/32fc03a336b8afd5&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://groups.google.com/group/latexusersgroup/browse_thread/thread/6f3853c13e295538/32fc03a336b8afd5&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://thedailyreviewer.com/compsys/view/distinguished-capital-i-for-sans-serif-font-113312512&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://thedailyreviewer.com/compsys/view/distinguished-capital-i-for-sans-serif-font-113312512&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="474" LastEditorUserId="474" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-14T04:15:08.773" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T04:17:54.573" Title="Sans serif font with distinguished capital I for math." Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;presentations&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="10597" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10604" CreationDate="2011-02-08T15:17:34.163" Score="6" ViewCount="189" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is my first time to try and write documentation by using LaTeX. The generated PDF is quite impressive, but there is one thing I have no idea of how to do it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like to have the left 1/3 of my title page (created by &lt;code&gt;titlepage&lt;/code&gt;) filled with color (no left and top, bottom margin), and then put the title text on it. The title will be centered, so its left part could overlap with the colored left 1/3 of the page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it doable? What is the best way? Can the &lt;code&gt;picture&lt;/code&gt; environment do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The documentclass is &lt;code&gt;[a4paper]{report}&lt;/code&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3436" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-24T14:50:29.037" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T14:50:29.037" Title="Fill the left 1/3 of the title page with color?" Tags="&lt;color&gt;&lt;layout&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="10598" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10591" CreationDate="2011-02-08T15:22:34.540" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Martin has already explained quite well &lt;em&gt;how&lt;/em&gt; to publish a package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think there is scope for a package that can make characters active and assign meanings to them. (I've thought about writing something similar before, actually.) But there are some tricky things to consider, and I think it is confusing the issue to start changing LaTeX markup at the same time — if your package also changes •, ¶, § in text then this, IMO, should be customisable. You mention it's useful for RTL users, but as I recall you're editing your TeX files in OpenOffice, which I suspect is somewhat unusual.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm also not entirely sure how robust these &quot;grab until end-of-line&quot; commands are. (Consider &lt;code&gt;\foo{¶ something}&lt;/code&gt;.) But if you're only dealing with &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt; and so on I guess it's not too much of a problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you only intend to keep the code as-is in its fairly specific form, I'd suggest not publishing it for the time being while you use it for your own work. If it does turn out to be quite useful to you over time then, yes, I would consider polishing it up and submitting it to CTAN.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-08T15:30:53.970" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T15:30:53.970" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="10599" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10624" CreationDate="2011-02-08T15:22:41.437" Score="1" ViewCount="136" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to use an &lt;code&gt;.eps&lt;/code&gt; figure for my paper, but the problem comes when I got weird output.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I use this command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}[!ht]&#xA;\centering&#xA;  \includegraphics[scale=0.2]{A.eps}&#xA;\end{figure}  &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But on the output, the figure is rotated by itself.&#xA;&lt;code&gt;A.eps&lt;/code&gt; is a landscape figure, but it came out as a portrait figure.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried to rotate it so it might be come out as I want, but it did not work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can anybody help me, please?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3437" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-08T15:30:25.510" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T19:00:03.317" Title="The output of eps fig is rotated by itself" Tags="&lt;eps&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10601" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10597" CreationDate="2011-02-08T15:38:55.423" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;code&gt;TikZ&lt;/code&gt; for this (although I'm almost certain that if all you need is a coloured rectangle, someone else will come up with a solution that does not require a full-fledged graphics package).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;TikZ&lt;/code&gt; command needs to be supplied to the &lt;code&gt;\title{}&lt;/code&gt; entry to make sure it gets drawn with the title page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{report}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\title{\tikz[remember picture,overlay] \draw [fill,red!20] (current page.north west) rectangle +(0.33\paperwidth,-\paperheight);%&#xA;Rather Long Document Title to Show that the Colour is Behind the Title}&#xA;\author{John Doe}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/fgeCy.png&quot; alt=&quot;Title Page, one third red, with TikZ&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastEditorUserId="2552" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-08T15:45:05.153" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T15:45:05.153" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10602" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10599" CreationDate="2011-02-08T15:41:25.907" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you are using &lt;code&gt;dvipdf&lt;/code&gt; then try making your command line&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;dvipdf -dAutoRotatePages=/None myfile.dvi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T15:41:25.907" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10603" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8120" CreationDate="2011-02-08T15:51:17.570" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was googling a bit.&#xA;I doubt it is a solution on your problem, it is just i little suggestion:&#xA;Instead of &#xA;equation + gathered + aligned&#xA;It is sufficient tu use just gather + aligned.&#xA;I suppouse that gather is standalone math environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{gather}&#xA;  \begin{aligned}&#xA;    q &amp;amp;= r \,, &amp;amp;&#xA;    x &amp;amp;= y \,, &amp;amp;&#xA;    z &amp;amp;= w \,,&#xA;  \end{aligned} \\&#xA;  \begin{aligned}&#xA;    A a &amp;amp;= B b \,, &amp;amp;&#xA;    C c &amp;amp;= D d \,, \\&#xA;    a &amp;amp;= b \,, &amp;amp;&#xA;    c &amp;amp;= d \,.&#xA;  \end{aligned}&#xA;\end{gather}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or, may I ask why you do not simply use only equation + aligned?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3440" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T15:51:17.570" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10604" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10597" CreationDate="2011-02-08T15:53:36.680" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A simple solution, without complex drawing packages:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{report}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{eso-pic}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{titlepage}&#xA;\AddToShipoutPictureBG*{\AtPageLowerLeft{%&#xA;  \color{blue!20}\rule{.33\paperwidth}{\paperheight}}}&#xA;Title&#xA;\end{titlepage}&#xA;&#xA;bar&#xA;\newpage&#xA;&#xA;blah&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-08T16:32:35.883" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T16:32:35.883" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="10605" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10596" CreationDate="2011-02-08T15:56:10.843" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can try &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/greek/gfs/gfsbodoni/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;bodoni&lt;/a&gt; which has very subtle serifs&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/g7FWJ.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You also check out the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/sansseriffonts.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;font catalogue&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T15:56:10.843" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="10606" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10608" CreationDate="2011-02-08T16:01:04.553" Score="8" ViewCount="175" Body="&lt;p&gt;I sometimes want to give examples in a document I am writing. Because these examples are quite general it could be difficult for readers to see the difference between the examples and the theoretical analysis. Therefore I want to put a long vertical bar (that spans the entire example) in the margin indicating the text next to it is an example. It could be that the example uses two pages or more.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any helpful package to do this. An environment would be fine. Something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{example}&#xA;...&#xA;\end{example}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Other suggestions to indicate the difference are welcome too. First I thought using a different background color. But I want to keep the document printable in Black/White and reading text with a gray background isn't that easy. A horizontal line at the begin and end is also an option but after two pages people could get confused.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2601" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T23:09:56.417" Title="Putting a bar in the margin" Tags="&lt;margins&gt;" AnswerCount="4" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="10607" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10596" CreationDate="2011-02-08T16:06:00.477" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I suggest iwona.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Test:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/aoEyR.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[math]{iwona}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;lmnLMN-IJKijk&#xA;&#xA;$lmnLMN-ijkIJK$&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/iwona/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/iwona/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T16:06:00.477" />
  <row Id="10608" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10606" CreationDate="2011-02-08T16:06:20.727" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The framed package provides a leftbar environment that does something like what you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{framed}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{leftbar}&#xA;This is a test.&#xA;\end{leftbar}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2716" LastEditorUserId="2716" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-08T16:28:51.033" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T16:28:51.033" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10609" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10599" CreationDate="2011-02-08T16:11:06.260" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just a general comment from someone who doesn't use LaTeX often:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;graphicx&lt;/code&gt; with its &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt; is generally preferable to &lt;code&gt;epsfig&lt;/code&gt; and PDF is generally to be preferred over EPS.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt; allows you to leave the image format open in the LaTeX source code,&#xA;and to pick PDF instead of EPS by using &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;latex&lt;/code&gt; (once you've converted your images to PDF).  This has saved me a few headaches in the past.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3441" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T16:11:06.260" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="10610" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10614" CreationDate="2011-02-08T16:13:02.903" Score="6" ViewCount="114" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there some way to get the title of a citation shown in the normal text instead of the key? I need the titles of some papers I cite in the normal text, so typing them by hand seems to be superfluous if I already have them in my bibtex file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any way to do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1481" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-09T09:58:58.130" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T09:58:58.130" Title="How to get title of a citation?" Tags="&lt;biblatex&gt;&lt;citing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="10611" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10606" CreationDate="2011-02-08T16:14:18.537" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Have a look at &lt;code&gt;changebar&lt;/code&gt; package: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/changebar.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/changebar.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[color]{changebar}&#xA;\cbcolor{blue}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}% for random text only&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\cbstart&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\cbend&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum[2]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T16:14:18.537" />
  <row Id="10612" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10599" CreationDate="2011-02-08T16:19:44.250" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I just had similar issues with rotating eps figures. Check out this thread:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/10079/on-ubuntu-10-10-with-texlive-full-installed-xelatex-is-rotating-my-figures-90-de&quot;&gt;On Ubuntu 10.10 with texlive-full installed, xelatex is rotating my figures 90 degrees counterclockwise&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3292" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T16:19:44.250" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10613" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10561" CreationDate="2011-02-08T16:23:33.053" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Rewritten answer, old answer was wrong&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First, look at &lt;code&gt;TeX-command-list&lt;/code&gt; to ensure that it has an entry for &lt;code&gt;latexmk&lt;/code&gt;.  If not, you need to add a line to this variable to allow the executable to be invoked by Auctex, which can be done through the Auxtex customisation group.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Second, the default program is specified by the variable &lt;code&gt;TeX-command-default&lt;/code&gt;.  Change this to the identifier used by &lt;code&gt;TeX-command-list&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E.g., if one of the elements in &lt;code&gt;TeX-command-list&lt;/code&gt; is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; (&quot;Latex Make&quot; &quot;latexmk %(-pdf) %t&quot; TeX-run-TeX)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;then &lt;code&gt;TeX-command-default&lt;/code&gt; needs to be &lt;code&gt;&quot;Latex Make&quot;&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-09T10:05:50.390" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T10:05:50.390" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="10614" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10610" CreationDate="2011-02-08T16:26:42.770" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/biblatex.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt; package&lt;/a&gt; provides &lt;code&gt;\citetitle&lt;/code&gt; command for this. You'd better read the manual and examples of this huge package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A simple example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{filecontents*}{foo.bib}&#xA;@Book{Knuth:ct-a,&#xA;  author =       &quot;Donald E. Knuth&quot;,&#xA;  title =        &quot;The {\TeX}book&quot;,&#xA;  publisher =    &quot;Addison-Wesley&quot;,&#xA;  year =         &quot;1986&quot;,&#xA;  volume =       &quot;A&quot;,&#xA;  series =       &quot;Computers and Typesetting&quot;,&#xA;  pages =        &quot;ix + 483&quot;,&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents*}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{biblatex}&#xA;\bibliography{foo}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\citetitle{Knuth:ct-a}&#xA;&#xA;\printbibliography&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T16:26:42.770" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10615" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10666" CreationDate="2011-02-03T21:22:27.853" Score="2" ViewCount="190" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm looking for an alternative for &lt;a href=&quot;http://docs.latexlab.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://docs.latexlab.org/&lt;/a&gt; which is stable. Is there any?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="749" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-11T18:30:06.273" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T21:32:16.757" Title="Stable alternative for http://docs.latexlab.org/" Tags="&lt;tools&gt;&lt;online&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10616" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10596" CreationDate="2011-02-08T17:40:27.900" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Relative newcomers to the TeX world are Google's &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/droid&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;droid&lt;/a&gt; fonts, but a package was recently put on CTAN. It has the feature you want for capital I.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\familydefault}{\sfdefault}&#xA;\usepackage{droid}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\Huge This is droid sans. I like it. &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/9Pio0.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;No swish on i or l, but j does.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T17:40:27.900" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10617" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10693" CreationDate="2011-02-08T18:07:56.177" Score="3" ViewCount="198" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have a template I got from the internet. When I run it I get the following error. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Fatal fontspec error: &quot;not-pdftex&quot;&#xA;! &#xA;! Requires XeTeX or LuaTeX to function!&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have XeTeX and LuaTeX installed. It gives me an error at line 34 in fontspec.sty. &#xA;Please help. I do not understand what is wrong. Thanks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3444" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T16:34:42.797" Title="fontspec Error for some XeTeX/LuaTeX function" Tags="&lt;fontspec&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="10618" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10606" CreationDate="2011-02-08T18:09:01.503" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another possibility for indicating an example:&#xA;If your document has anything to do with code, you might want to consider use of &lt;code&gt;\verb&lt;/code&gt; and the &lt;code&gt;verbatim&lt;/code&gt; environment.  All it does is place the example in monospaced font, and it's wysiwyg.  So you can also type up LaTeX examples as-is.  I use the &lt;code&gt;\verb&lt;/code&gt; command for short, in-line examples, and the &lt;code&gt;verbatim&lt;/code&gt; environment for longer ones like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;This is the explanation for the \verb#lambda# function:&#xA;\begin{verbatim}&#xA;&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&amp;gt; #this is a comment &#xA;...&#xA;&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&amp;gt; sq = lambda x: x**2&#xA;&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&amp;gt; sq(2)&#xA;\end{verbatim}&#xA;will return \verb#4#.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;produces this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/6Na6q.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note you don't have to use &lt;code&gt;##&lt;/code&gt; to delimit the &lt;code&gt;\verb&lt;/code&gt; command, you can use another pair, like &lt;code&gt;!!&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="960" LastEditorUserId="960" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-08T19:19:12.567" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T19:19:12.567" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="10619" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-08T18:32:23.097" Score="0" ViewCount="92" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicates:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/7447/how-to-change-font-size-in-the-entire-document&quot;&gt;How to change font size in the entire document?&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/5339/how-to-specify-font-size-less-than-10pt-in-latex&quot;&gt;How to specify font size less than 10pt in LaTeX&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sometimes when I want to review a draft I need larger fonts. Is there a package or a command that I can use to increase the font of the entire document?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="888" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-08T19:14:36.947" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T19:55:09.913" ClosedDate="2011-02-08T22:07:43.820" Title="How to change the font size of a document?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;fontsize&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10620" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10636" CreationDate="2011-02-08T18:43:12.700" Score="3" ViewCount="136" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a question similar to that in &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/10510/cite-in-the-caption-of-a-graphic-but-not-in-listoffigures&quot;&gt;Cite in the caption of a graphic but not in \listoffigures?&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using this to create bookmarks in my generated PDFs:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[pdftex,bookmarks=true]{hyperref}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My problem, is that I'm using inverted commas (quotation marks) in my section/subsection titles.  However, my PDF bookmarks come out with backticks and two apostrophes (&lt;code&gt;`` text... ''&lt;/code&gt;), instead of a proper pair of inverted commas.  Is there a way around this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the question I linked to above, I see that I can specify an optional title for places like this, and if worse comes to worse, I could leave out the quotation marks.  I'd really prefer to keep them, though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3446" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-17T12:28:53.933" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T12:28:53.933" Title="Quotation marks in section titles" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;punctuation&gt;&lt;bookmarks&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="10621" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10559" CreationDate="2011-02-08T18:50:30.757" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the chemstyle package with option &lt;code&gt;floatrow&lt;/code&gt; (to make sure the floatrow package will be used by the chemstyle package) and put a &lt;code&gt;\RawFloats&lt;/code&gt; as first command inside the figure:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[twoside,a4paper]{report}&#xA;\usepackage[demo]{graphicx} % option &quot;demo&quot; added for compiling without images&#xA;\usepackage[floatrow]{chemstyle}&#xA;\usepackage{enumitem}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}[ht]&#xA;\RawFloats&#xA;    \begin{minipage}[b]{0.48\linewidth}&#xA;        \begin{itemize} [ ] % To get list without points&#xA;            \item{Blah blah blah&#xA;                \begin{enumerate}&#xA;                    \item{Text}&#xA;                    \item{Text}&#xA;                \end{enumerate}&#xA;            }&#xA;            \item{More blah blah blah&#xA;                \begin{enumerate}&#xA;                    \item{Text}&#xA;                    \item{Text}&#xA;                \end{enumerate}&#xA;            }&#xA;        \end{itemize}&#xA;    \end{minipage}&#xA;    \hfill&#xA;    \begin{minipage}[b]{0.48\linewidth}&#xA;        \centering&#xA;        \includegraphics[scale=0.2]{caption_example.pdf}&#xA;        \caption{default}&#xA;        \label{fig:label}&#xA;    \end{minipage}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The &lt;code&gt;\RawFloats&lt;/code&gt; command is described in the floatrow package documentation.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2574" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T18:50:30.757" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10622" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-08T18:53:42.340" Score="3" ViewCount="87" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the &lt;em&gt;standard way&lt;/em&gt; in latex to display certain objects (e.g. pictures, tables, etc.) side by side, instead of one below the other?&#xA;I thought about using the tabular environment for this, but I'm not sure if there isn't a better way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3448" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-08T03:11:09.763" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T03:11:09.763" Title="Display certain objects in a document side by side" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;formatting&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="10623" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10622" CreationDate="2011-02-08T18:58:17.873" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I often tried using boxes and minipages, but resorted back to wrapping these in a tabular environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3391" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T18:58:17.873" />
  <row Id="10624" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10599" CreationDate="2011-02-08T19:00:03.317" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;From comments to a different answer, I gather that you want to include plots generated with &lt;code&gt;gnuplot&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;Gnuplot&lt;/code&gt; comes with many different &quot;terminals&quot;, which are output filters that generate different file formats. A common one is &lt;code&gt;postscript&lt;/code&gt; (which generates postscript files), or &lt;code&gt;png&lt;/code&gt; for generating PNG raster images. If you build your plots interactively from a &lt;code&gt;gnuplot&lt;/code&gt; command line, you are probably using the &lt;code&gt;wxt&lt;/code&gt; terminal, which outputs the plots to your screen.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For including &lt;code&gt;gnuplot&lt;/code&gt; plots in LaTeX documents, there are other terminals that are better suited than the terminals which generate standalone image files, because they let LaTeX take care of typesetting the text:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;epslatex&lt;/code&gt; terminal generates two files: One &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; file that includes all of the text and numbers, and one &lt;code&gt;.eps&lt;/code&gt; file that includes the graphics.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;To use it, do the following: After setting up your plot as usual (by using a sequence of setup commands or by loading a &lt;code&gt;gnuplot&lt;/code&gt; file) issue the command &lt;code&gt;set terminal epslatex color&lt;/code&gt; at the &lt;code&gt;gnuplot&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; prompt; then &lt;code&gt;set out &quot;filename.tex&quot;&lt;/code&gt;; &lt;code&gt;replot&lt;/code&gt; (or just &lt;code&gt;plot&lt;/code&gt; followed by the function, if that is all you need); and finally &lt;code&gt;set out&lt;/code&gt; without a file name, which closes the files. You have now generated the &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;.eps&lt;/code&gt; files.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;In your LaTeX document, you just include the graph using &lt;code&gt;\input{filename}&lt;/code&gt;, the &lt;code&gt;.eps&lt;/code&gt; file will be included automatically. If you want a bigger font size, just use &lt;code&gt;\large{\input{filename}}&lt;/code&gt; instead.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;tikz&lt;/code&gt; terminal generates a &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; file that contains TikZ code to generate the graph directly in LaTeX.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;To use it, you use &lt;code&gt;set terminal tikz&lt;/code&gt;, after that the procedure is identical to that for the &lt;code&gt;epslatex&lt;/code&gt; terminal. In your LaTeX document you must also load the &lt;code&gt;gnuplot-lua-tikz&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a complete example using the &lt;code&gt;epslatex terminal&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;In &lt;code&gt;gnuplot&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;gnuplot&amp;gt; set terminal epslatex color&#xA;Terminal type set to 'epslatex'&#xA;Options are '   leveldefault color blacktext \&#xA;   dashed dashlength 1.0 linewidth 1.0 butt noclip \&#xA;   palfuncparam 2000,0.003 \&#xA;   noheader &quot;&quot; 11 '&#xA;gnuplot&amp;gt; set out &quot;epslatexfile.tex&quot;&#xA;gnuplot&amp;gt; set samples 400, 400&#xA;gnuplot&amp;gt; plot [-10:10] real(sin(x)**besj0(x))&#xA;gnuplot&amp;gt; set out&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A minimal LaTeX document to include the output from &lt;code&gt;gnuplot&lt;/code&gt; could look like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\centering&#xA;\input{epslatexfile}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Yielding this output:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/POvNh.png&quot; alt=&quot;gnuplot plot with epslatex terminal&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T19:00:03.317" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="10625" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10606" CreationDate="2011-02-08T19:04:39.387" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can also use PDF annotations with the &lt;a href=&quot;http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/pdfcomment.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pdfcomment&lt;/a&gt; package&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrartcl}&#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{lmodern}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage[svgnames,rgb]{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage[subject={Top1},author={Josef}]{pdfcomment}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{pdfsidelinecomment}[color=red,icolor=yellow,caption=inline,linebegin={/Butt},lineend={/Square},linewidth=2bp,linesep=1cm]{Example}&#xA;\lipsum[2]&#xA;\end{pdfsidelinecomment}&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/1Zc8d.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3190" LastEditorUserId="3190" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-08T23:09:56.417" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T23:09:56.417" />
  <row Id="10626" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-08T19:19:45.763" Score="1" ViewCount="165" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have been searching on the Internet but so far there is no guide that works for me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/minionpro/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the one from CTAN&lt;/a&gt;,&#xA;but there I have to run commands, and install the LCDF Typetools (which aren't available for Windows?). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As far as I know many people use the Minion font. Is there some easy guide out there to help me install them?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3354" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-08T19:30:35.723" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T22:22:38.083" Title="Installing Minion Pro on Windows" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;installing&gt;&lt;windows&gt;&lt;minion&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10627" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10626" CreationDate="2011-02-08T19:38:19.227" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you are willing to use Xe(La)TeX, and have Adobe Reader (not Acrobat), you can install Minion Pro as an OTF fonts from &lt;code&gt;$READER_INSTALL_DIR\Resource\Font&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="711" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T19:38:19.227" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10628" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10619" CreationDate="2011-02-08T19:39:33.390" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/extsizes&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;extsizes&lt;/a&gt; bundle.  Make sure the bundle is installed on your system, and replace for example &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;by for example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[20pt]{extarticle}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Read the documentation for more information, including warnings and disclaimers. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastEditorUserId="396" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-08T19:55:09.913" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T19:55:09.913" />
  <row Id="10629" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10630" CreationDate="2011-02-08T19:42:19.770" Score="7" ViewCount="126" Body="&lt;p&gt;In LaTeX, if I use &lt;code&gt;\verb&lt;/code&gt;, how can I escape &lt;code&gt;|&lt;/code&gt;? For example, I want to display &lt;code&gt;ab|bc&lt;/code&gt;: &lt;code&gt;\verb|ab[]bc|&lt;/code&gt;. What should replace &lt;code&gt;[]&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3449" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-09T00:24:49.943" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T00:24:49.943" Title="escape `|' in \verb" Tags="&lt;verbatim&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="10630" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10629" CreationDate="2011-02-08T19:45:43.487" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\verb=ab|cd=&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;you can choose any delimiter for the verb argument&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T19:45:43.487" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10631" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10622" CreationDate="2011-02-08T19:49:41.377" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The standard LaTeX way is minipages. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In order to make sure that your multiple minipages end up on the same line, their horizontal dimensions have to add up to something less than the current &lt;code&gt;\textwidth&lt;/code&gt;.  So if I care about lining them up, I often use multiples of &lt;code&gt;\textwidth&lt;/code&gt; as the minipage widths.  Such as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum} % just for demonstration&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\noindent&#xA;\begin{minipage}[t]{0.3\textwidth}&#xA;  \lipsum[1]&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;\hfill&#xA;\begin{minipage}[t]{0.6\textwidth}&#xA;  \lipsum[2-3]&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\hfill&lt;/code&gt; control sequence inserts an infinitely stretchable amount of glue between the minipages—effectively pushing the second one all the way to the edge of the line.  Since the total widths of the boxes is &lt;code&gt;0.9\textwidth&lt;/code&gt;, you get a separation of &lt;code&gt;0.1\textwidth&lt;/code&gt; between the minipages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another method is the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/multicol&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;multicol&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package, but that's mainly for columns of text side-by-side.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-09T03:11:32.577" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T03:11:32.577" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10633" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10626" CreationDate="2011-02-08T20:10:52.870" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was able to install on windows (with MikTeX 2.8), using the instructions with the CTAN package. I don't remember the details, but it wasn't hard. I have the cygwin unix emulation environment installed, but I don't recall if it was necessary to use it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;More details:&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;kpsewhich&lt;/code&gt;: &#xA;use the miktex settings tool (probably best to use the &lt;code&gt;(admin)&lt;/code&gt; version) to add&#xA;a local root directory (eg., &lt;code&gt;C:\miktexlocal\&lt;/code&gt;), and use this as the local path.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;LCDF typetools for windows: as is mentioned on the LCDF website, you can get unofficial win32 binaries from &lt;a href=&quot;ftp://akagi.ms.u-tokyo.ac.jp/pub/TeX/win32/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ftp://akagi.ms.u-tokyo.ac.jp/pub/TeX/win32/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Making directories, copying files, moving files, etc: you can do all of this through windows explorer.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Adding a line to &lt;code&gt;updmap.cfg&lt;/code&gt;: Use the command &lt;code&gt;initexmf --admin --edit-config-file updmap&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastEditorUserId="627" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-08T22:22:38.083" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T22:22:38.083" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="10634" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10512" CreationDate="2011-02-08T20:16:33.623" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is a variation on Joseph Wright's solution. &lt;code&gt;\ifstrcmpTF&lt;/code&gt; compares strings of characters irrespective of their catcodes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\usepackage{catoptions}&#xA;\newcommand\@ifnextchars[3]{%&#xA;  \def\@tempa{#1}\def\@tempb{#2}%&#xA;  \def\@tempc{#3}\def\@tempd{}%&#xA;  \@ifnextchars@a&#xA;}&#xA;\def\@ifnextchars@a#1{%&#xA;  \toks@\cptthreexp{\expandafter\@car\@tempa\@nil}%&#xA;  \expandafter\ifstrcmpTF\expandafter{\the\toks@}{#1}{%&#xA;    \edef\@tempd{\expandcsonce\@tempd\the\toks@}%&#xA;    \toks@\cptthreexp{\expandafter\@cdr\@tempa\@nil}%&#xA;    \edef\@tempa{\the\toks@}%&#xA;    \ifcsemptyTF\@tempa{\expandafter\@tempb\@tempd}%&#xA;    \@ifnextchars@a&#xA;  }{%&#xA;    \edef\@tempd{\expandcsonce\@tempd#1}%&#xA;    \expandafter\@tempc\@tempd&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;% Tests&#xA;\@ifnextchars{abc}{yes}{no} abc&#xA;&#xA;\@ifnextchars{abc}{yes}{no} acb&#xA;&#xA;\@ifnextchars{abc}{yes}{no} cba&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is an expandable form of &lt;code&gt;\@ifnextchar,&lt;/code&gt; by Chervet Florent. Can we think of an expandable form of &lt;code&gt;\@ifnextchars?&lt;/code&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="994" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T20:16:33.623" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="10635" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10620" CreationDate="2011-02-08T20:50:23.273" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This gives different quotation marks in TeX and the bookmarks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[bookmarks]{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section{\texorpdfstring{My ``foo''}{My &quot;foo&quot;}}&#xA;bar&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T20:50:23.273" />
  <row Id="10636" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10620" CreationDate="2011-02-08T20:53:41.697" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If, instead of the ligatures (which, I believe, is how the &quot;double backping and double apostrophe become proper qoutation marks&quot;-mechanism works), you use unicode characters, it seems to work as expected. Alternatively, you can use &lt;code&gt;\texorpdfstring{for TeX typesetting}{for bookmarks}&lt;/code&gt; in your &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt; command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This illustrates the two options.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[bookmarks,pdftex]{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;&#xA;\section{The phrases ``nudge nudge'' and “wink wink”  }&#xA;&#xA;\section{The \texorpdfstring{``larch''}{&quot;larch&quot;}}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="275" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T20:53:41.697" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="10637" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10645" CreationDate="2011-02-08T20:57:38.660" Score="4" ViewCount="57" Body="&lt;p&gt;The following ECM works fine when compiled with XeLaTeX, but if compiled with LuaLaTeX there is a minor problem :&#xA;accented letter produces garbage in the pdftitle — but it's fine in the document .&#xA;I precise (after some tests) that it is not related to a particular font.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\hypersetup{pdftitle={àéèœ}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;àéèœ&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;P.S. Maybe it's not relevant here, but in case : I'm on mac 10.6&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3172" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T23:14:00.427" Title="(small) incompatibilities between LuaTeX+hyperref (pdftitle)+accents" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;luatex&gt;&lt;accents&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10638" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10639" CreationDate="2011-02-08T21:15:10.393" Score="3" ViewCount="70" Body="&lt;p&gt;The compilation of&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrreprt} %or with any other KOMA-Script classes, like scrartcl&#xA;%\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[french]{babel}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;test&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;leads to a warning in the console:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Package frenchb.ldf Warning: The definition of \@makecaption has been changed,&#xA;(frenchb.ldf)                frenchb will NOT customise it;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After test, the problem doesn't occur with &lt;code&gt;ngerman&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;english&lt;/code&gt;, and some other languages that I have tested.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The question is: is this warning important? And if yes, what can we do to avoid this problem?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3172" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-08T21:32:35.100" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T21:32:35.100" Title="incompatibilities between babel[french] and KOMA-Script classes" Tags="&lt;koma-script&gt;&lt;languages&gt;&lt;babel&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10639" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10638" CreationDate="2011-02-08T21:18:59.647" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The warning occurs because the &lt;code&gt;french&lt;/code&gt; option for &lt;code&gt;babel&lt;/code&gt; redefines how captions are made, as traditional French typography uses a different style to English documents. However, &lt;code&gt;KOMA-Script&lt;/code&gt; also uses it's own version of the captioning system, with more flexibility than the LaTeX kernel version. Personally, I'd use the &lt;code&gt;KOMA-Script&lt;/code&gt; interface and not worry about the warning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T21:18:59.647" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="10640" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10638" CreationDate="2011-02-08T21:23:29.703" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;if you want to have the old definition, try this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\let\kernel@makecaption\@makecaption&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\documentclass{scrreprt} %or with any other KOMA-Script classes, like scrartcl&#xA;%\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\let\@makecaption\kernel@makecaption&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\usepackage[french]{babel}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;test&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But as Joseph already pointed out, use the one from KOMA-Script&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T21:23:29.703" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10641" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10663" CreationDate="2011-02-08T21:34:24.387" Score="3" ViewCount="236" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am new to TikZ and reading through the manual working out the first example which happens to use the &lt;em&gt;intersections&lt;/em&gt; library. When I try&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usetikzlibrary{intersections}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;LaTex spits out the following error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;./tikz.tex:5:I can't find file `tikzlibraryintersections.code.tex'&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anyone know how I can somehow get the library and where I should put it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1995" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T16:31:00.440" Title="TikZ Library Not Found" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;packages&gt;&lt;installing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="10642" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9296" CreationDate="2011-02-08T21:38:44.247" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is possible to extract the family of a symbol by looking either at its &lt;code&gt;\mathcode&lt;/code&gt; (this is for explicit characters like &lt;code&gt;1&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;a&lt;/code&gt;, etc.; for example, &lt;code&gt;\the\mathcode`1&lt;/code&gt; gives &lt;code&gt;28721&lt;/code&gt; which is &lt;code&gt;&quot;7031&lt;/code&gt; in hex) or by looking at it's &lt;code&gt;\meaning&lt;/code&gt; which begins with &lt;code&gt;\mathchar&lt;/code&gt; (e.g. &lt;code&gt;\meaning\phi&lt;/code&gt; gives &lt;code&gt;\mathchar&quot;11E&lt;/code&gt;). The second of the four hex digits is the math family (if there are less, the leading digits are zeros). For example, &lt;code&gt;1&lt;/code&gt; has mathcode &lt;code&gt;&quot;7031&lt;/code&gt; so it's from family &lt;code&gt;0&lt;/code&gt; (operators), and &lt;code&gt;\phi&lt;/code&gt; has mathcode &lt;code&gt;&quot;011E&lt;/code&gt; so it's from family &lt;code&gt;1&lt;/code&gt; (letters).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To get the family from the symbol, you can thus proceed this way: you look at the &lt;code&gt;\meaning&lt;/code&gt; of the symbol. The symbols which normally get accents (&lt;code&gt;1&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\phi&lt;/code&gt;, etc.) typically have a &lt;code&gt;\meaning&lt;/code&gt; which is either &lt;code&gt;\mathchar&quot;....&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;the character 1&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;the letter a&lt;/code&gt;. For the first type, you must remove the &lt;code&gt;\mathchar&lt;/code&gt; from the &lt;code&gt;\meaning&lt;/code&gt; and keep only the number. For the second type, you must check if the &lt;code&gt;\meaning&lt;/code&gt; begins with &lt;code&gt;the&lt;/code&gt;, look at the &lt;code&gt;\mathcode&lt;/code&gt; and then convert it to hex (for example by using the &lt;code&gt;binhex.tex&lt;/code&gt; package). In each case, you might need to pad the number with leading zeros to extract the second digit reliably.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To be able to say whether the meaning of the character begins with &lt;code&gt;\mathchar&lt;/code&gt; or with &lt;code&gt;the&lt;/code&gt;, there are various ways. Here, I used the same way as &lt;code&gt;amsmath.sty&lt;/code&gt; does for its automatic &lt;code&gt;\dots&lt;/code&gt;. As &lt;code&gt;\meaning&lt;/code&gt; produces catcode 12 characters, you must produce a &lt;code&gt;\&lt;/code&gt;, an &lt;code&gt;m&lt;/code&gt;, a &lt;code&gt;t&lt;/code&gt;, etc. with catcode 12 to test against. A way of doing this is to use an uppercase/lowercase trick (the principle is the same as in my answer to the question &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/7359/how-to-make-a-real-backslash-escape-character&quot;&gt;How to make a real backslash (escape) character?&lt;/a&gt;): you take catcode 12 characters (e.g. &lt;code&gt;!&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;?&lt;/code&gt; etc.) and make their uppercase versions be &lt;code&gt;\&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;m&lt;/code&gt;, etc. and then uppercase your whole definition.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a code showing how to do all this. I've commented it, so I hope it's understandable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;% the code works with all font packages&#xA;%\usepackage{lmodern}&#xA;%\usepackage{fourier}&#xA;%\usepackage[utopia]{mathdesign}&#xA;%\usepackage[charter]{mathdesign}&#xA;%\usepackage[garamond]{mathdesign}&#xA;%\usepackage{txfonts}&#xA;%\usepackage{pxfonts}&#xA;%\usepackage{mathpazo}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{bm,accents}&#xA;\input{binhex}% for hex conversion&#xA;&#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%&#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%&#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% CODE TO DETECT MATH FAMILY %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%&#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%&#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%&#xA;%&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;%&#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%&#xA;% Utility macros to pad zeros (e.g. transform 34 into 0034)&#xA;% The delimiter is \empty so that if it is expanded, it does nothing&#xA;\def\@pad@four@zeros#1{\@pad@four@zeros@aux#1\empty\empty\empty\empty}%&#xA;\def\@pad@four@zeros@aux#1#2#3#4\empty{%&#xA;  \ifx#1\empty 0\fi\ifx#2\empty 0\fi\ifx#3\empty 0\fi\ifx\\#4\\0\fi#1#2#3#4%&#xA;}&#xA;%&#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%&#xA;% Macro extracting the second digit (e.g. 7163 -&amp;gt; 1)&#xA;\def\@extract@second@of@four#1#2#3#4\@nil{#2}%&#xA;%&#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%&#xA;% new boolean which will be used to test if a \meaning begins with \mathcha (e.g. \mahchar&quot;11E)&#xA;\newif\if@begins@by@mathchar@&#xA;%&#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%&#xA;% uppercase trick to obtain characters with catcode 12&#xA;\begingroup&#xA;\uccode`!=`\\ % ! is \ with catcode 12&#xA;\uccode`?=`m  % ? is m with catcode 12&#xA;\uccode`,=`a  % , is a with catcode 12&#xA;\uccode`.=`t  % . is t with catcode 12&#xA;\uccode`;=`h  % ; is h with catcode 12&#xA;\uccode`/=`c  % / is c with catcode 12&#xA;\uccode`|=`r  % | is r with catcode 12&#xA;\uppercase{\endgroup&#xA;\def\@if@begins@by@mathchar@#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9\@nil{%&#xA;  \@begins@by@mathchar@false % initiate boolean to false&#xA;  % test if #1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8 is !?,.;/;, i.e. \mathcha&#xA;  \ifx !#1\ifx ?#2\ifx ,#3\ifx .#4\ifx ;#5\ifx /#6\ifx ;#7\ifx ,#8%&#xA;    \@begins@by@mathchar@true % switch boolean to true&#xA;  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi&#xA;  \if@begins@by@mathchar@ % if boolean true&#xA;    \expandafter\@firstoftwo&#xA;  \else % if boolean false&#xA;    \expandafter\@secondoftwo&#xA;  \fi&#xA;}&#xA;% macro which strips prefix \mathchar&#xA;\gdef\@strip@mathchar@prefix!?,.;/;,|#1\@nil{#1}%&#xA;% end of uppercase trick&#xA;}&#xA;%&#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%&#xA;% new boolean which will be used to test if a \meaning begins with the (e.g. the character 1)&#xA;\newif\if@begins@by@the@&#xA;%&#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%&#xA;% uppercase trick to obtain characters with catcode 12&#xA;\begingroup&#xA;\uccode`!=`t % ! is t with catcode 12&#xA;\uccode`?=`h % ? is h with catcode 12&#xA;\uccode`,=`e % , is e with catcode 12&#xA;\uppercase{\endgroup&#xA;\def\@if@begins@by@the@#1#2#3#4\@nil{%&#xA;  \@begins@by@the@false % initiate boolean to false&#xA;  % test if #1#2#3 is !?, i.e. the&#xA;  \ifx !#1\ifx ?#2\ifx ,#3%&#xA;    \@begins@by@the@true % switch boolean to true&#xA;  \fi\fi\fi&#xA;  \if@begins@by@the@ % if boolean true&#xA;    \expandafter\@firstoftwo&#xA;  \else % if boolean false&#xA;    \expandafter\@secondoftwo&#xA;  \fi&#xA;}&#xA;}&#xA;%&#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%&#xA;% macro which finds the font family of a math glyph&#xA;% does not work for characters modified by amsmath (because of the &#xA;% \DOTSB before them) but as they are not normally accented, it &#xA;% shouldn't be a problem&#xA;\def\find@font@family#1{%&#xA;% #1 = glyph from which to extract font family&#xA;  \edef\@the@mathcode@{-1}% dummy definition (-1 will give a 0 family)&#xA;% test if #1 begins with \mathchar&#xA;  \expandafter\@if@begins@by@mathchar@\meaning#1\@nil&#xA;%   if so, store the value of \mathchar inside \@the@mathcode@&#xA;    {\edef\@the@mathcode@{%&#xA;         \number\expandafter\@strip@mathchar@prefix\meaning#1\@nil}}%&#xA;%   otherwise, do nothing&#xA;    {}%&#xA;% test if #1 begins with the&#xA;  \expandafter\@if@begins@by@the@\meaning#1\@nil&#xA;%   if so, store the mathcode inside \@the@mathcode@&#xA;    {\edef\@the@mathcode@{\the\mathcode`#1}}%&#xA;%   otherwise, do nothing&#xA;    {}%&#xA;% convert the mathcode into hex with package binhex.tex&#xA;  \edef\@the@mathcode@hex{\hex{\@the@mathcode@}}%&#xA;% convert the hex number to a 4-digit one&#xA;  \edef\@the@mathcode@hex{\expandafter\@pad@four@zeros&#xA;                          \expandafter{\@the@mathcode@hex}}%&#xA;% store the second digit (which is the math family) in \@the@math@family&#xA;  \edef\@the@math@family{%&#xA;     \expandafter\@extract@second@of@four\@the@mathcode@hex\@nil}%&#xA;}&#xA;%&#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%&#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%&#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% NEW \accbm MACRO %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%&#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%&#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%&#xA;%&#xA;\newcommand{\accbm}[1]{%&#xA;% store the font family inside \@the@math@family&#xA;  \find@font@family{#1}%&#xA;% assign counter \@tempcnta to \@the@math@family so that \bm@boldtable&#xA;% gives the right corresponding bold family offset&#xA;  \@tempcnta=\@the@math@family&#xA;% select the right \fam and apply it to \bm&#xA;% \@the@math@family+\bm@boldtable is the number of the bold family&#xA;  \use@mathgroup{}% not currently used by LaTeX so can be empty&#xA;                {\number\numexpr\@the@math@family+\bm@boldtable}%&#xA;                {\bm{#1}}%&#xA;}&#xA;%&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;%&#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%&#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%&#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% END OF CODE %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%&#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%&#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\test}[1]{$\hat{\dot{\bm{#1}}} \hat{\dot{\accbm{#1}}} \bm{{\hat{\dot{#1}}}}$\par}&#xA;&#xA;\test{\phi}&#xA;\test{A}&#xA;\test{1}&#xA;\test{\Gamma}&#xA;\test{+}&#xA;&#xA;% should give 3 but gives 0 if amsmath is loaded&#xA;\makeatletter$\find@font@family{\sum}\@the@math@family$\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the tests, I compare &lt;code&gt;\hat{\dot{\bm{...}}}&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\hat{\dot{\accbm{...}}}&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;\bm{{\hat{\dot{...}}}}&lt;/code&gt; (the last puts the accents in bold, but works out of the box). Here's the result, from left to right, when the font is mathdesign/utopia:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/2lRlU.png&quot; alt=&quot;test of the accent command with phi and A&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A few explanations of the code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;1. About the encoding.&lt;/strong&gt; The encoding information (e.g. &lt;code&gt;\M@OMS&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\M@OML&lt;/code&gt;, etc.) is not really used by LaTeX. The &lt;code&gt;\meaning&lt;/code&gt; of these macros is normally &lt;code&gt;\default@M .&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\default@M \noaccents@ .&lt;/code&gt; where &lt;code&gt;\default@M&lt;/code&gt; is empty and &lt;code&gt;\noaccents@&lt;/code&gt; is used by the math accent mechanism of amsmath to change between families &lt;code&gt;0&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;7&lt;/code&gt; to avoid strange results when the accents are used inside a math alphabet (try &lt;code&gt;$\mathcal{\hat{A}}$&lt;/code&gt; with and without amsmath to see the effect).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Once you have the &lt;code&gt;\fam&lt;/code&gt; number, you can extract the encoding in by looking at \the\textfont2 (which is typically \OMS/cmsy/m/n/10) and extracting the tokens between &lt;code&gt;\&lt;/code&gt; and the first &lt;code&gt;/&lt;/code&gt;, which can be done thanks to a delimited macro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\@extract@encoding@aux#1#2/#3\@nil{#2}&#xA;\newcommand{\extractencoding}[1]{%&#xA;  \expandafter\@extract@encoding@aux\detokenize\expandafter{\the\textfont#1}/\@nil&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\extractencoding{0} \extractencoding{1} \extractencoding{2} \extractencoding{3} \extractencoding{4}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If the font family is not currently used, the encoding extracted in this way will be &quot;nullfont&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;2. About the boldtable macro.&lt;/strong&gt; The &lt;code&gt;\bm@boldtable&lt;/code&gt; macro holds the offsets between the families and their bold versions, stored in an &lt;code&gt;\ifcase&lt;/code&gt; structure in the following way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ifcase \@tempcnta 9\relax \or 9\relax \or 9\relax \or 9\relax \or \z@ \or \z@ \or \z@ \or \z@ \or \z@ \else \z@ \fi .&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This means that the offset is &lt;code&gt;9&lt;/code&gt; for &lt;code&gt;\fam0&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\fam3&lt;/code&gt; and is zero for all the others. To access these numbers, you must have the current &lt;code&gt;\fam&lt;/code&gt; number stored inside the count register &lt;code&gt;\@tempcnta&lt;/code&gt;, which you do with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\@tempcnta=\@the@math@family&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and then you get the corresponding bold &lt;code&gt;\fam&lt;/code&gt; number with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\number\numexpr\@the@math@family+\bm@boldtable&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1973" LastEditorUserId="1973" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T00:16:16.730" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T00:16:16.730" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="10643" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3238" CreationDate="2011-02-08T22:30:23.627" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\bm&lt;/code&gt; command from package &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/bm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;bm&lt;/a&gt; has both advantages and drawbacks over the &lt;code&gt;\boldsymbol&lt;/code&gt; command from package &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/amsbsy&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;amsbsy&lt;/a&gt; (loaded by &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/amsmath&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;amsmath&lt;/a&gt;). The first advantage of &lt;code&gt;\bm&lt;/code&gt; is that it keeps the italic correction, so that something like &lt;code&gt;\bm{T}_1^2&lt;/code&gt; will look better than &lt;code&gt;\boldsymbol{T}_1^2&lt;/code&gt; (if you want to compare the two in a document, you must be careful that &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/bm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;bm&lt;/a&gt; redefines &lt;code&gt;\boldsymbol&lt;/code&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Pks4D.png&quot; alt=&quot;bm vs. boldsymbol: italic correction&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The second advantage is that &lt;code&gt;\bm&lt;/code&gt; does not disrupt the spacing, whereas &lt;code&gt;\boldsymbol&lt;/code&gt; does, even though it works correctly for binary operations (like &lt;code&gt;+&lt;/code&gt;) and for relations (like &lt;code&gt;=&lt;/code&gt;). As an example, here's the comparison between &lt;code&gt;\boldsymbol{[}-1;1]&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\bm{[}-1;1]&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Vv2HH.png&quot; alt=&quot;bm vs. boldsymbol: spacing&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, &lt;code&gt;\bm&lt;/code&gt; sometimes requires the user to add braces to avoid problems. For example, &lt;code&gt;\bm{\dots}&lt;/code&gt; will provoke an error with amsmath, the solution being to type &lt;code&gt;\bm{{\dots}}&lt;/code&gt;. Double accents also need to be enclosed in braces to work properly:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath,bm}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;%$\bm{\dots}$% causes an error&#xA;$\bm{\mathinner{\dots}}$% works&#xA;$\bm{\hat{\dot{\phi}}}$% does not work correctly&#xA;$\bm{{\hat{\dot{\phi}}}}$% works correctly&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/0XxzT.png&quot; alt=&quot;bm double accents: with and without braces&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, math alphabet nesting works better with &lt;code&gt;\boldsymbol&lt;/code&gt; than with &lt;code&gt;\bm&lt;/code&gt;. For example, here's the result of &lt;code&gt;\mathrm{g\boldsymbol{g}}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\mathrm{g\bm{g}}&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/pL6hu.png&quot; alt=&quot;bm vs. boldsymbol: font nesting&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1973" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-21T14:02:33.303" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T14:02:33.303" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="10644" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10655" CreationDate="2011-02-08T23:08:28.200" Score="4" ViewCount="195" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to put diagrams of Hackenbush positions such as the one pictured &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hackenbush&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; in a paper I'm writing. Anyone know how?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: I would also be happy with simpler orientations, such as where the edges are all vertical.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3350" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-09T04:50:07.437" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T10:50:24.480" Title="Hackenbush Diagrams?" Tags="&lt;diagrams&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10645" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10637" CreationDate="2011-02-08T23:14:00.427" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[unicode=true]{hyperref}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2011-02-08T23:14:00.427" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10646" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-09T00:38:50.587" Score="3" ViewCount="205" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have used TeX and friends for many years to produce academic documents: assignments, reports, journal articles, etc.  As a hobby project, I am going to try something different by typesetting a book containing a short story.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since most of my typographic experience is with figures, tables and equations, I am feeling underprepared for the task of creating a document that has nothing to do with any these elements.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am looking for advice on how to prepare for this project given my narrow background in typesetting academic material.  Some things I wonder about are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;What key design decisions should I be aware of when creating a book containing non-scientific material?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Are there any workflow recommendations that may help guide me from the raw text to a rough draft, to a finished product?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T13:22:43.927" Title="Typesetting non-scientific material for the first time" Tags="&lt;book-design&gt;&lt;typography&gt;&lt;non-academic&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10647" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10622" CreationDate="2011-02-09T00:40:25.120" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;the &lt;code&gt;subfigure&lt;/code&gt; package works well:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;include &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{subfigure}&lt;/code&gt; in your preamble, then include the code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}[ht]&#xA;\centering&#xA;\subfigure[Caption of subfigure 1]{&#xA;\includegraphics[scale=1]{subfigure1.eps}&#xA;\label{fig:subfig1}&#xA;}&#xA;\subfigure[Caption of subfigure 2]{&#xA;\includegraphics[scale=1]{subfigure2.eps}&#xA;\label{fig:subfig2}&#xA;}&#xA;\subfigure[Caption of subfigure 3]{&#xA;\includegraphics[scale=1]{subfigure3.eps}&#xA;\label{fig:subfig3}&#xA;}&#xA;\label{fig:subfigureExample}&#xA;\caption[Optional caption for list of figures]{Caption of subfigures \subref{fig:subfig1}, \subref{fig:subfig2} and \subref{fig:subfig3}}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1222" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T00:40:25.120" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10648" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10512" CreationDate="2011-02-09T02:23:35.873" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{catoptions}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\special@car{\futurelet\next\special@car@a}&#xA;\long\def\special@car@a#1#2\car@nil{%&#xA;  \ifxTF\next\temp@bgroup{\toks@{{#1}}}{\toks@{#1}}%&#xA;}&#xA;\long\def\@ifnextchars#1#2#3{%&#xA;  \begingroup&#xA;  \let\temp@bgroup\bgroup&#xA;  \let\bgroup\@undefined&#xA;  \def\@tempa{#1}\def\@tempb{#2}%&#xA;  \def\@tempc{#3}\def\@tempd{}%&#xA;  \@ifnextchars@a&#xA;}&#xA;\def\@ifnextchars@a{\futurelet\next\@ifnextchars@b}&#xA;\def\@ifnextchars@b{%&#xA;  \ifxTF\next\@sptoken{\afterassignment\@ifnextchars@a\let\next= }%&#xA;  \@ifnextchars@c&#xA;}&#xA;\def\@ifnextchars@c#1{%&#xA;  \ifxTF\next\temp@bgroup{\toks1{{#1}}}{\toks1{#1}}%&#xA;  \expandafter\special@car\@tempa\car@nil&#xA;  \edef\x{{\the\toks@}{\the\toks1}}%&#xA;  \expandafter\ifstrcmpTF\x{%&#xA;    \edef\@tempd{\expandcsonce\@tempd\the\toks@}%&#xA;    \toks@\cptthreexp{\expandafter\cpt@cdr\@tempa\cdr@nil}%&#xA;    \edef\@tempa{\the\toks@}%&#xA;    \ifcsemptyTF\@tempa{\cptthreexp\endgroup\expandafter\@tempb\@tempd}%&#xA;    \@ifnextchars@a&#xA;  }{%&#xA;    \edef\@tempd{\expandcsonce\@tempd\the\toks1}%&#xA;    \cptthreexp\endgroup\expandafter\@tempc\@tempd&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;{\tt&#xA;abc: \@ifnextchars{abc}{yes -&amp;gt; }{no -&amp;gt; } abc&#xA;&#xA;\detokenize{{a}bc}: \@ifnextchars{{a}bc}{yes -&amp;gt; }{no -&amp;gt; } {a}bc&#xA;&#xA;\detokenize{a{b}c}: \@ifnextchars{a{b}c}{yes -&amp;gt; }{no -&amp;gt; } a{b}c&#xA;&#xA;abc: \@ifnextchars{abc}{yes -&amp;gt; }{no -&amp;gt; } {c}ba&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="994" LastEditorUserId="994" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-09T15:25:27.300" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T15:25:27.300" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="10649" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="66" CreationDate="2011-02-09T03:13:43.037" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is not actually a real documentation but I usually keep it open just next to the pdfs mentioned above. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.hackenberger.at/blog/ktikz-editor-for-the-tikz-language&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Qtikz&lt;/a&gt; comes in quite handy for quick testing tikz pictures and command tryouts. It also saved my day a few times.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3235" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T03:13:43.037" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-02-09T03:13:43.037" />
  <row Id="10650" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10589" CreationDate="2011-02-09T03:49:21.870" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Put this in the preamble of your document and it will give your desired results, however I do not think this is the right thing to do:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand{\SepMark}[1]{\def\@SepMark{#1}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\SepMark{.}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2716" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T03:49:21.870" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="10651" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10656" CreationDate="2011-02-09T02:54:13.487" Score="6" ViewCount="119" Body="&lt;p&gt;Greetings, I need help aligning text that spans multiple lines where I have Verbatim code in between. Here is a mock example to show what I mean:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Fruit        Amount&#xA;Apple        $3.00&#xA;&#xA;\begin{verbatim}&#xA;... some code here.&#xA;\end{verbatim}&#xA;&#xA;Orange       $4.00&#xA;Peach        $7.55&#xA;&#xA;\begin{verbatim}&#xA;... more code.&#xA;\end{verbatim}&#xA;&#xA;Grapes       $11.50&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So basically I need the Fruit and Amount columns to always align as shown, even through the verbatim code. My question is, how can this be done with the least amount of pain? :) Thanks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3453" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-09T04:58:24.483" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T06:25:30.150" Title="Aligning columns, but allowing for text inbetween" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10652" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10662" CreationDate="2011-02-09T04:30:53.800" Score="4" ViewCount="168" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a two-column document that uses the &lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt; package with the &lt;code&gt;compact&lt;/code&gt; option. This mostly produces the spacing that I like, but it doesn't give enough stretchability above the section titles which leads to underfull vboxes and spaces between paragraphs. It is especially noticeable in pages that have full-width floats and only one column of text has a heading (e.g., &lt;code&gt;\paragraph&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any easy way to increase the stretchability without just guessing values for &lt;code&gt;\titlespacing&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Minimal example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[compact]{titlesec}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\beforetitleunit=1in % lockstep's suggestion (more or less)&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section{A}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\subsection{B}&#xA;\lipsum[2]&#xA;\subsubsection{C}&#xA;\lipsum[3]&#xA;\paragraph{D}&#xA;\lipsum[4]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-21T16:47:39.603" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T16:47:39.603" Title="Increase title spacing stretchability using titlesec with compact" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;titlesec&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="10653" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10646" CreationDate="2011-02-09T04:35:07.227" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The first thing you need to establish is the &lt;em&gt;rationale&lt;/em&gt; for writing the book and the audience you are addressing. You will encounter different problems if you are writing a children's story book to that of a non-fiction book describing the evolution of writing systems in the Fertile Crescent.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The best possible work-flow IMHO is after establishing your basic aims is to use one of the basic classes such as the KOMA class and start writing. Once you do that you will discover what &lt;em&gt;presentational&lt;/em&gt; aspects of the book are required to be developed, as separate macros or even define your own class. You can then narrow down to font selection and book &lt;em&gt;interior design&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T04:35:07.227" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10654" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10651" CreationDate="2011-02-09T04:45:27.333" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;What defines the alignment of the fruit? Can you just write something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}{@{}p{5cm}l@{}}&#xA;  Peach &amp;amp; \$4.00 \\&#xA;  Banana &amp;amp; \$6.77&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;for each block? Otherwise, if you need to match up lengths through the document based on, say, the largest word in the column then check out the eqparbox package. You could write, e.g., &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{eqparbox}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\newcommand\fruit[2]{%&#xA;  \noindent\eqparbox[b]{fruit}{#1}\qquad\$#2 \par&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\fruit{Apple}{1.00}&#xA;\fruit{Grapes}{7.00}&#xA;\begin{verbatim}&#xA;Some verbatim code, but I'm not inspired,&#xA;sorry. &amp;amp;*#^^7&#xA;\end{verbatim}&#xA;\fruit{Peach}{4.00}&#xA;\fruit{Banana}{3.00}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And then compile the document twice. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-09T06:22:16.113" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T06:22:16.113" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10655" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10644" CreationDate="2011-02-09T04:49:41.463" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Easy answer&lt;/strong&gt;: Don't do it. Use a vector graphics program like Inkscape and export to a format that (pdf)LaTeX knows (e.g. pdf or to TikZ code).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Hard answer&lt;/strong&gt;: You can use one of the general purpose drawing libraries for TeX. The following is an example with TikZ.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{calc}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\tikzstyle{hackennode}=[draw,circle,inner sep=0,minimum size=4pt]&#xA;\tikzstyle{hackenline}=[line width=3pt]&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (leftleg-1) at (0,0) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (leftleg-2) at (1.5,0.75) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (leftleg-3) at (1.13,3.0) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (leftleg-4) at (2.65,5.3) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (rightleg-1) at (3,0) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (rightleg-2) at (4.15,0.72) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (rightleg-3) at (3.04,2.65) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (rightleg-4) at (3.8,4.9) {};&#xA;&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (dress-1) at (4.55,8.3) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (dress-2) at (4.91,4.52) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (dress-3) at (1.6,5.66) {};&#xA;&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (neck) at (5.3,10.6) {};&#xA;&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (leftarm-1) at (2.25,9.85) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (leftarm-2) at (1.53,10.96) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (rightarm-1) at (7.56,9.07) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (rightarm-2) at (7.2,7.55) {};&#xA;&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (hair-1) at (5.7,12.1) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (hair-2) at (8.75,9.85) {};&#xA;&#xA;    \draw[hackenline,blue]&#xA;        (leftleg-1) -- (leftleg-2) -- (leftleg-3) -- (leftleg-4) -- (rightleg-4)&#xA;        (dress-2) -- (dress-1) -- (dress-3)&#xA;        (neck) -- (leftarm-1) -- (leftarm-2)&#xA;        (rightarm-1) -- (rightarm-2);&#xA;    \draw[hackenline,red]&#xA;        (rightleg-1) -- (rightleg-2) -- (rightleg-3) -- (rightleg-4) -- (dress-2)&#xA;        (leftleg-4) -- (dress-3)&#xA;        (dress-1) -- (neck) -- (rightarm-1);&#xA;&#xA;    \draw[hackenline,red,looseness=1.6]&#xA;        (leftarm-2) to[out=45,in=45] ($(leftarm-2)+(-0.76,0.76)$) to[out=225,in=225] (leftarm-2);&#xA;    \draw[hackenline,red]&#xA;        (neck) to[out=135,in=170,looseness=1.3] (hair-1)&#xA;        (hair-1) .. controls (7.9,14.5) and (6.5,8) .. (hair-2);&#xA;    \draw[hackenline,blue]&#xA;        (neck) to[out=0,in=-10,looseness=1.3] (hair-1);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This might seem like a lot of code, but it isn't so bad. The trickiest thing is to find the right coordinates (which I did by &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/9559/drawing-on-an-image-with-tikz/9562#9562&quot;&gt;including the original picture and placing a grid on top of it&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some explanation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\tikzstyle&lt;/code&gt; defines some styling options we are going to use later on. You only need to include this once in your document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\tikzstyle{hackennode}=[draw,circle,inner sep=0,minimum size=4pt]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This defines how the vertices (“node” in TikZ-speak) are drawn. Change the &lt;code&gt;minimum size&lt;/code&gt; to make them larger or smaller.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\tikzstyle{hackenline}=[line width=3pt]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The same, but for the lines. The &lt;code&gt;line width&lt;/code&gt; key changes line thickness.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&lt;/code&gt; starts the actual diagram. You can change that to something like &lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=0.5]&lt;/code&gt; to make the picture smaller/larger. Beware that line thickness and node size are not scaled.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The syntax to place nodes is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\node (〈nodename〉) at 〈position〉 {〈contents〉};&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;〈nodename〉&lt;/code&gt; is used to refer to that node later on. &lt;code&gt;〈position〉&lt;/code&gt; may be a pair of coordinates (if no unit is given, the default is cm). Finally, we don't want any text in our nodes, so we leave &lt;code&gt;〈contents〉&lt;/code&gt; blank (note that the braces have to be there even if we don't want anything in the node). Additionally we pass the &lt;code&gt;hackennode&lt;/code&gt; option, which applies the style we defined earlier.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The syntax to draw straight lines is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\draw 〈postition 1〉 -- 〈position 2〉;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is possible to chain several lines together. In addition to &lt;code&gt;hackenline&lt;/code&gt;, we also pass a color option. Instead we could have defined&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\tikzstyle{hackenline}=[line width=3pt]&#xA;\tikzstyle{hackenline1}=[hackenline,blue]&#xA;\tikzstyle{hackenline2}=[hackenline,red]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and passed the &lt;code&gt;hackenline1&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;hackenline2&lt;/code&gt; options (this is probably the better solution as it allows to easily change the color­­­­—but I didn't think of this when I wrote the code and don't want to rewrite it).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Finally, the hardest part is to get good curved lines. We use a combination of the &lt;code&gt;to[out=〈leaving angle〉,in=〈arriving angle〉]&lt;/code&gt; syntax and Bézier curves (see the TikZ manual for explanations).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/XA1Wd.png&quot; alt=&quot;the result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PS: If anyone has a good idea how to draw that circle in her hand (except fudging the position of a &lt;code&gt;\draw circle&lt;/code&gt; and then overpainting with a filled node), please tell me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-09T04:55:19.773" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T04:55:19.773" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="10656" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10651" CreationDate="2011-02-09T04:59:20.323" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can insert&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\noalign{%&#xA;\begin{verbatim}&#xA;Some verbatim code, but I'm not inspired,&#xA;sorry.&#xA;\end{verbatim}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;inside a tabular, or any alignment, immediately after &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; (in fact, immediately after TeX's &lt;code&gt;\cr&lt;/code&gt;, which is hidden in &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; in LaTeX).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;LaTeX's tabular is probably the way to go in this case:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}{lr}% choose whichever column specification you like&#xA;  Fruit &amp;amp; Price \\&#xA;  Fruit &amp;amp; Price \\&#xA;  \noalign{%&#xA;    \begin{verbatim}&#xA;    Some code&#xA;    \end{verbatim}&#xA;  }&#xA;  Fruit &amp;amp; Price \\&#xA;  Fruit &amp;amp; Price&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastEditorUserId="2707" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-09T06:25:30.150" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T06:25:30.150" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="10657" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10658" CreationDate="2011-02-09T06:06:03.427" Score="7" ViewCount="101" Body="&lt;p&gt;When we do &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\bibliographystyle{style}&#xA;\bibliography{References.bib}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;We get all the references at the end of the document, with some kind of reference/id in the document. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I need is the complete reference in the document itself (not at the end) and then to be able to write what I want below this reference. For example;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Chaminade, T., Hodgins, J., &amp;amp; Kawato, M. (2007). &quot;Anthropomorphism influences perception of computer-animated characters' actions.&quot; Social Cognitive and Affective Neuroscience 2(3): 206-216&#xA;     - Some text..........&#xA;     - Some more text.......&#xA;&#xA;Cowley, S. J., Kanda, T. (2005). &quot;Friendly machines: interaction-oriented robots today and tomorrow.&quot; Alternation 12(1a): 79-106.&#xA;     - Some text.....&#xA;     - Some more text....&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I do it? Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3444" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-09T08:57:53.043" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T08:57:53.043" Title="Complete references in between the document" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;biblatex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="10658" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10657" CreationDate="2011-02-09T06:25:12.723" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I recommend using biblatex's &lt;code&gt;\fullcite&lt;/code&gt; command, which inserts the bibliography entry into your document wherever you like. E.g.,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\fullcite{knuth1990}&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;\item some text \item some more text&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T06:25:12.723" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="10659" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10562" CreationDate="2011-02-09T08:02:54.650" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;em&gt;org-mode&lt;/em&gt; mailing list was useful! I added &lt;code&gt;(setq org-latex-to-pdf-process (list &quot;latexmk -f -pdf %s&quot;))&lt;/code&gt; to my &lt;code&gt;.emacs&lt;/code&gt; file and then &lt;code&gt;C-c C-e d&lt;/code&gt; worked as expected, producing the PDF using &lt;code&gt;latexmk&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you all!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="412" LastEditorUserId="412" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-09T08:45:26.330" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T08:45:26.330" />
  <row Id="10660" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="66" CreationDate="2011-02-09T08:15:12.230" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Not to forget Tobias Oetikers &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/lshort/english/lshort.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;The Not So Short Introduction to Latex&lt;/a&gt;&quot;&#xA;Or via &lt;code&gt;texdoc lshort&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3300" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T08:15:12.230" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-02-09T08:15:12.230" />
  <row Id="10662" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10652" CreationDate="2011-02-09T09:24:02.620" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Looking into &lt;code&gt;titlesec.sty&lt;/code&gt;, the following code lines seem to define a &quot;building block&quot; for the spacing before and after headings (the actual spacing is determined by applying a multiplier):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newskip\beforetitleunit&#xA;\beforetitleunit=1ex\@plus.3ex\@minus.06ex&#xA;\newskip\aftertitleunit&#xA;\aftertitleunit=1ex\@plus.1ex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So try to double the stretchability before headings by adding the following to your preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\beforetitleunit=1ex\@plus.6ex\@minus.12ex&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: It seems that one must add &lt;code&gt;\titlespacing&lt;/code&gt; in order to implement the changes to &lt;code&gt;\beforetitleunit&lt;/code&gt;. The following should work and produce &quot;compact&quot; spacing with double stretchability:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[compact]{titlesec}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\beforetitleunit=1ex\@plus.6ex\@minus.12ex&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\titlespacing*{\section}{0pt}{*1}{*1}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section{A}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\section{B}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\subsection{Ba}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-09T12:33:52.783" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T12:33:52.783" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10663" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10641" CreationDate="2011-02-09T09:28:56.620" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;intersections&lt;/code&gt; library is not included in pgf 2.0, which is the version that ships with TeXLive 2009 (which is the version of TeXLive that ships with Ubuntu up to version 10.10). As Martin suggested in the comments to the question, you can either install TeXLive 2010 &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/texlive/quickinstall.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;directly from the website&lt;/a&gt;, or just update pgf to a recent version (2.10 at time of writing) as &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2044/how-to-install-a-current-version-of-tikz/5702#5702&quot;&gt;described in this answer&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-09T16:31:00.440" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T16:31:00.440" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10664" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10644" CreationDate="2011-02-09T10:21:19.133" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd suggest you follow the great answer by Caramdir, although it's a bit complicated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If not, you could draw the diagram with &lt;a href=&quot;http://inkscape.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Inkscape&lt;/a&gt; and export it to TikZ with &lt;a href=&quot;http://code.google.com/p/inkscape2tikz/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;inkscape2tikz&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="828" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T10:21:19.133" />
  <row Id="10665" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="66" CreationDate="2011-02-09T10:24:04.420" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't really have a shelf, but a folder full of references; one I use quite often is the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/visualFAQ/visualFAQ.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;The Visual LaTeX FAQ&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="828" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T10:24:04.420" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-02-09T10:24:04.420" />
  <row Id="10666" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10615" CreationDate="2011-02-09T10:42:22.577" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are several Online LaTeX-Editors ïn my bookmark list:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://monkeytex.bradcater.webfactional.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;MonkeyTeX&lt;/a&gt;, seems very stable and I've also used it before&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.scribtex.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ScribTeX&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.verbosus.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Verbosus&lt;/a&gt;, don't actually know more about it.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;a bit special, since aimed at iDevices, but also online: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.vancapy.de/textouch/texcloud/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX Touch&lt;/a&gt; (german site only)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why you'd want to do that is another question. I'd suggest - if you really want to work on your documents in the cloud - that you look at a text-syncing app like &lt;a href=&quot;http://simplenoteapp.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;simplenote&lt;/a&gt;, work on your files on the go and compile them on your machine at home...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="828" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T10:42:22.577" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10667" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10644" CreationDate="2011-02-09T10:50:24.480" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;run with &lt;code&gt;xelatex&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;latex-&amp;gt;dvips-&amp;gt;ps2pdf&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pst-node}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{pspicture}[dotstyle=o,arrows=o-o,arrowLW=0.2pt,arrowscale=2.5,linewidth=3pt](11,15)&#xA;  \psset{linecolor=blue}&#xA;  \psline[showpoints,dotscale=0.75](0,0)(1.5,0.75)(1.13,3.0)(2.65,5.3)(3.8,4.9)&#xA;  \psline(4.91,4.52)(4.55,8.3)(1.6,5.66)&#xA;  \psline(5.3,10.6)(2.25,9.85)(1.53,10.96)&#xA;  \psline(7.56,9.07)(7.2,7.55)&#xA;  \pccurve[angleB=-10,ncurv=1](5.3,10.6)(5.7,12.1)&#xA;  \psset{linecolor=red}&#xA;  \psline[showpoints,dotscale=0.75](3,0)(4.15,0.72)(3.04,2.65)(3.8,4.9)(4.91,4.52)&#xA;  \psline(4.55,8.3)(5.3,10.6)(7.56,9.07)&#xA;  \psline(2.65,5.3)(1.6,5.66)&#xA;  \pnode(1.53,10.96){A}\nccircle{A}{0.5}&#xA;  \pccurve[angleA=180,angleB=170,ncurv=1](5.3,10.6)(5.7,12.1)&#xA;  \psbezier(5.7,12.1)(7.9,14.5)(6.5,8)(8.75,9.85)&#xA;\end{pspicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/KN9ec.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T10:50:24.480" />
  <row Id="10668" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8603" CreationDate="2011-02-09T11:53:28.620" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Edit the /etc/enviroment file as root and add the path directly,&#xA;like:&#xA;&lt;code&gt;sudo gedit /etc/enviroment&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;then add the path, it should look something like this (if you distribution is 32 bit)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;PATH=&quot;/usr/local/texlive/2010/bin/i386-linux:/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/games&quot;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;logout or reboot&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;next puge kile out of you system&#xA;&lt;code&gt;sudo apt-get purge kile kbibtex&lt;/code&gt; then&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;add this PPA   &lt;a href=&quot;https://launchpad.net/~koshi/+archive/ppa&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;https://launchpad.net/~koshi/+archive/ppa&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;update and reinstall kile&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;P.S. Just one note, when you do a &lt;code&gt;sudo tlmgr update --all&lt;/code&gt; it wont work. You just have to do a &lt;code&gt;sudo su&lt;/code&gt; then  &lt;code&gt;tlmgr update --all&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3458" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-09T20:19:30.757" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T20:19:30.757" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10669" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10671" CreationDate="2011-02-09T12:11:16.843" Score="2" ViewCount="128" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to enumerate equations in the following way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;An equation is in the same line as the bullet sign.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;All equations are align to the left.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The number of an equation is align to the right.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any suggestions how to make it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3459" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T12:46:19.420" Title="How to enumerate equations?" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;enumerate&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="10670" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-09T12:19:39.410" Score="1" ViewCount="206" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/531/what-is-the-best-way-to-use-quotation-mark-glyphs&quot;&gt;What is the best way to use quotation mark glyphs&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can I just use &lt;code&gt;&quot;&lt;/code&gt; for the quotes in my document?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm asking this because when I use them in my TextMate editor the included text is highlighted with a red color. Therefore, I was wondering if I should instead some other symbol preceded by &lt;code&gt;\&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;thanks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3182" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T21:09:06.533" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T21:09:06.533" ClosedDate="2011-02-09T14:30:16.553" Title="Quotes in LaTeX ?" Tags="&lt;punctuation&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10671" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10669" CreationDate="2011-02-09T12:32:43.737" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Does this help?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newdimen\mymathindent&#xA;\newenvironment{bulletequation}%&#xA;    {\@beginparpenalty\predisplaypenalty&#xA;     \@endparpenalty\postdisplaypenalty&#xA;     \refstepcounter{equation}%&#xA;     \trivlist \item[]\leavevmode&#xA;       \hb@xt@\linewidth\bgroup $\m@th% $&#xA;         \displaystyle&#xA;         \hskip\mymathindent}%&#xA;        {$\hfil % $&#xA;         \displaywidth\linewidth\hbox{\@eqnnum}%&#xA;       \egroup&#xA;     \endtrivlist}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;\item \begin{bulletequation} 1+2=3\end{bulletequation}&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2716" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T12:32:43.737" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10672" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10670" CreationDate="2011-02-09T12:35:18.273" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, you can, but you shouldn't. Instead, use &lt;code&gt;``quoted''&lt;/code&gt; to get the result “quoted”, assuming you are writing English. Some languages prefer quotes like «this» or like »that«, and those you can enter directly, provided you have the right input encoding set up. (You can input “ and ” directly too, if you use a utf-8 input encoding.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that in some languages, babel uses the &quot; character for various purposes not related to quotation marks, so it really is best to avoid it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T12:35:18.273" />
  <row Id="10673" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10670" CreationDate="2011-02-09T12:39:26.520" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can just use &lt;code&gt;&quot;&lt;/code&gt; as right quotation mark in some font encodings, but it is upright quotation mark in some other font encodings, sometimes it isn't quotation mark.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In &lt;code&gt;OT1&lt;/code&gt;,&lt;code&gt;OT2&lt;/code&gt; encoding, &lt;code&gt;&quot;&lt;/code&gt; is right quotatoin mark (for CM fonts). In &lt;code&gt;T1&lt;/code&gt; encoding, it is upright quotation mark. And in &lt;code&gt;EU1&lt;/code&gt;(for XeLaTeX) and &lt;code&gt;EU2&lt;/code&gt;(for LuaLaTeX), &lt;code&gt;&quot;&lt;/code&gt; is right quotation mark the same as &lt;code&gt;”&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;IMHO, it is better to use double &lt;code&gt;'&lt;/code&gt; as quotation mark, or to use &lt;code&gt;csquotes&lt;/code&gt; package. If you use XeLaTeX or LuaLaTeX, use &lt;code&gt;“ ”&lt;/code&gt; is better.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The symbol &lt;code&gt;&quot;&lt;/code&gt; should be left for other usage, for example, accents in some languages (using &lt;code&gt;babel&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T12:39:26.520" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10674" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10669" CreationDate="2011-02-09T12:46:19.420" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\def\Item$#1${\item $\displaystyle#1$&#xA;   \hfill\refstepcounter{equation}(\theequation)}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;\item foo&#xA;\Item $ 1+2=3 $&#xA;\item bar&#xA;\Item $f(x)=\int\limits_a^bx^2\mathrm{d}x$&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/pzLap.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T12:46:19.420" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10675" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10646" CreationDate="2011-02-09T13:22:43.927" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would use a documentclass like &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt; (or KOMA, but I personally prefer memoir) and XeLaTeX, which will give you a much wider range of fonts to use (basically any font installed on your system.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/lettrine&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;lettrine&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package can make nice dropped captials for beginnings of chapters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Design decisions are also based on the kind of audience you envision for the book, and its content. Look at published books of the same type for ideas on how to lay things out.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T13:22:43.927" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10676" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10670" CreationDate="2011-02-09T13:36:09.187" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In general it is better to use either &lt;code&gt;``&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;''&lt;/code&gt; to start and end quoting or packages like &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/csquotes&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;csquotes&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/babel&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;babel&lt;/a&gt;. The latter gives you a great support for many languages and their quotes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, if you, and the packages you use, don't use the &lt;code&gt;&quot;&lt;/code&gt; mark for anything else, you could just define it to automatically insert the above start and end quote marks:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\newif\ifquoteopen&#xA;\catcode`\&quot;=\active % lets you define `&quot;` as a macro&#xA;\DeclareRobustCommand*{&quot;}{%&#xA;   \ifquoteopen&#xA;     \quoteopenfalse ''%&#xA;   \else&#xA;     \quoteopentrue ``%&#xA;   \fi&#xA;}&#xA;% Deactive with: \catcode`\&quot;=12\relax % changes `&quot;` back to normal&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section{About &quot;quotes&quot;}&#xA;A &quot;quote&quot; is a &quot;quote&quot; is a &quot;quote&quot;.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/NvR7A.png&quot; alt=&quot;resulting quotes&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The quotes will automatically open and close.&#xA;The quote status can be manually set using &lt;code&gt;\quoteopenfalse&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\quoteopentrue&lt;/code&gt;.&#xA;This behavior is local to the TeX group, e.g. local to an environment.&#xA;If this is not wanted a &lt;code&gt;\global&lt;/code&gt; can be added before this macros.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This seems to work fine in section titles and also works with &lt;code&gt;babel&lt;/code&gt;. However &lt;code&gt;babel&lt;/code&gt; sets the language at &lt;code&gt;\begin{document}&lt;/code&gt; which might overwrite &lt;code&gt;&quot;&lt;/code&gt; again. In this case the macro should be (re-)declared afterwards.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It shall be notes that this might brake code which writes the &lt;code&gt;&quot;&lt;/code&gt; in an non-text context to the &lt;code&gt;.aux&lt;/code&gt; or other auxiliary file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-09T14:18:19.993" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T14:18:19.993" />
  <row Id="10677" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="531" CreationDate="2011-02-09T14:36:30.683" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A quick summary of the available solutions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Type &lt;code&gt;``text''&lt;/code&gt; in your source code to produce “text”, and type &lt;code&gt;`text'&lt;/code&gt; to produce ‘text’.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Using an Unicode editor—and either &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&lt;/code&gt; or XeTeX/LuaTeX—you can simply type &lt;code&gt;“text”&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;‘text’&lt;/code&gt; in your code.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;With the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/csquotes&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;csquotes&lt;/a&gt; package, you type &lt;code&gt;\enquote{text}&lt;/code&gt;, but you also get loads of other options such as context sensitivity and foreign quotes.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-11T10:42:33.593" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T10:42:33.593" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10678" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10679" CreationDate="2011-02-09T14:37:12.320" Score="1" ViewCount="71" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I embed &lt;code&gt;\lvert&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\rvert&lt;/code&gt; into the numerator?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$1 - \frac{ \lvert 1 - t_2 \rvert}{y}$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The above line gives &lt;em&gt;Undefined control sequence&lt;/em&gt; error.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3182" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-10T05:09:05.437" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T05:09:05.437" Title="How can I embed \lvert and \rvert into the numerator ?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;fractions&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="10679" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10678" CreationDate="2011-02-09T14:39:40.320" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is missing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T14:39:40.320" />
  <row Id="10680" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-09T14:51:41.557" Score="0" ViewCount="86" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to add margin notes to a document I'm writing in the ACM Transactions format (it's still in draft form). However, it's quite difficult to use existing packages such as todonotes (which looks great) or ed, since the notes will always overfill the margins (resulting in compile errors).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any idea what I can do about this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3462" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T15:38:34.900" Title="Margin notes (or todo's) in ACM Transactions template" Tags="&lt;margins&gt;&lt;todonotes&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10681" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10683" CreationDate="2011-02-09T15:21:51.963" Score="3" ViewCount="144" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a document class available that allows for the creation of learning cards?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I thought of an environment that allows me to define a question and the according solution. The final document has for example 6 questions on every even page and the according 6 answers on every odd page -&gt; I can simply cut out the learning cards.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="752" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T16:57:51.767" Title="Create learning cards" Tags="&lt;documentclass&gt;&lt;document&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="10682" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10686" CreationDate="2011-02-09T15:25:19.547" Score="6" ViewCount="249" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do I suppress the &quot;In: &quot; before the &lt;code&gt;journaltitle&lt;/code&gt;? Like so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strike&gt;In: &lt;/strike&gt;Journal of Applied Physics&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="791" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T09:44:27.207" Title="Suppress &quot;In:&quot; biblatex" Tags="&lt;biblatex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="10683" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10681" CreationDate="2011-02-09T15:28:47.303" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;What about the flashcards class on CTAN? Looks like they already have layouts for one of the printable Avery index card templates, but you could just cut along the same dimensions yourself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/flashcards/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/flashcards/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3345" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T15:28:47.303" />
  <row Id="10684" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10689" CreationDate="2011-02-09T15:31:20.073" Score="3" ViewCount="135" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the best way to &lt;em&gt;globally&lt;/em&gt; change the amount of vertical space between items in list environments?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="206" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T16:31:46.420" Title="Vertical space in lists" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;lists&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10685" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10680" CreationDate="2011-02-09T15:38:34.900" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If your notes and todos are text only then you can hide them in PDF annotations in the margin using &lt;code&gt;\pdfmargincomment&lt;/code&gt; of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/pdfcomment.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pdfcomment&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrartcl}&#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{lmodern}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage[svgnames,rgb]{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage[subject={Todo},author={Josef}]{pdfcomment}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\pdfmargincomment[color=blue,icon=Note]{Put your notes or todos in here!}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/TaIEb.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3190" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T15:38:34.900" />
  <row Id="10686" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10682" CreationDate="2011-02-09T15:38:46.073" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;try after loading &lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewbibmacro{in:}{}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or only for entry article:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{biblatex}&#xA;\renewbibmacro{in:}{%&#xA;  \ifentrytype{article}{}{%&#xA;  \printtext{\bibstring{in}\intitlepunct}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/EmmQY.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-09T16:58:34.807" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T16:58:34.807" CommentCount="11" />
  <row Id="10687" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10704" CreationDate="2011-02-09T15:42:24.260" Score="6" ViewCount="448" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to create a cylinder with 3D shading effects. The cylinders in the picture are standing vertically, and have a body and an end. I'd like the body to be shaded so that it varies uniformly from dark on the left side of the cylinder body to light in the middle (facing the viewer) to dark on the right again (light shading effect). The color should remain the same in a vertical direction. If the same is possible for the cylinder end that would be nice, but it is not so important.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I did some experimentation. Cylinder A below has some shading effect, but I have no idea how I got it. I don't even know whether it makes sense to use shade as an argument to a node, except that it is clearly doing something.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cylinder B is similar to what I want, except for the shading effect.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This was tested with PGF 2.0 and Tex Live 2009 on Debian squeeze.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{shapes.geometric,decorations.fractals,shadows}&#xA;\usepackage[active,tightpage]{preview}&#xA;\PreviewEnvironment{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}    &#xA;\tikzset{draw, name=s, shape=cylinder, line width=0.1cm, shape&#xA;    border rotate=90, aspect=.2, inner xsep=3cm, inner ysep=2cm,&#xA;    cylinder uses custom fill, cylinder end fill=blue!25, cylinder&#xA;    body fill=blue!40};&#xA;  \node [aspect=0.25, shade={left color=red!20,right color=blue!50}] at (1,0) {A};&#xA;  \node[aspect=0.10] at (10,0) {B};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3406" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-12T20:56:23.557" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T21:41:28.530" Title="Cylinder shading with PGF/TikZ" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;nodes&gt;&lt;shading&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="11" />
  <row Id="10688" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10684" CreationDate="2011-02-09T15:42:36.287" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Load package &lt;code&gt;paralist&lt;/code&gt; and set&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\useackage{paralist}&#xA;  \let\itemize\compactitem&#xA;  \let\enditemize\endcompactitem&#xA;  \let\enumerate\compactenum&#xA;  \let\endenumerate\endcompactenum&#xA;  \let\description\compactdesc&#xA;  \let\enddescription\endcompactdesc&#xA;  \pltopsep=\medskipamount&#xA;  \plitemsep=1pt&#xA;  \plparsep=1pt&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T15:42:36.287" />
  <row Id="10689" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10684" CreationDate="2011-02-09T15:42:41.920" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The easiest way to do this is to use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/enumitem&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;enumitem&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum} % for dummy text&#xA;\usepackage{enumitem}&#xA;\setlist{nolistsep} % or \setlist{noitemsep} to leave space around whole list&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;\item foo&#xA;\item bar&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;\lipsum[2]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;enumitem&lt;/code&gt; package also allows you to set the list spacing for a particular type or level of list, or for any particular individual list:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setlist[2]{noitemsep} % sets the itemsep and parsep for all level two lists to 0&#xA;\setenumerate{noitemsep} % sets no itemsep for enumerate lists only&#xA;\begin{enumerate}[noitemsep] % sets no itemsep for just this list&#xA;...&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, it also allows complete control over all other aspects of the list formatting too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-09T16:31:46.420" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T16:31:46.420" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10690" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10684" CreationDate="2011-02-09T15:47:44.817" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;code&gt;paralist&lt;/code&gt; package and use any of its 'compact' lists (compactitem, compactenum, compactdesc).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{paralist}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;    Regular itemize&#xA;    \begin{itemize}&#xA;       \item First&#xA;       \item Second&#xA;       \item Third&#xA;    \end{itemize}&#xA;&#xA;    Compactitem&#xA;    \begin{compactitem}&#xA;        \item First&#xA;        \item Second&#xA;        \item Third&#xA;    \end{compactitem}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1952" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T15:47:44.817" />
  <row Id="10691" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10682" CreationDate="2011-02-09T16:02:06.083" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't know if there's a simple way to do this within a document. The way I've solved this problem is to define my own &lt;code&gt;.bbx&lt;/code&gt; style in biblatex which fixes some of its odder defaults.  This style (named here 'mybibstyle') is loaded with the &lt;code&gt;[bibstyle=mybibstyle]&lt;/code&gt; option when you load biblatex. (This could be added to the preamble of your document, I suppose, but my preference for long modifications like this is not to add them to documents.  (And this is something that one will use all the time.))&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a sample; the code is copied from the &lt;code&gt;standard.bbx&lt;/code&gt; file in biblatex.  This assumes the &lt;code&gt;authoryear-comp&lt;/code&gt; style of biblatex as a starting point, and then modifies the bibliography driver for the 'article' type.  (It also removes quotation marks from article titles; remove that code if you don't need it.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If there is a simpler way to do this, I'd be glad to find out.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ProvidesFile{mybibstyle.bbx}&#xA;\RequireBibliographyStyle{standard}&#xA;\RequireBibliographyStyle{authoryear-comp} % change this if you're not using author-year&#xA;\DeclareFieldFormat[article,incollection,unpublished]{title}{#1}%No quotes for article titles&#xA;\DeclareFieldFormat[thesis]{title}{\mkbibemph{#1}} % Theses like book titles&#xA;\DeclareBibliographyDriver{article}{%&#xA;  \usebibmacro{bibindex}%&#xA;  \usebibmacro{begentry}%&#xA;  \usebibmacro{author/translator+others}%&#xA;  \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock&#xA;  \usebibmacro{title}%&#xA;  \newunit&#xA;  \printlist{language}%&#xA;  \newunit\newblock&#xA;  \usebibmacro{byauthor}%&#xA;  \newunit\newblock&#xA;  \usebibmacro{bytranslator+others}%&#xA;  \newunit\newblock&#xA;  \printfield{version}%&#xA;  \newunit\newblock%&#xA;  \usebibmacro{journal+issuetitle}%&#xA;  \newunit&#xA;  \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%&#xA;  \newunit&#xA;  \usebibmacro{note+pages}%&#xA;  \newunit\newblock&#xA;  \iftoggle{bbx:isbn}&#xA;    {\printfield{issn}}&#xA;    {}%&#xA;  \newunit\newblock&#xA;  \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}%&#xA;  \newunit\newblock&#xA;  \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}%&#xA;  \setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock&#xA;  \usebibmacro{pageref}%&#xA;  \usebibmacro{finentry}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If your base is using a bibstyle that itself changes the formatting of the 'article' type then you should copy &lt;em&gt;that&lt;/em&gt; definition into your custom bbx file as the starting point.  The relevant code to remove from the driver is the &lt;code&gt;\usebibmacro{in:}&lt;/code&gt; (which is all I removed from the standard bbx version to create the one above.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-09T16:15:52.833" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T16:15:52.833" />
  <row Id="10692" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10695" CreationDate="2011-02-09T16:22:36.423" Score="2" ViewCount="85" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have several &lt;code&gt;\bigoplus&lt;/code&gt; operators, indexed by i from 1 to d, using &lt;code&gt;\bigoplus_i&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, I want to use these operations on terms indexed by j from 1 to d.  My first attempt to write this was&#xA;&lt;code&gt;\mathop{\bigoplus_i}_{j=1}^d&lt;/code&gt;&#xA;which puts all subscripts and superscripts to the right.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want the 'i' to be a subscript down and to the right, but I want 'j=1' to appear beneath the operator and 'd' to appear above.  I've tried a few different ideas (using '\displaystyle') without getting what I wanted.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, &lt;code&gt;\mathop{\bigoplus{}_i}_{j=1}^d&lt;/code&gt; worked; but I'm not sure the spacing is ideal.  Any suggestions?  Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3464" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T16:53:04.017" Title="Math operator with indices and limits" Tags="&lt;mathoperator&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="10693" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10617" CreationDate="2011-02-09T16:34:42.797" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Have XeTeX or LuaTeX installed isn't sufficient, you must compile your document with Xe(La)TeX or Lua(La)TeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3172" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T16:34:42.797" />
  <row Id="10694" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10692" CreationDate="2011-02-09T16:43:45.693" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;try this one:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[ \bigoplus\limits_{j=1}^d{}_i \]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/9MkGE.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T16:43:45.693" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10695" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10692" CreationDate="2011-02-09T16:47:19.403" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would try with &lt;code&gt;sideset&lt;/code&gt; from the &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{equation}&#xA;  \sideset{}{_i}\bigoplus_{j=1}^{d}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/E2foH.png&quot; alt=&quot;result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="146" LastEditorUserId="146" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-09T16:53:04.017" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T16:53:04.017" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10696" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-09T17:07:22.570" Score="2" ViewCount="367" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi!&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Recently, I updated to MiKTeX 2.9, and  after this the xelatex compiler fails when compiling documents with the &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt; package included. In other words, the following code won't compile:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\setmainfont{Cambria}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Hello world!&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't know what has changed when I updated to MiKTeX 2.9, but I get the following build log message in TeXnicCenter:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;(&quot;C:\Program Files\MiKTeX 2.9\tex\latex\euenc\eu11mr.fd&quot;)&#xA;xelatex.exe: Windows API error 1113: No mapping for the Unicode character&#xA;exists in the target multi-byte code page.&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The same thing seems to be the problem when compiling in TeXWorks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've tried reinstalling MiKTeX 2.9 to make sure everything was up to date, but this did not help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anyone have any idea how I can solve this problem? Answers are much appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a list of specifics:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;All outdated packages have been updated, and the file name database has been refreshed.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I do get a log file when compiling. The only file I don't get is the pdf output. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The operating system I'm using is Windows Vista.  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The &lt;code&gt;xelatex --no-pdf file&lt;/code&gt; cmd (terminal) command gives the same error message as quoted above.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;My user name does contain a non-ASCII character. However none of the characters are outsude the Latin-1 charset.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;No other file or folder has a non-ASCII character.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3465" LastEditorUserId="3465" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-14T20:21:40.847" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T20:21:40.847" Title="'fontspec' package problem with XeLaTeX in MiKTeX 2.9" Tags="&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;errors&gt;&lt;fontspec&gt;&lt;miktex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="10697" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10696" CreationDate="2011-02-09T17:17:00.917" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is no Cambria font on you computer. Try some standard fonts like Tahoma. If it works then it is not thing related with MiKTeX 2.9.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2557" LastEditorUserId="2557" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-09T20:54:49.580" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T20:54:49.580" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="10698" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10701" CreationDate="2011-02-09T18:31:13.613" Score="2" ViewCount="90" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm attempting to move from the &lt;code&gt;nicefrac&lt;/code&gt; package to &lt;code&gt;xfrac&lt;/code&gt;. The following source compiles, but with a warning:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\RequirePackage{fix-cm}&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{xfrac}&#xA;\usepackage{mathrsfs}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  $\sfrac{1}{2}$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;LaTeX Font Warning: Font shape 'U/rsfs/m/n' in size &amp;lt;3.49998&amp;gt; not available&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It appears as though &lt;code&gt;xfrac&lt;/code&gt; attempts to load &lt;em&gt;all&lt;/em&gt; current math alphabets in its typeset size, even if they are not used in the fraction. Is there a variant of &lt;code&gt;rsfs&lt;/code&gt; that supports fractional sizes? Or a way to prevent &lt;code&gt;xfrac&lt;/code&gt; from loading it unless it is needed?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Basically, I'd like to suppress this warning unless LaTeX is actually typesetting a glyph from &lt;code&gt;rsfs&lt;/code&gt; at a fractional size. Is this possible?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1312" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T18:59:31.470" Title="Using 'xfrac' with 'mathrsfs'" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;warnings&gt;&lt;fontsize&gt;&lt;xfrac&gt;&lt;mathrsfs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="10699" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10703" CreationDate="2011-02-09T18:46:07.980" Score="3" ViewCount="62" Body="&lt;p&gt;For some reason, my bibliography margin has changed after a certain entry.  I've attached an image of what's happening.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/7yefy.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I shuffled sources around, I found that it always happens at that particular bibliography entry.  So, I checked the .bbl file and found this in the preceding entry:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newblock 10.1007/978-3-540-92219-3_20.&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Removing that fixes the problem.  The thing is, I'd like for DOI and URL entries to be included in my bibliography.  Should I be doing something differently?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3446" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-09T19:19:04.057" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T19:42:56.320" Title="Strange margin change in bibliography" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;margins&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="10700" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10678" CreationDate="2011-02-09T18:56:10.913" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Herbert's answer is sufficient, but I would like to suggest &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{mathtools}&lt;/code&gt; as well (it automatically loads amsmath), and then&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclarePairedDelimiter{\abs}{\lvert}{\rvert}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The fraction can then be written as &lt;code&gt;\frac{ \abs{1-t_2} }{y}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using &lt;code&gt;\abs&lt;/code&gt; gives a number of advantages:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The code is easier to read (at least, I think so), because one recognizes &quot;absolute value&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Scaling only needs to be done in one place, namely the optional argument of \abs:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Compare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\abs[\Big]{ \int_a^b f(x) }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\Bigl \lvert \int_a^b f(x) \Bigr\rvert&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;(there is also an &lt;code&gt;\abs*&lt;/code&gt; version, which is equivalent to prepending &lt;code&gt;\left&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\right&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\lvert&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\rvert&lt;/code&gt;, but I think this has a tendency to produce too large delimiters; I prefer to find an appropriate size by hand)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;It is impossible to forget the closing delimiter, since it will produce a missing right brace error.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The mathtools package also provides lots of other nice features.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="275" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T18:56:10.913" />
  <row Id="10701" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10698" CreationDate="2011-02-09T18:59:31.470" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Fixed font sizes of rsfs font in NFSS scheme is declared in &lt;code&gt;ursfs.fd&lt;/code&gt;. It contains&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ProvidesFile{ursfs.fd}[1998/03/24 rsfs font definition file (jk)]&#xA;\DeclareFontFamily{U}{rsfs}{\skewchar\font127 }&#xA;\DeclareFontShape{U}{rsfs}{m}{n}{%&#xA;   &amp;lt;5&amp;gt; &amp;lt;6&amp;gt; rsfs5&#xA;   &amp;lt;7&amp;gt; rsfs7&#xA;   &amp;lt;8&amp;gt; &amp;lt;9&amp;gt; &amp;lt;10&amp;gt; &amp;lt;10.95&amp;gt; &amp;lt;12&amp;gt; &amp;lt;14.4&amp;gt; &amp;lt;17.28&amp;gt; &amp;lt;20.74&amp;gt; &amp;lt;24.88&amp;gt; rsfs10&#xA;}{}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now you can modify it for continuous font sizes. You can just put the code in preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\RequirePackage{fix-cm}&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{xfrac}&#xA;\usepackage{mathrsfs}&#xA;\DeclareFontFamily{U}{rsfs}{\skewchar\font127 }&#xA;\DeclareFontShape{U}{rsfs}{m}{n}{%&#xA;   &amp;lt;-6&amp;gt; rsfs5&#xA;   &amp;lt;6-8&amp;gt; rsfs7&#xA;   &amp;lt;8-&amp;gt; rsfs10&#xA;}{}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  $\sfrac{1}{2}$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T18:59:31.470" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10702" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10699" CreationDate="2011-02-09T19:15:02.300" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The underscore &lt;code&gt;_&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;10.1007/978-3-540-92219-3_20&lt;/code&gt; may cause a problem because &lt;code&gt;_&lt;/code&gt; is the command for subscripts and requires math mode.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;You could use &lt;code&gt;\_&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Or use &lt;code&gt;\textunderscore&lt;/code&gt; (perhaps encoding dependent, I recommend to use T1: &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;You could use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/underscore&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;underscore&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;you could use commands of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/url&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;url&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package such as &lt;code&gt;\path&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\url&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;code&gt;\urlstyle{same}&lt;/code&gt; would use the normal text font.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If the bibliography style supports underscores or URLs, use braces, already recommended by Martin-H in his comment.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T19:15:02.300" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10703" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10699" CreationDate="2011-02-09T19:42:56.320" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As pointed out in the comment of the question, the error is in the bib file. The number is a doi and apparently there is a closing } missing. I figure that you are using biblatex and doi's are normally automatically typeset as verbatim/url.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Find this number in the bib file and check that the doi is enclosed in {}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="632" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T19:42:56.320" />
  <row Id="10704" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10687" CreationDate="2011-02-09T19:52:08.950" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For creating a standalone cylinder, without using the predefined TikZ shapes, you can do something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{calc}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}    &#xA;   \coordinate (ll) at (-3,-2);&#xA;   \coordinate (lr) at (3,-2);&#xA;   \coordinate (ul) at (-3,2);&#xA;   \coordinate (ur) at (3,2);&#xA;   \shade [shading angle=90] (ll) arc (-180:-60:3cm and .75cm) -- +(0,4) arc (-60:-180:3cm and .75cm) -- cycle;&#xA;   \shade [shading angle=270] (lr) arc (0:-60:3cm and .75cm) -- +(0,4) arc (-60:0:3cm and .75cm) -- cycle;&#xA;   \draw [thick] (ll) arc (-180:0:3cm and .75cm) -- (ur) arc (0:-180:3cm and .75cm) -- cycle;&#xA;   \draw [thick, shade, shading angle=30] (ul) arc (-180:180:3cm and .75cm);&#xA;   \node at (0,-.75){\Huge A};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T19:52:08.950" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10705" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8603" CreationDate="2011-02-09T20:13:24.093" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I just went through the painful process of getting TeXLive 2010 installed and getting it to work with Kile. Here are the steps I had to take:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Uninstall Kile&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Uninstall all signs of &lt;code&gt;texlive&lt;/code&gt; in synaptic&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Install TeXLive 2010 &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/texlive/quickinstall.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://tug.org/texlive/quickinstall.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Reinstall Kile from source &lt;a href=&quot;http://kile.sourceforge.net/download.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://kile.sourceforge.net/download.php&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Make it so I can run kile easily from the command line&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;alias kile='KDEDIRS=$HOME/kile-install:$KDEDIRS $HOME/kile-install/bin/kile'&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;And also change the path in /etc/environment (mine now reads:)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;PATH=&quot;/usr/local/texlive/2010/bin/x86_64-linux:/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/games&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I also tried a few other things like changing paths and folder names in the process, but I don't think those affected it much.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1995" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T20:13:24.093" />
  <row Id="10706" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10708" CreationDate="2011-02-09T20:34:57.630" Score="1" ViewCount="382" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using a custom class file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My main file looks like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{thesis}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\frontmatter&#xA;    \pagenumbering{alph}&#xA;&#xA;    \pagenumbering{roman}&#xA;    \clearpage&#xA;&#xA;    \cleardoublepage&#xA;    \tableofcontents&#xA;    \clearpage&#xA;    \listoffigures&#xA;    \clearpage&#xA;    \listoftables&#xA;&#xA; \mainmatter&#xA;       \part{test}&#xA;      \input{test}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I put this in my &lt;code&gt;test.tex&lt;/code&gt; it does work:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\chapter{test}&#xA;\label{chapter:test}&#xA;test &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When it becomes more text (lets say 40x the word &quot;test&quot;) I get the error stated in my question title.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To test it I brought my class file down to this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ProvidesClass{thesis}&#xA;\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}&#xA;&#xA;% Based on the memoir class&#xA;\DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{memoir}}&#xA;\ProcessOptions&#xA;\LoadClass{memoir}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm totally confused what is causing my error now.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is the complete error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! pdfTeX error (font expansion): auto expansion is only possible with scalable &#xA;fonts.&#xA;\AtBegShi@Output ...ipout \box \AtBeginShipoutBox &#xA;                                                  \fi \fi &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3338" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-09T20:51:18.777" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T14:23:34.517" Title="pdfTeX error (font expansion): auto expansion is only possible with scalable" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;errors&gt;&lt;font-expansion&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="10707" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10687" CreationDate="2011-02-09T20:43:17.223" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the predefined cylinder shape and then draw an ellipse with a solid fill on top. With the following code, you can supply all the options to the &lt;code&gt;cylinder&lt;/code&gt; shape as before, the &lt;code&gt;let&lt;/code&gt; code in the ellipse takes care of the position, size and rotation of the ellipse. You only need to adjust the colour.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The operation &lt;code&gt;let \p&amp;lt;number&amp;gt; = (&amp;lt;coordinate&amp;gt;) in ...&lt;/code&gt;  is described on p. 150 (section 14.15) in the pgf manual: It assigns a point described by &lt;code&gt;(&amp;lt;coordinate&amp;gt;)&lt;/code&gt; to the local variable &lt;code&gt;\p&amp;lt;number&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;, where &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;number&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; can be arbitrarily chosen. The variables &lt;code&gt;\x&amp;lt;number&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\y&amp;lt;number&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; then contain the x and y values of the point. The registers &lt;code&gt;\n&amp;lt;number&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; can be used to store results from mathematical operations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The construct &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;coordinate&amp;gt;!&amp;lt;number&amp;gt;!&amp;lt;second coordinate&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; is described on p. 135 (section 13.5.5) in the manual: It describes a point along the line from &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;first coordinate&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;second coordinate&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;, where the value 0 would be at the first point, 1 at the second, and 0.5 halfway in between.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The points &lt;code&gt;(cyl.before top)&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;(cyl.after top)&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;(cyl.top)&lt;/code&gt; are defined by the cylinder shape (see p. 434, section 48.3 in the pgf manual).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{shapes.geometric,calc}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\node [draw,&#xA;  shape=cylinder,&#xA;  name=nodename, % Can be defined arbitrarily&#xA;  alias=cyl, % Will be used by the ellipse to reference the cylinder&#xA;  aspect=1.5,&#xA;  minimum height=3cm,&#xA;  minimum width=2cm,&#xA;  left color=blue!30,&#xA;  right color=blue!60,&#xA;  middle color=red!20, % Has to be called after left color and middle color&#xA;  outer sep=-0.5\pgflinewidth, % to make sure the ellipse does not draw over the lines&#xA;  shape border rotate=90&#xA;] at (1,2) {A};&#xA;&#xA;\fill [red!20] let&#xA;  \p1 = ($(cyl.before top)!0.5!(cyl.after top)$),&#xA;  \p2 = (cyl.top),&#xA;  \p3 = (cyl.before top),&#xA;  \n1={veclen(\x3-\x1,\y3-\y1)},&#xA;  \n2={veclen(\x2-\x1,\y2-\y1)},&#xA;  \n3={atan2((\y2-\y1),(\x2-\x1))}&#xA; in &#xA;  (\p1) ellipse [x radius=\n1, y radius = \n2, rotate=\n3];&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/HKH4U.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Version for PGF 2.0&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For PGF 2.0, the code needs to be adapted slightly, because the mathematical function &lt;code&gt;atan2&lt;/code&gt; is missing in the old version and the syntax for an ellipse is different. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The operation &lt;code&gt;let \p = () in ...&lt;/code&gt; is described on p. 127 (section 13.14) in the pgf 2.0 manual ('The Let Operation').&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The construct &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;coordinate&amp;gt;!&amp;lt;number&amp;gt;!&amp;lt;coordinate&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; is described on p. 116, section 12.4.3 in the pgf 2.0 manual.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The points (cyl.before top), (cyl.after top) and (cyl.top) are defined by the cylinder shape (see p. 326, section 39.3 ('Geometric Shapes') in the pgf 2.0 manual).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{shapes.geometric,calc}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\node [draw,&#xA;  shape=cylinder,&#xA;  name=nodename, % Can be defined arbitrarily&#xA;  alias=cyl, % Will be used by the ellipse to reference the cylinder&#xA;  aspect=1.5,&#xA;  minimum height=3cm,&#xA;  minimum width=2cm,&#xA;  left color=blue!30,&#xA;  right color=blue!60,&#xA;  middle color=red!20, % Has to be called after left color and middle color&#xA;  outer sep=-0.5\pgflinewidth, % to make sure the ellipse does not draw over the lines&#xA;  shape border rotate=90&#xA;] at (1,2) {A};&#xA;&#xA;\fill [red!20] let&#xA;  \p1 = ($(cyl.before top)!0.5!(cyl.after top)$),&#xA;  \p2 = (cyl.top),&#xA;  \p3 = (cyl.before top),&#xA;  \n1={veclen(\x3-\x1,\y3-\y1)},&#xA;  \n2={veclen(\x2-\x1,\y2-\y1)}&#xA; in &#xA;  (\p1) ellipse (\n1 and \n2);&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastEditorUserId="2552" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-14T21:41:28.530" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T21:41:28.530" CommentCount="31" />
  <row Id="10708" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10706" CreationDate="2011-02-09T20:46:43.300" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You have to load a scalable font like lmodern:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{lmodern}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or install the &lt;code&gt;cm-super&lt;/code&gt; fonts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T20:46:43.300" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="10709" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10681" CreationDate="2011-02-09T21:23:31.583" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Look at this class called &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.rbergmann.info/projekte/kartei.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;kartei&lt;/a&gt;&quot;. Unfortunately the description is in German but supports quite some formats. The Package itself can be downloaded &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.rbergmann.info/projekte/kartei/Kartei.1.8b.zip&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3300" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T21:23:31.583" />
  <row Id="10710" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8365" CreationDate="2011-02-09T21:25:00.027" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know about these two. The first one looks good and was successful used by the author for his patent applications. The other one is quite old: it is packed as &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shar&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;shell archive&lt;/a&gt; and for LaTeX2.09, but works well with a modern LaTeX2e.&#xA;I can't tell you more about them. All my patent applications had to be written in MS Word.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dodge.stanford.edu/~echmelar/inventions.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://dodge.stanford.edu/~echmelar/inventions.html&lt;/a&gt; (look for &quot;&lt;code&gt;template.tar.gz&lt;/code&gt;&quot;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ibiblio.org/patents/txt/temptex.txt&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.ibiblio.org/patents/txt/temptex.txt&lt;/a&gt; (&lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shar&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;shell archive&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T21:25:00.027" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10711" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="50" CreationDate="2011-02-09T22:21:41.857" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you don't mind a third party user accessing your information (particularly something as sensitive as a CV), I have found converting a pdf to word to be an effective way of managing this. For example one free service is &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.convertpdftoword.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;convertpdftoword&lt;/a&gt;. Although it makes the word document quite large, I've found that it usually preserves the formatting almost perfectly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1167" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T22:21:41.857" />
  <row Id="10712" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10723" CreationDate="2011-02-09T22:51:41.757" Score="2" ViewCount="129" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dear TeX-Gurus:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have a question related to making posters using LaTeX. I am using the following &lt;a href=&quot;http://andreas.welcomes-you.com/projects/a0poster/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;website&lt;/a&gt; for the poster. Everything is OK, but I am stuck at a point where I want to insert 2 tables next to each other. After googling, I discovered how to do it (using &lt;code&gt;subtables&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I get a bunch of errors (see below) when I compile it. I think that my table code is fine (see below), but I don't know why I get that error. &lt;em&gt;I can live with these errors as they don't affect the final output.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;(/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/amsfonts/umsb.fd)&#xA;! Undefined control sequence.&#xA;&amp;lt;argument&amp;gt;  \subtable &#xA;                      { \begin {tabular}{|c|c|c|} \par \multicolumn {3}{c}{\...&#xA;l.226  }&#xA;&#xA;? &#xA;! Missing $ inserted.&#xA;&amp;lt;inserted text&amp;gt; &#xA;                $&#xA;l.226  }&#xA;&#xA;? &#xA;! Extra }, or forgotten $.&#xA;&amp;lt;template&amp;gt; \unskip \hfil }&#xA;                          \hskip \tabcolsep \hskip -.5\arrayrulewidth \vrule...&#xA;l.226  }&#xA;&#xA;? &#xA;&#xA;! Missing $ inserted.&#xA;&amp;lt;inserted text&amp;gt; &#xA;                $&#xA;l.226  }&#xA;&#xA;? ! Missing } inserted.&#xA;&amp;lt;inserted text&amp;gt; &#xA;                }&#xA;l.226  }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My main problem is after inserting the tables, I want to color the cells. To this end, I am using &lt;code&gt;xcolor&lt;/code&gt; package, but somehow:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;it fails to provide the colors&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;it gives me errors&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Basically, I want to:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;color letters&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;fill cells of tables with different colors&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I got the commands from the &lt;code&gt;xcolor&lt;/code&gt; manual)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can any one please help me with this? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any pointers or help is greatly appreciated (I have inserted comments where I get errors, please see: &lt;code&gt;\rowcolor&lt;/code&gt; right above the &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; environment).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As @caramdir pointed out that my code was not well written I have hereby tried to make a reproducible example (it is still long because of some of the code already existing the sample poster). I hope this will help you understand my problem better. I have also included the package &lt;code&gt;subfigure&lt;/code&gt;. But nothing changed, I still get error messages before. I am not sure what's going on because the table code is similar to what I use in writing papers.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The code does compile to .dvi, but with a lot of errors (I just press enter to skip them). But output dvi file is good. When I use xcolors and copy custom commands from the manual. They don't work either. (I get inline text instead of seeing the color) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks again for helping me. I am sorry if something is missing. I am not a latex expert, but I am trying hard.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[landscape,a0b,final]{a0poster}&#xA;\usepackage{epsfig}&#xA;\usepackage{subfigure}&#xA;\usepackage{multicol}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{pstricks,pst-grad}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath, amsthm, amssymb}&#xA;\setlength{\columnsep}{3cm}&#xA;\setlength{\columnseprule}{2mm}&#xA;\setlength{\parindent}{0.0cm}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{poster}{&#xA;  \begin{center}&#xA;    \begin{minipage}[c]{0.98\textwidth}&#xA;}{&#xA;    \end{minipage} &#xA;  \end{center}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{pcolumn}[1]{&#xA;  \begin{minipage}{#1\textwidth}&#xA;    \begin{center}&#xA;}{&#xA;    \end{center}&#xA;  \end{minipage}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{poster}&#xA;  \begin{center}&#xA;    \begin{pcolumn}{0.98}&#xA;      \Large&#xA;      \begin{center}&#xA;        \textbf{Parallels Table}&#xA;      \end{center}&#xA;&#xA;      \vspace{0.5cm}&#xA;             {\Large&#xA;           \noindent\makebox[\textwidth]{&#xA;         \subtable{&#xA;           %\rowcolors{1}{LightBlue1}{DeepPink1} %Gives me errors&#xA;&#xA;                   \begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|}    &#xA;                     \multicolumn{3}{c}{\textbf{$Data_1$}} \\&#xA;                 \hline&#xA;                     \textbf{ID} &amp;amp; \textbf{$Type_1$} &amp;amp; \textbf{$Type_2$} \\&#xA;             $1$ &amp;amp; $I_{11}$ &amp;amp; $I_{12}$ \\&#xA;                     \hline&#xA;           \end{tabular}&#xA;         }&#xA;&#xA;                 \hspace{2cm}&#xA;         \subtable{&#xA;           %\rowcolors{1}{LightBlue}{DeepSkyBlue} %Gives me errors&#xA;&#xA;                   \begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|}&#xA;                 \multicolumn{3}{c}{\textbf{$Data_2$}} \\&#xA;                     \hline&#xA;                     \textbf{ID} &amp;amp; \textbf{$Type_1$} &amp;amp; \textbf{$Type_2$} \\&#xA;             $G$ &amp;amp; $n_{G1}$ &amp;amp; $n_{G2}$ \\&#xA;                     \hline&#xA;           \end{tabular}&#xA;         }&#xA;               }&#xA;             }&#xA;&#xA;    \end{pcolumn}&#xA;  \end{center}&#xA;\end{poster}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1234" LastEditorUserId="1234" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-10T03:37:16.367" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T09:19:36.967" Title="How to color text and fill cells with color in a table/subtable environment" Tags="&lt;errors&gt;&lt;posters&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="10713" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10717" CreationDate="2011-02-09T22:51:45.257" Score="3" ViewCount="179" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it worth it to switch from the &lt;code&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/code&gt; to the &lt;code&gt;scrpage2&lt;/code&gt; package?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am trying to assess it's worth because I am having problems making the headers of the listsofsomething all uppercase.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am using the KOMA-script report class and the following definitions for footers and headers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,11pt,liststotoc,bibtotoc,abstracton,twoside,open=right]{scrreprt}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\renewcommand{\chaptermark}[1] % &#xA;{\markboth{\MakeUppercase{\chaptername\ \thechapter.\ #1}}{}} &#xA;\renewcommand{\sectionmark}[1] % &#xA;{\markright{\MakeUppercase{\thesection.\ #1}}}&#xA;\newcommand{\helv}{ % &#xA;\bfseries\fontsize{9}{11}\selectfont}&#xA;&#xA;\fancyhf{} % Clear header and footer styles&#xA;\fancyhead[RO]{\helv \rightmark}&#xA;\fancyhead[LE]{\helv \leftmark}&#xA;\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0.5pt}&#xA;\fancyfoot[LE,RO]{\helv \thepage}&#xA;\renewcommand{\footrulewidth}{0.5pt}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a linear way to translate it to the &lt;code&gt;scrpage2&lt;/code&gt; commands?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it worth it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2042" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-20T19:02:44.550" LastActivityDate="2011-03-20T19:02:44.550" Title="Switching from fancyhdr to srcpage2" Tags="&lt;header-footer&gt;&lt;koma-script&gt;&lt;fancyhdr&gt;&lt;scrpage2&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="10714" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10696" CreationDate="2011-02-09T23:07:28.910" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This must be a build problem of xetex in Windows — I've never seen that error before. Try loading a font without fontspec:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\font\x=&quot;Cambria&quot; at 12 pt \x hello&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This should hopefully produce a similar problem that you can report to MiKTeX support. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T23:07:28.910" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="10715" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10716" CreationDate="2011-02-09T23:42:33.310" Score="4" ViewCount="144" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&#xA;I am making a checklist to print, where users can check their answers on a printed paper.&#xA;For this I am using &lt;code&gt;itemize&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\labelitemi}{\Box}&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\labelitemii}{\Box}&lt;/code&gt; etc..., which works fine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I now want is to make items, sub-items and sub-sub-items different sized, so that the higher the hierarchy, the bigger font.&#xA;Since I have a lot of things to check, I don't want to specify each line in the latex document, but was hoping to use a &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\itemi}{something}&lt;/code&gt; or something like that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this possible in any way?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3394" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-09T23:45:06.647" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T00:10:46.873" Title="Custom font size for itemize" Tags="&lt;itemize&gt;&lt;fontsize&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="10716" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10715" CreationDate="2011-02-09T23:54:38.027" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Define your own &lt;code&gt;itemize&lt;/code&gt; environment which uses the normal one but changes the font size first. The &lt;code&gt;relsize&lt;/code&gt; package gives you the handy &lt;code&gt;\smaller&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\larger&lt;/code&gt; macros.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This would make every level one font size step smaller. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{relsize}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{xitemize}{%&#xA;    \smaller&#xA;    \itemize&#xA;}{%&#xA;    \enditemize&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This would make the first level smaller then the text. If this is not wanted change &lt;code&gt;\smaller&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\ifnum\csname @itemdepth\endcsname=0\else\smaller\fi&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to keep the &lt;code&gt;itemize&lt;/code&gt; name in your documents, use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\olditemize\itemize&#xA;\let\oldenditemize\enditemize&#xA;\renewenvironment{itemize}{%&#xA;    \smaller&#xA;    \olditemize&#xA;}{%&#xA;    \endolditemize&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could define your own set of e.g. &lt;code&gt;\fontitemi&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\fontitemii&lt;/code&gt;, ... macros:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\newenvironment{xitemize}{%&#xA;    \@nameuse{fontitem\romannumeral\the\@itemdepth}&#xA;    \itemize&#xA;}{%&#xA;    \enditemize&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\newcommand{\fontitemi}{\Large}&#xA;\newcommand{\fontitemii}{\large}&#xA;\newcommand{\fontitemiii}{\normalsize}&#xA;\newcommand{\fontitemiv}{\small}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-10T00:10:46.873" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T00:10:46.873" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10717" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10713" CreationDate="2011-02-09T23:57:07.150" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have solved it myself, I think. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is what I got.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{scrpage2}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand{\chaptermark}[1] % &#xA;{\markboth{\chaptername\ \thechapter.\ #1}{}} &#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand{\sectionmark}[1] % &#xA;{\markright{\thesection.\ #1}}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand{\headfont}{\bfseries\fontsize{9}{11}\selectfont}&#xA;\renewcommand{\pnumfont}{\bfseries\fontsize{9}{11}\selectfont}&#xA;&#xA;\newpagestyle{fancy}{(0pt,0pt)                          % Outer header line&#xA;                    {\MakeUppercase{\headmark} \hfill}   % Even page header&#xA;                    {\hfill \MakeUppercase{\headmark}}   % Odd page header&#xA;                    {\hfill}                            % Onesided page header&#xA;                    (\textwidth,0.5pt)}                 % Inner header line&#xA;                    {(\textwidth,0.5pt)                 % Inner footer line &#xA;                    {\pagemark \hfill}                   % Even page footer&#xA;                    {\hfill \pagemark}                   % Odd page footer&#xA;                    {\hfill \pagemark \hfill}             % Onesided page footer&#xA;                    (0pt,0pt)}                          % Outer footer line&#xA;&#xA;\renewpagestyle{plain}{(0pt,0pt)              % Outer header line&#xA;                      {\hfill}                % Even page header&#xA;                      {\hfill}                % Odd page header&#xA;                      {\hfill}                % Onesided page header&#xA;                      (0pt,0pt)}              % Inner header line&#xA;                      {(\textwidth,0.5pt)     % Inner footer line &#xA;                      {\pagemark \hfill}       % Even page footer&#xA;                      {\hfill \pagemark}       % Odd page footer&#xA;                      {\hfill \pagemark \hfill} % Onesided page footer&#xA;                      (0pt,0pt)}              % Outer footer line&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Defining the style this way seems more complicated, but I am happy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2042" LastActivityDate="2011-02-09T23:57:07.150" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10718" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10719" CreationDate="2011-02-10T05:11:09.677" Score="5" ViewCount="209" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know how to use &lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt; and compile it with &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; -&gt; &lt;code&gt;bibtex&lt;/code&gt; -&gt; &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; in TeXworks or TeXShop.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[options]{biblatex}&#xA;\bibliography{bib-file}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \autocite{einstein01}&#xA;  \autocite{feynman47}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How do I start using the different biblatex styles in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;CTAN contrib&lt;/a&gt;? I want to know how to do it in terms of:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Installation&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Usage in the source code&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Solutions for MiKTeX or TeX Live are preferred.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="791" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T14:11:00.220" Title="Using the biblatex styles in the CTAN contrib" Tags="&lt;biblatex&gt;&lt;style&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="10719" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10718" CreationDate="2011-02-10T05:44:11.193" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Most of the CTAN biblatex styles are part of TeXLive, so if you update all the packages using tlmgr (or TeXLive Utility on a Mac), they should be available automatically.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Generally the styles are called by&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[style=&amp;lt;name&amp;gt;]{biblatex}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or with separate bib and cite styles:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[bibstyle=..., citestyle=...]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;code&gt;texdoc&lt;/code&gt; to find the documentation for how to use the particular styles.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If in the unlikely event that the style you want isn't part of TeXLive, you can install extra biblatex packages into the latex folder of your local texmf folder just like you would install any other latex package. It's helpful to keep them in separate folders (or even in one biblatex folder within the latex folder.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you put the documentation into a folder corresponding to the style name in the local texmf/doc/ folder it will also be found with &lt;code&gt;texdoc&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-10T14:11:00.220" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T14:11:00.220" />
  <row Id="10720" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10718" CreationDate="2011-02-10T07:18:41.080" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As Alan says, many of the contributed styles are available in TeX Live and MiKTeX. If not, the style files themselves (&lt;code&gt;.bbx&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;.cbx&lt;/code&gt;) need to be installed like any other locally-installed files. Taking the example of my own &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/biblatex-chem&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;biblatex-chem&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; bundle, I'd need to create a local installation folder which is operating system dependent:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;~/texmf/tex/latex/biblatex-chem&lt;/code&gt; on Linux (&lt;code&gt;~&lt;/code&gt; = your home folder)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;~/Library/texmf/tex/latex/biblatex-chem&lt;/code&gt; on Mac OS X (&lt;code&gt;~&lt;/code&gt; = your home folder)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;USERPROFILE&amp;gt;\texmf\tex\latex\biblatex-chem&lt;/code&gt; on Windows (&lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;USERPROFILE&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; = your home folder)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You might already find the &lt;code&gt;texmf&lt;/code&gt; folder and some subfolders, or you might have to create it. You'd then put all of the &lt;code&gt;.bbx&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;/cbx&lt;/code&gt; files from CTAN in this new folder. If you are using MiKTeX on Windows, you then need to make sure it has &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;USERPROFILE&amp;gt;\texmf&lt;/code&gt; set as a 'root' in the MiKTeX Options.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is not necessary to subdivide the &lt;code&gt;biblatex-chem&lt;/code&gt; folder into folders &lt;code&gt;bbx&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;cbx&lt;/code&gt;, although you can if you like (&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/biblatex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; itself does this).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Optionally, you might install the documentation files (PDFs, &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;.bib&lt;/code&gt; sources) in &lt;code&gt;texmf/doc/latex/biblatex-chem&lt;/code&gt;. However, that's only necessary if you want &lt;code&gt;texdoc biblatex-chem&lt;/code&gt; to work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For other &lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt; styles, the same applies and all you need to do is modify the folder name.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T07:18:41.080" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="10722" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10718" CreationDate="2011-02-10T09:04:12.520" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you want to use the full power of &lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt; then you should also install the program &lt;code&gt;biber&lt;/code&gt; which can be done by the TeXLive package manager. Don't know, if it is also available for MiKTeX's package manager. It can also be installed via &#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://biblatex-biber.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://biblatex-biber.sourceforge.net/&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Running &lt;code&gt;biber&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;bibtex&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;(Any)tex-&amp;gt;biber-&amp;gt;(Any)tex&lt;/code&gt; gives you full UTF support for the bibliography, which isn't possible with  &lt;code&gt;bibtex&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;bibtex8&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using &lt;code&gt;biber&lt;/code&gt; needs a &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[backend=biber,style=...]{biblatex}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You should also consider, that &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; can handle only a subset of UTF-8. Only &lt;code&gt;XeTeX&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;LuaTeX&lt;/code&gt; have full UTF support.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T09:04:12.520" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="10723" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10712" CreationDate="2011-02-10T09:19:36.967" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is your example as a running document. Coloring tables needs a &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[table,&amp;lt;named color list(s)&amp;gt;]{xcolor}&lt;/code&gt;. Next time you schouldn't use the &lt;code&gt;a0poster&lt;/code&gt; documentclass. It is easier to find errors with simple classes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[landscape,a0b,final]{a0poster}&#xA;\usepackage{subfig}&#xA;\usepackage{multicol}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage[table,dvipsnames,svgnames,x11names]{xcolor}&#xA;\setlength{\columnsep}{3cm}&#xA;\setlength{\columnseprule}{2mm}&#xA;\setlength{\parindent}{0.0cm}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{poster}{%&#xA;  \begin{center}&#xA;    \begin{minipage}[c]{0.98\textwidth}&#xA;}{%&#xA;    \end{minipage} &#xA;  \end{center}&#xA;}&#xA;\newenvironment{pcolumn}[1]{%&#xA;  \begin{minipage}{#1\textwidth}&#xA;    \begin{center}&#xA;}{%&#xA;    \end{center}&#xA;  \end{minipage}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{poster}&#xA;  \begin{center}&#xA;    \begin{pcolumn}{0.98}&#xA;      \Large&#xA;        \textbf{Parallels Table}&#xA;&#xA;      \vspace{0.5cm}&#xA;        \rowcolors{1}{LightBlue1}{DeepPink1} %Gives me errors&#xA;        \begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|}    &#xA;          \multicolumn{3}{c}{\textbf{$Data_1$}} \\\hline&#xA;          \textbf{ID} &amp;amp; \textbf{$Type_1$} &amp;amp; \textbf{$Type_2$} \\&#xA;             $1$ &amp;amp; $I_{11}$ &amp;amp; $I_{12}$ \\\hline&#xA;        \end{tabular}&#xA;        \hspace{2cm}&#xA;        \rowcolors{1}{LightBlue}{DeepSkyBlue} %Gives me errors&#xA;        \begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|}&#xA;          \multicolumn{3}{c}{\textbf{$Data_2$}} \\\hline&#xA;          \textbf{ID} &amp;amp; \textbf{$Type_1$} &amp;amp; \textbf{$Type_2$} \\&#xA;           $G$ &amp;amp; $n_{G1}$ &amp;amp; $n_{G2}$ \\\hline&#xA;        \end{tabular}&#xA;    \end{pcolumn}&#xA;  \end{center}&#xA;\end{poster}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/jmP6m.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T09:19:36.967" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="10724" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-10T10:40:00.143" Score="10" ViewCount="225" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to use rubber with &lt;code&gt;makeglossaries&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I found a solution for the simple case.&#xA;You have to add the rubber directive to the latex document, in that case &lt;code&gt;myDoc.tex&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% rubber: onchange myDoc.glo 'makeglossaries myDoc'&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But when you want to use links to glossary entries in the acronyms descriptions, like in this example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newglossaryentry{test}&#xA;{&#xA;  name={test},&#xA;  description={big description of the test)},&#xA;}&#xA;\newacronym[description={\gls{test}}]{t}{t}{test}&#xA;&#xA;\gls{t}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You have to compile it more often (see &lt;code&gt;glossaries&lt;/code&gt; manual, p.16):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;latex myDoc&#xA;makeglossaries myDoc&#xA;latex myDoc&#xA;makeglossaries myDoc&#xA;latex myDoc&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I played a little bit with the rubber directives and rules, but can't get it to work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Has anybody else an idea?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3473" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-10T11:16:12.513" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T09:44:07.403" Title="How to use Rubber With Makeglossaries?" Tags="&lt;glossaries&gt;&lt;rubber&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10725" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10726" CreationDate="2011-02-10T10:42:14.363" Score="3" ViewCount="84" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi, in my tex source file I have a link like that:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Warm_dark_matter}{Warm &#xA;Dark Matter}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This link starts on one line and ends on the next line. The problem is that when I compile it like &lt;code&gt;latex -&amp;gt; dvips -&amp;gt; ps2pdf&lt;/code&gt;, I see &quot;Warm Dark Matter&quot; colored, but can't click on it to open the link.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When file is compiled with &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; everything is fine, so what can be the problem in the first method?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can't move link in one line because I have automatic tex-processing system.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3472" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T10:48:12.330" Title="Hyperref link spanning two lines" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;dvi&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="10726" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10725" CreationDate="2011-02-10T10:48:12.330" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;dvips can't break links. See section 7  &quot;Limitations&#xA;Wrapped/broken link support&quot; in readme.pdf of hyperref and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=breaklinks&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=breaklinks&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T10:48:12.330" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="10727" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-10T10:54:27.823" Score="5" ViewCount="165" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do I use IEEE and AIP bibliography styles in biblatex? Is there a resource somewhere that has &lt;code&gt;bbx&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;cbx&lt;/code&gt; style files?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For AIP, I have seen REVTeX, but it only uses the basic BibTeX &lt;code&gt;bst&lt;/code&gt;, not the BibLaTeX &lt;code&gt;bbx&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;cbx&lt;/code&gt;. Also, I do not know how to use just the bibliography style without having to use the REVTeX document class.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="791" LastActivityDate="2011-02-12T19:13:04.430" Title="IEEE and AIP bibliography styles in biblatex" Tags="&lt;biblatex&gt;&lt;style&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10728" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10730" CreationDate="2011-02-10T10:55:10.443" Score="1" ViewCount="63" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a figure containing a pair of plots that represent data points from 15 referenced papers (indicated in the plots as 1-15).  To better indicate the source of each data point, I have added numbered list of the referenced papers at the bottom of the caption within an array as such.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure*}&#xA;\centering&#xA;$\begin{array}{c@{\hspace{0.1in}}c}&#xA;\includegraphics[width=2.8in]{./figures/SimoArea} &amp;&#xA;\includegraphics[width=2.8in]{./figures/SimoAreaPerOutput}\\&#xA;(a) &amp; (b)\\&#xA;\end{array}$&#xA;\caption[&#xA;A comparison of various SIMO DC-DC voltage converter designs.&#xA;]&#xA;{&#xA;A comparison of various single-inductor multiple-output DC-DC voltage converter designs across five technology generations: &#xA;$0.5 \mu m$, $0.35 \mu m$, $0.25 \mu m$, $0.18 \mu m$, $0.13 \mu m$. &#xA;(a) Design area verse voltage outputs. (b) Area per output for each design.&#xA;\\&#xA;{\protect&#xA;\vspace{0.5em}&#xA;%\centering&#xA;%\begin{center}&#xA;\tiny{&#xA;    $\begin{array}{lll}&#xA;        \text{1: Woo 2-Output Buck/Boost~\cite{woo:dcdc}} &amp;&#xA;        \text{6: Seol 5-Output Buck/Boost~\cite{seol:multiple-output}} &amp; &#xA;        \text{11: Belloni 4-Output Buck~\cite{belloni:buck}}&#xA;        \\ &#xA;        \text{2: Ma 2-Output Boost~\cite{ma:simo-discontinuos,ma:reduction}} &amp;&#xA;        \text{7: Belloni 2-Output Buck~\cite{belloni:on-design}} &amp;&#xA;        \text{12: Parayandeh 4-Output Buck~\cite{parayandeh:programmable}}&#xA;        \\ &#xA;        \text{3: Belloni 4-Output Boost~\cite{belloni:self-boosted}} &amp;&#xA;        \text{8: Lee 6-Output Buck~\cite{lee:simo}} &amp;&#xA;        \text{13: Belloni 2-Output Buck~\cite{belloni:on-design}}&#xA;        \\ &#xA;        \text{4: Belloni 4-Output Buck~\cite{belloni:on-design}} &amp;&#xA;        \text{9: Huang 4-Output Buck/Boost~\cite{huang:simo}} &amp;&#xA;        \text{14: Zhang 2-Output Boost~\cite{zhang:simo}}&#xA;        \\ &#xA;        \text{5: Le 5-Output Boost~\cite{le:simo}} &amp;&#xA;        \text{10: Bondade 3-Output Buck/Boost~\cite{bondade:codesign}} &amp;&#xA;        \text{15: Bondade 2-Output Buck~\cite{bondade:power-aware}}&#xA;    \end{array}$&#xA;} % end tiny&#xA;%\end{center}&#xA;} % end protect&#xA;&#xA;}&#xA;\label{fig:simo-area}&#xA;\end{figure*}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like to add a little vertical space between my reference list and the formal caption and also center the array containing this list (without centering the rest of the caption).  I have had no success so far.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3431" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T11:11:49.070" Title="Is it possible to add centering and vspace to the caption text of a figure?" Tags="&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;&lt;captions&gt;&lt;centering&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="10729" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10728" CreationDate="2011-02-10T11:07:41.173" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using package &lt;code&gt;subfig&lt;/code&gt; makes more sense here, instead of &lt;code&gt;array&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[demo]{graphicx}% delete demo &#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure*}&#xA;\centering&#xA;$\begin{array}{@{}c@{\hspace{0.1in}}c@{}}&#xA;\includegraphics[width=0.47\textwidth]{./figures/SimoArea} &amp;amp;&#xA;\includegraphics[width=0.47\textwidth]{./figures/SimoAreaPerOutput}\\&#xA;(a) &amp;amp; (b)\\&#xA;\end{array}$&#xA;\caption[A comparison of various SIMO DC-DC voltage converter designs.]{%&#xA;  A comparison of various single-inductor multiple-output DC-DC voltage converter designs across five technology generations: &#xA;  $0.5 \mu m$, $0.35 \mu m$, $0.25 \mu m$, $0.18 \mu m$, $0.13 \mu m$. &#xA;  (a) Design area verse voltage outputs. (b) Area per output for each design.&#xA;\newline\strut\newline&#xA;\tiny&#xA;   \begin{tabular}{@{}lll}&#xA;        1: Woo 2-Output Buck/Boost~\cite{woo:dcdc} &amp;amp;&#xA;        6: Seol 5-Output Buck/Boost~\cite{seol:multiple-output} &amp;amp; &#xA;        11: Belloni 4-Output Buck~\cite{belloni:buck}&#xA;        \\ &#xA;        2: Ma 2-Output Boost~\cite{ma:simo-discontinuos,ma:reduction} &amp;amp;&#xA;        7: Belloni 2-Output Buck~\cite{belloni:on-design} &amp;amp;&#xA;        12: Parayandeh 4-Output Buck~\cite{parayandeh:programmable}&#xA;        \\ &#xA;        3: Belloni 4-Output Boost~\cite{belloni:self-boosted} &amp;amp;&#xA;        8: Lee 6-Output Buck~\cite{lee:simo} &amp;amp;&#xA;        13: Belloni 2-Output Buck~\cite{belloni:on-design}&#xA;        \\ &#xA;        4: Belloni 4-Output Buck~\cite{belloni:on-design} &amp;amp;&#xA;        9: Huang 4-Output Buck/Boost~\cite{huang:simo} &amp;amp;&#xA;        14: Zhang 2-Output Boost~\cite{zhang:simo}&#xA;        \\ &#xA;        5: Le 5-Output Boost~\cite{le:simo} &amp;amp;&#xA;        10: Bondade 3-Output Buck/Boost~\cite{bondade:codesign} &amp;amp;&#xA;        15: Bondade 2-Output Buck~\cite{bondade:power-aware}&#xA;    \end{tabular}}&#xA;\label{fig:simo-area}&#xA;\end{figure*}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/JNLha.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T11:07:41.173" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10730" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10728" CreationDate="2011-02-10T11:11:49.070" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You should simply put the list (using &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt;, not &lt;code&gt;array&lt;/code&gt;!) below the caption and not make it part of it. I can't check on the correct alignment because you didn't mentioned the exact class or option you are using for your paper.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure*}&#xA;\centering&#xA;\begin{tabular}{c@{\hspace{0.1in}}c}&#xA;\includegraphics[width=2.8in]{./figures/SimoArea} &amp;amp;&#xA;\includegraphics[width=2.8in]{./figures/SimoAreaPerOutput}\\&#xA;(a) &amp;amp; (b)\\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\caption[&#xA;A comparison of various SIMO DC-DC voltage converter designs.&#xA;]&#xA;{&#xA;A comparison of various single-inductor multiple-output DC-DC voltage converter designs across five technology generations: &#xA;$0.5 \mu m$, $0.35 \mu m$, $0.25 \mu m$, $0.18 \mu m$, $0.13 \mu m$. &#xA;(a) Design area verse voltage outputs. (b) Area per output for each design.&#xA;}&#xA;\label{fig:simo-area}&#xA;\bigskip&#xA;\tiny&#xA;\begin{tabular}{lll}&#xA;    g1: Woo 2-Output Buck/Boost~\cite{woo:dcdc} &amp;amp;&#xA;    g6: Seol 5-Output Buck/Boost~\cite{seol:multiple-output} &amp;amp; &#xA;    g11: Belloni 4-Output Buck~\cite{belloni:buck}&#xA;    \\ &#xA;    g2: Ma 2-Output Boost~\cite{ma:simo-discontinuos,ma:reduction} &amp;amp;&#xA;    g7: Belloni 2-Output Buck~\cite{belloni:on-design} &amp;amp;&#xA;    g12: Parayandeh 4-Output Buck~\cite{parayandeh:programmable}&#xA;    \\ &#xA;    g3: Belloni 4-Output Boost~\cite{belloni:self-boosted} &amp;amp;&#xA;    g8: Lee 6-Output Buck~\cite{lee:simo} &amp;amp;&#xA;    g13: Belloni 2-Output Buck~\cite{belloni:on-design}&#xA;    \\ &#xA;    g4: Belloni 4-Output Buck~\cite{belloni:on-design} &amp;amp;&#xA;    g9: Huang 4-Output Buck/Boost~\cite{huang:simo} &amp;amp;&#xA;    g14: Zhang 2-Output Boost~\cite{zhang:simo}&#xA;    \\ &#xA;    g5: Le 5-Output Boost~\cite{le:simo} &amp;amp;&#xA;    g10: Bondade 3-Output Buck/Boost~\cite{bondade:codesign} &amp;amp;&#xA;    g15: Bondade 2-Output Buck~\cite{bondade:power-aware}&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{figure*}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T11:11:49.070" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10731" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-10T11:46:17.793" Score="5" ViewCount="114" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I display (draw) a picture next to the page number.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At best, the &quot;style&quot; of the picture would be calculated automatically, depending on the current page number, e.g., draw a circle on even page numbers and a square on odd ones.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3475" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-10T11:52:41.283" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T12:32:41.007" Title="Draw picture next to page number" Tags="&lt;diagrams&gt;&lt;page-numbering&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="10732" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10736" CreationDate="2011-02-10T11:50:21.237" Score="5" ViewCount="125" Body="&lt;p&gt;Apparently, installing fonts manually (by converting them to &lt;code&gt;fd&lt;/code&gt; files and so on) on LaTeX is a bit of a hassle. But still, I would like to be able to use fonts other than the standard Computer Modern (although it is a nice font).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So what fonts can I use without having to install them manually? By this I mean, which fonts are installed by standard, and which fonts can I access by including a package?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2634" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T12:20:33.313" Title="Which fonts are at my disposal with pdfLaTeX without having to resort to manual installation of them?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10733" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10731" CreationDate="2011-02-10T11:57:46.973" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can change the &lt;em&gt;footer&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;header&lt;/em&gt; where the page number is displayed using e.g. the &lt;code&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/code&gt; package which also permits to have different headers for odd and even pages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Minimal example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;&#xA;\fancyfoot[CE]{\thepage\rlap{ $\circ$}}&#xA;\fancyfoot[CO]{\thepage\rlap{ $\Box$}}&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}% for \Box symbol&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}% for example text&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum[1-100]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, this only works for double-sided formats. In single-sided ones &lt;code&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/code&gt; only takes one format. You have to make the distinction by yourself:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;&#xA;\fancyfoot[C]{\thepage\rlap{ \ifodd\value{page}$\Box$\else$\circ$\fi}}&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}% for \Box symbol&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}% for example text&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum[1-100]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Just substitute &lt;code&gt;$\Box$&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;$\circ$&lt;/code&gt; with the pictures you want. I placed them inside &lt;code&gt;\rlap&lt;/code&gt; so that the lap over to the right, i.e. the officially do not take space. This way the do not interfere with the centering of the page number. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inside the header and footer it should be safe to use &lt;code&gt;\value{page}&lt;/code&gt; directly. Inside normal text it doesn't hold the correct value yet, because the macro is read before the decision is made if the text fits on the current page or has to go to the next one. However AFAIK the header and footer are added after the page was assembled and &lt;code&gt;\value{page}&lt;/code&gt; should hold the correct value.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-10T12:11:23.153" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T12:11:23.153" />
  <row Id="10734" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10823" CreationDate="2011-02-10T11:59:22.813" Score="2" ViewCount="209" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to run the TikZ example on &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/scientific-interactions/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/scientific-interactions/&lt;/a&gt; but I am running into some problems.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can run the simpler example &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/computer-science-mindmap/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/computer-science-mindmap/&lt;/a&gt; which creates a similar map, suggesting that I have the necessary libraries installed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I receive an error on the line&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\centering\begin{tikzpicture}[mindmap,&#xA;  level 1 concept/.append style={level distance=130,sibling angle=30},&#xA;  extra concept/.append style={color=blue!50,text=black}]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am running a standard installation of Miktex on Windows.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The error I get is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Package tikz Error: I do not know what to do with the option ''level 1       &#xA;concept/.append style={level distance=130,sibling angle=30}''.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sorry that I could not make the question a bit more general, but I really like this application of TikZ but am unfamiliar with the general syntax of the package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="233" LastEditorUserId="233" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-11T10:47:15.207" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T11:02:21.313" Title="Tikz mindmap problems" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="10735" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10732" CreationDate="2011-02-10T12:07:00.407" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;You can use every font you want if you change the engine to xelatex. With fontspec you can easily use every font installed in your system. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;There are scripts like &lt;a href=&quot;http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/installfont.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;installfont&lt;/a&gt; that will create the support files for your fonts if you want to stay with (pdf)latex.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The fonts section in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://texcatalogue.sarovar.org/bytopic.html#fonts&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX catalogue by topic&lt;/a&gt; might be a good starting point what fonts are already available in your TeX distribution.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3190" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T12:07:00.407" />
  <row Id="10736" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10732" CreationDate="2011-02-10T12:18:49.403" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Have a look on the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX Font Catalogue&lt;/a&gt; and also the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;fonts directory on CTAN&lt;/a&gt; for a list of available fonts.&#xA;Many of them can be loaded like packages. I only have experience with &lt;code&gt;cm-super&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;lmodern&lt;/code&gt;.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T12:18:49.403" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10737" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10732" CreationDate="2011-02-10T12:20:33.313" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you are not really familar with the font handling for &lt;code&gt;pdftex&lt;/code&gt; it is absolutely no fun to build the files for &lt;code&gt;pdftex&lt;/code&gt; support. However, a list of available fonts with an existing LaTeX support is the one from &lt;a href=&quot;http://home.arcor.de/stephanhennig/Downloads/de_fc.zip&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Stephan Hennig&lt;/a&gt;, which is only available in german.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T12:20:33.313" />
  <row Id="10738" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10731" CreationDate="2011-02-10T12:32:41.007" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a5paper]{scrbook}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand\thepage{%&#xA;  \ifthispageodd{\arabic{page}\rlap{\rule[-\dp\strutbox]{50pt}{\normalbaselineskip}}}&#xA;                {\llap{\rule[-2cm]{20pt}{2cm}}\arabic{page}}}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum[1-100]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T12:32:41.007" />
  <row Id="10740" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-10T13:45:22.323" Score="3" ViewCount="69" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&lt;/code&gt; is important e.g. if you write something in czech &quot;je důležitý, když chceš napsat něco v češtině&quot;, but letters looks somehow strange - is it possible? I mean in word &quot;daného&quot; the letter &quot;é&quot; looks bigger than others ... Does anybody know how I could solve this problem?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3478" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-10T14:02:42.737" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T14:02:42.737" Title="Using [T1]{fontenc} with Czech language looks strange" Tags="&lt;languages&gt;&lt;fontenc&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="10741" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10740" CreationDate="2011-02-10T13:57:18.173" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a5paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{lmodern}  &#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;je důležitý, když chceš napsat něco v češtině&quot;, \\&#xA;but letters looks somehow strange - is it&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which letters are wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/QSoqh.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T13:57:18.173" />
  <row Id="10742" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10780" CreationDate="2011-02-10T14:01:06.877" Score="-1" ViewCount="285" Body="&lt;p&gt;Some guys say that TeXLive 2010 compiles faster than MikTeX 2.9, while others say that this is not true and say that the speed of the two systems is similar.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;What do you think? Please explain your reasons to support your viewpoints.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="885" LastEditorUserId="885" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-10T15:37:42.393" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T19:31:50.900" ClosedDate="2011-02-11T09:50:32.263" Title="Is TeXLive 2010 faster than MiKTeX 2.9?" Tags="&lt;texlive&gt;&lt;miktex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="12" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="10743" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10747" CreationDate="2011-02-10T14:02:18.417" Score="3" ViewCount="139" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm writing my bachelor-thesis and have a couple of small sub-sub-sections explaining conversions, like in the following&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\subsubsection*{Assignment}&#xA;&#xA;This document only explains non-compound assignments. The other kind, i.e \texttt{a += b},&#xA;is supported by the language too, but is not yet implemented. &#xA;&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;\item If the first is an \texttt{auto} variable, no conversion takes place when assigning&#xA;      the right hand side to the variable designated by the left hand side. &#xA;\item Otherwise, an assignment conversion takes place converting the given value to the type&#xA;      of the designated variable. &#xA;\item Assignment requires an lvalue as the left hand side, and yields an lvalue result. &#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;&#xA;\subsubsection*{Multiplication}&#xA;% ...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But latex renders it quite ugly with much space in between the items. I think it does so to fit the whole page. How can I tell it not to do so? Is what I'm doing right at all?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="580" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T14:26:44.733" Title="Why does latex stretch small sections across the whole page vertically?" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10744" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10746" CreationDate="2011-02-10T14:08:49.390" Score="2" ViewCount="147" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I change the default KOMA-Script chapter heading style to the default classes' style?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Specifically, how do I turn this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/He9eb.png&quot; alt=&quot;KOMA Style&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Into this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/uf2cN.png&quot; alt=&quot;Default Style&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2042" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T14:17:13.460" Title="KOMA-Script Chapter Headings" Tags="&lt;koma-script&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="10745" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10743" CreationDate="2011-02-10T14:10:00.533" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Then you have something on the same page which cannot be typeset in a good way, like large images or equations without a possibilty for a page break. However, write into the preamble&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\raggedbottom&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to allow ragged page bottoms&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-10T14:26:44.733" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T14:26:44.733" />
  <row Id="10746" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10744" CreationDate="2011-02-10T14:11:35.493" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[chapterprefix=on]{scrbook}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;run &lt;code&gt;texdoc scrbook&lt;/code&gt; and you'll find it on page 42.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-10T14:17:13.460" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T14:17:13.460" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="10747" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10743" CreationDate="2011-02-10T14:14:07.830" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;LaTeX uses &lt;code&gt;\flushbottom&lt;/code&gt; for two-sided documents (&lt;code&gt;book&lt;/code&gt; by default). Odd pages and even pages are forced to be aligned. In one-sided documents (&lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;report&lt;/code&gt; by default) LaTeX uses &lt;code&gt;\raggedbottom&lt;/code&gt;, extra spaces will gone. cf. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/classes.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;classes&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;code&gt;\raggedbottom&lt;/code&gt; if you meet too many bad page breaks. However, it is preferred to prevent big boxes in your document. Use floats instead of put big tabulars and figures directly. For lists and section titles, it is often not too serious, be sure you put enough text for each sections.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-10T14:24:25.377" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T14:24:25.377" />
  <row Id="10748" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10750" CreationDate="2011-02-10T14:49:45.423" Score="1" ViewCount="201" Body="&lt;p&gt;Can you point me to some examples of stand-alone abstract layouts? (I mean abstract in the 'academic' context here). I am submitting an abstract to a conference which does not provide a template. They suggest submitting a word doc or pdf - and I wanted to use Latex to produce this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've search online and found &lt;a href=&quot;http://molspect.mps.ohio-state.edu/symposium/SamplAbstr.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt; but not some of the associated files. I've previously used the IEEE one, and dislike it - I'm wondering if there are any other commonly used abstract templates that I have missed. The submission is to a scientific (engineering) conference and is 300-400 words.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1167" LastEditorUserId="1167" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-10T15:12:02.203" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T16:06:09.607" Title="Recommendations for an academic abstract template" Tags="&lt;templates&gt;&lt;examples&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="10749" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10957" CreationDate="2011-02-10T14:57:52.070" Score="6" ViewCount="289" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm looking for a way to type a weekly schedule in LaTeX. The only problematic part is that it's possible that there is overlap in entries.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I looked at &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/843/latex-classes-or-styles-for-schedules-and-or-calendars&quot;&gt;“LaTeX Classes or Styles for Schedules and/or Calendars?”&lt;/a&gt; but it's not the type of schedule/calendar I'm looking for.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I also looked at the &lt;code&gt;schedule.sty&lt;/code&gt; package but it doesn't provides a way to deal with overlapping entries.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An example of entries in this schedule would be: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Monday 8am to 12am: Virtual Reality,&#xA;Monday 8am to 10am: Real time networks,&#xA;Monday 1pm to 4pm : ESOA, ...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/MJbFL.png&quot; alt=&quot;Example of output based on the entries above&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anyone has a way to generate weekly schedules with LaTeX ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1219" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-12T02:30:25.097" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T05:23:05.983" Title="Schedule in LaTeX" Tags="&lt;calendar&gt;&lt;planning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="10750" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10748" CreationDate="2011-02-10T15:06:50.830" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have almost abused the IFAC conference template by only invoking the abstract part as the following&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{ifacconf}&#xA;\usepackage{natbib}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frontmatter}&#xA;\title{Analysis of very important things\thanksref{footnoteinfo}} &#xA;\thanks[footnoteinfo]{The author acknowledges the difficulty of publishing results}&#xA;\author[First]{Name} &#xA;\address[First]{Return to sender (e-mail: {mr.author@tex.com} )}&#xA;\begin{abstract} &#xA;A result that does not use the ``novel&quot; word in its abstract.&#xA;\end{abstract}&#xA;\end{frontmatter}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can download the template from &lt;a href=&quot;http://ifac.papercept.net/conferences/support/tex.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;. Hope that it suits your needs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3235" LastEditorUserId="3235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-10T16:06:09.607" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T16:06:09.607" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="10751" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10748" CreationDate="2011-02-10T15:14:25.240" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If they want Word quality use the package &lt;code&gt;wordlike&lt;/code&gt;! :-)&#xA;It produces documents almost as ugly then the original.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But now to be serious:&#xA;If you don't want to use the IEEE template (which is always I good way to go) and they don't provide an own template, simply design your own simple format to suit yourself and the conference. Concentration should be on the content anyway. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here the simple class a colleague and me created for our &lt;em&gt;digests&lt;/em&gt; (aka &lt;em&gt;abstracts&lt;/em&gt;) for the Applied Power Electronic Conference (APEC). It did the job and both papers where accepted. Some extra stuff is commented out because I didn't needed it with my last paper, but it might come in handy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ProvidesClass{apecdigest}&#xA;&#xA;\PassOptionsToClass{letterpaper}{article}%&#xA;\LoadClassWithOptions{article} % 12pt preferred, 10pt is minimum&#xA;\RequirePackage[margin=1in]{geometry}&#xA;\RequirePackage[english]{babel}&#xA;&#xA;\RequirePackage{mathptmx}&#xA;&#xA;\RequirePackage{setspace}&#xA;\doublespacing&#xA;&#xA;% Only allow figures on extra pages&#xA;%\renewcommand{\topfraction}{.001}&#xA;%\setcounter{topnumber}{0}&#xA;%\setcounter{bottomnumber}{0}&#xA;%\setcounter{totalnumber}{0}&#xA;%\renewcommand{\bottomfraction}{.001}&#xA;&#xA;%\renewcommand{\topfraction}{.85}%(=Maximum fraction of the page that can be occupied by floats at the top of the page)&#xA;%\renewcommand{\bottomfraction}{.85}&#xA;&#xA;%\RequirePackage[format=hang,justification=justified,font=sf,labelfont=bf,singlelinecheck=false]{caption}&#xA;&#xA;%\RequirePackage{subfigure}&#xA;&#xA;%\clubpenalty = 10000&#xA;%\widowpenalty = 10000&#xA;%\displaywidowpenalty = 10000&#xA;&#xA;\endinput&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T15:14:25.240" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10752" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9116" CreationDate="2011-02-10T15:16:13.990" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;We recently wrote a combined WYSIWYG/text Tikz editor that allows for some WYSIWYG editing, via an &quot;overlay&quot; displayed over the pdf preview. I think it is helpful for beginners.&#xA;(Simple pictures and modifications can be done w/o knowledge of Tikz to begin with, while for more involved things you have to learn the language.)&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://code.google.com/p/tikzedt/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://code.google.com/p/tikzedt/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3481" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T15:16:13.990" />
  <row Id="10753" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10756" CreationDate="2011-02-10T15:56:24.827" Score="2" ViewCount="65" Body="&lt;p&gt;In book class, I want to &lt;strong&gt;redefine&lt;/strong&gt; the &lt;code&gt;\printindex&lt;/code&gt; command and change it to something like the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;‎\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{‎Index}‎‎‎‎&#xA;‎\fancypagestyle{plain}{%‎&#xA;‎\fancyhf{}‎                        &#xA;‎\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0pt}‎&#xA;‎\renewcommand{\footrulewidth}{0pt}‎&#xA;}&#xA;‎\printindex‎&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I do this?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;My tex file is as follow:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{‎book‎}‎‎&#xA;‎\usepackage{fancyhdr} ‎‎&#xA;‎\usepackage{makeidx}‎&#xA;‎\makeindex‎&#xA;‎‎\begin{document}‎‎&#xA;‎\tableofcontents‎&#xA;‎\chapter{One}‎‎&#xA;‎Hi!‎&#xA;\index{‎abc‎}&#xA;\index{‎def‎}‎‎&#xA;‎\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{‎Index}‎‎‎‎&#xA;‎\fancypagestyle{plain}{%‎&#xA;‎\fancyhf{}‎                        &#xA;‎\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0pt}‎&#xA;‎\renewcommand{\footrulewidth}{0pt}‎&#xA;}&#xA;‎\printindex‎&#xA;‎\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="885" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-10T19:14:17.607" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T19:14:17.607" Title="Redefining the \printindex command and changing it to a desired form" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;index&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10754" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10757" CreationDate="2011-02-10T15:59:16.680" Score="2" ViewCount="93" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to put a hyphen into a function name using the algorithm2e package, though it doesn't seem to like it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Minimal example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{algorithm}&#xA;\SetKwFunction{NOHYPHEN}{NOHYPHEN}&#xA;\NOHYPHEN{foo,bar}\;&#xA;\end{algorithm}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;works fine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{algorithm}&#xA;\SetKwFunction{WITH-HYPHEN}{WITH-HYPHEN}&#xA;\WITH-HYPHEN{foo,bar}\;&#xA;\end{algorithm}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;breaks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any suggestions?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3484" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T16:21:38.563" Title="hyphen in function name using algorithm2e package" Tags="&lt;algorithm2e&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="10755" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10758" CreationDate="2011-02-10T16:10:19.223" Score="2" ViewCount="123" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello all. I built up a simple UML diagram, where one of the class boxes has an union containing a number of elements. I want to show that those elements are part of an union. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But how can I do so with tikz? I tried to use a matrix, but it complains that I cannot nest matrices. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,12pt]{scrreprt}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8x]{inputenc}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{matrix,positioning,calc,arrows,shapes}&#xA;&#xA;\tikzstyle{class}=[matrix of nodes, draw=black, font=\ttfamily\small]&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[node distance=2cm]&#xA;    \matrix (value) [class] {&#xA;        \textbf{Value} \\&#xA;        \hline&#xA;        TypeA m\_type \\&#xA;        \textit{Union:} \\ % TODO: want to have a rectangle around the next 6 entries!&#xA;        TypeB int64Val\\&#xA;        TypeC float64Val\\&#xA;        TypeD stringVal\\&#xA;        TypeE *funcVal\\&#xA;        TypeF varsVal\\&#xA;    };&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}   &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="580" LastEditorUserId="580" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-10T16:47:34.950" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T16:47:34.950" Title="Putting a rectangle around matrix nodes?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;matrices&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10756" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10753" CreationDate="2011-02-10T16:10:31.353" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can save a macro away using &lt;code&gt;\let\origmacro\macro&lt;/code&gt;, where &lt;code&gt;\origmacro&lt;/code&gt; is a name you can pick. Then your redefine the macro and call its original version internally, mostly at the very end:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\origprintindex\printindex‎&#xA;\renewcommand*{\printindex}{%&#xA;  \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{‎Index}‎‎‎‎%&#xA;  ‎\fancypagestyle{plain}{%‎&#xA;  ‎  \fancyhf{}‎%&#xA;    ‎\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0pt}‎%&#xA;    ‎\renewcommand{\footrulewidth}{0pt}‎%&#xA;  }%&#xA;  ‎\origprintindex‎&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You might want to place all this into a group.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T16:10:31.353" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="10757" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10754" CreationDate="2011-02-10T16:21:38.563" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\SetKwFunction&lt;/code&gt; defines a TeX command named as its &lt;em&gt;first&lt;/em&gt; argument. Since TeX command name can only contain alphabets by default, you should use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{algorithm}&#xA;\SetKwFunction{WITHHYPHEN}{WITH-HYPHEN}&#xA;\WITHHYPHEN{foo,bar}\;&#xA;\end{algorithm}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T16:21:38.563" />
  <row Id="10758" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10755" CreationDate="2011-02-10T16:22:03.060" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usetikzlibrary{calc}&#xA;&#xA;[...]&#xA;&#xA;\draw (value.north west) rectangle (value.south east);&#xA;\draw ($(value.north west)!(value-3-1.north west)!(value.south west) + (4pt,0)$) rectangle ($(value.south east) + (-4pt,4pt)$);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first coordinate in the draw statement is the projection of &lt;code&gt;(value-3-1.north west)&lt;/code&gt; (top left anchor the the first node in the third row) to the line between &lt;code&gt;(value.north west)&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;(value.south west)&lt;/code&gt; and then shifting 4pt to the right.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ax5iD.png&quot; alt=&quot;result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-10T16:36:39.927" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T16:36:39.927" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="10759" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10681" CreationDate="2011-02-10T16:57:51.767" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Note that &lt;a href=&quot;http://ankisrs.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Anki&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mnemosyne-proj.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Mnemosyne&lt;/a&gt; are advanced flashcard programs (they learn what you know and don't know) that support LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="360" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T16:57:51.767" />
  <row Id="10760" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10763" CreationDate="2011-02-10T17:02:20.667" Score="3" ViewCount="111" Body="&lt;p&gt;Similar to &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/8683/how-do-i-force-a-column-break-in-a-multi-column-page&quot;&gt;How do I force a column-break in a multi-column page?&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; I want to force a column-break in a two-column document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\columnbreak&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;seems to be undefined without the multicols package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="929" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T17:22:31.850" Title="How do I force a column-break in a two-column document?" Tags="&lt;layout&gt;&lt;two-column&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="10761" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-10T17:05:17.790" Score="1" ViewCount="162" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've now twice generated a &lt;code&gt;bst&lt;/code&gt; file using &lt;code&gt;makebst&lt;/code&gt;. Regardless of my choice when asked whether to use &quot;and&quot; or &quot;&amp;amp;&quot; for 3+ authors in the reference list, the style always uses &quot;&amp;amp;&quot;. I would very much prefer &quot;and&quot; to be spelled out. Any idea how to fix this? I am using &lt;code&gt;harvard&lt;/code&gt;, not &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt;, but could be persuaded to change. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What initially led me to generate a new style was that kluwer.bst which I was previously using somehow didn't use &quot;et al.&quot; for in-text citations (again for sources with 3+ authors) when the publication type is &lt;em&gt;tech report&lt;/em&gt; but instead put all names into the citation, while it works fine for articles. A remedy for that would also be helpful. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've looked into the &lt;code&gt;.bst&lt;/code&gt; files, but I have really no idea what to change. Any help or hints towards a solution would be greatly appreciated as I really have to finish this article. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3489" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-10T17:38:28.157" LastActivityDate="2011-03-12T18:32:36.327" Title="BibTeX style always uses ampersand regardless of choice in makebst" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;natbib&gt;&lt;style&gt;&lt;harvard-referencing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10762" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10761" CreationDate="2011-02-10T17:16:45.380" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Search in the generated &lt;code&gt;bst&lt;/code&gt; file for the  &lt;code&gt;FUNCTION {bbl.and}&lt;/code&gt; it should be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;FUNCTION {bbl.and}&#xA;{ &quot;and&quot;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T17:16:45.380" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="10763" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10760" CreationDate="2011-02-10T17:18:33.897" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;try &lt;code&gt;\newpage&lt;/code&gt; instead. A &lt;code&gt;twocolumn&lt;/code&gt; document is for TeX the same as two half pages side by side&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T17:18:33.897" />
  <row Id="10764" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10760" CreationDate="2011-02-10T17:22:31.850" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just use &lt;code&gt;\newpage&lt;/code&gt;. And use &lt;code&gt;\clearpage&lt;/code&gt; for a new page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T17:22:31.850" />
  <row Id="10765" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10352" CreationDate="2011-02-10T17:26:24.653" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Okay, I decided to load the &lt;code&gt;enumitem&lt;/code&gt; package and use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;\begin{enumerate}[labelindent=\parindent,leftmargin=*,label=(MPT\arabic*)]&#xA;\item ...&#xA;\item ...&#xA;\end{enumerate}&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3367" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T17:26:24.653" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="10766" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10769" CreationDate="2011-02-10T17:43:09.697" Score="6" ViewCount="108" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to fix extremely wide tables?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have the following talble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}{lllll}&#xA;            \toprule&#xA;                &amp;amp;  Manual Tests &amp;amp; Randoop 2.5 Minutes With GUI Code &amp;amp;  Randoop 2.5 Minutes Without GUI Code &amp;amp;  Randoop 5 Minutes Without GUI Code \\ \midrule&#xA;    \% Covered Instructions &amp;amp;  \textbf{82.40\%} &amp;amp;  21.25\% &amp;amp;  21.30\% &amp;amp;  \textbf{22.10\%} \\ \bottomrule&#xA;    \end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And it looks like so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/4UbM2.png&quot; alt=&quot;look&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to make the cells slimmer? If relevant I am using &lt;code&gt;scrreprt&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2042" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T17:58:54.487" Title="Fixing wide tables" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;width&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="10767" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-10T17:44:04.217" Score="2" ViewCount="77" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I type &lt;code&gt;\showthe\frenchspacing&lt;/code&gt;, I get the following output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&gt; \frenchspacing=macro:&#xA;-&gt;\sfcode `\.1006\sfcode `\?1005\sfcode `\!1004\sfcode `\:1003\sfcode `\;1002\sfcode `\,1001 .&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Shouldn't all of those numbers be exactly 1000? I've also checked each of the space factor codes individually with &lt;code&gt;showthe\sfcode.&lt;/code&gt; etc. and gotten the same incorrect values. When &lt;code&gt;\frenchspacing&lt;/code&gt; is not in effect, the six space factor codes are exactly correct: 3000 for &lt;code&gt;.&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;?&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;!&lt;/code&gt;; 2000 for &lt;code&gt;:&lt;/code&gt;; 1500 for &lt;code&gt;;&lt;/code&gt;; and 1250 for &lt;code&gt;,&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using pdfTeX, Version 3.1415926-1.40.9 (MiKTeX 2.7) (preloaded format=latex 2010.12.14).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3367" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T21:13:26.370" Title="\frenchspacing not setting the space factor codes correctly?" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="10768" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10767" CreationDate="2011-02-10T17:54:13.883" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The original definition in latex.ltx is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;gt; \frenchspacing=macro:&#xA;-&amp;gt;\sfcode `\.\@m \sfcode `\?\@m \sfcode `\!\@m \sfcode `\:\@m \sfcode `\;\@m \s&#xA;fcode `\,\@m .&#xA;l.6 \show\frenchspacing&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As this minimal example shows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\show\frenchspacing&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Without a minimal example from you it is impossible to say why it is different for you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T17:54:13.883" />
  <row Id="10769" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10766" CreationDate="2011-02-10T17:56:23.240" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;code&gt;p{width}&lt;/code&gt; column type for a fixed column, text will wrap automatically. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}{*{5}{p{3cm}}}&#xA;\toprule&#xA;  &amp;amp;  Manual Tests &amp;amp; Randoop 2.5 Minutes With GUI Code &amp;amp;  Randoop 2.5 Minutes Without GUI Code &amp;amp;  Randoop 5 Minutes Without GUI Code \\ \midrule&#xA;\% Covered Instructions &amp;amp;  \textbf{82.40\%} &amp;amp;  21.25\% &amp;amp;  21.30\% &amp;amp;  \textbf{22.10\%} \\ \bottomrule&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also use &lt;code&gt;\shortstack&lt;/code&gt; and use &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; for manual line break. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}{ccccc}&#xA;\toprule&#xA;  &amp;amp;  Manual Tests &amp;amp; \shortstack{Randoop 2.5 Minutes\\ With GUI Code} &amp;amp;  \shortstack{Randoop 2.5 Minutes\\ Without GUI Code} &amp;amp;  \shortstack{Randoop 5 Minutes\\ Without GUI Code} \\ \midrule&#xA;\% Covered Instructions &amp;amp;  \textbf{82.40\%} &amp;amp;  21.25\% &amp;amp;  21.30\% &amp;amp;  \textbf{22.10\%} \\ \bottomrule&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\shortstack&lt;/code&gt; here can be replaced by a small &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; envronment, for better vertical alignment:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\minitab}[2][c]{\begin{tabular}{#1}#2\end{tabular}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{ccccc}&#xA;\toprule&#xA;  &amp;amp;  Manual Tests &amp;amp; \minitab{Randoop 2.5 Minutes\\ With GUI Code} &amp;amp;  \minitab{Randoop 2.5 Minutes\\ Without GUI Code} &amp;amp;  \minitab{Randoop 5 Minutes\\ Without GUI Code} \\ \midrule&#xA;\% Covered Instructions &amp;amp;  \textbf{82.40\%} &amp;amp;  21.25\% &amp;amp;  21.30\% &amp;amp;  \textbf{22.10\%} \\ \bottomrule&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Furthermore, you can use &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/makecell&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;makecell&lt;/code&gt; package&lt;/a&gt; for more flexible commands. &lt;code&gt;\shortstack&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\minitab&lt;/code&gt; can be replaced by &lt;code&gt;\makecell&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\thead&lt;/code&gt; etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% \usepackage{makecell}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{ccccc}&#xA;\toprule&#xA;  &amp;amp;  Manual Tests &amp;amp; \thead{Randoop 2.5 Minutes\\ With GUI Code} &amp;amp;  \thead{Randoop 2.5 Minutes\\ Without GUI Code} &amp;amp;  \thead{Randoop 5 Minutes\\ Without GUI Code} \\ \midrule&#xA;\% Covered Instructions &amp;amp;  \textbf{82.40\%} &amp;amp;  21.25\% &amp;amp;  21.30\% &amp;amp;  \textbf{22.10\%} \\ \bottomrule&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T17:56:23.240" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10770" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10766" CreationDate="2011-02-10T17:58:54.487" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could break lines in wide cells. For this you could use p cells instead of l, such as p{2cm}.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I recommend&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Using the &lt;code&gt;tabularx&lt;/code&gt; package to adjust the table to the text width&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Using features of the &lt;code&gt;array&lt;/code&gt; package to insert commands into the column definition&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Getting better breaks in cells by &lt;code&gt;ragged2e&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Loading &lt;code&gt;microtype&lt;/code&gt; for finer automatic justification&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Using &lt;code&gt;booktabs&lt;/code&gt; of course, you do it already as I can see.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's a bit much to tell - just check out the package documentation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a quick example for your table:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrreprt}&#xA;\usepackage{tabularx}&#xA;\usepackage{booktabs}&#xA;\usepackage{ragged2e}&#xA;\usepackage{microtype}&#xA;\newcolumntype{Y}{&amp;gt;{\RaggedRight}X}&#xA;\newcolumntype{P}[1]{&amp;gt;{\RaggedRight}p{#1}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\noindent&#xA;\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{P{2.5cm}lYYY}&#xA;\toprule&#xA;    &amp;amp;  Manual Tests &amp;amp; Randoop 2.5 Minutes With GUI Code &amp;amp;  Randoop 2.5 Minutes Without GUI Code &amp;amp;  Randoop 5 Minutes Without GUI Code \\ \midrule&#xA;    \% Covered Instructions &amp;amp;  \textbf{82.40\%} &amp;amp;  21.25\% &amp;amp;  21.30\% &amp;amp;  \textbf{22.10\%} \\ \bottomrule&#xA;\end{tabularx}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/mlLym.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T17:58:54.487" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10772" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10775" CreationDate="2011-02-10T19:04:01.827" Score="7" ViewCount="188" Body="&lt;p&gt;Titles of articles I'm about to cite contain uppercase letters and when using BibTeX it converts them in lowercase ones. This happens only in title and only first letter conserves it's case. For example, when I cite article about HF, reader won't know if it is about Hafnium or fluorine acid.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know that I can fix it manually in &lt;code&gt;.bbl&lt;/code&gt; file but I'd like to avoid it, or fix it automatically.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks for any suggestions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Crowley&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="649" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-11T03:03:25.163" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T03:03:25.163" Title="BibTeX loses capitals when creating .bbl file" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;cases&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10773" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10772" CreationDate="2011-02-10T19:09:19.013" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could protect your titles by using additional braces: &lt;code&gt;title = &quot;{About HF}&quot;&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T19:09:19.013" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="10774" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10772" CreationDate="2011-02-10T19:11:05.910" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The canonical reference for this kind of thing is Nicolas Markey's &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Tame the BeaST&lt;/a&gt;. For your example of HF, enter it as &lt;code&gt;{HF}&lt;/code&gt; to keep the capitalisation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Generally, it's better to only put the braces around the minimum part that needs fixed capitalization. Some publications want all UPPER CASE, some want Title Case, some want Sentence case. So for most flexibility an article about Hafnium and hydrofluoric acid should be entered as &lt;code&gt;title = {The effects of {HF} on {Hf}}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T19:11:05.910" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10775" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10772" CreationDate="2011-02-10T19:11:47.793" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is not a bug; it's a feature. BibTeX converts all characters in the title to lowercase, with the exception of the first character. If you want to override this, wrap the character(s) in curly brackets, e.g.,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;title = &quot;Pascal, {C}, {Java}: were they all conceived in {ETH}?&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3391" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T19:11:47.793" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="10776" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10772" CreationDate="2011-02-10T19:19:54.883" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you do want to change all the bibliography entries then you can modify your style file. Copy it to &lt;code&gt;mybst.bst&lt;/code&gt; and then edit the file to modify the function &lt;code&gt;format.title&lt;/code&gt; to:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;FUNCTION {format.title}&#xA;{ &#xA;% title empty$&#xA;%    { &quot;&quot; }&#xA;%    { title &quot;t&quot; change.case$ }&#xA;%  if$&#xA;title&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then it didn't change the uppercase letters. Save the new file into your documents directory and try it. If it works, then you can move it into the local texmf tree.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T19:19:54.883" />
  <row Id="10777" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10772" CreationDate="2011-02-10T19:27:37.023" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As others have noted, lowercase titles is a feature an not a bug, the idea being that the bibliography style is responsible for capitalizing or not title words according to the particular style it implements.  However, there are obviously places where this is not what you want, as you have found: acronyms, proper names etc. in titles.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The general rule for solving this problem is to enclose the elements that must always be capitalized in &lt;code&gt;{...}&lt;/code&gt;.  However, as a rule of thumb, you should always enclose the smallest possible part.  For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;title = &quot;A comparison of {P}ascal, {A}da, and {BASIC}&quot;&#xA;title = &quot;A biography of {E. M.} {F}orster&quot;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;not&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;title = &quot;A comparison of {Pascal}, {Ada} and {BASIC}&quot;&#xA;title = &quot;A biography of {E. M.} {Forster}&quot;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The reason for not surrounding the whole word in &lt;code&gt;{...}&lt;/code&gt; is that the braces will also prevent hyphenation of that word.  So it's best just to surround the smallest stretch of a word that needs to remain capiatalized.  For proper names, this will generally be the first letter; for acronyms or chemical formulas it will be the whole thing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T19:27:37.023" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10778" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10796" CreationDate="2011-02-10T19:28:57.863" Score="10" ViewCount="89" Body="&lt;p&gt;My particular concern is in finding Polyglossia's author, Francois Charette, whose email address I could not find in Google. However, I think the issue is much more general.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you encounter a bug in one of the packages you use, or something you believe is a bug, what are your options?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3391" LastEditorUserId="3391" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-28T07:42:25.253" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T07:42:25.253" Title="What are the established methods for filing and tracking bugs in packages?" Tags="&lt;package-writing&gt;&lt;polyglossia&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="10779" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10783" CreationDate="2011-02-10T19:30:00.620" Score="5" ViewCount="76" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt; package, they note that &quot;a global &lt;code&gt;\documentclass&lt;/code&gt;-option &lt;code&gt;draft&lt;/code&gt; is recognized, so you don’t need to repeat it as a package option&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried looking into its source to see how it accomplishes this, but I wasn't able to find the magic bit.  How does one detect the global &lt;code&gt;\documentclass&lt;/code&gt; options from within an independent style/package?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1312" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T17:46:59.550" Title="How do I detect the options passed to the documentclass from my own style?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;package-writing&gt;&lt;options&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="10780" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10742" CreationDate="2011-02-10T19:31:50.900" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A lot of time is used by searching and loading all the files and there are a lot to load. The basic TeX engine is the same, so it depends on the configuration of your local system. You can only compare run times on the same machine with both installed, MiKTeX and TeXLive. Comparing run times when an example runs on different machines makes no sense, too many dependencies to the system configuration.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, on the same machine you can also have some differences depending on the file seaching and loading. And it maybe that sometimes MiKTeX is faster and sometimes TeXLive ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T19:31:50.900" />
  <row Id="10781" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10821" CreationDate="2011-02-10T19:36:24.870" Score="3" ViewCount="155" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is a minimal example, which shows that &lt;code&gt;\texttt&lt;/code&gt; fails in the said circumstances. I tried reading &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt; documentation, but was overwhelmed by the quantity of the material, and the fix I tried did not work:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article} % Compile with xelatex&#xA;\usepackage{polyglossia}&#xA;\setmainlanguage{hebrew}&#xA;\setotherlanguage{english}&#xA;\newfontfamily\hebrewfont[Script=Hebrew]{David CLM}% or whatever&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\setLTR&#xA;This should be \texttt{mono-spaced}, but it is not\ldots&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Based on the suggestions below, I tried also the following, but this does not help:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}     % Compile with xelatex&#xA;\usepackage{polyglossia}&#xA;\setmainfont[Script=Hebrew]{Ezra SIL}% &#xA;\setmonofont[Script=Hebrew]{FreeMono}% &#xA;\setmainlanguage{hebrew}    % Document main language is Hebrew&#xA;\setotherlanguage{english}  % But it uses English every so often&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\setLTR\textenglish{This should be \texttt{mono-spaced}, but it is not\ldots}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3391" LastEditorUserId="345" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-12T23:05:17.490" LastActivityDate="2011-02-12T23:05:17.490" Title="Using \texttt with polyglossia Hebrew." Tags="&lt;fontspec&gt;&lt;polyglossia&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="10782" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10784" CreationDate="2011-02-10T19:45:03.163" Score="3" ViewCount="125" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi all,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Let us say I want to define a command for typesetting (a+b)^2:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\sumsquare}[2]{\ensuremath{(#1+#2)^2}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I modify it so that &lt;code&gt;\sumsquare{a}{0}&lt;/code&gt; will produce a^2?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="440" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T21:21:40.210" Title="Zero parameters in command definition" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="10783" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10779" CreationDate="2011-02-10T19:45:26.520" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is done automatically for all packages by LaTeX's &lt;code&gt;\ProcessOptions&lt;/code&gt;.&#xA;It checks if any of the global class options are defined by the package and executes the ones which are. &#xA;You do not need to do anything special in your package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is explained in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/clsguide&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;clsguide&lt;/a&gt;, page 18. The source code which implements it can be seen in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/source2e&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;source2e&lt;/a&gt;, page 370.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-10T19:55:07.447" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T19:55:07.447" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10784" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10782" CreationDate="2011-02-10T20:00:32.340" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would suggest you change the syntax to &lt;code&gt;\sumsquare{a}{}&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This can be coded either this way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\sumsquare}[2]{%&#xA;   \ifx\\#2\\%&#xA;     \ensuremath{#1^2}}%&#xA;   \else&#xA;     \ensuremath{(#1+#2)^2}}%&#xA;   \fi&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\sumsquare}[2]{%&#xA;   \begingroup&#xA;   \def\tempvar{#2}%&#xA;   \ifx\tempvar\empty&#xA;     \endgroup&#xA;     \ensuremath{#1^2}}%&#xA;   \else&#xA;     \endgroup&#xA;     \ensuremath{(#1+#2)^2}}%&#xA;   \fi&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If your really want &lt;code&gt;0&lt;/code&gt; as the no-operant indicator you can define it like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\sumsquare}[2]{%&#xA;   \begingroup&#xA;   \def\tempvara{#2}%&#xA;   \def\tempvarb{0}%&#xA;   \ifx\tempvara\tempvarb&#xA;     \endgroup&#xA;     \ensuremath{#1^2}}%&#xA;   \else&#xA;     \endgroup&#xA;     \ensuremath{(#1+#2)^2}}%&#xA;   \fi&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I named the temporary variables this way to avoid &lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&lt;/code&gt;. Normally &lt;code&gt;\@tempa&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\@tempb&lt;/code&gt; are used.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Explanation:&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\ifx&lt;/code&gt; command compares the next to tokens (e.g. macros, characters, ...) if the hold the same definition. In the last example the &lt;code&gt;0&lt;/code&gt; and the &lt;code&gt;#2&lt;/code&gt; are both defined to a macro each, which are then compared. This requires assignments and is therefore not expandable, i.e. doesn't work inside an &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the first code &lt;code&gt;\ifx\\#2\\&lt;/code&gt; is used to test if &lt;code&gt;#2&lt;/code&gt; is empty. If &lt;code&gt;#2&lt;/code&gt; contains something, &lt;code&gt;\ifx&lt;/code&gt; compares the first token in it with &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt;, which does not match as long &lt;code&gt;#2&lt;/code&gt; doesn't start with &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt;. All other tokens are then simply taken as part of the &lt;em&gt;true&lt;/em&gt; part and simply discarded with it.&#xA;If &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; is a valid value for &lt;code&gt;#2&lt;/code&gt; simply use some other macro like &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\@nnil&lt;/code&gt; instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, if &lt;code&gt;#2&lt;/code&gt; is empty the expression is reduced to &lt;code&gt;\ifx\\\\&lt;/code&gt;, i.e. &lt;code&gt;\ifx&lt;/code&gt; compares two &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt;, which are of course defined identical.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="345" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-10T20:36:18.803" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T20:36:18.803" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10785" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10793" CreationDate="2011-02-10T20:00:49.533" Score="1" ViewCount="96" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a tabularx environment where I want to put an &lt;code&gt;lstlisting&lt;/code&gt; into. But Latex fails to compile it. Testcase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,12pt]{scrreprt}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8x]{inputenc}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tabularx}&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{lX}&#xA; First column &amp;amp;&#xA; \begin{lstlisting}&#xA;  Sample text&#xA; \end{lstlisting} \\&#xA;\end{tabularx}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I always get a &lt;code&gt;! Argument of \lst@next has an extra }&lt;/code&gt;. Two questions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;What's causing it?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;How can I fix it?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="580" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T20:32:58.740" Title="Listing inside tabularx?" Tags="&lt;listings&gt;&lt;tabularx&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="10786" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4009" CreationDate="2011-02-10T20:04:20.767" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The number of the current slide within the frame is stored in the TeX count register \beamer@slideinframe.  You could turn it into a LaTeX counter with &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\setcounter{currentslide}{\the\beamer@slideinframe}&#xA;\makeatother&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;if you like.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3496" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T20:04:20.767" />
  <row Id="10787" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10893" CreationDate="2011-02-10T20:04:39.790" Score="11" ViewCount="501" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have seen a book that instead of using the masculine pronoun (he, his, etc.) alternates the gender ('he' then 'she' then next time 'he' again).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to do this with LaTeX - to use a placeholder that alternates between two predefined words?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I'm looking for a pointer as to where to start.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: There is a useful discussion in the comments to Martin's answer for how to relax the strict he/she alternate (which can be confusing if applied too strictly).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3491" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-12T07:54:19.307" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T18:26:06.377" Title="Alternate he / she in text" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;conditionals&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="10788" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6459" CreationDate="2011-02-10T20:15:31.490" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Regarding the last question, the number of the current slide within the frame is stored in the TeX count register \beamer@slideinframe. You could turn it into a LaTeX counter with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;\makeatletter \setcounter{currentslide}{\the\beamer@slideinframe} \makeatother&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;if you like.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3496" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T20:15:31.490" />
  <row Id="10789" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10787" CreationDate="2011-02-10T20:15:33.090" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can do this by defining an &lt;em&gt;if-switch&lt;/em&gt; which toggles every time it is used:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newif\iffemale&#xA;\usepackage{xspace}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*\heorshe{%&#xA;   \iffemale&#xA;      she&#xA;      \global\femalefalse% next one is male&#xA;   \else&#xA;      he&#xA;      \global\femaletrue% next one is female&#xA;   \fi&#xA;   \xspace&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% Capitalized version:&#xA;\newcommand*\Heorshe{%&#xA;   \iffemale&#xA;      She&#xA;      \global\femalefalse&#xA;   \else&#xA;      He&#xA;      \global\femaletrue&#xA;   \fi&#xA;   \xspace&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;edits:&lt;/strong&gt; Added missing &lt;code&gt;\global&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\xspace&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-10T20:48:00.473" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T20:48:00.473" CommentCount="17" />
  <row Id="10791" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10782" CreationDate="2011-02-10T20:21:32.657" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It can also be done with an optional second argument, but it is not really shorter than typing it&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\newcommand{\sumsquare}[2]{\ensuremath{\ifx\relax#2\relax#1\else(#1+#2)\fi^2}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\sumsquare{a}{b} \sumsquare{a}{}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-10T21:00:18.380" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T21:00:18.380" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10792" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10785" CreationDate="2011-02-10T20:23:42.350" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;tabularx&lt;/code&gt; has to read its content before the macros are executed, so it doesn't support verbatim code. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Do the listing outside &lt;code&gt;tabularx&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;a) Use an external file with &lt;code&gt;\lstinputlisting&lt;/code&gt;. This can be done in combination with &lt;code&gt;filecontents&lt;/code&gt; to generate this file automatically:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,12pt]{scrreprt}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8x]{inputenc}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tabularx}&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\newsavebox\mybox&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;% Writes content to temp file&#xA;\begin{filecontents*}{\jobname.abc}&#xA; Sample text&#xA;\end{filecontents*}&#xA;% Or just add the 'listings' environment here&#xA;% and use `\input` instead.&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{lX}&#xA; First column &amp;amp;&#xA; \lstinputlisting{\jobname.abc} \\&#xA;\end{tabularx}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;b) Store the listing in a box and use the box inside &lt;code&gt;tabularx&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,12pt]{scrreprt}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8x]{inputenc}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tabularx}&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;&#xA;\newsavebox\mybox&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{lrbox}{\mybox}&#xA; \begin{lstlisting}&#xA;   Sample text&#xA; \end{lstlisting}&#xA;\end{lrbox}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{lX}&#xA; First column &amp;amp;&#xA;  \usebox\mybox \\&#xA;\end{tabularx}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-10T20:32:58.740" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T20:32:58.740" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="10793" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10785" CreationDate="2011-02-10T20:24:46.397" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{lX}&#xA; First column &amp;amp;&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}^^J&#xA;  Sample text^^J&#xA;\end{lstlisting} \\&#xA;\end{tabularx}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Generally speaking, all verbatim-like commands and environments cannot be directly used in parameters of other commands. In &lt;code&gt;tabularx&lt;/code&gt; environments, &lt;code&gt;X&lt;/code&gt; columntype works actually as macro arguments(it reads the cell contents into boxes first). &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt; package partially fixes it, but still has some limits. See &quot;5.1 Listings inside arguments&quot; of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/listings/listings.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;manual of &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; for more information.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T20:24:46.397" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10794" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10787" CreationDate="2011-02-10T20:28:12.650" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I tried hard but Martin was faster ;-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrartcl}&#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{lmodern}&#xA;\usepackage{xspace}&#xA;\newif\ifhe\hetrue&#xA;\newcommand*\heshe%&#xA;{%&#xA;  \ifhe%&#xA;    he%&#xA;    \global\hefalse%&#xA;  \else%&#xA;    she%&#xA;    \global\hetrue%&#xA;  \fi%&#xA;  \xspace&#xA;}%&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;First \heshe is a man, but then \heshe turns into a woman. And back again: \heshe&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3190" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-15T18:26:06.377" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T18:26:06.377" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="10795" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10518" CreationDate="2011-02-10T20:40:09.263" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using &lt;em&gt;Seamus&lt;/em&gt; hints I wrote a small shell scripts that automatically inserts the necessary &lt;code&gt;filecontents&lt;/code&gt; environments:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(for simplicity, it is assumed that all filenames don't contain any whitespace and that all input statements start at the fist column)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;#!/bin/sh&#xA;&#xA;set -e&#xA;set -u&#xA;&#xA;SED=sed&#xA;TEXFILE=main.tex&#xA;BBL=main.bbl&#xA;BIB=biblio&#xA;OUTPUT=final/inlined.tex&#xA;&#xA;rm -rf inl2.tmp inl.tmp final&#xA;mkdir final&#xA;&#xA;$SED 's@\\bibliography{'$BIB'}@\\input{'$BBL'}@' $TEXFILE &amp;gt; inl.tmp&#xA;&#xA;for i in `grep '^\\\\input' inl.tmp | $SED 's/^[^{]\+{\([^}]\+\)}.*$/\1/'`; do&#xA;  if echo $i | grep '\.' &amp;gt; /dev/null ; then&#xA;    file=$i&#xA;  else&#xA;    file=$i.tex&#xA;  fi&#xA;  echo $file&#xA;  echo &amp;gt;&amp;gt; inl2.tmp&#xA;  printf '\\begin{filecontents}{'$i'}' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; inl2.tmp&#xA;  echo &amp;gt;&amp;gt; inl2.tmp&#xA;  cat $file &amp;gt;&amp;gt; inl2.tmp&#xA;  printf '\\end{filecontents}' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; inl2.tmp&#xA;  echo &amp;gt;&amp;gt; inl2.tmp&#xA;  echo &amp;gt;&amp;gt; inl2.tmp&#xA;done&#xA;&#xA;cat inl2.tmp inl.tmp &amp;gt; $OUTPUT&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="929" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T20:40:09.263" />
  <row Id="10796" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10778" CreationDate="2011-02-10T20:56:44.553" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I try following things in the following order:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;look into the manual for the email address of the maintainer and the preferred bug-reporting protocol&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;google the project homepage and look for further information of bug reporting/contact data&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;look at the source files of the package&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;ask at the usenet/mailinglists/tex.stackexchange for suggestions&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="929" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T20:56:44.553" />
  <row Id="10797" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10767" CreationDate="2011-02-10T21:13:26.370" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The package &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; loads the package &lt;code&gt;amsgen&lt;/code&gt; which redefines &lt;code&gt;\frenchspacing&lt;/code&gt; as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\frenchspacing{\sfcode`\.1006\sfcode`\?1005\sfcode`\!1004%&#xA;  \sfcode`\:1003\sfcode`\;1002\sfcode`\,1001 }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The reason is explained in the file &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/amslatex/math/amsgen.dtx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;amsgen.dtx&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Change &lt;code&gt;\frenchspacing&lt;/code&gt; to ensure that&#xA;  &lt;code&gt;\@addpunct&lt;/code&gt; will continue to work&#xA;  properly even when ‘french’ spacing is&#xA;  in effect.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can see the effect of this redefinition in the following code (comment/uncomment the lines with &lt;code&gt;\def\frenchspacing&lt;/code&gt; to see the difference):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\@addpunct#1{\ifnum\spacefactor&amp;gt;\@m \else#1\fi}&#xA;\def\frenchspacing{\sfcode`\.1006\sfcode`\?1005\sfcode`\!1004  \sfcode`\:1003\sfcode`\;1002\sfcode`\,1001 }&#xA;%\def\frenchspacing{\sfcode `\.\@m \sfcode `\?\@m \sfcode `\!\@m \sfcode `\:\@m \sfcode `\;\@m \sfcode `\,\@m}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\frenchspacing&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\texttt{\meaning\frenchspacing}\par&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;Title\@addpunct{.} Text\par&#xA;Title.\@addpunct{.} Text\par&#xA;Title,\@addpunct{.} Text\par&#xA;Title?\@addpunct{.} Text\par&#xA;Title!\@addpunct{.} Text\par&#xA;Title:\@addpunct{.} Text\par&#xA;Title;\@addpunct{.} Text\par&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\@addpunct&lt;/code&gt; command only adds its argument if there wasn't a punctuation before it, which is useful to ensure that a punctuation is always present even if the user didn't provide it (in inline section titles, for example). This does not work if all the &lt;code&gt;\sfcodes&lt;/code&gt; of the punctuation are equal to &lt;code&gt;1000&lt;/code&gt; so &lt;code&gt;amsgen.sty&lt;/code&gt; puts them to something bigger. The reason why the &lt;code&gt;\sfcodes&lt;/code&gt; are all different instead of all equal to &lt;code&gt;1001&lt;/code&gt; is to be able to differentiate between all the punctuation signs if needed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1973" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T21:13:26.370" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="10798" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10782" CreationDate="2011-02-10T21:21:40.210" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A solution using &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/xpackages&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;xparse&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{xparse}&#xA;\NewDocumentCommand\sumsquare{mg}{%&#xA;  \IfNoValueTF{#2}&#xA;    {\ensuremath{#1^2}}&#xA;    {\ensuremath{(#1+#2)^2}}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T21:21:40.210" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10799" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-10T22:09:03.610" Score="9" ViewCount="152" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello, I am newby in LateX, but I want to create an stand alone document to be used as a equation library where I can select my equations by calling them by name, and finally produce a list of equations used in the working document, or a glossary with the equation and description. Thank you in advance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3498" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T09:56:34.947" Title="How to create an equation library, to be called like bibtex?" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;equations&gt;&lt;glossaries&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10800" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10799" CreationDate="2011-02-10T22:38:41.907" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;can be improved for your needs&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{float}&#xA;\newfloat{EQN}{H}{eqn}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{EQN}&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA; y=f(x)&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;\caption{my first equation}&#xA;\end{EQN}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{EQN}&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA; y=f(x)&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;\caption{my second equation}&#xA;\end{EQN}&#xA;&#xA;\listof{EQN}{my equations}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/JcZcQ.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T22:38:41.907" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10801" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12392" CreationDate="2011-02-10T22:45:59.723" Score="1" ViewCount="133" Body="&lt;p&gt;Following the instructions &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.charlietanksley.net/philtex/matching-math-fonts-to-text/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; I tried to install the Vollkorn font. Now, after some fiddling (see the comments on the above linked blog post) I managed to get the font to work, but there are some problems. First, it looks kind of jagged.&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/8zEgV.png&quot; alt=&quot;Vollkorn looks bitmappy&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Second, loading the &lt;code&gt;microtype&lt;/code&gt; package seems to break it. I get this error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;LaTeX Font Warning: Font shape `LY1/vkn/bx/n' in size &amp;lt;10&amp;gt; not available&#xA;(Font)              Font shape `LY1/vkn/b/n' tried instead on input line 17.&#xA;&#xA;[1{/var/lib/texmf/fonts/map/pdftex/updmap/pdftex.map}&#xA;! pdfTeX error (font expansion): auto expansion is only possible with scalable fonts.&#xA;&#xA;                   \endgroup \set@typeset@protect &#xA;l.22 \end{document}&#xA;&#xA;!  ==&amp;gt; Fatal error occurred, no output PDF file produced!&#xA;Transcript written on test.log.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, running &lt;code&gt;pdffonts test.pdf&lt;/code&gt; gets me some odd results:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;name                                 type              emb sub uni object ID&#xA;------------------------------------ ----------------- --- --- --- ---------&#xA;[none]                               Type 3            yes no  no       4  0&#xA;[none]                               Type 3            yes no  no       5  0&#xA;[none]                               Type 3            yes no  no       6  0&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Something isn't working, but I'm not quite sure what. Any pointers on how to diagnose the problem?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Minimal example (although you probably could have worked this out yourself)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{microtype}&#xA;\usepackage{vollkorn}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\textbf{Bold} \textit{Italic}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://gist.github.com/822174&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Log with Microtype&lt;/a&gt; | &lt;a href=&quot;https://gist.github.com/822176&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Log without Microtype&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-11T10:27:27.473" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T13:39:24.547" Title="Manually installed font looks bit-mappy and conflicts with microtype" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;installing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="10802" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10803" CreationDate="2011-02-10T23:11:05.443" Score="1" ViewCount="99" Body="&lt;p&gt;Say I have installed a font using something like &lt;code&gt;otfinst.py&lt;/code&gt; or similar. And say this font doesn't have a small caps version. Is there an easy way to fake small caps in pdflatex? At the moment, text that is supposed to be &lt;code&gt;sc&lt;/code&gt; just shows up as regular text...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For a one off, I can fake small caps like this (requires &lt;code&gt;graphicx&lt;/code&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;F\scalebox{0.7}{\MakeUppercase{ake small caps}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And I guess what I'd like is a macro that does that. That is, it &lt;code&gt;scalebox&lt;/code&gt;es and then &lt;code&gt;MakeUppercase&lt;/code&gt;s all of the lower case letters in its argument. Is that possible?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-11T13:36:15.470" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T13:36:15.470" Title="&quot;Faking&quot; small caps for a font installed from .ttf files" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;pdftex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10803" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10802" CreationDate="2011-02-10T23:23:59.520" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would produce Postscript Type1 font(s) with e.g. Fontforge and then follow the instructions of 'Tutorial 1 The Basics' of &lt;a href=&quot;http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/fontinstallationguide.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;fontinstallationguide.pdf&lt;/a&gt;. It does include virtual fonts for faked small caps by default, as well as for slanted cuts.&#xA;There are scripts like &lt;a href=&quot;http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/installfont.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;installfont&lt;/a&gt; that does all the work. You just need the command line options and wait for a minute or two.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3190" LastEditorUserId="3190" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-10T23:34:32.257" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T23:34:32.257" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10804" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="878" CreationDate="2011-02-10T23:44:17.707" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Did you try &lt;a href=&quot;http://az.ctan.org/pkg/multicolpar&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;multicolpar&lt;/a&gt;? I'm quite happy with it.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This arrangement is useful when displaying a translated document as a &quot;parallel text&quot;. The number of columns to be used is controlled by a parameter of the multicolpar environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3499" LastActivityDate="2011-02-10T23:44:17.707" />
  <row Id="10805" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10811" CreationDate="2011-02-11T00:19:25.523" Score="6" ViewCount="274" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\MakeUppercase&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\uppercase&lt;/code&gt; use TeX's uccode, and they are not purely expandable. Say,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\edef\temp{\MakeUppercase{abc}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will fail.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sometimes purely expandable macros are very useful. They are robust, for example. I think we can use string substitution to implement such a function. Ideal result would be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\Uppercase{abc} % expanded to -&amp;gt; ABC&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And may also be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\GetUppercase{abc} % \result is expanded to -&amp;gt; ABC&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So far, what I can do, is this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% \getuppercase{abc} =&amp;gt; \result :-&amp;gt; A&#xA;\def\getupperchar#1{%&#xA;  \edef\result{\ifcase`#1\relax&#xA;     0\or 1\or 2\or 3\or 4\or 5\or 6\or 7\or 8\or 9\or&#xA;    10\or11\or12\or13\or14\or15\or16\or17\or18\or19\or&#xA;    20\or21\or22\or23\or24\or25\or26\or27\or28\or29\or&#xA;    30\or31\or32\or33\or34\or35\or36\or37\or38\or39\or&#xA;    40\or41\or42\or43\or44\or45\or46\or47\or48\or49\or&#xA;    50\or51\or52\or53\or54\or55\or56\or57\or58\or59\or&#xA;    60\or61\or62\or63\or64\or A\or B\or C\or D\or E\or&#xA;     F\or G\or H\or I\or J\or K\or L\or M\or N\or O\or&#xA;     P\or Q\or R\or S\or T\or U\or V\or W\or X\or Y\or&#xA;     Z\or91\or92\or93\or94\or95\or96\or A\or B\or C\or&#xA;     D\or E\or F\or G\or H\or I\or J\or K\or L\or M\or&#xA;     N\or O\or P\or Q\or R\or S\or T\or U\or V\or W\or&#xA;     X\or Y\or Z\or123\or124\or125\or126\or127\or128\or129\or&#xA;    \fi}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And this can be used to implement a naive variant of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/mfirstuc.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;mfirstuc&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% \getfirstupper{abc} =&amp;gt; \result :-&amp;gt; Abc&#xA;\def\getfirstupper#1{%&#xA;  \getupperchar{#1}%&#xA;  \edef\result{\result\gobble#1}}&#xA;\def\gobble#1{}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I cannot implement the full &lt;code&gt;\Uppercase&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\GetUppercase&lt;/code&gt; this way. I wonder if there is a smart way to define such commands.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any information is welcome. BTW, I know LuaTeX can be used, but I'm looking for a pure TeX solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T00:01:18.503" Title="Are there purely expandable variants of \MakeUppercase?" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="10806" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10805" CreationDate="2011-02-11T01:19:12.950" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;EDIT2: after a first code which ate spaces and choked when it saw braces, and a second code which would crash for more than 600 or so tokens, I spent some time writing a clean code that still works with &gt;5k tokens, although it gets slow. The new code actually lends itself to all sorts of generalizations (see near the bottom of the code). I got rid of the expansion control that was the cause of an &quot;too many levels of expansion&quot;, and the code is now much less tricky.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Sorry, code and explanations are long.) Now, after exactly three expansion steps, &lt;code&gt;\Uppercase{ Hel{l }o\error World }&lt;/code&gt; expands to &lt;code&gt;HEL{L }O\error WORLD&lt;/code&gt;, with spaces, braces, and macros kept (and not expanded). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Two ideas:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Check for braces and for spaces by using a delimited argument (see &lt;code&gt;\UL_brace_check:nw&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\UL_space_check:nw&lt;/code&gt;), after having placed a &lt;code&gt;{\q_mark} \q_stop&lt;/code&gt; after all the tokens, to ensure that there is at least one brace or space after the argument.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Define tables of case change. For example, &lt;code&gt;\UL_table_upper_p&lt;/code&gt; is a macro which expands to &lt;code&gt;P&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;\UL_table_lower_A&lt;/code&gt; expands to &lt;code&gt;a&lt;/code&gt;. If the relevant entry of the table is not defined, then the token which is being read is not altered. See &lt;code&gt;\UL_convert_token:nN&lt;/code&gt; for this. The last part of the code is all about setting up these tables (&quot;case-tables&quot;?).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;We need to step inside brace groups and expand &lt;code&gt;\UL_to_case:nn&lt;/code&gt; entirely before continuing. For this, we use &lt;code&gt;\romannumeral-\&lt;/code&gt;\0`, closed by a space, which is introduced at the very end.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A few macros deserve some explanation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\UL_expand_csname:n{...}&lt;/code&gt; replaces every &lt;code&gt;\csname abc\endcsname&lt;/code&gt; construction by the corresponding &lt;code&gt;\abc&lt;/code&gt;. I need this somewhere to explicit a csname which is quite deep in a definition.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\expandafter:nw{...}\foo&lt;/code&gt; will expand &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt; before &lt;code&gt;...&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\expandsome{\foo\expandthis\bar\baz\expandthis\foo{ABC}}&lt;/code&gt; will expand the macro following &lt;code&gt;\expandthis&lt;/code&gt; once (that macro is allowed to take any kind of argument: in fact, we simply &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt; it).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The code can also be found &lt;a href=&quot;http://users.aims.ac.za/~bruno/LaTeX/ULcase/ULcase.sty&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;online&lt;/a&gt;. Finally, the code, with some tests at the end, and a few comments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\catcode`\_=11\relax&#xA;\catcode`\:=11\relax&#xA;&#xA;% ======================== Generic macros&#xA;&#xA;% A few standard commands to manipulate arguments&#xA;\long\gdef\use_none:n#1{}&#xA;\long\gdef\use_none:nn#1#2{}&#xA;\long\gdef\use_i:nn#1#2{#1}&#xA;\long\gdef\use_ii:nn#1#2{#2}&#xA;\long\gdef\use_ii_i:nn#1#2{#2#1}&#xA;\long\gdef\use_ii_iii_i:nnn#1#2#3{#2#3#1}&#xA;\long\gdef\use_i_bbii:nn#1#2{#1{{#2}}}&#xA;\long\gdef\use_bii_bi:nn#1#2{{#2}{#1}}&#xA;&#xA;% What expl3 calls &quot;quarks&quot;, useful for |\ifx| comparisons.&#xA;\gdef\q_stop{\q_stop}&#xA;\gdef\q_mark{\q_mark}&#xA;\gdef\q_nil{\q_nil}&#xA;\long\gdef\use_none_until_q_stop:w#1\q_stop{}&#xA;&#xA;% Two tests &#xA;\long\gdef\UL_if_empty:nTF#1{%&#xA;  \expandafter\ifx\expandafter\q_nil\detokenize{#1}\q_nil%&#xA;  \expandafter\use_i:nn%&#xA;  \else%&#xA;  \expandafter\use_ii:nn%&#xA;  \fi}&#xA;&#xA;\expandafter\long\expandafter\gdef\expandafter\UL_if_detok_qmark:wTF%&#xA;\expandafter#\expandafter1\detokenize{\q_mark}#2\q_stop{% &#xA;  \UL_if_empty:nTF{#1}}&#xA;&#xA;% ======================== Main command: |\UL_to_case:nn|&#xA;% Usage:       |\UL_to_case:nn{&amp;lt;table&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;text&amp;gt;}|&#xA;% Expands in:  2 steps.&#xA;\long\gdef\UL_to_case:nn{\romannumeral\UL_to_case_aux:nn}&#xA;\long\gdef\UL_to_case_aux:nn#1#2{-`\0%&#xA;  \UL_brace_check:nw{#1}#2{\q_mark} \q_stop\UL_to_case_end:n{}}%&#xA;&#xA;% Initially, I used |\q_mark{} \q_stop|: the braces and space are there&#xA;% to avoid runaway arguments in |\UL_brace_check:nw| and &#xA;% |\UL_space_check:nw|, whose &quot;w&quot; arguments are delimited respectively&#xA;% by an open brace, and by a space. I changed to |{\q_mark} \q_stop|:&#xA;% then we only do the check for |\q_mark| in the case of a brace group, &#xA;% and not at every step.&#xA;&#xA;% |\UL_to_case_output:n| appends its argument to the argument of&#xA;% |\UL_to_case_end:n|.&#xA;\long\gdef\UL_to_case_output:n#1#2\UL_to_case_end:n#3{%&#xA;                                    #2\UL_to_case_end:n{#3#1}}&#xA;\long\gdef\UL_to_case_end:n#1{ #1}&#xA;% And |\UL_to_case_end:n| expands to &#xA;% - a space, which stops the expansion of |\romannumeral-`\0|,&#xA;% - followed by its argument, which is the result we want.&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% First, we check whether the next token is a brace. &#xA;\long\gdef\UL_brace_check:nw#1#2#{%&#xA;  \UL_if_empty:nTF{#2}%&#xA;  {\UL_brace_yes:nn{#1}}%&#xA;  {\UL_space_check:nw{#1}#2}%&#xA;}&#xA;% If there is a brace, we might have reached {\q_mark}.&#xA;\long\gdef\UL_brace_yes:nn#1#2{%&#xA;  \expandafter\UL_if_detok_qmark:wTF \detokenize{#2 \q_mark}\q_stop{% &#xA;    \use_none_until_q_stop:w% &#xA;  }{% &#xA;    \csname UL_table_#1_braces\endcsname{#1}{#2}%&#xA;    \UL_brace_check:nw{#1}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% Then check whether the next token is a space.&#xA;\long\gdef\UL_space_check:nw#1#2 {%&#xA;  \UL_if_empty:nTF{#2}%&#xA;  {\UL_convert_token:nn{#1}{ }}%&#xA;  {\UL_convert_token:nn{#1}#2 }% we put the space back!&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\long\gdef\UL_convert_token:nn#1#2{%&#xA;  \ifcsname UL_table_#1_\detokenize{#2}\endcsname%&#xA;  \expandafter\use_i:nn%&#xA;  \else%&#xA;  \expandafter\use_ii:nn%&#xA;  \fi% &#xA;  {\csname UL_table_#1_\detokenize{#2}\endcsname}%&#xA;  {\csname UL_table_#1_default\endcsname{#2}}%&#xA;  \UL_brace_check:nw{#1}% Do the next token.&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% ======================== Casecode tables.&#xA;% ============ Generic setup.&#xA;% Typical use:&#xA;% - |\UL_setup:nnn{u}{a}{A}| to define |a| uppercased as |A|.&#xA;% - |\UL_setup_cmd:nnpn{ULnil}{\NoCaseChange}#1{%&#xA;%      \UL_to_case_output:n{#1}}|&#xA;% Note that for the second, we have to grab all the arguments in one go.&#xA;% Also note that the second should not be used until we define the ULec &#xA;% and ULea tables below.&#xA;%&#xA;% - |\UL_set_eq:nnnn{tableA}{tokenA}{tableB}{tokenB}| sets the entry&#xA;% |tokenA| of the table |tableA| to be equal to the entry |tokenB| of the&#xA;% table |tokenB|.&#xA;% - |\UL_new_table:nn{tableA}{tableB}| creates a new table, |tableA|, &#xA;% which is a copy of |tableB|.&#xA;&#xA;\protected\long\gdef\UL_content_of_table_add:nn#1#2{%&#xA;  \long\expandafter\gdef\csname UL_table_#1%&#xA;  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endcsname%&#xA;  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%&#xA;    \csname UL_table_#1\endcsname{#2}}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\protected\long\gdef\UL_setup:nnn#1#2#3{%&#xA;  \UL_content_of_table_add:nn{#1}{#2}%&#xA;  \expandafter\long\expandafter\gdef%&#xA;  \csname UL_table_#1_\detokenize{#2}\endcsname%&#xA;  {\UL_to_case_output:n{#3}}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\protected\long\gdef\UL_setup_cmd:nnpn#1#2#3#{%&#xA;  \UL_content_of_table_add:nn{#1}{#2}%&#xA;  \UL_expand_csname:n{%&#xA;    \long\gdef\csname UL_table_#1_\detokenize{#2}\endcsname##1##2{%&#xA;      \expandafter:nw{\use_ii_i:nn{##1{##2}}}%&#xA;      \csname UL_table_#1_\detokenize{#2}_aux\endcsname}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \use_i_bbii:nn{\expandafter\long\expandafter\gdef%&#xA;    \csname UL_table_#1_\detokenize{#2}_aux\endcsname#3}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\protected\long\gdef\UL_set_eq:nnnn#1#2#3#4{%&#xA;  \UL_content_of_table_add:nn{#1}{#2}%&#xA;  {\expandafter}\expandafter\global\expandafter\let%&#xA;  \csname UL_table_#1_\detokenize{#2}\expandafter\endcsname%&#xA;  \csname UL_table_#3_\detokenize{#4}\endcsname%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\long\gdef\UL_new_table:nn#1#2{%&#xA;  \ifcsname UL_table_#1\endcsname%&#xA;  \PackageError{ULcase}{Table \detokenize{#1} already defined!}{}%&#xA;  \fi%&#xA;  \long\expandafter\gdef\csname UL_table_#1\endcsname{}%&#xA;  %&#xA;  \def\UL_tmpA{#1}%&#xA;  \def\UL_tmpB{#2}%&#xA;  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\UL_new_table_aux:nnn%&#xA;  \csname UL_table_#2\endcsname{}%&#xA;}&#xA;\long\gdef\UL_new_table_aux:nnn#1{%&#xA;  \UL_if_empty:nTF{#1}{}{%&#xA;    \UL_set_eq:nnnn{\UL_tmpA}{#1}{\UL_tmpB}{#1}%&#xA;    \UL_new_table_aux:nnn%&#xA;  }%&#xA;}%&#xA;\long\gdef\UL_new_table:n#1{\UL_new_table:nn{#1}{ULnil}}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% ============ Table ULea, \expandafter:nw&#xA;% &#xA;% The |ULea| table puts |\expandafter| after each token (including braces&#xA;% and spaces). Allows us to define |\expandafter:nw|, which expands what&#xA;% follows its first argument once. &#xA;% &#xA;% |\expandafter:nw| takes 2-steps to act. For a 1-step version, use &#xA;% |\MEA_trigger:f\MEA_expandafter:nw|. &#xA;&#xA;\long\gdef\UL_table_ULea_default#1{\UL_to_case_output:n{\expandafter#1}}%&#xA;\long\gdef\UL_table_ULea_braces#1#2{%&#xA;  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\UL_to_case_output:n%&#xA;  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%&#xA;    \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter%&#xA;    \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%&#xA;      \UL_to_case:nn{#1}{#2}\expandafter}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;\let\MEA_trigger:f\romannumeral&#xA;\def\MEA_expandafter:nw{\UL_to_case_aux:nn{ULea}}&#xA;\def\expandafter:nw{\MEA_trigger:f\MEA_expandafter:nw}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% ============ Table |ULec|, |\UL_expand_csname:n|&#xA;% The |ULec| table expands only the &#xA;% |\csname ...\endcsname| constructions.&#xA;% &#xA;\long\gdef\UL_table_ULec_default{\UL_to_case_output:n}%&#xA;\long\gdef\UL_table_ULec_braces#1#2{%&#xA;  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\UL_to_case_output:n%&#xA;  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%&#xA;    \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\UL_to_case:nn{#1}{#2}}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;\long\expandafter\gdef\csname%&#xA;  UL_table_ULec_\detokenize{\csname}\endcsname#1#2{%&#xA;  \expandafter:nw{\use_ii_iii_i:nnn{#1{#2}}}%&#xA;  \expandafter\UL_to_case_output:n\csname%&#xA;}%&#xA;&#xA;\def\UL_expand_csname:n{\MEA_trigger:f\UL_to_case_aux:nn{ULec}}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% ============ Table |ULexpandsome|, |\expandsome|&#xA;% The |ULexpandsome| table expands only the tokens following |\expandthis|.&#xA;% &#xA;\long\gdef\UL_table_ULexpandsome_default{\UL_to_case_output:n}%&#xA;\long\gdef\UL_table_ULexpandsome_braces#1#2{%&#xA;  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\UL_to_case_output:n%&#xA;  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%&#xA;    \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\UL_to_case:nn{#1}{#2}}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;\long\expandafter\gdef\csname%&#xA;  UL_table_ULexpandsome_\detokenize{\expandthis}\endcsname#1#2{%&#xA;  \expandafter:nw{#1{#2}}%&#xA;  %\expandafter\UL_to_case_output:n\csname%&#xA;}%&#xA;&#xA;\def\expandsome{\MEA_trigger:f\UL_to_case_aux:nn{ULexpandsome}}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% ============ The default table, ULnil&#xA;\long\gdef\UL_table_ULnil{{default}{braces}{$}}%$&#xA;\long\gdef\UL_table_ULnil_default{\UL_to_case_output:n}&#xA;\long\gdef\UL_table_ULnil_braces#1#2{%&#xA;  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\UL_to_case_output:n%&#xA;  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%&#xA;    \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\UL_to_case:nn{#1}{#2}}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;\UL_setup_cmd:nnpn{ULnil}{\NoCaseChange}#1{%&#xA;  \UL_to_case_output:n{#1}}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% ============ Working on math mode.&#xA;% &#xA;% We add \q_mark so that \UL_dollar_aux:nw can read to the next dollar&#xA;% without unbracing the argument, so that ${...}$ --x-&amp;gt; $...$&#xA;\long\expandafter\gdef\csname UL_table_ULnil_\detokenize{$}\endcsname#1#2{%$&#xA;    \UL_dollar_aux:nw{#1{#2}}\q_mark%&#xA;}&#xA;% Grab until the next dollar, so #2={\q_mark Math Stuff}. &#xA;% If \use_none:n #2 is empty, then we had only grabbed `\q_mark`, &#xA;% which means there was $$, and we need to redo the same business. &#xA;% Otherwise, we output, after stripping the \q_mark.&#xA;\long\gdef\UL_dollar_aux:nw#1#2${%$%&#xA;  \expandafter\UL_if_empty:nTF\expandafter{\use_none:n#2}{% eats \q_mark&#xA;    \UL_bidollar:nw{#1}\q_mark%&#xA;  }{%&#xA;    \expandafter\UL_to_case_output:n\expandafter{%&#xA;      \expandafter$\use_none:n#2$}#1%&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;\long\gdef\UL_bidollar:nw#1#2$${%&#xA;  \expandafter\UL_to_case_output:n\expandafter{%&#xA;    \expandafter$\expandafter$\use_none:n#2$$}#1}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% =========== Lowercase, Uppercase, Caesar&#xA;\long\gdef\Lowercase{\UL_to_case:nn{lower}}&#xA;\long\gdef\Uppercase{\UL_to_case:nn{upper}}&#xA;\long\gdef\CaesarCipher{\UL_to_case:nn{caesar}}&#xA;&#xA;% Setup the uppercase and lowercase tables.&#xA;\UL_new_table:n{lower}&#xA;\UL_new_table:n{upper}&#xA;&#xA;\protected\long\gdef\UL_setup_lower_upper:n#1{%&#xA;  \UL_if_empty:nTF{#1}{}{%&#xA;    \UL_setup:nnn{upper}#1%&#xA;    \expandafter:nw{\UL_setup:nnn{lower}}\use_bii_bi:nn#1%&#xA;    \UL_setup_lower_upper:n%&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;% should become user-firendly.&#xA;\UL_setup_lower_upper:n {{a}{A}} {{b}{B}} {{c}{C}} {{d}{D}} {{e}{E}} &#xA;{{f}{F}} {{g}{G}} {{h}{H}} {{i}{I}} {{j}{J}} {{k}{K}} {{l}{L}} {{m}{M}} &#xA;{{n}{N}} {{o}{O}} {{p}{P}} {{q}{Q}} {{r}{R}} {{s}{S}} {{t}{T}} {{u}{U}} &#xA;{{v}{V}} {{w}{W}} {{x}{X}} {{y}{Y}} {{z}{Z}} {{\ae}{\AE}} {{\oe}{\OE}} &#xA;{}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% Just for fun, we define the Caesar cipher.&#xA;\UL_new_table:n{caesar}&#xA;\begingroup&#xA;  \lccode`\x=1\relax&#xA;  \loop&#xA;    \lccode`\X=\numexpr\lccode`\x+2\relax&#xA;    \lowercase{\UL_setup:nnn{caesar}{x}{X}}%&#xA;    \lccode`\x=\numexpr\lccode`\x+1\relax&#xA;  \unless\ifnum\lccode`\x&amp;gt;126\relax&#xA;  \repeat&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;\UL_setup:nnn{caesar}{ }{ }&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% ====== Various tests&#xA;\long\gdef\checkoutput{\ifx\a\b\message{Correct}\else\show\WRONG\fi}&#xA;&#xA;\long\gdef\expandonce#1{% redefines #1 as #1 expanded once.&#xA;  \long\xdef#1{\unexpanded\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{#1}}}&#xA;\def\0{\1}\def\1{\2}\def\2{\3}\def\3{\4}\def\4{\5}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% \Uppercase, \Lowercase, \NoCaseChange work (+ nesting)&#xA;% Spaces and braces are fine.&#xA;\long\gdef\a{\Uppercase{ Hello, { } W\Lowercase{O}r\NoCaseChange{lD}! }}&#xA;\expandonce\a\expandonce\a\expandonce\a&#xA;\long\gdef\b{ HELLO, { } W\Lowercase{O}RlD! }&#xA;\checkoutput&#xA;&#xA;% Another test.&#xA;\long\gdef\a{\Lowercase{He l%&#xA;    \NoCaseChange{\Uppercase{ Lp\NoCaseChange{ o}}}o }}&#xA;\expandonce\a\expandonce\a\expandonce\a&#xA;\long\gdef\b{he l\Uppercase{ Lp\NoCaseChange{ o}}o }&#xA;\checkoutput&#xA;\long\edef\a{\a}&#xA;\long\gdef\b{he l LP oo }&#xA;\checkoutput&#xA;&#xA;% Math works (both $$ and $). Nesting does not break, &#xA;% although we would wish for better (i.e. &quot;Letter&quot;-&amp;gt; &quot;letter&quot;).&#xA;\long\gdef\a{\Lowercase{{t}ExT, $$\frac{A}{B}$$ and $(\mbox{Letter $A$})$}}&#xA;\expandonce\a\expandonce\a\expandonce\a&#xA;\long\gdef\b{{t}ext, $$\frac{A}{B}$$ and $(\mbox{Letter $A$})$}&#xA;\checkoutput&#xA;&#xA;\edef\a{\CaesarCipher{a{b}cdef@ ABCX}}&#xA;\edef\b{c{d}efghB CDEZ}&#xA;\checkoutput&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\long\gdef\a{\Uppercase{%&#xA;    \0{ a${} {{abd}+cd}$\0{b$${\d $0$}$$ }}%&#xA;    \NoCaseChange{ Ac dD\relax\0ii}i cd }%&#xA;}&#xA;\expandonce\a\expandonce\a\expandonce\a&#xA;\long\gdef\b{\0{ A${} {{abd}+cd}$\0{B$${\d $0$}$$ }} %&#xA;  Ac dD\relax\0iiI CD }%&#xA;\checkoutput&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% More on braces, spaces, and expansion (nothing is expanded, &#xA;% as we expect).&#xA;\long\gdef\a{\Lowercase{ {} \0 { b{C} {dB\AE~}} \0{\0} }}&#xA;\expandonce\a\expandonce\a\expandonce\a&#xA;\long\gdef\b{ {} \0 { b{c} {db\ae ~}} \0{\0} }&#xA;\checkoutput&#xA;&#xA;% Testing the ULec table (expanding only \csname)&#xA;\long\gdef\a{\UL_expand_csname:n{ \hello &#xA;    {\csname Hdsf\endcsname}##1\space \csname el\endcsname{ }lo, my name}}&#xA;\expandonce\a\expandonce\a&#xA;\long\gdef\b{ \hello {\Hdsf}##1\space \el{ }lo, my name}&#xA;\checkoutput&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% Custom table.&#xA;\UL_new_table:n{mytable}&#xA;\UL_setup:nnn{mytable}{h}{Hello}&#xA;\long\gdef\a{\UL_to_case:nn{mytable}{h{ h} {}\space \h}}&#xA;\expandonce\a\expandonce\a\expandonce\a\expandonce\a&#xA;\long\gdef\b{Hello{ Hello} {}\space \h}&#xA;\checkoutput&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\def\mydo#1#2{(#1)-(#2)}&#xA;\long\gdef\a{\expandsome{\0\0{\expandthis\mydo{\0\expandthis\0}\0\0}}}&#xA;\expandonce\a\expandonce\a&#xA;\long\gdef\b{\0\0{(\0\1)-(\0)\0}}&#xA;\checkoutput&#xA;&#xA;\long\gdef\a{\Uppercase{\NoCaseChange{The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog.} The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog. \NoCaseChange{The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog.} The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog. \NoCaseChange{The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog.} The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog. \NoCaseChange{The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog.} The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog. \NoCaseChange{The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog.} The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog. \NoCaseChange{The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog.} The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog. \NoCaseChange{The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog.} The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog. }}&#xA;\begingroup\tracingall\tracingonline=0\relax&#xA;\expandonce\a\expandonce\a\expandonce\a&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;\long\gdef\b{The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog. THE QUICK BROWN FOX JUMPS OVER THE LAZY DOG. The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog. THE QUICK BROWN FOX JUMPS OVER THE LAZY DOG. The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog. THE QUICK BROWN FOX JUMPS OVER THE LAZY DOG. The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog. THE QUICK BROWN FOX JUMPS OVER THE LAZY DOG. The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog. THE QUICK BROWN FOX JUMPS OVER THE LAZY DOG. The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog. THE QUICK BROWN FOX JUMPS OVER THE LAZY DOG. The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog. THE QUICK BROWN FOX JUMPS OVER THE LAZY DOG. }&#xA;\checkoutput&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastEditorUserId="2707" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-15T09:03:11.267" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T09:03:11.267" CommentCount="20" />
  <row Id="10807" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10805" CreationDate="2011-02-11T01:27:14.827" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use the following to get a fully expanded string with the first letter capitalized. I needed it to write the string to the AUX file as part of a message. It was posted long ago by Dan Luecking on CTT. The command &lt;code&gt;\makefirstcap&lt;/code&gt; store the expanded string in &lt;code&gt;\firstcaphold&lt;/code&gt;.  You can make your own varients of this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\def\makefirstcap#1#2\nil{%&#xA;    \iffalse{\fi&#xA;    \uppercase{\edef\firstcaphold{\iffalse}\fi#1}#2}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\makefirstcap test\nil&#xA;\show\firstcaphold&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1683" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T01:27:14.827" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10808" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10810" CreationDate="2011-02-11T03:34:48.633" Score="3" ViewCount="106" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to reference a company name using bibtex:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@book{CUDA,&#xA;  author    = {NVIDIA Corporation},&#xA;  title     = {NVIDIA CUDA Compute Unified Device Architecture Programming Guide},&#xA;  publisher = {NVIDIA Corporation},&#xA;  year      = {2007}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But the entry keeps showing up N. Corporation.  Is there a way to get the full author name to show up?  I'm currently using the siam bibstyle.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2490" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-11T03:55:11.970" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T03:55:11.970" Title="Getting Bibtex to spell out the first name" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10809" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10805" CreationDate="2011-02-11T03:49:48.620" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\makefirstcap#1#2\@nil{%&#xA;    \toks@{#2}%&#xA;    \uppercase{\edef\firstcaphold{#1\the\toks@}}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% Test:&#xA;&#xA;\makefirstcap test\@nil&#xA;\show\firstcaphold&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="994" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T03:49:48.620" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="10810" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10808" CreationDate="2011-02-11T03:54:44.060" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just enclose the the author field in another set of braces:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@book{CUDA, &#xA;   author = {{NVIDIA Corporation}}, &#xA;   title = {NVIDIA CUDA Compute Unified Device Architecture Programming Guide}, &#xA;   publisher = {NVIDIA Corporation}, &#xA;   year = {2007}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T03:54:44.060" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10811" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10805" CreationDate="2011-02-11T06:19:36.953" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/expl3&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, I wrote the following as the most robust approach I could find&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{expl3}&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOn&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \tl_to_upper_case:n #1 {&#xA;  \exp_args:Nf \tl_to_upper_case_aux:n {#1}&#xA;}&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \tl_to_upper_case_aux:n #1 {&#xA;  \tl_to_upper_case_aux:w #1 ~ \q_no_value \q_stop&#xA;}&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \tl_to_upper_case_aux:w #1 ~ #2 \q_stop {&#xA;  \quark_if_no_value:nTF {#2}&#xA;    { &#xA;      \tl_map_function:nN {#1} \tl_to_upper_case_aux:N &#xA;      \tl_to_case_end:n { }&#xA;    }&#xA;    { \tl_to_upper_case_aux:w #1 { ~ } #2 \q_stop }&#xA;}&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \tl_to_upper_case_aux:N #1 {&#xA;  \prg_case_str:nnn {#1}&#xA;    {&#xA;      { a } { \tl_to_case_aux:nw { A } }&#xA;      { b } { \tl_to_case_aux:nw { B } }&#xA;      { c } { \tl_to_case_aux:nw { C } }&#xA;      { d } { \tl_to_case_aux:nw { D } }&#xA;      { e } { \tl_to_case_aux:nw { E } }&#xA;      { f } { \tl_to_case_aux:nw { F } }&#xA;      { g } { \tl_to_case_aux:nw { G } }&#xA;      { h } { \tl_to_case_aux:nw { H } }&#xA;      { i } { \tl_to_case_aux:nw { I } }&#xA;      { j } { \tl_to_case_aux:nw { J } }&#xA;      { k } { \tl_to_case_aux:nw { K } }&#xA;      { l } { \tl_to_case_aux:nw { L } }&#xA;      { m } { \tl_to_case_aux:nw { M } }&#xA;      { n } { \tl_to_case_aux:nw { N } }&#xA;      { o } { \tl_to_case_aux:nw { O } }&#xA;      { p } { \tl_to_case_aux:nw { P } }&#xA;      { q } { \tl_to_case_aux:nw { Q } }&#xA;      { r } { \tl_to_case_aux:nw { R } }&#xA;      { s } { \tl_to_case_aux:nw { S } }&#xA;      { t } { \tl_to_case_aux:nw { T } }&#xA;      { u } { \tl_to_case_aux:nw { U } }&#xA;      { v } { \tl_to_case_aux:nw { V } }&#xA;      { w } { \tl_to_case_aux:nw { W } }&#xA;      { x } { \tl_to_case_aux:nw { X } }&#xA;      { y } { \tl_to_case_aux:nw { Y } }&#xA;      { z } { \tl_to_case_aux:nw { Z } }&#xA;    }&#xA;    { \tl_to_case_aux:nw {#1 } }&#xA;}&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \tl_to_case_aux:nw #1#2 \tl_to_case_end:n #3 {&#xA;    #2 \tl_to_case_end:n { #3 #1 }&#xA;}&#xA;\char_make_math_shift:N \Q&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \tl_to_case_end:n #1 {&#xA;  \tl_to_case_strip_i:w #1 Q ~ Q&#xA;}&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \tl_to_case_strip_i:w #1 ~ Q {&#xA;  \tl_to_case_strip_ii:w #1 Q&#xA;}&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \tl_to_case_strip_ii:w #1 Q #2 {#1}&#xA;\char_make_letter:N \Q&#xA;\cs_set_eq:NN \MakeExpandableUppercase \tl_to_upper_case:n&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOff&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\MakeExpandableUppercase{Hello World}&#xA;\edef\test{\MakeExpandableUppercase{Hello World}}&#xA;\show\test&#xA;\MakeExpandableUppercase{Hello {World}}&#xA;\edef\test{\MakeExpandableUppercase{Hello {World}}}&#xA;\show\test&#xA;\edef\test{Hello\space\space World}&#xA;\MakeExpandableUppercase{\test}&#xA;\edef\test{\MakeExpandableUppercase{\test}}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The reason for the space stripping at the end of the input is that you can't avoid it at the start of the string, so I felt the best you could do was say 'spaces at the ends are stripped'. Spaces should be retained within the input. You can implement a lower case function in the same way, and if you do nesting&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \MakeExpandableUppercase{\MakeExpandableLowercase{Hello} World}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;should work correctly. As illustrated by the last example, material is expanded before doing the case change. That applies even to protected macros, as the underlying expansion uses &lt;code&gt;\romannumeral&lt;/code&gt;. So the argument needs to be made up of purely expandable material.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(As a note, this can of course be implemented without &lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For completeness, a LuaTeX solution might read&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\newcommand*\MakeExpandableUppercase[1]{%&#xA;  \scantokens\expandafter{%&#xA;    \directlua{&#xA;      tex.write(string.upper(&quot;\luatexluaescapestring{\unexpanded{#1}}&quot;))&#xA;    }%&#xA;  \noexpand&#xA;  }%&#xA;}%&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\MakeExpandableUppercase{hello world \oe}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I'm no Lua expert: there may be a more efficient approach.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-11T09:23:08.947" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T09:23:08.947" CommentCount="17" />
  <row Id="10812" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-11T07:27:04.270" Score="3" ViewCount="87" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi!&#xA;I build a document with notes (like footnotes) on margins.&#xA;I found help on LaTeX community and now my preamble looks like that:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{marginnote}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\marginfont}{\footnotesize}&#xA;\newcounter{mynote}&#xA;\newcommand{\mynote}[2][0]{&#xA;\refstepcounter{mynote}&#xA;\mbox{\textsuperscript{\themynote}}&#xA;\marginnote{\mbox{\textsuperscript{\themynote}}\hspace{0pt}#2}[#1\baselineskip}&#xA;\newcommand{\mybr}{-\\}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Everything works pretty well except automatic hyphenation. I need to divide words manually by using \mybr{}.&#xA;I prefere ragged notes, but justified could be too, if automatic hyphenation works only in this.&#xA;Thanks for any help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3506" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T08:17:56.697" Title="Automatic hyphenation in margin notes" Tags="&lt;hyphenation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="10813" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10812" CreationDate="2011-02-11T07:31:14.077" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This would help:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{marginnote}&#xA;\usepackage{ragged2e}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\raggedleftmarginnote}{\RaggedLeft}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\raggedrightmarginnote}{\RaggedRight}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See manuals of &lt;code&gt;marginnote&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;ragged2e&lt;/code&gt; for more information.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T07:31:14.077" />
  <row Id="10814" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-11T07:49:33.797" Score="0" ViewCount="125" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm writing a paper that depends on a file &lt;code&gt;elsarticle.cls&lt;/code&gt; and also a file &lt;code&gt;clrscode3e.sty&lt;/code&gt; (they're for two different things - not related).  I have placed both files in my &lt;code&gt;~/texmf&lt;/code&gt; directory.  When I remove anything in my .tex file dependent on &lt;code&gt;clrscode3e.sty&lt;/code&gt; and compile with LaTeX, everything is fine and from the output formatting i can see that &lt;code&gt;elsarticle.cls&lt;/code&gt; has clearly been recognised.  When I add something which depends on &lt;code&gt;clrscode3e.sty&lt;/code&gt;, I get &quot;File clrscode3e.sty not found&quot;.  To verify that I hadn't mistyped anything, I tried moving clrscode3e.sty into the same directory as the .tex file being compiled and everything worked fine.  Why would LaTeX recognise a &lt;code&gt;.cls&lt;/code&gt; file in my &lt;code&gt;~/texmf&lt;/code&gt; directory but not a &lt;code&gt;.sty&lt;/code&gt; file? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3484" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-11T09:13:06.163" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T09:13:06.163" Title="LaTeX finds .cls file but not .sty file in ~/texmf directory" Tags="&lt;texmf&gt;&lt;sty&gt;" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="10815" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10812" CreationDate="2011-02-11T08:17:56.697" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;TeX doesn't hyphenate the first word in a paragraph. You can write a &lt;code&gt;\hspace{0pt}&lt;/code&gt; before it, then TeX takes this as first word.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrbook}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{marginnote}&#xA;\usepackage[ngerman]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{ragged2e}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\raggedleftmarginnote}{\RaggedLeft}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\raggedrightmarginnote}{\RaggedRight}&#xA;\newcommand\Marginnote[1]{\marginnote{\hspace{0pt}#1}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;foo\Marginnote{Mülltonnenentsorgungsprogramm}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T08:17:56.697" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10816" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10817" CreationDate="2011-02-11T08:42:24.087" Score="0" ViewCount="120" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using the &lt;code&gt;algorithm2e&lt;/code&gt; package to put algorithm in my LaTeX documents.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In my document, I have something like this :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section My algorithms&#xA;\subsection Algo 1&#xA;code for first algorithm&#xA;...&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\subsection Algo 2&#xA;code for second algorithm&#xA;...&#xA;&#xA;\subsection Algo 3&#xA;code for third algorithm&#xA;...&#xA;&#xA;\subsection Algo 4&#xA;code for fourth algorithm&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and so on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem is that when producing the PDF, some algorithm are correctly displayed under their subsection, and some are displayed on other pages, not under the right section.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I get something like this :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;1. My algorithms&#xA;1.1 Algo 1&#xA;    pseudo code for algo 1&#xA;&#xA;1.2 Algo 2&#xA;    pseudo code for algo 2&#xA;&#xA;1.3 Algo 3&#xA;1.4 Algo 4&#xA;---------------- next page -----------&#xA;    pseudo code for algo 3&#xA;---------------- next page -----------&#xA;    pseudo code for algo 4&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is the full LaTeX source code : &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.filedropper.com/demo_1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.filedropper.com/demo_1&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;Here is the PDF I get : &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.filedropper.com/demo_2&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.filedropper.com/demo_2&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to make sure the algo will stick with its subsection ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3508" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-11T09:11:48.367" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T09:11:48.367" Title="Algorithm not displayed under correct section" Tags="&lt;algorithm2e&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="10817" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10816" CreationDate="2011-02-11T08:46:40.993" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;algorithm2e&lt;/code&gt; makes floats for algorithms. You can use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{algorithm}[H]&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;for non-float algorithms. This is illustrated at the beginning of the package manual.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T08:46:40.993" />
  <row Id="10818" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-11T08:57:36.307" Score="1" ViewCount="60" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using Emacs 23 with AUCTeX/preview-LaTeX for all my LaTeX editing. Mostly I am very happy with this, but I do not like the included graphics previewed in full size. For now my solution is to disable preview for floats and graphics, but what would be really nice would be to get a thumbnail preview of any included graphics.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My problem is that I cannot make sense of the description of &lt;code&gt;PreviewMacro&lt;/code&gt; included in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex/manual/preview-latex/Provided-commands.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;documentation&lt;/a&gt;, and in particular it is not clear to me if I can use a clever &lt;code&gt;PreviewMacro&lt;/code&gt; to generate a preview thumbnail for &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics...&lt;/code&gt; by evaluating something like &lt;code&gt;\parbox{2cm}{\includegraphics...}&lt;/code&gt; (all my graphics is scaled relative to &lt;code&gt;\linewidth&lt;/code&gt;) or maybe &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics[width=2cm,...&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;My only desperate attempt was &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\PreviewMacro[{*?[{#{[#1]}{[width=2cm,{#1}]}}{[width=2cm]}{}}]{\includegraphics}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but this went nowhere...&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Could this ever work -- and if so, how?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1318" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T08:57:36.307" Title="preview-LaTeX: Specific scaling for graphics" Tags="&lt;emacs&gt;&lt;auctex&gt;&lt;wysiwyg&gt;" />
  <row Id="10820" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10799" CreationDate="2011-02-11T09:56:34.947" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Based on Herbert's answer, with glossaries package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{glossaries}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{float}&#xA;\newfloat{EQN}{H}{eqn}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\eqcite[1]{%&#xA;\begin{EQN}%&#xA;\begin{equation}%&#xA;\glssymbol{#1}%&#xA;\end{equation}%&#xA;\caption{\glsentryname{#1}}&#xA;\end{EQN}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\loadglsentries{glossdata.tex}&#xA;\makeglossaries&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\eqcite{eq1}&#xA;\eqcite{eq2}&#xA;&#xA;\listof{EQN}{My equations}&#xA;\printglossaries&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Your database is in file &lt;em&gt;glossdata.tex&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newglossaryentry{eq1}{&#xA;   name={First equation}&#xA;  ,symbol={y=f(x)}&#xA;  ,description={Some equation}&#xA;}&#xA;\newglossaryentry{eq2}{&#xA;   name={Second equation}&#xA;  ,symbol={y=a+f(x)}&#xA;  ,description={Another equation}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To get list of descriptions, you have to run some indexing program, makeglossaries, makeindex or xindy. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;makeglossaries nameofyourdocument&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/e42cv.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Equations, list of equations and glossary&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2891" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T09:56:34.947" />
  <row Id="10821" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10781" CreationDate="2011-02-11T10:04:08.027" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Well &lt;code&gt;\texttt&lt;/code&gt; switches to the tt-&lt;strong&gt;family&lt;/strong&gt;. This is as default the tt-font from the latin modern family, which doesn't contain the hebrew script. So you can't use it in a hebrew environment. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You should either define a &quot;tthebrewfamily&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newfontfamily\tthebrewfamily[Script=Hebrew]{...}% &#xA;\DeclareTextFontCommand{\texttthebrew}{\tthebrewfamily}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or you set with &lt;code&gt;\setmainfont&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;setmonofont&lt;/code&gt; the standard fonts to fonts which contain and activate Hebrew. In this case you will probably have to use &lt;code&gt;\ttfamilylatin&lt;/code&gt; etc in the english parts (and perhaps have to define this fonts). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Addition: It did take me some time to find two different fonts with the opentype feature &quot;Script hebrew&quot;. With this the following worked without error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article} % Compile with xelatex&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{polyglossia}&#xA;\setmainfont[Script=Hebrew]{Ezra SIL}% &#xA;\setmonofont[Script=Hebrew]{DejaVu Sans}% &#xA;&#xA;\setmainlanguage{hebrew}&#xA;\setotherlanguage{english}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\setLTR&#xA;This should be \texttt{mono-spaced}\ldots&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But while looking through the fonts I saw that quite a lot have Hebrew characters but only very few the Script Hebrew. So I'm wondering if it is a good idea that polyglossia (gloss-hebrew) request it. Is it needed to type Hebrew?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastEditorUserId="3391" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-12T19:10:17.953" LastActivityDate="2011-02-12T19:10:17.953" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="10822" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2334" CreationDate="2011-02-11T10:37:10.727" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If your really want to suppress the page break, which is caused by a &lt;code&gt;\clearpage&lt;/code&gt; at the end of &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt;, then your can temporarily redefine this macro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;filehook&lt;/code&gt; package can be used for this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{filehook}&#xA;\AtEndOfIncludes{%&#xA;  \global\let\savedclearpage\clearpage&#xA;  \global\let\clearpage\relax&#xA;}&#xA;\AfterIncludes{%&#xA;  \global\let\clearpage\savedclearpage&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure right now if &lt;code&gt;\global&lt;/code&gt; is required here but it will not hurt.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As already mentioned it is &lt;strong&gt;not guaranteed&lt;/strong&gt; anymore that &lt;code&gt;\includeonly&lt;/code&gt; gives correct results, e.g. page numbers, because the last page wasn't flushed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you only want to suppress certain input files, then you need a &lt;code&gt;\inputonly&lt;/code&gt; macro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% You can put this into a `.sty` file and load it with `\usepackage{ }`&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand*{\inputonly}[1]{\gdef\@inputonly{,#1,}}&#xA;\@onlypreamble\inputonly % Make it only valid in the preamble &#xA;\newcommand*{\oinput}[1]{%&#xA;   \begingroup&#xA;   \edef\@tempa{{,#1,}{\@inputonly}}%&#xA;   \expandafter\in@\@tempa&#xA;   \ifin@&#xA;     \endgroup&#xA;     \input{#1}%&#xA;     % Dump counter values here&#xA;   \else&#xA;     \endgroup&#xA;     % maybe add a \message{ } here&#xA;     % Load counter values here&#xA;     \expandafter\ignorespaces&#xA;   \fi&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Usage:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;% Insert or load above code&#xA;&#xA;% Use `\oinput` instead of `\input`:&#xA;\inputonly{aa,bb,cc}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\oinput{aa}&#xA;\oinput{bb}&#xA;\oinput{ccc}% will not be `\input`ed&#xA;\oinput{cc}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; macro is also used by packages to read a lot of other files, so it cannot safely be overwritten. A different name, e.g. &lt;code&gt;\oinput&lt;/code&gt;, must be used instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to keep counter values you have to dump and load them by yourself. See the code of &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt; how it is done.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-11T13:33:59.373" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T13:33:59.373" />
  <row Id="10823" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10734" CreationDate="2011-02-11T11:02:21.313" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is the standard &quot;Unknown Option&quot; error of TikZ. The funny thing is that it does think the whole expression&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;level 1 concept/.append style={level distance=130,sibling angle=30}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is an option. Normally it should only complain about '&lt;code&gt;level 1 concept&lt;/code&gt;' is unknown, or actually not at all because only a style should be appended - the options should not yet be executed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The file compiles fine with TikZ/PGF 2.10 with an freshly updated TeXLive 2010,&#xA;which makes me believe this is an issue with your MikTeX installation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here some steps you should try:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Make sure you are running the newest version of MikTeX, i.e. v2.9&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Update your package, especially TikZ/PGF, latest version is 2.10.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Make sure that you don't have old TikZ/PGF package files lying around in your local &lt;code&gt;texmf&lt;/code&gt; tree (I think &lt;code&gt;C:\localtexmf\&lt;/code&gt; with MikTeX).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;(Just an idea) Try to change the order of the options, e.g. put &lt;code&gt;mindmap&lt;/code&gt; last, etc..&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T11:02:21.313" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10824" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10706" CreationDate="2011-02-11T11:05:11.530" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Configuration files for fonts can be found in &lt;code&gt;tex/latex/microtype/&lt;/code&gt; subdirectory of your TeX installation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But wait, i have no configuration file for PSCyr font; however i can use font expansion in a way like this (&lt;code&gt;stretch&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;shrink&lt;/code&gt; are way too large, for the sake of demonstration):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% in preamble:&#xA;\SetExpansion[stretch = 70, shrink = 70,] { encoding = {T2A} } { }&#xA;\DeclareMicrotypeSet{t2atext}{encoding=T2A}&#xA;\UseMicrotypeSet{t2atext}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An i have result like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/WQxsQ.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's clear, i have font expansion working here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The point is that configuration file contains commands for character protrusion and font expansion --- like this one --- nothing special or magic.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, you can write your own command, you can collect them in your own configuration file for your favorite font face.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Read manuals, specify your values (encoding!) and enjoy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2710" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T11:05:11.530" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="10825" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-11T12:25:11.947" Score="0" ViewCount="79" Body="&lt;p&gt;I just installed TexLive 2010 on a computer that already had Ruby installed but get the &lt;em&gt;&lt;code&gt;Ruby.exe&lt;/code&gt; not found&lt;/em&gt; message when running &lt;code&gt;texexec hello&lt;/code&gt;. Is there something I must set?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3511" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-11T12:33:39.440" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T12:33:39.440" Title="TexLive cannot find Ruby.exe" Tags="&lt;installing&gt;&lt;texlive&gt;" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="10826" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12332" CreationDate="2011-02-11T12:54:14.437" Score="0" ViewCount="89" Body="&lt;p&gt;What does it mean when pdftex.map has two encoding files in the entry of one font?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Background: I am one of the maintainers of matplotlib, a Python plotting library. One feature of matplotlib is that it can process all text strings through TeX, read the resulting dvi file and embed the results in the plot. When implementing this functionality, I found out that the fonts referenced in dvi files have to be looked up in a map; out of the few map files available in a typical TeX distribution I chose pdftex.map, which is documented in Chapter 5 of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://sarovar.org/docman/view.php/106/66/pdftex-s.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pdftex manual&lt;/a&gt;. That manual specifies the following format for each line in this map file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;tfmname basename fontflags special encodingfile fontfile&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It says that the &lt;code&gt;special&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;encodingfile&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;fontfile&lt;/code&gt; fields can be in any order, and that &lt;code&gt;encodingfile&lt;/code&gt; can be left out, but it does not say that there can be more than one &lt;code&gt;encodingfile&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now some users are &lt;a href=&quot;http://sourceforge.net/tracker/?func=detail&amp;amp;aid=3175113&amp;amp;group_id=80706&amp;amp;atid=560720&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;reporting&lt;/a&gt; that TeX Live 2010 installs a pdftex.map file that has the following line:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;pbkdo8y URWBookmanL-DemiBold &quot;.167 SlantFont TeXnANSIEncoding ReEncodeFont&quot; &amp;lt;texnansi.enc &amp;lt;8r.enc &amp;lt;ubkd8a.pfb&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this a bug in TeX Live, and what does pdftex do with this information? Does it include an embedded PostScript interpreter that reads both encoding files, parses the &lt;code&gt;special&lt;/code&gt; field and decides that texnansi.enc contains the encoding that needs to be applied?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3510" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T19:41:27.663" Title="Two encoding files for one font in pdftex.map" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;texlive&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="10827" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-11T13:15:55.963" Score="3" ViewCount="126" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do I define this in LaTeX - I am writing a description of a set, and I need huge braces because I have lot of clauses to fit in, and it will take more than 1 line. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;A = \{ (x,y,z) : \exists ... \forall ... (big definition of a graph)\}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="164" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-11T16:19:41.000" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T16:19:41.000" Title="Large braces to specify condition in a set" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;braces&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="10828" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10832" CreationDate="2011-02-11T13:17:23.053" Score="9" ViewCount="263" Body="&lt;p&gt;For a little LaTeX document I am writing I would like to insert source code fields (in SQL) into my paper.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I found out that I can use the listings package for this, which works well so far:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{color}&#xA;\definecolor{light-gray}{gray}{0.95}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{listings} &#xA;\lstset{numbers=right, &#xA;                numberstyle=\tiny, &#xA;                breaklines=true,&#xA;                backgroundcolor=\color{light-gray},&#xA;                numbersep=5pt} &#xA;\lstset{language=SQL} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This works well so that I can insert code listings like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{lstlisting}{insert}&#xA;INSERT INTO Tabelle (Spalte1, Spalte2, Spalte3) VALUES (Wert1, Wert2, Wert3);&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What it shows me are light-gray boxes containing the code, but they start at the beginning of the line, just like the text. I now would like to have code listings automatically being &lt;strong&gt;indented a bit&lt;/strong&gt;. So that the gray box doesn't start at the level of the text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can anybody tell me how to achieve this? I am quite a beginner at working with LaTeX... would be great if anyone could help!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3420" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-11T13:19:39.697" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T13:40:43.127" Title="Indent a code listing in LaTeX" Tags="&lt;listings&gt;&lt;indentation&gt;&lt;article&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10829" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10827" CreationDate="2011-02-11T13:19:29.403" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For one line, you can use &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\left\{ (x,y,z) : bla bla \right\}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For multiple lines, for example &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{align*}&#xA;      &amp;amp; \left\{ (x,y,z) : bla bla \right. \\&#xA;      &amp;amp; \hspace{1cm} \left. bla bla bla \right\}&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2557" LastEditorUserId="2557" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-11T15:04:29.100" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T15:04:29.100" />
  <row Id="10830" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10827" CreationDate="2011-02-11T13:32:15.990" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/amsmath&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;amsmath&lt;/a&gt; package, the proper solution would be to break the long definition using &lt;code&gt;multline&lt;/code&gt; (or &lt;code&gt;multline*&lt;/code&gt; for no equation number):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{multline}&#xA;A = \{ (x, y, z) \colon \exists \dots \forall \dots \\&#xA;    \text{(your big definition of a graph goes here)} \}&#xA;\end{multline}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you insist on having large braces around the definition of your set you can use something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{equation}&#xA;A = \left\{ &#xA;  \begin{aligned}&#xA;  &amp;amp;(x, y, z) \colon \exists \dots \forall \dots \\ &#xA;  &amp;amp;\text{(your big definition of a graph goes here)}&#xA;  \end{aligned}&#xA;\right\}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T13:32:15.990" />
  <row Id="10831" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10828" CreationDate="2011-02-11T13:40:22.783" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can do this using the &lt;code&gt;xleftmargin&lt;/code&gt; option of &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt;. See the manual page 33, section 4.10 &quot;Margins and line shapes&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage{color}&#xA;\definecolor{light-gray}{gray}{0.95}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{listings} &#xA;\lstset{numbers=right, &#xA;                numberstyle=\tiny, &#xA;                breaklines=true,&#xA;                backgroundcolor=\color{light-gray},&#xA;                xleftmargin=\parindent,&#xA;                %xleftmargin=1cm,&#xA;                %xrightmargin=\parindent,&#xA;                numbersep=5pt} &#xA;\lstset{language=SQL} &#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}{insert}&#xA;INSERT INTO Tabelle (Spalte1, Spalte2, Spalte3) VALUES (Wert1, Wert2, Wert3);&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;\lipsum[2]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T13:40:22.783" />
  <row Id="10832" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10828" CreationDate="2011-02-11T13:40:43.127" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt; package allows you to change the margins (see section 4.10 of the documentation.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\lstset{numbers=right, &#xA;                numberstyle=\tiny, &#xA;                breaklines=true,&#xA;                backgroundcolor=\color{light-gray},&#xA;                numbersep=5pt,&#xA;                xleftmargin=.25in,&#xA;                xrightmargin=.25in} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Adjust as necessary.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T13:40:43.127" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10833" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2334" CreationDate="2011-02-11T13:48:06.257" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\inputonly#1{\inputonly@i#1,,\@nil}&#xA;\def\inputonly@i#1,#2,#3\@nil{%&#xA;  \global\@namedef{#1input}{#1}&#xA;  \ifx\relax#2\relax\else\inputonly@i#2,#3\@nil\fi}&#xA;\def\Input#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1input\endcsname\relax\else\input{#1}\fi}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\inputonly{aa,bb,cc}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\Input{aa}&#xA;\Input{bb}&#xA;\Input{ccc}% will not be read&#xA;\Input{cc}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T13:48:06.257" />
  <row Id="10834" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10826" CreationDate="2011-02-11T13:56:03.603" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't know if the additional enc-file does any harm (I doubt it) but it is certainly senseless and quite probably simply a typo in a map-file. At first 8r.enc would have an effect only if they were a corresponding declaration &lt;code&gt;TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont&lt;/code&gt;. And at second a font can't be encoded in two different ways at the same time.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T13:56:03.603" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10835" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="975" CreationDate="2011-02-11T14:13:03.653" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Put the following code somewhere in your document preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\AtBeginDocument{%&#xA;  \if@fleqn%&#xA;  \let\old@equation\equation%&#xA;  \renewcommand{\equation}{\ifhmode\unskip\fi\old@equation}%&#xA;  \fi%&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This should fix the vertical spacing problem that arises when using AMSLaTeX's equation environment together with the hyperref package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3516" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T14:13:03.653" />
  <row Id="10836" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10838" CreationDate="2011-02-11T14:15:14.040" Score="2" ViewCount="82" Body="&lt;p&gt;How would one typset an array with cells above a &lt;code&gt;bmatrix&lt;/code&gt;, something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;[a] &amp;amp; [b]&#xA;\begin{bmatrix}&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 2 \\&#xA;3 &amp;amp; 4&#xA;\end{bmatrix}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Where somehow the &lt;code&gt;[a]&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;[b]&lt;/code&gt; cells would appear aligned and above the &lt;code&gt;bmatrix&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3515" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-11T16:15:27.930" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T16:16:47.243" Title="Math, cells above a bmatrix" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10837" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10706" CreationDate="2011-02-11T14:23:34.517" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Check in the log-file in which package/file microtype is loaded and comment the call. Then compile your document (now without the microtype package) with pdflatex. Then check at the end of the log-file the list of fonts and identify the bitmap font(s) (with ending .pk) causing the problem. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T14:23:34.517" />
  <row Id="10838" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10836" CreationDate="2011-02-11T14:26:20.620" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use a modified &lt;code&gt;\bordermatrix&lt;/code&gt;. It is described in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/voss-mathmode.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;mathmode&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/blkarray.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;blkarray&lt;/code&gt; package&lt;/a&gt; for convenience, see also &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/10122/bordermatrix-with-blocks/10155#10155&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{blkarray}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\[&#xA;\begin{blockarray}{cc}&#xA;[a] &amp;amp; [b] \\&#xA;\begin{block}{[cc]}&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 2 \\&#xA;3 &amp;amp; 4 \\&#xA;\end{block}&#xA;\end{blockarray}&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/tKoXv.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-11T16:16:47.243" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T16:16:47.243" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="10839" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10836" CreationDate="2011-02-11T14:37:14.933" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Instead of &lt;code&gt;\[...\]&lt;/code&gt; you can use &lt;code&gt;$...$&lt;/code&gt;. one example with arrays and one with &lt;code&gt;\multicolumn&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\[&#xA;\begin{array}{cc}&#xA;[a] &amp;amp; [b]\\&#xA;\left[\begin{array}{c}&#xA;1\\&#xA;3 &#xA;\end{array}\right. &amp;amp;&#xA;\left.\begin{array}{c}&#xA;2\\&#xA;4 &#xA;\end{array}\right] &#xA;\end{array}&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;\[&#xA;\begin{array}{cc}&#xA;[a] &amp;amp; [b]\\&#xA;\multicolumn{2}{@{}c@{}}{%&#xA;\begin{bmatrix}&#xA;~1 &amp;amp; 2~ \\&#xA;~3 &amp;amp; 4~&#xA;\end{bmatrix}}%&#xA;\end{array}&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/zruh0.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-11T15:06:38.777" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T15:06:38.777" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10840" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10836" CreationDate="2011-02-11T14:51:33.580" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For wikipedia only, you can use this manual dirty version. It is tested in Wikipedia's sandbox.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin{matrix}&#xA;\begin{matrix} [a] &amp;amp; [b] \end{matrix} \\&#xA;\begin{bmatrix} 1 &amp;amp; 2 \\ 3 &amp;amp; 4 \end{bmatrix}&#xA;\end{matrix}&#xA;&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T14:51:33.580" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10841" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10843" CreationDate="2011-02-11T14:58:17.060" Score="15" ViewCount="602" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've been using LaTeX for about a year or two as part of writing reports in uni, and want to gain a more in-depth understanding of how it works (I'm a computer science student).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Would Donald Knuth's &lt;a href=&quot;http://rads.stackoverflow.com/amzn/click/0201134470&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;The TeXbook&lt;/a&gt; a recommended read for me? What does it cover? What is your impression of it, those who have read it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2634" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-15T00:07:24.313" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T19:42:17.953" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-02-11T16:40:52.463" Title="Should I read Donald Knuth's The TeXbook?" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;books&gt;&lt;learning&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="10" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10842" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10934" CreationDate="2011-02-11T15:02:58.260" Score="3" ViewCount="117" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't want a separate page for my bibliography, so the references simply follow after the end of the actual document. However, there happens to be a footnote on the last page which is then displayed &lt;em&gt;underneath&lt;/em&gt; the references. How can I move the footnote to just beneath the text, but before the references?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Screenshot of the last page:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/VTciX.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2795" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-26T10:13:36.673" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T10:13:36.673" Title="Positioning footnotes before the bibliography" Tags="&lt;footnotes&gt;&lt;positioning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="10843" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10841" CreationDate="2011-02-11T15:12:19.443" Score="18" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you want an in-depth understanding of &lt;strong&gt;LaTeX&lt;/strong&gt; you can start somewhere else.&#xA;However, if you want to really understand &lt;strong&gt;TeX&lt;/strong&gt; then there is no way to avoid the great &lt;em&gt;TeXBook&lt;/em&gt;! (I actually ordered the whole 'Computers &amp;amp; Typesetting, Volumes A-E Boxed Set' just 2 weeks ago, its still on its way to Europe -- the US prices are so much cheaper :-) )&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It explains a lot of how the TeX engine works. I really just started to understand some of the fine mechanics of it after reading this book.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/systems/knuth/dist/tex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;sources of The TeXBook&lt;/a&gt; are on CTAN, so you could have a peek in it (in source form only).&#xA;There is also &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/impatient/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX for the Impatient&lt;/a&gt; as full PDF. However, I didn't read that book yet.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T15:12:19.443" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-02-11T16:40:52.463" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10844" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10841" CreationDate="2011-02-11T15:35:53.557" Score="14" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you want to gain an in-depth understanding of the TeX family, you will certainly read the TeXbook, early or late.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are electronic versions of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/impatient/book.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&quot;&lt;em&gt;TeX for the Impatient&lt;/em&gt;&quot;&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/info/texbytopic/TeXbyTopic.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&quot;&lt;em&gt;TeX by Topic&lt;/em&gt;&quot;&lt;/a&gt; (already installed in TeX Live, but not MiKTeX). Thay are easy to achieve, and can be additional supplements or alternate of TeXbook. Anyway, TeXbook is still worth to read.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since you are a LaTeX user, you may also read the documented source code of LaTeX, say &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/texlive/Contents/live/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/source2e.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;source2e&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/texlive/Contents/live/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/classes.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;classes&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; document, and source code of any package you are interested in. This may be what Martin said a start somewhere else about LaTeX. I learned a lot from other's code, no less than from the books.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since you want to understand how TeX works, you may also need knowledge of MetaFont, modern TeX engine (eTeX, pdfTeX, XeTeX, LuaTeX, ...), PostScript/PDF drivers (Dvips, dvipdfmx, ...), WEB2C, and so on. For a overview of TeX family, I suggest &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/info/tex-overview/tex-overview.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&quot;An overview of TeX&quot;&lt;/a&gt;. These may be as important as TeX language itself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-12T06:02:31.413" LastActivityDate="2011-02-12T06:02:31.413" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-02-11T16:40:52.463" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10845" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10855" CreationDate="2011-02-10T20:13:36.730" Score="6" ViewCount="253" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to create a plot of two functions using &lt;code&gt;pgfplots&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;LaTeX&lt;/code&gt;. I want one of the functions only in a certain interval, I'll give an example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{axis}[&#xA;    axis x line=middle,&#xA;    axis y line=middle,&#xA;    axis on top,&#xA;    tick label style={font=\tiny},&#xA;    smooth,&#xA;    xlabel=$x$,&#xA;    xmin=-4, xmax=4,&#xA;    ymin=-1.5, ymax=1.5,&#xA;    width=0.8\textwidth,&#xA;    height=0.4\textwidth,&#xA;    legend style={at={(0.02,0.97)},anchor=north west},&#xA;]&#xA;\addplot[draw=red]{2/(1+exp(-x))-1};&#xA;\addplot[draw=blue,domain=0:4]{1/(1+exp(-x))};&#xA;\end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now what I want is that the second, blue function is only drawn in the range &lt;code&gt;x=0:4&lt;/code&gt;, but the output contains the graph for the whole intervall from &lt;code&gt;-4 to 4&lt;/code&gt;. I've scrolled through &lt;em&gt;the whole pgf&lt;/em&gt; manual, but it seems that &lt;code&gt;domain=a:b&lt;/code&gt; is the solution. Maybe my &lt;code&gt;PGF&lt;/code&gt; is out of date? I'm using Debian Squeeze with &lt;code&gt;PGF&lt;/code&gt; version 2.0.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: I've tried out several examples from the &lt;code&gt;PGF&lt;/code&gt; manual, and many don't work. I believe this is a problem with my machine/Debian/whatever and not with &lt;code&gt;PGF&lt;/code&gt;. My current workaround is to generate a table of function values for each graph and include it with &lt;code&gt;\addplot file {function_values.dat};&lt;/code&gt; For example, my &lt;code&gt;PGF&lt;/code&gt; ignores the &lt;code&gt;samples=n&lt;/code&gt; setting and many graphs look horrible. Using a table of function values improves output considerably.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3530" LastEditorUserId="3530" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-03T09:20:48.920" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T09:20:48.920" Title="Restrict function plot to a range of x values using pgfplots." Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;pgfplots&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10846" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-11T16:23:44.373" Score="6" ViewCount="149" Body="&lt;p&gt;Similar to the question &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/339/latex-editors-ides&quot;&gt;Latex Editors/IDEs&lt;/a&gt;,&quot; I'm curious if there are any editors or add-ons that directly support the LaTeX documented source (.dtx) format.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I imagine such an editor would support syntax highlighting for both the implementation as well as the documentation, perhaps with different backgrounds to increase contrast between sections. Just as most editors will preserve indentation on newlines, it would also be helpful to preserve the leading &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt; in documentation mode. Extra bonuses to support for &lt;code&gt;Doc&lt;/code&gt;-specific macros.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does such a thing exist? Do enough people actually edit &lt;code&gt;.dtx&lt;/code&gt; files for there to be sufficient demand?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1312" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-11T16:25:29.780" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T23:57:17.797" Title="Editors/IDEs for LaTeX documented source (.dtx) files" Tags="&lt;editors&gt;&lt;ide&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10847" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10846" CreationDate="2011-02-11T16:35:06.647" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Several editors have a dedicated &lt;code&gt;.dtx&lt;/code&gt; mode. Speaking from personal experience, the one for &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.winedt.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;WinEdt&lt;/a&gt; is very good if you want a 'heavy-weight' editor. As an alternative, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texworks.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeXworks&lt;/a&gt; is easy to customise with new syntax highlighting styles. I use a custom regex set with TeXworks for my &lt;code&gt;.dtx&lt;/code&gt; editing:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;[LaTeX DTX]&#xA;&#xA;# comments&#xA;red        Y    \^\^A.*&#xA;&#xA;# Guards&#xA;orange        N    %&amp;lt;(?:[A-Za-z0-9!\|]+|.)&amp;gt;&#xA;limegreen    N    %&amp;lt;\*(?:[A-Za-z0-9!\|]+|.)&amp;gt;&#xA;crimson        N    %&amp;lt;/(?:[A-Za-z0-9!\|]+|.)&amp;gt;&#xA;&#xA;# special characters&#xA;darkred        N    \^\^\^\^\^[0-9a-z]{5}&#xA;darkred        N    \^\^\^\^[0-9a-z]{4}&#xA;darkred        N    \^\^\^[0-9a-z]{3}&#xA;darkred        N    \^\^[0-9a-z]{2}&#xA;darkred        N    [$#^_{}&amp;amp;]&#xA;gray        N    ^%%.*&#xA;gray        N    ^%&#xA;&#xA;# Macrocode&#xA;green        N    \\(?:begin|end)\{macrocode\}&#xA;&#xA;# LaTeX environments&#xA;darkgreen    N    \\(?:begin|end)\s*\{[^}]*\}&#xA;&#xA;# control sequences&#xA;blue        N    \\(?:[A-Za-z@:_]+|.)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another common choice, but one I've not used, is &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;AUC-TeX&lt;/a&gt;, which plugs into &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Emacs&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I've covered &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texdev.net/2009/10/11/working-with-dtx-files/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;some detail about &lt;code&gt;.dtx&lt;/code&gt; editing in my blog&lt;/a&gt; in the past: the list of editors I give there is the same as the one I've given here.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T16:35:06.647" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10848" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10846" CreationDate="2011-02-11T16:46:06.943" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can do this with &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.vim.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Vim&lt;/a&gt;. It disables the '%' comments for &lt;code&gt;.dtx&lt;/code&gt; files. You can reactivate it for all code inside the &lt;code&gt;{macrocode}&lt;/code&gt; environments or even switch the language. This is shown by &lt;a href=&quot;http://vim.wikia.com/wiki/VimTip857&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Vim Tip 857&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I used this for &lt;code&gt;svn-multi-pl.dtx&lt;/code&gt; which actually describes a Perl script. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T16:46:06.943" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10849" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10884" CreationDate="2011-02-11T16:58:24.157" Score="8" ViewCount="187" Body="&lt;p&gt;I tend to use the &lt;code&gt;minted&lt;/code&gt; package for including code samples within my documents, which produces very nice output. However, because Pygments always produces a verbatim &lt;em&gt;environment&lt;/em&gt; there's no way to inline the code if I need to discuss particular features of it. What is the best way to typeset inline code to go alongside code produced by &lt;code&gt;minted&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using the &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt; package just for &lt;code&gt;\lstinline&lt;/code&gt; is one option I've considered, but it seems a bit odd to use both &lt;code&gt;minted&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt; together. I've used &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt; in the past, but (in my opinion and with the samples I've tried) I don't think the output is as nice as that produced with &lt;code&gt;minted&lt;/code&gt;. Are there any other means of producing inline code that I'm unaware of?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="181" LastEditorUserId="345" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-11T21:49:13.060" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T18:01:59.317" Title="Preferred method for inline code samples" Tags="&lt;listings&gt;&lt;minted&gt;&lt;inline&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10850" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10856" CreationDate="2011-02-11T17:05:19.980" Score="6" ViewCount="270" Body="&lt;p&gt;I hope this question was not asked before. At least I haven't found it. I have an inline math equation and LaTeX is breaking it into two parts. In this case I'd prefer to have the whole and short equation in one line. Is there any way I can do that? I already tried to put it into a &lt;code&gt;\mbox&lt;/code&gt; but that destroyed the whole layout. Here is an example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{siunitx}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;A text with an inline equation which is broken in to two parts&#xA;but is not wanted right here $v_{initial} = \SI{1000}{m/s}$.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here the result would be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;A text with an inline equation which is broken in to two parts but is not wanted right here v_{initial} =&#xA;1000m/s.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3061" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T17:30:19.837" Title="Prevent LaTeX to break an inline math equation" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;line-breaking&gt;&lt;inline&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10851" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10850" CreationDate="2011-02-11T17:11:19.083" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can simply include a line break (&lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{siunitx}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;A text with an inline equation which is broken in to two parts&#xA;but is not wanted right here \\ $v_{initial} = \SI{1000}{m/s}$.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T17:11:19.083" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10852" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10850" CreationDate="2011-02-11T17:14:01.053" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;TeX thinks an equals sign is a good place to break an inline equation. Putting \nolinebreak right after the equals sign avoids the break (you do get an overfull box, though).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3518" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T17:14:01.053" />
  <row Id="10853" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10850" CreationDate="2011-02-11T17:18:44.913" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Line breaking will not occur inside a part of a formula that is enclosed in braces:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;${v_{initial} = \SI{1000}{m/s}}$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T17:18:44.913" />
  <row Id="10854" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10845" CreationDate="2011-02-11T17:18:53.510" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As you have correctly assumed, your versions of PGF and pgfplots is outdated. The current pgfplots version is 1.4.1, where your example compiles correctly. It is contained in TeX Live 2010. Unfortunately Debian still only has packages for TeX Live 2009 (even in unstable) and hence only has pgfplots 1.2.2. (The pgf versions are 2.10 versus 2.00.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The easiest solution to get updated packages is to install &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/texlive/quickinstall.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX Live 2010 manually&lt;/a&gt;. TeX Live has precompiled binaries, so the installation is quick and painless (well, “quick” of course depends on your internet connection). Should you need any help, please ask a separate question for that (but given that you are a Debian user, I doubt that you need any help with that).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/N9ACT.png&quot; alt=&quot;result with TL2010&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-11T20:24:26.717" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T20:24:26.717" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="10855" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10845" CreationDate="2011-02-11T17:19:51.683" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It seems that the problem with your example is that you are mixing &lt;code&gt;tikz&lt;/code&gt; keys with &lt;code&gt;pgf&lt;/code&gt; keys.  Try this instead:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\addplot[draw=blue][domain=0:4]{1/(1+exp(-x))};&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T17:19:51.683" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10856" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10850" CreationDate="2011-02-11T17:20:08.137" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;put it into braces &lt;code&gt;{...}&lt;/code&gt;, then it will be a math atom and not broken at the end of the line. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;${v_{initial} = \SI{1000}{m/s}}$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the prevent an overfull box use &lt;code&gt;\sloppy&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{siunitx}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;{\sloppy&#xA;A text with an inline equation which is broken in to two parts&#xA;but is not wanted right here ${v_{initial} = \SI{1000}{m/s}}$.}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-11T17:30:19.837" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T17:30:19.837" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10857" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10850" CreationDate="2011-02-11T17:21:08.560" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can prevent break by using braces. But you will an overfull box:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{siunitx}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;A text with an inline equation which is broken in to two parts&#xA;but is not wanted right here ${v_{initial} = \SI{1000}{m/s}}$.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T17:21:08.560" />
  <row Id="10858" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10861" CreationDate="2011-02-11T17:32:24.017" Score="5" ViewCount="266" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to make a URL with a tilde character (&lt;code&gt;~&lt;/code&gt;) in it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{url}&#xA;...&#xA;\url{http://lyle.smu.edu/~tspell/jaws}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It looks right in the resulting PDF, but when clicking on it the browser goes to a wrong URL: &lt;code&gt;http://lyle.smu.edu/%18tspell/jaws&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I type in the browser &lt;code&gt;%7e&lt;/code&gt; (escape code for '&lt;code&gt;~&lt;/code&gt;') instead of &lt;code&gt;%18&lt;/code&gt; the browser then goes to the correct URL.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any idea how to get a correct link in the PDF?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2158" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-12T13:15:57.747" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T11:29:13.900" Title="URL with tilde character?" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;url&gt;&lt;links&gt;&lt;tilde&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10859" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10849" CreationDate="2011-02-11T17:33:51.000" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;AFIK this is an area, where you cannot use Pygments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The simplest way to achieve it from a &quot;typing&quot; point of view is to use a &quot;short verbatim&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyvrb}&#xA;\DefineShortVerb{\|}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;This is some inline code |for i=1;i&amp;lt;20;i++| and more \ldots&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The package &lt;code&gt;fancyvrb&lt;/code&gt; offers a number of customizations as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T17:33:51.000" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10861" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10858" CreationDate="2011-02-11T17:42:17.603" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You should use the &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; package (which uses &lt;code&gt;url&lt;/code&gt; internally but improves on it). It will not only format the link but also place a real hyperlink into the PDF. With &lt;code&gt;url&lt;/code&gt; alone the link is only normal text, but is probably recognized as hyperlink by your PDF viewer, but with the wrong code for &lt;code&gt;~&lt;/code&gt;. LaTeX tends to substitute the code of these special characters depending on the font you use instead of taking the ASCII code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This works fine with Acrobat Reader:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\url{http://lyle.smu.edu/~tspell/jaws}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A funny thing is that &lt;code&gt;%18&lt;/code&gt; is the ASCII code for &quot;CAN (cancel)&quot;, which doesn't make much sense and &lt;code&gt;\char&quot;18&lt;/code&gt; isn't the tilde in the &lt;code&gt;tt&lt;/code&gt; font. I can't follow how this specific code was produced.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-15T11:29:13.900" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T11:29:13.900" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="10862" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10779" CreationDate="2011-02-11T17:46:59.550" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think the story is more subtle than Martin has had the time to explain. It is the starred form of &lt;code&gt;\ProcessOptions,&lt;/code&gt; when issued in packages, that copies and processes global options (submitted via &lt;code&gt;\documentclass&lt;/code&gt;) in the order in which they were submitted via &lt;code&gt;\documentclass.&lt;/code&gt; The unstarred variant of &lt;code&gt;\ProcessOptions&lt;/code&gt; doesn’t copy global options from &lt;code&gt;\documentclass&lt;/code&gt; (except when issued in a class file – where, in the LaTeX2e kernel approach, &lt;code&gt;\@curroptions&lt;/code&gt; come from &lt;code&gt;\@classoptionslist&lt;/code&gt;) and processes the options in the order in which they were declared.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="994" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T17:46:59.550" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10863" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10864" CreationDate="2011-02-11T17:49:35.443" Score="5" ViewCount="131" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a table that is just a little too wide for a 3.33&quot; column. Is there a way to simply shrink the table a little to make it fit? I'm OK if the 10pt font becomes 9pt-something. Here is an example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{table}&#xA;\centering&#xA;\begin{tabular}{r|lll}&#xA;\multicolumn{1}{r}{}&#xA;&amp;amp; \multicolumn{1}{l}{Heading 1}&#xA;&amp;amp; \multicolumn{1}{l}{Heading 2}&#xA;&amp;amp; \multicolumn{1}{l}{Heading 3} \\ \cline{2-4}&#xA;Row 1 &amp;amp; Cell 1,1 &amp;amp; Cell 1,2 &amp;amp; Cell 1,3 \\&#xA;Row 2 &amp;amp; Cell 2,1 &amp;amp; Cell 2,2 &amp;amp; Cell 2,3&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3504" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-12T13:19:45.933" LastActivityDate="2011-02-12T13:19:45.933" Title="Is there a way to slightly shrink a table, including font size, to fit within the column boundaries?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;scaling&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="10864" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10863" CreationDate="2011-02-11T17:54:42.663" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can resize it using &lt;code&gt;\resizebox{&amp;lt;width&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;height&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt; from the &lt;code&gt;graphics&lt;/code&gt; package. The column width is &lt;code&gt;\columnwidth&lt;/code&gt; and you can select &lt;code&gt;!&lt;/code&gt; for the height to make it scale along with the width.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{graphics}&#xA;% ...&#xA;&#xA;\begin{table}&#xA;\centering&#xA;\resizebox{\columnwidth}{!}{%&#xA;\begin{tabular}{r|lll}&#xA;\multicolumn{1}{r}{}&#xA;&amp;amp; \multicolumn{1}{l}{Heading 1}&#xA;&amp;amp; \multicolumn{1}{l}{Heading 2}&#xA;&amp;amp; \multicolumn{1}{l}{Heading 3} \\ \cline{2-4}&#xA;Row 1 &amp;amp; Cell 1,1 &amp;amp; Cell 1,2 &amp;amp; Cell 1,3 \\&#xA;Row 2 &amp;amp; Cell 2,1 &amp;amp; Cell 2,2 &amp;amp; Cell 2,3&#xA;\end{tabular}%&#xA;}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please do not use the &lt;code&gt;center&lt;/code&gt; environment in floats (&lt;code&gt;figure&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;table&lt;/code&gt;), it generates an extra margin and doesn't always work. Use the &lt;code&gt;\centering&lt;/code&gt; macro instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T17:54:42.663" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="10865" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10863" CreationDate="2011-02-11T17:56:58.063" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can scale the whole table using &lt;code&gt;\scalebox&lt;/code&gt; from the &lt;code&gt;graphicx&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{table}&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;\scalebox{0.9}{&#xA;\begin{tabular}{r|lll}&#xA;\multicolumn{1}{r}{}&#xA;&amp;amp; \multicolumn{1}{l}{Heading 1}&#xA;&amp;amp; \multicolumn{1}{l}{Heading 2}&#xA;&amp;amp; \multicolumn{1}{l}{Heading 3} \\ \cline{2-4}&#xA;Row 1 &amp;amp; Cell 1,1 &amp;amp; Cell 1,2 &amp;amp; Cell 1,3 \\&#xA;Row 2 &amp;amp; Cell 2,1 &amp;amp; Cell 2,2 &amp;amp; Cell 2,3&#xA;\end{tabular}}&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T17:56:58.063" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="10866" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10863" CreationDate="2011-02-11T17:57:09.353" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;you can resize it to exactly the linewidth:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\noindent\hrulefill&#xA;&#xA;\smallskip\noindent&#xA;\resizebox{\linewidth}{!}{%&#xA;\begin{tabular}{r|lll}&#xA;\multicolumn{1}{r}{}&#xA;&amp;amp; \multicolumn{1}{l}{Heading 1}&#xA;&amp;amp; \multicolumn{1}{l}{Heading 2}&#xA;&amp;amp; \multicolumn{1}{l}{Heading 3} \\ \cline{2-4}&#xA;Row 1 &amp;amp; Cell 1,1 &amp;amp; Cell 1,2 &amp;amp; Cell 1,3 \\&#xA;Row 2 &amp;amp; Cell 2,1 &amp;amp; Cell 2,2 &amp;amp; Cell 2,3&#xA;\end{tabular}}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T17:57:09.353" />
  <row Id="10867" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10869" CreationDate="2011-02-11T18:08:24.853" Score="6" ViewCount="187" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have an issue with the double quote in my quotation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using &lt;code&gt;&quot;OpenGL.....&quot;&lt;/code&gt; results in &lt;code&gt;ÖpenGL...&lt;/code&gt; even with &lt;code&gt;\&quot;OpenGL...&lt;/code&gt; the result is the same.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using \verb results in double quotes in a wrong font type (at least it looks out of place).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{quotation}&#xA;&quot;OpenGL (Open Graphics Library) ist eine Spezifikation für eine plattform-&#xA;und programmiersprachenunabhängige Programmierschnittstelle zur&#xA;Entwicklung von 2D- und 3D-Computergrafik.&quot;&#xA;\end{quotation}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3168" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T16:46:26.673" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T16:46:26.673" Title="Quotation with double quote and O results in Ö" Tags="&lt;punctuation&gt;&lt;quoting&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10868" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10873" CreationDate="2011-02-11T18:10:11.250" Score="1" ViewCount="264" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am forced to use a Mac for a while. My log-file says my class file is in:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/report.cls&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does this mean my packages are in this folder?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;/usr/local/texlive/2010/&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, the latex/base folder how do I access it? I can't find it in my finder. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sorry for this stupid questions but I'm not used to working on a Mac.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Second question: what I have to do to get my class working? I am used to click the &lt;em&gt;Refresh DNB&lt;/em&gt; button on Miktex but that won't work on OS X.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3338" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-11T19:26:14.097" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T16:05:16.660" Title="Accessing Mac (mactex) install folder" Tags="&lt;osx&gt;&lt;mactex&gt;&lt;texmaker&gt;" AnswerCount="4" />
  <row Id="10869" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10867" CreationDate="2011-02-11T18:10:56.330" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Do not use &lt;code&gt;&quot;&lt;/code&gt; for quoting, use &lt;code&gt;``&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;''&lt;/code&gt; (English quotes) or &lt;code&gt;&quot;&amp;#96;&lt;/code&gt;&#xA;and &lt;code&gt;&quot;'&lt;/code&gt; (German quotes, needs &lt;code&gt;babel&lt;/code&gt;, see below) instead:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{quotation}&#xA;&quot;`OpenGL (Open Graphics Library) ist eine Spezifikation für eine plattform-&#xA;und programmiersprachenunabhängige Programmierschnittstelle zur&#xA;Entwicklung von 2D- und 3D-Computergrafik.&quot;'&#xA;\end{quotation}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;babel&lt;/code&gt; package with the &lt;code&gt;german&lt;/code&gt;/&lt;code&gt;ngerman&lt;/code&gt; option does the &lt;code&gt;&quot;O&lt;/code&gt; -&gt; &lt;code&gt;Ö&lt;/code&gt; translation. This is to for (old) systems which do not have the Umlauts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-11T18:26:47.673" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T18:26:47.673" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="10870" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10872" CreationDate="2011-02-11T18:43:26.353" Score="5" ViewCount="73" Body="&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately, in some of our documents we need to print both SI units as well as Imperial units. We have some macros defined as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fp}&#xA;&#xA;\def\GPM#1{#1 gpm\FPmul\temp{#1}{3.785}&#xA;\FPround\temp{\temp}{2}(\temp\ lpm) }&#xA;&#xA;\def\GALLONS#1{#1 gallons \FPmul\temp{#1}{3.785}&#xA;\FPround\temp{\temp}{2}(\temp\ litres)}&#xA;&#xA;\def\LPM#1{#1 lpm\FPdiv\temp{#1}{3.785}&#xA;\FPround\temp{\temp}{2}(\temp\ gpm)}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\noindent&#xA;\GALLONS{200.00}\\&#xA;\GPM{500.00}\\&#xA;\LPM{1892.50}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/mrfg1.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can one modify the macros, so that if you type a number, the conversion macro picks up the number of decimals automatically and sets the conversion accuracy to the same number of decimals, i.e., typing &lt;code&gt;\GALLONS{150.000}&lt;/code&gt; should typeset &lt;code&gt;567.750 litres&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T19:30:13.517" Title="Capturing number of decimals in a macro argument" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;tex-core&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="10871" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-11T18:54:26.607" Score="4" ViewCount="97" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm having problems with this particular TikZ example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/prims-algorithm/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/prims-algorithm/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I change the theme, for instance:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usetheme{Madrid}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the footer is not working on the first slide, but it is on the rest of them. Any idea how to solve this particular problem?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2389" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-11T20:26:04.513" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T21:42:24.480" Title="Missing footer on first Beamer slide of TikZ example" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;beamer&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="10872" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10870" CreationDate="2011-02-11T19:17:25.103" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is an example for gallons.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/KzmrE.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fp}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcounter{NoDecim@ls}&#xA;\def\getDecim@ls#1{%&#xA;  \setcounter{NoDecim@ls}{0}%&#xA;  \getDecim@ls@i#1!!\@nil}&#xA;\def\getDecim@ls@i#1#2\@nil{%&#xA;  \ifx!#1\else\stepcounter{NoDecim@ls}\getDecim@ls@i#2\@nil\fi}&#xA;&#xA;\def\GALLONS#1{\Gallons@i#1..\@nil}&#xA;\def\Gallons@i#1.#2.#3\@nil{%&#xA;  \FPmul\temp{#1}{3.785} #1%&#xA;  \ifx\relax#2\relax\else%&#xA;    \FPmul\tempD{#2}{3.785}%&#xA;    \FPadd\temp\temp\tempD%&#xA;    .#2%&#xA;  \fi&#xA;  \getDecim@ls{#2}%&#xA;  \FPround\temp\temp{\theNoDecim@ls}&#xA;  gallons (\temp\ litres)}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\GALLONS{200.00}\\&#xA;&#xA;\GALLONS{150.000} should typeset 567.750 litres.&#xA;&#xA;\GALLONS{150.00} should typeset 567.75 litres.&#xA;&#xA;\GALLONS{150} should typeset 568 litres.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-11T19:23:35.690" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T19:23:35.690" />
  <row Id="10873" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10868" CreationDate="2011-02-11T19:23:02.870" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Most of the core packages are probably in a subfolder of &lt;code&gt;/usr/local/texlive/2010/&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not that familiar with mactex, but it's based on TeXlive, so you can use TeXlive utilities to find stuff.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To find where a given package is installed, you can open a terminal and type:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;kpsewhich &amp;lt;packagename&amp;gt;.sty&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And it should show you the full path to the file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to install custom classes and style files, I'd recommend using the TEXMFHOME tree. You can find out what this is by typing:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;kpsewhich -var-value TEXMFHOME&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I believe on a mac this defaults to ~/Library/texmf/. You could for example put a custom class file in &lt;code&gt;~/Library/texmf/tex/latex/myclass/&lt;/code&gt; . At some point you may need to run:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;mktexlsr ~/Library/texmf&lt;/code&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to get this folder recognized by the system, but it may already be. (&lt;code&gt;mktexlsr&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;sudo mktexlsr&lt;/code&gt; for system files are the equivalent of refreshing the file name database in MiKTeX.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;kpsepath tex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;would show you all the folders searched for tex (.sty and .cls) files at compilation time. (If it ends in /// it'll search subfolders.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm afraid I have no clue why these wouldn't show up in Mac's finder. I don't use a mac.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T19:23:02.870" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="10874" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10870" CreationDate="2011-02-11T19:30:13.517" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{xstring}&#xA;\usepackage{fp}&#xA;\newcount\acc&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\def\gallons#1{\IfDecimal{#1}%&#xA;  {\StrLen{#1}[\templen]%&#xA;   \StrPosition{#1}{.}[\temppos]%&#xA;   \ifnum\temppos=0%&#xA;     \def\theacc{0}%&#xA;   \else&#xA;     \acc=\numexpr\templen-\temppos&#xA;     \edef\theacc{\the\acc}%&#xA;   \fi&#xA;   \FPupn\result{3.785 #1 * \theacc{} round}%&#xA;   \result&#xA;  }%&#xA;  {NaN} litres}&#xA;&#xA;\gallons{?}      % NaN litres&#xA;&#xA;\gallons{150}    % 568 litres&#xA;&#xA;\gallons{150.0}  % 567.8 litres&#xA;&#xA;\gallons{150.00} % 567.75 litres&#xA;&#xA;\gallons{150.000}% 567.750 litres&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T19:30:13.517" />
  <row Id="10875" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10868" CreationDate="2011-02-11T19:33:24.310" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The packages are most likely at &lt;code&gt;/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/&amp;lt;package&amp;gt;/&amp;lt;package&amp;gt;.sty&lt;/code&gt;, e.g. &lt;code&gt;xcolor&lt;/code&gt; would be at &lt;code&gt;/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/xcolor/xcolor.sty&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;You can access this files and directories with the file explorer/shell/whatever the Mac has. I never used one, so I don't know about this. You can ask that part in an Mac forum.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;With TeXLive I always use &lt;code&gt;texhash&lt;/code&gt; (as admin) or &lt;code&gt;texhash /path/to/your/user/texmf/tree&lt;/code&gt; to update either the global or my user &lt;code&gt;texmf&lt;/code&gt; tree (=the place where the LaTeX files are). This is the equivalent of MikTeX's &lt;em&gt;Refresh DNB&lt;/em&gt;. Maybe it works for MacTeX as well. (&lt;code&gt;texhash&lt;/code&gt; seems to be only an alias for another application, but it works for me). &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T19:33:24.310" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10876" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10867" CreationDate="2011-02-11T19:34:24.980" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;csquotes&lt;/code&gt; package has been mentioned several times, so I decided to make a small example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{lmodern}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[ngerman]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{csquotes}&#xA;&#xA;\SetBlockEnvironment{quotation}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{displayquote}&#xA;  \enquote{%&#xA;    OpenGL (Open Graphics Library) ist eine Spezifikation für eine plattform- und&#xA;    programmiersprachenunabhängige Programmierschnittstelle zur Entwicklung von&#xA;    2D- und 3D-Computergrafik.%&#xA;  }%&#xA;\end{displayquote}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that display quotes are usually set without quotation marks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T19:34:24.980" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="10877" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8076" CreationDate="2011-02-11T19:47:21.340" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;EDIT2: the previous code was broken when given conditional text as an input. I think this should be better. Also, the explanations were confusing. Now, for all the &lt;em&gt;explanations&lt;/em&gt; below I &lt;code&gt;\let\ea\expandafter&lt;/code&gt;. But not in the code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;TOC&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;strong&gt;Explanations&lt;/strong&gt; (&quot;Two user commands&quot;, &quot;How it works&quot;). &lt;strong&gt;Code&lt;/strong&gt; (&quot;Implementation&quot;, &quot;Tests&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Explanations&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Two user commands&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;For n&gt;0, &lt;code&gt;\MultiExpand{n}\macro&lt;/code&gt; gives the n-th expansion of &lt;code&gt;\macro&lt;/code&gt; after two steps of expansion.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;For n&gt;0, &lt;code&gt;\MultiExpandAfter{10}\macroA\MultiExpandAfter{4}\macroB\macroC&lt;/code&gt; expands &lt;code&gt;\macroC&lt;/code&gt; 4 times before expanding &lt;code&gt;\macroB&lt;/code&gt; 8=10-2 times, and finally &lt;code&gt;\macroA&lt;/code&gt;. It also requires two steps. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first expansion of &lt;code&gt;\MultiExpand&lt;/code&gt; yields a very useful sequence of tokens: expanding &lt;code&gt;\unless\ifcsname\multiexpand\fi{n}&lt;/code&gt; &lt;em&gt;once&lt;/em&gt; expands the following token &lt;code&gt;n&lt;/code&gt; times. The same exists for expanding after. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;These are especially useful when we want to expand several times a very specific token which is buried behind many others. Example: after &lt;code&gt;\def\macroA{\macroY\macroZ}&lt;/code&gt;, the code &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\MultiExpand{5}\expandafter\macroA\expandafter\macroB%&#xA;\unless\ifcsname\multiexpandafter\fi{4}\macroC\macroD&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will expand &lt;code&gt;\macroD&lt;/code&gt; 4 times, then will expand &lt;code&gt;\macroA&lt;/code&gt; 4=5-1 additional times. Also, these tokens can be used to force expansion of an expandable macro, more or less like TH. was asking for: just prepend it the macro with the relevant few tokens.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Note&lt;/em&gt;: if you really need &lt;code&gt;\MultiExpand{0}&lt;/code&gt;, just do &lt;code&gt;\empty\empty&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;How it works&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\unless\ifcsname&lt;/code&gt; expands tokens fully until it reaches &lt;code&gt;\endcsname&lt;/code&gt;. If the control sequence thus built exists, then it jumps to the matching &lt;code&gt;\fi&lt;/code&gt; and eats it. All this happens in one step: try &lt;code&gt;\ea\def\ea\foo\ea{\unless\ifcsname let\endcsname \fi}&lt;/code&gt;. Since &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt; exists, &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt; becomes empty. Try removing &lt;code&gt;\unless&lt;/code&gt;. Then the conditional becomes true, and the &lt;code&gt;\fi&lt;/code&gt; remains: the full expansion would require two steps. We will always arrange for this conditional to be false, to get rid of the &lt;code&gt;\fi&lt;/code&gt;. Since it is much easier to ensure that a command exists than not, we use &lt;code&gt;\unless\ifcsname ifcsname\endcsname\fi&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, as I said before, &lt;code&gt;\ifcsname&lt;/code&gt; expands tokens. The trick is to put the various tokens that we want to expand between the &lt;code&gt;\ifcsname&lt;/code&gt; and the matching &lt;code&gt;\endcsname&lt;/code&gt;. The simplest example is &lt;code&gt;\unless\ifcsname\endifcsname:&lt;/code&gt;. In one step, it expands to the empty token list, and additionally expands its argument once. If you think about it, (almost) everything is just as if these three tokens were not there. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is in fact how the construction ends. Let us quickly look at the definition of &lt;code&gt;\multiexpand:n&lt;/code&gt;, whose argument &lt;code&gt;k&lt;/code&gt; is the number of expansion left to do. If &lt;code&gt;k=1&lt;/code&gt;, we end the &lt;code&gt;\ifcsname&lt;/code&gt; as described in the paragraph above, throwing away two last lines in braces (I hide this fact at the end of the macro name &lt;code&gt;\endifcsname:n&lt;/code&gt;). Otherwise, we keep the two lines in braces: they do one step of expansion (&lt;code&gt;\numexpr#1-1\expandafter&lt;/code&gt;), and leave &lt;code&gt;\multiexpand:n{k-1}&lt;/code&gt; on the stream. It will be expanded, since we are still inside the construction of the cs name for &lt;code&gt;\ifcsname&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;The code&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Implementation&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% I follow the LaTeX3 convention of finishing each macro name by its&#xA;% argument specification, e.g. &quot;:nnnN&quot; for three braced arguments and&#xA;% one single token. For this, I need &quot;_&quot; and &quot;:&quot; to be letters.&#xA;\catcode`\:=11\relax%&#xA;\catcode`\_=11\relax%&#xA;\def\use:n#1{#1}%&#xA;\def\endifcsname:{ifcsname\expandafter\endcsname\expandafter\fi}%&#xA;\def\endifcsname:n#1{\endifcsname:}%&#xA;\def\endifcsnameafter:n#1{\endifcsname:\expandafter}%&#xA;%&#xA;% The user commands are \MultiExpand and \MultiExpandAfter.&#xA;\def\MultiExpand{\unless\ifcsname\multiexpand\fi}%&#xA;\def\multiexpand\fi{\multiexpand:n}%&#xA;\def\multiexpand:n#1{%&#xA;  \ifnum#1&amp;lt;2 \expandafter \endifcsname:n%&#xA;  \else      \expandafter \use:n%&#xA;  \fi%&#xA;  {\expandafter \multiexpand:n \expandafter {%&#xA;      \number\numexpr#1-1\expandafter}}%&#xA;}% &#xA;% Almost identical definitions for expanding after...&#xA;\def\MultiExpandAfter{\unless\ifcsname\multiexpandafter\fi}%&#xA;\def\multiexpandafter\fi{\multiexpandafter:n}%&#xA;\def\multiexpandafter:n#1{%&#xA;  \ifnum#1&amp;lt;2 \expandafter\endifcsnameafter:n%&#xA;  \else      \expandafter \use:n%&#xA;  \fi%&#xA;  {\expandafter \multiexpandafter:n \expandafter {%&#xA;      \number\numexpr#1-1\expandafter}\expandafter}%&#xA;}%&#xA;\catcode`\_=8\relax%&#xA;\catcode`\:=12\relax%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Tests&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is no limit on the number of expansions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% ======= Tests =====&#xA;\long\gdef\expandonce#1{% redefines #1 as #1 expanded once.&#xA;  \long\edef#1{\unexpanded\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{#1}}}&#xA;&#xA;% Commands that expand to each other, to count how many times things &#xA;% were expanded.&#xA;\def\0{\1}    \def\1{\2}    \def\2{\3}    \def\3{\4}    \def\4{\5}&#xA;\def\5{\6}    \def\6{\7}    \def\7{\8}    \def\8{\9}    \def\9{\0x}&#xA;&#xA;% Test \MultiExpand, after two expansions, &#xA;% we get the 2011th expansion of \0.&#xA;\def\:{\MultiExpand{2011}\0}    \show\:&#xA;\expandonce\:                \show\:&#xA;\expandonce\:                \show\:&#xA;&#xA;% Test \MultiExpandAfter, two expansions to get the specified expansion.&#xA;% The results also show that the expansion happens in the expected order.&#xA;\def\:{%&#xA;  \MultiExpandAfter{27}\0% note that we get \5xx (25=27-2).&#xA;  \MultiExpandAfter{14}\0% note that we get \2x (12=14-2).&#xA;  \MultiExpandAfter{38}\0\0}% note that we get \8xxx... no &quot;-2&quot;.&#xA;\show\: &#xA;\expandonce\:                  \show\:&#xA;\expandonce\:                  \show\:&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For comparison, the &quot;Hello World!&quot; example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\a#1.{#1}&#xA;\def\b#1:{#1.}&#xA;\def\c#1,{#1:}&#xA;\def\d{Hello world!,}&#xA;\MultiExpandAfter3\a&#xA;\MultiExpandAfter3\b&#xA;\MultiExpandAfter1\c&#xA;\d&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;now uses 32 &lt;code&gt;\expandafters&lt;/code&gt;, slightly better than Hendrik's solution (however, we should count the overhead with all the &lt;code&gt;\csname&lt;/code&gt; and friends). The other example on which Hendrik was optimizing, namely, expanding seven tokens once each in the reverse order, takes 74 &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\a{a}    \def\b{b}    \def\c{c}    \def\d{d}&#xA;\def\e{e}    \def\f{f}    \def\g{g}&#xA;&#xA;\begingroup\tracingall&#xA;\MultiExpandAfter3\a    \MultiExpandAfter3\b&#xA;\MultiExpandAfter3\c    \MultiExpandAfter3\d&#xA;\MultiExpandAfter3\e    \MultiExpandAfter1\f\g&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some experimentation tells me that the number of &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt; is roughly 5 times the sum of the arguments of the various &lt;code&gt;\MultiExpandAfter&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastEditorUserId="2707" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-13T18:43:08.007" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T18:43:08.007" CommentCount="13" />
  <row Id="10878" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10868" CreationDate="2011-02-11T19:56:48.360" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To answer the specific part about seeing the files in Finder, you can get to &lt;code&gt;~/Library/texmf&lt;/code&gt; easily enough. For the installation itself there are a few routes: I'll pick one. Open a Finder window and go to 'Machintosh HD' (on the left-hand sidebar) then &lt;code&gt;Library/TeX&lt;/code&gt;. There is a link there to &lt;code&gt;Root&lt;/code&gt;, which will go to your installation without needing to worry about where is actually is. Secondly, you can&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T19:56:48.360" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="10879" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10841" CreationDate="2011-02-11T20:21:20.060" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;IMHO, no. It is a waste of time, unless you really need to do TeX hacking. You cannot really understand the book in the first read, nor in the second, or third. And, I am not sure there is broad computer science added value to the book. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3391" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T20:21:20.060" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-02-11T20:21:20.060" CommentCount="12" />
  <row Id="10880" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10903" CreationDate="2011-02-11T20:26:38.553" Score="3" ViewCount="202" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Background&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A number of source files are included within floating algorithm boxes. The source files are PNG images with a transparent background. The document is edited using LyX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Problem&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The source code listings (algorithms) are applied to the document as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% Change the background colour of algorithm boxes.&#xA;\let\oldalgorithm\algorithm&#xA;\let\endoldalgorithm\endalgorithm&#xA;\renewenvironment{algorithm}[1][htbp]{&#xA;  \let\graphicsformat\justifiedandcolored&#xA;  \oldalgorithm[#1]&#xA;}%&#xA;  {\endoldalgorithm}&#xA;&#xA;% Change the background colour of the algorithm floats.&#xA;\def\justifiedandcolored#1{%&#xA;  \setlength\fboxrule{0pt}%&#xA;  \setlength\fboxsep{0pt}%&#xA;  \kern-1.35pt&#xA;  \colorbox{sourcecolour}{%&#xA;    \hbox to\linewidth{#1}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \par&#xA;  \kern-1.5pt&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like to change the &lt;code&gt;colorbox&lt;/code&gt; to a gradient (rather than a solid colour), using the &lt;code&gt;pst-grad&lt;/code&gt; package or perhaps the &lt;code&gt;tikz&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All the examples I could find for &lt;code&gt;pst-grad&lt;/code&gt; show how to apply a gradient to a box with known dimensions. In this situation, the width and height are unknown. The dimensions depend on:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The resolution of the image.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The scaling of the image (large images are scaled down to the page margins).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Example&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is a small source document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% Preview source code&#xA;&#xA;%% LyX 1.6.7 created this file.  For more info, see http://www.lyx.org/.&#xA;%% Do not edit unless you really know what you are doing.&#xA;\documentclass[letterpaper,oneside,english,twoside,pointlessnumbers,obeyspaces,plainpages=false,pdfpagelabels ]{scrbook}&#xA;\usepackage{lmodern}&#xA;\usepackage{helvet}&#xA;\usepackage{courier}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\setcounter{secnumdepth}{3}&#xA;\setcounter{tocdepth}{3}&#xA;\usepackage{babel}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{pifont}&#xA;\usepackage{float}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}&#xA;\usepackage[unicode=true, pdfusetitle,&#xA; bookmarks=true,bookmarksnumbered=false,bookmarksopen=false,&#xA; breaklinks=false,pdfborder={0 0 1},backref=false,colorlinks=false]&#xA; {hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;&#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% LyX specific LaTeX commands.&#xA;\special{papersize=\the\paperwidth,\the\paperheight}&#xA;&#xA;%% A simple dot to overcome graphicx limitations&#xA;\newcommand{\lyxdot}{.}&#xA;&#xA;\floatstyle{ruled}&#xA;\newfloat{algorithm}{tbp}{loa}[chapter]&#xA;\floatname{algorithm}{Algorithm}&#xA;&#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% User specified LaTeX commands.&#xA;\input{example-preamble.tex}&#xA;&#xA;\AtBeginDocument{&#xA;  \def\labelitemi{\ding{233}}&#xA;  \def\labelitemii{\ding{219}}&#xA;  \def\labelitemiii{\normalfont\bfseries{--}}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\input{chapter.tex}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{Chapter}&#xA;&#xA;%&#xA;\begin{algorithm}[H]&#xA;\includegraphics{source/sql/beautify-after\lyxdot sql}&#xA;&#xA;\caption{\label{alg:After-Beautification}After Beautification}&#xA;&#xA;\end{algorithm}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is the example-preamble.tex:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{algorithm}&#xA;\usepackage{caption}&#xA;\usepackage{float}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{mathptmx}&#xA;\usepackage[automark,nouppercase]{scrpage2}&#xA;\usepackage[dvipsnames,svgnames,x11names,table]{xcolor}&#xA;&#xA;% Use a hyphen for captions, and make links give a bit of space.&#xA;\captionsetup{hypcapspace=0.5\baselineskip}&#xA;\captionsetup{labelfont=bf,labelsep=endash}&#xA;\captionsetup[ruled]{labelfont=bf,labelsep=endash}&#xA;&#xA;% Change algorithm to &quot;Listing&quot;.&#xA;\floatname{algorithm}{Listing}&#xA;\newcommand{\algorithmname}{Listing}&#xA;&#xA;% Colour definitions.&#xA;\input{colours.tex}&#xA;&#xA;% Determine if the image is too wide for the page.&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\ScaleIfNeeded{%&#xA;  \ifdim\Gin@nat@width&amp;gt;\linewidth&#xA;    \linewidth&#xA;  \else&#xA;    \Gin@nat@width&#xA;  \fi&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;% Resize figures that are too wide for the page.&#xA;\let\oldincludegraphics\includegraphics&#xA;\renewcommand\includegraphics[2][]{%&#xA;  \graphicsformat{%&#xA;    \oldincludegraphics[width=\ScaleIfNeeded]{#2}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% Centre graphics within non-Algorithm floats.&#xA;\let\graphicsformat\centering&#xA;&#xA;% Change the background colour of algorithm boxes.&#xA;\let\oldalgorithm\algorithm&#xA;\let\endoldalgorithm\endalgorithm&#xA;\renewenvironment{algorithm}[1][htbp]{&#xA;  \let\graphicsformat\justifiedandcolored&#xA;  \oldalgorithm[#1]&#xA;}%&#xA;  {\endoldalgorithm}&#xA;&#xA;% Change the background colour of the algorithm floats.&#xA;\def\justifiedandcolored#1{%&#xA;  \setlength\fboxrule{0pt}%&#xA;  \setlength\fboxsep{0pt}%&#xA;  \kern-1.35pt&#xA;  \colorbox{sourcecolour}{%&#xA;    \hbox to\linewidth{#1}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \par&#xA;  \kern-1.5pt&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% Required by LyX...&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example image:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/IjnCF.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/IjnCF.png&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/mmXqM.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Example PDF&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Question&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is the best way to replace &lt;code&gt;colorbox&lt;/code&gt; with a gradient?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Ideas&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One idea I had was to use ImageMagick on the image and add a gradient that way. If I decide to change the gradient colours, I'd have to regenerate dozens of source files. This solution would work, but is not ideal.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2148" LastEditorUserId="2148" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-12T12:39:58.367" LastActivityDate="2011-02-12T13:01:50.030" Title="Apply gradient (shading) background to algorithm listing" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;lyx&gt;&lt;colorbox&gt;&lt;gradient&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="10881" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10841" CreationDate="2011-02-11T20:49:50.677" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, you should definitely read it.  I also have a background in Computer Science, and I first read The TeX Book ~5 years after I learned LaTeX; I seriously regret not having read it sooner.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The argument for a LaTeX user to learn TeX is similar to the argument for a C coder to learn assembly: You can program just fine in C without understanding assembly, but it's often useful to know what is going on behind the scenes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for first reading alternative texts, I think there is something to be said about reading the manual written by the guy who created TeX in the first place.  Isn't that why most C++ programmers first read Stroustrup's book?  I also find Knuth's writing style to be very entertaining.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="737" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T20:49:50.677" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-02-11T20:49:50.677" />
  <row Id="10882" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10871" CreationDate="2011-02-11T21:42:24.480" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't know why, but the &lt;code&gt;\pause&lt;/code&gt; command seems to be causing troubles. If you replace&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{pgfonlayer}{background}&#xA;    \pause&#xA;    \foreach \source / \dest in {d/a,d/f,a/b,b/e,e/c,e/g}&#xA;        \path&amp;lt;+-&amp;gt;[selected edge] (\source.center) -- (\dest.center);&#xA;    \foreach \source / \dest / \fr in {d/b/4,d/e/5,e/f/5,b/c/6,f/g/7}&#xA;        \path&amp;lt;\fr-&amp;gt;[ignored edge] (\source.center) -- (\dest.center);&#xA;\end{pgfonlayer}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;by&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{pgfonlayer}{background}&#xA;    \foreach \source / \dest / \fr in {d/a/2,d/f/3,a/b/4,b/e/5,e/c/6,e/g/7}&#xA;        \path&amp;lt;\fr-&amp;gt;[selected edge] (\source.center) -- (\dest.center);&#xA;    \foreach \source / \dest / \fr in {d/b/4,d/e/5,e/f/5,b/c/6,f/g/7}&#xA;        \path&amp;lt;\fr-&amp;gt;[ignored edge] (\source.center) -- (\dest.center);&#xA;\end{pgfonlayer}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;it works.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T21:42:24.480" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10883" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10885" CreationDate="2011-02-11T21:44:44.263" Score="3" ViewCount="77" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a LaTeX question that is bugging me. I have been trying to get a list environment to appear correctly inside the tabular environment. So far I have gotten everything to my liking except one thing: the top of the list does not align with other entries in the table, in fact it looks like it adds one line above the list... I would like to have these lists at the top. This is what I have, a custom list environment:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  \newenvironment{flushemize}{&#xA;    \begin{list}{$\bullet$}&#xA;    {\setlength{\itemsep}{1pt}&#xA;      \setlength{\parskip}{0pt}&#xA;      \setlength{\parsep}{0pt}&#xA;      \setlength{\partopsep}{0pt}&#xA;      \setlength{\topsep}{0pt}&#xA;      \setlength{\leftmargin}{12pt}}}{\end{list}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Renamed ragged right:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\rr}{\raggedright}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and here is my table:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{table}[H]\caption{Tank comparisons}\label{tab:tanks}&#xA;    \centering&#xA;    \rowcolors{2}{white}{tableShade}&#xA;&#xA;    \begin{tabular}{p{1in}p{1.5in}p{1.5in}rr}&#xA;&#xA;    \toprule&#xA;&#xA;    {\bf Material} &amp;amp; {\bf Pros} &amp;amp; {\bf Cons} &amp;amp; {\bf Size} &amp;amp; {\bf Cost} \\&#xA;&#xA;    \midrule&#xA;&#xA;    \rr Reinforced concrete &amp;amp;\rr  \begin{flushemize}\item Strong \item Secure \end{flushemize}&amp;amp;\rr  \begin{flushemize}\item Prone to leaks \item Relatively expensive to install \item Heavy \end{flushemize} &amp;amp; 100,000 gal &amp;amp; \$299,400  \\&#xA;&#xA;    \rr Steel &amp;amp; \begin{flushemize}\item Strong \item Secure \end{flushemize} &amp;amp; \begin{flushemize}\item Relatively expensive to install \item Heavy \item Require painting to prevent rusting \end{flushemize} &amp;amp; 100,000 gal &amp;amp; \$130,100  \\&#xA;&#xA;    \rr Polypropylene &amp;amp; \begin{flushemize}\item Easy to install \item Mobile \item Inexpensive \item Prefabricated \end{flushemize} &amp;amp; \begin{flushemize}\item Relatively insecure \item Max size available 10,000 gal \end{flushemize} &amp;amp; 10,000 gal &amp;amp; \$5,000  \\&#xA;&#xA;    \rr Wood &amp;amp; \begin{flushemize}\item Easy to install \item Mobile \item Cheap to install \end{flushemize} &amp;amp; \begin{flushemize}\item Prone to rot \item Must remain full once constructed \end{flushemize} &amp;amp; 100,000 gal &amp;amp;  \$86,300\\&#xA;&#xA;    \bottomrule&#xA;&#xA;    \end{tabular}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you for any advice :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3521" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-11T21:52:16.220" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T22:13:23.720" Title="List environment inside the tabular environment: extra line at top preventing alignment" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;lists&gt;&lt;layout&gt;&lt;formatting&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10884" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10849" CreationDate="2011-02-11T21:47:04.140" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can do it with &lt;code&gt;minted&lt;/code&gt; if you are willing to patch it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{ifplatform}&#xA;\ifwindows\else&#xA;\newcommand*{\TestAppExists}[1]{% there is no `which -s` on Linux&#xA;  \immediate\write18{which -- '#1' &amp;gt; /dev/null &amp;amp;&amp;amp; touch -- '\jobname.aex'}%&#xA;  \IfFileExists{\jobname.aex}{%&#xA;    \AppExiststrue&#xA;    \DeleteFile{\jobname.aex}%&#xA;  }{%&#xA;    \AppExistsfalse&#xA;  }&#xA;}&#xA;\fi&#xA;\usepackage{minted}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;% avoid space tokens since we're in horizontal mode&#xA;\renewcommand\mint[3][]{%&#xA;  \DefineShortVerb{#3}%&#xA;  \minted@resetoptions&#xA;  \setkeys{minted@opt}{#1}%&#xA;  \SaveVerb[aftersave={%&#xA;    \UndefineShortVerb{#3}%&#xA;    \minted@savecode{\FV@SV@minted@verb}%&#xA;    \minted@pygmentize{#2}%&#xA;    \DeleteFile{\jobname.pyg}}]{minted@verb}#3}&#xA;\renewcommand\minted@savecode[1]{%&#xA;  \immediate\openout\minted@code\jobname.pyg\relax&#xA;  \immediate\write\minted@code{#1}%&#xA;  \immediate\closeout\minted@code}&#xA;\renewcommand\minted@pygmentize[2][\jobname.pyg]{%&#xA;  \def\minted@cmd{pygmentize -l #2 -f latex -F tokenmerge&#xA;    \minted@opt{gobble} \minted@opt{texcl} \minted@opt{mathescape}&#xA;    \minted@opt{linenos} -P &quot;verboptions=\minted@opt{extra}&quot;&#xA;    -o \jobname.out.pyg #1}%&#xA;  \immediate\write18{\minted@cmd}%&#xA;  \ifthenelse{\equal{\minted@opt@bgcolor}{}}%&#xA;   {}%&#xA;   {\begin{minted@colorbg}{\minted@opt@bgcolor}}%&#xA;  \input{\jobname.out.pyg}%&#xA;  \ifthenelse{\equal{\minted@opt@bgcolor}{}}%&#xA;   {}%&#xA;   {\end{minted@colorbg}}%&#xA;  \DeleteFile{\jobname.out.pyg}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\RecustomVerbatimEnvironment{Verbatim}{BVerbatim}{}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;This is some inline code \mint{c++}|for i=1;i&amp;lt;20;i++| and more \ldots&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastEditorUserId="345" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-11T22:04:05.627" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T22:04:05.627" />
  <row Id="10885" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10883" CreationDate="2011-02-11T22:13:23.720" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here the working code. Please also read the links Stefan Kottwitz posted above.&#xA;I also changed a couple of other things. Please do not write &lt;code&gt;{\bf ...}&lt;/code&gt; but &lt;code&gt;\textbf{...}&lt;/code&gt;.&#xA;Note the new columns types. Read the manual for &lt;code&gt;array&lt;/code&gt; to learn about them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{booktabs}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;% Define your own types for special columns:&#xA;\newcolumntype{P}[1]{&amp;gt;{\raggedright\arraybackslash}p{#1}}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcolumntype{F}[1]{&amp;gt;{\raggedright\arraybackslash\@minipagetrue\flushemize}p{#1}&amp;lt;{\endflushemize}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{flushemize}{%&#xA;    % You should put this outside the `list`. The new environment will make them local anyway:&#xA;    \setlength{\itemsep}{1pt}%&#xA;    \setlength{\parskip}{0pt}%&#xA;    \setlength{\parsep}{0pt}%&#xA;    \setlength{\partopsep}{0pt}%&#xA;    \setlength{\topsep}{0pt}%&#xA;    \setlength{\leftmargin}{12pt}%&#xA;    % Use \list ... \endlist instead of \begin{list} ... \end{list} inside another environment&#xA;    \list{$\bullet$}\unskip}&#xA;    {\endlist}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{table}[H]% Please don't use 'H' or 'h'.&#xA;    \centering&#xA;    \setlength{\belowcaptionskip}{\abovecaptionskip}% Correct skip for caption on top&#xA;    \caption{Tank comparisons}&#xA;    \label{tab:tanks}% Yes! The \label comes after \caption, not before&#xA;    %\rowcolors{2}{white}{tableShade}% Always include all packages in your example&#xA;&#xA;    \makebox[\textwidth][c]{% Centers an overwide tabular&#xA;    \begin{tabular}{P{1in}F{1.5in}F{1.5in}rr}&#xA;    \toprule&#xA;    \textbf{Material} &amp;amp; \multicolumn{1}{p{1.5in}}{\textbf{Pros}} &amp;amp; \multicolumn{1}{p{1.5in}}{\textbf{Cons}} &amp;amp; \textbf{Size} &amp;amp; \textbf{Cost} \\&#xA;    \midrule&#xA;    Reinforced concrete &amp;amp; \item Strong \item Secure &amp;amp; \item Prone to leaks \item Relatively expensive to install \item Heavy  &amp;amp; 100,000 gal &amp;amp; \$299,400  \\&#xA;&#xA;    Steel &amp;amp; \item Strong \item Secure  &amp;amp; \item Relatively expensive to install \item Heavy \item Require painting to prevent rusting  &amp;amp; 100,000 gal &amp;amp; \$130,100  \\&#xA;&#xA;    Polypropylene &amp;amp; \item Easy to install \item Mobile \item Inexpensive \item Prefabricated  &amp;amp; \item Relatively insecure \item Max size available 10,000 gal  &amp;amp; 10,000 gal &amp;amp; \$5,000  \\&#xA;&#xA;    Wood &amp;amp; \item Easy to install \item Mobile \item Cheap to install  &amp;amp; \item Prone to rot \item Must remain full once constructed  &amp;amp; 100,000 gal &amp;amp;  \$86,300\\&#xA;    \bottomrule&#xA;    \end{tabular}%&#xA;    }&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T22:13:23.720" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="10886" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10892" CreationDate="2011-02-11T22:18:43.823" Score="5" ViewCount="120" Body="&lt;p&gt;Simple question:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can’t seem to control the z-order (i.e. which comes in front, which comes in the back) of the plots in a 2D axis.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;MWE:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplots}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \begin{axis}&#xA;    \addplot+[only marks] table {&#xA;      0 2&#xA;      1 1&#xA;      2 2&#xA;    };&#xA;    \addplot+[mark=none, line width=2pt] table {&#xA;      0 2&#xA;      1 1&#xA;      2 2&#xA;    };&#xA;  \end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Obligatory screenshot:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/6ST1Z.png&quot; alt=&quot;screenshot&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem here is that the first plot, &lt;code&gt;only marks&lt;/code&gt; &lt;em&gt;always&lt;/em&gt; comes in front of the other plot. If I reverse the order of the respective &lt;code&gt;\addplot&lt;/code&gt; commands then the colours and marks are switched but &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; the order of the plots. That is, the &lt;code&gt;only marks&lt;/code&gt; are still in front of the line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I change this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Yes, I need two separate plots here since the line will actually be a regression curve that uses different data but there is a huge overlap and the curve is barely visible below the point cloud).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2011-02-12T00:37:28.653" Title="Z-Order of plots pgfplots" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;pgfplots&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10887" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10888" CreationDate="2011-02-11T22:33:05.547" Score="4" ViewCount="155" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the best way to place the source of images in my document? I have some images and they are shown in the &lt;code&gt;\listoffigures&lt;/code&gt; like expected, but how can/should I point out where they come from? Should I just add the source to the bibliography and just use the &lt;code&gt;\cite{...}&lt;/code&gt; in the &lt;code&gt;\caption&lt;/code&gt; of my figure?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3168" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-23T09:31:26.100" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T09:31:26.100" Title="List of figures with sources" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;citing&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10888" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10887" CreationDate="2011-02-11T22:47:44.080" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In academic publications it is common to cite the source of the figure in the caption, mostly at the end of it. You need to put it in the bibliography anyway as soon you use it for &#xA;your work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T22:47:44.080" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10889" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10787" CreationDate="2011-02-11T23:24:40.067" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's not an answer to your question, really, as much as a clever evasion, but &lt;em&gt;The Joy of TeX&lt;/em&gt; deals with it by inventing new epicene pronouns, which I at least think counts as stylish (if perhaps not to be too eagerly imitated).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thus E, Em, and Eir instead of he/she, him/her, and other abominations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Just so I'm not being completely irrelevant, an alternative technique to the fine existing answers:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{xspace}&#xA;\def\heshei{he\xspace&#xA;  \global\let\heshe\hesheii&#xA;}&#xA;\def\hesheii{she\xspace&#xA;  \global\let\heshe\heshei&#xA;}&#xA;\let\heshe\hesheii % ladies first&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Orlando: first \heshe is a woman, then \heshe is a man, and then \heshe is back&#xA;again.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nothing wrong with 'they' as a suitable pronoun.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="96" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T23:24:40.067" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10890" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10846" CreationDate="2011-02-11T23:57:17.797" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As another option, I just threw together a solution for TextMate. It isn't terribly complicated, but some trickery is required to use the existing LaTeX language grammar for both the implementation and the documentation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It has a few issues.  Most notably, many &lt;code&gt;.dtx&lt;/code&gt; files do funny things with the catcode of &lt;code&gt;$&lt;/code&gt;, and as such, TextMate will furiously try to match all &lt;code&gt;$&lt;/code&gt;s, even when there isn't a matching pair.  Since some &lt;code&gt;.dtx&lt;/code&gt; files can exceed 30k lines, this can lock up the parser for quite some time (in addition to parsing everything wrong after the &lt;code&gt;$&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I &lt;a href=&quot;https://github.com/mbauman/latex.tmbundle&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;forked directly from the official &lt;code&gt;latex.tmbundle&lt;/code&gt; on GitHub&lt;/a&gt;, but it could easily be integrated into the other branches.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's the language as a plain-text format plist:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{   scopeName = 'text.tex.latex.dtx';&#xA;    firstLineMatch = '^%\s*\\iffalse\s+(?:meta-)?comment';&#xA;    fileTypes = ( '.dtx' );&#xA;    patterns = (&#xA;        {   name = 'text.tex.latex.dtx.implementation';&#xA;            begin = '(?:^(%)    (\\begin){macrocode}|^(%)\s*(\\iffalse\b)(.*)$\n)';&#xA;            end = '(?:^(%)    (\\end){macrocode}|^(%)\s*(\\fi)\b)';&#xA;            beginCaptures = {&#xA;                1 = { name = 'comment.block.tex.latex.dtx'; };&#xA;                2 = { name = 'keyword.control.tex'; };&#xA;                3 = { name = 'comment.block.tex.latex.dtx'; };&#xA;                4 = { name = 'keyword.control.tex'; };&#xA;                5 = { name = 'comment.block.tex.latex.dtx'; };&#xA;            };&#xA;            endCaptures = {&#xA;                1 = { name = 'comment.block.tex.latex.dtx'; };&#xA;                2 = { name = 'keyword.control.tex'; };&#xA;                3 = { name = 'comment.block.tex.latex.dtx'; };&#xA;                4 = { name = 'keyword.control.tex'; };&#xA;            };&#xA;            patterns = (&#xA;                {   match = '^(%)(&amp;lt;[\*/]?(?:[A-Za-z0-9!\|]+|.)&amp;gt;)';&#xA;                    captures = {&#xA;                        1 = { name = 'comment.block.tex.latex.dtx'; };&#xA;                        2 = { name = 'entity.name.selection.tex.latex.dtx'; };&#xA;                    };&#xA;                },&#xA;                {   include = 'text.tex.latex'; },&#xA;            );&#xA;        },&#xA;        {   name = 'comment.block.tex.latex.dtx';&#xA;            match = '^%';&#xA;        },&#xA;        {   name = 'text.tex.latex.dtx.documentation';&#xA;            begin = '(\\CharacterTable)\b';&#xA;            end = '(?&amp;lt;!\\)}';&#xA;            beginCaptures = { 1 = { name = 'keyword.control.tex'; }; };&#xA;            patterns = (&#xA;                {   name = 'comment.block.tex.latex.dtx';&#xA;                    match = '^%';&#xA;                },&#xA;                {   name = 'markup.raw.charactertable';&#xA;                    match = '.';&#xA;                },&#xA;            );&#xA;        },&#xA;        {   include = 'text.tex.latex'; },&#xA;    );&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1312" LastActivityDate="2011-02-11T23:57:17.797" />
  <row Id="10892" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10886" CreationDate="2011-02-12T00:37:28.653" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It works if you set the option &lt;code&gt;clip marker paths&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{axis}[clip marker paths=true]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That might actually be an unintended side effect of the option.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2011-02-12T00:37:28.653" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10893" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10787" CreationDate="2011-02-12T03:23:14.510" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Following up on the discussion about how to get this to work in practice, here's a modification to Josef's solution which allows one to use anaphoric pronouns linked to the current state.  Pronominal anaphora is quite complicated, so even this solution would only work for a limited set of cases, but it would still be a bit of an improvement.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update:&lt;/strong&gt; I've implemented this solution as the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/he-she&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;he-she&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem arises in sentences like the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;If someone thinks \heshe is sick, he should go to the doctor.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(As Norman notes, it's perfectly colloquiual English to use 'they' for these sorts of pronouns, but since that's not up for debate here, we'll soldier on :-) )&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In sentence (1) we need the pronoun in the main clause to match in gender with the pronoun in the 'if'-clause.  If we use the &lt;code&gt;\heshe&lt;/code&gt; macro we won't know what the gender is, however, since it will change depending on how many times it has previously been used.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So we really need &lt;em&gt;two&lt;/em&gt; macros: one for the switch, and one for anaphoric reference to the current gender state.  I've implemented this simply by creating one extra macro within Josef's solution (of course the same idea works for Martin's as well.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;    \documentclass{article}&#xA;    \usepackage{xspace}&#xA;    \newif\ifhe\hetrue&#xA;    \newcommand*\heshe%&#xA;    {%&#xA;      \ifhe%&#xA;        he%&#xA;        \global\hefalse%&#xA;      \else%&#xA;        she%&#xA;        \global\hetrue%&#xA;      \fi%&#xA;    \xspace&#xA;    }%&#xA;    \newcommand*\he%&#xA;    {\ifhe%&#xA;        she&#xA;      \else%&#xA;        he%&#xA;      \fi&#xA;    \xspace&#xA;    }&#xA;    \begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;If someone thinks \heshe is sick \he should go to a doctor immediately.&#xA;When \he goes to the the doctor, \heshe can figure out the problem.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is a more linguistically useful version than restricting the scope of the change to a single sentence, since in the second sentence of the source example, there are two instances of a pronoun: the first is anaphoric to the previous sentence (and so should match in gender, but the second can be assigned a new gender.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Igxoq.png&quot; alt=&quot;Output of sample document:&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-15T13:47:09.403" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T13:47:09.403" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="10894" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-12T09:03:57.507" Score="6" ViewCount="364" Body="&lt;p&gt;Like the title says, is there anything about the system you're using that you would like to change? Some annoyance that should be fixed, some feature that could be improved or added?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2634" LastEditorUserId="2634" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-14T09:53:15.160" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T10:06:21.113" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-02-12T12:42:47.363" Title="What would you like to change about TeX/LaTeX/XeTeX/etc.?" Tags="&lt;soft-question&gt;&lt;tex-general&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10895" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10894" CreationDate="2011-02-12T09:23:43.730" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I hope that the author of XeTeX spends some time and fixes XeTeX bidirectional primitives bugs and also adds few new primitives as already suggested. Doing bidirectional macro programming with various bugs and shortages of XeTeX in terms of bi-directionality, has been a headache for me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2716" LastActivityDate="2011-02-12T09:23:43.730" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-02-12T12:42:47.363" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10896" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-12T09:48:09.320" Score="1" ViewCount="182" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dear all,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is it possible to define different &lt;code&gt;\headerheight&lt;/code&gt; for head and foot respectively? For example, there is a logo image in the header which needs a large &lt;code&gt;\headerheight&lt;/code&gt; and only text is in foot which needs a small &lt;code&gt;\headerheight&lt;/code&gt;. Or does it have two variables to control the heights of foot and head respectively?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3253" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-12T09:52:19.800" LastActivityDate="2011-02-12T13:36:53.890" Title="Define different heights for head and foot" Tags="&lt;fancyhdr&gt;&lt;page-style&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="10897" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-12T10:08:55.767" Score="4" ViewCount="262" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using beamer, I would like to change the color of the itemize bullet according to a passed argument, something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \begin{myitemize}&#xA;    \item[red] no&#xA;    \item[green] yes&#xA; \end{myitemize}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any way to achieve it? I have been googling but with no success... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3526" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-12T10:35:29.730" LastActivityDate="2011-02-12T13:49:52.807" Title="Custom itemize environment which takes color as argument" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;color&gt;&lt;itemize&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="10898" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10896" CreationDate="2011-02-12T10:21:23.220" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The height of the header is given by &lt;code&gt;\headheight&lt;/code&gt; (not &lt;code&gt;\headerheight&lt;/code&gt;). The distance between the baseline of the header and the top of the page text is then given by &lt;code&gt;\headersep&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The height of the footer is defined differently. The dimension &lt;code&gt;\footskip&lt;/code&gt; states in what distance the baseline of the footer is set to the bottom of the page text. Have a look at the manuals of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/fancyhdr&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/geometry&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;geometry&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, both show a nice drawing explaining all page related dimensions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you use &lt;code&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/code&gt; for your header and footer it tells you automatically which dimension is to small and to what value you have to set it. This can then be done using &lt;code&gt;geometry&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[head=30pt,foot=&amp;lt;..&amp;gt;]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;&#xA;\fancyhead{}&#xA;\fancyfoot{}&#xA;\fancyhead[c]{\Huge LOGO}&#xA;\fancyfoot[c]{Some normal text}&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;% Disable header and footer rules&#xA;\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0pt}&#xA;\renewcommand{\footrulewidth}{0pt}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA; Text ...&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Without the &lt;code&gt;head=&lt;/code&gt; setting &lt;code&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/code&gt; showed the following warning:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Package Fancyhdr Warning: \headheight is too small (12.0pt): &#xA; Make it at least 30.0pt.&#xA; We now make it that large for the rest of the document.&#xA; This may cause the page layout to be inconsistent, however.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-12T13:36:53.890" LastActivityDate="2011-02-12T13:36:53.890" CommentCount="10" />
  <row Id="10900" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10897" CreationDate="2011-02-12T11:06:30.470" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;that needs a redefinition of &lt;code&gt;\makelabel&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usetheme{Frankfurt}&#xA;\setbeamertemplate{itemize item}[triangle]&#xA;\newcommand\Item[1][blue]{%&#xA;  \gdef\makelabel##1{{%&#xA;    \hss\llap{{%&#xA;      \usebeamerfont*{itemize \beameritemnestingprefix item}%&#xA;      \color{#1}##1}}}}&#xA;    \item }&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}{foo}{bar}&#xA; \begin{itemize}[&amp;lt;+-&amp;gt;]&#xA;   \Item[red] red &#xA;   \Item[blue] blue&#xA; \end{itemize}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-12T13:09:49.050" LastActivityDate="2011-02-12T13:09:49.050" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="10901" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10896" CreationDate="2011-02-12T11:09:08.607" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;if you want to see your page layout with the given values, then print it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[twoside]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{layout}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\layout&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/a0LYQ.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-12T11:14:19.817" LastActivityDate="2011-02-12T11:14:19.817" />
  <row Id="10902" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10897" CreationDate="2011-02-12T11:17:00.153" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Similar to Herbert's solution. This does not use internal macros, but it does not works for overlays.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usetheme{Frankfurt}&#xA;\begingroup&#xA;\usebeamercolor{itemize item}&#xA;\xglobal\colorlet{itemizefg}{fg}&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;\newcommand*\citem[1][itemizefg]{%&#xA;  \setbeamercolor{item projected}{bg=#1}\item}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}{Foo}{bar}&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;\citem blue&#xA;\citem[red] red&#xA;\citem blue&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is a revised solution using overlay. I changed the requested syntax:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usetheme{Frankfurt}&#xA;&#xA;\colorlet{myitem}{red}&#xA;\newenvironment{icolorenv}{%&#xA;  \begin{altenv}%&#xA;    {\usebeamertemplate{alerted text begin}&#xA;     \setbeamercolor{alerted text}{fg=myitem}&#xA;     \usebeamercolor{alerted text}}&#xA;    {\usebeamertemplate{alerted text end}}&#xA;    {\color{.}}{}}&#xA;  {\end{altenv}}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\icolor}[2]{\seticolor{#1}%&#xA;  \begin{icolorenv}#2\end{icolorenv}}&#xA;\newcommand{\seticolor}[1]{\xglobal\colorlet{myitem}{#1}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}{Foo}{bar}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;\item blue\pause&#xA;\icolor{green}{\item green}\pause&#xA;\item blue\pause&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{itemize}[&amp;lt;+-&amp;gt;]&#xA;\item blue&#xA;\seticolor{orange}\item&amp;lt;+-|icolor@+-&amp;gt; orange&#xA;\item green&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-12T13:49:52.807" LastActivityDate="2011-02-12T13:49:52.807" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="10903" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10880" CreationDate="2011-02-12T12:28:39.210" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;code&gt;tikz&lt;/code&gt; with the &lt;code&gt;backgrounds&lt;/code&gt; library for this. You need to load &lt;code&gt;tikz&lt;/code&gt; and the &lt;code&gt;backgrounds&lt;/code&gt; library after the &lt;code&gt;xcolor&lt;/code&gt; package, so this would have to be placed in your &lt;code&gt;example-preamble.tex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{backgrounds}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In your &lt;code&gt;example-preamble.tex&lt;/code&gt;, change the definition of &lt;code&gt;\justifiedandcolored&lt;/code&gt; to this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\justifiedandcolored#1{%&#xA;  \setlength\fboxrule{0pt}%&#xA;  \setlength\fboxsep{0pt}%&#xA;  \tikz[background rectangle/.style={top color=red!20,bottom color=white},&#xA;  tight background,&#xA;  show background rectangle] &#xA;  \node [inner sep=0pt] (0,0) {#1};%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which will yield the following output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/gej7m.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastEditorUserId="2552" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-12T13:01:50.030" LastActivityDate="2011-02-12T13:01:50.030" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10904" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10887" CreationDate="2011-02-12T13:10:23.773" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To display the source of images less obtrusive than the proper caption, use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/floatrow.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;floatrow&lt;/a&gt; package and its &lt;code&gt;\floatfoot&lt;/code&gt; macro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{floatrow}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;\rule{1cm}{1cm}&#xA;\caption{A figure}&#xA;\floatfoot{Source: (Citation command)}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-02-12T13:10:23.773" />
  <row Id="10906" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10909" CreationDate="2011-02-12T14:30:50.010" Score="3" ViewCount="109" Body="&lt;p&gt;How is it possible to wrap text around a symbol? This is my code so far:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{report}&#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{fourier}&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\mybox}[2][\danger]{%&#xA;    \colorbox{lime}{\parbox{\textwidth}{%&#xA;        {\Huge#1}{#2}%&#xA;    }}%&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\mybox{\blindtext}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3531" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-12T14:52:50.017" LastActivityDate="2011-02-12T14:57:14.773" Title="Wrap text around symbol" Tags="&lt;wrap&gt;&lt;lettrine&gt;&lt;dropcap&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10907" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10906" CreationDate="2011-02-12T14:37:14.180" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/wrapfig&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;wrapfig&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package for this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; Environments &quot;wrapfigure&quot; and &quot;wraptable&quot; place a figure or table&#xA; at the side of the page and wrap text around it.&#xA;&#xA; \begin{wrapfigure}[12]{r}[34pt]{5cm} &amp;lt;figure&amp;gt; \end{wrapfigure}&#xA;                    --  -  ----  ---&#xA; [number of narrow lines] {placement} [overhang] {width of figure}%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Environments similar to &quot;wrapfigure&quot; and &quot;wraptable&quot; may be easily added,&#xA;or invoked by &quot;\begin{wrapfloat}{float_name}&quot;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-12T14:37:14.180" />
  <row Id="10908" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10914" CreationDate="2011-02-12T14:38:57.343" Score="6" ViewCount="110" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm writing a moderately large reference work using &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/memoir/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;memoir&lt;/a&gt;. As it falls naturally into parts by audience, I'd like to include partial tables-of-contents, by part.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have managed to get my head round &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/minitoc/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;minitoc&lt;/a&gt;, which now appears to be working well with memoir. At this stage, I need and would welcome opinions on possible layouts and how to achieve them. This is a &lt;code&gt;twoside&lt;/code&gt; document, in which I'm facing four choices:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The &quot;standard&quot; way: Part page on recto, blank verso, Part contents on next recto, first Chapter on next recto   &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The &quot;standard, less wasteful&quot; way: Part page on recto, Part contents on next verso, first Chapter on next recto&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The &quot;compact&quot; way: Part page on recto, Part contents on same recto below the part title&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The &quot;inverted&quot; way Part page on recto, Part contents on &lt;em&gt;previous&lt;/em&gt; verso (facing the part title)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;By tweaking the parameters, I've managed to do all of these, and the one I like best is the inverted one. It takes advantage of an otherwise wasted page; it doesn't distract from the flow; and it's there if you need it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is, however, a poisonous interaction with &lt;code&gt;\mainmatter&lt;/code&gt;, which does a &lt;code&gt;\cleardoublepage&lt;/code&gt;; this in turn compounds with my &lt;code&gt;cleartoverso&lt;/code&gt; to provide a minimum of two blank pages before the first Part. I can avoid this by removing &lt;code&gt;\frontmatter&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\mainmatter&lt;/code&gt;, but I'm not sure this is a good idea.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A second choice is the compact one. The partial toc is small enough to fit after the part title (though it needs some tweaking of &lt;code&gt;beforepartskip&lt;/code&gt; to stop the title text bobbing up and down on the page).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd like to hear arguments in favour of, or against, my preference (or any of the options described), and/or ideas for solving the &lt;code&gt;\mainmatter&lt;/code&gt; dilemma.   &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Following @lockstep's answer, I can see more merit in the compact choice, with a page-number-less parttoc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Final answer: I have accepted @lockstep's answer. I'm using the compact option, but with page numbers. Thanks, @lockstep!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="344" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-13T19:50:57.057" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T19:50:57.057" Title="Recommendations for partial contents page arrangement in memoir" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;memoir&gt;&lt;book-design&gt;&lt;minitoc&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="10909" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10906" CreationDate="2011-02-12T14:40:15.533" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;code&gt;lettrine&lt;/code&gt; package for this, which is usually used for having a large first letter that spans several lines. It needs a bit of adjustment because of the symbol's large depth:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{report}&#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{fourier}&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;\usepackage{lettrine}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\mybox}[2][\danger]{%&#xA;    \colorbox{lime}{\parbox{\textwidth}{%&#xA;        \lettrine[lraise=.2,findent=1pt,nindent=0pt]{#1}{}{#2} }%&#xA;    }%&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\mybox{\blindtext}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Bke9O.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastEditorUserId="2552" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-12T14:57:14.773" LastActivityDate="2011-02-12T14:57:14.773" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="10910" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10906" CreationDate="2011-02-12T14:48:38.640" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Generally speaking, I think it is difficult to do this in LaTeX. There is a &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/shapepar.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;shapepar&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package, which can dig a hole in the text and put something in the hole. But it's not easy to custom the shape of the hole to fit specific symbol.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An example of predefined circle hole:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{shapepar}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\cutout{r}(-4em,5\baselineskip)\shapepar{\circleshape}&#xA;cut cut cut cut cut cut cut cut cut cut cut cut cut cut cut cut&#xA;cut cut cut cut cut cut cut cut cut cut cut cut\par&#xA;text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This kind of work is easier in ConTeXt, with help of MetaFun. You may refer:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.contextgarden.net/general/manuals/metafun-s.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://mirror.contextgarden.net/general/manuals/metafun-s.pdf&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you just want a rectangle hole, you can use (old) &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/picinpar.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;picinpar&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, (newer) &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/picins.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;picins&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/wrapfig.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;wrapfig&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; for this. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For more simpler situations, &lt;code&gt;lettirne&lt;/code&gt; package is enough. Also there are &lt;code&gt;\hanginednt&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\hangafter&lt;/code&gt; commands to get a paragraph of special shape.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-02-12T14:48:38.640" />
  <row Id="10911" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10929" CreationDate="2011-02-12T15:08:42.483" Score="5" ViewCount="94" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's my minimal example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{memoir}&#xA;\usepackage{minitoc}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\doparttoc&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\part{The Only Part}&#xA;\parttoc&#xA;\chapter{The Only Chapter}&#xA;\section{The Only Section}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Everything appears to render fine, except that the parttoc entry for the chapter has no page number (while the entry for the section does).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I use the report class, with no other changes, the chapter page number reappears.&#xA;The main toc appears normal in both cases.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I &lt;em&gt;am&lt;/em&gt; considering solving this by turning off all  page numbers in the parttoc, but I'd like the option of keeping them, with the chapter page numbers too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have successfully tested, and accepted, @Stefan Kottwitz' solution with minitoc v60 and memoir v3.6g.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="344" LastEditorUserId="344" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-12T19:10:31.567" LastActivityDate="2011-02-12T19:10:31.567" Title="How can I restore Chapter page numbers in minitoc with memoir?" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;page-numbering&gt;&lt;memoir&gt;&lt;minitoc&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="10913" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10916" CreationDate="2011-02-12T15:28:29.330" Score="3" ViewCount="111" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/listings/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;listings&lt;/a&gt; package which works like charm in most cases.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried to define new languages for my needs with the help of &lt;code&gt;morekeywords&lt;/code&gt; options in &lt;code&gt;\lstset&lt;/code&gt;, but entering special keywords having a dot in the name just do not work. E.g.: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\lstset{morekeywords={read.table}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know I could set this keyword in two and set &lt;em&gt;read&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;table&lt;/em&gt; to be also keywords, but I do not want every &lt;em&gt;read&lt;/em&gt; to be highlighted in the source code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Do you have an idea how to set this keyword or how to escape the dot?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2878" LastActivityDate="2011-02-12T23:09:07.433" Title="Using keywords including a dot in the name with the listings package" Tags="&lt;listings&gt;&lt;syntax&gt;&lt;highlighting&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="10914" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10908" CreationDate="2011-02-12T15:29:02.903" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Two points regarding the &quot;inverted&quot; way, the second of them relating to your &lt;code&gt;\mainmatter&lt;/code&gt; dilemma:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If the last page containing text before a new part is a verso page, putting the part contents on a verso page &quot;facing the part title&quot; will actually create an additional empty recto page.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;One reason to use &lt;code&gt;\frontmatter&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\mainmatter&lt;/code&gt; is switching from roman to arabic page numbering. As the part contents of the first mainmatter part also belong to the mainmatter, they should have arabic page numbering. That is, they should be placed on page 2, while the actual part title is page 3. Page 1 will be an empty recto page. (Your notion of &quot;a minimum of two blank pages before the first Part&quot; is incorrect, as the last verso page of the frontmatter may contain text.)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My personal preferences would be for either the &quot;standard, less wasteful&quot; or the &quot;compact&quot; way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: In principle, there's nothing wrong with a recto page belonging to the frontmatter (say, a list of tables), followed by a verso page belonging to the mainmatter (say, the part contents of the first mainmatter part). However, this interacts badly with a switch from roman to arabic page numbering.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-12T16:57:09.973" LastActivityDate="2011-02-12T16:57:09.973" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="10915" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10913" CreationDate="2011-02-12T15:45:24.383" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\lstset{alsoletter={.},morekeywords={read.table}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-02-12T15:45:24.383" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="10916" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10913" CreationDate="2011-02-12T15:45:45.060" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;After trying to do this by changing the catcode of &lt;code&gt;.&lt;/code&gt; to letter and a short look through the &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt; code I decided to RTFM and found the &lt;code&gt;alsoletter&lt;/code&gt; option quite quickly. You also may want to use the &lt;code&gt;alsodigit&lt;/code&gt; option instead. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;&#xA;\lstset{alsoletter={.},morekeywords={read.table}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}&#xA;   read read.table table read-table&#xA;   test&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-12T15:45:45.060" />
  <row Id="10919" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10922" CreationDate="2011-02-12T16:04:41.983" Score="6" ViewCount="213" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am interested in the basic mechanism behind writing stuff to the &lt;code&gt;.aux&lt;/code&gt; file. (Or some other auxiliary file).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Let's say I want to write myself a basic package for making notes on my files. (I know packages already exist for doing this. The point of this question is not to work out how to get comments on my paper, it is to learn about an aspect of the basics of TeX/LaTeX.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I have something like this in my preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\newif\ifcomments&#xA;\commentstrue&#xA;\newcommand\comment[1]{%&#xA;  \ifcomments&#xA;  \textcolor{red}{\textsf{#1}}&#xA;  \else&#xA;  \fi&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This means I have comments I can turn on and off. Now, the next stage is I want a list of comments to appear in an &lt;code&gt;itemize&lt;/code&gt; at the end of the document, each comment listed along with its page number. To achieve this, it seems like the easiest way would be to write each comment (plus its page number) to an auxiliary file, and then have a command &lt;code&gt;\writecomments&lt;/code&gt; that prints the contents of that file. (Or something of that sort).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How, in simple terms, could I achieve this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;NB&lt;/strong&gt; this question is designed to help me learn about the basics of TeX/LaTeX, so solutions that involve packages doing a lot of the work will be frowned upon.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt; I've had two very interesting answers offering different ways to achieve what I want in my example. Neither answer, however, really gets to the real answer I wanted, which would be a, accessible introduction to TeX's/LaTeX's &quot;write to auxiliary file&quot; mechanism.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I'd like is a more &lt;em&gt;basic&lt;/em&gt; answer that someone newer to TeX/LaTeX could read and understand. I feel the current answers are a little too high level.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-22T09:17:50.230" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T09:17:50.230" Title="What is the basic mechanism for writing something to an aux file?" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;auxiliary-files&gt;&lt;tutorials&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="10920" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10919" CreationDate="2011-02-12T16:12:27.220" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you have one write handle left you can do it with the following commands which are also used for &lt;code&gt;.toc&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;.lof&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;.lot&lt;/code&gt;, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\@starttoc{&amp;lt;extension&amp;gt;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Reads the file with the given extension (&lt;code&gt;\jobname.&amp;lt;extension&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;) and opens it for writing afterwards. The file is initially empty. Creates the output file handle &lt;code&gt;\tf@&amp;lt;extension&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; .&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\@writefile{&amp;lt;extension&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Writes code using the output handle &lt;code&gt;\tf@&amp;lt;extension&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; if it exists.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have these macros in &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4790/documentation-reference-for-latex-internal-commands/10465#10465&quot;&gt;macros2e&lt;/a&gt; and was planning to add a short HowTo for exactly this application.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can define a &lt;code&gt;\listofcomments&lt;/code&gt; initially as &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\writecomments&lt;/code&gt; (or &lt;code&gt;\makecomments&lt;/code&gt;) defines it than to &lt;code&gt;\@starttoc{cmt}&lt;/code&gt;, which reads/creates '&lt;code&gt;\jobname.cmt&lt;/code&gt;'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You should be able to write directly to the current &lt;code&gt;.aux&lt;/code&gt; file (main or include file) with:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \write\@auxout{...}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or, if you want to write explicitly to the main &lt;code&gt;.aux&lt;/code&gt; file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \write\@mainaux{...}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;They create an &lt;em&gt;whatsit&lt;/em&gt; so the page number should be correct.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For other, new files you need to create a write handle and open the file first. This is done using:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \newwrite\myhandle% There are only 16 write handles, even with eTeX!&#xA; \openout\myhandle=&amp;lt;filename&amp;gt;\relax% or space&#xA; % ...&#xA; \closeout\myhandle % to close the file&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can prefix all of these commands (except &lt;code&gt;\newwrite&lt;/code&gt;) with &lt;code&gt;\immediate&lt;/code&gt; to make same execute immediately without creating a &lt;em&gt;whatsit&lt;/em&gt;. Then however the page counter won't be correct yet.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-13T01:00:47.770" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T01:00:47.770" />
  <row Id="10921" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10913" CreationDate="2011-02-12T16:13:52.647" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;My answer is a bit later than the other posts, but I decided to put it here to show,&#xA;how to define a new language (Javascript in the example) and how to emphasize only part of the code as the OP wants. I have also used &lt;code&gt;alsoletter&lt;/code&gt; (as the other examples).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;&#xA;\gdef\emphasis#1{\lstset{emph={write,void,writeln,Hello,#1},&#xA;   emphstyle={\ttfamily\textcolor{red}}}}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lstdefinelanguage{JavaScript} {&#xA;    morekeywords={&#xA;        break,const,continue,delete,do,while,export,for,in,function,&#xA;        if,else,import,in,instanceOf,label,let,new,return,switch,this,&#xA;        throw,try,catch,typeof,var,void,with,yield,&#xA;        },&#xA;    sensitive=false,&#xA;    morecomment=[l]{//},&#xA;    morecomment=[s]{/*}{*/},&#xA;    morestring=[b]&quot;,&#xA;    morestring=[d]',&#xA;    alsoletter={.}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\lstset{&#xA;    %frame=tb,&#xA;    framesep=5pt,&#xA;    basicstyle=\normalsize, %\ttfamily,&#xA;    showstringspaces=false,&#xA;    keywordstyle=\ttfamily\color{blue},&#xA;    identifierstyle=\ttfamily,&#xA;    stringstyle=\ttfamily\color{orange},&#xA;    commentstyle=\color{orange},&#xA;    rulecolor=\color{black},&#xA;    xleftmargin=5pt,&#xA;    xrightmargin=5pt,&#xA;    aboveskip=\bigskipamount,&#xA;    belowskip=\bigskipamount,&#xA;            backgroundcolor=\color{gray!.50},&#xA;     alsoletter={.}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\emphasis{document.createElement, headline.appendChild}&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}[language=JavaScript]&#xA;// some comments&#xA;// about your code&#xA;var headline = document.createElement(h1);&#xA;var text = document.createTextNode(A text node)&#xA;// &quot;offline&quot; node manipulation&#xA;headline.appendChild(text);&#xA;// adding node to DOM&#xA;document.getElementsByTagName(&quot;body&quot;)[0].appendChild(headline);&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is always preferable to highlight the part of the code under discussion, rather than color code the whole of the script.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-12T23:09:07.433" LastActivityDate="2011-02-12T23:09:07.433" />
  <row Id="10922" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10919" CreationDate="2011-02-12T16:22:57.240" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is a user friendly LaTeX package: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/pkg/newfile&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;newfile&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. You can use it to read and write files easily. It provides normal file IO functions, and also verbatim file IO functions. It is more suitable for your example, than those low-level macros. The package document has some good examples.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A naive example (similar to table of contents):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{newfile}&#xA;\newoutputstream{comment}&#xA;\openoutputfile{\jobname.comment}{comment}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Test}&#xA;text one&#xA;\addtostream{comment}{\noexpand\item comment one at page \thepage}&#xA;&#xA;text two&#xA;\addtostream{comment}{\noexpand\item comment two}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\section{Comments}&#xA;&#xA;\closeoutputstream{comment}&#xA;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;    \input{\jobname.comment}&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Macros will expand when write to file. It is very important to control the expansion. Some macros should &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; be expanded, like &lt;code&gt;\item&lt;/code&gt; here; while some macros should be expanded, like &lt;code&gt;\thepage&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\thesection&lt;/code&gt; here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In TeX, there are &lt;code&gt;\newwrite&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\openout&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\immediate&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\write&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\closeout&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\ifeof&lt;/code&gt; etc. A good resource is chapter 30 of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/texbytopic/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;TeX by Topic&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The same example using TeX primitives:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\newwrite\commentfile&#xA;\openout\commentfile=\jobname.comment&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Test}&#xA;text one&#xA;\write\commentfile{\noexpand\item comment one at page \thepage}&#xA;&#xA;text two&#xA;\write\commentfile{\noexpand\item comment two in section \thesection}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Comments}&#xA;&#xA;\closeout\commentfile&#xA;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;    \input{\jobname.comment}&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In LaTeX kernel, which you can refer &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/source2e.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;source2e&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, you can learn from &lt;code&gt;\@starttoc&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\@wirtefile&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\addcontentsline&lt;/code&gt; (for contents) etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The same example (works like standard TOC):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand\addcommentitem[1]{%&#xA;  \write\@auxout{\noexpand\@writefile{comment}{\noexpand\item #1}}}&#xA;\newcommand\printcomment{%&#xA;  \section*{Comments}&#xA;  \begin{enumerate}&#xA;    \item[] Here are some comments:&#xA;    \@starttoc{comment}&#xA;  \end{enumerate}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Test}&#xA;text one&#xA;\addcommentitem{comment one at page \thepage}&#xA;&#xA;text two&#xA;\addcommentitem{comment two in section \thesection}&#xA;&#xA;\printcomment&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-12T17:10:28.043" LastActivityDate="2011-02-12T17:10:28.043" />
  <row Id="10923" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11330" CreationDate="2011-02-12T16:40:49.143" Score="6" ViewCount="402" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not really sure if this is the right place to ask this, but given the seemingly large concentration of mathematicians, and the tangentiality to TeX, I'll just ask here: what are the mathematical typesetting requirements regarding things like blackboard bold, bold calligraphic, and sans-serif; Are there situations where one would need all of the above &lt;em&gt;in addition&lt;/em&gt; to their non-bold variants inside the &lt;em&gt;same equation&lt;/em&gt;? Or is there only a requirement for the above so that the whole equation is then very bold/sans-serif?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Clarification&lt;/strong&gt;: Are there situations where one would need all of the following inside the same equation (possibly non-existent mark-up, I hope you get the idea): &lt;code&gt;$$ A {\cal A} {\boldcal A} {\frak A} {\boldfrak A} {\bb A} {\bbb A} {\sf A} {\sfb A} etc. $$&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastEditorUserId="1410" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-12T16:57:24.810" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T13:04:27.137" Title="Mathematical typesetting requirements" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="11" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10924" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10928" CreationDate="2011-02-12T17:14:17.717" Score="7" ViewCount="170" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am getting lots of &quot;&lt;code&gt;Underfull \hbox&lt;/code&gt;&quot; warnings that point to the &lt;code&gt;*.bbl&lt;/code&gt; file. It looks like these messages appear only when URLs are very long, like in the below example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@techreport{nistguidesec,&#xA;  author    = {Wayne Jansen and Timothy Grance},&#xA;  title     = {Guidelines on Security and Privacy in Public Cloud Computing},&#xA;  month    = {January},&#xA;  note     = {Draft Special Publication 800-144. Available at \url{http://csrc.nist.gov/publications/drafts/800-144/Draft-SP-800-144_cloud-computing.pdf}},&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the produced PDF text is correctly hyphened and links are correctly split over several lines (I am using &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; package)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I avoid annoying warning messages about &quot;&lt;code&gt;underfull \hbox&lt;/code&gt;&quot; pointing to bibliography?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3535" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-12T21:57:45.077" LastActivityDate="2011-02-12T21:57:45.077" Title="Underfull hbox in bibliography" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;warnings&gt;&lt;hbox&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="10925" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10923" CreationDate="2011-02-12T17:28:18.253" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;I'll just ask here: what are the mathematical typesetting requirements regarding things like blackboard bold, bold calligraphic, and sans-serif;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Before you touch the fonts heed the advice of Halmos (of &quot;halmos tombstone&quot; fame). Choose your notation carefully. Bad notation can make good exposition bad and bad exposition worse;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is highly unlikely that you can adhere to the above and have to use all of the above in one single equation or single paper, although you might encounter all of them, if you are the editor of a Mathematical Journal.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personally, I managed to write a highly mathematical PhD thesis (in Mechanical Engineering),&#xA;without any blackboard bold or bold calligraphic.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now that the question is a bit more clearer to me, it was not hard to think of an example where all the font variants can be used albeit by ignoring good advice. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/O6YYI.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In general you have to try very hard to find examples with more than three variants together and almost impossible to find any with sans serif fonts in a Journal. Having all of them together is not impossible but highly improbable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-18T17:38:04.600" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T17:38:04.600" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="10926" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10845" CreationDate="2011-02-12T17:34:20.580" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Now I draw my graph using&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\addplot[mark=none,draw=blue,sharp plot][domain=0:4,samples=200] {2/(1+exp(-8*x))-1};&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and it looks good. I even added some plots I do not want to draw a legend for using&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\addplot[draw=gray][forget plot] { ... };&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That kind of creates the graph I wanted.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3530" LastActivityDate="2011-02-12T17:34:20.580" />
  <row Id="10927" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10894" CreationDate="2011-02-12T17:34:33.140" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;TeX is a system written by a genius, and it has many great features, but the underlying architecture is flawed. The programming interface, and the programming mechanisms provided within the system contrast the intuition of most computer programmers. The list of idiosyncratic features is too long to enumerate:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Character codes and non standard lexical analysis.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Clumsy support for imperative programming, including numbered variables of a limited number, no variable names, no control flow, no boolean type, etc.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Use of Pascal.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Arbitrary constants and numbers (file numbers, character codes).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In short, if I could do it all over again, I would (a) use a decent modern programming language for the implementation (b) design a clean programming interface, including the usual tools of the trade, block structure, typed named variables, procedures, exceptions, and, yes, even object orientation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, I would (c) apply a clean design which does not reveal or discuss issues such as mouth, stomach, and \expandafter, and of course, I would write a book without dangerous curves signs...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3391" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-14T10:06:21.113" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T10:06:21.113" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-02-12T17:34:33.140" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="10928" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10924" CreationDate="2011-02-12T18:08:52.050" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Because &quot;line-breaking in the bibliography is often more difficult than in the body text&quot; (biblatex manual, p. 91), LaTeX typesets the bibliography using the &lt;code&gt;\sloppy&lt;/code&gt; macro which relaxes some of TeX's parameters/penalties for line-breaking. However, &lt;code&gt;\sloppy&lt;/code&gt; (maybe for some good reason!) does not touch &lt;code&gt;\hbadness&lt;/code&gt; which is (among other things) responsible for &quot;&lt;code&gt;Underfull \hbox&lt;/code&gt;&quot; warnings. The following code (to be added to your preamble) appends &lt;code&gt;\hbadness 10000&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\sloppy&lt;/code&gt; which should remove those warnings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{etoolbox}&#xA;\apptocmd{\sloppy}{\hbadness 10000\relax}{}{}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alternatively (and without possible adverse affects), you could typeset the bibliography &lt;code&gt;\raggedright&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{etoolbox}&#xA;\apptocmd{\thebibliography}{\raggedright}{}{}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Minimal example (compilable):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\textwidth 300pt&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{etoolbox}&#xA;% Variant A&#xA;\apptocmd{\sloppy}{\hbadness 10000\relax}{}{}&#xA;% Variant B&#xA;% \apptocmd{\thebibliography}{\raggedright}{}{}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.bib}&#xA;@techreport{nistguidesec,&#xA;  author    = {Wayne Jansen and Timothy Grance},&#xA;  title     = {Guidelines on Security and Privacy in Public Cloud Computing},&#xA;  month    = {January},&#xA;  note     = {Draft Special Publication 800-144. Available at \url{http://csrc.nist.gov/publications/drafts/800-144/Draft-SP-800-144_cloud-computing.pdf}},&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\nocite{*}&#xA;&#xA;\bibliographystyle{plain}&#xA;\bibliography{\jobname}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The filecontents environment is only used to include some external files directly into the example, so that it compiles. It is not necessary for the solution.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-12T18:27:21.383" LastActivityDate="2011-02-12T18:27:21.383" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10929" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10911" CreationDate="2011-02-12T18:16:40.470" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Normally, &lt;code&gt;\ptcpagenumbers&lt;/code&gt; should fix it. But there are known incompatibilities between certain versions of minitoc and memoir, though the minitoc author tries to keep that minimal.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I could reproduce your problem with minitoc v60 and memoir v3.6d. I read in minitoc.sty which internal macro is used. I defined such that it worked. This is the fix, just add it to your preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\let\ptc@pgno\null&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As known, such internal macros might change in future versions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-02-12T18:16:40.470" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10930" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10956" CreationDate="2011-02-12T18:36:45.830" Score="2" ViewCount="158" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have installed TeXLive 2010 on Ubuntu 10.10,&#xA;when I try to compile a LaTeX file such as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{memoir}&#xA;\usepackage{makeidx}&#xA;\makeindex&#xA;\usepackage[Kashida,quickindex]{xepersian}&#xA;\settextfont[Scale=1]{Yas}&#xA;\setlatintextfont[Scale=1]{Junicode}&#xA;\setdigitfont[Scale=1]{ParsiDigits}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;‫این فقط یک آزمایش است‬.\index{آزمایش}&#xA;\printindex&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;using &lt;code&gt;xelatex --shell-escape filename.tex&lt;/code&gt;,&#xA;the following error message appeared:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Undefined control sequence.&#xA;&amp;lt;argument&amp;gt; \@nil &#xA;&#xA;l.39 \settextfont&#xA;                 [Scale=1]{Yas}%{Scheherazade}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;what is the meaning of the error and what should I do to solve that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In addition, the error does not appear, when I change the &lt;strong&gt;documentclass&lt;/strong&gt; by &lt;strong&gt;article&lt;/strong&gt;!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;I should mention that the quickindex option working by the latest version of xepersian that can be obtained from ctan, also it depend on latest version of fontspec and so on. thus you should update your TeXLive, as I did!&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3538" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-14T12:18:55.583" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T12:18:55.583" Title="The quickindex option is not working with xepersian package" Tags="&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;errors&gt;&lt;memoir&gt;&lt;right-to-left&gt;&lt;bidi&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="11" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10931" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11910" CreationDate="2011-02-12T18:47:27.697" Score="5" ViewCount="174" Body="&lt;p&gt;The difficult bit is that the enumitem package has a closed list of numbering formats, and that &lt;code&gt;\hebrewnumeral&lt;/code&gt; is not part of them. I have&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\theenumi}{\hebrewnumeral{\value{enumi}}}&#xA;\renewcommand{\labelenumi}{\theenumi}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but this is not so robust, e.g., it applies only to lists at the first level, and then there are issues of references to the list and more.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any ideas on how the enumitem package can be hacked to do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3391" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T01:58:52.523" Title="Robust method to apply Hebrew numeral in an enumeration list?" Tags="&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;enumerate&gt;&lt;enumitem&gt;&lt;polyglossia&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10932" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10937" CreationDate="2011-02-12T18:51:39.620" Score="6" ViewCount="161" Body="&lt;p&gt;I recently started using &lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt; and I'm looking for some custom cite commands. The &lt;code&gt;\footfullcite&lt;/code&gt; takes up too much space so I wanted to create some &lt;code&gt;\footcite&lt;/code&gt; command myself that would only produce lets say the &lt;code&gt;title&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;url&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;urldate&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;em&gt;readme&lt;/em&gt; tells me where to look for the definitions of the commands so I can change them. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Looking up the &lt;code&gt;\footfullcite&lt;/code&gt; macro I get this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareCiteCommand{\footfullcite}[\mkbibfootnote]&#xA;  {\usebibmacro{prenote}}&#xA;  {\usedriver&#xA;     {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}}&#xA;     {\thefield{entrytype}}}&#xA;  {\multicitedelim}&#xA;  {\usebibmacro{postnote}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are not too many lines of code but I don't see how I could change it so it only shows the  &lt;code&gt;title&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;url&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;urldate&lt;/code&gt;. Could anyone give me a small example of how to make/change such a cite command?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3338" LastEditorUserId="1376" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-14T09:05:09.663" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T09:05:09.663" Title="Biblatex custom cite command" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;biblatex&gt;&lt;citing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="10933" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10894" CreationDate="2011-02-12T19:00:22.433" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Surprisingly high on my list: not calling that verbatim-handling macro &lt;code&gt;\next&lt;/code&gt;. I think &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;file ended while scanning use of&#xA;  &lt;code&gt;\next&lt;/code&gt;&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(or whatever the phrasing is) is the archetypical meaningless error which you have no chance to fix unless you happen to already know it's caused by the &lt;code&gt;\end{...}&lt;/code&gt; of your verbatim-like environment not starting on column 0. I think somebody reading the code would have less problems with a not-quite-appropriately-named &lt;code&gt;\getnextverbatimline&lt;/code&gt; or whatnot than the normal user has with &lt;code&gt;\next&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1860" LastActivityDate="2011-02-12T19:00:22.433" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-02-12T19:00:22.433" />
  <row Id="10934" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10842" CreationDate="2011-02-12T19:05:33.320" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Two methods that work are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Put the text from the last page into a &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt; and enclose the bibliography with &lt;code&gt;{figure}[h]&lt;/code&gt;. Adjust the footnote counters in the minipage by setting your own minipage counter.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Or as @Martin Scharrer suggested, place the bibliography as footnote, eg. using &lt;code&gt;{\def\thefootnote{}\footnotetext{\normalsize YOURBIB}}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2795" LastActivityDate="2011-02-12T19:05:33.320" />
  <row Id="10936" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10727" CreationDate="2011-02-12T19:13:04.430" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have just uploaded a first version of &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/biblatex-ieee&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;biblatex-ieee&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; to &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;CTAN&lt;/a&gt;. This should implement most of the style of the BibTeX part of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/ieeetran&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;IEEEtran&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; bundle. Obviously some testing is needed, but this should enable you to use something very close to the IEEE style using &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/biblatex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2011-02-12T19:13:04.430" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10937" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10932" CreationDate="2011-02-12T19:21:37.987" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I started with the &lt;code&gt;\citetitle&lt;/code&gt; command and added the functionality of the &lt;code&gt;url+urldate&lt;/code&gt; bibmacro (plus punctuation and spacing).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[style=authortitle]{biblatex}&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcitetitleurl}[\mkbibfootnote]&#xA;  {\boolfalse{citetracker}%&#xA;   \boolfalse{pagetracker}%&#xA;   \usebibmacro{prenote}}&#xA;  {\ifciteindex&#xA;     {\indexfield{indextitle}}&#xA;     {}%&#xA;   \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}&#xA;   \setunit{\adddot\space}&#xA;   \usebibmacro{url+urldate}}&#xA;  {\multicitedelim}&#xA;  {\usebibmacro{postnote}}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.bib}&#xA;@misc{A01,&#xA;  author = {Author, A.},&#xA;  year = {2001},&#xA;  title = {Alpha},&#xA;  url = {tex.stackexchange.com},&#xA;  urldate = {2011-02-12}&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\bibliography{\jobname}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Some text.\footcitetitleurl{A01}&#xA;&#xA;\printbibliography&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-02-12T19:21:37.987" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="10938" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10931" CreationDate="2011-02-12T19:23:25.380" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you set the language with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setmainlanguage[numerals=hebrew]{hebrew}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;all Arabic numerals will be replaced by Hebrew ones.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-02-12T19:23:25.380" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10939" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-12T20:11:53.237" Score="0" ViewCount="67" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi, I'm a spanish electronic technician and student of electronic engineering. Today I can say I use linux for almost anything regarding my work. My set-up for writing documents rigth now is emacs+latex. Recently I've discovered that groff is the standart typesetting system on any *nix system. Due the lack of information on internet (some dificult manuals etc) I'd like to ask somebody to give any clue in this new typesetting adventure, specialy how to get spanish output. (I must say that I'm happy with latex, but learning new things it's always good isn't it?).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks and sorry if I've destroied the english language with this message :).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3541" LastActivityDate="2011-02-12T20:11:53.237" ClosedDate="2011-02-13T11:58:32.843" Title="Is there anybody using groff? and How to get spanish output?" Tags="&lt;tutorials&gt;" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="10940" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10947" CreationDate="2011-02-12T20:20:46.060" Score="11" ViewCount="262" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want some nice reflections in my slides. Something like the ones seen in Jobs Keynotes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://www.keynotethemepark.com/content/pages/T3/reflect/flexcutout.jpg&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Suppose you have multiple elements in the tikz picture and you want to reflect the whole thing with fading.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I achieve this using pgf/tikz?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3529" LastEditorUserId="3529" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-13T09:18:02.810" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T09:18:02.810" Title="Beamer reflections with pgf/tikz" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;beamer&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="10941" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10953" CreationDate="2011-02-12T20:22:57.403" Score="7" ViewCount="221" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello. I'm looking for a free ornaments font. I know about &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/webomints/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;webomint&lt;/a&gt; and pifont. Where can I find more glyphs? Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3540" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T04:00:58.177" Title="Free ornaments font" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10942" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-12T20:23:08.557" Score="4" ViewCount="162" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm just learning how to use CircuitTikZ to draw circuits, and I am trying to draw a good looking BJT biasing circuit.  But I am having making the resistors across from each other look even, and since there are no examples of combining tripoles with bipoles in the documentation I'm a little confused about whether or not I am doing this the best way.  Here is my code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{circuitikz}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{SIunits}&#xA;\usepackage{circ}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document} &#xA;&#xA;Single Transistor discrete BJT biasing circuit:&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;\begin{circuitikz}[scale=1.4]&#xA;\draw (0,0) node[ground] {};&#xA;\draw (0,0) to[R=$R_2$] (0,2);&#xA;\draw (0,2) to[R=$R_1$, *-] (0,4) -- (2,4);&#xA;\draw (2,2) node[pnp] (pnp) {}&#xA;    (pnp.B) -- (0,2);&#xA;\draw (2,4) to[R=$R_C$] (pnp.E);&#xA;\draw (2,0) node[ground] {};&#xA;\draw (2,0) to[R=$R_E$] (pnp.C);&#xA;\end{circuitikz}&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like to have the top and bottom resistors at the same height if possible.  Any help would be greatly appreciated!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3542" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-13T10:07:41.423" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T17:49:46.677" Title="CircuitTikZ - Combine Tripoles with resistors" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;circuitikz&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10943" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10946" CreationDate="2011-02-12T20:42:05.137" Score="6" ViewCount="135" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm having a very weird problem. The following example should illustrate it quite right.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,12pt]{memoir}    &#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\frontmatter&#xA;  \tableofcontents&#xA;  \clearpage&#xA;\mainmatter&#xA;  \chapter{Chapter 1}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've compiled it with &lt;code&gt;xelatex&lt;/code&gt; but on the table of contents page, it is referencing the table of contents page as &lt;em&gt;Contents&lt;/em&gt;, which is the header of that page as well. It does make sense to me to a certain extend. But I'd still like to know how to get rid of the self-reference.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2074" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-12T21:08:53.827" LastActivityDate="2011-02-12T21:08:53.827" Title="How to remove the self-reference of the ToC from the ToC?" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;memoir&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="10944" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10941" CreationDate="2011-02-12T20:54:38.080" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/fourier&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;fourier&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; offers ornamental glyphs, specifically &lt;code&gt;fourier-orns&lt;/code&gt;. A short example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fourier-orns}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\Huge&#xA;\textxswup\textxswdown&#xA;\decoone\decotwo&#xA;\decothreeleft\decothreeright&#xA;\decofourleft\decofourright&#xA;\floweroneleft\floweroneright&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/XxyIR.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are more, have a look at the &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/fonts/fourier-GUT/doc/latex/fourier/fourier-orns.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;fourier-orns example&lt;/a&gt; pdf file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-02-12T20:54:38.080" />
  <row Id="10945" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10943" CreationDate="2011-02-12T21:02:50.210" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Thanks to @Martin Scharrer, I paid a more attention to the &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt; class as the source of the issue. I'm not willing to break it all apart and start with koma right now.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A closer examination of &lt;a href=&quot;http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/memoir/README&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/memoir/README&lt;/a&gt; reveals &lt;code&gt;\tableofcontents*&lt;/code&gt;. Seems logical, everything I want to hide get's the star. I just never thought of using it on the &lt;code&gt;\tableofcontents&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2074" LastActivityDate="2011-02-12T21:02:50.210" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10946" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10943" CreationDate="2011-02-12T21:07:23.790" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\KeepFromToc&lt;/code&gt; helps in suppressing TOC entries for such &lt;code&gt;\listof&lt;/code&gt; commands:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{KeepFromToc}&#xA;  \tableofcontents&#xA;\end{KeepFromToc}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-02-12T21:07:23.790" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10947" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10940" CreationDate="2011-02-12T22:01:30.053" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't think that TikZ has support for copying contents. So the best idea I have is creating a command for the contents and then using that twice—the second time with appropriate transformations and fading applied. Here is a proof of concept:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\pdfpageattr{/Group &amp;lt;&amp;lt;/S /Transparency /I true /CS /DeviceRGB&amp;gt;&amp;gt;} &#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{positioning,fadings}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\newcommand\tikzcontents{&#xA;    \fill[red] (-1,-2) rectangle (1,0.5);&#xA;    \node (a) {first line};&#xA;    \node[below=of a] (b) {second line}; &#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \tikzcontents&#xA;    \begin{scope}[yshift=-4.5cm,yscale=-1,transform canvas,transform shape]&#xA;        \path[scope fading=south] (-1,-4) rectangle (1,0.5);&#xA;        \tikzcontents&#xA;    \end{scope}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/VOVY3.png&quot; alt=&quot;proof of concept&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Be aware that not all pdf viewers have support for fadings. For example, Evince won't display them properly. The &lt;code&gt;\pdfpageattr&lt;/code&gt; line is to work around a bug in Acrobat Reader (see &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/9261/using-opacity-in-tikz-causes-strange-rendering-in-acrobat&quot;&gt;“Using opacity in TikZ causes strange rendering in Acrobat”&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-02-12T22:01:30.053" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="10948" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11761" CreationDate="2011-02-12T22:47:33.253" Score="1" ViewCount="47" Body="&lt;p&gt;I tend to use LyX for composing scientific papers, but a journal wants me to have changed text marked in specific ways that don't happen to be the way that LyX translates tracked changes into PS/PDF.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to modify not just the color but also the underlining of changed text when it's converted to PS or PDF?  I suppose I'd have to do something with the &lt;code&gt;\lyxadded&lt;/code&gt; and/or &lt;code&gt;\lyxdeleted&lt;/code&gt; commands?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;LyX seems to always generate commands that look like &lt;code&gt;\lyxadded{My Name,,,}{2011 blah blah date}{my text}&lt;/code&gt;, so if there's a good way to intercept this and add my own formatting to the &lt;code&gt;{my text}&lt;/code&gt; part, that would probably work if there's no more elegant way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3545" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T19:30:47.173" Title="Is there a way to change the appearance of LyX output with change tracking (or alter the commands in LaTeX)?" Tags="&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;lyx&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="10949" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10950" CreationDate="2011-02-13T01:02:25.677" Score="8" ViewCount="114" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a macro or package to calculate the &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_week_date&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ISO week number&lt;/a&gt; or alternative can someone help me with one?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3546" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T01:33:20.510" Title="Macro for week number" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;datetime&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="10950" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10949" CreationDate="2011-02-13T01:26:08.700" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is no package as such,  but Taco Hoekwater, wrote a macro called &lt;code&gt;calendarweek&lt;/code&gt; that you can use. You find it on CTAN at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/generic/misc/calendarweek.tex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;weekday&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is a minimal example, as to how to use it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;%% calendarweek.tex&#xA;%% 2006 (C) Taco Hoekwater, public domain&#xA;%% Watch out: Dec 29 can be week 1 of the next year; and Jan 3 can be&#xA;%% week 53 of the previous year.&#xA;&#xA;\def\Expr#1{\the\numexpr #1\relax}&#xA;&#xA;\def\Modulonumber#1#2{\Expr{#2-((((#2+(#1/2))/#1)-1)*#1)}}&#xA;\def\Divisionnumber#1#2{\Expr{(2*#2-#1)/(2*#1)}}&#xA;&#xA;\def\Mod#1#2{\Modulonumber{\Expr{#2}}{\Expr{#1}}}&#xA;\def\Div#1#2{\Divisionnumber{\Expr{#2}}{\Expr{#1}}}&#xA;&#xA;\def\Jday#1#2#3%&#xA;    {\Expr{#1+\Div{((153*(\Expr{#2+(12*(\Div{14-#2}{12}))-3}))+2)}&#xA;     {5}+365*(\Expr{#3+4800-(\Div{14-#2}{12})})+&#xA;      (\Div{\Expr{#3+4800-(\Div{14-#2}{12})}}{4})-&#xA;      (\Div{\Expr{#3+4800-(\Div{14-#2}{12})}}{100})+&#xA;      (\Div{\Expr{#3+4800-(\Div{14-#2}{12})}}{400})-32045 }}&#xA;&#xA;\def\cwhlp#1#2#3%&#xA;    {\Expr{\Mod {\Mod {\Mod {\Expr&#xA;     {\Jday{#1}{#2}{#3}+31741-\Mod{\Jday{#1}{#2}{#3}}{7}}}%&#xA;     {146097}}{36524}}{1461}}}&#xA;&#xA;\def\calendarweek#1#2#3%&#xA;  {\Expr{\Expr{\Div{\Expr{\Mod{\cwhlp{#1}{#2}{#3}-&#xA;    \Expr{\Div{\cwhlp{#1}{#2}{#3}}{1460}}}{365}+&#xA;         \Expr{\Div{\cwhlp{#1}{#2}{#3}}{1460}}}}{7} +1}}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\calendarweek{28}{2}{2011}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T01:26:08.700" />
  <row Id="10951" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10949" CreationDate="2011-02-13T01:33:20.510" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just an idea:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;datenumber&lt;/code&gt; package can give you the day as number. By subtracting the number of Jan 1st of the same year and adding one you can get the day of the year.&#xA;The number of the week is then about this number divided by seven. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Because ISO weeks start by definition with a Monday you have to add an offset:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;[ISO week number] = &#xA; floor( ( [number of selected date] - [number of first Monday of the year] + 1 ) / 7 ) + 1 &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The package also gives you the possibility to check the day of the week, which allows you to find the first Monday of the year.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure if I understood ISO week numbers correctly and I might be off with the equations (it's 1.30am), but you get the idea.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T01:33:20.510" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="10952" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-13T02:55:31.187" Score="7" ViewCount="127" Body="&lt;p&gt;If a new package gets officially recognized with an entry at CTAN today, (on average) when can I typically expect all mirrors to be updated so that TeX Live Utility can detect the changes?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="791" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T19:33:32.833" Title="How soon do all CTAN mirrors update for TeX Live Utility to detect the changes?" Tags="&lt;texlive&gt;&lt;ctan&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="10953" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10941" CreationDate="2011-02-13T03:44:47.880" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can't miss adforn font. Use &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{adforn}&lt;/code&gt; to access the glyphs. See manual of the package for the commands.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/7lNDz.png&quot; alt=&quot;font table&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are still other fonts including ornaments (not in &lt;em&gt;The Comprehensive LaTeX Symbol List&lt;/em&gt;), for example, linux-libertine(&lt;code&gt;linbertine&lt;/code&gt; package).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T03:44:47.880" />
  <row Id="10954" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10952" CreationDate="2011-02-13T03:52:42.957" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;My understanding is that the three ‘master’ mirrors (US, Cambridge, Dante) push updates to each other, from which the other CTAN mirrors sync their content within at most 24 hours. I don't think there's a ‘minimum time’ you can count on, however.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also note that there's a delay between uploading to CTAN and content being available in TeX Live (&lt;code&gt;tlnet&lt;/code&gt;). Again, that usually happens within 24 hours but it's dependent on human-power.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T03:52:42.957" />
  <row Id="10955" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10941" CreationDate="2011-02-13T04:00:58.177" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you are using XeTeX or LuaTeX, you can use anything from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.fontsquirrel.com/fonts/list/style/Dingbat&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Font Squirrel's dingbat list&lt;/a&gt;, which lists some nice ones.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T04:00:58.177" />
  <row Id="10956" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10930" CreationDate="2011-02-13T04:42:36.083" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is not a bug. It is actually intended to behave this way. quickindex option does not support memoir class yet and the error that you get is on purpose. quickindex option is added in v1.1.0 of xepersian and it is available on CTAN now. (at least on dante). I just uploaded it yesterday to dante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2716" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T04:42:36.083" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10957" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10749" CreationDate="2011-02-13T05:09:25.293" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I couldn't resist: Here is one way to draw this with TikZ. To make it nicer to use, there should be some additional wrapper around it, that automatically calculates the horizontal placement of the nodes. Besides that, the code is astonishingly non-verbose.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;% These set the width of a day and the height of an hour.&#xA;\newcommand*\daywidth{6cm}&#xA;\newcommand*\hourheight{1.2em}&#xA;&#xA;% The entry style will have two options:&#xA;% * the first option sets how many hours the entry will be (i.e. its height);&#xA;% * the second option sets how many overlapping entries there are (thus&#xA;%   determining the width).&#xA;\tikzset{entry/.style 2 args={&#xA;    draw,&#xA;    rectangle,&#xA;    anchor=north west,&#xA;    line width=0.4pt,&#xA;    inner sep=0.3333em,&#xA;    text width={\daywidth/#2-0.6666em-0.4pt},&#xA;    minimum height=#1*\hourheight,&#xA;    align=center&#xA;}}&#xA;&#xA;% Start the picture and set the x coordinate to correspond to days and the y&#xA;% coordinate to correspond to hours (y should point downwards).&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[y=-\hourheight,x=\daywidth]&#xA;&#xA;    % First print a list of times.&#xA;    \foreach \time/\ustime in {8/8am,9/9am,10/10am,11/11am,12/12pm,13/1pm,14/2pm,15/3pm,16/4pm,17/5pm,18/6pm}&#xA;        \node[anchor=north east] at (1,\time) {\ustime};&#xA;&#xA;    % Draw some day dividers.&#xA;    \draw (1,6.5) -- (1,19);&#xA;    \draw (2,6.5) -- (2,19);&#xA;    \draw (3,6.5) -- (3,19);&#xA;&#xA;    % Start Monday.&#xA;    \node[anchor=north] at (1.5,6.5) {Monday};&#xA;    % Write the entries. Note that the x coordinate is 1 (for Monday) plus an&#xA;    % appropriate amount of shifting. The y coordinate is simply the starting&#xA;    % time.&#xA;    \node[entry={4}{2}] at (1,8) {Virtual Reality};&#xA;    \node[entry={3}{2}] at (1.5,8) {Realtime Network};&#xA;    \node[entry={3}{1}] at (1,13) {EOSA};&#xA;&#xA;    % The same for Tuesday.&#xA;    \node[anchor=north] at (2.5,6.5) {Tuesday};&#xA;    \node[entry={3.5}{3}] at (2,9) {Class A};&#xA;    \node[entry={2.5}{3}] at (2.33333,9.5) {Class B};&#xA;    \node[entry={2.5}{3}] at (2.66667,10) {Class C};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/FkOUC.png&quot; alt=&quot;result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, you can apply all the power of TikZ to actually make it look better (or worse...). For example, by simply replacing the &lt;code&gt;\tikzset&lt;/code&gt; with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\tikzset{entry/.style 2 args={&#xA;    xshift=(0.5334em+0.8pt)/2,&#xA;    draw,&#xA;    line width=0.8pt,&#xA;    font=\sffamily,&#xA;    rectangle,&#xA;    rounded corners,&#xA;    fill=blue!20,&#xA;    anchor=north west,&#xA;    inner sep=0.3333em,&#xA;    text width={\daywidth/#2-1.2em-1.6pt},&#xA;    minimum height=#1*\hourheight,&#xA;    align=center&#xA;}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;one obtains&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/3sYjx.png&quot; alt=&quot;example 2&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-13T05:23:05.983" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T05:23:05.983" />
  <row Id="10958" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10962" CreationDate="2011-02-13T06:18:28.140" Score="4" ViewCount="97" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt; environment in my document with &lt;code&gt;backgroundcolor=\color{grey}&lt;/code&gt; to get a nice grey background and &lt;code&gt;mathescape=true&lt;/code&gt; for using math symbols. However when using the &lt;code&gt;\vdots&lt;/code&gt; command inside a code listing I get a break in my listing, as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\usepackage{color}&#xA;\definecolor{grey}{rgb}{0.9,0.9,0.9}&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\lstset{%&#xA;language=Lisp,&#xA;basicstyle=\small,&#xA;backgroundcolor=\color{grey},&#xA;mathescape=true}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}&#xA;(let ((&amp;lt;$var_1$&amp;gt; &amp;lt;$exp_1$&amp;gt;)&#xA;      (&amp;lt;$var_2$&amp;gt; &amp;lt;$exp_2$&amp;gt;)&#xA;      $\vdots$&#xA;      (&amp;lt;$var_n$&amp;gt; &amp;lt;$exp_n$&amp;gt;))&#xA;   &amp;lt;$body$&amp;gt;))&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Resulting output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/2O9DF.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So far it's &lt;em&gt;only&lt;/em&gt; &lt;code&gt;\vdots&lt;/code&gt; which is doing this (and it happens multiple times so I know it's not a fluke). Is there a fix for this, or maybe would &lt;code&gt;minted&lt;/code&gt; work better at this sort of thing? (Although I'd rather not switch if I don't have to.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1517" LastEditorUserId="1517" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-13T07:09:31.773" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T09:29:56.483" Title="listings with background color and mathescape broken" Tags="&lt;listings&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10959" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-13T07:14:07.990" Score="4" ViewCount="179" Body="&lt;p&gt;Assume I wish to refer to the &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt;-th object, or the &lt;em&gt;n&lt;/em&gt;-th function out of some set. How do you suggest to write it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;$n$th&lt;/code&gt; is just confusing, &lt;code&gt;$n$-th&lt;/code&gt; seems weird, and &lt;code&gt;$n^{\text{th}}$&lt;/code&gt;, which is my current choice, is (pardon me) simply ugly. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any suggestions?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2061" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-13T07:27:26.783" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T09:41:12.857" Title="1st, 2nd and i-th?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;style&gt;&lt;soft-question&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="10960" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10959" CreationDate="2011-02-13T07:24:30.490" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In my experience &lt;code&gt;$n$th&lt;/code&gt; is most widely used (like &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nth_root&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;). Personally I don't think it's ugly compared to the other two options and I think it's quite readable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1517" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T07:24:30.490" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10962" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10958" CreationDate="2011-02-13T08:46:08.887" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The problem seems to be that &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt; expects a constant line height, and that &lt;code&gt;\vdots&lt;/code&gt; just takes up too much vertical space. One fix is to redefine &lt;code&gt;\vdots&lt;/code&gt; so that it takes up less vertical space:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand\vdots{%&#xA;  \vbox{\baselineskip3pt\lineskiplimit0pt\kern1pt\hbox{.}\hbox{.}\hbox{.}\kern-1pt}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ZvmkK.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-13T09:22:25.037" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T09:22:25.037" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10963" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10958" CreationDate="2011-02-13T09:29:56.483" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\usepackage{color}&#xA;\definecolor{grey}{gray}{0.9}&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;&#xA;\lstset{%&#xA;language=Lisp,&#xA;basicstyle=\small,&#xA;backgroundcolor=\color{grey},&#xA;mathescape=true}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}&#xA;(let ((&amp;lt;$var_1$&amp;gt; &amp;lt;$exp_1$&amp;gt;)&#xA;      (&amp;lt;$var_2$&amp;gt; &amp;lt;$exp_2$&amp;gt;)&#xA;      $\makebox(0,7.5){\vdots}$&#xA;      (&amp;lt;$var_n$&amp;gt; &amp;lt;$exp_n$&amp;gt;))&#xA;   &amp;lt;$body$&amp;gt;))&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T09:29:56.483" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10964" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10959" CreationDate="2011-02-13T09:41:12.857" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;$n$th is compatible with the command &lt;code&gt;\nth{}&lt;/code&gt; which is called-upon by the package &lt;code&gt;nth&lt;/code&gt;... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\usepackage{nth}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\nth{3} is not the same as $\nth{3}$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;b.t.w. as far as I know this command only work with numbers...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1999" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T09:41:12.857" />
  <row Id="10965" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10942" CreationDate="2011-02-13T09:57:18.057" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The components in &lt;code&gt;circuitikz&lt;/code&gt; are always placed midway between the coordinates of the paths they belong to, so you have to make sure the parallel paths start and end on the same heights in order to get identical vertical placement of the components.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &quot;dirty&quot; way to do this is to just add additional points on the paths:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{circuitikz}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{siunitx} % Preferred over SIunits&#xA;\begin{document} &#xA;&#xA;Single Transistor discrete BJT biasing circuit:&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;\begin{circuitikz}[scale=1.4]&#xA;\draw (0,0) node[ground] {};&#xA;\draw (0,0) to[R=$R_2$] (0,1.4) -- (0,2);&#xA;\draw (0,2) -- (0,2.6) to[R=$R_1$] (0,4) -- (2,4);&#xA;\draw (2,2) node[pnp] (pnp) {}&#xA;    (pnp.B) [short,-*] to (0,2); % &quot;short&quot; is a plain wire&#xA;\draw (2,4) to[R,l_=$R_C$] (2,2.6) -- (pnp.E); % Switch label side&#xA;\draw (2,0) node[ground] {};&#xA;\draw (2,0) to[R=$R_E$] (2,1.4) -- (pnp.C);&#xA;\end{circuitikz}&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/D336c.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A more &quot;proper&quot; way would be to use the &lt;code&gt;\let \p&amp;lt;number&amp;gt; = (&amp;lt;coordinate&amp;gt;) in ...&lt;/code&gt;, which saves a coordinate in a local variable and lets you access the x and y components through &lt;code&gt;\x&amp;lt;number&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\y&amp;lt;number&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;. You can then save the emitter and collector coordinates and use their y components in the end points for the wires with the resistors.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{circuitikz}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{siunitx}&#xA;\begin{document} &#xA;&#xA;Single Transistor discrete BJT biasing circuit:&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;\begin{circuitikz}[scale=1.4]&#xA;\draw (2,2) node[pnp] (pnp) {}&#xA;    (pnp.B) [short,-*] to (0,2);&#xA;\draw let \p1=(pnp.C),\p2=(pnp.E) in &#xA;  (0,0) node [ground] {}&#xA;  to [R=$R_2$] (0,\y1) -- (0,2) -- (0,\y2) &#xA;  to [R=$R_1$] (0,4) -- (2,4);&#xA;\draw (2,4) to [R,l_=$R_C$] (pnp.E);&#xA;\draw (2,0) node[ground] {};&#xA;\draw (2,0) to [R=$R_E$]  (pnp.C);&#xA;\end{circuitikz}&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-13T17:49:46.677" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T17:49:46.677" />
  <row Id="10966" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10970" CreationDate="2011-02-13T10:04:07.720" Score="5" ViewCount="243" Body="&lt;p&gt;Whenever I make a presentation with LaTeX, it takes me a long time to include the graphics in the way I want them to look. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I start with &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics{foo.jpg}&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;run &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; to see what it looks like, &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;then add &lt;code&gt;[trim=1cm 2cm 3cm 4cm]&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;run &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; to see what it looks like, &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;then add &lt;code&gt;[scale=.8]&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;then run &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;then change &lt;code&gt;[trim=...]&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;then change &lt;code&gt;[scale]....&lt;/code&gt; etc. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a tool that lets on manipulate the picture directly and then produces the LaTeX source? Or what is a better practice to achieve the results?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1468" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-13T10:15:29.397" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T12:31:50.273" Title="Quickest way to include graphics" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10967" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10952" CreationDate="2011-02-13T10:11:48.713" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Each mirror has a &lt;code&gt;timestamp&lt;/code&gt; file which indicates the last time it got synced.&#xA;The master servers (&lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tug.ctan.org&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://dante.ctan.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;dante.ctan.org&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;www.tex.ac.uk&lt;/a&gt;) synchronize with each other apparently every hour almost on the hour. At least &lt;code&gt;tug&lt;/code&gt;'s timestamp is always &lt;code&gt;:01&lt;/code&gt; min after the full hour and &lt;code&gt;dante&lt;/code&gt;'s &lt;code&gt;:02&lt;/code&gt;. Their timestamps are updated every hour even when no files changed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The other mirrors are supposed to sync once a day using a cronjob. I configured my mirror to sync every 3 hours first and got told that this is way to frequently.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can see a nice statistic about mirror delays on &lt;a href=&quot;http://dante.ctan.org/mirmon/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the mirror monitor page&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My experiences with my packages are:&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;It takes about half a day until your upload is handled by the upload admins (due to the &lt;a href=&quot;http://groups.google.com/group/comp.text.tex/browse_frm/thread/83229dc961b35827&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;current situation&lt;/a&gt; it takes a little longer), and then about 25 hours (1+24) until all active mirrors picked it up. The TeXLive package should be available also about two days after the upload got processed. It is faster for an update then for a new package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T10:11:48.713" />
  <row Id="10968" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10952" CreationDate="2011-02-13T10:35:48.083" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Will's got most of it; ctan sites send &quot;mirror this&quot; instructions to each&#xA;other, when something's been installed.  (Of course, tug.ctan.org isn't doing that just now, but it seems to be accepting instructions from cambridge and dante.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In addition, a comparison between the three sites is run every night, and discrepancies are investigated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Martin's being confused by the &quot;datestamp&quot; file.  That's there for the mirror monitor only, and is generated locally (in a cron job); the synchronisation messages are processed much more rapidly than once an hour.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that the mirror monitor results are stored in a database, to which mirror.ctan.org has access: mirror.ctan.org should never provide a pointer to&#xA;a mirror that seems &gt;24 hours &quot;stale&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note the difference between &lt;em&gt;ctan &lt;strong&gt;sites&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; (dante, cambridge and [officially] tug) and &lt;em&gt;ctan &lt;strong&gt;mirrors&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.  while ctan sites do use snippets of mirroring mechanism to keep up-to-date with each other, ctan mirrors use mirroring (at fixed times, usually) and nothing else.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2411" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T10:35:48.083" />
  <row Id="10969" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10966" CreationDate="2011-02-13T10:36:10.730" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would create the graphic at the size I want in the paper (for example, by using a graphics editing program) and then use &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics{foo}&lt;/code&gt; with no other modifications needed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T10:36:10.730" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="10970" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10966" CreationDate="2011-02-13T11:31:55.087" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A good practice IMHO is, depending on the type of graphic:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Photos&lt;/strong&gt;: Use the JPG format and crop it to the size and viewport your need using an image processing program, e.g. Gimp or Photoshop. DO NOT use JPG for anything else, it is really just thought for photos. It can handle other stuff as well but not as good as other formats.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Screenshoots&lt;/strong&gt; and other &lt;strong&gt;Artificial Pixel-graphics&lt;/strong&gt;: Use PNG format and again crop it to the size and viewport needed. The PNG format is lossless, i.e. doesn't create artifacts like JPG. Its compresses this kind of images well.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Diagrams, Pictures&lt;/strong&gt; and other &lt;strong&gt;Vector-graphics&lt;/strong&gt;: Should really be included as vector-graphics and not as pixel-graphics (and if so NOT as JPG!). You should export them as PDF or EPS which is then converted to PDF (e.g. &lt;code&gt;epstopdf&lt;/code&gt;). Extra whitespace from margins etc. can be removed by &lt;code&gt;pdfcrop&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To include your image:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;the &lt;code&gt;width&lt;/code&gt; (and &lt;code&gt;height&lt;/code&gt;) option should IMHO be preferred before &lt;code&gt;scale&lt;/code&gt; in many cases, e.g. larger graphics. A &lt;code&gt;width=&lt;/code&gt;&lt;em&gt;x&lt;/em&gt;&lt;code&gt;\textwidth&lt;/code&gt; (&lt;em&gt;x&lt;/em&gt; = 0.95 .. 0.8) normally includes larger images nicely. The &lt;code&gt;scale&lt;/code&gt; options is better suited to increase smaller images or adjust middle sized images when they already have almost the correct size.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;In &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt; presentation I had to watch the &lt;code&gt;height&lt;/code&gt; as well. Note that in &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt; the &lt;code&gt;\textheight&lt;/code&gt; spans over the frame title, so &lt;code&gt;height=\textheight&lt;/code&gt; will not result in a good slide.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;About your current method:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;If you are using &lt;code&gt;trim&lt;/code&gt; to remove white space (see also above), you might want to also use the &lt;code&gt;clip&lt;/code&gt; option to get fully rid of it. (Ok, with white space it doesn't make much difference)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;There are tools which give you a live preview, like the &lt;code&gt;-pvc&lt;/code&gt; mode of &lt;code&gt;latexmk&lt;/code&gt;. Use it for the recompilation while you change the settings.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Note that &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt; has a &lt;code&gt;\includeonlyframe&lt;/code&gt; which allows you to only compile certain frame, which speeds things up during adjustments and creation of e.g. TikZ pictures.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-13T11:39:15.913" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T11:39:15.913" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10971" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="652" CreationDate="2011-02-13T12:25:47.070" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have installed TeXLive2010 on Ubuntu 10.04 using the ISO image file, I have no error and all things working properly. It seems that, the error is for your TeXLive installation! Try the ISO image.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3538" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T12:25:47.070" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10972" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10966" CreationDate="2011-02-13T12:31:50.273" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;use package &lt;code&gt;overpic&lt;/code&gt; for an overlay grid. Then it is easy to find&#xA;the correct values for trim: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[abs]{overpic}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{overpic}[scale=.25,grid,tics=10]{tiger}&#xA;\end{overpic}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/pefBG.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I run this example with &lt;code&gt;latex-&amp;gt;dvips-&amp;gt;ps2pdf&lt;/code&gt;, because there is only a &lt;code&gt;tiger.eps&lt;/code&gt;.  Use any other &lt;code&gt;jpg&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;png&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;pdf&lt;/code&gt; graphic, if you want to run &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T12:31:50.273" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10973" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5796" CreationDate="2011-02-13T12:47:18.767" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Open the font with font viewer such as &lt;code&gt;gfontview&lt;/code&gt;, is the font name in the correct format?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ensure that the font by this (correct) name is accessible in other program such as open office!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3538" LastEditorUserId="3538" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-14T11:29:38.327" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T11:29:38.327" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10974" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1278" CreationDate="2011-02-13T12:55:06.280" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Xelatex does not support the eps format, use the other format such as PDF, png, jpg ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Try &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[dvips]{graphicx}&lt;/code&gt;! It may let you to use the EPS format.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3538" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T12:55:06.280" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="10975" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10984" CreationDate="2011-02-13T11:53:59.120" Score="2" ViewCount="299" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's my problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have this picture: &lt;a href=&quot;http://dl.dropbox.com/u/3394117/Temp/fig1.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://dl.dropbox.com/u/3394117/Temp/fig1.png&lt;/a&gt; (I have the original in Pixen and could export it to several different formats. I went with png though since it's lossless.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anyhow. When I open my picture in Preview (OS X) and zoom in, it looks fine. The characters have extremely sharp boarders between them and the background. However, when I put it into my latex document, compile it to a pdf (using TexShop) and then zoom in, it suddenly have gotten blurry (see screenshot: &lt;a href=&quot;http://dl.dropbox.com/u/3394117/Temp/Screen%20shot%202011-02-13%20at%2012.46.30.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://dl.dropbox.com/u/3394117/Temp/Screen%20shot%202011-02-13%20at%2012.46.30.png&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Minimal working example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\includegraphics[scale=1]{fig1.png}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the end, I would like to be able to scale the picture freely without there being any blurring at all.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anybody have any solution to my problem?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3555" LastEditorUserId="3555" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-13T13:20:53.783" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T14:06:29.250" Title="My pixel perfect picture gets blurry when compiled in LaTex" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;pdftex&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="10976" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10975" CreationDate="2011-02-13T12:01:08.107" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;My guess would be that this is almost certainly due to lossy compression in PDFs. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the past to work around this I've generated postscript and explicitly used ps2pdf to produce the PDF, which has a lot more options relating to PDF compression. Normally I use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;-dMaxSubsetPct=100 -dCompatibilityLevel=1.5 \&#xA;             -sPAPERSIZE=a4 \&#xA;             -dSubsetFonts=true -dEmbedAllFonts=true \&#xA;             -dAutoFilterColorImages=false \&#xA;             -dAutoFilterGrayImages=false \&#xA;             -dColorImageFilter=/FlateEncode \&#xA;             -dGrayImageFilter=/FlateEncode \&#xA;             -dMonoImageFilter=/FlateEncode&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There might possibly be a smarter way just using pdflatex (which presumaby TexShop is calling), but I've not come across it yet.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3554" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T12:01:08.107" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10977" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3327" CreationDate="2011-02-13T13:16:57.630" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;change the &lt;code&gt;secnumdepth&lt;/code&gt;, using the &lt;code&gt;\setcounter{secnumdepth}{2}&lt;/code&gt;&#xA;the following table may help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Command                            Level        Comment&#xA;------------------------------------------------------------------------&#xA;\part{part}                        -1       not in letters&#xA;\chapter{chapter}                   0       only books and reports&#xA;\section{section}                   1       not in letters&#xA;\subsection{subsection}             2       not in letters&#xA;\subsubsection{subsubsection}       3       not in letters&#xA;\paragraph{paragraph}               4       not in letters&#xA;\subparagraph{subparagraph}         5       not in letters&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3538" LastEditorUserId="3538" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-14T09:04:42.293" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T09:04:42.293" />
  <row Id="10978" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10975" CreationDate="2011-02-13T13:29:17.270" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is just an effect of the display settings of your PDF viewer. In Acrobat Reader 9, for example, there is an option &quot;Edit | Preferences | Page Display | Smooth images&quot;. If you uncheck this box, the picture will not be anti-aliased. When printing, your image should look fine regardless of the smoothing effect you see on screen.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's your file in Acrobat Reader 9, zoomed to 800%, left half with the default &quot;Smooth images&quot;, right half with the option unchecked. Note the tick mark and the red X:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/i0y3R.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastEditorUserId="2552" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-13T13:56:27.203" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T13:56:27.203" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10979" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10982" CreationDate="2011-02-13T13:35:07.487" Score="1" ViewCount="41" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to make cards for a game.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have a problem with &lt;code&gt;\parbox&lt;/code&gt;. It's working ok only if the &lt;code&gt;\parbox&lt;/code&gt; in the previous picture is empty. If it's not the contents of &lt;code&gt;\parbox&lt;/code&gt; are shifted down.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is the code and output it makes. Cards go right to left because the ticket package goes top to bottom and I rotated the whole page so the contents of cards are upright.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why does that happen?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://domin.kofeina.net/bug.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;output&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[cutmark]{ticket}&#xA;\usepackage{pstricks}&#xA;\usepackage{fp}&#xA;&#xA;\hoffset=-5.0mm&#xA;\voffset=-20.0mm&#xA;&#xA;\unitlength=1mm&#xA;\ticketNumbers{2}{5}&#xA;\ticketSize{85}{55}&#xA;\ticketDistance{0}{0}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\pbox}[3]{\parbox{#1}{\center\fontsize{#2}{#2}\selectfont#3}}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand{\ticketdefault}{}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\myticket}[1]{\ticket{%&#xA;\pspicture[unit=10mm](0,0)(5.5,8,5)%&#xA;\rput[bl]{90}(8.5,0){%&#xA;  \rput[t](2.75,8){\pbox{4cm}{25}{#1}}%&#xA;  \psgrid[gridlabels=0,unit=.5,subgriddiv=0,gridwidth=0.1pt](0,0)(11,17)%&#xA;}\endpspicture%&#xA;}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\myticket{}&#xA;\myticket{1}&#xA;\myticket{2}&#xA;\myticket{}&#xA;\myticket{3}&#xA;\myticket{}&#xA;\myticket{}&#xA;\myticket{4}&#xA;\myticket{5}&#xA;\myticket{6}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3556" LastEditorUserId="3556" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-13T13:55:16.090" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T13:55:16.090" Title="Problem with parbox using pstricks and ticket package" Tags="&lt;pstricks&gt;&lt;paragraphs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10980" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11003" CreationDate="2011-02-13T13:37:38.390" Score="6" ViewCount="242" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's the problem:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;[scale = 3,&#xA;foo/.style={line width = 5pt}]&#xA;\draw[foo,red] (0,0) -- (0,1);&#xA;\draw[foo,blue] (0,1) -- (1,2);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want a line that changes colour half way along. I could do this with two paths (as above) but as you can see, the picture doesn't look great.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/qoVgf.png&quot; alt=&quot;TikZ problem&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can make the first path go up to &lt;code&gt;(1,2)&lt;/code&gt; as well, and then just draw over it, but the fundamental problem is that the thick line kind of cuts at the wrong angle. I'd like the transition between the red and blue to be angled nicely.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to do this with paths, or am I going to have to create custom shapes to achieve the effect I want? Which looks like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/RaEU1.png&quot; alt=&quot;TikZ problem 2&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T19:51:12.983" Title="TikZ: changing colour of a path half way along" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="6" />
  <row Id="10981" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10975" CreationDate="2011-02-13T13:38:26.270" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is a comparison on my system of the PDF output side by side with your original PNG. The PDF is on the left and the PNG on the right. I can see some slight differences, but I would not describe the PDF as blurrier.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/t6G1i.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PNG may be lossless, but it's still a bitmap format, and hence will look bad when zoomed in on, especially for a very small image like yours. Does Pixen have the option for exporting to a vector format, like EPS or PDF (or SVG, which you could then convert using other tools)? That would be better than PNG.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T13:38:26.270" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="10982" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10979" CreationDate="2011-02-13T13:43:27.590" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;try it this way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\pbox[3]{\parbox{#1}{\centerline{\fontsize{#2}{#2}\selectfont#3}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or alternetively:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\pbox[3]{\makebox[#1]{\fontsize{#2}{#2}\selectfont#3}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T13:43:27.590" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10983" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10980" CreationDate="2011-02-13T13:48:39.207" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;code&gt;line cap=round&lt;/code&gt; option to produce round line endings:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{standalone}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;[scale = 3,&#xA;foo/.style={line width = 5pt, line cap=round}]&#xA;\draw[foo,red] (0,0) -- (0,1);&#xA;\draw[foo,blue] (0,1) -- (1,2);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Ltzdl.png&quot; alt=&quot;Result&quot;&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An alternative is to define custom &quot;arrow&quot; heads (see PGF manual) which simply extend the blue line by the correct amount. However this amount will most likely depend on the angle between the lines.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-13T15:40:51.703" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T15:40:51.703" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="10984" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10975" CreationDate="2011-02-13T13:59:19.040" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ok. I got it to work now. It was ugly but it works.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I did was the following. I zoomed in on the picture in Pixen so that it covered my entire screen. I then took a screenshot, imported it into Pixelmator and exported it as a png-file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now it looks great! It's not until you zoom in really, really far that you notice the blurring.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It would be neat to be able to zoom without getting any blurring at all. Maybe I should do vector pixel art next time (I'll see if InkScape can fulfill my needs).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3555" LastEditorUserId="3555" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-13T14:06:29.250" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T14:06:29.250" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="10985" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-13T14:14:49.640" Score="2" ViewCount="163" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\arraystretch&lt;/code&gt; defines vertical spacing of tables. If I have several tables, how can I define a separate value of &lt;code&gt;\arraystretch&lt;/code&gt; for every table? In my case, the last defined &lt;code&gt;\arraystretch&lt;/code&gt; works for all tables.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3253" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-13T18:45:49.163" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T18:45:49.163" Title="Separate \arraystretch value for every table" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;spacing&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10986" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10993" CreationDate="2011-02-13T14:19:30.237" Score="5" ViewCount="108" Body="&lt;p&gt;I’m using the Linux Libertine font and have old style numbers enabled.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, in a certain context I want to use lining figures instead. Normally I should be able to switch using &lt;code&gt;\addfontfeature&lt;/code&gt; but this doesn’t work. MWE:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\setmainfont[Numbers=OldStyle]{Linux Libertine}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;C++0x&#xA;&#xA;C++{\addfontfeature{Numbers=Lining}0}x&#xA;&#xA;{\fontspec{Linux Libertine}C++0x}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The output looks like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;C++ox&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  C++ox&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  C++0x&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, the second line should look like the third, not like the first. Setting other font features (i.e. slashed zero) doesn’t work either.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Additionally, if I use another font (e.g. Hoefler Text) then the output is as expected.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does somebody have an idea what’s going on here?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T15:48:46.747" Title="Lining numbers not working in certain fonts" Tags="&lt;fontspec&gt;&lt;oldstylenums&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="10987" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10989" CreationDate="2011-02-13T14:19:38.377" Score="8" ViewCount="126" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sorry for asking so much questions. And I think this one is pretty easy I just don't know how.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like to use two types of footnotes in my document. The regular &lt;code&gt;\footnote&lt;/code&gt; using the arabic counting. And lets say &lt;code&gt;\footnotea&lt;/code&gt; using the alphabetic way of counting. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course I could use the &lt;code&gt;\footnotemark&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\footnotetext&lt;/code&gt; command but that way it won't count from 1,2,3 and a,b,c etc. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3354" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-13T14:26:35.043" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T15:40:57.193" Title="Two types of footnotes" Tags="&lt;footnotes&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10988" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10985" CreationDate="2011-02-13T14:24:22.220" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you define &lt;code&gt;\arraystretch&lt;/code&gt; direct before the table (i.e. &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt;) inside a group it should only be active for this table.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begingroup&#xA;\renewcommand*{\arraystretch}{&amp;lt;value&amp;gt;}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{...}&#xA; ...&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or define your own environment:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewenvironment{mytabular}[1][1]{%&#xA;  \renewcommand*{\arraystretch}{#1}%&#xA;  \tabular%&#xA;}{%&#xA;  \endtabular&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% ...&#xA;&#xA;\begin{mytabular}[&amp;lt;stretch value&amp;gt;]{...}&#xA; ...&#xA;\end{mytabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-13T14:59:39.287" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T14:59:39.287" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10989" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10987" CreationDate="2011-02-13T14:25:36.123" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are two packages that deal with this sort of problem: the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/manyfoot&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;manyfoot&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package and the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;bigfoot&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package.  The &lt;code&gt;bigfoot&lt;/code&gt; package loads &lt;code&gt;manyfoot&lt;/code&gt; but says: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[The] purpose of this package is to provide a one-stop solution to almost all problems related to footnotes. You can use it as a drop-in replacement of the manyfoot package, but without many of its shortcomings, and quite a few features of its own. It uses the existing document class layouts for footnotes, so you can usually use it without having to worry about the looks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I would probably start with it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that the documentation of &lt;code&gt;bigfoot&lt;/code&gt; is very sparse. It assumes all of the functionality of the &lt;code&gt;manyfoot&lt;/code&gt; package, so you should use that package's documentation as the guide to how to use the package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-13T15:40:57.193" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T15:40:57.193" />
  <row Id="10990" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10992" CreationDate="2011-02-13T14:34:58.127" Score="1" ViewCount="198" Body="&lt;p&gt;I tried to install and use the new &lt;code&gt;Tkz-fct&lt;/code&gt; package.&#xA;The installation was OK, MikTex Package Manager says that I've&#xA;successfully installed the package but if I try the most easy example from&#xA;the &lt;code&gt;userguide&lt;/code&gt; (from 20. January 2011) I got the message:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! I can't find file `tikzlibrary'.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and no file is produced...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Could anyone help me?&#xA;Thank much!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3097" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-21T04:49:30.063" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T04:49:30.063" Title="Tkz-fct Package Error -- I can't find file `tikzlibrary'." Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;tkz-collection&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="10991" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10985" CreationDate="2011-02-13T14:35:14.423" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{Tabular}[2][1]&#xA;  {\def\arraystretch{#1}\tabular{#2}}&#xA;  {\endtabular}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{Tabular}{ccc}&#xA; c &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; C\\&#xA; c &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; C&#xA;\end{Tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{Tabular}[3]{ccc}&#xA; c &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; C\\&#xA; c &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; C&#xA;\end{Tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T14:35:14.423" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="10992" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10990" CreationDate="2011-02-13T14:39:32.457" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Check that at least TikZ/PGF 2.10 is installed on your system. This is required for tkz-fct. If necessary, update TikZ/PGF using the MiKTeX package manager.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T14:39:32.457" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="10993" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10986" CreationDate="2011-02-13T14:41:38.693" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's a workaround to your problem (which is a known issue with respect to how adding font features works (see commentary &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/mailman/htdig/xetex/2008-June/010015.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/pipermail/xetex/2010-March/016047.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;)). The solution is to define a new fontface and use that to change the number style:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\setmainfont[Numbers=OldStyle]{Linux Libertine}&#xA;\newfontface\lining[Numbers=Lining]{Linux Libertine}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;C++0x&#xA;&#xA;C++{\lining0}x&#xA;&#xA;{\fontspec{Linux Libertine}C++0x}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In general if you are going to be switching fonts its best to use the &lt;code&gt;\newfontfamily&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\newfontface&lt;/code&gt; commands to make the switch into a macro rather than calling &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt; directly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-13T15:48:46.747" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T15:48:46.747" CommentCount="12" />
  <row Id="10994" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10980" CreationDate="2011-02-13T15:16:30.390" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You really want to draw this as a single path - the joins never look correctly otherwise (in my experience, anyway).  Take a look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/5107/fading-a-path-in-tikz&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt; answer or try the discussion in section 12.4.2 (page 114) of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://paws.wcu.edu/tsfoguel/tikzpgfmanual.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;manual&lt;/a&gt;.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Your question doesn't mention smoothly shading between colors, so the first link may be easiest (although both methods can be used to render joined lines similar to your illustration.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2948" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T15:16:30.390" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="10995" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10980" CreationDate="2011-02-13T15:18:52.403" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think you can draw the whole zig-line first, and then draw half.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale = 3,foo/.style={line width = 5pt}]&#xA;\draw[foo,red] (0,0) -- (0,1) -- (1,2);&#xA;\draw[foo,blue] (0,1) -- (1,2);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Col5E.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is not perfect, even bad for right angle. I think it is difficult if you simply use &lt;code&gt;\draw&lt;/code&gt; to get proper connection.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A solution of Asymptote. It seems there's some bug of PostScript's algorithm. :-(&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;import roundedpath;&#xA;defaultpen(squarecap+miterjoin);&#xA;&#xA;void drawzig(path p, pen[] pens)&#xA;{&#xA;    real r = linewidth(pens[0]) / 5;&#xA;    path q = roundedpath(p, r);&#xA;    pens.cyclic=true;&#xA;    for (int i = 0; i &amp;lt; length(q); ++i) {&#xA;        draw(subpath(q, 2*i-0.52, 2*i+1.52), pens[i]);&#xA;    }&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;path p1 = (0,0) -- (0,1cm) -- (1cm,2cm);&#xA;path p2 = (0,0) -- (0,1cm) -- (1cm,1cm); p2 = shift(1.5cm,0) * p2;&#xA;path p3 = (0,0) -- (0,1cm) -- (1cm,0); p3 = shift(3cm,0) * p3;&#xA;pen[] pens = {blue+5pt, red+5pt};&#xA;&#xA;drawzig(p1, pens);&#xA;drawzig(p2, pens);&#xA;drawzig(p3, pens);&#xA;&#xA;// compare&#xA;draw(p1 ^^ p2 ^^ p3);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/N3At6.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-13T18:41:34.500" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T18:41:34.500" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="10996" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10997" CreationDate="2011-02-13T16:38:03.173" Score="6" ViewCount="112" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to work out options for configuring a large &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/memoir/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;memoir&lt;/a&gt; to multiple audiences via multiple editions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Obviously one method of doing this is by building a master set of sections and then combining them into several different master documents which are basically a string of &lt;code&gt;\input{}&lt;/code&gt; commands.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another might be to define a set of section id environments and then include or exclude them with &lt;code&gt;\newcomment{} \commentson{} and commentsoff{}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Yet another way would be an inverse of this: to tag each section with one or more labels. Something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tagged}{managers,library}&#xA;\chapter{A Simple Introduction}&#xA;...&#xA;\end{tagged}&#xA;\begin{tagged}{sysprogs,library}&#xA;\chapter{A Complex Introduction}&#xA;...&#xA;\end{tagged}&#xA;\begin{tagged}{sysprogs,administrators}&#xA;\chapter{How to erase the system}&#xA;...&#xA;\end{tagged}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where I could then do something at the start like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usetag{sysprogs}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to build the &quot;System Programmer&quot; edition.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a package that will do something like this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Accepted @Leo Liu's answer. Bril.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="344" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-20T14:48:18.190" LastActivityDate="2011-03-20T14:48:18.190" Title="Document configuration via tags or labels?" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;document-configuration&gt;&lt;tagging&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="10997" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10996" CreationDate="2011-02-13T16:53:28.833" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is a &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/xcomment.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;xcomment&lt;/code&gt; package&lt;/a&gt;, it isn't tagged, but useful for this kind of question. See also&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=conditional&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=conditional&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is what you want:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{verbatim}&#xA;\usepackage{etoolbox}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\usetag[1]{%&#xA;  \def\do##1{\csdef{tagged@##1}{}}%&#xA;  \docsvlist{#1}}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{tagged}[1]%&#xA;  {\def\do##1{%&#xA;     \ifcsname tagged@##1\endcsname&#xA;       \let\comment\relax&#xA;       \let\endcomment\relax&#xA;     \fi}%&#xA;   \docsvlist{#1}&#xA;   \comment}%&#xA;  {\endcomment}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\usetag{a,b,c}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tagged}{a}&#xA;aaaa&#xA;\end{tagged}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tagged}{x}&#xA;xxxx&#xA;\end{tagged}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tagged}{a, x}&#xA;aaaa xxxx&#xA;\end{tagged}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tagged}{b, c, x}&#xA;bbbb cccc xxxx&#xA;\end{tagged}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's not difficult to implement. Whitespace after commas is ignored.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-13T17:33:05.663" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T17:33:05.663" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="10998" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10999" CreationDate="2011-02-13T16:56:06.567" Score="2" ViewCount="68" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am using the &lt;code&gt;\infer&lt;/code&gt; command from the &lt;code&gt;proof&lt;/code&gt; package. Few things that I am trying to do unsuccessfully:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;How can I have some space between the elements of the proof? such as space between x and y with    &lt;code&gt;\infer{x y}{z}&lt;/code&gt;. I can use &lt;code&gt;\,&lt;/code&gt;, but there should be a better way to do it, I think.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{center}&lt;/code&gt; has no effect on any of the inference rules, and I still want to be able to center them.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;How would I set up space between the inference rules without using &lt;code&gt;vspace&lt;/code&gt;? Right now, they appear very crowded, one right under the other.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1970" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-13T17:01:51.197" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T17:14:14.203" Title="Using infer from the proof package?" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;centering&gt;&lt;vspace&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="10999" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10998" CreationDate="2011-02-13T17:14:14.203" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I guess you have to do the spacing manually, just like with any occurence of &lt;code&gt;x y&lt;/code&gt; within the text.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;You can center rules by &lt;code&gt;\[ ... \]&lt;/code&gt; and (depraceted) &lt;code&gt;$$...$$&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;You could adjust the length &lt;code&gt;\inferLineSkip&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a minimal example showing the tipps above:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{proof}&#xA;\setlength{\inferLineSkip}{4pt}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\infer{B}{A &amp;amp; (A \rightarrow B)}&#xA;\[\infer{xy}{z}\]&#xA;\infer{C}{D &amp;amp; (D \leftarrow B)}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/7BuLU.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T17:14:14.203" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11000" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10980" CreationDate="2011-02-13T17:31:34.620" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't have any easy solution, but with some calculations, you can achieve the following (note that &lt;code&gt;line width&lt;/code&gt; is not scaled, so everything is divided by three). With some further thought, one should be able to stuff that into a macro that automatically does the right calculations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{calc}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    [scale = 3,&#xA;    foo/.style={line width = 5pt}]&#xA;    \draw[foo,red] (0,0) -- (0,1);&#xA;    \draw[foo,blue] (0,1) -- (1,2);&#xA;&#xA;    \fill[red] &#xA;        ($(0,1) + (-2.5pt/3,{(2.5pt*(-1+sqrt(2)))/3})$) --&#xA;        ($(0,1) + ( 2.5pt/3,{(2.5pt*( 1-sqrt(2)))/3})$) --&#xA;        ($(0,1) + ( 2.5pt/3,-2.5pt/3)$) --&#xA;        ($(0,1) + (-2.5pt/3,-2.5pt/3)$) --&#xA;        cycle;&#xA;    \fill[blue] &#xA;        ($(0,1) + (-2.5pt/3,{(2.5pt*(-1+sqrt(2)))/3})$) --&#xA;        ($(0,1) + ( 2.5pt/3,{(2.5pt*( 1-sqrt(2)))/3})$) --&#xA;        ($(0.1,1.1) + ( 2.5pt/3,{(2.5pt*( 1-sqrt(2)))/3})$) --&#xA;        ($(0.1,1.1) + (-2.5pt/3,{(2.5pt*(-1+sqrt(2)))/3})$) --&#xA;        cycle;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/cgeI0.png&quot; alt=&quot;result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T17:31:34.620" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="11001" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-13T18:10:59.810" Score="2" ViewCount="148" Body="&lt;p&gt;To access a section (or subsection), should I always put a &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt; after that section or is there any way to access that specific section without using &lt;code&gt;\ref&lt;/code&gt; in another place?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3559" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T13:14:27.120" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T13:14:27.120" Title="Accessing section or subsection" Tags="&lt;cross-referencing&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="10" />
  <row Id="11002" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11001" CreationDate="2011-02-13T18:17:37.543" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You need to use a &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt; &lt;strong&gt;after&lt;/strong&gt;, not before, the sectioning, caption or other command you want to reference. You need to use &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\ref&lt;/code&gt;, or similar commands, to access sections by label (name).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; package can create bookmark entries for the PDF without &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt;'s which also allow you to jump to chapters, sections, etc. but it will not allow you to reference this sections from other places in the text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-14T13:15:21.200" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T13:15:21.200" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="11003" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10980" CreationDate="2011-02-13T18:21:46.900" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use clipping.  Supplying a clip does affect the line endings so if you clip against a path at the correct angle, it will truly clip the path as you want.  There may be easier ways to implement this (namely, there may be quicker ways to get at the coordinates involved), but the following seems to work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\coordinate (a) at (0,0);&#xA;\coordinate (b) at (2,1);&#xA;\coordinate (c) at (0,-1);&#xA;\path (a);&#xA;\pgfgetlastxy{\ax}{\ay}&#xA;\path (b);&#xA;\pgfgetlastxy{\bx}{\by}&#xA;\path (c);&#xA;\pgfgetlastxy{\cx}{\cy}&#xA;\pgfmathsetmacro{\bx}{\bx - \ax}&#xA;\pgfmathsetmacro{\by}{\by - \ay}&#xA;\pgfmathsetmacro{\cx}{\cx - \ax}&#xA;\pgfmathsetmacro{\cy}{\cy - \ay}&#xA;\pgfmathsetmacro{\blen}{veclen(\bx,\by)}&#xA;\pgfmathsetmacro{\clen}{veclen(\cx,\cy)}&#xA;\pgfmathsetmacro{\dx}{\bx * \clen/\blen + \cx}&#xA;\pgfmathsetmacro{\dy}{\by * \clen/\blen + \cy}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{scope}&#xA;\clip (a) -- ++(\dx pt, \dy pt) -- ++(2* \bx pt, 2* \by pt) -- ++(-2* \dx pt, -2 * \dy pt) -- ++(-2 * \bx pt, -2 * \by pt) -- (a);&#xA;\draw[line width=1cm,blue,line cap=rect] (a) -- (b);&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;\begin{scope}&#xA;\clip (a) -- ++(\dx pt, \dy pt) -- ++(2* \cx pt, 2* \cy pt) -- ++(-2* \dx pt, -2 * \dy pt) -- ++(-2 * \cx pt, -2 * \cy pt) -- (a);&#xA;\draw[line width=1cm,red,line cap=rect] (a) -- (c);&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The horrendous calculations are simply to find a point that bisects the angle between the vectors (a)-&gt;(b) and (a)-&gt;(c).  We do that by finding the point on the line from (a) to (b) which is the same distance as (c) is from (a) and then finding the midpoint between that point and (c).  That (or rather, the relative vector from (a) to that point) is our desired vector.  We then draw two quadrilaterals whose basic properties are that near (a), they are angled to that they bisect the angle (b)(a)(c) and are large enough to contain the rest of the paths.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/m7Eb6.png&quot; alt=&quot;split colour paths&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This method is robust in that changing the coordinates of the three points works as it should.  Where it is not robust is that if the paths are more complicated then the clipping boxes will need to be more complicated to accommodate them.  As I said, there might also be cleaner ways of implementing this using more internal stuff.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T18:21:46.900" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11004" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11005" CreationDate="2011-02-13T18:48:31.637" Score="4" ViewCount="101" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using &lt;code&gt;IEEEtran&lt;/code&gt; to format an article, and I wanted to include an image. I included the &lt;code&gt;graphicx&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; packages, and used the following code, like normal, to include an image.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}[!t]&#xA;\centering&#xA;\includegraphics[width=3in]{fetch}&#xA;\caption{Pipeline: Fetch Instruction}&#xA;\label{fig:fetch}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What appears, however, is this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/q5yOO.png&quot; alt=&quot;Example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;Fetch.png&lt;/code&gt; is a file in the directory, and if I remove it, pdflatex errors instead of producing an output. I'm using MiKTeX 2.9 on Windows 7. Any ideas?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3561" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-13T19:08:07.653" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T19:08:07.653" Title="Why does the image not appear?" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11005" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11004" CreationDate="2011-02-13T18:49:41.040" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You have the &lt;code&gt;draft&lt;/code&gt; option enabled, most likely as class option, which makes &lt;code&gt;graphicx&lt;/code&gt; to display images like this. Load &lt;code&gt;graphicx&lt;/code&gt; with the &lt;code&gt;final&lt;/code&gt; option to overwrite this. Note that options of the class are global and are passed to all packages, but can still be overwritten by explicit package options.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-13T18:55:58.100" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T18:55:58.100" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11006" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-13T19:04:23.350" Score="4" ViewCount="87" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I use &lt;code&gt;pdflscape&lt;/code&gt; (or some other?) package in a twoside book so that landscape mode is always rotated so that top of the page points to the middle of the book? By default it seems landscape mode does not do that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I would like to have from time to time a page in a landscape mode, but it should be rotated correctly. This will probably make some landscape pages hard to read on a screen, as they will be flipped, but it would be much better printed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3562" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T15:15:57.237" Title="How to make landscape mode rotate properly in a twoside book?" Tags="&lt;landscape&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11007" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-13T19:19:29.640" Score="3" ViewCount="183" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am writing a short article for a magazin and want to have a two-column text. Since the header is supposed to be centered, I decided to use the multicol-package. This is my header:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper, 11pt, twoside]{scrartcl}&#xA;\usepackage[left=2.5cm,right=2.5cm,top=2.5cm,bottom=2cm,includeheadfoot]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{setspace}&#xA;\usepackage[latin1, utf8x]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[ngerman]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage[hang]{footmisc}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[dvips]{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{color}&#xA;\usepackage{multicol}&#xA;\usepackage{endnotes}&#xA;\usepackage{url}&#xA;\urlstyle{same}&#xA;\renewcommand{\notesname}{Anmerkungen}&#xA;\usepackage{capt-of}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\ScaleINeeded{%&#xA;\ifdim\Gin@nat@width&amp;gt;\linewidth&#xA;\linewidth&#xA;\else&#xA;\Gin@nat@width&#xA;\fi&#xA;}\makeatother&#xA;\usepackage{wrapfig}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My problem is the following: I want to include pictures in only one column like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{center}&#xA;\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}&#xA;\centering&#xA;\includegraphics[width=\linewidth]{Vinland}&#xA;\captionof{figure}{\textit{Ein möglicher Verlauf der Reise Leif Erikssons mit einer möglichen geographischen Zuordnung der Entdeckungen (Karte: Finn Bjørklid)}} &#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;\end{center}{} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That works and the picture ist shown in the text at the right position, but the space between the description of the picture and the following line of the text does not have the right length. Therefore the lines of the right column do not correspond with the lines of the left column any longer, the text of the whole page ist totally asymmetric and one column has one and a half lines more than the other. I don't know the reason for that problem and couldn't find any help on the internet. I hope someone here can help me!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3563" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-03T10:16:49.230" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T10:16:49.230" Title="Problems with pictures in multicol" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;&lt;multicol&gt;&lt;grids&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11008" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10952" CreationDate="2011-02-13T19:33:32.833" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;When a package is uploaded, there is a number of steps before it becomes available to TeX Live Utility (actually tlmgr).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;a CTAN maintainer handles the upload to make it available at his site;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;the upload is generally announced on ctan-ann;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;it is pushed to other sites and pulled by mirrors;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;a human from the TeX Live team notices the announce (if the upload wasn't announced, a script run weekly checks the actual contents of the packages in a local mirror against the files currently in TeX Live) and commits the packages in TeX Live's svn tree;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;a nightly cron rebuilds the master package repository from the svn tree;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;the master tlnet is pulled by a CTAN site, then pushed to other sites and pulled by mirrors as usual.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Steps 1 and 2 usually happen in a matter of hours (great job, CTANers!). Step 3 can take a few minutes to slightly more than 24h depending on the mirror used by the TL maintainer. Step 4 usually happens daily (thanks to Karl who is doing this work alone currently, afaik) or weekly for unannounced packages. It may take more time for particularly complex packages. Step 5 and 6 usually are a few hours to 48h, depending again on the local mirror.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, the delay from a package appearing on CTAN to its availability via tlmgr or TLU varies from a few hours (best case) to more than one week depending on the mirrors, the TL team workload, and the nature of the package, but my guestimate for the average would be 3 days. Variance is dictated mostly by step 4, at least for extreme cases.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1239" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T19:33:32.833" />
  <row Id="11011" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11007" CreationDate="2011-02-13T19:45:36.700" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;First of all, a remark: If you include pictures by using a minipage environment instead of a (floating) figure environment, you may have to manually sort out column breaks and page breaks. (On the other hand, figure environments spanning only one column are not possible with the multicol package.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Your question regarding lines in different columns not corresponding to each other actually is a feature request for grid typesetting. To quote from an answer to a &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1418/grid-system-in-latex&quot;&gt;former question&lt;/a&gt;: &quot;Your requirement [...] is very difficult in latex (and a frequent topic of discussion when people get together to talk about future versions).&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T19:45:36.700" />
  <row Id="11012" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11014" CreationDate="2011-02-13T19:50:39.037" Score="2" ViewCount="190" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have the following piece of text which I want to output literally: &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;&amp;lt;&quot;Welcome&quot;&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;. However it's converted to those funky quotations. I've been trying all sorts of things with &lt;code&gt;\&lt;/code&gt; mostly but to no avail.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\verb=!&amp;lt;&amp;lt;&quot;Welcome&quot;&amp;gt;&amp;gt;!&lt;/code&gt; kind of works, or gets the job done, but then it loses all other formatting (font face, size, etc.) as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3564" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-13T20:00:48.297" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T21:34:00.833" Title="Escape &quot;&gt; and &lt;&quot;" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;punctuation&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11013" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10980" CreationDate="2011-02-13T19:51:12.983" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Forgive me for adding a second answer, but since the idea is quite different I thought that it would be better for organizing. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following solution is completely automatic and doesn't require any math. It should work for any angle (except 0 and 180), though if it is larger than 180 degrees, you might want to exchange some of the &lt;code&gt;below&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;above&lt;/code&gt;. Also, for very acute angles, you might want to add some clipping (and see the note about &lt;code&gt;pos&lt;/code&gt; below).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{calc,intersections}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale = 3]&#xA;    \def\linewidth{5pt}&#xA;    \def\pointa{(0,0)}&#xA;    \def\pointb{(0,1)}&#xA;    \def\pointc{(1,2)}&#xA;    \path \pointa -- &#xA;        node[pos=0,coordinate,sloped,above=\linewidth/2] (tmp1-1) {} &#xA;        node[pos=2,coordinate,sloped,above=\linewidth/2] (tmp1-2) {}&#xA;        node[pos=0,coordinate,sloped,below=\linewidth/2] (tmp1-3) {}&#xA;        node[pos=2,coordinate,sloped,below=\linewidth/2] (tmp1-4) {}&#xA;        \pointb;&#xA;    \path \pointb -- &#xA;        node[pos=-1,coordinate,sloped,above=\linewidth/2] (tmp2-1) {} &#xA;        node[pos=1,coordinate,sloped,above=\linewidth/2] (tmp2-2) {}&#xA;        node[pos=-1,coordinate,sloped,below=\linewidth/2] (tmp2-3) {}&#xA;        node[pos=1,coordinate,sloped,below=\linewidth/2] (tmp2-4) {}&#xA;        \pointc;&#xA;&#xA;    \path[name path=line11] (tmp1-1) -- (tmp1-2);&#xA;    \path[name path=line12] (tmp1-3) -- (tmp1-4);&#xA;    \path[name path=line21] (tmp2-1) -- (tmp2-2);&#xA;    \path[name path=line22] (tmp2-3) -- (tmp2-4);&#xA;&#xA;    \path[name intersections={of=line11 and line21}] node[coordinate] (i1) at (intersection-1) {};&#xA;    \path[name intersections={of=line12 and line22}] node[coordinate] (i2) at (intersection-1) {};&#xA;&#xA;    \fill[red] (tmp1-1) -- (i1) -- (i2) -- (tmp1-3) -- cycle;&#xA;    \fill[blue] (tmp2-2) -- (i1) -- (i2) -- (tmp2-4) -- cycle;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First we create some nodes at the sides of the line, half the line width away from the center. The end nodes should be exactly at the height very the path ends, but the middle nodes need to be extended a bit further. For very short paths and big line widths or very acute angles you probably need to make the values in &lt;code&gt;pos=2&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;pos=-1&lt;/code&gt; larger. On the other hand, for “decent proportions” you might want to make them smaller, so that the nodes don't enlarge your bounding box. (Or just reset the bounding box afterwards.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;We use these nodes to specify some paths at the sides of the lines we want to draw and then intersect those to get the point where the colors should meet.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, instead of drawing the lines, we fill two shapes using all the points we made TikZ calculate for us.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/k3jFH.png&quot; alt=&quot;result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T19:51:12.983" />
  <row Id="11014" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11012" CreationDate="2011-02-13T19:53:42.080" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A quick solution would be to use inline math mode: &lt;code&gt;$&amp;lt;&amp;lt;$``Welcome''$&amp;gt;&amp;gt;$&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;edit:&lt;/strong&gt; if you want to preserve formatting, have you considered &lt;code&gt;\textgreater&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\textless&lt;/code&gt; ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3557" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T19:53:42.080" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11016" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11007" CreationDate="2011-02-13T19:59:51.407" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;grid&lt;/code&gt; package works in this case, but apparently it is not very reliable. You have to try to see if it's okay for you:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper, 11pt]{scrartcl}&#xA;\usepackage[left=2.5cm,right=2.5cm,top=2.5cm,bottom=2cm,includeheadfoot]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage[latin1, utf8x]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[ngerman]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[dvips,demo]{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage[grid]{multicol}&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;\usepackage{url}&#xA;\urlstyle{same}&#xA;\usepackage{capt-of}&#xA;\usepackage[baseline=14pt,fontsize=11pt,lines=45]{grid}&#xA;\usepackage{microtype}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\twocolumn&#xA;\blindtext&#xA;&#xA;\begin{gridenv}&#xA;\centering&#xA;\includegraphics[width=\linewidth]{Vinland}&#xA;\captionof{figure}{\textit{Ein möglicher Verlauf der Reise Leif Erikssons mit einer möglichen geographischen Zuordnung der Entdeckungen (Karte: Finn Bjørklid)}} &#xA;\end{gridenv}&#xA;&#xA;\blindtext[4]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/cfimD.png&quot; alt=&quot;grid layout&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T19:59:51.407" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11017" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11012" CreationDate="2011-02-13T20:02:34.570" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This may be what you want:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/0FJHe.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\guillemotleft``Welcome''\guillemotright&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For code listing, you can use &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt; package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/0FJHe.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\lstset{&#xA;  basicstyle=\ttfamily,&#xA;  columns=fixed,&#xA;  literate={&amp;lt;&amp;lt;}{\guillemotleft}1 {&amp;gt;&amp;gt;}{\guillemotright}1&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\lstinline!&amp;lt;&amp;lt;&quot;Welcome&quot;&amp;gt;&amp;gt;!&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can modify the &lt;code&gt;literate&lt;/code&gt; as you wish.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-13T21:34:00.833" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T21:34:00.833" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="11018" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11012" CreationDate="2011-02-13T20:07:31.847" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't think the less-than and greater-than signs are that pretty here.  You might try instead:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;$\langle\langle$``Welcome''$\rangle\rangle$&lt;/code&gt; for angle brackets that are narrower and taller than the mathematical relations.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;![\guillemotleft``Welcome''\guillemotright][1]&lt;/code&gt; for french quotation marks.  Make sure you also have &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&lt;/code&gt; in the preamble.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/nTEwn.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To be honest I don't think any of those look that pretty, but it is what you asked for. &lt;code&gt;:-D&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-13T20:23:28.290" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T20:23:28.290" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11019" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10894" CreationDate="2011-02-13T20:51:13.023" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One area of TeX which needs to be improved is math spacing (starting from 2007, Word does better than TeX in this area). &lt;em&gt;The TeXbook&lt;/em&gt; (in chapter 18) recommends quite a few manual adjustments most which could (and thus should) be automated (and the list is not complete). Here are a few examples, with the correct spacing below (the &lt;code&gt;cos²+sin²&lt;/code&gt; is a bit subtle as it’s a thin space instead of a medium space, but it is an important change since it also changes the shrinking and stretching values):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/pSxSA.png&quot; alt=&quot;examples of bad math spacing by TeX&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem is that the 8 spacing classes (&lt;code&gt;\mathord&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\mathop&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\mathbin&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\mathrel&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\mathopen&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\mathclose&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\mathpunct&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\mathinner&lt;/code&gt;) are not enough to cover all the cases. You would need at least the following supplementary classes: &lt;code&gt;\mathnull&lt;/code&gt; (no spacing at all, for &lt;code&gt;/&lt;/code&gt; and the backslash used as quotient), &lt;code&gt;\mathfact&lt;/code&gt; (for factorials), &lt;code&gt;\mathsqrt&lt;/code&gt; (for square roots) &lt;code&gt;\mathdiff&lt;/code&gt; (for differentials in integrals) and &lt;code&gt;\mathdpunct&lt;/code&gt; (for double punctuation like &lt;code&gt;:&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;;&lt;/code&gt; in French typography, in which you want a thin space both after and before).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1973" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T20:51:13.023" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-02-13T20:51:13.023" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11020" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-13T20:59:07.430" Score="5" ViewCount="109" Body="&lt;p&gt;Can one automate the construction of a BibTeX bibliography which includes all the bibliographic entries from multiple separate LaTeX documents? The documents I have in mind have citations in common, which must only appear once in the combined list.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I could potentially paste the text from all the documents into one file and use the bibliography from that. This would involve a fair bit of editing though, since the documents all use various incompatible documents classes and macros.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="45" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T00:59:55.410" Title="Merge bibtex citations" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="11022" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11020" CreationDate="2011-02-13T21:07:28.027" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think it might be sufficient to move all the &lt;code&gt;\bibcite&lt;/code&gt;s from the auxfiles into one auxfile. (Along with an initial \bibstyle command. Best take one from your existing documents' auxfile.) Running bibtex on that file should give you a bbl which contains the formatted bibliography. (But it's late here, I might be wrong.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1860" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T21:07:28.027" />
  <row Id="11023" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11020" CreationDate="2011-02-13T21:11:21.067" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can create a new document and then copy the contents of the &lt;code&gt;*.bbl&lt;/code&gt; files of the other documents into this new document. Then delete all &lt;code&gt;\begin{thebibliography}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\end{thebibliography}&lt;/code&gt;, except of the very first and last one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-13T21:11:21.067" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11024" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-13T22:26:52.313" Score="0" ViewCount="78" Body="&lt;p&gt;Currently I'm using ReST like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;see `Figure 2.1`__.&#xA;&#xA;__&#xA;.. figure:: images/first_figure&#xA;    :width: 80%&#xA;    :align: center&#xA;&#xA;    First Figure&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to add in linked figures.  Unfortunately this requires hard-coded figure numbers and generates LaTeX like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;see \hyperref[id1]{Figure 2.1}.&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;\phantomsection\label{id1}&#xA;\noindent\makebox[\textwidth][c]{\includegraphics[width=0.800\linewidth]{images/first_figure}}&#xA;\caption{First Figure}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anyone know of a way to get &lt;code&gt;rst2latex.py&lt;/code&gt; to generate a first line more like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;see \hyperref[id1]{Figure \ref*{id1}}.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or something similar so that the numbers are auto-generated instead of being hard-coded.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3569" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-08T18:04:58.207" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T18:04:58.207" Title="How to have auto-numbered figures with ReST to LaTeX" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="11025" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11026" CreationDate="2011-02-13T23:06:24.540" Score="9" ViewCount="408" Body="&lt;p&gt;What should I use to make Graphs for Graph Theory in LaTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have seen a lot of stuff about tkz (specifically &lt;code&gt;tkz-berge&lt;/code&gt;), but I'm running Ubuntu and there is no package for it, that I can tell. Trying to download all the .sty's is confusing the bejesus out of me. I cannot even find all the dependencies for &lt;code&gt;tkz-graph&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3105" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-14T08:13:19.340" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T16:59:46.027" Title="LaTeX for Graph Theory?" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="11026" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11025" CreationDate="2011-02-14T00:31:18.617" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This perhaps isn't quite the answer you were looking for as it isn't TeX-centric, but &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.graphviz.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Graphviz&lt;/a&gt; has always been (for me) &lt;strong&gt;the&lt;/strong&gt; tool for drawing any kind graph with more then three vertices. The ability to export to PS or PDF is a plus and there are tons of wrappers so you can use your lanuage of choice (personally I use &lt;a href=&quot;http://dkbza.org/pydot.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pydot&lt;/a&gt;). Graphviz shines when you have many vertices that you would like to be arranged according to some pattern (several are provided). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That being said, for small graphs (or those with a tree-like dependency), nothing can beat tikz with the iteration of TeX directly into the document, though the verbosity sometimes is off putting. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example of a simple tikz graph code&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}[shorten &amp;gt;=1pt,-&amp;gt;]&#xA;  \tikzstyle{vertex}=[circle,fill=black!25,minimum size=12pt,inner sep=2pt]&#xA;  \node[vertex] (G_1) at (-1,-1) {1};&#xA;  \node[vertex] (G_2) at (0,0)   {2};&#xA;  \node[vertex] (G_3) at (1,-1)  {3};&#xA;  \draw (G_1) -- (G_2) -- (G_3) -- cycle;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="352" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T00:31:18.617" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="11027" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11020" CreationDate="2011-02-14T00:45:12.723" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is the goal just to create a &lt;code&gt;.bib&lt;/code&gt; &lt;em&gt;file&lt;/em&gt; with all the unique references, or to create a single &lt;em&gt;printed&lt;/em&gt; bibliography to tack onto the back of all these different documents? If the former (I'm making this assumption because you say that the source documents have &quot;various incompatible classes&quot;, etc), then &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/utils/bibtool/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Bibtool&lt;/a&gt; and its &quot;extraction&quot; option is your friend. I haven't tested this, but assuming bibtool is installed, if you run latex/bibtex on each separate &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; file, so that the &lt;code&gt;.aux&lt;/code&gt; files are generated, then I believe something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;bibtool -x file1.aux file2.aux file3.aux -o consolidated.bib&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will move you toward what you want. See p10 and pp27-28 of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/utils/bibtool/bibtool.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;bibtool manual&lt;/a&gt;. Even if the goal is a single &lt;em&gt;printed&lt;/em&gt; bibliography, however, it will be straightforward to produce one once you've created the consolidated &lt;code&gt;.bib&lt;/code&gt; file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2506" LastEditorUserId="2506" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-14T00:59:55.410" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T00:59:55.410" />
  <row Id="11028" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11025" CreationDate="2011-02-14T03:48:48.500" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;pgf&lt;/code&gt; is in the Ubuntu repositories, so for that you only need &lt;code&gt;sudo apt-get install pgf&lt;/code&gt;.&#xA;You do not need the newest version of tikz to use &lt;code&gt;tkz-graph&lt;/code&gt;.&#xA;Then create a directory in your home folder, say &lt;code&gt;~/texmf/tex/latex/tkz&lt;/code&gt;, and put&#xA;&lt;code&gt;tkz-graph.sty&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;tkz-arith.sty&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;tkz-berge.sty&lt;/code&gt; there. This should be enough. I have some examples of the usage of &lt;code&gt;tkz-berge&lt;/code&gt; in my blog: &lt;a href=&quot;http://graphtheoryinlatex.wordpress.com&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://graphtheoryinlatex.wordpress.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="250" LastEditorUserId="250" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-14T14:53:07.430" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T14:53:07.430" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="11029" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10596" CreationDate="2011-02-14T04:17:54.573" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Based on droid answer from @frabjous&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;Thanks for the suggestion of Droid.  I really like that font too.  I wish it had a real italic though.  Anyway, I've decided to do something naughty and combine the droid capitals with some of the arev symbol for math.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{arev}&#xA;\usepackage{droid}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\familydefault}{\sfdefault}&#xA;% steal commands to fix math capitals&#xA;%\usepackage[italic,endash]{mathastext}&#xA;\DeclareSymbolFont{arevfix}          {\encodingdefault}{\familydefault}{\seriesdefault}{\itdefault}&#xA;\SetSymbolFont{arevfix}{bold}        {\encodingdefault}{\familydefault}{\bfdefault}{\itdefault}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{A}{\mathalpha}{arevfix}{`A}&#xA;...&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{Z}{\mathalpha}{arevfix}{`Z}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At large-ish sizes, arev is just a little bit bolder than droid, but they combine rather well.  For math excepts in a presentation, they seem better matched than most presentations I see, and a few quick tests show most people don't find it objectionable (or really even notice).  It isn't perfect, but it'd good enough for now.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This script is based on the comments here: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.charlietanksley.net/philtex/matching-math-fonts-to-text/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.charlietanksley.net/philtex/matching-math-fonts-to-text/&lt;/a&gt;  (Thanks again to @frabjous)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I decided not to use the full mathastext and only use the droid capitals for match and arev for lower-case math (to get the flowy i's and j's).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="474" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T04:17:54.573" />
  <row Id="11030" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11043" CreationDate="2011-02-14T04:32:52.060" Score="1" ViewCount="167" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to use, for this specific instance, letter style enumeration [ like a) b) c) ] . I realize that I can nest one enumerate environment in another and the style will change, but I don't want a dangling &quot;1.&quot; from the topmost enumerate environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1362" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-14T07:26:52.600" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T08:33:32.323" Title="LyX enumeration style from numbers to letters" Tags="&lt;lyx&gt;&lt;enumerate&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="11031" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11144" CreationDate="2011-02-14T04:57:47.693" Score="8" ViewCount="314" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am new to TeX, working on it for about 2 months. Have not yet figured out how to script the 'curvy L' for Lagrangian and/or for Laplace Transforms.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As of now I am using the 'L' - which is not good! :-( &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any help? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3527" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-14T05:04:21.590" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T06:07:32.107" Title="How to do the 'curvy L' for Lagrangian or Laplace Transforms?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;mathoperator&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="11032" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11031" CreationDate="2011-02-14T05:03:30.203" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$\mathcal{L}$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Have a look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/14/how-to-look-up-a-math-symbol&quot;&gt;“How to look up a math symbol?”&lt;/a&gt; for ideas how you can easily find a particular symbol.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T05:03:30.203" />
  <row Id="11033" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11076" CreationDate="2011-02-14T05:12:31.887" Score="1" ViewCount="74" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just starting to use LaTeX to type up my homework. I am doing differential equations right now and I have to type in an integral symbol. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However when I do that, and try to make a DVI, LyX gives me an error (both when producing pdf and dvi). The error is following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;MiKTeX Problem Report&#xA;Message: Not all fonts could be loaded. See 'File-&amp;gt;Document Properties', for details.&#xA;Data: &#xA;Source: Programs\MiKTeX\Yap\MFC\DviDoc.cpp&#xA;Line: 636&#xA;MiKTeX: 2.9&#xA;OS: Microsoft Windows 7 Home Premium Edition, 64-bit (build 7600)&#xA;SystemAdmin: no&#xA;PowerUser: no&#xA;Root0: C:\Users\affan\AppData\Roaming\MiKTeX\2.9&#xA;Root1: C:\Users\affan\AppData\Local\MiKTeX\2.9&#xA;Root2: C:\ProgramData\MiKTeX\2.9&#xA;Root3: C:\Program Files (x86)\MiKTeX 2.9&#xA;UserInstall: C:\Users\affan\AppData\Roaming\MiKTeX\2.9&#xA;UserConfig: C:\Users\affan\AppData\Roaming\MiKTeX\2.9&#xA;UserData: C:\Users\affan\AppData\Local\MiKTeX\2.9&#xA;CommonInstall: C:\Program Files (x86)\MiKTeX 2.9&#xA;CommonConfig: C:\ProgramData\MiKTeX\2.9&#xA;CommonData: C:\ProgramData\MiKTeX\2.9&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also a very similar error occurs when I try to change text into bold. I am assuming I am missing some sort of font files (since that's what the error refers to). Anyways, let me know how I can fix this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="776" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-14T06:37:21.423" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T17:12:12.443" Title="\int does not work on my LyX" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;lyx&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11035" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11025" CreationDate="2011-02-14T07:24:22.280" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I hear that a lot of graph theory people use &lt;a href=&quot;http://ipe7.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Ipe&lt;/a&gt;.  I am not a graph theorist, but I use Ipe, and I can see how the snapping modes of Ipe would make graph creation pretty easy. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T07:24:22.280" />
  <row Id="11036" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11042" CreationDate="2011-02-14T07:31:45.437" Score="1" ViewCount="88" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it that the &lt;code&gt;float&lt;/code&gt; package begins to show its age? I cannot get it to work right with XeLaTeX. Here is an example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article} % compile with xelatex&#xA;\usepackage{float}&#xA;\usepackage{polyglossia} &#xA;  \setmainlanguage{hebrew} &#xA;  \setotherlanguage{english}&#xA;  \newfontfamily\hebrewfont[Script=Hebrew]{Ezra SIL}% or{SBL Hebrew}&#xA;&#xA;\newfloat{thingy}{htbp}{lot}[section]&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{thingy}&#xA;    \[ E = m c^2 \]&#xA;    \begin{hebrew}\setRTL\caption{This caption should be set RTL}\end{hebrew}&#xA; \end{thingy}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/BzVqq.png&quot; alt=&quot;caption is not laid-out right-to-left as it should&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3391" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-14T07:52:36.190" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T08:19:03.193" Title="RTL captions with newfloat?" Tags="&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;polyglossia&gt;&lt;newfloat&gt;&lt;bidi&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11037" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-14T07:32:44.750" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-14T07:32:44.750" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T07:32:44.750" />
  <row Id="11038" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-14T07:32:44.750" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="Issues related to bidirectional TeXing" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="3391" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-14T08:00:24.817" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T08:00:24.817" />
  <row Id="11039" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-14T07:35:41.640" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-14T07:35:41.640" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T07:35:41.640" />
  <row Id="11040" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-14T07:35:41.640" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="Questions regarding the \newfloat command, as offered by the float package." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="3391" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-14T08:00:35.173" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T08:00:35.173" />
  <row Id="11041" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11001" CreationDate="2011-02-14T07:50:10.313" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you are seeking a method for referring to the &lt;em&gt;current&lt;/em&gt; section number without using &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\ref&lt;/code&gt;, then you could do the following&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section{First Section}&#xA;\subsection{First SubSection}&#xA;This sentence appears in Section~\thesection, specifically,&#xA;in Subsection~\thesubsection.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3391" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T07:50:10.313" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11042" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11036" CreationDate="2011-02-14T08:10:01.740" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Version 1.1.6 of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/bidi&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;bidi&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package (available today on CTAN and perhaps tomorrow by updating TeXLive 2010) adds support for the &lt;code&gt;float&lt;/code&gt; package and hence captions inside RTL mode will be RTL and captions inside LTR mode will be LTR. Your code should be changed into:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article} % compile with xelatex&#xA;\usepackage{float}&#xA;\usepackage{polyglossia} &#xA;  \setmainlanguage{hebrew} &#xA;  \setotherlanguage{english}&#xA;  \newfontfamily\hebrewfont[Script=Hebrew]{Ezra SIL}% or{SBL Hebrew}&#xA;&#xA;\newfloat{thingy}{htbp}{lot}[section]&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{thingy}&#xA;    \[ E = m c^2 \]&#xA;    \caption{This caption should be set RTL}&#xA; \end{thingy}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So this clearly means that you do not need to surround &lt;code&gt;\caption&lt;/code&gt; by a &lt;code&gt;hebrew&lt;/code&gt; environment and &lt;code&gt;\setRTL&lt;/code&gt; command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2716" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-14T08:19:03.193" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T08:19:03.193" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="11043" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11030" CreationDate="2011-02-14T08:12:09.730" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Write into &lt;code&gt;Document-&amp;gt;Settings-&amp;gt;Preamble&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{enumitem}&#xA;\setenumerate{label=A)}&#xA;\setenumerate[2]{label=a)}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For deeper values use also [3], [4]. Inside LyX you will still see the 1. If you want to change this too, then you'll have to rewrite your LyX layout file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-14T08:22:36.450" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T08:22:36.450" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11044" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10842" CreationDate="2011-02-14T08:17:29.750" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;While I appreciate the solutions of @Martin and @Milosz, my advice is: Don't do it. Your bibliography is basically formatted as a normal section (save the numbering), and footnotes should always be placed at the bottom of a page, even when they are part of section &quot;X&quot; and a new section &quot;X+1&quot; starts in the middle of the page. (@Milosz: Your screenshot shows footnote no. 4 -- I wonder what the pages with footnotes no. 1--3 look like.) If you really abhor footnotes after section-bibliographies, consider switching to endnotes for the whole document (these notes may be placed in a separate section before the bibliography).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you insist on positioning a footnote in the middle of a page and use a minipage environment for the text on the last page to do so, pay attention to the formatting of any &quot;paragraph&quot; that spans both the penultimate and the last page -- e.g., make sure that the last line on the penultimate page is justified.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T08:17:29.750" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="11045" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11050" CreationDate="2011-02-14T09:42:00.133" Score="4" ViewCount="121" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a trivial (I hope) problem. I want to move the last line from the even page to the odd one and not to break the paragraph. I tried &lt;code&gt;\newpage&lt;/code&gt; and it moved the line to the odd page but it broke the paragraph too. Then I tried &lt;code&gt;\pagebreak[1]&lt;/code&gt; but my text floated (vertically) to the bottom even though i used &lt;code&gt;\raggedbottom&lt;/code&gt; in my preamble (by the way I wouldn't like to use &lt;code&gt;\raggedbottom&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I googled and found maybe &lt;code&gt;changepage&lt;/code&gt; package could help. I used it but my footer moved up and of course I don't want it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I hope it's clear.&#xA;Do you know what to do?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3506" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-14T09:50:02.570" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T12:02:45.740" Title="How to move the last line to the next page?" Tags="&lt;page-breaking&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="11046" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11047" CreationDate="2011-02-14T10:16:08.973" Score="5" ViewCount="145" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a document that so far has used mathpazo for everything.  I love the texlive distributed Palatino for maths and body text.  The small caps in particular are much better than the True Type Palatino on my Mac.  However, I want to use my True Type Futura for headings.  Thus I decided to use xetex. All is well except I can't work out how to load up Futura without unloading mathpazo.  I can use fontspec to load up the True Type Palatino, but that is a big demotion for by body text.  I want mathpazo for everything except headings and to use my True Type Futura for headings. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3580" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-14T16:31:57.597" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T16:31:57.597" Title="Use mathpazo for body and math but use a non-tex font (in this case Futura) for headings." Tags="&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;mathpazo&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="11047" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11046" CreationDate="2011-02-14T10:35:41.370" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't think that in the long run you will be very happy with the combination of mathpazo (which needs an encoding like  T1 or OT1) and xelatex for normal texts: You won't be able to use a lot of non-ascii chars in the input, e.g. euro and sharp-s will not work. Apart from this: If you want to use a &quot;fontspec font&quot; in the heading you must change the encoding to EU1:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrbook}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\setsansfont{Arial}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{mathpazo}&#xA;&#xA;\addtokomafont{sectioning}{\fontencoding{EU1}\selectfont}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\chapter{ABC}&#xA;blub sharp-s:ß euro:€&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T10:35:41.370" />
  <row Id="11049" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-14T11:34:52.333" Score="9" ViewCount="136" Body="&lt;p&gt;Do we have any back inclined Italics Font? Just the opposite of the forward inclined Italics?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3583" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T17:53:01.833" Title="Back inclined Italics Font" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="11050" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11045" CreationDate="2011-02-14T12:02:45.740" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can enlarge or reduce the current page using the following command. To add or remove a line use &lt;code&gt;\baselineskip&lt;/code&gt; (the distance between two lines, i.e. their baselines) as reference:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T12:02:45.740" />
  <row Id="11051" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9136" CreationDate="2011-02-14T12:11:37.823" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yasser, use &lt;code&gt;bidipresentation&lt;/code&gt; class, at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.parsilatex.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Prsilatex website&lt;/a&gt;, you can find useful template and help to achieve your aim.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3538" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T12:11:37.823" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11052" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11049" CreationDate="2011-02-14T12:12:36.840" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Computer Modern Funny (&lt;code&gt;cmfr&lt;/code&gt; family) is one of this kind of font. cf:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/cmfunny/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/cmfunny/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/oW5y5.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T12:12:36.840" />
  <row Id="11053" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11056" CreationDate="2011-02-14T13:30:56.053" Score="3" ViewCount="64" Body="&lt;p&gt;Homogeneous coordinates in projective geometry are usually denoted like this: $[x:y:z]$. However, I think that ':' plays the role of a comma, and should be surrounded by much smaller spaces than for other uses of ':'. Is there a simple way in LaTeX to automatically adjust the spacing in homogeneous coordinates, without messing with the spacing of other uses of ':'?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3585" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T16:14:55.070" Title="Spacing for homogeneous coordinates" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;spacing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11054" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11031" CreationDate="2011-02-14T13:33:26.317" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can also use the mathsrsf package (put &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{mathsrsf}&lt;/code&gt; in your preamble), and its command &lt;code&gt;\mathscr&lt;/code&gt; (e.g. &lt;code&gt;$\mathscr{L}$&lt;/code&gt; should give you what you want) to get more script-like, curvy letters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3585" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-15T16:06:50.697" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T16:06:50.697" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11055" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-14T13:36:28.170" Score="1" ViewCount="95" Body="&lt;p&gt;Often I find myself in the situation that I'd like to design how chapters and sections look. I know there are packages that help to design such things, but non of them seems to give me the option to use the chapter/section number and the label as variables (like #1, #2).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Stefan has done something close to what I want in his &lt;a href=&quot;http://texblog.net/latex-archive/layout/fancy-chapter-tikz/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;blog&lt;/a&gt; using titlesec, but I was wondering:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a pure LaTeX way of accessing the number and label of chapter/sections and use those in variables while I design a pagestyle?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="632" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T18:44:54.830" Title="Access the chapter/section number and the chapter/section label through variables" Tags="&lt;programming&gt;&lt;page-style&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="11056" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11053" CreationDate="2011-02-14T13:41:24.547" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Set it as a &lt;code&gt;{:}&lt;/code&gt; or use &lt;code&gt;\mathpunct{:}&lt;/code&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[french]{babel}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\Coor#1{\begingroup\mathcode`\:=&quot;603A[\Coor@i#1::\@nil}&#xA;\def\Coor@i#1:#2:#3\@nil{%&#xA;  #1\ifx\relax#2\relax ]\else\mathpunct{:}\Coor@i#2:#3\@nil\fi\endgroup}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;$\Coor{1}$&#xA;foo $\Coor{1:2}$ bar $\Coor{1:2:3}$ baz $[1:2:3]$&#xA;&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-14T16:14:55.070" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T16:14:55.070" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="11057" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11055" CreationDate="2011-02-14T13:42:30.137" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The current values are stored in the counters &lt;code&gt;chapter&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;section&lt;/code&gt;, etc., so &lt;code&gt;\thechapter&lt;/code&gt; gives you the formatted number and &lt;code&gt;\arabic{chapter}&lt;/code&gt; always gives you the number, &lt;code&gt;\roman{chapter}&lt;/code&gt; in roman numerals etc. (As Martin points out,  &lt;code&gt;\value{chapter}&lt;/code&gt; will contain the value as a &quot;proper number&quot;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The titles... they might be in &lt;code&gt;\leftmark&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\rightmark&lt;/code&gt;, but that depends on the document class.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is that what you are looking for?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1860" LastEditorUserId="1860" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-14T14:44:44.120" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T14:44:44.120" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11058" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-14T13:46:55.370" Score="1" ViewCount="163" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a document where the main font is Gotham Book.  So in my preamble I have:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\setmainfont{Gotham Book}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As the fontspec manual describes, this sets the math roman font to also be Gotham Book.  But the math &lt;em&gt;italic&lt;/em&gt; font remains from the Computer Modern family.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know that &lt;code&gt;\setmathrm&lt;/code&gt; will change the math roman font, and there are cousins &lt;code&gt;\setmathtt&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\setmathsf&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;\setboldmathrm&lt;/code&gt;.  But there's no &lt;code&gt;\setmathit&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What am I missing?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T15:02:22.633" Title="How do I change the math italic font in XeTeX/fontspec?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;fontspec&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="11059" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-14T13:49:56.370" Score="5" ViewCount="333" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using the &lt;code&gt;subfig&lt;/code&gt; package to make many subfloats in a &lt;code&gt;figure&lt;/code&gt; environment. It works well, as long as you realize that it tracks the whitespaces within the &lt;code&gt;float&lt;/code&gt; environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It also has an option to split figures over multiple pages using a &lt;code&gt;\ContinuedFloat&lt;/code&gt; command. This means that once a number of subfigures fill up a page, then you end the figure and in a new page start a figure with this &lt;code&gt;\ContinuedFloat&lt;/code&gt; command -- and it resumes laying out the subfigures (preserving the counts, etc.) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that the usepackage command should be as described, and the &lt;code&gt;caption&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;captcont&lt;/code&gt; package should &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; be loaded, as it causes undesired redefinitions and incompatibilities.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[caption=false]{subfig}    % don't load caption or captcont&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;\subfloat[First]{\includegraphic{first} } \,&#xA;\subfloat[Second]{\includegraphic{second} } \,&#xA;\subfloat[Third]{\includegraphic{third} } \,&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then to continue subfigures later (presumably, on a new page)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}&#xA;\ContinuedFloat&#xA;\subfloat[Fourth]{\includegraphic{fourth} } \,&#xA;\subfloat[Fifth]{\includegraphic{fifth} } \,&#xA;\subfloat[Sixth]{\includegraphic{sixth} } \,&#xA;\caption{All of my six subfigures}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nifty! But for this you have to know how big your subfigures are, or how many of them you have. I have potentially 30 or 40 or 100 subfigures that I would like to lay out in an array on a page, continuing over into the next page. Also based on the dataset, the aspect ratio of the images maybe different and some will have 5 images per row, and others maybe only 3. These are basically the results from data analysis of some images, and I am producing the tex file programmatically.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Main question: Is there a way to detect that after N subfigures the page is full, and to continue the remaining subfigures in a new page?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or any other suggestions on how to deal with this issue are also welcome!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3586" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-14T18:12:07.280" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T18:15:38.737" Title="Splitting subfigures across multiple pages -- but programmatically!" Tags="&lt;page-breaking&gt;&lt;subfloats&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="11060" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11059" CreationDate="2011-02-14T14:08:15.367" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;do not use floats, it makes it easier to allow linebreaks. Here is an example which uses only the small package &lt;code&gt;capt-of&lt;/code&gt;, which only defines one command and changes nothing in using floats. The counting of the subfloats can also be done by a subcounter, if you like.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[caption=false]{subfig} &#xA;\usepackage[demo]{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{capt-of}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\Image[3][]{%&#xA;  \tabular[b]{@{}c@{}}\includegraphics[#1]{#2}\\&#xA;    #3&#xA;  \endtabular}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\Image[width=0.3\linewidth]{first}{a) First} \,&#xA;\Image[width=0.3\linewidth]{second}{b) Second} \,&#xA;\Image[width=0.3\linewidth]{third}{c) Third}&#xA;&#xA;\Image[width=0.3\linewidth]{forth}{d) Forth} \,&#xA;\Image[width=0.3\linewidth]{fifth}{e) Fifth} \,&#xA;\Image[width=0.3\linewidth]{sixth}{f) Sixth}&#xA;\captionof{figure}{All of my six subfigures}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T14:08:15.367" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11061" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11059" CreationDate="2011-02-14T14:21:28.857" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Why not redefine the &lt;code&gt;figure&lt;/code&gt; environment so that your &lt;code&gt;figure&lt;/code&gt; environment can be multi-page and accept captions. This of course ignores the &lt;code&gt;t&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;b&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;h&lt;/code&gt; options:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewenvironment{figure}[1][]{%&#xA;  \def\@captype{figure}%&#xA;  \par\nobreak\begin{center}\nobreak}&#xA;  {\par\nobreak\end{center}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am actually writing a package that redefines &lt;code&gt;float&lt;/code&gt; from LaTeX and uses some of the code offered by the &lt;code&gt;framed&lt;/code&gt; package so that a floating environment such as &lt;code&gt;table&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;figure&lt;/code&gt; can be more than a page. I should be able to upload it to CTAN by the end of the weak.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2716" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-14T18:15:38.737" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T18:15:38.737" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11062" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11058" CreationDate="2011-02-14T14:37:45.590" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Thanks to Will and Leo for pointing out the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/mathspec&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;mathspec&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package.  So now I use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{mathspec} %loads fontspec as well&#xA;\setmainfont{Gotham Book}&#xA;\setmathrm{Gotham Book}&#xA;\setmathfont(Digits,Latin){Gotham Book}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This snippet may need optimization, but works.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T14:37:45.590" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11063" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11058" CreationDate="2011-02-14T14:38:03.953" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you do not wish to otherwise change your maths symbols, the best solution is to use the &lt;code&gt;mathspec&lt;/code&gt; package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{mathspec}&#xA;\setallmainfonts(Digits,Latin){Georgia}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Hello $a+\mathrm{b}=c$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here, Georgia will be used for the body text and &lt;code&gt;\mathrm&lt;/code&gt;, and Georgia Italic will be used for the italic math glyphs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;unicode-math&lt;/code&gt; package (which I kinda wrote) can also do this, but it's somewhat overkill for your purposes and has the additional downside that you need to also load a Unicode mathematics font. Here's an example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{unicode-math}&#xA;\setmainfont{Georgia}&#xA;\setmathfont{xits-math.otf}&#xA;\setmathfont[range=\mathit]{Georgia Italic}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Hello $a+b=c$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that mathspec will not run (yet) on LuaTeX, so if you need a LuaLaTeX solution then you'll need to use &lt;code&gt;unicode-math&lt;/code&gt; for now.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-14T15:02:22.633" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T15:02:22.633" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11064" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11065" CreationDate="2011-02-14T14:41:28.647" Score="1" ViewCount="80" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I do enumeration like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Some loresipsum, lores ipsume loresipsum, lores ipsume loresipsum, lores ipsume loresipsum, lores ipsume loresipsum, lores ipsume loresipsum, lores ipsume loresipsum, lores ipsume loresipsum, lores ipsume loresipsum, lores ipsume loresipsum, lores ipsume loresipsum, lores ipsume &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;            text: some info&#xA;        Sometext: some another info&#xA;  Somelongertext: an info&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;loresipsum, lores ipsume loresipsum, lores ipsume loresipsum, lores ipsume loresipsum, lores ipsume loresipsum, lores ipsume loresipsum, lores ipsume loresipsum, lores ipsume loresipsum, lores ipsume loresipsum, lores ipsume loresipsum, lores ipsume loresipsum, lores ipsume &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3587" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-14T15:16:22.840" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T18:19:51.587" Title="Enumeration flush right" Tags="&lt;enumerate&gt;&lt;flushright&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11065" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11064" CreationDate="2011-02-14T14:49:42.787" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A quick solution:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{itemize}&#xA;\item[text:] some info&#xA;\item[Sometext:] some another info&#xA;\item[Somelongertext:] an info&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But if you want the items not to be put in the margins, you can use a tabular instead. I use &lt;code&gt;longtabu&lt;/code&gt; from &lt;code&gt;tabu&lt;/code&gt; package with column type &lt;code&gt;X&lt;/code&gt;, to make the text wrapping properly. However, it is not suitable for long items, that produce bad page breaks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{longtable,tabu}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\begin{longtabu} to \textwidth{@{}rX@{}}&#xA;text: &amp;amp; some info \\&#xA;Sometext: &amp;amp; some another info \\&#xA;Somelongertext: &amp;amp; something very very very very very very very very very very very very very very very very long&#xA;\end{longtabu}&#xA;\lipsum[2]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/y4RZC.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-14T15:35:58.877" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T15:35:58.877" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11066" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11049" CreationDate="2011-02-14T14:57:35.537" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you absolutely want to use something like this and you can use XeTeX or LuaTeX to compile your document, you can fake it for any font you like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\fontspec[FakeSlant=-0.5]{Georgia Italic} hello?&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure if you'd call the output attractive, exactly:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/MD1Xn.png&quot; alt=&quot;backwards slanting italics&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T14:57:35.537" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11067" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11064" CreationDate="2011-02-14T15:00:01.263" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\expandafter\renewcommand\csname @mklab\endcsname[1]{#1\hfil}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Some loresipsum, lores ipsume loresipsum, lores ipsume loresipsum, lores ipsume loresipsum, lores ipsume loresipsum, lores ipsume loresipsum, lores ipsume loresipsum, lores ipsume loresipsum, lores ipsume loresipsum, lores ipsume loresipsum, lores ipsume loresipsum, lores ipsume &#xA;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;\item[ text:] some info&#xA; \item[Sometext:] some another info&#xA;\item[Somelongertext:] an info&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;loresipsum, lores ipsume loresipsum, lores ipsume loresipsum, lores ipsume loresipsum, lores ipsume loresipsum, lores ipsume loresipsum, lores ipsume loresipsum, lores ipsume loresipsum, lores ipsume loresipsum, lores ipsume loresipsum, lores ipsume loresipsum, lores ipsume &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2716" LastEditorUserId="2716" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-14T18:19:51.587" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T18:19:51.587" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11068" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11049" CreationDate="2011-02-14T15:53:47.287" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is &lt;em&gt;fake slant&lt;/em&gt; in pdfTeX. I use CMU10 (an upright italic font in Computer Modern) here:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;% redefine font mapping with fake slant&#xA;\pdfmapline{cmu10 CMU10 &quot; -0.2 SlantFont &quot; &amp;lt;cmu10.pfb} &#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\usefont{OT1}{cmr}{m}{ui}&#xA;\Huge Slant?&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It also works for LuaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Hf8y4.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And this version for DVIPDFMx:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;% redefine font mapping with fake slant&#xA;\special{pdf:mapline cmu10 -r -s -0.167} &#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\usefont{OT1}{cmr}{m}{ui}&#xA;\Huge Slant?&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It also works for XeTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-14T17:53:01.833" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T17:53:01.833" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11069" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11071" CreationDate="2011-02-14T16:10:19.970" Score="11" ViewCount="205" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to use a small image in an equation, where a symbol like &lt;code&gt;\alpha&lt;/code&gt; might otherwise be. Is there a nice way to do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3588" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T19:56:15.583" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T19:56:15.583" Title="Can I insert an image into an equation?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;equations&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="11070" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10990" CreationDate="2011-02-14T16:31:25.193" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm the author of this package. You need pgf 2.1 and gnuplot if you want to work with &lt;code&gt;tkz-fct&lt;/code&gt;.&#xA; I think your problem comes from gnuplot. I'm not a great expert of MikTeX but I explain in the documentation how to install gnuplot on MikTeX (but sorry, the documentation is only in French actually).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;You need to install gnuplot (I think you need to rename &lt;code&gt;wgnuplot&lt;/code&gt; to  &lt;code&gt;gnuplot&lt;/code&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;You need to indicate the path for gnuplot for example if gnuplot is in &lt;code&gt;C:\gnuplot&lt;/code&gt; then you need to add &lt;code&gt;C:\gnuplot\bin\&lt;/code&gt;  in the environment variables (something like this but I'm not an expert of Windows also .. generally I'm not an expert!!)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Now you need to add the option &lt;code&gt;--enable-write18&lt;/code&gt; to the compilation script (sometimes this option is &lt;code&gt;--shell-escape&lt;/code&gt;). I think you can find an answer for all these kinds of problems.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-14T17:24:11.857" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T17:24:11.857" />
  <row Id="11071" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11069" CreationDate="2011-02-14T16:40:49.010" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It won't scale nicely with font size, but a simple approach is straightforward. &#xA;The image should have a tight bounding box, which you can achieve with tools like pdfcrop.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\mysymbol}{\mathord{\includegraphics[height=1.6ex]{symbol}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\mathord&lt;/code&gt; is suitable for ordinary symbols, since you indicated that it would be used similarly as &lt;code&gt;\alpha&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With the suggestions from the comments, I wrote a better solution. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\myfancysymbol}{&#xA; {\mathchoice&#xA;  {\includegraphics[height=1.6ex]{symbol}}&#xA;  {\includegraphics[height=1.6ex]{symbol}}&#xA;  {\includegraphics[height=1.2ex]{symbol}}&#xA;  {\includegraphics[height=0.9ex]{symbol}}&#xA; }&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The symbol scales like a capital X for subscript and subsubscripts. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2199" LastEditorUserId="2199" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-15T00:19:46.117" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T00:19:46.117" CommentCount="13" />
  <row Id="11072" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11069" CreationDate="2011-02-14T16:41:05.560" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, you can. There is nearly no difference between a image and a symbol. Just define a command for convenience. You can also use &lt;code&gt;PSTricks&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;TikZ&lt;/code&gt; to draw such a symbol.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, you may need to redefine the depth of the box, and refine the spacing using &lt;code&gt;\mathbin&lt;/code&gt; etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A full example (suppose a &lt;code&gt;logo.pdf&lt;/code&gt; exists):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\def\xlogo#1{\includegraphics[width=#1em]{logo}}&#xA;\def\logo{{% mathord&#xA;  \mathchoice&#xA;    {\xlogo1}%&#xA;    {\xlogo1}%&#xA;    {\xlogo\defaultscriptratio}%&#xA;    {\xlogo\defaultscriptscriptratio}}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;$\logo_{\logo_{\logo_\logo}}$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-14T17:23:28.660" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T17:23:28.660" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11073" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11025" CreationDate="2011-02-14T16:44:51.033" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm the author of tkz-graph and tkz-berge. These packages are removed from my sites altermundus.fr and altermundus.com because I work actually to update them and to adapt them to pgf 2.0 and 2.1.&#xA;I use some arithmetic tools and now these tools are in pgf 2.1 so it's better for me to update all the packages. &#xA;There are also actually some problems of compatibility with my new packages tkz-base and euclide. If you want to use old versions of tkz-berge, don't install tkz-base. Problems come from arithmetic functions in tkz-arith and pgfmath. You can use my email from my site if you want an old version  adapted to pgf 2.1&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T16:44:51.033" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11074" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11025" CreationDate="2011-02-14T16:59:46.027" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I like metapost - it combines with latex very easily (you can use latex to enter the text on the graph so that fount sizes are consistent) and you can program the elements of the graph exactly how you want (Including recursively).  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;www.tug.org/docs/metapost/mpman.pdf&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note to get metapost to play with latex you often need to define &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;export TEX=latex&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;before you run the mpost command.  It took me a while to find that out.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also note: be careful about adding the above command to your .bashrc or you can get very strange errors when generating docs with texi (took me even longer to discover this).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3491" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T16:59:46.027" />
  <row Id="11075" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11077" CreationDate="2011-02-14T17:06:24.487" Score="3" ViewCount="105" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've created my own beamer theme which uses a vertical shading for the background, but whenever I'm using a plain frame a thin white strip is left at the top of the page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've created a minimum working example that shows the problem even with the default beamer theme:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[]{beamer}&#xA;&#xA;\setbeamertemplate{background canvas}[vertical shading][bottom=red,top=red]&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\frame[plain]{\titlepage}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anybody know a solution to this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Btw, I'm using beamer version 3.0.1.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3591" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-14T17:10:17.250" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T17:39:11.017" Title="Beamer: Vertical shading + plain frame leaves white strip at top of page" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;shading&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="11076" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11033" CreationDate="2011-02-14T17:12:12.443" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Umm I dont know what I did, but I went to MikTex folder and &quot;updated and refreshed&quot; something and .. everything is working now. Wierd&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="776" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T17:12:12.443" />
  <row Id="11077" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11075" CreationDate="2011-02-14T17:16:10.460" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Works fine for me with &lt;em&gt;&quot;Beamer 2010/06/21 development version 3.10&quot;&lt;/em&gt;. This seems to be an bug which got fixed in the current version. Note that &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt; uses &lt;code&gt;PGF&lt;/code&gt; which should also be updated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I used to have the exact same issue until I updated &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt; and PGF.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-14T17:39:11.017" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T17:39:11.017" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11078" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11079" CreationDate="2011-02-14T18:07:04.003" Score="2" ViewCount="97" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the difference between &lt;code&gt;\myname&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\my@name&lt;/code&gt; while writing a .cls file? Are they equivalent?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Please let me know if it is necessary to post a minimal example.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Let me ask my question more clearly:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;What is the difference between the two following lines?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;‎‎\def\myname#1{\gdef\@myname{#1}}‎‎&#xA;‎\newcommand*{\myname}[1]{\gdef\my@myname{#1}}‎‎&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am a bit confused with these lines. I know exactly the difference between &lt;code&gt;\myname&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\@myname&lt;/code&gt;, however I don't know the difference between &lt;code&gt;\myname&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\my@name&lt;/code&gt; in a &lt;strong&gt;&lt;code&gt;.cls&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="885" LastEditorUserId="885" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-14T18:46:02.800" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T20:52:25.350" Title="What is the difference between \myname and \my@name while writing a .cls file?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;write-file&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="11079" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11078" CreationDate="2011-02-14T18:22:49.263" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\my@name&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\myname&lt;/code&gt; are in different 'namespace' of TeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The catcode of &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt; are different in a &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; file and a &lt;code&gt;.cls&lt;/code&gt; file. &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt; is a letter in a &lt;code&gt;.cls&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;.sty&lt;/code&gt; file (catcode 11); but an 'other character' in a &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; file (catcode 12). (see TeXbook, Ch 8)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Therefore, a user of your class file cannot use &lt;code&gt;\my@name&lt;/code&gt; directly in &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; file, it is protected; but (s)he can use &lt;code&gt;\myname&lt;/code&gt; freely.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Macros with &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt; like &lt;code&gt;\my@name&lt;/code&gt; are used for internal macros. They slould not be accessed by normal users. While macros without &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt; like &lt;code&gt;\myname&lt;/code&gt; are used for interface macros, that should be used by normal users.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An example (it's silly, for demostration only):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% setname.sty&#xA;\providecommand\setname@name{}&#xA;\newcommand\setname[1]{%&#xA;  \renewcommand\setname@name{#1}}&#xA;\newcommand\getnameinparens{%&#xA;  (\setname@name)}&#xA;\endinput&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Package users can use &lt;code&gt;\setname&lt;/code&gt; to set the name and &lt;code&gt;\getnameinparens&lt;/code&gt; to get the (name). However, they cannot access &lt;code&gt;\setname@name&lt;/code&gt;, unless &lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&lt;/code&gt; is used.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T18:22:49.263" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11080" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11078" CreationDate="2011-02-14T18:32:56.573" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The difference is that a user is less likely to redefine and clobber &lt;code&gt;\my@name&lt;/code&gt; because @'s in control sequences are usually not allowed within regular TeX files.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is the purpose of using @; it marks the control sequence as &quot;internal&quot; and not for end-user use.  Users should not expect that an @-macro persist from version to version or work the same way.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This namespacing is not automatic; if two packages define &lt;code&gt;\my@name&lt;/code&gt; one will overwrite the other.  This is why it's a better idea to choose a (hopefully, relatively) unique &quot;namespace&quot; and prefix your internal macros with that plus the @.  So if your package is called &lt;code&gt;baz&lt;/code&gt;, call your internal macros &lt;code&gt;\baz@foo&lt;/code&gt;, etc.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I say &quot;usually&quot; above because a LaTeX use &lt;em&gt;can&lt;/em&gt; put &lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&lt;/code&gt;...&lt;code&gt;\makeatother&lt;/code&gt; in his/her TeX file and use @ as a letter.  But users who do so know what they're doing and/or assume the risks of it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T18:32:56.573" />
  <row Id="11081" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11055" CreationDate="2011-02-14T18:44:54.830" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;All the sectioning commands are in class (book, article report etc). Search in your distribution and look for &lt;code&gt;book.cls&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;They are quite lengthy and they are not in one place. For example all the &quot;name&quot; commands can be found towards the end of the class in one place.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is a minimal as to how to change some of the parameters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[oneside]{book}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand\chaptername{chapteris}&#xA;\renewcommand \thechapter {\@Roman\c@chapter}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}%&#xA;                                   {-3.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}%&#xA;                                   {2.3ex \@plus.2ex}%&#xA;                                   {\normalfont\large\scshape}}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\sectionis{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}%&#xA;                                   {-3.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}%&#xA;                                   {2.3ex \@plus.2ex}%&#xA;                                   {\normalfont\large\scshape}}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand\appendix{\par&#xA;  \renewcommand\chaptername{Appendixis}&#xA;  \setcounter{chapter}{0}&#xA;  \setcounter{section}{0}&#xA;  \gdef\@chapaa{\appendixname}&#xA;  \gdef\thechapter{\@roman\c@chapter}&#xA; }&#xA;&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \tableofcontents&#xA;  \chapter{My First Chapter}&#xA;  \section{One}&#xA;  \sectionis{Two}&#xA;  \chapter{My Second Chapter}&#xA;  \appendix&#xA;  \chapter{First Appendix}&#xA;  \chapter{Second Appendix}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T18:44:54.830" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11082" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11084" CreationDate="2011-02-14T19:03:43.130" Score="9" ViewCount="202" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I add a Table of Contents (TOC) to an existing PDF?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have an existing PDF (scanned notes from a class). I'd like to improve this basic scan as much as possible. I do not think that any OCR is good enough to recognize handwriting, so I cannot make it searchable. But I would like to manually modify it by adding a TOC in the beginning that links to parts of the document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One way could be to split the PDF into separate documents, then have:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section{Part One}&#xA;\include{part1.pdf}&#xA;\section{Part Two}&#xA;\include{part2.pdf}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I am wondering if there is a way to do this without splitting it up.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="360" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-14T19:11:05.183" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T22:24:54.787" Title="Adding Table of Contents to existing PDF" Tags="&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;include&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="11083" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10203" CreationDate="2011-02-14T19:11:20.180" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just to update this - biber 0.8.3/biblatex 1.3 have just been released and they address this issue. Biber no longer hard codes any typsetting in names---it only uses macros which can be changed from biblatex. See section 3.11.4 of the new biblatex manual.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[removed misleading biber 0.8.2 comments which are now obsolete]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Actually, thinking about this a little more coherently, what we're going to do soon is just make this a macro in biblatex so you can redefine any initials separators in biblatex. Probably in 1.3/0.8.3&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1657" LastEditorUserId="1657" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-18T20:49:20.757" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T20:49:20.757" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="11084" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11082" CreationDate="2011-02-14T19:21:47.683" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;use package &lt;code&gt;pdfpages&lt;/code&gt; and then:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{tgpagella}&#xA;\usepackage{pdfpages}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\clearpage\phantomsection&#xA;\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{The first section name}% or chapter&#xA;\includepdf[pages={1-10},linktodoc,linktodocfit=/Fit]{texte/dtk/dtk11-1/komoedie.pdf}&#xA;\clearpage\phantomsection&#xA;\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{The second section name}% or chapter&#xA;\includepdf[pages={11-19},linktodoc,linktodocfit=/Fit]{texte/dtk/dtk11-1/komoedie.pdf}&#xA;\clearpage\phantomsection&#xA;\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{The third section name}% or chapter&#xA;\includepdf[pages={20-29},linktodoc,linktodocfit=/Fit]{texte/dtk/dtk11-1/komoedie.pdf}&#xA;\clearpage\phantomsection&#xA;\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{The forth section name}% or chapter&#xA;\includepdf[pages={21-39},linktodoc,linktodocfit=/Fit]{texte/dtk/dtk11-1/komoedie.pdf}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-14T22:24:54.787" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T22:24:54.787" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="11086" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11087" CreationDate="2011-02-14T15:36:47.033" Score="2" ViewCount="104" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to include two sets of equations side-by-side in a table. Here is my example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\newcommand{\eqnbox}[2]{&#xA;  \begin{minipage}[c]{#1\linewidth}\begin{equation*}\begin{aligned}&#xA;        #2&#xA;      \end{aligned}\end{equation*}\end{minipage}&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{c|c}&#xA;first set &amp;amp; second set\\&#xA;\hline&#xA;\eqnbox{.3}{&#xA;  x &amp;amp;= \frac{1}{2}\\&#xA;  y &amp;amp;= \frac{1}{3}\\&#xA;  z &amp;amp;= 3&#xA;} &amp;amp;&#xA;\eqnbox{.3}{&#xA;  x &amp;amp;= 2\\&#xA;  y &amp;amp;= 3\\&#xA;  z &amp;amp;= 3&#xA;}&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have tried &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;aligning the rows but putting each equation in &lt;code&gt;$$&lt;/code&gt;, but then I cannot align vertically by the &lt;code&gt;=&lt;/code&gt; sign.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;laying out the entire table using &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt;, but then cannot put a vertical line down the middle. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;adjusting the height of the box by using the height argument to &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt;, e.g. &lt;code&gt;\begin{minipage}[c][30pt]{#1\linewidth}&lt;/code&gt;, or enclosing the &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt; environment within &lt;code&gt;raisebox&lt;/code&gt;, e.g., &lt;code&gt;\raisebox{0pt}[30pt][30pt]{}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;No luck so far -- any suggestions?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3602" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-14T21:25:39.220" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T21:25:39.220" Title="Aligning equations by row and column -- with vertical lines" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;equations&gt;&lt;amsmath&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="11087" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11086" CreationDate="2011-02-14T19:58:56.563" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use an array instead of the tabular and put the &lt;em&gt;single&lt;/em&gt; equations side by side, not the blocks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\def\MCA#1{\multicolumn{2}{c!{\quad\vline\quad}}{\text{#1}}}&#xA;\def\MCB#1{\multicolumn{2}{c}{\text{#1}}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;\def\arraystretch{1.8}\arraycolsep=1.4pt&#xA;$\begin{array}{rl!{\quad\vline\quad}rl}&#xA;\MCA{first set} &amp;amp; \MCB{second set}\\\hline&#xA;  x &amp;amp;= \frac{1}{2} &amp;amp;   x &amp;amp;= 2\\&#xA;  y &amp;amp;= \frac{1}{3} &amp;amp;   y &amp;amp;= 3\\&#xA;  z &amp;amp;= 3           &amp;amp;   z &amp;amp;= 3&#xA;\end{array}$&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/QMGoh.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T19:58:56.563" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11088" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="50" CreationDate="2011-02-14T20:00:20.363" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've had mixed experiences with &lt;code&gt;latex2rtf&lt;/code&gt; – it generally manages to produce &lt;em&gt;something&lt;/em&gt;, but often misses important bits of structure.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've had most consistent success with &lt;a href=&quot;http://code.google.com/p/pandoc/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pandoc&lt;/a&gt; (as one of the other answers notes).  I compared a couple of alternative routes, and its converter to Open Office seemed more reliable than its converter direct to Word.  Thus convert with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% pandoc -r latex -w odt -o file.odt file.tex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then open &lt;code&gt;file.odt&lt;/code&gt; with OpenOffice and save it as &lt;em&gt;Microsoft Word 97/2000/XP (.doc)&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the cases I tried, that managed to preserve quite a lot of document structure, emphases, and footnotes.  The documents in question used almost no maths, but converting that would be probably unreasonable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="96" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T20:00:20.363" />
  <row Id="11089" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11078" CreationDate="2011-02-14T20:52:25.350" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To answer our updates question:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;What is the difference between the two following lines?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\myname#1{\gdef\@myname{#1}}‎‎&#xA;‎\newcommand*{\myname}[1]{\gdef\my@myname{#1}}‎‎&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See, &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt; is a TeX &lt;em&gt;primitive&lt;/em&gt;, i.e. a macro which isn't defined using other macros but which executes a certain pre-defined, hard-coded function (however the &lt;em&gt;names&lt;/em&gt; of the primitives can be redefined to user macros). Here &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt; sets the definition of &lt;code&gt;\myname&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\gdef\@myname{#1}&lt;/code&gt;. A &lt;em&gt;primitive&lt;/em&gt; is to a &lt;em&gt;macro&lt;/em&gt; like an &lt;em&gt;axiom&lt;/em&gt; to a &lt;em&gt;proof&lt;/em&gt;. Proofs depend on other proofs with depend on other proofs which finaly depend on a few axioms. It's the same with macros, they are defined as other macros (actually as other tokens) which can be defined again as other macros, which then finally end in primitives.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;While TeX gives your access to the lower level, LaTeX gives you a neat user-interface. One drawback of &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt; is that it simply sets the definition of the macro, i.e. it defines or redefines it without checking if it was already defined before. If all or most LaTeX macros were defined using &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt;, packages could overwrite macros of other packages without warning which would leads pretty fast to a mess. Debugging such a scenario would be very difficult.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Therefore LaTeX gives you &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; which checks if the macro was already defined and triggers an error if so. It also allows you to simply give you the number of arguments as number (e.g. &lt;code&gt;[3]&lt;/code&gt;), instead of writing e.g. &lt;code&gt;#1#2#3&lt;/code&gt;. After all the checks (there are a few more) it uses &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt; internally to finally define the macro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; is safer but slower (not that it matters much), while &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt; gives you the additional benefit of defining a &lt;em&gt;parameter list&lt;/em&gt;. You can for example say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\mymacro(#1,#2){...}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to define a macro which awaits &lt;code&gt;(&amp;lt;something&amp;gt;,&amp;lt;something more&amp;gt;)&lt;/code&gt; and gives you this two values as &lt;code&gt;#1&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;#2&lt;/code&gt;. If the patterns doesn't match an error is triggered. The optional arguments &lt;code&gt;[ ]&lt;/code&gt; are implemented very similar. More complex syntax like the one used in TikZ would not be possible if all macros would be defined using &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T20:52:25.350" />
  <row Id="11090" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11093" CreationDate="2011-02-14T21:18:59.573" Score="5" ViewCount="354" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi everyone, using &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt;, how to make a title page without navigation bar, using theme &quot;warsaw&quot;  or how to get a title page from other theme, but maintaining the navigation bar on the other frames.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3594" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-14T21:29:52.820" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T21:36:30.750" Title="How to make a title page with beamer without navigation bar, using theme warsaw" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;titlepage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="11091" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-14T21:25:20.390" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sweave is a function in the statistical programming language R that enables integration of R code into LaTeX or LyX documents. The purpose is &quot;to create dynamic reports, which can be updated automatically if data or analysis change&quot;.¹&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Because the Sweave files together with any external R files that might be sourced from them and the data files contain all the information necessary to trace back all steps of the data analyses, Sweave also has the potential to make research more transparent and reproducible to others.  This enables &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.stat.umn.edu/~charlie/Sweave/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Sweave&lt;/a&gt; to be a cornerstone of &lt;a href=&quot;http://reproducibleresearch.net/index.php/Main_Page&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Reproducible Research&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;¹Leisch F (2002). &quot;Sweave, Part I: Mixing R and LaTeX: A short introduction to the Sweave file format and corresponding R functions&quot;. R News 2 (3): 28–31.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-14T21:28:55.240" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T21:28:55.240" />
  <row Id="11092" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-14T21:25:20.390" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="Sweave is a function in the statistical programming language R that enables integration of R code into LaTeX or LyX documents." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-14T21:29:02.353" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T21:29:02.353" />
  <row Id="11093" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11090" CreationDate="2011-02-14T21:36:30.750" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The »plain« option for the &lt;code&gt;frame&lt;/code&gt; environment is probably what you are looking for.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{frame}[plain]&#xA;  \titlepage&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Details about that in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/beamer&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;beamer&lt;/a&gt; manual.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T21:36:30.750" />
  <row Id="11094" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11127" CreationDate="2011-02-14T21:38:23.920" Score="4" ViewCount="231" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have created a new circuit symbol for battery source (var battery).&#xA;There are two problems and one question:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I would like for minus to be always horizontal.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I would like to control how plus and minus are oriented (e.g. plus&#xA;up or plus down).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Is it possible to change graphical representation of + and - with&#xA;text symbols?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Regards, Marko&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;\input{glava}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{circuits.ee}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{circuits.ee.IEC}&#xA;&#xA;\tikzset{circuit declare symbol = var battery}&#xA;\tikzset{set var battery graphic = var battery IEC graphic}&#xA;\tikzset{var battery IEC graphic/.style=&#xA;  {transform shape, circuit symbol lines, circuit symbol size = width&#xA;2.5 height 2.5,&#xA;   shape=generic circle IEC, /pgf/generic circle IEC/before&#xA;background=&#xA;    {\pgfpathcircle{\pgfpoint{0.45pt}{0pt}}{0.1pt}&#xA;     \pgfpathcircle{\pgfpoint{-0.45pt}{0pt}}{0.1pt}&#xA;     \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfpoint{-1.0pt}{0pt}}&#xA;     \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpoint{-0.6pt}{0pt}}&#xA;     \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfpoint{1.0pt}{0pt}}&#xA;     \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpoint{0.6pt}{0pt}}&#xA;     % PLUS SYMBOL&#xA;     \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfpoint{-0.45pt}{0.25pt}}&#xA;     \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpoint{-0.45pt}{0.65pt}}&#xA;     \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfpoint{-0.25pt}{0.45pt}}&#xA;     \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpoint{-0.65pt}{0.45pt}}&#xA;     % MINUS SYMBOL&#xA;     \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfpoint{0.25pt}{0.45pt}}&#xA;     \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpoint{0.65pt}{0.45pt}}&#xA;     \pgfusepathqstroke}}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[circuit ee IEC,semithick,x=1cm,y=1cm]&#xA;\draw (0,0) to [capacitor] (3,0)&#xA;to [resistor] (3,2)&#xA;to [var battery] (0,2)&#xA;to [var battery={info'={$U_3$}}] (0,0);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3450" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-15T01:26:52.457" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T11:14:37.240" Title="TikZ: Controlling new circuit symbols questions" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="10" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="11095" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11097" CreationDate="2011-02-14T21:39:13.620" Score="13" ViewCount="314" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm looking after a macro to write the (La)TeX logo (with parentheses), i.e. something similar to &lt;code&gt;\TeX&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\LaTeX&lt;/code&gt;, but where the output includes ()'s.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3172" LastEditorUserId="1189" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-22T00:51:17.733" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T00:51:17.733" Title="How to write (La)TeX  (with braces) [or any other TeX-related logo]" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;latex-general&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="9" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="11096" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11095" CreationDate="2011-02-14T21:44:13.573" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I coded the following macro based on the normal &lt;code&gt;\LaTeX&lt;/code&gt; macro for the documentation of my new &lt;code&gt;adjustbox&lt;/code&gt; package. The &lt;code&gt;\textorpdfstring&lt;/code&gt; needs &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; and is to ensure that it works in sectioning commands.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\LATeX{\texorpdfstring{(L\kern -.36em{\sbox \z@ T\vbox to\ht \z@ {\hbox {\check@mathfonts \fontsize \sf@size \z@ \math@fontsfalse \selectfont A}\vss }}\kern -.15em)\kern -.075em\TeX}{(La)TeX}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;without &lt;code&gt;\texorpdfstring&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\LATeX{(L\kern -.36em{\sbox \z@ T\vbox to\ht \z@ {\hbox {\check@mathfonts \fontsize \sf@size \z@ \math@fontsfalse \selectfont A}\vss }}\kern -.15em)\kern -.075em\TeX}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-14T21:55:02.550" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T21:55:02.550" />
  <row Id="11097" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11095" CreationDate="2011-02-14T22:06:13.723" Score="18" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[twocolumn]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{tgpagella}&#xA;\usepackage{dtklogos}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\Large&#xA;\XeTeX    \\ \XeLaTeX  \\&#xA;\AmS      \\ \AmSLaTeX \\&#xA;\AMSLaTeX \\ \AmSTeX   \\&#xA;\AMSTEX   \\ \AMSTeX   \\&#xA;\BibTeX   \\ \LAMSTeX  \\&#xA;\LamSTeX  \\ \La       \\&#xA;\LaTeX    \\ \LaTeXTeX \\&#xA;\MF       \\ \MFun     \\&#xA;\MP       \\ \SLITEX   \\&#xA;\SLiTeX   &#xA;\newpage&#xA;\MakeIndex\\ \emTeX    \\&#xA;\PubliCTeX\\ \TeXXeT   \\&#xA;\TeXeT    \\ \WinEdt   \\&#xA;\LyX      \\ \exTeX    \\&#xA;\LaTeXe   \\ \PS       \\&#xA;\PiC      \\ \PiCTeX   \\&#xA;\NTS      \\ \eTeX     \\&#xA;\ExTeX    \\ \DANTE    \\&#xA;\ConTeXt  \\ \MiKTeX   &#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/e782T.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Just saw, that I have a bug for METAFUN ... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-14T22:32:01.223" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T22:32:01.223" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="11098" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-14T22:27:38.053" Score="4" ViewCount="157" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm writing an article with some theorems and I would like to use special formatting for the theorems - my idea is putting a grey line in the side of the theorem. Can you please show me how to do this (I'm using LyX and don't often come in contact with LaTeX code)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, if you have other ideas for nice formatting for theorems, etc., I would like to hear it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T15:18:56.717" Title="Nice formatting for theorems" Tags="&lt;formatting&gt;&lt;theorems&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="11099" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11104" CreationDate="2011-02-14T22:33:28.060" Score="8" ViewCount="98" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to use a package locally?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is the case...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I NEED to use &lt;code&gt;\phiup&lt;/code&gt; on my document, however it needs the using of package &lt;code&gt;pxfonts&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;txfonts&lt;/code&gt;. However, when I use either of those packages, it will make the whole documents uglier, u may try writing &lt;code&gt;\Vdash&lt;/code&gt; on your document with and without those packages, and see the difference.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That's the point of my question. Can I use the package locally, or in this case, I want that &lt;code&gt;pxfonts&lt;/code&gt; (or &lt;code&gt;txfonts&lt;/code&gt;) package will be used only when I write &lt;code&gt;\phiup&lt;/code&gt;, otherwise I just want to use the normal font.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3559" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-14T22:35:38.130" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T01:02:21.493" Title="Using package locally" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;packages&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="11100" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11101" CreationDate="2011-02-14T22:44:54.527" Score="1" ViewCount="166" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to get a presentation which has for each section a leading slide which shows the name of the current section as well as a table of the subsections belonging to this section.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first part is easy, I'm using&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\AtBeginSection[]%&#xA;{%&#xA;\begin{frame}[plain]%&#xA;  \begin{center}%&#xA;    \usebeamerfont{section title}\insertsection%&#xA;  \end{center}%&#xA;\end{frame}%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However trying to use the &lt;code&gt;\insertsubsectionnavigation&lt;/code&gt; command to insert the subsection table fails (maybe due to the fact that this command is meant to be used in templates?).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there anyway to get beamer to display the table for me, or do I have to re-create the code used for the &lt;code&gt;\insertsubsectionnavigation&lt;/code&gt; command?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Okay, scratch that, after putting the insertsection and the insertsubsectionnavigation in beamercolorboxes they both show up, now I just have to figure out how to make them look good :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3591" LastEditorUserId="3591" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-14T23:48:51.973" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T23:48:51.973" Title="Beamer: AtBeginSection and insertsubsectionnavigation" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="11101" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11100" CreationDate="2011-02-14T23:04:54.890" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Note that &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt; can do this out-of-the-box:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\AtBeginSection[]{%&#xA;  \begin{frame}&amp;lt;beamer&amp;gt;&#xA;    \frametitle{Outline}&#xA;    \tableofcontents[sectionstyle=show/hide,subsectionstyle=hide/show/hide]&#xA;  \end{frame}&#xA;  \addtocounter{framenumber}{-1}% If you don't want them to affect the slide number&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See the &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt; manual, page 100, section 10.5 &quot;Adding a Table of Contents&quot;, for more information.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-14T23:04:54.890" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11102" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11783" CreationDate="2011-02-14T23:27:55.447" Score="3" ViewCount="99" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a problem set that I want to type up. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In my section, i get numbers which is fine since I have 4 problems on my problem set. But each subsection is lettered on my problem set, so I would like my solution set to also match it. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Right now it turns into 1.1, 1.2 ... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also when I select subsection and try to do a display type formula, it moves my section number in the middle too. If I press enter on it it just removes the subsection. What to do? &#xA;thanks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="776" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-17T12:28:48.913" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T12:28:48.913" Title="LyX - changing subsection from numbers to letters" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;numbering&gt;&lt;lyx&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11103" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11099" CreationDate="2011-02-14T23:59:13.847" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;No, not in general. It is theoretically possible to write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begingroup&#xA;\usepackage{foo}&#xA;\global\let\foocmd\foocmd % access this command only&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But packages aren't designed to be loaded like that and it would rarely work correctly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For upright greek, you can try the &lt;code&gt;upgreek&lt;/code&gt; package; with the symbol fonts it'll match what you're seeing in the tx fonts; Palatino users should use its &lt;code&gt;Euler&lt;/code&gt; option instead:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[Symbol]{upgreek}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;$\phi$ v $\upphi$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-15T01:02:21.493" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T01:02:21.493" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="11104" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11099" CreationDate="2011-02-15T00:50:30.913" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;What about borrowing the definition of the symbol from &lt;code&gt;txfonts.sty&lt;/code&gt;? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;%&#xA;\DeclareSymbolFont{lettersA}{U}{txmia}{m}{it}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\phiup}{\mathord}{lettersA}{30}&#xA;%&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;\phi\quad\phiup&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2417" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T00:50:30.913" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11105" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11109" CreationDate="2011-02-15T01:42:59.053" Score="5" ViewCount="249" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've attached a picture which shows what I want to be able to do. I have been making simple Hackenbush diagrams as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (Bottom Blue) at (0,0) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (Top Blue) at (0,1) {};&#xA;    \draw[hackenline,blue] (Bottom Blue) -- (Top Blue);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd like to be able to use them along with normal mathematical symbols, as the picture shows. Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I also don't know how to put the dotted line in, but I'm less concerned about that.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/4y0AJ.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;what I want&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3350" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-15T09:44:28.130" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T09:44:28.130" Title="TikZ Diagrams in Math Mode" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11106" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-15T02:21:46.870" Score="1" ViewCount="295" Body="&lt;p&gt;How to install the Futura font in TeX Live 2010 in Linux(Ubuntu 10.10)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1940" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T10:33:07.137" Title="How to install the Futura font in TeX Live 2010 in Linux(Ubuntu 10.10)?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;installing&gt;&lt;texlive&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="11107" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11112" CreationDate="2011-02-15T02:39:13.420" Score="4" ViewCount="79" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I achieve something similar to the &quot;dropped spines&quot; example below using &lt;strong&gt;pgfplots&lt;/strong&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/XDLTk.png&quot; alt=&quot;from matplotlib.sourceforge.com&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2795" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T08:12:51.997" Title="Dropped spines in pgfplot" Tags="&lt;pgfplots&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="11108" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11105" CreationDate="2011-02-15T02:42:28.193" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;code&gt;tikzpictures&lt;/code&gt; inside &lt;code&gt;\mathord{ }&lt;/code&gt; like normal math symbols. See below for an example. If you need the same diagram several times I would suggest you save it into a macro or box.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% Draws the shown example (but without circles)&#xA;\documentclass{standalone}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\[&#xA;\mathord{%&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline={(0,1)}]&#xA;    \draw[dashed]     (0,0) -- (2,0);&#xA;    \draw[blue,very thick] (.5,0) -- (1,1) -- (1.5,0);&#xA;    \draw[red,very thick]  (1,1) -- (1,2);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}%&#xA;}&#xA;=&#xA;\left\{&#xA;\mathord{%&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline={(0,1)}]&#xA;    \draw[dashed]     (0,0) -- (2,0);&#xA;    \draw[blue,very thick] (.75,0) -- (.5,1) (1.5,1) -- (1.25,0);&#xA;    \draw[red,very thick]  (.5,1) -- (.5,2) (1.5,1) -- (1.5,2);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}%&#xA;}&#xA;\left|&#xA;\mathord{%&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline={(0,1)}]&#xA;    \draw[dashed]     (0,0) -- (2,0);&#xA;    \draw[blue,very thick] (.5,0) -- (1,1) -- (1.5,0);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}%&#xA;}&#xA;\right.&#xA;\right\}&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Result:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/i7ioM.png&quot; alt=&quot;Result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T02:42:28.193" />
  <row Id="11109" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11105" CreationDate="2011-02-15T02:55:25.360" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can simply nest &lt;code&gt;tikzpicture&lt;/code&gt;s inside math environments. Basically, the only thing you have to consider is to add an appropriate &lt;code&gt;baseline&lt;/code&gt; to get vertical centering right. Here is the code, explanation will come afterwards.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{calc}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\tikzstyle{hackennode}=[draw,circle,fill=white,inner sep=0,minimum size=4pt]&#xA;\tikzstyle{hackenline}=[line width=3pt]&#xA;&#xA;{\Large&#xA;\[&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=-0.65ex,scale=0.5]&#xA;    \draw[densely dashed] (-1,-1) -- (1,-1);&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (middle) at ( 0,   0) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (left)   at (-0.5,-1) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (right)  at ( 0.5,-1) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (top)    at ( 0,   1) {};&#xA;&#xA;    \draw[hackenline,blue]&#xA;        (left) -- (middle) -- (right);&#xA;    \draw[hackenline,red]&#xA;        (middle) -- (top);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;=&#xA;\left\{&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=-0.65ex,scale=0.5]&#xA;    \draw[densely dashed] (-0.5,-1) -- (1,-1);&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (middle) at ( 0,   0) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (right)  at ( 0.5,-1) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (top)    at ( 0,   1) {};&#xA;&#xA;    \draw[hackenline,blue]&#xA;        (middle) -- (right);&#xA;    \draw[hackenline,red]&#xA;        (middle) -- (top);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\tikz[baseline=-0.65ex,scale=0.5] \node[inner sep=0] at (0,-1) {,\,};&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=-0.65ex,scale=0.5]&#xA;    \draw[densely dashed] (-1,-1) -- (0.5,-1);&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (middle) at ( 0,   0) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (left)   at (-0.5,-1) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (top)    at ( 0,   1) {};&#xA;&#xA;    \draw[hackenline,blue]&#xA;        (middle) -- (left);&#xA;    \draw[hackenline,red]&#xA;        (middle) -- (top);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\middle|&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=-0.65ex,scale=0.5]&#xA;    \draw[densely dashed] (-1,-1) -- (1,-1);&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (middle) at ( 0,   0) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (left)   at (-0.5,-1) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (right)  at ( 0.5,-1) {};&#xA;&#xA;    \draw[hackenline,blue]&#xA;        (left) -- (middle) -- (right);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\right\}&#xA;\]&#xA;}% End group with \Large&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/CZ0My.png&quot; alt=&quot;result (at 200%)&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The &lt;code&gt;baseline&lt;/code&gt; option determines which height in the picture corresponds to the baseline in the surrounding text. We want the point &lt;code&gt;(0,0)&lt;/code&gt; to be at the height of the equality sign, which is about &lt;code&gt;0.65ex&lt;/code&gt; above the baseline (in Computer Modern). &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The scale property (which doesn't affect line width and node size) is useful to get pictures in exactly the size you want them, without having to fiddle with the coordinates.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The comma is set using TikZ to easily achieve the correct vertical position.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I added &lt;code&gt;\Large&lt;/code&gt; to get a larger equal sign and comma.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Dashed lines are achieved with the option (surprise!) &lt;code&gt;dashed&lt;/code&gt;. Now guess what &lt;code&gt;densely dashed&lt;/code&gt; means.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;In order to have the vertices overpaint the dashed line, I added a &lt;code&gt;fill=white&lt;/code&gt; option to &lt;code&gt;hackennode&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Martin's suggestion to wrap the &lt;code&gt;tikzpicture&lt;/code&gt;s in &lt;code&gt;\mathord&lt;/code&gt; is a good one. You should do that to get better spacing.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note, that in your picture the math symbols were actually produced with the graphics program and not with the text typesetting program (compare the braces and equal sign). This is of course possible to do with TikZ, but I don't see a good reason to do so.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-15T03:02:09.877" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T03:02:09.877" />
  <row Id="11110" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11106" CreationDate="2011-02-15T04:12:28.303" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;See &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/metrics/w-a-schmidt/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/metrics/w-a-schmidt/&lt;/a&gt;. Futura is pfu.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From pfu.txt in that directory:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;This bundle includes all files required to use the &quot;Adobe&#xA;Futura&quot; Type1 fonts with LaTeX on the Un*x or PC platform.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="250" LastEditorUserId="250" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-15T13:15:36.430" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T13:15:36.430" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="11111" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11069" CreationDate="2011-02-15T05:48:32.587" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mikael and Leo both gave good answers so I won't repeat that information.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you need the image centered with respect to binary operators, fractions, and the like, then you can use &lt;code&gt;\vcenter{...}&lt;/code&gt; to perform that vertical centering.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T05:48:32.587" />
  <row Id="11112" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11107" CreationDate="2011-02-15T08:12:51.997" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't think pgfplots has an option for this out of the box, but you can relatively easily achieve this using the various styles that control axis lines, tick marks and tick labels:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplots}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{axis}[clip=false, % don't clip the graph at the &quot;virtual edge&quot; of the plot&#xA;ymin=-1, ymax=1,&#xA;xmin=-3.141,xmax=3.141,&#xA;ticklabel shift=0.5cm, % shift all tick labels 0.5cm outwards&#xA;%&#xA;axis y line*=left, % only one y axis on the left, * switches off the arrow tip&#xA;y axis line style={xshift=-0.5cm}, % shift y axis 0.5 cm to the left&#xA;ytick style={xshift=-0.5cm}, % shift y axis tick marks 0.5 cm to the left&#xA;%&#xA;axis x line*=bottom,&#xA;x axis line style={yshift=-0.5cm},&#xA;xtick style={yshift=-0.5cm},&#xA;]&#xA;\addplot +[domain={-pi:pi},no marks,smooth,thick] {sin(deg(x))};&#xA;\end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/zr1YD.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T08:12:51.997" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11113" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11114" CreationDate="2011-02-15T09:24:33.643" Score="0" ViewCount="89" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am writing a LaTeX 2e class with two options &lt;code&gt;msc&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;phd&lt;/code&gt; for my department theses/dissertations. In this class, I need to define a titlepage for the first page of the theses/dissertations which contains the university name, the department name, the title, the author name and so on. The code is something like the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[‎phd‎]{‎book‎}‎&#xA;‎\makeatletter‎‎&#xA;‎‎\newif\if@‎phdthesis‎&#xA;‎\@‎phdthesis‎‎false‎&#xA;‎\DeclareOption{phd}{\@‎phdthesis‎‎true}‎&#xA;‎\newif\if@‎msc‎thesis‎‎&#xA;‎\@‎mscthesis‎‎false‎&#xA;‎\DeclareOption{‎msc‎}{\@‎mscthesis‎‎true}‎‎&#xA;‎‎‎&#xA;‎\def\author‎#1{\gdef\@‎author‎{#1}}‎‎‎‎&#xA;‎‎\if@‎mscthesis‎‎&#xA;‎\def‎‎\mytitle‎‎{‎‎‎‎‎\begin{titlepage}‎‎‎‎&#xA;    \begin{center}‎&#xA;    ‎A‎  thesis ‎for the degree ‎of master of science by‎\\‎&#xA;    ‎\@author‎‎&#xA;    \end{center}‎‎&#xA;    ‎\end‎{titlepage}‎‎‎‎&#xA;‎‎‎‎}‎‎&#xA;‎\fi‎&#xA;‎‎\if@‎phdthesis‎‎&#xA;‎\def‎‎‎\my‎title{‎‎‎‎\begin{titlepage}‎‎‎&#xA;‎   \begin{center}‎&#xA;    A ‎Dissertation‎ for the ‎Degree‎‎ of Doctor of ‎Philosophy ‎by\\‎&#xA;    \@author‎&#xA;‎   \end{center}‎‎‎‎&#xA;    ‎\end‎{titlepage}‎‎&#xA;‎‎‎‎}‎‎&#xA;‎\fi‎&#xA;‎\makeato‎ther‎&#xA;\begin{document}‎&#xA;\author{‎Vahid‎}‎‎‎&#xA;‎‎\mytitle‎&#xA;‎‎\chapter{Chapter Name}‎&#xA;‎bla ‎bla ‎bla‎&#xA;‎\newpage‎&#xA;‎bla ‎bla ‎bla‎‎&#xA;‎\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I get an error: &lt;code&gt;Undefined control sequence.l.32 \mytitle&lt;/code&gt;. I am wondering if anybody help me solve this problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="885" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T10:07:46.327" Title="Problem with defining a titlepage" Tags="&lt;errors&gt;&lt;titlepage&gt;&lt;documentclass-writing&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="11114" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11113" CreationDate="2011-02-15T09:35:00.660" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You get this error, because you define the two versions of &lt;code&gt;\mytitle&lt;/code&gt; inside conditionals. Both of them are false in you example, so the macro never gets defined.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You missing an &lt;code&gt;\ProcessOptions&lt;/code&gt; which actually handles the given &lt;code&gt;[phd]&lt;/code&gt; option, &lt;em&gt;before&lt;/em&gt; the first use of the &lt;code&gt;if&lt;/code&gt;'s:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%...&#xA;‎\DeclareOption{‎msc‎}{\@‎mscthesis‎‎true}‎‎&#xA;\ProcessOptions   &#xA;&#xA;‎\def\author‎#1{\gdef\@‎author‎{#1}}‎‎‎‎&#xA;%...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I assume here the code is in a class file.&#xA;Please also see the &lt;code&gt;clsguide&lt;/code&gt; for more information on how to define options.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-15T09:45:07.530" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T09:45:07.530" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11115" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11117" CreationDate="2011-02-15T09:38:43.823" Score="6" ViewCount="185" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sorry guys for this silly question but I really don't understand the way to do this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like to use the fonts I saw &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/documentation/fontsampler/sampler.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; in my documents.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm on Mac OS X, snow leopard using textmate as the editor and my TeX distribution is TeXLive-2010 installed via MacTeX. Normally I use pdftex as the rendering engine. Do I have to change it to xetex?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Could you please provide me some sample code to use, for example, &quot;Avant Garde Book&quot; or whatever other unusual font from that document?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="633" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-15T09:48:59.260" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T10:39:14.677" Title="Typefaces that come with the standard LaTeX distribution on the TeX Live" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="11116" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11113" CreationDate="2011-02-15T09:40:03.680" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;use it this way, which use msc as default:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[‎phd]{book}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;&#xA;\newif\if@phdthesis&#xA;‎\DeclareOption{‎phd‎}{\@‎phdthesis‎‎true}‎‎&#xA;\ProcessOptions&#xA;‎‎‎&#xA;‎\def‎‎‎\my‎title{‎‎‎‎\begin{titlepage}‎‎‎&#xA;‎   \begin{center}‎&#xA;   ‎‎\if@‎phdthesis‎‎&#xA;      A ‎Dissertation‎ for the ‎Degree‎‎ of Doctor of ‎Philosophy ‎by\par&#xA;   \else‎&#xA;      ‎A‎  thesis ‎for the degree ‎of master of science by‎\par&#xA;   \fi&#xA;    \@author‎&#xA;‎   \end{center}‎‎‎‎&#xA;‎\end‎{titlepage}‎‎}‎‎&#xA;‎&#xA;‎\makeato‎ther‎&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\author{‎Vahid‎}‎‎‎&#xA;‎‎\mytitle‎&#xA;‎‎\chapter{Chapter Name}‎&#xA;‎bla ‎bla ‎bla‎&#xA;‎\newpage‎&#xA;‎bla ‎bla ‎bla‎‎&#xA;‎\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-15T10:07:46.327" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T10:07:46.327" />
  <row Id="11117" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11115" CreationDate="2011-02-15T09:54:57.147" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here are all fonts available (with samples and source code) in TeX Live in Ubuntu:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It isn't the latest complete font list of TeX Live/MacTeX 2010, but still very useful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another good source for free fonts in LaTeX, is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/Free_Math_Font_Survey/survey.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/Free_Math_Font_Survey/survey.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For a &lt;strong&gt;complete&lt;/strong&gt; list of fonts in your computer, you have to check the installation path of TeX Live, say, &lt;code&gt;somepath/texmf-dist/fonts/&lt;/code&gt;. But it is difficult to know how to use the fonts, since some fonts are not well-documented. You can also see this older question:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2305/what-fonts-are-installed-on-my-box&quot;&gt;What fonts are installed on my box?&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You don't have to use XeTeX to access these fonts. On the other hand, XeTeX helps you to use font installed in your OS easily, like 'Times New Roman' in MacOS and Windows.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Usually, you may want to use a uniqe font theme in one document. There're many font package for this purpose. Use the packages to change the serif, sans serif and monosapce typefaces, and also the math font if there is. You can know many packages from the two big-lists I mentioned.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fourier}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You'll get Utopia text font and Fourier math font in your document. Other common font packages include &lt;code&gt;txfonts&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;pxfonts&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;mathdesign&lt;/code&gt; etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you just want to use a special font for a few text, you will probably not want to change the typeface of whole document. Some font packages (especially fonts for symbols and non-latin alphabets) provide some commands for this. These packages are often well documented. An example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% \usepackage{tipa} % font package for International Phonetic Alphabet&#xA;Pronounce \textipa{[&quot;lA:tEk]} or \textipa{[&quot;leItEk]}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, there are many fonts without a &lt;code&gt;.sty&lt;/code&gt; package with a PDF document, even no sample code and result. You have to use LaTeX's font commands to access the font by name. (See the big-lists to know the font names.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In NFSS scheme, you may use, for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{\fontfamily{cmfib}\selectfont Computer Modern Fibonacci} % ref cmfonts.fdd&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{\usefont{OT1}{pbk}{db}{sc} Adobe Bookman Demibold Smallcaps} % ref psnfss&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You may want to know more about LaTeX2e NFSS scheme. See &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.latex-project.org/guides/fntguide.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;fntguide&lt;/a&gt; or any book on LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-15T10:39:14.677" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T10:39:14.677" />
  <row Id="11118" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11124" CreationDate="2011-02-15T11:44:11.610" Score="4" ViewCount="138" Body="&lt;p&gt;The RevTeX classes, for some of the APS journals, typeset all footnotes in the bibliography (as endnotes). Although it works perfectly if I try with RevTeX4,  I consistently have problems doing this under RevTeX4-1. Here's a compact example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\documentclass[prl,aps,10pt,twocolumn]{revtex4-1}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\title{A nearly minimal example using RevTeX4-1}&#xA;\author{Niel de Beaudrap}&#xA;\noaffiliation&#xA;\date{\today}&#xA;\begin{abstract}&#xA;    In this letter, we attempt to typeset a footnote.&#xA;    We find that it fails to be properly typeset with the package ``revtex4-1'',&#xA;    whereas it works properly with the package ``revtex4''.&#xA;\end{abstract}&#xA;&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;&#xA;The following should appear in the bibliography~\footnote{%&#xA;    This compiles correctly under RevTeX4.}.&#xA;It is our hope that others are able to reproduce our results&#xA;and identify potential sources of error. &#xA;&#xA;\begin{thebibliography}{99}&#xA;\end{thebibliography}&#xA;\end{document}&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I use the &lt;code&gt;nofootinbib&lt;/code&gt; option (which turns off end notes), the package behaves properly under both RevTeX4 and RevTeX4-1.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can manually insert my footnotes into the bibliography, but I would rather not. Help?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="911" LastEditorUserId="911" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-15T12:57:39.610" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T13:39:32.553" Title="Problems typesetting footnotes with RevTeX 4-1" Tags="&lt;footnotes&gt;&lt;revtex&gt;&lt;endnotes&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="11119" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7515" CreationDate="2011-02-15T12:13:44.347" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;After learning many tricks on this forum, I propose the following solution. I think it does what @TH. wanted, namely it expands everything, and when it meets a non-expandable token, it just stores it and continues. It uses a future package of mine, whose code can currently be found &lt;a href=&quot;http://users.aims.ac.za/~bruno/LaTeX/ULcase/ULcase.sty&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;online&lt;/a&gt;, or as my answer to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/10805/&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt;. This code is input in the first line below. Set whichever filename you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that I have not been careful to reset catcodes to their default value in &lt;code&gt;ULcase.sty&lt;/code&gt;, so here, we don't need &lt;code&gt;\catcode`\:=11\catcode`_=11\relax&lt;/code&gt;. One day, I'll clean this up.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% Code based on the extended Upper- and Lower-casing code found&#xA;% in the ULcase package.&#xA;\input ULcase.sty\relax&#xA;&#xA;% ============ Table |fullyexpand|, |\fullyexpand|&#xA;% The |fullexpand| table expands every token that is expandable&#xA;% according to the test \FE_token_if_expandable:NTF.&#xA;% &#xA;% Then |\fullyexpand| is basically changing the case using a special&#xA;% &quot;case table&quot;, |ULfullyexpand|. Here, |\MEA_trigger:f| is |\romannumeral|&#xA;% in disguise, forcing the full expansion of |\UL_to_case_aux:nn|&#xA;% (This is necessary for technical reasons.)&#xA;%&#xA;\def\fullyexpand{\MEA_trigger:f\UL_to_case_aux:nn{ULfullyexpand}}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% A few tests, building up to \FE_token_if_expandable:NTF.&#xA;%&#xA;\long\gdef\FE_token_if_expandable:NTF#1{%&#xA;  \FE_token_if_defined:NTF#1%&#xA;  {%&#xA;    \FE_token_if_eq_noexpand_self:NTF#1%&#xA;    {\use_ii:nn}%&#xA;    {\FE_token_if_protected:NTF#1{\use_ii:nn}{\use_i:nn}}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;  {\use_ii:nn}%&#xA;}&#xA;\long\gdef\FE_token_if_defined:NTF#1{%&#xA;  \ifdefined #1%&#xA;    \expandafter\use_i:nn%&#xA;  \else%&#xA;    \expandafter\use_ii:nn%&#xA;  \fi%&#xA;}%&#xA;\long\gdef\FE_token_if_eq_noexpand_self:NTF#1{%&#xA;  \expandafter\ifx\noexpand#1#1%&#xA;    \expandafter\use_i:nn%&#xA;  \else%&#xA;    \expandafter\use_ii:nn%&#xA;  \fi%&#xA;}&#xA;% |\expandsome| only expands the tokens following |\expandthis|.&#xA;\expandsome{%&#xA;  \long\gdef\FE_token_if_protected:NTF#1{%&#xA;    \expandafter\FE_token_if_protected_aux:w\meaning#1%&#xA;    \expandthis\string\protected\q_stop}%&#xA;}&#xA;% |\expandafter:nw{...}\foo| expands |\foo| before |...|.&#xA;\expandafter:nw{\long\gdef\FE_token_if_protected_aux:w#1}%&#xA;\string\protected#2\q_stop{%&#xA;  \UL_if_empty:nTF{#1}%&#xA;}%&#xA;&#xA;% ===== Building the table.&#xA;% We copy the standard definitions (in particular for braces)&#xA;% NB: maybe problem with \NoCaseChange.&#xA;\UL_new_table:n{ULfullyexpand}&#xA;% &#xA;% Spaces are just kept:&#xA;\UL_setup:nnn{ULfullyexpand}{ }{ }&#xA;% &#xA;% The default action is to check if #3 (the next token) is expandable.&#xA;% If it is, we expand it. Otherwise, we output it. &quot;#2{#3}&quot; is responsible&#xA;% for continuing the loop.&#xA;\long\gdef\UL_table_ULfullyexpand_default#1#2#3{%&#xA;  \FE_token_if_expandable:NTF#1{% &#xA;    \expandafter:nw{#2{#3}}#1%&#xA;  }{%&#xA;    \UL_to_case_output:n{#1}#2{#3}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;}%&#xA;%&#xA;% Define |\noexpand|&#xA;\long\expandafter\gdef\csname UL_table_ULfullyexpand_%&#xA;  \detokenize{\noexpand}\endcsname#1#2#3{%&#xA;    \UL_to_case_output:n{#3}#1{#2}}&#xA;%&#xA;% Define |\detokenize|&#xA;\long\expandafter\gdef\csname UL_table_ULfullyexpand_%&#xA;  \detokenize{\detokenize}\endcsname#1#2{%&#xA;    \expandafter:nw{\FE_detok_unexp_aux:nnNn{#1}{#2}\detokenize}%&#xA;    \romannumeral-`\0}&#xA;%&#xA;% Define |\unexpanded|&#xA;\long\expandafter\gdef\csname UL_table_ULfullyexpand_%&#xA;  \detokenize{\unexpanded}\endcsname#1#2{%&#xA;    \expandafter:nw{\FE_detok_unexp_aux:nnNn{#1}{#2}\unexpanded}%&#xA;    \romannumeral-`\0}&#xA;% &#xA;% A helper for |\detokenize| and |\unexpanded|.&#xA;\long\gdef\FE_detok_unexp_aux:nnNn#1#2#3#4{%&#xA;  \expandafter\UL_to_case_output:n\expandafter{#3{#4}}%&#xA;  #1{#2}}%&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% ===== Tests&#xA;\long\gdef\fooA#1{\fooC{\noexpand\fooA got #1} \fooB{a nice #1}}&#xA;\long\gdef\fooB#1{fooB\space got &amp;lt;#1&amp;gt;}&#xA;\protected\def\fooC#1{Not expanded.}&#xA;\long\gdef\a{\fullyexpand{Text: \fooA{argument}}}&#xA;\expandonce\a\expandonce\a&#xA;\long\gdef\b{Text: \fooC {\fooA got argument} fooB got &amp;lt;a nice argument&amp;gt;}&#xA;\checkoutput&#xA;&#xA;\long\gdef\a{\fullyexpand{Text:%&#xA;    \detokenize\expandafter{\fooA{argument}\fooA{hi}}}}&#xA;\long\xdef\b{Text:\detokenize{\fooC {\noexpand \fooA got argument} %&#xA;    \fooB {a nice argument}\fooA {hi}}}&#xA;\expandonce\a\expandonce\a&#xA;\checkoutput&#xA;&#xA;\long\gdef\a{\fullyexpand{Text:%&#xA;    \unexpanded\expandafter{\fooA{argument}\fooA{hi}}}}&#xA;\long\xdef\b{Text:\unexpanded{\fooC {\noexpand \fooA got argument} %&#xA;    \fooB {a nice argument}\fooA {hi}}}&#xA;\expandonce\a\expandonce\a&#xA;\checkoutput&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\long\gdef\foo{foo}&#xA;\long\gdef\a{\fullyexpand{a\foo \ifnum1=1\number2 yes\else no\fi}}&#xA;\expandonce\a\expandonce\a&#xA;\long\gdef\b{afoono}&#xA;&#xA;\endinput&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T12:13:44.347" />
  <row Id="11121" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11155" CreationDate="2011-02-15T13:14:24.563" Score="1" ViewCount="84" Body="&lt;p&gt;The title question sums it all.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="69" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T20:12:06.683" Title="What is the best way to typeset an algorithm with several procedures?" Tags="&lt;algorithms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11122" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-15T13:32:39.907" Score="4" ViewCount="55" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've got  a table (below) that aligns the decimal points of my data - I wish to highlight a &#xA;value (2 adjacent cells), however this leaves a white space where the decimal point is! If I increase the left or right overhang it eventually cover the decimal point completely!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's the basic table:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}{m{30mm}r@{.}lr@{.}lr@{.}lr@{.}l}&#xA;&#xA;Point 1 &amp;amp; -0&amp;amp;0569&amp;amp; 0&amp;amp;0138&amp;amp; -0&amp;amp;1133&amp;amp; 0&amp;amp;1275      \tabularnewline &#xA;&#xA;Point 2 &amp;amp; -0&amp;amp;1239&amp;amp; -0&amp;amp;0189&amp;amp; -0&amp;amp;1092&amp;amp; 0&amp;amp;1662 \tabularnewline&#xA;&#xA;Point 3 &amp;amp;  0&amp;amp;0209&amp;amp; 0&amp;amp;1032&amp;amp; -0&amp;amp;2188&amp;amp; 0&amp;amp;2428  \tabularnewline &#xA;&#xA;Point 4 &amp;amp; -0&amp;amp;3064&amp;amp; -3&amp;amp;2415&amp;amp; 0&amp;amp;1353&amp;amp; 3&amp;amp;2588  \tabularnewline&#xA;&#xA;\end{tabular}   &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can't find the answer to this anywhere else... please help!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3606" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-15T13:50:08.990" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T14:17:49.840" Title="Adding colour to table cells when decimals are aligned with arrays and {.} used in the column definition" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;color&gt;&lt;arrays&gt;&lt;cell&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11123" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11125" CreationDate="2011-02-15T13:35:10.203" Score="5" ViewCount="294" Body="&lt;p&gt;If I create just a basic &lt;code&gt;hello.tex&lt;/code&gt; file an compile it using &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;pdflatex hello.tex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; program is creating a plethora of file which is a little annoying. Currently it writes all those files about which I really don't care:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;hello.aux, hello.log, hello.nav, hello.out, hello.snm, hello.toc&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to tell &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; to only write &lt;code&gt;hello.pdf&lt;/code&gt; if the build is successful ? If not, can I specify the output directory of those files ? Maybe I could just write them in &lt;code&gt;/tmp&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3605" LastEditorUserId="1517" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-15T22:16:58.923" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T22:16:58.923" Title="Prevent pdflatex from writing a bunch of files." Tags="&lt;auxiliary-files&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11124" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11118" CreationDate="2011-02-15T13:39:32.553" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You have to run bibtex in order for the footnotes to appear, so in particular, you can't use &lt;code&gt;\begin{thebibliography}{99}...\end{thebibliography}&lt;/code&gt; but rather &lt;code&gt;\bibliography{mybib}&lt;/code&gt;, which RevTeX4.1 will rewrite as though it says &lt;code&gt;\bibliography{mybib,mypaperNotes}&lt;/code&gt; and create a file &lt;code&gt;mypaperNotes.bib&lt;/code&gt; with the endnotes in it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T13:39:32.553" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11125" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11123" CreationDate="2011-02-15T13:43:10.960" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You might not care about these files, but &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; does quite a bit. These files hold information collected during the first run(s) and are needed to build the final PDF with correct ToC, references, PDF bookmarks, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Your can delete these files afterwards, e.g. manually or using a front-end tool like &lt;code&gt;latexmk&lt;/code&gt; (&lt;code&gt;-c&lt;/code&gt; option). However, future compilations of the PDF would then need again several compiler runs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can define an output directory for &lt;em&gt;all&lt;/em&gt; files using the &lt;code&gt;-output-directory&lt;/code&gt; (TeXLive, might be different for MikTeX) command line argument of &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt;. After the compilation you can then move the PDF in the current directory.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-15T16:07:53.627" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T16:07:53.627" />
  <row Id="11126" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8756" CreationDate="2011-02-15T13:45:53.663" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The simplest way would probably be to add to your .emacs configuration the following (for the &lt;code&gt;\textquote&lt;/code&gt; macro):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;(TeX-add-symbols&#xA;'(&quot;textquote&quot; [ TeX-arg-cite ] [ &quot;Punctuation&quot; ] t)&#xA;)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(see &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex/manual/auctex.html#Adding-Macros&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;AUCTeX adding Macros&lt;/a&gt; doc)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;TeX-arg-cite&lt;/code&gt; should call the RefTeX citation search. It seems to behave oddly, as even if it's defined as an optional argument, it forces you to choose a citation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The is also &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex/manual/auctex.html#Adding-Environments&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;a way to add environment&lt;/a&gt;, so&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;(LaTeX-add-environments&#xA; `(&quot;displayquote&quot; LaTeX-env-args&#xA;   [TeX-arg-cite [ &quot;Punctuation&quot; ] t]))&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;should define the &lt;code&gt;displayquote&lt;/code&gt; environment according to the documentation, but for some reasons, that doesn't work for me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As explained in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex/manual/auctex.html#Style-Files&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;documentation&lt;/a&gt;, it would be cleaner to do this in a style hook to define the commands only for buffers that actually use the &lt;em&gt;csquotes&lt;/em&gt; package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;(TeX-add-style-hook&#xA; &quot;csquotes&quot;&#xA; (lambda ()&#xA;   (TeX-add-symbols&#xA;    '(&quot;textquote&quot; [ TeX-arg-cite ] [ &quot;Punctuation&quot; ] t)&#xA;    )&#xA;   (LaTeX-add-environments&#xA;    `(&quot;displayquote&quot; LaTeX-env-args&#xA;      [TeX-arg-cite [ &quot;Punctuation&quot; ] t])&#xA;    )&#xA;   )&#xA; )&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, you should check that you do not override some AUCTeX default when doing this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The not so clean way of doing it would be to hack a new cite format for the quotation by specifying a new &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex/manual/reftex/reftex_60.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;reftex-cite-format&lt;/a&gt;, but that seems quite ugly to me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3390" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T13:45:53.663" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-02-15T13:45:53.663" />
  <row Id="11127" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11094" CreationDate="2011-02-15T13:45:56.980" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's one solution. It uses &lt;code&gt;\pgftransformresetnontranslation&lt;/code&gt; to make sure the minus is typeset the right way round, and then sets a new scaling factor as a multiple of &lt;code&gt;\tikzcircuitssizeunit&lt;/code&gt;, which makes sure the symbol scales according to the &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;size&amp;gt; circuit symbols&lt;/code&gt; style.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;%\input{glava}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{circuits.ee}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{circuits.ee.IEC}&#xA;&#xA;\newif\ifreversepolarity&#xA;\tikzoption{reversepolarity}[true]{\reversepolaritytrue}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\tikzset{circuit declare symbol = var battery}&#xA;\tikzset{set var battery graphic = var battery IEC graphic}&#xA;\tikzset{var battery IEC graphic/.style=&#xA;  {transform shape, circuit symbol lines, circuit symbol size = width&#xA;2.5 height 2.5,&#xA;   shape=generic circle IEC, /pgf/generic circle IEC/before&#xA;background=&#xA;    {&#xA;     \pgfpathcircle{\pgfpoint{0.45pt}{0pt}}{0.1pt}&#xA;     \pgfpathcircle{\pgfpoint{-0.45pt}{0pt}}{0.1pt}&#xA;     \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfpoint{-1.0pt}{0pt}}&#xA;     \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpoint{-0.6pt}{0pt}}&#xA;     \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfpoint{1.0pt}{0pt}}&#xA;     \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpoint{0.6pt}{0pt}}&#xA;     \pgfusepathqstroke&#xA;     % PLUS AND MINUS SYMBOL&#xA;     \pgfgettransform\savedtransform&#xA;     \pgftransformshift{\pgfpoint{0.45pt}{0.45pt}}&#xA;     \pgftransformresetnontranslations&#xA;     \pgftransformscale{0.075\tikzcircuitssizeunit}&#xA;     \pgftext{\bf{\ifreversepolarity$-$\else$+$\fi}}&#xA;     \pgfsettransform\savedtransform&#xA;     \pgftransformshift{\pgfpoint{-0.45pt}{0.45pt}}&#xA;     \pgftransformresetnontranslations&#xA;     \pgftransformscale{0.075\tikzcircuitssizeunit}&#xA;     \pgftext{\bf{\ifreversepolarity$+$\else$-$\fi}}&#xA;     \pgfsettransform\savedtransform&#xA;     }}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[circuit ee IEC,semithick,x=1cm,y=1cm]&#xA;\draw (0,0) to [capacitor] (3,0)&#xA;to [resistor] (3,2)&#xA;to [var battery,reversepolarity,tiny circuit symbols] (0,2)&#xA;to [var battery={info'={$U_3$}},huge circuit symbols] (0,0);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/D38r7.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastEditorUserId="2552" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-16T08:46:55.850" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T08:46:55.850" />
  <row Id="11128" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10203" CreationDate="2011-02-15T13:47:44.123" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This solution isn't entirely general for when &lt;code&gt;firstinits&lt;/code&gt; is not true, but otherwise it does exactly what you are asking for:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\RequirePackage[firstinits=true]{biblatex}&#xA;\bibliography{xampl}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\mkbibnamefirst}[1]{{\let~\,#1}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA; \nocite{whole-collection}&#xA; \printbibliography&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This code uses &lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt;'s hook into how to print the ‘first name’, which in this case is the initials, and substitutes &lt;code&gt;~&lt;/code&gt; for &lt;code&gt;\,&lt;/code&gt;. (I'm not sure if the nested set of braces are required, but it doesn't hurt to be careful.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When &lt;code&gt;firstinits&lt;/code&gt; is not in effect, this will end up putting thin spaces between someone's first name and their initial, which is probably not desirable. So you might want to qualify the definition above as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand*{\mkbibnamefirst}[1]{{\iffirstinits{\let~\,}{}#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T13:47:44.123" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="11129" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11122" CreationDate="2011-02-15T14:00:44.487" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You should use the &lt;code&gt;dcolumn&lt;/code&gt; package instead to align your numbers automatically on the decimal dots (or other separator):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{dcolumn}&#xA;%\newcolumntype{d}[1]{D{.}{.}{#1}}% general&#xA;\newcolumntype{d}{D{.}{.}{4}}% for four frac. digits&#xA;% Syntax: D{&amp;lt;input separator&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;output/displayed separator&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;number of frac.digits&amp;gt;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{m{30mm}dddd}&#xA;Point 1 &amp;amp; -0.0569&amp;amp;  0.0138&amp;amp; -0.1133&amp;amp; 0.1275  \\&#xA;Point 2 &amp;amp; -0.1239&amp;amp; -0.0189&amp;amp; -0.1092&amp;amp; 0.1662  \\&#xA;Point 3 &amp;amp;  0.0209&amp;amp;  0.1032&amp;amp; -0.2188&amp;amp; 0.2428  \\&#xA;Point 4 &amp;amp; -0.3064&amp;amp; -3.2415&amp;amp;  0.1353&amp;amp; 3.2588  \\&#xA;&#xA;\end{tabular} &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For colors you can use the &lt;code&gt;colortbl&lt;/code&gt; package which provides &lt;code&gt;\columncolor&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T14:00:44.487" />
  <row Id="11130" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11123" CreationDate="2011-02-15T14:07:21.063" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In addition to Martin's answer, I thought it might be useful to explain &lt;em&gt;why&lt;/em&gt; LaTeX creates all these extra files. Let's take the example of the &lt;code&gt;.aux&lt;/code&gt; file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Let's say you have a &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt; in your document and a reference to it somewhere above where the label occurs. When pdflatex reads your &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; file, it reads the &lt;code&gt;\ref&lt;/code&gt; first. Now, it doesn't know what to do with this ref: it hasn't yet encountered what it's referring to. Now when pdflatex reaches the label, it makes a note of what the label is referring to. By &quot;makes a note&quot; I mean it writes something to the &lt;code&gt;.aux&lt;/code&gt; file that says roughly &quot;when you encounter references to this, this is what is meant&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then, on a second pdflatex run, when it reaches the reference, it looks in the &lt;code&gt;.aux&lt;/code&gt; file and it knows what it is supposed to refer to and can substitute in the relevant text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Auxiliary files are used for lots of other similar things (like tables of contents, lists of figures and so on). They are annoying, but deleting them after each run would break things. A lot.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T14:07:21.063" />
  <row Id="11131" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11122" CreationDate="2011-02-15T14:10:05.727" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;code&gt;siunitx&lt;/code&gt; package, which defines a new column type &lt;code&gt;S&lt;/code&gt; that aligns numbers on the decimal point and can be configured quite extensively. The strength of &lt;code&gt;siunitx&lt;/code&gt; is really in typesetting units, so it might be a bit oversized if you just need it for tabular material. (Judging from your example, you probably have numbers and units in your document, though, so you might want to take a look at the package).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{siunitx}&#xA;\usepackage{colortbl}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\sisetup{&#xA;table-figures-integer = 2,&#xA;table-figures-decimal = 4,&#xA;table-number-alignment=center&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{m{30mm}SSSS}&#xA;&#xA;Point 1 &amp;amp; -0.0569&amp;amp; 0.0138&amp;amp; -0.1133&amp;amp; 0.1275  \\ &#xA;Point 2 &amp;amp; -0.1239&amp;amp; {\cellcolor[gray]{0.9}} -0.0189 &amp;amp; {\cellcolor[gray]{0.9}} -0.1092&amp;amp; 0.1662 \\&#xA;Point 3 &amp;amp;  0.0209&amp;amp; 0.1032&amp;amp; -0.2188&amp;amp; 0.2428  \\&#xA;Point 4 &amp;amp; -0.3064&amp;amp; -3.2415&amp;amp; 0.1353&amp;amp; 3.2588  \\&#xA;&#xA;\end{tabular}   &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T14:10:05.727" />
  <row Id="11132" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11122" CreationDate="2011-02-15T14:17:49.840" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;if you have a constant number of digits then there is need for using any special tabular setting, because &lt;em&gt;all&lt;/em&gt; digits have in nearly &lt;em&gt;all&lt;/em&gt; fonts the same width. However, here is a solution with rccol:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[table]{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{array,rccol}&#xA;\def\CC{\cellcolor{red!30}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{l *4{R-[.][.]{1}{4}} }&#xA;Point 1 &amp;amp; -0.0569 &amp;amp;  0.0138 &amp;amp; -0.1133 &amp;amp; 0.1275       \\&#xA;Point 2 &amp;amp; -0.1239 &amp;amp; -0.0189\CC &amp;amp;-0.1092\CC &amp;amp; 0.1662 \\&#xA;Point 3 &amp;amp;  0.0209 &amp;amp;  0.1032 &amp;amp; -0.2188 &amp;amp; 0.2428       \\&#xA;Point 4 &amp;amp; -0.3064 &amp;amp; -3.2415 &amp;amp;  0.1353 &amp;amp; 3.2588       \\&#xA;\end{tabular} &#xA;&#xA;the same with default tabular&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{l *4r }&#xA;Point 1 &amp;amp; -0.0569 &amp;amp;  0.0138 &amp;amp; -0.1133 &amp;amp; 0.1275       \\&#xA;Point 2 &amp;amp; -0.1239 &amp;amp; -0.0189\CC &amp;amp;-0.1092\CC &amp;amp; 0.1662 \\&#xA;Point 3 &amp;amp;  0.0209 &amp;amp;  0.1032 &amp;amp; -0.2188 &amp;amp; 0.2428       \\&#xA;Point 4 &amp;amp; -0.3064 &amp;amp; -3.2415 &amp;amp;  0.1353 &amp;amp; 3.2588       \\&#xA;\end{tabular} &#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/0VTjX.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T14:17:49.840" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11133" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11123" CreationDate="2011-02-15T14:36:27.683" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;TeX writes the &lt;code&gt;.log&lt;/code&gt; file.  It contains more information about processing the job than what is shown on the console.  It's very useful for debugging.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;LaTeX writes the &lt;code&gt;.aux&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;.toc&lt;/code&gt; files.  They are used for managing cross-references and table-of-contents information.  Since TeX's organism digests the input document from beginning to end, once per job, there's no other way to have a part of the document change based on later content.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt; class writes &lt;code&gt;.snm&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;.nav&lt;/code&gt; files.  The &lt;code&gt;.snm&lt;/code&gt; file is to assist you with including images of slides into an article version of the document.  The &lt;code&gt;.nav&lt;/code&gt; file assists in created navigation bars on slides.  Beamer is not apparently set up to suppress writing those files if they are not needed (i.e., if you do not need the functionality they enable).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; package writes the &lt;code&gt;.out&lt;/code&gt; file to assist in creating bookmarks in the pdf file.  Sometimes this isn't needed; I looked at the last few jobs I had which used hyperref and the &lt;code&gt;.out&lt;/code&gt; files are empty.  Again, this doesn't seem suppressable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can write the auxiliary files to a temporary directory.  Then you'll have to instruct TeX to look in that temporary directory.  Also you will have to make sure that the included auxiliary files are the right ones, not ones placed in the temporary directory by another process.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think it's best to learn to live with these files.  If you don't want them after you're &quot;done&quot; with writing the document, just delete them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T14:36:27.683" />
  <row Id="11134" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10255" CreationDate="2011-02-15T14:47:56.987" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can define your own language. The best I could get so far:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{color}&#xA;\definecolor{gray}{rgb}{0.4,0.4,0.4}&#xA;\definecolor{darkblue}{rgb}{0.0,0.0,0.6}&#xA;\definecolor{cyan}{rgb}{0.0,0.6,0.6}&#xA;&#xA;\lstset{&#xA;  basicstyle=\ttfamily,&#xA;  columns=fullflexible,&#xA;  showstringspaces=false,&#xA;  commentstyle=\color{gray}\upshape&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\lstdefinelanguage{XML}&#xA;{&#xA;  morestring=[b]&quot;,&#xA;  morestring=[s]{&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;},&#xA;  morecomment=[s]{&amp;lt;?}{?&amp;gt;},&#xA;  stringstyle=\color{black},&#xA;  identifierstyle=\color{darkblue},&#xA;  keywordstyle=\color{cyan},&#xA;  morekeywords={xmlns,version,type}% list your attributes here&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is an example of highlighted XML with the settings above:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Lg2v7.png&quot; alt=&quot;XML syntax highlighting&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd like to set the syntax bits such as &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;/&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;=&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;:&lt;/code&gt; in gray as well, because they don't hold relevant information, but this would brake other parts of the highlighting. Maybe someone else can improve it and send a fix to the maintainer of listings package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1044" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T14:47:56.987" />
  <row Id="11135" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11098" CreationDate="2011-02-15T15:18:56.717" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Not exactly what you want but this is an example by &lt;a href=&quot;http://groups.google.com/group/latexusersgroup/browse_thread/thread/dadeaf3e849a9bd7/55bf70850dfc3fd8?#55bf70850dfc3fd8&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Donald Arseneau&lt;/a&gt; that uses framed package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{color,amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{framed}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newdimen\errorsize \errorsize=0.2pt&#xA;% Frame with a label at top&#xA;\newcommand\LabFrame[2]{%&#xA;    \fboxrule=\FrameRule&#xA;    \fboxsep=-\errorsize&#xA;    \textcolor{FrameColor}{%&#xA;    \fbox{%&#xA;      \vbox{\nobreak&#xA;      \advance\FrameSep\errorsize&#xA;      \begingroup&#xA;        \advance\baselineskip\FrameSep&#xA;        \hrule height \baselineskip&#xA;        \nobreak&#xA;        \vskip-\baselineskip&#xA;      \endgroup&#xA;      \vskip 0.5\FrameSep&#xA;      \hbox{\hskip\FrameSep \strut&#xA;        \textcolor{TitleColor}{\textbf{#1}}}%&#xA;      \nobreak \nointerlineskip&#xA;      \vskip 1.3\FrameSep&#xA;      \hbox{\hskip\FrameSep&#xA;        {\normalcolor#2}%&#xA;        \hskip\FrameSep}%&#xA;      \vskip\FrameSep&#xA;    }}%&#xA;}}&#xA;\definecolor{FrameColor}{rgb}{0.25,0.25,1.0}&#xA;\definecolor{TitleColor}{rgb}{1.0,1.0,1.0}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{contlabelframe}[2][\Frame@Lab\ (cont.)]{% &#xA;  % Optional continuation label defaults to the first label plus&#xA;  \def\Frame@Lab{#2}%&#xA;  \def\FrameCommand{\LabFrame{#2}}%&#xA;  \def\FirstFrameCommand{\LabFrame{#2}}%&#xA;  \def\MidFrameCommand{\LabFrame{#1}}%&#xA;  \def\LastFrameCommand{\LabFrame{#1}}%&#xA;  \MakeFramed{\advance\hsize-\width \FrameRestore} &#xA;}{\endMakeFramed} &#xA;\newcounter{theorem}&#xA;\newenvironment{theorem}[1]{%&#xA;  \par&#xA;  \refstepcounter{theorem}%&#xA;  \begin{contlabelframe}{Theorem \thetheorem:\quad #1}&#xA; \noindent\ignorespaces}&#xA;{\end{contlabelframe}} &#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{theorem}{Pythagoras}&#xA;This is a theorem&#xA;\end{theorem}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And This is what you get:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ZTtj9.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2716" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T15:18:56.717" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11136" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-15T15:43:16.567" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Auxiliary files like &lt;code&gt;.aux&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;.toc&lt;/code&gt; or e.g. &lt;code&gt;.out&lt;/code&gt; etc. are files generated by LaTeX and packages which hold auxiliary information about the document. Specific information like sectioning titles or labels are written to these files. In following compiler runs this information is then read at the begin of the document so that there are globally available.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This feedback allows LaTeX to e.g. display the Table of Contents at the beginning while the required data (the sectioning titles) are not yet read.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-15T15:45:21.643" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T15:45:21.643" />
  <row Id="11137" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-15T15:43:16.567" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="Questions tagged with {auxiliary-files} are about auxiliary files generated and read by LaTeX" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-15T21:40:04.670" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T21:40:04.670" />
  <row Id="11138" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11139" CreationDate="2011-02-15T15:52:05.970" Score="5" ViewCount="91" Body="&lt;p&gt;With biblatex, the author can be replaced by a dash (or “idem”) in the bibliography. Is it possible to have this replacement also if there are multiple authors, and the first of these multiple authors is the same as the author of the book listed before? (It is somewhat difficult to describe, see the attached example instead, where “Buchautor, Hans-Wilhelm” should be replaced in &lt;code&gt;book3&lt;/code&gt; as well.) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I assume that it should be possible by customising &lt;code&gt;\DeclareNameFormat&lt;/code&gt;, but I don’t know how.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Minimal example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrartcl}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{csquotes}&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.bib}&#xA;@BOOK{book1,&#xA;  author = {Buchautor, Hans-Wilhelm},&#xA;  title = {Irgendein Buch},&#xA;  location = {Buch am Wald},&#xA;  date = {2000}&#xA;}&#xA;@BOOK{book2,&#xA;  author = {Buchautor, Hans-Wilhelm},&#xA;  title = {Ein anderes Buch},&#xA;  location = {Berlin},&#xA;  date = {2001}&#xA;}&#xA;@BOOK{book3,&#xA;  author = {Buchautor, Hans-Wilhelm and Zweitautor, Zoran},&#xA;  title = {Noch ein Buch},&#xA;  location = {London and New York},&#xA;  date = {2010}&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[&#xA;style=authortitle,&#xA;backend=bibtex8&#xA;]{biblatex}&#xA;\bibliography{\jobname}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand*{\bibnamedash}{%&#xA;  \bibstring[\mkbibbold]{idem\thefield{gender}}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\nocite{*}&#xA;&#xA;\printbibliography&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit 15/02/2011 17:14&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I should have added that there was a feature request for biber which pointed back to biblatex. See &lt;a href=&quot;https://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&amp;amp;aid=3181232&amp;amp;group_id=228270&amp;amp;atid=1073795&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this feature request&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1376" LastEditorUserId="1376" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-15T16:14:17.027" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T16:14:17.027" Title="With biblatex, is it possible to replace one author of an author list by a bibnamedash or idem string?" Tags="&lt;biblatex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11139" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11138" CreationDate="2011-02-15T16:07:14.907" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;AFAIK this is not possible yet. The is a limitation of the traditional bibtex format. You cannot really handle individual persons in the author field (the same problem rears its ugly head when it comes to things as name prefixes or gender which can't be set for one author if there are several persons in the author field). I know that this will be improved in later biber versions (the TODO says version 1.3).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: I'm also not sure if this behaviour in your case is really desirable. As long as the style doesn't demand it I wouldn't do that. After all, the dash is meant to indicate that the authorship is identical, but if there are several authors, the authorship has changed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3604" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T16:07:14.907" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-02-15T16:15:19.267" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="11140" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11123" CreationDate="2011-02-15T16:17:31.573" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You already got lots of very good answers explaining why &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; needs all those auxiliary files. However you might still feel frustrated about having to live with all those files polluting a directory where (I'm guessing) you would like to keep all your LaTeX documents and their corresponding &lt;code&gt;.pdf&lt;/code&gt; outputs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The best solution is to keep &lt;strong&gt;one directory for each document&lt;/strong&gt; you have.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can keep, for example, a main &lt;code&gt;Documents&lt;/code&gt; folder and then individual &lt;code&gt;Paper1&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;Paper2&lt;/code&gt;, ... folders; each with their own &lt;code&gt;main.tex&lt;/code&gt; file. Then you can happily let LaTeX store whatever auxiliary files it wants in their respective folders. The difference is that now, for you, there is a clear structure of where your documents are.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="169" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T16:17:31.573" />
  <row Id="11141" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11143" CreationDate="2011-02-15T16:28:34.140" Score="12" ViewCount="249" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was wondering what prevented the implementation of a MarkDown system &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; (La)TeX? I know that pandoc does a conversion of MarkDown with extra features to LaTeX. I also know that many are happy with the way LaTeX is right now, so please do not feel offended.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In particular I was wondering why stuff like &lt;code&gt;-&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;=&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; cannot be translated to &lt;code&gt;\rightarrow&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\Rightarrow&lt;/code&gt; and similar transformations along with the usual MarkDown features. After all to me it seems that (La)Tex after all is a way to mark-up plain text in a way that it can be rendered neatly for printing devices. I also know that there's LyX and TeXmacs but those have left the plain-text approach of tex.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In particular I'm genuine curious &lt;em&gt;if&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;why&lt;/em&gt; one could not implement MarkDown features right in LaTeX, after all TeX is Turing complete, no? Does it in some way break the existing system in a way I do not see?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There's a lot that could make writing text a little more &lt;em&gt;pleasant&lt;/em&gt; on the eyes. For example, writing a theorem like so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;THEOREM: ...&#xA;&#xA;PROOF: ...&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;Next paragraph continues after two new lines...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and similarly for definitions lemmata, you name it. Again please don't get me wrong. There are enormous amounts of useful commands in (La)TeX. As it is now, (La)TeX does do some of these transformations already. E.g. turning --- into an em-dash or treating a blank line as the separation of two paragraphs. And modern (La)TeX can deal with unicode thus not necessarily requiring the ASCII-fication of Greek Letters. There will always be more obscure things one wants to do with (La)TeX, but what is preventing the system from incorporating features like these? Or am I missing something completely and this is possible already?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2074" LastEditorUserId="2074" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-16T09:15:34.920" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T22:26:46.383" Title="LaTeX Markup Options?" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;latex-general&gt;" AnswerCount="6" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="11142" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11141" CreationDate="2011-02-15T16:41:14.847" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A wiki-like markup/down syntax is already supported by the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.tug.org/pkg/nicetext&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;nicetext&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And yes, TeX is &lt;strong&gt;Turing&lt;/strong&gt; (not &lt;em&gt;turning&lt;/em&gt;) complete and can be used to implement parsers for a lot of different syntaxes. See the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.tug.org/pkg/pgf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;tikz&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.tug.org/pkg/tikz-timing&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;tikz-timing&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; or e.g. the &lt;code&gt;\Macro&lt;/code&gt; macro of &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.tug.org/pkg/ydoc&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;ydoc&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; for a few more complex examples. However, there are limits -- I wouldn't try to program an OS with it (TeXnix or so) :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-15T20:24:52.217" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T20:24:52.217" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11143" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11141" CreationDate="2011-02-15T16:47:18.663" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;LaTeX is this LaTeX for historical reason. It is not perfect. And it could support some MarkDown features. For example, there is a LaTeX package &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/nicetext.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;wiki&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, which support document like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{wiki}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\wikimarkup&#xA;&#xA;==section title==&#xA;&#xA;A numbered list:&#xA;# foo&#xA;# bar&#xA;# baz&#xA;&#xA;===subsection title===&#xA;&#xA;''important'' thing&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another good example is &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/listings.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package. It read the input verbatim, recognize the keywords, and make proper output. &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt; is designed for typeset programming languages with syntax highlighting. However, the same approach can be used for your request. So, this shows another example you request:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\lstset{literate={-&amp;gt;}{$\rightarrow$}1 {=&amp;gt;}{$\Rightarrow$}1}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}&#xA;a -&amp;gt; b, A =&amp;gt; B&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But remember, TeX, the core language is not designed for this kind of markup texts. We have to use some weird trick to implement the features in TeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unlike most modern programming language, TeX uses &lt;em&gt;category codes&lt;/em&gt; for special purpose. If TeX use a common lexical analysis, it will be easier to define a markdown system. In TeX, it is easy to define a command &lt;code&gt;\THEOREM&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\PROOF&lt;/code&gt; to typeset a theorem. But it will take much more effort (although possible) to support a syntax like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;THEOREM: foo&#xA;PROOF: baz&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And we can ask &lt;em&gt;why&lt;/em&gt; Knuth choose this macro syntax. I think it is natural to use a markup language syntax, like troff, SGML and RTF. And it is clear that a pure markdown system (like stackexchange without HTML) is not powerful enough for complex style. So early TeX, which is a personal tool of Knuth, needn't support a Markdown syntax, thus the design based on category codes and macros is OK. Many people &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/10894/what-would-you-like-to-change-about-tex-latex-xetex-etc&quot;&gt;complain about this&lt;/a&gt;, I have no good idea for this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Things are changing, LaTeX becomes easier to use today. For math symbol, we can use &lt;code&gt;unicode-math&lt;/code&gt; package to write a math equation like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$ ∑A_n → ±∞ $&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-15T20:26:53.853" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T20:26:53.853" CommentCount="12" />
  <row Id="11144" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11031" CreationDate="2011-02-15T17:08:19.030" Score="17" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You have been told how to get a curved L. But here's some more general advice, which also applies in this situation: In cases such as this, &lt;i&gt;always&lt;/i&gt; create your own shortcut macro, say&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\Lagr}{\mathcal{L}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This way, if you ever decide that that curly L is not quite the one you like, it is easy to switch. Also, even before you knew the answer to this question, you could have written&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\Lagr}{L}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in your preamble. Then you could start/continue writing the document, use ordinary capital Ls where you want, and &lt;code&gt;\Lagr&lt;/code&gt; wherever you actually mean a Lagrangian, and then later changing the definition of &lt;code&gt;\Lagr&lt;/code&gt; to something appropriate. This way, you wouldn't have to manually search for each occurence of a capital L and decide if it's a Lagrangian or not. Clearly &lt;code&gt;\Lagr&lt;/code&gt; (or whatever you want to call this macro) is also easier to type than &lt;code&gt;\mathcal{L}&lt;/code&gt;, and it makes the source code much more readable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another advantage, which is probably more subtle, since you're new to LaTeX, is that we can make the curvy L exactly the type of math we want. TeX distinguishes between ordinary letters, binary operators, binary relations, opening and closing parenthesis and so on; the spacing between two ordinary letters is not the same as the spacing between the &lt;code&gt;a&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;+&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;b&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;$a+b$&lt;/code&gt;. So since the Lagrangian is a kind of operator, we could say&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\Lagr}{\mathop{\mathcal{L}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But in the case of operators, the package amsmath (which you are most likely using; if not, you should) provides a somewhat better mechanism:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareMathOperator{\Lagr}{\mathcal{L}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Added:&lt;/em&gt; Another (related) tip: Even if you are using the same notation for two different things, it is best to make a separate macro for each. In this case you might have&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareMathOperator{\Lagr}{\mathcal{L}}&#xA;\DeclareMathOperator{\Lapl}{\mathcal{L}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The reason is the same as in the &lt;code&gt;L&lt;/code&gt; vs. &lt;code&gt;\Lagr&lt;/code&gt; case above: If you at some point decide that using &lt;code&gt;\mathcal{L}&lt;/code&gt; for both is a bad idea, you would have to find each occurence of &lt;code&gt;\Lagr&lt;/code&gt; and figure out if it is really a Laplacian. Using macro names carrying semantic meaning is one of the great powers of TeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="275" LastEditorUserId="275" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-02T06:07:32.107" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T06:07:32.107" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11145" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11141" CreationDate="2011-02-15T17:19:24.290" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Not really an answer to your question, but a related idea I had a long time ago: Some of the substitutions you want could be done by the editor. I once wrote an editor for LaTeX where you have a substitution table, so that you can get the following effects. If you type &lt;code&gt;-&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;, then this is automatically converted to &lt;code&gt;→&lt;/code&gt;, but saved as &lt;code&gt;\to&lt;/code&gt;. When &lt;code&gt;\to&lt;/code&gt; is read from a file (or typed), you again see &lt;code&gt;→&lt;/code&gt; in the editor. Same for &lt;code&gt;∑&lt;/code&gt; for &lt;code&gt;\sum&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;±&lt;/code&gt; for &lt;code&gt;\pm&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;∞&lt;/code&gt; for &lt;code&gt;\infty&lt;/code&gt; and so on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The main advantage: In the editor it looks nice, and the file is plain ascii text. However, I've got no idea what editors support this feature.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Similar things would be possible for your &lt;code&gt;THEOREM: ... PROOF:&lt;/code&gt;, but that would be less elementary to implement.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T17:19:24.290" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11146" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-15T17:42:23.797" Score="7" ViewCount="92" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have the following code in my ConTeXt environment:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\startsetups[sectioninfo]&#xA;\ss&#xA;  \rlap{\userpagenumber}&#xA;  \hfill&#xA;  § \getmarking[sectionnumber][current]&#xA;  \emspace&#xA;  \bf \getmarking[section][current]&#xA;  \hfill&#xA;  \llap{}&#xA;\stopsetups&#xA;&#xA;\setupheadertexts[\setups{chapterinfo}][]&#xA;                 []                    [\setups{sectioninfo}]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My intention here is pretty simple; I want the page number on the left and the section name in the middle. However, if there's no section defined in this chapter yet, it will show the name of the last section defined in the previous chapter, or the one before that, and so forth, which is undesirable. It's also undesirable in the front matter, where no sections have yet been defined, to see the § in the header.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I'm asking three questions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;How does one conditionally display one thing or another, in particular if one thing is blank or empty in some sense? I think I mean this in a TeX sense primarily, but if there's a ConTeXt-specific way of doing this, that's fine too.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;How does one determine if &lt;code&gt;\getmarking[section][current]&lt;/code&gt; is giving me something from the previous chapter, or is there a different parameter to &lt;code&gt;\getmarking&lt;/code&gt; that can be passed to get the most recent section &lt;em&gt;in this chapter only&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any resources you can point me towards would be greatly appreciated! Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3611" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T10:10:38.590" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T10:10:38.590" Title="Different content if command returns empty text (ConTeXt)" Tags="&lt;header-footer&gt;&lt;context&gt;&lt;conditionals&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="11148" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-15T19:01:31.327" Score="1" ViewCount="198" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi, I have no knowledge of programming...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have a MacBook OS10.6 with Tex Shop, updated...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;after placing the zipped file into &lt;code&gt;/Users/myname/Library/texmf/tex&lt;/code&gt; folder,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I open terminal in utilities and type &lt;code&gt;texhash&lt;/code&gt;...this is what I get...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Last login: Tue Feb 15 12:31:42 on console You have mail.&#xA;anns-macbook:~ ann$&#xA;anns-macbook:~ ann$ texhash&#xA;texhash: /usr/local/texlive/2010/../texmf-local: directory not writable.&#xA;Skipping... texhash: /usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf: directory not writable.&#xA;Skipping... texhash: /usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-config: directory not writable.&#xA;Skipping... texhash: /usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist: directory not writable.&#xA;Skipping... texhash: /usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-var: directory not writable. &#xA;Skipping... texhash: Done.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any ideas, I can't use the &lt;code&gt;pgf&lt;/code&gt; library in TeX Shop since TeX Shop can't seem to find the library in the folder structure I've created&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3612" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-15T19:21:07.060" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T22:27:50.693" Title="How do I install TikZ on a MacBook?" Tags="&lt;installing&gt;&lt;mactex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="11149" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11154" CreationDate="2011-02-15T19:09:38.980" Score="3" ViewCount="56" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am wondering if there is an environment for creating a table in LaTeX that will not only break at &lt;code&gt;\hline&lt;/code&gt;, but instead can break in the middle of a cell.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have to write very long reports in one table cell that will certainly span more than one page:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As an example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%        File: Minimal.tex&#xA;%     Created: Tue Feb 15 07:00 PM 2011 G&#xA;% Last Change: Tue Feb 15 07:00 PM 2011 G&#xA;%&#xA;\documentclass[a4paper]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{longtable}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{longtable}{c | p{10 cm}}&#xA;Header 1 &amp;amp; Header 2 \\&#xA;           \hline&#xA;           Little text &amp;amp; &#xA;           Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Proin nulla augue, ultricies vestibulum auctor vitae, scelerisque sit amet tellus. Etiam adipiscing elementum pellentesque. Pellentesque ac nulla libero, quis venenatis augue. Donec ut egestas nisi. Sed non ligula at purus molestie blandit quis quis eros. Phasellus venenatis ante quis ligula molestie semper ornare est sollicitudin. Ut lacus ipsum, dictum vitae malesuada eget, luctus sed tortor. Curabitur a augue ipsum. Quisque accumsan odio et ipsum euismod volutpat. Praesent porta nunc adipiscing justo convallis nec tempor augue auctor. Nam magna nibh, gravida ut placerat nec, posuere et sem. Sed tincidunt, justo vel euismod pretium, enim tortor fermentum augue, iaculis bibendum nunc mi vel quam. Donec nec gravida ligula. Vivamus dictum libero eget elit scelerisque sit amet accumsan mi mollis.&#xA;&#xA;           Phasellus eros magna, posuere facilisis sollicitudin dignissim, tincidunt ac eros. Vestibulum non vestibulum elit. Donec dictum vulputate nisl sed iaculis. Suspendisse ut ipsum arcu, ac molestie odio. Vivamus dapibus convallis arcu non ultricies. Sed id aliquet mi. Mauris vel nisi orci. Aenean pulvinar nulla et est rhoncus vestibulum. Morbi interdum, leo vel semper commodo, lectus velit blandit ipsum, quis euismod ante metus at nisl. Donec interdum scelerisque elit, auctor vestibulum elit mattis ultrices.&#xA;&#xA;           Nam a velit dolor. Pellentesque habitant morbi tristique senectus et netus et malesuada fames ac turpis egestas. Fusce et augue vel augue pulvinar rhoncus laoreet quis dolor. Cras id dolor enim, non bibendum nisi. In ac nisl velit, ut lobortis dui. Etiam dapibus, lectus nec consectetur aliquam, sapien diam sagittis lorem, nec pellentesque ante ante vel libero. Fusce dapibus eros non metus condimentum placerat. Nam sem mi, sollicitudin eu molestie non, scelerisque ut velit. Morbi ultrices quam et tortor tempor quis interdum mauris ornare. Maecenas sit amet arcu massa, ut adipiscing leo. Ut fermentum elit vel ante bibendum et semper augue ullamcorper. Sed ac sapien felis.&#xA;&#xA;           Aenean suscipit, quam nec condimentum ullamcorper, ante metus rhoncus nisl, sit amet vulputate est leo ac lectus. Cras pulvinar eleifend enim. Fusce sapien est, tristique a aliquam auctor, tempus vel turpis. Praesent dapibus vehicula rutrum. Sed ac felis felis. Proin vitae dui ac ligula hendrerit feugiat id malesuada felis. Cum sociis natoque penatibus et magnis dis parturient montes, nascetur ridiculus mus. Phasellus vel ante nibh. Donec ut metus sed ipsum luctus posuere et sed mauris. Suspendisse posuere libero nec tortor elementum tincidunt. Duis rhoncus mollis sodales. Mauris sit amet quam eget enim pulvinar facilisis. Duis porttitor eros quis lorem molestie egestas. Nam sagittis erat vitae metus consequat ornare. Suspendisse et nisl ligula. Aenean sed tellus dolor, eu lacinia ipsum.&#xA;&#xA;           Aenean suscipit, quam nec condimentum ullamcorper, ante metus rhoncus nisl, sit amet vulputate est leo ac lectus. Cras pulvinar eleifend enim. Fusce sapien est, tristique a aliquam auctor, tempus vel turpis. Praesent dapibus vehicula rutrum. Sed ac felis felis. Proin vitae dui ac ligula hendrerit feugiat id malesuada felis. Cum sociis natoque penatibus et magnis dis parturient montes, nascetur ridiculus mus. Phasellus vel ante nibh. Donec ut metus sed ipsum luctus posuere et sed mauris. Suspendisse posuere libero nec tortor elementum tincidunt. Duis rhoncus mollis sodales. Mauris sit amet quam eget enim pulvinar facilisis. Duis porttitor eros quis lorem molestie egestas. Nam sagittis erat vitae metus consequat ornare. Suspendisse et nisl ligula. Aenean sed tellus dolor, eu lacinia ipsum.&#xA;           \\&#xA;&#xA;           And &amp;amp;&#xA;           So on&#xA;\end{longtable}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This table will be too big to fit onto one page, but will not break in any package I tested (longtable, LTXtable, xtab).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any any environment that does support in-cell page breaks?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance for any help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1883" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-15T20:04:06.993" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T18:50:44.987" Title="Table environment that can break inside a cell" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;longtable&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11150" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5148" CreationDate="2011-02-15T19:18:00.887" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;code&gt;\everymath&lt;/code&gt; locally by inserting &lt;code&gt;\begingroup&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\endgroup&lt;/code&gt; as this&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begingroup&#xA;\everymath{\scriptstyle}&#xA;\scriptsize&#xA;%your equation&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3616" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-15T19:22:38.693" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T19:22:38.693" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11151" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13440" CreationDate="2011-02-15T19:36:56.580" Score="4" ViewCount="159" Body="&lt;p&gt;Biblatex provides high-level citation commands like &lt;code&gt;\autocite&lt;/code&gt; that allow &quot;global switching from inline citations to citations given in footnotes (or as superscripts)&quot; (manual, p. 81). &lt;code&gt;\autocite&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\textcite&lt;/code&gt; (the command for use in the flow of text) form the two &quot;standard&quot; citation commands.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So what if I use &lt;code&gt;\footnote&lt;/code&gt; to write an explanatory note and need to cite a source? With author-year styles, &lt;code&gt;\autocite&lt;/code&gt; will be mapped to &lt;code&gt;\parencite&lt;/code&gt; which (naturally) also works in footnotes. On the other hand, with author-title styles (or if I explicitly declared &lt;code&gt;[autocite=footnote]&lt;/code&gt; in the preamble), mapping to &lt;code&gt;\footcite&lt;/code&gt; would produce nested footnotes, and these are not possible with standard LaTeX. In this case, the &quot;sensible thing&quot; would be to map &lt;code&gt;\autocite&lt;/code&gt; to an alternative citation command admissible in footnotes (e.g. &lt;code&gt;\parencite&lt;/code&gt;). Unfortunately, biblatex simply gobbles the out-of-place citation (and typesets spurious braces).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[%&#xA;  style=authoryear,%&#xA;  autocite=footnote,% Without this option, \autocite works in footnotes&#xA;]{biblatex}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.bib}&#xA;@misc{A01,&#xA;  author = {Author, A.},&#xA;  year = {2001},&#xA;  title = {Alpha},&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\bibliography{\jobname}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Some text \autocite{A01}.&#xA;&#xA;Some text.\footnote{A footnote \autocite{A01}.}&#xA;&#xA;Some text.\footnote{A footnote \parencite{A01}.}&#xA;&#xA;\printbibliography&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The obvious workaround is to use &lt;code&gt;\parencite&lt;/code&gt; (or whatever low-level citation command is appropriate for the style) in footnotes. But this goes against the idea of high-level citation markup.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to enhance &lt;code&gt;\autocite&lt;/code&gt; so that it will automatically switch to an alternative low-level citation command in case of would-be nested footnotes?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;UPDATE: I have submitted a &lt;a href=&quot;http://sourceforge.net/tracker/?func=detail&amp;amp;aid=3201298&amp;amp;group_id=244752&amp;amp;atid=1126006&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;feature request&lt;/a&gt; at SourceForge.net: biblatex.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-06T14:11:22.603" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T20:23:38.890" Title="Biblatex: Enhancing \autocite in case of would-be nested footnotes" Tags="&lt;biblatex&gt;&lt;footnotes&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11152" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-15T19:37:20.873" Score="3" ViewCount="66" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to mark (e.g. with a &lt;code&gt;*&lt;/code&gt;) a line in a pseudo-code typeset with the &lt;code&gt;algorithmic&lt;/code&gt; package. I would like the label to appear on the left margin, instead of the line number. Is that possible?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like to have something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  a = 5&#xA;  b = 7&#xA;* if a &amp;lt; b then&#xA;    ...&#xA;  end if&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3618" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-15T20:23:06.853" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T21:33:35.320" Title="Adding a label on a margin (instead of line number) in latex algorithmic package" Tags="&lt;formatting&gt;&lt;algorithms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="11153" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10841" CreationDate="2011-02-15T19:42:17.953" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Of course everyone should read the TeXbook. But if you are a proficient LaTeX user who is pressed for time, I'd suggest just a few chapters (until you get hooked). Chapter 7 for character codes and tokens: you should know about tokens. Chapter 12 for TeX's treatment of spacing. Chapter 18 for good style in the input of math formulas. Skim Chapter 20 on macros and Appendix F on font glyphs and their classification. Even if you stop there, you'll have a good appreciation of how LaTeX really works.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="796" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T19:42:17.953" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-02-15T19:42:17.953" />
  <row Id="11154" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11149" CreationDate="2011-02-15T19:57:13.400" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;ConTeXt can do this. But if you need it only in some cases, you can do it by hand. Replace the forth line with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;           Aenean suscipit, quam nec condimentum ullamcorper, ante metus rhoncus nisl, sit amet vulputate &#xA;          est leo ac lectus. Cras pulvinar eleifend enim. Fusce sapien est, tristique a aliquam auctor, &#xA;          tempus vel turpis. Praesent dapibus vehicula rutrum. Sed ac felis fe-&#xA;  \parfillskip=0pt \\ &amp;amp;  &#xA;          lis. Proin vitae dui ac ligula hendrerit feugiat id malesuada felis. Cum sociis natoque penatibus et magnis dis parturient montes, nascetur ridiculus mus. Phasellus vel ante nibh. Donec ut metus sed ipsum luctus posuere et sed mauris. Suspendisse posuere libero nec tortor elementum tincidunt. Duis rhoncus mollis sodales. Mauris sit amet quam eget enim pulvinar facilisis. Duis porttitor eros quis lorem molestie egestas. Nam sagittis erat vitae metus consequat ornare. Suspendisse et nisl ligula. Aenean sed tellus dolor, eu lacinia ipsum.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and you'll get a pagebreak with left and right aligned text. You'll find the places where a break makes sense if you set it first without the break. The reason why I saw, that breaking between &lt;code&gt;fe-&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;lis&lt;/code&gt; maybe a good choice in this case.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T19:57:13.400" />
  <row Id="11155" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11121" CreationDate="2011-02-15T20:12:06.683" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You may use algorithmicx package, it allows function typesetting.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3137" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T20:12:06.683" />
  <row Id="11156" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-15T20:15:52.693" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Since I'm of the opinion that one shouldn't vote based on pre-election speeches, and since I've been around for a long enough time that there should be plenty of material speaking about me on the site, I'll save you the usual talk of how much I care for TeX.SX. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For your convenience: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/users/83/caramdir&quot;&gt;my profile on the main site&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://meta.tex.stackexchange.com/users/83/caramdir&quot;&gt;on meta&lt;/a&gt;. You can of course also &lt;a href=&quot;http://data.stackexchange.com/tex/queries&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;try to gather information directly from the database&lt;/a&gt; (my user ID is 83 if you need it for queries) and use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://se.awio.com/election.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;excellent candidate statistics page&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some things my profile doesn't tell you: my name is Clemens Koppensteiner; I'm a graduate student in mathematics; I live near Chicago, though I am a citizen of Austria (thus English isn't my native language); my main use of (La)TeX is writing mathematical documents (and illustrating them).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For anything else you'd like to know, please ask in a comment or in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://meta.tex.stackexchange.com/questions/949/questions-for-moderator-nominees&quot;&gt;questions thread on meta&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-19T17:37:51.550" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T17:37:51.550" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-02-15T20:15:52.693" />
  <row Id="11157" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11148" CreationDate="2011-02-15T20:18:27.873" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Okay, maybe my problem isn't what's installed but how I am using MacTex to generate a typeset...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I begin a document as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{mindmaps}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and use an example from pgfmanual 2.10 from the packagedownload &lt;a href=&quot;http://sourceforge.net/projects/pgf/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://sourceforge.net/projects/pgf/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I get an error that mindmaps isn't found...so I presumed that mindmaps is part of the 2.10 version of tikz/pgf and I attempted to uninstall 2.0 and replace it with the download 2.10...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've tried placing the downloaded package in /Users/myname/Library/texmf/tex and then running sudo texhash in the terminal, and still MacTex can't typeset the example for mindmaps...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;any ideas?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3612" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T20:18:27.873" CommentCount="12" />
  <row Id="11159" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11176" CreationDate="2011-02-15T20:34:59.383" Score="3" ViewCount="109" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using &lt;code&gt;pgfplots&lt;/code&gt; to create a bar chart, with the x-axis representing different categories.  Using &lt;code&gt;symbolic x coords&lt;/code&gt; I can specify the labels for the categories.  However, I am unable to use a mathematical expression to define the height of the bars (y coordinate).  I suspect that this is related to the use of &lt;code&gt;symbolic x coords&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a minimum (non-)working example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplots}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \begin{axis}[symbolic x coords={a,b,c,d,e,f}]&#xA;        \addplot[ybar] coordinates {&#xA;            (a, 1*2)&#xA;            (b, 2*2)&#xA;            (c, 3*2)&#xA;            (d, 4*2)&#xA;            (e, 5*2)&#xA;            (f, 6*2)&#xA;        };&#xA;    \end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The error I receive when compiling with &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Package PGF Math Error: Could not parse input ' 1*2' as a floating point number, sorry. The unreadable part was near '*2'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any help would be greatly appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3620" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T23:12:11.993" Title="Maths expression in coordinates for a bar chart" Tags="&lt;pgfplots&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="11160" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11162" CreationDate="2011-02-15T20:36:34.053" Score="4" ViewCount="188" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to have a subsection with the following name:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;synchronized&lt;/code&gt; Keyword&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;i.e., make the word &quot;synchronized&quot; appear in a code-like font. I tried doing this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\subsection{The \ttfamily{synchronized} keyword}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but it also makes the word &quot;keyword&quot; in the code-like font. How can I only apply the font to one word?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-15T23:07:31.517" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T23:07:31.517" Title="Font selection in LaTeX (very simple)" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="11162" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11160" CreationDate="2011-02-15T20:40:20.613" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The LaTeX command is &lt;code&gt;\texttt&lt;/code&gt; for a teletype font:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\subsection{The \texttt{synchronised} keyword}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3620" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T20:40:20.613" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11163" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11160" CreationDate="2011-02-15T20:41:08.587" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\subsection{The {\ttfamily synchronized} keyword}&#xA;\subsection{The \texttt{synchronized} keyword}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T20:41:08.587" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11164" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-15T21:00:30.210" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the light of having so many excellent candidates, &lt;strong&gt;I decided to withdraw my candidacy.&lt;/strong&gt; Three reasons:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;My top picks are in the list already.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I helped convincing a few misguided individuals to apply for the job.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Having so many choices will make the voting difficult. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, be sure I will continue to pester the new moderators and regular meta users with the issues I've brought forward in my nomination (which are already covered in the nominations of a few people), so don't assume you are off the hook just yet.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you everybody for the support, and I wish all candidates good luck!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[Testing, testing... Is this thing on?]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hello, fellow TeXnicians! My name is Martin Tapankov and I'd like to be considered for moderator of TeX-SE. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since nobody has stepped up to the task, this nomination is also aimed at pushing gently those of you sitting on the fence (you know who you are!) which would like to be moderators, but don't want to appear hasty or power-hungry. So, I urge you in the strongest possible terms -- if you don't want &lt;em&gt;me&lt;/em&gt; to be your moderator, man (or woman!) up and &lt;strong&gt;step forward&lt;/strong&gt;! This community has far more deserving and dedicated members than myself, and I'd be happy to be defeated if (when) more worhty candidates appear. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First off, you'd notice that I am (seemingly) not qualified enough for a moderator position, as my current reputation would suggest. While I don't consider myself an expert in the TeX way, I know my way around and my skills have improved a quite a bit from the time I spent on the site. I like to learn from experience and I rarely ask questions that I can find the answers of without some searching. I spend a few hours a day, mostly reading questions and answers, but also experimenting on my own with some of the ideas found here. I have even started dabbling into (dare I say it!) TikZ, of all things.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My main MO when asking questions is to compare and contrast the answers I receive into a long CW post that contains my observations of how well the proposed solution works.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have been observing several other SE sites for an year now, although I haven't participated much in any of them (although I did learn quite a bit from them). I am familiar with how the SE sites function, and try to stay abreast with the latest developments, improvements and changes to the network. I'm fairly active on meta.TEX-SE as well, and I follow closely the discussions that take place there.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here are some important points in my, uhh, platform:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;Give a man a fish and you feed him for a day. Teach a man to fish and you feed him for a lifetime.&quot;&lt;/em&gt; -- Chinese proverb&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is the main virtue of TeX-SE for me -- being an &lt;strong&gt;excellent educational resource&lt;/strong&gt;, where I can not only Get Things Done (tm) by copying and pasting one's solution, but rather to learn why it works in a certain way, to compare and contrast different options and to see for myself which is most applicable in my situation. This builds long-term value to the site, and I think this is a worthy goal as well, besides being the go-to resource when a question needs answering. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;No duplicate questions&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't believe in duplicates, full stop. For me, having one and the same question repeated over and over dillutes the quality of the responses (case in point: tilde-related discussions). I think that with some effort, nearly-duplicate and tangential questions can be organized together into a single CW answer which discusses at length the fine points of the issue, and closing once and for all the not-quite-complete questions. New related questions can be closed as duplicates, or if the submitter needs additional information not found in these, the CW-ed answers can be improved by the community and close the question as duplicate as soon as this is done (making sure first that the asker got her money's worth, of course).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Laissez-faire&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The TeX-SE community has shown great potential in self-policing, and I believe a liberal approach in moderation is the best way to go. That being said, violations of the general TeX-SE policy (spam, hate-speech, ad hominem attacks) are to be dealt without compromise. I think moderator powers are to be used &quot;only when the community is either not willing, or unable to interfere&quot; (rephrasing the words of somebody from the community, for which I apologise).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personally, I am a perfectionist and attentive to detail. I am opinionated and argumentative, but can be convinced with well-thought arguments. On the positive side, I believe in conflict resolution through reasonable discussion, and am willing to stand corrected if I am in error. I consider myself humble and tolerant towards the others, and have a generally positive disposition towards the Life, the Universe and Everything Else.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Should you have any questions or comments about my programme, the proposed policy, or my persona in general, drop in a note in the chat and I'd be happy to answer any inquiries you may have.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[some links will be sprinkled around soon]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="711" LastEditorUserId="711" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-21T14:34:19.577" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T14:34:19.577" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-02-15T21:00:30.210" CommentCount="11" />
  <row Id="11165" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10805" CreationDate="2011-02-15T21:03:30.083" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is a tentative short solution. The only flaw I see so far with this solution is outer brace stripping of arguments when &lt;code&gt;\ifconvertcs&lt;/code&gt; is &lt;code&gt;false&lt;/code&gt;. I may find the time to look into that later. There may be more traps: eg, spaces. Converting to lowercase uses the same &lt;code&gt;\lucasemap&lt;/code&gt; and requires only one additional macro (&lt;code&gt;\lowercase@@do&lt;/code&gt;). Please comment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% Preliminaries:&#xA;\catcode`\:=11&#xA;\newcommand*\ifstrcmp:TF[2]{%&#xA;  \@nameuse{@\ifnum\pdfstrcmp{\detokenize{#1}}%&#xA;  {\detokenize{#2}}=\z@ first\else second\fi oftwo}%&#xA;}&#xA;\let\@rnnm\romannumeral&#xA;\newcommand*\ifbool:TF[1]{%&#xA;  \@nameuse{@\@nameuse{if#1}first\else second\fi oftwo}%&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand*\ifx:TF[2]{%&#xA;  \@nameuse{@\ifx#1#2\@empty first\else second\fi oftwo}%&#xA;}&#xA;% Should control sequences (cs) also be converted to lower or uppercase?&#xA;\newif\ifconvertcs&#xA;\convertcstrue&#xA;\def\everyscantokens{%&#xA;  \everyeof{\noexpand}%&#xA;  \endlinechar\m@ne&#xA;  \makeatletter&#xA;}&#xA;% The solution:&#xA;\long\def\ExpandableUppercase#1{%&#xA;  \ifbool:TF{convertcs}{%&#xA;    \scantokens\expandafter{\expandafter\protect&#xA;    \@rnnm-`\q\expandafter\uppercase@loop\detokenize{#1}\@nnil}%&#xA;  }{%&#xA;    \expandafter\protect\@rnnm-`\q\uppercase@loop#1\@nnil&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;\def\uppercase@loop#1{%&#xA;  \ifx:TF#1\@nnil{ }{\uppercase@do{#1}\uppercase@loop}%&#xA;}&#xA;\def\lucase@do#1{\expandafter\noexpand\expandafter#1\@rnnm-`\q}&#xA;\def\lucasemap{%&#xA;  {a}{A}{b}{B}{c}{C}{d}{D}{e}{E}{f}{F}{g}{G}{h}{H}{i}{I}{j}%&#xA;  {J}{k}{K}{l}{L}{m}{M}{n}{N}{o}{O}{p}{P}{q}{Q}{r}{R}{s}{S}%&#xA;  {t}{T}{u}{U}{v}{V}{w}{W}{x}{X}{y}{Y}{z}{Z}\lu@nil\lu@nil&#xA;}&#xA;\def\uppercase@do#1{%&#xA;  \expandafter\uppercase@@do\lucasemap\cpt@nil{#1}%&#xA;}&#xA;\def\uppercase@@do#1#2#3\cpt@nil#4{%&#xA;  \ifstrcmp:TF{#1}\lu@nil{%&#xA;    \lucase@do{#4}%&#xA;  }{%&#xA;    \ifstrcmp:TF{#1}{#4}{%&#xA;      \lucase@do{#2}%&#xA;    }{%&#xA;      \uppercase@@do#3\cpt@nil{#4}%&#xA;    }%&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% Tests:&#xA;{&#xA;\everyscantokens&#xA;\let\@display@protect\string&#xA;%\let\protect\@unexpandable@protect&#xA;%\let\protect\@typeset@protect&#xA;%\let\protect\@display@protect&#xA;\let\protect\noexpand&#xA;\edef\x{\ExpandableUppercase{{\oe}{x}a}}&#xA;\toks@\expandafter{\x}&#xA;\ExpandableUppercase{\oe} % needs document&#xA;\edef\x{\ExpandableUppercase{abcd}}&#xA;\show\x&#xA;&#xA;\def\abcd{abcd}&#xA;\def\ABCD{ABCD}&#xA;\convertcstrue&#xA;\edef\x{\ExpandableUppercase{\abcd}}&#xA;\show\x&#xA;\edef\x{\ExpandableUppercase{\ABCD}}&#xA;\show\x&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\catcode`\:=12&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="994" LastEditorUserId="994" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-16T00:01:18.503" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T00:01:18.503" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11166" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-15T21:09:12.867" Score="8" ViewCount="122" Body="&lt;p&gt;The original question is: &lt;strong&gt;How to get two columns with different width in LaTeX?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know this older question: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4178/how-can-i-create-a-two-column-layout-with-different-widths-and-texts-for-the-tw&quot;&gt;How can I create a two-column layout with different widths (and texts) for the two columns?&lt;/a&gt; But that does not really need a two-column layout but only pictures in the margin.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In fact, it is not very difficult to set the column widths separately. I can do it manually in LaTeX, and I can use &lt;code&gt;flowfram&lt;/code&gt; package for convinence. But it seems weird at columnbreak. &lt;code&gt;\hsize&lt;/code&gt; is not changed until a new paragraph. An example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{microtype}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage{flowfram}&#xA;\onecolumntopinarea{static}{0pt}{.3\textwidth}{\textheight}{0pt}{0pt}&#xA;\onecolumntopinarea{static}{0pt}{.6\textwidth}{\textheight}{.4\textwidth}{0pt}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/1u7OT.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then I must do a trial run and add a &lt;code&gt;\par&lt;/code&gt; manually at the column break point, and add a &lt;code&gt;\noindent&lt;/code&gt; at the beginning of next column. But I think it should be automatic, even in this silly approach.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know it may be very difficult in LaTeX. I'm not familar with the output route of LaTeX. I only want to know is it &lt;em&gt;possible&lt;/em&gt; to do this automatically? Is there any new approach for this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know little about ConTeXt. It seems also &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pragma-ade.com/general/manuals/columns.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;not easy&lt;/a&gt; to use variable column width in ConTeXt. But I noticed a figure in manual of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pragma-ade.com/general/manuals/metafun-p.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;MetaFun&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/XdHzy.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Thus it seems possible with (or without?) help of MetaPost.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any information is welcome.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T12:15:43.647" Title="How to change \hsize in the middle of a paragraph at pagebreak, especially for two-column?" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;layout&gt;&lt;two-column&gt;&lt;paragraphs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="11167" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11148" CreationDate="2011-02-15T21:20:37.347" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To summarize what we've learned today:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;It is by far easier to keep MacTeX packages up-to-date by using the TeX Live Utility than by manually installing packages into &lt;code&gt;~/Library/texmf&lt;/code&gt; (&lt;code&gt;~&lt;/code&gt; is UNIX shorthand for the user's home directory, which is &lt;code&gt;/Users/username&lt;/code&gt; in Mac OS X).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;(La)TeX commands, like most other computer commands, need to be invoked in exactly the right form.  Simple typos (extra letters, missing letters, unmatched curly braces, etc.) can cause major headaches!  In this case, &lt;code&gt;\usetikzlibrary{mindmaps}&lt;/code&gt; (plural &quot;mindmaps&quot;) is not the same as &lt;code&gt;\usetikzlibrary{mindmap}&lt;/code&gt; (singular &quot;mindmap&quot;).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="569" LastEditorUserId="569" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-15T22:27:50.693" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T22:27:50.693" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11168" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11170" CreationDate="2011-02-15T21:24:28.440" Score="5" ViewCount="476" Body="&lt;p&gt;I like the Boadilla layout for Beamer presentations, but I find its &lt;code&gt;enumerate&lt;/code&gt; bullet points illegible, as illustrated below (from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.hartwork.org/beamer-theme-matrix/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Beamer Theme Matrix&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/EVVaN.png&quot; alt=&quot;Boadilla bullet points&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I change the formatting of the bullet points in the &lt;code&gt;enumerate&lt;/code&gt; environment to something more legible, like the default style, illustrated below?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/g0k9d.png&quot; alt=&quot;default bullet points&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to borrow a different style's bullet point formatting, either in whole, or in parts (&lt;code&gt;itemize&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;enumerate&lt;/code&gt; separately)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="879" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-26T18:40:00.257" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T18:40:00.257" Title="Change bullet style / formatting in Beamer" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;lists&gt;&lt;enumerate&gt;&lt;itemize&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="11169" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11152" CreationDate="2011-02-15T21:30:29.603" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use a &lt;code&gt;\marginpar&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{algorithmic}&#xA;\reversemarginpar % left hand&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{algorithmic}&#xA;\STATE foo\marginpar{\hfill*}&#xA;\STATE bar&#xA;\end{algorithmic}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In two-sided document, you must test if the page number is odd using &lt;code&gt;\ifoddpage&lt;/code&gt; from &lt;code&gt;changepage&lt;/code&gt;, and choose &lt;code&gt;\reversemarginpar&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\normalmarginpar&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T21:30:29.603" />
  <row Id="11170" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11168" CreationDate="2011-02-15T21:36:36.180" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setbeamertemplate{itemize items}[default]&#xA;\setbeamertemplate{enumerate items}[default]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/beamer/doc/beameruserguide.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;manual of beamer&lt;/a&gt; for more information.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-15T21:55:58.067" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T21:55:58.067" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11171" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11168" CreationDate="2011-02-15T21:41:28.673" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;&#xA;\usetheme{boadilla}&#xA;&#xA;% Adapted from beamerinnerthemedfault.sty&#xA;\setbeamertemplate{itemize item}{\scriptsize\raise1.25pt\hbox{\donotcoloroutermaths$\blacktriangleright$}}&#xA;\setbeamertemplate{itemize subitem}{\tiny\raise1.5pt\hbox{\donotcoloroutermaths$\blacktriangleright$}}&#xA;\setbeamertemplate{itemize subsubitem}{\tiny\raise1.5pt\hbox{\donotcoloroutermaths$\blacktriangleright$}}&#xA;\setbeamertemplate{enumerate item}{\insertenumlabel.}&#xA;\setbeamertemplate{enumerate subitem}{\insertenumlabel.\insertsubenumlabel}&#xA;\setbeamertemplate{enumerate subsubitem}{\insertenumlabel.\insertsubenumlabel.\insertsubsubenumlabel}&#xA;\setbeamertemplate{enumerate mini template}{\insertenumlabel}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;\item{bla}&#xA;  \begin{enumerate}&#xA;  \item{blubb}&#xA;    \begin{enumerate}&#xA;    \item{foo}&#xA;    \end{enumerate}&#xA;  \end{enumerate}&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T21:41:28.673" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11172" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11189" CreationDate="2011-02-15T22:15:11.813" Score="4" ViewCount="97" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to use mla-paper and biblatex with MLA style in the same document so I can have a managed bibliography but with the whole document in MLA. I seem to have it working almost properly, but it produces a bibliography heading that is larger than the title of the document. I'm getting this error: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Package Fancyhdr Warning: \headheight is too small (12.0pt): &#xA;Make it at least 14.49998pt.&#xA;We now make it that large for the rest of the document.&#xA;This may cause the page layout to be inconsistent, however.`&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I'm not really sure what to do with it. It seems like it's making the bibliography heading bigger than I'd like it to. How can I fix this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Either a direct solution or more general tips on better ways to use MLA with BibTex and LaTeX would be great. Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a full minimal example of what I'm doing and a link to an image of what I'm getting.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt,letterpaper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[american]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{csquotes}&#xA;\usepackage[style=mla]{biblatex}&#xA;\usepackage{ifpdf}&#xA;\usepackage{mla}&#xA;\bibliography{../Bibliography/Bibliography}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{mla}{Stephen}{Searles}{Schultz}{Queering American History}{\today}{Week 7}&#xA;Test sentence. \autocite{Somerville:2005fk}. &#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;\printbibliography&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;\end{mla}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Along with a standard BibTex file with that cite key, of course. It's citing properly as you'll see, so that's not the problem. &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/qFw7r.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Here is an image of what it outputs.&quot;&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3621" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-16T07:40:16.463" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T13:10:06.520" Title="Biblatex and mla-paper making weird headings" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;biblatex&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;mla-style&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="11173" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11141" CreationDate="2011-02-15T22:54:23.200" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You might find this interesting (though it's for ConTeXt, not LaTeX):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://github.com/adityam/filter&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;https://github.com/adityam/filter&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3624" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T22:54:23.200" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11174" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-15T23:02:46.393" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;These are characters of categories 1 (left) and 2 (right). Conventionally, only &lt;code&gt;{&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;}&lt;/code&gt; have these respective category codes; occasionally, however, they are locally given to some other characters so that those characters may be used in some other capacity. See the index entries for &quot;&lt;code&gt;{&lt;/code&gt;&quot;, &quot;&lt;code&gt;}&lt;/code&gt;&quot;, and &quot;braces&quot; in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www-cs-faculty.stanford.edu/~uno/abcde.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;The TeXbook&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Implicit&quot; braces are also possible; see &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/implicit-braces&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'implicit-braces'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;implicit-braces&lt;/a&gt;, and the question &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2976/when-can-one-use-implicit-braces-instead-of-explicit-braces&quot;&gt;When can one use implicit braces instead of explicit braces?&lt;/a&gt;&quot; in particular.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also used to refer to mathematical symbols of vaguely similar shape to (but often much larger size than) the &lt;code&gt;{&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;}&lt;/code&gt; characters; see the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www-cs-faculty.stanford.edu/~uno/abcde.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeXbook&lt;/a&gt; index entries for &quot;&lt;code&gt;\{&lt;/code&gt;&quot;, &quot;&lt;code&gt;\}&lt;/code&gt;&quot; and &quot;&lt;code&gt;\brace&lt;/code&gt;&quot;, as well as the &quot;in math formulas&quot; and &quot;horizontal&quot; sub-entries under &quot;braces&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sometimes people use &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/brackets&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'brackets'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;brackets&lt;/a&gt; instead of this tag, though that can also refer to the delimeter pairs &lt;code&gt;[]&lt;/code&gt; (in the U.S.) and &lt;code&gt;()&lt;/code&gt; (in Britain), or even to any paired delimiters of this type. (We hopefully know better than to include &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; among their number in these parts; as such usage is generally a corruption of &lt;code&gt;\langle&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\rangle&lt;/code&gt;, yes?)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[And someone &lt;strong&gt;please&lt;/strong&gt; do something about the extraneous spacing in inline &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; blocks, it's driving me nuts! -- &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/users/1189/samb&quot;&gt;SamB&lt;/a&gt;]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="1189" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-15T23:45:02.823" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T23:45:02.823" />
  <row Id="11175" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-15T23:02:46.393" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="Conventionally `{' and `}'; used to delimit groups or arguments in TeX code." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="1189" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-15T23:45:04.430" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T23:45:04.430" />
  <row Id="11176" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11159" CreationDate="2011-02-15T23:12:11.993" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You're right, the &lt;code&gt;symbolic coordinates&lt;/code&gt; switches off the math parser because it wouldn't work with the symbolic coordinates, and it cannot be enabled selectively for the y coordinates.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It looks like you will have to work around it. Depending on how you generate the data for plotting, this might or might not be an acceptable solution - if you only need a couple of data points that you input by hand, this should work fine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplots}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \begin{axis}[xticklabels={a,b,c,d,e,f},&#xA;      xtick={1,...,6}, % To make sure the tick labels match the data points&#xA;      xticklabel style={text height=2ex}] % Make all letters the same height so they align properly&#xA;        \addplot[ybar] coordinates {&#xA;            (1, 1*2)&#xA;            (2, 2*2)&#xA;            (3, 3*2)&#xA;            (4, 4*2)&#xA;            (5, 5*2)&#xA;            (6, 6*2)&#xA;        };&#xA;    \end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/DwbuJ.png&quot; alt=&quot;pseudo-symbolic x axis with pgfplots&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastActivityDate="2011-02-15T23:12:11.993" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11177" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11179" CreationDate="2011-02-16T00:17:28.620" Score="6" ViewCount="197" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I write notes in a LaTeX file, that don't appear in the &lt;code&gt;pdf&lt;/code&gt; file?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3626" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-16T00:19:13.233" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T00:23:14.257" Title="How to write hidden notes in a latex file" Tags="&lt;text-manipulation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="11178" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11177" CreationDate="2011-02-16T00:21:51.263" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If I understand your question correct, use a &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt; at the beginning of the line. The percentage sign indicates a comment, which is text that isn't typeset. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;This text will be in the PDF.&#xA;% This is a comment, and will not appear.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To print a percentage sign in the text, use &lt;code&gt;\%&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="586" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T00:21:51.263" />
  <row Id="11179" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11177" CreationDate="2011-02-16T00:23:14.257" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Smaller text can be marked as comment with the &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt; character. TeX ignores everything behind it till the end of the line. (You probably knew that already)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For longer text you can use the &lt;code&gt;comment&lt;/code&gt; package to define environments which are ignored by LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{comment}&#xA;% ...&#xA;\begin{comment}&#xA; This text is ignored&#xA;\end{comment}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If your nodes is simple text without any special TeX macros (especially not &lt;code&gt;\if...&lt;/code&gt; macros) then you can use &lt;code&gt;\iffalse ... \fi&lt;/code&gt; for this&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\iffalse&#xA;  This text is ignored, but should not include `if...` and `fi` macros&#xA;\fi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T00:23:14.257" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11180" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-16T00:28:11.620" Score="10" ViewCount="216" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was wondering why for some commands it is &quot;&lt;code&gt;(...)&lt;/code&gt;&quot; that follows, while for other commands it is &quot;&lt;code&gt;{...}&lt;/code&gt;&quot;. For example, &quot;&lt;code&gt;\exp(x)&lt;/code&gt;&quot; and &quot;&lt;code&gt;\bar{x}&lt;/code&gt;&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are both &lt;code&gt;()&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;{}&lt;/code&gt; for specifying the arguments for the commands before them? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are there other similar representations?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="861" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-16T00:31:40.867" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T08:38:46.233" Title="() or {} after a command" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;tex-core&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11181" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11180" CreationDate="2011-02-16T00:37:53.620" Score="15" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The braces &lt;code&gt;{ }&lt;/code&gt; are for normal arguments and the parentheses &lt;code&gt;( )&lt;/code&gt; are only used for picture macros to specify coordinates and such. Another set are the brackets &lt;code&gt;[ ]&lt;/code&gt; for optional arguments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Normal LaTeX macros always await braces, which are the normal argument and grouping characters. You can't define new macros awaiting parentheses using &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; and the similar LaTeX macros.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is, however, the possibility to define arbitrary patterns for macro with the lower-level plainTeX macro &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt;.&#xA;This pattern is called a &lt;em&gt;parameter text&lt;/em&gt;. If this text doesn't follow the macro an error is generated. The syntax for &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt; is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def&amp;lt;macro&amp;gt;&amp;lt;parameter text&amp;gt;{&amp;lt;macro content&amp;gt;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The parameter text must contain the used arguments &lt;code&gt;#1&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;#2&lt;/code&gt; and can also contain some other text like parentheses.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An example of an macro which awaits a &lt;code&gt;( )&lt;/code&gt; would be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\myvector(#1,#2){\dosomething{#1}{#2}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The macro &lt;code&gt;\myvector&lt;/code&gt; awaits a text &lt;code&gt;(&amp;lt;something&amp;gt;,&amp;lt;something else&amp;gt;)&lt;/code&gt; direct afterwards, where &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;something&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; is stored in &lt;code&gt;#1&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;something else&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; is stored in &lt;code&gt;#2&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/655/2975&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt; for an discussion about the differences of &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;One important difference&lt;/em&gt; between &lt;code&gt;{ }&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;( )&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;[ ]&lt;/code&gt; is:&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;The &lt;code&gt;{ }&lt;/code&gt; can be nested, but the others can't. Because &lt;code&gt;{ }&lt;/code&gt; are handled by the lower-level system every &lt;code&gt;{&lt;/code&gt; increases an internal counter which is then decreased when &lt;code&gt;}&lt;/code&gt; is found. This way every &lt;code&gt;{&lt;/code&gt; is matched with its &lt;code&gt;}&lt;/code&gt;. However in &lt;code&gt;\myvector&lt;/code&gt; above the first &lt;code&gt;)&lt;/code&gt; will close the parameter text independent of the number of &lt;code&gt;(&lt;/code&gt;. The same is true for optional arguments which can't include &lt;code&gt;[ ]&lt;/code&gt; for the same reason. One way to avoid this is to surround the inner text with &lt;code&gt;{ }&lt;/code&gt; which must be matched first before the rest of parameter text can be found. In other words the parameter text scanner is taking everything in braces as one element, so they effective hide their content from the scanner.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\somemacrowithoptionalargument[ \someother[opt]{...} ]{ ... }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will take &lt;code&gt;\someother[opt&lt;/code&gt; as optional argument and the text token as mandatory one. The correct way to write it is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\somemacrowithoptionalargument[ {\someother[opt]{...}} ]{ ... }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-16T08:38:46.233" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T08:38:46.233" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="11182" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11183" CreationDate="2011-02-16T00:46:44.770" Score="4" ViewCount="149" Body="&lt;p&gt;Having used psTricks for years, I'd though I'd drag myself into the modern era and start using TikZ.  So far, I like it very much.  However, the only manual I can find is the 500+ page PDF manual, which although comprehensive, detailed and thorough, is not always easy to find things in.  Is there an online, HTML or similar, fully searchable version of the manual?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks,&#xA;Alasdair&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3628" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T00:57:57.130" Title="Online searchable manual for TikZ?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;manuals&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11183" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11182" CreationDate="2011-02-16T00:57:57.130" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The PDF is fully searchable. Simply use the search functionality of you PDF viewer or the hyperlinked index at the end or, like me, both (e.g. go to the start of the index using the PDF bookmarks and start to search there after the macro you are looking for).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.texample.net/tikz/&lt;/a&gt;, especially &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/tag/manual/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/tag/manual/&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;which has many of the examples of the TikZ manual and other LaTeX examples, but I don't think there is a full HTML version of the manual. Converting all the pictures to images, or even SVG, wouldn't be efficient.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;While Google and other search engines provide HTML versions of PDFs in general, the TikZ/PGF manual &quot;&lt;code&gt;pgfmanual&lt;/code&gt;&quot; is to large for that. AFAIK the maximum size for this online service is 1MB or so.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T00:57:57.130" />
  <row Id="11184" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-16T03:13:04.847" Score="7" ViewCount="114" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a non-expl3 expandable function for reversing the order of expansion of an arbitrary number of tokens or macros? For example,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  \reverseexpansion&amp;lt;n&amp;gt;\a\b&#xA;  \reverseexpansion&amp;lt;n&amp;gt;\a\b\c&#xA;  \reverseexpansion&amp;lt;n&amp;gt;\a\b\c\d&#xA;  \reverseexpansion&amp;lt;n&amp;gt;\a\b\c\d\e ... \m&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;n&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; is the number of leading tokens whose expansions are to be reversed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, an expandable version of &lt;code&gt;\expandallonce&lt;/code&gt;, which expands all the macros in its argument precisely only once, will be useful:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  \expandallonce{\a\b}&#xA;  \expandallonce{\a\b\c}&#xA;  \expandallonce{\a\b\c\d}&#xA;  \expandallonce{\a\b\c\d\e ... \n}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I should add that the tokens may contain balanced braces/arguments. Say,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\reverseexpansion 3\a{\b\c}\d&#xA;\expandallonce{\a{\b\c}\d}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The braces aren't expandable, but should be preserved after the run.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Actually, I already have awkward unexpandable solutions for the two tasks. Rather than spend time finding expandable solutions, I thought someone would have worked them out in the past.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="994" LastEditorUserId="994" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-16T19:32:40.417" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T19:37:02.033" Title="reversing the order of expansion" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;expansion&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="12" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="11185" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11243" CreationDate="2011-02-16T03:28:08.090" Score="3" ViewCount="118" Body="&lt;p&gt;Set up an index for a book and everything works well, except the page numbers listed for the  words in the Index are all underlined---EXCEPT when I add bold face, then they look fine. Any ideas what the problem is? Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Okay, here it is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[final, leqno]{book}&#xA;\usepackage{natbib}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath, amssymb, amsfonts}&#xA;\usepackage{epsfig}&#xA;\usepackage{graphics} &#xA;\usepackage{color}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\usepackage{rotating}&#xA;\usepackage{lscape}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{latexsym}&#xA;\usepackage{CJK}&#xA;\usepackage{pinyin}&#xA;\usepackage{setspace}&#xA;\usepackage[outercaption]{sidecap}&#xA;\usepackage{ccaption}&#xA;\usepackage{verbatim}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{makeidx}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand{\figurename}{Fig.}&#xA;&#xA;% Different font in captions&#xA;\newcommand{\captionfonts}{\small}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter  % Allow the use of @ in command names&#xA;\long\def\@makecaption#1#2{%&#xA;  \vskip\abovecaptionskip&#xA;  \sbox\@tempboxa{{\captionfonts #1: #2}}%&#xA;  \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa &amp;gt;\hsize&#xA;    {\captionfonts #1: #2\par}&#xA;  \else&#xA;    \hbox to\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}%&#xA;  \fi&#xA;  \vskip\belowcaptionskip}&#xA;\makeatother   % Cancel the effect of \makeatletter&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand{\topfraction}{0.85}&#xA;\renewcommand{\textfraction}{0.1}&#xA;\renewcommand{\floatpagefraction}{0.75}&#xA;&#xA;\oddsidemargin = 0.75 in \evensidemargin = 0.75 in&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\title{------------------------------  \\&#xA;-----------------}&#xA;&#xA;\author{------ --------    \\&#xA;{\small\em \copyright \ Draft date \today}}&#xA;&#xA;\date{}&#xA;&#xA;\makeindex&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\setcounter{secnumdepth}{-1}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{CJK}{GB}{gbsn}&#xA;&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;&#xA;\thispagestyle{empty}&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;Copyright $\copyright$ 2005 by ------ --------&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;\newpage&#xA;&#xA;\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Contents}&#xA;\pagenumbering{roman}&#xA;&#xA;\newpage&#xA;&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;&#xA;\include{Preface}&#xA;&#xA;\pagestyle{headings} \pagenumbering{arabic}&#xA;&#xA;\include{PartOne}&#xA;\include{PartTwo}&#xA;\include{PartThree}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\include{Glossary}&#xA;&#xA;\include{Biblo}&#xA;&#xA;\cleardoublepage \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Index} \printindex&#xA;%\include{index}&#xA;&#xA;%\cleardoublepage\addcontentsline{toc}{Chapter}{Index} \printindex&#xA;&#xA;\end{CJK}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The page entries for the Index are underlined when I key &lt;code&gt;\index{text}&lt;/code&gt; They are&#xA;bold, not underlined and look fine when I use: &lt;code&gt;\index{text|bf}&lt;/code&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I understand that I'm supposed to place: \index{Selected text} after my index word and it should then come out like: Selected text, 34 in the Index, but when I do this &amp;amp; compile, the number is boldly underlined in the Yap assemblage. There must be some very simple solution, right? This version of LaTeX is fairly old---maybe eight years or so. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Apologies for not being equipped to discuss this properly---I obviously don't know anything about LaTeX (my wife set it up &amp;amp; convinced me to use it but she's too swamped to deal with it right now), but have been using it with little problem, finding quick solutions using GOOGLE searches. Surprised I've had no luck with this one, though. The Index is the last task of this 790 page book, which looks fantastic in all other respects---LaTeX really is the way to go. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks, everyone, for trying to help me out. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3629" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-17T00:06:24.263" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T00:06:24.263" Title="makeindex page entries are all underlined" Tags="&lt;formatting&gt;&lt;index&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="16" />
  <row Id="11186" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11180" CreationDate="2011-02-16T03:32:56.100" Score="19" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;While Martin's answer has a lot of technical information, let me say something about your specific examples.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The command &lt;code&gt;\bar&lt;/code&gt; does something to something else. Namely it puts a bar over it. So it needs to take an argument. In TeX, arguments are usually marked by curly braces. So &lt;code&gt;\bar{x}&lt;/code&gt; produces &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/wN8Tc.png&quot; alt=&quot;\bar{x}&quot;&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\bar{xx}&lt;/code&gt; produces &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Wz6nk.png&quot; alt=&quot;\bar{xx}&quot;&gt;. If no braces are given, TeX (more-or-less) takes the next non-whitespace symbol as argument. For example, &lt;code&gt;\bar x&lt;/code&gt; again produces &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/wN8Tc.png&quot; alt=&quot;\bar x&quot;&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\bar(x)&lt;/code&gt; produces &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/aOdq4.png&quot; alt=&quot;\bar(x)&quot;&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, &lt;code&gt;\exp&lt;/code&gt; simply typesets &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/1pF94.png&quot; alt=&quot;\exp&quot;&gt; and doesn't take any arguments. The &lt;code&gt;(x)&lt;/code&gt; are afterwards typeset completely independently. As, such TeX doesn't see &lt;code&gt;x&lt;/code&gt; as an argument of &lt;code&gt;\exp&lt;/code&gt;; even though from a semantic viewpoint it is the argument of the exponential function. This is useful, because it allows you to write, e.g., &lt;code&gt;\exp\colon\mathfrak{g} \to G&lt;/code&gt; for &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/5GLWP.png&quot; alt=&quot;\exp\colon\mathfrak{g} \to G&quot;&gt;. Also consider the example of &lt;code&gt;\sin&lt;/code&gt; where both &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/UBLZl.png&quot; alt=&quot;\sin(x)&quot;&gt; and &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/FL3Tm.png&quot; alt=&quot;\sin x&quot;&gt; are common.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T03:32:56.100" />
  <row Id="11187" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11146" CreationDate="2011-02-16T04:44:56.837" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've discovered some answers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To the first question, there is a command &lt;code&gt;\doiftextelse&lt;/code&gt;. I've replaced my definition of sectioninfo using it to solve the first part:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\startsetups[sectioninfo]&#xA;\ss&#xA;  \rlap{\userpagenumber}&#xA;  \hfill&#xA;  \doiftextelse{\getmarking[section][current]}&#xA;    {§ \getmarking[sectionnumber][current]&#xA;       \emspace&#xA;       \bf \getmarking[section][current]}&#xA;    {}&#xA;  \hfill&#xA;  \llap{}&#xA;\stopsetups&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, in short, &lt;code&gt;\doiftextelse{condition}{true-case}{false-case}&lt;/code&gt;. Wolfgang Schuster helpfully supplied this answer on the NTG-ConTeXt mailing list. However, I still don't know where commands like this are defined and where to learn how to write them. This is information I would love to have.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As to the second problem, I don't know what I'm doing wrong in my document, but I can't create a short example of it, so it must be something glitchy in my environment. In the meantime, I've come up with a kludge that seems to solve the problem, which is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setuphead[chapter][after={\marking[section]{}}]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is just a cheap way of resetting the section marking on each chapter definition. It cures my symptom, but I'm still not sure what's causing the disease.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3611" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T04:44:56.837" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11188" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5166" CreationDate="2011-02-16T04:52:24.897" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just to augment what Charles Stewart said earlier, in current MkIV, &lt;code&gt;\getmarking[subject][both]&lt;/code&gt; gets you both the first and the last subject on this page, separated with an em-dash. At least, it does with other markings (chapter, section), and I assume it would in this case as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3611" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T04:52:24.897" />
  <row Id="11189" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11172" CreationDate="2011-02-16T07:14:21.910" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The main problem you have is the size of your &quot;Works Cited&quot; part.  This is because the label is being generated by the &lt;code&gt;biblatex-mla&lt;/code&gt; and not by the &lt;code&gt;mla&lt;/code&gt; package.  To fix this you  could enclose the bibliography in the &lt;code&gt;mla&lt;/code&gt;'s &lt;code&gt;workscited&lt;/code&gt; environment and redefine &lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt;'s &lt;code&gt;bibheading&lt;/code&gt; to nothing.  Alternatively, you can simply redefine &lt;code&gt;bibheading&lt;/code&gt; to what the &lt;code&gt;mla&lt;/code&gt; package defines it as, which is simpler:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt,letterpaper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[american]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{csquotes}&#xA;\usepackage[style=mla]{biblatex}&#xA;\usepackage{ifpdf}&#xA;\usepackage{mla}&#xA;\defbibheading{bibliography}{\newpage\centering Works Cited}&#xA;\bibliography{../Bibliography/Bibliography}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{mla}{Stephen}{Searles}{Schultz}{Queering American History}{\today}{Week 7}&#xA;Test sentence. \autocite{Somerville:2005fk}. &#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;\printbibliography&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;\end{mla}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;mla&lt;/code&gt; package leaves a lot to be desired.  It should use the &lt;code&gt;setspace&lt;/code&gt; package for linespacing, instead of simply using &lt;code&gt;\linespread&lt;/code&gt;. It also has a manual hack &lt;code&gt;\tab&lt;/code&gt; for indenting paragraphs after sections, among other things.  But if it is more or less working for you, that's ok.  I don't know of an equivalent package for this kind of use.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-16T13:10:06.520" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T13:10:06.520" />
  <row Id="11190" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11106" CreationDate="2011-02-16T07:17:05.417" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Expanding on rvf0068's answer, first get &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/metrics/w-a-schmidt/pfu.zip&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pfu.zip from CTAN&lt;/a&gt; and unzip it inside &lt;code&gt;~/texmf&lt;/code&gt;. If you don't have a &lt;code&gt;texmf&lt;/code&gt; folder inside &lt;code&gt;~&lt;/code&gt; then create one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You then need the font files. You may have these from Adobe or from Linotype, and the instructions are slightly different.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For fonts from Adobe, copy the &lt;code&gt;.pfb&lt;/code&gt; files into &lt;code&gt;~/texmf/fonts/afm/adobe/futura&lt;/code&gt;, and rename them:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;fub_____.pfb =&amp;gt; pfub8a.pfb   &#xA;fubo____.pfb =&amp;gt; pfubo8a.pfb  &#xA;ful_____.pfb =&amp;gt; pful8a.pfb   &#xA;fulo____.pfb =&amp;gt; pfulo8a.pfb  &#xA;fuw_____.pfb =&amp;gt; pfuk8a.pfb   &#xA;fuwo____.pfb =&amp;gt; pfuko8a.pfb  &#xA;fucb____.pfb =&amp;gt; pfub8ac.pfb  &#xA;fucbo___.pfb =&amp;gt; pfubo8ac.pfb &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Copy the &lt;code&gt;.afm&lt;/code&gt; files into &lt;code&gt;texmf/fonts/afm/adobe/futura&lt;/code&gt;, and rename in the same way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, for fonts from Linotype copy the &lt;code&gt;.pfb&lt;/code&gt; files to &lt;code&gt;~/texmf/fonts/type1/linotype/futura&lt;/code&gt;, and rename:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;lte50150.pfb =&amp;gt; lful8a.pfb    &#xA;lte50151.pfb =&amp;gt; lfulo8a.pfb   &#xA;lte50152.pfb =&amp;gt; lfuk8a.pfb    &#xA;lte50153.pfb =&amp;gt; lfuko8a.pfb   &#xA;lte50154.pfb =&amp;gt; lfub8a.pfb    &#xA;lte50155.pfb =&amp;gt; lfubo8a.pfb   &#xA;lte50196.pfb =&amp;gt; lfub8ac.pfb   &#xA;lte50197.pfb =&amp;gt; lfubo8ac.pfb  &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Copy the &lt;code&gt;.afm&lt;/code&gt; files to &lt;code&gt;~/texmf/fonts/afm/linotype/futura&lt;/code&gt; and rename similarly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In both cases, you almost certainly will not have the full folder structure inside &lt;code&gt;~&lt;/code&gt;: create what you don't have.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You then need to run &lt;code&gt;updmap&lt;/code&gt; to make TeX aware of the font files. Again, the instruction needed depends on the source of the font files. For the Adobe ones:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;updmap --enable Map pfu.map&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or for the Linotype ones:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;updmap --enable Map pfu-LT.map&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(This is done at the Terminal.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-16T10:33:07.137" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T10:33:07.137" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11191" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11184" CreationDate="2011-02-16T07:33:39.490" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;h3&gt;&lt;code&gt;\reverseexpansion&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm going to pass on this since I think what you're asking would be approximately as difficult or perhaps harder than the answers given to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/8076/can-one-define-a-superexpandaftern-that-would-expand-to-2n-1-expandafter&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt;, and it's not clear to me if any of these expansion abstractions are actually useful in practise. (And I'm out of time.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;&lt;code&gt;\expandallonce&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The idea is to map over the list token by token and apply &lt;code&gt;\unexpanded\expandafter{#1}&lt;/code&gt; to each. But you get an expl3 solution anyway, because I'm tired of re-programming the same code over and over &lt;code&gt;:)&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{expl3}&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOn&#xA;\def\expandallonce#1{&#xA;  \tl_map_function:nN {#1} \tl_nested_exp_not:n&#xA;}&#xA;\cs_set:Nn \tl_nested_exp_not:n {&#xA;  \tl_if_single:nTF {#1}&#xA;    { \exp_not:o #1 }&#xA;    { { \expandallonce {#1} } }&#xA;}&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOff&#xA;\def\a{\aa}\def\b{\bb}\def\c{\cc}\def\d{\dd}&#xA;\edef\1{\expandallonce{\a{\b\c}\d}}&#xA;\show\1&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is not completely robust if you want to put arbitrary TeX code inside &lt;code&gt;\expandallonce&lt;/code&gt;, but I assume that this is not a problem. (E.g., you can't put conditionals inside.) Note that &lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt; currently doesn't have a mapping function that nests through braces so (in the updated answer) I've achieved a similar effect with recursion.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note this nested mapping does respect braces unless the braces surround a single token, such as in &lt;code&gt;abc{d}efg&lt;/code&gt;. I'm not aware of any way around this problem and have the code remain expandable. (Perhaps with &lt;code&gt;\detokenize&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\scantokens&lt;/code&gt; it's possible, but that's too fragile for my liking.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-16T11:02:25.113" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T11:02:25.113" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11192" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11094" CreationDate="2011-02-16T08:08:53.327" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Thank you very much!  We are coming closer to the final solution!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One possible solution would be to return back to drawing plus and minus symbols.  This is rather straightforward.  However, I have noticed that I need to include \pgftransformscale{8}.  This is worrying, as I do not know if this has any specific consequences on appearance and symbol scaling...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\newif\ifreversepolarity&#xA;\tikzoption{reversepolarity}[true]{\reversepolaritytrue}&#xA;&#xA;\tikzset{circuit declare symbol = var battery}&#xA;\tikzset{set var battery graphic = var battery IEC graphic}&#xA;\tikzset{var battery IEC graphic/.style=&#xA;  {transform shape, circuit symbol lines, circuit symbol size = width&#xA;2.5 height 2.5,&#xA;   shape=generic circle IEC, /pgf/generic circle IEC/before&#xA;background=&#xA;    {&#xA;     \pgfpathcircle{\pgfpoint{0.45pt}{0pt}}{0.1pt}&#xA;     \pgfpathcircle{\pgfpoint{-0.45pt}{0pt}}{0.1pt}&#xA;     \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfpoint{-1.0pt}{0pt}}&#xA;     \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpoint{-0.55pt}{0pt}}&#xA;     \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfpoint{1.0pt}{0pt}}&#xA;     \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpoint{0.55pt}{0pt}}&#xA;     \pgfusepathqstroke&#xA;     % PLUS AND MINUS SYMBOL&#xA;     \pgfgettransform\savedtransform&#xA;     \pgftransformshift{\pgfpoint{0.45pt}{0.45pt}}&#xA;     \pgftransformresetnontranslations&#xA;     \pgftransformscale{8}&#xA;     \ifreversepolarity\pgfpathmoveto{\pgfpoint{0pt}{-0.2pt}}&#xA;     \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpoint{0pt}{0.2pt}}\fi&#xA;     \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfpoint{-0.2pt}{0pt}}&#xA;     \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpoint{0.2pt}{0pt}}&#xA;     \pgfusepathqstroke&#xA;%     \pgftransformscale{0.5}&#xA;%     \pgftext{\bf{\ifreversepolarity$-$\else$+$\fi}}&#xA;     \pgfsettransform\savedtransform&#xA;     \pgftransformshift{\pgfpoint{-0.45pt}{0.45pt}}&#xA;     \pgftransformresetnontranslations&#xA;      \pgftransformscale{8}&#xA;     \ifreversepolarity\else\pgfpathmoveto{\pgfpoint{0pt}{-0.2pt}}&#xA;     \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpoint{0pt}{0.2pt}}\fi&#xA;     \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfpoint{-0.2pt}{0pt}}&#xA;     \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpoint{0.2pt}{0pt}}&#xA;     \pgfusepathqstroke&#xA;%     \pgftransformscale{0.5}&#xA;%     \pgftext{\bf{\ifreversepolarity$+$\else$-$\fi}}&#xA;     \pgfsettransform\savedtransform&#xA;     }}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[circuit ee IEC,semithick,x=1cm,y=1cm]&#xA;\draw (0,0) to [capacitor] (3,0)&#xA;to [resistor] (3,2)&#xA;to [var battery={info={$U_1$}},reversepolarity] (0,2)&#xA;to [var battery={info'={$U_3$}}] (0,0)&#xA;to [var battery={info'={$U_2$}}] (-2,-2);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3450" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T08:08:53.327" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="11193" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-16T08:14:52.007" Score="2" ViewCount="178" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a &lt;code&gt;tex&lt;/code&gt; file with &lt;code&gt;\includegraphic&lt;/code&gt; elements for some PNG images.&#xA;I use MikTeX on Windows and the PDF is fine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, I need a DVI so I tried using: &lt;code&gt;\pdfoutput=0&lt;/code&gt;&#xA;This creates a DVI, but only after I remove all the PNG images…&#xA;Otherwise I get errors like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! LaTeX Error: Cannot determine size of graphic in math-box-plot.png (no BoundingBox).&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2158" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-16T08:40:06.950" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T14:07:27.307" Title="MikTex error for PNG images when trying to produce DVI" Tags="&lt;miktex&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;dvi&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11194" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11193" CreationDate="2011-02-16T08:29:06.867" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;TeX is text based, it cannot determine the size of PNG image itself by default.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A quick solution:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{bmpsize}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[dvipdfmx]{graphicx}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is better to use &lt;code&gt;extractbb&lt;/code&gt; (also named &lt;code&gt;ebb&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;xbb&lt;/code&gt;) program to produce &lt;code&gt;.bb&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;.xbb&lt;/code&gt; file for LaTeX. Use this command in '&lt;strong&gt;Command Prompt&lt;/strong&gt;':&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;for %i in (*.png) do xbb %i&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(or &lt;code&gt;for %i in (*.png) do extractbb -x %i&lt;/code&gt;, I'm not sure about MiKTeX.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[dvipdfmx]{graphicx}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I use TeX Live, only dvipdfmx supports png images. But MiKTeX seems different, I can't remember well.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-16T08:48:37.770" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T08:48:37.770" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11195" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-16T09:45:47.603" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Choosing moderators for {TeX} should in many ways be an easy task. The community has been pretty calm from the earliest days of the site in private beta, and so the number of things which actually need moderator attention has been quite low. On the other hand, that provides us with a challenge: enthusing potential candidates to actually put themselves forward! (In the terms of &lt;a href=&quot;http://blog.stackoverflow.com/2009/05/a-theory-of-moderation/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;A Theory of Moderation&lt;/a&gt;, most of the work is at the 'janitor' end of the scale.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As one of the &lt;em&gt;pro tem&lt;/em&gt; moderators, I hope that I've been doing what does need to happen here on {TeX}. I could say a lot about how I've been working for the community, but the beauty of the StackExchange model is that you can look at the data for yourself. The excellent &lt;a href=&quot;http://se.awio.com/election.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;election statistics&lt;/a&gt; site will show you a great comparison of the candidates, or you can look at the &lt;a href=&quot;http://data.stackexchange.com/tex/queries&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;data dump system&lt;/a&gt; to see what I've been up to (my user ID is 73). (The later has a certain 'time lag' as the data is moved from the live site to the data dump.) You might want to read &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/users/73/joseph-wright&quot;&gt;my profile&lt;/a&gt; to get another view, or perhaps look a little wider by reading &lt;a href=&quot;http://texdev.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;my blog&lt;/a&gt;. Many of you might have come across me in other places, such as &lt;a href=&quot;http://groups.google.com/group/comp.text.tex/topics&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;c.t.t&lt;/a&gt; or the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.latex-community.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX Community&lt;/a&gt;, where I hope I'm also helpful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I can offer as a moderator is 'more of the same': moderation when really necessary, taking time over decisions and thinking about them on a community basis. Most of time, I'm just an active member of the community, answering questions, voting and editing when it seems appropriate. I'm happy to use the moderator tools when it's necessary, which I hope will continue to be sparingly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-16T09:45:47.603" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T09:45:47.603" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-02-16T09:45:47.603" />
  <row Id="11196" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11193" CreationDate="2011-02-16T10:24:27.090" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Install the program &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.imagemagick.org/script/binary-releases.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ImageMagick&lt;/a&gt;, then you can do it on the fly:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[dvips]{graphicx}&#xA;\DeclareGraphicsRule{.png}{eps}{.bb}{`convert #1 eps:-}&#xA;\DeclareGraphicsRule{.gif}{eps}{.bb}{`convert #1 eps:-}&#xA;\usepackage{grfext}&#xA;\AppendGraphicsExtensions*{.png,.gif}&#xA;\usepackage{bmpsize}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand*{\IncludeGraphics}[2][]{%&#xA;  \begingroup&#xA;    \let\@found\@empty&#xA;    \@for\@type:=\bmpsize@types\do{%&#xA;      \ifx\@found\@empty&#xA;        \@nameuse{bmpsize@read@\@type}{#2.\@type}%&#xA;        \ifbmpsize@ok&#xA;          \let\@found=\@type&#xA;        \fi&#xA;      \fi&#xA;    }%&#xA;    \ifx\@found\@empty&#xA;      \includegraphics[{#1}]{#2}%&#xA;    \else&#xA;      \includegraphics[{natwidth=\bmpsize@width,natheight=\bmpsize@height,#1}]{#2}%&#xA;    \fi&#xA;  \endgroup&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \IncludeGraphics{lion}\qquad % a png image&#xA;  \IncludeGraphics{knuth-tex}  % a gif image&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;btw: you do not need the &lt;code&gt;\pdfoutput=0&lt;/code&gt; simply run &lt;code&gt;latex&lt;/code&gt;  instead of &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T10:24:27.090" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11197" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5226" CreationDate="2011-02-16T10:43:08.587" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/5226/5227#5227&quot;&gt;Thorsten Donig's answer&lt;/a&gt; is excellent, and provides a free solution. However, if you are in need of a more advanced typographic solution, you may consider buying fonts specially designed to represent &quot;keyboard caps.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One such font is the family of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.fonts.com/findfonts/detail.htm?productid=457047&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;PIXymbols Shadowkey&lt;/a&gt; fonts. In my opinion, they are prettier (but much more expensive!)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://s1.bild.me/bilder/110211/5388952457047.gif&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1347" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T10:43:08.587" />
  <row Id="11198" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11215" CreationDate="2011-02-16T10:48:35.653" Score="1" ViewCount="160" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have created a rather complicated table with some columns that I want to color. For the table, I chose the &lt;code&gt;booktabs&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;tabularx&lt;/code&gt; packages. For coloring the columns, I use &lt;code&gt;colortbl&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem that I have is that &lt;code&gt;\midrule&lt;/code&gt;s show a white space, and the result does not please me at all. Here is a MWE:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a5paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{booktabs,colortbl,tabularx}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;\begin{table*}[!htb]&#xA;  \centering&#xA;  \begin{tabularx}{4cm}{&amp;gt;{\columncolor{gray}}cX&amp;gt;{\columncolor{gray}}c}&#xA;    \toprule&#xA;    1&amp;amp;2&amp;amp;3\\&#xA;    \midrule&#xA;    one&amp;amp;two&amp;amp;three\\&#xA;    one&amp;amp;two&amp;amp;three\\&#xA;    \cmidrule{2-3}&#xA;    one&amp;amp;two&amp;amp;three\\&#xA;    \midrule&#xA;    un&amp;amp;deux&amp;amp;trois\\&#xA;    \bottomrule&#xA;  \end{tabularx}&#xA;  \caption{caption}&#xA;\end{table*}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/MCb53.png&quot; alt=&quot;latex result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Looking around I found that &lt;code&gt;booktabs&lt;/code&gt; supports &lt;code&gt;colortbl&lt;/code&gt; in its latest version. However, it seems that it only supports colored horizontal lines.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried not using &lt;code&gt;booktabs&lt;/code&gt; and replacing &lt;code&gt;midrule&lt;/code&gt;s for &lt;code&gt;hline&lt;/code&gt;s. My huge table looks too crowded (once you booktab, you never go back, I guess).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My question is: is it possible to achieve a correct coloring in &lt;code&gt;midrule&lt;/code&gt;s ? Since I fear that the response is no: what low-cost recommendation do you have in order to color the columns of my table?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(When I say low-cost, I mean that I do not want to re-write my table contents)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="146" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T13:48:40.857" Title="Coloring columns in a table with colortbl and booktabs" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;color&gt;&lt;booktabs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11199" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11200" CreationDate="2011-02-16T11:00:01.727" Score="11" ViewCount="228" Body="&lt;p&gt;Take a look at the following list:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\textit&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\it&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\emph&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\itshape&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\mathit&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\textbf&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\bf&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\bfseries&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\mathbf&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;...&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One might say, for instance, that:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\mathbf&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\mathit&lt;/code&gt; are for math mode, while the others are for normal mode.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\bf&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\it&lt;/code&gt; are for plain TeX and obsolete, while the others are for LaTeX.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, my real question is: What was the need to redefine a command? Couldn't the normal mode commands be carried over to the math mode, or plain TeX commands be carried over to  LaTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PS: Perhaps there are other differences which I don't know. Please mention them in your answer, too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1347" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-16T17:05:15.817" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T17:05:15.817" Title="Why Different Commands for Seemingly Similar Tasks?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;formatting&gt;&lt;macros&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="11200" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11199" CreationDate="2011-02-16T11:08:14.890" Score="17" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\bf&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\it&lt;/code&gt; load single fonts and they do not nest; writing &lt;code&gt;\bf\it&lt;/code&gt; does not give you bold italic.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\bfseries&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\itshape&lt;/code&gt; select font axes in LaTeX. You can use them together to select bold italic, for example.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\textbf&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\textit&lt;/code&gt; are the command forms of the above, with the added feature of inserting italic correction automatically.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\emph&lt;/code&gt; is the semantic command for giving &lt;em&gt;emphasis&lt;/em&gt; to text. (LaTeX lacks an analogy for HTML's &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;.) This is the reason that &lt;code&gt;\bf&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\it&lt;/code&gt; are not recommended as names for font-switching, and why the LaTeX forms are longer to type—because they're not semantic, they lack meaning in a text; all they say is ‘select a font’ but whether that's for added meaning or just decoration is unknown.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\mathbf&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\mathit&lt;/code&gt; load fonts for use in maths, which might be the same fonts as used for &lt;code&gt;\textbf&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\textit&lt;/code&gt; but not necessarily. Note that combining font shapes doesn't make much sense in maths, so like &lt;code&gt;\bf&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\it&lt;/code&gt; these commands do not act orthogonally: one will cancel out the other.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-16T15:02:54.737" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T15:02:54.737" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="11201" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11094" CreationDate="2011-02-16T11:08:51.970" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For anybody interested in that topic.  I have used proposed solution for another of my problems: ac source symbol.  Namely in the case of ac source symbol, SINE should not rotate together with the symbol.  First suggestion was to drop &quot;transform shape&quot;, which gave stupid results when label was written by calling &quot;info&quot;.  Instead I have used Jake's proposition with \tikzcircuitssizeunit, but I had to multiply it with 1.25 to retain original scaling (this is somehow strange).  Anyway, I think that ac symbol could be included into circuit/tikz library, since it is a very common circuit symbol.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{circuits.ee} &#xA;\usetikzlibrary{circuits.ee.IEC}&#xA;&#xA;\tikzset{circuit declare symbol = ac source}&#xA;\tikzset{set ac source graphic = ac source IEC graphic}&#xA;\tikzset{ac source IEC graphic/.style={%&#xA;    transform shape,&#xA;    circuit symbol lines,&#xA;    circuit symbol size = width 2.5 height 2.5,&#xA;    shape = generic circle IEC,&#xA;    /pgf/generic circle IEC/before background={%&#xA;      \pgfgettransform\savedtransform&#xA;      \pgftransformresetnontranslations&#xA;      \pgftransformscale{1.25*\tikzcircuitssizeunit}&#xA;      \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfpoint{-0.8pt}{0pt}}&#xA;      \pgfpathsine{\pgfpoint{0.4pt}{0.4pt}}&#xA;      \pgfpathcosine{\pgfpoint{0.4pt}{-0.4pt}}&#xA;      \pgfpathsine{\pgfpoint{0.4pt}{-0.4pt}}&#xA;      \pgfpathcosine{\pgfpoint{0.4pt}{0.4pt}}&#xA;      \pgfusepathqstroke&#xA;      \pgfsettransform\savedtransform}}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[circuit ee IEC]&#xA;  \draw (0,0) to [ac source={info={$U_1$}}] (-3,0) to [ac source={info={$U_2$}}] (-3,2);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3450" LastEditorUserId="3450" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-16T11:14:37.240" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T11:14:37.240" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11202" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-16T11:28:15.227" Score="2" ViewCount="130" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using the &lt;code&gt;qtree&lt;/code&gt; package, and I've made a tree that stretches far too much, and as a result, won't fit on the page. Here is my code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\Tree [.1/1 [.1/2 [.1/3 [.1/4  [.1/5 1/6 2/9 ]   [.2/7 3/11 3/10 ]  ] [.2/5  [.3/8 4/11 7/12 ]   [.3/7 5/12 4/9 ]  ] ] [.2/3 [.3/5  [.4/7 5/9 7/12 ]   [.5/8 8/13 7/11 ]  ] [.3/4  [.5/7 7/10 8/11 ]   [.4/5 7/9 5/6 ]  ] ] ] [.2/1 [.3/2 [.4/3  [.5/4 6/5 9/7 ]   [.7/5 11/8 10/7 ]  ] [.5/3  [.8/5 11/7 13/8 ]   [.7/4 12/7 9/5 ]  ] ] [.3/1 [.5/2  [.7/3 9/4 12/5 ]   [.8/3 12/7 11/4 ]  ] [.4/1  [.7/2 10/3 11/3 ]   [.5/1 9/2 6/1 ]  ] ] ] ]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to make lines from each node to the next smaller and spacing between everything smaller?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3626" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-16T11:39:45.657" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T12:34:36.080" Title="How to make a tree more compact?" Tags="&lt;trees&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11203" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11209" CreationDate="2011-02-16T11:30:35.520" Score="1" ViewCount="128" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am working on a Beamer presentation for less-technically-inclined audience, so I want to use many visual aids, pictures, stock photos, etc.  Unfortunately, these are mostly raster images, not vector diagrams.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From your experience, what minimal resolution is required so that an image would not appear pixelated when covering a full slide?  I particularly refer to projecting the presentation from a beamer, not viewing it on a computer screen.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1527" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T13:18:51.623" Title="Desired resolution of images for a Beamer presentation" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;presentations&gt;&lt;resolution&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="11204" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11141" CreationDate="2011-02-16T11:40:16.167" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The problem with things like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;THEOREM: ...&#xA;&#xA;PROOF: ...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is, that at the point we can decide that we want special formatting here (the &lt;code&gt;:&lt;/code&gt;), the signs before it are already typeset, and it is extremely hard for TeX (or macros written in TeX) to get these characters typed before again (to make them bold or similar).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One workaround would be to make the line-breaking character (or &lt;code&gt;\par&lt;/code&gt;) active, and then implement a lookahead in macros (or in Lua with LuaTeX) to decide what to do next.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3335" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T11:40:16.167" />
  <row Id="11205" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11202" CreationDate="2011-02-16T12:05:36.807" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx,pdflscape}&#xA;\usepackage{qtree}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\noindent&#xA;\resizebox{\linewidth}{!}{%&#xA;  \Tree [.1/1 [.1/2 [.1/3 [.1/4 [.1/5 1/6 2/9 ] [.2/7 3/11 3/10 ] ] [.2/5 [.3/8 4/11 7/12 ] [.3/7 5/12 4/9 ] ] ] [.2/3 [.3/5 [.4/7 5/9 7/12 ] [.5/8 8/13 7/11 ] ] [.3/4 [.5/7 7/10 8/11 ] [.4/5 7/9 5/6 ] ] ] ] [.2/1 [.3/2 [.4/3 [.5/4 6/5 9/7 ] [.7/5 11/8 10/7 ] ] [.5/3 [.8/5 11/7 13/8 ] [.7/4 12/7 9/5 ] ] ] [.3/1 [.5/2 [.7/3 9/4 12/5 ] [.8/3 12/7 11/4 ] ] [.4/1 [.7/2 10/3 11/3 ] [.5/1 9/2 6/1 ] ] ] ] ]%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{landscape}&#xA;\thispagestyle{empty}&#xA;\hspace*{-0.1\linewidth}\resizebox{1.2\linewidth}{!}{%&#xA;  \Tree [.1/1 [.1/2 [.1/3 [.1/4 [.1/5 1/6 2/9 ] [.2/7 3/11 3/10 ] ] [.2/5 [.3/8 4/11 7/12 ] [.3/7 5/12 4/9 ] ] ] [.2/3 [.3/5 [.4/7 5/9 7/12 ] [.5/8 8/13 7/11 ] ] [.3/4 [.5/7 7/10 8/11 ] [.4/5 7/9 5/6 ] ] ] ] [.2/1 [.3/2 [.4/3 [.5/4 6/5 9/7 ] [.7/5 11/8 10/7 ] ] [.5/3 [.8/5 11/7 13/8 ] [.7/4 12/7 9/5 ] ] ] [.3/1 [.5/2 [.7/3 9/4 12/5 ] [.8/3 12/7 11/4 ] ] [.4/1 [.7/2 10/3 11/3 ] [.5/1 9/2 6/1 ] ] ] ] ]%&#xA;}&#xA;\end{landscape}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T12:05:36.807" />
  <row Id="11207" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11202" CreationDate="2011-02-16T12:34:36.080" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You might also want to use &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/tikz-qtree&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;tikz-qtree&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; for this (syntax is the same):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[margin=1in]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz-qtree}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=.5]&#xA;\Tree [.1/1 [.1/2 [.1/3 [.1/4  [.1/5 1/6 2/9 ]   [.2/7 3/11 3/10 ]  ] [.2/5  [.3/8 4/11 7/12 ]   [.3/7 5/12 4/9 ]  ] ] [.2/3 [.3/5  [.4/7 5/9 7/12 ]   [.5/8 8/13 7/11 ]  ] [.3/4  [.5/7 7/10 8/11 ]   [.4/5 7/9 5/6 ]  ] ] ] [.2/1 [.3/2 [.4/3  [.5/4 6/5 9/7 ]   [.7/5 11/8 10/7 ]  ] [.5/3  [.8/5 11/7 13/8 ]   [.7/4 12/7 9/5 ]  ] ] [.3/1 [.5/2  [.7/3 9/4 12/5 ]   [.8/3 12/7 11/4 ]  ] [.4/1  [.7/2 10/3 11/3 ]   [.5/1 9/2 6/1 ]  ] ] ] ]&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T12:34:36.080" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11208" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-16T12:55:57.287" Score="2" ViewCount="42" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to to use TeXlipse, MetaPost and MetaUML to generate requirements specifications. The problem I have is that I haven't found an easy way to incorporate MetaPost in TeXlipse build. There is configuration for common TeX tools, preferred output format and toolchain to produce it, but MetaPost is not there. Any ideas?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3635" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T12:55:57.287" Title="How to use MetaPost with TeXlipse?" Tags="&lt;tools&gt;&lt;metapost&gt;&lt;texlipse&gt;" />
  <row Id="11209" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11203" CreationDate="2011-02-16T13:14:41.020" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I do beamer presentations with lots of art.  While I have not experimented to find minimum values, I get good results from anything 1024x768 pixels and up.  This is flickr's &quot;large&quot; size.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I mention flickr because it's a good resource for this kind of thing.  Do an advanced search and check the box for Creative Commons-licensed photos.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In case you want to keep looking for vector art, try these: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://webification.com/free-vector-resources-designers-websites-2011&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Free Vector Resources For Designers in 2011&lt;/a&gt; Showed up in my tweetstream the other day; lists many sites.  I don't know what the licensing is for these.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://openclipart.org&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;openclipart.org&lt;/a&gt; has only public-domain works.  You can even search this site within InkScape to make your own modifications.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T13:14:41.020" />
  <row Id="11210" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11203" CreationDate="2011-02-16T13:18:51.623" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In my experience, most projectors have a resolution of 1024x768 px (XGA), and there are still plenty around that only have 800x600 px (SVGA).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So if your images have 1024x768 px, you should be fine, and if the images are photos (no text and no sharp lines), scaling up from 800x600 px would probably also work (try looking at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.bsimracing.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/02/bmw-m3_race_version_2009_800x600_wallpaper_01.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this 800x600 px image&lt;/a&gt; in fullscreen mode on a standard 1024x768 px screen).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T13:18:51.623" />
  <row Id="11211" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11481" CreationDate="2011-02-16T13:30:09.280" Score="10" ViewCount="324" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a simple way to have the body of a &lt;code&gt;block&lt;/code&gt; environment in beamer to have a frame around it, rather than having a background colour? I tried putting a &lt;code&gt;\fbox&lt;/code&gt; inside the block, but it just wrote off the side of the slide... I tried putting the fbox outside the block environment, but that looks mega ugly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ideally, I'd like to do this through defining a beamer template with &lt;code&gt;\setbeamertemplate{blocks}{framed}&lt;/code&gt; or something like this. So that colour themes and blocks inside columns work nicely.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I looked up the definition of &lt;code&gt;beamercolorbox&lt;/code&gt; and it's not pretty...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-16T16:36:12.537" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T17:03:00.493" Title="Can I have framed blocks in beamer?" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="9" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="11212" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11214" CreationDate="2011-02-16T13:40:11.250" Score="2" ViewCount="101" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using a resume template from the following URL:&#xA;(res9b) to be exact.&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://rpi.edu/dept/arc/training/latex/resumes/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://rpi.edu/dept/arc/training/latex/resumes/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem is that the resume template doesn't include a header. If I simply&#xA;add a new header, the alignment isn't correct. The header overwrites the first line of the page. So I need a way to align the page lower than the footer. I decided to use the geometry package that was recommended here on a similar post.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{geometry}&#xA;\def\name{First Last}&#xA;&#xA;\geometry{&#xA;    top=0.5in,            &#xA;    inner=0.5in,&#xA;    outer=0.5in,&#xA;    bottom=0.5in,&#xA;    headheight=3ex,      &#xA;    headsep=2ex,         &#xA; }&#xA;&#xA; \pagestyle{myheadings}&#xA; \markright{\name}&#xA; \thispagestyle{empty}&#xA; ....&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But when I compile it, I get this error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Package keyval Error: No value specified for margin.&#xA;&#xA;See the keyval package documentation for explanation.&#xA;Type  H &amp;lt;return&amp;gt;  for immediate help.&#xA;...                                              &#xA;&#xA;l.848 \ProcessOptionsKV[c]{Gm}&#xA;                          %&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It looks like the problem has something to do with the res.cls file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[line,margin]{res}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Could that be causing that error somehow? &#xA;How do I fix this error?  I like the format of this resume package and would like to keep it if possible.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3637" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T13:50:07.093" Title="Package keyval Error: No value specified for margin. -- error from geometry" Tags="&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;&lt;footnotes&gt;&lt;resume&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11213" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9129" CreationDate="2011-02-16T13:41:42.453" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am no expert on Sweave, but it seems to be integrated in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ess.r-project.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ESS&lt;/a&gt; package with an Rnw and Snw mode where you can have it run Sweave or R on the buffer code directly. So that might be what you want if it's just to preview the sweave file result.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I also found details on integrating ESS more tightly with AUCTeX &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mail-archive.com/auctex@gnu.org/msg02181.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;. It's not tested, but C-c C-c is mapped to run the command on the master file, so it might work for you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;While this is not a complete answer, I hope it helps. I put it in WIKI mode so you can add more details if you find anything more.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3390" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-16T16:41:32.140" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T16:41:32.140" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-02-16T13:41:42.453" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="11214" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11212" CreationDate="2011-02-16T13:44:37.643" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The global &lt;code&gt;margin&lt;/code&gt; option is passed to the &lt;code&gt;geometry&lt;/code&gt; package (like all global options are passed to all packages). And &lt;code&gt;geometry&lt;/code&gt; needs this option to have an argument.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To fix this either try to add a &lt;code&gt;margin=&amp;lt;value&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; option to the &lt;code&gt;geometry&lt;/code&gt; package to overwrite the global one or to rename the &lt;code&gt;margin&lt;/code&gt; option of the class to something else.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another alternative is to delete the global options, i.e. put the following after the &lt;code&gt;\documentclass&lt;/code&gt;. The &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt; &amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; part marks a place which should be filled out, not taken verbatim.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\@classoptionslist{&amp;lt;class options except `margin` OR empty&amp;gt;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-16T13:50:07.093" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T13:50:07.093" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11215" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11198" CreationDate="2011-02-16T13:48:40.857" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There's no way to do this given the way &lt;code&gt;booktabs&lt;/code&gt; inserts space between above and below its rules.  As Herbert notes inthe comments, it's not clear that rules and colours are really a logical combination.  So probably the best you can do is to increase the row height and set the space above and below the rules to 0.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{booktabs,colortbl,tabularx}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;% Your original table&#xA;  \begin{tabularx}{4cm}{&amp;gt;{\columncolor{gray}}cX&amp;gt;{\columncolor{gray}}c}&#xA;    \toprule&#xA;    1&amp;amp;2&amp;amp;3\\&#xA;    \midrule&#xA;    one&amp;amp;two&amp;amp;three\\&#xA;    one&amp;amp;two&amp;amp;three\\&#xA;    \cmidrule{2-3}&#xA;    one&amp;amp;two&amp;amp;three\\&#xA;    \midrule&#xA;    un&amp;amp;deux&amp;amp;trois\\&#xA;    \bottomrule&#xA;  \end{tabularx}&#xA;% same table with booktab rules but no above space and making rows bigger&#xA;\setlength{\aboverulesep}{0pt}&#xA;\setlength{\belowrulesep}{0pt}&#xA;\setlength{\extrarowheight}{.75ex}&#xA;  \begin{tabularx}{4cm}{&amp;gt;{\columncolor{gray}}cX&amp;gt;{\columncolor{gray}}c}&#xA;    \toprule&#xA;    1&amp;amp;2&amp;amp;3\\&#xA;    \midrule&#xA;    one&amp;amp;two&amp;amp;three\\&#xA;    one&amp;amp;two&amp;amp;three\\&#xA;    \cmidrule{2-3}&#xA;    one&amp;amp;two&amp;amp;three\\&#xA;    \midrule&#xA;    un&amp;amp;deux&amp;amp;trois\\&#xA;    \bottomrule&#xA;  \end{tabularx}&#xA;% same table without booktab rules&#xA;\setlength{\extrarowheight}{.75ex}&#xA;  \begin{tabularx}{4cm}{&amp;gt;{\columncolor{gray}}cX&amp;gt;{\columncolor{gray}}c}&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    1&amp;amp;2&amp;amp;3\\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    one&amp;amp;two&amp;amp;three\\&#xA;    one&amp;amp;two&amp;amp;three\\&#xA;    \cline{2-3}&#xA;    one&amp;amp;two&amp;amp;three\\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    un&amp;amp;deux&amp;amp;trois\\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;  \end{tabularx}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The middle table still looks marginally better than the third one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/2lPo6.png&quot; alt=&quot;three tables&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T13:48:40.857" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11216" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5226" CreationDate="2011-02-16T14:02:57.407" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another free keyboard font is &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.linuxlibertine.org/index.php?id=86&amp;amp;L=1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Linux Biolinum Keyboard&lt;/a&gt;. See the following graphic for an example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/NqX2R.png&quot; alt=&quot;Linux Biolinum Keyboard Sample&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T14:02:57.407" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11217" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-16T14:08:49.660" Score="2" ViewCount="64" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using MiKTeX 2.9 under Windows XP.  I have the following directory structure for my document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;D:\MyTeX&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;D:\MyTeX\BibTeX&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;D:\MyTeX\IPMcast&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;File latexmkrc contains the line:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$bibtex = 'bibtex -include-directory=D:/MyTeX';&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;File IPMCast\ipmc.tex contains the line:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\bibliography{BibTeX/network}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I use the command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;latexmk -r latexmrc ipmc&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;my document is created minus the BibTeX references.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I manually use the commands:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;latex ipmc&#xA;bibtex -include-directory=D:/MyTeX ipmc&#xA;latex ipmc&#xA;latex ipmc&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;files &lt;code&gt;ipmc.bbl&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;ipmc.blg&lt;/code&gt; are created and my document is properly created with references.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have tried several variations of &lt;code&gt;latexmkrc&lt;/code&gt; using apostrophes, quotation marks, back slashes, forward slashes, etc with no luck.  The original document was created in 2007 and I believe everything worked properly then.  How should I define &lt;code&gt;$bibtex&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;latexmkrc&lt;/code&gt; file to get this to work?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3638" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-16T16:14:37.093" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T17:56:51.373" Title="Using BibTeX with latexmk" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;latexmk&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11219" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-16T14:24:44.407" Score="4" ViewCount="210" Body="&lt;p&gt;The Australian Legal Citation Guide v3 states that for a bibliography, the entry for a book should have the first author appear as lastname, firstname and then all subsequent authors appear as firstname lastname, e.g.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Cook, Catriona, Robin Creyke and Robert Geddes&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The macro below does this by printing out the first author entry in last, first order and then adding a comma and a space if there is no 'et al' following.  I find this doesn't work though.  I'm trying to use the &lt;code&gt;\ifandothers&lt;/code&gt; test but it seems always to return false.  So for an 'et al' entry I end up with:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Cook, Catriona,  et al&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am trying to do this with the macro below.  I've been at it for hours and I'm brand new to LaTeX and biblatex so I'm pulling what hair I have left out in frustration.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is the macro I am using correct?  I suspect this is a noob error.  I would appreciate any help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PS: I'm not even up to the editor part of the macro yet.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PPS: This code comes from aglc2.cbx which is part of Will Hardy's AGLC style and is posted at &lt;a href=&quot;http://github.com/willhardy/aglc&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://github.com/willhardy/aglc&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newbibmacro{author/editor:lastnamefirst}{%&#xA;\ifthenelse{\ifuseauthor\AND\NOT\ifnameundef{author}}%&#xA;    {\ifuseauthor{%&#xA;    \ifandothers{author}{%&#xA;        \printnames[sortname][1-1]{author}%&#xA;        \printnames[default][2-2]{author}%&#xA;    } {%&#xA;        \printnames[sortname][1-1]{author}%&#xA;        \addcomma\addspace%&#xA;        \printnames[default][2-3]{author}%&#xA;        }%&#xA;    }{}}%&#xA;    {\ifthenelse{\ifuseeditor\AND\NOT\ifnameundef{editor}}{\printnames[sortname]{editor}}{}}%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;UPDATE: In response to @lockstep's suggestion here is some code that shows that I could not get \DeclareNameAlias to work:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[titlepage]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[style=aglc2,backend=biber]{biblatex}&#xA;\DeclareNameAlias{default}{last-first/first-last}&#xA;\bibliography{week1}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Test citations here:\footcite{ldtl7} and here:\footcite{ldtl7a}&#xA;\printbibliography&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's the bib file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@BOOK{ldtl7,&#xA;  year       = 2009,&#xA;  author     = {Catriona Cook and Robin Creyke and Robert Geddes and David Hamer},&#xA;  title      = {Laying Down the Law},&#xA;  edition    = 7,&#xA;  publisher  = {LexisNexis Butterworths}&#xA;}&#xA;@BOOK{ldtl7a,&#xA;  year       = 2009,&#xA;  author     = {Catriona Cook and Robin Creyke and Robert Geddes},&#xA;  title      = {Laying Down the Law2},&#xA;  edition    = 7,&#xA;  publisher  = {LexisNexis Butterworths}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's the output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;References&#xA;Cook, Catriona, Robin Creyke and Robert Geddes, Laying Down the Law2 (LexisNexis Butterworths, 7th ed, 2009)&#xA;Cook, Catriona, Robin Creyke et al, Robert Geddes, Laying Down the Law (LexisNexis Butterworths, 7th ed, 2009)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And in the footnotes:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;1 Cook, Catriona, Robin Creyke et al, Robert Geddes, Laying Down the Law (LexisNexis Butterworths, 7th ed, 2009).&#xA;2 Cook, Catriona, Robin Creyke and Robert Geddes, Laying Down the Law2 (LexisNexis Butterworths, 7th ed, 2009).&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3052" LastEditorUserId="3052" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-19T04:57:11.480" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T12:57:00.013" Title="First author in bibliography in lastname, firstname but subsequent authors as firstname lastname" Tags="&lt;biblatex&gt;&lt;sorting&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="10" />
  <row Id="11220" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11480" CreationDate="2011-02-16T14:27:55.980" Score="4" ViewCount="175" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to reduce the number of packages I'm loading in my documents and I read on the KOMA documentation (and elsewhere) that it can define page styles better than &lt;code&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/code&gt;. But each time I try to set up &lt;code&gt;scrpage2&lt;/code&gt; I get weird results, such as with the wrong section titles or positioning of elements. How can I rewrite my &lt;code&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/code&gt; layout to &lt;code&gt;scrpage2&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0pt}&#xA;\renewcommand{\footrulewidth}{0pt}&#xA;&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;\fancyhf{}&#xA;\fancyhead[LO]{\textit{\nouppercase{\scshape \mytitle{}}}}&#xA;\fancyhead[RE]{\textit{\nouppercase{\scshape \thechapter. \leftmark{}}}}&#xA;\fancyfoot[CE,CO]{\thepage{}}&#xA;&#xA;\fancypagestyle{plain}{&#xA;  \fancyhf{}&#xA;  \fancyfoot[CE,CO]{\thepage{}}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\fancypagestyle{preface}{&#xA;  \fancyhf{}&#xA;  \fancyhead[RE]{\textit{\nouppercase{\scshape \leftmark{}}}}&#xA;  \fancyhead[LO]{\textit{\nouppercase{\scshape \mytitle{}}}}&#xA;  \fancyfoot[CE,CO]{\thepage{}}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;preface&lt;/code&gt; style is used for the pages before Chapter 1; other pages just use the default fancy style.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3351" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T00:59:39.807" Title="Replacing fancyhdr with scrpage2" Tags="&lt;header-footer&gt;&lt;koma-script&gt;&lt;fancyhdr&gt;&lt;scrpage2&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="11221" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11223" CreationDate="2011-02-16T14:43:45.250" Score="6" ViewCount="100" Body="&lt;p&gt;I see a few questions and answers about writing a book/thesis in LaTeX (&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/8198/combine-several-chapters-separate-files-in-to-one-report&quot;&gt;here's one&lt;/a&gt;). But I would like to be able to compile reports separately as I write them to have a bunch of standalone documents. Is this possible without a lot of editing each time?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The context: every week for class I have to write a few summaries of the papers we read (some assigned, some just for my own benefit later). So I like the ability to compile each individually each week, then at the end of the semester bind them all into one &quot;book&quot; with pagination and a TOC. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Should I just make standalone articles each week, then edit all manually at the end of the semester into a book? Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="320" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-19T11:19:28.920" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T17:48:21.530" Title="Bind reports/articles into a book, but keep the ability to compile them individually" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;book-design&gt;&lt;input&gt;&lt;article&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="11222" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11219" CreationDate="2011-02-16T15:03:51.633" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It shouldn't be necessary to define new macros. Try the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[style=verbose]{biblatex}&#xA;&#xA;\AtBeginBibliography{%&#xA;  \DeclareNameAlias{default}{last-first/first-last}%&#xA;}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\finalnamedelim}{%&#xA;%   \ifnumgreater{\value{liststop}}{2}{\finalandcomma}{}% DELETED&#xA;  \addspace\bibstring{and}\space}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{biblatextest.bib}&#xA;@book{CCG01,&#xA;  author = {Cook, Catriona and Creyke, Robin and Geddes, Robert},&#xA;  year = {2001},&#xA;  title = {Alpha},&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\bibliography{biblatextest}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Some text \autocite{CCG01}.&#xA;&#xA;\printbibliography&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: Example updated to use &lt;code&gt;\AtBeginBibliography&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The filecontents environment is only used to include some external files directly into the example, so that it compiles. It is not necessary for the solution.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-20T15:49:37.253" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T15:49:37.253" CommentCount="10" />
  <row Id="11223" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11221" CreationDate="2011-02-16T15:05:01.350" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could split every report into two files: a main file holding only the preamble and an &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; as document body, and a second file holding all the actual content.&#xA;Then you are able to &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt; all the content files in another main file for the book.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  % Main file of one report, e.g. `report01.tex`&#xA;  \documentclass{report}&#xA;  \title{...}&#xA;  \begin{document}&#xA;  \maketitle&#xA;  \input{content01}&#xA;  \end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The content file then look like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  % content01.tex&#xA;  \section{...}&#xA;  Some text&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Book main file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  \documentclass{book}&#xA;  % ....&#xA;  \begin{document}&#xA;  \maketitle&#xA;  \input{content01}&#xA;  \input{content02}&#xA;  \input{content03}&#xA;  \input{content04}&#xA;  \end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This should work fine as long you don't want to keep the report title pages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are also packages like &lt;code&gt;docmute&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;standalone&lt;/code&gt; which allow you to &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; another file which has its own preamble. The preambles of this sub-files are then ignored. &#xA;This is basically the same like above but you don't need to split each report into two files.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-27T17:48:21.530" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T17:48:21.530" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11225" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-16T15:12:47.567" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-16T15:12:47.567" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T15:12:47.567" />
  <row Id="11226" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-16T15:12:47.567" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="Questions tagged with {subversion} are about using TeX together with the revision control software Subversion. There is also the general {revision-control} tag." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-16T15:19:50.943" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T15:19:50.943" />
  <row Id="11227" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-16T15:13:52.963" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-16T15:13:52.963" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T15:13:52.963" />
  <row Id="11228" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-16T15:13:52.963" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="Questions involving external scripts (small programs in source code form) related to TeX should be tagged with {script}." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-16T15:19:54.500" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T15:19:54.500" />
  <row Id="11229" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-16T15:15:55.210" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-16T15:15:55.210" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T15:15:55.210" />
  <row Id="11230" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-16T15:15:55.210" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="The {conversion} tag marks questions about file conversions, like converting EPS to PDF for the use with pdftex." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-16T15:20:05.873" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T15:20:05.873" />
  <row Id="11231" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-16T15:20:56.330" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This tag concerns questions which are specific for the &lt;em&gt;Microsoft Windows&lt;/em&gt; operating systems. Questions regarding the popular TeX distribution for Windows &lt;em&gt;MikTeX&lt;/em&gt; should be tagged with &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/miktex&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'miktex'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;miktex&lt;/a&gt; instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-18T17:54:46.237" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T17:54:46.237" />
  <row Id="11232" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-16T15:20:56.330" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="This tag concerns questions which are specific for the Microsoft Windows operating systems. " OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-18T17:55:24.427" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T17:55:24.427" />
  <row Id="11233" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-16T15:31:05.360" Score="8" ViewCount="186" Body="&lt;p&gt;In my &lt;code&gt;scrreprt&lt;/code&gt; I've changed distance between paragraphs with &lt;code&gt;\setlength{\parskip}{9pt}&lt;/code&gt;. But &lt;code&gt;\parskip&lt;/code&gt; changes also distance between chapter title and the paragraph.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I change distance between chapter title and the paragraph?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3587" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-26T11:44:12.043" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T11:44:12.043" Title="Distance between chapter title and text" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;koma-script&gt;&lt;chapters&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="11234" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11233" CreationDate="2011-02-16T15:45:46.103" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Don't change the &lt;code&gt;\parskip&lt;/code&gt; length, but use the class option &lt;code&gt;parskip=full&lt;/code&gt;. (This will, among other things, remove the now redundant indention of paragraphs.) If you don't want the &quot;additional&quot; parskip immediately after a chapter heading, change the &lt;code&gt;\chapterheadendvskip&lt;/code&gt; macro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[parskip=full]{scrreprt}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand*{\chapterheadendvskip}{%&#xA;  \vspace{0.725\baselineskip plus 0.115\baselineskip minus 0.192\baselineskip}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{foo}&#xA;&#xA;\blindtext&#xA;&#xA;\blindtext&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/blindtext/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;blindtext&lt;/a&gt; package is only used to add some dummy text to the example.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: My redefinition of &lt;code&gt;\chapterheadendvskip&lt;/code&gt; resembles the original one, except that I replaced &lt;code&gt;1.725\baselineskip&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;0.725\baselineskip&lt;/code&gt;. Hopefully, this will exactly offset the space added by &lt;code&gt;parskip=full&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-17T00:43:55.213" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T00:43:55.213" />
  <row Id="11235" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11233" CreationDate="2011-02-16T15:49:10.323" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand&lt;/code&gt; should go into the preamble. It is here only for demonstration inside the text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[parskip]{scrreprt}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{foo}&#xA;bar&#xA;&#xA;\setlength\parskip{40pt}&#xA;\renewcommand*\chapterheadendvskip{\vspace{-\normalbaselineskip}}    &#xA;\chapter{foo}&#xA;bar&#xA;&#xA;baz&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-16T15:54:08.297" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T15:54:08.297" />
  <row Id="11236" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3174" CreationDate="2011-02-16T16:00:47.053" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using some code meant for upper-casing and lowercasing expandably (which you can grab &lt;a href=&quot;http://users.aims.ac.za/~bruno/LaTeX/ULcase/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;there&lt;/a&gt;, and maybe at some point will become a package on CTAN), it turns out to be possible to produce a file with some macros expanded, with a reasonable speed, and relatively few lines of code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First, let's see how it is used. Define your macros at the very top of the document (before &lt;code&gt;\documentclass&lt;/code&gt;), and set up everything related to the macro expansion. Then the command &lt;code&gt;\ExpandMacros{macroexpander-example-out.tex}&lt;/code&gt; grabs the end of the file inside an &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt;. The macro thus constructed is then written to the output file. That file is then input back, so that compiling your document still typesets it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\input macroexpander.tex\relax&#xA;&#xA;% Declare the commands that you want to see expanded between&#xA;% |\ExpandingCommands| and |\endExpandingCommands|. Note that&#xA;% for the moment, only |\newcommand| is supported, not&#xA;% |\newcommand*|, and that optional arguments are not &#xA;% supported (or rather, you'll be surprised by the result).&#xA;&#xA;\ExpandingCommands&#xA;\newcommand{\myvec}[3]{(#1,#2,#3)}&#xA;\newcommand{\Vcal}{\ensuremath{\mathcal{V}}}&#xA;\newcommand{\myitem}{\item[\fbox{$\bullet$}]}&#xA;\endExpandingCommands&#xA;&#xA;% You can also force other commands to expand.&#xA;\MacexpExpanding\emph % ok, don't do it for |\emph|: I have no good example.&#xA;&#xA;% In order to get a neat output, you can tell Mr. MacXP to put a newline &#xA;% before outputting some commands.&#xA;\MacexpNewliner\begin&#xA;\MacexpNewliner\end&#xA;\MacexpNewliner\title&#xA;\MacexpNewliner\author&#xA;\MacexpNewliner\maketitle&#xA;\MacexpNewliner\item&#xA;% This is compatible with the |\newcommand| used above:&#xA;\MacexpNewliner\Vcal&#xA;% (Note that |\myitem| defined above expands to |\item|, which produces &#xA;% a newline, so we don't want |\MacexpNewliner\myitem|, which would add&#xA;% one more line!)&#xA;%&#xA;% The next line does the work. The argument is the name of the file where we&#xA;% shall write.&#xA;\ExpandMacros{macroexpander-example-out.tex}%&#xA;% ===============&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\title{Example}&#xA;\author{Someone}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;&#xA;Let $x {= \myvec{x_1}{x_2}{x_3}}$ {b}e a \emph{nice} element of \Vcal.&#xA;Let $x = \myvec{x_1}{x_2}{x_3}$ be a nice element of \Vcal.&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;\item&#xA;\myitem Let $x = \myvec{x_1}{x_2}{x_3}$ be a nice element of \Vcal.&#xA;\item Let $x = \myvec{x_1}{x_2}{x_3}$ be a nice element of \Vcal.&#xA;\myitem Let {$x = \myvec{x_1}{x_2}{x_3}$ be a nice element of} \Vcal.&#xA;\item &#xA;\myitem&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The code itself is quite long. Basically, &lt;code&gt;ULcase.sty&lt;/code&gt; does all the heavy lifting of picking up tokens one by one (particularly spaces and braces). So we just need to decide what we do with each token, by specifying a &lt;em&gt;table of case changes&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A short aside: in my view, there are three types of expandability: (the names are badly chosen... &lt;strong&gt;better names, anyone?&lt;/strong&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;the &quot;strong&quot; type is when hitting &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;token-list&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; with a given number of expansions (with e.g., &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt;) will expand it fully.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;the &quot;medium&quot; type if &lt;code&gt;\romannumeral-`\0&amp;lt;token-list&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; expands completely, or equivalently, if after enough expansions (coming from the left) we obtain the full expansion of &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;token-list&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;the &quot;weak&quot; type is when &lt;code&gt;\edef\foo{&amp;lt;token-list&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt; works.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, &lt;code&gt;\relax \empty&lt;/code&gt; is only weakly expandable, &lt;code&gt;\empty\relax&lt;/code&gt; is &quot;strongly&quot; expandable, etc. (note: as Hendrik pointed out, calling &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt; expandable is just wrong, so the names should be changed). In our case, we will do &lt;code&gt;\edef\foo{...&lt;/code&gt; followed by the text we want to scan. Thus, we only need weak expandability overall. This means that at the outer level of grouping, we can simply output tokens to the left and continue. This will be key for efficiency. However, to treat brace groups, we need to get the full expansion of the content before outputting it. So we use a different &quot;case-change&quot; table, which outputs tokens at the end of the group, so that the expansion coming from the left can continue to act.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begingroup&#xA;    % Code based on the extended Upper- and Lower-casing code found&#xA;    % in the ULcase package.&#xA;    \input ULcase.sty\relax&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;    % We use two tables of case change. &#xA;    % &#xA;    % - at the outer level of grouping, we use a table that outputs tokens&#xA;    % on the left, |\unexpanded|. This is quick, but it will only work&#xA;    % in the context of an |\edef|, |\write|, etc. Otherwise these tokens&#xA;    % would go in the way of a further expansion. &#xA;    % &#xA;    % - inside brace groups, we need to expand &quot;from the left&quot; of the group:&#xA;    % since we use |\romannumeral| to fully expand, only the left-most macros&#xA;    % get expanded. So we need to output tokens by storing them at the end&#xA;    % of the group, as we do usually (See |ULcase.sty|).&#xA;    % &#xA;    \long\gdef\UL_table_macexp_outer_default{\unexpanded}%&#xA;    \long\gdef\UL_table_macexp_outer_braces#1#2{%&#xA;      \unexpanded\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%&#xA;        \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\UL_to_case:nn{macexp_inner}{#2}}%&#xA;      }% Note that we use the |macexp_inner| table here.&#xA;    }&#xA;    % For the inner table, we just use the standard output, and keep the&#xA;    % same table, |#1|.&#xA;    \long\gdef\UL_table_macexp_inner_default{\UL_to_case_output:n}%&#xA;    \long\gdef\UL_table_macexp_inner_braces#1#2{%&#xA;      \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\UL_to_case_output:n%&#xA;      \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%&#xA;        \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\UL_to_case:nn{#1}{#2}}%&#xA;      }%&#xA;    }&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;    %======= Customization.&#xA;    % This long macro just initializes the table element |#1| of&#xA;    % the tables |macexp_inner| and |macexp_outer| to consist&#xA;    % in a |pre-| piece and a |the-| piece, which we configure separately&#xA;    % later on (initially |{}|).&#xA;    \long\gdef\macexp_set_init:N#1{%&#xA;      \ifcsname UL_table_macexp_inner_\detokenize{#1}\endcsname&#xA;      \expandafter\use_none:n&#xA;      \else&#xA;      \expandafter\use:n&#xA;      \fi&#xA;      {%&#xA;        \long\expandafter\gdef\csname UL_table_macexp_inner_%&#xA;                                 \detokenize{#1}\endcsname{%&#xA;          \csname macexp_inner_pre_\detokenize{#1}\endcsname%&#xA;          \csname macexp_inner_the_\detokenize{#1}\endcsname%&#xA;        }%&#xA;        \long\expandafter\gdef\csname UL_table_macexp_outer_%&#xA;                                 \detokenize{#1}\endcsname{%&#xA;          \csname macexp_outer_pre_\detokenize{#1}\endcsname%&#xA;          \csname macexp_outer_the_\detokenize{#1}\endcsname%&#xA;        }%&#xA;        \long\expandafter\gdef\csname macexp_inner_pre_%&#xA;        \detokenize{#1}\endcsname{}%&#xA;        \long\expandafter\gdef\csname macexp_inner_the_%&#xA;        \detokenize{#1}\endcsname{\UL_to_case_output:n{#1}}%&#xA;        \long\expandafter\gdef\csname macexp_outer_pre_%&#xA;        \detokenize{#1}\endcsname{}%&#xA;        \long\expandafter\gdef\csname macexp_outer_the_%&#xA;        \detokenize{#1}\endcsname{\unexpanded{#1}}%&#xA;      }%&#xA;    }&#xA;&#xA;    % Declaring a token to be expanding: this defines the |the-| piece &#xA;    % mentionned above for both the inner and outer tables.&#xA;    \long\gdef\macexp_set_expanding:N#1{%&#xA;      \macexp_set_init:N#1%&#xA;      \long\expandafter\gdef\csname macexp_inner_the_%&#xA;        \detokenize{#1}\endcsname##1##2{\expandafter:nw{##1{##2}}#1}%&#xA;      \long\expandafter\gdef\csname macexp_outer_the_%&#xA;        \detokenize{#1}\endcsname##1##2{\expandafter:nw{##1{##2}}#1}%&#xA;    }&#xA;&#xA;    % Declaring a token to induce a new-line in the output file&#xA;    % (for readability). This is done with the |pre-| piece.&#xA;    % &#xA;    \begingroup\catcode`\^^M=12\relax%&#xA;    \long\gdef\macexp_set_newliner:N#1{%&#xA;      \macexp_set_init:N#1%&#xA;      \long\expandafter\gdef\csname macexp_outer_pre_%&#xA;        \detokenize{#1}\endcsname{\unexpanded{^^M}}%&#xA;      \long\expandafter\gdef\csname macexp_inner_pre_%&#xA;        \detokenize{#1}\endcsname{\UL_to_case_output:n{^^M}}%&#xA;    }%&#xA;    % And we define |\par| to give two lines when it is outside braces.&#xA;    \long\expandafter\gdef\csname UL_table_macexp_outer_%&#xA;        \detokenize{\par}\endcsname{^^M^^M}%&#xA;    \endgroup&#xA;&#xA;    \long\gdef\macexp_newcommand#1{%&#xA;      \macexp_set_expanding:N#1%&#xA;      \macexp_old_newcommand{#1}%&#xA;    }%&#xA;&#xA;    \long\gdef\ExpandingCommands{%&#xA;      \let\macexp_old_newcommand\newcommand%&#xA;      \let\newcommand\macexp_newcommand}%&#xA;    \long\gdef\endExpandingCommands{%&#xA;      \let\newcommand\macexp_old_newcommand}%&#xA;&#xA;    \long\gdef\ExpandMacros#1{%&#xA;      \begingroup&#xA;      \everyeof{%&#xA;        {\q_mark} \q_stop\iffalse{\fi}%&#xA;        \newlinechar=`\^^M\relax&#xA;        \newwrite\macexp_write%&#xA;        \immediate\openout\macexp_write=#1\relax%&#xA;        \immediate\write\macexp_write{\unexpanded\expandafter{\macro_buffer}}%&#xA;        \immediate\closeout\macexp_write%&#xA;        \endgroup&#xA;        \input #1\relax%&#xA;      }%&#xA;      \edef\macro_buffer{\iffalse}\fi%&#xA;        \UL_brace_check:nw{macexp_outer}%&#xA;    }&#xA;&#xA;    % User commands.&#xA;    \long\gdef\MacexpNewliner{\macexp_set_newliner:N}&#xA;    \long\gdef\MacexpExpanding{\macexp_set_expanding:N}&#xA;&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastEditorUserId="2707" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-16T16:47:59.197" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T16:47:59.197" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11238" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11283" CreationDate="2011-02-16T16:40:39.037" Score="0" ViewCount="79" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a figure with the following syntax:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}[h!] \centering&#xA;\subbottom[$H_n = A_n / e$]{&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[every node/.style=defnode]&#xA;...&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;}&#xA;\subbottom[$S_n = A_n - e$]{&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[every node/.style=defnode]&#xA;...&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But when I try to compile I get the two following errors:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;undefined control sequence {&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;undefined control sequence \end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;pointing at the last two lines of my figure. These do not make much sense to me. If I try to remove the caption [..] of my subbottoms, I do not get this mistake.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have included &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{subfig}&lt;/code&gt; in a &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt; document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is a minimum working example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt,a4paper,showtrims,final]{memoir}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} % danske tegn&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{./memfonts}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usepackage{subfig}&#xA;\tikzstyle{defnode}=[circle,fill=white,draw=black,inner sep=0pt,minimum size=5pt]&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}[h!]\centering&#xA;\subbottom[$F_n$]{&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[every node/.style=defnode]&#xA;\draw (0,0) node(a) {};&#xA;\draw (2.2,1) node(b1) {};&#xA;\draw (2.5,0.5) node(b2) {};&#xA;\draw (2.6,0) node(b3) {};&#xA;\draw (2.5,-0.5) node(b4) {};&#xA;\draw (2.2,-1) node(b5) {};&#xA;\draw (a) to (b1);&#xA;\draw (a) to (b2);&#xA;\draw (a) to (b3);&#xA;\draw (a) to (b4);&#xA;\draw (a) to (b5);&#xA;\draw (b1) to (b2) to (b3) to (b4) to (b5);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;} \hspace{1cm}&#xA;\subbottom[$G_n$]{&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[every node/.style=defnode]&#xA;\draw (0,0) node(a) {};&#xA;\draw (2.2,1) node(b1) {};&#xA;\draw (2.5,0.5) node(b2) {};&#xA;\draw (2.6,0) node(b3) {};&#xA;\draw (2.5,-0.5) node(b4) {};&#xA;\draw (2.2,-1) node(b5) {};&#xA;\draw (a) [bend left=10] to (b1);&#xA;\draw (a) [bend right=10] to (b1);&#xA;\draw (a) to (b2);&#xA;\draw (a) to (b3);&#xA;\draw (a) to (b4);&#xA;\draw (a) to (b5);&#xA;\draw (b1) to (b2) to (b3) to (b4) to (b5);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3037" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-08T18:04:52.277" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T18:04:52.277" Title="Subbottom giving weird errors when I use captions for my subfigures" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;captions&gt;&lt;memoir&gt;&lt;subfloats&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="11239" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11217" CreationDate="2011-02-16T17:08:58.687" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I look at the man page again and found the solution.  The call should be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;latexmk -bibtex -r latexmrc ipmc&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3638" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-16T17:56:51.373" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T17:56:51.373" />
  <row Id="11240" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11241" CreationDate="2011-02-16T17:24:26.067" Score="2" ViewCount="173" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using the latest version of &lt;code&gt;moderncv&lt;/code&gt; from CTAN. When I set :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\homepage {homepage: my.homepage.url/~username/}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The tilde doesn't show up. So I tried:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{textcomp}&#xA;\homepage {homepage: my.homepage.url/{\texttildelow}username/}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But.. that causes an infinite loop:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Package hyperref Warning: Option `baseurl' has already been used,&#xA;(hyperref)                setting the option has no effect on input line 54.&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;Package hyperref Warning: Option `pdfpagemode' has already been used,&#xA;(hyperref)                setting the option has no effect on input line 54.&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;Package hyperref Warning: Option `pdfstartpage' has already been used,&#xA;(hyperref)                setting the option has no effect on input line 54.&#xA;&#xA;! TeX capacity exceeded, sorry [input stack size=5000].&#xA;\font@name -&amp;gt;&#xA;         \U/mvs/m/n/14.4 &#xA;l.55 \maketitle&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any Ideas how to fix this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3637" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-16T17:29:37.777" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T18:42:36.200" Title="moderncv : \homepage - can't handle a tilde" Tags="&lt;url&gt;&lt;tilde&gt;&lt;moderncv&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11241" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11240" CreationDate="2011-02-16T17:31:04.997" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\homepage {homepage: my.homepage.url/\textasciitilde username/}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;should work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T17:31:04.997" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="11242" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11240" CreationDate="2011-02-16T17:32:06.857" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This happens because this class first saves the &lt;code&gt;\homepage&lt;/code&gt; argument away and then uses it inside &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt;s &lt;code&gt;\href&lt;/code&gt; macro. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;~&lt;/code&gt; is then already expanded to an unbreakable space and &lt;code&gt;\href&lt;/code&gt; doesn't like macros like &lt;code&gt;\texttilde...&lt;/code&gt; inside the URL part.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here a small patch of the internally used &lt;code&gt;\httplink&lt;/code&gt; macro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand*\httplink[2][]{{\urlstyle{sf}\expandafter\href#2}}&#xA;\homepage{{http://mydomain/~user}{homepage: mydomain/{\texttildelow}user}}                % optional, remove the line if not wanted&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;old:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Try to use the &lt;code&gt;\url&lt;/code&gt; macro from the &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; package to format the address correctly:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;%...&#xA;&#xA;\homepage {homepage: \url{http://my.homepage.url/~username/}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-16T18:42:36.200" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T18:42:36.200" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="11243" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11185" CreationDate="2011-02-16T17:43:31.817" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am pretty sure it is the &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; package.  This package turns all page numbers in the index into links.  Normally, without any special setting, links are indicated by being framed.  It is possible that you have a version of hyperref that is set up to underline links instead? In that case, you need to read the hyperref package documentation to see how to turn this off. I believe the &lt;code&gt;colorlinks&lt;/code&gt; option will do it. To use it, replace &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{hyperref}&lt;/code&gt; by &#xA;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastEditorUserId="396" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-16T23:39:29.310" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T23:39:29.310" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11244" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11184" CreationDate="2011-02-16T17:46:19.960" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;EDIT: At the end of this post, I include the relevant part of &lt;code&gt;ULcase.sty&lt;/code&gt; so that this post is self contained.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the code below I use &lt;a href=&quot;http://users.aims.ac.za/~bruno/LaTeX/ULcase/ULcase.sty&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ULcase&lt;/a&gt;. I think that the comments in the code should be enough to understand it. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The easiest is &lt;code&gt;\expandallonce&lt;/code&gt;, although &lt;em&gt;what do you want when a token takes an argument?&lt;/em&gt; (Currently, it will break.) We simply define a capitalization table which by default expands once, and we read through the tokens.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% Code based on the extended Upper- and Lower-casing code found&#xA;% in the ULcase package.&#xA;\input ULcase.sty\relax&#xA;&#xA;% ============ Table |expandallonce|&#xA;% Just as uppercasing is changing &quot;a-&amp;gt;A&quot;, &quot;b-&amp;gt;B&quot; etc, and applying&#xA;% |\donothing| to all other tokens, we define the table of case change&#xA;% |expandallonce| to expand the token once before outputting it. This &#xA;% will fail in case the token takes an argument (I don't know what the &#xA;% expected behaviour would be, anyways.)&#xA;% &#xA;\long\gdef\expandallonce#1{%&#xA;  \UL_to_case:nn{expandallonce}{#1}}&#xA;&#xA;% The default action is to output the given token expanded once.&#xA;\long\gdef\UL_table_expandallonce_default#1{%&#xA;  \expandafter\UL_to_case_output:n\expandafter{#1}}&#xA;&#xA;% Braces do nothing special, just as in the ULnil table.&#xA;\long\gdef\UL_table_expandallonce_braces#1#2{%&#xA;  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\UL_to_case_output:n%&#xA;  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%&#xA;    \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\UL_to_case:nn{#1}{#2}}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% ===== Tests&#xA;\def\0{\1}\def\1{\2}\def\2{\3}\def\3{\4}\def\4{\5}&#xA;&#xA;\long\gdef\a{\expandallonce{\0{{} {\2} {\3}\0\2}\2}}&#xA;\expandonce\a\show\a&#xA;\expandonce\a\show\a&#xA;\expandonce\a\show\a&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For &lt;code&gt;\reverseexpand&lt;/code&gt;, we first insert code from &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/8076/&quot;&gt;this question on building a multi-&lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; before every token. The next step of expansion will trigger the multi-expansion, which does what you want. Note that the macros we expand can happily take all sorts of arguments, because we did not leave anything in the input stream after the token we are currently expanding.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% Code based on the extended Upper- and Lower-casing code found&#xA;% in the ULcase package.&#xA;\input ULcase.sty\relax&#xA;&#xA;% ============ Table |reverseexpand|&#xA;% With the definition below, one step of expansion on&#xA;% |\romannumeral\eatwice| is the same as two steps of |\expandafter|.&#xA;\gdef\eatwice{0\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\space%&#xA;  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter}&#xA;&#xA;% We insert |\romannumeral\eatwice| in front of every token,&#xA;% and add |\empty\empty| at the end, to stop the  extra |\expandafter|.&#xA;%&#xA;% The full expansion requires 5 steps.&#xA;\long\gdef\reverseexpand#1{%&#xA;  \UL_to_case:nn{reverseexpand}{#1}\empty\empty}&#xA;&#xA;% The default action is to output the given token plus the extra text.&#xA;\long\gdef\UL_table_reverseexpand_default#1{%&#xA;  \UL_to_case_output:n{\romannumeral\eatwice#1}}&#xA;&#xA;% The chain of |\expandafter| triggers the full expansion of &#xA;% |\romannumeral\UL_to_case_aux:nn{#1}{#2}|, which adds the &#xA;% tokens |\romannumeral\eatwice| before each token in the group.&#xA;% &#xA;\long\gdef\UL_table_reverseexpand_braces#1#2{%&#xA;  \expandafter\UL_to_case_output:n\expandafter{%&#xA;    \expandafter\romannumeral\expandafter\eatwice\expandafter{%&#xA;      \romannumeral\UL_to_case_aux:nn{#1}{#2}%&#xA;      \romannumeral\eatwice%&#xA;    }%&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% ===== Tests&#xA;\def\0{\1}\def\1{\2}\def\2{\3}\def\3{\4}\def\4{\5}&#xA;\def\5{\6}\def\6{\7}\def\7{\8}\def\8{\9}\def\9{\0}&#xA;&#xA;\def\foo#1{{Foo=#1.}}&#xA;\def\double#1{(#1,#1)}&#xA;&#xA;\long\def\a{\reverseexpand{\double\foo{ \4\6}\8}}&#xA;\expandonce\a\show\a&#xA;\expandonce\a\show\a&#xA;\expandonce\a\show\a&#xA;\expandonce\a\show\a&#xA;\expandonce\a\show\a&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The relevant part of ULcase (should be put at the top of the other pieces of code, but that's not supposed to be the key point).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\catcode`\_=11\relax&#xA;\catcode`\:=11\relax&#xA;&#xA;% ======================== Generic macros&#xA;% Note on LaTeX3's naming convention: letters after &quot;:&quot; in macro names&#xA;% indicate the arguments that the command takes. &#xA;%   &quot;n&quot; = braced&#xA;%   &quot;N&quot; = single token&#xA;%   &quot;w&quot; = weird&#xA;% and plenty of others.&#xA;% &#xA;% A few standard commands to manipulate arguments&#xA;\long\gdef\use_i:nn#1#2{#1}&#xA;\long\gdef\use_ii:nn#1#2{#2}&#xA;&#xA;% What expl3 calls &quot;quarks&quot;, useful for |\ifx| comparisons.&#xA;\gdef\q_stop{\q_stop}&#xA;\gdef\q_mark{\q_mark}&#xA;\long\gdef\use_none_until_q_stop:w#1\q_stop{}&#xA;&#xA;% Two tests &#xA;\long\gdef\UL_if_empty:nTF#1{%&#xA;  \expandafter\ifx\expandafter\q_mark\detokenize{#1}\q_mark%&#xA;  \expandafter\use_i:nn%&#xA;  \else%&#xA;  \expandafter\use_ii:nn%&#xA;  \fi}&#xA;&#xA;\expandafter\long\expandafter\gdef\expandafter\UL_if_detok_qmark:wTF%&#xA;\expandafter#\expandafter1\detokenize{\q_mark}#2\q_stop{% &#xA;  \UL_if_empty:nTF{#1}}&#xA;&#xA;% ======================== Main command: |\UL_to_case:nn|&#xA;% Usage:       |\UL_to_case:nn{&amp;lt;table&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;text&amp;gt;}|&#xA;% Expands in:  2 steps.&#xA;\long\gdef\UL_to_case:nn{\romannumeral\UL_to_case_aux:nn}&#xA;\long\gdef\UL_to_case_aux:nn#1#2{-`\0% almost stops \romannumeral&#xA;  \UL_brace_check:nw{#1}#2{\q_mark} \q_stop\UL_to_case_end:n{}}%&#xA;&#xA;% |\UL_to_case_output:n| appends its argument to the argument of&#xA;% |\UL_to_case_end:n|.&#xA;\long\gdef\UL_to_case_output:n#1#2\UL_to_case_end:n#3{%&#xA;                                    #2\UL_to_case_end:n{#3#1}}&#xA;\long\gdef\UL_to_case_end:n#1{ #1}&#xA;% And |\UL_to_case_end:n| expands to &#xA;% - a space, which stops the expansion of |\romannumeral-`\0|,&#xA;% - followed by its argument, which is the result we want.&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% First, we check whether the next token is a brace. &#xA;\long\gdef\UL_brace_check:nw#1#2#{%&#xA;  \UL_if_empty:nTF{#2}%&#xA;  {\UL_brace_yes:nn{#1}}%&#xA;  {\UL_space_check:nw{#1}#2}%&#xA;}&#xA;% If there is a brace, we might have reached {\q_mark}.&#xA;\long\gdef\UL_brace_yes:nn#1#2{%&#xA;  \expandafter\UL_if_detok_qmark:wTF \detokenize{#2 \q_mark}\q_stop{% &#xA;    % Note the space before \q_mark!&#xA;    \use_none_until_q_stop:w% &#xA;  }{% Otherwise, we have a brace group, and we can act on it.&#xA;    \csname UL_table_#1_braces\endcsname{#1}{#2}%&#xA;    \UL_brace_check:nw{#1}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% Then check whether the next token is a space.&#xA;\long\gdef\UL_space_check:nw#1#2 {%&#xA;  \UL_if_empty:nTF{#2}%&#xA;  {\UL_convert_token:nn{#1}{ }}%&#xA;  {\UL_convert_token:nn{#1}#2 }% put the space back!&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\long\gdef\UL_convert_token:nn#1#2{%&#xA;  \ifcsname UL_table_#1_\detokenize{#2}\endcsname%&#xA;  \expandafter\use_i:nn%&#xA;  \else%&#xA;  \expandafter\use_ii:nn%&#xA;  \fi% &#xA;  {\csname UL_table_#1_\detokenize{#2}\endcsname}%&#xA;  {\csname UL_table_#1_default\endcsname{#2}}%&#xA;  \UL_brace_check:nw{#1}% Do the next token.&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% For tests.&#xA;\long\gdef\expandonce#1{% redefines #1 as #1 expanded once.&#xA;  \long\xdef#1{\unexpanded\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{#1}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastEditorUserId="2707" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-16T19:37:02.033" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T19:37:02.033" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="11245" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11278" CreationDate="2011-02-16T18:22:27.417" Score="4" ViewCount="74" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to generate PDF files in TeX that can be printed to odd-format printers, e.g. the &lt;a href=&quot;http://sites.dymo.com/Solutions/Pages/Product_Details.aspx?SegmentName=&amp;amp;cat=LabelWriterPrinters%28DYMO%29&amp;amp;prod=1752266%28DYMO%29&amp;amp;page=1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;DYMO LabelWriter 450&lt;/a&gt;? This label maker prints to a roll of labels with page/label sizes such as, e.g. 1-1/8&quot; x 3-1/2&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My first thought is a package such as &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.its.dal.ca/ctan/macros/latex/contrib/envlab/elguide.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;EnvLab&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.its.dal.ca/ctan/macros/latex/contrib/labels/labels.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;labels&lt;/a&gt;, however both those packages seem to support only standard sized pages with multiple labels on the page in a grid. I couldn't find a package that supported non-standard sized pages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My second thought is to use the &lt;a href=&quot;ftp://ftp.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/geometry/geometry.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;geometry&lt;/a&gt; package, but I'm not sure if that's a plausible or the best solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd be very grateful for thoughts and suggestions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1744" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-17T10:47:56.507" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T10:47:56.507" Title="Print from TeX to labels that have odd-sized pages" Tags="&lt;labels&gt;&lt;geometry&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="11246" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11247" CreationDate="2011-02-16T18:28:27.307" Score="3" ViewCount="94" Body="&lt;p&gt;I noticed one odd thing and I'm curious to understand it. I typeset my document with &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&lt;/code&gt; but without loading the Latin Modern fonts as I usually do. This resulting PDF is undistinguishable when viewed on-screen (using Evince on Linux) but when printed on an HP printer the fonts look &quot;thicker&quot;. Both using the default font encoding or loading the Latin Modern fonts bring back the usual &quot;thin&quot; look of the CM fonts. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is the reason for the different rendering? I should say that the slight &quot;thicker&quot; look is not bad (except that the math fonts do not really match). There are other free fonts with superb math companion that I should try?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3540" LastEditorUserId="3540" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-16T18:50:34.753" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T18:50:34.753" Title="CM fonts with T1 fontenc" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;encodings&gt;&lt;font-encodings&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11247" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11246" CreationDate="2011-02-16T18:40:21.347" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;With T1-encoding you don't use the CM-fonts but the EC-fonts. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=ECfonts&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=ECfonts&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T18:40:21.347" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11248" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11149" CreationDate="2011-02-16T18:50:44.987" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ok, after Martin proposed the solution to use multiple columns I started to redo my document and ended up using the &quot;parcolumns&quot; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So if anyone is interested in that solution I will just post the minimal example here again:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%        File: Minimal.tex&#xA;%     Created: Tue Feb 15 07:00 PM 2011 G&#xA;% Last Change: Tue Feb 15 07:00 PM 2011 G&#xA;%&#xA;\documentclass[a4paper]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{parcolumns}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{parcolumns}[colwidths={1=2.5cm}, rulebetween]{2}&#xA;\colchunk{Header 1}&#xA;\colchunk{Header 2}&#xA;\colplacechunks{}&#xA;\hrule&#xA;&#xA;\colchunk{Little text}&#xA;\colchunk{ &#xA;    Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Proin nulla augue, ultricies vestibulum auctor vitae, scelerisque sit amet tellus. Etiam adipiscing elementum pellentesque. Pellentesque ac nulla libero, quis venenatis augue. Donec ut egestas nisi. Sed non ligula at purus molestie blandit quis quis eros. Phasellus venenatis ante quis ligula molestie semper ornare est sollicitudin. Ut lacus ipsum, dictum vitae malesuada eget, luctus sed tortor. Curabitur a augue ipsum. Quisque accumsan odio et ipsum euismod volutpat. Praesent porta nunc adipiscing justo convallis nec tempor augue auctor. Nam magna nibh, gravida ut placerat nec, posuere et sem. Sed tincidunt, justo vel euismod pretium, enim tortor fermentum augue, iaculis bibendum nunc mi vel quam. Donec nec gravida ligula. Vivamus dictum libero eget elit scelerisque sit amet accumsan mi mollis.&#xA;&#xA;        Phasellus eros magna, posuere facilisis sollicitudin dignissim, tincidunt ac eros. Vestibulum non vestibulum elit. Donec dictum vulputate nisl sed iaculis. Suspendisse ut ipsum arcu, ac molestie odio. Vivamus dapibus convallis arcu non ultricies. Sed id aliquet mi. Mauris vel nisi orci. Aenean pulvinar nulla et est rhoncus vestibulum. Morbi interdum, leo vel semper commodo, lectus velit blandit ipsum, quis euismod ante metus at nisl. Donec interdum scelerisque elit, auctor vestibulum elit mattis ultrices.&#xA;&#xA;        Nam a velit dolor. Pellentesque habitant morbi tristique senectus et netus et malesuada fames ac turpis egestas. Fusce et augue vel augue pulvinar rhoncus laoreet quis dolor. Cras id dolor enim, non bibendum nisi. In ac nisl velit, ut lobortis dui. Etiam dapibus, lectus nec consectetur aliquam, sapien diam sagittis lorem, nec pellentesque ante ante vel libero. Fusce dapibus eros non metus condimentum placerat. Nam sem mi, sollicitudin eu molestie non, scelerisque ut velit. Morbi ultrices quam et tortor tempor quis interdum mauris ornare. Maecenas sit amet arcu massa, ut adipiscing leo. Ut fermentum elit vel ante bibendum et semper augue ullamcorper. Sed ac sapien felis.&#xA;&#xA;        Aenean suscipit, quam nec condimentum ullamcorper, ante metus rhoncus nisl, sit amet vulputate est leo ac lectus. Cras pulvinar eleifend enim. Fusce sapien est, tristique a aliquam auctor, tempus vel turpis. Praesent dapibus vehicula rutrum. Sed ac felis felis. Proin vitae dui ac ligula hendrerit feugiat id malesuada felis. Cum sociis natoque penatibus et magnis dis parturient montes, nascetur ridiculus mus. Phasellus vel ante nibh. Donec ut metus sed ipsum luctus posuere et sed mauris. Suspendisse posuere libero nec tortor elementum tincidunt. Duis rhoncus mollis sodales. Mauris sit amet quam eget enim pulvinar facilisis. Duis porttitor eros quis lorem molestie egestas. Nam sagittis erat vitae metus consequat ornare. Suspendisse et nisl ligula. Aenean sed tellus dolor, eu lacinia ipsum.&#xA;&#xA;        Aenean suscipit, quam nec condimentum ullamcorper, ante metus rhoncus nisl, sit amet vulputate est leo ac lectus. Cras pulvinar eleifend enim. Fusce sapien est, tristique a aliquam auctor, tempus vel turpis. Praesent dapibus vehicula rutrum. Sed ac felis felis. Proin vitae dui ac ligula hendrerit feugiat id malesuada felis. Cum sociis natoque penatibus et magnis dis parturient montes, nascetur ridiculus mus. Phasellus vel ante nibh. Donec ut metus sed ipsum luctus posuere et sed mauris. Suspendisse posuere libero nec tortor elementum tincidunt. Duis rhoncus mollis sodales. Mauris sit amet quam eget enim pulvinar facilisis. Duis porttitor eros quis lorem molestie egestas. Nam sagittis erat vitae metus consequat ornare. Suspendisse et nisl ligula. Aenean sed tellus dolor, eu lacinia ipsum.&#xA;}&#xA;\colplacechunks{}&#xA;\hrule&#xA;\colchunk{And} &#xA;\colchunk{So on}&#xA;\colplacechunks{}&#xA;\end{parcolumns}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I hope it is not against the rules / bad style to post this as an answer to my own question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1883" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T18:50:44.987" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11249" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-16T19:18:17.357" Score="0" ViewCount="168" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to make the paper edition of the face-book of my university. I got some constraints; for example, I have to do very small margins.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a5paper,twoside]{book}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[french]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{lmodern}&#xA;\usepackage[inner=7mm,outer=5mm,vmargin=5mm]{geometry}&#xA;&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;&#xA;\setlength{\parindent}{0em}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{forloop}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\newcounter{ct}&#xA;&#xA;\forloop{ct}{1}{\value{ct} &amp;lt; 20}{%&#xA;\framebox{ \parbox{0.15\linewidth}{photo}%&#xA;\parbox{0.25\linewidth}{John \bsc{Doe}}%&#xA;\parbox{0.60\linewidth}{\tiny Développé sur Internet par des milliers d’informaticiens bénévoles et salariés, Linux fonctionne maintenant sur du matériel allant du téléphone mobile au superordinateur. Il existe de nombreuses distributions Linux indépendantes, destinées aux ordinateurs personnels et aux serveurs informatiques, pour lesquels Linux est très populaire. Elles incluent des milliers de logiciels issus de la communauté du logiciel libre et fréquemment quelques logiciels propriétaires. Linux est également populaire sur système embarqué[1]. La mascotte de Linux est le manchot Tux. \thepage}&#xA;\vspace{1em}&#xA;}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like a tree-column layout.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How could I do? Why the margin don't work?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3666" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-16T23:45:35.483" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T23:45:35.483" Title="paper edition of my university facebook" Tags="&lt;margins&gt;&lt;tables&gt;&lt;book-design&gt;" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11250" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-16T20:12:55.227" Score="0" ViewCount="94" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm writing companion notes for some beamer presentations. For each slide in a presentation, the document has a small picture of the slide, along with a text explaining the slide. For some slides, the text will be long, while for others, it may be just a sentence or no text at all.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd like the layout to be something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/gyETS.png&quot; alt=&quot;Layout&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Each slide is inside a &lt;code&gt;wrapfigure&lt;/code&gt; environment. The problem I have is that, when there is not enough text to wrap around the slide, the slide and the next one will overlap. I tried putting every slide+text into a &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt;, but this doesn't solve the problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For an example, see page 2 of &lt;a href=&quot;http://docs.google.com/viewer?url=http://csrg.inf.utfsm.cl/~rbonvall/01-notas.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this document&lt;/a&gt;. The code is in &lt;a href=&quot;https://gist.github.com/830055&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;https://gist.github.com/830055&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I avoid floating figures to overlap, so each slide appears in the right place?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can you think of a better way to create a layout like this one?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="341" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T21:33:41.273" Title="Create layout avoiding overlapping floating wrapfigures" Tags="&lt;layout&gt;&lt;floats&gt;&lt;minipage&gt;&lt;wrapfigure&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="11251" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11252" CreationDate="2011-02-16T20:16:26.430" Score="4" ViewCount="108" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there an &quot;out of the box&quot; way to automatically draw the trend line in pgfplots?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Below follows a basic illustration of a scatter graph with a line of best fit:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/bKiW3.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;a graph with a line of best fit&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2795" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T20:28:57.713" Title="Trend line or line of best fit in pgfplots" Tags="&lt;pgfplots&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="11252" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11251" CreationDate="2011-02-16T20:28:57.713" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Can be achieved using&#xA;&lt;code&gt;/pgfplots/table/create col/linear regression={⟨key-value-config⟩}&lt;/code&gt;&#xA;documented in Section 4.22 of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/graphics/pgf/contrib/pgfplots/doc/latex/pgfplots/pgfplots.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pgfplots manual&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2795" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T20:28:57.713" />
  <row Id="11253" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11250" CreationDate="2011-02-16T20:48:11.343" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The example is difficult to use without having the slides...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, you might get away by using the optional argument of wrapfigure&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{wrapfigure}[10]{r}{5cm} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The [10] is the number of shortened lines.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="632" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T20:48:11.343" />
  <row Id="11254" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11511" CreationDate="2011-02-16T20:56:26.963" Score="2" ViewCount="157" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/classicthesis/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;classicthesis&lt;/a&gt; for my thesis, which is quite uncommon for my institution (the LaTeX class provided by the institute has line lengths of 130 chars and very tiny borders on A4 paper).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My supervisor says I can use whatever I want, but I want to explain my choice somewhere in the thesis, especially for the co-readers. I don't want anyone to say &quot;he is just increasing page count with this ridiculous amount of whitespace on each page&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I currently put it into the colophon, before the technical details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It reads something like this and covers around 80% of one page:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;COLOPHON&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;lt;Why typography is important to me&amp;gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;lt;Why I made this choice&amp;gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;lt;I hope you (the reader) likes it&amp;gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;lt;Technical details (real colophon)&amp;gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this a reasonable choice?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3648" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-19T13:51:27.970" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T13:51:27.970" Title="Can &quot;style justification&quot; be part of the colophon?" Tags="&lt;thesis&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="11256" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5226" CreationDate="2011-02-16T21:42:18.340" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;the ones with Libertine:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{libertinekey}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\LKeyStrg\ The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog. \\&#xA;\LKeyStrg\ The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog. \\&#xA;\LKeyPos\ \LKeyEsc \LKeyF{1}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/79y7P.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T21:42:18.340" />
  <row Id="11257" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11141" CreationDate="2011-02-16T22:26:46.383" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is a proof of concept solution that works in ConTeXt MkIV.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\defineenumeration[THEOREM][text={Theorem },style=italic]&#xA;&#xA;\usemodule[translate]&#xA;\translateinput[THEOREM:][\THEOREM]&#xA;\translateinput[-&amp;gt;][\rightarrow]&#xA;\enableinputtranslation&#xA;&#xA;\starttext&#xA;&#xA;THEOREM: Let $f : X -&amp;gt; Y$ be a continuous function ...&#xA;&#xA;Paragram after the theorem. &#xA;&#xA;\stoptext&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which gives the expected output. With LuaTeX it is possible to parse the input before it is fed to TeX, and if you want, you could write a markdown parser in lua. IIRC John MacFarlane has already written a LPEG based parser for Markdown, so it should be relatively easy to incorporate it with LuaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T22:26:46.383" />
  <row Id="11258" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-16T22:28:45.617" Score="1" ViewCount="116" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm currently using the following approach to conditionally display/hide parts of my document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% PREAMBLE&#xA;&#xA;\def\MyVersion{1}&#xA;&#xA;% BODY&#xA;&#xA;\ifnum\MyVersion=1&#xA;This is version one.&#xA;% possibly other paragraphs, math blocks, tables, figures, etc&#xA;\fi&#xA;&#xA;\ifnum\MyVersion=2&#xA;This is version two.&#xA;% possibly other paragraphs, math blocks, tables, figures, etc&#xA;\fi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To tidy up a bit, I tried to define macros for the &lt;code&gt;\ifnum&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\fi&lt;/code&gt; statements in the preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\StartVersionOne{\ifnum\MyVersion=1}&#xA;\def\StopVersionOne{\fi}&#xA;\def\StartVersionTwo{\ifnum\MyVersion=2}&#xA;\def\StopVersionTwo{\fi}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, this produces the following error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Incomplete \ifnum; all text was ignored after line ...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Strangely, everything works if I only use the &lt;code&gt;\StartXXX&lt;/code&gt; macros and not the &lt;code&gt;\StopXXX&lt;/code&gt; macros.&#xA;Can anyone explain what is going on? Am I defining the macros wrongly for &lt;code&gt;\fi&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="802" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T10:39:14.377" Title="Conditionally displaying/hiding parts of document using macros" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;conditionals&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11259" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11258" CreationDate="2011-02-16T22:35:56.433" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Replace&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\StopVersionOne{\fi}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\StopVersionOne=\fi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then it should work. Explanation: TeX scans ahead for finding a &lt;code&gt;\fi&lt;/code&gt; that matches the &lt;code&gt;\ifnum&lt;/code&gt;, but it scans &lt;em&gt;without expanding&lt;/em&gt; if the test turns out false, so with &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt; it doesn't find the &lt;code&gt;\fi&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If in any case you're using &lt;em&gt;nested&lt;/em&gt; conditionals, please read Martin's answer (and the comments to my answer).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-17T10:28:08.623" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T10:28:08.623" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="11260" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11266" CreationDate="2011-02-16T22:36:06.230" Score="4" ViewCount="208" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there some typesetting system that uses XML for notation? This is no offense, but I don't like to type &lt;code&gt;\emph{This \emph{text} is important}&lt;/code&gt; despite that there are editors that can do it for you. (Though I think the real hardcore LaTeXers don't use them.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would rather want to do something like the following, because it's more easy to type in my opinion and my keyboard layout:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;em&amp;gt;This &amp;lt;em&amp;gt;text&amp;lt;/em&amp;gt; is important&amp;lt;/em&amp;gt;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Although there are a lot of XML-parser out there and the style of XML is more simple, clearer and common to me. But I don't think that HTML fits my needs as it is a hypertext- and not a document markup language. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Additional question:&lt;/strong&gt; Can you please list me some drawbacks when using HTML instead of LaTeX-like typesetting-systems when writing huge documentation?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3649" LastEditorUserId="3649" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-17T22:13:44.320" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T22:13:44.320" Title="Is there some typesetting system, that uses XML notation?" Tags="&lt;documentation&gt;&lt;html&gt;&lt;xml&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11261" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11258" CreationDate="2011-02-16T22:37:27.053" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This doesn't work because the &lt;code&gt;\StopVersionOne&lt;/code&gt; is never expanded when it is in the &lt;code&gt;\else&lt;/code&gt; path and therefore the containing &lt;code&gt;\fi&lt;/code&gt; is never seen by TeX.&#xA;Inside an &lt;code&gt;false&lt;/code&gt; path TeX skips ahead without expanding macros until it finds one which is identical to &lt;code&gt;\fi&lt;/code&gt;, e.g. &lt;code&gt;\fi&lt;/code&gt; itself or a macro which was &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt; to it. However, other including &lt;code&gt;\if...&lt;/code&gt; and their closing &lt;code&gt;\fi&lt;/code&gt; are also counted.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In order for this to work you need to &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt; these macros to &lt;code&gt;\iffalse&lt;/code&gt;/&lt;code&gt;\iftrue&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\fi&lt;/code&gt; respectively, e.g. everytime you change &lt;code&gt;\MyVersion&lt;/code&gt; you &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt; the corresponding macro to &lt;code&gt;\iftrue&lt;/code&gt; and all others to &lt;code&gt;\iffalse&lt;/code&gt;. All &lt;code&gt;\Stop...&lt;/code&gt; macros are &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt; to `\fi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However this still doesn't work if your text includes unmatch &lt;code&gt;\if..&lt;/code&gt;/&lt;code&gt;\fi&lt;/code&gt;s.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another way to do it is the &lt;code&gt;comments&lt;/code&gt; package which skips everything verbatim to avoid these issues.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T22:37:27.053" />
  <row Id="11262" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11260" CreationDate="2011-02-16T22:41:16.257" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.docbook.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;DocBook XML&lt;/a&gt; format which you can use for books or other form of documentation. There is for example &lt;a href=&quot;http://xmlgraphics.apache.org/fop/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Apache FOP&lt;/a&gt; which can compile it to PDF. The advantage is that it can be converted to other formats like HTML much more easier then LaTeX. I know it from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://svnbook.red-bean.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Subversion&lt;/em&gt; book&lt;/a&gt; which is written in DocBook XML because the publisher O'Reilly Media wants it this way, to make print and online (PDF, HTML) copies from it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The drawback is that you do not have the typesetting power of TeX, i.e. the generated PDF are rather ugly. There are however &lt;a href=&quot;https://sourceforge.net/projects/db2latex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;DocBookXML to LaTeX converters&lt;/a&gt; which can produce LaTeX from it first. The last time I tried it the produces code wasn't brace-taking either. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-16T22:50:47.900" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T22:50:47.900" />
  <row Id="11263" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-16T22:47:38.717" Score="7" ViewCount="114" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am working on a C++ reference manual for myself and want good looking listing code blocks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This stack overflow question was very helpful: LaTeX source code listing like in professional books&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But for the life of me I can't find anywhere on the internet for information regarding how to remove the &quot;Listing #&quot; part of the listing captions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Below is a screenshot of what I have&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/21YOZ.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to remove the front part of the listing caption but still have a caption because i want to say the filename.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks for the help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3650" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-17T17:49:11.790" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T17:49:11.790" Title="Remove “Listing #” caption prefix" Tags="&lt;listings&gt;&lt;captions&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="11264" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11260" CreationDate="2011-02-16T22:57:22.477" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The U.S. Congress uses an &lt;a href=&quot;http://xml.house.gov&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;XML format for creating legislative documents&lt;/a&gt;.  Here are &lt;a href=&quot;http://xml.house.gov/xmlsamp.xml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;some examples from the 108th Congress&lt;/a&gt;.  I personally prefer typing &lt;code&gt;\author{name}&lt;/code&gt; to typing &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;author&amp;gt;name&amp;lt;/author&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;, but that distinction can easily be remedied by using a better editor.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="569" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T22:57:22.477" />
  <row Id="11265" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-16T23:11:19.920" Score="6" ViewCount="148" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've seen two different versions of the &lt;code&gt;\mathcal{F}&lt;/code&gt; character:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Version 1:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://myyn.org/static/assets/mathbrowser/article/11/images/img6.png&quot; alt=&quot;version 1&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Version 2:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://www.ams.org/journals/tran/1993-335-02/S0002-9947-1993-1089420-3/images/img2.gif&quot; alt=&quot;version 2&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Notice that the top horizontal line of the F curves down on the left much more in version 1 than it does in version 2.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which of these is the preferred &lt;code&gt;\mathcal{F}&lt;/code&gt;? I know that some of the calligraphic capital letters were improved at one point, but I don't know which version is the improved one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3367" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-16T23:18:33.087" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T10:06:44.593" Title="Are there two different versions of the \mathcal{F} character?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;mathcal&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11266" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11260" CreationDate="2011-02-16T23:18:15.117" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.docbook.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;DocBook&lt;/a&gt; is certainly the standard for XML documentation writing. I've heard of &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Darwin_Information_Typing_Architecture&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;DITA&lt;/a&gt;, but couldn't tell you much about it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can &lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.contextgarden.net/XML&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;use ConTeXt to process XML&lt;/a&gt;. It works by defining a mapping between the XML tags and TeX markup instructions. This should give you the benefits of DocBook (universal, XML-based) and many of the benefits of ConTeXt in the document beauty and ease of formatting department.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;While there are many differences between TeX and HTML of particular interest to typographers, in my opinion the greatest strength of using a system like TeX, LaTeX or ConTeXt is that, by virtue of being programmable, you can extend what it does. I would hate to maintain an index by hand, for example, or have to remember all the finicky details about how to format citations. All TeX variants can do these kinds of tasks for you and more, and by being TeX they expose a way for you to extend this to whatever your unique problems are. Customizing DocBook rendering through XSLT is quite a chore. You'll have to learn XSLT, XPath, XSL:fo, and find yourself a quality FO processor. Last time I was looking into this, the open source FO processor wasn't very good and a commercial one wasn't cheap. (Of course, generating HTML output only, you could remove that dependency.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;HTML is not programmable like TeX at all. You can certainly find packages that take TeX or other types of markup and produce HTML, you won't be able to find many systems that start with HTML and produce other things. HTML is burdensome to manage by hand, especially if you want to maintain similar structure across a set of pages. There are many things CSS simply cannot do. There's also a 1:1 mapping between an HTML document and an HTML page, unlike TeX, where these concepts are not linked.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The competing system I've heard the most about lately is &lt;a href=&quot;http://sphinx.pocoo.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Sphinx&lt;/a&gt;, which would probably be more appropriate for documenting programming projects with a primary emphasis on HTML output.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3611" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T23:18:15.117" />
  <row Id="11267" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11260" CreationDate="2011-02-16T23:22:40.197" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;ConTeXt can directly process XML. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See Thomas's &lt;a href=&quot;http://dl.contextgarden.net/myway/tas/xhtml.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;MyWay&lt;/a&gt; and the official &lt;a href=&quot;http://pragma-ade.com/general/manuals/xml-mkiv.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;documentation&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T23:22:40.197" />
  <row Id="11268" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11265" CreationDate="2011-02-16T23:32:49.347" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you include the command &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{eucal}&lt;/code&gt;, then &lt;code&gt;\mathcal{F}&lt;/code&gt; will produce the curlier one and &lt;code&gt;\CMcal{F}&lt;/code&gt; will produce the other.  It's up to you to decide which you prefer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To more directly answer your question: Including the command &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{eucal}&lt;/code&gt; changes the &lt;code&gt;\mathcal&lt;/code&gt; command so that it will produce the curlier one; omitting that package will make &lt;code&gt;\mathcal&lt;/code&gt; produce the less curly one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2754" LastActivityDate="2011-02-16T23:32:49.347" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11269" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11324" CreationDate="2011-02-17T00:25:11.987" Score="3" ViewCount="132" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am typesetting algorithms with the &lt;em&gt;algorithm&lt;/em&gt; package, and I would like to add unnumbered lines in them. &#xA;Is there a way to create a &lt;code&gt;\State*&lt;/code&gt; command, the same way there is an &lt;code&gt;equation*&lt;/code&gt; environment?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is an example of algorithm. I would like the &lt;code&gt;\State {}&lt;/code&gt; line to be unnumbered, and therefore &lt;code&gt;\State Step 3.&lt;/code&gt; to be number 3.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{algorithm} &#xA;\usepackage{algpseudocode}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{algorithm}&#xA;\caption{A title.} &#xA;\begin{algorithmic}[1] &#xA;\State Step 1.&#xA;\State Step 2. &#xA;\State {}&#xA;\State Step 3.&#xA;\end{algorithmic}&#xA;\end{algorithm}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2982" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T18:39:50.993" Title="How to add unnumbered lines in an algorithm?" Tags="&lt;numbering&gt;&lt;algorithms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="11271" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11263" CreationDate="2011-02-17T00:58:46.713" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;title&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;caption&lt;/code&gt; in the optional argument of the &lt;code&gt;lstlisting&lt;/code&gt; environment. See p. 32 of the listings documentation for details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}[caption=foo]&#xA;#include &amp;lt;iostream&amp;gt;&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}[title=foo]&#xA;#include &amp;lt;iostream&amp;gt;&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T00:58:46.713" />
  <row Id="11272" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11483" CreationDate="2011-02-17T02:22:09.007" Score="2" ViewCount="277" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Background&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Epigraphs are in a box with rounded corners. The boxes have a drop-shadow.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Example&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Picture #1 shows a shadow, while Picture #2 shows a shadow that fades out (soft blur):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/3g436.png&quot; /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/nKlYO.png&quot; /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Problem&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The code for Picture #1, which is relatively simple, resembles:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\tikzstyle{epibox} = [&#xA;  draw=epigraphbordercolour,&#xA;  shade,&#xA;  top color=epigraphfillcolour!40,&#xA;  bottom color=epigraphfillcolour!5,&#xA;  drop shadow=dropshadowcolour,&#xA;  very thick,&#xA;  rectangle,&#xA;  rounded corners,&#xA;  inner sep=10pt,&#xA;  inner ysep=15pt&#xA;]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Related&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/10337/whats-wrong-with-the-fading-of-this-tikz-nodes-shadow&quot;&gt;What's wrong with the fading of this TikZ node's shadow?&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/pgf-version-2/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/pgf-version-2/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://bit.ly/i93vwH&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://bit.ly/i93vwH&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Question&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How do you make a drop-shadow fade out using Tikz, such as &lt;strong&gt;Picture #2&lt;/strong&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2148" LastEditorUserId="2148" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-18T07:42:06.360" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T07:10:09.593" Title="Faded drop-shadow using tikz-based rounded rectangle?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;boxes&gt;&lt;rounded-corners&gt;&lt;shadows&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11273" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11263" CreationDate="2011-02-17T03:23:47.603" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try one of these:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\captionsetup[lstlisting]{labelformat=empty,labelsep=none}&#xA;\captionsetup[listing]{labelformat=empty,labelsep=none}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2148" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T03:23:47.603" />
  <row Id="11274" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11337" CreationDate="2011-02-17T05:19:06.977" Score="1" ViewCount="139" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Background&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using the algorithm package to display source code listings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Problem&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The LaTeX (LyX) code (&lt;code&gt;test.lyx&lt;/code&gt;) is at: &lt;a href=&quot;http://pastebin.com/QRWDhA7E&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://pastebin.com/QRWDhA7E&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An example graphics (&lt;code&gt;query.png&lt;/code&gt;) file is at: &lt;a href=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/8RRL5.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://i.imgur.com/8RRL5.png&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The result:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/qlcr7.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/qlcr7.png&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Notice the gap between the very first black line and the start of the blue background.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Related&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/pipermail/texhax/2010-April/014795.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tug.org/pipermail/texhax/2010-April/014795.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Questions&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;How do you make the caption flush with the top line?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;What is the proper way to make the caption flush with its bottom line? (I think I cheated by using &lt;code&gt;\vspace{-1ex}&lt;/code&gt;.)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2148" LastEditorUserId="2148" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-17T06:52:00.250" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T19:13:41.077" Title="Adjust spacing of algorithm float caption" Tags="&lt;captions&gt;&lt;algorithms&gt;&lt;vspace&gt;&lt;colorbox&gt;&lt;parbox&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11275" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6393" CreationDate="2011-02-17T05:22:25.613" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I used to use a single master bibfile (using aux2bib from bibtools to make subsets if needed).  The trouble is that I now write papers together with other people, and we don't share a master bibfile (or even a common format for bibtex keys).  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I currently have lots of papers in different Subversion repositories, each with its own set of bibfiles.  One thing that helps is a script I wrote for grepping all the bibfiles and finding the distinct entries.  So when I need a new entry for a project, I can see if I already have it somewhere else.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is certainly suboptimal.  Maybe Mendeley is the solution but I haven't tried it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3655" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T05:22:25.613" />
  <row Id="11276" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-17T08:00:20.483" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Error messages which show mostly (La)TeX code should be marked as code block (indent with 4 spaces or the &lt;code&gt;101010&lt;/code&gt; button) &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; as quotation (&lt;code&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Error messages which show mostly file paths and no code, like &lt;em&gt;File not found&lt;/em&gt; or similar errors, should be placed between &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; HTML tags to avoid wrong syntax highlighting. Otherwise in e.g. &lt;code&gt;c:\localtexmf\latex&lt;/code&gt; the two directories would be highlighted as macros.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T13:26:29.823" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T13:26:29.823" />
  <row Id="11277" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-17T08:00:20.483" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="The {errors} tag marks questions regarding or including compilation or similar errors." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-03T14:15:21.270" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T14:15:21.270" />
  <row Id="11278" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11245" CreationDate="2011-02-17T08:15:25.323" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As Ulrike said, the &lt;code&gt;geometry&lt;/code&gt; package works fine. You customize the stock size as required in the geometry package definition, and then proceed and define a new label with necessary dimensions. Here's a quick and dirty example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[paperwidth=10in, paperheight=7in]{geometry} % Define paper stock size here&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[newdimens]{labels}&#xA;\numberoflabels=20&#xA;&#xA;% These are the label parameters. Customize to your heart's content.&#xA;\LabelCols=5           % Number of columns of labels per page&#xA;\LabelRows=4           % Number of rows of labels per page&#xA;\LeftPageMargin=7mm    % These four parameters give the&#xA;\RightPageMargin=7mm   % page gutter sizes. The outer edges of&#xA;\TopPageMargin=15mm    % the outer labels are the specified&#xA;\BottomPageMargin=15mm % distances from the edge of the paper.&#xA;\InterLabelColumn=2mm  % Gap between columns of labels&#xA;\InterLabelRow=0mm     % Gap between rows of labels&#xA;\LeftLabelBorder=5mm   % These four parameters give the extra&#xA;\RightLabelBorder=5mm  % space used around the text on each&#xA;\TopLabelBorder=5mm    % actual label.&#xA;\BottomLabelBorder=5mm &#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;    % Here's your label definition&#xA;    \begin{labels}&#xA;        Me&#xA;        My address&#xA;        My City, State, Zipcode&#xA;        My Brother&#xA;        His address&#xA;        His City, State, Zipcode&#xA;    \end{labels}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Admittedly, you'll need to do some calculations and assumptions to find all the parameters (assuming your label size is fixed), but here are the handy formulas (from the &lt;code&gt;labels&lt;/code&gt; package):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;LabelRows × Label height + (LabelRows − 1) × InterLabelRow = paperheight − TopPageMargin − BottomPageMargin&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;LabelColumns × Label width + (LabelColumns − 1) × InterLabelColumn =&#xA;paperwidth − LeftPageMargin − RightPageMargin&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="711" LastEditorUserId="711" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-17T08:32:31.017" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T08:32:31.017" />
  <row Id="11279" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11260" CreationDate="2011-02-17T08:35:53.277" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Typesetting&quot; is a term I haven't heard for a while - which is why google might not be your friend on this one! There are a number of XML vocabularies designed for authoring documents (some of the popular ones are DocBook for software documentation, NLM for scientific/academic papers, DITA for pretty well anything else) and they all come with tools for producing output in various forms. Closer to the print technology there is XSL-FO (formatting objects) which is an XML-based page layout vocabulary: you wouldn't use it directly for authoring, but rather as an intermediate format between the author's view and the final ink-on-paper.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3657" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T08:35:53.277" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11280" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-17T08:44:04.267" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/captions&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'captions'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;captions&lt;/a&gt; is about captions for figures, tables and other, custom-defined floats or non-floating illustrations which are formatted to look identical to these floats.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-13T12:54:38.070" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T12:54:38.070" />
  <row Id="11281" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-17T08:44:04.267" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="{captions} is about captions for figures, tables and other, custom-defined floats or non-floating illustrations which are formatted to look identical to these floats." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-13T12:54:43.500" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T12:54:43.500" />
  <row Id="11282" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10923" CreationDate="2011-02-17T09:10:58.913" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;I am giving a hypothetical answer here to myself in the hope of clarifying the question further. It is quite possibly filled with errors.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You wouldn't need sans-serif fonts in the same equation with serif-fonts &lt;em&gt;ever&lt;/em&gt;. You would use sans-serif fonts document-wide in things like presentations and such.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Same goes for bold; you wouldn't mix the bold glyphs with their non-bold variants inside the same equation. You could use the bold variants (for everything) to emphasise a specific equation. Note that the &quot;normal&quot; bold glyphs of &lt;code&gt;\bf&lt;/code&gt; et such are a different story; they only bolden the latin alphabet, greek uppercase, and digits. Those &lt;em&gt;are&lt;/em&gt; used inside the same equation with their non-bold variants.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It could also be that the bold variants were added to STIX to be ready for situations where you'd run out of glyphs to represent things.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T09:10:58.913" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11283" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11238" CreationDate="2011-02-17T09:47:30.640" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You try to use &lt;code&gt;subfig&lt;/code&gt; package together with &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt;. Now, &lt;code&gt;subfig&lt;/code&gt; loads the &lt;code&gt;caption&lt;/code&gt; package, which &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt; doesn't seem to like -- it even throws a warning in the output saying exactly that:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;You are using the caption package with the memoir &#xA;class. This may cause unexpected or inconsistent &#xA;results if you use any of memoir's captioning facilities.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The easiest solution probably would be to replace the &lt;code&gt;\subbottom&lt;/code&gt; (from the &lt;code&gt;ccaption&lt;/code&gt; package loaded by &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt;) with &lt;code&gt;\subfloat&lt;/code&gt; and be done about it... Unless you need some of the more advanced functionality &lt;code&gt;ccaption&lt;/code&gt; provides (bilingual captions, legends, custom caption styles and whatnot).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt,a4paper,showtrims,final]{memoir}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} % danske tegn&#xA;&#xA;%\usepackage{./memfonts}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usepackage{subfig}&#xA;\tikzstyle{defnode}=[circle,fill=white,draw=black,inner sep=0pt,minimum size=5pt]&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}[h!]&#xA;\centering&#xA;&#xA;\subfloat[$F_n$]{&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[every node/.style=defnode]&#xA;\draw (0,0) node(a) {};&#xA;\draw (2.2,1) node(b1) {};&#xA;\draw (2.5,0.5) node(b2) {};&#xA;\draw (2.6,0) node(b3) {};&#xA;\draw (2.5,-0.5) node(b4) {};&#xA;\draw (2.2,-1) node(b5) {};&#xA;\draw (a) to (b1);&#xA;\draw (a) to (b2);&#xA;\draw (a) to (b3);&#xA;\draw (a) to (b4);&#xA;\draw (a) to (b5);&#xA;\draw (b1) to (b2) to (b3) to (b4) to (b5);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;}&#xA;\hspace{1cm}&#xA;\subfloat[$G_n$]{&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[every node/.style=defnode]&#xA;\draw (0,0) node(a) {};&#xA;\draw (2.2,1) node(b1) {};&#xA;\draw (2.5,0.5) node(b2) {};&#xA;\draw (2.6,0) node(b3) {};&#xA;\draw (2.5,-0.5) node(b4) {};&#xA;\draw (2.2,-1) node(b5) {};&#xA;\draw (a) [bend left=10] to (b1);&#xA;\draw (a) [bend right=10] to (b1);&#xA;\draw (a) to (b2);&#xA;\draw (a) to (b3);&#xA;\draw (a) to (b4);&#xA;\draw (a) to (b5);&#xA;\draw (b1) to (b2) to (b3) to (b4) to (b5);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Besides, &lt;code&gt;\subbottom&lt;/code&gt; is used (AFAIR) for providing a caption to a piece of text that can be tracked as a float. I'm not sure you can use it for captioning non-text stuff.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="711" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T09:47:30.640" />
  <row Id="11284" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11265" CreationDate="2011-02-17T10:06:44.593" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The final version of Computer Modern's mathcal F is the second one. To see it, you can compile with metafont the file &lt;code&gt;cmsy10.mf&lt;/code&gt; (located in &lt;code&gt;[texmf]/fonts/source/public/cm/&lt;/code&gt;; be sure you have the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/cm/mf/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;latest version&lt;/a&gt;). Here is the result, after conversion in dvi format with &lt;code&gt;gftodvi&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/K4Od5.png&quot; alt=&quot;mathcal F compiled from the sources&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you compare the type 1 versions of Computer Modern, you see that the Bluesky/AMS and Latin Modern versions both have the right version. However, old versions of Latin Modern have the wrong mathcal F:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/uN371.png&quot; alt=&quot;comparison of mathcal F between the bluesky and lmodern versions&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This means that if you use a recent TeX distribution, you should always have the final version ofthe mathcal F.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As an aside, my version of &lt;em&gt;Computer Modern Typefaces&lt;/em&gt;, although recent, still shows the old version:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ASL55.png&quot; alt=&quot;mathcal F from the Computer Modern Typefaces book&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1973" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T10:06:44.593" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11285" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9363" CreationDate="2011-02-17T10:25:33.587" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If the backslash is used in context of a Windows path you could also use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\PVerb{C:\Program Files\R\R-2.12.1\library}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Don't forget to add &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{examplep}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3659" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T10:25:33.587" />
  <row Id="11286" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11258" CreationDate="2011-02-17T10:39:14.377" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you count your versions 1,2,3,.. then use &lt;code&gt;\ifcase&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\def\MyVersion{1}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\ifcase\MyVersion\or&#xA;This is version one.&#xA;% possibly other paragraphs, math blocks, tables, figures, etc&#xA;\or&#xA;This is version two.&#xA;% possibly other paragraphs, math blocks, tables, figures, etc&#xA;\fi&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T10:39:14.377" />
  <row Id="11287" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11290" CreationDate="2011-02-17T10:48:15.180" Score="2" ViewCount="249" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to define a node style, so that the node will look like the LaTeX symbol &lt;code&gt;\oplus&lt;/code&gt;, i.e. a circle with lines from north to south, and east to west.  (I also have more complicated examples in mind.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think that I should draw the lines in the &lt;code&gt;execute at end node&lt;/code&gt;, or &lt;code&gt;after mode path&lt;/code&gt; arguments, but nothing I have tried seems to work.  The code I have in mind is something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\tikzstyle{foo}=[circle,draw,execute at end node={\draw ??????}]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To rephrase the question:  How can one do arbitrary drawing within a node, and define this as a style?  In particular, how do you get the coordinates of the current node in a style?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="703" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-17T11:10:09.133" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T13:39:12.580" Title="How to draw inside a TikZ node, using node style?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;nodes&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="11288" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-17T10:53:34.187" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello, my name is Martin Scharrer and I like to candidate as community moderator.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Allow me to introduce myself: I'm from Bavaria, Germany but lived the last several years in Limerick, Ireland for my Ph.D. studies. My profession is electronic engineering with the specializations both to digital communication  technologies and power electronics. One of my biggest passions is software programming. I'm a heavy LaTeX user and developer of several LaTeX packages like &lt;code&gt;svn-multi&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;tikz-timing&lt;/code&gt;. Please also visit &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/users/2975/martin-scharrer&quot;&gt;my user page&lt;/a&gt; and the &lt;a href=&quot;http://se.awio.com/election.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;official election statistic page&lt;/a&gt; for more details. Don't miss the &lt;a href=&quot;http://meta.tex.stackexchange.com/q/949/2975&quot;&gt;questions for moderator nominees&lt;/a&gt; thread on &lt;a href=&quot;http://meta.tex.stackexchange.com/&quot;&gt;meta&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I first came into contact with LaTeX during my undergraduate studies. A not-to-small report about a project done by the student research group I was part of had to be converted from HTML (it was original published in smaller parts on the projects website) to a PDF on request of our supervisor. One of my fellow students then told me he did that &quot;very simply using 'LaTeX'&quot; which he just learned to use for this purpose. I was immediately impressed by the neat look of the document and the automatically produced table of contents.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This lead me to use LaTeX for my final project report and then for my master's thesis. After struggling with the typical beginner issues like &quot;why is this figure not place exactly &lt;em&gt;here&lt;/em&gt;&quot; or &quot;which package to use to include images&quot; (there were a lot of online resources talking about &lt;code&gt;epsfig&lt;/code&gt; and others) I discovered that there is even more to LaTeX. Things could not just be modified using &lt;code&gt;\setlength&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand&lt;/code&gt; but could be really programmed. After learning a lot from reading the code from existing packages and finally read &lt;em&gt;The TeXBook&lt;/em&gt; which introduced me to the deeper features of TeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I started to use &lt;em&gt;Subversion&lt;/em&gt; for the revision-control of me LaTeX and other code I ran into the need to include its &lt;em&gt;keywords&lt;/em&gt; into documents. Their dollar separators made the content be set in math-mode. Knowing about the power of &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt; and its parameter list and starting to code some macros to handle that better. After discovering that using these per-file keywords in a multi-source-file document is not very useful I implemented support for this and so my first package, &lt;code&gt;svn-multi&lt;/code&gt; was born. Several others followed over the years. For my PhD thesis I required timing diagrams and so started to program &lt;code&gt;tikz-timing&lt;/code&gt;. It uses the great TikZ package, which was itself created by its author for his PhD thesis :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I really like the format and concept of tex.sx. The voting system gives good feedback and the badges are some nice, little encouragements. Questions can be linked with others and are most of the time much more direct then in mailing lists. Not that tex.sx would be a danger to &lt;code&gt;comp.text.tex&lt;/code&gt;. Google seems to hold tex.sx in high regard and so common or special questions can be found easily.&#xA;Unfortunately I missed the beta stage of tex.sx completely. Due to the high workload required by my PhD studies last year I stopped checking c.t.t and SO regularly and must have missed the announcement. Otherwise I would have been happy to participate extensively. The great experiences I made here on tex.sx made me started my own SX proposal for &lt;a href=&quot;http://area51.stackexchange.com/proposals/29097/trac&quot;&gt;Trac&lt;/a&gt;, a web front-end for Subversion with ticket and wiki system.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As elected community moderator I like to address the following points:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Since I received the privilege to do &lt;em&gt;posts edits&lt;/em&gt; I used it a great deal to fix the code formatting of new users and do other changes. This is something I will continue as moderator. The correct format is important to me because I think its increases readability of the posts and therefore the whole usefulness of this site. This isn't limited to code blocks but for example also covers right spelling and capitalization, especially of the title. As non-native English speaker I'm not perfect here as well and I also don't want to overemphasize it.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;More &lt;em&gt;tag wikis&lt;/em&gt; should be created and existing ones should be extended if necessary. I already proposed several if them and will do so in the future, but will also encourage other users to do so.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Spam&lt;/em&gt; and other unwanted posts like &lt;em&gt;hate speeches&lt;/em&gt; were never a real problem so far. Should the issue even appear I will rigorous act against it. The many spam posts on c.t.t. are already enough.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;In the case of &lt;em&gt;duplicated questions&lt;/em&gt; I'm divided. On the one hand real duplicates should be closed quickly and the user should be friendly directed to the already answered question. On the other hand, if a question is just very close, an &lt;em&gt;almost duplicate&lt;/em&gt; which describes a specific issues or scenario better then the, maybe more general, existing question it should stay and only linked. This is especially true for specific common beginner issues. One good example are the &lt;em&gt;tilde&lt;/em&gt; related questions. There is the general question &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/312/2975&quot;&gt;how to typeset it correctly&lt;/a&gt;, then the specific issue of a &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/10858/2975&quot;&gt;tilde in an hyperlink&lt;/a&gt; and finally a related bug in &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/11240/2975&quot;&gt;moderncv&lt;/a&gt;. They all are good questions in their own right and should stay. Hyperlinks have more in common with &lt;em&gt;verbatim&lt;/em&gt; text and therefore the text format macros of the tilde are not the full answer to this issue. Also many new users will not make the connection of from the recursive error in &lt;code&gt;\homepage&lt;/code&gt; of &lt;code&gt;moderncv&lt;/code&gt; to the underlying &lt;code&gt;\href&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;An idea which popped into my mind several times while seeing some bad user code on this side is to create more &lt;em&gt;community wiki pages&lt;/em&gt; which describe some &lt;em&gt;common errors&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;best practices&lt;/em&gt;. Maybe an own small version of &lt;em&gt;LaTeX tabu&lt;/em&gt; and some small &lt;em&gt;How To&lt;/em&gt;'s. These pages make then excellent link targets from other questions. Google favors this site and therefore these pages will be found quickly by people which looking for it. In my opinion the community wiki format gives an excellent platform for these kind of shared posts.&#xA;As moderator I like to encourage the creation and maintenance of these pages.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-19T14:42:34.320" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T14:42:34.320" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-02-17T10:53:34.187" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11289" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11272" CreationDate="2011-02-17T10:59:13.653" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You forgot a lot of things&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;You need to define layers (from the last link but it's very tricky but good from Mark Wibrow)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\let\tikz@preaction@layer=\pgfutil@empty     &#xA;\tikzset{preaction layer/.store in=\tikz@preaction@layer} &#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\pgfdeclarelayer{shadow} &#xA;\pgfsetlayers{shadow,main}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Now you can define &lt;code&gt;use shadow&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\tikzstyle{use shadow} = [&#xA;    copy shadow={%&#xA;      preaction layer=shadow,&#xA;      fill=gray!25,&#xA;      draw=none,&#xA;      shadow xshift=1em,&#xA;      shadow yshift=-1em&#xA;   }]   &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;next you need to define `epibox&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\tikzstyle{epibox} = [&#xA;  draw=epigraphbordercolour,&#xA;  shade,&#xA;  top color=epigraphfillcolour!40,&#xA;  bottom color=epigraphfillcolour!5,&#xA;  %drop shadow=dropshadowcolour,&#xA;  use shadow,&#xA;  very thick,&#xA;  rectangle,&#xA;  rounded corners,&#xA;  inner sep=10pt,&#xA;  inner ysep=15pt&#xA;]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/2Gq2i.png&quot; alt=&quot;shadow box&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;with &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\tikzstyle{use shadow} = [&#xA;      preaction layer=shadow,&#xA;      fill=gray!25,&#xA;      draw=none,&#xA;      shadow xshift=1em,&#xA;      shadow yshift=-1em&#xA;    ] &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;you get :&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/72MEY.png&quot; alt=&quot;box2&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't know exactly what you want, perhaps it's a mix of the two codes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think it's preferable now to use &lt;code&gt;\tikset{use shadow/.style =...}}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-18T06:59:37.333" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T06:59:37.333" CommentCount="11" />
  <row Id="11290" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11287" CreationDate="2011-02-17T12:22:54.033" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;All TikZ node shapes are defined using lower-level PGF code. This is described in the &lt;code&gt;pgfmanual&lt;/code&gt; in section 75.5 &lt;em&gt;Declaring New Shapes&lt;/em&gt;, on page 625 of the v2.1 manual.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can use the existing code of the circle shape as a base and add the lines to it. The code can be found in the file &lt;code&gt;${TEXMF}/tex/generic/pgf/modules/pgfmoduleshapes.code.tex&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here the way I would do it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Shape declaration:&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pgfdeclareshape{oplus}&#xA;%&#xA;% Shaped like '\oplus' math symbol. Based on 'circle' shape&#xA;%&#xA;{%&#xA;  % All anchors are taken from the 'circle' shape:&#xA;  \inheritsavedanchors[from={circle}]%&#xA;  \inheritanchor[from={circle}]{center}%&#xA;  \inheritanchor[from={circle}]{mid}%&#xA;  \inheritanchor[from={circle}]{base}%&#xA;  \inheritanchor[from={circle}]{north}%&#xA;  \inheritanchor[from={circle}]{south}%&#xA;  \inheritanchor[from={circle}]{west}%&#xA;  \inheritanchor[from={circle}]{east}%&#xA;  \inheritanchor[from={circle}]{mid west}%&#xA;  \inheritanchor[from={circle}]{mid east}%&#xA;  \inheritanchor[from={circle}]{base west}%&#xA;  \inheritanchor[from={circle}]{base east}%&#xA;  \inheritanchor[from={circle}]{north west}%&#xA;  \inheritanchor[from={circle}]{south west}%&#xA;  \inheritanchor[from={circle}]{north east}%&#xA;  \inheritanchor[from={circle}]{south east}%&#xA;  \inheritanchorborder[from={circle}]%&#xA;  %&#xA;  % Only the background path is different&#xA;  %&#xA;  \backgroundpath{%&#xA;    % First the existing 'circle' code:&#xA;    \pgfutil@tempdima=\radius%&#xA;    \pgfmathsetlength{\pgf@xb}{\pgfkeysvalueof{/pgf/outer xsep}}%&#xA;    \pgfmathsetlength{\pgf@yb}{\pgfkeysvalueof{/pgf/outer ysep}}%&#xA;    \ifdim\pgf@xb&amp;lt;\pgf@yb%&#xA;      \advance\pgfutil@tempdima by-\pgf@yb%&#xA;    \else%&#xA;      \advance\pgfutil@tempdima by-\pgf@xb%&#xA;    \fi%&#xA;    \pgfpathcircle{\centerpoint}{\pgfutil@tempdima}%&#xA;    %&#xA;    % Now the | and -- lines:&#xA;    \pgfmoveto{\pgfpointadd{\centerpoint}{\pgfpoint{0pt}{\pgfutil@tempdima}}}%&#xA;    \pgflineto{\pgfpointadd{\centerpoint}{\pgfpoint{0pt}{-\pgfutil@tempdima}}}%&#xA;    \pgfmoveto{\pgfpointadd{\centerpoint}{\pgfpoint{\pgfutil@tempdima}{0pt}}}%&#xA;    \pgflineto{\pgfpointadd{\centerpoint}{\pgfpoint{-\pgfutil@tempdima}{0pt}}}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Usage example:&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{standalone}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usepackage{pgfshape_oplus}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \node [draw=blue,shape=oplus] {Test};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Result:&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/mejln.png&quot; alt=&quot;Result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You might also want to draw the additional lines in the &lt;code&gt;\foregroundpath&lt;/code&gt; instead. For this see the &lt;code&gt;forbidden sign&lt;/code&gt; shape in the file &lt;code&gt;pgflibraryshapes.symbols.code.tex&lt;/code&gt; is an good example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-17T12:33:58.220" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T12:33:58.220" CommentCount="11" />
  <row Id="11291" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11296" CreationDate="2011-02-17T13:01:48.070" Score="6" ViewCount="123" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am new to LaTeX and I'm having a hard time trying to create a dashed box environment without success. Can someone please share a code for a dashed box environment such as the one in the image?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/J0ja4.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like to use it the following way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;My Elaboration&#xA;\begin{elaboration}{My item list is shown below:}&#xA;  \item dummy item&#xA;  \item dummy item 2&#xA;  \item dummy item 3&#xA;\end{elaboration}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;By the way, how could be the code for the same environment but with a continuous box (not dashed)?&#xA;Thanks in advance!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3660" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-17T13:47:31.027" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T13:59:47.203" Title="Dashed box environment" Tags="&lt;environments&gt;&lt;boxes&gt;&lt;dashes&gt;" AnswerCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="11292" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11287" CreationDate="2011-02-17T13:07:58.173" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A possibility :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;   \tikzset{oplus/.style={path picture={% &#xA;      \draw[black]&#xA;       (path picture bounding box.south) -- (path picture bounding box.north) &#xA;       (path picture bounding box.west) -- (path picture bounding box.east);&#xA;      }}} &#xA;    \node[oplus,fill=blue!10,draw=blue,thick,circle] {};&#xA;    \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/3duMq.png&quot; alt=&quot;oplus&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's possible to send the cross in the background and to change the color&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA; \tikzset{oplus/.style={path picture={%&#xA; \begin{pgfonlayer}{background} &#xA; \draw[red,opacity=.5]&#xA;  (path picture bounding box.south) -- (path picture bounding box.north) &#xA;  (path picture bounding box.west) -- (path picture bounding box.east);&#xA;\end{pgfonlayer}}}&#xA;}&#xA;\node[oplus,draw=blue,thick,circle](a) {TEST}; &#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/BdjNV.png&quot; alt=&quot;oplus 2&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now your code &lt;code&gt;execute at end node&lt;/code&gt; is not good in this case. This code modifies the content of the node. You can try the next code :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \tikzset{foo/.style ={circle,draw, execute at end node={\ #1}}} &#xA;    \node[foo=bad](A) at (2,3){good};&#xA; \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Interesting is &lt;code&gt;execute at begin node=$&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;execute at end node=$&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now if my answer is not what you want, you can define new shape like &lt;code&gt;shape =oplus&lt;/code&gt; like in the other answer from Martin.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastEditorUserId="3144" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-17T13:39:12.580" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T13:39:12.580" />
  <row Id="11293" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-17T13:14:53.610" Score="2" ViewCount="101" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have been struggling to have something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1) In the text:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;'It has been shown (Arnold et al., 2011) that space technology is expected to...'&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2) In bibliography:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Arnold, J. P., S. J. Peter (2011), The growth of space instrumentation. Journal of Adv. Tech., 63,5565-5578.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I have it as above with a hyperlink on &quot;Arnold et al., 2011&quot; without necessarily having it as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[1] Arnold, J. P....&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any help will be greatly appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3661" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-17T13:32:13.303" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T13:40:47.693" Title="How to make good bibliography with hyperlink?" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;hyperref&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11294" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-17T13:24:08.800" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;LyX (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.lyx.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.lyx.org/&lt;/a&gt;) is a popular free and open source WYSIWYG editor for TeX/LaTeX that provides a gentle learning curve for users accustomed to traditional document processing software. Its dual approach to text presentation (visual layout and equivalent TeX markup) makes it an excellent choice for TeX initiates.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;LyX has handy tools for tasks usually found tedious for new TeX users, such as visual equation editor, menus for inclusion of most common document elements (tables of contents, list of figures, indexes, citation, graphics, etc.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="711" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-17T14:17:43.593" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T14:17:43.593" />
  <row Id="11295" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-17T13:24:08.800" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="The {lyx} tag is for questions arising when using the LyX TeX/LaTeX editor. It should not be applied if the problem can be recreated in another environment (i.e. the question is a TeX/LaTeX issue rather than a specific LyX problem)." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="711" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-17T14:17:45.483" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T14:17:45.483" />
  <row Id="11296" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11291" CreationDate="2011-02-17T13:30:00.683" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Welcome, and good question.  I don't know of a LaTeX package that can easily do what you want out of the box.  The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/fancybox&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;fancybox&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package does a lot of fancy boxes (naturally) but not dashed lines around them.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The reason might be that TeX doesn't have native mechanisms for drawing dashed/dotted lines, only solid ones.  So to create dashed lines one needs to calculate the number of dashes and draw each one.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;LaTeX's built-in &lt;code&gt;picture&lt;/code&gt; environment can do this, but I never learned too much about it.  TikZ can do it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{environ}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\NewEnviron{elaboration}{&#xA;\par&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\node[rectangle,minimum width=0.9\textwidth] (m) {\begin{minipage}{0.85\textwidth}\BODY\end{minipage}};&#xA;\draw[dashed] (m.south west) rectangle (m.north east);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;My Elaboration&#xA;\begin{elaboration}&#xA;{My item list is shown below:}&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;  \item dummy item&#xA;  \item dummy item 2&#xA;  \item dummy item 3&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;\end{elaboration}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ixX9Y.png&quot; alt=&quot;sample code output&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is probably an improvement to the TikZ code that can be made by using a decoration to draw the shape's border, thereby reducing it to one line of TikZ.  But since all you want is a dashed line this will do the trick.  You can play around with the settings to get the separation you want or make it customizable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T13:30:00.683" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11297" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11291" CreationDate="2011-02-17T13:37:11.457" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;without loading large packages:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{arydshln,paralist}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newenvironment{elaboration}[1]&#xA;  {\par\tabular{:p{\linewidth}:}\hdashline&#xA;   \rule{0pt}{4ex}#1\\&#xA;   \compactitem}&#xA;  {\endcompactitem\\\hdashline\endtabular}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{elaboration}{My item list is shown bellow:}&#xA;  \item dummy item&#xA;  \item dummy item 2&#xA;  \item dummy item 3&#xA;\end{elaboration}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T13:37:11.457" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="11298" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11293" CreationDate="2011-02-17T13:40:47.693" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I suggest to use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/biblatex.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;biblatex&lt;/a&gt;. Below you'll find a compilable minimal example with hyperlinks and some basic formatting (autor-year-style, use of &quot;et al.&quot; in citations).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[style=authoryear,maxcitenames=1,maxbibnames=99]{biblatex}&#xA;&#xA;% Remove &quot;In: &quot; before journaltitle for @article&#xA;\renewbibmacro{in:}{%&#xA;  \ifentrytype{article}{%&#xA;  }{%&#xA;    \printtext{\bibstring{in}\intitlepunct}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.bib}&#xA;@article{Arn11,&#xA;  author = {Arnold, J. P. and Peter, S. J.},&#xA;  year = {2011},&#xA;  title = {The growth of space instrumentation},&#xA;  journaltitle = {Journal of Adv. Tech.},&#xA;  volume = {63},&#xA;  pages = {5565--5578},&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\bibliography{\jobname}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;It has been shown \autocite{Arn11} that space technology is expected to~\dots&#xA;&#xA;\printbibliography&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The filecontents environment is only used to include some external files directly into the example, so that it compiles. It is not necessary for the solution.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T13:40:47.693" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11299" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11291" CreationDate="2011-02-17T13:45:30.577" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;mdframed&lt;/code&gt; may be a better solution. It allowes page breaks. (&lt;code&gt;PSTricks&lt;/code&gt; is needed.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[style=3]{mdframed}&#xA;\mdfsetup{pstrickssetting={linestyle=dashed}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{mdframed}&#xA;Foobaz&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;  \item foo&#xA;  \item bar&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;\end{mdframed}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T13:45:30.577" />
  <row Id="11300" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11291" CreationDate="2011-02-17T13:46:03.617" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I agree with all what &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/11291/dashed-box-environment/11296#11296&quot;&gt;Matthew said&lt;/a&gt;. One additional package which should be noted here is &lt;code&gt;framed&lt;/code&gt;. However in your special case it won't help you more than &lt;code&gt;fancybox&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, note that TikZ goes to some trouble to render the node content as a &lt;em&gt;box&lt;/em&gt;, not as a macro argument. Therefore the &lt;code&gt;{ }&lt;/code&gt; can be replaced by &lt;code&gt;\bgroup&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\egroup&lt;/code&gt; and these then placed into the &lt;code&gt;\begin&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\end&lt;/code&gt; of a normal environment, respectively. There is then no need for &lt;code&gt;environ&lt;/code&gt;, which doesn't support verbatim or similar content.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Based on Matthew's code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{elaboration}{%&#xA;    \par&#xA;    \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \node[rectangle,minimum width=0.9\textwidth] (m)&#xA;    \bgroup\begin{minipage}{0.85\textwidth}%&#xA;}{%&#xA;    \end{minipage}\egroup;&#xA;    \draw[dashed] (m.south west) rectangle (m.north east);&#xA;    \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;My Elaboration&#xA;\begin{elaboration}&#xA;My item list is shown below:&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;  \item dummy item&#xA;  \item dummy item 2&#xA;  \item Other TikZ code: \tikz \draw (0,0) circle (10pt);&#xA;  \item Verbatim: \verb+\section+&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;\end{elaboration}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personally I might also put an &lt;code&gt;\ignorespaces&lt;/code&gt; and an &lt;code&gt;\unskip&lt;/code&gt; around the content to get rid of any spaces.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-17T13:59:47.203" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T13:59:47.203" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11301" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11302" CreationDate="2011-02-17T13:54:18.623" Score="6" ViewCount="119" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have an x amount of figures that I want to display inside a subsection. The subsection doesn't contain anything else. Currently the images are automagically put on pages from other sections. What is the correct way to force the images to be put on pages &lt;strong&gt;inside&lt;/strong&gt; the subsection?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3662" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-21T06:21:27.667" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T06:21:27.667" Title="Multiple figures inside a subsection" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;sections-paragraphs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="11302" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11301" CreationDate="2011-02-17T14:01:13.433" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Normally figures can cross over to other sections, only not to other chapters. The figures are flushed at the end of each chapter with the &lt;code&gt;\clearpage&lt;/code&gt; (or &lt;code&gt;\cleardoublepage&lt;/code&gt;) macro. If you don't mind that your next section starts with a new page you can use this macro just before it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Otherwise, you can use the &lt;code&gt;flafter&lt;/code&gt; package so that the figures do not move forward from their definition in the text. The &lt;code&gt;placeins&lt;/code&gt; package gives you &lt;code&gt;\FloatBarrier&lt;/code&gt; which stops floats to move over it. Place it at the end of your sections after all the figures.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In your case it might be also good to not use &lt;code&gt;figure&lt;/code&gt; floats, but a non-floating environment (like a simple &lt;code&gt;center&lt;/code&gt;) together with the &lt;code&gt;\captionof{figure}&lt;/code&gt; macro from the &lt;code&gt;caption&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See also this &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=floats&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX FAQ page&lt;/a&gt; for more information.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-17T14:08:24.957" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T14:08:24.957" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11303" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11304" CreationDate="2011-02-17T14:09:58.720" Score="4" ViewCount="101" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to create a series of horizontally linked 'text boxes', with arrows between each one. Each box will contain some text (probably a list with a title). I would like it to look something like this:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/MiiA2.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What would be the best package/method for going about doing this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ideally, the overall width of the three boxes would be automatically resized to fill the full width of the column they are in, but this is only a secondary requirement.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I realise that this is effectively a flow chart—however, all the flowchart packages I've come across seem more suited to the free-form, spidery flowcharts and seem to be overkill for this purpose. Feel free to suggest them nonetheless if they are suitable.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3588" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T21:29:15.687" Title="Create a series of connected, list-filled boxes (flowchart?)" Tags="&lt;lists&gt;&lt;diagrams&gt;&lt;textbox&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="11304" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11303" CreationDate="2011-02-17T14:26:36.237" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A quick and dirty solution (without any extra package):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\fbox{\parbox[t]{6em}{Title \#1\\Item\\Item\\Item\\Item}}%&#xA;\raisebox{-4ex}{$\to$}%&#xA;\fbox{\parbox[t]{6em}{Title \#2\\Item\\Item\\Item\\Item\\Item}}%&#xA;\raisebox{-4ex}{$\to$}%&#xA;\fbox{\parbox[t]{6em}{Title \#3\\Item\\Item\\Item}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And you can define some commands for convenience.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\mybox[2][6em]{%&#xA;  \raisebox{4ex}{\fbox{\parbox[t]{#1}{#2}}}}&#xA;\newcommand\Rarrow{$\rightarrow$}&#xA;&#xA;\mybox{Title \#1\\Item\\Item\\Item\\Item}%&#xA;\Rarrow&#xA;\mybox{Title \#2\\Item\\Item\\Item\\Item\\Item}%&#xA;\Rarrow&#xA;\mybox{Title \#3\\Item\\Item\\Item}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is enough, if the requested diagrams are very simple. However, for more complicated diagrams (at arbitrary position, with curves, shaded boxes, etc.), it is better to use more powerful tools, like &lt;code&gt;tikz&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;pstricks&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-17T14:40:56.230" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T14:40:56.230" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11305" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11317" CreationDate="2011-02-17T14:45:26.780" Score="4" ViewCount="173" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a template available that allows me to create questionnaires like this one?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ergo-online.de/site.aspx?url=html/software/verfahren_zur_beurteilung_der/fragebogen_isonorm_online.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.ergo-online.de/site.aspx?url=html/software/verfahren_zur_beurteilung_der/fragebogen_isonorm_online.htm&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Based on the answer and comments I did this example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{table}[htb]&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\node (table) [inner sep=0pt] {&#xA;\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{|X|c|c|c|c|c|X|}&#xA;  \hline&#xA;  The software ... &amp;amp; - - &amp;amp; - &amp;amp; -/+ &amp;amp; + &amp;amp; + + &amp;amp;\\&#xA;  \hline&#xA;  is complicated to use &amp;amp; $\square$ &amp;amp; $\square$ &amp;amp; $\square$ &amp;amp; $\square$ &amp;amp; $\square$ &amp;amp; is not complicated to use\\&#xA;  \hline&#xA;bietet nicht alle Funktionen um die anfallenden Aufgaben effizient zu bewältigen  &amp;amp; $\square$ &amp;amp; $\square$ &amp;amp; $\square$ &amp;amp; $\square$ &amp;amp; $\square$ &amp;amp; bietet alle Funktionen, um die anfallenden Aufgaben effizient zu bewältigen&#xA;\end{tabularx}&#xA;};&#xA;\draw (table.north west) rectangle (table.south east);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But now I have to problems. First how can I center the checkboxes (\square) vertically?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can i make the table wider? I tried to use \pagewidth instead of \textwidth but this doesnt work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3316" LastEditorUserId="3316" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-17T15:33:11.950" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T22:07:59.517" Title="Questionnaire template?" Tags="&lt;templates&gt;&lt;questionnaire&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="11306" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11305" CreationDate="2011-02-17T14:53:49.763" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Do you mean in Latex?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have already printed questionaires in this simple way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;use the article class, no title,&#xA;nothing.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;use &lt;code&gt;\Box&lt;/code&gt; to make check boxes.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is a sample from one that I have used:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\subsection*{About you}&#xA;\label{sec:about-you-rest2}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{itemize}    &#xA;\item \textbf{Your Email} &#xA;\\&#xA;  \small{(The email field is required to keep track&#xA;  of the answers. All results will be anonymised when used.)}&#xA;&#xA;\item \textbf{Your Age}&#xA;\item \textbf{Your Gender} $\Box$ F $\Box$ M&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;&#xA;\subsection*{About the Conversation}&#xA;\label{sec:about-conversation-rest2}&#xA;&#xA;The following questions are given in the form of statements regarding&#xA;the computer during its interaction. We would like you to give your&#xA;level of agreement with each statement on a scale going from &quot;Strongly&#xA;Disagree&quot; to &quot;Strongly Agree&quot;.    &#xA;&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;&#xA;\item \textbf{I found the fact that the computer acted as if it knew me was irritating.}\\$\Box$ Strongly disagree $\Box$ Disagree $\Box$&#xA;  Neither agree nor disagree $\Box$ Agree $\Box$ Strongly Agree&#xA;&#xA;\item \textbf{In this conversation, the computer interacted with you&#xA;    in a natural way. }\\$\Box$ Strongly disagree $\Box$ Disagree&#xA;  $\Box$ Neither agree nor disagree $\Box$ Agree $\Box$ Strongly Agree&#xA;&#xA;\item ....&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3390" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T14:53:49.763" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11307" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11310" CreationDate="2011-02-17T15:01:58.263" Score="1" ViewCount="265" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to produce a PDF with un-copyable text? I mean, when you want to copy text from the PDF, you can't copy it or what you copy is nonsense characters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3253" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-17T15:15:42.167" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T15:29:24.073" Title="PDF with un-copyable text" Tags="&lt;pdf&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="11308" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11307" CreationDate="2011-02-17T15:08:07.633" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can disable the copying of text with the help of PDF encryption. With it you can also disable other things like printing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You need to use an external PDF tool like &lt;code&gt;pdftk&lt;/code&gt; or of course the full version of Adobe Acrobat to encrypt the PDF.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-17T15:17:53.460" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T15:17:53.460" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="11309" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11312" CreationDate="2011-02-17T15:24:37.510" Score="3" ViewCount="99" Body="&lt;p&gt;how can i get the default font name? &lt;code&gt;\the\font&lt;/code&gt; outputted nothing in my case. for the default font, does it use any &lt;code&gt;cmap&lt;/code&gt; file?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3253" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T15:53:05.287" Title="default font name" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11310" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11307" CreationDate="2011-02-17T15:29:24.073" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Besides converting all texts to images, one method as I know, is to destroy the Cmaps of the fonts. We can use &lt;code&gt;cmap&lt;/code&gt; package and a special cmap file for this purpose.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Warning: it does not make much sence to produce un-copyable PDF. OCR is very easy today.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% pdflatex is required&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[resetfonts]{cmap}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyvrb}&#xA;\begin{VerbatimOut}{OT1.cmap}&#xA;%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap&#xA;%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit)&#xA;%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit)&#xA;%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1-0)&#xA;%%Title: (TeX-OT1-0 TeX OT1 0)&#xA;%%Version: 1.000&#xA;%%EndComments&#xA;/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin&#xA;12 dict begin&#xA;begincmap&#xA;/CIDSystemInfo&#xA;&amp;lt;&amp;lt; /Registry (TeX)&#xA;/Ordering (OT1)&#xA;/Supplement 0&#xA;&amp;gt;&amp;gt; def&#xA;/CMapName /TeX-OT1-0 def&#xA;/CMapType 2 def&#xA;1 begincodespacerange&#xA;&amp;lt;00&amp;gt; &amp;lt;7F&amp;gt;&#xA;endcodespacerange&#xA;8 beginbfrange&#xA;&amp;lt;00&amp;gt; &amp;lt;01&amp;gt; &amp;lt;0000&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;09&amp;gt; &amp;lt;0A&amp;gt; &amp;lt;0000&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;23&amp;gt; &amp;lt;26&amp;gt; &amp;lt;0000&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;28&amp;gt; &amp;lt;3B&amp;gt; &amp;lt;0000&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;3F&amp;gt; &amp;lt;5B&amp;gt; &amp;lt;0000&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;5D&amp;gt; &amp;lt;5E&amp;gt; &amp;lt;0000&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;61&amp;gt; &amp;lt;7A&amp;gt; &amp;lt;0000&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;7B&amp;gt; &amp;lt;7C&amp;gt; &amp;lt;0000&amp;gt;&#xA;endbfrange&#xA;40 beginbfchar&#xA;&amp;lt;02&amp;gt; &amp;lt;0000&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;03&amp;gt; &amp;lt;0000&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;04&amp;gt; &amp;lt;0000&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;05&amp;gt; &amp;lt;0000&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;06&amp;gt; &amp;lt;0000&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;07&amp;gt; &amp;lt;0000&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;08&amp;gt; &amp;lt;0000&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;0B&amp;gt; &amp;lt;0000&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;0C&amp;gt; &amp;lt;0000&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;0D&amp;gt; &amp;lt;0000&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;0E&amp;gt; &amp;lt;0000&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;0F&amp;gt; &amp;lt;0000&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;10&amp;gt; &amp;lt;0000&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;11&amp;gt; &amp;lt;0000&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;12&amp;gt; &amp;lt;0000&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;13&amp;gt; &amp;lt;0000&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;14&amp;gt; &amp;lt;0000&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;15&amp;gt; &amp;lt;0000&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;16&amp;gt; &amp;lt;0000&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;17&amp;gt; &amp;lt;0000&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;18&amp;gt; &amp;lt;0000&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;19&amp;gt; &amp;lt;0000&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;1A&amp;gt; &amp;lt;0000&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;1B&amp;gt; &amp;lt;0000&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;1C&amp;gt; &amp;lt;0000&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;1D&amp;gt; &amp;lt;0000&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;1E&amp;gt; &amp;lt;0000&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;1F&amp;gt; &amp;lt;0000&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;21&amp;gt; &amp;lt;0000&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;22&amp;gt; &amp;lt;0000&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;27&amp;gt; &amp;lt;0000&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;3C&amp;gt; &amp;lt;0000&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;3D&amp;gt; &amp;lt;0000&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;3E&amp;gt; &amp;lt;0000&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;5C&amp;gt; &amp;lt;0000&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;5F&amp;gt; &amp;lt;0000&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;60&amp;gt; &amp;lt;0000&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;7D&amp;gt; &amp;lt;0000&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;7E&amp;gt; &amp;lt;0000&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;7F&amp;gt; &amp;lt;0000&amp;gt;&#xA;endbfchar&#xA;endcmap&#xA;CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop&#xA;end&#xA;end&#xA;%%EndResource&#xA;%%EOF&#xA;\end{VerbatimOut}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T15:29:24.073" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="11311" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11316" CreationDate="2011-02-17T15:43:30.467" Score="8" ViewCount="160" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have two documents A and B. Both of them are separate documents. But document A also has to include document B. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now if I use &lt;code&gt;\include{B}&lt;/code&gt; i get the following error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! LaTeX Error: Can be used only in preamble.&#xA;&#xA;See the LaTeX manual or LaTeX Companion for explanation.&#xA;Type  H &amp;lt;return&amp;gt;  for immediate help.&#xA; ...                                              &#xA;&#xA;l.1 \documentclass&#xA;                  [11pt]{article}&#xA;? &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So how can I force to include document B with the &quot;style&quot; and &quot;template&quot; of document A?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3316" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-18T23:42:16.910" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T23:42:16.910" Title="How to include a document into another document?" Tags="&lt;include&gt;&lt;merging&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11312" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11309" CreationDate="2011-02-17T15:48:22.287" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Usually you write &lt;code&gt;\fontname\font&lt;/code&gt; instead to extract the name (and size) of the currently selected font. The first thing that comes to mind for &lt;code&gt;\the\font&lt;/code&gt; is when you want to define a create to switch to what is the currently font:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\expandafter \let \expandafter \switchback \the\font&#xA;\font\1=cmss10\1&#xA;hello&#xA;\switchback&#xA;previous font&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As such, &lt;code&gt;\the\font&lt;/code&gt; on its own is pretty much a no-op as it switches to the currently selected font.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T15:48:22.287" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11313" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11311" CreationDate="2011-02-17T15:52:37.927" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can try using the &lt;code&gt;combine&lt;/code&gt; class but be warned this is not what LaTeX is designed for!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An alternative that I haven't tried is to use the &lt;code&gt;newclude&lt;/code&gt; package and write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\includedoc{fileB.tex}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This latter approach assumes that all of the packages, etc., you need are loaded by the first file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T15:52:37.927" />
  <row Id="11314" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11311" CreationDate="2011-02-17T15:52:43.467" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As far as I know, include simply inserts the text wherever it is used.  So you can't have a preamble in document B.  At a quick glance, I would create a wrapper document C and use &lt;code&gt;\include{B}&lt;/code&gt; in both after editing B so that it only contains your desired output text&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="960" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T15:52:43.467" />
  <row Id="11315" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11309" CreationDate="2011-02-17T15:53:05.287" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;LaTeX keep the current values of the font attributes in internal macros. For example&#xA;&lt;code&gt;f@family&lt;/code&gt; will give you the family.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\f@family&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Similarly &lt;code&gt;\f@encoding&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\f@shape&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\f@series&lt;/code&gt; etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T15:53:05.287" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11316" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11311" CreationDate="2011-02-17T15:54:51.367" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Cut the content (the part between &lt;code&gt;\begin{document}...\end{document}&lt;/code&gt; of &lt;code&gt;B.tex&lt;/code&gt; into a new file &lt;code&gt;B-content.tex&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Change &lt;code&gt;B.tex&lt;/code&gt; to be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{...}&#xA;% your preamble here&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\include{B-content}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then put &lt;code&gt;\include{B-content}&lt;/code&gt; into &lt;code&gt;A.tex&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T15:54:51.367" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11317" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11305" CreationDate="2011-02-17T16:04:55.790" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;code&gt;m&lt;/code&gt; column type to center the checkboxes vertically.&#xA;If you want to make the tabular wider then &lt;code&gt;\textwidth&lt;/code&gt;, like &lt;code&gt;1.2\textwidth&lt;/code&gt;, surround it with &lt;code&gt;\makebox[\textwidth]{ ... }&lt;/code&gt; to center it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here the example code. Note also the &lt;code&gt;$ $&lt;/code&gt; to typeset the &lt;code&gt;-&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;+&lt;/code&gt; symbols.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\usepackage{tabularx}&#xA;&#xA;\newcolumntype{S}{&amp;gt;{\centering\arraybackslash}m{1.5em}}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand{\tabularxcolumn}[1]{m{#1}} % redefine 'X' to use 'm'&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\makebox[\textwidth]{%&#xA;\begin{tabularx}{1.2\textwidth}{|X|S|S|S|S|S|X|}&#xA;  \hline&#xA;  The software ... &amp;amp; $--$ &amp;amp; $-$ &amp;amp; $-/+$ &amp;amp; $+$ &amp;amp; $++$ &amp;amp;\\&#xA;  \hline&#xA;  is complicated to use &amp;amp; $\square$ &amp;amp; $\square$ &amp;amp; $\square$ &amp;amp; $\square$ &amp;amp; $\square$ &amp;amp; is not complicated to use\\&#xA;  \hline&#xA;bietet nicht alle Funktionen um die anfallenden Aufgaben effizient zu bewältigen  &amp;amp; $\square$ &amp;amp; $\square$ &amp;amp; $\square$ &amp;amp; $\square$ &amp;amp; $\square$ &amp;amp; bietet alle Funktionen, um die anfallenden Aufgaben effizient zu bewältigen&#xA;\end{tabularx}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T16:04:55.790" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="11318" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11311" CreationDate="2011-02-17T16:07:03.123" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;code&gt;standalone&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;docmute&lt;/code&gt; package to make LaTeX ignore the second preamble.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Simply load the &lt;code&gt;standalone&lt;/code&gt; package in the main file and &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt; the document. This is a good way if the to be included documents just hold a picture which should also be compiled standalone. In this case having main files for every picture file would be annoying.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T16:07:03.123" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11319" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11305" CreationDate="2011-02-17T16:12:50.307" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is my &lt;code&gt;\question&lt;/code&gt; macro that provides room for a question and separately room for its scale &lt;em&gt;without&lt;/em&gt; relying on a table. This is an advantage when you have questions over multiple pages; plus, you still can use &lt;code&gt;\subsection&lt;/code&gt; and the like to structure your document. Below is the macro and how I use it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\question#1\par#2\par{\hbox to \hsize&#xA;{\vbox{\hsize=0.72\hsize #1\dotfill}\quad#2\hfil}\medskip\goodbreak}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \question Would you come to another workshop?&#xA; \par\fiveboxes{no}{}{}{}{yes}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\fiveboxes&lt;/code&gt; macro (cf. below) provides five check boxes where the leftmost one is labeled with &lt;em&gt;no&lt;/em&gt; and rightmost one is labeled with &lt;em&gt;yes&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For free-text questions and answers I defined the following macro&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\freequestion#1\par{#1\par\nobreak&#xA;    \begingroup\nobreak&#xA;    \advance\leftskip by 2pc&#xA;    \hrule width 0pt height 1.7\baselineskip\hrulefill&#xA;    \hrule width 0pt height 1.7\baselineskip\hrulefill&#xA;    \par&#xA;    \medskip&#xA;    \endgroup&#xA;    }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which is used like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\freequestion Please share any other remarks or ideas for improving the&#xA;workshop or this survey: \par&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note the use of &lt;code&gt;\par&lt;/code&gt; to separate arguments such that I don't have to use braces. But of course, classic arguments could be used as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Below, similar macros are seen in action.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/CUbwz.png&quot; alt=&quot;Example Survey&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For completeness, here are my various macros for boxes, including &lt;code&gt;\fiveboxes&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\boxit#1{\hbox{\lower0.7ex\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern1pt&#xA;    \vbox{\kern1pt\hbox to 1.4em&#xA;    {\small\strut\hfil #1\hfil}\kern1pt}\kern1pt\vrule}\hrule}}}&#xA;&#xA;\def\fiveboxes#1#2#3#4#5{\hbox to\scalewidth&#xA;    {\boxit{#1}\hfil\boxit{#2}\hfil\boxit{#3}\hfil%&#xA;     \boxit{#4}\hfil\boxit{#5}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the example above the scale is typeset above the boxes &lt;em&gt;without taking up vertical space&lt;/em&gt;. This is a little more involved:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\question The group is a good mix in terms of expertise and interests.&#xA;\par\xagree&#xA;&#xA;\newdimen\scalewidth&#xA;\scalewidth=0.3\hsize&#xA;&#xA;\def\xagree{\xscale{strongly disagree}{agree completely}}&#xA;\def\boxes{\fiveboxes{}{}{}{}{}\ignorespaces}&#xA;\def\xscale#1#2{%&#xA;    \setbox0=\hbox{\boxes}%&#xA;    \setbox1=\hbox to \wd0{\small\strut\hfill #2 $\to$}%&#xA;    \setbox2=\hbox to \wd0{\small\strut $\gets$ #1 \hfill}%&#xA;    \vbox{\vbox to 0pt{\vss\box1\box2\kern2pt}\vbox{\box0}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Obviously this is all very PlainTeX-y and I'm not really an expert, so comments are welcome.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3083" LastEditorUserId="3083" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-17T22:07:59.517" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T22:07:59.517" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="11320" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11326" CreationDate="2011-02-17T16:19:38.773" Score="8" ViewCount="198" Body="&lt;p&gt;How to make a line with ornament like one below {TEX} logo on this site?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is specific term for it? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3414" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-17T16:20:48.307" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T19:54:28.460" Title="End of paragraph with ornament" Tags="&lt;decorations&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="11321" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11305" CreationDate="2011-02-17T16:27:05.070" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{latexsym}&#xA;\usepackage{tabularx}&#xA;\renewcommand\tabularxcolumn[1]{m{#1}}&#xA;\def\MBox{\Large\ensuremath{\Box}}&#xA;\def\xstrut{\rule[-3ex]{0pt}{7ex}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabularx}{1.2\textwidth}{|&amp;gt;{\scriptsize}X|*5{m{6mm}|}&amp;gt;{\scriptsize}X|}\hline&#xA;  The software ... &amp;amp; $--$ &amp;amp; $-$ &amp;amp; $-/+$ &amp;amp; $+$ &amp;amp; $++$ &amp;amp;\\\hline&#xA;\xstrut  is complicated to use &amp;amp; \MBox &amp;amp; \MBox &amp;amp; \MBox &amp;amp; \MBox &amp;amp; \MBox &amp;amp; is not complicated to use\\\hline&#xA;     bietet nicht alle Funktionen um die anfallenden Aufgaben effizient zu bewältigen  &#xA; &amp;amp; \MBox &amp;amp; \MBox &amp;amp; \MBox &amp;amp; \MBox &amp;amp; \MBox &amp;amp; bietet alle Funktionen, um die anfallenden &#xA;                                                      Aufgaben effizient zu bewältigen\\\hline&#xA;\end{tabularx}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/kE0u2.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T16:27:05.070" />
  <row Id="11322" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11320" CreationDate="2011-02-17T16:33:12.993" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For fonts of ornament, see question &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/10941/2674&quot;&gt;Free ornaments font&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I raised the line a little.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/uOrYi.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pifont}&#xA;\usepackage{fourier-orns}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\crulefill[1][1ex]{\leavevmode\leaders\hrule depth \dimexpr-#1+0.4pt height #1\hfill\kern0pt}&#xA;\newcommand\ornline[2][1ex]{\trivlist\item\crulefill[#1]#2\crulefill[#1]\endtrivlist}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\ornline{\ding{100}}&#xA;&#xA;\ornline[0.6ex]{\decoone}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-17T16:56:22.903" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T16:56:22.903" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11323" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11305" CreationDate="2011-02-17T16:34:53.673" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are some fine answers in the other posts. It is always to strive for a simpler user interface, especially if other people are going to use your macros. Here is an example based on some work that I have developed at work for checklists. The basic row is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\question{Is everything working properly? }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The rest is pretty much hidden from the user. A sample is shown below:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/XnVSg.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is an abbreviated version of the code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{textcomp,amsmath,longtable}&#xA;\usepackage{latexsym}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;%% Set up counters for questions&#xA;%% &#xA;\newcounter{qnumber}&#xA;\setcounter{qnumber}{0}&#xA;\stepcounter{qnumber}&#xA;\newcommand{\yesno}{\textsf{Yes}~~\textsf{No} {\Large ~$\Box$}~~~~   {\Large $\Box$}}&#xA;&#xA;%% we now define the questions&#xA;\newcommand{\question}[1]{&#xA;    \hfill \relax1.\theqnumber\hfill\hfill &amp;amp;\textsf{#1} &amp;amp;{\small\yesno} &amp;amp; {\small\yesno} &amp;amp;{\small\yesno}\stepcounter{qnumber}\\ \hline&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;%% we now define the questions&#xA;\newcommand{\heading}[1]{&#xA;1.0 &amp;amp;\multicolumn{4}{|l|}{\bf\textsf{#1}}\\ \hline %&#xA;}&#xA; \newcommand{\divider}{\hline}&#xA; \begin{longtable}{|c| p{5.61cm}|p{1.5cm}|p{1.5cm}|  p{1.55cm} |}&#xA;\divider&#xA;Sl.     &amp;amp;Quality Checks &amp;amp; A     &amp;amp; B     &amp;amp;C\\&#xA;\divider\divider&#xA;\heading{Installation}&#xA;\question{Are the fans installed as per the drawings and specifications?}&#xA;\question{Are all safety rules understood by personnel repsonsible for operating the equipment?}&#xA;\heading{Electrical}&#xA;  \question{Proper motor and fan rotation verified?}&#xA;  \question{Verify that proper disconnect is located within sight of the unit it controls.}&#xA;\end{longtable}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The actual version is a bit more complicated, uses an environment etc. I use a &lt;code&gt;longtable&lt;/code&gt; as inevitably you will somewhere end with a two page questionnaire.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T16:34:53.673" />
  <row Id="11324" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11269" CreationDate="2011-02-17T16:36:38.913" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;By virtue of the fact that you are using &lt;code&gt;algpseudocode&lt;/code&gt;, it looks like you are actually using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/algorithmicx/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;algorithmicx&lt;/code&gt; package&lt;/a&gt;.  From page 4 of its &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/algorithmicx/algorithmicx.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;manual&lt;/a&gt;, it looks like you want the &lt;code&gt;\Statex&lt;/code&gt; command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If for some reason that doesn't work, a solution can be nastily hacked by forcing suppression of the line number:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\NoNumber#1{{\def\alglinenumber##1{}\State #1}\addtocounter{ALG@line}{-1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can then use &lt;code&gt;\NoNumber&lt;/code&gt; like &lt;code&gt;\State&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{algorithm}&#xA;\caption{A title.} &#xA;\begin{algorithmic}[1] &#xA;\State Step 1.&#xA;\State Step 2. &#xA;\NoNumber{This line will not have a number!}&#xA;\State Step 3.&#xA;\end{algorithmic}&#xA;\end{algorithm}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="737" LastEditorUserId="737" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-17T18:39:50.993" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T18:39:50.993" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11325" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10923" CreationDate="2011-02-17T16:51:51.883" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not entirely sure what this question is asking, or what sort of answer would deserve the bounty offered on it, but here's my take.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you found yourself needing 3 or more of the above list of weights, slants, fonts and what have you, then I'd recommend you reconsider your naming of concepts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think it's a good idea to have a list of more or less semantic names for special symbols you use a lot. That way you can easily change all ocurrences of a particular symbol in one go if you need to. Here's an example for something I was writing recently:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\Bee}{\ensuremath{ \mathbf{B}}}&#xA;\newcommand{\Vee}{\ensuremath{ \mathbf{V}}}&#xA;\newcommand{\Veeplus}{\ensuremath{ \mathbf{V^+}}}&#xA;\newcommand{\Ell}{\ensuremath{ \mathbf{L}}}&#xA;\newcommand{\Arr}{\ensuremath{ \mathbf{R}}}&#xA;\newcommand{\CQ}{\ensuremath{ \mathbf{CQ}}}&#xA;\newcommand{\DS}{\ensuremath{\mathbf{DS}}}&#xA;\newcommand{\Wvee}{\ensuremath{\mathbf{W}}}&#xA;\newcommand{\Wveeplus}{\ensuremath{\mathbf{W^+}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;These are all symbols with special meaning in that paper. They are all sets of functions, so it makes sense that they are all typeset in roughly the same way. Likewise, arbitrary members of these sets (specific functions in one or the other of the sets) are denoted by lowercase boldface letters. In addition to this I use &lt;code&gt;\mathbb{R}&lt;/code&gt; for the real line which is pretty commonplace, so I don't feel like my two &lt;code&gt;R&lt;/code&gt;s will get confused. If I had, say a &lt;code&gt;\mathcal{R}&lt;/code&gt; or a sans serif R as well, I'd begin to worry about readability.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I was reading something that used &lt;code&gt;w&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\omega&lt;/code&gt; for distinct things: this was difficult. Those two glyphs are too similar.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here are some resources on mathematical writing that might offer more guidance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.loria.fr/typographie/mathwriting.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Knuth, Larrabee and Roberts, Mathematical Writing&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.maths.qmul.ac.uk/~fv/books/mw/mwbook.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Vivaldi, Mathematical Writing an Undergraduate Course&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T16:51:51.883" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11326" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11320" CreationDate="2011-02-17T16:52:50.147" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fourier-orns}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\Huge&#xA;\hrulefill\hspace{0.2cm} \floweroneleft\floweroneright \hspace{0.2cm} \hrulefill&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/nyc0h.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T16:52:50.147" />
  <row Id="11327" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11320" CreationDate="2011-02-17T16:56:51.887" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;to have a line with some symbol in the middle, just use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\hrulefill WHATEVERSYMBOL \hrulefill&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/10941/2674&quot;&gt;ornaments cited by Leo&lt;/a&gt;. You might also want to add spaces around the ornament:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\hrulefill~ WHATEVERSYMBOL~ \hrulefill&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You might also want to move the symbol around to align it with the rules and avoid the indent:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\noindent \hrulefill~ \raisebox{-4pt}[10pt][10pt]{\textxswup}~ \hrulefill&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is what you would get:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/JAy4f.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Clearly, you will want to make a new macro to use that more easily.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3390" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T16:56:51.887" />
  <row Id="11328" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11331" CreationDate="2011-02-17T17:09:24.973" Score="10" ViewCount="164" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to specify &lt;em&gt;fragile&lt;/em&gt; mode as default for all frames? Now I know how to define a fragile frame: &lt;code&gt;\begin{frame}[fragile]&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3449" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-19T14:52:23.253" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T12:22:44.943" Title="beamer's fragile frame as default" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;verbatim&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="11329" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11332" CreationDate="2011-02-17T17:18:57.133" Score="8" ViewCount="109" Body="&lt;h3&gt;Background&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I currently do some work on the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/collcell&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;collcell&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package which collects the content of a &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt;/&lt;code&gt;array&lt;/code&gt; cell and provides it to a user defined macro, e.g. using &lt;code&gt;&amp;gt;{\collectcell\mymacro}c&amp;lt;{\endcollectcell}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;The Problem&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I discovered that the very first token of every cell is expanded prior to the insertion of the &lt;code&gt;&amp;gt;{...}&lt;/code&gt; code. I'm not sure how and where this is done. Does anyone know:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;What expands this token (i.e. the &lt;code&gt;array&lt;/code&gt;/&lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; LaTeX code or the plainTeX &lt;code&gt;\halign&lt;/code&gt; code or else?) and where&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Why this is done (I have some wage idea, but I'm very interested about &quot;the official&quot; reason)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Can I stop it from being expanded somehow? I mean for my package in an user friendly way?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I really have to read the relevant part of &lt;em&gt;The TeXBook&lt;/em&gt; again when I have more time.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T19:07:07.433" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T21:47:47.377" Title="Expansion of first token in a tabular cell" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;tex-core&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="11330" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10923" CreationDate="2011-02-17T17:28:48.683" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have seen (and write) documents with four or more fonts in the same equation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The idea behind is to visually differentiate the signification of symbol.&#xA;for exemple : mathitalic for variable, sans-serif for matrix, fraktur for ideals and so on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example : &lt;code&gt;$$\mathfrak p=\big(\mathsfup P\big)\coloneq\big((p)\big)$$&lt;/code&gt; denotes a prime ideal in a matrix ring who's engendrate by a single element.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3172" LastEditorUserId="3172" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-19T13:04:27.137" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T13:04:27.137" />
  <row Id="11331" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11328" CreationDate="2011-02-17T17:33:14.187" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could define your own frame environment like it is explained in the user manual p.62, e.g.:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{xframe}[2][]&#xA;  {\begin{frame}[fragile,environment=xframe,#1]&#xA;  \frametitle{#2}}&#xA;  {\end{frame}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;environment&lt;/code&gt; option does the trick. It tells &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt; that the frame ends with an &lt;code&gt;\end{xframe}&lt;/code&gt; now.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that the &lt;code&gt;frame&lt;/code&gt; has a complex set of optional arguments, including two &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt; &amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; and to &lt;em&gt;optional&lt;/em&gt;(!) braced arguments for the frame title and sub-title. Not all of these arguments might be supported by the above code. You might write it better as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{xframe}[1][]&#xA;  {\begin{frame}[fragile,environment=xframe,#1]}&#xA;  {\end{frame}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which should support both optional title and sub-title arguments.&#xA;You also can define the frame title using an explicit &lt;code&gt;\frametitle&lt;/code&gt; command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-29T12:22:44.943" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T12:22:44.943" />
  <row Id="11332" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11329" CreationDate="2011-02-17T17:36:34.163" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is done by TeX itself, and it will be hard to stop it. From the TeXbook, double dangerous bend on page 240:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;once the &lt;code&gt;\cr&lt;/code&gt; at the end of the preamble has been sensed, TeX must look ahead to see if the next token is &lt;code&gt;\noalign&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\omit&lt;/code&gt;, and macros are expanded until the next non-space token is found. &#xA;  If the token doesn’t turn out to be &lt;code&gt;\noalign&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\omit&lt;/code&gt;, it is put back to be read again, and TeX begins to read the template (still expanding macros).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem seems to be that the stuff inserted by &lt;code&gt;&amp;gt;{...}&lt;/code&gt; is put into the &lt;em&gt;preamble&lt;/em&gt; of an &lt;code&gt;\halign&lt;/code&gt;, and the expansion happens before TeX reads the template from the preamble.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T17:36:34.163" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="11333" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11334" CreationDate="2011-02-17T17:42:11.433" Score="4" ViewCount="69" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi All,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to display some PHP code in a LaTeX document using the listings package. Other languages appear fine (HTML for instance) but PHP seems to be ignoring any strings within the code. The rest of the code appears fine which is what is throwing me off.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've attached a sample of my document and a screenshot of the output. If anyone can help me I would be really grateful!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;LaTeX:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\usepackage{courier}&#xA;\lstset{&#xA;    basicstyle=\footnotesize\ttfamily,&#xA;    numberstyle=\tiny,&#xA;    numbersep=5pt,&#xA;    tabsize=2,&#xA;    extendedchars=true,&#xA;    breaklines=true,&#xA;    keywordstyle=\color{red},&#xA;    frame=b,&#xA;    stringstyle=\color{white}\ttfamily,&#xA;    showspaces=false,&#xA;    showtabs=false,&#xA;    xleftmargin=17pt,&#xA;    framexleftmargin=17pt,&#xA;    framexrightmargin=5pt,&#xA;    framexbottommargin=4pt,&#xA;    %showstringspaces=false,&#xA;    %escapeinside={}{}&#xA;}&#xA;\usepackage{caption}&#xA;\DeclareCaptionFont{white}{\color{white}}&#xA;\DeclareCaptionFormat{listing}{\colorbox[cmyk]{0.43, 0.35, 0.35,0.01}{\parbox{\textwidth}{\hspace{15pt}#1#2#3}}}&#xA;\captionsetup[lstlisting]{format=listing,labelfont=white,textfont=white, singlelinecheck=false, margin=0pt, font={bf,footnotesize}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and then...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\lstset{language=PHP,caption=Example PHP Code,label=code:sample}&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}&#xA;public function execute_via_api($api) {&#xA;    $api-&amp;gt;require_authentication();&#xA;    $total_messages_imported = $this-&amp;gt;execute();&#xA;    return $api-&amp;gt;output(array('response'=&amp;gt;$total_messages_imported.' '.inflect($total_messages_imported,'message').' imported'));&#xA;} // end func: execute_via_api&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Output:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/XoOXq.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3667" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-17T17:45:22.967" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T18:08:10.677" Title="Listings package not correctly showing PHP strings" Tags="&lt;listings&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11334" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11333" CreationDate="2011-02-17T17:55:05.713" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The culprit is &lt;code&gt;stringstyle=\color{white}\ttfamily&lt;/code&gt;. After all, seeing white text on a white background is rather hard :).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Simply removing &lt;code&gt;\color{white}&lt;/code&gt; or replacing it by some other color (e.g., &lt;code&gt;\color{blue}&lt;/code&gt;) will solve the problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/svOOI.png&quot; alt=&quot;with stringstyle=\color{blue}\ttfamily&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-17T18:08:10.677" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T18:08:10.677" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11335" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10095" CreationDate="2011-02-17T18:35:58.287" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Thanks, Herbert and Joseph, for telling me that this can be done with the &lt;code&gt;microtype&lt;/code&gt; package. I did know that &lt;code&gt;microtype&lt;/code&gt; can do margin kerning, but I had always thought that this is only about punctuation. In reality, one can adjust the margin kerning for every single letter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I had been wondering: Why is the output in Herbert's and Joseph's answer a bit better, but still far from good? The answer, of course, is that the margin kerning table provided by &lt;code&gt;microtype&lt;/code&gt; just isn't good enough. So I went ahead and went through all the letters ... The output now looks as follows, and I'm quite happy with it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/iZskV.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's the code, which essentially consists of the adjusted margin kerning table &lt;em&gt;(that should somehow be added to the&lt;/em&gt; &lt;code&gt;microtype&lt;/code&gt; &lt;em&gt;package)&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\textwidth=3.85cm&#xA;\usepackage{microtype}&#xA;\LoadMicrotypeFile{cmr}&#xA;\SetProtrusion&#xA;   [ name     = cmr-it   ]&#xA;   { }&#xA;   {&#xA;     A = {100,100},&#xA;     B = {70,-40},&#xA;     C = {165,-70},&#xA;     D = {65, -30},&#xA;     E = {70,-50},&#xA;     F = {70,-80},&#xA;     G = {155,-20},&#xA;     H = {65,-70},&#xA;     I = {110,-140},&#xA;     J = {135,-80},&#xA;     K = {60,-40},&#xA;     L = {70, 40},&#xA;     M = {55,-50},&#xA;     N = {60,-60},&#xA;     O = {150,-30},&#xA;     P = {70,-50},&#xA;     Q = {150,-30},&#xA;     R = {70, 10},&#xA;     S = {90,-60},&#xA;     $ = {100,-20},&#xA;     T = {220,-90},&#xA;     U = {230,-60},&#xA;     V = {260,-80},&#xA;     W = {185,-60},&#xA;     X = {60,-30},&#xA;     Y = {250,-80},&#xA;     Z = {90,-60},&#xA;     a = {150,-10},&#xA;     b = {180,   },&#xA;     c = {170,-10},&#xA;     d = {145,-50},&#xA;     e = {180, },&#xA;     f = { ,-250},&#xA;     g = {150,-10},&#xA;     h = {100, },&#xA;     i = {210, },&#xA;     j = { ,-40},&#xA;     k = {110,-50},&#xA;     l = {260,-110},&#xA;     m = {80, },&#xA;     n = {120, },&#xA;     o = {160, },&#xA;     p = { , },&#xA;     q = {170,-40},&#xA;     r = {160,-40},&#xA;     s = {130, },&#xA;     t = {230,-10},&#xA;     u = {120, },&#xA;     v = {140,-20},&#xA;     w = {100,-20},&#xA;     x = {65,-40},&#xA;     y = {130,-20},&#xA;     z = {110,-80},&#xA;     0 = {170,-80},&#xA;     1 = {200,120},&#xA;     2 = {130,-70},&#xA;     3 = {140,-70},&#xA;     4 = {130,80},&#xA;     5 = {160, },&#xA;     6 = {180,-30},&#xA;     7 = {250,-150},&#xA;     8 = {130,-40},&#xA;     9 = {155,-80},&#xA;     . = { ,500},&#xA;    {,}= { ,450},&#xA;     : = { ,300},&#xA;     ; = { ,300},&#xA;     &amp;amp; = {130,30},&#xA;    \% = {180,50},&#xA;     * = {380,20},&#xA;     + = {180,200},&#xA;     @ = {180,10},&#xA;     ~ = {200,150},&#xA;     ( = {300, },    ) = {  ,70},&#xA;     / = {100,100},&#xA;     - = {500,300},&#xA;     \textendash       = {500,300},   \textemdash        = {400,170},&#xA;     \textquoteleft    = {800,200},   \textquoteright    = {800,-20},&#xA;     \textquotedblleft = {540,100},   \textquotedblright = {500,100}&#xA;   }&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\noindent\itshape&#xA;This is a small text. If jam is what you like, two fingers up,&#xA;or whatever. Under certain conditions you see that the left and&#xA;right margins flutter.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-19T10:41:36.057" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T10:41:36.057" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11336" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11342" CreationDate="2011-02-17T18:49:58.987" Score="5" ViewCount="101" Body="&lt;p&gt;Why is the following minimal example not working?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I.e., what do I need to do, in order to define the float placement specifier of a figure within a macro? (I know that I should use &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt;, but in the &quot;full&quot; example the error is part of an involved &quot;superfigure&quot; command. &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; is not working too btw.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrreprt}&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;\def\PosNotWorking{h}&#xA;\def\FramboxNotWorking{5cm}&#xA;\def\CaptionWorking{Caption is working.}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\Blindtext[1]&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}[\PosNotWorking]&#xA;  \centering&#xA;    \framebox[5cm]{My special figure. (Pos: \PosNotWorking)}        &#xA;    \caption{\CaptionWorking}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\Blindtext[1]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I compile this, the figure is at the top (default behaviour). If I enter &lt;code&gt;\figure[h]&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\figure[\PosNotWorking]&lt;/code&gt;, the figure is of course between the two paragraphs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3648" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-02T07:29:46.573" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T07:29:46.573" Title="Macro for figure position?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;floats&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11337" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11274" CreationDate="2011-02-17T18:56:39.497" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;First of all many of us (if not even most of us) don't have LyX so better offer a LaTeX code instead. Second, better give a minimal example code, because usually reducing the code to it's minimum is the very first step when analyzing a LaTeX problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An reasonable example code showing the problem would be something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrbook}&#xA;\usepackage{float}&#xA;\usepackage{caption}&#xA;\usepackage[dvipsnames,svgnames,x11names,table]{xcolor}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{algorithm}&#xA;&#xA;% Use a hyphen for captions, and make links give a bit of space.&#xA;\DeclareCaptionFormat{algorithm}{\vspace{-1ex}\colorbox[HTML]{A6BFF2}{%&#xA;  \parbox[c][1.75em][c]{\textwidth}{\hspace{0.25em}#1#2#3}}}&#xA;\captionsetup[algorithm]{format=algorithm}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{algorithm}&#xA;\caption{Blah\ldots}&#xA;A&#xA;\end{algorithm}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But now let's take a look at your problem: The extra spaces are typeset by the &quot;ruled&quot; float style offered by the float package. One can change this by defining an own float style and making the algorithm environment using this one instead of the original one. I did that by copying the &quot;ruled&quot; style and modifying it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% Define own float style called &quot;algorithm&quot;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand\fs@algorithm{%&#xA;  \let\@fs@capt\floatc@algorithm&#xA;  \def\@fs@pre{\hrule height.8pt depth0pt\relax}% \kern2pt removed&#xA;  \def\@fs@mid{\hrule\kern2pt}%  \kern2pt removed&#xA;  \def\@fs@post{\kern2pt\hrule\relax}%&#xA;  \let\@fs@iftopcapt\iftrue}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;% Make the algorithm environment use the algorithm float style&#xA;\floatstyle{algorithm}&#xA;\restylefloat{algorithm}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So in total we have:&#xA;(Please note that I have removed the extra &lt;code&gt;\vspace&lt;/code&gt; of yours.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrbook}&#xA;\usepackage{float}&#xA;\usepackage{caption}&#xA;\usepackage[dvipsnames,svgnames,x11names,table]{xcolor}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{algorithm}&#xA;&#xA;% Define own float style called &quot;algorithm&quot;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand\fs@algorithm{%&#xA;  \let\@fs@capt\floatc@algorithm&#xA;  \def\@fs@pre{\hrule height.8pt depth0pt\relax}% \kern2pt removed&#xA;  \def\@fs@mid{\hrule\kern2pt}%  \kern2pt removed&#xA;  \def\@fs@post{\kern2pt\hrule\relax}%&#xA;  \let\@fs@iftopcapt\iftrue}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;% Make the algorithm environment use the algorithm float style&#xA;\floatstyle{algorithm}&#xA;\restylefloat{algorithm}&#xA;&#xA;% Use a hyphen for captions, and make links give a bit of space.&#xA;\DeclareCaptionFormat{algorithm}{\colorbox[HTML]{A6BFF2}{%&#xA;  \parbox[c][1.75em][c]{\textwidth}{\hspace{0.25em}#1#2#3}}}&#xA;\captionsetup[algorithm]{format=algorithm}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{algorithm}&#xA;\caption{Blah\ldots}&#xA;A&#xA;\end{algorithm}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please note that this code still contains 2x &lt;code&gt;\kern2pt&lt;/code&gt;, one before and one after the algorithm body. If you don't like this extra vertical space, too, just remove them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2574" LastEditorUserId="2574" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-20T19:13:41.077" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T19:13:41.077" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="11338" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11343" CreationDate="2011-02-17T18:56:51.977" Score="1" ViewCount="79" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have the following code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section{Questions}&#xA;\freequestion What is the largest (LOC) class in the project? \par&#xA;&#xA;\makebox[\textwidth]{%&#xA;\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{|X|S|S|S|S|S|X|}&#xA;  \hline&#xA;  &amp;amp; $--$ &amp;amp; $-$ &amp;amp; $-/+$ &amp;amp; $+$ &amp;amp; $++$ &amp;amp;\\&#xA;  \hline&#xA;  The necessary information was easy to find &amp;amp; $\square$ &amp;amp; $\square$ &amp;amp; $\square$ &amp;amp; $\square$ &amp;amp; $\square$ &amp;amp; The necessary information was hard to find\\&#xA;  \hline&#xA;  Information retrieval requires redundant user input  &amp;amp; $\square$ &amp;amp; $\square$ &amp;amp; $\square$ &amp;amp; $\square$ &amp;amp; $\square$ &amp;amp; Information retrieval does not require redundant user input\\&#xA;\\\hline&#xA;\end{tabularx}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\freequestion Please share any other remarks or ideas for improving the&#xA;workshop or this survey: \par&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And here the macro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\freequestion#1\par{#1\par\nobreak&#xA;    \begingroup\nobreak&#xA;    \advance\leftskip by 2pc&#xA;    \hrule width 0pt height 1.7\baselineskip\hrulefill&#xA;    \hrule width 0pt height 1.7\baselineskip\hrulefill&#xA;    \par&#xA;    \medskip&#xA;    \endgroup&#xA;    }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now I wanted to add a linebreak or two before and after the table in the middle, but I already tried &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\newline&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\par&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\parskip&lt;/code&gt; but nothing worked. why?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3316" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-14T13:04:04.633" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T13:04:04.633" Title="Why does my linebreak not work?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;templates&gt;&lt;line-breaking&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="11339" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-17T19:01:41.723" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;My name is Thomas Titz, my username at tex.stackexchange is lockstep, and I'd like to serve as a community moderator.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A condensed version of my &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/users/510/lockstep&quot;&gt;user profile&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://se.awio.com/election.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;candidate statistics&lt;/a&gt;: I answer a lot of questions (and ask some), do a lot of minor cleanup work and haven't been too active at the meta site until now. (I &lt;em&gt;do&lt;/em&gt; read those meta posts, though.) What may not be obvious, but relevant for your voting decision: I'm versed in the basic aspects of LaTeX, but have no intimate knowledge of the underlying TeX language.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm active at tex.stackexchange because I deem the Stack Overflow model superior to &quot;classic&quot; newsgroups and discussion forums. That is, I appreciate good answers not being buried deep down in lengthy threads and duplicate questions being the exception rather than the norm. (They still need to be dealt with; see below.) As a medium-term goal for the site, I'd like to see a large number of quality questions/answers (both reputation-generating and community wiki) that rival the ones of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;UK TeX FAQ&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I'm elected as a community moderator, it goes without saying that I'll internalize the &lt;a href=&quot;http://blog.stackoverflow.com/2009/05/a-theory-of-moderation/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Stack Overflow moderation philosophy&lt;/a&gt;: act as human exception handler and have confidence in the site's ability to self-regulate. (Small point: In case of arguable duplicate questions, I'll only cast a closing vote if four people have already done so.) Besides that, the following topics will be my emphasis of action:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Tags:&lt;/em&gt; I believe that the problem of duplicate questions can partly be dealt with by means of the tagging system -- if existing quality questions/answers are easier to find for new users, duplicates are less likely to arise. I will suggest refinements to the set of defined tags as well as constantly monitor the tags of individual questions.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Tag wikis:&lt;/em&gt; Refining the tag set also means defining what a tag is (and isn't) about. I will add/revise wiki entries in the subject areas I'm knowledgeable, and be a pain in the neck of the top users of other tag areas to take care of &quot;their&quot; wikis. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I'm not elected, I will still be around at the site cleaning up posts and answering questions about biblatex. ;-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-17T19:09:40.203" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T19:09:40.203" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-02-17T19:01:41.723" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="11340" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11336" CreationDate="2011-02-17T19:03:39.273" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;try it this way;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrreprt}&#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;\def\PosNotWorking{h}&#xA;\def\FramboxNotWorking{5cm}&#xA;\def\CaptionWorking{Caption is working.}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\Blindtext[1]&#xA;&#xA;\expandafter\figure\expandafter[\PosNotWorking]&#xA;  \centering&#xA;    \framebox[5cm]{My special figure. (Pos: \PosNotWorking)}        &#xA;    \caption{\CaptionWorking}&#xA;\endfigure&#xA;&#xA;\Blindtext[1]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The optional argument isn't expanded by default&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T19:03:39.273" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="11341" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11336" CreationDate="2011-02-17T19:03:48.413" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Redefine the &lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;end{figure}&lt;/code&gt; as shown below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[english,ngerman]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;\def\beginmyfigure#1{\begin{figure}[#1]}&#xA;\def\endmyfigure{\end{figure}}&#xA;&#xA;\def\FramboxNotWorking{5cm}&#xA;\def\CaptionWorking{Caption is working.}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\Blindtext[1]&#xA;&#xA;\beginmyfigure{b}&#xA;  \centering&#xA;    \framebox[5cm]{My special figure. (Pos: )}        &#xA;    \caption{\CaptionWorking}&#xA;\endmyfigure&#xA;&#xA;\Blindtext[1]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T19:03:48.413" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11342" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11336" CreationDate="2011-02-17T19:11:12.277" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The optional argument is not expanded, but used inside a loop which checks every containing letter. In your case it sees only the macro not the included letter. However, if you want to simply change the default positioning you can do this by redefining &lt;code&gt;\fps@figure&lt;/code&gt; (for tables &lt;code&gt;\fps@table&lt;/code&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;% Make all figure use 'h' position by default:&#xA;\def\fps@figure{h}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you don't want to change it globally AND still want to use a &lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}&lt;/code&gt; environment you could use &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt; to expand it first:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrreprt}&#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;\def\PosNowWorking{h}&#xA;\def\FramboxNotWorking{5cm}&#xA;\def\CaptionWorking{Caption is working.}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\Blindtext[1]&#xA;&#xA;\edef\efigure{\noexpand\begin{figure}[\PosNowWorking]}%&#xA;\efigure&#xA;  \centering&#xA;    \framebox[5cm]{My special figure. (Pos: \PosNowWorking)}        &#xA;    \caption{\CaptionWorking}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\Blindtext[1]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\efigure{\begin{figure}}%&#xA;\expandafter\efigure\expandafter[\PosNowWorking]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or redefine the &lt;code&gt;figure&lt;/code&gt; environment to expand its optional argument first:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\origfigure\figure&#xA;\let\endorigfigure\endfigure&#xA;\renewenvironment{figure}[1][h]{%&#xA;   \expandafter\origfigure\expandafter[#1]%&#xA;}{%&#xA;   \endorigfigure&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This way you can also easily set &lt;code&gt;h&lt;/code&gt; as default value or put &lt;code&gt;\PosNowWorking&lt;/code&gt; in there.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-17T19:33:23.570" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T19:33:23.570" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11343" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11338" CreationDate="2011-02-17T19:20:27.527" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can't have line-breaks between paragraphs, especially not two (because there are no lines to break there). Don't change &lt;code&gt;\parskip&lt;/code&gt; by yourself as long you know exactly what to your are doing.&#xA;Two &lt;code&gt;\par&lt;/code&gt;s after each other act like one. Note that the empty line before &lt;code&gt;\freequestion&lt;/code&gt; already creates an implicit &lt;code&gt;\par.&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to change the spacing between the table and the surrounding paragraphs use &lt;code&gt;\bigskip&lt;/code&gt; (also &lt;code&gt;\medskip&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\smallskip&lt;/code&gt;) in combination with &lt;code&gt;\par&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T19:20:27.527" />
  <row Id="11344" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11345" CreationDate="2011-02-17T19:33:06.550" Score="1" ViewCount="62" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use the following code to draw a table:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makebox[\textwidth]{%&#xA;\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{|X|S|S|S|S|S|X|}&#xA;  \hline&#xA;  &amp;amp; $--$ &amp;amp; $-$ &amp;amp; $-/+$ &amp;amp; $+$ &amp;amp; $++$ &amp;amp;\\&#xA;  \hline&#xA;  The necessary information was easy to find &amp;amp; $\square$ &amp;amp; $\square$ &amp;amp; $\square$ &amp;amp; $\square$ &amp;amp; $\square$ &amp;amp; The necessary information was hard to find\\&#xA;  \hline&#xA;  Information retrieval requires redundant user input  &amp;amp; $\square$ &amp;amp; $\square$ &amp;amp; $\square$ &amp;amp; $\square$ &amp;amp; $\square$ &amp;amp; Information retrieval does not require redundant user input\\&#xA;\\\hline&#xA;\end{tabularx}%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now the table looks like this:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/jURs8.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I dont use the last &lt;code&gt;\\\hline&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makebox[\textwidth]{%&#xA;\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{|X|S|S|S|S|S|X|}&#xA;  \hline&#xA;  &amp;amp; $--$ &amp;amp; $-$ &amp;amp; $-/+$ &amp;amp; $+$ &amp;amp; $++$ &amp;amp;\\&#xA;  \hline&#xA;  The necessary information was easy to find &amp;amp; $\square$ &amp;amp; $\square$ &amp;amp; $\square$ &amp;amp; $\square$ &amp;amp; $\square$ &amp;amp; The necessary information was hard to find\\&#xA;  \hline&#xA;  Information retrieval requires redundant user input  &amp;amp; $\square$ &amp;amp; $\square$ &amp;amp; $\square$ &amp;amp; $\square$ &amp;amp; $\square$ &amp;amp; Information retrieval does not require redundant user input\\&#xA;\end{tabularx}%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It looks like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/PouEz.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So how can I make the last line correctly?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3316" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T19:52:11.790" Title="Drawing lines in tables?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11345" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11344" CreationDate="2011-02-17T19:39:13.297" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You have &lt;strong&gt;two&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; now: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;... redundant user input\\&#xA;\\\hline&#xA;\end{tabularx}%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Before you had &lt;strong&gt;no&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;... redundant user input&#xA;\hline&#xA;\end{tabularx}%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which causes the mentioned error.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You need only &lt;strong&gt;one&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;... redundant user input\\&#xA;\hline&#xA;\end{tabularx}%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And then it works properly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The reason why some lines are missing when you have two &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; is that the cells are not filled out, e.g. there are not &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; in the last row. The lines are only drawn with the cells. Therefore no cells -&gt; no lines.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-17T19:52:11.790" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T19:52:11.790" />
  <row Id="11346" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11347" CreationDate="2011-02-17T19:44:06.170" Score="8" ViewCount="139" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a &lt;code&gt;sty&lt;/code&gt; file with the command&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\foo}[1]{\noindent\kern#1}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but I'd actually like to have something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\foo}[1]{\noindent\kern{#1 *0.5}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;meaning that I'd like to have half of the distance the user puts on command &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt; to be passed to &lt;code&gt;\kern&lt;/code&gt;. This obviously doesn't work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Do you have any suggestions on how to do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(You may ask &quot;why the hell would you want to do that??&quot;. Fair question. I'm using someone else's program which generates tex files and I don't have control over the values that come up on the command &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt;. I just know that I'd like to have half of what that program chooses.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3668" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-17T20:03:48.037" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T21:14:49.610" Title="Doing maths with distance values in LaTeX source code" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;calculations&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="11347" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11346" CreationDate="2011-02-17T20:06:19.267" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the eTeX primitive &lt;code&gt;\dimexpr&lt;/code&gt; to allow a factor like before dimension registers:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\foo}[1]{\noindent\kern .5\dimexpr#1\relax}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that &lt;code&gt;\dimexpr&lt;/code&gt; swallows the &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt; and also allows for some arithmetic inside. See the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/texmf-dist/doc/etex/base/etex_man.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;etex_man&lt;/a&gt;ual for more details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T20:06:19.267" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="11348" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11346" CreationDate="2011-02-17T20:09:34.130" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Multiplication of dimensions is built into TeX.  So you can do this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand{\foo}[1]{%&#xA;    \dimen@ #1&#xA;    \kern 0.5\dimen@%&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;a\foo{72pt}b&#xA;&#xA;a\kern 72pt b&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\dimen@&lt;/code&gt; is a dimension register that is by convention for temporary use. The macro &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt; saves &lt;code&gt;#1&lt;/code&gt; in this register and then kerns by half of it. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T20:09:34.130" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11349" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11350" CreationDate="2011-02-17T20:10:03.253" Score="7" ViewCount="74" Body="&lt;p&gt;In an environment, say&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{whatever}[3]{...}{...}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;you instantiante it (if that's the word for it in LaTeX) by&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{whatever}{first}{second}{third}&#xA;   ...&#xA;\end{whatever}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But how do you define an environment such that you instantiate it by&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{whatever}[some_optional]{first}{second}{third}&#xA;   ...&#xA;\end{whatever}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not talking about default values for the parameters &lt;code&gt;first&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;second&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;third&lt;/code&gt;, but an entirely optional parameter, such as in&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}[htb]&#xA;    ...         ^--- THIS!&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2634" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-17T20:13:48.667" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T20:17:29.567" Title="How do you define your environment such as to use [...] for some parameter(s)?" Tags="&lt;environments&gt;&lt;optional-arguments&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="11350" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11349" CreationDate="2011-02-17T20:17:29.567" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{whatever}[4][]&#xA;  {...}&#xA;  {...}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{whatever}{one}{two}{three}&#xA;&#xA;is #1= {}&#xA;   #2= one&#xA;   #3= two&#xA;   #4= three&#xA;&#xA;\begin{whatever}[zero]{one}{two}{three}&#xA;&#xA;is #1= zero&#xA;   #2= one&#xA;   #3= two&#xA;   #4= three&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{whatever}[4][foo]&#xA;  {...}&#xA;  {...}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{whatever}{one}{two}{three}&#xA;&#xA;is #1= foo&#xA;   #2= one&#xA;   #3= two&#xA;   #4= three&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T20:17:29.567" />
  <row Id="11351" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11352" CreationDate="2011-02-17T20:41:04.027" Score="1" ViewCount="63" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/133/in-latex-how-can-i-make-a-table-that-takes-up-more-than-a-single-page&quot;&gt;In LaTeX, how can I make a table that takes up more than a single page?&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have a big table which one page is not enough for. I would suppose that since LaTeX is WYSIWYM (What You See Is What You Mean), it should automatically divide the table into two parts in two pages, but that's not happening! Now:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Why doesn't it automatically do that?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Is there any way (probably a package) to automatically divide a table into two parts of it can't fit in a page?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2418" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-17T20:53:36.307" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T20:53:36.307" ClosedDate="2011-02-18T09:35:32.053" Title="Table Out of Page" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11352" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11351" CreationDate="2011-02-17T20:53:16.400" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use a package like &lt;code&gt;longtable&lt;/code&gt;. And idd, this has been asked here before.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3338" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T20:53:16.400" />
  <row Id="11353" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-17T21:09:44.520" Score="2" ViewCount="164" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the font used in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.math.harvard.edu/~kronheim/khovanov-unknot.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.math.harvard.edu/~kronheim/khovanov-unknot.pdf&lt;/a&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3671" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T23:12:51.793" Title="What is the font in this document?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11354" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11346" CreationDate="2011-02-17T21:14:49.610" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In addition to the low-level support described in other answers, you might find the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/texlive/Contents/live/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/calc.pdf&quot;&gt;calc package&lt;/a&gt; useful, depending on exactly what it is you want to do.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="96" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T21:14:49.610" />
  <row Id="11355" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11358" CreationDate="2011-02-17T21:19:13.650" Score="2" ViewCount="78" Body="&lt;p&gt;I deal with a lot of double sums / double products. I would like to be able to massage TeX into producing something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://owen.maresh.info/double.png&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(that was made with the gimp)&#xA;... and a product in product symbol as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="403" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T21:41:11.820" Title="singly embedded sum and product signs" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="11356" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6334" CreationDate="2011-02-17T21:20:05.147" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It starts with an empty frame. Clicking the mouse button views the presentation,&#xA;clicking again starts it, but not if you click into the frame of the object (look at the mouse pointer!). At the end of the presentation you can click into the object and will go back to the second frame.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;\hypertarget&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;{2nd}{}&#xA;\hyperlink&amp;lt;2-10&amp;gt;{2nd}{%&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[every node/.style={draw}]&#xA;\node (s) {sender};&#xA;\node (r) at (5,0) {receiver};&#xA;\animate&amp;lt;3-10&amp;gt;&#xA;\foreach \pos in {0.1,0.2,...,1.0} {&#xA;  \action&amp;lt;+&amp;gt;{&#xA;    \path (s) -- (r) node[pos=\pos,coordinate] (p) {};&#xA;    \draw[-&amp;gt;] (s) -- (p);&#xA;  }&#xA;}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-19T11:20:00.910" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T11:20:00.910" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="11357" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11353" CreationDate="2011-02-17T21:27:11.100" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The math font is &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pctex.com/mtpro2.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Math Time Pro 2&lt;/a&gt;. It's a commercial font, but you have a lite version available for free (it lacks bold versions of the characters and several companion alphabets).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you prefer open source fonts, you can use &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{txfonts}&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{mathptmx}&lt;/code&gt; (they are also based on Times, so will look similar, but not identical to Math Time).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1973" LastEditorUserId="1973" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-17T23:12:51.793" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T23:12:51.793" />
  <row Id="11358" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11355" CreationDate="2011-02-17T21:29:24.200" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can have a look at the section &lt;strong&gt;Joining and overlapping existing symbols&lt;/strong&gt; in manual of &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/symbols/comprehensive/symbols-a4.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Comprehensive Symbol List&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\SUM{\mathop{%&#xA;  \ooalign{%&#xA;    \hfil$\displaystyle\sum$\cr&#xA;    \hfil$\textstyle\sum$\cr}}}&#xA;&#xA;\[&#xA;  \SUM A_i&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/RDYeH.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-17T21:36:17.467" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T21:36:17.467" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11359" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11355" CreationDate="2011-02-17T21:41:11.820" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For what it is worth, Unicode defines &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;⅀ U+2140 DOUBLE-STRUCK N-ARY SUMMATION&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are able to use &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/unicode-math&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;unicode-math&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; (with XeLaTeX or LuaLaTeX) and appropriate math fonts, you can access that symbol with &lt;code&gt;\mathbb{\sum}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;STIX/XITS Math gives &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/iPmWk.png&quot; alt=&quot;stix double-struck sum&quot;&gt; and Cambria Math gives &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/N4UXq.png&quot; alt=&quot;cambria double-struck sum&quot;&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T21:41:11.820" />
  <row Id="11360" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11363" CreationDate="2011-02-17T21:45:14.203" Score="2" ViewCount="124" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am writing a report that contain numerous sub items. For better organizing the report, it is broken in many smaller pieces (around 60), this is done to make it easier for to work distributed with other folks and to have a quick full change history of each part on svn (today is only me, but soon more people will join the project). As I'm new to LaTeX, I wonder if the file structure I am using makes the development better. I am using the following folder/files structure (based on &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/LaTeX/General_Guidelines#Project_structure&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/LaTeX/General_Guidelines#Project_structure&lt;/a&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;/mainFile.tex&#xA;/tex/chapter1.tex&#xA;/tex/chapter2.tex&#xA;/tex/chapter3/chapter3.tex&#xA;/tex/chapter3/chapter3section1.tex&#xA;/tex/chapter3/chapter3section2.tex&#xA;/...&#xA;/img&#xA;/reportclass.cls&#xA;/biblio.bib&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The image folder keeps all images. I would like to hear from you about my approach and which folder structure you usually have on your LaTeX projects.&#xA;Another question is, when it compiles, all aux, blg, bbl, toc and so files are built on project root folder. Searching here, I found that I could change the -output-directory=DIR on latex command line. However, I use TeXworks that comes with MiKTeX for editing and generating the pdf output. Does any one know how to set that option on TeXworks?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3660" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-17T21:50:09.863" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T22:49:03.073" Title="LaTeX project file system structure and Ouput dir on TeXworks" Tags="&lt;latex-general&gt;&lt;texworks&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="11361" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11353" CreationDate="2011-02-17T22:02:45.593" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The free tool pdffonts, part of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.foolabs.com/xpdf/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Xpdf package&lt;/a&gt;, lists these fonts:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;#name                                 type              emb sub uni object ID&#xA;------------------------------------ ----------------- --- --- --- ---------&#xA;YKGYYT+TimesNRMT-Italic              Type 1            yes yes no     223  0&#xA;CSSMXZ+TimesNRMT                     Type 1            yes yes no     224  0&#xA;KKTOEZ+TimesNRMT-Bold                Type 1            yes yes no     225  0&#xA;WXZSBU+MT2MIT                        Type 1            yes yes no     226  0&#xA;QMXOWD+MT2MIS                        Type 1            yes yes no     228  0&#xA;DJJNFC+MT2HRBT                       Type 1            yes yes no     229  0&#xA;JEXKNT+MT2SYT                        Type 1            yes yes no     230  0&#xA;FLRMQD+MT2EXE                        Type 1            yes yes no     278  0&#xA;EWHDMI+MT2MST                        Type 1            yes yes no     318  0&#xA;VHLUYE+MT2EXA                        Type 1            yes yes no     331  0&#xA;FXFJOL+MT2SYS                        Type 1            yes yes no     336  0&#xA;ROQMZM+MT2MIF                        Type 1            yes yes no     347  0&#xA;IQAFAX+MT2SYAT                       Type 1            yes yes no     360  0&#xA;FGEHNK+MT2MFT                        Type 1            yes yes no     366  0&#xA;SCTTVY+MT2SYF                        Type 1            yes yes no     380  0&#xA;FRCNYW+XYATIP10                      Type 1            yes yes no     381  0&#xA;QMCZUA+XYBTIP10                      Type 1            yes yes no     382  0&#xA;SASSGL+TimesNRSevenMT                Type 1            yes yes no     433  0&#xA;GPTPAD+MT2HRBS                       Type 1            yes yes no     473  0&#xA;LRVZRZ+TimesNRSevenMT-Bold           Type 1            yes yes no     520  0&#xA;NWYXFL+MT2MSS                        Type 1            yes yes no     561  0&#xA;EDSPEO+MT2MFS                        Type 1            yes yes no     609  0&#xA;MUFXUX+TimesNRExpertMT               Type 1            yes yes no     708  0&#xA;VNMCFP+MT2HRBDT                      Type 1            yes yes no     804  0&#xA;PWVYZY+MT2BMIT                       Type 1            yes yes no     805  0&#xA;QJZBHF+XYDASH10                      Type 1            yes yes no     855  0&#xA;TimesNewRomanItalic                  CID TrueType      yes no  yes    891  0&#xA;TimesNewRomanItalic                  CID TrueType      yes no  yes    968  0&#xA;BKUZYQ+CMSS10                        Type 1            yes yes no    1078  0&#xA;TimesNewRomanItalic                  CID TrueType      yes no  yes   1111  0&#xA;TimesNewRoman                        CID TrueType      yes no  yes   1112  0&#xA;TXFAPN+MT2BMIS                       Type 1            yes yes no    1151  0&#xA;WQGJVV+CMSS8                         Type 1            yes yes no    1187  0&#xA;TimesNewRomanItalic                  CID TrueType      yes no  yes   1273  0&#xA;TimesNewRoman                        CID TrueType      yes no  yes   1274  0&#xA;TimesNewRomanItalic                  CID TrueType      yes no  yes   1330  0&#xA;TimesNewRoman                        CID TrueType      yes no  yes   1331  0&#xA;TimesNewRoman                        CID TrueType      yes no  yes   1356  0&#xA;TimesNewRomanItalic                  CID TrueType      yes no  yes   1357  0&#xA;TimesNewRomanItalic                  CID TrueType      yes no  yes   1380  0&#xA;TimesNewRoman                        CID TrueType      yes no  yes   1381  0&#xA;TimesNewRomanItalic                  CID TrueType      yes no  yes   1505  0&#xA;TimesNewRoman                        CID TrueType      yes no  yes   1506  0&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Besides Times New Roman TrueType, there's the Monotype TimesNR Type 1 font. Have a look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/metrics/w-a-schmidt/mnt.txt&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Monotype TimesNR font pack&lt;/a&gt; on CTAN.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T22:02:45.593" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11363" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11360" CreationDate="2011-02-17T22:49:03.073" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For the last question:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Go to Edit --&gt; Preferences, and look under the Typesetting tab. Here, all the different tools for typesetting is listed. You can edit existing tools, adding more arguments, or you can create your own. It might be better to create a new, so you don't have to change back for other projects.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="586" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T22:49:03.073" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11365" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10504" CreationDate="2011-02-17T22:57:37.713" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I had the same problem, but in addition I wanted to integrate the subfig package and I needed to put it into an external command, because I use different layouts (one of them does not have a margin).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My TeX-Macro skills are not huge, therefore the macros are huge ;-)&#xA;But it works for me (for now).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newlength\fullmarginwidth&#xA;\fullmarginwidth=\marginparwidth&#xA;\advance\fullmarginwidth by \marginparsep&#xA;&#xA;\newlength\fullwidth&#xA;\fullwidth=\textwidth&#xA;\advance\fullwidth by \fullmarginwidth&#xA;&#xA;%Parameters: [keyvals (see below)]{file}{caption}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;  \define@key[Marfig]{bigfig}{pos}{\def\MfBfPos{#1}}&#xA;  \define@key[Marfig]{bigfig}{relsize}{\def\MfBfRelSize{#1}}&#xA;  \define@key[Marfig]{bigfig}{label}{\def\MfBfLabel{#1}}&#xA;  \define@key[Marfig]{bigfig}{shortcaption}{\def\MfBfShortCaption{#1}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\newcommand{\bigfigure}[3][]{%&#xA;  \begingroup&#xA;    \setkeys[Marfig]{bigfig}{ pos=!htp,&#xA;                              label={fig:#2},&#xA;                              shortcaption={#3},&#xA;                              relsize=0.95}&#xA;    \setkeys[Marfig]{bigfig}{#1}&#xA;    \def\efigure{\begin{figure}}%&#xA;    \expandafter\efigure\expandafter[\MfBfPos]&#xA;      \checkoddpage&#xA;      \edef\side{\ifoddpage l\else r\fi}&#xA;      \makebox[\textwidth][\side]{% &#xA;        \begin{minipage}[t]{\fullwidth}&#xA;          \centering&#xA;          \includegraphics[width=\MfBfRelSize\textwidth]{#2}&#xA;          \caption[\MfBfShortCaption]{#3}&#xA;          \label{\MfBfLabel}&#xA;        \end{minipage}&#xA;      }%&#xA;    \end{figure}&#xA;  \endgroup&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;  \define@key[Marfig]{bigdblfig}{pos}{\def\MfBDfPos{#1}}&#xA;  \define@key[Marfig]{bigdblfig}{mainrelsize}{\def\MfBDfMainRelSize{#1}}&#xA;  \define@key[Marfig]{bigdblfig}{mainlabel}{\def\MfBDfMainLabel{#1}}&#xA;  \define@key[Marfig]{bigdblfig}{maincaption}{\def\MfBDfMainCaption{#1}}&#xA;  \define@key[Marfig]{bigdblfig}{mainshortcaption}{\def\MfBDfMainShortCaption{#1}}&#xA;  \define@key[Marfig]{bigdblfig}{leftrelsize}{\def\MfBDfLeftRelSize{#1}}&#xA;  \define@key[Marfig]{bigdblfig}{leftlabel}{\def\MfBDfLeftLabel{#1}}&#xA;  \define@key[Marfig]{bigdblfig}{leftcaption}{\def\MfBDfLeftCaption{#1}}&#xA;  \define@key[Marfig]{bigdblfig}{leftshortcaption}{\def\MfBDfLeftShortCaption{#1}}&#xA;  \define@key[Marfig]{bigdblfig}{rightrelsize}{\def\MfBDfRightRelSize{#1}}&#xA;  \define@key[Marfig]{bigdblfig}{rightlabel}{\def\MfBDfRightLabel{#1}}&#xA;  \define@key[Marfig]{bigdblfig}{rightcaption}{\def\MfBDfRightCaption{#1}}&#xA;  \define@key[Marfig]{bigdblfig}{rightshortcaption}{\def\MfBDfRightShortCaption{#1}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;%Parameters: [keyvals (see below)]{file-left}{file-right}&#xA;\newcommand{\bigdoublefigure}[3][]{%&#xA;  \begingroup&#xA;    %Default values:&#xA;    \setkeys[Marfig]{bigdblfig}{pos=!htp,&#xA;                                mainrelsize=0.95,&#xA;                                mainlabel={fig:#2-#3},&#xA;                                maincaption={},&#xA;                                mainshortcaption={},%&#xA;                                leftrelsize=0.45,&#xA;                                leftlabel={fig:#2-left},&#xA;                                leftcaption={},&#xA;                                leftshortcaption={},%&#xA;                                rightrelsize=0.45,&#xA;                                rightlabel={fig:#2-right},&#xA;                                rightcaption={},&#xA;                                rightshortcaption={}}&#xA;    %User provided values:&#xA;    \setkeys[Marfig]{bigdblfig}{#1}&#xA;    \def\efigure{\begin{figure}}%&#xA;    \expandafter\efigure\expandafter[\MfBDfPos]&#xA;      %Check on which side whe are (right or left)&#xA;      \checkoddpage&#xA;      \edef\side{\ifoddpage l\else r\fi}&#xA;      %Ensure there will be no overfull box message&#xA;      \makebox[\textwidth][\side]{% &#xA;        \begin{minipage}{\MfBDfMainRelSize\fullwidth}&#xA;          \centering&#xA;          \ifthenelse{\equal{\MfBDfLeftCaption}{}}%&#xA;          {&#xA;            %left subfloat without captions&#xA;            \subfloat{%&#xA;              \includegraphics[width=\MfBDfLeftRelSize\textwidth]{#2}&#xA;              \label{\MfBDfLeftLabel}&#xA;            }          &#xA;          }&#xA;          {&#xA;            \ifthenelse{\equal{\MfBDfLeftCaption}{}}%&#xA;            {&#xA;              %left subfloat with same captions&#xA;              \subfloat[\MfBDfLeftCaption][\MfBDfLeftCaption]{%&#xA;                \includegraphics[width=\MfBDfLeftRelSize\textwidth]{#2}&#xA;                \label{\MfBDfLeftLabel}&#xA;              }&#xA;            }&#xA;            {&#xA;              %left subfloat with different captions&#xA;              \subfloat[\MfBDfLeftShortCaption][\MfBDfLeftCaption]{%&#xA;                \includegraphics[width=\MfBDfLeftRelSize\textwidth]{#2}&#xA;                \label{\MfBDfLeftLabel}&#xA;              }&#xA;            }&#xA;          }&#xA;          \hfill&#xA;           \ifthenelse{\equal{\MfBDfRightCaption}{}}%&#xA;          {&#xA;            %right subfloat without captions&#xA;            \subfloat{%&#xA;              \includegraphics[width=\MfBDfRightRelSize\textwidth]{#3}&#xA;              \label{\MfBDfRightLabel}&#xA;            }&#xA;          }&#xA;          {&#xA;            \ifthenelse{\equal{\MfBDfRightShortCaption}{}}%&#xA;            {&#xA;              %right subfloat with same captions&#xA;              \subfloat[\MfBDfRightCaption][\MfBDfRightCaption]{%&#xA;                \includegraphics[width=\MfBDfRightRelSize\textwidth]{#3}&#xA;                \label{\MfBDfRightLabel}&#xA;              }&#xA;            }&#xA;            {&#xA;              %right subfloat with different captions&#xA;              \subfloat[\MfBDfRightShortCaption][\MfBDfRightCaption]{%&#xA;                \includegraphics[width=\MfBDfRightRelSize\textwidth]{#3}&#xA;                \label{\MfBDfRightLabel}&#xA;              }&#xA;            }&#xA;          }&#xA;          \ifthenelse{\equal{\MfBDfMainCaption}{}}&#xA;          {&#xA;            %no main caption&#xA;          }&#xA;          {&#xA;            \ifthenelse{\equal{\MfBDfMainShortCaption}{}}&#xA;            {&#xA;              %same main captions&#xA;              \caption[\MfBDfMainCaption]{\MfBDfMainCaption}&#xA;            }&#xA;            {&#xA;              %different main captions&#xA;              \caption[\MfBDfMainShortCaption]{\MfBDfMainCaption}&#xA;            }&#xA;          }&#xA;          \label{\MfBDfMainLabel}&#xA;        \end{minipage}&#xA;      }&#xA;    \end{figure}&#xA;  \endgroup&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3648" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T22:57:37.713" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11366" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11369" CreationDate="2011-02-17T23:21:44.463" Score="4" ViewCount="131" Body="&lt;p&gt;For some reason, my figures get pushed to the end of the document. I tried &lt;code&gt;begin{figure}[t]&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;[h]&lt;/code&gt; and other options, but none helped. Any ideas how to get the figures to appear much earlier in the document, where they are approximately first mentioned in the .tex file?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1970" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-02T07:29:55.607" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T07:29:55.607" Title="How can I get the figures not to be pushed to the end of the document?" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11367" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11370" CreationDate="2011-02-17T23:26:42.870" Score="9" ViewCount="155" Body="&lt;p&gt;The package lineno.sty is not numbering my abstract's lines. Any suggestions?&#xA;Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,12pt]{amsart} &#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{indentfirst}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\usepackage{showkeys}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{lineno}&#xA;&#xA;\hyphenpenalty=5000&#xA;  \tolerance=1000&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\linenumbers&#xA;&#xA;\title{Lineno in the Abstract}&#xA;\begin{abstract}&#xA;We do this, do that, ...&#xA;\end{abstract}&#xA;&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;&#xA;\section{Introduction}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3672" LastEditorUserId="3672" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-18T11:16:40.397" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T13:04:48.483" Title="Lineno - numbering abstract's lines." Tags="&lt;amsart&gt;&lt;line-numbering&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11368" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11371" CreationDate="2011-02-17T23:32:07.807" Score="8" ViewCount="262" Body="&lt;p&gt;Can anyone tell me how to plot a gaussian function/bell curve using TikZ/PGF? I'm basically looking to implement something like PSTricks's &lt;code&gt;\psGauss&lt;/code&gt; command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2360" LastEditorUserId="2552" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-19T00:12:08.957" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T00:12:08.957" Title="Bell Curve/Gaussian Function in TikZ/PGF" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;pgfplots&gt;&lt;plot&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="11369" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11366" CreationDate="2011-02-17T23:38:12.790" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Note that this has been mentioned in a few places already. Here is a summary:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could not put them in Floats if you really want them to stay in place, and use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;caption package&lt;/a&gt; to still add a caption to the figure.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I think that the most accepted method is to use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/placeins/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;placeins&lt;/a&gt; package to have your floats placed in the section they appear in. You can also define &lt;code&gt;\FloatBarrier&lt;/code&gt;s to decide where floats should not go past.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Playing with the size of the figure, even for a couple of points, can also make a great difference in the placement while not changing much of the visual aspect. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3390" LastActivityDate="2011-02-17T23:38:12.790" />
  <row Id="11370" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11367" CreationDate="2011-02-17T23:38:33.920" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Seems to be an incompatibility between &lt;code&gt;lineno&lt;/code&gt; and the &lt;code&gt;amsart&lt;/code&gt; class. If I change the document class in your minimal example to &lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt;, the abstract's lines &lt;em&gt;are&lt;/em&gt; numbered.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: See @Andrew Stacey's answer for an in-depth explanation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you &lt;em&gt;really&lt;/em&gt; need linenumbers &lt;em&gt;and&lt;/em&gt; the &lt;code&gt;amsart&lt;/code&gt; class (I would rather ditch &lt;code&gt;amsart&lt;/code&gt;), here's a quick fix: Delete the &lt;code&gt;abstract&lt;/code&gt; environment in your example. Instead, add the following immediately after &lt;code&gt;\maketitle&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\vspace{-7pt}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{quote}&#xA;\footnotesize&#xA;\textsc{Abstract.} We do this, do that, ...&#xA;\end{quote}&#xA;&#xA;\vspace{21pt}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-18T12:37:31.343" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T12:37:31.343" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="11371" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11368" CreationDate="2011-02-17T23:57:05.557" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;code&gt;pgfplots&lt;/code&gt; to plot the functions. There's no standard macro for it, but the function isn't too complicated:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplots}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\gauss[2]{1/(#2*sqrt(2*pi))*exp(-((x-#1)^2)/(2*#2^2))} % Gauss function, parameters mu and sigma&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{axis}[every axis plot post/.append style={&#xA;  mark=none,domain=-2:3,samples=50,smooth}, % All plots: from -2:2, 50 samples, smooth, no marks&#xA;axis x line*=bottom, % no box around the plot, only x and y axis&#xA;axis y line*=left, % the * suppresses the arrow tips&#xA;enlargelimits=upper] % extend the axes a bit to the right and top&#xA;\addplot {\gauss{0}{0.5}};&#xA;\addplot {\gauss{1}{0.75}};&#xA;\end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/aryXk.png&quot; alt=&quot;pgfplots gauss distribution&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastEditorUserId="2552" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-18T00:02:59.937" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T00:02:59.937" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11372" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-18T00:02:29.373" Score="7" ViewCount="135" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello, can anyone tell me how to calculate intersections of rays and objects in TikZ? Normally the syntax is &lt;code&gt;intersection of p1--p2 and p3--p4&lt;/code&gt;, but I would like to intersect the line segment from p1 to p2 with a ray starting at p3 and going into a direction e. Is that possible with TikZ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3673" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-18T02:29:53.077" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T17:36:50.843" Title="Intersection with rays in TikZ" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11373" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11372" CreationDate="2011-02-18T00:28:43.440" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could cheat by intersecting the line p1 to p2 (called &lt;code&gt;AB&lt;/code&gt; in the code sample below) with an &quot;infinitely long&quot; (e.g. one metre...) path that's not drawn. You have to reset the bounding box after defining the &quot;ray&quot;, because otherwise your &lt;code&gt;tikzpicture&lt;/code&gt; will too big.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{intersections}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{backgrounds} % Only used for showing the bounding box&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[show background rectangle]&#xA;\coordinate (C) at (1,1);&#xA;\path [name path=Cray] &#xA;  \foreach \n in {-45,-40,...,45}{ (C) -- +(\n:100cm) };&#xA;\pgfresetboundingbox&#xA;&#xA;\draw [name path=AB] (3,-2) .. controls(10,0) and (8,5) .. (8,5);&#xA;\draw [red,name intersections={of=AB and Cray,sort by=AB,total=\t}] &#xA;  \foreach \i in {1,...,\t} { (C) -- (intersection-\i) };&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/YUWvX.png&quot; alt=&quot;rays intersecting a line in tikz&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastEditorUserId="2552" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-18T06:10:50.560" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T06:10:50.560" />
  <row Id="11374" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-18T01:54:32.820" Score="0" ViewCount="56" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to run multiple versions of Winedt, Build: 20100317  (v. 6.0) on Windows 7 x64 system to edit multiple projects?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="637" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-18T06:45:03.790" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T08:33:01.540" Title="Running multiple Winedt processes on Windows 7 x64" Tags="&lt;windows&gt;&lt;winedt&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11375" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-18T01:55:51.710" Score="0" ViewCount="58" Body="&lt;p&gt;Has anyone used the Winedt Build: 20100317 (v. 6.0) tested on Windows 7 x64? When I try to create a new project, it doesn't create one. However I can use the editor to edit tex/bib files.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="637" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-18T08:09:24.657" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T08:09:24.657" Title="Running Winedt on Windows 7 x64" Tags="&lt;windows&gt;&lt;winedt&gt;" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11376" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7735" CreationDate="2011-02-18T02:00:09.193" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I found this post in the last few days while searching for an answer to the same problem. I'm also using XeLaTeX, and also need fontspec, so I feel your pain. I tried all kinds of things, which I won't list here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's the solution I came up with:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you discovered, the &lt;code&gt;Mapping=tex-text&lt;/code&gt; option is what is changing the straight quotes to curly (no matter what). As you also saw, removing it results in no curly quotes anywhere. That's no good either.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The standard XeLaTeX template in TeXShop (I've excluded the sans and mono font declarations) has:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{fontspec,xltxtra,xunicode}&#xA;\defaultfontfeatures{Mapping=tex-text}&#xA;\setromanfont[Mapping=tex-text]{Hoefler Text}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I decided to define a new font, using the same typeface as the roman font, but &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; include any mapping.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newfontfamily{\S}{Hoefler Text}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As a final step, the &lt;code&gt;\defaultfontfeatures{Mapping=tex-text}&lt;/code&gt; line must be deleted or commented out. If not, it adds mapping to all font declarations. I suppose that's meant to be helpful in case one forgets it, but in this case, it's holding us back. Since &lt;code&gt;\setromanfont&lt;/code&gt; above already declared its mapping, removing it as a default feature won't alter the appearance of normal typing, giving you access to curly quotes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The altered preamble section will then be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{fontspec,xltxtra,xunicode}&#xA;%\defaultfontfeatures{Mapping=tex-text}&#xA;\setromanfont[Mapping=tex-text]{Hoefler Text}&#xA;\newfontfamily{\S}{Hoefler Text}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When you need straight quotes, put them within the custom font call. Since there is no mapping, you will get finally them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;The ``antique'' table is 5{\S '}6{\S &quot;} long.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I set custom commands to make writing easier.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\inch}{{\S &quot;}}&#xA;\newcommand{\feet}{{\S '}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This allows me to write:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;The ``antique'' table is 5\feet 6\inch\ long.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I hope this helps. I was creating a 100+ page document, and needed both curly and straight quotes frequently. This is the only thing I've tried that works, period. If there is a more elegant way (in XeLaTeX with fontspec), I'd love to learn it. I've only been using TeX/XeLaTeX for 2-3 months, so I'm kind of a newbie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3674" LastEditorUserId="3674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-18T02:14:24.160" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T02:14:24.160" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11377" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11379" CreationDate="2011-02-18T02:41:15.907" Score="1" ViewCount="60" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a table below&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,12pt]{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{quote}&#xA;  \begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|c|c|}&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    \multicolumn{4}{c}{Table title}\\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Fuze Type &amp;amp; Weight &amp;amp; Muzzle Velocity &amp;amp; From sea level\\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Time &amp;amp; Vehicle wt: 5000&#xA;&#xA;    Tyre wt: 100&amp;amp;40000 m/s &amp;amp; 0m\\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Degrees &amp;amp; Minutes &amp;amp; Mil &amp;amp;Range in m &amp;amp; Time of flight in s\\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;  \end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I want the second column to be of fixed width and if the length of text in this column is more, text will be allowed to take multiple lines without changing the width.&#xA;Edit:Can you also tell me how to do the same in longtable.(|&gt;{\centering}p{2cm}| doesn't seem to work in longtable.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I want left and right edges of the top row visible.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I need the last columns of rows 2 and 3 invisible(no borders), since there is no data in those cells.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3675" LastEditorUserId="3675" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-18T08:28:41.513" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T08:28:41.513" Title="How to set the width of the cell and allow it to take multiple lines?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;longtable&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="11378" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11377" CreationDate="2011-02-18T04:13:00.583" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To get a column that wraps, you need to use the &lt;code&gt;p&lt;/code&gt; column type.  To make that column be centred, you need to use the &lt;code&gt;array&lt;/code&gt; package.  To get the vertical lines on empty cells you need to put the column separator &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; to mark the cells, not simply end a row with &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{tabular}{|c|&amp;gt;{\centering}p{2cm}|c|c|c|}&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    \multicolumn{5}{|c|}{Table title} \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Fuze Type &amp;amp; Weight &amp;amp; Muzzle Velocity &amp;amp; From sea level &amp;amp;\\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Time &amp;amp; Vehicle wt: 5000&#xA;&#xA;    Tyre wt: 100&amp;amp;40000 m/s &amp;amp; 0m &amp;amp;\\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Degrees &amp;amp; Minutes &amp;amp; Mil &amp;amp;Range in m &amp;amp; Time of flight in s\\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;  \end{tabular}&#xA;\bigskip&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|c|&amp;gt;{\centering}p{2cm}|c|c|c|}&#xA;    \cline{1-4}&#xA;    \multicolumn{4}{|c|}{Table title} \\&#xA;    \cline{1-4}&#xA;    Fuze Type &amp;amp; Weight &amp;amp; Muzzle Velocity &amp;amp; From sea level \\&#xA;    \cline{1-4}&#xA;    Time &amp;amp; Vehicle wt: 5000&#xA;&#xA;    Tyre wt: 100&amp;amp;40000 m/s &amp;amp; 0m \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Degrees &amp;amp; Minutes &amp;amp; Mil &amp;amp;Range in m &amp;amp; Time of flight in s\\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;  \end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Normally the title would be a caption to the table, rather than a row in itself.  You can do this by wrapping the whole &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; in a &lt;code&gt;table&lt;/code&gt; environment, and adding a &lt;code&gt;\caption{Title}&lt;/code&gt; command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Many people think that vertical lines in tables are not good form; take a look a the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/booktabs&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;booktabs&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package for very nice looking tables without vertical lines.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Addendum&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sorry I didn't read your request as carefully, since the resultant table looks quite odd.  But I've added a second table matching your actual request.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ur8NU.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-18T04:44:54.973" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T04:44:54.973" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11379" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11377" CreationDate="2011-02-18T04:14:22.370" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,12pt]{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{quote}&#xA;  \begin{tabular}{|c|p{3cm}|c|c|c|}&#xA;    \cline{1-4}&#xA;    \multicolumn{4}{|c|}{Table title}\\&#xA;    \cline{1-4}&#xA;    Fuze Type &amp;amp; Weight &amp;amp; Muzzle Velocity &amp;amp; From sea level\\&#xA;    \cline{1-4}&#xA;    \centering&#xA;    Time &amp;amp; Vehicle wt: 5000&#xA;&#xA;    Tyre wt: 100&amp;amp;40000 m/s &amp;amp; 0m\\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Degrees &amp;amp; Minutes &amp;amp; Mil &amp;amp;Range in m &amp;amp; Time of flight in s\\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;  \end{tabular}&#xA;\end{quote}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/3AaEG.png&quot; alt=&quot;screenshot&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3345" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T04:14:22.370" />
  <row Id="11380" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11381" CreationDate="2011-02-18T04:29:59.953" Score="9" ViewCount="140" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a big table which contains hundreds of rows. I want to repeat the top two rows on every page of the table. How can I do it in TeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3675" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-18T08:19:36.733" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T12:43:04.460" Title="How to repeat top rows (column headings) on every page" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;longtable&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="11381" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11380" CreationDate="2011-02-18T05:00:25.360" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Both the  &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/longtable&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;longtable&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package and the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/supertabular&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;supertabular&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package can do this.  Here's an example using &lt;code&gt;longtable&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{longtable}&#xA;\begin{document}      &#xA;\begin{longtable}{ccc}&#xA;\hline&#xA;Column 1 &amp;amp; Column 2 &amp;amp; Column 3\\&#xA;\hline&#xA;\endhead % all the lines above this will be repeated on every page&#xA;A &amp;amp; B &amp;amp; C\\&#xA;A &amp;amp; B &amp;amp; C\\&#xA;... many lines of table ...&#xA;\end{longtable}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T05:00:25.360" />
  <row Id="11382" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11366" CreationDate="2011-02-18T06:41:34.963" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your figures are most likely to large and/or you tell LaTeX to place them at a position they don't fit. So there are pushed to the last position were they finally do: the end of the document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Adding &lt;em&gt;restrictions&lt;/em&gt; like &lt;code&gt;[t]&lt;/code&gt; (top) or &lt;code&gt;[h]&lt;/code&gt; (here, LaTeX has a habit of refusing it) doesn't help, but makes things worse! Actually removing all of that restrictions might help. There is a good reason why this argument to &lt;code&gt;figure&lt;/code&gt; is optional! If you are using it add at least &lt;code&gt;p&lt;/code&gt; so LaTeX can do float-only pages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;To fix this&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;you can allow more space for floats (&lt;code&gt;figure&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;table&lt;/code&gt;) alike by redefining one or more of the following macros. The &lt;code&gt;...fraction&lt;/code&gt; ones define the fraction of the page with is allowed to be used on top or bottom etc. The &lt;code&gt;...number&lt;/code&gt; ones define the maximum number of floats at these positions.&#xA;The values below are examples from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=floats&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this TeX FAQ&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\topfraction}{.85}&#xA;\renewcommand{\bottomfraction}{.7}&#xA;\renewcommand{\textfraction}{.15}&#xA;\renewcommand{\floatpagefraction}{.66}&#xA;\renewcommand{\dbltopfraction}{.66}&#xA;\renewcommand{\dblfloatpagefraction}{.66}&#xA;\setcounter{topnumber}{9}&#xA;\setcounter{bottomnumber}{9}&#xA;\setcounter{totalnumber}{20}&#xA;\setcounter{dbltopnumber}{9}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I wouldn't recommend to change your figures to non-floating ones because this gives bad layout.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T06:41:34.963" />
  <row Id="11383" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11387" CreationDate="2011-02-18T07:34:15.387" Score="7" ViewCount="94" Body="&lt;p&gt;To quote &lt;em&gt;TeX by Topic&lt;/em&gt;, &quot;whenever a &lt;code&gt;\shipout&lt;/code&gt; occurs, TeX also writes the values of counters 0&amp;ndash;9 to the dvi file and the terminal.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Do any dvi viewers or converters (e.g., dvips) make use of &lt;code&gt;\count1&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\count2&lt;/code&gt;, &amp;hellip;, &lt;code&gt;\count9&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Do any TeX formats or LaTeX packages set them?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does pdfTeX (when outputting pdfs) use them?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T10:46:10.697" Title="Are \count1, ..., \count9 useful?" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;dvi&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11384" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11272" CreationDate="2011-02-18T07:59:55.313" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sorry but my english language is poor, now you question is more easy to understand !&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}  &#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{shadows,fadings}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}  &#xA; \begin{tikzpicture} &#xA;   \draw [help lines] (0,0) grid (3,2); &#xA;   \filldraw [drop shadow={top color=black,&#xA;              bottom color=white,&#xA;              shadow xshift=1em,&#xA;              shadow yshift=-1em,&#xA;              rounded corners },&#xA;              rounded corners,&#xA;              top color= blue, bottom color=white]&#xA;(0,0) rectangle (6,3);&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture} &#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/rpS8j.png&quot; alt=&quot;drop shadow rectangular bow with fading&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T07:59:55.313" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11385" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11380" CreationDate="2011-02-18T08:01:55.037" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A solution with continued headers and footers&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{longtable}&#xA;\begin{document}      &#xA;&#xA;\begin{longtable}{ccc}&#xA;\caption{My caption for this table\label{foo}}\\\hline&#xA;Column 1 &amp;amp; Column 2 &amp;amp; Column 3\\\hline&#xA;\endfirsthead&#xA;\multicolumn{3}{@{}l}{\ldots continued}\\\hline&#xA;Column 1 &amp;amp; Column 2 &amp;amp; Column 3\\\hline&#xA;\endhead % all the lines above this will be repeated on every page&#xA;\hline&#xA;\multicolumn{3}{r@{}}{continued \ldots}\\&#xA;\endfoot&#xA;\hline&#xA;\endlastfoot&#xA;A &amp;amp; B &amp;amp; C\\     A &amp;amp; B &amp;amp; C\\&#xA;A &amp;amp; B &amp;amp; C\\     A &amp;amp; B &amp;amp; C\\&#xA;A &amp;amp; B &amp;amp; C\\ \newpage&#xA;A &amp;amp; B &amp;amp; C\\     A &amp;amp; B &amp;amp; C\\&#xA;A &amp;amp; B &amp;amp; C\\     A &amp;amp; B &amp;amp; C\\&#xA;\end{longtable}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/dUOo5.png&quot; alt=&quot;page1&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/QfIfN.png&quot; alt=&quot;page2&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-18T12:43:04.460" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T12:43:04.460" />
  <row Id="11386" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11377" CreationDate="2011-02-18T08:18:08.953" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;choose a greater baselineskip, makes the table looks nicer: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,12pt]{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;{\renewcommand\arraystretch{1.8}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|c|p{3cm}|c|c|c}\cline{1-4}&#xA;\multicolumn{4}{|c|}{Table title}\\\cline{1-4}&#xA; Fuze Type &amp;amp; Weight &amp;amp; Muzzle Velocity &amp;amp; From sea level\\\cline{1-4}&#xA;    Time &amp;amp; Vehicle wt: 5000&#xA;    Tyre wt: 100&amp;amp;40000 m/s &amp;amp; 0m\\\hline&#xA;    Degrees &amp;amp; Minutes &amp;amp; Mil &amp;amp;Range in m &#xA;           &amp;amp; \multicolumn{1}{c|}{Time of flight in s}\\\hline&#xA;  \end{tabular}}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/fIjUF.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T08:18:08.953" />
  <row Id="11387" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11383" CreationDate="2011-02-18T08:25:50.250" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The pdftex-based version of ConTeXt uses &lt;code&gt;\count1&lt;/code&gt; to indicate the user-visible page number, and &lt;code&gt;\count0&lt;/code&gt; for the sequential page number in the pdf. So in a book with 4 pages of preliminary matter (colophon, toc) there will be &lt;code&gt;[5.1]&lt;/code&gt;&#xA;printed to the terminal for the first page in the main document body.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T08:25:50.250" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11388" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11374" CreationDate="2011-02-18T08:33:01.540" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can start a second instance with the command line switches -C or -c. E.g.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;winedt -C=&quot;second winedt&quot;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The help about &quot;Command Line Switches&quot; contains also examples how to associate a project or a special ini file to such a second instance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T08:33:01.540" />
  <row Id="11389" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11366" CreationDate="2011-02-18T08:51:57.770" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Start with appropriate placement parameters for your float objects.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}[!ht]&#xA;% figure content&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The exclamation mark overwrites the internal values introduced by Martin and makes LaTeX &quot;try harder&quot; to place the float at the earliest possible place. It is documented in Appendix C.9 of the Lamport book.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T08:51:57.770" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11390" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11395" CreationDate="2011-02-18T09:16:48.053" Score="10" ViewCount="220" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm writing a review for a book at the moment, and I thought I'd be clever and show off what LaTeX is capable of by adding a x-out-of-y stars graphic. Tikz can do many things so I would have thought that a trick like this would be fairly trivial, however it seems that I cannot figure out a macro to draw the shapes at the right size, let alone fancy tricks such as half-filled stars or something similar. I think the code I have so far might be headed in the right direction:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{shapes.geometric}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{calc,shadows}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*\starfill{%&#xA;  \tikz[baseline=(key.base),scale=-3]&#xA;  \node[star, star points=5, star point ratio=2.25, fill=black, draw](key) {S};  &#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've tried to start by drawing a single star shape, but ideally I'd like to define like &lt;code&gt;\starsranking{number}{total}&lt;/code&gt; that will output the appropriate shaded &lt;code&gt;number&lt;/code&gt; of stars out of &lt;code&gt;total&lt;/code&gt;. Is this doable? It doesn't sound particularly difficult.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3351" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T20:05:59.960" Title="Drawing stars/similar with Tikz" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;diagrams&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="11391" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11193" CreationDate="2011-02-18T09:17:03.317" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I converted the PNG files to EPS and used those in includegraphics and it works.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2158" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T09:17:03.317" />
  <row Id="11392" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="783" CreationDate="2011-02-18T09:28:28.173" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is an expansion of Stefan's answer which suggests using &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/pdfpages&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pgfpages&lt;/a&gt;.  I just tried it using the &lt;code&gt;2 on 1&lt;/code&gt; layout.  I used a negative length to the &lt;code&gt;border shrink&lt;/code&gt; argument to make the pages bigger to fit better on the page, but found that the pages weren't centred properly (at the best size, the page numbers were being lost off the bottom of the page).  So I extended the &lt;code&gt;2 on 1&lt;/code&gt; layout to take a horizontal and/or vertical shift argument to shift the centres of the pages.  I'm posting it here in case it is of any use to anyone else.  Due to one command, it needs to be either in a separate &lt;code&gt;.sty&lt;/code&gt; file or sandwiched in &lt;code&gt;\makeatletter ... \makeatother&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\define@key{pgfpagesuselayoutoption}{horizontal shift}%&#xA;{\def\pgfpageoptionhshift{#1}}&#xA;\define@key{pgfpagesuselayoutoption}{vertical shift}%&#xA;{\def\pgfpageoptionvshift{#1}}&#xA;&#xA;\pgfpagesdeclarelayout{2 on 1 shifted}&#xA;{&#xA;  \edef\pgfpageoptionheight{\the\paperwidth} % landscaped by default&#xA;  \edef\pgfpageoptionwidth{\the\paperheight}&#xA;  \def\pgfpageoptionborder{0pt}&#xA;  \def\pgfpageoptionfirstshipout{1}&#xA;  \def\pgfpageoptionhshift{0pt}&#xA;  \def\pgfpageoptionvshift{0pt}&#xA;}&#xA;{&#xA;  \pgfpagesphysicalpageoptions&#xA;  {%&#xA;    logical pages=2,%&#xA;    physical height=\pgfpageoptionheight,%&#xA;    physical width=\pgfpageoptionwidth,%&#xA;    current logical shipout=\pgfpageoptionfirstshipout%&#xA;  }&#xA;  \ifdim\paperheight&amp;gt;\paperwidth\relax&#xA;    % put side-by-side&#xA;    \pgfpageslogicalpageoptions{1}&#xA;    {%&#xA;      border shrink=\pgfpageoptionborder,%&#xA;      resized width=.5\pgfphysicalwidth,%&#xA;      resized height=\pgfphysicalheight,%&#xA;      center=\pgfpoint{.25\pgfphysicalwidth+\pgfpageoptionhshift}{.5\pgfphysicalheight+\pgfpageoptionvshift}%&#xA;    }%&#xA;    \pgfpageslogicalpageoptions{2}&#xA;    {%&#xA;      border shrink=\pgfpageoptionborder,%&#xA;      resized width=.5\pgfphysicalwidth,%&#xA;      resized height=\pgfphysicalheight,%&#xA;      center=\pgfpoint{.75\pgfphysicalwidth+\pgfpageoptionhshift}{.5\pgfphysicalheight+\pgfpageoptionvshift}%&#xA;    }%&#xA;  \else&#xA;    % stack on top of one another&#xA;    \pgfpageslogicalpageoptions{1}&#xA;    {%&#xA;      border shrink=\pgfpageoptionborder,%&#xA;      resized width=\pgfphysicalwidth,%&#xA;      resized height=.5\pgfphysicalheight,%&#xA;      center=\pgfpoint{.5\pgfphysicalwidth+\pgfpageoptionhshift}{.75\pgfphysicalheight+\pgfpageoptionvshift}%&#xA;    }%&#xA;    \pgfpageslogicalpageoptions{2}&#xA;    {%&#xA;      border shrink=\pgfpageoptionborder,%&#xA;      resized width=\pgfphysicalwidth,%&#xA;      resized height=.5\pgfphysicalheight,%&#xA;      center=\pgfpoint{.5\pgfphysicalwidth+\pgfpageoptionhshift}{.25\pgfphysicalheight+\pgfpageoptionvshift}%&#xA;    }%&#xA;  \fi    &#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To use it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{pgfpages}&#xA;&#xA;... now put or load the above code ...&#xA;&#xA;\pgfpagesuselayout{2 on 1 shifted}[border shrink=-3cm,vertical shift=.5cm, horizontal shift=2cm]&#xA;\nofiles&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At the moment, both pages are shifted by the same amount and in the same direction.  It would be easy to extend it to shift these independently.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T09:28:28.173" />
  <row Id="11393" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11394" CreationDate="2011-02-18T09:46:16.147" Score="3" ViewCount="120" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to create a somewhat specially formatted document, with some text on the recto (right side) and a graphic on the verso (left side). This is for a brochure of sorts. See below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;---------    ---------&#xA;|       |    |       |&#xA;| text  |    |  fig  |  &#xA;|       |    |       |&#xA;|   n   |    |  n+1  |&#xA;--------     ---------&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My idea is to compile two separate documents -- one will have the text, and the other the graphics, and these are easy to create. With some &lt;code&gt;pdftk&lt;/code&gt; wizardry, I can easily mix the pages together in the order they should appear, together with some additional front and back matter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, I want to have page numbers on each page, and for this, they need to be incremented by two for each document. I guess I could try to do this manually, but I was kinda hoping there could be a better way to do it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All kinds of ideas welcome. I'm using LaTeX, but ConTeXt solutions will be interesting to see as well. If you think of another way to do the whole thing, feel free to give it a go. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Bonus points for specifying arbitrary page increment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="711" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T11:23:14.883" Title="How can I change the increment of the page numbering?" Tags="&lt;page-numbering&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="11394" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11393" CreationDate="2011-02-18T09:53:56.193" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This idea popped into my mind: Using &lt;code&gt;\afterpage&lt;/code&gt; to simply increase the page counter after every page. Note the recursive call. This allows for arbitrary, but fixed page increments.&#xA;Variable page increments would need some form of &lt;code&gt;\increasethispagenumber{&amp;lt;n&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt; macro in the text which sets the increment. I think you get the idea.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{afterpage}&#xA;&#xA;\def\incpage{\addtocounter{page}{1}\afterpage{\incpage}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\afterpage{\incpage}&#xA;&#xA;A&#xA;\newpage&#xA;B&#xA;\newpage&#xA;C&#xA;\newpage&#xA;D&#xA;\newpage&#xA;E&#xA;\newpage&#xA;F&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Works fine in my simple test.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T09:53:56.193" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="11395" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11390" CreationDate="2011-02-18T09:59:46.920" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's the code for fully filled stars, now slightly improved thanks to Andrew Stacey's &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/6709/using-pgfmathparse-and-ifnum-for-a-tikz-checkerboard/6711#6711&quot;&gt;answer to the checkerboard question&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{shapes.geometric}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\score[2]{&#xA;\pgfmathsetmacro\pgfxa{#1+1}&#xA;\tikzstyle{scorestars}=[star, star points=5, star point ratio=2.25, draw,inner sep=1.3pt,anchor=outer point 3]&#xA;  \begin{tikzpicture}[baseline]&#xA;    \foreach \i in {1,...,#2} {&#xA;    \pgfmathparse{(\i&amp;lt;=#1?&quot;yellow&quot;:&quot;gray&quot;)}&#xA;    \edef\starcolor{\pgfmathresult}&#xA;    \draw (\i*1.75ex,0) node[name=star\i,scorestars,fill=\starcolor]  {};&#xA;   }&#xA;  \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\score{0}{5} A meagre result.&#xA;&#xA;\score{4}{5} Much better&#xA;&#xA;\score{5}{5} Perfect score!&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/psg4i.png&quot; alt=&quot;ranking stars with tikz&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And here's the much more elaborate, much more pointless, floating point scoring star macro (I'll leave the simple one in as well, it's a lot more usable):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{shapes.geometric,calc}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\score[2]{&#xA;\pgfmathsetmacro\pgfxa{#1+1}&#xA;\tikzstyle{scorestars}=[star, star points=5, star point ratio=2.25, draw,inner sep=0.15em,anchor=outer point 3]&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline]&#xA;  \foreach \i in {1,...,#2} {&#xA;    \pgfmathparse{(\i&amp;lt;=#1?&quot;yellow&quot;:&quot;gray&quot;)}&#xA;    \edef\starcolor{\pgfmathresult}&#xA;    \draw (\i*1em,0) node[name=star\i,scorestars,fill=\starcolor]  {};&#xA;   }&#xA;   \pgfmathparse{(#1&amp;gt;int(#1)?int(#1+1):0}&#xA;   \let\partstar=\pgfmathresult&#xA;   \ifnum\partstar&amp;gt;0&#xA;     \pgfmathsetmacro\starpart{#1-(int(#1))}&#xA;     \path [clip] ($(star\partstar.outer point 3)!(star\partstar.outer point 2)!(star\partstar.outer point 4)$) rectangle &#xA;    ($(star\partstar.outer point 2 |- star\partstar.outer point 1)!\starpart!(star\partstar.outer point 1 -| star\partstar.outer point 5)$);&#xA;     \fill (\partstar*1em,0) node[scorestars,fill=yellow]  {};&#xA;   \fi&#xA;&#xA;,\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\small\score{2}{5} A meagre result.&#xA;&#xA;\Huge{\score{4.4}{5} Wooo!}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/fNdUm.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastEditorUserId="2552" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-20T20:05:59.960" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T20:05:59.960" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="11398" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2151" CreationDate="2011-02-18T10:30:32.733" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use just the rubber directive watch, by adding just the following line to your latex document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% rubber: watch figure1.pdf&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See rubber man page with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;man rubber&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to learn everything about rubber directives.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3473" LastEditorUserId="3473" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-18T10:33:29.703" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T10:33:29.703" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11399" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11393" CreationDate="2011-02-18T10:32:16.803" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Beside changing the page counter you can also simply change the output and leave the counter as is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,10pt]{scrartcl}&#xA;\renewcommand\thepage{\number\numexpr 2*\the\value{page}\relax}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;a\newpage b\newpage c\newpage d\newpage&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T10:32:16.803" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11400" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11383" CreationDate="2011-02-18T10:46:10.697" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There's the &lt;code&gt;count1to&lt;/code&gt; package, which stores sectioning numbers in them, but that's the only thing that comes to my mind.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1860" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T10:46:10.697" />
  <row Id="11401" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-18T10:52:17.770" Score="1" ViewCount="100" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to insert a long table in a two-column paper. I tried &quot;tabular&quot; first, but the problem is that it doesn't divide the table among pages. Then people in this post suggested that I use xtab:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/133/in-latex-how-can-i-make-a-table-that-takes-up-more-than-a-single-page&quot;&gt;In LaTeX, how can I make a table that takes up more than a single page?&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried it but, unfortunately, I got this error after adding the star to a working xtabular table:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;./composition-body.tex:392: Missing number, treated as zero.&#xA;&amp;lt;to be read again&amp;gt; &#xA;                   |&#xA;l.392     \hline&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I didn't understand the error, especially that removing the star removes the error. After some search in the internet, I thought it might expect width, so I added &lt;code&gt;{5in}&lt;/code&gt; just after &lt;code&gt;\begin{xtabular*}&lt;/code&gt;. This solved the compiling problem, but LaTeX still tries to insert the table in a column as shown in the following two images:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/aEU3B.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/grmKX.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is the LaTeX code in case you want to read it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\tablecaption{The factors the camera solver depends on to evaluate the rules.}&#xA;\tablehead{\hline \textbf{Factor} &amp;amp; \textbf{Best Value} &amp;amp; \textbf{$\Delta_t$} &amp;amp; \textbf{$\Delta_{do}$} &amp;amp; \textbf{Explanation} \\}&#xA;\begin{xtabular*}{5in}{|c|c|c|c|p{3in}|}&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    %%% ----- Rule of Thirds (Corners) -----&#xA;    \multicolumn{5}{|&amp;gt;{\columncolor[gray]{.8}}l|}{Rule of Thirds (Corners)} \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Horizontal Distance to Corner   &amp;amp; 0     &amp;amp; HD/20         &amp;amp; HD        &amp;amp; The horizontal distance between the centre of mass of the object and the closest corner.                              \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Vertical Distance to Corner     &amp;amp; 0     &amp;amp; HD/20         &amp;amp; HD        &amp;amp; The vertical distance between the centre of mass of the object and the closest corner.                                \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    %%% ----- Rule of Thirds (Lines) -----&#xA;    \multicolumn{5}{|&amp;gt;{\columncolor[gray]{.8}}l|}{Rule of Thirds (Lines)} \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Line Angle                      &amp;amp; 45    &amp;amp; 15            &amp;amp; 30        &amp;amp; The angle between the prominent line of the object and the diagonal lines                                             \\ % TODO: What object? Make sure it is clear.&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Line Distance                   &amp;amp; 0     &amp;amp; 0.25          &amp;amp; 1         &amp;amp; The distance, in screen coordinates, from the prominent line of the object to the diagonal lines.                     \\ % TODO: Need to define screen coordinates&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Corner Distances                &amp;amp; 0     &amp;amp; 0.1           &amp;amp; 0.7       &amp;amp; The distance, in screen coordinates, from the end of the prominent line of the object to the corners of the screen.   \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    %%% ----- Diagonal Dominance -----&#xA;    \multicolumn{5}{|&amp;gt;{\columncolor[gray]{.8}}l|}{Diagonal Dominance} \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Line Angle                      &amp;amp; 45    &amp;amp; 15            &amp;amp; 30        &amp;amp; The angle between the prominent line of the object and the diagonal lines                                             \\ % TODO: What object? Make sure it is clear.&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Line Distance                   &amp;amp; 0     &amp;amp; 0.25          &amp;amp; 1         &amp;amp; The distance, in screen coordinates, from the prominent line of the object to the diagonal lines.                     \\ % TODO: Need to define screen coordinates&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Corner Distances                &amp;amp; 0     &amp;amp; 0.1           &amp;amp; 0.7       &amp;amp; The distance, in screen coordinates, from the end of the prominent line of the object to the corners of the screen.   \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    %%% ----- Visual Balance -----&#xA;    \multicolumn{5}{|&amp;gt;{\columncolor[gray]{.8}}l|}{Visual Balance} \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Horizontal Center               &amp;amp; 0     &amp;amp; 0.1           &amp;amp; 0.5       &amp;amp; The horizontal component of the centre of mass of all the objects of the rule.                                        \\ % TODO: What does &quot;objects&quot; mean here? It should be well explained.&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Vertical Center                 &amp;amp; 0     &amp;amp; 0.1           &amp;amp; 0.5       &amp;amp; The vertical component of the centre of mass of all the objects of the rule.                                          \\ % TODO: What does &quot;objects&quot; mean here? It should be well explained.&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    %%% ----- Boundary Rule -----&#xA;    \multicolumn{5}{|&amp;gt;{\columncolor[gray]{.8}}l|}{Boundardy Rule} \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Left Outside                    &amp;amp; 0     &amp;amp; 5\% BW        &amp;amp; 25\% BW   &amp;amp; The width of the part of the object which is beyond the left border of the boundary specified by the rule.            \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Right Outside                   &amp;amp; 0     &amp;amp; 5\% BW        &amp;amp; 25\% BW   &amp;amp; The width of the part of the object which is beyond the right border of the boundary specified by the rule.           \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Top Outside                     &amp;amp; 0     &amp;amp; 5\% BH        &amp;amp; 25\% BH   &amp;amp; The height of the part of the object which is beyond the upper border of the boundary specified by the rule.          \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Bottom Outside                  &amp;amp; 0     &amp;amp; 5\% BH        &amp;amp; 25\% BH   &amp;amp; The height of the part of the object which is beyond the lower border of the boundary specified by the rule.          \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    %%% ----- Framing Rule -----&#xA;    \multicolumn{5}{|&amp;gt;{\columncolor[gray]{.8}}l|}{Framing Rule} \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Left Delta                      &amp;amp; 0     &amp;amp; 5\% FW        &amp;amp; 25\% FW   &amp;amp; The distance between the left of the object's frame and the left of the frame specified by the rule.                  \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Right Delta                     &amp;amp; 0     &amp;amp; 5\% FW        &amp;amp; 25\% FW   &amp;amp; The distance between the right of the object's frame and the right of the frame specified by the rule.                \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Top Delta                       &amp;amp; 0     &amp;amp; 5\% FH        &amp;amp; 25\% FH   &amp;amp; The distance between the top of the object's frame and the top of the frame specified by the rule.                    \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Bottom Delta                    &amp;amp; 0     &amp;amp; 5\% FH        &amp;amp; 25\% FH   &amp;amp; The distance between the bottom of the object's frame and the bottom of the frame specified by the rule.              \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    %%% ----- Visibility Rule -----&#xA;    \multicolumn{5}{|&amp;gt;{\columncolor[gray]{.8}}l|}{Visibility Rule (Full Visibility)} \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Visibility                      &amp;amp; 100   &amp;amp; 5             &amp;amp; 50        &amp;amp; The percentage of the visible part of the object.                                                                     \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    %%% ----- Visibility Rule -----&#xA;    \multicolumn{5}{|&amp;gt;{\columncolor[gray]{.8}}l|}{Visibility Rule (No Visibility)} \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Visibility                      &amp;amp; 0     &amp;amp; 5             &amp;amp; 50        &amp;amp; The percentage of the visible part of the object.                                                                     \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    %%% ----- Position Rule -----&#xA;    \multicolumn{5}{|&amp;gt;{\columncolor[gray]{.8}}l|}{Position Rule} \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Horizontal Distance             &amp;amp; 0     &amp;amp; 0.01          &amp;amp; 0.25      &amp;amp; The horizontal distance between the centre of mass of the object and the position specified by the rule.              \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Vertical Distance               &amp;amp; 0     &amp;amp; 0.01          &amp;amp; 0.25      &amp;amp; The vertical distance between the centre of mass of the object and the position specified by the rule.                \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    %%% ----- Size Rule -----&#xA;    \multicolumn{5}{|&amp;gt;{\columncolor[gray]{.8}}l|}{Size Rule} \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Beyond Minimum Width            &amp;amp; 0     &amp;amp; 5\% AOW       &amp;amp; 25\% FW   &amp;amp; The amount the width of the object is beyond the minimum width.                                                       \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Beyond Minimum Height           &amp;amp; 0     &amp;amp; 5\% AOH       &amp;amp; 25\% FH   &amp;amp; The amount the height of the object is beyond the minimum height.                                                     \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Beyond Maximum Width            &amp;amp; 0     &amp;amp; 5\% AOW       &amp;amp; 25\% FW   &amp;amp; The amount the width of the object is beyond the maximum width.                                                       \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Beyond Maximum Height           &amp;amp; 0     &amp;amp; 5\% AOH       &amp;amp; 25\% FH   &amp;amp; The amount the height of the object is beyond the maximum height.                                                     \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    \label{table:factors}&#xA;\end{xtabular*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2418" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T04:36:24.640" Title="Starred Version of &quot;xtabular&quot; Not Working" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;page-breaking&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11402" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11435" CreationDate="2011-02-18T11:05:21.847" Score="3" ViewCount="94" Body="&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/10095/can-i-get-full-justification-for-italic-text/11335#11335&quot;&gt;this answer about full justification for italic text&lt;/a&gt;, I used &lt;code&gt;microtype&lt;/code&gt;'s &lt;code&gt;\SetProtrusion&lt;/code&gt; to get better-looking margin kerning for italics. It works fine, but I had to call &lt;code&gt;\SetProtrusion&lt;/code&gt; after &lt;code&gt;\begin{document}&lt;/code&gt;, which is clearly not nice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried it in the preamble: Then it compiles, but the new protrusion table isn't used. I tried it with &lt;code&gt;\AtBeginDocument&lt;/code&gt;, but this gave a &lt;em&gt;very&lt;/em&gt; long error message, starting with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Package microtype Warning: Unknown slot number of character&#xA;(microtype)                ` A '&#xA;(microtype)                in font encoding `OT1'.&#xA;(microtype)                Make sure it's a single character&#xA;(microtype)                (or a number) in protrusion list &#xA;(microtype)                `cmr-it'.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thus my question: How do I call &lt;code&gt;\SetProtrusion&lt;/code&gt; in the preamble?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Answers which use external files are appreciated, but I'd also like to know if it's possible without that.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: Here's a minimal example (sorry for not providing that immediately).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{microtype}&#xA;\AtBeginDocument{%&#xA;\SetProtrusion&#xA;   [ name     = cmr-it   ]&#xA;   { }&#xA;   { A              = {50,50},&#xA;     \textquoteleft = {700, } }}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\it foo&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-18T13:09:11.880" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T16:20:53.040" Title="How do I call microtype's \SetProtrusion in the preamble?" Tags="&lt;preamble&gt;&lt;microtype&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11403" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11393" CreationDate="2011-02-18T11:23:14.883" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A slightly less obvious way of doing this (and probably less robust than Martin's) is to use &lt;code&gt;etoolbox&lt;/code&gt; to patch the macro that actually outputs the page number.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{etoolbox}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\patchcmd\@outputpage{\stepcounter{page}}{\stepcounter{page}\stepcounter{page}}{}{}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section{A}\label{sec:A}\pageref{sec:A}\newpage&#xA;\section{B}\label{sec:B}\pageref{sec:B}\newpage&#xA;\section{C}\label{sec:C}\pageref{sec:C}\newpage&#xA;\section{D}\label{sec:D}\pageref{sec:D}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here, the single &lt;code&gt;\stepcounter{page}&lt;/code&gt; is replaced by two of them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T11:23:14.883" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11404" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11401" CreationDate="2011-02-18T11:24:22.670" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;So far I understood the source code of &lt;code&gt;xtab&lt;/code&gt; the &lt;code&gt;xtabular*&lt;/code&gt; version simply uses &lt;code&gt;tabular*&lt;/code&gt; internally, i.e. it allows you to set the table width explicitly. This caused your error when the width wasn't given. It apparently doesn't make the tabular span over two columns as it is mentioned in the manual!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My tip:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Put it back into a top float &lt;code&gt;\begin{figure*}[t]&lt;/code&gt; to make it appear on top of the next page (or alternatively on the bottom). If the table is still longer than a page, break it down manually into two floats. I think for a paper this effort is acceptable and gives you the best result. For a multi-page (3+) table in a longer document I would do it differently.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T11:24:22.670" />
  <row Id="11406" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11367" CreationDate="2011-02-18T11:40:47.960" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Page 1, lines 11-12 of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/lineno.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;lineno&lt;/a&gt; states:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;lineno.sty&lt;/em&gt; can only number lines in the main text.  Lines in any kind of boxes cannot be numbered.  But see section 7.4 below.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The AMS class file typesets the abstract as part of the title page, but the abstract is specified using an environment.  So it has to slurp in the text and save it for reuse.  It does that by using a box, precisely the situation that &lt;code&gt;lineno.sty&lt;/code&gt; warns us against.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Section 7.4 may help but it is not a true numbering: it describes an extension of &lt;code&gt;lineno.sty&lt;/code&gt; that simply typesets a list of numbers down the left in the vague hope that they will line up correctly with the lines in the box.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So to answer your question: No, I have no suggestions!  Other than to ask, do you &lt;em&gt;really&lt;/em&gt; need your abstract to have line numbers?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Okay, I do have a suggestion.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{amsart}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage{lineno}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\let\my@abstract=\relax&#xA;\def\abstract#1{%&#xA;  \def\my@abstract{%&#xA;    \normalfont\Small&#xA;    \list{}{\labelwidth\z@&#xA;      \leftmargin3pc \rightmargin\leftmargin&#xA;      \listparindent\normalparindent \itemindent\z@&#xA;      \parsep\z@ \@plus\p@&#xA;      \let\fullwidthdisplay\relax&#xA;    }%&#xA;    \item[\hskip\labelsep\scshape\abstractname.]%&#xA;    #1&#xA;  \endlist}}&#xA;\def\@setabstracta{%&#xA;  \ifx\my@abstract\relax&#xA;  \else&#xA;    \skip@20\p@ \advance\skip@-\lastskip&#xA;    \advance\skip@-\baselineskip \vskip\skip@&#xA;  \my@abstract&#xA;    \prevdepth\z@ % because \abstractbox is a vtop&#xA;  \fi&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\linenumbers&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\title{Line numbering and amsart}&#xA;&#xA;\abstract{%&#xA;\lipsum[1]}&#xA;&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum[2]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't particularly recommend it, and it needs a little adjusting to get the spacing right above and below.  Basically, it reimplements the amsart abstract handling without using a box.  It's ugly, it's hacky, and it probably just sent a coded signal to the AMS which will get me on their naughty list for years to come.  But it does number the lines of the abstract and, apart from the spacing, it looks right.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/cZaCp.png&quot; alt=&quot;amsart with lineno&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastEditorUserId="86" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-18T13:04:48.483" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T13:04:48.483" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="11407" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11390" CreationDate="2011-02-18T13:01:30.357" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Jake's answer is very good.  Here's the extra half star:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\node[scorestars,fill=gray] {};&#xA;\path node[scorestars,fill=yellow] (s) {} [clip] (s.south west) rectangle (s.north);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T13:01:30.357" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="11408" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11410" CreationDate="2011-02-18T13:18:50.780" Score="2" ViewCount="55" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't have much experience with low-level LaTeX. MiKTeX (my version is &lt;code&gt;basic-miktex-2.9.3972&lt;/code&gt;) always installed needed packages &quot;on-the-fly&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Trying to compile a document using &lt;code&gt;1.0.1&lt;/code&gt; version of &lt;code&gt;flashcards&lt;/code&gt; package (available at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/flashcards/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ctan&lt;/a&gt;), I encountered the following error&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Undefined control sequence.&#xA;\reserved@b ...@onefilewithoptions #1[{\cardpaper &#xA;                                                  }][{}]\noexpand \@pkgexten...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That led me to inspect the &lt;code&gt;flashcards.cls&lt;/code&gt; file in &lt;code&gt;tex/latex/Flashcards&lt;/code&gt;, and notice &lt;code&gt;\cardpaper&lt;/code&gt; option in not defined in that document.&#xA;After that, I manually downloaded &lt;code&gt;flashcards.dtx&lt;/code&gt; file from ctan and compiled it twice, to produce configuration files &lt;code&gt;avery5371.cfg&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;avery5388.cfg&lt;/code&gt;, as well as the documentation file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When the configuration files are present with my source file, the document compiles without problems&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My question:&#xA;Is this &quot;normal&quot; behaviour (expecting that I should compile required parts of the package manually)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1688" LastEditorUserId="1688" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-18T13:59:03.863" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T13:59:03.863" Title="Flashcards class installed incompletely on MiKTeX" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;miktex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11409" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-18T13:31:13.143" Score="0" ViewCount="71" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using Sweave and the R package nlme: when including lattice graphics, (encapsulated in the &lt;code&gt;print()&lt;/code&gt; command), the &lt;code&gt;.eps&lt;/code&gt; files that are generated are all in black and white. The original graphic, (which appears in R) and the saved &lt;code&gt;.pdf&lt;/code&gt; file are in colour, but not the &lt;code&gt;.eps&lt;/code&gt;.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When including graphics which do not use the lattice package, the &lt;code&gt;.eps&lt;/code&gt; files are fine. I have tried including the lattice graphics in one step, e.g.:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}[!h]  &#xA;\begin{center}  &#xA;\setkeys{Gin}{width=0.5\textwidth}  &#xA;&amp;lt;&amp;lt;echo=FALSE,fig=TRUE,width=4,height=4&amp;gt;&amp;gt;=&#xA;print(      plot(intervals(sulf1comp.lis),layout=c(3,1,1)#,main=&quot;Parameter Estimates     &amp;amp;   95% CI&quot;  &#xA;        #,sub=&quot;Sulfadoxine: Bi-Exponential nlsList Model&quot;  &#xA;        ))  &#xA;@ &#xA;% &#xA;\caption{Parameter Estimates and 95\% Confidence Intervals for Individual Model Fits       \label{label sulf_fig2}}  &#xA; %\label{fig:}  &#xA;\end{center}  &#xA;\end{figure}  &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in two steps, explicitly:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;&amp;lt;figa,echo=FALSE,fig=TRUE,include=FALSE&amp;gt;&amp;gt;=  &#xA; print(plot(sulf1comp.nls,pid~resid(.,type=&quot;p&quot;),abline=0,cex.axis=0.7,  &#xA; #,main=&quot;Plot of Residuals by Subject (Sulfadoxine: NLS Model)&quot;  &#xA;        ))     &#xA;@ &#xA;%    &#xA;\begin{figure}[!h]  &#xA;\begin{center}  &#xA;\includegraphics*[height=0.5\textwidth]{analysisinprogress_sw-figa.pdf}  &#xA; \caption{Residuals by Subject ID: Sulfadoxine Bi-Exponential NLS Model \label{label       sulf_fig1}}  &#xA; \end{center}  &#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;%  &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Without using the fig=T command, e.g.:    &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; &amp;lt;&amp;lt;figa,echo=FALSE&amp;gt;&amp;gt;=    &#xA; postscript(&quot;filename.eps&quot;)    &#xA;print(plot(sulf1comp.nls,pid~resid(.,type=&quot;p&quot;),abline=0,cex.axis=0.7,    &#xA; #,main=&quot;Plot of Residuals by Subject (Sulfadoxine: NLS Model)&quot;    &#xA;        ))      &#xA; dev.off()     &#xA; @    &#xA; %    &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And various other possibilities. I'm at my wit's end trying to figure out what I'm doing wrong. Any advice would be appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3681" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-18T13:45:43.440" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T21:07:08.163" Title="Using Sweave to include lattice graphics - issues with colour" Tags="&lt;color&gt;&lt;sweave&gt;&lt;eps&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="11410" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11408" CreationDate="2011-02-18T13:34:59.220" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;No, you are not expected to compile required parts manually.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This seems to be an mistake with the MikTeX package of &lt;code&gt;flashcards&lt;/code&gt;. The &lt;code&gt;.cfg&lt;/code&gt; files were simply not included (I checked the MikTeX archive file on CTAN). You should contact the MikTeX team and tell them about the missing files.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For future questions: Please post not only the version number of MikTeX but the version(s) of the used package(s). Both are independent. At best you update all packages beforehand.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T13:34:59.220" />
  <row Id="11411" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11413" CreationDate="2011-02-18T13:48:42.703" Score="0" ViewCount="117" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3782/how-can-i-split-an-equation-over-two-lines&quot;&gt;How can I split an equation over two lines&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have a long equation, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$\operatorname{E} (Z_{n+1} - Z_n | X_1,..., X_n)&#xA;= \operatorname{E} (S_{n+1}^2 - (n+1) \sigma^2 - S_n^2 + n \sigma^2  | X_1,..., X_n)&#xA;= \operatorname{E} (S_{n+1}^2 - S_n^2 - (n+1) \sigma^2 + n \sigma^2  | X_1,..., X_n)&#xA;= \operatorname{E} (X_{n+1}(X_{n+1} + 2\sum_{i=1}^n X_i) - \sigma^2 | X_1,..., X_n)&#xA;= \operatorname{E} (X_{n+1}X_{n+1}) + 2\operatorname{E} (X_{n+1}) \sum_{i=1}^n X_i - \sigma^2&#xA;= \sigma^2  - \sigma^2 =0&#xA;$.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which I think causes warning:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Overfull \hbox (3.16257pt too wide) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there some way automatically line-break long equations? Or must I specify where to line-break? Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="861" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T15:10:00.853" ClosedDate="2011-02-18T22:16:50.850" Title="Equation too long" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11412" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11411" CreationDate="2011-02-18T13:55:09.967" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Equations can be broken at relation symbols and binary operators, so long as they are not enclosed in braces. In this case, however, I think it's better to use a displayed equation with line breaks of your own choosing:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{align*}&#xA;\operatorname{E} (Z_{n+1} - Z_n | X_1,..., X_n)&#xA;&amp;amp;= \operatorname{E} (S_{n+1}^2 - (n+1) \sigma^2 - S_n^2 + n \sigma^2 | X_1,..., X_n) \\&#xA;&amp;amp;= \operatorname{E} (S_{n+1}^2 - S_n^2 - (n+1) \sigma^2 + n \sigma^2 | X_1,..., X_n) \\&#xA;&amp;amp;= \operatorname{E} (X_{n+1}(X_{n+1} + 2\sum_{i=1}^n X_i) - \sigma^2 | X_1,..., X_n) \\&#xA;&amp;amp;= \operatorname{E} (X_{n+1}X_{n+1})&#xA;   + 2\operatorname{E} (X_{n+1}) \sum_{i=1}^n X_i - \sigma^2 \\&#xA;&amp;amp;= \sigma^2  - \sigma^2 =0.&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Running &lt;code&gt;texdoc amsldoc&lt;/code&gt; on your system should give you more information on using the &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastEditorUserId="1424" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-18T14:43:37.520" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T14:43:37.520" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11413" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11411" CreationDate="2011-02-18T13:56:44.210" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can specify linebreaking manually, as per &lt;code&gt;Harald Hanche-Olsen&lt;/code&gt;'s example. In some cases, &lt;code&gt;breqn&lt;/code&gt; package can automatically break your lines (&lt;code&gt;breqn&lt;/code&gt; is part of the &lt;code&gt;MH bundle&lt;/code&gt;, see &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/mh/breqn.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;documentation on ctan&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Minimal example is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{breqn}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{dmath*}&#xA;\operatorname{E} (Z_{n+1} - Z_n | X_1,..., X_n) &#xA;    = \operatorname{E} (S_{n+1}^2 - (n+1) \sigma^2 - S_n^2 + n \sigma^2  | X_1,..., X_n) &#xA;    = \operatorname{E} (S_{n+1}^2 - S_n^2 - (n+1) \sigma^2 + n \sigma^2  | X_1,..., X_n) &#xA;    = \operatorname{E} (X_{n+1}(X_{n+1} + 2\sum_{i=1}^n X_i) - \sigma^2 | X_1,..., X_n) &#xA;    = \operatorname{E} (X_{n+1}X_{n+1}) + 2\operatorname{E} (X_{n+1}) \sum_{i=1}^n X_i - \sigma^2 &#xA;    = \sigma^2  - \sigma^2 =0&#xA;\end{dmath*}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It will not be much help for your specific example. Example of output:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/geAHm.png&quot; alt=&quot;breqn automatic linebreaking&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you can see, &lt;code&gt;breqn&lt;/code&gt; did a good job with binary symbol &lt;code&gt;+&lt;/code&gt;, but was not helpful with equal signs. That is in line with what &lt;code&gt;Harald Hanche-Olsen&lt;/code&gt; said.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1688" LastEditorUserId="1688" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-18T15:10:00.853" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T15:10:00.853" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11414" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11415" CreationDate="2011-02-18T14:00:28.663" Score="2" ViewCount="107" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ams.jhu.edu/~harley/latex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;amspset&lt;/a&gt;. Here is my minimum code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt,letterpaper]{amspset}&#xA;\usepackage[margin=1in]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;&#xA;% info for header block in upper right hand corner&#xA;\name{}&#xA;\class{}&#xA;\assignment{}&#xA;\duedate{}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When compiling, there is an error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Package ifpdf Error: Name clash, \ifpdf is already defined.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I was wondering why and how to solve the problem? Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="861" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-18T14:10:33.887" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T14:11:34.610" Title="Package ifpdf Error" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;errors&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="11415" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11414" CreationDate="2011-02-18T14:07:14.030" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This error occurs because the &lt;code&gt;\ifpdf&lt;/code&gt; switch is getting defined by two different packages. Normally the &lt;code&gt;ifpdf&lt;/code&gt; package should be used for that, but &lt;code&gt;amspset&lt;/code&gt; seems to do this by its own.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To fix this, mark it as undefined after the &lt;code&gt;\documentclass&lt;/code&gt; using:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\ifpdf\relax&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can't test it with my TeXLive installation because it doesn't have &lt;code&gt;amspset&lt;/code&gt;. If it doesn't work try to move the above line around a little.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-18T14:11:34.610" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T14:11:34.610" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="11416" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-18T15:15:02.847" Score="2" ViewCount="110" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need to have some subscripted and superscripted text in my thesis document. But when I try to do it the way as H_{2O} or S^{2}. I get an error at that point and if I compile it anyway I get text with so white spaces for the rest of the line. Like,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;H_{2O}helloworldwhyisthishappening&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Do I need to use some package to have this functionality? I thought it was standard latex. Or may be it is due to conflict with some package. I'm using the university template so don't quite understand what the problem is. I have put the header section where the packages are called below. Please help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{fancyhdr}   &#xA;\usepackage{verbatim}    &#xA;\usepackage{acronym}&#xA;\usepackage{natbib}&#xA;\usepackage{color}&#xA;\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} &#xA;\usepackage{url}&#xA;\usepackage{appendix}&#xA;\usepackage[font=small,format=plain,labelfont=bf,up,textfont=it,up]{caption}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{arrows,automata}&#xA;\usepackage{amsfonts,amssymb,amsbsy,amsmath} &#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1639" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T15:26:36.130" Title="Problem adding subscripts and superscripts" Tags="&lt;subscripts&gt;&lt;superscripts&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11417" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11416" CreationDate="2011-02-18T15:17:03.580" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;_&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;^&lt;/code&gt; character only work in math-mode. For text you need to use &lt;code&gt;\textsubscript&lt;/code&gt; (needs the &lt;code&gt;fixltx2e&lt;/code&gt; package) and &lt;code&gt;\textsuperscript&lt;/code&gt; instead. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The reason why all the whitespace after &lt;code&gt;H_{2O}&lt;/code&gt; is missing is that TeX changing into math-mode at the &lt;code&gt;_&lt;/code&gt; and then all the letters afterwards are set as variables. Also I think you mean &lt;code&gt;H_{2}O&lt;/code&gt; (BTW: the braces can be skipped when they include only one character).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-18T15:26:36.130" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T15:26:36.130" />
  <row Id="11418" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11416" CreationDate="2011-02-18T15:17:05.277" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;No special package but you need to be in math-mode. Use $ $ or \ensuremath{}.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3532" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T15:17:05.277" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11419" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11416" CreationDate="2011-02-18T15:17:07.667" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you are typesetting chemical formula, look up the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/mhchem&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;mhchem&lt;/a&gt; package. This allows you to typeset chemical formulae easily.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example: &lt;code&gt;\ce{CO2}&lt;/code&gt; has the &quot;2&quot; as a subscript. Neat.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{mhchem}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\ce{H2SO4}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Yields:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/7AvnK.png&quot; alt=&quot;H2SO4&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-18T15:25:12.400" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T15:25:12.400" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11420" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-18T15:27:39.567" Score="2" ViewCount="56" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using Plain TeX to write my (scientific) texts which usually include many awful equations and graphs (or figures) I am constructing with unsurpassed PicTeX. My big problem is that with my MikTeX version I cannot input more than two &lt;code&gt;\input pictex&lt;/code&gt; in one Plain TeX file (at the third pictex call the file cannot be texified and blows out). So I have to write a separate file for each extra graph above two, to output their pdf file, and to merge at the end all the pdf with the defect that the extra figure files are at the end of the text (and not in the body of the text as for usual texbooks).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to set TeX parameters so that more than two pictex calls can be made in one Plain TeX file? Thanks for solution (If you insist that I have to run LaTeX, I am not really a big fan because LaTeX is relatively limited). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3683" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-18T23:01:55.363" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T23:01:55.363" Title="PicTeX files inside a Plain TeX file" Tags="&lt;diagrams&gt;&lt;plain-tex&gt;&lt;pictex&gt;" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="11421" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-18T15:32:51.553" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;(Description no longer available)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T20:56:27.597" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T20:56:27.597" />
  <row Id="11422" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-18T15:32:51.553" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="(Description no longer available)" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T20:38:42.080" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T20:38:42.080" />
  <row Id="11423" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-18T15:34:18.057" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/graphics&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'graphics'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;graphics&lt;/a&gt; is about inclusion of graphical material in your document from an external file. For questions about vector graphics created programmatically inside a TeX document, use &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/diagrams&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'diagrams'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;diagrams&lt;/a&gt; instead, or preferably the tag for the vector graphics package you use (&lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/tikz-pgf&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'tikz-pgf'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;tikz-pgf&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/pstricks&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'pstricks'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;pstricks&lt;/a&gt;, ...).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-13T12:08:13.473" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T12:08:13.473" />
  <row Id="11424" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-18T15:34:18.057" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="{graphics} is about inclusion of graphical material in your document from an external file. For questions about vector graphics created programmatically inside a TeX document, use {diagrams} instead, or preferably the tag for the vector graphics package you use ({tikz-pgf}, {pstricks}, ...)." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-13T12:08:15.690" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T12:08:15.690" />
  <row Id="11425" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11426" CreationDate="2011-02-18T15:43:51.683" Score="6" ViewCount="227" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you have programmed in a high level programming language, you must be familiar with the concept of functions, subroutines which return a value. For example, if you write in C, you can write a function to compute the absolute value of an integer parameter &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;int abs(int a) { &#xA;    return a &amp;gt; 0 ? a: -a; &#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can invoke this function, assigning its result to a variable, by writing e.g., &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;int v = abs(a)`&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Furthermore, you can use the returned value directly, without assigning it to a variable, e.g., &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;abs(abs(a)-abs(b))&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What's the closest you can get to this with TeX programming? The challenge is in minimizing the coupling between the caller and the callee. Of course, since TeX is primarily about characters and textual tokens, a more natural example would be something of the sort of the chain of function calls in:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;int isanagram(const char *s) {&#xA;   return strcmp(s, strrev(s)) == 0;&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3391" LastActivityDate="2011-04-01T01:10:48.177" Title="Function like macro?" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;" AnswerCount="6" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="11426" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11425" CreationDate="2011-02-18T15:53:11.167" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;From a computer science point of view, macros &lt;em&gt;are&lt;/em&gt; functions. The issue here is rather that TeX doesn’t offer many maths and string processing directives. But assuming we had these functions, your &lt;code&gt;abs&lt;/code&gt; function could be directly translated into a macro definition (either TeXish or LaTeXish):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\abs#1{%&#xA;  \ifgreater{#1}{0}{#1}{\neg{#1}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(In fact, TeX has &lt;code&gt;\ifnum&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\abs#1{%&#xA;  \ifnum#1&amp;gt;0\relax#1\else\neg{#1}\fi}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And can be invoked:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\abs{42}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And nested:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\abs{\minus{\abs{a}}{\abs{b}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T15:53:11.167" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11427" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11425" CreationDate="2011-02-18T15:59:39.860" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Macros cannot return values, only expand to a result.&#xA;The problem here is that assignments in TeX must be &lt;em&gt;executed&lt;/em&gt; and are not &lt;em&gt;expandable&lt;/em&gt;. One way to do this is to define the result in another macro which then can be expanded and is some form of indirect return value.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;pgfmath&lt;/code&gt; library of the &lt;code&gt;pgf&lt;/code&gt; package does it like that. The expression is processed by &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathparse{...}&lt;/code&gt; and the result is stored in &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathresult&lt;/code&gt;. Alternatively &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathsetmacro\mymacro{...}&lt;/code&gt; can be used.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some notable exceptions are the eTeX primitives &lt;code&gt;\dimexpr&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\numexpr&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\skipexpr&lt;/code&gt; which can do some arithmetic and are expandable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-18T16:05:40.230" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T16:05:40.230" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11428" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-18T16:04:54.660" Score="4" ViewCount="166" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am new to latex.  I am trying to compile someone else's document.  I have all the correct packages installed, but I get the following error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;*Overfull \hbox &amp;lt;37.8394pt too wide&amp;gt; in paragraph at lines 26-37  &#xA;[][]  &#xA;! Missing $ inserted  &#xA;&amp;lt;inserted text&amp;gt;  &#xA;1.39 Lines 14, 15 in vc_  &#xA;                          value are bottleneck  &#xA;?*  &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here are the lines that are referenced in the error message. &#xA;I understand that one of the lines is too long, but I'm not sure about how to fix it.  Thanks a lot for your help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{table*}[h]&#xA;\caption{Functions}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{lll}&#xA; Name &amp;amp; Description &amp;amp; Potential&#xA; \\ \hline  \texttt{c\_w.m} &amp;amp;  gives relationship between $W$ and $C$&#xA; \\  \texttt{compute\_pi\_min} &amp;amp;  Compute $\pi_{min}$ &amp;amp; gradient&#xA; \\  \textbf{\texttt{criterion.m}} &amp;amp;  Compute RSS; steps 1-10(?)&#xA; \\  \texttt{irr\_equation.m} &amp;amp; no idea\dots &amp;amp; none&#xA; \\  \texttt{pi\_min\_equation.m} &amp;amp;  uses \texttt{vc\_value.m} &amp;amp; none&#xA; \\  \texttt{pi\_min\_equation\_solo.m} &amp;amp;  computes optimal value of solo project &amp;amp;          quadrature&#xA; \\  \texttt{solo\_value.m} &amp;amp;  computes optimal value of solo project &amp;amp; quadrature&#xA; \\  \texttt{vc\_value.m} &amp;amp;  computes optimal value of a project to VC &amp;amp; quadrature \\&#xA; \end{tabular}&#xA; \end{table*}&#xA; Lines 19, 44, 45 are bottlenecks in criterion.m -- criterion.m takes 75 percent of   time\\&#xA; Lines 14, 15 in vc_value are bottlenecks&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3684" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-18T16:26:53.627" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T06:22:37.027" Title="Missing $ inserted" Tags="&lt;errors&gt;&lt;hbox&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11429" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11425" CreationDate="2011-02-18T16:06:02.100" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;With &lt;code&gt;lualatex&lt;/code&gt; it is pretty easy to define:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\def\abs#1{\directlua{tex.print(math.abs(#1))}}    &#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\abs{-3.1}&#xA;\abs{3.1}&#xA;\abs{0}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T16:06:02.100" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11430" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11425" CreationDate="2011-02-18T16:06:45.740" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Consider this example, using the &lt;code&gt;fp&lt;/code&gt; package to perform calculations&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fp}&#xA;\usepackage{siunitx}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;%% Calculates the area of an average person&#xA;%% given the body mass m and the height h&#xA;%% using the Du Bois equation&#xA;\def\body@area#1#2{&#xA;  \FPpow\t@one{#1}{0.425}%&#xA;  \FPpow\t@two{#2}{0.725}%&#xA;  \FPmul\t@three{\t@one}{\t@two}%&#xA;  \FPmul\A@D{0.202}{\t@three}%&#xA;  \FPmul\@watts{\A@D}{58.2}%&#xA;Your body area is \SI{\A@D}{\square\meter}   and generates \SI{\@watts}{W}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\texttt{\body@area{70}{1.8} }&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It creates the macro names on the fly and passes the values to other macros (as close as you will ever get to chaining with TeX). Each computer language affects the way you program. It is best to think in terms of TeX, similarly to learning a foreign language, where the advice is not to directly translate into your mother tongue, but think in terms of the grammar of the new language.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt; Example uses the Du Bois equation to calculate the surface area and heat generated by a person based on weight and height!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T16:06:45.740" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11431" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11428" CreationDate="2011-02-18T16:17:11.920" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;On the last line:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Lines 14, 15 in vc_value are bottlenecks&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;you use the underscore without escaping it. This is what causes the error.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The underscore is used to specify subscript in mathmode, so an error occurs when you try to use it like this. Just escape it as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Lines 14, 15 in vc\_value are bottlenecks&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and you're good to go.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You might find some extra information on this page as well, if you plan to use underscores a lot in your document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=underscore&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=underscore&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, see &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/10536/how-can-i-fix-my-most-common-latex-complaints&quot;&gt;this related question&lt;/a&gt; on how to escape reserved TeX symbols.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="711" LastEditorUserId="711" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-19T06:22:37.027" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T06:22:37.027" />
  <row Id="11432" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11428" CreationDate="2011-02-18T16:18:05.350" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;overfull \hbox&lt;/code&gt; message is only a warning (TeX complains that a line is too long). The error results from using the &lt;code&gt;_&lt;/code&gt; (underscore) character -- see this minimal example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Lines 14, 15 in vc_value are bottlenecks&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Reason: You can't use &lt;code&gt;_&lt;/code&gt; in normal text -- TeX uses the underscore in math mode to produce subscripts:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{math}&#xA;_2F_3&#xA;\end{math}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T16:18:05.350" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11433" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11428" CreationDate="2011-02-18T16:18:28.210" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Check for items like &lt;code&gt;compute\_pi\_min&lt;/code&gt;, where you missed the &lt;code&gt;$ $&lt;/code&gt; signs. You can also change the last &quot;l&quot; directive in tabular to &quot;p&quot;, as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}{llp{3cm}}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to get better typesetting.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3546" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T16:18:28.210" />
  <row Id="11434" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9462" CreationDate="2011-02-18T16:20:42.230" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The method I selected was basically what I outlined in my question: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I write my beamer slides for class with the &lt;code&gt;aspectratio=169&lt;/code&gt; option.  The projector in the room has a 4:3 aspect ratio but the letterboxing is not a noticeable issue for projection  If anything it makes the slides easier to see since students in the back don't have the bottom of the screen cut off.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It &lt;em&gt;is&lt;/em&gt; a noticeable issue for me, as I spend a lot of time rearranging slides laid out in 4:3.  Also they've asked for much bigger font sizes than I normally use (72pt+ font size for the slide title??  I can't come anywhere near that close and have more than two words), but I'm working the best I can within their guidelines&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the post-production version with margins I use a &lt;code&gt;pgfpages&lt;/code&gt; layout:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pgfpagesdeclarelayout{NYU Open Ed margins}{}{%&#xA;    \pgfpagesphysicalpageoptions{%&#xA;        logical pages=1,%&#xA;        physical height=7.5in,&#xA;        physical width=10in&#xA;    }&#xA;    \pgfpageslogicalpageoptions{1}{%&#xA;        scale=1.27,&#xA;        center=\pgfpoint{5in}{4.25in}&#xA;    }&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That gives a 10in x 7.5in (4:3) slide with 1in margins on top, left, and right, and 2in on the bottom.  After subtracting these margins, the printable region has aspect ratio 16:9—a pretty lucky coincidence.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then I use PDF2Keynote (free) to convert the PDF, and open it in Keynote to save as PowerPoint.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T16:20:42.230" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11435" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11402" CreationDate="2011-02-18T16:20:53.040" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you want to overwrite a set from one the mt-xxx.cfg files you should load this file first:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{microtype}&#xA;\LoadMicrotypeFile{cmr}&#xA;\SetProtrusion[name=cmr-it]    { }    {A= {1000,1000}}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;ABC\\&#xA;ABC\\&#xA;\itshape ABC&#xA;\\abc&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Btw: The spaces around the &quot;A&quot; in the microtype warning indicates that at the begin of the document spaces are no longer ignored. The warning disappears if you remove the spaces in &lt;code&gt;\SetProtrusion&lt;/code&gt;. (You will get other errors but as &lt;code&gt;\AtBeginDocument&lt;/code&gt; is the wrong idea anyway I didn't investigate more.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T16:20:53.040" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11436" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11439" CreationDate="2011-02-18T16:30:48.150" Score="12" ViewCount="161" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I calculate my age at compile-time in LaTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;I'm \myage{day}{month}{year} years old.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;would be most awesome.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3685" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-18T16:42:34.003" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T17:32:02.003" Title="Automated age calculation" Tags="&lt;conversion&gt;&lt;calculations&gt;&lt;datetime&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="11437" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-18T16:39:45.120" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I humbly nominate myself as a candidate for TeX SE moderator.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have been using TeX for nearly 20 years (&lt;em&gt;holy $&amp;amp;@!! did I just write that?&lt;/em&gt;) and LaTeX for a slightly shorter time period.  I use &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;pgf&lt;/code&gt; nearly every day for my instructional materials, which you can find on &lt;a href=&quot;http://slideshare.net/leingang&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;my slideshare page&lt;/a&gt;.  I have no packages or classes on CTAN but I have several projects which could eventually make their way there.  Since I stumbled upon this site a few months ago I've been happy to contribute but also learned a great deal from the great young TeX developers in this community.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As a moderator I will do my best to perform the requisite janitorial tasks diligently.  I will also strive to improve site content by coaching good questions and good answers; that is, suggesting and occasionally making edits that would improve their readability, findability, or usability in the future.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tag wikis have been mentioned as fertile ground for improvement, and I agree.  I will encourage those who are frequent answerers within those categories to write informative wiki pages on what the tags describe.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you for your consideration.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-18T17:27:42.020" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T17:27:42.020" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-02-18T16:39:45.120" />
  <row Id="11438" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-18T17:10:41.140" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="Ubuntu is a Linux distribution based on Debian. It includes TeX and Friends in the form of the TeX Live distribution." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-18T17:55:22.897" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T17:55:22.897" />
  <row Id="11439" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11436" CreationDate="2011-02-18T17:18:17.300" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can typeset your age easily using the &lt;code&gt;datetime&lt;/code&gt; package and doing some simple calculations. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{datenumber,fp}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\newcounter{dateone}%&#xA;\newcounter{datetwo}%&#xA;&#xA;\setmydatenumber{dateone}{1990}{01}{01}%&#xA;\setmydatenumber{datetwo}{\the\year}{\the\month}{\the\day}%&#xA;\FPsub\result{\thedatetwo}{\thedateone}&#xA;\FPdiv\myage{\result}{365.2425}&#xA;\myage&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can truncate the figure correctly, i.e., if you 21.6 years old it will give you 21 (see edit), by changing the last line of the code as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\FPround\myage{\myage}{0}\myage\ years old&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See also this &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/11425/function-like-macro/11430#11430&quot;&gt;post&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since the rounding of the age elicited a few comments I looked up the legal definition of age (which was probably appropriate in my example). Based on this I have changed the code from &lt;code&gt;FPround&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;FPtrunc&lt;/code&gt;. Thanks to all that made comments. I also changed the days in the year to 365.2425 to increase the accuracy a bit for marginal cases!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-21T17:32:02.003" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T17:32:02.003" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="11440" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-18T17:28:35.633" Score="2" ViewCount="90" Body="&lt;p&gt;Where can I find machine-readable bibliographic data for at least all publicly-available TUGboat articles?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've found &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/digests/tugboat/t-of-c/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;CTAN:/info/digests/tugboat/t-of-c/&lt;/a&gt;, but that doesn't seem to have been updated since 2005, so I imagine there must be something newer, somewhere? (Perhaps the README there should refer to the newer thing?)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Note that HTML doesn't count unless it's reasonably simple to extract the bibliographic data from the DOM/infoset.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1189" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-18T17:57:44.477" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T05:56:23.003" Title="Up-to-date TUGboat bibliography database" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;bibtex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="11441" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-18T17:33:27.443" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/listings&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package extends LaTeX's &lt;code&gt;verbatim&lt;/code&gt; features. A variety of syntax highlighting options are available. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the unrelated concept of list structures, use the &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/lists&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'lists'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;lists&lt;/a&gt; tag or the tag corresponding to a specific list structure (e.g. &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/itemize&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'itemize'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;itemize&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/enumerate&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'enumerate'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;enumerate&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/description&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'description'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;description&lt;/a&gt;). For syntax highlighting in general you can use the &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/highlighting&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'highlighting'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;highlighting&lt;/a&gt; tag.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T20:41:06.590" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T20:41:06.590" />
  <row Id="11442" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-18T17:33:27.443" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&quot;listings&quot; is a package that provides advanced features for typesetting computer code.&#xD;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T20:41:01.597" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T20:41:01.597" />
  <row Id="11443" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11372" CreationDate="2011-02-18T17:36:50.843" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A quick fix would be to create a point &lt;code&gt;p4alt&lt;/code&gt; at some standard distance, say &lt;code&gt;1cm&lt;/code&gt;, from &lt;code&gt;p3&lt;/code&gt; and then use &lt;code&gt;p3--p4alt&lt;/code&gt; in your intersection specification; no need to draw the point &lt;code&gt;p4alt&lt;/code&gt; itself. If, say, &lt;code&gt;e&lt;/code&gt; is at 115 degrees, you would use &lt;code&gt;\draw (p3) ++(115:1cm) coordinate (p4alt) ;&lt;/code&gt; to set up the ray from &lt;code&gt;p3&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="796" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T17:36:50.843" />
  <row Id="11444" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11448" CreationDate="2011-02-18T17:49:26.400" Score="6" ViewCount="280" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I change the chapter heading of the book class to typeset centered chapter names as shown in the foto?&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/sacnB.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3546" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-22T01:11:50.497" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T01:11:50.497" Title="How to format the chapter heading?" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;formatting&gt;&lt;chapters&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11445" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11440" CreationDate="2011-02-18T17:54:04.020" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can find a &lt;code&gt;tugboat.bib&lt;/code&gt; file produced from the mentioned &lt;code&gt;.cnt&lt;/code&gt; files &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/info/biblio/tugboat.bib&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;on CTAN&lt;/a&gt;, but it's dated 2007-07-13 and the content is most likely not any newer then 2005.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The HTML on the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/contents.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Table of contents listing&lt;/a&gt; of TUGboat could be parsed easily enough and provide the basic data fields. Otherwise simply write them an e-Mail and ask about it. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-18T18:05:51.623" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T18:05:51.623" />
  <row Id="11446" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10849" CreationDate="2011-02-18T18:01:59.317" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just for reference, see also &lt;a href=&quot;http://code.google.com/p/minted/issues/detail?id=15&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;issue 15&lt;/a&gt; on the minted project page, and in particular &lt;a href=&quot;http://code.google.com/p/minted/issues/attachmentText?id=15&amp;amp;aid=3479164652891680731&amp;amp;name=minted.sty&amp;amp;token=52477211c465ea4f065e5558515861ac&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;a temporary fix&lt;/a&gt; that I posted there (but which probably does much the same as Philipp’s hack anyway).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In summary, this is on the “to do” list but not yet officially supported since I’m currently busy and don’t have time to work on minted.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T18:01:59.317" />
  <row Id="11447" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11490" CreationDate="2011-02-18T18:10:14.710" Score="1" ViewCount="84" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am writing a &lt;code&gt;\bashDemo&lt;/code&gt; macro that will (a) execute its argument in a shell, e.g., bash, script, and (b) display the argument in a listings. So,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\bashDemo&#xA;ls -ls &amp;gt; myfiles&#xA;\END&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will both run &lt;code&gt;ls -ls &amp;gt;myfiles&lt;/code&gt; using the bash command shell, and will display using &lt;code&gt;lstlistings&lt;/code&gt; this command within the document. The problem I have is that in consuming characters in a verbatim fashion, I have a newline both at the beginning and at the end of the argument. How do I get rid of these?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is my code (it is based on &lt;code&gt;tobiShell.sty&lt;/code&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\lstdefinestyle{bash}{basicstyle={\ttfamily}}&#xA;\newwrite\ScriptFile&#xA;\edef\ScriptFileName{\jobname.sh}&#xA;&#xA;% Store the argument into our script file.&#xA;\newcommand\generateScriptFile[1]{%      &#xA;    \immediate\openout\ScriptFile\ScriptFileName&#xA;    \immediate\write\ScriptFile{#1}%&#xA;    \immediate\closeout\ScriptFile&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% Store the list of tokens in the argument into our script file&#xA;% and then list the contents of that file, prefixed by a &quot;%&quot;.&#xA;\newcommand\listScriptFile[1]{%&#xA;   % The following does not work as expected.&#xA;  \generateScriptFile{\%\ignorespaces #1\unskip}\relax&#xA;  \lstinputlisting[style=bash]{\bashescScriptFileName}\relax&#xA;  \relax&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\bashDemo{\bashDemoI}&#xA;&#xA;{% Define \bashDemoI&#xA;  \catcode`\^^M=13%&#xA;  \gdef\bashDemoI{%&#xA;    \bgroup&#xA;    \def\do##1{\catcode`##1 12\relax}%&#xA;    \catcode`\^^M=13%&#xA;    \def^^M{^^J}%&#xA;    \dospecials%&#xA;    \bashDemoII%         &#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;{% Define \bashDemoII&#xA;  \catcode`\@=0\relax%&#xA;  @catcode`@\=12@relax%&#xA;  @gdef@bashDemoII#1\END{@relax% &#xA;    @generateScriptFile{#1}@relax%&#xA;    @immediate@write18{bash@space@ScriptFileName@space}@relax%&#xA;    @listScriptFile{#1}@relax%&#xA;    @egroup@relax%&#xA;  }@relax%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3391" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T09:09:09.947" Title="ignorespace and unskip in verbatim/listings?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;listings&gt;&lt;verbatim&gt;&lt;catcodes&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="11448" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11444" CreationDate="2011-02-18T18:13:26.053" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Depends on your level of expertise, if you are more comfortable with packages then using &lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt; as suggested by Seamus in the comments is a good choice. If you are here to learn a bit more about the innards of LaTeX you can use the code below, which uses the LaTeX &lt;code&gt;@makechapterhead&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;@makeschapterhead&lt;/code&gt; macros (note the make(s) in the latter). The one is used to handle the normal version of chapter and the other the starred version. It is good practice to update both of them when you are developing or modifying a class. The code can be found in &lt;code&gt;book.cls&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/spdjm.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[oneside]{book}&#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\thickhrule{\leavevmode \leaders \hrule height 1ex \hfill \kern \z@}&#xA;\def\position{\centering}&#xA;%% Note the difference between the commands the one is &#xA;%% make and the other one is makes&#xA;\renewcommand{\@makechapterhead}[1]{%&#xA;  \vspace*{10\p@}%&#xA;  {\parindent \z@ \position \reset@font&#xA;        {\Huge \scshape  \thechapter }&#xA;        \par\nobreak&#xA;        \vspace*{10\p@}%&#xA;        \interlinepenalty\@M&#xA;        \thickhrule&#xA;        \par\nobreak&#xA;        \vspace*{2\p@}%&#xA;        {\Huge \bfseries #1\par\nobreak}&#xA;        \par\nobreak&#xA;        \vspace*{2\p@}%&#xA;        \thickhrule&#xA;    \vskip 40\p@&#xA;    \vskip 100\p@&#xA;  }}&#xA;&#xA;%% This uses makes&#xA;&#xA;\def\@makeschapterhead#1{%&#xA;  \vspace*{10\p@}%&#xA;  {\parindent \z@ \position \reset@font&#xA;        {\Huge \scshape \vphantom{\thechapter}}&#xA;        \par\nobreak&#xA;        \vspace*{10\p@}%&#xA;        \interlinepenalty\@M&#xA;        \thickhrule&#xA;        \par\nobreak&#xA;        \vspace*{2\p@}%&#xA;        {\Huge \bfseries #1\par\nobreak}&#xA;        \par\nobreak&#xA;        \vspace*{2\p@}%&#xA;        \thickhrule&#xA;    \vskip 100\p@&#xA;  }}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\chapter{The Real Numbers}&#xA;\lipsum[1-2]&#xA;\chapter*{The Imaginary Numbers}&#xA;\lipsum[1-2]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-18T18:55:27.400" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T18:55:27.400" />
  <row Id="11449" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11453" CreationDate="2011-02-18T18:16:24.363" Score="3" ViewCount="74" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using two columns in a memoir document and when I place a bibliography using bibtex for some reason it ends up on the next recto page. I am writing a book with multiple chapters and I want each chapter to have it's own bibliography. Is it possible to set such a bibliography just as any other section and make it fit in the general two column flow of the text without having it breaking out on a new page?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="298" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-18T22:40:15.260" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T22:40:15.260" Title="How to make memoir not put bibliography on next recto page" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;biblatex&gt;&lt;page-breaking&gt;&lt;memoir&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="11450" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11428" CreationDate="2011-02-18T18:16:54.567" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For completeness' sake: the following characters are special to LaTeX and might not do what you expect:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;$ % ^ &amp;amp; _ { } ~ \ #&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Thusly taken from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/lshort/english/lshort.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;lshort&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1860" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T18:16:54.567" />
  <row Id="11451" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11444" CreationDate="2011-02-18T18:19:51.440" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's an example using &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/titlesec.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;titlesec&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{titlesec}&#xA;\titleformat{\chapter}[display]&#xA;{\normalfont\bfseries\filcenter}&#xA;{\LARGE\thechapter}&#xA;{1ex}&#xA;{\titlerule[2pt]&#xA;\vspace{2ex}%&#xA;\LARGE}&#xA;[\vspace{1ex}%&#xA;{\titlerule[2pt]}]&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{The real numbers}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-18T18:26:20.560" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T18:26:20.560" />
  <row Id="11452" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11444" CreationDate="2011-02-18T18:21:50.750" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Some example code can be found here: &lt;a href=&quot;http://web.slzm.de/blog/latex/schone-kapiteltitelseiten-in-latex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://web.slzm.de/blog/latex/schone-kapiteltitelseiten-in-latex/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;He uses TikZ to achieve full freedom of positioning the text and drawing stuff around it. The titlesec package is the base it's built on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The blog has also (similar) examples for redesigning Sections and so forth. Unfortunately all of that is in German, but you can see screenshots and the code is international ;-).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2846" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T18:21:50.750" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11453" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11449" CreationDate="2011-02-18T18:36:44.967" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;(The following minimal example works fine for me:) EDIT: Yes, it is possible to create section-bibliographies within book chapters. For convenience, I'm switching to the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/biblatex.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;biblatex&lt;/a&gt; package which works together well with the memoir class. Note that when compiling my example, you have to run bibtex several times unless you use makefiles like e.g. LaTeXmk. For reference sections see p. 72-73, for running bibtex several times p. 97-98 of the biblatex manual.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[twocolumn]{memoir}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[refsection=chapter]{biblatex}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{test.bib}&#xA;@misc{A01,&#xA;  author = {Author, A.},&#xA;  year = {2001},&#xA;  title = {Alpha},&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;@misc{B02,&#xA;  author = {Buthor, B.},&#xA;  year = {2002},&#xA;  title = {Bravo},&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\bibliography{test}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{bla}&#xA;&#xA;\section{blubb}&#xA;&#xA;Some text \autocite{B02}.&#xA;&#xA;\printbibliography[heading=subbibliography]&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{foo}&#xA;&#xA;\section{bar}&#xA;&#xA;Some text \autocite{A01,B02}.&#xA;&#xA;\printbibliography[heading=subbibliography]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The filecontents environment is only used to include some external files directly into the example, so that it compiles. It is not necessary for the solution.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-18T20:53:09.457" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T20:53:09.457" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="11454" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11455" CreationDate="2011-02-18T18:54:42.127" Score="2" ViewCount="71" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/moderncv/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ModernCV&lt;/a&gt; for my CV. I want to achieve something like the following example (please note that the address &quot;&lt;code&gt;align2@rightMargin.com&lt;/code&gt;&quot; is aligned to the right margin): &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/lMh23.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please note the last word is not necessarily an email address but any other word. In the example above what I used is the &lt;code&gt;\hspace&lt;/code&gt; command, so I have to estimate the &lt;code&gt;hspace&lt;/code&gt; manually everytime I change length of the sentence. I notice &lt;code&gt;\raggedleft&lt;/code&gt; may be the right command, but I don't know how to make a command like &lt;code&gt;\cvline&lt;/code&gt; in the ModernCV &lt;code&gt;cls&lt;/code&gt; file to achieve the above example. Any help will be highly appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3690" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-18T19:02:32.353" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T19:22:21.543" Title="In ModernCV, how to define a command in the cls style file to allow lines with right-aligned word." Tags="&lt;horizontal-alignment&gt;&lt;moderncv&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="11455" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11454" CreationDate="2011-02-18T19:22:21.543" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;code&gt;\hfill&lt;/code&gt; rather than &lt;code&gt;\hspace&lt;/code&gt; and it should work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T19:22:21.543" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11456" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11472" CreationDate="2011-02-18T19:29:17.180" Score="3" ViewCount="68" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to create an environment for reactions defined with mhchem  that behaves similarly to equation in terms of numbering the reactions (including a \nonumber command)? Can I get a list of those reactions?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[version=3]{mhchem}&#xA;&#xA;\newcounter{rxnum}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{reaction}{&#xA;\refstepcounter{rxnum}&#xA;\noindent&#xA;%???&#xA;}{&#xA;%???&#xA;\par\noindent&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{reaction}&#xA; \ce{X + Y -&amp;gt; XY}&#xA;\end{reaction}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{reaction}&#xA; \ce{XX + YY -&amp;gt; X2Y2} \\%&amp;lt;- newline just like in equation&#xA; \ce{A + B -&amp;gt; C}&#xA;\end{reaction}  &#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is a two part question. The first part is about creating an environment that behaves similarly to equation, but for reactions defined in mhchem. I had a look in source2e in the definition of equation (around l. 293 in source2e) but couldn't quite figure out how to transfer that onto my new environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The second part is about how to create a list of those reactions containing the reaction number, the page they occur on and optional a description that is only printed in the \listofreactions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the code I write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{reaction}&#xA;\ce{X + Y -&amp;gt;XY}\descriptionforlist{XY formation reaction}\\&#xA;\ce{A +B -&amp;gt; C}&#xA;\ce{G + H -&amp;gt; J}\nonumber&#xA;    \end{reaction}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then in the list it should appear as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;List of reaction&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;R 1: XY formation reaction                6&#xA;&#xA;R 2:                                      6&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="632" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T23:06:28.423" Title="Number mhchem reactions and create a \listofreactions" Tags="&lt;numbering&gt;&lt;environments&gt;&lt;mhchem&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="11457" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11447" CreationDate="2011-02-18T19:57:17.490" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Not an answer but a suggestion: you are working on so-called &lt;em&gt;literate programming&lt;/em&gt;: code and documentation are contained in a file from which code and documentation can be extracted and processed. (Donald Knuth developed TeX as a literate program and coined the term.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You might want to take a look at a literate programming system like &lt;em&gt;NoWeb&lt;/em&gt;. Maybe you have heard of &lt;em&gt;Sweave&lt;/em&gt;, which is a literate programming system for the &lt;em&gt;R&lt;/em&gt; language. All these systems use LaTeX as part of a tool chain but use other tools as well. Literate programming probably works best on Unix systems. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3083" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T19:57:17.490" />
  <row Id="11458" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-18T20:14:08.617" Score="4" ViewCount="213" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using &lt;code&gt;pdfpages&lt;/code&gt; to insert a page from a pdf file into my Beamer presentation, but the result is a completely empty page. Here is smaller version of the file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage{epstopdf}&#xA;\usepackage{xypdf}&#xA;\usepackage{eso-pic} &#xA;\usepackage{everyshi} &#xA;\usepackage{beamerthemesplit}&#xA;\usepackage{pdfpages} &#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\includepdf[pages={61}]{IA_Residential_Full_FINAL.pdf}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Not sure if it matters, I'm using MikTeX with pdfLaTeX. I've searched the web and haven't been able to figure what I'm doing wrong.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3692" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-19T11:55:22.723" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T14:52:21.307" Title="Error when inserting a PDF page into a Beamer presentation" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;pdfpages&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="11459" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11456" CreationDate="2011-02-18T20:14:21.470" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To develop an environment &lt;code&gt;\begin{reaction}...\end{reaction}&lt;/code&gt; you can use the code below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath,mhchem}&#xA;\newenvironment{reaction}{\begin{equation}}{\end{equation}}&#xA;\newenvironment{reaction*}{\begin{equation*}}{\end{equation*}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{reaction}&#xA; \ce{$A$ -&amp;gt;[\ce{+H2O}] $B$}&#xA;\end{reaction}&#xA;\begin{reaction}&#xA;\ce{SO4^2- + Ba^2+ -&amp;gt; BaSO4 v}&#xA; \end{reaction}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To develop a &lt;code&gt;listofreactions&lt;/code&gt; use the &lt;code&gt;titletoc&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-18T20:35:20.110" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T20:35:20.110" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11460" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11303" CreationDate="2011-02-18T20:24:02.507" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This doesn't exactly meet up with the example output, but I wanted to try my hand at this because the given picture sort of looks like just a bunch of boxes stacked after each other:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\repeating#1{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip&#xA;  \halign{\vrule\strut\enspace##\hfil\quad\vrule\cr&#xA;    \noalign{\hrule}#1\noalign{\hrule}}}}&#xA;\def\title#1{\vphantom{$\Big($}\bf#1}&#xA;$ \repeating{\title{Title \#1}\cr Item\cr Item\cr Item\cr Item\cr}&#xA;\mathord{\longrightarrow}&#xA;  \repeating{\title{Title \#2}\cr Item\cr Item\cr Item\cr Item\cr Item\cr Item\cr}&#xA;\mathord{\longrightarrow}&#xA;  \repeating{\title{Title \#3}\cr Item\cr Item\cr Item\cr} $&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/rSsfB.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; title=&quot;Hosted by imgur.com&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am still wondering if I could somehow make the &lt;code&gt;\halign&lt;/code&gt;'s &lt;code&gt;\vcenter&lt;/code&gt; a &lt;code&gt;\vtop&lt;/code&gt; instead, and the &lt;code&gt;\longrightarrow&lt;/code&gt;s inside a &lt;code&gt;\vcenter&lt;/code&gt;, but I haven't yet got that to work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T20:24:02.507" />
  <row Id="11461" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11458" CreationDate="2011-02-18T20:25:04.317" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Don't use &lt;code&gt;pdfpages&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt;. AFAIK they are not compatible. Include the PDF page using &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt; from the &lt;code&gt;graphicx&lt;/code&gt; package like shown below.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;%\usepackage{epstopdf}&#xA;%\usepackage{xypdf}&#xA;%\usepackage{eso-pic} &#xA;%\usepackage{everyshi} &#xA;\usepackage{beamerthemesplit}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx} &#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\frame[plain]{\includegraphics[page=61,width=\textwidth]{yourfile.pdf}}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You should put all material inside a &lt;code&gt;frame&lt;/code&gt; macro or environment. The &lt;code&gt;plain&lt;/code&gt; option will remove most of the material like header and footer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The above code is for PDF images spanning the full slide. If you simply want to &#xA;insert an image on a normal slide with some text, then you should use it like this.&#xA;Note that the &lt;code&gt;width=.6\textwidth&lt;/code&gt; makes the image width 60% of the text width (the frame or page width minus margins). Simply adjust the factor to your wishes. There is also &lt;code&gt;height&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\textheight&lt;/code&gt;, but the latter includes the slide title and subtitle which makes finding the correct value a little more difficult.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage{beamerthemesplit}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx} &#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}{Title}{Subtitle}&#xA;      Some text before&#xA;&#xA;      \includegraphics[page=61,width=.6\textwidth]{yourfile.pdf}&#xA;&#xA;      some text afterwards&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-19T14:52:21.307" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T14:52:21.307" />
  <row Id="11462" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11465" CreationDate="2011-02-18T20:37:15.753" Score="5" ViewCount="159" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to use XeTeX so that I can use a particular font, but I'm not quite sure about the documentation/commands in specifying this font in XeTeX. Can anyone point me to a good how-to tutorial on XeTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2844" LastEditorUserId="2844" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-18T21:21:31.380" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T21:25:34.487" Title="Does anyone know a good XeTeX tutorial?" Tags="&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;manuals&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="11463" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11462" CreationDate="2011-02-18T20:51:14.463" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As for good reference, there is the XeTeX manual itself (from CTAN, but see &lt;code&gt;texdoc xetex&lt;/code&gt;) and this draft textbook: &lt;a href=&quot;http://xml.web.cern.ch/XML/lgc2/xetexmain.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;The XETEX Companion. TEX meets OpenType and Unicode&lt;/a&gt;, by Michel Goossens. The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/xetex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;XeTeX webpage&lt;/a&gt; also includes some useful link.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Handling fonts with XeTeX has already been extensively discussed on this site; I would suggest to look for related tags.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2580" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T20:51:14.463" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11464" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11409" CreationDate="2011-02-18T21:07:08.163" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Black and white is the default for &lt;code&gt;eps&lt;/code&gt;, whereas color is the default for &lt;code&gt;pdf&lt;/code&gt; output. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure setting&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;lattice.options(default.theme = standard.theme(color = TRUE))&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;would solve your problem, or equivalently (from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.stat.uni-muenchen.de/~leisch/Sweave/FAQ.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Sweave FAQ&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;library(lattice)  &#xA;ltheme &amp;lt;- canonical.theme(color = TRUE)      ## in-built B&amp;amp;W theme  &#xA;ltheme$strip.background$col &amp;lt;- &quot;transparent&quot; ## change strip bg  &#xA;lattice.options(default.theme = ltheme)      ## set as default  &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but do you have any particular reason to prefer Postscript over PDF? I always found that the latter produce very nice looking graphics.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2580" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T21:07:08.163" />
  <row Id="11465" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11462" CreationDate="2011-02-18T21:25:34.487" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you're planning on using XeLaTeX, and already know LaTeX, the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/fontspec&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;fontspec&lt;/a&gt; documentation contains just about everything you need to know additionally. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T21:25:34.487" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11466" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11303" CreationDate="2011-02-18T21:29:15.687" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;perhaps tikz block diagrams may aid you?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/tag/block-diagrams/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/tag/block-diagrams/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1222" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T21:29:15.687" />
  <row Id="11467" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-18T21:41:14.233" Score="0" ViewCount="116" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/11004/why-does-the-image-not-appear&quot;&gt;Why does the image not appear?&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am in a bit of a predicament as I try to include two PNG formatted pictures in one of my homework exercises. The following code has always worked for me without any problems: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\includegraphics[scale=0.5]{gst}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The only difference is that i recently switched from Exherbo GNU/Linux to Ubuntu GNU/Linux. Different scaling or trying out DVI-mode did not do any good.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I use the package graphicx in the following way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The program compiles without errors (with &lt;em&gt;pdflatex&lt;/em&gt;) but when I take a look at the PDF the images have the right dimensions but are blank.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have read &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1072/which-graphics-formats-can-be-included-in-documents-processed-by-latex-or-pdflate&quot;&gt;some other questions &lt;/a&gt; about this but did not find any conclusive answer for my problem. As stated above i tried DVI-mode (converting my picture to eps) and re-labeling the name of the file (from gst to gst.png).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What might be the problem causing this misbehaviour?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;UPDATE:&lt;/strong&gt; Mr. Scharrers comment pointed me into the right direction - the draft option for the documentclass has to be deactivated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3694" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-01T00:09:49.740" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T00:09:49.740" ClosedDate="2011-02-18T22:43:49.547" Title="includegraphics - inserting png image leads to blank picture" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11468" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10504" CreationDate="2011-02-18T21:49:36.280" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;@B3ret:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can try the following code. I have thoroughly tested the key definition part, but not the figure inclusion portion of the code. That is left to the user.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage[strict]{changepage}&#xA;\usepackage{xkeyval}&#xA;&#xA;% Note: \setkeys from 'xkeyval' strips up to 3 levels of outer braces.&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand*\ifcmdempty[1]{%&#xA;  \@nameuse{@\expandafter\ifx\expandafter\\\@gobble#1.\\%&#xA;    second\else first\fi oftwo}%&#xA;  {\@nameuse{@\ifx#1\@empty first\else second\fi oftwo}}%&#xA;  \@secondoftwo&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand\@expandarg[2]{%&#xA;  \begingroup&#xA;  \protected@edef\reserved@a{\endgroup\unexpanded{#1}{#2}}\reserved@a&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand\@expandargnobrace[2]{%&#xA;  \begingroup&#xA;  \protected@edef\reserved@a{\endgroup\unexpanded{#1}#2}\reserved@a&#xA; }&#xA;\newcommand*\ifpdfstrcmp[2]{%&#xA;  \@nameuse{@\ifnum\pdfstrcmp{\detokenize{#1}}{\detokenize{#2}}=\z@&#xA;    first\else second\fi oftwo}%&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand*\makecs[1]{\@expandonce{\csname#1\endcsname}}&#xA;\newcommand*\putsubfloat[6]{%&#xA;  \begingroup&#xA;  \protected@edef\reserved@a{\endgroup&#xA;    \ifnum#1=\z@\else\noexpand\subfloat[\makecs{mfbdf@#2}][\makecs{mfbdf@#3}]{\fi&#xA;    \noexpand\includegraphics[width=\makecs{mfbdf@#4}\textwidth]{\unexpanded{#5}}%&#xA;    \noexpand\label{\makecs{mfbdf@#6}}%&#xA;    \ifnum#1=\z@\else}\fi&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \reserved@a&#xA;}&#xA;\edef\fullwidth{\the\dimexpr\textwidth+\marginparwidth+\marginparsep}&#xA;&#xA;% \Define@Keys is adapted from the development version of keyreader package.&#xA;% The new facilities of keyreader package are more extensive&#xA;% than seen here:&#xA;\newcommand*\define@keysloop[1]{\@define@keysloop#1,\defkey@nil,}&#xA;\def\@define@keysloop#1,{%&#xA;  \begingroup\edef\reserved@a{\unexpanded{#1}}%&#xA;  \expandafter\endgroup\ifx\reserved@a\defkey@nnil\else&#xA;    \define@keysdo{#1}\relax&#xA;    \expandafter\@define@keysloop&#xA;  \fi&#xA;}&#xA;\def\defkey@nnil{\defkey@nil}&#xA;\newcommand*\@expandonce[1]{\unexpanded\expandafter{#1}}&#xA;\newcommand*\Define@Keys{\@testopt\@define@keys{KV}}&#xA;\def\@define@keys[#1]#2{\@testopt{\@@define@keys{#1}{#2}}{mp@}}&#xA;\def\@@define@keys#1#2[#3]#4{%&#xA;  \KV@@sp@def\keyprefix{#1}%&#xA;  \KV@@sp@def\keyfamily{#2}%&#xA;  \KV@@sp@def\macroprefix{#3}%&#xA;  \def\key@vals{}%&#xA;  \def\define@keys@do##1=##2=##3\defkey@nil{%&#xA;    \expandafter\ifx\expandafter\\\@gobble##1.\\%&#xA;      \@latex@error{Empty key name}\@ehc&#xA;    \fi&#xA;    \define@keys@@do##1/##2//\defkey@nil&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \def\define@keys@@do##1/##2/##3/##4\defkey@nil{%&#xA;    \KV@@sp@def\keyname{##1}%&#xA;    \KV@@sp@def\keydefault{##2}%&#xA;    \edef\key@vals{%&#xA;      \ifcmdempty\key@vals{}{\@expandonce\key@vals,}%&#xA;      \@expandonce\keyname=\@expandonce\keydefault&#xA;    }%&#xA;    \edef\reserved@a{%&#xA;      [\keyprefix]{\keyfamily}[\macroprefix]{\keyname}%&#xA;      [\@expandonce\keydefault]{\unexpanded{##3}}%&#xA;    }%&#xA;    \expandafter\ifpdfstrcmp\expandafter{\keydefault}{true}{%&#xA;      \expandafter\define@boolkey&#xA;    }{%&#xA;      \expandafter\ifpdfstrcmp\expandafter{\keydefault}{false}{%&#xA;        \expandafter\define@boolkey&#xA;      }{%&#xA;        \expandafter\define@cmdkey&#xA;      }%&#xA;    }%&#xA;    \reserved@a&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \long\def\define@keysdo##1{\define@keys@do##1==\defkey@nil}%&#xA;  \define@keysloop{#4}%&#xA;  \edef\reserved@a{%&#xA;    \noexpand\setkeys[\keyprefix]{\keyfamily}{\@expandonce\key@vals}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \reserved@a&#xA;}&#xA;\Define@Keys[KV]{bigfig}[mfbf@]{pos=!htp,label,shortcaption,relsize=0.95,&#xA;  testbool=true/\ifmfbf@testbool\def\testfunc##1{xx##1xx}\fi}&#xA;% Parameters: [key-val pairs]{file}{caption}&#xA;\newcommand{\bigfigure}[3][]{%&#xA;  % Default values:&#xA;  \setkeys[KV]{bigfig}{pos=!htp,label=fig:#2,&#xA;    shortcaption={{{#3}}},relsize=0.95}%&#xA;  % User-provided values:&#xA;  \ifx\\#1\\\else\setkeys[KV]{bigfig}{#1}\fi&#xA;  \@expandargnobrace{\begin{figure}}{[\mfbf@pos]}%&#xA;    \checkoddpage&#xA;    \@expandargnobrace{\makebox[\textwidth]}{[\ifoddpage l\else r\fi]}{%&#xA;      \begin{minipage}[t]{\fullwidth}%&#xA;        \centering&#xA;        \includegraphics[width=\mfbf@relsize\textwidth]{#2}%&#xA;        \caption[\mfbf@shortcaption]{#3}%&#xA;        \label{\mfbf@label}%&#xA;      \end{minipage}%&#xA;    }% &#xA;  \end{figure}%&#xA;}&#xA;\Define@Keys[KV]{bigdblfig}[mfbdf@]{pos=!htp,mainrelsize=0.95,&#xA;    mainlabel=fig:mainlabel,maincaption,mainshortcaption,&#xA;    leftrelsize=0.45,leftlabel=fig:leftlabel,leftcaption,&#xA;    leftshortcaption,rightrelsize=0.45,rightlabel=fig:rightlabel,&#xA;    rightcaption,rightshortcaption&#xA;}&#xA;% [key-value pairs]{file-left}{file-right}&#xA;\newcommand{\bigdoublefigure}[3][]{%&#xA;  % The keyreader package avoids this type of repetition:&#xA;  \setkeys[KV]{bigdblfig}{pos=!htp,mainrelsize=0.95,&#xA;    mainlabel={fig:#2-#3},maincaption=,mainshortcaption=,&#xA;    leftrelsize=0.45,leftlabel={fig:#2-left},leftcaption=,&#xA;    leftshortcaption=,rightrelsize=0.45,rightlabel={fig:#2-right},&#xA;    rightcaption=,rightshortcaption=&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \ifx\\#1\\\else\setkeys[KV]{bigdblfig}{#1}\fi&#xA;  \@expandargnobrace{\begin{figure}}{[\mfbdf@pos]}%&#xA;    \checkoddpage&#xA;     \@expandargnobrace{\makebox[\textwidth]}{[\ifoddpage l\else r\fi]}{%  &#xA;        \begin{minipage}{\mfbdf@mainrelsize\fullwidth}%&#xA;          \centering &#xA;          \ifcmdempty\mfbdf@leftcaption{%&#xA;            \putsubfloat\z@{}{}{leftrelsize}{#2}{leftlabel}%&#xA;          }{%&#xA;            \ifcmdempty\mfbdf@leftshortcaption{%&#xA;              \putsubfloat\@ne{leftcaption}{leftcaption}{leftrelsize}{#2}{leftlabel}%&#xA;            }{%&#xA;              \putsubfloat\@ne{leftshortcaption}{leftcaption}{leftrelsize}{#2}{leftlabel}%&#xA;            }%&#xA;          }%&#xA;          \hfill&#xA;          \ifcmdempty\mfbdf@rightcaption{%&#xA;            \putsubfloat\z@{}{}{rightrelsize}{#3}{rightlabel}%&#xA;          }{%&#xA;            \ifcmdempty\mfbdf@rightshortcaption{%&#xA;              \putsubfloat\@ne{rightcaption}{rightcaption}{rightrelsize}{#3}{rightlabel}%&#xA;            }{%&#xA;              \putsubfloat\@ne{rightshortcaption}{rightcaption}{rightrelsize}{#3}{rightlabel}%&#xA;            }%&#xA;          }%&#xA;          \ifcmdempty\mfbdf@maincaption{}{%&#xA;            \ifcmdempty\mfbdf@mainshortcaption{%&#xA;              \caption[\mfbdf@maincaption]{\mfbdf@maincaption}%&#xA;            }{%&#xA;              \caption[\mfbdf@mainshortcaption]{\mfbdf@maincaption}%&#xA;            }%&#xA;          }%&#xA;          \label{\mfbdf@mainlabel}%&#xA;        \end{minipage}&#xA;    }%&#xA;  \end{figure}&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum[1-2]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="994" LastEditorUserId="994" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-17T20:35:08.293" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T20:35:08.293" />
  <row Id="11469" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-18T21:54:08.543" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Literate programming was promoted by Donald Knuth who developed TeX (and most of his other software) as a literate program. His original tools where specifically tailored for the programming languages he used but more recent literate programming systems are often language agnostic. Within the TeX.SE community, Sweave is the best-known literate programming system that combines LaTeX and R code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Traditionally, the process of extracting code from a literate program is called &lt;em&gt;tangling&lt;/em&gt; and extracting (La)TeX code is called &lt;em&gt;weaving&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="3083" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-18T22:07:37.753" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T22:07:37.753" />
  <row Id="11470" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-18T21:54:08.543" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="Literate programming keeps code and its (extensive) documentation in a single source file. The documentation is typically typeset with TeX or LaTeX. Tools are used to extract the code (for compilations) and the documentation (for processing with (La)TeX) from the source file." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="3083" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-18T22:07:40.857" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T22:07:40.857" />
  <row Id="11471" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11473" CreationDate="2011-02-18T22:46:36.333" Score="4" ViewCount="124" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have from time to time a landscape page. I would like that text around it just normally flows. So something how figure environment works. So that it is not really important where you exactly define the figure, LaTeX moves it around so that text nicely flows. With landscape it does not do that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3562" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T23:45:47.200" Title="How to wrap text around landscape page" Tags="&lt;landscape&gt;&lt;wrap&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11472" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11456" CreationDate="2011-02-18T23:06:28.423" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is my solution now including a separate reaction counter and a new list of reactions. It is not fully tested yet but works in my simple test document&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath,mhchem}&#xA;\usepackage{tocloft}&#xA;\newcommand{\reactionlistname}{List of reactions}&#xA;\newlistof{reactions}{rxs}{\reactionlistname}&#xA;&#xA;\newcounter{reaction}&#xA;\newcounter{tmp}&#xA;\newenvironment{reaction}[1][\relax]{%&#xA;\setcounter{tmp}{\value{equation}}&#xA;\setcounter{equation}{\value{reaction}}&#xA;\renewcommand{\theequation}{\arabic{equation}}&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;\addcontentsline{rxs}{reactions}{\protect\numberline{\thereaction}#1}&#xA;}{%&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;\setcounter{reaction}{\value{equation}}&#xA;\setcounter{equation}{\value{tmp}}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\listofreactions&#xA;&#xA;\begin{reaction}[bla]&#xA; \ce{$A$ -&amp;gt;[\ce{+H2O}] $B$}&#xA;\end{reaction}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{reaction}&#xA;\ce{SO4^2- + Ba^2+ -&amp;gt; BaSO4 v}&#xA; \end{reaction}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Nq91h.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="632" LastActivityDate="2011-02-18T23:06:28.423" />
  <row Id="11473" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11471" CreationDate="2011-02-18T23:33:13.263" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It depends a little on the kind of landscape page you want to create. The easiest way to do it is to put your landscape material into a caption-less &lt;code&gt;[p]&lt;/code&gt; float (except it is a figure or table which should have a caption). Without the caption the float number isn't increased so it doesn't affect other, &quot;real&quot; floats.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can create the landscape mode then by yourself by rotating the content. If this is a image use &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics[angle=90,width=\textheight]{file}&lt;/code&gt;. For text you can use the following code or something similar. With this method the header and footer of the landscape page will not be different then on other pages. This might be want you want or not.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The &lt;code&gt;lipsum&lt;/code&gt; package and macros are just for adding a dummy text to show the result and are not required in the final document.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}% for dummy text&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum[1-10]&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}[p]&#xA;   \rotatebox{90}{%&#xA;     \begin{minipage}{\textheight}%&#xA;         % your text&#xA;         \lipsum[1-5]&#xA;     \end{minipage}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;  % No caption, then the figure number is not changed&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum[1-10]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or you can use the &lt;code&gt;afterpage&lt;/code&gt; package and macro to place the landscape content onto the next page. This doesn't allow for verbatim content but for the use of &lt;code&gt;pdflscape&lt;/code&gt; which rotates the pages also inside the PDF viewer:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}% for dummy text&#xA;\usepackage{afterpage}&#xA;\usepackage{pdflscape}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum[1-10]&#xA;&#xA;\afterpage{%&#xA;  \clearpage% To flush out all floats, might not be what you want&#xA;  \begin{landscape}&#xA;  \lipsum[1-5]&#xA;  % must not include verbatim content&#xA;  \end{landscape}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum[1-10]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-19T23:45:47.200" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T23:45:47.200" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="11474" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11477" CreationDate="2011-02-19T00:01:47.850" Score="6" ViewCount="179" Body="&lt;p&gt;Compiling the following with pdflatex (TeXLive 2009/Debian on Ubuntu 10.04 &quot;Lucid Lynx&quot;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{ifpdf}&#xA;\ifpdf&#xA;    \usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;    \usepackage{libertine} % Linux Libertine. This gives an error&#xA;    %\usepackage{lmodern} % this works fine&#xA;    \usepackage[pdftex,usenames,dvipsnames]{color}&#xA;    \usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx}&#xA;\else&#xA;    \bye&#xA;\fi&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Hello, world!&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I get this error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;! LaTeX Error: Option clash for package color.&#xA;&#xA;See the LaTeX manual or LaTeX Companion for explanation.&#xA;Type  H   for immediate help.&#xA; ...                                              &#xA;&#xA;l.8     \usepackage&#xA;                   [pdftex]{graphicx}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can anyone explain this? I can't for the life of me understand why a font package would mess with color and graphicx.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1495" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T14:54:50.057" Title="Conflict between color, graphicx and libertine" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;color&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="11475" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11510" CreationDate="2011-02-19T00:06:14.323" Score="5" ViewCount="153" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to link the Table of Contents in the footer of each page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can achieve this &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1847/pdf-hyperlinks-to-a-given-page&quot;&gt;thanks to this hint&lt;/a&gt; like so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;# In the hyperref section of the document preamble&#xA;\cfoot{\hyperlink{page.1}{TOC}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But if I change my document so that it has a title page, and the TOC moves to page two, I'll need to change this. Is there a better way to link to the TOC? Adding a &lt;code&gt;\label{}&lt;/code&gt; and then using a &lt;code&gt;ref{}&lt;/code&gt; does not seem to work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="360" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-24T17:47:04.257" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T17:47:04.257" Title="Add a link to the TOC" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;page-numbering&gt;&lt;links&gt;&lt;bookmarks&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="11476" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10536" CreationDate="2011-02-19T00:13:53.063" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;An obligatory ConTeXt answer (plus Aditya's &lt;code&gt;:)&lt;/code&gt;), using &lt;code&gt;\asciimode&lt;/code&gt; will make all special characters &quot;un-special&quot; except &lt;code&gt;\&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;{&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;}&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\starttext&#xA;\asciimode&#xA;$ % &amp;amp; _ # ^ ~ | &amp;lt; &amp;gt;&#xA;\{ \} \backslash&#xA;\stoptext&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastEditorUserId="729" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-19T00:20:29.203" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T00:20:29.203" />
  <row Id="11477" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11474" CreationDate="2011-02-19T00:14:19.460" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;These option clashes happen when a package is requested to be loaded on two different positions, like by you and inside another package, but with different options. The package is loaded by the first &lt;code&gt;\usepackage&lt;/code&gt; (or its twin &lt;code&gt;\RequirePackage&lt;/code&gt;); it isn't loaded again when it is requested again. It simply can't be loaded a second time. Therefore the new options can be activated and previous options might conflict with the second usage. So LaTeX creates an error to report this issue to you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The way to fix this is to declare the options beforehand using &lt;code&gt;\PassOptionsToPackage{&amp;lt;options&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;package&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt;. Then they are used wherever the package is loaded.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{ifpdf}&#xA;\ifpdf&#xA;    \PassOptionsToPackage{pdftex,usenames,dvipsnames}{color}&#xA;    \usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;    \usepackage{libertine} % most likely loads 'color' itself&#xA;    %\usepackage{lmodern} % doesn't load 'color'&#xA;    \usepackage{color}&#xA;    \usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx}&#xA;\else&#xA;    %\bye&#xA;\fi&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Hello, world!&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can't test it by myself, because I don't have the &lt;code&gt;libertine&lt;/code&gt; package installed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;PS:&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't think you need to set &lt;code&gt;pdftex&lt;/code&gt; manually. Normally packages do a good job recognizing the driver by themselves. Also you might want to use the extended &lt;code&gt;xcolor&lt;/code&gt; package instead of &lt;code&gt;color&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-19T14:54:50.057" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T14:54:50.057" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="11478" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11660" CreationDate="2011-02-19T00:54:14.410" Score="10" ViewCount="185" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to spruce up the appearance of this table:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}{rr@{\hspace{2em}}rr@{\hspace{2em}}rr@{\hspace{2em}}rr}&#xA;\toprule&#xA;\multicolumn{2}{c@{\hspace{2em}}}{\textbf{Word C}}&amp;amp;&#xA;\multicolumn{2}{c@{\hspace{2em}}}{\textbf{Char C}}&amp;amp;&#xA;\multicolumn{2}{c@{\hspace{2em}}}{\textbf{Chess}}&amp;amp;&#xA;\multicolumn{2}{c}{\textbf{Matching}}\\&#xA;\multicolumn{2}{c@{\hspace{2em}}}{\textbf{9 trials}}&amp;amp;&#xA;\multicolumn{2}{c@{\hspace{2em}}}{\textbf{9 trials}}&amp;amp;&#xA;\multicolumn{2}{c@{\hspace{2em}}}{\textbf{12 trials}}&amp;amp;&#xA;\multicolumn{2}{c}{\textbf{12 trials}}\\&#xA;$N$&amp;amp;$V$&amp;amp;$N$&amp;amp;$V$&amp;amp;$N$&amp;amp;$V$&amp;amp;$N$&amp;amp;$V$\\&#xA;\midrule&#xA;10 &amp;amp;  1 &amp;amp; 12 &amp;amp;  3 &amp;amp; 16 &amp;amp;  3 &amp;amp; 4 &amp;amp; 0 \\&#xA;10 &amp;amp;  1 &amp;amp; 12 &amp;amp;  6 &amp;amp; 16 &amp;amp;  3 &amp;amp; 4 &amp;amp; 0 \\&#xA;10 &amp;amp;  1 &amp;amp; 12 &amp;amp;  9 &amp;amp; 16 &amp;amp;  5 &amp;amp; 4 &amp;amp; 1 \\&#xA;10 &amp;amp;  2 &amp;amp; 24 &amp;amp;  6 &amp;amp; 16 &amp;amp;  5 &amp;amp; 4 &amp;amp; 1 \\&#xA;% ... many more rows ...&#xA;\bottomrule&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's what it currently looks like.  The biggest problem is that there's too much horizontal space between each &lt;em&gt;N&lt;/em&gt; column and the corresponding &lt;em&gt;V&lt;/em&gt; column, and that space is of variable size among the four groups.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/TDOSS.png&quot; alt=&quot;screen shot of first four rows as rendered&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I want is for there to be a fixed, small distance between each &lt;em&gt;N&lt;/em&gt; column and the corresponding &lt;em&gt;V&lt;/em&gt; column; a larger distance between the group headings; and the N/V column pairs to be centered under their heading.  The numbers in each column should continue to be right-justified. How might I accomplish this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note: all the elided rows contain numbers and only numbers, and there are no three-digit or larger numbers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="514" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T08:30:46.717" Title="Improve intercolumn spacing of this table" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;spacing&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="11479" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11475" CreationDate="2011-02-19T00:59:00.197" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are several ways to do this. One would be to write the page number of the TOC directly into the &lt;code&gt;.aux&lt;/code&gt; file as shown below. I'm sure there is a nicer, more higher-interface solution for that, but just right now (1am) I can't get it. The code below assumes that you want to link to the first ToC &lt;em&gt;page&lt;/em&gt; and not to the title of it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;\def\tocpage{1}% Default value will be set to correct one at \begin{document}&#xA;\cfoot{\hyperlink{page.\tocpage}{TOC}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Titlepage&#xA;&#xA;\cleardoublepage % Important to get the page number right&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;% Write directly to the `.aux` file:&#xA;\write\@auxout{\gdef\noexpand\tocpage{\number\value{page}}}%&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{test}&#xA;\chapter{test}&#xA;\chapter{test}&#xA;\chapter{test}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-19T01:05:23.153" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T01:05:23.153" />
  <row Id="11480" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11220" CreationDate="2011-02-19T00:59:39.807" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's a &lt;code&gt;scrpage2&lt;/code&gt; solution that should at least come close to what you want. Some remarks:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;No head- and footrules is the default setting of &lt;code&gt;scrpage2&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Disabling uppercase letters in the header is done by the package option &lt;code&gt;nouppercase&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The optional arguments of &lt;code&gt;\lohead&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\rehead&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\cfoot&lt;/code&gt; control the settings for the &lt;code&gt;scrplain&lt;/code&gt; pagestyle (which replaces &lt;code&gt;plain&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The heading font is controlled by the &lt;code&gt;\headfont&lt;/code&gt; macro.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I didn't emulate your separate &lt;code&gt;preface&lt;/code&gt; pagestyle (which differs only slightly from your &lt;code&gt;fancy&lt;/code&gt; style). Instead, I redefined &lt;code&gt;\chaptermarkformat&lt;/code&gt; (which is able to differentiate between numbered and unnumbered chapters).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrbook}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[automark,nouppercase]{scrpage2}&#xA;\pagestyle{scrheadings}&#xA;\clearscrheadfoot&#xA;\lohead[]{(mytitle)}% Placeholder for \mytitle&#xA;\rehead[]{\leftmark}&#xA;\cfoot[\pagemark]{\pagemark}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\headfont}{\itshape\scshape}% Will equal \scshape for most fonts&#xA;\renewcommand*{\chaptermarkformat}{\chapapp~\thechapter\autodot\enskip}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\setcounter{secnumdepth}{-1}% Unnumbered chapters&#xA;&#xA;\blinddocument&#xA;&#xA;\setcounter{secnumdepth}{2}% Numbered chapters, sections, and subsections&#xA;&#xA;\blinddocument&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/blindtext/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;blindtext&lt;/a&gt; package is only used to add some dummy text to the example.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T00:59:39.807" />
  <row Id="11481" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11211" CreationDate="2011-02-19T03:22:37.213" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;With some serious butchering of &lt;code&gt;beamerbaseboxes.aux&lt;/code&gt; I managed to get the following &lt;code&gt;[framed]&lt;/code&gt; template for beamer boxes. For easier digestibility, I'll split the code into several chunks and add some comments inbetween. You'll probably want to move some parts to a .sty file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It all starts, innocently, with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Next, I took the code from &lt;code&gt;\beamerboxesrounded&lt;/code&gt;, removed the shadow part, changed the drawinging commands a bit and changed some &lt;code&gt;\vskip&lt;/code&gt;s. First this sets up some colors. Then it sets the title in a minipage (that is saved to a box). Then it draws around the title. Finally it starts a minipage for the main content. The rest of the code glues things together.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand\beamerboxesframed[2][]{%&#xA;  \global\let\beamer@firstlineitemizeunskip=\relax%&#xA;  \vbox\bgroup%&#xA;  \setkeys{beamerboxes}{upper=block title,lower=block body,width=\textwidth}%&#xA;  \setkeys{beamerboxes}{#1}%&#xA;  {%&#xA;    \usebeamercolor{\bmb@lower}%&#xA;    \globalcolorstrue%&#xA;    \colorlet{lower.bg}{bg}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;  {%&#xA;    \usebeamercolor{\bmb@upper}%&#xA;    \globalcolorstrue%&#xA;    \colorlet{upper.bg}{bg}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;  %&#xA;  % Typeset head&#xA;  %&#xA;  \vskip4bp&#xA;  \setbox\bmb@box=\hbox{%&#xA;    \begin{minipage}[b]{\bmb@width}%&#xA;      \usebeamercolor[fg]{\bmb@upper}%&#xA;      #2%&#xA;    \end{minipage}}%&#xA;  \ifdim\wd\bmb@box=0pt%&#xA;    \setbox\bmb@box=\hbox{}%&#xA;    \ht\bmb@box=0pt%&#xA;    \bmb@prevheight=-4.5pt%&#xA;  \else%&#xA;    \wd\bmb@box=\bmb@width%&#xA;    \bmb@temp=\dp\bmb@box%&#xA;    \ifdim\bmb@temp&amp;lt;1.5pt%&#xA;      \bmb@temp=1.5pt%&#xA;    \fi%&#xA;    \setbox\bmb@box=\hbox{\raise\bmb@temp\hbox{\box\bmb@box}}%&#xA;    \dp\bmb@box=0pt%&#xA;    \bmb@prevheight=\ht\bmb@box%&#xA;  \fi%&#xA;  \bmb@temp=\bmb@width%&#xA;  \bmb@dima=\bmb@temp\advance\bmb@dima by2.2bp%&#xA;  \bmb@dimb=\bmb@temp\advance\bmb@dimb by4bp%&#xA;  \hbox{%&#xA;    \begin{pgfpicture}{0bp}{+-\ht\bmb@box}{0bp}{+-\ht\bmb@box}&#xA;      \ifdim\wd\bmb@box=0pt%&#xA;        \color{lower.bg}%&#xA;      \else%&#xA;        \color{upper.bg}%&#xA;      \fi%&#xA;      \pgfpathqmoveto{-4bp}{-1bp}&#xA;      \pgfpathqcurveto{-4bp}{1.2bp}{-2.2bp}{3bp}{0bp}{3bp}&#xA;      \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpoint{\bmb@temp}{3bp}}&#xA;      \pgfpathcurveto%&#xA;      {\pgfpoint{\bmb@dima}{3bp}}%&#xA;      {\pgfpoint{\bmb@dimb}{1.2bp}}%&#xA;      {\pgfpoint{\bmb@dimb}{-1bp}}%&#xA;      \bmb@dima=-\ht\bmb@box%&#xA;      \advance\bmb@dima by-2pt%&#xA;      \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpoint{\bmb@dimb}{\bmb@dima}}&#xA;      \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpoint{-4bp}{\bmb@dima}}&#xA;      \pgfpathclose&#xA;      \pgfsetstrokecolor{black}\pgfusepath{stroke, fill}&#xA;    \end{pgfpicture}%&#xA;    \copy\bmb@box%&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \nointerlineskip%&#xA;  \ifdim\wd\bmb@box=0pt&#xA;  \else&#xA;    \vskip2.4pt%&#xA;  \fi%&#xA;  \nointerlineskip%&#xA;  \setbox\bmb@colorbox=\hbox{{\pgfpicturetrue\pgfsetcolor{lower.bg}}}%&#xA;  \setbox\bmb@box=\hbox\bgroup\begin{minipage}[b]{\bmb@width}%&#xA;    \vskip2pt%&#xA;    \usebeamercolor[fg]{\bmb@lower}%&#xA;    \colorlet{beamerstructure}{upper.bg}%&#xA;    \colorlet{structure}{upper.bg}%&#xA;    %\color{.}%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The end command ends the &lt;code&gt;\minipage&lt;/code&gt; of the content and draws a line around it (not drawing on the top). Again I removed all the code for the shadow and changed the drawing code slightly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\endbeamerboxesframed{%&#xA;  \end{minipage}\egroup%&#xA;  \wd\bmb@box=\bmb@width%&#xA;  \bmb@temp=\dp\bmb@box%&#xA;  \advance\bmb@temp by.5pt%&#xA;  \setbox\bmb@box=\hbox{\raise\bmb@temp\hbox{\box\bmb@box}}%&#xA;  \dp\bmb@box=0pt%&#xA;  \bmb@temp=\wd\bmb@box%&#xA;  \bmb@dima=\bmb@temp\advance\bmb@dima by2.2bp%&#xA;  \bmb@dimb=\bmb@temp\advance\bmb@dimb by4bp%&#xA;  \hbox{%&#xA;    \begin{pgfpicture}{0bp}{0bp}{0bp}{0bp}&#xA;      \unhbox\bmb@colorbox%&#xA;      \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfpoint{-4bp}{\ht\bmb@box}}&#xA;      \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpoint{-4bp}{1bp}}&#xA;      \pgfpathqcurveto{-4bp}{-1.2bp}{-2.2bp}{-3bp}{0bp}{-3bp}&#xA;      \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpoint{\the\bmb@temp}{-3bp}}&#xA;      \pgfpathcurveto%&#xA;      {\pgfpoint{\the\bmb@dima}{-3bp}}%&#xA;      {\pgfpoint{\the\bmb@dimb}{-1.2bp}}%&#xA;      {\pgfpoint{\the\bmb@dimb}{1bp}}%&#xA;      {&#xA;      \bmb@dima=\ht\bmb@box%&#xA;      \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpoint{\bmb@dimb}{\bmb@dima}}&#xA;      \pgfsetstrokecolor{black}\pgfusepath{stroke, fill}&#xA;      }&#xA;    \end{pgfpicture}%&#xA;    \box\bmb@box%&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \vskip2bp%&#xA;  \egroup% of \vbox\bgroup&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Having defined the commands that do the actual drawing work, we need to set up the template. The following code is almost verbatim from &lt;code&gt;beamerbaseauxtemplates.sty&lt;/code&gt;, only changing &lt;code&gt;rounded&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;framed&lt;/code&gt; and removing &lt;code&gt;shadow=false&lt;/code&gt;. If you want to, you can also remove the &lt;code&gt;\vskip\smallskipamount&lt;/code&gt; (as the boxes are lighter, they can probably be placed closer together)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\defbeamertemplateparent{blocks}[framed]{block begin,block end,%&#xA;  block alerted begin,block alerted end,%&#xA;  block example begin,block example end}[1][]&#xA;{[#1]}&#xA;&#xA;\defbeamertemplate{block begin}{framed}[1][]&#xA;{&#xA;  \par\vskip\medskipamount%&#xA;  \begin{beamerboxesframed}[upper=block title,lower=block body,#1]%&#xA;    {\raggedright\usebeamerfont*{block title}\insertblocktitle}%&#xA;    \raggedright%&#xA;    \usebeamerfont{block body}%&#xA;}&#xA;\defbeamertemplate{block end}{framed}[1][]&#xA;{\end{beamerboxesframed}\vskip\smallskipamount}&#xA;&#xA;\defbeamertemplate{block alerted begin}{framed}[1][]&#xA;{&#xA;  \par\vskip\medskipamount%&#xA;  \begin{beamerboxesframed}[upper=block title alerted,lower=block body alerted,#1]%&#xA;    {\raggedright\usebeamerfont*{block title alerted}\insertblocktitle}%&#xA;    \raggedright%&#xA;    \usebeamerfont{block body alerted}%&#xA;}%&#xA;\defbeamertemplate{block alerted end}{framed}[1][]&#xA;{\end{beamerboxesframed}\vskip\smallskipamount}&#xA;&#xA;\defbeamertemplate{block example begin}{framed}[1][]&#xA;{&#xA;  \par\vskip\medskipamount%&#xA;  \begin{beamerboxesframed}[upper=block title example,lower=block body example,#1]&#xA;    {\raggedright\usebeamerfont*{block title example}\insertblocktitle}%&#xA;    \raggedright%&#xA;    \usebeamerfont{block body alerted}%&#xA;}%&#xA;\defbeamertemplate{block example end}{framed}[1][]&#xA;{\end{beamerboxesframed}\vskip\smallskipamount}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now we only have to select the template&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setbeamertemplate{blocks}[framed]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You might want to change some styling (depending on your theme, the defaults might look fine). Here is what I used for the example image.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setbeamercolor{block title}{fg=black,bg=gray!40}&#xA;\setbeamercolor{block body}{fg=black,bg=gray!10}&#xA;\setbeamercolor{block title alerted}{fg=red,bg=gray!40}&#xA;\setbeamercolor{block title example}{fg=black,bg=green!20}&#xA;\setbeamercolor{block body example}{fg=black,bg=green!5}&#xA;\setbeamerfont{block title}{series=\bfseries}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;    \begin{block}{title}&#xA;        test&#xA;&#xA;        a second line&#xA;    \end{block}&#xA;&#xA;    \begin{block}{}&#xA;        test without title&#xA;    \end{block}&#xA;&#xA;    \begin{alertblock}{title}&#xA;        test&#xA;    \end{alertblock}&#xA;&#xA;    \begin{Example}&#xA;        test&#xA;    \end{Example}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/RdOEc.png&quot; alt=&quot;example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T03:22:37.213" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11482" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11440" CreationDate="2011-02-19T05:56:23.003" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Checking with Karl Berry (TUG President), it seems that the latest version available is indeed the one mentioned in the question. So you'll have to type in the information you want by hand, at least at the moment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T05:56:23.003" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11483" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11272" CreationDate="2011-02-19T07:10:09.593" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The following isn't entirely correct (it doesn't take rounded corners into account), but should suffice for most applications. Note that if you want to replace the shading by fading (i.e. use actual transparency), you will probably have to add clipping to the circles (so that they don't overlap with the rectangles). Also note that the effect seems to be rendered slightly incorrectly in Evince (and maybe some other pdf viewers too; the image is from the Linux version of Acrobat Reader).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}    &#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{calc}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;% some parameters for customization&#xA;\def\shadowshift{5pt,-10pt}&#xA;\def\shadowradius{10pt}&#xA;&#xA;% this draws a shadow under a rectangle node&#xA;\newcommand\drawshadow[1]{&#xA;    \begin{pgfonlayer}{shadow}&#xA;        \filldraw[white,inner color=black,outer color=white] ($(#1.south west)+(\shadowshift)+(\shadowradius/2,\shadowradius/2)$) circle (\shadowradius);&#xA;        \filldraw[white,inner color=black,outer color=white] ($(#1.north west)+(\shadowshift)+(\shadowradius/2,-\shadowradius/2)$) circle (\shadowradius);&#xA;        \filldraw[white,inner color=black,outer color=white] ($(#1.south east)+(\shadowshift)+(-\shadowradius/2,\shadowradius/2)$) circle (\shadowradius);&#xA;        \filldraw[white,inner color=black,outer color=white] ($(#1.north east)+(\shadowshift)+(-\shadowradius/2,-\shadowradius/2)$) circle (\shadowradius);&#xA;        \fill[top color=black,bottom color=white] ($(#1.south west)+(\shadowshift)+(\shadowradius/2,-\shadowradius/2)$) rectangle ($(#1.south east)+(\shadowshift)+(-\shadowradius/2,\shadowradius/2)$);&#xA;        \fill[left color=black,right color=white] ($(#1.south east)+(\shadowshift)+(-\shadowradius/2,\shadowradius/2)$) rectangle ($(#1.north east)+(\shadowshift)+(\shadowradius/2,-\shadowradius/2)$);&#xA;        \fill[bottom color=black,top color=white] ($(#1.north west)+(\shadowshift)+(\shadowradius/2,-\shadowradius/2)$) rectangle ($(#1.north east)+(\shadowshift)+(-\shadowradius/2,\shadowradius/2)$);&#xA;        \fill[right color=black,left color=white] ($(#1.south west)+(\shadowshift)+(-\shadowradius/2,\shadowradius/2)$) rectangle ($(#1.north west)+(\shadowshift)+(\shadowradius/2,-\shadowradius/2)$);&#xA;        \fill ($(#1.south west)+(\shadowshift)+(\shadowradius/2,\shadowradius/2)$) rectangle ($(#1.north east)+(\shadowshift)-(\shadowradius/2,\shadowradius/2)$);&#xA;    \end{pgfonlayer}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% create a shadow layer, so that we don't need to worry about overdrawing other things&#xA;\pgfdeclarelayer{shadow} &#xA;\pgfsetlayers{shadow,main}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \node [fill=blue,rectangle,rounded corners,minimum height=2cm,minimum width=2cm] (box) {};&#xA;    \drawshadow{box}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}  &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/uzRT4.png&quot; alt=&quot;result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T07:10:09.593" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11484" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-19T07:38:06.597" Score="7" ViewCount="165" Body="&lt;p&gt;The command &lt;code&gt;fbox{...}&lt;/code&gt; can be used to draw a box around a piece of text, and apparently also a figure. However, I've not been able to use it if the &quot;text&quot; contains environments such as minipages and center.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, how does one draw a framed box around an arbitrary text which contains more than just text, such as figures, tables, environments, etc.?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2634" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T12:02:45.180" Title="How to draw a frame box around an arbitrary large piece of text/figures/whatever?" Tags="&lt;framed&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11485" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11478" CreationDate="2011-02-19T08:32:17.497" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Unsurprisingly (as I write it), I'd use &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/siunitx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;siunitx&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; for a table of numbers like this. For me&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{booktabs,siunitx}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\sisetup{table-format=2.0}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{SSSSSSSS}&#xA;\toprule&#xA;\multicolumn{2}{c}{\textbf{Word C}}&amp;amp;&#xA;\multicolumn{2}{c}{\textbf{Char C}}&amp;amp;&#xA;\multicolumn{2}{c}{\textbf{Chess}}&amp;amp;&#xA;\multicolumn{2}{c}{\textbf{Matching}}\\&#xA;\multicolumn{2}{c}{\textbf{9 trials}}&amp;amp;&#xA;\multicolumn{2}{c}{\textbf{9 trials}}&amp;amp;&#xA;\multicolumn{2}{c}{\textbf{12 trials}}&amp;amp;&#xA;\multicolumn{2}{c}{\textbf{12 trials}}\\&#xA;$N$&amp;amp;$V$&amp;amp;$N$&amp;amp;$V$&amp;amp;$N$&amp;amp;$V$&amp;amp;$N$&amp;amp;$V$\\&#xA;\midrule&#xA;10 &amp;amp;  1 &amp;amp; 12 &amp;amp;  3 &amp;amp; 16 &amp;amp;  3 &amp;amp; 4 &amp;amp; 0 \\&#xA;10 &amp;amp;  1 &amp;amp; 12 &amp;amp;  6 &amp;amp; 16 &amp;amp;  3 &amp;amp; 4 &amp;amp; 0 \\&#xA;10 &amp;amp;  1 &amp;amp; 12 &amp;amp;  9 &amp;amp; 16 &amp;amp;  5 &amp;amp; 4 &amp;amp; 1 \\&#xA;10 &amp;amp;  2 &amp;amp; 24 &amp;amp;  6 &amp;amp; 16 &amp;amp;  5 &amp;amp; 4 &amp;amp; 1 \\&#xA;% ... many more rows ...&#xA;\bottomrule&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;looks fine. I'm not entirely clear what you mean about the spacing: LaTeX includes some inter-column space as standard, and to me the table looks readable without additional space being added.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For reference, what I get is&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/dXx7X.png&quot; alt=&quot;Table using siunitx&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T08:32:17.497" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11486" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11484" CreationDate="2011-02-19T08:36:58.463" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;use package &lt;code&gt;mdframed&lt;/code&gt;, it also supports a pagebreak&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[linewidth=1pt]{mdframed}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum[2]&#xA;&#xA;\begin{mdframed}&#xA;\lipsum[2]&#xA;\end{mdframed}&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum[2]&#xA;&#xA;\begin{mdframed}[leftmargin=10pt,rightmargin=10pt]&#xA;\lipsum[2]&#xA;\end{mdframed}&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum[2]&#xA;&#xA;\begin{mdframed}[leftmargin=-10pt,rightmargin=-10pt]&#xA;\lipsum[2]&#xA;\end{mdframed}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T08:36:58.463" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11487" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11484" CreationDate="2011-02-19T08:37:29.640" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You need to use a &lt;code&gt;\parbox&lt;/code&gt; or similar inside the &lt;code&gt;\fbox&lt;/code&gt; for items that don't work For example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\fbox{%&#xA;  \parbox{\textwidth}{%&#xA;    \begin{center}&#xA;      \lipsum[1-3]&#xA;    \end{center}&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but for &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt; situation things work just fine:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\fbox{%&#xA;  \begin{minipage}{\textwidth}&#xA;    \lipsum[1-3]&#xA;  \end{minipage}&#xA;}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/lipsum&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;lipsum&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package here is used purely to provide the filler text: it is not needed for the solution.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-19T12:02:45.180" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T12:02:45.180" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11488" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11478" CreationDate="2011-02-19T08:59:43.040" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{array,booktabs,ragged2e}&#xA;\newcommand\MC[1]{\multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\textbf{#1}}}&#xA;&#xA;\def\SP{\hspace{15mm}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{@{} rl @{\SP} rl @{\SP} rl @{\SP} rl@{}}\toprule&#xA;\MC{Word C}  &amp;amp;\MC{Char C}  &amp;amp;\MC{Chess}    &amp;amp;\MC{Matching}\\&#xA;\MC{9 trials}&amp;amp;\MC{9 trials}&amp;amp;\MC{12 trials}&amp;amp;\MC{12 trials}\\&#xA;$N$&amp;amp;$V$&amp;amp;$N$&amp;amp;$V$&amp;amp;$N$&amp;amp;$V$&amp;amp;$N$&amp;amp;$V$\\\midrule&#xA; 10 &amp;amp;  1 &amp;amp; 12 &amp;amp;  3 &amp;amp; 16 &amp;amp;  3 &amp;amp; 4 &amp;amp; 0 \\&#xA; 10 &amp;amp;  1 &amp;amp; 12 &amp;amp;  6 &amp;amp; 16 &amp;amp;  3 &amp;amp; 4 &amp;amp; 0 \\&#xA; 10 &amp;amp;  1 &amp;amp; 12 &amp;amp;  9 &amp;amp; 16 &amp;amp;  5 &amp;amp; 4 &amp;amp; 1 \\&#xA; 10 &amp;amp;  2 &amp;amp; 24 &amp;amp;  6 &amp;amp; 16 &amp;amp;  5 &amp;amp; 4 &amp;amp; 1 \\&#xA;% ... many more rows ...&#xA;\bottomrule&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/DYgdr.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T08:59:43.040" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11489" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11474" CreationDate="2011-02-19T09:06:05.330" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;you should update your libertine package then you do not get an error.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;*File List*&#xA;libertine.sty    2010/08/30 - 4.8.7: Font libertine - (License GPL) Michael Nie&#xA;dermair&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T09:06:05.330" />
  <row Id="11490" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11447" CreationDate="2011-02-19T09:09:09.947" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Thanks to gentle Martin Scharrer for leading me to a satisfactory answer. The solution described below is not as general as his code in the &lt;code&gt;ydoc&lt;/code&gt; package, but is good enough (I think) for my purposes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The trick is to define the &lt;code&gt;bashDemoII&lt;/code&gt; macro in such a way that it would gobble the end of line characters before and after the contents, i.e., &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; @gdef@bashDemoII^^M#1^^M\END&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, this would not work unless you do &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  \catcode`\^^M\active&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;before hand. So, the complete definition of &lt;code&gt;\bashDemoII&lt;/code&gt; is as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begingroup    % Define \bashDemoII&#xA;  \catcode`\@=0\relax%&#xA;  @catcode`@\=12@relax%&#xA;  @gdef@bashDemoII#1\END{@relax% &#xA;    @generateScriptFile{#1}@relax%&#xA;    @immediate@write18{bash@space@ScriptFileName@space}@relax%&#xA;    @listScriptFile{#1}@relax%&#xA;    @egroup@relax%&#xA;  }@relax%&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3391" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T09:09:09.947" />
  <row Id="11491" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11484" CreationDate="2011-02-19T09:15:55.537" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is one using eplain:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\input eplain&#xA;\vsize=4.3in&#xA;\boxit{\halign{&amp;amp;\tabskip1em#\hfil\cr Some stuff &amp;amp; in a table &amp;amp; just to show \cr&#xA;  \noalign{\smallskip\hrule\smallskip}&#xA;  the frame &amp;amp; around the table \cr}}&#xA;\smallskip&#xA;\boxit{\vbox{\hsize=2in% just to keep the image smaller&#xA;  Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet. This could go on and on and on until we hit the&#xA;  edge of the page at which point there should be automatically another line}}&#xA;\smallskip \boxitspace=2em&#xA;\boxit{\vbox{\hsize=2in\item{1.} A list \item{2.} With list items&#xA;  \item{3.} And 2em padding}}&#xA;\smallskip \boxitspace=5pt&#xA;\boxit{\XeTeXpicfile &quot;test-pattern.jpg&quot;}&#xA;\footline={\boxit{\hbox{\tenrm\folio}}\hss}&#xA;\bye&#xA;% the boxit macro from eplain for completeness&#xA;% modified for stand-alone use (ehrule to hrule; evrule to vrule)&#xA;\newdimen\boxitspace \boxitspace = 3pt&#xA;\long\def\boxit#1{%&#xA;  \vbox{%&#xA;    \hrule&#xA;    \hbox{%&#xA;      \vrule&#xA;      \kern\boxitspace&#xA;      \vbox{\kern\boxitspace \parindent = 0pt #1\kern\boxitspace}%&#xA;      \kern\boxitspace&#xA;      \vrule&#xA;    }%&#xA;    \hrule&#xA;  }%&#xA;}%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/5JHzl.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; title=&quot;Hosted by imgur.com&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T09:15:55.537" />
  <row Id="11492" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11497" CreationDate="2011-02-19T09:18:07.733" Score="2" ViewCount="107" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using XeTeX and my % symbol is not showing when I compile to PDF! I've added my code below. I've gone through the XeTeX companion guide (maybe not very thoroughly) and Googled, but I can't find out why this is happening. I would totally appreciate anyone telling me why it's not working and how to fix it. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{description} \fontspec[]{ArchitectsDaughter} As 1\% RF = 1 cM, two genes which lie 100 cM apart should have a recombination frequency of 100 \% \end{description}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;BTW, I'm using XeTeX and LaTeX at the same time... if this bit of information is helpful...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Apparently my font doesn't have a &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt; glyph... and now I feel like a total dork for not coming to that conclusion sooner.   &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2844" LastEditorUserId="2844" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-19T10:41:33.553" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T10:41:33.553" Title="Why is the % symbol not showing with XeTeX?" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11493" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11492" CreationDate="2011-02-19T09:34:23.140" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm speaking here about LaTeX (I don't know anything about XeTeX).&#xA;The % is a symbol for commentary, so it won't show up on your pdf nor will anything that comes after % (on the same line).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to see % on your pdf, you must type: \%&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I see you did this, so I would try to put a space between the 1 and the backslash.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If this doesn't work you can try this:  \verb!%!&#xA;(This is for printing out things as you type them, you can put more things between the exclamation marks. You can also change the exclamation marks in other signs, as long as you don't use them in the piece of code between them.)&#xA;For longer pieces, use&#xA;\begin{verbatim} blablabla with % in it lala \end{verbatim}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3487" LastEditorUserId="3487" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-19T09:46:05.323" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T09:46:05.323" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11494" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-19T09:58:31.413" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-19T09:58:31.413" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T09:58:31.413" />
  <row Id="11495" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-19T09:58:31.413" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-19T09:58:31.413" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T09:58:31.413" />
  <row Id="11496" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11478" CreationDate="2011-02-19T10:10:14.490" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is a Plain version, you can change the &lt;code&gt;\groupheadingskip&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\columnsepskip&lt;/code&gt; to your liking:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\newskip\groupheadingskip \groupheadingskip=2em&#xA;\newskip\columnsepskip    \columnsepskip=1em&#xA;\newskip\rowsepskip       \rowsepskip=3pt&#xA;\def\header#1{\multispan2\hidewidth\bf#1\hidewidth}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{table}&#xA;\vbox{\openup\rowsepskip\hrule height 1pt \medskip&#xA;  \divide\groupheadingskip by 2&#xA;  \halign{&amp;amp;\tabskip\columnsepskip\hskip\groupheadingskip\hfil$#$&amp;amp;&#xA;    \hfil$#$\hskip\groupheadingskip\cr&#xA;    \header{Word C}&amp;amp;  \header{Char C}&amp;amp;  \header{Chess}&amp;amp;    \header{Matching}\cr&#xA;    \header{9 trials}&amp;amp;\header{9 trials}&amp;amp;\header{12 trials}&amp;amp;\header{12 trials}\cr&#xA;    N&amp;amp;V&amp;amp;   N&amp;amp;V&amp;amp;   N&amp;amp;V&amp;amp;   N&amp;amp;V\cr&#xA;    \noalign{\smallskip\hrule\medskip}&#xA;    10&amp;amp;1&amp;amp;  12&amp;amp;3&amp;amp;  16&amp;amp;3&amp;amp;  4&amp;amp;0\cr&#xA;    10&amp;amp;1&amp;amp;  12&amp;amp;6&amp;amp;  16&amp;amp;3&amp;amp;  4&amp;amp;0\cr&#xA;    10&amp;amp;1&amp;amp;  12&amp;amp;9&amp;amp;  16&amp;amp;5&amp;amp;  4&amp;amp;1\cr&#xA;  }&#xA;  \medskip \hrule height 1pt&#xA;}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/xYB55.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; title=&quot;Hosted by imgur.com&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastEditorUserId="1410" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-22T08:30:46.717" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T08:30:46.717" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11497" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11492" CreationDate="2011-02-19T10:22:15.083" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This minimal example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec} &#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\fontspec[]{Minion Pro} As 1\% RF = 1 cM, two genes which lie 100 cM apart should have a recombination frequency of 100\%&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;gives the expected output. I am guessing that your Architects Daughter font does not have a &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt; glyph. Check it's &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.fontsquirrel.com/fonts/architects-daughter&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;character map at Font Squirrel&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1688" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T10:22:15.083" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11498" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-19T11:00:24.787" Score="5" ViewCount="117" Body="&lt;p&gt;I found out that there are &lt;code&gt;cmbtt10&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;cmttb10&lt;/code&gt; fonts available. Unfortunately they are not used until I activate them with the &lt;code&gt;\font&lt;/code&gt; macro, so just searching for those fonts is not possible.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;cmbtt10&lt;/code&gt; seems too thick. The &lt;code&gt;cmttb10&lt;/code&gt; looks quite what I need, but its characters are too wide. Both seems to be a low resolution font.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I also learned that these fonts are created with METAFONT the first time they are activated, but need the Typewriter Type font source. Are there other fonts that are created in the same manner from Typewriter Type? Is it possible to create a better resolution (like 600~1200 DPI)? How difficult is to define my own modification?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1230" LastEditorUserId="1376" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-19T11:40:29.603" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T13:14:39.040" Title="Bold Typewriter Type fonts" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;metafont&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="11499" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11498" CreationDate="2011-02-19T11:11:47.637" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use the typewriter font of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/entries/bera.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Bera&lt;/a&gt; family:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{beramono}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\texttt{This is just a \textbf{test}.}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1376" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T11:11:47.637" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11500" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-19T11:13:49.493" Score="3" ViewCount="300" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to write my first report ever using LaTeX.&#xA;I want it to have two columns so I'm using the multicol package. The columns are too narrow though, I want it to be wide like, say, elsevier style articles.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also is there really no way of inserting floats (figures, pgf graphics) into this two column setup? I need to show some images and make a graphic to show my experimental results.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3700" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-19T13:49:16.380" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T13:49:16.380" Title="Column width in multicol and using float environments" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;multicol&gt;&lt;textwidth&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11501" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11458" CreationDate="2011-02-19T11:18:43.777" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/beamer/doc/beameruserguide.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;beamer user guide&lt;/a&gt; (p.19) provides a solution:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Commands like &lt;code&gt;\includepdf&lt;/code&gt; only work&#xA;  outside frames as they produce pages&#xA;  “by themselves.” You may also wish to&#xA;  say&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setbeamercolor{background canvas}{bg=}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;when you use such a&#xA;  command since the background (even a&#xA;  white background) will otherwise be&#xA;  printed over the image you try to&#xA;  include.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So the code would be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{pdfpages} &#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;{&#xA;    \setbeamercolor{background canvas}{bg=}&#xA;    \includepdf[pages={61}]{IA_Residential_Full_FINAL.pdf}&#xA;}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3323" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T11:18:43.777" />
  <row Id="11502" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11500" CreationDate="2011-02-19T11:34:00.183" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you need an overall twocolumn layout, you could use the &lt;code&gt;twocolumn&lt;/code&gt; option. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to have a figure with a caption inside the &lt;code&gt;multicol&lt;/code&gt; environment, you could use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/entries/caption.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;caption package&lt;/a&gt;. The separation between the columns can be adjusted by the length &lt;code&gt;columnsep&lt;/code&gt;. The width of the columns depends on the available text width, of course. See the following example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{report}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{multicol}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage{caption}&#xA;\setlength{\columnsep}{3cm}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\chapter{A chapter}&#xA;\begin{multicols}{2}&#xA;\lipsum[1-2]&#xA;&#xA;\bigskip&#xA;\rule{0.8\columnwidth}{1cm}&#xA;\captionof{figure}{A figure}\label{figure1}&#xA;\bigskip&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum[3]&#xA;\end{multicols}&#xA;\chapter{Another chapter}&#xA;See figure~\ref{figure1}.&#xA;\begin{figure}%&#xA;\rule{0.8\columnwidth}{1cm}&#xA;\caption{Another figure}&#xA;\label{figure2}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\chapter{A third chapter}&#xA;See figure~\ref{figure2}.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/entries/lipsum.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;lipsum&lt;/code&gt;package&lt;/a&gt; is only for producing the sample text, it is not part of the solution.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1376" LastEditorUserId="1376" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-19T13:45:10.563" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T13:45:10.563" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11503" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11498" CreationDate="2011-02-19T11:37:45.723" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I suggest Latin Modern Mono Light family. In Plain TeX:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\font\tt=rm-lmtl10&#xA;\font\itt=rm-lmtlo10&#xA;\font\btt=rm-lmtk10&#xA;\font\bitt=rm-lmtko10&#xA;\tt   Hello\par&#xA;\itt  Hello\par&#xA;\btt  Hello\par&#xA;\bitt Hello\par&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/hYzdL.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In LaTeX, it is &lt;code&gt;lmtt&lt;/code&gt; family in &lt;code&gt;OT1&lt;/code&gt; font encoding. See &lt;code&gt;ot1lmtt.fd&lt;/code&gt; for more information.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Latin Modern fonts are available in Type1 and OpenType. Usually we use the Type1 fonts with pdfTeX, dvipdfm(x) and Dvips engine/driver, and they are installed for pdfTeX, dvipdfm(x) and Dvips, respectively. Type1 fonts are vector fonts, they can be freely scaled with out loss of quality.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you use a font made by MetaFont, you can specify the resolution when calling pdfTeX, dvipdfm(x) or Dvips.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;\pdfpkresolution&lt;/code&gt; to specify the PK font resolution for pdfTeX. For example,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pdfpkresolution=1200&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;-r&lt;/code&gt; command line option to specify the PK font resolution for dvipdfm(x). For example,  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;dvipdfmx -r 1200 foo.dvi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And use &lt;code&gt;-D&lt;/code&gt; command line option to specify the PK font resolution for Dvips. For example,  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;dvips -D 1200 foo.dvi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-19T13:14:39.040" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T13:14:39.040" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11504" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-19T11:58:23.767" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-19T11:58:23.767" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T11:58:23.767" />
  <row Id="11505" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-19T11:58:23.767" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-19T11:58:23.767" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T11:58:23.767" />
  <row Id="11506" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-19T12:27:16.437" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/floats&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'floats'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;floats&lt;/a&gt; tag deals with the floating environments figure and table as well as with custom-made floats, and concerns issues such as positioning, labelling, captioning, indexing and listing of said floats. If your question is speficically about formatting a float caption, consider to use the &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/captions&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'captions'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;captions&lt;/a&gt; tag.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;LaTeX offers a few predefined floats, such as tables and figures. There are also some cases when one would like to define their own custom float type to distinguish them from the built-in ones, and to provide specific formatting, positioning or captioning. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A common usage scenario is to have a document with several code listings, which are to be referenced in the text as if they were figures, and to provide a list of the code samples in the beginning of the document for easy reference.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, the  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/float/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;float&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package can be used to define a new float as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% usage: \newfloat{&amp;lt;type&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;placement&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;ext&amp;gt;}[&amp;lt;within&amp;gt;]&#xA;% Define a new float named Program, which can be placed either in the top, the bottom&#xA;% or on a special page, use the .lop extension for the float file list, and number&#xA;% them separately for each section.&#xA;&#xA;\newfloat{Program}{tbp}{lop}[section]&#xA;%...&#xA;&#xA;% Here goes the custom float environment:&#xA;\begin{Program}&#xA;    % You can do whatever you like inside, like include some specially formatted text:&#xA;    \begin{verbatim}&#xA;        from __future__ import braces&#xA;    \end{verbatim}&#xA;&#xA;    % .. label it for future reference.. &#xA;    \label{prg:myprog}&#xA;&#xA;    % .. and give it a caption&#xA;    \caption{An important program} &#xA;\end{Program}&#xA;&#xA;% finally, you might want to include a list of all your glorious code snippets you made:&#xA;\listof{Program}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Other packages that can be used to define or modify floats:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/dblfloatfix&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;dblfloatfix&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/dpfloat&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;dpfloat&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/endfloat&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;endfloat&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/floatrow&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;floatrow&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/hvfloat&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;hvfloat&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/morefloats&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;morefloats&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/nonfloat&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;nonfloat&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/rotfloat&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;rotfloat&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/subfloat&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;subfloat&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/topfloat&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;topfloat&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/trivfloat&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;trivfloat&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T20:38:50.910" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T20:38:50.910" />
  <row Id="11507" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-19T12:27:16.437" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="The {floats} tag deals with the floating environments `figure` and `table` as well as with custom-made floats, and concerns issues such as positioning, labelling, captioning, indexing and listing of said floats. If your question is speficically about formatting a float caption, consider to use the {captions} tag." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T20:38:54.950" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T20:38:54.950" />
  <row Id="11509" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11401" CreationDate="2011-02-19T12:39:46.757" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using &lt;code&gt;xtabular&lt;/code&gt; in two-column document, just compile once and once again. &lt;code&gt;xtab&lt;/code&gt; needs to compile many times to determine the proper height of the table.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;tabular*&lt;/code&gt; in LaTeX, and &lt;code&gt;xtabular*&lt;/code&gt;/&lt;code&gt;supertabular*&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;xtab&lt;/code&gt;/&lt;code&gt;supertabular&lt;/code&gt;, are not easy to use. You must add &lt;code&gt;@{\extracolsep{\fill}}&lt;/code&gt; etc. to fill the columns. For example:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[twocolumn]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{xtab}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{xtabular*}{\columnwidth}{@{\extracolsep{\fill}}|*{5}{p{1.2cm}|}}&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e \\&#xA;\end{xtabular*}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, it is not suitable for your table, which has too much content itself. Thus, you'd better not use the &lt;code&gt;xtabular*&lt;/code&gt; in such narrow column. Here is a better solution:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{xtab,colortbl}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\newcolumntype{C}[1]{&amp;gt;{\centering\arraybackslash\hspace{0pt}}p{#1}}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{multicol}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{multicols}{2}&#xA;\lipsum[1-2]&#xA;\end{multicols}&#xA;\tablecaption{The factors the camera solver depends on to evaluate the rules.}&#xA;\tablehead{\hline \textbf{Factor} &amp;amp; \textbf{Best Value} &amp;amp; \textbf{$\Delta_t$} &amp;amp; \textbf{$\Delta_{do}$} &amp;amp; \textbf{Explanation} \\}&#xA;\begin{xtabular*}{\textwidth}{|@{\extracolsep{\fill}}*{4}{C{0.5in}}p{1.8in}|}&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    %%% ----- Rule of Thirds (Corners) -----&#xA;    \multicolumn{5}{|&amp;gt;{\columncolor[gray]{.8}}l|}{Rule of Thirds (Corners)} \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Horizontal Distance to Corner   &amp;amp; 0     &amp;amp; HD/20         &amp;amp; HD        &amp;amp; The horizontal distance between the centre of mass of the object and the closest corner.                              \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Vertical Distance to Corner     &amp;amp; 0     &amp;amp; HD/20         &amp;amp; HD        &amp;amp; The vertical distance between the centre of mass of the object and the closest corner.                                \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    %%% ----- Rule of Thirds (Lines) -----&#xA;    \multicolumn{5}{|&amp;gt;{\columncolor[gray]{.8}}l|}{Rule of Thirds (Lines)} \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Line Angle                      &amp;amp; 45    &amp;amp; 15            &amp;amp; 30        &amp;amp; The angle between the prominent line of the object and the diagonal lines                                             \\ % TODO: What object? Make sure it is clear.&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Line Distance                   &amp;amp; 0     &amp;amp; 0.25          &amp;amp; 1         &amp;amp; The distance, in screen coordinates, from the prominent line of the object to the diagonal lines.                     \\ % TODO: Need to define screen coordinates&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Corner Distances                &amp;amp; 0     &amp;amp; 0.1           &amp;amp; 0.7       &amp;amp; The distance, in screen coordinates, from the end of the prominent line of the object to the corners of the screen.   \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    %%% ----- Diagonal Dominance -----&#xA;    \multicolumn{5}{|&amp;gt;{\columncolor[gray]{.8}}l|}{Diagonal Dominance} \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Line Angle                      &amp;amp; 45    &amp;amp; 15            &amp;amp; 30        &amp;amp; The angle between the prominent line of the object and the diagonal lines                                             \\ % TODO: What object? Make sure it is clear.&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Line Distance                   &amp;amp; 0     &amp;amp; 0.25          &amp;amp; 1         &amp;amp; The distance, in screen coordinates, from the prominent line of the object to the diagonal lines.                     \\ % TODO: Need to define screen coordinates&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Corner Distances                &amp;amp; 0     &amp;amp; 0.1           &amp;amp; 0.7       &amp;amp; The distance, in screen coordinates, from the end of the prominent line of the object to the corners of the screen.   \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    %%% ----- Visual Balance -----&#xA;    \multicolumn{5}{|&amp;gt;{\columncolor[gray]{.8}}l|}{Visual Balance} \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Horizontal Center               &amp;amp; 0     &amp;amp; 0.1           &amp;amp; 0.5       &amp;amp; The horizontal component of the centre of mass of all the objects of the rule.                                        \\ % TODO: What does &quot;objects&quot; mean here? It should be well explained.&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Vertical Center                 &amp;amp; 0     &amp;amp; 0.1           &amp;amp; 0.5       &amp;amp; The vertical component of the centre of mass of all the objects of the rule.                                          \\ % TODO: What does &quot;objects&quot; mean here? It should be well explained.&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    %%% ----- Boundary Rule -----&#xA;    \multicolumn{5}{|&amp;gt;{\columncolor[gray]{.8}}l|}{Boundardy Rule} \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Left Outside                    &amp;amp; 0     &amp;amp; 5\% BW        &amp;amp; 25\% BW   &amp;amp; The width of the part of the object which is beyond the left border of the boundary specified by the rule.            \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Right Outside                   &amp;amp; 0     &amp;amp; 5\% BW        &amp;amp; 25\% BW   &amp;amp; The width of the part of the object which is beyond the right border of the boundary specified by the rule.           \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Top Outside                     &amp;amp; 0     &amp;amp; 5\% BH        &amp;amp; 25\% BH   &amp;amp; The height of the part of the object which is beyond the upper border of the boundary specified by the rule.          \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Bottom Outside                  &amp;amp; 0     &amp;amp; 5\% BH        &amp;amp; 25\% BH   &amp;amp; The height of the part of the object which is beyond the lower border of the boundary specified by the rule.          \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    %%% ----- Framing Rule -----&#xA;    \multicolumn{5}{|&amp;gt;{\columncolor[gray]{.8}}l|}{Framing Rule} \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Left Delta                      &amp;amp; 0     &amp;amp; 5\% FW        &amp;amp; 25\% FW   &amp;amp; The distance between the left of the object's frame and the left of the frame specified by the rule.                  \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Right Delta                     &amp;amp; 0     &amp;amp; 5\% FW        &amp;amp; 25\% FW   &amp;amp; The distance between the right of the object's frame and the right of the frame specified by the rule.                \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Top Delta                       &amp;amp; 0     &amp;amp; 5\% FH        &amp;amp; 25\% FH   &amp;amp; The distance between the top of the object's frame and the top of the frame specified by the rule.                    \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Bottom Delta                    &amp;amp; 0     &amp;amp; 5\% FH        &amp;amp; 25\% FH   &amp;amp; The distance between the bottom of the object's frame and the bottom of the frame specified by the rule.              \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    %%% ----- Visibility Rule -----&#xA;    \multicolumn{5}{|&amp;gt;{\columncolor[gray]{.8}}l|}{Visibility Rule (Full Visibility)} \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Visibility                      &amp;amp; 100   &amp;amp; 5             &amp;amp; 50        &amp;amp; The percentage of the visible part of the object.                                                                     \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    %%% ----- Visibility Rule -----&#xA;    \multicolumn{5}{|&amp;gt;{\columncolor[gray]{.8}}l|}{Visibility Rule (No Visibility)} \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Visibility                      &amp;amp; 0     &amp;amp; 5             &amp;amp; 50        &amp;amp; The percentage of the visible part of the object.                                                                     \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    %%% ----- Position Rule -----&#xA;    \multicolumn{5}{|&amp;gt;{\columncolor[gray]{.8}}l|}{Position Rule} \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Horizontal Distance             &amp;amp; 0     &amp;amp; 0.01          &amp;amp; 0.25      &amp;amp; The horizontal distance between the centre of mass of the object and the position specified by the rule.              \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Vertical Distance               &amp;amp; 0     &amp;amp; 0.01          &amp;amp; 0.25      &amp;amp; The vertical distance between the centre of mass of the object and the position specified by the rule.                \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    %%% ----- Size Rule -----&#xA;    \multicolumn{5}{|&amp;gt;{\columncolor[gray]{.8}}l|}{Size Rule} \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Beyond Minimum Width            &amp;amp; 0     &amp;amp; 5\% AOW       &amp;amp; 25\% FW   &amp;amp; The amount the width of the object is beyond the minimum width.                                                       \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Beyond Minimum Height           &amp;amp; 0     &amp;amp; 5\% AOH       &amp;amp; 25\% FH   &amp;amp; The amount the height of the object is beyond the minimum height.                                                     \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Beyond Maximum Width            &amp;amp; 0     &amp;amp; 5\% AOW       &amp;amp; 25\% FW   &amp;amp; The amount the width of the object is beyond the maximum width.                                                       \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Beyond Maximum Height           &amp;amp; 0     &amp;amp; 5\% AOH       &amp;amp; 25\% FH   &amp;amp; The amount the height of the object is beyond the maximum height.                                                     \\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    \label{table:factors}&#xA;\end{xtabular*}&#xA;\begin{multicols}{2}&#xA;\lipsum[3-4]&#xA;\end{multicols}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-22T04:36:24.640" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T04:36:24.640" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11510" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11475" CreationDate="2011-02-19T12:43:07.283" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use &lt;code&gt;\hypertarget&lt;/code&gt; to create an anchor on the toc page, for example at the beginning of the TOC page or turning the TOC heading into an anchor. Here's an example how you could do it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{report}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0pt}% removes header line&#xA;\fancypagestyle{plain}{% for chapter starting pages&#xA;  \fancyhf{}% clears header fields&#xA;  \cfoot{\hyperlink{contents}{TOC}}}&#xA;\cfoot{\hyperlink{contents}{TOC}}% links the TOC at the center of the page footer&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Title page&#xA;\cleardoublepage&#xA;\hypertarget{contents}{}&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\chapter{One}&#xA;\chapter{Two}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-19T13:25:00.960" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T13:25:00.960" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11511" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11254" CreationDate="2011-02-19T13:05:38.413" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would recommend a different structure. As a reader I'm not so much interested in why typography is important to you but more why the document is typeset the way it is. This can still entail arguments about readability but I would let arguments speak for themselves rather than presenting them explicitly as your opinion. Also, asking about the opinion of your readers seems a cheap rhetorical trick. Your readers will know whether they like it or not and obviously you want your readers to like it. Again, no need to express that hope explicitly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;This document is set in &lt;em&gt;Computer&#xA;  Modern Roman&lt;/em&gt; with a text width of &lt;em&gt;n&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;  pica in 12 point size and a line&#xA;  spacing of 14 points. If you are&#xA;  familiar with the thesis style of &lt;em&gt;My&#xA;  Organization&lt;/em&gt; you will notice that the&#xA;  layout is quite different. The choice&#xA;  is quite deliberate since I believe&#xA;  that the chosen layout improves&#xA;  readability and provides enough room&#xA;  in the margins for your notes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An introduction like the one above could be followed by the more technical details, as you suggested.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3083" LastEditorUserId="3083" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-19T13:22:12.973" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T13:22:12.973" />
  <row Id="11512" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11620" CreationDate="2011-02-19T13:59:01.870" Score="8" ViewCount="187" Body="&lt;h2&gt;The Situation&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Many vector graphics editors (for instance, Inkscape, Adobe Illustrator and Microsoft Visio) permit the synthesis of new shapes by union, difference or intersection operators. A collection of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/set-operations-illustrated-with-venn-diagrams/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Venn diagrams&lt;/a&gt; on TeXample demonstrates the use of clipping to fill unions and differences of shapes, however I have not yet seen any examples of construction of new shape &lt;em&gt;outlines&lt;/em&gt; through boolean operations. Does this functionality exist in TikZ at all?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;A Workaround&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have devised a workaround for the little diagram that I'm working on that takes advantage of Z-ordering to give the impression of a composite outline (&lt;em&gt;i.e.&lt;/em&gt; the union of several shapes) by drawing a shape, drawing intersecting shapes and then redrawing the original shape without a line style. It is necessary to slightly shrink the redrawn shape to get constant apparent line weight all the way around:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=1]&#xA;&#xA;% Draw all of the necessary shapes.&#xA;    \draw[fill=gray!30] ( 0.0,  0.0) circle (1cm and 0.5cm);&#xA;    \draw[fill=gray!30] ( 0.4,  0.5) circle (0.3cm);&#xA;    \draw[fill=gray!30] (-0.4, -0.5) circle (0.3cm);&#xA;    \draw[fill=gray!30] (-0.4,  0.4) circle (0.3cm);&#xA;    \draw[fill=gray!30] ( 0.4, -0.4) circle (0.3cm);&#xA;&#xA;% Now draw a grey circle over the top with no outline.&#xA;    \draw[fill=gray!30,draw=none] (0,0) circle (0.99cm and 0.49cm);&#xA;    \draw[] (0,0) node {Q.M.};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Needless to say this is probably the wrong way to go about this problem. Any better ways?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Example Output&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;at 200% zoom, as viewed in Evince.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/o2Erj.png&quot; alt=&quot;A hacky composite shape in TikZ&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Further Explorations&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In my dabbling I have determined that fairly interesting effects can be had by judicious z-ordering of shapes with and without borders, for instance, giving the appearance of an ellipsoid with protrusions in front and behind. Shared in the hope it might be useful to someone.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=1]&#xA;% Draw lobes behind.&#xA;    \draw[fill=gray!30] ( 0.4,  0.4) circle (0.3cm);&#xA;    \draw[fill=gray!30] (-0.4, -0.4) circle (0.3cm);&#xA;% Draw ellipsoid.&#xA;    \draw[fill=gray!30] ( 0.0,  0.0) circle (1cm and 0.5cm);&#xA;% Draw lobes in front.&#xA;    \draw[fill=gray!30] (-0.4,  0.4) circle (0.3cm);&#xA;    \draw[fill=gray!30] ( 0.4, -0.4) circle (0.3cm);&#xA;% Now draw a grey circle over the top with no outline,&#xA;% shrunken to only clip a section of the lobes in front.&#xA;    \draw[fill=gray!30,draw=none] (0,0) circle (0.80cm and 0.35cm);&#xA;    \draw[] (0,0) node {Q.M.};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/25OgW.png&quot; alt=&quot;Shape with vaguely 3D appearance.&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1052" LastEditorUserId="1052" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-21T09:51:45.997" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T22:59:04.450" Title="Are boolean operations on TikZ shapes possible?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="11513" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11425" CreationDate="2011-02-19T14:15:50.053" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As has already been commented, TeX is a macro expansion language which means that with the exception of the primitives you don't get the behaviour of functions in many other languages. In the example cited it is possible to have the desired behaviour, at least with e-TeX, as &lt;code&gt;\numexpr&lt;/code&gt; is expandable:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\catcode`\@=11\relax&#xA;\def\Abs#1{\number\numexpr\ifnum#1&amp;lt;\z@ -\fi\numexpr#1\relax}&#xA;\Abs{-4}:%&#xA;\Abs{\Abs{-3}-\Abs{2}}&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are also ways to get full expansion by using &lt;code&gt;\romannumeral&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\csname&lt;/code&gt; (see for example the answers to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/7515/expandable-full-expansion-of-tokens-that-preserves-catcodes&quot;&gt;Expandable full expansion of tokens that preserves catcodes&lt;/a&gt;), but ensuring that you get function-like behaviour is not always easy. There is also performance to consider, and in most cases it's best to accept that TeX is an expansion language.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T14:15:50.053" />
  <row Id="11514" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11550" CreationDate="2011-02-19T15:19:45.113" Score="1" ViewCount="121" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I control &lt;code&gt;\chapter&lt;/code&gt; text associated with &lt;code&gt;\tableofcontents&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;How to change the font size of &lt;code&gt;\chapter{text}&lt;/code&gt; in TOC page.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;How to restrict TOC pages to ONE. (Two pages are coming as default).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;At the beginning of the chapter, text is coming in very big size font.&#xA;How can I control it.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Chapter text is coming immediately after page number. I want to introduce space between page number and chapter text. How can I do it.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;How can I change the page number position.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is the code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,10pt]{book}&#xA;\usepackage{longtable}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\chapter{(Chapter One)}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3675" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-26T11:44:16.050" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T11:44:16.050" Title="How to control \chapter text related to \tableofcontents" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;header-footer&gt;&lt;chapters&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11516" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11519" CreationDate="2011-02-19T16:25:07.827" Score="4" ViewCount="79" Body="&lt;p&gt;As the title says, are there viable alternatives to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.lri.fr/~filliatr/bibtex2html/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;bibtex2html&lt;/a&gt; for converting bibliographic entries to HTML? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am specifically looking for some command-line utility allowing to export a &lt;code&gt;bib&lt;/code&gt; files to HTML, XML or text-based files, although dedicated GUI would do the job as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2580" LastEditorUserId="1376" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-19T17:20:17.737" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T17:20:17.737" Title="Alternatives to bibtex2html" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;conversion&gt;&lt;html&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="11517" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11516" CreationDate="2011-02-19T16:30:38.307" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://jabref.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;JabRef&lt;/a&gt; can export to &lt;code&gt;html&lt;/code&gt;. There are different &lt;code&gt;html&lt;/code&gt; converters available. It is also possible to call JabRef from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://jabref.sourceforge.net/help/CommandLine.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;command line&lt;/a&gt; without starting the GUI.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1376" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T16:30:38.307" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="11518" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11516" CreationDate="2011-02-19T16:31:33.283" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://jabref.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;JabRef&lt;/a&gt; (GUI) can do it. See also these &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.markschenk.com/tools/jabref/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;export filters&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T16:31:33.283" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11519" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11516" CreationDate="2011-02-19T17:18:10.143" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Some others to consider:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/utils/bib2ml/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;bib2ml (CTAN)&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.spinellis.gr/sw/textproc/bib2xhtml/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;bib2xhtml&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://nxg.me.uk/dist/bibhtml/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;bibhtml&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the bib2xml component of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.scripps.edu/~cdputnam/software/bibutils/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;bibutils&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm afraid I don't really have any experience with these, so I can't recommend one over another.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="411" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T17:18:10.143" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11520" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11522" CreationDate="2011-02-19T18:52:20.770" Score="4" ViewCount="100" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to link to a specific page in an external document. This has been discussed previously under the topic, &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1021/how-to-link-to-specified-page-of-an-outer-pdf-document&quot;&gt;How to link to specified page of an outer pdf document?&lt;/a&gt;, and the answer suggests including the page into this document, and then link to it internally. I'd rather not include the external pages in my document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have tried the following from various hints on this site. The following do not work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\href{doc/mydoc.pdf#page=5}{thedoc}&#xA;\href{doc/mydoc.pdf#page.5}{thedoc}&#xA;\hyperref{foo.pdf}{page}{2}{some text}&#xA;\hyperlink{foo.pdf.2}{some text}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, &lt;code&gt;pdfpages&lt;/code&gt; and the &lt;code&gt;linktodoc&lt;/code&gt; option to &lt;code&gt;includepdf&lt;/code&gt; does work both internally &lt;strong&gt;and externally&lt;/strong&gt;. I get a copy of a specific page of an external document in my local document, and when I click on that page it jumps to the exact page in the external document. This works with &lt;code&gt;Preview.app&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;Skim.app&lt;/code&gt; on OS X.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\includepdf[pages={2},linktodoc]{foo.pdf}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So this is proof it is possible at least with &lt;code&gt;Preview.app&lt;/code&gt; and/or &lt;code&gt;Skim.app&lt;/code&gt; to link to specific external pages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately, this link is in the form of an included full page. Is there a way to have this link be some small amount of text of my choosing?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="360" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T11:48:28.747" Title="pdfpages and linktodoc" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;links&gt;&lt;external-file&gt;&lt;pdfpages&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="11522" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11520" CreationDate="2011-02-19T18:59:22.843" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You need to use &lt;code&gt;\href&lt;/code&gt; with the new optional argument:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\href[page=2]{doc/mydoc.pdf}{thedoc}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This requires a relative new version of &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{hyperref}[2010/09/11]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;More advanced options exist, like zooming the external PDF. See the &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; manual in section 4 &lt;em&gt;&quot;Additional user macros&quot;&lt;/em&gt; on page 13.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-19T19:04:53.760" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T19:04:53.760" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="11523" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-19T19:57:40.367" Score="7" ViewCount="166" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use biblatex package to render references as footnotes to facilitate accession to them. I noticed that when I'm trying to cite some reference many times in the same page, it places a new footnote for each citation.&#xA;I want to place just one full citation footnote for replicated citations, so the output will be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;One full citation footnote for replicated citations per page.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;A new full citation footnote for a citation (if it was cited for first time in this page) even it was cited in another page. (to clarify citations in printed versions).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note: I use &lt;code&gt;\footfullcite{}&lt;/code&gt; to cite references.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2476" LastEditorUserId="2476" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-20T21:10:51.423" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T21:10:51.423" Title="How to use one footnote for many replicated citation using biblatex?" Tags="&lt;biblatex&gt;&lt;footnotes&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="11524" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-19T20:04:13.047" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello, I'm Stefan. On our {TeX} site, I served as a &lt;a href=&quot;http://meta.tex.stackexchange.com/questions/362/moderator-pro-tem-announcement&quot;&gt;moderator pro tempore&lt;/a&gt;, helping to have a good start. Now I would like to join the election and volunteer as a candidate for a moderator position.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Besides TeX, I like travelling, photography, mathematics and IT, especially networking and programming. I'm a lucky guy, living how I like it: I studied mathematics, then I worked as IT Admin and Communication Officer onboard of cruise ships. More than 10 years I travelled on sea around the world for two cruise companies. Some of the photos, which I made during these voyages, I put on &lt;a href=&quot;http://twentyknots.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;twentyknots.com&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Working with a ships crew is great. I'll continue even if I mainly stay ashore now. Since January I'm employed as a Network &amp;amp; IT Security Engineer at a cruise company, supporting also our onboard IT &amp;amp; Communication in terms of networking as well as being involved in building new ships.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm a friend of Open Source, Linux user and of course TeX admirer. Now we are back on the TeX subject. I'm using LaTeX since I started with maths at the university. As maths student I joined the German &lt;a href=&quot;http://matheplanet.de/matheplanet/nuke/html/user.php?op=i&amp;amp;u=Stefan_K&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Matheplanet&lt;/a&gt;, a great math forum with more than 22.000 registered users today. It's been my first forum experience. There I received some LaTeX and moderation awards and served as contact person of it's &lt;a href=&quot;http://matheplanet.com/matheplanet/nuke/html/fav.php?agid=40&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX workgroup&lt;/a&gt;. I supported LaTeX on several further math forums as well as on other platforms such as goLaTeX.de and several Unix/Linux and Mac forums, occasionally. I've been moderating on LaTeX-Community.org, at the moment not very active there. I omitted links, but you could easily check out more than 10.000 ealier posts by me. I'm sure each one is friendly and constructive, so I can frankly uncover my history, traceable by search engines or the links to such forums &lt;a href=&quot;http://texblog.net/latex-link-archive/board-forum-group/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;. Though I read in the Usenet since its beginnings, I did not write on c.t.t. - the group shows professional competence but isn't familiar for me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm writing a blog about TeX and friends, &lt;a href=&quot;http://texblog.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://texblog.net&lt;/a&gt;. When I write about news in the TeX world, they also go to the news corner of some TeX related web forums. It's nice to read comments and &lt;a href=&quot;http://dragula.org/blogs/140&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;surprising backlinks&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When tex.stackexchange.com appeared, I came here as well. I felt I wanted to support this new TeX site. Very quickly I liked it much here, I came here so often that my activity on LaTeX webforums has reduced - even more significantly when I began moderating here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What has changed for me when I became a moderator?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Besides the TeX subject, the site itself became important to me. From the moment on I became mod pro tem, I've been active on the &lt;a href=&quot;http://meta.tex.stackexchange.com/users/213/stefan-kottwitz&quot;&gt;meta site&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I changed from answering very much to reading more and to writing comments.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;To support quality questions, I voted up many questions which I value as clear, well written, focused.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;To support quality answers I read many answers and vote up valuable contributions. Voting not only marks quality--the reputation produced gives moderation abilities to valuable community members.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I tried to increase the standard by my answers, often including minimal examples and illustrating screenshots of the answers. Small PNGs aren't so important for storage or bandwidth any more but are convenient. I wish I would see more screenshots.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;As many of us, I feel responsible for the atmosphere in our community. My intention can be seen &lt;a href=&quot;http://meta.tex.stackexchange.com/questions/971/duplicates-and-closing-questions/979#979&quot;&gt;here on meta&lt;/a&gt;. So I comment very friendly and keep welcoming users even if they make small mistakes because of not yet knowing the site's way. I'm glad if I see comments pointing out misunderstandings which are very friendly.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Behind the scenes I'm doing some tidying, such as creating synonyms, merging tags, doing meaningful editing such as in poorly formatted questions and adding tag wikis. Janitorial tasks are a matter of course.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;As a moderator I aim to be a good example of a user of our community. Further I &lt;a href=&quot;http://texblog.net/?s=%7BTex%7D&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;promote our site on my blog&lt;/a&gt;, in web forums where our answers could help, and right now I am announcing and explaining our {TeX} site in my upcoming book, the &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.packtpub.com/latex-beginners-guide/book&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX Beginner's Guide&lt;/a&gt; which is expected to appear in March, published by Packt.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I can continue as a moderator, I would go further along this way. It's been a great time here and I'm looking forward to the next years.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-19T20:04:13.047" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T20:04:13.047" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-02-19T20:04:13.047" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11525" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11526" CreationDate="2011-02-19T20:25:50.383" Score="2" ViewCount="157" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am programmatically generating PDF's from a template and would like to avoid hitting the hard-drive all the time. Not so much for optimization but because I run parallell threads on all the cores and if the files are not to crash I would have to use some sort of strange naming-system.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would very much like to run pdflatex or xelatex without the use of files. Make it read the tex file from a string (or stdin) and make it print the data for the pdf to stdout.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In pdflatex there is an -ipc option that might do what I want, but I can't figure out how to use it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any help would be very appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3677" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-19T20:28:03.160" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T20:50:32.673" Title="Generating PDF without any intermediary files (stdin/stdout)" Tags="&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;compiling&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11526" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11525" CreationDate="2011-02-19T20:38:16.413" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A (PDF|Xe)TeX run accesses much more files than only the document source and the PDF created. Apart from the executables (which already include the format) there are document classes, packages, fonts, and the program creates (apart from the output PDF) at least a log file, but most often also an .aux file, sometimes some more files (depending on packages and use) to be used on a second or later run.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I don't think this is really doable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My idea would be to put all those files on a special memory-only file system (with an own directory at least for each output to allow better caching).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If all your files use the same template, another option to reduce accessing multiple files would be to create a new format which includes everything common to all files.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3335" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T20:38:16.413" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11527" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11525" CreationDate="2011-02-19T20:50:32.673" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If we can assume a UNIX-like system running the compilations, what about using mktemp (with or without a RAMdisk-type filesystem)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;#!/bin/sh&#xA;TDIR=`mktemp -d --tmpdir=/tmp`&#xA;cd /path/to/source&#xA;cp file.tex other.sty references.bib ${TDIR}&#xA;cd ${TDIR}&#xA;pdflatex file.tex&#xA;# plus any other commands required for bibtex, &#xA;# to display the pdf file,&#xA;# or move it to its final destination&#xA;cd ..&#xA;rm -r ${TDIR}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On re-reading your post, if this is designed to stream the final PDF through a web server or similar, then the concept can still be the same, but you might have to find mktemp equivalents in Perl, Python, or whatever your server's CGI language is.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3345" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T20:50:32.673" />
  <row Id="11528" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-19T21:11:05.893" Score="3" ViewCount="109" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm aware of the existence of another thread with almost the same title &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/419/how-to-set-up-inverse-search-with-okular-and-kile&quot;&gt;&quot;How to set up inverse search with Okular and Kile&quot;&lt;/a&gt;, but it doesn't solve my problem (at least I think so).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using Kile (on Ubuntu 10.4, with gnome), in default setting Okular is defined as a viewer for both options (viewDVI and forwardDVI). I've changed LaTeX form default to modern and forward search works, reverse not. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With the help of instructions found on &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.latex-community.org/forum/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.latex-community.org/forum/&lt;/a&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;go to: Settings -&gt; Configure Kile -&gt; Tools -&gt; Build and select ViewDVI&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;on the General tab fill in the following values:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Command: &lt;code&gt;xdvi&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Options: &lt;code&gt;-editor 'kile %f --line %l' '%target'&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With that, reverse search works with xdvi, but forward search still opens okular. When I've tried to use the same way to set xdvi as a viewer for forwardDVI, the compilation results with: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[forwardDVI] finished with exit code 1&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I was looking for the meaning of it and I've found that this is a &lt;em&gt;catchall for general errors&lt;/em&gt;, which doesn't help me a lot...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The mentioned thread: I've performed steps one and two, I haven't use the script because I was not sure if I know how to do it and in any case I don't have problems with froward search with Okular, but with reverse search. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance for any tips&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;P.S.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I was trying to look into the Okular help, but I can't connect to it. When I enter F1 to acces &lt;em&gt;Okular Handbook&lt;/em&gt;, appears the message  &lt;code&gt;Could not Launch the KDE Help Center: Could not find the service khelpcenter&lt;/code&gt;. The same happens when I try to look into the &lt;em&gt;Kile Handbook&lt;/em&gt;. Might it be related with reverse search problem? Is it possible that it happens because I'm using Kile on Gnome? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3703" LastEditorUserId="3703" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-06T12:44:35.187" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T12:44:35.187" Title="Configure kile to enable inverse search function" Tags="&lt;kile&gt;&lt;inverse-search&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="11529" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-19T21:37:20.380" Score="1" ViewCount="88" Body="&lt;p&gt;I get an error message &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! No room for a new \dimen&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;when using the &lt;code&gt;xy-pic&lt;/code&gt; package on a newly downloaded TeXLive (Mac OS 10.5.8). It comes up about 20 times before I can get through to the actual typesetting, which works fine. How do I get rid of this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3704" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-19T21:58:45.447" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T21:58:45.447" Title="xy-pic in TexLive" Tags="&lt;errors&gt;&lt;texlive&gt;&lt;xy-pic&gt;" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11530" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-19T21:41:26.953" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;See the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/applications/Xy-pic/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;xy-pic homepage&lt;/a&gt; for more information.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-19T21:50:36.123" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T21:50:36.123" />
  <row Id="11531" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-19T21:41:26.953" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="This tag is for questions related to xy-pic, a package for typesetting graphs and diagrams using the principle of &quot;logical composition of visual components.&quot;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-19T21:54:25.370" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T21:54:25.370" />
  <row Id="11532" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-19T21:49:28.557" Score="7" ViewCount="135" Body="&lt;p&gt;My standard procedure for writing mathematical email has been to use pidgin-LaTeX for some time now, and many of those I communicate with do the same.  However, someone I know has recently started a few Unicode symbols for standard operations (arrows, etc) into the mix and this seems to greatly improve the readability.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I've tried to do this, I spent a lot of time opening webpages looking for appropriate Unicode symbols and copy-pasting them.  This roughly doubles my writing time.  In an ideal world I could hit some kind of conversion button, or in a less ideal world I could put together a toolbar of commonly-used symbols.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are there any methods for easily looking up some standard LaTeX symbols as Unicode, and further for doing so in an easily-accessible manner?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1260" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-19T22:03:35.803" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T22:34:13.430" Title="Converting LaTeX into Unicode for email" Tags="&lt;conversion&gt;&lt;unicode&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="11533" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11564" CreationDate="2011-02-19T22:33:50.563" Score="1" ViewCount="155" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have some text, and a corresponding &lt;code&gt;tikzpicture&lt;/code&gt;, both of which are to be part of a test question, and which are thus included as part of an &lt;code&gt;\item&lt;/code&gt; in an enumerate environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\item &#xA;\begin{minipage}[t]{0.55\linewidth}  &#xA;    description of question  &#xA;\end{minipage}  &#xA;\hspace*{1cm}  &#xA;\begin{minipage}[ht]{0.35\linewidth}  &#xA;   \begin{tikzpicture}[scale=0.3]  &#xA;    question diagram  &#xA;  \end{tikzpicture}  &#xA;\end{minipage}  &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I want is for the text to be vertically aligned as it would be without a &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt; environment, and for the top of the &lt;code&gt;tikzpicture&lt;/code&gt; to be aligned with the top of the text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can obtain this alignment with the option &quot;&lt;code&gt;baseline=4cm&lt;/code&gt;&quot; in &lt;code&gt;tikzpicture&lt;/code&gt;, but this has the result of putting in a large amount of vertical white space before the item, which then has to be countered with &lt;code&gt;\vspace*{-2cm}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a better, automatic, way rather than fiddling with vertical space?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3628" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-19T22:43:18.483" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T14:18:46.397" Title="Vertical alignment of tikzpicture with text?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11534" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11532" CreationDate="2011-02-19T22:34:13.430" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Following on from ipavlic's comment to the main question, here's a script that I threw together for almost exactly this purpose:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.math.ntnu.no/~stacey/code/latexToUTF/utf.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.math.ntnu.no/~stacey/code/latexToUTF/utf.php&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It was actually for typing unicode into webpage text boxes rather than email.  The link there goes to a working implementation (the difference between &quot;submit&quot; and &quot;ajax&quot; is that the ajax method builds up a list of all the ones that you've done, useful if you do the same one over and over again, whereas submit starts afresh each time).  If you drop the '/utf.php' from the web address then you're left with the location of a BZR repository for the code so you can get it and mess around with it as you like.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is allegedly an extension to detexify that will give you the unicode instead of the LaTeX symbol, but I haven't seen a working version of it so can't comment further.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T22:34:13.430" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11535" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11554" CreationDate="2011-02-19T23:05:45.607" Score="4" ViewCount="98" Body="&lt;p&gt;Customising a &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/biblatex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;biblatex&lt;/a&gt; style, I’d like to use ‘traditional’ typography where the format of punctuation follows that of the preceding text, for example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;J. Organomet. Chem.&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;691.&lt;/strong&gt; 13&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;with the full stop after ‘691’ in bold. I'm pretty sure that &lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt; can do this automatically, but cannot find how to achieve it. From the documentation, &lt;code&gt;\setpunctfont&lt;/code&gt; seems to be the function I want, but something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[style=numeric]{biblatex}&#xA;\DeclareFieldFormat*{volume}{\mkbibbold{#1}\setpunctfont{\textbf}}&#xA;\bibliography{biblatex-examples}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\nocite{*}&#xA;\printbibliography&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;fails (my example text is in ref. 3 in the resulting output). I’d rather not have to code the formatting in by hand, as it make maintenance awkward: how is this supposed to be done?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-20T17:35:30.587" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T17:35:30.587" Title="Automatically formatting punctuation using biblatex field format" Tags="&lt;biblatex&gt;&lt;punctuation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="11536" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6388" CreationDate="2011-02-19T23:25:39.363" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;h3&gt;1)&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For smaller &lt;code&gt;tikzpicture&lt;/code&gt;s you can simply use the &lt;code&gt;\resizebox&lt;/code&gt; macro from the &lt;code&gt;graphics&lt;/code&gt; (or &lt;code&gt;graphicx&lt;/code&gt;) package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\resizebox{\textwidth}{!}{%&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \draw (0,0) .... ;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;}%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, this makes the picture part of a macro argument which e.g. doesn't allow verbatim text inside nodes. TikZ itself goes through some effort to process the node content as &lt;em&gt;box&lt;/em&gt; not as &lt;em&gt;macro argument&lt;/em&gt; to allow any form of code inside it, including verbatim.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The use of the &lt;code&gt;environ&lt;/code&gt; package should be also avoided &lt;em&gt;in the general case&lt;/em&gt; because it also makes the environment body a macro argument.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;2)&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In can simply define your own environment using &lt;code&gt;lrbox&lt;/code&gt; like in Philippe's answer, but as &lt;em&gt;normal&lt;/em&gt; environment and with &lt;code&gt;\resizebox&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newsavebox\mybox&#xA;\newenvironment{resizedtikzpicture}[1]{%&#xA;  \begin{lrbox}{\mybox}%&#xA;  \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;}{%&#xA;  \end{tikzpicture}%&#xA;  \end{lrbox}%&#xA;  \resizebox{#1}{!}{\usebox\mybox}%&#xA;}&#xA;%&#xA;% Usage example:&#xA;\begin{resizedtikzpicture}{\textwidth}[&amp;lt;tikz options&amp;gt;]&#xA;  \draw .... ;&#xA;\end{resizedtikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;3)&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I recently created the package &lt;code&gt;adjustbox&lt;/code&gt; to give users the power of &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt; options for text or other contents. This can be used here nicely:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% Preamble&#xA;\usepackage{adjustbox}&#xA;&#xA;% Document&#xA;\begin{adjustbox}{width=\textwidth}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[&amp;lt;options&amp;gt;]&#xA;  \draw .... ;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{adjustbox}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It supports verbatim and other special content and will work for normal text as well as other picture environments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T23:25:39.363" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11537" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3801" CreationDate="2011-02-19T23:48:57.480" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;No, this is not possible. From the manual (section 73.1 in version 2.10):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;All options that influence how a path is rendered always influence the complete path.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here the circle and ellipse are in the same &lt;code&gt;\draw&lt;/code&gt; command and hence part of the same path (the exception to this is that &lt;code&gt;edge&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;node&lt;/code&gt; commands always create a new path). So you need to either mark the center with a node as Thorsten suggested (maybe with a filled circular node) or split the code into two separate &lt;code&gt;\draw&lt;/code&gt; statements. For the latter it is potentially useful to name the coordinate:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\fill (1,0) node[coordinate] (thecenter) {} circle (1mm) node[below]{$1$};&#xA;\draw (thecenter) ellipse (5 and 2);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-02-19T23:48:57.480" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11538" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11543" CreationDate="2011-02-19T23:54:53.997" Score="3" ViewCount="233" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm having trouble replicating this graph&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/m8BiH.png&quot; alt=&quot;graph&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know it's silly to do a graph with so little info, but my teacher demands it.. go figure...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can't seem to make the bars stick together.&#xA;It's my first attempt at TikZ ever...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;what I've done so far:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}  &#xA;\usepackage{pfgplots}&#xA;\begin{document}  &#xA;    \begin{tikzpicture}     &#xA;     \begin{axis}[ symbolic x coords={18S, HNF1, Normalização dos valores para 18S}, xtick=data]  &#xA;    \addplot[ybar,fill=black] coordinates { &#xA;      (18S,42) &#xA;      (HNF1,50) &#xA;      (Normalização dos valores para 18S,80) &#xA; }; &#xA;    \addplot[ybar,fill=gray] coordinates { &#xA;      (18S,50) &#xA;      (HNF1,30) &#xA;      (Normalização dos valores para 18S, 100) &#xA; };  &#xA;  \end{axis}   &#xA;\end{tikzpicture}  &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3700" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-20T01:03:48.800" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T02:12:44.267" Title="Can't replicate this graph using TikZ" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;pgfplots&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11539" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-20T00:48:44.083" Score="10" ViewCount="189" Body="&lt;p&gt;How is it possible to use a new font for just a single section of a document?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\fontfamily{ppl}\selectfont&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which works fine for part way through a document changing the font. But how do I revert back?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3111" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-20T01:06:22.793" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T06:18:23.207" Title="Change font in a single paragraph" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="11540" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11539" CreationDate="2011-02-20T00:58:38.923" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can always restrict the scope of font changing commands by enclosing the paragraph in braces &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{\fontfamily{ppl}\selectfont ... }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If this is something you will be doing a lot, it would make more sense to turn it into a proper environment:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{ppl}{\fontfamily{ppl}\selectfont}{}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then you use it like any other environment:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{ppl}&#xA;Some text in the new font.&#xA;\end{ppl}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T00:58:38.923" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11541" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11547" CreationDate="2011-02-20T01:10:59.017" Score="5" ViewCount="183" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to have text in one column table with multiple rows, but I need to include an &lt;code&gt;enumerate&lt;/code&gt; in one cell. I get errors and read on the Internet the problem is in combining environments with &lt;code&gt;\item&lt;/code&gt;. Is there a solution? I haven't found anything yet.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sample:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;...&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|l|}&#xA;\hline&#xA;\textbf{Name:} Foo \\&#xA;\hline&#xA;\textbf{Main success scenario:} \\ &#xA;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;  \item Entry action&#xA;  \item next steps\ldots&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA; ...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Errors:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Illegal unit of measure (pt inserted). \hline (followed by: )   &#xA;Misplaced \noalign. \hline (followed by: )  &#xA;Missing number, treated as zero. \hline (followed by: ) &#xA;Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \item. \end{enumerate} (followed by: ) &#xA;You can't use `\hrule' here except with leaders. \hline (followed by: )&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3635" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-20T01:36:59.650" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T15:00:17.603" Title="How to include enumerate in tabular?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;enumerate&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="11542" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-20T01:12:12.133" Score="16" ViewCount="268" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to put two subscripts at the left and right of a character. For example, something like:  &lt;code&gt;_{t} p_{x}&lt;/code&gt;  where p is in the middle. How do you do this? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3706" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-20T01:15:08.500" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T14:46:19.373" Title="Left and right subscript" Tags="&lt;subscripts&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="11543" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11538" CreationDate="2011-02-20T01:47:28.633" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are a number of issues with the code you posted:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;By specifying &lt;code&gt;ybar&lt;/code&gt; in each &lt;code&gt;\addplot&lt;/code&gt; command, you cause the bars to be put on top of each other. Specify the &lt;code&gt;ybar&lt;/code&gt; once in the &lt;code&gt;\axis&lt;/code&gt; command.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;the &lt;code&gt;ybar&lt;/code&gt; (or &lt;code&gt;xbar&lt;/code&gt;) allows a value which determines the separation between bars at the same x (or y) tick.  Set this to 0 to get the bars adjacent.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Symbolic axes don't like accented characters as far as I can tell.  So the way around this problem (which also makes entering the data easier), is to use an arbitrary symbolic label like &lt;code&gt;{A,B,C}&lt;/code&gt; and then use &lt;code&gt;xticklabels&lt;/code&gt; to supply the labels.  This also allows you to put the long label into a &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; environment, so it will wrap correctly.)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;To get the long label to fit you need to enlarge the limits.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a new version of your plot: (by the way, your numbers don't match your picture!)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplots}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}     &#xA;  \begin{axis}[ybar=0,symbolic x coords={A, B, C}, xtick=data,&#xA;   xticklabels={18S, HNF1, \begin{tabular}{c}Normalização\\dos valores\\&#xA;   para 18S\end{tabular}},enlargelimits=0.3]  &#xA;    \addplot[fill=black] coordinates { &#xA;      (A,42) &#xA;      (B,50) &#xA;      (C,80) &#xA; }; &#xA;    \addplot[fill=gray] coordinates { &#xA;      (A,50) &#xA;      (B,30) &#xA;      (C, 100) &#xA; };  &#xA;  \end{axis}   &#xA;\end{tikzpicture}  &#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/J1Dg3.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-20T02:12:44.267" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T02:12:44.267" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="11544" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11542" CreationDate="2011-02-20T01:49:53.623" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Are you doing this in math mode?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;$_{t}p_{x}$&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;should work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-20T13:22:41.460" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T13:22:41.460" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11545" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11542" CreationDate="2011-02-20T01:57:28.020" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/tensor&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;tensor&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package will do exactly what you require, and more. For your particular case, you need only type&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\tensor[_t]{p}{_x}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Regards&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3708" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-20T02:04:49.940" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T02:04:49.940" />
  <row Id="11546" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11542" CreationDate="2011-02-20T02:05:50.820" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/leftidx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;leftidx&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package which is capable of producing left and right subscripts and superscripts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In contrast to using simply consecutive subscripts or superscripts such as in &lt;code&gt;$_{t}p_{x}$&lt;/code&gt; it takes care of adjusting indices to the argument using &lt;code&gt;\vphantom&lt;/code&gt;. From its source:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\leftidx[3]{%&#xA;  {\vphantom{#2}}#1#2#3%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-20T02:11:26.683" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T02:11:26.683" />
  <row Id="11547" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11541" CreationDate="2011-02-20T02:07:24.523" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try changing the heading to &lt;code&gt;p{3cm}&lt;/code&gt; as shown below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|p{3cm}|}&#xA;\hline&#xA;\textbf{Name:} Foo \\&#xA;\hline&#xA;\textbf{Main success scenario:} \\ &#xA;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;  \item Entry action&#xA;  \item next steps\ldots&#xA;\end{enumerate}\\&#xA;\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T02:07:24.523" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11548" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-20T02:18:34.323" Score="0" ViewCount="121" Body="&lt;p&gt;Has anybody used miktex 2.9 portable? I installed miktex 2.9 portable in my local hard disk instead in a pen drive. It worked. The reason why I use portable miktex version is that I don't have administrator permission in my computer in office. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I use the portable version, I find it can't be configured in the order of &lt;code&gt;root&lt;/code&gt; path. My case is: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;miktex portable is installed at d:\miktex\2.9,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;my local tex is at d:\miktex\localtex. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After configuration, when running miktex option and going to root tab, the order of my local tex d:\miktex\localtex precedes the installation path d:\miktex\2.9. Then I refresh the database. but when I compile, it always finds the font in d:\miktex\2.9 instead of in d:\miktex\localtex. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is one way that I can integrate my local tex into the program installation path. But it is bad to migration for the future new version. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, is it possible to configure local tex path having higher priority to installation path in miktex portable version?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;following code is added for Ulrike&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[titlepage,a4paper,12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{CJK}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{CJK*}{GBK}{kai}&#xA;你好！&#xA;\end{CJK*}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3253" LastEditorUserId="3253" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-21T09:14:42.313" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T09:14:42.313" Title="miktex 2.9 portable not configured" Tags="&lt;miktex&gt;" CommentCount="17" />
  <row Id="11549" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11542" CreationDate="2011-02-20T02:38:47.187" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; package has a &lt;code&gt;\sideset&lt;/code&gt; command which lets you put indices at alll four corners of a symbol (even if this symbol itself has limits above/below):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[  \sideset{_t}{_x}p  = \sideset{^*_*}{^*_*}\prod_*^*  \]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3335" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T02:38:47.187" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11550" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11514" CreationDate="2011-02-20T02:50:47.990" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As Joseph said, 5 questions packed into 1 question is a bit difficult to handle. Nevertheless, here are 5 points for you to continue:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/tocloft&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;tocloft&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; allows to fine-tune TOC entries.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;You could use a &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt; environment for the TOC. If the TOC doesn't cover much more than one page, you could use &lt;code&gt;\enlargethispage&lt;/code&gt; or its starred version &lt;code&gt;\enlargethispage*&lt;/code&gt; which tries to squeeze, such as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\enlargethispage{2\baselineskip}}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I guess you mean the chapter heading. You could use &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/titlesec&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; to adjust it.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Chapter text after page number? Perhaps do you mean after chapter number? Also here, &lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt; would help.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;You could use &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/fancyhdr&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/koma-script&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;scrpage2&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; (of KOMA-Script) to modify page header and footer, this way also adjusting the page number position. To change the margins, use &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/geometry&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;geometry&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/typearea&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;typearea&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perhaps the documentation of the mentioned packages already helps in working that out. If not, consider to post a separate question for any open problem. This site works best in the way: one concrete question - one or more answers to it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T02:50:47.990" />
  <row Id="11551" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11523" CreationDate="2011-02-20T03:10:35.360" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\footfullcite&lt;/code&gt; will always give the full citation in a footnote. I suggest that you use the style &lt;code&gt;verbose-note&lt;/code&gt; and the &lt;code&gt;\footcite&lt;/code&gt; command (or even better &lt;code&gt;\autocite&lt;/code&gt;, which is mapped to &lt;code&gt;\footcite&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;verbose-note&lt;/code&gt;). &lt;code&gt;verbose-note&lt;/code&gt; will print &quot;a full citation [...] when an entry is cited for the first time&quot;, and &quot;a pointer to the footnote with the full citation&quot; afterwards (biblatex manual, p. 63).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[style=verbose-note]{biblatex}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{test.bib}&#xA;@misc{A01,&#xA;  author = {Author, A.},&#xA;  year = {2001},&#xA;  title = {Alpha},&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\addbibresource{test.bib}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Some Text \autocite{A01}.&#xA;&#xA;Some Text \autocite{A01}.&#xA;&#xA;\printbibliography&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The filecontents environment is only used to include some external files directly into the example, so that it compiles. It is not necessary for the solution.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T03:10:35.360" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="11552" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11539" CreationDate="2011-02-20T06:18:23.207" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt; package,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then you can define new commands to select font families as &lt;code&gt;\newfontfamily\cmd[font features(optional)]{Font_Name}&lt;/code&gt; and apply it by &lt;code&gt;\NewFontName{SOME TEXT!}&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;{\NewFontName SOME TEXT}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\newfontfamily\unicodefont{Lucida Grande}&#xA;\usepackage{mathpazo}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;A legacy \TeX\ font. {\unicodefont A unicode font.}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;code&gt;\newenvironment&lt;/code&gt; command to define a new environment by using this new font.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3538" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T06:18:23.207" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11554" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11535" CreationDate="2011-02-20T08:12:00.543" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Re-reading the manual, I find what I'm after is the &lt;code&gt;punctfont&lt;/code&gt; option:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[style=numeric,punctfont]{biblatex}&#xA;\DeclareFieldFormat*{volume}{\mkbibbold{#1}}&#xA;\renewbibmacro*{volume+number+eid}{%&#xA;  \printfield{volume}%&#xA;  \setunit*{\addcomma}%&#xA;  \printfield{number}%&#xA;  \setunit{\addcomma\space}%&#xA;  \printfield{eid}}&#xA;\bibliography{biblatex-examples}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\nocite{*}&#xA;\printbibliography&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-20T13:02:29.470" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T13:02:29.470" />
  <row Id="11555" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2441" CreationDate="2011-02-20T08:36:15.903" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It really is no wonder why LaTeX is said to be complicated! Just look at your answers to such an easy question! How about an easy solution to an every day problem?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{pbox}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|l|l|} \hline&#xA;    \pbox{20cm}{This is the first \\ cell} &amp;amp; second \\ \hline&#xA;    3rd &amp;amp; and the last cell \\ \hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that the width supplied to &lt;code&gt;\pbox&lt;/code&gt; is a maximum width. If the content is shorter the length of the longest line is taken.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3712" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T14:33:58.850" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T14:33:58.850" />
  <row Id="11556" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="485" CreationDate="2011-02-20T08:39:25.073" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{pbox}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|l|l|} \hline&#xA;    \pbox{20cm}{This is the first \\ cell} &amp;amp; second \\ \hline&#xA;    3rd &amp;amp; and the last cell \\ \hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3712" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T08:39:25.073" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11557" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11559" CreationDate="2011-02-20T09:39:40.553" Score="3" ViewCount="101" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've read good things about biblatex so I want to use it for my paper. I use MacTex 2010 on OS X  10.6.6 with Textmate. So far I've been happy with MacTex but I just can' get &lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt; to run.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I did a &lt;code&gt;tlmgr update --all&lt;/code&gt; and I've also tried &lt;code&gt;texhash&lt;/code&gt; but no matter what, I can't even use the built-in styles. I tried to test &lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt; by using &quot;biblatex-apa&quot;: &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[bibstyle=apa.bbx]{biblatex}&lt;/code&gt; but all I get is this error message:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; Latex Error: /usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex/biblatex.sty:9654&#xA; Package biblatex Error: Style 'apa.bbx' not found.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The web hasn't been able to provide any help so far, maybe you guys can.&#xA;Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3714" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-20T10:05:44.940" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T10:05:44.940" Title="BibLaTeX doesn't seem to work with MacTex 2010" Tags="&lt;errors&gt;&lt;biblatex&gt;&lt;texlive&gt;&lt;mactex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="11558" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12164" CreationDate="2011-02-20T09:48:00.587" Score="5" ViewCount="87" Body="&lt;p&gt;Customising a &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/biblatex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;biblatex&lt;/a&gt; style, I want to ensure that after the title of books only a space is used. If you take a look at one of the standard drivers: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareBibliographyDriver{book}{%&#xA;  \usebibmacro{bibindex}%&#xA;  \usebibmacro{begentry}%&#xA;  \usebibmacro{author/editor+others/translator+others}%&#xA;  \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock&#xA;  \usebibmacro{maintitle+title}%&#xA;  \newunit&#xA;  \printlist{language}%&#xA;  \newunit\newblock&#xA;  \usebibmacro{byauthor}%&#xA;  \newunit\newblock&#xA;  \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%&#xA;  \newunit\newblock&#xA;  \printfield{edition}%&#xA;  \newunit&#xA;  \iffieldundef{maintitle}&#xA;    {\printfield{volume}%&#xA;     \printfield{part}}&#xA;    {}%&#xA;  \newunit&#xA;  \printfield{volumes}%&#xA;  \newunit\newblock&#xA;  \usebibmacro{series+number}%&#xA;  \newunit\newblock&#xA;  \printfield{note}%&#xA;  \newunit\newblock&#xA;  \usebibmacro{publisher+location+date}%&#xA;  \newunit\newblock&#xA;  \usebibmacro{chapter+pages}%&#xA;  \newunit&#xA;  \printfield{pagetotal}%&#xA;  \newunit\newblock&#xA;  \iftoggle{bbx:isbn}&#xA;    {\printfield{isbn}}&#xA;    {}%&#xA;  \newunit\newblock&#xA;  \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}%&#xA;  \newunit\newblock&#xA;  \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}%&#xA;  \setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock&#xA;  \usebibmacro{pageref}%&#xA;  \usebibmacro{finentry}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;changing the part about the book title to read&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  \usebibmacro{maintitle+title}%&#xA;  \setunit{\addspace}%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;does not work as the various &lt;code&gt;\newunit&lt;/code&gt; instructions seem to over-ride it even if no additional fields are printed. What's the correct way to say 'the next punctuation must always be just a space'?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-20T17:41:45.530" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T00:05:51.137" Title="Fixing punctuation after a field in biblatex" Tags="&lt;biblatex&gt;&lt;punctuation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="11559" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11557" CreationDate="2011-02-20T09:50:40.427" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your loading line should read&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[bibstyle=apa]{biblatex}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;wtihout&lt;/em&gt; the extension. Also, the &lt;code&gt;apa&lt;/code&gt; style is not one of the core &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/biblatex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; ones: it is part of &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/biblatex-apa&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;biblatex-apa&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. (If you've got a fully up-to-date TeX Live 2010 you should have that, so that is not going to be the issue here.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T09:50:40.427" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11560" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11425" CreationDate="2011-02-20T09:58:01.553" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As several other answers mention, the best that is &lt;em&gt;currently&lt;/em&gt; implemented for floating point calculations is to assign the result of each step to a variable and use it in the next step. However, in order to write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\add{\mul{2.1}{3}}{4.3e-1}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and have it work, &lt;code&gt;\mul&lt;/code&gt; needs to be expandable, i.e., it should not require any assignment.  Joseph points out that &lt;code&gt;\numexpr&lt;/code&gt; can pull off some calculations without assignments, but with integers only.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Below is some (a lot of?) code implementing the basic operations expandably.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT:&lt;/strong&gt; I had written a parsing step for more user-friendliness, but it was buggy, so I removed it. I also rewrote the code completely a few times and implemented subtraction and division, which were missing. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At the end of the day,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ZBfp_mul:nn &#xA;{&#xA;  \ZBfp_sub:nn &#xA;  {+ {1234}{0000}{0000}{0000}T{2}} &#xA;  {+ {0034}{5678}{0000}{0000}T{3}}&#xA;}&#xA;{&#xA;  \ZBfp_add:nn &#xA;  {+ {1111}{1111}{1111}{1111}T{0}} &#xA;  {+ {2222}{2222}{2222}{2222}T{1}}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will expand to the result.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{expl3}&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOn&#xA;&#xA;% ====================&#xA;% Floating point numbers which we'll call ``&amp;lt;ZBfp&amp;gt;'', of the form&#xA;%   &amp;lt;sign&amp;gt; {&amp;lt;int&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;4d&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;4d&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;4d&amp;gt;}T{&amp;lt;int expr&amp;gt;}&#xA;% where &#xA;%   &amp;lt;sign&amp;gt; is &quot;+&quot; or &quot;-&quot; (mandatory)&#xA;%   &amp;lt;int&amp;gt; is at most 4 digits, and never equal to zero (except cases below)&#xA;%   &amp;lt;4d&amp;gt; represents 4 digits exactly&#xA;%   &amp;lt;int expr&amp;gt; is something that &quot;\number\numexpr...\relax&quot; is happy with.&#xA;%&#xA;% Exceptions: &#xA;% - The &amp;lt;sign&amp;gt; can also be &quot;X&quot; for undefined.&#xA;%       X{0000}{0000}{0000}{0000}T{0}&#xA;% This is converted to a sign of &quot;+&quot; if we use it further in the calculation.&#xA;%       +{0000}{0000}{0000}{0000}T{0}&#xA;% ===================&#xA;% Example:&#xA;%   + {0234}{2345}{3456}{4567}T{0} means   234.234534564567&#xA;%   - {1111}{2222}{3333}{4444}T{2} means -111122223333.4444&#xA;% &#xA;% ==== Helpers&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \ZBfp_brace_last:nw #1 #2 #{#1{#2}}&#xA;&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \ZBfp_brace_last:nnnnnw #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6 # { #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 {#6} }&#xA;&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \use_Bi_iiE:nn #1 #2 { {#1 #2} }&#xA;&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \use_iv_delimit_by_q_stop:nnnnw #1#2#3#4#5\q_stop {#4}&#xA;&#xA;\tl_new:Nn \c_ZBfp_braced_plus_tl { {+} }&#xA;\tl_new:Nn \c_ZBfp_braced_minus_tl { {-} }&#xA;&#xA;% Constants&#xA;\tl_new:Nn \c_zero_ZBfp {+{0000}{0000}{0000}{0000}T{0}}&#xA;\tl_new:Nn \c_undefined_ZBfp {X{0000}{0000}{0000}{0000}T{0}}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% ==== Adding mantissas. &#xA;% &#xA;% Used as&#xA;%     \ZBfp_add_mantissa:nnnnnnnn {&amp;lt;4d&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;4d&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;4d&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;4d&amp;gt;}&#xA;%         {&amp;lt;4d&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;4d&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;4d&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;4d&amp;gt;} {&amp;lt;sign&amp;gt;} T {&amp;lt;exp&amp;gt;}&#xA;% to get &#xA;%     &amp;lt;sign&amp;gt; {&amp;lt;4d&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;4d&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;4d&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;4d&amp;gt;} T{&amp;lt;exp&amp;gt;}&#xA;% &#xA;% We split numbers efficiently by pre-carrying.&#xA;% Note that all the extra &quot;-1&quot;, &quot;+9999&quot;, &quot;10000&quot; sum up to zero.&#xA;% Also, it would be more efficient to replace those constants by registers?&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \ZBfp_add_mantissa:nnnnnnnn #1#2#3#4 #5#6#7#8{&#xA;  \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_add_mantissa_aux:N&#xA;  \tex_the:D \etex_numexpr:D             -1 + \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_brace_last:nw&#xA;  \tex_the:D \etex_numexpr:D #1 + #5 + 9999 + \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_brace_last:nw&#xA;  \tex_the:D \etex_numexpr:D #2 + #6 + 9999 + \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_brace_last:nw&#xA;  \tex_the:D \etex_numexpr:D #3 + #7 + 9999 + \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_brace_last:nw&#xA;  \tex_the:D \etex_numexpr:D #4 + #8 + 10000&#xA;}&#xA;% Important: that &quot;#8&quot; above is followed by a brace group, \marg{sign}.&#xA;&#xA;% We are left with &#xA;%     &quot;\ZBfp_add_mantissa_aux:N&quot; &amp;lt;1d&amp;gt;{4d}{4d}{4d}{4d}{&amp;lt;sign&amp;gt;}T{&amp;lt;exp&amp;gt;}&#xA;% where &amp;lt;1d&amp;gt; is either &quot;0&quot; or &quot;1&quot;, the overall carry.&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \ZBfp_add_mantissa_aux:N #1 {&#xA;  \if_meaning:w 0 #1 &#xA;  \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_add_mantissa_aux_z:nnnnnnw&#xA;  \else:&#xA;  \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_add_mantissa_aux_i:nnnnnnw&#xA;  \fi:&#xA;  #1&#xA;}&#xA;% If the first digit is &quot;0&quot;, we discard it and keep four brace groups.&#xA;% Otherwise, we keep it in a brace group, together with three more.&#xA;%&#xA;% In both cases, we place the sign and the exponent at the right place.&#xA;% Note that the exponent is not evaluated. &#xA;\cs_new:Npn \ZBfp_add_mantissa_aux_z:nnnnnnw #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6 T #7 {&#xA;  #6     {#2}{#3}{#4}{#5} T{#7} }&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \ZBfp_add_mantissa_aux_i:nnnnnnw #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6 T #7 {&#xA;  #6 {000 #1}{#2}{#3}{#4} T{#7+1} }&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% ===== Subtracting mantissa&#xA;% Used as&#xA;%     \ZBfp_sub_back_mantissa:nnnnnnnn &amp;lt;A&amp;gt; &amp;lt;B&amp;gt; {&amp;lt;sign&amp;gt;} T {&amp;lt;exp&amp;gt;}&#xA;% where &amp;lt;A&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;B&amp;gt; have the form {&amp;lt;4d&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;4d&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;4d&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;4d&amp;gt;}. This&#xA;% calculates $&amp;lt;sign&amp;gt;*( - &amp;lt;A&amp;gt; + &amp;lt;B&amp;gt; )$ (hence the name &quot;back&quot;) and&#xA;% f-expands to the result in the form&#xA;%     &amp;lt;sign&amp;gt; {&amp;lt;4d&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;4d&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;4d&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;4d&amp;gt;} T{&amp;lt;exp&amp;gt;}&#xA;% &#xA;% Again, pre-carrying. We check after the calculation if the &#xA;% subtraction should have been done in the other direction.&#xA;% Thus, doing subtraction as - &amp;lt;big mantissa&amp;gt; + &amp;lt;small mantissa&amp;gt; &#xA;% should be twice slower than the other way around, but that's&#xA;% the price to pay to get a more optimized subtraction&#xA;% - &amp;lt;small&amp;gt; + &amp;lt;big&amp;gt;, used more frequently in the ``full'' &#xA;% subtraction and in sines. &#xA;%&#xA;% We use bigger shifts that we had for addition, because we want&#xA;% to ensure that every intermediate numexpr we use has five digits&#xA;% for &quot;\ZBfp_brace_last:nw&quot; to work. &#xA;\cs_new:Npn \ZBfp_sub_back_mantissa:nnnnnnnn #1#2#3#4 #5#6#7#8 {&#xA;  \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_sub_back_mantissa_aux:w&#xA;  \tex_the:D \etex_numexpr:D #5 - #1 - 2     + \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_brace_last:nw&#xA;  \tex_the:D \etex_numexpr:D #6 - #2 + 19998 + \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_brace_last:nw&#xA;  \tex_the:D \etex_numexpr:D #7 - #3 + 19998 + \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_brace_last:nw&#xA;  \tex_the:D \etex_numexpr:D #8 - #4 + 20000 &#xA;}&#xA;% Again, following &quot;#8&quot; is a brace group, \marg{sign}.&#xA;%&#xA;% &#xA;% We are left with &#xA;%     &quot;\ZBfp_sub_back_mantissa_aux:w&quot; &amp;lt;w&amp;gt;{4d}{4d}{4d}{&amp;lt;sign&amp;gt;}T{&amp;lt;exp&amp;gt;},&#xA;% where &amp;lt;w&amp;gt; is any integer between -9999 and +9999. Here we need to take&#xA;% care of the fact that e.g. -11{2222}{2222}{2222} means &#xA;% &quot;-11 + .222222222222&quot;, not &quot;-11.222222222222&quot;! Convince yourself&#xA;% that if &amp;lt;w&amp;gt; is zero, then we are in the ``positive'' case.&#xA;% &#xA;\cs_new:Npn \ZBfp_sub_back_mantissa_aux:w #1 #{&#xA;  \if_num:w #1 &amp;lt; 0 \exp_stop_f:&#xA;  \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_sub_back_mantissa_neg:nnnnn&#xA;  \else:&#xA;  \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_sub_back_mantissa_pos:nnnn&#xA;  \fi:&#xA;  {#1}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% \ZBfp_sub_back_mantissa_neg:nnnnn {-&amp;lt;4d&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;4d&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;4d&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;4d&amp;gt;} {&amp;lt;sign&amp;gt;} T {&amp;lt;exp&amp;gt;}&#xA;%&#xA;% If the result of the subtraction was negative, then we need&#xA;% to correct it and correct the sign.&#xA;%&#xA;% &amp;gt; &quot;#1&quot;, &quot;#2&quot;, &quot;#3&quot;, &quot;#4&quot; form the body of the number&#xA;% &amp;gt; &quot;#5&quot; is the &amp;lt;sign&amp;gt;&#xA;% &amp;gt; &quot;#6&quot; would be the exponent expression&#xA;%&#xA;% Here, we know that &quot;#1&quot; is negative. In fact, our number is &#xA;% equal to &amp;lt;sign&amp;gt;&quot;(#1 + .#2#3#4)&quot;. We calculate &quot;|#1|-.#2#3#4&quot;, &#xA;% which is positive, and place the correct sign (namely, $-$&amp;lt;sign&amp;gt;)&#xA;% in a brace group after it, then pass the whole thing to &#xA;% &quot;\ZBfp_add_mantissa_pos:nnnnnw&quot;.&#xA;% &#xA;% &#xA;% Once more, pre-carry, to make sure everything has 5 digits when passed&#xA;% to &quot;\ZBfp_brace_last:nw&quot;.&#xA;% &#xA;% On the first piece below, &quot;-2 - #1 + ...&quot;. From the level below &#xA;% (i.e. the &quot;...&quot;), we get &quot;1&quot;, or sometimes &quot;2&quot;, and we know that&#xA;% &quot;10000&amp;lt;#1&amp;lt;0&quot;, so the whole thing is &quot;0&amp;lt;=...&amp;lt;10000&quot;, at most 4 digits.&#xA;% &#xA;% &#xA;\cs_new:Npn \ZBfp_sub_back_mantissa_neg:nnnnn #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 {&#xA;  \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_brace_last:nw&#xA;  \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_sub_back_mantissa_pos:nnnn&#xA;  \tex_the:D \etex_numexpr:D    -2 - #1 + \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_brace_last:nw&#xA;  \tex_the:D \etex_numexpr:D 19998 - #2 + \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_brace_last:nw&#xA;  \tex_the:D \etex_numexpr:D 19998 - #3 + \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_brace_last:nw&#xA;  \tex_the:D \etex_numexpr:D 20000 - #4 &#xA;  \if:w -#5 &#xA;      \exp_after:wN \c_ZBfp_braced_plus_tl &#xA;  \else: &#xA;      \exp_after:wN \c_ZBfp_braced_minus_tl  &#xA;  \fi:&#xA;}&#xA;% Note that the final line gets fully expanded to &quot;{+}&quot; or &quot;{-}&quot; &#xA;% when \TeX\ is trying to finish the number &quot;#4&quot;. Specifically, the sign&#xA;% we get is the opposite of &quot;#5&quot;. Any faster test (braces are important)?&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% &quot;\ZBfp_sub_back_mantissa_pos:nnnn&quot; {&amp;lt;4d&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;4d&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;4d&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;4d&amp;gt;} {&amp;lt;sign&amp;gt;} T {&amp;lt;exp&amp;gt;}&#xA;% &#xA;% Once we have taken care of the signs, we need to check whether &#xA;% the first, second, etc. pieces is/are zero, and shift exponents&#xA;% accordingly. &#xA;% &amp;gt; &quot;#1&quot;, &quot;#2&quot;, &quot;#3&quot;, &quot;#4&quot; form the body of the number,&#xA;% &amp;gt; &quot;#5&quot; is the sign&#xA;% &amp;gt; &quot;#7&quot; is the exponent &#xA;\cs_new:Npn \ZBfp_sub_back_mantissa_pos:nnnn #1 #2 #3 #4 {&#xA;    \cs:w ZBfp_sub_maux_&#xA;        \if_num:w #1 = 0 \exp_stop_f:             i&#xA;            \if_num:w #2 = 0 \exp_stop_f:         i&#xA;                \if_num:w #3 = 0 \exp_stop_f:     i &#xA;                    \if_num:w #4 = 0 \exp_stop_f: i&#xA;                    \fi:&#xA;                \fi:&#xA;            \fi:&#xA;        \fi:&#xA;        :w&#xA;    \cs_end:&#xA;    {#1}&#xA;    {#2}&#xA;    {#3}&#xA;    {#4}&#xA;}&#xA;% Just reformat digits in the right way.&#xA;\cs_new:Npx\ZBfp_sub_maux_iiii:w #1#2#3#4 #5T#6 {\c_zero_ZBfp}&#xA;\cs_new:Npn\ZBfp_sub_maux_iii:w#1#2#3#4 #5T#6 {#5 {#4}{0000}{0000}{0000}T{#6-3}}&#xA;\cs_new:Npn\ZBfp_sub_maux_ii:w #1#2#3#4 #5T#6 {#5 {#3} {#4} {0000}{0000}T{#6-2}}&#xA;\cs_new:Npn\ZBfp_sub_maux_i:w  #1#2#3#4 #5T#6 {#5 {#2} {#3}  {#4} {0000}T{#6-1}}&#xA;\cs_new:Npn\ZBfp_sub_maux_:w   #1#2#3#4 #5T#6 {#5 {#1} {#2}  {#3}  {#4} T {#6} }&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% ======= Full addition and subtraction.&#xA;% Syntax:&#xA;%   &quot;\ZBfp_add:nn&quot; \marg{ZBfp expr.} \marg{ZBfp expr.}&#xA;%   &quot;\ZBfp_sub:nn&quot; \marg{ZBfp expr.} \marg{ZBfp expr.}&#xA;% where &amp;lt;ZBfp&amp;gt; are floating point expressions, which will be &#xA;% fully f-expanded before the calculation.&#xA;% &#xA;% Plan:&#xA;% &amp;gt; expand the left &amp;lt;ZBfp expr.&amp;gt;&#xA;% &amp;gt; swap, and expand the right &amp;lt;ZBfp expr.&amp;gt;&#xA;% &amp;gt; check signs &#xA;% &amp;gt; shift digits according to exponent&#xA;%&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \ZBfp_add:nn #1 {&#xA;  \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_add_aux:NwNn &#xA;  \tex_romannumeral:D -`\0 #1 \q_stop +&#xA;}&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \ZBfp_sub:nn #1 {&#xA;  \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_add_aux:NwNn &#xA;  \tex_romannumeral:D -`\0 #1 \q_stop -&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% We now have&#xA;%    &quot;\ZBfp_add_aux:NwNn&quot; &amp;lt;sign A&amp;gt; &amp;lt;A&amp;gt; T {&amp;lt;eA&amp;gt;} \q_stop &amp;lt;operation&amp;gt; {&amp;lt;expr B&amp;gt;}&#xA;% Here &amp;lt;sign A&amp;gt; &amp;lt;A&amp;gt; T {&amp;lt;eA&amp;gt;} is our first floating point number:&#xA;% &amp;lt;A&amp;gt; is the body, {&amp;lt;4d&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;4d&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;4d&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;4d&amp;gt;}, and &amp;lt;eA&amp;gt; is the exponent. &#xA;% &#xA;% Also, &amp;lt;operation&amp;gt; is &quot;+&quot; or &quot;-&quot;. &#xA;% We then move &amp;lt;expr B&amp;gt; to the front and f-expand it.&#xA;% &#xA;\cs_new:Npn \ZBfp_add_aux:NwNn #1 #2 \q_stop #3 #4 {&#xA;  \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_add_signs:NNN \exp_after:wN #1 \exp_after:wN #3&#xA;  \tex_romannumeral:D -`\0 #4 #2&#xA;}&#xA;% We now have&#xA;%    &quot;\ZBfp_add_aux:NwNn&quot; &amp;lt;sign A&amp;gt; &amp;lt;operation&amp;gt; &amp;lt;sign B&amp;gt; &amp;lt;B&amp;gt;T{&amp;lt;eB&amp;gt;} &amp;lt;A&amp;gt;T{&amp;lt;eA&amp;gt;}&#xA;%&#xA;% If the product &amp;lt;sign A&amp;gt;&amp;lt;operation&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sign B&amp;gt; is +, &#xA;% use &quot;\ZBfp_add_exponent:w&quot;, else &quot;\ZBfp_sub_exponent:w&quot;.&#xA;% &#xA;\cs_new:Npn \ZBfp_add_signs:NNN #1 #2 #3 {&#xA;  \cs:w ZBfp_&#xA;      \if:w #1 \if:w #2 #3 + \else: - \fi: add \else: sub \fi:&#xA;  _exponent:w \cs_end:&#xA;  #1&#xA;}&#xA;% We now have &quot;\ZBfp_..._exponent:w&quot; &amp;lt;sign A&amp;gt; &amp;lt;B&amp;gt;T{&amp;lt;eB&amp;gt;} &amp;lt;A&amp;gt;T{&amp;lt;eA&amp;gt;}&#xA;% &#xA;% Take care of exponents. If they are the same, do nothing. &#xA;% If they differ, shift in the relevant direction using&#xA;% &quot;\ZBfp_decimate_do&quot;. We first check the equality case &#xA;% because we will arrange to be in that case for our calculations &#xA;% of sine and cosine (which we want to optimize).&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \ZBfp_add_exponent:w #1 #2 T #3 #4 T #5 {&#xA;    \if_num:w #3 &amp;gt; #5 \exp_stop_f:&#xA;        \exp_after:wN \use_i:nn&#xA;    \else: &#xA;        \exp_after:wN \use_ii:nn&#xA;    \fi:&#xA;    { &#xA;      \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_decimate_do:nNnnnn \exp_after:wN {&#xA;        \tex_the:D \etex_numexpr:D #3 - #5 } &#xA;      \ZBfp_add_mantissa:nnnnnnnn #4 #2 {#1} T {#3} &#xA;    }&#xA;    { &#xA;      \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_decimate_do:nNnnnn \exp_after:wN {&#xA;        \tex_the:D \etex_numexpr:D #5 - #3 }&#xA;      \ZBfp_add_mantissa:nnnnnnnn #2 #4 {#1} T {#5} &#xA;    }&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% &quot;\ZBfp_decimate_do:nNnnnn {&amp;lt;shift&amp;gt;} &amp;lt;func&amp;gt; {&amp;lt;4d&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;4d&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;4d&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;4d&amp;gt;}&#xA;%&#xA;% will shift the blocks of digits by &amp;lt;shift&amp;gt; blocks to the right, &#xA;% adding &quot;{0000}&quot; blocks at the start when shifting, then place&#xA;% &amp;lt;func&amp;gt; in front of 4 blocks of 4 digits. Requires $&amp;lt;shift&amp;gt; \geq 0$.&#xA;% &#xA;% When shifting results in a zero number, instead of performing the&#xA;% computation, we simply remove &amp;lt;func&amp;gt; and the 4 blocks of digits,&#xA;% presumably leaving only the other operand on the input stream.&#xA;% In other words, if the difference in exponent is ${}&amp;gt;3$, the small&#xA;% number is to small ($10000^{-4}$), and we throw it away.&#xA;% &#xA;\cs_new:Npn \ZBfp_decimate_do:nNnnnn #1 {&#xA;    \if_case:w #1 \exp_stop_f:&#xA;    % zero shift: do nothing.&#xA;    \or:   \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_decimate_i:Nnnnn&#xA;    \or:   \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_decimate_ii:Nnnnn&#xA;    \or:   \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_decimate_iii:Nnnnn&#xA;    \else: \exp_after:wN \use_none:nnnnn&#xA;    \fi:&#xA;}&#xA;% &quot;\ZBfp_decimate_1:w&quot; &amp;lt;func&amp;gt; {&amp;lt;4d&amp;gt;} {&amp;lt;4d&amp;gt;} {&amp;lt;4d&amp;gt;} {&amp;lt;4d&amp;gt;}&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \ZBfp_decimate_i:Nnnnn   #1 #2#3#4#5 {#1 {0000} {#2}  {#3} {#4}}&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \ZBfp_decimate_ii:Nnnnn  #1 #2#3#4#5 {#1 {0000}{0000} {#2} {#3}}&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \ZBfp_decimate_iii:Nnnnn #1 #2#3#4#5 {#1 {0000}{0000}{0000}{#2}}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% &quot;\ZBfp_sub_exponent:w&quot; &amp;lt;sign A&amp;gt; &amp;lt;B&amp;gt;T{&amp;lt;eB&amp;gt;} &amp;lt;A&amp;gt;T{&amp;lt;eA&amp;gt;}&#xA;% &#xA;% For subtraction, signs are tricky. Given the above, we want to&#xA;% calculate $&amp;lt;sign A&amp;gt;*(&amp;lt;A&amp;gt;*10000^{&amp;lt;eA&amp;gt;} - &amp;lt;B&amp;gt;*10000^{&amp;lt;eB&amp;gt;})$.&#xA;% &#xA;% \begin{itemize}&#xA;% \item &#xA;%   If $ &amp;lt;eB&amp;gt; \leq &amp;lt;eA&amp;gt; $, then we will ``decimate'' &amp;lt;B&amp;gt; (possibly&#xA;%   with a zero &amp;lt;shift&amp;gt; when there is equality), and essentially &#xA;%   calculate &quot;sub_back&quot; &amp;lt;B'&amp;gt; &amp;lt;A&amp;gt; &amp;lt;sign A&amp;gt; T {&amp;lt;eA&amp;gt;}, where &amp;lt;B'&amp;gt; is &#xA;%   the result of decimating. That gives &#xA;%   $ &amp;lt;sign A&amp;gt; * (- &amp;lt;B&amp;gt; + &amp;lt;A&amp;gt;) * 10000^{&amp;lt;eA&amp;gt;} $.&#xA;%   &#xA;% \item&#xA;%   Otherwise, we need to change the sign. Unfortunately, that sign &#xA;%   has to be sent quite deep (just before the &quot;T&quot; of the exponent).&#xA;%   Maybe that could be improved, but right now, we first calculate&#xA;%   the correct sign and place it at the right spot using &#xA;%   &quot;\ZBfp_sub_exponent_aux:Nw&quot;. Some will complain that the &#xA;%   conditional is not terminated when placing the sign, but no worry,&#xA;%   it gets terminated since we just continue executing things after&#xA;%   placing the sign.&#xA;%&#xA;%   Then decimate &amp;lt;A&amp;gt;. And calculate &quot;sub_back&quot; &amp;lt;A'&amp;gt; &amp;lt;B&amp;gt; {- &amp;lt;sign A&amp;gt;} T {&amp;lt;eB&amp;gt;},&#xA;%   which is equal to $ - &amp;lt;sign A&amp;gt; *(-&amp;lt;A&amp;gt;+&amp;lt;B&amp;gt;) * 10000^{&amp;lt;eB&amp;gt;}$.&#xA;% \end{itemize}&#xA;% &#xA;\cs_new:Npn \ZBfp_sub_exponent:w #1 #2 T #3 #4 T #5 {&#xA;    \if_num:w #3 &amp;gt; #5 \exp_stop_f:&#xA;        \exp_after:wN \use_i:nn&#xA;    \else: &#xA;        \exp_after:wN \use_ii:nn&#xA;    \fi:&#xA;    { &#xA;      \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_sub_exponent_aux:Nw \if:w -#1 + \else: - \fi:&#xA;      \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_decimate_do:nNnnnn \exp_after:wN {&#xA;        \tex_the:D \etex_numexpr:D #3 - #5 }&#xA;      \ZBfp_sub_back_mantissa:nnnnnnnn #4 #2 T {#3} &#xA;    }&#xA;    { &#xA;      \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_decimate_do:nNnnnn \exp_after:wN {&#xA;        \tex_the:D \etex_numexpr:D #5 - #3 }&#xA;      \ZBfp_sub_back_mantissa:nnnnnnnn #2 #4 {#1} T {#5} &#xA;    }&#xA;}&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \ZBfp_sub_exponent_aux:Nw #1 #2 T {#2 {#1} T}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% =============================================================&#xA;% ===== Multiplication&#xA;% Syntax:&#xA;%   &quot;\ZBfp_mul:nn&quot; \marg{ZBfp expr.} \marg{ZBfp expr.}&#xA;%   &#xA;% First expand the first expression, then swap, and expand the&#xA;% second expression. Then treat exponents and place the sign at &#xA;% the right place.&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \ZBfp_mul:nn #1 {&#xA;  \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_mul_aux:Nwn &#xA;  \tex_romannumeral:D -`\0 #1 \q_stop&#xA;}&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \ZBfp_mul_aux:Nwn #1 \q_stop #2 {&#xA;  \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_mul_signs_expo:NwnNwn&#xA;  \tex_romannumeral:D -`\0 #2 #1&#xA;}&#xA;% The signs are &quot;#1&quot; and &quot;#4&quot;, &quot;#3&quot; and &quot;#6&quot; are the exponents, and&#xA;% each &quot;#2&quot; and &quot;#5&quot; are 16 digits split in blocks of 4.&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \ZBfp_mul_signs_expo:NwnNwn #1 #2 T#3 #4 #5 T#6 {&#xA;  \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_mul_mantissa:wnnnnnnnn &#xA;  \exp_after:wN #1 &#xA;  \exp_after:wN #4 &#xA;  \exp_after:wN T &#xA;  \exp_after:wN {\tex_the:D \etex_numexpr:D #3 + #6}&#xA;  \q_stop&#xA;  #2 #5&#xA;}&#xA;% Now we have &#xA;%   &quot;\ZBfp_mul_mantissa:wnnnnnnnn&quot; &amp;lt;sign&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sign&amp;gt; T {&amp;lt;exp&amp;gt;} \q_stop&#xA;%       {&amp;lt;4d&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;4d&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;4d&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;4d&amp;gt;} {&amp;lt;4d&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;4d&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;4d&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;4d&amp;gt;}&#xA;%&#xA;% TODO: Round instead of truncating, by adapting one of the &quot;99990000&quot; shifts&#xA;% to something like &quot;50000000&quot; and review &quot;\ZBfp_mul_mantissa_aux_signs&quot;&#xA;% once that is done.&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \ZBfp_mul_mantissa:wnnnnnnnn #1\q_stop #2#3#4#5 #6#7#8#9 {&#xA;  \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_mul_mantissa_aux:w&#xA;  \tex_the:D \etex_numexpr:D          -10000 +&#xA;  \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_brace_last:nnnnnw&#xA;  \tex_the:D \etex_numexpr:D        99990000 + #2*#6 + &#xA;  \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_brace_last:nnnnnw&#xA;  \tex_the:D \etex_numexpr:D        99990000 + #2*#7+#3*#6+ &#xA;  \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_brace_last:nnnnnw&#xA;  \tex_the:D \etex_numexpr:D        99990000 + #2*#8+#3*#7+#4*#6+ &#xA;  \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_brace_last:nnnnnw&#xA;  \tex_the:D \etex_numexpr:D        99990000 + #2*#9+#3*#8+#4*#7+#5*#6 + &#xA;  \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_brace_last:nnnnnw&#xA;  \tex_the:D \etex_numexpr:D        99990000 + #3*#9+#4*#8+#5*#7+ &#xA;  \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_brace_last:nnnnnw&#xA;  \tex_the:D \etex_numexpr:D        99990000 + #4*#9+#5*#8 + &#xA;  \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_brace_last:nnnnnw&#xA;  \tex_the:D \etex_numexpr:D       100000000 + #5*#9&#xA;  \ZBfp_mul_mantissa_aux_signs:NN #1&#xA;}&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \ZBfp_mul_mantissa_aux_signs:NN #1 #2 {&#xA;  \if:w #1 #2 &#xA;  \exp_after:wN \use_i:nn &#xA;  \else:&#xA;  \exp_after:wN \use_ii:nn&#xA;  \fi:&#xA;  { {} \q_stop {+} }&#xA;  { {} \q_stop {-} }&#xA;}&#xA;% We are left with&#xA;%&#xA;%    &quot;\ZBfp_mul_mantissa_aux:w &#xA;%         &amp;lt;int&amp;gt;{4d}{4d}{4d}{4d}...{4d}{}\q_stop{&amp;lt;sign&amp;gt;}T{&amp;lt;exp&amp;gt;}&quot;&#xA;%&#xA;% where &amp;lt;int&amp;gt; (positive) may range from 0 to 9999. If it is zero, &#xA;% we need to remove it and shift the exponent. But we know that&#xA;% &amp;lt;int&amp;gt; is in its simplest form, since it comes from a &quot;numexpr&quot; &#xA;% calculation, so &amp;lt;int&amp;gt;=0 is equivalent to having its first character&#xA;% equal to 0 (I guess &quot;\if_meaning:w&quot; is quicker than &quot;\if_num:w&quot;&#xA;% because it involves no expansion).&#xA;%&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \ZBfp_mul_mantissa_aux:w #1 #{&#xA;  \if_meaning:w 0 #1&#xA;  \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_mul_mantissa_aux_z:nnnnnnww&#xA;  \else:&#xA;  \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_mul_mantissa_aux_i:nnnnnww&#xA;  \fi:&#xA;  {#1}&#xA;}&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \ZBfp_mul_mantissa_aux_z:nnnnnnww #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6 \q_stop #7 T#8 {&#xA;  #7 {#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}T{#8}}&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \ZBfp_mul_mantissa_aux_i:nnnnnww #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 \q_stop #6 T#7 {&#xA;  #6 {#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}T{#7+1}}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% =============================================================&#xA;% ===== Division [not tested properly!]&#xA;% Syntax:&#xA;%   &quot;\ZBfp_div:nn&quot; \marg{ZBfp expr.} \marg{ZBfp expr.}&#xA;%   &#xA;% First expand the first expression, then swap, and expand the&#xA;% second expression. Then treat exponents and place the sign at &#xA;% the right place.&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \ZBfp_div:nn #1 {&#xA;  \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_div_aux:Nwn &#xA;  \tex_romannumeral:D -`\0 #1 \q_stop&#xA;}&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \ZBfp_div_aux:Nwn #1 \q_stop #2 {&#xA;  \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_div_check_zero:ww&#xA;  \tex_romannumeral:D -`\0 #2 \q_stop #1 \q_stop&#xA;}&#xA;% First let's check if the numerator or denominator is zero.&#xA;% Note that &quot;#1&quot; is the denominator!&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \ZBfp_div_check_zero:ww #1 \q_stop #2 \q_stop {&#xA;  \ZBfp_if_zero_aux:NnnnnwNN #1 \use_i_delimit_by_q_stop:nw \use_none:n &#xA;                                {\c_undefined_ZBfp}&#xA;  \ZBfp_if_zero_aux:NnnnnwNN #2 \use_i_delimit_by_q_stop:nw \use_none:n &#xA;                                {\c_zero_ZBfp}&#xA;  \ZBfp_div_i:Nn #1 #2&#xA;  \q_stop&#xA;}&#xA;% We strip leading zeros from the denominator (specifically &amp;lt;B0&amp;gt;).&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \ZBfp_div_i:Nn #1 #2 {&#xA;  \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_div_ii:NnnnnwNww &#xA;  \exp_after:wN #1 &#xA;  \exp_after:wN {\tex_number:D #2}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% &quot;\ZBfp_div_ii:NnnnnwNww&quot; &#xA;%     &amp;lt;Bsign&amp;gt; {&amp;lt;trimmed B0&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;B1&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;B2&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;B3&amp;gt;} T {&amp;lt;Bexp&amp;gt;}&#xA;%     &amp;lt;Asign&amp;gt; {&amp;lt;A0&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;A1&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;A2&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;A3&amp;gt;} T {&amp;lt;Aexp&amp;gt;} \q_stop&#xA;% We grab the whole body of &amp;lt;A&amp;gt; as one argument.&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \ZBfp_div_ii:NnnnnwNww #1 #2#3#4#5T#6 #7 #8T#9 \q_stop{&#xA;  \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_div_iii:nnnnnnnnn \tex_number:D #2 \exp_stop_f: &#xA;  #3 #4 #5 0000\q_stop % &amp;lt;B&amp;gt;, unpacked&#xA;  #8                   % &amp;lt;A&amp;gt;, in blocks of 4&#xA;  #1 #7               % signs&#xA;  T {#9 - (#6)}       % exponent&#xA;  Z {\use_none:nnnn #2 000} % extra zeros compensating the power.&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% Repack &amp;lt;B&amp;gt;.&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \ZBfp_div_iii:nnnnnnnnn #1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9 {&#xA;  \ZBfp_div_iiii:nnnnnw {{#1#2#3#4#5}{#6#7#8#9}}&#xA;}&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \ZBfp_div_iiii:nnnnnw #1 #2#3#4#5 #6 \q_stop {&#xA;  \ZBfp_div_v:nwnn #1 {#2#3#4#5} \q_stop&#xA;}&#xA;% Now we have&#xA;% &quot;\ZBfp_div_v:nwnn&quot; {&amp;lt;B'0&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;B'1&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;B'2&amp;gt;} \q_stop&#xA;%        {&amp;lt;A0&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;A1&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;A2&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;A3&amp;gt;} &amp;lt;Bsign&amp;gt;&amp;lt;Asign&amp;gt; T{&amp;lt;exp&amp;gt;} Z{&amp;lt;zeros&amp;gt;}&#xA;%&#xA;% where each of &amp;lt;Ai&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;B'i&amp;gt; have 4 digits, except &amp;lt;B'0&amp;gt;, which&#xA;% has exactly 5 digits.&#xA;% &#xA;% We will now use as a quotient&#xA;% \[&#xA;%   &amp;lt;Q0&amp;gt; = \operatorname{Round} \frac{&amp;lt;A0&amp;gt;&amp;lt;A1&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;B'0&amp;gt;+1} - 1.&#xA;% \]&#xA;% The extra $+1$ and $-1$ are needed to make sure that everything &#xA;% stays positive.\footnote{Better ideas are welcome!} The numerator&#xA;% of &amp;lt;Q0&amp;gt; is between $10^4$ and $10^8$. The denominator is&#xA;% between $10^4$ and $10^5$. So $-1\leq &amp;lt;Q0&amp;gt; \leq 10^4$.&#xA;% &#xA;\cs_new:Npn \ZBfp_div_v:nwnn #1 #2 \q_stop #3 #4 {&#xA;  \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_div_vi:nnnnnnn \exp_after:wN &#xA;  {&#xA;    \tex_the:D \etex_numexpr:D #3#4 / (#1+1) - 1   &#xA;  }&#xA;  {#1} #2 {#3 #4}&#xA;}&#xA;% We calculate $&amp;lt;A&amp;gt; - &amp;lt;Q0&amp;gt;*&amp;lt;B'&amp;gt;$.&#xA;% &#xA;% &quot;\ZBfp_div_vi:nnnnnnn&quot; {&amp;lt;Q0&amp;gt;} {&amp;lt;B'0&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;B'1&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;B'2&amp;gt;} &#xA;%            {&amp;lt;A0&amp;gt;&amp;lt;A1&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;A2&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;A3&amp;gt;} &amp;lt;Bsign&amp;gt;&amp;lt;Asign&amp;gt; T{&amp;lt;exp&amp;gt;} Z{&amp;lt;zeros&amp;gt;}&#xA;% &#xA;\cs_new:Npn \ZBfp_div_vi:nnnnnnn #1 #2#3#4 #5#6#7 {&#xA;  \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_brace_last:nw &#xA;  \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_div_vii:nnn&#xA;  \tex_the:D \etex_numexpr:D  (#5 - #1*#2)*10000 + #6 - #1*#3 - 20000 + &#xA;  \exp_after:wN &#xA;  \ZBfp_brace_last:nnnnnw&#xA;  \tex_the:D \etex_numexpr:D  200000000 + #7 - #1*#4 &#xA;  {#2}{#3}{#4} {#1}&#xA;}&#xA;% The term in parentheses is &#xA;% \begin{align*}&#xA;%   &amp;lt;A0&amp;gt;&amp;lt;A1&amp;gt; - &amp;lt;Q0&amp;gt;*&amp;lt;B'0&amp;gt; &#xA;%   &amp;amp;= &amp;lt;A0&amp;gt;&amp;lt;A1&amp;gt; - \frac{&amp;lt;B'0&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;B'0&amp;gt;+1} &amp;lt;A0&amp;gt;&amp;lt;A1&amp;gt; + \alpha &amp;lt;B'0&amp;gt;&#xA;%   \\&#xA;%   &amp;amp;= \frac{&amp;lt;A0&amp;gt;&amp;lt;A1&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;B'0&amp;gt;+1} + \alpha &amp;lt;B'0&amp;gt;&#xA;% \end{align*}&#xA;% where $1/2 \leq \alpha \leq 3/2$ (because of e\TeX's rounding &#xA;% and our $-1$). This is at most $10^4 + 1.5*&amp;lt;B'0&amp;gt; \leq 1.5\cdot 10^5$.&#xA;% Multiplying by $10^4$ won't overflow (but it can be quite close).&#xA;%&#xA;% All in all, the result should be some long number &amp;lt;s1s2&amp;gt; obeying&#xA;% $&amp;lt;s1s2&amp;gt; \leq 15000\cdot&amp;lt;B'0&amp;gt;$ (more or less).&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% &quot;\ZBfp_div_vii:nnn&quot; {&amp;lt;s1s2&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;s3&amp;gt;} {&amp;lt;B'0&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;B'1&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;B'2&amp;gt;} {&amp;lt;Q0&amp;gt;}&#xA;%           &amp;lt;Bsign&amp;gt;&amp;lt;Asign&amp;gt; T{&amp;lt;exp&amp;gt;} Z{&amp;lt;zeros&amp;gt;}&#xA;%&#xA;% We need to be very careful, because &amp;lt;s1s2&amp;gt; can be up to $1.5*10^9$,&#xA;% close to overflow. Calculate the next quotient&#xA;% \[&#xA;%   &amp;lt;Q1&amp;gt; = \operatorname{Round} \frac{&amp;lt;s1s2&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;B'0&amp;gt; + 1} - 1.&#xA;% \]&#xA;% A few lines above, we get $&amp;lt;s1s2&amp;gt; \leq 15000\cdot &amp;lt;B'0&amp;gt; + 10^8$,&#xA;% so $&amp;lt;Q1&amp;gt; \leq 15000 + 10^8/&amp;lt;B'0&amp;gt; \leq 25000$ or so.&#xA;% &#xA;\cs_new:Npn \ZBfp_div_vii:nnn #1 #2 #3 {&#xA;  \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_div_viii:nnnnnnn \exp_after:wN &#xA;  {&#xA;    \tex_the:D \etex_numexpr:D #1/(#3 + 1) - 1 &#xA;  }&#xA;  {#1} {#2} {#3}&#xA;}&#xA;% &quot;\ZBfp_div_viii:nnnnnnn&quot; {&amp;lt;Q1&amp;gt;} {&amp;lt;s1s2&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;s3&amp;gt;} {&amp;lt;B'0&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;B'1&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;B'2&amp;gt;} &#xA;%           {&amp;lt;Q0&amp;gt;} &amp;lt;Bsign&amp;gt;&amp;lt;Asign&amp;gt; T{&amp;lt;exp&amp;gt;} Z{&amp;lt;zeros&amp;gt;}&#xA;% &#xA;% We now add one level down, to keep enough precision. &#xA;% Not sure I'm doing that rigt.&#xA;% &#xA;\cs_new:Npn \ZBfp_div_viii:nnnnnnn #1 #2#3 #4#5#6 #7 {&#xA;  \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_brace_last:nw \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_div_ix:nnn&#xA;  \tex_the:D \etex_numexpr:D  (#2 - #1*#4)*10000 + #3 - #1*#5 - 30000 + &#xA;  \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_brace_last:nnnnnw&#xA;  \tex_the:D \etex_numexpr:D  300000000 - #1*#6&#xA;  {#4} {#5} {#7} {#1}&#xA;}&#xA;% we won't need &amp;lt;B'2&amp;gt; anymore, so we drop &quot;#6&quot;.&#xA;&#xA;% &quot;\ZBfp_div_ix:nnn&quot; {&amp;lt;t1t2&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;t3&amp;gt;} {&amp;lt;B'0&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;B'1&amp;gt;} {&amp;lt;Q0&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;Q1&amp;gt;} &#xA;%           &amp;lt;Bsign&amp;gt;&amp;lt;Asign&amp;gt; T{&amp;lt;exp&amp;gt;} Z{&amp;lt;zeros&amp;gt;}&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \ZBfp_div_ix:nnn #1#2 #3 {&#xA;  \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_div_x:nnnnnnn \exp_after:wN &#xA;  {&#xA;    \tex_the:D \etex_numexpr:D #1/(#3 + 1) - 1 &#xA;  }&#xA;  {#1} {#2} {#3}&#xA;}&#xA;% &quot;\ZBfp_div_x:nnnnnnn&quot; {&amp;lt;Q2&amp;gt;} {&amp;lt;t1t2&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;t3&amp;gt;} {&amp;lt;B'0&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;B'1&amp;gt;} {&amp;lt;Q0&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;Q1&amp;gt;} &#xA;%           &amp;lt;Bsign&amp;gt;&amp;lt;Asign&amp;gt; T{&amp;lt;exp&amp;gt;} Z{&amp;lt;zeros&amp;gt;}&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \ZBfp_div_x:nnnnnnn #1 #2#3 #4#5 #6#7 {&#xA;  \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_brace_last:nw \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_div_xi:nnnnnww &#xA;  \tex_the:D \etex_numexpr:D  (#2 - #1*#4)*10000 + #3 - #1*#5&#xA;  {#4} {#6}{#7}{#1}&#xA;}&#xA;% &quot;\ZBfp_div_xi:nnnnn&quot; {&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;} {&amp;lt;B'0&amp;gt;} {&amp;lt;Q0&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;Q1&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;Q2&amp;gt;}&#xA;%           &amp;lt;Bsign&amp;gt;&amp;lt;Asign&amp;gt; T{&amp;lt;exp&amp;gt;} Z{&amp;lt;zeros&amp;gt;}&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \ZBfp_div_xi:nnnnnww #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6 T#7 {&#xA;  \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_div_xii:nnnnw&#xA;  \tex_romannumeral:D \etex_numexpr:D -1 + \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_brace_last:nw&#xA;  \tex_the:D \etex_numexpr:D 9999 + #3 +  \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_brace_last:nw&#xA;  \tex_the:D \etex_numexpr:D 9999 + #4 +  \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_brace_last:nw&#xA;  \tex_the:D \etex_numexpr:D 9999 + #5 +  \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_brace_last:nw&#xA;  \tex_the:D \etex_numexpr:D 10000 + #1 / #2&#xA;  \exp_after:wN {\tex_the:D \etex_numexpr:D #7\exp_after:wN} #6&#xA;}&#xA;% &quot;\ZBfp_div_xii:nnnnw&quot; {&amp;lt;Q0&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;Q1&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;Q2&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;Q3&amp;gt;} {&amp;lt;exp&amp;gt;}&#xA;%           &amp;lt;Bsign&amp;gt;&amp;lt;Asign&amp;gt; Z{&amp;lt;zeros&amp;gt;}&#xA;% now the &amp;lt;zeros&amp;gt; are explicitly &quot;000&quot; or &quot;00&quot; or &quot;0&quot; or &quot; &quot;,&#xA;% and each &amp;lt;Qi&amp;gt; is 4 digits.&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \ZBfp_div_xii:nnnnw #1#2#3#4 #5 Z#6 {&#xA;  \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_div_repack_i:nnnnnnnn #6 #1#2#3#4 0000\q_stop #5&#xA;}&#xA;% &quot;\ZBfp_div_repack_i:nnnnnnnn&quot; &amp;lt;20-23 digits&amp;gt; \q_stop&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \ZBfp_div_repack_i:nnnnnnnn #1#2#3#4 #5#6#7#8 {&#xA;  \if_num:w #1#2#3#4 = \c_zero&#xA;  \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_div_repack_ii_small:nnNNNNNNN&#xA;  \else:&#xA;  \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_div_repack_ii_large:nnNNNNNNN&#xA;  \fi:&#xA;  {#1#2#3#4} {#5#6#7#8}&#xA;}&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \ZBfp_div_repack_ii_large:nnNNNNNNN #1 #2 #3#4#5#6 #7#8#9 {&#xA;  \ZBfp_div_repack_iii_large:nnnnNw {#1} {#2} {#3#4#5#6} {#7#8#9}&#xA;}&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \ZBfp_div_repack_iii_large:nnnnNw #1 #2 #3 #4#5 #6\q_stop #7 #8#9{&#xA;  \if:w #8#9&#xA;  \exp_after:wN +&#xA;  \else:&#xA;  \exp_after:wN -&#xA;  \fi:&#xA;  {#1}{#2}{#3}{#4#5} T{#7}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \ZBfp_div_repack_ii_small:nnNNNNNNN #1 #2 #3#4#5#6 #7#8#9 {&#xA;  \ZBfp_div_repack_iii_small:nnnNNNNNw {#2} {#3#4#5#6} {#7#8#9}&#xA;}&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \ZBfp_div_repack_iii_small:nnnNNNNNw #1 #2 #3#4 #5#6#7#8 #9\q_stop{&#xA;  \ZBfp_div_repack_iv_small:nnNN { {#1} {#2} {#3#4} {#5#6#7#8} }&#xA;}&#xA;% &quot;\ZBfp_div_repack_iv_small:nnNN&quot; {&amp;lt;digits&amp;gt;} {&amp;lt;exp&amp;gt;} &amp;lt;sign&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sign&amp;gt;&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \ZBfp_div_repack_iv_small:nnNN #1 #2 #3#4 {&#xA;  \if:w #3#4&#xA;  \exp_after:wN +&#xA;  \else:&#xA;  \exp_after:wN -&#xA;  \fi:&#xA;  #1 T{#2-1}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% ========================================================&#xA;% ===== Absolute value&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \ZBfp_abs:n #1 {&#xA;  \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_abs_aux:N \tex_romannumeral:D -`\0 #1 &#xA;}&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \ZBfp_abs_aux:N #1 {+}&#xA;&#xA;% ===== Negate&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \ZBfp_neg:n #1 {&#xA;  \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_neg_aux:N \tex_romannumeral:D -`\0 #1&#xA;}&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \ZBfp_neg_aux:N #1 {&#xA;  \if:w - #1 &#xA;    \exp_after:wN + &#xA;  \else: &#xA;    \exp_after:wN - &#xA;  \fi:&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% ===== Test for zero&#xA;% All of the functions below are based on one auxiliary function.&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \ZBfp_if_zero_aux:NnnnnwNN #1 #2#3#4#5 T#6 #7#8 {&#xA;  \if_num:w \etex_numexpr:D #2#3+#4#5 = \c_zero&#xA;  \exp_after:wN #7&#xA;  \else:&#xA;  \exp_after:wN #8&#xA;  \fi:&#xA;}&#xA;\prg_new_conditional:Npnn \ZBfp_if_zero:n #1 {p,T,F,TF} {&#xA;  \ZBfp_if_zero_aux:NnnnnwNN #1 &#xA;  \prg_return_true: \prg_return_false:&#xA;}&#xA;\prg_new_conditional:Npnn \ZBfp_if_zero:f #1 {p,T,F,TF} {&#xA;  \exp_after:wN \ZBfp_if_zero_aux:NNNnnnnw &#xA;  \tex_romannumeral:D -`\0 #1&#xA;  \prg_return_true: \prg_return_false:&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\cs_generate_variant:Nn \iow_term:n {f}&#xA;&#xA;\iow_term:f { \ZBfp_mul:nn &#xA;  {\ZBfp_add:nn {+{1234}{0000}{0000}{0000}T{2}} {+{0034}{5678}{0000}{0000}T{3}}}&#xA;  {\ZBfp_add:nn {+{1111}{1111}{1111}{1111}T{0}} {+{2222}{2222}{2222}{2222}T{1}}}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\iow_term:f { &#xA;  \ZBfp_div:nn &#xA;  {-{0001}{2309}{8124}{3772}T{2}} &#xA;  {+{2384}{7623}{4098}{1230}T{-2}} &#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastEditorUserId="2707" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-04-01T01:10:48.177" LastActivityDate="2011-04-01T01:10:48.177" CommentCount="23" />
  <row Id="11561" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11558" CreationDate="2011-02-20T11:21:21.890" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could try to replace every following &lt;code&gt;\newunit&lt;/code&gt; by &lt;code&gt;\setunit*{\newunitpunct}&lt;/code&gt;, as the starred variant of &lt;code&gt;\setunit&lt;/code&gt; prints the punctuation only if the previous command (&lt;code&gt;\printtext&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\printfield&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\printlist&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\printnames&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\bibstring&lt;/code&gt;) was executed. Although I am not sure if this works, it is worth a try.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1376" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T11:21:21.890" />
  <row Id="11562" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11575" CreationDate="2011-02-20T12:42:49.317" Score="1" ViewCount="139" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to find a LaTeX editor witch supports inverse search. I was trying TeXworks and in the begining it was working. The only problem was that I didn't know how to set &lt;code&gt;.dvi&lt;/code&gt; as an output format and &lt;code&gt;.pdf&lt;/code&gt; displays a bit strange on my computer. I was trying to enter the configuration of the editor and probably I've done something wrong, because the editor's viewer stopped to show what I've added to the input. The file compiles without any problems, log file says about 7 pages of output, but on the screan there is only 3,5 pages of it. The same document with other viewers displays entirely.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've decided to uninstall TeXworks and install it once again. The problem remains. After uninstallation, there were still some files, which I couldn't remove without using root privileges - I've decided to leave it. The files are: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;maria@maria-laptop:~$ locate * texworks *&#xA;/usr/share/app-install/desktop/texworks.desktop&#xA;/usr/share/app-install/icons/_usr_share_pixmaps_texworks.xpm&#xA;/usr/share/texmf/context/data/texworks&#xA;/usr/share/texmf/context/data/texworks/TUG&#xA;/usr/share/texmf/context/data/texworks/completion&#xA;/usr/share/texmf/context/data/texworks/configuration&#xA;/usr/share/texmf/context/data/texworks/texworks-context.rme&#xA;/usr/share/texmf/context/data/texworks/texworks-setup.ini&#xA;/usr/share/texmf/context/data/texworks/TUG/TeXworks.ini&#xA;/usr/share/texmf/context/data/texworks/completion/tw-context.txt&#xA;/usr/share/texmf/context/data/texworks/configuration/auto-indent-patterns.txt&#xA;/usr/share/texmf/context/data/texworks/configuration/delimiter-pairs.txt&#xA;/usr/share/texmf/context/data/texworks/configuration/smart-quotes-modes.txt&#xA;/usr/share/texmf/context/data/texworks/configuration/syntax-patterns.txt&#xA;/usr/share/texmf/context/data/texworks/configuration/tag-patterns.txt&#xA;/usr/share/texmf/context/data/texworks/configuration/texworks-config.txt&#xA;/usr/share/texmf/scripts/context/lua/mtx-texworks.lua&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it possible that the problem lies in those files? If not - in what else?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks for any suggestions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;p.s.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is the preamble with a little part of document: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%&amp;amp; --translate-file=utf-8&#xA;\documentclass{report}&#xA;\usepackage[active]{srcltx}&#xA;\usepackage[polish]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8x]{inputenc}&#xA;\begin{document} &#xA;&#xA;\thispagestyle{empty}&#xA;\section*{Wstęp}&#xA;Istotą monoteizmu jest przekonanie, że Bóg jest jeden i nie ma współtowarzyszy;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3703" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-20T13:42:39.420" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T17:30:33.757" Title="TeXworks viewer shows only part of compiled document" Tags="&lt;texworks&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="11563" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11562" CreationDate="2011-02-20T13:51:25.280" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is what I get with texworks and TeXLive 2010 with pdflatex:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Z3IA9.png&quot; alt=&quot;pdflatex&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and the same with running latex for a dvi output&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/p1c0q.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have texworks 0.2.3 and used the files:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; *File List*&#xA;  report.cls    2007/10/19 v1.4h Standard LaTeX document class&#xA;  size10.clo    2007/10/19 v1.4h Standard LaTeX file (size option)&#xA;  srcltx.sty    2006/11/12 v1.6 Source specials for inverse search in DVI files&#xA;&#xA;  ifthen.sty    2001/05/26 v1.1c Standard LaTeX ifthen package (DPC)&#xA;   babel.sty    2008/07/06 v3.8l The Babel package&#xA;  polish.ldf    2005/03/31 v1.2l Polish support from the babel system&#xA; fontenc.sty&#xA;   t1enc.def    2005/09/27 v1.99g Standard LaTeX file&#xA;inputenc.sty    2008/03/30 v1.1d Input encoding file&#xA;   utf8x.def    2004/10/17 UCS: Input encoding UTF-8&#xA;     ucs.sty    2004/10/17 UCS: Unicode input support&#xA;uni-global.def    2004/10/17 UCS: Unicode global data&#xA; ucsencs.def    2003/11/29 Fixes to fontencodings LGR, T3&#xA;   uni-1.def    2004/10/17 UCS: Unicode data U+0100..U+01FF&#xA;   uni-0.def    &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-20T13:56:51.627" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T13:56:51.627" CommentCount="17" />
  <row Id="11564" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11533" CreationDate="2011-02-20T14:18:46.397" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is a generic trick, to add a &lt;code&gt;\vspace{0pt}&lt;/code&gt; at the beginning of the &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt; environment. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{minipage}[t]{0.55\linewidth}  &#xA;\vspace{0pt}&#xA;    description of question  &#xA;\end{minipage}  &#xA;\hspace*{1cm}  &#xA;\begin{minipage}[t]{0.35\linewidth}  &#xA;\vspace{0pt}&#xA;   \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \draw circle (1cm);&#xA;  \end{tikzpicture}  &#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T14:18:46.397" />
  <row Id="11565" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11567" CreationDate="2011-02-20T14:23:19.510" Score="5" ViewCount="184" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi there,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am writing a small KOMA-Script &lt;code&gt;scrartcl&lt;/code&gt; document with multiple sections. In the table of contents, LaTeX fills the current line with dots between the end of the section name and the page number. Is there any way to customize this behavior? I would like to reduce the space between the single dots (i.e. use more dots in the same space). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3717" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-28T13:53:58.803" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T13:53:58.803" Title="Table of Contents: Customize space between dots before page number?" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;page-numbering&gt;&lt;koma-script&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11566" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11542" CreationDate="2011-02-20T14:40:10.973" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are many tools for scripts:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;For general math scrits before something, use &lt;code&gt;\prescript&lt;/code&gt; provided by &lt;code&gt;mathtools&lt;/code&gt; package, for better alignment:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;$ \prescript{14}{2}{\mathbf{C}} $&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;For large operators, use &lt;code&gt;\sideset&lt;/code&gt; from &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;$ \sideset{_a^b}{'}\sum A_n $&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;For chemical equations, use &lt;code&gt;mhchem&lt;/code&gt; package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ce{^{227}_{90}Th+}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;For tensors, use &lt;code&gt;tensor&lt;/code&gt; package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;$ M\indices{^a_b^{cd}_e} $&lt;/code&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;code&gt;$ \tensor[^a_b^c_d]{M}{^a_b^c_d} $&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please complete this list as you can.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-20T14:46:19.373" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T14:46:19.373" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-02-20T14:40:10.973" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11567" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11565" CreationDate="2011-02-20T14:41:45.070" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For dotted TOC lines, standard LaTeX and also KOMA-Script use the internal macro &lt;code&gt;\@dotsep&lt;/code&gt; which specifies that space in mu. Its original value is 4.5.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could adjust it this way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand*{\@dotsep}{1}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T14:41:45.070" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11568" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11541" CreationDate="2011-02-20T15:00:17.603" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Look at the listliketab package list columns&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following was posted on CTT a long time ago by Donald Arseneau for itemized and enumerated cells&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcolumntype{e}[1]{%--- Enumerated cells ---&#xA;   &amp;gt;{\minipage[t]{\linewidth}%&#xA;     \NoHyper%                Hyperref adds a vertical space&#xA;     \let\\\tabularnewline&#xA;     \enumerate&#xA;        \addtolength{\rightskip}{0pt plus 50pt}% for raggedright&#xA;        \setlength{\itemsep}{-\parsep}}%&#xA;   p{#1}%&#xA;   &amp;lt;{\@finalstrut\@arstrutbox\endenumerate&#xA;     \endNoHyper&#xA;     \endminipage}}&#xA;&#xA;\newcolumntype{i}[1]{%--- Itemized cells ---&#xA;   &amp;gt;{\minipage[t]{\linewidth}%&#xA;        \let\\\tabularnewline&#xA;        \itemize&#xA;           \addtolength{\rightskip}{0pt plus 50pt}%&#xA;           \setlength{\itemsep}{-\parsep}}%&#xA;   p{#1}%&#xA;   &amp;lt;{\@finalstrut\@arstrutbox\enditemize\endminipage}}&#xA;&#xA;\AtBeginDocument{%&#xA;    \@ifpackageloaded{hyperref}{}%&#xA;        {\let\NoHyper\relax\let\endNoHyper\relax}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}[t]{|i{2.5cm}|e{3cm}|}&#xA;\hline&#xA;  \item Item A&#xA;  \item Item B   &amp;amp;&#xA;  \item Item 1&#xA;  \item Item 2   \\&#xA;\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1683" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T15:00:17.603" />
  <row Id="11569" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11570" CreationDate="2011-02-20T15:03:21.993" Score="5" ViewCount="147" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi there, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is there any chance to customize the spacing between the (sub)section number and its title in every appearance in the document? That is, in any header or footer as well as in the table of contents and the main part of the document? &#xA;In this particular case, I have a &lt;code&gt;scrartcl&lt;/code&gt; document, but a class-independent solution would be really helpful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3717" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-19T22:56:34.530" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T22:56:34.530" Title="Customize spacing between section number and its caption?" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="11570" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11569" CreationDate="2011-02-20T16:07:33.890" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Those section numbers are used in several places using different formatting commands, such as in the TOC, in headers and in the body text. That's why the answer consists of several parts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For a class independent solution you could use packages:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/titlesec&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; is very useful for customizing headings in the text.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/titletoc&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;titletoc&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; or the powerful &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/tocloft&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;tocloft&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; could help formatting the numbers in the TOC.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/koma-script&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;scrpage2&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/fancyhdr&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; could be used to modify the header and the footer.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In that case have a look at the respective package documentation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With LaTeX's base classes you could redefine internal macros. KOMA-Script classes provide additional formatting macros, which are described in the manual.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Let's have a look at the base LaTeX side. LaTeX formats section numbers by &lt;code&gt;\@seccntformat&lt;/code&gt; which is defined this way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\@seccntformat#1{\csname the#1\endcsname\quad}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could redefine it to replace the &lt;code&gt;\quad&lt;/code&gt; by your customized distance:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand*{\@seccntformat}[1]{\csname the#1\endcsname\hspace{1em}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Within the TOC, LaTeX uses &lt;code&gt;\numberline&lt;/code&gt; for the section numbers, defined by&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\numberline#1{\hb@xt@\@tempdima{#1\hfil}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also this could be redefined:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand*{\numberline}[1]{\hb@xt@1em{#1\hfil}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now we come to the headings. Since you're using a KOMA-Script class, let's redefine a KOMA formatting command for the number:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Originally it uses &lt;code&gt;\enskip&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*\sectionmarkformat{\thesection\autodot\enskip}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\enskip&lt;/code&gt; is skips half of 1 em, as defined in the LaTeX kernel:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;`\def\enskip{\hskip.5em\relax}`.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Redefinition:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand*{\sectionmarkformat}{\thesection\autodot\hspace{1em}\relax}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Do similarly for &lt;code&gt;\subsectionmarkformat&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With base classes you could redefine &lt;code&gt;\sectionmark&lt;/code&gt; etc. which uses &lt;code&gt;\quad&lt;/code&gt; for the spacing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-20T16:13:33.527" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T16:13:33.527" />
  <row Id="11571" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11572" CreationDate="2011-02-20T16:52:22.307" Score="6" ViewCount="206" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using the &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt; class for a presentation and &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; package for the math mode.&#xA;If I uncover the formula in the following way, the formula jumps between slides, which is not intended.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{frame}&#xA;    \only&amp;lt;1&amp;gt;{&#xA;    \begin{multline*}&#xA;    S(1,\dots,s) = \underbrace{\sum_{m=1}^{m_t} (-1)^{m+1} \sum_{i_1&amp;lt;\dots&amp;lt;i_m} I(i_1,\dots,i_m)}_{\text{entropy estimate with correlation order}\, m_t} \\&#xA;    + \underbrace{\sum_{m=m_t+1}^{s} (-1)^{m+1} \sum_{i_1&amp;lt;\dots&amp;lt;i_m} I(i_1,\dots,i_m)}_{\text{correlations of order higher than}\, m_t} &#xA;    \end{multline*}}&#xA;    \only&amp;lt;2-&amp;gt;{&#xA;    \begin{multline*}&#xA;    S(1,\dots,s) = \underbrace{\sum_{m=1}^{m_t} (-1)^{m+1} \sum_{i_1&amp;lt;\dots&amp;lt;i_m} I(i_1,\dots,i_m)}_{\text{entropy estimate with correlation order}\, m_t} \\&#xA;    \xcancel{+ \underbrace{\sum_{m=m_t+1}^{s} (-1)^{m+1} \sum_{i_1&amp;lt;\dots&amp;lt;i_m} I(i_1,\dots,i_m)}_{\text{correlations of order higher than}\, m_t} }&#xA;    \end{multline*}}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;if I uncover its specific part directly, the alignment fails for the first slide and is only correct in the second slide (I tried also with &lt;code&gt;\shoveright&lt;/code&gt; :( ):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{frame}&#xA;\begin{multline*}&#xA;S(1,\dots,s) = \underbrace{\sum_{m=1}^{m_t} (-1)^{m+1} \sum_{i_1&amp;lt;\dots&amp;lt;i_m} I(i_1,\dots,i_m)}_{\text{entropy estimate with correlation order}\, m_t} \\&#xA;\uncover&amp;lt;1&amp;gt;{+ \underbrace{\sum_{m=m_t+1}^{s} (-1)^{m+1} \sum_{i_1&amp;lt;\dots&amp;lt;i_m} I(i_1,\dots,i_m)}_{\text{correlations of order higher than}\, m_t}} &#xA;\uncover&amp;lt;2-&amp;gt;{\xcancel{+ \underbrace{\sum_{m=m_t+1}^{s} (-1)^{m+1} \sum_{i_1&amp;lt;\dots&amp;lt;i_m} I(i_1,\dots,i_m)}_{\text{correlations of order higher than}\, m_t}}} &#xA;\end{multline*}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So my question is: How do I uncover multiline equations within &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3722" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-20T17:13:03.420" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T08:48:45.010" Title="Uncover a multiline equation with beamer" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;equations&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11572" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11571" CreationDate="2011-02-20T17:10:16.730" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You shouldn't use &lt;code&gt;\only&lt;/code&gt;s for exclusive material, but the &lt;code&gt;overprint&lt;/code&gt; environment together with &lt;code&gt;\onslide&lt;/code&gt;. It ensures that the required size is reserved on any of the slides and therefore avoids most issues with jumping text:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{cancel}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}%&#xA;    \begin{overprint}&#xA;        \onslide&amp;lt;1&amp;gt;&#xA;    \begin{multline*}&#xA;        S(1,\dots,s) = \underbrace{\sum_{m=1}^{m_t} (-1)^{m+1} \sum_{i_1&amp;lt;\dots&amp;lt;i_m} I(i_1,\dots,i_m)}_{\text{entropy estimate with correlation order}\, m_t} \\&#xA;        + \underbrace{\sum_{m=m_t+1}^{s} (-1)^{m+1} \sum_{i_1&amp;lt;\dots&amp;lt;i_m} I(i_1,\dots,i_m)}_{\text{correlations of order higher than}\, m_t} &#xA;    \end{multline*}&#xA;        \onslide&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;&#xA;    \begin{multline*}&#xA;        S(1,\dots,s) = \underbrace{\sum_{m=1}^{m_t} (-1)^{m+1} \sum_{i_1&amp;lt;\dots&amp;lt;i_m} I(i_1,\dots,i_m)}_{\text{entropy estimate with correlation order}\, m_t} \\&#xA;        \xcancel{+ \underbrace{\sum_{m=m_t+1}^{s} (-1)^{m+1} \sum_{i_1&amp;lt;\dots&amp;lt;i_m} I(i_1,\dots,i_m)}_{\text{correlations of order higher than}\, m_t} }&#xA;    \end{multline*}&#xA;    \end{overprint}&#xA;\end{frame}%&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This should answer your question about how to uncover multiline equations within beamer. However, the &lt;code&gt;\xcancel&lt;/code&gt; macro still causes the second line to jump up, which is a different problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T17:10:16.730" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11573" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11574" CreationDate="2011-02-20T17:16:24.183" Score="3" ViewCount="75" Body="&lt;p&gt;I can't get thmmarks in ntheorem to work in Latex. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've tried searching around the web, and I can't figure out what I'm doing wrong. I suspect there's something simple I'm missing. Here's a sample of my code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;%&#xA;%&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage[thmmarks,amsmath]{ntheorem}&#xA;%&#xA;%&#xA;\theoremstyle{break}&#xA;\theorembodyfont{\normalfont}&#xA;\theoremseparator{:}&#xA;\newtheorem{ex}{Example}&#xA;%&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{ex}&#xA;This is my example. It's an example of an example \dots&#xA;\[&#xA;\int_{- \infty}^{\infty} e^{-x^2} \; \text{dx}&#xA;\]&#xA;\end{ex}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried recompiling ntheorem.sty to no avail. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks for your help, I appreciate it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3723" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T17:26:51.997" Title="Endmarks not showing up, thmmarks, ntheorem" Tags="&lt;theorems&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="11574" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11573" CreationDate="2011-02-20T17:26:51.997" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The default is not showing any end mark. If you want one, you have to explicitly specify which symbol you want as end mark.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\theoremsymbol{*}&#xA;\newtheorem{ex}{Example}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Afterwards you need to compile twice.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T17:26:51.997" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11575" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11562" CreationDate="2011-02-20T17:30:33.757" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't think that TeXworks can show a dvi. So if you change your document and compile only to dvi TeXworks will still show the pdf of the previous version. You will have to add dvips + ps2pdf or dvipdfmx to the call to latex.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T17:30:33.757" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11576" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-20T17:37:15.527" Score="2" ViewCount="77" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to use an overbrace, but I do not want how much text I put in the overbrace to affect the spacing of the math (i.e. I don't want the the &quot;a&quot; and the &quot;b&quot; to get further apart in the following example):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$\frac{a-\overbrace{b^d}^{\text{'d' here stands for 'dummy variable', it is not an exponent}}}{c}$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any ideas? This particular example is pretty silly and I would not do it in practice, but it is just to make things simple.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2717" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-20T18:03:17.733" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T18:18:14.880" Title="overbrace but leave spacing in math unaffected" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;amsmath&gt;&lt;braces&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="11578" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11576" CreationDate="2011-02-20T17:51:22.967" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Depending on the situation, maybe you can use &lt;code&gt;\mathclap&lt;/code&gt; from &lt;code&gt;mathtools&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{mathtools}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  $\frac{a-\overbrace{b^d}^{\mathclap{\text{'d' here stands for 'dummy variable', it is not an exponent}}}}{c}$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T17:51:22.967" />
  <row Id="11579" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11580" CreationDate="2011-02-20T17:51:51.797" Score="6" ViewCount="61" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I use &lt;code&gt;\listoftables&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\listoffigures&lt;/code&gt; I get in the list long captions that appear next to the tables/figures.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like to use short captions for this list which summarize these captions. Is that common to do? If so, what is one way to do it?&#xA;Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1970" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-03T10:26:37.363" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T10:26:37.363" Title="Captions for figures in \listoffigures" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;floats&gt;&lt;captions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11580" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11579" CreationDate="2011-02-20T17:56:34.290" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\caption[Short version for LoF]{Long version to appear next to the figure}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T17:56:34.290" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11581" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11576" CreationDate="2011-02-20T17:56:45.633" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;$&#xA;  \frac{a-\overbrace{b^d}^{&#xA;    \hidewidth&#xA;    \text{'d' here stands for 'dummy variable', it is not an exponent}&#xA;    \hidewidth&#xA;  }}{c}&#xA;$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, the &lt;code&gt;\hidewidth&lt;/code&gt;, well, hides the width.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastEditorUserId="1410" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-20T18:18:14.880" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T18:18:14.880" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11582" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9858" CreationDate="2011-02-20T18:02:44.953" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If all the packages provide a solution, and they are equally easy to use, there's not really any way to choose. But if you are using, say, mathtools anyway (it provides many nifty extensions of amsmath), I would probably use its solution, in order to minimize the number of &lt;code&gt;\usepackage&lt;/code&gt;s, and thus reducing the risk of conflicts. Also, you could look at the documentations for the various packages and see if they are actively maintained.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="275" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T18:02:44.953" />
  <row Id="11583" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11586" CreationDate="2011-02-20T18:19:48.700" Score="2" ViewCount="211" Body="&lt;p&gt;I tried to search a bit, but i guess my poor english prevented me from finding the answer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I made a few tikz pictures that i want to use in my report. I made the tikz pictures in seperate tex files so i dont have to compile my whole report just to check the image.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But now, when copy pasting the tikz code into my report the image looks different. Some stuff moved or is not in the right position.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I was hoping this could be fixed by instead of putting the tikz code in my report, inserting the tikz.tex file similair to &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\insert&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This way i hope my picture will look like it does in the seperate file and i will not have to compile it when i compile my report. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I guess this is possible, but i just dont know how and i could not find it. Does anyone know_&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3338" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-21T00:01:49.347" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T00:01:49.347" Title="Insert a TikZ picture from an external file" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;external-images&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="11584" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11587" CreationDate="2011-02-20T18:22:16.980" Score="12" ViewCount="232" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to produce comma-separated lists, like &quot;a, b, c, d&quot; or &quot;a, b, c, and d&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Requirements:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;In the Latex source code, each line of the source code should contain one list element, and as little additional markup as possible.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;It should be easy to re-order the entries by changing the order of source code lines.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, I could simply write the list elements like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;a,&#xA;b,&#xA;c, and&#xA;d.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This would (almost) satisfy the first requirement, but it would fail on the second requirement. I would have to remember to fix the punctuation whenever I re-order the entries (or simply add a new entry). It sounds trivial, but it is surprisingly easy to forget to replace the full stop with a comma, and not that easy to spot the mistake. And I have a longish Latex document that mixes other content and such lists, so it would not be convenient to use an external script to generate the appropriate Latex code – I am really looking for something that is as easy as possible to maintain in the long term.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I do not really know what would be an appropriate interface; hence this can also be seen as an interface-design challenge. Perhaps something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;xxx\begin{commasep}[and]&#xA;    \item a&#xA;    \item b&#xA;    \item c&#xA;    \item d&#xA;\end{commasep}yyy&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;would produce:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;xxxa, b, c, and dyyy&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Note: no whitespace after &quot;d&quot;, so that I can add appropriate punctuation right after the list.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I wonder if, e.g., &lt;code&gt;paralist&lt;/code&gt; can be tweaked to produce what I want?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="100" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-20T21:01:32.990" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T12:55:24.317" Title="Comma-separated list" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;lists&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="11586" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11583" CreationDate="2011-02-20T18:39:40.867" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your problem of different results is most likely due to different font sizes or other settings in the picture and main file. This is especially true if you are using &lt;code&gt;em&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;ex&lt;/code&gt; as placing units. I can't tell more about it without knowing your code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, you can avoid this by ensuring identical settings in both files. Should this not be possible you can still compile the external picture to a PDF an include it using &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt;. There is a small size overhead coming with it, but it should not be an issue. It has actually a nice speed benefit with larger TikZ pictures.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For external TikZ pictures I recommend the following procedure:&#xA;Use the &lt;code&gt;standalone&lt;/code&gt; &lt;em&gt;class&lt;/em&gt; for the TikZ picture file and then use the &lt;code&gt;standalone&lt;/code&gt; &lt;em&gt;package&lt;/em&gt; in the main file. This way you can use &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; to read the external file while its preamble is ignored or even copied to the main preamble automatically. When the external picture is compiled by its own &lt;code&gt;standalone&lt;/code&gt; makes sure it is placed on a tight page using the &lt;code&gt;preview&lt;/code&gt; package. The resulting PDF pictures are very suitable to be included into the main document.&#xA;I'm currently working on a new version of &lt;code&gt;standalone&lt;/code&gt; which gives you an &lt;code&gt;\includestandalone&lt;/code&gt; with an option if the &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;.pdf&lt;/code&gt; should be included!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-20T18:50:56.137" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T18:50:56.137" CommentCount="15" />
  <row Id="11587" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11584" CreationDate="2011-02-20T19:33:57.613" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here some macro which reads the lines as macro arguments.&#xA;It got inspired by &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/10426/2975&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt;.&#xA;It would be possible to change the &quot;interface&quot; to LaTeX environments instead, but the TeX syntax (without &lt;code&gt;\begin&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\end&lt;/code&gt;) is easier.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand*\commasep[2][, ]{%&#xA;   \begingroup&#xA;   \def\commasepsep{#1\space}%  store separator e.g. ','&#xA;   \def\commasependsep{#2\space}%  store last separator e.g. 'and'&#xA;   \@commasep&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand*\@commasep[1][.]{%&#xA;   \def\commasepend{#1}%  store end marker e.g. '.'&#xA;   \@ifnextchar\endcommasep{}{%  check for empty list&#xA;     \catcode\endlinechar\active%  make end-of-line active&#xA;     \commasepfirstelement%  read first element&#xA;   }%&#xA;}%&#xA;\begingroup&#xA;\catcode\endlinechar\active%&#xA;% The `~` character represents the end-of-line character in the&#xA;% code below:&#xA;\lccode`\~=\endlinechar%&#xA;\lowercase{%&#xA;% Read first element&#xA;\gdef\commasepfirstelement#1~}{%&#xA;    #1%&#xA;    \@ifnextchar\endcommasep{%&#xA;      \commasepend% remove this if you don't want one with only one element&#xA;    }{%&#xA;      \commasepelement% no comma here!&#xA;    }%&#xA;}%&#xA;\lowercase{%&#xA;\endgroup%&#xA;% Read all other elements&#xA;\gdef\commasepelement#1~}{%&#xA;    \@ifnextchar\endcommasep{% Stop at `\endcommasep`&#xA;      \commasependsep#1\commasepend%&#xA;    }{%&#xA;      \commasepsep#1\commasepelement%&#xA;    }%&#xA;}%&#xA;\def\endcommasep{%&#xA;  \@gobble{endcommasep}% be unique (for `\@ifnextchar`) &#xA;  \endgroup&#xA;}%&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;% Usage: \commasep[&amp;lt;separator&amp;gt;]{&amp;lt;last separator&amp;gt;}[&amp;lt;end marker&amp;gt;]&#xA;xxx\commasep[,]{and}[.]&#xA;a&#xA;b&#xA;c&#xA;d&#xA;\endcommasep yyy&#xA;&#xA;xxx\commasep{and}&#xA;a&#xA;\endcommasep yyy&#xA;&#xA;xxx\commasep{and}&#xA;\endcommasep yyy&#xA;&#xA;xxx\commasep{or}&#xA;a&#xA;b&#xA;\endcommasep yyy&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please also note that there is a &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/parselines&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;parselines&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package which might be used. However, it doesn't support handling the last entry different. Nevertheless, its code might be a good read for people interested in this kind of parsing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-21T12:55:24.317" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T12:55:24.317" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="11588" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-20T19:41:43.153" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-20T19:41:43.153" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T19:41:43.153" />
  <row Id="11589" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-20T19:41:43.153" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-20T19:41:43.153" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T19:41:43.153" />
  <row Id="11590" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11584" CreationDate="2011-02-20T19:43:26.637" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Items are delimited by &lt;code&gt;,,&lt;/code&gt;, and the list is ended with &lt;code&gt;..&lt;/code&gt;. In fact, each &lt;code&gt;,,&lt;/code&gt; should be followed by a space or the end of a line (without &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt;). For very long lists (a few paragraphs?), this might get slow, since we grab the whole list as an argument at every step.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Note that I &quot;declare&quot; each command with &lt;code&gt;\newcommand\command{}&lt;/code&gt; to make sure they don't exist before I define them using &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The whole construction relies on a generic macro to insert the desired separators between list elements, with some configuration possible. See e.g., &lt;code&gt;\commasepitem&lt;/code&gt; below, which writes the list in an &lt;code&gt;itemize&lt;/code&gt; environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}    &#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;% #1 at the beginning&#xA;% #2 between each element&#xA;% #3 between the last two&#xA;% #4 after the last&#xA;% #5 is the first item&#xA;\newcommand*\commasep@generic{}&#xA;\def\commasep@generic#1#2#3#4 #5,, {#1#5\commasep@next{#2}{#3}{#4}}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*\commasep@next{}&#xA;\def\commasep@next#1#2#3#4,, #5..{%&#xA;  % #1 is the list separator,&#xA;  % #2 is the last list separator,&#xA;  % #3 is the end text&#xA;  % #4 the item, &#xA;  % #5 the rest.&#xA;  \expandafter\ifx\expandafter a\detokenize{#5}a% test if #3 is empty.&#xA;  \expandafter\@firstoftwo&#xA;  \else&#xA;  \expandafter\@secondoftwo&#xA;  \fi&#xA;  {#2#4#3}%&#xA;  {#1#4\commasep@next{#1}{#2}{#3}#5..}%&#xA;}%&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*\commasep[1]{\commasep@generic{}{, }{, #1 }{\ignorespaces}}&#xA;\newcommand*\commasepitem{%&#xA;  \commasep@generic{\begin{itemize}\item}{\item}{\item[(last)]}{\end{itemize}} }&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;xx\commasep{and}&#xA;    a,,&#xA;    b,,&#xA;    c,,&#xA;    d,,&#xA;    ..&#xA;yyyy&#xA;&#xA;xxx\commasepitem&#xA;    ``London bridge is falling down'' is much more frightening!,,&#xA;    c,,&#xA;    ``Mary had a little lamb, little lamb, little lamb'' is a nice&#xA;    little song that my mom used to sing,,&#xA;    d,,&#xA;    ..&#xA;yyyy&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T19:43:26.637" />
  <row Id="11591" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-20T19:44:36.817" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-20T19:44:36.817" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T19:44:36.817" />
  <row Id="11592" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-20T19:44:36.817" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="Kile is a TeX/LaTeX editor to edit TeX/LaTeX source code. It runs on Unix-like systems including Mac OS X and Linux with the Qt libraries installed." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="1994" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-31T08:06:18.243" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T08:06:18.243" />
  <row Id="11593" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-20T20:46:05.717" Score="3" ViewCount="158" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello I have a LaTeX document and I want to set the space betwen the lines. Normally I would use &lt;code&gt;\linespread&lt;/code&gt;, but this command will change also the space between lines of footnotes and I do not want that. So, is there any command that can change the space between lines of text, excluding the footnote text?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3726" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-20T20:59:03.600" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T20:59:03.600" Title="Different line space in LaTeX for body text and for footnotes" Tags="&lt;footnotes&gt;&lt;line-spacing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="11594" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11593" CreationDate="2011-02-20T20:54:44.453" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's generally not advisable to use &lt;code&gt;\linespread&lt;/code&gt; to change line spacing for this reason. The normal way is to use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/setspace&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;setspace&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package. This makes footnotes single spaced by default.   See also &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/819/2693&quot;&gt;this question.&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T20:54:44.453" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="11595" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11598" CreationDate="2011-02-20T21:58:51.707" Score="3" ViewCount="80" Body="&lt;p&gt;I’ll briefly explain the background in case this can be solved simpler but I’d still be interested in an answer to the actual question, too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My chapter titles are very narrow and use a large font so that it may happen that it has to be broken. I want to prevent the hyphenation of words at all cost, so I thought I could simply wrap all the individual words inside the caption into &lt;code&gt;\mbox&lt;/code&gt;es. This would cause line breaks to be inserted &lt;em&gt;between&lt;/em&gt; words, not inside of them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But of course, I don’t want to change my usage of &lt;code&gt;\chapter&lt;/code&gt;. That is, I do &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; want to write &lt;code&gt;\chapter{\mbox{Some} \mbox{chapter}}&lt;/code&gt;. Instead, I wanted to handle this by redefining &lt;code&gt;\chapter&lt;/code&gt; (well, using &lt;code&gt;[explicit]titlesec&lt;/code&gt; actually).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My idea was to create a list parser using &lt;code&gt;etoolbox&lt;/code&gt; that separates the words on whitespace and wraps the words in mboxes. Conceptually, this is extremely simple:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*\mboxed[1]{%&#xA;  \let\do\mbox&#xA;  \DeclareListParser{\dospacelist}{ }&#xA;  \dospacelist#1}&#xA;&#xA;\titleformat{\chapter}&#xA;  {\sffamily\Huge}&#xA;  {\thechapter\ }&#xA;  {0pt}&#xA;  {\mboxed{#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Not very surprisingly, this doesn’t work. I also tried changing the catcode of space to 11 in the &lt;code&gt;mboxed&lt;/code&gt; command inside a group but this didn’t work either.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it even &lt;em&gt;possible&lt;/em&gt; to write the &lt;code&gt;mboxed&lt;/code&gt; macro in (La)TeX? How should this look like?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Increased difficulty&lt;/strong&gt; (for extra points): The captions can also contain macros themselves, for example, one of my chapters is defined as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\chapter{{\texorpdfstring{\cpp}{C++}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;… because the &lt;code&gt;\cpp&lt;/code&gt; command, which us a pretty-printed version of the string “C++”, doesn’t work in PDF labels.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastEditorUserId="42" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-20T22:07:53.287" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T23:04:43.853" Title="Iterate over space-separated list" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;parsing&gt;&lt;token-lists&gt;&lt;foreach&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="11597" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11595" CreationDate="2011-02-20T22:19:52.570" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Based on Caramdir’s comment mentioning the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=wdnohyph+hyphoff&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX FAQ&lt;/a&gt;, the following solves my particular problem:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\titleformat{\chapter}&#xA;  {\sffamily\Huge}&#xA;  {\thechapter\ }&#xA;  {0pt}&#xA;  {\begingroup%&#xA;     \parbox[b]{\textwidth}{%&#xA;       \hyphenpenalty=10000%&#xA;       \exhyphenpenalty=10000%&#xA;       #1}%&#xA;   \endgroup}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I’d still be interested in a solution to the space-separated list parsing, though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T22:19:52.570" />
  <row Id="11598" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11595" CreationDate="2011-02-20T22:22:47.523" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Based on the &lt;code&gt;\zap@space&lt;/code&gt; macro from &lt;code&gt;source2e&lt;/code&gt;. It uses &lt;code&gt;\fbox&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\hbox&lt;/code&gt; for demonstration purposes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\usepackage[explicit]{titlesec}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\def\cpp{C++}&#xA;&#xA;\titleformat{\chapter}&#xA;  {\sffamily\Huge}&#xA;  {\thechapter\ }&#xA;  {0pt}&#xA;  {\mboxed{#1}}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\mboxed#1{%&#xA;    \@mboxed#1 \@empty&#xA;}&#xA;\def\@mboxed#1 #2{%&#xA;   \fbox{#1}\space  % fbox here to have a visual test&#xA;   \ifx #2\@empty\else&#xA;    \expandafter\@mboxed&#xA;   \fi&#xA;   #2%&#xA;}&#xA;%\let\orig@chapter\chapter&#xA;%\renewcommand*{\chapter}[2][]{%&#xA;%    \orig@chapter[#1]{\mboxed{#2}}%&#xA;%}%&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{The Test of the code}&#xA;&#xA;\mboxed{This should be tested}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{I like to thank you for this easy question}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{Also works with macros like \texorpdfstring{\cpp}{C++} very well}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{More difficult stuff should be wrapped in double braces {{A\empty{} B}} to hide the spaces!}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-20T23:04:43.853" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T23:04:43.853" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11600" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-20T23:12:32.310" Score="1" ViewCount="87" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to compile a .tex file using pdflatex and I get the following two kinds of errors:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Package natbib Warning: Citation `give-citation' on page 14 undefined on input line 41.&#xA;&#xA;! Undefined control sequence.&#xA;&amp;lt;argument&amp;gt; ...e \NAT@cmt \fi \if \relax \NAT@date \relax \else \NAT@@close \...&#xA; l.46 ... information is available \cite{}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It works smoothly with pdflatex on my mac.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another error that I get on this linux box (again using pdflatex) is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; ! LaTeX Error: Unknown graphics extension: .eps.&#xA;&#xA; See the LaTeX manual or LaTeX Companion for explanation.&#xA; Type  H &amp;lt;return&amp;gt;  for immediate help.&#xA; ....&#xA; l.12 ...\includegraphics[width=4.2in]{tree.eps}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;These errors appear quite frequently, they are all over the document. Is it possible to fix them?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3728" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-20T23:18:31.850" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T00:02:30.113" Title="Is there a way to fix the following errors?" Tags="&lt;errors&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="11601" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11600" CreationDate="2011-02-20T23:21:56.807" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;Undefined control sequence&lt;/code&gt; is because a macro is not defined. Most likely one of your packages (&lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt; or a related one) is outdated. Simply update your LaTeX installation and try it again. Also have a look in the &lt;code&gt;log&lt;/code&gt; file for warnings which sound like &quot;package has been requested in version &amp;lt;...&gt; but only version &amp;lt;...&gt; was found&quot; or similar.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The second error is because you are trying to use a EPS with &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; which doesn't support this format. Either convert this file to a PDF using e.g. the &lt;code&gt;epstopdf&lt;/code&gt; &lt;em&gt;program&lt;/em&gt; or you can load the &lt;code&gt;epstopdf&lt;/code&gt; &lt;em&gt;package&lt;/em&gt; to do this automatically. This however requires that the option &lt;code&gt;-shell-escape&lt;/code&gt; is used.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-21T00:02:30.113" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T00:02:30.113" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11602" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11603" CreationDate="2011-02-20T23:46:43.597" Score="3" ViewCount="71" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is recommended to place a non-breaking space before &lt;code&gt;\cite&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\ref&lt;/code&gt;, inline math  and perhaps at few other locations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The question is whether you can design an improved version of &lt;code&gt;\cite&lt;/code&gt; (say) which would  gobble all the preceding spaces, insert a non-breaking space, and then proceed to calling the original &lt;code&gt;\cite&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3391" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-21T06:42:31.357" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T06:42:31.357" Title="Can you employ \unskip to automatically place a non-breaking space before \cite or \ref?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;citing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="11603" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11602" CreationDate="2011-02-20T23:56:18.307" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes you can. The &lt;code&gt;varioref&lt;/code&gt; package does this already. Have a look at the source code of it. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\@vpageref&#xA;    More parsing. . .&#xA;596 \def\@vpageref[#1]{\@ifnextchar[%&#xA;    The default for the second optional argument is a space which is prexed by&#xA;    \unskip to get rid of any leading space inserted already.&#xA;597 {\@@vpageref{#1}}{\@@vpageref{#1}[\unskip\vref@space]}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You should be able to define:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\mycite#1{\unskip~\cite{#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or save &lt;code&gt;\cite&lt;/code&gt; away using &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt; ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-20T23:56:18.307" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11604" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11605" CreationDate="2011-02-21T00:35:09.330" Score="4" ViewCount="118" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was using &lt;code&gt;tgpagella&lt;/code&gt; but it doesn't have automatic old style numbers without resorting to &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt;. I was directed to use &lt;code&gt;mathpazo&lt;/code&gt; like so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[sc,osf]{mathpazo}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How do I format &lt;code&gt;mathpazo&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;strong&gt;BOLD SMALL CAPS&lt;/strong&gt;? Here's some of my example code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\textbf{\textsc{question:}}&#xA;\textsc{\textbf{question:}}&#xA;{\sc{\textbf{question:}}}&#xA;{\sc{\bf{question:}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/BLVfK.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\textbf{\sc{question:}}&#xA;{\bf{\sc{question:}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Zx0cA.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="791" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-21T06:40:01.360" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T06:40:01.360" Title="Bold small caps with mathpazo" Tags="&lt;small-caps&gt;&lt;bold&gt;&lt;mathpazo&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="11605" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11604" CreationDate="2011-02-21T03:43:47.177" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Seems to me like TeX Gyre Pagella &lt;em&gt;does&lt;/em&gt; have bold small caps:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tgpagella}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;hello \textbf{hello} \textsc{hello} \textbf{\textsc{hello}}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/7UzZ2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Bold small caps with TeX Gyre Pagella&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think your problem is that you're using &lt;code&gt;\sc&lt;/code&gt; when you should be using &lt;code&gt;\scshape&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\textsc{...}&lt;/code&gt;. The commands &lt;code&gt;\bf&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\it&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\sc&lt;/code&gt;, etc. are deprecated and should not be used.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Otherwise, if you load &lt;code&gt;mathpazo&lt;/code&gt; without the &lt;code&gt;sc&lt;/code&gt; option, you'll get them:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{mathpazo}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;hello \textbf{hello} \textsc{hello} \textbf{\textsc{hello}}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/FmaQ4.png&quot; alt=&quot;Bold small caps with mathpazo&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;They're not real small caps, but sometimes you gotta take what you can get.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alternatively, (XeLaTeX/LuaLaTeX only) you could buy &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.linotype.com/615716/palatinonova-family.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Palatino Nova&lt;/a&gt;, or use Palatino Linotype if you happen to be using Windows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\setmainfont{Palatino Linotype}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;hello \textbf{hello} \textsc{hello} \textbf{\textsc{hello}}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/scEsv.png&quot; alt=&quot;Bold small caps with Palatino Linotype&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T03:43:47.177" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11606" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11675" CreationDate="2011-02-21T04:01:10.383" Score="9" ViewCount="122" Body="&lt;p&gt;When using math (display) mode in conjunction with a list environment, the displayed material is not truly centered on the page; it is only centered with respect to the indentation of the item.  Consider the following example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{itemize}&#xA;\item The quadratic formula&#xA;\[&#xA;x=\frac{-b\pm\sqrt{b^2-4ac}}{2a}&#xA;\]&#xA;\item The freshman's dream&#xA;\[&#xA;(a+b)^n=a^n+b^n&#xA;\]&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I get the displayed math to be centered horizontally with respect to the margins of the &lt;em&gt;page&lt;/em&gt;??&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, this question is not specific to centering a displayed equation.  The same question is valid for the use of &lt;code&gt;\begin{center} text \end{center}&lt;/code&gt; inside a list environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1785" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-21T04:14:34.820" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T21:38:29.967" Title="How can I center text/math inside a list environment?" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;lists&gt;&lt;centering&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="11607" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11614" CreationDate="2011-02-21T04:23:42.710" Score="1" ViewCount="121" Body="&lt;p&gt;How to install tkz-2d in TeXLive 2010?&#xA;My directory is /usr/local/texlive/2010 but i do not know which folder to place and even how to active.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1940" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-21T04:45:40.263" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T06:14:44.053" Title="How to install tkz-2d in TeXLive 2010?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;packages&gt;&lt;installing&gt;&lt;tkz-collection&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="11608" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11612" CreationDate="2011-02-21T04:28:40.660" Score="2" ViewCount="70" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm having trouble including Sweave output in my Beamer file. Specifically, the &lt;code&gt;Soutput&lt;/code&gt; environment is causing problems (it runs if I comment those lines out, but, of course, the table is not presented as a single row and in standard font). Here is the basic file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage{Sweave}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}{Comparison}&#xA;\begin{Schunk}&#xA;\begin{Soutput}&#xA;  Gender Admitted Rejected&#xA;1 Female        6        6&#xA;2   Male        6        6&#xA;\end{Soutput}&#xA;\end{Schunk}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And the error in its gory detail:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;ERROR: FancyVerb Error:&#xA;&#xA;--- TeX said ---&#xA;  Extraneous input `Gender Admitted Rejected 1 Female 6 6 2 Male 6 6 \end {Soutput} \end {Schunk} \end {beamer@frameslide}\ifbeamer@twoscreenstext \beamer@dosecondscreennow {{Comparison} \begin {Schunk} \begin {Soutput} Gender Admitted Rejected 1 Female 6 6 2 Male 6 6 \end {Soutput} \end {Schunk} }\fi \ifbeamer@anotherslide \advance \beamer@slideinframe by 1\relax \relax \expandafter \iterate \fi \let \iterate \relax \beamer@writeslidentry \beamer@reseteecodes ' between \begin{Soutput}[&amp;lt;key=value&amp;gt;] and line end&#xA;.&#xA;\FV@Error ... {FancyVerb Error:&#xA;\space \space #1&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;l.13 \end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;--- HELP ---&#xA;From the .log file...&#xA;&#xA;This input will be discarded. Hit &amp;lt;return&amp;gt; to continue.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks for any assistance that you can provide.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="758" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-21T07:10:05.080" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T07:10:05.080" Title="FancyVerb error for Sweave output in Beamer" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;verbatim&gt;&lt;sweave&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="11609" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11606" CreationDate="2011-02-21T04:45:04.443" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A crude solution is to put&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand{\displaybump}{\hbox to \@totalleftmargin{\hfil}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;into your preamble and then follow the content of each display with &lt;code&gt;\displaybump&lt;/code&gt;, as in&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{itemize}&#xA;\item The quadratic formula&#xA;  \[&#xA;  x=\frac{-b\pm\sqrt{b^2-4ac}}{2a} \displaybump&#xA;  \]&#xA;\item The freshman's dream&#xA;  \[&#xA;  (a+b)^n=a^n+b^n \displaybump&#xA;  \]&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a complete LaTeX file showing (at least for me) that it works:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;  \newcommand{\displaybump}{\hbox to \@totalleftmargin{\hfil}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Just for reference: The following is not inside an \texttt{itemize}:&#xA;\[&#xA;  x=\frac{-b\pm\sqrt{b^2-4ac}}{2a}&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;Just for reference: The following is not inside an \texttt{itemize}:&#xA;\[&#xA;  (a+b)^n=a^n+b^n&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;\item This item is so that the following \texttt{itemize} environment&#xA;  will have a larger total indentation.&#xA;  \begin{itemize}&#xA;  \item The quadratic formula:&#xA;    \[&#xA;    x=\frac{-b\pm\sqrt{b^2-4ac}}{2a}&#xA;    \]&#xA;  \item The quadratic formula, using \verb&quot;\displaybump&quot;:&#xA;    \[&#xA;    x=\frac{-b\pm\sqrt{b^2-4ac}}{2a} \displaybump&#xA;    \]&#xA;  \item The freshman's dream:&#xA;    \[&#xA;    (a+b)^n=a^n+b^n&#xA;    \]&#xA;  \item The freshman's dream, using \verb&quot;\displaybump&quot;:&#xA;    \[&#xA;    (a+b)^n=a^n+b^n \displaybump&#xA;    \]&#xA;  \end{itemize}&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2754" LastEditorUserId="2754" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-21T21:38:29.967" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T21:38:29.967" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="11610" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-21T04:58:56.617" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/search.py?metadataSearch=tkz&amp;amp;metadataSearchSubmit=Search&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TKZ&lt;/a&gt; is a collection of packages that extend the functionality of the drawing package &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/tikz-pgf&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'tikz-pgf'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;tikz-pgf&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-21T06:31:45.683" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T06:31:45.683" />
  <row Id="11611" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-21T04:58:56.617" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="TKZ is a collection of packages that extend the functionality of the drawing package TikZ." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-21T06:31:49.130" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T06:31:49.130" />
  <row Id="11612" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11608" CreationDate="2011-02-21T05:42:36.347" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;From the beamer manual (section 12.9 &lt;em&gt;Verbatim and Fragile Text&lt;/em&gt; in version 3.10):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;If you wish to use a &lt;code&gt;{verbatim}&lt;/code&gt;&#xA;  environment in a frame, you have to&#xA;  add the option &lt;code&gt;[fragile]&lt;/code&gt; to the&#xA;  &lt;code&gt;{frame}&lt;/code&gt; environment. In this case, you&#xA;  really have to use the &lt;code&gt;{frame}&lt;/code&gt;&#xA;  environment (not the &lt;code&gt;\frame&lt;/code&gt; command)&#xA;  and the &lt;code&gt;\end{frame}&lt;/code&gt; must be alone on a&#xA;  single line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So all you have to do is to replace &lt;code&gt;\begin{frame}&lt;/code&gt; by &lt;code&gt;\begin{frame}[fragile]&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T05:42:36.347" />
  <row Id="11613" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11799" CreationDate="2011-02-21T05:55:33.093" Score="4" ViewCount="257" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to set Emacs/AUCTeX to invoke an external PDF viewer so I can view the document output, preferably with source correlation via SyncTeX. AUCTeX, by default, suggested &lt;code&gt;evince file.pdf&lt;/code&gt;; however, I don't have Evince installed and I figure Skim is a better option. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I searched around for how to go about this and found the following modifications to the &lt;code&gt;.emacs&lt;/code&gt; file that should allow me to do this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;(add-hook 'LaTeX-mode-hook 'TeX-source-correlate-mode)&#xA;&#xA;(setq TeX-source-correlate-method 'synctex)&#xA;&#xA;(add-hook 'LaTeX-mode-hook&#xA;      (lambda()&#xA;        (add-to-list 'TeX-expand-list&#xA;             '(&quot;%q&quot; skim-make-url))))&#xA;&#xA;(defun skim-make-url () (concat&#xA;        (TeX-current-line)&#xA;        &quot; &quot;&#xA;        (expand-file-name (funcall file (TeX-output-extension) t)&#xA;            (file-name-directory (TeX-master-file)))&#xA;        &quot; &quot;&#xA;        (buffer-file-name)))&#xA;&#xA;(setq TeX-view-program-list&#xA;      '((&quot;Skim&quot; &quot;/Applications/Skim.app/Contents/SharedSupport/displayline %q&quot;)))&#xA;&#xA;(setq TeX-view-program-selection '((output-pdf &quot;Skim&quot;)))&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Source: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.bleedingmind.com/index.php/2010/06/17/synctex-on-linux-and-mac-os-x-with-emacs/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.bleedingmind.com/index.php/2010/06/17/synctex-on-linux-and-mac-os-x-with-emacs/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The hooks load without complaints. I tested on a filed named &lt;code&gt;sandbox.tex&lt;/code&gt;, which produced the output &lt;code&gt;sandbox.pdf&lt;/code&gt; and the &lt;code&gt;C-c C-c view command&lt;/code&gt; attempts to invoke Skim as follows:   &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; /Applications/Skim.app/Contents/SharedSupport/displayline 1 /path-to-sandbox.pdf /path-to-sandbox.tex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but nothing happens: Skim does not launch nor does AUCTeX complain. I'm stumped here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using GNU Emacs 23.2.1 (x86_64-apple-darwin10.4.0, NS apple-appkit-1038.32) and AUCTeX v.11.86 on OSX 10.6.6.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3731" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T07:23:22.283" Title="Launching an external PDF viewer from Emacs/AUCTeX on a Mac OSX fails." Tags="&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;emacs&gt;&lt;osx&gt;&lt;auctex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="11614" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11607" CreationDate="2011-02-21T06:14:44.053" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;tkz-2d&lt;/code&gt; package has been replaced by the &lt;code&gt;tkz-euclide&lt;/code&gt; package.  You should download the &lt;a href=&quot;http://altermundus.fr/downloads/packages/tkz.zip&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;latest version&lt;/a&gt;.  When you unzip the folder you can move the contents to the the latex folder of your local texmf folder.  See &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/8357/how-to-have-local-package-overide-default-package/8359#8359&quot;&gt;this answer&lt;/a&gt; for more details on how to set up your local folder, and where it is located.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T06:14:44.053" />
  <row Id="11615" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11571" CreationDate="2011-02-21T08:20:23.483" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Martin essentially gave you what you need. Here's how you can prevent the second line from jumping up:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{cancel}&#xA;\newcommand\xxcancel[1]{\xcancel{#1}\vphantom{#1}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;    \begin{overprint}&#xA;        \onslide&amp;lt;1&amp;gt;&#xA;    \begin{multline*}&#xA;        S(1,\dots,s) = \underbrace{\sum_{m=1}^{m_t} (-1)^{m+1} \sum_{i_1&amp;lt;\dots&amp;lt;i_m} I(i_1,\dots,i_m)}_{\text{entropy estimate with correlation order}\, m_t} \\&#xA;        + \underbrace{\sum_{m=m_t+1}^{s} (-1)^{m+1} \sum_{i_1&amp;lt;\dots&amp;lt;i_m} I(i_1,\dots,i_m)}_{\text{correlations of order higher than}\, m_t}&#xA;    \end{multline*}&#xA;        \onslide&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;&#xA;    \begin{multline*}&#xA;        S(1,\dots,s) = \underbrace{\sum_{m=1}^{m_t} (-1)^{m+1} \sum_{i_1&amp;lt;\dots&amp;lt;i_m} I(i_1,\dots,i_m)}_{\text{entropy estimate with correlation order}\, m_t} \\&#xA;        \xxcancel{{} + \underbrace{\sum_{m=m_t+1}^{s} (-1)^{m+1} \sum_{i_1&amp;lt;\dots&amp;lt;i_m} I(i_1,\dots,i_m)}_{\text{correlations of order higher than}\, m_t} }&#xA;    \end{multline*}&#xA;    \end{overprint}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Making the second line &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; jump revealed that the &lt;code&gt;+&lt;/code&gt; in the second line moved; to prevent this, I added &lt;code&gt;{}&lt;/code&gt; in front of it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T08:20:23.483" />
  <row Id="11616" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11618" CreationDate="2011-02-21T08:46:24.857" Score="8" ViewCount="107" Body="&lt;p&gt;I find myself spending effort in placing the tilde character before&#xA;every inlined math I  type, e.g.,  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;   On 1899, G. Pick proved that &#xA;the area of a simple polygon~$P$ whose vertices are &#xA;located on the integer grid is~$i + b/2 -1$, &#xA;where~$i$ is the number of grid points in the interior of%&#xA;~$P$ and~$b$ is the number of grid points on the&#xA;the boundary of~$P$.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can anyone think of a way of redefining the opening $ character so &#xA;that it would do that automatically. Many will find this useful, methinks.&#xA;Ideally, I would write instead just &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  On 1899, G. Pick proved that&#xA;the area of a simple polygon $P$ whose vertices are &#xA;located on the integer grid is $i + b/2 -1$, &#xA;where $i$ is the number of grid points in the interior of&#xA;$P$ and $b$ is the number of grid points on the&#xA;the boundary of $P$.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think, but not sure, that this is doable with the following method: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Use character other than $ for inline math (or refer internally to &lt;code&gt;\(&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\)&lt;/code&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Define $ as an active character which &lt;code&gt;\unskip&lt;/code&gt;s previous spaces, replacing them with non-breakable space.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;After un-skipping, let $ redefine itself to do the closing part.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The closing $ will invoke &lt;code&gt;\)&lt;/code&gt; and then will redefine $ as in 2.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An obvious bug of this method would be that displayed math wrapped with $$ would misbehave. I have an unpleasant feeling that there might be more.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3391" LastEditorUserId="275" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-21T17:05:30.673" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T17:05:30.673" Title="Make the $ that opens a math environment replace preceding spaces with a single non-breakable?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;spacing&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="12" />
  <row Id="11617" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11571" CreationDate="2011-02-21T08:48:45.010" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I must admit that I hate typing out stuff more than once, so I don't like either solution so far presented!  So here's a variation on Hendrik's solution that works by making the &lt;code&gt;\xxcancel&lt;/code&gt; command overlay-aware.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{cancel}&#xA;\newcommand&amp;lt;&amp;gt;{\xxcancel}[1]{\alt#2{\xcancel{#1}\vphantom{#1}}{#1}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;    \begin{multline*}&#xA;        S(1,\dots,s) = \underbrace{\sum_{m=1}^{m_t} (-1)^{m+1} \sum_{i_1&amp;lt;\dots&amp;lt;i_m} I(i_1,\dots,i_m)}_{\text{entropy estimate with correlation order}\, m_t} \\&#xA;        \xxcancel&amp;lt;2-&amp;gt;{{} + \underbrace{\sum_{m=m_t+1}^{s} (-1)^{m+1} \sum_{i_1&amp;lt;\dots&amp;lt;i_m} I(i_1,\dots,i_m)}_{\text{correlations of order higher than}\, m_t} }&#xA;    \end{multline*}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T08:48:45.010" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="11618" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11616" CreationDate="2011-02-21T09:31:19.250" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's an example using the active characters approach. I'm not against this sort of idea for your own documents, but do note that it's probably not the most robust approach (like Martin comments, this could affect the inner workings of other packages—doing it &lt;code&gt;\AtBeginDocument&lt;/code&gt; is probably a good idea).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\let\mathshift=$&#xA;\catcode`\$=\active&#xA;\protected\def$#1${%&#xA;  \ifdim\lastskip&amp;gt;\z@ \unskip\textvisiblespace \fi&#xA;  \mathshift #1\mathshift&#xA;}&#xA;\DeclareRobustCommand\({% from fixltx2e&#xA;  \ifdim\lastskip&amp;gt;\z@ \unskip\textvisiblespace \fi&#xA;  \ifmmode \@badmath \else \mathshift\fi&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\section{Introduction} Hello $a+b$&#xA;\section{Not sure $x=y$. $x=z$ though!}&#xA;And \( f(x) = x^2 \) too.&#xA;&#xA;We'd better ensure no space gets added if there's nothing before the maths:&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|c|c|}&#xA;\hline&#xA;$a$ &amp;amp; $b$ \\&#xA;$c$ &amp;amp; $d$ \\&#xA;\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In order to make the example actually &lt;em&gt;show&lt;/em&gt; the idea, I've used a visible space instead of a hard space. Remove &lt;code&gt;\textvisiblespace&lt;/code&gt; above with &lt;code&gt;~&lt;/code&gt; for your actual work &lt;code&gt;:)&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, I've assumed above that you're not using &lt;code&gt;$$...$$&lt;/code&gt; for display math, as strictly speaking it's not valid LaTeX syntax.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-21T09:36:38.497" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T09:36:38.497" />
  <row Id="11619" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-21T09:45:49.040" Score="1" ViewCount="86" Body="&lt;p&gt;How is it possible to resize figures produced via a Sweave script?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried &lt;code&gt;scalebox&lt;/code&gt; and others, but I can't succeed to obtain a figure with an acceptable size in my beamer with direct Sweave output like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;&amp;lt;MyGraph,fig=T&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&#xA;x &amp;lt;- rnorm(1000)&#xA;y &amp;lt;- rnorm(1000)&#xA;plot(x,y)&#xA;@&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Good answers for figures but for text output ? (see below)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would also like indications to resize for example an output which is too large for the screen.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;&amp;lt;MyBigData.Frame,echo=off&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&#xA;summary(mybigdata.frame)&#xA;@&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2653" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-10T17:59:15.570" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T17:59:15.570" Title="Resize Arrays and Figures in a Sweave document." Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;sweave&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11620" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11512" CreationDate="2011-02-21T10:30:00.220" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It does seem, as Caramdir says in the comments, that the ideal way to do this would be to separate the drawing from the filling and do all of the drawing first and then the filling afterwards.  I don't think that this is doable as a single preexisting command, but where there's a TeX there's a TikZ, as the saying goes.  Here's a way that works by using layers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\pgfdeclarelayer{back}&#xA;\pgfsetlayers{back,main}&#xA;&#xA;\def\drawfill#1;{&#xA;  \fill[gray!30] #1;&#xA;\begin{pgfonlayer}{back}&#xA;  \draw[line width=2pt] #1;&#xA;\end{pgfonlayer}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\drawfill ( 0.0,  0.0) circle (1cm and 0.5cm);&#xA;\drawfill ( 0.4,  0.5) circle (0.3cm);&#xA;\drawfill (-0.4, -0.5) circle (0.3cm);&#xA;\drawfill (-0.4,  0.4) circle (0.3cm);&#xA;\drawfill ( 0.4, -0.4) circle (0.3cm);&#xA;&#xA;    \draw[] (0,0) node {Q.M.};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Notice the extra large line width since half of the line width gets covered by the fills.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/D6ncR.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T10:30:00.220" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11622" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-21T11:13:09.440" Score="4" ViewCount="172" Body="&lt;p&gt;Customizing spacing between paragraphs in Beamer plagues me constantly. To split two paragraphs by one empty line I usually put &lt;code&gt;\medskip&lt;/code&gt; tag between paragraphs, but this is very ugly solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now I try with &lt;code&gt;\parskip&lt;/code&gt;, which works fine, but fails inside various environments (e.g., also affecting spacing between items in itemize environment). Minimum example is pasted below.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any help is much appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8x]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{parskip}&#xA;\setlength{\parskip}{\smallskipamount} &#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}{Test frame}&#xA;Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Vestibulum quis erat dolor. Aenean tincidunt sem non quam feugiat tempus.&#xA;&#xA;Sed semper justo vitae sem ultrices semper. Mauris urna leo, dictum eget vulputate vitae, venenatis ut leo.&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3732" LastEditorUserId="3732" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-21T15:06:15.323" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T16:06:26.647" Title="Add space between paragraphs in Beamer" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;paragraphs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="11623" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11616" CreationDate="2011-02-21T11:27:06.150" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One way for not breaking other people's packages is to rely on the fact that package writers tend to be conservative, and adhere to ASCII. So, I would redefine the same set of macros that Will did, but have these parameterized by the math character, which can default, or not default, to &lt;code&gt;$&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am clueless as to how one can do this, but just imagine you could write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[begin=〈, end=〉]{nbsm}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and then proceed, wrapping your inlined math with &lt;code&gt;〈&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;〉&lt;/code&gt;. Or if you are the daring type, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[begin=$, end=$]{nbsm}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3391" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-21T12:37:10.517" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T12:37:10.517" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11624" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11619" CreationDate="2011-02-21T11:46:07.000" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For the figures something like, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;«MyGraph,fig=TRUE,height=4,width=8»= &#xA;…&#xA;@&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;should work. (It defaults to inches.) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To set the default size of all figures in the document with respect to the text block, try, e.g.,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setkeys{Gin}{width=0.9\textwidth}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can set absolute widths (in inches or cm) that way, too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2506" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T11:46:07.000" />
  <row Id="11625" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-21T12:25:29.510" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;documentclass&lt;/code&gt; tag is for questions relating to the document class of the &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; file. This sets up various document-wide formatting elements. Questions with this tag relate to choice of documentclass.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some popular document classes include the standard &lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;book&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;report&lt;/code&gt; classes. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;KOMA script&lt;/a&gt; offers replacements for those standard classes: &lt;code&gt;scrartcl&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;scrbook&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;scrrprt&lt;/code&gt;. The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/memoir/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; class is also a popular choice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Other, less common classes used for special purposes include the &lt;code&gt;letter&lt;/code&gt; class and its KOMA replacement &lt;code&gt;scrlttr2&lt;/code&gt;, the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/standalone.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;standalone&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; class for testing TikZ pictures, for example. There is &lt;code&gt;minimal&lt;/code&gt; which is another class used mainly for testing. For typesetting CVs, there is (among others) the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=moderncv&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;moderncv&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; class.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questions about specific classes are better tagged with the class-specific tag. For example, memoir questions should be tagged &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/memoir&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'memoir'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;memoir&lt;/a&gt; and KOMA script classes should be tagged &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/koma-script&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'koma-script'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;koma-script&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-21T12:27:47.697" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T12:27:47.697" />
  <row Id="11626" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-21T12:25:29.510" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="The `documentclass` tag is for questions relating to the document class of the `.tex` file. This sets up various document-wide formatting elements." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-21T12:27:52.737" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T12:27:52.737" />
  <row Id="11627" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11622" CreationDate="2011-02-21T12:25:53.760" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure exactly what you want, but perhaps you'll find the tex command &lt;code&gt;\vfill&lt;/code&gt; to be useful.  I often put that between chunks of text so they get spaced out over the slide, which makes the slide easier for the viewer.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My other hint, as a long-time lecturer and audience member, is to use as few words as possible.  Use slides for diagrams (in technical talks) or pretty pictures that evoke changing themes (in non-technical talks).  Avoid paragraphs, and even sentences.  Don't force audience members to decide whether to listen to you or read your material.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="922" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-21T12:34:50.627" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T12:34:50.627" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11628" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-21T12:39:02.763" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The common way to typeset URLs is the &lt;code&gt;\url&lt;/code&gt; macro provided by the &lt;code&gt;url&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-22T11:57:19.813" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T11:57:19.813" />
  <row Id="11629" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-21T12:39:02.763" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="The {url} tag marks questions about handling URLs in (La)TeX documents" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-22T11:57:17.130" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T11:57:17.130" />
  <row Id="11630" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11631" CreationDate="2011-02-21T12:54:52.883" Score="7" ViewCount="240" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have an image (on the left) and a block of text (on the right), and I would like both to be aligned on their top. I am trying to use minipages for that:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{minipage}[t]{0.2\linewidth}&#xA;%\includegraphics[width=\textwidth]{Boltzmann}&#xA;\rule{\textwidth}{3cm}&#xA;\end{minipage}\hfill&#xA;\begin{minipage}[t]{0.7\linewidth}&#xA;\paragraph{Ludwig Boltzmann (1844~V1906)}\par&#xA;He was an Austrian physicist famous for his founding contributions in the&#xA;fields of statistical mechanics and statistical thermodynamics. He was&#xA;one of the most important advocates for atomic theory at a time when that&#xA;scientific model was still highly controversial.&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(actual image replaced with black rectangle).&#xA;That doesn't work, because it aligns the baseline of the image (which is its bottom) with the baseline of the text, which is the baseline of the first line. I then tried to change put the image in a raisebox, like so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\raisebox{-\height}{\includegraphics[width=\textwidth]{Boltzmann}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but that aligns the top of the image with the baseline of the text, which is still not what I want. I could add another raisebox, like so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\raisebox{\baselineskip}{%&#xA;  \raisebox{-\height}{\includegraphics[width=\textwidth]{Boltzmann}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but (a) that code is plain ugly, and (b) it still doesn't align exactly, so I don't know why.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, yes, this is nitpicking on my part, but how can I get clean code that does exactly what I described in the beginning?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3734" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-21T13:16:53.340" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T13:49:35.973" Title="Aligning image and text on top, with minipages" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;&lt;minipage&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="11631" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11630" CreationDate="2011-02-21T13:45:32.597" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's a nifty way to do it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[demo]{graphics}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{p{5cm} p{7cm}}&#xA;    \vspace{0pt} &#xA;    \includegraphics{test}&#xA;    &amp;amp; &#xA;    \vspace{0pt}&#xA;    He was an Austrian physicist famous for his founding contributions in the fields of&#xA;    statistical mechanics and statistical thermodynamics. He was one of the most&#xA;    important advocates for atomic theory at a time when that scientific model was &#xA;    still highly controversial.\\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What happens here is that you change the reference point of the image with the &lt;code&gt;\vspace{0pt}&lt;/code&gt;, which allows top aligning the the text and the image.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When you want to use &lt;code&gt;\paragraph&lt;/code&gt; to style the name, the vertical spacing is still broken. Hopefully somebody will shed some extra light how to fix that (I found that using &lt;code&gt;\vspace{-3ex}&lt;/code&gt; before the text seems to do the job).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Disclaimer:&lt;/strong&gt; I used the idea of Stefan Kottwitz from &lt;a href=&quot;http://texblog.net/latex-archive/graphics/includegraphics-top-align/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this blog post&lt;/a&gt;, and rephrased his explanation. That's why this is a CW answer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="711" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T13:45:32.597" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-02-21T13:45:32.597" />
  <row Id="11632" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11630" CreationDate="2011-02-21T13:49:35.973" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The only solution I've seen is to add &lt;code&gt;\vspace{0pt}&lt;/code&gt; at the top of each minipage.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From what i can see, it unfortunately adds a small spacing on top of both minipages, but the both columns are aligned exactly.&#xA;This is how the genmpage package does it for the T and B options.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The multicol enviroment can also align from the top of the contents instead of the first baseline.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It would be interesting to see if there is a simpler solution, some way to tell minipage to align at the top, completely ignoring baselines.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2199" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T13:49:35.973" />
  <row Id="11633" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-21T13:50:25.713" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;My name is Seamus and I'm a TeXaholic. It feels good to finally admit it. My lowest point was spending a long time modifying the code of a &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; file with the express intention of having the &lt;em&gt;exact same output&lt;/em&gt; but with neater code instead of actually writing the damn paper.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have less experience of TeX and friends than do most of the other nominees, but I have been a member of tex.sx since the private beta and a member of StackExchange before that. (So have most of the other nominees, though).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am a PhD. student in philosophy. My first experience with LaTeX was during my undergraduate degree when I wrote an essay on the history of the concept of continuity for a history of mathematics module. I've written everything in LaTeX more or less ever since.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I use the memoir document class, biblatex, beamer, tikz and emacs/auctex. These are things I feel I can answer questions on (although I usually don't know the answers).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As well as my contribution to this site, I write on a group blog for TeX in the humanities (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.charlietanksley.net/philtex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;PhilTeX&lt;/a&gt;) and I maintain a page on my website where I have a couple of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.seamusbradley.net/tex.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX goodies&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Outside of TeX, my hobbies include reading science fiction, photography, juggling and supporting Manchester City Football Club.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I ask more questions (and write fewer answers) than the majority of the other nominees. I've earned the &quot;Nice Question&quot; badge 10 times. In fact, if &quot;percentage of reputation from questions&quot; is your metric for choosing who to vote for, &lt;a href=&quot;http://data.stackexchange.com/tex/s/661/reputation-from-questions&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;I'm your man&lt;/a&gt;. (Actually, &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/election#post-11164&quot;&gt;Martin Tapankov&lt;/a&gt; beats me...).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My platform is that tag wikis need sorting out, and that apart from that, the site more or less runs itself. We should try and encourage new members to stick around. The thorny issue of duplicates is something I'm meaning to think more about and read the meta discussions of.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm off to answer the &lt;a href=&quot;http://meta.tex.stackexchange.com/questions/949/questions-for-moderator-nominees&quot;&gt;Questions for Moderator Nominees&lt;/a&gt; on Meta. See also this &lt;a href=&quot;http://se.awio.com/election.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;nominee statistics page&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-21T13:50:25.713" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T13:50:25.713" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-02-21T13:50:25.713" />
  <row Id="11634" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-21T15:00:35.443" Score="4" ViewCount="109" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a working paper with a colleague from the same institution, so we entered:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\author{A B \and C d}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;how can I now add affiliation, so that its for both authors (centred), and not only for one of them? I would prefer not to use extra packages if possible.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3329" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T17:48:47.290" Title="Same affiliation for all authors without extra packages." Tags="&lt;author&gt;&lt;affiliation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="11635" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11697" CreationDate="2011-02-21T15:03:13.103" Score="1" ViewCount="55" Body="&lt;p&gt;Are there any hotkeys to make a text bold or italic in TeXlipse plug-in? It is tiresome to type &quot;\textbf{}&quot; and &quot;\textit{}&quot; each time I need to emphasize some word. Most of other TeX-editors support standard &quot;Ctrl-B&quot; and &quot;Ctrl-I&quot;, but in TeXlipse it doesn't work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2560" LastEditorUserId="2560" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-21T15:09:52.523" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T08:47:06.250" Title="Texlipse hotkeys for bold, italic, underlined." Tags="&lt;bold&gt;&lt;text-manipulation&gt;&lt;texlipse&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="11636" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11681" CreationDate="2011-02-21T15:08:56.127" Score="3" ViewCount="138" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need to write a recursive algorithm, using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/algorithms&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;algorithms&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I thought of writing something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{algorithmic}&#xA;\IF {$x=1}&#xA;    \RETURN 1&#xA;\ELSE&#xA;    \RETURN recurse$(x-1)$&#xA;\ENDIF&#xA;\end{algorithmic}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem here is that it's not obvious that the function &quot;recurse&quot; will call this very function (that is unnamed to start with) again. Is there a better way of doing it, besides stating in the text that &quot;recurse&quot; - well, recurses?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3736" LastEditorUserId="1063" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-21T17:39:37.693" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T22:15:18.187" Title="Recursive algorithms with the »algorithms« package?" Tags="&lt;algorithms&gt;&lt;recursion&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11637" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11646" CreationDate="2011-02-21T15:12:24.177" Score="3" ViewCount="96" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to change my list of listings to match my list of figures, which I have changed using &lt;code&gt;tocloft&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\cftfigfont}{\sffamily\mdseries\upshape}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to do the same with my list of listings?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1161" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-21T15:51:47.213" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T16:44:08.017" Title="lstlistoflistings font" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;listings&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="11638" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11865" CreationDate="2011-02-21T15:28:26.597" Score="14" ViewCount="222" Body="&lt;p&gt;Until recently, I thought that execution of&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\futurelet\testtoken&amp;lt;token1&amp;gt;&amp;lt;token2&amp;gt;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;has the following effect: The control sequence &lt;code&gt;\testtoken&lt;/code&gt; is &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;token2&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\futurelet\testtoken&lt;/code&gt; is stripped from the input stream, so TeX continues with &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;token1&amp;gt;&amp;lt;token2&amp;gt;...&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/9035/how-to-pass-an-optional-argument-to-an-environment-with-verbatim-content/9187#9187&quot;&gt;this answer of mine&lt;/a&gt; I observed (with TH's help) that this is not quite true with respect to catcodes, and in &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/9897/all-those-braces-implicit-explicit-iffalse-fi-etc/10371#10371&quot;&gt;this nice answer&lt;/a&gt; Philippe explains that things can also go terribly wrong in nested alignments. For the sake of completeness let me give two short examples here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\activateA{\catcode`A=\active}&#xA;{\activateA&#xA; \gdefA{undocumented behaviour?}&#xA;}&#xA;An \futurelet\testtoken\activateA A&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The expected output is &quot;An undocumented behaviour?&quot;, but this one gets only when &lt;code&gt;\futurelet\testtoken&lt;/code&gt; is removed. With the &lt;code&gt;\futurelet&lt;/code&gt;, the output is just &quot;An A&quot;. The reason seems to be that &lt;code&gt;\futurelet&lt;/code&gt; fixes the catcode of the last &lt;code&gt;A&lt;/code&gt;. (One still gets that &lt;code&gt;\testtoken=the letter A&lt;/code&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The second example is a bit longer and more involved.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\begintestalign{\show\testtoken&#xA;    $\vcenter\bgroup\halign\bgroup##&amp;amp;##\cr}&#xA;\def\endtestalign{\egroup\egroup$}&#xA;\halign{#&amp;amp;#\cr&#xA;a &amp;amp; \futurelet\testtoken&#xA;    \begintestalign&#xA;         &amp;amp; c  \cr&#xA;    test &amp;amp; de \cr&#xA;    \endtestalign \cr&#xA;}&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The expected output is &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/IvxgY.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt; (and one would expect &lt;code&gt;\testtoken=alignment tab character &amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt;), but instead one gets &lt;code&gt;\testtoken=\outer endtemplate&lt;/code&gt;, and then&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Emergency stop.&#xA;&amp;lt;recently read&amp;gt; \endtemplate &#xA;&#xA;&amp;lt;template&amp;gt; \endtemplate &#xA;&#xA;l.7          &amp;amp;&#xA;               c  \cr&#xA;!  ==&amp;gt; Fatal error occurred, no output PDF file produced!&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can't fully understand what's happening here, but my main question is: Where do I find this behaviour of &lt;code&gt;\futurelet&lt;/code&gt; documented?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(And honestly, I'd really like to have a &lt;code&gt;\futurelet&lt;/code&gt; that behaves as expected; the implemented behaviour is rather mean, and I wonder if that's a bug or a feature.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T17:53:39.320" Title="Where do I find \futurelet's nasty behaviour documented?" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;" AnswerCount="5" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="11639" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11643" CreationDate="2011-02-21T15:36:00.357" Score="1" ViewCount="133" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi, I can't for the life of me get XeTeX to give me bold lowercase greek symbols, even though I have checked, e.g., in a word processor, that the font has a corresponding bold typeface with the greek character on my computer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I use Linux Libertine for my normal font, and also for the digits in math mode; however, I wish to use minion pro for the latin/greek math characters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Working example: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{book}&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}&#xA;\usepackage[no-math]{fontspec}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{amsthm}&#xA;\usepackage{mathspec}&#xA;\usepackage{textcomp}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{xltxtra,xunicode}&#xA;\defaultfontfeatures{Mapping=tex-text}&#xA;&#xA;\setmainfont[Mapping=tex-text]{Linux Libertine O}&#xA;&#xA;% MATHS FONT&#xA;\setmathfont(Digits){Linux Libertine O}&#xA;\setmathfont(Latin,Greek){Minion Pro}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Text. Some \textbf{bold text}; this all comes out in Linux Libertine.&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;    \boldsymbol\pi = \left&amp;lt; \pi_1, \pi_2\right&amp;gt;&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&#xA;The above equations should render an emboldened pi character and two regular pi characters. &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;OK, when I run the above I just get the same pi characters, which are all in Minion Pro, but the first one is &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; emboldened. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any ideas? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3737" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T16:19:53.847" Title="How do I get XeLaTeX to use the bold Minion Pro typeface for Greek characters?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;bold&gt;&lt;minion&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="11640" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3528" CreationDate="2011-02-21T15:58:37.583" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think this does somewhat what you are looking for, using &lt;code&gt;pstricks&lt;/code&gt; :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pscustom[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=yellow]{%&#xA;\psarc(0,0){2}{29}{-29}&#xA;\psarcn(2,0){1}{-105}{105}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\pscustom&lt;/code&gt; command is quite powerful but requires care. One important point to note is that when you are gluing curves together you should remember to start one curve where the previous one ends.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I hope this helps.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Regards&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3708" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T15:58:37.583" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11641" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11638" CreationDate="2011-02-21T16:02:23.667" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;IMHO the shown behavior in the first example is understandable, i.e. &quot;correct&quot;. The TeXbook says about the &lt;code&gt;\futurelet&lt;/code&gt; macro (p.207):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;TEX also allows the construction &lt;code&gt;\futurelet\cs&amp;lt;token1&amp;gt;&amp;lt;token2&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;, which has&#xA;  the effect of &lt;code&gt;\let\cs = &amp;lt;token2&amp;gt;&amp;lt;token1&amp;gt;&amp;lt;token2&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So we are talking about &lt;em&gt;tokens&lt;/em&gt;, which already have their catcode assigned. In your example &lt;code&gt;A&lt;/code&gt; is the &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;token2&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; and must be read by TeX in order to assign it to the command sequence &lt;code&gt;\testtoken&lt;/code&gt;. The macro &lt;code&gt;\activateA&lt;/code&gt; is not executed yet so the catcode of A is still &lt;em&gt;letter&lt;/em&gt;. When it is &lt;em&gt;placed back into the input stream&lt;/em&gt;  (which is the main point here) the catcode change in &lt;code&gt;\activeA&lt;/code&gt; doesn't effect it any longer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So actually &lt;code&gt;\futurelet\cs&amp;lt;token1&amp;gt;&amp;lt;token2&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; does not have the 100% same effect of &lt;code&gt;\let\cs = &amp;lt;token2&amp;gt;&amp;lt;token1&amp;gt;&amp;lt;token2&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; because in the second case &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;token1&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; can still modify the catcodes in effect for reading the second &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;token2&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You second example is much more tricky. IMHO you are falling victim to automatically inserted code after (and before) the cell content. Therefore when &lt;code&gt;\futurelet&lt;/code&gt; is executed there is really an &lt;code&gt;\outer endtemplate&lt;/code&gt; behind it. This is then a behaviour of &lt;code&gt;\halign&lt;/code&gt; and shouldn't be blamed on &lt;code&gt;\futurelet&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/11329/2975&quot;&gt;As you know&lt;/a&gt; my knowledge about &lt;code&gt;\halign&lt;/code&gt; is still limited so I can't example the resulting error as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would say if there is a documentation of this behaviour, it is in &lt;em&gt;The TeXbook&lt;/em&gt;. I don't think eTeX changed the behavior of &lt;code&gt;\futurelet&lt;/code&gt; in any way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-21T16:40:33.057" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T16:40:33.057" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11642" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11622" CreationDate="2011-02-21T16:06:26.647" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've noticed this too when preparing slides.  Rather than have two paragraphs and separate them with vertical space explicitly, I've often used one of the following workarounds:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;convert each of the paragraphs you want to split to a block-like environment such as &lt;code&gt;theorem&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;question&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;answer&lt;/code&gt;, etc.  That way (in my theme, at least) they get boxed and visually separated.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;if the two paragraphs are supporting material to the same point, use an &lt;code&gt;itemize&lt;/code&gt; enviroment and make each its own &lt;code&gt;\item&lt;/code&gt;.  Then you get some vertical separation and a visual cue (bullet, triangle, or anything else you want) indicating that these are separate ideas.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Either one of these will make the frame more readable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T16:06:26.647" />
  <row Id="11643" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11639" CreationDate="2011-02-21T16:19:53.847" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\boldsymbol&lt;/code&gt; uses &lt;code&gt;\mathversion{bold}&lt;/code&gt;, but mathspec doesn't declare fonts for the bold math. Try this in your preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;%\DeclareMathVersion{bold}&#xA;\fontspec{Minion Pro} %sets \zf@family to minion pro.&#xA;\SetSymbolFont{Latin:m:n}{bold}{EU1}{\zf@family}{bx}{n}&#xA;\SetSymbolFont{Latin:m:it}{bold}{EU1}{\zf@family}{bx}{it}&#xA;\SetSymbolFont{operators}{bold}{EU1}{\zf@family}{bx}{n}&#xA;\SetSymbolFont{Greek:m:n}{bold}{EU1}{\zf@family}{bx}{n}&#xA;\SetSymbolFont{Greek:m:it}{bold}{EU1}{\zf@family}{bx}{it}&#xA;&#xA;\fontspec{Linux Libertine O}&#xA;\SetSymbolFont{Digits:m:n}{bold}{EU1}{\zf@family}{m}{n}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T16:19:53.847" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="11644" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-21T16:23:32.123" Score="1" ViewCount="63" Body="&lt;p&gt;For those who use BibDesk on OS X, is there a way to add labels to bibitem entries through the UI? A way to put &quot;label&quot; into the BibTeX item like: &lt;code&gt;\bibitem[label]{key}&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When items with labels are pulled into BibDesk, it changes the type of citation from, e.g., misc to misc[label] in the pull down menu.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, is there another BibTeX editor that can do this? JabRef, etc.?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3738" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-21T16:38:14.617" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T16:38:14.617" Title="Edit bibitem labels in BibDesk" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;osx&gt;" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11645" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11478" CreationDate="2011-02-21T16:27:32.070" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It seems to me that, to provide space for the header to spread without affecting the data, you need more columns for the headers to spill into. Therefore, I recommend the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt;: I've incorporated elements of Herbert's post to obtain improved spacing of the headings, and also to condense the answer.]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;\newlength\intercol&#xA;\setlength\intercol{0em}&#xA;\newlength\mycolwidth&#xA;\setlength\mycolwidth{1em}&#xA;\newcommand\head[1]{\parbox{\mycolwidth}{\hfill $#1$}}&#xA;\newcommand\MC[1]{\multicolumn{4}{@{}c@{}}{\textbf{#1}}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}%&#xA;      {@{}crrc@{\hspace\intercol}crrc@{\hspace\intercol}crrc@{\hspace\intercol}crrc@{}}&#xA;\toprule&#xA;  \MC{Word C}   &amp;  \MC{Char C}    &amp;  \MC{Chess}      &amp;  \MC{Matching}&#xA;\\&#xA;  \MC{9 trials}  &amp;  \MC{9 trials}  &amp;  \MC{12 trials}  &amp;  \MC{12 trials}&#xA;\\&#xA;  &amp; \head{N}&amp;\head{V} &amp;&amp;&amp; \head{N}&amp;\head{V} &amp;&amp;&amp; \head{N}&amp;\head{V} &amp;&amp;&amp; \head{N}&amp;\head{V} &amp;&#xA;\\&#xA;\midrule&#xA;&amp;   10 &amp;  1     &amp;&amp;&amp;     12 &amp;    3   &amp;&amp;&amp; 16  &amp;   3       &amp;&amp;&amp; 4   &amp;   0   \\&#xA;&amp;   10 &amp;  1     &amp;&amp;&amp;     12 &amp;    6   &amp;&amp;&amp; 16  &amp;   3       &amp;&amp;&amp; 4   &amp;   0   \\&#xA;&amp;   10 &amp;  1     &amp;&amp;&amp;     12 &amp;    9   &amp;&amp;&amp; 16  &amp;   5       &amp;&amp;&amp; 4   &amp;   1   \\&#xA;&amp;   10 &amp;  2     &amp;&amp;&amp;     24 &amp;    6   &amp;&amp;&amp; 16  &amp;   5       &amp;&amp;&amp; 4   &amp;   1   \\&#xA;% ... many more rows ...&#xA;\bottomrule&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Output:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Ut3Ok.png&quot; alt=&quot;revised table&quot;&gt;&#xA;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The lengths &lt;code&gt;\intercol&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\mycolwidth&lt;/code&gt; serve to determine the spacing between the column-quadruplets and the width of the data columns (the middle pair of each column quadruplet). The lengths are set to what seem &amp;aelig;sthetically pleasing to me. (For data headings of &lt;code&gt;N&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;V&lt;/code&gt;, 1em is about the minimum before you have problems.)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The macro &lt;code&gt;\head&lt;/code&gt; is defined to force the data columns to have the same width (&lt;em&gt;i.e.&lt;/em&gt;&amp;nbsp;to further encourage uniformity of spacing, despite any non-uniformity of the data); this forces the header to have the width described by &lt;code&gt;\mycolwidth&lt;/code&gt;, which is ideally the maximum width of all data in the table. The extra &lt;code&gt;\hfill&lt;/code&gt; in the macro forces the headers to be right-aligned (as the &lt;code&gt;\parbox&lt;/code&gt; breaks alignment).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="911" LastEditorUserId="911" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-21T18:45:06.543" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T18:45:06.543" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="11646" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11637" CreationDate="2011-02-21T16:44:08.017" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is not possible using &lt;code&gt;tocloft&lt;/code&gt; commands, but you can emulate &lt;code&gt;tocloft&lt;/code&gt;'s behaviour by redefining &lt;code&gt;\l@lstlisting&lt;/code&gt;. (Note: If you don't want to redefine &lt;code&gt;\cftfigpagefont&lt;/code&gt;, you have to omit the second &lt;code&gt;\sffamily&lt;/code&gt; in my redefinition of &lt;code&gt;\l@lstlisting&lt;/code&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tocloft}&#xA;\renewcommand{\cftfigfont}{\sffamily}&#xA;\renewcommand{\cftfigpagefont}{\sffamily}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand*{\l@lstlisting}[2]{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}{\sffamily#1}{\sffamily#2}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\listoffigures&#xA;\lstlistoflistings&#xA;&#xA;\section{foo}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}[!ht]&#xA;\centering&#xA;\rule{1cm}{1cm}&#xA;\caption{A figure}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}[caption={A listing}]&#xA;(Listing content)&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T16:44:08.017" />
  <row Id="11647" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12145" CreationDate="2011-02-21T16:54:02.647" Score="3" ViewCount="105" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have defined how I want to cut my paper and I was planning on using the veelo chapter style. However it doesn't pick up the trimmed paper size correctly. See this example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[showtrims]{memoir}&#xA;&#xA;  \usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;&#xA;  \stockaiv&#xA;&#xA;  \settrimmedsize{242mm}{165mm}{*}&#xA;  \settrims{20mm}{20mm}&#xA;  \settypeblocksize{*}{33pc}{1.618}&#xA;  \setlrmargins{*}{*}{1.5}&#xA;  \setulmarginsandblock{3pc}{3pc}{*}&#xA;  \setcolsepandrule{1pc}{0pt}&#xA;&#xA;  \chapterstyle{veelo}&#xA;  \checkandfixthelayout&#xA;&#xA;  \trimFrame&#xA;&#xA;  \begin{document}&#xA;    \chapter{My first chapter}&#xA;    Notice how the veelo setting has not picked up the right paper size.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have tried calling &lt;code&gt;\checkandfixthelayout&lt;/code&gt; before &lt;code&gt;\chapterstyle{veelo}&lt;/code&gt; also but that did not make any difference. What am I doing wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="298" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-26T15:42:53.023" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T15:42:53.023" Title="How to get the veelo chapter style of the memoir class to pick up trimmed paper sizes?" Tags="&lt;memoir&gt;&lt;chapters&gt;&lt;crop&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="11648" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11638" CreationDate="2011-02-21T17:16:11.027" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;futurelet&lt;/code&gt; deserved its own chapter in the TeXbook but perhaps Knuth underestimated its importance. Best article I came across so far is by Victor Eijkhout in the TUGboat &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb22-1-2/tb70eijk.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Macros with optional arguments&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T17:16:11.027" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11649" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11613" CreationDate="2011-02-21T17:21:13.363" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Not exactly an answer to your question but a work-around. I use skim too and a tool called latexmk that I just found today. It's like a MakeFile for LateX only better. If you call it as: &lt;code&gt;latexmk yourfile.tex -pvc&lt;/code&gt; it will look for changes and rerun whenever you save your files. And skim will see that the file has changed and reload. Seems to work nicely (only lately the auto reload function of my skim is messing up but that is beside the point). By default it outputs dvi though so you probably want to run it as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$ latexmk yourfile.tex -pvc -pdf&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="298" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T17:21:13.363" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11650" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11634" CreationDate="2011-02-21T17:31:32.560" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;At the moment I see no other solution than using e. g. the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/authblk&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;authblk&lt;/a&gt; package. For details please refer to the package manual.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper,english]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{authblk}&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;\title{Two Authors with same Affiliation}&#xA;\author{Author One}&#xA;\author{Author Two}&#xA;\affil{Affiliation}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \maketitle&#xA;&#xA;  \blinddocument&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/blindtext&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;blindtext&lt;/a&gt; package is only for creating dummy text thus not part of the solution&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T17:31:32.560" />
  <row Id="11651" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11695" CreationDate="2011-02-21T17:33:56.043" Score="4" ViewCount="76" Body="&lt;p&gt;In my document i'm using the packages &lt;em&gt;geometry&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;marginnote&lt;/em&gt;.&#xA;The problem ist the following:&#xA;If I use a newgeometry, the marginnote will stay on odd pages at same horizontaly position as by the original geometry.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following minimal example should give the bad output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{memoir}&#xA;\usepackage{marginnote}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{geometry}&#xA;\geometry{twoside,paperwidth=210mm, paperheight=297mm, top=35mm,&#xA;bottom=40mm, left=35mm, right=50mm, marginparsep=3mm,  marginparwidth=40mm}&#xA;\savegeometry{inhalt}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;%first page&#xA;Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy&#xA;eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat, sed diam&#xA;voluptua.%&#xA;\marginnote{&#xA;Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy&#xA;eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat, sed diam&#xA;voluptua.%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;%second page&#xA;\clearpage&#xA;Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy&#xA;eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat, sed diam&#xA;voluptua.%&#xA;\marginnote{&#xA;Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy&#xA;eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat, sed diam&#xA;voluptua.%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;%third page&#xA;%right margin will set on 90 mm&#xA;\newgeometry{top=35mm,  bottom=40mm, left=35mm, right=90mm,&#xA;marginparsep=3mm,  marginparwidth=40mm}&#xA;&#xA;Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy&#xA;eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat, sed diam&#xA;voluptua.%&#xA;\marginnote{&#xA;Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy&#xA;eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat, sed diam&#xA;voluptua.%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;%fourth page&#xA;\clearpage&#xA;Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy&#xA;eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat, sed diam&#xA;voluptua.%&#xA;\marginnote{&#xA;Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy&#xA;eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat, sed diam&#xA;voluptua.%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3097" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-22T05:27:54.217" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T07:27:59.070" Title="Marginnote with geometry package" Tags="&lt;memoir&gt;&lt;geometry&gt;&lt;marginpar&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="11652" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11653" CreationDate="2011-02-21T17:40:58.270" Score="2" ViewCount="76" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3001/list-sections-of-chapter-at-beginning-of-that-chapter&quot;&gt;List sections of chapter at beginning of that chapter&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hello,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I need to make a small chapter TOC at each chapter. What I need is something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Chapter 3 - Chapter 3 name&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;This chapter describes.....&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;The section list is:&#xA;&#xA; - Section 3.1 name&#xA; - Section 3.2 name&#xA; - Section 3.3 name&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;And the text continues here...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any automated way to produce that chapter TOC (highlighted) instead of building it myself with references to labels (I need it to be a clickable reference without page numbers)? The problem of doing it in a manual way is that each time I change a section I have to come back and adjust this part of the chapter. And I will need to do this to many chapters in my report. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3660" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T17:43:07.437" ClosedDate="2011-02-23T13:34:48.920" Title="Automated partial TOC" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;cross-referencing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11653" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11652" CreationDate="2011-02-21T17:42:19.267" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/minitoc/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;minitoc&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3546" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T17:42:19.267" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11656" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11634" CreationDate="2011-02-21T17:48:47.290" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The most simple solution (which is not to say it is the best) is not to use &lt;code&gt;\and&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\title{Foo}&#xA;\author{Author One\qquad Author Two\\Affiliation}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/0L63h.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T17:48:47.290" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11657" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-21T17:55:49.573" Score="3" ViewCount="76" Body="&lt;p&gt;Newbie question: Within the body of the text that I've inserted into a Journal's Latex Template, I don't understand why I get a newline and italicized font when I add the command \leq to generate &quot;less than or equal to&quot;...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Below is (1) the Journal's template preamble and (2) my text in the body of the document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using MacText/TexShop on MacOSx10.6&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(1) PREAMBLE&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]&#xA;\documentclass[10pt]{bmc_article}    &#xA;&#xA;% Load packages&#xA;\usepackage{cite} % Make references as [1-4], not [1,2,3,4]&#xA;\usepackage{url}  % Formatting web addresses  &#xA;\usepackage{ifthen}  % Conditional &#xA;\usepackage{multicol}   %Columns&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} %unicode support&#xA;%\usepackage[applemac]{inputenc} %applemac support if unicode package fails&#xA;%\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} %UNIX support if unicode package fails&#xA;\usepackage{times} %so today's date appears on each version&#xA;\urlstyle{rm}&#xA;&#xA;\def\includegraphic{}&#xA;\def\includegraphics{}&#xA;&#xA;\setlength{\topmargin}{0.0cm}&#xA;\setlength{\textheight}{21.5cm}&#xA;\setlength{\oddsidemargin}{0cm} &#xA;\setlength{\textwidth}{16.5cm}&#xA;\setlength{\columnsep}{0.6cm}&#xA;&#xA;\newboolean{publ}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(2) IN THE BODY OF THE DOCUMENT .tex&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;coefficients kappa: \leq 0.4 poor to fair; 0.6 moderate agreement.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in Typeset: this pdf reads &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;coefficients kappa:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;lt;={italics}0.4poortofair;0.6moderateagreement&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3612" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-21T18:03:07.197" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T18:24:14.190" Title="newline and italics added with \leq" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11658" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11662" CreationDate="2011-02-21T17:59:50.547" Score="6" ViewCount="115" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was wondering whether there is any way to change single entries in a bibliography. I want the cite command to give me a short version of this very long entry. I know I could change it manually in the *.bbl-file, but it would constantly be overwritten. Any solutions, suggestions or even a faint idea how to do this? Would biblatex offer something?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{filecontents}{testbib.bib} &#xA;@book{long, &#xA; author={{Very long long long long author}}, &#xA;title={Title}, &#xA;publisher={Publisher}, &#xA;year={2011}, &#xA; } &#xA; \end{filecontents} &#xA;&#xA;\documentclass[12pt]{scrartcl} &#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} &#xA;\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}     &#xA;\usepackage[ngerman]{babel} &#xA;\usepackage{natbib} &#xA;&#xA;\begin{document} &#xA; \cite{long}  &#xA;\bibliographystyle{natdin} &#xA;\bibliography{testbib} &#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3735" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-21T21:46:50.273" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T18:23:02.027" Title="Change entries in the bibliography / author too long" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;biblatex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11659" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11619" CreationDate="2011-02-21T18:06:48.197" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I usually put&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackege[nogin]{sweave}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to the preamble to override default Sweave scaling. That way the width and height of the figure could be controlled by the arguments to the code chunk&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;&amp;lt;label=test, fig=TRUE, width=5, height=5&amp;gt;&amp;gt;=&#xA;x &amp;lt;- rnorm(1000)&#xA;y &amp;lt;- rnorm(1000)&#xA;plot(x,y)&#xA;@&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Depends on your settings you maybe need to copy &lt;code&gt;Sweave.sty&lt;/code&gt; to your local directory for this to work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3732" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T18:06:48.197" />
  <row Id="11660" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11478" CreationDate="2011-02-21T18:09:06.843" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's one, not wholly satisfactory solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{booktabs}&#xA;\newcommand\clap[1]{\hbox to0pt{\hss#1\hss}}&#xA;\newcommand\MC[1]{%&#xA;        \multicolumn{2}{c@{\hspace{2em}}}{\clap{\textbf{#1}}}%&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{rr@{\hspace{2em}}rr@{\hspace{2em}}rr@{\hspace{2em}}rr}&#xA;\toprule&#xA;\MC{Word C}&amp;amp;&#xA;\MC{Char C}&amp;amp;&#xA;\MC{Chess}&amp;amp;&#xA;\MC{Matching}\\&#xA;\MC{9 trials}&amp;amp;&#xA;\MC{9 trials}&amp;amp;&#xA;\MC{12 trials}&amp;amp;&#xA;\MC{12 trials}\\&#xA;$N$&amp;amp;$V$&amp;amp;$N$&amp;amp;$V$&amp;amp;$N$&amp;amp;$V$&amp;amp;$N$&amp;amp;$V$\\&#xA;\midrule&#xA;10 &amp;amp;  1 &amp;amp; 12 &amp;amp;  3 &amp;amp; 16 &amp;amp;  3 &amp;amp; 4 &amp;amp; 0 \\&#xA;10 &amp;amp;  1 &amp;amp; 12 &amp;amp;  6 &amp;amp; 16 &amp;amp;  3 &amp;amp; 4 &amp;amp; 0 \\&#xA;10 &amp;amp;  1 &amp;amp; 12 &amp;amp;  9 &amp;amp; 16 &amp;amp;  5 &amp;amp; 4 &amp;amp; 1 \\&#xA;10 &amp;amp;  2 &amp;amp; 24 &amp;amp;  6 &amp;amp; 16 &amp;amp;  5 &amp;amp; 4 &amp;amp; 1 \\&#xA;% ... many more rows ...&#xA;\bottomrule&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/hZ8jZ.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T18:09:06.843" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11661" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11657" CreationDate="2011-02-21T18:10:42.480" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;From your edited post, the problem seems to be that you have not entered math-mode.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Short answer.&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Try writing the following in your document body:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;coefficients kappa: $\leq 0.4$ poor to fair; $0.6$ moderate agreement.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note the dollar signs &lt;code&gt;$&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Long answer.&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When you write LaTeX with mathematics in it, you will often switch between &quot;text mode&quot; (normal prose) and &quot;math mode&quot;. This is what the &lt;code&gt;$&lt;/code&gt; symbol does: switch from one to the other. Math-mode text is printed in italic text, but it  is &lt;strong&gt;not&lt;/strong&gt; typeset to look good as italic text &amp;mdash; it is typeset to look like good &lt;em&gt;mathematics&lt;/em&gt;. (In a LaTeX document, compare the appearance of the results of &lt;code&gt;\textit{italics}&lt;/code&gt;, which typesets the word &quot;italics&quot; in &lt;em&gt;italics&lt;/em&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;$not really italics$&lt;/code&gt;, which typesets that text in a slanted font as though it were a product of variables &lt;code&gt;n&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;o&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;t&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;em&gt;etc.&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;LaTeX only wants to see the symbol &lt;code&gt;\leq&lt;/code&gt; in mathmode, where it makes sense to it (because it is defined as a mathematical relation in the LaTeX source). So when it saw it, it complained good-naturedly about missing a &lt;code&gt;$&lt;/code&gt; symbol, and then assumed that everything that came afterwards was also in math mode until it reached the end of the document or another &lt;code&gt;$&lt;/code&gt; symbol. This will happen for many other commands, such as &lt;code&gt;\sin&lt;/code&gt; (for the sine function), &lt;code&gt;\sum&lt;/code&gt; (if you are doing summations), &lt;code&gt;\kappa&lt;/code&gt; (which typesets the greek letter &amp;kappa;), and so forth.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In those cases where you really want italics, use &lt;code&gt;\textit&lt;/code&gt;, as I suggested above. (Similarly, bold-face text is &lt;code&gt;\textbf&lt;/code&gt;, small-caps text is &lt;code&gt;\textsc&lt;/code&gt;, and so forth.) There are other ways of including math (when you want a big equation), in which case you should look up the AMS math environments, &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;gather&lt;/code&gt;, and so forth. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="911" LastEditorUserId="911" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-21T18:24:14.190" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T18:24:14.190" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11662" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11658" CreationDate="2011-02-21T18:12:37.100" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, it would. :-) Namely, the &lt;code&gt;shortauthor&lt;/code&gt; field:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[style=authoryear]{biblatex}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{biblatextest.bib}&#xA;@book{long, &#xA;  author={{Very long long long long author}}, &#xA;  shortauthor={Shortauthor},&#xA;  year={2011}, &#xA;  title={Title}, &#xA;  publisher={Publisher}, &#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;% \bibliography{biblatextest}% Syntax for version &amp;lt;= 1.1b&#xA;\addbibresource{biblatextest.bib}% Syntax for version &amp;gt;= 1.2    &#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Some text \autocite{long}.&#xA;&#xA;\printbibliography&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-15T18:23:02.027" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T18:23:02.027" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11663" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11667" CreationDate="2011-02-21T18:30:52.410" Score="12" ViewCount="181" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a bunch of documents called &lt;code&gt;wk01.tex&lt;/code&gt; &lt;code&gt;wk02.tex&lt;/code&gt; and so on up to (eventually) 20. These are weekly handouts for a course I TA. Currently, each document starts with a &lt;code&gt;\def\classweek{5}&lt;/code&gt; or whatever. I then use this in the document header. Now what I'd really like to do is have latex take the document name, do some sed-fu to strip out just the number (without its initial 0 if applicable) and then use this number in the definition of &lt;code&gt;\classweek&lt;/code&gt; automatically. I've spotted reference to &lt;code&gt;\jobname&lt;/code&gt; once or twice, but I'm not sure how to use that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is what I want to do possible?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[Are there tags appropriate for this sort of question? I couldn't think of any...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="3083" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-21T20:12:32.533" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T02:30:19.060" Title="Using the filename in the document?" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;automation&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="11664" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11663" CreationDate="2011-02-21T18:49:55.717" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The following depends on the file name being wkxx.tex, where each of those x's is a digit:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\getdigits#1#2#3#4{%&#xA; \def\first{#3}%&#xA; \def\second{#4}%&#xA;}&#xA;\expandafter\getdigits\jobname&#xA;\ifnum\first = 0\relax&#xA;  \edef\classweek{\second}%&#xA;\else&#xA;  \edef\classweek{\first\second}%&#xA;\fi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2754" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T18:49:55.717" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11665" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-21T18:53:09.157" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I’m another of the &lt;em&gt;pro tem&lt;/em&gt; moderators. Apart from that I’m just an average LaTeX user who is still struggling with the basics (as evidenced by my questions to answers ratio).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I’m using LaTeX for almost every document format and am also trying my hand at some &lt;a href=&quot;http://code.google.com/p/minted/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;package programming&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My moderation is very straightforward: intervene as little as possible; after all, this website is explicitly &lt;em&gt;community driven&lt;/em&gt;. In the time since the creation of this website this has worked quite well. But I’m absolutely open to suggestions on how the moderation style can be improved.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastEditorUserId="42" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-21T18:53:09.157" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T18:53:09.157" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-02-21T18:53:09.157" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11666" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11670" CreationDate="2011-02-21T19:01:08.577" Score="4" ViewCount="109" Body="&lt;p&gt;In author-year citation/bibliography styles, multiple publications by the same author in the same year are formatted with a lowercase letter after the year: &lt;em&gt;Smith 2011a ... Smith 2011b&lt;/em&gt; etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In &lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt; this works fine with numeric dates, but fails with non-numeric dates like &quot;in progress&quot;.  (The &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt; style I use  handles these cases correctly by putting parentheses around the letter if the year field is non-numeric.)  How do I do the same thing in &lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt;?  So the expected output is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Smith, 2011a&#xA;Smith, 2011b&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Smith, in progress(a)&#xA;Smith, in progress(b)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sample file and output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[style=authoryear,labelyear=true]{biblatex}&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;\bibliography{test}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\cite{test1,test2}&#xA;\printbibliography&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{test.bib}&#xA;@unpublished{test1,&#xA;    Author = {John Smith},&#xA;    Date-Added = {2011-02-21 13:41:09 -0500},&#xA;    Date-Modified = {2011-02-21 13:42:02 -0500},&#xA;    Note = {ms. MSU},&#xA;    Title = {A great paper in progress},&#xA;    Year = {in progress}}&#xA;&#xA;@unpublished{test2,&#xA;    Author = {John Smith},&#xA;    Date-Added = {2011-02-21 13:42:09 -0500},&#xA;    Date-Modified = {2011-02-21 13:42:46 -0500},&#xA;    Note = {ms. MSU},&#xA;    Title = {Another great paper in progress},&#xA;    Year = {in progress}}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/e8guY.png&quot; alt=&quot;Output image&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-21T19:20:44.253" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T20:22:26.690" Title="How to format the extrayear field in biblatex" Tags="&lt;biblatex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11667" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11663" CreationDate="2011-02-21T19:03:01.553" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would endeavour to only have one set-up macro to simplify the author interface. In this case&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\myheader &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is a minimal,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\def\fname#1#2#3#4{&#xA;\ifnum#3&amp;gt;0 \gdef\classweek{#3#4} &#xA;\else&#xA;  \gdef\classweek{#4}&#xA;\fi&#xA;}&#xA;\def\myheader{\expandafter\fname\jobname\classweek}&#xA;%use this to typeset the header&#xA;\myheader&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-22T02:30:19.060" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T02:30:19.060" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="11668" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11669" CreationDate="2011-02-21T19:24:49.233" Score="8" ViewCount="118" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have many unnumbered sections in my report (more than 100), all created with:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section*{section name}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to find an way to easily add all them to the TOC (specifically to a minitoc), since I use the * to remove the numbering they won't appear in TOC. I found out in minitoc documentation that I should use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{repeat here section title}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I don't want to have a duplicated title in every section, or even to change all the involved files to add those already written sections to the TOC. How to add those section's names to the minitoc without using the addcontentsline command? Is it possible?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3660" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T19:28:11.067" Title="Adding unnumbered sections to TOC" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;numbering&gt;&lt;minitoc&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="11669" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11668" CreationDate="2011-02-21T19:28:11.067" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The easiest way to do this is to use &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt; but to change &lt;code&gt;secnumdepth&lt;/code&gt; so that they don't get numbered.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\setcounter{secnumdepth}{0}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\section{ADSF}&#xA;\section{Foo}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T19:28:11.067" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11670" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11666" CreationDate="2011-02-21T19:30:38.623" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is a somewhat cruel hack, but here we go. Add the following to your preamble (EDIT: Should have scanned the manual more thoroughly -- &lt;code&gt;\iffieldnums&lt;/code&gt; seems to be the correct test, see p. 148--149):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareFieldFormat{extrayear}{%&#xA;  \iffieldnums{labelyear}{%&#xA;    \mknumalph{#1}%&#xA;  }{%&#xA;    \mkbibparens{\mknumalph{#1}}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;UPDATE: I have submitted a &lt;a href=&quot;http://sourceforge.net/tracker/?func=detail&amp;amp;aid=3201287&amp;amp;group_id=244752&amp;amp;atid=1126006&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;feature request&lt;/a&gt; at SourceForge.net: biblatex.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;UPDATE: The feature request is now pending. Philipp Lehman, author of biblatex, commented:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I'll add that even though I'm not&#xA;  entirely convinced that this is the&#xA;  way to deal with work in progress. I'd&#xA;  rather recommend putting &quot;in progress&quot;&#xA;  in the &quot;pubstate&quot; field and set a&#xA;  label in the &quot;label&quot; field.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;UPDATE: This feature has been implemented in biblatex v1.3 (released March 14th, 2011).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-14T20:22:26.690" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T20:22:26.690" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11671" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-21T20:21:34.883" Score="3" ViewCount="218" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/823/remove-ugly-borders-around-clickable-crossreferences-and-hyperlinks&quot;&gt;Remove ugly borders around clickable crossreferences and hyperlinks&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to generate a pdf from latex with hyperlinking text - i.e. when some part of text in the pdf is clicked, the associated URL should be opened.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know that this could be done by &lt;code&gt;\href{webpage address}{(My Text)}&lt;/code&gt; but this generates a blue box around the text. I don't want to see the blue box around, just when the user moves the mouse cursor over it, I want to show the hand cursor - and then the user can click to visit the link.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can this be done? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3741" LastEditorUserId="2552" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-21T20:57:46.117" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T21:00:13.323" ClosedDate="2011-02-23T13:33:38.017" Title="How to add hyperlink in Latex generated pdf (without a surrounding bluebox)" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;pdf&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="11672" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11671" CreationDate="2011-02-21T20:42:14.353" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[hidelinks]{hyperref}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3735" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T20:42:14.353" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="11673" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-21T20:48:51.510" Score="5" ViewCount="150" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello, I want to have a draft of a document I am writing, with the line numbers aside. I looked at some options like &lt;code&gt;lineno&lt;/code&gt;, but this way it skips some lines. Is there a simple workaround or another package to do this? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3742" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-21T20:51:22.657" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T21:05:40.497" Title="How to number all lines in a draft?" Tags="&lt;line-numbering&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="11674" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11671" CreationDate="2011-02-21T21:00:13.323" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another option, to customize it, is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[bookmarks=true,pdfborder={0 0 0}]{hyperref}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This way you can customize the color and the borders.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3660" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T21:00:13.323" />
  <row Id="11675" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11606" CreationDate="2011-02-21T21:04:02.210" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath,bm}&#xA;\def\MLine#1{\par\hspace*{-\leftmargin}\parbox{\textwidth}{\[#1\]}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\noindent\rule{\textwidth}{2pt}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;\item The quadratic formula &#xA;      \MLine{x=\dfrac{-b\pm\sqrt{b^2-4ac}}{2a}}&#xA;\item The freshman's dream &#xA;      \MLine{(a+b)^n=a^n+b^n}&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;&#xA;\[(a+b)^n=a^n+b^n\]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/N0vjq.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T21:04:02.210" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11677" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11688" CreationDate="2011-02-21T21:31:30.437" Score="6" ViewCount="202" Body="&lt;p&gt;I recently started to use Biblatex and customize it a bit with some of your answers (A lot actually !!) but I'm still struggling with some of the features I like as I, sadly, don't understand much to most of the commands... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First, I'd like to show you what I've already done because there is probably a lot to say about it!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;    \usepackage[language=french,sorting=nyt, hyperref=true,urldate=long,&#xA;    bibstyle=authortitle,citestyle=verbose,dateabbrev=false]{biblatex}&#xA;&#xA;    \addbibresource{These.bib}&#xA;&#xA;    \defbibheading{bibliography}{&#xA;    \setcounter{secnumdepth}{-1}&#xA;    \chapter{Bibliographie thématique}&#xA;    \markboth{\itshape Bibliographie thématique}{}&#xA;    }       &#xA;&#xA;                        %******** Custom Bibliography *********&#xA;&#xA;    \makeatletter&#xA;    \def\MKbibnamefirst#1{\expandafter\mkbibnamefirst@i#1..\@nil}&#xA;    \def\mkbibnamefirst@i#1.#2.#3\@nil{#1}&#xA;&#xA;    \renewbibmacro*{name:last-first}[4]{%&#xA;      \ifuseprefix&#xA;        {\usebibmacro{name:delim}{#3#1}%&#xA;         \usebibmacro{name:hook}{#3#1}%&#xA;         \ifblank{#3}{}{%&#xA;           \ifcapital&#xA;             {\mkbibnameprefix{{#3}}\isdot}&#xA;         {\mkbibnameprefix{#3}}%&#xA;           \ifpunctmark{'}{}{\addhighpenspace}}%&#xA;         \mkbibnamelast{#1}\isdot&#xA;         \ifblank{#4}{}{\addlowpenspace\mkbibnameaffix{#4}\isdot}%&#xA;         \ifblank{#2}{}{\addlowpenspace\mkbibnamefirst{#2}}}&#xA;        {\usebibmacro{name:delim}{#1}%&#xA;         \usebibmacro{name:hook}{#1}%&#xA;         \mkbibnamelast{#1}\isdot&#xA;         \ifblank{#4}{}{\addlowpenspace\mkbibnameaffix{#4}\isdot}%&#xA;    %     \ifblank{#2#3}{}{\addcomma}%&#xA;         \ifblank{#2}{}{\addlowpenspace\MKbibnamefirst{#2}}%&#xA;    %     \ifblank{#3}{}{\addlowpenspace\mkbibnameprefix{#3}\isdot}&#xA;    }}&#xA;    \makeatother&#xA;&#xA;    % Commas as separators&#xA;    \renewcommand*{\newunitpunct}{\addcomma\space}&#xA;&#xA;    % Comma before and after journal volume&#xA;    \renewbibmacro*{volume+number+eid}{%&#xA;      \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% NEW&#xA;      \printfield{volume}%&#xA;      \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% NEW&#xA;      \printfield{number}%&#xA;      \setunit{\addcomma\space}%&#xA;      \printfield{eid}}&#xA;&#xA;    % Prefixes for journal volume and number&#xA;    \DeclareFieldFormat[article]{volume}{\bibstring{volume}~#1}% volume of a journal&#xA;    \DeclareFieldFormat[article]{number}{\bibstring{number}~#1}% number of a journal&#xA;&#xA;    % Comma before date; date not in parentheses&#xA;    \renewbibmacro*{issue+date}{%&#xA;      \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% NEW&#xA;        \iffieldundef{issue}&#xA;          {\usebibmacro{date}}&#xA;          {\printfield{issue}%&#xA;           \setunit*{\addspace}%&#xA;        \usebibmacro{date}}% NEW&#xA;      \newunit}&#xA;&#xA;    % Issue/date macros removed after journal number&#xA;    \renewbibmacro*{journal+issuetitle}{%&#xA;      \usebibmacro{journal}%&#xA;      \setunit*{\addspace}%&#xA;      \iffieldundef{series}&#xA;        {}&#xA;        {\newunit&#xA;         \printfield{series}%&#xA;         \setunit{\addspace}}%&#xA;      \usebibmacro{volume+number+eid}%&#xA;      \newunit}&#xA;&#xA;    % &quot;In:&quot; removed for articles; issue/date macros added after note+pages macro&#xA;    \DeclareBibliographyDriver{article}{%&#xA;      \usebibmacro{bibindex}%&#xA;      \usebibmacro{begentry}%&#xA;      \usebibmacro{author/translator+others}%&#xA;      \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock&#xA;      \usebibmacro{title}%&#xA;      \newunit&#xA;      \printlist{language}%&#xA;      \newunit\newblock&#xA;      \usebibmacro{byauthor}%&#xA;      \newunit\newblock&#xA;      \usebibmacro{bytranslator+others}%&#xA;      \newunit\newblock&#xA;      \printfield{version}%&#xA;      \newunit\newblock&#xA;      \usebibmacro{journal+issuetitle}%&#xA;      \newunit&#xA;      \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%&#xA;      \newunit&#xA;      \usebibmacro{note+pages}%&#xA;      \setunit{\addspace}&#xA;      \usebibmacro{issue+date}&#xA;      \setunit{\addcolon\space}&#xA;      \usebibmacro{issue}&#xA;      \newunit\newblock&#xA;      \iftoggle{bbx:isbn}&#xA;        {\printfield{issn}}&#xA;        {}%&#xA;      \newunit\newblock&#xA;      \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}%&#xA;      \newunit\newblock&#xA;      \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}%&#xA;      \setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock&#xA;      \usebibmacro{pageref}%&#xA;      \usebibmacro{finentry}}&#xA;&#xA;    \DeclareFieldFormat[book]{title}{\mkbibquote{\mkbibemph{#1}}}&#xA;&#xA;%Switch t. to vol.&#xA;\DeclareFieldFormat[article]{volume}{vol.~#1}&#xA;&#xA;%Put ibid, op cit &amp;amp; co in italics&#xA;\renewcommand*{\mkibid}{\emph}&#xA;&#xA;%Interligne entre les items Biblio&#xA;\DeclareFieldFormat{shorthandwidth}{#1}&#xA;\setlength{\bibitemsep}{6pt}&#xA;&#xA;%Change p. to pp.&#xA;\DefineBibliographyStrings{french}{%&#xA;  pages = {pp\adddot},&#xA;&#xA;    \begin{document}&#xA;    (...)&#xA;    \nocite{*}&#xA;    \begin{singlespace}&#xA;    \hyphenpenalty 10000&#xA;    \printbibheading&#xA;    \printbibliography[keyword=enreg,heading=subbibliography,title=Enregistrements audiovisuels des auditions]&#xA;    \printbibliography[keyword=justice,heading=subbibliography,title=Justice]&#xA;    \printbibliography[keyword=management,heading=subbibliography,title=Management et modernisation]&#xA;    \printbibliography[keyword=visio,heading=subbibliography,title=Visioconférence]&#xA;    \end{singlespace}&#xA;    \end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd like to modify the appearance of my articles and books :  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;FOR ARTICLES :&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;I'm getting :&lt;br&gt;&#xA;LASTNAME Firstname, « Title », &lt;em&gt;Journal&lt;/em&gt;, Vol. 10, no 3, pp. 56 – 79, month year.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;And I'd like :&lt;br&gt;&#xA;LASTNAME Firstname, « Title », &lt;em&gt;Journal&lt;/em&gt;, month year, vol. 10, no 3, pp. 56 – 79.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Which means:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;- Get the month year block after the journal  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;FOR BOOKS :&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;I'm getting :&lt;br&gt;&#xA;LASTNAME Firstname, «&lt;em&gt;Title&lt;/em&gt;», Address : Publisher, year, 271 p.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;And I'd like :&lt;br&gt;&#xA;LASTNAME Firstname, «&lt;em&gt;Title&lt;/em&gt;», Publisher, Address, year, 271 p.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Which means:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;- Get the year after the adress&lt;br&gt;&#xA;- Get in order the publisher separated from the adress with a comma   &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I realise that it's a lot to ask!! But I couldn't get nowhere with my experimentations and I'm lacking time to do more sad failures!!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tks very much in advance for any help, or comment on my present modifications !&#xA;;-) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3743" LastEditorUserId="3743" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-24T22:17:18.363" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T18:58:08.927" Title="Biblatex : custom articles and books" Tags="&lt;biblatex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="11678" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-21T21:57:43.560" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;LaTeX is quite useful for linguistics work, and there are a number of packages designed with linguistics in mind.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Numbering Linguistic Examples and Glossing&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/gb4e&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;gb4e&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/linguex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;linguex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/covington&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;covington&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.math.neu.edu/ling/tex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;expex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Trees&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/qtree&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;qtree&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/tikz-qtree&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;tikz-qtree&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/pst-jtree&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;pst-jtree&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/xyling&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;xyling&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Phonetic Fonts&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/tipa&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;tipa&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Optimality Theory Tableaux&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://sanders.phonologist.org/OTtablx/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;OTtablx&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/ot-tableau&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;ot-tableau&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-21T21:58:19.800" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T21:58:19.800" />
  <row Id="11679" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-21T21:57:43.560" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="The linguistics tag can be used for any questions about packages designed primarily for linguists." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-21T22:01:22.190" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T22:01:22.190" />
  <row Id="11680" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11682" CreationDate="2011-02-21T22:04:19.110" Score="11" ViewCount="261" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am looking for a way to draw with TikZ something that looks like a random path.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is an inspiration:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://sans.web.psi.ch/SANSSoft/versions/doc/html/random_walk.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://sans.web.psi.ch/SANSSoft/versions/doc/html/random_walk.png&quot; alt=&quot;example&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to have TikZ generate something that would be similar to a random path instead of manually choosing points to connect together?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;P.S. This question falls into a more general question (that does not necessarily needs to be answered): is there a (meta-)way to use TikZ to draw diagrams as they would appear on a chalkboard during a class. I mean TikZ generates very professional looking diagrams, but it's hard to draw a &quot;random&quot; curve just to express some notion, or draw a &quot;random&quot; diagram or &quot;random&quot; example to explain a notion. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3049" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-21T22:30:47.443" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T15:27:38.267" Title="Drawing random paths in TikZ" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;diagrams&gt;&lt;path&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11681" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11636" CreationDate="2011-02-21T22:10:02.230" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There doesn’t seem to be a way of defining procedures in &lt;code&gt;algorithms&lt;/code&gt; but you &lt;em&gt;can&lt;/em&gt; use an &lt;code&gt;algorithm&lt;/code&gt; environment with an appropriate &lt;code&gt;\caption&lt;/code&gt; that names your algorithm.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personally, though, I would switch to the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/1375/42#1376&quot;&gt;superior &lt;code&gt;algorithmicx&lt;/code&gt; package&lt;/a&gt; that defines a &lt;code&gt;\Procedure&lt;/code&gt; macro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{algorithm}&#xA;\Procedure{recurse}{$x$}&#xA;  \If{$x=1$}&#xA;    \State\Return{$1$}&#xA;  \Else&#xA;    \State\Return{\Call{recurse}{$x-1$}}&#xA;  \EndIf&#xA;\EndProcedure&#xA;\end{algorithm}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastEditorUserId="42" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-21T22:15:18.187" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T22:15:18.187" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11682" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11680" CreationDate="2011-02-21T22:20:37.830" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is an example taken directly from the pgf manual:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \pgfmathsetseed{1}&#xA; \foreach \col in {black,red,green,blue}&#xA; {&#xA;   \begin{tikzpicture}[x=10pt,y=10pt,ultra thick,baseline,line cap=round]&#xA;     \coordinate (current point) at (0,0);&#xA;     \coordinate (old velocity) at (0,0);&#xA;     \coordinate (new velocity) at (rand,rand);&#xA;     \foreach \i in {0,1,...,100}&#xA;     {&#xA;       \draw[\col!\i] (current point) &#xA;       .. controls ++([scale=-1]old velocity) and&#xA;                    ++(new velocity) .. ++(rand,rand)&#xA;          coordinate (current point);&#xA;       \coordinate (old velocity) at (new velocity);&#xA;       \coordinate (new velocity) at (rand,rand);&#xA;     }&#xA;   \end{tikzpicture}&#xA; }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is at the beginning of the Part VI: Mathematical and Object Oriented Engines.  The whole section on mathematical engine is what you want to read if you want to do random drawing in tikz.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T22:20:37.830" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11683" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11680" CreationDate="2011-02-21T22:21:31.567" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;code&gt;random&lt;/code&gt; function, which generates a pseudo-random number between 0 and 1, and use it to define the direction and distance of line segments (or any other parameter of your drawing). The seed can be set using &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathseed&lt;/code&gt;. You can achieve something quite akin to the drawing you linked to using the &lt;code&gt;[round corners]&lt;/code&gt; style in the &lt;code&gt;\draw&lt;/code&gt; command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\pgfmathsetseed{2}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\draw [rounded corners] (0,0)&#xA;  \foreach \i in {1,...,300} {&#xA;    -- ++(rnd*360:rnd)&#xA;};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/pWzAm.png&quot; alt=&quot;random smoothed walk&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't know about the &quot;natural-looking&quot; drawings, though. I think that's a very difficult task for any programmatic drawing program, because you'd need to set quite a few constraints to stop the picture from going totally random.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastEditorUserId="2552" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-22T15:27:38.267" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T15:27:38.267" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="11685" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11663" CreationDate="2011-02-21T22:43:33.957" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is almost exactly what I do with my lecture notes.  My code is contained in &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2554/changing-latex-headers-via-a-makefile/2569#2569&quot;&gt;my answer&lt;/a&gt; to the question &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2554/changing-latex-headers-via-a-makefile&quot;&gt;Changing LaTeX headers via a makefile&lt;/a&gt; and is explained in &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/5899/how-to-use-the-exact-same-file-for-handout-and-presentation-modes-in-beamer/5930#5930&quot;&gt;my answer&lt;/a&gt; to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/5899/how-to-use-the-exact-same-file-for-handout-and-presentation-modes-in-beamer&quot;&gt;How to use the exact same file for handout and presentation modes in beamer&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I'm mainly answering here to get these questions linked together as they are similar enough that someone interested in one will find the answers to the others relevant.  In this specific case, the already-given answers are more than adequate, but someone else looking at this question might not have exactly the same set-up but still be able to figure out what to do by looking at these questions.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T22:43:33.957" />
  <row Id="11686" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11512" CreationDate="2011-02-21T22:54:01.323" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I just realized: There is a way to reuse paths: pre- and postactions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \draw[line width=0.8pt,postaction={gray!30,fill}]&#xA;        ( 0.0,  0.0) circle (1cm and 0.5cm)&#xA;        ( 0.4,  0.5) circle (0.3cm)&#xA;        (-0.4, -0.5) circle (0.3cm)&#xA;        (-0.4,  0.4) circle (0.3cm)&#xA;        ( 0.4, -0.4) circle (0.3cm);&#xA;&#xA;    \draw[] (0,0) node {Q.M.};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/d4juC.png&quot; alt=&quot;result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As in Andrew's solution the &lt;code&gt;line width&lt;/code&gt; needs to be twice the normal line width (the default line width if 0.4pt). Note also that by listing all the shapes in a single &lt;code&gt;\draw&lt;/code&gt; statement, they are considered to belong to a &lt;em&gt;single&lt;/em&gt; path.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-21T22:59:04.450" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T22:59:04.450" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11687" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11638" CreationDate="2011-02-21T23:38:41.803" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Disclaimer:&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;I have no references to support my claims below.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Let me start with a simple example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\showtoken{\show\testtoken}&#xA;\halign{#b\cr&#xA;  a\futurelet\testtoken\showtoken\cr}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When it reads the first cell, TeX sees the unexpandable token &lt;code&gt;a&lt;/code&gt;, so it knows that there is no &lt;code&gt;\omit&lt;/code&gt;. It then inserts the part of the template before &lt;code&gt;#&lt;/code&gt;, namely, nothing, and it prepares to insert the part of the template after &lt;code&gt;#&lt;/code&gt;, namely, &lt;code&gt;b&lt;/code&gt;, when the cell finishes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It then reads the &lt;code&gt;\futurelet&lt;/code&gt;, and executes it. Thus TeX looks for three tokens. The first and second are &lt;code&gt;\testtoken&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\showtoken&lt;/code&gt;. The third is &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; &lt;code&gt;\cr&lt;/code&gt;: when it sees &lt;code&gt;\cr&lt;/code&gt; in this context, TeX inserts what it desperately wants to insert: the end of the template, &lt;code&gt;b&lt;/code&gt;. So we have &lt;code&gt;\futurelet \testtoken \showtoken b&lt;/code&gt;. Then &lt;code&gt;\testtoken&lt;/code&gt; is &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;b&lt;/code&gt;, and we are shown &lt;code&gt;b&lt;/code&gt; by the macro &lt;code&gt;\showtoken&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An interesting combination of &lt;code&gt;\futurelet&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\afterassignment&lt;/code&gt; allows you to peek two tokens ahead, and we check that &lt;code&gt;\futurelet&lt;/code&gt; indeed reads the tokens &lt;code&gt;\testtoken&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;b&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;c&lt;/code&gt; and assigns &lt;code&gt;\testtoken=c&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\showtoken{\show\testtoken}&#xA;\halign{#bcd\cr&#xA;  a\afterassignment\showtoken\futurelet\testtoken\cr}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now delete &lt;code&gt;cd&lt;/code&gt; in the template. TeX should print on your terminal&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;gt; \testtoken=\outer endtemplate:&#xA;.&#xA;\showtoken -&amp;gt;\show \testtoken &#xA;&#xA;&amp;lt;to be read again&amp;gt; &#xA;                   b&#xA;&amp;lt;to be read again&amp;gt; &#xA;                   \endtemplate &#xA;&amp;lt;template&amp;gt; b\endtemplate &#xA;&#xA;l.3 ...assignment\showtoken\futurelet\testtoken\cr&#xA;                                                  }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you can see, the tokens inserted by TeX at the end of the cell are ended by &lt;code&gt;\endtemplate&lt;/code&gt;, which is some internal token. Removing even the &lt;code&gt;b&lt;/code&gt;, we see that &lt;code&gt;\futurelet&lt;/code&gt; reads &lt;code&gt;\testtoken&lt;/code&gt;, the internal &lt;code&gt;\endtemplate&lt;/code&gt;, and the following token, &lt;code&gt;}&lt;/code&gt;. Then TeX crashes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A variant on this is to grab the &lt;code&gt;\endtemplate&lt;/code&gt; using &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt;, and redo it to close the template. Playing around with the code below, I notice that if we put anything else than &lt;code&gt;\testtoken&lt;/code&gt; (which holds the &lt;code&gt;\endtemplate&lt;/code&gt;) in the last position of &lt;code&gt;\showdotoken&lt;/code&gt;, TeX crashes. I have no idea why.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\showdotoken{\show\testtoken \testtoken}&#xA;\halign{#\cr&#xA;  a\afterassignment\showdotoken\let\testtoken\cr&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It seems that TeX crashes whenever we try to reach out after the end of a cell in an alignment: both &lt;code&gt;\halign&lt;/code&gt; below crash.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\halign{#\cr&#xA;  a\futurelet\testtoken\cr}&#xA;\halign{#&amp;amp;#\cr&#xA;  a\futurelet\testtoken &amp;amp; text\cr}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Back on Hendrik's example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\begintestalign{\show\testtoken&#xA;    $\vcenter\bgroup\halign\bgroup##&amp;amp;##\cr}&#xA;\def\endtestalign{\egroup\egroup$}&#xA;\halign{#&amp;amp;#\cr&#xA;a &amp;amp; \futurelet\testtoken&#xA;    \begintestalign&#xA;         &amp;amp; c  \cr&#xA;    test &amp;amp; de \cr&#xA;    \endtestalign \cr&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\futurelet&lt;/code&gt; takes three tokens: &lt;code&gt;\testtoken&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\begintestalign&lt;/code&gt;, and the material that TeX is waiting to insert as soon as it sees either &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\cr&lt;/code&gt; (or &lt;code&gt;\crcr&lt;/code&gt;), namely, nothing, followed by the internal &lt;code&gt;\endtemplate&lt;/code&gt;. So that &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; is already converted to &lt;code&gt;\endtemplate&lt;/code&gt; (and perhaps some &lt;code&gt;\begin-next-template&lt;/code&gt;) of the first &lt;code&gt;\halign&lt;/code&gt;. Then &lt;code&gt;\begintestalign&lt;/code&gt; is read, creates a new inner &lt;code&gt;\halign&lt;/code&gt;, and that &lt;code&gt;\halign&lt;/code&gt; awaits a fresh &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt;... it sees an old &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt;, already belonging to the enclosing &lt;code&gt;\halign&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All this might be related to an error mentioned in the TeXbook, p. 299:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Interwoven alignment preambles are not allowed.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;If you have been so devious as to get this message, &#xA;  you will understand it, and you will deserve no sympathy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-21T23:51:59.663" LastActivityDate="2011-02-21T23:51:59.663" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11688" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11677" CreationDate="2011-02-21T23:41:39.527" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This answer will be a work in progress, and it will quite possibly not cover all requests. That said, do the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Delete the code line &lt;code&gt;\DeclareRangeCommands{\pno\ppno}&lt;/code&gt;;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Add the code line &lt;code&gt;\DeclareFieldFormat[book]{title}{\mkbibquote{\mkbibemph{#1}}}&lt;/code&gt;;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Add the package option &lt;code&gt;dateabbrev=false&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One way to switch from &quot;t.&quot; to &quot;vol.&quot; for articles would be to choose &lt;code&gt;language=english&lt;/code&gt;. Is that what you want? Please explain.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: For @book entries, use the &lt;code&gt;pagetotal&lt;/code&gt; field instead of the &lt;code&gt;pages&lt;/code&gt; field.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT 2: For @book &amp;amp; friends, add the following to your preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewbibmacro*{publisher+location+date}{%&#xA;  \printlist{publisher}%&#xA;  \setunit*{\addcomma\space}%&#xA;  \printlist{location}%&#xA;  \setunit*{\addcomma\space}%&#xA;  \usebibmacro{date}%&#xA;  \newunit}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To be consistent, you should also change the bibmacros &lt;code&gt;institution+location+date&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;organization+location+date&lt;/code&gt; along these lines. (The originals are located in &lt;code&gt;standard.bbx&lt;/code&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT 3: For @article, the following seems to work at first glance (and I didn't bother to check it thouroughly):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewbibmacro*{journal+issuetitle}{%&#xA;  \usebibmacro{journal}%&#xA;  \setunit*{\addspace}%&#xA;  \iffieldundef{series}&#xA;    {}&#xA;    {\newunit&#xA;     \printfield{series}%&#xA;     \setunit{\addspace}}%&#xA;  \usebibmacro{issue+date}%&#xA;  \setunit{\addcolon\space}%&#xA;  \usebibmacro{issue}%&#xA;  \setunit{\addcomma\space}%&#xA;  \usebibmacro{volume+number+eid}%&#xA;  \newunit}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;@Doompa: That's it for now. If your style still needs finetuning, please add any requests to your original question (your edits became quite confusing for me). Also think about &lt;em&gt;why&lt;/em&gt; you want a particular change.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-25T18:58:08.927" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T18:58:08.927" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="11689" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11680" CreationDate="2011-02-21T23:50:53.703" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A few weeks back, I was attending a course on polymers, so I threw together a quick &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/randomwalk/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;package to draw randomwalks&lt;/a&gt;. For a path that looks like the one you describe, the parameters below should be ok:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{randomwalk}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA; \framebox{\RandomWalk {number = 300, length = 2pt, &#xA;     angles = {0,10,20,50,-10,-20,-50}, degree, angles-relative}}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/o2uET.png&quot; alt=&quot;The output of the code above.&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you need additionnal features, I can try to add them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastEditorUserId="2707" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-22T09:05:47.783" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T09:05:47.783" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="11690" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-22T00:28:42.907" Score="0" ViewCount="141" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/7262/tables-of-numbers&quot;&gt;Tables of numbers&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to put a &quot;x\y&quot; style legend in one cell (maybe be made up of several cells) of a table? It would be great to make the 'x' slightly lower while the 'y' slight higher.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please see the picture below for illustration: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/NOWBn.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;XY_style&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you very much.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2015" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-22T00:34:39.190" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T05:07:57.893" ClosedDate="2011-02-22T08:06:44.893" Title="Putting LaTeX table legend in a &quot;x\y&quot; style" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;labels&gt;&lt;legend&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="11691" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11703" CreationDate="2011-02-22T03:40:29.630" Score="4" ViewCount="96" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a thesis style working, but around 10% of my code is a copy of memoir's &lt;code&gt;\def\@chapter&lt;/code&gt; that lets me put all regular chapter entries in all caps, and keep appendix entries in regular case. This works, but I'd assume there was an easier way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ideally, I'd like to have my students keep using the &lt;code&gt;\chapter&lt;/code&gt; command rather than define my own document division.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've managed to find a split in the logic between chapters and appendices in memoir.cls -- chapters call the &lt;code&gt;\l@chapter&lt;/code&gt; command, and appendices call the &lt;code&gt;\l@appendix&lt;/code&gt; command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*{\l@chapter}[2]{%&#xA;  \l@chapapp{#1}{#2}{\cftchaptername}}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*{\l@appendix}[2]{%&#xA;  \l@chapapp{#1}{#2}{\cftappendixname}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've tried adding an &lt;code&gt;\uppercase&lt;/code&gt; to the first one as shown below, but doing this breaks hyperrefs -- the links are still present, but have a black border and don't link to the right place. Minimal example (comment out the &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand&lt;/code&gt; for a ToC with proper links but wrong case, or leave it in for the right case and dead links):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{memoir}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand*{\l@chapter}[2]{%&#xA;  \l@chapapp{\uppercase{#1}}{#2}{\cftchaptername}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tableofcontents*&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{One}&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;\chapter{Two}&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;\appendix \appendixpage&#xA;\chapter{Alpha}&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/teeeQ.png&quot; alt=&quot;ToC with broken links&quot;&gt;&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/97ioa.png&quot; alt=&quot;ToC with links intact&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT (2011/02/23): I've had another idea to patch &lt;code&gt;\@chapter&lt;/code&gt; instead of copying all its code and making the one change. But that's failing, too. I suspect it's either because I haven't escaped backslashes or other characters properly:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{memoir}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage{etoolbox}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\ifpatchable*{\@chapter}{\typeout{Chapter can be patched}}{\typeout{Chapter cannot be patched}}&#xA;\patchcmd{\@chapter}{\protect\chapternumberline{\thechapter}\f@rtoc}{\protect\chapternumberline{\thechapter}\uppercase\expandafter{\f@rtoc}}{\typeout{Succeeded}}{\typeout{Failed}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tableofcontents*&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{One}&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;\chapter{Two}&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;\appendix \appendixpage&#xA;\chapter{Alpha}&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which returns in the log&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Chapter can be patched&#xA;Failed&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;SECOND EDIT (2011/02/23): working etoolbox patch is in &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/11892/hyperref-breaks-my-all-caps-toc-entries&quot;&gt;this post&lt;/a&gt;, but hyperref still interferes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3345" LastEditorUserId="3345" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-23T22:40:10.690" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T22:40:10.690" Title="Making memoir Chapter entries in ToC all-caps and Appendix entries regular case, without breaking hyperref" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;memoir&gt;&lt;etoolbox&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="11692" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-22T04:17:21.513" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/memoir&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; class is a document class designed especially for book-length documents. It incorporates the functionality of many independent packages into the class so that instead of loading a lot of packages, you can just load &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quoting from the manual:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The built-in package functions are&#xA;  mainly related to document design and&#xA;  layout; &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt; does not touch upon&#xA;  areas like those that are covered by&#xA;  the &lt;code&gt;babel&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; packages or&#xA;  any related to typesetting&#xA;  mathematics.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;The Memoir Class&lt;/em&gt; 8th Ed. 2010, p. XXV.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[T]he emulated packages are:&#xA;  &lt;code&gt;abstract&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;appendix&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;array&lt;/code&gt;,&#xA;  &lt;code&gt;booktabs&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;ccaption&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;chngcntr&lt;/code&gt;,&#xA;  &lt;code&gt;crop&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;dcolumn&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;delarray&lt;/code&gt;,&#xA;  &lt;code&gt;enumerate&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;epigraph&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;ifmtarg&lt;/code&gt;,&#xA;  &lt;code&gt;ifpdf&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;index&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;makeidx&lt;/code&gt;,&#xA;  &lt;code&gt;moreverb&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;needspace&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;newfile&lt;/code&gt;,&#xA;  &lt;code&gt;nextpage&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;pagenote&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;patchcmd&lt;/code&gt;,&#xA;  &lt;code&gt;parskip&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;setspace&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;shortvrb&lt;/code&gt;,&#xA;  &lt;code&gt;showidx&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;tabularx&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;titleref&lt;/code&gt;,&#xA;  &lt;code&gt;tocbibind&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;tocloft&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;verbatim&lt;/code&gt; and&#xA;  &lt;code&gt;verse&lt;/code&gt;. As well as the emulated&#xA;  packages &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt; provides functions&#xA;  equivalent to those in the following&#xA;  packages, although the class does not&#xA;  prevent you from using them: &#xA;  &lt;code&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;framed&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;geometry&lt;/code&gt;,&#xA;  &lt;code&gt;sidecap&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;subfigure&lt;/code&gt;, and&#xA;  &lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;P. 351.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The class is extensively documented, and even if you don't use it, the manual is a wealth of general information about book design and the standard LaTeX methods for all parts of a document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T15:28:24.457" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T15:28:24.457" />
  <row Id="11693" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-22T04:17:21.513" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="The memoir class is a document class designed especially for book-length documents. It incorporates the functions of many independent packages into one class." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-22T04:51:19.897" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T04:51:19.897" />
  <row Id="11694" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11690" CreationDate="2011-02-22T05:07:57.893" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;AFAIK, there are two packages for this purpose. One is &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/slashbox.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;slashbox&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, which is pointed out in some previous questions. The other is &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/makecell.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;makecell&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, which may produce better result sometimes. Here is an example of &lt;code&gt;\diaghead&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;makecell&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{makecell}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|l|c|c|}\hline&#xA;\diaghead{\theadfont Diag ColumnmnHead II}%&#xA;{Diag\\Column Head I}{Diag Column\\Head II}&amp;amp;&#xA;\thead{Second\\column}&amp;amp;\thead{Third\\column}\\&#xA;\hline&#xA;&amp;amp; foo &amp;amp; bar \\&#xA;\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/n4nbd.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T05:07:57.893" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="11695" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11651" CreationDate="2011-02-22T05:24:51.023" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't think the &lt;code&gt;marginnote&lt;/code&gt; package is compatible with &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt;, which provides its own methods for various sorts of floating and non-floating notes.  Your document works fine if you remove &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{marginnote}&lt;/code&gt; and replace all the &lt;code&gt;\marginnote&lt;/code&gt; commands with &lt;code&gt;\sidebar&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-22T07:27:59.070" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T07:27:59.070" />
  <row Id="11697" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11635" CreationDate="2011-02-22T08:47:06.250" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;TeXlipse has an auto-complete feature which you can access with &lt;code&gt;CTRL&lt;/code&gt;+&lt;code&gt;space&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1688" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T08:47:06.250" />
  <row Id="11698" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-22T09:29:49.570" Score="3" ViewCount="138" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do I get rid of this error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;PDF inclusion: found PDF version &amp;lt;1.5&amp;gt;, but at most version &amp;lt;1. 4&amp;gt; allowed&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried putting &lt;code&gt;\pdfoptionpdfminorversion=5&lt;/code&gt; after my preamble, but nothing happens.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Edit added by Andrew Stacey):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've seen this error in the following situation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I created some PDFs using TeXLive2010 with the most recent stable PGF/TikZ (in case it is relevant).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I cropped these PDFs using &lt;code&gt;pdfcrop&lt;/code&gt;, again from TeXLive 2010.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I sent these to another person, who included them in their document with the &lt;code&gt;graphicx&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;That person used TeXLive &lt;strong&gt;2009&lt;/strong&gt; to compile the document.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I'll need a little time to dig out a MWE!  I'll need to figure out how to switch between TL2010 and TL2009 on my machine.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3749" LastEditorUserId="86" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-24T10:09:06.487" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T10:09:06.487" Title="PDF inclusion: found PDF version &lt;1.5&gt;, but at most version &lt;1. 4&gt; allowed" Tags="&lt;errors&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="13" />
  <row Id="11699" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-22T09:40:25.967" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;TeX and friends give you the resources to put text in the header and footer of your document. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, you might want to have the page number at the bottom in the middle, and the current chapter title top right.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A number packages exist to help you do this including &lt;code&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/code&gt;. KOMA script classes and the memoir class contain their own resources for specifying headers and footers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-22T09:51:35.423" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T09:51:35.423" />
  <row Id="11700" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-22T09:40:25.967" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="{header-footer} is about the resources TeX and friends give you to put text in the header and footer of your document." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-12T23:16:38.073" LastActivityDate="2011-03-12T23:16:38.073" />
  <row Id="11701" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-22T09:43:08.393" Score="8" ViewCount="125" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm looking for an automatic way in LaTeX to number a same equation that would be inserted several times (under different forms for instance). The output would look something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;some text&#xA;   x-y=0    (1)&#xA;some text&#xA;   x=y      (1a)&#xA;some text. Now with an align environment&#xA;   x2-y2=0  (2)&#xA;   y-x=0    (1b)&#xA;and with an align environment again&#xA;  x2=y2     (2a)&#xA;  x2+x=y2+y (3)&#xA;Equations (1a) and (1c) are just different forms of Eq. (1), the same for Eq. (2a) and Eq. (2)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The perfect solution would have:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;an automatic increment of letters&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;usability with both equation and align environment&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;simple labeling and referencing of the multiple equation forms &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;compatibility with autoref&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But of course that could sound like an utopia, so any workarounds are welcome.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've tried with the package deleq and the tag command. I don't want to use the deleq environments because they seem to rely on something like eqnarray. That's how far I got:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{deleq}  &#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Some text&#xA;\begin{equation} y-x=0 \label{Demo1} \end{equation}&#xA;Some text (the following is not compatible with equation)&#xA;$$ x=y \label{Demo1bis} \rndeqno{Demo1} $$ %Automatic ok but not equation and bad reference!&#xA;Some text, now with an align environment:&#xA;\begin{align}&#xA;  x_2-y_2&amp;amp;=0 \label{Demo2} \\&#xA;  y&amp;amp;=x \label{Demo1ter} \tag*{\ref{Demo1}b} %\rdeqno{Demo1} &#xA;\end{align}&#xA;Some text, with align&#xA;\begin{align}&#xA;  x_2&amp;amp;=y_2 \label{Demo2bis} \tag*{\ref{Demo2}b} \\Not automatic !!!  %\rndeqno{Demo2}\\&#xA;  x_2+x&amp;amp;=y_2+y \label{Demo3} &#xA;\end{align}&#xA;\autoref{Demo1bis} and \autoref{Demo1ter} are different forms of \autoref{Demo1}, the same for \autoref{Demo2bis} and \autoref{Demo2}. &#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sorry for the long post&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In advance thank you for your help!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3750" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-02T13:31:21.543" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T13:31:21.543" Title="Inserting/Numbering/Labelling/Referencing several times the same equation written in various form" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;cross-referencing&gt;&lt;numbering&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="11702" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11716" CreationDate="2011-02-22T09:48:01.340" Score="7" ViewCount="165" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do I present vertical (columnar) multiplication and addition in LaTeX.&#xA;Like this:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://mathworld.wolfram.com/LongMultiplication.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://mathworld.wolfram.com/LongMultiplication.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;    3 8 4&#xA;x     5 6&#xA;---------&#xA;  2 3 0 4&#xA;1 9 2 0&#xA;---------&#xA;2 1 5 0 4&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I used the &quot;array&quot; environment. But i have right align problem. Any other best ideas?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3205" LastEditorUserId="711" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-22T10:10:38.130" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T17:24:01.650" Title="How present vertical multiplication" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;mathoperator&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11703" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11691" CreationDate="2011-02-22T09:53:25.580" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;What follows is only a partial solution because it typesets regular chapter entries in &lt;em&gt;small&lt;/em&gt; caps (using &lt;code&gt;\scshape&lt;/code&gt;). I'm not aware of an all-caps macro that doesn't take an argument (which doesn't mean there isn't one &lt;code&gt;:-)&lt;/code&gt;), and I also suspect that &lt;code&gt;\uppercase&lt;/code&gt; is incompatible to &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt;'s machinations in a more basic way. (TeX gurus, please coment on this!)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{memoir}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\renewcommand{\cftchapterfont}{\scshape}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\g@addto@macro{\appendixpage}{%&#xA;  \addtocontents{toc}{%&#xA;    \protect\renewcommand{\protect\cftchapterfont}{}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tableofcontents*&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{One}&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;\chapter{Two}&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;\appendix \appendixpage&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{Alpha}&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T09:53:25.580" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11704" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11698" CreationDate="2011-02-22T09:54:34.097" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Did you try &lt;code&gt;\pdfminorversion=X&lt;/code&gt; ? At least it works for me...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3735" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T09:54:34.097" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="11705" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11702" CreationDate="2011-02-22T09:59:51.847" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is one way using Plain-commands:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\vbox{&#xA;  \openup2pt&#xA;  \def\trule{\noalign{\smallskip\hrule\smallskip}}&#xA;  \halign{&amp;amp;\tabskip1em$\mathstrut#$\cr&#xA;          &amp;amp;   &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; 8 &amp;amp; 4 \cr&#xA;    \times&amp;amp;   &amp;amp;   &amp;amp; 5 &amp;amp; 6 \cr&#xA;    \trule&#xA;          &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 4 \cr&#xA;    1     &amp;amp; 9 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 0 \cr&#xA;    \trule&#xA;    2     &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 5 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 4 \cr&#xA;  }&#xA;}&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/dgPiZ.png&quot; alt=&quot;multipl&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastEditorUserId="1410" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-22T10:05:25.300" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T10:05:25.300" />
  <row Id="11706" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11702" CreationDate="2011-02-22T10:07:56.803" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;How about a simple tabular environment:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{cccc}&#xA;  &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3 \\&#xA;+ &amp;amp;   &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; 4 \\&#xA;\hline&#xA;  &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 5 &amp;amp; 7 \\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/dB0kh.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you need to change spacing, you can use the &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt; specifier which automatically puts arguments in braces as a space between columns (in this case a thin space &lt;code&gt;\,&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{c@{\,}c@{\,}c@{\,}c}&#xA;  &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3 \\&#xA;+ &amp;amp;   &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; 4 \\&#xA;\hline&#xA;  &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 5 &amp;amp; 7 \\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/N8Rxs.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some other spaces are a thick space &lt;code&gt;\;&lt;/code&gt; and a medium space &lt;code&gt;\:&lt;/code&gt;. It is also possible to avoid the onerous typing of repeating column types by using the &lt;code&gt;*{}{}&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}{c*{3}{@{\,}c}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That produces &lt;code&gt;c&lt;/code&gt;, and then 3 times &lt;code&gt;@{\,}c&lt;/code&gt;, which combines to &lt;code&gt;c@{\,}c@{\,}c@{\,}c&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1688" LastEditorUserId="1688" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-22T10:13:46.100" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T10:13:46.100" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11707" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11709" CreationDate="2011-02-22T10:14:04.523" Score="7" ViewCount="130" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am putting together a document that has several cover pages, both for front and back cover.  The bulk of the document is two-sided.  Cover pages, however, must be right-side (or left-side, for the back cover) pages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I force the next page to specifically be a right-side-page or a left-side-page?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1527" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T14:47:47.263" Title="How to force output to a left (or right) page?" Tags="&lt;page-breaking&gt;&lt;titlepage&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="11708" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11724" CreationDate="2011-02-22T10:24:31.307" Score="8" ViewCount="123" Body="&lt;p&gt;How to patch the beamer &lt;code&gt;\frame&lt;/code&gt; command (&lt;code&gt;frame&lt;/code&gt; environment) so that &lt;code&gt;\note{}&lt;/code&gt; is executed on every frame. This question is closely related to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/7427&quot;&gt;this one&lt;/a&gt;, however, I want the additional macro (&lt;code&gt;\note{}&lt;/code&gt; in my case) to be executed not &lt;em&gt;before&lt;/em&gt; but &lt;em&gt;on&lt;/em&gt; every frame, that is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{frame}&#xA;    % empty dummy note, ensures that beamer renders a note page for this frame&#xA;    % if compiled with \setbeameroption{show notes}&#xA;    \note{}&#xA;&#xA;    % frame content (may contain &quot;real&quot; \note commands, which accumulate)&#xA;&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am trying to achieve that in the resulting PDF &lt;strong&gt;every&lt;/strong&gt; slide  (even from frames that do not specify notes) is followed by a notes pages, so that I can use &lt;code&gt;pdfnup --nup 1x2&lt;/code&gt; (or similar tools) to pair them on the same page. That is, the following minimal example should result in a 4 page PDF file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\setbeameroption{show notes}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}{Slide with notes}&#xA;  Slide content&#xA;  \note{Cool note!}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}{Slide without a single note (a notes page should follow nevertheless!)}&#xA;  More slide content:&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Side note: I do &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; want any solution that builds on &lt;code&gt;pgfpages&lt;/code&gt; (such as &quot;notes on second screen&quot;), as this package interferes at the shipout level with the &lt;code&gt;textpos&lt;/code&gt; package, which I absolutely need for absolute positioning. The results look &quot;funny&quot; at best!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any ideas are welcome!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3751" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-22T10:48:56.597" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T14:50:48.947" Title="Run macro on each frame in beamer" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="11709" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11707" CreationDate="2011-02-22T10:33:04.517" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For odd / right-side pages you can use &lt;code&gt;\cleardoublepage&lt;/code&gt;  in two-sided documents. (In on-sided ones &lt;code&gt;\cleardoublepage&lt;/code&gt; is identical to &lt;code&gt;\clearpage&lt;/code&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To force even / left-side pages you would need to define your own macro based on &lt;code&gt;\cleardoublepage&lt;/code&gt;, but with reversed logic:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*\cleartoleftpage{%&#xA;  \clearpage&#xA;  \ifodd\value{page}\hbox{}\newpage\fi&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% Demonstration / Test:&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  Title on right side&#xA;\cleardoublepage&#xA;  other title on right side&#xA;\cleartoleftpage&#xA;  on the left side&#xA;\cleartoleftpage&#xA;  also on the left side&#xA;\cleardoublepage&#xA;  right side again&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A more complex version which behaves nicely in single-sided documents and also supports two-column mode is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand*{\cleartoleftpage}{%&#xA;  \clearpage&#xA;    \if@twoside&#xA;    \ifodd\c@page&#xA;      \hbox{}\newpage&#xA;      \if@twocolumn&#xA;        \hbox{}\newpage&#xA;      \fi&#xA;    \fi&#xA;  \fi&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is the definition of &lt;code&gt;\cleardoublepage&lt;/code&gt; just with the &lt;code&gt;\else&lt;/code&gt; removed to negate the logic, i.e. make it force even pages instead of odd.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-22T10:42:21.343" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T10:42:21.343" />
  <row Id="11710" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11726" CreationDate="2011-02-22T11:00:05.563" Score="5" ViewCount="75" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using latexmk for the automatic resolution of needed reruns. I would like to put all build files (aux, log, bbl, pdf, etc.) in a subdirectory.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I cannot find an option for latexmk to do this. If I specify -output-directory in the pdflatex rule like this&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$pdflatex=&quot;pdflatex -interaction=nonstopmode -output-directory=build&quot;;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;latexmk fails to find the files when doing a second run.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Has anyone found a suitable solution?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3413" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T14:26:07.133" Title="Specify -output-directory when using latexmk" Tags="&lt;latexmk&gt;&lt;output&gt;&lt;build-system&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="11711" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11701" CreationDate="2011-02-22T11:31:38.763" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;this is not a full solution but just some hints on how to do it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1- You will have to define your own counter for &quot;sub-equations&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcounter{subequation}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2- Define how you want to display such counter:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\thesubequation}{\alph{subequation}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;3- You can then create a reference and label for the equation with:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\refstepcounter{subequation} \label{someLabel}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, when you use &lt;code&gt;\ref{somLabel}&lt;/code&gt;, you will have the number for that equation. There are some issues though, as it will not show the number of the first equation, but just a., b., etc. and it won't 'reset' on it's own when stepping the main equation counter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can have it automatically reset by using:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcounter{subequation}[equation]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but this won't work with your example as you want to insert the new sub-counter for eq1 after already incrementing to eq2.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anyway, these are just hints for what to look at. Maybe someone with better knowledge of counters could help there.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3390" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T11:31:38.763" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-02-22T11:31:38.763" />
  <row Id="11712" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-22T12:04:42.193" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The tilde &lt;code&gt;~&lt;/code&gt; character is a special, active character which stands for an unbreakable space, i.e. the line will not be broken at this space.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To typeset the tilde as character use &lt;code&gt;\textasciitilde&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\~{}&lt;/code&gt;.&#xA;The &lt;code&gt;textcomp&lt;/code&gt; package provides a lower tilde as &lt;code&gt;\texttildelow&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To write a tilde to an auxiliary file use &lt;code&gt;\string~&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-22T12:07:46.200" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T12:07:46.200" />
  <row Id="11713" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-22T12:04:42.193" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="The {tilde} tag marks questions about handling the special tilde character" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-22T12:07:48.150" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T12:07:48.150" />
  <row Id="11714" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-22T12:09:23.893" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Important packages related to footnotes are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/footmisc&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;footmisc&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; &amp;mdash; Customize footnotes&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/footnote&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;footnote&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; &amp;mdash; Better handling of footnotes inside boxes&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/bigfoot&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;bigfoot&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; &amp;mdash; Multiple footnote levels&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-25T22:45:26.323" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T22:45:26.323" />
  <row Id="11715" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-22T12:09:23.893" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="{footnotes} is about material typeset as footnotes. Important packages are {footmisc}, {footnote}, and {bigfoot}." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-15T15:42:58.293" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T15:42:58.293" />
  <row Id="11716" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11702" CreationDate="2011-02-22T12:17:53.137" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/xlop&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;xlop package&lt;/a&gt; does this sort of thing.  It does warn that it uses &quot;french conventions&quot;, but at least for multiplication it looks fine, to me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;disclaimer: i last did multiplication sums in school in the 1950s...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{xlop}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\opmul{384}{56}\qquad&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ZVagZ.png&quot; alt=&quot;output image&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3753" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-22T12:53:21.983" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T12:53:21.983" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="11717" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12107" CreationDate="2011-02-22T12:20:51.710" Score="4" ViewCount="150" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm typesetting my dissertation using Springer's &lt;code&gt;svmono&lt;/code&gt; class. The class defines its own formatting of table and figure captions. I have a couple of multipage tables which I typesetted using longtable package, which has its own &lt;code&gt;\caption&lt;/code&gt; command which is different than the one imposed by the class (longtable uses default formatting of the article class). I'm trying to make the caption formating consistent, without success so far.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I had a look at LaTeX Companion, but the only information I found there states that &quot;[with the caption package] it is easy to customize longtable and table captions, keeping the style of captions consistent between those two environments&quot;. I don't find it easy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any help would be appreciated!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is a toy example of what I'm looking for.&#xA;Link to the &lt;a href=&quot;http://bojan.3e.pl/etc/svmonomb.cls&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;class &lt;code&gt;svmonomb&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&#xA;&#xA;\documentclass{svmonomb}&#xA;\usepackage{longtable}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;I would like to have the longtable version \ref{longtable} look like &#xA;the ``normal'' version \ref{table}.&#xA;&#xA;\bigskip&#xA;&#xA;\begin{table}&#xA;    \centering&#xA;    \begin{tabular}{rrrrrrrrr}&#xA;        1 &amp; 1 &amp; 1 &amp; 1 &amp; 1 &amp; 1 &amp; 1 &amp; 1 \\&#xA;        1 &amp; 1 &amp; 1 &amp; 1 &amp; 1 &amp; 1 &amp; 1 &amp; 1&#xA;    \end{tabular}&#xA;    \caption{Caption of the normal \texttt{table} environment.}&#xA;    \label{table}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{longtable}{rrrrrrrrr}&#xA;    1 &amp; 1 &amp; 1 &amp; 1 &amp; 1 &amp; 1 &amp; 1 &amp; 1 \\&#xA;    1 &amp; 1 &amp; 1 &amp; 1 &amp; 1 &amp; 1 &amp; 1 &amp; 1 \\&#xA;    \caption{Caption of the \texttt{longtable} environment.}&#xA;    \label{longtable}&#xA;\end{longtable}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3754" LastEditorUserId="3754" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-23T13:36:53.547" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T07:44:58.587" Title="Formating captions in longtable tables" Tags="&lt;captions&gt;&lt;formatting&gt;&lt;longtable&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="11718" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11219" CreationDate="2011-02-22T12:57:00.013" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think I have it although I'm not entirely sure why.  It seems there were two issues to solve.  The first one was what I asked ie: how to have only the first author appear as last-first with subsequent authors appear first-last.  To fix this I altered the &lt;code&gt;sortname&lt;/code&gt; &lt;code&gt;DeclareNameFormat&lt;/code&gt; in aglc2.cbx.  It now looks like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\DeclareNameFormat{sortname}{%&#xA;        \ifthenelse{\value{listcount}=1}&#xA;                {&#xA;                        \usebibmacro{name:last-first}{#1}{#3}{#5}{#7}%&#xA;                        \usebibmacro{name:andothers}&#xA;                } &#xA;                {&#xA;                        \ifthenelse{\value{listcount}&gt;1\and\value{listtotal}&gt;\value{liststop}}&#xA;                        {}&#xA;                        {%&#xA;                            \usebibmacro{name:first-last}{#1}{#3}{#5}{#7}%&#xA;                        }%&#xA;                }&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm pretty confident this is a decent solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The strange bit is how I fixed the 'et al' placement.  I know what I did but I don't know why it works.  I had to make two changes.  The first was to delete this macro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\renewbibmacro*{name:andothers}{% &#xA;  \ifthenelse{\value{listtotal}&gt;\value{liststop}\AND\value{listcount}=2\AND\ifmorenames}%&#xA;    {\addspace\bibstring{andothers}}%&#xA;    {}} &#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The existence of this macro seemed to be the cause of not having 'et al' printed at all.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The second change was to change this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\renewbibmacro*{author}{%&#xA;  \ifuseauthor&#xA;    {\printnames[][1-3]{author}}&#xA;    {}}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to this&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\renewbibmacro*{author}{%&#xA;  \ifuseauthor&#xA;    {\printnames{author}}&#xA;    {}}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This seemed to be the cause of having 'et al' appear after the second author instead of after the first.  Why is beyond me.  But now that these changes are made, the style seems to be working properly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I think I'm there!  I'd love to find out more about those last two changes so they don't bite me later but at least I'm where I want to be... for now.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks to everyone who helped.  Having the discussion with you all is what made this possible.  I appreciate your guidance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3052" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T12:57:00.013" />
  <row Id="11719" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11721" CreationDate="2011-02-22T13:06:58.193" Score="8" ViewCount="136" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have some code I want to typeset as verbatim (lstlisting would be ok as well) - but I want to highlight some parts of it via a different background color, i.e. something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{verbatim}&#xA;hello \colorbox{red}{world} blah&#xA;hello world blub&#xA;\end{verbatim}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Where &lt;code&gt;colorbox&lt;/code&gt; should not be interpreted verbatim and should not introduce additional horizontal spaces, i.e. blah and blub should be correctly aligned (like without any highlighting).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried the &lt;code&gt;Verbatim&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;lstlisting&lt;/code&gt; environments like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{lstlisting}[escapechar=\%]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{Verbatim}[commandchars=\\\{\}]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in combination with a then escaped &lt;code&gt;colorbox&lt;/code&gt; command - the highlighting works - but the additional spaces are introduced and screw up the character alignment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I do it right?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="929" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T13:56:32.793" Title="How do I backcolor in verbatim?" Tags="&lt;verbatim&gt;&lt;colorbox&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="11721" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11719" CreationDate="2011-02-22T13:37:28.420" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think the &lt;code&gt;alltt&lt;/code&gt; environment from the package with the same name is better suited here. It makes everything verbatim except &lt;code&gt;\&lt;/code&gt;,&lt;code&gt;{&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;}&lt;/code&gt;, similar to&#xA;&lt;code&gt;\begin{Verbatim}[commandchars=\\\{\}]&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The mentioned added space is due to the used &lt;code&gt;\fboxsep&lt;/code&gt; which makes the box bigger. You can avoid this by setting this value to zero, either globally or locally using a own macro. This however makes the box very tight on all four sites. An added &lt;code&gt;\strut&lt;/code&gt; makes sure that it has always the same height and depth.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{alltt}&#xA;% Global:&#xA;\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}&#xA;% Better:&#xA;\newcommand\hi[2][red]{{%&#xA;  \setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}%&#xA;  \colorbox{#1}{#2\strut}%&#xA;}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{alltt}&#xA;hello \colorbox{red}{world\strut} blah&#xA;hello world blub&#xA;hello \hi{world} blub&#xA;\end{alltt}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another alternative, the best one IHMO, is to compensate for the &lt;code&gt;fboxsep&lt;/code&gt; before and after the box:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{standalone}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{alltt}&#xA;% Compensate for fbox sep:&#xA;\newcommand\Hi[2][red]{%&#xA;  \hspace*{-\fboxsep}%&#xA;  \colorbox{#1}{#2}%&#xA;  \hspace*{-\fboxsep}%&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{alltt}&#xA;hello world blah&#xA;hello \Hi{world} blah&#xA;\end{alltt}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Result:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/33TQa.png&quot; alt=&quot;Result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-22T13:44:13.613" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T13:44:13.613" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11722" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11708" CreationDate="2011-02-22T13:37:34.770" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Perhaps the easiest approach would be to create a wrapper environment. Basic  example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\newenvironment{nframe}[1]{%&#xA;\begin{frame}[environment=nframe]\frametitle{#1}\note{}%&#xA;}{%&#xA;\end{frame}%&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{nframe}{Title}&#xA;  Foo&#xA;\end{nframe}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think this currently breaks if you &lt;em&gt;don't&lt;/em&gt; supply a frametitle, which is awkward... Leave the second argument empty to not have a frametitle.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a solution that apparently doesn't work, I keep it up here for the sake of posterity.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Adapting the answer in the linked question, could you not use &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/etoolbox&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;etoolbox&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;'s &lt;code&gt;\appto&lt;/code&gt; like so: &lt;code&gt;\appto{\frame}{\note{}}&lt;/code&gt; to include a note at the beginning of each frame?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-22T14:50:48.947" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T14:50:48.947" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="11723" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11719" CreationDate="2011-02-22T13:38:09.417" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just set &lt;code&gt;\fboxsep=0pt&lt;/code&gt; to reduce the extra space around &lt;code&gt;\colorbox&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And here's another solution:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{soul}&#xA;\colorlet{mycolor}{red!50}&#xA;\sethlcolor{mycolor}&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\lstset{basicstyle=\ttfamily,columns=flexible,&#xA;  escapechar=`}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}&#xA;foo`\hl{bar}`foo&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/56XCe.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-22T13:56:32.793" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T13:56:32.793" />
  <row Id="11724" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11708" CreationDate="2011-02-22T13:48:34.220" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This seemed to work for your small example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\beamer@framenotesbegin{% at beginning of slide&#xA;  \gdef\beamer@noteitems{}%&#xA;  \gdef\beamer@notes{{}}% used to be totally empty.&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mind you, I've not put too much thought into it, so complain if it doesn't work. :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1860" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T13:48:34.220" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11725" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11727" CreationDate="2011-02-22T13:51:43.090" Score="8" ViewCount="139" Body="&lt;p&gt;In a mixed language document, I try to use a URL. Here is minimal input&#xA;demonstrating&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article} % compile with xelatex&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\usepackage{polyglossia} &#xA;  \setmainlanguage{hebrew} &#xA;  \setotherlanguage{english}&#xA;  \newfontfamily\hebrewfont[Script=Hebrew]{Ezra SIL}% or{SBL Hebrew}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{english}English separates Yankees and Brits?&#xA;  \url{http://www.google.com}&#xA;  \end{english}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, polyglosssia does not like this at all, complaining that:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Package polyglossia Error: &#xA;The current roman font does not contain the Hebrew script!&#xA;Please define \hebrewfont with \newfontfamily.&#xA;&#xA;See the polyglossia package documentation for explanation.&#xA;Type  H &amp;lt;return&amp;gt;  for immediate help.&#xA; ...                                              &#xA;&#xA;l.9 \url{http://www.google.com}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am confused. Didn't I switch to English on line 8? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3391" LastEditorUserId="3391" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-23T14:26:32.233" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T14:26:32.233" Title="Hyperref using the wrong language script for \url?" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;verbatim&gt;&lt;url&gt;&lt;polyglossia&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11726" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11710" CreationDate="2011-02-22T13:58:02.410" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use latexmk's &lt;code&gt;-jobname&lt;/code&gt; option like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;latexmk -pdf -jobname=/path/to/new/output/newfilename currentfile&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and all of the output files will be routed to the directory specified and given the basename 'newfilename'. E.g., all the files associated with processing currentfile.tex will now be in output/ and be called newfilename.pdf, newfilename.bbl, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2506" LastEditorUserId="2506" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-22T14:26:07.133" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T14:26:07.133" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11727" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11725" CreationDate="2011-02-22T14:15:51.193" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you change your link to  &lt;code&gt;\href{http://www.google.com}{Google}&lt;/code&gt; instead of using &lt;code&gt;\url&lt;/code&gt; it works fine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, this doesn't actually solve the problem directly.  Building on Leo's answer, but using &lt;code&gt;polyglossia&lt;/code&gt; methods, (and LaTeX syntax) the correct solution is the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand\UrlFont{\ttfamilylatin}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-22T15:30:37.687" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T15:30:37.687" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="11728" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11708" CreationDate="2011-02-22T14:22:48.727" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One sneaky way to do this is to put the code somewhere else that gets evaluated each frame rather than to try to hook in to the frame environment itself.  For example, the templates can contain arbitrary code so you could redefine one of the always-used templates to include the relevant command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In a similar circumstance, I've hooked in to the &lt;code&gt;\frametitle&lt;/code&gt; command as that's a bit more robust.  I don't know if &lt;code&gt;\begin{frame}{Some Title}&lt;/code&gt; calls &lt;code&gt;\frametitle&lt;/code&gt; internally so I don't know if this would work for you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T14:22:48.727" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11729" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11707" CreationDate="2011-02-22T14:47:47.263" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As @Martin explained, &lt;code&gt;\cleardoublepage&lt;/code&gt; is a standard LaTeX command to force a break to an odd (right, recto) page in double-sided documents. The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/koma-script.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;KOMA-script&lt;/a&gt; classes and the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/memoir.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;memoir&lt;/a&gt; class offer numerous custom commands for page-breaking:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;With KOMA-script, use &lt;code&gt;\cleardoubleevenemptypage&lt;/code&gt; to force a break to an even (left, verso) page. (If necessary, this will produce an additional odd page with page style &lt;code&gt;empty&lt;/code&gt;, as is the default in KOMA-script.) See section 3.13 of the German (!) version of the KOMA-script manual for other available commands.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;With memoir, use &lt;code&gt;\cleartoverso&lt;/code&gt; to force a break to an even page. See section 18.13 of the memoir manual for other available commands.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T14:47:47.263" />
  <row Id="11730" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11725" CreationDate="2011-02-22T14:51:59.887" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It has nothing to do with hyperref. &lt;code&gt;\url&lt;/code&gt; uses &lt;code&gt;\ttfamily&lt;/code&gt; as font. You get the same message if you simply call &lt;code&gt;\ttfamily&lt;/code&gt;. At my opinion this is a bug in the font switching system of polyglossia. The script=hebrew option is still present after a language switch.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T14:51:59.887" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="11731" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11725" CreationDate="2011-02-22T14:59:05.260" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's not a bug of &lt;code&gt;url&lt;/code&gt; package. &lt;code&gt;\url&lt;/code&gt; use &lt;code&gt;\ttfamily&lt;/code&gt; by default, however, the default typewriter font &lt;code&gt;lmtt&lt;/code&gt; is not for the default language Hebrew. Just redefine &lt;code&gt;\UrlFont&lt;/code&gt; to fix it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\UrlFont{\usefont{EU1}{lmtt}{m}{n}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T14:59:05.260" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11732" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-22T15:14:08.563" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you are using XeLaTeX, you should load &lt;code&gt;polyglossia&lt;/code&gt; &lt;em&gt;instead&lt;/em&gt; of &lt;code&gt;babel&lt;/code&gt;. The package does the following automatically: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Loading the appropriate hyphenation patterns. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Setting the script and language tags of the current font (if possible and&#xA;  available), via the package &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Switching to a font assigned by the user to a particular script or&#xA;  language. - Adjusting some&#xA;  typographical conventions according to&#xA;  the current language (such as&#xA;  afterindent, frenchindent, spaces&#xA;  before or after punctuation marks,&#xA;  etc.). &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Redefining all document strings (like “chapter”, “figure”,&#xA;  “bibliography”). - Adapting the&#xA;  formatting of dates (for non-Gregorian&#xA;  calendars via external packages&#xA;  bundled with polyglossia: currently&#xA;  the Hebrew, Islamic and Farsi&#xA;  calendars are supported).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;For languages that have their own numbering system, modifying the&#xA;  formatting of numbers appropriately&#xA;  (this also includes redefining the&#xA;  alphabetic sequence for non-Latin&#xA;  alphabets).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Ensuring proper directionality if the document contains languages that&#xA;  are written from right to left (via&#xA;  the package &lt;code&gt;bidi&lt;/code&gt;, available&#xA;  separately).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(&lt;em&gt;Polyglossia&lt;/em&gt; documentation, p.2)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Don't be alarmed if your log file mentions &lt;code&gt;babel&lt;/code&gt; hyphenation patterns when you are using &lt;code&gt;polyglossia&lt;/code&gt;. This is normal, and is due to how hypehnation patterns are loaded; it does not mean that the &lt;code&gt;babel&lt;/code&gt; package has been loaded.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-22T15:25:08.133" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T15:25:08.133" />
  <row Id="11733" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-22T15:14:08.563" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="Polyglossia is a replacement for babel for use with XeLaTeX. It provides multilingual support for most languages and handles automatic script changing using the fontspec package." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-22T15:25:09.693" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T15:25:09.693" />
  <row Id="11734" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-21T17:10:28.950" Score="5" ViewCount="121" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am creating a TeX document to be distributed to a class and it must use a style file, es150.sty, provided by the professor. For reasons too verbose to get into here, let's assume that es150.sty is a black box which I cannot have access into in order to change the various spacing settings. I've created a document with this style file and everything compiles just fine. However, all of the text, headers, etc., that I need appear only on pages 1 and 2 (as desired), but TeX is generating a totally extraneous, blank page 3 at the end of the document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have read many message board posts about tinkering with the book class, the chapter class, and using things like the \part{} environment in order to remove blank pages and spaces that appear between chapters, or at the end of these types of documents. However, my question is specifically how to remove a single extraneous blank page from a document that's not of any of these types.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I can say about es150.sty: It defines an environment called &quot;handout&quot; and another called &quot;exercise&quot; for creating homework exercises on a handout to give to students. This style file derives from some others and has been used for dozens of courses. It's a cut-and-dry template file with nothing fancy in it and it's been used consistently without problems like this in the past.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, to summarize: is there a sane, practical, short way (preferably just by issuing some kind of \ignorepage{} command or something) to chop off the extraneous whitespace at the end of my document &lt;em&gt;without tinkering with the .sty file&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T16:45:55.940" Title="How to remove blank LaTeX page without modifying book, chapter, or other package specifications." Tags="&lt;style&gt;&lt;blank-page&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11735" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11734" CreationDate="2011-02-22T10:10:58.377" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's certainly possible, since what Tex does with the page is controllable by redefining a token list, &lt;code&gt;\output&lt;/code&gt;.  I'm not sure how to determine whether a page is empty in vanilla Latex, because the contents of &lt;code&gt;\output&lt;/code&gt; vary over document classes.  With Luatex, you can look at the contents of a page after it is typeset and &quot;rewind&quot; if the page is blank, which allows you to write more robust code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following code might or might not work for you:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%%Put this at the point after which you want no blank pages&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\edef\@@output{\the\output}&#xA;\output={\ifdim\ht255&amp;lt;\hsize % \ht255 is the height of \box255, &#xA;                             %  which contains the text to be output&#xA;            \relax&#xA;         \else \@@output \fi}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I haven't tested it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-22T16:45:55.940" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T16:45:55.940" />
  <row Id="11736" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11734" CreationDate="2011-02-22T10:23:45.753" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;is there a … way … to chop off the extraneous whitespace at the end of my document &lt;em&gt;without tinkering with the .sty file&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can always just override the macros of the .sty file by redefining them in your actual document. This may not always be pretty but it’s absolutely possible. In the simplest case, if we assume that some command &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt; is responsible for the blank page by issuing a command &lt;code&gt;\clearpage&lt;/code&gt;, you can just copy that out of the &lt;code&gt;.sty&lt;/code&gt; file and redefine it in your main document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Given:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\foo{…something…\clearpage…something else…}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Just put this into your document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand\foo{…somethign……something else…}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, this needs to be adjusted for parameters etc. and it’s probably not as simple as removing a redundant &lt;code&gt;\clearpage&lt;/code&gt; but the principle still applies.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T10:23:45.753" />
  <row Id="11738" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11734" CreationDate="2011-02-22T15:38:47.707" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is a very practical way that doesn't mess with the style file, nor even your tex document: remove the blank page afterwards.  If you are on a Unix system with TeXLive installed (debian package &lt;code&gt;texlive-pictures&lt;/code&gt;) then you can use the utility &lt;code&gt;pdftk&lt;/code&gt; to create a new PDF from an old one by selecting certain pages.  If you are doubly fortunate and are using &lt;code&gt;zsh&lt;/code&gt;, then here's a command that will strip off the last page of a PDF:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;pdftk essay.pdf cat 1-$(pdfinfo !#:1 | perl -ne '/^Pages: *(\d+)/ &amp;amp;&amp;amp; print ($1-1)') output !#:1:r.trunc.pdf&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T15:38:47.707" />
  <row Id="11741" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11702" CreationDate="2011-02-22T16:42:50.160" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is always preferable for a problem like this to let TeX do the calculations for you. Here is a draft solution and it does not use any tables. It still misses a small iteration macro to be completed, but I decided to post it, as it is easier to understand the code at this stage of development.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fp,intCalc}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \def\multiplication#1#2{&#xA;  \def\answer{\FPmul\temp{#1}{#2}&#xA;   \parindent=0pt&#xA;   \FPround\temp{\temp}{0}\temp}&#xA;   \def\linea{#1}&#xA;   \def\lineb{$\times$\hfill#2}&#xA;   \def\linez##1##2##3{&#xA;   \intcalcMul{#1}{##2}##3}&#xA;   \def\Rule{\rule{1.5cm}{0.4pt}}&#xA;   \begin{minipage}[t]{1.5cm}&#xA;     \begin{flushright}&#xA;       \linea\\&#xA;       \lineb\\[-2pt]&#xA;       \Rule\\&#xA;       \def\Z{\phantom{0}}&#xA;       \linez{#1}{3}{}\\&#xA;       \linez{#1}{2}{\Z}\\[-8pt]&#xA;       \Rule&#xA;       \answer&#xA;     \end{flushright}&#xA;   \end{minipage}}&#xA;\multiplication{35670}{23}&#xA;\end{document}    &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have used both the &lt;code&gt;fp&lt;/code&gt; package as well as the &lt;code&gt;intCalc&lt;/code&gt; package to perform the calculations for demonstration purposes. It will be preferable to perform these calculations with the &lt;code&gt;fp&lt;/code&gt; package in order to handle decimals correctly. One possibility also is to use a random function to set the what I presume are exercises randomly as well as produce the answers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In many European countries the &lt;code&gt;x&lt;/code&gt; operator would be typeset on the right.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-22T17:24:01.650" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T17:24:01.650" />
  <row Id="11742" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11840" CreationDate="2011-02-22T16:45:15.427" Score="4" ViewCount="99" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi!&#xA;I can't resolve the problem with including pictures. When I add a picture by using &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt; my text doesn't flush to the bottom (as it should) but it move up. It happens especially when I add &lt;code&gt;\wrapfigure&lt;/code&gt; to the next side and footnote. Here you can see the text on the even page move a bit up. When I add \footnote it move up more. So, lines on the even and odd side don't match. &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ijiTN.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;. &#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/bWWKN.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And here is my minimal working preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{wrapfig}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[&#xA;centering,&#xA;showframe,&#xA;papersize={160mm,235mm},&#xA;text={125mm,190.5mm},&#xA;]{geometry}&#xA;&#xA;\setlength{\parskip}{0pt}&#xA;\setlength{\parindent}{14pt} &#xA;&#xA;\clubpenalty10000 &#xA;\widowpenalty10000 &#xA;&#xA;\sloppy &#xA;&#xA;\frenchspacing&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[demo]{graphicx}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I thought maybe &lt;code&gt;\flushbottom&lt;/code&gt; would help but didn't (maybe because of &lt;code&gt;\parskip{0pt}&lt;/code&gt;). I tried &lt;code&gt;\vspace&lt;/code&gt; inside &lt;code&gt;{figure}&lt;/code&gt; environment but it didn't work too. I found maybe this would help&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \setlength\floatsep{12pt plus 12pt minus 2pt} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but wouldn't. Do you know what to do?&#xA;Thanks for any help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sorry for long post but I don't know how to use wrapfigure with lipsum. It is why I showed you only my preamble. I don't know how to put a picture at the top of the page (like on the odd page in my example). In this example text move up with wrapfigure on the next page and move a bit down without it whereas I need it exactly on the bottom line of the frame (When I don't include graphic the text is exactly on the line). Martin, I use {figure} as you can see below.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{venturis}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{wrapfig}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[&#xA;centering,&#xA;showframe,&#xA;papersize={160mm,235mm},&#xA;text={125mm,190.5mm},&#xA;]{geometry}&#xA;&#xA;\setlength{\parskip}{0pt}&#xA;\setlength{\parindent}{14pt} &#xA;&#xA;\clubpenalty10000 &#xA;\widowpenalty10000 &#xA;&#xA;\sloppy &#xA;&#xA;\frenchspacing&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[demo]{graphicx}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA; \begin{figure}[!ht]&#xA;    \centering&#xA;    \hspace{3pt}\fbox{\includegraphics[width=118mm]{photo.jpg}}&#xA;    %\vspace{-10pt}&#xA;    \caption*{\footnotesize\centering{lorem}}&#xA; \end{figure}&#xA;Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Aliquam fermentum, purus eget ultrices consectetur, odio magna commodo metus, sed blandit ipsum nisl at mi. Maecenas et sapien sapien. Proin quis arcu vel nulla commodo elementum. Fusce id ultrices enim. Aenean quis suscipit quam. Etiam egestas, felis et lobortis auctor, felis felis porttitor nibh, quis placerat quam est hendrerit purus. Nam luctus tincidunt turpis, at bibendum risus semper vitae. Praesent quis tortor sit amet massa aliquam sollicitudin. Curabitur venenatis tempus ligula elementum semper. Maecenas vehicula urna in lectus varius non dignissim felis elementum. Praesent dignissim ultricies massa at faucibus. Nam sed libero enim. Sed euismod mollis tortor, sit amet elementum nulla lacinia ut.&#xA;&#xA;Nullam congue turpis sed arcu mollis sit amet vulputate sapien iaculis. Aliquam eget nulla enim. Praesent pulvinar felis ut risus laoreet suscipit. Nulla id velit purus. In nec est ut ligula pulvinar congue eu id massa. Donec id porta est. Vestibulum ante ipsum primis in faucibus orci luctus et ultrices posuere cubilia Curae; Fusce a dapibus tellus. Phasellus auctor nisi arcu. Proin libero quam, fringilla vitae hendrerit ut, fermentum in lectus. Nulla tempus sem dolor, posuere aliquet velit. In lacus nisl, porttitor euismod lobortis id, blandit id nulla. Vestibulum tristique nunc et eros fringilla pretium. Cum sociis natoque penatibus et magnis dis parturient montes, nascetur ridiculus mus. Fusce dignissim, sapien ac feugiat aliquam, nunc nisl imperdiet dui, quis volutpat massa nisl sed lectus.&#xA;&#xA;Suspendisse imperdiet feugiat tempor. Vivamus tincidunt justo laoreet urna vestibulum aliquet. Mauris sed varius dui. Donec tempus ipsum non dolor euismod id molestie ante condimentum. Nulla vehicula, erat quis accumsan luctus, lorem ligula viverra sem, sit amet laoreet mi mauris non diam. Maecenas augue dui, tincidunt non lacinia vitae, lacinia at quam. Donec dapibus auctor nunc. Proin aliquet sollicitudin luctus. Maecenas sed mi odio. Sed elementum massa sed nisl pulvinar eu iaculis ligula ornare. Sed at pulvinar lorem. Curabitur ac quam sit amet erat ullamcorper ornare. Vestibulum eu tempor lacus. Donec ultrices, sapien vel gravida hendrerit, lorem lacus eleifend ipsum, in tristique justo velit ac tellus. Quisque vestibulum fringilla arcu posuere ultricies. In placerat imperdiet scelerisque. Morbi quis dui vitae neque cursus rutrum vel semper ante. Donec at orci sed nisl iaculis cursus non tempor lorem. Duis eget risus augue, eget viverra felis.&#xA;&#xA;Nulla justo diam, posuere ut egestas non, varius facilisis enim. Donec suscipit, dolor nec lobortis ornare, velit erat interdum tellus, ac elementum orci mauris vitae magna. \begin{wrapfigure}{r}{0.5\textwidth}&#xA;%\vspace{-10pt}&#xA;\fbox{\includegraphics[width=0.48\textwidth]{photo.jpg}}&#xA;\vspace{-22pt} &#xA;\caption*{\footnotesize\centering{lorem}}&#xA;\end{wrapfigure}Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Aliquam faucibus dui dolor. Quisque ut felis dolor. Aliquam aliquam venenatis leo sed vehicula. Praesent neque justo, facilisis non gravida et, feugiat nec ante. Donec tincidunt, sem sit amet elementum commodo, felis tellus volutpat metus, quis ultrices mi urna et tellus. Ut sit amet scelerisque elit. Aliquam ac magna id lacus accumsan consequat et eu nunc. Nam lorem leo, mattis aliquet congue ultrices, pharetra in nisl. Curabitur cursus neque nec eros pulvinar aliquet.&#xA;&#xA;Pellentesque vestibulum adipiscing dapibus. Donec auctor, dolor a viverra auctor, tellus urna cursus nulla, et imperdiet mauris mauris in arcu. Quisque condimentum, quam eu mollis bibendum, erat augue viverra augue, eu viverra magna sapien in felis. Aliquam scelerisque tempus quam, adipiscing posuere lectus dictum et. Integer feugiat viverra egestas. Cras malesuada dictum felis, eu aliquam erat bibendum vitae. Curabitur ac metus non lorem hendrerit ornare eget eget nisl. Vestibulum ante ante, lobortis eu congue sed, euismod in risus. Sed viverra ornare dui, et condimentum libero pellentesque at. Sed congue est ut purus ornare euismod. Vivamus venenatis dui sit amet magna dignissim suscipit. Nunc eu nunc eu nulla semper auctor. Mauris lacus felis, facilisis tincidunt fermentum a, cursus nec enim. Proin eu placerat libero. Praesent sagittis, lectus ac ultricies ultrices, nulla ante imperdiet risus, molestie porta erat mauris a dui. Quisque consequat lorem ut sem faucibus rutrum.&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3506" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-22T19:13:48.743" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T14:23:47.260" Title="Problem with layout after including pictures" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;&lt;wrapfigure&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="18" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="11743" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11745" CreationDate="2011-02-22T17:03:36.290" Score="6" ViewCount="87" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need to override the default equation numbering behavior. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want the numbers next to equations in my Beamer slide presentation to match with the numbers of the same equations in my paper.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;so instead of equations 1,2,3,4,...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;it would be equations 2.2, 5.1, 7.1, 7.2 ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3758" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-25T08:38:49.420" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T08:38:49.420" Title="Override default equation numbering in Beamer?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;equations&gt;&lt;numbering&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="11744" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11743" CreationDate="2011-02-22T17:17:15.223" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Simply redefining &lt;code&gt;\theequation&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;2.2&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;5.1&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;7.1&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;7.2&lt;/code&gt;, ..., direct before the equation should do the trick. You can do this using:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand*{\theequation}{2.2}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you have issues with that try:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\gdef\theequation{2.2}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T17:17:15.223" />
  <row Id="11745" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11743" CreationDate="2011-02-22T17:22:07.767" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Beamer loads the &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; package, so you can just use the &lt;code&gt;\tag&lt;/code&gt; command to supply the specific number for each equation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{equation}&#xA;\tag{2.2}&#xA;y = x^{2}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T17:22:07.767" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11746" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-22T17:38:13.873" Score="2" ViewCount="71" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to add acronyms to a bibTeX file?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have a bibTeX entry that looks like the following when printed with &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/TVH9U.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And when used within the text it looks like:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/GP7pJ.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like it to show IBM [2011] and it could look the same in the references print or something like International Business Machines (IBM). etc...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My current entry looks like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@webpage{International-Business-Machines:2011aa,&#xA;    Author = {{International Business Machines}},&#xA;    Month = {February},&#xA;    Title = {{Common Public License}},&#xA;    Url = {http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/library/os-cpl.html},&#xA;    Year = {2011}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2042" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T10:36:29.370" Title="Acronyms in Bibtex" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;acronyms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11747" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-22T18:14:18.107" Score="3" ViewCount="82" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to change the height of one part of the node to the minimum possible. How can I do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{shapes}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \node[rectangle split,rectangle split parts=3] {&#xA;      first&#xA;      \nodepart{second}&#xA;      \nodepart{third}&#xA;      third&#xA;    };&#xA;  \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want the second part (which is empty) to be 0.1cm in height.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1449" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T18:51:38.147" Title="How to change the height of just one nodepart in TikZ?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="11748" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11764" CreationDate="2011-02-22T18:26:09.967" Score="3" ViewCount="56" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi, the footer on my first TOC page is not showing in the right position. My code (very simplified, I made a copy of the class and document used, made cuts until I found out the problem and generated this code snipet) is below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10.5pt,twoside]{report}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\usepackage[a4paper,vmargin={3cm,3.2cm},hmargin={3cm,3cm}]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage[demo]{graphicx} &#xA;&#xA;\pagestyle{fancyplain}&#xA;\fancyhead{}&#xA;\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0pt}&#xA;&#xA;%if I comment the line below it works&#xA;\fancyhead[C]{\includegraphics[height=38pt]{sampleimage.png}}&#xA;&#xA;\fancyfoot{}&#xA;\fancyfoot[LE,RO]{\thepage}&#xA;\cfoot{\includegraphics[height=28pt]{anyimage.png}}&#xA;\renewcommand{\footrulewidth}{0pt}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\cleardoublepage&#xA;&#xA;\part{First Part}&#xA;\cleardoublepage&#xA;\chapter{firstchapter}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I comment the mentioned line it works, but the header won't show as I wish. Anyone know why this is happening? How can I fix it (maintaining the header the way I want)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3660" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T20:02:19.113" Title="Problem with footer positioning on first TOC page (originated on fancyhdr header)" Tags="&lt;header-footer&gt;&lt;fancyhdr&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11750" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11753" CreationDate="2011-02-22T18:45:09.883" Score="8" ViewCount="99" Body="&lt;p&gt;Following &lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/1999810/latex-extract-substring-ignore-characters/2003807#2003807&quot;&gt;Will Robertson's admission&lt;/a&gt; that &lt;em&gt;Fwiw, i'm not aware of any troubles with a missing&lt;/em&gt; &lt;code&gt;\makeatother&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;em&gt;but you're right. It's a bad habit of mine to omit it&lt;/em&gt;, and my own progressive slackness about the same thing following my realisation that I never see it matter, I wonder how important the &lt;code&gt;\makeatother&lt;/code&gt; discipline is?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The worst consequence I can think of for experienced users from slackness about closing with &lt;code&gt;\makeatother&lt;/code&gt; is that one's slackness might spread to omitting &lt;code&gt;\ExplSyntaxOff&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt;, which is very far from trouble-free.  But that's not a mistake anyone is going to get used to making.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The insidious worry is that not following the discipline means that some people might become unclear about the distinction between &quot;package/Knuth namespace&quot; and &quot;user namespace&quot;.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I can't say that either of these considerations seems very urgent.  It doesn't seem important in the same way as such a programmatic discipline as eliminating avoidable state in interfaces.  Is there something more compelling? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-22T18:50:23.417" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T21:43:19.343" Title="How bad is slack \makeatother discipline really?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;best-practices&gt;&lt;makeatletter&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="11751" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11759" CreationDate="2011-02-22T18:48:08.363" Score="0" ViewCount="62" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have an existing graph with some nodes and edges, written with TikZ/pgf, and I need to add a couple of plates to them to make it a hierarchical model (similar to those in &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hierarchical_Bayes_model&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hierarchical_Bayes_model&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can hard-code the position and size of the rectangles, but I am wondering if there are ways to do this automatically? i.e. can I specify the nodes and circle-less text nodes that the rectangles need to bound to, and have the rectangles expand when they get bigger?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2620" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T19:19:42.890" Title="Can I have automatically adjusted plates in a graphical model?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;graph&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11752" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11747" CreationDate="2011-02-22T18:51:38.147" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the key &lt;code&gt;rectangle split empty part height&lt;/code&gt; to set the height of empty parts. However, this key only adds a a invisible rule with the given height to an internal macro. Therefore the height can't be reduced once set. The default value is 1ex. The overwrite this use the key &lt;code&gt;rectangle split every empty part={}&lt;/code&gt; which deletes all previous set height, depth and width values.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;inner sep&lt;/code&gt; value is still added around the empty part which makes it very difficult to make it smaller without reducing this value.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{shapes}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \node[rectangle split,rectangle split parts=3,draw] {&#xA;      XgX&#xA;      \nodepart{second}&#xA;      \nodepart{third}&#xA;      XgX&#xA;    };&#xA;  \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \node[rectangle split,rectangle split parts=3,inner sep=0pt,&#xA;    rectangle split every empty part={},% delete existing height, depth and width&#xA;    rectangle split empty part height=0.1cm,&#xA;    draw] {&#xA;      XgX&#xA;      \nodepart{second}%&#xA;      \nodepart{third}&#xA;      XgX&#xA;    };&#xA;  \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T18:51:38.147" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11753" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11750" CreationDate="2011-02-22T19:10:26.593" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In theory it would be possible that there is a &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt; direct after a macro in the users document or in one of the auxiliary files. Without the &lt;code&gt;\makeatother&lt;/code&gt; this would cause trouble.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A second source of trouble are special packages which read user input and compare them using &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt;/&lt;code&gt;\futurelet&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\ifx&lt;/code&gt;. I'm not sure how the &lt;code&gt;array&lt;/code&gt; package parses a potential &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt; in the column definition of &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt;, but e.g. my &lt;code&gt;tikz-timing&lt;/code&gt; package allows &lt;code&gt;@{&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt; sequences and I was wise enough to test for &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt; with catcode &lt;em&gt;letter&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;other&lt;/em&gt;. If I wouldn't have thought of that a missing &lt;code&gt;\makeatother&lt;/code&gt; would break certain user code without much idea why.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In general it is good programming practice to close everything you open explicitly by yourself. This can be &lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&lt;/code&gt;/&lt;code&gt;\makeatother&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\openout&lt;/code&gt;/&lt;code&gt;\closeout&lt;/code&gt; or anything like it. This doesn't apply when the change was localized using a group.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-22T21:43:19.343" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T21:43:19.343" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11754" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-15T21:41:16.607" Score="5" ViewCount="115" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a beamer presentation made with Sweave that I'm preparing and was wanting to place some ggplot2 graphs in but the aspect ratio does not seem to come out correct.  This is what is in my Rnw file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{frame}[containsverbatim]&#xA;\frametitle{Basic Workflow}\begin{itemize}&#xA;\item Start R (Start &amp;gt; All Programs &amp;gt; R &amp;gt; R x64 2.12.0 )\\&#xA;\item Load Packages&#xA;&amp;lt;&amp;lt;&amp;gt;&amp;gt;=&#xA;library(ggplot2)&#xA;library(MASS)&#xA;@&#xA;\item Load Data&#xA;&amp;lt;&amp;lt;&amp;gt;&amp;gt;=&#xA;data(iris) # or read.csv/read.table/etc.&#xA;head(iris[,3:5],n=3)&#xA;@&#xA;\item Graph Data&#xA;&amp;lt;&amp;lt;&amp;gt;&amp;gt;=&#xA;qplot(Petal.Length,Petal.Width,color=Species, data=iris)-&amp;gt;p&#xA;@&#xA;\end{itemize}\end{frame}&#xA;\begin{frame}{Basic Workflow, Cont.}&#xA;&amp;lt;&amp;lt;fig=T,echo=F&amp;gt;&amp;gt;=&#xA;show(p)&#xA;@&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;what comes out is a graph with the bottom cut off that takes up the left half of the page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-22T22:14:46.940" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T22:10:42.810" Title="How to get correct dimensions for a ggplot2 plot in beamer" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;sweave&gt;&lt;r&gt;" AnswerCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="11755" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11754" CreationDate="2010-11-15T21:46:50.150" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can set explicit dimension arguments in the &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;&amp;lt; ... &amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; part.  Alternatively, &#xA;you could also use the R snippet to create a pdf file and to then include the pdf with explicitly set dimensions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is what I did in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://cran.r-project.org/package=gcbd&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;gcbd&lt;/a&gt; paper/vignette:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}[t!]&#xA;\centering&#xA;&amp;lt;&amp;lt;loglogslopes,fig=TRUE,height=4.25,width=11&amp;gt;&amp;gt;= &#xA;figure_LogLogSlopes() &#xA;@&#xA;\caption{Comparison of slopes in log/log analysis of BLAS performance.} &#xA;\label{fig:slopeloglog}   &#xA;\end{figure}   &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="980" LastActivityDate="2010-11-15T21:46:50.150" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11756" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11754" CreationDate="2010-11-16T09:20:05.470" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I did something similar recently, trying to create a poster using Sweave and Beamer. I ended up putting in my graph code with echo=false and include=FALSE, then manualy adding \includegraphics commands that could give widths in terms of \columnwidth or \textwidth, knowing that sweave would create the images and call them file-block where file is the sweave filename and block is the label of the sweave block that created it.  I never found a better way to do it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{block}{What can R do ?}&#xA;&#xA;&amp;lt;&amp;lt;label=fig1plot,include=FALSE, echo=FALSE&amp;gt;&amp;gt;=&#xA;      print(qplot(data=datatable, y=y, x=type, geom=&quot;boxplot&quot;)+ geom_boxplot() + geom_jitter())&#xA;@&#xA;&#xA;&amp;lt;&amp;lt;label=fig1, fig=TRUE, echo=FALSE, include=FALSE&amp;gt;&amp;gt;=&#xA;&amp;lt;&amp;lt;fig1plot&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&#xA;@&#xA;&#xA;&amp;lt;&amp;lt;label=fig2plot,include=FALSE, echo=FALSE&amp;gt;&amp;gt;= &#xA;print(qplot(data=datatable, x=x, y=y, color=type))&#xA;@ &#xA;&#xA;&amp;lt;&amp;lt;label=fig2, fig=TRUE, echo=FALSE, include=FALSE&amp;gt;&amp;gt;= &#xA;&amp;lt;&amp;lt;fig2plot&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&#xA;@ &#xA;      \centering&#xA;      \begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}&#xA;\includegraphics[width=0.45\columnwidth]{whyR-fig1}&#xA;&amp;amp;&#xA;\includegraphics[width=0.45\columnwidth]{whyR-fig2}&#xA;\\&#xA;\end{tabularx}&#xA;    \end{block}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3165" LastActivityDate="2010-11-16T09:20:05.470" />
  <row Id="11757" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11754" CreationDate="2010-11-16T19:48:39.603" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I find this a big pain.  I have arrived at doing something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% one-column&#xA;\SweaveOpts{height=5,width=8,echo=FALSE}&#xA;\setkeys{Gin}{width=4in}&#xA;&#xA;% two-column&#xA;\SweaveOpts{echo=FALSE,height=5,width=5}&#xA;\setkeys{Gin}{width=2.25in}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately, I don't know of a nice way to incorporate this into&#xA;a LaTeX command; if I pack these into \onecolumnfig{} or \twocolumnfig{}&#xA;LaTeX macros, Sweave doesn't see them (because they don't get expanded until&#xA;after Sweave has processed the file).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Duncan Murdoch has provided various bits of useful information on this&#xA;topic on the R list:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mail-archive.com/r-help@stat.math.ethz.ch/msg95028.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://tolstoy.newcastle.edu.au/R/e11/help/10/08/5061.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;, for example (results of googling &quot;murdoch sweave setkey&quot;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastActivityDate="2010-11-16T19:48:39.603" />
  <row Id="11758" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11754" CreationDate="2010-11-17T16:09:32.750" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I wrote a function that saves the plot to a file and writes the LaTeX code. Use it in a chunk with result = tex. Another benefit of this function is that you can display multiple figures within one chunk.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;ggsave.latex &amp;lt;- function(..., caption = NULL, label = NULL, figure.placement = &quot;hbt&quot;, floating = TRUE, caption.placement=&quot;bottom&quot;, latex.environments=&quot;center&quot;){&#xA;    ggsave(...)&#xA;    cat(&quot;\n\n&quot;)&#xA;    if(floating){&#xA;        cat(&quot;\\begin{figure}[&quot;, figure.placement, &quot;]\n&quot;, sep = &quot;&quot;)&#xA;    }&#xA;    cat(&quot; \\begin{&quot;, latex.environments,&quot;}\n&quot;, sep = &quot;&quot;)&#xA;    if(!is.null(caption) &amp;amp;&amp;amp; caption.placement == &quot;top&quot;){&#xA;        cat(&quot; \\caption{&quot;, caption, &quot;}\n&quot;, sep = &quot;&quot;)&#xA;    }&#xA;    args &amp;lt;- list(...)&#xA;    if(is.null(args[[&quot;filename&quot;]])){&#xA;        if(is.null(args[[&quot;path&quot;]])){&#xA;            args[[&quot;path&quot;]] &amp;lt;- &quot;&quot;&#xA;        }&#xA;        if(is.null(args[[&quot;plot&quot;]])){&#xA;            names(args)[which(names(args) == &quot;&quot;)[1]] &amp;lt;- &quot;plot&quot;&#xA;        }&#xA;        args[[&quot;filename&quot;]] &amp;lt;- paste(args[[&quot;path&quot;]], digest.ggplot(args[[&quot;plot&quot;]]), &quot;.pdf&quot;, sep=&quot;&quot;)&#xA;    }&#xA;    if(is.null(args[[&quot;width&quot;]])){&#xA;        if(is.null(args[[&quot;height&quot;]])){&#xA;            cat(&quot;        \\includegraphics[height = 7in, width = 7in]{&quot;, args[[&quot;filename&quot;]], &quot;}\n&quot;, sep = &quot;&quot;)&#xA;        } else {&#xA;            cat(&quot;        \\includegraphics[height = &quot;, args[[&quot;height&quot;]], &quot;in, width = 7in]{&quot;, args[[&quot;filename&quot;]], &quot;}\n&quot;, sep = &quot;&quot;)&#xA;        }&#xA;    } else {&#xA;        if(is.null(args[[&quot;height&quot;]])){&#xA;            cat(&quot;        \\includegraphics[height = 7in, width = &quot;, args[[&quot;width&quot;]], &quot;in]{&quot;, args[[&quot;filename&quot;]], &quot;}\n&quot;, sep = &quot;&quot;)&#xA;        } else {&#xA;            cat(&quot;        \\includegraphics[height = &quot;, args[[&quot;height&quot;]], &quot;in, width = &quot;, args[[&quot;width&quot;]], &quot;in]{&quot;, args[[&quot;filename&quot;]], &quot;}\n&quot;, sep = &quot;&quot;)&#xA;        }&#xA;    }&#xA;    if(!is.null(caption) &amp;amp;&amp;amp; caption.placement == &quot;bottom&quot;){&#xA;        cat(&quot; \\caption{&quot;, caption, &quot;}\n&quot;, sep = &quot;&quot;)&#xA;    }&#xA;    if(!is.null(label)){&#xA;        cat(&quot; \\label{&quot;, label, &quot;}\n&quot;, sep = &quot;&quot;)&#xA;    }&#xA;    cat(&quot; \\end{&quot;, latex.environments,&quot;}\n&quot;, sep = &quot;&quot;) &#xA;    if(floating){&#xA;        cat(&quot;\\end{figure}\n&quot;)&#xA;    }&#xA;    cat(&quot;\n\n&quot;)&#xA;} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" LastActivityDate="2010-11-17T16:09:32.750" />
  <row Id="11759" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11751" CreationDate="2011-02-22T19:19:42.890" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can draw such rectangles around nodes using the &lt;code&gt;fit&lt;/code&gt; TikZ library. See the &lt;code&gt;pgfmanual&lt;/code&gt; section 24 for a detailed description.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For a rectangle around a circle node which some space on the left side, like in your linked example, you can use the &lt;code&gt;calc&lt;/code&gt; library:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usetikzlibrary{fit}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{calc}&#xA;% ...&#xA;\node [draw,circle] (A) {Text};&#xA;\node [draw,fit=(A) ($A.west - 3cm$)] {};&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T19:19:42.890" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11760" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11768" CreationDate="2011-02-22T19:30:11.137" Score="3" ViewCount="64" Body="&lt;p&gt;Wish to have some multi-page Index numbering (e.g.: &lt;code&gt;\index{Text|(}&lt;/code&gt; &lt;code&gt;\index{Text|)}&lt;/code&gt;) appear BOLD. I tried adding &lt;code&gt;\index{Text|textbf}&lt;/code&gt; but got no BOLD.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What's the trick?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3759" LastEditorUserId="3759" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-22T21:10:04.560" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T21:29:38.773" Title="Combining bold and multi-page Index numbering" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;index&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="11761" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10948" CreationDate="2011-02-22T19:30:47.173" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As long as you don't want to get fancy with detecting whether changed text should be viewed on the output or not, it's actually quite simple.  LyX writes the &lt;code&gt;\lyxadded&lt;/code&gt; command into its own preamble in the generated .tex file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\lyxadded}[3]{{\color{lyxadded}{}#3}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and this preamble occurs &lt;em&gt;before&lt;/em&gt; the one it gives to you under Document / Settings ... / LaTeX Preamble.  So all you have to do is redefine the command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\lyxadded}[3]{{\color{lyxadded}\uline{#3}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since LyX already uses the ulem package for striking out changes, &lt;code&gt;\uline&lt;/code&gt; is available without any additional &lt;code&gt;usepackage&lt;/code&gt;ing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you go this route, you're probably best off leaving the &quot;show changes&quot; on every time you export, and just renew the &lt;code&gt;\lyxadded&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\lyxdeleted&lt;/code&gt; commands as appropriate when you don't want to see them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3545" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T19:30:47.173" />
  <row Id="11762" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-22T19:58:46.107" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For example, it is widely accepted that there is value in separating commands that govern formatting from the document content &amp;mdash; this is an example of a goal that is sometimes impractical to apply, and further best practices provide guidance on how to manage the cases where it is not practicable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Likewise, when writing macros for packages or modules intended for use by others, it is a long-established best practice to use the &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt; character for internal macro names, which are not used directly in regular documents, so that users do not have to pay attention to the package internals.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-05T17:46:48.083" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T17:46:48.083" />
  <row Id="11763" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-22T19:58:46.107" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="A &quot;best practice&quot; is a technique or approach that TeXnicians recognize as  giving better results than other approaches." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-06T00:27:57.687" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T00:27:57.687" />
  <row Id="11764" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11748" CreationDate="2011-02-22T20:02:19.113" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If the content of the header is too big such that it doesn't match the value of &lt;code&gt;\headheight&lt;/code&gt;, the layout can be damaged. In such cases the &lt;code&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/code&gt; package would print out a warning:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Package Fancyhdr Warning: \headheight is too small&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It can be repaired by adjusting that length by &lt;code&gt;\setlength{\headheight}{...}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T20:02:19.113" />
  <row Id="11765" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11772" CreationDate="2011-02-22T20:09:08.573" Score="1" ViewCount="169" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do I get &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; (via WinEdt) to remove all the extra output files (e.g., &lt;code&gt;.lof&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;.blg&lt;/code&gt;, etc.) after compiling my &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt;/&lt;code&gt;.bib&lt;/code&gt;/&lt;code&gt;.etc&lt;/code&gt; to a &lt;code&gt;.pdf&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If there is a solution, I suspect it will come via &quot;&lt;em&gt;Options&lt;/em&gt;&quot; -&gt; &quot;&lt;em&gt;Execution Mode&lt;/em&gt;&quot;. I'm just not finding anything though :(&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I was told by someone that &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; won't do this and that I would need to create a Makefile. Is that true?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3762" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-22T20:23:03.017" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T22:07:48.833" Title="Having pdflatex clean up after itself in WinEdt?" Tags="&lt;auxiliary-files&gt;&lt;winedt&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11766" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-22T20:19:42.800" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-22T20:19:42.800" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T20:19:42.800" />
  <row Id="11767" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-22T20:19:42.800" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="This tag is for question about LaTeX as a whole and the LaTeX Project. If possible, it should be avoided in favor of more specific tags." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-22T20:30:15.957" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T20:30:15.957" />
  <row Id="11768" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11760" CreationDate="2011-02-22T20:28:04.247" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{report}&#xA;\usepackage{makeidx} \makeindex&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Text\index{Text@\textbf{Text}|(textbf}&#xA;\newpage foo&#xA;\newpage foo&#xA;\newpage foo&#xA;\index{Text@\textbf{Text}|)textbf}&#xA;\newpage foo&#xA;\index{Text}&#xA;&#xA;\printindex&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-22T21:29:38.773" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T21:29:38.773" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="11769" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11771" CreationDate="2011-02-22T20:40:11.243" Score="2" ViewCount="125" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have the following code that generate a box with text content:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{report}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{color}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\newcommand\tipbox[1]{%&#xA;  \begin{center}%&#xA;    \fcolorbox{black}{white}{%&#xA;      \begin{minipage}[t]{\dimexpr\textwidth-2\fboxsep-2\fboxrule}%&#xA;        #1%&#xA;      \end{minipage}}%&#xA;  \end{center}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\tipbox{\lipsum[1]}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\tipbox{\lipsum[1]}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, in the generated pdf, it does not show the lines properly at 100% zoom. See the screenshots taken from Foxit Reader (note missing left border):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/xMKFm.png&quot; alt=&quot;Foxit Reader&quot;&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and from TeXworks reader (note missing top border):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/bPKDy.png&quot; alt=&quot;TeXworks pdf reader&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I increase the zoom to a larger number I can see all the lines. I haven't tried to print to see the results. Is this a pdf reader issue or a problem with my box? How to fix this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3660" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-24T13:26:04.847" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T13:26:04.847" Title="Box border lines not showing properly on PDF" Tags="&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;boxes&gt;&lt;rendering&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="11770" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11765" CreationDate="2011-02-22T21:07:55.033" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi there, buddy. I don't believe that's is possible. Anyway, if I'm not mistaken, there's an option in &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; where you can set a temporary folder to store your &lt;code&gt;aux&lt;/code&gt; files.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; pdflatex -aux-directory=DIR ...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Files won't be deleted, but at least they won't be in the same folder as your main &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When in Windows, I usually create a &lt;code&gt;clean.cmd&lt;/code&gt; file which will remove those files for me:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;del *.bak&#xA;del *.aux&#xA;del *.bbl&#xA;del *.blg&#xA;del *.log&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hope it helps. Cheers!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3094" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T21:07:55.033" />
  <row Id="11771" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11769" CreationDate="2011-02-22T21:54:01.323" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Change &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{color}&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{xcolor}&lt;/code&gt; or for even better results (the lines meet properly in the corners of the box at all zoom levels) &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[xcdraw]{xcolor}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Background: this is a problem only with certain PDF viewers. Ironically, the PDF viewers that display the problem are the ones which are implementing the PDF spec correctly (see &quot;Scan Conversion Rules&quot; section 10.6.4). The other PDF viewers use an antialiasing type of algorithm that is strictly against the spec but is more forgiving of certain faulty assumptions that you might make when generating the PDF (for example the assumption that a line that is strictly to the left of a white rectangle will never be obscured by that rectangle).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T21:54:01.323" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11772" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11765" CreationDate="2011-02-22T22:07:48.833" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Winedt has the &quot;Erase output files&quot; tool (on the &quot;Tools&quot; menu). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;However&lt;/em&gt;, you don't want to remove the auxiliary files after each run of pdflatex because you need those files for subsequent runs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are using miktex, then you can run &lt;code&gt;texify&lt;/code&gt; with the &lt;code&gt;-c&lt;/code&gt; option to automate running &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; sufficiently many times, and &lt;code&gt;bibtex&lt;/code&gt; etc and then remove the aux files. In miktex you can access this by going to &quot;Execution Modes...&quot;, choosing &quot;PDFTeXify&quot; and adding &lt;code&gt;-c&lt;/code&gt; to the &quot;Switches&quot; box.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T22:07:48.833" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="11773" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11774" CreationDate="2011-02-22T21:42:14.477" Score="1" ViewCount="62" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can see it: &lt;a href=&quot;http://wstaw.org/m/2011/02/22/plasma-desktopRe1862.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://wstaw.org/m/2011/02/22/plasma-desktopRe1862.jpg&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Page source:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section{Esimese astme pealkiri}&#xA;\subsection{Alampealkiri}&#xA;\subsubsection{Veel madalam pealkiri}&#xA;\paragraph{Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Quisque mattis vestibulum mauris at tempor. Etiam sed dolor tortor, quis tristique erat. Aliquam et luctus lectus. Quisque ut nunc tempor velit ultrices vestibulum ut ut tortor. Curabitur ullamcorper metus nisl. Sed sem orci, vulputate ac placerat et, scelerisque non metus. Curabitur feugiat, dolor et tincidunt dictum, risus ante pretium nisl, sit amet consequat eros sapien tristique orci. Etiam nunc diam, tempor eget dictum id, tempor in ipsum. Mauris fringilla lacinia urna, id aliquet odio tristique a. Nulla viverra pellentesque libero, sed laoreet tortor tempus lacinia. Pellentesque tempor dictum tempus. Donec sed velit purus, quis pellentesque turpis. Vivamus non neque nisl, ac mattis dolor. Aliquam dictum fringilla tortor quis tempus. Aenean imperdiet, nulla eu laoreet porttitor, lectus elit semper dui, quis convallis lacus massa id eros. Cras convallis enim nec sapien ultrices vitae blandit diam rutrum. Praesent egestas felis non mi suscipit at molestie orci tristique. Ut hendrerit, libero sit amet commodo fermentum, odio nunc mattis magna, eu tempor nisl ligula non lorem.}&#xA;\paragraph{Morbi non egestas nisl. Maecenas eu ipsum justo, accumsan auctor ipsum. Vestibulum nec tortor justo. Morbi arcu nulla, luctus et aliquam a, fringilla ut diam. Nam suscipit, justo vel vulputate pretium, velit mauris adipiscing purus, eget molestie dolor nulla eu nunc. Nunc imperdiet lectus ac massa lacinia commodo. Duis sed dolor mauris, sed elementum ipsum. Cum sociis natoque penatibus et magnis dis parturient montes, nascetur ridiculus mus. Sed id interdum massa. Integer condimentum justo in orci scelerisque accumsan. Aenean nibh ante, imperdiet in pretium ut, rutrum non diam. Aenean pellentesque elementum leo eget viverra. Proin pharetra elit id eros rhoncus facilisis.}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Main file code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt,a4paper,titlepage]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;&#xA;% Use Times New Roman font&#xA;\usepackage{txfonts}&#xA;&#xA;% Make sections to uppercase&#xA;\usepackage{titlesec}&#xA;\titleformat{\section}&#xA;{\normalfont\Large\bfseries\uppercase}{\thesection}{12pt}{}&#xA;\titlespacing*{\section}&#xA;{0pt}{0pt}{24pt}&#xA;\titlespacing*{\subsection}&#xA;{0pt}{0pt}{24pt}&#xA;\titlespacing*{\subsubsection}{0pt}{0pt}{24pt}&#xA;&#xA;% set some margins&#xA;\usepackage[top=2.5cm, bottom=2.5cm, left=3cm, right=2.5cm]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{setspace}&#xA;\onehalfspacing&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\input{mk_titlepage.tex}&#xA;\input{mk_contents.tex}&#xA;\input{mk_page_1.tex}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I set font to be lighter?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3767" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-22T22:28:58.807" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T22:28:58.807" Title="Paragraphs are in bold" Tags="&lt;paragraphs&gt;&lt;bold&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11774" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11773" CreationDate="2011-02-22T22:14:33.863" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Like all section headers, &lt;code&gt;\paragraph&lt;/code&gt; is bold by default. You could change this using the &lt;code&gt;\titleformat&lt;/code&gt; command, just like you did for &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt;. However, you probably want to remove the &lt;code&gt;\paragraph&lt;/code&gt; headers altogether and just write the text — you seem to be confusing the “paragraph” kind of header with a paragraph of text. You get a paragraph by default, without using any markup.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="258" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T22:14:33.863" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11775" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-22T22:26:29.697" Score="4" ViewCount="113" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm making the first steps in Xelatex. Now I'm trying to make my bachelor in this program.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have TexLive 2010 (with updates 22.02.2011) installed on Kubuntu 10.04 . &#xA;My text includes five languages (French, English, German, Greek (modern and ancient) Russian and Polish). The main language is French.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The file that I've made is compiling well enough except two problems:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;In footnotes and in the bibliography after compilation the period of pages is always has &quot;p.&quot; even if pages in .bib file is done like &lt;code&gt;pages = {2--8}&lt;/code&gt; (&lt;code&gt;@Book&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;@Article&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;@Misc&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;@Booklet&lt;/code&gt;  etc). How to make it shown like &quot;pp.&quot;?&#xA;I've read the manual and tried &lt;code&gt;\nop&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\nopp&lt;/code&gt; - it doesn't help.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;How to make the small caps in footnotes and in the bibliography for the surnames of authors in Greek and Russian? (With the surnames in latin alphabet everything is ok.)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is my file. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{report}&#xA;\usepackage{unifrmr}%%This is the package for the title page and the geometry of the body of the text&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[cm-default]{fontspec}&#xA;\usepackage{xunicode}&#xA;\usepackage{xltxtra}&#xA;\usepackage{csquotes}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{polyglossia}&#xA;\setdefaultlanguage{french}&#xA;\setotherlanguages{german,english,greek,polish,russian}&#xA;\setmainfont[Mapping=tex-text]{Linux Libertine}&#xA;\usepackage{setspace}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[style=verbose-ibid,citepages=suppress]{biblatex}&#xA;&#xA;\bibliography{master}&#xA;\frenchspacing&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\onehalfspacing&#xA;\input{introduction.tex}&#xA;\input{chapter1.tex}&#xA;\printbibliography&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the text I use the &lt;code&gt;\footcite&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\autocite&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\cite&lt;/code&gt; tags.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Would you help me, please? What I'm doing wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Be so kind, help me, please.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3763" LastEditorUserId="3763" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-22T22:40:05.280" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T23:05:55.060" Title="Biblatex: How to manage &quot;p.&quot; and &quot;pp.&quot; marks in footnotes and in the bibliography" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;biblatex&gt;&lt;polyglossia&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="11776" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-22T22:30:45.130" Score="0" ViewCount="84" Body="&lt;p&gt;I get the error message&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Unicode char \u8:  not set up for use with LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now I suspect that this is due to an invisible character. The command &lt;code&gt;:set list&lt;/code&gt; doesn't show anything suspicious and &lt;code&gt;:set display+=uhex&lt;/code&gt; doesn't seem to work for me. &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4268/inputenc-error-unicode-char-u8-error-while-trying-to-write-a-degree-symbol-i&quot;&gt;This&lt;/a&gt; post lets me assume that I also have something fishy going on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way in vim to show &lt;strong&gt;everything&lt;/strong&gt; that is in my file that is not a printable character? I am using MacVim Version 7.3 (53).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="191" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T22:30:45.130" ClosedDate="2011-02-23T04:39:28.167" Title="Display invisible characters in vim" Tags="&lt;unicode&gt;&lt;vim&gt;" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11777" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11775" CreationDate="2011-02-22T23:05:55.060" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The single &quot;p.&quot; for page ranges is actually part of the biblatex definitions for the French language in &lt;code&gt;french.lbx&lt;/code&gt;. To override this, add the following to your document preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DefineBibliographyStrings{french}{%&#xA;  pages = {pp\adddot},&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can't really comment on your second question -- it may have nothing to do with biblatex, and I'm not versed in XeLaTeX. Just a thought: Do the fonts you use for the greek and russian alphabets actually feature small caps?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-02-22T23:05:55.060" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11778" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11834" CreationDate="2011-02-23T00:31:22.813" Score="5" ViewCount="73" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want all displayed mathematics in my document to be typeset in the style of inline mathematics. In his answer to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/5148/size-of-math-equations-in-latex&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt;, Matthew Leingang explains how to do the opposite (typeset all inline mathematics in the style of displayed mathematics) by carefully modifying the &lt;code&gt;\everymath&lt;/code&gt; token list. Reasoning by analogy I figured that the following test document ought to work:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,reqno]{amsart}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb,amsmath,amsthm,fullpage}&#xA;&#xA;\everydisplay=\expandafter{\the\everydisplay\textstyle}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{align*}x&#xA;&amp;amp;=\sum_{i=1}^{10}i^2\\&#xA;&amp;amp;=t^3+\int_3^9y^a\,\mathrm{d}y\end{align*}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But it does not. When trying to compile this document, TeXWorks gives the following error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Improper \halign inside $$'s.&#xA;&amp;lt;recently read&amp;gt; \halign&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The code it displays, as though to draw my attention to a mistake, is the code in the vicinity of &lt;code&gt;\end{align*}&lt;/code&gt;. This error does not appear if the line in the preamble modifying &lt;code&gt;\everydisplay&lt;/code&gt; is commented out. Why doesn't this work?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1427" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T15:06:46.847" Title="Modifying \everydisplay causes the align* environment to stop working" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="11780" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11782" CreationDate="2011-02-23T03:09:45.437" Score="6" ViewCount="95" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there an MS DOS command line equivalent to Linux's &quot;man&quot; for finding help on Latex files? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e.g., if I were running Latex on Linux I could do:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;man texify&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to discover a file like &lt;a href=&quot;http://docs.miktex.org/manual/texify.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt;, from which I could learn, say, that &lt;code&gt;--clean&lt;/code&gt; as a parameter will clean up auxiliary files after compilation. Instead, I find myself bothering the good people of Stack Exchange with questions like &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/11765/having-pdflatex-clean-up-after-itself-in-winedt&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt;. I've tried&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;help texify&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;texify /?&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to no avail. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Basically, I'd just like to be self-sufficient, working with the man-files rather than running to the forums with every question of mine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3762" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T06:59:33.277" Title="An MS command line equivalent to Linux's &quot;man&quot; for help on Latex files?" Tags="&lt;latex-general&gt;&lt;manuals&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="11781" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11778" CreationDate="2011-02-23T03:18:15.647" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A partial workaround is to define some macros that can be used to replace the &lt;code&gt;\[ ... \]&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;align*&lt;/code&gt; environments. Regard the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,reqno]{amsart}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb,amsmath,amsthm,fullpage}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\t}{\textstyle}&#xA;\newcommand{\blob}[1]{\[\t#1\]}&#xA;\newcommand{\calc}[2]{\begin{align*}\t#1&amp;amp;\t#2\end{align*}}&#xA;\newcommand{\nl}{\\&amp;amp;\t}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\blob{4^x + 5^y = 6^z \quad\mathrm{unless}\quad x = \frac{y}{z}}&#xA;&#xA;\calc{x}{&#xA;    =\sum_{i=1}^{10} i^2 \nl&#xA;    \leq t^3 + \int_3^9y^a\,\mathrm{d}y&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This gives displayed mathematics typeset as inline maths, and provides commands that do pretty much what I want and make for readable enough code. For unusual cases where &lt;code&gt;\blob&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\calc&lt;/code&gt; are not good enough, at least &lt;code&gt;\t&lt;/code&gt; is reasonably concise, even if it does have to be just about everywhere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This isn't a real answer to my question, though. I'd still like to know what the deal is with the original problem...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1427" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T03:18:15.647" />
  <row Id="11782" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11780" CreationDate="2011-02-23T03:36:02.580" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;texdoc X&lt;/code&gt; will generally work, where &lt;code&gt;X&lt;/code&gt; is a package (&lt;code&gt;texdoc xcolor&lt;/code&gt;) or a documentclass (&lt;code&gt;texdoc revtex4-1&lt;/code&gt;) or a command (&lt;code&gt;texdoc texify&lt;/code&gt;) will generally work. Also some others: eg &lt;code&gt;texdoc miktex&lt;/code&gt; for the miktex manual, &lt;code&gt;texdoc source2e&lt;/code&gt; for the complete documented latex2e sources or &lt;code&gt;texdoc letterfaq&lt;/code&gt; for the complete TeX FAQ.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T03:36:02.580" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="11783" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11102" CreationDate="2011-02-23T03:40:05.580" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't know whether LyX has any buttons for this type of thing, but for the first part of your question, you can add&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand\thesubsection{\thesection.\alph{subsection}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to the preamble (under Document &gt; Settings). If you have chapters, you should add &lt;code&gt;\thechapter.&lt;/code&gt; before &lt;code&gt;\thesection&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't understand your second question: When I add a display math under a subsection heading everything works fine (and it obviously fails to compile when I add it inside a subsection heading). I might be missing something though—I have never actually used LyX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T03:40:05.580" />
  <row Id="11784" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11787" CreationDate="2011-02-23T03:40:21.127" Score="3" ViewCount="87" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to specify the page number to follow a footnote citation, so that I get something like, e.g.:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;John Doe, LaTeX Manual (New York: Smith Publishing, 2003), 33.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like to be able to also cite the same book, but page 45 (e.g.) in a different place.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using the &lt;code&gt;biblatex-chicago&lt;/code&gt; style, notes and bibliography version.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3770" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-13T14:36:35.483" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T14:36:35.483" Title="Adding page number to footnote citation" Tags="&lt;biblatex&gt;&lt;chicago-style&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="11786" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9253" CreationDate="2011-02-23T04:21:15.957" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;AFAIK, there are two packages for this diag cell in table. One is &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/slashbox.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;slashbox&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, the other is &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/makecell.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;makecell&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, which may produce better result sometimes. Here is an example of &lt;code&gt;\diaghead&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;makecell&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{makecell}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|l|c|c|}\hline&#xA;\diaghead{\theadfont Diag ColumnmnHead II}%&#xA;{Diag\\Column Head I}{Diag Column\\Head II}&amp;amp;&#xA;\thead{Second\\column}&amp;amp;\thead{Third\\column}\\&#xA;\hline&#xA;&amp;amp; foo &amp;amp; bar \\&#xA;\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/n4nbd.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And it would be even better on screen if you use &lt;code&gt;pict2e&lt;/code&gt; package together with &lt;code&gt;slashbox&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;makecell&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T04:21:15.957" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11787" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11784" CreationDate="2011-02-23T04:48:25.847" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You should read the &lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt; documentation on how to use its &lt;code&gt;\cite&lt;/code&gt; commands. All the  &lt;code&gt;\cite&lt;/code&gt; commands (&lt;code&gt;\cite&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\footcite&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\parencite&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\textcite&lt;/code&gt;) and their variants allow for two optional arguments: a prenote and a postnote.  The syntax is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\cite[&amp;lt;prenote&amp;gt;][&amp;lt;postnote&amp;gt;]{&amp;lt;key&amp;gt;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The page number is part of the postnote, so to get your example, you would type:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\footcite[][33]{Doe2003}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;assuming Doe2003 is your cite key.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T04:48:25.847" />
  <row Id="11788" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-23T05:12:59.747" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;TeXShop provides a complete editor and previewer combination and works seamlessly with the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/mactex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;MacTeX&lt;/a&gt; TeX distribution. It is actively being developed and has a large user base among Mac users. You can always find the latest version here:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://pages.uoregon.edu/koch/texshop/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeXShop Webpage&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-23T06:30:12.603" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T06:30:12.603" />
  <row Id="11789" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-23T05:12:59.747" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="TeXShop is an integrated text editor and pdf previewer for the Mac designed for editing all kinds of TeX documents." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-23T06:30:15.600" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T06:30:15.600" />
  <row Id="11790" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11806" CreationDate="2011-02-23T05:20:43.653" Score="3" ViewCount="127" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to put (sub)captions under the diagrams on the right hand side of the equation in the following code. For example, I'd like to label them (a) through (e). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance for any help!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11 pt]{amsart}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{caption}&#xA;\usepackage{subcaption}&#xA;\usepackage{subfig}&#xA;&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{calc}&#xA;\tikzstyle{hackennode}=[draw,circle,inner sep=0,minimum size=4pt]&#xA;\tikzstyle{hackenline}=[line width=3pt]&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}[h]&#xA;{\Large&#xA;\[&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=-0.65ex,scale=0.5]&#xA;    \draw[densely dashed] (-1,-1) -- (3,-1);&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (0) at (0,-1) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (1) at (0,0) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (2) at (0,1) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (3) at (0,2) {};&#xA;    \draw[hackenline,blue] (0) -- (1) {};&#xA;    \draw[hackenline,red] (1) -- (2) -- (3) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (10) at (1,-1) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (11) at (1,0) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (12) at (1,1) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (13) at (1,2) {};&#xA;    \draw[hackenline,blue] (10) -- (11) {};&#xA;    \draw[hackenline,red] (11) -- (12) -- (13) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (20) at (2,-1) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (21) at (2,0) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (22) at (2,1) {};&#xA;    \draw[hackenline,red] (20) -- (21);&#xA;    \draw[hackenline,blue] (21) -- (22);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;=&#xA;\left \{&#xA;    \begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=-0.65ex,scale=0.5]&#xA;        \draw[densely dashed] (-1,-1) -- (3,-1);&#xA;        \node[hackennode] (10) at (1,-1) {};&#xA;        \node[hackennode] (11) at (1,0) {};&#xA;        \node[hackennode] (12) at (1,1) {};&#xA;        \node[hackennode] (13) at (1,2) {};&#xA;        \draw[hackenline,blue] (10) -- (11) {};&#xA;        \draw[hackenline,red] (11) -- (12) -- (13) {};&#xA;        \node[hackennode] (20) at (2,-1) {};&#xA;        \node[hackennode] (21) at (2,0) {};&#xA;        \node[hackennode] (22) at (2,1) {};&#xA;        \draw[hackenline,red] (20) -- (21);&#xA;        \draw[hackenline,blue] (21) -- (22);&#xA;    \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\tikz[baseline=-0.65ex,scale=0.5] \node[inner sep=0] at (0,-1) {,\,};&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=-0.65ex,scale=0.5]&#xA;    \draw[densely dashed] (-1,-1) -- (3,-1);&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (0) at (0,-1) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (1) at (0,0) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (2) at (0,1) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (3) at (0,2) {};&#xA;    \draw[hackenline,blue] (0) -- (1) {};&#xA;    \draw[hackenline,red] (1) -- (2) -- (3) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (10) at (1,-1) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (11) at (1,0) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (12) at (1,1) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (13) at (1,2) {};&#xA;    \draw[hackenline,blue] (10) -- (11) {};&#xA;    \draw[hackenline,red] (11) -- (12) -- (13) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (20) at (2,-1) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (21) at (2,0) {};&#xA;    \draw[hackenline,red] (20) -- (21);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\middle |&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=-0.65ex,scale=0.5]&#xA;    \draw[densely dashed] (-1,-1) -- (3,-1);&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (0) at (0,-1) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (1) at (0,0) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (2) at (0,1) {};&#xA;    \draw[hackenline,blue] (0) -- (1) {};&#xA;    \draw[hackenline,red] (1) -- (2)  {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (10) at (1,-1) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (11) at (1,0) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (12) at (1,1) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (13) at (1,2) {};&#xA;    \draw[hackenline,blue] (10) -- (11) {};&#xA;    \draw[hackenline,red] (11) -- (12) -- (13) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (20) at (2,-1) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (21) at (2,0) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (22) at (2,1) {};&#xA;    \draw[hackenline,red] (20) -- (21);&#xA;    \draw[hackenline,blue] (21) -- (22);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\tikz[baseline=-0.65ex,scale=0.5] \node[inner sep=0] at (0,-1) {,\,};&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=-0.65ex,scale=0.5]&#xA;    \draw[densely dashed] (-1,-1) -- (3,-1);&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (0) at (0,-1) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (1) at (0,0) {};&#xA;    \draw[hackenline,blue] (0) -- (1) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (10) at (1,-1) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (11) at (1,0) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (12) at (1,1) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (13) at (1,2) {};&#xA;    \draw[hackenline,blue] (10) -- (11) {};&#xA;    \draw[hackenline,red] (11) -- (12) -- (13) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (20) at (2,-1) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (21) at (2,0) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (22) at (2,1) {};&#xA;    \draw[hackenline,red] (20) -- (21);&#xA;    \draw[hackenline,blue] (21) -- (22);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\tikz[baseline=-0.65ex,scale=0.5] \node[inner sep=0] at (0,-1) {,\,};&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=-0.65ex,scale=0.5]&#xA;    \draw[densely dashed] (-1,-1) -- (3,-1);&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (0) at (0,-1) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (1) at (0,0) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (2) at (0,1) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (3) at (0,2) {};&#xA;    \draw[hackenline,blue] (0) -- (1) {};&#xA;    \draw[hackenline,red] (1) -- (2) -- (3) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (10) at (1,-1) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (11) at (1,0) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (12) at (1,1) {};&#xA;    \node[hackennode] (13) at (1,2) {};&#xA;    \draw[hackenline,blue] (10) -- (11) {};&#xA;    \draw[hackenline,red] (11) -- (12) -- (13) {};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\right \} \]&#xA;}% End group with \Large&#xA;\caption{}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3350" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-01T18:36:52.520" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T18:36:52.520" Title="Subcaptions for TikZ pictures" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;captions&gt;&lt;subfloats&gt;&lt;subcaption&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11791" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11793" CreationDate="2011-02-23T06:06:54.717" Score="5" ViewCount="113" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicates:&lt;/strong&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4666/how-to-avoid-splitting-tables-between-sections&quot;&gt;How to avoid splitting tables between sections.&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/279/how-do-i-ensure-that-figures-appear-in-the-section-theyre-associated-with&quot;&gt;How do I ensure that figures appear in the section they&amp;#39;re associated with?&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have a couple of tables that are written consecutively (8 tables) and after all tables, I start a new section. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want that LaTeX floats all those tables in some way (order of them is not important), but that it floats them before I start a new section, as it's really confusing when suddenly a table of the previous section appears in the new section. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this possible somehow?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="580" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-08T06:45:29.500" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T06:45:29.500" ClosedDate="2011-02-23T13:31:58.267" Title="How can I inhibit LaTeX to float a table across a section boundary?" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;sections-paragraphs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="11792" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11791" CreationDate="2011-02-23T06:18:59.820" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[section]{placeins}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2754" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T06:18:59.820" />
  <row Id="11793" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11791" CreationDate="2011-02-23T06:19:53.953" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/placeins&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;placeins&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package provides a &lt;code&gt;\FloatBarrier&lt;/code&gt; command which prevents floats from floating beyond it.  The package has a &lt;code&gt;[section]&lt;/code&gt; option to place such a barrier at each section.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T06:19:53.953" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11794" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11800" CreationDate="2011-02-23T06:22:49.283" Score="4" ViewCount="46" Body="&lt;p&gt;Writing a presentation frame and its corresponding narration at the same time can help us to reduce the complexity.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In other words, I need a mechanism as follows (it is a pseudo-code)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{frame}{Introduction}&#xA;\begin{slide}&#xA;%slide content to show&#xA;\end{slide}&#xA;\begin{narration}&#xA;%narration goes here.&#xA;\end{narration}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}{Definition}&#xA;\begin{slide}&#xA;%slide content to show&#xA;\end{slide}&#xA;\begin{narration}&#xA;%narration goes here.&#xA;\end{narration}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;%etc...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a package to write slide and narration contents at the same time but produces each separately at the final?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3552" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T07:23:31.940" Title="Is there a package to write slide and narration contents at the same time but produces each separately at the final?" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;presentations&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11795" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11801" CreationDate="2011-02-23T06:29:36.177" Score="9" ViewCount="146" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's an example of some code from LaTeX's &lt;code&gt;\DeclareFontFamily&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\reserved@a{#3}&#xA;\global&#xA;\expandafter\let\csname #1+#2\expandafter\endcsname&#xA;       \ifx \reserved@a\@empty&#xA;         \@empty&#xA;       \else \reserved@a&#xA;       \fi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I could be wrong, but to me this looks identical to:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\expandafter\gdef\csname#1+#2\endcsname{#3}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, the source for this code comments:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;We compare &lt;code&gt;\reserved@a&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;\@empty&lt;/code&gt; If these two are the same we &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt; the ‘extra’ macro equal to &lt;code&gt;\@empty&lt;/code&gt; which is not the same a doing a &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\reserved@a&lt;/code&gt; — the latter would blow one extra memory location rather then reusing the one from &lt;code&gt;\@empty&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But if we're not re-using the contents of &lt;code&gt;\reserved@a&lt;/code&gt; after this point (which we're not, as far as I can see), there's no reason to go this roundabout route, right?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-23T14:40:55.580" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T14:40:55.580" Title="Simple un-obfuscation of some LaTeX internals" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="11796" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12414" CreationDate="2011-02-23T06:31:44.633" Score="10" ViewCount="123" Body="&lt;p&gt;Could not find anything in the TeXBook, but this could be just me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I guess it is always possible to open&#xA;the file for reading, copy its content to another file, and then continue writing to that file. Finally, you could escape to shell to remove the original file and rename the newly generated file to the file you have just created.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3391" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-01T15:28:04.997" LastActivityDate="2011-03-12T17:44:23.120" Title="How can I open a file in &quot;append&quot; mode?" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;external-file&gt;&lt;auxiliary-files&gt;&lt;filesystem-access&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="11797" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11780" CreationDate="2011-02-23T06:59:33.277" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;if you have installed a &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tcl.tk/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tcl/tk&lt;/a&gt; version, then you can run &lt;code&gt;texdoctk&lt;/code&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T06:59:33.277" />
  <row Id="11798" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-23T07:08:01.967" Score="1" ViewCount="72" Body="&lt;p&gt;What's the best way to cite a podcast using BibTeX, to match the Chicago Manual of Style?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My guesses are: &lt;code&gt;online&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;misc&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;audio&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;music&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's a recorded lecture, if that matters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3770" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-13T14:35:20.710" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T14:35:20.710" Title="BibTeX, citing a podcast" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;chicago-style&gt;" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="11799" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11613" CreationDate="2011-02-23T07:23:22.283" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Got it to work. A hard wrap happened in the following function after formatting it with &lt;code&gt;M-q&lt;/code&gt;, separating the &lt;code&gt;%q&lt;/code&gt; from the rest of the command. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;(setq TeX-view-program-list&#xA;      '((&quot;Skim&quot; &quot;/Applications/Skim.app/Contents/SharedSupport/displayline &#xA;              %q&quot;)))&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I couldn't catch it initially because it looked OK (even though it was not). I also must have fixed it when I pasted it in the question. At any rate, the proper form is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;(setq TeX-view-program-list&#xA;  '((&quot;Skim&quot; &quot;/Applications/Skim.app/Contents/SharedSupport/displayline %q&quot;)))&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and now things work as they should. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3731" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T07:23:22.283" />
  <row Id="11800" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11794" CreationDate="2011-02-23T07:23:31.940" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Have a look in the beameruserguide. The beamer class supports an &quot;article version&quot; that can co-exist in the same file as your slides. The relevant section in the manual is named &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Creating Handouts Using the Article Mode&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="632" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T07:23:31.940" />
  <row Id="11801" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11795" CreationDate="2011-02-23T07:29:30.933" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For a full answer you'd need to ask one of the people who might have written this (possible Frank Mittelbach or even Leslie Lamport - I wonder if this has come all the way from 2.09). However, what I think is happening is that when &lt;code&gt;\reserved@a&lt;/code&gt; is &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; equal to &lt;code&gt;\@empty&lt;/code&gt; then there is no saving, as at some later stage &lt;code&gt;\reserved@a&lt;/code&gt; will be needed again. On the other hand, when &lt;code&gt;\reserved@a&lt;/code&gt; is equal to &lt;code&gt;\@empty&lt;/code&gt; then a memory position is saved, as &lt;code&gt;\@empty&lt;/code&gt; never changes and so the two macros always have the same definition as each other. When this code was written, such small savings were probably really important (they all add up).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T07:29:30.933" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="11802" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11807" CreationDate="2011-02-23T08:29:46.977" Score="6" ViewCount="85" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm writing a larger document and I use the &lt;code&gt;todonotes&lt;/code&gt; package to add reminders. For some reason, when I add a note, the space after the note's insertion point is removed. Here's minimal example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt,a4paper,oneside]{book}&#xA;\usepackage[textsize=scriptsize,textwidth=2cm,shadow]{todonotes}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,\todo{stolen space} consectetuer adipiscing elit.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And here's the result I'm getting:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Ax2so.png&quot; alt=&quot;Image of a line with a todo note&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And a blown up section of the missing space:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/vcKw5.png&quot; alt=&quot;Blown up section, where the space is missing&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I thought this might just be an artifact experienced while the notes are active,  which would be acceptable since the final document will not have any notes, so I tried to disable them by &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[disable,textsize=scriptsize,textwidth=2cm,shadow]{todonotes}&lt;/code&gt;. Now the notes are gone, but the space is still missing. It's bad.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Am I doing something wrong, or is this a shortcoming of the &lt;code&gt;todonotes&lt;/code&gt; package?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, I have noticed when I add &lt;code&gt;{}&lt;/code&gt; to the end of the note (&lt;code&gt;\todo{correct? spacing}{}&lt;/code&gt;), the missing space magically re-appears. However, I'm not sure it's a good solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2848" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T09:08:09.157" Title="Todo note steals space" Tags="&lt;todonotes&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="11803" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11802" CreationDate="2011-02-23T08:43:40.543" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This might be a result also observed after commands such as   &lt;code&gt;\LaTeX&lt;/code&gt; where spaces are 'killed'. So even with the disable option the command is still in the code and apparently somehow interpreted. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A solution might be to add the &lt;code&gt;xspace&lt;/code&gt; package and to use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\mytodo}[1]{\todo{#1}\xspace}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(untested)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="632" LastEditorUserId="632" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-23T09:08:09.157" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T09:08:09.157" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11804" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11802" CreationDate="2011-02-23T08:48:53.143" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;My best guess is that this is a &lt;em&gt;feature&lt;/em&gt; of &lt;code&gt;todonotes&lt;/code&gt; and that you're supposed to put a space between the &lt;code&gt;,&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\todo&lt;/code&gt;. I've tested: This gives correct spacing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T08:48:53.143" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11805" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11814" CreationDate="2011-02-23T08:51:21.423" Score="0" ViewCount="81" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using biblatex-chicago, and the bibliography is being sorted by order of citation instead of alphabetically. How can I fix this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3770" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-13T14:30:31.353" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T14:30:31.353" Title="biblatex-chicago, alphabetical bibliography" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;biblatex&gt;&lt;chicago-style&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="11806" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11790" CreationDate="2011-02-23T08:53:43.940" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure about what you want but it's easy to add a label below axes, something like this&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\draw[densely dashed] (-1,-1) -- node[below] {b)} (3,-1);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The result is:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/t62xg.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1952" LastEditorUserId="1952" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-23T09:28:52.677" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T09:28:52.677" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11807" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11802" CreationDate="2011-02-23T09:04:25.107" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I short look in the source of &lt;code&gt;todonotes&lt;/code&gt; reveals that both the enabled and disabled version have a &lt;code&gt;\ignorespaces&lt;/code&gt; at the end, so yes, it is a &lt;em&gt;feature&lt;/em&gt; not a &lt;em&gt;bug&lt;/em&gt;. Apparently this is the preference of the package author.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The manual doesn't mention anything about spaces and there is no option to disable the &lt;code&gt;\ignorespaces&lt;/code&gt;. Therefore you will need to add the space manually by yourself (as long you don't use your own copy of &lt;code&gt;todonotes.sty&lt;/code&gt; with both &lt;code&gt;\ignorespaces&lt;/code&gt; removed).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Possible ways to keep the space (some already mentioned in the other answers):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;lorem ipsum \todo{...}dolor sit amet&#xA;lorem ipsum \todo{...} dolor sit amet&#xA;lorem ipsum\todo{...}\ dolor sit amet&#xA;lorem ipsum{\todo{...}} dolor sit amet&#xA;lorem ipsum\Todo{...} dolor sit amet&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where &lt;code&gt;\Todo&lt;/code&gt; is defined as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{xspace}&#xA;\newcommand{\Todo}[1]{\todo{#1}\xspace}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T09:04:25.107" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11808" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11810" CreationDate="2011-02-23T09:04:43.653" Score="2" ViewCount="89" Body="&lt;p&gt;Well like the title says I am asking if there is an alternative to the &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt; package. With more programming language definitions and the likes, and updated definitions for the current languages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2042" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T13:19:49.647" Title="Listings alternative" Tags="&lt;listings&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="11809" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11805" CreationDate="2011-02-23T09:11:07.170" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[...,sorting=nyt]{biblatex}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where &lt;code&gt;nyt&lt;/code&gt; sorts by &quot;name year title&quot; should work... There several more options (like &lt;code&gt;nty&lt;/code&gt;) to be found in the biblatex manual on page 43.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3735" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-23T09:20:30.657" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T09:20:30.657" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11810" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11808" CreationDate="2011-02-23T09:24:04.253" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try the &lt;a href=&quot;http://code.google.com/p/minted/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;minted&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package. It uses the external &lt;code&gt;Pygments&lt;/code&gt; python syntax highlighter and is therefore quite powerful. You need to use the &lt;code&gt;-shell-escape&lt;/code&gt; option to allow it to call the required external executables.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T09:24:04.253" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11811" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11812" CreationDate="2011-02-23T09:43:29.783" Score="5" ViewCount="71" Body="&lt;p&gt;I often want to cite with pp.78, denoting page 78 and following. Is there a way to do that directly in a way of &lt;code&gt;\autocite[78]{title}&lt;/code&gt;? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1689" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-23T09:48:33.290" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T10:03:15.047" Title="Citing - how to get pp. 78." Tags="&lt;biblatex&gt;&lt;citing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11812" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11811" CreationDate="2011-02-23T09:49:55.877" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Write &lt;code&gt;\autocite[78\psq]{title}&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\autocite[78\psqq]{title}&lt;/code&gt;. See pp. 85, 86 and 109 of the biblatex manual for details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: My answer may be the &quot;usual&quot; way to denote &quot;following&quot; pages, but it's not what you want. Write &lt;code&gt;\autocite[\ppno~78]{title}&lt;/code&gt; to force a page range.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-23T10:03:15.047" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T10:03:15.047" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11813" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11864" CreationDate="2011-02-23T10:45:31.873" Score="4" ViewCount="157" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I place reversed arrow heads as decorations I can do it in two different ways.  The two ways place then at different positions, none of them is correct.  In the following code I use both of them, to make you see the different placements, but none of the placements is the symmetric version of the non-reversed arrowhead.  You can see it on the vertical axis.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want the picture to be symmetric.  I can do it with breaking the paths in two parts.  Is there a slight modification of this code, that would make it symmetric? (manually changing .25 is not a good idea, since the paths have different lengths)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{decorations.markings}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[decoration={markings,&#xA;  mark=at position .25 with {\arrowreversed{latex}},&#xA;  mark=at position .25 with {\arrow{latex reversed}},&#xA;  mark=at position .75 with {\arrow{latex}}}]&#xA;\clip (-3.2,-2.2) rectangle (3.2,2.2);&#xA;\draw[help lines] (-3.2,-2.2) grid (3.2,2.2);&#xA;\draw[thick,postaction={decorate}] (0,-2) -- (0,2);&#xA;\foreach \c in {-2,-1.5,-1,-.2,1}{&#xA;  \pgfmathparse{.33*exp(\c/-6)}&#xA;  \draw[x=\pgfmathresult cm,postaction={decorate},smooth,samples at={-9,-7,...,9}] plot&#xA;  (\x,{\x*(ln(abs(\x)*\pgfmathresult)*2 + \c)*\pgfmathresult});}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.math.bme.hu/~kanya/tikz-arrow.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Here is the picture&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Added by Andrew Stacey):  Here's a minimal working example of the problem&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{decorations.markings}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\draw[thick,postaction={decorate},decoration={markings, mark=at position .25 with {\arrowreversed{latex}}}] (0,0) -- (2,0);&#xA;\draw[thick,postaction={decorate},decoration={markings, mark=at position .25 with {\arrow{latex reversed}}}] (0,-.2) -- (2,-.2);&#xA;\draw[thick,postaction={decorate},decoration={markings, mark=at position .75 with {\arrow{latex}}}] (2,-.4) -- (0,-.4);&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;with result:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/gefmJ.png&quot; alt=&quot;reversed arrows&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The question is to get a syntax which lines up one of the first two arrows with the third (note the direction of drawing of the lines in each case: the third is in the reverse direction to the other two).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3777" LastEditorUserId="86" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-23T13:14:04.983" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T17:45:09.457" Title="TikZ reversed arrow wrong placement" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;arrows&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11814" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11805" CreationDate="2011-02-23T10:50:32.397" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Turns out I had files from v0.9 and v1.2 floating around, which made things unhappy. Replacing the v0.9 file with the v1.2 file made it work again.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3770" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T10:50:32.397" />
  <row Id="11815" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-23T10:54:25.927" Score="2" ViewCount="108" Body="&lt;p&gt;For many of my recent documents, I have started using a rather specific set of packages, settings, fonts and configuration. In one rare case, I even adapted one of the included fonts (in my opinion the &lt;code&gt;\partial&lt;/code&gt; d should not be slanted when used as a derivative sign; if it is slanted, it specifies the boundary of a set).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All of these settings are of course only made on one computer and specifically the font things had to be put into the &lt;code&gt;texlive/local&lt;/code&gt; tree which makes sharing the settings on several computers a pain (not to think of synchronisation issues) and sharing with collaborators virtually impossible.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ideally, I’d want to create a git repository (or any other DVCS) for all those settings and for each new tex project, I’d copy (or clone or link or use a submodule) this repository into a subdirectory of the main tex file and have it automatically included somehow, so that all my private fonts, settings and packages are found and added without problems.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this possible without large problems or will tex need some special initialisation routines and fixed paths for this even today?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I suspect, I’m not the only one with those problems. How is such a thing solved by others?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit / Explanation&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I more or less think of the optimal solution to work like a style folder in a HTML file. So, I’d have a folder &lt;code&gt;style&lt;/code&gt; with all fonts and images in it and a  special style sheet, which references all those files. This solution would be totally local and portable. I could move the folder around, rename it or even use the very same folder for all my HTML files, as long as I can reference the main style sheet file. This works because all paths inside the CSS file are relative to that file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The only adaptations I’d have to make are copying/linking/cloning the &lt;code&gt;style&lt;/code&gt; folder and figuring out the path to the CSS file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don’t expect the tex solution to be identical. It is a completely different system. But it would be great to do just these two things:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;clone the style/font repository into some subfolder of the current main tex file&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;inside the main tex file: include the style file&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;done&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Including the main file might even take a couple of lines to write, no problem there. But I’d very much appreciate it if all of these changes could be local to the folder of the main tex file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1154" LastEditorUserId="1154" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-23T14:15:14.267" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T14:15:14.267" Title="Is it feasible to create a standalone package for fonts / styles / layouts?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;packages&gt;&lt;repositories&gt;&lt;packaging&gt;" AnswerCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="11816" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-23T11:07:32.020" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For more information about Vim see the official website &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.vim.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.vim.org/&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-24T09:12:57.543" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T09:12:57.543" />
  <row Id="11817" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-23T11:07:32.020" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="The {vim} tag marks questions about Vim, an advanced text editor and IMproved version of the Unix editor Vi." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-23T11:08:17.730" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T11:08:17.730" />
  <row Id="11818" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11820" CreationDate="2011-02-23T11:11:39.027" Score="1" ViewCount="97" Body="&lt;p&gt;How could I make my own reference (bibtex or other) to some arbitrary weblink like &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.inf.ed.ac.uk/teaching/courses/anlp/slides/anlp13.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.inf.ed.ac.uk/teaching/courses/anlp/slides/anlp13.pdf&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;so that it appears under the 'References' of the PDF file generated by LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3741" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-23T11:58:13.570" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T12:28:11.770" Title="How to make my own reference for some arbitrary weblink" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;url&gt;&lt;online&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11819" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11818" CreationDate="2011-02-23T11:31:42.327" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% \usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\href{http://www.inf.ed.ac.uk/teaching/courses/anlp/slides/anlp13.pdf}{This paper}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I had not realized that you didn't know there's a &lt;code&gt;url&lt;/code&gt; field in many bibstyles. The four basic bibstyles (&lt;code&gt;plain&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;unsrt&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;abbrev&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;alpha&lt;/code&gt;) are too old for URLs. More modern styles, like the ones provided by &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt;(&lt;code&gt;plainnat&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;unsrtnat&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;alphanat&lt;/code&gt;), and many others (e.g. &lt;code&gt;ieeetrans&lt;/code&gt; and the ones created by &lt;code&gt;custum-bib&lt;/code&gt;), provide a &lt;code&gt;url&lt;/code&gt; BibTeX field.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-23T12:28:11.770" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T12:28:11.770" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11820" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11818" CreationDate="2011-02-23T11:42:20.083" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For BibTeX you will need to create a &lt;code&gt;MISC&lt;/code&gt; entry like the one below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@MISC{doe:website,&#xA;      AUTHOR = &quot;John Doe&quot;,&#xA;      TITLE = &quot;the website title&quot;,&#xA;      MONTH = feb,&#xA;      YEAR = 2011,&#xA;      NOTE = &quot;\url{http://whereever/file.ext}&quot;&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are also other keys which can be used. I'm using Zotero, a Firefox Plugin, to collect my references. It produces the following BibTeX entry from e.g. this page:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@misc{_bibtex_????,&#xA;    title = {bibtex - How to make my own reference for some arbitrary weblink - {TeX} - {LaTeX} - Stack Exchange},&#xA;    url = {http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/11818/how-to-make-my-own-reference-for-some-arbitrary-weblink},&#xA;    howpublished = {http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/11818/how-to-make-my-own-reference-for-some-arbitrary-weblink}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, whether or not and how the URL is displayed depends on your used reference style.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are using BibLaTeX (note the extra 'La') then you can use the new &lt;code&gt;ONLINE&lt;/code&gt; type:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@ONLINE{Doe:2011:Online,&#xA;  author = {Doe, John},&#xA;  title = {This is an example},&#xA;  month = feb,&#xA;  year = 2011,&#xA;  url = {http://www.test.org/doe/}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-23T11:51:25.117" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T11:51:25.117" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11821" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11823" CreationDate="2011-02-23T12:14:22.530" Score="4" ViewCount="94" Body="&lt;p&gt;My document will contain a lot of equation, and as usual in that case I would like to use &quot;punctuation&quot; in the equations, like coma, colon, dot, semi colon, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a special way to correctly do that ? Now I just type these characters at the end of the equations, but as it's in math mode maybe there is a better way that improve the spacing, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I also read about &lt;code&gt;\colon&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\ldotp&lt;/code&gt;. What do they do that the normal &quot;characters&quot; don't ? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="827" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T12:50:28.263" Title="Punctuation in equations" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;equations&gt;&lt;punctuation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11822" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11815" CreationDate="2011-02-23T12:26:48.793" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The best way is to create your own package. This is simple a text file that you save with a &lt;code&gt;.sty&lt;/code&gt; extension for example  &lt;code&gt;mypreamble.sty&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A minimum example is shown below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ProvidesPackage{mypreamble}&#xA;\def\test{...}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You use the &lt;code&gt;ProvidePackage&lt;/code&gt; command to make sure that LaTeX knows about it and give you some sensible errors if it is loaded twice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personally I have quite a few private packages, one is called &lt;code&gt;typography&lt;/code&gt; where I keep all typographical tweaks and settings. Another one is &lt;code&gt;specialmaths&lt;/code&gt; etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;These can be installed as all other packages so you do not have any problems with paths etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T12:26:48.793" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11823" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11821" CreationDate="2011-02-23T12:50:28.263" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;No, you can key in the punctuations marks as usual.  As Seamus writes in his comment, macros like &lt;code&gt;\colon&lt;/code&gt; are for punctuation marks that are being used as mathematical relations rather than punctuation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sentence punctuation should not appear inside of &lt;em&gt;inline&lt;/em&gt; mathematics.  For &lt;em&gt;displayed&lt;/em&gt; mathematics, I think it's safe to say it's a matter of style.  See &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/7542/for-formal-articles-should-a-displayed-equation-be-followed-by-a-punctuation-to&quot;&gt;&quot;For formal articles, should a displayed equation be followed by a punctuation to conform to the language grammar?&quot;&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;I'm in the camp of no sentence punctuation in display math; it's just distracting.  &lt;em&gt;De gustibus non est disputandum.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;If $a$ and $b$ are the lengths of the legs of a right triangle &#xA;and $c$ is the length of the hypotenuse, then $a^2 + b^2 = c^2$, or:&#xA;\[&#xA;   c = \sqrt{a^2 + b^2}&#xA;\]&#xA;This amazing relation is known as the \textbf{Pythagorean Theorem}.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T12:50:28.263" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="11824" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11815" CreationDate="2011-02-23T12:56:32.593" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In miktex I would put all the stuff together in a special new local texmf-tree and &quot;mount&quot; this tree by adding its root folder as a new root. It's easy to put a such a texmf tree in a git (or whatever) repository.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In TeXLive this is also possible. While in general people think that there exist only one local texmf-tree it is actually possible to have more then one. In the TeXlive list this command was sent some month ago (untested as I have miktex):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; tlmgr conf texmf TEXMFLOCAL '{/path/to/tree1;/path/to/tree2;...}'&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After updates/changes of the tree you must call texhash and perhaps call updmap(-sys). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T12:56:32.593" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="11825" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11831" CreationDate="2011-02-23T12:57:28.643" Score="3" ViewCount="56" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have the following code, that draws a dashed box:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{arydshln,paralist}&#xA;&#xA;\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{mybox}[1]&#xA;  {\vspace{6pt}\par\tabular{:p{\linewidth}:}\hdashline&#xA;   \rule{0pt}{4ex}#1\\&#xA;   \compactitem}&#xA;  {\endcompactitem\hspace*{1ex}\\\hdashline\endtabular\vspace*{1ex}}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;&#xA;\begin{mybox}{There are many items:}&#xA;\item First item&#xA;\item Second item&#xA;\end{mybox}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The results are shown below (notice that the box is wider than it should):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/eZXTR.png&quot; alt=&quot;Too wide box&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, it gets drawn too wide, not respecting my margins. How do I change the defined box environment to reduce it's width?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3660" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T14:03:37.567" Title="Problem with box width" Tags="&lt;boxes&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11826" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11815" CreationDate="2011-02-23T13:00:54.383" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You seem to have competing goals.  If you want modularity, break off the code you reuse in your documents and distribute it separately.  If you want portability, keep it within the single file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T13:00:54.383" />
  <row Id="11827" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11856" CreationDate="2011-02-23T13:08:47.140" Score="3" ViewCount="114" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to add a block at the beginning of my bib entries of the form &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[Lastnameauthor(s) Year]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When the shortauthor field is defined it should use this field +Year instead. The following example is fairly minimal:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{filecontents*}{test.bbx}&#xA;\ProvidesFile{test.bbx} &#xA;[\abx@bbxid $Id: test.bbx,v 0.9d 2010/09/03 20:11:58 lehman beta $] &#xA;\RequireBibliographyStyle{authoryear}&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareBibliographyDriver{article}{%&#xA;  \usebibmacro{bibindex}%&#xA;  \usebibmacro{begentry}%&#xA;  %---add something here---&#xA;  \usebibmacro{author/translator+others}%&#xA;  \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock&#xA;  \usebibmacro{title}%&#xA;  \newunit&#xA;  \printlist{language}%&#xA;  \newunit\newblock&#xA;  \usebibmacro{byauthor}%&#xA;  \newunit\newblock&#xA;  \usebibmacro{bytranslator+others}%&#xA;  \newunit\newblock&#xA;  \printfield{version}%&#xA;  \newunit\newblock&#xA;  \usebibmacro{in:}%&#xA;  \usebibmacro{journal+issuetitle}%&#xA;  \newunit&#xA;  \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%&#xA;  \newunit&#xA;  \usebibmacro{note+pages}%&#xA;  \newunit\newblock&#xA;  \iftoggle{bbx:isbn}&#xA;    {\printfield{issn}}&#xA;    {}%&#xA;  \newunit\newblock&#xA;  \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}%&#xA;  \newunit\newblock&#xA;  \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}%&#xA;  \setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock&#xA;  \usebibmacro{pageref}%&#xA;  \usebibmacro{finentry}}&#xA;&#xA;\endinput&#xA; \end{filecontents*}&#xA;\begin{filecontents*}{MeineBib.bib}&#xA;  @article{example,&#xA; author={Firstname Lastname and First Last},&#xA;  title={Title},&#xA; journal={Journal},&#xA; year={Year},&#xA;  pages={Pages},&#xA;} &#xA;  \end{filecontents*}&#xA;&#xA;\documentclass[12pt,ngerman,    ]{scrartcl}&#xA;\usepackage[ngerman]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;\usepackage[babel,german=quotes]{csquotes}&#xA;\usepackage [bibstyle=test]{biblatex}&#xA;\bibliography{MeineBib} &#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\cite{example}&#xA;\printbibliography\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm guessing the solution lies here&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;DeclareBibliographyDriver{article}{%&#xA;      \usebibmacro{bibindex}%&#xA;      \usebibmacro{begentry}%&#xA;      %---add something here---&#xA;      \usebibmacro{author/translator+others}%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but I can't find out how. It should look like this&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/w011P.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt; which is an existing style (natdin) in bibtex, but not in biblatex.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3735" LastEditorUserId="3735" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-23T14:38:44.133" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T15:06:40.497" Title="Add block in bibliography entry" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;biblatex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="11828" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11815" CreationDate="2011-02-23T13:13:00.787" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If I understand you correctly, then this is exactly what I do.  I have a standard location for all my tex style files, classes and so forth which are all in DVCS repositories (happens to be BZR, but don't hold that against me).  I then symlink the ones that I want in to my TEXMFHOME tree.  The reason for symlinking is that I may not necessarily want &lt;em&gt;all&lt;/em&gt; of the junk in my BZR repositories to be in my TEX tree, so I don't want to make the texmf directories part of the repository set, but I also want things to update automatically so I don't want to just copy them over.  As you say, this makes keeping things up to date across different computers much, much easier.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To answer your specific question, I've not encountered any problems with this setup.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T13:13:00.787" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11829" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11808" CreationDate="2011-02-23T13:19:49.647" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;And there are GNU Source-highlight:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gnu.org/software/src-highlite/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.gnu.org/software/src-highlite/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;and hightlight:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.andre-simon.de/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.andre-simon.de/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;They can export LaTeX code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PS.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;In ConTeXt, there is a &lt;a href=&quot;http://modules.contextgarden.net/vim&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;t-vim&lt;/code&gt; module&lt;/a&gt;, which calls VIM to highlighting the program code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T13:19:49.647" />
  <row Id="11830" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11825" CreationDate="2011-02-23T13:22:17.727" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The problem is that the columns add space around the width that you specified. LaTeX is simply doing what you told it to do. For &quot;correct&quot; output, you'll need to decrease the width of the text by &lt;code&gt;2\tabcolsep&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage{arydshln,paralist}&#xA;&#xA;\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}&#xA;\newlength{\mycolwidth}&#xA;\setlength{\mycolwidth}{\linewidth}&#xA;\addtolength{\mycolwidth}{-2\tabcolsep}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{mybox}[1]&#xA;  {\vspace{6pt}\par\tabular{:p{\mycolwidth}:}\hdashline&#xA;   \rule{0pt}{4ex}#1\\&#xA;   \compactitem}&#xA;  {\endcompactitem\hspace*{1ex}\\\hdashline\endtabular\vspace*{1ex}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;&#xA;\begin{mybox}{There are many items:}&#xA;\item First item&#xA;\item Second item&#xA;\end{mybox}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="117" LastEditorUserId="117" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-23T14:03:37.567" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T14:03:37.567" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11831" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11825" CreationDate="2011-02-23T13:28:23.540" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As already mentioned you have to remove twice the amount of the tabular column separation(?) &lt;code&gt;\tabcolsep&lt;/code&gt; from the length. This can be easily done using &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/11346/doing-maths-with-distance-values-in-latex-source-code/11347#11347&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;\dimexpr&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; (eTeX) as shown below. Alternativly you can use a length register as in &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/11825/problem-with-box-width/11830#11830&quot;&gt;Yossi's answer&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{arydshln,paralist}&#xA;&#xA;\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{mybox}[1]&#xA;{\vspace{6pt}\par\tabular{:p{\dimexpr\linewidth-2\tabcolsep}:}\hdashline&#xA;   \rule{0pt}{4ex}#1\\&#xA;   \compactitem}&#xA;  {\endcompactitem\hspace*{1ex}\\\hdashline\endtabular\vspace*{1ex}}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;&#xA;\begin{mybox}{There are many items:}&#xA;\item First item&#xA;\item Second item&#xA;\end{mybox}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using &lt;code&gt;@{}&lt;/code&gt; to set this &lt;code&gt;sep&lt;/code&gt; value to zero doesn't work here properly. Around the &lt;code&gt;:&lt;/code&gt; it causes an error and inside it makes the text touch the dashed line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T13:28:23.540" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="11832" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-23T13:40:35.580" Score="12" ViewCount="460" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to typeset a poem book, which I am planning to print then stitch and bind manually. My requirements are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The book should be printed on A4 paper, with two A5 pages on each side.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;It should be possible to set desired signature thickness (i.e. number of bifolios or leafs in each section)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Small markings should be present in the middle of the innermost section bifolio for guiding the needles (and only there)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Some configuration of markings can be chosen, or one can set desired distances or spacing beetween markings&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;According to set section thickness, the pages will be in the reqired order. If the thickness is 2: 1. bifolio: leafs 1 and 8 on one side, leafs 2,7 on other; 2. bifolio: leafs 3,6 on one side, leafs 4,5 on the other (needle markings on the side containing leafs 4 and 5)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;some form of centering or manually shifting each poem's left margin should be present&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;lettrine&lt;/code&gt; package capabilites within poems&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I should probably write my own package to fulfill all of my requirements. Additional requirement for such a package would be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;if possible, the package should be easily extended to any type of humanities books, not just poem books (for the same purpose of printing and manually binding)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I found &lt;code&gt;verse&lt;/code&gt; to be simple and nice, but &lt;code&gt;lettrine&lt;/code&gt; breaks inside &lt;code&gt;verse&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I also would also like to have the options of &lt;code&gt;poemscol&lt;/code&gt; to automatically generate a table of contents, an index of titles, and mark occasions when a stanza break falls at a page break. On the other hand, &lt;code&gt;poemscol&lt;/code&gt; seems overly complex for my needs and also seems to be best suited for the particular purpose of typesetting critical editions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am providing images of some poems books which seemed nice to me:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/MzGpd.png&quot; alt=&quot;Poem book example 1&quot;&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/JMWnj.png&quot; alt=&quot;Poem book example 2&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/9KWyF.png&quot; alt=&quot;Poem book example 3&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am also uploading a screenshot of InDesign pdf output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/yEpEh.png&quot; alt=&quot;InDesign output&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't know any low level &lt;code&gt;TeX&lt;/code&gt; commands. Where to start? What can be done (or, what can be without much pain)? What cannot be done (or, what can't be done without too much pain and effort)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;Pgfpages&lt;/code&gt; package seems to solve section/bifolio problems.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This question is important to me, and also seems quite complex. Therefore, I will be offering a bounty.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1688" LastEditorUserId="1688" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-01T12:37:36.817" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T16:35:18.570" Title="Typesetting a poem book for manual binding" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;book-design&gt;&lt;typography&gt;&lt;poetry&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="6" />
  <row Id="11833" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-23T13:58:58.487" Score="2" ViewCount="98" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello,&#xA;I used &lt;code&gt;laprint&lt;/code&gt; to generate the &lt;code&gt;.eps&lt;/code&gt; file for my matlab graph. Now the problem is I changed the axis labels to &lt;code&gt;a,...f&lt;/code&gt; but they dont seem to be aligned w.r.t the horizontal x-axis.&#xA;This is the command &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\psfrag{x13}[t][t]{\small a}%&lt;/code&gt; ..where can I change the alignment of &lt;code&gt;a&lt;/code&gt; w.r.t the axis.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;thank you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3780" LastEditorUserId="3780" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-23T14:24:56.370" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T13:38:14.077" Title="aligning the x-axis labels in a figure using psfrags" Tags="&lt;psfrag&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="11834" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11778" CreationDate="2011-02-23T14:02:13.053" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Internall, &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt; uses alignment displays, described p. 190 of the TeXbook as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;TeX also allows &quot;alignment displays&quot; [...] &#xA;  An alignment display is created by commands of the general form&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$$ &amp;lt;assignments&amp;gt; \halign{ &amp;lt;alignment&amp;gt; } &amp;lt;assignments&amp;gt; $$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;where the &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;assignments&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; [...] do not produce any math lists.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But &lt;code&gt;\textstyle&lt;/code&gt; is not an assignment: in fact, it starts a math list. So &lt;code&gt;\halign&lt;/code&gt; is not alone in that equation anymore, and TeX complains.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now a solution: since &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt; builds a construction like &lt;code&gt;$\displaystyle ...$&lt;/code&gt; internally, we can redefine the size using &lt;code&gt;\let\displaystyle\textstyle&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\let\displaystyle\textstyle&#xA;&#xA;An example of aligned equations,&#xA;\begin{align}&#xA;\sum_{i=1}^N \frac{x^2}{2} + \frac{y^2}{2} &amp;amp;= \frac{\sqrt{z^{\frac{2}{3}}}}{2}&#xA;&amp;amp;\frac{\sqrt{z^{\frac{2}{3}}}}{2} &amp;amp;= \sum_{i=1}^N \frac{x^2}{2} + \frac{y^2}{2} &#xA;\\&#xA;\frac{\sqrt{z^{\frac{2}{3}}}}{2} &amp;amp;= \sum_{i=1}^N \frac{x^2}{2} + \frac{y^2}{2} &#xA;&amp;amp;\sum_{i=1}^N \frac{x^2}{2} + \frac{y^2}{2} &amp;amp;= \frac{\sqrt{z^{\frac{2}{3}}}}{2}&#xA;\end{align}&#xA;which seem to work.&#xA;&#xA;But the \verb|equation| environment won't:&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;\frac{\sqrt{z^{\frac{2}{3}}}}{2} = \sum_{i=1}^N \frac{x^2}{2} + \frac{y^2}{2} &#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You might prefer saving the definition before using &lt;code&gt;\let\olddisplaystyle\displaystyle&lt;/code&gt; in case you need it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastEditorUserId="2707" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-23T15:06:46.847" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T15:06:46.847" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="11835" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-23T14:08:02.913" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sometimes when creating a figure, one would like to have a few graphics laid side-by-side, each of them captioned and labelled, with a separate caption for the whole figure. The &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/subfig/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;subfig&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package and its predecessor &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/subfigure/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;subfigure&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; (now obsolete) are commonly used, with some extra help from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;caption&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package for subcaption customization.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a sample of some general usage:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}&#xA;    % Usage: \subloat[&amp;lt;list entry&amp;gt;][&amp;lt;subcaption&amp;gt;]{&amp;lt;body&amp;gt;}&#xA;    \subfloat[First subfigure]{\label{fig:subfloat-2} ...}&#xA;&#xA;    % you can optionally use all sorts of horizontal or vertical white space here: &#xA;    \hspace{1mm} &#xA;&#xA;    \subfloat[Second subfigure]{\label{fig:subfloat-1}...}&#xA;&#xA;    % You can have a caption for the whole figure ...&#xA;    \caption{Figure with two subfigures}&#xA;&#xA;    % .. and a label to reference it&#xA;    \label{fig:composite}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="711" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-23T14:21:10.057" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T14:21:10.057" />
  <row Id="11836" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-23T14:08:02.913" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="The {subfigure} tag should be applied to questions about composite floats with separately labelled and captioned components, such as arrangement, labelling, positioning, captioning, referencing and indexing. Use the tag for all packages and environments that provide similar behaviour (such as subfigure and subfig, for example)." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="711" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-23T14:20:49.763" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T14:20:49.763" />
  <row Id="11837" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11842" CreationDate="2011-02-23T14:17:38.260" Score="2" ViewCount="149" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am getting strange errors in LaTeX:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;perhaps you should insert a `~' before &quot;\ref&quot;&#xA;missing `\ ' after &quot;i.e.&quot;&#xA;missing `\ ' after &quot;i.e.&quot;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I understand that the first expects me to put a tilde before the reference, so something like this &lt;code&gt;figure~\ref{myfigure}&lt;/code&gt;, but why is it necessary? I can compile without the tilde and everything works fine. Besides that, it is annoying to have to write it like this in case I want to reference many figures. For example, I have this statement in my paper:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Figures \ref{figure:normal_rendering} and \ref{figure:silhouette_rendering} illustrates the silhouette rendering process.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With the form proposed I should keep adding &lt;code&gt;figure&lt;/code&gt; before any &lt;code&gt;\ref&lt;/code&gt;; it sounds weird to read: &quot;Figure 1, figure 2, and figure 3 illustrates the silhouette rendering process&quot; rather then just &quot;Figure 1, 2, and 3 illustrates the silhouette rendering process&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What about the second and third errors? Any help?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2418" LastEditorUserId="275" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-23T19:30:41.510" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T19:30:41.510" Title="Tilde and Slash in Latex" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;warnings&gt;&lt;tilde&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="11838" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13656" CreationDate="2011-02-23T14:22:44.890" Score="4" ViewCount="123" Body="&lt;p&gt;On TeXample, Martin Scharrer contributed an excellent &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/d-flip-flops-and-shift-register/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;d-flipflop&lt;/a&gt; example that simplifies circuit drawing to a two step-process of &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Place the part:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% Place FFs  &#xA;\foreach \m in {0,...,\N}  &#xA;      \node [shape=dff] (DFF\m) at ($ 3*(\m,0) $) {Bit \#\m};&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Connect the nets&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The d-flip flop uses a &lt;code&gt;\pgfdeclareshape&lt;/code&gt; command and involves 120-lines of code.  It's possible to save the d-flip-flop in its own file that looks something like the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter  &#xA;  % D flip-flops (DFFs) and shift register  &#xA;  % Original Author: Martin Scharrer  &#xA;  % Data Flip Flip (DFF) shape  &#xA; \pgfdeclareshape{dff}{  &#xA;    %... details omitted, available elsewhere  &#xA; }&#xA;&#xA; % Define styles, etc  &#xA; \tikzset{  &#xA;    every dff node/.style=%... details omitted, available elsewhere  &#xA; }  &#xA; \makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This may be a tall order, but is there a tool, similar to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tikzit.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TikZit&lt;/a&gt;, that is stable under Windows and allows creation, and editing of graphics saved in this manner?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3090" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-23T21:24:49.040" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T16:21:10.600" Title="Are there any Windows-based Graphical editors for \pgfdeclareshape" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;editors&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="11839" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11844" CreationDate="2011-02-23T14:23:33.780" Score="5" ViewCount="198" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there any way of using &lt;code&gt;psfrag&lt;/code&gt; with pdflatex?&#xA;It seems fairly similar to the problem of using &lt;code&gt;pstricks&lt;/code&gt; with pdflatex.&#xA;Do they both depend on the same things, or does &lt;code&gt;psfrag&lt;/code&gt; include &lt;code&gt;pstricks&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can I assume that if I use one of the workarounds to make &lt;code&gt;pstricks&lt;/code&gt; work, the same workaround would do for &lt;code&gt;psfrag&lt;/code&gt;?&#xA;Is there an equivalent of &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[pdf]{pstricks}&lt;/code&gt; that will work for &lt;code&gt;psfrag&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I realise there are a few questions here rather than just one, but they all share the overall question of how to use &lt;code&gt;psfrag&lt;/code&gt; with pdflatex. Thank you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="672" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-01T10:30:42.393" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T10:30:42.393" Title="Using psfrag with pdflatex" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;pstricks&gt;&lt;psfrag&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11840" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11742" CreationDate="2011-02-23T14:23:47.260" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To me, your first problem looks like a bug in &lt;code&gt;wrapfigure&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;em&gt;Without&lt;/em&gt; the &lt;code&gt;wrapfigure&lt;/code&gt;, the last line of page&amp;nbsp;1 is nicely sitting on the line drawn by &lt;code&gt;showframe&lt;/code&gt;; the descender of the &quot;g&quot; descends below that line as it should. &lt;em&gt;With&lt;/em&gt; the &lt;code&gt;wrapfigure&lt;/code&gt;, the descender of the &quot;g&quot; is sitting on the line drawn by &lt;code&gt;showframe&lt;/code&gt;, which is indeed not desirable. A workaround is to put a &lt;code&gt;\pagebreak&lt;/code&gt; immediately after the last word on page&amp;nbsp;1; in your example code this would be after &lt;code&gt;magna.&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Your second problem seems to be of a different nature, and it appears that you found some solution in the comments to the question &lt;code&gt;:-)&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T14:23:47.260" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="11841" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="383" CreationDate="2011-02-23T14:24:46.447" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;pdflatex can read png files, and there are utilities to convert eps to png. You can just includegraphics wiht no extension, and if you have both an eps and a png image with the same content, you can run either latex or pdflatex on your file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;code&gt;make&lt;/code&gt; to make sure that the png file is as updated as the eps you have.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3391" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T14:24:46.447" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11842" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11837" CreationDate="2011-02-23T14:29:18.000" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Tilde/hardspace&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You definitely want to write for a single figure &lt;code&gt;Figure~\ref{x}&lt;/code&gt; (or &lt;code&gt;Fig.\,\ref{x}&lt;/code&gt; or whatever) because you don't want the number to split over a line separate from the &lt;code&gt;Figure&lt;/code&gt; text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For multiple strings of figure numbers, such as ‘Figures 1, 4, and 7’, the exact placement of the hardspace is somewhat a matter of taste. I usually write &lt;code&gt;Figures 1 and~2&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;Figures 1, 4, and~7&lt;/code&gt; but you might sometimes want to restrict the breaking a little more.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In both these cases, I recommend looking at the refstyle or cleveref package to automate some of this with markup.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;‘i.e.’ and other acronyms&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After a period in the text, TeX assumes you have finished as sentence and by default puts a larger-than-usual amount of space there. So when you use ‘i.e.’ in a sentence you either need to add a comma after it (my preference) or indicate that the final &lt;code&gt;.&lt;/code&gt; is not a sentence-ending period. So, any of:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;i.e., blah blah&#xA;i.e.\ blah blah&#xA;i.e.\@ blah blah&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The second two will print identically. I prefer the second in text and the third when defining shorthand commands with &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T14:29:18.000" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11843" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12479" CreationDate="2011-02-23T14:31:42.833" Score="5" ViewCount="103" Body="&lt;p&gt;Option &lt;code&gt;T&lt;/code&gt; is used to align the top of each column.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there an option to align the bottom of each column? &#xA;If no option, how to achieve the same effect?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note: Using option &lt;code&gt;b&lt;/code&gt; is not the answer because it aligns baseline.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3552" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T18:03:41.897" Title="How to align the bottom of each column in \begin{columns}?" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="11844" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11839" CreationDate="2011-02-23T14:36:55.353" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I recommend (disclaimer,  I wrote them both) either of the &lt;code&gt;pstool&lt;/code&gt; or the &lt;code&gt;auto-pst-pdf&lt;/code&gt; packages. The latter is more useful when you have other PSTricks material; &lt;code&gt;pstool&lt;/code&gt; is better when you only have &lt;code&gt;psfrag&lt;/code&gt; material only. (One day I'd like to extend &lt;code&gt;pstool&lt;/code&gt; to handle both cases.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;They both use the &lt;code&gt;-shell-escape&lt;/code&gt; feature to process the &lt;code&gt;psfrag&lt;/code&gt; graphics separately before inserting them into the document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T14:36:55.353" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="11845" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11833" CreationDate="2011-02-23T14:40:12.023" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I believe, but I might be mistaken, that &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mathworks.com/matlabcentral/fileexchange/21286-matlabfrag&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the &lt;code&gt;matlabfrag&lt;/code&gt; package&lt;/a&gt; works around this problem. It was written by a friend of mine to overcome some of &lt;code&gt;laprint&lt;/code&gt;'s shortcomings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Its usage is similar to &lt;code&gt;laprint&lt;/code&gt; but you must size the graphic to your tastes before exporting it to LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T14:40:12.023" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11846" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11839" CreationDate="2011-02-23T14:50:02.083" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;After some further googling I found something potentially useful.&#xA;It seems someone has written a bourne-shell script and package that work together, it's called &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.onera.fr/staff/marc-boyer/docs/pdfrack/pdfrack%281%29.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pdfrack&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After a quick read of the instructions, it seems you create your document and run the shell script first to generate pdf pictures of the eps files with the psfrag replacements.&#xA;Then you run pdflatex normally on your document, to build the pdf including the pdf pictures already generated by the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.onera.fr/staff/marc-boyer/docs/pdfrack/pdfrack%281%29.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pdfrack&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Disclaimer: I haven't tried this yet, and to be honest, Will Robertson's answer seems to be the easier solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="672" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T14:50:02.083" />
  <row Id="11847" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11849" CreationDate="2011-02-23T14:52:58.697" Score="5" ViewCount="94" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi, I am using LaTeX in a portuguese document, with special characters such as tilde or cedilla. I have a sample document with the following content:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;é canção&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My editor (TeXworks) is configured to use UTF8, and the resultant PDF shows the right result, as seen on the following image:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/RBMBV.png&quot; alt=&quot;Generated PDF&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My problem is: when I copy the text from the PDF I get weird characters, and not the text that is exhibited. How to overcome this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3660" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T15:23:17.043" Title="Problem copying text from latex PDF - special characters" Tags="&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;characters&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="11849" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11847" CreationDate="2011-02-23T15:23:17.043" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use T1 font encoding with support for special characters:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T15:23:17.043" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11850" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3587" CreationDate="2011-02-23T15:24:44.093" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I always use the defaults suggested by &lt;a href=&quot;https://secure.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/en/w/index.php?title=Special%3aCite&amp;amp;page=LaTeX&amp;amp;id=413720397&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt; (see &quot;BibTeX entry&quot; at the bottom), available if you click on &quot;cite this page&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="828" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T15:24:44.093" />
  <row Id="11851" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11832" CreationDate="2011-02-23T15:28:06.387" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is not a complete answer at all; I just want to stress that organizing the pages as you want inside TeX or LaTeX might not be the right way to proceed, because you would have an unusable electronic version.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For this matter, you can produce a standard (a5paper say) ps file from LaTeX, then use the command pstops. For example, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;pstops &quot;12:11L(29.7cm,0)+0L(29.7cm,14.85cm),10R(-8.7cm,14.85cm)&#xA;+1R(-8.7cm,29.7cm),9L(29.7cm,0)+2L(29.7cm,14.85cm),8R(-8.7cm,14.85cm)&#xA;+3R(-8.7cm,29.7cm),7L(29.7cm,0)+4L(29.7cm,14.85cm),6R(-8.7cm,14.85cm)&#xA;+5R(-8.7cm,29.7cm)&quot; toto.ps toto2.ps&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(in one line) where toto.ps is an a5 paper file, will divide the pages by bundles of 12 (numbered from 0 to 11), and output an a4-paper-file toto2.ps containing six pages for each bundle, containing respectively pages 11 (on the left) and 0 (on the right), pages 10 and 1, pages 9 and 2, and so forth. Then a double side printing gives you the three sheets you can fold to get a 12-pages-booklet. One problem is that you may need to adjust the translation values like &lt;code&gt;(-8.7cm,14.85cm)&lt;/code&gt; according to the margins of toto.ps. The pstops command is described for example here:  &lt;a href=&quot;http://gershwin.ens.fr/vdaniel/Doc-Locale/Outils-Gnu-Linux/PsUtils/pstops.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://gershwin.ens.fr/vdaniel/Doc-Locale/Outils-Gnu-Linux/PsUtils/pstops.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Your other questions are out of my league, I guess.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3585" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T15:28:06.387" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11852" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11832" CreationDate="2011-02-23T15:29:27.770" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You should take a close look at the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/octavo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;octavo&lt;/a&gt; class.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T15:29:27.770" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11853" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11861" CreationDate="2011-02-23T15:42:57.690" Score="2" ViewCount="138" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use TeXworks to write my documents. The spell checker tool works nice, but I'd like to add some words to the dictionary, but I can't find a function for that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So how can I do that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3316" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-11T12:51:11.007" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T12:51:11.007" Title="TeXworks: How to add a word to the spell checker dictionary?" Tags="&lt;spelling&gt;&lt;texworks&gt;&lt;dictionary&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11854" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-23T15:47:03.320" Score="3" ViewCount="68" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/5571/reduce-bibliography-to-one-line&quot;&gt;Reduce bibliography to one line&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to typeset references without inserting a new line between items, i.e. to make the references section look something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Foo et al. 2008, Nature, 100, 200 •&#xA;  Bar &amp;amp; Baz et al. 2010, Science, 300,&#xA;  400 • Einstein, 1905, New Scientist,&#xA;  5, 6&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where &quot;•&quot; is perhaps some configurable delimiter character, rather than something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Foo et al. 2008, Nature, 100, 200 &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Bar &amp;amp; Baz et al. 2010, Science, 300, 400&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Einstein, 1905, New Scientist, 5, 6&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I use BibTeX at the moment to get something like the second example, and would prefer to continue to use it for the time being if possible, so solutions that don't involve migration to biblatex are particularly welcome!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3782" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-23T16:10:33.367" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T16:10:33.367" ClosedDate="2011-02-23T17:23:10.213" Title="Typeset references without newlines between entries" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;bibtex&gt;" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="11855" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11857" CreationDate="2011-02-23T15:49:03.473" Score="6" ViewCount="171" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have multiple &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt; environments in my document, separated by a small paragraph of text:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{align*}&#xA;  foo &amp;amp;= something very very long compared to the other align&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;explanation what I shall do now&#xA;\begin{align*}&#xA;  foo' &amp;amp;= foo + short&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As the text in the second &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt; is considerably shorter, the &lt;code&gt;=&lt;/code&gt; signs don't line up, which is to be expected.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there some way to make the two equals signs line up with eachother?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3783" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T10:11:07.320" Title="Alignment of equals sign in multiple align environments" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;align&gt;&lt;alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="11856" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11827" CreationDate="2011-02-23T16:01:27.417" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Way back, I answered a very similar question at the German-speaking forum &lt;a href=&quot;http://mrunix.de/forums/showthread.php?t=67067&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;mrunix.de&lt;/a&gt;. The trick is to add &lt;code&gt;\usebibmacro{cite}&lt;/code&gt; to the bibmacro &lt;code&gt;begentry&lt;/code&gt; (which does nothing by default). Then choose the citestyle authoryear and the bibliography style authortitle, sort the bibliography by author-year-title, remove dashes for recurrent authors ... and you're set. ;-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[citestyle=authoryear,bibstyle=authortitle,sorting=nyt,dashed=false,%&#xA;    maxcitenames=1]{biblatex}&#xA;&#xA;\newcounter{mymaxcitenames}&#xA;\AtBeginDocument{%&#xA;  \setcounter{mymaxcitenames}{\value{maxnames}}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\renewbibmacro*{begentry}{%&#xA;  \printtext[brackets]{%&#xA;    \begingroup&#xA;    \defcounter{maxnames}{\value{mymaxcitenames}}%&#xA;    \usebibmacro{cite}%&#xA;    \endgroup&#xA;    }%&#xA;  \quad% or \addspace&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{first-last}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{biblatextest.bib}&#xA;@misc{A01,&#xA;  author = {Autor, A. and Buthor, B.},&#xA;  year = {2001},&#xA;  title = {Alpha},&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\addbibresource{biblatextest.bib}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Some text \autocite{A01}.&#xA;&#xA;\printbibliography&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: Improved redefinition of &lt;code&gt;begentry&lt;/code&gt; to allow for cases where &lt;code&gt;maxnames&lt;/code&gt; differs between in-text-citations and the bibliography. (&lt;code&gt;\defcounter&lt;/code&gt; is an &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/etoolbox.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;etoolbox&lt;/a&gt; macro that allows [in contrast to &lt;code&gt;\setcounter&lt;/code&gt;] for &lt;em&gt;local&lt;/em&gt; redefinitions of counter values.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT 2: Removed need to manually set custom counter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT 3: Changed format of author names to &lt;code&gt;first-last&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(In case anyone is wondering about these piecemeal enhancements: This question has become sort of a &quot;Parallel Campaign&quot; to another question at &lt;a href=&quot;http://mrunix.de/forums/showthread.php?t=70006&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;mrunix.de&lt;/a&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-01T15:06:40.497" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T15:06:40.497" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11857" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11855" CreationDate="2011-02-23T16:04:11.923" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;From the &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; documentation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The command &lt;code&gt;\intertext&lt;/code&gt; is used for a short interjection of one of two lines of text in the middle of a multiple-line display structure ... Its salient feature is preservation of the alignment, which would not happen if you simply ended the display and then started it up again afterwards.  &lt;code&gt;\intertext&lt;/code&gt; may only appear right after a &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\\*&lt;/code&gt; command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So your example would be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{align*}&#xA;  foo &amp;amp;= something very very long compared to the other align \\&#xA;\intertext{explanation what I shall do now}&#xA;  foo' &amp;amp;= foo + short&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;breqn&lt;/code&gt; package also has this capability via its &lt;code&gt;dsuspend&lt;/code&gt; environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Added in edit) From the comments, there appear to be a few different ways to achieve this effect.  So to help with choosing, here's a sample of all those that I'm aware of.  Anyone who knows more is welcome to either add directly to this answer or to make a comment and then I'll add it.  Here's the result:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/owCI5.png&quot; alt=&quot;variations on a theme of intertext&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and here's the code that produced it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\thispagestyle{empty}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{mathtools}&#xA;\usepackage{breqn}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\paragraph{Two aligns}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{align*}&#xA;\begin{vmatrix}&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c \\&#xA;d &amp;amp; e &amp;amp; f \\&#xA;g &amp;amp; h &amp;amp; i&#xA;\end{vmatrix}&#xA;&amp;amp;= a e i + b f g + c d h - a f h - b d i - c e g&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;%&#xA;Whilst for \(2 \times 2\) we have:&#xA;%&#xA;\begin{align*}&#xA;\begin{vmatrix}&#xA;a &amp;amp; b \\&#xA;c &amp;amp; d&#xA;\end{vmatrix}&#xA;&amp;amp;= a d - b c&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;&#xA;\paragraph{One align, intertext preceeded by \textbackslash\textbackslash} &#xA;&#xA;\begin{align*}&#xA;\begin{vmatrix}&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c \\&#xA;d &amp;amp; e &amp;amp; f \\&#xA;g &amp;amp; h &amp;amp; i&#xA;\end{vmatrix}&#xA;&amp;amp;= a e i + b f g + c d h - a f h - b d i - c e g \\&#xA;%&#xA;\intertext{Whilst for \(2 \times 2\) we have:}&#xA;%&#xA;\begin{vmatrix}&#xA;a &amp;amp; b \\&#xA;c &amp;amp; d&#xA;\end{vmatrix}&#xA;&amp;amp;= a d - b c&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;&#xA;\paragraph{One align, intertext not preceeded by \textbackslash\textbackslash} &#xA;&#xA;\begin{align*}&#xA;\begin{vmatrix}&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c \\&#xA;d &amp;amp; e &amp;amp; f \\&#xA;g &amp;amp; h &amp;amp; i&#xA;\end{vmatrix}&#xA;&amp;amp;= a e i + b f g + c d h - a f h - b d i - c e g&#xA;%&#xA;\intertext{Whilst for \(2 \times 2\) we have:}&#xA;%&#xA;\begin{vmatrix}&#xA;a &amp;amp; b \\&#xA;c &amp;amp; d&#xA;\end{vmatrix}&#xA;&amp;amp;= a d - b c&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;&#xA;\paragraph{One align, shortintertext (mathtools)}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{align*}&#xA;\begin{vmatrix}&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c \\&#xA;d &amp;amp; e &amp;amp; f \\&#xA;g &amp;amp; h &amp;amp; i&#xA;\end{vmatrix}&#xA;&amp;amp;= a e i + b f g + c d h - a f h - b d i - c e g&#xA;%&#xA;\shortintertext{Whilst for \(2 \times 2\) we have:}&#xA;%&#xA;\begin{vmatrix}&#xA;a &amp;amp; b \\&#xA;c &amp;amp; d&#xA;\end{vmatrix}&#xA;&amp;amp;= a d - b c&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;&#xA;\paragraph{Using dsuspend from breqn}&#xA;~&#xA;&#xA;\begin{dgroup*}&#xA;\begin{dmath*}&#xA;\begin{vmatrix}&#xA;a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c \\&#xA;d &amp;amp; e &amp;amp; f \\&#xA;g &amp;amp; h &amp;amp; i&#xA;\end{vmatrix}&#xA;= a e i + b f g + c d h - a f h - b d i - c e g&#xA;\end{dmath*}&#xA;\begin{dsuspend}&#xA;Whilst for \(2 \times 2\) we have:&#xA;\end{dsuspend}&#xA;\begin{dmath*}&#xA;\begin{vmatrix}&#xA;a &amp;amp; b \\&#xA;c &amp;amp; d&#xA;\end{vmatrix}&#xA;= a d - b c&#xA;\end{dmath*}&#xA;\end{dgroup*}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastEditorUserId="86" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-24T08:51:21.953" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T08:51:21.953" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="11858" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10868" CreationDate="2011-02-23T16:05:16.660" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mac's Finder won't let you see hidden files or directories like &lt;code&gt;/usr&lt;/code&gt; by default. You could coerce it to always show them by setting environmental variables to change the default or using applescript, but I figure Apple has a good enough reason to have it that way, so I prefer to show them on a per-case basis. For your TeX distribution you should fire up the Terminal and type:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;open -a finder /usr/local/texlive/&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A Finder window will open up showing you the contents of that directory and letting you browse them and edit them at your whim.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3731" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T16:05:16.660" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11859" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11862" CreationDate="2011-02-23T16:12:56.693" Score="3" ViewCount="103" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to update my CV and I hit a limitation. I use &lt;code&gt;moderncv&lt;/code&gt; and have been quite satisfied with it so far. But now that my experience section has grown beyond a presumed limit it yields an odd result. Here is an MWE:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{moderncv}&#xA;&#xA;\moderncvtheme[blue]{classic}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[scale=0.85]{geometry}                   &#xA;&#xA;\firstname{Jack}\familyname{Ceevee}&#xA;\address{876A Defect Lane}{San Francisco, California} &#xA;\mobile{+1-615-555-1212}\email{j.ceevee@mail.com}        &#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;&#xA;\section{Summary}&#xA;\cvline{}{\lipsum[1]}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Technical Skills}&#xA;\cvline{A great skill}{\lipsum[2]}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Experience}&#xA;\cventry{2000--present}{Space occupier}{freelance}{San Francisco}{}{%&#xA;\lipsum[3-5]}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The odd thing is that the last section is not broken in two, rather it is moved to a new page leaving about 1/3rd of page 1 empty. I wonder if it is caused by the minipage environment &lt;code&gt;moderncv&lt;/code&gt; uses for &lt;em&gt;cventry&lt;/em&gt; (at least I think it does) or maybe something else. Regardless, I'm looking for a way to fix the issue.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2848" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T16:35:10.480" Title="Unbreakable cventry in moderncv" Tags="&lt;moderncv&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="11860" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11638" CreationDate="2011-02-23T16:15:01.557" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm posting this fix as a separate answer, and as community wiki, in the hope that people can improve on it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since the second of Hendrik's problems happens when &lt;code&gt;\futurelet&lt;/code&gt; reads &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; and triggers the end of the outside alignment cell, the idea is to make &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; an active character. Most of the time, we will &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt; it to an implicit alignment tab &lt;code&gt;\ampImplicit&lt;/code&gt;. Just before using &lt;code&gt;\futurelet&lt;/code&gt;, we change the definition of &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; to be something harmless, and we restore the usual definition after the &lt;code&gt;\futurelet&lt;/code&gt; assignment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The code below &lt;em&gt;typesets&lt;/em&gt; what Hendrik expects, but the &lt;code&gt;\testtoken&lt;/code&gt; is &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt;, i.e. the safe control sequence that we defined &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; to be just before &lt;code&gt;\futurelet&lt;/code&gt;. We could replace &lt;code&gt;\let&amp;amp;\relax&lt;/code&gt; by &lt;code&gt;\def&amp;amp;{something recognizable}&lt;/code&gt; if we care enough.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\ampImplicit&amp;amp;&#xA;\catcode`\&amp;amp;=13\relax&#xA;\let&amp;amp;\ampImplicit&#xA;&#xA;\def\makeampImplicit{\iffalse{\fi \let&amp;amp;\ampImplicit \iffalse}\fi }&#xA;\def\safefuturelet{\relax&#xA;  \iffalse{\fi \let&amp;amp;\relax \iffalse}\fi &#xA;  \afterassignment\makeampImplicit&#xA;  \futurelet&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% Hendrik's code, with `\futurelet` replaced by `\safefuturelet`.&#xA;&#xA;\def\begintestalign{\show\testtoken&#xA;    $\vcenter\bgroup\halign\bgroup##&amp;amp;##\cr}&#xA;\def\endtestalign{\egroup\egroup$}&#xA;\halign{#&amp;amp;#\cr&#xA;a &amp;amp; \safefuturelet\testtoken&#xA;    \begintestalign&#xA;         &amp;amp; c  \cr&#xA;    test &amp;amp; de \cr&#xA;    \endtestalign \cr&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have tested this idea of making &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; active when using &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt;, which uses &lt;code&gt;\halign&lt;/code&gt; internally. We can of course change the catcode after loading the package, but I wanted to see what breaks if it is active and let to its non-active self from the start. So far, I found that &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; would break because of a &lt;code&gt;\csname ... &amp;amp; ... \endcsname&lt;/code&gt; construction: that works if &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; is an explicit alignment tab, but not when it is an active character let to an alignment tab. This can be fixed by defining &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;13&lt;/code&gt; to be a macro expanding to &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;4&lt;/code&gt; just before loading the package, then reverting to the &quot;implicit character&quot; definition so that alignment preambles work as expected.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\def\ampMacro{&amp;amp;}&#xA;\let\ampImplicit&amp;amp;&#xA;\catcode`\&amp;amp;=13\relax&#xA;&#xA;\let &amp;amp;\ampMacro&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\let&amp;amp;\ampImplicit&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{align}&#xA;  x^2+y^2 &amp;amp;= z^2 \\&#xA;  \intertext{but in general,}&#xA;  (a-b)^2 &amp;amp;\neq a^2 - b^2 &#xA;\end{align}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T16:15:01.557" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-02-23T16:15:01.557" />
  <row Id="11861" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11853" CreationDate="2011-02-23T16:28:58.960" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;TeXworks uses a spell checker called &lt;a href=&quot;http://hunspell.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Hunspell&lt;/a&gt;, an engine which is also used e.g. by OpenOffice:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Each dictionary consists of two files with the extensions &lt;code&gt;.dic&lt;/code&gt; and  &lt;code&gt;.aff&lt;/code&gt;. Where these are located depends on your TeXworks installation, on my system (TeX Live 2010, Windows), they are in the directory&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;C:\Users\&amp;lt;user name&amp;gt;\.texlive2010\texmf-config\texworks\dictionaries&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Adding words to the dictionary is quite simple: As the &lt;code&gt;.dic&lt;/code&gt; file is a plain word list, you can just add new lines with your own words. If you want the system to recognize different word forms, too, you have to deal with the &lt;code&gt;.aff&lt;/code&gt; file - see &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.chromium.org/developers/how-tos/editing-the-spell-checking-dictionaries&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this explanation&lt;/a&gt; for more details. However, simply changing the word list should be enough in most cases.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3323" LastEditorUserId="3323" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-11T12:33:20.227" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T12:33:20.227" />
  <row Id="11862" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11859" CreationDate="2011-02-23T16:30:00.707" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's a pity. No way. Latest version of &lt;code&gt;moderncv&lt;/code&gt; uses &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt; internally, and old version uses &lt;code&gt;longtable&lt;/code&gt;. You can't break a tabular line or box.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is possible to reimplement &lt;code&gt;moderncv&lt;/code&gt; with lists, but not easy. You'd better avoid such long item or use another template.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-23T16:35:10.480" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T16:35:10.480" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11864" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11813" CreationDate="2011-02-23T17:45:09.457" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can declare a new arrow that's a combination of your original arrow head and an &quot;empty arrow&quot;. That makes PGF throw away the &lt;code&gt;\pgfarrowsrightextend&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\pgfarrowsleftextend&lt;/code&gt; lengths that cause the offset with the original arrow heads. If you use these new arrow heads at the end of a line, they won't look very good because arrow heads need to extend a bit to fully cover the line underneath them (that's what the right and left extend is for).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{decorations.markings}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\pgfarrowsdeclarecombine{newlatex}{newlatex}{latex}{latex}{}{}&#xA;&#xA;\draw[gray,thick,postaction={decorate},decoration={markings, mark=at position .75 with {\arrow{latex}}}] (2,0)  -- (0,0); % Original arrow&#xA;\draw[thick,postaction={decorate},decoration={markings, mark=at position 0.25 with {\arrowreversed{newlatex}}}] (0,-.4)--  (2,-.4);&#xA;\draw[thick,postaction={decorate},decoration={markings, mark=at position 0.75 with {\arrow{newlatex}}}] (2,-.6)-- (0,-.6);&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/uZBHk.png&quot; alt=&quot;lines with arrow markings&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T17:45:09.457" />
  <row Id="11865" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11638" CreationDate="2011-02-23T17:53:39.320" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are actually two parts to your question that are interacting a bit strangely.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the first example, the behavior is completely sensible. As others have observed, the &lt;code&gt;A&lt;/code&gt; is tokenized and given category code 11. Once a character token is tokenized, it never loses its category code (except for e-TeX's &lt;code&gt;\detokenize&lt;/code&gt; extension).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The second example is much trickier. My initial reaction was that it &lt;em&gt;should&lt;/em&gt; work as you want. Unfortunately, TeX treats &lt;code&gt;\halign&lt;/code&gt; in a very strange way. Let me quote from &lt;em&gt;The TeXbook&lt;/em&gt;, page 248.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;You have to be careful with the use of &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\span&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\cr&lt;/code&gt; because these tokens are intercepted by TeX's scanner even when it is not expanding macros. For example, if you say &amp;lsquo;&lt;code&gt;\let\x=\span&lt;/code&gt;&amp;rsquo; in the midst of an alignment entry, TeX will think that the &amp;lsquo;&lt;code&gt;\span&lt;/code&gt;&amp;rsquo; ends the entry so &lt;code&gt;\x&lt;/code&gt; will become equal to the first token following the &amp;lsquo;&lt;code&gt;#&lt;/code&gt;&amp;rsquo; in the template. You can hide this &lt;code&gt;\span&lt;/code&gt; by putting it in braces; e.g., &amp;lsquo;&lt;code&gt;{\global\let\x=\span}&lt;/code&gt;&amp;rsquo;. (And Appendix D explains how to avoid &lt;code&gt;\global&lt;/code&gt; here.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is very surprising, but it explains the behavior you see. Namely, when TeX encounters the &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; when looking for the token to &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\testtoken&lt;/code&gt;, it sees a &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; and so inserts the rest of the template (empty in this case) followed by &lt;code&gt;\endtemplate&lt;/code&gt;&amp;mdash;the command that causes the contents of the alignment entry to be typeset in an &quot;unset&quot; box (meaning the glue hasn't been set yet).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T17:53:39.320" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11866" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11880" CreationDate="2011-02-23T18:20:15.300" Score="8" ViewCount="225" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need to convert my .tex documents into .png. The problem is, I also need the resulting image to be as short as possible (height-wise). I've tried &lt;code&gt;latex&lt;/code&gt; followed by &lt;code&gt;dvipng&lt;/code&gt;, but the result is always the size of a page. For instance, take a tex file containing:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}  &#xA;\begin{document}  &#xA;Hello. This is a test.&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;  L = 2                                                                     &#xA;\end{equation}  &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I compile it with latex, and then run dvipng, I get a png file that's the size of a full page. What I need is for the png file to be only as tall as needed for everything to fit. So the image would end immediately after the equation. The image still needs to have full width (because of the equation numbering).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to achieve that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1074" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-14T03:15:20.803" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T08:07:02.310" Title="Compile a latex document into a png image that's as short as possible." Tags="&lt;formatting&gt;&lt;conversion&gt;&lt;size&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="5" />
  <row Id="11867" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11875" CreationDate="2011-02-23T18:20:24.137" Score="4" ViewCount="150" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi, I have the following document (this is an example):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[bookmarks=true,pdfborder={0 0 0}]{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\title{Sample document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\thispagestyle{empty}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;\thispagestyle{empty}&#xA;\frontmatter&#xA;&#xA;\pagestyle{plain} &#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;&#xA;\mainmatter&#xA;\part{My first part}&#xA;\chapter{A chapter}&#xA;\section{First section}&#xA;A text...&#xA;\chapter{Other chapter}&#xA;Other text...&#xA;&#xA;\part{My second part}&#xA;\chapter{Another chapter}&#xA;Yet another text...&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And the PDF bookmarks that is being produced do not satisfy my needs. I needed:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;A root node &quot;Sample document&quot; pointing to the beggining of first page of the document (title page)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Contents page (TOC) appearing like one document part on bookmarks (but not in TOC, I don't want it to appear in TOC, only in Bookmarks)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Instead of &quot;I My first part&quot; I wanted &quot;Part I: My first part&quot; and so on to the other parts&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Instead of &quot;A chapter&quot; I wanted &quot;1 A chapter&quot;, instead of &quot;Other chapter&quot; I wanted &quot;2 Another Chapter&quot; and so on&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The section would continue to appear as it currently does on bookmarks, with no numbers, only its title&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I do that? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3660" LastEditorUserId="3660" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-23T18:48:30.080" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T18:42:38.883" Title="Customize PDF bookmarks" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;bookmarks&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="11868" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11866" CreationDate="2011-02-23T18:27:00.637" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One thing that's easy to miss is page numbers.  The page number restricts the height of the final image so it's best to leave it out.  An easy way to do that is to use the &lt;code&gt;minimal&lt;/code&gt; document class.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I do when doing images for this place is to have a document a bit like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Hello. This is a test.&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;L = 2&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then run &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; on it to get a PDF; next run &lt;code&gt;pdfcrop&lt;/code&gt; (comes with TeXLive) to make it as small as possible; finally convert it to PNG using the NetPBM library tools.  (This is on a Unix machine.)  So my workflow is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;pdflatex document.tex&#xA;pdfcrop document.pdf&#xA;pdftoppm document-crop.pdf|pnmtopng &amp;gt; document.png&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;et voila:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/6bEPk.png&quot; alt=&quot;small png&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T18:27:00.637" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11869" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-23T18:30:37.497" Score="0" ViewCount="47" Body="&lt;p&gt;I follow a mathematica course with a lot of definitions. I want to make a list of those definitions. However sometimes terms refer to each other. To make the list more usable to read it would be nice if there was a command so I can refere to other elements in the &quot;dictionary&quot;. I've seen this in the books of Donald Knuth as footnotes. But don't know a good package to make an elegant dictionary. Automatic alphabetical sorting of the entries would also be a nice feature.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2601" LastEditorUserId="2601" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-23T18:36:41.077" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T18:36:41.077" Title="Dictionary with marginal references" Tags="&lt;cross-referencing&gt;&lt;margins&gt;&lt;dictionary&gt;&lt;sorting&gt;" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11870" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11904" CreationDate="2011-02-23T18:30:55.737" Score="1" ViewCount="186" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm looking for the best example presentation publicly available on the Internet that uses beamer, sweave and ggplot2 all at the same time. Ideally it would be the actual example .Rnw file, along with associated data files, etc, rather than a user manual. Anyone have any suggestions?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="853" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T00:31:17.923" Title="What's the best tutorial for beamer, sweave and ggplot2 combined?" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;sweave&gt;&lt;tutorials&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11871" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11879" CreationDate="2011-02-23T18:46:40.940" Score="7" ViewCount="80" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to use tikz &lt;code&gt;*&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;o&lt;/code&gt; arrows to indicate included/excluded&#xA;endpoints in plots of piecewise functions, like for example the following one:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/VXZFl.png&quot; alt=&quot;Sample plot&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, it seems that &lt;code&gt;tikz&lt;/code&gt; always aligns the &quot;tip&quot; of the arrow with the end&#xA;of the line, so that the code &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article} &#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{arrows}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;   \draw[help lines] (-.1,-.1) grid (2.1,2.1);&#xA;   \draw[thick,-*] (0,1.5) -- (1,.5);&#xA;   \draw[thick,o-] (1,1.5) -- (2,.5);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;produces&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/tcTf5.png&quot; alt=&quot;tikz arrows (incorrect alignment)&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where I would like the circles to be vertically aligned on the grid line. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a parameter or code I can modify to get the desired behavior?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T20:09:11.150" Title="Modifying `*` and `o` style tikz arrows so that they are centered at the end of line" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;arrows&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="11872" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-23T18:47:41.747" Score="10" ViewCount="176" Body="&lt;p&gt;It seems that if I &lt;code&gt;\let\amp&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt;, the alignment tab &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; can be replaced by &lt;code&gt;\amp&lt;/code&gt; everywhere (e.g., in the preamble and in the body of an &lt;code&gt;\halign&lt;/code&gt;). It is also possible to make the character &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; active, and give it the same meaning by &lt;code&gt;\catcode`\&amp;amp;=13&lt;/code&gt; &lt;code&gt;\let&amp;amp;\amp&lt;/code&gt;. It seems that that active &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; which has been let to the alignment tab &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; can be used wherever an alignment tab &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; was used.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This idea is quite general: we can define  macro which takes a character as its argument, lets its active version to itself (with its current catcode), and finally makes the character active. This uses an &lt;code&gt;\lccode&lt;/code&gt; trick, &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/7359/how-to-make-a-real-backslash-escape-character/7372#7372&quot;&gt;described by Phillipe Goutet&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\activate#1{\begingroup&#xA;  \lccode`\~=`#1%&#xA;  \lowercase{\endgroup \let~#1}%&#xA;  \catcode`#1=13\relax}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is an example to show that this operation does not break most uses I can think of for &lt;code&gt;$&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt;, etc. In particular, &lt;code&gt;$$...$$&lt;/code&gt; is still recognized, and macro parameters too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\activate &amp;amp;&#xA;\halign{#&amp;amp;#\cr a&amp;amp;b\cr}&#xA;&#xA;\activate $    \activate ^    \activate _&#xA;$$ x^2_2 + y^2_2 $$&#xA;&#xA;\activate #&#xA;\def\myshow#1{\show#1}&#xA;\myshow #    &#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So my question is: &quot;what are the drawbacks of this approach?&quot; It allows &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/11638/where-do-i-find-futurelets-nasty-behaviour-documented/11860#11860&quot;&gt;a fix for peeking ahead with &lt;code&gt;\futurelet&lt;/code&gt; in alignments&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T15:17:46.520" Title="Active characters let to a (non-active) character" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="11873" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11936" CreationDate="2011-02-23T19:06:19.777" Score="4" ViewCount="70" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do I stop non-English documentation returns from &lt;code&gt;mthelp&lt;/code&gt;? &lt;code&gt;mthelp graphicx&lt;/code&gt; returns a Polish manual. &lt;code&gt;mthelp amsldoc&lt;/code&gt; returns an Italian manual. How do I stop this? How do I get a hold of the English manuals (whether in &lt;code&gt;.html&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;.pdf&lt;/code&gt;, or whatever)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;By the way, I'm running MikTeX 2.8 on a Vista32&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;UPDATE1: I was able to find the English amsmath documentation on my hard drive at &lt;code&gt;C:\Program Files\MiKTeX 2.8\doc\latex\ams\math\amsldoc.pdf&lt;/code&gt;. So, I know it's there. I just don't know how to get &lt;code&gt;mthelp&lt;/code&gt; to return the right documentation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I recall installing MikTeX and saying &quot;yes&quot; to some option to include all language specifications. I'm thinking, now, that this was a mistake.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;UPDATE2: &lt;code&gt;mthelp lshort&lt;/code&gt; returns a Russian document :(&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3762" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-23T21:21:52.583" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T14:19:55.430" Title="Stop non-English documentation returns from `mthelp`?" Tags="&lt;miktex&gt;&lt;manuals&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="11874" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11876" CreationDate="2011-02-23T19:29:37.750" Score="5" ViewCount="130" Body="&lt;p&gt;From the R command line I can do &lt;code&gt;help foo&lt;/code&gt; -- where &lt;code&gt;foo&lt;/code&gt; is some R command-- and return a &lt;code&gt;.html&lt;/code&gt; help file on &lt;code&gt;foo&lt;/code&gt;. This holds even if &lt;code&gt;foo&lt;/code&gt; is from some non-standard library I just loaded. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Q: What's the closest process to this in LaTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/11780/an-ms-command-line-equivalent-to-linuxs-man-for-help-on-latex-files&quot;&gt;Here&lt;/a&gt; I was helped and found that &lt;code&gt;mthelp&lt;/code&gt; (&lt;code&gt;texdoc&lt;/code&gt; on TeXLive systems) can return help files for packages, document classes, and commands. But missing were LaTeX macros (e.g. &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Q: What's the quickest/best way to get full documentation on standard latex commands (e.g., &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt;) or commands from packages that need to be loaded (e.g., &lt;code&gt;\mathcal&lt;/code&gt; from amsfonts)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Until now, I've either been (1) hunting through &lt;a href=&quot;http://rads.stackoverflow.com/amzn/click/0321173856&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Kopka and Daly&lt;/a&gt;, (2) using &lt;em&gt;Help&lt;/em&gt; -&gt; &lt;em&gt;Keyword Search&lt;/em&gt; in WinEdt (returns &lt;em&gt;LaTeX2e Help&lt;/em&gt;, which is only helpful for very standard LaTeX macros (e.g., &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt;). Even then, the documentation is very limited), (3) standard Google and forum searches, or (4) using manuals (sometimes struggling with &lt;code&gt;mthelp&lt;/code&gt; to find the manual for the appropriate package containing the macro of interest)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Maybe I'm spoiled by R, but this process is terribly inefficient. I must be doing something wrong...right?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3762" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T23:47:54.827" Title="LaTeX equivalent to R's `help foo`?" Tags="&lt;manuals&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="11875" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11867" CreationDate="2011-02-23T19:51:38.067" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/bookmark&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;bookmark&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[numbered]{bookmark}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;causes numbered bookmarks, such as the desired &lt;em&gt;2 Other chapter&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\bookmark[page=1,level=0]{Sample document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At the beginning gives you the desired first bookmark.&#xA;It offers many more features described in the documentation. Just follow the link above to CTAN or type &lt;code&gt;texdoc bookmark&lt;/code&gt; at the command prompt.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T19:51:38.067" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11876" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11874" CreationDate="2011-02-23T19:53:33.403" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;TeX isn't an object oriented programming language which can attach documentation data to classes and objects like in Python or most likely in R. There is no backtrace in which file/package/class a certain macro was defined or what its input specification is.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My way is (1) Google for unknown macros to find out in with package they are defined, (2) &lt;code&gt;texdoc &amp;lt;package&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; + search for that macro, if this doesn't help (3) I look at the source code of the package, either by (3a) opening the source file or by (3b) &lt;strong&gt;using \show\macro&lt;/strong&gt; on the macro in question. IMHO that's the closest you can get to something &lt;code&gt;help macro&lt;/code&gt;. It shows you the definition of the macro which tells advanced users much of what they need to know.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the case of macros with optional arguments this doesn't help much because &lt;code&gt;\show&lt;/code&gt; only shows the special internal macros like &lt;code&gt;\\macro&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\macro&lt;/code&gt; (note the space &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; the macro name). I, of course, programmed myself a Perl+TeX script which shows me this definitions from the command line (&lt;code&gt;texdef -p &amp;lt;package&amp;gt; &amp;lt;macro&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;). Publishing it is on my ToDo list.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, if you only want the user description of the macro, i.e. how many and which arguments it needs, you are better of using an &lt;a href=&quot;http://kile.sourceforge.net/Documentation/html/complete_command.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;editor like Kile with command completion&lt;/a&gt;. This of course only works with commands the editor knows, which will be limited to the standard and some more common packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T19:53:33.403" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="11877" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-23T19:56:49.347" Score="0" ViewCount="39" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can't find in the documentation anything about how to make a subject in a newlfm style letter. What I would like is something like the following.&#xA;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Överklagande av Skatteverkets beslut om tilläggstaxering,&lt;br/&gt;dnr 15-2008/0057&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Jag vill överklaga Skatteverkets beslut om ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3784" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T17:31:05.357" Title="How do I make a subject with newlfm" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;letters&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="11878" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11874" CreationDate="2011-02-23T20:00:32.807" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is not really an answer, but way too long for a comment:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem with looking for documentation for the macro &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt; is that it's (almost) impossible to know where &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt; was defined. For example, &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt; is most likely defined by the document class your using, so if it's article, you would need to say &lt;code&gt;texdoc article&lt;/code&gt; (or whatever the equivalent is in miktex), and if it's memoir, you use &lt;code&gt;texdoc memoir&lt;/code&gt;. But if you are using some package that extends or changes the functionality of &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt;, the information from the &lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt; documentation might be insufficient, irrelevant or even misleading.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The best advice I can give is to keep your preamble clean, write a small comment about each and every package you use, and if you don't know why you &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{foobar}&lt;/code&gt;, it's probably because you don't use it [1]. Something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% babel - hyphenation rules and other localization stuff&#xA;\usepackage[danish]{babel}&#xA;&#xA;% The geometry package makes it easy to set the margins&#xA;\usepackage{geometry}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you at some point find out that you need to add the package &lt;code&gt;mathrsfs&lt;/code&gt; to get a certain script math font (&lt;code&gt;\mathscr&lt;/code&gt;), make sure to make a note of that near &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{mathrsfs}&lt;/code&gt;. This way, you have a much better chance of knowing where to look for documentation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[1] This is not quite true, but I believe it's important to have some idea about what each package is doing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="275" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T20:00:32.807" />
  <row Id="11879" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11871" CreationDate="2011-02-23T20:09:11.150" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are the &lt;code&gt;shorten &amp;lt;&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;shorten &amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; option which allow you to shorten the arrow length from the start and end of the line, respectively. It also accepts negative values which then extend the arrow head forwards:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{standalone}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{arrows}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[shorten &amp;gt;=-3pt,shorten &amp;lt;=-3pt]&#xA;   \draw[help lines] (-.1,-.1) grid[step=.5] (2.1,2.1);&#xA;   \draw[thick,-*] (0,1.5) -- (1,.5);&#xA;   \draw[thick,o-] (1,1.5) -- (2,.5);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;3pt&lt;/code&gt; where just a lucky guess, but seems to be the correct value for this arrow heads.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Result:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/TuBDX.png&quot; alt=&quot;Result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T20:09:11.150" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11880" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11866" CreationDate="2011-02-23T20:20:07.980" Score="14" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;code&gt;standalone&lt;/code&gt; class for this. It loads the &lt;code&gt;preview&lt;/code&gt; package automatically to crop the resulting PDF to the content. This makes the usage of &lt;code&gt;pdfcrop&lt;/code&gt; unnecessary.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Simply exchange the &lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt; class with &lt;code&gt;standalone&lt;/code&gt;. (It uses &lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt; internally but another class can be specified using the &lt;code&gt;class&lt;/code&gt; option)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{standalone}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Hello. This is a test.&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;L = 2&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To convert it to a PNG I recommend to use the &lt;code&gt;convert&lt;/code&gt; command of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.imagemagick.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Image Magick&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;pdflatex file&#xA;convert -density 300 file.pdf -quality 90 file.png&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here the density is 300 DPI which can be adapted to your needs. The quality setting selects the compression level and other things and 90 is AFAIK the optimum.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also select the DPI resolution for X and Y separately and also resize the resulting image, e.g.:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;convert -density 600x600 file.pdf -quality 90 -resize 1080x800 file.png&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Update 2011/03/14:&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The current &lt;a href=&quot;http://latex.scharrer-online.de/general/browser/standalone/dev?rev=2296&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;develop version of &lt;code&gt;standalone&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; has now the ability to call the above command line (and others) automatically, e.g.:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[convert={density=300,size=1080x800,outext=.png}]{standalone}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or simply (using default setting 300dpi, no resizing, PNG):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[convert]{standalone}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-14T08:07:02.310" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T08:07:02.310" />
  <row Id="11881" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-07-27T12:25:48.857" Score="5" ViewCount="119" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi All, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am very new to LaTeX and Sweave but am excited that it may make my life much simpler when combined with R.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I am looking to do:  Create multiple crosstabs, most likely in a loop.  As a result, the number of tables will not be determined ahead of time and I am hoping to have a page break in between each.  Lastly, for the time being, I am looking to make this a report instead of a presentation (Beamer).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My question:  I assume this is possible, but is it easier to do in Sweave or LaTeX and how should I get started. I have had some bumps in the road getting up and running, but I have been able to compile some very basic examples of both.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This would be my first document in LaTeX, so I am open to any and all suggestions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Many many thanks in advance for you guidance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3263" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T20:31:31.847" Title="Multiple Tables Sweave/Latex" Tags="&lt;r&gt;&lt;sweave&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="11882" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11881" CreationDate="2010-07-27T13:52:41.820" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Have you taken a look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://learnr.wordpress.com/2009/09/09/brew-creating-repetitive-reports/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this post&lt;/a&gt; from the Learning R Blog?  The author has created an automated report with the Brew package, but one of the comments on the post does the same using Sweave and LaTeX. It sounds like you are trying to create a similar report. I was able to adapt the example for one of my automated reports.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T13:52:41.820" />
  <row Id="11883" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11881" CreationDate="2010-07-27T14:28:11.920" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Have a look at the &lt;code&gt;xtable&lt;/code&gt; package, which prints LaTeX tables neatly. I have used this a lot for Sweave auto-generated reports.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following is a toy example of printing some tables for LaTeX in a Sweave document&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;&amp;lt;echo=FALSE,print=FALSE,results=tex&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&#xA;## generate an example set of tables                                                                                                                         &#xA;library(xtable)&#xA;data(tli)&#xA;my.tables &amp;lt;- list()&#xA;for(iTable in 1:20){&#xA; my.tables[[iTable]] &amp;lt;- tli[1:20 + iTable,]&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;## print these out, with page breaks in between                                                                                                              &#xA;for(iTable in 1:20){&#xA;  print(xtable(my.tables[[iTable]]))&#xA;  cat('\\clearpage\n')&#xA;}&#xA;@&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T14:28:11.920" />
  <row Id="11884" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11881" CreationDate="2010-07-27T14:48:20.533" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This might give you an impression how it works (or better: How I would do it :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Below is your Sweave file &quot;tstSweave.Rnw&quot; (&lt;strong&gt;use this file &lt;a href=&quot;http://gist.github.com/492318&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://gist.github.com/492318&lt;/a&gt; if you want give it a try&lt;/strong&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;lalalala \newline\newline&#xA;&#xA;&amp;lt;&amp;lt;echo = FALSE, results = tex&amp;gt;&amp;gt;=&#xA;&#xA;library(xtable)&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;df &amp;lt;- data.frame(x = rbinom(100, 1, 0.2), &#xA;                 y = rbinom(100, 1, 0.6), &#xA;                 g = sample(1:10,100, replace = TRUE))&#xA;&#xA;for(i in unique(df$g)){&#xA;  sub &amp;lt;- subset(df, g == i)&#xA;  mytab &amp;lt;- with(sub, table(x, y))&#xA;  cat(paste(&quot;Group &quot;,i, &quot;&quot;))&#xA;  print(xtable(mytab))&#xA;  cat(&quot; \\clearpage \\pagebreak &quot;)&#xA;}   &#xA;@ &#xA;&#xA;lalalala&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In R you can use the Sweave() function:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;## set your working directory&#xA;setwd(&quot;d:/tmp&quot;)&#xA;Sweave(file = &quot;tstSweave.Rnw&quot;)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which should give you a new file: tstSweave.txt&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;pdflatex tstSweave.tex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which should give you a PDF file: tstSweave.pdf&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That's it. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastActivityDate="2010-07-27T14:48:20.533" />
  <row Id="11886" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11874" CreationDate="2011-02-23T20:52:11.557" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Unlike in &lt;code&gt;R&lt;/code&gt;, in LaTeX you almost never use the built-in command line except when handling errors, and even errors are usually handled by LaTeX IDE's and editors.  Almost every time you need help with some LaTeX command, you are inside a text editor.  Perhaps that's why LaTeX does not provide the kind of help you are talking about.  If there is any help for LaTeX commands, it is usually integrated into the editor you are using.  For example in vim, if you have LaTeX support installed, all standard LaTeX commands (those that are available when using LaTeX with one of the standard classes and no additional packages) are directly accessible from vim help system, just as any vim commands. I can simply type &lt;code&gt;:he \mbox&lt;/code&gt; and get help on the LaTeX &lt;code&gt;\mbox&lt;/code&gt; command. Different editors have different capabilities, and different ways to access the help system. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As other answers point out, if you are using other classes and packages, it is usually hard to know where are your commands defined.  With different classes and packages you get different commands, and sometimes a class or a package redefines one of the standard commands in its own way (for example, the &lt;code&gt;exam&lt;/code&gt; class uses &lt;code&gt;\part&lt;/code&gt; in a way that is completely different from its use in the standard LaTeX classes).  That means that any help system would have to watch your file as you are typing it, and keep track of the packages that you are using.  Again, the text editor is probably the best suited for that.  Vim with LaTeX support does in a way keep track of your packages, and although it does not provide help on them, it will create a menu with the most important commands from each package it recognizes. In theory this could be extended so that the editor would load help files as you add more packages to your file, and extend its help system to cover those packages.  It would probably be possible to write a program that would parse the &lt;code&gt;.dtx&lt;/code&gt; files and try to extract information about commands defined in each of them. It probably would not be easy, and I would expect it to be somewhat unreliable. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T20:52:11.557" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11887" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11866" CreationDate="2011-02-23T21:11:26.870" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you have a dvi file &lt;code&gt;file.dvi&lt;/code&gt;, running &lt;code&gt;dvipng -T tight file.dvi&lt;/code&gt; will produce a png with the image automatically cropped as much as possible.  (You might also want to set the output resolution using the &lt;code&gt;-D&lt;/code&gt; flag, as in &lt;code&gt;dvipng -T tight -D 150 file.dvi&lt;/code&gt; for 150 dots per inch.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As Andrew points out in his answer, getting rid of the page numbers is a good idea.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="262" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T21:11:26.870" />
  <row Id="11888" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11889" CreationDate="2011-02-23T21:37:49.043" Score="4" ViewCount="195" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to customize &lt;a href=&quot;http://aleplasmati.comuv.com/doc/cv.tex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt; document, it's a CV template for XeTeX. What I'd like to be able to do is change the main font. I belive the section of the code I need to change is this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%FONTS&#xA;\defaultfontfeatures{Mapping=tex-text}&#xA;\setmainfont[SmallCapsFont = Fontin SmallCaps]{Fontin}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I downloaded and installed Fontin just to be able to see the document in its original form before trying to customize it. It works fine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now I need some other fonts to try, and I can't figure out how to find out the font names I could use. I tried a few well-known names like &lt;em&gt;Times&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;Verdana&lt;/em&gt;, these fonts were not found. Also tried some font names I have found in different documents and webpages, eg. &lt;em&gt;Cambria&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;TeX Gyre Bonum&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Lucida Grande&lt;/em&gt;, which were rejected because either they were not found or their names contained an illegal character: a space. (Which pretty much stunned me since the &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt; documentation is full of multi-word font names...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The documentation on the &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt; package (v2.1e 2010/11/17) doesn't help me much. All it says about this is &quot;TODO: add explanation for how to find out what the &lt;em&gt;font name&lt;/em&gt; is.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So how do I find the names of the fonts I can use?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit:&#xA;I'm using Ubuntu 10.10 with the latest TeXlive 2010 from tug.org.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2848" LastEditorUserId="2848" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-23T21:46:33.640" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T21:51:29.433" Title="Finding a font for XeTeX" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;fontspec&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="11889" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11888" CreationDate="2011-02-23T21:44:35.403" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your operating system should have some font previewer that shows the font name when you double click on a file. Spaces should not pose any problems (e.g. &lt;code&gt;\setmainfont{Linux Libertine O}&lt;/code&gt; works if you have the otf version of Linux Libertine installed). The error message for fonts with spaces that are not found is rather misleading. It means that the font is not installed and not that spaces are not allowed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course you can only use fonts that are actually installed on your system. Under Linux, fonts are (I think) usually under &lt;code&gt;/usr/share/fonts/&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;$HOME/.fonts&lt;/code&gt;. Also try &lt;code&gt;locate .ttf&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;locate .otf&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fonts that are installed with your TeX distribution (like the TeX Gyre fonts; look in &lt;code&gt;.../texmf-dist/fonts&lt;/code&gt;) need to be called with their file name (in XeTeX, LuaTeX accepts the font name). For example,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setmainfont[&#xA;    Ligatures=TeX,&#xA;    Extension=.otf,&#xA;    UprightFont= *-regular,&#xA;    BoldFont=*-bold,&#xA;    ItalicFont=*-italic,&#xA;    BoldItalicFont=*-bolditalic]{texgyretermes}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-23T21:51:29.433" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T21:51:29.433" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11890" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11894" CreationDate="2011-02-23T22:30:48.737" Score="3" ViewCount="90" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a bunch of common commands I put in document preambles. I don't always use them all, but it makes the preamble too long for my tastes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to put them all in an external file (preferably in my user texmf tree). A class file seems like overkill; it isn't robust and I don't know TeX anyway. Creating a package seems intimidating as well. Can I just put the macros in a &lt;code&gt;macro.tex&lt;/code&gt; in my tree and use &lt;code&gt;\include{macro.tex}&lt;/code&gt; in my preamble? Also, could I include the same after &lt;code&gt;\begin{document}&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="887" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T22:40:40.323" Title="Where to put a custom macros file?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;include&gt;&lt;automation&gt;&lt;preamble&gt;&lt;texmf&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="11892" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11906" CreationDate="2011-02-23T22:37:49.257" Score="1" ViewCount="52" Body="&lt;p&gt;I started out on &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/11691/making-memoir-chapter-entries-in-toc-all-caps-and-appendix-entries-regular-case&quot;&gt;this earlier question&lt;/a&gt;. I now have a simple and elegant &lt;code&gt;etoolbox&lt;/code&gt; solution to making all-caps chapter entries, but leaving appendix entries untouched. Simple, elegant, and incompatible with &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt;, it seems.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;MWE:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{memoir}&#xA;\usepackage{etoolbox}&#xA;%\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\ifpatchable*{\@chapter}{\typeout{Chapter can be patched}}{\typeout{Chapter cannot be patched}}&#xA;\patchcmd{\@chapter}%&#xA;{\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}}%&#xA;{\let\f@rtocold\f@rtoc \def\f@rtoc{\uppercase\expandafter{\f@rtocold}} \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}}%&#xA;{\typeout{Succeeded}}%&#xA;{\typeout{Failed}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tableofcontents*&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{One}&#xA;\chapter{Two}&#xA;\appendix \appendixpage&#xA;\chapter{Alpha}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which indicates that the &lt;code&gt;\@chapter&lt;/code&gt; command can be patched, my patch succeeds, and I get the PDF output I wanted:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/iN0Ts.png&quot; alt=&quot;ToC with all-caps chapters, normal appendices, and no hyperrefs&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Enabling the &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; package reverts my changes to the ToC format, somehow:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/oHd0U.png&quot; alt=&quot;ToC with normal chapters and appendices, plus hyperrefs&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: After adding &lt;code&gt;\tracingpatches&lt;/code&gt; to the preamble, the working version puts the following in the logs:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Chapter can be patched&#xA;[debug] tracing \patchcmd on input line 8&#xA;[debug] analyzing \@chapter&#xA;[debug] ++ control sequence is defined&#xA;[debug] ++ control sequence is a macro&#xA;[debug] ++ macro can be retokenized cleanly&#xA;[debug] ++ search pattern found in replacement text&#xA;[debug] ++ patching possible&#xA;[debug] == retokenizing macro now&#xA;Succeeded&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and the failing version puts instead:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Chapter can be patched&#xA;[debug] tracing \patchcmd on input line 8&#xA;[debug] analyzing \@chapter&#xA;[debug] ++ control sequence is defined&#xA;[debug] ++ control sequence is a macro&#xA;[debug] ++ macro can be retokenized cleanly&#xA;[debug] -- search pattern not found in replacement text&#xA;Failed&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't see any obvious places where hyperref modifies &lt;code&gt;\@chapter&lt;/code&gt;, but I could have certainly missed something.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Final Working Example (including hyperref):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{memoir}&#xA;\usepackage{etoolbox}&#xA;\ifpatchable*{\@chapter}{\typeout{Chapter can be patched}}{\typeout{Chapter cannot be patched}}&#xA;\patchcmd{\@chapter}%&#xA;{\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}}%&#xA;{\let\f@rtocold\f@rtoc \def\f@rtoc{\uppercase\expandafter{\f@rtocold}} \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}}%&#xA;{\typeout{Succeeded}}%&#xA;{\typeout{Failed}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tableofcontents*&#xA;\chapter{One}&#xA;\chapter{Two}&#xA;\appendix \appendixpage&#xA;\chapter{Alpha}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/FmhMj.png&quot; alt=&quot;ToC with hyperrefs, and in all caps&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3345" LastEditorUserId="3345" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-24T01:18:59.073" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T01:18:59.073" Title="Hyperref breaks my all-caps ToC entries" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;memoir&gt;&lt;etoolbox&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11893" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11890" CreationDate="2011-02-23T22:40:17.717" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can of course use &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; after &lt;code&gt;\begin{document}&lt;/code&gt; but not for preamble commands. &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt; adds a new page and is meant for chapters. Simply put your commands in something like &lt;code&gt;mydef.sty&lt;/code&gt; and load it with &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{mydefs}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3190" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T22:40:17.717" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="11894" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11890" CreationDate="2011-02-23T22:40:40.323" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just put them all in a &lt;code&gt;mymacros.sty&lt;/code&gt; file and add the single line on top (which is also optional!):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ProvidesPackage{mymacros}[2011/02/23 v1.0 My own macros]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That's all what is required for a simple package. No plainTeX knowledge required.&#xA;Load it as usually using &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{mymacros}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please not that &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt; can't be used in the preamble. For this kind of files (as &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; &lt;em&gt;without&lt;/em&gt; the above code line) you need to use &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T22:40:40.323" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="11895" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-23T23:00:11.363" Score="3" ViewCount="61" Body="&lt;p&gt;I needed to add some text after some of my section title and it certainly needs to be in the same line, and not to be in ToC or bookmarks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Therefore i decided to create my own subsection-type-thingy with an option to write text after the title, and that text wouldn't be added to ToC and bookmarks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any clean way to do that? (by redefining subsection which i cannot find a nice tuorial on, or some other way?)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;my thingy:&#xA;(i removed all font things and so on as they aren't the clue)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\MySubSection#1#2{\pagebreak[3]\noindent\thesection{.}\arabic{@MyCounter} #1 #2\addcontentsline{toc}{subsection}{\protect\numberline{\thesection.\arabic{@MyCounter}}#1}\\}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3786" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-17T20:12:53.547" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T20:12:53.547" Title="Writing in the same line as the section title" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;line-breaking&gt;&lt;bookmarks&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="11896" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-23T23:03:37.863" Score="4" ViewCount="90" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have a Proposition which consists of an itemize with three claims, i.e.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{prop}&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;\item[(i)] ...&#xA;\item[(ii)] ...&#xA;\item[(iii)] ...&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;\end{prop}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I wish to insert labels and references in such a way to get things like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;...due to Proposition 4.1 (ii)...&quot; or similar. How can I do? Should I use enumerate instead of itemize? Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3787" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-24T00:06:19.587" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T13:16:55.097" Title="labels for itemize in proposition" Tags="&lt;lists&gt;&lt;labels&gt;&lt;itemize&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="11897" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-23T23:20:41.507" Score="1" ViewCount="112" Body="&lt;p&gt;Would like to find a way to cross out a term in a mathematical expression with a diagonal arrow pointing from lower left to upper right and with a little &quot;zero&quot; next to the pointy end of the arrow. :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3788" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T23:47:38.637" Title="Draw a diagonal arrow across an expression in a formula to show that it vanishes" Tags="&lt;arrows&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="11898" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11895" CreationDate="2011-02-23T23:42:18.670" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The sectioning macros have an optional argument to specify a short version for the ToC which is also used for the PDF bookmarks. You can then add your text in the normal argument after the title. To change the size and font to normal use &lt;code&gt;\normalsize&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\normalfont&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section[Short Title for ToC]{Long title {\normalsize\normalfont some more text}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Result:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/LHwSn.png&quot; alt=&quot;Result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Same counts for &lt;code&gt;\subsection&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\subsubsection&lt;/code&gt;, ... (and also &lt;code&gt;\caption&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T23:42:18.670" />
  <row Id="11899" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11897" CreationDate="2011-02-23T23:47:38.637" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/cancel/cancel.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;cancel package&lt;/a&gt; (adding &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{cancel}&lt;/code&gt; in the preamble of the document) that introduces the commands:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\cancel&lt;/code&gt; : draws a diagonal line (slash) through its argument.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\bcancel&lt;/code&gt;: uses the negative slope (a backslash).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\xcancel&lt;/code&gt;: draws an X (actually &lt;code&gt;\cancel&lt;/code&gt; plus &lt;code&gt;\bcancel&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\cancelto{〈value〉}{〈expression〉}&lt;/code&gt; draws a diagonal arrow through the &lt;code&gt;〈expression〉&lt;/code&gt;,&#xA;pointing to the &lt;code&gt;〈value〉&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, to get an arrow ending in a zero over parameter $\phi$ , you would use &lt;code&gt;$\cancelto{0}{\phi}$&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3557" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T23:47:38.637" />
  <row Id="11900" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11874" CreationDate="2011-02-23T23:47:54.827" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can display the parts of the source code containing a given string (e.g. a given macro) using the code below.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are already loading the packages that you need, you can search in them. The code (between &lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\makeatother&lt;/code&gt;) patches the &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; primitive so that each time a file is read, it is also parsed to find the given string of characters in the file. If this string is found, it will be shown on your terminal, together with a given number of lines of context. It is not at all polished code (in particular, you can only search for one string in each run). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To search in a specific file, do &lt;code&gt;\FindStringInFile {1}{5}{gathered}{amsmath.sty}&lt;/code&gt; (will crash if the file does not exist). To search in all the files that are loaded afterwards, do &lt;code&gt;\FindStringInAnyLaterFile {1}{5}{math*}&lt;/code&gt;. The first and second arguments are the number of lines of context to display before and after the string.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In most simple cases, the code should not break the compilation of documents, but I make no guarantee at all.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;% Standard macros&#xA;\def\FSIF@firstoftwo#1#2{#1}&#xA;\def\FSIF@secondoftwo#1#2{#2}&#xA;\def\FSIF@ifempty@NTF #1{%&#xA;  \expandafter\ifx \expandafter a\detokenize\expandafter{#1}a%&#xA;  \expandafter\FSIF@firstoftwo&#xA;  \else&#xA;  \expandafter\FSIF@secondoftwo&#xA;  \fi&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% Declare our variables&#xA;\newread\FSIF@read&#xA;\newcount\FSIF@line@int&#xA;\newcount\FSIF@pre@context@int&#xA;\newcount\FSIF@post@context@int&#xA;\newcount\FSIF@found@int&#xA;\gdef\FSIF@context{}&#xA;\def\FSIF@lines@found{}&#xA;\def\FSIF@line@part@i{}&#xA;\def\FSIF@line@part@ii{}&#xA;\def\FSIF@message@break{}&#xA;&#xA;\def\FindStringInFile#1#2#3#4{%&#xA;  \FSIF@pre@context@int#1\relax&#xA;  \FSIF@post@context@int#2\relax&#xA;  \gdef\FSIF@context{}%&#xA;  \expandafter\FSIF@aux\expandafter{\detokenize{#3}}{#4}%&#xA;  \FSIF@show@context&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\def\FSIF@show@context{%&#xA;  \begingroup&#xA;  \newlinechar\endlinechar&#xA;  \show\FSIF@context&#xA;  \endgroup&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\FSIF@aux #1#2{% `#1` is now detokenized&#xA;    \begingroup&#xA;    % Setup for nice display&#xA;    \begingroup\lccode`\*\endlinechar&#xA;    \lowercase{\endgroup \def\FSIF@message@break{*--------------------%&#xA;        ---------- #2 ------------------------------*}}%&#xA;    % &#xA;    % Define a macro delimited by `#1`&#xA;    \def\FSIF@line@split##1#1##2\FSIF@mark##3\FSIF@stop{%&#xA;        \def\FSIF@line@part@i{##1}%&#xA;        \def\FSIF@line@part@ii{##2}%&#xA;    }%&#xA;    %  &#xA;    % Prepare to read the file, line by line (detokenized)&#xA;    \FSIF@line@int 0\relax&#xA;    \immediate\openin\FSIF@read #2\relax&#xA;    \ifeof\FSIF@read\ERROR\fi&#xA;    \def\FSIF@lines@found{}%&#xA;    %&#xA;    % Save each line in a different control sequence, built with&#xA;    % `\FSIF@fileline{&amp;lt;file name&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;line number&amp;gt;}`.&#xA;    % &#xA;    % If the string was found, store the line number in &#xA;    % `\FSIF@lines@found`&#xA;    \loop &#xA;    \unless\ifeof\FSIF@read&#xA;    \readline\FSIF@read to \FSIF@line@buffer&#xA;    \advance\FSIF@line@int by 1\relax&#xA;    \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\let&#xA;        \FSIF@fileline{#2}{\the\FSIF@line@int}\FSIF@line@buffer&#xA;    \expandafter \FSIF@line@split \FSIF@line@buffer &#xA;        \FSIF@mark #1\FSIF@mark \FSIF@stop&#xA;    \FSIF@ifempty@NTF \FSIF@line@part@ii {}{% &#xA;        \edef\FSIF@lines@found{\FSIF@lines@found\the\FSIF@line@int,}%&#xA;    }%&#xA;    \repeat&#xA;    % &#xA;    \expandafter\edef\csname FSIF@#2@lineno\endcsname{\the\FSIF@line@int}%&#xA;    % &#xA;    % Then add `\FSIF@context@int` context lines around each line.&#xA;    % There can be overlaps...&#xA;    \edef\FSIF@lines@found{\FSIF@lines@found&#xA;      \number\numexpr\the\FSIF@line@int+\the\FSIF@pre@context@int,}%&#xA;    %&#xA;    \FSIF@pop@lines@found&#xA;    \FSIF@line@int 0\relax&#xA;    \loop&#xA;    \advance\FSIF@line@int by 1\relax&#xA;    % If we've exhausted this found-line's context, see the next one.&#xA;    \ifnum\numexpr\the\FSIF@found@int+\the\FSIF@post@context@int&#xA;                  &amp;lt;\the\FSIF@line@int\relax&#xA;    \FSIF@pop@lines@found&#xA;    \fi&#xA;    % If we're not yet at a context, step to one.&#xA;    \ifnum\numexpr\the\FSIF@found@int-\the\FSIF@pre@context@int&#xA;                  &amp;gt;\the\FSIF@line@int\relax&#xA;    \FSIF@line@int\numexpr\the\FSIF@found@int-\the\FSIF@pre@context@int&#xA;    \xdef\FSIF@context{\FSIF@context\FSIF@message@break}%&#xA;    \fi&#xA;    % Now we're in a context, so store that line.&#xA;    \xdef\FSIF@context{\FSIF@context\FSIF@fileline{#2}{\the\FSIF@line@int}}%&#xA;    % If we've not reached the end, we're done.&#xA;    \ifnum\FSIF@line@int&amp;lt;\csname FSIF@#2@lineno\endcsname\relax&#xA;    \repeat&#xA;    \endgroup&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\FSIF@fileline#1#2{\csname FSIF@#1@#2\endcsname}&#xA;&#xA;\def\FSIF@pop@lines@found{%&#xA;  \expandafter\FSIF@pop@lines@found@aux \FSIF@lines@found\FSIF@stop}&#xA;\def\FSIF@pop@lines@found@aux #1,#2\FSIF@stop{%&#xA;  \FSIF@found@int#1\relax \def\FSIF@lines@found{#2}}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\def\FSIF@new@@@input{\expandafter\FSIF@new@@@input@aux\romannumeral-`\0}&#xA;\def\FSIF@new@@@input@aux#1 {%&#xA;  \expandafter\FSIF@aux\expandafter{\FSIF@string}{#1}%&#xA;  \FSIF@show@context&#xA;  \FSIF@old@@@input #1 }&#xA;&#xA;\def\FindStringInAnyLaterFile#1#2#3{%&#xA;  \FSIF@pre@context@int#1\relax&#xA;  \FSIF@post@context@int#2\relax&#xA;  \edef\FSIF@string{\detokenize{#3}}%&#xA;  \gdef\FSIF@context{}%&#xA;  % patch `\@@input`.&#xA;  \let\FSIF@old@@@input\@@input&#xA;  \let\@@input\FSIF@new@@@input&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;%&#xA;&#xA;\FindStringInFile {1}{5}{gathered}{amsmath.sty}&#xA;&#xA;\FindStringInAnyLaterFile {1}{5}{math*}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{breqn}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;An equation,&#xA;\begin{align*}&#xA;  x^2 + y^2 &amp;amp;= z^2 \\&#xA;  x^2 - y^2 &amp;amp;= t^2&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastActivityDate="2011-02-23T23:47:54.827" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11901" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11896" CreationDate="2011-02-24T00:09:46.270" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, an &lt;code&gt;enumerate&lt;/code&gt; environment should be used here. After all it is a form of enumeration. You can change the item label by redefining &lt;code&gt;\labelenumi&lt;/code&gt; (for first level, deeper levels are &lt;code&gt;\labelenumii&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\labelenumiii&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\labelenumiv&lt;/code&gt;). You can then &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt; every &lt;code&gt;\item&lt;/code&gt; you want to reference. The format of the reference text is given by &lt;code&gt;\theenumi&lt;/code&gt; (&lt;code&gt;\theenumii&lt;/code&gt;, ...).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure if the &lt;code&gt;prop&lt;/code&gt; environment you mention comes from a package, so I defined it here for the sake of completeness:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{report}&#xA;&#xA;\newcounter{prop}[chapter]&#xA;\renewcommand*{\theprop}{\thechapter.\arabic{prop}}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{prop}{%&#xA;  \refstepcounter{prop}%&#xA;  \paragraph{Proposition~\theprop}%&#xA;  \renewcommand*{\theenumi}{\theprop\,(\roman{enumi})}%&#xA;  \renewcommand*{\labelenumi}{(\roman{enumi})}%&#xA;  \enumerate&#xA;}{%&#xA;  \endenumerate&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{Test}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{prop}&#xA;\item ...&#xA;\item\label{name} ...&#xA;\item ...&#xA;\end{prop}&#xA;&#xA;...due to Proposition \ref{name} ...&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Result:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/cq2ey.png&quot; alt=&quot;Result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T00:09:46.270" />
  <row Id="11902" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11896" CreationDate="2011-02-24T00:15:44.393" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;enumitem&lt;/a&gt; package, with which you could write:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{Proposition}&#xA;   It is long known that&#xA;  \begin{enumerate}[label=\roman(*)]&#xA;   \item all numbers are interesting, but&#xA;   \item some numbers are more interesting than others.&#xA;  \end{enumerate}&#xA;\end{Proposition}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3391" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-24T13:16:55.097" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T13:16:55.097" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11903" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11964" CreationDate="2011-02-24T00:23:57.627" Score="11" ViewCount="153" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like my references to look like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Foo et al. 2008, Nature, 100, 200 •&#xA;  Bar &amp;amp; Baz et al. 2010, Science, 300,&#xA;  400 • Einstein, 1905, New Scientist,&#xA;  5, 6&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where &quot;•&quot; is perhaps some configurable delimiter character, rather than like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Foo et al. 2008, Nature, 100, 200 &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Bar &amp;amp; Baz et al. 2010, Science, 300, 400&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Einstein, 1905, New Scientist, 5, 6&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One (the crucial?) difference between my question and a &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/11854/typeset-references-without-newlines-between-entries&quot;&gt;similar previous question&lt;/a&gt; is that I use natbib and author-year citations. Here's a minimal example, that uses &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/5571/reduce-bibliography-to-one-line/5574#5574&quot;&gt;Stefan's answer&lt;/a&gt;, but has a couple of problems:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{natbib}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{paralist}&#xA;\renewenvironment{thebibliography}[1]{%&#xA;  \section*{\refname}%&#xA;  \let\par\relax\let\newblock\relax%&#xA;  \inparaenum[{\textbullet}]}{\endinparaenum}&#xA;\renewcommand{\bibitem}[1]{\item}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.bib}&#xA;@article{Author,&#xA;    Author = {{Author}, A.},&#xA;    Journal = {Science},&#xA;    Month = dec,&#xA;    Pages = {493-+},&#xA;    Title = {{Title A}},&#xA;    Volume = 490,&#xA;    Year = 1922,&#xA;    }&#xA;&#xA;@article{Buthor,&#xA;    Author = {{Buthor}, B.},&#xA;    Journal = {Nature},&#xA;    Month = nov,&#xA;    Pages = {748-+},&#xA;    Title = {{Title B}},&#xA;    Volume = 136,&#xA;    Year = 1962,&#xA;    }&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Citations: \cite{Author,Buthor}&#xA;&#xA;\bibliography{\jobname}&#xA;\bibliographystyle{plain}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problems are: (1) The citations in the text are question marks (I get errors like &lt;code&gt;Package natbib Warning: Citation `Author' on page 1 undefined on input line 37.)&lt;/code&gt; and (2) I'm redefining the list environment to put a bullet every time, which feels wrong semantically, and results in &lt;code&gt;Package paralist Warning: Incorrect label; no or multiple counters.&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The third (and I think separate) problem is to do with my BiBTeX style file, &lt;a href=&quot;http://ads.harvard.edu/pubs/bibtex/astronat/mnras/mn.bst&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;mn.bst&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. If I use that rather than, e.g. &lt;code&gt;plain&lt;/code&gt;, not only are the citations questions marks, but the references are screwed up and look like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;• Author(1922)]Author Author A., 1922, Science, 490, 493 • Buthor(1962)]Buthor Buthor B., 1962, Nature, 136, 748&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note the citations and references look fine if I comment out the material between &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{paralist}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{filecontents}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Guidance on any or all of these problems would be very welcome, and guidance that postpones my inevitable migration to biblatex especially so! :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3782" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-24T18:21:07.237" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T18:25:20.480" Title="Reduce natbib bibliography to one line" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;natbib&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11904" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11870" CreationDate="2011-02-24T00:31:17.923" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I agree with Seamus, I haven't seen many good tutorials for all three (&lt;a href=&quot;http://lmgtfy.com/?q=sweave+beamer+latex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;although I found two from google&lt;/a&gt;), but a few few for two. (I have done all three btw, and it works well&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All three&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://famprevmed.ucsd.edu/faculty/cberry/beamer/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://famprevmed.ucsd.edu/faculty/cberry/beamer/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.google.co.uk/url?sa=t&amp;amp;source=web&amp;amp;cd=2&amp;amp;sqi=2&amp;amp;ved=0CCAQFjAB&amp;amp;url=http%3A%2F%2Ffamprevmed.ucsd.edu%2Ffaculty%2Fcberry%2Fbeamer%2Fbeamerswv.pdf&amp;amp;rct=j&amp;amp;q=sweave%20beamer&amp;amp;ei=EKZlTerALYT68Aba7IHDBg&amp;amp;usg=AFQjCNH2S0k84UnwzCV4-6l0S_tMf-ngTA&amp;amp;cad=rja&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pdf&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sweave&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.google.co.uk/url?sa=t&amp;amp;source=web&amp;amp;cd=7&amp;amp;ved=0CFAQFjAG&amp;amp;url=http%3A%2F%2Fstat.epfl.ch%2Fwebdav%2Fsite%2Fstat%2Fshared%2FRegression%2FEPFL-Sweave-powerdot.pdf&amp;amp;rct=j&amp;amp;q=sweave&amp;amp;ei=gKRlTZPaI4XogQe25vCYBw&amp;amp;usg=AFQjCNHflG1T9e6AJykZLJbk_KLs-Pm_Ag&amp;amp;cad=rja&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pdf&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.stat.umn.edu/~charlie/Sweave/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.stat.umn.edu/~charlie/Sweave/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Beamer&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://happymutant.com/latex/misce/beamer.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://happymutant.com/latex/misce/beamer.php&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.math-linux.com/spip.php?article77&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.math-linux.com/spip.php?article77&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Beamer / Poster&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www-i6.informatik.rwth-aachen.de/~dreuw/latexbeamerposter.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www-i6.informatik.rwth-aachen.de/~dreuw/latexbeamerposter.php&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.shawnlankton.com/2008/02/beamer-and-latex-with-keynote-theme/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.shawnlankton.com/2008/02/beamer-and-latex-with-keynote-theme/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3165" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T00:31:17.923" />
  <row Id="11905" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11909" CreationDate="2011-02-24T00:53:36.703" Score="11" ViewCount="186" Body="&lt;p&gt;Q: How can I best search the web for &lt;strong&gt;exact&lt;/strong&gt; LaTeX commands (e.g., &lt;code&gt;\show&lt;/code&gt; as opposed to &lt;code&gt;show&lt;/code&gt;)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It appears that Google will not allow us to escape the &lt;code&gt;\&lt;/code&gt; character. So, searches for &lt;code&gt;\show&lt;/code&gt; are interpreted as &lt;code&gt;show&lt;/code&gt;. Needless to say, results would be tremendously more helpful if the search were interpreted as the former. (note: &lt;code&gt;&quot;\show&quot;&lt;/code&gt; doesn't help either)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Q: Has anyone had success searching LaTeX commands using &lt;strong&gt;other&lt;/strong&gt; search engine? More generally, does anyone know of search engines that are particularly well-suited for searching non-standard characters?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3762" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-24T13:57:17.843" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T13:57:17.843" Title="Google searching LaTeX commands?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;manuals&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="11906" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11892" CreationDate="2011-02-24T01:07:09.193" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Load hyperref &lt;em&gt;immediately before &lt;code&gt;\begin{document}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/em&gt; -- i.e., after all packages &lt;em&gt;and&lt;/em&gt; after all macro redefinitions. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: This is not a general rule, only a solution for your minimal example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-24T01:13:02.263" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T01:13:02.263" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11907" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11912" CreationDate="2011-02-24T01:14:32.307" Score="7" ViewCount="100" Body="&lt;p&gt;Q: How do I use &lt;code&gt;\show&lt;/code&gt; to determine macro definitions?. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've followed advice here: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=ltxcmds&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;The definitions of LaTeX commands&lt;/a&gt; and here: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/10053/show-with-fewer-lines&quot;&gt;\show with fewer lines?&lt;/a&gt; and am still struggling. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've naively tried running &lt;code&gt;\show\section&lt;/code&gt; (to learn about the macro &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt;) in the WinEdt terminal. No luck. I've placed this code in a simple &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; document to be compiled. No luck.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note: this is a follow-up to my question: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/11874/latex-equivalent-to-rs-help-foo&quot;&gt;LaTeX equivalent to R's `help foo`?&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3762" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-24T08:15:53.140" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T08:15:53.140" Title="How do I use \show?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11908" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11907" CreationDate="2011-02-24T01:16:42.123" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The output is shown on the terminal and in the log file. for example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\show\section&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;prints&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;gt; \section=\long macro:&#xA;-&amp;gt;\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@ }{-3.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}{2.3ex \@p&#xA;lus .2ex}{\normalfont \Large \bfseries }.&#xA;l.2 \show\section&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and now TeX is asking what you want to do. If you enter &lt;code&gt;X&lt;/code&gt;, it will exit.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T01:16:42.123" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11909" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11905" CreationDate="2011-02-24T01:24:21.960" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.google.com/codesearch&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Google code search&lt;/a&gt; will let you search by regular expression and, if you like, restrict your search to TeX/LaTeX source files only.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T01:24:21.960" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11910" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10931" CreationDate="2011-02-24T01:58:52.523" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's one way to do it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{enumitem}&#xA;\usepackage{polyglossia}&#xA;\setmainlanguage{english}&#xA;\setotherlanguage{hebrew}&#xA;\newfontfamily\hebrewfont{Corsiva Hebrew}&#xA;\setenumerate[1]{label=\texthebrew{\protect\hebrewnumeral{\value{enumi}}}}&#xA;\setenumerate[2]{label*=.\texthebrew{\protect\hebrewnumeral{\value{enumii}}}}&#xA;\setenumerate[3]{label*=.\texthebrew{\protect\hebrewnumeral{\value{enumiii}}}}&#xA;\setenumerate[4]{label*=.\texthebrew{\protect\hebrewnumeral{\value{enumiv}}}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;        \item A&#xA;        \item B&#xA;        \item \begin{enumerate}&#xA;                \item 1&#xA;                \item 2&#xA;                \item \begin{enumerate}&#xA;                        \item a&#xA;                        \item b&#xA;                        \item \begin{enumerate}&#xA;                                \item I&#xA;                                \item II&#xA;                                \item III&#xA;                        \end{enumerate}&#xA;                \end{enumerate}&#xA;        \end{enumerate}&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/wmctC.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T01:58:52.523" />
  <row Id="11911" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11905" CreationDate="2011-02-24T02:08:24.297" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;My standard search phrase is &quot;&lt;code&gt;tex latex &amp;lt;cmd&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;.&quot;  For instance, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.google.com/search?q=tex+latex+show&amp;amp;ie=utf-8&amp;amp;oe=utf-8&amp;amp;aq=t&amp;amp;rls=org.mozilla%3aen-US%3aofficial&amp;amp;client=firefox-a&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;googling &quot;&lt;code&gt;tex latex show&lt;/code&gt;&quot;&lt;/a&gt; leads me to a the &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=ltxcmds&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ltxcmds&lt;/a&gt;&quot; page from the UK TeX FAQ.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T02:08:24.297" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11912" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11907" CreationDate="2011-02-24T02:28:12.553" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I find \show is most useful when used interactively:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;b@poppy:~$ latex&#xA;This is pdfTeX, Version 3.1415926-1.40.10 (TeX Live 2009/Debian)&#xA;restricted \write18 enabled.&#xA;**\relax&#xA;entering extended mode&#xA;LaTeX2e &amp;lt;2009/09/24&amp;gt;&#xA;Babel &amp;lt;v3.8l&amp;gt; and hyphenation patterns for english, usenglishmax, dumylang, noh&#xA;yphenation, loaded.&#xA;&#xA;*\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;*\show\section&#xA;&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/base/article.cls&#xA;Document Class: article 2007/10/19 v1.4h Standard LaTeX document class&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/base/size10.clo))&#xA;&amp;gt; \section=\long macro:&#xA;-&amp;gt;\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@ }{-3.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}{2.3ex \@p&#xA;lus .2ex}{\normalfont \Large \bfseries }.&#xA;&amp;lt;*&amp;gt; \show\section&#xA;&#xA;? x&#xA;No pages of output.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note the trick in getting LaTeX to talk to you: tell it to \relax.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="987" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T02:28:12.553" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="11913" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-24T03:47:09.320" Score="3" ViewCount="115" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to manually adjust the vertical position of a font using fontspec (in XeLaTeX)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Such a feature would be quite useful when typesetting Asian text, since different font vendors often place Asian characters at different vertical positions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1204" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T05:14:17.503" Title="Baseline shift with fontspec?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;fontspec&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11914" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11915" CreationDate="2011-02-24T03:49:27.333" Score="4" ViewCount="60" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sure enough, there is a &lt;code&gt;morekeywords&lt;/code&gt; option, but suppose I need to remove some?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A case in point is Pascal, in which Writeln is not (strictly speaking) a keyword, but rather a predefined procedure.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know I can redefine the style, but I am in the search for a better way. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3391" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T07:38:55.513" Title="How do I remove keywords in package listings?" Tags="&lt;listings&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="11915" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11914" CreationDate="2011-02-24T04:14:34.003" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I just realized there is a &lt;code&gt;deletekeywords&lt;/code&gt; option!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3391" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-24T07:38:55.513" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T07:38:55.513" />
  <row Id="11916" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11913" CreationDate="2011-02-24T05:14:17.503" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure if it is easy (and nessasary) to implement in &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt;. The wrong baseline position seems caused by current poor-designed (but almost all) Chinese fonts. However, I still want to know how other programs (like Microsoft Word) typeset Chinese vertical text properly. (But XeTeX cannot.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using &lt;code&gt;xeCJK&lt;/code&gt; package (which should always used when typesetting Chinese through XeLaTeX), it is not difficult to fix the baseline of CJK symbols.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% coding:utf-8&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{xeCJK}&#xA;&#xA;\newfontlanguage{Chinese}{CHN}&#xA;\setCJKfamilyfont{songvert}% It is important to set these features&#xA;  [Script=CJK,Language=Chinese,Vertical=RotatedGlyphs]{SimSun}&#xA;\def\CJKmovesymbol#1{\raise.35em\hbox{#1}}&#xA;\def\CJKmove{\let\CJKsymbol\CJKmovesymbol&#xA;             \let\CJKpunctsymbol\CJKmovesymbol}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|ll|}&#xA;\hline&#xA;Original baseline:&amp;amp;&#xA;{\Huge\CJKfamily{songvert}文字 text 文字 text}\\&#xA;\hline&#xA;Fixed baseline:&amp;amp;&#xA;{\Huge\CJKmove\CJKfamily{songvert}文字 text 文字 text}\\&#xA;\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/qitu4.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T05:14:17.503" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="11917" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3141" CreationDate="2011-02-24T05:26:14.290" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You'd better use a Chinese font for Simplified Chinese, e.g. 'SimSun', 'Adobe Song Std' and free 'AR PLBaosong2GBK Light'. The full stop is at correct position for Chinese Mainland.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In XeTeX, these work can be done by using &lt;code&gt;\XeTeXinterchartoks&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\XeTeXcharclass&lt;/code&gt;, this is how &lt;code&gt;xeCJK&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;ucharclass&lt;/code&gt; package works. See this question for detailed (but lowlevel) example: &#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/10248/font-selection-in-xetex-for-specific-characters/10266#10266&quot;&gt;Font selection in XeTeX for specific characters&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;BTW, it seems you didn't know &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/xetex/latex/xecjk/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;xeCJK&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package. It can deal with Simplified Chinese punctuations properly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-24T05:36:12.390" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T05:36:12.390" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11918" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11796" CreationDate="2011-02-24T06:45:59.493" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've wondered about this, and concluded that the only way is as you say to read everything in. The TeX &lt;code&gt;\openout&lt;/code&gt; primitive simply does not allow appending. (Of course, &lt;code&gt;LuaTeX&lt;/code&gt; is a different case). If you are going to read everything in, the e-TeX &lt;code&gt;\readline&lt;/code&gt; primitive might be useful, as it reads everything detokenized.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T06:45:59.493" />
  <row Id="11919" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11925" CreationDate="2011-02-24T06:56:50.460" Score="7" ViewCount="133" Body="&lt;p&gt;This question is a variant of my &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/10426/def-taking-rest-of-the-line-as-argument&quot;&gt;previous question&lt;/a&gt; requesting a macro that takes the rest of the line as argument. I would like to write a macro that would take the next word as argument, where word boundary is defined as a space or punctuation (say anything which is not a letter, a digit, or the colon character).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The difficulty lies with the fact that a normal &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt; can be set to expect a specific character, not a set of characters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is not a theoretical challenge---the concrete application is a macro that will do better references, so instead of writing &lt;code&gt;Lemma~\cite{Lemma:Kantor}&lt;/code&gt;, one could write &lt;code&gt;\cf Lemma Kantor&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An approximation is &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\cf #1 #2 {#1~\ref{#1:#2}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but of course it would fail in cases it is used just before punctuation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3391" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-24T07:02:46.253" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T15:36:38.813" Title="\def taking next word as argument?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;tex-core&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="11920" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-24T07:45:03.943" Score="4" ViewCount="113" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have asked the following in several boards, but without any success.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please consider biblatex commands to define Categories and assign a&#xA;Category to a .bib entry:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareBibliographyCategory{AAA}&#xA;\addtocategory{AAA}{aaa}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My question is: is there a way to retrieve a category, given an entry? i.e., something like &lt;code&gt;\CatOfBook{aaa}&lt;/code&gt; --&gt; AAA ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I do not know anything about LaTeX programming, but I suspect you need&#xA;to add a new functionality somewhere into the biblatex.sty file.&#xA;I appreciate very much any hint, or just an explanation on how&#xA;difficult it could be.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The broader reason why I think I need this is the following.&#xA;I use to section my bibliography thanks to the category commands above and:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\printbibliography[heading=AAA,category=aaa]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and the result is something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;section AAA&#xA;Aut90 ----&#xA;Aut93b ----&#xA;&#xA;section BBB&#xA;Aut92---&#xA;Aut93a --&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(the same author has books of many different categories)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like to have a kind of &lt;code&gt;\cite&lt;/code&gt; command such that it outputs&#xA;something like:&#xA;&lt;code&gt;A-Aut90, B-Aut93a, A-Aut93b&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I hope I made clear my issue &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3793" LastEditorUserId="3793" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T21:37:05.043" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T10:30:49.160" Title="biblatex, addcategory" Tags="&lt;biblatex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="11921" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11905" CreationDate="2011-02-24T08:38:34.220" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Regarding your question about searching LaTeX using other search engines: the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.latexsearch.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX search engine&lt;/a&gt; of Springer lets you search for commands and even complex expressions within archived LaTeX source code. For example, it has been useful to find out &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4771/what-is-the-symbol-between-used-for&quot;&gt;where the symbol &lt;code&gt;\between&lt;/code&gt; has been used&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T08:38:34.220" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11922" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11923" CreationDate="2011-02-24T08:44:40.130" Score="13" ViewCount="153" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to create a new environment which will behave similar to &lt;code&gt;quote&lt;/code&gt;, but with quotes added. I tried something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{newquote}{\itshape\color{blue!20!black!30!green}\begin{quote}“}{”\end{quote}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But that produces space beetween quotes and text which I don't want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/0SQNl.png&quot; alt=&quot;Unwanted space beetween quotes and text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1688" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T19:13:29.037" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T19:13:29.037" Title="Automatically add quotes" Tags="&lt;punctuation&gt;&lt;environments&gt;&lt;quoting&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="11923" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11922" CreationDate="2011-02-24T08:58:20.747" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd be tempted to look at the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/csquotes&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;csquotes&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package to do what you want. However, for the matter in hand I suspect you are using input such as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{newquote}&#xA;  He who plants a garden plants happiness.&#xA;\end{newquote}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which means there is a space added at the end of the line. Try&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{newquote}&#xA; {\itshape\color{blue!20!black!30!green}\begin{quote}“\ignorespaces}&#xA; {\unskip”\end{quote}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or add a &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt; to kill the end of the line in your source:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{newquote}%&#xA;  He who plants a garden plants happiness.%&#xA;\end{newquote}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-24T09:21:33.403" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T09:21:33.403" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="11925" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11919" CreationDate="2011-02-24T09:05:40.760" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You need to read every character on its own using a loop. Actually you need to look ahead using &lt;code&gt;\futurelet&lt;/code&gt; because a space would otherwise be removed by the argument grapper.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following code works and treats line breaks as spaces. One colon is allowed as separator between the two words instead of a space. If you want to allow multiple colons you have to add them into the &lt;code&gt;if&lt;/code&gt; list in &lt;code&gt;\cf@@&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\cf{%&#xA;  \begingroup&#xA;  \def\name{}%&#xA;  \cf@&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\cf@{%&#xA;  \futurelet\ntoken\cf@@&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\cf@@{%&#xA;  \ifcase 0%&#xA;    \ifx\ntoken\@sptoken 0\else&#xA;    \ifcat a\ntoken 1\else&#xA;    \ifcat 0\ntoken 2\fi% test of token is catcode &quot;other&quot;&#xA;    \fi\fi&#xA;  \relax&#xA;    \expandafter\cf@end&#xA;  \or&#xA;    \expandafter\cf@add&#xA;  \else&#xA;    \expandafter\cf@checknum&#xA;  \fi&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% Checks if token is a number (ASCII 48-57)&#xA;\def\cf@checknum#1{%&#xA;  \ifcase 0%&#xA;    \ifnum`#1&amp;gt;47&#xA;    \ifnum`#1&amp;lt;58 1\fi\fi&#xA;  \relax&#xA;    \def\next{\cf@end#1}%&#xA;  \else&#xA;    \def\next{\cf@add{#1}}%&#xA;  \fi&#xA;  \next&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\cf@add#1{%&#xA;  \edef\name{\name#1}%&#xA;  \cf@&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\cf@end{%&#xA;  \let\type\name&#xA;  \edef\name{\name:}%&#xA;  \def\cf@end{%&#xA;    \edef\@tempa{%&#xA;        \endgroup&#xA;        \type\noexpand~%&#xA;        \noexpand\ref{\name}%&#xA;    }%&#xA;    \@tempa&#xA;  }%&#xA;  % Remove colon&#xA;  % support active colons (e.g. `[french]{babel}`)&#xA;  \scantokens{\expandafter\let\csname cf@colon\endcsname=:}%&#xA;  \@ifnextchar\cf@colon%&#xA;    {\expandafter\cf@\@gobble}%&#xA;    {\cf@}%&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\section{test}\label{sec:test}&#xA;\section{test}\label{sec:tes1}&#xA;\section{other}&#xA;&#xA;\cf sec test it out&#xA;\cf sec:test it out&#xA;&#xA;\cf sec&#xA;tes1 it out  % numbers and line break work&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-24T15:29:07.023" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T15:29:07.023" CommentCount="15" />
  <row Id="11926" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11922" CreationDate="2011-02-24T09:44:47.150" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Perhaps this is overkill. Some time ago I was looking for something simular. I wrote a small script that was able to show small quotes to introduce a chapter in a book I am writing. The code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\chapterquote}[2]{&#xA;  \begin{figure*}[htb]&#xA;    \centering&#xA;    \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;      \node[text width=12cm,anchor=center] (Q) at (0,0) {\Large\textit{#1}};&#xA;      \node[gray,anchor=north east] (Ql) at (Q.north west) {\Huge\textbf{``}};&#xA;      \node[gray,anchor=north west] (Qr) at (Q.south east) {\Huge\textbf{''}};&#xA;      \node[black!80,anchor=north east] (Qa) at (Qr.north west) {\small - #2};&#xA;    \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \end{figure*}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You will need the to use &lt;code&gt;tikz package&lt;/code&gt;. As an example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\chapterquote{To be, or not to be, that is the question}{William Shakespeare}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This produces something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/VgaXX.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Feel free to experiment with this custom command. You can for instance modify the color and size.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2601" LastEditorUserId="169" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-24T09:51:05.097" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T09:51:05.097" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11927" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11855" CreationDate="2011-02-24T10:11:07.320" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to throw in a (e)plain-version as well:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\input eplain % merely for the command below&#xA;\leftdisplays % for making the picture smaller&#xA;$$ \def\vmatrix#1{\left|\matrix{#1}\right|}&#xA;  \eqalignno{&#xA;    \vmatrix{a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;c\cr d&amp;amp;e&amp;amp;f\cr g&amp;amp;h&amp;amp;i} &amp;amp;= aei + bfg + cdh - afh - bdi - ceg \cr&#xA;\noalign{\hbox{Whilst for $2 \times 2$ we have:}} % break away from the align&#xA;    \vmatrix{a&amp;amp;b\cr c&amp;amp;d} &amp;amp;= ad - bc&#xA;  }&#xA;$$&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/paeSF.png&quot; alt=&quot;breakalign&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T10:11:07.320" />
  <row Id="11928" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11929" CreationDate="2011-02-24T10:37:12.670" Score="6" ViewCount="138" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to produce &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;&amp;lt;test&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; text in &lt;code&gt;\ttfamily&lt;/code&gt;, but it looks like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;«test»&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which is not what I'm looking for. When I'm trying &lt;code&gt;$&amp;lt;&amp;lt;$test$&amp;gt;&amp;gt;$&lt;/code&gt; the result is not correct as well because the symbols are not in &lt;code&gt;\ttfamily&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is full example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\texttt{&amp;lt;&amp;lt;test&amp;gt;&amp;gt;}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1449" LastEditorUserId="1449" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-24T11:00:26.057" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T22:47:00.147" Title="How to type &quot;&lt;&lt;test&gt;&gt;&quot; in ttfamily?" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="8" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="11929" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11928" CreationDate="2011-02-24T11:32:31.983" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To avoid the combination of two &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;«&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;»&lt;/code&gt; place a &lt;code&gt;{}&lt;/code&gt; between them:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\texttt{&amp;lt;{}&amp;lt;test&amp;gt;{}&amp;gt;}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;They are combined using the ligatures mechanism. So disabling this one e.g using &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/microtype&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;microtype&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; s &lt;code&gt;\DisableLigatures&lt;/code&gt; would also work, but isn't recommended because it reduces the overall typeset quality. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could also use &lt;code&gt;\verb&lt;/code&gt; to typeset the &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;&amp;lt;&lt;/code&gt;/&lt;code&gt;&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; verbatim. (There is also the &lt;code&gt;shortvrb&lt;/code&gt; macro which allows you to make this shorter.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\verb|&amp;lt;&amp;lt;|\texttt{test}\verb|&amp;gt;&amp;gt;|&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If the content is only text without macros etc. you can use one &lt;code&gt;\verb&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\verb|&amp;lt;&amp;lt;test&amp;gt;&amp;gt;|&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using &lt;code&gt;shortvrb&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{shortvrb}&#xA;\MakeShortVerb\|&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;|&amp;lt;&amp;lt;|\texttt{test}|&amp;gt;&amp;gt;|&#xA;|&amp;lt;&amp;lt;test&amp;gt;&amp;gt;|&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-13T22:47:00.147" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T22:47:00.147" />
  <row Id="11930" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11928" CreationDate="2011-02-24T11:34:43.933" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would say that using \verb was undesirable anywhere; it's not just that it&#xA;doesn't work in command arguments (in the absence of cprotect.sty, that is).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would use one of the commands that define a robust command as expanding to&#xA;a verbatim string:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{verbdef}&#xA;...&#xA;\verbdef\llt|&amp;lt;&amp;lt;|&#xA;\verbdef\ggt|&amp;gt;&amp;gt;|&#xA;...&#xA;\texttt{\llt{}test\ggt}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(there are other packages that do this, but verbdef is the one I could&#xA;remember)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2411" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T11:34:43.933" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11931" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11928" CreationDate="2011-02-24T11:41:58.470" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;What you are seeing is a ligature: In T1-encoding TeX replaces the &amp;lt;&amp;lt; by the doublequote like it replace two dashes -- by an endash. You can avoid it with different methods (the last is drastic):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\texttt{&amp;lt;{}&amp;lt;test&amp;gt;{}&amp;gt;}&#xA;&#xA;\verb+&amp;lt;&amp;lt;test&amp;gt;&amp;gt;+&#xA;&#xA;{\fontencoding{OT1}\texttt{&amp;lt;&amp;lt;test&amp;gt;&amp;gt;}}&#xA;&#xA;\ttfamily \pdfnoligatures\font &amp;lt;&amp;lt;test&amp;gt;&amp;gt; --&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T11:41:58.470" />
  <row Id="11932" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11933" CreationDate="2011-02-24T11:56:22.893" Score="3" ViewCount="103" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yesterday I updated all packages via the Miktex 2.8 update funktion. Since then, when I use &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{geometry}&lt;/code&gt; oder &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{hyperref}&lt;/code&gt;, the compiling process stops with error message &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;pdflatex.exe: GUI framework cannot be&#xA;  initialized&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and produces no output at all. All my other packages and stuff works just fine. Aditionally the temporary file &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;main.synctex(busy)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;doesn't disappear. I know about the activate On the Fly solution, it doesn't work. Neither does un- and reinstalling those packages via package manager. Unfortunately I have no admin-rights on this computer, otherwise I would just reinstall Miktex completely.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3735" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T12:49:47.703" Title="GUI framework error after Update" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;miktex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11933" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11932" CreationDate="2011-02-24T12:49:47.703" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;At first: You don't need admin rights to install and use miktex. You can install and run it in a restricted account in single user mode.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At second: The problem is probably that hyperref and geometry (or a package they load) try to load a third package which is not installed. Compile once on the command line to find out which package is missing. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T12:49:47.703" />
  <row Id="11934" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11942" CreationDate="2011-02-24T12:52:20.190" Score="3" ViewCount="78" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&#xA;I'm trying to create a table which looks like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/mL8LH.png&quot; alt=&quot;this&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but I'm not really sure how to incorporate multiple spanning rows and columns together (to add 'Organism 1' and 'Organism 2'). I've gotten to this point so far:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&#xA;\documentclass[a4paper,10pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8x]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{r|c|c|}&#xA;\multicolumn{1}{r}{}&#xA; &amp;  \multicolumn{1}{c}{$S$}&#xA; &amp; \multicolumn{1}{c}{$T$} \\&#xA;\cline{2-3}&#xA;$S$ &amp; $a,a$ &amp; $b,c$ \\&#xA;\cline{2-3}&#xA;$T$ &amp; $c,b$ &amp; $d,d$ \\&#xA;\cline{2-3}&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And it currently looks like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/0jgjG.png&quot; alt=&quot;column spanning table&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can anyone suggest how to add the top 'Organism 2' and left 'Organism 1' row/column entries?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3797" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-24T13:39:29.037" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T14:22:48.343" Title="Creating tables with spanning rows/columns" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11936" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11873" CreationDate="2011-02-24T13:35:20.857" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Interesting side effect of a complete miktex installation and another argument for a basic installation with following on-the-fly installation of missing packages. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As far as I can see the only way to solve the problem is to deinstall some package with the package manager: The russian lshort is in lshort-russian, the italian amsldoc in italian-doc, and the polish graphics is probably the graphics.html in polish-doc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T13:35:20.857" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11937" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12004" CreationDate="2011-02-24T13:48:02.263" Score="7" ViewCount="223" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to create a complex template for documentation as a document class. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I should be able to define my &lt;code&gt;text&lt;/code&gt; fields (for instance, &lt;code&gt;\documentNumber&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\projectTitle&lt;/code&gt;). My class should be flexible enough to accomodate landscape pages as well. &lt;code&gt;XeTeX&lt;/code&gt; is preferrable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is a sketch of how the document template should look like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/AWjAt.png&quot; alt=&quot;Layout sketch&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The only idea I had was to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4930/tikzpicture-on-every-page&quot;&gt;create a tikzpicture on every page,  as described in my other question&lt;/a&gt;. I got recommendations for using &lt;code&gt;everypage&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;everyshi&lt;/code&gt; and such. I was hoping for more specific answers. Code snippets or just outlined concepts for coding are most welcome.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1688" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T16:22:31.357" Title="Creating a complex template" Tags="&lt;documentclass&gt;&lt;templates&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="11938" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11937" CreationDate="2011-02-24T13:56:10.637" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You might try the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/textpos&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;textpos&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package or some of the other solutions described on the UK TeX FAQ page &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=abspos&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&quot;Putting things at fixed positions on the page&quot;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are comfortable using TikZ to do this kind of thing don't be afraid to.  Yes, it's a lot of &quot;overhead&quot; but it works.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Although I know very little about it I hear ConTeXt does this kind of thing well.  So we should be getting an answer from one of their users soon.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T13:56:10.637" />
  <row Id="11939" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11940" CreationDate="2011-02-24T14:06:13.307" Score="6" ViewCount="61" Body="&lt;p&gt;Q: Which commands can I supply back to LaTeX when it pauses on a line of code during compilation and is waiting for me to give it more information before proceeding?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E.g., in the post &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/11907/how-do-i-use-show&quot;&gt;How do I use \show?&lt;/a&gt; (to which this question is a follow-up) I found that with &lt;code&gt;\show\section&lt;/code&gt; in my code the LaTeX compilation would pause and I would get useful information about &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt; printed to the terminal. I could supply &lt;code&gt;X&lt;/code&gt; back to the terminal and have the program exit (printing that useful information already mentioned to a .log file). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Q: So, what &lt;strong&gt;other&lt;/strong&gt; commands could I supply at this point? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm having trouble finding information on the web regarding this. The post &lt;a href=&quot;http://email.esm.psu.edu/pipermail/macosx-tex/2007-October/032384.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Different LaTeX interaction modes&lt;/a&gt; mentions that &lt;code&gt;q&lt;/code&gt; will get LaTeX to proceed in a different, &quot;quiet&quot; mode. Running this, I see that something different is happening in the log-file. However (as with &lt;code&gt;X&lt;/code&gt;) no &lt;code&gt;.pdf&lt;/code&gt; is created.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Q: Is there a command I can supply that would sort of ignore the &lt;code&gt;\show\section&lt;/code&gt; command in my &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; file and produce a &lt;code&gt;.pdf&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3762" LastEditorUserId="3762" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-24T16:22:38.693" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T16:45:21.573" Title="commands in interaction mode?" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;macros&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11940" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11939" CreationDate="2011-02-24T14:14:22.053" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;So, what other commands could I supply at this point? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At the prompt you can enter a question mark to see the possible commands:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;/tmp $ tex&#xA;This is TeX, Version 3.1415926 (TeX Live 2010)&#xA;**\show\x&#xA;&amp;gt; \x=undefined.&#xA;&amp;lt;*&amp;gt; \show\x&#xA;&#xA;? ?&#xA;Type &amp;lt;return&amp;gt; to proceed, S to scroll future error messages,&#xA;R to run without stopping, Q to run quietly,&#xA;I to insert something, &#xA;1 or ... or 9 to ignore the next 1 to 9 tokens of input,&#xA;H for help, X to quit.&#xA;? &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Is there a command I can supply that would sort of ignore the &lt;code&gt;\show\section&lt;/code&gt; command in my .tex file and produce a .pdf?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Press return, then the compilation proceeds. However, &lt;code&gt;\show&lt;/code&gt; is always treated as an error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;/tmp $ tex&#xA;This is TeX, Version 3.1415926 (TeX Live 2010)&#xA;**\show\x&#xA;&amp;gt; \x=undefined.&#xA;&amp;lt;*&amp;gt; \show\x&#xA;&#xA;? &#xA;&#xA;*\null&#xA;&#xA;*\bye&#xA;[1]&#xA;Output written on texput.dvi (1 page, 196 bytes).&#xA;Transcript written on texput.log.&#xA;/tmp $ echo $?&#xA;1&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So you should use &lt;code&gt;\show&lt;/code&gt; only for debugging purposes, not for normal compilation runs. If you want to print the meaning of a control sequence without giving an error, use &lt;code&gt;\immediate\write16{\meaning\foo}&lt;/code&gt; (in LaTeX, &lt;code&gt;\typeout&lt;/code&gt; is equivalent to &lt;code&gt;\immediate\write16&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T14:14:22.053" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11941" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11873" CreationDate="2011-02-24T14:19:55.430" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Not exactly the solution you're looking for, but &lt;code&gt;mthelp --list-only graphicx&lt;/code&gt; will open a browser window, showing an HTML listing of all versions of documentations (including example code etc if any) of &lt;code&gt;graphicx&lt;/code&gt;. You can then click on the specific file you want to open.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="226" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T14:19:55.430" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="11942" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11934" CreationDate="2011-02-24T14:22:48.343" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi, starting from your code, I got to this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/1Th3Z.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Basically, I have added the package &lt;code&gt;multirow&lt;/code&gt; and changed the &lt;code&gt;cline&lt;/code&gt; indexes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,10pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8x]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{multirow}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{cr|c|c|}&#xA;  \multicolumn{2}{r}{} &amp;amp; \multicolumn{2}{c}{Organism 2} \\&#xA;&#xA;  \multicolumn{2}{r}{}&#xA; &amp;amp; \multicolumn{1}{c}{$S$}&#xA; &amp;amp; \multicolumn{1}{c}{$T$} \\&#xA;&#xA;  \cline{3-4}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;  \multirow{2}{*}{Organism 1} &amp;amp; $S$ &amp;amp; $a,a$ &amp;amp; $b,c$ \\&#xA;  \cline{3-4}&#xA;&#xA; &amp;amp; $T$ &amp;amp; $c,b$ &amp;amp; $d,d$ \\&#xA;  \cline{3-4}&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3390" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T14:22:48.343" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11943" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11944" CreationDate="2011-02-24T14:35:12.367" Score="8" ViewCount="117" Body="&lt;p&gt;Consider the following code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{letter}&#xA;\usepackage{calc}&#xA;\usepackage{printlen}&#xA;&#xA;\newsavebox{\foobox}&#xA;\newlength{\fooboxheight}&#xA;&#xA;\savebox{\foobox}{&#xA;    \parbox[t]{\textwidth}{Line 1\\Line 2\\Line 3\\Line 4}&#xA;}&#xA;\settoheight{\fooboxheight}{\usebox{\foobox}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\usebox{\foobox}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;Address box height: \printlength{\fooboxheight} \uselengthunit{mm} \printlength{\fooboxheight}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;fooboxheight&lt;/code&gt; is 7pt / 2mm, much smaller than the height of the &lt;code&gt;parbox&lt;/code&gt;!. Why is this? What should I do to get the real height of the &lt;code&gt;parbox&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Interestingly, if the &lt;code&gt;parbox&lt;/code&gt; is surrounded by a &lt;code&gt;\frame{}&lt;/code&gt;, everything works.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3799" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-24T15:09:44.410" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T15:09:44.410" Title="Why doesn't \settoheight of \parbox work?" Tags="&lt;calculations&gt;&lt;lengths&gt;&lt;parbox&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="11944" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11943" CreationDate="2011-02-24T14:45:33.837" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Insert the lines&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\showthe\ht\foobox&#xA;\showthe\dp\foobox&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and all will be clear:&#xA;The height of &lt;code&gt;\foobox&lt;/code&gt; is indeed 6.83331pt just as you have found.&#xA;The depth, on the other hand, is 36pt.&#xA;Notice that boxes have height and depth both, as measured from the baseline of the box.&#xA;In this case, this happens because you use &lt;code&gt;\parbox[t]&lt;/code&gt;. If you switch to &lt;code&gt;\parbox[b]&lt;/code&gt; things might work more like you expect, at least as far as the height calculation goes. But then, of course, the baseline of the box may not be where you need it to be.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T14:45:33.837" />
  <row Id="11945" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11943" CreationDate="2011-02-24T14:53:15.060" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's because of the &lt;code&gt;[t]&lt;/code&gt; option. It's sets the official &lt;code&gt;parbox&lt;/code&gt; baseline to the baseline of the first line. Therefore the &lt;code&gt;height&lt;/code&gt; of the box is the height of the first line. The rest is now part of the official &lt;code&gt;depth&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What you need is the so called &lt;code&gt;totalheight&lt;/code&gt; which is &lt;code&gt;height&lt;/code&gt;+&lt;code&gt;width&lt;/code&gt;. There is no primitive for this, therefore there isn't a &lt;code&gt;\settototalheight&lt;/code&gt;. However, if you already have the material inside a savebox you don't need to use these macros anyway, but can use &lt;code&gt;\ht&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\dp&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\wd&lt;/code&gt; to get the height, depth and width of the saved box.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;totalheight&lt;/code&gt; can be calculated using the 'calc' package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{calc}&#xA;%...&#xA;\setlength{\fooboxheight}{\ht\foobox+\dp\foobox}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or using the eTeX primitive &lt;code&gt;\dimexpr&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setlength{\fooboxheight}{\dimexpr\ht\foobox+\dp\foobox}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T14:53:15.060" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11946" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11943" CreationDate="2011-02-24T15:01:05.613" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The calc package also provides the commands &lt;code&gt;\totalheightof&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\settototalheight&lt;/code&gt;, &quot;totalheight&quot; being the sum of height and depth.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T15:01:05.613" />
  <row Id="11947" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11949" CreationDate="2011-02-24T15:22:40.893" Score="1" ViewCount="91" Body="&lt;p&gt;Suppose some text is put inside a fixed width box. The text will then continue in vertical direction. How can you measure the total height of that text?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Original text:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;text text text text text &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Text in a box constrained to width of &lt;code&gt;text text&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;text text&#xA;text text&#xA;text&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How long is this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;+&#xA;|&#xA;+&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1688" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-24T15:27:46.633" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T15:33:36.350" Title="Measuring height of fixed-width text box" Tags="&lt;boxes&gt;&lt;calculations&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11949" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11947" CreationDate="2011-02-24T15:33:36.350" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can make such a box and measure it directly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{calc}&#xA;\newlength\foo&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\settototalheight\foo{\parbox{3cm}{text text text text text text text text text}}&#xA;\the\foo&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T15:33:36.350" />
  <row Id="11950" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11919" CreationDate="2011-02-24T15:36:38.813" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is a rewrite of Martin's code. First the use case:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{cf}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section{Introduction}&#xA;\paragraph{Outline.}&#xA;In \cf Section things we shall discuss things, and then continue to discuss&#xA;stuff in \cf Section stuff; \cf Section final concludes.&#xA;\section{Things are so Important}\label{Section:things}&#xA;\section{Stuff is also Important}\label{Section:stuff}&#xA;\section{Conclusions}\label{Section:final}&#xA;\end{document&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which produces&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/FSByz.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;now, the rudimentary style file is &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\cf #1 {%&#xA;  \def\kind@cf{#1}%&#xA;  \beginIteration@cf&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\beginIteration@cf{%&#xA;  \begingroup&#xA;  \def\idAccumulator@cf{}%&#xA;  \iterateOnNextToken@cf&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\iterateOnNextToken@cf{%&#xA;  \futurelet\nextToken@cf&#xA;  \examineNextToken@cf    &#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\examineNextToken@cf{%&#xA;  \ifcase 0% Trick: will expand the next tokens to see if more digits follow. &#xA;    \ifx\nextToken@cf\@sptoken 0\else&#xA;    \ifcat a\nextToken@cf 1\else&#xA;    \ifcat 0\nextToken@cf 2\fi% test of token is catcode &quot;other&quot;&#xA;    \fi\fi&#xA;  \relax&#xA;    \expandafter\endIteration@cf&#xA;  \or&#xA;    \expandafter\accumulateCharacter@cf&#xA;  \else&#xA;    \expandafter\cf@checknum&#xA;  \fi&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\accumulateCharacter@cf#1{%&#xA;  \edef\idAccumulator@cf{\idAccumulator@cf#1}%&#xA;  \iterateOnNextToken@cf&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% Checks whether the parameter is a number (ASCII 48-57)&#xA;\def\cf@checknum#1{%&#xA;  \ifcase 0%&#xA;    \ifnum`#1&amp;gt;47&#xA;    \ifnum`#1&amp;lt;58 1\fi\fi&#xA;  \relax&#xA;    \def\next{\endIteration@cf#1}%&#xA;  \else&#xA;    \def\next{\accumulateCharacter@cf{#1}}%&#xA;  \fi&#xA;  \next&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\endIteration@cf{%&#xA;  \edef\label@cf{\kind@cf:\idAccumulator@cf}%&#xA;  \kind@cf~\expandafter\ref\expandafter{\label@cf}%&#xA;  \endgroup&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3391" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T15:36:38.813" />
  <row Id="11951" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11988" CreationDate="2011-02-24T15:54:55.933" Score="5" ViewCount="96" Body="&lt;p&gt;Can someone explain what happens here:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{luacode}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{luacode*}&#xA;tex.print(&quot;xx\%a&quot;,&quot;yy\\%b&quot;,&quot;zz\\\%c&quot;)&#xA;\end{luacode*}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The result is &lt;code&gt;xxyy%b zz%c&lt;/code&gt;. (The xx,yy,zz is clear.) The &lt;code&gt;\%a&lt;/code&gt; is &quot;ignored&quot;, the &lt;code&gt;\\%b&lt;/code&gt; and the &lt;code&gt;\\\%c&lt;/code&gt; results in the &quot;same&quot; &lt;code&gt;%b&lt;/code&gt; (or c). What is the preferred way to get a &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt; in the PDF output? Why is the &lt;code&gt;\%a&lt;/code&gt; ignored? What does TeX see after returning from the lua call?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="243" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-24T21:26:20.910" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T23:57:22.357" Title="percent signs in luacode* environment (LuaLaTeX)" Tags="&lt;luatex&gt;&lt;lua&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="11952" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11951" CreationDate="2011-02-24T16:16:42.383" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think the single &lt;code&gt;\&lt;/code&gt; serves to escape the next letter in Lua, letting itself dissappear. So, TeX gets to see these three lines:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;xx%a&#xA;yy\%b&#xA;zz\%c&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And obviously the first one causes the &lt;code&gt;%a&lt;/code&gt; (+ the following line-break) to be ignored, while the second and third write out a &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is a bit annoying that all (most) programming languages use the same &lt;code&gt;\&lt;/code&gt; as an escape character, so when embedding one in another you need multiple-escaping.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3335" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T16:16:42.383" />
  <row Id="11953" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11939" CreationDate="2011-02-24T16:22:58.520" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;UPDATE AND PARTIAL ANSWER: by running latex in interaction mode (typing &lt;code&gt;latex&lt;/code&gt; in the command window directly) and proceeding along I'm given a message that basically says:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;return&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; to proceed&#xA;&lt;code&gt;S&lt;/code&gt; to scroll future error messages&#xA;&lt;code&gt;R&lt;/code&gt; to run without stopping&#xA;&lt;code&gt;Q&lt;/code&gt; to run quietly&#xA;&lt;code&gt;H&lt;/code&gt; for help&#xA;&lt;code&gt;X&lt;/code&gt; to quit&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I found that actually entering &lt;code&gt;R&lt;/code&gt; doesn't lead to a &lt;code&gt;.pdf&lt;/code&gt; being produced as I'd hoped. I'm starting to think that including &lt;code&gt;\show\section&lt;/code&gt; in my code will prevent that from happening no matter which command I supply. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ANOTHER UPDATE: See @Phillipp for the answer. &lt;code&gt;\show\section&lt;/code&gt; will always be processed as an error and will not allow production of a &lt;code&gt;.pdf&lt;/code&gt;. Should be run as a debugger. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3762" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T16:22:58.520" />
  <row Id="11954" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12041" CreationDate="2011-02-24T16:23:07.507" Score="5" ViewCount="178" Body="&lt;p&gt;For the next few semesters I'll be making a lot of beamer presentations with a lot slides that are just a frame title and a figure. I am trying to make a command to make a lot faster to code and easier to read. Here is my first attempt:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand {\framedgraphic}[2] {&#xA;\begin{frame}{#1}&#xA;    \begin{figure}&#xA;        \begin{center}&#xA;            \includegraphics{#2}&#xA;        \end{center}&#xA;    \end{figure}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this past I've have scaled manually with something like           &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\includegraphics[height=0.7\textheight]{table3a.png}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Through trial and error I have to find the right scaling to make the figure fill the slide. Is there a way I can automatically do this scaling without adding more arguments to my command? Including covering both wide and tall figures? Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;BTW, here I'm using &lt;code&gt;graphicx&lt;/code&gt; but I'm not really wed to it. I am just getting started in TeX and would love to learn any new ways of thinking of this problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="320" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-01T00:11:23.513" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T00:11:23.513" Title="Automatically scale big and small graphics for beamer presentations" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="11955" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11959" CreationDate="2011-02-24T16:31:50.597" Score="23" ViewCount="2293" Body="&lt;p&gt;Today, I've written my resume in LaTeX and it looks great and all&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It took me about 2 hours to get everything right&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I've been thinking, what benefits do I get from writing it in LaTeX rather than in a word processor like MS Word or OOo Writer?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not comparing TeX/LaTeX to those programs, but I just want to know if TeX is the right choice for resumes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3802" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T14:07:26.973" Title="What are the benefits of writing resumes in TeX/LaTeX?" Tags="&lt;latex-general&gt;&lt;resume&gt;" AnswerCount="13" FavoriteCount="16" />
  <row Id="11956" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11939" CreationDate="2011-02-24T16:41:47.687" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Going back to where we started,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\myshow#1{\typeout{\string#1: \meaning#1}%&#xA;  \read 0 to \carryon&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;does the &lt;code&gt;\show&lt;/code&gt; part of what you were after, and then prompts you to carry&#xA;on (ignoring what you write, merely paying attention to the fact that you&#xA;wrote &lt;em&gt;something&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[It comes from a post somewhere, recently; my test harness has long&#xA;had the &lt;code&gt;\typeout&lt;/code&gt; bit, but not the &lt;code&gt;\read&lt;/code&gt; bit.]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I had never noticed that responses to those &quot;press ... to proceed&quot; things affected the return code from the TeX command and/or production of real&#xA;output.  unobservant sort of guy, y'see...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3753" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-24T16:45:21.573" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T16:45:21.573" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11957" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11955" CreationDate="2011-02-24T16:45:39.477" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You get more proficient with LaTeX. :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Seriously: the code is plain text, so you will be able to re open the document in 10, 20 years and extract at least some information from it. And for my documents I don't know if this is necessary or not, but I like it when I know that this is possible.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="243" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T16:45:39.477" />
  <row Id="11958" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11955" CreationDate="2011-02-24T16:47:21.353" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mostly, the benefits you get are the same ones you would get from doing any document in LaTeX instead of a word processor.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Basically with LaTeX you can focus on the content rather than the formatting. The document is plain text and therefore shareable, compressible, source-controllable, and future-proof but easily compileable to PDF at any time.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the particular case of a resumé, you'll find that converting from one style to another is often a question of modifying a command in the header. Also most resumé packages deal gracefully with multi-language needs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A few points, I hope that they illustrate what you're getting. LaTeX is simply the best format for writing documents.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(as an aside, LaTeX can not only replace Writer et al, but also Impress quite easily - see the beamer package)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3804" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T16:47:21.353" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11959" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11955" CreationDate="2011-02-24T16:51:10.967" Score="24" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I think a resume is more typesetting than word processing, so I would not MS Word or OOo Writer. One could use Indesign or a free layout program.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Often resumes contain text in columns. Text in narrow columns is hard to wrap - TeX does a good job here. For even better justification use &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/microtype&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;microtype&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; with pdfLaTeX. I think with microtype the chance to avoid big gaps or lots of hyphenation is better than with word processors.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;It's good if the resume matches the covering letter. Since LaTeX is great for letters, for example with the scrlttr2 class, it would naturally be a good choice for the resume.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;There are specialized LaTeX classes. Though I prefer a class matching the class for the covering letter, such as scrartcl together with scrlttr2. tabularx does already good work then.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;A resume can be used for many years in your working life, it will grow with the time. LaTeX is stable and remains mostly compatible, so you can reuse your resume when you apply for the next job in 10 years. Imagine, you would have used Works or Starwriter many years ago... you would require old software and an old operating system to reuse an old word processing document. With LaTeX it would be much easier.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.contextgarden.net/Main_Page&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ConTeXt&lt;/a&gt;, which is based on TeX, gives you even more control over typesetting.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On &lt;a href=&quot;http://twitter.com/textip&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX tips&lt;/a&gt;, written by John D. Cook, I found a link where Dan McGee shares his experiences:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.toofishes.net/blog/why-i-do-my-resume-latex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Why I do my résumé in LaTeX&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.toofishes.net/blog/latex-resume-follow-up/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX résumé Follow-up&lt;/a&gt; including a template and an example pdf&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;While looking what others say to this question, I found Matthew M. Boedicker's Tips together with links to resume templates and examples on&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.thelinuxdaily.com/2008/10/latex-resume-examples/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX Resume Examples&lt;/a&gt; by Derek Hildreth.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-24T19:06:27.897" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T19:06:27.897" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11960" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11970" CreationDate="2011-02-24T17:04:31.323" Score="3" ViewCount="101" Body="&lt;p&gt;In ConTeXt mkiv, how do I register a callback? &lt;code&gt;callback.register()&lt;/code&gt; does nothing (and IIRC most callbacks are frozen anyway) and somewhere I found &lt;code&gt;tasks.appendaction&lt;/code&gt;, but this gives me an error that &lt;code&gt;tasks&lt;/code&gt; is not defined (nil).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd like to add something to the &lt;code&gt;post_linebreak_filter&lt;/code&gt; callback.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: thanks to Khaled's answer and help from the Mailing list, I've got a solution now. The key is to create my own namespace:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;moduledata.mystuff={}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and add my function:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;moduledata.mystuff.show_hyph = show_hyph&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and to register the function to the &quot;finalizers&quot; callbacks, which are the &lt;code&gt;post_linebreak_filter&lt;/code&gt; equivalent in ConTeXt.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;nodes.tasks.appendaction(&quot;finalizers&quot;,&quot;after&quot;,&quot;moduledata.mystuff.show_hyph&quot;)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/11960/how-to-register-a-callback-in-context#12052&quot;&gt;my answer&lt;/a&gt; for a complete example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="243" LastEditorUserId="243" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-25T16:49:14.677" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T16:49:14.677" Title="How to register a callback in ConTeXt" Tags="&lt;context&gt;&lt;lua&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="11961" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11955" CreationDate="2011-02-24T17:17:23.790" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I believe it is independent of the actual type of the document you are writing. For many years I had been using MS Word, later OO Writer, but when I saw the quality LaTeX could provide I didn't hesitate for a second to throw out everything and start all over with LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You write your resumé in LaTeX because it gives you fine control and superior quality, both of which are of utmost importance with this type of document. The very purpose of the resumé is to impress the reader with both looks and content. You have to provide the content, and LaTeX, with your help, can provide the looks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And more generally, almost anything you typeset in LaTeX even with no or very limited customization will look much better than anything you write using Word or Writer. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2848" LastEditorUserId="2848" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-24T17:44:03.853" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T17:44:03.853" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="11962" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11965" CreationDate="2011-02-24T17:20:32.577" Score="4" ViewCount="79" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am adding entries to bookmarks and I want one entry to point to a specific page. However, I don't want to provide it's number, because it may change depending on contents modification before that page. The command to add an entry using the bookmark package is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\bookmark[page=X,level=0]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where X is the page number. How can I determine at compile time the current page number to replace X with it? I've tried using &lt;code&gt;\thepage&lt;/code&gt; in X's place but it didn't work. In the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/bookmark.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;package documentation&lt;/a&gt; I found out there are named actions to PrevPage, NextPage, FirstPage and LastPage but there is no CurrentPage. How to fix this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3660" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-24T18:07:19.663" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T18:07:19.663" Title="How to determine current page number?" Tags="&lt;page-numbering&gt;&lt;bookmarks&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="11963" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11832" CreationDate="2011-02-24T17:34:08.103" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For your serious imposition needs, perhaps PDFtk could do the trick? Also, some higher-end printers support imposition, as I'm sure acrobat does (should you have access to it, or acrobat.com). The context wiki points to PDFjam for doing complicated impostion: &lt;a href=&quot;http://freshmeat.net/projects/pdfjam/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://freshmeat.net/projects/pdfjam/&lt;/a&gt; or context supports a bunch of stuff out of the box: &lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.contextgarden.net/Imposition&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://wiki.contextgarden.net/Imposition&lt;/a&gt; such as: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ConTeXt has some built-in imposition schemas (see &quot;arranging pages&quot; in the manual):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;2UP : 2 pages next to each other, n sheets arranged for a single booklet&#xA;2DOWN : 2 pages above each other, n sheets arranged for a single booklet&#xA;2SIDE : 2 pages per form, side by side in pagination order, single sided only (no real imposition, only paper saving)&#xA;2TOP : 2 pages above each other, single sided only&#xA;2TOPSIDE: 2 odd pages on one side, two even pages verso, above each other&#xA;2*2 : section: one sheet 2 x 2 pages = 4 pages (2 pages per form, for single sheets with front and back)&#xA;2**2 : section: one sheet 2 x 2 pages = 4 pages (2 pages per form, for book ordering)&#xA;2*4 : section: one sheet 2 x 4 pages = 8 pages (4 pages per form, 2x2 pages head to head)&#xA;2*8 : section: one sheet 2 x 8 pages = 16 pages&#xA;2*16 : section: one sheet 2 x 16 pages = 32 pages&#xA;2*4*2 : section of 16 pages: 2 sheets, 4 pages front and backside&#xA;2*2*4 : section of 16 pages: 4 sheets, 2 pages front and backside&#xA;XY : one sheet with x rows and y columns, you can control the number with \setuppaper[nx=...,ny=...,dx=...,dy=...]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For LaTeX, consider using the &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt; package. The memoir manual is a great document, and explains a lot of page layout (and is good even if you are not using tex). It has a dedicated environment for poems. I have some code at home that I can post here later. The only problem I've had with LaTeX is getting PDF/X compliance for print on demand stuff. The manual has other good examples.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An example with &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt; :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a5paper,10pt,twoside]{memoir}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand{\PoemTitlefont}{%&#xA;\normalfont\scshape\flushleft% Remove centering from poem title&#xA;\hspace*{0.5\linewidth}\hspace*{-0.5\versewidth}}% Makes poem title flush left with body block.&#xA;&#xA;\setlength{\afterPoemTitleskip}{0.7\onelineskip}% Changes the vertical space between the poem title and poem body&#xA;&#xA;\title{A Collection of Fancy Poems}&#xA;\author{Some Guy}&#xA;\date{}&#xA;&#xA;\checkandfixthelayout&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;\thispagestyle{empty}&#xA;\newpage&#xA;&#xA;\tableofcontents*&#xA;\thispagestyle{empty}&#xA;\newpage&#xA;&#xA;\settowidth{\versewidth}{The longest line of your poem}&#xA;\PlainPoemTitle&#xA;\PoemTitle{Grass}&#xA;\begin{verse}[\versewidth]&#xA;first line&#xA;second line&#xA;third line fourth line&#xA;The longest line of your poem&#xA;and more and more and more &#xA;and more&#xA;grass&#xA;\end{verse}&#xA;\newpage&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For ConTeXt, set an environment and use the &lt;code&gt;[spaces=yes]&lt;/code&gt; option. ConTeXt easily provides the PDF/X compliance, as well as doing imposition (http://wiki.contextgarden.net/Imposition).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An example with ConTeXt&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% PDF-X is this easy...&#xA;\setupinteraction&#xA;  [title=Some Title,&#xA;   subtitle=A Collection of Poems,&#xA;   author=Some guy,&#xA;   keyword=[{poetry, los angeles}]&#xA;&#xA;\definehead[PoemTitle][section]&#xA;\setuphead[PoemTitle][number=no, page=yes]&#xA;&#xA;\definelines[typing]&#xA;\setuplines[typing][space=yes]&#xA;\setupbackend[export=yes]&#xA;\starttext&#xA;&#xA;\PoemTitle{A Great Poem Title}&#xA;\starttyping&#xA;My      Poem Looks    Like this&#xA;and it's    kind of silly when&#xA;                you&#xA;have to           read it&#xA;\stoptyping&#xA;\stoptext&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1222" LastEditorUserId="1222" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-02T16:35:18.570" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T16:35:18.570" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="11964" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11903" CreationDate="2011-02-24T17:37:39.613" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Removing the &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\bibitem}[1]{\item}&lt;/code&gt; seems to work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: try this....&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{natbib}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{paralist}&#xA;\let\olditem\item&#xA;\renewenvironment{thebibliography}[1]{%&#xA;  \section*{\refname}&#xA;  \let\par\relax\let\newblock\relax&#xA;  \renewcommand{\item}[1][]{\olditem[\textbullet]}%&#xA;  \inparaenum}{\endinparaenum}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Citations: \cite{Author,Buthor}&#xA;\bibliography{\jobname}&#xA;\bibliographystyle{mn}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastEditorUserId="627" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-24T18:25:20.480" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T18:25:20.480" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="11965" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11962" CreationDate="2011-02-24T17:42:05.557" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Set a target on the page:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{bookmark}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\bookmark[dest=mypage]{go to my page!}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;page 1\newpage page 2 \newpage my page \hypertarget{mypage}{}&#xA;\newpage next page&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T17:42:05.557" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="11966" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-24T17:43:58.327" Score="3" ViewCount="112" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am writing my thesis and I am having a few problems with my format. My thesis structure is as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I Introduction&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;II Part 1&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;chapter 1&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;chapter 2&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;III Part 2&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;chapter 3&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;chapter 4&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Appendices&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Bibliography&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My problem is this: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In my table of contents, this appears like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I Introduction&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;II Part 1&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;chapter 1&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;chapter 2&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;III Part 2&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;chapter 3&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;chapter 4&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;IV Appendices&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;bibliography&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So two questions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;How do I remove the part number for the Appendices&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;How do I bump up the bibliography to the &lt;code&gt;{part}&lt;/code&gt; level in the table of contents (this entry is automatically generated by the &lt;code&gt;\bibliography&lt;/code&gt; at the moment)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I really appreciate any help!!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3805" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-24T17:51:22.743" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T20:10:02.817" Title="Table of contents problems" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;appendices&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="11967" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11962" CreationDate="2011-02-24T17:51:33.913" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can get page numbers using &lt;code&gt;refcount&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{refcount}&#xA;\label{thispage}&#xA;\newpage&#xA;page=\getpagerefnumber{thispage}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="994" LastEditorUserId="994" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-24T17:58:06.797" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T17:58:06.797" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11969" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11867" CreationDate="2011-02-24T18:42:38.883" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I solved my bookmarks problem using Stefan suggestion. I'm posting here what I did, so It may help anyone that comes to this question and is facing the same issues.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Adding the root node:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\bookmark[page=1,level=-2]{Sample document}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Adding the contents page to Bookmarks and not to table of contents:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\hypertarget{tocpage}{}&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\bookmark[dest=tocpage,level=-1]{Contents}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Changing &quot;I My first part&quot; to &quot;Part I: My first part&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\part*{My first part}&#xA;\addcontentsline{toc}{part}{Part I: My first part}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Changing &quot;A chapter&quot; to &quot;1 A chapter&quot; on bookmarks:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[numbered]{bookmark}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3660" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T18:42:38.883" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11970" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11960" CreationDate="2011-02-24T18:55:08.397" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It should be &lt;code&gt;nodes.tasks.appendaction()&lt;/code&gt;, I don't know the official way to use it, but after trial and error (and grepping through the source), I came up with:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;bidi.handle_bidi = nodes.installattributehandler {&#xA;    name      = &quot;bidi&quot;,&#xA;    namespace = bidi,&#xA;    processor = bidi.ctxprocess,&#xA;}&#xA;nodes.tasks.appendaction(&quot;processors&quot;, &quot;characters&quot;,  &quot;bidi.handle_bidi&quot;)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;nodes.tasks.enableaction(&quot;processors&quot;, &quot;bidi.handle_bidi&quot;)&#xA;nodes.tasks.disableaction(&quot;processors&quot;, &quot;bidi.handle_bidi&quot;)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(copied from my &lt;a href=&quot;https://github.com/khaledhosny/luadirections/blob/master/t-bidi.tex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;bidi&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; module, and this is equivalent to &lt;code&gt;pre_linepreak_filter&lt;/code&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Better ask Hans for a definite answer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T18:55:08.397" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11971" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11955" CreationDate="2011-02-24T19:02:35.653" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You use the tool you are more accustomed too e.g. if I'm to write a resume then ConTeXt is my natural choice unless it need to supplied in some weird format (.doc or something). Fighting an office suit to just write a few pages document would be a crazy choice of me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T19:02:35.653" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11972" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11955" CreationDate="2011-02-24T19:10:24.350" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Besides all the answers here, I have recently modularized my resume with TeX. With this I can quickly build my resume for a variety of different jobs. The basic idea is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\input{qualifications-Software-QA-Manager}&#xA;%\input{qualifications-Tech-Writer}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I can just uncomment the appropriate sections, and build a completely different resume. My sections are more defined than this, but I've found it to be a major plus when applying for many jobs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1222" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T19:10:24.350" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11973" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11977" CreationDate="2011-02-24T19:13:15.127" Score="4" ViewCount="90" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi, I've been wondering about how to display simple codes. I used &lt;code&gt;verbatim&lt;/code&gt; and then found the &lt;code&gt;fancyvrb&lt;/code&gt; package which added a lot of nice little features, but then I inserted some code with a long line and it did not break. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I looked around and found that this was apparently a problem with this package, and thus looked for alternative ways to display code, and found &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt; (I found that it displayed the code strangely, I like the typewriter look of verbatim) and &lt;code&gt;minted&lt;/code&gt; coupled with the &lt;code&gt;Pygments&lt;/code&gt; Python tool (but I never got it to work with winshell). While looking at the 'listings' documentation I saw the 'fancyvrb' listed as an alternative, and in the description it said &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The package provides frames, line&#xA;  numbers on the left or on the right,&#xA;  automatic line breaking (difficult)...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/5125/line-length-in-fancyvrb&quot;&gt;This question&lt;/a&gt; does not get an answer to the question of how to break lines using the &lt;code&gt;fancyvrb&lt;/code&gt; package. I googled around and found this &lt;a href=&quot;http://newsgroups.derkeiler.com/Archive/Comp/comp.text.tex/2009-04/msg00306.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;solution&lt;/a&gt; which provides a way to have automatic line-breaking in the &lt;code&gt;verbatim&lt;/code&gt; environment, but this solution does not work with the &lt;code&gt;fancyvrb&lt;/code&gt; package. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So the question is: The &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt; documentation hints at a way to have automated line-breaking in the &lt;code&gt;fancyvrb&lt;/code&gt; package, does anyone know how?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1614" LastEditorUserId="1614" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-24T21:30:51.570" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T21:30:51.570" Title="Verbatim environment and line-breaking" Tags="&lt;line-breaking&gt;&lt;verbatim&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="11974" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-24T19:53:02.217" Score="0" ViewCount="56" Body="&lt;p&gt;Thought I had an answer to this &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/11760/3759&quot;&gt;Combining bold and multi-page Index numbering&lt;/a&gt; yesterday and was doing well, then compiler failed. Delimiter check confirmed all index commands using both bold text and page range: |(---|) contained inconsistency between { --- ). Herbert kindly suggested I try: &lt;code&gt;\index{Text@\textbf{Text}|(textbf}&lt;/code&gt;, which initially worked, but created a whole new entry for the word I had been previously working on with simple entries, so I tried deleting the &lt;code&gt;Text@&lt;/code&gt; and voila! It worked fine until the compiler clogged up &amp;amp; I discovered all the delimiting problems. After cleaning everything up, none of the methods will now compile. I have checked George Gratzer's &quot;More Math Into LaTeX,&quot; but when I attempt this as he suggests on page 455: &lt;code&gt;Text\index{Text|(textbf}&lt;/code&gt;, the right delimiter is flagged as not matching &quot;(&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;...text\index{Text|(textbf}&lt;/code&gt; &#xA;&lt;code&gt;...text\index{Text|)textbf}&lt;/code&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It now compiles &amp;amp; shows up in the Yap, but the delimiter still says: Right Delimiter &quot;}&quot; Does Not Match &quot;(&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;@Caramdir would that be something different from the preamble Herbert edited for me in the original post here linked? I read the instructions for minimal example and really am lost. There seems to be a recurring mention of the CJK Chinese language usepackage when I compile, but there are no problem with the Simplified Chinese characters at all, except that a few (.001%) are not &quot;simplified&quot; enough to be supported by the version I have. It also says I'm missing inserted text $. I did a check &amp;amp; couldn't find any places where only one $ was used improperly. Many problems lack identification, or line numbers. I may have help later tonight or tomorrow that would allow me to respond more effectively. I do have a lot of junk in the compiler related to some .eps and other misc, but none of these things have ever been a problem &amp;amp; looked fine (until I started this Index), so I never reconverted the few problem pictures (maybe five or six out of 195), or tried to track down what the other bugs were... maybe I need to now.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3759" LastEditorUserId="3759" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-24T23:36:59.523" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T23:36:59.523" ClosedDate="2011-03-02T17:47:14.367" Title="Makeindex BOLD and PAGE RANGE commands used together? Pt.2" Tags="&lt;index&gt;" CommentCount="12" />
  <row Id="11975" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11981" CreationDate="2011-02-24T20:01:37.187" Score="2" ViewCount="195" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&#xA;compiling the following example in newest MikTeX or TexLive results in strange problems: Have a look at the plot:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/sGS42.png&quot; alt=&quot;ProblemPicture: Missing segments and axes&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are some missing parts and only the z-axis is drawn. Please try to help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{standalone}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz,tikz-3dplot}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tdplotsetmaincoords{70}{10}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=5,line join=bevel,tdplot_main_coords,fill opacity=.15]&#xA;\pgfsetlinewidth{.2pt}&#xA;\tdplotsetpolarplotrange{30}{100}{0}{360}&#xA;\tdplotsphericalsurfaceplot[parametricfill]%&#xA;{18}%&#xA;{36}%&#xA;{1}%&#xA;{black}%&#xA;{\tdplotphi+\tdplottheta+\tdplotr}%&#xA;{\draw[color=black,thick,-&amp;gt;] (0,0,0) -- (1.3,0,0) node[right]{\(x\)};}&#xA;{\draw[color=black,thick,-&amp;gt;] (0,0,0) -- (0,3.3,0) node[above right]{\(y\)};}&#xA;{\draw[color=black,thick,-&amp;gt;] (0,0,0) -- (0,0,1.3) node[above]{\(z\)};};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any hints? Thanks in advance&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3163" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-24T21:30:24.070" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T17:22:34.067" Title="Strange problems in 3D-Plots TikZ: Missing parts and axes" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="5" />
  <row Id="11976" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11955" CreationDate="2011-02-24T20:05:48.267" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I write my CVs in MS-word and used to send employment agencies a PDF copy. On several occasions, I have been requested the original MS-Word version. On one occasion, I got to see just what the agency had sent the prospective employer - they had edited my resume, added their own banner and removed direct contact information.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You may find using anything other than MS-Word may cause problems if your employment agency wishes to apply edits before passing it on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3808" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T20:05:48.267" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11977" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11973" CreationDate="2011-02-24T20:06:23.740" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't see any major problems with the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/listings&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;listings&lt;/a&gt; package. See example below for a very basic structure.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;&#xA;\lstset{%&#xA;  language=[LaTeX]TeX,&#xA;  backgroundcolor=\color{gray!25},&#xA;  basicstyle=\ttfamily,&#xA;  breaklines=true,&#xA;  columns=fullflexible&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \lstinputlisting{minimal.cls}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The package manual has the details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T20:06:23.740" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11978" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11955" CreationDate="2011-02-24T20:11:49.750" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you are a scientist, you will probably need to add a list of publications, conference talks, and similar things to your cv. This is very nicely, and easily handled in LaTeX. With MSWord or OOWriter it gets really messy, expecilay if you have to keep updated your cv in different languages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;LaTeX is also a nice format to store in a revision control system to track different revision of the cv you hand out to different people in different contexts, and its evolution in time.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Have a look at this nice article &lt;a href=&quot;http://robjhyndman.com/researchtips/cv/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://robjhyndman.com/researchtips/cv/&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3540" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T20:11:49.750" />
  <row Id="11979" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11980" CreationDate="2011-02-24T21:21:57.033" Score="4" ViewCount="59" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have two boxes which to shows text to the left and right of a document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{minipage}[t][1in][t]{2in}&#xA;{\Huge First line box 1}\\&#xA;{\footnotesize Second line box 1}&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;\hfill&#xA;\begin{minipage}[t][1in][t]{2in}&#xA;    \begin{flushright}&#xA;{\footnotesize&#xA;First line box 2\\&#xA;Second line box 2&#xA;}&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;These boxes align based on the baseline, however it looks ugly because of the huge text of box 1. I know I can raise box 2 a bit with &lt;code&gt;\raisebox&lt;/code&gt; so that they are aligned based on top border of box 1, but it's kind of hacky. Is there any more elegant way to do it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3347" LastEditorUserId="3347" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-24T22:16:50.840" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T22:16:50.840" Title="Vertically align two boxes based on their top borders, not on baseline" Tags="&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;&lt;boxes&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="11980" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11979" CreationDate="2011-02-24T21:32:15.437" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,12pt]{article}&#xA;\setlength\parindent{0pt}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{minipage}[t][1in][t]{2in}\vspace{0pt}&#xA;\rule{\linewidth}{0.5pt}\\&#xA;\Huge First line box 1\\&#xA;\footnotesize Second line box 1&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;\hfill&#xA;\begin{minipage}[t][1in][t]{2in}\vspace{0pt}&#xA;\footnotesize\raggedleft&#xA;\rule{\linewidth}{0.5pt}\\&#xA;First line box 2\\&#xA;Second line box 2 \par&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/3oGNz.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T21:32:15.437" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11981" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11975" CreationDate="2011-02-24T21:35:48.677" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The same with PSTricks ...&#xA;Run it with &lt;code&gt;xelatex&lt;/code&gt; or load package &lt;code&gt;auto-pst-pdf&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pst-solides3d}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\psset{unit=2.5}&#xA;\begin{pspicture}(-2,-2)(2,2)&#xA;\psset{viewpoint=20 20 20 rtp2xyz,&#xA;   Decran=20,lightsrc=viewpoint}&#xA;\psSolid[object=grille,base=-2 2 -2 2,action=draw,linecolor=red](0,0,0)&#xA;\axesIIID(2,2,1.5)(3,3,2)&#xA;\defFunction[algebraic]{sphere}(u,v)&#xA;   {2*cos(u)*cos(v)} {2*sin(u)*cos(v)} {2*sin(v)}&#xA;\psSolid[object=surfaceparametree,&#xA;   base=pi neg pi 0 0.75,hue=0.2 0.8,function=sphere,&#xA;   linewidth=0.2pt,opacity=0.8,ngrid=0.1]&#xA;%\gridIIID[Zmin=0,Zmax=1.5](-2,2)(-2,2)&#xA;\end{pspicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/QNB7r.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T21:35:48.677" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11982" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11677" CreationDate="2011-02-24T21:59:06.630" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For @ARTICLES, I found how to transform the &quot;t.&quot; to &quot;vol.&quot; :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareFieldFormat[article]{volume}{Vol.~#1\addcomma} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Today is my lucky day! I've just found the answer to my problem  with pages :&#xA;For @ARTICLES, to switch p. to pp. :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DefineBibliographyStrings{french}{%&#xA;  pages = {pp\adddot},&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3743" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-24T22:12:29.263" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T22:12:29.263" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="11983" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-24T22:07:54.727" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For finding the perfect template and documentclass for résumés written with LaTeX, have a look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/80/latex-template-for-resume-curriculum-vitae&quot;&gt;“LaTeX template for resume/curriculum vitae”&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-24T22:09:04.757" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T22:09:04.757" />
  <row Id="11984" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-24T22:07:54.727" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="Questions about creating résumés and CVs with *TeX are tagged with this tag. " OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-24T22:09:01.700" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T22:09:01.700" />
  <row Id="11985" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11966" CreationDate="2011-02-24T22:14:19.847" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\part*&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;would remove the number for the Appendix most probably. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the Bibliography, it really depends on your style I guess, but you could try:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\refname}{\part*{Bibliography}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3390" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T22:14:19.847" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="11986" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11955" CreationDate="2011-02-24T22:39:45.117" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a beautiful cv written with XeTeX using the suggestions/template I found at &lt;a href=&quot;http://nitens.org/taraborelli/cvtex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://nitens.org/taraborelli/cvtex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3813" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T22:39:45.117" />
  <row Id="11987" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11955" CreationDate="2011-02-24T23:25:57.403" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One intangible benefit: you are signalling to an employer that you have taste, a certain degree of intellect, and a bit of non-crowd-following behavior.  When resumes come across my desk, I give a mental +1 to TeX-formatted resumes.  The only resumes that get a higher bump are plain ascii ones.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It also draws attention from potential employers who appreciate TeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3814" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T23:25:57.403" />
  <row Id="11988" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11951" CreationDate="2011-02-24T23:57:22.357" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I assume  that &lt;code&gt;luacode&lt;/code&gt; in LaTeX works the same way as &lt;code&gt;\startluacode&lt;/code&gt;...&lt;code&gt;\stopluacode&lt;/code&gt; in ConTeXt. luacode expands its contents before passing control to lua. So, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;xx\%a&lt;/code&gt; =&gt; &lt;code&gt;xx%a&lt;/code&gt; (because &lt;code&gt;\%&lt;/code&gt; = &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;yy\\%b&lt;/code&gt; =&gt; &lt;code&gt;yy\%b&lt;/code&gt; (because &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; = &lt;code&gt;\&lt;/code&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;zz\\\%c&lt;/code&gt; =&gt; &lt;code&gt;zz\%c&lt;/code&gt; (because &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; = &lt;code&gt;\&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\% = %&lt;/code&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thus, (as Paŭlo Ebermann) mentioned, lua writes the following to TeX input stream:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;xx%a&#xA;yy\%b&#xA;zz\%c&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which explains the output that you get. Perhaps the following test file will make this clear (Compare the console output from pdf output).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\def\%{?}&#xA;\def\?{!}&#xA;\starttext&#xA;\startluacode&#xA;tex.print(&quot;xx\%a&quot;,&quot;yy\\%b&quot;,&quot;zz\\\%c&quot;)&#xA;print(&quot;xx\%a&quot;,&quot;yy\\%b&quot;,&quot;zz\\\%c&quot;)&#xA;\stopluacode&#xA;\stoptext&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2011-02-24T23:57:22.357" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="11989" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-25T00:29:52.497" Score="2" ViewCount="125" Body="&lt;p&gt;How should look a minimal example of CV written using moderncv interface from correspondence module ? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm still abit confused about modules and interfaces so some hint how to check my environment inlucdes eveything I need for this would be nice too (I'm using TeX Live 2010 on Gentoo Linux, no problems with rendering simple documents).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3596" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T00:29:52.497" Title="CV in Context, correspondence - moderncv" Tags="&lt;context&gt;&lt;examples&gt;&lt;moderncv&gt;" />
  <row Id="11990" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11992" CreationDate="2011-02-25T00:45:14.230" Score="4" ViewCount="125" Body="&lt;p&gt;Regard the following document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,reqno]{amsart}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb,amsmath,amsthm,fullpage}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;For each $k$ we denote by $\lambda_k$ the $k$th symmetric polynomial&#xA;in the $x_i$s; that is, we define&#xA;\[\textstyle\lambda_k := \sum_\mathrm{$I\subseteq\mathbb{N}_n$ such that $|I|=k$}x_I.\]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I try to compile it, I get:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Missing } inserted.&#xA;&amp;lt;inserted text&amp;gt; &#xA;                }&#xA;l.9 ...\mathrm{$I\subseteq\mathbb{N}_n$ such that $|I|=k$}&#xA;                                                          x_I.\]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why? The braces are surely balanced.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Surrounding the call to &lt;code&gt;\mathrm&lt;/code&gt; in a set of braces makes no difference.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1427" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-25T01:09:16.940" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T02:29:59.490" Title="Missing } inserted, yet braces are balanced" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;errors&gt;&lt;braces&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="11991" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-25T00:58:15.777" Score="2" ViewCount="47" Body="&lt;p&gt;Section 4.2.2. in &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/memdesign/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Notes on book design&lt;/a&gt; makes a reference to mixed portrait and landscape pages. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am aware of &lt;code&gt;pdflscape&lt;/code&gt;, that allows such a mixing, but as this manual is written by the author of &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt; I would assume that such a scenario should be achievable also using the built-in capabilities of the package itself. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am unable to find any references in the main manual, and would appreciate any comments pointing me in the right direction, as I am sure I must have been overlooking this feature.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3319" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-25T01:10:18.790" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T01:10:18.790" Title="memoir class - Mixed portrait and landscape pages" Tags="&lt;memoir&gt;&lt;landscape&gt;" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11992" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11990" CreationDate="2011-02-25T00:59:47.367" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\mathrm&lt;/code&gt; macro sets its input in a roman font, but it is still in (display) math mode.  So the &lt;code&gt;$&lt;/code&gt;s inside &lt;code&gt;\mathrm&lt;/code&gt; are confusing TeX.  It's as if you are trying to embed math mode within display math mode.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think what you want instead is &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[\textstyle&#xA;    \lambda_k := \sum_{\text{$I\subseteq\N_n$ such that $|I|=k$}}x_I.&#xA;\]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But that won't work either until you tell TeX what you mean by &lt;code&gt;\N&lt;/code&gt;.  So if you insert into the preamble or someplace else before the first use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\N}{\mathbb{N}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;your document will successfully compile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A few comments:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Why are you using &lt;code&gt;\textstyle&lt;/code&gt;?  In display math some symbols like the &lt;code&gt;\sum&lt;/code&gt; operator are bigger.  Try it without; you might like TeX's default choices.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Whitespace is your friend.  When I type displayed equations I put the &lt;code&gt;\[&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\]&lt;/code&gt; on their own lines and indent the equation in the middle.  That way the source somewhat resembles the final document in that displayed math mode is &quot;displayed.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;You might find this discussion we had on colon-equals interesting: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4216/how-to-typseset-correctly&quot;&gt;How to typseset $:=$ correctly?&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-28T02:29:59.490" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T02:29:59.490" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="11993" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11955" CreationDate="2011-02-25T01:08:49.557" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Well I did my resume in Latex and switched back to OpenOffice. I'm not a LaTeX/TeX junkie though I use it a lot. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;LaTeX is nice for long pieces of text, like thesis, article, presentation, when you either are eager to spend much time making it look great (I find customizing looks of papers cumbersome in TeX) or don't care about looks (then stick to defaults --- and then it will look ok). You cant stick to defaults in your CV, and I was never willing to spend couple of hours on &lt;em&gt;just&lt;/em&gt; formatting my CV. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also LaTeX is most effective when writing long pieces of text --- you format it once and it will look great (formatting long piecies of text --- like thesis --- in OO or MSOffice is a pain). CVs are short, so there is little benefit. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's much easier to do layout of graphical elements in WYSWIG editor. Write -&gt; Compile -&gt; see .pdf cycle is cumbersome.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's easier to give your CV for review to someone who does not use TeX (well most people who'd I give my resume for review are). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Having said all this: it's possible that I will in future switch back to writing CV in LaTeX (or most probably LyX with custom TeX code).  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1826" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T01:08:49.557" />
  <row Id="11994" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11997" CreationDate="2011-02-25T01:40:29.623" Score="3" ViewCount="88" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do I align a figure Tikz item at the top of the table? Its my result.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/8U4dS.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;my result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/BgIbP.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I need the second alignment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1940" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T02:25:12.053" Title="Figure in the table with Tikz" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;tables&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11995" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12012" CreationDate="2011-02-25T01:41:33.133" Score="1" ViewCount="119" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the good ol' days I drew figures with xfig and generated LaTeX source to directly include in my papers.  But I now find powerpoint to be a faster drawing tool and sufficient for most of my needs.  What's the best way to embed the resulting image in LaTex?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I current output to pdf, then include using the &lt;strong&gt;graphicx&lt;/strong&gt; package. But the resulting scaling and positioning trial-and-error session is often extremely frustrating, and the documentation on the package is quite sparse and unhelpful.  Is there a better way?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3643" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-28T22:37:11.067" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T22:37:11.067" Title="Position and scaling with graphicx package" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;embedding&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="11996" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11995" CreationDate="2011-02-25T01:57:09.633" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You won't find many friends of PowerPoint here; basically if that is your drawing program than the only method to get it into LaTeX documents is via an exported-and-included PDF.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But if you used &lt;code&gt;xfig&lt;/code&gt; to generate LaTeX code (I'm guessing within the &lt;code&gt;picture&lt;/code&gt; environment?) then you might appreciate &lt;code&gt;tikz&lt;/code&gt;.  It allows you to make (and thereby control) all your graphics with a TeX syntax.  That or &lt;code&gt;pstricks&lt;/code&gt; would probably be considered by most here to be &quot;The LaTeX way&quot; to do graphics.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T01:57:09.633" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="11997" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11994" CreationDate="2011-02-25T02:25:12.053" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the &lt;code&gt;baseline&lt;/code&gt; key:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=(current bounding box.north)]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T02:25:12.053" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="11998" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-25T02:57:44.330" Score="6" ViewCount="87" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm attempting to put a frame around my section headings.  I am using the package &quot;mdframed&quot; which adds functionality to the &quot;framed&quot; package.  It basically draws a box around an object, in an environment.  So I wonder how I can do this.  Can I use &lt;code&gt;renewcommand&lt;/code&gt;, for example?  I'd really like to use &quot;mdframed&quot; to create the frame.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1733" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-20T14:48:35.117" LastActivityDate="2011-03-20T14:48:35.117" Title="Framing section headings" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;framed&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="11999" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11998" CreationDate="2011-02-25T04:25:16.580" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/titlesec&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package provides this functionality built-in.  Here's an example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{titlesec}&#xA;\titleformat{\section}[frame]&#xA;{\normalfont} {} {5pt} {\Large\bfseries\filcenter\thesection.\quad}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section{A section}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/cL82q.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If this isn't what you want, you should probably use the package in conjunction with &lt;code&gt;mdframed&lt;/code&gt; to modify your sections anyway, since it provides a simple, yet powerful system for modifying all section headings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T04:25:16.580" />
  <row Id="12000" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11975" CreationDate="2011-02-25T05:18:52.517" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am not sure what is the cause, and I am unable to fix the missing axes, but I noticed couple of things:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;With the most recent version of tikz-3dplot, even the examples from the manual will have only z-axis drawn. The pictures in the pdf manual that comes with the package have all three axes, however, recompiling the manual created pictures with only z-axis.  So my guess is that there is a bug in the current version. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The missing parts seem to have something to do with the second parameter in &lt;code&gt;\tdplotsetmaincoords&lt;/code&gt;.  If the second parameter is at least 90, the whole surface is drawn.  If it is less then 90, parts are missing.  Larger part is missing id the parameter is smaller.  It happens with the examples from the manual, too, if you change the second parameter so it is smaller than 90. Again, it seems like a bug in tikz-3dplot.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T05:18:52.517" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="12001" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12005" CreationDate="2011-02-25T05:40:48.060" Score="16" ViewCount="267" Body="&lt;p&gt;In several discussions about relatives merits of LaTeX v. xml, a xml supporter complained that in LaTeX sections, subsections etc are not properly closed, so it is hard to tell where a section ends.  Of course it is typically possible to recognize an end of a section, but there is actually a number of ways how a section can end: start of another section, start of the next chapter or part, start of &lt;code&gt;\endmatter&lt;/code&gt;, bibliograpy, index, etc, or the end of document.  That makes it hard if you want to write a script that would in some way manipulate sections (change their order, write each of them into a separate file, ...).  The same is of course true for subsections, paragraphs etc. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One answer to that is that it is actually possible in LaTeX2e to use sectioning commands as environments, and write &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{section}{Blah blah}&#xA;   ...&#xA;\end{section}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and because of the way environments are handled in LaTeX2e, it will work.  I he recently seen several comments discouraging such use of regular commands as environments, and it seems that in LaTeX3 it will no longer be possible (on the other hand, it seems that you will be able to define a &lt;code&gt;section&lt;/code&gt; environment without causing a conflict with the &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt; command). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I wanted to know what people think about using sectioning commands as environments.  Is it a good idea, is it OK, or should it not be done?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-21T16:58:44.410" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T20:06:45.347" Title="Is it a bad idea to use \begin{section} ... \end{section} in LaTeX?" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;environments&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12002" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11975" CreationDate="2011-02-25T06:13:31.030" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Solution of &lt;code&gt;pgfplots&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplots}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{pgfplots.external}&#xA;\tikzexternalize&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{axis}[width=\textwidth,&#xA;  samples=25,domain=0:360,y domain=10:30,&#xA;  xmin=-1.2,xmax=1.2,ymin=-1.2,ymax=1.2,zmin=0,zmax=1.2,&#xA;  xlabel={$x$},ylabel={$y$},zlabel={$z$},&#xA;  axis lines=center]&#xA;\addplot3[surf,opacity=0.5]&#xA;  ({cos(x)*cos(y)}, {sin(x)*cos(y)}, {sin(y)});&#xA;\end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The labels are not at right place. It seems there's a bug of &lt;code&gt;pgfplots&lt;/code&gt;. But we can put the labels manually.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/jAKRT.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T06:13:31.030" />
  <row Id="12003" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11998" CreationDate="2011-02-25T07:06:13.727" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you also need the &lt;code&gt;\Section*&lt;/code&gt; version, then the definition has to be extended&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{mdframed}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand\Section[2][]{\begin{mdframed}[linewidth=5pt]%&#xA;  \ifx\relax#1\relax\section{#2}\else\section[#1]{#2}\fi&#xA;  \end{mdframed}}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\Section{A section}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/zfI4H.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T07:06:13.727" />
  <row Id="12004" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11937" CreationDate="2011-02-25T07:24:27.510" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Following Matthew's prediction, this is how I would do this layout in ConTeXt. The table at the top can be set as a header. The callouts on the left margin can be set using layers. We can add frames (borders) by carefully adding &lt;code&gt;frame=on&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;frame=off&lt;/code&gt; to different elements. The rest is just a matter of setting the right margin's etc. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setuplayout  &#xA;  [topspace=1\lineheight,&#xA;   top=1\lineheight,&#xA;   topdistance=0cm,&#xA;   header=1.25in,&#xA;   headerdistance=0cm,&#xA;   height=fit,&#xA;   footerdistance=0cm,&#xA;   footer=0.5in,&#xA;   bottomspace=0.25\lineheight,&#xA;   bottom=0.25\lineheight,&#xA;   bottomdistance=0cm,&#xA;   backspace=0.75in,&#xA;   width=fit,&#xA;   cutspace=0.125in,&#xA; ]&#xA;&#xA;\setupbackgrounds[text][text][frame=on]&#xA;&#xA;% Header&#xA;\setuppagenumbering[location=]&#xA;\setupheadertexts[\setups{header}]&#xA;&#xA;% Left margin&#xA;\definelayer [leftlayer] &#xA;             [width=\paperwidth,&#xA;              height=\paperheight,&#xA;              x=0cm,&#xA;              y=1cm]&#xA;&#xA;\defineframed[margincallout]&#xA;             [height=\dimexpr\layoutparameter{backspace}\relax,                        &#xA;              width=\dimexpr(\textheight+\layoutparameter{header})/2\relax,&#xA;              align={middle,middle},&#xA;              foregroundstyle=\tfc,&#xA;              frame=off]&#xA;&#xA;\setlayer        [leftlayer] [preset=leftbottom] &#xA;                 {\rotate{\margincallout[rightframe=on]{Rotated text callout 1} }}&#xA;&#xA;\setlayer        [leftlayer] [preset=lefttop,y=2.5mm]&#xA;                 {\rotate{\margincallout {Rotated text callout 2} }}&#xA;&#xA;\setupbackgrounds[page][background=leftlayer]&#xA;&#xA;% Actual content&#xA;\startsetups header&#xA;  \setupTABLE[each][each][height=\dimexpr\layoutparameter{header}/4\relax,&#xA;                          width=0.25\textwidth,&#xA;                          align={middle,middle},&#xA;                          frame=on]&#xA;  \bTABLE&#xA;    \bTR&#xA;      \bTD[nr=3]      \fakewords {5} {10} \eTD&#xA;      \bTD[nr=3,nc=2] \fakewords {5} {10} \eTD&#xA;      \bTD \fakewords{1}{3}               \eTD&#xA;    \eTR&#xA;    \bTR&#xA;       \bTD \fakewords{1}{3} \eTD&#xA;    \eTR&#xA;    \bTR&#xA;      \bTD \fakewords{1}{3} \eTD&#xA;    \eTR&#xA;    \bTR&#xA;      \bTD \fakewords{1}{2} \eTD&#xA;      \bTD \fakewords{1}{2} \eTD&#xA;      \bTD \fakewords{1}{2} \eTD&#xA;      \bTD \fakewords{1}{2} \eTD&#xA;    \eTR&#xA;  \eTABLE&#xA;\stopsetups&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% For dummy text&#xA;\usemodule[visual]&#xA;\starttext&#xA;Page Content&#xA;\stoptext&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The output looks as follows:&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/t7FMr.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T07:24:27.510" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12005" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12001" CreationDate="2011-02-25T07:29:19.067" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Generally it's okay to do so. I once started writing a package to support this type of usage, with automatically nested sections and so on. So you could write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{relsec}{This is a section}&#xA;blah blah&#xA;\begin{relsec}{This is a sub section}&#xA;   meep meep&#xA;\end{relsec}&#xA;\begin{relsec}{This is a sub section}&#xA;   meep meep&#xA;\end{relsec}&#xA;\end{relsec}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the end, I found it was more difficult to &lt;em&gt;write&lt;/em&gt; LaTeX documents using this syntax (although perhaps that was just me) so I never finished the project (it wasn't a big package). I occasionally think about dusting off the code again, though — it always seems like something that people (think they might) find useful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One cautionary note: when you use an environment form, a group is created! If some package authors haven't anticipated this, you might end up with strangely behaving cross referencing or numbering or similar.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T07:29:19.067" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="12006" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12059" CreationDate="2011-02-25T08:08:09.643" Score="1" ViewCount="138" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi all&#xA;as I'm trying to make citations according to norm ISO 690-2 I faced &quot;decapitalisation&quot; of BibTeX entries, see: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/10772/&quot;&gt;BibTeX loses capitals when creating bbl file&lt;/a&gt;. That was for &lt;code&gt;plain&lt;/code&gt; style.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now I switched to different style but I'd like to change a bit it's appereance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;List item&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd like to have enumerated list instead of [Name(year)] notation.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I'd like to have references in upper index.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For &lt;code&gt;2&lt;/code&gt;, I created command &lt;code&gt;\cituj&lt;/code&gt;as &lt;code&gt;\raisebox{1ex}{\footnotesize\cite{#1}}&lt;/code&gt; but it forced errors when used in captions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks for any approach or link to &lt;code&gt;.bst&lt;/code&gt; manual, I've tried to find some hints, but it took me only to &lt;code&gt;makebst&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="649" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T16:40:02.293" Title="How to customize .bst files" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="12007" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11955" CreationDate="2011-02-25T08:15:56.077" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Everyone seems to be focused on looks and I see many multipage layouts for CVs in the links, but the &lt;em&gt;content&lt;/em&gt; is often the most important, and unless you do think in pink and black with a comics font, the look is quite secondary. The content and conciseness are the things that will make a difference.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is what a friend from Microsoft says:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;No one commented about the people who&#xA;  are actually going to read the resume.&#xA;  :) When I go through resumes for phone&#xA;  screening or interviews. I don't care&#xA;  how nice or well presented a resume&#xA;  is. As long as it's short and well&#xA;  summarized. In addition, having a&#xA;  solid resume with recommendations on&#xA;  LinkedIn seems to be getting more&#xA;  important efficient these days...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It seems to me that serious candidates will do nice resume, wether it is with LaTex or something else, thus the focus should really be on the content. In that, the fact that latex will allow you to focus on that might be good, but if you spend more time hacking a style for your resume, you are not augmenting your skills on the content ;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3390" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T08:15:56.077" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12008" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-25T08:19:13.910" Score="2" ViewCount="78" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/5076/whether-its-possible-to-keep-translation-together-with-original-text&quot;&gt;Whether it&amp;#39;s possible to keep translation together with original text?&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm currently writing my CV using the moderncv package and I'm gonna need English and German versions of that. What is the best way to realize this without copy/pasting a lot of the code and so that changes I make to the layout will reflect both output versions?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3819" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T08:19:13.910" ClosedDate="2011-02-26T16:18:17.053" Title="How to output multi language documents" Tags="&lt;languages&gt;&lt;moderncv&gt;" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="12009" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11995" CreationDate="2011-02-25T08:21:21.767" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;On OSX, I can use PowerPoint, print to pdf and then crop in Preview.app and then there is no trouble with the positioning and all as the crop and margins are right. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I have now given up on PowerPoint to do that as it's really not easy when on Windows and Linux. I use OpenOffice Draw that has the same features and can export to EPS and PDF properly, you just have to select all your drawing and then check &quot;selection&quot; when exporting so that it doesn't export the whole page but computes the right bounding box. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A simple &lt;code&gt;width=\textwidth&lt;/code&gt; is then enough to get it right.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3390" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T08:21:21.767" />
  <row Id="12010" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12033" CreationDate="2011-02-25T08:45:04.763" Score="11" ViewCount="269" Body="&lt;p&gt;I wish to draw an arc for a reflex angle on the outside of a triangle with coordinates (A), (B) and (C).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I wanted to draw the arc inside the triangle I could use something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{scope}&#xA;\path[clip] (A) -- (B) -- (C) -- cycle;&#xA;\draw (B) circle (2mm);    % this is the little angle marker&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a straightforward way to &lt;em&gt;exclude&lt;/em&gt; the part of the circle that's in the triangle, as in the pseudo-code below?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{scope}&#xA;\path[magicalinverseclipcommand] (A) -- (B) -- (C) -- cycle;&#xA;\draw (B) circle (2mm);    % this is the little angle marker&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: Although I included the code above as a motivating example of what an inverse clip would do, I would prefer a general solution that works systematically with any closed path, and not just in the particular example of a triangle with a circle clipped out of it. Looking at my question, I realise this isn't clear, and I will be happy with the best solution to my particular problem, but wonder if there is a less ad hoc solution than those listed so far.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="136" LastEditorUserId="136" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-09T09:02:38.900" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T16:44:08.790" Title="How can I invert a 'clip' selection within TikZ?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="8" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="12011" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12006" CreationDate="2011-02-25T08:54:08.977" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think nowadays you are better with &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/biblatex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;biblatex&lt;/a&gt; to get the desired appearance of your bibliography.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T08:54:08.977" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12012" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11995" CreationDate="2011-02-25T08:55:03.177" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The best way, in my opinion, is to print your graphic from ppt/word/excel into a pdf. And with printing I mean using one of the free pdf-printers you can install. I know office2007 comes with a pdf save option, but I found that those pdfs behave strange, especially when it comes to crop the page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After you extracted your graphic into a pdf, use the &lt;code&gt;pdfcrop&lt;/code&gt; tool that should ship with your latex distribution. A simple command in the command promt:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;pdfcrop filename.pdf&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will remove all the empty white around the graphic. For windows you need to have a perl interpreter installed. In case you haven't, you get a error message. Possible interpreters are &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.activestate.com/activeperl&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;active perl&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://strawberryperl.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;strawberry perl&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="632" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T08:55:03.177" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12013" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12022" CreationDate="2011-02-25T09:09:19.680" Score="6" ViewCount="140" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is a very general question about LaTeX, asked by a 100% newbie!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to figure out if it's feasible to build an automatic newspaper creation engine, and if LaTeX can help in this field.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The goal is to be able to build something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://issuu.com/fruitcake_worb/docs/web_fruitmix-0211&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://issuu.com/fruitcake_worb/docs/web_fruitmix-0211&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;... based on a list of articles, each made up of text, images, and some meta-informations, like a &quot;template&quot; and maybe a few other high-level informations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anyone have experience / examples in this field?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3821" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-25T09:13:09.133" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T10:05:19.203" Title="Automatic newspaper creation in LaTeX" Tags="&lt;layout&gt;&lt;latex-general&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="12014" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-25T09:19:25.597" Score="1" ViewCount="98" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to add some syntax highlighting to my code and found two packages: texments and minted.&#xA;I tried to use them, but I'm getting errors while trying to build. I used following code to test both packages:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pygment{python}{ print &quot;Hello World!&quot;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All what I get is errors:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;**! Undefined control sequence.**&#xA;&#xA;&amp;lt;argument&amp;gt; \PY&#xA;{k}{print} \PY {l+s}{&quot;}\PY {l+s}{Hello World!}\PY {l+s}{&quot;}&#xA;l.2 ...PY{l+s}{&quot;}\PY{l+s}{Hello World!}\PY{l+s}{&quot;}&#xA;The control sequence at the end of the top line&#xA;of your error message was never \def'ed. If you have&#xA;misspelled it (e.g., `\hobx'), type `I' and the correct&#xA;spelling (e.g., `I\hbox'). Otherwise just continue,&#xA;and I'll forget about whatever was undefined.&#xA;&#xA;**! Undefined control sequence.**&#xA;&#xA;&amp;lt;argument&amp;gt; \PY {k}{print} \PY&#xA;{l+s}{&quot;}\PY {l+s}{Hello World!}\PY {l+s}{&quot;}&#xA;l.2 ...PY{l+s}{&quot;}\PY{l+s}{Hello World!}\PY{l+s}{&quot;}&#xA;The control sequence at the end of the top line&#xA;of your error message was never \def'ed. If you have&#xA;misspelled it (e.g., `\hobx'), type `I' and the correct&#xA;spelling (e.g., `I\hbox'). Otherwise just continue,&#xA;and I'll forget about whatever was undefined.&#xA;&#xA;**! Undefined control sequence.**&#xA;&#xA;&amp;lt;argument&amp;gt; \PY {k}{print} \PY {l+s}{&quot;}\PY&#xA;{l+s}{Hello World!}\PY {l+s}{&quot;}&#xA;l.2 ...PY{l+s}{&quot;}\PY{l+s}{Hello World!}\PY{l+s}{&quot;}&#xA;The control sequence at the end of the top line&#xA;of your error message was never \def'ed. If you have&#xA;misspelled it (e.g., `\hobx'), type `I' and the correct&#xA;spelling (e.g., `I\hbox'). Otherwise just continue,&#xA;and I'll forget about whatever was undefined.&#xA;&#xA;**! Undefined control sequence.**&#xA;&#xA;&amp;lt;argument&amp;gt; ... {l+s}{&quot;}\PY {l+s}{Hello World!}\PY&#xA;{l+s}{&quot;}&#xA;l.2 ...PY{l+s}{&quot;}\PY{l+s}{Hello World!}\PY{l+s}{&quot;}&#xA;The control sequence at the end of the top line&#xA;of your error message was never \def'ed. If you have&#xA;misspelled it (e.g., `\hobx'), type `I' and the correct&#xA;spelling (e.g., `I\hbox'). Otherwise just continue,&#xA;and I'll forget about whatever was undefined.&#xA;) [6]) [7] (./mk_mall.aux) )&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have pygments installed, version 1.4.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I get everything to work?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3767" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-25T10:04:52.323" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T04:13:05.347" Title="Texments/minted not working - Undefined control sequence" Tags="&lt;errors&gt;&lt;minted&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12015" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12018" CreationDate="2011-02-25T09:20:38.333" Score="14" ViewCount="190" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm reading &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.eijkhout.net/tbt/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX by Topic&lt;/a&gt;, but in little chunks (rather than from first page to last) and just read the stuff on conditionals.  I want to be sure that I understand what's going on when TeX starts skipping stuff.  What I've gleaned so far is that in, say, &lt;code&gt;\iffalse ... \fi&lt;/code&gt; then:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;TeX doesn't do expansions.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;TeX keeps track of &lt;code&gt;\if...&lt;/code&gt;s to ensure that the &lt;code&gt;\fi&lt;/code&gt; really matches the &lt;code&gt;\iffalse&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's that last bit that I'm wanting to make sure that I get straight in my head.  To make it a precise question:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What exactly is an &lt;code&gt;\if...&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One reason for my worry is that I have some pseudo-ifs in my code, where a command &lt;em&gt;starts&lt;/em&gt; &lt;code&gt;\if...&lt;/code&gt; but isn't actually an &lt;code&gt;\if&lt;/code&gt;.  On the other hand, what if I had a command that &lt;em&gt;didn't&lt;/em&gt; start with the three characters &lt;code&gt;\if&lt;/code&gt; but happened to be &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt; to an &lt;code&gt;\if&lt;/code&gt;?  So, for example, which of the following count as an &lt;code&gt;\if&lt;/code&gt; when the &lt;strong&gt;macro&lt;/strong&gt; (not the definition of it) is used between &lt;code&gt;\iffalse ... \fi&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\ifabc=\ifx&lt;/code&gt; (so, to be clear, what happens in &lt;code&gt;\iffalse ... \ifabc ... \fi&lt;/code&gt;, does the &lt;code&gt;\ifabc&lt;/code&gt; count as an &lt;code&gt;\if&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\ifabc{\ifx}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\edef\ifabc{\ifx}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\ifabc=\SomePreviouslyDefinedCommandThatIsntAnIf&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\abc=\ifx&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T19:31:27.520" Title="What is an \if?" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;conditionals&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="12016" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-25T09:21:26.757" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-25T09:21:26.757" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T09:21:26.757" />
  <row Id="12017" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-25T09:21:26.757" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="The {fancyhdr} tag marks questions related to the fancyhdr package which allows the creation of custom page headers and footers." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="86" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-25T09:33:52.727" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T09:33:52.727" />
  <row Id="12018" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12015" CreationDate="2011-02-25T09:27:25.553" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;When TeX is skipping tokens in a &lt;em&gt;false&lt;/em&gt; path of a conditional it looks at every token without expanding it and modifies an &lt;em&gt;if&lt;/em&gt;-counter very similar to the brace counter. If the token is a primitive &lt;code&gt;\if...&lt;/code&gt; token (e.g. &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt; to any of TeX's original conditionals like &lt;code&gt;\if&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\ifx&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\ifnum&lt;/code&gt;, ...) the counter is increased and if it's identical to &lt;code&gt;\fi&lt;/code&gt; (i.e. &lt;code&gt;\fi&lt;/code&gt; or any macro let to it) the counter is decreased. The name of the macro is not important. Conditionals &lt;em&gt;inside&lt;/em&gt; other macros are never seen.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To answer your questions in detail:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\ifabc=\ifx&lt;/code&gt; (so, to be clear, what happens in &lt;code&gt;\iffalse ... \ifabc ... \fi&lt;/code&gt;, does the &lt;code&gt;\ifabc&lt;/code&gt; count as an &lt;code&gt;\if&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;yes, &lt;code&gt;\ifabc&lt;/code&gt; counts as an if.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\ifabc{\ifx}&lt;/code&gt;&#xA;No &lt;code&gt;\ifabc&lt;/code&gt; isn't a &lt;code&gt;if&lt;/code&gt;. It will work in the &lt;em&gt;true&lt;/em&gt; path, because it is expanded there, but not in the &lt;em&gt;false&lt;/em&gt; path.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\edef\ifabc{\ifx}&lt;/code&gt;&#xA;Wont work because &lt;code&gt;\ifx&lt;/code&gt; is expanded and therefore awaits its two input tokens and the final &lt;code&gt;\fi&lt;/code&gt;. Even so, primitives can't be expanded to their underlying meaning, otherwise they wouldn't be primitives.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\ifabc=\SomePreviouslyDefinedCommandThatIsntAnIf&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\abc=\ifx&lt;/code&gt;&#xA;For both: as I said the name doesn't matter 4. is still no if and 5. is one.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For further information about the if-switches see &lt;em&gt;The TeXBook&lt;/em&gt; in &quot;&lt;em&gt;Chapter 20: Definitions (also called Macros)&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, page 207 ff.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-13T19:31:27.520" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T19:31:27.520" CommentCount="17" />
  <row Id="12019" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12001" CreationDate="2011-02-25T09:33:29.760" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I wouldn't do it. You add a lot unnecessary groups with unpredictable side-effects without gaining much. If you really want to mark the begin/end of components, I suggest to use markers in comment lines like e.g. the one in dtx-files &lt;code&gt;%&amp;lt;sec1&amp;gt; ... %&amp;lt;/sec1&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;.   &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T09:33:29.760" />
  <row Id="12020" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12024" CreationDate="2011-02-25T09:35:48.197" Score="5" ViewCount="254" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to find the easiest way to draw a 3D cube (it's for my UML diagram) with TikZ. Could you please give an example? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Like this:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/UH5LV.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1449" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-25T14:16:02.153" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T17:59:05.463" Title="What is the easiest way to draw 3D cube with TikZ?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;pgf-core&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="12021" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12020" CreationDate="2011-02-25T09:40:55.897" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's an example for a shaded 3D cube with TikZ:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{positioning}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[on grid]&#xA;  \shade[yslant=-0.5,right color=gray!10, left color=black!50]&#xA;    (0,0) rectangle +(3,3);&#xA;  \draw[yslant=-0.5] (0,0) grid (3,3);&#xA;  \shade[yslant=0.5,right color=gray!70,left color=gray!10]&#xA;    (3,-3) rectangle +(3,3);&#xA;  \draw[yslant=0.5] (3,-3) grid (6,0);&#xA;  \shade[yslant=0.5,xslant=-1,bottom color=gray!10,&#xA;    top color=black!80] (6,3) rectangle +(-3,-3);&#xA;  \draw[yslant=0.5,xslant=-1] (3,0) grid (6,3);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/eA25V.png&quot; alt=&quot;Shaded 3D cube&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I used on on my &lt;a href=&quot;http://texblog.net/latex-archive/graphics/pgf-tikz/tikz-cube-3d/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;blog&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T09:40:55.897" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="12022" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12013" CreationDate="2011-02-25T10:05:19.203" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, it is possible. But there are two problems here, the typesetting and the design issue. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Typesetting: Of course TeX handles typesetting very well. But you will run into things like shaped paragraphs. For these you need to calculate the shape of the image that will blend into the paragraph. Or if you have a rectangular graphic that is in the middle of two columns, you need to cut out this shape in two columns. This all gets really difficult in LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Design: You can't fit a text into a grid easily. You need to take into account how long the text is. You have one or two images along with the text. Do you want them to be above the text, below? Which stories go on the first page? These questions require a lot of designing. And putting the design instructions into LaTeX code is not a fun task.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At my company we offer a TeX based software that solves problem #1, but #2 has do be done nevertheless.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="243" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T10:05:19.203" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="12023" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11937" CreationDate="2011-02-25T10:20:38.150" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have managed to solve my requirement with your generous help. I'm not very satisfied with the overall hackishness, but it solves my requirements. Hopefully it might be helpful to someone else.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{class}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\projecttitle{My project name}&#xA;\metadata{Metadata}&#xA;\metadataTwo{Metadata Two}&#xA;\metadataThree{Metadata Three}&#xA;\metadataFour{Metadata Four}&#xA;\metadataFive{Metadata Five}&#xA;\metadataSix{Metadata Six}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Lipsum}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\section{Phasellus eu tellus}&#xA;\lipsum[1-12]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Document class:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ProvidesClass{class}&#xA;\LoadClass[12pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\projecttitle}[1]{\gdef\@projecttitle{#1}}&#xA;\newcommand{\metadata}[1]{\gdef\@metadata{#1}}&#xA;\newcommand{\metadataTwo}[1]{\gdef\@metadataTwo{#1}}&#xA;\newcommand{\metadataThree}[1]{\gdef\@metadataThree{#1}}&#xA;\newcommand{\metadataFour}[1]{\gdef\@metadataFour{#1}}&#xA;\newcommand{\metadataFive}[1]{\gdef\@metadataFive{#1}}&#xA;\newcommand{\metadataSix}[1]{\gdef\@metadataSix{#1}}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{polyglossia}&#xA;\setmainlanguage{croatian}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\defaultfontfeatures{Mapping=tex-text}&#xA;\usepackage{xunicode}&#xA;\usepackage{xltxtra}&#xA;\setmainfont{Minion Pro}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{geometry}&#xA;\geometry{%&#xA;    a4paper,%&#xA;    hmargin={3.5cm,2.5cm},%&#xA;    headheight=2cm,%&#xA;    headsep=1cm,%&#xA;    marginparwidth=1.1cm,%&#xA;    marginparsep=0.2cm%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{microtype}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{calc}&#xA;\tikzstyle{content box}=[]&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{lastpage}&#xA;&#xA;\def\logowidthratio{0.25}&#xA;\def\titlewidthratio{0.5}&#xA;\def\rightcolumnwidthratio{0.25}&#xA;&#xA;\newlength\framewidth&#xA;\setlength{\framewidth}{\paperwidth-3cm}&#xA;\newlength\frameheight&#xA;\setlength{\frameheight}{\paperheight-2cm}&#xA;&#xA;\newlength{\logowidth}&#xA;\setlength{\logowidth}{\logowidthratio\framewidth}&#xA;&#xA;\newlength{\titlewidth}&#xA;\setlength{\titlewidth}{\titlewidthratio\framewidth}&#xA;&#xA;\newlength{\logoandtitlewidth}&#xA;\setlength{\logoandtitlewidth}{\logowidth+\titlewidth}&#xA;&#xA;\newlength{\rightcolumnswidth}&#xA;\setlength{\rightcolumnswidth}{\framewidth - \logoandtitlewidth}&#xA;&#xA;\newlength{\padding}&#xA;\setlength{\padding}{6pt}&#xA;&#xA;\lhead{}&#xA;\chead{}&#xA;\rhead{}&#xA;\lfoot{}&#xA;\cfoot{}&#xA;\rfoot{}&#xA;\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0.0pt}&#xA;\renewcommand{\footrulewidth}{0.0pt}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\AtBeginDocument{&#xA;    \newsavebox{\logobox}&#xA;    \sbox{\logobox}{&#xA;        \parbox{\logowidthratio\framewidth-2\padding}{&#xA;            \centering&#xA;            \rule{\logowidth-2\padding}{2cm}% graphic dummy&#xA;            }&#xA;        }&#xA;&#xA;    \newsavebox{\titlebox}&#xA;    \sbox{\titlebox}{\parbox{\titlewidthratio\framewidth-2\padding}{&#xA;        \centering\large\textsc{Project name}\linebreak\textbf{\@projecttitle}}&#xA;        }&#xA;&#xA;    \newsavebox{\metadatabox}&#xA;    \sbox{\metadatabox}{&#xA;        \parbox{\rightcolumnswidth-2\padding}{Metadata: \@metadata}&#xA;        }&#xA;&#xA;    \newsavebox{\docnumbox}&#xA;    \sbox{\docnumbox}{&#xA;        \parbox{\rightcolumnswidth-2\padding}{Metadata: \@metadataTwo}&#xA;        }&#xA;&#xA;    \newsavebox{\revisionbox}&#xA;    \sbox{\revisionbox}{&#xA;        \parbox{\rightcolumnswidth-2\padding}{Metadata: \@metadataThree}&#xA;        }&#xA;&#xA;    \newsavebox{\contractnumbox}&#xA;    \sbox{\contractnumbox}{&#xA;        \parbox{\logowidth-2\padding}{Metadata: \@metadataFour}&#xA;        }&#xA;&#xA;    \newsavebox{\projectnumbox}&#xA;    \sbox{\projectnumbox}{&#xA;        \parbox{0.5\titlewidth-2\padding}{Metadata: \@metadataFive}&#xA;        }&#xA;&#xA;    \newsavebox{\bookbox}&#xA;    \sbox{\bookbox}{&#xA;        \parbox{0.5\titlewidth-2\padding}{Metadata: \@metadataSix}&#xA;        }&#xA;&#xA;    \newsavebox{\pagenumbox}&#xA;    \sbox{\pagenumbox}{&#xA;        \parbox{\rightcolumnswidth-2\padding}{\hphantom{Page: 123 of 123}}&#xA;        }&#xA;&#xA;    \newlength\logoheight&#xA;    \settototalheight\logoheight{\usebox{\logobox}}&#xA;    \addtolength{\logoheight}{2\padding}&#xA;&#xA;    \newlength\titleheight&#xA;    \settototalheight\titleheight{\usebox{\titlebox}}&#xA;    \addtolength{\titleheight}{2\padding}&#xA;&#xA;    \newlength\metadataheight&#xA;    \settototalheight\metadataheight{\usebox{\metadatabox}}&#xA;&#xA;    \newlength\docnumheight&#xA;    \settototalheight\docnumheight{\usebox{\docnumbox}}&#xA;&#xA;    \newlength\revisionheight&#xA;    \settototalheight\revisionheight{\usebox{\revisionbox}}&#xA;&#xA;    \newlength\contractnumheight&#xA;    \settototalheight\contractnumheight{\usebox{\contractnumbox}}&#xA;&#xA;    \newlength\projectnumheight&#xA;    \settototalheight\projectnumheight{\usebox{\projectnumbox}}&#xA;&#xA;    \newlength\bookheight&#xA;    \settototalheight\bookheight{\usebox{\bookbox}}&#xA;&#xA;    \newlength\pagenumheight&#xA;    \settototalheight\pagenumheight{\usebox{\pagenumbox}}&#xA;&#xA;    \newlength\rightcolumnheight&#xA;    \pgfmathsetlength{\rightcolumnheight}{3*(max(\metadataheight,\docnumheight,\revisionheight)+2\padding}&#xA;&#xA;    %45 points is sligtly more than 1,5 cm&#xA;    \newlength\headerfirstrowheight&#xA;    \pgfmathsetlength{\headerfirstrowheight}{max(\logoheight,\titleheight,\rightcolumnheight,45)}&#xA;&#xA;    \newlength\headerheight&#xA;    \pgfmathsetlength{\headerheight}{\headerfirstrowheight + max(\contractnumheight,\projectnumheight,\bookheight,\pagenumheight)+12pt}&#xA;&#xA;    \newgeometry{vmargin={\headerheight+1.5cm,1.5cm}}&#xA;&#xA;    \chead{%&#xA;        \begin{tikzpicture}[remember picture, overlay, semithick, black, inner sep=0, outer sep=0]%&#xA;        %&#xA;        % OUTER FRAME AND COPYRIGHT DIVIDER&#xA;        % &#xA;        %&#xA;        %Outer frame&#xA;        \node (frame) at ($(current page.center)+(0.5cm,0)$) [minimum width=\paperwidth-3cm,minimum height=\paperheight-2cm, draw] {};%&#xA;        %&#xA;        %Copyright divider&#xA;        \draw ($(current page.west)+(0.2cm,0)$) -- ($(current page.west)+(1.8cm,0)$);%&#xA;        %&#xA;        %&#xA;        % CONTENT BOXES&#xA;        %&#xA;        %&#xA;        %Revision information&#xA;        \node (revision information) at ($(frame.north west)!0.98!(frame.south west)$) [content box, xshift=-0.4cm, anchor=west, rotate=90] {\tiny Revision information text};%&#xA;        %&#xA;        %Copyright notice Croatian&#xA;        \node (copyright hrvatski) at ($(frame.north west)!0.75!(frame.south west)$) [content box, xshift=-1cm, rotate=90] {\parbox{0.25\frameheight}{\tiny\centering \lipsum[13]}};%&#xA;        %&#xA;        %Copyright notice English&#xA;        \node (copyright english) at ($(frame.north west)!0.25!(frame.south west)$) [content box, xshift=-1cm, rotate=90] {\parbox{0.25\frameheight}{\tiny\centering \lipsum[13]}};%&#xA;        %&#xA;        %Logo&#xA;        \node (logo) at (frame.north west) [content box,anchor=north west,outer sep=\padding] {\usebox{\logobox}};%&#xA;        %&#xA;        %Title&#xA;        \node (title) at ($(frame.north west)!\logowidthratio!(frame.north east)$) [content box,anchor=north west, outer sep=\padding] {\usebox{\titlebox}};%&#xA;        %&#xA;        %metadata metadata&#xA;        \node (metadata) at ($(frame.north west)!\logowidthratio+\titlewidthratio!(frame.north east)$) [content box,anchor=north west,outer sep=6pt] {\usebox{\metadatabox}};%&#xA;        %&#xA;        %Document number metadata&#xA;        \node (document number) at ($(frame.north west)!\logowidthratio+\titlewidthratio!(frame.north east)$) [content box,anchor=north west, yshift=-0.33\headerfirstrowheight,outer sep=6pt] {\usebox{\docnumbox}};%&#xA;        %&#xA;        %Revision metadata&#xA;        \node (revision) at ($(frame.north west)!\logowidthratio+\titlewidthratio!(frame.north east)$) [content box,anchor=north west, yshift=-0.66\headerfirstrowheight,outer sep=6pt] {\usebox{\revisionbox}};%&#xA;        %&#xA;        %Contract number metadata&#xA;        \node (contract number) at ($(frame.north west)-(0,\headerfirstrowheight)$) [content box,anchor=north west,outer sep=6pt] {\usebox{\contractnumbox}};%&#xA;        %&#xA;        %Project number metadata&#xA;        \node (project number) at ($(frame.north west)-(0,\headerfirstrowheight)$) [content box,anchor=north west,xshift=\logowidth,outer sep=6pt] {\usebox{\projectnumbox}};%&#xA;        %&#xA;        %Book number&#xA;        \node (book number) at ($(frame.north west)-(0,\headerfirstrowheight)$) [content box,anchor=north west,xshift=\logowidth+0.5\titlewidth,outer sep=6pt] {\usebox{\bookbox}};%&#xA;        %&#xA;        %Page number&#xA;        \node (page number) at ($(frame.north west)-(0,\headerfirstrowheight)$) [content box,anchor=north west,xshift=\logowidth+\titlewidth,outer sep=6pt] {Page: \thepage\ of \pageref{LastPage}};%&#xA;        %&#xA;        %&#xA;        % HEADER FAUX-TABLE GRID LINES&#xA;        %&#xA;        %&#xA;        %First header row horizontal bottom line&#xA;        \draw ($(frame.north west)-(0,\headerfirstrowheight)$) -- ($(frame.north east)-(0,\headerfirstrowheight)$);%&#xA;        %&#xA;        %Header horizontal bottom line&#xA;        \draw ($(frame.north west)-(0,\headerheight)$) -- ($(frame.north east)-(0,\headerheight)$);%&#xA;        %&#xA;        %Third header column, first row horizontal bottom line&#xA;        \draw ($($(frame.north west)!\logowidthratio+\titlewidthratio!(frame.north east)$)-(0,.33\headerfirstrowheight)$) -- ($(frame.north east)-(0,.33\headerfirstrowheight)$);%&#xA;        %&#xA;        %Third header column, second row horizontal bottom line&#xA;        \draw ($($(frame.north west)!\logowidthratio+\titlewidthratio!(frame.north east)$)-(0,.66\headerfirstrowheight)$) -- ($(frame.north east)-(0,.66\headerfirstrowheight)$);%&#xA;        %&#xA;        %First header column vertical right line&#xA;        \draw ($(frame.north west)!\logowidthratio!(frame.north east)$) -- ($(frame.north west)!\logowidthratio!(frame.north east) - (0,\headerheight)$);%&#xA;        %&#xA;        %Second header column vertical right line&#xA;        \draw ($(frame.north west)!\logowidthratio+\titlewidthratio!(frame.north east) - (0,\headerheight)$) -- ($(frame.north west)!\logowidthratio+\titlewidthratio!(frame.north east)$);%&#xA;        %&#xA;        %Second header row middle vertical&#xA;        \draw ($(frame.north west)+(\logowidth+0.5\titlewidth,-\headerfirstrowheight)$) -- ($(frame.north west)+(\logowidth+0.5\titlewidth,-\headerheight)$);%&#xA;        \end{tikzpicture}%&#xA;    }&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1688" LastEditorUserId="1688" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-09T16:22:31.357" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T16:22:31.357" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="12024" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12020" CreationDate="2011-02-25T11:05:11.030" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm sure that there are better ways, but here's one:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\pgfmathsetmacro{\cubex}{2}&#xA;\pgfmathsetmacro{\cubey}{1}&#xA;\pgfmathsetmacro{\cubez}{1}&#xA;\draw[red,fill=yellow] (0,0,0) -- ++(-\cubex,0,0) -- ++(0,-\cubey,0) -- ++(\cubex,0,0) -- cycle;&#xA;\draw[red,fill=yellow] (0,0,0) -- ++(0,0,-\cubez) -- ++(0,-\cubey,0) -- ++(0,0,\cubez) -- cycle;&#xA;\draw[red,fill=yellow] (0,0,0) -- ++(-\cubex,0,0) -- ++(0,0,-\cubez) -- ++(\cubex,0,0) -- cycle;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/pHZeN.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T11:05:11.030" />
  <row Id="12025" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-25T11:28:35.793" Score="4" ViewCount="201" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using external EPS from TikZ figures following the suggestions found in &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/8641/export-eps-figures-from-tikz&quot;&gt;&quot;Export eps figures from TikZ&quot;&lt;/a&gt;. Images are correctly created but when I get the PS of the main document with &lt;code&gt;dvips&lt;/code&gt; I can't see any pictures. It looks like a problem of size of the image or resolution, because the pages where I put pictures appears just all white with the caption of the figure. Also the text of the page is covered. I don't get any error message. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any other option I have to give to &lt;code&gt;dvips&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My code is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\hyphenation{Post-Script}&#xA;\usepackage{epsfig,import,graphicx,tikz,pgfplots}&#xA;\usepgfplotslibrary{external}&#xA;\tikzexternalize[prefix=tikzFigures/,shell escape=-enable-write18]&#xA;\tikzset{external/system call={latex \tikzexternalcheckshellescape -halt-on-error&#xA;-interaction=batchmode -jobname &quot;\image&quot; &quot;\texsource&quot; &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&#xA;dvips -o &quot;\image&quot;.ps &quot;\image&quot;.dvi}} &#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;    \begin{figure}[thb]&#xA;        \input{images/fig1.tikz}&#xA;        \caption{caption}&#xA;        \label{fig:label}&#xA;    \end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and run with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;latex --src -interaction=nonstopmode -enable-write18&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and then&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;dvips -P pdf&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is the code of &lt;code&gt;images/fig1.tikz&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;    \begin{axis}[&#xA;        name=plot1,&#xA;        scale only axis,&#xA;        xlabel={$x [m]$},&#xA;        ylabel={$y [m]$},&#xA;        title={image},&#xA;        view={0}{90},&#xA;        colormap={bw}{gray(0cm)=(0);gray(1cm)=(1)},&#xA;        colorbar&#xA;        ]&#xA;&#xA;        \addplot3[surf]file{images/matrix.dat} ;&#xA;&#xA;    \end{axis}&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using MikTeX 2.9 on a Windows XP system. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3824" LastEditorUserId="3824" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T16:51:39.903" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T09:45:34.333" Title="Unable to use external PostScript pictures generated by TikZ" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="12026" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12027" CreationDate="2011-02-25T11:42:23.110" Score="9" ViewCount="146" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to label an equation with an arbitrary symbol, rather than a number, or letter.  Is this possible?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3825" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-25T11:56:31.270" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T13:24:50.353" Title="Label equation with a symbol" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;equations&gt;&lt;labels&gt;" AnswerCount="4" />
  <row Id="12027" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12026" CreationDate="2011-02-25T11:50:32.863" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Perhaps something like this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{mathtools}   % loads »amsmath«&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{equation}\label{eqn:einstein}&#xA;    E=mc^2\tag{*}&#xA;  \end{equation}&#xA;  \eqref{eqn:einstein}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T11:50:32.863" />
  <row Id="12028" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12026" CreationDate="2011-02-25T11:57:48.197" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Or like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{mathtools}   % loads »amsmath«&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand{\theequation}{$Symbol$}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{equation}\label{eqn:einstein}&#xA;    E=mc^2&#xA;  \end{equation}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;whether you want it to be a one time thing or for several equations...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3735" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-25T12:12:46.003" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T12:12:46.003" />
  <row Id="12029" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12026" CreationDate="2011-02-25T12:10:45.537" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;With &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/amsmath&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, you have two similar commands:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\tag{label}&lt;/code&gt; where label can be any text or symbol. Note, for most symbol mathmode is required, for example: &lt;code&gt;\tag{$\star$}&lt;/code&gt;. Here the label would be typeset within parentheses.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\tag*{label}&lt;/code&gt;, in contrast, does not add parentheses, otherwise it works similar to &lt;code&gt;\tag&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For further information have a look at the &lt;a href=&quot;ftp://ftp.ams.org/ams/doc/amsmath/amsldoc.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;amsmath user's guide&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T12:10:45.537" />
  <row Id="12030" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-25T12:34:25.900" Score="3" ViewCount="76" Body="&lt;p&gt;Consider this document example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,draft]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{calc}&#xA;\usepackage[demo]{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{tabularx,multirow}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{geometry}&#xA;\geometry{hmargin=0cm}&#xA;&#xA;\newlength\framewidth&#xA;\setlength{\framewidth}{\paperwidth}&#xA;\addtolength{\framewidth}{-3cm}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\centering&#xA;&#xA;\fbox{&#xA;\begin{tabularx}{\framewidth}{XXX}&#xA;\multirow{3}{0.30\framewidth}{\centering&#xA;\includegraphics[width=0.2\textwidth, height=1cm]{test}\vspace{0.1cm}\linebreak\sffamily\tiny&#xA;subtext\linebreak&#xA;more text} &amp;amp;%&#xA;\multirow{3}{0.30\framewidth}{\centering\large\textsc{Project name}\linebreak\textbf{Current document, more text, and even more text, still more text}} &amp;amp;%&#xA;a \\&#xA;&amp;amp; &amp;amp; b \\&#xA;&amp;amp; &amp;amp; c \\&#xA;\end{tabularx}&#xA;}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've marked with yellow color the text that was overflown out of the cell. Also, if I put everything in a box, and measure that box, it is shorter than actual text contained in the box. Why is that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/AGi4u.png&quot; alt=&quot;Overflown table cell&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1688" LastEditorUserId="711" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-25T12:51:04.113" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T13:57:29.527" Title="Table cell overflow" Tags="&lt;boxes&gt;&lt;tabularx&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="12031" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12010" CreationDate="2011-02-25T12:40:04.277" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To get the ball rolling on this one, here's a method that uses &lt;code&gt;fadings&lt;/code&gt;.  What I &lt;strong&gt;don't&lt;/strong&gt; like about it is that to make this work, one has to specify a large rectangle in the fading that one hopes (!) is large enough - I don't know how to automate this.  The issue is that when specifying a fading, everything &lt;em&gt;outside&lt;/em&gt; the fading is assumed to be transparent, whereas for this one wants everything &lt;em&gt;outside&lt;/em&gt; to be visible.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{fadings}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzfadingfrompicture}[name=fadeit]&#xA;\fill[white] (-10,-10) rectangle (10,10);&#xA;\path (0,0) coordinate (A) +(0:2) coordinate (B) +(50:2) coordinate (C);&#xA;\fill[black] (B) -- (A) -- (C) -- cycle;&#xA;\end{tikzfadingfrompicture}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\draw[path fading=fadeit,fit fading=false] (0,0) circle (1);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's also not so great because one has to split the definition of the cutout from the picture (I wonder if it's possible to fix this using &lt;code&gt;remember picture&lt;/code&gt; ...).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/RQUcl.png&quot; alt=&quot;reverse clipped picture&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T12:40:04.277" />
  <row Id="12032" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12030" CreationDate="2011-02-25T12:43:11.467" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You are using &lt;code&gt;\multirow{3}{...}&lt;/code&gt; for this cell and therefore explicitly requesting three lines, but then you have enough text for four lines. Either change it to &lt;code&gt;\multirow{4}{...}&lt;/code&gt; and add a &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; or change the column type to &lt;code&gt;p{.3\framewidth}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that AFAIK &lt;code&gt;\multirow&lt;/code&gt; sets the official height of the content to be only the first line and the rest is then part of the &lt;em&gt;depth&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See also the answers to the questions &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/11943/2975&quot;&gt;&quot;Why doesn't \settoheight of \parbox work?&quot;&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/11947/2975&quot;&gt;&quot;Measuring height of fixed-width text box&quot;&lt;/a&gt; which explain how to measure the correct height for such boxes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In response to the OP's comment:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could define all three columns as &lt;code&gt;p&lt;/code&gt; type columns and enter the right side content as one cell, like the others. You can use &lt;code&gt;\newline&lt;/code&gt; as line break command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,draft]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{calc}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{tabularx,multirow}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{geometry}&#xA;\geometry{hmargin=0cm}&#xA;&#xA;\newlength\framewidth&#xA;\setlength{\framewidth}{\paperwidth}&#xA;\addtolength{\framewidth}{-3cm}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\centering&#xA;&#xA;\fbox{%&#xA;\begin{tabularx}{\framewidth}{p{.3\framewidth}p{.3\framewidth}p{.3\framewidth}}&#xA; \multirow{3}{0.30\framewidth}{%&#xA;   \centering&#xA;   %\includegraphics[width=0.2\textwidth]{Images/Logo}%&#xA;   \rule{.2\textwidth}{1cm}&#xA;   \vspace{0.1cm}\linebreak\sffamily\tiny&#xA;   subtext\linebreak&#xA;   more text} &amp;amp;%&#xA;   \centering\large\textsc{Project name}\linebreak\textbf{Current document, more text, and even more text, still more text}&#xA;  &amp;amp;%&#xA;  { a \newline b \newline c \newline } \\&#xA;\end{tabularx}%&#xA;}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think the &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; environment might be not the best option in this case. Three &lt;code&gt;minipages&lt;/code&gt; side by side would be better suited:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{tabularx}&#xA;\usepackage{calc}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\newlength\framewidth&#xA;\setlength{\framewidth}{\textwidth-4\tabcolsep-2\fboxsep}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\centering&#xA;&#xA;% Horizontal rule for comparison&#xA;\hrule\par\bigskip&#xA;&#xA;\fbox{%&#xA;\begin{minipage}[t]{.333\framewidth}&#xA;   \centering&#xA;   \vspace*{0pt}&#xA;   %\includegraphics[width=0.2\textwidth]{Images/Logo}%&#xA;   \rule{.8\textwidth}{1cm}% graphic dummy&#xA;   \\[.1cm]\sffamily\tiny&#xA;   subtext\linebreak&#xA;   more text&#xA;\end{minipage}%&#xA;\hspace{2\tabcolsep}%&#xA;\begin{minipage}[t]{.333\framewidth}&#xA;   \centering\large\textsc{Project name}\\&#xA;   \bfseries Current document, more text, and even more text,&#xA;   still more text&#xA;\end{minipage}%&#xA;\hspace{2\tabcolsep}%&#xA;\begin{minipage}[t]{.333\framewidth}&#xA;   a \\ b \\ c&#xA;\end{minipage}%&#xA;}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-25T13:57:29.527" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T13:57:29.527" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12033" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12010" CreationDate="2011-02-25T12:46:14.843" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;What you can do is add a rectangle to your clipping path that's larger than the current bounding box, and clip with that. Andrew Stacey suggested using the current page as the clipping rectangle, because that will catch all elements that follow. By using the &lt;code&gt;pgfinterruptboundingbox&lt;/code&gt; environment when defining the clipping rectangle, the actual size of the &lt;code&gt;tikzpicture&lt;/code&gt; will not be influenced. Note that, in order to use the &lt;code&gt;current page&lt;/code&gt;, the &lt;code&gt;remember picture,overlay&lt;/code&gt; options need to be passed to the &lt;code&gt;tikzpicture&lt;/code&gt;, and you need two compile runs to get the positioning of all the elements right.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[remember picture,overlay]&#xA;&#xA;% A path that follows the edges of the current page&#xA;\tikzstyle{reverseclip}=[insert path={(current page.north east) --&#xA;  (current page.south east) --&#xA;  (current page.south west) --&#xA;  (current page.north west) --&#xA;  (current page.north east)}&#xA;]&#xA;&#xA;\coordinate (A) at (0,0);&#xA;\coordinate (B) at (1,0);&#xA;\coordinate (C) at (1,1);&#xA;&#xA;\begin{pgfinterruptboundingbox} % To make sure our clipping path does not mess up the placement of the picture&#xA;\path [clip] (A) -- (B) -- (C) -- cycle [reverseclip];&#xA;\end{pgfinterruptboundingbox}&#xA;&#xA;\draw[thick] (A) circle (2mm);&#xA;\draw[thick] (B) circle (2mm);    &#xA;\draw[thick] (C) circle (2mm);   &#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/1R8iv.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And just to show that it works for the general case:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[remember picture,overlay]&#xA;&#xA;% A path that follows the edges of the current page&#xA;\tikzstyle{reverseclip}=[insert path={(current page.north east) --&#xA;  (current page.south east) --&#xA;  (current page.south west) --&#xA;  (current page.north west) --&#xA;  (current page.north east)}&#xA;]&#xA;&#xA;\draw [step=0.1,red] (0,0) grid  (2,2);&#xA;&#xA;\begin{pgfinterruptboundingbox} % To make sure our clipping path does not mess up the placement of the picture&#xA;\path [clip,rounded corners] (0,0) -- (.75,0) -- (1.2,.8) -- (2,1) -- (1.4,1) -- (1.2,2) -- (.3,.75) -- cycle [reverseclip];&#xA;\end{pgfinterruptboundingbox}&#xA;&#xA;\draw [step=0.1,thick] (0,0) grid  (2,2);&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ezCzD.png&quot; alt=&quot;general path clipped&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastEditorUserId="2552" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-10T09:06:43.807" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T09:06:43.807" CommentCount="11" />
  <row Id="12034" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-25T13:09:38.147" Score="2" ViewCount="84" Body="&lt;p&gt;For the book I am typesetting now I need a table environment with the following abilities:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Span over multiple pages;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Allow &lt;code&gt;\nopagebreak&lt;/code&gt; between two lines&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Do not ignore &lt;code&gt;\nopagebreak&lt;/code&gt; before the beginning of the environment&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Points 1 and 2 can be achieved with &lt;code&gt;longtable&lt;/code&gt; environment; but recently I bumped into the situation when the code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section{Some section}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{longtable}{...}&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;leaves the section header on one page and starts to typeset &lt;code&gt;longtable&lt;/code&gt; on the next page. &lt;code&gt;\nopagebreak&lt;/code&gt; between &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\begin&lt;/code&gt; does not help. I found &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.latex-project.org/cgi-bin/ltxbugs2html?pr=tools/3407&amp;amp;category=Tools&amp;amp;responsible=anyone&amp;amp;state=anything&amp;amp;keyword=longtable&amp;amp;&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the bug filed on longtable&lt;/a&gt; about 9 years ago, but it seems that no-one is interested, and I do not know TeX well enough to fix it myself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried &lt;code&gt;supertabular&lt;/code&gt; package — it has the same problem, and &lt;code&gt;stabular&lt;/code&gt; which has points 1 and 3, but does not have point 2. Is there some way to make &lt;code&gt;longtable&lt;/code&gt; listen to &lt;code&gt;\nopagebreak&lt;/code&gt;? Or maybe there is some other package that supports all three points? Or will it be easier to just stack &lt;code&gt;\hbox&lt;/code&gt;s and &lt;code&gt;\vbox&lt;/code&gt;s in a desired way?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1464" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-25T13:44:31.210" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T13:44:31.210" Title="How to make longtable respect \nopagebreak in the beginning?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;page-breaking&gt;&lt;longtable&gt;&lt;supertabular&gt;" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="12035" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12026" CreationDate="2011-02-25T13:24:50.353" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In addition to the answers about how to &lt;code&gt;\tag&lt;/code&gt; equations with symbols, there are a number of packages that give you access to a bunch more symbols. Like &lt;code&gt;pifont&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;ifsym&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;MarvoSym&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;bbding&lt;/code&gt; See p. 71 &lt;em&gt;et seq.&lt;/em&gt; of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/symbols/comprehensive/symbols-a4.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Comprehensive LaTeX symbols list&lt;/a&gt; for details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pifont}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\[&#xA;E=mc^2 \label{eq:einstein} \tag{\ding{37}}&#xA;\]&#xA;As we can see from \eqref{eq:einstein}\ldots&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Produces:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/pwy5h.png&quot; alt=&quot;pifont image&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T13:24:50.353" />
  <row Id="12036" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12042" CreationDate="2011-02-25T13:51:53.260" Score="2" ViewCount="62" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi, I am using LaTeX and I have a verbatim environment inside an enumerate one. However, there is much whitespace between the verbatim text and the following list item. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I have now is something like this:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/kTMW8.png&quot; alt=&quot;Incorrect&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;I would like to get something like this:&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/PUIyO.png&quot; alt=&quot;Correct&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anyone know how to achieve it in an elegant way (i.e. without manually using &lt;code&gt;\vspace{-4ex}&lt;/code&gt;)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;[EDIT]&lt;/strong&gt; The code I am using is like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;    \item Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Vestibulum&#xA;        dictum quam at sapien pellentesque porta. Morbi arcu nibh, consequat&#xA;        non consequat a, congue sed libero.&#xA;        \begin{verbatim}&#xA;            Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit.&#xA;            Vestibulum dictum quam at sapien pellentesque porta.&#xA;        \end{verbatim}&#xA;&#xA;    \item Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Vestibulum&#xA;        dictum quam at sapien pellentesque porta. Morbi arcu nibh, consequat&#xA;        non consequat a, congue sed libero.&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2793" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-25T14:07:41.597" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T14:32:29.730" Title="LaTeX verbatim environment inside lists" Tags="&lt;lists&gt;&lt;environments&gt;&lt;verbatim&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="12037" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12038" CreationDate="2011-02-25T13:58:29.463" Score="2" ViewCount="61" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I calculate a maximum of lengths? I am aware of &lt;code&gt;pgfmath's&lt;/code&gt; function &lt;code&gt;max(x_1,x_2,...)&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,draft]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\pgfmathparse{max(3,4)}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But what if I have lengths instead of numbers?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,draft]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\newlength{\foo}&#xA;\setlength{\foo}{1cm}&#xA;&#xA;\newlength{\baz}&#xA;\setlength{\baz}{1cm}&#xA;&#xA;\pgfmathparse{max(\foo,\baz)}&#xA;&#xA;\newlength{\qux}&#xA;\setlength{\qux}{\pgfmathresult}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pgfmathresult&lt;/code&gt; doesn't have a unit of measurement.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1688" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T14:10:11.520" Title="Calculate maximum of lengths" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;calculations&gt;&lt;lengths&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="12038" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12037" CreationDate="2011-02-25T14:06:41.113" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The result is actually a length in points (pt) without the unit. You can simply add this unit again:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setlength{\qux}{\pgfmathresult pt}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is also the &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathsetlength&lt;/code&gt; macro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pgfmathsetlength{\qux}{max(\foo,\baz)}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T14:06:41.113" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12039" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12020" CreationDate="2011-02-25T14:08:38.437" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Since you want to use this for UML diagrams, I think a custom node shape is the right way to go here.  It's a lot more overhead and requires getting under PGF's hood/bonnet, but the payoff is that it the drawing code looks just like any other TikZ code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\pgfkeys{/pgf/.cd,&#xA;  parallelepiped offset x/.initial=2mm,&#xA;  parallelepiped offset y/.initial=2mm&#xA;}&#xA;\pgfdeclareshape{parallelepiped}&#xA;{&#xA;  \inheritsavedanchors[from=rectangle] % this is nearly a rectangle&#xA;  \inheritanchorborder[from=rectangle]&#xA;  \inheritanchor[from=rectangle]{north}&#xA;  \inheritanchor[from=rectangle]{north west}&#xA;  \inheritanchor[from=rectangle]{north east}&#xA;  \inheritanchor[from=rectangle]{center}&#xA;  \inheritanchor[from=rectangle]{west}&#xA;  \inheritanchor[from=rectangle]{east}&#xA;  \inheritanchor[from=rectangle]{mid}&#xA;  \inheritanchor[from=rectangle]{mid west}&#xA;  \inheritanchor[from=rectangle]{mid east}&#xA;  \inheritanchor[from=rectangle]{base}&#xA;  \inheritanchor[from=rectangle]{base west}&#xA;  \inheritanchor[from=rectangle]{base east}&#xA;  \inheritanchor[from=rectangle]{south}&#xA;  \inheritanchor[from=rectangle]{south west}&#xA;  \inheritanchor[from=rectangle]{south east}&#xA;  \backgroundpath{&#xA;    % store lower right in xa/ya and upper right in xb/yb&#xA;    \southwest \pgf@xa=\pgf@x \pgf@ya=\pgf@y&#xA;    \northeast \pgf@xb=\pgf@x \pgf@yb=\pgf@y&#xA;    \pgfmathsetlength\pgfutil@tempdima{\pgfkeysvalueof{/pgf/parallelepiped offset x}}&#xA;    \pgfmathsetlength\pgfutil@tempdimb{\pgfkeysvalueof{/pgf/parallelepiped offset y}}&#xA;    \def\ppd@offset{\pgfpoint{\pgfutil@tempdima}{\pgfutil@tempdimb}}&#xA;    \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfqpoint{\pgf@xa}{\pgf@ya}}&#xA;    \pgfpathlineto{\pgfqpoint{\pgf@xb}{\pgf@ya}}&#xA;    \pgfpathlineto{\pgfqpoint{\pgf@xb}{\pgf@yb}}&#xA;    \pgfpathlineto{\pgfqpoint{\pgf@xa}{\pgf@yb}}&#xA;    \pgfpathclose&#xA;    \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfqpoint{\pgf@xb}{\pgf@ya}}&#xA;    \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpointadd{\pgfpoint{\pgf@xb}{\pgf@ya}}{\ppd@offset}}&#xA;    \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpointadd{\pgfpoint{\pgf@xb}{\pgf@yb}}{\ppd@offset}}&#xA;    \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpointadd{\pgfpoint{\pgf@xa}{\pgf@yb}}{\ppd@offset}}&#xA;    \pgfpathlineto{\pgfqpoint{\pgf@xa}{\pgf@yb}}&#xA;    \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfqpoint{\pgf@xb}{\pgf@yb}}&#xA;    \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpointadd{\pgfpoint{\pgf@xb}{\pgf@yb}}{\ppd@offset}}&#xA;  }&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\node[parallelepiped,draw=red,fill=yellow,&#xA;  minimum width=2.5cm,minimum height=1.5cm] (1) {Node One};&#xA;\node[parallelepiped,draw=blue,fill=green,&#xA;  minimum height=2.5cm,minimum width=1.5cm,parallelepiped offset x=4mm] (2)&#xA; at (6,0) {Node Two};&#xA; \draw[ultra thick, -&amp;gt;] (1) -- (2);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Rd3VW.png&quot; alt=&quot;sample code output&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Take a look at the files &lt;code&gt;pgflibraryshapes.*.code.tex&lt;/code&gt; in the PGF distribution to learn how to do this kind of thing.  I started with a copy of the &lt;code&gt;cross out&lt;/code&gt; node which, like this one, inherits from the &lt;code&gt;rectangle&lt;/code&gt; node.  A further enhancement would be to add anchors to the right/top faces/edges, but as you can guess I have spent enough time on this already. &lt;code&gt;:-D&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T17:59:05.463" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T17:59:05.463" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="12040" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12037" CreationDate="2011-02-25T14:10:11.520" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I also found a solution with &lt;code&gt;calc&lt;/code&gt; package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{calc}&#xA;&#xA;\setlength{\qux}{\maxof{\foo}{\baz}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1688" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T14:10:11.520" />
  <row Id="12041" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11954" CreationDate="2011-02-25T14:11:12.830" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Martin's comment had the fix. Here's what I'm using:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand {\framedgraphic}[2] {&#xA;    \begin{frame}{#1}&#xA;        \begin{center}&#xA;            \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,height=0.8\textheight,keepaspectratio]{#2}&#xA;        \end{center}&#xA;    \end{frame}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="320" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T14:11:12.830" />
  <row Id="12042" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12036" CreationDate="2011-02-25T14:11:13.327" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The problem seem to be that the &lt;code&gt;verbatim&lt;/code&gt; environment is indented. Note that the spaces at the beginning are also taken verbatim. Do not indent it and use e.g. the &lt;code&gt;quote&lt;/code&gt; environment for an extra indention in the resulting document if this is wanted.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;    \item Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Vestibulum&#xA;        dictum quam at sapien pellentesque porta. Morbi arcu nibh, consequat&#xA;        non consequat a, congue sed libero.&#xA;        \begin{quote}&#xA;\begin{verbatim}&#xA;Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit.&#xA;Vestibulum dictum quam at sapien pellentesque porta.&#xA;\end{verbatim}&#xA;        \end{quote}&#xA;&#xA;    \item Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Vestibulum&#xA;        dictum quam at sapien pellentesque porta. Morbi arcu nibh, consequat&#xA;        non consequat a, congue sed libero.&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Result:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/6MrLW.png&quot; alt=&quot;Result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T14:11:13.327" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12043" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12036" CreationDate="2011-02-25T14:11:47.930" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You use too many spaces every line :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;em&gt;vertical&lt;/em&gt; space around &lt;code&gt;verbatim&lt;/code&gt; environment can be reduced like lists. Note that a &lt;code&gt;verbatim&lt;/code&gt; environment itself is a list. Say you can use something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begingroup&#xA;\topsep=0pt&#xA;\itemsep=0pt&#xA;\begin{verbatim}&#xA;Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit.&#xA;Vestibulum dictum quam at sapien pellentesque porta.&#xA;\end{verbatim}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, the space before and after &lt;code&gt;verbatim&lt;/code&gt; comes from both &lt;code&gt;verbatim&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;enumerate&lt;/code&gt;, you may want to reduce both of them. This can be done by &lt;code&gt;enumitem&lt;/code&gt; package, for both together. And you can use &lt;code&gt;fancyvrb&lt;/code&gt; package to add the left margin. Here is full code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{enumitem}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyvrb}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{enumerate}[noitemsep]&#xA;    \item Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Vestibulum&#xA;        dictum quam at sapien pellentesque porta. Morbi arcu nibh, consequat&#xA;        non consequat a, congue sed libero.&#xA;\begin{Verbatim}[xleftmargin=2em]&#xA;Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit.&#xA;Vestibulum dictum quam at sapien pellentesque porta.&#xA;\end{Verbatim}&#xA;    \item Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Vestibulum&#xA;        dictum quam at sapien pellentesque porta. Morbi arcu nibh, consequat&#xA;        non consequat a, congue sed libero.&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/lFuaN.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-25T14:32:29.730" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T14:32:29.730" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12044" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12049" CreationDate="2011-02-25T14:27:02.530" Score="5" ViewCount="97" Body="&lt;p&gt;I just want to format a simple set theory example. But the following is annoying: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/dIe3p.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; title=&quot;Hosted by imgur.com&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See how close the cap gets to the 'A' because of the tilde sign? &#xA;I've used sim for the tilde sign. Any suggestions? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3796" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-25T14:37:58.917" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T10:21:44.373" Title="The use of &quot;tilde&quot; changes the proximity to the set theory symbol (ref img)" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;tilde&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12045" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12050" CreationDate="2011-02-25T14:33:38.417" Score="5" ViewCount="57" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using the &lt;code&gt;\newtheoremstyle{name}&lt;/code&gt; command to generate a specific theorem head spec in the form of:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{\thmname{#1}\thmnumber{ #2}.\thmnote{ #3}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where &lt;code&gt;#1&lt;/code&gt; is &lt;strong&gt;Theorem&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;code&gt;#2&lt;/code&gt; is 'the theorem number', and &lt;code&gt;#3&lt;/code&gt; is 'my theorem name'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, when I don't use 'my theorem name' as in some cases, the output gives two dots (the one after &lt;code&gt;\thmnumber&lt;/code&gt;, and the one after the &lt;code&gt;thm&lt;/code&gt; head).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I avoid this? I mean, how to avoid the extra dot in case of a theorem with no name?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3827" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-25T14:42:17.430" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T14:47:28.103" Title="How to avoid double dot in Theorem Head Spec in case of theorem with no name?" Tags="&lt;style&gt;&lt;theorems&gt;&lt;amsthm&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12046" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12044" CreationDate="2011-02-25T14:35:04.797" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use one of the following commands:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\, (\thinspace) &#xA;\: (\medspace)&#xA;\; (\thickspace)&#xA;\quad &#xA;\qquad&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(They generate different spaces, but I don't know how to mark them in the code.) See also the &lt;a href=&quot;ftp://ftp.ams.org/ams/doc/amsmath/short-math-guide.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;short math guide&lt;/a&gt;, p. 11.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: This solution should't be used here (see comments below). However, I'll not delete it as there is no harm to know about these commands.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3735" LastEditorUserId="3735" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-03T10:21:44.373" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T10:21:44.373" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="12047" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12051" CreationDate="2011-02-25T14:35:37.597" Score="7" ViewCount="114" Body="&lt;p&gt;Biblatex seems to be not compatible with RevTeX. As RevTeX automatically loads &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt;, I load &lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt; with the option &lt;code&gt;natbib=true&lt;/code&gt;, but still LaTeX compiler complains that lot of commands are already defined. I make them undefined as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\bibhang=\undefined&#xA;\let\citename=\undefined&#xA;\let\textcite=\undefined&#xA;\let\bibfont=\undefined&#xA;\let\Citeauthor=\undefined&#xA;\let\citet=\undefined&#xA;\let\citep=\undefined&#xA;\let\citealt=\undefined&#xA;\let\citealp=\undefined&#xA;\let\Citet=\undefined&#xA;\let\Citep=\undefined&#xA;\let\Citealt=\undefined&#xA;\let\Citealp=\undefined&#xA;\let\citefullauthor=\undefined&#xA;\let\citetext=\undefined&#xA;\let\defcitealias=\undefined&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;but still obtain various errors such as&#xA;&#xA;! Package biblatex Error: Incompatible package 'natbib'.&#xA;&#xA;See the biblatex package documentation for explanation.&#xA;Type  H &amp;lt;return&amp;gt;  for immediate help.&#xA; ...                                              &#xA;&#xA;l.78 \begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;? &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've checked that natbib compatibility mode is switched on:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;Package biblatex Info: Trying to load natbib compatibility...&#xA;Package biblatex Info: ... file 'blx-natbib.def' found.&#xA; (&quot;C:\Program Files (x86)\MiKTeX 2.9\tex\latex\biblatex\blx-natbib.def&quot;&#xA;File: blx-natbib.def 2011/02/13 v1.2a biblatex natbib compatibility&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, it looks as if that trouble comes from RevTeX. I tried both RevTeX4 and more recent RevTeX4-1. No difference. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3831" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-25T14:39:16.170" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T15:43:11.793" Title="Is Biblatex compatible with RevTeX ?" Tags="&lt;biblatex&gt;&lt;revtex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12048" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12044" CreationDate="2011-02-25T14:37:27.897" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I believe it's doing that because &lt;code&gt;\sim&lt;/code&gt; is meant as a binary operator (between two elements), rather than as a unary prefix operator (like set complement or negation).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can always manually fix it up with extra space &lt;code&gt;\;&lt;/code&gt; or negative space &lt;code&gt;\!&lt;/code&gt; so for example, this looks approximately right:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;A\; \cap \sim\!\!B&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1251" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T14:37:27.897" />
  <row Id="12049" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12044" CreationDate="2011-02-25T14:42:33.710" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could avoid the binary operator spacing by writing &lt;code&gt;{\sim}&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\mathord{\sim}&lt;/code&gt;, achieving the same. You might have another look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/9817/spacing-around-a-character-in-math-mode&quot;&gt;Spacing around a character in math mode&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T14:42:33.710" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12050" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12045" CreationDate="2011-02-25T14:47:28.103" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Move the dot into the argument of &lt;code&gt;\thmnote&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Full example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsthm}&#xA;\newtheoremstyle{mystyle}&#xA;  {3pt}{3pt}{\itshape}{}{\bfseries}{.}{.5em}&#xA;  {\thmname{#1}\thmnumber{ #2}\thmnote{. #3}}&#xA;\theoremstyle{mystyle}&#xA;\newtheorem{thm}{Theorem}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{thm}[name]&#xA;text&#xA;\end{thm}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{thm}&#xA;text&#xA;\end{thm}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T14:47:28.103" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12051" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12047" CreationDate="2011-02-25T14:51:13.280" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Since biblatex &quot;reimplements the bibliographic facilities of LaTeX from the ground up, [it] naturally conflicts with all packages modifying the same facilities&quot; (manual, p. 4). Specifically, biblatex is incompatible with natbib. biblatex's &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt; option only provides aliases for natbib's citation commands.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From a look into the manual of RevTeX 4.1, natbib is a required package, and multiple custom options and commands are defined on top of natbib. So no, I'm afraid biblatex is incompatible with RevTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T14:51:13.280" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12052" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11960" CreationDate="2011-02-25T15:04:29.160" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have taken the &lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.luatex.org/index.php/Show_the_hyphenation_points&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;example from the LuaTeX wiki&lt;/a&gt; and transformed it into ConTeXt code with the help of Khaled and Hans:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\mainlanguage[de]&#xA;\de&#xA;\startluacode&#xA;moduledata.mystuff={}&#xA;show_hyph = function(head)&#xA;  while head do&#xA;    if head.id == 0 or head.id == 1 then -- % hlist, vlist&#xA;      show_hyph(head.list)               -- % head.head in LuaTeX &amp;gt; 0.65&#xA;    elseif head.id == 7 then             -- % disc&#xA;      local n = node.new(&quot;whatsit&quot;,&quot;pdf_literal&quot;)&#xA;      n.mode = 0&#xA;      n.data = &quot;q 0.3 w 0 2 m 0 7 l S Q&quot;&#xA;      n.next = head.next&#xA;      n.prev = head&#xA;      head.next = n&#xA;      head = n&#xA;    end&#xA;  head = head.next&#xA;  end&#xA;  return true&#xA;end&#xA;&#xA;moduledata.mystuff.show_hyph = show_hyph&#xA;&#xA;nodes.tasks.appendaction(&quot;finalizers&quot;,&quot;after&quot;,&quot;moduledata.mystuff.show_hyph&quot;)&#xA;\stopluacode&#xA;&#xA;\starttext&#xA;Seit zwei Jahren...&#xA;\stoptext&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &quot;finalizer&quot; is the ConTeXt equivalent of the &lt;code&gt;post_linebreak_filter&lt;/code&gt; callback.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="243" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T15:04:29.160" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="12053" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3528" CreationDate="2011-02-25T15:19:05.257" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Thanks to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/12010/how-can-i-invert-a-clip-selection-within-tikz/12033#12033&quot;&gt;Jake's answer&lt;/a&gt; to &quot; &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/12010/how-can-i-invert-a-clip-selection-within-tikz&quot;&gt;How can I invert a 'clip' selection within TikZ?&lt;/a&gt; &quot;, here's a way of doing what (I think) you are asking using TikZ (since you say &quot;or other&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First, the result:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/IBkvN.png&quot; alt=&quot;Clipped Ellipses&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I wasn't sure if you wanted them filled or just drawn.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, the code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\thispagestyle{empty}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[remember picture,overlay]&#xA;&#xA;% A path that follows the edges of the current page&#xA;\tikzstyle{reverseclip}=[insert path={(current page.north east) --&#xA;  (current page.south east) --&#xA;  (current page.south west) --&#xA;  (current page.north west) --&#xA;  (current page.north east)}&#xA;]&#xA;&#xA;\begin{scope}&#xA;\begin{pgfinterruptboundingbox}&#xA;\path [clip] (1.5,0) circle (1) [reverseclip];&#xA;\end{pgfinterruptboundingbox}&#xA;&#xA;\draw[thick] (0,0) ellipse (2 and 1);&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;\begin{scope}&#xA;\path[clip] (0,0) ellipse (2 and 1);&#xA;\draw[thick] (1.5,0) circle (1);&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{scope}&#xA;\begin{pgfinterruptboundingbox}&#xA;\path [clip] (1.5,-3) circle (1) [reverseclip];&#xA;\end{pgfinterruptboundingbox}&#xA;&#xA;\draw[red,fill=blue,ultra thick] (0,-3) ellipse (2 and 1);&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;\begin{scope}&#xA;\path[clip] (0,-3) ellipse (2 and 1);&#xA;\draw[red,ultra thick] (1.5,-3) circle (1);&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And lastly, the explanation.  Jake's answer (linked above) gives a method of doing a &quot;reverse clip&quot; by drawing around the whole page and then punching out the desired shape in the middle.  We use this to clip the ellipse against the circle.  That produces the truncated ellipse (either filled or unfilled) but we need to do some more to complete the shape.  To do that, we use the same size circle that we'd clipped out and clip that against the ellipse.  One could easily make all of this a single command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The major drawback of this is that the shapes are &lt;strong&gt;not&lt;/strong&gt; single paths.  Where this makes a difference are in the joins: if you look very closely you'll see that the corner where the circle and ellipse meet is not perfect.  This has to do with how the clipping and stroking work.  The clipping path is infinitesimally thin, but the stroked path is not, so clipping against a path and then stroking the original path doesn't quite work right.  To make this perfect, one would have to use fadings, or modify the clipping paths so that they were (effectively) the &lt;em&gt;outside&lt;/em&gt; of the stroked paths.  Jake's solution would readily adapt to fadings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T15:19:05.257" />
  <row Id="12054" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6805" CreationDate="2011-02-25T15:23:29.073" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Have you experimented with &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;bibber.exe --output_directory &amp;lt;d&amp;gt;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Files (.bbl and .log) are output to directory  instead&#xA;of the current directory. Input files are also looked for in &#xA;before current directory.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I just tried that, it works exactly as I need. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3831" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T15:23:29.073" />
  <row Id="12055" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12057" CreationDate="2011-02-25T15:38:23.927" Score="3" ViewCount="69" Body="&lt;p&gt;A little warning in advance: This will be quite lenghty. I spent quite some time over the last few days trying to solve the following problem: I'm typesetting mathematical lecture notes and have used the &lt;code&gt;ntheorem&lt;/code&gt; package to define various theorem-like environments and frequently encounter situations of the form&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{mythm}\begin{enumerate}&#xA;  \item\label{a}&#xA;  \item\label{b}&#xA;\end{enumerate}\end{mythm}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and ideally typing (in my case, as I use the &lt;code&gt;cleveref&lt;/code&gt; package)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\cref{b}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;should produce something of the form &quot;Theorem 3 (b)&quot; (i.e. including the name and number of the theorem environment the label is placed in).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This turned out to be quite difficult and also not very well documented. The main problem is that there are two counters (&lt;code&gt;enumi&lt;/code&gt; and the theorem-counter, lets call it &lt;code&gt;thmcnt&lt;/code&gt;), as well as the theorem name involved.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My first try was to, with the &lt;code&gt;etoolbox&lt;/code&gt; package, hack myself into the &lt;code&gt;mythm&lt;/code&gt;-environment, create a new macro every time it's started, which saves the theorem name and number and can be formated (and referenced) with the &lt;code&gt;cleveref&lt;/code&gt; commands, i.e. something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\BeforeBeginEnvironment{mythm}{&#xA;   \crefname{\labelcode}{Theorem~\thethmcnt}&#xA;   \edef\Label#1{\noexpand\label[\labelcode]{#1}}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Additionally, &lt;code&gt;\labelcode&lt;/code&gt; should be something unique to this call of the environment, such as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\edef\labelcode{ctr@thm@\roman{chapter}@\roman{section}@\arabic{thmcnt}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and, as we're &lt;em&gt;before&lt;/em&gt; the execution of the environment, we need to remember to raise the counter by one (and set it back down once we're done), otherwise the theorem counter as saved in &lt;code&gt;\crefname&lt;/code&gt; will be off by one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So ideally, in our above example, we could write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{mythm}\begin{enumerate}&#xA;  \item\Label{a}&#xA;  \item\Label{b}&#xA;\end{enumerate}\end{mythm}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and &lt;code&gt;\cref{b}&lt;/code&gt; should do just what we want it to. Unfortunately, as far as I could tell, &lt;code&gt;cleveref&lt;/code&gt; ignores all &lt;code&gt;\crefname&lt;/code&gt; commands after &lt;code&gt;\begin{document}&lt;/code&gt;, so it's not quite that easy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I tried then was to write all the formating information into a file and let LaTeX read it the next time round so that after upon compiling the document twice, all link information is accessible. Something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newread\foo&#xA;\immediate\openin\foo=\filename&#xA;\ifeof\foo\relax\else\input\filename\relax\fi&#xA;\immediate\closein\foo&#xA;\newwrite\blah&#xA;\immediate\openout\blah=\filename&#xA;\AtEndDocument{\immediate\write\blah{\string\endinput}\relax&#xA;   \immediate\closeout\blah}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and then replace the corresponding line above by&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\immediate\write\blah{\string\crefname{\labelcode}{Theorem~\thethmcnt}{}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and that seems to work, although it seemed to me rather complicated for a (what I believed to be) relatively common problem. If anyone (is still reading ;)) and knows a more simple solution, I'd be glad and interested to know!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There's still one small fault, however. When &lt;code&gt;cleveref&lt;/code&gt; is used together with &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; it also turns all references into clickable links. However, in the current solution, only the &quot;(b)&quot; is turned to a hyper-reference. The obvious approach is to use &lt;code&gt;cleveref&lt;/code&gt;s &lt;code&gt;\crefformat&lt;/code&gt; command, which has an, for this purpose, impractical syntax, namely, we would have to write something of the sort&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\crefformat{\labelcode}{#2Theorem~\thethmcnt~#1#3}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in our &lt;code&gt;\BeforeBeginEnvironment&lt;/code&gt; block, but of course this has the same problem as before that &lt;code&gt;\thethmcnt&lt;/code&gt; produces the number of the theorem we're at &lt;em&gt;when referencing&lt;/em&gt; and not the one of the theorem we are making reference to.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I tried, as above to simply write it to our file with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\immediate\write\blah{\noexpand\crefformat{\labelcode}{#2Theorem~\thethmcnt~#1#3}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but unfortunately this doesn't work and this is the point where I'm stuck: Writing this to a file doesn't work, as the &lt;code&gt;#&lt;/code&gt; get replaced with &lt;code&gt;##&lt;/code&gt; and that results in an error when LaTeX reads the file. It actually works if one manually replaces &lt;code&gt;##&lt;/code&gt; by &lt;code&gt;#&lt;/code&gt; in the output file, before rerunning LaTeX, but that's not a very satisfying solution. I guess one could write an external script and call it together with LaTeX upon every compilation or with the &lt;code&gt;\write18&lt;/code&gt; command or something similar, but that isn't good for collaboration or cross-platform implementation, so does anyone know a LaTeX-internal solution?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I already tried changing the catcode of &lt;code&gt;#&lt;/code&gt; or trying to access it via &lt;code&gt;\char&lt;/code&gt; and similar commands, but none of that worked, it always resulted in something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Illegal parameter number in definition of \@groupformat.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anyone have any comments or ideas? Thank you for reading this far :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3830" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T15:42:06.933" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T15:42:06.933" Title="References to lists in theorem-like environments/writing # symbol to files" Tags="&lt;cross-referencing&gt;&lt;lists&gt;&lt;theorems&gt;&lt;external-file&gt;&lt;cleveref&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12057" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12055" CreationDate="2011-02-25T15:53:54.740" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the following methods to write the hash character &lt;code&gt;#&lt;/code&gt; into external files. I replaced some macro with dummies to keep the code minimal.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\begingroup&#xA;\catcode`\#=12&#xA;\gdef\hashchar{#}%&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;&#xA;% Alternative&#xA;\edef\althashchar{\string#}%&#xA;&#xA;% dummy macros&#xA;\def\labelcode{LABEL}&#xA;\def\thethmcnt{thethmcnt}&#xA;\def\crefformat#1#2{}&#xA;\chardef\blah=1\relax% write to .aux file&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;% Works&#xA;\immediate\write\blah{\noexpand\crefformat{\labelcode}%&#xA;   {\hashchar2Theorem\string~\thethmcnt\string~\hashchar1\hashchar3}}&#xA;&#xA;% Works as well&#xA;\immediate\write\blah{\noexpand\crefformat{\labelcode}%&#xA;   {\althashchar2Theorem\string~\thethmcnt\string~\althashchar1\althashchar3}}&#xA;&#xA;% Works too&#xA;\immediate\write\blah{\noexpand\crefformat{\labelcode}%&#xA;   {\string#2Theorem\string~\thethmcnt\string~\string#1\string#3}}&#xA;&#xA;% Now inside a macro:&#xA;\def\mywritemacro{%&#xA;% Works&#xA;\immediate\write\blah{\noexpand\crefformat{\labelcode}%&#xA;   {\hashchar2Theorem\string~\thethmcnt\string~\hashchar1\hashchar3}}&#xA;&#xA;% Works as well&#xA;\immediate\write\blah{\noexpand\crefformat{\labelcode}%&#xA;   {\althashchar2Theorem\string~\thethmcnt\string~\althashchar1\althashchar3}}&#xA;&#xA;% Works too&#xA;\immediate\write\blah{\noexpand\crefformat{\labelcode}%&#xA;   {\string##2Theorem\string~\thethmcnt\string~\string##1\string##3}}&#xA;}&#xA;\mywritemacro&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Resulting file (here &lt;code&gt;.aux&lt;/code&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\relax &#xA;\crefformat {LABEL}{#2Theorem~thethmcnt~#1#3}&#xA;\crefformat {LABEL}{#2Theorem~thethmcnt~#1#3}&#xA;\crefformat {LABEL}{#2Theorem~thethmcnt~#1#3}&#xA;\crefformat {LABEL}{#2Theorem~thethmcnt~#1#3}&#xA;\crefformat {LABEL}{#2Theorem~thethmcnt~#1#3}&#xA;\crefformat {LABEL}{#2Theorem~thethmcnt~#1#3}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-25T16:00:14.217" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T16:00:14.217" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12058" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6805" CreationDate="2011-02-25T16:11:07.253" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Since v1.2, biblatex supports remote location of bibliography resources; this feature requires biber as backend (and the use of the &lt;code&gt;\addbibresource&lt;/code&gt; command which replaces &lt;code&gt;\bibliography&lt;/code&gt;). See pp. 66-68 of the biblatex manual for details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T16:11:07.253" />
  <row Id="12059" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12006" CreationDate="2011-02-25T16:21:22.090" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am working on ISO 690 style for biblatex, see &lt;a href=&quot;http://github.com/michal-h21/biblatex-iso690&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://github.com/michal-h21/biblatex-iso690&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;it is in something like alpha stage now and there are no installation packages. if you will want to try it, just copy files iso.bbx, iso.cbx, and all *.lbx files to directory with your document, or create some directory in your texmf tree (see &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1137/where-do-i-place-my-own-sty-files-to-make-them-available-to-all-my-tex-files/1138#1138&quot;&gt;this answer&lt;/a&gt;) and put theese files there. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;you also need recent version of biblatex, at least version 1.0&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;some czech documentation is in the file &lt;code&gt;iso-example.pdf&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;you want to use numeric method, so you can call like that:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{english,czech}{babel} &#xA;\usepackage[&#xA;   backend=biber    % ot bibtex&#xA;  ,style=iso  &#xA;  ,method=numeric        &#xA;  ,babel=other        % to support multiple languages in bibliography&#xA;  ,sortlocale=cs_CZ   % locale of main language, it is for sorting&#xA;]{biblatex}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;you use cslatex, it is now obsolete, in either texlive and miktex. you should use just pdflatex with babel, xelatex or lualatex. but in theory it should work even with cslatex.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;for second question, try: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareCiteCommand{\cite}&#xA;  {\usebibmacro{prenote}}&#xA;  {\usebibmacro{citeindex}%&#xA;   \ensuremath{^{\textrm{\footnotesize\printfield{labelnumber}}}}}&#xA;  {\multicitedelim}&#xA;  {\usebibmacro{postnote}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2891" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T16:21:22.090" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12060" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11832" CreationDate="2011-02-25T16:25:05.190" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I felt the need to put together something very hackish. It needs XeTeX for the OpenType fonts, and it is written in Plain-format (so just &lt;code&gt;#xetex file.tex&lt;/code&gt;).&#xA;I tried to comment as much as I could, there are more comments for the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/8068/wrapping-obeylines-with-halign-into-a-macro&quot;&gt;table thingy&lt;/a&gt; which is thanks to Joseph Wright and Bruno Le Floch &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\font\poemfont=&quot;Cochin&quot; at 18pt % select font and its size&#xA;\font\poemheaderfont=&quot;Optima/IB&quot; at 22pt&#xA;\baselineskip=22pt % how high is a line&#xA;\def\poem{%&#xA;  \vfil\eject % before doing anything else, make a new page (with glue before)&#xA;  \begingroup&#xA;  \poemfont&#xA;  \let\par=\cr&#xA;  \obeylines&#xA;  \poemAux&#xA;}&#xA;\def\poemAux#1{%&#xA;  \tabskip=0pt plus 1\hsize&#xA;  \halign to\hsize{&amp;amp;\hfil##\hfil\cr#1\crcr}%&#xA;  \endgroup&#xA;}&#xA;\def\title#1{\poemheaderfont#1\vrule width 0pt depth .2\vsize}&#xA;\poem{&#xA;  \title{avion i automobil}&#xA;  Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit.&#xA;  Nam ut ultrices nibh.&#xA;  Vestibulum ante ipsum primis in faucibus orci&#xA;  \quad luctus et ultrices posuere cubilia Curae;&#xA;  Ut quis nulla sem, a scelerisque mi.&#xA;&#xA;  Aenean id nisi nec lectus sollicitudin aliquet.&#xA;  Maecenas faucibus pulvinar dui,&#xA;  \quad ac pulvinar nisl semper ac.&#xA;&#xA;  Integer libero lorem, congue eget malesuada nec,&#xA;  elementum sit amet purus.&#xA;}&#xA;\poem{&#xA;  \title{nisu isti}&#xA;  Quisque volutpat malesuada ante,&#xA;  ut euismod dolor iaculis in.&#xA;  Nulla eu ipsum a elit dapibus sollicitudin nec id magna.&#xA;&#xA;  Ut at blandit sem.&#xA;  Fusce sed leo neque.&#xA;&#xA;  Cum sociis natoque penatibus et magnis&#xA;  \quad dis parturient montes,&#xA;  nascetur ridiculus mus.&#xA;}&#xA;%%% The below definitions could be used with the other example pictures&#xA;%%% Uncomment to apply (but note that the above \poem's go bonkers)&#xA;%\newdimen\outermargin\outermargin=2in % 2 inch outer margin (for example)&#xA;%\advance\hsize by-\outermargin&#xA;%\newtoks\recto \newtoks\verso % left-hand page and right-hand page&#xA;%\recto={\hoffset=\outermargin % horizontal offset (space from left margin)&#xA;%  \footline={\hss\folio}} % folio is the page number, hss is glue (no. at right)&#xA;%\verso={\advance\hsize by-\outermargin % hsize is typeblock width&#xA;%  \footline={\folio\hss}} % (number at left)&#xA;%\output={\ifodd\pageno\the\verso\else\the\recto\fi&#xA;%  \plainoutput} % self-explanatory?&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/QuJtQ.png&quot; alt=&quot;twopage&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure why I put the &lt;code&gt;\quad&lt;/code&gt;s there.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastEditorUserId="1410" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-25T16:30:07.503" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T16:30:07.503" />
  <row Id="12061" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12006" CreationDate="2011-02-25T16:40:02.293" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The main reference for writing style files is the less than comprehesive Oren Patashnik (1988) &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/base/btxhak.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Designing BibTEX styles: The part of BibTEX’s documentation that’s not meant for general users&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I answered an overlapping question on Stack Overflow, &lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/2562436/showing-labels-in-bibtex-latex/2606116#2606116&quot;&gt;Showing labels in BibTex&lt;/a&gt;, where I give some other resources for getting into hacking style files.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T16:40:02.293" />
  <row Id="12062" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-25T16:42:54.743" Score="2" ViewCount="197" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have been using the website, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.codecogs.com/latex/eqneditor.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;codecogs&lt;/a&gt; for mathematical equations - and it is wonderful for a noob like me. However, I wish to avail of such support when I am offline, is there similar facility for providing a GUI for equations by any software/IDE/editors/LaTeX environment ? I am on Ubuntu 9.10.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3527" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T07:55:17.523" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T17:22:56.737" Title="codecogs like software/ IDE/ LaTeX environment ?" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;editors&gt;&lt;ubuntu&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="12" />
  <row Id="12063" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11832" CreationDate="2011-02-25T16:47:07.087" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am not sure I understand the difficulty - I propose cutting this Gordian knot!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I once did a similar project, and did not bother with LaTeX page setup at all. I kept on to the usual A4 page size, and asked LaTeX to produce a dvi, which I then converted to PostScript. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The next step was to apply a PostScript page reorganization and scaling utility, which can do all you want and more. What I used is &lt;a href=&quot;http://gershwin.ens.fr/vdaniel/Doc-Locale/Outils-Gnu-Linux/PsUtils/pstops.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pstops&lt;/a&gt;. I believe it can do all you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3391" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T16:47:07.087" />
  <row Id="12065" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12055" CreationDate="2011-02-25T17:18:52.017" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;By all means, step away from using the &lt;code&gt;enumerate&lt;/code&gt; environment when you really want a &lt;code&gt;subtheorem&lt;/code&gt; environment, with its own counter. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{ntheorem}&#xA;%\usepackage{amsthm}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{thmtools}&#xA;\usepackage{enumitem}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{cleveref}&#xA;&#xA;\declaretheorem[name=My Theorem,&#xA;    ]{mythm}&#xA;% yes, this boilerplate could be automated: do it for every theorem.&#xA;% in theory, wasting counters could be avoided by use of counter aliasing,&#xA;% but that would require patching of enumitem.&#xA;\newlist{submythm}{enumerate}{1}&#xA;\crefname{submythmi}{My Theorem}{My Theorems}&#xA;\setlist[submythm]{label=(\alph*),%&#xA;  ref=\themythm (\alph*)}&#xA;&#xA;% dynamically turn into the propery submythm, sublemma, whatnot.&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newenvironment{subs}{%&#xA;  \edef\subname{sub\thmt@envname}%&#xA;  \expandafter\begin\expandafter{\subname}% enumitem requires explicit begin&#xA;}{%&#xA;  \expandafter\end\expandafter{\subname}%&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{mythm}\begin{subs}&#xA;  \item\label{a} Hello!&#xA;  \item\label{b} Hello yourself!&#xA;\end{subs}\end{mythm}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;  \item bim!\label{c}&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;&#xA;Those were \ref{a} and \ref{b} and \ref{c}&#xA;&#xA;Those were \cref{a} and \cref{b} and \cref{c}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Edit:&lt;/em&gt; this variant allows &lt;code&gt;\ref&lt;/code&gt;, but it will yield 1 (a) even before the next theorem, which might not be what you want. (Possibly fixable by careful use of &lt;code&gt;\p@foo&lt;/code&gt;, but I submit that it would cause confusion if you have &lt;strong&gt;Theorem 1&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; ... &lt;em&gt;b&lt;/em&gt; ... &lt;strong&gt;Corollary 1&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; ... &lt;em&gt;b&lt;/em&gt; ... &lt;em&gt;Proof of Theorem 1&lt;/em&gt; ... &lt;em&gt;Proof of Corollary 1&lt;/em&gt; ...: it's not clear where to look for a naked reference to &lt;em&gt;(a)&lt;/em&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1860" LastEditorUserId="1860" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T09:00:35.057" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T09:00:35.057" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12066" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11975" CreationDate="2011-02-25T17:23:25.727" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In ubuntu, following the route latex -&gt; dvips -&gt; ps2pdf, works for me, and also using the package auto-pst-pdf and viewing in Acrobat. So probably there is something wrong with your viewer. Though of course Herbert's code looks much more beautiful!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="250" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T17:23:25.727" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12067" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12105" CreationDate="2011-02-25T17:32:02.787" Score="12" ViewCount="187" Body="&lt;p&gt;Say you write a macro or a package, which goes through the usual course of software life-cycle. How would you define a set of tests, and have this set run automatically to make sure that changes to the code are in compatible, in some sense of the word? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3391" LastEditorUserId="3391" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-25T18:53:35.713" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T04:08:40.673" Title="What's the folk-lore on automatic testing of TeX programming?" Tags="&lt;programming&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="12068" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12067" CreationDate="2011-02-25T18:40:24.510" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you're adding new features, and you have a collection of LaTeX (or TeX) files that don't use the new features, you can check that none of those files are affected by the change by using &lt;code&gt;dvii&lt;/code&gt;, from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.macrotex.net/dvii/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the dvii homepage&lt;/a&gt;.  If you use the command &lt;code&gt;dvii -p -M1 myfile.dvi &amp;gt; myfile.digest&lt;/code&gt;, you'll get a &quot;message digest&quot;, i.e., a list of &quot;hashes&quot;, one for each page.  If you then recreate myfile.dvi using your changed version, you can compare the digests to quickly see if anything on any of the pages has changed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, I have a large collection of LaTeX files that I use for testing a document class.  I have a script &lt;code&gt;makedigest&lt;/code&gt; as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;#! /bin/sh&#xA;&#xA;# We assume that the argument is the name of a dvi file.&#xA;# We write the message digest to standard output.&#xA;&#xA;dvii -p -M1 $*&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and for each file myfile.tex I've run &lt;code&gt;makedigest&lt;/code&gt; to create &lt;code&gt;myfile.dvi.digest.old&lt;/code&gt;.  When I make a change that's not supposed to affect any of those files, I run the script &lt;code&gt;checknew&lt;/code&gt;, which consists of&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;#!/bin/sh&#xA;&#xA;for f in *tex;do&#xA;  for i in `seq 1 6`;do&#xA;    latex $f&#xA;  done&#xA;done&#xA;&#xA;for f in *.dvi;do&#xA;  makedigest $f &gt; ${f}.digest.new&#xA;done&#xA;&#xA;echo&#xA;&#xA;echo &quot;Checking for errors:&quot;&#xA;grep rror *.log&#xA;echo &quot;Checking for warnings:&quot;&#xA;grep Warning *.log&#xA;&#xA;echo &quot;Comparing new digests with old:&quot;&#xA;for f in *.dvi;do&#xA;  echo &quot;${f}:&quot;&#xA;  diff ${f}.digest.old ${f}.digest.new&#xA;done&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This quickly runs LaTeX enough times to get a stable version, checks for errors or warnings, and compares the new digests with the old.  Thus, I quickly see which pages of which test documents have been changed unexpectedly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2754" LastEditorUserId="2754" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-25T19:15:29.913" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T19:15:29.913" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12069" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12020" CreationDate="2011-02-25T19:18:14.027" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know that this is not what the question was about, but it is an attempt of a 3D cube, with perspective.  I don't know how to do it with grids like Stefan's example, but with coordinate calculations and intersections, one can do something like this.  It is not mathematically correct, but I think it looks pretty good. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}  &#xA;\usetikzlibrary{calc,intersections}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;   \clip (-3,-3) rectangle (3,3);&#xA;   \coordinate (tf) at (0,0);&#xA;   \coordinate (bf) at (0,-3);&#xA;   \coordinate (tr) at (15:2.5cm);&#xA;   \coordinate (tl) at (165:2.5cm);&#xA;&#xA;   % You can change the perspective by playing with the 5, 5, 15:&#xA;   \coordinate (fr) at ($ (tf)!5!(tr) $);&#xA;   \coordinate (fl) at ($ (tf)!5!(tl) $);&#xA;   \coordinate (fb) at ($ (tf)!15!(bf) $);&#xA;&#xA;   \path[name path=brpath] (bf) -- (fr);&#xA;   \path[name path=rbpath] (tr) -- (fb);&#xA;   \path[name path=blpath] (bf) -- (fl);&#xA;   \path[name path=lbpath] (tl) -- (fb);&#xA;   \path[name path=trpath] (tl) -- (fr);&#xA;   \path[name path=tlpath] (tr) -- (fl);&#xA;&#xA;   \draw[name intersections={of=brpath and rbpath}] (intersection-1)coordinate (br){}; &#xA;   \draw[name intersections={of=blpath and lbpath}] (intersection-1)coordinate (bl){}; &#xA;   \draw[name intersections={of=trpath and tlpath}] (intersection-1)coordinate (tb){}; &#xA;&#xA;   \shade[right color=gray!10, left color=black!50, shading angle=105] (tf) -- (bf) -- (bl) -- (tl) -- cycle;&#xA;   \shade[left color=gray!10, right color=black!50, shading angle=75] (tf) -- (bf) -- (br) -- (tr) -- cycle;&#xA;&#xA;   \begin{scope}&#xA;      \clip (tf) -- (tr) -- (tb) -- (tl) -- cycle;&#xA;      \shade[inner color = gray!5, outer color=black!50, shading=radial] (tf) ellipse (3cm and 1.5cm);&#xA;   \end{scope}&#xA;&#xA;   \draw (tf) -- (bf);&#xA;   \draw (tf) -- (tr);&#xA;   \draw (tf) -- (tl);&#xA;   \draw (tr) -- (br);&#xA;   \draw (bf) -- (br);&#xA;   \draw (tl) -- (bl);&#xA;   \draw (bf) -- (bl);&#xA;   \draw (tb) -- (tr);&#xA;   \draw (tb) -- (tl);&#xA;&#xA;   %set the sizes of the little cubes:&#xA;   \def\tone{.4}\def\ttwo{.75}\def\fone{.36}\def\ftwo{.70}&#xA;   \draw ($ (bf)!\tone!(br) $) -- ($ (tf)!\tone!(tr) $) -- ($ (tl)!\tone!(tb) $);&#xA;   \draw ($ (bf)!\ttwo!(br) $) -- ($ (tf)!\ttwo!(tr) $) -- ($ (tl)!\ttwo!(tb) $);&#xA;   \draw ($ (bf)!\tone!(bl) $) -- ($ (tf)!\tone!(tl) $) -- ($ (tr)!\tone!(tb) $);&#xA;   \draw ($ (bf)!\ttwo!(bl) $) -- ($ (tf)!\ttwo!(tl) $) -- ($ (tr)!\ttwo!(tb) $);&#xA;   \draw ($ (tl)!\fone!(bl) $) -- ($ (tf)!\fone!(bf) $) -- ($ (tr)!\fone!(br) $);&#xA;   \draw ($ (tl)!\ftwo!(bl) $) -- ($ (tf)!\ftwo!(bf) $) -- ($ (tr)!\ftwo!(br) $);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/XaJ5V.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T19:18:14.027" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12070" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12076" CreationDate="2011-02-25T19:48:57.513" Score="7" ViewCount="65" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know this is kind of blasphemic thing to ask, but is there a way to make mathmode obey spaces? Preferably in Plain with XeTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-25T20:43:57.777" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T20:43:57.777" Title="Making mathmode obey spaces" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;tex-core&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="12071" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3528" CreationDate="2011-02-25T19:49:42.223" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{pstricks}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{pspicture}(-3,-2)(4,2)&#xA;\pscustom[linecolor=red,linewidth=2pt,fillcolor=blue!30,fillstyle=solid]{&#xA;  \psarcn(4,0){2.5}{216}{144}&#xA;  \psellipticarc(0,0)(3,2){37}{323}}&#xA;\end{pspicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/3m658.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T19:49:42.223" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12072" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11966" CreationDate="2011-02-25T20:04:43.097" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;how you get the bibliography treated as a part in the t-of-c depends on how&#xA;it's defined in the documentclass you're using.  however, i assume that you&#xA;want the appearance of the bibliography itself to remain with the first page&#xA;looking like the first page of a chapter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the two documentclasses with parts with which i'm most familiar (the latex book.cls&#xA;and amsbook.cls) both start &lt;code&gt;{thebibliography}&lt;/code&gt; as &lt;code&gt;\chapter*&lt;/code&gt; (though in slightly&#xA;different ways).  the main difference is that book.cls doesn't put anything into&#xA;the t-of-c for &lt;code&gt;\chapter*&lt;/code&gt;.  with such a class, all you need to do is enter something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\addcontentsline{toc}{part}{Bibliography}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;after &lt;code&gt;\begin{thebibliography}&lt;/code&gt; and before the first reference entry.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;for a class like amsbook.cls, which automatically writes a t-of-c entry, you&#xA;would need to suppress that and then add a replacement.  the deletion can be&#xA;accomplished by defining a command such as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareRobustCommand{\SkipTocEntry}[4]{} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(using [5] instead if you're loading hyperref).  then, just before the start&#xA;of the bibliography, insert&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\addtocontents{toc}{\SkipTocEntry}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and proceed as above with the replacement.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="579" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-25T20:10:02.817" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T20:10:02.817" />
  <row Id="12073" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-25T20:14:11.377" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/table-of-contents&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'table-of-contents'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;table-of-contents&lt;/a&gt; is about the creation or modification of the &lt;em&gt;table of contents&lt;/em&gt; or similar listings like &lt;em&gt;list of figures&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;list of tables&lt;/em&gt; as well as custom lists.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-13T12:33:57.483" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T12:33:57.483" />
  <row Id="12074" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-25T20:14:11.377" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="{table-of-contents} is about the creation or modification of the *table of contents* or similar listings like *list of figures* and *list of tables* as well as custom lists." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-13T12:34:04.970" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T12:34:04.970" />
  <row Id="12075" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-25T20:14:15.980" Score="10" ViewCount="94" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have trouble with macros expanding to an abbreviated expression. Say I have &lt;code&gt;\WHP&lt;/code&gt; which expands to &quot;&lt;code&gt;with high prob.&lt;/code&gt;&quot; (artificial example). I want to avoid the dot after the abbreviation colliding with full stops later on, like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;We concluded that hypothesis holds \WHP.&quot; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which should &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; expand to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;We concluded that hypothesis holds with high prob..&quot; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but simply end with one full stop.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3836" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-25T20:26:11.460" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T20:26:11.460" Title="Abbreviations and full stop--how to avoid double dots?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;punctuation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="12076" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12070" CreationDate="2011-02-25T20:20:03.780" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sure:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{\catcode`\ =\active\global\let =\ }&#xA;\everymath{\catcode`\ =\active}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The space has mathcode &lt;code&gt;&quot;8000&lt;/code&gt;, which is supposed to make it active in math mode. But this is not enough for some reason. You do need the &lt;code&gt;\everymath&lt;/code&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T20:20:03.780" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12077" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-25T20:20:20.203" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt; class is one of the LaTeX standard classes besides &lt;code&gt;book&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;report&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;letter&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;em&gt;koma-script&lt;/em&gt; bundle provides the &lt;code&gt;scrartcl&lt;/code&gt; class which is intended as an alternative to &lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt;. Questions about this class should also be tagged with &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/koma-script&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'koma-script'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;koma-script&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-25T20:30:58.880" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T20:30:58.880" />
  <row Id="12078" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-25T20:20:20.203" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="The {article} tag marks questions related to the article standard class and classes which are intended to act as an replacement for it." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-25T20:31:01.033" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T20:31:01.033" />
  <row Id="12079" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12075" CreationDate="2011-02-25T20:21:20.807" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\WHP{with high prob\@ifnextchar.{}{.}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\WHP&#xA;&#xA;\WHP.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T20:21:20.807" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12080" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11928" CreationDate="2011-02-25T20:22:19.780" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;another possibility is to go into &quot;raw&quot; tex code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\texttt{\char`\&amp;lt;\char`\&amp;lt;test\char`\&amp;gt;\char`\&amp;gt;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;verbose, and works only on one character at a time, but it gets around any&#xA;catcode problems that might otherwise be a bother.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="579" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T20:22:19.780" />
  <row Id="12081" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12082" CreationDate="2011-02-25T20:33:37.800" Score="4" ViewCount="61" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using pdftex and the hyperref package. I have a number of automatically generated &lt;code&gt;\hyperlink{&amp;lt;label&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;text&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt;, which point to other automatically generated &lt;code&gt;\hypertarget{&amp;lt;label&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;text&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But since the two are generated independently, I don't know a priori whether a given label exists or not. The default behaviour when hyperlinking to an inexistent target is to put a &quot;Go to page 1&quot; link, which is completely useless for the user.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to change that default behaviour to either&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;put no link when the link would be broken, or&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;point the link to itself?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T20:41:47.607" Title="Automatically avoid broken internal hyperlinks" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="12082" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12081" CreationDate="2011-02-25T20:41:47.607" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I added code for this to the &lt;code&gt;ydoc&lt;/code&gt; package (beta version only), which is an alternative to &lt;code&gt;ltxdoc&lt;/code&gt;/&lt;code&gt;doc&lt;/code&gt;. There the macro descriptions are hyperlinked to the place where the macros are defined and vice versa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To avoid dead links for internal macros which aren't described in the user manual part I remember each one by defining a macro like &lt;code&gt;\defined@&amp;lt;name&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; when I set the &lt;code&gt;\hypertarget{}&lt;/code&gt;. This definitions are also written to the &lt;code&gt;.aux&lt;/code&gt; file so that they are available at the beginning of the document. The &lt;code&gt;\hyperlink&lt;/code&gt; is then only set if &lt;code&gt;\defined@&amp;lt;name&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; exist. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T20:41:47.607" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="12083" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12044" CreationDate="2011-02-25T20:42:56.947" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is a complete code example with output (I just took Stefan's answer and wrote it out).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{standalone}&#xA;% TEX.SE \url{}&#xA;\setlength{\textwidth}{4in}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\Huge&#xA;$A = (A \cup B)$&#xA;&#xA;$A \cap (( A) \cap B) = A \cap \mathord{\sim}B$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/cSN9N.png&quot; alt=&quot;sample output&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Switching in and out of math mode is not a good way to get extra spaces.  If you still want them after classifying the tilde as an ordinal, you can insert them with &lt;code&gt;\,&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\;&lt;/code&gt;, or &lt;code&gt;\&lt;/code&gt;.  See &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/info/math/voss/mathmode/Mathmode.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Herbert's mathmode document&lt;/a&gt; for FMTYEWTK.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T20:42:56.947" />
  <row Id="12084" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12070" CreationDate="2011-02-25T20:43:56.790" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I actually managed to somehow accidentally make it work by:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\catcode`\ =13 \def {\space}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;after which&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$$\def\space{ } meow woof$$ % the thing between the braces is U+A0&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;much to my surprise, worked.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T20:43:56.790" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12085" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12089" CreationDate="2011-02-25T21:29:31.567" Score="3" ViewCount="128" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need to add a &quot;label&quot; to nodes in a flowchart with tikz, preferably in the top left corner. See picture: the text in red is where I need it. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is because each block should have a &quot;label&quot; so I can refer to it elsewhere in the text and in other flowcharts (expanding nodes).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/5fWbv.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3822" LastEditorUserId="3822" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T12:47:13.647" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T12:47:13.647" Title="Add label to flowchart nodes" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;nodes&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12086" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-25T21:29:32.887" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Encapsulated PostScript, or EPS, is a DSC-conforming PostScript document with additional restrictions which is intended to be usable as a graphics file format. In other words, EPS files are more or less self-contained, reasonably predictable PostScript documents that describe an image or drawing and can be placed within a (dvi)TeX or another PostScript document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Further information can be found on the &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Encapsulated_PostScript&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Wikipedia entry for EPS&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-25T22:08:10.970" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T22:08:10.970" />
  <row Id="12087" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-25T21:29:32.887" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="The {eps} tag marks questions about using files in the Encapsulated PostScript format with TeX." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-25T22:08:13.480" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T22:08:13.480" />
  <row Id="12088" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12085" CreationDate="2011-02-25T21:46:20.740" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could overlay the box&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \documentclass{article}&#xA; \usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;  \begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \node[minimum width=3cm, minimum height=2cm, rounded corners,draw,fill=blue!30] (a) {Box content}; &#xA; \node[overlay, xshift=1pt,anchor=north west] at (a.north west) {Label};&#xA; \end{tikzpicture}&#xA; \end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/jkseO.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="632" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T21:46:20.740" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12089" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12085" CreationDate="2011-02-25T21:56:39.167" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can add the label as second node over the other one. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\node [draw,rounded corners=2pt,fill=blue!20,inner sep=1em] (A)&#xA;  {Node content};&#xA;&#xA;\node [anchor=north west,font=\tiny\color{red}] at (A.north west)&#xA;  {label};&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/mociK.png&quot; alt=&quot;Result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is also the &lt;code&gt;label&lt;/code&gt; key (see the &lt;code&gt;pgfmanual&lt;/code&gt; section 16.10 &lt;em&gt;The Label and Pin Options&lt;/em&gt;, page 194) which exists for adding labels like that. Unfortunately the label can only be on the &lt;em&gt;outside&lt;/em&gt; of the node. I didn't found out how to place them inside yet. A negative &lt;code&gt;label distance&lt;/code&gt; seems to have no effect.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\node [draw,rounded corners=2pt,fill=blue!20,inner sep=1em,label={[red]north west:\tiny Label outside}] (A)&#xA;  {Node content};&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T21:56:39.167" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12090" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2044" CreationDate="2011-02-25T21:57:14.220" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Unless you want to use a development version of TikZ or are stuck with an old TeX distribution, &lt;strong&gt;do not&lt;/strong&gt; manually install TikZ. Simply updating your TeX distribution should give you the newest stable release of TikZ.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, if you want to get a development version, follow the appropriate answer here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T21:57:14.220" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-02-25T21:57:14.220" />
  <row Id="12091" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12093" CreationDate="2011-02-25T22:07:54.893" Score="3" ViewCount="116" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a small problem with the TikZ &lt;code&gt;\foreach&lt;/code&gt; loop whenever the list, over which we loop, is defined my a macro. The following code example will show my problem:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrartcl}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Picture one:&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\foreach \x/\y in {1.0/2.0, 3.0/4.0} \node[draw] at (\x,\y) {\x--\y};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;Picture two:&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\mymacro}{1.0/2.0, 3.0/4.0}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\foreach \x/\y in {\mymacro} \node[draw] at (\x,\y) {\x--\y};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The expected result is that both images should look the same.&lt;/strong&gt; But in the second image, I only get one node - and both &lt;code&gt;\x&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\y&lt;/code&gt; are &lt;em&gt;each time&lt;/em&gt; expanded to &lt;code&gt;1.0/2.0, 3.0/4.0&lt;/code&gt;. I hope someone can help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3837" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T14:21:32.743" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T14:21:32.743" Title="TikZ \foreach loop with macro-defined list" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;macros&gt;&lt;foreach&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12093" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12091" CreationDate="2011-02-25T22:18:19.007" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\mymacro&lt;/code&gt; isn't expanded by the &lt;code&gt;\foreach&lt;/code&gt; loop, but only afterwards. You need to remove the braces &lt;code&gt;{ }&lt;/code&gt; around the macro to make it work:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrartcl}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Picture one:&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\foreach \x/\y in {1.0/2.0, 3.0/4.0} \node[draw] at (\x,\y) {\x--\y};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;Picture two:&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\mymacro}{1.0/2.0, 3.0/4.0}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\foreach \x/\y in \mymacro \node[draw] at (\x,\y) {\x--\y};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that while normally both &lt;em&gt;arguments&lt;/em&gt; &lt;code&gt;{\mymacro}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\mymacro&lt;/code&gt; are identical, &lt;code&gt;\foreach&lt;/code&gt; seems to test for &lt;code&gt;{&lt;/code&gt; and expands the argument if it isn't present.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T22:18:19.007" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12094" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12067" CreationDate="2011-02-25T22:23:09.557" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For both the LaTeX2e kernel and the current LaTeX3 code, there are a long series of automated tests which use log data only. These test things at the programming end of the spectrum, where you can write the results to the log. A bit of post-processing results in a file containing only the things you need to test and not the variable stuff (for example, which &lt;code&gt;\count&lt;/code&gt; is being used for a particular variable). The biggest problem is then not so much the testing itself as writing the tests in the first place. (The automated system for LaTeX3 is available from the public SVN: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.latex-project.org/svnroot/experimental/trunk/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.latex-project.org/svnroot/experimental/trunk/&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2011-02-25T22:23:09.557" />
  <row Id="12095" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12108" CreationDate="2011-02-25T22:39:08.677" Score="6" ViewCount="108" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using BibDesk for mac (just a front-end for creating and maintaining a BibTex file) and &lt;code&gt;BibLaTeX-mla&lt;/code&gt;. The problem I'm having is that as long as I'm setting &lt;code&gt;BibLaTeX&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;style=mla&lt;/code&gt;, then the citation shows up in-line, but not in the actual bibliography. The hyperlink even works, but it just goes to below the other citation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The LaTeX file is as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt,letterpaper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[parfill]{parskip}&#xA;\usepackage[american]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{csquotes}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\usepackage[style=mla]{biblatex}&#xA;\usepackage{mla}&#xA;\defbibheading{bibliography}{\newpage\centering Works Cited}&#xA;\bibliography{Bibliography}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{mla}{Stephen}{Searles}{Professor's last name}{Class name}{\today}{Title}&#xA;Start typing paragraph 1 here&#xA;Continue the rest of the paper as normal \cite{Kauffman:2002kx}.&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;\printbibliography&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;\end{mla}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And the related BibTex records:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@book{shepard2002act,&#xA;    Date-Added = {2011-02-25 12:48:03 -0800},&#xA;    Date-Modified = {2011-02-25 12:48:03 -0800},&#xA;    Editor = {Shepard, B. and Hayduk, R.},&#xA;    Isbn = {1859843565},&#xA;    Publisher = {Verso Books},&#xA;    Title = {From ACT UP to the WTO: Urban protest and community building in the era of globalization},&#xA;    Year = {2002}}&#xA;&#xA;@inbook{Kauffman:2002kx,&#xA;    Author = {Kauffman, LA},&#xA;    Chapter = {A short history of radical renewal},&#xA;    Crossref = {shepard2002act},&#xA;    Date-Added = {2011-02-25 13:04:16 -0800},&#xA;    Date-Modified = {2011-02-25 13:04:56 -0800},&#xA;    Pages = {35-39}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Am I doing something wrong here?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3621" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T07:54:48.957" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T22:20:10.417" Title="Crossrefs not showing up in bibliography with biblatex" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;biblatex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="12096" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-25T23:12:31.910" Score="6" ViewCount="137" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've just started using Palatino for my documents, and I've realized the opening quotes are all rendered as closing quotes. As per this forum post: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/531/what-is-the-best-way-to-use-quotation-mark-glyphs&quot;&gt;What is the best way to use quotation mark glyphs&lt;/a&gt; I use &lt;code&gt;``hello''&lt;/code&gt; to quote, but somehow Palatino is always showing both as closed. If I uncomment &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[sc]{mathpazo}&lt;/code&gt; then they are rendered correctly... How can I fix this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1403" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-25T23:23:45.070" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T03:28:01.080" Title="Palatino displays wrong opening quotes" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;punctuation&gt;&lt;mathpazo&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="12097" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12096" CreationDate="2011-02-25T23:30:25.077" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;With a minimal example like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{standalone}&#xA;\usepackage[sc]{mathpazo}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;``text''&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm getting the following results:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With the standard font:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/H4jBd.png&quot; alt=&quot;normal&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With &lt;code&gt;[sc]{mathpazo}&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/xR0rh.png&quot; alt=&quot;methpazo&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you can see the &lt;em&gt;lines&lt;/em&gt; of the quotes point in the same direction in both cases (opening quotes point to the upper right and the closing quotes to the lower left corner) and the opening and closing quotes are different. However with &lt;code&gt;mathpazo&lt;/code&gt; they are much similar as with the standard &lt;em&gt;computer modern&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If this is the same result you are getting I guess this is by design with this font and not incorrect. I don't think you can replace just the quotation characters of a font, so if you don't like them you have to use another font.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you get something different, please post a minimal example (or refer to mine) and post links to the result like I did.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T00:18:45.503" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T00:18:45.503" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="12098" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12062" CreationDate="2011-02-26T00:24:10.583" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you want a graphical interface with real-time previews of what your equations etc. look like, I'd recommend &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.lyx.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Lyx&lt;/a&gt;.&#xA;It is available on Linux, Mac, and Windows, but I've only tried it on Linux.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It includes toolbars, similar to the ones on codecogs.&#xA;You can also view the code it generates.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You would have to make sure that Lyx still generates the type of file that you want, I'm not sure if you want a full page pdf, or a smaller picture.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: It was pointed out in the comments that Lyx is not a WYSIWYG for LaTeX.&#xA;Thinking about it I am inclined to agree, so I updated my answer to include a fuller description of what Lyx gives you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="672" LastEditorUserId="672" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-28T13:56:05.253" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T13:56:05.253" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="12099" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12062" CreationDate="2011-02-26T00:38:02.867" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm fairly new to LaTeX. When I first started I did all my LaTeX papers in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.lyx.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot; title=&quot;LyX&quot;&gt;LyX&lt;/a&gt;. It has a really good equation editor that provides a set of buttons to point and click on various math elements to insert into the equation. For example if you click the square root icon, LyX puts your cursor inside a root symbol where you can continue typing your equation. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As I learned more about LaTeX I started to drift away from the point and click style and started typing common math commands that I knew in manually. That is I would type&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\sqrt&amp;lt;tab&amp;gt;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and LyX expands that as if I had pushed the sqrt button. LyX knows about a large number of LaTeX math commands and lets you tab complete them all in this way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;LyX also provides a &quot;View Source&quot; option which can be accessed under the &quot;View&quot; menu. Very useful for seeing exactly what LyX does.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally if you grab the LyX Beta, included is an awesome &lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20#toc22&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot; title=&quot;preview feature&quot;&gt;preview feature&lt;/a&gt; where you can preview pretty much any TeX code you like directly inside LyX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2960" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T00:38:02.867" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12100" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12101" CreationDate="2011-02-26T01:30:34.090" Score="3" ViewCount="134" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am using 'beamer' for presentations.&#xA;I have a Main Titles and a few slides under each.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Introduction has 4 slides&#xA;Methods have 5 slides.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to put kind of a ticker at the top of each slide saying what slide we are at currently. For Introduction it should have 4 small circles (coz 4 slides) below it and the slide number should be a highlighted circle.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I go about it?&#xA;Thanks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3444" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T01:51:16.897" Title="Slide ticker in beamer presentations" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;presentations&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="12101" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12100" CreationDate="2011-02-26T01:45:07.770" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could choose a beamer theme which supports that. For example &lt;code&gt;Singapore&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usetheme{Singapore}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section{Introduction}&#xA;\subsection{One}&#xA;\begin{frame} text \end{frame}&#xA;\subsection{Two}&#xA;\begin{frame} text \end{frame}&#xA;\subsection{Three}&#xA;\begin{frame} text \end{frame}&#xA;\subsection{Four}&#xA;\begin{frame} text \end{frame}&#xA;\section{Methods}&#xA;\subsection{One}&#xA;\begin{frame} text \end{frame}&#xA;\subsection{Two}&#xA;\begin{frame} text \end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ZnAVq.png&quot; alt=&quot;Singapore beamer theme&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's the top of a frame, where subsection three of the introduction is highlighted.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usetheme{Szeged}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/brwVk.png&quot; alt=&quot;Szeged theme&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usetheme{Darmstadt}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/nVHHv.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are related themes such as &lt;code&gt;Berlin&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;Ilmenau&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;Dresden&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;Frankfurt&lt;/code&gt;, with such a navigation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also the &lt;a href=&quot;http://recherche.noiraudes.net/fr/LaTeX.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;progressbar theme&lt;/a&gt; is interesting, if you wish to show the frame progress.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To visit beamer themes galleries, have a look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/5828/where-to-find-custom-beamer-themes&quot;&gt;Where to find custom beamer themes&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T01:51:16.897" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T01:51:16.897" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12102" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12104" CreationDate="2011-02-26T03:04:35.650" Score="1" ViewCount="160" Body="&lt;p&gt;I run &lt;a href=&quot;http://pages.uoregon.edu/koch/texshop&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TexShop&lt;/a&gt; on my Mac OS 10.6.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd like to install new packages like this: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/listings/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/listings/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How do I install it? I've downloaded the zip file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1868" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T04:16:54.760" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T04:47:02.033" Title="How do I install CTAN packages on Mac OS with TexShop?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;installing&gt;&lt;texshop&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="12103" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12096" CreationDate="2011-02-26T03:28:01.080" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Please no! There is no &quot;fixing&quot; here — this is the design of the font. All Palatino-based fonts use this design and to switch just the quotation marks is to some degree a heresy. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Having said that, the Microsoft Palatino knockoff Book Antiqua has a similar look to Palatino but with more convention quotation marks. I don't recommend it, but it might be worth a look. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T03:28:01.080" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12104" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12102" CreationDate="2011-02-26T03:38:59.053" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I will assume you are using MacTeX (The Mac specific distribution of TeXLive)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Before answering your question, the listings package you mention is part of the TeXLive distribution. You don't actually have to install it, it is already there. Just include the line&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in your preamble.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you have to install a package, there are two quick ways to install a package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1- For packages found on CTAN : use the TeX Live Utility found in the &lt;code&gt;/Applications/TeX&lt;/code&gt; folder. This application can keep all of the TeX packages up to date.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2- Place the relevant files in &lt;code&gt;~/Library/texmf/tex/latex&lt;/code&gt;. TeX will find them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I hope this helps.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3708" LastEditorUserId="3708" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T04:47:02.033" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T04:47:02.033" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="12105" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12067" CreationDate="2011-02-26T04:08:40.673" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think there are three broad categories for unit testing in TeX based on:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Log file output&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;DVI/PDF generated output&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;TeX-based programming checks&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Log file output&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Joseph has already mentioned the log-file-based testing used for LaTeX2e and for expl3, but it's worth noting that these tests can also be used for checking the contents of boxes and output, so they're quite general in their scope. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\tracingoutput=1 \tracingonline=1&#xA;\showboxdepth=999 \showboxbreadth=999&#xA;&#xA;\newbox\foo&#xA;\savebox\foo{abc $\cos(x)$}&#xA;\showbox\foo&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Generated output&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For &lt;code&gt;unicode-math&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt; I've got a different system that is slower and less reliable than log file tests, in which I use generated PDFs to compare before/after differences using ImageMagick's &lt;code&gt;compare&lt;/code&gt; tool.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One of the main problems with this approach is the presence of false positives due to off-by-one pixel rounding errors in the rasterisation. (And, possibly, installing new fonts changing the outputs of the tests.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On thing I like about comparing PDFs, though, is that I've then got a useable document based on the test suite for demonstration purposes. No reason this couldn't be done as a by-product of any of the other testing processes, however.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using a DVI-based comparison as suggested by other commenters may be more reliable, but I haven't looked into the various options there.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Programming checks&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Both of the above techniques require &lt;code&gt;Makefile&lt;/code&gt; or other scripts to automate. An easier method, albeit less flexible, is to use the &lt;code&gt;qstest&lt;/code&gt; package to write unit tests as part of a TeX document (often included in the &lt;code&gt;dtx&lt;/code&gt; source file). We've used this successfully in the &lt;code&gt;hardwrap&lt;/code&gt; package, but this technique does require that the test can somehow be checked from within TeX — and often this is sufficient.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As an example from &lt;code&gt;hardwrap.dtx&lt;/code&gt;, this sort of test looks like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{qstest}{deal with explicit newlines}{}&#xA;\HardWrap{\xdef\TMP}{50}{}{NEWLINE}{aaa bbb^^Jccc}%&#xA;\Expect *{\TMP} *{aaa bbbNEWLINEccc}&#xA;\end{qstest}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T04:08:40.673" />
  <row Id="12106" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12367" CreationDate="2011-02-26T07:16:22.467" Score="3" ViewCount="187" Body="&lt;p&gt;Does TikZ have a &lt;code&gt;copy&lt;/code&gt; command? the copy command means, e.g.,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I draw a rectangle first, then I draw whatever e.g., circle, writing text etc. in the rectangle. let me define a &lt;code&gt;source object&lt;/code&gt; that includes all objects in the rectangle and the rectangle itself. Now I want to &lt;code&gt;copy&lt;/code&gt; the &lt;code&gt;source object&lt;/code&gt; based on the lower left corner of rectangle to a new position.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;@Martin @Jan @Caramdir, following is an example, but it has some error. please also refer to my comment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[titlepage,a4paper]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{TikZ}   %Create PostScript and PDF graphics in TeX&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=0.962661,thick]&#xA;  \foreach \xbase/\ybase in {0mm/0mm,46.700000mm/0mm}&#xA;  {&#xA;    %grid line&#xA;    \draw[xstep=11.200000mm,ystep=12.051000mm] (\xbase,\ybase) grid (\xbase + 44.800000mm,\ybase + 36.153000mm);&#xA;  }&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;@Martin @Jan @Caramdir, i updated the above example. it is better except that the most left vertical line of right grid is missing. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[titlepage,a4paper]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{TikZ}   %Create PostScript and PDF graphics in TeX&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=0.962661,thick]&#xA;  \foreach \xbase/\ybase/\xoffset in {0mm/0mm/0mm,44.800000mm/0mm/1.9mm}&#xA;  {&#xA;    %grid line&#xA;    \draw[xstep=11.200000mm,ystep=12.051000mm,xshift=\xoffset] (\xbase,\ybase) grid (\xbase + 44.800000mm,\ybase + 36.153000mm);&#xA;  }&#xA; \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA; \end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;it seemed that &lt;code&gt;grid&lt;/code&gt; always uses the origin (0,0) as its reference. my way is to add shift to the base point and cares about the coordinates by myself. but the most left vertical line of right grid is missing. i don't know why. it looked like that the line should be in the range of the grid.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is there a rationale for this? i mean make &lt;code&gt;grid&lt;/code&gt; use (x,y) instead of (0,0) as the reference point.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3253" LastEditorUserId="3253" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-01T03:52:20.803" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T06:27:51.370" Title="TikZ copy command" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="12107" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11717" CreationDate="2011-02-26T07:44:58.587" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One possibility would be using the caption package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{svmonomb}&#xA;\usepackage{longtable}&#xA;\usepackage[small,bf,singlelinecheck=off]{caption}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;I would like to have the longtable version \ref{longtable} look like &#xA;the ``normal'' version \ref{table}.&#xA;&#xA;\bigskip&#xA;&#xA;\begin{table}&#xA;    \centering&#xA;    \begin{tabular}{rrrrrrrrr}&#xA;        1 &amp; 1 &amp; 1 &amp; 1 &amp; 1 &amp; 1 &amp; 1 &amp; 1 \\&#xA;        1 &amp; 1 &amp; 1 &amp; 1 &amp; 1 &amp; 1 &amp; 1 &amp; 1&#xA;    \end{tabular}&#xA;    \caption{Caption of the normal \texttt{table} environment.}&#xA;    \label{table}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{longtable}{rrrrrrrrr}&#xA;    1 &amp; 1 &amp; 1 &amp; 1 &amp; 1 &amp; 1 &amp; 1 &amp; 1 \\&#xA;    1 &amp; 1 &amp; 1 &amp; 1 &amp; 1 &amp; 1 &amp; 1 &amp; 1 \\&#xA;    \caption{Caption of the \texttt{longtable} environment.}&#xA;    \label{longtable}&#xA;\end{longtable}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A different option would be redefining &lt;code&gt;\LT@caption&lt;/code&gt; similar to the code of &lt;code&gt;\@makecaption&lt;/code&gt; (which can be found inside svmonomb.cls).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2574" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T07:44:58.587" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12108" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12095" CreationDate="2011-02-26T07:47:37.150" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your database entries are reversed. Editing the example to read&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;@inbook{Kauffman:2002kx,&#xA;    Author = {Kauffman, LA},&#xA;    Chapter = {A short history of radical renewal},&#xA;    Crossref = {shepard2002act},&#xA;    Date-Added = {2011-02-25 13:04:16 -0800},&#xA;    Date-Modified = {2011-02-25 13:04:56 -0800},&#xA;    Pages = {35-39}}&#xA;&#xA;@book{shepard2002act,&#xA;    Date-Added = {2011-02-25 12:48:03 -0800},&#xA;    Date-Modified = {2011-02-25 12:48:03 -0800},&#xA;    Editor = {Shepard, B. and Hayduk, R.},&#xA;    Isbn = {1859843565},&#xA;    Publisher = {Verso Books},&#xA;    Title = {From ACT UP to the WTO: Urban protest and community building in the era of globalization},&#xA;    Year = {2002}}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;deals with the problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is covered in the excellent &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/tamethebeast&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Tame the BeaST&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, p. 26:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;One other important remark is that&#xA;  cross-referenced entries must be&#xA;  defined &lt;em&gt;after&lt;/em&gt; entries containing the&#xA;  corresponding &lt;code&gt;crossref&lt;/code&gt; field. And you&#xA;  can’t embed cross-references, that is,&#xA;  you cannot &lt;code&gt;crossref&lt;/code&gt; an entry that&#xA;  already contains a &lt;code&gt;crossref&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T12:12:53.937" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T12:12:53.937" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12109" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12062" CreationDate="2011-02-26T08:14:52.613" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[active,displaymath,textmath]{preview}&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;foo $ y=f(x) $ bar&#xA;&#xA;foo \[ y=g(x) \] bar&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Run it with &lt;code&gt;latex&lt;/code&gt; and then &lt;code&gt;dvips -E -i &amp;lt;file&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;, which will create for every math expression a single eps file &lt;code&gt;file.xxx&lt;/code&gt; which then can be converted to any other type of image.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T08:14:52.613" />
  <row Id="12110" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12188" CreationDate="2011-02-26T09:46:25.493" Score="2" ViewCount="209" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\small&lt;/code&gt; or other tag seems can not change the font size of the line number.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The package I use is &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{algorithmic}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3846" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T11:13:18.603" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T11:13:18.603" Title="Smaller font size of the algorithm description?" Tags="&lt;algorithms&gt;&lt;fontsize&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12111" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12025" CreationDate="2011-02-26T09:53:14.303" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A simple workaround is to save your diagrams as .pdf and import them using &lt;code&gt;graphicx&lt;/code&gt;. Answers to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2092/which-figure-type-to-use-pdf-or-eps&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt; soundly recommend .pdf over .eps, however perhaps the most practical is that .pdf viewers and generators are fairly ubiquitous. Additionally, if you use &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;xelatex&lt;/code&gt; you can compile directly to .pdf without the .dvi intermediate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately, as Hendrik points out, my initial suggestion was very obsolete.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1052" LastEditorUserId="1052" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-06T00:35:26.727" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T00:35:26.727" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="12112" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-26T10:06:08.697" Score="2" ViewCount="71" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am learning TikZ. I am wondering where I can find information about options of command or environment. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, for &lt;code&gt;\draw&lt;/code&gt;, you can use &lt;code&gt;\draw[step=0.5]&lt;/code&gt;, but it also has &lt;code&gt;\draw[xstep=0.5,ystep=0.7]&lt;/code&gt;. For &lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=3]&lt;/code&gt;, it also has many other options.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am reading the manual &lt;code&gt;pgfmanual.pdf&lt;/code&gt; but don't finish reading yet, but it seems that it doesn't introduce all options for a command or environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3253" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T11:49:59.073" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T14:05:19.273" Title="TikZ option for command or environment" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;manuals&gt;&lt;options&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12113" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12117" CreationDate="2011-02-26T10:52:42.287" Score="4" ViewCount="120" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using the beamer class, with the following preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[french]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{ae,aecompl,aeguill}&#xA;\usepackage{amsthm, amsmath, amsfonts}&#xA;&#xA;\usetheme{Luebeck}&#xA;\usefonttheme{professionalfonts}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I use the &lt;code&gt;proof&lt;/code&gt; environment, the word &lt;code&gt;Preuve&lt;/code&gt; appears in the document. This is the desired behaviour.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{proof}&#xA;    ...&#xA;\end{proof}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Conversely, the &lt;code&gt;theorem&lt;/code&gt; environment produces the header &lt;code&gt;Theorem&lt;/code&gt;, which is not wanted.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{theorem}&#xA;    ...&#xA;\end{theorem}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What did I do wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1551" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T12:07:50.963" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T13:13:54.947" Title="Babel (French) does not translate the theorem environment in Beamer class" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;theorems&gt;&lt;languages&gt;&lt;babel&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="12115" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12113" CreationDate="2011-02-26T11:37:02.987" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;as far as I know, the &lt;code&gt;amsthm&lt;/code&gt; package does not attempt to translate its theorem names. It's probably easiest to simply declare a new theorem environment with the &lt;code&gt;\newtheorem&lt;/code&gt; command. On this note, it might also be worthwhile to check out the &lt;code&gt;ntheorem&lt;/code&gt; package. It's quite similar to &lt;code&gt;amsthm&lt;/code&gt; but newer and offers a few more formating options.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hope that helps.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3830" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T11:37:02.987" />
  <row Id="12116" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12118" CreationDate="2011-02-26T11:05:00.393" Score="5" ViewCount="117" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using texclipse with MiKTeX 2.8.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For my thesis I need to split my list of references into two parts: literature and online sources. I've so far:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{url}&#xA;\usepackage{harvard}&#xA;\citationmode{abbr} &#xA;\bibliographystyle{agsm}    &#xA;\renewcommand{\harvardurl}{URL: \url} &#xA;...&#xA;\bibliography{../bibtex/Literatur}&#xA;\renewcommand\bibname{Online Quellenverzeichniss}&#xA;\bibliography{../bibtex/Online}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I assume my bib file entries are correct, no errors warnings, except it will not find the citation keys for the entries in Online.bib for  the citations in my article.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Though I will get the two chapters with different tiles, there are the same entries (of the first bib &quot;Literatur&quot;) on both.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to get this to work properly or do I have to go another way? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3847" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T15:31:11.443" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T15:50:30.297" Title="How to split the bibligraphy into two with different bibnames?" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;biblatex&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12117" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12113" CreationDate="2011-02-26T13:13:54.947" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The beamer class uses the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/translator&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;translator&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package for translation. Just specify the language to be used:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\uselanguage{French}&#xA;\languagepath{French}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a complete minimal working example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage[french]{babel}&#xA;\uselanguage{French}&#xA;\languagepath{French}&#xA;\usetheme{Copenhagen}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;\begin{proof}&#xA;    Some text&#xA;\end{proof}&#xA;\begin{theorem}&#xA;    Some text&#xA;\end{theorem}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Gb97F.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T13:13:54.947" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12118" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12116" CreationDate="2011-02-26T13:20:48.170" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have no experience with the harvard package and its agsm style, so I can only make some general remarks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In &quot;traditional&quot; LaTeX, producing bibliographies subdived by reference type or topic is often done using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/multibib.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;multibib&lt;/a&gt; package. BibTeX (the program that is responsible for assembling the bibliographic data) must be run multiple times (each time on a different &lt;code&gt;.aux&lt;/code&gt; file created by LaTeX) in order to produce multiple &lt;code&gt;.bbl&lt;/code&gt; files (which serve as basis for the typeset bibliographies). This may not be possible automatically with texclipse and therefore cause the problem you observe.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are not obliged to use the harvard/agsm combo, I recommend to switch to the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/biblatex.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;biblatex&lt;/a&gt; package. Its author-year-styles are similar to the agsm style (and can be tweaked to your liking), and producing subdived bibliographies is very easy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T13:28:18.883" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T13:28:18.883" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="12119" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12116" CreationDate="2011-02-26T13:28:59.353" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could also consider using &lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt; . With &lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt; you could simply use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\printbibliography[heading=subbibliography,title={Literatuur},nottype=online]&#xA;&#xA;\printbibliography[heading=subbibliography,title={Online},type=online]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In case you are interested &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/biblatex.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/biblatex.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3338" LastEditorUserId="3338" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T13:38:01.597" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T13:38:01.597" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12121" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12112" CreationDate="2011-02-26T14:05:19.273" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The TikZ manual a large beast, with a huge amount of information.  You have to know where to look.  It seems that what you want is mostly Part III&#xA;&quot;TikZ ist kein Zeichenprogramm&quot;, which describes all the tikz commands and for each of them, it lists the basic options, with explanations.  It is divided into sections, for example there is a section on drawing paths, that describes the &lt;code&gt;\draw&lt;/code&gt; command, and it lists and explains the main options that apply to the path.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, it does not list all the options available to &quot;\draw&quot;, for example it does not mention the fill or decorate options, that are described in different sections.  Then there are options that are only available when certain libraries are loaded, and you will find those in the discussion of the libraries.  As far as I know, there isn't one place where you would find a list of all the options available for a given command or environment.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T14:05:19.273" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12122" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11193" CreationDate="2011-02-26T14:07:27.307" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I always make portable latex source equally suitable for compiling both with latex and pdflatex. My remedy is rather simple. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Put &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{graphicx}&lt;/code&gt; into preample (without any driver specified).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Import &lt;code&gt;eps&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;pdf&lt;/code&gt; graphics with &lt;code&gt;\includegrpahics{filename}&lt;/code&gt;; latex compiler then loads &lt;code&gt;filename.eps&lt;/code&gt; whereas pdflatex takes &lt;code&gt;filename.pdf&lt;/code&gt;. MikTeX automatically converts &lt;code&gt;eps&lt;/code&gt; into &lt;code&gt;pdf&lt;/code&gt; on fly if the &lt;code&gt;epstopdf&lt;/code&gt; packege is loaded.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Import &lt;code&gt;png&lt;/code&gt; graphics with &lt;code&gt;\includegrpahics[nathwith=&amp;lt;XX&amp;gt;bp, natheight=&amp;lt;YY&amp;gt;bp, width=&amp;lt;width&amp;gt;]{filename.png}&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;.png&lt;/code&gt; extension explicitely shown; in that case you dont need to invent &lt;code&gt;\DeclareGraphicsRule&lt;/code&gt;. Natural height  and width  of bitmap graphics can be determined from file properties in Windows Explorer or any graphics editor, e.g. Windows Paint. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3831" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T14:07:27.307" />
  <row Id="12123" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3131" CreationDate="2011-02-26T14:18:14.883" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sure, it is possible. E.g.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\graphicspath{{}{eps/}{eps/seminar/}{png/}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;if the eps, png folders are placed at same level as your source file. A more sophisticated version allows importing graphics from the parent folder:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\graphicspath{{}{../eps/}{../eps/seminar/}{../png/}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With this settings, you don't need (althoug you can!) to indicate path to graphics file from within &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3831" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T14:18:14.883" />
  <row Id="12124" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12106" CreationDate="2011-02-26T14:38:27.487" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If I had to use the same contents several times in different places, I would define a new tex command that draws all the objects, and then use it at different locations, possibly with &lt;code&gt;scope&lt;/code&gt; and shifting.  Something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\mytikzcontents{&#xA;  \draw (0,0) rectangle (4,5);&#xA;  \draw (1,1) circle (1cm);&#xA;  \draw[dashed,-&amp;gt;] (4,5) -- (1,1);&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and then inside the tikzpicture I would use it as &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{scope}[xshift=2cm,yshift=3cm]&#xA;   \mytikzcontents&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or you could make the xshift and yshift arguments of the command. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T14:38:27.487" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="12125" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12127" CreationDate="2011-02-26T15:11:54.673" Score="2" ViewCount="104" Body="&lt;p&gt;Does anyone know how to stretch a (framed) box down to the end of the page? In effect something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrartcl}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;sometext&#xA;&#xA;\framebox[\textwidth]{somemoretext\vspace*{\fill}}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Only that this doesn't work, of course, because &lt;code&gt;\fill&lt;/code&gt; doesn't work inside a box...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've also tried the &lt;code&gt;framed&lt;/code&gt; package, that doesn't solve the problem either.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(In case anyone is wondering why I'm trying to do this, think of a handout with a box for handwritten comments at the end...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3830" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T15:41:16.153" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T16:14:50.680" Title="Stretching a framebox over the whole page" Tags="&lt;boxes&gt;&lt;vspace&gt;&lt;stretching&gt;&lt;framebox&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="12126" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5331" CreationDate="2011-02-26T15:21:29.347" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I too had the same problem. Fortunately, I just now came across the solution: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=mpprologues&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Displaying MetaPost output in ghostscript&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To avoid this problem, as they suggested, you just have to add the following line at the beginning of your &lt;code&gt;.mp&lt;/code&gt; file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;prologues := 2;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then process your &lt;code&gt;.mp&lt;/code&gt; file with &lt;code&gt;gs&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;convert&lt;/code&gt; or whatever tool you like.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not much knowledgeable about MetaPost, so, I don't know what exactly it does. But it atleast avoid that irritating error :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hope others find it useful too!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2967" LastEditorUserId="2967" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-28T09:29:16.497" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T09:29:16.497" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-02-28T09:29:16.497" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12127" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12125" CreationDate="2011-02-26T15:30:56.470" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;run it with &lt;code&gt;xelatex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pst-node}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;sometext&#xA;&#xA;\rnode[lt]{A}{somemoretext}&#xA;&#xA;\vfill&#xA;~\hfill\rnode[rb]{B}{~}&#xA;\psframe(A)(B)&#xA;&#xA;\clearpage&#xA;foo&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/RjhTl.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T15:30:56.470" />
  <row Id="12128" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12125" CreationDate="2011-02-26T15:44:31.173" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use TikZ for this.&#xA;There is the special node &lt;code&gt;current page&lt;/code&gt; which gives you the corners of the current page as points of the compass. You can get the lower right corner of the textarea by subtracting the margins. This needs the &lt;code&gt;remember picture&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;overlay&lt;/code&gt; option on the picture and also needs two compiler runs to produce the correct result.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately TikZ doesn't provide a special node for the text area itself, but I found &lt;a href=&quot;http://old.nabble.com/Re%3A-more-special-nodes-p20830278.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;some code posted by Sven Köhler&lt;/a&gt; which defines such a node.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrartcl}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\currentsidemargin}{%&#xA;  \ifodd\value{page}%&#xA;    \oddsidemargin%&#xA;  \else%&#xA;    \evensidemargin%&#xA;  \fi%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum[1]% dummy text&#xA;\par\bigskip \noindent&#xA;Notes:\\&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[overlay,remember picture]&#xA;    % Helper nodes&#xA;    \path (current page.north west) ++(\hoffset, -\voffset)&#xA;        node[anchor=north west, shape=rectangle, inner sep=0, minimum width=\paperwidth, minimum height=\paperheight]&#xA;        (pagearea) {};&#xA;&#xA;    \path (pagearea.north west) ++(1in+\currentsidemargin,-1in-\topmargin-\headheight-\headsep)&#xA;        node[anchor=north west, shape=rectangle, inner sep=0, minimum width=\textwidth, minimum height=\textheight]&#xA;        (textarea) {};&#xA;&#xA;    % Framebox&#xA;    \draw (0,0) rectangle (textarea.south east);&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\newpage&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/qJu4k.png&quot; alt=&quot;Result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T16:14:50.680" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T16:14:50.680" />
  <row Id="12129" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12116" CreationDate="2011-02-26T15:50:30.297" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=multbib&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;This FAQ answer&lt;/a&gt; discusses a few possible approaches, using 4 different packages: &lt;code&gt;bibtopic&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;multibbl&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;multibib&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;splitbib&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;multibbl&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;multibib&lt;/code&gt; require you to use a different type of citation command for your literature vs online sources, which doesn't seem to be how you have things set up. &lt;code&gt;splitbib&lt;/code&gt; requires you to explicitly list which bibliography you want each reference in.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;bibtopic&lt;/code&gt; divides the bibliographies based on the .bib files, as you requested, so that is probably the correct choice for you. However, &lt;code&gt;bibtopic&lt;/code&gt; is incompatible with &lt;code&gt;harvard&lt;/code&gt;, so you will need to switch to &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt; (which can do everything &lt;code&gt;harvard&lt;/code&gt; can, and more).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T15:50:30.297" />
  <row Id="12130" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11877" CreationDate="2011-02-26T17:26:47.883" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Haha! I found a way to make this work. It's an ugly solution though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the file &quot;&lt;code&gt;newlfm.cls&lt;/code&gt;&quot; i made the following changes:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;In line 426 I changed &lt;code&gt;\PhrRegard{Regarding}&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\PhrRegard{}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;In line 1412 I removed the : from {&lt;code&gt;\@regard@phr&lt;/code&gt;:&#xA;&lt;code&gt;\@regard@line}{}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In my &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt;-file I wrote &quot;&lt;code&gt;\regarding{\textbf{Överklagande av Skatteverkets beslut om tilläggstaxering,\\dnr 15-2008/0057}}&lt;/code&gt;&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And it works!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3851" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T17:31:05.357" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T17:31:05.357" />
  <row Id="12131" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-26T17:45:43.160" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questions tagged with &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/quoting&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'quoting'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;quoting&lt;/a&gt; are about the environments &lt;code&gt;quote&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;quotation&lt;/code&gt; which set text blocks off by indenting them. If your question is about quotation marks, choose the &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/punctuation&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'punctuation'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;punctuation&lt;/a&gt; tag instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T17:46:26.273" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T17:46:26.273" />
  <row Id="12132" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-26T17:45:43.160" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="Questions tagged with {quoting} are about the environments `quote` and `quotation` which set text blocks off by indenting them. If your question is about quotation marks, choose the {punctuation} tag instead." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T17:46:29.050" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T17:46:29.050" />
  <row Id="12133" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-26T17:55:53.483" Score="4" ViewCount="52" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using a &lt;code&gt;\newtheoremstyle&lt;/code&gt; to generate a &lt;code&gt;\newtheorem&lt;/code&gt; called &lt;strong&gt;Example&lt;/strong&gt;. However, I want the Example (the theorem) and the text, everything, to have a smaller text width than the normal text, and I don't know the efficient way of doing this, and avoid repeating code each time.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there an intelligent way to do this in the &lt;code&gt;\newtheoremstyle&lt;/code&gt;? Or elsewhere?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3827" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T18:02:21.093" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T19:22:20.360" Title="What is the intelligent way of setting the text width for a specific theorem in \newtheoremstyle?" Tags="&lt;amsmath&gt;&lt;style&gt;&lt;theorems&gt;&lt;textwidth&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12134" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12133" CreationDate="2011-02-26T18:06:09.020" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;thmtools&lt;/code&gt; package can help with this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsthm,thmtools}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\declaretheorem[shaded={bgcolor=white,textwidth=20em},style=definition]{Example}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\begin{Example}&#xA;\lipsum[2]&#xA;\end{Example}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This puts the Example is a box that is 20em wide.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/6k6L1.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;In a comment, you mention centering for the first time. Here's a way to get centering. It takes a little bit more work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsthm,thmtools}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\declaretheorem[style=definition]{Example}&#xA;\addtotheorempreheadhook[Example]{%&#xA;        \moveright\dimexpr(\linewidth-20em)/2\vbox\bgroup&#xA;                \hsize=20em&#xA;                \linewidth=\hsize&#xA;}&#xA;\addtotheorempostfoothook[Example]{\egroup}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\begin{Example}&#xA;\lipsum[2]&#xA;\end{Example}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This doesn't rely on the &lt;code&gt;shaded&lt;/code&gt; extension. Instead, it puts the theorem in a &lt;code&gt;\vbox&lt;/code&gt; of the appropriate size and then moves that right &lt;code&gt;(\linewidth-20em)/2&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T19:22:20.360" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T19:22:20.360" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="12135" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12138" CreationDate="2011-02-26T18:13:30.003" Score="3" ViewCount="72" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;pgfplots&lt;/code&gt; has a library &lt;code&gt;units&lt;/code&gt; that allows to typeset units in axis labels provided through &lt;code&gt;x unit=&amp;lt;unit&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;. Through the key &lt;code&gt;\pgfplotsset{unit code/.code={\si{#1}}}&lt;/code&gt;, it can be made to typeset the units using the excellent &lt;code&gt;siunitx&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My problem is the following: When I provide units with negative exponents, such as &lt;code&gt;\metre\per\second&lt;/code&gt;, they are typeset as &lt;code&gt;m/s&lt;/code&gt;, and not &lt;code&gt;ms^{-1}&lt;/code&gt; as I would like (and as is the standard behaviour of &lt;code&gt;siunitx&lt;/code&gt;). I've tried setting the &lt;code&gt;unit code&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\si[per-mode=reciprocal]{#1}&lt;/code&gt;, but it doesn't change the output. If I supply the unit using &lt;code&gt;x unit=\si{\metre\per\second}&lt;/code&gt;, I get the desired output, but I would rather not call the &lt;code&gt;\si&lt;/code&gt; command explicitly, as in my eyes it would defeat the purpose of using the &lt;code&gt;units&lt;/code&gt; library if I end up typesetting the units myself anyway.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;MWE:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{siunitx}&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplots}&#xA;\usepgfplotslibrary{units}&#xA;\pgfplotsset{unit code/.code={\si{#1}}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{axis}[&#xA;x unit=\metre\per\second, %This doesn't do what I want&#xA;y unit=\si{\metre\per\second}] %This does, but I don't want to type &quot;\si{...}&quot;&#xA;\end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/jPynH.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T19:00:24.593" Title="Make pgfplots typeset axis units as reciprocals using siunitx" Tags="&lt;pgfplots&gt;&lt;siunitx&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="12136" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12137" CreationDate="2011-02-26T18:24:47.500" Score="4" ViewCount="117" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've just installed TeXworks on new computer (with ubuntu 10.4). It seems all required texlive packages are installed, in any case I can compile .tex documents using terminal. But in TeXworks while trying to run pdfLaTeX appears: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;This is pdfTeX, Version 3.1415926-1.40.10 (TeX Live 2009/Debian)&#xA; restricted \write18 enabled.&#xA;entering extended mode&#xA;(./Szarfi.tex&#xA;! Undefined control sequence.&#xA;l.2 \documentclass&#xA;                  {book}&#xA;? &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Preamble is: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%&amp;amp; --translate-file=utf-8&#xA;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\usepackage[polish]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8x]{inputenc}&#xA;\begin{document} &#xA;&#xA;here goes the text&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've uninstalled and installed once again TeXworks, the problem persist. I had before more general problem with the system, I thought I've resolved it with help of askubuntu, the thread is here: &lt;a href=&quot;http://askubuntu.com/questions/28195/untrusted-packages-could-compromise-your-systems-security-appears-while-tryin&quot;&gt;http://askubuntu.com/questions/28195/untrusted-packages-could-compromise-your-systems-security-appears-while-tryin&lt;/a&gt;, I don't know if there is any connection between those problems.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance for any suggestions&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3703" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T18:26:29.200" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T18:39:23.080" Title="TeXworks can't compile any .tex document" Tags="&lt;texworks&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="12137" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12136" CreationDate="2011-02-26T18:39:23.080" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Did you select &lt;code&gt;pdfLaTeX&lt;/code&gt; next to the compilation button? The default in the TeXworks version in Ubuntu 10.04 is &lt;code&gt;pdfTeX&lt;/code&gt;, which won't compile LaTeX documents.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T18:39:23.080" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="12138" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12135" CreationDate="2011-02-26T18:45:22.250" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It seems that &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/pgfplots&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;pgfplots&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; passes some additional information through, rather than just the units themselves. This confuses &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/siunitx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;siunitx&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, which is looking for a unit only (otherwise it bails out of processing the units). So we need to strip out the additional information:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{siunitx}&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplots}&#xA;\usepgfplotslibrary{units}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\pgfplotsset{unit code/.code={\si{\@secondoftwo#1}}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{axis}[&#xA;x unit=\metre\per\second, %This doesn't do what I want&#xA;y unit=\si{\metre\per\second}] %This does, but I don't want to type &quot;\si{...}&quot;&#xA;\end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The &lt;code&gt;\@secondoftwo&lt;/code&gt; here is used to throw away the first piece of information in &lt;code&gt;#1&lt;/code&gt;, which is where the issue is. As &lt;code&gt;\si&lt;/code&gt; expands its argument, we only need to include the necessary stripping code there directly.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For those who would know everything, the full story. If you take a peek at what &lt;code&gt;#1&lt;/code&gt; in the above actually is, you get &lt;code&gt;{}{\pgfkeysvalueof {/pgfplots/x\space unit}}&lt;/code&gt;. Now, the problem is the braces. The first stage of &lt;code&gt;siunitx&lt;/code&gt; processing is to &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt; everything, which leads to &lt;code&gt;{}{\metre\per\second}&lt;/code&gt; (&lt;code&gt;\pgfkeysvalueof&lt;/code&gt; is expandable and the unit macros are protected). The second step &lt;code&gt;siunitx&lt;/code&gt; does is to look for anything that is not a unit macro, which I call 'literal' input. That leads to &lt;code&gt;{}{}&lt;/code&gt;, which is not empty and so looks like literal input. So the &lt;code&gt;\@secondoftwo&lt;/code&gt; in the solution throws away the first set of braces, and unbraces the second argument. That means that the value then contains no 'literal' items, and is processed by &lt;code&gt;siunitx&lt;/code&gt; using the unit processor as desired.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T19:00:24.593" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T19:00:24.593" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="12139" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11329" CreationDate="2011-02-26T19:06:06.420" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Thanks to Hendrik's answer and the &lt;a href=&quot;http://chat.stackexchange.com/transcript/message/572883#572883&quot;&gt;chat with him and Joseph Wright&lt;/a&gt; as well as the comment from Bruno Le Floch, I now solved all the issues related to the expansion in &lt;code&gt;tabulars&lt;/code&gt;, i.e. in the underlying plainTeX primitive &lt;code&gt;\halign&lt;/code&gt;. I like to list them here in case there are useful for others.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Just to summaries: The issue here was that &lt;code&gt;\halign&lt;/code&gt; expands the tokens after &lt;code&gt;\cr&lt;/code&gt; (which is more or less the plainTeX version of &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt;) and after &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; to see if a &lt;code&gt;\noalign&lt;/code&gt; follows. This expansion stops when a non-expandable token is found.&#xA;The &lt;code&gt;collcell&lt;/code&gt; package wants to collect this tokens unexpanded. There is also the issue of the &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; getting expanded if the cell only is empty or contains only macros which expand to nothing or spaces, like &lt;code&gt;\empty&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\space&lt;/code&gt;. This is an issue because the code looks for &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; as an end-marker and didn't liked the included &lt;em&gt;dirty tricks&lt;/em&gt; much.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;strong&gt;solutions&lt;/strong&gt; I came up with now are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; macro is &lt;code&gt;\robustify&lt;/code&gt;-ed with the help of the &lt;code&gt;etoolbox&lt;/code&gt; package. This way it isn't expanded by &lt;code&gt;\halign&lt;/code&gt; but still works as normal otherwise.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;A special start-marker will be provided which is also &lt;code&gt;\protected&lt;/code&gt; to be unexpandable. The &lt;code&gt;collcell&lt;/code&gt; code will explicitly ignore (i.e. gobble) it when it is collecting the cell content. This allows users to place it in cells they want to be collected without any expansion and a &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt; isn't suitable. This is necessary because special macros like &lt;code&gt;\texttiming&lt;/code&gt; (&lt;code&gt;tikz-timing&lt;/code&gt; package) must not be fed with unexpandable macros.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;This isn't optimal, because it still requires some action by the user, but I can't see any other solution. Redefining &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; is not really an option IMHO.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;After the &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; is found by &lt;code&gt;collcell&lt;/code&gt; the collection of tokens is stopped, the there included &lt;code&gt;\cr&lt;/code&gt; is temporary redefined to re-start the collection after the original &lt;code&gt;\cr&lt;/code&gt; is expanded (using &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt;) which makes TeX insert the tokens defined by &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;{ }&lt;/code&gt;. This way these tokens are now also collected, which is important to support cascaded &lt;code&gt;&amp;gt;{}&lt;/code&gt;/&lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;{}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm happy to hear any feedback about this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T21:47:47.377" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T21:47:47.377" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12140" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-26T19:12:55.540" Score="10" ViewCount="161" Body="&lt;p&gt;Below is some shortened version of some code I wrote that can &lt;em&gt;automatically&lt;/em&gt; format a number from decimal to scientific notation. I have been using it for some time now and have a few ideas how to combine it with some other work I have done into a small package for engineering calculations. However, looking back at what was a couple of hours of work, it definitely needs a good overhaul.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The code provides two major author commands &lt;code&gt;\snotation{}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\enotation{}&lt;/code&gt; that return the input number in scientific or engineering notation. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tend to go for readability of code rather than algorithmic elegance and  find it easier to write the code than read through it later and change it. Neither loops nor if constructions are very reliable with TeX and I chose to &quot;cut and paste code&quot; rather than using these more error prone parts of TeX constructions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Where can I find some information about re-factoring and polishing TeX code. Have you got a good strategy or tips and suggestions?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is the code as a working minimal (excludes the engineering part).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fp,siunitx}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\gdef\SetNumDecimals#1{\gdef\numdecimals{#1}}&#xA;\SetNumDecimals{10}&#xA;%% Helper routine for formatting numbers&#xA;%% first it round to 4 decimal numbers&#xA;%% then it clips the number so that if trailing&#xA;%% zeroes exist it removes them prints 16.01 and not 16.010000000&#xA;\newcommand\Clip[1]{\FPround\tmp{#1}{\numdecimals}\FPclip\tmp{\tmp}\tmp}%&#xA;\newcommand\Clipsmall[1]{\FPclip\tmp{#1}\tmp}%&#xA;&#xA;\gdef\typeset#1#2{&#xA;  \def\clippednumber{\Clip{#1}}&#xA;  \def\powers##1{$##1 \times10^{#2}$}&#xA;  \powers{\clippednumber}&#xA; }&#xA;&#xA;\gdef\typesetsmall#1#2{&#xA;  \def\clippednumber{\Clipsmall{#1}}&#xA;  \def\powers##1{$##1 \times10^{#2}$}&#xA;  \powers{\clippednumber}&#xA; }&#xA;&#xA;\FPset\PowerOne{10}&#xA;\FPset\PowerTwo{100}&#xA;\FPset\PowerThree{1000}&#xA;\FPset\PowerFour{10000}&#xA;\FPset\PowerFive{100000}&#xA;\FPset\PowerSix{1000000}&#xA;\FPset\PowerSeven{10000000}&#xA;\FPset\PowerEight{100000000}&#xA;\FPset\PowerNine{1000000000}&#xA;\FPset\PowerTen{10000000000}&#xA;\FPset\PowerEleven{100000000000}&#xA;\FPset\PowerTwelve{1000000000000}&#xA;\FPset\PowerFifteen{1000000000000000}&#xA;&#xA;\gdef\Epower{}&#xA;\gdef\result{}&#xA;&#xA;\def\Powers#1{%&#xA;\FPset\Number{#1}&#xA;\FPifgt\Number\PowerTwo&#xA;   \FPdiv\temp{\Number}{\PowerTwo}&#xA;   \def\Epower{3}&#xA;   \FPset\result\temp&#xA;\fi&#xA;\FPifgt\Number\PowerThree&#xA;   \FPdiv\temp{\Number}{\PowerThree}&#xA;   \def\Epower{3}&#xA;   \global\let\result\temp&#xA;\fi&#xA;&#xA;\FPifgt\Number\PowerFour&#xA;   \FPdiv\temp{\Number}{\PowerFour}&#xA;   \def\Epower{4}&#xA;   \global\let\result\temp&#xA;\fi&#xA;&#xA;\FPifgt\Number\PowerFive&#xA;   \FPdiv\temp{\Number}{\PowerFive}&#xA;   \def\Epower{5}&#xA;   \global\let\result\temp&#xA;\fi&#xA;&#xA;\FPifgt\Number\PowerSix&#xA;   \FPdiv\temp{\Number}{\PowerSix}&#xA;   \def\Epower{6}&#xA;   \global\let\result\temp&#xA;\fi&#xA;&#xA;\FPifgt\Number\PowerSeven&#xA;   \FPdiv\temp{\Number}{\PowerSeven}&#xA;   \def\Epower{7}&#xA;   \global\let\result\temp&#xA;\fi&#xA;&#xA;\FPifgt\Number\PowerEight&#xA;   \FPdiv\temp{\Number}{\PowerEight}&#xA;   \def\Epower{8}&#xA;   \global\let\result\temp&#xA;\fi&#xA;&#xA;\FPifgt\Number\PowerNine&#xA;   \FPdiv\temp{\Number}{\PowerNine}&#xA;   \def\Epower{9}&#xA;   \global\let\result\temp&#xA;\fi&#xA;&#xA;\FPifgt\Number\PowerTen&#xA;   \FPdiv\temp{\Number}{\PowerTen}&#xA;   \def\Epower{10}&#xA;   \global\let\result\temp&#xA;\fi&#xA;&#xA;\FPifgt\Number\PowerEleven&#xA;   \FPdiv\temp{\Number}{\PowerEleven}&#xA;   \def\Epower{11}&#xA;   \global\let\result\temp&#xA;\fi&#xA;&#xA;\FPifgt\Number\PowerTwelve&#xA;   \FPdiv\temp{\Number}{\PowerTwelve}&#xA;   \def\Epower{12}&#xA;   \global\let\result\temp&#xA;\fi&#xA;  \typeset{\result}{\Epower}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\FPset\one{1}&#xA;&#xA;\def\piconums#1{%&#xA;\FPset\Number{#1}&#xA;\FPiflt\Number\one&#xA;   \FPmul\temp{\Number}{\PowerOne}&#xA;   \def\Epower{-1}&#xA;   \global\let\result\temp&#xA;\fi&#xA;\FPiflt\result\one&#xA;  \FPmul\temp{\Number}{\PowerTwo}&#xA;   \def\Epower{-2}&#xA;   \global\let\result\temp&#xA; \else&#xA;\fi&#xA;\FPiflt\result\one&#xA;  \FPmul\temp{\Number}{\PowerThree}&#xA;   \def\Epower{-3}&#xA;   \global\let\result\temp&#xA; \else&#xA;\fi&#xA;\FPiflt\result\one&#xA;  \FPmul\temp{\Number}{\PowerFour}&#xA;   \def\Epower{-4}&#xA;   \global\let\result\temp&#xA;\fi&#xA;\FPiflt\result\one&#xA;  \FPmul\temp{\Number}{\PowerFive}&#xA;   \def\Epower{-5}&#xA;   \global\let\result\temp&#xA;\fi&#xA;\FPiflt\result\one&#xA;  \FPmul\temp{\Number}{\PowerSix}&#xA;   \def\Epower{-6}&#xA;   \global\let\result\temp&#xA;\fi&#xA;\FPiflt\result\one&#xA;  \FPmul\temp{\Number}{\PowerSeven}&#xA;   \def\Epower{-7}&#xA;   \global\let\result\temp&#xA;\fi&#xA;\FPiflt\result\one&#xA;  \FPmul\temp{\Number}{\PowerEight}&#xA;   \def\Epower{-8}&#xA;   \global\let\result\temp&#xA;\fi&#xA;\FPiflt\result\one&#xA;  \FPmul\temp{\Number}{\PowerNine}&#xA;   \def\Epower{-9}&#xA;   \global\let\result\temp&#xA;\fi&#xA;\FPiflt\result\one&#xA;  \FPmul\temp{\Number}{\PowerTen}&#xA;   \def\Epower{-10}&#xA;   \global\let\result\temp&#xA;\fi&#xA;\FPiflt\result\one&#xA;  \FPmul\temp{\Number}{\PowerEleven}&#xA;   \def\Epower{-11}&#xA;   \global\let\result\temp&#xA;\fi&#xA;\FPiflt\result\one&#xA;  \FPmul\temp{\Number}{\PowerTwelve}&#xA;  \def\Epower{-12}&#xA;  \global\let\result\temp&#xA;\fi&#xA;\FPiflt\result\one&#xA;  \FPmul\temp{\Number}{\PowerFifteen}&#xA;  \def\Epower{-15}&#xA;  \global\let\result\temp&#xA;\fi&#xA;&#xA;\typesetsmall{\result}{\Epower}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;%% main routine&#xA;\def\snotation#1{&#xA;\FPset\Number{#1}&#xA;\FPifgt\Number\one&#xA;    \Powers{#1}&#xA;   \else&#xA;    \piconums{#1}&#xA;\fi}&#xA;&#xA;\snotation{0.000000100326}&#xA;&#xA;\snotation{1133009.1495978707}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Apologies for the length of the code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="729" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T20:17:19.207" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T14:23:18.787" Title="Refactoring TeX/LaTeX code" Tags="&lt;programming&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="12141" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-26T19:17:05.223" Score="2" ViewCount="165" Body="&lt;p&gt;Why are my underbraces so ugly?  I've tried a few different fonts for the document and it appears it is font that determines the underbraces appearance.  I however don't want to change my font.  How can I make my underbraces not look so ugly? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I use the following packages (&lt;em&gt;Edit by Caramdir&lt;/em&gt;: I removed all non-relevant packages from the list).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{amssymb}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/mP39z.png&quot; alt=&quot;example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3853" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-28T00:08:39.903" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T20:36:41.250" Title="\underbrace{} choppy" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;mathmode&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="12142" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-26T19:25:06.547" Score="2" ViewCount="32" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to display an equation name similar to theorem name displays:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{theorem}[Convergence of Cauchy Sequences in $\mathbb{R}$]&#xA;Every Cauchy sequence of real numbers is also a convergent sequence of real numbers.&#xA;\end{theorem}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So that the theorem number is followed by &quot;&lt;em&gt;Convergence of Cauchy Sequences in &lt;code&gt;$\mathbb{R}$&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&quot;. I would like to know if that is possible for equations. One example of what I would like to do is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{equation}[Faraday's Law of Induction]&#xA;\nabla\times{\bf E}=-\frac{\partial{\bf B}}{\partial t}&#xA;\label{eqn:Faraday}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3854" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T19:30:28.723" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T19:41:23.583" Title="Equation name display, not equation labeling/cross-referencing or equation tagging" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;environments&gt;&lt;displaystyle&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="12143" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12140" CreationDate="2011-02-26T19:40:54.487" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Since &lt;code&gt;fp&lt;/code&gt; stores its numbers in decimal, I'd simply count the number of digits, or barring that, use a logarithm to compute the exponent.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As a more general rule, loops in TeX are very easy to use.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\loop&#xA;    % stuff that always happens&#xA;    \if... % the loop condition&#xA;    % stuff that happens if the condition is true&#xA;\repeat&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tend to write loops that look like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\loop\if... % whatever the condition is&#xA;    % loop body&#xA;\repeat&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a complete example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\catcode`@=11&#xA;\count@=0&#xA;\loop\ifnum\count@&amp;lt;256&#xA;    \char\count@\&#xA;    \advance\count@ by1&#xA;\repeat&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T19:40:54.487" />
  <row Id="12144" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12142" CreationDate="2011-02-26T19:41:23.583" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\newenvironment{Equation}[1][]&#xA;  {\par\noindent\refstepcounter{equation}\textbf{\arabic{equation}: #1}\[}&#xA;  {\]}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{Equation}[Faraday's Law of Induction]&#xA;\nabla\times{\bf E}=-\frac{\partial{\bf B}}{\partial t}&#xA;\label{eqn:Faraday1}&#xA;\end{Equation}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{Equation}[Faraday's Law of Induction]&#xA;\nabla\times{\bf E}=-\frac{\partial{\bf B}}{\partial t}&#xA;\label{eqn:Faraday2}&#xA;\end{Equation}&#xA;&#xA;see eqn~\ref{eqn:Faraday1} and eqn~\ref{eqn:Faraday2}&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/echg1.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T19:41:23.583" />
  <row Id="12145" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11647" CreationDate="2011-02-26T19:44:17.277" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your right margin does not leave enough space for the chapter number and the bar. Try&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  \settypeblocksize{*}{25pc}{1.618}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Good luck,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Bastiaan Veelo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3855" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T19:44:17.277" />
  <row Id="12146" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12140" CreationDate="2011-02-26T19:48:53.120" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure there is a good guide to refactoring TeX code, but a few things I note from the above you might want to think about:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Making global assignments should always make you think 'is this really needed?'. While making things global is quite often easy, other approaches are sometimes better, for example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  \def\TempResult{Result}%&#xA;  \expandafter\endgroup&#xA;\expandafter\def\expandafter\RealResult\expandafter{\TempResult}%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Watch how you deal with &lt;code&gt;\fi&lt;/code&gt;. Remember that unless you expand the end of the conditional then they continue to stack up, and can lead to runaway conditions or exhaustion of the stack. This is why approaches such as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  \expandafter\NextFunction&#xA;\fi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\if&amp;lt;something&amp;gt;&#xA;  \expandafter\@firstoftwo&#xA;\else&#xA;  \expandafter\@secondoftwo&#xA;\fi&#xA;  {True code}&#xA;  {False code}%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;are very common (often the second is pre-packed, for example in &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/etoolbox&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;etoolbox&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Unless you want maximum performance, I'd favour using more, well-named macros over fewer longer ones, and favour macros over primitives (so &lt;code&gt;\@namedef&lt;/code&gt; rather than &lt;code&gt;\expandafter\csname ...\endcsname&lt;/code&gt;, for example). (If you are really after maximum performance, then even additional &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt;s make a difference, but unless you are writing low-level kernel functions this should not be an issue!)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T19:48:53.120" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12148" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="451" CreationDate="2011-02-26T20:05:08.100" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One difference of &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt; is their behaviour towards protected macros.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;eTeX provides the prefix &lt;code&gt;\protected&lt;/code&gt; which can be used before &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt; and friends to define a protected, i.e. &quot;robust&quot; macro which doesn't expand inside an &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt; context (like in &lt;code&gt;\write&lt;/code&gt;). However, &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt; does expand such a macro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See the following example (works with eTeX and LaTeX):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\protected\def\pempty{}&#xA;&#xA;\edef\withedef{x\pempty x}&#xA;\expandafter\def\expandafter\withexpandafter\expandafter{\expandafter x\pempty x}&#xA;&#xA;\tt&#xA;\meaning\pempty.&#xA;&#xA;\meaning\withedef.&#xA;&#xA;\meaning\withexpandafter.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Gives:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\protected macro:-&amp;gt;.&#xA;macro:-&amp;gt;x\rempty x.&#xA;macro:-&amp;gt;xx.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are also the situations where TeX is expanding tokens, like &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/11329/expansion-of-first-token-in-a-tabular-cell/11332#11332&quot;&gt;after &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\cr&lt;/code&gt; inside a &lt;code&gt;\halign&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. Here TeX stops when finding a protected macro without expanding it. However, if TeX is expanding tokens while in &lt;em&gt;number reading&lt;/em&gt; mode like for &lt;code&gt;\ifnum&lt;/code&gt; protected macros are also expanded.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T20:05:08.100" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12149" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12141" CreationDate="2011-02-26T20:32:19.377" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You may want to read what the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=mh&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;mathtools manual&lt;/a&gt; has to say about LaTeX's implementation of &lt;code&gt;\underbrace&lt;/code&gt;. Try &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{mathtools}&lt;/code&gt; and see if you think the result is better.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="275" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T20:32:19.377" />
  <row Id="12150" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-26T21:06:20.680" Score="9" ViewCount="160" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a number of tables in a book that I am busy with that have quite a few tables of the general form shown below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/XTaZl.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you notice the fractional part of the numbers 5 1/2 and 16 1/2 protrude to the right (the numbers are right justified).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For this particular example, I achieved the result by adding a phantom character on all the figures except the fractional numbers, for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  &amp;amp;5280\z ...&#xA;  &amp;amp;660\z ...&#xA;  &amp;amp;$16\frac{1}{2}$ ...&#xA;  ...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where, &lt;code&gt;\z&lt;/code&gt; is defined as &lt;code&gt;\def\z{\phantom{0}}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Any suggestions as to how to automate this?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The figures are all auto-generated by TeX. The input is only the first two rows. Based on this the rest of the numbers are calculated. Fractions are only displayed for numbers ending with 0.25, 0.5 etc..These are detected automatically, so I can add a kern if necessary. Tried this but did not look so good.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sorry for not posting a minimal as the code is too lengthy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T03:20:59.623" Title="Protrusion of fractions in tabulars" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;formatting&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="12" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="12151" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-26T21:57:26.187" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/diagrams&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'diagrams'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;diagrams&lt;/a&gt; is for general questions regarding vector graphics created programmatically inside a TeX document. For questions about a specific vector graphics package (&lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/tikz-pgf&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'tikz-pgf'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;tikz-pgf&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/pstricks&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'pstricks'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;pstricks&lt;/a&gt;, ...), consider to use the appropriate tag. If your question concerns inclusion of graphical material in your document from an external file, use &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/graphics&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'graphics'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;graphics&lt;/a&gt; instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-13T12:54:47.773" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T12:54:47.773" />
  <row Id="12152" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-26T21:57:26.187" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="{diagrams} is for general questions regarding vector graphics created programmatically inside a TeX document. For questions about a specific vector graphics package ({tikz-pgf}, {pstricks}, ...), consider to use the appropriate tag. If your question concerns inclusion of graphical material in your document from an external file, use {graphics} instead." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-13T12:54:50.503" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T12:54:50.503" />
  <row Id="12154" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12095" CreationDate="2011-02-26T22:12:37.770" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are two problems with your example.  As Joseph pointed out, &lt;code&gt;bibtex&lt;/code&gt; requires cross-referenced entries in the bib file to be defined after the entries with the crossref.  To do this in BiBDesk, you need to set the Crossreferences preference to &quot;Automatically sort for corssrefs when saving BiBTeX files.&quot; (It's also a good idea to set the 'Duplicate &quot;Title&quot; field to &quot;Booktitle&quot;' preference.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The second problem is that your cross-referenced entry is of the wrong type: it should be &lt;code&gt;@incollection&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;@inbook&lt;/code&gt;.  Changing the entry type to &lt;code&gt;@incollection&lt;/code&gt; produces the reference correctly with the &lt;code&gt;mla&lt;/code&gt; bibliography style.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T22:20:10.417" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T22:20:10.417" />
  <row Id="12156" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12165" CreationDate="2011-02-26T22:35:09.207" Score="4" ViewCount="68" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm just experimenting with ConTeXt.  At the moment, all my &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\subject&lt;/code&gt; headings are appearing in large type.  But I'd like them (and the &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt; numbers) all in bold-face.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've tried &lt;pre&gt;\setuphead[textstyle=bold,numberstyle=bold]&lt;/pre&gt; and &lt;pre&gt;\setupheads[textstyle=bold,numberstyle=bold]&lt;/pre&gt; but neither of these have any effect.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can anybody advise me on the simplest way of doing this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3628" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-18T19:23:39.327" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T19:23:39.327" Title="How do I have all section titles, etc bold-faced, in ConTeXt?" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;context&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12157" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12161" CreationDate="2011-02-26T22:36:54.353" Score="5" ViewCount="106" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I subdivide in cases with square brackets?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I mean I want to write: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;              ⌈ 2_i        if ...&#xA;rank (q, l) = | 2_i + 1    if ...&#xA;              ⌊ ....&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;with square brackets, not braces.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3857" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T23:15:24.733" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T13:34:11.383" Title="Cases with square brackets" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;amsmath&gt;&lt;delimiters&gt;&lt;cases&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12158" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3537" CreationDate="2011-02-26T22:45:15.693" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's a solution using &lt;code&gt;book&lt;/code&gt; (or &lt;code&gt;report&lt;/code&gt;) class and the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/titlesec&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package. I include it here mainly for reference, since I would strongly recommend using the &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt; class over &lt;code&gt;book&lt;/code&gt; for any large project.  But if you are bent on using the standard classes, &lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt; provides a simple solution to the problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{titlesec}&#xA;\titleformat{\chapter}[block]&#xA; {\rule{1in}{1in}% (to auto-insert graphic use) \includegraphics{\chaptername-\thechapter-graphic}&#xA;  \normalfont\huge\bfseries}&#xA;  {\\\chaptertitlename\ \thechapter\\}&#xA;  {0pt}&#xA;  {\Huge}&#xA;\titlespacing*{\chapter}{0pt}{0pt}{40pt}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\chapter{A chapter}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T22:45:15.693" />
  <row Id="12159" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12157" CreationDate="2011-02-26T22:48:38.477" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It only requires a slight modification.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\env@cases{%&#xA;  \let\@ifnextchar\new@ifnextchar&#xA;  \left\lbrack&#xA;  \def\arraystretch{1.2}%&#xA;  \array{@{}l@{\quad}l@{}}%&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \[&#xA;    \begin{cases}&#xA;      0 \\ 1 \\ 2&#xA;    \end{cases}&#xA;  \]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is the original code from &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/amsmath&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;amsmath&lt;/a&gt; where only &lt;code&gt;\lbrace&lt;/code&gt; has been replaced by &lt;code&gt;\lbrack&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastEditorUserId="1063" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T23:01:32.707" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T23:01:32.707" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="12160" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12229" CreationDate="2011-02-26T22:55:20.657" Score="6" ViewCount="98" Body="&lt;p&gt;In LaTeX, I can use &lt;code&gt;\\[3mm]&lt;/code&gt; for example, to put extra vertical space, if I think it will improve the readability of displayed, aligned equations.  And in fact I find I do this quite a bit.  But what is the ConTeXt equivalent to this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3628" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T23:11:45.753" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T17:14:37.163" Title="Extra vertical space between aligned equations in ConTeXt?" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;equations&gt;&lt;context&gt;&lt;alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="12161" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12157" CreationDate="2011-02-26T22:58:29.370" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could patch the &lt;code&gt;cases&lt;/code&gt; environment, the way Thorsten showed or using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/etoolbox&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;etoolbox&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package and &lt;code&gt;\patchcmd&lt;/code&gt;. However, it could be better to preserve the original &lt;code&gt;cases&lt;/code&gt; environment and to define a new one for that purpose. Here is a way, very similar to the original definition, but also using &lt;code&gt;\lbrack&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\lbrace&lt;/code&gt;, I calles the new environment &lt;code&gt;sqcases&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\DeclareMathOperator{\rank}{rank}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newenvironment{sqcases}{%&#xA;  \matrix@check\sqcases\env@sqcases&#xA;}{%&#xA;  \endarray\right.%&#xA;}&#xA;\def\env@sqcases{%&#xA;  \let\@ifnextchar\new@ifnextchar&#xA;  \left\lbrack&#xA;  \def\arraystretch{1.2}%&#xA;  \array{@{}l@{\quad}l@{}}%&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\[&#xA;  \rank(q, l) = \begin{sqcases}&#xA;      2_i &amp;amp; \text{if \ldots} \\&#xA;      2_i+1 &amp;amp; \text{if \ldots} &#xA;    \end{sqcases}&#xA;\]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/JDr9B.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Though it looks a bit complicated, it's very straightforward: I took the original &lt;code&gt;cases&lt;/code&gt; definition of amsmath.sty, wrote &lt;code&gt;sqcases&lt;/code&gt; instead and replaced &lt;code&gt;\lbrace&lt;/code&gt; by &lt;code&gt;\lbrack&lt;/code&gt;. I had to use &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/8351/what-do-makeatletter-and-makeatother-do&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\makeatother&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; because of the &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt; symbol in the original &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; commands.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For completeness, heres the way using patching:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{etoolbox}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\patchcmd{\env@cases}{\lbrace}{\lbrack}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After loading &lt;code&gt;etoolbox&lt;/code&gt;, the respective internal &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; macro is changed to use &lt;code&gt;\lbrack&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\lbrace&lt;/code&gt;. It's a bit hazardous to patch internal commands, but it's a quick way and may even work after changes in amsmath while our new definition could become different to &lt;code&gt;cases&lt;/code&gt; then. At least it's good to know such methods.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T23:13:52.747" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T23:13:52.747" />
  <row Id="12162" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12163" CreationDate="2011-02-26T23:43:58.200" Score="4" ViewCount="97" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the easiest way to switch from a document with color graphics to one with grayscale graphics?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have various &lt;code&gt;fig/&lt;/code&gt; directories that contain my color graphics, and I already have corresponding &lt;code&gt;fig-gray/&lt;/code&gt; directories that contain the same graphics in grayscale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example directories:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;path1/fig/foo.pdf&#xA;path2/fig/bar.pdf&#xA;&#xA;path1/fig-gray/foo.pdf&#xA;path2/fig-gray/bar.pdf&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have &lt;code&gt;includegraphics&lt;/code&gt; commands in various included .tex files, e.g. &#xA;    &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics[width=5in]{path1/fig/foo.pdf}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now what is the easiest way to tell LaTeX to switch to using the &lt;code&gt;fig-gray/&lt;/code&gt; directories instead? (I'd like to avoid having to preprocess my .tex files with search and replace.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3860" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-26T23:55:18.270" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T00:08:51.867" Title="How to switch from using color graphics to grayscale graphics?" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="12163" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12162" CreationDate="2011-02-26T23:51:49.087" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the &lt;code&gt;\graphicspath&lt;/code&gt; macro from the &lt;code&gt;graphics/x&lt;/code&gt; package to specify the directories with your images:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\graphicspath{{path1/fig/}{path2/fig/}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then you can remove them from the &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt; macros and only need to change the one line to:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\graphicspath{{path1/fig-gray/}{path2/fig-gray/}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alternative you could make the &lt;code&gt;-gray&lt;/code&gt; part a macro, which avoid adding new paths twice:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%\newcommand*{\gray}{-gray}% Uncomment to switch to gray-scale images&#xA;\graphicspath{{path1/fig\gray/}{path2/fig\gray/}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This also works directly with &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\includegraphics[width=5in]{path1/fig\gray/foo.pdf}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T00:08:51.867" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T00:08:51.867" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12164" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11558" CreationDate="2011-02-26T23:53:29.973" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to p. 161 of the manual, the &lt;code&gt;\nopunct&lt;/code&gt; macro &quot;[a]dds an internal marker which will cause the next punctuation command to print nothing.&quot; The following seems to work:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  \usebibmacro{maintitle+title}%&#xA;  \nopunct&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T00:05:51.137" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T00:05:51.137" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12165" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12156" CreationDate="2011-02-26T23:55:58.950" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You have to define which type of headings the formatting should affect:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \setuphead[section,subject][numberstyle=bold,textstyle=bold]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="586" LastActivityDate="2011-02-26T23:55:58.950" />
  <row Id="12166" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8082" CreationDate="2011-02-27T00:01:35.683" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's a modification of Herbert's example that places each entry in an &lt;code&gt;\hbox&lt;/code&gt; of natural width and then inserts &lt;code&gt;\hfil&lt;/code&gt; between all of the columns by redefining &lt;code&gt;\cr&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\cr{\crcr\noalign{\hfil}}&#xA;\valign{&amp;amp;\hbox{\strut#}\crcr&#xA;badness  &amp;amp; box&amp;amp; boxmaxdepth&amp;amp; cleaders&amp;amp; dp&amp;amp; everyhbox\cr&#xA;everyvbox&amp;amp; hbadness&amp;amp; hbox&amp;amp; hfuzz&amp;amp; hrule&amp;amp; ht&amp;amp; lastbox\cr&#xA;leaders&amp;amp; overfullrule&amp;amp; prevdepth&amp;amp; setbox&amp;amp; unhbox&amp;amp; unhcopy&amp;amp; unvbox\cr&#xA;unvcopy&amp;amp; vbadness&amp;amp; vbox&amp;amp; vfuzz&amp;amp; vrule&amp;amp; vsplit&amp;amp; vtop\cr&#xA;wd&amp;amp; xleaders\cr}&#xA;\unskip&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note the final &lt;code&gt;\crcr&lt;/code&gt; that ends the alignment preamble and the &lt;code&gt;\unskip&lt;/code&gt; that follows. The &lt;code&gt;\unskip&lt;/code&gt; could be removed and the final &lt;code&gt;\cr&lt;/code&gt; changed to a &lt;code&gt;\crcr&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That same trick could be used to stick a fixed amount of space between columns (note that &lt;code&gt;\tabskip&lt;/code&gt; glue goes between rows here) or the not-very-well-known &lt;code&gt;\hbox spread&lt;/code&gt; construct can be used. This inserts an extra em of space between columns.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\valign{&amp;amp;\hbox spread1em{\strut#\hfil}\cr&#xA;badness  &amp;amp; box&amp;amp; boxmaxdepth&amp;amp; cleaders&amp;amp; dp&amp;amp; everyhbox\cr&#xA;everyvbox&amp;amp; hbadness&amp;amp; hbox&amp;amp; hfuzz&amp;amp; hrule&amp;amp; ht&amp;amp; lastbox\cr&#xA;leaders&amp;amp; overfullrule&amp;amp; prevdepth&amp;amp; setbox&amp;amp; unhbox&amp;amp; unhcopy&amp;amp; unvbox\cr&#xA;unvcopy&amp;amp; vbadness&amp;amp; vbox&amp;amp; vfuzz&amp;amp; vrule&amp;amp; vsplit&amp;amp; vtop\cr&#xA;wd&amp;amp; xleaders\cr}&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's worth pointing out that by starting the alignment with a &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt;, it causes the entire preamble to be repeated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T00:01:35.683" />
  <row Id="12167" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-27T00:44:58.207" Score="4" ViewCount="103" Body="&lt;p&gt;This will be my last ConTeXt question for a little while...I've set up&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;\setuptabulate[indenting=yes,margin=40pt]&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This works only to the extent that the table cells are indented appropriately - but the horizontal rules stretch all the way to the left margin.  How do I set up a table to be indented properly - including its horizontal lines?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a minimal example (without changing the table margin):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setupindenting[20pt, yes]&#xA;\setuptabulate[indenting=yes]&#xA;&#xA;\starttext&#xA;The following is a table for which the horizontal lines are wrong.&#xA;\starttabulate[|c|c|]&#xA;\HL&#xA;\NC Col 1 \NC Col 2 \NC\NR&#xA;\HL&#xA;\NC 1 \NC 2 \AR&#xA;\NC 3 \NC 3 \AR&#xA;\HL&#xA;\stoptabulate&#xA;See what I mean?&#xA;&#xA;\stoptext&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you bung this through &lt;code&gt;texexec&lt;/code&gt; you'll see that the lines of text are indented, but that the horizontal lines in the table aren't. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3628" LastEditorUserId="3628" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-28T00:46:03.247" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T10:13:23.273" Title="ConTeXt - indented table, but horizontal rules go to left margin" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;context&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12168" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12274" CreationDate="2011-02-27T01:12:32.870" Score="1" ViewCount="79" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Background&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Wikipedia content is reasonably current and free to use. Consider the tabular content at:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Comparison_of_web_application_frameworks#Java&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Comparison_of_web_application_frameworks#Java&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Problem&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Copying &amp;amp; pasting the content from Wikipedia into a LaTeX document, converting the content from HTML to LaTeX, is wasteful for a few reasons:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The Wikipedia content is subject to change over time.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Duplication of content is error prone.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;It takes a lot of time to manually convert the HTML.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What would be ideal is to have a package that can import content (such as tabular data) from a given URI. In the case of tables, it would be especially useful to select the desired columns.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Question&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What approaches would you recommend to dynamically include content into a LaTeX document that is sourced from a URI?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(In the Wikipedia case, the table id does not exist, making it technically challenging to find the correct table. Although the implementation could look for the first table found.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Ideas&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\importuri{&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Comparison_of_web_application_frameworks#Java&quot;}%&#xA;  {Project,Current Stable Version,License}{table_id}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Where &lt;code&gt;table_id&lt;/code&gt; is optional.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The URI could be written in-line (or force an automatic bibtex entry).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2148" LastEditorUserId="2148" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T01:17:52.663" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T02:38:39.347" Title="Include source text from URI (e.g., Wikipedia)" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;url&gt;&lt;input&gt;&lt;import&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12169" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-27T02:21:34.893" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;(Description no longer available)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T11:47:15.943" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T11:47:15.943" />
  <row Id="12170" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-27T02:21:34.893" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="(Description no longer available)" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T11:47:18.283" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T11:47:18.283" />
  <row Id="12171" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12181" CreationDate="2011-02-27T02:31:46.587" Score="19" ViewCount="450" Body="&lt;p&gt;Even though I don't work at Google, the &lt;a href=&quot;http://code.google.com/p/google-styleguide/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Google Styleguides&lt;/a&gt; have been very helpful for me in adopting consistent, readable style conventions for my code. Unfortunately, there is no Google Styleguide for LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Q: For LaTeX, does anyone know of something equivalent to the Google Styleguides?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quick searches of the web for LaTeX styleguides have returned plenty of styleguides emphasizing how &lt;strong&gt;compiled&lt;/strong&gt; LaTeX documents should appear. I couldn't find anything emphasizing how the &lt;strong&gt;uncompiled&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; document should appear. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I suppose if there weren't anything equivalent to the Google Styleguides, a standard, very cleanly written and commented &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; template would suffice. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;UPDATE: Over at StackOverflow, I've found a similar post asking about &lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/616037/ruby-coding-style-guidelines&quot;&gt;Ruby coding style guidelines&lt;/a&gt;. There are a number of helpful links provided there. I'm looking for something kind of similar. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3762" LastEditorUserId="3762" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T15:46:50.807" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T18:40:24.307" Title="Styleguide for LaTeX similar to the Google Styleguides?" Tags="&lt;latex-general&gt;&lt;style&gt;&lt;comments&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="9" FavoriteCount="6" />
  <row Id="12172" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12180" CreationDate="2011-02-27T02:39:35.700" Score="2" ViewCount="80" Body="&lt;p&gt;Q: Where can I find generic LaTeX document templates (e.g., for the &lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;book&lt;/code&gt;, etc., classes)? Are there any bundled in MikTeX? Elsewhere?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've found a number of posts answering this question for more specific classes (e.g., &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/326/latex-templates-for-writing-a-thesis&quot;&gt;Thesis&lt;/a&gt;) but not much for the general classes. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The Beamer class comes packaged with a number of template and example &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; files which I use extensively. Unfortunately, I can't find any equivalent to this for more general classes. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3762" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T07:15:10.350" Title="LaTeX templates bundled with MikTeX or elsewhere?" Tags="&lt;templates&gt;&lt;examples&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="12173" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-27T03:07:14.570" Score="0" ViewCount="55" Body="&lt;p&gt;The post &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/11360/latex-project-file-system-structure-and-ouput-dir-on-texworks&quot;&gt;LaTeX project file system structure&lt;/a&gt; has helped me a lot in organizing my LaTeX projects. This got me the thinkin': the R package &lt;a href=&quot;http://cran.r-project.org/web/packages/ProjectTemplate/index.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ProjectTemplate&lt;/a&gt; allows the user to build an R project directory structure with template files according to best practices.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Q: Is there anything out there equivalent to this for LaTex?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quick searches of the web have returned nothing. If there really isn't any equivalent out there, I suppose it wouldn't be terribly difficult to build my own default structure to copy from. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3762" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T03:07:14.570" Title="LaTeX equivalent to R's ProjectTemplate package?" Tags="&lt;folders&gt;" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12174" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12183" CreationDate="2011-02-27T03:24:44.973" Score="18" ViewCount="305" Body="&lt;p&gt;Q: what's the best practice for naming LaTeX files?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know R, Matlab, and Java all differ in their use of &lt;code&gt;.&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;_&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;-&lt;/code&gt;, camel case, capitalization, etc. What do people generally use for naming LaTeX files? Is this easily portable across systems?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I remember having a HUGE problem interpreting a Matlab program of mine. Turned out that I had named the file in a way that Matlab couldn't handle. To avoid such issues in the future, I'd just like to start naming my LaTeX files using best practices. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3762" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T10:50:05.517" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T06:54:05.323" Title="Naming LaTeX files: best practice?" Tags="&lt;best-practices&gt;" AnswerCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="12175" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12179" CreationDate="2011-02-27T03:29:10.917" Score="11" ViewCount="122" Body="&lt;p&gt;Suppose that I moved from bibtex to biblatex. With bibtex I just copied the content of bbl file into final version of my paper before submitting it to a journal. What shoud I do at same stage having bbl file produced by biblatex? It is of quite diffrent format.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3831" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T10:34:13.523" Title="BibLaTeX: submitting to a journal" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;biblatex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="12176" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12174" CreationDate="2011-02-27T03:59:17.563" Score="18" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's recommended that you only use ascii letters and some punctuation; avoid spaces, accented/Unicode letters, and multiple periods in file names. Okay:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;filename.tex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;file-name.tex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;FileName.tex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You may encounter possible issues with:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;file name.tex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;file.name.tex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;fîlénåmè.tex&lt;/code&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I'd play it safe and avoid &lt;code&gt;_&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;*&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;#&lt;/code&gt; and so on, but they will sometimes work just fine. It depends!) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T12:49:25.377" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T12:49:25.377" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12178" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12171" CreationDate="2011-02-27T06:01:29.523" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;(This was originally a comment, but I think I need formatting to be clear.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can't answer your question, and I think even a community wiki post attempting to distill a guide would be a failure since, as Will says, styles vary a lot.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Two suggestions:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;For anything even slightly complicated, put one command per line. For example, if you need to define a macro that say, ends the current paragraph, skips two lines, and then puts its argument in a framed box, write something like this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\foo#1{%&#xA;    \par&#xA;    \vskip2\baselineskip&#xA;    \fbox{#1}%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I sometimes violate this when multiple things logically belong together like in the example below.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Use indentation to show grouping just as you would in another programming language. It matter less how many spaces/tabs you use (although I personally find 1 or 2 to be too few, I know others disagree), than that you do it. The above code is an example. Another place is inside of a box like &lt;code&gt;\vbox&lt;/code&gt; or when you use explicit grouping like &lt;code&gt;\begingroup ... \endgroup&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begingroup&#xA;    \setbox0=\vbox{%&#xA;        \hsize=4in&#xA;        \parindent=0pt&#xA;        \hrule height.08em&#xA;        \kern.65ex&#xA;        \hfil\TeX\hfil&#xA;        \par&#xA;        \kern.4ex&#xA;        \hrule height.08em&#xA;    }%&#xA;    % other stuff&#xA;    \box0&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I violated my first suggestion with the &lt;code&gt;\hfil\TeX\hfil&lt;/code&gt; which seems easier to read when it is on a single line.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I find that following these two &quot;rules&quot; makes my own code reasonably easy to read.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T10:25:03.937" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T10:25:03.937" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12179" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12175" CreationDate="2011-02-27T07:13:03.677" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For journal submission, I'm afraid my answer would be 'do not use &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/biblatex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;'. The bibliography is generated at the LaTeX end by &lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt;, and so it is not possible to 'paste in the formatted result'. Most journals want you to either do this or use their own BibTeX style, so &lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt; is a bad choice. (This is a shame, but unless/until the journals update their workflows that is how it is.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T07:13:03.677" />
  <row Id="12180" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12172" CreationDate="2011-02-27T07:15:10.350" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Recent MiKTeX distributions comes with TeXworks. It has some templates built in, which can be accesses from 'New from template ...' on the File menu of the program. You could take a look there: there is nothing to stop you simply saving the templates and then looking at them in your favoured editor.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T07:15:10.350" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12181" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12171" CreationDate="2011-02-27T07:33:06.377" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The most general advice is: &lt;em&gt;Use whitespace to make your code readable&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Let me give a few examples. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Always put &lt;code&gt;\begin{environment}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\end{environment}&lt;/code&gt; on separate lines, without other content. An environment usually indicates that you are doing something &quot;radically different&quot;, and it's easier to find the environment this way. Related:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Inside an environment, use indentation as you would in any programming language. Whether you use 2, 4 or some other number per nesting level doesn't matter much (but if your editor uses a proportional font you probably want at least 4; spaces are usually much smaller than printed characters in proportional fonts).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{equation}&#xA;  \det&#xA;  \begin{pmatrix}&#xA;    1 &amp;amp; 2 \\&#xA;    3 &amp;amp; 4&#xA;  \end{pmatrix}&#xA;  = -2&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Whenever you force a line break with &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; (in a table, a matrix, an align-environment...), it goes without saying that it should be followed by a linebreak in the code. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;In math mode, spaces are ignored. So use spaces around binary relations, and in some cases also binary operators. Write &lt;code&gt;$a^2 + b^2 = c^2$&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;$a^2+b^2=c^2$&lt;/code&gt;. Also spaces after commas as in &lt;code&gt;$(x, y, z)$&lt;/code&gt; is a good idea.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;In environments such as align, blank lines are not allowed. But you can give yourself some vertical blank space by putting a single &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt; on a line between the equations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{align*}&#xA;  \sum_{n=1}^{\infty} \bigl(F(\tau^n m) - F(\tau^{n-1} m)\bigr)       &amp;amp;= x\\&#xA;%&#xA;  \sum_{n=1}^{\infty} \bigl(F(\tau^{-n} m) - F(\tau^{-(n-1)} m)\bigr) &amp;amp;= y&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The same trick applies in ordinary text if you don't want a paragraph break. But also remember that one blank line has the same effect as five blank lines; around &lt;code&gt;\chapter&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt; headings it can be a good idea to have several blank lines. This makes it easier to navigate.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Most of the above points have the effect of making your code look somewhat like the compiled document, which I find very nice. Of course, an editor with syntax-highlighting, indentation facilities and brace matching is also great help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="275" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-01T18:40:24.307" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T18:40:24.307" CommentCount="11" />
  <row Id="12183" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12174" CreationDate="2011-02-27T09:32:35.820" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It depends a little if this files are only used by you are if you are planning to share them with other people, e.g. if you work with them on one document or the files are part of a LaTeX package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But in general I would strongly recommend you to limit yourself to lowercase alphanumeric ASCII characters, i.e. &lt;strong&gt;a-z, 0-9 and &lt;code&gt;-&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The reasons for that are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Unicode or other non-ASCII characters can cause trouble when copied on a different file system with a different code page. I had the case that I couldn't even &lt;em&gt;see&lt;/em&gt; files with German umlauts on a Windows share mounted by Linux. This is now much better, but still a risk. The normal TeX doesn't like non-ASCII character that much either.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Some file systems (FS) are case sensitive (e.g. under *nix FSs) others aren't (e.g. FAT, NTFS). If you keep you file names all lowercase you avoid collisions between files which can lead to loss of data when copied from a case sensitive to a case insensitive FS. Also you will run intro trouble on case sensitive systems when the actual filename has a different capitalization as on the hard drive. You might not realize that on e.g. Windows, but it will hit you then hard on a different FS.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Characters which are special in TeX will work as long they are valid at this position which excludes &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;#&lt;/code&gt;. Others as &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; can cause trouble as well and there is no real reason to use them, so avoid them. Even &lt;code&gt;_&lt;/code&gt; which is commonly used and will work inside &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; can cause trouble when the filename should be printed, so avoid it as well.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Spaces are &quot;evil&quot; in filename as well because some external tools will take them as file name separator. TeX should be fine with them, except when they used multiple times in a row. TeX will then combine them to one prior to the interpretation as a filename!&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Dots will confuse the simple extension extraction algorithms used by LaTeX. See &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/10574/includegraphics-dots-in-filename&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt; for an example.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm going through some effort in the &lt;code&gt;svn-multi&lt;/code&gt; package to allow for arbitrary file names. This is done using verbatim mode which doesn't help for other input macros like &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T09:32:35.820" />
  <row Id="12184" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12186" CreationDate="2011-02-27T10:12:13.490" Score="1" ViewCount="55" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to reference a table before it appears.The TeX code is pasted below&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;The results given in Table~\ref{tab:a} show the  performance of&#xA;the class.&#xA;&#xA;\begin{table}&#xA;    \begin{center}&#xA;        \begin{tabular}{lrc}\hline&#xA;        Name &amp;amp; Mark &amp;amp; Grade \\&#xA;        \hline&#xA;        Prasad &amp;amp; 99 &amp;amp; A+ \\&#xA;        Prakash &amp;amp; 51 &amp;amp; C\\&#xA;        Shine &amp;amp; 5 &amp;amp; F\\ \hline&#xA;        \end{tabular}&#xA;        \caption{Class Mark List}\label{tab:a}&#xA;    \end{center}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But the text&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;The results given in Table~\ref{tab:a} show the  performance of&#xA;    the class.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is coming after the table. How can I put the table immediately after the text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3675" LastEditorUserId="3083" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T10:30:17.913" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T10:30:17.913" Title="Reference to a table before it appears" Tags="&lt;cross-referencing&gt;&lt;floats&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="12185" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12175" CreationDate="2011-02-27T10:15:28.813" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;it is also possible, but not so easy as with &lt;code&gt;bibtex&lt;/code&gt;. When you finished your document write into the preamble after the already existing biblatex definition:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{...}&#xA;...&#xA;\usepackage[style=numeric-verb,backend=biber]{biblatex}% change it for your needs &#xA;\bibliography{examples}&#xA;%-------------- start insert modified commands ------------------&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\blx@bblfile@biber{%&#xA;  \blx@secinit&#xA;  \begingroup&#xA;  \blx@bblstart&#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%&#xA;%&#xA;%% copy here the contents of the created bbl file&#xA;%&#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%&#xA;  \blx@bblend&#xA;  \endgroup&#xA;  \csnumgdef{blx@labelnumber@\the\c@refsection}{0}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;%-------------- end insert modified commands ------------------&#xA;...&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;...&#xA;\printbibliography&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the only difference is that &lt;code&gt;\printbibliography&lt;/code&gt; now takes the contents of the bib not from the external file but from the inserted bbl contents. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you run &lt;code&gt;bibtex&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;biber&lt;/code&gt; (btw: &lt;code&gt;biber&lt;/code&gt; is the better choice) then you have to use it in this way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\blx@bblfile@bibtex{% instead of ...\blx@bblfile@@biber&#xA;  \blx@secinit&#xA;  \begingroup&#xA;  \blx@bblstart&#xA;    %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%&#xA;    %&#xA;    %% copy here the contents of the created bbl file&#xA;    %&#xA;    %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%&#xA;  \blx@bblend&#xA;  \endgroup&#xA;  \csnumgdef{blx@labelnumber@\the\c@refsection}{0}%&#xA;  \iftoggle{blx@reencode}{\blx@reencode}{}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T10:34:13.523" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T10:34:13.523" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12186" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12184" CreationDate="2011-02-27T10:28:02.873" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;use it this way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{table}[!htb]&#xA;    \centering&#xA;        \begin{tabular}{lrc}\hline&#xA;        ....&#xA;    \caption{Class Mark List}\label{tab:a}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T10:28:02.873" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12187" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12192" CreationDate="2011-02-27T11:07:17.333" Score="4" ViewCount="114" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have two comma delimited lists:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;ListA(a,b,c,d,e,f,g)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;ListB(name1,name2,name3,name4,name5)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like to iterate through both lists at the same time, something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;loop&#xA;   readvalue from list A&#xA;   readvalue from list B&#xA;   create new variable aname1{}&#xA;repeat&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Iteration should stop, if it reaches to the end of either lists.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3546" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T11:10:48.840" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T14:59:29.283" Title="Iterating through two lists" Tags="&lt;loops&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12188" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12110" CreationDate="2011-02-27T11:12:31.927" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;\algsetup{linenosize=\small}&lt;/code&gt;. See p. 12 of the documentation of the algorithms bundle for details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{algorithmic}&#xA;\algsetup{linenosize=\small}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{algorithmic}[1]&#xA;\IF{some condition is true}&#xA;\STATE do some processing&#xA;\ELSE&#xA;\STATE do the default actions&#xA;\ENDIF&#xA;\end{algorithmic}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T11:12:31.927" />
  <row Id="12189" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12187" CreationDate="2011-02-27T11:18:11.920" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you don't mind global assignments and to interleave the lists you can use the &lt;code&gt;\foreach&lt;/code&gt; macro of &lt;code&gt;pgffor&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pgffor}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\foreach \name/\value in {namea/a,nameb/b,namec/c} {%&#xA;    \global\expandafter\def\csname\name\expandafter\endcsname\expandafter{\value}%&#xA;}&#xA;% Test:&#xA;\show\namea \show\nameb \show\namec&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Otherwise you need to program you own loop which removes a value from each list. Just look e.g. how the &lt;code&gt;\@for&lt;/code&gt; loop is defined in &lt;code&gt;latex.ltx&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T11:18:11.920" />
  <row Id="12190" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12187" CreationDate="2011-02-27T11:31:14.317" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For convenience, &lt;code&gt;arrayjobx&lt;/code&gt; package can do the trick, although the data are not separated by commas.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{arrayjobx}&#xA;\usepackage{ifthen}&#xA;\newcounter{ind}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\newarray\Names&#xA;\newarray\Primes&#xA;&#xA;\readarray{Names}{two&amp;amp;three&amp;amp;five&amp;amp;seven&amp;amp;eleven}&#xA;\readarray{Primes}{2&amp;amp;3&amp;amp;5&amp;amp;7&amp;amp;11&amp;amp;13}&#xA;&#xA;\noindent&#xA;\setcounter{ind}{1}%&#xA;\whiledo{\value{ind}&amp;lt;10}{%&#xA;% show progress&#xA;  \theind: \Names(\theind)---\Primes(\theind)\\&#xA;% do definitions&#xA;  \checkNames(\theind)\let\temp\cachedata&#xA;  \checkPrimes(\theind)%&#xA;  \expandafter\xdef\csname\temp\endcsname{\cachedata}%&#xA;% step index counter&#xA;  \stepcounter{ind}}&#xA;&#xA;\two, \three, \five, \seven, \eleven&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/llGZf.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T12:53:01.363" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T12:53:01.363" />
  <row Id="12191" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12194" CreationDate="2011-02-27T11:41:36.177" Score="3" ViewCount="79" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using &lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt; and I would like citations to have the form [AuthorYY] instead of [number]. How can I do that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1959" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T18:50:04.460" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T18:50:04.460" Title="Biblatex, [AuthorYY] citations instead of numerical citations like [5]" Tags="&lt;biblatex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="12192" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12187" CreationDate="2011-02-27T11:47:44.273" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A solution which goes through all elements:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pstricks}&#xA;\psforeach{\A}{a,b,c,d,e,f,g}{%&#xA;  \psforeach{\B}{name1,name2,name3,name4,name5}{%&#xA;    \expandafter\xdef\csname\A\B\endcsname{Def: \A,\B}}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\csname aname1\endcsname&#xA;&#xA;\csname ename4\endcsname&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T11:47:44.273" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12193" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12191" CreationDate="2011-02-27T11:52:20.323" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You should check page 82 of the documentation. It explains the various citation commands. &lt;code&gt;authoryear&lt;/code&gt; is indeed what you are looking for. In case it doesnt suit your needs you can of course make your own cite commands.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The documentation can be found here &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex/doc/biblatex.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex/doc/biblatex.pdf&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3338" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T11:59:31.300" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T11:59:31.300" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12194" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12191" CreationDate="2011-02-27T12:06:06.953" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you want to change the form of your citations (and of the bibliography), choose another style, e.g. with &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[style=alphabetic]{biblatex}&lt;/code&gt;. (&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{biblatex}&lt;/code&gt; will choose &lt;code&gt;numeric&lt;/code&gt; as the default style.) See p. 60-65 of the manual for the available built-in styles.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unless you have very specific requirements, there's no need to tinker with the existing citation commands. The two basic commands &lt;code&gt;\autocite&lt;/code&gt; (style-independent command for bare citations, see p. 81) and &lt;code&gt;\textcite&lt;/code&gt; (for citations in the flow of the text, see p. 79) should cover most of your needs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T18:08:18.617" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T18:08:18.617" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12195" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2198" CreationDate="2011-02-27T12:12:41.020" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is the program &lt;code&gt;pdfopt&lt;/code&gt; provided by &lt;a href=&quot;http://pages.cs.wisc.edu/~ghost/&quot;&gt;Ghostscript&lt;/a&gt; which converts the PDF in the official &lt;em&gt;web optimised&lt;/em&gt; format. This (quote from &lt;code&gt;man pdfopt&lt;/code&gt;) &lt;em&gt;puts  the  elements  of the file into a more linear order and adds &quot;hint&quot; pointers, allowing Adobe's Acrobat(TM) products to  display individual  pages  of  the  file  more  quickly when accessing the file through a network&lt;/em&gt; (unquote).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The usage is straigt forward:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;pdfopt [ options ] input.pdf output.pdf&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Just make sure that both PDF filenames are not the same. You might want to move &lt;code&gt;output.pdf&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;input.pdf&lt;/code&gt; afterwards. This is what I do in my Makefile's for my LaTeX package prior to uploading them to CTAN.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T12:12:41.020" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12196" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12187" CreationDate="2011-02-27T12:25:17.843" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can map a function on two comma-separated list, using the code below. It also lets you &quot;zip&quot; two comma separated lists together. All this is expandable, e.g. suitable for use in a &lt;code&gt;\write&lt;/code&gt; statement, etc. Or rather, it is expandable if the function you map is itself expandable. See the end of the code for an example suited to your case.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{expl3}&#xA;&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOn &#xA;% Spaces are now ignored, and `_` and `:` can be used in macro names.&#xA;%&#xA;% `\tl_if_either_empty_ii:nn` tests whether either one of two token&#xA;% lists is empty.&#xA;%&#xA;\prg_new_conditional:Npnn \tl_if_either_empty_ii:nn #1 #2 {p,T,F,TF} {&#xA;  \tl_if_empty:nTF {#1} {\prg_return_true:} {&#xA;    \tl_if_empty:nTF {#2} {\prg_return_true:} {\prg_return_false:} &#xA;  }&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% Function to zip two clist together, e.g.,&#xA;%   {1,2,3,4,5} {aa,bb,cc,d} -&amp;gt; {1}{aa}, {2}{bb}, {3}{cc}, {4}{d}&#xA;% It stops when reaching the end of any of the two lists. For people who&#xA;% care: it is `f`-expandable.&#xA;%&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \clist_zip_ii:nn #1 #2 {&#xA;  \clist_zip_ii_aux:nw {} #1, \q_mark, #2, \q_mark.&#xA;}&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \clist_zip_ii_aux:nw #1 #2, #3 \q_mark, #4, #5 \q_mark. {&#xA;  \tl_if_either_empty_ii:nnTF {#3} {#5} {&#xA;    #1 {#2}{#4}&#xA;  }{&#xA;    \clist_zip_ii_aux:nw {#1 {#2}{#4},} #3 \q_mark, #5 \q_mark.&#xA;  }&#xA;}&#xA;\cs_generate_variant:Nn \clist_zip_ii:nn {VV}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% To map a function `#3` of two arguments onto the zipped result, &#xA;% we do something similar, essentially replacing commas by `#1` in &#xA;% the output.&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \clist_map_zip_ii:nnN #1 #2 #3 {&#xA;  \clist_map_zip_ii_aux:Nnw #3 {} #1, \q_mark, #2, \q_mark.&#xA;}&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \clist_map_zip_ii_aux:Nnw #1 #2 #3, #4 \q_mark, #5, #6 \q_mark. {&#xA;  \tl_if_either_empty_ii:nnTF {#4} {#6} {&#xA;    #2 #1{#3}{#5}&#xA;  }{&#xA;    \clist_map_zip_ii_aux:Nnw #1 {#2 #1{#3}{#5}} #4 \q_mark, #6 \q_mark.&#xA;  }&#xA;}&#xA;\cs_generate_variant:Nn \clist_map_zip_ii:nnN {VV}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% ======================= Your comma separated lists ==================&#xA;% All those `g` mean `global`.&#xA;\clist_new:N \g_my_first_clist&#xA;\clist_new:N \g_my_second_clist&#xA;\clist_gput_right:Nn \g_my_first_clist {a,b,c,d,e,f}&#xA;\clist_gput_right:Nn \g_my_second_clist {1,2,3,4,5}&#xA;&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \my_create_variable:nn #1 #2 {&#xA;  \iow_term:n {Creating~variable~``#1 name #2''} % Message to the terminal&#xA;  \tl_new:cn {#1 name #2} {}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\clist_map_zip_ii:VVN \g_my_first_clist &#xA;                      \g_my_second_clist &#xA;                      \my_create_variable:nn&#xA;&#xA;% Restore the usual behaviour of space, colon and underscore.&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOff&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastEditorUserId="2707" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T14:08:07.093" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T14:08:07.093" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="12197" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12174" CreationDate="2011-02-27T12:28:08.823" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The rules outlined by Will are fine; here are a few technical additions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;All modern OSes and file systems can handle arbitrary Unicode characters in file names.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Operating systems are sometimes case-sensitive, sometimes not; but modern operating systems are always case-preserving. That means that if you ask for a file named &lt;code&gt;A&lt;/code&gt; you may get a file named &lt;code&gt;A&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;a&lt;/code&gt;, but if you create a new file named &lt;code&gt;A&lt;/code&gt;, you'll never end up with a file named &lt;code&gt;a&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Operating systems are sometimes normalization-preserving, sometimes not.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Most TeX engines can handle arbitrary input file names as long as a valid &lt;code&gt;\jobname&lt;/code&gt; can be constructed from them; however, there is no formal definition, so it's best to stick to what is known to work if you want to preserve portability.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Names of second-level files (included by &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt;, for example) with spaces or multiple often cause problems because the LaTeX kernel and packages assume there is no space and at most one dot in each file name. Packages such as &lt;code&gt;grffile&lt;/code&gt; fix a few of the issues.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastEditorUserId="345" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-28T06:54:05.323" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T06:54:05.323" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12198" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12199" CreationDate="2011-02-27T13:05:50.790" Score="6" ViewCount="54" Body="&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/6608/repeating-a-block-of-text-until-it-fills-a-page/6611#6611&quot;&gt;another question&lt;/a&gt;, Harald showed how to make vertical leaders. Armed with this knowledge, I set sail to answer another question, but as I've tried to put such leaders into a page with other material as well, the leaderfill always takes up the whole page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a general way to typeset something onto a page, which then would be handled by TeX as if nothing had been typeset at all (i.e., it wouldn't take any kind of space away from other material)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newbox\needlebox\setbox\needlebox=\vbox{\hsize=2em$\cdot$}&#xA;\def\needlefill{\cleaders\copy\needlebox\vskip0pt plus 1fill}&#xA;\llap{\hbox to 2em{\vbox to\vsize{\hsize=2em\needlefill}}} Blah&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The &quot;Blah&quot; goes to second page)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T13:19:21.960" Title="Overlapping material" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="12199" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12198" CreationDate="2011-02-27T13:17:39.793" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\llap&lt;/code&gt; is the right direction, but you still need a vertical version of it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newbox\needlebox\setbox\needlebox=\vbox{\hsize=2em$\cdot$}&#xA;\def\needlefill{\cleaders\copy\needlebox\vskip0pt plus 1fill}&#xA;\llap{\vbox to 0pt{\hbox to 2em{\vbox to\vsize{\hsize=2em\needlefill}}\vss}} Blah&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href=&quot;http://groups.google.com/group/comp.text.tex/tree/browse_frm/thread/6e54b81e6bfd62e5/d3ed9fd54272bef2?rnum=1&amp;amp;q=Vertical+versions+of+%5Cllap+and+%5Crlap%3A+%5Ctlap+and+%5Cblap&amp;amp;_done=%2Fgroup%2Fcomp.text.tex%2Fbrowse_frm%2Fthread%2F6e54b81e6bfd62e5%2Fd3ed9fd54272bef2%3Flnk%3Dgst%26q%3DVertical%2Bversions%2Bof%2B%255Cllap%2Band%2B%255Crlap%253A%2B%255Ctlap%2Band%2B%255Cblap%26#doc_d3ed9fd54272bef2&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this discussion&lt;/a&gt; on c.t.t I started about &lt;code&gt;\blap&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\tlap&lt;/code&gt; macros.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T13:17:39.793" />
  <row Id="12200" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12198" CreationDate="2011-02-27T13:19:21.960" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;(not tested)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;a box in vertical mode gets set and stays in vertical mode.  you need to get&#xA;out of vertical mode.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;precede the &lt;code&gt;\llap&lt;/code&gt; by &lt;code&gt;\leavevmode&lt;/code&gt; to put you into horizontal mode.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;you may also want to give \vbox the height of a line of text to avoid having&#xA;it line up at the bottom.  &lt;code&gt;\vbox to Npt{...}&lt;/code&gt; where N = the height of the first&#xA;line; the height of &lt;code&gt;\mathstrut&lt;/code&gt; is probably a good value.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="579" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T13:19:21.960" />
  <row Id="12201" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12205" CreationDate="2011-02-27T13:30:19.920" Score="2" ViewCount="41" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am unhappy about the whitespace before and after my chapters, sections, and subsections etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using the &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt; class I tried to find out on how to reduce this. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For my chapters it says I should use the &lt;code&gt;\beforechapskip&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\afterchapskip&lt;/code&gt; commands. For my sections &lt;code&gt;\setbeforeSskip&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;afterskip&lt;/code&gt; (i think).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This must be very stupid, but I tried to change these but I must be doing it wrong. In this example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{memoir}&#xA;\setbeforeSskip{1ex}&#xA;\setafterSskip{1ex}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;test&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I get this error: &lt;code&gt;! Undefined control sequence.&lt;/code&gt; Like I said, it's probably easy but im just not very good at these things and i have no idea what I am doing wrong. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Could anyone provide me a small example of how to set the whitespace for chapters and sections etc?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3354" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T13:32:52.247" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T13:57:47.997" Title="Whitespace in memoir titles" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;memoir&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12202" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12157" CreationDate="2011-02-27T13:34:11.383" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A Plain &quot;extension&quot; to support such constructs:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\catcode`@=11&#xA;\def\caseswithdelim#1#2{\left#1\,\vcenter{\normalbaselines\m@th&#xA;  \ialign{\strut$##\hfil$&amp;amp;\quad##\hfil\crcr#2\crcr}}\right.}% you might like it without the \strut&#xA;\catcode`@=12&#xA;%&#xA;\def\bcases#1{\caseswithdelim[{#1}}&#xA;\def\vcases#1{\caseswithdelim|{#1}}&#xA;%&#xA;$$\displaylines{&#xA;rank (q,l) = \cases{2_i&amp;amp; if $\ldots$\cr 2_i + 1&amp;amp;if $\ldots$\cr\ldots} \cr&#xA;rank (q,l) = \bcases{2_i&amp;amp; if $\ldots$\cr 2_i + 1&amp;amp;if $\ldots$\cr\ldots} \cr&#xA;rank (q,l) = \vcases{2_i&amp;amp; if $\ldots$\cr 2_i + 1&amp;amp;if $\ldots$\cr\ldots}&#xA;}$$\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/DMcNq.png&quot; alt=&quot;casesext&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T13:34:11.383" />
  <row Id="12204" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12201" CreationDate="2011-02-27T13:41:00.693" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;you have to replace the S with &lt;code&gt;sec&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;subsec&lt;/code&gt; aso.&#xA;eg:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{memoir}&#xA;\setbeforesecskip{1ex}&#xA;\setaftersecskip{1ex}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;test&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T13:41:00.693" />
  <row Id="12205" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12201" CreationDate="2011-02-27T13:41:12.237" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;From the &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt; manual section 6.6:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In the following I will use S to stand&#xA;  for one of sec, subsec, subsubsec,&#xA;  para or subpara, which are in turn&#xA;  shorthand for section through to&#xA;  subparagraph, as summarised in Table&#xA;  6.3.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setbeforeSskip{&amp;lt;skip&amp;gt;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Table 6.3: Values for S in section&#xA;  styling macro names.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;sec  subsec  subsubsec   para    subpara&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So you need to replace S with the appropriate value: (for sections, &lt;code&gt;sec&lt;/code&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{memoir}&#xA;\setbeforesecskip{1ex}&#xA;\setaftersecskip{1ex}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;test&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are a number of other places where the &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt; manual uses this kind of scheme; it often trips people up.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T13:57:47.997" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T13:57:47.997" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="12206" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12218" CreationDate="2011-02-27T13:51:01.203" Score="2" ViewCount="64" Body="&lt;p&gt;My windows 7 warned me that biber.exe tried to establish incoming connection. I wonder why biber would need it? I blocked the connection for a while.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3831" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T15:24:31.837" Title="Biber: Does it really need incoming connection ?" Tags="&lt;biber&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="12207" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-27T14:14:17.717" Score="7" ViewCount="179" Body="&lt;p&gt;I like to label my plots directly, i.e. without using a legend, but instead using a &lt;code&gt;pin&lt;/code&gt; node. So far, I have added the labels with manually specified coordinates, which means trial-and-error for data plots. A better way would be to let &lt;code&gt;TikZ&lt;/code&gt; handle the positioning, but I don't know how to access the paths of the plots. Is there a way of adding a node to a plot in &lt;code&gt;pgfplots&lt;/code&gt;, similar to the &lt;code&gt;[pos=0.5]&lt;/code&gt; option for normal paths? Just adding &lt;code&gt;node [pos=0.5] {x}&lt;/code&gt; to the &lt;code&gt;\addplot&lt;/code&gt; command does not position the node on the line, but instead at some location in the lower left of the plot area, regardless of the &lt;code&gt;pos&lt;/code&gt; value.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;MWE:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplots}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{axis}&#xA;\addplot {x^2} node [pos=0.75,pin={-10:$x^2$},inner sep=0pt] {}; % This does not position the node on the line&#xA;\addplot {1.5*x^2};&#xA;\node at (axis cs:4,16) [pin={-10:$x^2$},inner sep=0pt] {}; % This is what I want, but without calculating the coordinates by hand&#xA;\node at (axis cs:4,24) [pin={170:$1.5 x^2$},inner sep=0pt] {};&#xA;\end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/aKN4z.png&quot; alt=&quot;pgfplots plot with nodes annotating the lines&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T00:02:01.817" Title="Label plots in pgfplots without entering coordinates manually" Tags="&lt;pgfplots&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="12208" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12140" CreationDate="2011-02-27T14:23:18.787" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you don't want to use loops (which &lt;em&gt;do&lt;/em&gt; work well, as mentionned above, although the plain TeX version should not be nested), you can avoid repeated code by defining a macro to do the job. For example, one piece of your code could be rewritten as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\myFPifgt #1#2{&#xA;    \FPifgt\Number#1&#xA;        \FPdiv\temp{\Number}{#1}&#xA;        \def\Epower{#2}&#xA;        \global\let\result\temp&#xA;    \fi&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\myFPifgt {\PowerThree} {3}&#xA;\myFPifgt {\PowerFour} {4}&#xA;\myFPifgt {\PowerFive} {5}&#xA;\myFPifgt {\PowerSix} {6}&#xA;&#xA;%etc.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T14:23:18.787" />
  <row Id="12209" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12851" CreationDate="2011-02-27T14:25:21.187" Score="3" ViewCount="106" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need to cite some decrees in my essay for philosophy of science class.&#xA;I believe it is a common problem, so there should be a standardized way.&#xA;Thanx.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3867" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-06T17:00:40.727" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T14:03:04.013" Title="What is the proper way to cite a legal document?" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;citing&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="12210" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1172" CreationDate="2011-02-27T14:34:21.520" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You might also try &lt;code&gt;isorot&lt;/code&gt; package, which worked for me better than &lt;code&gt;rotating&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;pdflscape&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3319" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T14:34:21.520" />
  <row Id="12211" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12209" CreationDate="2011-02-27T14:43:50.033" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/jurabib.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;jurabib&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package was written to cite legal and similar documents. But I think I heard once that it is now deprecated ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T14:43:50.033" />
  <row Id="12212" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9652" CreationDate="2011-02-27T14:45:11.590" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.geogebra.org/cms/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Geogebra&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;asymptote&lt;/a&gt; are further tools which could be used in this regard.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3868" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-28T09:23:03.820" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T09:23:03.820" />
  <row Id="12213" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12215" CreationDate="2011-02-27T14:50:48.480" Score="2" ViewCount="190" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a table that is created with the following code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{table}[htdp]&#xA;\caption{Comparison of Elements in Air on the Space Station and sea level on Earth}    &#xA;\centering&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|c|}&#xA;\hline&#xA;Chemical Component &amp;amp; Percentage in Earth's Atomsphere &amp;amp; Ideal Values for the Space Station &amp;amp;         Astronaut Exhalation\\ \hline&#xA;Nitrogen      &amp;amp; 78.084\% &amp;amp; 78.000\% &amp;amp; 74.200\% \\ \hline&#xA;Oxygen        &amp;amp; 20.946\% &amp;amp; 21.000\% &amp;amp; 15.300\% \\ \hline&#xA;Argon         &amp;amp; 0.934\%  &amp;amp;  0.000\% &amp;amp; 0.000\% \\ \hline&#xA;Carbon Dioxide&amp;amp; 0.033\%  &amp;amp;  0.000\% &amp;amp; 3.600\% \\ \hline&#xA;Water Vapour  &amp;amp; 0.030\%  &amp;amp;  1.000\% &amp;amp; 0.800\% \\ \hline&#xA;Trace Elements&amp;amp; 0.003\%  &amp;amp;  0.000\% &amp;amp; 0.800\% \\ \hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;\label{default}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But it sticks over the page so how could i format it so that it fits on a page in portrait mode not landscape.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3573" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T15:04:59.810" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T22:03:08.917" Title="Formatting table" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="12214" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12187" CreationDate="2011-02-27T14:59:29.283" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is another solution using simple iteration. I'm sorry that the code is not very clean.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;&#xA;\long\def\getfirst@#1,#2\@@#3{\def#3{#1}}&#xA;\long\def\getfirst#1#2{%&#xA;  \def\temp{#2}%&#xA;  \expandafter\getfirst@\temp,\@nil\@@#1}&#xA;&#xA;\def\@nil@{\@nil}&#xA;\long\def\getrest@#1,#2\@@#3{\def\temp{#2}%&#xA;  \ifx\@nil@\temp&#xA;    \let#3\undefined&#xA;  \else&#xA;    \expandafter\getrest@@\temp#3&#xA;  \fi}&#xA;\long\def\getrest@@#1,\@nil#2{\def#2{#1}}&#xA;\long\def\getrest#1#2{%&#xA;  \def\temp{#2}%&#xA;  \expandafter\getrest@\temp,\@nil\@@#1}&#xA;&#xA;\long\def\split#1#2#3{%&#xA;  \def\temp{#3}%&#xA;  \expandafter\getfirst@\temp,\@nil\@@#1&#xA;  \def\temp{#3}%&#xA;  \expandafter\getrest@\temp,\@nil\@@#2}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;% your list&#xA;\def\listA{a,b,c,d,e,f}&#xA;\def\listB{X,Y,Z,W}&#xA;&#xA;\newif\ifloop&#xA;\def\testloop{%&#xA;  \ifx\listA\undefined \loopfalse \fi&#xA;  \ifx\listB\undefined \loopfalse \fi&#xA;  \ifloop}&#xA;\looptrue&#xA;\loop&#xA;% extract list&#xA;  \expandafter\split\expandafter\firstofA\expandafter\restofA\expandafter{\listA}&#xA;  \expandafter\split\expandafter\firstofB\expandafter\restofB\expandafter{\listB}&#xA;% show progress&#xA;  {\tt&#xA;  \meaning\firstofA \qquad \meaning\restofA\qquad&#xA;  \meaning\firstofB \qquad \meaning\restofB\par}%&#xA;% do definition&#xA;  \expandafter\edef \csname TT\firstofA\endcsname {\firstofB}%&#xA;% iteration&#xA;  \let\listA\restofA&#xA;  \let\listB\restofB&#xA;\testloop\repeat&#xA;&#xA;result:\\&#xA;\verb=\TTa= is \TTa\\&#xA;\verb=\TTb= is \TTb\\&#xA;\verb=\TTc= is \TTc\\&#xA;\verb=\TTd= is \TTd&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T14:59:29.283" />
  <row Id="12215" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12213" CreationDate="2011-02-27T15:04:06.583" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tabularx,ragged2e}&#xA;\newcolumntype{x}{&amp;gt;{\Centering}X}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{table}[htdp]&#xA;\caption{Comparison of Elements in Air on the Space Station and sea level on Earth}\label{default}&#xA;\begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{|&amp;gt;{\RaggedRight}p{2.5cm}|x|x|x|}\hline&#xA;Chemical Component &amp;amp; Percentage in Earth's Atomsphere &amp;amp; Ideal Values for the Space Station &amp;amp; Astronaut Exhalation\\ \hline&#xA;Nitrogen      &amp;amp; 78.084\% &amp;amp; 78.000\% &amp;amp; 74.200\% \\ \hline&#xA;Oxygen        &amp;amp; 20.946\% &amp;amp; 21.000\% &amp;amp; 15.300\% \\ \hline&#xA;Argon         &amp;amp; 0.934\%  &amp;amp;  0.000\% &amp;amp;  0.000\% \\ \hline&#xA;Carbon Dioxide&amp;amp; 0.033\%  &amp;amp;  0.000\% &amp;amp;  3.600\% \\ \hline&#xA;Water Vapour  &amp;amp; 0.030\%  &amp;amp;  1.000\% &amp;amp;  0.800\% \\ \hline&#xA;Trace Elements&amp;amp; 0.003\%  &amp;amp;  0.000\% &amp;amp;  0.800\% \\ \hline&#xA;\end{tabularx}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;btw: the vertical lines do not make a table more readable ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T15:04:06.583" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12216" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12213" CreationDate="2011-02-27T15:06:00.433" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You should stack the long cell titles e.g. by manually placing them over several rows or using &lt;code&gt;\shortstack&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\shortstack{Ideal Values\\for the\\Space Station}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You might want to add a &lt;code&gt;\strut&lt;/code&gt; to the &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; to get a constant distance between the lines.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T15:06:00.433" />
  <row Id="12217" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12213" CreationDate="2011-02-27T15:11:48.373" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To learn about table design in general, I cannot praise the documentation of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/booktabs/booktabs.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;booktabs&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package enough (see a before-and-after example from the documentation below). For your problem at hand, I would suggest to either come up with shorter column titles or to break them into several lines. This problem has been discussed as &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/485/how-to-break-a-line-in-a-table&quot;&gt;How to break a line in a table&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ySSPb.png&quot; alt=&quot;Example from the booktabs package about table design&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/12213/formatting-table/12219#12219&quot;&gt;another answer&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/users/2693/alan-munn&quot;&gt;Alan Munn&lt;/a&gt; has formatted the table from the question using the &lt;code&gt;booktabs&lt;/code&gt; package and solved the problem how to break the column titles into two lines. I find it close to perfection.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3083" LastEditorUserId="3083" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T21:04:32.860" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T21:04:32.860" />
  <row Id="12218" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12206" CreationDate="2011-02-27T15:24:31.837" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;biber&lt;/code&gt; is a Perl script and to make it run without installing the needed Perl libraries, the exe comes with all libraries which must be extracted from the file. This happens only once. However, I am not a windows user, so that I do not really know what biber checks for windows.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T15:24:31.837" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="12219" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12213" CreationDate="2011-02-27T15:25:58.813" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the &lt;code&gt;array&lt;/code&gt; package to have better control over table column specifications. Your problem is caused by the length of your column headings; you need to have specified widths but still centred titles.  It's generally not advisable to have vertical lines in tables, nor to put the units (here '%') in each cell (they should go in the column heading).  Given that all your numeric values are decimals, you also want to line up the decimal points.  A right justified column can do this, but the &lt;code&gt;dcolumn&lt;/code&gt; package provides more flexibility.  As Christian mentions, the `booktabs package is the gold standard here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a version of your table using these principles. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{booktabs,array,dcolumn}&#xA;&#xA;\newcolumntype{d}{D{.}{.}{2.3}}&#xA;\newcolumntype{C}{&amp;gt;{\centering}p}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{table}[htdp]&#xA;\caption{Comparison of Elements in Air on the Space Station and sea level on Earth}    &#xA;\centering&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{p{1.25in}ddd}&#xA;\toprule&#xA;\multicolumn{1}{C{1.25in}}{Chemical Component} &amp;amp; \multicolumn{1}{C{1in}}{Earth's Atmosphere (\%)} &amp;amp; \multicolumn{1}{C{1.25in}}{Ideal Values for the Space Station (\%)} &amp;amp;         \multicolumn{1}{C{1in}}{Astronaut Exhalation (\%)}\\&#xA;\midrule&#xA;Nitrogen &amp;amp; 78.084 &amp;amp; 78.000 &amp;amp; 74.200 \\&#xA;Oxygen &amp;amp; 20.946 &amp;amp; 21.000 &amp;amp; 15.300 \\&#xA;Argon &amp;amp; 0.934 &amp;amp; 0.000 &amp;amp; 0.000 \\&#xA;Carbon Dioxide &amp;amp; 0.033 &amp;amp; 0.000 &amp;amp; 3.600 \\&#xA;Water Vapour &amp;amp; 0.030 &amp;amp; 1.000 &amp;amp; 0.800 \\&#xA;Trace Elements &amp;amp; 0.003 &amp;amp; 0.000 &amp;amp; 0.800 \\ &#xA;\bottomrule&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;\label{default}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/p8vNb.png&quot; alt=&quot;output of code&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T16:21:07.627" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T16:21:07.627" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12220" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12221" CreationDate="2011-02-27T15:26:21.697" Score="2" ViewCount="56" Body="&lt;p&gt;Whats the quickest way to adapt the Chicago style for the bibliography, if &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt; is used?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3869" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-13T14:29:17.237" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T14:29:17.237" Title="Natbib and Chicago" Tags="&lt;natbib&gt;&lt;chicago-style&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12221" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12220" CreationDate="2011-02-27T15:29:46.297" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\bibliographystyle{chicago}&lt;/code&gt; just before your &lt;code&gt;\bibliography&lt;/code&gt; command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T15:29:46.297" />
  <row Id="12222" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12228" CreationDate="2011-02-27T15:42:11.747" Score="3" ViewCount="71" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to define hyphenation for a word I have somewhat created.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have a word that I have hyphenated like &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;com\-.puppy\-crawl\-.tools\-.check\-style\-.api&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The thing is that every time I want to use that word I have to write everything, including the &lt;code&gt;\-&lt;/code&gt;. Is there a way for me to define hyphenation for a word and be able to use it through out the document?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2042" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T16:46:07.797" Title="Define new hyphenation" Tags="&lt;hyphenation&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="9" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="12223" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12222" CreationDate="2011-02-27T15:47:55.927" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes: put &lt;code&gt;\hyphenation{man-u-script man-u-scripts ap-pen-dix}&lt;/code&gt; into the preamble.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3083" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T15:47:55.927" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="12224" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12225" CreationDate="2011-02-27T15:57:10.433" Score="2" ViewCount="101" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to biblatex manual (p.24), the hyphenation field in a bib-entry switches language on per-entry basis:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;hyphenation&lt;/code&gt; field &#xA;  The language of the bibliography entry. The identifier must be a language name&#xA;  known to the babel package. This information may be used to switch hyphenation&#xA;  patterns and localize strings in the bibliography.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This functionality seemed to not work. I just used an example of bib base that comes with biblatex documentation to print the entire bibliography. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[german,american]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{csquotes}&#xA;\usepackage[style=numeric,backend=biber]{biblatex}&#xA;\addbibresource{biblatex-examples.bib}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\nocite{*}&#xA;\printbibliography&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The bibliography contains few entries in German. However in the printed list of references they are formatted with english strings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[8] Averroes. Drei Abhandlungen über die Conjunction des separaten Intellects&#xA;  mit dem Menschen. Von Averroes (Vater und Sohn), aus dem&#xA;  Arabischen übersetzt von Samuel Ibn Tibbon. Ed. and trans. by J. Hercz.&#xA;  Berlin: S. Hermann, 1869.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per-entry language switching is provided by the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/contrib/gost/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;GOST&lt;/a&gt; bundle of bst style for bibtex.&#xA;Looking through biblatex internal code, I've got an impression that biblatex needs major re-implementation in order to provide similar functionality. Or am I wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3831" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T16:06:00.023" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T06:32:16.770" Title="BibLaTeX: per-entry language switching" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;biblatex&gt;&lt;languages&gt;&lt;hyphenation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12225" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12224" CreationDate="2011-02-27T16:05:19.290" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Besides including hyphenation fields in your &lt;code&gt;.bib&lt;/code&gt; file, you need to set the &lt;code&gt;babel&lt;/code&gt; option of biblatex (presumably to &lt;code&gt;babel=other&lt;/code&gt;). See pp. 46--47 of the manual for details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T16:05:19.290" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12226" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12222" CreationDate="2011-02-27T16:09:16.323" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;well, &lt;code&gt;\hyphenation{...}&lt;/code&gt; won't work since there are non-letters in the string.&#xA;probably the most direct approach is to just define a shorthand command that includes&#xA;all the discretionary hyphens:&#xA;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\compuppy{com\-.puppy\-crawl\-.tools\-.check\-style\-.apl}&lt;/code&gt;&#xA;you might want to finish it off with &lt;code&gt;\xspace&lt;/code&gt; to avoid having to remember to finish&#xA;it off with a backslash before a space.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="579" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T16:09:16.323" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12227" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12141" CreationDate="2011-02-27T16:10:44.433" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I can answer the first part of the question: &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Why&lt;/strong&gt; are the underbraces choppy?&lt;/em&gt; The reason is that latex constructs the underbrace (also overbraces) from glyphs from a font (for the curly parts) and TeX rules (for the straight parts). The TeX rules translate into PDF filled rectangles, so you are correct that it is not a piece of type. Due to some tricky aspects of how the PDF format works, it's not really possible to ensure that these different parts meet seamlessly in all PDF viewers at all zoom levels. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Large vertical delimiters in TeX avoid this problem by using repeated glyphs also for the straight parts, so that the whole brace is constructed from only glyphs (there can be some slight glitches at the joins, but it is usually much less noticeable). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for your second question: There are a few ways to deal with this, but none are really satisfactory. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Use a different PDF viewer. Some of them use different drawing algorithms that make these glitches less obvious;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Use different setting for your current PDF viewer. For example in Adobe reader go to the &quot;Page Display&quot; preferences page and under &quot;Rendering&quot; set &quot;Smooth line art&quot;=ON and &quot;Enhance thin lines&quot;=OFF. (This will have other effects that you may or may not appreciate);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Program a different way to generate horizontal braces, more similar to how vertical braces are constructed. Maybe take a look at how latex builds horizontal arrows, for inspiration. This is also how &lt;code&gt;MnSymbol&lt;/code&gt; makes underbraces: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Sn686.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Use a font that provides large horizontal braces (I know you didn't want to change fonts, but...). For example the (commercial) MathTime Professional 2 fonts have individually designed glyphs for braces up to 4inches wide. For example &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pctex.com/mtpro2.html#Features_of_MTPro2&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;(taken from this webpage)&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/NXdPG.png&quot; alt=&quot;MathTime Pro 2 underbrace&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Don't worry about it: it will look absolutely fine when printed -- the problems with making the pieces match only apply to antialiased rendering at low resolution such as on a monitor (which PDF was not really designed for, originally). On the printed page (which PDF was designed for) they will match perfectly.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Construct the braces using something like TikZ. I'm sure this is easy enough, but I'm not a TikZ expert so I'll let someone else write this.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastEditorUserId="627" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-28T20:36:41.250" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T20:36:41.250" />
  <row Id="12228" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12222" CreationDate="2011-02-27T16:39:47.707" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It makes more sense to use &lt;code&gt;\url{..}&lt;/code&gt; for Java package names. If you use &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; and do not want it as a link, then use &lt;code&gt;nolinkurl{...}&lt;/code&gt;.  Urls can have a line break at the dot by default.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T16:46:07.797" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T16:46:07.797" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12229" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12160" CreationDate="2011-02-27T16:52:23.190" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;ConTeXt does not have an interface for increasing the interline space. You would have to add the space manually. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\startformula \startalign&#xA;  \NC a \EQ b + c \NR&#xA;  \noalign{\blank[2cm]}&#xA;  \NC a \EQ b + c \NR&#xA;\stopalign \stopformula&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want, you can add an interface for it. I did not test it too thoroughly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\unprotected\def\doalignNR[#1][#2]%&#xA;  {\donestedformulanumber{#1}{#2}\crcr&#xA;    \noalign{\mathalignmentparameter\c!inbetween}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then you can use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\definemathalignment[loosealign][inbetween={\blank[2cm]}]&#xA;&#xA;\starttext&#xA;&#xA;\startformula \startloosealign&#xA;  \NC a \EQ b + c \NR&#xA;  \NC a \EQ b + c \NR&#xA;\stoploosealign \stopformula&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastEditorUserId="323" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T17:14:37.163" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T17:14:37.163" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12230" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-27T16:54:25.903" Score="1" ViewCount="116" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using the &lt;code&gt;url&lt;/code&gt; package. Now, I have some some url with a percent sign in it and want to place it in a footnote. When I let the &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt; where it is, I get a comment, and the whole thing fails to compile because of some unmatched brackets. When it's at the end of a line, it doesn't show up at all in the result. When I write &lt;code&gt;\%&lt;/code&gt; instead, this gets literally into the output—but I want the url to be displayed correctly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What could I do?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3872" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T17:51:47.133" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T17:51:47.133" Title="Getting percent sign into an URL in a footnote" Tags="&lt;url&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="12231" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-27T17:14:58.967" Score="1" ViewCount="53" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using the hyperref package to enable PDF links &amp;amp; bookmarks in the output file. I would like to achieve the following behavior (&lt;code&gt;[]&lt;/code&gt; denotes clickable area}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;1 [The first chapter] .............. 3&#xA;2 [The second chapter] ............. 8&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When using the &lt;code&gt;linktoc=section&lt;/code&gt; option in hyperref, I can achieve this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;[1 The first chapter] .............. 3&#xA;[2 The second chapter] ............. 8&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which is not really what I wanted.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anyone aware of a solution? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3873" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T17:23:46.313" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T17:23:46.313" Title="How to make chapter numbers in TOC as non-link (hyperref package)" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;numbering&gt;" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12232" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12235" CreationDate="2011-02-27T17:40:52.317" Score="3" ViewCount="44" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a problem with &lt;code&gt;\excludecomment&lt;/code&gt; from comment package and a &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following codes work good, which means, it can generate the desired pdf output.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{comment}&#xA;\excludecomment{dontshow}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;This is a test.&#xA;&#xA;\begin{dontshow}&#xA;test test test&#xA;\end{dontshow}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, if I add the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\noshow}[2]{#1=#2 \begin{dontshow}#2=#1\end{dontshow} #1=#2}&#xA;\noshow{abc}{def}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It generates an error: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/comment/comment.sty&#xA;Excluding comment 'comment') Excluding comment 'dontshow' (./test.aux))&#xA;Runaway argument?&#xA;! File ended while scanning use of \next.&#xA;&amp;lt;inserted text&amp;gt; &#xA;                \par &#xA;&amp;lt;*&amp;gt; test.tex&#xA;&#xA;? &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I use 'comment' in a &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3874" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T17:45:47.323" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T18:02:02.630" Title="\excludecomment and \newcommand using it" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;comments&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="12233" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12230" CreationDate="2011-02-27T17:44:38.637" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For URLs in footnotes or inside other macro arguments use &lt;code&gt;\urldef&lt;/code&gt; to define it first as a macro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{url}&#xA;\urldef\myurl\url{foo%.com}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;text\footnote{WWW: \myurl}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T17:44:38.637" />
  <row Id="12234" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12272" CreationDate="2011-02-27T17:53:37.897" Score="6" ViewCount="109" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to be able to define a macro that can be used in the tabular definition. How can I do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This does not work:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\gdef\buildtabularhead{|||}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{\buildtabularhead}&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp;3\\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3546" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T17:55:34.133" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T23:22:37.787" Title="How do I expand a macro into a tabular head?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;macros&gt;" AnswerCount="6" />
  <row Id="12235" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12232" CreationDate="2011-02-27T17:53:40.813" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The environments of the &lt;code&gt;comment&lt;/code&gt; package need to be on their own:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The opening and closing commands should appear on a line of their own. No&#xA;  starting spaces, nothing after it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;AFAIK they don't work in macros like yours because they skip everything verbatim.&#xA;There you could use if-switches for most content (except for unbalanced if-switches).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\newif\ifshow&#xA;%\showtrue&#xA;\showfalse&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{comment}&#xA;\ifshow&#xA;\includecomment{dontshow}&#xA;\else&#xA;\excludecomment{dontshow}&#xA;\fi&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\noshow}[2]{#1=#2 \ifshow #2=#1 \fi #1=#2}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;This is a test.&#xA;&#xA;\begin{dontshow}&#xA;test test test&#xA;\end{dontshow}&#xA;&#xA;\noshow{abc}{def}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T18:02:02.630" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T18:02:02.630" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12236" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12234" CreationDate="2011-02-27T18:00:54.723" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Better define it as a new column type using the &lt;code&gt;array&lt;/code&gt; package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\newcolumntype{L}{|l|l|l|}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{L}&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp;3\\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T18:00:54.723" />
  <row Id="12237" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12234" CreationDate="2011-02-27T18:02:51.700" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The column definition, you are using as an example is invalid. It only specifies lines and no real columns. If you change it to something like &lt;code&gt;\gdef\buildtabularhead{|c|c|c|}&lt;/code&gt; it works as expected.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T18:02:51.700" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12238" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12234" CreationDate="2011-02-27T18:04:13.087" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It does work when you correct your tabular header.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\def\buildtabularhead{|c|c|c|}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{\buildtabularhead}&#xA;  1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3 \\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3083" LastEditorUserId="3083" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T18:18:13.627" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T18:18:13.627" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12239" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12234" CreationDate="2011-02-27T18:30:05.353" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the array package and still be able to specify the column specifiers through a macro as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\def\test#1{\newcolumntype{L}{#1}}&#xA;\test{clr}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{L}&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp;3\\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This can be useful, if you automating table generation through scripts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T19:04:27.877" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T19:04:27.877" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="12240" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12242" CreationDate="2011-02-27T18:33:13.523" Score="1" ViewCount="73" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a table where the first line includes quite some text, and then each of the other cells is fairly small (a symbol or two maximum). At the moment, my code looks like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{standalone}&#xA;\usepackage{rotating}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{tabular}{lrrrrrrrr}&#xA;  &amp;amp; \begin{rotate}{45}Better measurements\end{rotate} &amp;amp; \begin{rotate}{45}Theory\end{rotate} &amp;amp; \begin{rotate}{45}Intervals\end{rotate} &#xA;  &amp;amp;\begin{rotate}{45} Ensembles\end{rotate} &amp;amp;\begin{rotate}{45}Training\end{rotate} &amp;amp; \begin{rotate}{45}Robustness\end{rotate} &#xA;  &amp;amp; \begin{rotate}{45}Past Success\end{rotate} \\&#xA;  Imprecision &amp;amp; x &amp;amp; y &amp;amp; z &amp;amp; a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; x \\&#xA;  Inaccuracy &amp;amp; x &amp;amp; y &amp;amp; z &amp;amp; a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp;x\\&#xA;  Deeper &amp;amp; x &amp;amp; y &amp;amp; z &amp;amp; a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp;x\\&#xA;  Parameter &amp;amp; x &amp;amp; y &amp;amp; z &amp;amp; a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c&amp;amp;x \\&#xA;  Structure &amp;amp; x &amp;amp; y &amp;amp; z &amp;amp; a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp;x \\&#xA;  Overfitting&amp;amp; x &amp;amp; y &amp;amp; z &amp;amp; a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c&amp;amp;x \\&#xA;  Discretisation &amp;amp; x &amp;amp; y &amp;amp; z &amp;amp; a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp;x\\&#xA;  Resolution &amp;amp; x &amp;amp; y &amp;amp; z &amp;amp; a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp;x\\&#xA;  Implementation &amp;amp; x &amp;amp; y &amp;amp; z &amp;amp; a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c&amp;amp;x \\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This uses the &lt;code&gt;rotating&lt;/code&gt; package for the &lt;code&gt;turn&lt;/code&gt; environment. The problem is that the &lt;code&gt;turn&lt;/code&gt; environment does not leave space for the rotated text. (which is good, because the labels &quot;overlap&quot; vertically, which is what I want. However, when I input it in a bigger document the labels overlap the text above. I can just add vspace manually but this is suboptimal. Also, when I try and put &lt;code&gt;hline&lt;/code&gt;s at the top, they go through the text. (also, it's not great that I have to put the environment in each table cell in the top row)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are there package that do a better job of dealing with these sorts of tables?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T20:50:17.657" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T20:51:25.840" Title="Rotating text in a table, and getting hlines in the right place." Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;rotating&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12241" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-27T18:38:57.507" Score="1" ViewCount="91" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using a memoir template with page header defined.  In the appendix, I maximize the geometry to print a lot of tables with narrow margins.  I currently disable the memoir header with &lt;code&gt;\pagestyle{empty}&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\pagestyle{plain}&lt;/code&gt; which both remove the header but print no page number in the footer, as is the default with &lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I enable a simple footer with the pagenumber in the middle on some pages, and on the right on some others (where the bottom table is in the middle)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3252" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T18:46:20.953" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T22:38:40.360" Title="Simple footers with only a page number" Tags="&lt;header-footer&gt;&lt;memoir&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="12242" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12240" CreationDate="2011-02-27T18:54:13.257" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{rotating}&#xA;\def\Rot#1#2{\rlap{\rotatebox{#1}{#2}~}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\hrulefill&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{*9l}&#xA;  &amp;amp; \Rot{45}{Better measurements} &amp;amp; \Rot{45}{Theory} &amp;amp; \Rot{45}{Intervals} &#xA;  &amp;amp; \Rot{45}{Ensembles} &amp;amp; \Rot{45}{Training} &amp;amp; \Rot{45}{Robustness} &amp;amp; \Rot{45}{Past Success} \\&#xA;  Imprecision &amp;amp; x &amp;amp; y &amp;amp; z &amp;amp; a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; x \\&#xA;  Inaccuracy &amp;amp; x &amp;amp; y &amp;amp; z &amp;amp; a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp;x\\&#xA;  Deeper &amp;amp; x &amp;amp; y &amp;amp; z &amp;amp; a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp;x\\&#xA;  Parameter &amp;amp; x &amp;amp; y &amp;amp; z &amp;amp; a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c&amp;amp;x \\&#xA;  Structure &amp;amp; x &amp;amp; y &amp;amp; z &amp;amp; a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp;x \\&#xA;  Overfitting&amp;amp; x &amp;amp; y &amp;amp; z &amp;amp; a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c&amp;amp;x \\&#xA;  Discretisation &amp;amp; x &amp;amp; y &amp;amp; z &amp;amp; a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp;x\\&#xA;  Resolution &amp;amp; x &amp;amp; y &amp;amp; z &amp;amp; a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c &amp;amp;x\\&#xA;  Implementation &amp;amp; x &amp;amp; y &amp;amp; z &amp;amp; a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c&amp;amp;x \\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/JvimO.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T20:51:25.840" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T20:51:25.840" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="12243" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-27T19:04:07.800" Score="1" ViewCount="223" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to use the TikZ 'external' library, available as of PGF 2.10. This requires running pdfLaTeX with the option -shell-escape. I usually run pdfLaTeX from AUCTeX with the option &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;(TeX-PDF-mode t)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So C-c C-c runs pdfLaTeX. Can I add a line to my LaTeX file so that AUCTeX will know to run pdfLaTeX with the -shell-escape option for this file only, seeing as this is apparently a security issue, and only partially enabled by default? I don't know if this is possible, but similar things are possible. See for example the tex.sx question &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/3842/3406&quot;&gt;Force different TeX engine for specific files&lt;/a&gt;. If possible this would presumably use file variables.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If not, I know it is possible to customize it globally for all files in .emacs. Currently, I'm not sure how to do that either. Preferably via M-x customize, but I find those menus quite confusing &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See for example &lt;a href=&quot;http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.emacs.auctex.general/538&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.emacs.auctex.general/538&lt;/a&gt; where David Kastrup seems to suggest that the per file approach is possible. Ie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Anyway, you could use the file variable section to change the command &#xA;just in those files where you want it.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also see &lt;a href=&quot;http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.emacs.auctex.general/710&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.emacs.auctex.general/710&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3406" LastEditorUserId="3406" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-28T18:34:21.060" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T06:42:59.140" Title="Customizing pdfLaTeX for a particular file with AUCTeX?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;auctex&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12244" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12245" CreationDate="2011-02-27T19:09:17.010" Score="2" ViewCount="67" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am listing a bunch of pages in an Appendix.  If I do the appendix as &lt;code&gt;\appendixpage&lt;/code&gt;, after a chapter 1 (for testing), I get all tables numbered 1.1, 1.2, ... 1.436.  (Yes, I have 436 tables, and it's only warming up.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I place all of the tables in the appendix so that they are numbered A.1, A.2, ..., A.436?  Alternatively, how do I make sure all of the tables in the whole memoir document are numbered continuously, 1, ..., 523 (I have more tables before the Appendix)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3252" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T19:44:29.283" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T19:44:29.283" Title="Continuous table numbering" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;numbering&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="12245" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12244" CreationDate="2011-02-27T19:27:06.333" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To make tables numbered A.1, A.2 etc. in the appendix, use the &lt;code&gt;\appendix&lt;/code&gt; command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{report}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{foo}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{table}&#xA;bla&#xA;\caption{First table}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&#xA;\appendix&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{bar}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{table}&#xA;bla&#xA;\caption{Second table}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For continous table numbering, the answer is very similar to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/10448/continuous-footnote-numbering/10449#10449&quot;&gt;this one&lt;/a&gt;. That is, add the following to your preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{chngcntr}&#xA;\counterwithout{table}{chapter}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T19:27:06.333" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="12246" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12300" CreationDate="2011-02-27T19:52:39.447" Score="8" ViewCount="130" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is easy to forget a &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt; at the line end of commands in the body of macros. For example, in writing&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\myMacro{&#xA;  \invokeX&#xA;  \invokeY{}&#xA;  \invokeZ&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You must add a space swallower at the end of the first and third line, but not at the end of the second, fourth and fifth lines.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A simple global search/replace of &lt;code&gt;{$&lt;/code&gt; by &lt;code&gt;{%&lt;/code&gt; will fix omissions such as that of the first line, and is not likely to add redundant swallowers. But, a global search/replace of &lt;code&gt;}$&lt;/code&gt; by &lt;code&gt;}%&lt;/code&gt; will also add a percent after the fifth line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the benefit of Google search visitors, let me write the &lt;code&gt;vi&lt;/code&gt; commands for these searches:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;:%s/{$/{%/&#xA;:%s/}$/}%/&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But as I mention, these are not perfect, and may not take care of other tricky cases.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, my question is: &lt;strong&gt;Can you do better?&lt;/strong&gt; Perhaps there is a clever redefinition of &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt; that would eliminate the need for these ugly additions, or perhaps there is some other automatic mechanism that would warn against such potential bugs?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3391" LastEditorUserId="627" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T20:12:44.563" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T11:11:08.177" Title="Automatically checking for accidental spaces in macros?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;spacing&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12247" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12284" CreationDate="2011-02-27T20:00:23.480" Score="7" ViewCount="86" Body="&lt;p&gt;Well, the obvious way to do that is with &lt;code&gt;\ifeof&lt;/code&gt;, but for some reason, I cannot do this right. I wrote&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newread\reader&#xA;\openin\reader=empty \relax&#xA;\ifeof\reader\message{empty}\else\message{not empty}\fi&#xA;\closein\reader&#xA;\openin\reader=notempty \relax&#xA;\ifeof\reader\message{empty}\else\message{not empty}\fi&#xA;\closein\reader&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where &lt;code&gt;empty&lt;/code&gt; is an empty file (sized 0), and &lt;code&gt;notempty&lt;/code&gt; is non-empty file.&#xA;TeX seems to think that both files are not empty.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3391" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T20:20:11.247" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T08:12:58.763" Title="Checking whether a file is empty?" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;filesystem-access&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="12248" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12246" CreationDate="2011-02-27T20:15:03.203" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;ConTeXt provides &lt;code&gt;\starttexdefinition&lt;/code&gt; ... &lt;code&gt;\stoptexdefinition&lt;/code&gt; environment that does exactly that. Using that you can write your command as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\starttexdefinition myMacro&#xA;  \invokeX&#xA;  \invokeY{}&#xA;  \invokeZ&#xA;\stoptexdefinition&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I believe that LaTeX3 also provides a similar syntax.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastEditorUserId="3391" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-28T04:26:48.747" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T04:26:48.747" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12249" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12247" CreationDate="2011-02-27T20:18:46.803" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Straight after opening a file &lt;code&gt;\ifeof&lt;/code&gt; is false only when the file doesn't exist. You have not tried to read anything yet, so officially the end-of-file marker has not been found yet, even in the case where the file is empty. So you should try to read something from the file into a macro and then check both &lt;code&gt;\ifeof&lt;/code&gt; and the macro you read into.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newread\reader&#xA;&#xA;\def\eolmarker{\par}&#xA;&#xA;\def\testifempty#1{%&#xA;\openin\reader=#1\relax&#xA;\ifeof\reader&#xA;    \message{^^J#1: doesn't exist^^J}%&#xA;\else&#xA;    \read\reader to \readmacro&#xA;    \ifeof\reader&#xA;        \ifx\readmacro\eolmarker&#xA;            \message{^^J#1: is empty^^J}%&#xA;        \else&#xA;            \message{^^J#1: is not empty^^J}%&#xA;        \fi&#xA;    \else&#xA;        \message{^^J#1: is not empty^^J}%&#xA;    \fi&#xA;\fi&#xA;\closein\reader&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\testifempty{empty}%   File &quot;empty&quot; is empty&#xA;\testifempty{notempty}% File &quot;notempty&quot; is not empty &#xA;\testifempty{doesnotexist}% File &quot;doesnotexist&quot; doesn't exist&#xA;&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Run using:&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;rm -f empty doesnotexist&#xA;touch empty&#xA;echo &quot;not empty&quot; &amp;gt; notempty&#xA;pdflatex &amp;lt;abovecode&amp;gt;.tex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Result:&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;This is pdfTeX, Version 3.1415926-1.40.11 (TeX Live 2010)&#xA; restricted \write18 enabled.&#xA;entering extended mode&#xA;(./f.tex &#xA;empty: is empty&#xA;&#xA;notempty: is not empty&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;doesnotexist: doesn't exists&#xA; )&#xA;No pages of output.&#xA;Transcript written on f.log.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="86" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-28T07:57:39.317" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T07:57:39.317" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12250" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12264" CreationDate="2011-02-27T20:20:10.657" Score="4" ViewCount="157" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/565/how-can-i-get-rid-of-indentation-after-an-equation&quot;&gt;How can I get rid of indentation after an equation?&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Just a quick question:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For clarity, in my LaTeX files I always leave a blank line after equations:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$$ equation $$&#xA;&#xA;&amp;lt;- empty line -&amp;gt;&#xA;&#xA;Text continued.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This automaticaly indents the next line. I know I can use the &lt;code&gt;\noindent&lt;/code&gt; command to correct this, but it is rather tedious after every equation. Is there some universal command for this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;These are the packages I use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsthm}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{amsfonts}&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3875" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T21:03:57.573" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T23:57:26.803" ClosedDate="2011-02-28T02:11:06.667" Title="How Can I Avoid Writing &quot;\noindent&quot; After Equations" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;equations&gt;&lt;indentation&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="12251" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12174" CreationDate="2011-02-27T20:24:30.883" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is not, strictly speaking, the answer you sought, but here is a tip that works for me. In all my projects, I follow the a very strict scheme:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Main file is named &lt;code&gt;00.tex&lt;/code&gt;, which makes it show first in directory listing.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;This main file inputs a &lt;code&gt;000.tex&lt;/code&gt; with all the definitions, packages, etc.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The abstract goes in a file named &lt;code&gt;abstract.tex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The introduction goes in a file named &lt;code&gt;introduction.tex&lt;/code&gt; (I gave up comparability with 8.3 operating systems)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The outline stays at &lt;code&gt;00.tex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The final/conclusion/discussion section goes in a file named &lt;code&gt;zz.tex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;All other sections are placed in files whose name is a single, lowercase, &#xA;English word. (This makes it easy on not too smart spell checkers). If the section&#xA;name is changed, the name of the file containing it does &lt;strong&gt;not&lt;/strong&gt; change.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, the main file is so set that it show the document structure, and nothing else, e.g.,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\input{000}&#xA;\author{U. K. Owen}&#xA;\title{Ten Little Darker Skin Human Beings}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;\begin{abstract}&#xA;  \input{abstract}&#xA;\end{abstract}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Introduction}&#xA;\input{introduction}&#xA;&#xA;\paragraph{Outline} The remainder of this manuscript is organized as follows.&#xA; Section~\ref{Section:defs} makes some definitions. &#xA; The results are presented in Section~\ref{Section:results}.&#xA; Section~\ref{final} concludes.&#xA;&#xA;\section{Definitions}&#xA;\label{Section:defs}&#xA;\input{definitions}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Results}&#xA;\label{Section:results}&#xA;\input{results}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Conclusions, Discussion, and Further Research}&#xA;\label{Section:final}&#xA;\input{zz}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Following this scheme frees neurons who might be busy with file naming issues &#xA;to deal with what is really important.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3391" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T20:24:30.883" />
  <row Id="12252" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12250" CreationDate="2011-02-27T20:31:13.983" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;How about using the following scheme, which makes the input clearer:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;If $a$, $b$ and $c$ are such that \[&#xA;  a^2 + b^2 = c^2, &#xA;\] then, does it follow that there is triangle whose sides' length is $a$, $b$ and&#xA;$c$?&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3391" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T20:31:13.983" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12253" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12250" CreationDate="2011-02-27T20:46:41.257" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;with empty lines you get wrong vertical spacing. Uses always something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;If $a$, $b$ and $c$ are such that &#xA;%&#xA;\[  a^2 + b^2 = c^2, \] &#xA;%&#xA;then, does it follow that there is triangle whose sides' length is $a$, $b$ and&#xA;$c$?&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And also &lt;code&gt;$$&lt;/code&gt; should be used only for TeX and not LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T20:46:41.257" />
  <row Id="12254" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12263" CreationDate="2011-02-27T21:08:21.697" Score="3" ViewCount="136" Body="&lt;p&gt;The standard &lt;code&gt;authoryear&lt;/code&gt; style in &lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt; puts parentheses around the year in the bibliography and no parentheses around in text citation years:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Smith 2011 shows ... (citation)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Smith, Joe (2011) ... (bibliography)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a (simple) way to turn these into:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Smith (2011) shows ... (citation)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Smith, Joe. 2011. ... (bibliography)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T00:01:34.057" Title="How to remove the parentheses around the year in biblatex authoryear style" Tags="&lt;biblatex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="12255" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12254" CreationDate="2011-02-27T21:14:15.610" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In-text-citations: Replace &lt;code&gt;\cite&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;\textcite&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Bibliography: From my personal &lt;code&gt;biblatex.cfg&lt;/code&gt; (plus &lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&lt;/code&gt;/&lt;code&gt;\makeatother&lt;/code&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\ifcsundef{abx@macro@\detokenize{date+extrayear}}{%&#xA;  }{%&#xA;  \renewbibmacro*{date+extrayear}{%&#xA;    \iffieldundef{year}{%&#xA;      }{%&#xA;      \addperiod\space&#xA;      \printtext{\printdateextra}%&#xA;    }%&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(One could also simply redefine the &lt;code&gt;date+extrayear&lt;/code&gt; bibmacro, but this would cause an error in case one switches to a style that doesn't feature this particular macro.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: @Alan Munn has brought my attention to the fact that my redefinition is based on an outdated version of &lt;code&gt;authoryear.bbx&lt;/code&gt; which is by mistake still included in the biblatex version coming with MiKTeX. With a correctly installed biblatex version, my &quot;solution&quot; may or may not work for you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT 2: MiKTeX isn't the culprit. My preferred editor (TeXworks) somehow displays the contents of a former (!) version of &lt;code&gt;authoryear.bbx&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT 3: It seems that my redefinition will work with the default setting of the authoryear style, but is likely to break things if you tinker with the &lt;code&gt;mergedate&lt;/code&gt; option (which was improved in biblatex v1.1b).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T23:46:06.950" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T23:46:06.950" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12256" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12243" CreationDate="2011-02-27T21:34:14.287" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Please be aware that limited FS access is allowed without shell-escape in TL10, using &lt;code&gt;\write18&lt;/code&gt;. Miktex probably has something similar.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I add the following to files, which are always to be shell-escaped.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%%% LaTeX-command: &quot;latex -shell-escape&quot;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I also have the following snippet in my .emacs for adding shell escape on the go:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;;; toggle shell escape using C-c C-t C-x&#xA;(defun TeX-toggle-escape nil (interactive)&#xA;  &quot;Toggle Shell Escape&quot;&#xA;  (setq LaTeX-command&#xA;    (if (string= LaTeX-command &quot;latex&quot;) &quot;latex -shell-escape&quot; &quot;latex&quot;)))&#xA;(add-hook 'LaTeX-mode-hook&#xA;      (lambda nil&#xA;        (local-set-key (kbd &quot;C-c C-t x&quot;) 'TeX-toggle-escape)))&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3878" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-10T16:29:51.323" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T16:29:51.323" CommentCount="11" />
  <row Id="12257" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12213" CreationDate="2011-02-27T22:03:08.917" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I could feel my &lt;code&gt;\halign&lt;/code&gt;-sense tingling. Mainly to highlight one other  recommendation; to always left-align everything (or at least give you an idea how'd that look). But also the other option of splitting the column-heading row to two rows. It might not feel such a good idea, but the one thing going for it, is the lack of manually declared column widths. I should probably point out that some of the following is borderline heresy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\vbox{\openup.4em% make the row separating space a bit bigger&#xA;  \def\title#1&amp;amp;{\omit#1\hfil&amp;amp;}% omit the preamble formatting + left-align&#xA;  \def\decsplit#1.#2 {\quad\llap{#1}.\rlap{#2}}% quad = 2*enspace; enspace = digit width&#xA;  % only thing &quot;seen&quot; is the decimal point itself&#xA;  \hrule height 1pt \medskip&#xA;  \halign{#\hfil\tabskip1em&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\decsplit#\hfil\cr&#xA;    \title Chemical&amp;amp;\title Earth's&amp;amp;\title Ideal Values for the&amp;amp;\title Astronaut\cr&#xA;    \noalign{\vskip-.4em}% make the gap between header rows smaller&#xA;    \title Component&amp;amp;\title Athmosphere (\%)&amp;amp;\title Space Station (\%)&amp;amp;\title Exhalation (\%)\cr&#xA;    \noalign{\smallskip\hrule\medskip}&#xA;    Nitrogen      &amp;amp;78.084 &amp;amp;78.000 &amp;amp;74.200 \cr&#xA;    Oxygen        &amp;amp;20.946 &amp;amp;21.000 &amp;amp;15.300 \cr&#xA;    Argon         &amp;amp; 0.934 &amp;amp; 0.000 &amp;amp; 0.000 \cr&#xA;    Carbon Dioxide&amp;amp; 0.033 &amp;amp; 0.000 &amp;amp; 3.600 \cr&#xA;    Water Vapour  &amp;amp; 0.030 &amp;amp; 1.000 &amp;amp; 0.800 \cr&#xA;    Trace Elements&amp;amp; 0.003 &amp;amp; 0.000 &amp;amp; 0.800 \cr&#xA;  }&#xA;  \medskip&#xA;  \hrule height 1pt&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ttPXA.png&quot; alt=&quot;halign&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T22:03:08.917" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12258" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12260" CreationDate="2011-02-27T22:19:17.577" Score="2" ViewCount="72" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/LaTeX/General_Guidelines#The_main_document_document.tex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX General Guidelines&lt;/a&gt; show a conditional invocation of &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{graphicx}&lt;/code&gt;. I wanted to test this out. I did the following: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Created a &lt;code&gt;main.tex&lt;/code&gt; in which I LEFT OUT the big, complicated, conditional header linked above&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Included a &lt;code&gt;myplot.pdf&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;myplot.eps&lt;/code&gt; in my working directory. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Included a call to &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics{myplot}&lt;/code&gt; in my &lt;code&gt;main.tex&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ran TeXify. &lt;code&gt;myplot.eps&lt;/code&gt; was plotted as desired.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ran PdfTeXify. &lt;code&gt;myplot.pdf&lt;/code&gt; was plotted as desired.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Q: Considering that my steps above worked perfectly fine, what's the point of the big, complicated, conditional header? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Q: Do &lt;code&gt;pdftex&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;dvips&lt;/code&gt; really need to be passed as options to &lt;code&gt;\documentclass&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;usepackage{graphicx}&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3762" LastEditorUserId="3762" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T22:27:23.013" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T22:36:38.897" Title="Driver-dependent invocations of `\usepackage{graphicx}`?" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;conditionals&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="12259" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12241" CreationDate="2011-02-27T22:21:09.150" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Section 7.3 of the &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt; manual describes how to make your own pagestyles. (Your description of the &lt;code&gt;plain&lt;/code&gt; style as not having a page number doesn't seem to match &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt;'s default, so maybe there is something else going on there.)  But here's example of how you can make a pagestyle with numbers on the right:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{memoir}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum} % just for sample text&#xA;&#xA;% Define a new pagestyle called 'right'&#xA;\makepagestyle{right}&#xA;\makeevenfoot{right}{}{}{\thepage}&#xA;\makeoddfoot{right}{}{}{\thepage}&#xA;&#xA;% Make a pagestyle called 'myplain', if 'plain' has already been redefined&#xA;\makepagestyle{myplain} &#xA;\makeevenfoot{myplain}{}{\thepage}{} &#xA;\makeoddfoot{myplain}{}{\thepage}{}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\pagestyle{plain} % or {myplain} if plain doesn't give what you want here&#xA;\chapter{A chapter}&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum[1-10]&#xA;\pagestyle{right}&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's possible that the template you are using has redefined the &lt;code&gt;plain&lt;/code&gt; pagestyle. If this is the case, then you can use the pagestyle &lt;code&gt;myplain&lt;/code&gt; as defined above instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T22:21:09.150" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12260" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12258" CreationDate="2011-02-27T22:36:38.897" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This kind of conditional header is outdated (IMHO). I learned it as beginner as well and stopped using it with the same results as you. The &lt;code&gt;graphicx&lt;/code&gt; package is normally very well capable to detect the output driver by itself. This is in most cases even better than hard coding it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Because &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; is nowadays also used for DVI output simply checking for the existence of &lt;code&gt;\pdfoutput&lt;/code&gt; is not enough anymore.  If you need this use the &lt;code&gt;ifpdf&lt;/code&gt; package which provides the &lt;code&gt;\ifpdf&lt;/code&gt; switch. One reason to use it might be to define a different extension list with &lt;code&gt;\DeclareGraphicsExtensions&lt;/code&gt; for DVI/PS or PDF output. I stopped supporting both formats with my documents years ago. Normally you chose your format in advance and stick with it. IMHO due to the modern &lt;em&gt;eps-to-pdf&lt;/em&gt; packages there is &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/349/2975&quot;&gt;not much reason to use DVI output nowadays&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also:&#xA;The linked document is a wikibook, i.e. everyone can edit it and therefore the quality can vary. Don't pay to much attention to such websites. There is a lot of outdated material on LaTeX in the WWW.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T22:36:38.897" CommentCount="10" />
  <row Id="12261" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12250" CreationDate="2011-02-27T22:55:29.240" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In ConTeXt, like almost all top level environments, &lt;code&gt;\setupformulas&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\defineformula&lt;/code&gt; accept a &lt;code&gt;indentnext&lt;/code&gt; option that control the indentation of the next paragraph.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With &lt;code&gt;\setupformulas[indentnext=no]&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\startformula &#xA;  ...&#xA;\stopformula&#xA;&#xA;This is not indented&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;LaTeX's default behavior is equivalent to &lt;code&gt;indentnext=auto&lt;/code&gt;.&#xA;See &lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.contextgarden.net/Indentation#Setting_up_indentation_after_an_environment&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ConTeXt wiki&lt;/a&gt; for more details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T22:55:29.240" />
  <row Id="12262" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-27T20:32:35.180" Score="3" ViewCount="121" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a two column document (using &lt;code&gt;multicol&lt;/code&gt;) and want to insert figures so that they do NOT span columns. I have searched around and the only thing I can find says that only &lt;code&gt;figure*&lt;/code&gt; is supported which spans the whole page (both columns). Is there a way to get single column figures in a document using &lt;code&gt;multicol&lt;/code&gt;s?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-27T23:41:01.443" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T08:56:10.410" Title="multicol and figures" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;multicol&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12263" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12254" CreationDate="2011-02-27T23:56:18.677" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The following answer to the second part of my question is based on discussions with &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/users/510/lockstep&quot;&gt;lockstep&lt;/a&gt; in chat where we discovered that there have been significant changes to how dates are formatted in &lt;code&gt;bibtex&lt;/code&gt; v1.1b which make his original answer potentially problematic. I thank him for his help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the first part of the question, his answer stands: to get parentheses around in-text citation years, use the &lt;code&gt;\textcite&lt;/code&gt; family of commands.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To remove the parentheses from the bibliography years requires significant modification to the &lt;code&gt;.bbx&lt;/code&gt; file. (I describe the modifications schematically here.) The actual modification should ideally be part of a separate &lt;code&gt;.bbx&lt;/code&gt; file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The biblatex &lt;code&gt;authoryear.bbx&lt;/code&gt; file contains the following code to format various date fields.  (This is just one of 5 such blocks of code: &lt;code&gt;\bbx@opt@mergedate@maximum&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;compact&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;basic&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;minimum&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;false&lt;/code&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\bbx@opt@mergedate@basic{%&#xA;  \renewbibmacro*{date+extrayear}{%&#xA;    \iffieldundef{year}&#xA;      {}&#xA;      {\printtext[parens]{%&#xA;     \printfield{labelyear}%&#xA;     \printfield{extrayear}}}}%&#xA;  \renewbibmacro*{date}{%&#xA;    \iffieldundef{month}&#xA;      {}&#xA;      {\printdate}}%&#xA;  \renewbibmacro*{issue+date}{%&#xA;    \ifboolexpr{&#xA;      test {\iffieldundef{issue}}&#xA;      and&#xA;      test {\iffieldundef{month}}&#xA;    }&#xA;      {}&#xA;      {\printtext[parens]{%&#xA;     \printfield{issue}%&#xA;     \setunit*{\addspace}%&#xA;     \printdate}}%&#xA;    \newunit}%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The relevant part of the code that formats the year field is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  \renewbibmacro*{date+extrayear}{%&#xA;    \iffieldundef{year}&#xA;      {}&#xA;      {\printtext[parens]{%&#xA;     \printfield{labelyear}%&#xA;     \printfield{extrayear}}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Notice that the two &lt;code&gt;\printfield&lt;/code&gt; commands are enclosed in a &lt;code&gt;\printtext[parens]&lt;/code&gt; command.  This is the command that needs to be changed.  So we redefine it without the &lt;code&gt;[parens]&lt;/code&gt; format, and additionally we add punctuation and a space (which will appear right after the author name). This is needed because in styles that don't parenthesize the year, both author and year need to be punctuated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So the redefined code is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  \renewbibmacro*{date+extrayear}{%&#xA;    \iffieldundef{year}&#xA;      {}&#xA;      {\printtext{%&#xA;     \addperiod\space\printfield{labelyear}%&#xA;     \printfield{extrayear}}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The same change needs to be made in each of the &lt;code&gt;\bbx@opt@mergedate@...&lt;/code&gt; commands.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To make these changes take effect, the &lt;code&gt;.bbx&lt;/code&gt; file must also have the line:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{labelyear,sorting=nyt,pagetracker,mergedate}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Additionally, the following needs to be added to the &lt;code&gt;.bbx&lt;/code&gt; file to correctly format the extra year field when the year is non-numeric. (Based on lockstep's answer to this question: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/11666/how-to-format-the-extrayear-field-in-biblatex&quot;&gt;How to format the extrayear field in biblatex&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareFieldFormat{extrayear}{%&#xA;  \iffieldnums{labelyear}{%&#xA;    \mknumalph{#1}%&#xA;  }{%&#xA;    \mkbibparens{\mknumalph{#1}}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It would be nice if this sort of change would not take such low-level programming, but could be a user option.  But for now this seems to be the best way to achieve it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-28T00:01:34.057" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T00:01:34.057" />
  <row Id="12264" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12250" CreationDate="2011-02-27T23:57:26.803" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yet another version:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;If $a$, $b$ and $c$ are such that &#xA;\[&#xA;    a^2 + b^2 = c^2,&#xA;\]&#xA;then, does it follow that ...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="100" LastActivityDate="2011-02-27T23:57:26.803" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12265" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10134" CreationDate="2011-02-28T00:06:37.977" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know coded the following Perl script which calls &lt;code&gt;svn diff&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;em&gt;summary&lt;/em&gt; mode to get the changed files. It extracts these using &lt;code&gt;svn cat&lt;/code&gt; into two different directories and calls &lt;code&gt;latexdiff&lt;/code&gt; on each modified file. It modifies the &lt;code&gt;TEXINPUTS&lt;/code&gt; variable to load files first from the &lt;em&gt;diff&lt;/em&gt; directory instead of the current one. This avoids the copying of all unchanged files.&#xA;Finally the main file is compile using &lt;code&gt;latexmk&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The usage is &lt;code&gt;perl &amp;lt;scriptfile&amp;gt; &amp;lt;mainfile&amp;gt; &amp;lt;rev a&amp;gt; &amp;lt;rev b&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is absolutely not fool-proof so far, but is more general as the shell script linked to in the comments. Please test it and provide some feedback.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;#!/usr/bin/env perl&#xA;use strict;&#xA;use warnings;&#xA;&#xA;my @FILES;&#xA;&#xA;my $rpath = '.r';&#xA;&#xA;my ($mainfile,$REVA,$REVB) = @ARGV;&#xA;my $dpath = &quot;.diff-${REVA}-${REVB}&quot;;&#xA;&#xA;open(my $pipe, '-|', &quot;svn diff --summarize -r${REVA}:${REVB}&quot;) or die;&#xA;while () {&#xA;    next if not /^M.{7}(.*\.tex)$/;&#xA;    push @FILES, $1;&#xA;}&#xA;close ($pipe);&#xA;&#xA;exit (1) if not @FILES;&#xA;&#xA;mkdir $rpath . $REVA;&#xA;mkdir $rpath . $REVB;&#xA;mkdir $dpath;&#xA;&#xA;foreach my $file (@FILES) {&#xA;    print $file, &quot;\n&quot;;&#xA;    $file =~ /^(.*)\//;&#xA;    my $dir  = $1 || &quot;&quot;;&#xA;    my $dira = $rpath . $REVA . '/' . $dir;&#xA;    my $dirb = $rpath . $REVB . '/' . $dir;&#xA;    my $ddir = $dpath         . '/' . $dir;&#xA;    mkdir $dira if not -e $dira;&#xA;    mkdir $dirb if not -e $dirb;&#xA;    mkdir $ddir if not -e $ddir;&#xA;    system(&quot;svn cat -r${REVA} '$file' &gt; '${rpath}${REVA}/$file'&quot;);&#xA;    system(&quot;svn cat -r${REVB} '$file' &gt; '${rpath}${REVB}/$file'&quot;);&#xA;    system(&quot;latexdiff '${rpath}${REVA}/$file' '${rpath}${REVB}/$file' &gt; '${dpath}/$file'&quot;);&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;if (not exists $ENV{&quot;TEXINPUTS&quot;} || $ENV{&quot;TEXINPUTS&quot;} eq '') {&#xA;    $ENV{&quot;TEXINPUTS&quot;} = &quot;$dpath:.:&quot;;&#xA;}&#xA;else {&#xA;    $ENV{&quot;TEXINPUTS&quot;} = &quot;$dpath:&quot; . $ENV{&quot;TEXINPUTS&quot;};&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;system(&quot;latexmk -pdf $mainfile&quot;)&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T00:06:37.977" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12266" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12269" CreationDate="2011-02-28T00:08:39.510" Score="5" ViewCount="146" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Background&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Writing a manual using KOMA Script. The default fonts are perfect and should not be changed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Problem&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;KOMA Script produces the following section outline:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/30kc0.png&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The desired outline looks similar to the following (gradient extended to left and right margins):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ys7bq.png&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The troubles I have encountered:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The fount for numerals and text changes.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Retaining the text spacing.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Expanding or extending the gradient box to:&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;the left and right margins (&lt;code&gt;\textwidth&lt;/code&gt;?); and&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;a bit larger than the section (or subsection) text's top and bottom margins.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Source Code&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My first attempt resembles:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\oldsection\section&#xA;\renewcommand{\section}[1]{%&#xA;  \oldsection[#1]{&#xA;    \setlength\fboxrule{0pt}%&#xA;    \setlength\fboxsep{0pt}%&#xA;    \tikz[background rectangle/.style={left color=blue!20,right color=white},&#xA;    show background rectangle] &#xA;    \node [inner sep=0pt] (0,0) {#1};%&#xA;  }&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This produces:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Y9dfE.png&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Update&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Changing the text width for the node helps:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\node [text width=\textwidth, inner sep=0pt] (0,0) {#1};%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This produces:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/zsj7k.png&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Related&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1455/how-to-set-the-font-for-a-section-title-and-chapter-etc&quot;&gt;How to set the font for a \section{ title (and chapter etc)&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/11998/framing-section-headings&quot;&gt;Framing section headings&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Question&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How would you implement a margin-to-margin gradient (preferably using TikZ) that is slightly larger than the text?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2148" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-18T19:23:44.053" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T19:23:44.053" Title="Section title gradient" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;style&gt;&lt;koma-script&gt;&lt;titlesec&gt;&lt;gradient&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="12267" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12268" CreationDate="2011-02-28T00:22:42.853" Score="1" ViewCount="104" Body="&lt;p&gt;Following the &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/LaTeX/General_Guidelines#Project_structure&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Project Structure Wiki&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/LaTeX/Multiple_files#Subfiles_package&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Subfiles Wiki&lt;/a&gt;, I've built the following project structure:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;./mydocument.tex&#xA;./mystyle.sty&#xA;./tex/mysubfile.tex&#xA;./img/&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;mydocument.tex&lt;/code&gt; looks like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{report}&#xA;\usepackage{mystyle}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\subfile{./tex/mysubfile.tex} &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;mystyle.sty&lt;/code&gt; looks like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ProvidesPackage{mystyle}&#xA;\usepackage{subfiles}&#xA;% other packages&#xA;% command declarations&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;mysubfile.tex&lt;/code&gt; looks like: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[../mydocument.tex]{subfiles}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;% stuff&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using (1) the &lt;code&gt;subfiles&lt;/code&gt; package because I'd like to compile &lt;code&gt;mysubfile.tex&lt;/code&gt; by itself and (2) &lt;code&gt;mystyle.sty&lt;/code&gt; because I'd like to modularize this project a bit and split package and command declarations into their own &lt;code&gt;.sty&lt;/code&gt; file. &lt;strong&gt;The problem&lt;/strong&gt; is that when I try and compile &lt;code&gt;mysubfile.tex&lt;/code&gt; by itself it can't &quot;see&quot; &lt;code&gt;mystyle.sty&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Q: Is there some way I can still satisfy (1), (2), and the project structure outlined above and get things working? Some sort of option or command in the &lt;code&gt;subfiles&lt;/code&gt; package?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've tried: (1) moving &lt;code&gt;mystyle.sty&lt;/code&gt; to different directories, (2) moving the &lt;code&gt;subfiles&lt;/code&gt; declaration &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{subfiles}&lt;/code&gt; to different parts of the document, (3) checking the &lt;code&gt;subfiles&lt;/code&gt; documentation. All no dice. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I suppose that the second best option would be to stick all project files in the same folder and get rid of my &lt;code&gt;.\tex&lt;/code&gt; folder. At least then, I can get things to compile. But I'd rather not sacrifice the project structure. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3762" LastEditorUserId="3762" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-28T00:31:22.483" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T01:05:31.487" Title="Using `subfiles` package with `.sty` files" Tags="&lt;folders&gt;&lt;subfiles&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="12268" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12267" CreationDate="2011-02-28T00:45:48.410" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is no need to put your other &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt;-files into subdirectories. I don't know the &lt;code&gt;subfiles&lt;/code&gt; package, but I can recommend you the &lt;code&gt;standalone&lt;/code&gt; package for this (I should mention here that I wrote it, so I'm biased).&#xA;Put all required packages into the subfiles and compile them as normal just use &lt;code&gt;standalone&lt;/code&gt; as class. The real class can be given by the &lt;code&gt;class&lt;/code&gt; option and defaults to &lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt;. In the main document load the &lt;code&gt;standalone&lt;/code&gt; &lt;em&gt;package&lt;/em&gt;, maybe with the &lt;code&gt;subpreambles&lt;/code&gt; option to include the preambles from the subfiles to the main file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% Main file&#xA;\documentclass{report}&#xA;\usepackage{standalone}&#xA;\usepackage{mystyle}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\input{mysubfile.tex}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% mysubfile.tex&#xA;\documentclass{standalone}&#xA;\usepackage{mystyle}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;% stuff&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T00:45:48.410" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="12269" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12266" CreationDate="2011-02-28T01:05:07.363" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is relatively easy to achieve using the &lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt; package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrbook}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz,titlesec}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}      % for a test document&#xA;&#xA;\titleformat{\section}[block]%              &#xA;    {\usekomafont{sectioning}\usekomafont{section}%&#xA;     \tikz[overlay] \shade[left color=blue!20,right color=white] (0,-1ex) rectangle (\textwidth,1em);}%    &#xA;    {\thesection}%                   &#xA;    {1em}%&#xA;    {}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\blinddocument &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/32B3R.png&quot; alt=&quot;example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usekomafont{sectioning}\usekomafont{section}&lt;/code&gt; sets the font to whatever is chosen using the KOMA Script styling mechanism.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;[overlay]&lt;/code&gt; option of &lt;code&gt;\tikz&lt;/code&gt; means that TikZ won't take any space.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;This breaks if the title is longer than a line.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Edit:&lt;/em&gt; Here is second version, that works with long lines and does not ignore ascenders and descenders. The code is more complicated, though. It draws the whole section heading with TikZ.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrbook}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz,titlesec}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{calc}&#xA;&#xA;\pgfdeclarelayer{background}&#xA;\pgfsetlayers{background,main}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\boxedsection[1]{{%&#xA;    \usekomafont{sectioning}\usekomafont{section}%&#xA;    \begin{tikzpicture}[inner sep=0pt, inner ysep=0.3ex]&#xA;        \node[anchor=base west] at (0,0) (counter) {\thesection};&#xA;        \path let \p1 = (counter.base east) in node[anchor=base west, text width={\textwidth-\x1-0.33em}] (content) at ($(counter.base east)+(0.33em,0)$) {#1};&#xA;        \begin{pgfonlayer}{background}&#xA;            \shade[left color=blue!20,right color=white] let \p1=(counter.north), \p2=(content.north) in&#xA;            (0,{max(\y1,\y2)}) rectangle (content.south east);&#xA;        \end{pgfonlayer}&#xA;    \end{tikzpicture}%&#xA;}}&#xA;&#xA;\titleformat{\section}%              &#xA;    {}%&#xA;    {}%&#xA;    {0pt}%&#xA;    {\boxedsection}%&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\chapter{test}&#xA;\section{Overview}&#xA;\section{Implementation}&#xA;\section{a very long section entry a very long section entry a very long section entry a very long section entry a very long section entry}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/5pdS3.png&quot; alt=&quot;example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-28T03:42:53.900" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T03:42:53.900" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="12270" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12267" CreationDate="2011-02-28T01:05:31.487" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you use &lt;code&gt;mystyle.sty&lt;/code&gt; in multiple documents, you might consider putting it in a place that is searchable by TeX.  Usually, this is the output of the command &lt;code&gt;kpsewhich -var-value TEXMFHOME&lt;/code&gt; (more precisely, the &lt;code&gt;tex/latex/&lt;/code&gt; subdirectory of that directory).  Once you put the file there, you should run the command &lt;code&gt;texhash&lt;/code&gt;.  Then, &lt;code&gt;kpsewhich myfile.sty&lt;/code&gt; should print the path to the file.  After doing this &lt;code&gt;\usepacakge{mystyle}&lt;/code&gt; will work in all your LaTeX documents, without needing a copy of &lt;code&gt;mystyle.sty&lt;/code&gt; in the same directory as the &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3087" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T01:05:31.487" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12271" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12288" CreationDate="2011-02-28T01:36:49.633" Score="2" ViewCount="258" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have been using tikz-graph to draw graphs representing two-part protocols. Now I'd like to add comments to some nodes of the graph (multiline text, to the side of the vertex).&#xA;I'm not sure how to do that. I have been adding labels to vertices and putting them outside with &lt;code&gt;LabelOut&lt;/code&gt;, but then I can't do multiline text. This is a toy/minimalistic example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{arrows}&#xA;\usepackage{tkz-graph}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}  &#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \SetUpEdge[lw = 1.5pt,&#xA;             color=black,&#xA;             labelstyle = {sloped}]&#xA;  \SetVertexNoLabel&#xA;  \GraphInit[vstyle=Art]&#xA;  \tikzset{EdgeStyle/.style={post}}&#xA;  \tikzset{node distance = 6 cm}&#xA;  \SetVertexMath&#xA;&#xA;  % Two top symbols, displayed as two invisible&#xA;  % vertices with visible labels:&#xA;  {\tikzset{VertexStyle/.style = {color=white,text=black}}&#xA;    \SetVertexLabel&#xA;    \Vertex[L=\alpha]{P}&#xA;    \SetVertexLabel&#xA;    \Vertex[position={right of=P}, L={\beta}]{X}}&#xA;&#xA;  \tikzset{node distance = 1 cm}&#xA;  {\SetVertexLabel&#xA;   %%%&#xA;   %%% HERE: in the next line the label can't be split in two lines...&#xA;   \Vertex[LabelOut,Lpos=180,position={below of=P}, L={the protocol starts here}]{X1}&#xA;  }&#xA;  \tikzset{node distance = 2 cm}&#xA;  \SO(X1){X2}&#xA;  \SO(X2){X3}&#xA;  \tikzset{node distance = 6 cm}&#xA;&#xA;  \EA(X1){A1}&#xA;  \EA(X2){A2}&#xA;  \Edge[label={220 ESMTP}](X1)(A1)&#xA;  \Edge[label={EHLO client-host}](A1)(X2)&#xA;  \Edge[label={250 DSN}](X2)(A2)&#xA;  \Edge[label={mail from: email-address}](A2)(X3)&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What wold be the usual, easy way to do what I'm trying to do?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1416" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T10:13:07.480" Title="Drawing graphs with multiline labels for vertex/edge?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;graph&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="12272" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12234" CreationDate="2011-02-28T02:27:55.263" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is probably not practical but it's a nice demonstration of &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt; and gets around the problem of macros in the table preamble with the &lt;code&gt;array&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\def\buildtabularhead{|c|c|c|}&#xA;\expandafter\tabular\expandafter{\buildtabularhead}&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp;3\\&#xA;\endtabular&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The two &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt;s make sure that the macro &lt;code&gt;\buildtabularhead&lt;/code&gt; is expanded &lt;em&gt;before&lt;/em&gt; LaTeX knows it should be expecting a &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; preamble.  Notice also that instead of &lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}&lt;/code&gt;...&lt;code&gt;\end{tabular}&lt;/code&gt; I had to use &lt;code&gt;\tabular&lt;/code&gt;...&lt;code&gt;\endtabular&lt;/code&gt;.  Internally the former does the same as the latter but surrounding it with a group and doing important checks, including proper nesting (See source2e Section 54.1).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T02:27:55.263" />
  <row Id="12273" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-28T02:35:56.603" Score="4" ViewCount="90" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2905/how-can-i-list-references-from-bibtex-file-in-line-with-commentary&quot;&gt;How can I list references from BibTeX file in-line with commentary?&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to display reference information inline with the reference? I use &lt;code&gt;\cite{reference}&lt;/code&gt; to cite work but is there a command that would display the reference in my text. I have:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\bibliographystyle{plain}&#xA;\bibliography{linkToBibTex}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I need to show the details of a reference in my text is it possible? And I don't just want to show a reference number.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3573" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T04:15:18.013" ClosedDate="2011-02-28T08:14:22.033" Title="Display Reference in document" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12274" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12168" CreationDate="2011-02-28T02:38:39.347" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;With a bit of scripting, it is easy to load external content into a TeX format. For example, I have defined a command &lt;code&gt;\issueTitle[N]&lt;/code&gt;, which then loads a value of N like so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\issueTitle[#1]{%&#xA;\ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{166}}{PHP implementation of set_property will likely corrupt properties file}{}%&#xA;\ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{167}}{Add documentation to all model elements for ModelDoc}{}%&#xA;\ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{130}}{Automatically mark containers of deleted generated elements as overridden}{}%&#xA;...&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The code behind translating a URL (&lt;a href=&quot;https://code.google.com/feeds/issues/p/iaml/issues/full?max-results=9999&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;a Google API in my case&lt;/a&gt;) into TeX is probably outside the scope of this answer, but I use PHP, &lt;code&gt;file_get_contents&lt;/code&gt; or CURL, and XML DOM. I then have a batch script to automatically update this file, which is called as part of my normal build.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2206" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T02:38:39.347" />
  <row Id="12275" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-28T03:32:44.293" Score="4" ViewCount="136" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to everything I can find on Google, eps files in &lt;code&gt;xelatex&lt;/code&gt; should work out-of-the-box. But that's not what I'm seeing (using TeX Live 2010 on Arch Linux). Consider the following simple input:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}    &#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Some text.&#xA;&#xA;\includegraphics{flower.eps}&#xA;&#xA;Some more text.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I put this into a &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; file and place it in the same directory as an EPS file called &quot;&lt;code&gt;flower.eps&lt;/code&gt;&quot;. Now, if I run &lt;code&gt;xelatex&lt;/code&gt;, it outputs a pdf file, but the eps file doesn't appear (although space is reserved for it). On the other hand, latex+dvips works just fine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: I should mention that &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; works if I add &lt;code&gt;\includepackage{epstopdf}&lt;/code&gt;. But that doesn't help for &lt;code&gt;xelatex&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There's a related question[1], but it doesn't apply in this case because the solution was to apply the patch here[2], but it's already there in my TeX installation. Does anyone have other ideas?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[1] &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1278/cant-includegraphics-eps-files-anymore-with-xelatex-used-to-work-fine&quot;&gt;can't \includegraphics eps files anymore with xelatex (used to work fine)&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[2] &lt;a href=&quot;http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=485071&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=485071&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3880" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-28T03:45:22.043" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T06:09:44.613" Title="How do I include eps files using XeLaTeX?" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;eps&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12276" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12275" CreationDate="2011-02-28T04:11:08.990" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[xetex]{graphicx}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Would this make any difference?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3874" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T04:11:08.990" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12277" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12273" CreationDate="2011-02-28T04:15:18.013" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can do this with &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/natbib&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; and the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/bibentry&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;bibentry&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents} % only needed to include sample bib file&#xA;% This is the sample bib file&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{test.bib} &#xA;@article{glashow,&#xA;    Journal = {Nucl.~Phys.},&#xA;    Author = {Glashow, Sheldon},&#xA;    Pages = {579--588},&#xA;    Title = {Partial Symmetries of Weak Interactions},&#xA;    Volume = {22},&#xA;    Year = {1961}}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{natbib,bibentry}&#xA;\bibliographystyle{apalike}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\nobibliography{test.bib}&#xA;This is a complete citation: \bibentry{glashow}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also do it easily with &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/biblatex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents} % only needed to include a sample bib file&#xA;% This is the sample bib file&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{test.bib} &#xA;@article{glashow,&#xA;    Author = {Glashow, Sheldon},&#xA;    Journal = {Nucl.~Phys.},&#xA;    Pages = {579--588},&#xA;    Title = {Partial Symmetries of Weak Interactions},&#xA;    Volume = {22},&#xA;    Year = 1961}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;\usepackage[style=authoryear]{biblatex}&#xA;\bibliography{test.bib}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;This is a complete citation: \fullcite{glashow}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are just beginning with bibliographies I would go with the &lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt; solution, since it provides a much easier interface for modifying the formatting. (Although there are many existing &lt;code&gt;.bst&lt;/code&gt; files available for &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt;.) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T04:15:18.013" />
  <row Id="12278" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1980" CreationDate="2011-02-28T05:33:08.100" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nice explanation of the question and other DO's and DON'Ts&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://chenfuture.wordpress.com/2009/02/07/dos-and-donts-when-typesetting-a-document/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;DO’s and DON’Ts when typesetting a document&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3882" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T05:33:08.100" />
  <row Id="12279" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12282" CreationDate="2011-02-28T06:01:14.833" Score="2" ViewCount="65" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there an easy way to create an outline of this form?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I. Header&lt;br&gt;&#xA;[tab]A. Subheader&lt;br&gt;&#xA;[tab][tab]i. Item&lt;br&gt;&#xA;[tab][tab][tab]a. Subitem&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I found an &lt;code&gt;outlines&lt;/code&gt; package that let me specify levels with &lt;code&gt;\1&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\2&lt;/code&gt;, etc. instead of &lt;code&gt;\begin{enumerate}&lt;/code&gt;, and keeping that format would be really nice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3770" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-28T23:07:40.107" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T23:07:40.107" Title="Outline of style I. A. i. a. 1. ..." Tags="&lt;lists&gt;&lt;numbering&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="12280" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12275" CreationDate="2011-02-28T06:09:44.613" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here are my used files for a working xelatex run (I used only the tiger.eps):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;This is XeTeX, Version 3.1415926-2.2-0.9997.4 (TeX Live 2010)&#xA;   restricted \write18 enabled.&#xA;&#xA; *File List*&#xA; article.cls    2007/10/19 v1.4h Standard LaTeX document class&#xA;  size10.clo    2007/10/19 v1.4h Standard LaTeX file (size option)&#xA;graphicx.sty    1999/02/16 v1.0f Enhanced LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)&#xA;  keyval.sty    1999/03/16 v1.13 key=value parser (DPC)&#xA;graphics.sty    2009/02/05 v1.0o Standard LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)&#xA;    trig.sty    1999/03/16 v1.09 sin cos tan (DPC)&#xA;graphics.cfg    2010/04/23 v1.9 graphics configuration of TeX Live&#xA;   xetex.def    2009/11/22 v0.94 LaTeX color/graphics driver for XeTeX (RRM/JK)&#xA;&#xA;   tiger.eps    Graphic file (type eps)&#xA; ***********&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;you can get the list with &lt;code&gt;\listfiles&lt;/code&gt; in your preamble&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T06:09:44.613" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12281" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12279" CreationDate="2011-02-28T06:18:32.313" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nevermind, I figured it out:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{outlines}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand{\theenumi}{\Roman{enumi}. }&#xA;\renewcommand{\labelenumi}{\theenumi}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand{\theenumii}{\Alph{enumii}. }&#xA;\renewcommand{\labelenumii}{\theenumii}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand{\theenumiii}{\roman{enumiii}. }&#xA;\renewcommand{\labelenumiii}{\theenumiii}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand{\theenumiv}{\alph{enumiv}) }&#xA;\renewcommand{\labelenumiv}{\theenumiv}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3770" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T06:18:32.313" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12282" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12279" CreationDate="2011-02-28T06:26:35.480" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you can deal with the four levels provided by the &lt;code&gt;outlines&lt;/code&gt; package, then you can combine it with the &lt;code&gt;enumitem&lt;/code&gt; package to format the levels:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{outlines}&#xA;\usepackage{enumitem}&#xA;\setenumerate[1]{label=\Roman*.}&#xA;\setenumerate[2]{label=\Alph*.}&#xA;\setenumerate[3]{label=\roman*.}&#xA;\setenumerate[4]{label=\alph*.}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{outline}[enumerate]&#xA;   \1 Level 1 &#xA;      \2 Level 2&#xA;         \3 Level 3&#xA;            \4 Level 4&#xA;\end{outline}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T06:26:35.480" />
  <row Id="12283" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12224" CreationDate="2011-02-28T06:32:16.770" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Thanks. Desired result was obtained after I had modified the preamble of my example as follows&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[german,british,french,spanish,american]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{csquotes}&#xA;\usepackage[&#xA;style=numeric&#xA;,backend=biber&#xA;,babel=other&#xA;]{biblatex}&#xA;\addbibresource{biblatex-examples.bib}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The reference 8 now reads as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[8] Averroes. Drei Abhandlungen über die Conjunction des separaten Intellects&#xA;  mit dem Menschen. Von Averroes (Vater und Sohn), aus dem&#xA;  Arabischen übersetzt von Samuel Ibn Tibbon. Hrsg. und übers. von J.&#xA;  Hercz. Berlin: S. Hermann, 1869.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3831" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T06:32:16.770" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="12284" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12247" CreationDate="2011-02-28T07:06:54.070" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;code&gt;\pdffilesize&lt;/code&gt; for simple existence/empty tests:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\firstoftwo#1#2{#1}&#xA;\def\secondoftwo#1#2{#2}&#xA;\def\iffileexist#1{%&#xA;  \expandafter\ifx\expandafter&amp;amp;\pdffilesize{#1}&amp;amp;%&#xA;    \expandafter\secondoftwo&#xA;  \else&#xA;    \expandafter\firstoftwo&#xA;  \fi&#xA;}&#xA;\def\iffileempty#1{%&#xA;  \ifnum0\pdffilesize{#1}&amp;gt;0&#xA;    \expandafter\secondoftwo&#xA;  \else&#xA;    \expandafter\firstoftwo&#xA;  \fi&#xA;}&#xA;\def\test#1{%&#xA;  \iffileexist{#1}{File #1 exists}{File #1 doesn't exist}&#xA;  \iffileempty{#1}{File #1 is empty}{File #1 isn't empty}\par&#xA;}&#xA;\test{notexist}&#xA;\test{empty}&#xA;\test{nonempty}&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For greater portability you should prefer the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/pdftexcmds&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;pdftexcmds&lt;/code&gt; package&lt;/a&gt; which makes &lt;code&gt;\pdf@filesize&lt;/code&gt; available for both pdfTeX and LuaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastEditorUserId="345" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-28T08:12:58.763" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T08:12:58.763" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12285" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12167" CreationDate="2011-02-28T07:39:43.930" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The correct answer would be: use &lt;code&gt;\startnarrower&lt;/code&gt; ... &lt;code&gt;\stopnarrower&lt;/code&gt;, but that does not work either. This setup produces the desired output (but I will point Hans to this example):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setupindenting[20pt, yes]&#xA;\setupnarrower [left=20pt]&#xA;&#xA;\starttext&#xA;The following is a table for which the horizontal lines are wrong. Bla&#xA;\startnarrower[left]&#xA;\startframedtext[frame=off,offset=overlay]&#xA;\starttabulate[|c|c|]&#xA;\HL&#xA;\NC Col 1 \NC Col 2 \NC\NR&#xA;\HL&#xA;\NC 1 \NC 2 \AR&#xA;\NC 3 \NC 3 \AR&#xA;\HL&#xA;\stoptabulate&#xA;\stopframedtext&#xA;\stopnarrower&#xA;See what I mean?&#xA;&#xA;\stoptext&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastEditorUserId="89" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-28T10:13:23.273" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T10:13:23.273" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="12286" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4145" CreationDate="2011-02-28T08:07:20.997" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There's an interesting discussion and comparison of conversion options here:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.charlietanksley.net/philtex/converting-from-latex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.charlietanksley.net/philtex/converting-from-latex/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="151" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T08:07:20.997" />
  <row Id="12287" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12246" CreationDate="2011-02-28T08:15:54.300" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For LaTeX, using the &lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt; package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ExplSyntaxOn&#xA;\def\myMacro{&#xA;  \invokeX&#xA;  \invokeY{}&#xA;  \invokeZ&#xA;}&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOff&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or even&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ExplSyntaxOn&#xA;\def \myMacro {&#xA;  \invokeX&#xA;  \invokeY { }&#xA;  \invokeZ&#xA;}&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOff&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T08:15:54.300" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12288" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12271" CreationDate="2011-02-28T08:19:52.797" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm the author of this package. The good news are the new versions of tkz-graph and tkz-berge will be on the ctan servers this week (i'm working on the docs actually), the bad news are that I modified some macros. I'm not sure to understand exactly what you want but an answer is that you can put TikZ's code inside you code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vertices are nodes so you can add multiple labels if you want with the option &lt;code&gt;label=&lt;/code&gt; , if you want adding a text you can use the option &lt;code&gt;text width&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;something like :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  \SO(P){X1}&#xA;  \node[text width=2cm,left=1cm] (X1){the protocol starts here};&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another possibility :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;{  \SetVertexNoLabel   &#xA;   \Vertex[style={label=60:A}]{A}}&#xA; \SO[Lpos=180,&#xA;     LabelOut,&#xA;     L= {the protocol starts here},&#xA;     style={text width=2cm}](A){B}&#xA; \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But there are other  ways to do this. You can use &lt;code&gt;label&lt;/code&gt;. In your code you used &quot;position&quot; , it's not very fine because it's a problem to use &quot;scale&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In 12 hours, I will upload the new version of tkz-graph. I the new version &lt;code&gt;node distance&lt;/code&gt;is obsolete, now I added an option &lt;code&gt;unit&lt;/code&gt; and a macro &lt;code&gt;\tkzGraphUnit=6&lt;/code&gt; instead of `\tikzset{node distance=6cm}.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastEditorUserId="3144" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-28T10:13:07.480" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T10:13:07.480" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12289" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12262" CreationDate="2011-02-28T08:56:10.410" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a5paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{multicol,caption}&#xA;\usepackage[demo]{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\newenvironment{Figure}&#xA;  {\par\medskip\noindent\minipage{\linewidth}}&#xA;  {\endminipage\par\medskip}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{multicols}{2}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\begin{Figure}&#xA; \centering&#xA; \includegraphics[width=\linewidth]{foo}&#xA; \captionof{figure}{my caption of the fugure}&#xA;\end{Figure}&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\end{multicols}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/5oD17.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T08:56:10.410" />
  <row Id="12290" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12293" CreationDate="2011-02-28T09:01:15.803" Score="10" ViewCount="177" Body="&lt;p&gt;I remember long time ago, seeing PDF documents (such as online PDF versions of newspapers) that had hypertext boxes around paragraphs, such that when you clicked inside those boxes the surrounded paragraph will be &lt;strong&gt;zoomed in&lt;/strong&gt; to exactly that paragraph in the Acrobat Reader window. I am not sure what tool was used to create those PDFs, and unfortunately I can't find one example at the moment. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to reproduce such feature with some pdflatex package?&#xA;To repeat: the requested feature is to create hypertext boxes around paragraphs or figures that when clicked the PDF viewer would zoom in into that region.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This feature can be useful in PDFs with lots of structure in a given page, such as small paragraphs or figures or figure captions scattered around the page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Beamer has a &quot;zoom in&quot; feature (&lt;code&gt;\framezoom&lt;/code&gt;) but it is not the same thing because that creates a new page with the zoomed region, and I just want to force the PDF reader to enclose the area in the same page by only zooming. I am also aware of marquee zoom in Acrobat but it is not what I am looking for because it is not aware of the content.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1871" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T10:57:38.693" Title="Automatic &quot;Zoom in&quot; hypertext boxes in PDF" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="12291" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12312" CreationDate="2011-02-28T09:17:31.327" Score="2" ViewCount="77" Body="&lt;p&gt;I wanted to create a documentclass for a &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/11937/creating-a-complex-template&quot;&gt;complex template&lt;/a&gt;. I ran into the following problem:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I want to have user macros to store content in boxes which are then displayed by the template in the class code&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I have to measure those boxes in order to set the dimensions of my layout&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I would like my layout to be in the document class, and not in the document source file&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I would like to be able to use user macros for storing the above-mentioned content in my document source file&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is that possible?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As a small example, let's pretend I want to create a frame using &lt;code&gt;TikZ&lt;/code&gt; which would be big enough to accomodate user provided text . I would want something in the lines of:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;documentclass:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;...&#xA;\newsavebox{\titlebox}&#xA;\sbox{\titlebox}{\parbox{\5cm}{\UserProvidedText}}&#xA;&#xA;\newlength\titleheight&#xA;\settototalheight\titleheight{\usebox{\titlebox}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[remember picture, overlay]&#xA;    \draw (0,0) rectangle (5cm,\titleheight) {\UserProvidedText};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;document source:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%provide \UserProvidedText somehow&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As I see it, documentclass needs to know about &lt;code&gt;\UserProvidedText&lt;/code&gt; before the document source is itself read (I am presuming that TeX simply reads documentclass, and then goes on with reading the rest of the source).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1688" LastEditorUserId="1688" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-28T13:30:28.223" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T14:28:16.567" Title="Documentclass user macros" Tags="&lt;documentclass&gt;&lt;templates&gt;&lt;boxes&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="12292" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12290" CreationDate="2011-02-28T09:37:11.687" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;AFAIK there is no predefined macro or package which does all of that, but the elements you need exist:&#xA;You can place hyperlinks with zoom windows using the &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; package. You can get the coordinates required using the &lt;code&gt;zref&lt;/code&gt; package(s), especially &lt;code&gt;zref-abspos&lt;/code&gt;. These packages are from the same author and play nicely together.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You would need to place the paragraph in its own box.&#xA;Place a &lt;code&gt;zref&lt;/code&gt; marker before and after the paragraph on the left and right site, respectively to get the coordinates of it. Then put the whole box into a &lt;code&gt;\href&lt;/code&gt; macro which uses the coordinates as target. See the manual of &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; for more details especially &lt;code&gt;\href&lt;/code&gt; and the &lt;code&gt;FitR&lt;/code&gt; (rectangle zoom).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T09:37:11.687" />
  <row Id="12293" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12290" CreationDate="2011-02-28T09:38:34.357" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The following code (for use with pdfLaTeX) defines the command &lt;code&gt;\zoombox[box line width]{contents}&lt;/code&gt;. It creates a click-to-zoom box for fitting the second argument 'contents' into the AdobeReader window. A dotted line is drawn around the box if the optional 'box line width' is &gt;0:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%&#xA;\newsavebox\zbox&#xA;\newcounter{zoom}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\zoombox}[2][0]{%&#xA;  \leavevmode%&#xA;  \sbox\zbox{#2}%&#xA;  \pdfdest name {zb\thezoom.out} fit&#xA;  \pdfdest name {zb\thezoom.in} fitr&#xA;    width  \the\wd\zbox\space&#xA;    height \the\ht\zbox\space&#xA;    depth  \the\dp\zbox\space&#xA;  \immediate\pdfannot&#xA;    width  \the\wd\zbox\space&#xA;    height \the\ht\zbox\space&#xA;    depth  \the\dp\zbox\space&#xA;  {%&#xA;    /Subtype/Link/H/N&#xA;    /Border [0 0 #1 [1 2]]&#xA;    /A &amp;lt;&amp;lt;&#xA;      /S/JavaScript&#xA;      /JS (&#xA;        if(typeof(zoomed\thezoom)=='undefined'){&#xA;          this.gotoNamedDest('zb\thezoom.out');&#xA;          var zoomed\thezoom=false;&#xA;        }&#xA;      )&#xA;      /Next &amp;lt;&amp;lt;&#xA;        /S/GoTo/D (zb\thezoom.in)&#xA;        /Next &amp;lt;&amp;lt;&#xA;          /S/JavaScript&#xA;          /JS(&#xA;            if(zoomed\thezoom){&#xA;               this.gotoNamedDest('zb\thezoom.out');&#xA;               zoomed\thezoom=false;&#xA;            }else{&#xA;               zoomed\thezoom=true;&#xA;            }&#xA;          )&#xA;        &amp;gt;&amp;gt;&#xA;      &amp;gt;&amp;gt;&#xA;    &amp;gt;&amp;gt;&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \usebox{\zbox}%&#xA;  \stepcounter{zoom}%&#xA;}&#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section{Zoom test}&#xA;&#xA;\zoombox[1]{Hello} \zoombox{World}!&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Pairs of commands for marking opposing corners (lower left &amp;amp; upper right .OR. upper left &amp;amp; lower right) of a zoom box and for marking text sequences/entire paragraphs are defined in the following example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\InputIfFileExists{\jobname.zom}{}{}&#xA;\newwrite\zoomdat&#xA;\immediate\openout\zoomdat=\jobname.zom&#xA;\newcommand{\startzoombox}[2][0]{%&#xA;  \leavevmode%&#xA;  \pdfsavepos%&#xA;  \protected@write\zoomdat{}{%&#xA;  \string\expandafter\string\def\string\csname\space zb#2.ulx\string\endcsname{%&#xA;    \noexpand\number\pdflastxpos}%&#xA;  \string\expandafter\string\def\string\csname\space zb#2.uly\string\endcsname{%&#xA;    \noexpand\number\pdflastypos}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \pdfdest name {zb#2.out} fit&#xA;  \ifcsname zb#2.ulx\endcsname\ifcsname zb#2.lrx\endcsname%&#xA;    \edef\zoomwd{\dimexpr \csname zb#2.lrx\endcsname sp- \csname zb#2.ulx\endcsname sp\relax}%&#xA;    \edef\zoomdp{\dimexpr \csname zb#2.uly\endcsname sp- \csname zb#2.lry\endcsname sp\relax}%&#xA;    \pdfdest name {zb#2.in} fitr&#xA;      width \zoomwd&#xA;      height 0pt&#xA;      depth \zoomdp&#xA;    \immediate\pdfannot&#xA;      width \zoomwd&#xA;      height 0pt&#xA;      depth \zoomdp&#xA;    {%&#xA;      /Subtype/Link/H/N&#xA;      /Border [0 0 1 [1 2]]&#xA;      /C [\@linkbordercolor]&#xA;      /A &amp;lt;&amp;lt;&#xA;        /S/JavaScript&#xA;        /JS (&#xA;          if(typeof(zoomed#2)=='undefined'){&#xA;            this.gotoNamedDest('zb#2.out');&#xA;            var zoomed#2=false;&#xA;          }&#xA;        )&#xA;        /Next &amp;lt;&amp;lt;&#xA;          /S/GoTo/D (zb#2.in)&#xA;          /Next &amp;lt;&amp;lt;&#xA;            /S/JavaScript&#xA;            /JS(&#xA;              if(zoomed#2){&#xA;                 this.gotoNamedDest('zb#2.out');&#xA;                 zoomed#2=false;&#xA;              }else{&#xA;                 zoomed#2=true;&#xA;              }&#xA;            )&#xA;          &amp;gt;&amp;gt;&#xA;        &amp;gt;&amp;gt;&#xA;      &amp;gt;&amp;gt;&#xA;    }%&#xA;  \fi\fi%&#xA;}&#xA;\def\stopzoombox#1{%\leavevmode%&#xA;  \leavevmode%&#xA;  \pdfsavepos%&#xA;  \protected@write\zoomdat{}{%&#xA;  \string\expandafter\string\def\string\csname\space zb#1.lrx\string\endcsname{%&#xA;    \noexpand\number\pdflastxpos}%&#xA;  \string\expandafter\string\def\string\csname\space zb#1.lry\string\endcsname{%&#xA;    \noexpand\number\pdflastypos}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;\def\startzoom{%&#xA;  \@ifstar\@startzoomstar\@startzoom%&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand{\@startzoom}[2][0]{%&#xA;  \raisebox{\baselineskip}[0pt][0pt]{\startzoombox[#1]{#2}}%&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand{\@startzoomstar}[2][0]{%&#xA;  \makebox[0pt][r]{\raisebox{\baselineskip}[0pt][0pt]{\startzoombox[#1]{#2}}%&#xA;  \hspace{\parindent}}%&#xA;}&#xA;\def\stopzoom{%&#xA;  \@ifstar\@stopzoomstar\@stopzoom%&#xA;}&#xA;\def\@stopzoom#1{%&#xA;  \raisebox{-1ex}[0pt][0pt]{\stopzoombox{#1}}%&#xA;}&#xA;\def\@stopzoomstar#1{%&#xA;  \hfill\raisebox{-1ex}[0pt][0pt]{\stopzoombox{#1}}%&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section{Paragraph zooming}&#xA;\startzoom[1]{p1}First paragraph first paragraph first paragraph first paragraph first paragraph first paragraph first paragraph first paragraph first paragraph first paragraph first \startzoom[1]{detail}Interesting detail\stopzoom{detail} first paragraph first paragraph first paragraph first paragraph first paragraph first paragraph first paragraph first paragraph first paragraph first paragraph first paragraph first paragraph first paragraph first paragraph first paragraph first paragraph first paragraph first paragraph first paragraph first paragraph first paragraph first paragraph first paragraph first paragraph first paragraph first paragraph first paragraph first paragraph first paragraph first paragraph first paragraph first paragraph first paragraph first paragraph first paragraph first paragraph first paragraph first paragraph.\stopzoom*{p1}&#xA;&#xA;\startzoom*[1]{p2}Second paragraph second paragraph second paragraph second paragraph second paragraph second paragraph second paragraph second paragraph second paragraph second paragraph second paragraph second paragraph second paragraph second paragraph second paragraph second paragraph second paragraph second paragraph second paragraph second paragraph second paragraph second paragraph second paragraph second paragraph second paragraph second paragraph second paragraph second paragraph second paragraph second paragraph second paragraph second paragraph second paragraph second paragraph second paragraph second paragraph second paragraph second paragraph second paragraph second paragraph second paragraph second paragraph second paragraph second paragraph second paragraph second paragraph second paragraph second paragraph second paragraph second paragraph.\stopzoom*{p2}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The two commands for marking the corners of a zoom area are&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\startzoombox[line width]{label}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\stopzoombox{label}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For marking text and paragraphs the following commands have been provided:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\startzoom[lwidth]{label}&#xA;\startzoom*[lwidth]{label}&#xA;\stopzoom{label}&#xA;\stopzoom*{label}.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The starred versions insert horizontal space (negative &lt;code&gt;\parindent&lt;/code&gt; on first line, &lt;code&gt;\hfill&lt;/code&gt; at the end of the paragraph).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that associated command pairs must be identified by unique labels and that at least two runs of pdfLaTeX are required. Zoom areas may be nested. However, smaller ones should be placed on top of bigger ones (i.e. to appear later in the code), in order not to be obscured.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1053" LastEditorUserId="1053" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-03T10:57:38.693" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T10:57:38.693" CommentCount="10" />
  <row Id="12294" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12788" CreationDate="2011-02-28T09:46:17.497" Score="2" ViewCount="80" Body="&lt;p&gt;My pagemark in the heading is centered related to the textbody, but since my left margin is wider than my right, the pagenumber is not centered related to the page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Little miniature example: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[ &#xA;    12pt, % Schriftgröße &#xA;    %DIV10,  % Teilung der Seite in 10 Teile (Layout bessere Lesbarkeit) &#xA;    ngerman, % für Umlaute, Silbentrennung etc. &#xA;    a4paper, % Papierformat &#xA;    oneside, % einseitiges Dokument (Standard) &#xA;    titlepage, % es wird eine Titelseite verwendet &#xA;    parskip=half, % Abstand zwischen Absätzen (halbe Zeile) &#xA;    headings=normal, % Größe der Überschriften verkleinern &#xA;    listof=totoc, % Verzeichnisse im Inhaltsverzeichnis aufführen &#xA;    bibliography=totoc, % Literaturverzeichnis im Inhaltsverzeichnis aufführen &#xA;    %index=totoc, % Index im Inhaltsverzeichnis aufführen &#xA;    captions=tableheading, % Beschriftung von Tabellen unterhalb ausgeben &#xA;    final % Status des Dokuments (final/draft) &#xA;]{scrreprt} &#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[ &#xA;    %automark, % Kapitelangaben in Kopfzeile automatisch erstellen &#xA;    %headsepline, % Trennlinie unter Kopfzeile &#xA;    ilines % Trennlinie linksbündig ausrichten &#xA;]{scrpage2} &#xA;&#xA;\begin{document} &#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% Kopf- und Fußzeilen ---------------------------------------------------------- &#xA;\pagestyle{scrheadings} &#xA;% Kopf- und Fußzeile auch auf Kapitelanfangsseiten &#xA;\renewcommand*{\chapterpagestyle}{scrheadings} &#xA;% Schriftform der Kopfzeile &#xA;\renewcommand{\headfont}{\normalfont} &#xA;&#xA;% Kopfzeile &#xA;\ihead{} &#xA;\chead{\pagemark}    %TODO das muss ich noch zentrieren &#xA;\ohead{} &#xA;%\setlength{\headheight}{21mm} % Höhe der Kopfzeile &#xA;% Kopfzeile über den Text hinaus verbreitern &#xA;\setheadwidth[0pt]{textwithmarginpar} &#xA;\setheadsepline[text]{0pt} % Trennlinie unter Kopfzeile entfernen &#xA;&#xA;% arabische Seitenzahlen im Hauptteil ------------------------------------------ &#xA;\clearpage &#xA;\pagenumbering{arabic} &#xA;Das hier soll dann ein Text sein. &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you very much!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3884" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-28T09:53:48.050" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T16:10:48.323" Title="How to center the pagenumber related to the page" Tags="&lt;header-footer&gt;&lt;page-numbering&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12295" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12294" CreationDate="2011-02-28T09:53:34.247" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;try  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\chead{\kern-1in\pagemark}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T09:53:34.247" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="12296" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12297" CreationDate="2011-02-28T10:26:46.077" Score="7" ViewCount="185" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi all, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to build a 'dimension line' macro for Tikz: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;% note: with \documentclass{minimal}, this example fails with:&#xA;% ! Undefined control sequence.&#xA;% \pgf@lib@dec@computed@action ...t (0,0.25) {\tiny &#xA;%                                                   {'test'}};}&#xA;% l.31 ...ne[($(nA)+(0,1)$)][($(nB)+(0,1)$)]['test']&#xA;%                                                    ;&#xA;% ? &#xA;% ... but if Enter is pressed at prompt, a PDF is generated anyways by pdflatex.. &#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{arrows,snakes,backgrounds,patterns,matrix,shapes,fit,calc,shadows,plotmarks,chains,positioning,scopes,decorations.markings}&#xA;\usepackage[graphics,tightpage,active]{preview}&#xA;\PreviewEnvironment{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\def\Dimline[#1][#2][#3]{&#xA;    %\node at (0,0) {&quot;test: #1 - #2 ...&quot;};&#xA;    \begin{scope}[&amp;gt;=latex] % redef arrow for dimension lines&#xA;        \draw[|-|,&#xA;            decoration={markings, % switch on markings&#xA;                mark=at position 0 with {\arrow[scale=0.5]{&amp;lt;}};,&#xA;                mark=at position .5 with {\node[gray] at (0,0.25) {\tiny{#3}};},&#xA;                mark=at position 1 with {\arrow[scale=0.5]{&amp;gt;}};,&#xA;            },&#xA;        postaction={decorate},&#xA;        %shorten &amp;lt;=1pt,&#xA;        ] #1 -- #2 ;&#xA;    \end{scope}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;    \node at (0,0) (nA) {A};&#xA;    \node at (3,0) (nB) {B};&#xA;    \Dimline[($(nA)+(0,1)$)][($(nB)+(0,1)$)]['test'] ;&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;... and almost everything works, except the left arrow gets extended to the left (I guess its reference point is at the right end?!). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/oH946.png&quot; alt=&quot;example rendering&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Obviously, I'd like the arrow moved to the right by the length of the arrow, but I cannot find anywhere how I could retrieve the size/length of the arrow?! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Other than that, are there any other ways to get the arrow to 'fit' inside the dimension line? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: Just to note: I'd like to keep &lt;code&gt;decoration={markings&lt;/code&gt;, because I think only that allows me to scale the arrowhead, as in &lt;code&gt;\arrow[scale=0.5]&lt;/code&gt;?!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Cheers!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2595" LastEditorUserId="2595" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-28T11:01:54.407" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T11:24:32.540" Title="Tikz - move/reposition arrow decorations (arrowhead length/size)" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;arrows&gt;&lt;size&gt;&lt;lengths&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12297" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12296" CreationDate="2011-02-28T10:55:47.653" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For this application, you can just define a new combined arrowhead using &lt;code&gt;\pgfarrowsdeclarecombine{name left}{name right}{outer element left}{outer element right}{inner element left}{inner element right}&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{arrows,calc,decorations.markings}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\pgfarrowsdeclarecombine{|&amp;lt;}{&amp;gt;|}{|}{|}{latex}{latex}&#xA;\def\Dimline[#1][#2][#3]{&#xA;    %\node at (0,0) {&quot;test: #1 - #2 ...&quot;};&#xA;    \begin{scope}[&amp;gt;=latex] % redef arrow for dimension lines&#xA;        \draw[|&amp;lt;-&amp;gt;|,&#xA;        decoration={markings, % switch on markings&#xA;                mark=at position .5 with {\node[gray] at (0,0.25) {\tiny{#3}};},&#xA;        },&#xA;        postaction=decorate] #1 -- #2 ;&#xA;    \end{scope}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;    \node at (0,0) (nA) {A};&#xA;    \node at (3,0) (nB) {B};&#xA;    \Dimline[($(nA)+(0,1)$)][($(nB)+(0,1)$)]['test'] ;&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/uj64J.png&quot; alt=&quot;measurement lines with tikz&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or, in order to be able to scale the arrow tips at will, here's your approach with the decorations. The &lt;code&gt;latex&lt;/code&gt; tips are combined with &quot;empty arrows&quot; to fix the protrusion over the end of the line:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{arrows,calc,decorations.markings}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\pgfarrowsdeclarecombine{dimarrow}{dimarrow}{latex}{latex}{}{}&#xA;\def\Dimline[#1][#2][#3]{&#xA;        \draw[|-|,&#xA;        decoration={markings, % switch on markings&#xA;                mark=at position 0 with {\arrowreversed[scale=0.5]{dimarrow}};,&#xA;                mark=at position .5 with {\node[gray] at (0,0.25) {\tiny{#3}};},&#xA;                mark=at position 1 with {\arrow[scale=0.5]{dimarrow}};,&#xA;            },&#xA;        postaction=decorate] #1 -- #2 ;&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;    \node at (0,0) (nA) {A};&#xA;    \node at (3,0) (nB) {B};&#xA;    \Dimline[($(nA)+(0,1)$)][($(nB)+(0,1)$)]['test'] ;&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastEditorUserId="2552" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-28T11:24:32.540" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T11:24:32.540" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12298" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-28T11:10:39.357" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Some software programs related to What-You-See-Is-What-You-Get with LaTeX:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.lyx.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Lyx&lt;/a&gt; (see also &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/lyx&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'lyx'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;lyx&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://latex-mk.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;latexmk&lt;/a&gt; with the &lt;code&gt;-pvc&lt;/code&gt; (&lt;em&gt;preview continuously&lt;/em&gt;) option&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-28T11:16:15.227" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T11:16:15.227" />
  <row Id="12299" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-28T11:10:39.357" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="The {wysiwyg} marks questions about What-You-See-Is-What-You-Get features e.g. with software providing true WYSIWYG or a live preview." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-28T11:16:17.643" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T11:16:17.643" />
  <row Id="12300" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12246" CreationDate="2011-02-28T11:11:08.177" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I wrote some code to check a chunk of code. It counts how many spaces and how many spaces+end-line-characters appear in the argument of &lt;code&gt;\cnel&lt;/code&gt;, and displays it to the terminal. It also runs the code: this way, it shouldn't be too disruptive.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% Should print 1 and 4.&#xA;\cnel{&#xA;  \def\foo{b ar&#xA;  }&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% Just to stop the run (press &amp;lt;enter&amp;gt;)&#xA;\read-1 to\dummy&#xA;&#xA;% Should print 0 and 0, because there is no space nor end-of-line.&#xA;\cnel{%&#xA;  \show\foo&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The trick is to &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;use &lt;code&gt;\scantokens&lt;/code&gt; to read the argument with various catcode setups for the end-of-line character: either ignored or space. We first need to read it with catcode other because &quot;ignored&quot; it would disappear, and &quot;space&quot;, it would become indistinguishable from a true space.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;use &lt;code&gt;\lowercase&lt;/code&gt; to convert spaces to some other &lt;em&gt;character&lt;/em&gt; (namely &lt;code&gt;^^S&lt;/code&gt;), then &lt;code&gt;\detokenize&lt;/code&gt;, and search for the &lt;em&gt;string&lt;/em&gt; &lt;code&gt;^^S&lt;/code&gt;. (That string is itself produced by detokenizing a lowercase space.)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% `cnel` = `check if no end-line`.&#xA;%&#xA;\catcode`\@=11\relax&#xA;\newcount\cnel@count&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\def\cnel{%&#xA;  \begingroup%&#xA;  \catcode\endlinechar=12\relax%&#xA;  \cnel@aux%&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand{\cnel@aux}[2][\^^S]{%&#xA;  % Set spaces to lowercase to the first, optional, argument (default ^^S).&#xA;  \lccode`\ `#1%&#xA;  % First we count the number of spaces with a setting in which &#xA;  % the end-line character is ignored. Then we count it after setting&#xA;  % it to be a space instead.&#xA;  \typeout{}%&#xA;  \typeout{First, we ignore end-of-line characters.}%&#xA;  \catcode\endlinechar=9\relax%&#xA;  \scantokens{\cnel@count@spaces{#2}}%&#xA;  \typeout{}%&#xA;  \typeout{Then, they are counted as spaces.}%&#xA;  \catcode\endlinechar=10\relax%&#xA;  \scantokens{\cnel@count@spaces{#2}}%&#xA;  % To execute the code, we keep this endline=space setting.&#xA;  \scantokens{\gdef\cnel@gtmp{#2}}%&#xA;  \endgroup%&#xA;  \cnel@gtmp%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\cnel@count@spaces}[1]{%&#xA;  \cnel@count0\relax%&#xA;  \lowercase{\expandafter\cnel@w\detokenize{. .#1 }\relax%&#xA;    \typeout{\unexpanded{#1}}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \typeout{Number of space(s): \the\cnel@count.}%&#xA;}&#xA;\def\cnel@w.#1.{%&#xA;  \def\cnel@w@aux##1#1##2\relax{%&#xA;    \ifempty@nTF{##2}{}{%&#xA;      \advance \cnel@count by 1\relax%&#xA;      \cnel@w@aux##2\relax%&#xA;    }%&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \cnel@w@aux%&#xA;}&#xA;\def\ifempty@nTF#1{%&#xA;  \expandafter\ifx\expandafter a\detokenize{#1}a%&#xA;  \expandafter\@firstoftwo%&#xA;  \else%&#xA;  \expandafter\@secondoftwo%&#xA;  \fi%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T11:11:08.177" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="12301" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-28T11:17:31.350" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;LaTeX environments start with &lt;code&gt;\begin{name}&lt;/code&gt; and end with &lt;code&gt;\end{name}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;In TeX environments may start with &lt;code&gt;\name&lt;/code&gt; and end with &lt;code&gt;\endname&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;ConTeXt environments start with &lt;code&gt;\startname&lt;/code&gt; and end with &lt;code&gt;\stopname&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;(Here &lt;code&gt;name&lt;/code&gt; represents the actual environment name)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;LaTeX environments can be defined, redefined or provided (i.e. only defined when they don't exist yet) using:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{&amp;lt;name&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;code at begin&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;code at end&amp;gt;}&#xA;\renewenvironment{&amp;lt;name&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;code at begin&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;code at end&amp;gt;}&#xA;\provideenvironment{&amp;lt;name&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;code at begin&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;code at end&amp;gt;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For questions about defining environments in LaTeX, use the &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/newenvironment&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'newenvironment'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;newenvironment&lt;/a&gt; tag.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T20:42:44.643" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T20:42:44.643" />
  <row Id="12302" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-02-28T11:17:31.350" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="The {environments} tag marks questions related to (La)TeX environments." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-28T11:26:12.300" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T11:26:12.300" />
  <row Id="12303" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12305" CreationDate="2011-02-28T12:23:29.857" Score="2" ViewCount="71" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use this makro to define a question:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\bigfreequestion#1\par{#1\par\nobreak&#xA;    \begingroup\nobreak&#xA;    \advance\leftskip by 1pc&#xA;    \hrule width 0pt height 1.7\baselineskip\hrulefill&#xA;    \hrule width 0pt height 1.7\baselineskip\hrulefill&#xA;    \hrule width 0pt height 1.7\baselineskip\hrulefill&#xA;    \hrule width 0pt height 1.7\baselineskip\hrulefill&#xA;    \hrule width 0pt height 1.7\baselineskip\hrulefill&#xA;    \par&#xA;    \medskip&#xA;    \endgroup&#xA;    }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then I use it like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section{Remarks}&#xA;\bigfreequestion What did you like the most? \par \bigskip&#xA;\bigfreequestion What didn't you like? \par \bigskip&#xA;\bigfreequestion Please share your suggestions how to improve the prototype: \par \bigskip&#xA;\bigfreequestion Please share any other remarks: \par&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But the problem is, the first question is indented correctly:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/byklE.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any hints how to correct that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3316" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T13:29:40.767" Title="How to correct this indention problem?" Tags="&lt;indentation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12304" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12309" CreationDate="2011-02-28T12:26:43.200" Score="4" ViewCount="171" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I write my notes, (I actually use lyx but that does not matter) I like to add a header with the name of file and the date the file was compiled. This I do using fancyhdr package and &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;\lhead{\texttt{\jobname}}&#xA;\rhead{\textsf{\today}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(to tell the truth in lyx I have to use &lt;code&gt;\jobname.lyx&lt;/code&gt;, but, again, this does not matter). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The point is that it would be much more useful (at least for me) to be able to print the &lt;em&gt;date when the file was first created&lt;/em&gt;. Is there a way in TeX/LaTeX to access the time information of a latex file? I can understand the answer might be OS dependent. I am actually using a linux distribution. I looked in many other forums/FAQ but could not find the answer so far.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3885" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-28T13:34:43.400" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T18:53:52.713" Title="Date of file creation" Tags="&lt;datetime&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="12305" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12303" CreationDate="2011-02-28T12:34:44.200" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could try &lt;code&gt;\def\bigfreequestion#1\par{\noindent #1\par\nobreak&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that you can also set the zero indention of the first line of a new paragraph globally by &lt;code&gt;\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3735" LastEditorUserId="3735" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-28T13:29:40.767" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T13:29:40.767" />
  <row Id="12306" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12307" CreationDate="2011-02-28T13:01:12.850" Score="8" ViewCount="51" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to be able to have some kind of logging command that is able to log text to the default pdflatex logfile (&lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;input-base-filename&amp;gt;.log&lt;/code&gt;).  Is this possible, and if so, how?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In particular, I'd like to be able to use this command inside the document (i.e. between &lt;code&gt;\begin{document}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\end{document}&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3888" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-28T13:29:37.773" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T13:29:37.773" Title="How can I specify text to be included in the pdflatex output log during compilation." Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;logging&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12307" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12306" CreationDate="2011-02-28T13:19:09.917" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;code&gt;\wlog{&amp;lt;log text line&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt; to write a text line to the log. It will not appear in the console output but only in the log file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to write text to the log file and the console output you can use&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;code&gt;\typeout{&amp;lt;log text line&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-28T13:29:13.390" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T13:29:13.390" />
  <row Id="12308" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12306" CreationDate="2011-02-28T13:26:23.750" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;foo&#xA;\typeout{===This appears in the log and the terminal===}%&#xA;\wlog{===This only in the log file===}%&#xA;bar&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T13:26:23.750" />
  <row Id="12309" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12304" CreationDate="2011-02-28T13:34:39.583" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This will work on linux, with &lt;code&gt;\write18&lt;/code&gt; enabled; i.e., run using &lt;code&gt;pdftex --shell-escape&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{\catcode`\%=12&#xA;\immediate\write18&#xA; {/usr/bin/stat --format '\string\foo\space %yZ' \jobname.tex &amp;gt;\jobname.date}&#xA; \def\foo#1 #2Z{\gdef\filedate{#1}}&#xA; \input\jobname.date&#xA;}&#xA;The file is dated \filedate.&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As I state in a comment above, you cannot get the file &lt;em&gt;creation&lt;/em&gt; date, though. This gives you the file &lt;em&gt;modification&lt;/em&gt; date instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T13:34:39.583" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="12310" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12304" CreationDate="2011-02-28T13:39:51.540" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;pdftex provides the expandable primitive &lt;code&gt;\pdffilemoddate&lt;/code&gt; which takes the file name in question as argument:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pdffilemoddate{filename.tex}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pdffilemoddate{\jobname.tex}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This works with all files, not just PDFs like the name might suggest.&#xA;It expands to the file modification date. The format is like &lt;code&gt;D:20110228133815Z&lt;/code&gt;, which then can be parsed using a macro. Note that all characters of this string have the catcode &lt;em&gt;other&lt;/em&gt; not &lt;em&gt;letter&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following code defines a macro which reads every number of the returned string an finally passes it to a format macro which can be freely redefined.&#xA;For help with formatting the date see &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/10358/2975&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt; or other questions tagged with &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/datetime&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'datetime'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;datetime&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*{\filedate}[1]{%&#xA;    \expandafter\filedateX\pdffilemoddate#1\relax&#xA;}&#xA;\def\filedateX#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{%&#xA;    \filedateXX{#3#4#5#6}{#7#8}&#xA;}&#xA;\def\filedateXX#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{%&#xA;    \filedateXXX{#1}{#2}{#3#4}{#5#6}{#7#8}%&#xA;}&#xA;\def\filedateXXX#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8\relax{%&#xA;    \formatdate{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6#7}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*{\formatdate}[6]{%&#xA;   #1-#2-#3\ #4:#5:#6%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\filedate{\jobname.tex}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update:&lt;/strong&gt; In the meantime I published the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/filemod&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;filemod&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package which can display and compare file modification dates. With this the modification date of the main file can be printed using &lt;code&gt;\filemodprint{\jobname}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-29T18:53:52.713" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T18:53:52.713" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12311" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12304" CreationDate="2011-02-28T13:49:54.103" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For every document you write, the creation date is not going to change, by definition.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This means that it is perfectly acceptable to hard code the date in. For example,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\rhead{\textsf{28\textsuperscript{th} Febuary, 2011}}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or formatted however you want.&#xA;This would keep the date the creation date, because it doesn't need to dynamically change every time you compile the document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I have misunderstood what you want to do, let me know.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="672" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T13:49:54.103" />
  <row Id="12312" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12291" CreationDate="2011-02-28T13:59:50.570" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The document class itself shouldn't produce any output, which is what your &lt;code&gt;tikzpicture&lt;/code&gt; environment is attempting to do.  One way to get around that is to save that code in an &lt;code&gt;\AtBeginDocument&lt;/code&gt; command.  For example, here is a class file, which I have named &lt;code&gt;ipavlic.cls&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\LoadClass{article}&#xA;\renewcommand{\title}[1]{\gdef\@title{#1}}&#xA;\RequirePackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\AtBeginDocument{&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[remember picture, overlay]&#xA;    \draw ([xshift=1cm]current page.west) node[rectangle,text width=5cm,rotate=90]  {\@title};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\LoadClass{article}&lt;/code&gt; command makes this class basically a “derived class” of the standard &lt;code&gt;article.cls&lt;/code&gt;; probably a good idea to not start from scratch. &lt;code&gt;:D&lt;/code&gt; The article class provides the &lt;code&gt;\title&lt;/code&gt; command with the exact same functionality that I renewed it to; I just did that to show you what it does.  It saves its input in a macro &lt;code&gt;\@title&lt;/code&gt; (the &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt; sign is a just a convention for class/package-internal macros.  It somewhat protects this text from being overwritten accidentally.)  The &lt;code&gt;\AtBeginDocument&lt;/code&gt; macro saves its input for execution right after &lt;code&gt;\begin{document}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note also that it's TikZ &lt;em&gt;nodes&lt;/em&gt; that contain text, not rectangles.  And you don't need to save the title in a box then put it in a node—TikZ will probably take care of that for you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now here is a TeX file using this shiny new class.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{ipavlic}&#xA;\title{TikZ Placement of Title}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A disadvantage to this implementation is that because it relies on TikZ's &lt;code&gt;remember picture&lt;/code&gt; mechanism, you have to run LaTeX twice to get the title in the right place.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another method would be to alter the shipout routines which are executed at the end of every page.  Your custom routine would place all of the rules and extra info outside of the regular type block.  If it were me doing that I would use the &lt;code&gt;pgfpages&lt;/code&gt; package but there are methods with less overhead I'm sure.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-28T14:28:16.567" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T14:28:16.567" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12313" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11955" CreationDate="2011-02-28T14:07:26.973" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I like moderncv LaTeX class, it just fit my needs, and the output is really clean.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See : &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/moderncv/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/moderncv/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="439" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T14:07:26.973" />
  <row Id="12314" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-28T14:38:45.923" Score="3" ViewCount="155" Body="&lt;p&gt;When a chapter starts, it appears as, e.g.,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Chapter 1&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  Introduction&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and it then in upper left corner of each page in the chapter the name appears as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I want that only the name of the chapter (i.e. just “INTRODUCTION”) appears there.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have no problem with page numbering.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3891" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-28T21:38:20.917" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T21:38:20.917" Title="How to set the chapter style in report class" Tags="&lt;header-footer&gt;&lt;chapters&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12315" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12318" CreationDate="2011-02-28T14:44:35.297" Score="2" ViewCount="104" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi all, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using the tikz-timing library, and would like to apply either &lt;code&gt;snakes&lt;/code&gt; type of styling, or say the &lt;code&gt;double&lt;/code&gt; for double lines to signal lines; consider the example below: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{arrows,chains,matrix,positioning,scopes,snakes,decorations.markings}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz-timing}&#xA;\usetikztiminglibrary[rising arrows]{clockarrows} &#xA;\usetikztiminglibrary{advnodes}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[graphics,tightpage,active]{preview}&#xA;\PreviewEnvironment{tikzpicture}&#xA;\newlength{\imagewidth}&#xA;\newlength{\imagescale}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikztimingtable}[timing/nodes/advanced,]&#xA;  %&#xA;  % start timing diagram&#xA;  %&#xA;  \textcolor{green}{ClockA} &amp;amp; [green] H N(ca01) &#xA;    C N(ca02) C N(ca03) C N(ca04) C N(ca05) C N(ca06) C N(ca07) C N(ca08) \\ %&#xA;  \textcolor{orange}{ClockB} &amp;amp; [orange,snake=zigzag,double] L N(cb01) &#xA;    C N(cb02) C N(cb03) C N(cb04) C N(cb05) C N(cb06) C N(cb07) C N(cb08)  \\ %&#xA;  %&#xA;  % end timing diagram&#xA;  %&#xA;  % there must NOT be an uncommented line before \extracode!&#xA;  %&#xA;\extracode&#xA;  \tablerules&#xA;  %\tablegrid&#xA;  \begin{background}[line width=0.35pt]&#xA;    \draw[snake=zigzag,double] (ca01) -- (cb01) ; &#xA;  \end{background}&#xA;\end{tikztimingtable}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;... which results with below: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/biBWg.png&quot; alt=&quot;Sample image&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Obviously, the &lt;code&gt;snakes&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;double&lt;/code&gt; work for normal lines - but not for signals.. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a possibility to also 'style' the signal diagram lines in this way? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance for any comments,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Cheers! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2595" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T16:54:40.693" Title="Tikz-timing: possible to style signal lines?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;style&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12316" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12314" CreationDate="2011-02-28T15:04:04.343" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;From your comments I can see that you mean the marks in the page header but not the chapter headings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/fancyhdr&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package is very popular for customizing page headers and footers. Here's a minimal way to change your header like desired, if everything is default:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\chaptermark}[1]{\markboth{\MakeUppercase{#1}}{}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See also the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/code&gt; documentation&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's the solution for the chapter heading, in case you like to do it similar to the page header, for consistency:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/titlesec&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package, for example write in your preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{titlesec}&#xA;\titleformat{\chapter}&#xA;  {\normalfont\huge\bfseries}{\thechapter}{1em}{}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This way by &lt;code&gt;\chapter{Introduction}&lt;/code&gt; you would get:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;1 Introduction&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Have a look at the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/titlesec/titlesec.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;documentation to &lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I guess you wish to keep the numbering, otherwise you could simply write &lt;code&gt;\chapter*{Introduction}&lt;/code&gt;. Further I assume you don't wish to write everything in capital letters - or do you?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I prefer &lt;code&gt;scrreprt&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;report&lt;/code&gt;. This class is similar to report but provides many further features. It's default chapter headings style matches the one desired by you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-28T16:53:09.413" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T16:53:09.413" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="12317" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12290" CreationDate="2011-02-28T15:23:04.150" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I suspect you're thinking of the PDF &quot;article thread&quot; feature. This is particularly useful for things like newspapers, where the flow of the text is complicated (multiple columns and the page divided into several articles, and even things like &quot;(continued on page 3)&quot;. With Adobe reader, when you mouse over the thread, the hand icon changes to a hand-with-arrow, and upon clicking you zoom to the width of the article, and each additional click follows the flow of the article, no matter how nonlinear and complicated that may be.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PDFtex does have the primitives to support article threads: &lt;code&gt;\pdfthread&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\pdfstartthread&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\pdfendthread&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\pdfthreadmargin&lt;/code&gt;. But as far as I know the only latex support is rather limited, via the &lt;code&gt;pdfpages&lt;/code&gt;, so only useful if you are using &lt;code&gt;pdfpages&lt;/code&gt; for some complex imposition. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T15:23:04.150" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12318" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12315" CreationDate="2011-02-28T15:24:46.553" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The support for the line decorations is very limited in &lt;code&gt;tikz-timing&lt;/code&gt;.&#xA;The reason is that the timing symbols are not drawn as one drawing path but using multiple ones. Therefore the previous style settings are getting lost most of the time a new timing character is used. The &lt;code&gt;L&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;H&lt;/code&gt; characters are different here and are actually drawn in one path.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first style options at the very beginning are global for the whole line, but unfortunately TikZ seems to require to put many of the decoration styles as local option to the actual &lt;code&gt;\draw&lt;/code&gt; command. Therefore your code doesn't work as expected. A few styles, like the &lt;code&gt;line width&lt;/code&gt; is explicitly copied from one drawing path to the next by &lt;code&gt;tikz-timing&lt;/code&gt; but this doesn't help you with decorations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can however add certain styles to the style definitions of the timing characters. These are called &lt;code&gt;/tikz/timing/&amp;lt;char&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; and can be modified like shown below. Note that there is not styles for &lt;code&gt;H&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;L&lt;/code&gt; characters at the moment. I might change this in the future and maybe also add one style which is used by every character. This should simply things like that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{standalone}&#xA;\renewcommand{\PreviewBorder}{2mm}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{snakes}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz-timing}&#xA;\tikzset{timing/c/.append style={snake=zigzag}}&#xA;\tikzset{timing/t/.append style={double}}&#xA;\tikzset{timing/d/.append style={snake=zigzag}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikztimingtable}&#xA;    A &amp;amp;  5{hl} 5{C} 2D{A} \\&#xA;    B &amp;amp;  5{hl} 5{T} 2D{B} \\&#xA;\end{tikztimingtable}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/nW96i.png&quot; alt=&quot;Result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I now made some minor changes to &lt;code&gt;tikz-timing&lt;/code&gt; to provide a &lt;code&gt;timing/every char&lt;/code&gt; style which is used for every timing character. A second one &lt;code&gt;timing/every bg&lt;/code&gt; is used for every background (like for &lt;code&gt;U&lt;/code&gt;). The &lt;code&gt;H&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;L&lt;/code&gt; character now also have an own style. However they do not start a new drawing path so &lt;code&gt;HL&lt;/code&gt; combinations will be drawn with the last used style.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have to test this further before I can publish it on CTAN. Feel free to download it from the SVN repository. Simply download the &lt;a href=&quot;http://latex.scharrer-online.de/tikz-timing/export/2191/dev/tikz-timing.dtx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;DTX&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://latex.scharrer-online.de/tikz-timing/export/2191/dev/tikz-timing.dtx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;INS&lt;/a&gt; file and then run the INS file through &lt;code&gt;latex&lt;/code&gt; in order to extract the package files. Do not hesitate to contact me by PM if you find any issue with this version.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The new styles can be used like that and should work with decorations:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{standalone}&#xA;\renewcommand{\PreviewBorder}{2mm}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{snakes}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz-timing}&#xA;\tikzset{timing/every char/.append style={double}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikztimingtable}&#xA;    A &amp;amp;  5{hl} 5{C} 2D{A} Z \\&#xA;    B &amp;amp;[timing/every char/.style={snake=zigzag}]  5{hl} 5{T} 2D{B} Z \\&#xA;\end{tikztimingtable}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/lLbyH.png&quot; alt=&quot;New Result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-28T16:54:40.693" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T16:54:40.693" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="12321" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-28T16:55:46.340" Score="3" ViewCount="119" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am designing a business card using the memoir class and hints given &lt;a href=&quot;http://blog.widmann.org.uk/2009/05/27/1297/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; and am trying out various background effects. Specifically, I would like to change the background for the last third of the card to another colour. Because the colour needs to bleed to the edge, an option involving tables is not suitable. Short of inserting an image and overwriting it, is there a more elegant way to achieve this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1636" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-28T17:16:53.513" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T17:36:56.503" Title="Setting background colour for part of a page" Tags="&lt;color&gt;&lt;background&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="12322" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12321" CreationDate="2011-02-28T17:08:26.703" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I understood your requirements correctly you need anyway a 90mm x 52mm PDF as a result. Therefore I would recommend to you to &quot;draw&quot; the card using &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TikZ&lt;/a&gt;. There you can set the background colors as filled rectangles. Use the &lt;code&gt;preview&lt;/code&gt; package to minimize the resulting PDF page. The code below uses &lt;code&gt;standalone&lt;/code&gt; to do this automatically.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;TikZ supports a lot of graphical features like shadings etc., so you shouldn't run into any limitations. &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/9402/2975&quot;&gt;See this question&lt;/a&gt; if you want to draw on the background of a normal page instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{standalone}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\PreviewBorder}{0mm}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\sffamily&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    % Define size and default background color of card:&#xA;    \useasboundingbox [fill=blue!10] (0,0) rectangle (90mm,52mm);&#xA;    % Background of last third&#xA;    \fill [red] (60mm,0mm) rectangle (90mm,52mm);&#xA;    % Place the text freely. You can also place `tabulars` or `\parbox`es&#xA;    \node [right] at (10mm,30mm) {John Doe};&#xA;    \node [right] at (10mm,25mm) {Example Cooperation};&#xA;    \node [right] at (10mm,20mm) {John.Doe@example.com};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Result:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/KNv1M.png&quot; alt=&quot;Result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-28T17:16:22.717" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T17:16:22.717" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12323" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12321" CreationDate="2011-02-28T17:09:50.223" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/eso-pic&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;eso-pic&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/atbegshi&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;atbegshi&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/everyshi&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;everyshi&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; (older) or &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/textpos&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;textpos&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; (easy to use) for placing a color filled rectangle into the background.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alternatively, you could use TikZ and the &lt;code&gt;current page&lt;/code&gt; node. Here's an example where I used this method for headings and page headers: &lt;a href=&quot;http://texblog.net/latex-archive/layout/fancy-chapter-tikz/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Fancy chapter headings with TikZ&lt;/a&gt;. See &lt;a href=&quot;http://texblog.net/latex-archive/layout/fancy-chapter-tikz/#comment-272&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Comment #20&lt;/a&gt; for an example with colored headers. It could be modified like desired.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T17:09:50.223" />
  <row Id="12324" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11975" CreationDate="2011-02-28T17:22:34.067" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi Bastian,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks for pointing out the problem with drawing the axes.  I have uploaded a modified version of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/graphics/pgf/contrib/tikz-3dplot/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tikz-3dplot&lt;/a&gt; to ctan, and it should be available soon.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It turned out to be a very subtle problem, which may be due to using an older version of pgf to develop this.  If you're curious, it all had to do with a conditional statement, where \pgfmathresult returns a &quot;1&quot; for true, and a &quot;0&quot; for false.  I had written tikz-3dplot to expect &quot;1.0&quot;, and thus the condition was never met, and the x/y axes were never drawn.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for the problem with drawing only a segment, it looks like the \tdplotsetpolarplotrange command is being belligerent and will need some work.  I'll see if I can tinker with this and will upload a fixed version to ctan when possible, but for now I suggest this kludge fix:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\tdplotsetmaincoords{70}{10}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=5,line join=bevel,tdplot_main_coords,fill opacity=.15]&#xA;\pgfsetlinewidth{.2pt}&#xA;\tdplotsetpolarplotrange{30}{100}{-90}{360}&#xA;\tdplotsphericalsurfaceplot[parametricfill]%&#xA;{18}%&#xA;{36}%&#xA;{1}%&#xA;{black}%&#xA;{\tdplotphi+\tdplottheta+\tdplotr}%&#xA;{\draw[color=black,thick,-&amp;gt;] (0,0,0) -- (1.3,0,0) node[right]{\(x\)};}&#xA;{\draw[color=black,thick,-&amp;gt;] (0,0,0) -- (0,1.3,0) node[above right]{\(y\)};}&#xA;{\draw[color=black,thick,-&amp;gt;] (0,0,0) -- (0,0,1.3) node[above]{\(z\)};};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that I have forced the lower phi value to -90, and the code seems to be happy with that.  I would post an image to demonstrate this, but it looks like I need more reputation on this board first.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, I notice that this output looks a bit boxy, and you can smooth it out a bit if you like by increasing the number of segments per revolution.  Also, it couldn't hurt to spin the axes around a bit.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\tdplotsetmaincoords{70}{100}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=5,line join=bevel,tdplot_main_coords,fill opacity=.15]&#xA;\pgfsetlinewidth{.2pt}&#xA;\tdplotsetpolarplotrange{30}{100}{-90}{360}&#xA;\tdplotsphericalsurfaceplot[parametricfill]%&#xA;{48}%&#xA;{48}%&#xA;{1}%&#xA;{black}%&#xA;{\tdplotphi+\tdplottheta+\tdplotr}%&#xA;{\draw[color=black,thick,-&amp;gt;] (0,0,0) -- (1.3,0,0) node[below]{\(x\)};}&#xA;{\draw[color=black,thick,-&amp;gt;] (0,0,0) -- (0,1.3,0) node[above right]{\(y\)};}&#xA;{\draw[color=black,thick,-&amp;gt;] (0,0,0) -- (0,0,1.3) node[above]{\(z\)};};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Jeff&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3892" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T17:22:34.067" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12325" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12062" CreationDate="2011-02-28T17:22:56.737" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you want to create and edit LaTeX equations with a point-and-click GUI, you could use for example &lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.koffice.org/index.php?title=KFormula&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;KFormula&lt;/a&gt;, the equation editor of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.koffice.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;KOffice&lt;/a&gt;. It has a LaTeX import/export filter, so you can create formulas with the graphical interface provided by this program, and translate them into the &quot;language&quot; LaTeX understands afterwards.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/qaBXR.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another possibility would be to use the Java applet &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dragmath.bham.ac.uk/index.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;DragMath&lt;/a&gt;. It doesn't seem to be as powerful as KFormula, but it is quite small and platform independent:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/QjlDE.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3323" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T17:22:56.737" />
  <row Id="12326" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12321" CreationDate="2011-02-28T17:30:25.433" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;you can use simple colorboxes&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor,lipsum}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;&#xA;\noindent\fboxsep=0pt%&#xA;\colorbox{blue!10}{\parbox[c][0.5\textwidth][c]{0.7\textwidth}{%&#xA;\centering\large\tabular{l}&#xA;John Doe\\Example Cooperation\\John.Doe@example.com&#xA;\endtabular}}%&#xA;\colorbox{red}{\parbox[c][0.5\textwidth][c]{0.3\textwidth}{\rule{\linewidth}{0pt}}}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/CKRiv.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-28T17:36:56.503" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T17:36:56.503" />
  <row Id="12327" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12243" CreationDate="2011-02-28T18:32:46.207" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The global customization is done by entering &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;M-x customize-variable RET LaTeX-command RET&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(as David Kastrup described in &lt;a href=&quot;http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.emacs.auctex.general/538&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.emacs.auctex.general/538&lt;/a&gt;)&#xA;and changing the LaTeX-command variable. &#xA;He didn't say what the variable should be changed to, but the answer is from the default, which is &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;latex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;latex -shell-escape&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If this is set and saved, it appears in .emacs as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;(LaTeX-command &quot;latex -shell-escape&quot;)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in the &lt;code&gt;custom-set-variables&lt;/code&gt; list.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I still don't know how to do this on a per file basis.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3406" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T18:32:46.207" />
  <row Id="12328" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12331" CreationDate="2011-02-28T18:42:03.373" Score="4" ViewCount="83" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm creating a presentation using beamer and I would like to denote bits that need to be done later using the &lt;code&gt;todonotes&lt;/code&gt; package. But there appears to be some conflict between the two packages. I get errors of the form&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! LaTeX Error: Float(s) lost.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm guessing this is because the slides don't have a margin in which to place the todo bubbles. What's the best way to get around this? I'm looking for something easier than manually adding the &lt;code&gt;inline&lt;/code&gt; option to every use of &lt;code&gt;\todo&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="125" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T19:13:08.933" Title="How can I use todonotes with beamer?" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;todonotes&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12330" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12328" CreationDate="2011-02-28T19:06:57.743" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Now I feel silly, because almost immediately after posting the question I had an idea:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{todonotes}&#xA;\let\todox\todo&#xA;\renewcommand\todo[1]{\todox[inline]{#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This redefines &lt;code&gt;\todo&lt;/code&gt; as &lt;code&gt;\todo[inline]&lt;/code&gt;, at the expense of not allowing any other options to be given to &lt;code&gt;\todo&lt;/code&gt;,  which works fine for me. Though I still welcome more flexible solutions if they are out there.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="125" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T19:06:57.743" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12331" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12328" CreationDate="2011-02-28T19:13:08.933" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can change the presets of the package so that it creates inline todonotes by default. In order to do this, just add the line &lt;code&gt;\presetkeys{todonotes}{inline}{}&lt;/code&gt; after you have loaded &lt;code&gt;todonotes&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{todonotes}&#xA;\presetkeys{todonotes}{inline}{}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;    \todo{Notes are inline by default now.}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3323" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T19:13:08.933" />
  <row Id="12332" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10826" CreationDate="2011-02-28T19:41:27.663" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hàn Thế Thành &lt;a href=&quot;http://article.gmane.org/gmane.comp.tex.pdftex/4914&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;reports&lt;/a&gt; that pdftex simply takes the last of the encoding files without regard to the &lt;code&gt;TeXnANSIEncoding ReEncodeFont&lt;/code&gt; input. I think this is therefore a bug in TeX Live, since the font should probably be encoded with the other encoding.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3510" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T19:41:27.663" />
  <row Id="12334" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12335" CreationDate="2011-02-28T20:27:04.523" Score="2" ViewCount="46" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using hyperref package and refer to hundreds of tables from the appendix.  My labels for tables look like: &lt;code&gt;\label{table:some-numbers}&lt;/code&gt;.  I then refer to it from the main text as &lt;code&gt;\ref{table:some-numbers}&lt;/code&gt;.  What I get is a lot of identically-looking hyperlinks in the PDF, with the same visible text like A.3 -- even though the specific table is actually A.145 and the hyperlink in fact takes me there!  Why does the visible text in the hyperlink box looks the same for many tables, as if it were a section number, not the table number, and how do I make it coincide with the actual table number?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3252" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-28T20:29:28.633" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T20:31:03.423" Title="Table Reference Format and Hyperlinks" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;numbering&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12335" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12334" CreationDate="2011-02-28T20:31:03.423" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Most likely you put the &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt; before the caption which actually labels the last caption, section or other label-able item. Make sure that you put it after the &lt;code&gt;\caption&lt;/code&gt;. I think the hyperlinks still work because they create an anchor wherever &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt; is used.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T20:31:03.423" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12336" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12337" CreationDate="2011-02-28T21:44:43.163" Score="3" ViewCount="144" Body="&lt;p&gt;Should be an obvious question but Google fails to asnswer it :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am trying to fine-tune the biblatex output. To test the result, I would like to see how it works for all entries in my bib-file. Is it possible to achieve this without copying all keys manually?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3897" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T08:53:54.007" Title="How to print, with biblatex, the bibliography with the whole content of my bib-file?" Tags="&lt;biblatex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="12337" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12336" CreationDate="2011-02-28T21:54:24.653" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\nocite{*} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;should be what you are looking for. It prints all of your entries, including the uncited ones into your bibliography. You enter it somewhere between &lt;code&gt;\begin{document} ... \end{document}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm including locksteps comment into the answer: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;With biblatex, you can also write&#xA;  &lt;code&gt;\nocite{*}&lt;/code&gt; in the preamble.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3735" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-01T08:28:26.337" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T08:28:26.337" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="12338" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12359" CreationDate="2011-02-28T22:18:47.877" Score="2" ViewCount="74" Body="&lt;p&gt;This post is a follow-up to my post &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/12267/using-subfiles-package-with-sty-files&quot;&gt;Using &lt;code&gt;subfiles&lt;/code&gt; package with &lt;code&gt;.sty&lt;/code&gt; files&lt;/a&gt;. Answering that post, a couple people suggested I build a local texmf tree. &#xA;I've hunted around and it seems that this is unique to Linux systems.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Q: What is a (local?) texmf tree (or it's equivalent on MikTeX + Vista32 systems)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have my &lt;code&gt;C:\Users\brianjd\AppData\Local\MiKTeX\2.8\miktex&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Q: Would a texmf directory be built there and then pointed to by &lt;code&gt;TEXINPUTS&lt;/code&gt;? Or does a texmf directory just refer to any directory pointed to by &lt;code&gt;TEXINPUTS&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3762" LastEditorUserId="3762" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-01T00:09:14.927" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T02:56:59.017" Title="Texmf tree with MikTeX + Vista32?" Tags="&lt;miktex&gt;&lt;texmf&gt;&lt;folders&gt;&lt;texinputs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12339" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12341" CreationDate="2011-02-28T22:22:50.940" Score="3" ViewCount="61" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can one delete or undefine macros in Context?&#xA;Is there a difference if i've used &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\define&lt;/code&gt; to create a macro?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3371" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-28T22:25:30.533" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T23:05:19.140" Title="How to delete/undefine macros in Context?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;context&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="12340" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12342" CreationDate="2011-02-28T22:45:37.420" Score="4" ViewCount="89" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm drawing a lot of 3D pictures for school using 3D-plot for TikZ.&#xA;I like it when the lines that are &lt;em&gt;inside&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;behind&lt;/em&gt; an object, eg. the ones that shouldn't be visible to be thinner than the lines that are. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For instance: A cube should look like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/9qPLw.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;cube&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where the dashed lines could just be thinner than the rest..&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To get this type of 3D I would normally draw the entire cube (all the lines) with the &lt;code&gt;very thin&lt;/code&gt; option. Then I'd copy the lines that should be very thin (the ones that aren't dashed in the figure) and let TikZ redraw them using the &lt;code&gt;thin&lt;/code&gt;option (it's obsolete I know) or the &lt;code&gt;thick&lt;/code&gt; option.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since this isn't a clean way to work, what are your suggestions?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd like to see something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\draw[tdplot_main_coords,thick] (0,0,0)--(0,1,0){ [very thin] --}(0,0,1)-- ... ;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Where I can just select part of a path and give it the right options (overriding the general options).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3127" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-02-28T23:18:31.570" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T23:18:31.570" Title="Easy way to do several line styles on one path using TikZ?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;path&gt;&lt;3d&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="12341" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12339" CreationDate="2011-02-28T23:05:19.140" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Why do you want to do 'undefine' a macro? Depending on what you want, try:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\macro\undefined&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\macro\donothing&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It does not matter whether you used &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\define&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T23:05:19.140" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12342" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12340" CreationDate="2011-02-28T23:07:37.640" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;While there is the &lt;code&gt;scopes&lt;/code&gt; TikZ library which allows you to use in-path scopes, many of the drawing options are global to the drawing path. Things like color, thickness and drawing pattern (e.g. solid vs. dashes) can only be applied to the whole path. The reason for this comes from the underlying graphic system (PS or PDF) and PGF/TikZ can't do much about it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to draw lines with different settings you will have to do so with two or more drawing commands. Note that TikZ has the ability to draw material into the background, i.e. behind previous drawn material. Enclose such commands between &lt;code&gt;\begin{pgfonlayer}{background}&lt;/code&gt; ... &lt;code&gt;\end{pgfonlayer}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T23:07:37.640" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12344" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-02-28T23:25:02.813" Score="3" ViewCount="107" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have the following equation, where there is a lot of stuff under the sum symbol:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{equation}&#xA;d(\vec{x},\vec{y})=&#xA;  \sum_{Z_{xy}\in\vec{Z}_{xy},\forall x\in\vec{x},\forall y\in\vec{y}} &#xA;    f(Z_{xy})&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the resulting document, I find it kind of hard to read. Is there a way to write the equation to make the result more readable, e.g. putting the stuff under the sum symbol on different lines?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3860" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T23:43:25.607" Title="Separate long math text under sum symbol into different lines?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;equations&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="12345" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12344" CreationDate="2011-02-28T23:43:25.607" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try the &lt;code&gt;\substack&lt;/code&gt; command from the &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2417" LastActivityDate="2011-02-28T23:43:25.607" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12346" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-01T00:50:04.250" Score="0" ViewCount="205" Body="&lt;p&gt;The question &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/8946/978&quot;&gt;How to combine Acronym and Glossary&lt;/a&gt; shows us how to make a great glossaries and acronym lists.  I would like to use a quality glossary and acronym list in Lyx. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/PV0KQ.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This may be too large a question to ask all at once.  I have broken a possible first step, combining use of nomenclature and glossary.  I am trying to use two packages together:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Nomenclature&lt;/strong&gt; to render the glossary and acronym list in Lyx&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Glossaries&lt;/strong&gt; to use the full name the first time it is used in the text and the acronym after.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My attempt is shown below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/fQqVN.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%% LyX 1.6.7 created this file.  For more info, see http://www.lyx.org/.&#xA;%% Do not edit unless you really know what you are doing.&#xA;\documentclass[english]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[latin9]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{nomencl}&#xA;% the following is useful when we have the old nomencl.sty package&#xA;\providecommand{\printnomenclature}{\printglossary}&#xA;\providecommand{\makenomenclature}{\makeglossary}&#xA;\makenomenclature&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% User specified LaTeX commands.&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\usepackage{glossaries}&#xA;\usepackage{nomencl}&#xA;\makeglossary&#xA;\makenomenclature&#xA;\RequirePackage{ifthen}&#xA;\renewcommand{\nomgroup}[1]{&#xA;\ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{A}}&#xA;{\item[\textbf{Acronym}]}&#xA;{ \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{G}}&#xA;{\item[\textbf{Glossary}]}{}}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{babel}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\newglossaryentry{api}{%&#xA;type=\acronymtype,&#xA;name={API},&#xA;description={Application Programming Interface},&#xA;first={Application Programming Interface (API)},&#xA;see=[Glossary:]{apig}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;%%% The glossary entry the acronym links to    &#xA;&#xA;\newglossaryentry{apig}{%&#xA;name={API}, %&#xA;description={An Application Programming Interface (API) is a particular set of rules %&#xA;and specifications that a software program can follow to access and make %&#xA;use of the services and resources provided by another particular software %&#xA;program that implements that API%&#xA;}}&#xA;&#xA;\nomenclature[a]{API}{Application Programming Interface}&#xA;&#xA;\nomenclature[g]{API}{%&#xA;An Application Programming Interface (API) is a particular set of rules %&#xA;and specifications that a software program can follow to access and make %&#xA;use of the services and resources provided by another particular software %&#xA;program that implements that API%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\printnomenclature{}&#xA;&#xA;main text body&#xA;&#xA;first use \gls{api}&#xA;&#xA;subsequent use of \gls{api}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now how can I create a &lt;strong&gt;macro&lt;/strong&gt; to automatically use all the &lt;strong&gt;glossary entries&lt;/strong&gt; in &lt;strong&gt;nomenclature&lt;/strong&gt; to render the printed glossary.  Right now I am typing them twice, as you can see.  Bonus points if you can get rid of the &quot;Nomenclature&quot; heading and make the Acronym and Glossary headings larger.  Extra special bonus points if you can somehow get the links to work properly, for example, between an acronym and its corresponding glossary entry.  I will check if the solutions provided render in Lyx.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="978" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-01T19:23:44.417" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T19:23:44.417" Title="Use a quality glossary and acronym list in Lyx" Tags="&lt;lyx&gt;&lt;glossaries&gt;&lt;nomenclature&gt;" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12347" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12369" CreationDate="2011-03-01T01:33:38.663" Score="6" ViewCount="264" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using TeXlive (2009-7) on Ubuntu 10.04. I've installed &lt;code&gt;texlive-lang-arabic&lt;/code&gt; and I can't find out how should I compose the preamble to be able to use it. The babel's documentation I've found in the Internet &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/texlive/Contents/live/texmf-dist/doc/generic/babel/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tug.org/texlive/Contents/live/texmf-dist/doc/generic/babel/&lt;/a&gt; is probably out-of-date (September 2009), because Arabic is not mentioned as supported language, and &lt;code&gt;aptitude show texlive-lang-arabic&lt;/code&gt; gives as the result:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;This package includes the following CTAN packages: &#xA; arabi -- (La)TeX support for Arabic and Farsi, compliant with Babel.&#xA; arabtex -- Macros and fonts for typesetting Arabic.&#xA; hyphen-arabic --&#xA; hyphen-farsi --&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I could't find any documentation of the newly installed package. I'm even not sure if the package allows what I want, i.e. writing using Arabic script directly and not, as it was the case with &lt;code&gt;arabtex&lt;/code&gt;, in transcription (and Arabic script was appearing only in output).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I've missed some relevant information, I can complete my question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;UPDATE&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks for everybody. First of all, I've tried to apply Mustail's solution. I've composed the preamble based on his example (mostly the same, just without Persian). I run for it XeLaTeX. Compilation failed, the &lt;code&gt;.log&lt;/code&gt; file said that I need &lt;code&gt;xetex&lt;/code&gt; package. I had &lt;code&gt;texlive-xetex&lt;/code&gt; installed and &lt;code&gt;xetex&lt;/code&gt; is mentioned as part of it. Searching further in the Internet I've found that all information about XeLaTeX I can find not match with my LaTeX installation. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've decided to try the solution proposed by Caramdir and I've made a new TeX Live installation following the instruction in the link. I can't compile any file as I don't have LaTeX nor pdfLaTeX installed and I don't want to install it in other way I've installed TeX Live. In the documentation about installation I've found that I should run tlmgr to manage my LaTeX installation, but I can't do it, &lt;code&gt;command not found&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have still previous installation of TeX Live on one computer, I can test both (by aptitude and downloaded from tug.org).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Maybe I should post another question concerning installation of TeX Live from tug.org, but I try first here, maybe it's not a real problem but just an omission of something obvious from my part.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;UPDATE 2&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I was trying to compile Mehro's exemple document (using instalation of LaTeX from Ubuntu packages), without succes. This is the terminal's output (starting from first warning):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Package polyglossia Warning: No hyphenation patterns were loaded for `arabic'&#xA;(polyglossia)                I will use the patterns loaded for \language=0&#xA;(polyglossia)                instead on input line 7.&#xA;&#xA;) (./mehro.aux)&#xA;kpathsea: Running mktextfm &#xA;/usr/share/texmf/web2c/mktexnam: Could not map source abbreviation 6 for 600.&#xA;/usr/share/texmf/web2c/mktexnam: Need to update /usr/share/texmf-texlive/fonts/map/fontname/special.map?&#xA;mktextfm: Running mf-nowin -progname=mf \mode:=ljfour; mag:=1; nonstopmode; input &#xA;This is METAFONT, Version 2.718281 (TeX Live 2009/Debian)&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;kpathsea: Running mktexmf &#xA;! I can't find file `'.&#xA;&amp;lt;*&amp;gt; \mode:=ljfour; mag:=1; nonstopmode; input&#xA;&#xA;Please type another input file name&#xA;! Emergency stop.&#xA;&amp;lt;*&amp;gt; \mode:=ljfour; mag:=1; nonstopmode; input&#xA;&#xA;Transcript written on mfput.log.&#xA;grep: .log: No such file or directory&#xA;mktextfm: `mf-nowin -progname=mf \mode:=ljfour; mag:=1; nonstopmode; input ' failed to make .tfm.&#xA;kpathsea: Appending font creation commands to missfont.log.&#xA;&#xA;! Font \zf@basefont=&quot;&quot; not loadable: Metric (TFM) file or installed font not fo&#xA;und.&#xA;&amp;lt;to be read again&amp;gt; &#xA;                   \zf@family@fontdeflmr &#xA;l.15 ...abic: \textarabic{السلام عليكم}&#xA;&#xA;? ^C! Interruption.&#xA;&amp;lt;argument&amp;gt; ...@family@fontdef\f@family \endcsname &#xA;                                                  &quot; at \f@size pt \zf@check@...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I had a look in Polyglossia documentation, but I didn't find there nothing what could help me to compile document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It seems I have more general problem with fonts for XeTeX. &lt;code&gt;Fontspec&lt;/code&gt; documentation opens but should lack of some fonts as I see white gaps in some places. The termial output is quite long and consist almost of 'error' messages. This are just few lines of it: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Error: Missing language pack for 'Adobe-Japan1' mapping &#xA;Error: Unknown font tag 'F5.1' &#xA;Error (24124): No font in show &#xA;Error: Unknown font tag 'F5.1' &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;UPDATE 3&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have maneged to install &lt;code&gt;Linux Liberation O&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;Scheherazade&lt;/code&gt; via Ubuntu Sotware Center (although I still can't understand why I could't do that via Synaptic nor aptitude...), so Meho's and Alan's exemple files are compiled succesfully.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Documentation became readable after installation of &lt;code&gt;poppeler data&lt;/code&gt;. I'm still not able to compile Mustail's exemple file, but having acces to documentation I can try to solve it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks a lot for everybody for your help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3703" LastEditorUserId="3703" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T17:39:52.393" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T17:39:52.393" Title="Typesetting a document using Arabic script" Tags="&lt;languages&gt;&lt;babel&gt;&lt;arabic&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12348" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-01T01:37:53.167" Score="3" ViewCount="88" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was trying to use the package &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyvrb/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;fancyvrb&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However with &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{breqn}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{fancyvrb}&#xA;\DefineVerbatimEnvironment{code}{Verbatim}{fontsize=\small}&#xA;\DefineVerbatimEnvironment{example}{Verbatim}{fontsize=\small}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;latex always reports&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Missing number, treated as zero. to&#xA;  be read again&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But it changes to work if I exchange the order between the two parts:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{fancyvrb}&#xA;\DefineVerbatimEnvironment{code}{Verbatim}{fontsize=\small}&#xA;\DefineVerbatimEnvironment{example}{Verbatim}{fontsize=\small}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{breqn}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I was wondering why the problem happens?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks and regards!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="861" LastEditorUserId="861" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-01T02:11:12.233" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T09:14:13.207" Title="“Missing number, treated as zero” with fancyvrb package" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;fancyvrb&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="12349" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3120" CreationDate="2011-03-01T02:16:05.753" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you're using &lt;code&gt;\xymatrix&lt;/code&gt;, you can change the row spacing, the column spacing, or both by adding the appropriate command in between the &lt;code&gt;\xymatrix&lt;/code&gt; command and the opening brace.  The file &lt;code&gt;xyguide.pdf&lt;/code&gt;, in section 3.3 (Spacing and Rotation), on page 10, lists the commands as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;@=dimen   set spacing&#xA;@C=dimen  set column spacing&#xA;@R=dimen  set row spacing&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;You use this as in, e.g.,&#xA;\begin{equation*}&#xA;  \xymatrix@C=1em{&#xA;    {A} \ar[r] \ar[d]&#xA;    &amp;amp; {B} \ar[d]\\&#xA;    {C} \ar[r]&#xA;    &amp;amp; {D}&#xA;  }&#xA;\end{equation*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2754" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T02:16:05.753" />
  <row Id="12350" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12348" CreationDate="2011-03-01T02:20:57.823" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;From the breqn documentation: &quot;As it pushes the envelope of what is possible within the context of LaTeX2e, the breqn package will tend to break other packages when used in combination with them, or to fail itself, when there are any areas of internal overlap; successful use may in some cases depend on package loading order.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not at all knowledgable about (La)TeX internals, but I suspect that there are so many variables being defined in breqn that loading it first breaks one of the other packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3628" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T02:20:57.823" />
  <row Id="12351" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12347" CreationDate="2011-03-01T02:26:19.983" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't really know anything about typesetting Arabic with LaTeX. The following should be comments, but turned out to be too long for the comment field.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;CTAN always has the most current stable packages.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;September 2009 is not outdated, in comparison to the packages you have installed. Ubuntu 10.04 (and 10.10) contain TeX Live 2009, which was packages sometime in summer 2009.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Generally you can find the documentation for packages you have installed with &lt;code&gt;texdoc 〈packagename〉&lt;/code&gt; on the command line. However, this mechanism seems to be rather broken with the Ubuntu packages (at least on my system).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Documentation (if it exists) can always be found on &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;CTAN&lt;/a&gt;. For example for &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=arabi&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;arabi&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=arabtex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;arabtex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. Both of these packages haven't seen a lot development recently though.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Instead of using the traditional pdfTeX engine for your documents, you could use XeLaTeX or LuaLaTeX, two engines that accept the full range of Unicode input and arbitrary TrueType and OpenType fonts. You can try to adapt &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2576/getting-started-to-xetex-for-devangari/2578#2578&quot;&gt;the answer to a similar question for Devanagari&lt;/a&gt;. Compile the document with &lt;code&gt;xelatex&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;(pdf)latex&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;If you use this last suggestion, I would also suggest that you replace the Ubuntu packages with the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/texlive/quickinstall.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;latest version of TeX Live&lt;/a&gt; to be able to use all the recent developments.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T02:26:19.983" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12352" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-01T02:40:23.843" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questions about using TeX for typesetting in various non-English languages should be tagged with this tag. Additional tags for language groups and scripts (like &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/arabic&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'arabic'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;arabic&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/cjk&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'cjk'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;cjk&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/indic&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'indic'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;indic&lt;/a&gt;) can be applied.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/babel&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'babel'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;babel&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/polyglossia&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'polyglossia'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;polyglossia&lt;/a&gt; (for XeLaTeX) packages are useful for dealing with non-English languages. When using non-Latin script, it is often convenient to use a &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/unicode&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'unicode'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;unicode&lt;/a&gt;-aware TeX engine, like &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/xetex&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'xetex'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;xetex&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/luatex&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'luatex'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;luatex&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-01T07:01:27.190" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T07:01:27.190" />
  <row Id="12353" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-01T02:40:23.843" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="Questions about using TeX for typesetting in various non-English languages should be tagged with this tag." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-01T07:01:29.703" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T07:01:29.703" />
  <row Id="12354" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-01T02:42:02.940" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-01T02:42:02.940" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T02:42:02.940" />
  <row Id="12355" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-01T02:42:02.940" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="Questions about using TeX for typesetting documents in Arabic script." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-01T16:48:12.390" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T16:48:12.390" />
  <row Id="12356" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-01T02:42:55.090" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-01T02:42:55.090" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T02:42:55.090" />
  <row Id="12357" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-01T02:42:55.090" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="Questions about using TeX for typesetting documents in Indic languages and scripts." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-01T07:01:24.367" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T07:01:24.367" />
  <row Id="12358" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12347" CreationDate="2011-03-01T02:52:48.297" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Although I am no expert in LaTeX and Arabic typesetting, I have had some experience in using Arabic and Persian in TeX environment, that I can share.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have tried &lt;code&gt;arabi&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;babel&lt;/code&gt; in the past, it worked out well, however, I had problems with fonts. Then, as most people would do, I switched to XeLaTeX (or XeTeX, I'm not sure which one means what, I use it anyway..), which is an evolution of LaTeX in terms of fonts and language usage.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I suggest you have a look at XeLaTeX. You don't need the package babel anymore in XeLaTeX, and the package &lt;code&gt;arabxetex&lt;/code&gt;, the XeLaTeX counterpart of the LaTeX packages &lt;code&gt;arabi&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;arabtex&lt;/code&gt;, is superior to both in my experience.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is how my preamble looks like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\usepackage{xunicode}&#xA;\usepackage{xltxtra}&#xA;\usepackage{arabxetex}&#xA;&#xA;\newfontfamily\arabicfont[Script=Arabic, Scale=1]{Traditional Arabic}&#xA;\newfontfamily\farsifont[Script=Arabic, Scale=1]{Farsi Simple Bold}&#xA;\defaultfontfeatures{Mapping=tex-text}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;&#xA;\setsansfont[Mapping=text-text]{Latin Modern Sans}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My font for Arabic and Persian are respectively Traditional Arabic and Farsi Simple, which are available in Windows.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And this is how I address Arabic and Persian within my text:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\textarab[utf]{ ...كمثل الحمار يحمل أسفاراً ...}&#xA;&#xA;\textfarsi[utf]{هم عمل هم علم باهم یار داشت}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately, the documentation in XeLaTeX, as is the case with LaTeX and many other open source software, is scarce and/or poorly presented. (I do not mean to detract from the great amount of work devoted to these projects, but I wish the barrier for entry could be made lower.) It takes time to learn but it pays in the end.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hope this helps.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3901" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-01T03:09:26.060" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T03:09:26.060" CommentCount="12" />
  <row Id="12359" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12338" CreationDate="2011-03-01T02:56:59.017" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There seem to be two ways to do that in MikTeX. One is setting the TEXINPUTS environment variable to a tree that contains your local file.  Another way (which seems to be unique to MikTeX) is creating a local texmf tree anywhere you want and registering it with MikTeX.  There are instructions for it &lt;a href=&quot;http://docs.miktex.org/manual/localadditions.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't have an access to a Windows computer at the moment, so I cannot check this, but I seem to remember doing something like that before. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T02:56:59.017" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12360" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12361" CreationDate="2011-03-01T03:02:55.090" Score="5" ViewCount="50" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using a list environment inside of any theorem defined with \theoremstyle{plain} results in italicized counters.  That is, the following example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{amsthm}&#xA;\usepackage{enumerate}&#xA;&#xA;\theoremstyle{plain}&#xA;\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{theorem}&#xA;The following are not equivalent.&#xA;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;\item $n$ is an even integer.&#xA;\item $n$ is divisible by 4.&#xA;\item $n$ is 3 more than some positive odd integer.  &#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;\end{theorem}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;produces italicized counters (1), (2), and (3).  How can I override this action?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1785" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-01T03:28:39.513" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T03:28:39.513" Title="Overriding italicized list counters in plain theoremstyles" Tags="&lt;enumerate&gt;&lt;theorems&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="12361" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12360" CreationDate="2011-03-01T03:19:30.927" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can specify the label format explicitly:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{enumerate}[{\normalfont 1.}] % (or \upshape)&#xA;\item $n$ is an even integer.&#xA;\item $n$ is divisible by 4.&#xA;\item $n$ is 3 more than some positive odd integer.  &#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alternatively, if you're not wedded to using the &lt;code&gt;enumerate&lt;/code&gt; package, and you'll be needing this a lot, you can use the &lt;code&gt;enumitem&lt;/code&gt; package, and set the label once:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsthm}&#xA;\usepackage{enumitem}&#xA;&#xA;\theoremstyle{plain}&#xA;\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}&#xA;\setenumerate{label={\normalfont\arabic*.}} % or \upshape&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{theorem}&#xA;The following are not equivalent.&#xA;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;\item $n$ is an even integer.&#xA;\item $n$ is divisible by 4.&#xA;\item $n$ is 3 more than some positive odd integer.  &#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;\end{theorem}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T03:19:30.927" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12362" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12365" CreationDate="2011-03-01T03:41:23.480" Score="8" ViewCount="233" Body="&lt;p&gt;I normally use the LaTeX &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; to define macros. However, when using delimited macros I use &lt;code&gt;def&lt;/code&gt;. Is there a way that I can get LaTeX to trigger an error if the command is defined by &lt;code&gt;def&lt;/code&gt; is being re-defined by another package, i.e if someone tries to re-define the command I trigger a LaTeX error.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3546" LastEditorUserId="649" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-01T11:46:21.830" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T20:39:25.153" Title="Test if a command has been defined by another package" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="12363" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12390" CreationDate="2011-03-01T03:49:22.333" Score="6" ViewCount="81" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://docs.miktex.org/manual/localadditions.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Integrating Local Additions&lt;/a&gt; provides a nice explanation of how to manipulate &lt;code&gt;TEXINPUTS&lt;/code&gt; or register a local texmf tree. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Q: When integrating local additions, is there a reason to prefer one approach over the other?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm guessing that &lt;code&gt;TEXINPUTS&lt;/code&gt; is just regarded as the quick and dirty approach while registering a local texmf tree may be a better idea if you have a lot of files within a logical directory structure to which &lt;code&gt;latex&lt;/code&gt; needs to be pointed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I'm missing something here I'd love to hear about it :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This question is a follow-up to my post &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/12338/texmf-tree-with-miktex-vista32&quot;&gt;Texmf tree with MikTeX&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3762" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T11:27:01.393" Title="Local texmf tree vs. `TEXINPUTS`" Tags="&lt;texmf&gt;&lt;texinputs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="12364" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12362" CreationDate="2011-03-01T03:57:28.007" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;No, &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt; is a TeX primitive and is destructive.  And this is one reason LaTeX has &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt;.  If you and other package authors use &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt;, then you will be warned against redefining each other's code.  But even then, there is &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand&lt;/code&gt; to get around that problem if you know what you're doing.   &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T03:57:28.007" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="12365" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12362" CreationDate="2011-03-01T03:59:07.257" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;TeX does not provide anything similar to &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; but you can emulate it as shown in the minimal below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand\test@{}&#xA;\def\test@[#1][#2][#3][#4]{%&#xA;  ....&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\test@{}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;By defining first the command using &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; and then overriding it with a &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt; you ensure that LaTeX issues an error if a command with such a name has been defined before.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-01T17:51:34.830" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T17:51:34.830" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="12367" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12106" CreationDate="2011-03-01T04:40:50.387" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Other than using the &lt;code&gt;\foreach&lt;/code&gt; command or defining a new command, you may repeat pictures by at least two other ways. (solution to the grid problem is found at the end of my answer)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1- (not tikz specific) : use the &lt;code&gt;\newsavebox&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\savebox&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\usebox&lt;/code&gt; commands. The advantage of savebox is that the picture is not redrawn everytime it is called. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\newsavebox{\test}&#xA;\savebox{\test}{\tikz \draw[red] (0,0) circle (1cm);}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\draw (0,0) node {\usebox{\test}};&#xA;\draw (7,0) node {\usebox{\test}};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2- (tikz specific) Use the object-oriented capabilities of tikz and pgf. The details are found in the tikz manual. For example, the code found on page 554 of the manual:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usepgfmodule{oo}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\pgfooclass{stamp}{ % This is the class stamp&#xA;    \method stamp() { % The constructor &#xA;    }&#xA;    \method apply(#1,#2) { % Causes the stamp to be shown at coordinate (#1,#2)&#xA;        %Draw the stamp:&#xA;        \node [rotate=20] at (#1,#2) {Passed};&#xA;    }&#xA;}&#xA;\pgfoonew \mystamp=new stamp()&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;        \mystamp.apply(1,2)&#xA;        \mystamp.apply(3,4)&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;About the grid problem. I don't have a good explanation about why the problem is occurring other than the shift in coordinates isn't being treated by tikz the way you expect them to (not much of an explanation I admit). A good way to solve the problem is to use the &lt;code&gt;scope&lt;/code&gt; environment, and shift the whole environment, as described by the following code (I somewhat simplified your loop to make the &lt;code&gt;scope&lt;/code&gt; environment stand out):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=1,thick]&#xA;  \foreach \xoffset in {0,5.2}&#xA;  {&#xA;    \begin{scope}[shift={(\xoffset,0)}]&#xA;        \draw[xstep=1,ystep=1] (0,0) grid (5,5);&#xA;    \end{scope}&#xA;  }&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;scope&lt;/code&gt; environment acts as box that may be moved around (shifted or rotated) as a whole. If you are familiar with &lt;code&gt;pstricks&lt;/code&gt;, it is similar to the &lt;code&gt;\rput&lt;/code&gt; command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3708" LastEditorUserId="3708" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-01T06:27:51.370" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T06:27:51.370" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12368" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-01T05:07:38.837" Score="3" ViewCount="107" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can one create a diagonal separator in a table corner in ConTeXt (like the package slashbox for LaTeX)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3371" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-01T08:35:11.993" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T12:24:24.847" Title="Diagonal separator in table corner in ConTeXt" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;context&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="12369" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12347" CreationDate="2011-03-01T06:16:35.887" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I usually use XeLaTeX with Polyglossia. A quick example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{setspace}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\usepackage{polyglossia}&#xA;&#xA;\setmainlanguage{english}&#xA;\setotherlanguage{arabic}&#xA;&#xA;\newfontfamily\arabicfont[Script=Arabic,Scale=1.1]{Scheherazade}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Some latin text and inline arabic: \textarabic{السلام عليكم}&#xA;&#xA;And for larger blocks of text you can use Arabic environment:&#xA;&#xA;\begin{Arabic}&#xA;&#xA;العربية أكثر لغات المجموعة السامية متحدثينَ، وإحدى أكثر اللغات انتشارًا في العالم، يتحدثها أكثر من 422 مليون نسمة،1 ويتوزع متحدثوها في المنطقة المعروفة باسم الوطن العربي، بالإضافة إلى العديد من المناطق الأخرى المجاورة كالأحواز وتركيا وتشاد ومالي السنغال وإرتيريا. اللغة العربية ذات أهمية قصوى لدى المسلمين، فهي لغة مقدسة (لغة القرآن)، ولا تتم الصلاة (وعبادات أخرى) في الإسلام إلا بإتقان بعض من كلماتها. العربية هي أيضا لغة شعائرية رئيسية لدى عدد من الكنائس المسيحية في الوطن العربي، كما كتبت بها الكثير من أهم الأعمال الدينية والفكرية اليهودية في العصور الوسطى. وأثّر انتشار الإسلام، وتأسيسه دولاً، في ارتفاع مكانة اللغة العربية، وأصبحت لغة السياسة والعلم والأدب لقرون طويلة في الأراضي التي حكمها المسلمون، وأثرت العربية، تأثيرًا مباشرًا أو غير مباشر على كثير من اللغات الأخرى في العالم الإسلامي، كالتركية والفارسية والكردية والأوردية والماليزية والإندونيسية والألبانية وبعض اللغات الإفريقية الأخرى مثل الهاوسا والسواحيلية، وبعض اللغات الأوروبية وخاصةً المتوسطية منها كالإسبانية والبرتغالية والمالطية والصقلية. كما أنها تدرس بشكل رسمي أو غير رسمي في الدول الإسلامية والدول الإفريقية المحاذية للوطن العربي.&#xA;&#xA;العربية لغة رسمية في كل دول الوطن العربي إضافة إلى كونها لغة رسمية في تشاد وإريتيريا وإسرائيل. وهي إحدى اللغات الرسمية الست في منظمة الأمم المتحدة.&#xA;&#xA;تحتوي العربية على 28 حرفًا مكتوبًا. ويرى بعض اللغويين أنه يجب إضافة حرف الهمزة إلى حروف العربية، ليصبح عدد الحروف 29. تكتب العربية من اليمين إلى اليسار - مثلها اللغة الفارسية والعبرية وعلى عكس الكثير من اللغات العالمية - ومن أعلى الصفحة إلى أسفلها.&#xA;&#xA;\end{Arabic}&#xA;&#xA;To get even spacing between lines, you can use \verb|\lineskiplimit| command (locally or globally, preferably locally) and set spacing with \verb|setspace| or \verb|leading| package to avoid possible overlapping:&#xA;&#xA;\begin{Arabic}&#xA;\lineskiplimit=-1000pt&#xA;\setstretch{1.2}&#xA;&#xA;العربية أكثر لغات المجموعة السامية متحدثينَ، وإحدى أكثر اللغات انتشارًا في العالم، يتحدثها أكثر من 422 مليون نسمة،1 ويتوزع متحدثوها في المنطقة المعروفة باسم الوطن العربي، بالإضافة إلى العديد من المناطق الأخرى المجاورة كالأحواز وتركيا وتشاد ومالي السنغال وإرتيريا. اللغة العربية ذات أهمية قصوى لدى المسلمين، فهي لغة مقدسة (لغة القرآن)، ولا تتم الصلاة (وعبادات أخرى) في الإسلام إلا بإتقان بعض من كلماتها. العربية هي أيضا لغة شعائرية رئيسية لدى عدد من الكنائس المسيحية في الوطن العربي، كما كتبت بها الكثير من أهم الأعمال الدينية والفكرية اليهودية في العصور الوسطى. وأثّر انتشار الإسلام، وتأسيسه دولاً، في ارتفاع مكانة اللغة العربية، وأصبحت لغة السياسة والعلم والأدب لقرون طويلة في الأراضي التي حكمها المسلمون، وأثرت العربية، تأثيرًا مباشرًا أو غير مباشر على كثير من اللغات الأخرى في العالم الإسلامي، كالتركية والفارسية والكردية والأوردية والماليزية والإندونيسية والألبانية وبعض اللغات الإفريقية الأخرى مثل الهاوسا والسواحيلية، وبعض اللغات الأوروبية وخاصةً المتوسطية منها كالإسبانية والبرتغالية والمالطية والصقلية. كما أنها تدرس بشكل رسمي أو غير رسمي في الدول الإسلامية والدول الإفريقية المحاذية للوطن العربي.&#xA;&#xA;العربية لغة رسمية في كل دول الوطن العربي إضافة إلى كونها لغة رسمية في تشاد وإريتيريا وإسرائيل. وهي إحدى اللغات الرسمية الست في منظمة الأمم المتحدة.&#xA;&#xA;تحتوي العربية على 28 حرفًا مكتوبًا. ويرى بعض اللغويين أنه يجب إضافة حرف الهمزة إلى حروف العربية، ليصبح عدد الحروف 29. تكتب العربية من اليمين إلى اليسار - مثلها اللغة الفارسية والعبرية وعلى عكس الكثير من اللغات العالمية - ومن أعلى الصفحة إلى أسفلها.&#xA;&#xA;\end{Arabic}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1987" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T06:16:35.887" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="12370" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12362" CreationDate="2011-03-01T07:19:10.700" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For what it's worth, I think that Yiannis' answer (using &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; before &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt;) is the best way to do it, or at least the simplest.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e-TeX provides two new primitives to check if a control sequence is defined.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ifdefined\cs&lt;/code&gt; tests if &lt;code&gt;\cs&lt;/code&gt; is a defined control sequence.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ifcsname cs\endcsname&lt;/code&gt; tests if &lt;code&gt;\cs&lt;/code&gt; is a defined control sequence.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;etoolbox&lt;/code&gt; package contains more LaTeX-friendly wrappers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ifdef{\cs}{true}{false}&lt;/code&gt; expands to &lt;code&gt;true&lt;/code&gt; if &lt;code&gt;\cs&lt;/code&gt; is defined, &lt;code&gt;false&lt;/code&gt; otherwise.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ifcsdef{cs}{true}{false}&lt;/code&gt; is similar but for control sequence names.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ifundef{\cs}{true}{false}&lt;/code&gt; is similar to the negation of &lt;code&gt;\ifdef&lt;/code&gt; except that control sequences that have been &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt; are considered undefined.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ifcsundef{cs}{true}{false}&lt;/code&gt; is similar but for control sequence names.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;etoolbox&lt;/code&gt; also contains other useful tests, for example if a control sequence is a macro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Having &lt;code&gt;\ifundef&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\ifcsundef&lt;/code&gt; check if a command is &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt; may seem odd at first. However, LaTeX's &lt;code&gt;\@ifundefined&lt;/code&gt; compares &lt;code&gt;\csname cs\endcsname&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt;. The reason for this is that when TeX constructs a control sequence via &lt;code&gt;\csname ...\endcsname&lt;/code&gt; that it has not seen before, it gives it the value of &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt;. This has the downside that there's no way to differentiate between the name of a control sequence that is undefined and one that has been &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;code&gt;\ifcsundef&lt;/code&gt; was designed to be a drop-in replacement for the LaTeX kernel's &lt;code&gt;\@ifundefined&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;I just read Caramdir's comment. There's no good way to prevent another package from redefining a command you define. One possible way around this is to use &lt;code&gt;\AtBeginDocument{\def\cs{...}}&lt;/code&gt; to define a macro later than most other macros, but this is not foolproof. Another package can do the same thing and the user can redefine any macro at any time.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-01T20:39:25.153" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T20:39:25.153" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12371" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12347" CreationDate="2011-03-01T07:30:32.263" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't know about typesetting arabic, but I did watch &lt;a href=&quot;http://river-valley.tv/oriental-tex-culturally-authentic-typesetting-of-the-quran/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this presentation&lt;/a&gt; by Idris Hamid from TUG 2010 about a project called Oriental TeX, and remember being rather impressed by it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I understood it is using ConTeXt mkIV and LuaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T07:30:32.263" />
  <row Id="12373" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-01T08:30:34.463" Score="1" ViewCount="109" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/10684/vertical-space-in-lists&quot;&gt;Vertical space in lists&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How to change the space between the itemize &quot;items&quot; in LaTeX so that I can continue to use the &quot;itemize&quot; and &quot;item&quot; tag without needing to redefine any new tags?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3906" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-01T10:14:14.147" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T10:14:14.147" ClosedDate="2011-03-01T13:41:42.363" Title="How to change the space between the itemize &quot;items&quot; in LaTeX?" Tags="&lt;lists&gt;&lt;itemize&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12374" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12373" CreationDate="2011-03-01T08:33:03.667" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;\itemsep is the length you'll want to change.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3532" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T08:33:03.667" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="12375" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-01T08:36:17.063" Score="5" ViewCount="108" Body="&lt;p&gt;Does TikZ have counter that is similar to &lt;code&gt;for&lt;/code&gt; loop in c language and logical comparison? e.g., &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\foreach \x in {0mm,11.200000mm,...,33.600000mm}&#xA;{&#xA;  counter++; &amp;lt;== is this possible in tikz&#xA;  if(counter == 0) &amp;lt;== is this possible in tikz&#xA;    output something&#xA;}  &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3253" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-01T16:39:25.963" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T16:39:25.963" Title="TikZ counter and logical comparison" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;counters&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="12376" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12375" CreationDate="2011-03-01T08:43:33.437" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the normal LaTeX counters for that. You can define your own one using &lt;code&gt;\newcounter{name}&lt;/code&gt;, set it using &lt;code&gt;\setcounter{name}{value}&lt;/code&gt; or add to it using &lt;code&gt;\addtocounter{name}{value}&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can test counter values using &lt;code&gt;\ifnum 0=\value{name}  &amp;lt;true&amp;gt; \else &amp;lt;false&amp;gt; \fi&lt;/code&gt; or with the help of the &lt;code&gt;ifthen&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that the content for &lt;code&gt;\foreach&lt;/code&gt; is executed inside a group and assignments which should survive to the next iteration or after the end of the loop must be global. Luckily the above set and add macros are global assignments anyway.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T08:43:33.437" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="12378" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12368" CreationDate="2011-03-01T09:00:52.703" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is a solution based on &lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.contextgarden.net/TABLE&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;natural tables&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\startuseMPgraphic{DiagonalRule}&#xA;draw (0,OverlayHeight) -- (OverlayWidth,0);&#xA;clip currentpicture to OverlayBox; % otherwise the rule overlaps the table frame&#xA;\stopuseMPgraphic&#xA;&#xA;\defineoverlay&#xA;  [DiagRule]&#xA;  [\useMPgraphic{DiagonalRule}]&#xA;&#xA;\setupTABLE [1] [1] [background=DiagRule]&#xA;&#xA;\starttext&#xA;\bTABLE&#xA;\bTR \bTD   \eTD   \bTD col   \eTD \eTR&#xA;\bTR \bTD row \eTD \bTD value \eTD \eTR&#xA;\eTABLE&#xA;\stoptext&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The nice thing about natural tables is that the background of a cell can be just about anything. In this case, I am using a simple metapost graphic that draws a diagonal line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-02T12:24:24.847" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T12:24:24.847" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12379" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12362" CreationDate="2011-03-01T09:04:19.910" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is technically impossible to protect a macro name (command sequence) from future redefinitions or trigger an error when it is redefined. TeX doesn't even protect its internal command and allows you to redefine them as well. This is by design.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can however check at certain points (like at-begin-document) if your definition is still active and trigger an error otherwise:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% Inside your package&#xA;\newcommand*\mymcd{}% raises an error if the command is already defined&#xA;\def\mycmd ... { ... }  % Real definition of macro with parameter text&#xA;\let\my@cmd\mycmd  % Save macro away&#xA;\AtBeginDocument{%&#xA;  \ifx\mycmd\my@cmd\else&#xA;     \PackageError{mypackage}{Macro \string\mycmd\space got redefined!}{}%&#xA;  \fi&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T09:04:19.910" />
  <row Id="12380" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-01T09:06:10.517" Score="1" ViewCount="149" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello all, I've got a problem when editing a tex file. I've been changed the \normalsize to 20pt, and this caused the font size of page number in the chapter page can not be modiffied when using the fancy macro package. So can anyone help me? Thanks in advanced!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3908" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T16:08:50.770" Title="Change font size of page number in the chapter page" Tags="&lt;page-numbering&gt;&lt;fontsize&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="12381" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12348" CreationDate="2011-03-01T09:14:13.207" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have no problem with your first code (TeXLive 2010):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\listfiles&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{breqn}    &#xA;\usepackage{fancyvrb}&#xA;\DefineVerbatimEnvironment{code}{Verbatim}{fontsize=\small}&#xA;\DefineVerbatimEnvironment{example}{Verbatim}{fontsize=\small}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{code}&#xA;foo&#xA;\end{code}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the file list from the end of the log file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; *File List*&#xA; article.cls    2007/10/19 v1.4h Standard LaTeX document class&#xA;  size10.clo    2007/10/19 v1.4h Standard LaTeX file (size option)&#xA;   breqn.sty    2009/08/07 v0.98a Breaking equations&#xA;   expl3.sty    2010/11/13 v2083 L3 Experimental code bundle wrapper&#xA; l3names.sty    2011/01/08 v2122 L3 Experimental Naming Scheme for TeX Primitiv&#xA;es&#xA;    etex.sty    1998/03/26 v2.0 eTeX basic definition package (PEB)&#xA;l3basics.sty    2010/10/03 v2063 L3 Experimental basic definitions&#xA; l3expan.sty    2010/09/20 v2037 L3 Experimental Argument Expansion module&#xA;    l3tl.sty    2011/01/26 v2138 L3 Experimental Token Lists&#xA;   l3int.sty    2011/01/07 v2121 L3 Experimental Integer module&#xA; l3quark.sty    2010/09/20 v2036 L3 Experimental Quark Commands&#xA;   l3seq.sty    2010/03/29 v1879 L3 Experimental sequences and stacks&#xA;  l3toks.sty    2010/09/20 v2037 L3 Experimental Token Registers&#xA;   l3prg.sty    2011/01/07 v2121 L3 Experimental control structures&#xA; l3clist.sty    2010/10/09 v2071 L3 Experimental comma separated lists&#xA; l3token.sty    2010/10/03 v2063 L3 Experimental token investigation and manipu&#xA;lation&#xA;  l3prop.sty    2010/11/23 v2087 L3 Experimental Property Lists&#xA;   l3msg.sty    2010/10/02 v2052 L3 Experimental LaTeX Messages module&#xA;    l3io.sty    2010/10/03 v2063 L3 Experimental i/o module&#xA;  l3skip.sty    2011/01/07 v2121 L3 Experimental skip registers&#xA;   l3box.sty    2010/09/26 v2048 L3 Experimental Box module&#xA;l3keyval.sty    2010/04/11 v1890 L3 Experimental keyval processing&#xA;  l3keys.sty    2010/11/11 v2082 L3 Experimental key-value support&#xA;l3precom.sty    2010/02/09 v1793 L3 Experimental precompilation module&#xA;  l3xref.sty    2010/02/09 v1786 L3 Experimental cross referencing&#xA;  l3file.sty    2010/03/21 v1853 L3 Experimental file loading&#xA;    l3fp.sty    2011/01/10 v2129 L3 Experimental floating-point operations&#xA;l3luatex.sty    2010/07/18 v1985 L3 Experimental LuaTeX functions&#xA;    calc.sty    2007/08/22 v4.3 Infix arithmetic (KKT,FJ)&#xA;flexisym.sty    2010/09/17 v0.97b Make math characters macros&#xA;  cmbase.sym    2007/12/19 v0.92&#xA;mathstyle.sty    2010/11/17 v0.89&#xA;  keyval.sty    1999/03/16 v1.13 key=value parser (DPC)&#xA;fancyvrb.sty    2010/05/14&#xA; ***********&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T09:14:13.207" />
  <row Id="12382" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12384" CreationDate="2011-03-01T09:26:09.813" Score="4" ViewCount="61" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Mikael Öhman's answer to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/11069/can-i-insert-an-image-into-an-equation&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt;, he provides some code for placing an image in math mode as a symbol using the &lt;code&gt;\mathord&lt;/code&gt; declaration.  I can define a new command in the preamble using this, and it works, but the image is placed on the baseline of the equation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want it to be a good deal taller than typical text, so ideally I could use &lt;code&gt;\vcenter&lt;/code&gt; to center it vertically.  When I do include the centering, the image is treated as if it were as wide as the page, i.e. there are about 6 inches of white space following it.  (The image is closely cropped, so the white space is certainly created by LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Where is the glitch in my code?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\bone}{\mathord{\includegraphics[scale=0.5]{../images/dog_bone.pdf}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3905" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-01T11:49:55.513" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T11:49:55.513" Title="Can I insert a vertically centered image in math mode?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="12383" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12438" CreationDate="2011-03-01T09:34:09.770" Score="1" ViewCount="194" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I try to compile the .tex-file, I get an error, telling me that the &lt;strong&gt;pdflatex.ini&lt;/strong&gt; is missing in \tex\config\pdflatex.ini.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;I went looking into the directory - and the file is there. But TeXWorks tells me:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;This is pdfTeX, Version 3.1415926-1.40.11 (MiKTeX 2.9)&#xA;miktex-pdftex.exe: The memory dump file could not be found.&#xA;miktex-pdftex.exe: Data: pdflatex.fmt&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I also looked for &lt;strong&gt;miktex-pdftex.exe&lt;/strong&gt;, and I found it in the bin.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Problem is, somehow I didn't got a new logfile.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would appreciate some help with this. Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3884" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T22:19:41.567" Title="pdflatex.ini missing - but it's there (MikTeX)" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;miktex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="12384" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12382" CreationDate="2011-03-01T09:41:23.637" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;\hbox&lt;/code&gt; within &lt;code&gt;\vcenter&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\vcenter{\hbox{\includegraphics{filename}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could add &lt;code&gt;\vcenter{\hbox{...}}&lt;/code&gt; to your macro definition if you always use it vertically centered.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Btw. generally you could simply use additional braces instead of &lt;code&gt;\mathord&lt;/code&gt; to get the normal spacing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T09:41:23.637" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12385" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12387" CreationDate="2011-03-01T09:45:23.150" Score="1" ViewCount="85" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&#xA;I'd like to build up a 3D-Plot (based on &lt;code&gt;pst-solides3d&lt;/code&gt;), where the function looks like  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;x=u&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;y=v&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;z=\int_0^x \frac{\sin\left(\pi t \right)}{\pi t} - \frac{1}{3} \mathrm{d}t+\frac{1}{\pi^2}\sin\left(\pi \frac{x}{y}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I do not know, how to define this function - esp. the sine integral - within the &lt;code&gt;\defFunction&lt;/code&gt; argument. Is the a &lt;code&gt;Si&lt;/code&gt; function?&#xA;Thanks in advance&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3163" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T10:20:04.180" Title="3D-plotting sine integral (PSTRICKS)" Tags="&lt;pstricks&gt;&lt;3d&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="12386" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-01T10:02:03.930" Score="5" ViewCount="136" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to write Ottoman Turkish with TeX, LaTeX, or ArabTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3300" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-01T16:41:55.087" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T16:41:55.087" Title="Ottoman Turkish (Arabic letters)" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;languages&gt;&lt;arabic&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="12387" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12385" CreationDate="2011-03-01T10:20:04.180" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;the package &lt;code&gt;pst-func&lt;/code&gt; has a PostScript macro Si which expects a value on the stack and returns the integral. For more information see the documentation of &lt;code&gt;pst-func&lt;/code&gt;. Here is only an idea of how it can be done. Don't know how to handle your values, because PostScript needs degrees for the sin function:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\listfiles&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pst-solides3d,pst-func}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\psset{Decran=50,viewpoint=10 20 40 rtp2xyz,lightsrc=viewpoint}&#xA;\begin{pspicture}(-6,-4)(6,4)&#xA;\defFunction{func}(u,v)&#xA;  {u}&#xA;  {v}&#xA;  {u tx@FuncDict begin Si end u 3 div sub u v Div RadtoDeg sin Pi dup mul div add }  &#xA;\psSolid[object=surfaceparametree,base=-1 1 -1 1,function=func,&#xA;         ngrid=40 40,hue=0 1]&#xA;\end{pspicture}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;$x=u$, $y=v$ and &#xA;$z=\int_0^x \frac{\sin\left(\pi t \right)}{\pi t} - &#xA;\frac{1}{3} \mathrm{d}t+\frac{1}{\pi^2}\sin\left(\pi \frac{x}{y}\right)$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/St3Wt.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T10:20:04.180" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="12388" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12363" CreationDate="2011-03-01T10:41:23.263" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;TEXINPUTS is easier and works best for ad-hoc files.  If you use the same files with different jobs, and particularly if you have other kinds of files such as fonts, you are best off using a Texmf tree because you do not need to manage environment variables and the Texlive command-line tools understand the Texmf tree better.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T10:41:23.263" />
  <row Id="12389" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12383" CreationDate="2011-03-01T11:26:00.463" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Have you tried renewing MiKTeX's File Name Database?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can find it in &lt;code&gt;Start &amp;gt; Programs &amp;gt; MiKTeX &amp;gt; Settings&lt;/code&gt; or run command &lt;code&gt;mo&lt;/code&gt; in command shell.&#xA;Then click Refresh FNDB.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="649" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T11:26:00.463" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12390" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12363" CreationDate="2011-03-01T11:27:01.393" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;TeX itself uses TEXINPUTS and it can cause an error if it is also set by the user. An almost secure way is to use a local texmf tree. With MiKTeX you can have several of them. For Linux you have TEXMF, TEXMFLOCAL and TEXMFHOME. The latter do not need a `texhash´ command, it is searched recursively by TeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T11:27:01.393" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="12391" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12399" CreationDate="2011-03-01T12:03:21.697" Score="4" ViewCount="153" Body="&lt;p&gt;This question is related to this question: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/1559/215&quot;&gt;Adding large brace next to body text&lt;/a&gt;, but is not a duplicate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have an &lt;code&gt;itemize&lt;/code&gt; in a beamer presentation. I want to put a brace over some of these items. So here's what I have so far:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{decorations.pathreplacing,calc}&#xA;\newcommand{\tikzmark}[1]{\tikz[overlay,remember picture] \node (#1) {};}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;  \frametitle{Here is text}&#xA;  \begin{itemize}[&amp;lt;+-&amp;gt;]&#xA;  \item A first item \tikzmark{topbrace}&#xA;  \item Another item, also inside the brace \tikzmark{bottombrace}\tikzmark{right}&#xA;  \item Outside the brace&#xA;  \end{itemize}&#xA;\onslide&amp;lt;+-&amp;gt;{&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[overlay, remember picture]&#xA;\draw [decoration={brace,amplitude=0.5em},decorate,ultra thick,black]&#xA; ($(right)!(topbrace.north)!($(right)-(0,1)$)$) --  ($(right)!(bottombrace.south)!($(right)-(0,1)$)$);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(needs compiling twice to get the right result). Incidentally, why is this? Is it something to do with the &lt;code&gt;remember picture&lt;/code&gt; thing?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have two issues with this excellent solution: the spacing doesn't look right (I'd like the top of the brace to be higher), and I'd like to add text to the right of the brace (see picture).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can't quite fathom the complicated positioning commands used to add an extra node with text, or modify the spacing...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/SNPCq.png&quot; alt=&quot;where I want text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I'd really like from an answer to this question is an explanation of what the &lt;code&gt;!&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;$&lt;/code&gt; are doing...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-01T16:00:22.380" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T17:08:58.413" Title="Large braces over several items in an itemize with text by the brace" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="12392" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10801" CreationDate="2011-03-01T12:17:02.683" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Once I'd got the right lines added to the &lt;code&gt;pdftex.map&lt;/code&gt; file, the bitmappiness went away and &lt;code&gt;pdffonts&lt;/code&gt; gave the right answers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &quot;right lines&quot; in this case were all the lines for the relevant font &quot;Vollkorn&quot; which I copied from the &lt;code&gt;dvips.map&lt;/code&gt; file. That is, I searched the map file for lines that had &quot;Vollkorn&quot; in them, and copied those into the &lt;code&gt;pdftex.map&lt;/code&gt; file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[In fact, I think for this particular font, it had its own map file &lt;code&gt;/texmf-var/fonts/map/dvips/friedrichalthausen/friedrichalthausen.map&lt;/code&gt; but in general, the procedure would be as above...] &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-01T13:39:24.547" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T13:39:24.547" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="12393" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12386" CreationDate="2011-03-01T12:24:21.437" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using XeTeX or LuaTeX, with Unicode input and a font with proper support (e.g. Scheherazade), things should be as simple as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\usepackage{bidi}&#xA;&#xA;\newfontfamily\ottoman[Script=Arabic]{Scheherazade}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{RTL}&#xA;\ottoman&#xA;لسان عثمانی&#xA;\end{RTL}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T12:24:21.437" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12394" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12375" CreationDate="2011-03-01T13:04:04.637" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You have a new possibility perhaps interesting for you with pgf 2.1 (or with the last version of pgffor), you can use a new option &lt;code&gt;count&lt;/code&gt;. I create two counters \xi and \yi, automatically for each loop you get \xi=\xi+1 etc. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrartcl}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[x=0.75cm,y=0.75cm] &#xA;\foreach \x [count=\xi] in {0,...,6}&#xA;{\foreach \y [count=\yi] in {0,...,6}&#xA;{\ifnum\xi=\yi &#xA;\node [draw, minimum size=0.666cm] at (\xi,-\yi) {$\infty$}; &#xA;\else&#xA;\node [draw, minimum size=0.666cm] at (\xi,-\yi) {$\x\y$};&#xA;\fi }}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T13:04:04.637" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12395" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12391" CreationDate="2011-03-01T13:11:10.127" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage{picture}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}{Here is text}&#xA;  \begin{itemize}[&amp;lt;+-&amp;gt;]&#xA;  \item A first item&#xA;  \item Another item, also inside the brace &#xA;        \makebox(0,0){\put(0,2.2\normalbaselineskip){%&#xA;               $\left.\rule{0pt}{1.1\normalbaselineskip}\right\}$ foo}}&#xA;  \item Outside the brace&#xA;  \end{itemize}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/TtBbH.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T13:11:10.127" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12396" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12397" CreationDate="2011-03-01T13:11:59.730" Score="4" ViewCount="109" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've written some code to extract some help from dtx files (documented package), and I have tested it on a few packages for which I had the &lt;code&gt;.dtx&lt;/code&gt;. It seems, however, that &lt;code&gt;.dtx&lt;/code&gt; files are not shipped with TeXlive (or rather, &lt;code&gt;find /usr -name '*.dtx'&lt;/code&gt; only came up with very few of them).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I could simply go to CTAN and download package documentation one file at a time, but... that's not desirable &lt;code&gt;:)&lt;/code&gt;. So how can I do that in the most efficient possible way?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: it appears that the absence of dtx is normal under Ubuntu 10.04 (Lucid). &lt;a href=&quot;http://packages.ubuntu.com/search?suite=lucid&amp;amp;searchon=contents&amp;amp;keywords=dtx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Only dtx from the koma-script and a few others are included.&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastEditorUserId="2707" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-01T19:40:51.587" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T19:40:51.587" Title="Download all dtx from CTAN" Tags="&lt;ctan&gt;&lt;dtx&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="12397" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12396" CreationDate="2011-03-01T13:23:23.763" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;code&gt;rsync&lt;/code&gt; interface of the three main archive servers. Then use the correct &lt;code&gt;rsync&lt;/code&gt; option to only include &lt;code&gt;.dtx&lt;/code&gt; files:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;rsync -aP --prune-empty-dirs --include='*/' --include='*.dtx' --exclude='*' rsync://rsync.dante.ctan.org/CTAN alldtxs&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, in my manually installed TeXLive2010 tree the DTX files are included.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-01T13:35:56.873" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T13:35:56.873" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="12398" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12396" CreationDate="2011-03-01T13:24:22.113" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;find /usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/source/ -name &quot;*.dtx&quot; | nl&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;reports 1315 files&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T13:24:22.113" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="12399" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12391" CreationDate="2011-03-01T13:31:05.210" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;These symbols are used for coordinate calculations. You need to load the library &lt;code&gt;calc&lt;/code&gt; with&#xA;&lt;code&gt;\usetikzlibrary{calc}&lt;/code&gt; in order to use the coordinate calculation functions &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrartcl}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz} &#xA;\usetikzlibrary{calc}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture} &#xA;\draw [help lines] (0,0) grid (5,3);&#xA;\path coordinate (a) at (1,1) &#xA;      coordinate (b) at (5,3) &#xA;      coordinate (c) at (2,3); &#xA;\fill [blue] (a) circle (2pt); &#xA;\fill [green] (b) circle (2pt); &#xA;\fill [red] ($(a) + 2*(1,1)$) circle (2pt); &#xA;\fill [purple] ($(a)!-.5!(b)$) circle (2pt);&#xA;\coordinate (d) at ($(a)!(c)!(b)$);&#xA;\fill [black] (c) circle (2pt) (d) circle (2pt); &#xA;\draw (c) -- (d); &#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/yA60O.png&quot; alt=&quot;result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;How to use &lt;code&gt;$&lt;/code&gt;: As you can see, the syntax uses the TEX math symbol &lt;code&gt;$&lt;/code&gt; to indicate that a “mathematical computation”. The red circle is placed from (a).&#xA;I add &lt;code&gt;2*(1,1)&lt;/code&gt; at the coordinates of (a) so I get 1+2 and 1+2 (it's like addition of vectors)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;How to use &lt;code&gt;!&lt;/code&gt;: I want to get a coordinate of point between (a) and (b). If I want the middle I use &lt;code&gt;($(a)!.5!(b)$)&lt;/code&gt;. I use &lt;code&gt;(...)&lt;/code&gt; to search  coordinates. Then I use &lt;code&gt;$..$&lt;/code&gt;  to make  a calculation. Finally, I use &lt;code&gt;!number!&lt;/code&gt; to get  a point on the line &lt;code&gt;(a)--(b)&lt;/code&gt;. It's like to use &lt;code&gt;pos =.5&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastEditorUserId="3144" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-01T14:31:59.550" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T14:31:59.550" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="12400" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12460" CreationDate="2011-03-01T14:06:08.797" Score="5" ViewCount="196" Body="&lt;p&gt;Many sources, such as Bringhurst and other style guides, recommend using text figures everywhere except all-caps text. This would seem reasonable for documents containing a lot of regular text, such as books and novels. But how much does this recommendation hold for documents that contain a lot of math formulae intertwined with text, such as textbooks and scientific reports? Of course, using text figures in math proper is wrong, but what about text figures in text and lining figures in math? Is it better/worse than using lining figures everywhere?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd like to know others' opinions. Thanks in advance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3104" LastEditorUserId="3104" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-02T16:59:07.787" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T16:59:07.787" Title="Using text figures in technical and scientific documents" Tags="&lt;style&gt;&lt;oldstylenums&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="12401" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12402" CreationDate="2011-03-01T14:23:53.360" Score="7" ViewCount="110" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to store the argument of a macro in a temporary variable, but I know in advance that some people will incorrectly enclose the argument in parentheses as well as braces (long story). Specifically, some users will say something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \bernard{abc}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;while others will say&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\bernard{(abc)}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want the macro &lt;code&gt;\bernard&lt;/code&gt;to store the string &lt;code&gt;abc&lt;/code&gt; in the temporary variable in both cases. How do I achieve this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2417" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-01T14:28:07.560" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T14:38:21.030" Title="How do I remove spurious parentheses from a macro argument?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="12402" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12401" CreationDate="2011-03-01T14:38:21.030" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\bernard#1{\bernard@i#1\@nil}&#xA;\def\bernard@i{\@ifnextchar(\bernard@ii\bernard@iii}&#xA;\def\bernard@ii(#1)\@nil{\def\bTemp{#1}}&#xA;\def\bernard@iii#1\@nil{\def\bTemp{#1}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document} &#xA;\bernard{(abc)} \bTemp&#xA;\bernard{abc}   \bTemp&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T14:38:21.030" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12403" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12380" CreationDate="2011-03-01T14:51:55.517" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Extending my comment: Simply redefining &lt;code&gt;\normalsize&lt;/code&gt; is not a good idea. There are further lengths which are chosen matching the base font size, specifically regarding vertical spacing. For example, if you look into the file &lt;code&gt;book.clo&lt;/code&gt;, which contains class options for &lt;code&gt;book&lt;/code&gt;, you can see it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For a consistent change I recommend changing the document class.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/extsizes&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;extsizes&lt;/a&gt; bundle provides classes similar to standard classes offering a base font size from 9pt to 20pt.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/memoir&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; can also be used with 20pt and more. In this regard, the option &lt;code&gt;extrafontsizes&lt;/code&gt; may be useful. For very high font size a scalable font should be used.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/koma-script&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;KOMA-Script&lt;/a&gt; classes, such as &lt;code&gt;scrartcl&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;scrbook&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;scrreprt&lt;/code&gt; support arbitrary base font sizes. You could even user other units than pt to specify the size.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since KOMA-Script classes offer &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1351/most-useful-additions-in-koma-script&quot;&gt;many more features&lt;/a&gt;, this would be my choice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The further way depends on how your're producing the footer. On chapter starting pages, the page style is &lt;code&gt;plain&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;With default page styles the base font size should be used, so there's no problem.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;With &lt;code&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/code&gt;, you could simply add &lt;code&gt;\small&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\normalsize&lt;/code&gt; or any orher font size command to the beginning of your header and footer macros. If necessary, use &lt;code&gt;\fancypagestyle{plain}{\fancyhf{}\cfoot{\small\thepage}}&lt;/code&gt;, like Ulrike already said in comments to question and to this answer.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;With a KOMA-Script class, I recommend to use &lt;code&gt;scrpage2&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/code&gt;. Since it belongs to the KOMA-Script bundle, it's very well integrated with the classes. That should also solve the problem. If necessary, use a font size command such as &lt;code&gt;\small&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\tiny&lt;/code&gt; or just &lt;code&gt;\normalsize&lt;/code&gt; within header and footer commands. Note: for &lt;code&gt;plain&lt;/code&gt; pages do it also within the optional argument, such as &lt;code&gt;\cfoot[\tiny\thepage]{\tiny\thepage}&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;code&gt;scrpage2&lt;/code&gt; is explained in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/scrguien.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;KOMA-Script manual&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With KOMA-Script there are more and even easier possible solutions. You could use &lt;code&gt;\addtokomafont&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\setkomafont&lt;/code&gt; for specifying the font size. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\addtokomafont{pagenumber}{\tiny}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Further font option names, which you might use in this regard: &lt;code&gt;pagehead&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;pageheadfoot&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;pagefoot&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-01T16:08:50.770" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T16:08:50.770" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="12404" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11872" CreationDate="2011-03-01T15:17:46.520" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One drawback of this approach is that earlier defined macros which have these special characters in their parameter text will stop working. Good written packages will change the catcode to this characters to a pre-defined value before calling such macros, but you never know. Also sometimes this isn't doable like when the macro should be fully expandable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In general your redefinition should work identical to the original in every context where TeX is executing the found tokens, e.g. inside normal boxing mode, but will result in different results in &lt;em&gt;scanning&lt;/em&gt; mode.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T15:17:46.520" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12405" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12413" CreationDate="2011-03-01T15:30:50.617" Score="3" ViewCount="97" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have tried many different things and I just can't wrap my head around how to work around the fact that the column sep option to TikZ's &lt;code&gt;\matrix&lt;/code&gt; command changes the positioning of the matrix on the page. The code for my (rather large) picture is below with some added comments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like to have a larger column sep than here (such as the 4em that's commented out below) while having the picture positioned such that the arrows down the middle are centered on the page. I can't see how this is possible without some &lt;em&gt;ugly&lt;/em&gt; &lt;code&gt;\hspace&lt;/code&gt; trial and error.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,11pt]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz,relsize,mathtools}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{matrix,arrows,shapes}&#xA;\usepackage{units}&#xA;\newcommand\onehalf{\nicefrac{1}{2}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\thispagestyle{empty}&#xA;\begin{center}{\huge\textbf{Separation Properties}}\end{center}&#xA;%&#xA;\vspace{1ex}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\tikzstyle{every node}=[font=\small]&#xA;\matrix (m) [nodes={draw,rectangle,thin,fill=blue!10},%&#xA;             row sep=1.7em,%column sep=4em,% Uncomment this to see m move around&#xA;             text depth=0.25ex,%&#xA;             draw=red] % Comment this out to not see the outline of the matrix&#xA;{%&#xA;\node (Met) {Metrizable};              &amp;amp; \node (T6) {P.\@ Normal Hausdorff (T$_{\smash[b]{6}}$)}; &amp;amp; \node (PN) {P.\@ Normal}; \\&#xA;\node (Ord) {Total order};             &amp;amp; \node (T5) {C./H.\@ T$_4$ (T$_{\smash[b]{5}}$)};         &amp;amp; \node (HN) {C./H.\@ Normal}; \\&#xA;\node (CH) {Cpt.\@ Hausdorff};         &amp;amp; \node (T4) {Normal Hausdorff (T$_{\smash[b]{4}}$)};      &amp;amp; \node (Norm) {Normal}; \\&#xA;\node (LCH) {Loc.\@ Cpt.\@ Hausdorff}; &amp;amp; \node (T3h) {Tychonoff (T$_{\smash[b]{3\onehalf}}$)};    &amp;amp; \node (CReg) {C.\@ Regular}; \\&#xA;\node (FH) {F./C.\@ Hausdorff};        &amp;amp; \node (T3) {Regular Hausdorff (T$_{\smash[b]{3}}$)};     &amp;amp; \node (Reg) {Regular}; \\&#xA;                                       &amp;amp; \node (T2h) {Urysohn (T$_{\smash[b]{2\onehalf}}$)}; \\&#xA;                                       &amp;amp; \node (T2) {Hausdorff (T$_{\smash[b]{2}}$)};             &amp;amp; \node (PReg) {Preregular (R$_1$)};\\&#xA;                                       &amp;amp; \node (T1) {T$_{\smash[b]{1}}$}; \\&#xA;                                       &amp;amp; \node (T0) {T$_{\smash[b]{0}}$}; \\&#xA;};&#xA;\path[-&amp;gt;,thin]&#xA;(T3h)  edge [bend left=90]  node[fill=white,inner sep=2pt,pos=0.25]{$\scriptstyle\beta$} (T5)&#xA;(T0)   edge [bend right=60] node[fill=white,inner sep=2pt]{\scriptsize+R$\scriptstyle_1$} (T2)&#xA;(PReg) edge [bend right=60] node[fill=white,inner sep=2pt]{\scriptsize+Loc.~Cpt.} (CReg)&#xA;(Reg)  edge [bend right=80] node[fill=white,inner sep=2pt,pos=0.70]{\scriptsize+Lindel\&quot;{o}f} (Norm)&#xA;(Reg)  edge [bend right=80] node[fill=white,inner sep=2pt,pos=0.75]{\scriptsize+2nd count.} (HN);&#xA;\path[-&amp;gt;,thick] &#xA;(T6)   edge node[]{} (T5)  (T6)  edge node[]{} (PN)&#xA;(T5)   edge node[]{} (T4)  (T5)  edge node[]{} (HN)&#xA;(T4)   edge node[auto]{\smaller UL} (T3h) &#xA;    (T4)  edge node[]{} (Norm)&#xA;(T3h)  edge node[]{} (T3)  (T3h) edge node[]{} (FH)   (T3h) edge node[above,midway]{\smaller KEQ} (CReg)&#xA;(FH)   edge node[]{} (T2h)&#xA;(T3)   edge node[]{} (T2h) (T3)  edge node[above,midway]{\smaller KEQ} (Reg)&#xA;(T2h)  edge node[]{} (T2)&#xA;(T2)   edge node[]{} (T1)  (T2)  edge node[above,midway]{\smaller KEQ} (PReg)&#xA;(T1)   edge node[]{} (T0)&#xA;(PN)   edge node[]{} (HN)&#xA;(HN)   edge node[]{} (Norm)&#xA;(CReg) edge node[]{} (Reg)&#xA;(Reg)  edge node[]{} (PReg);&#xA;\path[-&amp;gt;,thick]&#xA;(Met) edge node[]{} (T6)&#xA;(Ord) edge node[]{} (T5)&#xA;(CH)  edge [preaction={draw=white,-,line width=6pt}] node[]{} (T4)  (CH)  edge node[]{} (LCH)&#xA;(LCH) edge node[]{} (T3h);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1495" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-01T15:40:47.627" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T16:17:42.960" Title="TikZ matrix positioning voodoo with column sep" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12406" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12386" CreationDate="2011-03-01T15:46:24.950" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using LaTeX you can use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/language/arabic/arabtex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;arabtex&lt;/a&gt; with the &lt;code&gt;setfarsi&lt;/code&gt; option. You will need to use transliterations for the input (much like pinyin in Chinese). Here is a minimal:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentstyle[12pt,arabtex]{article}&#xA;\parindent=0pt &#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\null \vskip -2cm&#xA;\setfarsi \novocalize \Large&#xA;%&#xA;\begin{arabtext}&#xA;a b c d e f g h  \\&#xA;0123456789\\&#xA;donald knuth pasha\\&#xA;\end{arabtext}&#xA;%&#xA;\testoutput&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Would appreciate it if you can provide a good paragraph for testing, as I don't speak the language (know a bit of Turkish and Arabic). The output has its own beauty though. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ssvPo.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T15:46:24.950" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12407" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9941" CreationDate="2011-03-01T15:48:36.610" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As a last remedy, you can run &lt;a href=&quot;http://technet.microsoft.com/ru-ru/sysinternals/bb896647.aspx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;DebugView&lt;/a&gt;. Set the variable MIKTEX_TRACE, e.g.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Set MIKTEX_TRACE=access,curl,error,process,config,env,filesearch,files,core,tempfile&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;from a command prompt and run bibtex on your aux file. Investigate the trace log in the  DebugView window. This will certainly locate what the problem is caused by. Note that WinEdt 6 makes it possible to set MIKTEX_TRACE through winEdt menu: Options | Execution Modes | Variable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3831" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T15:48:36.610" />
  <row Id="12408" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="823" CreationDate="2011-03-01T15:49:18.957" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;With &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[hidelinks]{hyperref}&lt;/code&gt; you get active links in black without a box around them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3735" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-01T17:58:10.880" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T17:58:10.880" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12409" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-01T15:49:34.293" Score="3" ViewCount="86" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a figure in a whole page, even though I do not intend it to capture a whole page. There is a lot of white space around it, and I definitely think there could be some text surrounding it. Is there a way to force a figure not to use a whole page if there is still some white space around?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(this is a two column document, if that helps. I am using figure* to stretch the figure across the two columns.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1970" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T16:37:07.467" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T16:37:07.467" Title="Why does a figure capture a whole page?" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;two-column&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12410" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="258" CreationDate="2011-03-01T15:56:22.087" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;While the existing answers are all true I like to highlight one point which wasn't explicitly mentioned yet.&#xA;I myself got this information recently from Joseph Wright (see his answer and our comments in &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/11795/simple-un-obfuscation-of-some-latex-internals/11801#11801&quot;&gt;Simple un-obfuscation of some LaTeX internals&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As Michael said &lt;code&gt;\let\macroa\macrob&lt;/code&gt; &quot;copies&quot; the definition of &lt;code&gt;\macrob&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\macroa&lt;/code&gt;. However an IMHO important thing here is that the definition isn't actually copied, i.e. exists twice, but the command sequence &lt;code&gt;\macroa&lt;/code&gt; now points to the same &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hash_table&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;hash table&lt;/a&gt; entry as &lt;code&gt;\macrob&lt;/code&gt;.&#xA;This means that &lt;code&gt;\let\macroa\macrob&lt;/code&gt; uses less memory space (very important in the early days but not anymore) and is faster then &lt;code&gt;\def\macroa{\macrob}&lt;/code&gt; because in the second form &lt;em&gt;two&lt;/em&gt; command sequence names have to be resolved in the hash table.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt; actually &quot;copies&quot; the definition of &lt;em&gt;tokens&lt;/em&gt;, which do not need to be macros/command sequences. This allows the definition of command sequences representing implicit characters like &lt;code&gt;\let\bgroup={&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T15:56:22.087" />
  <row Id="12412" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-01T16:03:25.623" Score="5" ViewCount="142" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am currently writing a document with a lot of plots. I draw them with pgfplots. which uses a lot of ressources. To manage that, I use the externalization feature of TikZ.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the file &lt;em&gt;myarticle.tex&lt;/em&gt;, there is:    &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplots}&#xA;\pgfrealjobname{myarticle}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{figure}[htbp]&#xA;\centering&#xA;\beginpgfgraphicnamed{myplot}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{axis}&#xA;\addplot[mark=*,color=blue,  solid] plot coordinates {&#xA;(0,0)&#xA;(0.5,1)&#xA;(1,2)&#xA;}; \label{myplotOne}&#xA;\end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\endpgfgraphicnamed&#xA;\caption{A beautiful line: \ref{myplotOne}.}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I then compile it with:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;pdflatex --jobname myplot myarticle&#xA;pdflatex myarticle&#xA;pdflatex myarticle &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Problem is it forbids me to use the label/ref mechanism of pgfplots.&#xA;I know there is a remark about this on the pgfplots manual (section 4.4.2, page 30): &quot;&lt;em&gt;note that you can’t use the label/ref mechanism in conjunction with image externalization as this will (naturally) lead to undeﬁned references.&lt;/em&gt;&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to trick LaTeX/TikZ in order to use them in conjunction? Maybe by storing the displayed reference in a pdf file?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2982" LastEditorUserId="2982" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-01T20:49:42.813" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T20:56:20.437" Title="Using reference with externalized pgfplot figure" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;cross-referencing&gt;&lt;pgfplots&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="12413" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12405" CreationDate="2011-03-01T16:05:34.107" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit: I changed my original solution using \pgfresetboundingbox to this more elegant one&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can position the matrix around a certain node using &lt;code&gt;matrix anchor=T6.north&lt;/code&gt; in the matrix options, and make the &lt;code&gt;tikzpicture&lt;/code&gt; crop the bounding box so it only contains the middle line of the matrix using &lt;code&gt;trim left=0pt,trim right=0pt&lt;/code&gt; in the &lt;code&gt;tikzpicture&lt;/code&gt; options. Then issuing &lt;code&gt;\centering&lt;/code&gt; before the &lt;code&gt;tikzpicture&lt;/code&gt; will center the image around the vertical middle arrows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,11pt]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz,relsize,mathtools}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{matrix,arrows,shapes}&#xA;\usepackage{units}&#xA;\newcommand\onehalf{\nicefrac{1}{2}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\thispagestyle{empty}&#xA;\begin{center}{\huge\textbf{Separation Properties}}\end{center}&#xA;%&#xA;\vspace{1ex}&#xA;\centering&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[trim left=0pt,trim right=0pt]&#xA;\tikzstyle{every node}=[font=\small]&#xA;\matrix (m) [matrix anchor=T6.north,nodes={draw,rectangle,thin,fill=blue!10},%&#xA;             row sep=1.7em,column sep=4em,% Uncomment this to see m move around&#xA;             text depth=0.25ex,%&#xA;             ]&#xA;{%&#xA;\node (Met) {Metrizable};              &amp;amp; \node (T6) {P.\@ Normal Hausdorff (T$_{\smash[b]{6}}$)}; &amp;amp; \node (PN) {P.\@ Normal}; \\&#xA;\node (Ord) {Total order};             &amp;amp; \node (T5) {C./H.\@ T$_4$ (T$_{\smash[b]{5}}$)};         &amp;amp; \node (HN) {C./H.\@ Normal}; \\&#xA;\node (CH) {Cpt.\@ Hausdorff};         &amp;amp; \node (T4) {Normal Hausdorff (T$_{\smash[b]{4}}$)};      &amp;amp; \node (Norm) {Normal}; \\&#xA;\node (LCH) {Loc.\@ Cpt.\@ Hausdorff}; &amp;amp; \node (T3h) {Tychonoff (T$_{\smash[b]{3\onehalf}}$)};    &amp;amp; \node (CReg) {C.\@ Regular}; \\&#xA;\node (FH) {F./C.\@ Hausdorff};        &amp;amp; \node (T3) {Regular Hausdorff (T$_{\smash[b]{3}}$)};     &amp;amp; \node (Reg) {Regular}; \\&#xA;                                       &amp;amp; \node (T2h) {Urysohn (T$_{\smash[b]{2\onehalf}}$)}; \\&#xA;                                       &amp;amp; \node (T2) {Hausdorff (T$_{\smash[b]{2}}$)};             &amp;amp; \node (PReg) {Preregular (R$_1$)};\\&#xA;                                       &amp;amp; \node (T1) {T$_{\smash[b]{1}}$}; \\&#xA;                                       &amp;amp; \node (T0) {T$_{\smash[b]{0}}$}; \\&#xA;};&#xA;\path[-&amp;gt;,thin]&#xA;(T3h)  edge [bend left=90]  node[fill=white,inner sep=2pt,pos=0.25]{$\scriptstyle\beta$} (T5)&#xA;(T0)   edge [bend right=60] node[fill=white,inner sep=2pt]{\scriptsize+R$\scriptstyle_1$} (T2)&#xA;(PReg) edge [bend right=60] node[fill=white,inner sep=2pt]{\scriptsize+Loc.~Cpt.} (CReg)&#xA;(Reg)  edge [bend right=80] node[fill=white,inner sep=2pt,pos=0.70]{\scriptsize+Lindel\&quot;{o}f} (Norm)&#xA;(Reg)  edge [bend right=80] node[fill=white,inner sep=2pt,pos=0.75]{\scriptsize+2nd count.} (HN);&#xA;\path[-&amp;gt;,thick] &#xA;(T6)   edge node[]{} (T5)  (T6)  edge node[]{} (PN)&#xA;(T5)   edge node[]{} (T4)  (T5)  edge node[]{} (HN)&#xA;(T4)   edge node[auto]{\smaller UL} (T3h) &#xA;    (T4)  edge node[]{} (Norm)&#xA;(T3h)  edge node[]{} (T3)  (T3h) edge node[]{} (FH)   (T3h) edge node[above,midway]{\smaller KEQ} (CReg)&#xA;(FH)   edge node[]{} (T2h)&#xA;(T3)   edge node[]{} (T2h) (T3)  edge node[above,midway]{\smaller KEQ} (Reg)&#xA;(T2h)  edge node[]{} (T2)&#xA;(T2)   edge node[]{} (T1)  (T2)  edge node[above,midway]{\smaller KEQ} (PReg)&#xA;(T1)   edge node[]{} (T0)&#xA;(PN)   edge node[]{} (HN)&#xA;(HN)   edge node[]{} (Norm)&#xA;(CReg) edge node[]{} (Reg)&#xA;(Reg)  edge node[]{} (PReg);&#xA;\path[-&amp;gt;,thick]&#xA;(Met) edge node[]{} (T6)&#xA;(Ord) edge node[]{} (T5)&#xA;(CH)  edge [preaction={draw=white,-,line width=6pt}] node[]{} (T4)  (CH)  edge node[]{} (LCH)&#xA;(LCH) edge node[]{} (T3h);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/xBjdc.png&quot; alt=&quot;centered large tikzpicture&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastEditorUserId="2552" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-01T16:17:42.960" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T16:17:42.960" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12414" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11796" CreationDate="2011-03-01T16:28:34.727" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I agree with Joseph that TeX doesn't support appending to an existing file. However it is possible to read the existing content and write it together with the new content back to the file. This is of course much less efficient than simply appending content, but the only possible way in TeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;catchfile&lt;/code&gt; makes the reading of the existing content quite easy:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{catchfile}&#xA;&#xA;\newwrite\appendwrite&#xA;\newcommand*\appendtofile[2]{%&#xA;    \begingroup&#xA;    \IfFileExists{#1}%&#xA;      {\CatchFileDef{\filecontent}{#1}{\endlinechar=`^^J\catcode\endlinechar=12\relax}}% keep existing end-of-lines&#xA;      {\let\filecontent\empty}%&#xA;    \immediate\openout\appendwrite=#1\relax&#xA;    \immediate\write\appendwrite{\filecontent #2}%&#xA;    \immediate\closeout\appendwrite&#xA;    \endgroup&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\appendtofile{\jobname.test}{First line}&#xA;&#xA;First:\\\fbox{\input{\jobname.test}}&#xA;&#xA;\appendtofile{\jobname.test}{Second line}&#xA;&#xA;Second:\\\fbox{\input{\jobname.test}}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See also the answers to the question &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/9164/2975&quot;&gt;File copy without expansion&lt;/a&gt;&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-12T09:41:32.353" LastActivityDate="2011-03-12T09:41:32.353" />
  <row Id="12415" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12409" CreationDate="2011-03-01T16:32:41.327" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;By default, full-width figures are only allowed at the top or at float pages, which obiously is the case for you. Try to solve it using placement options, such as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}[!ht]&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Bottom placement is possible using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/stfloats&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;stfloats&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package. Further you might have a look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=2colfloat&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Placing two-column floats at bottom of page&lt;/a&gt; in the UK TeX FAQ.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Ensure that the figure is not too wide. Check if there's white space, if the figure has a margin. This is sometimes overlooked when PDF figures are included.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Check for warnings regarding an overfull &lt;code&gt;\hbox&lt;/code&gt; concerning that figure, which may cause that it's been deferred to the next page. If necessary, scale the figure.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-01T16:40:24.127" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T16:40:24.127" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12416" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12412" CreationDate="2011-03-01T16:35:31.040" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In general you should be able to do this using the &lt;code&gt;xr&lt;/code&gt; package which allows to reference labels in other LaTeX documents.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But the &lt;code&gt;pgfplot&lt;/code&gt; package seem to be able to do this now out-of-the-box (manual v1.4.1, section p. 241):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Support for Labels and References In External Files&#xA;  The external library comes with extra support for &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\ref&lt;/code&gt; (and other commands which usually store information in the .aux file) inside of external files.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You seem to use an outdated version. At least the mentioned text in section 4.4.2, page 30 isn't there in my (freshly updated) version. There 4.4.2 is on page 42 and is about &quot;Smooth plots&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-01T16:45:39.580" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T16:45:39.580" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12417" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12427" CreationDate="2011-03-01T16:43:51.053" Score="5" ViewCount="122" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to tell &lt;code&gt;texify&lt;/code&gt; to place compiled output (i.e., &lt;code&gt;.pdf&lt;/code&gt; in my case) in the parent directory (I'm using MikTeX 2.8 on Vista32). I run the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;texify --pdf --clean --tex-option=--output-directory=&quot;..&quot; main.tex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I keep getting an error reading:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;texify: Windows API Error: The system cannot find the file specified&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Things work fine without &lt;code&gt;--tex-option=--output-directory=&quot;..&quot;&lt;/code&gt;. Omitting &lt;code&gt;--pdf&lt;/code&gt; doesn't improve the situation&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Q: How can I get &lt;code&gt;texify&lt;/code&gt; to place compiled output in the parent directory using the &lt;code&gt;--tex-option&lt;/code&gt; (or other) switch?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have very little experience on the command line, so I suspect the answer may be a simple one. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3762" LastEditorUserId="3510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-01T16:56:05.347" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T09:31:29.167" Title="Texify and `--output-directory`" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;miktex&gt;&lt;options&gt;&lt;folders&gt;&lt;output&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="12418" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12391" CreationDate="2011-03-01T17:08:58.413" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another TikZ answer. I think using the &lt;code&gt;let&lt;/code&gt; operation makes the code a bit easier to parse. It also saves you from having to use declare the &lt;code&gt;right&lt;/code&gt; anchor.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{decorations.pathreplacing,calc}&#xA;\newcommand{\tikzmark}[1]{\tikz[overlay,remember picture] \node (#1) {};}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;  \frametitle{Here is text}&#xA;  \begin{itemize}[&amp;lt;+-&amp;gt;]&#xA;  \item A first item \tikzmark{topbrace}&#xA;  \item Another item, also inside the brace \tikzmark{bottombrace}&#xA;  \item Outside the brace&#xA;  \end{itemize}&#xA;\onslide&amp;lt;+-&amp;gt;{&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[overlay, remember picture]&#xA;  \draw [decoration={brace,amplitude=0.5em},decorate,ultra thick,black]&#xA;    let \p1=(topbrace), \p2=(bottombrace) in&#xA;    ({max(\x1,\x2)}, {\y1+0.8em}) -- node[right=0.6em] {I'd like some text here} ({max(\x1,\x2)}, {\y2});&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After &lt;code&gt;let \p1=(topbrace)&lt;/code&gt;, one can access its x and y coordinates with &lt;code&gt;\x1&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\y1&lt;/code&gt;. So it is easier to find the right place for the brace (note that the anchors are placed on the baseline, hence the &lt;code&gt;+0.8em&lt;/code&gt; in the top point). If you place a node immediately after &lt;code&gt;--&lt;/code&gt; it is place in the middle of the line. We want it to be a bit to the right of that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/zyMfe.png&quot; alt=&quot;result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T17:08:58.413" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="12419" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12420" CreationDate="2011-03-01T17:15:46.247" Score="0" ViewCount="90" Body="&lt;p&gt;Rather than define a single decorator for all lines at the &lt;code&gt;tikzpicture&lt;/code&gt; level, I'd like to use scopes to selectively apply certain decorations to certain parts of my drawing. As a minimal example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{decorations}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;%%% Draw the axis.&#xA;\begin{scope}[decoration={ticks}]&#xA;\draw [-&amp;gt;] (0,0) -- (8,0);&#xA;\draw [decorate] (0,0) -- (8,0);&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This should produce an axis eight units long with tick marks, and the decoration should not &quot;bleed&quot; into other areas of the figure.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Instead, I get an axis, but no tickmarks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT:&lt;/strong&gt; It turns out, calling &lt;code&gt;\usetikzlibrary{decorations}&lt;/code&gt; in the preamble doesn't work. Instead, use &lt;code&gt;\usetikzlibrary{decorations.pathreplacing}&lt;/code&gt;. Can anyone tell me why loading the whole decorations library doesn't work?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="887" LastEditorUserId="887" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-01T19:25:29.267" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T19:25:29.267" Title="Use TikZ decoration in a scope" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;decorations&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="12420" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12419" CreationDate="2011-03-01T17:53:04.580" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It requires the library &lt;code&gt;decorations.pathreplacing&lt;/code&gt;. The &lt;code&gt;axis&lt;/code&gt; style for a path doesn't exist by default. Perhaps you can clarify that. The code below works. But perhaps not as expected.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{decorations.pathreplacing}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \begin{scope}[decoration={ticks}]&#xA;      \draw[-&amp;gt;] (0,0) -- (8,0);&#xA;      \draw[decorate] (0,0) -- (8,0);&#xA;    \end{scope}&#xA;  \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T17:53:04.580" />
  <row Id="12421" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12436" CreationDate="2011-03-01T18:29:41.507" Score="3" ViewCount="86" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to build a project directory organization structure which follows best-practices. Adapting &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/6145/is-there-any-way-to-build-a-latex-document-from-a-parent-directory&quot;&gt;this structure&lt;/a&gt;, part of my project structure would look as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;myproject&#xA;myproject/code/r/main.r    &#xA;myproject/report/main.tex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Q: Where should I tell my R output to go though? Is there a generally acceptable best practice which is the least breakable, most modular, most intuitive, etc.?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I see a few options: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;myproject/code/r/&lt;/code&gt;. In this case &lt;code&gt;main.tex&lt;/code&gt; will include statements like &lt;code&gt;\includgraphics{../code/r/output.pdf}&lt;/code&gt;. This seems clunky though. Should &lt;code&gt;main.tex&lt;/code&gt; really &quot;know&quot; about &lt;code&gt;../code/r/&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;myproject/code-output&lt;/code&gt;. In this case &lt;code&gt;main.tex&lt;/code&gt; will include something like &lt;code&gt;\includgraphics{../code-output/output.pdf}&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;code&gt;main.r&lt;/code&gt; would include statements like &lt;code&gt;pdf(&quot;../../code-output/output.pdf&quot;)&lt;/code&gt;. Right now this is my preferred method. It seems logical for &lt;code&gt;main.r&lt;/code&gt; to &quot;put&quot; it's output in a directory that is reasonable for &lt;code&gt;main.tex&lt;/code&gt; to &quot;see&quot;. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;myproject/report/img&lt;/code&gt;. In this case &lt;code&gt;main.tex&lt;/code&gt; will include something like &lt;code&gt;\includgraphics{./img/output.pdf}&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;code&gt;main.r&lt;/code&gt; would include statements like &lt;code&gt;pdf(&quot;../../report/img/output.pdf&quot;)&lt;/code&gt;. I don't like this approach for the same reasons as &quot;1.&quot; above: in this case, it doesn't seem like &lt;code&gt;main.r&lt;/code&gt; should &quot;know&quot; about &lt;code&gt;\report\img&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not a programmer but may be doing a lot of this. So, I'm very curious how programmers think about this sort of stuff. All thoughts are welcome!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3762" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T21:16:04.223" Title="Project directory organization: where does code output go?" Tags="&lt;folders&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="12423" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-01T18:52:30.253" Score="2" ViewCount="57" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is another in a long line of &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/12421/project-directory-organization-where-does-code-output-go&quot;&gt;Project directory organization&lt;/a&gt; questions of mine. I'm trying to build a project directory organization structure which follows best-practices. I'd like the structure to be set up in a way that is easy to deliver to others and have them execute it. Adapting &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/6145/is-there-any-way-to-build-a-latex-document-from-a-parent-directory&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt; structure, part of my project structure would look as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;common-data/&#xA;LocalTexTree/&#xA;projects/myproject/&#xA;projects/myproject/myproject.exe&#xA;projects/myproject/code/r/main.r&#xA;projects/myproject/data/myproject-data.dat&#xA;projects/myproject/report/main.tex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Q: Suppose I'd like to deliver my full project to someone for execution using &lt;code&gt;myproject.exe&lt;/code&gt;. What's the best way to do that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My concern is that &lt;code&gt;common-data/&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;LocalTexTree&lt;/code&gt; will be large and have a lot of files irrelevant to &quot;myproject&quot;. From reading around, I suspect the solution would be to track the relevant files in a Makefile(?) that zips the entire project. That just seems like too clunky a solution and that it would break easily. There has to be a better way, right?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Again, I'm no programmer. This stuff isn't obvious to me at all. Any and all comments are welcome!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3762" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T19:05:38.280" Title="Tools for project delivery?" Tags="&lt;folders&gt;&lt;makefile&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12424" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9897" CreationDate="2011-03-01T19:00:21.217" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Consider the construction &lt;code&gt;\expandafter\@gobble\expandafter{\iffalse}\fi&lt;/code&gt;. First &lt;code&gt;\iffalse}\fi&lt;/code&gt; is expanded and disappears. Then &lt;code&gt;\@gobble&lt;/code&gt; gobbles everything until it reaches an extra closing brace. A variant of this can maybe be used to implement some form of expandable &lt;code&gt;\aftergroup&lt;/code&gt; (which would only work with brace groups). I also use it in the following.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;We test whether the first token of a given list of tokens is an &lt;em&gt;explicit&lt;/em&gt; begin group character. Note that using &lt;code&gt;\futurelet&lt;/code&gt; would not distinguish between an implicit brace &lt;code&gt;\bgroup&lt;/code&gt; and an explicit brace &lt;code&gt;{&lt;/code&gt;. Also the solution below is expandable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, first a LaTeX code using no package. The trick is to hit the argument, &lt;code&gt;#1&lt;/code&gt;, with &lt;code&gt;\string&lt;/code&gt;. We know that initially, &lt;code&gt;#1&lt;/code&gt; is balanced. If the first token is not a begin group character, then &lt;code&gt;\string#1&lt;/code&gt; is still balanced after one expansion. On the other hand, if the first token &lt;em&gt;is&lt;/em&gt; an explicit catcode &lt;code&gt;1&lt;/code&gt; character, then &lt;code&gt;\string&lt;/code&gt; converts it to a harmless catcode, and &lt;code&gt;\string#1&lt;/code&gt; now has an extra end group character (catcode &lt;code&gt;2&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\long\def\@thirdoffour#1#2#3#4{#3}&#xA;&#xA;\long\def\iffirst@brace#1{%&#xA;  \expandafter\@gobble\expandafter{\expandafter{%&#xA;      \string#1*%&#xA;    }\expandafter \@thirdoffour \expandafter {\iffalse}\fi&#xA;  }\@secondoftwo&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;We make use of this fact using &lt;code&gt;\@gobble&lt;/code&gt;, which grabs a brace group and removes it. If the first token was not of catcode &lt;code&gt;1&lt;/code&gt;, then after &lt;code&gt;\string&lt;/code&gt; is expanded, the situation looks like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\@gobble{{%&#xA;    ...*%&#xA;  }\expandafter\@thirdoffour\expandafter{\iffalse}\fi&#xA;}\@secondoftwo&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\@gobble&lt;/code&gt; only leaves &lt;code&gt;\@secondoftwo&lt;/code&gt;, which is what we want to grab the &lt;code&gt;false&lt;/code&gt; branch coming afterwards. On the other hand, if the first token is a brace group, then the situation looks like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\@gobble{{%&#xA;  ...}...*%&#xA;}\expandafter\@thirdoffour\expandafter{\iffalse}\fi&#xA;}\@secondoftwo&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here, &lt;code&gt;\@gobble&lt;/code&gt; leaves&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\expandafter\@thirdoffour\expandafter{\iffalse}\fi&#xA;}\@secondoftwo&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;We still have an extra closing brace... But &lt;code&gt;\iffalse}\fi&lt;/code&gt; is expanded and disappears, and &lt;code&gt;\@thirdoffour&lt;/code&gt; takes the arguments &lt;code&gt;{}\@secondoftwo{true branch}{false branch}&lt;/code&gt;, and only leaves &lt;code&gt;{true branch}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The star is just some random non-brace token, here so that &lt;code&gt;\string&lt;/code&gt; does not act on the next (closing brace) token if the argument is empty. Some tests:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% For testing purposes only:&#xA;\def\test#1{\message{\iffirst@brace{#1}{true}{false}}}&#xA;\test{{ab}cd}  \test{a{bc}d}  \test{ {ab}d}  % &quot;true false false&quot;&#xA;\test{{}}      \test{ }       \test{}        % &quot;true false false&quot;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Initially, I had written the code using the LaTeX3 convention (the &lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt; package). It defines a &lt;code&gt;\tl_if_first_brace:nTF&lt;/code&gt; equivalent to the above, and also the variants &lt;code&gt;\tl_if_first_brace:nT&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\tl_if_first_brace:nF&lt;/code&gt;, which only have a &lt;code&gt;true branch&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;false branch&lt;/code&gt;. It also defines a &lt;em&gt;predicate&lt;/em&gt; &lt;code&gt;\tl_if_first_brace_p:n&lt;/code&gt;, which has no equivalent in &quot;plain&quot; LaTeX2e.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\RequirePackage{expl3}&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOn&#xA;\prg_new_conditional:Npnn \tl_if_first_brace:n #1 {p,T,F,TF} {&#xA;  \exp_after:wN \use_none:n \exp_after:wN { \exp_after:wN { &#xA;      \token_to_str:N #1 ?&#xA;    }\prg_return_true: \exp_after:wN \use_none:nn \exp_after:wN {\if_false:}\fi:&#xA;  }\prg_return_false:&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T19:00:21.217" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-03-01T19:00:21.217" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12425" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12423" CreationDate="2011-03-01T19:05:38.280" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Not a solution but some words about Make: Make is notoriously bad for managing files (i.e., dependencies) spread across multiple directories unless you use a single Makefile rather than one Makefile per directory. Google for &lt;em&gt;Recursive Make Considered Harmful&lt;/em&gt; for a discussion of the problem. You might argue that you exactly see these multiple Makefiles in many open-source projects. To remedy the problems, these Makefiles are often generated automatically. And problems often still persists, not so much for clean &lt;em&gt;make all&lt;/em&gt; builds but for partial builds after files in some directories are changed. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you need Make just for zip'ing some files, this might not affect you, though. It might be easier to ship your code with a single shell script that does all you need without the dependency checking that Make provides in order to safe compilation time.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3083" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T19:05:38.280" />
  <row Id="12426" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12412" CreationDate="2011-03-01T19:20:37.447" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dear Drude,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;as Martin said, the restriction has been lifted in more recent versions of pgfplots: it offers the &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepgfplotslibrary{external}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which can be activated by means of &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\tikzexternalize&#xA;&#xA;...&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When you type &lt;code&gt;pdflatex -shell-escape &amp;lt;maindocument&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;, all images in the (complete) document will be externalized automatically; including any references.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can find details about the procedure in &lt;a href=&quot;http://pgfplots.sourceforge.net/pgfplots.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://pgfplots.sourceforge.net/pgfplots.pdf&lt;/a&gt;  in section &quot;Import/Export from other Formats&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The sourceforge page also contains links to the most recent pgfplots stable (which is 1.4.1 at the time of this writing).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Best regards&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Christian&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1633" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-01T20:56:20.437" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T20:56:20.437" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12427" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12417" CreationDate="2011-03-01T19:29:17.037" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;How'bout if you add the switch &lt;code&gt;-I &quot;..&quot;&lt;/code&gt; to the list of options passed to &lt;code&gt;texify&lt;/code&gt;? (I'm groping around blindly here because I don't use the util myself.) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The reason for breakage, I think, is that &lt;code&gt;--tex-option&lt;/code&gt; is only passed to &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt;, which now deposits &lt;em&gt;all&lt;/em&gt; output files, including the &lt;code&gt;*.aux&lt;/code&gt; files required to run &lt;code&gt;bibtex&lt;/code&gt;, in a different directory. So after the first pass, the program tries to run &lt;code&gt;bibtex&lt;/code&gt; on &lt;code&gt;main.aux&lt;/code&gt; to resolve any citation references, but since &lt;code&gt;main.aux&lt;/code&gt; now sits in &lt;code&gt;../&lt;/code&gt;, it cannot be found and Windows throw an error. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;-I&lt;/code&gt; switch tells &lt;code&gt;texify&lt;/code&gt; to search that directory first for input files, at least that's how I read &lt;a href=&quot;http://docs.miktex.org/manual/texify.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the manual&lt;/a&gt;. So it may help in this instance. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If that doesn't work, your best bet is to write a batch file to first call &lt;code&gt;texify&lt;/code&gt; and then &lt;code&gt;mv&lt;/code&gt; the final PDF into the parent directory. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T19:29:17.037" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12428" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12430" CreationDate="2011-03-01T19:46:51.033" Score="3" ViewCount="64" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am trying using minted to display some code in my document, but the code is long and spans over two pages, this works fine, however when I place my code inside&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{listing}&#xA;  \inputminted{java}{code/JavaCode.java}&#xA;  \caption{Some caption}&#xA;  \label{label1}&#xA;\end{listing}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then my code doesn't show up and I get the warning:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;LaTeX Warning: Float too large for page&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have tried using the option &lt;code&gt;H&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;listing&lt;/code&gt;, but then the code shows in only one page and it doesn't fit so I only see a part of it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I also tried with the code directly in the latex document ie:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{listing}&#xA;  \begin{minted}{java} &#xA;    Java code&#xA;  \end{minted}&#xA;  \caption{Some caption}&#xA;  \label{label1}&#xA;\end{listing}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But the same happens, any ideas?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3912" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T20:15:55.300" Title="Code spanning over two pages with minted, inside listing with caption" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;page-breaking&gt;&lt;highlighting&gt;&lt;minted&gt;&lt;code&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="12429" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12470" CreationDate="2011-03-01T19:52:01.617" Score="3" ViewCount="95" Body="&lt;p&gt;The following code from the pgf manual compiles fine with &lt;code&gt;lualatex --shell-escape&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{external}&#xA;\tikzexternalize&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;A simple image is \tikz \fill (0,0) circle(5pt);.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But, if I write some luacode (for example &lt;code&gt;$\pi = \directlua{tex.sprint(math.pi)}$&lt;/code&gt;) I have the following error message : &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;===== 'mode=convert with system call': Invoking 'pdflatex -halt-on-error -inter&#xA;action=batchmode -jobname &quot;test-figure0&quot; &quot;\def\tikzexternalrealjob{test}\input{&#xA;test}&quot;' ========&#xA;runsystem(pdflatex -halt-on-error -interaction=batchmode -jobname &quot;test-figure0&#xA;&quot; &quot;\def\tikzexternalrealjob{test}\input{test}&quot;)...executed.&#xA;./test.tex:7: Package tikz Error: Sorry, the system call 'pdflatex -halt-on-err&#xA;or -interaction=batchmode -jobname &quot;test-figure0&quot; &quot;\def\tikzexternalrealjob{tes&#xA;t}\input{test}&quot;' did NOT result in a usable output file 'test-figure0' (expecte&#xA;d one of .pdf:.jpg:.jpeg:.png:). Please verify that you have enabled system cal&#xA;ls. For pdflatex, this is 'pdflatex -shell-escape'. Sometimes it is also named &#xA;'write 18' or something like that. Or maybe the command simply failed? Error me&#xA;ssages can be found in 'test-figure0.log'. If you continue now, I'll try to typ&#xA;eset the picture.&#xA;&#xA;See the tikz package documentation for explanation.&#xA;Type  H &amp;lt;return&amp;gt;  for immediate help.&#xA; ...                                              &#xA;&#xA;l.7 ...ple image is \tikz \fill (0,0) circle(5pt);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The question is: what's wrong? And subsidiarily, why is pdflatex invoked?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;N.B. The compilation with lua code fails only if I deleted the aux files before.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3172" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-02T09:30:08.333" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T14:26:50.647" Title="\tikzexternalize doesn't work with lua code" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;luatex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="12430" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12428" CreationDate="2011-03-01T20:01:07.637" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As far as I know, this is a fundamental restriction of floats. You cannot use floats that span over more than one page so you need to remove the surrounding &lt;code&gt;listing&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To make the caption still work, you can load the &lt;code&gt;caption&lt;/code&gt; package and use the &lt;code&gt;\captionof&lt;/code&gt; command instead of &lt;code&gt;\caption&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\inputminted{java}{code/JavaCode.java}&#xA;\captionof{listing}{Some caption}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now the caption should also appear in the &lt;code&gt;\listoflistings&lt;/code&gt;.&#xA;If you want to use a label here, you need to put it &lt;em&gt;inside&lt;/em&gt; the &lt;code&gt;\captionof&lt;/code&gt; command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\captionof{listing}{Some caption\label{lst:some-label}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See also: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/7210/42&quot;&gt;Question “Label and caption without float”&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastEditorUserId="42" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-01T20:15:55.300" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T20:15:55.300" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12431" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12456" CreationDate="2011-03-01T20:38:46.747" Score="7" ViewCount="301" Body="&lt;p&gt;This webpage, &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.loria.fr/formats/context/base/readme.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://tex.loria.fr/formats/context/base/readme.pdf&lt;/a&gt;, and many others &lt;em&gt;explicitly&lt;/em&gt; state that ConTeXt must not be used for some purposes; e.g. competing with Pragma ADE.  However, the source code is GPL(ed), which explicitly states the &lt;em&gt;exact opposite&lt;/em&gt;!  What is the &lt;strong&gt;real&lt;/strong&gt; usage policy of ConTeXt, or isn't there one?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2870" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-02T14:34:41.640" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T14:34:41.640" Title="Using ConTeXt Commercially ..." Tags="&lt;context&gt;&lt;licensing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="24" />
  <row Id="12433" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-01T20:46:43.347" Score="2" ViewCount="69" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a problem which can be solved one of two ways:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Typeset a given chunk of TeX in an &quot;infinitely wide&quot; space, then scale the result so that its width is the width of the page.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Typeset a given chunk of TeX in an &quot;infinitely wide&quot; space, then set the page size to the width of the result.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can anybody suggest how to do this with pdflatex?  Unfortunately I can't use other TeXes like XeTeX, etc.  Thank you!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="901" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T20:53:47.773" Title="pdflatex: fit-page-to-contents or scale-contents-to-fit-page" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="12434" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12433" CreationDate="2011-03-01T20:53:47.773" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;can be done using the &lt;code&gt;graphics&lt;/code&gt; package and &lt;code&gt;\resizebox{\paperwidth}{!}{&amp;lt;content&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;can be done using the &lt;code&gt;preview&lt;/code&gt; package (or with the &lt;code&gt;standalone&lt;/code&gt; class using it). You need to set the preview border to 0 for that.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T20:53:47.773" />
  <row Id="12435" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14049" CreationDate="2011-03-01T20:54:07.850" Score="5" ViewCount="110" Body="&lt;p&gt;The following ecm compiles fine with LaTeX and XeLaTeX, but doesn't work with LuaLaTeX :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\typein{test}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And here is the error :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Invalid \endlinechar.&#xA;&amp;lt;recently read&amp;gt; \@M &#xA;&#xA;l.4 \typein{test}&#xA;&#xA;? &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3172" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T15:41:01.687" Title="incompatibilities between LuaLaTeX and \typein ?" Tags="&lt;luatex&gt;&lt;typein&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="12436" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12421" CreationDate="2011-03-01T21:16:04.223" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Is there a generally acceptable best practice&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is again no best practice. This is true for all of LaTeX, so please don't ask for best practices again ;-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I'm not a programmer&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you work with R and TeX you are a programmer :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Generally I think all your suggestions are fine. Separating the document from data files is recommended because LaTeX likes to produce lots of auxiliary files. While there is the option to use &lt;code&gt;--output-directory&lt;/code&gt; as mentioned in the post you linked to, many editors are not aware of this and place output files in the input/current directory by default. So the rule of thumb regarding LaTeX files is to use a dedicated directory for every document. If you want to compile several versions from more than one source, these should go into different output directories.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Regarding pictures and other data input files: (1) and (2) can theoretically cause problems because it is possible to disable reading files from parent directories (which might make sense in batch-processing environments that receive untrusted input). I usually choose a combination of (1) and (3) by having the data processing tool place its output in the same directory as the input (or similar), and then adding symbolic links to the data/picture files in the LaTeX directory. I think that approach combines the advantages of (1) and (3): the data processing tool doesn't need to know that its output is used in a TeX document, and the document doesn't need to know where the data comes from. So in your case I'd add a symlink &lt;code&gt;myproject/report/img/output.pdf&lt;/code&gt; pointing to &lt;code&gt;../../code/r/output.pdf&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T21:16:04.223" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="12438" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12383" CreationDate="2011-03-01T22:19:41.567" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I reinstalled MiKTeX and it solved the problem. Thank you very much for helbping me!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3884" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T22:19:41.567" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12439" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12304" CreationDate="2011-03-01T22:24:40.353" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is 'getfiledate' package on CTAN and TeXLive.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/getfiledate&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="994" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T22:24:40.353" />
  <row Id="12440" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-01T22:54:30.357" Score="6" ViewCount="253" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I was trying to install TeX Live (on Ubuntu10.04) following the instructions contended in &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/texlive/quickinstall.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://tug.org/texlive/quickinstall.html&lt;/a&gt; (c.f. thread &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/12347/typesetting-a-document-using-arabic-script&quot;&gt;Typesetting a document using Arabic script&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've chosen &lt;code&gt;scheme&lt;/code&gt; -&gt; &lt;code&gt;customised&lt;/code&gt; mostly to uncheck support for languages I will never need as well as music typesetting and advanced maths. Beside that I've left default.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After installation I wanted to run &lt;code&gt;tlmgr -gui&lt;/code&gt; to install LaTeX and pdfLaTeX but it didn't work: &lt;code&gt;command not found&lt;/code&gt;. I've checked .log installing file (&lt;code&gt;/usr/local/texlive/2010/install-tl.log&lt;/code&gt;). I won't post it here entirely (unless somebody asks) - it's pretty long, but here is what I've found in it searching for &lt;code&gt;error&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;TLDownload::get_file: response error:&#xA;  404 File 'dprogress.tar.xz' not found&#xA;&#xA;TLDownload::get_file: response error:&#xA;  404 File 'draftcopy.doc.tar.xz' not found&#xA;&#xA;TLDownload::get_file: response error:&#xA;  404 File 'natbib.doc.tar.xz' not found&#xA;&#xA;TLDownload::get_file: response error:&#xA;  404 File 'placeins.doc.tar.xz' not found&#xA;&#xA;TLDownload::get_file: response error:&#xA;  404 File 'polski.tar.xz' not found&#xA;&#xA;TLDownload::get_file: response error:&#xA;  404 File 'placeins.doc.tar.xz' not found&#xA;&#xA;TLDownload::get_file: response error:&#xA;  404 File 'polski.tar.xz' not found&#xA;&#xA;TLDownload::get_file: response error:&#xA;  404 File 'preprint.tar.xz' not found&#xA;&#xA;TLDownload::get_file: response error:&#xA;  404 File 'txfontsb.source.tar.xz' not found&#xA;&#xA;TLDownload::get_file: response error:&#xA;  404 File 'xnewcommand.tar.xz' not found&#xA;&#xA;TLDownload::get_file: response error:&#xA;  404 File 'active-conf.doc.tar.xz' not found&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have no idea where the problem may lay. I would be very greateful for any tips. If there is any further information I should provide, please ask.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;P.S.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The default paths are: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;D&amp;gt; directories:&#xA;   TEXDIR (the main TeX directory):&#xA;     /usr/local/texlive/2010&#xA;   TEXMFLOCAL (directory for site-wide local files):&#xA;     /usr/local/texlive/texmf-local&#xA;   TEXMFSYSVAR (directory for variable and automatically generated data):&#xA;     /usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-var&#xA;   TEXMFSYSCONFIG (directory for local config):&#xA;     /usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-config&#xA;   TEXMFVAR (personal directory for variable and automatically generated data):&#xA;     ~/.texlive2010/texmf-var&#xA;   TEXMFCONFIG (personal directory for local config):&#xA;     ~/.texlive2010/texmf-config&#xA;   TEXMFHOME (directory for user-specific files):&#xA;     ~/texmf&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I haven't change here anything.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;UPDATE&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It took me some time, but I've proceeded the installation once again. This time, no errors, but still nothing works. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've run installation, than I've added to /etc/profile paths (&lt;code&gt;PATH=/usr/local/texlive/2010/bin/i386-linux:$PATH; export PATH&lt;/code&gt;). When I try to check &lt;code&gt;tex --version&lt;/code&gt; I get the message that: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;'The program 'tex' is currently not installed. You can install it by typing: sudo apt-get install texlive-binaries.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have no idea, what could I have done wrong but there should be something...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3703" LastEditorUserId="3703" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-20T17:31:06.863" LastActivityDate="2011-03-20T17:31:06.863" Title="Installing TeX Live from tug.org" Tags="&lt;installing&gt;&lt;texlive&gt;&lt;ubuntu&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="12441" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-01T23:18:22.537" Score="5" ViewCount="100" Body="&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I have some Matlab code which I&#xA;would like to include in my LaTeX&#xA;document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.google.com/url?sa=t&amp;amp;source=web&amp;amp;cd=1&amp;amp;ved=0CBQQFjAA&amp;amp;url=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.ctan.org%2Ftex-archive%2Fmacros%2Flatex%2Fcontrib%2Ffancyvrb%2F&amp;amp;rct=j&amp;amp;q=fancyvrb&amp;amp;ei=q35tTdr-CoWdlge83qGIBQ&amp;amp;usg=AFQjCNFxGXA501Sbl6RFiNtia0UTnJ8YnA&amp;amp;sig2=yIPeU-2YAjVfrQ_FyDJKIw&amp;amp;cad=rja&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;fancyvrb&lt;/a&gt; package, based on&#xA;which I define a new environment&#xA;called code. An complete and minimum&#xA;example is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt,letterpaper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyvrb}&#xA;\DefineVerbatimEnvironment{code}{Verbatim}{fontsize=\small}&#xA;\DefineVerbatimEnvironment{example}{Verbatim}{fontsize=\small}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{code}&#xA;addpath('~/plot'); &#xA;\end{code}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, in the created pdf file, if&#xA;I copy the code and&#xA;paste it in Matlab command window,&#xA;Matlab will complaint about the&#xA;single quote is not the one used in&#xA;Matlab. I was wondering why and how&#xA;to solve the problem?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;To generalize, I also hope to know&#xA;if there may possibly be other&#xA;characters besides single quote that&#xA;can cause such error? Not only in&#xA;Matlab but also other programming&#xA;languages?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Also, I was wondering if my way of including code in LaTeX by using fancyvrb is the best? Do you have other nice ways to recommend?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks and regards!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="861" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-01T23:25:36.753" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T23:38:37.020" Title="Problem about program code included in LaTeX" Tags="&lt;code&gt;&lt;matlab&gt;&lt;fancyvrb&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="12442" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12441" CreationDate="2011-03-01T23:38:37.020" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A few years ago I wrote a book about the use Matlab, and I used the &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt; package for all included code.  This allows lots of options: escape to (La)TeX, coloured backgrounds, frames etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I set up my listings with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\lstset{language={},&#xA;  keepspaces=true,&#xA;  xleftmargin=\parindent,&#xA;  xrightmargin=\parindent,&#xA;  basicstyle=\ttfamily,&#xA;  frame=single,&#xA;  framesep=2mm,&#xA;  framerule=0pt,&#xA;  columns=flexible,&#xA;  backgroundcolor=\color[gray]{0.9}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and then called it with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{lstlisting}&#xA;function sc(n)&#xA;&#xA;for i = 1:n&#xA;    disp([i, i^2, i^3])&#xA;end  &#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have also been using it for student notes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3628" LastActivityDate="2011-03-01T23:38:37.020" />
  <row Id="12443" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12444" CreationDate="2011-03-02T01:13:41.423" Score="6" ViewCount="142" Body="&lt;p&gt;How would I write a macro (to be placed immediately before every URL in a bibliography) whose effect is to tell TeX&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;This is a good place to insert a line break, but breaking the line here is not required.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;If (and only if) you break the line here, insert a &lt;code&gt;\hfill&lt;/code&gt; (or maybe a &lt;code&gt;\par&lt;/code&gt;, I'm not sure which makes more sense) immediately before the line break.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried &lt;code&gt;\discretionary{\hfill}{}{}\penalty-500\relax&lt;/code&gt; which gave me a bunch of &quot;Improper discretionary list&quot; errors, and I also tried &lt;code&gt;\discretionary{\par}{}{}\penalty-500\relax&lt;/code&gt; which didn't give me any errors but also didn't seem to have any effect.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Also I'm not sure if &lt;code&gt;\penalty&lt;/code&gt; is how you encourage a line break.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(What I &lt;em&gt;really&lt;/em&gt; want is for TeX to insert a &lt;em&gt;paragraph&lt;/em&gt; break before the URL if and only if the URL doesn't fit onto the space remaining in the current line, but -- after that break happens -- not interfere with &lt;code&gt;url.sty&lt;/code&gt;'s intra-URL line breaking. But I suspect this is not even possible, whereas what I described above, I'm pretty sure &lt;em&gt;is&lt;/em&gt; possible, I just don't know how to do it.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT:&lt;/strong&gt; Minimal-ish example of overfull hboxes with TH's currently suggested code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[twocolumn]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[hyphens]{url}&#xA;\usepackage[letterpaper,margin=1in]{geometry}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\urlstyle{same}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{thebibliography}{10}&#xA;\let\oldurl\url&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand*\url{%&#xA;        \begingroup&#xA;        \let\do\@makeother&#xA;        \dospecials&#xA;        \catcode`{1&#xA;        \catcode`}2&#xA;        \catcode`\ 10&#xA;        \url@aux&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand*\url@aux[1]{%&#xA;        \setbox0\hbox{\oldurl{#1}}%&#xA;        \ifdim\wd0&amp;gt;\linewidth&#xA;                \strut&#xA;                \\&#xA;                \vbox{%&#xA;                        \parindent=0pt&#xA;                        \kern-\lineskip&#xA;                        \raggedright&#xA;                        \strut\oldurl{#1}%&#xA;                }%&#xA;        \else&#xA;                \hskip0pt plus\linewidth&#xA;                \penalty0&#xA;                \box0&#xA;        \fi&#xA;        \endgroup&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\bibitem{thinkermade08focus}&#xA;ThinkerMade. (2008) {How to Tell if a User is Signed in to Facebook and Other&#xA;  Services}. Blog entry.&#xA;  \url{http://replay.waybackmachine.org/20081020072934/http://www.thinkermade.com/blog/2008/07/how-to-tell-if-a-user-is-signed-in-to-facebook-and-other-services/}&#xA;\end{thebibliography}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Complaint:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;(./argh.tex (/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/base/article.cls&#xA;Document Class: article 2007/10/19 v1.4h Standard LaTeX document class&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/base/size10.clo))&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/ltxmisc/url.sty)&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/geometry/geometry.sty&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/graphics/keyval.sty)&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/generic/oberdiek/ifpdf.sty)&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/generic/oberdiek/ifvtex.sty)) (./argh.aux)&#xA;*geometry auto-detecting driver*&#xA;*geometry detected driver: pdftex*&#xA;&#xA;Overfull \hbox (20.5556pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 40--43&#xA;[] &#xA;[1{/var/lib/texmf/fonts/map/pdftex/updmap/pdftex.map}] (./argh.aux) )&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; just a cosmetic problem; the URL extends into the right margin.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="514" LastEditorUserId="514" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-02T06:37:22.053" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T11:03:14.433" Title="Optional but encouraged line break + \hfill" Tags="&lt;line-breaking&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="12444" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12443" CreationDate="2011-03-02T02:36:20.790" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This solution checks if the url is longer than the line width. If it is, then it inserts &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; (since there is no way it can fit on a line) and then typesets the url. If it isn't larger, then it will fit on a line, so we typeset it as a box with a stretchable space before it. If the box does not fit on the line, then the space will stretch to fill the rest of the line so the line won't be underfull and the url will appear on the next line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[twocolumn]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage{url}&#xA;&#xA;\let\oldurl\url&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand*\url{%&#xA;        \begingroup&#xA;        \let\do\@makeother&#xA;        \dospecials&#xA;        \catcode`{1&#xA;        \catcode`}2&#xA;        \catcode`\ 10&#xA;        \url@aux&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand*\url@aux[1]{%&#xA;        \setbox0\hbox{\oldurl{#1}}%&#xA;        \ifdim\wd0&amp;gt;\linewidth&#xA;                \strut&#xA;                \\&#xA;                \vbox{%&#xA;                        \hsize=\linewidth&#xA;                        \kern-\lineskip&#xA;                        \raggedright&#xA;                        \strut\oldurl{#1}%&#xA;                }%&#xA;        \else&#xA;                \hskip0pt plus\linewidth&#xA;                \penalty0&#xA;                \box0&#xA;        \fi&#xA;        \endgroup&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;&#xA;Here is some text&#xA;\url{http://www.example.com/~example/foo/bar/baz/index%20here.html}&#xA;&#xA;Here is some text \url{http://example.org/index.html}&#xA;&#xA;Short \url{http://example.org}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;I modified it to try to prevent the underfull hbox as well as deal with specials in the argument better than just using &lt;code&gt;\detokenize&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-02T11:03:14.433" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T11:03:14.433" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="12445" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12446" CreationDate="2011-03-02T03:40:20.780" Score="5" ViewCount="126" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need to create 2 versions of a University dissertation. The main version has to be done on letter-sized paper with very strict specifications for most of the style elements. But I would also like to create a (for want of a better term) paperback version. What I'd like to do is to scale each page by 0.65 and print 2 pages side by side on one side of a letter-sized sheet (in landscape mode, of course. I realize that there will be extra vertical space.).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've been reading about output routines, including &#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/8212/an-explanation-of-latexs-output-routine&quot;&gt;this question,&lt;/a&gt; and so am happy to hear that output routines are as dark for others as they are to me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would appreciate any ideas that anyone has on how to accomplish this. Please note that I don't want to create two versions of the document by, say, creating two distinct class files with different fonts, scaled graphics, etc. I'm hoping that someone will tell me that there are pdf tools or output routines that can easily accomplish this with an option or two.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Gracias.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2003" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-02T05:12:30.937" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T05:12:30.937" Title="Scaling LaTeX output" Tags="&lt;scaling&gt;&lt;pdfpages&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12446" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12445" CreationDate="2011-03-02T04:39:10.653" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can do this sort of thing quite easily with the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/pdfpages&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;pdfpages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package.  It works on the pdf file itself not your source file. You would make a small document like the following to create a 2-up version of your thesis.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[landscape]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pdfpages}&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\includepdf[pages=1-,nup=2x1]{&amp;lt;your thesis.pdf&amp;gt;}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The package has many quite sophisticated options for layout, but this should be enough to get you started.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T04:39:10.653" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="12447" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12461" CreationDate="2011-03-02T05:38:16.650" Score="3" ViewCount="105" Body="&lt;p&gt;Suppose that I need to run&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;bibtex8.exe -B -c cp1251.csf&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or something like that in order to produce correct bibliography list; cp1251.csf comes with the gost package but it makes no difference in the context of my question since I am getting correct output when I am running bibtex8 from the command prompt of from WinEdt menu. I want for texify to run bibtex8 instead of default bibtex as well.  It is possible to instruct texify (from the miktex bundle) to run bibtex8 instead of bibtex by setting the BIBTEX environment variable as follows&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;SET BIBTEX=bibtex8&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But texify fails if I am trying to pass options to the bibtex8 execuatable. In particular, with &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;SET BIBTEX=bibtex8 -B -c cp1251.csf&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;texify aborts with the message&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;texify: &quot;bibtex8 -B -c cp1251.csf&quot; could not be found.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to pass options to bibtex8 over texify?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3831" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-02T06:36:09.287" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T12:57:01.110" Title="texify: how to invoke bibtex8 instead of bibtex ?" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;compiling&gt;&lt;miktex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="12448" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12440" CreationDate="2011-03-02T06:13:10.540" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Two thinks I would check:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;did you adjust your $PATH to include the texlive bin directory?  If you did not, your shell will not be able to find your binaries, and trying to run any of them will result in a &lt;code&gt;command not found&lt;/code&gt; error.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that if you runt &lt;code&gt;tlmgr&lt;/code&gt; as root (using sudo) as you should (otherwise it will not be able to write to your texlive directories and therefore will not be able to update anything), you may need to change the root's path, too.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;the 404 errors are worrisome. It does look like the CTAN mirror that gets automatically chosen for your location is having problems.  You could try to use a different mirror.  Find another nearby mirror &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/CTAN.sites&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; and then use the &lt;code&gt;-repository&lt;/code&gt; option with the chosen mirror's url when using &lt;code&gt;install-tl&lt;/code&gt;. For more information look &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/texlive/doc/install-tl.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;, and read the section on &lt;code&gt;-repository&lt;/code&gt; option. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T06:13:10.540" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12449" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12429" CreationDate="2011-03-02T06:25:23.760" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It seems that what is wrong is exactly that &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; is called.  It does not understand &lt;code&gt;\directlua&lt;/code&gt;, and therefore cannot produce your external graphics. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The reason that &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; is calls seems to be that it is hardcoded in the &lt;code&gt;/tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzexternalshared.code.tex&lt;/code&gt; file.  Try to edit that file, and replace each call to &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; by &lt;code&gt;lualatex&lt;/code&gt;.  Hopefully that will help. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T06:25:23.760" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12450" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12440" CreationDate="2011-03-02T06:38:53.750" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;try another mirror or a CTAN node:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;tlmgr --self --all --repository &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/systems/texlive/tlnet&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://mirror.ctan.org/systems/texlive/tlnet&lt;/a&gt; update&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;if it doesn't help, then try:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;tlmgr --self --all --repository &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/systems/texlive/tlnet&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/systems/texlive/tlnet&lt;/a&gt; update&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T06:38:53.750" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12451" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12452" CreationDate="2011-03-02T07:38:26.330" Score="6" ViewCount="137" Body="&lt;p&gt;In TikZ, picture is drew based on the point (0,0). if my whole picture is based on the point, e.g., (20,0)? how can i draw it easily? it is better to transform the reference point from (0,0) to (20.0). i tried this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  \begin{tikzpicture}[shift={(20mm,0)}]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but it didn't work. &lt;code&gt;shift&lt;/code&gt; works for many commands, but it seems that it doesn't work for environment. it is not good to add &lt;code&gt;shift&lt;/code&gt; option to every command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;@Martin: adding &lt;code&gt;shift&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;scope&lt;/code&gt; seemed to have no influence on the whole picture. i want the two grids to move to the right. for the whole picture, there will have many other items. to construct the picture easily, it is better to refer to the point (0,0). but for the whole picture display, it is better to put it based on the point (20,0)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[titlepage,a4paper]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usepackage[lmargin=2.500000cm,rmargin=2.500000cm,tmargin=2.500000cm,bmargin=2.500000cm]{geometry}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section[General remarks]{General remarks}&#xA;\subsection[Geometry and coordinate system]{Geometry and coordinate system}&#xA;The main layout of the structure is adopted:\\&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=1,thick]&#xA;  \begin{scope}[shift={(20mm,0)}]&#xA;    \foreach \xoffset in {0,5.2}&#xA;    {&#xA;      \begin{scope}[shift={(\xoffset,0)}]&#xA;      \draw[xstep=1,ystep=1] (0,0) grid (5,5);&#xA;      \end{scope}&#xA;    }&#xA;  \end{scope}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3253" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-02T10:03:22.883" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T10:03:22.883" Title="TikZ change reference point" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="12452" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12451" CreationDate="2011-03-02T07:54:13.773" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Shifting the whole picture doesn't make much sense.&#xA;TikZ cuts every picture to its minimal bounding box.&#xA;Therefore drawing from e.g. (0,0) to (10,10) or from (100,100) to (110,110) will give you the same visual result!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to &quot;move the picture 20mm to the right&quot; you can put an otherwise empty path which includes (-20mm,0), so that the bounding box will be extended for this amount:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section[General remarks]{General remarks}&#xA;\subsection[Geometry and coordinate system]{Geometry and coordinate system}&#xA;The main layout of the structure is adopted:\\&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[thick,scale=1]&#xA;    \path (-20mm,0);&#xA;    \foreach \xoffset in {0,5.2}&#xA;    {&#xA;      \begin{scope}[shift={(\xoffset,0)}]&#xA;      \draw[xstep=1,ystep=1] (0,0) grid (5,5);&#xA;      \end{scope}&#xA;    }&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If this isn't what you want tell me please.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-02T09:58:03.497" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T09:58:03.497" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="12453" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12417" CreationDate="2011-03-02T09:31:29.167" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For security reasons it is not possible to write to locations which use a absolute path or includes the parent directory (..). You can change this security setting through an environment variable (I think &lt;code&gt;MIKTEX_ALLOWUNSAFEOUTPUTFILES=1&lt;/code&gt;) but I advise you strongly not to do it. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T09:31:29.167" />
  <row Id="12454" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12451" CreationDate="2011-03-02T09:54:52.220" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If I understand correctly tikz behaviour, the picture is actually shifted, but at the end the picture is cropped so that the only remaining parts are those that contain some drawing. To obtain what you ask, you could explicitely set a bounding box using '\useasboundingbox' command as in:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=1,thick]&#xA;  \useasboundingbox (0,0) rectangle (70mm,5);&#xA;  \begin{scope}[shift={(20mm,0)}]&#xA;    \foreach \xoffset in {0,5.2}&#xA;    {&#xA;      \begin{scope}[shift={(\xoffset,0)}]&#xA;      \draw[xstep=1,ystep=1] (0,0) grid (5,5);&#xA;      \end{scope}&#xA;    }&#xA;  \end{scope}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1656" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T09:54:52.220" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12455" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12451" CreationDate="2011-03-02T09:58:22.803" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The issue, I think, is to do with the &lt;em&gt;internal&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;external&lt;/em&gt; specifications of the picture.  When you draw a picture using TikZ then you scribble lots of stuff all over the page, using whatever coordinates you like.  When you've finished, TikZ very nicely goes around your picture with a pair of scissors and cuts it out.  It then hands it over to the TeX page layout builder and says, &quot;Here's your picture.&quot;.  The TeX page layout builder just gets the picture as-is and doesn't look closely at it.  Indeed, as far as the layout builder is concerned, the picture could just be a frame.  In particular, the layout builder doesn't look to see what coordinates you used in designing your picture.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So if you want your picture placed somewhere particular on the page, it's not TikZ that you need to talk to, but the layout builder.  A simple way would be to tell her to put a big blank space in front of it, aka &lt;code&gt;\hspace{2cm}&lt;/code&gt; (or &lt;code&gt;\hspace*{2cm}&lt;/code&gt; if the former gets ignored).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It &lt;em&gt;is&lt;/em&gt; possible to do what you want from within TikZ, though, by making the picture &lt;em&gt;effectively&lt;/em&gt; bigger.  Then when TikZ goes round with his scissors, he cuts the frame that he thinks is there whether or not there is actually anything in the picture (he's a bit dumb, you see).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Slightly less prosaically, in your picture then there is nothing at &lt;code&gt;(0,0)&lt;/code&gt; so it gets ignored when computing the picture size.  If you put something there then it will not be ignored.  The trick is to put something there but to do it in a way that is &lt;em&gt;actually nothing&lt;/em&gt;.  (It's a bit like the emptyset in mathematics: it is nothing, but the fact that it is nothing is still something.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's one way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[titlepage,a4paper]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usepackage[lmargin=2.500000cm,rmargin=2.500000cm,tmargin=2.500000cm,bmargin=2.500000cm]{geometry}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section[General remarks]{General remarks}&#xA;\subsection[Geometry and coordinate system]{Geometry and coordinate system}&#xA;The main layout of the structure is adopted:\\&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=1,thick]&#xA;\path (0,0); % &amp;lt;--- THIS LINE IS ADDED&#xA;  \begin{scope}[shift={(20mm,0)}]&#xA;    \foreach \xoffset in {0,5.2}&#xA;    {&#xA;      \begin{scope}[shift={(\xoffset,0)}]&#xA;      \draw[xstep=1,ystep=1] (0,0) grid (5,5);&#xA;      \end{scope}&#xA;    }&#xA;  \end{scope}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Result:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/XIUsH.png&quot; alt=&quot;Shifted grids&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T09:58:22.803" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12456" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12431" CreationDate="2011-03-02T11:05:01.623" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is the ConTeXt license status (according to Hans Hagen of Pragma ADE):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The ConTeXt source code is released under: GNU GPL version 2.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;also:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The ConTeXt manuals that are created by Pragma ADE are (unless stated otherwise in the actual document): Creative Commons Attribution NonCommercial ShareAlike.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and finally: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;koeielogos&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;koeieletters&lt;/code&gt; fonts are: Creative Commons Attribution No Derivative Works.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some other remarks:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;em&gt;only&lt;/em&gt; correct website for information about ConTeXt (and especially licensing) is pragma-ade.com. Anything else you may find on the web is not to be trusted.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the 'Creative Commons' GNU GPL: Creative Commons used to have a special page to explain the GPL in simpler terms than the actual legal text. This is what &lt;code&gt;mreadme.pdf&lt;/code&gt; refers to, but it seems that that page has now (sadly) been removed from the CC site. I'll make a note to update &lt;code&gt;mreadme.pdf&lt;/code&gt; at some point (but as the creativecommons.org link inside &lt;code&gt;mreadme.pdf&lt;/code&gt; still works and correctly points to GPLv2, this is not the highest priority).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the possibility of alternative licensing: I can understand that the relevant sentence in &lt;code&gt;mreadme.pdf&lt;/code&gt; is potentially confusing, I'll get Hans to chance it into something like this: 'For alternative licensing options, please contact Pragma ADE.'&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;About the disclaimer in &lt;code&gt;mreadme.pdf&lt;/code&gt;: it is a disclaimer, the statement in &lt;code&gt;mreadme.pdf&lt;/code&gt; that the actual text is in fact taken from a license does not make any difference in its interpretation. Hans and I find the BSD disclaimer a lot easier to understand than the GPL disclaimer, and that is why it is there.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On using ConTeXt to create a system that competes with Pragma ADE: it follows from the above that doing so is perfectly legal. But don't be surprised if neither Hans nor me is willing to offer support to you unless you offer us a billing option.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On using the &lt;code&gt;LaTeX&lt;/code&gt; project public license: now seriously, do you really think so? Simply because of its name, that license is politically unacceptable, full stop.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Having hopefully answered all questions, can we now forget about this again for half a decade or so? :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T11:05:01.623" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="12457" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12447" CreationDate="2011-03-02T11:54:42.220" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have also tried to pass options (in my case &lt;code&gt;--wolfgang&lt;/code&gt;) to bibtex8 under texify. If this were possible, presumably it would be possible to pass options to makeindex/xindy in the same way. However, texify features the option &lt;code&gt;--mkidx-option&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;a href=&quot;http://docs.miktex.org/manual/texify.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pass options to the index generator&lt;/a&gt;. There is no corresponding option for bibtex. Therefore, I suspect that your request is not possible.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T11:54:42.220" />
  <row Id="12459" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12466" CreationDate="2011-03-02T12:17:31.560" Score="3" ViewCount="99" Body="&lt;p&gt;The solution posted here &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/6073/scale-resize-large-images-graphics-that-exceed-page-margins&quot;&gt;Scale (resize) large images (graphics) that exceed page margins&lt;/a&gt; works great. Just to summarise, Dave Jarvis suggested&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;&#xA;% Determine if the image is too wide for the page.&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\ScaleIfNeeded{%&#xA;  \ifdim\Gin@nat@width&amp;gt;\linewidth&#xA;    \linewidth&#xA;  \else&#xA;    \Gin@nat@width&#xA;  \fi&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;% Resize figures that are too wide for the page.&#xA;\let\oldincludegraphics\includegraphics&#xA;\renewcommand\includegraphics[2][]{%&#xA;  \oldincludegraphics[width=\ScaleIfNeeded]{#2}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but unfortunately this breaks any scaling you apply in Lyx to an image. e.g. I have an image resized as so&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\includegraphics[scale=0.5]{nicecats}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My scaling of 0.5 gets removed by the macro suggested in the solution above.  I'm wondering if there is a way to have the macro apply any user specified scaling first and then check the width? Or perhaps check for any pre-specified scaling and if it exists do not resize. &#xA;Many thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3680" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-02T12:37:01.030" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T14:25:14.003" Title="Resize large images that exceed page margin whilst respecting existing scale" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;lyx&gt;&lt;scaling&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12460" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12400" CreationDate="2011-03-02T12:44:15.127" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;(Posting my comments as an answer, for what it's worth.)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's mostly a matter of taste. People aren't really used to text figures in math related texts, but it's perfectly OK to use them as long as you do what you already mentioned in your question: Make a strict separation between text and math, and always use lining figures for math, i.e., for &lt;em&gt;both&lt;/em&gt; inline and display math. This means in particular that the &lt;code&gt;1&lt;/code&gt;s in&lt;code&gt;$x = 1$&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;Fig.~1&lt;/code&gt; will differ:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/FQ9VR.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You may not like this, but I see no way out of it. Having inline and display math look diffent is much worse.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T12:44:15.127" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12461" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12447" CreationDate="2011-03-02T12:57:01.110" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would try to write a batch-file which calls bibtex with the correct options and set the variable BIBTEX so that it points to this batch file. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T12:57:01.110" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12463" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1042" CreationDate="2011-03-02T13:11:55.753" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm posting TH.'s comment to Joseph's answer as an answer as it also works.  (CW as it's TH.'s answer.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;synonymous.sty&lt;/code&gt; contains:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ProvidesPackage{synonymous}&#xA;\newcommand{\synonymous}{Hello world}&#xA;\DeclareOption{a}{%&#xA;  \renewcommand{\synonymous}{Greetings Earthlings}}&#xA;\DeclareOption{b}{\ExecuteOptions{a}}&#xA;\ProcessOptions&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;whilst &lt;code&gt;synonmyous.tex&lt;/code&gt; is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage[a]{synonymous}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\synonymous    &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Changing the &lt;code&gt;a&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;b&lt;/code&gt; has no visible effect on the outcome.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T13:11:55.753" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-03-02T13:11:55.753" />
  <row Id="12464" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-02T13:16:58.650" Score="6" ViewCount="113" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was wondering about an efficient way to generate an inner product symbol like &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[&#xA;\langle\langle u, v \rangle\rangle&#xA;\]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(i.e., double angle brackets), or a norm symbol like &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[&#xA;\lvert\lVert x \rVert\rvert&#xA;\]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(i.e., triple bars). Of course, the above examples are terrible, no respect for spaces. Is there an efficient way of doing this so that the delimiters are extensible (compatible with &lt;code&gt;$\left$&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;$\right$&lt;/code&gt;)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know of the package &lt;em&gt;nath&lt;/em&gt;, but it's quite incompatible with amsmath, and generates thousands of errors, so is not an option. I've also tried with &quot;DeclareMathDelimiterX&quot; in &lt;em&gt;mathmode&lt;/em&gt;, but couldn't get it to work quite as well as I'ld like.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3920" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-02T13:38:32.500" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T14:36:50.547" Title="Extensible double angle, etc" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="12465" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12464" CreationDate="2011-03-02T13:40:46.933" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Strangely enough, &lt;a href=&quot;http://detexify.kirelabs.org/classify.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Detexify&lt;/a&gt; didn't help here. Another great source is &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/symbols/comprehensive/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;The Comprehensive LaTeX Symbol List&lt;/a&gt;, and this has the following answers:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For your first delimiter pair use &lt;code&gt;\llangle&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\rrangle&lt;/code&gt; from the &lt;code&gt;mnsymbol&lt;/code&gt; package (as observed in Martin's comment above); for the second pair you can try &lt;code&gt;\vvvert&lt;/code&gt; from &lt;code&gt;mathabx&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T13:40:46.933" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="12466" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12459" CreationDate="2011-03-02T14:04:57.860" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;use it this way, without the &lt;code&gt;\ScaleIfNeeded&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newsavebox\IBox&#xA;\let\IncludeGraphics\includegraphics&#xA;\renewcommand\includegraphics[2][]{%&#xA;  \sbox\IBox{\IncludeGraphics[#1]{#2}}%&#xA;  \ifdim\wd\IBox&amp;gt;\linewidth\resizebox{\linewidth}{!}{\usebox\IBox}\else\usebox\IBox\fi}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;your parameters are first applied, then it is tested if greater than &lt;code&gt;\linewidth&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T14:04:57.860" />
  <row Id="12467" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12469" CreationDate="2011-03-02T14:18:12.040" Score="2" ViewCount="59" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to create a table and to make all cells of a column emphasized. Is there a simple way to do it, or do I have to emphasize every single cell?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3921" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T14:25:29.807" Title="Tabular, make a column or a row emphasized" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12468" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12459" CreationDate="2011-03-02T14:25:14.003" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is no need to redefine &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt;. The default width can be set globally as described in the manual section 4.6 &lt;em&gt;Global setting of keys&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;&#xA;% Determine if the image is too wide for the page.&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\ScaleIfNeeded{%&#xA;  \ifdim\Gin@nat@width&amp;gt;\linewidth&#xA;    \linewidth&#xA;  \else&#xA;    \Gin@nat@width&#xA;  \fi&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\setkeys{Gin}{width=\ScaleIfNeeded}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{minipage}{2cm}&#xA;\includegraphics{smiley}&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{minipage}{10cm}&#xA;\includegraphics{smiley}&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;&#xA;% Overwrite global width setting:&#xA;\includegraphics[width=.5\textwidth]{smiley}&#xA;&#xA;% Overwrite global width setting: '!' = normal width&#xA;\includegraphics[scale=.2,width=!]{smiley}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This allows you to overwrite the default width setting if required.&#xA;Note that &lt;code&gt;scale&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;width&lt;/code&gt; don't play nice together, so you have to decide on which one to use.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you really want to mix &lt;code&gt;width&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;scale&lt;/code&gt; you have to wrap the &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt; manually into a &lt;code&gt;\resizebox&lt;/code&gt; (also provided from &lt;code&gt;graphics/x&lt;/code&gt; package). Note the different &lt;code&gt;\ScaleIfNeeded&lt;/code&gt; macro here which could be in-lined anyway because it is only used once.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;&#xA;% Determine if the image is too wide for the page.&#xA;\def\ScaleIfNeeded{%&#xA;  \ifdim\width&amp;gt;\linewidth&#xA;    \linewidth&#xA;  \else&#xA;    \width&#xA;  \fi&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\let\origincludegraphics\includegraphics&#xA;\renewcommand*\includegraphics[2][]{%&#xA;    \resizebox{\ScaleIfNeeded}{!}{\origincludegraphics[#1]{#2}}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{minipage}{2cm}&#xA;\includegraphics[scale=10]{smiley}&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{minipage}{10cm}&#xA;\includegraphics{smiley}&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;&#xA;\includegraphics[width=.5\textwidth]{smiley}&#xA;&#xA;\includegraphics[scale=.2]{smiley}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T14:25:14.003" />
  <row Id="12469" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12467" CreationDate="2011-03-02T14:25:29.807" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;gt;{..}&lt;/code&gt; defines what to do before the cell&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{c &amp;gt;{\em}c c}&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar &amp;amp; baz&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T14:25:29.807" />
  <row Id="12470" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12429" CreationDate="2011-03-02T14:26:50.647" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can change the program PGF/TikZ calls to generate the external graphics with the key &lt;code&gt;/tikz/external/system call&lt;/code&gt; (see the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/get/graphics/pgf/base/doc/generic/pgf/pgfmanual.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;manual&lt;/a&gt;, page 345). The default value is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\tikzset{external/system call={pdflatex \tikzexternalcheckshellescape -halt-on-error -interaction=batchmode -jobname &quot;\image&quot; &quot;\texsource&quot;}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Replacing &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;lualatex&lt;/code&gt; should solve the problem:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{external}&#xA;\tikzset{external/system call={lualatex \tikzexternalcheckshellescape -halt-on-error -interaction=batchmode -jobname &quot;\image&quot; &quot;\texsource&quot;}}&#xA;\tikzexternalize&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;A simple image is \tikz \fill (0,0) circle(5pt);.&#xA;$\pi = \directlua{tex.sprint(math.pi)}$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3323" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T14:26:50.647" />
  <row Id="12471" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-02T14:28:16.870" Score="4" ViewCount="170" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have yet another (baffling) question. Suppose I have the figure attached&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ngh2i.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The question is how can I move the chapter numbers to align with the first line of the chapter title ? &#xA;i.e using the figure, I'd like to move 11 to align with chapter 3 and 9 to align with chapter 2.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I appreciate all the help I get from here. Makes me understand faster this business of typesetting with LaTeX. By the way, I use Memoir class.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2189" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-02T14:34:38.103" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T04:00:27.987" Title="Elements of TOC styling using memoir class" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;memoir&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12472" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12464" CreationDate="2011-03-02T14:36:50.547" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;previous answers for &lt;code&gt;\llangle&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\rrangle&lt;/code&gt; are good.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;this code for triple verts gets good results, although it's a bit of a hack:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\@tvsp{\mathchoice{{}\mkern-4.5mu}{{}\mkern-4.5mu}{{}\mkern-2.5mu}{}}&#xA;\def\ltrivert{\left|\@tvsp\left|\@tvsp\left|}&#xA;\def\rtrivert{\right|\@tvsp\right|\@tvsp\right|}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;using &lt;code&gt;\left&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\right&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;\interleave&lt;/code&gt; might also work well; never tried it,&#xA;since we needed these symbols before the &lt;code&gt;stmaryrd&lt;/code&gt; font was available.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="579" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T14:36:50.547" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12473" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-02T15:43:21.280" Score="5" ViewCount="108" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need 2 different TikZpictures with the same bounding box (the one of the first TikZpicture) because I need a perfect vertical alignment of the subfigures side by side.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please, how can I handle this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2154" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-02T15:48:04.030" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T17:30:02.417" Title="How can I save the bounding box of a TikZpicture and use in other TikZpicture" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12474" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12473" CreationDate="2011-03-02T15:50:46.300" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;code&gt;\useasboundingbox&lt;/code&gt; command in the second picture to set the bounding box. Should be the first command in the picture.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\useasboundingbox (0,0) rectangle (&amp;lt;width of first picture&amp;gt;,&amp;lt;height of first picture&amp;gt;);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you don't know the dimensions of the first picture you can get them from the &lt;code&gt;current bounding box&lt;/code&gt; node. Using &lt;code&gt;remember picture&lt;/code&gt; you can then access this information in the second node.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The code below will set the accept same bounding box for the second picture.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\fbox{%&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;   \draw (-1,-1) -- (5,5);&#xA;   % more drawing commands ...&#xA;   \coordinate (FIRST NE) at (current bounding box.north east);&#xA;   \coordinate (FIRST SW) at (current bounding box.south west);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;}&#xA;\fbox{%&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;   \useasboundingbox (FIRST SW) rectangle (FIRST NE);&#xA;   \draw (0,0) -- (1,1);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This works if both pictures use only positive coordinates. Adjustment must be made if this isn't the case.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\fbox&lt;/code&gt; commands are only to display the bounding box and are not really required.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-02T16:22:47.443" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T16:22:47.443" CommentCount="14" />
  <row Id="12475" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12473" CreationDate="2011-03-02T16:01:17.777" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The code of Martin is correct but if you want to know the width and the height of the picture, you can use &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newbox\mybox &#xA;\setbox\mybox=\hbox{\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;...&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now you get the width and the height of picture with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\wd\mybox&#xA;\ht\mybox&#xA;\dp\mybox&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The height is &lt;code&gt;\dp&lt;/code&gt; + &lt;code&gt;\ht&lt;/code&gt;. I don't know if pgf/TikZ gives the height and the width directly. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-02T16:08:56.523" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T16:08:56.523" />
  <row Id="12477" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12471" CreationDate="2011-03-02T16:51:10.297" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's a minimal example that shows the problem, but I don't have a solution yet:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{memoir}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tableofcontents*&#xA;\chapter{First chapter, in which many wonderful things happen. And then other things.}&#xA;\chapter{Second chapter, in which many wonderful things happen. And then other things.}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Memoir section 9.2 has the ToC methods given, and says the code for typesetting a numbered chapter is more or less&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{\cftchapterfont {\cftchaptername \cftchapterpresnum SNUM\cftchapteraftersnum\hfil} \cftchapteraftersnumb TITLE}&#xA;{\cftchapterleader}{\cftchapterformatpnum{PAGE}}\cftchapterafterpnum\par&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;with substitutions made for the chapter number as SNUM, chapter title as TITLE, and the page number as PAGE.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The default definition for &lt;code&gt;\cftchapterformatpnum&lt;/code&gt; should be something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand*{\cftchapterformatpnum}[1]{%&#xA;\hbox to \@pnumwidth{\hfil{\cftchapterpagefont #1}}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but since the page number is limited to a box on the regular baseline, I don't know if there's an easy way of moving up a few lines before typesetting that box.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But maybe this will narrow down the problem enough for someone else to post a solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3345" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T16:51:10.297" />
  <row Id="12478" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12473" CreationDate="2011-03-02T17:30:02.417" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another way to do it is to use a single tikzpicture environment and one scope environment:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;% TikZ code for first picture&#xA;\begin{scope}[xshift=5cm]&#xA;% TikZ code for second picture&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then the points plotted at (x,y) in each scope will be exactly 5cm apart.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T17:30:02.417" />
  <row Id="12479" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11843" CreationDate="2011-03-02T18:03:41.897" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try to add &lt;code&gt;\vspace{0pt}&lt;/code&gt; at the end of all columns to place the baselines on the bottom as described in &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/11630/aligning-image-and-text-on-top-with-minipages/11631#11631&quot;&gt;this answer&lt;/a&gt;. Then the &lt;code&gt;b&lt;/code&gt; option should work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T18:03:41.897" />
  <row Id="12480" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12435" CreationDate="2011-03-02T18:25:47.853" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You probably have to patch the kernel (untested):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\@xtypein[#1]#2{%&#xA;  \typeout{#2}%&#xA;  \@tempcnta\endlinechar&#xA;  \endlinechar\m@ne&#xA;  \read\@inputcheck to#1%&#xA;  \endlinechar\@tempcnta&#xA;  \@typein}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This should be done at format generation time; you might report it at the LaTeX mailing list (LATEX-L@LISTSERV.UNI-HEIDELBERG.DE).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T18:25:47.853" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12481" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12490" CreationDate="2011-03-02T19:08:04.930" Score="3" ViewCount="136" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have been trying to automate the production of stepped tables that contain conversion factors of all sorts. (See &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/12150/protrusion-of-fractions-in-tabulars&quot;&gt;Protrusion of fractions in tabulars&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As part of this I have a rather convoluted macro to convert decimals to fractions. The algorithm works fairly well and sample output is shown below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/bZGpU.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As I am trying to catch common fractions as those found in traditional units (1/12, 3/4, 1/60, 1/3 etc), I would like to be able to break out of the loop once a limit is reached. I have tested it using &lt;code&gt;FPifgt&lt;/code&gt; or similar but I am getting problems with the double &lt;code&gt;fi&lt;/code&gt;. Is there a way out of it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The code is shown below (apologies for length):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath,fp}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\count@=1&#xA;\def\DecimalToFraction#1{&#xA;%helper macro&#xA;\FPset\zero{0}&#xA;\FPset\X{#1}&#xA;&#xA;%% Set initial values&#xA;\FPadd\X{\X}{0.0000000001} % avoid overflows and divisions by zero&#xA;\FPset\Zi{\X}&#xA;\FPset\Di{1}&#xA;\FPset\Dprevious{0}&#xA;%% begin loop&#xA;\loop\ifnum\count@&amp;lt;13&#xA;%% numerator term&#xA;\FPtrunc\temp{\Zi}{0} &#xA;\FPsub\temp{\Zi}{\temp}&#xA;%% inverse&#xA;\FPdiv\Znext{1}{\temp}&#xA;%% Find Dnext&#xA;\FPtrunc\IntZnext{\Znext}{0}&#xA;%% Di x Int{Zi+1}&#xA;\FPmul\temp{\Di}{\IntZnext}&#xA;\FPadd\temp{\Di}{\Dprevious}&#xA;\FPset\Dnext{\temp}&#xA;\FPround\Dnext{\Dnext}{0}&#xA;&#xA;%%% Find Ni+1&#xA;\FPmul\temp{\X}{\Dnext}&#xA;\FPround\temp{\temp}{0}&#xA;\FPset\Nnext{\temp}&#xA;&#xA;\FPdiv\ratio{\Nnext}{\Dnext}&#xA;&#xA;\(Z_i=\Znext\to \Nnext/\Dnext =\ratio\)&#xA;&#xA;\FPset{\Dprevious}{\Dnext}&#xA;\FPset{\Di}{\Dprevious}&#xA;\FPset{\Zi}{\Znext}&#xA;&#xA;\advance\count@ by1&#xA;\repeat&#xA;%% end of loop&#xA;&#xA;\gdef\NUM{\Nnext}&#xA;\gdef\DEN{\Dnext}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\Test#1{%&#xA;\DecimalToFraction{#1}&#xA;The number $#1=\frac{\NUM}{\DEN}$&#xA;&#xA;}&#xA;\Test{0.375}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T21:07:16.277" Title="How to break out of a loop" Tags="&lt;programming&gt;&lt;loops&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="12482" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12487" CreationDate="2011-03-02T19:09:36.887" Score="12" ViewCount="165" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background:&lt;/strong&gt; I'm trying to deepen my understanding of TeX and how the intricacies work (spurred a little by this place, I should say, and hoping one day to not be a &quot;Cargo Cult Programmer&quot; - see &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/451/when-to-use-edef-noexpand-and-expandafter&quot;&gt;When to use \edef, \noexpand, and \expandafter?&lt;/a&gt; both for my other attempts to deepen my knowledge and the - justified - accusation of being a CCP).  My source is TeX-by-Topic, but I'm not good at reading from first to last and dip in and out so don't always understand things fully when I read them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I feel I'm beginning to get the idea of expansion, but still a few things elude me.  To try to make an answerable question out of this, let me focus on &lt;code&gt;\noexpand&lt;/code&gt;.  According to TeX-by-Topic, this is expandable and sets the next token to temporarily be &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt;.  It's the &quot;temporarily&quot; that I'm finding hard to get my head around.  If one wanted to emulate &lt;code&gt;\noexpand&lt;/code&gt; as a &lt;em&gt;macro&lt;/em&gt;, then the best I could think of was:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\noexpand#1{\let\tempa#1%&#xA;\let#1\relax&#xA;#1%&#xA;\let#1\tempa}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but I suspect that this would cause problems in an &quot;expand-until-no-expandables-left&quot; context (such as following an &lt;code&gt;\if&lt;/code&gt;).  So, to make this a definite question: Can &lt;code&gt;\noexpand&lt;/code&gt; be implemented as a macro, or is there some black magic that requires it to be a primitive?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The picture that I have in mind when I think of &lt;code&gt;\noexpand&lt;/code&gt; is that TeX goes in to a ravenous eating mode wherein it chomps up a load of input in its mouth and grinds it up as much as possible before swallowing it, but &lt;code&gt;\noexpand&lt;/code&gt; wraps its stuff in an unchewable coating.  However, that coating is not immune to the stomach acids.  Unfortunately, sometimes TeX (not being well brought up) does a little belch and some of what it ate comes back up to be reconsumed.  At this point, the stuff previously protected by &lt;code&gt;\noexpand&lt;/code&gt; has had its coating removed by the acids and is now chewable.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T17:29:04.767" Title="Does `\noexpand` have to be a primitive?" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;expansion&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="8" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="12483" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12498" CreationDate="2011-03-02T19:17:39.330" Score="6" ViewCount="131" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to design the table of contents aligned to a vertical line near the center of the page. The chapter and section titles need to be flushright, the numbers flushleft, and between titles and numbers, I'd like to place a separating element. It can be done easily by a tabular:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}{&amp;gt;{\raggedleft}m{0.4\textwidth}&amp;gt;{\centering}m{0.3cm}&amp;gt;{\raggedright}m{0.4\textwidth}}&#xA;First section title &amp;amp; \textbullet &amp;amp; 27 \tabularnewline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can see the result of the code above on this image:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/qb5tH.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But how can I build a tabular with the LaTeX &lt;code&gt;\tableofcontents&lt;/code&gt; command? What commands do I need to redefine? After some googling I haven't found any ready solution. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3216" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T16:36:23.393" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T16:36:23.393" Title="How to center the TOC?" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;horizontal-alignment&gt;&lt;centering&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="12484" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12482" CreationDate="2011-03-02T19:32:42.670" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your macro-based approach will fail as you use assignments (&lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt;): these cannot be used in an expansion context. While TeX is Turing-compete, this says nothing about expansion. It's not possible to alter the meaning of something &lt;em&gt;within&lt;/em&gt; an expansion (at least without LuaTeX). So the answer to the question is 'Yes, this has to be a primitive'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T19:32:42.670" />
  <row Id="12485" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12481" CreationDate="2011-03-02T19:34:39.847" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The loop has the structure&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\loop&#xA;...&#xA;\if...&#xA;...&#xA;\repeat&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are between &lt;code&gt;\if&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\repeat&lt;/code&gt;, you can issue &lt;code&gt;\fi\iffalse&lt;/code&gt; to close the current &lt;code&gt;\if&lt;/code&gt; and skip all the text until &lt;code&gt;\repeat&lt;/code&gt; (or rather, until a &lt;code&gt;\fi&lt;/code&gt; that is produced by &lt;code&gt;\loop...\repeat&lt;/code&gt;). This will not work if your loop is &lt;code&gt;\loop...\if...\else...\repeat&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A more robust solution is to place &lt;code&gt;\@gobble\mysentinel&lt;/code&gt; just before &lt;code&gt;\repeat&lt;/code&gt;, and then use the following macro to go out of the loop: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\Iwanttobreakfree#1\mysentinel{\iffalse}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This will throw away all the tokens until &lt;code&gt;\mysentinel&lt;/code&gt;, including &lt;code&gt;\@gobble&lt;/code&gt;, and the &lt;code&gt;\iffalse&lt;/code&gt; makes sure that the loop stops.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T19:34:39.847" CommentCount="10" />
  <row Id="12486" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12496" CreationDate="2011-03-02T19:35:49.400" Score="7" ViewCount="119" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need to write document containing a lot of URLs but some fragments of these URLs have to be in bold. How can I accomplished this? For urls I use &lt;code&gt;\nolinkurl&lt;/code&gt; but I can't use &lt;code&gt;\bf&lt;/code&gt; in it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3926" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-17T13:07:20.963" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T13:07:20.963" Title="Url with fragments in bold" Tags="&lt;url&gt;&lt;bold&gt;&lt;text-decorations&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="12487" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12482" CreationDate="2011-03-02T19:38:36.800" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;(Further updated answer, with &lt;em&gt;a look deep down the Lion's Mouth&lt;/em&gt; in the last section.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Joseph gave an answer (“No!”) to your actual question; I'll try to get your (and my) head around the “temporarily”. Let's start from TeX-by-Topic, bottom of page 129:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\noexpand&lt;/code&gt; command is expandable, and its expansion is the following token. The meaning of that token is made temporarily equal to &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt;, so that it cannot be expanded further.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At first I dismissed this as a colourful description, but one can easily see that TeX-by-Topic is right: The following short plain TeX file&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\foo{bar}&#xA;\expandafter\show\noexpand\foo&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;prints&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;gt; \foo=\relax.&#xA;&amp;lt;recently read&amp;gt; \notexpanded: \foo &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to the terminal, so &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt; is indeed “made temporarily equal to &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt;”. What I find very interesting is the &lt;code&gt;\notexpanded: \foo&lt;/code&gt;; this &lt;code&gt;\notexpanded&lt;/code&gt; isn't mentioned in the TeXbook or in TeX-by-Topic, and I only found one occurrence in Knuth's &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/texlive/Contents/live/texmf-dist/doc/generic/knuth/tex/tripman.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;torture test for TeX&lt;/a&gt;. (Another test is to put &lt;code&gt;\tracingcommands=2 \noexpand\foo&lt;/code&gt; into your TeX file; then you'll find a &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt; in your log file.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the TeXbook there's a description that I find easier chewable than the one from TeX-by-Topic (since it doesn't contain “temporarily”): On page 214 it says&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\noexpand&lt;/code&gt;&amp;lang;token&amp;rang;. The expansion is the token itself; but that token is interpreted as if its meaning were ‘&lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt;’ if it is a control sequence that would ordinarily be expanded by TeX’s expansion rules.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;So what does “temporarily” mean?&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In practise, “temporarily equal to &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt;” means the following: When TeX expands &lt;code&gt;\noexpand\foo&lt;/code&gt;, the result is &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt; with the temporary meaning &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt;, and as soon as TeX &lt;em&gt;continues&lt;/em&gt; expanding, &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt; gets back its original meaning. A typical use case of &lt;code&gt;\noexpand&lt;/code&gt;, from Tex-by-Topic (page 130):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\edef\one{\def\noexpand\two{\the\prevdepth}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inside the &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt;, TeX doesn't expand &lt;code&gt;\two&lt;/code&gt; but continues with the &lt;em&gt;next&lt;/em&gt; token &lt;code&gt;{&lt;/code&gt; (which is also not expandable). The &lt;code&gt;\noexpand&lt;/code&gt; is needed since otherwise TeX would try to expand &lt;code&gt;\two&lt;/code&gt;. This would cause an error if &lt;code&gt;\two&lt;/code&gt; is undefined, and it would cause much more trouble if &lt;code&gt;\two&lt;/code&gt; has been defined before. (Before &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt; one doesn't need a &lt;code&gt;\noexpand&lt;/code&gt; since &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt; is not expandable.) If you now &lt;code&gt;\show&lt;/code&gt; the &lt;code&gt;\one&lt;/code&gt;, then you see that the real &lt;code&gt;\two&lt;/code&gt;, not a &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt;ed one is inside &lt;code&gt;\one&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;gt; \one=macro:&#xA;-&amp;gt;\def \two {-1000.0pt}.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;What's happening behind the scenes?&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Let me first say this in the picture of TeX's mouth and stomach. In general, TeX continues chewing on a token list in its mouth as long as the &lt;em&gt;first&lt;/em&gt; token is expandable. When the first token is unexpandable, it's swallowed for further processing in the stomach. Now &lt;code&gt;\noexpand&lt;/code&gt; indeed wraps the token following it in some protective coating. However, this coating &lt;em&gt;is&lt;/em&gt; chewable; figure that it's made of sugar. Thus, when TeX chews on such a coated token, the coating is removed (and the token is expandable again), but TeX gets a sensory flash and thinks “Wow, this tastes like &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt;, I want to swallow it.” And sure enough, if the now uncoated token is the &lt;em&gt;first&lt;/em&gt; in TeX's mouth (think of “first” as “closest to the throat”), then it is swallowed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Two examples (the 2nd one being rather academic):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;You have, e.g.,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\edef\bar{\noexpand\foo\anothercs}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then inside the &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\noexpand\foo&lt;/code&gt; expands to a &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt;ed &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt;. This is converted back to &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt;, immediately swallowed, and TeX continues with expanding the &lt;em&gt;next&lt;/em&gt; token &lt;code&gt;\anothercs&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;You expand &lt;code&gt;\noexpand\foo&lt;/code&gt; &lt;em&gt;twice&lt;/em&gt;, e.g. with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\foo{bar}&#xA;\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\show\noexpand\foo&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then on the terminal you get&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;gt; \foo=macro:&#xA;-&amp;gt;bar.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thus, expanding &lt;code&gt;\noexpand\foo&lt;/code&gt; &lt;em&gt;once&lt;/em&gt; gives a &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt;ed &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt; (as seen above), and the expansion of the &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt;ed &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt; is again the original &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt;. And this is &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; swallowed since it's not the first token!&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Disclaimer:&lt;/em&gt; The above I found out by observation; it might be that some details are not entirely correct.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Some final remarks&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Your attempt at defining &lt;code&gt;\noexpand&lt;/code&gt; as macro fails for several reasons. One technical point is that &lt;code&gt;\let#1\relax&lt;/code&gt; is not a good idea if &lt;code&gt;#1&lt;/code&gt; isn't a control sequence. Another point is that it's not really helpful to do &lt;code&gt;\let#1\relax #1&lt;/code&gt;; this has the same effect as &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt; as far as I can tell. (And as pointed out in the other answers, &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt; is not expandable.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-10T17:29:04.767" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T17:29:04.767" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="12488" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12482" CreationDate="2011-03-02T19:42:33.613" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm pretty sure that &lt;code&gt;\noexpand&lt;/code&gt; must be a primitive. It causes the following token to behave like &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt; in that &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt; is not expandable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\edef\foo{\relax}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;has the same effect as &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\foo{\relax}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\noexpand&lt;/code&gt; lets you do that with any token.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\edef\bar{\noexpand\foo}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;causes the replacement text of &lt;code&gt;\bar&lt;/code&gt; to be &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt;. Without the &lt;code&gt;\noexpand&lt;/code&gt; it would be &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As Joseph's answer (which appeared as I wrote this) points out, your version of &lt;code&gt;\noexpand&lt;/code&gt; is not expandable because it uses assignments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Consider how it behaves in the &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt; below.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\foo{ABC}&#xA;\edef\bar{\noexpand\foo}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First, &lt;code&gt;\noexpand\foo&lt;/code&gt; would expand to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\tempa\foo \let\foo\relax \foo \let\foo\tempa \foo&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;now since we are expanding, &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt; would expand everywhere to &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\tempa ABC \let ABC\relax ABC \let ABC\tempa ABC&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T19:42:33.613" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12489" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12499" CreationDate="2011-03-02T19:45:45.827" Score="2" ViewCount="124" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to make a subsection heading with the memoir class.&#xA;The problem is the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to have a displayed heading for my subsubsection. The text should begin right after the subsubsec heading as a new line, and NOT as a new paragraph.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Memoir sets as a vertikal space after the headings the lenghts&#xA;&lt;code&gt;afterskip + \parskip(of heading font) + \baselineskip(of text font)&lt;/code&gt;.&#xA;To solve the problem, it would be plausible to set afterskip to -parskip. But, if afterskip becomes a negative value, the heading will turn into a run-in style.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I made my tests with the following minimal example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{memoir}&#xA;\parskip9pt&#xA;\parindent0pt&#xA;&#xA;\setcounter{secnumdepth}{2}&#xA;\setbeforesubsubsecskip{9pt}&#xA;\setaftersubsubsecskip{1pt}&#xA;&#xA;\setsubsubsecheadstyle{\scshape}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\subsubsection{lorem ipsum}&#xA;lorem ipsum&#xA;&#xA;lorem ipsum &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I used before the titlesec package, and it was excelent, till I not tried to use \titleref... This \titleref doesn't work with this package only for the chapters. If I dont't use titlesec, the references for sections working also good.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3097" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T21:35:12.097" Title="Memoir class -- Displayed heading for subsubsection" Tags="&lt;memoir&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;titlesec&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="12490" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12481" CreationDate="2011-03-02T19:46:35.520" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To abort the loop after the current iteration simply &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt; the internal &lt;code&gt;\iterate&lt;/code&gt; macro to &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt;. &#xA;If you want to skip the rest of the loop code &#xA;you can use a macro defined to &lt;code&gt;\fi\false&lt;/code&gt; for this (as Bruno already said).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Abort at end of current iteration:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\newcount\mycount&#xA;&#xA;\mycount=1&#xA;&#xA;\loop\ifnum\mycount&amp;lt;13&#xA;&#xA; % Do calculation&#xA; \typeout{Loop: \the\mycount}&#xA;&#xA; \ifnum\mycount&amp;gt;5&#xA;    \let\iterate\relax&#xA; \fi&#xA; \advance\mycount by 1\relax&#xA;\repeat&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Abort immediately: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\def\breakloop{\fi\iffalse}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\newcount\mycount&#xA;&#xA;\mycount=1&#xA;&#xA;\loop\ifnum\mycount&amp;lt;13&#xA;&#xA; % Do calculation&#xA; \typeout{Loop: \the\mycount}&#xA;&#xA; \ifnum\mycount&amp;gt;5&#xA;    \expandafter\breakloop&#xA; \fi&#xA;&#xA; \typeout{ more }&#xA; \advance\mycount by 1\relax&#xA;\repeat&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Explanation:&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First lets look at the (LaTeX) definitions of &lt;code&gt;\loop&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\repeat&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\loop:&#xA;\long macro:#1\repeat -&amp;gt;\def \iterate {#1\relax \expandafter \iterate \fi }\iterate \let \iterate \relax . &#xA;&#xA;\repeat:&#xA;\fi. &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you see &lt;code&gt;\loop&lt;/code&gt; stores everything between it and &lt;code&gt;\repeat&lt;/code&gt; into &lt;code&gt;\iterate&lt;/code&gt; which calls itself. This recursion implements the loop. The &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt; ensures that no dangling &lt;code&gt;\fi&lt;/code&gt;s get accumulated. As long the loop &lt;code&gt;\if...&lt;/code&gt; is true the text is executed, and &lt;code&gt;\iterate&lt;/code&gt; is called again &lt;em&gt;after&lt;/em&gt; the &lt;code&gt;\fi&lt;/code&gt;. If the conditional is false everything until the &lt;code&gt;\fi&lt;/code&gt; is skipped including the &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt;. However if &lt;code&gt;\iterate&lt;/code&gt; is changed to &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt; the recursion stops independent of the conditional. Because this happens after the &lt;code&gt;\fi&lt;/code&gt; no cleanup is required.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\breakloop&lt;/code&gt; generates a &lt;code&gt;\fi\iffalse&lt;/code&gt;. The &lt;code&gt;\fi&lt;/code&gt; closes the loop conditional and the &lt;code&gt;\iffalse&lt;/code&gt; makes TeX skip everything until the final &lt;code&gt;\fi&lt;/code&gt; like the loop conditional would do.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you need to use FP conditionals inside the loop you have to make them &quot;skip save&quot; first. The problem is that FP define own &lt;code&gt;if&lt;/code&gt; switches as &lt;em&gt;macros&lt;/em&gt; which aren't recognized when TeX skips over an &lt;em&gt;false&lt;/em&gt; path. To fix this define macros like this&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\xFPiflt#1#2{%&#xA;  \FPiflt{#1}{#2}%&#xA;    \expandafter\@firstoftwo&#xA;  \else&#xA;    \expandafter\@secondoftwo&#xA;  \fi&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then use &lt;code&gt;\xFPiflt\x\y{&amp;lt;true&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;false&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\FPiflt\x\y &amp;lt;true&amp;gt; \else &amp;lt;false&amp;gt; \fi&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-02T21:07:16.277" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T21:07:16.277" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="12491" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12493" CreationDate="2011-03-02T20:24:58.323" Score="7" ViewCount="138" Body="&lt;p&gt;In traditional typesetting for books, there are often little figures called vignettes that serve as a separation between sections or subsections.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One could always include the graphics as in a figure/vector, draw it with &#xA;tikz-pgf or even work a font, but I am wondering if there is any package that provides good integration with (hopefully pretty) vignettes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If not, a good collection and instructions to put them automatically at the end of a section will be much appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt;: Summary of answers: there is no package or way to doing that automatically, at least not touching only the preamble. The best way is to create a macro to insert the ornament and calling it wherever is needed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3927" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-21T06:21:32.313" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T06:21:32.313" Title="Where can I find vignettes to separate sections?" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="12492" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12483" CreationDate="2011-03-02T20:27:43.690" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Redefine &lt;code&gt;\tableofcontents&lt;/code&gt; to produce the tabular environment&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Redefine &lt;code&gt;\l@chapter&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\l@section&lt;/code&gt; etc. to produce the rows of the table. These macros take two arguments. Use &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/8351/what-do-makeatletter-and-makeatother-do&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;makeatletter&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\makeatother&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Have a look into the source of your document class, where all mentioned macros are defined. The source is on your local drive, use your search feature or &lt;code&gt;kpsewhich&lt;/code&gt; to locate it, such as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;kpsewhich book.cls&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;at the command prompt. On Linux, I often directly use it like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;gedit `kpsewhich book.cls`&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Actually, I made a shell function for that, to ease the frequent access of source code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T20:27:43.690" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12493" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12491" CreationDate="2011-03-02T20:33:47.947" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;You could use an ornament font such as &lt;code&gt;adforn&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;webomint&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;fourier&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;pifont&lt;/code&gt;, which have been mentioned here: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/10941/free-ornaments-font&quot;&gt;Free ornaments font&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Regarding integration, have a look at&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/11320/end-of-paragraph-with-ornament&quot;&gt;End of paragraph with ornament&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/7381/paragraph-breaks-with-asterisks&quot;&gt;Paragraph breaks with asterisks&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could adjust the solutions there for separating sections or subsections as well.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T20:33:47.947" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12494" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12489" CreationDate="2011-03-02T20:47:05.460" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've just removed the \parskip influence on the chapter spacings, might be an idea to also introduce this inside sectional constructions&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One reason why this has not already been done is that for the most part, documents with no parindent and non-zero parskip are not particularly good for communication, especially if the document has many lists or displayed math.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3929" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T20:47:05.460" CommentCount="10" />
  <row Id="12495" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12471" CreationDate="2011-03-02T20:51:04.320" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As the desired style is rather unusual, there is no simple solution. You'll have to recode the &lt;code&gt;\l@chapter&lt;/code&gt; command placing the title inside a &lt;code&gt;\parbox&lt;/code&gt; that is aligned at the top line. Then it should be doable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3929" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-03T13:04:07.630" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T13:04:07.630" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12496" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12486" CreationDate="2011-03-02T20:59:12.087" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can select the font used for URL using &lt;code&gt;\urlstyle&lt;/code&gt;. However bold font isn't supported out-of-the-box. You need to patch the required style definitions as shown below. You need to use a font which supports a bold+text-typer style (expect you want to have the URLs in normal Roman style).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You need to mark the parts of the URL which is different with a different macro. You can define these macros using &lt;code&gt;\DefineUrlCommand&lt;/code&gt; from the &lt;code&gt;url&lt;/code&gt; package.&#xA;Note that &lt;code&gt;\url&lt;/code&gt; is defined by the &lt;code&gt;url&lt;/code&gt; package which is loaded by &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; which then redefines this macro to an hyperlinked version and provides &lt;code&gt;\nolinkurl&lt;/code&gt; as replacement.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update:&lt;/strong&gt; I added underline style as now requested. This can be done with the help of the &lt;code&gt;ulem&lt;/code&gt; package. I also added other fancy URL styles.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update 2:&lt;/strong&gt;  Simplified code. Added color example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;%% works with `url` only as well:&#xA;%\usepackage{url}&#xA;&#xA;% Use a font which gives you bold text-typer:&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{lmodern}&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareUrlCommand{\tturl}{\urlstyle{tt}}&#xA;\DeclareUrlCommand{\bftturl}{\def\UrlFont{\bfseries}}&#xA;\DeclareUrlCommand{\bfurl}{\def\UrlFont{\bfseries\ttfamily}}&#xA;&#xA;% Colors:&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\DeclareUrlCommand{\redurl}{\def\UrlFont{\ttfamily\color{red}}}&#xA;&#xA;% More fancy URL styles:&#xA;\usepackage[normalem]{ulem}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand*\DeclareFancyUrlCommand[2]{%&#xA;    \expandafter\DeclareFancy@UrlCommand&#xA;    \expandafter{\csname fancyurl@\expandafter\@gobble\string#2\endcsname}{#1}{#2}%&#xA;}&#xA;\def\DeclareFancy@UrlCommand#1#2#3{%&#xA;    \let#1\empty % must not be \relax&#xA;    \useunder{#3}{#1}{}%&#xA;    \DeclareUrlCommand{#2}{\def\UrlFont{\ttfamily#1}}%&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareFancyUrlCommand{\ulurl}{\uline}&#xA;\DeclareFancyUrlCommand{\uulurl}{\uuline}&#xA;\DeclareFancyUrlCommand{\uwurl}{\uwave}&#xA;\DeclareFancyUrlCommand{\sourl}{\sout}&#xA;\DeclareFancyUrlCommand{\xourl}{\xout}&#xA;\DeclareFancyUrlCommand{\daurl}{\dashuline}&#xA;\DeclareFancyUrlCommand{\dourl}{\dotuline}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\par\bfurl{http://www.example.com/allbold-onlybold}&#xA;\par\bftturl{http://www.example.com/allbold-intexttyper}&#xA;\par\tturl{http://www.example.com/}\bftturl{onlythisisbold}&#xA;\par\tturl{http://www.example.com/}\ulurl{special$_%part}\tturl{/normal/%$^_/again}&#xA;\par\tturl{http://www.example.com/}\uulurl{special$_%part}\tturl{/normal/%$^_/again}&#xA;\par\tturl{http://www.example.com/}\uwurl{special$_%part}\tturl{/normal/%$^_/again}&#xA;\par\tturl{http://www.example.com/}\sourl{special$_%part}\tturl{/normal/%$^_/again}&#xA;\par\tturl{http://www.example.com/}\xourl{special$_%part}\tturl{/normal/%$^_/again}&#xA;\par\tturl{http://www.example.com/}\daurl{special$_%part}\tturl{/normal/%$^_/again}&#xA;\par\tturl{http://www.example.com/}\dourl{special$_%part}\tturl{/normal/%$^_/again}&#xA;\par\tturl{http://www.example.com/}\redurl{special$_%part}\tturl{/normal/%$^_/again}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Result:&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/p24A7.png&quot; alt=&quot;Result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-03T21:46:13.373" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T21:46:13.373" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12497" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1042" CreationDate="2011-03-02T21:13:18.130" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;@Andrew: There is a potential danger with the following solution: endless back-linking in not-so-complex situations. You need a flag to avoid that. See the macro &lt;code&gt;\XKV@replacepointers&lt;/code&gt; in the xkeyval package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareOption{a}{%&#xA;  \renewcommand{\synonymous}{Greetings Earthlings}}&#xA;\DeclareOption{b}{\ExecuteOptions{a}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="994" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T21:13:18.130" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12498" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12483" CreationDate="2011-03-02T21:21:22.863" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For the chapter insert any symbol you like, instead of the &lt;code&gt;\Large\textbullet&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor,ragged2e}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\MBox#1#2#3#4{%&#xA;  \parbox[t]{0.4\linewidth}{\RaggedLeft#1}%&#xA;  \makebox[0.1\linewidth]{\color{red}#2}%&#xA;  \makebox[0.4\linewidth][l]{#3}\\[#4]}&#xA;\renewcommand*\l@chapter   [2]{\par\MBox{\bfseries\Large#1}{\Large\textbullet}{#2}{5pt}}&#xA;\renewcommand*\l@section   [2]{    \MBox{\bfseries\large#1}{\textbullet}{#2}{2pt}}&#xA;\renewcommand*\l@subsection[2]{    \MBox{\bfseries      #1}{\textbullet}{#2}{1pt}}&#xA;\renewcommand\numberline[1]{}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\chapter{First Chapter}&#xA;\section{foo}&#xA;\newpage&#xA;\section{bar}&#xA;\newpage&#xA;\subsection{foobar}&#xA;foobar&#xA;\section{An extraordinary long section title which should have a linebreak&#xA;         in the table of contents}&#xA;bar&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/AfNgy.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-02T21:32:21.200" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T21:32:21.200" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12499" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12489" CreationDate="2011-03-02T21:35:12.097" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is a temp fix&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand{\@startsection}[6]{%&#xA;  \@nameuse{#1block}%&#xA;  \ifraggedbottomsection\if@nobreak\else&#xA;    \vskip\z@\@plus\bottomsectionskip&#xA;    \penalty\z@&#xA;    \vskip\z@\@plus -\bottomsectionskip&#xA;  \fi\fi&#xA;  \def\m@msecn@me{#1}%&#xA;  \if@noskipsec \leavevmode \fi&#xA;  \par&#xA;  \@tempskipa #4\relax&#xA;  \@afterindenttrue&#xA;  \ifdim \@tempskipa &amp;lt;\z@&#xA;    \@tempskipa -\@tempskipa \@afterindentfalse&#xA;  \fi&#xA;  \if@nobreak&#xA;    \everypar{}%&#xA;  \else&#xA;    \addpenalty\@secpenalty%&#xA;    \addvspace\@tempskipa&#xA;    \addvspace{-\parskip}% &amp;lt;--- added&#xA;  \fi&#xA;  \@ifstar&#xA;    {\@ssect{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}%&#xA;    {\@trplargoom{\M@sect{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}}}&#xA;&#xA;\def\@xsect#1{%&#xA;  \@tempskipa #1\relax&#xA;  \ifdim \@tempskipa&amp;gt;\z@&#xA;  \par&#xA;  \nobreak&#xA;  \vskip \@tempskipa&#xA;  \vskip-\parskip% &amp;lt;--- added&#xA;  \@afterheading&#xA;  \else&#xA;  \@nobreakfalse&#xA;  \global\@noskipsectrue&#xA;  \everypar{%&#xA;    \if@noskipsec&#xA;     \global\@noskipsecfalse&#xA;     {\setbox\z@\lastbox}%&#xA;     \clubpenalty\@M&#xA;     \begingroup \@svsechd \endgroup&#xA;     \unskip&#xA;     \@tempskipa #1\relax&#xA;     \hskip -\@tempskipa&#xA;     \else&#xA;    \clubpenalty \@clubpenalty&#xA;    \everypar{}%&#xA;     \fi}%&#xA;   \fi&#xA;  \ignorespaces}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3929" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T21:35:12.097" />
  <row Id="12500" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12531" CreationDate="2011-03-02T21:40:38.153" Score="1" ViewCount="441" Body="&lt;p&gt;My Adobe decided it should be version X now, and it misbehaves in so many ways. One way is that it is impossible to get it to open a pdf document from within TexnicCenter (or I missed something...) Pressing F5 opens up the Adobe with some start menu asking me to open a recent file blablabla. But not the file I want to see. And TexnicCenter tells me the command could not be executed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've had it with Adobe bloatware, so I want to shift to something else. Nitro comes to mind, as I find it a decent PDF reader and editor. So I wondered if anybody had experience setting up TexnicCenter with &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.nitroreader.com/tour/Default.aspx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Nitro&lt;/a&gt;, as I couldn't really find anything on the net. Or is there another one that is better (&lt;a href=&quot;http://blog.kowalczyk.info/software/sumatrapdf/free-pdf-reader.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Sumatra&lt;/a&gt; is mentioned as it gives pdfsync, but again, I have no experience in this)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you for your answers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After some more searching around, I found that there is apparently a problem with the server name for Adobe ( see &lt;a href=&quot;http://forums.adobe.com/message/3323076&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this discussion&lt;/a&gt; ). Still, I've had it with those &lt;em&gt;censored. more censored&lt;/em&gt;. So any help on linking TC with either Nitro or something else is greatly appreciated&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1463" LastEditorUserId="1463" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-02T21:52:52.650" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T09:04:08.450" Title="Configure TexnicCenter with something else than Adobe Reader X" Tags="&lt;installing&gt;&lt;pdf-reader&gt;&lt;texniccenter&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="12501" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12491" CreationDate="2011-03-02T21:47:57.110" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;These are called ornaments. You can define an environment and use them automatically as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fourier}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\newenvironment{Section}[1]&#xA;{\section{#1}}&#xA;{\vspace{12pt}\centering ------- \decofourleft\decofourright ------- \par}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{Section}{Test}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\end{Section}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T21:47:57.110" />
  <row Id="12502" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12500" CreationDate="2011-03-02T21:56:12.280" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I recommend using sumatra pdf instead&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is recommended to use the -reuse-instance in the calling line to be configured inside texniccenter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You may also want to take a look at the latest texmaker, as it comes with its on PDF viewer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3929" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T21:56:12.280" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12503" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12500" CreationDate="2011-03-02T22:53:41.450" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is not an answer to your question but for anybody who wants to continue using Adobe solutions are discussed at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.agmonim.com/2010/12/texniccenter-and-adobe-reader-10-x/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TexnicCenter and Adobe Reader 10 / X&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, most PDF readers (including Adobe) can be used by changing from DDE Command to Command Line argument and using &lt;code&gt;“%bm.pdf”&lt;/code&gt; with a leading space in the box. That’s for View project’s output and for Forward Search. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For many readers you have to use &lt;em&gt;Do not close&lt;/em&gt; in the last option which means you have to close the pdf manually before recompiling. However, for viewers such as &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pdf-software.co.uk/free-pdf-viewer-free-pdf-reader/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;PDF-XChange Viewer&lt;/a&gt; you can put &lt;code&gt;/close “%bm.pdf”&lt;/code&gt; in the bottom box and the document will automatically close.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2737" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T22:53:41.450" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12504" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12491" CreationDate="2011-03-02T23:23:11.563" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;After looking to Jiannis and Stefan answers I just decided that the best option is to do it &lt;em&gt;manually&lt;/em&gt; with some macros. I post my &quot;solution&quot; to help others:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% Nice ending for sections and subsections&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*\myhrulefill{%&#xA;   \leavevmode\leaders\hrule depth-2pt height 2.4pt\hfill\kern0pt}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\niceending[1]{%&#xA;  \begin{center}%&#xA;    \LARGE \myhrulefill \hspace{0.2cm} #1 \hspace{0.2cm} \myhrulefill%&#xA;  \end{center}}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*\nicesectionending{\niceending{\aldineright\aldineleft}}&#xA;\newcommand*\nicesubsectionending{\niceending{\aldinesmall}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After this is defined, I just use &lt;code&gt;\nicesectionending&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\nicesubsectionending&lt;/code&gt; wherever I want. It is not as good as done automatically but as Yiannis said, it will be more typing and very easy to mess up the code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3927" LastActivityDate="2011-03-02T23:23:11.563" />
  <row Id="12505" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12014" CreationDate="2011-03-03T00:26:04.450" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is an easy error to correct. You are not using the correct syntax. Pygments is the program that &lt;code&gt;minted&lt;/code&gt; calls. The command (or environment) is &lt;code&gt;\minted&lt;/code&gt; for a piece of code :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{minted}{python}&#xA;def f(x) :&#xA;    y = x**2&#xA;    return y&#xA;&#xA;for x in range(0,10) :&#xA;    print f(x)*&quot; &quot; + &quot;Hello World&quot;&#xA;\end{minted} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For a one-line piece of code, the command is &lt;code&gt;\mint&lt;/code&gt;. For example,&#xA; &lt;code&gt;\mint{python}|print &quot;Hello World&quot;|&lt;/code&gt;&#xA;Note the delimiter | : the &lt;code&gt;\mint&lt;/code&gt; command works like the &lt;code&gt;\verb&lt;/code&gt; command, any symbol (not appearing in your line of code) may be used.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Many more options are available. For example, there is a &lt;code&gt;listing&lt;/code&gt; environment that puts everything in a floating box. You may also show the line numbers, change the colors, etc ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3708" LastEditorUserId="3708" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-03T04:13:05.347" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T04:13:05.347" />
  <row Id="12506" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-03T02:36:08.533" Score="1" ViewCount="57" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to pass shortcuts to &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have the following project structure&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;/project/report/main.tex&#xA;/project/report/myplotshortcut&#xA;/project/code/r/output/myplot.pdf&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% main.tex&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\inlcudegraphics{myplotshortcut}&#xA;\end{docuemnt}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where &lt;code&gt;myplotshortcut&lt;/code&gt; is a shortcut to &lt;code&gt;myplot.pdf&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Things work fine when I pass &lt;code&gt;myplot.pdf&lt;/code&gt; directly. The shortcut seems to break things. There's no mention of a &quot;pass shortcut&quot; option in the &lt;code&gt;graphicx&lt;/code&gt; manual.  HOWEVER, in my post &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/12421/project-directory-organization-where-does-code-output-go&quot;&gt;Project directory organization: where does the output go&lt;/a&gt; it was mentioned that I should include dynamic links. My understanding is that (basically) symlinks are to Linux as shortcuts are to Windows.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Q: Does what I've posted above work fine with symlinks (as suggested in that linked post)? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Q: If it does, how can I set up a similar architecture using Windows shortcuts? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;UPDATE: I figured out how to make an actual symlink using the &lt;code&gt;mklink&lt;/code&gt; function from the command line. Still no dice. Doesn't seem to make a difference. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3762" LastEditorUserId="3762" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-03T02:58:17.267" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T07:43:20.280" Title="How can I pass a shortcut to a `.pdf` to `\includegraphics{}`?" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;links&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="12507" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-03T02:42:01.383" Score="0" ViewCount="63" Body="&lt;p&gt;Are there any good LaTeX templates or classes available which comply to NSF formatting requirements?  In particular, I'm looking for a template for the &quot;biographical sketch.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="256" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T02:42:01.383" Title="Templates for NSF grant applications" Tags="&lt;documentclass&gt;&lt;templates&gt;" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12508" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12534" CreationDate="2011-03-03T02:46:43.910" Score="10" ViewCount="208" Body="&lt;p&gt;Apologized for my unclear description. I wish I could explain my problem more clearly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In document, I wish I can just write something as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;how to use \cmd \mbox in xxx&quot; or &quot;what is \cmd minipage xxx&quot;. The string with/without \ is the argument of \cmd. \cmd reads token until meeting space or .,; (any char except a-zA-Z)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Following \def taking next word as argument? I can try to do this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Next, in the defination of \cmd, I wish there's a variable to store the string (without ), that is,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;\def\cmd#1{\def\A{} xxx}, then \A would store {mbox} (without ) or {minipage}. So I can use \A in index/toc/ etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to write a manual of some commands of LaTeX (in Chinese). So, it's more easily to maintain the code by this way. (I use \verb and others to do this. But it becomes more and more difficult to maintain the code now).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, I hope I can just type&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;even though you specify \cmd \pagestyle to force an empty xxx&quot; rather than &quot;even though you specify \bscmd{mbox} to force xxx&quot; (\bs for backslash) and &quot;even though you specify \cmd{minipage} to force xxx&quot; (\cmd for normal none-backslash)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then, because of index/hyperref/footnote/etc, so I need something stores mbox or minipage.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you very much!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3936" LastEditorUserId="3936" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-03T15:57:21.617" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T23:44:42.293" Title="How to get the string with \" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;index&gt;&lt;strings&gt;" AnswerCount="6" />
  <row Id="12509" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12508" CreationDate="2011-03-03T02:54:46.443" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure how to make a macro that does what you want, but I think that &lt;code&gt;\verb+\commmand1+&lt;/code&gt; does what you're asking.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="9" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T02:54:46.443" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12510" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-03T03:07:06.437" Score="5" ViewCount="57" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a long document with frequent uses on an environment that needs to be indexed on a per-section basis.  I know that the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/tocloft&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;tocloft&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package  allows creation of custom &quot;list of...&quot;s  I also know that the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/minitoc&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;minitoc&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package allows per-part, per-chapter, or per-section tables of contents.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I need a custom &quot;list of&quot; that occurs on a per-section basis, that is, both functionalities.  I think I have an idea how to implement this:  Each instance of the environment writes something to an aux file that is unique to the section, and at the beginning of that section the custom aux file is read, writing that list.  But before I start hacking I'm wondering if this wheel has been invented before and I don't know of it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T05:28:54.423" Title="How do I create custom &quot;list of...&quot;s on a section level?" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;minitoc&gt;&lt;tocloft&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="12511" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-03T03:38:38.807" Score="1" ViewCount="36" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using TeX live 2010. &#xA;I have a .bib file generated from Mendeley, and &#xA;I want to use that with amsrefs, but it's confusing and&#xA;the amsrefs documentation is somewhat hard to follow:&#xA;how do I massage the .bib file into something that&#xA;amsrefs can stomach. (I'm using amsart as the document class).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="403" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T03:38:38.807" Title="How to convert .bib generated by Mendeley for use with amsrefs" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;amsrefs&gt;" />
  <row Id="12512" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12533" CreationDate="2011-03-03T03:58:00.117" Score="2" ViewCount="84" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like the parbox width of the text in a multicolumn to be calculated automatically from the combined width of the cells that the multicolumn spans. (Their width will vary in different copies of the table.) Is there a way of doing this? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The details are as follows&lt;/strong&gt;: One row of my five-column table contains a multicolumn, spanning four of the columns. I want the text in that multicolumn to wrap correctly, but I don't want to specify an actual numerical width. Instead, I want the width to be determined by the actual combined width of columns 2-5 in the previous row. I've written the basic code for the table (simplified for this illustration) this way, using a tentative numerical width of &quot;2in&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}{c|c|c|c|c|} \cline{2-5}&#xA;{\bf A} &amp;amp; first &amp;amp; second &amp;amp; third &amp;amp; fourth, of variable length \\ \cline{2-5}&#xA;&amp;amp; \multicolumn{4}{|c|}{\parbox{2in}{fifth, also of highly variable length but&#xA;   long enough to need to wrap.}} \\ \cline{2-5}&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have used a parbox because the contents of the multicolumn contains images and text that I want to be able to treat as a unit, but I've left those details out here in order to keep the picture simple. The result looks as I want it to, except that the content of the multicolumn has too much space to the left and right, because I used an ill-chosen manual setting for the width. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The point&lt;/strong&gt;: How can I avoid setting the parbox width manually and instead have it calculated based on the width of the other columns?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[This question was earlier posted on stackoverflow but I was urged to ask it again on this site. Thanks for your patience.]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3935" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-03T10:00:06.483" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T10:00:06.483" Title="\parbox &quot;textwidth&quot; for the combined width of a subset of table cells" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;width&gt;&lt;parbox&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12513" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12529" CreationDate="2011-03-03T04:26:40.030" Score="5" ViewCount="66" Body="&lt;p&gt;In TeX, I can use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\hbox to 1in{foo bar baz}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to get&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/LROY2.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it possible generalize the use, to get this result:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/9aRZo.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;by typing a paragraph &lt;code&gt;foo bar baz test text only&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried &lt;code&gt;\break&lt;/code&gt; to break lines at the end of the paragraph, or to set &lt;code&gt;\parfillskip=0pt&lt;/code&gt;, but the results are wrong:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/xwZQ9.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What parameters should be set to tell TeX's line-breaking algorithm to get this 'ugly' result?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T08:51:37.650" Title="How to spread words in several lines uniformly?" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;line-breaking&gt;&lt;paragraphs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12514" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12510" CreationDate="2011-03-03T04:39:38.287" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;See &quot;7.4. Partial lists&quot; in &lt;code&gt;titletoc&lt;/code&gt; package, it may be what you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And I guess &lt;code&gt;minitoc&lt;/code&gt; may also solve this problem itself. I'm not sure.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For user-defined floats, I could only hack into &lt;code&gt;titletoc&lt;/code&gt;. Luckily, it's not very difficult. And I think this feature should be added into &lt;code&gt;titletoc&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{float,titletoc}&#xA;\newfloat{myflt}{htbp}{mine}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\ttl@partialmine{pmine}&#xA;\def\ttl@writepartial#1#2{%&#xA;  \ttl@topartial{toc}{#1}{#2}%&#xA;  \ttl@topartial{lof}{#1}{#2}%&#xA;  \ttl@topartial{lot}{#1}{#2}%&#xA;  \ttl@topartial{mine}{#1}{#2}%&#xA;  \ttl@writefile{#1}{#2}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\listof{myflt}{Full list}&#xA;&#xA;\section{foo}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{myflt}\caption{foo}\end{myflt}&#xA;&#xA;\section{bar}&#xA;\startlist{mine}&#xA;\printlist{mine}{}{\subsection*{Partial list}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{myflt}\caption{bar}\end{myflt}&#xA;\begin{myflt}\caption{baz}\end{myflt}&#xA;&#xA;\stoplist{mine}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-03T05:28:54.423" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T05:28:54.423" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12515" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12508" CreationDate="2011-03-03T04:59:58.707" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*\cmd[1]{\texttt{\string#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And it is better to define&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand*\cmd[1]{{\verbatim@font\@noligs\string#1}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;like &lt;code&gt;\verb&lt;/code&gt; do.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;P.S. you may refer &lt;code&gt;cprotect&lt;/code&gt; package for verbatim in macro arguments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In TeX, you can &lt;code&gt;\string&lt;/code&gt; followed by a macro to get the macro name with baskslash. But it is not convient for indexing. Yiannis Lazarides' solution is better in practice, which change the requested syntax a little.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-03T05:12:07.247" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T05:12:07.247" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12516" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12508" CreationDate="2011-03-03T05:03:14.557" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The command below shows you what is possible: It can typeset the text in the current paragraph, as well as print it in the margin and add it to the index.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor,palatino}&#xA;\newcommand{\pmac}[2]{\index{#1 package!#2}{\protect\color{red}&#xA;{\textbackslash #2}}&#xA;\protect\marginpar{\protect\color{red}&#xA;   {\textbackslash #2}}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;This is a command \pmac{xcolor}{color}  &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-03T10:13:44.367" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T10:13:44.367" />
  <row Id="12517" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-03T06:41:36.103" Score="4" ViewCount="72" Body="&lt;p&gt;Are there some magic lines to be placed in the preamble that would, like in CSS,  specify how each generic section or subsection in the whole document should be formatted?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1660" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-03T07:29:09.747" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T08:17:45.667" Title="Formatting each part/section/subsection" Tags="&lt;formatting&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="12518" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12517" CreationDate="2011-03-03T07:00:45.303" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/titlesec&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package for this. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A short example would be &lt;code&gt;\titleformat*{\section}{\itshape}&lt;/code&gt; to change the style of &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\itshape&lt;/code&gt;. See the package manual for more details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See also:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/2177/2975&quot;&gt;What's the right way to change display of chapter headings?&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/11444/2975&quot;&gt;How to format the chapter heading?&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/3881/2975&quot;&gt;Formatting a \paragraph to look like a \section&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or questions tagged with &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/titlesec&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'titlesec'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;titlesec&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-03T07:46:55.270" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T07:46:55.270" />
  <row Id="12519" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12522" CreationDate="2011-03-03T07:06:20.860" Score="0" ViewCount="43" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;%\usepackage{amsmath} It does Not work !&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\[&#xA;x\lt y \gt z&#xA;\]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What library do I have to use such that the document can render &lt;code&gt;\lt&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\gt&lt;/code&gt; as &lt;code&gt;less than&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;greater than&lt;/code&gt; signs, respectively?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Edit&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am using MathJax library in my site under Asp.net Mvc 3. Web application is vulnerable to XSS and XSRF attacks so &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; should be avoided as the input from the users.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My database will save LaTeX commands that can be rendered by both LaTeX compiler and MathJax. Therefore, I need &lt;code&gt;\gt&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\lt&lt;/code&gt; that already work in MathJax.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Source:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/PTnzn.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Rendered:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/AdnCQ.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3552" LastEditorUserId="3552" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-03T07:34:34.237" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T07:34:34.237" Title="What library do I have to use such that the document can render \lt and \gt as less than and greater than signs, respectively?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;packages&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="12520" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12532" CreationDate="2011-03-03T07:09:39.973" Score="1" ViewCount="96" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm working in TeXShop on my mac and I love it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is one slight problem though. I use TikZ wich sometimes uses gnuplot to create it's plots. One would think that running TeXShop alone is enough (TeXShop should call gnuplot) but it isn't for me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have to run my file from the command line using:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;latex -shell-escape myfile.tex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and only after I did this the plot's will appear in TeXShop. What happens is this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;TeXShop can't find or call &lt;code&gt;gnuplot&lt;/code&gt;so it doesn't create the necessary &lt;code&gt;*.table&lt;/code&gt; files&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;If I call &lt;code&gt;latex&lt;/code&gt; from the command line, it automagically &lt;em&gt;does&lt;/em&gt; find gnuplot and creates the correct &lt;code&gt;*.table&lt;/code&gt; files&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;When I run TeXShop again, the &lt;code&gt;*.table&lt;/code&gt; files are already there and it just picks them up to work with.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I thought this was normal, until I discorvered it wasn't by using another package that also needs to call an external program (&lt;code&gt;minted&lt;/code&gt;, which needs pygmentize and/or python). This package works normally from my TeXShop and this got me thinking: should calling gnuplot from TeXShop work just as well?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm guessing it has something to do with the location of my gnuplot, using &lt;code&gt;which gnuplot&lt;/code&gt;on the command line tells me it is in:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;/opt/local/bin/gnuplot&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It got installed there using the installtion guide &lt;a href=&quot;http://gnuplot.darwinports.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; (actually, I installed &lt;em&gt;all&lt;/em&gt; the macports, and gnuplot was one of them).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Readings in some other fora lead me to believe the symbolic link is broken.. Although I don't quite know what that means or how to fix it. TeXShop doesn't &lt;em&gt;know&lt;/em&gt; where to find &lt;code&gt;gnuplot&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What should I do to fix this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PS: to avoid the obvious question: yes, &lt;code&gt;--shell-escape&lt;/code&gt; is enabled in my TeXShop preferences.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3127" LastEditorUserId="3127" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-03T07:16:52.547" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T12:50:50.810" Title="TeXShop not finding Gnuplot" Tags="&lt;external-file&gt;&lt;gnuplot&gt;&lt;texshop&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="12521" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12508" CreationDate="2011-03-03T07:18:52.783" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For inline code you can try the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/shortvrb&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;shortvrb&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; or the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/listings&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; packages. These packages allow using a single character to begin and end verbatim text (&lt;code&gt;\MakeShortVerb&lt;/code&gt; for &lt;code&gt;shortvrb&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\lstMakeShortInline&lt;/code&gt; for &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt;). Thus, you can write:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{shortvrb}    &#xA;\MakeShortVerb{\|}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;The \textsf{shortvrb} package provides a command |\MakeShortVerb|&#xA;for typesetting inline code in a convenient manner.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3104" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T07:18:52.783" />
  <row Id="12522" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12519" CreationDate="2011-03-03T07:21:26.787" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If that's all you want adding:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\lt}{&amp;lt;}&#xA;\newcommand{\gt}{&amp;gt;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to the preamble (before &lt;code&gt;begin{document}&lt;/code&gt;).&#xA;This shoul allow you to use &lt;code&gt;\lt&lt;/code&gt;and &lt;code&gt;\gt&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3127" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T07:21:26.787" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12523" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12506" CreationDate="2011-03-03T07:43:20.280" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Q: Does what I've posted above work fine with symlinks [under Unix/Linux] (as suggested in that linked post)? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A: Yes, as long as the symlink has the proper extension:&#xA;So&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;code&gt;myplotshortcut.pdf -&amp;gt; /project/code/r/output/myplot.pdf&lt;/code&gt; works fine, but&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;code&gt;myplotshortcut -&amp;gt; /project/code/r/output/myplot.pdf&lt;/code&gt; doesn't, which is due to the way the &lt;code&gt;graphics/x&lt;/code&gt; packag(s) work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Q: If it does, how can I set up a similar architecture using Windows shortcuts? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A: With a shortcut it wont work because (La)TeX doesn't support them. You can use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.maxi-pedia.com/mklink&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;mklink&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; on NTFS file systems (i.e. under Win 7, Vista, 2k, NT etc. but not under older FAT-based Windows versions) &#xA;like you already pointed out, but I will need to add the correct extension also in this case!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T07:43:20.280" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12525" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12517" CreationDate="2011-03-03T08:17:45.667" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;there are a lot of packages which support customizing titles and headers:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html#title&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html#title&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T08:17:45.667" />
  <row Id="12526" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12512" CreationDate="2011-03-03T08:34:58.647" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You measure the width of the columns by catching them into a box using the &lt;code&gt;lrbox&lt;/code&gt; environment and then measuring and accumulating their width (and the column separation between).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using special column types defined with the help of the &lt;code&gt;array&lt;/code&gt; package makes this actually very easy to handle in the tabular.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\newlength{\colwidth}&#xA;% First column (re-)sets to width.&#xA;\newcolumntype{F}{&amp;gt;{\global\setlength{\colwidth}{-\tabcolsep}\addcolwidth}c&amp;lt;{\endaddcolwidth}}&#xA;% All other to be measured cells have type `C` which uses `c` internally:&#xA;\newcolumntype{C}{&amp;gt;{\addcolwidth}c&amp;lt;{\endaddcolwidth}}&#xA;% The `P` type then uses the saved width:&#xA;\newcolumntype{P}{p{\colwidth}}&#xA;&#xA;\newsavebox{\colwidthbox}% box to save cells in&#xA;\newenvironment{addcolwidth}{%&#xA;   \begin{lrbox}{\colwidthbox}%% catch cell content into a box&#xA;}{%&#xA;   \end{lrbox}%&#xA;   \usebox{\colwidthbox}%% place cell content back&#xA;   % Add width and column sep: (globally because this code is still executed inside the cell which acts like a group)&#xA;   \global\addtolength{\colwidth}{\wd\colwidthbox}%&#xA;   \global\addtolength{\colwidth}{\tabcolsep}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{c|F|C|C|C|} \cline{2-5}&#xA;\textbf{A} &amp;amp; first &amp;amp; second &amp;amp; third &amp;amp; fourth, of variable length \\ \cline{2-5}&#xA;&amp;amp; \multicolumn{4}{P|}{fifth, also of highly variable length but&#xA;   long enough to need to wrap.} \\ \cline{2-5}&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{c|F|C|C|C|} \cline{2-5}&#xA;\textbf{B} &amp;amp; first &amp;amp; second &amp;amp; third &amp;amp; fourth, of much much longer length \\ \cline{2-5}&#xA;&amp;amp; \multicolumn{4}{P|}{fifth, also of highly variable length but&#xA;   long enough to need to wrap.} \\ \cline{2-5}&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Result:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/1CpUk.png&quot; alt=&quot;Resulting tables&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T08:34:58.647" />
  <row Id="12527" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12513" CreationDate="2011-03-03T08:38:05.227" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nothing very general springs to mind. You're going to need to convince TeX that the two lines you want are better than what it gives you. This does it for your particular example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\hsize1in&#xA;\parfillskip0pt&#xA;\parindent0pt&#xA;\fontdimen3\font.25in&#xA;foo bar baz test text only&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is setting the font dimension parameter 3&amp;mdash;the amount of stretch for a normal space&amp;mdash;in the current font to one quarter of an inch.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I guess this sort of works for larger text. Using &lt;code&gt;\frenchspacing&lt;/code&gt; to have intersentence spacing be the same as interword spacing and removing the size, it produces something more or less reasonable (I think; I'm not sure what your exact requirements are).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\parfillskip0pt&#xA;\parindent0pt&#xA;\fontdimen3\font.25in&#xA;\frenchspacing&#xA;Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing elit, sed do&#xA;eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua. Ut enim ad&#xA;minim veniam, quis nostrud exercitation ullamco laboris nisi ut&#xA;aliquip ex ea commodo consequat. Duis aute irure dolor in&#xA;reprehenderit in voluptate velit esse cillum dolore eu fugiat nulla&#xA;pariatur. Excepteur sint occaecat cupidatat non proident, sunt in&#xA;culpa qui officia deserunt mollit anim id est laborum.&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/THr8M.png&quot; alt=&quot;lorem ipsum&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-03T08:43:46.657" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T08:43:46.657" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12528" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7246" CreationDate="2011-03-03T08:47:15.017" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would recommend a preprocess step to the input file. With Linux, the following command on a terminal&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;awk --field-separator=&quot;,&quot; '{printf &quot;%d-%d-%d %d:%d %e\n&quot;,$1,$2,$3,$4,$5,$6}' input_file &gt; output_file&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;results in an output_file with the format&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;2006-5-21 1:0 1.050000e+01&#xA;2006-5-22 2:0 2.340000e+01&#xA;2006-5-22 4:5 3.010000e+01&#xA;2006-5-27 3:0 3.520000e+01&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;etc., which should be usable with the &lt;code&gt;pgfplots&lt;/code&gt; package in reasonable time.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3941" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-03T10:05:44.200" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T10:05:44.200" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12529" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12513" CreationDate="2011-03-03T08:51:37.650" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\parbox{1in}{\sloppy\parfillskip=0pt&#xA;foo bar baz test text only}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/B90VX.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T08:51:37.650" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12530" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12540" CreationDate="2011-03-03T08:53:27.103" Score="2" ViewCount="70" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2414/how-can-i-have-a-bigger-integral-int-delimiter&quot;&gt;How can I have a bigger integral (\int) delimiter?&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there some way to &quot;stretch&quot; the integral symbol to cover a big math expression? I'm talking about a problem like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/yRyUd.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1660" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T10:20:32.267" ClosedDate="2011-03-03T10:58:08.710" Title="Stretching integral" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12531" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12500" CreationDate="2011-03-03T09:04:08.450" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/HRb4w.png&quot; alt=&quot;This&quot;&gt; This would be my TC output profile for working with Sumatra. It allows forward and backward search and you can keep the pdf-file open while compiling. The commands are: (Check that your paths are right)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1: C:\Programme\SumatraPDF\SumatraPDF.exe -inverse-search &quot;\&quot;C:\Programme\TeXnicCenter\TEXCNTR.EXE\&quot; /ddecmd \&quot;[goto('%f','%l')]'\&quot;&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2: [Open(&quot;%bm.pdf&quot;,0,1,1)]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;3: [ForwardSearch(&quot;%bm.pdf&quot;,&quot;%Wc&quot;,%l,0,0,0)]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;4: [DocOpen(&quot;%bm.pdf&quot;)][DocOpen(&quot;%bm.pdf&quot;)][DocClose(&quot;%bm.pdf&quot;)]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also find tutorials for using TC with Sumatra &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texniccenter.org/resources/tutorials&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here.&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3735" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T09:04:08.450" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12532" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12520" CreationDate="2011-03-03T09:12:18.753" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You should either tell TeXShop to use &lt;code&gt;/opt/local/bin/gnuplot&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;gnuplot&lt;/code&gt;, or add &lt;code&gt;/opt/local/bin&lt;/code&gt; to the &lt;code&gt;PATH&lt;/code&gt; that graphical applications see under Mac OS X. For the latter, you should have to edit (or create) the file &lt;code&gt;~/.MacOSX/environment.plist&lt;/code&gt;, see &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.astro.washington.edu/users/rowen/AquaEnvVar.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.astro.washington.edu/users/rowen/AquaEnvVar.html&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following should work in your case, but make sure you also add the directory where the tex binaries live&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;?xml version=&quot;1.0&quot; encoding=&quot;UTF-8&quot;?&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;!DOCTYPE plist PUBLIC &quot;-//Apple Computer//DTD PLIST 1.0//EN&quot; &quot;http://www.apple.com/DTDs/PropertyList-1.0.dtd&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;plist version=&quot;1.0&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;dict&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;key&amp;gt;PATH&amp;lt;/key&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;string&amp;gt;/opt/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin&amp;lt;/string&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;/dict&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;/plist&amp;gt;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Don't forget to logout and login again for the changes to take effect.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1119" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T09:12:18.753" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12533" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12512" CreationDate="2011-03-03T09:19:00.463" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\newsavebox\TBox \newlength\TWidth&#xA;\def\Tab#1{%&#xA;\sbox\TBox{\tabular{@{}c|c|c|c@{}}#1\endtabular}&#xA;  \usebox\TBox&#xA;  \global\TWidth=\wd\TBox\global\advance\TWidth by -\tabcolsep}  &#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{c|c|} \cline{2-2}&#xA;\bf A &amp;amp; \Tab{first &amp;amp; second &amp;amp; third &amp;amp; fourth, of variable length}\\ \cline{2-2}&#xA;      &amp;amp; \parbox{\TWidth}{fifth, also of highly variable length but&#xA;                        long enough to need to wrap.}\\ \cline{2-2}&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Af3F2.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T09:19:00.463" />
  <row Id="12534" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12508" CreationDate="2011-03-03T10:08:04.690" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To convert &lt;code&gt;\command&lt;/code&gt; into command, you can use an &lt;code&gt;\expandafter\@gobble\string&lt;/code&gt; trick as mentioned in Zack's answer to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/7359/how-to-make-a-real-backslash-escape-character/7366#7366&quot;&gt;How to make a real backslash (escape) character?&lt;/a&gt;. The code would thus be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand{\cmd}[1]{%&#xA;  \edef\cmdname{\expandafter\@gobble\string#1}%&#xA;  \index{\cmdname}%&#xA;  \texttt{\textbackslash\cmdname}%&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since from your comments you seem to want to be able to use both &lt;code&gt;\cmd{\raisebox}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\cmd{minipage}&lt;/code&gt;, you have to check first if the argument begins by a backslash (more precisely, once &lt;code&gt;\string&lt;/code&gt; has been applied, a catcode 12 backslash). To do this, you can use an &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/7359/how-to-make-a-real-backslash-escape-character/7372#7372&quot;&gt;uppercase trick&lt;/a&gt;. With the code given below, the result of&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;how to use \cmd{\raisebox}&#xA;&#xA;what is \cmd{minipage}&#xA;&#xA;\cmd{\par} also works \index{paragraph}&#xA;&#xA;and \cmd{\@tfor} too&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will be&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/y69o6.png&quot; alt=&quot;result of the code&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's the complete code. The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/xstring&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;xstring&lt;/a&gt; package is used to make the command names safe for the index (replacing &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt; by &lt;code&gt;&quot;@&lt;/code&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;% to get \, { and } to display right when using \texttt&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{lmodern}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{xstring}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{makeidx}&#xA;\makeindex&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% This takes \cmdname and defines \escapedcmdname in which&#xA;% all the @ have been changed to &quot;@ (which is safe in the index)&#xA;% example: if \cmdname is @tfor then \escapedcmdname is &quot;@tfor&#xA;\newcommand{\sanitizecmdname}{% must not be inside a \makeatletter&#xA;  \StrSubstitute{\cmdname}{@}{&quot;@}[\escapedcmdname]%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\begingroup&#xA;\uccode`!=`\\ % ! is now a backslash character (catcode 12)&#xA;\uppercase{\endgroup&#xA;% macros need to be lon to work if #1 is \par&#xA;  \long\def\if@begins@by@backslash#1{%&#xA;    \expandafter\if@begins@by@backslash@aux\string#1!\@@@@@nil&#xA;  }&#xA;  \long\def\if@begins@by@backslash@aux#1!#2\@@@@@nil{%&#xA;    \ifx\\#1\\% if #1 is empty, the argument begins by a \&#xA;      \expandafter\@firstoftwo  % use the first argument that follows&#xA;    \else&#xA;      \expandafter\@secondoftwo % use the second argument that follows&#xA;    \fi&#xA;  }&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand{\cmd}[1]{%&#xA;  \if@begins@by@backslash{#1}%&#xA;%   what to do when #1 begins by a backslash&#xA;    {% if #1 is \raisebox, \cmdname is raisebox&#xA;     \edef\cmdname{\expandafter\@gobble\string#1}%&#xA;     % if #1 is \@tfor, \escapedcmdname is &quot;@tfor&#xA;     \sanitizecmdname % defines \escapedcmdname&#xA;     \index{\escapedcmdname @\texttt{\textbackslash\escapedcmdname}}%&#xA;     \texttt{\textbackslash\cmdname}}%&#xA;%   what to do when #1 does not begin by a backslash&#xA;    {\index{#1@\texttt{\{#1\}}}%&#xA;     \texttt{\{#1\}}}% remove \{ and \} if you don't like them&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;how to use \cmd{\raisebox}&#xA;&#xA;what is \cmd{minipage}&#xA;&#xA;\cmd{\par} also works \index{paragraph}&#xA;&#xA;and \cmd{\@tfor} too&#xA;&#xA;\printindex&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've commented the code a little, but if you have questions on it, don't hesitate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1973" LastEditorUserId="1973" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-05T10:06:29.123" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T10:06:29.123" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="12535" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-03T10:10:13.650" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questions tagged with &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/multicol&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'multicol'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;multicol&lt;/a&gt; are about the &lt;code&gt;multicol&lt;/code&gt; package and its &lt;code&gt;multicols&lt;/code&gt; environment which allows to typeset text in multiple columns (up to 10) and to balance the end of each column at the end of the environment. If your question is related to multiple columns inside a table, use the &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/tables&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'tables'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;tables&lt;/a&gt; tag instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-03T10:29:06.113" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T10:29:06.113" />
  <row Id="12536" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-03T10:10:13.650" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="Questions tagged with {multicol} are about the `multicol` package and its `multicols` environment which allows to typeset text in multiple columns (up to 10) and to balance the end of each column at the end of the environment. If your question is related to multiple columns inside a table, use the {tables} tag instead." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-03T10:29:08.127" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T10:29:08.127" />
  <row Id="12537" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-03T10:10:43.977" Score="7" ViewCount="201" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I make a horizontal dashed line in LaTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Just writing lots of single dashes results in a continuous horizontal line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3870" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-03T10:19:46.573" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T13:19:18.260" Title="How can I make a horizontal dashed line?" Tags="&lt;formatting&gt;&lt;rules&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="12538" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12537" CreationDate="2011-03-03T10:17:17.997" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can look at the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/dashrule.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;dashrule&lt;/a&gt; package, for example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2580" LastEditorUserId="2580" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-03T12:25:07.897" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T12:25:07.897" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12539" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12537" CreationDate="2011-03-03T10:17:37.683" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;What about adding spaces between the dashes:  &lt;code&gt;- - - - - -&lt;/code&gt; ? When I try it, it works just fine. Or do you want something else?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3735" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T10:17:37.683" />
  <row Id="12540" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12530" CreationDate="2011-03-03T10:20:32.267" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can do that with the package &lt;code&gt;bigints&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\usepackage{bigints}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;    \begin{align}&#xA;    \bigints_{-Y}^{Y}\left(\frac{X}{\frac{X}{\frac{X}{X}}}\right)\mathrm{d}X&#xA;    \end{align}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1999" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T10:20:32.267" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12541" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-03T10:29:45.820" Score="1" ViewCount="64" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using the &quot;dcases&quot; environment of the &quot;mathtools&quot; package with nested other environments inside it. The whole expression does not fit on a single page and so I am wondering if it is possible to spread it over more than page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\displaybreak&lt;/code&gt; inside the &quot;dcases&quot; environment does not work (as its use seems to be prohibited there).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To just make 2 different &quot;dcases&quot; on each page is no so solution either because I do not want the bracket to close on the first page and reopen on the next. The main bracket of the &quot;dcases&quot; should end with a vertical line on the first page and start with an aligned vertical line on the next page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I like to do is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{dcases}&#xA;  ... several cases ....&#xA;  -&amp;gt; Suggest page break but continue this environment on the next page &amp;lt;-&#xA;  .. more cases ...&#xA;\end{dcases}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: I tried to add pictures but it seem that my &quot;reputation&quot; is too low to do so - you can find the pictures &lt;a href=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/YAc8t.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Z1n8c.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&#xA;The picture shows the first page and the beginning of the second page - the gray part is the space between the two pages. The &quot;cases&quot; bracket should span both pages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3943" LastEditorUserId="3943" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-03T14:28:27.027" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T14:28:27.027" Title="Multipage &quot;dcases&quot; environment" Tags="&lt;page-breaking&gt;&lt;cases&gt;" CommentCount="21" />
  <row Id="12542" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12544" CreationDate="2011-03-03T10:55:23.347" Score="3" ViewCount="57" Body="&lt;p&gt;Consider the following code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrbook}&#xA;\usepackage[bookmarks, bookmarkstype=toc]{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{Introduction}&#xA;&#xA;\part{First part}&#xA;    \chapter{First chapter}&#xA;    \chapter{Second chapter}&#xA;&#xA;\part{Second part}&#xA;    \chapter{Third chapter}&#xA;    \chapter{Fourth chapter}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{Conclusion}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the resulting PDF both tables of contents (the one produced by &lt;code&gt;\tableofcontents&lt;/code&gt; and the list of PDF bookmarks) have the following hierarchy:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Introduction&#xA;First part&#xA;- First chapter&#xA;- Second chapter&#xA;Second part&#xA;- Third chapter&#xA;- Fourth chapter&#xA;- Conclusion&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to put 'Conclusion' at the same level of hierarchy with 'Introduction', 'First part' and 'Second part'?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1464" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-03T11:03:06.583" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T11:15:04.590" Title="Is it possible to add \chapter after a few \part's at the same level of hierarchy?" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;bookmarks&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="12543" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12542" CreationDate="2011-03-03T11:05:12.340" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\chapter*{Conclusion}&#xA;\addcontentsline{toc}{part}{Conclusion}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T11:05:12.340" />
  <row Id="12544" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12542" CreationDate="2011-03-03T11:12:00.100" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you want to adapt only the bookmarks: Either use bookmark instead of hyperref (it will load hyperref internally) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{bookmark}&#xA;...&#xA;&#xA;\bookmarksetup{startatroot}&#xA;\chapter{conclusion}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\toclevel@chapter{-1}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\chapter{Conclusion}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T11:12:00.100" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12545" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12542" CreationDate="2011-03-03T11:15:04.590" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you want to add a &quot;Conclusion&quot; that is at the same level of hierarchy as your &quot;First part&quot; and your &quot;Second part&quot;, then I suggest to use &lt;code&gt;\part*{Conclusion}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T11:15:04.590" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12546" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-03T11:28:56.890" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Some relevant packages:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/booktabs.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;booktabs&lt;/a&gt; &amp;mdash; Provides high quality table rules&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/dashrule.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;dashrule&lt;/a&gt; &amp;mdash; Provides dashed rules&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-03T11:28:56.890" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T11:28:56.890" />
  <row Id="12547" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-03T11:28:56.890" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="The {rules} tag marks questions about drawing lines also called rules." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-03T11:28:56.890" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T11:28:56.890" />
  <row Id="12549" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11920" CreationDate="2011-03-03T11:49:49.083" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Looking around I got something that almost does the work (but it is not perfect):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,11pt]{article}&#xA;....&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\usepackage{ifthen}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[style=philosophy-modern,...., sorting=nyt]{biblatex}&#xA;\DeclareBibliographyCategory{catA}&#xA;\DeclareBibliographyCategory{catB}&#xA;\defbibheading{catA}{\section{Category A}}&#xA;\defbibheading{catB}{\section{Category B}}&#xA;\bibliography{bib} %&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\newspace}[1]{#1-$\!$} % why do I need math?&#xA;\newcommand{\CatLabel}[1]&#xA;{&#xA;  \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{catA}}{\newspace{A}}{}&#xA;  \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{catB}}{\newspace{B}}{}&#xA;}&#xA;%main definition&#xA;%for a key KKK from my .bib file, a \citeKKK cite command is defined.&#xA;&#xA;\def\relay#1#2{%&#xA;  \expandafter\def\csname cite#1\endcsname{&#xA;\addtocategory{#2}{#1}&#xA;(\citeauthor{#1}\hspace{-0.05in} \citeyear[\CatLabel{#2}][]{#1})$\!$$\!$$\!$&#xA;}%&#xA;}&#xA;\relay{BBB}{catB}&#xA;\relay{AAA}{catA}&#xA;\relay{Bb}{catA}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\citeBBB, \citeAAA, \citeBb  % output (Author B-year), (Author A-year), (Author A-year)&#xA;\printbibliography[heading=catA,category=catA] %outputs Category A section&#xA;\printbibliography[heading=catB,category=catB] %outputs Category B section&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note I still have several issues:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;keys with numbers (e.g., KKK1) do not work; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I have poor control of spaces inbetween Author, Label and Year;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;(most annoying) I have no idea how to get the same citation format for crossref between bibliographic items (those given by the crossref field)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any advise/help is welcome. Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3793" LastEditorUserId="3793" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-03T18:56:46.530" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T18:56:46.530" />
  <row Id="12550" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12558" CreationDate="2011-03-03T12:17:47.853" Score="5" ViewCount="156" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use a custom Beamer theme for my presentations. In my presentations I'd like to use blocks (&lt;code&gt;\begin{block}…\end{block}&lt;/code&gt;). These blocks are rendered slightly too wide to fit into my theme. Is there a way how I can set the default width of blocks, e.g. to &lt;code&gt;.9\textwidth&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3946" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T13:56:29.833" Title="Changing default width of blocks in LaTeX Beamer" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;templates&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="12551" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12550" CreationDate="2011-03-03T12:40:08.510" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could define your own block environment with an optional parameter for its width and provide a default value such as &lt;code&gt;.9\textwidth&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's an example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usetheme{Warsaw}&#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment&amp;lt;&amp;gt;{varblock}[2][.9\textwidth]{%&#xA;  \setlength{\textwidth}{#1}&#xA;  \begin{actionenv}#3%&#xA;    \def\insertblocktitle{#2}%&#xA;    \par%&#xA;    \usebeamertemplate{block begin}}&#xA;  {\par%&#xA;    \usebeamertemplate{block end}%&#xA;  \end{actionenv}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;\begin{block}{Standard}&#xA;  Normal block&#xA;\end{block}&#xA;\begin{varblock}[4cm]{New block}&#xA;  Variable width, here 4cm&#xA;\end{varblock}&#xA;\begin{varblock}{New block}&#xA;  If no width was given, .9\textbackslash textwidth will be used&#xA;\end{varblock}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/P5s0F.png&quot; alt=&quot;variable blocks example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I posted this example &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.latex-community.org/forum/viewtopic.php?f=4&amp;amp;t=2251&amp;amp;start=0#p8797&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; in 2008.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-03T12:49:29.500" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T12:49:29.500" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12552" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12520" CreationDate="2011-03-03T12:50:50.810" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another method is to create a symbolic link so that TeXShop finds it in the place it's looking.  In a Terminal window execute:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$ sudo ln -s /opt/local/bin/gnuplot /usr/local/bin&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(the &lt;code&gt;$&lt;/code&gt; is the prompt, not something to execute.)  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T12:50:50.810" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12553" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12537" CreationDate="2011-03-03T13:19:18.260" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;With Plain leaders, for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\dashfill{\cleaders\hbox{-}\hfill}&#xA;\hbox to \hsize{\dashfill\hfil}&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Changing the spacing is then a matter of redefining the dashfill's hbox:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\dashfill{\cleaders\hbox to 2em{-}\hfill}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T13:19:18.260" />
  <row Id="12554" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-03T13:26:38.863" Score="11" ViewCount="253" Body="&lt;p&gt;Although many academic journals readily accept submissions in some format of TeX, indeed some enlightened ones &lt;em&gt;insist&lt;/em&gt; on it, it is rare that one can simply send exactly the same document that one has been working on as a submission.  Most journals insist on authors using their &quot;house class file&quot;, and some have specific style files that define &quot;common macros&quot;.  Some journals further make one or both of the following demands:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;That the submission be a single file,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;That all unnecessary macros be removed.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.cbcb.umd.edu/~florea/research/ftp/readme.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;BioMed Central TeX template files&lt;/a&gt; (the linked page seems to be an unofficial copy, but I could not find an official one online), Sections 2.2 and 2.3 say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;2.2:&lt;/strong&gt; In order to submit a manuscript as a&#xA;  .tex file to BioMed Central, you must&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;use the BioMed Central template&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;format your references with BibTeX using the bmc_article.bst style file&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;not rely on any non-standard macros, classes or files&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;2.3:&lt;/strong&gt; Make sure that you only a single .tex document for the entire&#xA;  manuscript, as you will need to upload&#xA;  it as a single file (together with its&#xA;  associated formatted bibliography&#xA;  file). Do not use the \input command&#xA;  to include other .tex files.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Obviously, some journals adhere to these more strictly than others and the first thing to do is to determine whether these requests are enforced or not (and what, exactly, is considered &quot;non-standard&quot;).  So let us suppose that this has been done and the answer is: yes, these are enforced.  Then the question is: how does one do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In all likelihood, there is not a simple answer, in which case it will be extremely valuable to know what strategies and workflows others have employed.  (But &lt;strong&gt;please&lt;/strong&gt; do &lt;strong&gt;not&lt;/strong&gt; name-and-shame journals who make these requests.  It may not be the journal but the publisher, and I'm sure that the journals could provide equally horrific stories of the TeX-mangling that they've received.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One thing to take note of is that the additional files may not just be style files or bibliography files but images as well.  For example, in the BioMed instructions given above, the reason given for this request is that the upload is to be a &lt;em&gt;single file&lt;/em&gt; (and let us, for the sake of argument, assume that archived files are not allowed).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thus we can divide this in to various scenarios:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The journal asks that the submission contain only one &lt;strong&gt;TeX file&lt;/strong&gt;.  So image files and bibliography files are fine as extras.  We assume also that it is possible to identify which extra files should be included, but they may be a combination of user-written style files and packages downloaded from CTAN.  The task is to fold all of these in to a single file.  &lt;strong&gt;How do we make these in to a single file, and what pitfalls are there to be aware of?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The journal asks that the submission contain only one &lt;strong&gt;file&lt;/strong&gt; in total.  Now we wish to embed non-standard type files into our TeX file.  &lt;strong&gt;Is this possible?&lt;/strong&gt;  and if so, how, and what pitfalls are there to be wary of?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The journal asks that &lt;em&gt;unnecessary&lt;/em&gt; macros/commands be removed.  Are there any strategies for going through a document and identifying those commands which have been defined but never used?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3406" LastEditorUserId="86" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-17T16:10:17.443" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T16:10:17.443" Title="Submitting a journal article as a single tex file" Tags="&lt;latex-general&gt;&lt;external-images&gt;&lt;publishing&gt;&lt;journal-publishing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="12555" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12557" CreationDate="2011-03-03T13:37:08.547" Score="1" ViewCount="88" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm creating some slides and need to include a pstricks image. I'd like to compile the file via &lt;code&gt;xelatex&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My minimal example reads&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[ngerman,xcolor=pst]{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec,babel}&#xA;\usepackage{pst-solides3d,pst-3dplot,pst-eucl,pstricks}%&#xA;\title{Test}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;\psset{unit=2}&#xA;\begin{pspicture}(-1.9,-0.7)(3,2.1)&#xA;\psset{viewpoint=3 -10  3,Decran=20,lightsrc=viewpoint}&#xA;\defFunction[algebraic]{sphere}(u,v){cos(u)*cos(v)} {sin(u)*cos(v)} {sin(v)}&#xA;\psSolid[object=surfaceparametree,base=pi neg pi 0 1,hue=0.3 0.3,function=sphere,linewidth=0.2pt,opacity=0.6,ngrid=0.1]&#xA;\axesIIID(1,3.5,.75)(1.25,5,1)&#xA;\psSolid[object=vecteur,args=0.707 -0.5 0.5,label=n](0.707,-0.5,0.5)&#xA;\psellipticarc{&amp;lt;-}(0,1.6)(1,0.2){300}{400}&#xA;\psellipticarc{-&amp;gt;}(0,-0.1)(1.82,0.575){200}{340}&#xA;\end{pspicture}&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and it results in the error&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Package xkeyval Error: `label' undefined in families `,pstricks,pst-node,pst-&#xA;solides3d,pst-3d,pst-plot,pst-3dplot,pst-eucl'.&#xA;&#xA;See the xkeyval package documentation for explanation.&#xA;Type  H &amp;lt;return&amp;gt;  for immediate help.&#xA; ...                                              &#xA;&#xA;l.19 \end{frame}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It was done with &lt;code&gt;xelatex --version&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;XeTeX 3.1415926-2.2-0.9997.4 (TeX Live 2010)&#xA;kpathsea version 6.0.0&#xA;Copyright 2010 SIL International and Jonathan Kew.&#xA;There is NO warranty.  Redistribution of this software is&#xA;covered by the terms of both the XeTeX copyright and&#xA;the Lesser GNU General Public License.&#xA;For more information about these matters, see the file&#xA;named COPYING and the XeTeX source.&#xA;Primary author of XeTeX: Jonathan Kew.&#xA;Compiled with ICU version 4.4 [with modifications for XeTeX]&#xA;Compiled with zlib version 1.2.3; using 1.2.3&#xA;Compiled with FreeType2 version 2.3.11; using 2.3.11&#xA;Compiled with fontconfig version 2.7.3; using 2.8.0&#xA;Compiled with libpng version 1.2.40; using 1.2.40&#xA;Compiled with xpdf version 3.02pl4&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have no hint, how to fix this. Who can help?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Of course I looked in the xkeyval documentation: The explanation &lt;code&gt;The keyname is not defined in the families. Probably you mistyped name.&lt;/code&gt; is not helpful.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Thanks in advance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3163" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-03T13:53:33.583" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T13:53:33.583" Title="pstricks and beamer compilation with xelatex results in xkeyval error" Tags="&lt;pstricks&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12556" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1952" CreationDate="2011-03-03T13:40:16.543" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;See the external library in TikZ/PGF 2.10, and the related question I just posted, &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/12554/submitting-a-journal-article-as-a-single-tex-file&quot;&gt;submitting a journal article as a single tex file&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The external library allows one to generate external PDF figures, and the bundled tikzexternal.sty allows one to get rid of the TikZ/PGF dependency, which journals probably don't want to deal with, without having to rewrite your article to handle the generated PDF files.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The Externalization Library is Section 32, pg 343, in the PGF 2.10 manual.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3406" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T13:40:16.543" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-03-03T13:40:16.543" />
  <row Id="12557" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12555" CreationDate="2011-03-03T13:45:54.930" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\psSolid[object=vecteur,args=0.707 -0.5 0.5,label=n](0.707,-0.5,0.5)&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;there is &lt;em&gt;no&lt;/em&gt; &lt;code&gt;label&lt;/code&gt; keyword defined. Don't know where you read it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-03T13:53:14.190" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T13:53:14.190" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12558" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12550" CreationDate="2011-03-03T13:56:29.833" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you do not require a new block environment with customizable width, but simply want to change the width of the original block environments, add the following to your preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\addtobeamertemplate{block begin}{%&#xA;  \setlength{\textwidth}{0.9\textwidth}%&#xA;}{}&#xA;&#xA;\addtobeamertemplate{block alerted begin}{%&#xA;  \setlength{\textwidth}{0.9\textwidth}%&#xA;}{}&#xA;&#xA;\addtobeamertemplate{block example begin}{%&#xA;  \setlength{\textwidth}{0.9\textwidth}%&#xA;}{}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T13:56:29.833" />
  <row Id="12559" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12561" CreationDate="2011-03-03T14:04:32.107" Score="3" ViewCount="111" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a proof that should take up only just over half a page; however, when I compile it, only the first few sentences appear in the bottom half of the page where my proof starts, and the rest is moved to the next page. I rather would want text to only appear on the next page after the available white space has been used (as is usually the case).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is the proof:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsthm}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum[1-3]&#xA;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;        \item Show Rank($A$) = Rank($B$), for $A = {^S}B$.&#xA;            \begin{proof}&#xA;                    For $S^{-1}AS$ to be defined, $A$ must be $n \times n$ for S $n \times n$, and as $S^{-1}AS = B$, $B$ is also $n \times n$. By the Rank-Nullity theorem, Rank($A$) = n $-$ Null($A$). Hence, it suffices to show Null($A$) = Null($B$), as both $A$ and $B$ have $n$ columns. &#xA;                    \begin{align*}&#xA;                            \mathbf{0} &amp;amp; = B\mathbf{x} = S^{-1}AS\mathbf{x},\ \mathbf{x} \in \mathrm{Ker}(B) \\&#xA;                            &amp;amp; = SS^{-1}AS\mathbf{x},\ \text{as}\ S\mathbf{0} = \mathbf{0} \\&#xA;                            &amp;amp; = I_{n \times n}AS\mathbf{x} \\&#xA;                            &amp;amp; = AS\mathbf{x} \\&#xA;                            &amp;amp; \Rightarrow S\mathbf{x} \in \mathrm{Ker}(A) \tag{71.a.1} \\&#xA;                            \mathbf{0} &amp;amp; = A\mathbf{x} = SBS^{-1}\mathbf{x},\ \mathbf{x} \in \mathrm{Ker}(A) \\&#xA;                            &amp;amp; = S^{-1}SBS^{-1}\mathbf{x},\ \text{as}\ S^{-1}\mathbf{0} = \mathbf{0} \\&#xA;                            &amp;amp; = I_{n \times n}BS^{-1}\mathbf{x} \\&#xA;                            &amp;amp; = BS^{-1}\mathbf{x} \\&#xA;                            &amp;amp; \Rightarrow S^{-1}\mathbf{x} \in \mathrm{Ker}(B) \tag{71.a.2} \\&#xA;                            \mathbf{0} &amp;amp; = c_1\mathbf{v_1} + \dotsb + c_p\mathbf{v_p} \Rightarrow c_i = 0\ \text{for}\ \bigl\{v_i \vert i \in \{1,\dotsc,p\}\bigr\}\ \text{a basis of $B$} \\&#xA;                            &amp;amp; = c_1S\mathbf{v_1} + \dotsb + c_nS\mathbf{v_p},\ \text{as $S$ is linear} \\&#xA;                            &amp;amp; \Rightarrow S\mathbf{v_i}\ \text{are linearly independent} \bigl(\text{in}\ \mathrm{Ker}(A)\ \text{by (71.a.1)}\bigr),\ \text{as $c_i$ are unchanged and all zero} \\&#xA;                            &amp;amp; \Rightarrow \mathrm{dim}\bigl(\mathrm{Ker}(A)\bigr) \geq \mathrm{dim}\bigl(\mathrm{Ker}(B)\bigr) = p \tag{71.b.1} \\&#xA;                            \mathbf{0} &amp;amp; = c_1\mathbf{w_1} + \dotsb + c_q\mathbf{w_q} \Rightarrow c_i = 0\ \text{for}\ \bigl\{w_i \vert i \in \{1,\dotsc,q\}\bigr\}\ \text{a basis of $A$} \\ &#xA;                            &amp;amp; = c_1S^{-1}\mathbf{w_1} + \dotsb + c_qS^{-1}\mathbf{w_q},\ \text{as $S^{-1}$ is linear} \\&#xA;                            &amp;amp; \Rightarrow S^{-1}\mathbf{w_i}\ \text{are linearly independent}\ \bigl(\text{in}\ \mathrm{Ker}(B)\ \text{by (71.a.2)}\bigr),\ \text{as $c_i$ are unchanged and all zero} \\&#xA;                            &amp;amp; \Rightarrow \mathrm{dim}\bigl(\mathrm{Ker}(B)\bigr) \geq \mathrm{dim}\bigl(\mathrm{Ker}(A)\bigr) = q \tag{71.b.2}&#xA;                    \end{align*}&#xA;                    Combining (71.b.1) and (71.b.2), as $p \geq q$ and $q \geq p$, by the antisymmetric property of the order relation, $p = q$, and Nul($A$) = Nul($B$).&#xA;            \end{proof}&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is being used within an enumerate environment with many other questions, though I checked, and the problem still persists even without the enumerate environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks for any suggestions anyone can provide.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My full code (using the afterpage package suggested here) is here:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://pastebin.com/HZhB5x4i&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://pastebin.com/HZhB5x4i&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="936" LastEditorUserId="936" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-03T15:10:44.603" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T15:10:44.603" Title="Proof Split Over Two Pages" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;page-breaking&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="12561" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12559" CreationDate="2011-03-03T15:10:37.490" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Write into the preamble after laoding &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\allowdisplaybreaks&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T15:10:37.490" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12562" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12572" CreationDate="2011-03-03T15:43:08.710" Score="5" ViewCount="110" Body="&lt;p&gt;For Pinyin (Chinese romanization), I like very much the look of the font TeXGyreTermes-Regular that is installed with my TeX system.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, it seems to be missing a single Pinyin symbol that I need: ǖ ([U+01d6]). Neither within TeX nor standard word processors does this character appear. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anyone know if there is a way to remedy this, other than by using another font?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(&lt;em&gt;OP added the following as a suggested edit to Villemoes' answer. I moved it to the question instead. —Caramdir&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Back after a bit of a delay; thanks very much for your help. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First, I've tried your code in LaTeX and it works just fine for ǖ, though it seems some of the other vowels-with-diacritic will also need to be specified the way you have ǖ. As it is, they generate inputenc errors.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Second, as for the difference between ǖ and the other vowels with macron, here is what I show: adding &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0101}{\={a}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to your code, the macron is fine: &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/KJEpV.png&quot; alt=&quot;macron over ǔ and a&quot;&gt; The problem I originally had, attempting &lt;code&gt;\={ü}&lt;/code&gt; in XeLaTex but without your additions, was that the macron looked like this: &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Bx7Yf.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Third: More troubling, however, is that your code doesn't seem to work under XeLaTeX, which is what I am using to have fullest support for Chinese script. It may simply be less work to stay with Times New Roman, as nice as Termes looks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks again for your help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3935" LastEditorUserId="3935" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-27T13:01:16.177" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T13:37:31.787" Title="Missing glyph in TeXGyreTermes font" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12563" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12585" CreationDate="2011-03-03T15:46:34.500" Score="5" ViewCount="80" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm preparing a beamer slideshow, and I will have to print slides.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would rather use landscape mode slides, but it is possible that I need to use portrait mode ones. Sadly, I won't know until a few minutes before the talk, so I have to prepare two copies of the presentation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've tried to use conditional compilation, but it doesn't seem to work pretty well.&#xA;Basically, I would like to have something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;    \newif\ifwide&#xA;    \widetrue&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And then I would write something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;    \begin{frame}{A frame}&#xA;        Some text (...)&#xA;\ifwide&#xA;    \end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;    \begin{frame}{A second frame}&#xA;\fi&#xA;        Some text (continued)&#xA;    \end{frame}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This particular example doesn't work (pdflatex reports &lt;code&gt;Extra }, or forgotten \endgroup. \end{frame} (followed by: )&lt;/code&gt;). What should I do to have the frame contents split on two frames in landsape mode, but not in portrait mode?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1551" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-03T16:06:49.117" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T21:01:05.547" Title="Conditional compilation of beamer slides" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;compiling&gt;&lt;conditionals&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="12564" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12471" CreationDate="2011-03-03T15:57:54.553" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You still have to rewrite &lt;code&gt;\l@chapapp&lt;/code&gt;, using an overlapping box or &lt;code&gt;\rlap&lt;/code&gt;. I would not us this, because it is realy ugly :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{memoir}&#xA;\usepackage{calc}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\cftchaptername}{\chaptername~}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\cftappendixname}{\appendixname~}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\cftchapteraftersnum}{.}&#xA;\setlength{\cftchapternumwidth}{2em}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand*{\l@chapapp}[3]{%&#xA;  \ifnum \c@tocdepth &amp;gt;\m@ne&#xA;    \cftchapterbreak&#xA;    \vskip \cftbeforechapterskip&#xA;    {\memRTLleftskip \cftchapterindent\relax&#xA;     \memRTLrightskip \@tocrmarg&#xA;     \parfillskip -\memRTLrightskip&#xA;     \parindent \cftchapterindent\relax&#xA;     \@afterindenttrue&#xA;     \interlinepenalty\@M&#xA;     \leavevmode&#xA;     \let\@cftbsnum \cftchapterpresnum&#xA;     \let\@cftasnum \cftchapteraftersnum&#xA;     \let\@cftasnumb \cftchapteraftersnumb&#xA;     \def\@chapapp@head{#3}%&#xA;     \settowidth{\@tempdima}{\cftchapterfont\@chapapp@head}%&#xA;     \addtolength{\@tempdima}{\cftchapternumwidth}%&#xA;     \advance\memRTLleftskip \@tempdima &#xA;     \makebox[0pt][l]{\makebox[\linewidth-\@tempdima][r]{\myformatpnum{#2}}}%&amp;lt;&amp;lt;&amp;lt;NEW LINE&#xA;     \null\nobreak\hskip -\memRTLleftskip&#xA;     {\cftchapterfont #1}\nobreak&#xA;     \cftchapterfillnum{#2}}%&#xA;  \fi}&#xA;&#xA;\let\myformatpnum\cftchapterformatpnum&#xA;\renewcommand\cftchapterformatpnum[1]{}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\frontmatter&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\clearpage&#xA;\mainmatter&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{This is the first chapter}&#xA;\chapter{This is the second chapter, This is the second chapter, This is the second chapter}&#xA;\chapter{This is the third chapter}&#xA;\chapter{This is the forth chapter, This is the forth chapter, This is the forth chapter}&#xA;\appendix&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{Appendix one}&#xA;\end{docume&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1683" LastEditorUserId="1683" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-05T04:00:27.987" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T04:00:27.987" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12565" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12568" CreationDate="2011-03-03T15:58:34.063" Score="5" ViewCount="92" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello, I'm new to TeX. I have the following problem: &lt;strong&gt;How can I load a font from a file in a directory, which is located in the root of the project?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Say I have something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;/project&#xA;  /fonts&#xA;    DancingScript-Regular.ttf&#xA;  main.tex&#xA;  DancingScript-Regular.ttf&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Loading it when it's right on the root seems to work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;%!TEX TS-program = xelatex&#xA;%!TEX encoding = UTF-8 Unicode&#xA;&#xA;\documentclass[a4paper,12pt]{book}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\setromanfont{DancingScript-Regular.ttf}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;hello world&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However I can't figure how to load it when it's in the &lt;code&gt;fonts&lt;/code&gt; directory. I've tried &lt;code&gt;./fonts/DancingScript-Regular.ttf&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;fonts/DancingScript-Regular.ttf&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;&quot;fonts/DancingScript-Regular.ttf&quot;&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;file:./fonts/DancingScript-Regular.ttf&lt;/code&gt;. None of them work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All guides seem to focus on some sort of &quot;how to install the font&quot; but I can't work with that since the fonts may change (regularly) and would cause a sort of font version hell; it's also not very version control friendly. The (&lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/LaTeX/Fonts&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;official&lt;/a&gt;?) docs don't seem to cover using your own fonts either.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, can I load the fonts as a sort of preset/alias? Since for a lot I have basically font families, so around 10 variants (oblique, bold, bold oblique, regular, etc). I would like to avoid repeating a declaration if possible.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3565" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T19:12:03.350" Title="Load fonts that are in a ./fonts directory" Tags="&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;fontspec&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12566" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12508" CreationDate="2011-03-03T16:09:35.927" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;you could use &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{verbatim}&#xA;type any stringwith\ or any character___&#xA;\end{verbatim}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and have it output to the pdf without any problem at all.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2964" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T16:09:35.927" />
  <row Id="12567" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12569" CreationDate="2011-03-03T16:16:19.720" Score="3" ViewCount="56" Body="&lt;p&gt;Because I began to use many Unicode characters (Japanese, some unusual diacritics, etc.) I switched from LaTeX to XeLaTeX to render my documents. Unfortunately, if a font is missing, the letters are simply left out (for example, when I had forgotten to specify the font for Japanese) without any error (and I can't seem to spot a warning either). I will read the result, but I prefer to get some early warning if some character isn't available. Is there any way to get a warning about characters that have not been rendered? An error would be even better.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3949" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T16:35:34.217" Title="Check for missing fonts/characters in XeLaTeX?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="12568" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12565" CreationDate="2011-03-03T16:18:10.677" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;P. 7 of the &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt; manual says:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;To load a font that is not in one of&#xA;  the default search paths, its location&#xA;  in the filesystem must be specified&#xA;  with the Path feature:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\fontspec [ Path = /Users/will/Fonts/, &#xA;UprightFont = *-regular,&#xA; BoldFont = *-bold, ...]&#xA;{texgyrepagella}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The path doesn't have to be specified absolutely, so if you have your font(s) in e.g. texsource/fonts and your source is in texsource, you can use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\fontspec [ Path = fonts/, ... ] % note that the trailing '/' is required&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that the part that follows the specification for the UprightFont, etc. must match the names of the actual font you are using.  So for example, if your font files are named&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;MyFont-Roman.ttf&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;MyFont-Italic.ttf&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the command to load them would use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\fontspec [Path = fonts/,&#xA;    UprightFont = *-Roman,&#xA;    ItalicFont = *-Italic&#xA; ]&#xA;{MyFont}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You don't need to use the &lt;code&gt;\fontspec&lt;/code&gt; command specifically. Any other font selection command from &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt; such as &lt;code&gt;\setmainfont&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;newfontfamily&lt;/code&gt; can also be used with a Path specification.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unless you have a specific need for the fonts to be local, it's easiest just to install them into your system (on a Mac, &lt;code&gt;/Library/Fonts&lt;/code&gt;)  and they will be found automatically.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-03T19:12:03.350" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T19:12:03.350" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12569" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12567" CreationDate="2011-03-03T16:35:34.217" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The log should list all missing characters in the form of:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Missing character: There is no &amp;lt;char&amp;gt; in font &amp;lt;font&amp;gt;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Where &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;char&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;font&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; is real character and TeX font name respectively. I usually use a simple &lt;code&gt;grep&lt;/code&gt; call to check for such messages in the log.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T16:35:34.217" />
  <row Id="12570" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12574" CreationDate="2011-03-03T16:51:01.723" Score="8" ViewCount="154" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do I add a copyright page, just after the title page in the report or book class? (Like in standard books about a block of a copyright license at the bottom of the page).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3546" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T17:54:43.153" Title="How to add a copyright page to the report class." Tags="&lt;copyright&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="12571" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12575" CreationDate="2011-03-03T16:57:18.410" Score="2" ViewCount="84" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to diagram an extensive form game using TikZ trees. The following code generates errors at compile time. Specifically, it complains about missing &lt;code&gt;$&lt;/code&gt;'s and a bad math delimiter. I've been over the brackets with a fine-tooth comb and I can't find where the error is being generated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{trees}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;   \begin{tikzpicture}[%&#xA;   %%% Styles&#xA;   player/.style={draw,circle},&#xA;   level 2/.style={sibling distance=10mm}&#xA;   %every node/.style={node distance=1cm}&#xA;   ]&#xA;   %%% Nodes&#xA;   \node [player] (root) {1}&#xA;     child { node [player] (2a) {2} &#xA;       child { node (aa) {&#xA;         \[ \begin{array}{c}&#xA;           1 \\ 2&#xA;         \end{array} \]} &#xA;         edge from parent&#xA;         node [left] {A} &#xA;       }&#xA;       child { node (ab) {&#xA;         \[ \begin{array}{c}&#xA;           3 \\ 4&#xA;         \end{array} \]}&#xA;         edge from parent&#xA;         node [right] {B}&#xA;       }&#xA;       edge from parent&#xA;       node [left] {A}&#xA;     }&#xA;     child { node [player] (2b) {2}&#xA;       child { node (ba) {&#xA;         \[ \begin{array}{c}&#xA;           5 \\ 6&#xA;         \end{array} \]} &#xA;         edge from parent&#xA;         node [left] {A} &#xA;       }&#xA;       child { node (bb) {&#xA;         \[ \begin{array}{c}&#xA;           7 \\ 8&#xA;         \end{array} \]} &#xA;         edge from parent&#xA;         node [right] {B}&#xA;       } &#xA;       edge from parent&#xA;       node [right] {B}&#xA;     };&#xA;   \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The relevant error log output looks like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Missing $ inserted.&#xA;&amp;lt;inserted text&amp;gt;&#xA;$&#xA;l.48 };&#xA;I've inserted a begin-math/end-math symbol since I think&#xA;you left one out. Proceed, with fingers crossed.&#xA;! Missing $ inserted.&#xA;&amp;lt;inserted text&amp;gt;&#xA;$&#xA;l.48 };&#xA;I've inserted something that you may have forgotten.&#xA;(See the &amp;lt;inserted text&amp;gt; above.)&#xA;With luck, this will get me unwedged. But if you&#xA;really didn't forget anything, try typing `2' now; then&#xA;my insertion and my current dilemma will both disappear.&#xA;! LaTeX Error: Bad math environment delimiter.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can anyone explain what is causing these errors? It usually wouldn't be a problem, but I use &lt;code&gt;rubber&lt;/code&gt; to compile from &lt;code&gt;org-mode&lt;/code&gt;, and these errors are tripping it up. (These errors also trip up &lt;code&gt;texi2dvi&lt;/code&gt;, for those interested.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="887" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T17:09:55.483" Title="Bad math delimiter in tikz tree" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;trees&gt;&lt;rubber&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12572" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12562" CreationDate="2011-03-03T16:57:25.400" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could construct it yourself by composing the macron accent with the glyph ü (according to Unicode, this is indeed a legal decomposition, even though the result might be slightly better had the font contained the glyph itself).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can then use &lt;code&gt;\DeclareUnicodeCharacter&lt;/code&gt; to tell LaTeX what to do when it encounters U+01D6.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think hyphenation will be disabled in words containing this character, but I don't know if one even hyphenates Pinyin. In any case, you can always insert  &lt;code&gt;\-&lt;/code&gt; to manually allow hyphenations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tgtermes}&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D6}{\={ü}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;% This should give the desired output.&#xA;ü  ǖ &#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="275" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T16:57:25.400" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="12573" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12570" CreationDate="2011-03-03T16:58:53.790" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;code&gt;\null\vfill&lt;/code&gt; to flush the copyright or any other text to the bottom of the page. A manual &lt;code&gt;\newpage&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\clearpage&lt;/code&gt; must follow.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{report}&#xA;&#xA;\author{John Doe}&#xA;\title{Example}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;&#xA;\null\vfill&#xA;\noindent&#xA;Copyright 2010 -- Example Cooperation\\&#xA;Some text ...&#xA;\newpage&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{Introduction}&#xA;...&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T16:58:53.790" />
  <row Id="12574" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12570" CreationDate="2011-03-03T17:02:32.057" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I prefer to add the &quot;second page&quot; automatically. This keeps the author interface clean.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I simply define a macro &lt;code&gt;\def\secondpage&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which I add to the &lt;code&gt;\maketitle&lt;/code&gt; macro using &lt;code&gt;\g@addto@macro&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When the author inserts the command &lt;code&gt;\maketitle&lt;/code&gt;, it will also typeset the copyright page. Here is the code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{report}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\def\secondpage{\clearpage\null\vfill&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;\begin{minipage}[b]{0.9\textwidth}&#xA;\footnotesize\raggedright&#xA;\setlength{\parskip}{0.5\baselineskip}&#xA;Copyright \copyright 2010--\the\year\ Dr Salty Pen\par&#xA;Permission is granted to copy, distribute and\slash or modify &#xA;this document under the terms of the GNU \ldots. &#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;\vspace*{2\baselineskip}&#xA;\cleardoublepage&#xA;\rfoot{\thepage}}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\g@addto@macro{\maketitle}{\secondpage}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-03T17:23:34.160" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T17:23:34.160" />
  <row Id="12575" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12571" CreationDate="2011-03-03T17:06:39.557" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;$...$&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\[ ... \]&lt;/code&gt; and it can be compiled.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Displayed math, even if done by &lt;code&gt;$$ ... $$&lt;/code&gt;, doesn't directly work in TikZ tree nodes. You probably dont't need it. Regarding the font size, you could use &lt;code&gt;\displaystyle&lt;/code&gt; if necessary.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T17:06:39.557" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12577" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8996" CreationDate="2011-03-03T17:32:22.517" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could try the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/todonotes.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;todo note package&lt;/a&gt; to have notes on your quotes. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For making notes directly on the pdf, I use Skim.app, I am not sure for windows users. Linux users have an alternative in the other answers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3390" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T17:32:22.517" />
  <row Id="12578" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12570" CreationDate="2011-03-03T17:54:43.153" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Take a look at the &lt;code&gt;scrreprt&lt;/code&gt; class from KOMA-Script which replaces the standard &lt;code&gt;report&lt;/code&gt; class. It has an extended &lt;code&gt;\maketitle&lt;/code&gt; command which explicitly accommodates the creation of additional pages in the title, e.g. for a copyright notice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Essentially, the two commands &lt;code&gt;\uppertitleback&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\lowertitleback&lt;/code&gt; can be set appropriately. They may contain arbitrarily complex text, in particular they may also contain multiple paragraphs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For instance:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\title{Whatever tickles your fancy}&#xA;\author{You}&#xA;&#xA;\uppertitleback{%&#xA;  Copyright 2011 by Oompa Loompas of science&#xA;&#xA;  \noindent&#xA;  Do not try this at home and use at your own risk!}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;&#xA;…&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Be sure to read the KOMA documentation, section 3.3. where you’ll find more information.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T17:54:43.153" />
  <row Id="12579" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12580" CreationDate="2011-03-03T18:10:34.253" Score="2" ViewCount="87" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to make a symbol for a &quot;twisted product&quot;.  I've tried stackrel:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$A \mathbin{\stackrel{\sim}{\times}} B$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but the sim floats too high above the times, causing unpleasant line spacing.  I've also tried widetilde&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$A \mathbin{\widetilde{\times}} B$ &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but it has the same problem.  Ideally I'd like the tilde to have the same width as the times and for the spacing between to the two to be pretty tight. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3950" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-03T18:12:49.523" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T18:36:55.487" Title="Symbol for a &quot;twisted product&quot;?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12580" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12579" CreationDate="2011-03-03T18:35:43.977" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://detexify.kirelabs.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Detexify&lt;/a&gt; didn't help, so maybe you really have to do it yourself:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\simtimes{\mathbin{%&#xA;    \stackrel{\sim}{\smash{\times}\rule{0pt}{0.9ex}}%&#xA;    }}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Adjust the &lt;code&gt;0.9ex&lt;/code&gt; to your needs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T18:35:43.977" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12582" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12583" CreationDate="2011-03-03T19:27:52.493" Score="2" ViewCount="90" Body="&lt;p&gt;Please see &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/12571/bad-math-delimiter-in-tikz-tree&quot;&gt;this post&lt;/a&gt; for context.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;We can use &lt;code&gt;texi2dvi&lt;/code&gt; to get LaTeX to compile the correct number of times, and to insert a &lt;code&gt;bibtex&lt;/code&gt; call into the loop if necessary. &lt;code&gt;rubber&lt;/code&gt; is another &lt;a href=&quot;https://launchpad.net/rubber&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;wrapper script&lt;/a&gt; that can accomplish the same thing. (I've even heard of &lt;code&gt;latexmk&lt;/code&gt; through TextMate.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem is that both wrappers fail on a compiler error (&lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; by default). This is a problem since I'm using &lt;code&gt;org-mode&lt;/code&gt; as a front end and I'm often not notified of small errors when using wrappers. Sometimes, changing a document and introducing an error can reset counters and I won't notice the counts are busted until I print out the document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Running &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; many times manually in &lt;code&gt;nonstopmode&lt;/code&gt; seems to avoid these problems, and counters work as expected.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Do you know of any more latex wrappers, ones that might be more robust to these small errors? Are there any flags I can pass to the existing wrappers to make them &quot;keep truckin'&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="887" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T22:12:11.193" Title="TeX compilers/wrappers and robustness" Tags="&lt;errors&gt;&lt;compiling&gt;&lt;org-mode&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="12583" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12582" CreationDate="2011-03-03T19:35:45.663" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;latexmk can be configured to not stop on an error, and can be run in daemon mode, recompiling when the document is updated. I'm not aware if rubber has these features as well. My impression is that latexmk is the most widely used program that handles this kind of TeX/LaTeX compilation/recompilation, and is quite full-featured and reliable. See also &lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/738755/dont-make-me-manually-abort-a-latex-compile-when-theres-an-error&quot;&gt;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/738755/dont-make-me-manually-abort-a-latex-compile-when-theres-an-error&lt;/a&gt; for a self-described &quot;Mini-tutorial on latexmk&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3406" LastEditorUserId="3406" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T22:12:11.193" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T22:12:11.193" />
  <row Id="12584" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-03T19:58:23.227" Score="3" ViewCount="43" Body="&lt;p&gt;My problem may have a similar root cause as &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/6827/minus-signs-vanish-with-listings-and-breqn-any-solutions&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt;, and although I've got a working solution I'm happy with, I'm puzzled as to why this happens at all. MWE:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{mathtools}&#xA;\usepackage{breqn}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section{Content}&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;\mbox{Figure content}&#xA;%%% Version 1, causes &quot;Rerun to get cross-references right&quot; warning every time&#xA;%%% if hyperref, mathtools, and breqn loaded simultaneously.&#xA;%\caption{dirac\_example.m}&#xA;%%% Version 2, works fine&#xA;\caption{dirac\textunderscore{}example.m}&#xA;%%% Version 3, works fine&#xA;%\newcommand{\mycaption}{dirac\_example.m}&#xA;%\caption{\mycaption{}}&#xA;\label{dirac}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As noted in the comments, the first version of my figure caption causes pdflatex to constantly throw &quot;Rerun to get cross-references right&quot; warnings. Removing either of hyperref or breqn made the problem go away, and obviously, replacing the escaped underscore with a &lt;code&gt;\textunderscore{}&lt;/code&gt; or another definition fixed the problem as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Things I've tried already:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Tried with original TL 2010 DVD.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Tried with current packages, updated this morning from CTAN.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Tried moving breqn after hyperref.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;No difference on any of those. All exhibited the error, and though I've not tried reinstalling the original DVD, I assume what works on my updated install would work there, too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3345" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T19:58:23.227" Title="Odd interaction between hyperref, breqn, and underscores" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;breqn&gt;" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12585" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12563" CreationDate="2011-03-03T21:01:05.547" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The following solution wraps each potential frame in its own environment and both of these in a parent environment. In wide mode the inner ones are not doing anything except setting the frame title and the outer environment is the frame. In the other mode the outer is a no-op and the inner are the frames.&#xA;This uses the &lt;code&gt;environment&lt;/code&gt; key of the &lt;code&gt;frame&lt;/code&gt; environment to tell it which &lt;code&gt;\end&lt;/code&gt; ends the frame content.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This might not (yet) support the full range of &lt;code&gt;frame&lt;/code&gt; optional arguments (&lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;[&amp;lt; &amp;gt;]&lt;/code&gt; etc.). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;&#xA;\newif\ifwide&#xA;\widetrue&#xA;&#xA;\ifwide&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment&amp;lt;&amp;gt;{frames}[1][]{%&#xA;  \begin{frame}#2[environment=frames,#1]%&#xA;}{%&#xA;  \end{frame}%&#xA;}&#xA;\newenvironment&amp;lt;&amp;gt;{firstframe}[2][]{&#xA;  \frametitle{#2}%&#xA;}{}%&#xA;\newenvironment&amp;lt;&amp;gt;{secondframe}[2][]{}{}%&#xA;&#xA;\else&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment&amp;lt;&amp;gt;{frames}[1][]{%&#xA;}{%&#xA;}&#xA;\newenvironment&amp;lt;&amp;gt;{firstframe}[1][]{&#xA;  \begin{frame}#2[environment=firstframe,#1]%&#xA;}{%&#xA;  \end{frame}%&#xA;}%&#xA;\newenvironment&amp;lt;&amp;gt;{secondframe}[1][]{&#xA;  \begin{frame}#2[environment=firstframe,#1]%&#xA;}{%&#xA;  \end{frame}%&#xA;}%&#xA;&#xA;\fi&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frames}&#xA;\begin{firstframe}{A frame}&#xA;    Some text (...)&#xA;\end{firstframe}&#xA;\begin{secondframe}{A second frame}&#xA;    Some text (continued)&#xA;\end{secondframe}&#xA;\end{frames}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T21:01:05.547" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12586" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12591" CreationDate="2011-03-03T21:34:13.423" Score="5" ViewCount="122" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I use a font that needs explicit calling, like &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/aurical/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Auriocus Kalligraphicus&lt;/a&gt;, as the default font through the whole document?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3957" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-12T09:52:50.690" LastActivityDate="2011-03-12T09:52:50.690" Title="How to make an exotic font the default through the whole document" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="12587" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12590" CreationDate="2011-03-03T21:41:18.883" Score="4" ViewCount="42" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to allow the user to interact with the document at compilation time, for example to choose the color of hyperlinks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For that, I created a new if and used &lt;code&gt;\typein&lt;/code&gt; like in the following example :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref} &#xA;\newif\ifcllinks&#xA;\newcommand\cllink{}&#xA;\typein[\cllink]{Coloried links (true or false) ?}&#xA;\csname cllinks\cllink \endcsname&#xA;\ifcllinks&#xA;    \hypersetup{linkcolor=red,citecolor=blue,filecolor=green,urlcolor=blue}&#xA;\else&#xA;    \hypersetup{linkcolor=black,citecolor=black,filecolor=black,urlcolor=black}&#xA;\fi&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section{Title}\label{one}&#xA;The section \ref{one}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This works, but I'm not satisfied because of the supplementary macro &lt;code&gt;\cllink&lt;/code&gt; that isn't very necessary (I think).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I try &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newif\ifcllinks&#xA;\csname cllinks\typein{Coloried links (true or false) ?} \endcsname&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But this doesn't work (&lt;code&gt;missing \endcsname inserted&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to make it works with some TeX hackery (&lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\string&lt;/code&gt;, …) ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3172" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-03T21:54:17.500" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T22:26:18.123" Title="Interactive macro with \typein" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;typein&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="12588" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12554" CreationDate="2011-03-03T21:46:03.210" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'll start the ball rolling on this one.  Two simple things:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If copying some style files in to ones preamble when using LaTeX, put &lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&lt;/code&gt; beforehand and &lt;code&gt;\makeatother&lt;/code&gt; afterwards (see &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/8351/what-do-makeatletter-and-makeatother-do&quot;&gt;What do \makeatletter and \makeatother do?&lt;/a&gt; for more details on these).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/cmdtrack.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;cmdtrack&lt;/a&gt; package can be useful in figuring out which commands that have been defined have actually been used.  It has some limitations (It can only check commands that have been defined using &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\newenvironment&lt;/code&gt;, and a few others, but not &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt; and its friends).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastEditorUserId="86" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T08:55:17.377" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T08:55:17.377" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12589" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2044" CreationDate="2011-03-03T21:46:04.757" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This answer is for users of PGF and Debian or Ubuntu, or other Debian&#xA;derived Linux distributions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The most recent version of PGF available in Debian and Ubuntu is 2.0,&#xA;from 2008. The TeX distribution used by Debian and Ubuntu is Tex Live,&#xA;currently Tex Live 2009. It turns out that making a PGF 2.10 package&#xA;for Debian is easy, and works with Tex Live 2009. This method should&#xA;also work with development versions. Making Debian packages as opposed&#xA;to a local installation has obvious advantages, including clean&#xA;upgrades and the opportunity for automated installs across large&#xA;numbers of machines.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;According to the Debian PGF maintainer, he will be packaging 2.10 soon. See &lt;a href=&quot;http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=606128&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=606128&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, here is a recipe, assuming only a modest amount of knowledge about&#xA;Debian packaging.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you don't want to go through the recipe below, you can download the&#xA;PGF binary from the following temporary location. But the recipe below&#xA;is easier than it looks, honest.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://bulldog.duhs.duke.edu/~faheem/debian/pgf_2.10-0_all.deb&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://bulldog.duhs.duke.edu/~faheem/debian/pgf_2.10-0_all.deb&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1) Download the Debian sources for PGF 2.0. This assumes you have a&#xA;line in /etc/apt/sources.list like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;deb-src &lt;a href=&quot;http://debian.csail.mit.edu/debian/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://debian.csail.mit.edu/debian/&lt;/a&gt; squeeze main non-free contrib&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then do&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;$ apt-get source pgf&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This will download and unpack the pgf source directory&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$ apt-get source pgf&#xA;Reading package lists... Done&#xA;Building dependency tree&#xA;Reading state information... Done&#xA;Need to get 3,770 kB of source archives.&#xA;Get:1 http://debian.csail.mit.edu/debian/ squeeze/main pgf 2.00-1 (dsc) [902 B]&#xA;Get:2 http://debian.csail.mit.edu/debian/ squeeze/main pgf 2.00-1 (tar) [3,759 kB]&#xA;Get:3 http://debian.csail.mit.edu/debian/ squeeze/main pgf 2.00-1 (diff) [10.8 kB]&#xA;Fetched 3,770 kB in 22s (170 kB/s)&#xA;dpkg-source: info: extracting pgf in pgf-2.00&#xA;dpkg-source: info: unpacking pgf_2.00.orig.tar.gz&#xA;dpkg-source: info: applying pgf_2.00-1.diff.gz&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2) Then download the PGF 2.10 source to the same directory.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;$ wget -c &lt;a href=&quot;http://sourceforge.net/projects/pgf/files/pgf/version%202.10/pgf_2.10.tds.zip/download&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://sourceforge.net/projects/pgf/files/pgf/version%202.10/pgf_2.10.tds.zip/download&lt;/a&gt; -O pgf_2.10.tds.zip&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;3) Unzip the source&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$ mkdir pgf-2.10 &#xA;$ cp pgf_2.10.tds.zip pgf-2.10 &#xA;$ cd pgf-2.10 &#xA;$ unzip pgf_2.10.tds.zip &#xA;$ rm pgf_2.10.tds.zip&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;4) Copy the debian directory from pgf-2.00&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$ cd .. &#xA;$ cp -ar pgf-2.00/debian/ pgf-2.10/&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At this point it is probably a good idea to put the files under&#xA;pgf-2.10/ under version control so you can roll back if you screw&#xA;up. I use and recommend mercurial.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;$ cd pgf-2.10/debian/&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;5) Now some easy changes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Change 1: This corresponds to a reorganization of the files in&#xA;PGF. Just change the following line. You need to use a tab instead of&#xA;spaces here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;# HG changeset patch&#xA;# User Faheem Mitha &amp;lt;faheem@email.unc.edu&amp;gt;&#xA;# Date 1298803034 -19800&#xA;# Node ID a0b004038f1525f2c4b9826d04624ac086df85ed&#xA;# Parent  84bf199052f3b87890ece302867a0ed0eeed73b9&#xA;Changes to debian/rules&#xA;&#xA;diff -r 84bf199052f3 -r a0b004038f15 debian/rules&#xA;--- a/debian/rules      Sun Feb 27 15:43:12 2011 +0530&#xA;+++ b/debian/rules      Sun Feb 27 16:07:14 2011 +0530&#xA;@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@&#xA;                $(DOCDIR)/pgf&#xA; #      cp -r doc/generic/pgf/version-for-tex4ht/en/* \&#xA; #              $(DOCDIR)/pgf/html/&#xA;-       cp -r context generic latex plain $(TEXMF)/tex&#xA;+       cp -r tex/context tex/generic tex/latex tex/plain $(TEXMF)/tex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;CHANGE 2: Change the compat level. The file debian/compat contains the&#xA;number 4. Simply change it to 7.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;pgf-2.10/debian$ echo 7 &gt; compat&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will work&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;# HG changeset patch&#xA;# User Faheem Mitha &amp;lt;faheem@email.unc.edu&amp;gt;&#xA;# Date 1298803274 -19800&#xA;# Node ID a3f351d6056adfd81f30cbd3159addb1dba04506&#xA;# Parent  302a183d556d05654c4b045ffe028ce6557cc008&#xA;Update debian/compat&#xA;&#xA;diff -r 302a183d556d -r a3f351d6056a debian/compat&#xA;--- a/debian/compat     Sun Feb 27 16:08:54 2011 +0530&#xA;+++ b/debian/compat     Sun Feb 27 16:11:14 2011 +0530&#xA;@@ -1,1 +1,1 @@&#xA;-4&#xA;+7&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;CHANGE 3: Update the changelog.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;pgf-2.10/debian$ dch -i&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I used&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;# HG changeset patch&#xA;# User Faheem Mitha &amp;lt;faheem@email.unc.edu&amp;gt;&#xA;# Date 1298803134 -19800&#xA;# Node ID 302a183d556d05654c4b045ffe028ce6557cc008&#xA;# Parent  a0b004038f1525f2c4b9826d04624ac086df85ed&#xA;Update changelog.&#xA;&#xA;diff -r a0b004038f15 -r 302a183d556d debian/changelog&#xA;--- a/debian/changelog  Sun Feb 27 16:07:14 2011 +0530&#xA;+++ b/debian/changelog  Sun Feb 27 16:08:54 2011 +0530&#xA;@@ -1,3 +1,10 @@&#xA;+pgf (2.10-0) unstable; urgency=low&#xA;+&#xA;+  * Non-maintainer upload.&#xA;+  * New upstream version.&#xA;+&#xA;+ -- Faheem Mitha &amp;lt;faheem@email.unc.edu&amp;gt;  Sun, 27 Feb 2011 16:07:35 +0530&#xA;+&#xA; pgf (2.00-1) unstable; urgency=low&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;6) Then&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;pgf-2.10/debian$ debuild binary&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;should build your package and place in the directory above pgf-2.10.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3406" LastEditorUserId="3406" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T07:05:04.133" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T07:05:04.133" />
  <row Id="12590" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12587" CreationDate="2011-03-03T21:51:56.270" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;No it isn't possible to make this work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The content of &lt;code&gt;\csname ... \endcsname&lt;/code&gt; must be fully expandable, otherwise an error is raised. However &lt;code&gt;\typein&lt;/code&gt; makes an assignment and assignments are not expandable, but must be executed. No TeX hackery can change this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\typein[\cllink]{Coloried links (true or false) ?}&#xA;\csname cllinks\cllink \endcsname&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;it as small as it gets.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could make the macro definition local if you don't want it global:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begingroup&#xA;\typein[\cllink]{Coloried links (true or false) ?}&#xA;\expandafter&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;\csname cllinks\cllink \endcsname&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but the code wont be any shorter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T21:51:56.270" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12591" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12586" CreationDate="2011-03-03T21:58:22.180" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could redefine &lt;code&gt;\familydefault&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\rmdefault&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\sfdefault&lt;/code&gt; and more.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Regarding Auriocus Kalligraphicus, for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{aurical}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\rmdefault}{AuriocusKalligraphicus}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\chapter{Text}&#xA;This is an example.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you can see, roman text in various sizes has the desired font:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/DWCPv.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T21:58:22.180" />
  <row Id="12592" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12601" CreationDate="2011-03-03T22:24:30.480" Score="3" ViewCount="145" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am working on a document with class 'article' and I want to have multiple choice questions in it. Is this hard enough to do that I should change it to 'exam' class? If not, how do I accomplish this? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any and all help is greatly appreciated!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3961" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-03T22:28:14.333" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T08:53:02.500" Title="Creating Multiple Choice Questions Without using 'Exam' Class" Tags="&lt;article&gt;&lt;exam&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="12593" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12587" CreationDate="2011-03-03T22:26:18.123" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One answer is already accepted, but I am going to throw mine out there anyhow: Why insist that the user type “true” or “false”? Here is a variant that will accept any answer starting with a lower case “y” as an affirmative, anything else meaning no:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\ask#1{\typeout{#1}%&#xA;  \begingroup \endlinechar-1 \read-1 to\answer&#xA;  \expandafter\futurelet\expandafter\answer\expandafter\@ask\answer.\@nil}&#xA;\def\@ask#1\@nil&#xA;  {\ifx y\answer\expandafter\@ask@y\else\expandafter\@ask@n\fi}&#xA;\def\@ask@y#1#2{\endgroup#1}&#xA;\def\@ask@n#1#2{\endgroup#2}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;% demo:&#xA;\ask{Answer yes or no:}{\message{[yes]}}{\message{[no]}}&#xA;\ask{And again:}{\message{[yes]}}{\message{[no]}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The definition is a bit longer, but here is a general mechanism for asking a yes-or-no question. For your application, you could use it as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ask{colored links?}&#xA;  {\hypersetup{linkcolor=red,citecolor=blue,filecolor=green,urlcolor=blue}}&#xA;  {\hypersetup{linkcolor=black,citecolor=black,filecolor=black,urlcolor=black}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T22:26:18.123" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12594" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12595" CreationDate="2011-03-03T22:38:24.960" Score="4" ViewCount="105" Body="&lt;p&gt;I’m adding explanations for definitions in the margin paragraph. I have a macro which looks as follows (simplified):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*\define[2]{%&#xA;  \marginpar{{\sffamily\footnotesize\textbf{#1}: #2}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This works fine, but unfortunately it uses the baseline skip from the main text, which is of course much too large for the footnote-sized font.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I tried changing the inter-line spacing, but to no avail. These are the two alternatives that I have tried:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Using &lt;code&gt;\fontsize&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\footnotesize&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\marginpar{{\sffamily\fontsize{8}{8}\selectfont\textbf{#1}: #2}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Setting &lt;code&gt;\baselineskip&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\marginpar{{%&#xA;  \sffamily\footnotesize%&#xA;  \setlength\baselineskip{1ex}%&#xA;  \textbf{#1}: #2}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Neither variant works (and I’ve tried other values: the inter-line spacing won’t budge). So here’s my question:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;How do I re-assign the baseline skip for margin paragraphs?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-03T22:45:28.517" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T06:57:30.523" Title="Changing the baselineskip in marginpar" Tags="&lt;line-spacing&gt;&lt;marginpar&gt;&lt;fontsize&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="12595" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12594" CreationDate="2011-03-03T22:57:12.780" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Add &lt;code&gt;\par&lt;/code&gt; after &lt;code&gt;#2&lt;/code&gt;. (No, I don't know why this works.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: Or simply omit the additional set of braces in the macro definition.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*\defineA[2]{%&#xA;  \marginpar{{\sffamily\footnotesize\textbf{#1}: #2}}}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*\defineB[2]{%&#xA;  \marginpar{{\sffamily\footnotesize\textbf{#1}: #2\par}}}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*\defineC[2]{%&#xA;  \marginpar{\sffamily\footnotesize\textbf{#1}: #2}}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Some text.\defineA{foo}{\blindtext} \blindtext&#xA;&#xA;\clearpage&#xA;&#xA;Some text.\defineB{foo}{\blindtext} \blindtext&#xA;&#xA;\clearpage&#xA;&#xA;Some text.\defineC{foo}{\blindtext} \blindtext&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T06:57:30.523" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T06:57:30.523" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12596" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12582" CreationDate="2011-03-03T23:04:55.233" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I last looked at rubber two or three years ago, when I think it did not support pdflatex. It appears to now, but I don't see any documentation for it. It says it supports pdflatex in the newest version.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Clearly texi2dvi won't work-- it produces a dvi which means latex, not pdflatex. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;latexmk has worked well for me in the past, though I haven't tried it with org-mode. Though you may want to take a look at this &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/10562/emacs-org-mode-and-latexmk&quot;&gt;Emacs-org-mode and latexmk&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1222" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T23:04:55.233" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12597" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12598" CreationDate="2011-03-03T23:04:59.387" Score="2" ViewCount="63" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to rename (or do away with the name of) the bibliography page that is output using BibTeX?  If so, is the name dependent on the bibliographystyle, or is it something inherent within the BibTeX functionality?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1785" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-03T23:14:29.397" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T01:41:45.863" Title="Renaming the bibliography page using BibTeX" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="12598" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12597" CreationDate="2011-03-03T23:14:05.403" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This does not depend on BibTeX, but on the document class. The article class uses the &lt;code&gt;\refname&lt;/code&gt; macro (which is defined as &lt;code&gt;References&lt;/code&gt;) when typesetting the bibliography heading; the book and report class use &lt;code&gt;\bibname&lt;/code&gt; (which is defined as &lt;code&gt;Bibliography&lt;/code&gt;). So try to add e.g. the following to your preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\bibname}{Whatever floats your boat}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: Special bibliography packages may use a different mechanism.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T23:14:05.403" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12599" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12647" CreationDate="2011-03-03T23:17:10.563" Score="13" ViewCount="214" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to apply a macro to all the cells of a column with the cell content as the input to the macro. Is this possible?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example if the cell contents have the word TEST, the macro should take TEST as its argument.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3956" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-06T11:21:20.567" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T16:26:49.103" Title="How to apply a macro to each column of a table" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;macros&gt;" AnswerCount="4" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="12600" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-03T23:20:57.630" Score="1" ViewCount="53" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm new to Latex. I'm running Ubuntu 10.10 64-bit with Lyx 1.6.7. I had created a modified APA template for school. It works on my Windows XP and Mac OSX systems. But in the Ubuntu system I get an error (below). Even when I try to open any of the pre-built templates I get the error. Any ideas on how to fix this? I tried a reinstall through the Ubuntu Software Center, but it didn't fix anything.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;ERROR:&#xA;  The layout file requested by this document,&#xA;  apa.layout,&#xA;  is not usable. This is probably because a LaTeX&#xA;  class or style file required by it is not&#xA;  available. See the Customization documentation&#xA;  for more information.&#xA;  LyX will not be able to produce output.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance for your help!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3963" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T06:50:03.353" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T06:50:03.353" Title="Error: class or style file required by it is not available" Tags="&lt;lyx&gt;&lt;ubuntu&gt;" />
  <row Id="12601" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12592" CreationDate="2011-03-03T23:23:48.650" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If all you want is to occasionally be able to ask multiple choice questions, then the exam class may be overkill.  Here's a complete LaTeX file that defines both a &lt;code&gt;choices&lt;/code&gt; environment and a &lt;code&gt;oneparchoices&lt;/code&gt; environment, which you can use to list the choices.  (I'm assuming here you'd use an &lt;code&gt;enumerate&lt;/code&gt; environment to list the questions.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;%--------------------------------------------------------------------&#xA;%--------------------------------------------------------------------&#xA;\newcounter{choice}&#xA;\renewcommand\thechoice{\Alph{choice}}&#xA;\newcommand\choicelabel{\thechoice.}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{choices}%&#xA;  {\list{\choicelabel}%&#xA;     {\usecounter{choice}\def\makelabel##1{\hss\llap{##1}}%&#xA;       \settowidth{\leftmargin}{W.\hskip\labelsep\hskip 2.5em}%&#xA;       \def\choice{%&#xA;         \item&#xA;       } % choice&#xA;       \labelwidth\leftmargin\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep&#xA;       \topsep=0pt&#xA;       \partopsep=0pt&#xA;     }%&#xA;  }%&#xA;  {\endlist}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{oneparchoices}%&#xA;  {%&#xA;    \setcounter{choice}{0}%&#xA;    \def\choice{%&#xA;      \refstepcounter{choice}%&#xA;      \ifnum\value{choice}&amp;gt;1\relax&#xA;        \penalty -50\hskip 1em plus 1em\relax&#xA;      \fi&#xA;      \choicelabel&#xA;      \nobreak\enskip&#xA;    }% choice&#xA;    % If we're continuing the paragraph containing the question,&#xA;    % then leave a bit of space before the first choice:&#xA;    \ifvmode\else\enskip\fi&#xA;    \ignorespaces&#xA;  }%&#xA;  {}&#xA;%--------------------------------------------------------------------&#xA;%--------------------------------------------------------------------&#xA;&#xA;%--------------------------------------------------------------------&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;\item One of these things is not like the others; one of these things&#xA;  is not the same.  Which one doesn't belong?&#xA;  \begin{choices}&#xA;    \choice George&#xA;    \choice Paul&#xA;    \choice John&#xA;    \choice Ringo&#xA;    \choice Socrates&#xA;  \end{choices}&#xA;\item What was the color of George Washinton's white horse?&#xA;  \begin{choices}&#xA;    \choice Green&#xA;    \choice Yellow&#xA;    \choice White&#xA;  \end{choices}&#xA;\item One of these things is not like the others; one of these things&#xA;  is not the same.  Which one doesn't belong?&#xA;  \begin{oneparchoices}&#xA;    \choice George&#xA;    \choice Paul&#xA;    \choice John&#xA;    \choice Ringo&#xA;    \choice Socrates&#xA;  \end{oneparchoices}&#xA;\item What was the color of George Washinton's white horse?&#xA;  \begin{oneparchoices}&#xA;    \choice Green&#xA;    \choice Yellow&#xA;    \choice White&#xA;  \end{oneparchoices}&#xA;\item One of these things is not like the others; one of these things&#xA;  is not the same.  Which one doesn't belong?&#xA;&#xA;  \begin{oneparchoices}&#xA;    \choice George&#xA;    \choice Paul&#xA;    \choice John&#xA;    \choice Ringo&#xA;    \choice Socrates&#xA;  \end{oneparchoices}&#xA;\item What was the color of George Washinton's white horse?&#xA;&#xA;  \begin{oneparchoices}&#xA;    \choice Green&#xA;    \choice Yellow&#xA;    \choice White&#xA;  \end{oneparchoices}&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you'd like a smaller indent for the &lt;code&gt;choices&lt;/code&gt; environment, you can decrease the &lt;code&gt;\leftmargin&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2754" LastActivityDate="2011-03-03T23:23:48.650" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12603" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12599" CreationDate="2011-03-03T23:46:27.217" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can do this by using the &lt;code&gt;array&lt;/code&gt; package and defining a &lt;code&gt;\newcolumntype&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example we can define a macro &lt;code&gt;\test&lt;/code&gt; that can take a parameter as its argument and capitalize it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\test#1 {\uppercase{#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;We can then define a new column type as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcolumntype{D}{&amp;gt;{\test}l&amp;lt;{.}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and our minimal example would be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \def\test#1 {\uppercase{#1}}&#xA;  \newcolumntype{D}{&amp;gt;{\test}l&amp;lt;{.}}&#xA;  \begin{tabular}{DD}&#xA;    test &amp;amp;test \\&#xA;    other &amp;amp;test \\&#xA;  \end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please note that this approach involves &lt;em&gt;delimited&lt;/em&gt; macros, in this case the space after the word in the table acts to tell the command that it must only read up to there and obviously will fail if there are more than one word as Martin pointed out. One could use other types of delimiters perhaps a &lt;code&gt;.&lt;/code&gt; or a &lt;code&gt;!&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-06T15:58:07.740" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T15:58:07.740" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12604" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12605" CreationDate="2011-03-03T23:47:30.393" Score="2" ViewCount="43" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am making a document in the 'exam' class and here's what I want to happen. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\question This is part of the question&#xA;&#xA;This is no longer part of the question and is not indented as such. &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know this is a total noob question. Thanks in advance!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3961" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T00:04:59.330" Title="Ending a question in 'Exam' class" Tags="&lt;exam&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="12605" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12604" CreationDate="2011-03-04T00:04:59.330" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To end the question, you need to either end the &lt;code&gt;questions&lt;/code&gt; environment or start a new question.  You can accomplish what you want, though, by using the &lt;code&gt;\fullwidth&lt;/code&gt; command, as in &lt;code&gt;\fullwidth{This is no longer part of the question and is not indented as such.}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2754" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T00:04:59.330" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12606" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-04T00:06:32.793" Score="4" ViewCount="102" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I have on poem in two different languages written such that in one language it is on the left page and in the other language it is on the right side. Since I have several poems I would like to have in that small book, I thought of the memoir class. &#xA;Is there something available to do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3300" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T03:38:18.040" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T15:26:50.410" Title="How to write poem in two languages, one on left and the other on right page" Tags="&lt;languages&gt;&lt;poetry&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="12607" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-04T00:17:13.907" Score="5" ViewCount="115" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to modify the parameters used by &lt;code&gt;\item&lt;/code&gt; in a &lt;code&gt;{list}&lt;/code&gt; environment. Where can the original definition be found in my LaTeX distribution to copy and modify?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3965" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T00:22:24.127" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T13:01:19.850" Title="Where do I find \item definition to redefine it?" Tags="&lt;lists&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="12608" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12592" CreationDate="2011-03-04T00:31:50.857" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You might also want to look at the &lt;code&gt;exercise&lt;/code&gt; package (it is not a class). It even allows you to display the answers at the end of a document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3708" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T00:31:50.857" />
  <row Id="12609" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12606" CreationDate="2011-03-04T00:58:43.700" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For that you can use the babel package (indeed you &lt;strong&gt;should&lt;/strong&gt;). In the preamble, put this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[french,english]{babel}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The last one is the one that will be active later. When you need to change the language, use &lt;code&gt;\selectlanguage&lt;/code&gt;. For example, in your case the most direct (but not best) way to do it may be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \selectlanguage{english}&#xA; \Large{My poem in english}&#xA; Blablablabla,\\&#xA; Blablablabla,\\&#xA; Blablablabla,\\&#xA; Blablablabla,&#xA;&#xA; Blablablabla,\\&#xA; Blablablabla,\\&#xA; Blablablabla,\\&#xA; blablablabla...&#xA;&#xA; \newpage&#xA;&#xA; \selectlanguage{french}&#xA; \Large{My poem in french}&#xA; Blablablabla,\\&#xA; blablablabla...&#xA;&#xA; \newpage&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That should do the trick.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And for the actual poem... well, the best thing (at least the easiest) is to use the &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt; class as you said. &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/24/is-there-a-template-available-that-allows-easy-publishing-of-poem-book&quot;&gt;Look here&lt;/a&gt; for examples. If you need something even more advanced, &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/11832/typesetting-a-poem-book-for-manual-binding&quot;&gt;look here&lt;/a&gt;. Just remember to put &lt;code&gt;\selectlanguage&lt;/code&gt; before each poem to change the language.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3927" LastEditorUserId="3927" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T01:08:34.443" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T01:08:34.443" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="12610" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-04T01:09:38.463" Score="0" ViewCount="105" Body="&lt;p&gt;After doing some changes to my document, I get a “Runaway Argument” error on compilation. After undoing these changes the error persists. However, when I copy the code to a new file or rename the .tex file, the error goes away. What is wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;[Note: question heavily edited by Caramdir.]&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3961" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-06T00:47:52.040" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T00:47:52.040" Title="Strange persisting error, even after removing the code." Tags="&lt;errors&gt;&lt;debugging&gt;" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="12611" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12607" CreationDate="2011-03-04T01:14:55.497" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Well, source2e.pdf is probably the canonical reference in this context. &lt;code&gt;texdoc source2e&lt;/code&gt; should provide it (or you can find it on CTAN). It's all in section 56, &quot;List, and related environments&quot;. There a couple of things to consider, though:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;A package or class you use may make some redefinitions, which you would have to take into account.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;It is possible that some package already provides what you want to do. For example, the &lt;code&gt;enumitem&lt;/code&gt; package provides many ways to customize lists and their parameters.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="275" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T01:14:55.497" />
  <row Id="12612" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12597" CreationDate="2011-03-04T01:41:45.863" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just be careful if you are using babel to setup a language. The &lt;code&gt;\captions&amp;lt;lang&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; command overwrites everything. Rather use the following&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[afrikaans, english,%... Global language selection&#xA;              ]{book}&#xA;\usepackage{babel}%.................. Language setup&#xA;    \addto{\captionsafrikaans}{\renewcommand{\bibname}{Lys van Verwysings}}&#xA;    \addto{\captionsenglish}{\renewcommand{\bibname}{List of References}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1683" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T01:41:45.863" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12614" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-04T04:23:04.057" Score="1" ViewCount="103" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the answer to the post &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/8703/modify-the-last-name-first-name-separator-in-biblatexs-authortitle/8709#8709&quot;&gt;Modify the last-name first-name separator in biblatex's authortitle&lt;/a&gt; it was shown how to customize formattting author's name. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I need a somewhat different formatting, namely &quot;Fox P., R. Rabbit&quot; instead of &quot;Fox P, R. Rabbit&quot; (with the dot before comma as required by national standards of my country). How to modifiy the following script borrowed from the above cited post in order to add a dot after &quot;Fox P&quot; before &quot;,&quot; and to keep it working with any number of authors? I meean that &quot;Fox P.&quot; sould not transform to &quot;Fox P..&quot; in case of single author.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\RequirePackage{filecontents}&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{sample.bib}&#xA;@ARTICLE{liu:11,&#xA;  author = {Peter Fox and Richard Rabbit and Franc Bird},&#xA;  title = {Animals are the better humans},&#xA;  journal = {Horse and Hound},&#xA;  year = {2011},&#xA;  volume = {10},&#xA;  pages = {11--15}&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\documentclass[a4paper,ngerman]{scrartcl}&#xA;\usepackage{babel}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{csquotes}&#xA;\usepackage[style=authortitle,firstinits=true]{biblatex}&#xA;% =================================&#xA;% biblatex modification&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\MKbibnamefirst#1{\expandafter\mkbibnamefirst@i#1..\@nil}&#xA;\def\mkbibnamefirst@i#1.#2.#3\@nil{#1}&#xA;\renewbibmacro*{name:last-first}[4]{%&#xA;  \ifuseprefix&#xA;    {\usebibmacro{name:delim}{#3#1}%&#xA;     \usebibmacro{name:hook}{#3#1}%&#xA;     \ifblank{#3}{}{%&#xA;       \ifcapital&#xA;         {\mkbibnameprefix{\MakeCapital{#3}}\isdot}&#xA;     {\mkbibnameprefix{#3}}%&#xA;       \ifpunctmark{'}{}{\addhighpenspace}}%&#xA;     \mkbibnamelast{#1}\isdot&#xA;     \ifblank{#4}{}{\addlowpenspace\mkbibnameaffix{#4}\isdot}%&#xA;     \ifblank{#2}{}{\addlowpenspace\mkbibnamefirst{#2}}}&#xA;    {\usebibmacro{name:delim}{#1}%&#xA;     \usebibmacro{name:hook}{#1}%&#xA;     \mkbibnamelast{#1}\isdot&#xA;     \ifblank{#4}{}{\addlowpenspace\mkbibnameaffix{#4}\isdot}%&#xA;%     \ifblank{#2#3}{}{\addcomma}%&#xA;     \ifblank{#2}{}{\addlowpenspace\MKbibnamefirst{#2}}%&#xA;%     \ifblank{#3}{}{\addlowpenspace\mkbibnameprefix{#3}\isdot}&#xA;}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;% =================================&#xA;&#xA;\bibliography{sample}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;   Samplecite~\cite{liu:11}.&#xA;   \printbibliography&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3831" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T13:04:43.120" Title="biblatex: the last-name first-name separator authortitle" Tags="&lt;biblatex&gt;&lt;delimiters&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12615" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12681" CreationDate="2011-03-04T04:50:12.600" Score="5" ViewCount="65" Body="&lt;p&gt;What I want is to be able to set up equations like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;a very long first expression&#xA;        = the second line&#xA;        = and a third line&#xA;        = and maybe even a fourth&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In LaTeX, this would be done with the &lt;code&gt;array&lt;/code&gt; environment and &lt;code&gt;lefteqn&lt;/code&gt;.  A look through the excellent documents on math in ConTeXt doesn't seem to answer my question.  So - how do I do this in ConTeXt?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks very much!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3628" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T20:24:08.920" Title="Is there a ConTeXt version of the LaTeX lefteqn?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;context&gt;&lt;alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12616" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12607" CreationDate="2011-03-04T05:05:31.150" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is not recommend to modify the definition of &lt;code&gt;\item&lt;/code&gt; (actually, the definition of your list environment) if you are not TeXpert. There are lot of length parameters that can be customized by non-experienced user. They are listed below.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/M0VsY.png&quot; alt=&quot;(borrowed from Lamport's book)&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is an example how to reset vertical space between paragraph in all items:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{itemize}&#xA;\setlength{\parskip}{3pt plus 3pt minus 1pt}&#xA;\item &#xA;1st paragraph&#xA;&#xA;2nd paragraph&#xA;&#xA;...&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that vertical lengths are stretchable; in this example &lt;code&gt;\parskip&lt;/code&gt; is normally will be 3 points (pt) but can be as small as 2 pt and as large as 6 pt (or even bigger, I am not sure). If &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setlength{\parskip}{3pt plus 3pt minus 1pt}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is put inside the invironment, it acts only on that particular occurence of the environment. You may want to put it also outside:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setlength{\parskip}{3pt plus 3pt minus 1pt}&#xA;&#xA;...&#xA;&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;\item &#xA;1st paragraph&#xA;&#xA;2nd paragraph&#xA;&#xA;...&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3831" LastEditorUserId="3831" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T13:01:19.850" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T13:01:19.850" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12617" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12654" CreationDate="2011-03-04T06:05:13.503" Score="5" ViewCount="65" Body="&lt;p&gt;In LaTeX there is a &lt;code&gt;slashed&lt;/code&gt; package which will put a nicely centered slash through an arbitrary symbol - the &lt;code&gt;\not&lt;/code&gt; command provides an off-center slash on most symbols.  How can I do this in ConTeXt?  I need this in math mode, so that, for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\definecharacter notx {\buildtextaccent\textslash x}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;gives me a nice text slashed x, but not a math one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3628" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T06:27:19.657" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T12:26:54.697" Title="Slashed characters in ConTeXt?" Tags="&lt;context&gt;&lt;characters&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12618" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12599" CreationDate="2011-03-04T06:31:35.133" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the relatively new &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/collcell&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;collcell&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package to collect the cell content and feed it to a macro of your choice. It uses the &lt;code&gt;array&lt;/code&gt; package to place code before and after each cell.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{collcell}&#xA;\usepackage{array}% actually already loaded by `collcell`&#xA;\newcommand*{\mymacro}[1]{\fbox{#1}}% Do anything you like with `#1`&#xA;\newcolumntype{C}{&amp;gt;{\collectcell\mymacro}c&amp;lt;{\endcollectcell}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{CC}&#xA;  TestA  &amp;amp; A longer test cell \\&#xA;  \empty &amp;amp; The new version supports 'verb'! \\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Make sure you use the version 2011/02/27 (or later) which contains a lot of improvements.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is also the possibility to do it the following way, which compiles faster than &lt;code&gt;collcell&lt;/code&gt; but does not work in the last cell of each row. It reads everything between the internally used macros &lt;code&gt;\ignorespaces&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\unskip&lt;/code&gt;.&#xA;I got this from &lt;a href=&quot;http://groups.google.com/group/de.comp.text.tex/tree/browse_frm/thread/5c43d35454662421/1881e16c28d234ea?rnum=1&amp;amp;_done=%2Fgroup%2Fde.comp.text.tex%2Fbrowse_frm%2Fthread%2F5c43d35454662421%3F#doc_f01e8d784b9b716d&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Ulrike Fischer on de.c.t.t&lt;/a&gt; a while ago.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\newcommand*{\mymacro}[1]{\fbox{#1}}&#xA;&#xA;\def\simplecollect#1#2\ignorespaces#3\unskip{#1{#3}\unskip}&#xA;\newcolumntype{S}{&amp;gt;{\simplecollect\mymacro}c}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{Sc}&#xA;  TestA  &amp;amp; Doesn't work in the last cell \\&#xA;  \empty &amp;amp; Sorry!  \\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-06T10:31:20.267" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T10:31:20.267" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12619" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12010" CreationDate="2011-03-04T06:32:54.820" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The solution to draw an arc outside the triangle is to use my new package &lt;code&gt;tkz-euclide&lt;/code&gt; and with this way, you don' need to invert a clip selection&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tkz-euclide} &#xA;\usetkzobj{all}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{calc}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\coordinate (A) at (0,0);&#xA;\coordinate (B) at (2,0);&#xA;\coordinate (C) at (2,2);&#xA;&#xA;\draw (A) -- (B) -- (C) -- cycle;&#xA;\draw (B) circle (2mm);    % this is the little angle marker&#xA;\tkzDrawArc[R with nodes,color=red](B,1cm)(A,C)  &#xA;\tkzDrawArc[R with nodes,color=blue](B,1cm)(C,A) &#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/MUvOe.png&quot; alt=&quot;arcs&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now if you want, I can extract the code from my package. You need to use an internal macro of pgf named &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathanglebetweenpoints&lt;/code&gt;; in my package I use &lt;code&gt;\tkzmathanglebetweenpoints&lt;/code&gt; because I want a good precision so I work with &lt;code&gt;fp&lt;/code&gt; and not with &lt;code&gt;pgfmath&lt;/code&gt; from some parts of the code. Then the problem it's to use angles with + or - because I want to draw from (B,A) towards (B,C)  or from (B,C) towards (B,A). If you want all the details, I give you in some hours because now, I need to work with my students&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I complete my answer without &lt;code&gt;tkz-euclide&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz} &#xA;\usetikzlibrary{calc}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\drawarc{\pgfutil@ifnextchar[{\draw@arc}{\draw@arc[]}}  &#xA;\def\draw@arc[#1](#2,#3)(#4,#5){% &#xA; \begingroup&#xA; \pgfmathanglebetweenpoints{\pgfpointanchor{#2}{center}}{%&#xA;                            \pgfpointanchor{#4}{center}} &#xA;\global\let\FirstAngle\pgfmathresult &#xA; \pgfmathanglebetweenpoints{\pgfpointanchor{#2}{center}}{%&#xA;                            \pgfpointanchor{#5}{center}} &#xA;\global\let\SecondAngle\pgfmathresult        &#xA;  \pgfmathgreaterthan{\FirstAngle}{0}   &#xA;  \ifdim\pgfmathresult pt=1 pt\relax%  &#xA;    \pgfmathgreaterthan{\FirstAngle}{\SecondAngle}&#xA;    \ifdim\pgfmathresult pt=1 pt\relax%&#xA;     \pgfmathsubtract{\FirstAngle}{360}&#xA;     \edef\FirstAngle{\pgfmathresult}%&#xA; \fi &#xA; \else&#xA;     \pgfmathgreaterthan{\FirstAngle}{\SecondAngle}&#xA;    \ifdim\pgfmathresult pt=1 pt\relax%&#xA;        \pgfmathadd{\SecondAngle}{360}&#xA;        \edef\SecondAngle{\pgfmathresult}%&#xA;     \fi &#xA; \fi&#xA;     \draw[#1,shift = {(#2)}](\FirstAngle:#3) arc (\FirstAngle:\SecondAngle:#3);&#xA;\endgroup  &#xA;}  &#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}        &#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\coordinate (A) at (2,2);&#xA;\coordinate (B) at (1,0);&#xA;\coordinate (C) at (3,1);    &#xA;\draw (A) -- (B) -- (C) -- cycle;&#xA;\drawarc[red](B,1cm)(A,C)&#xA;\drawarc[blue](B,1cm)(C,A)     &#xA;\end{tikzpicture}  &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/NzW7c.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastEditorUserId="3144" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T08:32:20.753" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T08:32:20.753" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12620" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12661" CreationDate="2011-03-04T06:51:49.400" Score="6" ViewCount="294" Body="&lt;p&gt;The best readability means the readers feel comfortable when reading the document.&#xA;The most economic means the printing needs the lowest cost for ink.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Again, which font provides the best readability and the most economic?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Edit&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't know much about fonts whether they are TeX, TrueType and so on. As long as the fonts are available free of charge and most printing companies have them, I will use the fonts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3552" LastEditorUserId="3552" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T14:12:58.600" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T14:12:58.600" Title="Which font(s) provide for good readability while being economic?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="12621" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12622" CreationDate="2011-03-04T07:29:18.453" Score="2" ViewCount="62" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;STH&#xA;= STH       REASONS Explained.&#xA;= STH       LOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOONG&#xA;        REASON&#xA;= STH.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3970" LastEditorUserId="3552" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T07:48:09.610" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T07:59:36.827" Title="Multi-line equations with explanations on some lines" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="12622" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12621" CreationDate="2011-03-04T07:59:36.827" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=amsmath&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;amsmath&lt;/a&gt; package then this can be done using the &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt; (or &lt;code&gt;align*&lt;/code&gt; if you don't want the equations numbered) environment together with the &lt;code&gt;\text&lt;/code&gt; command for the text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{align*}&#xA;A &amp;amp;= B \\&#xA;&amp;amp;= C &amp;amp;&amp;amp; \text{Because of D} \\&#xA;&amp;amp;= D &amp;amp;&amp;amp; \text{But beware of E} \\&#xA;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp; \text{Some more on that}&#xA;&amp;amp;= F&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Result (note that the actual result will be centred on the page):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/0pFtB.png&quot; alt=&quot;aligned mathematics&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To get the alignment as you have it, you would have:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;A \\&#xA;&amp;amp;= B \\&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;at the start.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The amsmath package is loaded by default if you use one of the classes from the AMS, such as amsart.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T07:59:36.827" />
  <row Id="12623" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12644" CreationDate="2011-03-04T08:12:18.757" Score="3" ViewCount="57" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi guys!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am using the &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; package and want to use the &lt;code&gt;\autoref{}&lt;/code&gt; command to output the page of the referenced label (similar to &lt;code&gt;\pageref{}&lt;/code&gt;). The label is not inside a figure, equation, etc., so by default &lt;code&gt;\autoref{}&lt;/code&gt; creates a &lt;code&gt;section x.y&lt;/code&gt; link, instead of a &lt;code&gt;page z&lt;/code&gt; link that I would like.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="577" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T10:17:53.127" Title="Use '\autoref{}' to create a page link" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;pageref&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="12624" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-04T08:16:28.923" Score="4" ViewCount="71" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;I don't like the following:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/nS1AV.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;I want the following:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/NsIiB.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Code:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[demo,12pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[margin=2cm]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{multicol,lipsum,graphicx}&#xA;\title{Foo Bar Baz}&#xA;\author{Foo Bar Baz}&#xA;\date{\today}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;&#xA;\begin{abstract}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\end{abstract}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{multicols}{2}&#xA;\lipsum[2]&#xA;\end{multicols}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}[hbpt]&#xA;\centering&#xA;\includegraphics[width=0.5\textwidth]{}&#xA;\caption{Foo Bar Baz}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{multicols}{2}&#xA;\lipsum[3]&#xA;\end{multicols}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How to insert an image into a two-column document such that the text flows from TL (top left), BL (bottom left), TR (top right) and finally BR (bottom right)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3552" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T12:37:58.010" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T12:37:58.010" Title="How to insert an image into a two-column document such that the text flows from TL, BL, TR and finally BR?" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;layout&gt;&lt;two-column&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="12625" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-04T08:17:42.510" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/sectioning&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'sectioning'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;sectioning&lt;/a&gt; is about commands like &lt;code&gt;\part&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\chapter&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt;, ... &lt;code&gt;\subparagraph&lt;/code&gt; that provide documents with their logical structure. If your question is specifically about &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/parts&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'parts'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;parts&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/chapters&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'chapters'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;chapters&lt;/a&gt; or lower-level commands (&lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/sections-paragraphs&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'sections-paragraphs'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;sections-paragraphs&lt;/a&gt;), use the respective tag &lt;em&gt;in addition&lt;/em&gt; to the more general &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/sectioning&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'sectioning'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;sectioning&lt;/a&gt; tag. If your questions concerns packages like &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/titlesec&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'titlesec'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;titlesec&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/sectsty&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'sectsty'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;sectsty&lt;/a&gt;, add the appropriate tag.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-26T10:59:29.080" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T10:59:29.080" />
  <row Id="12626" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-04T08:17:42.510" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="{sectioning} is about commands like \part, \chapter, \section, ... \subparagraph that provide documents with their logical structure. If your question is specifically about {parts}, {chapters} or lower-level commands ({sections-paragraphs}), use the respective tag *in addition* to the more general {sectioning} tag. If your questions concerns packages like {titlesec} or {sectsty}, add the appropriate tag." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-26T10:59:31.840" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T10:59:31.840" />
  <row Id="12627" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-04T08:25:05.530" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/chapters&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'chapters'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;chapters&lt;/a&gt; tag deals with the &lt;code&gt;\chapter&lt;/code&gt; command which is one of the sectioning commands that provide LaTeX documents with their logical structure. This tag should only be used &lt;em&gt;in addition&lt;/em&gt; to the more general &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/sectioning&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'sectioning'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;sectioning&lt;/a&gt; tag.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T08:27:04.893" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T08:27:04.893" />
  <row Id="12628" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-04T08:25:05.530" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="The {chapters} tag deals with the \chapter command which is one of the sectioning commands that provide LaTeX documents with their logical structure. This tag should only be used *in addition* to the more general {sectioning} tag." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T08:27:18.480" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T08:27:18.480" />
  <row Id="12629" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-04T08:29:06.297" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/parts&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'parts'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;parts&lt;/a&gt; tag deals with the &lt;code&gt;\part&lt;/code&gt; command which is one of the sectioning commands that provide LaTeX documents with their logical structure. This tag should only be used &lt;em&gt;in addition&lt;/em&gt; to the more general &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/sectioning&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'sectioning'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;sectioning&lt;/a&gt; tag.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T08:29:42.457" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T08:29:42.457" />
  <row Id="12630" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-04T08:29:06.297" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="The {parts} tag deals with the \part command which is one of the sectioning commands that provide LaTeX documents with their logical structure. This tag should only be used *in addition* to the more general {sectioning} tag." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T08:30:01.740" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T08:30:01.740" />
  <row Id="12631" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12632" CreationDate="2011-03-04T08:34:36.607" Score="11" ViewCount="101" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am writing a package that has a bunch of values that are going to be the same most of the time, but that I might want to change in select cases. I want to do this by giving this package an optional argument, the way geometry does it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[margin=2cm]{geometry}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How would I go about doing this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1761" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-05T21:32:47.957" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T21:32:47.957" Title="How can I make a package that accepts an optional argument with xkeyval?" Tags="&lt;package-writing&gt;&lt;optional-arguments&gt;&lt;key-value&gt;&lt;xkeyval&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="12632" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12631" CreationDate="2011-03-04T08:41:07.143" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/kvoptions.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;kvoptions&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package gives you the possibility to define &lt;em&gt;key=value&lt;/em&gt; style options. It &lt;em&gt;&quot;connects package keyval with LATEX's package and class options&quot;&lt;/em&gt; (quote from the manual).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/pgfopts.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;pgfopts&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package is an alternative and uses the &lt;code&gt;pgfkeys&lt;/code&gt; package, i.e. the key-value engine of PGF/TikZ, which is IMHO more powerful and flexible than &lt;code&gt;keyval&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;xkeyval&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please note that keys with spaces are not supported as package or class options because the internal LaTeX macros remove all spaces from the options before the above package receive them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T08:48:17.870" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T08:48:17.870" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="12633" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12592" CreationDate="2011-03-04T08:46:45.873" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you want to put QCM inside a table you have &lt;code&gt;alterqcm&lt;/code&gt;, this is a package of TeXLive&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[upright]{fourier}%withot fourier  symb = $\altersquare$&#xA;\usepackage{alterqcm}&#xA;&#xA;\parindent0pt&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{alterqcm}[lq=8cm,language=english] &#xA; \AQquestion{Question}{% &#xA; {Proposition 1},&#xA; {Proposition 2},&#xA; {Proposition 3}}  &#xA;\AQquestion{Question}{% &#xA; {Proposition 1},&#xA; {Proposition 2},&#xA; {Proposition 3}} &#xA;\end{alterqcm}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}  &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Without &quot;fourier&quot;, you need to use a font with the symbol &lt;code&gt;\square&lt;/code&gt; or you can use &#xA;in option &lt;code&gt;symb   = $\altersquare$&lt;/code&gt;.&#xA;In the next version, it will be possible to add horizontal answers&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/yFiRx.png&quot; alt=&quot;qcm&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastEditorUserId="3144" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T08:53:02.500" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T08:53:02.500" />
  <row Id="12634" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-04T08:48:55.093" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;(Obsolescent -- use &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/sectioning&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'sectioning'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;sectioning&lt;/a&gt; tag instead.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T08:50:12.113" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T08:50:12.113" />
  <row Id="12635" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-04T08:48:55.093" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="(Obsolescent -- use {sectioning} tag instead.)" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T08:50:14.233" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T08:50:14.233" />
  <row Id="12636" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12643" CreationDate="2011-03-04T08:59:57.453" Score="3" ViewCount="187" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to add a frame to a picture. i start to draw the picture by tikz. after drawing, it is the time adding frame. now, how can i know the following two points to add the frame, assuming that frame's width is equal to the page's width:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;how can i get the lower left corner's coordinate of the picture?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;how can i get how high the picture is?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;if i have these two points, i can draw a rectangle for the frame. or is any other way to realize this purpose?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;@Thorsten: just adding &lt;code&gt;fbox&lt;/code&gt; seemed not to be enough.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[titlepage,a4paper]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usepackage[lmargin=2.500000cm,rmargin=2.500000cm,tmargin=2.500000cm,bmargin=2.500000cm]{geometry}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section[General remarks]{General remarks}&#xA;\subsection[Geometry and coordinate system]{Geometry and coordinate system}&#xA;The main layout of the structure is adopted:\\&#xA;&#xA;\fbox{&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=1,thick]&#xA;  \useasboundingbox (0,0) rectangle (70mm,5);&#xA;  \begin{scope}[shift={(20mm,0)}]&#xA;    \foreach \xoffset in {0,5.2}&#xA;    {&#xA;      \begin{scope}[shift={(\xoffset,0)}]&#xA;      \draw[xstep=1,ystep=1] (0,0) grid (5,5);&#xA;      \end{scope}&#xA;    }&#xA;  \end{scope}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/LolrG.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;based on &lt;code&gt;Martin&lt;/code&gt;'s comment, following code is added. as a newbie, it took me some time to find a way to add some spacing around picture. so this might save time for other newbies.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[titlepage,a4paper]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{calc}&#xA;\usepackage[lmargin=2.500000cm,rmargin=2.500000cm,tmargin=2.500000cm,bmargin=2.500000cm]{geometry}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section[General remarks]{General remarks}&#xA;\subsection[Geometry and coordinate system]{Geometry and coordinate system}&#xA;The main layout of the structure is adopted:\\&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=1,thick]&#xA;  \begin{scope}[shift={(20mm,0)}]&#xA;    \foreach \xoffset in {0,5.2}&#xA;    {&#xA;      \begin{scope}[shift={(\xoffset,0)}]&#xA;      \draw[xstep=1,ystep=1] (0,0) grid (5,5);&#xA;      \end{scope}&#xA;    }&#xA;  \end{scope}&#xA;&#xA;  \coordinate (B) at (current bounding box.south west);&#xA;  \draw[line width=10pt]&#xA;  let&#xA;    \p2 = ($(B) - (10mm,10mm)$)&#xA;  in&#xA;  (current bounding box.north east) ++(10mm,10mm) rectangle (\p2);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;another method uses &lt;code&gt;backgrounds&lt;/code&gt;. please refer to &lt;code&gt;Andrew&lt;/code&gt;'s comment at the below.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3253" LastEditorUserId="3253" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-05T11:29:41.633" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T11:29:41.633" Title="TikZ add frame to a picture" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="12637" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12636" CreationDate="2011-03-04T09:05:11.517" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The simplest would be to just use a framebox.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\fbox{%&#xA;  \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  % picture content&#xA;  \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T09:05:11.517" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12638" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12640" CreationDate="2011-03-04T09:18:38.997" Score="5" ViewCount="71" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to change the catcode in a macro, but it seems it doesn't work. Can anyone help me?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\A{\catcode`\|=0 |bf{test}} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;|bf{test}&lt;/code&gt; would not work as expect.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3936" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T09:20:57.233" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T09:29:42.577" Title="How to change #catcode in a macro" Tags="&lt;catcodes&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12639" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-04T09:19:59.490" Score="1" ViewCount="45" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the difference between the combination of &lt;code&gt;split&lt;/code&gt; inside &lt;code&gt;equation*&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;align*&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{equation*}&#xA;\begin{split}&#xA;A   &amp;amp;= B+C\\&#xA;    &amp;amp;= X+Y&#xA;\end{split}&#xA;\end{equation*}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{align*}&#xA;A   &amp;amp;= B+C\\&#xA;    &amp;amp;= X+Y&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3552" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T09:49:11.547" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T09:49:11.547" Title="What is the difference between the combination of split inside equation* and align*?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="12640" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12638" CreationDate="2011-03-04T09:22:35.220" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This doesn't work because the &lt;code&gt;|&lt;/code&gt; was already read as part of the argument of &lt;code&gt;\def\A&lt;/code&gt; and therefore has its catcode already before the included &lt;code&gt;\catcode&lt;/code&gt; is executed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You need to move the catcode change out of the macro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begingroup&#xA;\catcode`\|=0 &#xA;\gdef\A{|bf{test}} &#xA;\endgroup&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are also other ways to do it: eTeX privides &lt;code&gt;\scantokens&lt;/code&gt; which re-read its content so that the catcodes are reapplied and there is a trick to do it using &lt;code&gt;\lowercase&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that in this example makes actually &lt;strong&gt;no difference&lt;/strong&gt; if &lt;code&gt;\&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;|&lt;/code&gt; is used. It would if you also change the catcode of &lt;code&gt;\&lt;/code&gt; to something else. If you tell us more about your exact application more specific answers can be given.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also note that your code example would make the catcode change active for the rest of the group &lt;code&gt;\A&lt;/code&gt; is used in, which is most likely not what you intend. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T09:29:42.577" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T09:29:42.577" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12641" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12639" CreationDate="2011-03-04T09:31:23.040" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As it is here not much. Split can handle just one alignment column, whereas align can handle many more.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is of course a difference if one remove the stars&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3929" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T09:31:23.040" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12642" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12636" CreationDate="2011-03-04T09:41:47.590" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can get the size of the current picture using the special rectangle node &lt;code&gt;current bounding box&lt;/code&gt;. To frame the whole picture add the following code at the very end:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\draw (current bounding box.north east) rectangle (current bounding box.south west);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to save this coordinates (which can also be used to calculate the height) see the question &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/12473/how-can-i-save-the-bounding-box-of-a-tikzpicture-and-use-in-other-tikzpicture/12474#12474&quot;&gt;How can I save the bounding box of a TikZpicture and use in other TikZpicture&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T09:41:47.590" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12643" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12636" CreationDate="2011-03-04T10:13:45.170" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is also the &lt;code&gt;background library&lt;/code&gt; (not sure which version of PDF/TikZ this arrived in, it's in PGF2.10).  From the manual (section 25 in PGF2.10):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;This library defines &quot;backgrounds&quot; for pictures.  This does not refer to background pictures, but rather to frames drawn around and behind pictures.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It then gives various examples, from drawing a grid behind a picture to drawing a rectangle.  In the simplest case, we can just supply the option &lt;code&gt;framed&lt;/code&gt; to the &lt;code&gt;tikzpicture&lt;/code&gt; environment to get a simple rectangular frame.  Using the &lt;code&gt;background rectangle&lt;/code&gt; style, we can make it a little more fancy (though as the manual says, no-one in their right mind would use &lt;em&gt;this&lt;/em&gt; particular framing).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{backgrounds}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[framed]&#xA;\draw (0,0) circle (2);&#xA;\draw (0,0) rectangle (3,2);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\bigskip&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[framed,background rectangle/.style={double,ultra thick,draw=red, top color=blue, rounded corners}]&#xA;\draw (0,0) circle (2);&#xA;\draw (0,0) rectangle (3,2);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Picture:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/5cJmK.png&quot; alt=&quot;framed tikzpicture&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are, of course, several options to change the background, in particular to change how far from the picture the frame is.  See Section 25 of the manual (2.10 version) for details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T10:13:45.170" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="12644" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12623" CreationDate="2011-03-04T10:17:53.127" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ok, I found it. There's a command named &lt;code&gt;\autopageref{}&lt;/code&gt; which replaces &lt;code&gt;\pageref{}&lt;/code&gt; and does exactly what I wanted. More info &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/applications/hyperref/manual.html#x1-130004&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="577" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T10:17:53.127" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12645" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-04T11:06:52.963" Score="3" ViewCount="120" Body="&lt;p&gt;In presentations with the &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt;package I use &lt;code&gt;\put&lt;/code&gt; a lot to place graphic objects like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\putat}[3]{\begin{picture}(0,0)(0,0)\put(#1,#2){#3}\end{picture}} % just a shorthand&#xA;\putat{123}{45}{stuff}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now I was thinking about writing a small macro to facilitate finding the x and y coordinate by just writing a grid of positions onto the slide from which I can read off which values to use as arguments to &lt;code&gt;put&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcounter{xpos}&#xA;\newcounter{ypos}&#xA;\forLoop[20]{20}{200}{xpos}{%&#xA;  \forLoop[10]{20}{100}{ypos}{%&#xA;    \putat{\value{xpos}}{\value{ypos}}{(\arabic{xpos},\arabic{ypos})}&#xA; }&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(This uses the &lt;code&gt;forloop&lt;/code&gt; package.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem is that I forgot that &lt;code&gt;put&lt;/code&gt; uses relative positions (apparently). Can I somehow return to the same origin in every pass of the loop?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or is there a simpler way to generate this grid?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1442" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T11:46:54.043" Title="Grid to facilitate positioning of objects with \put in beamer" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;positioning&gt;&lt;grids&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="12646" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12645" CreationDate="2011-03-04T11:46:54.043" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi the most simple way seems to be using beamer itself: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;   \setbeamertemplate{background}[grid][step=10]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course you could use full power tikz:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\setbeamertemplate{background}{\tikz{&#xA;    \foreach \x in {-5,...,5} \draw (\x ,-5) -- (\x ,5) node[anchor=north] {$\x$};&#xA;    \foreach \y in {-5,...,5} \draw (-5,\y) -- (5,\y) node[anchor=east] {$\y$};}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\frame{hi world}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I´m aware that this solution is not a bare latex one. Nevertheless i believe this is the most comfortable way. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2217" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T11:46:54.043" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="12647" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12599" CreationDate="2011-03-04T12:05:06.087" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It should be as simple as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\mymacro#1{\lowercase{#1}}&#xA;\halign{&amp;amp;\mymacro{#}\cr&#xA;HELLO&amp;amp;WORLD\cr&#xA;TEST&amp;amp;123\cr}&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For Yiannis's comment to apply the macro only to the first column, change the preamble (&lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;\mymacro{#}\cr&lt;/code&gt;) to &lt;code&gt;\mymacro{#}&amp;amp;&amp;amp;#\hfil\cr&lt;/code&gt;, for example. An ampersand at the very beginning tells TeX to repeat the definition(s) for every column, whereas &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; defines that the following column definitions should be repeated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ofcourse, you don't &lt;em&gt;need&lt;/em&gt; to repeat anything if you don't want to.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastEditorUserId="1410" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T12:39:57.833" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T12:39:57.833" CommentCount="13" />
  <row Id="12648" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3528" CreationDate="2011-03-04T12:09:15.867" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A solution with tikz with two circles but I've a problem if the first path is an ellipse. I don't why but the intersections are fine but the last arc is wrong with an ellipse&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{intersections}&#xA;\thispagestyle{empty} &#xA;\begin{document} &#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\coordinate (A) at (0,-3);&#xA;\coordinate (B) at (1.5,-3); &#xA;&#xA;\path[name path=circleA] (A) circle (2); &#xA;\path[name path=circleB] (B) circle (1); &#xA; \path [ name intersections={of=circleA and circleB}]&#xA;(intersection-1) coordinate (E)&#xA;(intersection-2) coordinate (F) ;&#xA;\pgfmathanglebetweenpoints{\pgfpointanchor{B}{center}}{%&#xA;                           \pgfpointanchor{E}{center}} &#xA;\global\let\FirstAngleB\pgfmathresult &#xA; \pgfmathanglebetweenpoints{\pgfpointanchor{B}{center}}{%&#xA;                           \pgfpointanchor{F}{center}} &#xA;\global\let\SecondAngleB\pgfmathresult&#xA;\pgfmathanglebetweenpoints{\pgfpointanchor{A}{center}}{%&#xA;                           \pgfpointanchor{E}{center}} &#xA;\global\let\FirstAngleA\pgfmathresult &#xA; \pgfmathanglebetweenpoints{\pgfpointanchor{A}{center}}{%&#xA;                           \pgfpointanchor{F}{center}} &#xA;\global\let\SecondAngleA\pgfmathresult&#xA;&#xA;\draw[color=red,fill=blue,ultra thick] (E)   arc  (\FirstAngleB:\SecondAngleB: 1cm) arc  (\SecondAngleA:\FirstAngleA: 2cm)  ; &#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture} &#xA;&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/SDBPJ.png&quot; alt=&quot;circle and circle&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;with an ellipse I try this :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\path[name path=circleA] (A) ellipse (2cm and 1cm); &#xA;\draw[color=red,fill=blue,ultra thick] (E)   arc  (\FirstAngleB:\SecondAngleB: 1cm) arc  (\SecondAngleA:\FirstAngleA: 2cm and 1cm)  ; &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;perhaps I made a mistake, but the last point is wrong. Perhaps a problem with the angles. The two points of circle are right and the intersection is fine too but ... &#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/MHKxT.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;                                                     &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T12:09:15.867" />
  <row Id="12649" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12652" CreationDate="2011-03-04T12:11:38.610" Score="5" ViewCount="139" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the best way to produce the following:&#xA;(Image shows a typo)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/CuJhB.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3956" LastEditorUserId="3956" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T12:40:11.810" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T12:50:03.083" Title="How can I align numbers in equations?" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;horizontal-alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12650" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12624" CreationDate="2011-03-04T12:16:26.890" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is no easy way to do this, as far as I'm aware. You can't put floats inside &lt;code&gt;multicol&lt;/code&gt; so that's not an option. Do you &lt;em&gt;really&lt;/em&gt; need the figure right there? Wouldn't it be easier to use give your document class the &lt;code&gt;twocolumn&lt;/code&gt; option and have the figure float to wherever makes sense (top or bottom of the page).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/LaTeX/Floats,_Figures_and_Captions#Wide_figures_in_two_column_documents&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;The LaTeX wikibook&lt;/a&gt; has no good advice on this issue, and I expect it's simply something that is very difficult to do.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T12:16:26.890" />
  <row Id="12651" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12649" CreationDate="2011-03-04T12:21:27.323" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Some options are &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt;'s &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt;(or &lt;code&gt;align*&lt;/code&gt;, without numbering):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;...&#xA;\begin{align*}&#xA;1 &amp;amp;+&amp;amp; 20 &amp;amp;= 13&#xA;2 &amp;amp;+&amp;amp; 11 &amp;amp;= 13&#xA;...&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I've edited the example, thanks Martin Tapankov).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or a simple tabular environment. &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt; expressions automatically insert what's given between the appropriate columns.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}{r@{+}r@{=}r}&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 20 &amp;amp; 13 \\&#xA;2 &amp;amp; 11 &amp;amp; 13 \\&#xA;...&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You might also want to include extra spacing in &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt; arguments (like &lt;code&gt;\;&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\:&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\,&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Following Martin Scharrer's advice, you could also use array package for ensuring mathmode. &lt;code&gt;&amp;gt;{$}r&amp;lt;{$}&lt;/code&gt; means: Prepend a &lt;code&gt;$&lt;/code&gt; sign before a right aligned column, and then append a &lt;code&gt;$&lt;/code&gt; sign after that. &lt;code&gt;@{+}&lt;/code&gt; means that a &lt;code&gt;+&lt;/code&gt; gets inserted between columns defined left and right of the &lt;code&gt;@{+}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{&amp;gt;{$}r&amp;lt;{$}@{+}&amp;gt;{$}r&amp;lt;{$}@{=}&amp;gt;{$}r&amp;lt;{$}}&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 20 &amp;amp; 13 \\&#xA;2 &amp;amp; 11 &amp;amp; 13 \\&#xA;...&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1688" LastEditorUserId="1688" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T12:46:41.420" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T12:46:41.420" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="12652" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12649" CreationDate="2011-03-04T12:24:48.697" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Although using a &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; environment can solve some of the alignment issues easily, I would rather opt for using the &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt; environment from the &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; package, as it would require less typing in the end.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some manual manipulation of the last three lines would be necessary, &#xA;in order to get the single digit numbers 9,8 and 7 to line up properly with the double digit numbers on the top three lines. To achieve this you need to use a &lt;code&gt;phantom&lt;/code&gt; to push them to the right. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A &lt;code&gt;\phantom&lt;/code&gt; is a macro that does not display its contents but produces&#xA;an inﬁnitely thin horizontal line just as wide&#xA;as the original material. This can be used to push these numbers to the right in order to get them aligned with the double digit ones on top.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;We define this as a macro called &lt;code&gt;\Z&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\Z{\hphantom{1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and the full code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath,array}&#xA;\def\Z{\hphantom{1}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{align*}&#xA;1 +  12 &amp;amp;= 13\\&#xA;2 +  11 &amp;amp;= 13\\&#xA;3 +  10 &amp;amp;= 13\\&#xA;4 + \Z9 &amp;amp;= 13\\&#xA;5 + \Z8 &amp;amp;= 13\\&#xA;6 + \Z7 &amp;amp;= 13&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T12:24:48.697" />
  <row Id="12653" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12655" CreationDate="2011-03-04T12:26:29.617" Score="7" ViewCount="177" Body="&lt;p&gt;The amsmath packages helpfully define a macro &lt;code&gt;\DeclareMathOperator&lt;/code&gt; which does what it says on the tin: it declares a mathematical operator such as &lt;code&gt;\sin&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\Null&lt;/code&gt; or whatever and typesets it all nice and dandy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I want to do a one-shot operator, it seems a bit of a fuss to &lt;code&gt;\DeclareMathOperator&lt;/code&gt; it if I'm only going to use it once. So:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a command that typesets its contents in the same way that &lt;code&gt;\DeclareMathOperator&lt;/code&gt; does?  (And I'd like it to be &lt;em&gt;exactly&lt;/em&gt; how &lt;code&gt;\DeclareMathOperator&lt;/code&gt; does since I sometimes mess with fonts and colours and would like them consistent.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T16:13:21.700" Title="How do I do a one-shot MathOperator?" Tags="&lt;amsmath&gt;&lt;mathoperator&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="12654" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12617" CreationDate="2011-03-04T12:26:54.697" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Worked it out!  Here's my solution:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usesymbols[was]&#xA;&#xA;\def\Not #1{\wasy@over{/}{#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then in math mode:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$\Not{x}$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;provides a properly slashed x.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3628" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T12:26:54.697" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12655" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12653" CreationDate="2011-03-04T12:28:57.957" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You are looking for &lt;code&gt;\mathop&lt;/code&gt;: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.giss.nasa.gov/tools/latex/stackrel.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.giss.nasa.gov/tools/latex/stackrel.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you really want to do exactly what amsmath does then &lt;code&gt;\operatorname&lt;/code&gt; is a better choice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1119" LastEditorUserId="1119" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T12:37:58.230" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T12:37:58.230" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="12656" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12653" CreationDate="2011-03-04T12:48:38.793" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can go back to the TeXbook and do it the Knuth way, using &lt;code&gt;\mathop&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\limsup{\mathop{\overline{\rm lim}}}&#xA;&#xA;\[\limsup\]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you really only want a one shot, you can type:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[\mathop{\overline{lim}}_{n=1}\limits\]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would rather have something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\oneshot#1{\mathop{\mathrm{#1}}\limits}&#xA;&#xA;\[\oneshot{Diag}_{n=1}^m\]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One can extend the command &lt;code&gt;\oneshot&lt;/code&gt; to the &lt;code&gt;\nolimits&lt;/code&gt; version for consistency. Why I prefer a two shot approach i.e, defining it first and then using it, is that good software practice dictates that you should try and re-use code. You could stick the command in your master style file, if you have one. It will also with a shorter name make reading the LaTeX source easier.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Would you really use an operator only once in a mathematics write-up?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-05T16:13:21.700" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T16:13:21.700" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="12657" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12649" CreationDate="2011-03-04T12:50:03.083" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Okay, let me start by saying that I &lt;strong&gt;do not recommend&lt;/strong&gt; this solution!  But I've just been learning a bit about catcodes and felt like trying them out.  So here's a solution that allows you to type the equations as they are and typesets them as you want.  The only extra typing is the &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; at the end of the lines (I tried to make the newlines into &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt;s but that got nasty ...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Code (the extra equation is to show that the alignments are correct):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{alignedeqns}{\catcode`\+4\catcode`\=4\array{r@{{}+{}}r@{{}={}}l}}{\endarray}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\[&#xA;  1 + 100 = 101&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;\[&#xA;  \begin{alignedeqns}&#xA;  1 + 100 = 101 \\&#xA;  1 + 20 = 21 \\&#xA;  2 + 11 = 13 \\&#xA;  3 + 10 = 13 \\&#xA;  4 + 9 = 13 \\&#xA;  5 + 8 = 13 \\&#xA;  6 + 7 = 13&#xA;  \end{alignedeqns}&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Result:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/AF50T.png&quot; alt=&quot;aligned equations&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T12:50:03.083" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="12658" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12620" CreationDate="2011-03-04T12:59:16.120" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Although this is highly subjective, I'll venture a suggestion: urw-garamond in my opinion is a good one, both in print and on screen. In most cases it's more economical than CM and less so compared to txfonts, the typography is lovely for the text; for the math there are spacing problems (not too much though,) with certain symbols (particularly ''\partial''). From what I have seen, txfonts is the most economical, but I feel claustrophobic seeing it both on screen and in print.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3920" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T12:59:16.120" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12659" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12620" CreationDate="2011-03-04T13:03:05.507" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Lately I've been obsessed with &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/newcent/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;New Century Schoolbook&lt;/a&gt;, which I've been using for absolutely everything. The readability is excellent (at least on-screen—I haven't printed a whole lot with it yet); it's a bit heavier than Computer Modern (but not too heavy), it has nice-looking italic and bold faces &lt;em&gt;and&lt;/em&gt; full math support. Can't really beat that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1517" LastEditorUserId="1517" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T13:20:15.930" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T13:20:15.930" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12660" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12614" CreationDate="2011-03-04T13:04:43.120" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The solution is to delete all of the extra code in the example in the question you refer to.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\RequirePackage{filecontents}&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{sample.bib}&#xA;@ARTICLE{liu:11,&#xA;  author = {Peter Fox and Richard Rabbit and Franc Bird},&#xA;  title = {Animals are the better humans},&#xA;  journal = {Horse and Hound},&#xA;  year = {2011},&#xA;  volume = {10},&#xA;  pages = {11--15}&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\documentclass[a4paper,ngerman]{scrartcl}&#xA;\usepackage{babel}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{csquotes}&#xA;\usepackage[style=authortitle,firstinits=true]{biblatex}&#xA;&#xA;\bibliography{sample,newmainjournals}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;   Samplecite~\cite{liu:11}.&#xA;   \printbibliography&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/wMMpS.png&quot; alt=&quot;result of code&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T13:04:43.120" />
  <row Id="12661" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12620" CreationDate="2011-03-04T13:27:07.750" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Fonts are about legibility, not readability. There has been numerous studies concerning the legibility of fonts, most of them with negative (i.e., no significant difference between fonts) or &quot;surprising&quot; results (e.g., Comic Sans more legible than Arial/Helvetica). For a good overview on the question &quot;serif vs. sans-serif&quot; see this &lt;a href=&quot;http://alexpoole.info/which-are-more-legible-serif-or-sans-serif-typefaces&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;review by Alex Poole&lt;/a&gt;. From the conclusion:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;What initially seemed a neat dichotomous question of serif versus sans serif has resulted in a body of research consisting of weak claims and counter-claims, and study after study with findings of “no difference”. […]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Finally, we should accept that most reasonably designed typefaces in mainstream use will be equally legible […]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My suggestion is: use what you like best, there will be no significant impact on legibility. The fonts that come with modern operating systems (e.g., Hoefler Text or Cambria) are fine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T13:27:07.750" />
  <row Id="12662" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12620" CreationDate="2011-03-04T13:51:31.493" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you are really worried about the economic angle, your best best is a light sans-serif font. Arial light maybe, or Scala Sans Light, or Univers Light. Fonts without serifs tend to have a higher x-height, but the availability of Light/Thin versions compensates for that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you can find a condensed version, use the font at 5pt, and minimize the margins, you can save quite a lot on paper costs as well. :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But seriously, the best way to save on printing costs is not to print at all, and for that you are better off with a font that is easy to read on-screen. I have used Verdana and DejaVu Sans in the past with reasonable success. And the MicroSoft cleartype fonts (Cambria, Calibri, Candara etc.) work really well too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T13:51:31.493" />
  <row Id="12663" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12665" CreationDate="2011-03-04T14:01:57.593" Score="6" ViewCount="180" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using the tabular features of siunitx (for what it is worth: v1.3 since I'm on TexLive 2009) to align numbers in tables, eg.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}{ p{1.5cm} S S S }&#xA;bla &amp;amp; 1.23 &amp;amp; 4.5 &amp;amp; 67.89 \tabularnewline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and that works perfectly fine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now I would like to have this table span a specific width, or rather to have several tables to have the same width. For this I would normally use tabularx&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{ p{1.5cm} X X X }&#xA;bla &amp;amp; 1.23 &amp;amp; 4.5 &amp;amp; 67.89 \tabularnewline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, is there a way to combine the two? To have the number formatting and alignment features of siunitx inside an automatically resizing table?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2304" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T14:52:21.030" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T12:33:03.160" Title="How to use siunitx and tabularx together?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;siunitx&gt;&lt;tabularx&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="12664" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12677" CreationDate="2011-03-04T14:47:43.747" Score="5" ViewCount="95" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to use a math font provided by the mathdesign package for mathematics, along with another text font, under pdflatex ? If it is, is there an easy way to do it ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;More precisely, I try to use the font math that goes with Charter when using&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[charter]{mathdesign}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and some variant of New Century Schoolbook, for example the one that comes with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{fouriernc}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My understanding of (La)TeX fonts is low ; until now, the only way I used them is to add some package in the header and magically the font changed. I tried to look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.latex-project.org/guides/fntguide.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the LaTeX font guide&lt;/a&gt; but it only emphasized the fact that it is more complicated than I thought.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3968" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T19:53:04.200" Title="Using mathdesign's math font with another text font" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="12665" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12663" CreationDate="2011-03-04T14:51:43.027" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;X&lt;/code&gt; column in &lt;code&gt;tabularx&lt;/code&gt; is then converted to &lt;code&gt;p{&amp;lt;width&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt; where &lt;em&gt;width&lt;/em&gt; is automatically calculated. You can change this by redefining the &lt;code&gt;\tabularxcolumn&lt;/code&gt; macro like described in the package manual:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\tabularxcolumn}[1]{&amp;lt;column definition where #1 is the width&amp;gt;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;S&lt;/code&gt; column uses the &lt;code&gt;c&lt;/code&gt; column internally. To replace this with &lt;code&gt;p{&amp;lt;width&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt; you have to manually place the internal column definition of &lt;code&gt;S&lt;/code&gt; into &lt;code&gt;\tabularxcolumn&lt;/code&gt;. The following code worked in my tests.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\usepackage{tabularx}&#xA;\usepackage{siunitx}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begingroup&#xA;% Allow `_` and `:` in macro names (LaTeX3 style)&#xA;\catcode`\_=11&#xA;\catcode`\:=11&#xA;% Internal code of `S`&#xA;\gdef\tabularxcolumn#1{%&#xA;    &amp;gt;{\siunitx_table_collect_begin:Nn S{} }%&#xA;    p{#1}%  &amp;lt;- this is different (is `c` in normal `S`)&#xA;    &amp;lt;{\siunitx_table_print:}%&#xA;}&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{p{1.5cm} XXX}&#xA;     bla &amp;amp; 1.23 &amp;amp; 4.5  &amp;amp; 67.89 \\&#xA;     bla &amp;amp; 1.2  &amp;amp; 4.50 &amp;amp;  7.89 \\&#xA;     bla &amp;amp;  .2  &amp;amp;  .50 &amp;amp; 67.8 \\&#xA;\end{tabularx}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T14:51:43.027" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="12666" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12667" CreationDate="2011-03-04T17:05:33.063" Score="7" ViewCount="171" Body="&lt;p&gt;My question is about adding a new language into LaTeX: the &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tajik_alphabet&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Tajik language&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is Russian language support in LaTeX and Russian is written using a modified version of the Cyrillic alphabet. Tajik is also written in the Cyrillic alphabet and its orthography is very close to Russian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, how can I add Tajik language support in LaTeX? Is there any manual about adding new languages into LaTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3148" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T19:12:19.317" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T10:09:03.257" Title="Tajik language in LaTeX" Tags="&lt;languages&gt;&lt;cyrillic&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12667" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12666" CreationDate="2011-03-04T17:15:23.210" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Basic language support is usually implemented in a language definition file for the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/babel&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;babel&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; (for LaTeX/LuaLaTeX) or &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/polyglossia&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;polyglossia&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; (for XeLaTeX) packages. You could start by looking at existing language definition files, in particular, the ones for the Russian language to see how Cyrillic font setup is handled.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You should do at least the following things to add the language support:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Handle font setup for the language alphabet&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Provide word hyphenation rules for the language&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Translate common names and titles used in LaTeX, such as &lt;code&gt;\chaptername&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Provide support for language- or country-specific punctuation and typesetting rules&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3104" LastEditorUserId="3104" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T17:23:50.547" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T17:23:50.547" />
  <row Id="12668" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12669" CreationDate="2011-03-04T17:41:53.387" Score="5" ViewCount="143" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm interested in writing packages for TeX/LaTeX/XeLaTeX. I googled around, but all I found was guides or tutorials about how to prepare documents using LaTeX. I want to know how LaTeX works and how to change it or add new things to it. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which book/guide/tutorial is the most useful source to learn LaTeX programming? Is there official documentations around LaTeX development? (I couldn't find development SCM on official site. is source code private?)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2035" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T17:49:34.543" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T17:54:10.630" Title="Where do I start LaTeX programming?" Tags="&lt;latex-general&gt;&lt;programming&gt;&lt;package-writing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12669" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12668" CreationDate="2011-03-04T17:47:52.327" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could start with &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.latex-project.org/guides/clsguide.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX2ε for class and package writers&lt;/a&gt; aka &lt;code&gt;clsguide&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;We already have some information regarding this on the site, for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/528/style-class-tutorials&quot;&gt;Style/class tutorials&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2124/is-there-a-comprehensive-and-complete-latex-reference&quot;&gt;Is there a comprehensive and complete LaTeX reference?&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could learn much if you would read the commentes &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/source2e.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX2ε sources&lt;/a&gt; aka &lt;code&gt;source2e&lt;/code&gt;. To understand it best, you could &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/53/what-is-the-best-way-to-learn-tex&quot;&gt;learn TeX&lt;/a&gt; or use a &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/66/which-manuals-are-on-your-tex-reference-shelf&quot;&gt;TeX reference&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T17:54:10.630" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T17:54:10.630" />
  <row Id="12670" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12671" CreationDate="2011-03-04T17:56:35.887" Score="2" ViewCount="98" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is an MWE which shows that something is weird in the &lt;code&gt;framed&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage{framed}&#xA;\setlength{\FrameSep}{3pt}&#xA;\setlength{\fboxsep}{3pt}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{framed}&#xA;  \noindent\lipsum[2]&#xA;\end{framed}&#xA;&#xA;\noindent\fbox{%&#xA;  \begin{minipage}{1.0\linewidth}&#xA;    \lipsum[2]&#xA;  \end{minipage}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/KywyH.png&quot; alt=&quot;right margin discrepancy&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why does the &lt;code&gt;framed&lt;/code&gt; environment disagree with minipage about where the right margin should be? Is there an easy way to get the two to line up?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The &lt;code&gt;framed&lt;/code&gt; package claims to be a &quot;preproduction version&quot; and its documentation is dated 2007. Could we have new maintainers maybe?)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T18:42:45.213" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T11:11:41.097" Title="Right margin discrepancy between framed and fbox/minipage" Tags="&lt;margins&gt;&lt;framed&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="12671" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12670" CreationDate="2011-03-04T18:00:51.387" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;framed&lt;/code&gt; does it well. The way you use &lt;code&gt;\fbox&lt;/code&gt;, framing over the complete linewidth, exceeds the text width. The &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt; has correct width, but &lt;code&gt;\fbox&lt;/code&gt; adds to it. This should cause a warning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As written in the comment below, calculating the width of the &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt; would solve it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\noindent\fbox{%&#xA;  \begin{minipage}{\dimexpr\linewidth-2\fboxrule-2\fboxsep}%&#xA;    \textbackslash fbox: \lipsum[1]&#xA;  \end{minipage}%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For illustration, here's a screenshot without that correction, comparing normal text, framed and fboxed text:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Lyg8L.png&quot; alt=&quot;frames example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-05T11:11:41.097" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T11:11:41.097" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12672" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12673" CreationDate="2011-03-04T18:04:24.817" Score="15" ViewCount="283" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've read a couple of questions recently about &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; environments, and it seems there's a whole bunch of packages that do stuff in this field. I'd really like a summary of what each package does, and which conflict.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example a quick google (plus my memory) got me &lt;code&gt;tabularx&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;booktabs&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;multirow&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;collcell&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;array&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;mdwtab&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;longtable&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;supertabular&lt;/code&gt;...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which should I be using for what purposes? And more importantly, &lt;strong&gt;which conflict?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[Should this be CW? One package per answer sort of thing?]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-05T11:42:25.680" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T19:51:14.827" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-03-04T18:09:03.657" Title="Which tabular packages do which tasks and which packages conflict?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="12673" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12672" CreationDate="2011-03-04T18:17:22.953" Score="14" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to start with a small list that was written earlier for the &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/tables&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'tables'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;tables&lt;/a&gt; wiki.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Overview of packages&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Basic packages&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/array&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;array&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; &#xA;offers more flexible column formatting;&#xA;fixes to some spacing issues.  An&#xA;almost &quot;must-use&quot; package.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/booktabs&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;booktabs&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;supports professional looking tables; better&#xA;vertical spacing; better rules;&#xA;specifically designed for tables&#xA;without vertical lines (the norm for&#xA;publication-quality tables).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/tabularx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;tabularx&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;provides a column type which expands&#xA;to fill the specified width of the&#xA;table.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/tabulary&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;tabulary&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;provides column types which are&#xA;proportional to the natural width of&#xA;their contents.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/multirow&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;multirow&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;lets tabular material span multiple&#xA;rows.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/dcolumn&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;dcolumn&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;creates columns which align on a decimal marker.&#xA;Similar packages: &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/numprint&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;numprint&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/rccol&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;rccol&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/warpcol&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;warpcol&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Multi-page tables&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/longtable&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;longtable&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;provides tabulars that can split&#xA;across pages.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/ltxtable&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;ltxtable&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; combines features of &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/longtable&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;longtable&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/tabularx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;tabularx&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/supertabular&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;supertabular&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;provides tabulars that can split&#xA;across multiple pages.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/xtab&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;xtab&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; extends &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/supertabular&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;supertabular&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; by some features and improves page breaking.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Captioning and notes&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/threeparttable&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;threeparttable&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; typesets tables with captions and notes matching width.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/threeparttablex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;threeparttablex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; provides the functionality of &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/threeparttable&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;threeparttable&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; to tables created using &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/longtable&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;longtable&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/floatrow&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;floatrow&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; (although mainly about customizing layouts of float environments) allows for footnotes and additional explanations in tables.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Science&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/siunitx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;siunitx&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; (although mainly about typesetting values with units) provides the &lt;code&gt;S&lt;/code&gt; column type that aligns on a decimal mark.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color and fancy features&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/colortbl&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;colortbl&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;is intended for colored rows/columns/cells.&#xA;And &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/xcolor&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;xcolor&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package with &lt;code&gt;table&lt;/code&gt; option provides alternating table row colors to extend it.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/arydshln&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;arydshln&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; can print horizontal and vertical dashed lines.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/delarray&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;delarray&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; adds delimiters (braces, parentheses, brackets) to arrays.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/bigdelim&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;bigdelim&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; inserts variable-sized multi-row delimiters into a table.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/blkarray&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;blkarray&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; splits arrays into blocks and add delimiters for each block.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/makecell&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;makecell&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; multiple line cells, better headers, gape in cells, numbered rows, thick lines, diagonally divided cells, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/slashbox&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;slashbox&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; diagonally divided tabular cell.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/hhline&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;hhline&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; better double line producing.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;All-rounder&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/tabu&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;tabu&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; &#xA;is a single package that provides much of&#xA;the functionality of many of the&#xA;above packages.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which packages are especially recommendable? A quick guide:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;array&lt;/code&gt; is a universal talent for tuning whole columns by commands&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;tabularx&lt;/code&gt; is great for auto-sizing columns&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;booktabs&lt;/code&gt; is a must for professional-looking layout&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;longtable&lt;/code&gt; is very popular for multi-page tables.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Choose further packages depending on the required features.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Package conflicts&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;xtab&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;supertabular&lt;/code&gt; don't work together. Loading both would cause a conflict. &lt;code&gt;xtab&lt;/code&gt; should be preferred, since it's written as an extension to &lt;code&gt;supertabular&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;According to the manual, &lt;code&gt;arydshln&lt;/code&gt; has to be loaded after &lt;code&gt;array&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;longtable&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;colortab&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;colortbl&lt;/code&gt;, respectively. Such a problem occurred in this question: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/12980/cannot-insert-multirow-within-multicolumn/12983#12983&quot;&gt;Cannot insert multirow within multicolumn&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-08T19:51:14.827" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T19:51:14.827" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-03-04T18:17:22.953" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12674" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12695" CreationDate="2011-03-04T18:57:37.740" Score="6" ViewCount="88" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a way for including assertions in a LaTeX document? I want to check that some condition is true, and only allow compilation of the document if it is (or at least complain otherwise).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Specifically, a paragraph contains a reference to a chapter. Before compiling the final version, I'd like to be warned if the chapter is the current chapter, so that I could e.g. substitute the text with &quot;in this chapter&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3622" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-26T15:43:02.663" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T15:43:02.663" Title="Asserting reference inequality" Tags="&lt;cross-referencing&gt;&lt;programming&gt;&lt;conditionals&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="12675" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12706" CreationDate="2011-03-04T19:13:38.033" Score="2" ViewCount="86" Body="&lt;p&gt;My native language is Serbian and it is included in MiKTeX distribution for Windows. However, there is only latin version of it, and I'd like to use cyrillic Serbian. I tried searching the Internet about the issue and found &lt;a href=&quot;http://lists.debian.org/debian-tetex-maint/2002/05/msg00048.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt; post.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;These files are based on Russian language, and after inspecting them, I found that the translations are just fine. I copied the contents of the files to two files (serbianc.ldf and serbianc.sty) and placed these files in tex\generic\babel folder where other language files reside.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Next, I added the following line to babel.sty (among other language definitions):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareOption{serbianc}{\input{serbianc.ldf}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When trying to use the language in TeX document, LaTeX fails at the following line:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[serbianc]{babel}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;with the following error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! LaTeX Error: File `serbianc.ldf' not found.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have also tried going to MiKTeX settings and refreshing file name database to no avail.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm rather new to TeX - it might be a big shot for me, but I do have a lot of programming skills and am eager to learn about it. The resources I found on the Internet are rather scarce and mainly Unix related.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What am I missing here? Any help is much appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2242" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T10:16:18.333" Title="Adding language to MiKTeX installation" Tags="&lt;miktex&gt;&lt;languages&gt;&lt;babel&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="12676" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-04T19:41:23.380" Score="5" ViewCount="145" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using the latex package &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/apa6e.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;apa6e&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; because the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/apa.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;apa&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package isn't using APA style version 6 yet.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now I'm trying to add a table with notes right underneath it, like in this table for instance:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/llXPC.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Example Table&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since the &lt;code&gt;\caption{}&lt;/code&gt; is used as a title above the table, I have to add an extra row for the notes that goes over the whole table width. The problem is that the notes won't fit into one line so I need multi-line cell. How can I accomplish that? Or am I doing it totally wrong and there is a much easier way? I guess footnotes don't work here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{apa6e}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\shorttitle{}&#xA;\begin{table}&#xA;\caption{title}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{cc}&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar\\&#xA;\hline&#xA;\multicolumn{2}{l}{Notes. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Cras lacus orci, porttitor et posuere sit amet, tempor non justo. Ut quis aliquet turpis. Ut dictum nulla eget purus elementum a lacinia libero varius. Donec malesuada nulla ut odio rhoncus convallis. Aenean faucibus sollicitudin sapien, a vestibulum ante rhoncus sit amet. In vitae mi justo. In arcu metus, porta et lacinia ut, ultricies sed eros.}&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you for your help!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3979" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T19:59:46.557" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T14:10:27.270" Title="Add notes under the table" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;notes&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="12677" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12664" CreationDate="2011-03-04T19:53:04.200" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could start by loading mathdesign, afterwards you may change the text font. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;\usepackage[charter]{mathdesign}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\rmdefault}{fnc}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\blindmathpaper&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/uylnP.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T19:53:04.200" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12678" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12680" CreationDate="2011-03-04T20:04:37.573" Score="3" ViewCount="119" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to get a path in tikz that looks like &lt;code&gt;\rightsquigarrow&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3980" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T20:07:08.620" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T20:22:56.620" Title="Squiggly arrows in tikz" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;arrows&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="12679" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13189" CreationDate="2011-03-04T20:10:33.053" Score="7" ViewCount="201" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to find out whether it is currently possible to have a test in Biblatex that tests at the very first time an entry is cited whether the same entry will be cited more than once in the current reference section (i.e. the entire paper, or the chapter in case of a book).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The real world usage scenario is legal citations, namely the Canadian Guide to Uniform Legal Citation, which, while slightly ambiguous, states that &quot;it is not necessary to establish a short form for cases if they are not referred to in any subsequent paragraph&quot; (in practice, most papers I see will only give the short form if the case is cited subsequently, which makes sense as otherwise, given the abundance of cases cited just once in a usual paper, any way to make the footnote shorter is welcome).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So let's say I cite &lt;em&gt;Elders Pastoral Ltd&lt;/em&gt; v &lt;em&gt;Bank of New Zealand&lt;/em&gt;. The first footnote would then say &quot;&lt;em&gt;Elders Pastoral Ltd&lt;/em&gt; v &lt;em&gt;Bank of New Zealand&lt;/em&gt; [1989] 2 N.Z.L.R. 180 (C.A.) [&lt;em&gt;Elders&lt;/em&gt;]&quot;, all subsequent footnotes would say &quot;&lt;em&gt;Elders&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;supra&lt;/em&gt; n. 1&quot;. However, I need the printing of the shorthand field to be conditional on the entry to be cited more than once.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have a vague idea that might be possible by doing something along the following lines.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is my current macro to make a footnote for a case:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newbibmacro*{footcite:jurisdiction}{%&#xA;  \global\boolfalse{cbx:loccit}%&#xA;  \ifciteseen&#xA;    {\ifthenelse{\ifciteibid\AND\NOT\iffirstonpage}&#xA;      {\usebibmacro{footcite:ibid}}&#xA;      {\usebibmacro{footcite:jurisdiction:note}}}&#xA;    {\usebibmacro{footcite:full:jurisdiction}%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And here is the footcite:full:jurisdiction macro&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newbibmacro*{footcite:full:jurisdiction}{%&#xA;   \printtext{%&#xA;   \bibhypertarget{\thefield{entrykey}:\the\value{instcount}}{%&#xA;      \usedriver&#xA;        {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}}&#xA;        {jurisdiction}}}%&#xA;   \usebibmacro{shorthandintro:jurisdiction}}&#xA;   \usebibmacro{footcite:save}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So in the footcite:full:jurisdiction, I would make the &lt;code&gt;\usebibmacro{shorthandintro:jurisdiction}&lt;/code&gt; dependent on the test for a variable and in the footcite:jurisdiction, I would set the variable in case the &lt;code&gt;\ifciteseen&lt;/code&gt; yields true. This would then work after two LaTeX runs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, my question would be what type of variable to use and how to to set it, so as to avoid errors (for instance, I think using a boolean and do an &lt;code&gt;\ifbooltrue&lt;/code&gt; test would result in errors like &quot;boolean variable cbx:???? not set&quot; errors on the first run).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any ideas are very welcome.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3981" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T23:47:22.430" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T13:19:20.483" Title="Check if an entry is cited multiple times" Tags="&lt;biblatex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="12680" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12678" CreationDate="2011-03-04T20:21:57.683" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is possible, indeed. You can use the &lt;code&gt;decorations.pathmorphing&lt;/code&gt; library for this, which allows very fine control over how your paths look:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{decorations.pathmorphing}&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;$\rightsquigarrow$&#xA;&#xA;\tikz \draw [-&amp;gt;,&#xA;line join=round,&#xA;decorate, decoration={&#xA;    zigzag,&#xA;    segment length=4,&#xA;    amplitude=.9,post=lineto,&#xA;    post length=2pt&#xA;}]  (0,0) -- (0.3,0);&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/VLpa7.png&quot; alt=&quot;rightsquigarrow and tikz equivalent&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T20:22:56.620" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T20:22:56.620" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12681" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12615" CreationDate="2011-03-04T20:24:08.920" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I usually use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\startformula \startalign&#xA;\NC \hskip 2em \NC hskip -2em&#xA;A very long first expression \NR&#xA;\NC \EQ the second line \NR&#xA;\NC \EQ the third line \NR&#xA;\stopalign \stopformula&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, you can wrap &lt;code&gt;\NC \hskip 2em \NC \hskip -2em&lt;/code&gt; in a macro, if you wish. FWIW, I use a similar approach in LaTeX. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\begin{align}&#xA;\hskip 2em &amp; \hskip -2em&#xA;A very long first expression \\&#xA;&amp;= the second line \\&#xA;&amp;= the third line&#xA;\end{align}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The advantage is that I can then control if I want to split the equation across pages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T20:24:08.920" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12682" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-04T20:28:22.243" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are various ways to write documents in Cyrillic script. The question &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/816/cyrillic-in-latex&quot;&gt;„Cyrillic in (La)TeX“&lt;/a&gt; gives an overview.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T20:34:28.550" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T20:34:28.550" />
  <row Id="12683" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-04T20:28:22.243" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="Questions about using TeX for typesetting documents in Cyrillic script." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T20:29:39.317" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T20:29:39.317" />
  <row Id="12684" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12696" CreationDate="2011-03-04T20:58:33.633" Score="4" ViewCount="127" Body="&lt;p&gt;A somewhat similar question to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/12678/squiggly-arrows-in-tikz&quot;&gt;this one&lt;/a&gt;, but in a different language for graphics:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a simple way to draw a squiggly line in &lt;a href=&quot;http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;asymptote&lt;/a&gt;? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T14:52:32.440" Title="Squiggly line in Asymptote" Tags="&lt;asymptote&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="12685" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-04T21:20:01.407" Score="4" ViewCount="108" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm having trouble with the xparse package's environment creating commands. What I'd like to do in the end is write my own list environment. The toy example below shows my current problem: the list shows up, but some extra text is getting appended during the closing of the environment. I &quot;fixed&quot; it by using the &lt;code&gt;\newenvironment&lt;/code&gt; command, but I was hoping to use the argument processing options that xparse provides.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the cljlists.sty package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\NewDocumentEnvironment{xparselist}{}{BEGIN!\begin{itemize}}{\end{itemize}END!}&#xA;\newenvironment{newlist}{BEGIN!\begin{itemize}}{\end{itemize}END!}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\subparagraph*[short]{Second Sub-Paragraph}&#xA;text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;\begin{newlist}&#xA;\item item&#xA;\end{newlist}&#xA;\begin{xparselist}{mandatory}&#xA;\item item&#xA;\end{xparselist}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This outputs: (sorry the image got chopped for being new, but about like this...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Second Sub-Paragraph&lt;/em&gt; text...text BEGIN!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;item&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;END!BEGIN!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;item&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;END! shortSecond Sub-Paragraph&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure why the arguments provided to &lt;code&gt;\subparagraph&lt;/code&gt; are being used by the &lt;code&gt;blahblahblah&lt;/code&gt; environment when it closes. I have redefined &lt;code&gt;\subparagraph&lt;/code&gt; using xparse's &lt;code&gt;\DeclareDocumentCommand&lt;/code&gt;. I don't have this problem when I declare another command using xparse, however. Have I missed something important in the documentation?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: here's complete minimal copy of the code which reproduces the problem, including requests from the comments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem should be more apparent now that I can attach photos. The list environment I created using &lt;code&gt;xparse&lt;/code&gt;, is typesetting some text immediately after the environment closes, which appears to come from the arguments I provide to the subparagraph command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{toylists}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\subparagraph{title}&#xA;text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;\begin{newenvlist}&#xA;\item item&#xA;\end{newenvlist}&#xA;\begin{xparselist}&#xA;\item item&#xA;\end{xparselist}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ProvidesPackage{toylists}[2011/03/08 xparse list example]&#xA;&#xA;\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}&#xA;\RequirePackage{xparse}&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareDocumentCommand{\subparagraph}{s o m}{\textit{#3}}&#xA;&#xA;\NewDocumentEnvironment{xparselist}{}{%&#xA;\begin{itemize}}{%&#xA;\end{itemize}}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{newenvlist}{%&#xA;\begin{itemize}}{%&#xA;\end{itemize}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/bjNCP.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3978" LastEditorUserId="3978" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-08T15:14:31.477" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T15:14:31.477" ClosedDate="2011-03-22T13:41:07.843" Title="Declaring environments with xparse" Tags="&lt;environments&gt;" CommentCount="11" />
  <row Id="12686" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12717" CreationDate="2011-03-04T21:43:21.060" Score="1" ViewCount="79" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I have master pdflatex file which includes one or more child documents using something like &lt;code&gt;\include{include/childdoc}&lt;/code&gt;, and I call pdflatex on it using &lt;code&gt;pdflatex -output-directory=out parent.tex&lt;/code&gt;, I seem unable to find a way of calling bibtex on the resulting &lt;code&gt;parent.aux&lt;/code&gt; file.  I have tried both &lt;code&gt;cd out; bibtex parent&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;bibtex out/parent&lt;/code&gt;, to no avail.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know there are various build-tools out there, but I'd like first to make it work just from the shell with no special build-tool dependencies.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3888" LastEditorUserId="3888" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T21:53:26.300" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T15:07:44.027" Title="How do I run bibtex after using the -output-directory flag with pdflatex, when files are included from subdirectories?" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;compiling&gt;&lt;auxiliary-files&gt;&lt;folders&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="12688" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12207" CreationDate="2011-03-04T22:06:52.450" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm very keen on seeing other people's approaches to this, but in the meantime I'll post what I came up with:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following code defines a new &lt;code&gt;tikzstyle&lt;/code&gt; that creates a vertical path at a specified position in the plot, intersects that line with the plot, and adds something like a glorified &lt;code&gt;pin&lt;/code&gt; (actually a line with a &lt;code&gt;label&lt;/code&gt; at the end, which gives finer control over the text placement than just a &lt;code&gt;pin&lt;/code&gt;) at the intersection.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It takes three arguments:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The position of the vertical line, specified as a fraction of the plot width (0 is the left edge, 1 the right)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The position of the label relative to the intersection of the line and plot. It can be given as polar coordinates (&lt;code&gt;{45:1cm}&lt;/code&gt;) or a relative coordinate (&lt;code&gt;{0.4cm,2cm}&lt;/code&gt;) and has to be enclosed in curly braces.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The label text, or, more accurately the &lt;code&gt;label&lt;/code&gt; code: Either just the text, or something like &lt;code&gt;{[red]left:&amp;lt;text&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt; to position the label to the left of the end of the label line and colour it red.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's not exactly what I asked for, in that it does not position the label at a given distance along the graph, but rather at a fixed horizontal distance along the plot canvas. I find this to be more of a feature than a shortcoming, though, because it allows for nice alignments of the labels. Using other paths for defining the intersections, like horizontal lines or circles instead of the vertical line, is easily possible.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplots}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{intersections}&#xA;&#xA;\pgfkeys{/pgfplots/linelabel/.style args={#1:#2:#3}{name path global=labelpath,execute at end plot={&#xA;\path [name path global = labelpositionline]&#xA;(rel axis cs:#1,0) --&#xA;(rel axis cs:#1,1);&#xA;\draw [help lines,text=black,inner sep=0pt,name intersections={of=labelpath and labelpositionline}] (intersection-1) -- +(#2) node [label={#3}] {};},&#xA;}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{axis}&#xA;&#xA;\addplot +[linelabel=0.8:{-45:0.75cm}:{[blue]right:$x^2$}] {x^2};&#xA;\addplot +[linelabel=0.8:{-.6cm,.6cm}:$1.5x^2$] {1.5*x^2};&#xA;&#xA;\end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/5zFYb.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastEditorUserId="2552" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-05T00:02:01.817" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T00:02:01.817" />
  <row Id="12689" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12691" CreationDate="2011-03-04T22:39:04.583" Score="3" ViewCount="115" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using TikZ is it possible to draw a connection between the two green rectangles? The idea is to show that the lower green grid is a more detailed view of the upper one. I'm also open to other ideas ;D&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My current result:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/8JGWG.png&quot; alt=&quot;Grid zoom&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I want is to connect the corners of the rectangle with the corresponding corners of the other rectangle.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;LaTeX:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{positioning}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=.9,every node/.style={minimum size=1cm},on grid]          &#xA;    \begin{scope}[  % Upper layer&#xA;        yshift=90,every node/.append style={&#xA;        yslant=0.5,xslant=-1},yslant=0.5,xslant=-1&#xA;                     ]&#xA;        \fill[white,fill opacity=.9] (0,0) rectangle (5,5);&#xA;        \draw[step=10mm, green] (1,1) grid (4,4);&#xA;        \draw[green,very thick] (1,1) rectangle (4,4);&#xA;        \draw[black,dashed] (0,0) rectangle (5,5);&#xA;    \end{scope}&#xA;&#xA;    \begin{scope}[  % Lower layer&#xA;        yshift=170,every node/.append style={&#xA;            yslant=0.5,xslant=-1},yslant=0.5,xslant=-1&#xA;          ]&#xA;        \fill[white,fill opacity=0.6] (0,0) rectangle (5,5);&#xA;        \draw[step=10mm, black] (2,2) grid (5,5);&#xA;        \draw[step=3.33mm, green] (2,2) grid (3,3);&#xA;        \draw[black,very thick] (2,2) rectangle (5,5);&#xA;        \draw[black,dashed] (0,0) rectangle (5,5);&#xA;        \draw[green,very thick] (2.05,2.05) rectangle (3,3);&#xA;    \end{scope}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2516" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-05T12:46:22.693" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T12:46:22.693" Title="Visualize connection between two slanted TikZ scopes" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="12690" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12689" CreationDate="2011-03-04T23:41:04.193" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{positioning}&#xA; \usetikzlibrary{intersections} &#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=.9,every node/.style={minimum size=1cm},on grid]          &#xA;    \begin{scope}[  % Upper layer&#xA;        yshift=90,every node/.append style={&#xA;        yslant=0.5,xslant=-1},yslant=0.5,xslant=-1&#xA;                     ]&#xA;        \fill[white,fill opacity=.9] (0,0) rectangle (5,5);&#xA;        \draw[step=10mm, green] (1,1) grid (4,4);&#xA;        \draw[green,very thick] (1,1) rectangle (4,4);&#xA;        \draw[black,dashed,name path =rec1] (0,0) rectangle (5,5); &#xA;        \coordinate (a) at (0,0);&#xA;    \end{scope}&#xA;&#xA;    \begin{scope}[  % Lower layer&#xA;        yshift=170,every node/.append style={&#xA;            yslant=0.5,xslant=-1},yslant=0.5,xslant=-1&#xA;          ]&#xA;        \fill[white,fill opacity=0.6] (0,0) rectangle (5,5);&#xA;        \draw[step=10mm, black] (2,2) grid (5,5);&#xA;        \draw[step=3.33mm, green] (2,2) grid (3,3);&#xA;        \draw[black,very thick] (2,2) rectangle (5,5);&#xA;        \draw[black,dashed,name path=rec2] (0,0) rectangle (5,5);&#xA;        \draw[green,very thick] (2.05,2.05) rectangle (3,3);&#xA;        \coordinate (b) at (2.05,2.05); &#xA;    \end{scope}  &#xA;    \draw (a)--(b);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/XWQWX.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You make the same thing for the other corners&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T23:41:04.193" />
  <row Id="12691" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12689" CreationDate="2011-03-04T23:41:18.620" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;First, the straighforward answer to your question whether it is possible to draw connections between the two green rectangles: It is. You can assign names to the coordinates of the first rectangle's corners using &lt;code&gt;\coordinate&lt;/code&gt;, which creates nodes at the given coordinates. These can then be referenced in the second scope:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;    \documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;    \usepackage{tikz}&#xA;    \usetikzlibrary{positioning}&#xA;    \begin{document}&#xA;    \pagestyle{empty}&#xA;&#xA;    \begin{tikzpicture}[scale=.9,every node/.style={minimum size=1cm},on grid]          &#xA;        \begin{scope}[  % Upper layer&#xA;            yshift=90,every node/.append style={&#xA;            yslant=0.5,xslant=-1},yslant=0.5,xslant=-1&#xA;                         ]&#xA;            \fill[white,fill opacity=.9] (0,0) rectangle (5,5);&#xA;            \draw[step=10mm, green] (1,1) grid (4,4);&#xA;            \draw[green,very thick] (1,1) rectangle (4,4);&#xA;            \draw[black,dashed] (0,0) rectangle (5,5);&#xA;            \coordinate (A) at (1,1); \coordinate (B) at (1,4); \coordinate (C) at (4,1); \coordinate (D) at (4,4);&#xA;        \end{scope}&#xA;&#xA;        \begin{scope}[  % Lower layer&#xA;            yshift=170,every node/.append style={&#xA;                yslant=0.5,xslant=-1},yslant=0.5,xslant=-1&#xA;              ]&#xA;            \draw (A) -- (2.05,2.05) (B) -- (2.05,3) (C) -- (3,2.05) (D) -- (3,3);&#xA;            \fill[white,fill opacity=0.6] (0,0) rectangle (5,5);&#xA;            \draw[step=10mm, black] (2,2) grid (5,5);&#xA;            \draw[step=3.33mm, green] (2,2) grid (3,3);&#xA;            \draw[black,very thick] (2,2) rectangle (5,5);&#xA;            \draw[black,dashed] (0,0) rectangle (5,5);&#xA;            \draw[green,very thick] (2.05,2.05) rectangle (3,3);&#xA;        \end{scope}&#xA;    \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;    \end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/9XzE7.png&quot; alt=&quot;slanted image, connected corners&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Concerning &quot;other ideas&quot;: You could also use rectangle nodes instead of paths, which saves you the hassle of having to enter the coordinates manually. In order for the connection lines to be behind the top rectangle, you can use layers. I would furthermore put the zoomed in rectangle above the small scale one, rotate everything a little bit, and make the black grid a bit lighter:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{positioning}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;&#xA;\pgfdeclarelayer{bottom} \pgfdeclarelayer{top}&#xA;\pgfsetlayers{bottom,main,top}   &#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=.9,every node/.style={minimum size=1cm},on grid]       &#xA;\begin{pgfonlayer}{bottom}&#xA;    \begin{scope}[  % Lower layer&#xA;        yshift=0,every node/.append style={&#xA;            yslant=0.5,xslant=-1,rotate=-10},yslant=0.5,xslant=-1,rotate=-10&#xA;          ]&#xA;        \fill[white,fill opacity=0.9] (0,0) rectangle (5,5);&#xA;        \draw[step=10mm, gray!70] (2,2) grid (5,5);&#xA;        \draw[step=3.33mm, green] (2,2) grid (3,3);&#xA;        \draw[gray,very thick] (2,2) rectangle (5,5);&#xA;        \draw[black,dashed] (0,0) rectangle (5,5);&#xA;        \node[name=B,draw,scale=0.9,green,very thick,text width=0.95,text height=0.95,inner sep=0pt,] at (2.525,2.525) {};&#xA;    \end{scope}&#xA;\end{pgfonlayer}&#xA;&#xA;    \begin{scope}[  % Upper layer&#xA;        yshift=105,every node/.append style={&#xA;        yslant=0.5,xslant=-1,rotate=-10},yslant=0.5,xslant=-1,rotate=-10&#xA;                     ]&#xA;        \fill[white,fill opacity=.6] (0,0) rectangle (5,5);&#xA;        \draw[step=10mm, green] (1,1) grid (4,4);&#xA;        \node[scale=.9,draw,green,very thick,name=A,text width=3cm,text height=3cm,inner sep=0pt] at (2.5,2.5) {};&#xA;        \draw[black,dashed] (0,0) rectangle (5,5);&#xA;        \begin{pgfonlayer}{bottom}&#xA;        \foreach \i in {north east,north west,south west,south east}&#xA;          \draw (A.\i) -- (B.\i);&#xA;        \end{pgfonlayer}&#xA;    \end{scope}&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/wSmdM.png&quot; alt=&quot;suggestions&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastEditorUserId="2552" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-04T23:48:18.580" LastActivityDate="2011-03-04T23:48:18.580" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12693" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-05T00:15:34.510" Score="3" ViewCount="76" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a LaTeX document that was compiling fine until this evening. I was playing around with &lt;code&gt;synctex&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;latexmk&lt;/code&gt; when I noticed the error, but I'm not sure what is causing it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are over 100 of the following errors when &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; gives up:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Text line contains an invalid character.&#xA;l.18 ...^^@^^@^^@^^@^^@^^@^^@^^@^^@^^@^^@^^@^^@^^@&#xA;                                                  ^^@^^@^^@^^@^^@^^@^^@^^@^^...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Wasn't sure what those were. I noticed line 18 was blank in TextMate. But in Editra, &lt;a href=&quot;http://cl.ly/50IW&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;I see&lt;/a&gt; that it is full of NULL characters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Weirdest thing I've seen. Plus, I can't delete these characters. Anyone know where to start debugging?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="887" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T00:47:13.000" Title="What could cause repeated NULL characters in an .aux file?" Tags="&lt;errors&gt;&lt;compiling&gt;&lt;auxiliary-files&gt;&lt;latexmk&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="12694" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12693" CreationDate="2011-03-05T00:47:13.000" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The reason it was only affecting this file is because I had run &lt;code&gt;latexmk -pvc&lt;/code&gt; and backgrounded the process. When it hit an error, I wasn't notified, but the shell exited with &quot;a broken pipe&quot;, or so Growl told me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Once I killed the processes that were continuously running in the background, constantly recompiling the document, the null characters disappeared from the aux file and the document compiled correctly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I feel like such a doofus. I definitely won't be making this mistake again.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="887" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T00:47:13.000" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12695" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12674" CreationDate="2011-03-05T02:41:51.703" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is an idea that goes a bit beyond your question. You can do this with the &lt;code&gt;ifthen&lt;/code&gt; package and by defining a new command. The command &lt;code&gt;\mychapterref{#1}&lt;/code&gt; checks if the argument (a reference) is the current chapter. If it is, it writes out the string &lt;code&gt;this chapter&lt;/code&gt;, otherwise it writes out &lt;code&gt;Chapter~\ref{#1}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{report}&#xA;\usepackage{ifthen}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\mychapterref}[1]{%&#xA;\ifthenelse{\equal{\ref{#1}}{\arabic{chapter}}}{this chapter}{Chapter~\ref{#1}}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{begin}\label{chap1}&#xA;look in \mychapterref{chap1}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{next}&#xA;look in \mychapterref{chap1}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The code above outputs&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;look in this chapter&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in Chapter 1 and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;look in Chapter 1&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in other chapters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3982" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-05T08:18:30.533" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T08:18:30.533" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="12696" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12684" CreationDate="2011-03-05T02:45:56.347" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It seems that there has not been such a module for squiggly lines, although it is possible (and not very hard) to define one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A simple implementation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;path zigzag(path g, real step=2, real distance=2)&#xA;{&#xA;    real len = arclength(g);&#xA;    int state = 0;&#xA;    path zig;&#xA;    for (real u = 0; u &amp;lt; len; u += step) {&#xA;        real t = arctime(g, u);&#xA;        pair p = point(g, t);&#xA;        pair norm = unit(rotate(90) * dir(g, t));&#xA;        if (state == 1)&#xA;            p = p + distance * norm;&#xA;        else if (state == 3)&#xA;            p = p - distance * norm;&#xA;        zig = zig -- p;&#xA;        state = (state + 1) % 4;&#xA;    }&#xA;    zig = zig -- point(g, length(g));&#xA;    return zig;&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;// test&#xA;path g = (0,0) -- (2cm,0) -- (4cm,1cm) -- (0,3cm) -- cycle;&#xA;draw(zigzag(g));&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/8aq3L.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T02:45:56.347" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12698" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-05T07:22:35.790" Score="5" ViewCount="99" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4736/what-is-the-difference-between-fragile-and-robust-commands&quot;&gt;What is the difference between Fragile and Robust commands?&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've never understood the purpose of the command &lt;code&gt;\protect&lt;/code&gt;? When and why should it be used?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2634" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T08:06:07.907" ClosedDate="2011-03-07T14:26:05.950" Title="What is the purpose of \protect?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12699" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12698" CreationDate="2011-03-05T08:06:07.907" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To understand &lt;code&gt;how to use \protect&lt;/code&gt;you need to understand the concept of &lt;code&gt;fragile commands&lt;/code&gt; and to understand this concept, you need to understand &lt;code&gt;what is a moving argument&lt;/code&gt;. Some commands called fragile commands causes an error when they use a moving argument. It's a command that expands into illegal TeX code during the save process. Some arguments are called moving arguments because they may be &quot;moved&quot; to other places in the document. A fragile command that appears in a moving argument must be preceded by a &lt;code&gt;\protect&lt;/code&gt; command. For example,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;sectioning commands&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;arguments of &lt;code&gt;\caption&lt;/code&gt; commands&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;commands that produce page headings&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An example :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\caption{Beautiful picture from \protect \citeauthor{allan}&#xA;  \protect \shortcite{allan}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T08:06:07.907" />
  <row Id="12700" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12672" CreationDate="2011-03-05T08:16:46.667" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;cellspace&quot; is a very useful package to add for example to &quot;booktabs&quot;. You get with these two packages very fine result :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From the readme of cellspace :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;% Package cellspace: Ensuring a minimal spacing of table cells.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This package is intended to allow automatic spacing out of&#xA;the lines of an array.  People often complain about text touching the&#xA;\hline of a tabular when it is too high or too deep.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T08:16:46.667" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-03-05T08:16:46.667" />
  <row Id="12701" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12702" CreationDate="2011-03-05T08:38:12.853" Score="4" ViewCount="94" Body="&lt;p&gt;On UNIX you have the &lt;code&gt;texmf&lt;/code&gt; folder in your home directory where you store packages you've installed yourself, but where is that folder on a Windows install?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sub&gt;Yeah, I know that if you use MiKTeX then you don't need to worry about it since it installs needed packages on-the-fly, but I'm still interested. =)&lt;/sub&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2634" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T11:26:23.347" Title="Where is &quot;texmf&quot; on a Windows install?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;windows&gt;&lt;texmf&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12702" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12701" CreationDate="2011-03-05T09:03:26.927" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;'texmf' is not the exact directory name, but refer to the root paths of the TeX distribution. There are often more than one 'texmf' tree, and they are often not called 'texmf'. In MiKTeX, you can find all texmf tree in MiKTeX's option (Start menu -&gt; MiKTeX -&gt; Maintenance -&gt; settings):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/DaPju.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T09:03:26.927" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12703" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12712" CreationDate="2011-03-05T09:35:16.690" Score="4" ViewCount="185" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to create a table with some columns' width specified, and meanwhile, the text in those columns are centered at both horizontally and vertically middle.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I find&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{| c | c | m{5cm} |}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;only aligns the text in the last column at vertically middle, and, which I don't expect to see, horizontally left.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;New issue. After applying Jake's method, it seems both &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\hline&lt;/code&gt; in my original tex file cause an error. How to fix it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3970" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-05T11:47:56.633" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T12:09:53.593" Title="Fixed width column with text centered in {tabular}?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="12704" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12703" CreationDate="2011-03-05T09:56:35.480" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The 'm' column type only centers the text vertically; to get it also centered horizontally, you can use the &lt;code&gt;&amp;gt;{cmd}&lt;/code&gt; syntax, which adds a command before each cell in the specified column:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{| c | c | &amp;gt;{\centering}m{5cm} |}&#xA;Abc &amp;amp; Bcd &amp;amp; A long cell with text that wraps around and is centered&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/0hACm.png&quot; alt=&quot;tabular with column that is horizontally and vertically centered&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As Stefan Kottwitz pointed out in his comment, this can also be be wrapped in a new column type that you can define using  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcolumntype{C}[1]{&amp;gt;{\centering}m{#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then you can define the above table using &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;begin{tabular}{| c | c | C{5cm} |}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastEditorUserId="2552" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-05T10:51:43.483" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T10:51:43.483" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12705" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12707" CreationDate="2011-03-05T10:09:07.360" Score="8" ViewCount="171" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a command that generates the error or warning of my choice? I'm planning to put it in an &lt;code&gt;\ifthenelse&lt;/code&gt;, so it can't be a syntax error.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3622" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T10:48:56.933" Title="Is there a \die{} command?" Tags="&lt;errors&gt;&lt;macros&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="12706" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12675" CreationDate="2011-03-05T10:16:18.333" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here as wanted the comment as answer:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Don't put local files in the main root (programdata\miktex ...), use a local root instead (see manual of miktex). But if you use the main root then you must update the FNDB in admin mode. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T10:16:18.333" />
  <row Id="12707" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12705" CreationDate="2011-03-05T10:26:04.677" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are commands &lt;code&gt;\GenericInfo&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\GenericWarning&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\GenericError&lt;/code&gt;. For class and package writers there are also &lt;code&gt;\Class…&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\Package…&lt;/code&gt; equivalents, described in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/clsguide&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;clsguide&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;&#xA;\GenericWarning{}{A simple warning}&#xA;&#xA;\GenericError{(cont.)\space\space}&#xA;  {This is a\MessageBreak&#xA;    multi-line error\MessageBreak&#xA;    message}&#xA;  {Describe here where to go for more information}&#xA;  {This is the error help (type H to see me)}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3104" LastEditorUserId="3104" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-05T10:48:56.933" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T10:48:56.933" />
  <row Id="12708" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12701" CreationDate="2011-03-05T11:26:23.347" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could type at the command prompt:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;kpsewhich -var-value TEXMFHOME&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alternatively:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;kpsewhich -expand-var '$TEXMFHOME'&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;While on my Linux system, it returns &lt;code&gt;/home/stefan/texmf&lt;/code&gt;, on Windows it may return something like &lt;code&gt;c:\users\gablin\texmfhome&lt;/code&gt; depending on where yur Windows user profile is.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The syntax of &lt;a href=&quot;http://texblog.net/hypertext-help/latex-tools/kpsewhich/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;kpsewhich&lt;/a&gt; may vary depending on the system, for example regarding the quotes or dashes. Type &lt;code&gt;kpsewhich --help&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T11:26:23.347" />
  <row Id="12709" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12686" CreationDate="2011-03-05T11:45:03.357" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Did you check the location of the aux-files? The  --output-directory doesn't affect auxiliary files (at least not in miktex. In miktex there is the --aux-directory switch to set the directory for auxiliary files). Also - as you use &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt;: Don't forget that they will be more than one aux-file. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T11:45:03.357" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12710" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12684" CreationDate="2011-03-05T12:01:08.253" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Leo Liu's answer above led me to the following implementation (I wanted more smooth squiggly lines):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;guide squiggly(path g, real stepsize, real slope=45)&#xA;{&#xA;        real len = arclength(g);&#xA;        real step = len / round(len / stepsize);&#xA;        guide squig;&#xA;        for (real u = 0; u &amp;lt; len; u += step){&#xA;                real a = arctime(g, u);&#xA;                real b = arctime(g, u + step / 2);&#xA;                pair p = point(g, a);&#xA;                pair q = point(g, b);&#xA;                pair np = unit( rotate(slope) * dir(g,a));&#xA;                pair nq = unit( rotate(0 - slope) * dir(g,b));&#xA;                squig = squig .. p{np} .. q{nq};&#xA;        }&#xA;        squig = squig .. point(g, length(g)){unit(rotate(slope)*dir(g,length(g)))};&#xA;        return squig;&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The funny definition of &lt;code&gt;step&lt;/code&gt; from &lt;code&gt;stepsize&lt;/code&gt; is so that the endpoints of the curve will not be distorted, and that when applying to a closed (smooth) curve the object will actually close smoothly. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For piecewise smooth curves it is perhaps better to apply &lt;code&gt;squiggly&lt;/code&gt; to each of the smooth components separately. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastEditorUserId="119" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-05T14:52:32.440" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T14:52:32.440" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="12711" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12714" CreationDate="2011-03-05T12:04:33.757" Score="5" ViewCount="80" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is an MWE that shows the problem:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{framed}&#xA;\setlength{\FrameSep}{3pt}&#xA;\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\fbox{Foo}&#xA;&#xA;\fbox{Foo}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{framed}&#xA;  Foo&#xA;\end{framed}&#xA;\begin{framed}&#xA;  Foo&#xA;\end{framed}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Puisz.png&quot; alt=&quot;vertical spacing problem&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/framed&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;framed&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package puts more spacing around its argument than &lt;code&gt;\fbox&lt;/code&gt; does. I can reduce the &quot;cell padding&quot; to its default by fixing &lt;code&gt;\FrameSep&lt;/code&gt; but I don't know how to fix the horizontal spacing outside the frame. The documentation is... sparse. I don't read TeX fluently enough to understand &lt;code&gt;framed.sty&lt;/code&gt; but it's a fairly small file, so I expect is it easy to do...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-05T12:41:13.293" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T14:07:53.840" Title="Vertical spacing of framed environment" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;framed&gt;&lt;framebox&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="12712" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12703" CreationDate="2011-03-05T12:09:53.593" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One problem with @Jakes's solution is that &lt;em&gt;&quot; &lt;code&gt;\centering&lt;/code&gt; changes the meaning of &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt;&quot;&lt;/em&gt; (Stefan Kottwitz). I adapted Jake's minimal example by using &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/5017/center-column-with-specifying-width-in-table-tabular-enviroment/5020#5020&quot;&gt;this answer&lt;/a&gt;. (It deals with p-columns, but can be employed for m-columns as well.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\newcolumntype{C}[1]{&amp;gt;{\centering\let\newline\\\arraybackslash\hspace{0pt}}m{#1}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{| c | c | C{5cm} |}&#xA;Abc &amp;amp; Bcd &amp;amp; Cde \\&#xA;Abc &amp;amp; Bcd &amp;amp; A long cell with text that wraps around, is centered \newline and allows manual line breaks \\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T12:09:53.593" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="12713" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12711" CreationDate="2011-03-05T12:31:51.397" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;framed&lt;/code&gt; adds spacing according to &lt;code&gt;\topsep&lt;/code&gt;. Try&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setlength{\topsep}{0pt}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to see the effect. To avoid effects to the rest of the document, adjust it locally, i.e. using your own &lt;code&gt;framed&lt;/code&gt;-like environment which sets that length. Within your own environment you could call:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{MakeFramed}{%&#xA;  \setlength{\topsep}{0pt}%&#xA;  \advance\hsize-\width \FrameRestore}&#xA;  ...&#xA;\end{MakeFramed}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-05T12:39:21.907" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T12:39:21.907" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="12714" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12711" CreationDate="2011-03-05T13:29:51.393" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can try mdframed.sty, extending the package framed.sty. You have a better control of parameters. Look at the documentation for all the options (mdframed-doc-en.pdf) &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/mdframed/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;mdframed&lt;/a&gt;.&#xA;The parameters to adjust the text inside the box are : innerleftmargin,innerrightmargin, innertopmargin etc. and you have a macro &lt;code&gt;\mdfsetup&lt;/code&gt; to set all these options.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{mdframed}&#xA;\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\fbox{Foo}&#xA;&#xA;\fbox{Foo}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{mdframed}&#xA;  Foo&#xA;\end{mdframed}&#xA;\begin{mdframed}&#xA;  Foo&#xA;\end{mdframed}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/H3dhz.png&quot; alt=&quot;mdframed&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastEditorUserId="3144" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-05T14:07:53.840" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T14:07:53.840" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="12717" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12686" CreationDate="2011-03-05T15:07:44.027" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ok I finally figured it out (not sure if this is documented somewhere already):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I needed to explicitly create directories within &lt;code&gt;out&lt;/code&gt; having the same name as the directories I include files from.  Then, I need to be in the &lt;code&gt;out&lt;/code&gt; directory when running bibtex.  Furthermore, the bibtex file needs to be manually copied to the &lt;code&gt;out&lt;/code&gt; directory. Finally, I run pdflatex a second time from the top-level directory, again with the -output-directory flag.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In summary (starting in the directory containing &lt;code&gt;parent.tex&lt;/code&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;mkdir out/include&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;pdflatex -output-directory=out parent.tex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;cp mybib.bib out&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;cd out ; bibtex parent&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;cd .. ; pdflatex -output-directory=out parent.tex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(and maybe you need to run pdflatex again, depending on what packages you're using...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3888" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T15:07:44.027" />
  <row Id="12718" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12719" CreationDate="2011-03-05T15:27:22.663" Score="4" ViewCount="66" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using the &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt; class and have my textblock set to a value so there are about 11 words on 1 line. This is great for the mainmatter of the report. But for some other pages (list of acronyms for example) it would be nicer if i could just use the full page width (or atleast wider then in my main text). Same for my bibliography.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This way i would save some pages, and since its no real text that will be read. It doesent matter if it has more then 11 words on 1 line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course the textblock size etc are set in the preamable. Is there some way to use a larger/wider textblock on some pages? And if yes how?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3338" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T15:33:41.640" Title="Memoir different pagesizes" Tags="&lt;margins&gt;&lt;memoir&gt;&lt;size&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="12719" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12718" CreationDate="2011-03-05T15:33:41.640" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/geometry&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;geometry&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package to specify a page layout for the mainmatter and another page layout for the backmatter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since Release 5, &lt;code&gt;geometry&lt;/code&gt; allows changing page layout mid-document by its command &lt;code&gt;\newgeometry&lt;/code&gt; which you could call at the beginning of the backmatter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;According to the &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt; manual, this class can be used together with geometry.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T15:33:41.640" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="12720" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-05T15:38:50.747" Score="1" ViewCount="41" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am currently trying to get the example of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/CTAN/graphics/pstricks/contrib/pst-dbicons/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pstricks dbicons&lt;/a&gt; package to work but I always end up with errors.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have tried to compile the mondial example (see dbicons-site, sorry i can only put in 2 hyperlinks) but also the much shorter example from the pdf:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{pstricks,pst-node,pst-coil,color,pst-dbicons}&#xA;\seticonparams{entity}{shadow=true,fillcolor=black!30,fillstyle=solid}&#xA;\seticonparams{attribute}{fillcolor=black!10,fillstyle=solid}&#xA;\seticonparams{relationship} shadow=true,fillcolor=black!20,fillstyle=solid}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\entity{Person}&#xA;\attributeof{Person}{30}[key]{Name}&#xA;\attributeof{Person}{90}[mv]{Nickname}&#xA;\attributeof{Person}[4em]{150}{phone}[phone\_no]&#xA;\attributeof{Person}{270}[mv]{wt}[weight\_at]&#xA;\attributeof{wt}{220}{date}&#xA;\attributeof{wt}{300}{weight}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here are the gists for &lt;a href=&quot;https://gist.github.com/856437&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt; the mondial one&lt;/a&gt; and the small one with gist id 856439.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd be delighted if someone could point out my error(s).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3694" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-05T15:45:25.327" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T21:05:28.973" Title="Problem with pst-dbicons examples" Tags="&lt;pstricks&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12721" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-05T15:53:30.533" Score="7" ViewCount="470" Body="&lt;p&gt;Can I define a command that takes an argument but does not eval the argument?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3991" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T17:28:46.257" Title="Control command arguments" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="8" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="12722" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-05T16:13:40.687" Score="3" ViewCount="130" Body="&lt;p&gt;When defining title in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.springer.com/computer/lncs?SGWID=0-164-6-793341-0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LNCS&lt;/a&gt; styled paper, one defined author list and links it to the institute list -- yet only one &lt;code&gt;\email&lt;/code&gt; clause can be made per institute. Now, the docs are seemingly silent about the situation when there are few authors from one institute that want to have their e-mails visible.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;When looking at papers made with llncs, this is usually handled with curly bracket, like this&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;{J.Smith,J.Doe}@someinst.something&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now the question; I'm curious if there exist any more proper way of doing it on LaTeX level than just putting such string into &lt;code&gt;\email&lt;/code&gt;? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="7" LastEditorUserId="7" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-05T19:20:38.197" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T12:27:12.100" Title="LNCS style and proper handling of e-mails" Tags="&lt;lncs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="12723" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12725" CreationDate="2011-03-05T16:25:52.797" Score="7" ViewCount="86" Body="&lt;p&gt;The two packages conflict, as can be seen in this MWE:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{steinmetz}&#xA;\usepackage{cancel}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;$\cancelto{0}{a+b}$&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When the &lt;code&gt;steinmetz&lt;/code&gt; package is loaded, the &lt;code&gt;cancel&lt;/code&gt; arrow is misplaced:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/hJ43Z.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&#xA;How can this conflict be prevented?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-05T16:42:31.133" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T17:04:17.653" Title="Conflict between steinmetz.sty and cancel.sty. Is there a solution?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;conflicts&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="12724" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11211" CreationDate="2011-03-05T17:03:00.493" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's a proof of concept for an alternative solution that doesn't involve quite as much hackery as Caramdir's solution did.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage{mdframed}&#xA;\newenvironment{framedblock}[1]{%&#xA;  \begin{mdframed}[skipbelow=-1pt]&#xA;    #1&#xA;  \end{mdframed}&#xA;  \begin{mdframed}[skipabove=0pt]&#xA;}{&#xA;\end{mdframed}&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;\begin{framedblock}{Title}&#xA; This block is framed&#xA;\end{framedblock}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It doesn't use beamer's block interface, but it should be possible to make it use beamer colours, with a little fiddling...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The spacing is currently suboptimal. I shall play with that later. Also, &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/mdframed&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;mdframed&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; can do rounded corners, so I'll play with that too...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T17:03:00.493" />
  <row Id="12725" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12723" CreationDate="2011-03-05T17:04:17.653" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{cancel}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[original]{pict2e}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{steinmetz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;$\cancelto{0}{a+b }$&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is a conflict between pict2e and cancel package. By adding &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[original]{pict2e}&lt;/code&gt; as above, for my case, the problem is solved.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2557" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T17:04:17.653" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="12726" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12731" CreationDate="2011-03-05T17:18:06.473" Score="6" ViewCount="53" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to write the macro &lt;code&gt;\foo{...}{...}&lt;/code&gt; that creates an hbox made up of both &lt;code&gt;\hbox{#1}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\hbox{#2}&lt;/code&gt;, such that both hboxes are stacked one on top of the other. The width of the resulting hbox should be the &lt;em&gt;maximum&lt;/em&gt; of the two hboxes. The arguments to the macro are in plain mode (i.e., not in math mode).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not very good with raw TeX. Can someone please help?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2193" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-05T17:21:56.597" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T17:48:20.553" Title="Stacking two hboxes" Tags="&lt;boxes&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12728" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12726" CreationDate="2011-03-05T17:27:06.750" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Perhaps something like this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\newcommand*\foo[2]{%&#xA;  \hbox{\vbox{\hbox{#1}\hbox{#2}}}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\foo{some}{test text}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or (more in TeX's spirit):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\def\foo#1#2{%&#xA;  \hbox{\vbox{\hbox{#1}\hbox{#2}}}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\foo{some}{test text}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastEditorUserId="3954" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-05T17:34:30.300" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T17:34:30.300" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12729" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-05T17:35:28.317" Score="4" ViewCount="104" Body="&lt;p&gt;following up on a useful question and quite a few answers &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/6961/how-can-i-call-texlive-in-ubuntu/12716&quot;&gt;How can I call TexLive in Ubuntu?&lt;/a&gt; my question remains open :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I write my LaTeX texts in gedit, my base is ubuntu hardy heron 8.04,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;now I seek a way to compile what I have written in gedit&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;however, I cannot see in gedit how I would be able to compile anything, even though I have now installed texlive-full (which I -- eh -- hoped would enable me to compile my LaTeX files created in gedit). So it seems I need to find the connection between TexLive and gedit in order to get it done. Correct?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;can anyone tell me what is the missing link?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;do I need to install a latex plugin for gedit? e.g., &lt;a href=&quot;http://ubuntu-ky.ubuntuforums.org/showthread.php?t=1270282&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://ubuntu-ky.ubuntuforums.org/showthread.php?t=1270282&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3992" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T20:30:48.730" Title="gedit [&lt;-- missing link? --&gt;] TexLive" Tags="&lt;texlive&gt;&lt;gedit&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="12730" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12729" CreationDate="2011-03-05T17:47:53.143" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Gedit is a text editor without LaTeX features, but you could add such by the &lt;a href=&quot;http://live.gnome.org/Gedit/LaTeXPlugin&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;gedit LaTeX plugin&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Follow the link you already posted for a description or:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://live.gnome.org/Gedit/LaTeXPlugin&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Download&lt;/a&gt; the plugin&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Extract it to &lt;code&gt;~/.gnome2/gedit/plugins/&lt;/code&gt;, or the equivalent on your system. Use the archive manager or type &lt;code&gt;tar xfz LaTeXPlugin-0.2.tar.gz&lt;/code&gt; at the command prompt, i.e. in a terminal window.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Start gedit, go to the editor's settings, the &lt;em&gt;Plugin&lt;/em&gt; tab in the settings window. Check &lt;em&gt;LaTeX Plugin 0.2&lt;/em&gt;. Close.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Check the &lt;em&gt;Tools&lt;/em&gt; menu, now there are commands: LaTeX-&gt;PDF, LaTeX-&gt;DVI, and more.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I prefer &lt;a href=&quot;http://kile.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Kile&lt;/a&gt;, also on Ubuntu with Gnome. Further &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.xm1math.net/texmaker/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Texmaker&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/texworks/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeXworks&lt;/a&gt; are good editors also for Ubuntu Linux.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Screenshots, for the moment from my German system, of Settings window and a resulting submenu:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/1XpwW.png&quot; alt=&quot;settings window&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/P3xIL.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-05T18:23:55.857" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T18:23:55.857" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="12731" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12726" CreationDate="2011-03-05T17:48:20.553" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In general you can stack &lt;code&gt;\hbox&lt;/code&gt;es inside a &lt;code&gt;\vbox&lt;/code&gt; (which should be placed inside a &lt;code&gt;\hbox&lt;/code&gt; as well if you want to use the result in horizontal mode), like Gonzalo Medina shows in his nice answer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are also some macros and packages for this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\shortstack{foo\\bar}&lt;/code&gt; will stack &lt;code&gt;foo&lt;/code&gt; over &lt;code&gt;bar&lt;/code&gt; (adding &lt;code&gt;\strut&lt;/code&gt;s might be a good idea to get correct baseline skip)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The small &lt;code&gt;minibox&lt;/code&gt; package provides &lt;code&gt;\minibox&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;code&gt;\minibox{foo\\bar}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;It also accepts an optional argument &lt;code&gt;[l]&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;[c]&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;[r]&lt;/code&gt; to align the lines.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Both macros allow for more than two hbox'es/lines.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T17:48:20.553" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12732" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12734" CreationDate="2011-03-05T17:49:28.117" Score="2" ViewCount="73" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm writing some non-technical text that I'm trying to typeset using XeLaTeX. For simplicity, I'm keeping the actual text in  plain text files which after certain modifications (e.g. escaping &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;$&lt;/code&gt;, although I don't use these characters right now) become a subset of LaTeX. Something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing elit, &#xA;sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna &#xA;aliqua. &#xA;&#xA;Ut enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exercitation ullamco &#xA;laboris nisi ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat. Duis aute &#xA;irure dolor in reprehenderit in voluptate velit.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using Unicode characters for things like quotes and dashes (&lt;code&gt;“&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;”&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;–&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;—&lt;/code&gt;, etc.) When I used LaTeX, this worked fine. But when I switched to XeLaTeX, it no longer puts spaces after the quotes. I wrote a script that manually converts all the characters to their equivalents (two backticks, &lt;code&gt;''&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;--&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;---&lt;/code&gt;, etc.) which worked as a workaround.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, when I have the following code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;“It's a big problem,” he said.&#xA;&#xA;``What's the problem,'' I asked.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's rendered as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;“It’s a big problem,”he said.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;“What’s the problem,” I asked.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My question is, is there a way to make XeLaTeX work properly without replacing all those characters?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The preamble of my &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; files follows (although it's merely temporary, as I'm still working on the content).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a5paper,10pt]{book}&#xA;\usepackage{fullpage}&#xA;\usepackage[serbian,english,french]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\usepackage{xltxtra}&#xA;\usepackage{xeCJK}&#xA;\setCJKmainfont{Sazanami Mincho}&#xA;\usepackage[a5paper]{geometry}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3949" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-05T17:52:04.170" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T18:33:56.247" Title="Space after closing double quotes in XeLaTeX" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;punctuation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="12733" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12745" CreationDate="2011-03-05T17:55:08.637" Score="9" ViewCount="106" Body="&lt;p&gt;I got the files tex.web and pdftex.web from the texlive svn repo.  I ran&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;weave tex.web&#xA;pdftex tex.tex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which produced a file &lt;code&gt;tex.pdf&lt;/code&gt; with a nicely typeset, cross-referenced listing of the WEB source of TeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, if I do the same process pdftex.web, the resulting file &lt;code&gt;pdftex.pdf&lt;/code&gt; only contains the pages corresponding to the index.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there some other combination of commands I need to run, or do I need to edit part of pdftex.web?  I tried weaving in the supplied &lt;code&gt;.ch&lt;/code&gt; files, but it didn't seem to make a difference.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3993" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T20:59:50.547" Title="How can I make a PDF of the source of pdftex?" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;web&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="12734" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12732" CreationDate="2011-03-05T18:26:17.223" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;That's the effect of &lt;code&gt;xeCJK&lt;/code&gt;, it uses CJK fonts for these punctuations. If you don't need Japanese text (Sazanami Mincho is a Japanese font), you can delete it and &lt;code&gt;\setCJKmainfont&lt;/code&gt; command. And if you use only a little, you can use &lt;code&gt;\makexeCJKinactive&lt;/code&gt; to disable &lt;code&gt;xeCJK&lt;/code&gt; for most western text of your document. I'm sorry that this command is not well documented in the English part of the manual. (I'm one of the developers of &lt;code&gt;xeCJK&lt;/code&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{xeCJK}&#xA;\setCJKmainfont{Adobe Song Std}% a Chinese font&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\makexeCJKinactive&#xA;&#xA;“Western text,” Okey.&#xA;&#xA;\makexeCJKactive&#xA;“中文”（Chinese text）&#xA;\makexeCJKinactive&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/dRJGO.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;BTW, &lt;code&gt;babel&lt;/code&gt; may not work well with XeLaTeX and &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt;. However, &lt;code&gt;polyglossia&lt;/code&gt; package may conflict with &lt;code&gt;xeCJK&lt;/code&gt;, even if you use &lt;code&gt;\makexeCJKinactive&lt;/code&gt;, they both use the &lt;code&gt;\XeTeXinterchartoks&lt;/code&gt; to change the fonts for different glyphs. I didn't tested, thus I'm not quite sure about the compatibility.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you use Japanese for only a few &lt;em&gt;words&lt;/em&gt;, e.g. names of persons, you don't need &lt;code&gt;xeCJK&lt;/code&gt;. You can just change the font manually for these words.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-05T18:33:56.247" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T18:33:56.247" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="12735" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12738" CreationDate="2011-03-05T19:22:33.560" Score="12" ViewCount="275" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to replace bullet points in an itemize environment with graphics? I can find answers about replacing bullet points with other symbols, but in all the examples I can find, these symbols are given by LaTeX commands and are not separate graphics files.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am interested in finding out if this is possible both in Beamer and other standard document classes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3994" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-31T16:50:30.370" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T16:50:30.370" Title="Can one replace bullet points with graphics?" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;lists&gt;&lt;itemize&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="12736" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12735" CreationDate="2011-03-05T19:28:23.557" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Redefine &lt;code&gt;\labelitemi&lt;/code&gt;. The origin definition is (in standard document classes):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\labelitemi{\textbullet}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can redefine it as your wish:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand\labelitemi{\includegraphics{foo}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt;, you can use &lt;code&gt;\setbeamertemplate&lt;/code&gt;. Please refer manual of beamer for details. And you can see this question:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/11168/change-bullet-style-formatting-in-beamer/&quot;&gt;Change bullet style / formatting in Beamer&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T19:28:23.557" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12737" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12735" CreationDate="2011-03-05T19:41:19.660" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's a beamer way, using &lt;code&gt;setbeamertemplate&lt;/code&gt; which Leo mentioned:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\newcommand*{\upbullet}{\includegraphics[width=1em]{up}}&#xA;\setbeamertemplate{itemize item}{\upbullet}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA; \item One&#xA; \item Two&#xA; \item Three&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/jvt1q.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T19:41:19.660" />
  <row Id="12738" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12735" CreationDate="2011-03-05T19:42:39.190" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Simply replace the mentioned LaTeX commands with &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics[&amp;lt;options&amp;gt;]{&amp;lt;image&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt; (&lt;code&gt;graphicx&lt;/code&gt; package). You can adjust the scale or height of the images using the &lt;code&gt;scale&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;height&lt;/code&gt; option, receptively. Using either &lt;code&gt;ex&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;em&lt;/code&gt; as unit for the height will scale the image depending on the font size.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For beamer you do it the following way (See also &#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/11168/change-bullet-style-formatting-in-beamer/&quot;&gt;Change bullet style / formatting in Beamer&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;&#xA;\defbeamertemplate{itemize item}{image}{\small\includegraphics[height=1.6ex]{myimage}}&#xA;\defbeamertemplate{itemize subitem}{image}{\scriptsize\includegraphics[height=1.6ex]{myimage}}&#xA;\defbeamertemplate{itemize subsubitem}{image}{\tiny\includegraphics[height=1.6ex]{myimage}}&#xA;&#xA;\setbeamertemplate{itemize item}[image]&#xA;\setbeamertemplate{itemize subitem}[image]&#xA;\setbeamertemplate{itemize subsubitem}[image]&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}{Example}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;    \item A&#xA;    \item B&#xA;    \item C&#xA;    \begin{itemize}&#xA;        \item A&#xA;        \item B&#xA;        \item C&#xA;        \begin{itemize}&#xA;            \item A&#xA;            \item B&#xA;            \item C&#xA;        \end{itemize}&#xA;    \end{itemize}&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the normal &lt;code&gt;itemize&lt;/code&gt; you can redefine &lt;code&gt;\labelitemi&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\labelitemii&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\labelitemiii&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\labelitemiv&lt;/code&gt; for the four possible nesting levels.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to have &lt;em&gt;different&lt;/em&gt; images for different items you should simply define macros which call &lt;code&gt;\item&lt;/code&gt; with the optional argument as described by me in &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/10192/how-to-define-a-list-with-custom-symbols/10194#10194&quot;&gt;How to define a list with custom symbols?&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For images this would look e.g. like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*\tick{\item[\includegraphics[height=1.6ex]{tickimg}]}&#xA;\newcommand*\fail{\item[\includegraphics[height=1.6ex]{failimg}]}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-05T19:51:32.383" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T19:51:32.383" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12739" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12742" CreationDate="2011-03-05T20:09:24.923" Score="5" ViewCount="227" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a set of pdf files which I want to merge into a larger pdf files. Each individual pdf file is an article with sections. I am hoping to make the merged pdf file into a book format with each article being a chapter, whose sections and subsections correspond to that of the individual chapter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I need is a table of contents page which shows the chapters, the sections, and subsections and links to them with this table of contents page being displayed in the sidebar of a pdf reader such as evince (which calls it an index).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I have right now:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{report}&#xA;\author{&amp;lt;somename&amp;gt;}&#xA;\title{&amp;lt;sometitle&amp;gt;}&#xA;\date{&amp;lt;somedate&amp;gt;}&#xA;\usepackage{pdfpages}&#xA;\usepackage[pdfauthor={&amp;lt;somename&amp;gt;},%&#xA;        pdftitle={&amp;lt;sometitle&amp;gt;},%&#xA;        pdftex]{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;&#xA;\clearpage\phantomsection&#xA;\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{&amp;lt;chaptername&amp;gt;}&#xA;\includepdf[pages=-,linktodoc=false]{file1.pdf}&#xA;&#xA;\clearpage\phantomsection&#xA;\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{&amp;lt;chaptername&amp;gt;}&#xA;\includepdf[pages=-,linktodoc=false]{file2.pdf}&#xA;&#xA;\clearpage\phantomsection&#xA;\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{&amp;lt;chaptername&amp;gt;}&#xA;\includepdf[pages=-,linktodoc=false]{file3.pdf}&#xA;&#xA;\clearpage\phantomsection&#xA;\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{&amp;lt;chaptername&amp;gt;}&#xA;\includepdf[pages=-,linktodoc=false]{file4.pdf}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now file3.pdf and file4.pdf have sections and subsections in them. How do I display these sections and subsections in the table of contents and link from there to the actual page? (And I also would like this info to be displayed in the sidebar of a pdf reader such as evince).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you for all the help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3996" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-05T20:31:58.087" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T20:39:06.897" Title="How do I use LaTeX to create table of contents (chapter headings, subsections etc) for a set of pdf files which I am merging into a single large pdf?" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;bookmarks&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="12740" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12739" CreationDate="2011-03-05T20:17:13.870" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure having links in &lt;code&gt;file3.pdf&lt;/code&gt; is possible without the LaTeX source, since, with a package like &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt;, the document processor uses headings and a counter to automatically link sections and subsections within the table of content. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The PDF document is, however, a final product. Unless each PDF already has bookmarks defined (bookmarks are what show up in the sidebar of something like Evince), I'm not sure how to accomplish this. I'm not even sure &lt;code&gt;pdfpages&lt;/code&gt; would respect bookmarks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you can, why not create your frontmatter manually with LaTeX and use a graphical program, like Evince, to combine the PDFs into a single file?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="887" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T20:17:13.870" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="12741" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12729" CreationDate="2011-03-05T20:30:48.730" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;An alternative way to executing latex from gedit is to use the following workflow:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;edit your source in a gedit window;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;use a console window to execute the required commands (latex, bibtex, etc or latexmk which wraps them all);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;then a third window (eg evince) to view the resulting pdf (or dvi or ps).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Though I don't use this workflow myself, a friend of mine does, and she finds it has the following advantage: if the compilation takes a long time, then you can switch back to your editor window and do some work instead of waiting idly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Even if this workflow doesn't exactly answer your question, I thought it was worth mentioning in order to highlight that there doesn't &lt;em&gt;need&lt;/em&gt; to be a link between gedit and the various programs from TeX Live.  It's something worth understanding IMO about how (La)TeX works.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1239" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T20:30:48.730" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="12742" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12739" CreationDate="2011-03-05T20:39:06.897" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The entries in the &quot;table of contents page [which is] being displayed in the sidebar of a pdf reader&quot; are called PDF bookmarks in Adobe Acrobat. The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/hyperref.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/bookmark.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;bookmark&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; packages provide functionality to place own bookmarks into your PDF.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You should go for the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/bookmark.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;bookmark&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package (which loads &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; internally).&#xA;It allows you to place links from the sidebar to specific pages of the current (or even an external) PDF with specific page, view port and zoom levels. You would need to collect the pages (and maybe zoom settings) for each (sub-)section by yourself if you don't have the LaTeX source of them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An example for an bookmark entry which should appear in a certain hierarchy level and point to a certain page with a certain height (&lt;code&gt;FitH&lt;/code&gt;) is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\bookmark[level=&amp;lt;num&amp;gt;,page=&amp;lt;num&amp;gt;,view={FitH 842}]{&amp;lt;title&amp;gt;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(See also the similar questions if you want to place links inside the document:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1847/pdf-hyperlinks-to-a-given-page/1849#1849&quot;&gt;PDF hyperlinks to a given page.&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/11520/pdfpages-and-linktodoc/11522#11522&quot;&gt;pdfpages and linktodoc&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T20:39:06.897" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12743" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-05T20:50:24.560" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-05T20:50:24.560" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T20:50:24.560" />
  <row Id="12744" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-05T20:50:24.560" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="“Bookmarks” refers to PDF bookmarks, which are usually displayed in the side bar of the PDF reader for easy navigation." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-05T20:52:00.020" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T20:52:00.020" />
  <row Id="12745" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12733" CreationDate="2011-03-05T20:59:50.547" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Simply change the line&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\maybe=\iffalse % print only changed modules&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\maybe=\iftrue&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in &lt;code&gt;pdftex.web&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1007" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T20:59:50.547" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12746" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12748" CreationDate="2011-03-05T21:47:18.850" Score="5" ViewCount="62" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/latex-bnf.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;bnf package&lt;/a&gt; to format a context-free grammar in one of my documents. I'm finding that any whitespace will be reflected in the output. I would like to keep the whitespace in the code for readability but have it removed in the output. Is there a way to make this happen?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[leqno,fleqn,12pt]{report}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{bnf}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{grammar}&#xA;[(colon){$\rightarrow$}]&#xA;[(semicolon)$|$]&#xA;[(comma){}]&#xA;[(period){\\}]&#xA;[(quote){\begin{bf}}{\end{bf}}]&#xA;[(nonterminal){$\langle$}{$\rangle$}]&#xA;&#xA;&amp;lt;rule-working&amp;gt;:&amp;lt;formats&amp;gt;,&amp;lt;correctly&amp;gt;;&amp;lt;without&amp;gt;,&amp;lt;whitespace&amp;gt;.&#xA;&amp;lt;rule-not-working&amp;gt; : &amp;lt;formats&amp;gt; , &amp;lt;incorrectly&amp;gt; ; &amp;lt;with&amp;gt; , &amp;lt;whitespace&amp;gt; .&#xA;&#xA;\end{grammar}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/JrfYy.png&quot; alt=&quot;Example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3997" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-05T21:53:38.003" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T22:05:11.377" Title="Ignore Whitespace Within Environment" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="12747" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12807" CreationDate="2011-03-05T21:50:30.127" Score="7" ViewCount="80" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm documenting a software project using LyX and many of the &quot;things&quot; (classes, processes, etc.) that I'm describing don't yet have good names. As my understanding of these things improves, I want to give them better names. But I don't want to end up with a situation where a given thing is referred to by more than one name due to a botched search-and-replace.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I vaguely remember that there is a way in LyX to insert a reference to a term that will auto-update when the referenced term is modified. For example, if I have a section titled &quot;All About Foobar&quot;, I can insert references to &quot;Foobar&quot; in the subsequent text. If ever I decide on a more descriptive name for Foobar, say Bazqux, I can simply update the section title and--poof!--every Foobar becomes a Bazqux.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's a simple thing, but my Google-fu is weak this afternoon. Or maybe I'm crazy and no such feature exists.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3999" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-06T21:15:39.243" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T23:23:36.163" Title="Keeping the names of things consistent in LyX." Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;lyx&gt;&lt;latex-general&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="12748" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12746" CreationDate="2011-03-05T21:52:26.333" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The command &lt;code&gt;\catcode32=9\relax&lt;/code&gt; (or &lt;code&gt;\catcode`\ =9\relax&lt;/code&gt;) will make TeX ignore all spaces in the current group/environment. You could define your own environment and add it and &lt;code&gt;{grammar}&lt;/code&gt; to it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[leqno,fleqn,12pt]{report}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{bnf}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{Grammar}{%&#xA;\catcode32=9\relax&#xA;\begin{grammar}%&#xA;}{%&#xA;\end{grammar}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;% Either&#xA;\begin{grammar}&#xA;[(colon){$\rightarrow$}]&#xA;[(semicolon)$|$]&#xA;[(comma){}]&#xA;[(period){\\}]&#xA;[(quote){\begin{bf}}{\end{bf}}]&#xA;[(nonterminal){$\langle$}{$\rangle$}]&#xA;\catcode32=9\relax&#xA;&#xA;&amp;lt;rule-working&amp;gt;:&amp;lt;formats&amp;gt;,&amp;lt;correctly&amp;gt;;&amp;lt;without&amp;gt;,&amp;lt;whitespace&amp;gt;.&#xA;&amp;lt;rule-not-working&amp;gt; : &amp;lt;formats&amp;gt; , &amp;lt;incorrectly&amp;gt; ; &amp;lt;with&amp;gt; , &amp;lt;whitespace&amp;gt; .&#xA;&#xA;\end{grammar}&#xA;&#xA;% or&#xA;\begin{Grammar}&#xA;[(colon){$\rightarrow$}]&#xA;[(semicolon)$|$]&#xA;[(comma){}]&#xA;[(period){\\}]&#xA;[(quote){\begin{bf}}{\end{bf}}]&#xA;[(nonterminal){$\langle$}{$\rangle$}]&#xA;&#xA;&amp;lt;rule-working&amp;gt;:&amp;lt;formats&amp;gt;,&amp;lt;correctly&amp;gt;;&amp;lt;without&amp;gt;,&amp;lt;whitespace&amp;gt;.&#xA;&amp;lt;rule-not-working&amp;gt; : &amp;lt;formats&amp;gt; , &amp;lt;incorrectly&amp;gt; ; &amp;lt;with&amp;gt; , &amp;lt;whitespace&amp;gt; .&#xA;&#xA;\end{Grammar}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/erR4h.png&quot; alt=&quot;Result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As Joseph Wright pointed out there are more space-like characters you might also want to ignore:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\catcode9=9\relax     % Horizontal Tab&#xA;\endlinechar=-1\relax % No line endings&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A space or non-expandable TeX command like &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt; must follow the number so TeX knows to stop reading digits.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and maybe these (just to be on the save side):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\catcode10=9 %   New line&#xA;\catcode11=9 %   Vertical Tab &#xA;\catcode12=9 %   Form Feed&#xA;\catcode13=9 %   Carriage Return&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-05T22:05:11.377" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T22:05:11.377" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="12749" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12750" CreationDate="2011-03-05T22:02:04.767" Score="4" ViewCount="111" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need help writing my own description environment. The only thing I want to change is the appearance of description label. I can achieve what I want universally just fine with the following bit in the preamble.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand\descriptionlabel[1]{\hspace{\labelsep}\textbf{(#1)}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I just want to use this change in one particular list, not in my entire document. I am not experienced enough in using &lt;code&gt;\newenvironment&lt;/code&gt; to do what I want. Please, can you show me what the definition of this new description environment would look like?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4001" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-06T00:39:28.300" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T00:39:28.300" Title="Defining my own description environment" Tags="&lt;lists&gt;&lt;environments&gt;&lt;description&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="12750" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12749" CreationDate="2011-03-05T22:12:55.117" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To define the new environment just call the original one in it as last and first thing of the 'begin' and 'end' part, respectively. You can place your own redefinition before that. They will be local to this environment.&#xA;Note that the hash (&lt;code&gt;#&lt;/code&gt;) in macro arguments like &lt;code&gt;#1&lt;/code&gt; must be doubled in this case (&lt;code&gt;##1&lt;/code&gt;) to differ them for potential arguments of the environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{mydescription}{%&#xA;   \renewcommand\descriptionlabel[1]{\hspace{\labelsep}\textbf{(##1)}}&#xA;   \begin{description}%&#xA;}{%&#xA;   \end{description}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{mydescription}&#xA;  \item[First] Test&#xA;  \item[Second] Test&#xA;\end{mydescription}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{description}&#xA;  \item[First] Test&#xA;  \item[Second] Test&#xA;\end{description}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also improve this a little and write:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\mydescriptionlabel[1]{\hspace{\labelsep}\textbf{(#1)}}&#xA;\newenvironment{mydescription}{%&#xA;   \let\descriptionlabel\mydescriptionlabel&#xA;   \description&#xA;}{%&#xA;   \enddescription&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This defines the custom macro outside of the environment so that the hashes aren't a problem which is important in more complex macros. The definition can then be copied using the &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt; macro.&#xA;The internal environment is written into the plain form &lt;code&gt;\description&lt;/code&gt; ... &lt;code&gt;\enddescription&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\begin{description}&lt;/code&gt; ... &lt;code&gt;\end{description}&lt;/code&gt; to avoid confusing error messages when &lt;code&gt;\end{mydescription}&lt;/code&gt; is missing. In this case the last &lt;code&gt;\begin&lt;/code&gt; would be the one of the internal macro and its name would be printed in the error message instead of the one written in the source file. This isn't a problem for your own small environments, but important if they are used by other people.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-06T00:38:56.773" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T00:38:56.773" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12751" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12752" CreationDate="2011-03-05T21:52:28.613" Score="3" ViewCount="71" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a huge footer in my LaTeX-document (a table I need on each page), but the table is too high to be in the document even though I use &lt;code&gt;\addtolength{\footskip}{-30pt}&lt;/code&gt; below that size the footer just seems to grow the wrong way&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;I am using the package, &lt;code&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/code&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;How can I fix that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4049" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-05T22:35:46.427" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T22:57:11.273" Title="Footer spacing in LaTeX" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;header-footer&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12752" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12751" CreationDate="2011-03-05T22:57:11.273" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In order to accomodate a tall footer you also need to adjust the text height as well.  The easiest way to do this is with the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/geometry&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;geometry&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package.  Here's an example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[letterpaper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum} % for sample text&#xA;\usepackage[textheight=8in,footskip=72pt]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\fancyhf{}&#xA;\cfoot{\begin{tabular}{p{2in}}This is some \\ text in a table \\ this is a big\\ table\\it has many lines\\it's really really tall\end{tabular}}&#xA;\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0pt}&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-03-05T22:57:11.273" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12753" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-05T23:29:43.467" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/sections-paragraphs&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'sections-paragraphs'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;sections-paragraphs&lt;/a&gt; tag deals with the lower-level sectioning commands from &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\subparagraph&lt;/code&gt; that help to provide LaTeX documents with their logical structure. It should only be used &lt;em&gt;in addition&lt;/em&gt; to the more general &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/sectioning&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'sectioning'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;sectioning&lt;/a&gt; tag.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-12T23:16:50.490" LastActivityDate="2011-03-12T23:16:50.490" />
  <row Id="12754" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-05T23:29:43.467" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="The {sections-paragraphs} tag deals with the lower-level sectioning commands from \section to \subparagraph that help to provide LaTeX documents with their logical structure. It should only be used *in addition* to the more general {sectioning} tag." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-12T23:16:56.607" LastActivityDate="2011-03-12T23:16:56.607" />
  <row Id="12755" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-06T00:13:53.563" Score="2" ViewCount="123" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I make the exponent on gamma in this picture? The best description I can come up with is a closed degree symbol.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/3EjZ8.png&quot; alt=&quot;gamma&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3350" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-06T00:19:18.190" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T00:19:18.190" Title="A closed degree symbol" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="12756" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-06T00:15:47.230" Score="0" ViewCount="27" Body="&lt;p&gt;Please how do I change my openID email address?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="994" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T00:15:47.230" ClosedDate="2011-03-06T07:24:31.057" Title="Meta question: can't find meta" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="12757" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12755" CreationDate="2011-03-06T00:19:09.063" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$\gamma^\bullet$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Have a look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/14/how-to-look-up-a-math-symbol&quot;&gt;“How to look up a math symbol?”&lt;/a&gt; for ideas how you can easily find a particular symbol.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T00:19:09.063" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12758" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-06T00:26:06.747" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt; environment is provided by packages such as &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;mathtools&lt;/code&gt;.  The alignment reference point is indicated by &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt;, which should be placed just before the sign of relation or operation in order to obtain proper spacing. The end of all lines except the last is indicated by &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt;.  The related environment &lt;code&gt;alignat&lt;/code&gt; allows horizontal&#xA;space between equations on the smae line to be explicitly specified.  Both&#xA;&lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;alignat&lt;/code&gt; produce equation numbers; starred versions without numbering are&#xA;provided as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sub-environments &lt;code&gt;aligned&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;alignedat&lt;/code&gt; are building blocks to be used when the&#xA;aligned component is only part of a longer multi-line structure. The width of each&#xA;component is only as large as necessary, so that it can, for example, be set within&#xA;delimiters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Use of these environments is described in the &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; users guide, which on a TeX Live&#xA;system can be accessed by &lt;code&gt;texdoc amsmath&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-06T00:27:25.563" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T00:27:25.563" />
  <row Id="12759" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-06T00:26:06.747" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="align is an environment in math packages that permits multiple related equations to be formatted vertically with a common reference point, usually at a sign of relation." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-06T00:27:27.593" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T00:27:27.593" />
  <row Id="12761" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-06T03:45:05.690" Score="12" ViewCount="182" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcolumntype{C}[1]{&amp;gt;{\centering\let\newline\\\arraybackslash\hspace{0pt}}m{#1}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{| c | C{3cm} | C{4cm} |}&#xA;Short Text &amp;amp; Short Text &amp;amp; Short Text \\ \hline&#xA;Short Text &amp;amp; Short Text &amp;amp; Loooooooooooooooooooooong Text \\ \hline &#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which would make the second row have a wider height. Then how do I specify a fixed height for all rows in my table?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3970" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-06T12:23:32.040" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T22:57:54.283" Title="How to specify a fixed height for all rows in a table?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;spacing&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="12762" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12761" CreationDate="2011-03-06T10:11:02.170" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't know what are the specifications you want but if you want to have the same height in each rows :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{array}  &#xA;&#xA;\begin{document} &#xA;&#xA;\newcolumntype{C}[1]{%&#xA; &amp;gt;{\vbox to 5ex\bgroup\vfill\centering}%&#xA; p{#1}%&#xA; &amp;lt;{\egroup}}  &#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|c | C{3cm} | C{5cm} |} &#xA; \hline &#xA; Short Text &amp;amp; Short Text &amp;amp; Short Text \tabularnewline \hline&#xA;Short Text  &amp;amp; Short Text &amp;amp; Loooooooooo  oooooooooooong Text \tabularnewline \hline  &#xA;Short Text  &amp;amp; Short Text &amp;amp; Loooooooooooooooooooooong Text \tabularnewline \hline &#xA;\end{tabular}    &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/3DqOC.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Interesting links about tables : firstly, a document can be found here &lt;a href=&quot;http://nepsweb.co.uk/docs/tableTricks.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TableTricks.pdf&lt;/a&gt;,&#xA; interesting also is the wiki page &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/LaTeX/Tables&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Tables on wiki&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2) A new approach perhaps more easy to modify is :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{array}  &#xA;&#xA;\begin{document} &#xA;\def\mystrut(#1,#2){\vrule height #1 depth #2 width 0pt}&#xA;&#xA;\newcolumntype{C}[1]{%&#xA;   &amp;gt;{\mystrut(3ex,2ex)\centering}%&#xA;   p{#1}%&#xA;   &amp;lt;{}}  &#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|c | C{3cm} | C{4cm} |} &#xA;\hline &#xA;Short Text &amp;amp; Short Text &amp;amp; Short Text \tabularnewline \hline&#xA;Short Text  &amp;amp; Short Text &amp;amp; Loooooooooooooooooong Text \tabularnewline \hline  &#xA;\end{tabular}    &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this solution it's more easy to place the text. You need only to modify &lt;code&gt;height&lt;/code&gt;and &lt;code&gt;depth&lt;/code&gt; for the strut.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-06T22:44:38.367" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T22:44:38.367" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="12763" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12764" CreationDate="2011-03-06T10:31:45.670" Score="4" ViewCount="108" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to make inline comments i LaTeX that do not extend until the end of the line?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The actual problem I'm trying to solve is vim's annoying highlighting of the non-curly end-bracket here:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\thesubsection}{&#xA;    \arabic{section}.&#xA;    \alph{subsection})&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://dump.gurka.se/vim-highlight.png&quot; alt=&quot;Screenshot&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3622" LastEditorUserId="3622" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-06T10:52:39.310" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T11:02:36.917" Title="Inline comments in LaTeX" Tags="&lt;vim&gt;&lt;highlighting&gt;&lt;comments&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="12764" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12763" CreationDate="2011-03-06T10:52:04.973" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could create a command, which gobbles its argument, such as in the comment here: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/12721/control-command-arguments&quot;&gt;Control command arguments&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\comment}[1]{}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you just wish to gobble a character, name it so and use it like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*{\commentchar}[1]{}&#xA;Text \commentchar()&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which results in &lt;em&gt;Text )&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another way, shown by Joseph on &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.latex-community.org/forum/viewtopic.php?f=44&amp;amp;t=8320#p32165&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX-Community.org&lt;/a&gt; is defining an active character for that, such as in this minimal example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\catcode`\|=\active&#xA;\def|#1|{}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Text |ignored|Text&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You have to take care of the spacing (blanks before and after) and possible side effects. This environment-way is fine, though again vim might unserstand that it's commented out, unlinke the &lt;code&gt;\commentchar&lt;/code&gt; way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-06T11:02:36.917" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T11:02:36.917" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12766" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-06T11:48:26.363" Score="4" ViewCount="78" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm writing an exercise book, and in some exercises I'll have several numbered equations in an align environment, e.g.,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(1) x^2+x+1=0,  (2) ax^3+2x=0,  (3) x^5=2i,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(4) x^4=-i, (5) x-1/x=2, (6) cosh(x)=3.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I'll want them to be aligned with respect to the number).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using a macro &lt;code&gt;\newcommand*\ExoEq{\refstepcounter{ExoEq}(\theExoEq)~}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;so that the previous example is typed as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{align*}&#xA;\ExoEq&amp;amp;x^2+x+1=0,&amp;amp;&#xA;\ExoEq&amp;amp;ax^3+2x=0,&amp;amp;&#xA;\ExoEq&amp;amp;x^5=2i,\\&#xA;\ExoEq&amp;amp;x^4=-i,&amp;amp;&#xA;\ExoEq&amp;amp;x-\frac1x=2,&amp;amp;&#xA;\ExoEq&amp;amp;\cosh(x)=3.&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All is good so far, except that I sometimes need to refer to an equation, e.g.,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;In Equation~(2), we assume that $a\neq0$.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The thing is when I want to use &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\eqref&lt;/code&gt;, I get weird results in the align environment: here is a minimal example that shows what goes wrong:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{amsart}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{amsthm}&#xA;\usepackage[pdftex]{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\parindent0pt&#xA;&#xA;\newtheoremstyle{myexercise}{\baselineskip}{\baselineskip}{}{}{\bfseries}{.}{ }{\thmname{#1}\ \thmnumber{#2}}%&#xA;\theoremstyle{myexercise}&#xA;\newtheorem{Exo}{Exercise}[section]&#xA;&#xA;\newcounter{MyCounter}&#xA;\newcommand*\Number{\refstepcounter{MyCounter}(\theMyCounter)~}&#xA;&#xA;\let\oldlabel\label&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section{Exercises}&#xA;\begin{Exo}&#xA;\begin{align*}&#xA;\Number\oldlabel{L1}&amp;amp;x^2+x=2,&amp;amp;&#xA;\Number\oldlabel{L2}&amp;amp;x^3+x^2=0.&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;Equation~\eqref{L1} is very nice, and Equation~\eqref{L2}&#xA;is lovely too.&#xA;\end{Exo}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Without the hyperref package, I get the exercise reference, instead of the equation reference. With the hyperref package, I get an error on the second latex pass.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using a &lt;code&gt;\let\oldlabel\label&lt;/code&gt; trick, as the align* environment redefines &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt;, and it just doesn't work with &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt; instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I work around this annoying thing to have it work?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4008" LastEditorUserId="4008" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-06T12:00:38.080" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T15:17:43.110" Title="Cross-Reference in align environment" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;cross-referencing&gt;&lt;align&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12767" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12766" CreationDate="2011-03-06T12:01:49.360" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;h2&gt;amsmath align fix&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It works if you redefine &lt;code&gt;\eqref&lt;/code&gt; to use the starred version &lt;code&gt;\ref*&lt;/code&gt; which doesn't create a hyperlink:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand{\eqref}[1]{\textup{\tagform@{\ref*{#1}}}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;tabular solution&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Though I recommend to use the numbered environment &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;align*&lt;/code&gt;. I can see that you use &lt;code&gt;align*&lt;/code&gt; to achieve an unusual numbering style. However, I would rethink if it's worth to differ from the common style.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As I said in my comment: since you don't align at relation symbols, I recommend to use a &lt;code&gt;tabular(x)&lt;/code&gt; environment with equations in cells instead of &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt;. Here's a quick example which uses you numbering macros:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{tabularx}&#xA;...&#xA;\begin{Exo}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabularx}{.5\textwidth}{XX}&#xA;  \Number\label{L1} \(x^2+x=2\), &amp;amp;&#xA;  \Number\label{L2} \(x^3+x^2=0\). &#xA;\end{tabularx}&#xA;&#xA;Equation~\eqref{L1} is very nice, and Equation~\eqref{L2}&#xA;is lovely too.&#xA;\end{Exo}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/jy6ze.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could take further care of spacing, centering and hyperlink design.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Morover, you could use numbered &lt;code&gt;equation&lt;/code&gt; environments in tables if you use &lt;code&gt;\parbox&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt; for those within cells. It requires to specify a width, but you could rely on LaTeX's resp. amsmath's numbering instead of on your self-made solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;enumerated list solution&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A third way is to use an enumerated list. The look of the label can be changed to be like an equation tag with parentheses. For multicolum equations, which are horizontally numbered, you could use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/multenum&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;multenum&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A small example with your theorem environment, yet without referencing worked out:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{amsart}&#xA;\usepackage{amsthm}&#xA;\usepackage{multienum}&#xA;\renewcommand{\regularlisti}{\setcounter{multienumi}{0}%&#xA;  \renewcommand{\labelenumi}%&#xA;  {\addtocounter{multienumi}{1}(\arabic{multienumi})}}&#xA;\usepackage[pdftex]{hyperref}&#xA;\parindent0pt&#xA;\newtheoremstyle{myexercise}{\baselineskip}{\baselineskip}{}{}%&#xA;  {\bfseries}{.}{ }{\thmname{#1}\ \thmnumber{#2}}%&#xA;\theoremstyle{myexercise}&#xA;\newtheorem{Exo}{Exercise}[section]&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section{Exercises}&#xA;\begin{Exo}&#xA;\qquad&#xA;\begin{minipage}[t]{.5\textwidth}&#xA;\begin{multienumerate}&#xA;  \mitemxx{\(x^2+x=2\),}{\(x^3+x^2=0\).} &#xA;\end{multienumerate}&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;\end{Exo}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/akxFN.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-06T15:17:43.110" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T15:17:43.110" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="12768" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12769" CreationDate="2011-03-06T13:00:38.250" Score="1" ViewCount="118" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a little lstlisting to show a snippet of code but since the code has % in it for modulo calculation the listing breaks down. How can I escape it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have tried the backslash, verbatim and &lt;code&gt;\text&lt;/code&gt; commands&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{lstlisting}&#xA;int RSAEncrypt(char m)&#xA;{&#xA;    return (int)pow(charToNumber(m), e) % n;&#xA;}&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="98" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-06T13:06:47.703" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T13:16:48.187" Title="How can I escape % in a lstlisting?" Tags="&lt;listings&gt;&lt;comments&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12769" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12768" CreationDate="2011-03-06T13:16:48.187" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I found it, in the lstset definition I had &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;escapeinside={\%}{)}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I remove it and it works now. Thanks :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="98" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T13:16:48.187" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12770" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12786" CreationDate="2011-03-06T14:37:53.127" Score="1" ViewCount="76" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to create a LaTeX editor. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Behind the scene, the editor will call &lt;code&gt;pdflatex.exe&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I need a method to prevent &lt;code&gt;pdflatex.exe&lt;/code&gt; to stop working because of an invalid input file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there anybody here knows the protocols, rules, conventions used by &lt;code&gt;pdflatex.exe&lt;/code&gt; ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note: I created the question &lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/5210950/how-to-detect-an-application-executed-by-a-process-whether-the-application-stops&quot;&gt;in StackOverflow&lt;/a&gt; as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Edit&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using suggestions from @Martin and @arx (a SO member), my actual problem is solved. THANK you!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3552" LastEditorUserId="3552" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-06T16:26:52.440" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T16:26:52.440" Title="How to prevent pdflatex to stop working due to an invalid input file?" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="12771" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12782" CreationDate="2011-03-06T14:53:22.117" Score="5" ViewCount="92" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to mix align* and enumerate, for example I want to TeX something like this (item a) and d), b) and e) and c) and f) should be aligned)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;a) x^2 + y^2 = 1 b) a + b = c c) r-x = y+z&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;d) f - y = z  e) ... f) ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;\begin{align*}&#xA;&amp;amp;\item x^2 + y^2 = 1 &amp;amp; &amp;amp;\item a + b = c &amp;amp; &amp;amp;\item r-x = y+z \\&#xA;&amp;amp;\item f - y = z &amp;amp; &amp;amp; \item ... &amp;amp; &amp;amp;\item ...&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;doesn't work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4011" LastEditorUserId="4011" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-06T15:00:03.073" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T16:17:17.240" Title="Mix align and enumerate" Tags="&lt;align&gt;&lt;enumerate&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="12772" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12776" CreationDate="2011-03-06T15:08:45.560" Score="5" ViewCount="36" Body="&lt;p&gt;Pardon the newbie question.  I see this in the first part of a &lt;code&gt;\DeclareCiteCommand&lt;/code&gt; and I'm not sure what it means.  Google has not returned any joy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's an example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\newbibmacro*{cite}{%&#xA;    \global\boolfalse{cbx@loccit}%&#xA;    \ifciteseen&#xA;    {....&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Many thanks again for the help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3052" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T15:19:56.150" Title="What does \global\boolfalse{cbx@loccit} mean?" Tags="&lt;biblatex&gt;&lt;citing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12773" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12793" CreationDate="2011-03-06T15:12:11.953" Score="13" ViewCount="366" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the difference between &lt;code&gt;(&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\left(&lt;/code&gt; in LaTeX? Sometimes, when the content is small, it does not seem to matter which pair I use.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is the best practice when it comes to which parentheses use?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3622" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-06T17:48:43.170" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T00:08:32.897" Title="&quot;(&quot; or &quot;\left(&quot; parentheses?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;best-practices&gt;&lt;brackets&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="12774" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-06T15:13:39.853" Score="4" ViewCount="116" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is exactly what I am trying to do. I have a file with many commands of the form &lt;code&gt;\href{a}{b}&lt;/code&gt; for strings &lt;code&gt;a&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;b&lt;/code&gt;. I would like to redefine &lt;code&gt;\href&lt;/code&gt; so that it executes the following: &lt;code&gt;\footnote{\href{a}{b}}&lt;/code&gt;. Thus want to change the URL's into footnotes to URL's. – Is this possible? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3991" LastEditorUserId="3991" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-06T22:51:46.270" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T13:19:17.937" Title="Changing href's to footnotes" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;footnotes&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12775" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12785" CreationDate="2011-03-06T15:19:00.953" Score="7" ViewCount="196" Body="&lt;p&gt;Does it make any difference (and if so, which) whether I use &lt;code&gt;english&lt;/code&gt;,  &lt;code&gt;american&lt;/code&gt;, or &lt;code&gt;USenglish&lt;/code&gt; as the option for the &lt;code&gt;babel&lt;/code&gt; package?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've already looked into the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/texlive/Contents/live/texmf-dist/doc/generic/babel/babel.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;package description&lt;/a&gt;, and it seems to be the same to me, but since I consider myself a LaTeX novice, I'm highly interested in an expert opinion. Thanks in advance! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4012" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T18:56:52.837" Title="babel: english, american, USenglish" Tags="&lt;languages&gt;&lt;babel&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="12776" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12772" CreationDate="2011-03-06T15:19:56.150" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\cite&lt;/code&gt; macro globally sets the boolean switch &lt;code&gt;loccit&lt;/code&gt; to false. (&lt;code&gt;cbx@&lt;/code&gt; is biblatex's internal prefix for citation macros.) The &lt;code&gt;loccit&lt;/code&gt; switch is used by some of the &lt;code&gt;verbose&lt;/code&gt; bibliography/citation styles. See p. 147 of the biblatex documentation for a description of &lt;code&gt;\ifloccit&lt;/code&gt; (and the similar &lt;code&gt;\ifopcit&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T15:19:56.150" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12777" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12771" CreationDate="2011-03-06T15:20:57.340" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One option would be to use a &lt;em&gt;tabular&lt;/em&gt; environment:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{array}  &#xA;&#xA;\newcounter{myc}&#xA;\newcommand*\mitem{\stepcounter{myc}\alph{myc})}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document} &#xA;&#xA;{&#xA;\centering&#xA;  \begin{tabular}{*{3}{&amp;gt;{\makebox[1em]{\hfill\mitem}\hspace{4pt}$}l&amp;lt;{$}}}&#xA;    x^2 + y^2 = 1 &amp;amp; a + b = c &amp;amp; r-x = y+z \\&#xA;    f - y = z &amp;amp;  a=b+c+f+g &amp;amp; t=s-r&#xA;\end{tabular}\par&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastEditorUserId="3954" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-06T15:47:49.847" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T15:47:49.847" />
  <row Id="12778" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12774" CreationDate="2011-03-06T15:21:52.933" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This can be done using the standard &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt; technique:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\oldhref\href&#xA;\renewcommand{\href}[2]{\footnote{\oldhref{#1}{#2}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3104" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T15:21:52.933" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12779" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12773" CreationDate="2011-03-06T15:23:36.057" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't know what objective &quot;best practice&quot; there is, but I always use &lt;code&gt;\left(&lt;/code&gt; when in math environments, and &lt;code&gt;(&lt;/code&gt; when not. This is because, as you probably know &lt;code&gt;\left&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\right&lt;/code&gt; macros scale things nicely, which isn't an issue in prose, but can be an issue when punctuation is used in other contexts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I also use the former in inline-math environments, since scaling is an issue there as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that you will probably want to use &lt;code&gt;\bigl[...\bigr]&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\Bigl[...\Bigr]&lt;/code&gt; for larger square brackets (or parentheses) when you are grouping terms without fractions, especially across several lines.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="887" LastEditorUserId="887" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T00:08:32.897" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T00:08:32.897" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="12780" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12761" CreationDate="2011-03-06T15:26:36.003" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would rather do it slightly different using a &lt;code&gt;\vphantom&lt;/code&gt;, it requires a little more manual work, but is easier to understand.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The reason why you get different size columns is the column specifier &lt;code&gt;m&lt;/code&gt; and what it does. This particular specifier is actually a &lt;code&gt;parbox&lt;/code&gt;. Obviously, since your text is longer than the width of the &lt;code&gt;parbox&lt;/code&gt; it will overflow or get wrapped to the following line. As TeX's hyphenation patterns do not have a pattern for &lt;code&gt;ooooooooooooo&lt;/code&gt; it just overflows out of the table, but this is another story.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In order to have all the cells the same hight, I would use a &lt;code&gt;strut&lt;/code&gt; or TeX's equivalent a &lt;code&gt;\vphantom&lt;/code&gt; in this case. A phantom command will create an invisible box with width zero but the height of the enclosing text. We do this with the command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\Z{\vphantom{\parbox[c]{1cm}{\Huge Something Long}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This strut like in manual typesetting will make all the rows equal. The final code is as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article} &#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\newcolumntype{C}[1]{&amp;gt;{\centering\let\newline\\\arraybackslash\hspace{0pt}}m{#1}}&#xA;\def\Z{\vphantom{\parbox[c]{1cm}{\Huge Something Long}}}&#xA;\bigskip&#xA;\begin{tabular}{| c | C{3cm} | C{4cm} |}&#xA;\hline&#xA;\Z Short Text &amp;amp; Short Text &amp;amp; Short Text \\ \hline&#xA;\Z Short Text &amp;amp; Short Text &amp;amp; Loooooooooooooooothetheme Text \\ \hline &#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you have long repetitive tables of the same type, it might make it worthline to define a command &lt;code&gt;addRow&lt;/code&gt; that can automate the addition of the strut.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;By changing the parameter in the &lt;code&gt;vphantom&lt;/code&gt; &lt;code&gt;parbox&lt;/code&gt; to any of &lt;code&gt;t,b,c&lt;/code&gt;, you can also get alignments at bottom, center or top. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As a sideline I changed &lt;code&gt;Looo...&lt;/code&gt; to a word having an ending with a known hyphenation pattern and this time the overflow of text in the right margin also disappeared.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T15:26:36.003" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12781" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12773" CreationDate="2011-03-06T15:27:09.763" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is a &quot;big&quot; difference: &lt;code&gt;\left(&lt;/code&gt; is used to adapt the size of the delimiters to the size of the characters in the math expression. You can try&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[ (\frac{x^2}{y^3}) \]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[ \left(\frac{x^2}{y^3}\right) \]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and with &lt;code&gt;\{&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\left\{&#xA;  \begin{array}{rcr}&#xA;    x+2y &amp;amp; = &amp;amp; -1 \\&#xA;    -x+4y &amp;amp; = &amp;amp; 0 \\&#xA;  \end{array}&#xA;\right.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The delimiters can be  : &lt;code&gt;() [] | \| \{ \}&lt;/code&gt; or the dot &lt;code&gt;.&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-06T16:04:21.230" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T16:04:21.230" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="12782" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12771" CreationDate="2011-03-06T15:27:26.080" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Aligning at the equation tags&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;align*&lt;/code&gt; is not required if you just wish to align the items. Here's an example using &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/multenum&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;multienum&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{multienum}&#xA;\renewcommand{\regularlisti}{\setcounter{multienumi}{0}%&#xA;  \renewcommand{\labelenumi}%&#xA;  {\addtocounter{multienumi}{1}\alph{multienumi})}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{multienumerate}&#xA;\mitemxxx{\(x^2 + y^2 = 1\)}{\(a + b = c\)}{\(r-x = y+z\)}&#xA;\mitemxxx{\(f - y = z\)}{\(a - b = 2d\)}{\(r+x = 2y-3z\)}&#xA;\end{multienumerate}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ibmSa.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Aligning relation symbols and equation tags&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you wish to align both at relation symbols and on equation numbers, I recommend to use the &lt;code&gt;alignat*&lt;/code&gt; environment. Mark alignment points by &amp;amp;, further use &amp;amp; to separate columns. The argument to &lt;code&gt;alignat*&lt;/code&gt; specifies the number of columns. Here we've got six columns: three for the tags and three for the equations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\newcounter{eqn}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\theeqn}{\alph{eqn})}&#xA;\newcommand{\num}{\refstepcounter{eqn}\text{\theeqn}\quad}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{alignat*}{6}&#xA;  \num&amp;amp;&amp;amp; x^2 + y^2 &amp;amp;= 1 \qquad&amp;amp; \num&amp;amp;&amp;amp; a + b &amp;amp;= c&#xA;          &amp;amp;  \num&amp;amp;&amp;amp; r-x &amp;amp;= y+z \\&#xA;  \num&amp;amp;\quad&amp;amp; f - y &amp;amp;= z      &amp;amp; \num&amp;amp;&amp;amp; a - b &amp;amp;= 2d&#xA;    \qquad&amp;amp;  \num&amp;amp;&amp;amp; r+x &amp;amp;= 2y-3z&#xA;\end{alignat*}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/39nwB.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I used automatic numbering. You could do it manually as well, just take care of the font, the tags should be in text font. So they don't look like variables. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-06T16:17:17.240" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T16:17:17.240" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="12783" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12774" CreationDate="2011-03-06T15:31:54.860" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Place &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\href}[2]{\footnote{\href{#1}{#2}}}&lt;/code&gt; in your preamble and try recompiling.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="887" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T15:31:54.860" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12784" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12775" CreationDate="2011-03-06T15:31:56.997" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Differences in the different versions of english are normally minor and involve hyphenation patterns. There are a number of words that US dictionaries hyphenate differently than those found in english dictionaries. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are also differences in displaying dates. Here is a minimal to indicate the differences in the way dates are displayed with the various options. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[USenglish,british,american,australian,english]{babel}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\dateenglish&#xA;\today&#xA;&#xA;\dateUSenglish&#xA;\today&#xA;&#xA;\dateamerican&#xA;\today&#xA;&#xA;\dateaustralian&#xA;\today&#xA;&#xA;\selectlanguage{english}&#xA;\parbox{0.1cm}{&#xA;test, however}&#xA;&#xA;\selectlanguage{USenglish}&#xA;\parbox{0.1cm}{&#xA;test, however}&#xA;&#xA;\selectlanguage{british}&#xA;&#xA;\parbox{0.1cm}{&#xA; test, however}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On hyphenation, english,american and USenglish produce the same result (watch out for &quot;however&quot;). On the dates english will be as in english style dates, so to answer the OP's question the only difference will be in the display of the date.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/HSZ3i.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-06T18:56:52.837" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T18:56:52.837" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="12785" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12775" CreationDate="2011-03-06T15:32:47.617" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;No, all three are synonyms for each other as far as Babel is concerned.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From the &lt;code&gt;babel&lt;/code&gt; documentation p. 78:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;‘American’ is a version of ‘English’&#xA;  which can have its own hyphenation&#xA;  patterns. The default english patterns&#xA;  are in fact for american english. We&#xA;  allow for the patterns to be loaded as&#xA;  ‘english’ ‘american’ or ‘USenglish’.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are no differences between these three language names; there are, however, differences in both hyphenation and date formats between these and &lt;code&gt;UKenglish&lt;/code&gt;,&lt;code&gt;british&lt;/code&gt; (which themselves are synonyms.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following document (must be compiled with &lt;code&gt;lualatex&lt;/code&gt;) shows both example hypehnation point differences and date format differences for 5 types of specifications: (Australian is excluded here only because there is no &lt;code&gt;lualatex&lt;/code&gt; language definition file for it defined.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% !TEX TS-program = LuaLaTeX&#xA;% show hyphenation points code by Patrick Gundlach&#xA;% from http://wiki.luatex.org/index.php/Show_the_hyphenation_points&#xA;\documentclass[10pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[margin=.75in]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage[british,UKenglish,USenglish,english,american]{babel}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\newcolumntype{S}{p{.3\textwidth}}&#xA;\directlua{&#xA;show_hyph = function(head)&#xA;  while head do&#xA;    if head.id == 0 or head.id == 1 then % hlist, vlist&#xA;      show_hyph(head.list) % should be head.head in a newer luatex than 0.64&#xA;    elseif head.id == 7 then             % disc&#xA;      local n = node.new(&quot;whatsit&quot;,&quot;pdf_literal&quot;)&#xA;      n.mode = 0&#xA;      n.data = &quot;q 0.3 w 0 2 m 0 7 l S Q&quot;&#xA;      n.next = head.next&#xA;      n.prev = head&#xA;      head.next = n&#xA;      head = n&#xA;    end&#xA;  head = head.next&#xA;  end&#xA;  return true&#xA;end&#xA;luatexbase.add_to_callback(&quot;post_linebreak_filter&quot;,show_hyph,&quot;show_hyph&quot;)&#xA;&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand{\displayinfo}{\languagename\par\today\par Hyphenation of analysis}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{SSS}&#xA;\selectlanguage{american}&#xA;\displayinfo &#xA;&amp;amp;&#xA;\selectlanguage{USenglish}&#xA;\displayinfo&#xA;&amp;amp;&#xA;\selectlanguage{english}&#xA;\displayinfo&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{SS}&#xA;\selectlanguage{british}&#xA;\displayinfo&#xA;&amp;amp;&#xA;\selectlanguage{UKenglish}&#xA;\displayinfo&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/D5c02.png&quot; alt=&quot;result of code sample&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-06T18:45:11.970" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T18:45:11.970" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12786" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12770" CreationDate="2011-03-06T15:42:30.263" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Normally you call (pdf)latex with -interaction=nonstopmode (or what the MikTeX equivalent is). Then it will not stop on errors. Your editor can detect compile errors by watching the return value of the pdflatex subprocess and by locking on the &quot;console&quot; or log output.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another way would be to look if pdflatex wants to read from standard input, i.e. waits for user input.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T15:42:30.263" />
  <row Id="12787" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-06T16:04:15.690" Score="4" ViewCount="178" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi, I want to add hyperlinks to external pdfs (which are saved in the local file system) and to specific pages of these pdfs to a LaTeX document on MacOS X and opening them with Skim.app (default).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My problem is: it works, if the pdf is in the same path as the latex document and I use a &lt;code&gt;\href{./filename.pdf}&lt;/code&gt; (However, the &lt;code&gt;[page=2]&lt;/code&gt; option does not work then.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;But&lt;/strong&gt; if I try to use an asolute path like &lt;code&gt;\href{/Users/myaccount/folder/test.pdf}&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;{/Volumes/Data/folder/folder/test.pdf}&lt;/code&gt;, a click on the link in the pdf created by LaTeX does not open the linked file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I also tried to use &quot;&lt;code&gt;file:///Volumes/..&lt;/code&gt;&quot; and &quot;&lt;code&gt;run:///volumes..&lt;/code&gt;&quot;, but it does not work.&#xA;However, I can successfully open a link like &quot;&lt;code&gt;file:///Volumes/Data/Folder/file.pdf&lt;/code&gt;&quot; in Safari!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I fix that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using TeXLive 2010 on OS X 10.6.5 and &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; for compiling.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;minimal example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{scrreprt}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\hypersetup{bookmarksopenlevel={2}, bookmarksopen = true, &#xA;colorlinks= false, linkbordercolor = 0 1 0.5, urlbordercolor = 0 0 1&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;that works, but it opens on page 1 and not on page 3&#xA;\href[page=3]{run://test.pdf}{relative path}&#xA;&#xA;that does not work:&#xA;\href[]{/Volumes/Daten/test.pdf}{absolute path}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4009" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T05:12:11.347" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T18:12:35.637" Title="MacOS X: insert hyperlink to local file (complete path) in LaTeX? (only working with relativ path)" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="12788" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12294" CreationDate="2011-03-06T16:10:48.323" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I finally found out how to fix it: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setheadwidth[-1.35in]{page}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;page&quot; sets the headwidth from the standard (text) to page. Somehow that didn't quite worked, so I added the optional parameter. &#xA;THX for your help, otherwise I wouldn't have found out!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3884" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T16:10:48.323" />
  <row Id="12789" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6676" CreationDate="2011-03-06T16:16:03.090" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I prefer to use &lt;code&gt;tikz&lt;/code&gt; rather than &lt;code&gt;pstricks&lt;/code&gt; because when using &lt;code&gt;pstricks&lt;/code&gt; for a web-based pdf generator, it needs 3 compilation steps that consume more processor time. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3552" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T16:16:03.090" />
  <row Id="12790" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12803" CreationDate="2011-03-06T16:26:42.483" Score="6" ViewCount="163" Body="&lt;p&gt;It seems that XeLaTeX cannot handle movies. I imported movies into PDF produced with pdflatex compiler using the multimedia package that comes with beamer. My search over various  boards revealed that currently there is no package that could import movies under XeLaTeX. Is that correct? And what about LuaLaTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3831" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T19:12:17.370" Title="Can XeLaTeX | LuaTeX import movies ?" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;luatex&gt;&lt;movie15&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="12791" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12775" CreationDate="2011-03-06T17:16:55.947" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I guess that some words are spelled differently in US and UK, e.g., color | colour, center | centre, etc. I am not native English of American but noted that, e.g., WinEdt comes with 2 sets of spell dictionaries. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The only place where the difference between US and UK can be built into LaTeX is the hyphenation tables as it has been already said in other answers. However, any user can rebuilt latex format with any sets of hyphenations tables and, moreover, can take any hyphenation table for any language, for example, Russian for  English and vice versa. At least, MiKTeX provides interface for choosing hyphenation table for any language.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3831" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T17:16:55.947" />
  <row Id="12792" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12773" CreationDate="2011-03-06T17:26:28.010" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Not mentioned here is the spacing around delimiters. Compile the following example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{Huge}&#xA;  \mbox{}\\&#xA;  $sin(x)cos(y)$\\&#xA;  $sin\left(x\right)cos\left(y\right)$\\&#xA;  $\sin(x)\cos(y)$\\&#xA;  $\sin\left(x\right)\cos\left(y\right)$\\&#xA;\end{Huge}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Investigating output you will certainly discover lot of interesting! From my point of view, using &lt;code&gt;\left .. \right&lt;/code&gt; is good practise, at least, together with log-type functions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3831" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T17:26:28.010" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="12793" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12773" CreationDate="2011-03-06T17:28:15.257" Score="14" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are in fact four important differences:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\left( ... \right)&lt;/code&gt; etc. scales according to the height and depth of its contents. This scaling is &quot;dumb&quot; in the sense that it will always take the full height and depth into account (how much of the expression is covered is controlled by &lt;code&gt;\delimitershortfall&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\delimiterfactor&lt;/code&gt;): for example, in &lt;code&gt;\left( \rule{1cm}{1cm} \right)&lt;/code&gt;, the parentheses reach far below the square. A more relevant example is &lt;code&gt;\left( \sum_a^b \right)&lt;/code&gt; where the parentheses also cover the sum limits. The simple delimiters &lt;code&gt;(&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;)&lt;/code&gt; and also the manually-sized delimiters &lt;code&gt;\big(&lt;/code&gt; etc. don't scale.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\left ... \right&lt;/code&gt; forms a group: if you say &lt;code&gt;\newlength\mylength \[ \left( \mylength=1cm \right) \the\mylength \]&lt;/code&gt; you get &lt;code&gt;0.0pt&lt;/code&gt; because the value was reset. More importantly, you cannot have line breaks inside &lt;code&gt;\left ... \right&lt;/code&gt; groups, neither manual nor automatic ones, without special trickery. Any &lt;code&gt;\left&lt;/code&gt; needs a matching &lt;code&gt;\right&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Some characters produce different glyphs when being applied to &lt;code&gt;\left&lt;/code&gt; etc. For example, &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;/code&gt; produces a less-than sign, while &lt;code&gt;\left&amp;lt;&lt;/code&gt; produces an angle bracket. &lt;code&gt;\big&lt;/code&gt; etc. use the same interpretation as &lt;code&gt;\left&lt;/code&gt; (because they use &lt;code&gt;\left&lt;/code&gt; internally). Technically, &lt;code&gt;\left&lt;/code&gt; uses the delimiter code, while unadorned characters use the mathematical code.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The spacing is different. Technically, &lt;code&gt;\left ... \right&lt;/code&gt; inserts an inner node, while &lt;code&gt;(&lt;/code&gt; inserts an opening node. This becomes visible in &lt;code&gt;$\sin()$&lt;/code&gt; vs. &lt;code&gt;$\sin\left(\right)&lt;/code&gt;. Therefore you can never simply replace &lt;code&gt;(&lt;/code&gt; by &lt;code&gt;\left(&lt;/code&gt; and vice versa, you always have to control whether the spacing comes out right.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T17:28:15.257" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="12794" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12787" CreationDate="2011-03-06T17:33:23.553" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I poked around and found the same information as you:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\href{run:file.pdf}{file}&lt;/code&gt; will open the pdf in the default application for pdfs&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\href{run:///global/path/to/file.pdf}&lt;/code&gt; will attempt to open a file at the path point given by the &lt;em&gt;current&lt;/em&gt; directory with &lt;code&gt;///global/path/to/file.pdf&lt;/code&gt; appended.  Obviously this file doesn't exist, so you get an error.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\href{file:///global/path/to/file.pdf}&lt;/code&gt; creates a file link in the PDF with location &quot;Macintosh HD:Volumes:global:path:to:file.pdf&quot; Note the colons.  I'm not sure if this is the correct path, though, since in POSIX style paths the Volumes comes first, then Macintosh HD.  In any case, the link doesn't open anything.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt; I opened the PDF in Acrobat (Pro) to verify the link's location.  When I manually edited the link in Acrobat to have it open the file I wanted, the location was changed to &quot;Macintosh HD:global:path:to:file.pdf&quot; (no Volumes).  So some agent is miswriting or misreading that location.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;No solution from me, but one workaround is to make a symbolic link of the target file into your document's directory.  Then you can use the &lt;code&gt;\href{run:test.pdf}{local}&lt;/code&gt; syntax you describe above.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T02:49:26.223" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T02:49:26.223" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="12795" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12787" CreationDate="2011-03-06T17:40:12.357" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I proceed like this&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\href[]{file:///Users/ego/Desktop/bosch2.jpg}{absolute path}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This works fine with &lt;code&gt;Skim&lt;/code&gt; and not with &lt;code&gt;Preview&lt;/code&gt;but if the link is with a pdf file,&#xA; I need to open the first pdf with adobe reader. The problem seems specific to Mac os x and the pdf viewers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastEditorUserId="3144" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-06T18:04:18.753" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T18:04:18.753" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12796" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-06T17:40:56.333" Score="1" ViewCount="61" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think I remember seeing some papers using symbolic names (i.e. &lt;code&gt;[AuthorXXX2006]&lt;/code&gt;) instead of numeric indices (i.e. &lt;code&gt;[1]&lt;/code&gt;), but obviously I'm too stupid to find a (more or less standard) biblatex-style that does this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4015" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-06T17:53:40.857" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T20:51:55.360" Title="Bibliography with symbolic keys" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12797" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12721" CreationDate="2011-03-06T17:55:55.100" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To answer the clarification of the question in the comments, this seems to work (though I'm no expert on the &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; package so this might break something else, but if it does I'm sure that someone will stop by and say so).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\let\oldhref=\href&#xA;\def\href#1#2{\footnote{\oldhref{#1}{#2}}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Hello\href{a}{b} world.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T17:55:55.100" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="12798" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12799" CreationDate="2011-03-06T18:01:58.500" Score="4" ViewCount="95" Body="&lt;p&gt;For including graphics such as Matlab plots, I use &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt; from the graphicx package. Every time, I have to decide on some width and pass e.g. &lt;code&gt;[width=180mm]&lt;/code&gt; to the inclusion command. This feels very arbitrary. How would I let LaTeX find the optimal width, assuming the graphic scales nicely without pixelation?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3622" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-06T18:55:42.703" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T03:14:06.830" Title="Automate width determination for included graphics" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;automation&gt;&lt;scaling&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12799" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12798" CreationDate="2011-03-06T18:24:28.680" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just like &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/users/83/caramdir&quot;&gt;Caramdir&lt;/a&gt; suggests, use &lt;code&gt;\hsize&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\textwidth&lt;/code&gt; to scale your graphics to a consistent width:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;...&#xA;\includegraphics[width=0.8\hsize]{some-file} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could also define a dimension for flexibility that you could later easily re-define to a different width:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newdimen\photowidth&#xA;\photowidth=0.8\textwidth % or \photowidth=180mm&#xA;...&#xA;\includegraphics[width=\photowidth]{some-file}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3083" LastEditorUserId="3083" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-06T18:36:28.823" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T18:36:28.823" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="12801" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12796" CreationDate="2011-03-06T19:02:06.653" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/natbib.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package for BibTeX provides many citation styles, including one that uses author's names. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In particular, using &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt; you can cite a paper like in &lt;em&gt;&quot;Miller et al. (2003) showed …&quot;&lt;/em&gt;, that is, you can use references like nouns. This leads to much more readable citations compared to classic styles, although at the expense of some space which might be too valuable in academic papers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not familiar with BibLaTeX so I don't know about the availability of &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt; there.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3083" LastEditorUserId="3083" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-06T20:51:55.360" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T20:51:55.360" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12802" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12025" CreationDate="2011-03-06T19:41:12.877" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You said that &quot;images are created correctly&quot; ... does that include the correct bounding box? Perhaps the final graphics inclusion works like &quot;Ah, its a .ps file -- that means it has no bounding box, so I don't check for it&quot;. If that is the problem, it might help to rename the generated image file to &quot;.eps&quot; (by updating the system call key).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If the generated image is correct, including its bounding box: Did you try to call &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics{tikzFigures/&amp;lt;main&amp;gt;-figure0}&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From what I know, &lt;code&gt;dvips -P pdf&lt;/code&gt; should produce a valid .ps file and then send it to the printer called pdf. Did you try to use &lt;code&gt;dvips -o test.ps test.dvi&lt;/code&gt; followed by a manual conversion to pdf? Perhaps the &lt;code&gt;dvips -P pdf&lt;/code&gt; in miktex does something smart beyond converting to ps and then to pdf? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The example as such appears to be valid; I could process it successfully on my Ubuntu Tex-Live distribution, using&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;latex -shell-escape P &amp;&amp; dvips -o P.ps P.dvi &amp;&amp; ps2pdf P.ps&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Good luck...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1633" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T09:45:34.333" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T09:45:34.333" />
  <row Id="12803" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12790" CreationDate="2011-03-06T19:47:55.153" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is a version of &lt;code&gt;movie15.sty&lt;/code&gt; called &lt;code&gt;movie15_dvipdfmx.sty&lt;/code&gt;, see &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/graphics/asymptote/patches/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/graphics/asymptote/patches/&lt;/a&gt;, that allows the inclusion of movies with xelatex with &lt;code&gt;\includemovie&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since it may not be clear, as there is no documentation, the package &lt;code&gt;movie15_dvipdfmx.sty&lt;/code&gt; should be passed the option &lt;code&gt;dvipdfmx&lt;/code&gt; for use with xelatex, that is, &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[dvipdfmx]{movie15_dvipdfmx}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1119" LastEditorUserId="1119" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T19:12:17.370" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T19:12:17.370" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="12804" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12997" CreationDate="2011-03-06T20:00:18.267" Score="2" ViewCount="77" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a set of pdf files (without the latex source) which I merged into a larger pdf file. Each individual pdf file is an article with sections. I created a set of bookmarks for the larger pdf which point to each of the sections in each of the constituent smaller pdf files using the bookmarks package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\bookmark[level=2,page=6,view={FitH 842}]{&amp;lt;Section&amp;gt;}&#xA;\bookmark[level=3,page=6,view={FitH \calc{\paperheight-\topmargin-8in} null}]{&amp;lt;Subsection1&amp;gt;}&#xA;\bookmark[level=3,page=8,view={FitH \calc{\paperheight-\topmargin-7in} null}]{&amp;lt;Subsection2&amp;gt;}&#xA;\bookmark[level=3,page=11,view={FitH \calc{\paperheight-\topmargin-2in} null}]{&amp;lt;Subsection3&amp;gt;}&#xA;\bookmark[level=3,page=13,view={FitH \calc{\paperheight-\topmargin-7in} null}]{&amp;lt;Subsection4&amp;gt;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately I could not use these bookmarks to create the ToC. To create the ToC I did the following&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\tableofcontents&#xA;\clearpage\phantomsection&#xA;\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{&amp;lt;Chaptername N&amp;gt;}&#xA;\includepdf[pages=-,linktodoc=false]{&amp;lt;file N&amp;gt;.pdf}&#xA;\clearpage\phantomsection&#xA;\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{&amp;lt;Chaptername N+1&amp;gt;}&#xA;\includepdf[pages=-,linktodoc=false]{&amp;lt;file N+1&amp;gt;.pdf}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The issue I am facing now is that the contents of the ToC are being added (prepended) to the bookmarks data containing the the bookmarks I had manually added.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;My question is: How can I keep the ToC contents from being added to the bookmarks?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;More info:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The ToC data comes before the bookmarks data (the bookmark commands refer to page numbers of the fully merged pdf file). The file structure is as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;ToC data&amp;gt;&#xA;\bookmarksetup{startatroot}&#xA;\bookmarks ...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I need to add the bookmarks because I cannot add the sections of each individual pdf file to the ToC (since I do not have the LaTeX sources)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The reason I want a separate contents page at the very beginning is because some lightweight pdf readers (such as the google chrome's native pdf reader) do not utilize bookmarks)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is a continuation of the question I had previously asked at &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/12739/how-do-i-use-latex-to-create-table-of-contents-chapter-headings-subsections-etc&quot;&gt;How do I use LaTeX to create table of contents (chapter headings, subsections etc) for a set of pdf files which I am merging into a single large pdf?&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3996" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T23:09:20.847" Title="How to prevent Table of Contents from being added to the bookmarks of a pdf file" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;bookmarks&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="12805" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12720" CreationDate="2011-03-06T21:05:28.973" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your system seems really out of date. You'll find up-to-date versions here: &lt;a href=&quot;http://texnik.dante.de&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://texnik.dante.de&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, your example has an error! With this one I get the attached output&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{pst-node,pst-dbicons}&#xA;\seticonparams{entity}{shadow=true,fillcolor=black!30,fillstyle=solid}&#xA;\seticonparams{attribute}{fillcolor=black!10,fillstyle=solid}&#xA;\seticonparams{relationship}{shadow=true,fillcolor=black!20,fillstyle=solid}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\entity{Person}&#xA;\attributeof{Person}{30}[key]{Name}&#xA;\attributeof{Person}{90}[mv]{Nickname}&#xA;\attributeof{Person}[4em]{150}{phone}[phone\_no]&#xA;\attributeof{Person}{270}[mv]{wt}[weight\_at]&#xA;\attributeof{wt}{220}{date}&#xA;\attributeof{wt}{300}{weight}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/vSoPB.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T21:05:28.973" />
  <row Id="12806" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13076" CreationDate="2011-03-06T21:10:55.817" Score="17" ViewCount="385" Body="&lt;p&gt;(This is one of the &quot;questions-I-miss-at-tex.stackexchange&quot;. If no one else comes up with an answer, I will in the course of the next days.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Suppose I've just made the switch to &lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt;. I have chosen one of the built-in styles (numeric, alphabetic, authoryear, authortitle, ...) or of the custom styles available at CTAN. I've figured out how to sort/compress citations and add back references. The bibliography and the in-text-citations look approximately like I want, but need to be tweaked. I've taken a look at the biblatex documentation for advice, but it is somewhat daunting. How do I get started? To add some focus, customization in the following areas would come in handy:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Formatting of certain (BibTeX) fields for specific entry types (e.g., titles of articles not inside quotation marks);&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Formatting of citation postnotes (i.e., getting rid of &quot;p.&quot;/&quot;pp.&quot;);&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Spacing and punctuation in the bibliography (e.g., commas instead of periods as unit separators);&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Order of first names and last names of authors/editors in the bibliography;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Order of certain fields in the bibliography (e.g., swapping location and publisher);&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Language-specific terms (e.g., replacing &quot;References&quot; with &quot;Works Cited&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, assuming that I'll want to use my style adjustments in a multitude of documents: Where do I put the relevant macro stuff?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="2580" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T10:05:55.527" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T18:43:59.387" Title="Guidelines for customizing biblatex styles" Tags="&lt;biblatex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="7" />
  <row Id="12807" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12747" CreationDate="2011-03-06T21:14:47.223" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's not entirely clear what you want, exactly. But you can easily define a macro which spells out the name and can therefore be changed once in the document.  For example, if you have something that for the moment you are calling 'class', you could define the following macro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*{\class}{class}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The &lt;code&gt;*&lt;/code&gt; here means that the macro can't contain any paragraph breaks; see &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/1050/2693&quot;&gt;What's the difference between \newcommand and \newcommand*?&lt;/a&gt; for more details on this.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In your text, you would then type &lt;code&gt;\class&lt;/code&gt; in every place you want that object name.  If you decide that you want to call a class a &lt;em&gt;method&lt;/em&gt;, you would simply redefine the &lt;code&gt;\class&lt;/code&gt; macro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*{\class}{method}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are a couple of things you need to bear in mind with this sort of solution.  First, spaces after macros are ignored, so if you your source has&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;In this \class we strip out spaces.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It will be rendered as &lt;em&gt;In this classwe strip out spaces&lt;/em&gt;, which is not what you want. You can't simply add a space to the definition, since this will incorrectly add spaces before e.g. punctuation marks, where you don't want them.  So  there are two ways around this.  One is to simply insert an overt space whenever you need on using &lt;code&gt;\&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;In this \class\ we strip out spaces.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The other solution is to use the &lt;code&gt;xspace&lt;/code&gt; package, which inserts a space automatically and takes care &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; to insert the space before punctuation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{xspace}&#xA;\newcommand*{\class}{class\xspace}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then you don't need to type the explicit space yourself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The second pitfall with defining replacement macros this way, is that they don't adjust for things like plurals and capitalization.  To capture these cases, it's probably easiest to simply define uppercase and plural version of the macros themselves.  (You could do other fancier things, but at the expense of making your source less readable.)  So you could define:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*{\Class}{Class}&#xA;\newcommand*{\classes}{\class es}&#xA;\newcommand*{\Classes}{\Class es}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following article by Will Robertson is a useful guide to these sorts of techniques:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/pracjourn/2006-3/robertson/robertson.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Productivity with Macros and Packages&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is a small document with all of the examples above included in it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[margin=1in]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{xspace}&#xA;\newcommand*{\class}{class} % if your command will have multiple lines omit the *&#xA;\newcommand*{\Class}{Class} % uppercase version&#xA;\newcommand*{\classes}{\class es} % plural versions&#xA;\newcommand*{\Classes}{\Class es}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;If we don't add an explicit space after the \class macro it doesn't work as we expect.&#xA;&#xA;We can make the \class\ macro work by adding the space explicitly.&#xA;&#xA;Or if we change the macro to use the xspace package, it will insert the space automatically:&#xA;\renewcommand*{\class}{class\xspace}&#xA;&#xA;Now the \class macro inserts a space, but not when there is punctuation following \class.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The only thing I haven't mentioned here is how to do all of this in LyX.  The &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; definitions go into your document preamble the way you would add any other raw latex to a document.  If you will be using them a lot it might be useful to create a LyX template to do this, but that would be for another question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-06T23:23:36.163" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T23:23:36.163" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12809" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-06T21:32:34.827" Score="1" ViewCount="43" Body="&lt;p&gt;Following with the discussion in&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/8452/making-endnotes-clickable-links-with-hyperref&quot;&gt;Making endnotes clickable links with hyperref&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've the following issue.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I try to use this method to enable hyperlinks with endnote, everything works fine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But, if in my document I reset the endnote counter to zero at some point(s) (as I'd do if I had several chapters, for instance), when clicking the endnotes inserted after resetting the counter, they get referenced to the endnote list corresponding to the first bunch of endnotes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A MWE would be :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[pdftex]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{endnotes}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperendnote}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\noindent&#xA;&#xA;FIRST ENDNOTE\endnote{blabla one}&#xA;&#xA;\newpage A page between two notes. \newpage&#xA;&#xA;\addtoendnotes{\newpage}% so both notes will be on separate pages for testing&#xA;&#xA;\theendnotes&#xA;&#xA;\setcounter{endnote}{0}&#xA;&#xA;Another page with another endnote\endnote{blabla two}&#xA;&#xA;\newpage blabla \newpage&#xA;&#xA;\theendnotes&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A related discussion can be found here&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://groups.google.com/group/comp.text.tex/browse_thread/thread/348581f0232401ce/293c94d3fd383450?lnk=raot&amp;amp;hl=es&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;https://groups.google.com/group/comp.text.tex/browse_thread/thread/348581f0232401ce/293c94d3fd383450?lnk=raot&amp;amp;hl=es&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but it seems that it was resolved for the &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt; class, and using &lt;code&gt;pagenotes&lt;/code&gt; (as supplied by the &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt; class), not &lt;code&gt;endnotes&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2130" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-06T21:39:12.157" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T21:39:12.157" Title="endnotes with hyperref (resetting the counter) problem" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;endnotes&gt;" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12810" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12811" CreationDate="2011-03-06T22:12:04.070" Score="9" ViewCount="145" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need to split a string into one or more substrings. I know that I could use the &lt;code&gt;xstring&lt;/code&gt; package, but I'd like to do it using only inbuilt TeX/LaTeX commands. So, if I say&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\MyTeXKnowledge{Not good enough}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;what is the simplest way to extract the substrings &quot;Not&quot;, &quot;good&quot; and &quot;enough&quot; from the macro &lt;code&gt;\MyTexKnowledge&lt;/code&gt; and store them in variables?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2417" LastEditorUserId="2417" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-06T23:07:32.753" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T07:54:07.967" Title="How do I split a string?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;strings&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="12811" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12810" CreationDate="2011-03-06T22:30:10.347" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You need to define a macro which has the separation character in the parameter text:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\testthreewords#1{\threewords#1\relax}&#xA;\def\threewords#1 #2 #3\relax{ First: (#1), Second: (#2), Third: (#3) }&#xA;\testthreeowords{Not good enough}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to be able to provide a macro as argument you need to expand it first. This can be either done once (only first macro is expanded once):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\testthreewords#1{\expandafter\threewords#1\relax}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or completely:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\testthreewords#1{%&#xA;    \begingroup&#xA;    \edef\@tempa{#1}%&#xA;    \expandafter\endgroup&#xA;    \expandafter\threewords\@tempa\relax&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt; here is used as an end marker and must not occur in the argument, otherwise a different macro should be used, like &lt;code&gt;\@nnil&lt;/code&gt;.&#xA;The grouping is added to keep the temporary definitions local.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However this setup fails with an error if the two spaces are not included in the argument. To be on the safe side you should read every substring on its own and add the separation character to the end as a fail-safe. Then you test if the end was reached:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\testwords#1{%&#xA;    \begingroup&#xA;    \edef\@tempa{#1\space}%&#xA;    \expandafter\endgroup&#xA;    \expandafter\readwords\@tempa\relax&#xA;}&#xA;\def\readwords#1 #2\relax{%&#xA;      \doword{#1}%  #1 = substr, #2 = rest of string&#xA;      \begingroup&#xA;      \ifx\relax#2\relax  % is #2 empty?&#xA;         \def\next{\endgroup\endtestwords}% your own end-macro if required&#xA;      \else&#xA;         \def\next{\endgroup\readwords#2\relax}%&#xA;      \fi&#xA;      \next&#xA;}&#xA;\def\doword#1{(#1)}&#xA;\def\endtestwords{}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\testwords{Not good enough}% Gives `(Not)(good)(enough)`&#xA;\testwords{Not good}% Gives `(Not)(good)`&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T07:54:07.967" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T07:54:07.967" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12812" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12814" CreationDate="2011-03-06T22:52:37.047" Score="3" ViewCount="81" Body="&lt;p&gt;For my text-in-mathmode needs in LaTeX, I use &lt;code&gt;\mbox&lt;/code&gt;. However, it does not seem to behave well in subscripts. How can I write text that adjusts its height?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$ 3 \mbox{dB} = f_{ 3 \mbox{dB} } $&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;compiles to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://dump.gurka.se/latex-mbox-sub.png&quot; alt=&quot;example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3622" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T23:08:33.980" Title="Text in subscript" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;subscripts&gt;&lt;textbox&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12813" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12761" CreationDate="2011-03-06T22:57:54.283" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is one of the places where I find ConTeXt's key value interface much more intuitive&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setupTABLE[c][2][width=3cm]&#xA;\setupTABLE[c][3][width=5cm]&#xA;&#xA;\setupTABLE[each][each][height=3\lineheight,align={middle,middle},frame=on]&#xA;&#xA;\starttext&#xA;&#xA;\startTABLE&#xA;  \NC Short text \NC Short text \NC Short Text \NC \NR&#xA;  \NC Short text \NC Short text \NC Loooooooooo oooooooong teeeeeeeeeeeeeext \NC \NR&#xA;  \NC Short text \NC Short text \NC Loooooooooo oooooooong teeeeeeeeeeeeeext \NC \NR&#xA;\stopTABLE&#xA;&#xA;\stoptext&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/oU7qU.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I wish there were a LaTeX package that implemented such an interface for tables.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T22:57:54.283" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12814" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12812" CreationDate="2011-03-06T22:58:48.950" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the &lt;code&gt;\text&lt;/code&gt; macro of the &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; package instead of &lt;code&gt;\mbox&lt;/code&gt; for general text in mathmode. It takes care of these issues.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Not that for &lt;em&gt;units&lt;/em&gt; in math- or textmode the use of the &lt;code&gt;siunitx&lt;/code&gt; package is highly recommended.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-06T23:08:33.980" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T23:08:33.980" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="12816" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13063" CreationDate="2011-03-06T23:02:53.617" Score="3" ViewCount="162" Body="&lt;p&gt;Newbie here. &#xA;I get a blank,numbered page after running the following \maketitle command in my document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this part of the report class that I am using? How can i remove the blank page? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\maketitle{%\begin{titlepage}&#xA;\thispagestyle{empty}&#xA;\let\footnotesize\small \let\footnoterule\relax \setcounter{page}{0}&#xA;\null&#xA;\vfil&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;\title{Final Year Project Interim Report\\[0.5cm]\rule{4cm}{1pt}\\[0.7cm]&#xA;\textbf{\projecttitle}}\\[1cm]&#xA;\author{\LARGE \studentname}\\[0.5cm]\rule{4cm}{1pt}\\[0.5cm]&#xA;\textsf{\Large  Blah[0.5cm]&#xA;\textsf{\Large  \textbf{Supervisor:}  \supervisorname}\\[0.5cm]&#xA;\textsf{\Large  \textbf{Mentor:}  \moderatorname}\\[1.8cm]&#xA;\includegraphics[height=6cm]{logo}\\[1cm]&#xA;\textsf{\Large Blah\vfill&#xA;\normalsize \today}&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;\vfil&#xA;\null&#xA;%\end{titlepage}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It occurs to me that I might not have provided enough information. If so let me know.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;edit: the (as minimal as i could) working example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;tex file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[]{final_report}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\def\studentname{asdn}&#xA;\def\projecttitle{asd}&#xA;\def\supervisorname{asd}&#xA;\def\moderatorname{asd}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;\tableofcontents\pdfbookmark[0]{Table of Contents}{toc}\newpage&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\label{endpage}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&#xA;\end{article}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;cls file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ProvidesClass{final_report}&#xA;\LoadClass[11pt, titlepage]{report}&#xA;\usepackage[paperwidth=21cm,paperheight=29.7cm,includehead,headheight=1.5cm,pdftex,hmargin={3cm,2.5cm},vmargin={0cm,2cm},]{geometry} &#xA;\setlength{\parindent}{0cm} &#xA;\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{1.2}&#xA;\parskip=1em&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand{\contentsname}{Table of Contents}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;\fancyhf{}&#xA;\fancyhead[LO]{\small\textsf{\projecttitle}}&#xA;\fancyhead[RO]{\small\textsf{\studentname}}&#xA;\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0.1pt}&#xA;\fancyfoot[CO]{\small\textsf{Page \thepage~of~\pageref{endpage}}}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\def\ps@plain{%&#xA;      \let\@oddhead\@empty&#xA;      \def\@oddfoot{\normalfont\hfil\small\textsf{Page \thepage~of~\pageref{endpage}}\hfil}%&#xA;      \def\@evenfoot{\normalfont\hfil\small\textsf{Page \thepage~of~\pageref{endpage}}\hfil}}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand{\normalsize}{\fontsize{11pt}{11pt}\selectfont}&#xA;\renewcommand{\title}[1]{\textsf{\Huge{#1}}}&#xA;\renewcommand{\author}[1]{\textsf{\Huge{#1}}}&#xA;\newcommand{\subtitle}[1]{\textsf{\textbf{\Large{#1}}}}&#xA;\newcommand{\abstractheading}[1]{\textsf{\textbf{\LARGE{#1}}}}&#xA;\newcommand{\code}[1]{\texttt{\footnotesize{#1}}}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand{\section}{\@startsection&#xA;{section}%                    % the name&#xA;{1}%                          % the level&#xA;{0mm}%                        % the indent&#xA;{10.6mm}%             % the beforeskip&#xA;{4.2mm}%           % the afterskip&#xA;{\LARGE\bfseries\sffamily}}  % the style&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand{\subsection}{\@startsection&#xA;{subsection}%                    % the name&#xA;{2}%                          % the level&#xA;{0mm}%                        % the indent&#xA;{6.4mm}%             % the beforeskip&#xA;{1.1mm}%           % the afterskip&#xA;{\Large\bfseries\sffamily}}  % the style&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand{\subsubsection}{\@startsection&#xA;{subsubsection}%                    % the name&#xA;{3}%                          % the level&#xA;{0mm}%                        % the indent&#xA;{4.2mm}%             % the beforeskip&#xA;{1.1mm}%           % the afterskip&#xA;{\normalsize\bfseries\sffamily}}  % the style&#xA;&#xA;%\renewcommand\chapter{&#xA;%  %\thispagestyle{empty}&#xA;%  \pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;%  \doublespacing&#xA;%  \global\@topnum\z@&#xA;%  \@afterindentfalse&#xA;%  \secdef\@chapter\@schapter&#xA;%}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand\chapter{&#xA;\if@openright\cleardoublepage\else\clearpage\fi&#xA;                    \thispagestyle{plain}%&#xA;                    \global\@topnum\z@&#xA;                    \@afterindentfalse&#xA;                    \secdef\@chapter\@schapter}&#xA;&#xA;%% Chapter headings should be centered, uppercase, and at the top of the page.&#xA;\def\@makechapterhead#1{%&#xA;  { \parindent \z@ \raggedright \normalfont&#xA;    %\centering&#xA;    \ifnum \c@secnumdepth &amp;gt;\m@ne&#xA;        \huge\textsf{\@chapapp\space \thechapter:}&#xA;        % \par\nobreak&#xA;        %\vskip 20\p@&#xA;    \fi&#xA;    \interlinepenalty\@M&#xA;    \huge \bfseries \textsf{#1}\par\nobreak&#xA;    \rule{5cm}{0.5pt}&#xA;    \vskip 20\p@&#xA;  } }&#xA;&#xA;\def\@makeschapterhead#1{%&#xA;  %\vspace*{50\p@}%&#xA;  { \parindent \z@ \raggedright&#xA;    %\centering&#xA;    \normalfont&#xA;    \interlinepenalty\@M&#xA;    \huge \bfseries  \textsf{#1}\par\nobreak&#xA;    \rule{5cm}{0.5pt}&#xA;    \vskip 20\p@&#xA;&#xA;  }}&#xA;&#xA; \renewenvironment{abstract}{%&#xA;      \chapter*{\abstractname}%&#xA;      \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\abstractname}&#xA; }&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand{\l@chapter}{\bfseries\@dottedtocline{1}{0em}{2.3em}}&#xA;\renewcommand{\l@section}{\normalfont\@dottedtocline{2}{2em}{2.3em}}&#xA;\renewcommand{\l@subsection}{\normalfont\@dottedtocline{3}{2em}{2.3em}}&#xA;\renewcommand{\l@subsubsection}{\normalfont\@dottedtocline{4}{2em}{2.3em}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;    \def\maketitle{%\begin{titlepage}&#xA;    \thispagestyle{empty}&#xA;    \let\footnotesize\small \let\footnoterule\relax \setcounter{page}{0}&#xA;    \null&#xA;    \vfil&#xA;    \begin{center}&#xA;    \title{bla\\[0.5cm]\rule{4cm}{1pt}\\[0.7cm]&#xA;    \textbf{\projecttitle}}\\[1cm]&#xA;    \author{\LARGE \studentname}\\[0.5cm]\rule{4cm}{1pt}\\[0.5cm]&#xA;    \textsf{\Large blah[0.5cm]}&#xA;    \textsf{\Large  \textbf{Supervisor:}  \supervisorname}\\[0.5cm]&#xA;    \textsf{\Large  \textbf{Mentor:}  \moderatorname}\\[1.8cm]&#xA;    \includegraphics[height=6cm]{logo}\\[1cm]&#xA;    \textsf{\Large blah\\\vfill&#xA;    \normalsize \today}&#xA;    \end{center}&#xA;    \vfil&#xA;    \null&#xA;    %\end{titlepage}&#xA;    }&#xA;&#xA;\pagestyle{plain}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4026" LastEditorUserId="4026" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T10:23:29.497" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T17:49:32.053" Title="Blank page causing duplicate page one." Tags="&lt;maketitle&gt;&lt;blank-page&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="12817" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12818" CreationDate="2011-03-06T23:15:20.433" Score="5" ViewCount="63" Body="&lt;p&gt;A couple of months ago I was having trouble getting a &lt;code&gt;\bigtimes&lt;/code&gt; symbol that worked well. A few libraries have one, but they all did all sorts of other troublesome things to how math was formatted. In the end I was suggested to just take the code that &lt;code&gt;mathabx&lt;/code&gt; uses to make &lt;code&gt;\bigtimes&lt;/code&gt; and that's worked fantastically:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareFontFamily{U}{mathx}{\hyphenchar\font45}&#xA;\DeclareFontShape{U}{mathx}{m}{n}{&#xA;  &amp;lt;5&amp;gt; &amp;lt;6&amp;gt; &amp;lt;7&amp;gt; &amp;lt;8&amp;gt; &amp;lt;9&amp;gt; &amp;lt;10&amp;gt;&#xA;  &amp;lt;10.95&amp;gt; &amp;lt;12&amp;gt; &amp;lt;14.4&amp;gt; &amp;lt;17.28&amp;gt; &amp;lt;20.74&amp;gt; &amp;lt;24.88&amp;gt;&#xA;  mathx10&#xA;}{}&#xA;\DeclareSymbolFont{mathx}{U}{mathx}{m}{n}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\bigtimes}{1}{mathx}{&quot;91}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now I find myself in deed of a variable sized &lt;code&gt;$\ast$&lt;/code&gt; and I was wondering how to adapt this code to do it. Clearly I need to write a new &lt;code&gt;DeclareMathSymbol&lt;/code&gt; line and I presume that I need to input the character code for &lt;code&gt;ast&lt;/code&gt; into where &lt;code&gt;&quot;91&lt;/code&gt; is. I wrote something to brute force checking a couple hundred values of integers and see if I could find the symbol that way, but I could not (and it also made me feel mildly silly). I glanced around a little bit and found the &lt;code&gt;\meaning&lt;/code&gt; command, which did not seem to give the same result. Furthermore I lack a general understanding of latex programming past defining simple macros. But I presume that there is a table somewhere that would have what I'm looking for, so that if in the future I need to make some math symbol variable-sized I don't always have to ask the fine people of tex.stackexchange.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: For my end solution I ended up switching the base font family to cmsy and just making the sole purpose of the font family be to make large characters, i.e.:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareFontFamily{U}{large}{\hyphenchar\font45}&#xA;\DeclareFontShape{U}{large}{m}{n}{&#xA;  &amp;lt;27&amp;gt;&#xA;  cmsy10&#xA;}{}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\bigtimes}{1}{large}{&quot;02}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\bigtest}{1}{large}{&quot;03}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Although this isn't quite optimal because it introduces a large number of warnings to my log files.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="123" LastEditorUserId="123" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T00:37:03.327" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T00:37:03.327" Title="Where to find Character Codes and a question on some mathabx code" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12818" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12817" CreationDate="2011-03-06T23:27:28.720" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;there's a &quot;canned&quot; routine called testfont.  use it with plain tex:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;tex testfont&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;it will walk you through what it wants to test.  the first question is what font you want.&#xA;the comprehensive symbols list should show you what fonts the asterisk is in (i'm pretty&#xA;sure there's one in &lt;code&gt;cmsy10&lt;/code&gt;).  then you tell it what to do.  the usual directive is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\table\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;if you want to test another font, then respond &lt;code&gt;\table\vfill\eject\init&lt;/code&gt; and the &quot;what font&quot;&#xA;question will come up again.  you can preview the result, or print it out for reference.&#xA;the indices on the top/bottom/sides of the table will identify the addresses of the cells,&#xA;which is what the last argument of &lt;code&gt;\DeclareMathSymbol&lt;/code&gt; wants.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="579" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-06T23:42:55.027" LastActivityDate="2011-03-06T23:42:55.027" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12819" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12810" CreationDate="2011-03-06T23:40:52.330" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another way : the words are stocked in macros &lt;code&gt;\worda&lt;/code&gt; &lt;code&gt;\wordb&lt;/code&gt; etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{article}  &#xA;&#xA;\newcount\nbofwords&#xA;\makeatletter  &#xA;\def\myutil@empty{}&#xA;\def\multiwords#1 #2\@nil{% &#xA; \def\NextArg{#2}%&#xA; \advance\nbofwords by  1 %   &#xA; \expandafter\edef\csname word\@alph\nbofwords\endcsname{#1}% &#xA; \ifx\myutil@empty\NextArg&#xA;     \let\next\@gobble&#xA; \fi&#xA; \next#2\@nil&#xA;}%    &#xA;&#xA;\def\GetWords#1{%&#xA;   \let\next\multiwords &#xA;   \nbofwords=0 %&#xA;   \expandafter\next#1 \@nil %&#xA;}% &#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA; \def\MyTeXKnowledge{Not good  enough the end}&#xA;\GetWords{\MyTeXKnowledge}&#xA;&#xA;There are \the\nbofwords\  words:  \worda; \wordb; \wordc;\wordd;\worde.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now &lt;code&gt;\MyTeXKnowledge&lt;/code&gt;is accepted.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastEditorUserId="3144" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T07:47:12.780" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T07:47:12.780" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12820" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12817" CreationDate="2011-03-07T00:00:09.910" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/fonttable&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;fonttable&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package, for example, here with the mathb (of mathabx) symbol font:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fonttable}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\fonttable{mathb9}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/bDsKn.png&quot; alt=&quot;mathb symbol table&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Font names can be found also by looking into the packages &lt;code&gt;.sty&lt;/code&gt; file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T00:05:57.893" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T00:05:57.893" />
  <row Id="12821" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12823" CreationDate="2011-03-07T02:48:05.740" Score="3" ViewCount="80" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I use the &lt;code&gt;chancery&lt;/code&gt; font for only selected text instead of the whole document?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1940" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T05:21:19.243" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T05:21:19.243" Title="Using a font for selected text" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="12822" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12798" CreationDate="2011-03-07T03:14:06.830" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;More elegant solution is to set desired width globally:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setkeys{Gin}{width=0.75\textwidth}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Setting width locally as shown by Christian overrides global keys.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3831" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T03:14:06.830" />
  <row Id="12823" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12821" CreationDate="2011-03-07T03:53:35.877" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can change the font family using &lt;code&gt;\fontfamily&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\newcommand*\chancery{\fontfamily{pzc}\selectfont}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Normal Computer Modern. {\chancery Chancery.} Back to CM.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/qF5UV.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T03:53:35.877" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="12824" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-07T03:51:20.457" Score="6" ViewCount="272" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do I draw a circle and its surrounding polygons,&#xA;for example an octagon, in LaTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks so much&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T21:42:20.173" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T09:24:43.233" Title="Drawing circles in LaTeX" Tags="&lt;diagrams&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12825" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12824" CreationDate="2011-03-07T04:06:02.553" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You might have better luck on the version of this site devoted to tex: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com&quot;&gt;http://tex.stackexchange.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;nonetheless, you should try using the PSTricks package and drawing whatever shape you need point by point or arc by arc. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, here is how you can draw a triangle and a circle:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{pspicture}(6,6)&#xA;   %% Triangle in red&#xA;   \psline[linecolor=red](1,1)(5,1)(1,4)(1,1)&#xA;&#xA;   %% Circle in blue with radius 1:&#xA;   \pscircle[linecolor=blue](3,2.5){1}&#xA;\end{pspicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For other n-sided polygons, use something similar to the triangle above, plotting a point for each vertex in the shape.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4029" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T05:10:00.880" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T05:10:00.880" />
  <row Id="12826" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-07T06:17:21.203" Score="3" ViewCount="117" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi, I am not able to find how to call different fonts family in latex. Could someone help me out or any link will be useful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{article}      &#xA;\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb,amsfonts}&#xA;\usepackage{graphics} &#xA;\usepackage{color}                  &#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}              &#xA;\usepackage{multirow}&#xA;\usepackage{longtable}&#xA;\usepackage{fullpage}&#xA;\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0.0pt}&#xA;\lfoot{%(full_name)s/%(emp_id)s/\thepage}&#xA;\cfoot{}&#xA;\topmargin -2.5cm&#xA;\parindent 0cm&#xA;\textheight 27.5cm&#xA;\parskip 3mm&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\oddsidemargin -1cm&#xA;\evensidemargin 0cm&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\fontencoding{\encodingdefault}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand{\familydefault}{\sfdefault}&#xA;&#xA;\fontshape{\shapedefault}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;thanks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4031" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T08:28:41.467" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T08:28:41.467" Title="How to use different font for full document in LaTeX" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12827" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-07T06:33:22.923" Score="5" ViewCount="173" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to insert a symbol (&lt;code&gt;\Box&lt;/code&gt;) at the end of the line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4032" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T06:42:45.600" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T16:53:35.237" Title="Insert a symbol at the end of line" Tags="&lt;line-breaking&gt;&lt;horizontal-alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12828" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12827" CreationDate="2011-03-07T06:40:24.010" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Simply use &lt;code&gt;\hfill&lt;/code&gt; before &lt;code&gt;\Box&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{latexsym}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Text\hfill\(\Box\)&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: To clarify a bit regarding the comments: this simple command is intended as an answer to the simple question, how to insert a symbol at the end of the line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The mentioned &lt;code&gt;\Box&lt;/code&gt; may lead to the assumption, that the question might be about a proof. The highly upvoted comment of TH. still awaits an answer by the questioner. In the case of a proof it's strongly recommended to use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/amsthm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;amsthm&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; with its &lt;code&gt;proof&lt;/code&gt; environment, mentioned by TH., daleif, and Barbara, or&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/ntheorem&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;ntheorem&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; with proper placement of such endmarks even after a displayed math environment or a list.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The answers to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/5599/theorem-packages-which-to-use-which-conflict&quot;&gt;Theorem packages: which to use, which conflict?&lt;/a&gt; can help in deciding which to use.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-08T16:53:35.237" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T16:53:35.237" CommentCount="10" />
  <row Id="12829" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3535" CreationDate="2011-03-07T06:45:45.427" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The macro&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\vect}[1]{\boldsymbol{\mathbf{#1}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;does not work with mathtime pro lite fonts (and from the comments it appears that it does not work with mathpazo either). Another approach is to simply check if the argument is &lt;code&gt;A-Za-z&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{bm,xstring}&#xA;&#xA;\def\VEC#1%&#xA;    {\IfSubStr{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz}{#1}&#xA;        {\mathbf{#1}}&#xA;        {\bm{#1}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is inefficient since it performs the substring check for each execution. One could define macros &lt;code&gt;\VEC@A&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\VEC@B&lt;/code&gt; etc (using a simple loop), and then check do&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\VEC#1%&#xA;    {\ifcsname VEC@#1\endcsname&#xA;        \mathbf{#1}%&#xA;     \else&#xA;         \bm{#1}%&#xA;     \fi}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T06:45:45.427" />
  <row Id="12830" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-07T07:02:37.283" Score="3" ViewCount="94" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to change the font style of the &quot;References&quot; section of a document?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using the &lt;code&gt;sectsty&lt;/code&gt; package to modify section fonts and my code does not seem to affect the &quot;References&quot; section of my document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are there any other packages, tips, or tricks I can use to change this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Below is the code I'm using. Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% I want to produce &quot;REFERENCES&quot;, not &quot;References&quot;&#xA;\usepackage{sectsty}&#xA;\allsectionsfont{\normalsize\uppercase}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2473" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T07:05:39.543" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T09:11:42.520" Title="Is there a way to change the font style of the &quot;References&quot; section?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;sectsty&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12831" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-07T07:13:21.653" Score="1" ViewCount="99" Body="&lt;p&gt;I hear that many gurus prefer EMACS for LaTeX. I guess they are working in UNIX or LINUX, but I wonder if there are any advantages of using EMACS in a Windows system. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, I heard that EMACS can do any job without leaving EMACS, but is it still true for Windows?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3874" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T07:13:21.653" ClosedDate="2011-03-07T12:52:39.653" Title="Any advantages of EMACS in Windows?" Tags="&lt;editors&gt;" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12832" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12826" CreationDate="2011-03-07T07:16:32.387" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To learn to apply a font to the whole document (if it isn't be default) see:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/12586/2975&quot;&gt;How to make an exoteric font the default through the whole document&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are looking for other fonts the best place to look is the Font Catalogue:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and/or see the following questions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/11115/2975&quot;&gt;Typefaces that come with the standard LaTeX distribution on the TeX Live&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/2814/2975&quot;&gt;Which LaTeX fonts can be practically considered as available on most platforms?&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/1666/2975&quot;&gt;What fonts are available for LaTeX?&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T07:16:32.387" />
  <row Id="12833" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12830" CreationDate="2011-03-07T07:35:45.120" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would try&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\refname}{\MakeUppercase{References}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Replace &lt;code&gt;\refname&lt;/code&gt; by &lt;code&gt;\bibname&lt;/code&gt; if your class is &lt;code&gt;book&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are using &lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt;, the relevant commands are described in section 3.5.7 of the manual (see &lt;code&gt;texdoc biblatex&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2580" LastEditorUserId="2580" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T07:56:49.977" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T07:56:49.977" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12834" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12824" CreationDate="2011-03-07T08:20:23.253" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is an example in the TikZ/PGF &lt;a href=&quot;http://media.texample.net/pgf/builds/pgfmanualCVS2010-09-28.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;manual&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usepgflibrary{shapes}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \draw[dashed] (10,0) circle (1cm);&#xA;  \node[regular polygon, regular polygon sides=8, draw, inner sep=0.707cm] at (10,0) {};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1154" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T08:20:23.253" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12835" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12824" CreationDate="2011-03-07T08:26:10.377" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Rewritten answer &amp;mdash; I had missed point about inscribed circle&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Metapost:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  \documentclass{article}&#xA;  \usepackage{luamplib}&#xA;  \begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{mplibcode}&#xA;  beginfig(1)&#xA;    pair vert[];&#xA;    n:=5; radius=3cm;&#xA;    for i=0 upto n: &#xA;        vert[i] = radius * dir(360*i/n);&#xA;    endfor;&#xA;    draw for i=0 upto n-1: vert[i] -- endfor cycle withcolor red; &#xA;        % polygon&#xA;    draw for i=0 upto n-1: vert[i] .. endfor cycle withcolor green; &#xA;        % outer circle&#xA;    draw for i=0 upto n-1: 1/2*(vert[i]+vert[i+1]) .. endfor cycle withcolor blue; &#xA;        % inner circle, using midpoints.&#xA;  endfig;&#xA;  \end{mplibcode}&#xA;  \end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which makes use of mplib, only available in Luatex, so you have to compile this using &lt;code&gt;lualatex&lt;/code&gt;.  It gives:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/1wORK.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The nice thing about this way of doing things is that you calculate the interior circle using midpoints of lines, rather than with magic numbers or trigonometric identies, giving code that is more obviously correct.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-08T09:24:43.233" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T09:24:43.233" />
  <row Id="12836" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12824" CreationDate="2011-03-07T08:27:45.147" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;How shall I draw thee? Let me count the ways!&lt;br&gt;&#xA;I can draw thee with TikZ and PSTricks and pictures&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;... but there my scansion leaves me and I resume normal operating procedures.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edited&lt;/strong&gt;: My original method was using node shapes, but that was simultaneously posted by Debilski above so here's another TikZ method.  (I'll leave my original pictures in, though).  This method is a bit more like TikZ's &quot;circle&quot; and &quot;rectangle&quot; commands (though not quite) in that it looks a bit as though there is a generic polygon shape, though in reality it is just a regular LaTeX command that expands to the correct drawing instructions.  The arguments to the command are the number of sides and the &lt;em&gt;inner&lt;/em&gt; radius.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{calc}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\polygon}[2]{%&#xA;  let \n{len} = {2*#2*tan(360/(2*#1))} in&#xA; ++(0,-#2) ++(\n{len}/2,0) \foreach \x in {1,...,#1} { -- ++(\x*360/#1:\n{len})}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\draw[red,dashed] (0,0) circle (1);&#xA;\draw (0,0) \polygon{8}{1};&#xA;\draw[red,dashed] (3,0) circle (1);&#xA;\draw (3,0) \polygon{4}{1};&#xA;\draw[red,dashed] (6,0) circle (1);&#xA;\draw (6,0) \polygon{7}{1};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Result:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/dKwUd.png&quot; alt=&quot;circles and polygons again&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following is from my original answer, as noted above that was the same as that given by Debilski, but as that answer didn't include pictures I'm leaving these here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/xrJyD.png&quot; alt=&quot;circles and polygons&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastEditorUserId="86" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T09:03:54.870" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T09:03:54.870" />
  <row Id="12837" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12830" CreationDate="2011-03-07T09:11:42.520" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Instead of adding formatting macros to the definition of &lt;code&gt;\refname&lt;/code&gt; (which will produce adverse effects in other places, e.g. in the table of contents), use &lt;code&gt;\MakeUppercase&lt;/code&gt; in the definition of &lt;code&gt;\allsectionsfont&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;% Including the references in the table of contents&#xA;\usepackage[nottoc]{tocbibind}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{sectsty}&#xA;\allsectionsfont{\normalsize\MakeUppercase}&#xA;&#xA;% Would also affect ToC entry&#xA;% \renewcommand{\refname}{\MakeUppercase{References}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;&#xA;\section{foo}&#xA;&#xA;Some text.&#xA;&#xA;% Reference section without BibTeX&#xA;\begin{thebibliography}{9}&#xA;\bibitem{1} A bibitem.&#xA;\end{thebibliography}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T09:11:42.520" />
  <row Id="12838" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12839" CreationDate="2011-03-07T09:42:52.760" Score="5" ViewCount="70" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to decorate pages of some pdf documents with tikzpictures. My idea was to include them with &lt;code&gt;pdfpages&lt;/code&gt;, and then draw a &lt;code&gt;tikzpicture&lt;/code&gt; overlay on top of the page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{pdfpages}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\includepdf[pages=1]{someinputpdf}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[remember picture,overlay]&#xA;\node at (current page.center) {test};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, tikzpicture ends up at page 2 of the resulting document. Is there a way to achieve similar functionality?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1688" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T10:06:43.823" Title="Can I add tikzpictures to pages included with pdfpages" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;pdfpages&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="12839" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12838" CreationDate="2011-03-07T10:06:43.823" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use the &lt;code&gt;pagecommand&lt;/code&gt; option, such as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\includepdf[pagecommand={\begin{tikzpicture}...\end{tikzpicture}}]{filename}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T10:06:43.823" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="12840" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-07T10:48:08.890" Score="2" ViewCount="55" Body="&lt;p&gt;Why are all languages selected by default in Miktex 2.9 Settings (Admin)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In my experience in the previous Miktex distributions, only several languages were selected by default.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/eSlGN.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any hidden effect for this new setting?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3552" LastEditorUserId="3552" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T10:53:33.657" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T14:20:59.027" Title="Why are all languages selected by default in Miktex's Settings (Admin)?" Tags="&lt;miktex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12841" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12824" CreationDate="2011-03-07T11:58:28.473" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another way, if you want  to use the vertices :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz} &#xA;&#xA;% #1 : number of sides&#xA;% #2 : radius of the circumscribed circle&#xA;% #3 : Prefix of vertices&#xA;% #4 : angle for a rotation around the center &#xA;% The macro defines only the vertices &#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\RegPolygon[4]{%&#xA;\foreach \n in {1,...,#1}{%&#xA;+ (#4+\n*360/#1:#2) coordinate (#3\n)}} &#xA;&#xA;% Draw the polygon&#xA;% #1 : options &#xA;% #2 : number of sides&#xA;% #3 : the prefix&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\DrawPolygon[3][]{%&#xA;\def\s{1} &#xA;\draw[#1] (#3\s) &#xA;\foreach \s  in  {2,...,#2}{--(#3\s)}--cycle;&#xA;} &#xA;&#xA;% macro to draw the inscribed circle&#xA;% #1 : number of sides &#xA;% #2 : : radius of the circumscribed circle&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\DrawCircleIns[2]{%&#xA;circle ({#2*cos(180/#1)})&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document} &#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA; \path (1,1)  \RegPolygon{5}{3}{S}{18};&#xA; \DrawPolygon[red,thick]{5}{S} &#xA; \draw (1,1) circle (3); &#xA; \path (1,-6)  \RegPolygon{3}{3}{B}{30}; &#xA; \DrawPolygon[red,thick]{3}{B}&#xA; \draw (1,-6) circle (3);  &#xA; \draw (1,1) \DrawCircleIns{5}{3};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/YODbi.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The vertices of the pentagon are names S1,S2, etc. and the vertices of the triangle are B1,B2 and B3&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T11:58:28.473" />
  <row Id="12842" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-07T12:06:36.020" Score="1" ViewCount="86" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to use the &lt;code&gt;ruledtabular&lt;/code&gt; environment in a book I am currently writing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{table}&#xA;\caption{\label{tab:table1}  ...}&#xA;\begin{ruledtabular}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{ccccc}&#xA;   ...&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{ruledtabular}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem is I don't want to begin with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[preprint,...]{revtex4-1}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but with the normal&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to do something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{revtex4-1}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3259" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T16:45:07.577" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T16:45:07.577" Title="How to use REVTeX's ruledtabular in a normal document?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;packages&gt;&lt;revtex&gt;" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12843" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12847" CreationDate="2011-03-07T12:24:53.870" Score="4" ViewCount="95" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to use a single symbol from the &lt;code&gt;MnSymbol&lt;/code&gt; package, &lt;code&gt;\nuparrow&lt;/code&gt; (I can't find that symbol anywhere else).  But if I use it, then it upsets the symbols in the rest of the document, which I am happy with.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3825" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T12:29:04.643" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T12:01:45.130" Title="Disgard symbols from package" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12844" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12843" CreationDate="2011-03-07T12:41:53.147" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The mathtools pacakge also defines it by rotating a mirroring an existing symbol. Note that MnSymbol symbols often does not mix well with others.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{memoir}&#xA;\usepackage{mathtools,amssymb}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\[&#xA;A \nuparrow B&#xA;\]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3929" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T12:41:53.147" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="12845" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12853" CreationDate="2011-03-07T12:57:55.873" Score="4" ViewCount="122" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a c/o symbol in LaTex for writing an address? I have looked in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/symbols/comprehensive/symbols-a4.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Comprehensive latex symbol list&lt;/a&gt; but couldn't find one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2683" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T18:34:55.483" Title="Symbol for &quot;care of&quot; (c/o)" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="12846" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12849" CreationDate="2011-03-07T13:02:38.220" Score="1" ViewCount="64" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's the deal: I have a biblatex bibliography with a prenote. The prenote contains a citation with a lot of authors. I want it to behave as if it were obeying &lt;code&gt;maxnames=3&lt;/code&gt;. But I want my bibliography to behave as if &lt;code&gt;maxnames=99&lt;/code&gt;. Is there a way to set the value of &lt;code&gt;maxnames&lt;/code&gt; locally for that one citation?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;More generally, is there a procedure for locally setting biblatex options?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T13:34:00.533" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T13:47:40.473" Title="Set citation options on a cite-by-cite basis in biblatex" Tags="&lt;biblatex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="12847" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12843" CreationDate="2011-03-07T13:23:20.927" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can setup a single symbol like this (the code is extracted from mnsymbol. It will not clash if you load the package too):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareFontFamily{U}  {MnSymbolB}{}&#xA;\DeclareFontShape{U}{MnSymbolB}{m}{n}{&#xA;    &amp;lt;-6&amp;gt;  MnSymbolB5&#xA;   &amp;lt;6-7&amp;gt;  MnSymbolB6&#xA;   &amp;lt;7-8&amp;gt;  MnSymbolB7&#xA;   &amp;lt;8-9&amp;gt;  MnSymbolB8&#xA;   &amp;lt;9-10&amp;gt; MnSymbolB9&#xA;  &amp;lt;10-12&amp;gt; MnSymbolB10&#xA;  &amp;lt;12-&amp;gt;   MnSymbolB12}{}&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareFontShape{U}{MnSymbolB}{b}{n}{&#xA;    &amp;lt;-6&amp;gt;  MnSymbolB-Bold5&#xA;   &amp;lt;6-7&amp;gt;  MnSymbolB-Bold6&#xA;   &amp;lt;7-8&amp;gt;  MnSymbolB-Bold7&#xA;   &amp;lt;8-9&amp;gt;  MnSymbolB-Bold8&#xA;   &amp;lt;9-10&amp;gt; MnSymbolB-Bold9&#xA;  &amp;lt;10-12&amp;gt; MnSymbolB-Bold10&#xA;  &amp;lt;12-&amp;gt;   MnSymbolB-Bold12}{}&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareSymbolFont{MnSyB}         {U}  {MnSymbolB}{m}{n}&#xA;\SetSymbolFont{MnSyB}       {bold}{U}  {MnSymbolB}{b}{n}&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\nuparrow}{\mathrel}{MnSyB}{1}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;$\nuparrow$&#xA;&#xA;\mathversion{bold}&#xA;&#xA;$\nuparrow$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T13:23:20.927" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12848" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13893" CreationDate="2011-03-07T13:24:04.333" Score="1" ViewCount="145" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using the &lt;code&gt;amsart&lt;/code&gt; documentclass. Now the equation numbers are aligned to the left, I'm okay with that but what bothers me is the following: If I have equations in an &lt;code&gt;enumerate&lt;/code&gt; environment it centers the equations with respect to the whole page. To me that doesn't look very good. How do I center the equation with respect to the body of the &lt;code&gt;enumerate&lt;/code&gt; environment?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1930" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T20:53:44.723" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T18:03:25.930" Title="amsart and enumerate environment" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;lists&gt;&lt;horizontal-alignment&gt;&lt;enumerate&gt;&lt;amsart&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="12849" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12846" CreationDate="2011-03-07T13:28:16.560" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is the first time I encountered a citation command within the bibliography. Note: &lt;code&gt;\defcounter&lt;/code&gt; (an etoolbox macro) instead of &lt;code&gt;\setcounter&lt;/code&gt; allows for local redefinition of counters. (EDIT: I used the same hack in &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/11827/add-block-in-bibliography-entry/11856#11856&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt; answer.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[style=authoryear,maxnames=99,maxcitenames=3]{biblatex}&#xA;&#xA;\newcounter{mymaxcitenames}&#xA;\AtBeginDocument{%&#xA;  \setcounter{mymaxcitenames}{\value{maxnames}}% i.e., 3 (!)&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\defbibnote{recommended}{If you don't have time to read anything else, read&#xA;  \begingroup&#xA;  \defcounter{maxnames}{\value{mymaxcitenames}}%&#xA;  \textcite{A01}.%&#xA;  \endgroup&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{biblatextest.bib}&#xA;@misc{A01,&#xA;  author = {Author, A. and Buthor, B., and Cuthor, C. and Duthor, D.},&#xA;  year = {2001},&#xA;  title = {Alpha},&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\addbibresource{biblatextest.bib}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;If you don't have time to read anything else, read \textcite{A01}.&#xA;&#xA;\printbibliography[prenote=recommended]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T13:47:40.473" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T13:47:40.473" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="12850" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12845" CreationDate="2011-03-07T13:56:26.753" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a5paper]{article}&#xA;\newcommand{\co}{%&#xA;  \leavevmode&#xA;  \begingroup&#xA;  \setbox 2 = \hbox {\small c}%&#xA;  \setbox 0 = \hbox {/}%&#xA;  \dimen 0 = \ht 0  \advance \dimen 0 by -\ht 2&#xA;  \raise \dimen 0 \box 2&#xA;  \kern -0.3333\wd0/\kern -0.3333\wd 0&#xA;  \lower \dp 0 \hbox {\small o}%&#xA;  \endgroup&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\co\space Mr. Bean&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T13:56:26.753" />
  <row Id="12851" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12209" CreationDate="2011-03-07T14:03:04.013" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Be aware that different countries have different systems of legal citation.  The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/jurabib.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;jurabib&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package that Martin mentions implements the legal citation style commonly used in Germany.  Will Hardy has implemented &lt;a href=&quot;http://willhardy.com.au/aglc-and-latex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;The Australian Guide to Legal Citation (AGLC) for &lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The most widely used legal citation style in the United States is &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.legalbluebook.com&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;The Bluebook: A Uniform System of Citation&lt;/a&gt;, published by the Columbia, Harvard, UPenn, and Yale law reviews.  There have been some preliminary efforts to implement the necessary functionality in (La)TeX to implement the Bluebook style--notably Frank Bennett's initial effort, &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/lexitex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LexiTeX&lt;/a&gt; (circa 1993), and his subsequent effort, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/camel/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Camel&lt;/a&gt; (circa 1995)--but it seems that, as of about a month ago, &lt;a href=&quot;http://ouij.livejournal.com/293329.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;there still is no satisfactory implementation of the Bluebook for (La)TeX&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="569" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T14:03:04.013" />
  <row Id="12852" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12952" CreationDate="2011-03-07T14:12:15.117" Score="7" ViewCount="180" Body="&lt;p&gt;I’m experiencing problems using the csquotes package and microtype using protrusion (margin kerning). The problem is that using &lt;code&gt;enquote&lt;/code&gt; I only get margin kerning on the left margin.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[ngerman]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage[tracking]{microtype}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{csquotes}&#xA;\MakeAutoQuote{»}{«}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\def\blindtext{Dies hier ist ein Blindtext zum Testen, Testen, Testen und Testen von Textausgaben und anderen Zeichen}&#xA;&#xA;\noindent%&#xA;„\blindtext.“ \blindtext{} in mehreren Zeilen.\\&#xA;\enquote{\blindtext.} \blindtext{} in mehreren Zeilen.\\&#xA;»\blindtext.« \blindtext{} in mehreren Zeilen.\\&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first text uses manually set quotation marks which give margin kerning both left &lt;em&gt;and&lt;/em&gt; right.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The second and third text snipped only protrude on the left margin.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any ideas why I have this problem and how I can possibly solve it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1154" LastEditorUserId="1154" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-09T08:06:23.163" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T08:06:23.163" Title="Csquotes and microtype." Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;margins&gt;&lt;microtype&gt;&lt;protrusion&gt;&lt;csquotes&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="12853" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12845" CreationDate="2011-03-07T14:22:39.163" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Probably quick and dirty: &lt;code&gt;$  {^c\!/\!_o}  $ Jim Jones&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.bitjungle.com/isoent/index_files/isoent-ref.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; on page 3.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/PRfLg.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3735" LastEditorUserId="3735" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T18:34:55.483" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T18:34:55.483" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="12855" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12864" CreationDate="2011-03-07T14:37:07.370" Score="4" ViewCount="215" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is basically an expanded version of part of &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/12721/control-command-arguments&quot;&gt;Control command arguments&lt;/a&gt; .  The original questioner there wants to redefine &lt;code&gt;\href&lt;/code&gt; so that all the links end up in foonotes (rather than in the main document) so my suggestion was the old &lt;code&gt;\let\oldcmd=\cmd \def\cmd{reimplement \cmd in some fancy way}&lt;/code&gt; trick.  Turned out that that didn't solve the problem.  But what broke this solution isn't really about the solution, it's about those @&amp;amp;*@%y$#@ characters in URLs and ... *sigh* ... footnotes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Not being an expert on &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt;, I appeal to the community to help.  (And half an hour gazing at the documentation and source of &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; has not brought enlightenment either.)  I've tried the solutions at &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/12230/getting-percent-sign-into-an-url-in-a-footnote&quot;&gt;Getting percent sign into an URL in a footnote&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3028/is-there-a-reliable-footnote-command&quot;&gt;Is there a reliable footnote command?&lt;/a&gt; to no avail (though perhaps I'm doing them wrong ... sorry, incorrectly).  Also, note that &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/5808/how-display-the-href-link-in-the-footnote&quot;&gt;How display the href link in the footnote?&lt;/a&gt; is the wrong way around for this: the questioner wants the clickable link in the footnote.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's the URL that the questioner presented me with, embedded in a MWE:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Hello\footnote{\href{http://www.google.com/#sclient=psy&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;site=&amp;amp;source=hp&amp;amp;q=numbers&amp;amp;aq=f&amp;amp;aqi=&amp;amp;aql=&amp;amp;oq=&amp;amp;pbx=1&amp;amp;fp=d5033c56880e0199}{b}} world.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This produces the error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Illegal parameter number in definition of \Hy@tempa.&#xA;&amp;lt;to be read again&amp;gt; &#xA;                   s&#xA;l.9 ...qi=&amp;amp;aql=&amp;amp;oq=&amp;amp;pbx=1&amp;amp;fp=d5033c56880e0199}{b}}&#xA;                                                   world.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which makes me think that it is the &lt;code&gt;#&lt;/code&gt; that is causing the problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T01:55:01.127" Title="Getting those %#!^&amp; signs in the footnote!" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;footnotes&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12856" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12858" CreationDate="2011-03-07T14:37:10.477" Score="3" ViewCount="117" Body="&lt;p&gt;The code&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\draw[step=0.5cm,color=gray] (-1,-1) grid (1,1);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;gives me a nice finite 4x4 grid. Now I want to center one character in each cell, how to do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;By the way, how can I specify the absolute position of my picture and how to stretch it in one direction (i.e. that it becomes a proper rectangle (not a square)).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4011" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T16:12:32.377" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T16:12:32.377" Title="TikZ (finite) grid with character in each cell" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="12857" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12827" CreationDate="2011-03-07T14:43:12.983" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A related issue concerns inserting a symbol at the end of a displayed equation. E.g., if one has a specific symbol for the end of a &lt;code&gt;remark&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;definition&lt;/code&gt;, and the &lt;code&gt;remark&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;definition&lt;/code&gt; ends with a displayed equation. (Placement of the qed symbol at the end of a proof with a displayed equation is easy---simply add the command &lt;code&gt;\qedhere&lt;/code&gt; at the end of the equation.) One option is to do something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{flalign*}&#xA;    &amp;amp;&amp;amp; &amp;lt;equation&amp;gt; &amp;amp;&amp;amp; &amp;lt;symbol&amp;gt;&#xA;\end{flalign*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Just thought I'ld mention this one here...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3920" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T14:43:12.983" />
  <row Id="12858" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12856" CreationDate="2011-03-07T14:45:26.523" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;code&gt;\node&lt;/code&gt;s to place text everywhere you want. The are by default centered at the given coordinate which can be changed using the &lt;code&gt;anchor&lt;/code&gt; and other options.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\draw[step=0.5cm,color=gray] (-1,-1) grid (1,1);&#xA;\node at (-0.75,+0.75) {A};&#xA;\node at (-0.25,+0.75) {B};&#xA;\node at (+0.25,+0.75) {C};&#xA;\node at (+0.75,+0.75) {D};&#xA;\node at (-0.75,+0.25) {E};&#xA;\node at (-0.25,+0.25) {F};&#xA;\node at (+0.25,+0.25) {G};&#xA;\node at (+0.75,+0.25) {H};&#xA;% ...&#xA;\node at (+0.75,-0.75) {Q};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/09ex4.png&quot; alt=&quot;Result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or using a loop:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{standalone}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\draw[step=0.5cm,color=gray] (-1,-1) grid (1,1);&#xA;&#xA;\newcounter{mycount}&#xA;\setcounter{mycount}{`A}&#xA;\foreach \y in {+0.75,+0.25,-0.25,-0.75}&#xA;  \foreach \x in {-0.75,-0.25,0.25,0.75}&#xA;    \node at (\x,\y) {\char\value{mycount}\addtocounter{mycount}{1}};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}%&#xA;&#xA;% Or&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\draw[step=0.5cm,color=gray] (-1,-1) grid (1,1);&#xA;\foreach \x/\y/\m in {+0.75/+0.75/A,-0.75/-0.75/X} % etc&#xA;    \node at (\x,\y) {\m};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}%&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/uRS7b.png&quot; alt=&quot;Loop result&quot;&gt;   &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/27D3X.png&quot; alt=&quot;Loop result 2&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can scale the image in the X or Y direction using &lt;code&gt;xscale=&amp;lt;number&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;yscale=&amp;lt;number&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;, respectively. Both are scaled with &lt;code&gt;scale=&amp;lt;number&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you mean with &quot;absolute position&quot; a fixed position on a page you can do this by drawing it relative to the special &lt;code&gt;current page&lt;/code&gt; node (needs the &lt;code&gt;remember picture,overlay&lt;/code&gt; option on the picture). If you give more specific information about this I can make an example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T15:49:36.343" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T15:49:36.343" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="12859" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12862" CreationDate="2011-03-07T15:04:34.153" Score="2" ViewCount="189" Body="&lt;p&gt;I guess this is a very simple question, but I couldn't find the answer... How can I define a variable in TikZ? I want to have something like, for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\draw[-&amp;gt;] (x1,y1)--(x2,y2);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Such that &lt;code&gt;x1,x2,y1,y2&lt;/code&gt; are defined somewhere else and can be changed in order to adjust the picture.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Should be simple, right?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thnx in advance!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="412" LastEditorUserId="412" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T20:56:07.310" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T11:55:53.000" Title="Define a variable in TikZ" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="12860" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12855" CreationDate="2011-03-07T15:05:31.360" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/bigfoot&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;bigfoot&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{bigfoot}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Hello\footnote{\href{http://www.google.com/#sclient=psy&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;site=&amp;amp;source=hp&amp;amp;q=numbers&amp;amp;aq=f&amp;amp;aqi=&amp;amp;aql=&amp;amp;oq=&amp;amp;pbx=1&amp;amp;fp=d5033c56880e0199}{b}} world.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately this doesn't seem to work to solve the original questioner's problem, since putting this into another macro definition seems to break it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T15:26:23.197" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T15:26:23.197" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12861" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12856" CreationDate="2011-03-07T15:13:08.853" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would place the text using a &lt;code&gt;matrix of nodes&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{matrix}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\draw[step=0.5cm,color=gray] (-1,-1) grid (1,1);&#xA;\matrix[matrix of nodes,nodes={inner sep=0pt,text width=.5cm,align=center,minimum height=.5cm}]{&#xA;A &amp;amp; B &amp;amp; C &amp;amp; D \\&#xA;E &amp;amp; F &amp;amp;  &amp;amp; H \\&#xA;I &amp;amp; J &amp;amp; K &amp;amp; L \\&#xA;M &amp;amp; N &amp;amp; O &amp;amp; P\\};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/DiY6g.png&quot; alt=&quot;matrix&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To get rectangular nodes, you can adjust &lt;code&gt;xstep&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;ystep&lt;/code&gt; separately (and &lt;code&gt;text width&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;minimum height&lt;/code&gt; accordingly):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{matrix}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\draw[xstep=0.75cm,ystep=0.5,color=gray] (0,0) grid (3,2);&#xA;\matrix[matrix of nodes,&#xA;inner sep=0pt,&#xA;anchor=south west,&#xA;nodes={inner sep=0pt,text width=.75cm,align=center,minimum height=.5cm}&#xA;]{&#xA;A &amp;amp; B &amp;amp; C &amp;amp; D \\&#xA;E &amp;amp; F &amp;amp;  &amp;amp; H \\&#xA;I &amp;amp; J &amp;amp; K &amp;amp; L \\&#xA;M &amp;amp; N &amp;amp; O &amp;amp; P\\&#xA;};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/TCKGv.png&quot; alt=&quot;matrix rectangular&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastEditorUserId="2552" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T15:20:19.127" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T15:20:19.127" />
  <row Id="12862" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12859" CreationDate="2011-03-07T15:15:30.710" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture} &#xA;\coordinate (A) at (2,3);&#xA;\coordinate (B) at (2,5);&#xA;\draw[-&amp;gt;] (A)--(B) ;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can add&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\XA{2}&lt;/code&gt; etc. and then &lt;code&gt;\coordinate (A) at (\XA,\YA);&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T16:58:09.620" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T16:58:09.620" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12863" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12606" CreationDate="2011-03-07T15:26:50.410" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I found out that the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/parallel/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;parallel&lt;/a&gt; package is also an option to solve two languages on every page. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3300" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T15:26:50.410" />
  <row Id="12864" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12855" CreationDate="2011-03-07T15:36:56.590" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;url&lt;/code&gt; package (used by &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt;) gives you the &lt;code&gt;\Url@HyperHook&lt;/code&gt; hook, which is also used in &lt;code&gt;\urldef&lt;/code&gt; (see &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/12230/getting-percent-sign-into-an-url-in-a-footnote/12233#12233&quot;&gt;Getting percent sign into an URL in a footnote&lt;/a&gt;).&#xA;The original URL string is located in &lt;code&gt;\Url@String&lt;/code&gt; (expandable) and the already formatted string in &lt;code&gt;\Url@FormatString&lt;/code&gt; (not expandable).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This can be used to implement your own &lt;code&gt;\url&lt;/code&gt; like macros. The code below then creates the wanted &lt;code&gt;\footnote&lt;/code&gt; with an &lt;code&gt;\href&lt;/code&gt;. A second macro is required to read the second argument of &lt;code&gt;\href&lt;/code&gt; after the URL. This is a little tricky because the rest of the internal code of &lt;code&gt;\url&lt;/code&gt; most be jumped over first and then reinserted. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;&#xA;\def\hreffootnote{%&#xA;    %\unskip % maybe required&#xA;    \begingroup&#xA;    \def\Url@HyperHook ##1\endgroup{%&#xA;        \let\Url@HyperHook\relax&#xA;        \href@footnote&#xA;    }%&#xA;    \url&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\let\realhref\href&#xA;\def\href@footnote#1\endgroup#2{%&#xA;   \footnote{\expandafter\realhref\expandafter{\Url@String}{#2}}%&#xA;   \endgroup\endgroup#1\endgroup%  #1 is some internal `\url` code&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Text\hreffootnote{http://foobar.com/~test/%^&amp;amp;*$_##/test}{there} after&#xA;&#xA;Text \href{http://foobar.com/~test/%^&amp;amp;*$_##/test}{there} after&#xA;&#xA;\let\href\hreffootnote&#xA;Text \href{http://foobar.com/~test/%^&amp;amp;*$_##/test}{there} after&#xA;&#xA;Hello\hreffootnote{http://www.google.com/#sclient=psy&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;site=&amp;amp;source=hp&amp;amp;q=numbers&amp;amp;aq=f&amp;amp;aqi=&amp;amp;aql=&amp;amp;oq=&amp;amp;pbx=1&amp;amp;fp=d5033c56880e0199}{b} world.&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alternatively a home made solution which reads the first argument verbatim (except &lt;code&gt;{ }&lt;/code&gt; characters):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;&#xA;\def\hreffootnote{%&#xA;    %\unskip&#xA;    \begingroup&#xA;    \let\do\@makeother&#xA;    \dospecials&#xA;    \catcode`\{=1\relax&#xA;    \catcode`\}=2\relax&#xA;    \href@footnote&#xA;}&#xA;\def\href@footnote#1{%&#xA;    \endgroup&#xA;    \href@@footnote{#1}%&#xA;}&#xA;\let\realhref\href&#xA;\def\href@@footnote#1#2{%&#xA;    \footnote{\realhref{#1}{#2}}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Text\hreffootnote{http://foobar.com/~test/%^&amp;amp;*$_##/test}{there} after&#xA;&#xA;Text \href{http://foobar.com/~test/%^&amp;amp;*$_##/test}{there} after&#xA;&#xA;\let\href\hreffootnote&#xA;Text \href{http://foobar.com/~test/%^&amp;amp;*$_##/test}{there} after&#xA;&#xA;Hello\hreffootnote{http://www.google.com/#sclient=psy&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;site=&amp;amp;source=hp&amp;amp;q=numbers&amp;amp;aq=f&amp;amp;aqi=&amp;amp;aql=&amp;amp;oq=&amp;amp;pbx=1&amp;amp;fp=d5033c56880e0199}{b} world.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T18:40:35.213" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T18:40:35.213" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12865" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12869" CreationDate="2011-03-07T16:16:05.303" Score="5" ViewCount="127" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using the &lt;code&gt;caption&lt;/code&gt; package. &#xA;In the List-Of-Figures I get only the numbers, but I also want to have the prefix.&#xA;It currently looks like that:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;List of Figures&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  1 Caption of Figure 1........1&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  2 Caption of Figure 2........9  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And I want it to look like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;List of Figures&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Figure 1: Caption of Figure 1...1&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Figure 2: Caption of Figure 2...9  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The same format is already used for the captions themselves.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3884" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T20:56:26.077" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T20:56:26.077" Title="List of Figures - how to add caption label" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;captions&gt;&lt;tocloft&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="12866" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-07T16:33:34.300" Score="4" ViewCount="118" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3851/how-can-i-automatically-calculate-sums-in-a-latex-table&quot;&gt;How can I automatically calculate sums in a LaTeX table?&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anyone know if the is a TeX/LaTeX package which will make an ordinary &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; environment work as a simple spreadsheet?  I am using LaTeX to generate invoices. The invoice is a &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; environment with one row per item and the item amount in the last column. The item amount is entered as a simple number, then a macro prints it with the &lt;code&gt;$&lt;/code&gt; sign. I am looking for something that will add up all the numbers in the last column, calculate the total and show it in the last row, last column. Thanks. Buddy. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4037" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T16:51:19.253" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T23:20:24.970" ClosedDate="2011-03-08T15:45:56.687" Title="Adding numerical values in a LaTeX tabular column" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;calculations&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12867" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12866" CreationDate="2011-03-07T16:39:48.260" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know  &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/spreadtab/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;spreadtab&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is a very fine package and you can make a lot of things with this package. I know the author so if you have a problem, I can help you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T16:39:48.260" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12868" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12865" CreationDate="2011-03-07T16:44:06.950" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;When you caption your figure, there's an optional argument that's designed for the list of figures.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\caption[short title]{Long caption describing the figure.}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This will display the short title as the title in the list of figures, and the long caption as the actual caption of your figure.&#xA;It is perfectly acceptable for these both to be the same.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is designed this way as many figures, particularly in scientific publications have long captions describing everything that is in the figure.&#xA;All of this wouldn't fit into the list of figures, so there is a separate title for that purpose.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is optional because you don't need it if you are not including a list of figures.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="672" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T17:16:52.857" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T17:16:52.857" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="12869" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12865" CreationDate="2011-03-07T16:56:02.853" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use the tocloft package (http://www.ctan.org/pkg/tocloft); an example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\usepackage{tocloft}&#xA;&#xA;\newlength{\mylen}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand{\cftfigpresnum}{\figurename\enspace}&#xA;\renewcommand{\cftfigaftersnum}{:}&#xA;\settowidth{\mylen}{\cftfigpresnum\cftfigaftersnum}&#xA;\addtolength{\cftfignumwidth}{\mylen}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\listoffigures&#xA;\begin{figure}[!ht]&#xA;  \centering&#xA;  \rule{2cm}{2cm}&#xA;  \caption{test figure one}&#xA;  \label{fig:test1}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\begin{figure}[!ht]&#xA;  \centering&#xA;  \rule{2cm}{2cm}&#xA;  \caption{test figure two}&#xA;  \label{fig:test2}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T16:56:02.853" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12870" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-07T16:57:29.230" Score="4" ViewCount="49" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to display the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;.\integrate blah&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in a monospaced font.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For everything else I've wanted to put in a monospace font, &lt;code&gt;\texttt&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\verb&lt;/code&gt; has worked fine, but it doesn't with this. I've worked out that I need to escape the &lt;code&gt;\&lt;/code&gt; in the text, but replacing it with &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; gives a newline.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What should I use to escape the \ in LaTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="495" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T17:52:14.357" Title="Display &quot;.\integrate blah&quot; in monospaced font (like \texttt and \verb)" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;verbatim&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12871" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-07T16:57:32.443" Score="4" ViewCount="67" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi folks,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm, I should confess, a total newbie. I'm trying to generate invoices with LaTeX, so I'm using the fp package. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But the strange thing is that calculations occur many times when they should only occur once per product. Here's my LaTeX file, below, can you please help me understand why it's behaving like this? And help me improve it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The two important pieces of it are probably the environment &lt;code&gt;invoice&lt;/code&gt; and the macro &lt;code&gt;product&lt;/code&gt;. For each product I multiply the unit price times the quantity, get that amount and add it to the total amount of the invoice called &lt;code&gt;TotalHT&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,12pt]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[frenchb]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8x]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\usepackage{tabularx}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\usepackage{textcomp}&#xA;\usepackage{fltpoint}&#xA;\usepackage[nomessages]{fp}&#xA;\RequirePackage{numprint}&#xA;&#xA;% - Page and Headers Style {{{&#xA;\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;\fancyhf{} &#xA;\renewcommand{\headheight}{51pt}&#xA;\lhead{\nous}&#xA;%\rhead{\nous}&#xA;\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0.125mm}&#xA;% - }}}&#xA;&#xA;% - New Commands {{{&#xA;&#xA;\def\TotalHT{0}&#xA;&#xA;% set standard decimal position (numprint package)&#xA;\nprounddigits{2}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\nous}{&#xA;    \small{&#xA;        \textsf{%&#xA;            \textsc{My Company}\\&#xA;            My address\\&#xA;        }&#xA;    }&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\client}[1]{%&#xA;    \vspace{1cm}&#xA;    \begin{flushright}&#xA;        \small{\textsf {#1}}&#xA;    \end{flushright}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\numero}[2]{%&#xA;    \vspace*{1cm}&#xA;    \begin{center}&#xA;        \Huge{\textbf{Facture n° #1}}\\&#xA;        \textsf{\small{Du #2}}&#xA;    \end{center}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\firstth}[1]{&#xA;    \multicolumn{1}{|l|}{#1}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{invoice}{%&#xA;    \ignorespaces&#xA;    \small&#xA;    \tabularx{\textwidth}{|X|r|c|r|}&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    \firstth{Designation} &amp;amp; Unit Price. &amp;amp; Qty. &amp;amp; Amount\\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;}%&#xA;{%&#xA;    \endtabularx%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\product}[3]{%&#xA;    \FPround\p{#2}{2} &#xA;    \FPeval\m{\p * #3}&#xA;    \FPround\m\m{2}&#xA;    \FPadd\TotalHT\TotalHT\m&#xA;    \global\let\TotalHT\TotalHT&#xA;    \message{t \TotalHT  prod #1}&#xA;    #1 &amp;amp; &#xA;    \FPround{\p}{#2}{2}\numprint\p &amp;amp;&#xA;    #3 &amp;amp;&#xA;    \FPround\p{#2}{2} &#xA;    \FPeval\m{\p * #3}&#xA;    \numprint\m\\ &#xA;    \hline&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\totalttc}{&#xA;    \FPround\TotalHT\TotalHT{2}&#xA;    &amp;amp; \multicolumn{2}{r|}{\textbf{Total TTC}} &amp;amp; \numprint\TotalHT \\&#xA;    \cline{2-4}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\enlettres}[1]{&#xA;    \vspace*{1cm}&#xA;    \textsf{Arrêter la présente facture à la somme de \textbf{#1}.}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% - }}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\numero{01/2010}{17/03/2010}&#xA;&#xA;\client{&#xA;    My Client Sarl.\\&#xA;    His address\\&#xA;    His phone&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{invoice}&#xA;    \product{product One}{1000.00}{1}&#xA;    \product{product Two}{2000}{1}&#xA;    \product{product Three}{3000.00}{1}&#xA;    \product{Product Four}{5000.00}{1}&#xA;    \totalttc&#xA;\end{invoice}&#xA;&#xA;\enlettres{Cent dix-sept milles cinq cents euros et zéro centimes}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Whenever I run this through pdflatex, I have the message &lt;code&gt;\message{t \TotalHT  prod #1}&lt;/code&gt; appear more than once for each product. But then again, in the table that's generated in the PDF I have exactly one row per product, but the total is wrong.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks a lot for helping me understand this!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;P.S. three brackets in comments like  &lt;code&gt;% - }}}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;% - New Commands {{{&lt;/code&gt; are just here for folding in vim&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4038" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T18:08:31.003" Title="Strange expansion of a macro inside an environment" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;environments&gt;&lt;expansion&gt;&lt;fp&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="12872" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12866" CreationDate="2011-03-07T17:03:48.067" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/datatool&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;datatool&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; to either generate the data or read it in from a CSV spreadsheet file. The package can do calculations on the data from within your document as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T21:35:39.353" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T21:35:39.353" />
  <row Id="12873" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12888" CreationDate="2011-03-07T17:13:31.793" Score="3" ViewCount="98" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to easily typeset my documents without all references (the reason is that I need a version of the document without footnotes to count the words without footnotes). I use biblatex to create the footnotes. So what I do is have the following lines in the preamble, which are commented out for regular use, but not commented out when I want the document without the footnotes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\autocite(#1)(#2)(#3){}&#xA;\def\autocites(#1)(#2)(#3){}&#xA;\providecommand{\pno}{\relax}&#xA;\providecommand{\psqq}{\relax}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The question refers to the first two lines. Since &lt;code&gt;\autocite(s)&lt;/code&gt; takes arguments, I redefined it according to the answer &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/8645/how-to-avoid-this-error-when-redefining-psgrid-to-be-relax&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;. But this yields in the following error for every citation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Use of \autocites doesn't match its definition.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3981" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T20:12:27.083" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T21:02:25.663" Title="Redefine a command, including its arguments, to to do nothing" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;biblatex&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="12874" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12859" CreationDate="2011-03-07T17:14:41.527" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using &lt;code&gt;\def\x{1068}&lt;/code&gt; to have &lt;code&gt;x&lt;/code&gt; as a variable in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ana.unibe.ch/~haberthuer/latex/tikz/scalebar&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;my script to generate scalebars&lt;/a&gt; onto images with TikZ. That works like a charm for me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A working example is pasted below, even though the image does not look very nice :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[demo]{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usepackage{siunitx}&#xA;\usepackage[graphics,tightpage,active]{preview}&#xA;\PreviewEnvironment{tikzpicture}&#xA;\newcommand{\imsize}{\linewidth}&#xA;\newlength\imagewidth % needed for scalebars&#xA;\newlength\imagescale % ditto&#xA;\begin{document}%&#xA;%-------------&#xA;\pgfmathsetlength{\imagewidth}{\imsize}%&#xA;\pgfmathsetlength{\imagescale}{\imagewidth/1728}%&#xA;\def\x{1068}% scalebar-x at golden ratio of x=1728px&#xA;\def\y{320}% scalebar-y at 90% of height of y=356px&#xA;\def\shadow{11}% shadow parameter for scalebar&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[x=\imagescale,y=-\imagescale]&#xA;\clip (0,0) rectangle (1728,356);&#xA;    \node[anchor=north west, inner sep=0pt, outer sep=0pt] at (0,0) {\includegraphics[width=\imagewidth]{image}};&#xA;    % 279px = 1.7819mm &amp;gt; 100px = 638um &amp;gt; 78px = 500um, 16px = 100um&#xA;    \draw[|-|,blue,thick] (791,151) -- (1020,311) node [sloped,midway,above,fill=white,semitransparent,text opacity=1] {\SI{1.7819}{\milli\meter} (1204px) TEMPORARY!};&#xA;\draw[|-|,thick] (\x+\shadow,\y+\shadow) -- (\x+78+\shadow,\y+\shadow) node [midway, above] {\SI{500}{\micro\meter}};&#xA;    \draw[|-|,white,thick] (\x,\y) -- (\x+78,\y) node [midway,above] {\SI{500}{\micro\meter}};&#xA;    \draw[color=red, anchor=south west] (0,356) node [fill=white, semitransparent] {Legend} node {Legend};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}%&#xA;%-------------&#xA;\end{document}%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="828" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T17:14:41.527" />
  <row Id="12875" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12870" CreationDate="2011-03-07T17:14:53.773" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;code&gt;\verb&lt;/code&gt; to display a backslash in monospaced font; the following example shows another option to display a backslash in monospaced font:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\verb+\+&#xA;&#xA;\texttt{\symbol{92}}&#xA;&#xA;\verb+\integrate+&#xA;&#xA;\texttt{\symbol{92}integrate}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastEditorUserId="3954" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T17:27:07.240" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T17:27:07.240" />
  <row Id="12876" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12870" CreationDate="2011-03-07T17:17:13.357" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use &lt;code&gt;\textbackslash&lt;/code&gt; to produce a backslash. To get it monospaced, you should use T1 font encoding which is &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/664/why-should-i-use-usepackaget1fontenc&quot;&gt;recommendable anyway&lt;/a&gt;, otherwise it's not a true typewriter backslash.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You might also have a look at answers to these questions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/9363/how-does-one-insert-a-backslash-or-a-tilde-into-latex&quot;&gt;How does one insert a backslash or a tilde into LaTeX&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2790/when-should-one-use-verb-and-when-texttt&quot;&gt;When should one use \verb!! and when \texttt{}&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/6897/alternatives-to-backslash&quot;&gt;Alternatives to $\backslash$&lt;/a&gt; which shows the &lt;code&gt;\path&lt;/code&gt; macro of the &lt;code&gt;url&lt;/code&gt; package for such a purpose&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Compare:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{url}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\verb|.\integrate|&#xA;&#xA;\texttt{.\textbackslash integrate}&#xA;&#xA;\texttt{.\char`\\integrate}&#xA;&#xA;\path{.\integrate}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Bhvt1.png&quot; alt=&quot;backslash screenshot&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T17:52:14.357" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T17:52:14.357" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12877" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12897" CreationDate="2011-03-07T17:21:58.537" Score="6" ViewCount="96" Body="&lt;p&gt;Occasionally I noted that &lt;code&gt;Cambria Math&lt;/code&gt; fonts or the &lt;code&gt;unicode-math&lt;/code&gt; package might have wrong definition of &lt;code&gt;\perp&lt;/code&gt; math symbol. Attached picture shows that &lt;code&gt;\perp&lt;/code&gt; is not printed properly while &lt;code&gt;\bot&lt;/code&gt; is.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/SgmyR.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This test is produced by the following code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{ifpdf,ifxetex}&#xA;\ifpdf&#xA;    \usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} % source file encoding&#xA;    \usepackage[T1]{fontenc} % cyrillic font encoding&#xA;\fi&#xA;&#xA;\ifxetex&#xA;    \usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;        %\defaultfontfeatures{Mapping=tex-text}&#xA;        \setmainfont{Cambria}&#xA;    \usepackage[math-style=TeX]{unicode-math}&#xA;        \setmathfont{Cambria Math}&#xA;\fi&#xA;\begin{document}%&#xA;    \[&#xA;        p_{\perp}&#xA;        ,\qquad&#xA;        \vec{A} \perp \vec{B}&#xA;    \]&#xA;    \[&#xA;        p_{\bot}&#xA;        ,\qquad&#xA;        \vec{A} \bot \vec{B}&#xA;    \]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The missing character is reported in the log file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Missing character: There is no вџ‚ in font Cambria Math/ICU:script=math;languag&#xA;e=DFLT;+ssty=0;!&#xA;Missing character: There is no вџ‚ in font Cambria Math/ICU:script=math;languag&#xA;e=DFLT;!&#xA; [1]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This same file can be conditionally compiled with both &lt;code&gt;xelatex&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; just to check that standard fonts use same glyph to print both &lt;code&gt;\bot&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\perp&lt;/code&gt;. So, I guess that error may reside in the &lt;code&gt;unicode-math&lt;/code&gt; package. Could somebody check is this guess correct? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would also appreciate any advice how to redefine the &lt;code&gt;\perp&lt;/code&gt; command to make it working for a while before the problem will be corrected by the font/package developers. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3831" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T20:52:42.087" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T20:52:42.087" Title="XeLaTeX: lost \perp in Cambria math ?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;unicode-math&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12878" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13941" CreationDate="2011-03-07T17:24:24.273" Score="4" ViewCount="104" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I use the &lt;code&gt;backgroundcolor&lt;/code&gt; option in &lt;code&gt;lstset&lt;/code&gt;, all I get is a colored line above the listing:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\lstset{%&#xA;    language=Matlab,&#xA;    backgroundcolor=\color{blue}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and in the document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\L{\inputencoding{cp1255}&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle={\footnotesize\ttfamily}]&#xA;&amp;gt;&amp;gt; x(6)&#xA;ans =&#xA; 9&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;\inputencoding{utf8x}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and the result:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/FwBt0.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I fix this issue?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using LyX and therefore I'm not sure which lines of code are crucial here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT:&lt;/strong&gt; Here's a complete example source as generated by LyX, edited down to make a MWE (the output is the same image as above):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[hebrew]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[cp1255]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\usepackage{color}&#xA;&#xA;\lstset{%&#xA;    language=Matlab,&#xA;    backgroundcolor=\color{blue}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\L{&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle={\footnotesize\ttfamily}]&#xA;&amp;gt;&amp;gt; x(6)&#xA;ans =&#xA;     9&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T23:32:02.807" LastActivityDate="2011-03-20T20:14:34.207" Title="`backgroundcolor` in `lstset` does not work" Tags="&lt;listings&gt;&lt;lyx&gt;&lt;hebrew&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12879" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12873" CreationDate="2011-03-07T17:30:10.047" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;the commands are definied and used with another syntax, for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\autocite[ prenote ][ postnote ]{ key }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You have to redefinie this one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T17:30:10.047" />
  <row Id="12880" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12873" CreationDate="2011-03-07T17:33:05.490" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you define a macro like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\autocite(#1)(#2)(#3){}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;it &lt;strong&gt;must&lt;/strong&gt; be followed by &lt;code&gt;(&lt;/code&gt; etc. They are not optional. This technique works in the linked answer because there the parentheses are not optional.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to replace these macros you need to define them with the same optional and mandatory arguments. The &lt;code&gt;\autocites&lt;/code&gt; macro seems to have a lot of possible optional arguments! You can use the &lt;code&gt;xparse&lt;/code&gt; package to easily define such a macro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T19:25:12.240" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T19:25:12.240" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="12881" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12902" CreationDate="2011-03-07T17:35:57.887" Score="2" ViewCount="109" Body="&lt;p&gt;Very neat that I can use any available Truetype font on my Windows machien with MikTex and &lt;strong&gt;XeTeX&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%!TEX TS-program = xelatex&#xA;%!TEX encoding = UTF-8 Unicode&#xA;\documentclass[]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{xltxtra,fontspec,xunicode}&#xA;\defaultfontfeatures{Scale=MatchLowercase}&#xA;\title{Fonttest}   &#xA;\begin{document} &#xA;  \section{Section Title} {&#xA;    \setromanfont{Palatino Linotype}&#xA;      The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog.&#xA;  }&#xA;  \section{Section Title} {&#xA;    \setromanfont{ProggyCleanTTSZBP}&#xA;      The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog.&#xA;  }&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Is there a way to automatically generate a fotn test page for every available font?&lt;/strong&gt; So that I do not have to type a test page for every available font by hand?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Actually, I do not even know how to get to the &lt;em&gt;Long Font Name&lt;/em&gt; required for &lt;code&gt;\setromanfont&lt;/code&gt; -- short of typing it from the screen. The Windows directory only lists the file names, obviously. Maybe this can be done in TeX itself, but I could manage it with a Python script or such like.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4039" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T22:56:33.057" Title="How to get a list of all available (TTF-) Fonts with XeTeX?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;miktex&gt;&lt;windows&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12882" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12871" CreationDate="2011-03-07T17:48:45.663" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/tabularx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;tabularx&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; environment that you are using to typeset the table is evaluating the table contents three times before setting it once.  This is probably to help it do its calculations.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can avoid this issue by using a &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; environment instead:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{invoice}{%&#xA;    \ignorespaces&#xA;    \small&#xA;    \tabular{|p{0.5\textwidth}|r|c|r|}&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    \firstth{Designation} &amp;amp; Unit Price. &amp;amp; Qty. &amp;amp; Amount\\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;}%&#xA;{%&#xA;    \endtabular%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Not quite as pretty as &lt;code&gt;tabularx&lt;/code&gt; but gets the job done.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want &lt;code&gt;tabularx&lt;/code&gt; and don't mind repeating the calculations, just make sure you initialize:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{invoice}{%&#xA;    \ignorespaces&#xA;    \small&#xA;    \tabularx{\textwidth}{|X|r|c|r|}&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    \firstth{Designation} &amp;amp; Unit Price. &amp;amp; Qty. &amp;amp; Amount\\&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    \def\TotalHT{0}&#xA;    \global\let\TotalHT\TotalHT&#xA;}%&#xA;{%&#xA;    \endtabularx%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Yet another way might be to store the order in a list data structure and total it separately from setting the table.  But I suspect this is more trouble than it's worth.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T17:54:09.587" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T17:54:09.587" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12883" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-07T17:52:37.313" Score="1" ViewCount="47" Body="&lt;p&gt;Following up on &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/12729/gedit-missing-link-texlive&quot;&gt;gedit [] TexLive&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;latexmk myfile.tex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;delivers this answer:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Latexmk: Could not find file [myfile.tex]&#xA;&#xA;Run number 1 of latex [myfile.tex]&#xA;&#xA;This is pdfTexk, Version 3.141592-1.40.3 (Web2C 7.5.6) &#xA;&#xA; %&amp;amp;-line parsing enabled.&#xA;&#xA;entering extended mode&#xA;&#xA;! I can't find file 'myfile.tex'&#xA;&#xA;&amp;lt;*&amp;gt; myfile.tex   &#xA;&#xA;Please type another input file name:&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I renamed the file but still it could not be found.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;does a &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; file have to be in a specific place in order to be found by &lt;code&gt;latexmk&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3992" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T18:05:20.110" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T21:27:07.567" Title="How does latexmk find the file it should compile?" Tags="&lt;latexmk&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="12884" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12871" CreationDate="2011-03-07T17:55:49.147" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As Mathew said as well the &lt;code&gt;tabularx&lt;/code&gt; is the culprit. I also did some minor changes&#xA;to the way you used the &lt;code&gt;fp&lt;/code&gt; package. Below code works.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[frenchb]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8x]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\usepackage[nomessages]{fp}&#xA;\gdef\TotalHT{0}&#xA;\newcommand{\product}[3]{%&#xA;  #1  &amp;amp;#2   &amp;amp;#3  &amp;amp;\FPmul\temp{#2}{#3}\FPround\temp{\temp}{2}\temp &#xA;%% Totalize&#xA;\FPadd\total{\TotalHT}{\temp}&#xA;\FPround\total{\total}{2}&#xA;\global\let\TotalHT\total&#xA;\\ }&#xA;\newcommand{\totalttc}{&#xA;   \TotalHT  }&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{lrrr}&#xA;    \product{product One}{1000.00}{1}&#xA;    \product{product Two}{2000}{1}&#xA;    \product{product Three}{3000.00}{1}&#xA;    \product{Product Four}{5000.00}{1}&#xA;    \product{Product Four}{5000.00}{1}&#xA;    &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp; Total \totalttc&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T18:08:31.003" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T18:08:31.003" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="12885" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12855" CreationDate="2011-03-07T17:55:49.537" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Disclaimer: &lt;em&gt;do not use this answer: the &quot;bigfoot&quot; answer above is (probably) &lt;strong&gt;much&lt;/strong&gt; better.&lt;/em&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My idea is to make &lt;code&gt;#&lt;/code&gt; active document-wide, and let it to a macro parameter character, so that it can still be used in definitions (e.g. in the definition of &lt;code&gt;\href&lt;/code&gt;). In the troublesome parts, we can disable the &lt;code&gt;#&lt;/code&gt;: simply &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt; it to be equal to &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt;, in other words, to do nothing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The only reason why we cannot make &lt;code&gt;#&lt;/code&gt; active before loading &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; is that this package itself makes &lt;code&gt;#&lt;/code&gt; active, and for some reason that I did not track down, &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; is not happy with it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\let \macro@parameter@character #&#xA;\catcode`\#=13&#xA;\let #\macro@parameter@character&#xA;\let\href@old\href&#xA;\renewcommand{\href}[2]{\footnote{\let##\relax\href@old{#1}{#2}}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Hello\href{http://www.google.com/#sclient=psy&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;site=&amp;amp;source=hp&amp;amp;q=numbers&amp;amp;aq=f&amp;amp;aqi=&amp;amp;aql=&amp;amp;oq=&amp;amp;pbx=1&amp;amp;fp=d5033c56880e0199}{c} world.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T17:55:49.537" />
  <row Id="12886" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12827" CreationDate="2011-03-07T18:23:17.240" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;here is a comment repeated from &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3799&quot;&gt; question 3799&lt;/a&gt; which asked about putting &quot;boxes&quot; (or other symbols) at the ends of&#xA;either text lines or displayed equations. although the direct relevance is to amsthm, the&#xA;approach should be workable in other contexts as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;it was not originally recognized that &quot;boxes&quot; would be wanted at the end of anything other than proofs, but over the past year there have been numerous requests for this facility. a wholesale upgrade of this feature, including adding the ability to mark non-proofs, is on our to-do list. in the meantime, see &lt;a href=&quot;http://ams.org/faq?faq_id=212&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;“Theorems in AMS-LaTeX”&lt;/a&gt; in the ams author faq. it contains a link to an example file that demonstrates various tactics that can be used with amsthm to get different symbols and put them in different locations. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="579" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-08T14:17:54.197" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T14:17:54.197" />
  <row Id="12887" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12889" CreationDate="2011-03-07T18:32:07.323" Score="5" ViewCount="126" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was reading trought the answer to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/12821/using-a-font-for-selected-text/12823#12823&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt; question. In the answer, the code makes use of the &lt;code&gt;\fontfamily&lt;/code&gt;command. This command takes one argument: the shorthand name of a font. E.g. in the question mentioned above the &lt;code&gt;chancery&lt;/code&gt; font is called &lt;code&gt;pzc&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It got me wondering if there is a list available that sums up all these shorthands?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/allfonts.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Tex Font Catalogue&lt;/a&gt; sums up the packages that change fonts, but this only document wide and doesn't show the shorthands. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3127" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T20:26:18.587" Title="Is there a list available for all TeX fonts?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="12888" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12873" CreationDate="2011-03-07T19:07:05.813" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quite frankly, I didn't know how to do the macro thing. So here is what I came up with instead. I redefined &lt;code&gt;\autocite&lt;/code&gt; just like Martin suggested, using the &lt;code&gt;xparse&lt;/code&gt; package. Thanks for the pointer! Then, using the &lt;code&gt;\DeclareMultiCiteCommand&lt;/code&gt; that is built into BibLatex, I mapped &lt;code&gt;\autocites&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\autocite&lt;/code&gt;. Here is the code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{xparse}&#xA;\DeclareDocumentCommand\autocite{oom}{}&#xA;\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\footcites}[\autocite]{\relax}{}&#xA;\let\pno\relax&#xA;\let\psqq\relax&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that the &lt;code&gt;\footcites&lt;/code&gt; would need to be replaced by whatever you use for citations. So now I can switch citations/footnotes on and off.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3981" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T21:02:25.663" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T21:02:25.663" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12889" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12887" CreationDate="2011-03-07T19:09:41.717" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Such shortcuts are mainly useful for you if you have the font installed. Such lists are on your system. If you use pdfTeX, take a look into &lt;code&gt;pdftex.map&lt;/code&gt;. You could find it by&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;kpsewhich pdftex.map&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;at the command prompt, or use any search feature of your system. It shows the font mappings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are ways you could get concrete information you need. I would list all installed fonts by&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;updmap-sys --listmaps&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On my system ist lists nearly 200 lines of font maps, such as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Map fourier.map&#xA;Map kpfonts.map&#xA;Map libertine.map&#xA;Map lm.map&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;so I know which fonts are installed. I posted this earlier &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2305/what-fonts-are-installed-on-my-box/2308#2308&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To see the respective shortcuts, I would look into those files. Since I can find them using &lt;code&gt;kpsewhich&lt;/code&gt;, I type&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;gedit `kpsewhich kpfonts.map`&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;using gedit or any other editor. So I find the shortcuts inside: &lt;code&gt;jkpmnc&lt;/code&gt; etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Often I take the quick way and look into the &lt;code&gt;sty&lt;/code&gt; file to hopefully find the correct shortcut. Again, I use &lt;code&gt;kpsewhich&lt;/code&gt; like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;gedit `kpsewhich aurical.sty`&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Remark, for an explanation and an outlook: &lt;code&gt;kpsewhich&lt;/code&gt; works also on Windows. &lt;code&gt;gedit&lt;/code&gt; is a GNOME editor, mainly used on Linux, such as Debian and Ubuntu. The backticks in the command lines evaluate the command and give the output to &lt;code&gt;gedit&lt;/code&gt;. Because of command line features, piping, grepping, replacing with regexp and many more I like to use TeX on Linux. Here, I look for font names on my complete system, filtering for Charter fonts, cutting the output a bit by &lt;code&gt;sed&lt;/code&gt;, the stream editor:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;updmap-sys --listmaps | sed 's/^.* \(.*\)$/\1/' | xargs kpsewhich | \&#xA;  xargs grep -i charter | sed 's/^.*:\(.*\)&amp;lt;.*$/\1/' | sed 's/&amp;lt;.*$//'&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which returns:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;bchb8y CharterBT-Bold &quot;TeXnANSIEncoding ReEncodeFont&quot; &#xA;bchbo8y  CharterBT-Bold &quot;0.194 SlantFont TeXnANSIEncoding ReEncodeFont&quot; &#xA;bchbi8y CharterBT-BoldItalic &quot;TeXnANSIEncoding ReEncodeFont&quot; &#xA;bchr8y CharterBT-Roman &quot;TeXnANSIEncoding ReEncodeFont&quot; &#xA;bchro8y  CharterBT-Roman &quot;0.194 SlantFont TeXnANSIEncoding ReEncodeFont&quot; &#xA;bchri8y CharterBT-Italic &quot;TeXnANSIEncoding ReEncodeFont&quot; &#xA;bchrc8a CharterBT-SmallCap &#xA;bchbc8a CharterBT-BoldSmallCap &#xA;bchr8v VnBitstreamCharter &quot; T5Encoding ReEncodeFont &quot; &#xA;bchri8v VnCharterBT-Italic &quot; T5Encoding ReEncodeFont &quot; &#xA;bchro8v VnBitstreamCharter &quot; 0.194 SlantFont T5Encoding ReEncodeFont &quot; &#xA;bchb8v VnCharterBT-Bold &quot; T5Encoding ReEncodeFont &quot; &#xA;bchbi8v VnCharterBT-BoldItalic &quot; T5Encoding ReEncodeFont &quot; &#xA;bchbo8v VnCharterBT-Bold &quot; 0.194 SlantFont T5Encoding ReEncodeFont &quot; &#xA;bchb8r CharterBT-Bold &quot; TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont &quot; &#xA;bchbi8r CharterBT-BoldItalic &quot; TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont &quot; &#xA;bchbo8r CharterBT-Bold &quot; .167 SlantFont TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont &quot; &#xA;bchr8r CharterBT-Roman &quot; TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont &quot; &#xA;bchri8r CharterBT-Italic &quot; TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont &quot; &#xA;bchro8r CharterBT-Roman &quot; .167 SlantFont TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont &quot; &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If there would be a list on the internet, I guess it could be found by using a search engine and typing in 5 or more already known shorthands all together.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T20:26:18.587" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T20:26:18.587" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12890" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12721" CreationDate="2011-03-07T19:10:35.047" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ok, it seems that you mean the so called &lt;em&gt;verbatim&lt;/em&gt; mode as &quot;does not eval the argument&quot;. This is done in TeX by changing the &lt;em&gt;category codes&lt;/em&gt;, short &lt;em&gt;catcodes&lt;/em&gt;, of the special characters. This is done using &lt;code&gt;\catcode&amp;lt;ASCII number of character&amp;gt;=&amp;lt;catcode&amp;gt;&amp;lt;space or \relax&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;. The ASCII number of a character can be received by &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;character&amp;gt;`` or&lt;/code&gt;\``. Note that once TeX has read a character its catcode is fixed, so the changes must be made beforehand and should only be local!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The normal way to do is (1) change the catcodes in a group (2) call a second macro which reads the argument and closes the group (3) process the argument and read further arguments if required.&#xA;LaTeX helps here a little and provides &lt;code&gt;\dospecials&lt;/code&gt; which holds all special characters preceded with &lt;code&gt;\do&lt;/code&gt;, e.g. &lt;code&gt;\do\\\do\%\do\&amp;amp; ...&lt;/code&gt;, so you only have to define &lt;code&gt;\do&lt;/code&gt; to a macro which changes the catcode of these characters to something neutral, which is catcode 12 &quot;other&quot;. The &lt;code&gt;\@makeother&lt;/code&gt; macro does this for you! However, in this case the &lt;code&gt;{&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;}&lt;/code&gt; must be changed back to there original catcodes 1 and 2 in order to be able to read the argument.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;&#xA;\def\hreffootnote{%&#xA;    %\unskip&#xA;    \begingroup&#xA;    \let\do\@makeother&#xA;    \dospecials&#xA;    \catcode`\{=1\relax&#xA;    \catcode`\}=2\relax&#xA;    \href@footnote&#xA;}&#xA;\def\href@footnote#1{%&#xA;    \endgroup&#xA;    \href@@footnote{#1}%&#xA;}&#xA;\let\realhref\href&#xA;\def\href@@footnote#1#2{%&#xA;    \footnote{\realhref{#1}{#2}}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Text\hreffootnote{http://foobar.com/~test/%^&amp;amp;*$_##/test}{there} after&#xA;&#xA;Text \href{http://foobar.com/~test/%^&amp;amp;*$_##/test}{there} after&#xA;&#xA;\let\href\hreffootnote&#xA;Text \href{http://foobar.com/~test/%^&amp;amp;*$_##/test}{there} after&#xA;&#xA;Hello\href{http://www.google.com/#sclient=psy&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;site=&amp;amp;source=hp&amp;amp;q=numbers&amp;amp;aq=f&amp;amp;aqi=&amp;amp;aql=&amp;amp;oq=&amp;amp;pbx=1&amp;amp;fp=d5033c56880e0199}{b} world.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T19:10:35.047" />
  <row Id="12891" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12894" CreationDate="2011-03-07T19:44:03.523" Score="5" ViewCount="111" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to build a macro with an &lt;em&gt;optional&lt;/em&gt; parameter enclosed in round brackets &lt;code&gt;()&lt;/code&gt; rather than square brackets, where one can say for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\mymacro(){}{}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\mymacro{}{}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3956" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T19:48:10.233" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T19:56:08.313" Title="Defining a macro in LaTeX with an optional parameter in round brackets" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;programming&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="12892" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12891" CreationDate="2011-03-07T19:50:47.393" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A simple &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/xpackages&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;xparse&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;-based solution:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{xparse}&#xA;\NewDocumentCommand\mymacro{d()mm}{%&#xA;  \IfNoValueTF{#1}&#xA;    {}% Case where #1 is not given&#xA;    {}% Case where #1 is given&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or if you want an empty &lt;code&gt;#1&lt;/code&gt; when it is not present:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{xparse}&#xA;\NewDocumentCommand\mymacro{D(){}mm}{%&#xA;  % Code here&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(This works as &lt;code&gt;d&lt;/code&gt;/&lt;code&gt;D&lt;/code&gt; indicate an optional argument which is &lt;em&gt;delimited&lt;/em&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T19:50:47.393" />
  <row Id="12893" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12891" CreationDate="2011-03-07T19:55:18.453" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\mymacro{\@ifnextchar(\mymacro@i\mymacro@ii}&#xA;\def\mymacro@i(#1)#2#3{%&#xA;  #1:#2:#3}% the definition &#xA;\def\mymacro@ii#1#2{%&#xA;  #1:#2}% the definition &#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\mymacro(foo){bar}{baz} -- \mymacro{BAR}{BAZ} &#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T19:55:18.453" />
  <row Id="12894" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12891" CreationDate="2011-03-07T19:56:08.313" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A more traditional solution!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To build a command with any optional parameter, as you find in many of LaTeX's commands, you will need two things:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(a) a macro with delimited parameters&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(b) a way to grab the first non-space token that follows the command&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first part is fairly easy using delimited argument macros, for example we can say&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \def\test(#1)#2#3{#1, #2, #3}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;We can then call this macro as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \test(a){b}{c}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;resulting in &lt;code&gt;a,b,c&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To define the &lt;code&gt;()&lt;/code&gt; as an optional parameter, we effectively need to define the macro as a conditional a sort of a &quot;yes-no&quot; switch. If TeX finds the &quot;(&quot; bracket the &quot;yes-code&quot; will be called and if it finds only the normal arguments the &quot;no-code&quot; will be executed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For this we can use the &lt;code&gt;\@ifnextchar&lt;/code&gt; macro from the LaTeX kernel.&#xA;You can say &lt;code&gt;\@ifnextchar{char}{yes-code}{no-code}&lt;/code&gt; to test for &lt;code&gt;(&lt;/code&gt;. The result then will depend on the token that follows. If this token is the same as the first argument, then the &quot;yes-code&quot; is executed, otherwise the &quot;no-code&quot; is executed. The first argument should be a single token (for instance a character). Spaces are ignored. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for example we can redefine the LaTeX code for &lt;code&gt;rule&lt;/code&gt; to accept an optional parameter in round brackets, rather than the traditional square brackets.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\Rule{\@ifnextchar(\@Rule%&#xA;        {\@Rule(\z@)}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and the full example would look like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\def\Rule{\@ifnextchar(\@Rule%&#xA;        {\@Rule(\z@)}}&#xA;\def\@Rule(#1)#2#3{%&#xA; \leavevmode&#xA; \hbox{%&#xA; \setlength\@tempdima{#1}%&#xA; \setlength\@tempdimb{#2}%&#xA; \setlength\@tempdimc{#3}%&#xA; \advance\@tempdimc\@tempdima&#xA; \vrule\@width\@tempdimb\@height\@tempdimc\@depth-\@tempdima}}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;A test \Rule(6.5pt){100pt}{1pt}&#xA;&#xA;Another test \Rule{100pt}{1pt}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T19:56:08.313" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12895" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12900" CreationDate="2011-03-07T20:07:57.917" Score="5" ViewCount="158" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to overlay a symbol with another?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to write an equal sign with a question mark overlayed (or the other way around).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note I don't want &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\stackrel{?}{=}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want the question mark to be right on top, to cross over the equal sign (which creates kind of a new sign).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this possible? How? Or is there a one character sign for this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4041" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T20:11:20.203" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T08:06:09.277" Title="Overlay symbol with another" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;overlays&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="12896" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12599" CreationDate="2011-03-07T20:23:21.273" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT:&lt;/strong&gt; added support for &lt;code&gt;\multicolumn&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This solution is more or less a LaTeX version of @morbusg's plain TeX answer. &lt;code&gt;\span&lt;/code&gt; forces the expansion of the next token when TeX reads the preamble. &lt;code&gt;\@gobbletwo&lt;/code&gt; removes the tokens forming the normal preamble which is inserted by &lt;code&gt;{tabular}&lt;/code&gt;: this way, we move the &lt;code&gt;#&lt;/code&gt; (i.e. body of the cell) to the middle of what &lt;code&gt;&amp;gt;{...}&lt;/code&gt; inserts, rather than after it. More explanations after the code. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\KWP@safe@newline{%&#xA;  \iffalse{\fi&#xA;  \let\KWP@old@newline\\%&#xA;  \let\\\cr&#xA;  \iffalse}\fi&#xA;}&#xA;\def\KWP@restore@newline{\iffalse{\fi\let\\\KWP@old@newline\iffalse}\fi}&#xA;&#xA;\newcolumntype{\arg}[1]{%&#xA;  &amp;gt;{\KWP@safe@newline&#xA;    #1{\ignorespaces \@sharp\unskip}%&#xA;    \KWP@restore@newline&#xA;    \span\@gobbletwo}%&#xA;  c}&#xA;&#xA;\newcolumntype{\argmulti}[1]{%&#xA;  &amp;gt;{\KWP@safe@newline&#xA;    #1{\ignorespaces \@sharp\unskip}%&#xA;    \KWP@restore@newline&#xA;    \@gobbletwo}%&#xA;  c}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;First test.&#xA;\begin{tabular}{c\arg{\textbf}}&#xA;    abc &amp;amp; bcd \\&#xA;    cde &amp;amp; def \\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\bigskip&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\mymacro}[1]{#1: $(#1)^{#1}$}%&#xA;Second test.&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|\arg{\mymacro}|c|}&#xA;    abc &amp;amp; bcd \\&#xA;    cdefgh &amp;amp; A\\&#xA;    \multicolumn{2}{|c|}{ABC}\\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\bigskip&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|c|c|}&#xA;    abc &amp;amp; bcd \\&#xA;    cdefgh &amp;amp; A\\&#xA;    \multicolumn{2}{|\argmulti{\mymacro}|}{ABC}\\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To give an idea of what's going on, let's look at the preamble constructed in the case of the column specification &lt;code&gt;\arg{\textbf}&lt;/code&gt;. The &quot;new&quot; part is between &lt;code&gt;\KWP@safe@newline&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\@gobbletwo&lt;/code&gt; three lines below. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\KWP@safe@newline&lt;/code&gt; saves &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt;, and lets it to &lt;code&gt;\cr&lt;/code&gt;. Otherwise, the macro, looking for an argument, would grab everything until the end of the cell, &lt;em&gt;without expanding&lt;/em&gt;, and would not see the &lt;code&gt;\cr&lt;/code&gt; hidden in the definition of &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt;. We'll restore the former definition with &lt;code&gt;\KWP@restore@newline&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\textbf{\ignorespaces \@sharp \unskip}&lt;/code&gt; is just our macro. &lt;code&gt;\ignorespaces&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\unskip&lt;/code&gt; remove spaces from the argument (a better way would trim spaces expandably and pass the argument to &lt;code&gt;\textbf&lt;/code&gt;), and &lt;code&gt;\@sharp&lt;/code&gt; is let to &lt;code&gt;#&lt;/code&gt;, which represents the body of the cell.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, &lt;code&gt;\span\@gobbletwo&lt;/code&gt; expands when the preamble is read (i.e., earlier than everything else here), and removes the &lt;code&gt;\@sharp&lt;/code&gt; (and &lt;code&gt;\ignorespaces&lt;/code&gt;, which I don't care about).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\@preamble -&amp;gt;\ialign \bgroup \unhcopy \@arstrutbox &#xA;\hskip \col@sep \hfil &#xA;\d@llarbegin &#xA;\KWP@safe@newline &#xA;\textbf {\ignorespaces \@sharp \unskip }%&#xA;\KWP@restore@newline &#xA;\span \@gobbletwo \ignorespaces \@sharp \unskip \relax &#xA;\d@llarend &#xA;\hfil \hskip \col@sep &#xA;\tabskip \z@ \cr &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Caveat: if the last column specifier is that &lt;code&gt;\arg&lt;/code&gt;, then the last line of the tabular &lt;em&gt;must&lt;/em&gt; be terminated with &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; (or &lt;code&gt;\cr&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\crcr&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastEditorUserId="2707" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-28T16:26:49.103" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T16:26:49.103" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="12897" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12877" CreationDate="2011-03-07T20:26:53.920" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The character in question is U+27C2, which doesn't exist in Cambria Math. In this case you should use &lt;code&gt;\mathrel\bot&lt;/code&gt; instead (the &lt;code&gt;\mathrel&lt;/code&gt; is necessary to get the spacing right).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As a long-term solution we should implement fall-back characters in &lt;code&gt;unicode-math&lt;/code&gt;. U+27C2 is intended for the perpendicular relation as indicated by Unicode; MathML, on the other hand, suggests to use U+22A5 for that purpose. Currently &lt;code&gt;\perp&lt;/code&gt; is hard-wired to map to U+27C2, and &lt;code&gt;\bot&lt;/code&gt; maps to U+22A5. The correct solution would be to have &lt;code&gt;\perp&lt;/code&gt; map to U+22A5 if U+27C2 is not available. I'll add that to the issue tracker, but I have no time to look after it during the next couple of weeks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T20:26:53.920" />
  <row Id="12898" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-07T20:46:26.837" Score="2" ViewCount="34" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using the powerdot class to make my first presentation in LaTeX (LyX). I have a figure whose caption contains a lot of text. Currently the text rolls off the slide. I can manually change the font size, but I'd like powerdot to shrink the text to fit. I have seen that beamer has a similar option.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I'd appreciate if someone tagged this with 'powerdot'.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1362" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T20:50:57.190" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T20:50:57.190" Title="Powerdot shrink text in figure caption" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;captions&gt;&lt;lyx&gt;&lt;presentations&gt;&lt;powerdot&gt;" />
  <row Id="12899" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12895" CreationDate="2011-03-07T21:03:36.243" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's a solution using the mathtools package and some adjustments to align the &lt;code&gt;?&lt;/code&gt; sign at the center of &lt;code&gt;=&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{mathtools}&#xA;&#xA;\newlength\foolength&#xA;\newcommand{\foo}{\settowidth{\foolength}{=}%&#xA;  \mathrel{\mathrlap{=}\mathmakebox[\foolength][c]{?}}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;$a \foo b$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There might be better ways to do it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Note&lt;/em&gt;: this will not work in subscripts or superscripts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3104" LastEditorUserId="3104" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-10T08:06:09.277" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T08:06:09.277" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="12900" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12895" CreationDate="2011-03-07T21:04:44.603" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can overlay the symbols the following way: Box the wider one and let the other one lap over it (using &lt;code&gt;\rlap&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\llap&lt;/code&gt;). The correct centering is achieved by placing the second character into a box with the equal width but using &lt;code&gt;\hss&lt;/code&gt; to center it. The correct size for the different math modes can be adjusted using &lt;code&gt;\mathchoice&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\def\qeq{\mathrel{%&#xA;    \mathchoice{\QEQ}{\QEQ}{\scriptsize\QEQ}{\tiny\QEQ}%&#xA;}}&#xA;\def\QEQ{{%&#xA;    \setbox0\hbox{=}%&#xA;    \rlap{\hbox to \wd0{\hss?\hss}}\box0&#xA;}}&#xA;&#xA;\textwidth=2cm&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;$ A \qeq B $&#xA;&#xA;$ A = B $&#xA;&#xA;\[ A \qeq B \]&#xA;\[ A = B \]&#xA;&#xA;$ S_{ A \qeq B } $&#xA;&#xA;$ S_{ A = B } $&#xA;&#xA;$ S_{S_{ A \qeq B }} $&#xA;&#xA;$ S_{S_{ A = B }} $&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Result&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/d03Zo.png&quot; alt=&quot;Result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T21:04:44.603" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="12901" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12905" CreationDate="2011-03-07T21:05:43.187" Score="6" ViewCount="100" Body="&lt;p&gt;The TeX primitive &lt;code&gt;\halign&lt;/code&gt;, on which every tabular etc. is built, allows repeated preambles. The easiest explanation of what it is comes by looking at the output of the code below. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\newcolumntype{\repeat}{&amp;lt;{\span\doublenextamp}}&#xA;\def\doublenextamp#1&amp;amp;{#1&amp;amp;&amp;amp;}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;First test.&#xA;\begin{tabular}{c\repeat lr}&#xA;    a   &amp;amp; b   &amp;amp; d     &amp;amp;e   &amp;amp; f     &amp;amp; apsdoi \\&#xA;    cde &amp;amp; def &amp;amp; erasd &amp;amp;arp &amp;amp; sefoi &amp;amp; wp     &#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This saves a lot of typing, and, for automatically generated tables, a lot of counting-myself-the-number-of-columns.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I could only manage to make it work in LaTeX when the repetition starts from the second column or more, not to repeat the whole preamble. That is because LaTeX (or rather the &lt;code&gt;array&lt;/code&gt; package?) inserts a lot of stuff before anything that the user could put, but TeX wants the extra &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; (which marks the repetition) to come first.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Two questions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Is there a packaged solution ?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Is there a custom solution with a clean user interface ?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T22:48:20.853" Title="Repeating preamble in LaTeX tabular" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="12902" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12881" CreationDate="2011-03-07T21:12:31.803" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Running &lt;code&gt;fc-list&lt;/code&gt; utility, e.g. &lt;code&gt;fc-list : family&lt;/code&gt; should do (you might need to post process the output for fonts that have localized names), but I'm not sure if texlive ships that part of FontConfig (it does not on Linux, but it is part of system tools anyway). You can also use &lt;code&gt;fc-list -f &quot;%{family}\n&quot;&lt;/code&gt; for more customisable output. Check &lt;code&gt;fc-list&lt;/code&gt; manual (very terse though, FontConfig's user guide can be a bit helpful as well).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastEditorUserId="729" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T22:56:33.057" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T22:56:33.057" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12903" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12901" CreationDate="2011-03-07T21:16:53.353" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This doesn't exactly answer your question, but it might be helpful to others who have more modest needs, so I'm including it here. You can use the &lt;code&gt;*n{c}&lt;/code&gt; to get &lt;em&gt;n&lt;/em&gt; columns of type &lt;code&gt;c&lt;/code&gt;. You can use &lt;code&gt;*n{lr}&lt;/code&gt; to get &lt;em&gt;n&lt;/em&gt; &lt;code&gt;lr&lt;/code&gt; columns.  With the &lt;code&gt;array&lt;/code&gt; package, you can do this with any defined column type:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;&#xA;\newcolumntype{L}{lr}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{*3{L}}&#xA;    a   &amp;amp; b   &amp;amp; d     &amp;amp;e   &amp;amp; f     &amp;amp; apsdoi \\&#xA;    cde &amp;amp; def &amp;amp; erasd &amp;amp;arp &amp;amp; sefoi &amp;amp; wp    &#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course this doesn't dynamically allocate columns, but depending on how the auto-generated tables are created, you may know in advance the number of columns that need to be repeated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T22:48:20.853" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T22:48:20.853" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12904" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12883" CreationDate="2011-03-07T21:27:07.567" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Make sure you are running this command in the same directory as &lt;code&gt;myfile.tex&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T21:27:07.567" />
  <row Id="12905" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12901" CreationDate="2011-03-07T21:59:05.330" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's a solution that works by modifying the internals of the &lt;code&gt;array&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand*\repeatall{%&#xA;        \def\@arstrut{&amp;amp;\unhbox\@arstrutbox}%&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand*\repeatnone{%&#xA;        \def\@arstrut{\unhbox\@arstrutbox}%&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\repeatall&#xA;\begin{tabular}{l}&#xA;a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;c\\&#xA;d&amp;amp;e&amp;amp;f\\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Maybe it'd be better to make that into an environment instead of switches.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{repeattabular}{%&#xA;        \repeatall&#xA;        \tabular&#xA;}{%&#xA;        \endtabular&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T21:59:05.330" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="12906" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12908" CreationDate="2011-03-07T22:05:19.200" Score="6" ViewCount="73" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am having problems printing an equation. I have the following definitions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrreprt}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{mathspec}&#xA;\defaultfontfeatures{Mapping=tex-text,BoldFeatures={Weight=2}}&#xA;&#xA;\setmathfont[&#xA;    Scale=0.95,&#xA;    Extension=.otf,&#xA;    UprightFont= *-regular,&#xA;    BoldFont=*-bold,&#xA;    ItalicFont=*-italic,&#xA;    BoldItalicFont=*-bolditalic,&#xA;]{texgyrethermes}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{unicode-math}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;    \begin{equation} &#xA;        \label{constraint:inference} &#xA;        D \models C \iff V(D) \models \top \Longrightarrow V(C) \models \top &#xA;    \end{equation}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is the putput that I am getting:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/iFLH2.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2042" LastEditorUserId="2042" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-07T22:21:12.573" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T03:46:25.863" Title="Math symbols not being printed." Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;unicode-math&gt;&lt;mathspec&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12907" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11754" CreationDate="2011-03-07T22:10:42.810" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;By default, Sweave stretches graphics to 80% of the text width; you can turn this off globally and have the pictures always be their original size by using the &lt;code&gt;nogin&lt;/code&gt; option:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[nogin]{article}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2823" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T22:10:42.810" />
  <row Id="12908" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12906" CreationDate="2011-03-07T22:15:30.037" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Remove the &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{unicode-math}&lt;/code&gt; command.  This package is only for use with specific unicode math fonts (of which there are only about three: Cambria Math, Asana Math and xits).  So you should stick with &lt;code&gt;mathspec&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T22:15:30.037" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="12909" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12866" CreationDate="2011-03-07T23:20:24.970" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I believe Scientific Workplace may help you with this. I haven't looked at it for a few years though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4044" LastActivityDate="2011-03-07T23:20:24.970" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12910" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12914" CreationDate="2011-03-08T03:30:07.220" Score="4" ViewCount="75" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;(From the notation used in course notes for Stanford CS229 available online.)&lt;/em&gt; I'm trying to typeset the following matrices made up of row or column vectors: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/SP5Cp.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any ideas?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2352" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-08T04:13:57.290" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T06:46:48.547" Title="How do I typeset vertical and horizontal lines inside a matrix?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;matrices&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12913" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-08T03:49:33.687" Score="9" ViewCount="129" Body="&lt;p&gt;Suppose I have a series of theorems that I would like displayed as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Jim's Theorem. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Bob's Theorem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Will's Theorem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;rather than as “Theorem (Jim).”, “Theorem (Bob).”, and “Theorem (Will)”.  If I have a lot of these, it becomes tedious having to always go back to the preamble to define a new theorem environment.  So I'm curious whether there may be some way to define a new theorem environment that accepts the theorem title as an argument.  Ideally, I would like something which I can enter, for example, as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{namedtheorem}{Jim's Theorem}&#xA;...&#xA;\end{namedtheorem}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and which produces&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Jim's Theorem. ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can achieve a pretty similar effect by defining a separate new environment, but I cannot get the spacing before and after it to match up with the normal spacing that precedes and follows a theorem environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks for any suggestions you may have.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4047" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-08T04:08:15.597" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T16:27:40.523" Title="Customizing theorem name" Tags="&lt;environments&gt;&lt;theorems&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12914" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12910" CreationDate="2011-03-08T04:09:58.933" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use rules to create the vertical and horizontal bars and then just put them into your array directy.    &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\newcommand*{\vertbar}{\rule[1ex]{0.5pt}{2.5ex}}&#xA;\newcommand*{\horzbar}{\rule[.5ex]{2.5ex}{0.5pt}}&#xA;&#xA;\[&#xA;A = &#xA;\left[&#xA;  \begin{array}{cccc}&#xA;    \vertbar &amp;amp; \vertbar &amp;amp; &amp;amp; \vertbar\\&#xA;    a_{1} &amp;amp; a_{2} &amp;amp; \ldots &amp;amp; a_{n} \\&#xA;    \vertbar &amp;amp; \vertbar &amp;amp; &amp;amp; \vertbar &#xA;  \end{array}&#xA;\right]&#xA;\]&#xA;\setlength{\extrarowheight}{1ex}&#xA;\[&#xA;A =&#xA;\left[&#xA;  \begin{array}{ccc}&#xA;    \horzbar &amp;amp; a^{T}_{1} &amp;amp; \horzbar\\&#xA;    \horzbar &amp;amp; a^{T}_{2} &amp;amp; \horzbar\\&#xA;    &amp;amp; \vdots &amp;amp; \\&#xA;    \horzbar &amp;amp; a^{T}_{n} &amp;amp; \horzbar&#xA;  \end{array}&#xA;\right]&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Bqcwp.png&quot; alt=&quot;result of code&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-08T04:24:08.447" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T04:24:08.447" />
  <row Id="12915" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12917" CreationDate="2011-03-08T04:19:17.237" Score="2" ViewCount="86" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's something mystifying: I've been trying to use a for loop to create several copies of essentially the same picture stacked vertically on top of one another. But when I use &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathresult&lt;/code&gt; in the &lt;code&gt;yshift&lt;/code&gt; value, it puts all copies of the picture in the same spot - essentially it acts as if &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathresult&lt;/code&gt; evaluates to 0 regardless of what the actual result of the computation is. It's probably best illustrated by this MWE:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \foreach \i in {1,...,4} {&#xA;      \pgfmathparse{2*\i}&#xA;      \begin{scope}[yshift=\pgfmathresult cm]&#xA;        \fill (0,0) circle(3pt);&#xA;      \end{scope}&#xA;    }&#xA;  \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The weird thing is that if I change &lt;code&gt;yshift&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;xshift&lt;/code&gt;, the copies of the picture are spread out horizontally as I would expect. Is there some reason for this behavior, or is it a bug?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="125" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-08T04:24:28.593" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T09:27:19.097" Title="Is there a reason \pgfmathresult doesn't work as a yshift value?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="12916" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12915" CreationDate="2011-03-08T04:36:13.097" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I find that using &lt;code&gt;shift={(x,y)}]&lt;/code&gt;is less prone to unwanted effects (I don't know why this is). In your case, you should write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \foreach \i in {1,...,4} {&#xA;      \pgfmathparse{2*\i}&#xA;      \begin{scope}[shift={(0,\pgfmathresult)}]&#xA;        \fill (0,0) circle(3pt);&#xA;      \end{scope}&#xA;    }&#xA;  \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The result is then exactly what you are looking for :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/SC4q0.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3708" LastEditorUserId="3708" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-08T04:42:14.230" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T04:42:14.230" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12917" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12915" CreationDate="2011-03-08T04:46:28.713" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The better solution is :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \foreach \i in {1,...,4} {&#xA;        \draw[yshift=2*\i cm,fill] (0,0) circle(3pt);&#xA;    }&#xA;  \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but      &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's always a good way to stock the &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathresult&lt;/code&gt; in a personal macro or to use &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathsetmacro&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \foreach \i in {1,...,4} {&#xA;      %\pgfmathparse{2*\i}&#xA;      \pgfmathsetmacro{\myshift}{2*\i} &#xA;      \begin{scope}[yshift=\myshift cm]&#xA;        \fill (0,0) circle(3pt);&#xA;      \end{scope}&#xA;    }&#xA;  \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;now with &lt;code&gt;75*(\i - 1)&lt;/code&gt;, Caramdir's remark is fine, we can use &lt;code&gt;75*(\i - 1)*1pt&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}    &#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \foreach \i in {1,...,4} {&#xA;        \draw[yshift=75*(\i - 1)* 1 pt,fill] (0,0) circle(3pt);&#xA;    }&#xA;  \end{tikzpicture}      &#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastEditorUserId="3144" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-08T06:16:04.220" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T06:16:04.220" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12918" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12922" CreationDate="2011-03-08T05:02:19.603" Score="3" ViewCount="98" Body="&lt;p&gt;The title pretty much says it all: It is possible to add arbitrary vertical space after the title of the TOC or bibliography page within the report document class?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1785" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-08T07:10:26.093" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T12:25:26.057" Title="Vertical space after title in bibliography/TOC" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="12919" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12913" CreationDate="2011-03-08T05:38:56.370" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;How about this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsthm}&#xA;\newcommand{\namedthm}[2]{\theoremstyle{plain}&#xA;   \newtheorem*{thm#1}{#1's Theorem}\begin{thm#1}#2\end{thm#1}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\namedthm{Jim}{Hello.  My name is Jim.}&#xA;&#xA;\namedthm{Bob}{Hello.  My name is not Jim.}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One disadvantage is that it's a command, not an environment, and so you have to give the statement of the theorem as the second argument.  But it's defined in terms of the &lt;code&gt;\newtheorem&lt;/code&gt; command, so it should be typeset consistently with other theorems.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="262" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T05:38:56.370" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12920" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12918" CreationDate="2011-03-08T06:01:32.820" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The TOC and References use &lt;code&gt;\chapter*&lt;/code&gt; in the &lt;code&gt;report&lt;/code&gt; class. You can use the &lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt; package to format &lt;code&gt;\chapter*&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\section*&lt;/code&gt; headings (see lockstep's answer) or you could simply modify the code from the class itself:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Add the following to your preamble, and adjust the spacing as you need:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\@makeschapterhead#1{%&#xA;  \vspace*{50\p@}% space before the title&#xA;  {\parindent \z@ \raggedright&#xA;    \normalfont&#xA;    \interlinepenalty\@M&#xA;    \Huge \bfseries  #1\par\nobreak&#xA;    \vskip 40\p@ % space after the title&#xA;  }}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-08T12:25:26.057" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T12:25:26.057" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12921" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12910" CreationDate="2011-03-08T06:46:48.547" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\[&#xA;A = &#xA;\left[&#xA;  \begin{array}{cccc}&#xA;    \vrule &amp;amp; \vrule &amp;amp; &amp;amp; \vrule\\&#xA;    a_{1} &amp;amp; a_{2} &amp;amp; \ldots &amp;amp; a_{n} \\&#xA;    \vrule &amp;amp; \vrule &amp;amp; &amp;amp; \vrule &#xA;  \end{array}&#xA;\right]&#xA;\]&#xA;\setlength{\extrarowheight}{1ex}&#xA;\[&#xA;A =&#xA;\left[&#xA;  \begin{tabular}{c&amp;gt;{$}c&amp;lt;{$}c}&#xA;    --- &amp;amp; a^{T}_{1} &amp;amp; ---\\&#xA;    --- &amp;amp; a^{T}_{2} &amp;amp; ---\\&#xA;    &amp;amp; \vdots &amp;amp; \\&#xA;    --- &amp;amp; a^{T}_{n} &amp;amp; ---&#xA;  \end{tabular}&#xA;\right]&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/3J1Y2.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T06:46:48.547" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12922" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12918" CreationDate="2011-03-08T07:07:49.277" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It &lt;em&gt;is&lt;/em&gt; possible with &lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt; to specify different formatting for numbered and unnumbered versions of sectioning commands: Use the &lt;code&gt;numberless&lt;/code&gt; key within the first argument of &lt;code&gt;\titleformat&lt;/code&gt; and/or &lt;code&gt;\titlespacing&lt;/code&gt;. See p. 9 of the &lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt; manual for details. (Note: For &lt;code&gt;\titlespacing&lt;/code&gt; to work with &lt;code&gt;\chapter&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\part&lt;/code&gt;, you have to use &lt;code&gt;\titleformat&lt;/code&gt; as well.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{report}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{titlesec}&#xA;\titleformat{\chapter}[display]&#xA;    {\normalfont\huge\bfseries}{\chaptertitlename~\thechapter}{20pt}{\Huge}&#xA;\titlespacing*{\chapter}{0pt}{50pt}{40pt}&#xA;\titlespacing*{name=\chapter,numberless}{0pt}{200pt}{40pt}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{foo}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{thebibliography}{9}&#xA;\bibitem{1} A bibitem.&#xA;\end{thebibliography}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T07:07:49.277" />
  <row Id="12923" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-08T07:33:04.107" Score="1" ViewCount="75" Body="&lt;p&gt;I downloaded the self extracting proTeXt.exe file from &lt;a href=&quot;http://ftp.sun.ac.za/ftp/CTAN/systems/windows/protext/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://ftp.sun.ac.za/ftp/CTAN/systems/windows/protext/&lt;/a&gt; which finished after quite a while in Windows Vista. It went on well until almost the end of extracting and I got this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;**Error encountered while performing the operation  &#xA;Look at the information window for more details** &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Details on the information window was as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Extracting MiKTeX/tm/packages/ltxbase.tar.lzma  &#xA;MiKTeX/tm/packages/ltxbase.tar.lzma  &#xA;The archive is either in unknown format or damaged  &#xA;The archive is either in unknown format or damaged  &#xA;The archive is either in unknown format or damaged  &#xA;...  &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The version of proTeXt downloaded is 2.2.4 and seems it was downloading MiKTeX 2.9. I also ran the file as an administrator and still got the same error.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4048" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-08T17:20:05.280" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T17:20:05.280" Title="Problem with running proTeXt.exe file in Windows Vista" Tags="&lt;miktex&gt;&lt;protext&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12924" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12895" CreationDate="2011-03-08T07:42:43.957" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could also use the Plain macro &lt;code&gt;\ooalign&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$\mathrel{\ooalign{\hss?\hss\cr=}}$\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T07:42:43.957" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12926" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12913" CreationDate="2011-03-08T09:40:45.683" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'ld recommend taking a look at the various documents related to math typesetting available here: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org.in/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://tug.org.in/&lt;/a&gt; and in particular, the LaTeX primer document downloadable from &lt;a href=&quot;http://sarovar.org/projects/ltxprimer/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://sarovar.org/projects/ltxprimer/&lt;/a&gt; The chapter on math typesetting in the latter discusses in detail how to do various kinds of customization of theorem names, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3920" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T09:40:45.683" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12927" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12931" CreationDate="2011-03-08T10:01:33.267" Score="4" ViewCount="91" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've been using Hendrik Vogt's answer to my earlier question &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/9333/redefine-underscore-to-produce-roman-subscript&quot;&gt;Redefine underscore to produce roman subscript&lt;/a&gt;, in which he explained how to make the underscore character active and assign a macro to it so that it can be redefined to produce roman type in subscripts:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\catcode`_=\active&#xA;\newcommand_[1]{\ensuremath{\sb{\mathrm{#1}}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The solution works like a charm in maths and text environments, however I've run into trouble when I use it in 'literal' environments, such as file names or references, where making &lt;code&gt;_&lt;/code&gt; active breaks things.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Question:&lt;/strong&gt; How can I make the underscore produce roman subscript, yet still function as a normal character in file names, labels, references and the like? I only need the subscript function in maths environments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;MWE:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\catcode`_=\active&#xA;\newcommand_[1]{\ensuremath{\sb{\mathrm{#1}}}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;$D_H$&#xA;\label{sec_a} % This causes a &quot;! Missing \endcsname inserted.&quot; error&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T22:04:54.147" Title="Redefine underscore to produce roman subscript without breaking file names" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;subscripts&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="12928" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12666" CreationDate="2011-03-08T10:09:03.257" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;And today I have found out another way to make LaTeX understand Tajik language. I achieved that using two packages: &lt;strong&gt;inputenc&lt;/strong&gt; with &lt;em&gt;utf8&lt;/em&gt; option and &lt;strong&gt;fontenc&lt;/strong&gt; with &lt;em&gt;T2A&lt;/em&gt;(or &lt;em&gt;T2B&lt;/em&gt;, but not &lt;del&gt;T2C&lt;/del&gt;) option.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[T2A]{fontenc}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;LaTeX is really great!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3148" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T10:09:03.257" />
  <row Id="12929" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12927" CreationDate="2011-03-08T10:14:12.237" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You need not necessarily name labels like that (try &lt;code&gt;\label{sec:a}&lt;/code&gt;), and for filenames or other use cases force &lt;code&gt;_&lt;/code&gt; to be an ordinary character:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\input{file\string_name}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3104" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T10:14:12.237" />
  <row Id="12930" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12950" CreationDate="2011-03-08T10:14:13.267" Score="6" ViewCount="61" Body="&lt;p&gt;The manpage of &lt;code&gt;bibtex&lt;/code&gt; says that it can be used with both LaTeX and TeX. However, I did not find any resource how to do it and also no TeX book of mine explains it. Can someone provide a minimalistic example?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1690" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-08T10:23:53.697" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T12:35:03.107" Title="BibTeX with Plain TeX" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;plain-tex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="12931" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12927" CreationDate="2011-03-08T10:18:19.550" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you only need the &lt;code&gt;_&lt;/code&gt; in math, then &lt;code&gt;\mathcode&lt;/code&gt; does the trick. However, TeX seems to see the &lt;code&gt;\catcode&lt;/code&gt; before the &lt;code&gt;\mathcode&lt;/code&gt;, so I changed that, too:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\begingroup&#xA;  \catcode`\_=\active&#xA;  \gdef_#1{\ensuremath{\sb{\mathrm{#1}}}}&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;\mathcode`\_=\string&quot;8000&#xA;\catcode`\_=12&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;$D_H$&#xA;\label{sec_a} % This no longer causes a &quot;! Missing \endcsname inserted.&quot; error&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For simplicity I used &lt;code&gt;\gdef&lt;/code&gt; here; this can be avoided if you want to.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T10:18:19.550" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12932" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-08T10:21:41.997" Score="4" ViewCount="172" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to have a vector graphic with the font I'm using for my captions in my PDF file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I normally create my graphics in DIA and save them as &lt;code&gt;.eps&lt;/code&gt; files. In my &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; file I use following&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{ifpdf}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx, epstopdf}&#xA;\ifpdf&#xA;  \DeclareGraphicsExtensions{.pdf,.jpg,.png}&#xA;\else&#xA;  \DeclareGraphicsExtensions{.eps}&#xA;\fi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\includegraphics[width=\linewidth]{my_image.eps}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to include images (and auto generate PDF files).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using Windows 7 (64-bit), miktex 2.9 and pdflatex&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4053" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-08T10:38:52.860" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T12:47:17.163" Title="Replacing fonts in EPS/PDF files" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;vector&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12933" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12947" CreationDate="2011-03-08T10:21:50.480" Score="4" ViewCount="82" Body="&lt;p&gt;I found some odd behavior that I can't seem to get around. I'm writing a new version of a class file I did a while ago that is based on the memoir class. Now, the memoir class has two mutually exclusive options: oneside and twoside (twoside is the default). In my class, I want oneside to be the default. So the top of my class file is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1999/12/01]&#xA;\ProvidesClass{mythesis}[01/01/2011, v1.0, my own thesis class]&#xA;\RequirePackage{ifthen}&#xA;\RequirePackage{calc}&#xA;\AtEndOfClass{\RequirePackage{microtype}}&#xA;%&#xA;\newboolean{@myopti}&#xA;\setboolean{@myopti}{false}&#xA;\newboolean{@myoptii}&#xA;\setboolean{@myoptii}{false}&#xA;%&#xA;\DeclareOption{myopti}{\setboolean{@myopti}{true}}&#xA;\DeclareOption{myoptii}{\setboolean{@myoptii}{true}}&#xA;%&#xA;\DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{memoir}}&#xA;\LoadClass[12pt,final]{memoir}&#xA;\ExecuteOptions{myopti,oneside}&#xA;&#xA; % &amp;lt;remainder of class code&amp;gt;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which fails to make oneside the default. If, I change it to:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\LoadClass[12pt,final,oneside]{memoir}&#xA;\ExecuteOptions{myopti}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;then if, in the main file I do:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[twoside]{mythesis}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;it remains in oneside mode.  The only way I can get it to work is to put&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\LoadClass[12pt,final]{memoir}&#xA;\ExecuteOptions{myopti}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in the class file and then specify oneside if I want that (twoside is the default, remember, since I'm loading memoir).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I don't want to have the user need to specify oneside since I want:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{mythesis}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to be oneside.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't think this is a memoir problem, it's either a LaTeX2e problem, or an I-just-don't-know-the-right-way-to-do-it problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Gracias&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2003" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T11:40:30.597" Title="New options and loaded class options bug?" Tags="&lt;documentclass-writing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="12934" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12927" CreationDate="2011-03-08T10:31:25.327" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can test for mathmode using &lt;code&gt;\ifmmode&lt;/code&gt; like &lt;code&gt;\ensuremath&lt;/code&gt; is doing it.&#xA;This should then be done with two macros so that the &quot;normal underscore&quot; doesn't take an argument:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\catcode`_=\active&#xA;\newcommand{_}{\ifmmode\expandafter\sbrm\else\string_\fi}&#xA;\newcommand{\sbrm}[1]{\sb{\mathrm{#1}}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{\jobname_test.tex}&#xA;   Read input file test Test!&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\label{sec_a} % Works now&#xA;$D_H$&#xA;&#xA;\input{\jobname_test}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-08T22:04:54.147" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T22:04:54.147" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12935" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-08T10:32:38.030" Score="3" ViewCount="96" Body="&lt;p&gt;What other fonts are available to write in Cyrillic in LaTeX beside &lt;strong&gt;T2A&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;T2B&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;T2C&lt;/strong&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3148" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T22:42:04.103" Title="What fonts can I use for writing in Cyrillic in LaTeX" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;latex-general&gt;&lt;cyrillic&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12936" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12932" CreationDate="2011-03-08T10:42:14.250" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To do this you will need to edit the eps file, and TeX doesn't do that.  The only thing TeX does when it encounters &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics{my_file.eps}&lt;/code&gt; is read the file to determine what size box to reserve.  The graphic is inserted by a separate process. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Either use Dia to include the right fonts, or create the diagrams in TeX (for instance with &lt;a href=&quot;http://sourceforge.net/projects/pgf/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;TikZ&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/pstricks.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;PSTricks&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.  See also questions tagged &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/tikz-pgf&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'tikz-pgf'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;tikz-pgf&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/pstricks&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'pstricks'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;pstricks&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt; I forgot about &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/psfrag&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;psfrag&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/psfragx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;psfragx&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. It's a way to make substitutions in the eps file. It might do what you want though it may require you to retype all the text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-08T12:47:17.163" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T12:47:17.163" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12937" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12935" CreationDate="2011-03-08T10:45:54.487" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For multilingual typesetting it seems plausible to use modern TrueType or OpenType fonts, which often contain glyphs for many Unicode character ranges including Cyrillic. Some of the available fonts were made with TeX in mind or even using the original Knuth's Computer Modern as a basis. Some fonts are already included in TeX distributions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To load a TTF/OTF font, one needs the XeTeX or LuaTeX engines. A LaTeX interface is provided by the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/fontspec&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a list of some relevant fonts in no particular order:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/cm-unicode&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Computer Modern Unicode&lt;/a&gt; fonts contain many Cyrillic glyphs and are a good choice to substitute the default Computer Modern.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/tex-gyre&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX Gyre&lt;/a&gt; font collection offers various typefaces based on widely known fonts such as Palatino or Century Schoolbook and also Times, Helvetica and Courier.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/libertine&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Linux Libertine&lt;/a&gt; fonts are also commonly used.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;https://fedorahosted.org/liberation-fonts/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Liberation&lt;/a&gt; fonts are a free metric-compatible (meaning that the characters have same dimensions) alternatives to the Times New Roman, Arial and Courier New families.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;One can also use the Microsoft fonts directly. On non-Windows systems the &lt;a href=&quot;http://corefonts.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;corefonts&lt;/a&gt; pack might be useful (most likely already in your Linux distribution if you use one).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3104" LastEditorUserId="3104" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-11T22:42:04.103" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T22:42:04.103" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12938" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12913" CreationDate="2011-03-08T10:52:18.053" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Along the line of Hendrik's comment to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/12913/customizing-theorem-name/12919#12919&quot;&gt;John Palmieri's answer&lt;/a&gt; somewhere on this page (or maybe the previous or the next, if this question gets sufficiently many answers :) )&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsthm}&#xA;&#xA;\newcounter{nmdthmcnt}&#xA;\newenvironment{namedthm}[2][]{\addtocounter{nmdthmcnt}{1}%&#xA;    \theoremstyle{plain}\newtheorem*{nmdthm\roman{nmdthmcnt}}{#2's Theorem}%&#xA;    \begin{nmdthm\roman{nmdthmcnt}}[#1]}{\end{nmdthm\roman{nmdthmcnt}}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Test. This is&#xA;&#xA;\begin{namedthm}{Willie}&#xA;A theorem that I just proved recently&#xA;\end{namedthm}&#xA;&#xA;here's another&#xA;&#xA;\begin{namedthm}{Some big-shot dude}&#xA;A theorem that I am just borrowing&#xA;\end{namedthm}&#xA;&#xA;And my theorem again,&#xA;&#xA;\begin{namedthm}[version 2]{Willie}&#xA;Restatement of the theorem.&#xA;\end{namedthm}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I use a counter for each theorem environment, instead of just the &quot;name&quot; of the contributor, so that spaces and special characters in the name won't break the &lt;code&gt;\newtheorem&lt;/code&gt; command, and that I don't have to worry about name collisions. I also included compatibility with the optional argument for theorems, as you can see in the third example. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastEditorUserId="119" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-08T16:27:40.523" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T16:27:40.523" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="12939" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-08T10:52:43.360" Score="1" ViewCount="138" Body="&lt;p&gt;I never understood how &lt;code&gt;(pdf)latex&lt;/code&gt; determines the size of imported bitmaps, but many years ago I experimentally elaborated simple rule that allowed me to get same output by running  either &lt;code&gt;latex&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; compiler over same source. By this rule, natural height and width of a PNG graphics (number of pixels in height and width) should be indicated in optional argument of &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt; suffuxed with &lt;code&gt;bp&lt;/code&gt; units, e.g.,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\includegraphics[natwidth=162bp,natheight=227bp]{Aston.png}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Imported graphics can then be scaled to desired size by adding the &lt;code&gt;scale&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;width&lt;/code&gt; options. Most importantly is that that the result did not depend on the resolution of PNG graphics. That rule, however, appeared to not work with &lt;code&gt;xelatex&lt;/code&gt;.  Expected size (I mean the size of imported graphics produced by &lt;code&gt;latex&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt;) is obtained only if DPI is 72. Here is my test source:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;[natwidth=162bp, natheight=227bp, width=70bp]; DPI=72;\\&#xA;\fbox{\includegraphics[natwidth=162bp,natheight=227bp, width=70bp]{Aston.png}}&#xA;&#xA;\medskip&#xA;[natwidth=200bp, natheight=287bp, width=70bp]; DPI=120; DPI=96; DPI=72;\\&#xA;\fbox{\includegraphics[natwidth=200bp,natheight=287bp, width=70bp]{200px-Hans_Bethe.png}}&#xA;\fbox{\includegraphics[natwidth=200bp,natheight=287bp, width=70bp]{Bethe-DPI96.png}}&#xA;\fbox{\includegraphics[natwidth=200bp,natheight=287bp, width=70bp]{Bethe-DPI72.png}}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is output produced by xelatex:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/m7oDN.png&quot; alt=&quot;output of xelatex&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So. I am in doubts now what to do with appendix to my book? It contains more than a hundred of bitmaps.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3831" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-08T12:24:08.453" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T12:24:08.453" Title="PNG: importing it with latex | pdflatex | xelatex" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;scaling&gt;" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="12940" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-08T10:54:36.030" Score="7" ViewCount="356" Body="&lt;p&gt;This might be a proper question for community wiki.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can various text processor (like Word or Writer) table capabilities be achieved using LaTeX? For example, can I achieve:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;multicolumns and multirows (yes, with &lt;code&gt;multirow&lt;/code&gt; package)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/12940/latex-table-capabilities/13026#13026&quot;&gt;merge cells operation spanning multiple rows and columns&lt;/a&gt;, respecting borders. Illustrated with figure below:&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/7vA4A.png&quot; alt=&quot;Row and column spanning&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;equal column distribution (yes, with appropriate column types and manually inputting column widths, or &lt;code&gt;tabularx&lt;/code&gt; package)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;equal rows distribution (?)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/12940/latex-table-capabilities/12942#12942&quot;&gt;changing text direction&lt;/a&gt; (yes, does not depend on table enviroment?)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;cell/row shading (yes, with &lt;code&gt;colorx&lt;/code&gt; package)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/12940/latex-table-capabilities/13287#13287&quot;&gt;using borders and lines&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;setting borders of each cell individually (?)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/12940/latex-table-capabilities/13283#13283&quot;&gt;aligning cell contents inside a cell&lt;/a&gt; in all 9 directions (vertical, horizontal and centering)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;etc.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1688" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-12T16:25:47.770" LastActivityDate="2011-03-12T16:25:47.770" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-03-08T11:03:22.733" Title="LaTeX table capabilities" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;" AnswerCount="7" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="12941" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12932" CreationDate="2011-03-08T10:56:48.487" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Normally, it won't be possible to have the font changed if you create your diagram outside of TeX (not an issue for inline-generated diagrams using TikZ, for example).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That being said, you have a few options, in no particular order:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Check whether the font you use have an OTF version that you can install at the OS-level (for example, Computer Modern has &lt;a href=&quot;http://canopus.iacp.dvo.ru/~panov/cm-unicode/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;). Then, just pick that when you create your figure, and you are good to go.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Pros:&lt;/strong&gt; Minimal change in your current workflow.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Cons:&lt;/strong&gt; If your favourite font does not have OS-compatible version, this doesn't help at all.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Recreate your diagrams inline, using a package such as &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TikZ&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/PSTricks/main.cgi&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;PStricks&lt;/a&gt; (they should be easily installed as part of your TeX distribution).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Pros:&lt;/strong&gt; Your diagrams will be rendered perfectly and you'll have all the flexibility you need typesetting the text in them. In the long term, learning a diagramming package like these will serve you well later on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Cons:&lt;/strong&gt; The steeping curve learning can be quite steep, and for one-off diagrams it's not worth it.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Mixed approach: Create your diagrams in Inkscape, and export them as EPS+TeX, or PDF+TeX (see &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/svg-inkscape/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; for more information). Your diagram is created in the WYSIWYG interface (and Inkscape is pretty powerful vector graphics package), and on export a &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; file is created that you include in your document directly instead of doing &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt; on the EPS/PDF. The TeX file that is created bootstraps the inclusion of the graphics, and ensures that the text appears in the right place.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Pros:&lt;/strong&gt; Minimal disruption to your workflow, no dependence on what font you use in your document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Cons:&lt;/strong&gt; As of this writing, the exporting procedure is somewhat of a hit-and-miss. Your diagram might not appear exactly in the way you want it. Be sure to perform some tests to see whether this works for you.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="711" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T10:56:48.487" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="12942" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12940" CreationDate="2011-03-08T11:10:22.743" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;h1&gt;Changing text direction&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This can be done using the &lt;code&gt;\rotatebox&lt;/code&gt; macro of &lt;code&gt;graphicx&lt;/code&gt;.&#xA;The syntax is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\rotatebox[origin=&amp;lt;O&amp;gt;]{&amp;lt;angle in degree&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;Text&amp;gt;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The origin on which the text is rotated can be:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;code&gt;l&lt;/code&gt; (left),&#xA;  &lt;code&gt;r&lt;/code&gt; (right),&#xA;  &lt;code&gt;c&lt;/code&gt; (center)&#xA;and&#xA;  &lt;code&gt;t&lt;/code&gt; (top),&#xA;  &lt;code&gt;b&lt;/code&gt; (bottom),&#xA;  &lt;code&gt;B&lt;/code&gt; (baseline).  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example &lt;code&gt;rt&lt;/code&gt; is the right top corner. Default is &lt;code&gt;lB&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Example Code:&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[convert={png,density=150}]{standalone}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\usepackage{booktabs}&#xA;&#xA;% Draw tight framebox around cell text&#xA;\newcommand*{\x}[1]{{%&#xA;    \fboxsep=0pt&#xA;    \fboxrule=.1pt&#xA;    \fbox{\strut#1}%&#xA;}}&#xA;\let\x\empty&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{llllll}&#xA;  \toprule&#xA;    \rlap{\rule{35em}{.1pt}}% Marker only&#xA;    Normal &#xA;  &amp;amp;  \rotatebox{90}{90 up}origin&#xA;  &amp;amp;  \rotatebox{180}{Up side down, deep}&#xA;  &amp;amp;  \rotatebox{270}{270 down}&#xA;  &amp;amp;  \rotatebox{45}{45 degrees up}&#xA;  &amp;amp;  \rotatebox[origin=rB]{-45}{135 degrees up}&#xA;  \\\midrule&#xA;    \rlap{\rule{35em}{.1pt}}% Marker only&#xA;    Normal&#xA;  &amp;amp;  \rotatebox[origin=rB]{90}{90 down}&#xA;  &amp;amp;  \rotatebox[origin=c]{180}{Up side down, baseline}&#xA;  &amp;amp;  \rotatebox[origin=rB]{270}{270 up}&#xA;  &amp;amp;  \rotatebox{-45}{45 degrees down}&#xA;  &amp;amp;  \rotatebox[origin=rB]{45}{135 degrees down}&#xA;  \\\midrule&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Result:&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/0xOmA.png&quot; alt=&quot;Result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-08T12:40:22.167" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T12:40:22.167" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-03-08T11:10:22.743" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="12943" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12913" CreationDate="2011-03-08T11:13:40.370" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;code&gt;amsthm&lt;/code&gt;s customisable theoremstyles to do this.  The trick is just figuring out what arguments to pass!  By trial-and-error, I came up with the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{amsthm}&#xA;&#xA;\newtheorem*{theorem}{Theorem}&#xA;&#xA;\newtheoremstyle{named}{}{}{\itshape}{}{\bfseries}{.}{.5em}{\thmnote{#3's }#1}&#xA;\theoremstyle{named}&#xA;\newtheorem*{namedtheorem}{Theorem}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Now let us present that most famous of all theorems.&#xA;&#xA;\begin{theorem}[Fred]&#xA;All odd numbers are prime.&#xA;\end{theorem}&#xA;&#xA;If you don't believe that Fred was involved, you may prefer the following.&#xA;&#xA;\begin{theorem}&#xA;All odd numbers are prime.&#xA;\end{theorem}&#xA;&#xA;The proof of this is left as an exercise.&#xA;Of course, some may prefer to see this as follows.&#xA;&#xA;\begin{namedtheorem}[Fred]&#xA;All odd numbers are prime.&#xA;\end{namedtheorem}&#xA;&#xA;But still, we shan't bother with the proof here.&#xA;As we said, some people don't think that Fred had much to do with this.&#xA;&#xA;\begin{namedtheorem}&#xA;All odd numbers are prime.&#xA;\end{namedtheorem}&#xA;&#xA;Nonetheless, the proof remains trivial.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's the result.  Note that the first theorem is in the default style so it's the &lt;em&gt;second pair&lt;/em&gt; that you should be looking at.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/0H4Rb.png&quot; alt=&quot;named theorems&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(&lt;strong&gt;Added in edit:&lt;/strong&gt; I wasn't clear what &lt;code&gt;\thmnote&lt;/code&gt; was doing; a little further experimenting shows that if the optional argument &lt;em&gt;isn't&lt;/em&gt; given then &lt;code&gt;\thmnote&lt;/code&gt; swallows its argument whole so it can be used to change the behaviour depending on whether or not the argument is given.  This makes it look better if you do forget the Fred.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastEditorUserId="86" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-08T11:20:51.467" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T11:20:51.467" />
  <row Id="12944" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12913" CreationDate="2011-03-08T11:30:40.010" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;the ntheorem package is more flexible&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{memoir}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage[amsmath,thmmarks]{ntheorem}&#xA;% normal theorem&#xA;\theoremseparator{.}&#xA;\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}&#xA;% Now the optional argument takes over&#xA;\theoremstyle{empty}&#xA;\newtheorem{namedtheorem}{}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{theorem}&#xA; Some text&#xA;\end{theorem}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{namedtheorem}[Jim's Theorem.]&#xA;  Extra text&#xA;\end{namedtheorem}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3929" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T11:30:40.010" />
  <row Id="12945" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12932" CreationDate="2011-03-08T11:32:16.320" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Have a look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/psfrag/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;psfrag&lt;/a&gt; and related packages. With the &lt;code&gt;\psfrag&lt;/code&gt; command, you can replace text in an eps graphic with LaTeX text and equations. You have to replace each different piece of text individually, so it can be tedious if you have a lot of labels. Also, getting it to work with pdflatex is awkward (see &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/11839/using-psfrag-with-pdflatex&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt;), but you can always use LaTeX + dvips + ps2pdf instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2417" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T11:32:16.320" />
  <row Id="12946" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-08T10:23:40.570" Score="0" ViewCount="135" Body="&lt;p&gt;In LaTeX, when tables get very long one can use the longtable package. But what about org-mode latex export in Emacs? Is it possible to have org-mode split long tables?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4080" LastEditorUserId="4080" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-10T11:43:58.123" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T11:43:58.123" Title="How can I split long tables in Emacs org-mode latex export?" Tags="&lt;longtable&gt;&lt;emacs&gt;&lt;org-mode&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12947" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12933" CreationDate="2011-03-08T11:40:30.597" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In order to do this correctly you should create an if-switch or boolean which is modified by the &lt;code&gt;oneside&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;twoside&lt;/code&gt; options of &lt;em&gt;your&lt;/em&gt; package, which then pass the final option to &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt;. Note that you should process or execute your options &lt;em&gt;before&lt;/em&gt; loading another class or package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1999/12/01]&#xA;\ProvidesClass{mythesis}[01/01/2011, v1.0, my own thesis class]&#xA;\RequirePackage{ifthen}&#xA;\RequirePackage{calc}&#xA;\AtEndOfClass{\RequirePackage{microtype}}&#xA;%&#xA;\newboolean{@myopti}&#xA;\setboolean{@myopti}{false}&#xA;\newboolean{@myoptii}&#xA;\setboolean{@myoptii}{false}&#xA;\newboolean{@myopt@oneside}&#xA;\setboolean{@myopt@oneside}{true}&#xA;%&#xA;\DeclareOption{myopti}{\setboolean{@myopti}{true}}&#xA;\DeclareOption{myoptii}{\setboolean{@myoptii}{true}}&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareOption{oneside}{\setboolean{@myopt@oneside}{true}}&#xA;\DeclareOption{twoside}{\setboolean{@myopt@oneside}{false}}&#xA;%&#xA;\DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{memoir}}&#xA;\ExecuteOptions{myopti}&#xA;\ProcessOptions*&#xA;\ifthenelse{\boolean{@myopt@oneside}}&#xA;    {\PassOptionsToClass{oneside}{memoir}}&#xA;    {\PassOptionsToClass{twoside}{memoir}}&#xA;\LoadClass[12pt,final]{memoir}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T11:40:30.597" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12948" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12859" CreationDate="2011-03-08T11:55:53.000" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Building on the example in the comments to the question, here's a more complicated example that uses some computations to find the desired coordinates and then uses them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{intersections}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\draw[gray,thin] (-1,-1) grid (5,5);&#xA;\draw[ultra thick,-&amp;gt;] (-1,0)  -- (5.2,0);&#xA;\draw[ultra thick,-&amp;gt;] (0,-1) -- (0,5.2);&#xA;\clip (-1,-1) rectangle (5,5);&#xA;\foreach \m/\c/\col in {&#xA;  3/{(2,0)}/blue,&#xA;  2/{(1,1)}/red,&#xA;  -.25/{(0,4)}/green%&#xA;} {&#xA;  % Separate the coordinate \c into x and y components&#xA;  \fill[\col] \c circle (2pt);&#xA;  \pgfgetlastxy{\vx}{\vy}&#xA;  % Work out the y-height at one end of the line&#xA;  \pgfmathsetmacro{\ey}{\vy + \m*(5 cm -\vx)}&#xA;  % Work out the y-height at the other end of the line&#xA;  \pgfmathsetmacro{\by}{\vy - \m*(\vx+1 cm)}&#xA;  \draw[thick,\col] (-1,\by pt) -- (5,\ey pt);&#xA;}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/m2l3n.png&quot; alt=&quot;lines from slope and point&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T11:55:53.000" />
  <row Id="12949" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12843" CreationDate="2011-03-08T12:01:45.130" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just to explain Ulrike's Meta Font code a bit and where I think it comes from.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The Declare{Font,Symbol}* commands load the MetaFont files used to define the mathematical symbol.  So, for example, MnSymbolB corresponds to the file located at &lt;code&gt;/usr/share/texmf/fonts/source/public/MnSymbol/MnSymbolB.mf&lt;/code&gt; on my Fedora box.  It includes the file &lt;code&gt;Sym-Arrows.mf&lt;/code&gt;, in the same folder.  And defines the boolean value &lt;code&gt;negated&lt;/code&gt; to be true.  Looking at the &lt;code&gt;Sym-Arrows.mf&lt;/code&gt; file, we see that boolean used to determine whether the arrow is crossed out or not.  The final argument (call it n) is 1 in&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareMathSymbol{\nuparrow}{\mathrel}{MnSyB}{1}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is the first symbol defined in Sym-Arrows.mf.  It is a single arrow with angle alpha = 0 (pointing upward) which is crossed out (because &lt;code&gt;negated = true&lt;/code&gt;).  If n=2 then the angle would be 90, since that's the second element in the &lt;code&gt;for&lt;/code&gt; list.  This list continues between successive &lt;code&gt;for&lt;/code&gt;s.  So if I take n=9 then I get a double negated arrow pointing upward.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3825" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T12:01:45.130" />
  <row Id="12950" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12930" CreationDate="2011-03-08T12:35:03.107" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can look at the &lt;code&gt;btxmac.tex&lt;/code&gt; from &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/eplain/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Eplain&lt;/a&gt; (usually found in &lt;code&gt;texmf-dist/tex/eplain&lt;/code&gt;). It includes an example of use with plain TeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2580" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T12:35:03.107" />
  <row Id="12951" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12956" CreationDate="2011-03-08T13:18:15.957" Score="3" ViewCount="102" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to plot a function with pgfplots for LaTeX. Unfortunately, pgfplots plots the function incorrectly.  Here is the LaTeX code I use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}[H]&#xA;\centering&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \begin{axis}[xlabel=Gameplays,ylabel=Rating]&#xA;        \addplot+[gray,domain=1:30]&#xA;        {0.5 + 0.5 * ((atan(x) * 2 / pi)^11.79)};&#xA;    \end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\caption{Omzetten van aantal gameplays tot impliciete rating}&#xA;\label{fig:omzetten_impliciete_ratings}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is how the function should look like: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ilXR3.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is how it is plotted:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/9VQ5p.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anyone know what I do wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4057" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-08T13:47:53.950" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T14:14:40.207" Title="Incorrect plot using Pgfplots" Tags="&lt;pgfplots&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12952" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12852" CreationDate="2011-03-08T13:26:30.687" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd regard this as a bug in &lt;code&gt;csquotes&lt;/code&gt;. You can solve it by putting the following code into your preamble, but I can't say if this breaks other things.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\csq@qclose@ii#1{%&#xA;  \ifdim\lastkern=\csq@omitmarker&#xA;    #1\csq@eqgroup&#xA;  \else&#xA;    \csq@addkern@close&#xA;    \ifodd\csq@qlevel&#xA;      \csq@thequote@oclose&#xA;      \let\csq@kernchar@i\csq@thequote@oclose&#xA;    \else&#xA;      \csq@thequote@iclose&#xA;      \let\csq@kernchar@i\csq@thequote@iclose&#xA;    \fi&#xA;    %\csq@setmarker@close                 %%% Here's the change; line commented out&#xA;    \ifblank{#1}{}{\expandafter#1}%&#xA;    \expandafter\csq@eqgroup&#xA;      \expandafter\def&#xA;      \expandafter\csq@kernchar@i&#xA;      \expandafter{\csq@kernchar@i}%&#xA;    \expandafter\csq@fixkern&#xA;  \fi}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This works with the most recent version of &lt;code&gt;csquotes&lt;/code&gt;. As always, when you hack into the macros of a package, there's no guarantee that the above code works with past or future versions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-08T19:25:47.743" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T19:25:47.743" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="12953" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-08T13:03:13.117" Score="2" ViewCount="51" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/12951/incorrect-plot-using-pgfplots&quot;&gt;Incorrect plot using Pgfplots&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to plot a function with pgfplots for LaTeX. Unfortunately, pgfplots plots the function incorrectly.  Here is the LaTeX code I use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}[H]&#xA;\centering&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \begin{axis}[xlabel=Gameplays,ylabel=Rating]&#xA;        \addplot+[gray,domain=1:30]&#xA;        {0.5 + 0.5 * ((atan(x) * 2 / pi)^11.79)};&#xA;    \end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\caption{Omzetten van aantal gameplays tot impliciete rating}&#xA;\label{fig:omzetten_impliciete_ratings}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is how the function should look like: &lt;a href=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ilXR3.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://i.imgur.com/ilXR3.png&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is how it is plotted: &lt;a href=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/9VQ5p.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://i.imgur.com/9VQ5p.png&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anyone know what I do wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-08T14:15:27.170" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T14:15:27.170" ClosedDate="2011-03-08T13:49:01.187" Title="Incorrect plot with pgfplots and LaTeX" Tags="&lt;pgfplots&gt;" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12954" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12940" CreationDate="2011-03-08T13:37:25.573" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;While I can see that some features are easier to access in WYSIWYG DTP software than in LaTeX, some features are best avoided to achieve a professional table design. See the discussion on &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/12213/formatting-table/12217#12217&quot;&gt;table formatting&lt;/a&gt; where I provide a before-and-after example that highlights the problem of a Word-like layout. The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/booktabs/booktabs.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;booktabs&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; design is required reading for professional table layout in LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Things that I wish would be easier in LaTeX is table design simply based on background colors but without relying on lines. Any recommendations? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3083" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T13:37:25.573" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-03-08T13:37:25.573" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="12955" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12940" CreationDate="2011-03-08T13:37:45.610" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Look at the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/german/tabsatz/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Tabsatz&lt;/a&gt; documentation.  It is in German, but the Latex code is very clear&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1683" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T13:37:45.610" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-03-08T13:37:45.610" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12956" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12951" CreationDate="2011-03-08T14:00:21.550" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;TikZ uses degrees instead of radians (yes, yes, I know ...).  So you need to replace &lt;code&gt;pi&lt;/code&gt; by &lt;code&gt;180&lt;/code&gt; (or, as Jake suggests in the comments, replace &lt;code&gt;atan(x)&lt;/code&gt; by &lt;code&gt;rad(atan(x))&lt;/code&gt;; the &lt;code&gt;rad&lt;/code&gt; function converts degrees to radians).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplots}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \begin{axis}[xlabel=Gameplays,ylabel=Rating]&#xA;        \addplot+[gray,domain=1:30]&#xA;        {0.5 + 0.5 * ((atan(x) * 2 / 180)^11.79)};&#xA;    \end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This produces:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ZuvEF.png&quot; alt=&quot;PGFPlots with degrees&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which looks a lot more like what you want (the numbers on your graph are a little small for me so I compared with the output I get from gnuplot using your function and it looks right when compared with that).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastEditorUserId="86" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-08T14:14:40.207" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T14:14:40.207" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="12957" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12951" CreationDate="2011-03-08T14:00:34.920" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Only for information. This is not an answer but I try your function with tkz-fct (tkz-fct works with tikz and gnuplot).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;pgfplots is more complete and sophisticated package than tkz-fct.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{tkz-fct}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;        \tkzInit[xmin=0,xmax=30,,xstep=5,&#xA;                 ymin=0.4,ymax=1,ystep=0.1]&#xA;        \tkzAxeXY &#xA;        \tkzGrid&#xA;        \tkzFct[domain=1:30]{0.5 + 0.5 * ((atan(\x) * 2 / pi)**11.79) }&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;} &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/xe8BV.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T14:00:34.920" />
  <row Id="12958" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12940" CreationDate="2011-03-08T15:33:09.110" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/tabu.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Tabu&lt;/a&gt; package documentation. It introduces some new capacities to tabulars.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1952" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T15:33:09.110" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-03-08T15:33:09.110" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12959" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12960" CreationDate="2011-03-08T15:05:19.797" Score="0" ViewCount="97" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to make a matrix in LaTeX.&#xA;Now I am trying to make a table with multicolumn like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;a b c&#xA;d  у&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I coded&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{arydshln}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{multirow}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{align*}&#xA;&amp;amp; \hspace{0.3cm}\overbrace{\hphantom{\begin{array}{ccc}&#xA;a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;c&#xA;\end{array}}}\\&#xA;&amp;amp;\left[&#xA;\begin{array}{ccc}&#xA;a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;c\\&#xA;d&amp;amp;\multicolumn{2}{c}{$\phi$}\\&#xA;\end{array}&#xA;\right]&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I cannot make the multicolumn work &#xA;I've read several manuals like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://andrewjpage.com/index.php?/archives/43-Multirow-and-multicolumn-spanning-with-latex-tables.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://andrewjpage.com/index.php?/archives/43-Multirow-and-multicolumn-spanning-with-latex-tables.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://cosy.comli.com/wordpress1/2009/04/08/advanced-matrix-partitioning-latex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://cosy.comli.com/wordpress1/2009/04/08/advanced-matrix-partitioning-latex/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And some others, but it doesn't solve my problem. I am using texmaker and it error log gives some abstract errors like &quot;&lt;code&gt;missing $ inserted&lt;/code&gt;&quot;.&#xA;Thank you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4059" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-09T21:11:18.113" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T21:11:18.113" Title="Cannot make latex multicolumn work" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;tables&gt;&lt;arrays&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12960" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12959" CreationDate="2011-03-08T15:40:52.657" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You already are in math environment (&lt;code&gt;align*&lt;/code&gt;), so there's no need to escape &lt;code&gt;\phi&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;$ $&lt;/code&gt; -- and that's what is causing the error. Just remove them, and you should be good to go.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="711" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T15:40:52.657" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12961" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2681" CreationDate="2011-03-08T15:56:58.800" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There's also a convenient way to do it with Latin Modern:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{lmodern}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;&amp;lt;&amp;lt;Quoted text&amp;gt;&amp;gt;.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3104" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T15:56:58.800" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12962" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13118" CreationDate="2011-03-08T16:02:02.790" Score="2" ViewCount="86" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to create a plot using a non-standard plot-style that I don't see in the pgfplots manual. It would be nice if I could take advantage of the &lt;code&gt;\pgfplotstableread&lt;/code&gt; function and then somehow loop over the rows and columns of the table to create my custom plot with a tikz picture. I have been looking at the pgfplots and pgfplotstable manuals and I am having trouble seeing if there is a way to do this! Any help would be appreciated!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3982" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T04:47:40.337" Title="Accessing individual table elements with pgfplots?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;pgfplots&gt;&lt;pgfplotstables&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12963" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12964" CreationDate="2011-03-08T16:03:13.490" Score="14" ViewCount="231" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to typeset an equation that has overlapping over and under braces as per the image below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/DGtin.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have managed to typeset it using a sort of a hack, by typing the equation twice, once using &lt;code&gt;\phantom&lt;/code&gt; commands and then raising it. Is there an easier way, perhaps a macro? MWE for the image above is shown below.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\[a+b+\overbrace{c+d+e+f+g}^{x}+h+i+k+l=e^2\]&#xA;\vspace{-35pt}&#xA;\[\phantom{+b+c+d+}\underbrace{\phantom{e+f+g+h+i}}_{y}\phantom{+k+=e^2}\]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T17:19:15.803" Title="How to have overlapping under-braces and over-braces" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;brackets&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="12964" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12963" CreationDate="2011-03-08T16:26:21.447" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Herbert's &lt;em&gt;Mathmode&lt;/em&gt; 63.2 Overlapping braces, he uses a similar method with &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\hphantom&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\\[-11pt]&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think it is better to use LaTeX's &lt;code&gt;\ooalign&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[&#xA;\ooalign{&#xA;  $a+b+\overbrace{c+d+e+f+g}^{x}+h+i+k+l=e^2$\cr&#xA;  $\phantom{a+b+c+d+{}} {\underbrace{\phantom{e+f+g+h+i}}_{y}} $\cr&#xA;}&#xA;\]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note: &lt;code&gt;\ooalign&lt;/code&gt; is defined in LaTeX kernel, and is used in definition of some special text accents and math symbols. It is defined with primitive &lt;code&gt;\halign&lt;/code&gt;. Similar approach is widely used in LaTeX kernel to define overlapping symbols — like &lt;code&gt;\angle&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\cong&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\notin&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\overrightarrow&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\overbrace&lt;/code&gt;, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-08T16:43:42.343" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T16:43:42.343" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="12965" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-08T16:28:13.513" Score="3" ViewCount="129" Body="&lt;p&gt;Greetings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;John Cook provides a &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.johndcook.com/distribution_chart.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;clickable chart&lt;/a&gt; of probability distributions with different interconnections. Every node is linked to definition and every arrow is linked to a brief description of interconnection.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am interested in producing a PDF with analogous functionality.&#xA;I. e., I'd like to have a chart with arrows interlinked with various (text) definitions and descriptions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it possible with LaTeX/ConTeXt/whatever?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4058" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T23:45:52.460" Title="Producing a PDF with clickable chart" Tags="&lt;diagrams&gt;&lt;links&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="12966" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-08T16:37:25.477" Score="2" ViewCount="92" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using biblatex 1.2a and &lt;code&gt;\autocite&lt;/code&gt; because I don't know if the final format of the book will require inline or superscript citations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Seems the correct usage of &lt;code&gt;\autocite&lt;/code&gt; is preceding it by a space like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;my text~\autocite{Einstein1905}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This way both &lt;code&gt;autocite=inline&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;autocite=superscript&lt;/code&gt; position correctly the citation (no experiment done yet with the other &lt;code&gt;autocite&lt;/code&gt; formats). But I'm tired to enter all these small &lt;code&gt;~&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My question:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this the correct way to use &lt;code&gt;\autocite&lt;/code&gt;? Or is this a case to support an enhancement request for biblatex (to automatically generate the space for inline)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4060" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-11T22:08:00.013" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T22:08:00.013" Title="How to correctly position biblatex \autocite?" Tags="&lt;biblatex&gt;&lt;citing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12967" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12978" CreationDate="2011-03-08T16:37:58.577" Score="4" ViewCount="103" Body="&lt;p&gt;I’m trying to draw a chain, roughly like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/wAIwm.png&quot; alt=&quot;crooked chain&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The catch: I want to manually specify the vertical placement of node &lt;em&gt;C&lt;/em&gt;, but I still want to use TikZ’s default horizontal placement.  Currently, I can only work out how to have the placement of &lt;em&gt;C&lt;/em&gt; either completely automatic, or completely manual.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;MWE code for the above:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz} \usetikzlibrary{chains,positioning,scopes}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture} [start chain=going right,&#xA;                     every on chain/.style=join,&#xA;                     every join/.style=-&amp;gt;]&#xA;\node [on chain] {$A$};&#xA;\node [on chain] {$B$};&#xA;\node [on chain=going below right] {$C$};&#xA;\node [on chain] {$D$}; &#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I also want to do the same thing with vertical and horizontal interchanged, but I guess the same solution should probably do this as well.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1635" LastEditorUserId="1635" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-08T16:43:14.047" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T18:16:49.487" Title="TikZ chains etc: modify automatic node placement" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;positioning&gt;&lt;tikz-chains&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="12968" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12963" CreationDate="2011-03-08T16:40:02.913" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Looking at the definitions of the &lt;code&gt;\overbrace&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\underbrace&lt;/code&gt; macros reveals that the are using &lt;code&gt;\ialign&lt;/code&gt; which &lt;code&gt;\halign&lt;/code&gt; with a zero &lt;code&gt;\tabskip&lt;/code&gt; and empty &lt;code&gt;\everycr&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So the braces are on there own &quot;table rows&quot;. It is possible to define a macro which does take three arguments: the first part only under the overbrace, the middle part between both and the last part only over the underbrace. Then place this into a similar &lt;code&gt;\ialign&lt;/code&gt; structure with three cells and three rows. The braces are then put into the plainTeX equivalent of &lt;code&gt;\multicolumn{2}&lt;/code&gt; (&lt;code&gt;\span\omit&lt;/code&gt; as I understand it).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, the super- and subscript doesn't work as normal and must be read manual and placed at the correct positions. Getting them to the correct vertical position was the most difficult thing to get right.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\iffalse&#xA;% The definitions of the existing macros for study:&#xA;&#xA;\overbrace:&#xA;macro:#1-&amp;gt;\mathop {\vbox {\m@th \ialign {##\crcr &#xA;\noalign {\kern 3\p@ }\downbracefill \crcr \noalign {\kern 3\p@ \nointerlineskip }$\hfil \displaystyle {#1}\hfil $\crcr &#xA;}}}\limits &#xA;&#xA;\underbrace:&#xA;macro:#1-&amp;gt;\mathop {\vtop {\m@th \ialign {##\crcr &#xA;$\hfil \displaystyle {#1}\hfil $\crcr \noalign {\kern 3\p@ \nointerlineskip }\upbracefill \crcr \noalign {\kern 3\p@ }%&#xA;}}}\limits &#xA;&#xA;\fi&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\overunderbrace#1#2#3{%&#xA;    \begingroup&#xA;    \let\overunderbrace@sup\empty&#xA;    \let\overunderbrace@sub\empty&#xA;    \@ifnextchar^%&#xA;        {\@overunderbracesup{#1}{#2}{#3}}%&#xA;        {\@ifnextchar_%&#xA;            {\@overunderbracesub{#1}{#2}{#3}}%&#xA;            {\@overunderbrace{#1}{#2}{#3}}%&#xA;        }%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\@overunderbracesup#1#2#3^#4{%&#xA;    \def\overunderbrace@sup{#4}%&#xA;    \@ifnextchar_%&#xA;        {\@overunderbracesub{#1}{#2}{#3}}%&#xA;        {\@overunderbrace{#1}{#2}{#3}}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\@overunderbracesub#1#2#3_#4{%&#xA;    \def\overunderbrace@sub{#4}%&#xA;    \@ifnextchar^%&#xA;        {\@overunderbracesup{#1}{#2}{#3}}%&#xA;        {\@overunderbrace{#1}{#2}{#3}}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\@overunderbrace#1#2#3{%&#xA;\mathop {\vcenter {\m@th \ialign {##&amp;amp;##&amp;amp;##\crcr&#xA;    \noalign {\kern 3\p@}%&#xA;    \span\omit\hfil\hbox{\vbox to 0pt{\vss\hbox{\vbox{\hbox{$\m@th\scriptstyle\overunderbrace@sup$}\vspace{0pt}}}}}\hfil&#xA;    &amp;amp;%&#xA;    \crcr \noalign {\kern 5\p@\nointerlineskip}%&#xA;    \span\omit\downbracefill&amp;amp;%&#xA;    \crcr \noalign {\kern 3\p@\nointerlineskip}%&#xA;        $\hfil \displaystyle {#1}\hfil $&amp;amp;%&#xA;        $\hfil \displaystyle {#2}\hfil $&amp;amp;%&#xA;        $\hfil \displaystyle {#3}\hfil $%&#xA;    \crcr \noalign {\kern 3\p@\nointerlineskip}%&#xA;      &amp;amp; \span\omit  \upbracefill&#xA;    \crcr \noalign {\kern 5\p@\nointerlineskip}%&#xA;    &amp;amp;\span\omit\hfil\hbox{\vbox to 0pt{\hbox{\vbox{\vspace{0pt}\hbox{$\m@th\scriptstyle\overunderbrace@sub$}}}\vss}}\hfil&#xA;    \crcr \noalign {\kern 3\p@ }%&#xA;}}}%&#xA;    \endgroup&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;% The extra `\mathord{}` is used to get the spacing right, otherwise&#xA;% the +'s before f and h think they are signs not operators. &#xA;% This is content specific and can't be added to the \overunderbracemacro.&#xA;\[&#xA;a+b+\overunderbrace{c+d+\mathord{}}{e+f+g}{\mathord{}+h+i}^{x}_{y} =e^2&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Result&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/iLG1j.png&quot; alt=&quot;Result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-19T17:19:15.803" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T17:19:15.803" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12969" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12963" CreationDate="2011-03-08T16:45:22.207" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\[&#xA;  a+b+\rlap{$\overbrace{\phantom{c+d+e+f+g}}^x$}c+d&#xA;     +\underbrace{e+f+g+h+i}_y +k+l=e^2&#xA;\]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/5nTlC.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T16:45:22.207" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="12970" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12923" CreationDate="2011-03-08T16:57:41.410" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You might want to install a uncompress package like winrar? it could be that there is no default package for decompressing the archive files.&#xA;Alternatively there was a broken file during downloading. Did you verify the MD5 checksums?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4061" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T16:57:41.410" />
  <row Id="12971" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12966" CreationDate="2011-03-08T17:04:46.333" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to the example documents shipped with biblatex, the &quot;correct&quot; usage (or at least the one envisioned by the package author) is &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Some text \autocite{key}.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(See especially document &lt;code&gt;30-style-numeric&lt;/code&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I agree it is arguable that in-text-citations should be prepended by a non-breakable space for numeric styles not using superscripts. (However, non-breakable spaces would often produce bad line breaks for inline author-year-citations.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T17:04:46.333" />
  <row Id="12972" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-08T17:06:34.827" Score="0" ViewCount="79" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/10122/bordermatrix-with-blocks&quot;&gt;bordermatrix with blocks&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm attempting to copy the matrix on this page: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tiny.cc/ipliw&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://tiny.cc/ipliw&lt;/a&gt; with the labels outside the matrix. I can make the matrix (given below) but I don't know how to include the labels.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\left(\begin{array}{ccccccc|ccccc}&#xA;+0&amp;amp;+1&amp;amp;\cdots &amp;amp;+j&amp;amp;\cdots &amp;amp; +k &amp;amp; \cdots &amp;amp;+0'&amp;amp;+1'&amp;amp;\cdots &amp;amp; +j' &amp;amp; \cdots \\&#xA;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\\&#xA;\cdots &amp;amp;\cdots &amp;amp;\cdots &amp;amp; \varepsilon_{i j} k &amp;amp;\cdots &amp;amp; \varepsilon_{i k} A_{i k} &amp;amp;&#xA;\cdots &amp;amp; \cdots &amp;amp; \cdots &amp;amp; \cdots &amp;amp; \varepsilon'_{i j} k' &amp;amp; \cdots \\ &#xA;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\\ \hline&#xA;\alpha_0 0' &amp;amp; \alpha_1 1'&amp;amp; \cdots &amp;amp; \alpha_j j'&amp;amp; \cdots &amp;amp; \alpha_k k' &amp;amp; \cdots &amp;amp; &#xA;-\alpha_0 0 &amp;amp; -\alpha_1 1 &amp;amp; \cdots &amp;amp; -\alpha_j j &amp;amp; \cdots&#xA;\end{array}\right)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've tried using things like \bordermatrix but I struggle to include the blocks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can anyone help? Thanks in advance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4062" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T17:06:34.827" ClosedDate="2011-03-08T22:08:41.290" Title="Matrix with labels" Tags="&lt;labels&gt;&lt;matrices&gt;" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="12973" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12976" CreationDate="2011-03-08T17:21:29.617" Score="4" ViewCount="154" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not able to align the text left.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{positioning}&#xA;\newcommand{\altura}{.45cm}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[x=1cm, y=-\altura, node distance=0,outer sep=0,inner sep=0]&#xA;\tikzstyle{nome}=[draw, rectangle,anchor=west, minimum height=\altura,minimum width=9cm,fill=yellow!30]&#xA;&#xA;\node[nome,right] (p1) {text};&#xA;\node[nome,right] (p2) [below = of p1] {text text};&#xA;\node[nome,right] (p3) [below  = of p2] {text text text};&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The left or &lt;code&gt;anchor=west&lt;/code&gt; not work. I need the text align left.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1940" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-08T19:22:34.300" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T21:40:40.137" Title="Left alignment in TikZ" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;horizontal-alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="12974" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12975" CreationDate="2011-03-08T17:25:55.977" Score="2" ViewCount="64" Body="&lt;p&gt;Please look at the following minimal example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[all]{xy}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\(&#xA;\xymatrix{&#xA;\begin{pmatrix} 1 &amp;amp; 1\end{pmatrix}&#xA;}&#xA;\)&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The output I get is the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;[PDFLaTeX] test.tex =&amp;gt; test.pdf (pdflatex)&#xA;[PDFLaTeX] finished with exit status 1&#xA;./test.tex:0:No file test.aux.&#xA;./test.tex:7:Extra }, or forgotten \endgroup. }&#xA;./test.tex:7:Missing \endgroup inserted. }&#xA;./test.tex:7:Missing } inserted. }&#xA;./test.tex:7:\begin{document} ended by \end{pmatrix}. }&#xA;./test.tex:7:Missing } inserted. }&#xA;./test.tex:7:Missing $ inserted. }&#xA;./test.tex:7:Missing } inserted. }&#xA;./test.tex:7:Missing } inserted. }&#xA;./test.tex:7:Missing } inserted. }&#xA;./test.tex:7:Missing } inserted. }&#xA;./test.tex:7:Missing \cr inserted. }&#xA;./test.tex:7:Misplaced \cr. }&#xA;./test.tex:7:Missing \cr inserted. }&#xA;./test.tex:7:Misplaced \cr. }&#xA;./test.tex:7:Missing \cr inserted. }&#xA;./test.tex:7:Misplaced \cr. }&#xA;./test.tex:7:Missing \cr inserted. }&#xA;./test.tex:7:Misplaced \cr. }&#xA;./test.tex:7:Missing \cr inserted. }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It goes on like that &quot;for ever&quot;. What's the problem here? Does xymatrix not work well with pmatrix?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="494" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T22:18:24.697" Title="Weird error with xymatrix and pmatrix." Tags="&lt;errors&gt;&lt;matrices&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="12975" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12974" CreationDate="2011-03-08T17:34:27.403" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;use it this way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[all]{xy}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\xymatrix{ {\begin{pmatrix} 1 &amp;amp; 1\end{pmatrix}} }&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T17:34:27.403" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="12976" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12973" CreationDate="2011-03-08T17:38:36.710" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could add an option specifying the text width. It's automatically left justified then:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\tikzstyle{nome}=[draw, rectangle,anchor=west, minimum height=\altura,&#xA;  minimum width=9cm,fill=yellow!30,text width=8.8cm]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/knSoQ.png&quot; alt=&quot;left aligned text in nodes&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T17:38:36.710" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12977" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12973" CreationDate="2011-03-08T17:38:43.917" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One option would be to use boxes:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{positioning}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{patterns}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\altura}{.45cm}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[x=1cm, y=-\altura, node distance=0,outer sep=0,inner sep=0]&#xA;\tikzstyle{nome}=[draw, rectangle, minimum height=\altura,fill=yellow!30,minimum width=9cm]&#xA;&#xA;\node[nome] (p1) {\parbox{9cm}{text}};&#xA;\node[nome] (p2) [below = of p1] {\parbox{9cm}{text text}};&#xA;\node[nome] (p3) [below  = of p2] {\parbox{9cm}{text text text}};&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T17:38:43.917" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12978" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12967" CreationDate="2011-03-08T18:16:49.487" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can adjust the vertical position by adding a &lt;code&gt;yshift=&amp;lt;distance&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; key (the horizontal position is adjusted using &lt;code&gt;xshift&lt;/code&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz} \usetikzlibrary{chains,positioning,scopes}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture} [start chain=going right,&#xA;                     every on chain/.style=join,&#xA;                     every join/.style=-&amp;gt;]&#xA;\node [on chain] {$A$};&#xA;\node [on chain] {$B$};&#xA;\node [on chain,yshift=-0.5cm] {$C$};&#xA;\node [on chain,yshift=1cm] {$D$}; &#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/6kwse.png&quot; alt=&quot;chain with manual vertical positioning&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T18:16:49.487" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12979" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12989" CreationDate="2011-03-08T18:40:04.807" Score="1" ViewCount="93" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to create some kind of feature matrix with available classes in columns and implemented features as rows. Problem is, that the class names are quite long.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Rotating them by 90° simply looked quite silly, so am looking for alternate ideas.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The only idea I had so far was to write the heading text horizontally with a arrow (or similar) matching the &quot;heading row&quot; with a column. But frankly I have no idea how to do something like this in latex.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An minimal example of my naive approach looks like this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tabularx}&#xA;&#xA;% I am actually using a custom theme&#xA;% The space ``wasted'' is similar for PaloAlto though&#xA;\usetheme{PaloAlto}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\frame&#xA;{&#xA;  \frametitle{Comparision of boost implemented graph classes}&#xA;  \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{X c c c}&#xA;    %&#xA;    % Column Headers, first column is empts&#xA;    %&#xA;    &amp; \rotatebox{90}{adjacency\_list}&#xA;    &amp; \rotatebox{90}{adjacency\_matrix}&#xA;    &amp; \rotatebox{90}{compressed\_sparse\_row\_graph}      \\&#xA;&#xA;    %&#xA;    % Rows, I suspect I need about 10&#xA;    % Class               adjlist          adjmatrix     csrg&#xA;    \hline &#xA;    AdjacencyGraph        &amp; Yes            &amp; No          &amp; Yes \\&#xA;    Interface \#2         &amp; Yes            &amp; No          &amp; Yes \\&#xA;    Interface \#3         &amp; Yes            &amp; No          &amp; Yes \\&#xA;    Interface \#4         &amp; Yes            &amp; No          &amp; Yes \\&#xA;    Interface \#5         &amp; Yes            &amp; No          &amp; Yes \\&#xA;    Interface \#6         &amp; Yes            &amp; No          &amp; Yes \\&#xA;    Interface \#7         &amp; Yes            &amp; No          &amp; Yes \\&#xA;    Interface \#8         &amp; Yes            &amp; No          &amp; Yes \\&#xA;    Interface \#9         &amp; Yes            &amp; No          &amp; Yes \\&#xA;    % Rest omitted&#xA;  \end{tabularx}&#xA;}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If its important: I am doing this for a presentation with beamer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3241" LastEditorUserId="3241" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-08T19:51:49.787" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T20:16:43.593" Title="How to format table with long column head entries?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="12980" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12983" CreationDate="2011-03-08T18:48:53.927" Score="2" ViewCount="81" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to make a matrix that incorporates both multirow and multicolumn.&#xA;However the code doesn't work.&#xA;Sorry if the question is stupid, I am playing with matrices the whole day and probably I am tired and missing something obvious. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{arydshln}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{multirow} \begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{align*}&#xA;&#xA;&amp;amp; \hspace{0.3cm}\overbrace{\hphantom{\begin{array}{ccc}&#xA;a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;c \end{array}}}\\\&#xA;&#xA;&amp;amp;\left[&#xA;\begin{array}{ccc:ccc:ccc}&#xA;&#xA;a&amp;amp;a&amp;amp;a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;c&amp;amp;c&amp;amp;c\\&#xA;&#xA;\multicolumn{3}{c}{0}&amp;amp;\multicolumn{3}{c}{0}&amp;amp;\multicolumn{3}{c}{\multirow{2}{c}{0}}\\\&#xA;&#xA;1&amp;amp;2&amp;amp;3&amp;amp;4&amp;amp;5&amp;amp;6&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\\&#xA;&#xA;\end{array} \right]&#xA;&#xA;\end{align*} &#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4059" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-08T18:51:27.587" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T19:53:59.613" Title="Cannot insert multirow within multicolumn" Tags="&lt;matrices&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="12981" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12988" CreationDate="2011-03-08T19:33:18.327" Score="6" ViewCount="108" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to generate a PDF file (using &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt;) with &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; references; both the title and author should be visible as pdf properties, and both contain accents or non us-ASCII. The rest of the document compiles fine using &lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,openright]{book}&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[spanish]{babel}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would expect this to work:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[pdftex,colorlinks=true,&#xA;    % ...&#xA;    pdftitle={Título con acentos o eñes},&#xA;    pdfauthor={Migueláñez}&#xA;]{hyperref}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;-- it generates around 54 warnings and outputs something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Title:          T19 tulo con acentos o en126 nes&#xA;Author:         Miguela19 an126 nez&#xA;Creator:        LaTeX with hyperref package&#xA;Producer:       pdfTeX-1.40.10&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have also tried leaving the pdfauthor empty and later using&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pdfstringdef{myauthor}{Miguel\'{a}\~{n}ez}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pdfstringdef{myauthor}{Migueláñez}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\hypersetup{pdfauthor={\myauthor}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But all variants result in errors instead of warnings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4067" LastEditorUserId="3083" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-08T20:39:06.457" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T23:41:41.020" Title="Using non ASCII characters in author names and titles within hyperref pdfinfo" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;encodings&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="12983" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12980" CreationDate="2011-03-08T19:39:27.837" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Load &lt;code&gt;arydshln&lt;/code&gt; after &lt;code&gt;array&lt;/code&gt; instead of before. According to the manual, &lt;code&gt;arydshln&lt;/code&gt; has to be loaded after &lt;code&gt;array&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;longtable&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;colortab&lt;/code&gt;, and colortbl, respectively.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Correct the second argument to &lt;code&gt;multirow&lt;/code&gt;. It should be a width or a &lt;code&gt;*&lt;/code&gt; meaning the natural width.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With these corrections, the code works:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\usepackage{arydshln}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{multirow}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{align*}&#xA;&amp;amp; \hspace{0.3cm}\overbrace{\hphantom{\begin{array}{ccc}&#xA;a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;c \end{array}}}\\\&#xA;&amp;amp;\left[&#xA;\begin{array}{ccc:ccc:ccc}&#xA;a&amp;amp;a&amp;amp;a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;c&amp;amp;c&amp;amp;c\\&#xA;\multicolumn{3}{c}{0}&amp;amp;\multicolumn{3}{c}{0}&amp;amp;\multicolumn{3}{c}{\multirow{2}{*}{0}}\\\&#xA;1&amp;amp;2&amp;amp;3&amp;amp;4&amp;amp;5&amp;amp;6&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\\&#xA;\end{array} \right]&#xA;\end{align*} &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/io7MV.png&quot; alt=&quot;multirow multicolumn example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-08T19:45:08.110" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T19:45:08.110" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="12984" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12980" CreationDate="2011-03-08T19:53:59.613" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;So, getting no responces, I solved the problem myself.&#xA;First, if you use just \multicolumns, you should NOT take 3rd argument into $$'s. However if you put \multirows inside a multicolumn you SHOULD take it into $$'s.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Second, the second argument of both multicolumns and multirows defines placing of the content within that area, but placing &quot;c&quot; as the multirow argument makes the code incompilable for some reason. That error is also hard to spot.&#xA;The below code works for me(note the added $$'s).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{align*}&#xA;&amp;amp;\left[&#xA;\begin{array}{ccc:ccc:ccc}&#xA;a&amp;amp;a&amp;amp;a&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;b&amp;amp;c&amp;amp;c&amp;amp;c\\&#xA;\multicolumn{3}{c}{0}&amp;amp;\multicolumn{3}{c}{0}&amp;amp;\multicolumn{3}{c}{\multirow{2}{*}{$\phi$}}\\&#xA;1&amp;amp;2&amp;amp;3&amp;amp;4&amp;amp;5&amp;amp;6&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\\&#xA;\end{array} \right]&#xA;\end{align*} &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4059" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T19:53:59.613" />
  <row Id="12985" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12979" CreationDate="2011-03-08T19:54:23.560" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;amp; \llap{\rotatebox[origin=rb]{-30}{\small adjacency\_list}}&#xA;&amp;amp; \llap{\rotatebox[origin=rb]{-30}{\small adjacency\_matrix}}&#xA;&amp;amp; \llap{\rotatebox[origin=rb]{-30}{\small compressed\_sparse\_row\_graph}}\\&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;maybe a solution&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T19:54:23.560" />
  <row Id="12986" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12987" CreationDate="2011-03-08T19:54:50.367" Score="5" ViewCount="90" Body="&lt;p&gt;Do you think it's possible to include figures into LaTeX without specifying the exact path to them. So instead of:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\includegraphics{path/to/image/myfig.pdf}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It would be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\includegraphics{myfig.pdf}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;While the image would still reside in the &quot;path/to/image/&quot; directory. Basically, I'm asking if there is a macro that can recursively search for the image.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An alternative for me is to write a script outside of LaTeX that determines all the graphics that are included, performs the recursive search and copies those images temporarily in the same directory as the tex file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4069" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-08T20:17:26.627" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T20:29:30.073" Title="Automatically Locate Included Figures and Graphics" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;automation&gt;&lt;path&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="12987" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12986" CreationDate="2011-03-08T20:03:42.723" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can do this the following ways:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Use the &lt;code&gt;\graphicspath&lt;/code&gt; macro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\graphicspath{{path/to/image/}{other/path/}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Define the environment variable TEXINPUTS to contain the path:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;TEXINPUTS=&quot;.:path/to/image:other/path:&quot;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(note the leading '&lt;code&gt;.&lt;/code&gt;' (current dir) and the trailing empty field (default &lt;code&gt;texmf&lt;/code&gt; tree)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Put your graphics in an own local &lt;code&gt;texmf&lt;/code&gt; tree, so that they are found automatically. Then the path doesn't has to be defined. However this causes problems if you have multiple files with the same name in different directories.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T20:03:42.723" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12988" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12981" CreationDate="2011-03-08T20:07:19.223" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try setting the properties with the command &lt;code&gt;\hypersetup{...}&lt;/code&gt; instead of supplying them directly when loading &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; (&lt;a href=&quot;ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/manual.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;hyperref manual&lt;/a&gt;, page 4):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[colorlinks=false]{hyperref}&#xA;\hypersetup{pdftitle={A Perfect Day}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;As seen in the previous example, information entries (pdftitle, pdfauthor, . . . ) should be set after the package is loaded. Otherwise LaTeX expands the values of these options prematurely.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So the following code works fine for me, with the correct author and title displayed in Adobe Reader:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,openright]{book}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[spanish]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage[pdftex,colorlinks=true]{hyperref}&#xA;\hypersetup{pdftitle={Título con acentos o eñes},pdfauthor={Migueláñez}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;    The document&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3323" LastEditorUserId="3323" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-08T22:02:15.070" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T22:02:15.070" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12989" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12979" CreationDate="2011-03-08T20:16:43.593" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's an example using your idea of putting the headers horizontally and connecting them to the columns with arrows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usepackage{tabularx}&#xA;\newcommand*{\hnode}[1]{\tikz[remember picture] \node (#1) {};}&#xA;% I am actually using a similar theme&#xA;% The space ``wasted'' is similar for PaloAlto though&#xA;\usetheme{PaloAlto}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\frame&#xA;{&#xA;  \frametitle{Comparision of boost implemented graph classes}&#xA;  \begin{tabular}{l}&#xA;    %&#xA;    % Column Headers, first column is empts&#xA;    %&#xA;    compressed\_sparse\_row\_graph\hnode{H3}\\&#xA;    adjacency\_matrix\hnode{H2}\\&#xA;    adjacency\_list\hnode{H1}\\&#xA;    \\&#xA;  \end{tabular}&#xA;  \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{X c c c}&#xA;    %&#xA;    &amp;amp; \hnode{C1}&#xA;    &amp;amp; \hnode{C2}&#xA;    &amp;amp; \hnode{C3}\\&#xA;    % Rows, I suspect I need about 10&#xA;    % Class               adjlist          adjmatrix     csrg&#xA;    \hline &#xA;    AdjacencyGraph        &amp;amp; Yes            &amp;amp; No          &amp;amp; Yes \\&#xA;    Interface \#2         &amp;amp; Yes            &amp;amp; No          &amp;amp; Yes \\&#xA;    Interface \#3         &amp;amp; Yes            &amp;amp; No          &amp;amp; Yes \\&#xA;    Interface \#4         &amp;amp; Yes            &amp;amp; No          &amp;amp; Yes \\&#xA;    Interface \#5         &amp;amp; Yes            &amp;amp; No          &amp;amp; Yes \\&#xA;    Interface \#6         &amp;amp; Yes            &amp;amp; No          &amp;amp; Yes \\&#xA;    Interface \#7         &amp;amp; Yes            &amp;amp; No          &amp;amp; Yes \\&#xA;    Interface \#8         &amp;amp; Yes            &amp;amp; No          &amp;amp; Yes \\&#xA;    Interface \#9         &amp;amp; Yes            &amp;amp; No          &amp;amp; Yes \\&#xA;    % Rest omitted&#xA;  \end{tabularx}&#xA;\tikz[remember picture,overlay] \draw (H1)  [very thick, red,-&amp;gt;] -| (C1);&#xA;\tikz[remember picture,overlay] \draw (H2)  [very thick, red,-&amp;gt;] -| (C2);&#xA;\tikz[remember picture,overlay] \draw (H3)  [very thick, red,-&amp;gt;] -| (C3);&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It actually looks pretty good, if I may say so myself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/iP75v.png&quot; alt=&quot;beamer slide&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T20:16:43.593" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12990" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12965" CreationDate="2011-03-08T20:20:43.293" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;With Tikz package, it is possible to have nodes connected with definitions, but I cannot find way how to connect arrows with definitions. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So this is only partial answer to your question:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[latin2]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{tgschola}&#xA;\usepackage{glossaries}&#xA;\usepackage[hidelinks]{hyperref}&#xA;\glsenablehyper&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{scopes,chains, positioning}&#xA;\tikzset{clickable/.style={draw, rectangle,rounded corners, inner sep = 2pt,fill= blue!20}}&#xA;\tikzaddtikzonlycommandshortcutdef{\clickable}{\node[clickable]}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\makeglossaries&#xA;\newglossaryentry{geometric}{&#xA;   name={geometric}&#xA;  ,description={$f(x) = p (1-p)^x$ for non-negative integers $x$.}&#xA;}&#xA;\newglossaryentry{discrete}{&#xA;   name={Discrete uniform}&#xA;  ,description={$(x) = \frac{1}{n}$ for $x = 1, 2, ..., n$}&#xA;}&#xA;\newglossaryentry{negative}{&#xA;   name={Negative binomial}&#xA;  ,description={$f(x) = C(r + x - 1, x) p^r(1-p)^x$ for non-negative integers $x$}&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\clickable  (or) {\gls{geometric}} edge [loop right, -&amp;gt;] (or);&#xA;\clickable [below of=or] (bn) {\gls{discrete}} edge [dashed,&amp;lt;-] (or);&#xA;\clickable [right= 0.5cm of bn] (oo) {\gls{negative}} edge [&amp;lt;-&amp;gt;] (bn);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\printglossary&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Dyzaf.png&quot; alt=&quot;diagram with links to glossary&quot;&gt;&#xA;Glossary entries are defined with &lt;code&gt;\newglossaryentry&lt;/code&gt; macro. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newglossaryentry{discrete}{&#xA;       name={Discrete uniform}&#xA;      ,description={$(x) = \frac{1}{n}$ for $x = 1, 2, ..., n$}&#xA;    }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;discrete&lt;/code&gt; is the name you link to in your diagram, &lt;code&gt;name&lt;/code&gt; is glossary heading.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To get the glossary list, you have to after you compile your document, run script &lt;code&gt;makeglossaries nameofthedocumentwithoutextension&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can refer to your glossary entries with macro &lt;code&gt;\gls{}&lt;/code&gt;, for example, command &lt;code&gt;\gls{discrete}&lt;/code&gt; will print &lt;em&gt;Discrete uniform&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To learn about tikz, run command &lt;code&gt;texdoc tikz&lt;/code&gt; in your shell. Just some notes about my code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\clickable  (or) {\gls{geometric}} edge [loop right, -&amp;gt;] (or);&#xA;\clickable [below of=or] (bn) {\gls{discrete}} edge [dashed,&amp;lt;-] (or);&#xA;\clickable [right= 0.5cm of bn] (oo) {\gls{negative}} edge [&amp;lt;-&amp;gt;] (bn);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Our diagram is defined in &lt;code&gt;tikzpicture&lt;/code&gt; environment. Macro &lt;code&gt;\clickable&lt;/code&gt; is shortcut for &lt;code&gt;\node [clickable]&lt;/code&gt;. In curly braces is text for label, because we are referring to the glossary entry, we call &lt;code&gt;\gls&lt;/code&gt; macro. &lt;code&gt;(or)&lt;/code&gt; is name of the node, it is used for referencing to the node from the other nodes. it is useful for placing the other nodes (&lt;code&gt;below of=or&lt;/code&gt;) and for the arrows. &lt;code&gt;edge&lt;/code&gt; is used for definition of the arrow. in &lt;code&gt;[]&lt;/code&gt; brackets we set its style.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2891" LastEditorUserId="2891" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-08T23:45:52.460" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T23:45:52.460" />
  <row Id="12991" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12986" CreationDate="2011-03-08T20:29:30.073" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/tds/tds.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX Directory Structure&lt;/a&gt; (TDS) reserves the &lt;code&gt;images&lt;/code&gt; &quot;package&quot; name for includable graphics.  So if you want your graphics to be findable and to be TDS-compliant, put them in &lt;code&gt;${TEXMFHOME}/tex/generic/images&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(personal story, name drop alert) I brought this up on texhax ages ago and Karl Berry said he had completely forgotten about that convention despite the fact that he's TDS editor.  Apparently it's not used by many distributions.  But I've found it handy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T20:29:30.073" />
  <row Id="12992" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-08T20:36:00.907" Score="5" ViewCount="136" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need to highlight syntax in my LaTeX presentation, so i've found this answer:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/10255/xml-syntax-highlighting/11134#11134&quot;&gt;XML syntax highlighting&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\lstdefinelanguage{XML}&#xA;{&#xA;  morestring=[b]&quot;,&#xA;  morestring=[s]{&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;},&#xA;  morecomment=[s]{&amp;lt;?}{?&amp;gt;},&#xA;  stringstyle=\color{black},&#xA;  identifierstyle=\color{darkblue},&#xA;  keywordstyle=\color{cyan},&#xA;  morekeywords={xmlns,version,type},&#xA;  backgroundcolor=\color{lightgray},&#xA;  numbers=left,&#xA;  numberstyle=\footnotesize\ttfamily\color{gray},&#xA;  numbersep=0.5pt&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately i didn't found any way, how to specify extra style for text in attributes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;xml&amp;gt;&#xA;    &amp;lt;person age=&quot;22&quot; sex=&quot;female&quot;&amp;gt;Ann&amp;lt;/person&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;/xml&amp;gt;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It the case above, &lt;code&gt;Ann&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;22&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;female&lt;/code&gt; would have the same style... how to separate styles for those two things?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4056" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-08T21:24:19.330" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T15:00:52.387" Title="XML highlighting - different style for attributes" Tags="&lt;listings&gt;&lt;highlighting&gt;&lt;xml&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="12993" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12973" CreationDate="2011-03-08T21:40:40.137" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I just want to add a word of explanation as to why the observed behaviour is happening and so why the already given solutions (from Stefan and Gonzalo) are the right things to do.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The part to focus on is what happens when you pass the option &lt;code&gt;minimum size&lt;/code&gt; (or height or width) to Tikz.  What is does is as follows (or at least, the following is equivalent to what it does): it first constructs the node as specified but without the &lt;code&gt;minimum size&lt;/code&gt;.  It then measures the relevant size of the node and compares it to the specified minimum.  If the node is smaller, then it enlarges it to the minimum size.  The crucial thing to realise is that it does this by &lt;strong&gt;increasing the padding&lt;/strong&gt;.  That is, it increases the border between the contents of the node and the shape.  So the contents of the node (the text) &lt;strong&gt;do not see&lt;/strong&gt; the increase in size.  As far as the text is concerned, it is still in the same box that is was before (which was just big enough to contain it).  As the padding is increased uniformly wherever it is needed, the net effect is to keep the text in the centre of the node.  Thus to force left-alignment, the text needs to be told that it can have more space, which is what the two given solutions do.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To see that this is so, we can try padding the text with &lt;code&gt;\hfill&lt;/code&gt;s to see how big the text boxes are (alternating the original with Stefan's solution):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{positioning}&#xA;\newcommand{\altura}{.45cm}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[x=1cm, y=-\altura, node distance=0,outer sep=0,inner sep=0]&#xA;\tikzstyle{nome}=[draw, rectangle,anchor=west, minimum height=\altura,minimum width=9cm,fill=yellow!30]&#xA;\tikzstyle{widenome}=[draw, rectangle,anchor=west, minimum height=\altura,text width=9cm,fill=yellow!30]&#xA;&#xA;\node[nome,right] (p1) {\rule{1ex}{1ex}\hfill text\hfill\rule{1ex}{1ex}};&#xA;\node[widenome,right] (p2) [below = of p1] {\rule{1ex}{1ex}\hfill text\hfill\rule{1ex}{1ex}};&#xA;\node[nome,right] (p3) [below = of p2] {\rule{1ex}{1ex}\hfill text text\hfill\rule{1ex}{1ex}};&#xA;\node[widenome,right] (p4) [below = of p3] {\rule{1ex}{1ex}\hfill text text\hfill\rule{1ex}{1ex}};&#xA;\node[nome,right] (p5) [below  = of p4] {\rule{1ex}{1ex}\hfill text text text\hfill\rule{1ex}{1ex}};&#xA;\node[widenome,right] (p6) [below  = of p5] {\rule{1ex}{1ex}\hfill text text text\hfill\rule{1ex}{1ex}};&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Result:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Mt5nJ.png&quot; alt=&quot;different alignments&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So we can see that in the original specification, the text thought that it was in a box just big enough to hold itself.  So it &lt;em&gt;was&lt;/em&gt; left aligned, as far as it could tell!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T21:40:40.137" />
  <row Id="12994" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12974" CreationDate="2011-03-08T22:18:24.697" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Notice that the &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.switch.ch/ftp/mirror/tex/macros/generic/diagrams/xypic/xy-3.8.5/doc/xyguide.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;xyguide&lt;/a&gt; explain that entries should not start with a macro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But here, the real problem is the &quot;&amp;amp;&quot; who is interpreted by xypic like a separator in the xymatrix (and not in the pmatrix).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For exemple, &lt;code&gt;\xymatrix{ \begin{pmatrix} 1 \end{pmatrix} }&lt;/code&gt; works fine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3172" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T22:18:24.697" />
  <row Id="12995" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2681" CreationDate="2011-03-08T22:23:13.430" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could type it directly if you use an utf8 encoding :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;«for exemple»&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But, the spacing isn't — at least for french typography — correct&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3172" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T22:23:13.430" />
  <row Id="12996" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12999" CreationDate="2011-03-08T23:00:17.123" Score="5" ViewCount="61" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've been working with the &lt;code&gt;moderncv&lt;/code&gt; package and have hit the limit of my LaTeX skills. I've been trying to shrink the top and bottom margins enough to accomodate about two extra lines, but have had no luck.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper]{moderncv}&#xA;&#xA;% moderncv themes&#xA;\moderncvtheme[blue]{casual}                 % optional argument are 'blue' (default), 'orange', 'red', 'green', 'grey' and 'roman' (for roman fonts, instead of sans serif fonts)&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}                   % replace by the encoding you are using&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[scale=0.8]{geometry}&#xA;\recomputelengths                             % required when changes are made to page layout lengths&#xA;&#xA;% personal data&#xA;\firstname{first}&#xA;\familyname{last}&#xA;%\quote{}               % optional, remove the line if not wanted&#xA;\address{123 First St}{Somewhere, CA 90210}    % optional, remove the line if not wanted&#xA;\mobile{555.555.5555}                    % optional, remove the line if not wanted&#xA;\email{me@me.com}                      % optional, remove the line if not wanted&#xA;\extrainfo{info} % optional, remove the line if not wanted&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;&#xA;\section{Summary}&#xA;\cvline{}{Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Vestibulum vehicula, justo adipiscing consectetur blandit, leo justo consequat purus, quis consectetur lectus velit in elit. Mauris iaculis dolor at justo commodo porttitor. Aliquam ipsum sem, hendrerit eu laoreet nec, ornare eu lorem. Aenean et mauris magna, at cursus magna. Morbi nisi orci, hendrerit id feugiat in, ornare sed nulla. Suspendisse metus mauris, pharetra sit amet scelerisque nec, tincidunt et magna. Etiam mollis massa et urna laoreet feugiat. Donec vestibulum massa quis massa euismod bibendum. Nam accumsan ullamcorper nulla a sodales. Mauris lorem massa, consectetur at luctus sit amet, tempor ac eros. Sed molestie, quam eu gravida luctus, urna lacus laoreet eros, vitae euismod orci velit eget enim. Integer aliquam pharetra erat ut blandit.}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Technical Skills}&#xA;\cvline{A great skill}{Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Vestibulum vehicula, justo adipiscing consectetur blandit, leo justo consequat purus, quis consectetur lectus velit in elit. Mauris iaculis dolor at justo commodo porttitor. Aliquam ipsum sem, hendrerit eu laoreet nec, ornare eu lorem. Aenean et mauris magna, at cursus magna. Morbi nisi orci, hendrerit id feugiat in, ornare sed nulla. Suspendisse metus mauris, pharetra sit amet scelerisque nec, tincidunt et magna. Etiam mollis massa et urna laoreet feugiat. Donec vestibulum massa quis massa euismod bibendum. Nam accumsan ullamcorper nulla a sodales. Mauris lorem massa, consectetur at luctus sit amet, tempor ac eros. Sed molestie, quam eu gravida luctus, urna lacus laoreet eros, vitae euismod orci velit eget enim. Integer aliquam pharetra erat ut blandit.]}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Experience}&#xA;\cventry{2000--present}{Space occupier}{freelance}{San Francisco}{}{%&#xA;Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Vestibulum vehicula, justo adipiscing consectetur blandit, leo justo consequat purus, quis consectetur lectus velit in elit. Mauris iaculis dolor at justo commodo porttitor. Aliquam ipsum sem, hendrerit eu laoreet nec, ornare eu lorem. Aenean et mauris magna, at cursus magna. Morbi nisi orci, hendrerit id feugiat in, ornare sed nulla. Suspendisse metus mauris, pharetra sit amet scelerisque nec, tincidunt et magna. Etiam mollis massa et urna laoreet feugiat. Donec vestibulum massa quis massa euismod bibendum. Nam accumsan ullamcorper nulla a sodales. Mauris lorem massa, consectetur at luctus sit amet, tempor ac eros. Sed molestie, quam eu gravida luctus, urna lacus laoreet eros, vitae euismod orci velit eget enim. Integer aliquam pharetra erat ut blandit.}&#xA;&#xA;\closesection{}                   % needed to renewcommands&#xA;\renewcommand{\listitemsymbol}{-} % change the symbol for lists&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have tried half a dozen things, including &lt;code&gt;\addtolength&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;\topmargin&lt;/code&gt;, which seems to move the footer up when I subtract length.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4070" LastEditorUserId="4070" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-09T18:13:05.713" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T18:13:05.713" Title="Changing margins in moderncv" Tags="&lt;margins&gt;&lt;moderncv&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="12997" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12804" CreationDate="2011-03-08T23:03:13.347" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can select to which depth the sectioning commands (part, chapter, section, subsection, etc.) are added as PDF bookmarks using the &lt;code&gt;depth&lt;/code&gt; package option.&#xA;To complete remove them choose the value &lt;code&gt;-2&lt;/code&gt; or lower (&lt;code&gt;-1&lt;/code&gt; is for parts, &lt;code&gt;0&lt;/code&gt; for chapters, ...).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following example shows the usage. Here only the manually added bookmark is added:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{report}&#xA;\usepackage[depth=-1]{bookmark}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\bookmark[level=2,page=2,view={FitH 842}]{Section}&#xA;\chapter{Test}&#xA;\section{test}&#xA;\subsection{test}&#xA;\subsubsection{test}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-08T23:09:20.847" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T23:09:20.847" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="12998" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5300" CreationDate="2011-03-08T23:17:51.517" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There was a discussion of that on the LaTeX-L mailing list recently. A script was provided there to find all packages with direct or indirect dependency on &lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Bundles: &lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;xpackages&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;gmutils&lt;/code&gt;, and the following packages:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;./gmverb/gmverb.sty&#xA;./notes2bib/notes2bib.sty&#xA;./unicode-math/unicode-math.sty&#xA;./libertine/libertine.sty&#xA;./randomwalk/randomwalk.sty&#xA;./libertine/libertinekey.sty&#xA;./tucv/tucv.sty&#xA;./xltxtra/xltxtra.sty&#xA;./libertine/libertinelist.sty&#xA;./metalogo/metalogo.sty&#xA;./gmdoc/gmdoc.sty&#xA;./siunitx/siunitx.sty&#xA;./libertine/libertinelogo.sty&#xA;./realscripts/realscripts.sty&#xA;./circuitikz/circuitikz.sty&#xA;./chemstyle/chemstyle.sty&#xA;./fontspec/fontspec.sty&#xA;./mh/xfrac.sty&#xA;./mh/flexisym.sty&#xA;./gmdoc-enhance/gmdoc-enhance.sty&#xA;./mh/breqn.sty&#xA;./libertine/libertinecomp.sty&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Search for messages from ~Feb. 25, 2011 on the &lt;a href=&quot;http://news.gmane.org/group/gmane.comp.tex.latex.latex3&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;latex3 mailing list&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastEditorUserId="2707" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-09T08:21:49.403" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T08:21:49.403" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-03-09T08:21:49.403" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="12999" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12996" CreationDate="2011-03-08T23:21:26.703" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you only want to fit the text on one page than I recommend the simple pragmatic approach of adjusting the spaces manually using some &lt;code&gt;\vspace*&lt;/code&gt; with a negative value, normally a factor of &lt;code&gt;\baselineskip&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following fits the last two lines on the page which are just too much to fit otherwise:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper]{moderncv}&#xA;&#xA;% moderncv themes&#xA;\moderncvtheme[blue]{casual}                 % optional argument are 'blue' (default), 'orange', 'red', 'green', 'grey' and 'roman' (for roman fonts, instead of sans serif fonts)&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}                   % replace by the encoding you are using&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[scale=0.8]{geometry}&#xA;\recomputelengths                             % required when changes are made to page layout lengths&#xA;&#xA;% personal data&#xA;\firstname{first}&#xA;\familyname{last}&#xA;%\quote{}               % optional, remove the line if not wanted&#xA;\address{123 First St}{Somewhere, CA 90210}    % optional, remove the line if not wanted&#xA;\mobile{555.555.5555}                    % optional, remove the line if not wanted&#xA;\email{me@me.com}                      % optional, remove the line if not wanted&#xA;\extrainfo{info} % optional, remove the line if not wanted&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\vspace*{-2\baselineskip}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;\vspace{-1.5\baselineskip}&#xA;\section{Summary}&#xA;\cvline{}{\lipsum[1-2]}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Technical Skills}&#xA;\cvline{A great skill}{\lipsum[3]}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Experience}&#xA;\cventry{2000--present}{Space occupier}{freelance}{San Francisco}{}{%&#xA;\lipsum[5]&#xA;two more lines two more lines two more lines two more lines two more lines two more&#xA;two more lines two more lines two more lines two more lines two more lines two more&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\closesection{}                   % needed to renewcommands&#xA;\renewcommand{\listitemsymbol}{-} % change the symbol for lists&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-08T23:46:20.330" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T23:46:20.330" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="13000" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13003" CreationDate="2011-03-08T23:21:34.070" Score="3" ViewCount="116" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm working on my CV in &lt;code&gt;moderncv&lt;/code&gt;, and am trying to have a bulleted list that is correctly aligned when the text wraps around the page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've been using &lt;code&gt;$\bullet$&lt;/code&gt;s and newlines, but the text wraps incorrectly. Over &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.latex-community.org/forum/viewtopic.php?f=44&amp;amp;p=30289&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;, a user suggests using&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\mybitem[1]{%&#xA;   \parbox[t]{3mm}{\textbullet}\parbox[t]{10cm}{#1}\\[1.6mm]}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but trying that gives me an error on compilation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Use of \LT@array doesn't match its definition.&#xA;\@ifnextchar ... \reserved@d =#1\def \reserved@a {&#xA;                                                  #2}\def \reserved@b {#3}\f...&#xA;l.37   \mybitem{Second item}}&#xA;&#xA;? &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is what I have now:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper]{moderncv}&#xA;&#xA;% moderncv themes&#xA;\moderncvtheme[blue]{casual}                 % optional argument are 'blue' (default), 'orange', 'red', 'green', 'grey' and 'roman' (for roman fonts, instead of sans serif fonts)&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}                   % replace by the encoding you are using&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[scale=0.8]{geometry}&#xA;\recomputelengths                             % required when changes are made to page layout lengths&#xA;&#xA;% personal data&#xA;\firstname{first}&#xA;\familyname{last}&#xA;%\quote{}               % optional, remove the line if not wanted&#xA;\address{123 First St}{Somewhere, CA 90210}    % optional, remove the line if not wanted&#xA;\mobile{555.555.5555}                    % optional, remove the line if not wanted&#xA;\email{me@me.com}                      % optional, remove the line if not wanted&#xA;\extrainfo{info} % optional, remove the line if not wanted&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\mybitem[1]{%&#xA;   \parbox[t]{3mm}{\textbullet}\parbox[t]{10cm}{#1}\\[1.6mm]}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;&#xA;\section{Experience}&#xA;&#xA;\cventry{years}{degree/job title}{institution/employer}{localization}{grade}&#xA;{$\bullet$ Hacky, non-indented method.\newline&#xA;$\bullet$ line two lorem ipsum}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\closesection{}                   % needed to renewcommands&#xA;\renewcommand{\listitemsymbol}{-} % change the symbol for lists&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4070" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T01:18:15.590" Title="Bulleted lists in moderncv cventry" Tags="&lt;lists&gt;&lt;moderncv&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="13001" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12946" CreationDate="2011-03-08T23:23:24.907" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Straight from the org-mode manual:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For LaTeX export of a table, you can specify a label and a caption (see Images and tables). You can also use the ATTR_LaTeX line to request a longtable environment for the table, so that it may span several pages, or to change the default table environment from table to table* or to change the default inner tabular environment to tabularx or tabulary. Finally, you can set the alignment string, and (with tabularx or tabulary) the width.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://orgmode.org/manual/Tables-in-LaTeX-export.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://orgmode.org/manual/Tables-in-LaTeX-export.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1222" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T23:23:24.907" />
  <row Id="13002" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12981" CreationDate="2011-03-08T23:41:41.020" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;While I think &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/12981/using-non-ascii-characters-in-author-names-and-titles-within-hyperref-pdfinfo/12988#12988&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;diabonas&lt;/em&gt; answer&lt;/a&gt; is preferable for Spanish or other non-English documents which anyway use &lt;code&gt;inputenc&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;babel&lt;/code&gt; I like to post an answer which works without them. Just in case of a English-only document written by someone with non-ASCII letters in its name. Especially journals like when you minimize the number of used packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The trick is to escape the non-ASCII characters in the following way. Please note, that you can't use them as package option because the LaTeX kernel expands the &lt;code&gt;\&amp;lt;number&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; sequences first and complains about that e.g. &lt;code&gt;\3&lt;/code&gt; is not defined. Inside &lt;code&gt;\hypersetup&lt;/code&gt; they work fine:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\hypersetup{%&#xA;    pdfauthor={Miguel\341\361ez},&#xA;    pdftitle={T\355tulo con acentos o e\361es}&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;   Text&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Result (output of &lt;code&gt;pdfinfo file.pdf&lt;/code&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Title:          Título con acentos o eñes&#xA;Subject:        &#xA;Keywords:       &#xA;Author:         Migueláñez&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A list of the needed numbers of special characters can be found e.g. under:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pjb.com.au/comp/diacritics.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.pjb.com.au/comp/diacritics.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-08T23:41:41.020" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13003" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13000" CreationDate="2011-03-08T23:57:03.537" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can try the &lt;code&gt;\mybitem&lt;/code&gt; command defined like in the answer you linked to, but with the lengths now properly calculated:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper]{moderncv}&#xA;\moderncvtheme[blue]{casual} &#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[scale=0.8]{geometry}&#xA;\recomputelengths&#xA;&#xA;\firstname{first}&#xA;\familyname{last}&#xA;\address{123 First St}{Somewhere, CA 90210}&#xA;\mobile{555.555.5555}&#xA;\email{me@me.com}&#xA;\extrainfo{info}&#xA;&#xA;\newlength\mylen&#xA;\addtolength\mylen{\linewidth}&#xA;\addtolength\mylen{-\hintscolumnwidth}&#xA;\addtolength\mylen{-\separatorcolumnwidth}&#xA;\addtolength\mylen{-3mm}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\mybitem[1]{%&#xA;   \parbox[t]{3mm}{\textbullet}\parbox[t]{\mylen}{#1}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;&#xA;\section{Experience}&#xA;&#xA;\cventry{years}{degree/job title}{institution/employer}{localization}{grade}&#xA;{\mybitem{some bulleted entry}&#xA;\mybitem{some bulleted entry which is so long that it will span more than a single line, or at least, that's what I hope}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\closesection{} &#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, why don't you use a modified &lt;code&gt;itemize&lt;/code&gt; environment?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper]{moderncv}&#xA;\moderncvtheme[blue]{casual} &#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{enumitem}&#xA;\usepackage[scale=0.8]{geometry}&#xA;\recomputelengths&#xA;&#xA;\firstname{first}&#xA;\familyname{last}&#xA;\address{123 First St}{Somewhere, CA 90210}&#xA;\mobile{555.555.5555}&#xA;\email{me@me.com}&#xA;\extrainfo{info}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;&#xA;\section{Experience}&#xA;&#xA;\cventry{years}{degree/job title}{institution/employer}{localization}{grade}&#xA;{\begin{itemize}[label=\textbullet]&#xA;  \item some bulleted item&#xA;  \item another bulleted item, this time so long that it will span more than one line, let's add some more text .&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\closesection{} &#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastEditorUserId="3954" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-09T01:18:15.590" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T01:18:15.590" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13004" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13005" CreationDate="2011-03-09T00:20:22.603" Score="3" ViewCount="60" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I have multiple part theorems, I use an enumerate environment inside my theorem environment.  However, I don't like the list to start at the same level as the theorem title, since this produces an ugly indent, and also because part (1) is then never lined up with the other parts.  So I typeset this as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{theorem}&#xA;\&#xA;  \begin{enumerate}&#xA;    \item First item.&#xA;    \item Second item.&#xA;  \end{enumerate}&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem is that if the theorem occurs near the bottom of a page, LaTeX will break the page right after the Theorem title, producing something that looks like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Theorem 1.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;First item&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Second item&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any way to prevent this?  (I don't care if a pagebreak occurs before the theorem title or if it occurs after the first item.)  Maybe I should be using something else besides a &quot;\&quot;?  Many thanks for any help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4068" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T00:48:40.510" Title="Page-breaking over titles of theorems that have lists" Tags="&lt;lists&gt;&lt;page-breaking&gt;&lt;enumerate&gt;&lt;theorems&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13005" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13004" CreationDate="2011-03-09T00:48:40.510" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;code&gt;\Needspace*&lt;/code&gt; macro of the &lt;code&gt;needspace&lt;/code&gt; package to tell LaTeX that the following material needs at least a certain amount of space left on the current page, otherwise force a page break.&#xA;The amount of &lt;code&gt;3\baselineskip&lt;/code&gt; means more or less three lines, i.e. the theorem heading, a separation line and the first item line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See also the answers to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/9576/2975&quot;&gt;How to avoid heading orphan?&lt;/a&gt; which might be a duplicate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsthm}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage{needspace}&#xA;\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}&#xA;\newenvironment{Theorem}{%&#xA;    \Needspace*{3\baselineskip}%&#xA;    \theorem&#xA;}{\endtheorem}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum[1-10]&#xA;&#xA;\begin{Theorem}&#xA;  \ &#xA;  \begin{enumerate}&#xA;    \item First item.&#xA;    \item Second item.&#xA;  \end{enumerate}&#xA;\end{Theorem}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T00:48:40.510" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="13006" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-09T01:04:30.787" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/natbib&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;nabib&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package is designed especially to provide author-year type citations as used in the natural and social sciences. It has been in use for many years, and as a result has a large user base and a large number of pre-made bibliography styles created that match the requirements of many scientific journals.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Related tags&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You should use this tag for questions about the &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt; package itself or for any associated &lt;code&gt;.bst&lt;/code&gt; files (bibliography styles).  You might also want to use the more general &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/bibliographies&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'bibliographies'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;bibliographies&lt;/a&gt; tag in addition to this tag if your question concerns formatting bibliographies generally.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Alternatives to &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;More recently, &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/biblatex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; has begun to gain popularity. If you are just beginning to use bibliographies, use non-Roman scripts,  or need bibliography styles predominant in the humanities, you should probably be using &lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt;. See the &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/biblatex&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'biblatex'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;biblatex&lt;/a&gt; tag info for more information.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-09T01:07:05.083" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T01:07:05.083" />
  <row Id="13007" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-09T01:04:30.787" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="natbib is a package for bibliographies and citations. It is especially designed for the author-year type citation styles that are common in the natural and social sciences." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-09T01:07:44.083" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T01:07:44.083" />
  <row Id="13009" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13010" CreationDate="2011-03-09T05:09:07.660" Score="5" ViewCount="111" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have an IIS web server on which I installed Miktex distribution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I host a site that allows users to submit LaTeX input codes. The server then compiles the input using &lt;code&gt;pdflatex.exe&lt;/code&gt; to produce a pdf file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For those who understand C#, here is the code snippet:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre class=&quot;lang-cs prettyprint-override&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;    Process p = new Process();&#xA;&#xA;    p.EnableRaisingEvents = true;&#xA;    p.Exited += new EventHandler(p_Exited);&#xA;&#xA;    p.StartInfo.Arguments = &quot;-interaction=nonstopmode &quot; + inputpath;&#xA;    p.StartInfo.WorkingDirectory = @&quot;c:\mydomain.com\working&quot;;&#xA;&#xA;    p.StartInfo.UseShellExecute = false;&#xA;    p.StartInfo.FileName = &quot;pdflatex.exe&quot;;&#xA;&#xA;    p.Start();&#xA;    p.WaitForExit();&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My site runs under &lt;code&gt;ApplicationPoolIdentity&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;Load User Profile = True&lt;/code&gt;. As far as I know, this account has less privilege.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Shortly speaking, I want to test this server by submitting a dangerous input file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Could you give me a working, dangerous LaTeX input file to test the vulnerability of my server? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note: Please don't use javascript and HTML because I am not interested to think of XSS and XSRF now.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="627" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-09T05:44:56.323" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T05:44:56.323" Title="Could you give me a working, dangerous LaTeX input file to test the vulnerability of my server?" Tags="&lt;filesystem-access&gt;&lt;write-file&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="13010" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13009" CreationDate="2011-03-09T05:41:56.493" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Why not try the one given in &lt;a href=&quot;https://cs.ucsd.edu/~scheckow/papers/tex2010/tex2010.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Listing 1&lt;/a&gt;? It's not complete, but the only part missing is 11 lines of the JScript it runs at next login.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T05:41:56.493" />
  <row Id="13011" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-09T06:22:19.287" Score="2" ViewCount="130" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi everyone, I am just starting with LaTeX so I am sure I have made a bunch of silly mistake on the way. But as of yesterday I am stuck with no solution. So here is a bit of background:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Win7, installed MikeTex (with auto-installed package setting) and using TexMaker for editing, and installed JabRef for creating bib-files.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I have created a .bib file with several entries, and put it in the same directory as my .tex file. And yet when I try to generate the reference list by invoking /cite{...}, the result list it is empty, and there was warning of:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;LaTeX Warning: Citation `Duffie2001' on page 1 undefined on input line 8.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  No file foo.bbl.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is the test .tex file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[applemac]{inputenx}     &#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;This is my first document with a bibliography generated by Bib\TeX. Now I cite an article by Duffie\cite{Duffie2001}.&#xA;&#xA;\bibliographystyle{plain}&#xA;\bibliography{foo}    &#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I also tried &lt;code&gt;\nocite&lt;/code&gt; to find the whole list but to no avail. All I got was just an empty reference list.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I read some of the older posts here with similar problem and I used a minimal-application to test out my bib, foo.tex to try to work with it. And I encountered similar problem. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have also read that for everytime the .bib is read into the TexMaker, an aux file will be introduced with the citation appended to it. And indeed there is such file, but I still can't generate .bbl file. Please help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is the foo.bib file generated by Jabref&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;% This file was created with JabRef 2.6.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  % Encoding: Cp1252&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;@ARTICLE{Bjork2008,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  author = {Bjork, Tomas},&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  title = {{Topics in Interest Rate Theory}},&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  journal = {Handbooks in OR \&amp;amp; MS},&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  year = {2008},&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  volume = {15},&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  pages = {377-435},&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  timestamp = {2011.03.09} }&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;@BOOK{Duffie2001,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  title = {{Dynamic Asset Pricing Theory}},&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  year = {2001},&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  author = {Duffie, Darrell},&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  edition = {3}&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  }&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;@BOOK{Oksendal2003,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  title = {{Stochastic Differential Equations - An Introduction with Applications}},&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  year = {2003},&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  author = {Oksendal, Bernt},&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  edition = {6}&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  }&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;here is the .aux file that's generated:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;\relax&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  \citation{Duffie2001}&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  \bibstyle{plain}&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  \bibdata{foo}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have attached several files(MWA that was used here before, log file, and the bib file)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is the screen-cap of the setting and quick-build screen:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/A4YtB.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://i.imgur.com/A4YtB.png&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/fCWYu.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://i.imgur.com/fCWYu.png&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4074" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-09T06:49:32.383" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T08:02:02.357" Title="Problem with generating Reference list (no bbl file generated?)" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;miktex&gt;&lt;texmaker&gt;&lt;jabref&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13012" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13011" CreationDate="2011-03-09T08:00:35.147" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Thank you everyone!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have experimented a bit further, and some nice folk at LaTex community helped me figure out what's wrong.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;In my 'Configure Texmaker', i actually had the wrong setting (as you can see form the screen cap)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;I changed it back to &quot;bibtex %.aux&quot; and now it works!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And I also set the quickBuild to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;latex    &#xA;bibtex    &#xA;latex    &#xA;pdfLatex   &#xA;Pdf Viewer&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;now it builds the bll and view the pdf automatically. Thank you so much everyone!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;P.S. Thank you lockstep, from now on I will use the code button.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;P.P.S.And TH, yea, that was the problem, I set the JabRef in the bibTex (I naively thought JabRef will help me compile the bib file).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4074" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T08:00:35.147" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13015" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-09T08:43:33.107" Score="9" ViewCount="182" Body="&lt;p&gt;Anyone who has read Lord of the rings will recognise the elvish script at the top of the page. If this is meant to be an example of what is typesettable in TeX/related software, what package is used to produce it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(feel free to add tags as appropriate)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="141" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-09T17:11:06.640" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T17:11:06.640" Title="What package allows Elvish in TeX?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;packages&gt;&lt;languages&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13016" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13020" CreationDate="2011-03-09T08:47:20.367" Score="5" ViewCount="106" Body="&lt;p&gt;Where I can find the source code of pdflatex.exe?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Edit 1&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is quoted from the link given by @TH.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;pdfTeX is built on top of TeX, written by Donald Knuth cum suis (Liang and&#xA;  so), and eTeX, written by Peter Breitenlohner cum suis; part of the&#xA;  paragraph optimization is inspired by the work of Hermann Zapf.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does it imply that the source code of &lt;code&gt;pdflatex.exe&lt;/code&gt; will invoke &lt;code&gt;TeX&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;eTeX&lt;/code&gt; ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-09T09:01:14.373" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T09:21:13.820" Title="Where I can find the source code of pdflatex.exe?" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;sourcecode&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13017" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13015" CreationDate="2011-03-09T08:47:21.703" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is a package called &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/tengwarscript/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TengwarScript&lt;/a&gt; for that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3532" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T08:47:21.703" />
  <row Id="13018" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-09T08:48:15.743" Score="4" ViewCount="58" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do I typeset the short &lt;code&gt;i&lt;/code&gt; vowel, as in this Turkish word, &lt;code&gt;kızların&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3860" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T08:57:52.257" Title="Short vowel symbol, as in &quot;kızların&quot;?" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="13019" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13018" CreationDate="2011-03-09T08:50:45.293" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was able to typeset it simply by using utf8 and copying and pasting from your question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;kızların&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T08:50:45.293" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13020" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13016" CreationDate="2011-03-09T08:53:42.073" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;On CTAN. &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/tex-archive/systems/pdftex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://ctan.org/tex-archive/systems/pdftex/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;To answer your follow up question, &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; does not invoke &lt;code&gt;tex&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;etex&lt;/code&gt;. Rather, pdfTeX implements the &lt;em&gt;&amp;epsilon;&lt;/em&gt;-TeX extensions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-09T09:21:13.820" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T09:21:13.820" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="13021" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13018" CreationDate="2011-03-09T08:57:52.257" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;And, if UTF-8 is unavailable, isn't this just what the \i command produces?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3532" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T08:57:52.257" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13022" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11166" CreationDate="2011-03-09T09:15:13.297" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't know about using Lua, but I suspect that what you want is not possible with pdfTeX. As Joseph points out, you cannot change a number of parameters in the middle of the paragraph. The &lt;code&gt;\hsize&lt;/code&gt; that is in effect at the end of the paragraph is the one that gets used in TeX paragraph builder.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for column breaks, TeX accumulates vertical material in its &quot;main vertical list&quot; until it has enough to fill a page and then it runs the output routine. (That's a simplification; see &lt;em&gt;The TeXbook&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;TeX by Topic&lt;/em&gt; for full details.) What this means here is that the paragraph has already been broken up into boxes of width &lt;code&gt;\hsize&lt;/code&gt; and added to the vertical list (along with some glue between them to keep the baselines &lt;code&gt;\baselineskip&lt;/code&gt; apart). So by the time TeX gets around to deciding on the break point for the first column, material that will appear in the final column has already been typeset.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;In the comments, Hendrik asks about abusing the output routine and unboxing. Even ignoring the difficulty of finding exactly which material needs to be unboxed, I can't think of a good way to deal with hyphens:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setbox0\vbox{&#xA;        \hsize40pt&#xA;        \rightskip=5pt&#xA;        \parindent=0pt&#xA;        hyphen\-ation&#xA;}&#xA;\setbox0\vbox{&#xA;        \unvbox0&#xA;        \global\setbox1\lastbox&#xA;        \unskip&#xA;        \unpenalty&#xA;        \setbox2\lastbox&#xA;        \global\setbox1\hbox{%&#xA;                \unhbox2&#xA;                \unskip&#xA;                \&#xA;                \unhbox1&#xA;                \unskip&#xA;                \unskip&#xA;                \unpenalty&#xA;        }&#xA;}&#xA;\unhbox1&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here we set box 0 to have known contents.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;\vbox(18.94444+0.0)x40.0&#xA;.\hbox(6.94444+1.94444)x40.0&#xA;..\hbox(0.0+0.0)x0.0&#xA;..\tenrm h&#xA;..\kern-0.27779&#xA;..\tenrm y&#xA;..\tenrm p&#xA;..\tenrm h&#xA;..\tenrm e&#xA;..\tenrm n&#xA;..\discretionary&#xA;..\tenrm -&#xA;..\glue(\rightskip) 5.0&#xA;.\penalty 400&#xA;.\glue(\baselineskip) 3.37697&#xA;.\hbox(6.67859+0.0)x40.0, glue set 12.77771fil&#xA;..\tenrm a&#xA;..\tenrm t&#xA;..\tenrm i&#xA;..\tenrm o&#xA;..\tenrm n&#xA;..\penalty 10000&#xA;..\glue(\parfillskip) 0.0 plus 1.0fil&#xA;..\glue(\rightskip) 5.0&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since we know that it has two lines, we can directly pull it apart and stuff the contents into box 1.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;\hbox(6.94444+1.94444)x60.5557&#xA;.\hbox(0.0+0.0)x0.0&#xA;.\tenrm h&#xA;.\kern-0.27779&#xA;.\tenrm y&#xA;.\tenrm p&#xA;.\tenrm h&#xA;.\tenrm e&#xA;.\tenrm n&#xA;.\discretionary&#xA;.\tenrm -&#xA;.\glue 3.33333 plus 1.66666 minus 1.11111&#xA;.\tenrm a&#xA;.\tenrm t&#xA;.\tenrm i&#xA;.\tenrm o&#xA;.\tenrm n&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Whereas this would have worked had the word not been hyphenated, here we get&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&quot;hyphen- ation&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-09T12:15:43.647" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T12:15:43.647" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="13023" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-09T09:50:23.037" Score="7" ViewCount="185" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm looking for good diagram editors with support for text entry as TeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have used &lt;a href=&quot;http://ipe7.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ipe&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://dia-installer.de/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;dia&lt;/a&gt; in the past, but ipe does not let me change a rectangle (or any polygon) so it'll have round corners. Dia is OK, except that it won't let me enter TeX in text areas, and I can't even put superscript/subscript in text labels.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any other diagram editor (with a GUI -- I know of xypic and asymptote, but I'd rather be able to see the diagram as I work) that supports text entry as TeX (like ipe)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1416" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T16:42:35.397" Title="Diagram editors with support for text entry as TeX?" Tags="&lt;diagrams&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="5" />
  <row Id="13024" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13015" CreationDate="2011-03-09T09:56:33.263" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's how to do that particular inscription (which is part of the ring inscription, by the way).  I happen to know because I recently used it in a diagram!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage[annataritalic]{tengwarscript}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\tengwarannataritalic[2.5]&#xA;\tengwa{254}&#xA;\Textendedcalma\TTthreedots\Tnuumen\Tessenuquerna\TTthreedots\Tungwe\Tando\Toore\TTrightcurl\Tumbar\Ttinco\TTthreedots\Tlambealt\TTrightcurl\Tquesse\TTdoublerightcurl&#xA;\Tromanperiod\Ts&#xA;\Textendedcalma\TTthreedots\Tnuumen\Tessenuquerna\TTthreedots\Tungwe\Tungwe\Tumbar\TTnasalizer\TTdot\Ttinco\TTthreedots\Tlambe\TTrightcurl&#xA;\tengwa{255}\\&#xA;\Textendedcalma\TTthreedots\Tnuumen\Tessenuquerna\TTthreedots\Tungwe\Tthuule\Troomen\Tquesse\TTthreedots\Ttinco\TTthreedots\Tlambealt\TTrightcurl\Tquesse\TTdoublerightcurl&#xA;\Tromanperiod\Ts&#xA;\Textendedungwe\TTthreedots\Tumbar\Toore\TTrightcurl\Tesse\Tkern{-0.2}\Tmalta\TTrightcurl\Textendedcalma\TTdot\Ttelco\TTdot\Tquesse\Troomen\Tparma\TTnasalizer\TTdot\Ttinco\TTthreedots\Tlambe\TTrightcurl&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Result:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/nEI8H.png&quot; alt=&quot;ring inscription&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you can see, the input method is not particularly intuitive, but then I don't think that there &lt;em&gt;is&lt;/em&gt; a particularly intuitive way of entering Elvish script.  There are a few different packages on CTAN (search for &lt;code&gt;tengwar&lt;/code&gt;).  The ones I looked at were:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;tengwarscript&lt;/code&gt;: uses commands as above&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;tengtex&lt;/code&gt;: uses an &quot;asciification&quot; of the letters&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In all cases, you will need to get hold of the fonts.  Searching for &lt;code&gt;tengwar font latex&lt;/code&gt; brings up all sorts of options, I think (it was a while ago) that I started looking on &lt;a href=&quot;http://home.student.uu.se/j/jowi4905/fonts/annatar.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this site&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(And just 'coz I can, here's the diagram wherein it was used):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/1gigO.png&quot; alt=&quot;Brunnian rings&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T09:56:33.263" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="13025" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11920" CreationDate="2011-03-09T10:13:33.833" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;forget my previous message.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Biblatex has been updated with exactly what I was looking for.&#xA;If you are interested, please look at option prefixnumbers (Added option prefixnumbers to \printbibliography 2010-08-04; Added support for prefixnumbers to bibliography style alphabetic 2011-01-05).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the kind of output you get, please look at &#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/exptl/biblatex/doc/examples/19-alphabetic-prefixed.tex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/exptl/biblatex/doc/examples/19-alphabetic-prefixed.tex&lt;/a&gt; // &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/exptl/biblatex/doc/examples/19-alphabetic-prefixed.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;.pdf&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To implement crossref between bibliographic items, I use the following code &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareCiteCommand{\bbx@crossref}% &#xA;  {}&#xA;  {\ifsingletitle%&#xA;    {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printnames{labelname}}%&#xA;     \setunit{\space}}%&#xA;    {&#xA;    \printtext[bibhyperref]{[%&#xA;        \printfield[citetitle:book]{prefixnumber}%&#xA;    \printfield{labelalpha}%&#xA;        \printfield{extraalpha}]}&#xA;     }}%&#xA;  {}%&#xA;  {}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and redeclare drivers for incollection and inbook types by something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareBibliographyDriver{incollection}{%&#xA; ......&#xA;  \iffieldundef{crossref}%&#xA;         {}&#xA;         {\printtext{\setunit{\unspace}}&#xA;      \printtext{\bbx@crossref{\thefield{crossref}}}%&#xA;        \newunit\newblock&#xA;    }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Biblatex is indeed amazing!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Comments welcome&#xA;My best wishes&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3793" LastEditorUserId="3793" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-09T10:30:49.160" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T10:30:49.160" />
  <row Id="13026" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12940" CreationDate="2011-03-09T10:32:18.260" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;h1&gt;Merge cells operation spanning multiple rows and columns, respecting borders.&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can be done using a &lt;code&gt;\multirow&lt;/code&gt; (&lt;code&gt;multirow&lt;/code&gt; package) inside a &lt;code&gt;\multicolumn&lt;/code&gt;.&#xA;The borders are drawn using &lt;code&gt;\hline&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\cline&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Code&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{multirow}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|}&#xA;                                                                            \hline&#xA;   Text A                        &amp;amp;  Text B                       &amp;amp; Test C \\\hline&#xA;   \multicolumn{2}{|c|}{\multirow{2}{*}{Longer Text, etc. etc.}} &amp;amp; Test F \\\cline{3-3}&#xA;   \multicolumn{2}{|c|}{}                                        &amp;amp; Test G \\\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Result&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/yZy6e.png&quot; alt=&quot;Result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T10:32:18.260" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-03-09T10:32:18.260" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13027" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13023" CreationDate="2011-03-09T10:39:52.630" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For schematics and such thing you can use inkscape. Then you can export your graphic as pdf and the text and positioning information is written to a tex-file.&#xA;(There is a option for LaTeX expiort in inkscape)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The resulting tex-file can be used in your document (\input{}) and text and equations etc. will then appear in your latex text/math font.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the left: Input in Kile&#xA;Middle: Output in okular&#xA;Right: Drawing in inkscape&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/sMvf0.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="632" LastEditorUserId="632" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-09T10:49:30.777" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T10:49:30.777" />
  <row Id="13028" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13029" CreationDate="2011-03-09T10:55:46.577" Score="12" ViewCount="124" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have many style files (and one or two class files) that I've written in my local texmf tree.  Most were simple things that got me out of some trouble and which I put in to a style file in case I needed them again.  One or two are quite complicated (probably unnecessarily).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My thinking is that I should add some documentation to these files.  Mainly for myself: although my reasoning for defining stuff the way I did was perfectly clear when I did it, it may not be so clear next year when I try to use it again (or, worse, try to modify it again).  Also for others since I do sometimes share these files, either with collaborators or with anyone who says, &quot;Hey, that's neat!  How did you do that?&quot;.  But definitely &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; for uploading to CTAN.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I'd like to add some basic documentation to these files.  As it is just for myself, I don't feel that I want to do &lt;em&gt;too&lt;/em&gt; much, so what I'd like is a system that is as close to the following parameters as possible:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;It should be &quot;in file&quot;: I want to be able to add the documentation for a command right where the command is defined.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The format should be readable when not compiled: this is a corollary of the above, since if I want to be able to read it there and then, I don't want to have to compile it first.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;But it should be compilable so that I &lt;em&gt;can&lt;/em&gt; send it to someone else if I want to and they don't have to wade through the style/class file to find the documentation.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;However, the compiled form doesn't have to be all that pretty.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there such a system?  Searching for 'documentation' on CTAN is like searching for snow in Norway - there's plenty of it but, to an outsider, it's hard to figure out what is the right type of snow.  If there isn't a system that does what I describe, I'd be happy to hear of others' experiences in trying to do this (I'd be happy to hear them anyway, in fact).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T11:08:15.390" Title="How do I document my style files?" Tags="&lt;documentation&gt;&lt;package-writing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="13029" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13028" CreationDate="2011-03-09T11:08:15.390" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The standard is the DTX format where you put the documentation as comments around your code. Normally in the comment all code is wrapped in &lt;code&gt;macrocode&lt;/code&gt; environments and macros again in &lt;code&gt;macro&lt;/code&gt; environment. It is then compiled using the &lt;code&gt;ltxdoc&lt;/code&gt; class which uses the &lt;code&gt;doc&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See more information about DTX at the TeX FAQ: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=dtx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=dtx&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Example:&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% \begin{macro}{\mymacro}&#xA;% Some explanation&#xA;%   \begin{macrocode}&#xA;\def\mymacro#1#2{%&#xA;  \relax&#xA;  \dosomething&#xA;%   \end{macrocode}&#xA;% Explain the next part of the macro&#xA;%   \begin{macrocode}&#xA;  \domore&#xA;  \expandafter\some\code&#xA;}&#xA;%   \end{macrocode}&#xA;% \end{macro&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that you can &lt;strong&gt;autogenerate&lt;/strong&gt; a DTX file from any package or other code file using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/sty2dtx.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;sty2dtx&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; script.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T11:08:15.390" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="13030" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13036" CreationDate="2011-03-09T11:12:54.980" Score="5" ViewCount="242" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to draw a block diagram for a software app and I need two shapes which I couldn't find on the Internet. The shapes are a parallelogram and a rectangle with double side margins.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One is for data and the other for a predefined process. They look like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://sixsigmaspc.com/protectedimages/blockdiagram-flowchart-symbols.gif&quot; alt=&quot;blockdiagram-flowchart-symbols&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anyone know how could I draw those two shapes (maybe using TikZ)?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Thank you in advance!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4082" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-09T11:29:44.467" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T00:17:11.827" Title="Node shapes TikZ" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;diagrams&gt;&lt;nodes&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13032" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13035" CreationDate="2011-03-09T11:34:21.703" Score="6" ViewCount="109" Body="&lt;p&gt;The default letter spacing for small capitals seem optimised for use in headlines and such but a bit too cramped for use in abbreviations. How should I do to get the letter spacing more suitably bigger for abbreviations?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, I am using the &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt; class and &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[osf]{mathpazo}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="298" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-09T16:37:45.873" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T16:37:45.873" Title="How to do extra spacing when using small caps for abbreviations?" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;small-caps&gt;&lt;microtype&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="13033" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13030" CreationDate="2011-03-09T11:42:32.697" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use a &lt;code&gt;trapezium&lt;/code&gt; for the &lt;code&gt;data&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{shapes.geometric}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[datashape/.style={&#xA;  trapezium, draw, trapezium left angle=60,&#xA;  trapezium right angle=-60}]&#xA;\node[datashape] {Data};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/P4cOc.png&quot; alt=&quot;trapezoid&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T11:42:32.697" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13034" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13030" CreationDate="2011-03-09T11:48:21.873" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Have a look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/12020/what-is-the-easiest-way-to-draw-3d-cube-with-tikz/12039#12039&quot;&gt;What is the easiest way to draw 3D cube with TikZ?&lt;/a&gt; (and my answer to it) to see how to define new node shapes in PGF. It should not be too hard to adapt a rectangle shape to get your predefined process node. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am on a bus right now so I can't do it for you, maybe later. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T11:48:21.873" />
  <row Id="13035" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13032" CreationDate="2011-03-09T11:48:48.410" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/microtype.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;microtype&lt;/a&gt; package and its &lt;code&gt;tracking&lt;/code&gt; option. Use the &lt;code&gt;letterspace&lt;/code&gt; option for finetuning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[osf]{mathpazo}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[%&#xA;%  tracking=smallcaps,&#xA;%  letterspace=50,% default: 100&#xA;]{microtype}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*{\abbrev}[1]{\textls[50]{\textsc{#1}}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\Huge&#xA;&#xA;Some text \textsc{in small caps}.&#xA;&#xA;Some text \abbrev{in small caps}.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: While some of &lt;code&gt;microtype&lt;/code&gt;'s features (notably automatic font expansion) don't work with bitmap fonts, tracking/letterspacing may work. I haven't tested this thoroughly, though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT 2: Example modified in order to letterspace only within specific macro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-09T14:39:45.813" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T14:39:45.813" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13036" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13030" CreationDate="2011-03-09T11:55:25.513" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The double side margin rectangle can be created using a &lt;code&gt;rectangle split&lt;/code&gt;, the parallelogram using a &lt;code&gt;trapezium&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{shapes,shapes.multipart}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\node [draw,trapezium,trapezium left angle=70,trapezium right angle=-70,minimum height=1cm] {Data};&#xA;&#xA;\node at (0,-2)[draw,rectangle split, rectangle split horizontal,rectangle split parts=3,minimum height=1cm] {\nodepart{two}\shortstack{Predefined\\Process}};&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/jdIHX.png&quot; alt=&quot;parallelogram, split rectangle&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T11:55:25.513" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="13037" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13039" CreationDate="2011-03-09T12:11:30.530" Score="5" ViewCount="85" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use this code to display two pictures:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}[htbp]&#xA;\minipage{0.45\textwidth}&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;\includegraphics[width=1\textwidth]{methods.png}&#xA;\caption{Methods}&#xA;\label{fg:methods}&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;\endminipage\hfill&#xA;\minipage{0.1\textwidth}&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;\endminipage\hfill&#xA;\minipage{0.45\textwidth}&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;\includegraphics[width=1\textwidth]{method_detail.png}&#xA;\caption{Method detail information}&#xA;\label{fg:method_detail}&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;\endminipage\hfill&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now I want assure that both pictures are not wider than &lt;code&gt;\textwidth&lt;/code&gt;. This I have already achieved. But I'd like that the picture with the higher height is reduced to the height of the smaller image (while preserving the aspect ratio). Then the whole width isn't needed any more for the higher picture, so I'd like to use this width for the smaller picture to make it wider.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think I could do this by trying to use different width parameters in the includegraphics command, but isn't there a way to do that automatically?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3316" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-09T12:37:40.693" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T12:37:40.693" Title="How to display two pictures that have not the same size with the same height?" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13038" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13037" CreationDate="2011-03-09T12:32:49.447" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This compares the heights of the two images and makes the taller one smaller as necessary.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;        \setbox0\hbox{%&#xA;                \includegraphics[width=.45\textwidth]{methods}%&#xA;        }%&#xA;        \setbox2\hbox{%&#xA;                \includegraphics[width=.45\textwidth]{methodsdetail}%&#xA;        }%&#xA;        \ifdim\ht0&amp;gt;\ht2&#xA;                \setbox0\hbox{%&#xA;                        \includegraphics[height=\ht2]{methods}%&#xA;                }%&#xA;        \else&#xA;                \setbox2\hbox{%&#xA;                        \includegraphics[height=\ht0]{methodsdetail}%&#xA;                }%&#xA;        \fi&#xA;        \noindent&#xA;        \parbox{.45\textwidth}{%&#xA;                \centering&#xA;                \unhbox0&#xA;                \caption{Methods}&#xA;                \label{fg:methods}&#xA;        }%&#xA;        \hfil&#xA;        \parbox{.45\textwidth}{%&#xA;                \centering&#xA;                \unhbox2&#xA;                \caption{Method detail information}&#xA;                \label{fg:method_detail}&#xA;        }%&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using some free clipart, without the &lt;code&gt;\if...\fi&lt;/code&gt;, it looks like this.&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/kIcS0.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With the above code, it looks like this.&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/e0zIa.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T12:32:49.447" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13039" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13037" CreationDate="2011-03-09T12:33:33.880" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\newsavebox\IBoxA \newsavebox\IBoxB \newlength\IHeight&#xA;\newcommand\TwoFig[6]{% Image1 Caption1 Label1 Image2 ...&#xA;  \sbox\IBoxA{\includegraphics[width=0.45\textwidth]{#1}}&#xA;  \sbox\IBoxB{\includegraphics[width=0.45\textwidth]{#4}}%&#xA;  \ifdim\ht\IBoxA&amp;gt;\ht\IBoxB&#xA;    \setlength\IHeight{\ht\IBoxB}\else\setlength\IHeight{\ht\IBoxA}\fi%&#xA;  \begin{figure}[!htb]&#xA;  \minipage[t]{0.45\textwidth}\centering&#xA;  \includegraphics[height=\IHeight]{#1}&#xA;  \caption{#2}\label{#3}&#xA;  \endminipage\hfill&#xA;  \minipage[t]{0.45\textwidth}\centering&#xA;  \includegraphics[height=\IHeight]{#4}&#xA;  \caption{#5}\label{#6}&#xA;  \endminipage &#xA;  \end{figure}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\TwoFig{methods}      {Methods}                  {fg:methods}&#xA;       {method_detail}{Method detail information}{fg:method_detail}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/4xQYy.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T12:33:33.880" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13040" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13041" CreationDate="2011-03-09T12:40:19.773" Score="1" ViewCount="105" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do I make &quot;E&quot; in this equation a small cap?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$x^E$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2287" LastEditorUserId="2287" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-10T05:51:48.880" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T05:52:11.520" Title="Small caps for the math mode" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;small-caps&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="13041" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13040" CreationDate="2011-03-09T12:46:36.463" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To switch fonts in math mode you often use a command like &lt;code&gt;\mathit&lt;/code&gt; (for italic) or &lt;code&gt;\mathrm&lt;/code&gt; (for roman).  But there's no &lt;code&gt;\mathsc&lt;/code&gt; command.  So just use &lt;code&gt;\textsc&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$x^{\textsc{e}}$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that &lt;code&gt;\textsc{E}&lt;/code&gt; will give a capital &lt;strong&gt;E&lt;/strong&gt; that is roughly the same height as the normal shape capital &lt;strong&gt;E&lt;/strong&gt;.  In general, if you want a small capital &lt;strong&gt;E&lt;/strong&gt;, use &lt;code&gt;\textsc{e}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-09T12:51:48.530" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T12:51:48.530" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13042" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-04-19T03:12:33.997" Score="5" ViewCount="106" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to define a shorthand command for &lt;code&gt;\begin{align*}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\end{align*}&lt;/code&gt;. When I write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\ba}{\begin{align*}}  &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;it works fine. But when I write  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\ea}{\end{align*}}  &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;LaTeX complains. It looks like it's interpreting it as part of the environment and is not happy with that. Anyone know how to fix this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastEditorUserId="86" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-09T13:16:55.090" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T13:23:15.440" Title="Defining a shorthand for amsmath's align environment in LaTeX (as commands)" Tags="&lt;environments&gt;&lt;align&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13043" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13042" CreationDate="2010-04-19T06:02:19.007" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;An alternative solution -- this is the code in the custom document class I use for everything:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\eq}[1]{\begin{align*}#1\end{align*}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Usage:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\eq{&#xA;  x^2 + 9 &amp;amp;= 0&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Obviously, change the command name to suit your preference.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1302" LastActivityDate="2010-04-19T06:02:19.007" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13044" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13042" CreationDate="2010-04-19T07:32:51.367" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A little testing shows that this appears to be fairly specific to the &quot;align&quot; environment from amsmath.  For example,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\bc}{\begin{center}}&#xA;\newcommand{\ec}{\end{center}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\bc&#xA;hello world&#xA;\ec&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;works fine.  I'm not sure why &lt;code&gt;align*&lt;/code&gt; doesn't work (it doesn't work without the star either); I suspect that the myriad expansions and aliases surrounding the align environment do something a little more complicated than a &quot;traditional&quot; LaTeX environment.  However, I have found something that might just achieve the same objective for you:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\ba}{\[\begin{aligned}}&#xA;\newcommand{\ea}{\end{aligned}\]}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\ba&#xA;x^2 &amp;amp;= y^2 \\&#xA;z^2 &amp;amp;= t^2&#xA;\ea&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hope that helps!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-04-19T07:32:51.367" />
  <row Id="13045" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13042" CreationDate="2010-11-18T13:36:14.480" Score="-1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It seems to me that it's a bug.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\ba}{\begin{align}} &#xA;\newcommand{\ea}{\end{align}}&#xA;\ba&#xA;x=1&#xA;\ea&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;LaTeX complains about &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt; not being closed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-09T13:23:15.440" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T13:23:15.440" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13046" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13047" CreationDate="2011-03-09T13:12:20.337" Score="3" ViewCount="82" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi, I'm trying to layout a text book where each page in a given chapter has a thin coloured sidebar that starts at the top of the page and is some fixed length long. Each chapter will have a differently coloured sidebar of differing lengths. For example, chapter 1 might have a green sidebar of length 5cm, chapter 2, red of length 3cm and so on. The sidebars will in an ideal world be in addition to any margin notes. Would appreciate any help anyone could give with this. The best option I can see at the moment is to use tikz, but maybe there's a simpler solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4084" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T13:37:06.577" Title="Vertical sidebars" Tags="&lt;margins&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="13047" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13046" CreationDate="2011-03-09T13:28:14.780" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One option would be to use the &lt;code&gt;background&lt;/code&gt; package (http://www.ctan.org/pkg/background); in the following example, all you have to do for each chapter is to set the color and length of the vertical bar (through the &lt;code&gt;\VerBar&lt;/code&gt; command) and then redefine &lt;code&gt;\SetBgContents&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,openany]{book}&#xA;\usepackage{background}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*\VerBar[2]{%&#xA;  {\color{#1}\rule{#2}{3pt}}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\SetBgPosition{-1,0}&#xA;\SetBgAngle{90}&#xA;\SetBgScale{1}&#xA;\SetBgOpacity{1}&#xA;\SetBgContents{\VerBar{red}{5cm}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\chapter{Test chapter one}&#xA;\lipsum[1-30]\clearpage&#xA;&#xA;\SetBgContents{\VerBar{blue}{7cm}}&#xA;\chapter{Test chapter one}&#xA;\lipsum[1-30]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastEditorUserId="3954" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-09T13:37:06.577" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T13:37:06.577" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13048" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13057" CreationDate="2011-03-09T13:41:04.997" Score="11" ViewCount="197" Body="&lt;p&gt;Bringhurst, in &lt;em&gt;Elements of Typographic Style&lt;/em&gt;, recommends to use upright parentheses in italic text (i.e., write '&lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;simple&lt;/em&gt;) &lt;em&gt;example&lt;/em&gt;' as opposed to '&lt;em&gt;a (simple) example&lt;/em&gt;'). I tend to agree, it looks nicer. But, how do I achieve this using LaTeX? One could of course write &lt;code&gt;\emph{a \emph{(}simple\emph{)} example}&lt;/code&gt;, but that would get old real soon.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Two approaches I've thought of:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Make &lt;code&gt;()&lt;/code&gt; (and possibly &lt;code&gt;[]&lt;/code&gt;) active characters, and ensure that they're always typeset upright, or&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Do some wizardry with virtual fonts or somesuch.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I might be able to implement the first suggestion with my knowledge, but my gut tells me the second option is more elegant. Unfortunately, my knowledge of (virtual) fonts in LaTeX is even more limited than my knowledge of (in)active characters and catcodes and such. Any ideas on how to go about this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4086" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T19:23:11.203" Title="Upright parentheses in italic text" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13049" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13032" CreationDate="2011-03-09T13:50:35.997" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would rather use the soul package. You can define a macro to make it easier to typeset the abbreviations as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[osf]{mathpazo}&#xA;\usepackage{soul}&#xA;&#xA;%\usepackage[%&#xA;%  tracking=smallcaps,&#xA;%  letterspace=50,% default: 100&#xA;%]{microtype}&#xA;&#xA;\def\abbreviation#1{\textsc{\so{#1}}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\textsc{nato}&#xA;&#xA;\abbreviation{nato}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Uncomment the &lt;code&gt;microtype&lt;/code&gt; package code above to see the differences. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T13:50:35.997" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13050" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13048" CreationDate="2011-03-09T13:59:14.347" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would keep it simple and not mess up with catcodes and the like. I would define a small macro as follows (you can use a shorter name if you like).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{xspace}&#xA;\def\bracketemphasis#1#2{(\emph{#1})\xspace\emph{#2}\xspace}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\bracketemphasis{simple}{example}.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;xspace&lt;/code&gt; would correctly handle spacing after punctuation and that is why I included it.&#xA;&lt;code&gt;\xspace&lt;/code&gt; should be used at the end of a macro designed to be used mainly&#xA;in text. It adds a space unless the macro is followed by punctuation&#xA;characters. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-09T17:27:31.000" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T17:27:31.000" CommentCount="10" />
  <row Id="13051" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13023" CreationDate="2011-03-09T14:03:29.307" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Martin's suggestion of Inkscape is likely the best, but &lt;a href=&quot;http://xfig.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Xfig&lt;/a&gt; supports export to formats that support Tex markup:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Metapost, which is usually run using the mpost command, which generates Postscript, or mptopdf, which generates PDF, where the labels are run through Tex.  If you use the Lualatex engine, the Metapost can be brought into the main document, and the engine is not separate.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Pictex, which is a Plain Tex macro package: the output is Tex code that can be cut &amp;amp; pasted in;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Combined Postscript/PDF and Latex formats, which use Postscript or PDF specials.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've used Xfig for many years.  It's not as sophisticated as Inkscape, but it works well alongside Latex.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastEditorUserId="175" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-09T16:42:35.397" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T16:42:35.397" />
  <row Id="13052" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-09T14:19:09.873" Score="2" ViewCount="94" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've been trying to use lists of items in a table. This was easy to do but I could not find a way to align them in the same way as plain text in a table. Let me give an example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{paralist}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|p{2cm}|p{10cm}|}&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Blah blah &amp;amp; &#xA;    \begin{compactitem}&#xA;        \item First&#xA;        \item Second&#xA;    \end{compactitem} \\    &#xA;    \hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Instead of just itemize I used &lt;code&gt;paralist&lt;/code&gt; so the list gets more compact, however there is still a lot of space added before and after the list. The result looks pretty awful, I would like to have the same spacing around &quot;Blah Blah&quot; as I have around the items in the right cell.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/pSMM3.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've also found some tricks to reduce the space to the upper or lower &lt;code&gt;\hline&lt;/code&gt; of the cell, but none of these could match the alignment with just plain text. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4081" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-09T15:53:00.580" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T15:53:00.580" Title="Spacing issues with itemize in a table" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;lists&gt;&lt;itemize&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13053" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13032" CreationDate="2011-03-09T14:23:37.670" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I ended up going with the soul package because it seemed microtype did not work with the font I was using:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Edit: apparantly it was possible to get it to work though)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt]{memoir}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[osf]{mathpazo}&#xA;\usepackage{soul}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\abbrev}[1]{\null\so{\textsc{#1}}\null}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\sodef\so{}{0.1em }{0em}{0em}&#xA;&#xA;So now I can write \abbrev{usa} instead of \textsc{usa}.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="298" LastEditorUserId="298" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-09T16:37:41.927" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T16:37:41.927" />
  <row Id="13054" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13062" CreationDate="2011-03-09T14:34:05.410" Score="2" ViewCount="34" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using the following minimal working example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[showframe]{geometry}&#xA;\geometry{hmargin={3.5cm,2.5cm}}&#xA;&#xA;\AtBeginDocument{\geometry{vmargin={12cm,5cm}}}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum[1-10]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Text on the first page overflows the lower margin. Other pages are fine, as illustrated by the figures below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;first page margin (overflown)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/IKJdx.png&quot; alt=&quot;First page lower margin overflown&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;other pages (as expected)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/RrT8q.png&quot; alt=&quot;Other pages are behaving correctly&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I need to use commands in MWE for a complicated sequence (creating a complex template as a document class, calculating some lenghts involved in the template, then putting appropriate margins on the text block to fit into the template), so redefining MWE as an answer is probably not desirable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1688" LastEditorUserId="1688" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-09T15:11:41.720" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T15:18:06.483" Title="Margin overflow when setting the geometry AtBeginDocument" Tags="&lt;geometry&gt;&lt;hooks&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13055" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13059" CreationDate="2011-03-09T14:37:30.137" Score="3" ViewCount="104" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to style my document in such a way that the page is divided into four equal parts and then the text is printed in those pages: it is similar to &lt;code&gt;twocolumn&lt;/code&gt; but I also want to have, say two rows. The reason is that I would like to cut the page into four smaller pieces, so it would be very convenient if LaTeX can do this.&#xA;Thank you in advance for help! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1227" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-09T14:45:08.337" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T18:23:33.690" Title="Four smaller pages in one page" Tags="&lt;page-style&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13056" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13048" CreationDate="2011-03-09T14:42:32.817" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would agree not messing with catcodes (although doing so just within an &lt;code&gt;\emph&lt;/code&gt; command itself probably wouldn't have too many issues.)  But here's a relatively simple solution with a slightly more transparent semantics than Yiannis's solution:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\bemph}[1]{{\upshape#1}} % define how emphasised brackets should look&#xA;\newcommand{\ep}[1]{\bemph{(}#1\bemph{)}} % parentheses&#xA;\newcommand{\eb}[1]{\bemph{[}#1\bemph{]}} % square brackets&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;This is \emph{a \ep{simple} example}.&#xA;\emph{This is \emph{a \ep{simple} example}.} % also works embedded in another emph&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The advantage of doing things this way is that if you ever need to change what &lt;code&gt;\emph&lt;/code&gt; does, you have independent control over what emphasised brackets are.  For example if you redefine &lt;code&gt;\emph&lt;/code&gt; as underlining or &lt;code&gt;\textbf&lt;/code&gt; you can adjust the brackets accordingly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-09T14:53:10.847" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T14:53:10.847" />
  <row Id="13057" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13048" CreationDate="2011-03-09T14:44:26.640" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A LaTeX3 solution. I chose to simply do what you said, replacing every &lt;code&gt;(&lt;/code&gt; by &lt;code&gt;\emph{(}&lt;/code&gt;, every &lt;code&gt;)&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;\emph{)}&lt;/code&gt;, and similarly for brackets, prior to passing the result to the old version of &lt;code&gt;\emph&lt;/code&gt; for typesetting. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At the end of the day, &lt;code&gt;xparse&lt;/code&gt; allows us to easily define &lt;code&gt;\emph&lt;/code&gt; to do what you asked for, and &lt;code&gt;\emph*&lt;/code&gt; to do the old version of &lt;code&gt;\emph&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{expl3,xparse}&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOn&#xA;\cs_new_eq:NN \emph_old:n \emph % Copying the old definition of `\emph`&#xA;\cs_new_eq:NN \emph_braces:n \textup % Set up how braces should be typeset.&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \emph_new:n #1 {&#xA;  \tl_set:Nn \l_emph_tl {#1}&#xA;  \tl_replace_all_in:Nnn \l_emph_tl {(}{\emph_braces:n{(}}&#xA;  \tl_replace_all_in:Nnn \l_emph_tl {)}{\emph_braces:n{)}}&#xA;  \tl_replace_all_in:Nnn \l_emph_tl {[}{\emph_braces:n{[}}&#xA;  \tl_replace_all_in:Nnn \l_emph_tl {]}{\emph_braces:n{]}}&#xA;  \exp_args:NV \emph_old:n \l_emph_tl&#xA;}&#xA;\RenewDocumentCommand {\emph} {sm} {&#xA;  \IfBooleanTF {#1} {\emph_old:n {#2}} {\emph_new:n {#2}}&#xA;}&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOff&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;A \emph{(simple) example}, and \emph*{another one (with no correction)}.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: Alan Munn pointed out a mistake in a comment. Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastEditorUserId="2707" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-09T14:53:44.983" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T14:53:44.983" CommentCount="12" />
  <row Id="13058" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9534" CreationDate="2011-03-09T14:47:54.560" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I just stumbled on the same problem and I am actually considering using a smaller font for the miniscules to try and make them look right beside their small cap friends. I went for &lt;code&gt;\scriptsize\textbf&lt;/code&gt; and after having tried all alternatives it feels like the best for me at least. I guess I should look at it again after I have had a night's sleep... :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="298" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T14:47:54.560" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13059" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13055" CreationDate="2011-03-09T14:48:48.663" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could simply use &lt;a href=&quot;http://linux.die.net/man/1/pdfnup&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pdfnup&lt;/a&gt; (for PDF documents), or &lt;a href=&quot;http://linux.die.net/man/1/psnup&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;psnup&lt;/a&gt; (for PostScript documents).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4086" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T14:48:48.663" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13060" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13052" CreationDate="2011-03-09T14:51:39.343" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could also use &lt;code&gt;enumitem&lt;/code&gt; package. Using it you can access various useful settings as key-value pairs: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{enumitem}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|p{2cm}|p{10cm}|}&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Blah blah &amp;amp; \begin{itemize}[topsep=-0.5cm]\item First \item Second \end{itemize} \\    &#xA;    \hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If that is not enough, you can manually kill space with &lt;code&gt;\vspace*{-1.5mm}&lt;/code&gt;. Asterix ensures the space is added (in this case, because the number is negative, removed).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{enumitem}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|p{2cm}|p{10cm}|}&#xA;\hline&#xA;Blah blah &amp;amp; \vspace*{-0.2cm}\begin{itemize}[topsep=-0.5cm,leftmargin=0.3cm]\item a \item b \end{itemize}\\    &#xA;\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Both the answer and the result seem very ugly to me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/jjPMR.png&quot; alt=&quot;List in a table without spacing&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1688" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T14:51:39.343" />
  <row Id="13061" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13052" CreationDate="2011-03-09T15:03:39.400" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{paralist,array}&#xA;\makeatletter\let\MPtrue\@minipagetrue\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|p{2cm}|p{10cm}|}&#xA;    \hline&#xA;    Blah blah &amp;amp; \MPtrue&#xA;    \begin{compactitem}&#xA;        \item First&#xA;        \item Second&#xA;    \end{compactitem} \\\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T15:03:39.400" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="13062" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13054" CreationDate="2011-03-09T15:18:06.483" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You cannot use &lt;code&gt;\geometry&lt;/code&gt; for a setting inside the text body. Use &lt;code&gt;\newgeometry&lt;/code&gt; instead. However, &lt;code&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/code&gt; should &lt;em&gt;always&lt;/em&gt; be loaded &lt;em&gt;after&lt;/em&gt; &lt;code&gt;geometry&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[showframe]{geometry}&#xA;\geometry{hmargin={3.5cm,2.5cm}}&#xA;&#xA;\AtBeginDocument{\newgeometry{vmargin={12cm,5cm}}}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0.0pt}&#xA;\renewcommand{\footrulewidth}{0.0pt}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum[1-10]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T15:18:06.483" />
  <row Id="13063" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12816" CreationDate="2011-03-09T15:18:13.570" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I figured out what the problem was ( and as it turns out, it was an issue with the .cls file)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately the example I created didn't replicate the problem, (although I swear it did when I checked it before posting!).  I really made a dogs dinner of anonymizing / simplifying my example!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem was caused when the combination of projecttitle, supervisorname and moderatorname were too long for what was intended for the template (even though they were not especially long!) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think this must have pushed on to another page. I have solved the problem my removing a \null spacer. This is a little ugly as it makes the date too close to the school name directly above it. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am gonna use that solution for now, if anyone has a more elegant solution (is it possible to prevent moving onto a new page? the page that does get added is blank, so theres hardly any point to it!). I will mark this as the answer for now, but if someone has a more elegant solution, I'll mark that as the answer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4026" LastEditorUserId="4026" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-09T17:49:32.053" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T17:49:32.053" />
  <row Id="13064" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12721" CreationDate="2011-03-09T15:21:02.273" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi, I posted this already on Dick's blog. I think there is an easier way to do what Dick wants to do (if I understand him correctly) by using the \url command provided by the url or hyperref packages. In this case, you can just define the macro like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\hreffootnote[2]{#2\footnote{\url{#1}}}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: This does not treat # and % in URLs correctly. But this seems to work (using hyperref):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand\myhref@[2]{#2\footnote{\url@{#1}}}&#xA;\DeclareRobustCommand{\myhref}{\hyper@normalise\myhref@}&#xA;\makeatother&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4087" LastEditorUserId="4087" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-09T17:28:46.257" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T17:28:46.257" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="13065" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12816" CreationDate="2011-03-09T16:20:19.990" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The comments show that the problem was solved, though it appears not to be known exactly what solved it. Here is an “answer” to save the question from counting as unsolved in the future. It's community wiki, so anybody can add to it if they have anything useful to say.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T16:20:19.990" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-03-09T16:20:19.990" />
  <row Id="13066" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-09T16:30:11.407" Score="1" ViewCount="72" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've been using skak to display diagrams of chessboards in pictures, but I'd like a little more functionality. In particular, I'd like to be able to:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;a) display only a portion of the board&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;b) indicate the importance of certain squares with stars &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can I do this with skak? Or is there another package to use?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3350" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T16:44:04.873" Title="Features in Chess Diagrams" Tags="&lt;skak&gt;&lt;chessboard&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="13067" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13070" CreationDate="2011-03-09T16:33:57.973" Score="12" ViewCount="226" Body="&lt;p&gt;I normally use &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&lt;/code&gt; for my latex document but on this site i saw a lot of code with &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[utf8x]{inputenc}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What are the differences between the 2 options ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there one of the option obsolete and which one should I use ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3172" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-09T16:39:06.233" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T18:30:15.227" Title="utf8x vs. utf8 (inputenc)" Tags="&lt;best-practices&gt;&lt;inputenc&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="13068" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13066" CreationDate="2011-03-09T16:36:47.043" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/chessboard&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;chessboard&lt;/a&gt;. And perhaps instead of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/skak&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;skak&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/xskak&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;xskak&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastEditorUserId="3323" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-09T16:44:04.873" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T16:44:04.873" />
  <row Id="13069" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13792" CreationDate="2011-03-09T16:53:16.320" Score="12" ViewCount="206" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Problem&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am trying to find out is there a good way to paint combining characters without changing the color of the base character they are combined with. My actual problem case is to make some Hebrew inflection charts with colored prefixes and suffixes. Problem area there is to being able to color vowel points, cantillation and other diacritical marks without changing the color of the base consonant. As a clarification, in following image from &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cantillation&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt;, consonants are in black, vowels in red and cantillation in blue.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/XAbeq.png&quot; alt=&quot;And God said, &amp;quot;Let the waters be collected.&amp;quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As an illustration what I would like to be able to produce, I quickly photoshopped following example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/6uDXA.png&quot; alt=&quot;example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Search for solution&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In my search so far, I have found that there has been &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/mailman/htdig/xetex/2007-July/006987.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;discussion&lt;/a&gt; about this question in XeTeX mailing list in 2007. Back then there was not perfect solution. However a workaround with two overlapping words with different colors was proposed. Also there was noted that coloring solution for ArabTeX could be ported for Hebrew.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately the workaround is quite laborious solution as you have to write every word twice, and also it doubles the chances to write something wrong. As what comes to the idea of porting ArabTeX, I am far too inexperienced with TeX that I could give that a try.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I am hoping that there has been some development with this problem since 2007 with XeTeX or this can be achieved gracefully with some other tools.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also please note me if you happen to know that this can be achieved word processors such as Word, OpenOffice.org Writer etc, as I am not aware if they can handle this either. (I know that Word can paint all diacritics, but I am not aware if it can paint just some diacritics.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4091" LastEditorUserId="4091" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-11T19:07:48.683" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T11:51:44.740" Title="Coloring combining characters without changing color of a base character" Tags="&lt;color&gt;&lt;punctuation&gt;&lt;characters&gt;&lt;hebrew&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="11" />
  <row Id="13070" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13067" CreationDate="2011-03-09T17:18:31.630" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The simple answer is that &lt;code&gt;utf8x&lt;/code&gt; is to be avoided if possible. It loads the &lt;code&gt;ucs&lt;/code&gt; package, which for a long time was unmaintained (although there is now a new maintainer) and breaks various other things.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The best way to deal with unicode source (especially with non-latin scripts) is really XeLaTeX or LuaLaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There's an extended discussion of this here: &lt;a href=&quot;http://groups.google.com/group/comp.text.tex/browse_thread/thread/e0b0bec4e0dbf8b5/5487c7b0a170b95f?q=utf8x+group%3acomp.text.tex#5487c7b0a170b95f&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Encoding remarks&lt;/a&gt;.  See especially the comments by Philipp Lehman and Philipp Stephani.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T17:18:31.630" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13071" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-09T17:39:53.177" Score="6" ViewCount="106" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to produce a CMYK PDF file to pass onto a printshop.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I use the [cmyk] option for the xcolor package, the colours in the resulting PDF do look muted and less vibrant as is the case with the CMYK colorspace. For example,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage[cmyk]{xcolor}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\textcolor{blue}{\fontsize{24}{28}\selectfont A}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;when processed by pdflatex produces a PDF file that appears onscreen like a muted, darkish CMYK colorspace document, but when I run ImageMagick's &lt;code&gt;identify&lt;/code&gt; command on the PDF using&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;identify -verbose cmyk.pdf | grep Colorspace&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I get&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Colorspace: RGB&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Surely the PDF uses only one of CMYK or RGB for colour. How can I reliably tell which?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, if it is indeed an RGB PDF why does it appear so different from the version I get if the line&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[cmyk]{xcolor}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is replaced by&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[rgb]{xcolor}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1636" LastActivityDate="2011-03-12T00:48:40.207" Title="Option cmyk for xcolor package does not produce a CMYK PDF" Tags="&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;color&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13072" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13055" CreationDate="2011-03-09T17:43:48.953" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The most flexible solution to this problem that I know of is &lt;code&gt;pgfpages&lt;/code&gt;.  It's an interface to TeX's shipout algorithms.  You can place as many pages of any size you want on each page.  It's documented in the PGF manual, albeit lightly.  Have a look at the source files that come with &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt; to see how it's used and also this very popular post from Guido Diepen's blog: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.guidodiepen.nl/2009/07/creating-latex-beamer-handouts-with-notes/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;“Creating latex-beamer handouts with notes”&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T17:43:48.953" />
  <row Id="13073" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12855" CreationDate="2011-03-09T18:07:01.727" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This definition seems to work with the hyperref package. &lt;code&gt;\hyper@normalise&lt;/code&gt; takes care of all those nasty characters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand\myhref@[2]{#2\footnote{\url@{#1}}}&#xA;\DeclareRobustCommand{\myhref}{\hyper@normalise\myhref@}&#xA;\makeatother&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: This typesets the link as a footnote. To just get a footnote with a link labelled by the text in the second argument, this should work:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand\hreffootnote@[2]{\footnote{\hyper@linkurl{\Hurl{#2}}{#1}}}&#xA;\DeclareRobustCommand{\hreffootnote}{\hyper@normalise\hreffootnote@}&#xA;\makeatother&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4087" LastEditorUserId="4087" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-10T01:55:01.127" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T01:55:01.127" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13074" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13055" CreationDate="2011-03-09T18:08:39.820" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Building on Matthew Leingang's answer, here's some code that does 4 on 1.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{pgfpages}&#xA;\pgfpagesuselayout{4 on 1}[a4paper,border shrink=5mm]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Put this somewhere in your preamble. (&lt;em&gt;After&lt;/em&gt; hyperref, if you load hyperref).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This will put 4 pages on one. If you want to keep more or less the same text size, I'd suggest upping the text size in your documentclass call. With a little experimentation you should be able to find a size that looks acceptable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a quick MWE to show roughly how this may work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{anyfontsize} %For arbitrary font sizes&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}  &#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}  % For dummy text&#xA;\usepackage[margin=1cm]{geometry} % To make margins smaller&#xA;\usepackage{microtype}  % To improve hyphenation, justification etc...&#xA;\usepackage{pgfpages}&#xA;\pgfpagesuselayout{4 on 1}[a4paper,border shrink=5mm]&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\fontsize{20}{24} \selectfont&#xA; \lipsum&#xA;&#xA;{\Huge Here is larger text}&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;LaTeX doesn't allow just any old font size in the documentclass call, so I've had to get around that with explicitly giving a fontsize at the begining. (This means that the page numbers are relatively very small now...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-09T18:23:33.690" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T18:23:33.690" />
  <row Id="13075" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12787" CreationDate="2011-03-09T18:12:35.637" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;After some hours with Skim, I get these conclusions&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I presume that Skim is defined to be the default pdf viewer, and Preview is the default png and  jpg viewer.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\href{file://absolute path to/calledfile.png}{link}&lt;/code&gt;  works fine with Skim, instead of png you can use jpg.&#xA;Examples : &lt;code&gt;\href{file:///Users/altermundus/Desktop/bosch2.jpg}{jpg abs link}&lt;/code&gt;&#xA;or &lt;code&gt;\href{file:///Users/altermundus/Desktop/Einstein.png}{png abs link}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;but &lt;code&gt;\href{file://absolute path to/calledfile.pdf}{link}&lt;/code&gt;  does not work with Skim. &#xA;Example : &lt;code&gt;\href{file:///Users/altermundus/Desktop/Newton.pdf}{Newton.pdf absolute path}&lt;/code&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;it's possible to use &lt;code&gt;\href{run:calledfile.pdf&lt;/code&gt;or &lt;code&gt;\href{run:calledfile.png&lt;/code&gt; but the file called must be in the same folder that your initial pdf.&#xA;Remark: with Skim we can see that the link is  : &lt;code&gt;file://localhost/.../calledfile.pdf&lt;/code&gt; &lt;code&gt;localhost/...&lt;/code&gt; is the absolute path for your main.pdf file.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Possible : &lt;code&gt;\href{run:/tmp/file.pdf&lt;/code&gt; you need to put the calledfile inside tmp/ &#xA;The path of calledfile is relative to  main.pdf file : &#xA;&lt;code&gt;path to the main file/tmp/calledfile.pdf&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;A new try for the pdf file. &lt;code&gt;\href{run:myscript.sh}{myscript}&lt;/code&gt;. You can create a script file name myscript.sh with &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;#!/bin/bash &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;open -a skim /Users/altermundus/Desktop/Newto.pdf&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This script must be executable : &lt;code&gt;$ chmod +x /Users/altermundus/Desktop/myscript.sh&lt;/code&gt;&#xA;Then in main.pdf you write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;\href{run:myscript.sh}{myscript}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This script must be in the same folder than main.pdf or a subfolder &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;my test file is :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% the file is compiled inside a folder named : myfolder &#xA;%   /Users/altermundus/myfolder &#xA;\documentclass{scrartcl}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;% absolute path problem with pdf file     &#xA;\href{file:///Users/altermundus/Desktop/bosch.jpg}{bosch.jpg absolute path}\par&#xA;% relative path  &#xA;\href{run:Einstein.png}{Einstein in the same folder}\par %  myfolder/Einstein.png  &#xA;\href{run:tmp/Einstein.png}{Einstein in a subfolder}\par &#xA;  % myfolder/tmp/Einstein.png&#xA;\href{run:texteinv.pdf}{Newton.pdf}\par % myfolder/Newton.pdf &#xA;\href{run:bosch.jpg}{run:bosch.jpg}\par % myfolder/bosch.jpg&#xA;\href{run:/tmp/myscript.sh}{Newton.pdf}\par % myfolder/tmp/myscript.sh&#xA;% but myscript calls /Users/altermundus/Desktop/Newton.pdf&#xA;\href{file:///Users/altermundus/Desktop/myscript.sh}{Newton.pdf absolute path}\par&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Final remarks : With Preview, only  &lt;code&gt;\href[]{run:texteinv.pdf}{Newton.pdf}&lt;/code&gt; works&#xA;and only Adobe reader and Adobe Acrobat Pro are able to open &#xA;&lt;code&gt;\href{file:///Users/altermundus/Desktop/Newton.pdf}{Newton.pdf absolute path}&lt;/code&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I await an answer from  Christiaan Hofman (the author of Skim)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T18:12:35.637" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13076" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12806" CreationDate="2011-03-09T18:16:51.263" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'll start with a few words of caution. First, while most of the following tips should also be applicable for custom CTAN styles, my focus is on the standard styles that ship with biblatex. Second, these guidelines are about easy-to-medium modifications; the trickier stuff is put off for other answers (presumably from other users).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Introduction&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As newer versions of biblatex were released, customizations that formerly required redefining internal macros (or at least changing settings mid-document) have become package options settable in the preamble. Here's how to do some often-requested tweaks:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;firstinits=true&lt;/code&gt; will render all first and middle names as initials. (Introduced in v0.8)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;isbn=false&lt;/code&gt; will suppress any &lt;code&gt;isbn&lt;/code&gt; fields included in your &lt;code&gt;.bib&lt;/code&gt; file. (It works the same way for &lt;code&gt;url&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;doi&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;eprint&lt;/code&gt;.) (Introduced in v0.9)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;dashed=false&lt;/code&gt; (available for the &lt;code&gt;authoryear&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;authortitle&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;verbose&lt;/code&gt; bibliography styles) will print recurring author/editor names instead of replacing them by a dash. (Introduced in v0.9)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;maxbibnames=99&lt;/code&gt; will print complete name lists for multi-author/editor works in the bibliography while truncating those lists for in-text citations. (Introduced in v1.1)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, where to put actual customization macros? As you don't want to create a full-fledged custom style, I recommend to use the configuration file &lt;code&gt;biblatex.cfg&lt;/code&gt;. This file, if available, is read by biblatex immediately after a style has been loaded. The (empty) original is located at &lt;code&gt;/tex/latex/biblatex&lt;/code&gt; in your TeX distribution directory; put a copy in the analogous location of your local TEXMF tree (and update your file database) and fill it with the redefinitions I'm (finally!) going to talk about.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Addendum:&lt;/em&gt; You may also specify preamble options (but not bibliography/citation styles or compatibility modules) via the configuration file. Put the following into &lt;code&gt;biblatex.cfg&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{&amp;lt;preamble options&amp;gt;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Formatting of certain (BibTeX) fields (and of citation postnotes)&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As a general rule, inspect the &quot;Field Formats&quot; section of the file &lt;code&gt;biblatex.def&lt;/code&gt; (location: see above). With regard to the example given in your question, look for the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareFieldFormat&#xA;  [article,inbook,incollection,inproceedings,patent,thesis,unpublished]&#xA;  {title}{\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This means that for &lt;code&gt;@article&lt;/code&gt; (and a bunch of other entry types), the &lt;code&gt;title&lt;/code&gt; field is put inside quotation marks. (&lt;code&gt;#1&lt;/code&gt; stands for the value of the field, &lt;code&gt;\isdot&lt;/code&gt; prevents double punctuation.) &lt;em&gt;In your local copy of &lt;code&gt;biblatex.cfg&lt;/code&gt;,&lt;/em&gt; change the last part from &lt;code&gt;{\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}}&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;{#1\isdot}&lt;/code&gt;, and you're set with regard to the bibliography. In case your &quot;parent&quot; style prints titles as part of in-text-citations, you'll have to modify the &lt;code&gt;citetitle&lt;/code&gt; field in the same way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the formatting of citation postnotes, the same principles as above apply, so I'll just post the solution to your actual question. ;-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareFieldFormat{postnote}{#1}% no postnote prefix in &quot;normal&quot; citation commands&#xA;\DeclareFieldFormat{multipostnote}{#1}% no postnote prefix in &quot;multicite&quot; commands&#xA;\DeclareFieldFormat{pages}{#1}% no prefix for the `pages` field in the bibliography&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Bibliography -- spacing and punctuation&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Section 3.8.1 &quot;Generic [Formatting] Commands and Hooks&quot; of the biblatex manual provides the basics, the &quot;Formatting Commands&quot; section of &lt;code&gt;biblatex.def&lt;/code&gt; contains the actual macros. With regard to your example question (How to replace unit-separator periods with commas?),&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*{\newunitpunct}{\addperiod\space}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;needs to be redefined (using &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand&lt;/code&gt;!) as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand*{\newunitpunct}{\addcomma\space}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Bibliography -- order of first names and last names&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The standard styles shipped with biblatex use two different name formats for the bibliography: &lt;code&gt;default&lt;/code&gt; (used by &lt;code&gt;numeric&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;alphabetic&lt;/code&gt;) and &lt;code&gt;sortname&lt;/code&gt; (used by &lt;code&gt;authoryear&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;authortitle&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;verbose&lt;/code&gt;). (In-text-citations are the domain of a third name format, &lt;code&gt;labelname&lt;/code&gt;.) These name formats in turn utilize auxiliary macros such as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;last-first/first-last&lt;/code&gt;: first author of multi-author works is printed as &quot;last name -- first name&quot;, follow-up authors are printed as &quot;first name -- last name&quot;;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;last-first&lt;/code&gt;: all authors are printed as &quot;last name -- first name&quot;;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;first-last&lt;/code&gt;: you guessed it.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To change the name format for, say, the &lt;code&gt;authortitle&lt;/code&gt; bibliography style (by default &lt;code&gt;last-first/first-last&lt;/code&gt;) to, say, &lt;code&gt;last-first&lt;/code&gt;, apply the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{last-first}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Bibliography -- order of certain fields&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Let's delve into the files &lt;code&gt;standard.bbx&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;myparentstyle&amp;gt;.bbx&lt;/code&gt;, both of them located in the &lt;code&gt;/bbx&lt;/code&gt; subdirectory of your biblatex folder. As per your question, you want to swap the &lt;code&gt;location&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;publisher&lt;/code&gt; fields. Suppose you encounter the following code snippet in &lt;code&gt;standard.bbx&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareBibliographyDriver{book}{%&#xA;  \printnames{author}%&#xA;  \newunit\newblock&#xA;  \printfield{title}%&#xA;  \newunit\newblock&#xA;  \printlist{publisher}%&#xA;  \newunit&#xA;  \printlist{location}%&#xA;  \newunit&#xA;  \printfield{year}%&#xA;  \finentry}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Copy-pasting this definition to your local copy of &lt;code&gt;biblatex.cfg&lt;/code&gt; and swapping the respective code lines should be a piece of cake, right? Wrong! While the &quot;bibliography driver&quot; shown above is functional (the example is taken from section 4.2.3 of the manual), the actual drivers are much more complex. They regularly use macros to print specific names, lists, or fields, and the macro definitions of &lt;code&gt;standard.bbx&lt;/code&gt; may be modified by &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;myparentstyle&amp;gt;.bbx&lt;/code&gt;. Assuming your parent style is &lt;code&gt;authortitle&lt;/code&gt;, tracing the drivers and macros will bring forth the following definition:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newbibmacro*{publisher+location+date}{%&#xA;  \printlist{location}%&#xA;  \iflistundef{publisher}&#xA;    {\setunit*{\addcomma\space}}&#xA;    {\setunit*{\addcolon\space}}%&#xA;  \printlist{publisher}%&#xA;  \setunit*{\addcomma\space}%&#xA;  \usebibmacro{date}%&#xA;  \newunit}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note the &lt;code&gt;\iflistundef&lt;/code&gt; macro which will print either a comma or a colon, depending on whether the &lt;code&gt;publisher&lt;/code&gt; list is defined. (The &lt;code&gt;\setunit*&lt;/code&gt; macro will only print its argument if the last printing command did actually print anything.) A possible redefinition -- and the answer to your question -- would be&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewbibmacro*{publisher+location+date}{%&#xA;  \printlist{publisher}%&#xA;  \setunit*{\addcomma\space}%&#xA;  \printlist{location}%&#xA;  \setunit*{\addcomma\space}%&#xA;  \usebibmacro{date}%&#xA;  \newunit}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;By the way, redefining &lt;code&gt;publisher+location+date&lt;/code&gt; will (and for the sake of consistency should) affect other entry types besides &lt;code&gt;@book&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Language-specific terms&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To change these, you need to modify the &quot;localization keys&quot; listed in section 4.9.2 of the manual. With regard to your example question, the following code does the trick:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DefineBibliographyStrings{english}{%&#xA;  references = {Works Cited},&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Actually, a long and a short form is assigned to every localization key. However, with &lt;code&gt;biblatex.cfg&lt;/code&gt; it is not possible to separately override these two expressions.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Afterword&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;tex.stackexchange features a lot of questions/answers about customizing biblatex, with the solutions spanning everything from cute and simple macro redefinitions to venturous hacking of biblatex internals. Some notable ones (no claim to be complete):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/10682/suppress-in-biblatex&quot;&gt;Suppress &quot;In:&quot; for articles&lt;/a&gt; (by Herbert);&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/10203/biblatex-putting-thin-spaces-between-initials&quot;&gt;Put thin spaces between initials&lt;/a&gt; (by Will Robertson);&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/12254/how-to-remove-the-parentheses-around-the-year-in-biblatex-authoryear-style&quot;&gt;Remove the parentheses around the year for authoryear styles&lt;/a&gt; (by Alan Munn).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, here's a real-world example of &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/6743/biblatex-changing-the-order-of-entries&quot;&gt;tinkering with bibliography drivers&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-14T18:43:59.387" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T18:43:59.387" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13077" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13067" CreationDate="2011-03-09T18:30:15.227" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;The simple answer is that &lt;code&gt;utf8x&lt;/code&gt; is to be avoided if possible.&quot;&#xA;Yes and No. No it's not so simple &lt;code&gt;utf8x&lt;/code&gt; is sometimes necessary when you need to write greek or some special symbols. Yes &lt;code&gt;utf8x&lt;/code&gt; is for a long time was unmaintained but we can use it.&#xA;Try to compile the next code with &lt;code&gt;utf8&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[utf8x]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[polutonikogreek,english]{babel}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand*{\textgreek}[1]{%&#xA;  \foreignlanguage{greek}{#1}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;This is english&#xA;\textgreek{Τηις ις γρεεκ}&#xA;This is english again.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/aA53r.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T18:30:15.227" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="13078" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13082" CreationDate="2011-03-09T18:32:35.990" Score="3" ViewCount="83" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to learn how to write latex classes and am using my resume as a toy example.  I am trying to separate style from content as much as possible so I am trying to define data fields such as &lt;code&gt;\name&lt;/code&gt; &lt;code&gt;\address&lt;/code&gt; &lt;code&gt;\university&lt;/code&gt;, similar to those that I have seen in &lt;code&gt;\maketitle&lt;/code&gt;.  Some of the fields of each of these are to be optional.  I have a working example but since this is my first attempt at writing a latex class, I wanted to ask how I &lt;em&gt;should&lt;/em&gt; be defining the class's metadata. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My attempt so far is like so (optional second line for the address):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\RequirePackage{xkeyval} % for keyval&#xA;&#xA;\newif\ifAddressLineTwo\AddressLineTwofalse&#xA;\newcommand{\@address@firstline}{}&#xA;\newcommand{\@address@secondline}{}&#xA;\newcommand{\@address@town}{}&#xA;\newcommand{\@address@postcode}{}&#xA;&#xA;\define@key{address}{first_line}[none]{%&#xA;  \renewcommand{\@address@firstline}{#1}%&#xA;}&#xA;\define@key{address}{second_line}[none]{%&#xA;  \AddressLineTwotrue&#xA;  \renewcommand{\@address@secondline}{#1}%&#xA;}&#xA;\define@key{address}{town}[none]{%&#xA;  \renewcommand{\@address@town}{#1}%&#xA;}&#xA;\define@key{address}{postcode}[none]{%&#xA;  \renewcommand{\@address@postcode}{#1}%&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand\address[2][]{%&#xA;\setkeys{address}{#2}%&#xA;} &#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\makeCV}{%&#xA;\@address@firstline\\%&#xA;\ifAddressLineTwo&#xA;\@address@secondline\\%&#xA;\fi&#xA;\@address@town\\%&#xA;\@address@postcode%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This works okay for me, I can type&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\address&#xA;{&#xA;  first_line= my road&#xA;  %second_line=my county,&#xA;  town=my city, &#xA;  postcode=my post code&#xA;}&#xA;\makeCV&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but it the class seems a little verbose?  In particular, having to define all those &lt;code&gt;\newcommand{...}{}&lt;/code&gt; and all the various &lt;code&gt;\newif&lt;/code&gt; 's seems a little verbose.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My question is how should I be doing this task properly?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3491" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T19:24:19.793" Title="Defining (optional) data in a class" Tags="&lt;package-writing&gt;&lt;documentclass-writing&gt;&lt;metadata&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="13079" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13078" CreationDate="2011-03-09T19:02:45.290" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I write this directly without a try so be careful:&#xA;NPK for new package better is to use for example letters of the name for your package.&#xA;mcv makeCV. With &lt;code&gt;\define@boolkey&lt;/code&gt;  you don't need &lt;code&gt;\newif&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;code&gt;\ifNPK@mcv@LineTwo&lt;/code&gt;is automatically created. &lt;code&gt;\presetkeys&lt;/code&gt; is to give default values and  &lt;code&gt;\setkeys[NPK]{mcv}{#1}&lt;/code&gt; is to apply the options inside your macro. Without a try, perhaps i make some typos :(&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now I prefer to use &lt;code&gt;pgfkeys&lt;/code&gt;if you want the same things it's possible but perhaps it's more  verbose &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\define@boolkey [NPK] {mcv} {LineTwo}[true]{}&#xA;\define@cmdkey  [NPK] {mcv} {firstline}{}&#xA;\define@cmdkey  [NPK] {mcv} {secondline}{}   &#xA;\define@cmdkey  [NPK] {mcv} {town}{}   &#xA;\define@cmdkey  [NPK] {mcv} {postcode}{}  &#xA;\presetkeys     [NPK] {mcv} {LineTwo      = false,&#xA;                             firstline    = {},&#xA;                             secondline   = {},&#xA;                             town         = {},% Paris&#xA;                             postcode     = {}}{} % 75005 &#xA;\newcommand{\makeCV}[1][]{%&#xA;\setkeys[NPK]{mcv}{#1}  &#xA;\cmdNPK@mcv@firstline\\%&#xA;\ifNPK@mcv@LineTwo&#xA;\cmdNPK@mcv@secondline\\%&#xA;\fi&#xA;\cmdNPK@mcv@town\\%&#xA;\cmdNPK@mcv@postcode%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-09T19:05:13.303" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T19:05:13.303" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13080" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-09T19:13:16.667" Score="4" ViewCount="47" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using pygments to highlight the code I insert in my lyx document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The external file gets inserted in my document like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{\small \input{listings/blah.tex} }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And I use this command to generate the &lt;code&gt;blah.tex&lt;/code&gt; file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;pygmentize -f latex -O linenos=true -l xml blah.xml &amp;gt; blah.tex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can see that the numbering flags seem to appear in the output of pygmentize:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{Verbatim}[commandchars=\\{\},numbers=left,firstnumber=1,stepnumber=1]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But when I render the pdf, it only shows the highlighted listing, without line numbers. What am I doing wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4098" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-09T22:38:07.000" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T22:38:07.000" Title="using \input and pygmentize together: trying to get line numbers to show" Tags="&lt;lyx&gt;&lt;verbatim&gt;&lt;input&gt;" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13081" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13071" CreationDate="2011-03-09T19:23:22.807" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;With using &lt;code&gt;\pdfcompresslevel=0&lt;/code&gt; I'll get the pdf with no compressed streams and can see what happens inside the pdf.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With the cmyk option I get:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;stream&#xA;0 0 0 1 k 0 0 0 1 K&#xA;0 g 0 G&#xA;0 0 0 1 k 0 0 0 1 K&#xA;1 1 0 0 k 1 1 0 0 K&#xA;BT&#xA;/F15 24.7871 Tf 91.925 752.955 Td [(A)]TJ&#xA;0 0 0 1 k 0 0 0 1 K&#xA;0 0 0 1 k 0 0 0 1 K&#xA;0 0 0 1 k 0 0 0 1 K&#xA;ET&#xA;endstream&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and with the rgb option:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;stream&#xA;0 0 0 rg 0 0 0 RG&#xA;0 g 0 G&#xA;0 0 0 rg 0 0 0 RG&#xA;0 0 1 rg 0 0 1 RG&#xA;BT&#xA;/F15 24.7871 Tf 91.925 752.955 Td [(A)]TJ&#xA;0 0 0 rg 0 0 0 RG&#xA;0 0 0 rg 0 0 0 RG&#xA;0 0 0 rg 0 0 0 RG&#xA;ET&#xA;endstream&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which is what I would expect, a correct color setting.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-09T21:50:42.767" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T21:50:42.767" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13082" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13078" CreationDate="2011-03-09T19:24:19.793" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can cut out a lot of the verbosity of the coding part using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/keycommand/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;keycommand&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I wouldn't worry too much about the verbosity of coding, but rather about the author interface you are presenting to your potential users, which is verbose. From my experience with users they prefer (environments) and simple commands.  I would reserve the &lt;code&gt;key-val&lt;/code&gt; pairs for mostly switches such as including a photo or not. Certainly the address lines do not belong in the key-val portion of the command. An interface as shown below,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[foto=none]{sCV}&#xA;\begin{CV}&#xA;  \AddaAddressLine{}&#xA;  \AddAddressLine{}&#xA;  \AddWorkexperience{}&#xA;  \Addacademic{}&#xA;  \AddFoto{}&#xA;\end{CV}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;would be easier to code and use. Using an environment would also make it easier for coding something that is going to span potentially over many pages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T19:24:19.793" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13083" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-09T21:05:32.753" Score="0" ViewCount="165" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is a minimal example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{amsart}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{amsthm}&#xA;\usepackage[pdftex]{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\newtheoremstyle{myexercise}{\baselineskip}{\baselineskip}{}{}{\bfseries}{.}{ }{\thmname{#1}\thmnumber{ #2}\thmnote{ (#3)}}&#xA;\newtheoremstyle{mypart}{\baselineskip}{\baselineskip}{}{}{\bfseries}{}{\newline}{\thmname{#1}\thmnumber{ #2}\thmnote{ -- #3}}&#xA;&#xA;\theoremstyle{myexercise}&#xA;\newtheorem{Exo}{Exercise}&#xA;\theoremstyle{mypart}&#xA;\newtheorem{Part}{Part}[Exo]&#xA;\renewcommand*\thePart{\Roman{Part}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{Exo}[A cool exercise]&#xA;\begin{Part}&#xA;\label{p:ex1:I}&#xA;Prove that $1=0$.&#xA;\end{Part}&#xA;\begin{Part}&#xA;Deduce from Part~\ref{p:ex1:I} that this exercise is wrong.&#xA;\end{Part}&#xA;\end{Exo}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{Exo}&#xA;\begin{Part}&#xA;Let $a=b$. Deduce that $0=0$.&#xA;\end{Part}&#xA;\begin{Part}&#xA;Let $a=42$. For what values of $b$ do we have $a=b$?&#xA;\end{Part}&#xA;\end{Exo}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The warning I get is the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;pdf TeX warning (ext4): destination&#xA;  with the same identifier&#xA;  (name{Part.1.1}) has b een already&#xA;  used, duplicate ignored&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;\AtBegShi@Output ...ipout \box&#xA;  \AtBeginShipoutBox &#xA;                                                    \fi \fi  l.35 \end{document}&#xA;                     pdfTeX warning (ext4): destination with the same&#xA;  identifier  (name{Part.2.1}) has been&#xA;  already used, duplicate ignored&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;\AtBegShi@Output ...ipout \box&#xA;  \AtBeginShipoutBox &#xA;                                                    \fi \fi  l.35 \end{document}&#xA;                     ] (./TestHyperref.aux) )&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This looks like a strange behavior to me. Or have I done anything wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Besides, the error completely disappears if I use, e.g., enumerates inside the Part environment, as in&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;...&#xA;\begin{Part}&#xA;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;\item Prove that $1=0$.&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;\end{Part}&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, there's no error if I remove the hyperref package. Unfortunately, I need to use hyperref.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any idea?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4008" LastEditorUserId="4008" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-10T14:54:17.777" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T14:54:17.777" Title="pdfTeX warning: destination with same identifier has been already used, duplicate ignored (weird behavior)" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;environments&gt;&lt;counters&gt;&lt;amsart&gt;&lt;amsthm&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13084" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13095" CreationDate="2011-03-09T21:14:44.263" Score="3" ViewCount="143" Body="&lt;p&gt;If i have in my beamer presentation some list of items and on that slide i wanna add a picture, which i want to be aligned e.g. to right top corner.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{frame}[fragile]{III. Override pages}&#xA;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;    \item Bookmark manager&#xA;    \item History&#xA;    \item New tab&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;    % image aligned to top right corner&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can i do that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4056" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T22:06:59.900" Title="How to align image" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="13085" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-09T21:20:00.907" Score="2" ViewCount="122" Body="&lt;p&gt;How many ways are there to indicate the beginning of a new paragraph in LaTeX? Only way I know of is the double linebreak.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2634" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T21:54:24.803" Title="In how many ways can you create a paragraph in LaTeX?" Tags="&lt;paragraphs&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="13086" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13085" CreationDate="2011-03-09T21:22:09.667" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use the command &lt;code&gt;\par&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another possibility is &lt;code&gt;\endgraf&lt;/code&gt;, since &lt;code&gt;latex.ltx&lt;/code&gt; defines&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\endgraf=\par&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then, there's &lt;code&gt;^^M&lt;/code&gt; (if active, such as done by &lt;code&gt;\obeylines&lt;/code&gt;) and &lt;code&gt;\@@par&lt;/code&gt;. Packages could define further aliases and even modify paragraph commands (yes, there's also &lt;code&gt;\@par&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Just scan &lt;code&gt;latex.ltx&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;source2e&lt;/code&gt; to find such commands.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would recommend to use blank lines or &lt;code&gt;\par&lt;/code&gt;, but not other internal commands or shortcuts, to keep your code readable. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-09T21:32:33.230" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T21:32:33.230" />
  <row Id="13087" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-04-15T13:01:44.650" Score="1" ViewCount="84" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a beamer frame with about 150 slides on it.  I want article and handout mode to only show frame 92.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Reading section 8.6.2 of the beamer manual it seems like I should be able to do something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{frame}&amp;lt;handout:92&amp;gt;&#xA;...&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but that seems to have no effect--all 150 slides are set in handout mode, overlaying (making the result unreadable).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have gotten the effect I want by taking all commands &lt;em&gt;within&lt;/em&gt; the frame that have an overlay specification and adding &quot;&lt;code&gt;| handout:0&lt;/code&gt;&quot; to make them not appear in handout mode.  Annoying, but works.  But for my 150-slide frame the different slides are generated by a PGF &lt;code&gt;\foreach&lt;/code&gt; loop so I can't code slide 92 differently from the rest.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But can I do this at the frame's overlay specification?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt; It seems that the frame's overlay spec really acts differently from other commands.  If I only do&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{frame}&amp;lt;92&amp;gt;...\end{frame}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;then I get only slide 92 in beamer mode but all slides in article or handout mode.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit 2:&lt;/strong&gt; Thanks to Andrew for his experimentation.  In the end I went a brute-force approach: I added &lt;code&gt;| handout:0&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;em&gt;all&lt;/em&gt; overlay specifications in the slide.  then I did:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\only&amp;lt;handout&amp;gt; {&#xA;\pgfmathsetmacro{\n}{92} % \n was the loop counter in the \foreach block&#xA;% copy of loop code&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit 3:&lt;/strong&gt; See my answer below.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T21:26:39.907" Title="different overlay specification in different beamer modes?" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;" AnswerCount="4" />
  <row Id="13088" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13087" CreationDate="2010-04-15T13:38:54.867" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I presume that the count of 150 refers to the main presentation version of the document (the &quot;beamer&quot; version).  If so, what you're seeing is the fact that when beamer produces the handout (and article and trans) versions of the pages then it collapses the slides considerably.  So when you ask for slide &quot;92&quot; in the handout version, then it looks for slide 92 with respect to the count used for the handout.  But that's not slide &quot;92&quot; in the beamer version because the collapse has already happened.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the beamer user guide, I found a section on including a copy of the presentation slide into the article version.  It's section 21.2.3 in my version.  I recommend that you look at that for the details, but the basic idea is as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Add a label to the frame: &lt;code&gt;\begin{frame}[label=myfantasticframe]&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Then use the command &lt;code&gt;\includeslide{myfantasticframe&amp;lt;92&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt; in the document&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There's some details about filenames and &lt;code&gt;beamerjobname&lt;/code&gt; in the user guide.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could &lt;em&gt;try&lt;/em&gt; that command in the handout mode, but I'm not convinced it would work quite as expected.  A quick experiment didn't work, but that doesn't mean that it doesn't!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update&lt;/strong&gt;: Okay, the experiment didn't work.  What goes wrong is that the array that contains the &quot;label =&gt; pagenumber&quot; settings is different in presentation modes to article mode.  In presentation mode, the labels are &quot;beamer@hyperlink&lt;i&gt;label&lt;/i&gt;&quot;.  In article mode, they are &quot;beamer@slide&lt;i&gt;label&lt;/i&gt;&quot;.  So when in article mode, it reads in the array of labels =&gt; pagenumbers from the corresponding beamer version, it saves the array as &quot;beamer@slideX =&gt; N&quot; and so when it comes to look it up again, it looks for &quot;beamer@slideX&quot;.  But if we try to do this in handout mode, it reads in the array of labels and saves it as &quot;beamer@hyperlinkX&quot; but when it comes to look up the label, it looks for &quot;beamer@slideX&quot;, which doesn't exist.  So one needs to tell the handout mode to look for the right index in the array.  Since these &quot;label =&gt; pagenumber&quot; arrays are probably used for something else as well, it is probably best to keep the array for the current document (&quot;handout&quot; version) separate from that for the document we are trying to reference.  Therefore the macro to modify is the &lt;code&gt;\setjobnamebeamerversion&lt;/code&gt;.  Here's a hack that, in my limited testing, works:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[handout]{beamer}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\setjobnamebeamerversion#1{%&#xA;  \def\jobnamebeamerversion{#1}%&#xA;  {\makeatletter&#xA;  \def\beamer@slide##1##2{\expandafter\gdef\csname&#xA;    beamer@slide##1\endcsname{##2}}&#xA;  \@input{\jobnamebeamerversion.snm}}&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}[label=test]&#xA;\foreach \t in {1,...,10}&#xA;{&#xA;\only&amp;lt;\t&amp;gt;{This is frame \t}&#xA;}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\mode&amp;lt;handout&amp;gt;&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;\setjobnamebeamerversion{testbox.beamer}&#xA;\includeslide{test&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}[label=moretest]&#xA;The previous slide was the beamer version of frame \ref{test}. Incidentally, this is frame \ref{moretest}.&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\mode&#xA;&amp;lt;all&amp;gt;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For this to work properly, first link it to both 'testbox.beamer.tex' and 'testbox.handout.tex'.  Then save it &lt;em&gt;without&lt;/em&gt; the 'handout' version and &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; the &lt;strong&gt;beamer&lt;/strong&gt; symlink a couple of times.  Then add the 'handout' option and &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; the &lt;strong&gt;handout&lt;/strong&gt; version.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that this is an &lt;strong&gt;exact&lt;/strong&gt; copy of the corresponding slide from the beamer version.  So if you have anything set up differently between the two (navigation symbols, colours) then they will appear as in the beamer version, not the handout version.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2010-04-16T10:47:55.603" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13089" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13087" CreationDate="2010-04-17T11:05:23.333" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;OK, I think I've found a much simpler way.  This works:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{frame}&#xA;\foreach \n  in {1,...,10} {&#xA;    \pgfmathtruncatemacro{\oneifnisfive}{\n==5}&#xA;    \only&amp;lt;\n| handout:\oneifnisfive&amp;gt;{Slide \n\par}&#xA;}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathtruncatemacro&lt;/code&gt; line sets &lt;code&gt;oneifnisfive&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;1&lt;/code&gt; if &lt;code&gt;\n&lt;/code&gt; is 5 and &lt;code&gt;0&lt;/code&gt; otherwise.  Then we build an overlay specification on-the-fly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In beamer mode, all slides are included.  In handout mode, most things are relegated to &quot;slide&quot; 0, which means they get suppressed.  Except when &lt;code&gt;\n&lt;/code&gt; is 5, then the text goes onto handout &quot;slide&quot; 1, which means you see it.  Eureka!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2010-04-18T11:37:43.163" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13090" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13087" CreationDate="2010-11-01T14:39:23.743" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;From what I know of beamer:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{frame}&amp;lt;92&amp;gt; means \begin{frame}&amp;lt;beamer:92|handout:1&amp;gt;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;similarly&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\only&amp;lt;5&amp;gt; means \only&amp;lt;beamer:5|handout:1&amp;gt;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In handout mode, if overlays do not contain specification for handout mode, all slides of a frame are the same and contain all overlay elements (except \alt for which it is the alternative one, I think but I am not sure). So printing one specific slide of a frame in handout mode does not make sense, unless overlays contain a specification for handout mode.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the extreme case where you want the overlays to be the same in beamer and handout modes, you give an overlay specification for &quot;all&quot; modes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\only&amp;lt;all:5&amp;gt;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So to do what you want:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{frame}&amp;lt;handout:92&amp;gt;&#xA;...&#xA;\only&amp;lt;all:5-97&amp;gt;&#xA;...&#xA;\only&amp;lt;all:143&amp;gt;&#xA;...&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have not tested, but it is what I understand from Beamer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastActivityDate="2010-11-01T14:39:23.743" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13091" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13087" CreationDate="2011-03-09T17:35:52.790" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I maintain what I said above.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following code demonstrates an easier solution for what you seem to be willing to do.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[handout]{beamer}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;\foreach \n  in {1,...,10} {&#xA;    \pgfmathtruncatemacro{\oneifnisfive}{\n==5}&#xA;    \only&amp;lt;\n| handout:\oneifnisfive&amp;gt;{Slide \n\par}&#xA;}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}&amp;lt;handout:5&amp;gt;&#xA;\foreach \n  in {1,...,10} {&#xA;    \only&amp;lt;all:\n&amp;gt;{Slide \n\par}&#xA;}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T17:35:52.790" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13092" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13085" CreationDate="2011-03-09T21:29:44.400" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;An empty line and &lt;code&gt;\par&lt;/code&gt; have been already mentioned, but there is more. Quoting &lt;em&gt;The TeXbook&lt;/em&gt;, p. 86:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A paragraph also ends when you type&#xA;  certain things that are incompatible&#xA;  with horizontal mode. For example, the&#xA;  command &lt;code&gt;\vskip 1in&lt;/code&gt; on line 16 of&#xA;  Chapter 6's story file was enough to&#xA;  terminate the paragraph about&#xA;  &lt;code&gt;...beautiful documents.&lt;/code&gt;; no &lt;code&gt;\par&lt;/code&gt; was&#xA;  necessary, since &lt;code&gt;\vskip&lt;/code&gt; introduced&#xA;  vertical glue that couldn't belong to&#xA;  the paragraph.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3104" LastEditorUserId="3104" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-09T21:54:24.803" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T21:54:24.803" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13093" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13085" CreationDate="2011-03-09T21:30:14.550" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Neither an empty line nor a &lt;code&gt;\par&lt;/code&gt; token indicate the beginning of a new paragraph; they end an active paragraph and switch to unrestricted vertical mode (if the processor has been in unrestricted horizontal mode so far). To begin a new paragraph, either &lt;code&gt;\indent&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\noindent&lt;/code&gt; or a horizontal command has to be used—i.e., a command that forces TeX to switch to (unrestricted) horizontal mode. Well known horizontal commands are the character-insertion commands such as &lt;code&gt;a&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;\unhbox&lt;/code&gt;. The full list of horizontal commands is given by §6.2 of TeX by Topic.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T21:30:14.550" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13094" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13084" CreationDate="2011-03-09T21:49:40.320" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use the &lt;code&gt;textpos&lt;/code&gt; (http://www.ctan.org/pkg/textpos) package to place the picture in the desired position.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's an example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage[absolute,overlay]{textpos}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}{III. Override pages}&#xA;    \begin{enumerate}&#xA;      \item Bookmark manager&#xA;      \item History&#xA;      \item New tab&#xA;  \end{enumerate}&#xA;  \begin{textblock*}{20mm}(\textwidth,0mm)%&#xA;    \rule{2cm}{4cm}&#xA;  \end{textblock*}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastEditorUserId="3954" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-09T22:06:59.900" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T22:06:59.900" />
  <row Id="13095" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13084" CreationDate="2011-03-09T21:52:07.767" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use one of the packages &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/eso-pic&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;eso-pic&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/atbegshi&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;atbegshi&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/textpos&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;textpos&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/everyshi&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;everyshi&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;code&gt;textpos&lt;/code&gt; is easy to use, though a bit older just like &lt;code&gt;everyshi&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a way using TikZ and the &lt;code&gt;current page node&lt;/code&gt; for positioning:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[demo]{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}[fragile]{III. Override pages}&#xA;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;    \item Bookmark manager&#xA;    \item History&#xA;    \item New tab&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[remember picture,overlay]  &#xA;  \node [xshift=-2cm,yshift=-2cm] at (current page.north east)&#xA;    {\includegraphics[width=4cm,height=4cm]{file}};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/yn4gH.png&quot; alt=&quot;beamer example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could also use the node anchor for positioning besides that shifting.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T21:52:07.767" />
  <row Id="13097" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13083" CreationDate="2011-03-09T22:18:36.207" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;it's possible to use nested theorems with article.cls and ntheorem, now the problem seems to come from a conflict between amsart and hyperref. ntheorem has an option to avoid compatibility with hyperref&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[pdftex]{hyperref}&#xA;\usepackage[hyperref]{ntheorem}  &#xA;&#xA;\newtheorem{Exo}{Exercise}&#xA;\newtheorem{Part}{Part}[Exo]&#xA;\renewcommand*\thePart{\Roman{Part}} &#xA;&#xA;\begin{document} &#xA;\begin{Exo}[A cool exercise]&#xA;\begin{Part}&#xA;\label{p:ex1:I}&#xA;Prove that $1=0$.&#xA;\end{Part}&#xA;\begin{Part}&#xA;Deduce from Part~\ref{p:ex1:I} that this exercise is wrong.&#xA;\end{Part}&#xA;\end{Exo}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{Exo}&#xA;\begin{Part}&#xA;Let $a=b$. Deduce that $0=0$.&#xA;\end{Part}&#xA;\begin{Part}&#xA;Let $a=42$. For what values of $b$ do we have $a=b$?&#xA;\end{Part}&#xA;\end{Exo} &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem seems to be between &lt;code&gt;amsart&lt;/code&gt;and &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastEditorUserId="3144" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-10T14:45:04.057" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T14:45:04.057" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13098" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13101" CreationDate="2011-03-09T22:20:45.220" Score="3" ViewCount="87" Body="&lt;p&gt;While writing I tend to add a lot of notes using &lt;code&gt;\marginpar&lt;/code&gt;. Is there a way to hide them before printing a final version?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3546" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-09T23:05:43.380" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T23:05:43.380" Title="Hiding marginal notes" Tags="&lt;marginpar&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="13099" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13098" CreationDate="2011-03-09T22:26:26.010" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just redefine the command to do nothing:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\marginpar}[2][]{}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3104" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T22:26:26.010" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13100" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13137" CreationDate="2011-03-09T22:28:49.707" Score="7" ViewCount="87" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a string stored in a variable &lt;code&gt;\word&lt;/code&gt;, and I want to store its upper case counterpart in another variable &lt;code&gt;\WORD&lt;/code&gt;. If I try&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \def\WORD{\MakeUppercase{\word}}&#xA; \show\WORD&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;then the message generated by &lt;code&gt;\show&lt;/code&gt; is &lt;code&gt;\MakeUppercase {abc}&lt;/code&gt;. Presumably I need to adjust the order of expansion in the first line. How do I do this? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2417" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T15:15:57.710" Title="How do I store the upper case counterpart of a string?" Tags="&lt;expansion&gt;&lt;strings&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="13101" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13098" CreationDate="2011-03-09T22:29:26.553" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There a number of methods you can use. One way is to use &#xA;yet another package such as the &lt;code&gt;todo&lt;/code&gt;or you can simply define a command as shown below, which will perhaps also be more semantically correct for notes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum,xcolor}&#xA;&#xA;\def\noteson{%&#xA;\gdef\note##1{\mbox{}\marginpar[$\leftarrow$ ##1]{%&#xA;    \color{blue}$\leftarrow$ ##1}}}&#xA;\gdef\notesoff{\gdef\note{}}&#xA;\noteson&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\note{Adams disagrees on this issue.} This is some lipsum text&#xA;\lipsum[1-7]&#xA;\note{Check the reference out.} This is some lipsum text&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can switch them on and off using &lt;code&gt;\notesoff&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\noteson&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/UfcIB.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to use the &lt;code&gt;todo&lt;/code&gt; package check the post &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/9796/how-to-add-todo-notes&quot;&gt;How to add todo notes ?&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-09T22:35:29.280" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T22:35:29.280" />
  <row Id="13102" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7199" CreationDate="2011-03-09T22:31:42.823" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The next version of tkz-euclide can draw the tangent lines. I created two macro for the internal similitude center of two circles and the external similitude center.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrartcl}&#xA;\usepackage[usenames,dvipsnames]{xcolor}  &#xA;\usepackage{tkz-euclide} &#xA;\usetkzobj{all} &#xA;\definecolor{fondpaille}{cmyk}{0,0,0.1,0}&#xA;\pagecolor{fondpaille}&#xA;\color{Maroon}   &#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}  &#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;   \tkzInit[xmin=-5,ymin=-5,xmax=5,ymax=5]&#xA;   \tkzDefPoint(0,0){O}&#xA;   \tkzDefPoint(4,-5){A}&#xA;   \tkzDrawCircle[R](O,3 cm)&#xA;   \tkzDrawCircle[R](A,2 cm) &#xA;   \tkzIntSimilitudeCenter(O,3)(A,2) \tkzGetPoint{I}&#xA;   \tkzDrawPoint(I) &#xA;   \tkzExtSimilitudeCenter(O,3)(A,2) \tkzGetPoint{J}&#xA;   \tkzDrawPoint(J) &#xA;   \tkzTangent[from with R= I](O,3 cm)  \tkzGetPoints{D}{E} &#xA;   \tkzTangent[from with R= I](A,2 cm)  \tkzGetPoints{D'}{E'}&#xA;   \tkzTangent[from  with R= J](O,3 cm) \tkzGetPoints{F}{G}&#xA;   \tkzTangent[from with R= J](A,2cm)   \tkzGetPoints{F'}{G'} &#xA;   \tkzDrawSegments[color=red](I,D I,E I,D' I,E')   &#xA;   \tkzDrawSegments[color=blue](J,F J,G)&#xA;  \end{tikzpicture}     &#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the code is very simple to get these centers:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%&amp;lt;--------------------------------------------------------------------------–&amp;gt; &#xA;%                    Internal Similitude center&#xA;%&amp;lt;--------------------------------------------------------------------------–&amp;gt;&#xA;\def\tkzIntSimilitudeCenter(#1,#2)(#3,#4){%&#xA;\begingroup&#xA;\path[coordinate]  (barycentric cs:#1=#4,#3=#2) coordinate (tkzPointResult);&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;}&#xA;%&amp;lt;--------------------------------------------------------------------------–&amp;gt; &#xA;%                    External Similitude center&#xA;%&amp;lt;--------------------------------------------------------------------------–&amp;gt;&#xA;\def\tkzExtSimilitudeCenter(#1,#2)(#3,#4){%&#xA;\begingroup&#xA; \path[coordinate]  (barycentric cs:#1=-#4,#3=#2) coordinate (tkzPointResult);&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then we can get the tangents. The code will be upload in a few days on the ctan servers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/NoFcE.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T22:31:42.823" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13104" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13098" CreationDate="2011-03-09T22:35:36.770" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use the &lt;code&gt;comment&lt;/code&gt; package (http://www.ctan.org/pkg/comment). A little example (change &lt;code&gt;\includecomment{note}&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\excludecomment{note}&lt;/code&gt; to hide the margin note):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage{comment}&#xA;&#xA;\includecomment{note}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;text text text text&#xA;\begin{note}&#xA;\marginpar{a margin note}&#xA;\end{note}&#xA;text text text&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T22:35:36.770" />
  <row Id="13105" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13106" CreationDate="2011-03-09T22:45:47.747" Score="4" ViewCount="85" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using the exam class and I would like to write questions like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;1. True False  This statement is false.&#xA;&#xA;2. True False  This statement is true.  It's a long, though, so it &#xA;               goes on to the second line.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then the students can circle &quot;True&quot; or &quot;False&quot; depending on their mood, etc.  Note the indentation for the second question.  I would probably also put &quot;True&quot; and &quot;False&quot; in bold, with suitable spacing before, after, and between them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can see how to use &lt;code&gt;\qformat&lt;/code&gt; to make it look like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;1.  True False  &#xA;  This statement is false.&#xA;&#xA;2.  True False  &#xA;  This statement is true.  It's a long, though, so it &#xA;  goes on to the second line.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but then it's a little harder to distinguish the answer choices from the question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I could also use the &lt;code&gt;oneparchoices&lt;/code&gt; environment, but that doesn't handle the indentation, and it also would insert &quot;A. True  B. False&quot;, which I don't think looks good.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="262" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T05:53:10.000" Title="Exam class: start true/false questions with &quot;True False&quot;" Tags="&lt;exam&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="13106" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13105" CreationDate="2011-03-09T23:03:37.963" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could try something like this (feel free to make the necessary adjustments):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{exam}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*\TrueFalse{\bfseries True\hspace*{10pt}False\hspace*{10pt}}&#xA;\newlength\mylena&#xA;\newlength\mylenb&#xA;\settowidth\mylena{\TrueFalse}&#xA;\newcommand\MyQ[1]{%&#xA;  \setlength\mylenb{\linewidth}&#xA;  \addtolength\mylenb{-\mylena}&#xA;  \parbox[t]{\mylena}{\TrueFalse}\parbox[t]{\mylenb}{#1}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{questions}&#xA;\question\MyQ{text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text.}&#xA;\question\MyQ{How much wood would a woodchuck chuck if a woodchuck could chuck&#xA;wood?}&#xA;\question\MyQ{Compute $\displaystyle\int_0^1 x^2 \, dx$.}&#xA;\end{questions}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastEditorUserId="3954" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-10T01:18:42.480" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T01:18:42.480" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="13107" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13108" CreationDate="2011-03-09T23:31:08.650" Score="5" ViewCount="59" Body="&lt;p&gt;TeX creates a document by solving an optimization problem, where different spacings etc. are assigned different costs, or &quot;badness&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All writers of papers, especially for conferences proceedings have to battle with page limits. Right now it is very late and my coauthor removed a sentence, only to have the document grow beyond the page limit because TeX rearranged some figures.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to assign an infinite &quot;badness&quot; to using more than a set number of pages? (I am not looking for a solution for this particular deadline, we'll solve our problem anyway)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2408" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T23:42:47.237" Title="Adding a cost of extra pages / forcing a page limit" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;badness&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="13108" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13107" CreationDate="2011-03-09T23:42:47.237" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is not possible, TeX's page building algorithm optimizes the output page by page, i.e, when TeX is happy that the page text is optimized it ships it out. It is not affected by the total number of pages. Optimizing over the full source requires a tremendous amount of iteration and memory  and currently there is no typesetting program that does that. (See &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/8212/an-explanation-of-latexs-output-routine/8736#8736&quot;&gt;An explanation of LaTeX&amp;#39;s output routine&lt;/a&gt; for some more information)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-03-09T23:42:47.237" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="13109" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-10T00:03:19.433" Score="7" ViewCount="81" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I add verbatim text in a token register (I want to accumulate pieces of code in a toks register and print them in an appendix). In the MWE below if you substitute verbatim text it fails.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \newtoks\test&#xA;  \test={one }&#xA;  \test=\expandafter{\the\test test}&#xA;  \the\test&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T16:11:06.650" Title="Verbatim text in token registers" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="13110" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13105" CreationDate="2011-03-10T00:14:01.280" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/13105/exam-class-start-true-false-questions-with-true-false/13106#13106&quot;&gt;Gonzalo's answer&lt;/a&gt; is lovely, and I almost saw no reason to suggest an alternative, but if (1) You don't want to have to type the &lt;code&gt;\MyQ&lt;/code&gt; and enclose the question in brackets, and (2) You're willing to have &lt;em&gt;all&lt;/em&gt; of your questions be formatted in this way, you can also do the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\questionshook}{%&#xA;  \settowidth{\leftmargin}{10.\hskip\labelsep\TrueFalse\hskip\labelsep}%&#xA;  \labelwidth\leftmargin\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep&#xA;  \renewcommand\questionlabel{\thequestion.\hskip\labelsep\TrueFalse}&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand*\TrueFalse{\bfseries True\hspace*{10pt}False\hspace*{10pt}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Note that I used Gonzalo's definition of &lt;code&gt;\TrueFalse&lt;/code&gt; here.)  Of course, this changes the formatting of &lt;em&gt;all&lt;/em&gt; of the questions, which may not be what you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2754" LastEditorUserId="2754" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-10T05:53:10.000" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T05:53:10.000" />
  <row Id="13111" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1395" CreationDate="2011-03-10T01:15:53.747" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I’ve recently converted a few OTF fonts using &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.lcdf.org/~eddietwo/type/otftotfm.1.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;otdtotfm&lt;/a&gt; (LY1 encoding) and written a corresponding &lt;code&gt;.fd&lt;/code&gt; file; then a few more imports to get the font selection done and the thing worked very well together with pdftex and microtype. Some protrusion is applied (though I don’t know if it’s ‘perfect’ – whatever that would mean) – in fact there are much, much less overfull boxes than without microtype.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So if one cannot rely on the very latest additions to lua- or xetex and a small subset of characters is all right (though one can of course create as many fonts as to cover the whole character range of the original OTF file) this seems to be a valid option.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1154" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T01:15:53.747" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-03-10T01:15:53.747" />
  <row Id="13112" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-10T01:28:21.303" Score="1" ViewCount="82" Body="&lt;p&gt;The theorems are currently all displayed in bold, but I would like to display them in small-caps.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/1931&quot;&gt;My question is much like this one.&lt;/a&gt;  However, I am using LyX with an AMS style document class, and was not able to implement any of the suggestions in the aforementioned thread, namely because I could not figure out how to use them in a LyX preamble.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks Herbert.  I am not entirely sure what you want me to show.  Do you want to see the Lyx-generated preamble itself?  Or were you looking for something more specific?  I suspect that the below is more than you were looking for.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks for any help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% Preview source code&#xA;&#xA;%% LyX 1.6.8 created this file.  For more info, see http://www.lyx.org/.&#xA;%% Do not edit unless you really know what you are doing.&#xA;\documentclass[11pt,oneside,english]{amsart}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[latin9]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[letterpaper]{geometry}&#xA;\geometry{verbose,tmargin=1.23in,bmargin=1.23in,lmargin=1in,rmargin=1in}&#xA;\usepackage{babel}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{float}&#xA;\usepackage{amsthm}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{setspace}&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}&#xA;\usepackage[authoryear]{natbib}&#xA;\onehalfspacing&#xA;\usepackage[unicode=true, pdfusetitle,&#xA; bookmarks=true,bookmarksnumbered=false,bookmarksopen=false,&#xA; breaklinks=false,pdfborder={0 0 1},backref=false,colorlinks=false]&#xA; {hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Textclass specific LaTeX commands.&#xA;\numberwithin{equation}{section}&#xA;  \theoremstyle{plain}&#xA;  \newtheorem{assumption}{Assumption}&#xA;  \theoremstyle{plain}&#xA;  \newtheorem{prop}{Proposition}[section]&#xA;  \theoremstyle{definition}&#xA;  \newtheorem{defn}{Definition}[section]&#xA;  \theoremstyle{plain}&#xA;  \newtheorem{lem}{Lemma}[section]&#xA;  \theoremstyle{plain}&#xA;  \newtheorem{thm}{Theorem}[section]&#xA;  \theoremstyle{plain}&#xA;  \newtheorem*{algorithm*}{Algorithm}&#xA;&#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% User specified LaTeX commands.&#xA;\makeatletter \renewenvironment{proof}[1][\proofname] {\par\pushQED{\qed}\normalfont\topsep6\p@\@plus6\p@\relax\trivlist\item[\hskip\labelsep\bfseries#1\@addpunct{.}]\ignorespaces}{\popQED\endtrivlist\@endpefalse} \makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4103" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-10T23:58:28.497" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T23:58:28.497" Title="How to change the way theorems are displayed with LyX?" Tags="&lt;amsmath&gt;&lt;lyx&gt;&lt;formatting&gt;&lt;theorems&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="13113" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-10T01:29:33.297" Score="2" ViewCount="198" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicates:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/66/which-manuals-are-on-your-tex-reference-shelf&quot;&gt;Which manuals are on your &amp;ldquo;TeX Reference&amp;rdquo; shelf?&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/11/what-is-the-best-book-to-start-learning-latex&quot;&gt;What is the best book to start learning LaTeX?&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any suggestion for a good LaTeX book for a math beginner, I have experience programming Perl and shell scripts, but that's about it.  Amazon gives me tons of results, I don't know which one to go with.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4105" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-10T03:48:45.290" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T10:28:51.720" ClosedDate="2011-03-10T11:55:00.440" Title="Good LaTeX book for Math beginner" Tags="&lt;books&gt;&lt;learning&gt;&lt;soft-question&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="13114" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13121" CreationDate="2011-03-10T02:43:52.397" Score="3" ViewCount="49" Body="&lt;p&gt;Trying to retroactively get &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; working for my thesis.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fun.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Encountered the following weirdness... I have the following (hard earned) minimal-ish working example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;% LINE 0 BELOW&#xA;% \usepackage{mypackage}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;% LINE 1 BELOW&#xA;\newtheorem{definition}{Definition}[section] &#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Section One}&#xA;See Definition~\ref{def:one}.&#xA;&#xA;\begin{definition}\label{def:one}&#xA;\blindtext&#xA;\end{definition}&#xA;&#xA;\Blindtext&#xA;&#xA;\section{Section Two}&#xA;When using external \texttt{mypackage}, Definition~\ref{def:two} \texttt{hyperref}'s to Definition~\ref{def:one}---otherwise it's fine.&#xA;&#xA;\begin{definition}\label{def:two}&#xA;\blindtext&#xA;\end{definition}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which works fine after a couple of builds. However, if I put the &lt;code&gt;newtheorem&lt;/code&gt; command (&lt;code&gt;LINE 1&lt;/code&gt;) into a new custom &lt;code&gt;mypackage.sty&lt;/code&gt; as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ProvidesPackage{mypackage}&#xA;&#xA;\newtheorem{definition}{Definition}[section]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;...stick it in the same directory as the main file, and toggle the comments on &lt;code&gt;LINE 0 &amp;amp; 1&lt;/code&gt; in the main file, after a couple of builds I get a warning:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;pdfTex warning (ext4): destination with the same identifier (name{definition.1}) has already been used, duplicate ignored&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, in the resulting PDF, the label for the second &lt;code&gt;Definition&lt;/code&gt; links to the first one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, I have my fix (move the &lt;code&gt;newtheorem&lt;/code&gt; declaration into my main .tex file)... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;...but I've been held hostage by &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; for so long this time, I've developed Stockholm syndrome. (Looking back at my history with this package, it was only a matter of time.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can someone give me some closure and explain &lt;em&gt;why&lt;/em&gt; &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; cares where I put my &lt;code&gt;newthereom&lt;/code&gt; declaration?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Otherwise, can someone point me in the direction of a &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; victim support group?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1232" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-10T07:33:57.683" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T07:35:40.023" Title="`hyperref` weirdness with simple custom package" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;package-writing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13115" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13120" CreationDate="2011-03-10T02:53:04.320" Score="4" ViewCount="67" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I go about putting a grid &lt;em&gt;in front&lt;/em&gt; of a bar chart in PGFPlots, preferably as automagically as possible? Ed Tufte demonstrates a rather appealing way of drawing bar charts in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.edwardtufte.com/tufte/books_vdqi&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;The Visual Display of Quantitative Information&lt;/a&gt; that consists of removing horizontal grid lines from the bars (&lt;a href=&quot;http://webservices.itcs.umich.edu/mediawiki/Business%20Intelligence/index.php/Bar_chart&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;example centre&lt;/a&gt;), and it occurs to me that this can be replicated by drawing white horizontal lines over the chart, or perhaps through some other route.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any ideas?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1052" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T06:19:36.343" Title="Grid Z-order in PGFPlots" Tags="&lt;pgfplots&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13116" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-10T03:58:04.143" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-10T03:58:04.143" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T03:58:04.143" />
  <row Id="13117" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-10T03:58:04.143" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="WEB is a computer programming system created by Donald E. Knuth. TeX and Metafont are written in WEB. This tag covers WEB and related tools (CWEB, web2c)." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-10T07:22:28.927" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T07:22:28.927" />
  <row Id="13118" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12962" CreationDate="2011-03-10T04:47:40.337" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Thanks to Jake's suggestion (and a more thorough read of the pgfplotstable manual) I found the &lt;code&gt;\pgfplotstablegetelem&lt;/code&gt; command. This was exactly what I needed to make my plot. Here is an example of what I wanted my plot to look like on the following fake data&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;A B C D&#xA;0.2 0.3 0.6 0.3&#xA;0.3 0.8 0.9 0.4&#xA;0.4 0.6 0.7 0.2&#xA;0.5 0.7 0.95 0.8&#xA;0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4&#xA;0.3 0.5 0.4 0.6&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I set up this table in pairs of rows. The even rows give the lower bound of a range in my plot and the odd rows give the upper bound in the range.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplots}&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplotstable}&#xA;\usepackage{ifthen}&#xA;&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{calc}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=10,x=1cm,y=1cm]&#xA;\pgfplotstableread[header=true]{table4.dat}{\datawhead}&#xA;\pgfplotstableread[header=false]{table4.dat}{\data}&#xA;\pgfplotstablegetrowsof{\datawhead} %Determine no. of rows&#xA;\pgfmathsetmacro{\rows}{\pgfplotsretval}&#xA;\pgfplotstablegetcolsof{\data} % Determine no. of cols&#xA;\pgfmathsetmacro{\cols}{\pgfplotsretval}&#xA;&#xA;\draw[-&amp;gt;,ultra thick] (0,0)--(1,0); % axes&#xA;\draw[-&amp;gt;,ultra thick] (0,0)--(0,1);&#xA;&#xA;\pgfmathsetmacro{\r}{\rows-2} % do some math to separate the range plots and categories&#xA;\pgfmathsetmacro{\cats}{\rows/2}&#xA;\pgfmathsetmacro{\lines}{\cats*\cols}&#xA;\pgfmathsetmacro{\seps}{1/ \lines*0.8}&#xA;\pgfmathsetmacro{\bufs}{1-\lines*\seps}&#xA;\pgfmathsetmacro{\bufs}{\bufs/\cats}&#xA;\pgfmathsetmacro{\catlen}{(\seps*\cols+\bufs)/2}&#xA;&#xA;\foreach \j in {0,2,...,\r}{ % category loop&#xA;    \foreach \i/\clr in {0/red,1/blue,2/green,3/blue!40!red}{ %subcategory loop&#xA;        \pgfmathsetmacro{\jp}{\j+1}&#xA;        \pgfmathsetmacro{\x}{\bufs + \j*\catlen+\i*\seps} % x coordinate&#xA;        \pgfplotstablegetelem{\j}{[index]\i}\of\datawhead&#xA;        \pgfmathsetmacro{\ya}{\pgfplotsretval} % y coord 1&#xA;        \pgfplotstablegetelem{\jp}{[index]\i}\of\datawhead&#xA;        \pgfmathsetmacro{\yb}{\pgfplotsretval} % y coord 2&#xA;        \pgfplotstablegetelem{0}{[index]\i}\of\data&#xA;        \draw[lightgray, thin](\x,0)--(\x,1);&#xA;        \node[rectangle,fill=\clr,inner sep=1.2pt,minimum width=6pt](bottom) at (\x,\ya){};&#xA;        \node[rectangle,fill=\clr,inner sep=1.2pt,minimum width=6pt](top) at (\x,\yb){};&#xA;        \draw[\clr,thick](bottom)--(top);&#xA;        \draw(\x,-0.01)--(\x,0.01)node[rotate=90,left=4pt]{\pgfplotsretval};&#xA;&#xA;    }&#xA;    \pgfmathsetmacro{\jm}{\j/2}&#xA;    \node[anchor=west] at (\bufs+\j*\catlen,-0.1){Category \jm};&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The output is here. This is almost exactly what I wanted and I though the code is a bit messy, it allows me to change my data and generate an updated plot easily.  One last thing though... I can't seem to be able to get my categories indices to be integers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you Jake and also thanks to the authors of pgfplotstable!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/FM6hH.png&quot; alt=&quot;The final figure&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3982" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T04:47:40.337" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13119" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13040" CreationDate="2011-03-10T05:52:11.520" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;My final solution which works fine is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\xE}{\ensuremath{ x^{\mbox{\tiny{E}}} }}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2287" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T05:52:11.520" />
  <row Id="13120" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13115" CreationDate="2011-03-10T06:19:36.343" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There's an &lt;code&gt;axis on top&lt;/code&gt; for the &lt;code&gt;axis&lt;/code&gt; environment that can be used to achieve what you asked for:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplots}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{axis}[ybar,&#xA;  xtick=data,&#xA;  ymin=0,&#xA;  axis lines*=left,&#xA;  axis on top,&#xA;  ymajorgrids=true,&#xA;  grid style={white}]&#xA;\addplot [fill=black] coordinates { (0,2) (1,1.5) (2,3)};&#xA;\addplot [draw=black!40,fill=black!40] coordinates { (0,2.2) (1,1.1) (2,5.1)};&#xA;\end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/1Pis4.png&quot; alt=&quot;bar chart with y grid on top&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T06:19:36.343" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13121" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13114" CreationDate="2011-03-10T06:30:28.393" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;hyperref needs to patch many LaTeX commands (and commands offered by other packages) to make proper hyper links happen, and one of them is &lt;code&gt;\newtheorem&lt;/code&gt;. So if you include your package before the hyperref package, the &lt;code&gt;\newtheorem&lt;/code&gt; inside your package will use the original definition by LaTeX and not the patched one by hyperref.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So the solution to your problem is to include your package &lt;strong&gt;after&lt;/strong&gt; the hyperref package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As a general rule one can say that packages that offer commands (which will be patched by hyperref, or which uses itself commands which will be patched by hyperref) have to be included before hyperref. Packages that just uses these commands have to be included after hyperref. (And usage of these commands in a document has to be done after including hyperref.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another example: The float package offers &lt;code&gt;\newfloat&lt;/code&gt;, and this one needs to be patched by hyperref. So wenn using &lt;code&gt;\newfloat&lt;/code&gt;, one has to include the float package first (so &lt;code&gt;\newfloat&lt;/code&gt; gets defined), the hyperref package afterwards (so &lt;code&gt;\newfloat&lt;/code&gt; gets patched), and finally one can use the (patched) &lt;code&gt;\newfloat&lt;/code&gt; command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See also: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=hyperdupdest&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=hyperdupdest&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2574" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-10T07:35:40.023" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T07:35:40.023" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13122" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-10T06:49:15.257" Score="4" ViewCount="117" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; in header with package &lt;code&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/code&gt;. I added &lt;code&gt;settototalheight&lt;/code&gt; to calculate the header height. Following is a small example. The question is that header doesn't align with the decorative line at the right end. But it does at the left end. What is the problem?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[titlepage,a4paper]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\usepackage{calc}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{datetime}   &#xA;\renewcommand{\dateseparator}{-}&#xA;\newcommand{\headertoday}{\the\year \dateseparator \twodigit\month \dateseparator \twodigit\day}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[lmargin=1.800000cm,rmargin=1.000000cm,tmargin=2.500000cm,bmargin=1.000000cm]{geometry}&#xA;&#xA;%### define an environment to have a local `\arraystretch'&#xA;\newenvironment{TabLocalVerticalSpacing}[1]&#xA;  {\def\arraystretch{#1}\tabular}&#xA;  {\endtabular}&#xA;%#####################################&#xA;&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;\fancyhf{}&#xA;\newcommand\leftheadercalc[1]{%&#xA;\begin{TabLocalVerticalSpacing}{#1}[b]{@{}ll}\footnotesize{Static Calculation Foundation Loads and concrete columns basic parameter}&amp;amp;\footnotesize{}\\\footnotesize{Project: xxxxxx}&amp;amp;\footnotesize{}\end{TabLocalVerticalSpacing}&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand\rightheadercalc[1]{%&#xA;\begin{TabLocalVerticalSpacing}{#1}[b]{rr@{}}\footnotesize{Date:}&amp;amp;\footnotesize{\headertoday}\\\footnotesize{Page:}&amp;amp;\footnotesize{\thepage}\end{TabLocalVerticalSpacing}&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand\midheadercalc[1]{%&#xA;\begin{TabLocalVerticalSpacing}{#1}[b]{cc}\footnotesize{}&amp;amp;\footnotesize{}\\\footnotesize{}&amp;amp;\footnotesize{}\end{TabLocalVerticalSpacing}&#xA;}&#xA;\settototalheight\headheight{\maxof{\leftheadercalc{0.600000}}{\rightheadercalc{0.600000}}{\midheadercalc{0.600000}}}&#xA;\lhead{\leftheadercalc{0.600000}}&#xA;\rhead{\rightheadercalc{0.600000}}&#xA;\chead{\midheadercalc{0.600000}}&#xA;&#xA;%########## header decorative lines&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\headrule{{\if@fancyplain\let\headrulewidth\plainheadrulewidth\fi%&#xA;\hrule\@height 0.500000pt \@width\headwidth\vskip1.000000pt&#xA;\hrule\@height 0.500000pt\@width\headwidth}}    &#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;%########## footer decorative lines&#xA;\makeatletter   &#xA;\def\footrule{{\if@fancyplain\let\footrulewidth\plainfootrulewidth\fi%&#xA;\hrule\@height 0.500000pt \@width\headwidth\vskip1.000000pt &#xA;\hrule\@height 0.500000pt\@width\headwidth}}    &#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\leftfootercalc[1]{%&#xA;\footnotesize{xxx GmbH}&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand\rightfootercalc[1]{%&#xA;\footnotesize{Document: g-zzz}&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand\midfootercalc[1]{%&#xA;\footnotesize{Principal: civil eng. yyy}&#xA;}&#xA;\settototalheight\footskip{\maxof{\leftfootercalc{0.600000}}{\rightfootercalc{0.600000}}{\midfootercalc{0.600000}}}&#xA;\lfoot{\leftfootercalc{0.600000}}&#xA;\rfoot{\rightfootercalc{0.600000}}&#xA;\cfoot{\midfootercalc{0.600000}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;balala&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3253" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-10T14:16:06.920" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T14:16:06.920" Title="Header doesn't align with decorative line" Tags="&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;&lt;header-footer&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="13124" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13128" CreationDate="2011-03-10T07:45:40.447" Score="5" ViewCount="142" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% DOES NOT WORK&#xA;%\tikz \foreach \p in {1,2,...,3} \draw (\p,0) ellipse (\p and 1);&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;%WORKS&#xA;\tikz \foreach \p in {1,2,...,3} \draw (\p,0) ellipse (1 and \p);&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(1 and \p) works but (\p and 1) does not, why?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T08:11:55.263" Title="(1 and \p) works but (\p and 1) does not, why?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13125" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13129" CreationDate="2011-03-10T07:56:35.010" Score="1" ViewCount="63" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/10474/latex-baffled-by-bom-unicodes-byte-order-mark&quot;&gt;LaTeX baffled by BOM---Unicode&amp;#39;s byte order mark.&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{CJK}&#xA;\usepackage{pinyin}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{CJK}{UTF8}{cyberbit}&#xA;&#xA;Test&#xA;&#xA;新年快乐&#xA;&#xA;\end{CJK}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/8onJS.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How to solve it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T08:16:21.040" ClosedDate="2011-03-10T08:51:44.103" Title="pdflatex.exe failed to compile an input file with BOM (Byte Order Mark)" Tags="&lt;unicode&gt;&lt;cjk&gt;&lt;bom&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13126" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13124" CreationDate="2011-03-10T07:57:29.333" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}    &#xA;\usepackage{tikz}    &#xA;\begin{document}    &#xA;\tikz \foreach \p in {1,2,...,3} \draw (\p,0) ellipse (\p cm and 1 cm);   &#xA;\tikz \foreach \p in {1,2,...,3} \draw (\p,0) ellipse (1 cm and \p cm);    &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;problem with the parser, I suppose ! and the remark of Jake is fine, better now it's to use &lt;code&gt;x radius&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;y radius&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastEditorUserId="3144" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-10T08:09:13.573" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T08:09:13.573" />
  <row Id="13127" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13124" CreationDate="2011-03-10T07:59:49.433" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;(&amp;lt;x radius&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;y radius&amp;gt;)&lt;/code&gt; syntax is old and, if not deprecated, at least not encouraged any more. The current way to do is is to use &lt;code&gt;[x radius]&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;[y radius]&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% WORKS with current syntax&#xA;\tikz \foreach \p in {1,2,...,3} \draw (\p,0) ellipse [x radius=\p, y radius=1];&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;%WORKS&#xA;\tikz \foreach \p in {1,2,...,3} \draw (\p,0) ellipse [x radius=1, y radius=\p];&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T07:59:49.433" />
  <row Id="13128" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13124" CreationDate="2011-03-10T08:11:55.263" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Spaces after TeX commands are ignored, thus by using &lt;code&gt;\p and 1&lt;/code&gt; you'll get an equivalent of, say, &lt;code&gt;1and 1&lt;/code&gt;, which you can verify to give the same error. Therefore we just need to restore the space:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\tikz \foreach \p in {1,2,...,3} \draw (\p,0) ellipse (\p{} and 1);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that, as Jake mentions, this syntax is deprecated (refer to the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/pgf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TikZ manual&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3104" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T08:11:55.263" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13129" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13125" CreationDate="2011-03-10T08:16:21.040" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;See &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/10474/latex-baffled-by-bom-unicodes-byte-order-mark&quot;&gt;latex-baffled-by-bom-unicodes-byte-order-mark&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T08:16:21.040" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13131" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-10T08:40:04.890" Score="1" ViewCount="109" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/11272/faded-drop-shadow-using-tikz-based-rounded-rectangle&quot;&gt;Faded drop-shadow using tikz-based rounded rectangle?&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like to add a soft drop shadow to this node (holding text): &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usetikzlibrary{fit,shapes,shadows,fadings,patterns,calc,positioning}%&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\node[shape=rectangle,fill=white,inner xsep=.5cm,inner ysep=.5cm,text width=5cm,text depth=1\textheight](box){Text goes here (actually, a minipage)};&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I understand that I can add a simple drop-shadow simply adding the option &lt;code&gt;dropshadow&lt;/code&gt;, but how do I make it fuzzy, and how do I control the radius of the fuzziness and the x,y offsets from the node 'box'? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have tried to emulate the effect with a rectangle positioned to the right of the node, using the options &lt;code&gt;color=black,shape fading=east&lt;/code&gt;, but it ends up completely transparent. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Yes, I'm a complete tikz newbie.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4109" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-10T13:19:51.717" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T13:19:51.717" ClosedDate="2011-03-10T14:40:23.410" Title="How do I add a soft/fuzzy/gradient drop shadow to a node?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13132" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13109" CreationDate="2011-03-10T09:01:04.440" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The problem is that &lt;code&gt;\verb&lt;/code&gt; operates by making the first character active and then using that to end the group that restores all of the font changes and category code changes it made.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \newtoks\test&#xA;  \test={\verb~one~ }&#xA;  \test=\expandafter{\the\test test}&#xA;  \the\test&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This works since &lt;code&gt;~&lt;/code&gt; is already active. However, this isn't very useful because the main use of &lt;code&gt;\verb&lt;/code&gt; is to avoid having to escape things like &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt;. That isn't going to work here since these get tokenized when you put them in a token register. Instead, you should just use &lt;code&gt;\texttt&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T09:01:04.440" />
  <row Id="13134" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13141" CreationDate="2011-03-10T09:26:15.833" Score="4" ViewCount="68" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using the &lt;code&gt;svn-multi&lt;/code&gt; package to keep track of different versions of my PhD thesis.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One problem (I did not find anything about it in the manual or in the web, but maybe I overlooked it):&#xA;I have compiled my document and the pdf is marked with the number of the last revision &quot;85&quot;.&#xA;When I now do a commit (and I also commit the pdf to have it for future reference), in revision number 86 sits a pdf with number 85 printed on it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think that is an inherent problem, because the pdf has to be created before the commit is done, or is there anything that can be done to avoid that and have the commited pdf showing the rev number corresponding to its commit?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4009" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-10T14:25:02.747" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T14:25:02.747" Title="svn-multi: commited pdf always has an offset in revision number?!" Tags="&lt;revision-control&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="13135" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13138" CreationDate="2011-03-10T09:34:28.507" Score="1" ViewCount="71" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do I set zero space after a section heading using &lt;code&gt;memoir.cls&lt;/code&gt;? If I use the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setbeforesubsubsecskip{-\baselineskip}&#xA;\setaftersubsubsecskip{0pt}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I get a run-in heading. This is only supposed to happen when the specified skip is negative. Currently, I have&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setbeforesubsubsecskip{-\baselineskip}&#xA;\setaftersubsubsecskip{0.0001pt}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but that feels rather hackish.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4086" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T12:00:09.157" Title="Memoir: no space after section heading" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;memoir&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="13136" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13159" CreationDate="2011-03-10T09:40:49.283" Score="2" ViewCount="208" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was looking for an Latex editor that has an auto completion function. Is there any available?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I thought about auto complete suggestion for common commands like for example defining chapters and sections etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3316" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T15:15:04.707" Title="IDE with AutoCompletion?" Tags="&lt;editors&gt;&lt;ide&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="13137" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13100" CreationDate="2011-03-10T09:42:50.170" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In fact, &lt;code&gt;\MakeUppercase&lt;/code&gt; expands its argument before uppercasing it, so we can do the following.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\word{abcd}&#xA;\MakeUppercase{\gdef\noexpand\WORD{\word}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\noexpand&lt;/code&gt; prevents the expansion of &lt;code&gt;\WORD&lt;/code&gt;, but &lt;code&gt;\word&lt;/code&gt; is expanded. Then &lt;code&gt;\MakeUppercase&lt;/code&gt; uppercases the whole definition. The definition must be made global because &lt;code&gt;\MakeUppercase&lt;/code&gt; works inside a group. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastEditorUserId="2707" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-10T10:53:58.527" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T10:53:58.527" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="13138" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13135" CreationDate="2011-03-10T10:04:07.877" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quoting from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/source2e.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX 2e sources&lt;/a&gt;, p. 283 (regarding the &lt;code&gt;\@startsection&lt;/code&gt; command):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;afterskip:&lt;/strong&gt; if positive, then skip to&#xA;  leave below heading, else negative of&#xA;  skip to leave to right of run-in&#xA;  heading&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In other words, a run-in heading &lt;em&gt;is&lt;/em&gt; supposed to happen if the specified skip is exactly zero.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I suggest to use &lt;code&gt;\setaftersubsubsecskip{1sp}&lt;/code&gt; -- it is a hack, but you're in good company. You may also switch to the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/titlesec.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;titlesec&lt;/a&gt; package which allows for zero and negative afterskips that don't create run-in headings -- but titlesec might break other memoir features.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-10T12:00:09.157" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T12:00:09.157" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="13139" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13136" CreationDate="2011-03-10T10:07:02.607" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You did not specify your OS, but if you're running GNU/Linux, you should have a look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://kile.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Kile&lt;/a&gt;, which does that to some extent. &lt;a href=&quot;http://kile.sourceforge.net/showscreenshot.php?id=2&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Here's a screenshot illustrating that feature&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="440" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T10:07:02.607" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13140" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13113" CreationDate="2011-03-10T10:28:51.720" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Expected this month, March 2011: &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.packtpub.com/latex-beginners-guide/book&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX Beginner's Guide&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This book offers a practical introduction to LaTeX with a lot of examples. It deals with LaTeX in general, further of course also with math typesetting.&#xA;The book is written for beginners, it also covers installation and usage.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's also available as ebook or as bundle paperback+ebook.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T10:28:51.720" />
  <row Id="13141" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13134" CreationDate="2011-03-10T10:57:05.433" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm the author of &lt;code&gt;svn-multi&lt;/code&gt;. As already mentioned that is an inherent problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One way to achieve this is to define an own macro which may or may not add one to the revision number. This works if the next revision number is really just one larger than the current one. If other people committed something to the repository in the meantime or you committed something outside the LaTeX document, then the difference will be bigger.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can do it like this: &lt;code&gt;\mysvnrev&lt;/code&gt; is either just &lt;code&gt;\svnrev&lt;/code&gt; or adds 1 using &lt;code&gt;\numexpr&lt;/code&gt;. Just comment the second line out during normal operation and enable it when you compile a PDF you like to commit.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{svn-multi}&#xA;\svnid{$Id: test.tex 85 2011-03-10 10:11:47Z martin $}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*{\mysvnrev}{\svnrev}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\mysvnrev}{\the\numexpr\svnrev+1\relax}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\svnrev&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or you could just say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\edef\svnrev{\the\numexpr\svnrev+1\relax}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;after your preamble to increase &lt;code&gt;\svnrev&lt;/code&gt; by one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-10T14:22:04.107" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T14:22:04.107" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13142" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13136" CreationDate="2011-03-10T11:00:28.490" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Multiplatform TeXworks has autocomplete (using &lt;kbd&gt;tab&lt;/kbd&gt;). Texmaker and TeXlipse (&lt;kbd&gt;Ctrl&lt;/kbd&gt;+&lt;kbd&gt;space&lt;/kbd&gt;) have it and are multiplatform as well. I am hard pressed to think of any that do not offer it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1688" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T11:00:28.490" />
  <row Id="13143" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13136" CreationDate="2011-03-10T11:10:58.360" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;TexnicCenter in windows also has a completion function with &lt;kbd&gt;Ctrl&lt;/kbd&gt;+&lt;kbd&gt;space&lt;/kbd&gt; and additional custom commands can be added in xml files in the TexnicCenter program folder&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="632" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-10T16:25:22.910" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T16:25:22.910" />
  <row Id="13144" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-10T11:34:32.427" Score="2" ViewCount="232" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sources for darker fonts for math fonts and AMS math symbols for PDF output via, say, dvipdfm.exe?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(1st response -- copied from by moderator)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Many thanks for the help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm just using TeX and not LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Yes, I should have said &quot;heavier&quot; fonts instead of &quot;darker&quot; fonts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The fonts I am using are just the standard Computer Modern as in Knuth's 'The TeXBook' except occasionally I get a symbol from an AMS collection of symbols.  I also occasionally make use of the Euler fonts from the AMS for math symbols.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My screen preview program is YAP, and it has an option to make the fonts on the screen heavier.  That option saves me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If Adobe's Acrobat had an option like that, then I would not have asked this question or be concerned about fonts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For printing on paper, I use an old HP 4p 600 dot per inch laser printer:  On paper, the characters ('glyphs'?) from TeX are reasonably heavy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The main problem is that when using the program DVIPDFM.EXE to convert TeX dvi output to PDF, the characters are not heavy enough as displayed on my screen by Adobe's Acrobat reader.  So, Acrobat could use a darker option like YAP has.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I looked at 'A Survey of Free Math Fonts for TeX and LaTeX' by Steven J. Hartke at&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/Free_Math_Font_Survey/survey.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/Free_Math_Font_Survey/survey.pdf&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and on page 3 saw the footnote:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;When on screen, the fonts are usually anti-aliased, often into a gray blur because the stems are not thick enough to fill a pixel.  When printed with a high-resolution laser printer, the fonts are shown accurately, but I think are too thin.  With a medium-resolution printer like an inkjet, there’s enough resolution to show the form of the letters (unlike on screen), but the low-resolution &quot;bulks up&quot; the letters compared to a highresolution laser printer, with the letters thus appearing darker.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That paragraph explains well what I am seeing and the cause of the problem I'm trying to solve.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That is, my question was not really asking to change from the Computer Modern fonts in TeX but to change how these fonts are displayed when converted to PDF and viewed with Acrobat.  That is, it would appear that I could just leave everything about TeX alone, get DVI files as at present, and just have DVIPDFM.EXE use slightly heavier Adobe Type 1 fonts for what TeX is using.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My TeX setup is ProTeX 1.2.  I tried a more recent version, but it seemed to want to go directly to PDF and have me use Acrobat for screen preview instead of going to just to DVI and using YAP for screen preview.  I would much rather use YAP for screen preview.  So, after some days of struggle trying to make it work, I removed the later version of ProTeX and installed ProTeX 1.2 from the ZIP file I still had.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, that's where I am:  Just TeX, just the standard TeX fonts, just the old ProTeX 1.2, YAP for screen preview, fonts heavy enough when printed on paper, but as in Hartke's footnote fonts too light as the Adobe Type 1 versions are displayed on a computer screen with Adobe Acrobat.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Maybe a solution could be obtained just by adjusting some 'hints' or some such in the Adobe Type 1 definitions?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From Hartke's footnote, it appears that my problem is from common up to nearly universal:  Any font will look lighter on a computer screen in Acrobat than on 600 dot per inch paper.  So, there should be enough interest for a solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(2nd response -- copied from by moderator)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The responses were good and showed a lot of effort.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It was time for me to respond.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From the reference in your response, I extracted a quote that showed that the problem I was trying to solve will have to be nearly universal among users of TeX and LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;While you did not like my response, in fact I responded in the only way permitted by the software at the Web site.  In particular, your:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;The space below each answer is for comments on those answers.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;does not correspond to anything I see on my screen from my recent copies of Internet Explorer and Firefox.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the question, net, I don't really need to change fonts in TeX and, instead, just change the Adobe Type 1 versions of the standard TeX fonts and used by Acrobat.  That actually was essentially the way my question was stated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For my response, I responded as needed the only way permitted on the Web site.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But you or someone voted down my careful, clear, illuminating response thanking everyone.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, in this response I will omit a &quot;Thank you&quot;.  And I will minimize my use of Stack Exchange in the future.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4112" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-10T23:17:28.410" LastActivityDate="2011-03-12T00:25:38.090" Title="Darker fonts for TeX output to PDF" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;mathmode&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="13145" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13144" CreationDate="2011-03-10T11:50:12.737" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try looking through the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX Font Catalogue&lt;/a&gt;. For example, Bitstream charter and palatino are both thicker than the default computer modern.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, to use a palatino font you could add the following to your preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[sc]{mathpazo}&#xA;\linespread{1.05}         % Palatino needs more leading (space between lines)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;mathdesign&lt;/code&gt; provides some good fonts, but awkwardly they are incompatible with some ams packages. (They do provide alternatives though, so they might be an option).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or you could try &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{fouriernc}&lt;/code&gt; as Leo Liu suggested in the comments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's another way to get a &lt;em&gt;really&lt;/em&gt; thick font for text and maths.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmfib}&#xA;\usepackage{mathastext}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This uses Computer Modern Fibonacci and the &lt;code&gt;mathastext&lt;/code&gt; package to make it use the text font for basic maths. The problem with this approach is that it might make the maths symbols (&lt;code&gt;\sum&lt;/code&gt; etc) look rather thin in comparison...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/WMN9k.png&quot; alt=&quot;thick text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-10T13:34:45.700" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T13:34:45.700" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13146" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13109" CreationDate="2011-03-10T12:02:04.080" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not very happy with how the code below turned out. The main idea is to store the material with catcode 12, and &lt;code&gt;\scantokens&lt;/code&gt; when we want to use it. This does not work with the conventional &lt;code&gt;\verb&lt;/code&gt; because it ends up being followed by a space, which normally does not matter, but here matters a lot. To avoid having this extra space, use the &lt;code&gt;{shortvrb}&lt;/code&gt; package, and a single character for the verbatim.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{shortvrb}&#xA;\MakeShortVerb{\|}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand{\makeallother}{%&#xA;  \count@=0\relax&#xA;  \loop\ifnum\count@&amp;lt;255\relax&#xA;  \catcode\count@=12\relax&#xA;  \advance\count@ by 1\relax&#xA;  \repeat&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand{\toksputright}[1]{%&#xA;  \begingroup&#xA;  \def\PW@curr@toks{#1}%&#xA;  \futurelet\@let@token&#xA;  \PW@put@right@aux&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand{\PW@put@right@aux}{%&#xA;  \ifx\@let@token\bgroup&#xA;  \expandafter\PW@put@right@bgroup&#xA;  \else&#xA;  \expandafter\PW@put@right@other&#xA;  \fi&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand{\PW@put@right@bgroup}{%&#xA;  \makeallother&#xA;  \catcode`\{=1\relax&#xA;  \catcode`\}=2\relax&#xA;  \PW@put@right@bgroup@aux&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand{\PW@put@right@bgroup@aux}[1]{%&#xA;  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup&#xA;  \expandafter\PW@curr@toks\expandafter{\the\PW@curr@toks #1}%&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand{\PW@put@right@other}[1]{%&#xA;  \edef\PW@put@right@other@aux@i{\catcode`#1=\the\catcode`#1}%&#xA;  \def\PW@put@right@other@aux@ii##1#1{%&#xA;    \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup%&#xA;    \expandafter\PW@curr@toks\expandafter{\the\PW@curr@toks ##1}}%&#xA;  \makeallother&#xA;  \PW@put@right@other@aux@i&#xA;  \PW@put@right@other@aux@ii&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;  \newtoks\test&#xA;  \test={First text }&#xA;  \toksputright\test`Some text, and a |verbat%im test| `&#xA;  \toksputright\test{Also works {with |% #  &amp;amp;^*| balanced braces.}}&#xA;  \showthe\test&#xA;  \scantokens\expandafter{\the\test}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T12:02:04.080" />
  <row Id="13147" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12774" CreationDate="2011-03-10T13:19:17.937" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This solution also works with URLs that include active characters such as % and #:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand\hreffootnote@[2]{\footnote{\hyper@linkurl{\Hurl{#2}}{#1}}}&#xA;\DeclareRobustCommand{\hreffootnote}{\hyper@normalise\hreffootnote@}&#xA;\makeatother&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, as far as I understand your &lt;a href=&quot;http://rjlipton.wordpress.com/2011/03/09/tex-is-great-what-is-tex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;blog post&lt;/a&gt;, you actually want that &lt;code&gt;\href{a}{b}&lt;/code&gt; behaves like &lt;code&gt;b\footnote{\url{a}}&lt;/code&gt;. This can be achieved as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand\myhref@[2]{#2\footnote{\url@{#1}}}&#xA;\DeclareRobustCommand{\myhref}{\hyper@normalise\myhref@}&#xA;\makeatother&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, see my answer to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/12855/getting-those-signs-in-the-footnote/&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4087" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T13:19:17.937" />
  <row Id="13148" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13122" CreationDate="2011-03-10T13:25:43.117" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You need to look for where a space is introduced; an easy way to do that is to enclose&#xA;sections of the code with LaTeX3 &lt;code&gt;\ExplSyntaxOn&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\ExplSyntaxOff&lt;/code&gt; tags (just include the &lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt; package).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ExplSyntaxOn&#xA;\newcommand\rightheadercalc[1]{%&#xA;\begin{TabLocalVerticalSpacing}{#1}[b]{rr@{}}\footnotesize{Date:}&amp;amp;\footnotesize{\headertoday}\\\footnotesize{Page:}&amp;amp;\footnotesize{\thepage}\end{TabLocalVerticalSpacing}&#xA;}&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOff&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This corrected the problem on the top right, which by inspection should have had a &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt; at the end.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\end{TabLocalVerticalSpacing}%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/SmIBk.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Same for the bottom footer!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-10T14:15:47.420" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T14:15:47.420" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="13149" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13144" CreationDate="2011-03-10T13:38:44.760" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You might try &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/Free_Math_Font_Survey/survey.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;“A Survey of Free Math Fonts for TeX and LaTeX”&lt;/a&gt; by Steven J. Hartke to see what's out there.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T13:38:44.760" />
  <row Id="13150" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13151" CreationDate="2011-03-10T14:10:34.497" Score="0" ViewCount="117" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to get my subfigures on the same line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Right now I successfully use the subfigure and tikz packages to have a fig. 1 (a) and fig 1. (b).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, no matter what I have tried they are stacked one above the other. I would like the 2 subfigures to be side by side.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is the code&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article} &#xA;\usepackage{subfigure,tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{backgrounds,automata}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;\centering &#xA;\subfigure[Before]&#xA;{%&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[show background rectangle, scale=.5]&#xA;\draw[rounded corners=5pt] (0,0) rectangle (6,8);&#xA;\draw[rounded corners=5pt] (1,2) rectangle (5,6);&#xA;\draw [dashed] (3,2) to[line to] (3,6);&#xA;&#xA;\node[state] (a) at (3,7) {$a$};&#xA;\node[state] (b_x) at (2,5) {$b_x$};&#xA;\node[state] (b_y) at (4,5) {$b_y$};&#xA;\node[state] (c_x) at (2,3) {$c_x$};&#xA;\node[state] (c_y) at (4,3) {$c_y$};&#xA;\node[state] (d) at (3,1) {$d$};&#xA;\draw (1.25,5.75) node {$x$};&#xA;\draw (3.25,5.75) node {$y$};&#xA;\draw (0.25,7.75) node {$z$};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;}&#xA;\subfigure[After]&#xA;{%&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[show background rectangle, scale = 0.5]&#xA;\draw[rounded corners=5pt] (0,0) rectangle (4,8);&#xA;\draw [dashed] (2,0) to[line to] (2,8);&#xA;\node[state] (a_x) at (1,7) {$a_x$};&#xA;\node[state] (a_y) at (3,7) {$a_y$};&#xA;\node[state] (b_x) at (1,5) {$b_x$};&#xA;\node[state] (b_y) at (3,5) {$b_y$};&#xA;\node[state] (c_x) at (1,3) {$c_x$};&#xA;\node[state] (c_y) at (3,3) {$c_y$};&#xA;\node[state] (d_x) at (1,1) {$d_x$};&#xA;\node[state] (d_y) at (3,1) {$d_y$};&#xA;\draw (0.25,7.75) node {$x$};&#xA;\draw (2.25,7.75) node {$y$};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;}&#xA;\caption{An example of the procedure} \end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3326" LastEditorUserId="3144" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-10T16:52:26.973" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T16:52:26.973" Title="Subfigures with Tikz on the same line?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;subfloats&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="13151" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13150" CreationDate="2011-03-10T14:21:07.827" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt; Having seen the MWE, the problem is that you've put an empty line between your figures. LaTeX interprets this as a line break and then breaks the line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Get rid of the empty line before your second picture and it works.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's code that works:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usepackage{subfigure}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{backgrounds,automata}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{figure}  &#xA;\centering  &#xA;&#xA;\subfigure[Before]  &#xA;{  &#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[show background rectangle, scale=.5]  &#xA;&#xA;\draw[rounded corners=5pt] (0,0) rectangle (6,8);  &#xA;\draw[rounded corners=5pt] (1,2) rectangle (5,6);  &#xA;\draw [dashed] (3,2) to[line to] (3,6);  &#xA;&#xA;\node[state] (a) at (3,7)       {$a$};  &#xA;\node[state] (b_x) at (2,5)     {$b_x$};  &#xA;\node[state] (b_y) at (4,5)     {$b_y$};  &#xA;\node[state] (c_x) at (2,3)     {$c_x$};  &#xA;\node[state] (c_y) at (4,3)     {$c_y$};  &#xA;\node[state] (d) at (3,1)       {$d$};  &#xA;\draw (1.25,5.75) node {$x$};  &#xA;\draw (3.25,5.75) node {$y$};  &#xA;\draw (0.25,7.75) node {$z$};  &#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}  &#xA;&#xA;}  &#xA;% The only difference is here, where I have commented out an empty line.&#xA;\subfigure[After]  &#xA;{  &#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[show background rectangle, scale = 0.5]  &#xA;&#xA;\draw[rounded corners=5pt] (0,0) rectangle (4,8);  &#xA;\draw [dashed] (2,0) to[line to] (2,8);  &#xA;&#xA;\node[state] (a_x) at (1,7)     {$a_x$};  &#xA;\node[state] (a_y) at (3,7)     {$a_y$};  &#xA;\node[state] (b_x) at (1,5)     {$b_x$};  &#xA;\node[state] (b_y) at (3,5)     {$b_y$};  &#xA;\node[state] (c_x) at (1,3)     {$c_x$};  &#xA;\node[state] (c_y) at (3,3)     {$c_y$};  &#xA;\node[state] (d_x) at (1,1)     {$d_x$};  &#xA;\node[state] (d_y) at (3,1)     {$d_y$};  &#xA;\draw (0.25,7.75) node {$x$};  &#xA;\draw (2.25,7.75) node {$y$};  &#xA;\end{tikzpicture}  &#xA;&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\caption{An example of the procedure}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Old answer for posterity:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Without an &lt;a href=&quot;http://meta.tex.stackexchange.com/questions/228/ive-just-been-told-i-have-to-write-a-minimal-example-what-is-that&quot;&gt;MWE&lt;/a&gt; it's difficult to know exactly what the issue is. Try making the tikz pictures smaller to see if they then fit on a line. That is, make your tikz figures start: &lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=0.5]&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If they fit on one line once you've done this, it's then a matter of finding the largest scale you can give them and have them fit on a line. If this isn't the problem, the you'll need to give more detail to your question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-10T16:35:00.637" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T16:35:00.637" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13152" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-10T14:56:20.590" Score="3" ViewCount="54" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi, I am using TeXworks to edit my LaTeX files. I currently use the pdfLatex+MakeIndex+BibTex which calls the texify.exe (it is the standard configuration). How to configure this option to call the makeglossaries program?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3660" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T14:56:20.590" Title="How to makeglossaries with TeXworks?" Tags="&lt;glossaries&gt;&lt;texworks&gt;" />
  <row Id="13154" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13109" CreationDate="2011-03-10T15:20:31.670" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would write the code to an external file instead and reread it again when you need it. It avoids this issues and is much faster if you add a lot of material multiple times. Something based on &lt;code&gt;filecontents&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;VerbatimOut&lt;/code&gt; of &lt;code&gt;fancyvrb&lt;/code&gt;, but which allows to have multiple environments which all write to the same file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Code:&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% codewrite.sty&#xA;\RequirePackage{fancyvrb}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*\CodeOut{\FV@Environment{}{CodeOut}}&#xA;&#xA;\newwrite\@codewrite&#xA;% Or to save an output handle:&#xA;%\let\@codewrite\FV@OutFile&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*\CodeOpenFile[1]{%&#xA;    \immediate\openout\@codewrite #1\relax&#xA;    \def\CodeOpen@File{#1}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\FVB@CodeOut{%&#xA;    \@bsphack&#xA;    \begingroup&#xA;    \FV@UseKeyValues&#xA;    \FV@DefineWhiteSpace&#xA;    \def\FV@Space{\space}%&#xA;    \FV@DefineTabOut&#xA;    \def\FV@ProcessLine{\immediate\write\@codewrite}%&#xA;    \let\FV@FontScanPrep\relax&#xA;    %% DG/SR modification begin - May. 18, 1998 (to avoid problems with ligatures)&#xA;    \let\@noligs\relax&#xA;    %% DG/SR modification end&#xA;    \FV@Scan&#xA;}&#xA;\def\FVE@CodeOut{\endgroup\@esphack}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*\ReadCode{\immediate\closeout\@codewrite\input{\CodeOpen@File}}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\DefineVerbatimEnvironment{CodeOut}{CodeOut}{}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Usage Example:&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{codewrite}&#xA;&#xA;\CodeOpenFile{\jobname.cod}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{CodeOut}&#xA;   Test&#xA;\end{CodeOut}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{CodeOut}&#xA;\begin{verbatim}&#xA;    test%^&amp;amp;$%\relax&#xA;\end{verbatim}&#xA;\end{CodeOut}&#xA;&#xA;\ReadCode&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There might be a package which does this already.&#xA;Note that you can catch the content of a file to a macro using the &lt;code&gt;catchfile&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-10T16:11:06.650" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T16:11:06.650" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13155" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-28T14:36:31.627" Score="0" ViewCount="34" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to install MiKTeX 2.9.3959 (on WinXP in order to create PS files).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Do I need (or better, should I) install GhostScript and GhostView first, before installing MiKTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-10T17:17:32.227" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T17:17:32.227" Title="Installation of GhostView needed before installing MiKTeX?" Tags="&lt;installing&gt;&lt;miktex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13156" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13155" CreationDate="2010-11-28T16:02:16.990" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ghostscript is required by MiKTeX utilities like epstopdf, and is included in the MiKTeX distribution. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastActivityDate="2010-11-28T16:02:16.990" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13157" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13150" CreationDate="2011-03-10T16:16:54.247" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;An example :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrartcl} &#xA;\usepackage{tkz-euclide,subfigure}&#xA;\usetkzobj{all}    &#xA;\begin{document}    &#xA;\begin{figure}[!h]&#xA;\centering&#xA;\subfigure[angle:\hbox to 2cm{\dotfill}]{&#xA; \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \draw  ( 2,3)+(158:4cm) -- ( 2,3) -- +(31:4cm);    &#xA;\tkzOriProtractor[scale=0.7, shift = {(2,3)}, rotate = -22]&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}}&#xA;\hfill&#xA;\subfigure[angle:\hbox to 2cm{\dotfill}]{&#xA; \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA; \def\ang{53}&#xA; \draw  ( 2,3)+(180-\ang:4cm) -- ( 2,3) -- +(31:4cm);&#xA;\tkzOriProtractor[shift = {(2,3)}, scale=0.7, rotate = 31]&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/iKX6h.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T16:16:54.247" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13159" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13136" CreationDate="2011-03-10T16:48:59.377" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is a &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/339/215&quot;&gt;list of LaTeX IDEs&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;While &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;emacs&lt;/a&gt;+&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;AucTeX&lt;/a&gt; doesn't have &quot;autocompletion&quot; &lt;em&gt;per se&lt;/em&gt; but it does have something that performs the same role, and performs it better (obviously).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Let's take the example of adding section headings. With autocompletion I start writing &lt;code&gt;\sec...&lt;/code&gt; and then press &lt;kbd&gt;TAB&lt;/kbd&gt; or some such autocomplete key.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With emacs, you press &lt;kbd&gt;Ctrl&lt;/kbd&gt;+&lt;kbd&gt;C&lt;/kbd&gt; and then &lt;kbd&gt;Ctrl&lt;/kbd&gt;+&lt;kbd&gt;S&lt;/kbd&gt; and emacs asks you what level of sectioning you want. You type &lt;code&gt;sec...&lt;/code&gt; and then &lt;kbd&gt;TAB&lt;/kbd&gt; to autocomplete. Then emacs asks you how you'd like to label that section (I want to call this section &lt;code&gt;foo&lt;/code&gt;). It automatically adds a &lt;code&gt;\label{sec:foo}&lt;/code&gt; below your &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt; command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fine. But here's the really useful part. Let's say you want an environment: &lt;kbd&gt;Ctrl&lt;/kbd&gt;+&lt;kbd&gt;C&lt;/kbd&gt; then &lt;kbd&gt;Ctrl&lt;/kbd&gt;+&lt;kbd&gt;E&lt;/kbd&gt;. Then emacs asks you what kind of environment you want. And if you tell it you want an environment emacs understands, like &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt; it will ask you for its compulsory arguments (width, for minipage). It will then create the environment and put you between the &lt;code&gt;\begin&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\end&lt;/code&gt; tags.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;More cool features of emacs: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.cs.utah.edu/dept/old/texinfo/emacs18/emacs_27.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;abbrev-mode&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; which is basically auto-complete on magic! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And the smart &lt;kbd&gt;`&lt;/kbd&gt; : Typing &lt;kbd&gt;`&lt;/kbd&gt; then &lt;kbd&gt;a&lt;/kbd&gt; gives you &lt;code&gt;\alpha&lt;/code&gt; likewise for other greek letters. &lt;kbd&gt;`&lt;/kbd&gt; then pressing the right arrow key gives you &lt;code&gt;\rightarrow&lt;/code&gt; Likewise for other arrow directions...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, you get like, 100 geek points just for using emacs. Fact.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-11T15:15:04.707" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T15:15:04.707" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="13160" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13163" CreationDate="2011-03-10T18:03:21.747" Score="1" ViewCount="33" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using the glossaries packge in order to create a glossary. If I use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\printglossary[type=main,style=list]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I get entry names in bold, but the layout won't be the one I wish. If I use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setlength{\glsdescwidth}{\linewidth}&#xA;\printglossary[type=main,style=long]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I will get the wanted layout exhibited, but the entry names won't be in bold. So, how to set the entry names to be shown in bold when using long style?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3660" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T18:17:53.930" Title="How to show glossary entry name in bold when using long style?" Tags="&lt;glossaries&gt;&lt;bold&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="13161" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13166" CreationDate="2011-03-10T18:11:28.883" Score="4" ViewCount="64" Body="&lt;p&gt;Please, I have a nice picture without that &lt;code&gt;\ul{...}&lt;/code&gt;, but i need that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{wrapfig}&#xA;\usepackage{soul}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{wrapfigure}[3]{l}{30mm}&#xA;\Huge 1&#xA;\end{wrapfigure}&#xA;&#xA;\ul{Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet}, consectetur adipiscing elit.&#xA;Suspendisse nec dolor eget tortor iaculis molestie et ac diam.&#xA;Aliquam feugiat tempus orci et suscipit.&#xA;Morbi varius dignissim arcu, vitae facilisis metus imperdiet id.&#xA;Morbi non mi at neque mollis elementum.&#xA;Etiam mauris velit, accumsan in fringilla nec, auctor in eros.&#xA;Etiam porta fermentum pretium. &#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With that \ul{...} paragraph is being stretched to full width and figure goes away to the left. What is wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ps. Actually there are graphics in &lt;code&gt;wrapfigure&lt;/code&gt;s and i really need some words to be underlined. Yes, &lt;code&gt;ulem&lt;/code&gt;'s &lt;code&gt;\emph&lt;/code&gt; does the same as &lt;code&gt;\ul&lt;/code&gt;. Well, yes, &lt;code&gt;\underline&lt;/code&gt; does right thing here, but i am unhappy with &lt;code&gt;\underline&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update&lt;/strong&gt;:&#xA;With this addition:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{color}&#xA;...&#xA;% instead of just \Huge 1:&#xA;\fcolorbox[gray]{0.59}{1}{\parbox{30mm}{\Huge 1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and after making &quot;just too long word&quot; &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; produces this picture:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Iv2rj.png&quot; alt=&quot;hyphenation does work!&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, paragraph is nicely stretched to \textwidth;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2710" LastEditorUserId="2710" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-10T18:27:32.787" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T18:39:13.363" Title="soul's \ul{} breaks wrapfigure and textflow?" Tags="&lt;wrapfigure&gt;&lt;ulem&gt;&lt;soul&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13162" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13165" CreationDate="2011-03-10T18:17:42.840" Score="0" ViewCount="50" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using the &lt;code&gt;glossaries&lt;/code&gt; package to make a glossary. However I don't want the page numbers where the entry is referenced to be shown after the description in the glossary. How can I do that? Actually I use in preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[acronym]{glossaries}&#xA;\makeglossaries&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and inside the document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\printglossary[type=main,style=long]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't want the page numbers to be displayed because there are entries that are added in preamble with the command &lt;code&gt;\glsadd{entry}&lt;/code&gt; and it will appear as present on page 1. And sometimes the page numbers list won't be complete, that is, there will be parts of the text which will contain one term and it won't reference directly the glossary.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How to prevent the page number to appear on glossary?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3660" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T18:33:57.053" Title="How to prevent page numbers from appearing on glossaries?" Tags="&lt;page-numbering&gt;&lt;glossaries&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13163" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13160" CreationDate="2011-03-10T18:17:53.930" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The following is untested, but should work according to p. 54 of the glossaries manual:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\glsnamefont}[1]{\textbf{#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T18:17:53.930" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13164" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13161" CreationDate="2011-03-10T18:24:22.130" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have no idea why this works, or what's going on, but this does make things work:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{wrapfig}&#xA;\usepackage{soul}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{wrapfigure}[3]{l}{30mm}&#xA;\Huge 1&#xA;\end{wrapfigure}&#xA;\rule{0pt}{0pt}\ul{Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet}, consectetur adipiscing elit.&#xA;Suspendisse nec dolor eget tortor iaculis molestie et ac diam.&#xA;Aliquam feugiat tempus orci et suscipit.&#xA;Morbi varius dignissim arcu, vitae facilisis metus imperdiet id.&#xA;Morbi non mi at neque mollis elementum.&#xA;Etiam mauris velit, accumsan in fringilla nec, auctor in eros.&#xA;Etiam porta fermentum pretium. &#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All I've done is put an invisible rule before your &lt;code&gt;\ul&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T18:24:22.130" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13165" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13162" CreationDate="2011-03-10T18:33:57.053" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Throwing a glance at p. 90 of the glossaries manual, I suppose that the package option &lt;code&gt;nonumberlist&lt;/code&gt; does the trick.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T18:33:57.053" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13166" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13161" CreationDate="2011-03-10T18:39:13.363" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For &lt;code&gt;wrapfig&lt;/code&gt; to work properly it needs to see a paragraph. You can force a paragraph by &#xA;using &lt;code&gt;\leavevmode&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{wrapfig}&#xA;\usepackage{soul}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{wrapfigure}[3]{l}{30mm}&#xA;\Huge 1&#xA;\end{wrapfigure}&#xA;\leavevmode\ul{Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet}, consectetur adipiscing elit.&#xA;Suspendisse nec dolor eget tortor iaculis molestie et ac diam.&#xA;Aliquam feugiat tempus orci et suscipit.&#xA;Morbi varius dignissim arcu, vitae facilisis metus imperdiet id.&#xA;Morbi non mi at neque mollis elementum.&#xA;Etiam mauris velit, accumsan in fringilla nec, auctor in eros.&#xA;Etiam porta fermentum pretium. &#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could also use a &lt;code&gt;noindent&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;quitvmode&lt;/code&gt; or use a &lt;code&gt;rule&lt;/code&gt; as per Seamus post.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T18:39:13.363" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13167" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13168" CreationDate="2011-03-10T18:41:10.403" Score="4" ViewCount="82" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have this letter template, I found online. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,stdletter]{newlfm}&#xA;\usepackage{charter}&#xA;&#xA;\widowpenalty=1000&#xA;\clubpenalty=1000&#xA;&#xA;\newlfmP{headermarginskip=15pt}&#xA;\newlfmP{sigsize=25pt}&#xA;\newlfmP{dateskipafter=25pt}&#xA;\newlfmP{addrfromphone}&#xA;\newlfmP{addrfromemail}&#xA;\PhrPhone{Phone}&#xA;\PhrEmail{Email}&#xA;&#xA;\namefrom{James Bond}&#xA;&#xA;\addrfrom{Privet Drive}&#xA;\phonefrom{111-333-4422}&#xA;\emailfrom{abc@mnop.com}&#xA;&#xA;\addrto{XYZ Inc.}&#xA;&#xA;\greetto{To Whom It May Concern,}&#xA;\closeline{Sincerely,}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{newlfm}&#xA;&#xA;\end{newlfm}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For some reason, I cannot get the &lt;code&gt;\namefrom&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\closeline&lt;/code&gt; to left indent. It keeps positioning on the right. I tried &lt;code&gt;\flushright&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\flushleft&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3444" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-10T19:31:53.507" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T19:31:53.507" Title="Positioning signature on left in letter" Tags="&lt;letters&gt;&lt;newlfm&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13168" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13167" CreationDate="2011-03-10T18:56:32.367" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the &lt;code&gt;sigleft&lt;/code&gt; class option:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,stdletter,sigleft]{newlfm}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T18:56:32.367" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13172" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13175" CreationDate="2011-03-10T19:06:50.923" Score="11" ViewCount="115" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I detect inside a TeX file which engine (&lt;code&gt;pdftex&lt;/code&gt;/&lt;code&gt;xetex&lt;/code&gt;/&lt;code&gt;luatex&lt;/code&gt;) is used to compile the file? Is there a LaTeX package that provides this functionality?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T22:40:22.407" Title="Detect which TeX engine is used" Tags="&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;luatex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="13173" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13176" CreationDate="2011-03-10T19:08:06.227" Score="2" ViewCount="68" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\underset{t \rightarrow x}{\limsup} f(t) = \underset{t \rightarrow x}{\liminf} f(t)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I get the &lt;code&gt;{t \rightarrow x}&lt;/code&gt; lower under the limsup then the liminf (due to the &quot;p&quot; in limsup). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I change the position of the underset?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3875" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-10T19:18:14.750" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T19:18:14.750" Title="How to change the position of underset?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;amsmath&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="13174" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13172" CreationDate="2011-03-10T19:10:56.287" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Packages ifxetex, ifluatex, ifpdf. You can also look e.g. in hyperref to check how it detect which driver it should use.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T19:10:56.287" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13175" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13172" CreationDate="2011-03-10T19:11:05.537" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, there is — &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/iftex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;iftex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. There are also &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/ifxetex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;ifxetex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/ifluatex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;ifluatex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Internally these packages rely on checking if engine-specific primitives exist, such as &lt;code&gt;\XeTeXversion&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3104" LastEditorUserId="3104" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-11T22:40:22.407" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T22:40:22.407" />
  <row Id="13176" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13173" CreationDate="2011-03-10T19:14:56.657" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A phantom could be useful:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\[&#xA;  \underset{t \rightarrow x}{\limsup} f(t) = \underset{t \rightarrow x}{\liminf\vphantom{p}} f(t)&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T19:14:56.657" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="13177" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13182" CreationDate="2011-03-10T19:21:29.697" Score="8" ViewCount="137" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/13161/souls-ul-breaks-wrapfigure-and-textflow/13166#13166&quot;&gt;Yiannis's answer to a question&lt;/a&gt; introduced me to the notion of &quot;vertical mode&quot;. Doing a search on the internet turns up relatively little about the different modes of operation; all I've managed to find is that there are 6 modes, 2 each for horizontal and vertical, and the math mode and displayed math mode. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately I don't own a copy of the TeX Book, nor do I have ready access to a copy at the moment. My questions are: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;What are the 6 different modes? &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;For a user (as opposed to a package developer) of TeX, what are some of the practical things I need to worry about with regards to then? (The question linked above being an example of when the underbelly is exposed.) &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-10T19:26:37.273" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T13:20:15.527" Title="What are vertical and horizontal modes?" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="13178" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-10T19:24:23.640" Score="2" ViewCount="112" Body="&lt;p&gt;I installed the &lt;code&gt;widetext&lt;/code&gt; package and was happily using it until I decided to edit the style file &lt;code&gt;widetext.sty&lt;/code&gt;. Happily, LaTeX immediately picked up the changes and compiled correctly. I then decided to undo those changes to &lt;code&gt;widetext.sty&lt;/code&gt;, and I did so, but now latex doesn't seem to pick up this fact (ie it still thinks the changes are present). If I rename &lt;code&gt;widetext.sty&lt;/code&gt; to something else, LaTeX properly fails to compile and says it can't find &lt;code&gt;widetext.sty&lt;/code&gt;. However, if I intentionally put garbage text in &lt;code&gt;widetext.sty&lt;/code&gt; to cause the latex compile to fail, LaTeX doesn't seem to notice and happily compiles the last &quot;working copy&quot; of &lt;code&gt;widetext.sty&lt;/code&gt; it seems to have stashed in some form of cache somewhere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried to delete all output files in the working directory. No luck. &lt;code&gt;widetext.sty&lt;/code&gt; is located in &lt;code&gt;C:\Program Files\MiKTeX 2.9\tex\latex\widetext&lt;/code&gt;. Thoughts?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4115" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-10T21:14:17.570" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T14:26:24.233" Title="LaTeX doesn't pick up changes to style file" Tags="&lt;compiling&gt;&lt;miktex&gt;&lt;package-writing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="13179" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13177" CreationDate="2011-03-10T19:33:22.757" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www-cs-faculty.stanford.edu/~uno/abcde.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeXBook&lt;/a&gt; contains a full chapter (13) for the modes. The six modes are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Vertical mode&lt;/em&gt;. Building the main vertical list, from which the pages of&#xA;output are derived.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Internal vertical mode&lt;/em&gt;. Building a vertical list for a vbox.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Horizontal mode&lt;/em&gt;. Building a horizontal list for a paragraph.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Restricted horizontal mode&lt;/em&gt;. Building a horizontal list for an hbox.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Math mode&lt;/em&gt;. Building a mathematical formula to be placed in a horizontal&#xA;list.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Display math mode&lt;/em&gt;. Building a mathematical formula to be placed on&#xA;a line by itself, temporarily interrupting the current paragraph.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The difference for the normal and restricted horizontal mode is that in the restricted mode there can't be a line break. In short: when TeX builds up a line it is in &lt;em&gt;horizontal mode&lt;/em&gt;. A &lt;code&gt;\hbox&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\mbox&lt;/code&gt; however is &lt;em&gt;restricted horizontal mode&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The horizontal boxes are then stacked together in vertical boxes. I assume that the &lt;em&gt;internal vertical mode&lt;/em&gt; can't include a page break.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T19:33:22.757" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13181" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13183" CreationDate="2011-03-10T19:46:23.103" Score="0" ViewCount="69" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a &lt;code&gt;longtable&lt;/code&gt;, that is inputted to the main-file using &lt;code&gt;LTXTable&lt;/code&gt;, but it does not work, when the &lt;code&gt;longtable&lt;/code&gt; is more than one page long.&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;The latex-code for the table can be found here: &lt;a href=&quot;http://latex.lsm-consult.dk/longtable.tex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://latex.lsm-consult.dk/longtable.tex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;The main latex-code can be found here &lt;a href=&quot;http://latex.lsm-consult.dk/timereg.tex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://latex.lsm-consult.dk/timereg.tex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;The other latex-files can be found at &lt;a href=&quot;http://latex.lsm-consult.dk/auto1.tex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://latex.lsm-consult.dk/auto1.tex&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://latex.lsm-consult.dk/payinfo.tex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://latex.lsm-consult.dk/payinfo.tex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;And the payinfo.tex refered to in the error-output can be replaced by an empty file.&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;And the errors are&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;LaTeX Warning: Reference `LastPage' on page 1 undefined on input line 49.&#xA;&#xA;(./includes/latex/payinfo.tex (includes/latex/inv8578445//auto0.tex&#xA;! Extra alignment tab has been changed to \cr.&#xA;&amp;lt;template&amp;gt; \endtemplate &#xA;&#xA;l.3 \footnotesize&#xA;                  NR. \rule{0pt}{15pt}\rule[-10pt]{0pt}{0pt}        &amp;amp; \footnotesize...&#xA;&#xA;?&#xA;! Emergency stop.&#xA;&amp;lt;template&amp;gt; \endtemplate &#xA;&#xA;l.3 \footnotesize&#xA;                  NR. \rule{0pt}{15pt}\rule[-10pt]{0pt}{0pt}        &amp;amp; \footnotesize...&#xA;&#xA;!  ==&amp;gt; Fatal error occurred, no output PDF file produced!&#xA;Transcript written on includes/latex/inv8578445//timereg.log.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can anybody in here give me a clue of what I am doing wrong?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;I can of course also put the main file on my page, if you need it&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4049" LastEditorUserId="4049" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-10T21:01:37.127" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T21:01:37.127" Title="Table works for one page, but not for multiple" Tags="&lt;errors&gt;&lt;longtable&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="10" />
  <row Id="13182" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13177" CreationDate="2011-03-10T19:53:17.527" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In order to understand the notion of &lt;em&gt;modes&lt;/em&gt;, we first need to understand that the way TeX works is that it just typesets boxes. What is in these boxes is immaterial for TeX. If your manuscript contains only text, these boxes are built primarily while TeX is one of  two modes. In the horizontal mode, it stacks boxes next to each other and in vertical mode boxes are stacked on top of each other. These are called horizontal or vertical lists.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So generally when TeX is in horizontal mode it is busy building lines of TeX and when it is in vertical mode it is stacking boxes of lines or paragraphs one on top of each other.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In one of the math modes it is reading a formula. Think of modes as program &lt;em&gt;switches&lt;/em&gt;. Depending on what TeX is typesetting, the switch enables different modes to perform different tasks such as allowing or disallowing primitive commands and the like.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When TeX is in vertical mode or internal vertical mode, the first token of&#xA;a new paragraph changes the mode to horizontal for the duration of a paragraph.&#xA;You can also tell TeX explicitly to go into horizontal mode, instead of relying&#xA;on such implicit mode-switching, by saying &lt;code&gt;\indent&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\noindent&lt;/code&gt;. Plain, LaTeX and pdfTeX have built-in macros to make easier to switch from one mode to another such as &lt;code&gt;\leavevmode&lt;/code&gt;, which is simply a void box that is opened:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\protected\def\leavevmode{\unhbox \voidb@x}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The minutiae can be found in the TeXbook or TeX by Topic. Also the  e-tex manual has a lot of macros that enable detection of modes. There is also a very good article in TUGboat about how the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb12-2/tb32eijkhout-structure.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX processor&lt;/a&gt; works. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-11T13:20:15.527" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T13:20:15.527" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="13183" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13181" CreationDate="2011-03-10T20:08:23.260" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Extra alignment tab has been changed to \cr.&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;you have defined too less columns for the table or forgotton a &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; at a tabular line end. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T20:08:23.260" CommentCount="18" />
  <row Id="13184" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13186" CreationDate="2011-03-10T20:12:33.787" Score="7" ViewCount="90" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need to produce two document layouts using the same content. I'm going to be making heavy use of the &lt;code&gt;input{}&lt;/code&gt; command to do this, but it is more complex than just this. I'm looking for suggestions how to best build the document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have 10 instruments, and each instrument has an &lt;strong&gt;intro&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;calibration&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;operation&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;post processing&lt;/strong&gt;, and &lt;strong&gt;maintenance&lt;/strong&gt; documentation section. So there are 50+ segments to this document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One version needs to be arranged by instrument, like so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Doc Intro&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Instrument 1&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Intro&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Calib&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ops...&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Instrument 2&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Intro&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Calib&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I need a second version of the document that is arranged by order of operations, so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Doc Intro&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Calibration&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;In 1&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;In 2&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;...&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;In 10&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Operations&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;In 1&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;In 2&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you can see, just writing a shell script to build a wrapper &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; document full of &lt;code&gt;\input{}&lt;/code&gt; isn't enough, as each of the input-ed tex documents needs different headers, both depth and title, for example. What is a &lt;code&gt;\subsection{Instrument 1}&lt;/code&gt; in one document becomes a &lt;code&gt;\subsubsection{Calibration}&lt;/code&gt; in another document, although the exact same text is in the paragraphs below that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I could have the shell script decide what is a &lt;code&gt;subsection&lt;/code&gt; and what is a &lt;code&gt;subsubsection&lt;/code&gt; too, but now I'm writing more &lt;code&gt;bash&lt;/code&gt; then &lt;code&gt;LaTeX&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there something for &lt;code&gt;sections&lt;/code&gt; like the &lt;code&gt;itemize&lt;/code&gt; environment? For &lt;code&gt;itemize&lt;/code&gt;, I don't need to tell it how deep it is with &lt;code&gt;itemitemitemize&lt;/code&gt; similar to &lt;code&gt;subsubsubsection&lt;/code&gt;, it just handles it automagically.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any other suggestions on how to best write once and compile twice will be much appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="360" LastEditorUserId="360" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-10T21:49:16.607" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T21:49:16.607" Title="Options for building multiple documents from the same content with different layouts" Tags="&lt;layout&gt;&lt;include&gt;&lt;input&gt;&lt;document-configuration&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13185" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13184" CreationDate="2011-03-10T20:38:46.460" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Is there something for &lt;code&gt;section&lt;/code&gt;s like the &lt;code&gt;itemize&lt;/code&gt; environment? For itemize, I don't need to tell it how deep it is with &lt;code&gt;itemitemitemize&lt;/code&gt; similar to &lt;code&gt;subsubsubsection&lt;/code&gt;, it just handles it automagically.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt;s aren't usually environments, and this is the problem with a one-size-fits-all &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt;.  For instance, how would LaTeX know if the next &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt; was a child section or a sibling section?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But maybe you could implement document divisions as environments, and then keep track of the section depth that way. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T20:38:46.460" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13186" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13184" CreationDate="2011-03-10T20:58:03.357" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ok, you have 10 instruments with 6 section each, makes 60 in total. The simplest would be to create 60 input files then. You could use the &lt;code&gt;filecontents&lt;/code&gt; environment if you want to not manually create all of the files. These files should not contain the sectioning commands.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then place the sectioning commands into the two different main files:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% File 1:&#xA;\section{Doc Intro}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Instrument 1}&#xA;\subsection{Intro}&#xA;\input{instr1-intro}&#xA;\subsection{Calib}&#xA;\input{instr1-calib}&#xA;\subsection{Ops}&#xA;\input{instr1-ops}&#xA;% ...&#xA;&#xA;\section{Instrument 2}&#xA;\subsection{Intro}&#xA;\input{instr1-intro}&#xA;\subsection{Calib}&#xA;\input{instr1-calib}&#xA;\subsection{Ops}&#xA;\input{instr1-ops}&#xA;% ...&#xA;&#xA;% etc.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% File 2:&#xA;\section{Doc Intro}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Calibration}&#xA;\subsection{Instrument 1}&#xA;\input{instr1-intro}&#xA;\subsection{Instrument 2}&#xA;\input{instr2-intro}&#xA;\subsection{Instrument 3}&#xA;\input{instr3-intro}&#xA;% ...&#xA;&#xA;\section{Operations}&#xA;\subsection{Instrument 1}&#xA;\input{instr1-ops}&#xA;\subsection{Instrument 2}&#xA;\input{instr2-ops}&#xA;\subsection{Instrument 3}&#xA;\input{instr3-ops}&#xA;% ...&#xA;&#xA;% etc.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could use loops to do this part for you:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcount\instrument&#xA;\instrument=1&#xA;\loop\ifnum\instrument&amp;lt;11\relax&#xA;  \section{Instrument \the\instrument}&#xA;  \subsection{Intro}&#xA;  \input{instr\the\instrument-intro}&#xA;  \subsection{Calib}&#xA;  \input{instr\the\instrument-calib}&#xA;  \subsection{Ops}&#xA;  \input{instr\the\instrument-ops}&#xA;  % ...&#xA;  \advance\instrument by 1\relax&#xA;\repeat&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section{Calibration}&#xA;\loop\ifnum\instrument&amp;lt;11\relax&#xA;  \subsection{Instrument \the\instrument}&#xA;  \input{instr\the\instrument-calib}&#xA;  % ...&#xA;  \advance\instrument by 1\relax&#xA;\repeat&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\foreach&lt;/code&gt; macro of &lt;code&gt;pgf&lt;/code&gt; can also be used here and might be easier to handle. It can also iterate over section titles.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T20:58:03.357" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13187" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13218" CreationDate="2011-03-10T21:13:40.897" Score="17" ViewCount="242" Body="&lt;p&gt;Several times now I have inadvertently lost the .tex file that generated a PDF file with &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt;. Given what I know of the internal structure of PDF files, it should be possible to embed a text file containing the original LaTeX file into the PDF file so that it can be extracted later. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am aware of no technology for doing this, but perhaps you are. Does anybody have something like this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2562" LastEditorUserId="3323" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-11T11:24:52.627" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T22:39:13.607" Title="Is there some way to embed LaTeX source code in a PDF file?" Tags="&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;embedding&gt;&lt;source&gt;&lt;attachfile&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13188" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13187" CreationDate="2011-03-10T21:22:16.547" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can attach arbitrary files to a PDF document using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/attachfile2&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;attachfile2&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The above package works only with pdfTeX and &lt;code&gt;dvips&lt;/code&gt;. For a XeTeX/&lt;code&gt;xdvipdfmx&lt;/code&gt; solution, see &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3512&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt; question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3104" LastEditorUserId="3104" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-11T22:39:13.607" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T22:39:13.607" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13189" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12679" CreationDate="2011-03-10T21:52:54.243" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As per @Seamus suggestion, I edited my original answer, rather than add a new one;  my initial answer was not entirely correct, and in case anyone ever has the same problem, my experience might be helpful. While my initial solution would work, it would also give me errors I did not notice initially because TextMate seemed to suppress them. Only when I compiled in the terminal would I see them. So here is how I changed and simplified it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First, I begin with the &lt;code&gt;footcite:jurisdiction&lt;/code&gt; macro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newbibmacro*{footcite:jurisdiction}{%&#xA;  \global\boolfalse{cbx:loccit}%&#xA;  \ifciteseen%&#xA;    {\ifthenelse{\ifciteibid\AND\NOT\iffirstonpage}%&#xA;          {\usebibmacro{footcite:ibid}}%&#xA;          {\usebibmacro{footcite:jurisdiction:note}}}%&#xA;    {\usebibmacro{footcite:full:jurisdiction}%&#xA;     \usebibmacro{footcite:save}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nothing spectacular here, it is just a variation of the regular &lt;code&gt;footcite macro&lt;/code&gt;. Notice that it calls the &lt;code&gt;footcite:jurisdiction:note&lt;/code&gt; macro when the case is cited at least once not for the first time and not with ibid (which is exactly the scenario in which I want the shorthand to be printed in the first citation). The &lt;code&gt;footcite:jurisdiction:note&lt;/code&gt; macro goes like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newbibmacro*{footcite:jurisdiction:note}{%&#xA; \usebibmacro{jurisdiction:multipletimes}%&#xA; \ifbool{bbx:jurisdiction:germany}%&#xA;   {\usebibmacro{court+location:germany}% Case id for German cases&#xA;    \setunit{\addspace}%&#xA;    \iffieldundef{origtitle}%&#xA;      {\printfield{title}}%&#xA;      {\printfield{origtitle}}}&#xA;   {\iffieldundef{shorthand}% Case id for English-style cases&#xA;      {\usebibmacro{casename}}&#xA;      {\printfield{shorthand}}}%&#xA; \usebibmacro{seenote}%&#xA; \iffieldundef{postnote}%&#xA;  {}%&#xA;  {\setunit*{\addcomma\space}}%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The macro &lt;code&gt;jurisdiction:firsttime&lt;/code&gt;, which was in my initial answer, is superfluous and has been deleted. The &lt;code&gt;jurisdiction:multipletimes&lt;/code&gt; sets the variable which will be checked to determine whether the shorthand needs to be printed. Because the macro is only called at the second citation at the earliest, but the shorthand needs to be printed at the first citation, it writes to the aux file. The macro goes like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newbibmacro{jurisdiction:multipletimes}{%&#xA;  \iffieldundef{shorthand}%&#xA;     {}%&#xA;     {\if@filesw&#xA;       \protected@write\@mainaux{}%&#xA;         {\string\csxdef{cbx@\thefield{entrykey}:short:%&#xA;          \csuse{cbx@first@\thefield{entrykey}}}{multi}}%&#xA;      \fi&#xA;      }%&#xA;}%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To my understanding, the &lt;code&gt;\if@filesw&lt;/code&gt;checks whether the aux file is writeable which seemed like a good idea to check for. The &lt;code&gt;\protected@write\@mainaux{}&lt;/code&gt; writes to the main aux file. The  &lt;code&gt;\string&lt;/code&gt; writes the following command verbatim instead of expanding it before being written to the aux file. The &lt;code&gt;\csxdef&lt;/code&gt; sets the variable that is later used to check whether the entry has been cited multiple times. The next &lt;code&gt;cbx@\thefield{entrykey}&lt;/code&gt; is not preceded by a &lt;code&gt;\string&lt;/code&gt; because we want itto expand before being written to the aux file to make a unique variable name for each entry.  The name of the variable also contains the &lt;code&gt;\csuse{cbx@first@\thefield{entrykey}}&lt;/code&gt; part because that part, which expands since it is not preceded by &lt;code&gt;\string&lt;/code&gt;, will be unique for a citation within a reference section, such as a chapter. This way, the test will be performed on a per-reference section basis rather than globally.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;footcite:full:jurisdiction&lt;/code&gt; no longer contains any reference to the variable used for the test. It goes like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newbibmacro*{footcite:full:jurisdiction}{%&#xA;  \printtext{%&#xA;    \bibhypertarget{\thefield{entrykey}:\the\value{instcount}}{%&#xA;      \usedriver%&#xA;        {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}}%&#xA;        {jurisdiction}}}%&#xA;  \iffieldundef{postnote}%&#xA;    {}%&#xA;    {\setunit{\addspace}}}%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;jurisdiction:shortform:intro&lt;/code&gt; is, unlike in my original question, now called by the driver for jurisdiction, and thus implicitly by &lt;code&gt;footcite:full:jurisdiction&lt;/code&gt;. It goes like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newbibmacro{jurisdiction:shortform:intro}{%&#xA;  \ifcsstring{cbx@\thefield{entrykey}:short:%&#xA;              \the\value{instcount}}{multi}%&#xA;    {\addspace\printtext[brackets]%&#xA;      {\printfield{shorthand}%&#xA;       \ifcsstring{cbx@\thefield{entrykey}:orig}{orig}%&#xA;         {\addcomma\addspace%&#xA;          \bibstring{citedto}\addspace\printfield{origtitle}}%&#xA;         {}}%&#xA;    }%&#xA;    {\ifcsstring{cbx@\thefield{entrykey}:orig}{orig}%&#xA;      {\addspace\printtext[brackets]%&#xA;        {\bibstring{citedto}\addspace\printfield{origtitle}}}%&#xA;      {}%&#xA;    }%&#xA;}%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As long as we are in the same reference section, &lt;code&gt;cbx@\thefield{entrykey}:short:\the\value{instcount}&lt;/code&gt; will be the same as &lt;code&gt;cbx@\thefield{entrykey}:short:\csuse{cbx@first@\thefield{entrykey}}&lt;/code&gt;, because the general &lt;code&gt;footcite:save&lt;/code&gt; macro sets &lt;code&gt;cbx@first@\thefield{entrykey}&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\the\value{instcount}&lt;/code&gt; at the first full citation within the current reference section.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Notice here that it also contains a test whether the original title needs to be printed, which was not part of my initial question, but the mechanism for doing that is similar. (For anyone interested, the original title test tests whether any citation of the case contains a pinpoint, in which case the reporter cited to, provided by the origtitle field, is given in the first citation of the case).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3981" LastEditorUserId="3981" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-13T13:19:20.483" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T13:19:20.483" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13191" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-10T23:16:12.867" Score="0" ViewCount="66" Body="&lt;p&gt;For my bachelor thesis I am going to structure the files for my LaTeX document in a more sophisticated way, which means I would like to use different folders for different file types.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a directory structure for reports in LaTeX which is recommended to follow? Currently I have the following folders:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;content: containing tex files for the different chapters, which are included into the main document&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;images&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;bib&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Whereas my main document thesis.tex remains in the root directory.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2633" LastActivityDate="2011-03-10T23:16:12.867" Title="Recommended directory structure for separating presentation and content" Tags="&lt;include&gt;&lt;external-file&gt;&lt;dirtree&gt;" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13192" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-10T23:25:05.510" Score="8" ViewCount="122" Body="&lt;p&gt;TeX offers plenty of ways of doing some things, and it is sometimes difficult to predict which one will be quickest. For instance, how do&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;a macro assignment&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;a toks assignment&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;a macro expansion&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;a toks expansion&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;compare to each other (depending on the lengths of arguments, and the number of them, of course).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have been told that &lt;code&gt;\romannumeral-`\0\somelongexpansion&lt;/code&gt; is slower than &lt;code&gt;\somelongexpansion&lt;/code&gt;. Is that true/how do I test it/has it been tested?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, the expl3 source states that to gobble three brace groups it would be faster to gobble two, then one (with the equivalent of &lt;code&gt;\@gobble&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\@gobbletwo&lt;/code&gt;, rather than &lt;code&gt;\long\def\@gobblethree#1#2#3{}&lt;/code&gt;). But preliminary tests with &lt;code&gt;\pdfelapsedtime&lt;/code&gt; seem to point to the opposite.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I guess my question is on what exists in terms of benchmarking the various pieces of TeX (I'm particularly interested in the stomach, but any body part of TeX is appreciated).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastEditorUserId="963" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-11T07:32:50.643" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T08:27:09.417" Title="Benchmarking various operations of TeX" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;profiling&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="9" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="13195" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13198" CreationDate="2011-03-11T01:43:52.733" Score="5" ViewCount="39" Body="&lt;p&gt;If I replace the class by &lt;code&gt;minimal&lt;/code&gt; in the code below for a very simple table, the vertical line disappears. Why?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{c|c}&#xA;a&amp;amp;b\\&#xA;c&amp;amp;d&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T03:25:58.813" Title="Missing lines in tabular with minimal.cls" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13196" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13204" CreationDate="2011-03-11T02:08:15.400" Score="11" ViewCount="113" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a LaTeX document that includes many equations.  I would like to create a separate &quot;quick reference&quot; sheet that includes many of these equations.  Instead of copy-and-pasting the equations from the first document to the second document, I would like to be able to reference the equations by name and have them be automatically included (so that if I later change an equation in the first document, that change will be automatically reflected in the second document after I recompile it).  What's a good way to do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1670" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-11T07:21:35.153" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T07:21:35.153" Title="How can I extract equations from one document for use in another?" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;cross-referencing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="13198" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13195" CreationDate="2011-03-11T03:17:57.413" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;That's because &lt;code&gt;minimal.cls&lt;/code&gt; does not contain an assignment to the length &lt;code&gt;\arrayrulewidth&lt;/code&gt; controlling the &quot;width&quot; of rules in tabulars. This dimension is created in the LaTeX kernel (with a value of 0pt) but each class has to assign it a convenient positive value if the rules are to actually appear; the standard assignment (see, for example, &lt;code&gt;article.cls&lt;/code&gt;) is &lt;code&gt;\setlength\arrayrulewidth{.4\p@}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Providing a suitable assignment will cause the rules to appear (of course, you will also have to assign values to &lt;code&gt;\tabcolsep&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\arraycolsep&lt;/code&gt; (for &lt;code&gt;array&lt;/code&gt; environments) to obtain a proper spacing):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;&#xA;\setlength\arraycolsep{5pt}&#xA;\setlength\tabcolsep{6pt}&#xA;\setlength\arrayrulewidth{.4pt}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|c|}&#xA;text&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastEditorUserId="3954" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-11T03:25:58.813" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T03:25:58.813" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13201" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-11T04:07:52.363" Score="1" ViewCount="111" Body="&lt;p&gt;Any thoughts on how to get LaTeX in OneNote?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="701" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-11T07:17:45.030" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T10:18:08.207" Title="Is there any way to get LaTeX in OneNote?" Tags="&lt;windows&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="13202" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-11T04:16:11.080" Score="0" ViewCount="112" Body="&lt;p&gt;I did a movie using Google Earth and I would like to call this video via my PDF presentation constructed by the beamer class, so how can I proceed?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know that it is very easy to call videos like .mp3, .mp4, .avi, etc ..., but I never faced before to call a video in the Google Earth using beamer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4124" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-11T06:48:16.373" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T13:22:14.403" Title="Beamer and Google Earth (how to call a vi)" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13203" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13210" CreationDate="2011-03-11T04:22:07.577" Score="2" ViewCount="38" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using the &lt;code&gt;glossaries&lt;/code&gt; package with long style. However I don't want the entries to be so tight one to another. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Minimal code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\usepackage{glossaries}&#xA;&#xA;\newglossarystyle{customlong}{&#xA;    \glossarystyle{long}&#xA;    % I use this to prevent a different vertical spacing from x2 to y than from x1 to x2&#xA;    \renewcommand{\glsgroupskip}{}&#xA;}&#xA;\makeglossaries&#xA;&#xA;\newglossaryentry{x1}{name={x1},description={first term}}&#xA;\glsadd{x1}&#xA;\newglossaryentry{x2}{name={x2},description={second term}}&#xA;\glsadd{x2}&#xA;\newglossaryentry{y}{name={y},description={third term}}&#xA;\glsadd{y}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;test document&#xA;\newpage&#xA;\printglossary[type=main,style=customlong]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I increase the vertical space between entries?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3660" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T09:46:44.740" Title="How to increase vertical spacing between entries when using glossaries long style?" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;glossaries&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="13204" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13196" CreationDate="2011-03-11T06:00:34.043" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;use package &lt;code&gt;extract&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[&#xA;  active,&#xA;  generate=file,&#xA;  extract-env={equation,align}&#xA;]{extract}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T06:00:34.043" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13205" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12243" CreationDate="2011-03-11T06:09:19.240" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Solution 1: use local variables. Insert the following at the end of a LaTeX file you want to allow to use shell escapes:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%%% Local Variables:&#xA;%%% LaTeX-command: &quot;latex -shell-escape&quot;&#xA;%%% End:&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that this is only applied once the file is closed and re-opened in emacs. (you need the &quot;Local Variables:&quot; and &quot;End:&quot; line).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Solution 2: use LaTeX-command-style to automagically turn on shell escapes for every file in which you use the pgf package (a little more dangerous?). Put the following in your .emacs:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;(setq LaTeX-command-style&#xA;  '((&quot;^pgf$&quot; &quot;%(PDF)%(latex) -shell-escape %S%(PDFout)&quot;)&#xA;    (&quot;&quot; &quot;%(PDF)%(latex) %S%(PDFout)&quot;)))&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You may also use the emacs customization system to set this up.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4126" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-11T06:42:59.140" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T06:42:59.140" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13207" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13192" CreationDate="2011-03-11T07:23:49.840" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For general benchmarking I use a macro &lt;code&gt;\replicate&lt;/code&gt; attributed to David Kastrup, to iterate and two macros &lt;code&gt;\startTimer&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\stopTimer&lt;/code&gt;, based on &lt;code&gt;\pdfsettimer&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;pdfelapsedtime&lt;/code&gt;. I use this for order of magnitude benchmarking. For example, here is a test routine, that calculates and typesets fibonacci numbers to compare the effect of using &lt;code&gt;\num&lt;/code&gt; from &lt;code&gt;siunitx&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{article}&#xA;    \usepackage{siunitx,fp}&#xA;    \def\startTimer{\pdfresettimer}&#xA;    \def\stopTimer{%&#xA;     \the\pdfelapsedtime\,scaled seconds&#xA;     \FPdiv\result{\the\pdfelapsedtime}{65536}&#xA;    % \FPmul\result{\result}{1000000} %microseconds&#xA;    \FPround\result{\result}{6}&#xA;     \result\thinspace s}&#xA;&#xA;    \newcount\numbertimes&#xA;    \newcount\numone&#xA;    \newcount\numtwo &#xA;    \newcount\savenumone &#xA;&#xA;    \def\fibonacci#1{0,&#xA;    \numbertimes=2\numone=0&#xA;    \numtwo=1&#xA;    \loop&#xA;       \advance\numone  by  \numtwo  &#xA;       %\num{\the\numone}, &#xA;       \the\numone,&#xA;       \savenumone=\the\numone  \numone=\numtwo  \numtwo=\savenumone &#xA;       \advance\numbertimes  by 1 \ifnum \numbertimes&amp;lt;#1&#xA;    \repeat  &#xA;    %\ifnum\numbertimes=#1 \advance\numone  by   \numtwo\fi and  \num{\the\numone}.\par&#xA;    \ifnum\numbertimes=#1 \advance\numone  by   \numtwo\fi and  \the\numone.\par&#xA;    }&#xA;&#xA;    \begin{document}&#xA;    \startTimer&#xA;    \def\replicate#1#2{\ifnum#1&amp;gt;0 #2%&#xA;    \expandafter\replicate\expandafter{\number\numexpr#1-1}{#2}\fi}&#xA;    \replicate{4900}{\fibonacci{30}\fibonacci{30}\fibonacci{30}}&#xA;     \vskip12pt&#xA;    \stopTimer&#xA;    \end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you test typesetting it with &lt;code&gt;num&lt;/code&gt; you will get a result of at least two orders of magnitude greater than those with plain numbers. This can be useful to identify bottlenecks in the code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A lot about the pitfalls of this approach can be found in &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/tagged/profiling&quot;&gt;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/tagged/profiling&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T07:23:49.840" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="13208" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13192" CreationDate="2011-03-11T08:27:09.417" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here the results of the gobble comparison. This tests runs the same command 1.000.000 times. It gobbles only empty arguments in this test. See also my comment below the question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The results are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Total times:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;real    0m5.422s&#xA;user    0m5.360s&#xA;sys 0m0.050s&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Results (in scaled seconds, 1/65536s)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\expandafter \@gobbletwo \@gobble : 95638&#xA;\expandafter \@gobble \@gobbletwo : 93726&#xA;\@gobbletwothenone : 56081&#xA;\@gobbleonethentwo : 57910&#xA;\@gobblethree : 45746&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt; seems to require quite a bit of time.&#xA;If the three arguments are gobbled with two macros the order seems not significant. The &lt;code&gt;\@gobblethree&lt;/code&gt; macro is the fastest.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When the to-be-gobbled arguments contain some actual text the time of reading this tokens takes more times than the gobbling of it, so all times are very close together.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Benchmark files:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\long\def\@gobblethree#1#2#3{}&#xA;\long\def\@gobbleonethentwo#1{\@gobbletwo}&#xA;\long\def\@gobbletwothenone#1#2{\@gobbleone}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\input{a1}&#xA;\input{a2}&#xA;\input{a3}&#xA;\input{a4}&#xA;\input{a5}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The input files are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% a1.tex&#xA;\def\name{\expandafter\@gobbletwo\@gobble}%&#xA;\@onelevel@sanitize\name&#xA;\pdfresettimer&#xA;\expandafter\@gobbletwo\@gobble{}{}{}%&#xA;% ...&#xA;\typeout{\name: \the\pdfelapsedtime}&#xA;&#xA;% a2.tex&#xA;\def\name{\expandafter\@gobble\@gobbletwo}%&#xA;\@onelevel@sanitize\name&#xA;\pdfresettimer&#xA;\expandafter\@gobble\@gobbletwo{}{}{}%&#xA;% ...&#xA;\typeout{\name: \the\pdfelapsedtime}&#xA;&#xA;% a3.tex&#xA;\def\name{\@gobbletwothenone}%&#xA;\@onelevel@sanitize\name&#xA;\pdfresettimer&#xA;\@gobbletwothenone{}{}{}%&#xA;% ...&#xA;\typeout{\name: \the\pdfelapsedtime}&#xA;&#xA;% a4.tex&#xA;\def\name{\@gobbleonethentwo}%&#xA;\@onelevel@sanitize\name&#xA;\pdfresettimer&#xA;\@gobbleonethentwo{}{}{}%&#xA;% ...&#xA;\typeout{\name: \the\pdfelapsedtime}&#xA;&#xA;% a5.tex&#xA;\def\name{\@gobblethree}%&#xA;\@onelevel@sanitize\name&#xA;\pdfresettimer&#xA;\@gobblethree{}{}{}%&#xA;% ...&#xA;\typeout{\name: \the\pdfelapsedtime}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T08:27:09.417" />
  <row Id="13209" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13212" CreationDate="2011-03-11T08:51:48.430" Score="7" ViewCount="151" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was trying to make something like this&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/F0Arq.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(something similar to &lt;code&gt;\substack&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;\sum&lt;/code&gt;) in equation. How to do this ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4128" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-11T17:48:06.500" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T22:40:49.283" Title="How to add text under symbol in equation ?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;mathoperator&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="13210" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13203" CreationDate="2011-03-11T08:53:22.313" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;long&lt;/code&gt; style uses the &lt;code&gt;longtable&lt;/code&gt; environment and therefore is &lt;em&gt;&quot;governed by the same parameters as that environment&quot;&lt;/em&gt; (manual, p. 75). So the following should work (put it immediately before &lt;code&gt;\printglossaries&lt;/code&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand*{\arraystretch}{1.2}% default is 1&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T08:53:22.313" />
  <row Id="13211" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13209" CreationDate="2011-03-11T08:59:04.630" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would solve it like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrartcl}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\begin{document}  &#xA;\[&#xA;    \max\limits_{1\leq j\leq n}&#xA;\]  &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3735" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T08:59:04.630" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13212" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13209" CreationDate="2011-03-11T09:04:50.553" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You should place the expression in the subscript, as shown below. Most LaTeX &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/lshort&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;books&lt;/a&gt; explain this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Display mode: \[ \max_{1 \leq j \leq n} \]&#xA;&#xA;Inline mode: $\max_{1 \leq j \leq n}$, $\max\limits_{1 \leq j \leq n}$.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note how I used &lt;code&gt;\limits&lt;/code&gt; to force the subscript under the operator in inline mode (if you think you need &lt;code&gt;\limits&lt;/code&gt;, think again — maybe the defaults look better after all!).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you find that the subscripted expression is too long and introduces excessive whitespace, use the &lt;code&gt;\smashoperator&lt;/code&gt; macro from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/mathtools&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;mathtools&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3104" LastEditorUserId="3104" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-11T22:40:49.283" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T22:40:49.283" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13213" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13214" CreationDate="2011-03-11T09:20:25.697" Score="6" ViewCount="87" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is the reciprocal to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/452/how-can-i-create-a-pdf-document-exactly-as-big-as-my-tikz-picture&quot;&gt;How can I create a pdf document exactly as big as my tikz picture?&lt;/a&gt;.  My understanding of all the answers there is that they extract a picture from a TeX document and strip away all the unnecessary space around the edges.  My situation is that the picture I'm drawing is &lt;em&gt;bigger&lt;/em&gt; than the usual page and I want to resize the page to be big enough to fit it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;More specifically, I'm drawing a picture using TikZ (though that's not important, I guess) and the document consists only of that picture.  As I draw more and more, it gets bigger and bigger (current size is about 80cm square).  I use the &lt;code&gt;geometry&lt;/code&gt; package to keep enlarging the paper size, but it would be nice if TeX could handle that automatically.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(It is possible that one of the answers to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/452/how-can-i-create-a-pdf-document-exactly-as-big-as-my-tikz-picture&quot;&gt;How can I create a pdf document exactly as big as my tikz picture?&lt;/a&gt; can do this, but it wasn't obvious from reading them.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T09:36:07.533" Title="Can I make the page as big as my picture?" Tags="&lt;diagrams&gt;&lt;paper-size&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="13214" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13213" CreationDate="2011-03-11T09:36:07.533" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your approach seems the right one for me. Just set the paper size to &lt;code&gt;\maxdimen&lt;/code&gt; and let &lt;code&gt;preview&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;standalone&lt;/code&gt; scale it down:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{standalone}&#xA;\usepackage[paperwidth=\maxdimen,paperheight=\maxdimen]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA; \draw (0,0) rectangle (100cm,100cm);&#xA; \draw (0,0) -- (100cm,100cm);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Make sure it is really just the &lt;code&gt;tikzpicture&lt;/code&gt; no empty lines around it. This isn't required when using &lt;code&gt;preview&lt;/code&gt; directly:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[paperwidth=\maxdimen,paperheight=\maxdimen]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usepackage[tightpage,active]{preview}&#xA;\PreviewEnvironment{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA; \draw (0,0) rectangle (100cm,100cm);&#xA; \draw (0,0) -- (100cm,100cm);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T09:36:07.533" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="13215" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13203" CreationDate="2011-03-11T09:46:44.740" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The answer from lockstep should do the trick. If you want to see how the styles are defined, have a look in the glossaries folder in your tex-tree.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Looking at a few styles it becomes fairly obvious how to write your own style or how to change certain settings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="632" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T09:46:44.740" />
  <row Id="13216" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13202" CreationDate="2011-03-11T09:52:31.677" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;What file format does your video have? Looking at the &lt;a href=&quot;http://earth.google.com/support/bin/static.py?page=guide.cs&amp;amp;guide=22379&amp;amp;topic=23666&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;help of google earth&lt;/a&gt; it seems that at least the pro version allows you to chose from different file formats such as AVI and WMF.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Having either format it should not be a problem to get the movie in the presentation with e.g. the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/movie15&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;movie15&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="632" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-11T13:22:14.403" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T13:22:14.403" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13217" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13201" CreationDate="2011-03-11T10:18:08.207" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;[Not quite the answer you are expecting]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;No, there's no way to include LaTeX (and I assume you mean the mathematics typeset with it) in OneNote.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One workaround that is sort-of-kinda-working (with severe caveats), so go ahead, if you absolutely need to. This applies to OneNote 2007, so if you have more recent version, it could be somewhat different.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Install the MathType Equation editor (&lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mathtype&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Wikipedia description&lt;/a&gt;). It's commercial, but you can continue to use the evaluation version sans LaTeX editing and other goodies for free after the trial period is over.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Typeset your mathematics with it (with the registered version, it understands TeX mathmode), and drag-and-drop your equations to your OneNote notebooks.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, the caveats:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Formulas are read-only, and appear as images. You cannot edit them once they are in place. At least, they scale properly.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The expressions are not lined with the text, so if you want to include them in a free-running text, be prepared for a major pain.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That being said, if you'd like to have a note-taking application together with LaTeX mathematics, I suggest turning to a wiki software that supports advanced typeset mathematics. I personally use &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Confluence_%28software%29&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Confluence&lt;/a&gt;, but free alternatives are available (the example that first comes to mind is &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/MediaWiki&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;MediaWiki&lt;/a&gt;, which powers Wikipedia, and it has comprehensive LaTeX support). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You will need to set up and administer a web server (and most likely a database server as well) in order to use wiki software, but in the long term, and especially if you are serious about having a space to collect your stuff, this is a superior solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="711" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T10:18:08.207" />
  <row Id="13218" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13187" CreationDate="2011-03-11T11:05:04.350" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would recommend the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/embedfile&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;embedfile&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; or the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/navigator&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;navigator&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package (the latter has the additional advantage of working together with &lt;code&gt;dvipdfmx&lt;/code&gt;, see &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/10319/embedding-files-into-a-pdf-document-with-dvipdfmx&quot;&gt;this question of mine&lt;/a&gt;). Both are quite similar in usage:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With the &lt;code&gt;embedfile&lt;/code&gt; package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{embedfile}&#xA;\embedfile{\jobname.tex}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;The document&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With the &lt;code&gt;navigator&lt;/code&gt; package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{navigator}&#xA;\embeddedfile{sourcecode}{./\jobname.tex}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;The document&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3323" LastEditorUserId="3323" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-11T11:52:15.833" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T11:52:15.833" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="13219" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13221" CreationDate="2011-03-11T11:51:43.273" Score="0" ViewCount="73" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using TexWork to write my documents. For one document I use a template that requires the font Frutiger. I have the font but I'm not able to install it. So anybody knows where to find a guide how to install a font?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using pdfLaTeX and from the font I have *.map file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3316" LastEditorUserId="3316" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-11T13:34:24.263" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T13:34:24.263" Title="How to install a new font in TexWorks?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="13220" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-11T11:52:48.843" Score="4" ViewCount="216" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a package that can be used to make political maps in LaTeX? Like a world map or a map of Europe?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4134" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-11T12:10:46.050" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T14:17:53.663" Title="Political map in LaTeX" Tags="&lt;diagrams&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="13221" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13219" CreationDate="2011-03-11T11:59:02.160" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Installing fonts is basically black magic. The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/info/Type1fonts/fontinstallationguide/fontinstallationguide.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;font installation guide&lt;/a&gt; is helpful, but it's still no walk in the park.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you really need to use a specific font, XeTeX or LuaTeX might be a better option.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T11:59:02.160" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13222" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13229" CreationDate="2011-03-11T12:28:57.147" Score="2" ViewCount="60" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have spent some time now trying to figure out how to change the looks of the margin notes produced by the memoir class. I would like to try ragged right and ragged left in italics (so they align with the magin on each page) but  I can't even begin to effect the looks of them even a little. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Page 250 of the memoir documentation has made me believe the following example code should change the look of them but no such luck:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{memoir}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*{\sideparform}{\raggedleft}&#xA;\newcommand*{\sideparfont}{\itshape}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Mauris hendrerit&#xA;justo vel lorem eleifend id porttitor nunc dictum. Aenean ut iaculis sem.&#xA;Fusce urna augue, sagittis a dignissim at, lobortis eget purus. Duis&#xA;pellentesque commodo enim. Maecenas nec mi sed sapien iaculis congue. Proin&#xA;ut justo erat. Etiam tincidunt ornare sagittis. Suspendisse potenti.&#xA;Vivamus metus nisl, malesuada eu dignissim ac, congue eu arcu. Praesent ac&#xA;mollis nisl. Integer pulvinar dui vel sem viverra hendrerit. Donec non quam&#xA;leo. Cras metus leo, malesuada nec fermentum ut, aliquam id mi. Integer sit&#xA;amet semper nibh. Integer dictum volutpat nisi, nec luctus arcu vulputate&#xA;blandit. Sed tristique scelerisque mi id auctor. Vestibulum ac sem elit.&#xA;Pellentesque venenatis imperdiet turpis eu suscipit.&#xA;&#xA;\marginpar{Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit.}&#xA;Aliquam lectus nisl, mattis at adipiscing nec, semper sit amet risus. In&#xA;ultrices eros vel ligula bibendum pretium. Ut quis purus tempus turpis&#xA;facilisis varius sit amet vitae arcu. Cum sociis natoque penatibus et&#xA;magnis dis parturient montes, nascetur ridiculus mus. Donec nibh libero,&#xA;interdum sit amet ultricies pretium, vulputate sit amet odio. Nunc quam&#xA;nisi, lacinia ac pulvinar et, fermentum quis enim. Suspendisse eu blandit&#xA;lectus. Nulla neque urna, molestie ut faucibus et, suscipit porta metus. In&#xA;hac habitasse platea dictumst. Maecenas orci ligula, mattis eu malesuada&#xA;ut, hendrerit a sem. Maecenas venenatis dapibus massa quis tempor.&#xA;Vestibulum lobortis mattis mi, at molestie sem accumsan vitae.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Clearly I am doing something wrong, and it's probably going to be emberassing to find out, but please, what is it? :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;EDIT &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Based on the answer by Seamus I came&#xA;  up with this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\mymarginpar[1]{&#xA;\marginpar{\flushright \checkoddpage &#xA;              \ifoddpage \flushleft \fi &#xA;           \textit{#1}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I am not happy with this though. It&#xA;  feels complicated... Do I really have&#xA;  to create my own \mymarginpar?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="298" LastEditorUserId="298" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-11T17:11:09.080" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T17:11:09.080" Title="How to change looks of margin notes using memoir?" Tags="&lt;memoir&gt;&lt;marginpar&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13223" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13910" CreationDate="2011-03-11T12:35:31.100" Score="3" ViewCount="151" Body="&lt;p&gt;I used the package &lt;code&gt;beamer outer theme split numbered&lt;/code&gt; to make it for themes with navigation. But the theme &lt;code&gt;Hannover&lt;/code&gt; is different. Is re-defining the footline the only choice, or is there some other convenient way? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Update: the solutions like &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\useoutertheme{infolines}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setbeamertemplate{footline}{\insertframenumber/\inserttotalframenumber}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;can both do the job, but not so grace as I expect. Both of them will ruin the layout of Hannover. It is better to put the page number on the bottom of the left column, or at the left side of the navigation row.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1967" LastEditorUserId="1967" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-11T16:34:57.357" LastActivityDate="2011-03-20T00:15:43.963" Title="How to number slides in the beamer theme Hannover ?" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13224" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13225" CreationDate="2011-03-11T12:40:19.533" Score="1" ViewCount="60" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to use the following footnote:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\footnote{http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ee804826%28Surface.10%29.aspx}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But the problem is since there are % symbols in the link, it is recognized as a comment. How can I avoid that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3316" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T13:00:51.187" Title="How to use a link as footnote that has special characters inside?" Tags="&lt;footnotes&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13225" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13224" CreationDate="2011-03-11T12:43:28.553" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Isn't it enough to simple escape the % with \ or am I missing something here?&#xA;That is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\footnote{http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ee804826\%28Surface.10\%29.aspx}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="298" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T12:43:28.553" />
  <row Id="13226" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-11T12:44:37.877" Score="12" ViewCount="170" Body="&lt;p&gt;For the new version of my package and class &lt;code&gt;standalone&lt;/code&gt; I like to call external programs: further &lt;code&gt;(pdf)latex&lt;/code&gt; runs to optionally compile included &lt;code&gt;standalone&lt;/code&gt; files, and to convert the resulting PDF to PNG (depends on the fact that the PDF created by the last run isn't overwritten at least until &lt;code&gt;\begin{document}&lt;/code&gt; or until the first page is flushed out).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know of course this can be done using &lt;code&gt;\immediate\write18{&amp;lt;command&amp;gt; &amp;lt;arguments&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt; which requires the command to be either added to the &lt;code&gt;shell_escape_commands&lt;/code&gt; variable of &lt;code&gt;texmf.cnf&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;shell_escape&lt;/code&gt; to be set to &lt;code&gt;p&lt;/code&gt; or that the user uses the &lt;code&gt;-shell-escape&lt;/code&gt; argument.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now I like to test in my code if the &lt;code&gt;write18&lt;/code&gt; call was successfully, i.e. if it was allowed to be executed. I know that &lt;code&gt;\ifeof18&lt;/code&gt; will return &lt;em&gt;false&lt;/em&gt; if the &lt;code&gt;write18&lt;/code&gt; feature is &lt;em&gt;completely&lt;/em&gt; disabled (&lt;code&gt;shell_escape = 0&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;texmf.cnf&lt;/code&gt; or when the &lt;code&gt;-no-shell-escape&lt;/code&gt; argument is used), but it returns &lt;em&gt;true&lt;/em&gt; if the &lt;em&gt;restricted&lt;/em&gt; &lt;code&gt;write18&lt;/code&gt; mode is activated which is the default.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to test if the last write18 call was blocked? (I know that I can test manually if the file which should be produced by the &lt;code&gt;write18&lt;/code&gt; call was created or updated.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Update&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the &lt;code&gt;.log&lt;/code&gt; file there its one of the following lines displayed for every write18 call, depending if this feature is disabled, enabled or running in restricted mode with the command allowed or not, respectively:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;runsystem(&amp;lt;command&amp;gt;)...disabled.&#xA;runsystem(&amp;lt;command&amp;gt;)...executed.&#xA;runsystem(&amp;lt;command&amp;gt;)...executed safely (allowed).&#xA;runsystem(&amp;lt;command&amp;gt;)...disabled (restricted).&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So how can I get this information inside the LaTeX file (without actually reading the &lt;code&gt;.log&lt;/code&gt; file in)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-11T23:06:57.343" LastActivityDate="2011-03-12T01:54:51.850" Title="Test success of write18" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;write18&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13227" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13224" CreationDate="2011-03-11T12:53:19.950" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just escape it as per jonalv's post or use the &lt;code&gt;\url&lt;/code&gt; command from either the &lt;code&gt;url&lt;/code&gt; package of better &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; as shown below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\footnote{{http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ee804826\%28Surface.10\%29.aspx}}&#xA;&#xA;\footnote{\url{http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ee804826\%28Surface.10\%29.aspx}}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T12:53:19.950" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13228" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13224" CreationDate="2011-03-11T13:00:51.187" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you don't want to escape %, another solution was discussed &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/12855/getting-those-signs-in-the-footnote/&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In short, load hyperref and define a new macro &lt;code&gt;\urlfootnote&lt;/code&gt; as follows:&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand\urlfootnote@[1]{\footnote{\url@{#1}}}&#xA;\DeclareRobustCommand{\urlfootnote}{\hyper@normalise\urlfootnote@}&#xA;\makeatother&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, you can type&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\urlfootnote{http:///msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ee804826%28Surface.10%29.aspx}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This will also typeset the URL in typewriter font and make it a link. If you don't want this, replace the definition of &lt;code&gt;\urlfootnote@&lt;/code&gt; by &lt;code&gt;\newcommand\urlfootnote@[1]{\footnote{#1}}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4087" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T13:00:51.187" />
  <row Id="13229" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13222" CreationDate="2011-03-11T13:01:25.090" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\sideparform&lt;/code&gt; is not used by &lt;code&gt;\marginpar&lt;/code&gt;, as the name suggest it is used within the  &lt;code&gt;\sidepar&lt;/code&gt;. Memoir has several margin writing macros, and in the case of &lt;code&gt;\marginpar&lt;/code&gt; we actually use the &lt;code&gt;\marginpar&lt;/code&gt; base from the LaTeX kernel, thus we currently offer no manner of customization for it. We may change this in the future.&#xA;For now assuming you do not use the optional argument in &lt;code&gt;\marginpar&lt;/code&gt;, this may be useful (requires the latest memoir):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\marginparmargin{outer}&#xA;\let\oldmarginpar\marginpar&#xA;\renewcommand\marginpar[2][]{%&#xA;  \oldmarginpar{\mpjustification #2}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\marginparmargin&lt;/code&gt; is required for &lt;code&gt;\mpjustification&lt;/code&gt; to work, it follows the placement and typesets the text flush against the textblock.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3929" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-11T13:07:57.923" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T13:07:57.923" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="13230" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13222" CreationDate="2011-03-11T13:01:29.297" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Memoir defines &lt;code&gt;\sidepar&lt;/code&gt; which acts more or less like &lt;code&gt;\marginpar&lt;/code&gt; and it also defines &lt;code&gt;\sidebar&lt;/code&gt; (with a b) which set at the top of the page block for the page they are on. For &lt;code&gt;\sidebar&lt;/code&gt; &lt;em&gt;but not &lt;code&gt;\sidepar&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/em&gt; memoir defines commands to set the text:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{memoir}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand*{\sidebarform}{\raggedright}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\sidebarfont}{\itshape}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;Aliquam lectus nisl, mattis at adipiscing nec, semper sit amet risus. In&#xA;ultrices eros vel ligula bibendum pretium. Ut quis purus tempus turpis&#xA;facilisis varius sit amet vitae arcu. Cum sociis natoque penatibus et&#xA;magnis dis parturient montes, nascetur ridiculus mus. Donec nibh libero,&#xA;interdum sit amet ultricies pretium, vulputate sit amet odio. Nunc quam&#xA;nisi, lacinia ac pulvinar et, fermentum quis enim. Suspendisse eu blandit&#xA;lectus. Nulla neque urna, molestie ut faucibus et, suscipit porta metus. In&#xA;hac habitasse platea dictumst. Maecenas orci ligula, mattis eu malesuada&#xA;ut, hendrerit a sem. Maecenas venenatis dapibus massa quis tempor.&#xA;Vestibulum lobortis mattis mi, at molestie sem accumsan vitae.&#xA;\sidebar{ Lorem ipsum o dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit.}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note I've put the sidebar note at the end so you can see that it floats to the top. Also note that I used &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand&lt;/code&gt; rather than &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; because memoir defines a default... This works, but doesn't do quite what you want. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The easiest way to do what you want is perhaps define your own wrapper for marginpars like so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\mymarginpar[1]{\marginpar{\textit{\flushleft #1}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This should work as you want... Although it will always flush left, so that's not going to work with two-sided setups... Let me think about that one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T13:01:29.297" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13231" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13220" CreationDate="2011-03-11T13:04:31.983" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The author of this code is Paul Gaborit  (fctt)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\newcommand\grilleimage[1]{&#xA;  \foreach \x in {0,0.1,...,1.01}{&#xA;    \path (#1.south west) -- (#1.north west) coordinate[pos=\x] (x);&#xA;    \draw[gray]&#xA;    (#1.south west |- x) ++(-.1,0)&#xA;    node[left]{\pgfmathprintnumber{\x}} --  (#1.south east |- x);&#xA;    \path (#1.south west) -- (#1.south east) coordinate[pos=\x] (x);&#xA;    \draw[gray]&#xA;    (#1.south west -| x) ++(0,-.1)&#xA;    node[rotate=90,left]{\pgfmathprintnumber{\x}} --  (#1.north west -| x);&#xA;  }&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand\defpt[4]{&#xA;  \path (#1.south west) -- (#1.south east) coordinate[pos=#2] (x);&#xA;  \path (#1.south west) -- (#1.north west) coordinate[pos=#3] (y);&#xA;  \coordinate (#4) at (x |- y);&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \node[inner sep=0cm] (image) {\includegraphics[width=10cm]{eu}};&#xA;  \grilleimage{image}&#xA;  \defpt{image}{0.5}{0.5}{milieu}&#xA;  \defpt{image}{0.75}{0}{trois quart bas}&#xA;  \fill[red] (milieu) circle[radius=2pt];&#xA;  \fill[red] (trois quart bas) circle[radius=2pt];&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/MmRBs.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/YmvEh.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T13:04:31.983" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="13232" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-11T13:11:04.207" Score="5" ViewCount="105" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to get the variant option from fontspec working under Linux. Unfortunately, this option which works with the AAT font system is not compatible with the OpenType font mechanism used under Linux.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I dumped one of the Mac OS X fonts which contains such variant glyphs and I found that these variant glyphs can be easily got by using their name. Indeed their name are composed like this: &lt;code&gt;&quot;&amp;lt;name of the standard glyph&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;variant number&amp;gt;&quot;&lt;/code&gt;. For instance to get the second variant of a &quot;d&quot;, just use the: &lt;code&gt;\XeTeXglyph\XeTeXglyphindex &quot;d.2&quot;&lt;/code&gt;. For a &quot;é&quot;, it would be: &lt;code&gt;\XeTeXglyph\XeTeXglyphindex &quot;eacute.2&quot;&lt;/code&gt; etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thus I developed a little command to get the corresponding variant if present or use the default one otherwise:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\variantChar[2]{%&#xA;  \@tempcnta=\XeTeXglyphindex &quot;#1.#2&quot;\relax&#xA;    \ifnum\@tempcnta&amp;gt;0&#xA;    \XeTeXglyph\@tempcnta&#xA;  \else&#xA;    #1&#xA;  \fi}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Right now I would like to construct a command which takes two arguments: the first one would be the variant number and the second one the sentence to write by using that variant. Unfortunately I don't know exactly how can I parse character by character the second argument and call the &lt;code&gt;\variantChar&lt;/code&gt; command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Last but not least, I would be interested by knowing a way to get the name of a glyph in order to take into account complexe glyphs name like &lt;code&gt;&quot;eacute&quot;&lt;/code&gt; or ligature glyphs like &lt;code&gt;&quot;ft&quot;&lt;/code&gt; etc. Is there a such command which takes as argument the glyph and returns the glyph name?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Otherwise do you know an other way to use variant glyphs available in MacOS X fonts under Linux?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4136" LastEditorUserId="3104" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-11T13:47:58.180" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T17:21:26.193" Title="Use variant glyphs from Mac OS X fonts under Linux" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;fontspec&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13233" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13234" CreationDate="2011-03-11T13:28:08.010" Score="5" ViewCount="81" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{filecontents}{foo.tex}&#xA;\def\foo{\jobname}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\input{foo}&#xA;\foo&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This outputs the jobname of the &lt;em&gt;main file&lt;/em&gt; not &quot;foo&quot;. How can I define a macro that outputs the jobname of the inputted file?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt; doesn't work either.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T13:47:43.220" Title="Jobname of inputted file?" Tags="&lt;expansion&gt;&lt;input&gt;&lt;jobname&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="13234" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13233" CreationDate="2011-03-11T13:47:43.220" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the package &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/currfile&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;currfile&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, which keeps track of the file name of the input file in the macros&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\currfiledir&#xA;\currfilebase&#xA;\currfileext&#xA;\currfilename&#xA;\currfilepath&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Furthermore, &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt; has to be used to expand these values within the input file, not when you are back in the main file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{filecontents}{foo.tex}&#xA;\edef\foo{\currfilebase}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{currfile}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\input{foo}&#xA;\foo&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3323" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T13:47:43.220" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="13235" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13223" CreationDate="2011-03-11T13:55:17.400" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can install an outer theme on top of a complete theme, as in:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\title{Test of Hannover with slide numbers}&#xA;\usetheme{Hannover}&#xA;\useoutertheme{infolines}&#xA;\setbeamertemplate{headline}{} % removes the headline that infolines inserts&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;\item Abel&#xA;\item Baker&#xA;\item Charlie&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;\item Abel&#xA;\item Baker&#xA;\item Charlie&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/k3hoS.png&quot; alt=&quot;sample code&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T13:55:17.400" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13237" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13232" CreationDate="2011-03-11T14:05:06.607" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I once implemented a similar thing using TeX's tail recursion. Adapted to your situation, my macro definition would look like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\varianttext{%&#xA; \begingroup&#xA; \obeyspaces&#xA; \@varianttext}&#xA;\def\@varianttext#1#2{%&#xA; \endgroup&#xA; \def\tempa{#1}&#xA; \@@varianttext#2.}&#xA;\def\@@varianttext#1#2{%&#xA;  \variantchar{#1}{\tempa}%&#xA;  \ifx#2.%&#xA;    \let\next\@gobble%&#xA;  \else%&#xA;    \let\next\@@varianttext%&#xA;  \fi%&#xA;  \next#2}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The macro &lt;code&gt;\@@varianttext&lt;/code&gt; just iterates over the input and applies &lt;code&gt;\variantchar&lt;/code&gt; to each character until it reaches a period. In my situation, the input were just numbers, so I was sure the argument did not contain a period. In your case, one would need to use another delimiting character. Any suggestions?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: I updated the solution to handle spaces correctly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4087" LastEditorUserId="4087" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-11T17:21:26.193" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T17:21:26.193" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="13238" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13220" CreationDate="2011-03-11T14:17:53.663" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;pst-geo&lt;/code&gt; bundle can handle the CIS world data. It needs the &lt;code&gt;latex-&amp;gt;dvips-&amp;gt;ps2df&lt;/code&gt; sequence, because the data is read on PostScript level.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pst-map3d}&#xA;\definecolor{graygreen}{cmyk}{0.7,0,0.6,0.2}&#xA;\definecolor{BlueDark}{cmyk}{1,1,0,0.5}&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{pspicture*}(-0.5\linewidth,-0.45\textheight)(0.5\linewidth,0.5\textheight)&#xA;\psset{PHI=45,THETA=5,unit=7.5,&#xA;       path=Links/texmf-local-generic/pst-geo/data}&#xA;\WorldMapThreeD[lakes=false,circlesep=0.25,lakes=false,gridmap=false,&#xA;                mapcolor=graygreen!50,bordercolor=red,rivers=false,&#xA;                coasts=false,islandcolor=blue]%&#xA;\WorldMapThreeD[gridmapcolor=yellow,circles=false,lakes,gridmapdiv=5,france,&#xA;                islandcolor=blue,blueEarth=false,&#xA;                bordercolor=red,islands=false,borders=false,rivers,coasts,&#xA;                coastcolor=blue]%&#xA;\psmeridien{2.32}   \psparallel{48.85}&#xA;\newpsstyle{NodeLabelStyle}{fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=yellow!50,framesep=0,&#xA;        linestyle=none,opacity=0.5}&#xA;\input{villesFrance3d}&#xA;\newpsstyle{NodeLabelStyle}{fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=red!50,&#xA;        framesep=0,linestyle=none,opacity=0.5}&#xA;\newpsstyle{psNodeMapStyle}{fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=yellow!50,linecolor=red}&#xA;\psset{nodeWidth=0.025\psunit,linecolor=red}&#xA;\pnodeMapIIID(10.51667,43.85){Lucques}&#xA;\pscircle[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=green](Lucques){0.025\psunit}&#xA;\psdot[dotsize=0.025\psunit](Lucques)&#xA;\uput[u](Lucques){\psframebox[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=yellow!50,framesep=0,&#xA;        linestyle=none,opacity=0.5]{\textsf{Lucques}}}&#xA;\input{capitales3d}&#xA;\psepicenter[circlecolor=red,waves=16,Rmax=2000](0.3333,46.5833){Poitiers}&#xA;\end{pspicture*}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/8algQ.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T14:17:53.663" />
  <row Id="13239" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13178" CreationDate="2011-03-11T14:26:24.233" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ok I figured it out I think... Unless I'm mistaken, it seems the problem had nothing to do at all with latex. It seems somehow Windows 7's file explorer might have been at fault. Namely, whatever changes I made to the style file and saved, when I opened the file again, the changes were apparently still there. However, when I copied the folder containing those files OUT of the administrator folder Program Files to my desktop, and then opened the files in the folder now on the desktop, the changes had magically been reverted... I don't quite know if this is a known issue with Windows 7 or if I'm misplacing blame here or even if I'm misinterpreting a &quot;feature&quot; of Windows 7. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Conclusion: Now things are working and to fix it, I had to move the folder containing the style file out of Program Files/Miktex to Desktop, make my changes, then move back to Program Files/Miktex.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks anyway everyone!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4115" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T14:26:24.233" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13240" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13241" CreationDate="2011-03-11T14:56:26.470" Score="0" ViewCount="59" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to use a table where the first column contains images and the second column contains text. Ideally the first column should have the width of the image and the rest of the pagewidth should be used for the second column.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I tried to use this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}[htbp]{ll}&#xA;  \begin{figure}[htbp]&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;\includegraphics{tag.png}&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;\end{figure}l &amp;amp; History\\&#xA;  LS2 &amp;amp; Wegener\\&#xA;  LS8 &amp;amp; Morik\\&#xA;  LS10 &amp;amp; Doberkat\\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But when I try to generate a PDF I get an error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! LaTeX Error: Not in outer par mode.&#xA;&#xA;See the LaTeX manual or LaTeX Companion for explanation.&#xA;Type  H &amp;lt;return&amp;gt;  for immediate help.&#xA; ...                                              &#xA;&#xA;l.326   \begin{figure}[htbp]&#xA;&#xA;? &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any hints how I can solve that? Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3316" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T14:59:20.880" Title="How to use images in a table?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13241" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13240" CreationDate="2011-03-11T14:59:20.880" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Remove the figure and the center environment. They make no sense inside a tabular. Use only the &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt; command&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T14:59:20.880" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13242" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13223" CreationDate="2011-03-11T15:29:28.983" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you only want to have the slide numbers in the footer, I use this (I adapted Matthews code):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\title{Test of Hannover with slide numbers}&#xA;\usetheme{Hannover}&#xA;\setbeamertemplate{footline}[frame number]&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;\item Abel&#xA;\item Baker&#xA;\item Charlie&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For more details on how to modify beamer templates you can also have a look at the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/beamer/doc/beameruserguide.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Beamer User Guide&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3735" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T15:29:28.983" />
  <row Id="13243" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13246" CreationDate="2011-03-11T15:51:16.937" Score="2" ViewCount="122" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have the following table&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}{ll}&#xA;\includegraphics{tag.png} &amp;amp; bla bla bla.\\&#xA;\includegraphics{tag.png} &amp;amp; \\&#xA;\includegraphics{tag.png} &amp;amp; Store project\\&#xA;\includegraphics{tag.png} &amp;amp; Gestures\\&#xA;\includegraphics{tag.png} &amp;amp; Screenshot\\&#xA;\includegraphics{tag.png} &amp;amp; Tagging\\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now I'd like to achieve that the second column consumes all the remaining page width and the text should be centered vertically in the cell. I achieve either one of this but no both together. Any hints?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3316" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-11T15:56:56.293" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T18:44:14.233" Title="Center text in a table column?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13244" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13243" CreationDate="2011-03-11T16:00:33.463" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/tabularx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;tabularx&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package: (the vertical bars are included just to show the centering).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tabularx}&#xA;\renewcommand{\tabularxcolumn}[1]{&amp;gt;{\centering\arraybackslash}m{#1}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{|X|X|}&#xA; \rule{1in}{1in} &amp;amp; This is some text. This is some more text. This is even more text.&#xA;\end{tabularx}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This doesn't do exactly what you want, because it uses two X columns rather than one. For some reason that I don't understand, using&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{|l|X|}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;fails to make the text in the X column vertically centred.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-11T16:31:50.550" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T16:31:50.550" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13246" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13243" CreationDate="2011-03-11T16:45:47.627" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[demo]{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{tabularx,makecell}&#xA;\renewcommand\tabularxcolumn[1]{m{#1}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{@{} l X @{}}&#xA;\makecell{\includegraphics{tag.png}} &amp;amp; bla bla bla.\\&#xA;\makecell{\includegraphics{tag.png}} &amp;amp; \\&#xA;\makecell{\includegraphics{tag.png}} &amp;amp; Store project\\&#xA;\makecell{\includegraphics{tag.png}} &amp;amp; Gestures\\&#xA;\makecell{\includegraphics{tag.png}} &amp;amp; Screenshot\\&#xA;\end{tabularx}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-11T18:44:14.233" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T18:44:14.233" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="13247" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13243" CreationDate="2011-03-11T17:13:52.627" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Herbert's answer is correct.&#xA;However, if you don't want or can't specify the width of the first column you could use the following code and have it measured automatically.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\usepackage{tabularx}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcolumntype{L}{&amp;gt;{\VC}l&amp;lt;{\endVC}}%&#xA;\renewcommand*{\tabularxcolumn}[1]{m{#1}}&#xA;&#xA;\newbox\mybox&#xA;\newenvironment{VC}{%&#xA;    \begin{lrbox}{\mybox}%&#xA;}{%&#xA;    \end{lrbox}%&#xA;    \parbox[c]{\wd\mybox}{\usebox\mybox\@finalstrut\@arstrutbox}&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{LX}&#xA;    \rule{1in}{1in} &amp;amp; Text \\&#xA;    \rule{1in}{2in} &amp;amp; Other Text Ag\strut \\&#xA;    \rule{1in}{1in} &amp;amp; &#xA;    Very very very very very very very very &#xA;    Very very very very very very very very &#xA;    Very very very very very very very very &#xA;    Very very very very very very very very &#xA;    long text \\&#xA;\end{tabularx}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T17:13:52.627" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13248" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13288" CreationDate="2011-03-11T19:47:41.177" Score="4" ViewCount="71" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another question related to my university's odd ToC style requirements. Regular chapters in the ToC need to have all-caps titles, and appendices need regular-case titles. I have a perfectly elegant etoolbox solution&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{memoir}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\usepackage{etoolbox}&#xA;\patchcmd{\@chapter}%&#xA;{\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}}%&#xA;{\let\f@rtocold\f@rtoc%&#xA; \def\f@rtoc{\uppercase\expandafter{\f@rtocold}}%&#xA; \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}}%&#xA;{\typeout{Chapter Patch Succeeded}}%&#xA;{\typeout{Chapter Patch Failed}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tableofcontents*&#xA;\chapter{One}&#xA;This is chapter 1.&#xA;\appendix&#xA;\chapter{Alpha}&#xA;This is appendix A.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but it seems PCTeX 6 doesn't have e-TeX support built in (waiting on registration at the PCTeX forums so I can ask about that directly). I don't use it myself, but some people here do, and I'd like to avoid having them change TeX systems if possible.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can't use memoir's built-in &lt;code&gt;\patchcommand&lt;/code&gt;, since &lt;code&gt;\@chapter&lt;/code&gt; has delimited arguments. I've tried using &lt;code&gt;\Substitute*&lt;/code&gt; from &lt;code&gt;ted&lt;/code&gt;, but no success yet. Replacing the commands between &lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\makeatother&lt;/code&gt; above with the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{ted}&#xA;\Substitute*[\renewcommand{\@chapter}]{\@chapter}%&#xA;{\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}}%&#xA;{\let\f@rtocold\f@rtoc%&#xA; \def\f@rtoc{\uppercase\expandafter{\f@rtocold}}%&#xA; \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I get &lt;code&gt;Use of \@chapter doesn't match its definition.&lt;/code&gt; How can I convince &lt;code&gt;\Substitute*&lt;/code&gt; to modify a command with arguments?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3345" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-12T19:17:30.850" LastActivityDate="2011-03-12T19:17:30.850" Title="Using ted (or another package) instead of etoolbox for patching commands in memoir?" Tags="&lt;memoir&gt;&lt;etoolbox&gt;&lt;patching&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13249" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13069" CreationDate="2011-03-11T19:48:14.547" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To exemplify Caramdir's comment, the following minimal example produces base and combining characters of different color when compiled with XeLaTeX or LuaLaTeX:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\setmainfont[Script=Hebrew]{Arial}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\textcolor{red}{א}\textcolor{blue}{֣}\textcolor{green}{֚}ב\textcolor{blue}{ָ}\textcolor{green}{ג}֦ד\textcolor{green}{֘}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T19:48:14.547" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13250" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-11T20:06:18.280" Score="1" ViewCount="75" Body="&lt;p&gt;On the ConTeXt wiki, &lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.contextgarden.net/Protrusion#MkIV&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://wiki.contextgarden.net/Protrusion#MkIV&lt;/a&gt;, some examples are given of how to use Termes fonts and how to use microtypographical extensions.  The bottom example works, but&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I am unable to change fonts successfully&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I am only able to enable the microtypographical extensions by using the last example.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2870" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-11T20:10:09.370" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T07:24:37.703" Title="Times (or Termes) with protrusion/hanging in ConTeXt MkIV" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;context&gt;&lt;microtype&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13251" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-11T20:06:20.920" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-11T20:06:20.920" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T20:06:20.920" />
  <row Id="13252" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-11T20:06:20.920" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="This tag marks questions about the basic layer of the TikZ/PGF graphic language stack. For questions about higher layers use the tikz-pgf tag." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-11T20:07:42.337" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T20:07:42.337" />
  <row Id="13253" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13226" CreationDate="2011-03-11T20:21:41.950" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;What I did to solve the same task was to use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ifnum\pdfshellescape=1&#xA;% Yes, enabled&#xA;\else&#xA;% No, disabled&#xA;\fi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The control sequence &lt;code&gt;\pdfshellescape&lt;/code&gt; is (only?) available in &lt;code&gt;pdftex&lt;/code&gt;, i.e. you will also need to check that it exists.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1633" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-11T20:54:24.447" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T20:54:24.447" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13254" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10615" CreationDate="2011-03-11T21:32:16.757" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If hosting your own Latex service is an option, you can run Google's CLSI code on a server, which is part of the technology behind &lt;code&gt;docs.latexlab.org&lt;/code&gt;. See the &lt;a href=&quot;http://code.google.com/p/common-latex-service-interface/wiki/InstallAndConfig&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;InstallandConfig page&lt;/a&gt; on the project wiki for instructions on how to do this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've been meaning to try this out for a while; if anyone has any experience they'd care to share, I'd be interested.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T21:32:16.757" />
  <row Id="13255" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7246" CreationDate="2011-03-11T21:46:08.227" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am aware that this question is quite old now... but in case there is still interest in an answer: here is one which works &quot;on-the-fly&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&#xA;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplots}&#xA;\usepgfplotslibrary{dateplot}&#xA;\pgfplotsset{compat=newest}&#xA;\begin{document}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pgfplotsset{&#xA;    custom date format/.code={&#xA;        % set the normal data format:&#xA;        \pgfkeysalso{date coordinates in=x}%&#xA;        % query the 'x coord trafo' key's value:&#xA;        \pgfkeysgetvalue{/pgfplots/x coord trafo/.@cmd}\temp&#xA;        % store it (globally):&#xA;        \global\let\theolddatacoordtrafo=\temp&#xA;        % redefine it:&#xA;        \pgfkeysdef{/pgfplots/x coord trafo}{%&#xA;            % evaluate the expression:&#xA;            \edef\temp{#1}%&#xA;            \message{Coordinate \coordindex: Using \temp.^^J}%&#xA;            % now, insert the *value* of '\temp' as argument to&#xA;            % the original 'x coord trafo':&#xA;            \expandafter\theolddatacoordtrafo\temp\pgfeov&#xA;        }%&#xA;    },&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{axis}[&#xA;    custom date format={\thisrow{year}-\thisrow{month}-\thisrow{day} \thisrow{hour}:\thisrow{minute}}, &#xA;    % pretty-printing:&#xA;    width=\linewidth,&#xA;    xticklabel style={rotate=90,anchor=near xticklabel},&#xA;    xticklabel=\day. \hour:\minute,&#xA;]&#xA;\addplot table[col sep=comma,y=value] {&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;year, month, day, hour, minute, value&#xA;2006, 5, 21, 1, 0, 10.5&#xA;2006, 5, 22, 2, 0, 23.4&#xA;2006, 5, 22, 4, 5, 30.1&#xA;2006, 5, 27, 3, 0, 35.2&#xA;    };&#xA;    \end{axis}&#xA;    \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My idea here was to define a custom 'x coord trafo', which concatenates your columns in a &quot;proper&quot; way and then hands the concatenated and expanded ('\edef' = expanded definition) result to the 'x coord trafo' which is used by the dateplot lib.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Consequently, the dataplot lib is unaware of the preprocessing step and the preprocessing step is performed on-the-fly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Actually, the feature to assemble symbolic coordinates from tables is missing in pgfplots. I have taken a note on my todo list such that future versions will (eventually) support something like the 'x symbolic expr={\thisrow{year}-\thisrow{month}...}'. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1633" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T21:46:08.227" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13256" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4946" CreationDate="2011-03-11T22:17:43.013" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I just stumbled on this from an answer at &lt;a href=&quot;http://mathoverflow.net/questions/24737/the-upper-hat-of-an-octahedral-diagram-in-latex/24801#24801&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;MathOverflow&lt;/a&gt;.  It's not a &lt;em&gt;web-app&lt;/em&gt; but designed to run on your own computer.  The summary states:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Here is tcl/tk script for visually generating&#xA;latex and xypic arrays. &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can download it from the author's webpage: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.math.purdue.edu/~dvb/scripts/arraymaker&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.math.purdue.edu/~dvb/scripts/arraymaker&lt;/a&gt; (the author being Donu Arapura).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've not tested it so can't speak from experience, but the code looks very nice!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T22:17:43.013" />
  <row Id="13257" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13259" CreationDate="2011-03-11T23:05:21.680" Score="3" ViewCount="56" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have another problem with a table in my document. The following code centers the caption but not the table itself. Any hints why?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{table}[htbp]&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\node (table) [inner sep=0pt] {&#xA;\begin{tabular}{l|l|l}&#xA;  \textbf{Class} &amp;amp; \textbf{Package} &amp;amp; \textbf{Project} \\&#xA;\hline&#xA;FANIN &amp;amp; CALLS &amp;amp; CALLS\\&#xA;FANOUT &amp;amp; NOM &amp;amp; AHH\\&#xA;CALLS &amp;amp; NOP &amp;amp; ANDC\\&#xA;HIT (only root classes) &amp;amp; &amp;amp; NOC\\&#xA;NDC &amp;amp; &amp;amp; NOP\\&#xA;NOA &amp;amp; &amp;amp; \\&#xA;NOM &amp;amp; &amp;amp; \\&#xA;NOPAR &amp;amp; &amp;amp; \\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;};&#xA;\draw [rounded corners=.5em] (table.north west) rectangle (table.south east);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\caption{Metrics provided by the webservice}&#xA;\label{tbl:web_service_metrics}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3316" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-11T23:07:50.213" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T23:15:14.360" Title="Table: Caption is centered but table itself not" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;captions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="13258" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13260" CreationDate="2011-03-11T23:08:21.650" Score="3" ViewCount="66" Body="&lt;p&gt;When a &lt;code&gt;\bordermatrix&lt;/code&gt; is placed inside an &lt;code&gt;array&lt;/code&gt;, the spacing between rows will be wrong (see the MWE below). What is causing this problem? Is there a solution?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;A simple matrix created with \verb+\bordermatrix+; right spacing between rows:&#xA;\[&#xA;  \bordermatrix{%&#xA;    &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 2 \cr&#xA;    1 &amp;amp; x1 &amp;amp; x2 \cr&#xA;    2 &amp;amp; x3 &amp;amp; x4 \cr&#xA;    3 &amp;amp; x5 &amp;amp; x6}&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;The same matrix inside an \texttt{array}; wrong spacing between rows:&#xA;\[&#xA;\begin{array}{c}&#xA;  \bordermatrix{%&#xA;    &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 2 \cr&#xA;    1 &amp;amp; x1 &amp;amp; x2 \cr&#xA;    2 &amp;amp; x3 &amp;amp; x4 \cr&#xA;    3 &amp;amp; x5 &amp;amp; x6}&#xA;\end{array}&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T23:43:16.577" Title="Problem with \bordermatrix inside array" Tags="&lt;matrices&gt;&lt;arrays&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="13259" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13257" CreationDate="2011-03-11T23:15:14.360" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Well, you haven't used &lt;code&gt;\centering&lt;/code&gt; (for example) to center the &lt;code&gt;tikzpicture&lt;/code&gt; environment containing your table, so the table won't be centered; on the other hand, the standard &lt;code&gt;\caption&lt;/code&gt; command centers its argument if it fits in one line. Simply add a &lt;code&gt;\centering&lt;/code&gt; command right after &lt;code&gt;\begin{table}[htbp]&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T23:15:14.360" />
  <row Id="13260" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13258" CreationDate="2011-03-11T23:31:59.070" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is caused because the &lt;code&gt;\bordermatrix&lt;/code&gt; uses the &lt;code&gt;\baselineskip&lt;/code&gt; for the spacing and &lt;code&gt;array&lt;/code&gt; sets this to 0pt.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Restoring the value of &lt;code&gt;\baselineskip&lt;/code&gt; in the cell fixes the issue:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\[&#xA;\edef\savedbaselineskip{\the\baselineskip\relax}&#xA;\begin{array}{c}&#xA;    {\baselineskip=\savedbaselineskip&#xA;    \bordermatrix{%&#xA;    &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 2 \cr&#xA;    1 &amp;amp; x1 &amp;amp; x2 \cr&#xA;    2 &amp;amp; x3 &amp;amp; x4 \cr&#xA;    3 &amp;amp; x5 &amp;amp; x6}}&#xA;\end{array}&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is done inside a group to keep the definition local.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T23:31:59.070" />
  <row Id="13261" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13258" CreationDate="2011-03-11T23:43:16.577" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;An altenative way to restoring &lt;code&gt;\baselineskip&lt;/code&gt;, which has been shown by Martin, is using &lt;code&gt;\parbox&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt; for embedding the &lt;code&gt;\bordermatrix&lt;/code&gt;, within the array. This would also restore the spacing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-03-11T23:43:16.577" />
  <row Id="13262" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13144" CreationDate="2011-03-12T00:25:38.090" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you don't want to change from computer modern (and restricting the discussion to type 1 fonts), then there are a few choices. For traditional OT1 computer modern, there is the Y&amp;amp;Y/Bluesky version, and there is the Bakoma version. The bluesky version is considered much better, and nearly all distributions use it by default now (in the past it was not freely available). For T1 encoding (&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&lt;/code&gt;), there is CM-super and Latin modern (&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{lmodern}&lt;/code&gt;). Latin Modern is generally considered superior (but see &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/1390/627&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt;). These 4 versions of computer modern-based fonts are not specifically designed to have different weights (it's not like one is 'book' another 'regular' and another 'demibold'), but some are indeed a little heavier than others. You could try all 4 and see which you prefer. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;To get one version (usually bluesky) of computer modern: do not &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{fontenc}&lt;/code&gt;;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;To get the other version (usually bakoma): you will probably have to edit some configuration files of your distribution. I'm not sure about this point;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;To get CM-Super: &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&lt;/code&gt;;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;To get Latin modern: &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{lmodern}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To check which fonts you are using, in Adobe Reader: open the document properties dialog, and look on the Fonts tab (I'm not sure how you can distinguish bluesky from bakoma -- I vaguely remember that one will show up in uppercase (eg 'CMR10' and another lowercase 'cmr10') but I may be getting confused here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2011-03-12T00:25:38.090" />
  <row Id="13263" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13071" CreationDate="2011-03-12T00:48:40.207" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There's not really such a thing as a 'CMYK PDF' or an 'RGB PDF'. PDFs can contain objects coloured in RGB and CMYK (and many other) colour spaces. See &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/9961/pdf-colour-model-and-latex/9973#9973&quot;&gt;my answer here&lt;/a&gt; for some details. So your statement &quot;Surely the PDF uses only one of CMYK or RGB for colour.&quot; is wrong, and it's unclear to me on what basis &quot;identify -verbose&quot; is deciding that it is RGB. Maybe the colorspace just defaults to RGB, even for formats where that doesn't make sense?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for your question: &quot;How can I reliably tell which?&quot;, in addition to @Herbert's suggestion to look at the uncompressed PDF stream (if that means anything to you) you can use Adobe Acrobat Professional has various tools to see which colour spaces are being used and where. An &quot;Output preview&quot; tool; a &quot;Preflight&quot; tool; a &quot;convert colors&quot; tool; etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2011-03-12T00:48:40.207" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13264" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13226" CreationDate="2011-03-12T01:54:51.850" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can implement `\ifwritexviii' condition. This is directly taken verbatim from &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=xepersian&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;xepersian&lt;/a&gt; (and this agian taken from one of the Heiko's packages):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\xepersian@cmds@temp#1{%&#xA;  \begingroup\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup&#xA;  \expandafter\ifx\csname xepersian@#1\endcsname\relax&#xA;    \begingroup&#xA;      \escapechar=-1 %&#xA;      \edef\x{\expandafter\meaning\csname#1\endcsname}%&#xA;      \def\y{#1}%&#xA;      \def\z##1-&amp;gt;{}%&#xA;      \edef\y{\expandafter\z\meaning\y}%&#xA;    \expandafter\endgroup&#xA;    \ifx\x\y&#xA;      \expandafter\def\csname xepersian@#1\expandafter\endcsname&#xA;      \expandafter{%&#xA;        \csname#1\endcsname&#xA;      }%&#xA;    \fi&#xA;  \fi&#xA;}%&#xA;\xepersian@cmds@temp{shellescape}&#xA;\newif\ifwritexviii&#xA;\ifnum\xepersian@shellescape=1\relax&#xA;  \writexviiitrue&#xA;\else&#xA;\writexviiifalse&#xA;\fi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and you can use it as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ifwritexviii&#xA;   % material if shell scape is enabled&#xA;\else&#xA;   % material if shell escape is disabled&#xA;\fi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2716" LastActivityDate="2011-03-12T01:54:51.850" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13265" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13268" CreationDate="2011-03-12T02:19:09.477" Score="3" ViewCount="107" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2095/simplest-way-to-typeset-entire-document-in-sans-serif-helvetica&quot;&gt;Simplest way to typeset entire document in sans serif (Helvetica)&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How to use &lt;code&gt;\sffamily&lt;/code&gt; for the whole document?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1940" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-12T09:43:57.310" LastActivityDate="2011-03-12T09:43:57.310" ClosedDate="2011-03-12T19:15:11.647" Title="How to use  \sffamily for the whole document" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13266" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13269" CreationDate="2011-03-12T02:43:03.137" Score="2" ViewCount="102" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to use the fancyhdr package to format the headers for my dissertation, and I'm running into some problems.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the introduction, I would like the even pages to have the page number and the word &lt;em&gt;Introduction&lt;/em&gt; on the left-hand side, and for the odd pages, I would like to have the same thing (but the order transposed) on the right-hand side.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, the remaining chapters have sections, so I would like to format them differently.  I want the page number followed by &lt;em&gt;Chapter name&lt;/em&gt; on the left-hand side of every even page, and the &lt;em&gt;Section name&lt;/em&gt; followed by the page number on the right-hand side of every odd page.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is a minimal example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[twoside]{report}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;...&#xA;\fancyhead[LE]{\thepage\qquad Introduction}&#xA;\fancyhead[RO]{Introduction\qquad\thepage}&#xA;\fancyfoot[CE,CO]{}&#xA;\renewcommand{\footrulewidth}{0pt}&#xA;\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0pt}&#xA;\chapter{Introduction}&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;...&#xA;\renewcommand{\chaptermark}[1]{\markboth{#1}{}}&#xA;\renewcommand{\sectionmark}[1]{\markright{#1}{}}&#xA;\fancyhead[LE]{\thepage\qquad\thechapter .~\leftmark}&#xA;\fancyhead[RO]{\thesection~\rightmark\qquad\thepage}&#xA;\fancyfoot[CE,CO]{}&#xA;\renewcommand{\footrulewidth}{0pt}&#xA;\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0pt}&#xA;\chapter{Background}&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, the last page of the Introduction has a header that corresponds to what the header for the next chapter should be.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any suggestions would be appreciated...thanks!!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1785" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-12T04:59:06.690" LastActivityDate="2011-03-12T05:26:52.140" Title="Chapter-specific headers using fancyhdr" Tags="&lt;header-footer&gt;&lt;fancyhdr&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13267" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13687" CreationDate="2011-03-12T03:12:02.647" Score="4" ViewCount="114" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm working in a document that has double-spacing (yuck!), and I want to establish some standards in order to make the thing look &quot;presentable&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Currently, the only environment that has an automatic cushion of vertical space is the proof environment.  I would like for the theorems to have the same effect.  In other words, I want a little bit of extra space (say, 1em) between my theorems and the surrounding text.  Here is a minimal example of the code which establishes the spacing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\oddsidemargin 0.25in&#xA;\evensidemargin 0.25in&#xA;\textheight 612\p@   &#xA;\textwidth 6.0in&#xA;\footskip 0.5in&#xA;\topmargin -12\p@&#xA;\headheight 1.5ex&#xA;\headsep 24\p@&#xA;\parindent 30\p@&#xA;\itemsep 0\p@        % keeps spacing within lists consistent&#xA;\parsep 0\p@         % keeps spacing within lists consistent&#xA;\parskip 0\p@        % keeps spacing b/t pars consistent&#xA;\topsep 0\p@         % consistent spacing b/t lists &amp;amp; paragraphs&#xA;\partopsep 0\p@      % consistent spacing b/t lists &amp;amp; paragraphs&#xA;\topskip 0\p@        % keeps top margin consistent&#xA;\textfloatsep 25\p@  % proper spacing for floats&#xA;\intextsep 25\p@     % proper spacing for floats&#xA;&#xA;\clubpenalty= 10000           % no orphans allowed&#xA;\widowpenalty= 10000          % no widows allowed&#xA;\displaywidowpenalty= 10000   % no widows allowed in &quot;displayed&quot; text&#xA;\def\myskip{\vskip 9\p@}&#xA;\def\stretchv@l{1.66}&#xA;\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{\stretchv@l} % double spacing&#xA;\pagenumbering{roman}&#xA;\renewcommand{\floatpagefraction}{0.8}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I did not write this code, and I would like to know what I should add/edit in order to get the desired results.  I tried to manually add space around the theorem environments, but it seems to cause more problems than not.  By the way, I'm using the report document class.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1785" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T23:40:19.483" Title="Vertical space around theorems" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;theorems&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13268" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13265" CreationDate="2011-03-12T03:19:05.503" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand\familydefault{\sfdefault}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/doc/fntguide.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;fntguide&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; for more information.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-03-12T03:19:05.503" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13269" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13266" CreationDate="2011-03-12T05:26:52.140" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The style is applied to the current page. So you need to clear the page first. This is done by &lt;code&gt;\clearpage&lt;/code&gt; (end current page) or &lt;code&gt;\cleardoublepage&lt;/code&gt;(clear current page and optionally add a blank page so that the next page with content is an odd page), depending on whether your chapters can start on any page or always start on an odd page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-03-12T05:26:52.140" />
  <row Id="13270" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13276" CreationDate="2011-03-12T06:08:51.463" Score="4" ViewCount="81" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to write a package offering a number of commands. The package should accept options, and some of these options should be available as command options. Usage should be as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;...&#xA;\usepackage[optA=val1,optB=val2]{mypackage}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\mycommand[optB=val3]&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It seems as if the &lt;code&gt;xkeyval&lt;/code&gt; package can do that, but I am not sure how this should be done exactly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3391" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-12T06:18:41.363" LastActivityDate="2011-03-12T09:53:34.900" Title="A package template using xkeyval?" Tags="&lt;package-writing&gt;&lt;options&gt;&lt;key-value&gt;&lt;xkeyval&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="13271" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13277" CreationDate="2011-03-12T06:16:30.693" Score="4" ViewCount="89" Body="&lt;p&gt;The syntax of TeX's &lt;code&gt;\openout&lt;/code&gt; command is rather simple:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\openout&lt;/code&gt;&lt;em&gt;N&lt;/em&gt;&lt;code&gt;=&lt;/code&gt;&lt;em&gt;ﬁlename&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where &lt;em&gt;N&lt;/em&gt; is a four-bit number, but what is &lt;em&gt;filename&lt;/em&gt;? How do you open a file whose name stars with a dot? More generally, how do you deal with a filename passed as a&#xA;parameter which may include strange characters?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To make my difficulty concrete, here is a sequence of commands that:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Will switch to a temporary directory&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Remove any remaining files from previous runs&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Create a demo tex file, named &lt;code&gt;joseph.tex&lt;/code&gt; which tries to write to a file    named wright, and then to a file named .joseph.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Examine the result via &lt;code&gt;ls&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Try to print out the resulting files&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;pushd /tmp; rm -f joseph* .joseph* wright*;cat&amp;lt;&amp;lt;EOF &amp;gt;joseph.tex&#xA;\newwrite\mywrite&#xA;\immediate\openout\mywrite=wright&#xA;\immediate\write\mywrite{Hello, World!}&#xA;\immediate\openout\mywrite=.joseph.tex&#xA;\immediate\write\mywrite{Hello, World!}&#xA;\bye&#xA;EOF&#xA;echo q | tex joseph.tex&#xA;ls -ls joseph* .joseph* wright*; cat wright.tex; popd&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(copy/paste the above to your favorite command shell)&#xA;My output is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;    This is TeX, Version 3.1415926 (TeX Live 2010)&#xA;    (./joseph.tex&#xA;    tex: Not writing to .joseph.tex (openout_any = p).&#xA;&#xA;    ! I can't write on file `.joseph.tex'.&#xA;    l.4 \immediate\openout\mywrite=.joseph.tex&#xA;&#xA;    (Press Enter to retry, or Control-D to exit; default file extension is `.tex')&#xA;    Please type another output file name:  )&#xA;    No pages of output.&#xA;    Transcript written on joseph.log.&#xA;    0 /tmp 12:12:05 $ ls -ls joseph* .joseph* wright*; cat wright.tex; popd&#xA;    /bin/ls: cannot access .joseph*: No such file or directory&#xA;    4 -rw-r--r-- 1 yogi yogi 449 2011-03-12 12:12 joseph.log&#xA;    4 -rw-r--r-- 1 yogi yogi 176 2011-03-12 12:12 joseph.tex&#xA;    4 -rw-r--r-- 1 yogi yogi  14 2011-03-12 12:12 wright.tex&#xA;    Hello, World!&#xA;    /tmp&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which I interpret to be a failure to create file named &lt;code&gt;.joseph&lt;/code&gt;, but success&#xA;in creating the file named &lt;code&gt;wright&lt;/code&gt;. I tried creating a file named &lt;code&gt;./joseph&lt;/code&gt;&#xA;but this does not seem to work as well. I fear the worst when I will try to create a file in a directory, e.g., &lt;code&gt;.joseph/wright.thanks&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3391" LastEditorUserId="3391" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-12T10:22:26.447" LastActivityDate="2011-03-12T10:47:30.453" Title="Open a file whose name start with a dot and other strangely named files?" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;filesystem-access&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13272" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13280" CreationDate="2011-03-12T06:29:11.260" Score="3" ViewCount="183" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need &lt;code&gt;APA&lt;/code&gt; style hanging references using &lt;code&gt;\fullcite&lt;/code&gt;. For example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Wn2Kd.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I need &lt;code&gt;\fullcite&lt;/code&gt; because I want the reference cited where I want in the document, unlike at the end of the document using &lt;code&gt;\cite&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3444" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-13T10:47:20.627" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T14:52:17.530" Title="Hanging references using \fullcite" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;biblatex&gt;&lt;citing&gt;&lt;apa-style&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="13273" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13270" CreationDate="2011-03-12T07:19:03.713" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Accepting key-value input can be done using a number of packages, and the general approach is the same for all of them: I covered this in some detail in a &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/tb30-1/tb94wright-keyval.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TUGboat article&lt;/a&gt;. Essentially, there are three things you need to do&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Define one or more keys;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Tell LaTeX to process package options using these keys;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Provide a macro for setting keys after package loading.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the question, you've mentioned the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/xkeyval/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;xkeyval&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package, with others including &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/kvoptions&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;kvoptions&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/pgfkeys&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;pgfkeys&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; (plus &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/pgfopts/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;pgfopts&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;) and the LaTeX3 keys system &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/expl3&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;l3keys&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; (plus &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/xpackages/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;l3keys2e&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;). I have used all of these in the past, and I would favour &lt;code&gt;pgfkeys&lt;/code&gt; (if you do not want to use LaTeX3) or the LaTeX3 keys implementation (if you are happy using &lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt;). The reason is that these two have in my opinion the best overall method for defining keys. (I should add that I wrote most of the LaTeX3 keys system, and this was based initially on the &lt;code&gt;pgfkeys&lt;/code&gt; approach.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As the question asks for an &lt;code&gt;xkeyval&lt;/code&gt; approach, I will sketch one out here. First, of course, you'll need to load the package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{xkeyval}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This also loads the parent &lt;code&gt;keyval&lt;/code&gt; package, which provides some of the basic mechaism. To define keys, the basic macro is &lt;code&gt;\define@key&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\define@key{mypkg}{optA}{&amp;lt;code for optA&amp;gt;} % 'mypkg' is the 'family' for the keys&#xA;\define@key{mypkg}{optB}{&amp;lt;code for optB&amp;gt;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Within the code, &lt;code&gt;#1&lt;/code&gt; will be the value passed to the key. You can define key types with richer validation (for example Boolean keys) using the various &lt;code&gt;xkeyval&lt;/code&gt; macros. As I say, the &lt;code&gt;xkeyval&lt;/code&gt; approach is rather dense, and I think 'one question per key type' might be best if you want more information!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The second stage is to process the package options. To do this, in place of &lt;code&gt;\ProcessOptions&lt;/code&gt; you use &lt;code&gt;\ProcessOptionsX&amp;lt;mypkg&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;. This will work through the package options, looking for a defined key for each one and executing the code it finds.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, to define a macro to use the keys after package loading, you need &lt;code&gt;\setkeys&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\mymacro[1]{\setkeys{mypkg}{#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What you should notice here is that key-value package options are just keys that are defined when the &lt;code&gt;\ProcessOptionsX&lt;/code&gt; macro is used. So it is possible to define keys only as package options, then disable them by doing &lt;code&gt;\defin@key&lt;/code&gt; again. It's also possible to define options that are only available &lt;em&gt;after&lt;/em&gt; package loading, by simply placing &lt;code&gt;\define@key&lt;/code&gt; after &lt;code&gt;\ProcessOptionsX&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-12T09:53:34.900" LastActivityDate="2011-03-12T09:53:34.900" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="13274" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13271" CreationDate="2011-03-12T07:26:43.630" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For me, a simple test file&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newwrite\mywrite&#xA;\openout\mywrite=.test&#xA;\immediate\write\mywrite{Hello world}&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;works entirely as expected. Apart from the restrict that UTF-8 characters might not work as expected with pdfTeX, I don't think TeX is too worried about the file name.  Of course, spaces are a different matter!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2011-03-12T07:26:43.630" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13275" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13270" CreationDate="2011-03-12T07:34:02.827" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;An example with some code from the documentation&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}&#xA;\ProvidesPackage{mypackage}[12/03/2011]&#xA;\RequirePackage{xkeyval}&#xA;\DeclareOptionX{parindent}[20pt]{\setlength\parindent{#1}} &#xA;\ExecuteOptionsX{parindent=0pt}&#xA;\ProcessOptionsX\relax &#xA;% etc.&#xA;\endinput &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareOptionX&lt;/code&gt; is equivalent to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\define@key{myclass.cls}{parindent}[20pt]{\setlength\parindent{#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastActivityDate="2011-03-12T07:34:02.827" />
  <row Id="13276" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13270" CreationDate="2011-03-12T07:53:01.977" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Let me provide a simple (but full) example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ProvidesPackage{myemph}[2011/03/12 v1.0 a test package]&#xA;&#xA;\providecommand\my@emphstyle{\em}&#xA;&#xA;% Note that the argument must be expandable,&#xA;% or use xkvltxp package before \documentclass (see manual of xkeyval)&#xA;\RequirePackage{xkeyval}&#xA;\DeclareOptionX{style}{%&#xA;  \def\my@emphstyle{\csname my@style@#1\endcsname}}&#xA;% predefined styles&#xA;\providecommand\my@style@default{\em}&#xA;\providecommand\my@style@bold{\bfseries}&#xA;&#xA;\ProcessOptionsX&#xA;&#xA;% For simple key-value commands, keyval would suffie&#xA;\define@key{myemph}{code}{%&#xA;  \def\my@emphstyle{#1}}&#xA;\define@key{myemph}{style}{%&#xA;  \def\my@emphstyle{\csname my@style@#1\endcsname}}&#xA;\newcommand\setemph[1]{%&#xA;  \setkeys{myemph}{#1}}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand\emph[1]{%&#xA;  {\my@emphstyle #1}}&#xA;&#xA;\endinput&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Test file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[style=default]{myemph}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Something \emph{important}&#xA;&#xA;\setemph{style=bold}&#xA;Something \emph{important}&#xA;&#xA;\setemph{code=\Large\sffamily}&#xA;Something \emph{important}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/33nVt.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-03-12T07:53:01.977" />
  <row Id="13277" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13271" CreationDate="2011-03-12T10:47:30.453" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is a security restriction which is enabled by default in TeX Live.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quoting the default &lt;code&gt;texmf.cnf&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% Allow TeX \openin, \openout, or \input on filenames starting with `.'&#xA;% (e.g., .rhosts) or outside the current tree (e.g., /etc/passwd)?&#xA;% a (any)        : any file can be opened.&#xA;% r (restricted) : disallow opening &quot;dotfiles&quot;.&#xA;% p (paranoid)   : as `r' and disallow going to parent directories, and&#xA;%                  restrict absolute paths to be under $TEXMFOUTPUT.&#xA;openout_any = p&#xA;openin_any = a&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hence you need to set &lt;code&gt;openout_any&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;a&lt;/code&gt; for your example to work. Note that you should refrain from changing this feature system-wide and instead use the &lt;code&gt;openout_any&lt;/code&gt; environment variable:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;gt; openout_any=a tex myfile.tex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3104" LastActivityDate="2011-03-12T10:47:30.453" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13278" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13279" CreationDate="2011-03-12T11:18:52.453" Score="2" ViewCount="77" Body="&lt;p&gt;How could the kind of layout below be achieved in LaTeX, without using a &lt;em&gt;letter&lt;/em&gt; document class?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/JHBlr.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At first, I thought of tables, but it would be impossible to align the first line of the second block with the last one of the first block.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you for any help or reference.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4144" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-12T11:28:25.037" LastActivityDate="2011-03-12T13:14:13.980" Title="Complex alignments of blocks" Tags="&lt;alignment&gt;&lt;minipage&gt;&lt;letters&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13279" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13278" CreationDate="2011-03-12T11:27:39.047" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\noindent&#xA;\begin{minipage}[b]{3cm}&#xA;1\\2\\3\\4\\5&#xA;\end{minipage}%&#xA;\hfill&#xA;\begin{minipage}[t]{3cm}&#xA;\begin{minipage}[b]{3cm}&#xA;3\\4\\5&#xA;\end{minipage}\\&#xA;6\\7&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-12T13:14:13.980" LastActivityDate="2011-03-12T13:14:13.980" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="13280" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13272" CreationDate="2011-03-12T11:37:38.537" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The latest version of &lt;code&gt;biblatex-apa&lt;/code&gt; (2.6 or above) now fixes this problem, so you should update rather than use the solution below. &lt;code&gt;biblatex-apa&lt;/code&gt; now provides two commands: &lt;code&gt;\fullcite&lt;/code&gt; which makes an inline reference (with no hangin indent) and &lt;code&gt;\fullcitebib&lt;/code&gt; which makes a fake bibliography entry, with a hanging indent.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are making a categorised bibliography for a CV, for example, there are better ways to achieve this than using multiple &lt;code&gt;\fullcitebib&lt;/code&gt; commands.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Original answer&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem is that the standard &lt;code&gt;\fullcite&lt;/code&gt; command in biblatex assumes that the full citation should be included in the text.  So what's needed is to redefine the &lt;code&gt;\fullcite&lt;/code&gt; command so that it actually makes a small bibliography when called.  Here is the code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[american]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{csquotes}&#xA;\usepackage[style=apa]{biblatex}&#xA;\DeclareLanguageMapping{american}{american-apa}&#xA;\bibliography{biblatex-examples}&#xA;\DeclareCiteCommand{\fullcite}&#xA;      {\renewcommand{\finalnamedelim}&#xA;           {\ifnum\value{liststop}&amp;gt;2 \finalandcomma\fi\addspace\&amp;amp;\space}&#xA;       \begin{thebibliography}\thebibitem}&#xA;      {\usedriver&#xA;         {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}}&#xA;      {\thefield{entrytype}}\finentry}&#xA;      {\thebibitem}&#xA;      {\end{thebibliography}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\fullcite{reese} % This citation will appear in the text&#xA;&#xA;%\printbibliography % if you also have a bibliography&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This should now do what you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For multiple citations, the citations aren't sorted automatically, but appear in the order in the &lt;code&gt;fullcite&lt;/code&gt; command. This is because the &lt;code&gt;apa&lt;/code&gt; style sets &lt;code&gt;sortcites=false&lt;/code&gt;; to get the &lt;code&gt;\fullcites&lt;/code&gt; to be sorted you can add &lt;code&gt;sortcites=true&lt;/code&gt; to your &lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt; options, but I suspect this will make other citations not fully APA compatible.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I should mention that the &lt;code&gt;\fullcite&lt;/code&gt; command is not really appropriate for making larger lists of references; &lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt; has other ways to make partial bibliographies.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T14:52:17.530" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T14:52:17.530" CommentCount="10" />
  <row Id="13281" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13282" CreationDate="2011-03-12T12:40:56.300" Score="3" ViewCount="69" Body="&lt;h2&gt;The Background&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In pgfplots, it is possible to make plot elements such as axis labels, ticks and legends &lt;code&gt;overlay&lt;/code&gt;, which means they will not be considered when determining the bounding box of the plot.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using nodes is a good way of labeling points of interest in a plot, however if a node is automatically positioned beyond the bounding box of a plot, it will be clipped.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;The Question&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it possible in some way to set nodes to behave as if they are set as &lt;code&gt;overlay&lt;/code&gt;? The node style options do not seem to respond to this keyword. Alternatively, is it possible to simply tell pgfplots not to clip the figure at the edges of the bounding box described by the plot area?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Things I've Considered&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which are nevertheless not what I am looking for:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Extend the plot using &lt;code&gt;enlargelimits&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/strong&gt; adds more empty space to the plot area, and also lowers the y-axis baseline below zero, which is inappropriate when the dataset I'm graphing asymptotically approaches zero.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Extend the plot using manual &lt;code&gt;xmin&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;xmax&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/strong&gt; Also not desired in this case for a similar reason as above.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Situational re-orientation of the node with respect to the coordinate of interest:&lt;/strong&gt; I would like consistent orientation of the nodes.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Minimal Example&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;(The dataset comes from the pgfplots manual)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplots}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[]&#xA;\tikzstyle{every pin}=[draw=none,fill=white]&#xA;\begin{axis}[&#xA;width=10cm,&#xA;height=5cm,&#xA;axis x line*=bottom,&#xA;xlabel={$x$},&#xA;axis y line*=left,&#xA;ylabel={$y$},&#xA;grid=none&#xA;]&#xA;\addplot[color=black,mark=none] coordinates {&#xA;(-4.77778,2027.60977)&#xA;(-3.55556,347.84069)&#xA;(-2.33333,22.58953)&#xA;(-1.11111,-493.50066)&#xA;(0.11111,46.66082)&#xA;(1.33333,-205.56286)&#xA;(2.55556,-341.40638)&#xA;(3.77778,-1169.24780)&#xA;(5.00000,-3269.56775)&#xA;};&#xA;\node[coordinate,pin=above right:{node}] at (axis cs:3.77778,-1169.24780) {};&#xA;\end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Reference Image&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/xujiL.png&quot; alt=&quot;Reference rendering of a pgfplots chart with clipped node text.&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks for any help anyone can offer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1052" LastActivityDate="2011-03-12T13:11:07.223" Title="Declare nodes in pgfplots as overlays" Tags="&lt;pgfplots&gt;&lt;nodes&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="13282" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13281" CreationDate="2011-03-12T12:46:17.197" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can add the option &lt;code&gt;clip=false,enlargelimits=false&lt;/code&gt; to the &lt;code&gt;axis&lt;/code&gt; environment to prevent the clipping of nodes at the edge of the axis.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplots}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[]&#xA;\tikzstyle{every pin}=[draw=none,fill=white]&#xA;\begin{axis}[&#xA;width=10cm,&#xA;height=5cm,&#xA;axis x line*=bottom,&#xA;xlabel={$x$},&#xA;axis y line*=left,&#xA;ylabel={$y$},&#xA;grid=none,&#xA;clip=false,&#xA;enlargelimits=false&#xA;]&#xA;\addplot[color=black,mark=none] coordinates {&#xA;(-4.77778,2027.60977)&#xA;(-3.55556,347.84069)&#xA;(-2.33333,22.58953)&#xA;(-1.11111,-493.50066)&#xA;(0.11111,46.66082)&#xA;(1.33333,-205.56286)&#xA;(2.55556,-341.40638)&#xA;(3.77778,-1169.24780)&#xA;(5.00000,-3269.56775)&#xA;};&#xA;\node[coordinate,pin=above right:{node}] at (axis cs:3.77778,-1169.24780) {};&#xA;\end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/CtQgk.png&quot; alt=&quot;pgfplots without clipping&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alternatively, you can also add the annotations after the plot itself is finished, using the &lt;code&gt;after end axis/.code&lt;/code&gt; key that has to be supplied to the &lt;code&gt;axis&lt;/code&gt;. The advantage of this approach is that the clipping behaviour of the axes remains unchanged, so markers can still be clipped.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplots}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[]&#xA;\tikzstyle{every pin}=[draw=none,fill=white]&#xA;\begin{axis}[&#xA;width=10cm,&#xA;height=5cm,&#xA;axis x line*=bottom,&#xA;xlabel={$x$},&#xA;axis y line*=left,&#xA;ylabel={$y$},&#xA;grid=none,&#xA;enlargelimits=false,&#xA;after end axis/.code={\node[coordinate,pin=above right:{node}] at (axis cs:3.77778,-1169.24780) {};}&#xA;]&#xA;\addplot[color=black,mark=none] coordinates {&#xA;(-4.77778,2027.60977)&#xA;(-3.55556,347.84069)&#xA;(-2.33333,22.58953)&#xA;(-1.11111,-493.50066)&#xA;(0.11111,46.66082)&#xA;(1.33333,-205.56286)&#xA;(2.55556,-341.40638)&#xA;(3.77778,-1169.24780)&#xA;(5.00000,-3269.56775)&#xA;};&#xA;\end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastEditorUserId="2552" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-12T13:11:07.223" LastActivityDate="2011-03-12T13:11:07.223" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13283" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12940" CreationDate="2011-03-12T12:52:53.100" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Alignment within table cells&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Horizontal Alignment:&lt;/strong&gt; use the column types &lt;code&gt;l&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;c&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;r&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;p&lt;/code&gt; to align left, centered, right, and full, respectively. An example, taken from my &lt;a href=&quot;http://texblog.net/latex-beginners-guide/examples/chapter-5#horizontal-alignment&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;blog&lt;/a&gt;, resp. book:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|l|c|r|p{1.7cm}|}&#xA;  \hline&#xA;  left &amp;amp; centered &amp;amp; right &amp;amp; a fully justified paragraph cell\\&#xA;  \hline&#xA;  l &amp;amp; c &amp;amp; r &amp;amp; p\\&#xA;  \hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ZtB13.png&quot; alt=&quot;horizonal alignment&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Vertical Alignment:&lt;/strong&gt; use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/array&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;array&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package and column types &lt;code&gt;p&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;m&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;b&lt;/code&gt; to align top, centered, and bottom, respectively. An example, taken from my &lt;a href=&quot;http://texblog.net/latex-beginners-guide/examples/chapter-5#vertical-alignment&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;blog&lt;/a&gt;, resp. book:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{@{}lp{1.2cm}m{1.2cm}b{1.2cm}@{}}&#xA;  \hline&#xA;  baseline &amp;amp; aligned at the top&amp;amp; aligned at the middle&#xA;    &amp;amp; aligned at the bottom\\&#xA;  \hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/7Ab6U.png&quot; alt=&quot;vertical alignment&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-03-12T12:52:53.100" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-03-12T12:52:53.100" />
  <row Id="13284" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-12T15:43:28.477" Score="0" ViewCount="124" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have the following macro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;   \newcommand{\INFERRULE}[3][]{%&#xA;   \ensuremath{\inferrule{\mathstrut #2}{\mathstrut #3}\ifx\\#1\\\else\enskip(#1)\fi}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to make it sensitive to &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; so that I can write commands such as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;   \[&#xA;   \INFERRULE[i \to j]{[i, i, j, k] \\ [i, k, j, j]}{[i, i, k, j]}&#xA;   \]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, the way I defined the macro, it is ignoring the &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt;. Is there a way to fix it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1970" LastEditorUserId="1970" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-12T15:52:26.610" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T10:47:27.053" Title="Is it possible to make a macro sensitive to \\?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="13285" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-12T15:44:15.153" Score="1" ViewCount="53" Body="&lt;p&gt;I tried to install &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=pst-barcode&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pst-barcode&lt;/a&gt;, but after moving the files to &lt;code&gt;/usr/share/texmf/dvips/pstricks/&lt;/code&gt; and running &lt;code&gt;texhash&lt;/code&gt;, I still can't use them, and have to enter the files manually when compiling the document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4147" LastEditorUserId="4147" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-12T15:52:02.947" LastActivityDate="2011-03-12T16:10:13.057" Title="Problems while installing pst-barcode" Tags="&lt;pstricks&gt;&lt;barcodes&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="13286" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13285" CreationDate="2011-03-12T16:10:13.057" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Why do you want to install the package? It is already part of any known TeX distribution, like TeXLive or MiKTeX. The reason why it should already be present or installable via an update manager.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-03-12T16:10:13.057" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13287" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12940" CreationDate="2011-03-12T16:17:40.350" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Horizontal lines in tables&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;booktabs&lt;/code&gt; package provides commands for&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;full-width lines:&lt;/strong&gt; they can be done bye &lt;code&gt;\toprule&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\midrule&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\bottomrule&lt;/code&gt;. All accept an optional argument for the thickness, which can be globally adjusted by modifying the lengths &lt;code&gt;\heavyrulewidth&lt;/code&gt; (&lt;code&gt;\toprule&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\bottomrule&lt;/code&gt;) and &lt;code&gt;\lightrulewidth&lt;/code&gt; (&lt;code&gt;\midrule&lt;/code&gt;), respectively.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;partial lines:&lt;/strong&gt; they can be drawn by &lt;code&gt;\cmidrule&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\cmidrule[width](trim){m–n}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's an example for illustration, also taken from my &lt;a href=&quot;http://texblog.net/latex-beginners-guide/examples/chapter-5#merging&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;blog&lt;/a&gt;, resp. book:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{booktabs}&#xA;\newcommand{\head}[1]{\textnormal{\textbf{#1}}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{@{}*3l@{}}&#xA;  \toprule[1.5pt]&#xA;  \multicolumn{2}{c}{\head{Input}} &amp;amp;&#xA;    \multicolumn{1}{c}{\head{Output}}\\&#xA;  \head{Command} &amp;amp; \head{Declaration} &amp;amp; \\&#xA;  \cmidrule(r){1-2}\cmidrule(l){3-3}&#xA;  \verb|\textrm| &amp;amp; \verb|\rmfamily| &amp;amp; \rmfamily Example text\\&#xA;  \verb|\textsf| &amp;amp; \verb|\sffamily| &amp;amp; \sffamily Example text\\&#xA;  \verb|\texttt| &amp;amp; \verb|\ttfamily| &amp;amp; \ttfamily Example text\\&#xA;  \bottomrule[1.5pt]&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/f8Ceb.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-03-12T16:17:40.350" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-03-12T16:17:40.350" />
  <row Id="13288" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13248" CreationDate="2011-03-12T17:03:54.580" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Since &lt;code&gt;\@chapter&lt;/code&gt; takes (delimited) arguments, we need to write them explicitly. &lt;code&gt;\Substitute*&lt;/code&gt; expands &lt;code&gt;\@chapter[#1]{#2}&lt;/code&gt; to the replacement text of &lt;code&gt;\@chapter&lt;/code&gt; with the correct arguments. It then replaces &lt;code&gt;\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}&lt;/code&gt; by the thing you want. Finally, we perform the definition. The extra set of braces is to prevent the optional argument from terminating too early (when seeing &lt;code&gt;##1]&lt;/code&gt;). We double hash because somewhere in the middle of all this ted stores the final action into a control sequence.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{memoir}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\usepackage{ted}&#xA;\Substitute*[{\gdef\@chapter[##1]##2}]{\@chapter[#1]{#2}}%&#xA;{\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}}%&#xA;{\let\f@rtocold\f@rtoc%&#xA; \def\f@rtoc{\uppercase\expandafter{\f@rtocold}}%&#xA; \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tableofcontents*&#xA;\chapter{One}&#xA;This is chapter 1.&#xA;\appendix&#xA;\chapter{Alpha}&#xA;This is appendix A.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastActivityDate="2011-03-12T17:03:54.580" />
  <row Id="13289" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11796" CreationDate="2011-03-12T17:44:23.120" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could write what you want to append into a new file, and rewrite both files together at the end of the run. Something like the following.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\newwrite\mywrite&#xA;\newcount\mycount&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand{\makeallother}{%&#xA;  \mycount0\relax&#xA;  \loop\ifnum\mycount&amp;lt;255\relax&#xA;  \catcode\mycount12\relax&#xA;  \advance\mycount by 1\relax&#xA;  \repeat&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand*{\VerbatimFile}[2]{%&#xA;  \begingroup&#xA;  \newlinechar\endlinechar&#xA;  \makeallother&#xA;  \everyeof{\noexpand}%&#xA;  \immediate\openout\mywrite #1\relax&#xA;  \def\from##1{\immediate\write\mywrite{\@@input ##1 }}%&#xA;  #2\relax&#xA;  \immediate\closeout\mywrite&#xA;  \endgroup&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\AtBeginDocument{\immediate\openout\mywrite\jobname.append\relax}&#xA;\AtEndDocument{%&#xA;  \immediate\closeout\mywrite&#xA;  \VerbatimFile{\jobname.output}{%&#xA;    \from{\jobname.tex}%&#xA;    \from{\jobname.append}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\test}[1]{\immediate\write\mywrite{#1}}&#xA;\test{abc}&#xA;\test{cde}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastActivityDate="2011-03-12T17:44:23.120" />
  <row Id="13290" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13293" CreationDate="2011-03-12T17:50:49.697" Score="3" ViewCount="132" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/9718/definining-commands-abbreviations-that-contain-numbers&quot;&gt;Definining commands/abbreviations that contain numbers&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I define macros as &lt;code&gt;\text1&lt;/code&gt;,&lt;code&gt;\text2&lt;/code&gt;...&lt;code&gt;\text3&lt;/code&gt; &#xA;which, when invoked will produce text with different &#xA;widths?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3546" LastActivityDate="2011-03-12T18:48:28.830" ClosedDate="2011-03-12T20:14:55.443" Title="How to define macros with numbers in them?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13291" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13290" CreationDate="2011-03-12T18:04:56.420" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The UK TeX FAQ features an entry about &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=linmacnames&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Non-letters in macro names&lt;/a&gt;. (One of the recommendations is to &lt;em&gt;&quot;choose another name for your macro, one that contains only ordinary letters&quot;&lt;/em&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-03-12T18:04:56.420" />
  <row Id="13293" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13290" CreationDate="2011-03-12T18:08:35.313" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are many possible ways you can achieve this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1) Provided, you only going to have  &lt;code&gt;text0&lt;/code&gt;...&lt;code&gt;text9&lt;/code&gt; the easiest would be  to trick your users that you are providing a command &lt;code&gt;\textn&lt;/code&gt;, whereas in reality you are  only providing a one parameter macro, defined as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  \def\text#1{...}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note &lt;code&gt;text&lt;/code&gt; is defined in &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; so you will be overriding it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2) You can define different environments for your users. A little known fact is that a LaTeX environment can use any combination of characters. These can be called as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  \begin{text1}...\end{text1} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;3) The most difficult method to employ is through the control sequences&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  \expandafter\def\csname...\endcsname &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is a common technique for macro writers, especially if you want to automate the process and have an algorithm to automatically define these commands. The disantvantage of using this type of definition is that you will not be able to call such a macro directly. You will need to use &lt;code&gt;\csname...\endcsname&lt;/code&gt; to call it as well. LaTeX provides the equivalent wrappers &lt;code&gt;\@namedef&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\@nameuse&lt;/code&gt;, which I have used as the last definition in the minimal below.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Additional factoids. I have used TeX's &lt;code&gt;\narrower&lt;/code&gt; in the code to increase the left and right indentation in the text by one additional &lt;code&gt;\leftskip&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\rightskip&lt;/code&gt; for every &lt;code&gt;\narrower&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I also used  &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[latin]{babel}&lt;/code&gt; in order to hyphenate Latin correctly, as during the first run of the MWE some words were an eye-sore! The Latin are produced by the &lt;code&gt;lipsum&lt;/code&gt; package, which provides sample paragraphs for testing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Lastly, I wouldn't recommend the use of such macro names&lt;/strong&gt; as they are not semantically correct, does &lt;code&gt;\text1&lt;/code&gt; represent a quote, a section or something else? Rather spent some time to determine the major structural components of your document and define them with appropriate names. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage[latin]{babel}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\def\text#1{\ifnum#1=1&#xA;          \leavevmode&#xA;          \narrower\narrower\narrower\narrower &#xA;          \marginpar{Type 1} &#xA;       \else&#xA;          \ifnum#1=2 &#xA;            \leavevmode&#xA;            \narrower\narrower\narrower&#xA;            \narrower\narrower\narrower &#xA;            \marginpar{Type 2}&#xA;          \else&#xA;            \relax&#xA;       \fi\fi}&#xA;{\text1&#xA;\lipsum[1]}&#xA;{\text2&#xA;\lipsum[1]}&#xA;\newenvironment{text1}&#xA;{\bgroup \leavevmode \narrower\narrower\narrower&#xA; \marginpar{Type 1 text}}&#xA;{\egroup }&#xA;\newenvironment{text2}&#xA;{\bgroup\leavevmode &#xA; \narrower\narrower\narrower&#xA; \narrower\narrower\narrower     &#xA; \marginpar{Type 2 text}}&#xA;{\egroup }&#xA;\begin{text1}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\end{text1}&#xA;\begin{text2}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\end{text2}&#xA;\expandafter\def\csname Text1\endcsname{\leavevmode&#xA;          \narrower\narrower\narrower&#xA;          \marginpar{csname Type 1}}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\@namedef{Text2}{\leavevmode&#xA;          \narrower\narrower\narrower&#xA;          \narrower\narrower\narrower&#xA;          \marginpar{defined using @namedef Type 2}}&#xA;{\csname Text1\endcsname&#xA;\lipsum[1]}&#xA;{\@nameuse{Text2}&#xA;\lipsum[1]}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\texttt{\meaning\narrower}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-03-12T18:08:35.313" />
  <row Id="13295" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13290" CreationDate="2011-03-12T18:48:28.830" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can't define macros with numbers in their names, because all parts of the macro name must consists with character from the category &lt;em&gt;letter&lt;/em&gt; (category code 11) and the 0-9 digits are from category &lt;em&gt;other&lt;/em&gt; (category code 12).&#xA;TeX seems to only recognize them as numbers when they are in this category so changing this would break things. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As already mentioned by Yiannis Lazarides you can however define a macro which takes the number as first argument. As long it is only one digit (0-9) this works without the braces! In the macro you can then use &lt;code&gt;\ifcase&lt;/code&gt; or use internal macro which use Roman numbers:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*{\test}[1]{\csname test\romannumeral#1\endcsname}&#xA;\newcommand*{\testi}[1]{{\tiny#1}}&#xA;\newcommand*{\testii}[1]{{\scriptsize#1}}&#xA;\newcommand*{\testiii}[1]{{\footnotesize#1}}&#xA;\newcommand*{\testiv}[1]{{\small#1}}&#xA;\newcommand*{\testv}[1]{{{\normalsize#1}}&#xA;\newcommand*{\testvi}[1]{{\large#1}}&#xA;\newcommand*{\testvii}[1]{{\Large#1}}&#xA;\newcommand*{\testviii}[1]{{\LARGE#1}}&#xA;\newcommand*{\testix}[1]{{\Huge#1}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\par\test1{text}&#xA;\par\test2{text}&#xA;\par\test3{text}&#xA;\par\test4{text}&#xA;\par\test5{text}&#xA;\par\test6{text}&#xA;\par\test7{text}&#xA;\par\test8{text}&#xA;\par\test9{text}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The internal macros do not need to take an argument.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An example for &lt;code&gt;\ifcase&lt;/code&gt; would be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*{\test}[1]{%&#xA;    \ifcase#1%&#xA;    \relax % 0&#xA;      \tiny&#xA;    \or % 1&#xA;      \scriptsize&#xA;    \or % 2&#xA;      ...&#xA;    \or % 3&#xA;      ...&#xA;      ...&#xA;      ...&#xA;    \or % 8&#xA;      ...&#xA;    \or % 9&#xA;      ...&#xA;    \else % everything else&#xA;      ...&#xA;    \fi&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-12T18:48:28.830" />
  <row Id="13296" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-12T20:35:54.917" Score="14" ViewCount="309" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;(Remark: Maybe this is a typically German problem, I'm not sure in which other languages that might be relevant)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sometimes there are words which start with a hyphen, as they are connected with a word used before, e. g. &lt;em&gt;Werkstoffforschung und -entwicklung&lt;/em&gt; is a shorter (and I think more elegant) way to say &lt;em&gt;Werkstoffforschung und Werkstoffentwicklung&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, if the second word, which starts with the hyphen, is at the beginning of a new line, it can happen that the hyphen stays in the previous line and the word itself is the first one in the next line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Minimal example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{scrreprt}&#xA;\usepackage[ngerman]{babel}  &#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Das ist ein Mustertext, der dazu da ist, um diese aa Textsatzproblematik bzw. -schwierigkeit zu demonstrieren &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I hope that the example &quot;works&quot; for you to demonstrate the problem, when I typeset it with pdflatex, the &quot;-&quot; is at the end of the first line and the &quot;schwierigkeit&quot; is in the second one which is not wanted.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a smart* way to avoid that problem?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;* pdflatex shall handle this automatically and &quot;know&quot; that a hyphen at the beginning of a word always has to stay connected to the word and shall not be separated from it. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4009" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-12T21:24:51.067" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T23:00:25.233" Title="How to prevent linebreaks after hyphen if word starts with hyphen?" Tags="&lt;hyphenation&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="13297" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13296" CreationDate="2011-03-12T20:50:54.327" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use babel's &lt;code&gt;&quot;~&lt;/code&gt; shorthand to add an explicit hyphen with prohibited line break; supplement this by using the &lt;code&gt;&quot;-&lt;/code&gt; shorthand to specify the first allowed follow-up breakpoint. (You will have to look up those with &lt;code&gt;\showhyphens{Schwierigkeit}&lt;/code&gt;. See pp. 5--7 of the documentation of the &quot;german&quot; package for details and other shorthands.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: By the way, using &lt;code&gt;&quot;~&lt;/code&gt; but not &lt;code&gt;&quot;-&lt;/code&gt; in your example would produce an overfull hbox.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{scrreprt}&#xA;\usepackage[ngerman]{babel}  &#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Das ist ein Mustertext, der dazu da ist, um diese aa Textsatzproblematik bzw. &quot;~schwie&quot;-rigkeit zu demonstrieren &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-12T21:05:48.540" LastActivityDate="2011-03-12T21:05:48.540" CommentCount="14" />
  <row Id="13299" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13300" CreationDate="2011-03-12T21:54:19.790" Score="3" ViewCount="71" Body="&lt;p&gt;I find captions appearing above figures in the PDF output of a latex thesis file using the code below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\includegraphics{chapter2/fig5.pdf} &#xA;\begin{figure}  &#xA;\label{Fig. 5} &#xA;\caption{Time responses using optimal drive sweep rates obtained from a numerical      &#xA;parameter search for the: (a) pendulum $(\omega=1, \alpha=-0.01)$, (b) softening&#xA;Duffing oscillator $(\epsilon=1/6, \omega=1, \alpha=-0.001)$ and (c) softening  &#xA;Duffing-Van der Pol oscillator $(\epsilon=1/6, \omega=1, \mu=0.005, \alpha=-0.01&#xA;$) using the  downward swept drive $(F \cos(\omega t-0.5(\alpha t^2)), F=0.5) $ }&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I presume the problem has to do with the lengthy caption.  I read a similar question on this site but unfortunately the answer did not work. I also tried adding [!h] after the includegraphics command to no avail.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any suggestions would be greatly appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4148" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-12T22:08:28.283" LastActivityDate="2011-03-12T22:12:34.320" Title="How to force caption below figure" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;captions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13300" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13299" CreationDate="2011-03-12T22:02:51.520" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Put the &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt; command immediately &lt;em&gt;after&lt;/em&gt; &lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}&lt;/code&gt;. Also, put &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt; after &lt;code&gt;\caption&lt;/code&gt; for correct cross-references. Positioning arguments like &lt;code&gt;[!ht]&lt;/code&gt; should, if it all, be used this way: &lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}[!ht]&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: To clarify: In your document, the caption is inside a (floating) &lt;code&gt;figure&lt;/code&gt; environment, while the graphic presumably is part of the normal text flow. Therefore, it is likely that the caption will be placed above (or even separate from) the graphic.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-12T22:12:34.320" LastActivityDate="2011-03-12T22:12:34.320" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13301" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-12T22:46:14.813" Score="1" ViewCount="34" Body="&lt;p&gt;But I can run bibtex manually with &lt;code&gt;:! bibtex texfile&lt;/code&gt; and then compile with the &lt;code&gt;\ll&lt;/code&gt; shortcut twice to get labels and citations correct in the body of the paper.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm on a MacBook Pro running 10.6.6 and MacVim 7.3(53) and an up-to-date TeXLive-2010-64.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It used to be that &lt;code&gt;\ll&lt;/code&gt; would run bibtex and compile as necessary to get things right. I typically use my Win7 laptop with the equivalent software so I can't say for sure when this broke.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks! FWIW, I'll paste my .vimrc and tex.vim files below.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My .vimrc file has&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&quot; general&#xA;set columns=80&#xA;set lines=40&#xA;set nu&#xA;set expandtab&#xA;set smartindent&#xA;set tabstop=4&#xA;set shiftwidth=4&#xA;&#xA;&quot; for vim-R-plugin2&#xA;set nocompatible &#xA;syntax enable &#xA;&#xA;&quot; for vimlatexsuite (and Vim-R-plugin)&#xA;&quot; REQUIRED. This makes vim invoke Latex-Suite when you open a tex file.&#xA;filetype plugin on&#xA;&#xA;&quot; IMPORTANT: grep will sometimes skip displaying the file name if you&#xA;&quot; search in a singe file. This will confuse Latex-Suite. Set your grep&#xA;&quot; program to always generate a file-name.&#xA;set grepprg=grep\ -nH\ $*&#xA;&#xA;&quot; OPTIONAL: This enables automatic indentation as you type.&#xA;filetype indent on&#xA;&#xA;&quot; OPTIONAL: Starting with Vim 7, the filetype of empty .tex files defaults to&#xA;&quot; 'plaintex' instead of 'tex', which results in vim-latex not being loaded.&#xA;&quot; The following changes the default filetype back to 'tex':&#xA;let g:tex_flavor='latex'&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And tex.vim has&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;let g:Tex_DefaultTargetFormat = 'pdf'&#xA;&#xA;let g:Tex_CompileRule_dvi = 'latex --interaction=nonstopmode $*'&#xA;let g:Tex_CompileRule_ps = 'dvips -Pwww -o $*.ps $*.dvi'&#xA;let g:Tex_CompileRule_pspdf = 'ps2pdf $*.ps'&#xA;let g:Tex_CompileRule_dvipdf = 'dvipdfm $*.dvi'&#xA;let g:Tex_CompileRule_pdf = 'pdflatex -synctex=1 --interaction=nonstopmode $*'&#xA;&#xA;let g:Tex_ViewRule_dvi = 'texniscope'&#xA;let g:Tex_ViewRule_ps = 'Preview'&#xA;let g:Tex_ViewRule_pdf = 'Skim'&#xA;&#xA;let g:Tex_FormatDependency_ps  = 'dvi,ps'&#xA;let g:Tex_FormatDependency_pspdf = 'dvi,ps,pspdf'&#xA;let g:Tex_FormatDependency_dvipdf = 'dvi,dvipdf'&#xA;&#xA;&quot; let g:Tex_IgnoredWarnings ='&#xA;&quot;       \&quot;Underfull\n&quot;.&#xA;&quot;       \&quot;Overfull\n&quot;.&#xA;&quot;       \&quot;specifier changed to\n&quot;.&#xA;&quot;       \&quot;You have requested\n&quot;.&#xA;&quot;       \&quot;Missing number, treated as zero.\n&quot;.&#xA;&quot;       \&quot;There were undefined references\n&quot;.&#xA;&quot;       \&quot;Citation %.%# undefined\n&quot;.&#xA;&quot;       \&quot;\oval, \circle, or \line size unavailable\n&quot;' &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="320" LastActivityDate="2011-03-12T22:46:14.813" ClosedDate="2011-03-13T13:12:25.033" Title="MacVim won't run bibtex (or compile as necessary to clear warnings) with \ll shortcut" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;vim&gt;" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13302" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-13T01:48:29.420" Score="0" ViewCount="78" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to use package movie15 to include videos in my PDF produced by the command &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt;, however all the time I use this command the followed part of massage rises:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;(/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/fancybox/fancybox.sty&#xA;Style option: `fancybox' v1.3 &amp;lt;2000/09/19&amp;gt; (tvz)&#xA;) (./movie15.sty (/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/oberdiek/ifdraft.sty)&#xA;(/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/ms/everyshi.sty)&#xA;&#xA;! LaTeX Error: Command \hyperlinkmovie already defined.&#xA;               Or name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual.&#xA;&#xA;See the LaTeX manual or LaTeX Companion for explanation.&#xA;Type  H &amp;lt;return&amp;gt;  for immediate help.&#xA; ...                                              &#xA;&#xA;l.4380 }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How should I proceed to avoid it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cheers!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PS: I have downloaded the file &lt;code&gt;movie15.sty&lt;/code&gt; and place it in the same directory I run the command &lt;code&gt;pdflatex mylatexfile&lt;/code&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4124" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-13T01:50:29.653" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T01:50:29.653" Title="Error message when I try to run pdflatex with movie15 package" Tags="&lt;errors&gt;&lt;movie15&gt;" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="13303" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13284" CreationDate="2011-03-13T10:47:27.053" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure if you're still interested in an answer, but assuming the following things about your question:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;You are using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://cristal.inria.fr/~remy/latex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;mathpartir&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package which provides the &lt;code&gt;\inferrule&lt;/code&gt; macro&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;You would like to have multi-line premises&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;it seems easy to do.  The &lt;code&gt;mathpartir&lt;/code&gt; documentation says&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A newline can be forced by adding an empty line &lt;code&gt;\\\\&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\inferrule {aa \\\\ bb} {dd \\ ee \\ ff}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since your &lt;code&gt;\INFERRULE&lt;/code&gt; is a just a wrap-around for &lt;code&gt;\inferrule&lt;/code&gt; you can do the same thing.  Here is a working example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{mathpartir}&#xA;\newcommand{\INFERRULE}[3][]{%&#xA;\ensuremath{\inferrule{\mathstrut #2}{\mathstrut #3}\ifx\\#1\\\else\enskip(#1)\fi}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\[&#xA;   \INFERRULE[i \to j]&#xA;        {[i, i, j, k] \\ [i, k, j, j]}&#xA;        {[i, i, k, j]}&#xA;\]&#xA;\[&#xA;    \INFERRULE[i \to j]&#xA;        {[i, i, j, k] \\\\ [i, k, j, j]}&#xA;        {[i, i, k, j]}&#xA;\]    &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/AOqZF.png&quot; alt=&quot;sample code output&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T10:47:27.053" />
  <row Id="13304" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13305" CreationDate="2011-03-13T11:47:50.060" Score="10" ViewCount="139" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a LaTeX command for printing the versions of the currently installed packages? I need to know the installed version of the &lt;code&gt;pgfplots&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3622" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-13T12:24:50.647" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T13:02:30.763" Title="Which package version am I using?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13305" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13304" CreationDate="2011-03-13T11:52:19.687" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Add &lt;code&gt;\listfiles&lt;/code&gt; to your preamble and then look at the &lt;code&gt;.log&lt;/code&gt; file. This will tell you the current version of all the packages loaded.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T11:52:19.687" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13306" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12663" CreationDate="2011-03-13T12:23:53.010" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Taking Martin's solution and re-coding for version 1 of &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/siunitx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;siunitx&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, you'd do something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{siunitx,tabularx}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\tabularxcolumn#1{%&#xA;    &amp;gt;{\si@tab@begin@S[]}%&#xA;    p{#1}%  &amp;lt;- this is different (is `c` in normal `S`)&#xA;    &amp;lt;{\si@tab@end@S}%&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{p{1.5cm} XXX}&#xA;     bla &amp;amp; 1.23 &amp;amp; 4.5  &amp;amp; 67.89 \\&#xA;     bla &amp;amp; 1.2  &amp;amp; 4.50 &amp;amp;  7.89 \\&#xA;     bla &amp;amp;  .2  &amp;amp;  .50 &amp;amp; 67.8 \\&#xA;\end{tabularx}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T12:23:53.010" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13307" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13313" CreationDate="2011-03-13T12:31:39.840" Score="5" ViewCount="91" Body="&lt;p&gt;Can you help me to remove header from the page where is only one big picture? I tried &lt;code&gt;\thispagestyle{empty}&lt;/code&gt; but it removes a header on the next or previous page. I don't know how to remove it exactly from the page only with the picture.&#xA;I put this picture in my document by using &lt;code&gt;{sidewaysfigure}&lt;/code&gt; environment and &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt; in it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is my MWE&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[demo]{graphicx}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[&#xA; centering,&#xA; top=12mm,&#xA; headheight=14pt,&#xA; headsep=11pt,&#xA; includeheadfoot,&#xA; papersize={160mm,235mm},&#xA; text={125mm,190.7mm},&#xA;]{geometry}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;\fancyhead{} &#xA;\newcommand{\TheAuthor}{} &#xA;\newcommand{\Author}[1]{\renewcommand{\TheAuthor}{#1}} &#xA;\rhead{\small\TheAuthor}&#xA;\newcommand{\TheTitle}{} &#xA;\newcommand{\Title}[1]{\renewcommand{\TheTitle}{#1}} &#xA;\lhead{\small\normalfont\TheTitle}&#xA;\fancyfoot{} &#xA;\fancyhead[RO,LE]{\thepage} &#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{rotating}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;&#xA;\begin{sidewaysfigure}&#xA;   \centering&#xA;   \fbox{\includegraphics[width=190mm]{pic.jpg}}  &#xA;   \caption*{\footnotesize\centering{Pic. 1}}&#xA;\end{sidewaysfigure}&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3506" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-13T13:36:50.150" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T14:01:45.250" Title="How to remove header on the page with big picture?" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;header-footer&gt;&lt;fancyhdr&gt;&lt;rotating&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="13308" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12663" CreationDate="2011-03-13T12:33:03.160" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The quite new &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/tabu&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tabu&lt;/a&gt; package seems to be very encouraging. Section 1.5 of its manual introduces explicitly an example for how to embed &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan,org/pkg/siunitx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;siunitx&lt;/a&gt;'s »S« columns in »X« columns. Regarding tables this package seems to be an allrounder.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T12:33:03.160" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13309" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13304" CreationDate="2011-03-13T12:34:29.820" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you need to know this 'programmatically', then you can use the LaTeX kernel function &lt;code&gt;\@ifpackagelater&lt;/code&gt; to test by date:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\@ifpackagelater{&amp;lt;package&amp;gt;}{2011/03/13}&#xA;  {%&#xA;    % Do something for the newer version&#xA;  }&#xA;  {%&#xA;    % Do something different for the older version&#xA;  }%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The information is stored inside a special macro, so if you just want to 'take a peek' you can use that. Taking &lt;code&gt;pgfplots&lt;/code&gt; as an example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\expandafter\show\csname ver@pgfplots.sty\endcsname&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Notice here that this needs the &lt;em&gt;full&lt;/em&gt; file name we are interested in, so works for any file that contains suitable information (&lt;em&gt;i.e.&lt;/em&gt; form &lt;code&gt;\ProvidesPackage&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\ProvidesClass&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\ProvidesFile&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-13T13:02:30.763" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T13:02:30.763" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="13311" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13307" CreationDate="2011-03-13T12:56:05.637" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;use package &lt;code&gt;afterpage&lt;/code&gt; and write somewhere on the page before:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\afterpage{\thispagestyle{empty}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T12:56:05.637" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13312" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-13T13:09:41.193" Score="2" ViewCount="117" Body="&lt;p&gt;A while ago I started writing some ad-hoc code to convert matrices I created with Java code into LaTeX source code, resulting in &lt;a href=&quot;https://github.com/bioclipse/bioclipse.latex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this (open source) code&lt;/a&gt;. However, since this is not really core business, I don't want to spend too much time on extending this code base, but it currently only exports a matrix as a table, but I would also love it experted as a math environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Therefore, I was wondering if there are existing open source Java libraries which allow me to create LaTeX source fragments?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="193" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-13T15:08:57.477" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T15:08:57.477" Title="Is there an open source Java library to create LaTeX input?" Tags="&lt;java&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13313" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13307" CreationDate="2011-03-13T13:13:07.637" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Assuming that you use the &lt;code&gt;rotating&lt;/code&gt; package, i.e., that &lt;code&gt;sidewaysfigure&lt;/code&gt; is a floating environment, &lt;code&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/code&gt;'s &lt;code&gt;\iffloatpage&lt;/code&gt; macro should do the trick.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{rotating}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;\fancyhead[LO,RE]{\iffloatpage{}{(The Title)}}&#xA;\fancyhead[RO,LE]{\iffloatpage{}{\thepage}}&#xA;\fancyfoot{}&#xA;\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{\iffloatpage{0pt}{0.4pt}}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\blindtext[8]&#xA;&#xA;\begin{sidewaysfigure}&#xA;\centering&#xA;\rule{1cm}{1cm}&#xA;\caption{A rotated figure}&#xA;\end{sidewaysfigure}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/blindtext/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;blindtext&lt;/a&gt; package is only used to add some dummy text to the example.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: In your subsequently delivered MWE, replace&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\rhead{\small\TheAuthor}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\lhead{\small\normalfont\TheTitle}&#xA;\fancyfoot{} &#xA;\fancyhead[RO,LE]{\thepage}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\rhead{\iffloatpage{}{\small\TheAuthor}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\lhead{\iffloatpage{}{\small\normalfont\TheTitle}}&#xA;\fancyfoot{} &#xA;\fancyhead[RO,LE]{\iffloatpage{}{\thepage}}&#xA;\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{\iffloatpage{0pt}{0.4pt}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-13T14:01:45.250" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T14:01:45.250" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="13314" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13312" CreationDate="2011-03-13T14:03:17.120" Score="-1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can try &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.extex.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.extex.org/&lt;/a&gt; although development has been overtaken by the Lua effects! This is not exactly what you are looking for but you maybe able to build on to some of the libraries and routines. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T14:03:17.120" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13315" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13317" CreationDate="2011-03-13T14:04:33.343" Score="3" ViewCount="78" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I run a tex file containing &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand*{\sideparfont}{\small\itshape}&lt;/code&gt; on my MacBook it works perfectly but when I am running it on my Ubuntu 10.10 machine I get: &lt;code&gt;!LaTeX Error: \sideparfont undefined&lt;/code&gt;. I just upgraded my Ubuntu machine to the latest version so it feels unlikely that it should be a too old version but then again maybe that is it? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If so, how can I get a version where this works? (It says it is version: &lt;code&gt;pdfTex 3.1415926-1.40.10-2.2 (TeX Live 2009/Debian)&lt;/code&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="298" LastEditorUserId="298" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-13T17:38:23.937" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T19:17:02.887" Title="memoir `\sideparfont undefined` on my Ubuntu machine but not on my Mac" Tags="&lt;texlive&gt;&lt;memoir&gt;&lt;ubuntu&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="13316" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12676" CreationDate="2011-03-13T14:10:27.270" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As a demonstration, here is an implementation using &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/threeparttable&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;threeparttable&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{booktabs,caption,fixltx2e}&#xA;\usepackage[flushleft]{threeparttable}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{table}&#xA;  \begin{threeparttable}&#xA;    \caption{Sample ANOVA table}&#xA;     \begin{tabular}{lllll}&#xA;      \toprule&#xA;        Stubhead &amp;amp; \( df \) &amp;amp; \( f \) &amp;amp; \( \eta \) &amp;amp; \( p \) \\&#xA;      \midrule&#xA;        &amp;amp; \multicolumn{4}{c}{Spanning text} \\&#xA;        Row 1 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 0.67 &amp;amp; 0.55 &amp;amp; 0.41 \\&#xA;        Row 2 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 0.02 &amp;amp; 0.01 &amp;amp; 0.39 \\&#xA;        Row 3 &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; 0.15 &amp;amp; 0.33 &amp;amp; 0.34 \\&#xA;        Row 4 &amp;amp; 4 &amp;amp; 1.00 &amp;amp; 0.76 &amp;amp; 0.54 \\&#xA;      \bottomrule&#xA;    \end{tabular}&#xA;    \begin{tablenotes}&#xA;      \small&#xA;      \item This is where authors provide additional information about&#xA;      the data, including whatever notes are needed.&#xA;    \end{tablenotes}&#xA;  \end{threeparttable}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T14:10:27.270" />
  <row Id="13317" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13315" CreationDate="2011-03-13T14:13:20.947" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The version of TeXlive in the ubuntu repositories is quite old. You probably have an older version of memoir on ubuntu than you do on your mac.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The best option is probably to uninstall the packaged version of TeXlive and install &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/texlive/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TL2010&lt;/a&gt; from TUG directly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Otherwise, you can install a newer version of memoir in your local texmf. Here's how.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First download the &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/install/macros/latex/contrib/memoir.tds.zip&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;memoir.tds.zip&lt;/a&gt;. This is a packaged version of memoir in the TeX Directory Structure. Now move the file to your local texmf which should be &lt;code&gt;~/texmf/&lt;/code&gt; on Ubuntu. Now unzip the file to that directory.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You might have to then run &lt;code&gt;sudo texhash ~/texmf&lt;/code&gt; (I can't remember). You should now have a working version of the newest memoir. Unfortunately, this means you'll have to keep an eye out for new versions yourself. Which is why installing TL2010 from TUG is the much better option...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T14:13:20.947" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13318" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12840" CreationDate="2011-03-13T14:20:59.027" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You would, of course, have to ask Christian Schenk for a definitive answer. However, it seems that a plausible line of reasoning is 'ease of use'. Most people never go near the settings boxes, so it's best if the defaults work for the majority. On a modern computer, including all of the hyphenation patterns is not a big issue (which is would have been in the past). So there is no real gain from omitting some languages: as @daleif comments, all that happens is that people are confused.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T14:20:59.027" />
  <row Id="13319" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13320" CreationDate="2011-03-13T15:44:01.723" Score="4" ViewCount="81" Body="&lt;p&gt;The below example shows the table large gap between the top of the table of contents its section heading.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;How can this gap be reduced?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[Bjornstrup]{fncychap}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tableofcontents &#xA;\chapter{This is an unnecessary huge gap!!?}&#xA;Here is some text in the section.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4159" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-13T15:54:22.880" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T16:09:15.887" Title="fncychap package - vertical gap/space between text and heading too large - how to reduce?" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;chapters&gt;&lt;fncychap&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13320" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13319" CreationDate="2011-03-13T16:02:40.077" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If the change in vertical spacing should affect only the title &quot;Contents&quot; and the first entry in the Table of Contents, an &lt;code&gt;\addtocontents&lt;/code&gt; command should be enough:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\usepackage[Bjornstrup]{fncychap}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\addtocontents{toc}{\vskip-40pt}&#xA;\chapter{Test chapter}&#xA;Here is some text in the section.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T16:02:40.077" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="13321" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13319" CreationDate="2011-03-13T16:09:15.887" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Add the following immediately before &lt;code&gt;\begin{document}&lt;/code&gt; (halves vertical space):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{etoolbox}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\patchcmd{\DOTI}{\vskip 40\p@}{\vskip 20\p@}{}{}&#xA;\patchcmd{\DOTIS}{\vskip 40\p@}{\vskip 20\p@}{}{}% for unnumbered chapters&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T16:09:15.887" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13322" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-13T16:53:31.073" Score="0" ViewCount="70" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is my latex code:&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{ctexart}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;中文宏包测试&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I install the ctex and zhmetrics with Texlive, but I still get the error message:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;code&gt;dvips: ! Bad PK file /home/jerry/texmf/fonts/pk/modeless/zhmetrics/gbksong/gbksong51.9640pk: unexpected eof&lt;/code&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA; I cannot find the where it goes wrong. Thanks for your time.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4160" LastEditorUserId="4160" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-14T01:06:02.250" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T01:06:02.250" Title="dvips: ! Bad PK file" Tags="&lt;texlive&gt;&lt;cjk&gt;" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="13323" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13324" CreationDate="2011-03-13T16:57:11.057" Score="5" ViewCount="83" Body="&lt;p&gt;When &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; can't compile a file, it drops me to a prompt. I've never used it and always try to get away from there as quickly as possible, usually generating a &lt;code&gt;q.log&lt;/code&gt; file in the process.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any way to avoid this behavior and let &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; drop back to command-line on error?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3622" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T18:47:37.757" Title="How to disable the prompt on error?" Tags="&lt;errors&gt;&lt;compiling&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13324" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13323" CreationDate="2011-03-13T17:01:09.897" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the &lt;code&gt;-interaction=nonstopmode&lt;/code&gt; command line argument or the &lt;code&gt;\nonstopmode&lt;/code&gt; macro to disable stopping on errors.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T17:01:09.897" />
  <row Id="13325" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13315" CreationDate="2011-03-13T17:10:48.723" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;On a Debian-derived system, another package with a dependency on the distribution's texlive packages may install parts or all of their version, and now you have two of them present, and have to take pains to make sure you don't get them mixed up.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So you might just want to avoid the distribution's version entirely. &lt;strong&gt;I&lt;/strong&gt; haven't done it yet, since I'm happy with their installed versions so far, but I may have to do that in the future.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.latex-community.org/forum/viewtopic.php?f=12&amp;amp;t=10920&amp;amp;sid=df6caba5e498076243c7920077f85079&amp;amp;start=20#p44096&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;This post&lt;/a&gt; looks about right, and links to a TUG page about getting the correct equivs settings. Reposted, in case the link goes dead later:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Download and unpack TL2010 installer&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;sudo ./install-tl&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Select option &quot;Create symlinks to standard directories&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Start installation of TeX Live&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Test TeX Live with &lt;code&gt;pdflatex test&lt;/code&gt; where &lt;code&gt;test.tex&lt;/code&gt; is a minimal LaTeX document =&gt; ok&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;sudo apt-get install perl-tk perl-doc equivs&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Create and install &lt;code&gt;texlive-local_2009-1_all.deb&lt;/code&gt; (see &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/texlive/debian.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tug.org/texlive/debian.html&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;sudo apt-get install texworks&lt;/code&gt; (this should NOT install any TeX related packages except texworks =&gt; ok)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Test TeXworks =&gt; ok&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;sudo tlmgr update --self --all&lt;/code&gt; =&gt; ok&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;sudo tlmgr gui&lt;/code&gt;, install an additional package, re-create format files, ... =&gt; ok&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3345" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-13T18:09:50.270" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T18:09:50.270" />
  <row Id="13326" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13334" CreationDate="2011-03-13T17:21:42.953" Score="11" ViewCount="110" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to find the previously printed character in LaTeX? E.g:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\th}{%&#xA;  \ifthenelse%&#xA;    {\equal{\previouscharacter}{1}}%&#xA;    {st}%&#xA;    {th}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;4\th and 21\th % would like to yield &quot;4thand 21st&quot;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3622" LastEditorUserId="3622" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-13T17:35:08.667" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T20:57:49.693" Title="How to find the previously printed character?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="13327" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13296" CreationDate="2011-03-13T17:29:14.053" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use T1-encoding and set &lt;code&gt;\hyphenchar&lt;/code&gt; to 127. But you must do it for all fonts, which in the end means that for you must correct the font definitions (here as an example the entries from T1cmr.fd:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{scrreprt}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\providecommand{\EC@family}[5]{%&#xA;  \DeclareFontShape{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}%&#xA;  {&amp;lt;5&amp;gt;&amp;lt;6&amp;gt;&amp;lt;7&amp;gt;&amp;lt;8&amp;gt;&amp;lt;9&amp;gt;&amp;lt;10&amp;gt;&amp;lt;10.95&amp;gt;&amp;lt;12&amp;gt;&amp;lt;14.4&amp;gt;%&#xA;   &amp;lt;17.28&amp;gt;&amp;lt;20.74&amp;gt;&amp;lt;24.88&amp;gt;&amp;lt;29.86&amp;gt;&amp;lt;35.83&amp;gt;genb*#5}{\hyphenchar\font=127}}&#xA;\DeclareFontFamily{T1}{cmr}{}&#xA;\EC@family{T1}{cmr}{m}{n}{ecrm}&#xA;\EC@family{T1}{cmr}{m}{sl}{ecsl}&#xA;\EC@family{T1}{cmr}{m}{it}{ecti}&#xA;\EC@family{T1}{cmr}{m}{sc}{eccc}&#xA;\EC@family{T1}{cmr}{bx}{n}{ecbx}&#xA;\EC@family{T1}{cmr}{b}{n}{ecrb}&#xA;\EC@family{T1}{cmr}{bx}{it}{ecbi}&#xA;\EC@family{T1}{cmr}{bx}{sl}{ecbl}&#xA;\EC@family{T1}{cmr}{bx}{sc}{ecxc}&#xA;\EC@family{T1}{cmr}{m}{ui}{ecui}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[ngerman]{babel}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Das ist ein Mustertext, der dazu da ist, um diese aa Textsatzproblematik bzw. -schwierigkeit zu demonstrieren&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-13T23:27:58.317" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T23:27:58.317" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="13328" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13326" CreationDate="2011-03-13T17:31:39.720" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As to the specific application in question, there's the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/engord&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;engord package&lt;/a&gt;. Examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\engordnumber{1} &#xA;\engordnumber{12}&#xA;\engordnumber{123}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;return 1st, 12th, and 123rd. For the specific question, I can't answer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3345" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T17:31:39.720" />
  <row Id="13329" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13332" CreationDate="2011-03-13T17:52:58.193" Score="11" ViewCount="136" Body="&lt;p&gt;When displaying chessboards using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/chessboard/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot; title=&quot;Chessboard&quot;&gt;Chessboard&lt;/a&gt; Package, the border at the top of board does not line up with the actual top of the board. Relevant code and picture below. Thoughts?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{amsart}&#xA;\usepackage{chessboard}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\chessboard&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/rhEnv.png&quot; alt=&quot;Chessboard Display Error&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3350" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-13T18:13:12.623" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T19:37:17.057" Title="Chessboard Display Error" Tags="&lt;amsart&gt;&lt;chessboard&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="10" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13330" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13323" CreationDate="2011-03-13T18:34:20.420" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;-interaction &amp;lt;mode&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;&#xA;    Starts the so-called interaction mode, which can be specified as&#xA;    &lt;code&gt;batchmode&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;nonstopmode&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;scrollmode&lt;/code&gt; or&#xA;    &lt;code&gt;errorstopmode&lt;/code&gt;. The meaning of these options is the same as for the&#xA;    &lt;code&gt;TeX&lt;/code&gt; commands of the &lt;strong&gt;same name&lt;/strong&gt;. The reason why you can also say &lt;code&gt;\batchmode&lt;/code&gt; as first line in your document. Then you do not need to modify the prompt in a GUI, if you use one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-13T18:47:37.757" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T18:47:37.757" />
  <row Id="13331" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13315" CreationDate="2011-03-13T19:17:02.887" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;When in doubt about a version, add &lt;code&gt;\listfiles&lt;/code&gt; at the beginning of your document (before &lt;code&gt;\documentclass&lt;/code&gt;) and you'll find a nice summary of the packages and files used with their respective versions at the end of the log file. This way, you can easily confirm which packages/classes are more up-to-date on one machine than the other.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Besides, it can help for asking more precise questions or reporting bugs in a particular version of some package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1239" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T19:17:02.887" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13332" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13329" CreationDate="2011-03-13T19:37:17.057" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;amsart&lt;/code&gt; has an additional lineskip which must be set to 0pt inside the chessboard:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{amsart}&#xA;\usepackage{xskak,chessboard}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;{\normallineskip=0pt&#xA;\setchessboard{smallboard,showmover=false}&#xA;\newchessgame&#xA;\chessboard}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/UnWvu.pngbe&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T19:37:17.057" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13333" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-13T20:03:32.550" Score="18" ViewCount="201" Body="&lt;p&gt;Knuth hid a special rule for delimited arguments in exercise 20.5 of the TeXbook.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;If the very last character of the&#xA;  parameter text is #, so that this #&#xA;  is immediately followed by {, TeX&#xA;  will behave as if the { had been&#xA;  inserted at the right end of both the&#xA;  parameter text and the replacement&#xA;  text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This means that a macro can be defined as,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\a#1#{#1}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;calling it as &lt;code&gt;\a 10&lt;/code&gt; will give a &lt;code&gt;runaway argument error&lt;/code&gt; whereas calling it as &lt;code&gt;\a{12}&lt;/code&gt;, will compile with no trouble.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I struggled to find a practical application for such macros even after looking at TeX by Topic, TeXbook and LaTeX source. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is my take on it, create some commands to typeset and do some calculations for fractions, as for example those found in basic arithmetic texbooks. You type this,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[\FRAC ADD{3}{8}+{1}{7}\]&#xA;\[\FRAC SUB{5}{8}-{1}{7}\]&#xA;\[\FRAC MUL{5}{8}x{13}{1201}\]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and you get this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/yP9VZ.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is the code,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article} &#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;%% macro factory&#xA;\def\FRAC#1#{\csname #1\endcsname}&#xA;%% add&#xA;\def\ADD#1#2+#3#4{%&#xA;  \frac{#1}{#2}+\frac{#3}{#4}=&#xA;  \frac{\the\numexpr(#4*#1)+(#3*#2)}{\the\numexpr#2*#4}&#xA;}&#xA;%% subtract&#xA;\def\SUB#1#2-#3#4{%ok top&#xA;  \frac{#1}{#2}-\frac{#3}{#4}=&#xA;  \frac{\the\numexpr(#4*#1)-(#3*#2)}{\the\numexpr(#2*#4)}&#xA;}&#xA;%% multiply&#xA;\def\MUL#1#2x#3#4{%&#xA;  \frac{#1}{#2}\times\frac{#3}{#4}=&#xA;  \frac{\the\numexpr(#1*#3)}&#xA;  {\the\numexpr#2*#4}&#xA;}&#xA;%% testing&#xA;\[\FRAC ADD{3}{8}+{1}{7}\]&#xA;\[\FRAC SUB{5}{8}-{1}{7}\]&#xA;\[\FRAC MUL{5}{8}x{13}{1201}\]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Are there any practical applications for such macros? Are there any special precautions one should take? Why would Knuth include this facility in the first place?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T19:51:05.550" Title="Macros with # as the last parameter" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;" AnswerCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13334" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13326" CreationDate="2011-03-13T20:43:54.620" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The answer, unfortunately, is no. TeX contains a few primitives that modify things before them (&lt;code&gt;\over&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\atop&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\above&lt;/code&gt; and the &lt;code&gt;withdelims&lt;/code&gt; variants), but nothing general purpose.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In addition to the various packages which implement printing ordinal numbers, I wrote a fairly straightforward macro that does this &lt;a href=&quot;http://texhacks.blogspot.com/2010/04/ordinal-numbers.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-13T20:57:49.693" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T20:57:49.693" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13335" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13336" CreationDate="2011-03-13T20:56:35.653" Score="2" ViewCount="64" Body="&lt;p&gt;I try to run &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/xetex/latex/fontspec/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;fontspec-example.tex&lt;/a&gt; through &lt;code&gt;xelatex&lt;/code&gt; on my Ubuntu 10.10 installation, combined with texlive 2010.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The package cannot find any of the fonts, e.g., TeX Gyre Pagella (error is that&#xA;kpathsea does not like the font having a space in its name). What do I do wrong? &#xA;(I do have /usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tex-gyre on my system.) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried using the tips in this question: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2305/what-fonts-are-installed-on-my-box&quot;&gt;What fonts are installed on my box?&lt;/a&gt;, but I am not sure I understand how to use the font names obtained there.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3391" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T21:03:13.800" Title="fontspec-example.tex on texlive 2010 and Ubuntu?" Tags="&lt;texlive&gt;&lt;fontspec&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13336" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13335" CreationDate="2011-03-13T21:03:13.800" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;(From &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/11888/finding-a-font-for-xetex/11889#11889&quot;&gt;Finding a font for XeTeX&lt;/a&gt;):&#xA;Fonts that are installed with your TeX distribution (like the TeX Gyre fonts; look in &lt;code&gt;.../texmf-dist/fonts&lt;/code&gt;) need to be called with their file name (in XeTeX; LuaTeX accepts the font name). For example,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setmainfont[&#xA;    Ligatures=TeX,&#xA;    Extension=.otf,&#xA;    UprightFont= *-regular,&#xA;    BoldFont=*-bold,&#xA;    ItalicFont=*-italic,&#xA;    BoldItalicFont=*-bolditalic]{texgyretermes}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See also the “Font selection” chapter in the fontspec manual (&lt;code&gt;texdoc fontspec&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T21:03:13.800" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13337" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13333" CreationDate="2011-03-13T21:03:49.917" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;an example from latex.ltx&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\usepackage#1#{%&#xA;  \@latex@error&#xA;    {\noexpand \usepackage before \string\documentclass}%&#xA;    {\noexpand \usepackage may only appear in the document&#xA;      preamble, i.e.,\MessageBreak&#xA;      between \noexpand\documentclass and&#xA;      \string\begin{document}.}%&#xA;  \@gobble}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;with the argument setting you can handle optional arguments, eg &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[foo]{bar}&lt;/code&gt; without defining the different cases&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T21:03:49.917" />
  <row Id="13338" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13333" CreationDate="2011-03-13T21:16:10.883" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Reading everything up the opening &lt;code&gt;{&lt;/code&gt; as argument like &lt;code&gt;\def\A#1#{...}&lt;/code&gt; would do, it is not very common, but useful when you want to read optional arguments of macro which normal argument must start with &lt;code&gt;{&lt;/code&gt; anyway. This can be very useful in cases when the macro should be &lt;strong&gt;fully expandable&lt;/strong&gt; and therefore &lt;code&gt;\futurelet&lt;/code&gt; (used by &lt;code&gt;\@ifnextchar&lt;/code&gt;) can't be used.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Funnily, I just started to use this TeX feature this week:&#xA;In my up-coming package 'filemod' I define expandable and non-expandable macros to read and compare file modification dates.&#xA;The expandable implementation of &lt;code&gt;\filemodNewest&lt;/code&gt; takes an optional argument and list of file names &lt;code&gt;{{filename1}{filename2}...{filename3}}&lt;/code&gt; and expands the the name of the newest file. The &lt;code&gt;#{&lt;/code&gt; syntax is used to read the potential optional argument (a number in this case):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\filemodNewest#1#{%&#xA;  \expandafter\expandafter&#xA;  \expandafter\@filemodNewest&#xA;  \csname&#xA;    @%&#xA;  \ifx\@nnil#1\@nnil&#xA;    first%&#xA;  \else&#xA;    second%&#xA;  \fi&#xA;    oftwo%&#xA;  \endcsname&#xA;    {[\filemodcmpdefault]}%&#xA;    {#1}%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It should be noted that this works only for simple optional arguments which do not include braces. This excludes e.g. complex PGF keys etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also the &lt;code&gt;etextools&lt;/code&gt; defines another way of expandable macros with optional arguments using eTeX &lt;code&gt;\detokenize&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T21:16:10.883" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="13339" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13333" CreationDate="2011-03-13T21:26:17.203" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use this possibility in the next case. I can't use delimiters like () because the parenthesis are nested. With&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} &#xA;&#xA;\def\macro#1#{%&#xA;  &amp;lt;#1&amp;gt;\par&#xA;  \macrobis&#xA;}&#xA;\def\macrobis#1{and &amp;lt;#1&amp;gt;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\macro(exp(1),ln(2)){A}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first #1 catches &lt;code&gt;(exp(1),ln(2))&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/LIAqy.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T21:26:17.203" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13340" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13533" CreationDate="2011-03-13T21:52:14.940" Score="7" ViewCount="164" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was looking for a new font for the manuals of my LaTeX packages and found the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/libertine/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Linux Libertine&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; most pleasing. However it seems that it &lt;strong&gt;doesn't support italic correction&lt;/strong&gt; (yet).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I assume that a font normally defines the correct italic correction for every character, but I would settle if &lt;em&gt;any&lt;/em&gt; extra amount would be added after italic text. At the moment a text used in &lt;code&gt;\meta{...}&lt;/code&gt; hits the closing angle symbol because of the missing italic correction:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{libertine}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;(\textit{X})&#xA;&#xA;\def\metastyle{\textit}&#xA;\def\meta#1{{\metastyle {\ensuremath \langle #1\/\ensuremath \rangle }}}&#xA;\meta{X}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I had the idea of the very quick and very dirty trick &lt;code&gt;\let\/\,&lt;/code&gt; which works in this case, but not for general &lt;code&gt;\textit{...}&lt;/code&gt; uses. (&lt;code&gt;\/&lt;/code&gt; is for explicit italic correction and &lt;code&gt;\,&lt;/code&gt; adds a small space, IIRC half a normal space)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Checking the definition of &lt;code&gt;\textit&lt;/code&gt; revealed that it finally uses &lt;code&gt;\@@italiccorr&lt;/code&gt; which is let to the original &lt;code&gt;\/&lt;/code&gt; &lt;em&gt;primitive&lt;/em&gt;.&#xA;Defining this macro as well to &lt;code&gt;\,&lt;/code&gt; seems to add the small space also on other places where it is not wanted.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a better way to get some decent italic correction for this font? It doesn't have to be perfect, just better then the current one (i.e. literally &quot;better than nothing&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-14T18:30:58.763" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T17:29:25.500" Title="Italic Correction for Linux Libertine Font" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;italic-correction&gt;&lt;libertine&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="13341" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-13T21:55:43.803" Score="3" ViewCount="84" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have written a LaTeX math document with lyx (using document ams class), but now my teacher sent me some LaTeX code which should make the style as he wants it. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried a few options to insert the LaTeX code, none worked:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1) add (through lyx) the LaTeX code itself - This didn't work, since there were double definitions, both in the lyx default generated LaTeX code, and the LaTeX code I inserted. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2) through MiKTeX TeXworks- I exported my lyx document to LaTeX, and tried to change all the definitions before &lt;code&gt;\begin{document}&lt;/code&gt;  to the ones my teacher sent me - This didn't compile, complained about missing definitions, xtra, xtra. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;3) through bakoma - i tried opening my exported lyx code, and then inserting the code my teacher sent me at the beginning - This actually worked, but the bibliography and figure placement got ruined - the figures were put at the end, and the bibliography disappeared. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anyone has any ideas ? What should be the right way to tackle my problem? Attached is the code my teacher sent me&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%&amp;amp;latex&#xA;\documentclass[11pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}&#xA;\usepackage{amsfonts}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{bm}&#xA;\usepackage{latexsym}&#xA;\usepackage{epsfig}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;%\usepackage[normalem]{ulem} %\usepackage[top=80pt,bottom=80pt, left=85pt, right=85pt]{geometry} %\usepackage{setspace} %\onehalfspacing&#xA;&#xA;\setlength{\evensidemargin}{.25in} \setlength{\textwidth}{6in} \setlength{\topmargin}{-0.4in}&#xA;\setlength{\textheight}{8.5in}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\handout}[5]{&#xA;   \renewcommand{\thepage}{#1-\arabic{page}}&#xA;   \noindent&#xA;   \begin{center}&#xA;   \framebox{&#xA;      \vbox{&#xA;    \hbox to 5.78in {{\sf Randomized Algorithms}&#xA;\hfill \sf #2 }&#xA;       \vspace{4mm}&#xA;       \hbox to 5.78in { {\Large \hfill #5  \hfill} }&#xA;       \vspace{2mm}&#xA;       \hbox to 5.78in { {\em #3 \hfill #4} }&#xA;      }&#xA;   }&#xA;   \end{center}&#xA;   \vspace*{4mm}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\lecture}[4]{\handout{#1}{#2}{Lecture date: #3}{Scribe: #4}{Lecture #1}}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\textwidth=6in \oddsidemargin=0.25in \evensidemargin=0.25in \topmargin=-0.1in \footskip=0.8in&#xA;\parindent=0.0cm&#xA;\parskip=0.3cm&#xA;\textheight=8.00in \setcounter{tocdepth} {3} \setcounter{secnumdepth} {2} \sloppy&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}&#xA;\newtheorem{lemma}[theorem]{Lemma}&#xA;\newtheorem{claim}[theorem]{Claim}&#xA;\newtheorem{proposition}[theorem]{Proposition}&#xA;\newtheorem{corollary}[theorem]{Corollary}&#xA;\newtheorem{fact}[theorem]{Fact}&#xA;\newtheorem{definition}[theorem]{Definition}&#xA;\newtheorem{remark}[theorem]{Remark}&#xA;\newtheorem{conjecture}[theorem]{Conjecture}&#xA;\newtheorem{question}[theorem]{Question}&#xA;\newtheorem{answer}[theorem]{Answer}&#xA;%\newtheorem{exercise}[theorem]{Exercise}&#xA;\newtheorem{example}[theorem]{Example}&#xA;\newtheorem{algorithm}[theorem]{Algorithm}&#xA;%\newtheorem{exercise}[theorem]{Exercise}&#xA;\newenvironment{exercise}{\noindent \textbf{Exercise}}{}%[theorem]{Exercise}&#xA;\newenvironment{challenge}{\noindent \textbf{Challenge}}{}%[theorem]{Exercise}&#xA;\newenvironment{kitbag}{\noindent \textbf{Kitbag Exercise}}{}&#xA;\newenvironment{proof}{\noindent \textbf{Proof}}{$\Box$}&#xA;\newenvironment{proof-sketch}{\noindent \textbf{Sketch of Proof}}{$\Box$}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\ignore}[1]{}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand{\Pr}{{\textup{Pr}}}&#xA;\renewcommand{\P}{{\bf P}}&#xA;\newcommand{\Px}{\mathop{\bf P\/}}&#xA;\newcommand{\E}{{\bf E}}&#xA;\newcommand{\Ex}{\mathop{\bf E\/}}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\Var}{{\bf Var}}&#xA;\newcommand{\Cov}{{\bf Cov}}&#xA;\newcommand{\Varx}{\mathop{\bf Var\/}}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\bits}{\{-1,1\}}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\nsmaja}{\textstyle{\frac{2}{\pi}} \arcsin \rho}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\Inf}{\mathrm{Inf}}&#xA;\newcommand{\I}{\mathrm{I}}&#xA;\newcommand{\J}{\mathrm{J}}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\eps}{\epsilon}&#xA;\newcommand{\lam}{\lambda}&#xA;\newcommand{\N}{\mathbb N}&#xA;\newcommand{\R}{\mathbb R}&#xA;\newcommand{\Z}{\mathbb Z}&#xA;\newcommand{\C}{\mathbb C}&#xA;\newcommand{\CalE}{{\mathcal{E}}}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\CalU}{{\mathcal{U}}}&#xA;\newcommand{\F}{{\mathcal{F}}}&#xA;\newcommand{\CalC}{{\mathcal{C}}}&#xA;\newcommand{\CalM}{{\mathcal{M}}}&#xA;\newcommand{\CalR}{{\mathcal{R}}}&#xA;\newcommand{\CalS}{{\mathcal{S}}}&#xA;\newcommand{\CalV}{{\mathcal{V}}}&#xA;\newcommand{\CalX}{{\boldsymbol{\mathcal{X}}}}&#xA;\newcommand{\CalG}{{\boldsymbol{\mathcal{G}}}}&#xA;\newcommand{\CalY}{{\boldsymbol{\mathcal{Y}}}}&#xA;\newcommand{\CalZ}{{\boldsymbol{\mathcal{Z}}}}&#xA;\newcommand{\CalF}{{\mathcal{Z}}}&#xA;\newcommand{\boldG}{{\boldsymbol G}}&#xA;\newcommand{\boldQ}{{\boldsymbol Q}}&#xA;\newcommand{\boldR}{{\boldsymbol R}}&#xA;\newcommand{\boldS}{{\boldsymbol S}}&#xA;\newcommand{\boldX}{{\boldsymbol X}}&#xA;\newcommand{\bfX}{{\boldsymbol X}}&#xA;\newcommand{\boldB}{{\boldsymbol B}}&#xA;\newcommand{\boldY}{{\boldsymbol Y}}&#xA;\newcommand{\boldZ}{{\boldsymbol Z}}&#xA;\newcommand{\boldV}{{\boldsymbol V}}&#xA;\newcommand{\boldsigma}{{\boldsymbol \sigma}}&#xA;\newcommand{\boldupsilon}{{\boldsymbol \upsilon}}&#xA;\newcommand{\hone}{{\boldsymbol{H1}}}&#xA;\newcommand{\htwo}{\boldsymbol{H2}}&#xA;\newcommand{\hthree}{\boldsymbol{H3}}&#xA;\newcommand{\hfour}{\boldsymbol{H4}}&#xA;\newcommand{\poly}{\boldsymbol{poly}}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\sgn}{\mathrm{sgn}}&#xA;\newcommand{\Maj}{\mathrm{Maj}}&#xA;\newcommand{\Thr}{\mathrm{Thr}}&#xA;\newcommand{\littlesum}{{\textstyle \sum}}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\half}{{\textstyle \frac12}}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\Stab}{\mathbb{S}}&#xA;\newcommand{\StabThr}[2]{\Gamma_{#1}(#2)}&#xA;\newcommand{\TestFcn}{\Psi}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand{\phi}{\varphi}&#xA;\def \la      {\langle}&#xA;\def \ra      {\rangle}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\x}{\mathbf{x}}&#xA;\renewcommand{\o}{\mbox{o}}&#xA;\renewcommand{\O}{\mbox{O}}&#xA;\newcommand{\h}{\mathbf{H}}&#xA;\newcommand{\va}{\mbox{var}}&#xA;\renewcommand{\d}{\mbox{d}}&#xA;\renewcommand{\C}{\mathcal C}&#xA;\newcommand{\qed}{\hfill $\square$}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\lecture{10}{Moni Naor}{Jan 2, 2011}{Itay Gonshorovitz}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4165" LastEditorUserId="4165" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-13T22:54:54.360" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T09:42:21.750" Title="Adding my own format to lyx" Tags="&lt;lyx&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13343" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-13T21:59:25.773" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Linux Libertine is an open font created by the Libertine Open Fonts Project.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Official Website: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.linuxlibertine.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.linuxlibertine.org/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Linux Libertine at the LaTeX Font Catalogue: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/libertine/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/libertine/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It can be used with:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{libertine}&#xA;&#xA;% Optional old style numbers:&#xA;\renewcommand*\oldstylenums[1]{{\fontfamily{fxlj}\selectfont #1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-13T21:59:25.773" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T21:59:25.773" />
  <row Id="13344" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-13T21:59:25.773" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="{libertine} is about the Linux Libertine font which can be loaded with the package of the same name." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-13T21:59:25.773" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T21:59:25.773" />
  <row Id="13345" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13333" CreationDate="2011-03-13T22:25:15.167" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This trick of catching until the first open brace can be used in many situations. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;As other posters said, it allows to catch an optional argument expandably if it is not the last. It is possible in principle to get this to be fully robust with respect to nesting, but not implemented yet.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;It can be used to parse the body of a definition provided by the user, to change it to fit your purposes while keeping a natural syntax. (More on parsing def below.)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I've used this trick primarily to parse a token list expandably without losing any brace. For instance, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;to expandably uppercase or lowercase a given string (see &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/10805/are-there-purely-expandable-variants-of-makeuppercase/10806#10806&quot;&gt;this answer&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;to fully expand a token list expandably (almost as well as the luatex primitive &lt;code&gt;\expanded&lt;/code&gt; (see &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/7515/expandable-full-expansion-of-tokens-that-preserves-catcodes/11119#11119&quot;&gt;this answer&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;to expand tokens selectively, or in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/11184/reversing-the-order-of-expansion/11244#11244&quot;&gt;reverse order&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;to write a primitive macro expander (i.e. take a file, and expand user-defined macros)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;so basically any situation where you need to be careful with braces, but cannot use &lt;code&gt;\futurelet&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This trick only works if there is only one character with catcode 1 (begin group character). Also, we need to be able to put a sentinel at the end of the token list that we are manipulating: otherwise, in the absence of opening brace, we would get a runaway argument.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On parsing a definition: say that you want to give the user an easy way of defining a macro which possibly takes arguments, and always produces a boxed math result. Say that you also want the parameter text to be arbitrary. Either you let the user do everything, or you parse the definition using the trick you ask about.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%non-user-friendly&#xA;\def\foo_#1^#2#3#4{\fbox{$\sum_{#1}^{#2} \frac{#3}{#4}$}}&#xA;&#xA;%more user friendly (perhaps)&#xA;\boxeddef\foo_#1^#2#3#4{\sum_{#1}^{#2} \frac{#3}{#4}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To do that:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\boxeddef#1#2#{\boxeddef@aux{#1}{#2}}&#xA;\def\boxeddef@aux#1#2#3{\def#1#2{\fbox{$#3$}}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;%\def\foo#1#2#3#4{\fbox{$\sum_{#1}^{#2} \frac{#3}{#4}$}}&#xA;\boxeddef\foo_#1^#2#3#4{\sum_{#1}^{#2} \frac{#3}{#4}}&#xA;\[&#xA;\foo_{a}^{b}{C}{D}&#xA;\]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastActivityDate="2011-03-13T22:25:15.167" />
  <row Id="13346" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-14T01:28:43.690" Score="2" ViewCount="62" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need your help: to change the default column sep of &lt;code&gt;aligned&lt;/code&gt; from &lt;code&gt;\quad&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\qquad&lt;/code&gt; globally, thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4169" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-14T06:54:32.573" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T09:56:39.363" Title="Could I change the default column sep of `aligned` from \quad to \qquad globally?" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;equations&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13347" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-14T01:49:45.160" Score="1" ViewCount="76" Body="&lt;p&gt;In some times I have to set a tag in front of a text math formula. It seems better to define a command &lt;code&gt;\TAG&lt;/code&gt;, as &lt;code&gt;$\TAG{Pythagoras' Equation}a^2+b^2=c^2$&lt;/code&gt; to get &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;Pythagoras' Equation&amp;gt; a^2+b^2=c^2&lt;/code&gt;. The &lt;code&gt;\TAG&lt;/code&gt; command need fit several conditions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;give a convenience to change the l(r)angle globally;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;the content could be broken down, but do not at left angle;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;it'd better be put in math mode.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course the amsmath &lt;code&gt;\tag&lt;/code&gt; command might be modified to suit my demand, but I don't know how to do.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;@ TH.: O.K. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Think about an onerous editor who likes green color than black or a pair of parenthese than a pair of angle.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;When the content of \TAG is very long, it cannot overlap the right margin, and its suitable break line point mustn't at the left delimiter as most of people want.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The command is in math mode, so it can be affected by \mathsurround, \everymath, etc.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;add an image&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ZUgVk.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://i.imgur.com/ZUgVk.png&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4169" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-15T00:56:08.117" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T00:56:08.117" Title="Use (or redefine a) \tag command in text mode" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13348" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13655" CreationDate="2011-03-14T02:05:05.227" Score="1" ViewCount="103" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using &lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;biblatex-apa&lt;/code&gt; for formatting references in APA format. &#xA;I am using &lt;code&gt;\fullcite&lt;/code&gt; to print the full reference in APA format as I have to describe the printed reference. In my case I cannot use the &lt;code&gt;\printbibliography&lt;/code&gt; function to print the reference. The problem using &lt;code&gt;\fullcite&lt;/code&gt; is that it is not printing reference in APA format, it is using &lt;code&gt;AND&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt;. &#xA;Here is the example: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;using &lt;code&gt;\fullcite&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Darwin, C., Ekman, P., and Prodger, P. (2002). The expression of the emo-&#xA;tions in man and animals. Oxford University Press, USA&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;using &lt;code&gt;\printbibliography&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Darwin, C., Ekman, P., &amp;amp; Prodger, P. (2002). The expression of the emotions&#xA;in man and animals. Oxford University Press, USA&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My question is how to incorporate &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;AND&lt;/code&gt; in the &lt;code&gt;\fullcite&lt;/code&gt; function. &#xA;Any help will be greatly appreciated. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4168" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T17:58:03.537" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T17:58:03.537" Title="\fullcite not printing references in APA format." Tags="&lt;biblatex&gt;&lt;apa-style&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="13349" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13361" CreationDate="2011-03-14T02:54:18.700" Score="4" ViewCount="158" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do I tell TikZ to output to a standalone image file? Like JPG, PNG, etc?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Yes, there is a way to output it to PDF, then do a snapshot. But this is for mathematical-visual comparisons, and I need precision trimming so that I can put the images side-by-side in a Word document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a sample using the &lt;code&gt;standalone&lt;/code&gt; class. It only takes care of the length, but the width stays the same as the &lt;code&gt;textwidth&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{standalone}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \draw [step=0.5] (-1.4,-1.4) grid (1.4,1.4);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want the whole PDF to be trimmed to the edges of the &lt;code&gt;tikzpicture&lt;/code&gt;. Or, even better, trim the PDF so that that I can leave (custom) margins around the graphic.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="791" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-14T09:17:47.150" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T09:17:47.150" Title="TikZ to non-PDF" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;conversion&gt;&lt;standalone&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13350" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12150" CreationDate="2011-03-14T03:20:59.623" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;How about using the &lt;code&gt;dcolumn&lt;/code&gt; package?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{xfrac}&#xA;\usepackage{dcolumn}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\newcolumntype{d}{D{.}{\,}{2}}&#xA;\newcommand*\mc[2]{\multicolumn{#1}{c|}{#2}}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|r|r|r|d|d|}&#xA;\hline&#xA;\multicolumn{1}{|c|}{Mile} &amp;amp; \mc{1}{Furlong} &amp;amp; \mc{1}{Pole} &amp;amp; \mc{1}{Yard} &amp;amp; \mc{1}{Foot}\\&#xA;\hline&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 8 &amp;amp; 320 &amp;amp; 1760 &amp;amp; 5280\\&#xA;\hline&#xA;\mc{1}{} &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 40 &amp;amp; 220 &amp;amp; 660\\&#xA;\cline{2-5}&#xA;\mc{2}{} &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 5.\sfrac{1}{2} &amp;amp; 16.\sfrac{1}{2}\\ % note . delimeter&#xA;\cline{3-5}&#xA;&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This aligns the numbers correctly.  The input uses the dot as the marker of where the fraction begins, but using &lt;code&gt;dcolumn&lt;/code&gt;'s ability to change the output marker prints a thin space.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This solution will only work if the columns that have fractions don't also have decimals as in your last column in the example.  Also, if you know in advance that some columns won't have any decimals, then you could adjust some of those columns to a simple &lt;code&gt;r&lt;/code&gt; column as I did in the example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Jopxy.png&quot; alt=&quot;code result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T03:20:59.623" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13351" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13352" CreationDate="2011-03-14T04:05:56.527" Score="1" ViewCount="63" Body="&lt;p&gt;To reduce space between the table of contents heading and the first entry in the table of contents the following solution is used:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\addtocontents{toc}{\vskip-40pt The heading to display}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, this produces the undesired effect that in the table of contents the words &quot;The heading to display&quot; is shifted to the right by 11 characters which is the size of the text &quot;\vskip-40pt&quot;.&#xA;How can this text be vertically left aligned with the other headings?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,12pt,twoside]{book}&#xA;\usepackage[Bjornstrup]{fncychap}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}    &#xA;        \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\vskip-60pt The heading to display} &#xA;        \tableofcontents                &#xA;    \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{Abstract}        % Add another entry to the contents page    &#xA;&#xA;    \chapter{Test chapter}&#xA;    Here is some text in the chapter.&#xA;    \section{A section}&#xA;    text in a section.    &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This post follows the suggested solution in:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/13319/fncychap-package-vertical-gap-space-between-text-and-heading-too-large-how-to&quot;&gt;fncychap package - vertical gap/space between text and heading too large - how to reduce?&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4159" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T04:45:14.313" Title="fncychap package - vertical gap/space between text and heading too large - shift left heading - improving on fix?" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;&lt;fncychap&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="13352" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13351" CreationDate="2011-03-14T04:24:27.013" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you see my answer in the question you linked, I used &lt;code&gt;\addtocontents&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;not&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;code&gt;\addcontentsline&lt;/code&gt; to reduce the space between the title and the first entry; simply replace &lt;code&gt;\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\vskip-60pt The heading to display}&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;\addtocontents{toc}{\vskip-60pt}&lt;/code&gt; to get the desired result.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\addtocontents&lt;/code&gt; command is mainly intended to enter &lt;strong&gt;formatting information&lt;/strong&gt; not directly related to any contents line; it can be used, for example, to add (or subtract) additional white space in some places.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\addcontentsline&lt;/code&gt; command, on the other hand, is intended to enter &lt;strong&gt;specific information&lt;/strong&gt; (a new entry including some text, the page number of the current page, etc.) in the ToC.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastEditorUserId="3954" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-14T04:45:14.313" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T04:45:14.313" />
  <row Id="13353" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-14T04:54:48.337" Score="3" ViewCount="150" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a book with 14 chapters, two appendices (each chapter and appendix in a separate file), and a bibliography and index.  This is set up as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Preamble&#xA;&#xA;\mainmatter&#xA;&#xA;include chapters&#xA;&#xA;\appendix&#xA;&#xA;include appendices&#xA;&#xA;\backmatter&#xA;\bibliographystyle{plain}&#xA;\bibliography{mybibfile}&#xA;\small&#xA;\printindex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This works fine - except that the running head in the bibliography and index has the title of the last appendix on each odd numbered page.  This is clearly wrong.  How do I fix this up?  I hadn't even noticed this until it was picked up by the proofreaders.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am using the &lt;code&gt;emptypage.sty&lt;/code&gt; file to ensure that empty pages have no running head (as required by my publishers).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using a class file provided by the publishers; the relevant section is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newdimen\bibindent&#xA;\setlength\bibindent{1.5em}&#xA;\newenvironment{thebibliography}[1]&#xA;     {\chapter*{\bibname}%&#xA;      \@mkboth{\MakeUppercase\bibname}{\MakeUppercase\bibname}%&#xA;       \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\bibname}&#xA;      \list{\@biblabel{\@arabic\c@enumiv}}%&#xA;           {\settowidth\labelwidth{\@biblabel{#1}}%&#xA;            \leftmargin\labelwidth&#xA;            \advance\leftmargin\labelsep&#xA;            \@openbib@code&#xA;            \usecounter{enumiv}%&#xA;            \let\p@enumiv\@empty&#xA;            \renewcommand\theenumiv{\@arabic\c@enumiv}}%&#xA;      \sloppy&#xA;      \clubpenalty4000&#xA;      \@clubpenalty \clubpenalty&#xA;      \widowpenalty4000%&#xA;      \sfcode`\.\@m}&#xA;     {\def\@noitemerr&#xA;       {\@latex@warning{Empty `thebibliography' environment}}%&#xA;      \endlist}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This looks like it should work, but it doesn't.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3628" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-14T13:35:18.663" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T00:07:01.267" Title="Running head in LaTeX book is wrong" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;header-footer&gt;&lt;index&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13354" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13353" CreationDate="2011-03-14T05:26:01.137" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This depends very much on your class file.  If you are using the standards &lt;code&gt;book&lt;/code&gt; class the definition is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{thebibliography}[1]&#xA;     {\chapter*{\bibname}%&#xA;      \@mkboth{\MakeUppercase\bibname}{\MakeUppercase\bibname}%&#xA;      :&#xA;      :&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are using &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt; it again redefine the &lt;code&gt;\bibliography&lt;/code&gt; command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewenvironment{thebibliography}[1]{%&#xA;    \bibsection&#xA;    :&#xA;    :&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\providecommand\bibsection{}&#xA;\renewcommand\bibsection{%&#xA;    \chapter*{\bibname\@mkboth{\MakeUppercase{\bibname}}{\MakeUppercase{\bibname}}}%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In both cases it would give the correct output, but the &lt;code&gt;\pagestyle{empty}&lt;/code&gt; turns of the &lt;code&gt;\markboth&lt;/code&gt; command.    If you point us the you class file we can take look.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Otherwise redefine the &lt;code&gt;\cleardoublepage&lt;/code&gt; command to insert the empty page style.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter   &#xA;\renewcommand\cleardoublepage{%&#xA;    \clearpage&#xA;    \if@twoside \ifodd\c@page\else&#xA;        \hbox{}\thispagestyle{empty}%&#xA;        \newpage\if@twocolumn\hbox{}\newpage&#xA;    \fi\fi\fi}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1683" LastEditorUserId="1683" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-14T07:06:02.417" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T07:06:02.417" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="13355" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13250" CreationDate="2011-03-14T07:24:37.703" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your ConTeXt is probably too old to work properly, you will need a newer ConTeXt. The easiest way to get one is to install the standalone context installation, see the &lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.contextgarden.net/ConTeXt_Minimals&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ConTeXt minimals&lt;/a&gt; page in the Contextgarden wiki for details. You can install that distribution without it interfering with anything else in your systems, and it is easy to keep it up-to-date with the recent developments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="89" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T07:24:37.703" />
  <row Id="13356" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13346" CreationDate="2011-03-14T07:29:08.240" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could modify the value of &lt;code&gt;\minalignsep&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand*{\minalignsep}{2em}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is &lt;code&gt;10pt&lt;/code&gt; by default. If you write this into your preamble, after loading amsmath, the change is globally, as desired. However, it's also valid for other align environments. That may be desired as well, to preserve consistent math environments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;By this redefinition you can keep the modification of &lt;code&gt;\minalignsep&lt;/code&gt; local to &lt;code&gt;aligned&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\newenvironment{aligned}{%&#xA;  \renewcommand*{\minalignsep}{2em}&#xA;  \let\@testopt\alignsafe@testopt&#xA;  \aligned@a&#xA;}{%&#xA;  \crcr\egroup&#xA;  \restorecolumn@&#xA;  \egroup&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-14T09:56:39.363" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T09:56:39.363" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="13357" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13358" CreationDate="2011-03-14T07:33:57.343" Score="2" ViewCount="79" Body="&lt;p&gt;The package fncychap, using &lt;code&gt;\chapter&lt;/code&gt; places the chapter heading 1/3 down the page.  How can we place it closer to the top?  That is; the words &quot;Test Chapter&quot; closer to the header &quot;My Header&quot; in the minimal working example (MWE) below?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[twoside,a4paper,11pt,Final]{book}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\usepackage[Bjornstrup]{fncychap}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;    \fancyhf{} &#xA;    \pagestyle{fancy} &#xA;&#xA;    \fancyfoot[RE,RO]{Page Number: \thepage}&#xA;    \fancyhead[RE,RO]{My Header: \thesection}&#xA;&#xA;    \let\cleardoublepage\clearpage&#xA;&#xA;    \chapter{Test Chapter}&#xA;    \thispagestyle{fancy}&#xA;    Some writing in the chapter.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4159" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-14T08:20:19.797" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T08:20:19.797" Title="fncychap package - reduce vertical gap/space between header and chapter heading" Tags="&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;chapters&gt;&lt;fncychap&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="13358" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13357" CreationDate="2011-03-14T08:03:07.243" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Like the standard classes, fncychap puts a vertical space of 50pt before the chapter heading. This code redefines the two chapter head macros, you may adjust the argument of &lt;code&gt;\vspace&lt;/code&gt;, I set it to 10 pt:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand*{\@makechapterhead}[1]{%&#xA;  \vspace*{10\p@}%&#xA;  {\parindent \z@ \raggedright \normalfont&#xA;    \ifnum \c@secnumdepth &amp;gt;\m@ne&#xA;      \if@mainmatter%%%%% Fix for frontmatter, mainmatter, and backmatter 040920&#xA;        \DOCH&#xA;      \fi&#xA;    \fi&#xA;    \interlinepenalty\@M&#xA;    \if@mainmatter%%%%% Fix for frontmatter, mainmatter, and backmatter 060424&#xA;      \DOTI{#1}%&#xA;    \else%&#xA;      \DOTIS{#1}%&#xA;    \fi&#xA;  }}&#xA;% For the case \chapter*:&#xA;\renewcommand*{\@makeschapterhead}[1]{%&#xA;  \vspace*{10\p@}%&#xA;  {\parindent \z@ \raggedright&#xA;    \normalfont&#xA;    \interlinepenalty\@M&#xA;    \DOTIS{#1}&#xA;    \vskip 40\p@&#xA;  }}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could define a TeX length to store the value, then you would do better than the package which directly uses numerical values in its macros.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T08:03:07.243" />
  <row Id="13359" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13363" CreationDate="2011-03-14T08:10:37.630" Score="2" ViewCount="86" Body="&lt;p&gt;I just needed to compile the following lines (minimal example)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{standalone}&#xA;\listfiles&#xA;\usepackage{pstricks}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Ein&#xA;\begin{pspicture}(-5,-3)(5,8)&#xA;\psline(0,1)(2,3)&#xA;\end{pspicture}&#xA;Test&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But that went wrong. I'm sorry - but I can only ask for help here - because I'm not able to see any problem in there.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;As &lt;code&gt;tug.org/PSTricks&lt;/code&gt; reads, it should work fine directly with XeLaTeX.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;I'm using TexLive2010.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;For further description, here is the output of &lt;code&gt;xelatex test | grep pstricks&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;(/home/ebeling/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/pstricks/pstricks.st&#xA;(/home/ebeling/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pstricks/pstricks.&#xA;(/home/ebeling/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pstricks/pst-fp.te&#xA;(/home/ebeling/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/xelatex/xetex-pstricks/pst&#xA;(/home/ebeling/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pstricks/config/xd&#xA;(/home/ebeling/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/xelatex/xetex-pstricks/pst&#xA;(/home/ebeling/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pstricks/config/xd&#xA;(/home/ebeling/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pstricks/pst-fp.te&#xA;Error: /invalidfileaccess in --run--&#xA;Operand stack:&#xA;   (/home/ebeling/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/dvips/pstricks/pstricks.pro)   (r)&#xA;Execution stack:&#xA;   %interp_exit   .runexec2   --nostringval--   --nostringval--   --nostringval--   2   %stopped_push   --nostringval--   --nostringval--   --nostringval--   false   1   %stopped_push   1878   1   3   %oparray_pop   1877   1   3   %oparray_pop   1861   1   3   %oparray_pop   1755   1   3   %oparray_pop   --nostringval--   %errorexec_pop   .runexec2   --nostringval--   --nostringval--   --nostringval--   2   %stopped_push   --nostringval--   1878   1   3   %oparray_pop   --nostringval--&#xA;Dictionary stack:&#xA;   --dict:1161/1684(ro)(G)--   --dict:0/20(G)--   --dict:70/200(L)--&#xA;Current allocation mode is local&#xA;Current file position is 82&#xA;GPL Ghostscript 8.71: Unrecoverable error, exit code 1&#xA;&#xA;** WARNING ** Filtering file via command --&amp;gt;ps2pdf -dCompatibilityLevel=1.5 -sPAPERSIZE=a0 -dAutoFilterGrayImages=false -dGrayImageFilter=/FlateEncode -dAutoFilterColorImages=false -dColorImageFilter=/FlateEncode '/tmp/dvipdfmx.XXSJ7G06' '/tmp/dvipdfmx.XXaj80iD'&amp;lt;-- failed.&#xA;** WARNING ** Image format conversion for PSTricks failed.&#xA;** WARNING ** Interpreting special command pst: (ps:) failed.&#xA;** WARNING ** &amp;gt;&amp;gt; at page=&quot;1&quot; position=&quot;(160.635, 85.5393)&quot; (in PDF)&#xA;** WARNING ** &amp;gt;&amp;gt; xxx &quot;pst:  tx@Dict begin STP newpath /ArrowA { moveto } def /ArrowB &quot;&#xA;pstricks.sty    2010/09/18 v0.48 LaTeX wrapper for `PSTricks' (RN,HV)&#xA;pstricks.tex    2011/01/30 v2.17 `PSTricks' (tvz,hv)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The other lines do not show up more details.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Thanks for any help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3163" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-14T13:40:34.523" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T13:40:34.523" Title="xelatex compilation of pstricks fails" Tags="&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;pstricks&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13360" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-14T08:11:04.287" Score="1" ViewCount="106" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to write PlantUML diagrams from within LyX, and I want to put the result right into the document itself. To do so, I attempted to create a comment environment, in which I put the diagram description.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Basically, PlantUML scans a directory for a bunch of text like the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@startuml foo.png&#xA;(A) --&amp;gt; (B) : x&#xA;(B) --&amp;gt; (C) : y&#xA;@enduml&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;...converts it on the fly to something GraphViz understands, then writes the output in &lt;code&gt;foo.png&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To do this, I tried to put the PlantUML source in a comment block. However, this results in the following output in the LyX file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin_inset Note Note&#xA;status open&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;@startuml foo.png&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;&amp;lt;snip/&amp;gt;&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried to work around this by putting the source in an ERT block, but this simply adds a &lt;code&gt;\begin_inset ERT&lt;/code&gt;, without removing the &lt;code&gt;\begin_layout&lt;/code&gt; lines. How can I work around this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1559" LastEditorUserId="1559" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-14T08:17:19.443" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T14:04:24.123" Title="How to write raw text verbatim in LyX?" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;lyx&gt;&lt;embedding&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="13361" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13349" CreationDate="2011-03-14T08:11:09.917" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You have empty lines between the &lt;code&gt;document&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;tikzpicture&lt;/code&gt; environment which puts the picture in an paragraph (which is &lt;code&gt;\textwidth&lt;/code&gt; wide). Simply removing the lines fixes this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{standalone}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \draw [step=0.5] (-1.4,-1.4) grid (1.4,1.4);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The rest of your question is already answered in&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/11866/compile-a-latex-document-into-a-png-image-thats-as-short-as-possible/11880#11880&quot;&gt;Compile a latex document into a png image that&amp;#39;s as short as possible.&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In short:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;pdflatex file&#xA;convert -density 300 file.pdf -quality 90 file.png&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or with the upcoming version of &lt;code&gt;standalone&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[convert={density=300,size=1080x800,outext=.png}]{standalone}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;compile with:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;pdflatex -shell-escape file&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You might also want to use the new &lt;code&gt;border&lt;/code&gt; option to set the border to &lt;code&gt;0pt&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-14T08:41:59.817" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T08:41:59.817" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13363" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13359" CreationDate="2011-03-14T08:25:21.787" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Herbert Voss wrote in an answer to a similar question in c.t.t.:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;edit the file .../texlive/2010/texmf/dvipdfmx/dvipdfmx.cfg&#xA;to insert the option -dNOSAFER into the line with ps2pdf&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;D  &quot;ps2pdf -dCompatibilityLevel=%v -dNOSAFER -sPAPERSIZE=a0 ...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;without -dNOSAFER ghostscript can't run external files&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T08:25:21.787" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13364" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13388" CreationDate="2011-03-14T09:01:52.757" Score="4" ViewCount="111" Body="&lt;p&gt;PGFPlots and hyperref don't seem to play well together for vertical text. For example, the ylabel (which is vertical) shows its hyperref box in the middle of nowhere instead of at the position and direction of the vertical label. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anybody know a workaround?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Note two things: the hyperref box works well for rotatebox and for horizontal labels)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Iq5cR.png&quot; alt=&quot;wrong vertical label&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[]{hyperref}&#xA;\usepackage[]{pgfplots}  &#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\rotatebox{90}{\href{http://www.google.com}{hello}}bye&#xA;\newline&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture} &#xA;\begin{axis}[xlabel = {\href{http://www.google.com}{Time}},  ylabel = {\href{http://www.google.com}{Length}}] &#xA;\end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: Although Jake's answer (and Martin's) does the job, the problem persists for &quot;units&quot; part of the label. (I should have posted the full problem in my question instead of a simplification). As in the picture and code below, see how it seem not trivial to rotate the units part and also make it appear the expected location (after the end of the word &quot;Length&quot;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/urcAn.png&quot; alt=&quot;units with link not rotated&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[]{hyperref}&#xA;\usepackage[]{pgfplots}&#xA;\usepackage[]{tikz}&#xA;\usepgfplotslibrary{units}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;A plot with units:\newline&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{axis}[y label style={rotate=-90}, x unit = {\href{http://www.google.com}{\mathrm{s}}}, y unit = {\href{http://www.google.com}{\mathrm{m}}}, xlabel = {Time}, ylabel = {\rotatebox{90}{Length}}, title = {Axis}]&#xA;\end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1871" LastEditorUserId="1871" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T18:48:29.103" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T18:48:29.103" Title="How to make pgfplots vertical labels have proper hyperref erence box?" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;pgfplots&gt;&lt;rotating&gt;&lt;units&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13365" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13341" CreationDate="2011-03-14T09:20:51.733" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Have a look into one of the predefined LyX laout files, they all are saved in a directory named &lt;code&gt;layouts&lt;/code&gt; and have the file extensions &lt;code&gt;.layout&lt;/code&gt;. In LInux they are saved under &lt;code&gt;/usr/share/lyx/&lt;/code&gt;. I don't know what directory it is under Windows. Look for the file &lt;code&gt;slides.layout&lt;/code&gt; how such a  file has to be  defined.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, it is much more simpler to use directly pdflatex instead of running LyX with creating an own layout file ... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T09:20:51.733" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13367" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13341" CreationDate="2011-03-14T09:42:10.340" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I had a look through you code and with all those definition that your teacher wants you to use it seems a lot easier to write in code rather than lyx (I know this is not an direct answer to your question.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, in order to make this code work (with pdflatex) I came up with this&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}&#xA;\usepackage{amsfonts}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{bm}&#xA;\usepackage{latexsym}   &#xA;&#xA;%\usepackage{epsfig}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[normalem]{ulem}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[&#xA;top=80pt,&#xA;bottom=80pt,&#xA;left=85pt,&#xA;right=85pt,&#xA;showframe %show the margin frame&#xA;]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{setspace} \onehalfspacing&#xA;&#xA;%Better use the geometry package above&#xA;%to define your margins&#xA;%\setlength{\evensidemargin}{.25in} \setlength{\textwidth}{6in}&#xA;%\setlength{\topmargin}{-0.4in}&#xA;%\setlength{\textheight}{8.5in}&#xA;&#xA;%hyperref should usually be loaded&#xA;%as the last package (few exemptions)&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\handout}[5]{&#xA;   \renewcommand{\thepage}{#1-\arabic{page}}&#xA;   \noindent&#xA;   \begin{center}&#xA;   \framebox{&#xA;      \vbox{&#xA;    \hbox to 5.78in {{\sf Randomized Algorithms}&#xA;\hfill \sf #2 }&#xA;       \vspace{4mm}&#xA;       \hbox to 5.78in { {\Large \hfill #5  \hfill} }&#xA;       \vspace{2mm}&#xA;       \hbox to 5.78in { {\em #3 \hfill #4} }&#xA;      }&#xA;   }&#xA;   \end{center}&#xA;   \vspace*{4mm}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\lecture}[4]{\handout{#1}{#2}{Lecture date: #3}{Scribe:&#xA;#4}{Lecture #1}}&#xA;&#xA;%Define the margins with the geometry package above!!!&#xA;%This is the second time the margins are defined&#xA;% \textwidth=6in \oddsidemargin=0.25in \evensidemargin=0.25in    &#xA;%\topmargin=-0.1in&#xA;% \footskip=0.8in&#xA;% \parindent=0.0cm&#xA;&#xA;%Maybe use oparskip package&#xA;% \parskip=0.3cm&#xA;% \textheight=8.00in &#xA;&#xA;\setcounter{tocdepth} {3}&#xA;\setcounter{secnumdepth} {2}&#xA;&#xA;%Sure you want to use sloppy??&#xA;% \sloppy&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA; \lecture{10}{Moni Naor}{Jan 2, 2011}{Itay Gonshorovitz}&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\section{Some section}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I noticed that the margins are multiply defined but I think using the     geometry package is the right way to go here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also look up what the \sloppy command does, I think your document will look better without it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/qgZOd.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="632" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T09:42:10.340" />
  <row Id="13368" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13341" CreationDate="2011-03-14T09:42:21.750" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There's an issue with the Latex file you give: page layout parameters are duplicated, with some, such as &lt;code&gt;topmargin&lt;/code&gt; being defined in two different ways.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've imported this into Lyx without too much bother.  Instructions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Cut and paste an excerpt from the above snippet into the Latex preamble from the DocumentSettings panel, starting from the line &lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\handout}[5]{&lt;/code&gt; and ending before &lt;code&gt;\begin{document}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;On the Fonts tag of the settings panel, set the &lt;em&gt;Base Size&lt;/em&gt; to 11pt.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Insert a Tex code block into the document, and paste the body of the Latex file (i.e., inside the begin-end-document environment).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This will then compile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An issue with this: Lyx will automatically import AMS packages  and some others that it knows of, if it sees that you need them, but as I have it, it won't import the other packages defined in the Latex file you gave us.  You can paste in the needed &lt;code&gt;\usepackage&lt;/code&gt; lines if you need them, but if you use Lyx for writing, you probably will not need these.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T09:42:21.750" />
  <row Id="13369" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13364" CreationDate="2011-03-14T10:51:32.823" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It seems that the underlying rotation code of PGF/TikZ doesn't rotate the extra &lt;code&gt;href&lt;/code&gt; box &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; creates. One workaround for this is to manually rotate it using &lt;code&gt;\rotatebox&lt;/code&gt; and a &lt;code&gt;\phantom&lt;/code&gt; content. The &lt;code&gt;\phantom&lt;/code&gt; macro creates a box with the same dimensions as the content without printing anything.&#xA;The &lt;code&gt;\llap&lt;/code&gt; macro is then used to make it lap over the real content without pushing it to the side. Normally &lt;code&gt;\rlap&lt;/code&gt; should be used but because of the 90degr turn it must be lapped to the left side instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[]{hyperref}&#xA;\usepackage[]{pgfplots}&#xA;\usepackage[]{graphicx}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\rotatebox{90}{\href{http://www.google.com}{hello}}bye&#xA;\newline&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \begin{axis}[xlabel = {\href{http://www.google.com}{Time}},  ylabel = {%&#xA;             \llap{\rotatebox{90}{\href{http://www.google.com}{\phantom{Length}}}}%&#xA;             Length}] &#xA;\end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This isn't perfect. The resulting &lt;code&gt;href&lt;/code&gt; box is not 100% at its correct horizontal position, but it is close and IMHO good enough.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/dVwPx.png&quot; alt=&quot;Result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You might want sent this to the author of &lt;code&gt;pgfplots&lt;/code&gt; and maybe also to the one of &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-14T10:58:34.797" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T10:58:34.797" />
  <row Id="13370" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-14T11:41:14.077" Score="29" ViewCount="15808" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm fairly new to TeX and LaTeX, having been drawn in by the &lt;em&gt;Big Idea&lt;/em&gt; — creating a document programmatically.  However, my experience of TeX (and its libraries — LaTeX, ConTeXt, …) has been almost entirely unpleasant.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My impression is that TeX (&lt;em&gt;etc.&lt;/em&gt;) is essentially a pile of undocumented macros (where even are &lt;em&gt;functions?&lt;/em&gt;) in an unparsable syntax (I am told it's Turing-complete), that very often collapses (most error messages have a mysterious origin), with shaky support for modern frameworks (I have to &lt;em&gt;read a paper&lt;/em&gt; on font naming schemes to find how to apply Helvetica?), and no serious opportunity for actual programming (as opposed to braindead markup), with a confusingly fragmented codebase (which binary, distribution, library should I use, and how do they interact?).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Given that the Big Idea is a laudable one, and that TeX and friends are far from an ideal implementation of it, I'd like to know:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Why it is that, within the problem domain of programmatic document formatting, TeX is the only serious player?  Does no-one have an idea of how do to this better?  What would TeX look like if we were to design it from scratch?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Note: I'm &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; looking for a flame war; I'm looking for genuine answers.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4173" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T15:00:34.563" ClosedDate="2011-03-14T20:09:01.170" Title="Why are there no alternatives to TeX, or, why is TeX still used?" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;latex-general&gt;" AnswerCount="8" CommentCount="15" FavoriteCount="14" />
  <row Id="13371" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13370" CreationDate="2011-03-14T11:55:38.093" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Presupposition failure.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First, people are trying to make TeX better for example the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.latex-project.org/latex3.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX3&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.luatex.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LuaTeX&lt;/a&gt; projects. (These aren't quite rebuilding LaTeX from scratch, but they're close)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Second, there are alternatives, like &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/DocBook&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;DocBook&lt;/a&gt;. In fact, many markup language projects could be seen in this light. What is HTML doing if it is not creating documents programmatically?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A little less facetiously, why &lt;em&gt;is&lt;/em&gt; TeX still popular? There's a certain amount of &quot;if it ain't broke...&quot;: A lot of people know how to use TeX and any new project would have a hard time convincing anyone to use it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think your general question could be ask of any big code project. Why is PHP the way it is? Why does HTML work like &lt;em&gt;so&lt;/em&gt;? Why don't we just throw it all away and start from scratch? Because that is &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.joelonsoftware.com/articles/fog0000000069.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;rarely a good idea.&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T11:55:38.093" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="13372" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13370" CreationDate="2011-03-14T12:00:47.837" Score="19" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The alternatives to TeX exist: they are WYSIWYG word processors and desktop publishing programs.  And in most commercial areas they are adopted far more widely.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;TeX is still used &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/940/what-professions-use-tex-latex-besides-cs&quot;&gt;in many academic and other fields&lt;/a&gt; because&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;its output is beautiful&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;it's free and open source&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;it's gained considerable inertia in the 30 years since it's been in use, being part of the academic tradition&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure what you mean by a lack of &quot;serious programming opportunities&quot;.  Functions and data structures are implemented as macros, yes, but I think that most of the power TeX users would call themselves programmers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You might find some of these questions helpful in your quest for understanding the TeX way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/5893/what-is-tex-used-for&quot;&gt;What is TeX used for?&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1756/why-should-i-use-latex&quot;&gt;Why should I use LaTeX?&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/11/what-is-the-best-book-to-start-learning-latex&quot;&gt;What is the best book to start learning LaTeX?&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And as for putting section headings in Helvetica, it isn't that bad, but you do have to understand a few things about LaTeX and its history.  TeX predates PostScript, PDF, TrueType, and most electronic typesetting standards (as well as Unicode which is a whole new set of issues).  So its font mechanism is a little archaic.  This has been dramatically improved with the XeTeX engine, which works natively with TrueType fonts and Unicode.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is a sample file, which is similar to the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.kronto.org/thesis/tips/section-title.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;solution that you linked to&lt;/a&gt; in that it uses the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/sectsty&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;sectsty&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package.  This package is probably on your local TeX distribution anyway; no need to download or install.  Unlike the example you linked to you have to run this through xelatex instead of pdflatex.  Again, that executable is also probably in your local distribution too.  The advantage is the the font specification is more sane.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\title{Helvectica section headings}&#xA;% TEX.SE \url{}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\newfontfamily{\phv}{Helvetica}&#xA;\usepackage{sectsty}&#xA;\allsectionsfont{\phv}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;&#xA;\section{First section}&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum[1-3]&#xA;&#xA;\section{Second section}&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum[4-5]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-15T15:00:34.563" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T15:00:34.563" CommentCount="14" />
  <row Id="13373" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13347" CreationDate="2011-03-14T12:16:25.187" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is a &lt;code&gt;\TAG&lt;/code&gt; macro that sets its content (assumed to be text) in a parbox of a specifiable width as a tag between customizable delimiters: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\newlength{\tagwidth}&#xA;\setlength{\tagwidth}{1in}&#xA;\newcommand{\tagldelim}{\langle}&#xA;\newcommand{\tagrdelim}{\rangle}&#xA;\newcommand{\TAG}[1]{\tag*{$\left\tagldelim\parbox{\tagwidth}{#1}\right\tagrdelim$}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\[&#xA;\TAG{Pythagoras' Equation}a^2+b^2=c^2&#xA;\]&#xA;\setlength{\tagwidth}{2in}&#xA;\renewcommand{\tagrdelim}{\rbrack}&#xA;\[&#xA;\TAG{Theory of life, the universe, and everything}&#xA;6 \times 9 = 42&#xA;\]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/PGVeQ.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T12:16:25.187" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13374" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13296" CreationDate="2011-03-14T12:26:13.807" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;(Edited answer; my initial idea of redefining &lt;code&gt;\-&lt;/code&gt; was bad; thanks to lockstep for pointing that out and for suggesting &lt;code&gt;\declare@shorthand&lt;/code&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Based on Ulrike's solution I came up with a version that does &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; have the side effect of disabling hyphenation at the &lt;code&gt;-&lt;/code&gt; in &quot;Arbeiter-Unfallversicherung&quot;; you also won't have to specify the first allowed follow-up breakpoint (cf. lockstep's answer). I can't tell if it has other side effects. The drawback is that you'll have to type &lt;code&gt;&quot;_&lt;/code&gt; to get a hyphen that disallows a linebreak after it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{scrreprt}&#xA;\usepackage[ngerman]{babel}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\declare@shorthand{ngerman}{&quot;_}{\hyphenchar\font=-1 -\hyphenchar\font=`\-}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Das ist ein Mustertext, der dazu dient, diese unsch&quot;one Textsatzproblematik&#xA;bzw. &quot;_schwierigkeit zu demonstrieren.&#xA;Im n&quot;achsten Satz gibt es einen Test f&quot;ur die Arbeiter-Unfallversicherung.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/os1Bk.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that this solution does &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; depend on T1-encoding.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-14T23:00:25.233" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T23:00:25.233" CommentCount="11" />
  <row Id="13375" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13379" CreationDate="2011-03-14T12:47:21.173" Score="1" ViewCount="58" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have the following code to add an appendix to my document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\appendix{}&#xA;\chapter{Questionnaire}&#xA;\pagebreak&#xA;\includegraphics[width=1\textwidth]{questionnaire1.png}&#xA;\includegraphics[width=1\textwidth]{questionnaire2.png}&#xA;\includegraphics[width=1\textwidth]{questionnaire3.png}&#xA;\includegraphics[width=1\textwidth]{questionnaire4.png}&#xA;\includegraphics[width=1\textwidth]{questionnaire5.png}&#xA;\includegraphics[width=1\textwidth]{questionnaire6.png}&#xA;\includegraphics[width=1\textwidth]{questionnaire7.png}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem is, the linebreak is destroying my layout. The next pictures shows how it should look like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/2ZS9u.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But unfortunately it looks like this&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/skMx7.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I dont know why the pagebreak destroys the layout. Any hints?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3316" LastEditorUserId="3316" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-14T13:32:49.853" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T13:32:49.853" Title="Pagebreak destroys page layout" Tags="&lt;layout&gt;&lt;line-breaking&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="13376" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13370" CreationDate="2011-03-14T12:53:38.553" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I guess my overall answer would be 'critical mass'. Others have pointed out that most typesetting is actually done using other tools, and that TeX is mainly used in certain area. Within those areas, there is a lot of experience of how to get the results people want. Thus any new approach needs to supersede what can already be done, which is not easy. From my own experience with LaTeX3, I'd say that change even within the LaTeX world is a tough challenge.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T12:53:38.553" />
  <row Id="13377" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-14T13:14:25.977" Score="5" ViewCount="198" Body="&lt;p&gt;Given a simple paragraph, how do I underline a word in that paragraph?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Note: I post this here because it wasn't really obvious using google or this site and my TexNicCenter is somehow missing this highlighting option.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1012" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-21T16:13:39.647" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T16:13:39.647" Title="How can I underline a single word with LaTeX?" Tags="&lt;formatting&gt;&lt;text-decorations&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="13378" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13377" CreationDate="2011-03-14T13:15:28.830" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Easy enough: &lt;code&gt;\underline{...}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that this is the simplest form. See the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/13377/how-can-i-underline-a-single-word-with-latex/13382#13382&quot;&gt;answer by Martin Scharrer&lt;/a&gt; for some advanced info.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1012" LastEditorUserId="1012" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-14T14:40:10.860" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T14:40:10.860" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13379" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13375" CreationDate="2011-03-14T13:16:36.287" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;use &lt;code&gt;\newpage&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\pagebreak&lt;/code&gt;, then a vertical formatting is ignored.&#xA;You can also insert a &lt;code&gt;\vfill&lt;/code&gt; before &lt;code&gt;\newpage&lt;/code&gt; to be sure, that an internally &lt;code&gt;\raggedbottom&lt;/code&gt; has no effect.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T13:16:36.287" />
  <row Id="13380" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13385" CreationDate="2011-03-14T13:22:30.370" Score="4" ViewCount="131" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am looking for a way to insert explicit frame breaks. I'd like to use the built-in frame title continuation feature. The only way I have found is to play with different values of the &lt;code&gt;allowframebreaks&lt;/code&gt; option, but one doesn't really have much control of where the frame break is actually set.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1053" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-14T13:26:59.113" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T13:47:53.360" Title="Explicit frame break with beamer class" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;page-breaking&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13381" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13377" CreationDate="2011-03-14T13:29:02.713" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Beside &lt;code&gt;\underline&lt;/code&gt; you can also use the packages soul and ulem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=underline&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=underline&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T13:29:02.713" />
  <row Id="13382" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13377" CreationDate="2011-03-14T13:29:27.813" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[normalem]{ulem}&lt;/code&gt; and then &lt;code&gt;\uline{...}&lt;/code&gt;. It allows line breaks in the underlined text. Other forms of underlining (double, waves) or emphasis (crossed out, ...) are also supported. See the image in &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/12486/url-with-fragments-in-bold/12496#12496&quot;&gt;Url with fragments in bold&lt;/a&gt; for examples.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-14T13:53:53.493" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T13:53:53.493" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13383" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13370" CreationDate="2011-03-14T13:33:54.320" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;From my layman's perspective, you could get somewhat far (?) by implementing the Knuth-Plass line-breaking algorithm along with the Liang's hyphenation algorithm in your general-purpose programming language of choice as an encapsulated DSL for typesetting. You'd almost certainly want to implement the math material interpretation in a similar way to TeX (compare to XML dialects, for instance, where it would be too tedious to write math by hand).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But what surprises me, as a relatively newcomer to TeX, is the number of questions posted to this site which start off with the expectation of TeX being a general-purpose programming language. I don't think that is a good approach at all.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;TeX is a &lt;em&gt;typesetting system&lt;/em&gt;, first and foremost!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T13:33:54.320" />
  <row Id="13384" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13370" CreationDate="2011-03-14T13:45:18.193" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Why it is that, within the problem domain of programmatic document formatting, TeX is the only serious player?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's not obvious to me what you mean by this, but on the face of it, the presupposition isn't true.  Based on Java, there are two exceedingly capable tools for generating PDFs: Open Office has a completely programmable back-end, whilst i-Text, a Java library for creating PDFs, allows almost complete coverage of PDF features, and is more capable in this respect than can be done with Tex engines (try putting a digital signature on your Latex'd letters).  Both of these support a method of generating documents similar to &lt;a href=&quot;http://search.cpan.org/~samtregar/HTML-Template-2.9/Template.pm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;HTML::Template&lt;/a&gt; where the document template and code are kept separate, which many regard as cleaner and more maintainable than how Latex documents are often written.  FWIW, recent versions of Word allow VBA to access .NET libraries, allowing a quite high level of programmatic sophistication in document creation as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The strength of the Tex family doesn't lie, IMO, in its feature list, although with respect to microtypography, none of the above systems are competitive with Luatex, but rather in the ethos of document preparation and styling.  Knuth's creation was extraordinarily rich.  I have lost count of the number of ascii notations for mathematics whose authors believe it to be better than Knuth's: none in fact are.  Knuth did not attempt to give the most general model, but just one sufficient for mathematicians writing for publication, but his model has weathered well and has been hugely influential on later designs, which generally have learned only some of the lessons on offer.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It takes time to become competent with any of the Tex systems, but once you have, it is a very natural way of preparing texts.  Tex is really only hard when you want fine control over output, and then &lt;em&gt;all&lt;/em&gt; systems are hard.  The semantics of macros are often complained about and they are tricky, but it is not easy to find a computational mechanism that fits so smoothly into text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So there are alternatives, and the Tex family has deep and distinctive strengths.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T13:45:18.193" />
  <row Id="13385" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13380" CreationDate="2011-03-14T13:47:53.360" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;code&gt;\framebreak&lt;/code&gt; to insert an explicit frame break (see the &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt; manual p.61). Note that the manual warns on several different places to not use this feature because it is &quot;evil&quot;.&#xA;The &lt;code&gt;\framebreak&lt;/code&gt; macro stands for &lt;code&gt;\pagebreak&amp;lt;presentation&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; and inserts the frame/page break only in presentation mode but e.g. not in article or other modes. Use &lt;code&gt;\pagebreak&lt;/code&gt; directly if you don't want that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}[allowframebreaks]{Title}&#xA;A\\ A\\ A\\ A\\ A\\ A\\ A\\ A\\ A\\ A\\ A\\ A\\ A\\&#xA;\framebreak&#xA;B\\ B\\ B\\ B\\ B\\ B\\ B\\\framebreak B\\ B\\ B\\ B\\ B\\ B\\&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T13:47:53.360" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="13386" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13360" CreationDate="2011-03-14T14:04:24.123" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't have the same problem, but to document fully what I see: your Plant UML lines when placed in a Tex code block in my Lyx 1.6.8 are represented in the .lyx file so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin_layout Standard&#xA;\begin_inset ERT&#xA;status open&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;@startuml foo.png &#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;(A) --&amp;gt; (B) : x &#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;(B) --&amp;gt; (C) : y &#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\begin_layout Plain Layout&#xA;&#xA;@enduml&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&#xA;\end_inset&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end_layout&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using Lyx's export to Latex gives the original three lines back in the exported .tex file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I count this as &quot;works for me&quot; - do you see or want a different behaviour?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="175" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T14:04:24.123" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13387" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13395" CreationDate="2011-03-14T14:19:20.707" Score="6" ViewCount="144" Body="&lt;p&gt;Actually I am using the &lt;code&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/code&gt; package, and trying to put the current part name in the right header. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know that &lt;code&gt;\rightmark&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\leftmark&lt;/code&gt; are used to represent the current section and chapter heading respectively, but I can not find anything similar to represent the part name. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3864" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-14T14:24:23.363" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T14:44:05.740" Title="How to get part name in LaTeX ?" Tags="&lt;header-footer&gt;&lt;fancyhdr&gt;&lt;parts&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="13388" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13364" CreationDate="2011-03-14T14:20:55.363" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can rotate the label in &lt;code&gt;pgfplots&lt;/code&gt; by using &lt;code&gt;y label style={rotate=-90}&lt;/code&gt; to get the &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; box right, and then provide the label using a &lt;code&gt;rotatebox&lt;/code&gt;. With this workaround, the &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; box has the correct size and placement.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I also added the &lt;code&gt;\pgfplotsset{compat=1.3}&lt;/code&gt;, which improves the placement of the axis labels. It's not necessary for the solution, though)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[]{hyperref}&#xA;\usepackage[]{pgfplots}&#xA;\pgfplotsset{compat=1.3}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture} &#xA;\begin{axis}[&#xA;  xlabel = {\href{http://www.google.com}{Time}},&#xA;  ylabel = {\rotatebox{90}{\href{http://www.google.com}{Length}}},&#xA;  y label style={rotate=-90}&#xA;] &#xA;\end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/odjeH.png&quot; alt=&quot;pgfplots axis with vertical hyperref links&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In order to make this work with the &lt;code&gt;units&lt;/code&gt; library, you can redefine one of the &lt;code&gt;units&lt;/code&gt; library's macros that takes care of assembling the label and unit. The following code checks whether we're defining the label for the y axis, and if we are, it encloses the whole label string (i.e. label and unit) in a &lt;code&gt;rotatebox&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplots}&#xA;\usepgfplotslibrary{units}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\pgfplots@label@units#1{&#xA;    \if#1y\rotatebox{90}{\fi%&#xA;    \pgfkeysgetvalue{/pgfplots/#1label}{\pgfplots@loc@TMPa}%&#xA;    \pgfplots@loc@TMPa\space\pgfplots@label@units@@{#1}%&#xA;    \if#1y}\fi&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{axis}[y label style={rotate=-90},&#xA;  x unit = {\href{http://www.google.com}{\mathrm{s}}},&#xA;  y unit = {\href{http://www.google.com}{\mathrm{m}}},&#xA;  xlabel = {Time}, ylabel = {Length}, title = {Axis}]&#xA;\end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/TGneR.png&quot; alt=&quot;linked unit&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastEditorUserId="2552" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-14T21:55:47.377" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T21:55:47.377" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13389" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13387" CreationDate="2011-03-14T14:31:39.250" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the KOMA-classes &lt;code&gt;\part&lt;/code&gt; executes a &lt;code&gt;\partmark&lt;/code&gt; command which you could use to set either &lt;code&gt;\rightmark&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\leftmark&lt;/code&gt; to the part title. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But as &lt;code&gt;\part&lt;/code&gt; always generates a new page and you probably need the header only on the next page you can also do something simple like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\partcontent{}&#xA;...&#xA;&#xA;\part{Blub}&#xA;\renewcommand\partcontent{Blub}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and then use &lt;code&gt;\partcontent&lt;/code&gt; in the header.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T14:31:39.250" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13390" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13387" CreationDate="2011-03-14T14:39:19.320" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use &lt;code&gt;\markboth{left headmark}{right headmark}%&lt;/code&gt; to put the title into the header. Some classes provide a &lt;code&gt;\partmark&lt;/code&gt; command for it, which you could redefine for calling &lt;code&gt;\markboth&lt;/code&gt; inside.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Standard classes don't provide &lt;code&gt;\partmark&lt;/code&gt;. For example, &lt;code&gt;book.cls&lt;/code&gt; even calls &lt;code&gt;\markboth{}{}&lt;/code&gt; to remove the header entries when &lt;code&gt;\part&lt;/code&gt; is called. You could redefine &lt;code&gt;\part&lt;/code&gt; or hook somehow into it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would choose an extended class such as those of KOMA-Script instead of reinventing the wheel every time a new feature is required.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Deferring &lt;code&gt;\markboth&lt;/code&gt; to the following page could be solved using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/afterpage&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;afterpage&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\afterpage{\markboth{}{part title}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T14:39:19.320" />
  <row Id="13391" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13370" CreationDate="2011-03-14T14:40:11.020" Score="25" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;(My apologies in advance for any &quot;too long; didn't read&quot; sentiments -- if you only read one thing out of this, make it this link: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4420/best-way-to-start-using-latex-tex&quot;&gt;Best Way to Start Using LaTeX/TeX?&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;My Non-Expert Background:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I started using LaTeX around 2002 to help engineering students at my university write their M.S. theses and PhD dissertations.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;For several years, I made basic modifications to an older thesis style file dating to the early 1990s, and made two or three attempts at writing one from scratch.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I finally succeeded with a version I started in 2008, and made a lot of changes to it recently to isolate my users from the style's inner structure by default. The new style covers every feature of the old style, adds quite a bit more automation for our odd page headings in the ToC and other lists, and has around 50% fewer lines of code.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Things I've learned:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Writing LaTeX documents is programming as soon as you get to even a moderate level of document requirements.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;It can be programmed badly, or programmed efficiently.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;How badly or efficiently you program it is strongly influenced by obsessive-compulsive tendencies, curiosity, and critical thinking.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for specific issues posed:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;most error messages have a mysterious origin&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can see where you're coming from there. You certainly don't get a clean Pythonic stack trace. There's no easy debugging tools (ConTeXt may have better support, though). Debugging is generally a process of producing minimal working examples, which either lets you identify where the problem went away as you started commenting and removing code, or at least scopes the problem down enough to where you can get expert advice more easily.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Really, this reminds me of how we'd debug Fortran code back in the day with 'echo checks' when we didn't have a good debugger (or else didn't know how to use one).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;I have to read a paper on font naming schemes to find how to apply Helvetica?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm assuming this is partially hyperbole, but it does speak to the varying levels of documentation available. Some documentation is out of date, some is incomplete. Googling 'latex font' returns a pretty unpredictable range of answers, including some that are either just wrong, or outdated, or incomplete.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Googling 'latex font selection' returned other pages, including &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/LaTeX/Fonts&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this Wikibooks page&lt;/a&gt;, but it's not quite what you were looking for unless you wanted to use XeTeX (which was created, in part, to handle Unicode and arbitrary fonts more easily).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I did eventually search this site for font information, and found &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4893/how-do-i-change-a-font-document-wide&quot;&gt;How do I change a font document wide?&lt;/a&gt; -- it didn't give a complete example, but has all the pieces there. A MWE for Helvetica by default is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{helvet}&#xA;\renewcommand\familydefault{\sfdefault}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Hello, world.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;where even are functions?&lt;/strong&gt; (with a diversion into OCD territory)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure how you define functions versus macros as such, but I can certainly define blocks of reusable code and call them. Those blocks can take varying numbers of arguments, and act accordingly. They can effectively provide default values for arguments. LaTeX's global namespace can be a hindrance, but is generally worked around by tagging local variables with a special prefix or similar.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example: our signature sheet for the thesis committee needs one line per committee member. Some committee members have a particular title (chair or cochair), others have no particular title. Each line should also include a spot for the member to write the approval date. At one time, we had a relative &lt;strong&gt;ton&lt;/strong&gt; of copied and pasted code that only differed in whether we were typesetting the name for &lt;code&gt;\memberone&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\membertwo&lt;/code&gt;, etc. and whether the person had a specific title.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, we have a single function (or macro, I guess) that takes two arguments, and can typeset any member's signature line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\nameanddateline}[2]{% irrelevant spacing and other commands removed&#xA;  \eqparbox{name}{\hrulefill} \quad \parbox{.75in}{\hrulefill} \\ &#xA;  \eqparbox{name}{#1\ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{}}{\relax}{, #2}}&#xA;  \quad \makebox[.75in][c]{\hfill{}Date\hfill{}} \\ &#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Called as &lt;code&gt;\nameanddateline{\committeechair}{\chairtitle}&lt;/code&gt; we get a signature line with the chair's title added. Called as &lt;code&gt;\nameanddateline{\memberone}{}&lt;/code&gt;, we get a signature line with no title at all. In a version I'll be posting in the next few days, I even got rid of the &lt;code&gt;\memberN&lt;/code&gt; parts in favor of an array of names (students would use &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\committeemembers}{Member 1, Member 2, ...}&lt;/code&gt;, and I can iterate over the comma-separated values in &lt;code&gt;\committeemembers&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;LaTeX won't force you to write efficient or maintainable code or markup. I don't claim mine is top-tier. My Python code would possibly make you cry in anguish. But it's like any other language in regards to it being up to the programmer to decide how clean they want things to be.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;no serious opportunity for actual programming (as opposed to braindead markup)&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure what you'd call braindead markup. There's enough programming capability in it for me to get my documents typeset in a relatively efficient fashion. I can define my own commands, I can loop over elements of a simple array defined as comma-separated values, and I have if/then/else structures. For my needs, it's worked out fine. I'd certainly prefer this to writing VBA or fighting master documents and other issues in MS Word.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There's a lot of stale information out there. There are a lot of bad habits ingrained in long-time users who haven't kept up with new packages, or haven't thought through how to write their documents more like code, and less like explicit markup. Case in point: I've got a guy who has 1700+ &lt;code&gt;\bf&lt;/code&gt; commands in his dissertation, each of which throws errors in newer memoir classes by default. &lt;strong&gt;All&lt;/strong&gt; of those commands are for defining vectors. If he had ever read any of the intermediate material that said you could define a &lt;code&gt;\bvec{}&lt;/code&gt; command to do the vector formatting, he'd only have to change &lt;code&gt;\newcommand\bvec[1]{\bf #1}&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\newcommand\bvec[1]{\bfseries #1}&lt;/code&gt; once.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Similarly, a collaborator brought some odd theorem spacing to my attention. He had been working around it by including a &lt;code&gt;\vspace*&lt;/code&gt; command to remove the extra space. I thought, &quot;this can't possibly be the way it's designed to work&quot; and my OCD kicked in. Within an hour or so, I had found a much cleaner solution using the &lt;code&gt;\qedhere&lt;/code&gt; command. It's well-documented at Wikibooks, but you'd have to go look for it rather than simply implement the first fix that comes to mind.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm disheartened by things like this, but not shocked. Maybe my standards are too low -- just a few years ago, I had a student ask me why her professor's Fortran finite element code wouldn't compile on her system, but worked fine on his. I started writing Fortran in 1989, and I've adapted code written in the early 70's. &lt;em&gt;I didn't recognize the notation on the lines throwing errors.&lt;/em&gt; One of the other faculty looked at and said, &quot;Oh, that's &lt;a href=&quot;https://secure.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/en/wiki/Hollerith_constant&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Hollerith notation&lt;/a&gt;.&quot; That notation was deprecated in the Fortran 66 standard, and deleted entirely in Fortran 77. The original professor was still using it in 2004 or so. Why? Because it still compiled for him. There's a similar effect in some long-time LaTeX users.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;a confusingly fragmented codebase (which binary, distribution, library should I use, and how do they interact?).&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thankfully, the fragmentation is more in theory than in practice. At least in my experience, LaTeX code generally is distribution-neutral. I've had to modify one command in my thesis style to handle two different versions of the memoir class (one from 2005 in PCTeX, and the current one on CTAN). But all I had to do was to check if a particular very simple command was defined, and if not, define it myself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;CTAN, I think, is pretty good about having clean, updated packages. Instructions or packages you get from a random Google search can obviously vary quite a lot.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3345" LastEditorUserId="3345" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-14T19:28:48.533" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T19:28:48.533" />
  <row Id="13392" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13387" CreationDate="2011-03-14T14:41:15.120" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Putting the part title into the header is not common, therefore there are no default macros for this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could redefine the &lt;code&gt;\part&lt;/code&gt; macro to save its argument to e.g. a &lt;code&gt;\parttitle&lt;/code&gt; macro which then can be used in the custom defined headers:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*\parttitle{}&#xA;\let\origpart\part&#xA;\renewcommand*{\part}[2][]{%&#xA;   \ifx\\#1\\% optional argument not present?&#xA;      \renewcommand*\parttitle{#2}%&#xA;      \origpart{#2}%&#xA;   \else&#xA;      \renewcommand*\parttitle{#1}%&#xA;      \origpart[#1]{#2}%&#xA;   \fi&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T14:41:15.120" />
  <row Id="13393" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13387" CreationDate="2011-03-14T14:44:05.740" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I couldn't find a macro that saves the part's title, so I used the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/etoolbox&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;etoolbox&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package to patch the internals within the &lt;code&gt;\part&lt;/code&gt; command to do that.  Then you just take that save macro and put it wherever.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{report}&#xA;\title{part name in right mark}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage{etoolbox}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;% patch \@part[#1]{#2} and \@spart (see the class file) to save the part name&#xA;\pretocmd{\@part}{\gdef\parttitle{#1}}{}{}&#xA;\pretocmd{\@spart}{\gdef\parttitle{#1}}{}{}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;\renewcommand{\rightmark}{\parttitle}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;&#xA;\part{First part}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{first chapter}&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum\lipsum\lipsum&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{second chapter}&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum\lipsum\lipsum&#xA;&#xA;\part{Second part}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{third chapter}&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum\lipsum\lipsum&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{fourth chapter}&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum\lipsum\lipsum&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T14:44:05.740" />
  <row Id="13395" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13387" CreationDate="2011-03-14T14:10:06.093" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;That would depend on what type of &quot;part&quot; you are refering to, &lt;code&gt;\chaptername&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\sectionname&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\thepage&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\thesection&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\thechapter&lt;/code&gt;, etc... See &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/LaTeX/Page_Layout&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this link&lt;/a&gt; for details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: In light of your comment, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/pipermail/macostex-archives/2004-September/009840.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this thread&lt;/a&gt; seems to be discussing a solution: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;For using the parts, you can do the&#xA;  following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\Oldpart\part&#xA;\newcommand{\parttitle}{}&#xA;\renewcommand{part}[1]{\Oldpart{#1}\renewcommand{\parttitle}{#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;and then use \parttitle in the header.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Another alternative is to use the&#xA;  &lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt; package which provides&#xA;  commands like &lt;code&gt;\partmark&lt;/code&gt; that you can&#xA;  use.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4179" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-14T14:52:55.823" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T14:52:55.823" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13396" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13397" CreationDate="2011-03-14T14:51:55.370" Score="5" ViewCount="73" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi there,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;sorry if this has been answered before, I couldn't find anything through search. I'm sure its a common problem though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I have are two equations with &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt; and I want one single equation number to refer to this system of equations. To illustrate, I have&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{align}&#xA;  dr_t &amp;amp;= \kappa ( \theta - r_t ) dt + \sigma_r r^{\xi} dW_t \\&#xA;  dA_t &amp;amp;= \mu A_t dt + \sigma_A^{\alpha} dZ_t,&#xA;\end{align}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and I don't want neither&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{align}&#xA;  dr_t &amp;amp;= \kappa ( \theta - r_t ) dt + \sigma_r r^{\xi} dW_t \nonumber \\&#xA;  dA_t &amp;amp;= \mu A_t dt + \sigma_A^{\alpha} dZ_t,&#xA;\end{align}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;nor &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{align}&#xA;  dr_t &amp;amp;= \kappa ( \theta - r_t ) dt + \sigma_r r^{\xi} dW_t \\&#xA;  dA_t &amp;amp;= \mu A_t dt + \sigma_A^{\alpha} dZ_t, \nonumber&#xA;\end{align}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but having a single number in the middle. I know this can be achieved by nesting an array inside of an equation but then some symbols (sums, etc.) look differently and I thought there had to be a better way of doing this&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4177" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-22T21:12:22.360" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T21:12:22.360" Title="How to get only one vertically centered equation number in align environment with two equations" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;&lt;numbering&gt;&lt;align&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="13397" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13396" CreationDate="2011-03-14T14:58:47.400" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;aligned&lt;/code&gt; instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{equation}&#xA;\begin{aligned}&#xA;  dr_t &amp;amp;= \kappa ( \theta - r_t ) dt + \sigma_r r^{\xi} dW_t \\&#xA;  dA_t &amp;amp;= \mu A_t dt + \sigma_A^{\alpha} dZ_t, &#xA;\end{aligned}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Paoq3.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T14:58:47.400" CommentCount="11" />
  <row Id="13399" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-14T15:07:18.253" Score="3" ViewCount="96" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do I put a number beside the chess diagram? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to make a document of chess diagrams to be solved and then the solutions at the end. If someone has a skeleton to make this I would be happy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks for the quick answer. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to change the notation numbers of the board to right side? In that case it would be good to have the number to the left (and up) of the diagram. If that is not possible, would it be possible to position the number between where the white or black move mark is. To the right of the diagram. I have several positions in one row like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}{c}&#xA;&#xA;\newgame&#xA;\def\myfen{8/8/8/pk6/8/P1K5/1P6/8 b - - 0 1}&#xA;\chessboard[tinyboard,setfen=\myfen]&#xA;&#xA;\newgame&#xA;\def\myfen{8/8/8/pk6/8/P1K5/1P6/8 b - - 0 1}&#xA;\chessboard[tinyboard,setfen=\myfen]&#xA;&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4178" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-14T20:04:56.137" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T22:22:14.487" Title="Numbering chess diagrams (skak)" Tags="&lt;diagrams&gt;&lt;xskak&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="13400" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13410" CreationDate="2011-03-14T15:25:12.273" Score="4" ViewCount="128" Body="&lt;p&gt;If I want to anonymise a paper I've written for review, I don't just want to delete my name from the author field. I want to replace my name with a rule as tall as a capital letter and as long as my name would be. This way, it looks like my name is being censored out of history. (I don't really do this...) Here's an MWE:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\newlength\namelength&#xA;\settowidth\namelength{Seamus Bradley}&#xA;\title{A paper with no author}&#xA;\author{\rule{\namelength}{12pt}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now here's the question. How would I define a &lt;code&gt;\lengthof&lt;/code&gt; macro that looks at its argument and then expands to that length? Since you can't put a &lt;code&gt;\settowidth&lt;/code&gt; inside a &lt;code&gt;\rule&lt;/code&gt; (or it didn't work when I tried it), this isn't as trivial as I thought...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to do this? Or a good reason why there isn't a good way to do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T16:49:47.893" Title="A macro that expands to the length of its argument" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;lengths&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13401" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13452" CreationDate="2011-03-14T15:28:02.173" Score="3" ViewCount="157" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is perhaps a simple question, but after reading manual several times, I still don't have the answer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My common situation is that I draw boxes and I want label above/below the box.  If I use node[above] or node[anchor=south], the label is just above center of the box.  Situation gets even more absurd if rectangle is slanted.  Is there any simple way to achieve my goal?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Regards, Marko.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\draw (0,0) rectangle node[above] {$m$} +(2,1);&#xA;\draw (0,2) rectangle node[anchor=south] {$m$} +(2,1);&#xA;&#xA;\begin{scope}[xshift=4cm,rotate=-30]&#xA;  \draw (0,0) rectangle node[above] {$m$} +(2,1);&#xA;  \draw (0,2) rectangle node[anchor=south] {$m$} +(2,1);&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3450" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T21:55:59.090" Title="Labeling rectangle above rectangle." Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="13402" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13399" CreationDate="2011-03-14T15:30:44.013" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Well you can simply use a counter&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{xskak}&#xA;\newcounter{chessex}&#xA;\newcommand\printchessex{\refstepcounter{chessex}\thechessex}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\chessboard\hfill\printchessex&#xA;&#xA;\chessboard\hfill\printchessex&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I would suggest one of the packages for question/answer sheets, e.g. answers or exams.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T15:30:44.013" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13403" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13400" CreationDate="2011-03-14T15:35:30.897" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{calc}&#xA;\newsavebox\TBox&#xA;\def\phantomrule#1{\sbox\TBox{#1}\rule[-\dp\TBox]{\wd\TBox}{\ht\TBox+\dp\TBox}}&#xA;&#xA;\title{A paper with no author}&#xA;\author{\phantomrule{Seamus Bradley}By}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-14T16:28:01.293" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T16:28:01.293" />
  <row Id="13404" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13400" CreationDate="2011-03-14T15:41:18.337" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{calc}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\newcommand*{\anonauthor}[1]{\rule{\widthof{#1}}{\totalheightof{#1}}}&#xA;\title{A paper with no author}&#xA;\author{\anonauthor{Seamus Bradley}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: Herbert was faster. However, &lt;code&gt;\totalheigthof&lt;/code&gt; will make the height of the rule scale with the basic font size (if that's important to you).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT 2: An (inefficient?) macro variant with correct vertical alignment:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*{\anonauthor}[1]{\rule[\depthof{#1}*{-1}]{\widthof{#1}}{\totalheightof{#1}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-14T16:18:12.143" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T16:18:12.143" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="13405" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13401" CreationDate="2011-03-14T15:47:21.557" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would suggest you use nodes to draw the rectangles, instead of just paths (which you get if you use &lt;code&gt;\draw&lt;/code&gt;). With nodes, you have the ability to add &lt;code&gt;label&lt;/code&gt;s, and they are in general more pleasant to work with: If you want to connect the upper left corners of two rectangles, for example, you can use the &lt;code&gt;north east&lt;/code&gt; anchors provided by the nodes, and don't have to figure out the coordinates yourself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;label&lt;/code&gt;s are by default positioned above the node, but you can influence the placement using statements like &lt;code&gt;node=left:&amp;lt;text&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want the rectangles to be rotated, you will have to issue the &lt;code&gt;rotate&lt;/code&gt; statement in the node definition itself, not in the &lt;code&gt;scope&lt;/code&gt;, because by default nodes are not affected by rotation or scaling. This makes sure that text is always horizontal and line widths do not change. In the second example below, only the rectangle node is rotated, but the label remains horizontal.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can make the nodes (and labels) scale and rotate according to the &lt;code&gt;scope&lt;/code&gt; definition by adding the key &lt;code&gt;transform shape&lt;/code&gt; to the node (and label). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another option to get rotated labels is to use a scope with a &lt;code&gt;transform canvas&lt;/code&gt; statement, which affects nodes as well as simple paths.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\node [draw,rectangle,minimum width=2cm,minimum height=1cm,label=$m$] {};&#xA;&#xA;\begin{scope}[xshift=3cm]&#xA;\node [rotate=-30,draw,rectangle,minimum width=2cm,minimum height=1cm,label=$m$] {};&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{scope}[xshift=6cm,rotate=-30]&#xA;\node [transform shape,draw,rectangle,minimum width=2cm,minimum height=1cm,label={[transform shape]$m$}] {};&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{scope}[xshift=1cm,yshift=-3cm,rotate=-30,scale=2]&#xA;\node [transform shape,draw,rectangle,minimum width=2cm,minimum height=1cm,label=$m$] {};&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{scope}[transform canvas={xshift=6cm,yshift=-3cm,rotate=-30}]&#xA;\node [draw,rectangle,minimum width=2cm,minimum height=1cm,label=$m$] {};&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/3QLO5.png&quot; alt=&quot;rectangle nodes&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's an example how this could be used:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{calc}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[every node/.style={draw}]&#xA;&#xA;\begin{scope}[rotate=-30]&#xA;\node at (3,0) [draw,name=A,rectangle, minimum width=2cm,minimum height=1cm,anchor=south,label=$m_1$,transform shape] {};&#xA;\node at (6,0) [name=B,rectangle, minimum width=1cm,minimum height=0.75cm,anchor=south,label=$m_2$,transform shape] {};&#xA;\node at (0,0) [name=C,circle,minimum size=.8cm,transform shape] {};&#xA;&#xA;\draw (C.north) -- ($(A.south west)!(C.north)!(A.north west)$);&#xA;\draw ($(A.south east)!(C.north)!(A.north east)$) -- ($(B.south west)!(C.north)!(B.north west)$);&#xA;\draw(1,0) -- (8,0);&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\node at (-0.4,-5) [draw,name=D,rectangle, minimum width=1cm,minimum height=2cm,anchor=south,label=right:$m_3$] {};&#xA;\draw ($(D.north west)!(C.210)!(D.north east)$) -- (C.210)  arc [start angle=180,end angle=60,radius=0.4cm];&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/3wMsf.png&quot; alt=&quot;blocks on a slope&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a suggestion for how to do the drawing you showed in your answer using nodes. The clear advantage of nodes here is that you can change dimensions, like the width and height of the big box, and everything else will be moved automatically without you having to do manual recalculations of coordinates:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{calc,patterns}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[every node/.style={draw,outer sep=0pt,thick}]&#xA;\node (M3) [minimum width=3.5cm,minimum height=2.5cm] {$m_3$};&#xA;\node (M1) at (M3.north) [minimum width=1cm,minimum height=0.6cm,label=$m_2$,anchor=south] {};&#xA;\node (M2) at (M3.east) [minimum width=0.6cm,minimum height=1cm,label=right:$m_1$,anchor=west] {};&#xA;\node (C) at (M3.north east) [circle, minimum size=0.6cm] {};&#xA;\draw (M1.east) -- (C.north) (C.east) -- (M2.north);&#xA;\node (ground) at (M3.south) [fill,pattern=north east lines,minimum width=5cm,minimum height=.3cm,anchor=north,draw=none] {};&#xA;\draw (ground.north west) -- (ground.north east);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/VnuW2.png&quot; alt=&quot;third block picture&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastEditorUserId="2552" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-14T21:11:54.917" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T21:11:54.917" CommentCount="11" />
  <row Id="13406" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13407" CreationDate="2011-03-14T16:18:43.640" Score="4" ViewCount="87" Body="&lt;p&gt;How to add horizontal line above footer using fancyhdr, just as a line is present below the header?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3864" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T16:21:52.093" Title="How to add horizontal line above footer (fancyhdr)?" Tags="&lt;header-footer&gt;&lt;fancyhdr&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13407" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13406" CreationDate="2011-03-14T16:21:52.093" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Redefine &lt;code&gt;\footrulewidth&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\footrulewidth}{0.4pt}% default is 0pt&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T16:21:52.093" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13408" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13400" CreationDate="2011-03-14T16:43:35.683" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It may be overkill in your situation, but there's also the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/censor&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;censor&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package which produces these bars with the &lt;code&gt;\censor&lt;/code&gt; command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage{censor}&#xA;\title{A paper with no author}&#xA;\author{\censor{Seamus Bradley}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3323" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T16:43:35.683" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13409" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1313" CreationDate="2011-03-14T16:49:24.913" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is the &lt;a href=&quot;http://rpi.edu/dept/arc/training/latex/resumes/res2.tex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;source&lt;/a&gt; of the document you linked to.  Just copy it and and change it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You need the &lt;a href=&quot;http://rpi.edu/dept/arc/training/latex/resumes/res.cls&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;res&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; class which is downloadable from the same place.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T16:49:24.913" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13410" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13400" CreationDate="2011-03-14T16:49:47.893" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;First let me answer the question in the title: You can't expand a macro to the width/length of its argument because you need assignments for this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The reason why &lt;code&gt;\widthof&lt;/code&gt; works in the argument of &lt;code&gt;\rule&lt;/code&gt; in the other answers (which are all quiet good), is that it uses the &lt;code&gt;calc&lt;/code&gt; version of &lt;code&gt;\setlength&lt;/code&gt; which parses its argument and doesn't require expandability.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, I assume you probably don't mind that and only want to get the width of some text. All the mentioned macro simply put the argument into a TeX box and use &lt;code&gt;\ht&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\dp&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\wd&lt;/code&gt; on it to get the height, depth and width, respectively. If you need more than one of these it would be more efficient to box the content by yourself (see Herbert updated answer).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here my solution of modifying the normal &lt;code&gt;\phantom&lt;/code&gt; macro to produce a rule instead of the usual empty box. The advantage here is that it re-uses the existing &lt;code&gt;\phantom&lt;/code&gt; code to also work correctly in math-mode.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\rulephantom#1{%&#xA;    \begingroup&#xA;    \def\finph@nt{\vrule\@width\wd\z@\@height\ht\z@\@depth\dp\z@}%&#xA;    \phantom{#1}%&#xA;    \endgroup&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\parindent=0pt&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Text&#xA;&#xA;\rulephantom{Text} Text&#xA;&#xA;\rulephantom{Text\strut} Text&#xA;&#xA;$ \rulephantom{Text} Text $&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T16:49:47.893" />
  <row Id="13412" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13413" CreationDate="2011-03-14T17:13:08.227" Score="2" ViewCount="69" Body="&lt;p&gt;A formula I want to typeset contains a tripple line integral, i.e. a symbol that has three integral signs that are encircled. How can I do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried &lt;code&gt;\oiiint&lt;/code&gt;, but that does not work. &lt;code&gt;\iiint&lt;/code&gt; works on the contrary.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1183" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T17:38:33.510" Title="How to insert a triple line integral?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="13413" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13412" CreationDate="2011-03-14T17:23:08.660" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/mathdesign&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;mathdesign&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package defines &lt;code&gt;\oiiint&lt;/code&gt;, as do &lt;code&gt;txfonts&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;pxfonts&lt;/code&gt; packages, according to the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/symbols/comprehensive/symbols-a4.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;comprehensive symbols list&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T17:23:08.660" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13414" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13417" CreationDate="2011-03-14T17:34:05.683" Score="1" ViewCount="57" Body="&lt;p&gt;So, I was playing with fonts and found one really nice. It's just that I ran into trouble trying to write the word Background (quite a common word, eh?) using it. The k and the g extend into each other. And if I add space between them I have to add very much space indeed. (actually way too much) Are there more variants of the characters hidden somewhere or is this a case of broken-by-design? (It can't be, can it?)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\LARGE \fontfamily{pzc}\selectfont Background&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/OVyQD.png&quot; alt=&quot;k and g&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="298" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-14T17:37:42.217" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T17:46:05.870" Title="Zapf Chancery and placing a k next to a g" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;kerning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13415" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13421" CreationDate="2011-03-14T17:37:18.020" Score="1" ViewCount="51" Body="&lt;p&gt;In an &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/13412/how-to-insert-a-triple-line-integral&quot;&gt;earlier question&lt;/a&gt; I asked how to display a triple line integral. This was not possible with the earlier package &lt;code&gt;mathpazo&lt;/code&gt; which I use, so I would like to switch to &lt;code&gt;pxfonts&lt;/code&gt;. This package, if I understand it correctly, contains a set of different fonts of different families, including an extended Palatino that allows me to use the &lt;code&gt;\oiiint&lt;/code&gt; command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My earlier font combination was the standard KOMA Script sans serif font (forgot its name unfortunately) with Palatino as serif font, which fits nicely in my opinion.&lt;br&gt;&#xA; &lt;strong&gt;How can I achieve the same combination using the &lt;code&gt;scrbook&lt;/code&gt; class and the &lt;code&gt;pxfonts&lt;/code&gt; package?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1183" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T18:12:26.820" Title="How to use pxfonts with the standard KOMA Script font?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;koma-script&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13417" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13414" CreationDate="2011-03-14T17:46:05.870" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You might prefer the way the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/tgchorus/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;tgchorus&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; font does this. It is based on chancery. I'm not sure it's any better really. The realy best option would be proper ligatures. But for a script font like these, you'd need &lt;em&gt;a lot&lt;/em&gt; of ligatures...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/LRjQF.png&quot; alt=&quot;tgchorus&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T17:46:05.870" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13418" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13415" CreationDate="2011-03-14T17:49:30.627" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\sfdefault&lt;/code&gt; macro defaults to &lt;code&gt;cmss&lt;/code&gt; (Computer Modern Sans Serif) (or &lt;code&gt;lmss&lt;/code&gt; in case you use the &lt;code&gt;lmodern&lt;/code&gt; package). The &lt;code&gt;pxfonts&lt;/code&gt; package redefines &lt;code&gt;\sfdefault&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;pxss&lt;/code&gt; (Helvetica), and this needs to be undone.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: How did I find out about &lt;code&gt;cmss&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;pxss&lt;/code&gt;? I put &lt;code&gt;\show\sfdefault&lt;/code&gt; in the document preamble to display the definition of the &lt;code&gt;\sfdefault&lt;/code&gt; macro (first with, then without loading &lt;code&gt;pxfonts&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrbook}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{pxfonts}&#xA;\renewcommand{\sfdefault}{cmss}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{A chapter}&#xA;&#xA;\blindtext&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-14T18:12:26.820" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T18:12:26.820" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13420" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13425" CreationDate="2011-03-14T18:09:15.970" Score="2" ViewCount="78" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to define new arrows to use in a commutative diagram, but I just can't make it work. The documentation is not particularly helpful; it doesn't even tell you where to put the&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newarrow{Name}{tail}{filler}{middle}{filler}{head}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;bit for example. Even when TeX stops complaining about how I've defined the arrow, it won't use it; the undefined control sequence error comes up whenever I try and use the arrow. The error message suggests using the PostScript Option, but that also doesn't work. Any ideas?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(For now, I'll try and use a different diagrams tool, but I'd really like to know how to get this to work.) Any help would be much appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: After doing what Stefan's answer suggested, I'm now trying&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,10pt]{report}&#xA;(other packages)&#xA;\usepackage[small,nohug]{diagrams}&#xA;\diagramstyle[labelstyle=\scriptstyle]&#xA;\newarrowtail{-}&#xA;\newarrowead{-}&#xA;\newarrow{Dots}{-}...{-}&#xA;(other pramle etc)&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;(blah)&#xA;\begin{diagram}&#xA;A &amp;amp; \rDots &amp;amp; B&#xA;\end{diagram}&#xA;(blah)&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which works (in so much as TeX now produces the desired diagrams), but now it says:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;LaTeX Error: missing \begin{document} ...&#xA;\newarrow{Dots}{-}&#xA;                  ...{-}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So presumably is has a problem with the arrowhead being a -? How to fix that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I'm trying to get an arrow looking something like - \cdots - to intidacate an infinite line (currently it just looks like \cdots, but that's fine I suppose).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4190" LastEditorUserId="4190" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-14T20:07:39.330" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T20:07:39.330" Title="Using the \newarrow command from Taylor's commutative diagrams package" Tags="&lt;diagrams&gt;&lt;arrows&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="13421" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13415" CreationDate="2011-03-14T18:10:18.803" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Besides redefining &lt;code&gt;\sfdefault&lt;/code&gt;, as lockstep suggested, the math sans serif font should also be changed. Otherwise it would still be Helvetica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrartcl}&#xA;\usepackage{pxfonts}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\sfdefault}{cmss}&#xA;\DeclareMathAlphabet{\mathsf}{OT1}{cmss}{m}{n}&#xA;\SetMathAlphabet{\mathsf}{bold}{OT1}{cmss}{bx}{n}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section{Text}&#xA;Text&#xA;\( \mathsf{Text} \)&#xA;\boldmath&#xA;\( \mathsf{Text} \)&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Cr4qt.png&quot; alt=&quot;cmss with pxfonts&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T18:10:18.803" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13422" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13370" CreationDate="2011-03-14T18:24:43.553" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You should have a look to LuaTeX :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Inclusion of Lua as an embedded&#xA;scripting language;  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Native support of Unicode;  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Supporting modern font formats such&#xA;as TrueType and OpenType; &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;And more.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3172" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T18:24:43.553" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13423" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13424" CreationDate="2011-03-14T18:36:15.177" Score="0" ViewCount="137" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like web links generated by the &lt;code&gt;\href&lt;/code&gt; command to be colored in my Beamer presentation.  Passing the &lt;code&gt;colorlinks&lt;/code&gt; option to hyperref leads to navigation links within the PDF receiving (default, ugly) colors.  OTOH, without passing that option hyperref doesn't apply any color to links at all.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\definecolor{links}{HTML}{2A1B81}&#xA;\hypersetup{urlcolor=links} % Does not apply color to href's&#xA;\hypersetup{colorlinks,urlcolor=links} % href's are correct, but navigation links are magenta&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to tell &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; to apply a color only to links generated by &lt;code&gt;\href&lt;/code&gt; (or &lt;code&gt;\url&lt;/code&gt;), and leave navigation links alone?  (I know that I could define a command &lt;code&gt;\myhref&lt;/code&gt; to do the color-changing manually; I am looking for a solution that uses the built-in facilities of &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt;/&lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3087" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T19:00:21.613" Title="How to color \href links in Beamer" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;hyperref&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13424" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13423" CreationDate="2011-03-14T19:00:21.613" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could add &lt;code&gt;\hypersetup{linkcolor=}&lt;/code&gt; in order to remove the coloring of internal links used for navigation purposes:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\definecolor{links}{HTML}{2A1B81}&#xA;\hypersetup{colorlinks,linkcolor=,urlcolor=links}&#xA;\usetheme{Frankfurt}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section{Test}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;  \url{http://tex.stackexchange.com/}\\&#xA;  \href{http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/13423/how-to-color-href-links-in-beamer}{Your question}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;works fine for me as you can see in the headline - the navigation link is colored in the default gray tone, while the links are colored in the desired blue.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3323" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T19:00:21.613" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13425" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13420" CreationDate="2011-03-14T19:05:15.493" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's a minimal example. It defines an arrow called &lt;code&gt;SuperArrow&lt;/code&gt;. It uses the arrow to the right by putting &lt;code&gt;\r&lt;/code&gt; right before the arrow name.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Global definitions should be done in the preamble, after the required package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{diagrams}&#xA;\newarrow{SuperArrow}{&amp;gt;&amp;gt;}...{&amp;gt;&amp;gt;}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;$A \rTo^{\text{ very long arrow }} B$&#xA;&#xA;$A \rSuperArrow^{\text{ very long arrow }} B$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/6UiX0.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note: you should correctly install the package. It's published as &lt;code&gt;diagrams.tex&lt;/code&gt;, download it, save it into your texmf tree or besides your document and load it by &lt;code&gt;\input{diagrams}&lt;/code&gt;, or rename it to &lt;code&gt;diagrams.sty&lt;/code&gt; and load it by &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{diagrams}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T19:05:15.493" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="13426" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13427" CreationDate="2011-03-14T19:07:09.260" Score="8" ViewCount="118" Body="&lt;p&gt;In my lab we frequently make several drafts of documents before a final version. We will pass these draft version around for input from many people. It would be convenient to use the 'draft' option that many of the latex classes have, since it does some useful things, but this is impossible because it will always replace images with a framebox the size of the image and the name of the image in the box. Since much text in our docs is usually devoted to discussing those images (plots of data, analysis, etc), removing the images means that evaluating and improving any discussion of the content of an image is not possible, so we cannot use the `draft' option for draft versions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've never really understood why draft versions will remove an image and replace it with a framebox. I've assumed it's a holdover from the days when putting an image in a dvi file for viewing was harder. But, today it seemed absurd, and I've decided to do something about it in the new version of a thesis class that I've written.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The class is based on memoir, and I've looked at the memoir code and I can't figure out how it's removing the images when the draft option is called. I've concluded that it's not actually done in memoir, but is done is somewhere else, probably in the latex2e code itself. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, can anyone tell me how I can remove this functionality from the draft option? If the only way to do it is to hijack the draft option for my class, that's ok, but nothing I've tried works so far, like the answer I got in&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/12933/new-options-and-loaded-class-options-bug&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt; should work, but it doesn't.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Apologies for the length of my question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;From reading the answers I see that I wasn't clear in my question. I want to &lt;strong&gt;keep&lt;/strong&gt; all of the things that a draft version does, and indeed, add some of my own, &lt;strong&gt;except&lt;/strong&gt; the removal of images. I want to have a working option 'draft', but I want to keep all of the images visible.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2003" LastEditorUserId="2003" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-14T23:56:34.233" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T23:56:34.233" Title="Changing implementation of 'draft' option" Tags="&lt;draft&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="13427" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13426" CreationDate="2011-03-14T19:12:30.897" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Pass the &lt;code&gt;final&lt;/code&gt; option to the &lt;code&gt;graphicx&lt;/code&gt; package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[final]{graphicx}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It overrides the &lt;code&gt;draft&lt;/code&gt; option which has been given to the document class.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T19:12:30.897" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13428" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-14T19:13:10.557" Score="4" ViewCount="95" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I remove the vertical spacing before each section in the table of contents from a 'article' documentclass?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="877" LastEditorUserId="877" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-14T20:14:15.263" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T21:02:07.503" Title="Removing space before Section in Table of Contents when using Article" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;table-of-contents&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13429" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13426" CreationDate="2011-03-14T19:17:30.063" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;All class options are also passed to the packages which ignore the ones they do not understand. The replacing of images with frame boxes is done by the &lt;code&gt;graphics&lt;/code&gt;/&lt;code&gt;graphicx&lt;/code&gt; packages which also have the &lt;code&gt;draft&lt;/code&gt; option. As you suspected this has nothing to do with the &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt; class. Setting the &lt;code&gt;final&lt;/code&gt; option to the used graphic package or any other package overrides the class option and disables this feature.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T19:17:30.063" />
  <row Id="13430" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13353" CreationDate="2011-03-14T19:20:46.580" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;as others have said, the running heads depend on the document class you're using.&#xA;in versions of the ams document classes before version 2.20 (august 2004), the&#xA;definition of &lt;code&gt;\backmatter&lt;/code&gt; failed to reset the value of &lt;code&gt;\chaptername&lt;/code&gt;, which then&#xA;persisted into the bibliography and index.  that was a bug, but it has been fixed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;if the documentclass provided by your publishers was based on an old version of&#xA;the amsbook class, it may still exhibit this problem.  tell your publisher to fix it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="579" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-15T00:07:01.267" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T00:07:01.267" />
  <row Id="13431" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13428" CreationDate="2011-03-14T19:21:52.630" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can redefine &lt;code&gt;\l@section&lt;/code&gt; as implemented in &lt;code&gt;article.cls&lt;/code&gt; and suppress (or comment out) the line &lt;code&gt;\addvspace{1.0em \@plus\p@}%&lt;/code&gt; responsible for the extra space. Simply add these lines to the preamble of your document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand*\l@section[2]{%&#xA;  \ifnum \c@tocdepth &amp;gt;\z@&#xA;    \addpenalty\@secpenalty&#xA;    \setlength\@tempdima{1.5em}%&#xA;    \begingroup&#xA;      \parindent \z@ \rightskip \@pnumwidth&#xA;      \parfillskip -\@pnumwidth&#xA;      \leavevmode \bfseries&#xA;      \advance\leftskip\@tempdima&#xA;      \hskip -\leftskip&#xA;      #1\nobreak\hfil \nobreak\hb@xt@\@pnumwidth{\hss #2}\par&#xA;    \endgroup&#xA;  \fi}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastEditorUserId="3954" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-14T21:02:07.503" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T21:02:07.503" />
  <row Id="13433" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13426" CreationDate="2011-03-14T19:25:53.203" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Besides replacing images with frameboxes, the &lt;code&gt;draft&lt;/code&gt; option will also disable the micro-typographic extensions of the &lt;code&gt;microtype&lt;/code&gt; package and in the process cause different line and page breaks. One useful feature of the &lt;code&gt;draft&lt;/code&gt; option is marking overfull boxes; this may also be achieved with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setlength{\overfullrule}{5pt}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-14T20:36:36.500" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T20:36:36.500" />
  <row Id="13434" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8819" CreationDate="2011-03-14T19:27:19.127" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm posting this as an answer, because it is an answer to your question, even though your question is not, in fact, the right question.  There is no conflict between &lt;code&gt;tufte-handout&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;gantt.sty&lt;/code&gt;; if you had produced a true minimal document to find what was causing the problem, you would have discovered this yourself. (This is why constructing minimal documents is both important and informative.)  Here is a &lt;em&gt;minimal&lt;/em&gt; document that shows the problem you are having:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{gantt} % comment out to see the correct output&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\framebox(150,150){}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This shows that there is a problem with &lt;code&gt;gantt.sty&lt;/code&gt; and the &lt;code&gt;\framebox&lt;/code&gt; command. A look at &lt;code&gt;gantt.sty&lt;/code&gt; reveals the problem: it globally sets a value for &lt;code&gt;\unitlength&lt;/code&gt; (1cm) instead of defining its own length.  &lt;code&gt;\unitlength&lt;/code&gt; is also used in the &lt;code&gt;\framebox&lt;/code&gt; command and which tries to make a square 150cm on a side, which is a little bigger than the page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The fix to &lt;code&gt;gantt.sty&lt;/code&gt; is relatively simple, but needs to be done carefully.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;add &lt;code&gt;\newlength{\ganttunitlength}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;replace &lt;em&gt;all&lt;/em&gt; instances of &lt;code&gt;\unitlength&lt;/code&gt; in the style with &lt;code&gt;\ganttunitlength&lt;/code&gt; &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;remove &lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\makeatother&lt;/code&gt; from gantt.sty (they shouldn't be used in packages)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;change &lt;code&gt;\usepackage&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\RequirePackage&lt;/code&gt; (equivalent package command)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;add &lt;code&gt;\ProvidesPackage{gantt.sty}[2011/03/14 Gantt diagrams]&lt;/code&gt; as the first line&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Clearly &lt;code&gt;gantt.sty&lt;/code&gt; wasn't quite ready for primetime.  I've sent its author a fixed version.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;UPDATE: There is now a new version of &lt;code&gt;gantt.sty&lt;/code&gt; posted on the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.martin-kumm.de/tex_gantt_package.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;author's web site&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-15T14:50:20.520" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T14:50:20.520" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13435" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13370" CreationDate="2011-03-14T19:50:48.590" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;TeX is still used, simply because there is no alternative. It is far from being perfect, and there is at least a grain of truth in most, if not all of your claims.&#xA;But these are, at the end of the day, unimportant.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you need a document which requires even the slightest programmatic bit, or any level of sophistication, LaTeX, though not-ideal, is simply the best, and is likely to stay so for many more years.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I believe most users (maybe not so in this site) just turn a blind eye to the not so elegant features, and produce amazing documents in no time. The very friendly bunch here does not see these not-so-elegant portions as being so annoying. To most, these are just riddles to enjoy, just like cryptic crossword puzzle.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You do not really have to put your mind to the tough/complicated/riddle/annoying basics. You would better ignore these, at least as a starter. Read the &quot;not so short guide&quot;, and be happy with it. If you need something extra, you just go and find a package that does that, and the quest is usually&#xA;quite easy. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The difficult part is in programming something new, something that cannot be found in existing package. There are experts of this dark art: the rest of us just watch them do their wizardry with awe. Luckily, the cases where you really need to do this kind of programming are very rare: chances are that you will find it was done.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3391" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T19:50:48.590" />
  <row Id="13436" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13333" CreationDate="2011-03-14T19:51:05.550" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;#{&lt;/code&gt; trick can allow to make macros which behave somewhat like &lt;code&gt;\hbox{...}&lt;/code&gt;, in the sense that they can have, for example, verbatim inside their argument (also, the argument is not read beforehand). There’s a nice example in the Tugboat article &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb15-1/tb42arseneau.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;The TeX Hierarchy&lt;/a&gt; (Volume 15, 1994, p. 7-9):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/POstd.png&quot; alt=&quot;Programming style comparison&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Compared to the Wizard’s version, the Guru’s use of &lt;code&gt;#{&lt;/code&gt; makes sure that the character eaten by &lt;code&gt;\let\next=&lt;/code&gt; will always be a brace, never something else.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1973" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T19:51:05.550" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="13437" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10197" CreationDate="2011-03-14T19:57:46.633" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For those who use a Mac, here's a pretty useful application : &lt;a href=&quot;http://code.google.com/p/splitshow/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot; title=&quot;SplitShow&quot;&gt;SplitShow&lt;/a&gt;.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It does exactly what you want, you simply open your PDF presentation in it and it automatically displays your notes and the slides side by side, and most importantly you can go full-screen.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1790" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T19:57:46.633" />
  <row Id="13438" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13442" CreationDate="2011-03-14T20:21:07.987" Score="1" ViewCount="78" Body="&lt;p&gt;When typesetting an article documentclass, the sections appear as bold in the table of contents, with no leading dots. I would like to change these to non-bold, and insert some leading dots. I tried the following, but it seems to be ignored. Any ideas?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% change section headers and page numbers to normal instead of bold font&#xA;\renewcommand{\cftsecfont}{&#xA;\normalfont&#xA;}&#xA;\renewcommand{\cftsecpagefont}{%&#xA;\normalfont&#xA;}&#xA;% use leader dots with section headers&#xA;\renewcommand{\cftsecleader}{\cftdotfill{\cftdotsep}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="877" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-14T21:44:44.613" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T21:44:44.613" Title="Changing the TOC style of an Article document-class" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;formatting&gt;&lt;tocloft&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13440" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11151" CreationDate="2011-03-14T20:23:38.890" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This feature has been implemented in biblatex v1.3 (released March 14th, 2011).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T20:23:38.890" />
  <row Id="13441" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12992" CreationDate="2011-03-14T20:34:34.803" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/minted/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;minted package&lt;/a&gt; produces code which has tag-names, attribute-names, attribute-values and tag-contents printed differently, so the following code would produce the output which follows it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{minted}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{minted}{xml}&#xA;    &amp;lt;xml&amp;gt;&#xA;        &amp;lt;person age=&quot;22&quot; sex=&quot;female&quot;&amp;gt;Ann&amp;lt;/person&amp;gt;&#xA;    &amp;lt;/xml&amp;gt;&#xA;\end{minted}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/x1Los.png&quot; alt=&quot;Screenshot of sample minted XML output&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note, however, that the minted package use a python program called pygments, which is fairly straightforward to install as detailed in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.sqsol.co.uk/macros/latex/contrib/minted/minted.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;minted documentation&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="181" LastEditorUserId="181" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-17T15:00:52.387" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T15:00:52.387" />
  <row Id="13442" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13438" CreationDate="2011-03-14T20:39:21.063" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/tocloft&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tocloft&lt;/a&gt; package you can do something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tocloft}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand\cftsecfont{\normalfont}&#xA;\renewcommand\cftsecpagefont{\normalfont}&#xA;\renewcommand{\cftsecleader}{\cftdotfill{\cftsecdotsep}}&#xA;\renewcommand\cftsecdotsep{\cftdot}&#xA;\renewcommand\cftsubsecdotsep{\cftdot}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\section{test section}&#xA;\subsection{test section}&#xA;\section{test section}&#xA;\subsection{test section}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T20:39:21.063" />
  <row Id="13443" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13428" CreationDate="2011-03-14T20:41:58.187" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can do this easily with the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/tocloft&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;tocloft&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{tocloft}&#xA;\renewcommand{\cftbeforesecskip}{0pt}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will do what you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T20:41:58.187" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13444" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13447" CreationDate="2011-03-14T20:52:33.607" Score="3" ViewCount="81" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a corollary with a number of parts whose parts need to be referenced individually later on, so something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{cor}\label{cor}&#xA;   \begin{enumerate}&#xA;       \item Part one \label{partone}&#xA;       \item Part two \label{parttwo}&#xA;   \end{enumerate}&#xA;\end{cor}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ideally, I want &lt;code&gt;\ref{partone}&lt;/code&gt; to produce 2.1 (supposing it were Corollary 2 for the sake of argument), but, of course, &lt;code&gt;\ref{partone}&lt;/code&gt; gives 1, as it's referencing the &lt;code&gt;enumi&lt;/code&gt; counter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to get &lt;code&gt;\ref&lt;/code&gt; to somehow combine the &lt;code&gt;enumi&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;cor&lt;/code&gt; counters?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1345" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-14T20:54:27.557" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T21:19:53.010" Title="How to reference part of a theorem?" Tags="&lt;cross-referencing&gt;&lt;numbering&gt;&lt;theorems&gt;&lt;counters&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="13445" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-14T20:54:30.770" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;minted&lt;/code&gt; package facilitates expressive syntax highlighting in LaTeX using the powerful &lt;code&gt;Pygments&lt;/code&gt; library. This does mean that, unlike &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/tags/listings/&quot;&gt;{listings}&lt;/a&gt;, minted requires the installation of additional software. This may seem like a disadvantage but it does mean that whilst &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/tags/listings/&quot;&gt;{listings}&lt;/a&gt; basically only highlights strings, comments and keywords, &lt;code&gt;minted&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;Pygments&lt;/code&gt;, on the other hand, can be completely customized to highlight any token kind the source language might support. This might include special formatting sequences inside strings, numbers, different kinds of identifiers and exotic constructs such as HTML tags.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The package provides options to customise the highlighted source code output using &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/tagged/fancyvrb&quot;&gt;{fancyvrb}&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="181" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-14T20:55:45.883" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T20:55:45.883" />
  <row Id="13446" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-14T20:54:30.770" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="minted is a package that facilitates expressive syntax highlighting in LaTeX&#xD;&#xA;using the powerful Pygments library. The package provides options to&#xD;&#xA;customize the highlighted source code output using fancyvrb." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="181" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-14T20:55:42.623" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T20:55:42.623" />
  <row Id="13447" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13444" CreationDate="2011-03-14T21:14:15.103" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This can also be achieved by using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/enumitem&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;enumitem&lt;/a&gt; package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsthm}&#xA;\usepackage{enumitem}&#xA;&#xA;\newtheorem{cor}{Corolary}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{cor}\label{cor}&#xA;   \begin{enumerate}[label={\thecor.\arabic*}]&#xA;       \item Part one \label{partone}&#xA;       \item Part two \label{parttwo}&#xA;   \end{enumerate}&#xA;\end{cor}&#xA;As we see in part~\ref{partone}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastEditorUserId="3954" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-14T21:19:53.010" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T21:19:53.010" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="13448" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13444" CreationDate="2011-03-14T21:15:56.427" Score="-1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/chngcntr&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;chngcntr&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package to make the &lt;code&gt;enumi&lt;/code&gt; counter depend on your &lt;code&gt;cor&lt;/code&gt; counter.  If you do this within the corollary environment, it won't affect other enumerate environments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsthm}&#xA;\newtheorem{cor}{Corollary}&#xA;\usepackage{chngcntr}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{cor}{My Cor}\label{mycor}&#xA;  \counterwithin{enumi}{cor}&#xA;  \begin{enumerate}&#xA;    \item An item \label{part1}&#xA;    \item Another one \label{part2}&#xA;  \end{enumerate}&#xA;\end{cor}&#xA;&#xA;In Part~\ref{part1} of the the corollary\ldots&#xA;&#xA;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;  \item An item \label{outside}&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;This is a reference to Item~\ref{outside} that is outside the corollary.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T21:15:56.427" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="13449" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13451" CreationDate="2011-03-14T21:21:49.210" Score="5" ViewCount="87" Body="&lt;p&gt;I set my &lt;code&gt;\textwidth&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\textheight&lt;/code&gt; in the preamble and would like to change both for some pages. How can this be done? E.g., the following example for &lt;code&gt;\textwidth&lt;/code&gt; appears to work for the page number, but not for the text:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article} &#xA;\textwidth=5cm \textheight=5cm&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;A \hfill B&#xA;\eject \textwidth=10cm&#xA;A \hfill B&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Output (true to scale):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://img855.imageshack.us/img855/5918/69551722.png&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1236" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T21:29:43.543" Title="Change \textwidth and \textheight in mid-document" Tags="&lt;formatting&gt;&lt;textwidth&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="13450" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13438" CreationDate="2011-03-14T21:25:34.160" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The »tocstyle« package from &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/koma-script&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;KOMA Script&lt;/a&gt; could be an alternative. Note that this package is in &lt;em&gt;alpha state&lt;/em&gt; and you'll get a corresponding warning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper,english]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{tocstyle}&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \tableofcontents&#xA;&#xA;  \bigskip&#xA;  \Blinddocument&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Simply including the package does already what you're after. Further customization is done by declaring new ToC styles. For further information run &lt;code&gt;texdoc tocstyle&lt;/code&gt; on the command line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As always, the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/blindtext&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;blindtext&lt;/a&gt; package is only for creating dummy text thus not part of the solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T21:25:34.160" />
  <row Id="13451" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13449" CreationDate="2011-03-14T21:27:02.800" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;code&gt;\newgeometry&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\restoregeometry&lt;/code&gt; from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/geometry&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;geometry&lt;/a&gt; package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[textwidth=5cm,textheight=5cm]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum[1-2]&#xA;\newgeometry{textwidth=10cm,textheight=10cm}&#xA;\lipsum[1-4]&#xA;\restoregeometry&#xA;\lipsum[1-2]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-14T21:29:43.543" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T21:29:43.543" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13452" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13401" CreationDate="2011-03-14T21:55:59.090" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Two solutions&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\tikzset{rect style/.style={rotate=#1,scale=2,every node/.style={rotate=#1}}}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[rect style=-30]&#xA;\pgfmathsetmacro\x{2}     &#xA;\pgfmathsetmacro\y{1}&#xA;\draw (0,0) rectangle  +(\x,\y); &#xA;\node[above] at (.5*\x,\y){$m$};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[rect style=30]&#xA;\pgfmathsetmacro\x{2}     &#xA;\pgfmathsetmacro\y{1} &#xA;\draw (0,0) rectangle  +(\x,\y); &#xA;\path (0,\y) --  (\x,\y) node[midway,above] {$m$};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}  &#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T21:55:59.090" />
  <row Id="13453" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-14T21:57:44.300" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;LaTeX is a compiled markup language, and as such there is a compilation process that needs to be followed to correctly produce output. This can be a long and complicated sequence of steps, with multiple passes being required to successfully build references and tables of contents amongst other things, as well as ensuring that externally generated files are up to date.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="181" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-14T21:58:41.460" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T21:58:41.460" />
  <row Id="13454" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-14T21:57:44.300" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="about the process you must go through to convert your TeX from .tex source files into your output document format, be it pdf, dvi, or something completely different." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="181" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-14T21:58:45.140" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T21:58:45.140" />
  <row Id="13455" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-14T21:57:51.573" Score="2" ViewCount="51" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to display the following string:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;344F9DA1EA1859437077CCA38923C67797BDB8F6&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using &lt;code&gt;\oldstylenums&lt;/code&gt;, but the alphabetic characters are messed up. Any ideas (using LaTeX and CM/CL fonts), without resorting to:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\oldstylenums{344}F\oldstylenums{9}DA\oldstylenums{1} ...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Minimal working example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,10pt,pdftex]{article} % define the title &#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{textcomp}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;    \oldstylenums{344F9DA1EA1859437077CCA38923C67797BDB8F6}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="877" LastEditorUserId="877" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-14T22:05:30.473" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T22:21:35.987" Title="Mixing oldstylenums with strings" Tags="&lt;oldstylenums&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13456" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13499" CreationDate="2011-03-14T22:05:47.940" Score="4" ViewCount="63" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi, i have a document that consists of a single multi-page table.  Unfortunately it gets a blank page inserted as the first page, I absolutely don't want this (it screws with page numbering, etc).  If I remove rows, so the table can fit on a single page, then the blank page is not inserted.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is a minimal working example, the error is the blank page as the first page: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,11pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{supertabular}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\usepackage{booktabs}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;&#xA;\tabletail{\bottomrule}&#xA;\tablelasttail{\hline}&#xA;&#xA;\tablehead {&#xA;\toprule&#xA;\multicolumn{2}{c}{&#xA;\textbf{\huge &quot;Head row&quot;}&#xA;}&#xA;\\ \midrule&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{supertabular}{@{}p{7cm}@{\extracolsep{\fill}}p{7cm}@{}}&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;\end{supertabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you remove some rows from that table so it fits on a single page, you will see that the blank page is not inserted.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What causes this?  Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4196" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-15T07:18:24.877" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T11:36:56.880" Title="unwanted blank page inserted before tabular" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;blank-page&gt;&lt;supertabular&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13457" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13455" CreationDate="2011-03-14T22:09:12.490" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I suggest to use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/cfr-lm.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;cfr-lm&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[rm={oldstyle=false}]{cfr-lm}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;344F9DA1EA1859437077CCA38923C67797BDB8F6&#xA;&#xA;\texto{344F9DA1EA1859437077CCA38923C67797BDB8F6}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-14T22:21:35.987" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T22:21:35.987" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13458" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13459" CreationDate="2011-03-14T22:48:21.437" Score="1" ViewCount="65" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a few graphs for a lab report I am writing and was wondering how you would go about import these files into LaTeX. They are PostScript files so LaTeX accepts them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4197" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T23:01:45.137" Title="Importing graph files into LaTeX" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13459" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13458" CreationDate="2011-03-14T23:01:45.137" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is very simple use a document like this&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\includegraphics[width=1\textwidth]{graph-in-eps-format}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course you may want to have a caption so you should put it in a floating environment&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;\includegraphics[width=1\textwidth]{graph-in-eps-format}&#xA;\caption{A graph}&#xA;\label{a-label.for-reference}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Simple things like this are usually covered in every basic latex introduction such as e.g. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/lshort/english/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;l2short.pdf&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="632" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T23:01:45.137" />
  <row Id="13460" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13487" CreationDate="2011-03-14T23:13:11.367" Score="3" ViewCount="91" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am relatively new to LaTeX and I was playing around with figures and came across the scalebox command. This apparently lets you scale a graph that you create or import into your LaTeX document by a certain amount. How do you know how much scalebox will scale your figure by? I read somewhere that typing &lt;code&gt;\scalebox{0.5}&lt;/code&gt; scales a graph to 0.8 times the original size. Is there any way to figure out what fraction of the original size your graph will become?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4197" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-14T23:52:40.553" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T08:39:35.773" Title="Scalebox - knowing how much it scales" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;scaling&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="13461" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6848" CreationDate="2011-03-14T23:18:39.070" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've found &lt;em&gt;something&lt;/em&gt; of a solution. Mind you it's not brilliant. I recently had this problem and was quite frustrated with it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've been using this method (implemented in java) to extract the .bib from a doi using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.crossref.org/guestquery/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;crossref.org&lt;/a&gt; website. They have a query function which I've been abusing with cURL in order to extract the information from the xml returned. (It's not the best but it is &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; solution). &lt;strong&gt;N.B.&lt;/strong&gt; crossref fails to look up the title. No idea why. I'll upload the Jar when I'm done.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="142" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T23:18:39.070" />
  <row Id="13462" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13460" CreationDate="2011-03-14T23:49:46.730" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\scalebox{0.5}{stuff}&lt;/code&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;scales &lt;code&gt;stuff&lt;/code&gt; by 1/2 in the horizontal direction, and 1/2 in the vertical direction, so the result will be 1/4 the original size. A vertical scaling that is different from the horizontal scaling can be specified with an optional argument, e.g. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\scalebox{0.5}[0.25]{stuff}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2417" LastActivityDate="2011-03-14T23:49:46.730" />
  <row Id="13463" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13466" CreationDate="2011-03-14T23:57:25.730" Score="4" ViewCount="98" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to get a specific type of bullet instead of the filled bullets when you first activate the itemize command in LaTeX? I am trying to get hollow bullets from the start instead of using nested commands to attempt to create them somehow. Thank you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4197" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-15T00:04:00.663" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T00:16:08.880" Title="Specifying bullet type when using itemize" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;lists&gt;&lt;itemize&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="13464" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13463" CreationDate="2011-03-15T00:06:37.793" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try the list environment:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{list}{$\circ$}{}  &#xA;\item A  &#xA;\item B  &#xA;\end{list}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2417" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T00:06:37.793" />
  <row Id="13465" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13477" CreationDate="2011-03-15T00:13:46.517" Score="2" ViewCount="119" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a mirror symbol for the &lt;code&gt;$\neg$&lt;/code&gt; symbol, or a symbol like &lt;code&gt;$\vdash$&lt;/code&gt; without the bottom part of the vertical line? I couldn't find it.&#xA;Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1970" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-15T08:51:30.720" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T13:21:11.777" Title="Mirror image of the neg symbol?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="13466" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13463" CreationDate="2011-03-15T00:16:08.880" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/enumitem&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;enumitem&lt;/a&gt; package might be useful, combined with some package listed in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/symbols/comprehensive/symbols-a4.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Comprehensive Symbol List&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{enumitem}&#xA;\usepackage{pifont}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{itemize}[label=\ding{212}]&#xA;\item First&#xA;\item Second&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Qce2p.png&quot; alt=&quot;Dingbat items&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3345" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T00:16:08.880" />
  <row Id="13467" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13465" CreationDate="2011-03-15T00:19:39.060" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you want something with the exact same proportions, you could rotate the original symbol &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\newcommand{\rotatedneg}{\rotatebox[origin=c]{180}{\ensuremath\neg}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\[&#xA;\neg \rotatedneg \vdash&#xA;\]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2417" LastEditorUserId="2417" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-15T13:21:11.777" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T13:21:11.777" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13468" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-15T00:59:35.847" Score="0" ViewCount="72" Body="&lt;p&gt;Imported from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/anttor/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/anttor/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[math]{anttor}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;$\{\sin x\mid 0&amp;lt;x&amp;lt;\pi\}$, $A\dagger B=C$.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Sj3fq.png&quot; alt=&quot;some description&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4198" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-15T08:07:58.527" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T08:07:58.527" Title="Slanted curly brace to upshape, and \dagger, and so on" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="13469" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13999" CreationDate="2011-03-15T01:07:50.957" Score="12" ViewCount="175" Body="&lt;p&gt;I get an error in my document in the following circumstance:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Using the &lt;code&gt;cleveref&lt;/code&gt; package&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;And the &lt;code&gt;tikz-qtree&lt;/code&gt; package (for drawing syntax trees)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Inside an &lt;code&gt;enumerate&lt;/code&gt; environment&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a MWE:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;%\usepackage{cleveref} %Uncomment for crash&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz-qtree}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;  \item foo&#xA;    \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;        \Tree [.Foo Bar ]&#xA;    \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a link to the log that running that file (with &lt;code&gt;cleveref&lt;/code&gt; uncommented) generates: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ling.upenn.edu/~ecay/test_tikz.log&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;log file&lt;/a&gt;.  The first error is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Package tikz Error: A node must have a (possibly empty) label text.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've verified the following things:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;It is not a catcode problem, i.e. the&#xA;catcode of &lt;code&gt;.&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;[&lt;/code&gt; is 12 both with&#xA;and without loading &lt;code&gt;cleveref&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The problem goes away if the tree is&#xA;not embedded in an enumerate, i.e.&#xA;delete the entire document body and&#xA;replace it with only the&#xA;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}...\end{tikzpicture}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The problem goes away if you change&#xA;the &lt;code&gt;enumerate&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;itemize&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried running the example with &lt;code&gt;\traceon&lt;/code&gt; from the &lt;code&gt;trace&lt;/code&gt; package, but got mired in the half-million(!) lines of output.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Based on the esoteric combination of packages, I'm not sure a ready answer exists, but hopefully there is a TeX guru out there familiar with the guts of these packages who sees something I cannot.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3087" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-15T03:33:44.980" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T19:22:32.127" Title="Error with cleveref + enumerate + tikz-qtree" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;lists&gt;&lt;cleveref&gt;&lt;tikz-trees&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="13470" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-15T01:42:35.793" Score="0" ViewCount="63" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want double spacing, but then sep between footnote item is strange. I use &lt;code&gt;setspace&lt;/code&gt; package, but it kill the &lt;code&gt;\flushbottom&lt;/code&gt; mechanism. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a method after I set \linespread{2}, the footnote text area have no other difference with normal text area, just like a &lt;code&gt;\footnotesize&lt;/code&gt; declaration insert into?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anyway, here is my code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\linespread{2}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;abc\footnote{murmur murmur murmur murmur murmur murmur murmur murmur murmur murmur murmur murmur murmur} def\footnote{murmur murmur murmur murmur murmur murmur murmur murmur murmur murmur murmur murmur murmur}&#xA;\lipsum[2]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See &lt;a href=&quot;http://imgur.com/rHu6K&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;. I am not satisfied with the sep between the two footnotes. I want they could be &lt;a href=&quot;http://imgur.com/HF48N&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I use &lt;code&gt;setspace&lt;/code&gt;, the bottom of page is ragged. It's too ugly. There are the samples (please compare the output, especially bottom of page 1)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage[width=5in,height=8in]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{setspace}&#xA;\doublespacing&#xA;%\linespread{1.667}&#xA;\usepackage{footmisc}&#xA;\setlength{\parskip}{0pt}&#xA;\flushbottom&#xA;\newcommand{\MY}{\dfrac{1+\dfrac{\sum}{\sum}}{\dfrac{\sum}{\sum}+1}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\setlength{\abovedisplayskip}{1pt plus0.1pt minus0.1pt}&#xA;\setlength{\belowdisplayskip}{1pt plus0.1pt minus0.1pt}&#xA;\lipsum[2]&#xA;\[\MY\]&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum[2]&#xA;\[\MY\]&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum[2]&#xA;\[\MY\]&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum[2]&#xA;\[\MY\]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage[width=5in,height=8in]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;%\usepackage{setspace}&#xA;%\doublespacing&#xA;\linespread{1.667}&#xA;\usepackage{footmisc}&#xA;\setlength{\parskip}{0pt}&#xA;\flushbottom&#xA;\newcommand{\MY}{\dfrac{1+\dfrac{\sum}{\sum}}{\dfrac{\sum}{\sum}+1}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\setlength{\abovedisplayskip}{1pt plus0.1pt minus0.1pt}&#xA;\setlength{\belowdisplayskip}{1pt plus0.1pt minus0.1pt}&#xA;\lipsum[2]&#xA;\[\MY\]&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum[2]&#xA;\[\MY\]&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum[2]&#xA;\[\MY\]&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum[2]&#xA;\[\MY\]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4198" LastEditorUserId="4198" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T00:16:19.607" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T00:16:19.607" Title="setspace kill the \flushbottom, how to make the sep between footnote item equal that in normal text" Tags="&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;&lt;footnotes&gt;&lt;setspace&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13471" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13537" CreationDate="2011-03-15T02:55:56.133" Score="2" ViewCount="70" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to decorate a snake path, but I don't get any output using a postaction.  Here's the example code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \draw [snake=expanding waves, segment amplitude = 1.5cm, segment length = 0.3 cm, postaction={decorate, decoration={random steps,segment length=3pt,amplitude=5pt}}] (0,0) -- (-2,0);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any help would be greatly appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4199" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-15T03:29:08.167" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T17:48:28.593" Title="Apply a second decoration to a tikz path" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13472" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-15T02:57:21.470" Score="1" ViewCount="71" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2414/how-can-i-have-a-bigger-integral-int-delimiter&quot;&gt;How can I have a bigger integral (\int) delimiter?&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please tell me where could I find a large integral symbol, matching a matrix of 3 rows.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4198" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-15T03:31:14.093" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T03:31:14.093" ClosedDate="2011-03-21T21:28:38.210" Title="large integral symbol, matching a matrix of 3 rows" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13473" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-15T03:17:49.253" Score="6" ViewCount="144" Body="&lt;p&gt;Which package can easily write a graph, as an arbitrary curve or area, just for indication? The circle and ellipse don't be considered for their particular shape. TIKZ's Bézier curve is too non-intuitive to use.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4198" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-15T18:10:20.267" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T18:10:20.267" Title="Which package can easily write a graph, as an arbitrary curve or area, just for indication" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;diagrams&gt;&lt;pstricks&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13474" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-15T03:31:23.527" Score="6" ViewCount="79" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have this in the preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a5paper]{scrbook}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8x]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[spanish]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[light,oldstylenums,largesmallcaps]{kpfonts}&#xA;\usepackage{lettrine}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\chapterpagestyle}{empty}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm getting this warning:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Maybe no optimal type area settings!&#xA;(typearea)                The maximum limit of line width is about 18%&#xA;(typearea)                larger than the heuristically detected line width.&#xA;(typearea)                You may e.g. increase DIV, decrease fontsize&#xA;(typearea)                or change the papersize.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;underfull vbox (badness 10000)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I set the paper size to a4, the warnings disappear. But the point is I want to use a5 paper size! Thank you for your help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4200" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-15T08:19:43.983" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T14:56:56.213" Title="Underfull vbox and typearea warnings with Koma-Script and a5paper" Tags="&lt;koma-script&gt;&lt;warnings&gt;&lt;vbox&gt;&lt;typearea&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13475" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13474" CreationDate="2011-03-15T03:43:12.430" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The typearea warning is just to tell you that the author of the typearea package thinks that the automatically generated layout won't look good. Try adding &lt;code&gt;DVI=10&lt;/code&gt; (or a higher value) to the class options. The KOMA-Script manual has an explanation of how typearea calculates the text layout by dividing the page into &lt;code&gt;DVI&lt;/code&gt; many parts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;underfull vbox&lt;/code&gt; means that on some page (the error should say where) there is not enough material to make it full enough. This usually happens when there is some large chunk of material that cannot be broken up (e.g. a multiline equation), so that TeX has to move it to the next page entirely. With A5 pages this sort of thing gets harder to avoid. See also &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/138/what-are-underfull-hboxes-and-vboxes-and-how-can-i-get-rid-of-them&quot;&gt;What are underfull hboxes and vboxes and how can I get rid of them?&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T03:43:12.430" />
  <row Id="13476" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9024" CreationDate="2011-03-15T03:49:08.987" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I understand the original question as: &lt;em&gt;how can I convert section A to a chapter and at the same time automatically convert all sub-sections of section A to sections, all subsubsections to subsections etc&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;http://texmakerx.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;TexmakerX&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; that should be possible, however I admit that I did not try it yet: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the structure view which shows the sections of the document like a tree, you can use the context menu to indent or de-indent a section (and afaik) that should also &quot;move&quot; all the sub-sections of that section 1 level up or down.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4009" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T03:49:08.987" />
  <row Id="13477" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13465" CreationDate="2011-03-15T03:57:02.120" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\llcorner&lt;/code&gt; from &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\niv&lt;/code&gt; from &lt;code&gt;nath&lt;/code&gt;, amongst others. Just &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/14/how-to-look-up-a-math-symbol&quot;&gt;look in the usual places&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T03:57:02.120" />
  <row Id="13478" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-15T04:13:44.223" Score="3" ViewCount="77" Body="&lt;p&gt;Forgive me if the answer to this is obvious, I've just begun working with LaTex and I've had no luck with Google.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm working on learning LaTeX, and as part of my practice I'm rewriting a guide on special methods in Python in LaTeX. As you might know, Python's special methods take on the form &lt;code&gt;__methodname__&lt;/code&gt;. This causes problems when I try to generate a PDF from my .tex source file using pdflatex. How can I make LaTeX ignore the double underscores, or otherwise make my output correct?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In case it might help, here's a sample of what I'm trying to typeset:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; e.g. \texttt{__init__} or \texttt{__lt__}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which I want to look like &quot;e.g. &lt;code&gt;__init__&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;__lt__&lt;/code&gt;&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4201" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T05:20:06.413" Title="Correctly typesetting words surrounded by double underscores?" Tags="&lt;texttt&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="13479" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-15T04:41:16.150" Score="3" ViewCount="56" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using &lt;code&gt;scrreprt&lt;/code&gt; for writing and (at least for me without any typographic education) I don't see any difference between a section typed as &lt;code&gt;\paragraph&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\subparagraph&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My &lt;strong&gt;questions&lt;/strong&gt;:&#xA;Is there a difference between the two, and if &quot;no&quot;, why not?&#xA;What about the spacing before &lt;code&gt;\paragraph&lt;/code&gt;s in this class? I know that KOMA-Script is very carefully designed (and maybe some of my settings have modified something which they shouldn't), but in my PhD thesis document it seems to me that the spaces before &lt;code&gt;\(sub)paragraph&lt;/code&gt; are relatively large.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I built a quite lengthy example, as the &lt;code&gt;blindtext&lt;/code&gt; package does not seem to use &lt;code&gt;\subparagraph&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt, a4paper,  halfparskip]{scrreprt}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[ngerman]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;%\usepackage[spanish]{babel}&#xA;%\setlength{\parskip}{10ex plus 0.5ex minus 0.2ex}&#xA;&#xA;\raggedbottom&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{Chapter one}&#xA;\section{Section one in chapter one}&#xA;\subsection{Subsection one of section one in chapter one}&#xA;&#xA;Another paragraph, is it? lorem lorem lorem lorem lorem lorem lorem&#xA;lorem lorem lorem lorem lorem lorem lorem lorem.&#xA;&#xA;\paragraph{Paragraph1} Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat, sed diam voluptua. At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum. Stet clita kasd gubergren, no sea takimata sanctus est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat, sed diam voluptua. At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum. Stet clita kasd gubergren, no sea takimata sanctus est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet.&#xA;&#xA;\subparagraph{Subparagraph1} Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat, sed diam voluptua. At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum. Stet clita kasd gubergren, no sea takimata sanctus est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat, sed diam voluptua. At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum. Stet clita kasd gubergren, no sea takimata sanctus est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet.&#xA;&#xA;\paragraph{Par2} Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat, sed diam voluptua. At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum. Stet clita kasd gubergren, no sea takimata sanctus est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat, sed diam voluptua. At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum. Stet clita kasd gubergren, no sea takimata sanctus est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat, sed diam voluptua. At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum. Stet clita kasd gubergren, no sea takimata sanctus est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet. &#xA;&#xA;\paragraph{Par3} Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat, sed diam voluptua. At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum. &#xA;\subparagraph{SubPar1} Stet clita kasd gubergren, no sea takimata sanctus est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat, sed diam voluptua. &#xA;\subparagraph{SubPar1} At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum. Stet clita kasd gubergren, no sea takimata sanctus est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat, sed diam voluptua. At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum. Stet clita kasd gubergren, no sea takimata sanctus est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet. &#xA;&#xA;\paragraph{Par3} Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat, sed diam voluptua. At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum. Stet clita kasd gubergren, no sea takimata sanctus est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat, sed diam voluptua. &#xA;&#xA;At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum. Stet clita kasd gubergren, no sea takimata sanctus est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat, sed diam voluptua. At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum. Stet clita kasd gubergren, no sea takimata sanctus est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet. &#xA;&#xA;\minisec{minisec1} Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat, sed diam voluptua. At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum. Stet clita kasd gubergren, no sea takimata sanctus est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat, sed diam voluptua. &#xA;&#xA;At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum. Stet clita kasd gubergren, no sea takimata sanctus est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat, sed diam voluptua. At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum. Stet clita kasd gubergren, no sea takimata sanctus est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet. &#xA;&#xA;\blinddocument&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4009" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-15T08:09:20.017" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T08:09:20.017" Title="Difference between \paragraph and \subparagraph in scrreprt?" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;formatting&gt;&lt;koma-script&gt;&lt;sections-paragraphs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13480" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13478" CreationDate="2011-03-15T05:20:06.413" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;\texttt{\_\_init\_\_}&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\verb+__init__+&lt;/code&gt; or with the inline options of the &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt; package&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;% Ensure that the minus sign is the &quot;-&quot; character in listings&#xA;% for cut and paste operations from pdf docs&#xA;\newcommand*\verbfont{%&#xA;    \normalfont\ttfamily\hyphenchar\font\m@ne\@noligs}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\lstset{language         =Python,&#xA;        showstringspaces =false,&#xA;        keepspaces       =true,&#xA;        basicstyle       = \raggedright\verbfont\small\selectfont}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\li{%&#xA;    \lstinline[basicstyle = \verbfont\raggedright]}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then you can use &lt;code&gt;\li{__init__}&lt;/code&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1683" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T05:20:06.413" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13481" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13473" CreationDate="2011-03-15T06:28:36.953" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;run with &lt;code&gt;xelatex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pstricks}    &#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{pspicture}(6,6)&#xA;  \psccurve[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=blue!20!red!10](0,0)(2,0.5)(4,1)(6,5)(3,3)(2,5)&#xA;  \rput(3,2){\Huge\textbf{Curve}}&#xA;\end{pspicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/5kPWg.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-15T06:29:51.440" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T06:29:51.440" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="13482" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13470" CreationDate="2011-03-15T06:44:48.190" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;use package &lt;code&gt;setspace&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage{setspace}&#xA;\doublespacing&#xA;\usepackage{footmisc}&#xA;\renewcommand\footnotelayout{\doublespacing}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;abc\footnote{murmur murmur murmur murmur murmur murmur murmur murmur murmur murmur murmur murmur murmur} def\footnote{murmur murmur murmur murmur murmur murmur murmur murmur murmur murmur murmur murmur murmur}&#xA;\lipsum[2]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-15T07:41:04.520" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T07:41:04.520" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="13483" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13479" CreationDate="2011-03-15T07:07:37.573" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This might be a &lt;a href=&quot;https://groups.google.com/group/de.comp.text.tex/browse_thread/thread/734e28e161f3ffd/716a82ea1983c100?hl=de&amp;amp;ie=UTF-8&amp;amp;oe=utf-8&amp;amp;q=koma+subparagraph+author%3aschwarz#716a82ea1983c100&quot;&gt;known bug in KOMA&lt;/a&gt;: I think you're supposed to see that subparagraphs' headings are indented, but you don't, since they're typeset &lt;code&gt;\raggedright&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1860" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T07:07:37.573" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13484" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13468" CreationDate="2011-03-15T07:44:24.307" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As far I see, the font that you use (antor) doesn't have the symbols that you want (\mathrm doesn't work), moreover if you look at the official example, the italics braces are a design feature.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't think it's a good idea, but if you will upright braces, you could try &lt;code&gt;\text\{&lt;/code&gt;(with amsmath).&#xA;The right answer is perhaps to not use {anttor} if you don't want slanted braces.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3172" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T07:44:24.307" />
  <row Id="13485" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-15T07:55:07.683" Score="3" ViewCount="76" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi, I've spent hours on this issue. I hope someone can help me. I'm running into some kind of interference when I try to use the figure environment (Likewise for table, might be related to floats). I finally narrowed the problem down to one line-- where I include another file in the preamble that allows me to later include python code and have Latex color code it. The code I'm trying to compile is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt]{article}&#xA;\include{pythonperfect}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA; blah blah blah&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where &quot;pythonperfect&quot; is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{color}&#xA;\usepackage[procnames]{listings}&#xA;\usepackage{textcomp}&#xA;\usepackage{setspace}&#xA;\usepackage{palatino}&#xA;\renewcommand{\lstlistlistingname}{Code Listings}&#xA;\renewcommand{\lstlistingname}{Code Listing}&#xA;\definecolor{gray}{gray}{0.5}&#xA;\definecolor{green}{rgb}{0,0.5,0}&#xA;\definecolor{lightgreen}{rgb}{0,0.7,0}&#xA;\definecolor{purple}{rgb}{0.5,0,0.5}&#xA;\definecolor{darkred}{rgb}{0.5,0,0}&#xA;\definecolor{orange}{rgb}{1,0.5,0}&#xA;%\lstnewenvironment{python}[1][]{&#xA;\lstset{&#xA;language=python,&#xA;basicstyle=\ttfamily\small\setstretch{1},&#xA;stringstyle=\color{green},&#xA;showstringspaces=false,&#xA;alsoletter={1234567890},&#xA;otherkeywords={\ , \}, \{},&#xA;keywordstyle=\color{blue},&#xA;emph={access,and,as,break,class,continue,def,del,elif,else,%&#xA;except,exec,finally,for,from,global,if,import,in,is,%&#xA;lambda,not,or,pass,print,raise,return,try,while,assert},&#xA;emphstyle=\color{orange}\bfseries,&#xA;emph={[2]self},&#xA;emphstyle=[2]\color{gray},&#xA;emph={[4]ArithmeticError,AssertionError,AttributeError,BaseException,%&#xA;DeprecationWarning,EOFError,Ellipsis,EnvironmentError,Exception,%&#xA;False,FloatingPointError,FutureWarning,GeneratorExit,IOError,%&#xA;ImportError,ImportWarning,IndentationError,IndexError,KeyError,%&#xA;KeyboardInterrupt,LookupError,MemoryError,NameError,None,%&#xA;NotImplemented,NotImplementedError,OSError,OverflowError,%&#xA;PendingDeprecationWarning,ReferenceError,RuntimeError,RuntimeWarning,%&#xA;StandardError,StopIteration,SyntaxError,SyntaxWarning,SystemError,%&#xA;SystemExit,TabError,True,TypeError,UnboundLocalError,UnicodeDecodeError,%&#xA;UnicodeEncodeError,UnicodeError,UnicodeTranslateError,UnicodeWarning,%&#xA;UserWarning,ValueError,Warning,ZeroDivisionError,abs,all,any,apply,%&#xA;basestring,bool,buffer,callable,chr,classmethod,cmp,coerce,compile,%&#xA;complex,copyright,credits,delattr,dict,dir,divmod,enumerate,eval,%&#xA;execfile,exit,file,filter,float,frozenset,getattr,globals,hasattr,%&#xA;hash,help,hex,id,input,int,intern,isinstance,issubclass,iter,len,%&#xA;license,list,locals,long,map,max,min,object,oct,open,ord,pow,property,%&#xA;quit,range,raw_input,reduce,reload,repr,reversed,round,set,setattr,%&#xA;slice,sorted,staticmethod,str,sum,super,tuple,type,unichr,unicode,%&#xA;vars,xrange,zip},&#xA;emphstyle=[4]\color{purple}\bfseries,&#xA;upquote=true,&#xA;morecomment=[s][\color{lightgreen}]{&quot;&quot;&quot;}{&quot;&quot;&quot;},&#xA;commentstyle=\color{red}\slshape,&#xA;literate={&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&amp;gt;}{\textbf{\textcolor{darkred}{&amp;gt;{&amp;gt;}&amp;gt;}}}3%&#xA;         {...}{{\textcolor{gray}{...}}}3,&#xA;procnamekeys={def,class},&#xA;procnamestyle=\color{blue}\textbf,&#xA;%framexleftmargin=1mm, framextopmargin=1mm, frame=shadowbox,&#xA;%rulesepcolor=\color{blue},&#xA;breaklines=true,&#xA;}{}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The error I get is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Too many }'s.&#xA;\color@endbox-&amp;gt;\color@endgroup \egroup&#xA;l.10 \end{figure}&#xA;You've closed more groups than you opened.&#xA;Such booboos are generally harmless, so keep going.&#xA;! LaTeX Error: \begin{document} ended by \end{figure}.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In any case, I've used &quot;pythonperfect&quot; for a while, and never ran into an issue until today when I tried to include a figure. The problem is that I don't really understand most of what's happening in that file, I found it somewhere on the web (I don't remember where) and made a few changes to make it work for me. But I don't really understand it. So I can't figure out what's wrong.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd really appreciate any help. Thank you very much. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3723" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T09:24:57.383" Title="Figure environment not working with included file (extra } or forgotten endgroup)" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;color&gt;&lt;programming&gt;&lt;include&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13486" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13485" CreationDate="2011-03-15T08:28:48.393" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As Martin Scharrer mentioned in his comment, the example works. However, I think the problem starts in the moment you use the newly defined environment&#xA;&lt;code&gt;\lstnewenvironment&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There was a closing &lt;code&gt;}&lt;/code&gt; missing and when you used&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{python}&#xA;&#xA;\end{python}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the error message came up. Have a look at this file's very last line. I also un-commented the new environment definition.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{color}&#xA;\usepackage[procnames]{listings}&#xA;\usepackage{textcomp}&#xA;\usepackage{setspace}&#xA;\usepackage{palatino}&#xA;\renewcommand{\lstlistlistingname}{Code Listings}&#xA;\renewcommand{\lstlistingname}{Code Listing}&#xA;\definecolor{gray}{gray}{0.5}&#xA;\definecolor{green}{rgb}{0,0.5,0}&#xA;\definecolor{lightgreen}{rgb}{0,0.7,0}&#xA;\definecolor{purple}{rgb}{0.5,0,0.5}&#xA;\definecolor{darkred}{rgb}{0.5,0,0}&#xA;\definecolor{orange}{rgb}{1,0.5,0}&#xA;\lstnewenvironment{python}[1][]{%%%% Included this&#xA;\lstset{&#xA;language=python,&#xA; basicstyle=\ttfamily\small\setstretch{1},&#xA; stringstyle=\color{green},&#xA; showstringspaces=false,&#xA; alsoletter={1234567890},&#xA; otherkeywords={\ , \}, \{},&#xA; keywordstyle=\color{blue},&#xA; emph={access,and,as,break,class,continue,def,del,elif,else,%&#xA; except,exec,finally,for,from,global,if,import,in,is,%&#xA; lambda,not,or,pass,print,raise,return,try,while,assert},&#xA; emphstyle=\color{orange}\bfseries,&#xA; emph={[2]self},&#xA; emphstyle=[2]\color{gray},&#xA; emph={[4]ArithmeticError,AssertionError,AttributeError,BaseException,%&#xA;DeprecationWarning,EOFError,Ellipsis,EnvironmentError,Exception,%&#xA;False,FloatingPointError,FutureWarning,GeneratorExit,IOError,%&#xA;ImportError,ImportWarning,IndentationError,IndexError,KeyError,%&#xA;KeyboardInterrupt,LookupError,MemoryError,NameError,None,%&#xA;NotImplemented,NotImplementedError,OSError,OverflowError,%&#xA;PendingDeprecationWarning,ReferenceError,RuntimeError,RuntimeWarning,%&#xA;StandardError,StopIteration,SyntaxError,SyntaxWarning,SystemError,%&#xA;SystemExit,TabError,True,TypeError,UnboundLocalError,UnicodeDecodeError,%&#xA;UnicodeEncodeError,UnicodeError,UnicodeTranslateError,UnicodeWarning,%&#xA;UserWarning,ValueError,Warning,ZeroDivisionError,abs,all,any,apply,%&#xA;basestring,bool,buffer,callable,chr,classmethod,cmp,coerce,compile,%&#xA;complex,copyright,credits,delattr,dict,dir,divmod,enumerate,eval,%&#xA;execfile,exit,file,filter,float,frozenset,getattr,globals,hasattr,%&#xA;hash,help,hex,id,input,int,intern,isinstance,issubclass,iter,len,%&#xA;license,list,locals,long,map,max,min,object,oct,open,ord,pow,property,%&#xA;quit,range,raw_input,reduce,reload,repr,reversed,round,set,setattr,%&#xA;slice,sorted,staticmethod,str,sum,super,tuple,type,unichr,unicode,%&#xA;vars,xrange,zip},&#xA; emphstyle=[4]\color{purple}\bfseries,&#xA; upquote=true,&#xA; morecomment=[s][\color{lightgreen}]{&quot;&quot;&quot;}{&quot;&quot;&quot;},&#xA; commentstyle=\color{red}\slshape,&#xA; literate={&amp;gt;&amp;gt;&amp;gt;}{\textbf{\textcolor{darkred}{&amp;gt;{&amp;gt;}&amp;gt;}}}3%&#xA;          {...}{{\textcolor{gray}{...}}}3,&#xA; procnamekeys={def,class},&#xA; procnamestyle=\color{blue}\textbf,&#xA;framexleftmargin=1mm, framextopmargin=1mm, frame=shadowbox,&#xA;rulesepcolor=\color{blue},&#xA; breaklines=true,&#xA; #1&#xA;}}{}%%%%Here it was missing }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And the example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt]{article}&#xA;\input{pythonperfect}%input better than include here&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA; blah blah blah&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{python}&#xA; for a&#xA;\end{python}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/2lZBt.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="632" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-15T08:45:51.387" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T08:45:51.387" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="13487" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13460" CreationDate="2011-03-15T08:39:35.773" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is not true that &lt;code&gt;\scalebox{0.5}&lt;/code&gt; of the &lt;code&gt;graphics&lt;/code&gt; package scales a graph to 0.8 times of the original size. It scales it simply by this factor, as Ian Thompson already said in his answer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that their is also &lt;code&gt;\resizebox{&amp;lt;width&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;height&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;content&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt; which allows you to scale the image to a given size. This can be more useful for adjusting bigger graphics or pictures: &lt;code&gt;\resizebox{\textwidth}{!}{&amp;lt;content&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt; scales the content directly to the size of the main text. The &lt;code&gt;!&lt;/code&gt; for the height states that it should scale with the width.&#xA;See my answer to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/10966/quickest-way-to-include-graphics/10970#10970&quot;&gt;Quickest way to include graphics&lt;/a&gt; for more explanation about scale vs. direct width/height.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/graphics&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;graphics/x&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; manual for the other commands like &lt;code&gt;\rotatebox&lt;/code&gt;.&#xA;Note that if you want to resize images you can use the optional arguments of &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics[height=&amp;lt;height&amp;gt;,width=&amp;lt;width&amp;gt;,angle=&amp;lt;angle&amp;gt;,keepaspectratio]{&amp;lt;filename&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For other things like diagrams drawn using TeX commands (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/pgf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;pgf&lt;/code&gt;/&lt;code&gt;tikz&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/pstricks&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;pstricks&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, etc.) there is the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/adjustbox&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;adjustbox&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package which gives you &lt;code&gt;\adjustbox[height=&amp;lt;height&amp;gt;,width=&amp;lt;width&amp;gt;,angle=&amp;lt;angle&amp;gt;,keepaspectratio]{&amp;lt;TeX content&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt; or the similar and very new &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/gincltex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;gincltex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; which allows you to include &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; files like images using &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T08:39:35.773" />
  <row Id="13488" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-15T08:53:58.277" Score="3" ViewCount="82" Body="&lt;p&gt;I found the &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; package's &lt;code&gt;pmatrix&lt;/code&gt; environment have a bit difference with LaTeX's &lt;code&gt;pmatrix&lt;/code&gt; command. You can see it from:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;% \usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\linespread{1.3}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;$\pmatrix{A&amp;amp;B\cr C&amp;amp;D\cr}$&#xA;% $\begin{pmatrix}A&amp;amp;B\cr C&amp;amp;D\cr\end{pmatrix}$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\linespread{1.3}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;% $\pmatrix{A&amp;amp;B\cr C&amp;amp;D\cr}$&#xA;$\begin{pmatrix}A&amp;amp;B\cr C&amp;amp;D\cr\end{pmatrix}$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this a feature of &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4198" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-15T08:57:06.500" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T13:22:30.463" Title="Why the pmatrix environment get a higher parenthese than pmatrix command?" Tags="&lt;amsmath&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="13489" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13488" CreationDate="2011-03-15T09:24:31.507" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This seems to be due to the &lt;code&gt;\linespread{1.3}&lt;/code&gt;. I'm not sure if this is a feature of &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; or a bug. Depends on your point of view, I suppose. Feel like a bug. Especially if you use an absurd &lt;code&gt;\linespread&lt;/code&gt; factor (e.g., 5).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T09:24:31.507" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="13490" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-15T09:45:49.777" Score="0" ViewCount="44" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I use the hypdvips package, because otherwise my the abbrivations in the glossary package won't break on the end of lines. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But when I use the package, I get an error for every figure environment, saying for every signle figure: &quot;You have forgotten to use \caption&quot;. This is false, I acutally have a caption for all of my figures.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any ideas?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4210" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T09:45:49.777" Title="Usage of hypdvips falsely gives error about forgotten \caption" Tags="&lt;captions&gt;&lt;glossaries&gt;" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13491" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-15T09:54:50.453" Score="2" ViewCount="77" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Using endfloat and graphicx package.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I place a figure in chapter 1.  Which is assigned the figure number 2.1.  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;A box in the position reads:&#xA;&lt;code&gt;[ Figure 1 about here ]&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;How can we make the box read the correct figure number?  It is not figure 1.  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Secondly, how can we make the figure take the correct figure number of 1.1.  Since the figure is in chapter 1, not chapter 2?  Originally, it was figure 2.1.  But we wish to change to the correct figure 1.1.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,12pt,twoside]{book}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage[nolists]{endfloat}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\chapter{This is Chapter 1}&#xA;Some text in chapter 1.  See my figure \ref{fig:MyFigure}.&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;        \centering&#xA;        \includegraphics{Figures/MyFigure.JPG}&#xA;        \caption{My caption for this figure}&#xA;        \label{fig:MyFigure}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\let\cleardoublepage\clearpage&#xA;\chapter{This is Chapter 2}&#xA;Some text in chapter 2. &#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4159" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-15T11:00:52.633" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T12:45:11.973" Title="Using endfloat with Chapters [ Figure X about here] has incorrect numbering" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;numbering&gt;&lt;endfloat&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="13492" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-15T10:07:15.820" Score="2" ViewCount="276" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using xelatex to compile a tex file.&#xA;However, I got a strange problem, the log says:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! This is a LaTeX bug: check coding! ! !&#xA;Command name `\font_set:Nnn' already defined! &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any hint to solve it? Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4212" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-15T11:31:47.143" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T09:30:03.800" Title="xelatex compilation error" Tags="&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;errors&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="10" />
  <row Id="13493" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13495" CreationDate="2011-03-15T10:36:28.867" Score="6" ViewCount="91" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have just discovered the &lt;code&gt;siunitx&lt;/code&gt; package and want to use it in a German language document. Unfortunately, I can't get the German word 'bis' instead of 'to' with the &lt;code&gt;\SIrange&lt;/code&gt; command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\listfiles&#xA;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage[ngerman]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{siunitx}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;  $\dot{V}=\SIrange{0}{650}{\litre\per\hour}$&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What's wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1053" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-15T11:35:14.177" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T11:35:14.177" Title="siunitx: localisation not working" Tags="&lt;siunitx&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="13494" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13491" CreationDate="2011-03-15T10:44:37.860" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quoting from the &lt;code&gt;endfloat&lt;/code&gt; documentation, p. 1, first sentence:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The purpose of this style is to put&#xA;  all figures on pages by themselves at&#xA;  the end of an article in a section&#xA;  named Figures.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In other words, &lt;code&gt;endfloat&lt;/code&gt; was &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; designed for document classes featuring the &lt;code&gt;\chapter&lt;/code&gt; command (book, report, ...).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As a quick fix, you may add the following to your preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{chngcntr}&#xA;\counterwithout{figure}{chapter}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This will uncouple the &lt;code&gt;figure&lt;/code&gt; counter from the &lt;code&gt;chapter&lt;/code&gt; counter, i.e., figures will be numbered simply as 1, 2, ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Placing figures at the end of the document but numbering them as if they were placed within chapters (Figure 1.1, ...) doesn't seem to possible with &lt;code&gt;endfloat&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: I should have read the documentation more carefully. Version 2.4 of &lt;code&gt;endfloat&lt;/code&gt; introduced the &lt;code&gt;\processdelayedfloats&lt;/code&gt; macro. Put this macro at the end of each chapter; this &lt;em&gt;&quot;will process all of the unprocessed tables and figures up&#xA;to that point&quot;&lt;/em&gt; (p. 6). The floats will also be numbered correctly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT 2: I suppose you will have to live with figures at the end of each chapter, but here's a fix for the &quot;about here&quot; caption.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{book}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[nolists]{endfloat}&#xA;&#xA;% Use the following only together with \processdelayedfloats&#xA;\usepackage{chngcntr}&#xA;\counterwithin{postfig}{chapter}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{This is Chapter~1}&#xA;&#xA;Some text in chapter~1. See my figure \ref{fig:FirstFigure}.&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;\centering&#xA;\rule{1cm}{1cm}&#xA;\caption{First figure}&#xA;\label{fig:FirstFigure}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\processdelayedfloats&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{This is Chapter~2}&#xA;&#xA;Some text in chapter~2. &#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;\centering&#xA;\rule{1cm}{1cm}&#xA;\caption{Second figure}&#xA;\label{fig:SecondFigure}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\processdelayedfloats&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-15T12:37:54.540" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T12:37:54.540" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13495" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13493" CreationDate="2011-03-15T10:52:24.313" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the &lt;code&gt;range-phrase&lt;/code&gt; option, either for the package or the &lt;code&gt;\SIrange&lt;/code&gt; command. Note that you have to add the spaces before and after &lt;code&gt;bis&lt;/code&gt;, e.g. using &lt;code&gt;\,&lt;/code&gt; for 1/2 space.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\listfiles&#xA;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage[ngerman]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage[range-phrase={\,bis\,}]{siunitx}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;    $\dot{V}=\SIrange{0}{650}{\litre\per\hour}$&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T10:52:24.313" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="13496" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13498" CreationDate="2011-03-15T11:00:20.437" Score="4" ViewCount="76" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using the following to center align chapters. Heres the code&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \newcommand{\cchapter}[1]{\chapter[#1]{\centering #1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And using &lt;code&gt;\cchapter&lt;/code&gt; to format chapters. But the chapter heading for eg. &quot;Chapter 1&quot; is not getting center aligned. How can I achieve that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4216" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-21T22:17:15.187" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T22:17:15.187" Title="Center aligning chapters" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;horizontal-alignment&gt;&lt;chapters&gt;&lt;titlesec&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="13497" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13500" CreationDate="2011-03-15T11:03:45.640" Score="5" ViewCount="131" Body="&lt;p&gt;In my article, I would like to create a section &quot;Mathematical Notation&quot; that lists all the arcane mathematical symbols I'm using.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is similar to an index or a list of figures. An example of what I have in mind is given by the section &quot;Standard Notations&quot; in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.math.cornell.edu/~hatcher/AT/ATpage.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;following book&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not aware of a standard way to do create such a list, however. Any recommendations?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Disambiguation:&lt;/em&gt; I'm not asking for a list of mathematical symbols and their LaTeX counterparts. Not that Google would listen to me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1959" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-15T12:04:01.723" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T12:13:04.307" Title="List of mathematical notation / abbreviations" Tags="&lt;glossaries&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13498" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13496" CreationDate="2011-03-15T11:28:25.827" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I recommend to use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/titlesec&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package. Here's an example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{titlesec}&#xA;\titleformat{\chapter}[display]&#xA;  {\normalfont\huge\bfseries\centering}&#xA;  {\chaptertitlename\ \thechapter}{20pt}{\Huge}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is similar to the standard chapter plus &lt;code&gt;\centering&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I prefer sans serif headings, because I think bold headings with serifs are too heavy. Hoewver, serifs are great for body text. Recently I used this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{titlesec}&#xA;\titleformat{\chapter}[display]&#xA;  {\normalfont\sffamily\Large\bfseries\centering}&#xA;  {\chaptertitlename\ \thechapter}{0pt}{\Huge}&#xA;\titleformat{\section}&#xA;  {\normalfont\sffamily\large\bfseries\centering}&#xA;  {\thesection}{1em}{}&#xA;\titlespacing*{\chapter}{0pt}{30pt}{20pt}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To get:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/0gkVz.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also because of the lighter appearance of those bold headings, KOMA-Script classes use sans-serif headings by default.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-15T11:40:53.833" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T11:40:53.833" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13499" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13456" CreationDate="2011-03-15T11:36:56.880" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As Martin points out, this is related to the &lt;code&gt;booktabs&lt;/code&gt; rules. There really shouldn't be a &lt;code&gt;\midrule&lt;/code&gt; between every line, but if you want to do it anyway, here's one way to fix the problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,11pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{supertabular}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\usepackage{booktabs}&#xA;\usepackage{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{etoolbox}&#xA;&#xA;\tabletail{\bottomrule}&#xA;\tablelasttail{\bottomrule}&#xA;\tablehead{%&#xA;        \toprule&#xA;        \multicolumn{2}{c}{\textbf{\huge ``Head row''}}%&#xA;        \\ \midrule&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}%&#xA;&#xA;\overfullrule5pt&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\appto\estimate@lineht{%&#xA;        \global\advance\ST@lineht by\aboverulesep&#xA;        \global\advance\ST@lineht by\belowrulesep&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{supertabular}{@{}p{7cm}@{\extracolsep{\fill}}p{7cm}@{}}&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;foo &amp;amp; bar \\ \midrule&#xA;\end{supertabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;geometry&lt;/code&gt; package is just because your table was too wide and it was giving overfull rules. Changing the margins fixes that. The real fix here has to do with how &lt;code&gt;supertabular&lt;/code&gt; estimates the height of each line. It uses &lt;code&gt;\estimate@lineht&lt;/code&gt; to compute the height of a stretched line. Since you are using &lt;code&gt;\midrule&lt;/code&gt; between every line, we can simply increase the estimate of the line height by incrementing &lt;code&gt;\ST@lineht&lt;/code&gt; by &lt;code&gt;\aboverulesep&lt;/code&gt; + &lt;code&gt;\belowrulesep&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The real fix is to omit the &lt;code&gt;\midrules&lt;/code&gt;. It makes the table look much better.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T11:36:56.880" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="13500" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13497" CreationDate="2011-03-15T11:45:11.367" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use the comprehensive &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/glossaries&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;glossaries&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package, it's the successor of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/glossary&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;glossary&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package by the same author.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/nomencl&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;nomencl&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; is a good alternative.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are further packages for this purpose, such as &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/glosstex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;glosstex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; (related to &lt;code&gt;nomencl&lt;/code&gt;) and &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/gloss&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;gloss&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; (using BibTeX).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T11:45:11.367" />
  <row Id="13501" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13497" CreationDate="2011-03-15T12:08:00.380" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;That looks like something closely analogous to the &lt;code&gt;description&lt;/code&gt; environment, which I imagine would serve your purposes admirably.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For something a little fancier, you could put it into a &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; inside a &lt;code&gt;table&lt;/code&gt; (potentially using &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/booktabs/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;booktabs&lt;/a&gt;) which is what I'm using right now for a table of acronyms, abbreviations and initialisms:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/4l93F.png&quot; alt=&quot;a table of acronyms&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The benefit being that your nomenclature and corresponding meanings are clearly delimited, which is not the case in the book you referred to.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1052" LastEditorUserId="1052" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-15T12:13:04.307" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T12:13:04.307" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13502" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13510" CreationDate="2011-03-15T12:15:56.607" Score="2" ViewCount="90" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm forced to use a third-party document class that somewhat messes up the bookmarking done by &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; (and the &lt;code&gt;bookmark&lt;/code&gt; package): a spurious bookmark appears for 'author' (so I guess the package implements 'author' using a sectioning macro). Therefore, I would like to be able to disable bookmarking temporarily, in my case before the &lt;code&gt;\maketitle&lt;/code&gt; command, and reenable it afterwards. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this possible using &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt;, or the &lt;code&gt;bookmark&lt;/code&gt; package. (I'm currently using the latter to partly overcome the problem, using &lt;code&gt;\bookmarksetup{startatroot}&lt;/code&gt;.) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="87" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-15T12:33:21.830" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T13:46:15.767" Title="How to temporarily disable PDF bookmarking ?" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;bookmarks&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13503" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13488" CreationDate="2011-03-15T12:31:06.707" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I never use &lt;code&gt;\linespread&lt;/code&gt;, and if you look at the very fine document &lt;code&gt;mathmode.pdf&lt;/code&gt; I think it will be difficult to find how to use &lt;code&gt;\linespread&lt;/code&gt;. If you make some investigations on the web, you can find &lt;code&gt;\linespread{1.3} \selectfont&lt;/code&gt;. I think if you really need to get some space, &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand\arraystretch{1.3}&lt;/code&gt; is a better idea!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document} &#xA;&#xA;\linespread{1.3}% do nothing !!! without \selectfont   &#xA;&#xA;$\begin{pmatrix}A&amp;amp;B\cr C&amp;amp;D\cr\end{pmatrix}$  &#xA;&#xA;\linespread{1.3} \selectfont &#xA;&#xA;$\begin{pmatrix}A&amp;amp;B\cr C&amp;amp;D\cr\end{pmatrix}$  &#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand\arraystretch{1.3}&#xA;$\begin{pmatrix}A&amp;amp;B\cr C&amp;amp;D\cr\end{pmatrix}$ &#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/YKV52.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-15T13:22:30.463" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T13:22:30.463" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13504" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13491" CreationDate="2011-03-15T12:38:35.227" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;-The following MWE shows how to place all figures and tables at the end of&#xA;a chapter with the correct:  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;[Figure X.X about here] or [Table X.X about here]&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Multiple floats are also placed on&#xA;the same page.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;This should be useful for anyone&#xA;writing a thesis.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,12pt,twoside]{book}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[nolists]{endfloat}&#xA;\renewcommand{\efloatseparator}{\mbox{}}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{This is Chapter 1}&#xA;&#xA;Some text in chapter 1.  See my figure \ref{fig:MyFigure1} and my table \ref{tab:MyTable1}.&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand{\tablename}{Figure} % if no babel&#xA;\renewcommand{\tableplace}{%&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;[Ian says: Table \ref{tab:MyTable1} about here]&#xA;\end{center}}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{table}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{ll}&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 2  \\ &#xA;3 &amp;amp; 4  \\ &#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\label{tab:MyTable1}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand{\figurename}{Figure} % if no babel&#xA;\renewcommand{\figureplace}{%&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;[Ian says: Figure \ref{fig:MyFigure1} about here]&#xA;\end{center}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;        \centering&#xA;        \includegraphics{Figures/MyFigure.JPG}&#xA;        \caption{My caption for this figure}&#xA;        \label{fig:MyFigure1}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand{\figurename}{Figure} % if no babel&#xA;\renewcommand{\figureplace}{%&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;[Ian says: Figure \ref{fig:MyFigure2} about here]&#xA;\end{center}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;        \centering&#xA;        \includegraphics{Figures/MyFigure.JPG}&#xA;        \caption{My caption for this figure}&#xA;        \label{fig:MyFigure2}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\processdelayedfloats&#xA;\let\cleardoublepage\clearpage&#xA;\chapter{This is Chapter 2}&#xA;Some text in chapter 2. See my figure \ref{fig:MyFigure3}.&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand{\figurename}{Figure} % if no babel&#xA;\renewcommand{\figureplace}{%&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;[Ian says: Figure \ref{fig:MyFigure3} about here]&#xA;\end{center}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;        \centering&#xA;        \includegraphics{Figures/MyFigure.JPG}&#xA;        \caption{My caption for this figure}&#xA;        \label{fig:MyFigure3}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\processdelayedfloats&#xA;\let\cleardoublepage\clearpage&#xA;\chapter{This is Chapter 3}&#xA;Some text in chapter 3.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4159" LastEditorUserId="4159" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-15T12:45:11.973" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T12:45:11.973" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13505" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13473" CreationDate="2011-03-15T12:59:23.983" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;code&gt;TikZ&lt;/code&gt; &lt;code&gt;\draw plot&lt;/code&gt; functionality to get smoothed lines and polygons. &lt;code&gt;TikZ&lt;/code&gt; works directly with &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tikz \draw plot [smooth cycle] coordinates {(0,0) (1,0.1) (2,0.3) (2,1.4) (1.5,2.5) (0.8,2.5) (0.3,1.2) (-0.2,0.6) } node at (1,1) {Area};&#xA;\tikz \draw plot [smooth,tension=1.2] coordinates {(0,1) (0.75,0.5) (1.5,0.9) (2,0) (2.5,0)} node at (1,0) {Line};&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/fA1vl.png&quot; alt=&quot;smooth polygon and line&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or, as Andrew Stacey suggested, using random coordinates. You can play around with the seed and the factors for the random part. &lt;code&gt;rnd&lt;/code&gt; returns a number between 0 and 1, &lt;code&gt;rand&lt;/code&gt; returns a number between -1 and 1.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\pgfmathsetseed{3}&#xA;\draw plot [smooth cycle, samples=8,domain={1:8}] (\x*360/8+5*rnd:0.5cm+1cm*rnd) node at (0,0) {Area};&#xA;\pgfmathsetseed{2}&#xA;\draw plot [smooth, samples=5,domain={1:5},xshift=1cm] (\x+0.5*rnd,0.75*rand) node at (4,-0.75) {Line};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/dpvTx.png&quot; alt=&quot;random shapes&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastEditorUserId="2552" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-15T18:08:34.980" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T18:08:34.980" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13506" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13508" CreationDate="2011-03-15T13:15:43.263" Score="3" ViewCount="59" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using &lt;code&gt;framed&lt;/code&gt; package to create text boxes using &lt;code&gt;begin{framed}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;end{framed}&lt;/code&gt;. My problem is that my framed box goes on for two pages, and I don't want the text box to complete itself at the end of the first page and begin anew on the second page (i.e. it appears as one text box and not two)... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to disappear the lines which are at the end of the first page's box and the top of the second page box?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example: the same framed box on two pages, but appearing as two separate boxes!!&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/GmutT.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3864" LastEditorUserId="3864" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-15T13:29:38.600" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T13:34:08.400" Title="How to continue the framed Text Box on multiple pages?" Tags="&lt;framed&gt;&lt;framebox&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="13507" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1319" CreationDate="2011-03-15T13:16:31.047" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Shameless plug for &lt;a href=&quot;http://hdl.handle.net/1854/LU-495650&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;my own thesis&lt;/a&gt;, done with &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt;, a host of smaller packages, and custom hacking too horrible to share (Its the layout example that counts). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="87" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T13:16:31.047" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-03-15T13:16:31.047" />
  <row Id="13508" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13506" CreationDate="2011-03-15T13:34:08.400" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/mdframed&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;mdframed&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package which extends &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/framed&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;framed&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; (and is rather configurable compared to its ancestor):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{mdframed}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{mdframed}&#xA;  \lipsum&#xA;\end{mdframed}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3104" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T13:34:08.400" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13509" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13513" CreationDate="2011-03-15T13:42:38.847" Score="5" ViewCount="151" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi, is there a 'biblatex in a nutshell' guide out there?&#xA;I'd like if someone explained to me the essentials on how to use biblatex (what lines I have to write in my document, which files I have to have, how many times and what I have to compile), so then I can go to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/exptl/biblatex/doc/biblatex.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/exptl/biblatex/doc/biblatex.pdf&lt;/a&gt; to customise it further.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="704" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T14:10:40.767" Title="Biblatex for idiots" Tags="&lt;biblatex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13510" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13502" CreationDate="2011-03-15T13:46:15.767" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could change bookmarksdepth:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section{A}&#xA;&#xA;\hypersetup{bookmarksdepth=-2}&#xA;\section{B}&#xA;&#xA;\hypersetup{bookmarksdepth}%back to tocdepth&#xA;&#xA;\section{C}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T13:46:15.767" />
  <row Id="13512" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13509" CreationDate="2011-03-15T14:02:36.570" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you are familiar with german, you'll find an introduction in &quot;Die TeXnische Komödie&quot; the journal of DANTE:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dante.de/DTK/Ausgaben/2008-2.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.dante.de/DTK/Ausgaben/2008-2.pdf&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;http://www.dante.de/DTK/Ausgaben/dtk08-4.pdf&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can start with one of the default settings, e.g.:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[style=authoryear]{biblatex}&#xA;\bibliography{...}&#xA;...&#xA;\nocite{*}&#xA;\printbibliography&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;there are a lot of examples in your local TeX installation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T14:02:36.570" />
  <row Id="13513" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13509" CreationDate="2011-03-15T14:10:40.767" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A minimal document for &lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt; would be&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{biblatex}&#xA;\bibliography{&amp;lt;database&amp;gt;}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\cite{&amp;lt;some-ref&amp;gt;}&#xA;\printbibliography&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which requires a &amp;lt;database&amp;gt; file in &lt;code&gt;.bib&lt;/code&gt; format. You then run:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;LaTeX&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;BibTeX&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;LaTeX&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Normally, you'd also select a bibliography style by loading this an an optional argument to the &lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt; line&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[style=numeric-comp]{biblatex}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You should use the '8-bit' version of BibTeX as a minimum, rather than the ancient 7-bit BibTeX. At the Command line, this is used by doing&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;bibtex8 --wolfgang &amp;lt;filename&amp;gt;&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where &amp;lt;filename&amp;gt; is the name of your LaTeX file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is more you can do, but this should get you started.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T14:10:40.767" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="13514" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-15T14:35:04.317" Score="1" ViewCount="92" Body="&lt;p&gt;The following MWE demonstrates the large gap between the heading 'List&#xA;of Tables' and the caption for the first entry in this list.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;How can the vertical space between the heading and first line of text be reduced?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{book}&#xA;\usepackage[Bjornstrup]{fncychap}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;        \listoftables   &#xA;&#xA;        \begin{table}&#xA;                \begin{tabular}{ll}&#xA;                    1 &amp;amp; 2  \\ &#xA;                    3 &amp;amp; 4  \\ &#xA;                \end{tabular}&#xA;                \caption{This is my table 1.}&#xA;        \end{table}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4159" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-20T13:56:10.723" LastActivityDate="2011-03-20T13:56:10.723" Title="Reduce vertical spacing/gap - for \listoftables, \listoftables between heading and first entry" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="13515" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13516" CreationDate="2011-03-15T14:40:45.827" Score="1" ViewCount="105" Body="&lt;p&gt;In passages, the line numbers are given on the right side of the paragraph. Like this:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/TTkhD.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How could this be implemented in LaTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3864" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T13:01:39.553" Title="How to add paragraph line number in right margin" Tags="&lt;paragraphs&gt;&lt;line-numbering&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="13516" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13515" CreationDate="2011-03-15T14:44:04.477" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;lineno&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package is what you are looking for.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As a first approximation to what you want: &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[modulo,right]{lineno}&lt;/code&gt;. If you want the numbers to start from 1 on every page, add the option &lt;code&gt;pagewise&lt;/code&gt;. Unfortunately, the package isn't perfect and will go a little... odd when there's a lot of mathmode or figures.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You then need to activate it with &lt;code&gt;\linenumbers&lt;/code&gt;. Personally, I prefer to use line numbers only in draft mode. So with the &lt;code&gt;ifdraft&lt;/code&gt; package, I write &lt;code&gt;\ifdraft{\linenumbers}{}&lt;/code&gt; so that when I'm not compiling drafts, I don't see the ugly numbers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want line numbers &lt;em&gt;inside&lt;/em&gt; a framed box, for example, you need to put &lt;code&gt;\internallinenumbers&lt;/code&gt; at the beginning of the environment. I just checked this works with &lt;code&gt;mdframed&lt;/code&gt;...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is some example code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum} % The lipsum package is only used to generate dummy text&#xA;\usepackage[right,modulo]{lineno}&#xA;\usepackage{mdframed}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{mdframed}&#xA;  \internallinenumbers&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\end{mdframed}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The documentation is available &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ox.ac.uk/sites/ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/ulineno.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T13:01:39.553" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T13:01:39.553" CommentCount="10" />
  <row Id="13517" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13515" CreationDate="2011-03-15T14:45:00.637" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Have a look at the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/lineno&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;lineno&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage[modulo,right]{lineno}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\linenumbers&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt; package options suggested by Seamus.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T14:45:00.637" />
  <row Id="13518" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-15T14:45:15.177" Score="0" ViewCount="43" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have installed the texlive 2009 and the ctex package, then I test the code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{ctexart}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;中文测试&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I get an error like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! LaTeX Error: Unknown option `normalindentfirst' for package `fontspec'.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have tried to solve the problem following the method:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://code.google.com/p/ctex-kit/issues/detail?id=32&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://code.google.com/p/ctex-kit/issues/detail?id=32&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;But it does not work! Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4160" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-15T15:06:29.520" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T15:06:29.520" Title="Problem with xetex and ctex" Tags="&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;fontspec&gt;" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="13520" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-15T15:06:26.107" Score="4" ViewCount="111" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using winedt on windows.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;My question is how to make a book page style like the following pic with variations of displaying either chapter or section headers, according to page number, beside a vertical margin.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Gsn4p.gif&quot; alt=&quot;An example of the required page style&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks for help in advance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;@Herbert: The following pic is what I get after copy&gt;paste in a new file&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/mM3xw.gif&quot; alt=&quot;Herbert syntax output&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I really appreciate your help, however, what I need is a page style analogous to my first attached pic in my question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2288" LastEditorUserId="2288" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T14:42:13.593" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T14:42:13.593" Title="How to write chapter or section headers beside the page margin ?" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;margins&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13521" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13514" CreationDate="2011-03-15T15:10:35.947" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Very similar to the question &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/13357/fncychap-package-reduce-vertical-gap-space-between-header-and-chapter-heading/13358#13358&quot;&gt;fncychap package - reduce vertical gap/space between header and chapter heading&lt;/a&gt; you could redefine &lt;code&gt;\@makeschapterhead&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand*{\@makeschapterhead}[1]{%&#xA;  \vspace*{-28\p@}% &amp;lt;- modify here for changing the space above&#xA;  {\parindent \z@ \raggedright&#xA;    \normalfont&#xA;    \interlinepenalty\@M&#xA;    \DOTIS{#1}&#xA;    \vskip -30\p@% &amp;lt;- modify here for changing the space below&#xA;  }}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I put comments next to the commands which produce the spacing. The original spacing below is 40 pt. You could use it with a different value, also negative values are possible.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T08:42:14.873" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T08:42:14.873" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="13522" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13524" CreationDate="2011-03-15T15:16:16.410" Score="4" ViewCount="116" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to make some nice looking worksheets, tests, and quiz papers for my wife's classroom.  I see her and other teachers typing up a simple quiz and then wasting a lot of time fighting Word to get it to look decent.  TeX seems to be a perfect fit for this (especially if I code up a database of questions to pull from).  I'd like some way to incorporate an image or two (ideally vector-based) and have an easy way to enlarge the text for any vision-impaired students.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Where would be a good place to start for reading up on this (websites, books, podcasts, etc.)?  Are there any editors and packages that would fit this role better than others?  I've attempted to do this a few times but I end up getting lost in a sea of dependencies or using bad practices that lead to broken documents with strange errors.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;thanks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4232" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T18:37:40.620" Title="Starting point for creating tests, quizzes, worksheets for teachers" Tags="&lt;teaching&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="13523" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13522" CreationDate="2011-03-15T15:29:16.727" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A good starting point is always CTAN, the place where all official packages are stored&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is a section about &lt;a href=&quot;http://texcatalogue.sarovar.org/bytopic.html#exams&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;exams, quizzes, etc.&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You might as well start with a simple article class and define some &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/boxes-with-text-and-math/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;boxes&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="632" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T15:29:16.727" />
  <row Id="13524" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13522" CreationDate="2011-03-15T15:29:28.760" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I do this a lot but I use homegrown classes.  If I were you, I would start looking at suitable document classes, such as &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=eqexam&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;eqexam&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/examdesign/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;examdesign&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/exam/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;exam&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=mathexam&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;mathexam&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;TeX is not going to help with querying a database.  If you really wanted to do that, you could write a tool in Perl or another scripted language that would do the querying and write TeX files.  But unless you have a large database of problems ready-to-go, this project might be a huge time sink.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Importing graphics is easy with the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/graphicx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;graphicx&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package.  TikZ will help you create your own if you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Enlarging the fonts document-wide is also just a few additional lines to your tex file, such as &lt;code&gt;\fontsize{20}{15}\selectfont&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T15:29:28.760" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13525" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13527" CreationDate="2011-03-15T15:43:07.930" Score="4" ViewCount="82" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to place an image on the right of some individual lines of text that do not stretch over the entire &lt;code&gt;\textwidth&lt;/code&gt;. The image will go higher than the first line and I have to be able to position the image very precisely. My idea was:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article} &#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\textwidth=5cm&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}&#xA;A\\&#xA;B\\[-2cm]&#xA;C\hfill\includegraphics[height=2cm]{testimg}\\&#xA;D&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which produces &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://img826.imageshack.us/img826/8539/57921502.png&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I don't like is that &lt;code&gt;B&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;C&lt;/code&gt; are not on the same line, which means that in the the space between &lt;code&gt;B&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;D&lt;/code&gt; is larger than the space between &lt;code&gt;B&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;A&lt;/code&gt; (&lt;code&gt;C&lt;/code&gt; will not be in the final document, it is just inserted for illustration). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any ideas would be appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1236" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T16:37:36.963" Title="Vertical space of \includegraphics[height=2cm]" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="13526" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13528" CreationDate="2011-03-15T15:51:09.157" Score="3" ViewCount="106" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've got a rather long table of contents for my presentation in &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt;, and it doesn't fit on one frame. I know I can provide a table of contents per section, or to manually break it between sections into a few frames using &lt;code&gt;\tableofcontents[sections={1-3}]&lt;/code&gt; etc., but I was hoping there is a way for LaTeX/beamer to do it automatically for me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, in short: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Is it possible to automatically break the table of contents in beamer between frames?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And of course, if yes, how would I go about it? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="711" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T16:03:28.833" Title="Breaking table of contents between frames in beamer" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;page-breaking&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13527" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13525" CreationDate="2011-03-15T15:52:04.493" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You should put the image in a vertical version of &lt;code&gt;\rlap&lt;/code&gt; so that officially it doesn't take any vertical space. You can do this like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article} &#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\textwidth=5cm&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}&#xA;A\\&#xA;B\hspace{4cm}\hbox to 0pt{\vbox to 0pt{\vss\rule{5cm}{2cm}}\hss}\\&#xA;D&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Here &lt;code&gt;\rule&lt;/code&gt; is a demo replacement of the &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This also makes the image officially 0pt wide and you can position it using the value of &lt;code&gt;\hspace&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, you could control the position even more exact if you put both the text and the image into a picture environment like e.g. &lt;code&gt;tikzpicture&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T15:52:04.493" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="13528" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13526" CreationDate="2011-03-15T15:57:33.253" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could try the &lt;code&gt;allowframebreaks&lt;/code&gt; option&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{frame}[allowframebreaks=&amp;lt;fraction&amp;gt;]&#xA;  \tableofcontents&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is for stuff like ToC or references.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/13380/2975&quot;&gt;Explicit frame break with beamer class&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-15T16:03:28.833" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T16:03:28.833" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13529" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13525" CreationDate="2011-03-15T16:06:57.600" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Possibly two minipages (remark: the use of &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; inside a document should be avoided):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article} &#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}&#xA;\begin{minipage}[c]{.45\textwidth}&#xA;A&#xA;&#xA;B&#xA;&#xA;C&#xA;\end{minipage}\hfill&#xA;\begin{minipage}[b]{.45\textwidth}&#xA;\includegraphics[height=2cm]{testimg}&#xA;\end{minipage} &#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-15T16:11:52.307" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T16:11:52.307" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="13530" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13520" CreationDate="2011-03-15T16:12:09.493" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;That can be done with package &lt;code&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/code&gt; which allows to write page numbers and running headers elsewhere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,10pt,twoside]{book}&#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor,blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{geometry}&#xA;\geometry{paperheight=239mm,paperwidth=169mm,tmargin=5mm,textwidth=124mm,textheight=195mm,&#xA;  rmargin=22mm,heightrounded,includeheadfoot,headheight=5mm,headsep=8mm,foot=18mm,&#xA;  marginparsep=2mm,marginparwidth=18mm}&#xA;\usepackage[color=red,cam,a4,center]{crop}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\colorlet{TitleBlue}{blue}&#xA;\DeclareRobustCommand\headingfont{\fontfamily\sfdefault\fontseries{b}\fontshape{n}\selectfont}&#xA;\fancyhf{}&#xA;\fancypagestyle{plain}{\fancyhf{}\def\headrulewidth{0pt}}&#xA;&#xA;\fancyheadoffset[RO,LE]{30mm}&#xA;\fancyhead[LE]{\leavevmode\headingfont\smash{%&#xA; \setlength\fboxsep{0pt}%&#xA; \colorbox{black!80}{%&#xA;   \makebox[22mm]{\hfill&#xA;      \ifnum\value{chapter}&amp;gt;0&#xA;         \textcolor{white}{\fontsize{18}{19}\selectfont\thechapter}\ &#xA;      \fi&#xA;      \rule[-2.85pt]{2mm}{12mm}%&#xA;  }%&#xA; }}%&#xA; \quad&#xA;  \color{TitleBlue}%&amp;lt;========================================&#xA;   \fontsize{9}{9}\selectfont\leftmark}%\MakeUppercase{\leftmark}}&#xA;\fancyhead[RO]{\leavevmode\fontsize{9}{9}\headingfont&#xA;               \rightmark&#xA;               \quad&#xA;               \makebox[22mm]{}}&#xA;\fancyfoot[LE]{\leavevmode% &#xA;               \small\headingfont&#xA;               \llap{\thepage\ \rule[-13mm]{.6pt}{18mm}\hspace{1mm}}&#xA;           \hfill{\normalfont\today}% %&amp;lt;------ svn &#xA;}&#xA;\fancyfoot[RO]{\leavevmode&#xA;               \small\headingfont&#xA;               {\normalfont\today}%&amp;lt;------ svn &#xA;           ~\hfill \rlap{\hspace{1mm}\rule[-13mm]{.6pt}{18mm}\ \thepage}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\chapter{foo}\blindtext[3]\par\blindtext[3]&#xA;\chapter{bar}\blindtext[7]&#xA;\chapter{baz}\blindtext[8]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="2478" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-15T21:38:50.350" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T21:38:50.350" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13531" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13525" CreationDate="2011-03-15T16:13:18.107" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another option would be to use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/textpos&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;textpos&lt;/a&gt; package to place the image in the desired position. A little example (I used a black rectangle to simulate the actual image):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[absolute]{textpos}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\noindent a\\&#xA;b\\&#xA;c\\&#xA;d\\&#xA;e\\&#xA;f&#xA;&#xA;\begin{textblock*}{297mm}(.8\textwidth,4cm)&#xA;  \rule{4cm}{2cm}&#xA;\end{textblock*}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastEditorUserId="3954" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-15T16:37:36.963" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T16:37:36.963" />
  <row Id="13532" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13534" CreationDate="2011-03-15T16:47:01.213" Score="6" ViewCount="122" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to put a graphic and a little linux bash code in a textbox, like the picture blow...&#xA;with the follow in problem:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;all in a textbox with yellow backgroud&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;left part is a graphic (a finger)...&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;right part is the text(annotation), title is “Note” .... bold face...&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;annotation is in form of item (may be could use &lt;code&gt;\begin{itemize} \item...&lt;/code&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;annotation may include bash code (may be could user package &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;minted&lt;/code&gt;)...&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Could any one tell me how to implement this? some one tell me should use tikz/pgf ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm a new user, so could not post images, please refer to &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/lfs/downloads/stable/LFS_BOOK-6.8.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/lfs/downloads/stable/LFS_BOOK-6.8.pdf&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;with the top of page 221 and the top page 13。&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(included by moderator:)&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Xt5ua.png&quot; alt=&quot;Example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4240" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T20:40:28.173" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T20:40:28.173" Title="How to insert code and graphic in textbox" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;listings&gt;&lt;formatting&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13533" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13340" CreationDate="2011-03-15T17:29:25.500" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can try it with hacking into LaTeX's &lt;code&gt;\check@nocorr@&lt;/code&gt;. Remove the left correction and &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt; the italic correction to &lt;code&gt;\,&lt;/code&gt; (or another suitable amount). This may have issues, but for your code it works. I have assumed that you use Linux Libertine throughout your document; otherwise you'll have to make the hack local.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Before:&amp;nbsp; &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/SgSgH.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; After:&amp;nbsp; &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ZZF99.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{libertine}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def \check@nocorr@ #1#2\nocorr#3\@nil {%&#xA;  \let \check@icl \@empty                    %%% removed left correction&#xA;  \def \check@icr {\ifvmode \else \aftergroup \maybe@ic \fi}%&#xA;  \def \reserved@a {\nocorr}%&#xA;  \def \reserved@b {#1}%&#xA;  \def \reserved@c {#3}%&#xA;  \ifx \reserved@a \reserved@b&#xA;    \ifx \reserved@c \@empty&#xA;      \let \check@icl \@empty&#xA;    \else&#xA;      \let \check@icl \@empty&#xA;      \let \check@icr \@empty&#xA;    \fi&#xA;  \else&#xA;    \ifx \reserved@c \@empty&#xA;    \else&#xA;      \let \check@icr \@empty&#xA;    \fi&#xA;  \fi&#xA;}&#xA;\let\/\,&#xA;\let\@@italiccorr\/&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;(\textit{X})&#xA;&#xA;\def\metastyle{\textit}&#xA;\def\meta#1{{\metastyle {\ensuremath \langle #1\/\ensuremath \rangle }}}&#xA;\meta{X}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T17:29:25.500" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13534" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13532" CreationDate="2011-03-15T17:30:30.460" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's an example that you could use as a starting point. Please refer to the documentation of the packages involved and, of course, feel free to adapt and improve my example according to your needs:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[margin=2cm]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage[svgnames]{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{changepage}&#xA;\usepackage{framed}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\usepackage{bbding}&#xA;&#xA;% the shaded outter frame&#xA;\newenvironment{outshaded}{%&#xA;  \def\FrameCommand{\colorbox{yellow!25}}%&#xA;  \MakeFramed {\FrameRestore}}%&#xA; {\endMakeFramed}&#xA;&#xA;% the hand pointing right, and the &quot;Note&quot; title &#xA;\newcommand*\mysign{%&#xA;  \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \node[circle,draw,inner sep=2pt] at (0,-0.2) {\HandRight} ;% the hand pointing&#xA;    \node at (1.53,-0.2) {\bfseries Note};&#xA;  \end{tikzpicture}}&#xA;&#xA;% this environment will be used to typeset the notes&#xA;\newenvironment{note}&#xA;  {\begin{outshaded}\mysign%&#xA;    \begin{adjustwidth}{2cm}{0cm}}&#xA;  {\end{adjustwidth}\end{outshaded}}&#xA;&#xA;% some adjustments for the lstlisting environment used to typeset code&#xA;\lstset{backgroundcolor=\color{LightSteelBlue!60},&#xA;  frame=trbl,&#xA;  rulecolor=\color{black!30},&#xA;  xrightmargin=7pt}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;\begin{note}&#xA;text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}&#xA;debugfs -R feature /dev/&amp;lt;xxx&amp;gt;&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}&#xA;cd /tmp&#xA;tar -xzvf /path/to/sources/e2fsprogs-1.41.14.tar.gz&#xA;cd e2fsprogs-1.41.14&#xA;mkdir -v build&#xA;cd build&#xA;configure/..&#xA;make #note that we intentionally don't 'make install' here!&#xA;&amp;lt;misc/mke2fs -jv /dev/&amp;lt;xxx/.&#xA;cd /tmp&#xA;rm -rfv e2fsprogs-1.41.1&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;\end{note}&#xA;text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/framed&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;framed&lt;/a&gt; package was used to create the shaded outter box; the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/changepage&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;changepage&lt;/a&gt; package was used to increase the left margin inside the shaded box; the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/pgf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TikZ&lt;/a&gt; package was used to draw the circle with the pointing hand from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/bbding&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;bbding&lt;/a&gt; package (this can be improved), and the &quot;Note&quot; title; the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/listings&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;listings&lt;/a&gt; package was used to typeset code inside a framed and colored box.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is the result:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/KO0Mu.png&quot; alt=&quot;The result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastEditorUserId="3954" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T19:19:38.567" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T19:19:38.567" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13535" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13532" CreationDate="2011-03-15T17:41:17.657" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can make this with the package &quot;bclogo&quot;. The documentation is perhaps in french but there are some examples. The only problem is to make a new logo but you can ask the author without problem&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T17:41:17.657" />
  <row Id="13536" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-15T17:48:24.100" Score="0" ViewCount="75" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using \clearpage or \newpage will work sometimes or will ensure that the figure stays in the same section, but I cannot always get the heading of a subsection and the introduction to it to appear before a data table/graphic etc. Is there any particular package or formatting that should be included to ensure that the order I write it in will be the same it is compiled in?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4245" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-15T17:52:56.637" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T20:53:42.283" Title="how to ensure formatting in tex doc remains same once it's compiled" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;layout&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13537" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13471" CreationDate="2011-03-15T17:48:28.593" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;postaction&lt;/code&gt; is newer drawn. You need to add a &lt;code&gt;draw&lt;/code&gt; option to it. On the other hand, I guess that you don't want to draw the main path. In that case, you should change &lt;code&gt;\draw&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\path&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{decorations.pathmorphing,snakes}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \path [&#xA;           snake=expanding waves, segment amplitude = 1.5cm, segment length = 0.3 cm, &#xA;           postaction={draw,decorate, decoration={random steps,segment length=3pt,amplitude=5pt}}&#xA;          ]&#xA;          (0,0) -- (-2,0);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/RL6Jw.png&quot; alt=&quot;result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T17:48:28.593" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13538" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13536" CreationDate="2011-03-15T18:01:08.437" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It sounds like you are forcing LaTeX to place floats (figures and tables) when you should be using its own float-placing algorithms.  Use an optional argument to make recommendations to that algorithm.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}[h] % to place &quot;here&quot;&#xA;% stuff ...&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also use &lt;code&gt;t&lt;/code&gt; for &quot;top of the next page&quot;, &lt;code&gt;b&lt;/code&gt; for &quot;bottom of the next page, or &lt;code&gt;p&lt;/code&gt; for &quot;on a separate page of floats only&quot;.  You can give preferences like &lt;code&gt;[ht]&lt;/code&gt; for &quot;here, but if not possible on the top of the next page.&quot;  You can use an exclamation point to make more urgent recommendations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1511/h-float-specifier-changed-to-ht-warning-when-not-attempting-to-specify-a-floa/1527#1527&quot;&gt;`h&amp;#39; float specifier changed to `ht&amp;#39; warning when not attempting to specify a float&lt;/a&gt;, in which Stefan gives a good answer describing float placement in general.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T18:01:08.437" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13539" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13551" CreationDate="2011-03-15T18:02:52.773" Score="1" ViewCount="83" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the easiest way to label the sides of rectangles and triangles in TikZ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4011" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-15T19:35:07.883" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T19:40:08.033" Title="Label sides of rectangles and triangles" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;labels&gt;&lt;nodes&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13540" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13522" CreationDate="2011-03-15T18:31:01.300" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;at the 2010 tug meeting, pavneet arora gave a presentation on &quot;using latex to generate&#xA;dynamic mathematics worksheets for the web&quot;.  a video of the presentation can be found&#xA;at &lt;a href=&quot;http://river-valley.tv/using-latex-to-generate-dynamic-mathematics-worksheets-for-the-web/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the river-valley web site&lt;/a&gt;.  the paper was published in tugboat 31:2,&#xA;pp.151-153; at the moment, it is accessible only to tug members, but later this year it&#xA;will be available to all on the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/TUGboat/tb31-2/tb98arora.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&#xA;tugboat web site&lt;/a&gt; at tug.org.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the web site containing a demonstration of this project&#xA;is &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.bansisworld.org&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;www.bansisworld.org&lt;/a&gt;, named after arora's&#xA;maternal grandfather, a professor of mathematics who &quot;spent much of his career focused&#xA;on the teaching of mathematics&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;additional tugboat articles of pedagogical interest are linked from the&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/TUGboat/Contents/listkeyword.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;contents keyword list&lt;/a&gt; under &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/TUGboat/Contents/listkeyword.html#CatTAGTeXTeaching&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&quot;tex teaching&quot;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="579" LastEditorUserId="579" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-15T18:37:40.620" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T18:37:40.620" />
  <row Id="13541" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13549" CreationDate="2011-03-15T18:35:21.823" Score="10" ViewCount="334" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was wondering, what is the difference between &lt;code&gt;LaTeX&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;LaTeX2e&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;LaTeX3&lt;/code&gt;. Are the 2 higher versions available for use? I use LaTeX. How can I use the other 2 on Windows 7?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3444" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-24T09:54:52.957" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T09:54:52.957" Title="Difference between LaTeX, LaTeX2e, LaTeX3 ?" Tags="&lt;latex-general&gt;&lt;latex3&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="13542" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13544" CreationDate="2011-03-15T18:36:27.937" Score="2" ViewCount="67" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to put an address in my document as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;|                             |&#xA;|                     Name    |&#xA;|                     Street #|&#xA;|                     City    |&#xA;|                     ZIP     |&#xA;|                             |&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where the &lt;code&gt;|&lt;/code&gt; mark the left and right page borders. I would like the items of the address (Name, Street etc.) to be left-flushed, but the box right-flushed so that the longest item touches the right page border.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a simple way to accomplish this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1236" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-15T18:44:48.617" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T00:49:31.167" Title="Flush a left-flushed box right" Tags="&lt;horizontal-alignment&gt;&lt;boxes&gt;&lt;letterhead&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="13544" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13542" CreationDate="2011-03-15T18:49:08.173" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use a &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; for the left alignment and use &lt;code&gt;\hfill&lt;/code&gt; to flush it to the right.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article} &#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Before&#xA;&#xA;\null\hfill\begin{tabular}{l@{}}&#xA;     Name \\&#xA;     Street \# \\&#xA;     City \\&#xA;     ZIP \\&#xA; \end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\noindent\hrule% Show width of line&#xA;After&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T18:49:08.173" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13546" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13542" CreationDate="2011-03-15T18:55:13.490" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrartcl}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\hfill \tikz&#xA;\node [align=left]{name\\Town\\ code postal};&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T18:55:13.490" />
  <row Id="13547" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13536" CreationDate="2011-03-15T18:55:41.807" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the flafter package, which ensures that a floating object only appears after its definition in the code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4087" LastEditorUserId="4087" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-15T20:53:42.283" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T20:53:42.283" />
  <row Id="13548" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13541" CreationDate="2011-03-15T19:00:11.390" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;LaTeX2e has been the current version for many years. Every current TeX distribution supports it. LaTeX, I guess you mean LaTeX 2.09, is outdated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;LaTeX3 is a version in development, have a look at&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/397/what-new-bits-have-already-been-implemented-in-latex3-will-my-current-documents&quot;&gt;What new bits have already been implemented in LaTeX3?&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/953/why-is-latex3-taking-so-long-to-come-out&quot;&gt;Why is LaTeX3 taking so long to come out?&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With Windows 7 you can use &lt;a href=&quot;http://miktex.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;MiKTeX&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/texlive/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeX Live&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-15T21:22:35.050" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T21:22:35.050" />
  <row Id="13549" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13541" CreationDate="2011-03-15T19:01:24.430" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;LaTeX2e is the latest stable release of LaTeX. When people say LaTeX they usually mean LaTeX2e, not an earlier version. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;LaTeX3 is a massive refactoring of the LaTeX2e code base, which is &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/953/why-is-latex3-taking-so-long-to-come-out&quot;&gt;currently in development&lt;/a&gt;.  Some of the developers are frequent contributors here and will probably chime in.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The difference to end users between LaTeX2e and LaTeX3 will be many more functionalities included &quot;out of the box&quot; rather than requiring packages.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The programmer's interface to LaTeX3 for class and package writers will include lots of enhancements like built-in data structures and methods to control expansion without so many &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt;s.  Some current packages use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/expl3&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package already to implement their features.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T19:01:24.430" />
  <row Id="13550" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13541" CreationDate="2011-03-15T19:01:25.350" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;LaTeX is a synonym for LaTeX2e, which itself is the successor of LaTeX 2.09.&#xA;LaTeX3 has been in development for more than 10 years and shall be the successor of LaTeX2e. The main basic packages for LaTeX3 can be used but are still in an experimental state. I suppose that a lot of LaTeX (which is LaTeX2e) users will be retired if LaTeX3 should ever be released ... ;-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All TeX distributions support LATeX2e.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-15T21:24:40.213" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T21:24:40.213" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13551" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13539" CreationDate="2011-03-15T19:11:41.717" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I usually use nodes placed along the path that draws the polygon.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;% Rectangle with labeled edges&#xA;\draw (0,0)  -| (5,3) &#xA;    node[pos=0.25,below] {$\ell$} &#xA;    node[pos=0.75,right] {$w$}&#xA;    -| (0,0);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\draw[rotate=30] (0,0)  -| (5,3) &#xA;    node[pos=0.25,below] {$\ell$} &#xA;    node[pos=0.75,right] {$w$}&#xA;    -| (0,0);   &#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\draw (0,0) -- (4,0) node[midway,below] {$a$}&#xA;   -- (2,4) node[midway,right] {$b$}&#xA;   -- (0,0) node[midway,left] {$c$};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/XbS33.png&quot; alt=&quot;sample code output&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-15T19:40:08.033" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T19:40:08.033" />
  <row Id="13552" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13559" CreationDate="2011-03-15T19:13:23.057" Score="3" ViewCount="59" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a midterm exam written with the solutions included using the &lt;code&gt;versions&lt;/code&gt; package. I use this to create an assignment/exam PDF and a solution PDF from the same basic tex file (this is great---change a question a bit and you don't have to change the question in a separate solutions file).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to create separate assignment and solution tex (as opposed to PDF) files that exclude and include the appropriate version environments? The reason that I want to do this is because this is a take-home exam and some students want to submit their answers using LaTeX on the original file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="758" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-15T19:18:32.647" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T20:18:03.530" Title="Creating separated tex files using the versions package" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13553" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13567" CreationDate="2011-03-15T19:30:44.473" Score="1" ViewCount="57" Body="&lt;p&gt;How does one get BibTeX entries for RFCs? do I need to manually add entries for each RFC I cite? What do you use? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="849" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-15T19:37:08.050" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T21:45:45.613" Title="BiBTeX entries for RFCs?" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;bibtex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="13554" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13557" CreationDate="2011-03-15T19:36:45.483" Score="3" ViewCount="122" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to define &lt;code&gt;\ext&lt;/code&gt; to behave exactly like &lt;code&gt;\lim&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried &lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\ext}{{\mathrm{ext}}\,}&lt;/code&gt; but that doesn't behave exactly like &lt;code&gt;\lim&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: Thanks a lot for the many responses! But I am a bit curious: What are the differences between all those solutions? What exactly do they do?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2272" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T10:23:24.650" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T10:23:24.650" Title="Define something like \lim but for another name" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;mathoperator&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13555" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13554" CreationDate="2011-03-15T19:43:20.057" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;try &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\ext{\mathop{\operator@font ext}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T19:43:20.057" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13556" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13554" CreationDate="2011-03-15T19:47:05.897" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;\DeclareMathOperator&lt;/code&gt; or its starred form (if the operator should take limits):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;% \DeclareMathOperator{&amp;lt;command&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;text&amp;gt;}&#xA;% if the operator shouldn't take limits&#xA;\DeclareMathOperator\ext{ext}&#xA;% if the operator should take limits&#xA;% \DeclareMathOperator*\ext{ext}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T19:47:05.897" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13557" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13554" CreationDate="2011-03-15T19:51:26.800" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you use &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt;, which is recommendable for math texts in any way, a similar definition to &lt;code&gt;\lim&lt;/code&gt; is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\ext{\qopname\relax m{ext}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;since &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt;, specifically &lt;code&gt;amsopn.sty&lt;/code&gt;, defines:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\lim{\qopname\relax m{lim}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T19:51:26.800" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="13558" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13561" CreationDate="2011-03-15T20:01:42.593" Score="3" ViewCount="150" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to put two images next to each other and in order to do that I have written these code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}[h]&#xA;\begin{minipage}{16pc}&#xA;\includegraphics[width=16pc]{P_1.eps}&#xA;\caption{\label{fig4} Caption of the first image.&#xA;\end{minipage}\hspace{2pc}%&#xA;\begin{minipage}{16pc}&#xA;\includegraphics[width=16pc]{P_2.eps}&#xA;\caption{\label{fig4} Caption of the second image.&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But in pdf I see &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Figure 4: Caption of the first image.   Figure 5: Caption of the second image.&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How I can change it so that it was &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Figure 4-a: Caption of the first image.   Figure 4-b: Caption of the second image.&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Figure 4.a: Caption of the first image.   Figure 4.b: Caption of the second image.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3203" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-15T20:04:30.683" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T20:40:51.577" Title="How to put two images next to each other with a) and b) labels?" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;captions&gt;&lt;subfloats&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13559" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13552" CreationDate="2011-03-15T20:18:03.530" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You are probably looking for a pure TeX/LaTeX solution but I'd try to solve the problem on a different level: I'd use a Makefile and the Unix sed command to derive a LaTeX file that does not contain the solutions any more. If each solution is included in some environment, something along the following lines would do it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;sed '/\\begin{solution}/,/\\end{solution}/d' file.tex &amp;gt; file-without-solutions.tex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Both &lt;code&gt;file.tex&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;file-without-solutions.tex&lt;/code&gt; could be compiled to PDF files with the additional benefit that you could hand out the source code for &lt;code&gt;file-without-solutions.tex&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3083" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T20:18:03.530" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13560" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13558" CreationDate="2011-03-15T20:23:09.640" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You have to use the package subfigure. The syntax is for instance:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}[htp]&#xA;  \centering&#xA;  \subfigure[caption (a)]{\includegraphics[width=16pc]{P_1.eps}}\label{...}}&#xA;  \subfigure[caption (b)]{\includegraphics[width=16pc]{P_2.eps}}\label{...}}&#xA;  \caption{general caption}&#xA;  \label{...}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You will get the expected result.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4224" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T20:23:09.640" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13561" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13558" CreationDate="2011-03-15T20:30:42.037" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;code&gt;subcaption&lt;/code&gt; package (a powerful companion to the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/caption&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;caption&lt;/a&gt; package):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{caption}&#xA;\usepackage{subcaption}&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareCaptionFormat{subfig}{\figurename~#1#2#3}&#xA;\DeclareCaptionSubType*{figure}&#xA;\captionsetup[subfigure]{format=subfig,labelsep=colon,labelformat=simple}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}[!ht]&#xA;  \begin{subfigure}[b]{.5\linewidth}&#xA;    \centering&#xA;    \rule{4cm}{3cm}&#xA;    \caption{A subfigure}&#xA;    \label{fig:1a}&#xA;  \end{subfigure}%&#xA;  \begin{subfigure}[b]{.5\linewidth}&#xA;    \centering&#xA;    \rule{4cm}{3cm}&#xA;    \subcaption{Another subfigure}&#xA;    \label{fig:1b}&#xA;  \end{subfigure}&#xA;  \caption{A figure with two subfigures}&#xA;  \label{fig:1}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T20:30:42.037" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="13563" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13564" CreationDate="2011-03-15T20:58:51.513" Score="5" ViewCount="57" Body="&lt;p&gt;I try to create the arguments for a package which uses keyval, with macro, but this does not work:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is the demo code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\lstset{language=Pascal}&#xA;\def\flags{language=Pascal}&#xA;\lstset{\flags}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first &lt;code&gt;\lstset&lt;/code&gt; works. The second fails with &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Package keyval Error: language=Pascal undefined.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any ideas on how I can do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3391" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T21:02:23.857" Title="Building keyval arguments using a macro." Tags="&lt;listings&gt;&lt;key-value&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="13564" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13563" CreationDate="2011-03-15T21:02:23.857" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;keyval&lt;/code&gt; approaches all avoid expanding input, so in your &lt;code&gt;\lstset{\flags}&lt;/code&gt; example the code sees &lt;code&gt;\flags&lt;/code&gt; and not the content of the macro. The error message here is a bit unhelpful as it is expanded by TeX, so it &lt;em&gt;looks&lt;/em&gt; like what you expect! You need to expand the input before applying the keyval macro&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\lstset{language=Pascal}&#xA;\def\flags{language=Pascal}&#xA;\expandafter\lstset\expandafter{\flags}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I assume the real problem has this wrapped up inside a macro or similar, where you can&#xA;do the appropriate expansion.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T21:02:23.857" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="13565" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1319" CreationDate="2011-03-15T21:15:58.643" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you have time to spare, you can also have a look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://logic.rwth-aachen.de/~ummels/diss.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;my thesis&lt;/a&gt;. The font is &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.typotheque.com/fonts/fedra_serif_b&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Fedra Serif B&lt;/a&gt;, combined with a custom math symbol font, derived from &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=mnsymbol&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;MnSymbol&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4087" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T21:15:58.643" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-03-15T21:15:58.643" />
  <row Id="13566" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-15T21:24:39.090" Score="0" ViewCount="81" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi All,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have a bibligraphy file like so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@techreport{boxofficePerformanceSocMed,&#xA;Author = {Sitaram Asur and Bernardo Huberman},&#xA;Date-Added = {2010-10-29 13:00:57 +0100},&#xA;Date-Modified = {2010-10-29 13:40:50 +0100},&#xA;Institution = {HP Labs},&#xA;Title = {Predicting the Future With Social Media},&#xA;Year = {2010}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And need to display the output like so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Asur, S., Huberman. A. (2010), Predicting the future with social media.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Basically Surname F., Second A. (year), title&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm currently using Natbib with \citet and get Asur and Huberman (2010).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please, if anyone can help me get the correct format I'd be really grateful as I'm on a deadline. Cheers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3667" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T21:24:39.090" Title="Natbib Harvard Style" Tags="&lt;natbib&gt;" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13567" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13553" CreationDate="2011-03-15T21:45:45.613" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Since there are &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.google.com/search?q=RFC+bibtex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;many&lt;/a&gt; automatically generated bib files you don't have to manually add them, and it shows how everyone else does it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As a side note, its a simple matter to define a new driver with &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/biblatex.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&#xA;Using &lt;code&gt;\DeclareBibliographyDriver{rfc}{...}&lt;/code&gt;&#xA;and use &lt;code&gt;\DeclareFieldFormat[rfc]{...}{...}&lt;/code&gt; if you want the field printed differently from the rest of the entry types. (I don't have any experience referencing RFCs, so @misc might fit well).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2199" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T21:45:45.613" />
  <row Id="13568" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5832" CreationDate="2011-03-15T22:06:48.647" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think what you're after here is a topological sorting of your sections. This is actually fairly easy to do. Here's a fully LaTeX solution (no plain TeX macros used at all).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{filecontents}{A.tex}&#xA;\depend{B}&#xA;\depend{C}&#xA;\section{A}&#xA;This depends on B and C.&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{B.tex}&#xA;\depend{C}&#xA;\section{B}&#xA;This depends on C.&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{C.tex}&#xA;%\depend{B}&#xA;\section{C}&#xA;Uncommenting the \verb+\depend{B}+ causes a circular dependency.&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{etoolbox}&#xA;\usepackage{currfile}&#xA;\newcommand*\depend[1]{%&#xA;    \ifcsdef{depend@#1}{}{%&#xA;        \ifcsdef{resolving@#1}{%&#xA;            \circulardependencyerror&#xA;        }{}%&#xA;        \cslet{resolving@\currfilebase}\relax&#xA;        \input{#1}%&#xA;        \csundef{resolving@\currfilebase}%&#xA;        \cslet{depend@#1}\relax&#xA;    }%&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\depend{A}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;filecontents&lt;/code&gt; environment just causes TeX to write these files out verbatim.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\depend&lt;/code&gt; checks if its argument has already been input. If it has, nothing happens. If it has not, it checks to see if it was in the process of being &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt;. If so, then there's a circular dependency that needs to be resolved. If it isn't circular, then it inputs the file and marks it as complete.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T22:06:48.647" />
  <row Id="13569" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13584" CreationDate="2011-03-15T22:35:42.397" Score="5" ViewCount="113" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm looking for the following sort of effect in my document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/f6KzZ.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ABbnC.png&quot; alt=&quot;Does anybody read me? I'm lonely. :(&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a package that lets me do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1929" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T08:26:23.790" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T08:26:23.790" Title="Is there a LaTeX package that lets me explicitely show indentation on paragraphs?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;indentation&gt;&lt;paragraphs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13570" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13571" CreationDate="2011-03-15T22:49:00.950" Score="2" ViewCount="86" Body="&lt;p&gt;Even though there's a number of topics on here concerning the subject, it still doesn't work here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An example like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec,graphicx,xltxtra}&#xA;\setmainfont[Mapping=tex-text, Ligatures={Common,Rare,Historic},Alternate=1]{Hoefler Text}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\Huge&#xA;\noindent&#xA;Que dictes vous de mon appel,\\&#xA;Garnier? Fis je sens ou folie?\\&#xA;Toute beste garde sa pel\\&#xA;Qui la contraint, efforce ou lie\\&#xA;S'elle peut, elle se deslie&#xA;&#xA;fire flower fjörd\\&#xA;&#xA;fi fl&#xA;&#xA;ﬁ ﬂ&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Doesn't work. The last line DOES show ligatures, but any other line doesn't.&#xA;It also says this in the logs:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Requested font &quot;Hoefler Text&quot; at 10.0pt&#xA; -&amp;gt; C:/Windows/Fonts/HoeflerText-Roman.otf&#xA;Requested font &quot;Hoefler Text/ICU&quot; at 10.0pt&#xA; -&amp;gt; C:/Windows/Fonts/HoeflerText-Roman.otf&#xA;&#xA; fontspec warning: OpenType feature 'Ligatures=Common' (+liga) not available&#xA;(fontspec)  for font 'Hoefler Text',&#xA;(fontspec)  with script 'Latin', and language 'Default'.&#xA;&#xA; fontspec warning: OpenType feature 'Ligatures=Rare' (+dlig) not available&#xA;(fontspec)  for font 'Hoefler Text',&#xA;(fontspec)  with script 'Latin', and language 'Default'.&#xA;&#xA; fontspec warning: OpenType feature 'Ligatures=Historic' (+hlig) not available&#xA;(fontspec)  for font 'Hoefler Text',&#xA;(fontspec)  with script 'Latin', and language 'Default'.&#xA;&#xA; fontspec warning: OpenType feature 'Alternate=1' (+salt=1) not available&#xA;(fontspec)  for font 'Hoefler Text',&#xA;(fontspec)  with script 'Latin', and language 'Default'.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why does it simply not work? I've tried many alternatives people mentioned, but it never gets full with ornaments and nice jolly shapes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using MiKTeX, compiling with XeLaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondly, I'm not sure how the naming system for fonts works. Can I check which file is called what in LaTeX? Maybe I need Hoefler Text, instead of HoeflerText-Roman, or something...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1583" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T22:56:29.477" Title="Ligatures not shown" Tags="&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;ligatures&gt;&lt;hoefler&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13571" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13570" CreationDate="2011-03-15T22:56:29.477" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I assume the &lt;code&gt;.otf&lt;/code&gt; files you use, don’t actually have all those ligatures available. That’s what the error messages say. The last line uses the hardcoded ligatures available in some legacy encodings. Have you tried using some other &lt;code&gt;.otf&lt;/code&gt; file which might have advanced ligatures included?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1154" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T22:56:29.477" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13572" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13554" CreationDate="2011-03-15T23:13:43.113" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As an alternative to &lt;code&gt;\DeclareMathOperator&lt;/code&gt;, there is also &lt;code&gt;\mathop&lt;/code&gt; to be used with &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt;. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\ext}{\mathop{\mathrm{ext}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1345" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T23:13:43.113" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13573" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-15T23:18:12.440" Score="3" ViewCount="78" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is to all the biblatex gurus.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have only just come from Bibtex to Biblatex and I think I am lost in the many options available. Here is my scenario: I have a document, thesis which I intend to have two bibliographies with different styles..eventually. although for now I just want to get things working. With the working example below, I have the two bibliographies as I want but some things are not clear easy to solve:&#xA;1) The intext (textcite) outputs : LastName, Initials et.al but I would like LastName et.al.&#xA;2) The bibliography style outputs: FirsAuthorLastName, FirstAuthorInitials, SecondAuthorLastName, SecondAuthorInitials, etc but as you can see there is a comma separating both first and lastname as well as between authors. Now that doesn't look too nice I think. Perhaps a different marker like a semi column. Second, I want to list only the first few (5) authors and no more in the bibbliography style&#xA;3) Items in the second bibliography are also included in the first ? This is not too bad but &#xA;4) The numbering continues in the second bibliography instead of restaring back at 1&#xA;5) Finally, is I need to have the second bibliography in a different style, say author-year, sorted by year of publication what do I do ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now this is asking too much but if others have solved these issues I will be glad to know.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{filecontents}{mymwe.bib}&#xA;@ARTICLE{Rauchfuss2008,&#xA;  author = {Barton, Bryan E. and Olsen, Matthew T. and Rauchfuss, Thomas B.},&#xA;  title = {Aza- and Oxadithiolates Are Probable Proton Relays in Functional&#xA;    Models for the [FeFe]-Hydrogenases},&#xA;  journaltitle = {J. Am. Chem. Soc.},&#xA;  year = {2008},&#xA;  volume = {130},&#xA;  pages = {16834-16835},&#xA;  number = {50},&#xA;  doi = {10.1021/ja8057666},&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;@BOOK{Clegg1998,&#xA;  title = {Crystal Structure Determination},&#xA;  publisher = {Oxford University Press},&#xA;  year = {1998},&#xA;  author = {Clegg, William},&#xA;  isbn = {978-0-19-855901-6},&#xA;  location = {Oxford, U.K.},&#xA;}&#xA;% This file was created with JabRef 2.6.&#xA;% Encoding: UTF8&#xA;&#xA;@ARTICLE{Chen2011,&#xA;  author = {Guanying Chen and Tymish Y Ohulchanskyy and Wing Cheung Law and Hans&#xA;    Agren and Paras N Prasad},&#xA;  title = {Monodisperse NaYbF(4)?:?Tm(3+)/NaGdF(4) core/shell nanocrystals with&#xA;    near-infrared to near-infrared upconversion photoluminescence and&#xA;    magnetic resonance properties.},&#xA;  journal = {Nanoscale},&#xA;  year = {2011},&#xA;  month = {Mar},&#xA;  __markedentry = {[Theodore]},&#xA;  doi = {10.1039/c0nr01018a},&#xA;  institution = {Institute for Lasers, Photonics, and Biophotonics, The State University&#xA;    of New York at Buffalo, Buffalo, New York 14260, USA. tyo2@buffalo.edu&#xA;    pnprasad@buffalo.edu.},&#xA;  language = {eng},&#xA;  medline-pst = {aheadofprint},&#xA;  pmid = {21373678},&#xA;  timestamp = {2011.03.15},&#xA;  url = {http://dx.doi.org/10.1039/c0nr01018a}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;@ARTICLE{Ding2011a,&#xA;  author = {Hong Ding and Ken-Tye Yong and Wing-Chueng Law and Indrajit Roy and&#xA;    Rui Hu and Fang Wu and Weiwei Zhao and Kun Huang and Folarin Erogbogbo&#xA;    and Earl J Bergey and Paras N Prasad},&#xA;  title = {Non-invasive tumor detection in small animals using novel functional&#xA;    Pluronic nanomicelles conjugated with anti-mesothelin antibody.},&#xA;  journal = {Nanoscale},&#xA;  year = {2011},&#xA;  month = {Mar},&#xA;  __markedentry = {[Theodore]},&#xA;  doi = {10.1039/c1nr00001b},&#xA;  institution = {The Institute for Lasers, Photonics and Biophotonics (ILPB), Department&#xA;    of Chemistry, The State University of New York at Buffalo, Buffalo,&#xA;    NY 14260, United States. pnprasad@buffalo.edu.},&#xA;  language = {eng},&#xA;  medline-pst = {aheadofprint},&#xA;  pmid = {21365120},&#xA;  timestamp = {2011.03.15},&#xA;  url = {http://dx.doi.org/10.1039/c1nr00001b}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;@ARTICLE{Ding2011,&#xA;  author = {Hong Ding and Ken-Tye Yong and Indrajit Roy and Rui Hu and Fang Wu&#xA;    and Lingling Zhao and Wing-Cheung Law and Weiwei Zhao and Wei Ji&#xA;    and Liwei Liu and Earl J Bergey and Paras N Prasad},&#xA;  title = {Bioconjugated PLGA-4-arm-PEG branched polymeric nanoparticles as&#xA;    novel tumor targeting carriers.},&#xA;  journal = {Nanotechnology},&#xA;  year = {2011},&#xA;  volume = {22},&#xA;  pages = {165101},&#xA;  number = {16},&#xA;  month = {Apr},&#xA;  __markedentry = {[Theodore]},&#xA;  doi = {10.1088/0957-4484/22/16/165101},&#xA;  institution = {Department of Chemistry, Institute for Lasers, Photonics and Biophotonics,&#xA;    University at Buffalo, The State University of New York, Buffalo,&#xA;    NY 14260, USA. Department of Pharmaceutical Sciences, University&#xA;    at Buffalo, The State University of New York, Buffalo, NY 14260,&#xA;    USA.},&#xA;  language = {eng},&#xA;  medline-pst = {ppublish},&#xA;  pii = {S0957-4484(11)77811-4},&#xA;  pmid = {21393821},&#xA;  timestamp = {2011.03.15},&#xA;  url = {http://dx.doi.org/10.1088/0957-4484/22/16/165101}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;@ARTICLE{Pang2011,&#xA;  author = {Zhaoguang Pang and Xinping Zhang},&#xA;  title = {Direct writing of large-area plasmonic photonic crystals using single-shot&#xA;    interference ablation.},&#xA;  journal = {Nanotechnology},&#xA;  year = {2011},&#xA;  volume = {22},&#xA;  pages = {145303},&#xA;  number = {14},&#xA;  month = {Apr},&#xA;  __markedentry = {[Theodore]},&#xA;  doi = {10.1088/0957-4484/22/14/145303},&#xA;  institution = {Institute of Information Photonics Technology and College of Applied&#xA;    Sciences, Beijing University of Technology, Beijing 100124, People's&#xA;    Republic of China. College of Physics Science and Information Engineering,&#xA;    Hebei Normal University, Shi Jia Zhuang 050016, People's Republic&#xA;    of China.},&#xA;  language = {eng},&#xA;  medline-pst = {ppublish},&#xA;  pii = {S0957-4484(11)78366-0},&#xA;  pmid = {21346302},&#xA;  timestamp = {2011.03.15},&#xA;  url = {http://dx.doi.org/10.1088/0957-4484/22/14/145303}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;@ARTICLE{Zhai2011,&#xA;  author = {Tianrui Zhai and Xinping Zhang and Zhaoguang Pang and Fei Dou},&#xA;  title = {Direct Writing of Polymer Lasers Using Interference Ablation.},&#xA;  journal = {Adv Mater},&#xA;  year = {2011},&#xA;  month = {Mar},&#xA;  __markedentry = {[Theodore]},&#xA;  doi = {10.1002/adma.201100250},&#xA;  institution = {Institute of Information Photonics Technology and College of Applied&#xA;    Sciences, Beijing University of Technology, Beijing 100124, China.},&#xA;  language = {eng},&#xA;  medline-pst = {aheadofprint},&#xA;  pmid = {21374741},&#xA;  timestamp = {2011.03.15},&#xA;  url = {http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/adma.201100250}&#xA;}    &#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[bibstyle=numeric, citestyle=numeric-comp, sorting=none,defernumbers=true,backref=false,firstinits=true,terseinits=true,&#xA;            isbn=false,url=false,doi=false,eprint=false, backend=bibtex8]{biblatex} &#xA;\DeclareNameAlias{default}{last-first} &#xA;\DeclareNameAlias{labelname}{last-first}&#xA;\DeclareBibliographyCategory{mypubs}&#xA;&#xA;\bibliography{mymwe}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\noindent This is a sample text citing all others&#xA;\cite{Zhai2011,Pang2011,Ding2011,Ding2011a}&#xA;The filecontents stuff here is simply to generate a .bib file, and I've used \nocite{*} to include all references rather than selected citations. Said he \textcite{Chen2011}&#xA;&#xA;\printbibliography[maxnames=99,title={References}]&#xA;&#xA;\addtocategory{mypubs}{Ding2011,Ding2011a}&#xA;\nocite{Ding2011,Ding2011a}&#xA;&#xA;\printbibliography[maxnames=99,category=mypubs,resetnumbers=true,omitnumbers=true,title={List of Publications}]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3933" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T00:01:17.520" Title="biblatex style with multiple bibliographies in one document" Tags="&lt;biblatex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="13574" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13573" CreationDate="2011-03-15T23:52:37.903" Score="-1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm afraid I don't have &lt;em&gt;any&lt;/em&gt; expertise with it, but I just happened to stumble across this: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/bibunits.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;bibunits&lt;/a&gt;. Hope it might help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="142" LastActivityDate="2011-03-15T23:52:37.903" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13575" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13573" CreationDate="2011-03-16T00:01:17.520" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You did notice &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/12806/510&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt;, didn't you? &lt;code&gt;;-)&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\textcite&lt;/code&gt; output without initials: &lt;em&gt;Remove&lt;/em&gt; the following code line in your example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareNameAlias{labelname}{last-first}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Semicolon as delimiter between authors:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand*{\multinamedelim}{\addsemicolon\space}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\finalnamedelim}{\addsemicolon\space}% also removes &quot;and&quot; before last author&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Only the first five author listed in the bibliography:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\printbibliography[maxnames=5,minnames=5]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for your own publications also included in the general bibliography: This is exactly what you told biblatex to do. Also, restarting the second bibliography with &lt;code&gt;[1]&lt;/code&gt; is bound to cause confusion. Rather try the following (with the preable option &lt;code&gt;defernumbers=true&lt;/code&gt; enabled):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\printbibliography[category=mypubs,title={Own Publications}]&#xA;\printbibliography[notcategory=mypubs,title={Other References}]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Different style for the second bibliography, plus different sorting: Right now, I don't know if this is possible.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T00:01:17.520" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13577" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-16T00:29:00.870" Score="1" ViewCount="83" Body="&lt;p&gt;I just installed TeXLive on my Mac with Macports. I wanted to use the &lt;code&gt;enumitem&lt;/code&gt; package and was told when I tried to compile that LaTex couldn't find the file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I installed the texlive-basic distribution - is there a way to figure out the smallest distribution that contains the enumitem package?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alternately if I download the package where do I want to put it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4257" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T06:54:07.563" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T06:54:07.563" Title="How to figure out which distribution a package is in?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;installing&gt;&lt;enumitem&gt;&lt;macports&gt;" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="13578" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13581" CreationDate="2011-03-16T00:31:09.323" Score="8" ViewCount="125" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using &lt;code&gt;thmtools&lt;/code&gt; to make ultra-fancy theorems.  I would like the Theorem name and number (e.g., &quot;Theorem 1&quot;) to jut out into the left margin of the text, and the note (e.g., &quot;The Fundamental Theorem of Calculus&quot; be in the regular text.  But I can't get the alignment quite right.  Here is a minimal example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{amsthm}&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}&#xA;\usepackage{thmtools}&#xA;&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;&#xA;\declaretheoremstyle[&#xA;    headfont=\bfseries,&#xA;    notefont=\normalfont,&#xA;    bodyfont=\itshape,&#xA;    headpunct=\newline,&#xA;    headformat={%&#xA;        \makebox[0pt][r]{\NAME\ \NUMBER\ }{\NOTE}%&#xA;    },&#xA;]{theorem}&#xA;&#xA;\declaretheorem[style=theorem]{theorem}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% I need to undeclare the proof environment that amsthm provides but I can't use \renewenvironment&#xA;\let\proof\relax&#xA;\let\endproof\relax&#xA;&#xA;\declaretheoremstyle[&#xA;    headfont=\scshape,&#xA;    notefont=\itshape&#xA;    bodyfont=\normalfont,&#xA;    headpunct=\relax,&#xA;    headformat={%&#xA;        \makebox[0pt][r]{\NAME\ }\NOTE},&#xA;]{proof}&#xA;&#xA;\declaretheorem[&#xA;    style=proof,&#xA;    qed=\qedsymbol]{proof}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{theorem}[The Fundamental Theorem of Calculus]&#xA;Let $f$ be an integrable function on $[a,b]$ and define&#xA;\[&#xA;    g(x) = \int_a^x f(t) \,dt.&#xA;\]&#xA;If $f$ is continuous at $x$ in $(a,b)$, then $g$ is differentiable at $x$ and&#xA;\[&#xA;    g'(x) = f(x).&#xA;\] &#xA;\end{theorem}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{proof}&#xA;Let $h&amp;gt;0$ be given so that $x+h &amp;lt; b$ (The case $h&amp;lt;0$ is treated similarly).  We have&#xA;\[&#xA;    \frac{g(x+h) - g(x)}{h} =   \frac{1}{h} \int_x^{x+h} f(t)\,dt.&#xA;\]&#xA;Let $M_h$ be the maximum value of $f$ on $[x,x+h]$, and let $m_h$ the minimum value of $f$ on $[x,x+h]$.  We have&#xA;\[&#xA;    m_h \cdot h \leq \int_x^{x+h}f(t)\,dt \leq M_h \cdot h&#xA;\]&#xA;So&#xA;\[&#xA;    m_h \leq \frac{g(x+h) - g(x)}{h} \leq M_h.&#xA;\]&#xA;Since $f$ is continuous at $x$, as $h\to 0$, both $m_h$ and $M_h$ tend to $f(x)$. &#xA;\end{proof}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/FpJvg.png&quot; alt=&quot;sample code output&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you can see, the note is too far to the right. And in the &lt;code&gt;proof&lt;/code&gt; environment, there is no note, but the text begins too far to the right as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What's putting the extra space in there and how can I get rid of it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt; Scroll down to my answer to see how I solved it.  I accepted Phil's answer because it's less hacky than Gonzalo's (did not involve &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt;) and got me closest to the result I wanted.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-17T17:40:52.520" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T17:40:52.520" Title="Theorem name and number in margin, note in text" Tags="&lt;theorems&gt;&lt;amsthm&gt;&lt;thmtools&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13579" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13542" CreationDate="2011-03-16T00:49:31.167" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newlength{\abc}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{flushright}\settowidth{\abc}{River Street}&#xA;\parbox{\abc}{\noindent&#xA;Tom Robinson\\&#xA;River Street\\&#xA;Pittsburgh\\&#xA;123456}&#xA;\end{flushright}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4198" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T00:49:31.167" />
  <row Id="13580" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13583" CreationDate="2011-03-16T01:53:15.457" Score="3" ViewCount="61" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using a random steps decoration with a path that appears through several uncover transitions.  Currently the decoration is redrawn in each instance of the slide.  How can I change this behavior.  A minimal example follows.  Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[presentation]{beamer}  &#xA;\usepackage{tikz, pgf}  &#xA;\usetikzlibrary{decorations.pathmorphing}  &#xA;\begin{document}  &#xA;\begin{frame}  &#xA;\begin{center}  &#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}  &#xA;\uncover&amp;lt;1-3&amp;gt;{  &#xA;\fill [decorate, decoration={random steps,segment length=2pt,amplitude=2pt}] (0,0) ellipse (0.5cm and 0.4cm);  &#xA;}  &#xA;\end{tikzpicture}  &#xA;\end{center}  &#xA;\end{frame}  &#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4199" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T02:56:58.623" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T02:56:58.623" Title="Persistent random steps decorations during beamer \uncover" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;decorations&gt;&lt;pgfmath&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="13581" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13578" CreationDate="2011-03-16T01:54:44.613" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A quick browse of the code (in the later sections of &lt;code&gt;thmtools.pdf&lt;/code&gt;) shows that the macro &lt;code&gt;\NODE&lt;/code&gt; itself is inserting a space before the opening parenthesis.  If you don't mind being crude, you can do the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newlength{\spacelength}&#xA;\settowidth{\spacelength}{\normalfont\ }&#xA;\declaretheoremstyle[&#xA;    headfont=\bfseries,&#xA;    notefont=\normalfont,&#xA;    bodyfont=\itshape,&#xA;    headpunct=\newline,&#xA;    headformat={%&#xA;        \makebox[0pt][r]{\NAME\ \NUMBER\ }\hskip-\spacelength{\NOTE}%&#xA;    },&#xA;]{theorem}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2754" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T01:54:44.613" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13582" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13578" CreationDate="2011-03-16T01:55:52.037" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Giving a quick look to the package implementation, I found that there's a hardcoded space before the note; a possible solution would be to remove that space (this will, of course, affect all the theorems). You could add the following to the preamble of your document (the space has already been suppressed):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\newtoks\thmt@style@headstyle&#xA; \define@key{thmstyle}{headformat}[]{%&#xA; \thmt@style@headstyle{%&#xA; \def\NAME{\the\thm@headfont ##1}%&#xA; \def\NUMBER{\bgroup\@upn{##2}\egroup}%&#xA; \def\NOTE{\if=##3=\else\bgroup\the\thm@notefont(##3)\egroup\fi}%&#xA; }&#xA; \def\thmt@tmp{#1}%&#xA; \@onelevel@sanitize\thmt@tmp&#xA; %\tracingall&#xA; \ifcsname thmt@headstyle@\thmt@tmp\endcsname&#xA; \thmt@style@headstyle\@xa{%&#xA; \the\thmt@style@headstyle&#xA; \csname thmt@headstyle@#1\endcsname&#xA; }%&#xA; \else&#xA; \thmt@style@headstyle\@xa{%&#xA; \the\thmt@style@headstyle&#xA; #1&#xA; }%&#xA; \fi&#xA; %\showthe\thmt@style@headstyle&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The original is almost the same; there's only a difference in the line starting with &lt;code&gt;\def\NOTE&lt;/code&gt; :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\NOTE{\if=##3=\else\bgroup\ \the\thm@notefont(##3)\egroup\fi}%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;you can see the extra space right before &lt;code&gt;\the\thm@notefont(##3)&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The only solution I found for the proof environment situation was to manually suppress the extra space, adding something like this&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;postheadspace=-4pt,&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to the corresponding &lt;code&gt;\declaretheoremstyle&lt;/code&gt; command&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T01:55:52.037" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13583" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13580" CreationDate="2011-03-16T02:55:43.290" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can set the random seed each time you draw the ellipse, like so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[presentation]{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz, pgf}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{decorations.pathmorphing}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\uncover&amp;lt;1-3&amp;gt;{&#xA;\pgfmathsetseed{1234} % Choose a four-digit number here&#xA;\fill [decorate, decoration={random steps,segment length=2pt,amplitude=2pt}] (0,0) ellipse (0.5cm and 0.4cm);&#xA;}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The best part is that &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathsetseed&lt;/code&gt; is local so outside this tikzpicture environment the pseudo-random number generator will behave as usual.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And by the way &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.random.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;random.org&lt;/a&gt; is a cool place to get random numbers to use as seeds.  &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.random.org/integers/?num=1&amp;amp;min=1000&amp;amp;max=9999&amp;amp;col=5&amp;amp;base=10&amp;amp;format=html&amp;amp;rnd=new&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Here's&lt;/a&gt; one just for you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T02:55:43.290" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13584" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13569" CreationDate="2011-03-16T03:55:17.380" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The below code makes tabs active and increments a counter every time one is encountered. At the beginning of a paragraph, a paragraph hook is added that removes the box that is inserted by an indentation, checks the depth of the indentation, sets &lt;code&gt;\leftskip&lt;/code&gt; to the depth times &lt;code&gt;\parindent&lt;/code&gt;, and then adds a arrow of the appropriate width to the left.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{everyhook}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\newcount\indentdepth&#xA;\newdimen\savedleftskip&#xA;\catcode`\^^I\active&#xA;\newenvironment{tabs}{%&#xA;    \savedleftskip=\leftskip&#xA;    \catcode`\^^I\active&#xA;    \def^^I{%&#xA;        \ifhmode&#xA;            \par&#xA;        \fi&#xA;        \advance\indentdepth by1&#xA;    }%&#xA;    \PushPreHook{par}{%&#xA;        {\setbox0\lastbox}% kill the indent&#xA;        \ifnum\indentdepth&amp;gt;0&#xA;            \leftskip\dimexpr\savedleftskip+\parindent*\indentdepth\relax&#xA;            \llap{\hbox to\leftskip{\rightarrowfill}}%&#xA;        \fi&#xA;    }%&#xA;    \def\par{%&#xA;        \endgraf&#xA;        \indentdepth=0&#xA;        \leftskip=\savedleftskip&#xA;    }%&#xA;    \indentdepth=0&#xA;}{%&#xA;    \par&#xA;    \PopPreHook{par}%&#xA;}&#xA;\catcode`^^I10&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabs}&#xA;No indent on the text here.&#xA;        One indent.&#xA;                Two indent.&#xA;                More.&#xA;                Even More.&#xA;                Blah.&#xA;        Back to one indent.&#xA;&#xA;Back to no indent.&#xA;        \lipsum[1]&#xA;                \lipsum[2]&#xA;\end{tabs}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that there is a blank line before &lt;code&gt;Back to no indent&lt;/code&gt;. The reason for this is that unless TeX pays attention to the end of lines (e.g., by using &lt;code&gt;\obeylines&lt;/code&gt;), there's no way to distinguish end of line from a space. Any of the indented material can be distinguished because the tab character causes the paragraph to end.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you copy and paste this code, it's important that you change the 8 space indentation in the use of the &lt;code&gt;tabs&lt;/code&gt; environment into actual &quot;hard&quot; tabs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a second way to do it that looks like your second example. Here, a newline starts a new line in the output. Any line that is taller than a &lt;code&gt;\strut&lt;/code&gt; will not have the appropriate rule drawn in front of it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{everyhook}&#xA;\newdimen\tabwidth&#xA;\newcount\indentdepth&#xA;\tabwidth=\parindent&#xA;\catcode`\^^I\active&#xA;\newenvironment{tabs}{%&#xA;    \catcode`\^^I\active&#xA;    \def^^I{\advance\indentdepth by1}%&#xA;    \def\par{\endgraf\indentdepth=0}%&#xA;    \PushPreHook{par}{%&#xA;        \ifnum\indentdepth&amp;gt;0&#xA;            \hbox to\dimexpr\tabwidth*\indentdepth{%&#xA;                \hfill\vrule height\ht\strutbox depth\dp\strutbox\ %&#xA;            }%&#xA;        \fi&#xA;    }%&#xA;    \parindent=0pt&#xA;    \obeylines&#xA;    \indentdepth=0&#xA;}{%&#xA;    \PopPreHook{par}%&#xA;}&#xA;\catcode`\^^I10&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabs}&#xA;No indent on the text here.&#xA;        One indent.&#xA;                Two indent.&#xA;                More&#xA;                Even More.&#xA;                Blah.&#xA;        Back to one indent.&#xA;Back to no indent.&#xA;\end{tabs}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Again, be sure to add the tabs back in.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T05:05:19.040" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T05:05:19.040" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13585" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13586" CreationDate="2011-03-16T06:29:12.913" Score="3" ViewCount="62" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the difference, in LaTeX's head, between these two documents:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{2.0}&#xA;\lipsum[2]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;...and...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{2.0}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum[2]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first doesn't result in a double spaced document, I feel it should. Is it only possible to set &lt;code&gt;\baselinestretch&lt;/code&gt; in the preamble, or can it be changed part way through a document?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Note: I'm using the &lt;code&gt;setspace&lt;/code&gt; package for double spacing, I'm curious mostly as to the behavior of &lt;code&gt;\baselinestretch&lt;/code&gt; here...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1841" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T06:58:19.383" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T06:58:19.383" Title="baselinestretch outside of LaTeX preamble?" Tags="&lt;line-spacing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="13586" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13585" CreationDate="2011-03-16T06:31:05.487" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You just need to use &lt;code&gt;\selectfont&lt;/code&gt; after you change &lt;code&gt;\baselinestretch&lt;/code&gt; in the first example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T06:31:05.487" />
  <row Id="13587" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13588" CreationDate="2011-03-16T06:50:30.173" Score="1" ViewCount="79" Body="&lt;p&gt;How is it possible to change the size of a node, for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;     \draw  node[fill,circle]{} (0,0);%&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How to make the circle smaller or larger?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4011" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T07:08:06.283" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T07:28:04.307" Title="How to change the size of nodes?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;nodes&gt;&lt;size&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="13588" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13587" CreationDate="2011-03-16T07:01:50.813" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The node size normally depends on the size of the content. Your node is empty so it is relative small. If you want to set the size manually use the &lt;code&gt;minimum width&lt;/code&gt; and/or &lt;code&gt;minimal height&lt;/code&gt; or set both at the same time using &lt;code&gt;minimum size&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;     \draw  node[fill,circle,minimum size=2cm]{} (0,0);%&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to mark the node even smaller than it is in your question, set the &lt;code&gt;inner sep&lt;/code&gt; value lower. It causes an empty node to still have some size. Best set it to 0pt and then use &lt;code&gt;minimum size&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;     \draw  node[fill,circle,inner sep=0pt,minimum size=1pt]{} (0,0);%&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T07:28:04.307" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T07:28:04.307" />
  <row Id="13589" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13587" CreationDate="2011-03-16T07:07:09.630" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;     \draw  node[fill,circle,scale=0.3]{} (0,0);%&#xA;  \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4011" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T07:07:09.630" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13590" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13611" CreationDate="2011-03-16T08:16:11.247" Score="9" ViewCount="80" Body="&lt;p&gt;What I want to do is the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to refer to an earlier block of text. I could do this by using the &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt; and the &lt;code&gt;\ref&lt;/code&gt; commands like so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\label{x} Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit.&#xA;&#xA;See page \ref{x}.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This would create something like &quot;See page 1&quot; out of the second line of code. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, let's say the sentence above, in the first line of code, spans over more than one page. Then I would like the readout to be &quot;See pages 1-2&quot;. Now I could solve this by doing the following: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\label{x} Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. \label{y}&#xA;&#xA;See pages \ref{x}-\ref{y}.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This would create something like &quot;See pages 1-2&quot; out of the second line of code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, this is not flexible enough. If the sentence doesn't span over several pages, I would end up with something like &quot;See pages 1-1&quot;, something I definitely wouldn't want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, I guess you can see my dilemma here. Is there any way for me to do what I want?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3555" LastEditorUserId="3555" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T11:58:46.060" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T12:23:59.533" Title="Creating a &quot;\label&quot; that, if necessary, spans over several pages" Tags="&lt;cross-referencing&gt;&lt;labels&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="13591" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13590" CreationDate="2011-03-16T08:40:59.490" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The standard &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt;s are normally only for sectioning commands and captions etc., not for pieces of text. Also its implementation is redefined by packages like &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; so it is difficult to use them and ensuring 100% compatibility with existing packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Instead you could define an own label macro like &lt;code&gt;\textlabel&lt;/code&gt; and then &lt;code&gt;\textref&lt;/code&gt; which takes two arguments and checks if both refer to the same page.&#xA;The following code does this. A possible improvement would be to non hard-code the 'page' text but use a macro which can be changed, e.g. to a different language.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand*{\newtextlabel}[1]{\global\@namedef{textlabel@#1}}&#xA;\newcommand*{\textlabel}[1]{%&#xA;    % Write label which holds current page&#xA;    \@bsphack&#xA;    \protected@write\@auxout{}%&#xA;        {\string\newtextlabel{#1}{\thepage}}%&#xA;    \@esphack&#xA;    % Also add a normal label to be able to use `hyperref`s `\pageref` later&#xA;    \label{#1}%&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand*{\textref}[2]{%&#xA;    \begingroup&#xA;    % Get saved label values:&#xA;    \expandafter\let\expandafter\labela\csname textlabel@#1\endcsname&#xA;    \expandafter\let\expandafter\labelb\csname textlabel@#2\endcsname&#xA;    \ifx\labela\labelb&#xA;        page~\pageref{#1}%&#xA;    \else&#xA;        pages~\pageref{#1}--\pageref{#2}%&#xA;    \fi&#xA;    \endgroup&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section{Test}\label{test}&#xA;\textlabel{a}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\textlabel{b}&#xA;\lipsum[2]&#xA;\textlabel{x}&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;\textlabel{y}&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;See \textref{a}{b} and \textref{x}{y}.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt; Added use of &lt;code&gt;\pageref&lt;/code&gt; in the final output. The &lt;code&gt;varioref&lt;/code&gt; package might also be of interest.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T09:47:27.027" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T09:47:27.027" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="13592" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-16T08:41:38.863" Score="1" ViewCount="42" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{ctexart}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath,color}&#xA;\everydisplay{\color{blue}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{gather*}&#xA;1+\cos x&#xA;\end{gather*}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;get a error. Tell me a solution please.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4198" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T12:00:25.997" Title="why `\everydisplay` conflict with `gather` and `multline`" Tags="&lt;amsmath&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13593" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-16T09:15:51.380" Score="7" ViewCount="148" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am confused about what TeX and its offspring (LaTeX, pdfTeX/pdfLaTeX, e-TeX, ConTeXt, LuaTeX, &lt;em&gt;etc.&lt;/em&gt;) are.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some, like latex, seem like add ons to TeX (maybe a change to the eyes and mouth, but not stomach). Others, like pdfTeX, seem like changes to the underlying system (&lt;em&gt;i.e.&lt;/em&gt;, a change to the stomach). Is there a good reference that explains the differences and the evolution?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4263" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T10:23:44.103" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T11:37:54.010" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-03-16T09:47:00.123" Title="The differences between TeX engines" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="10" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13594" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13595" CreationDate="2011-03-16T09:25:45.087" Score="8" ViewCount="218" Body="&lt;p&gt;Suppose I need some crazy custom symbol for personal use.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e.g.&#xA;when I write &lt;code&gt;\foobar&lt;/code&gt;, LaTeX should show&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/swvUU.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How do I achieve this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="456" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T10:08:31.320" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T10:59:59.597" Title="How to add a custom symbol to LaTeX?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="13595" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13594" CreationDate="2011-03-16T09:29:02.290" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Simplest way would be to save it as a pdf (or eps if you're using latex) and then define&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*\foobar{\includegraphics{crazycustomsymbol}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T09:38:48.430" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T09:38:48.430" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="13596" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13594" CreationDate="2011-03-16T09:44:13.010" Score="17" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As TH mentioned, you can create a graphic in an external program and include it as a picture. Preferably you would use a vector drawing software such as adobe illustrator or the (free) software inkscape. This way scaling the image will not change the quality (don't use raster graphics such as jpg).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course you can also use a code based approach e.g. with the tikz or pstricks package &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrartcl}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\foo}[1]{%&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[#1]%&#xA;\draw (0,0) -- (1ex,1ex);%&#xA;\draw (0.5ex,0) -- (1.3ex,0.8ex);%&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}%&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Some text and the symbol \foo{} or scaled \foo{scale=2}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/KRBHw.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="632" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T09:44:13.010" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="13597" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13600" CreationDate="2011-03-16T09:45:48.080" Score="2" ViewCount="118" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm new to LaTeX and I'm trying to work out how I can configure TikZ to position the text ON the connecting lines (rather than beside it) in this flowchart and then give that text a filled white background rectangle.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My issue mainly comes from the fact that I can't associate a style with the text node inside the line (I can't do [text]) and I don't know how to do substyles with \tikzstyle to match a node that doesn't have a style associated with it (in CSS this would be .line &gt; node or something like that).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm sure this is a really really simple question, but Google unfortunately seems to have no answers to it!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can anyone help?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% Define block styles&#xA;\tikzstyle{decision} = [diamond, draw, fill=blue!20, &#xA;    text width=4.5em, text badly centered, node distance=3cm, inner sep=0pt]&#xA;\tikzstyle{block} = [rectangle, draw, fill=blue!20, &#xA;    text width=5em, text centered, rounded corners, minimum height=4em]&#xA;\tikzstyle{line} = [draw, text centered , -latex']&#xA;\tikzstyle{line node} = [draw, fill=white, font=\tiny ]&#xA;\tikzstyle{cloud} = [draw, ellipse,fill=red!20, node distance=3cm,&#xA;    minimum height=2em]&#xA;&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[node distance = 3cm, auto]&#xA;    % Place nodes.&#xA;    \node [] (_split01) {};&#xA;    \node [block, left of=_split01, node distance = 2cm]    (program) {Program};&#xA;    \node [block, right of=_split01, node distance = 2cm]   (unit) {Unit};&#xA;&#xA;    \node [block, below of=_split01]                        (procedure) {Procedure};&#xA;    \node [block, left of=procedure]                        (entrypoint) {Entry Point};&#xA;    \node [block, right of=procedure]                       (function) {Function};&#xA;&#xA;    \node [block, below of=procedure]                       (block) {Block};&#xA;&#xA;    \node [block, below of=block]                           (statement) {Statement};&#xA;&#xA;    \node [below of=statement] (_split02) {};&#xA;    \node [block, left of=_split02, node distance = 2cm]    (assignment) {Assignment Statement};&#xA;    \node [block, right of=_split02, node distance = 2cm]   (expression) {Expression Statement};&#xA;&#xA;    % Connect nodes.&#xA;    \path [line] (program) -- node {References} (unit);&#xA;    \path [line] (program) -- node {Defines and Calls} (entrypoint);&#xA;    \path [line] (program) -- node {Defines} (procedure);&#xA;    \path [line] (program) -- node {Defines} (function);&#xA;    \path [line] (unit) -- node {Defines} (procedure);&#xA;    \path [line] (unit) -- node {Defines} (function);&#xA;    \path [line] (entrypoint) -- (block);&#xA;    \path [line] (procedure) -- (block);&#xA;    \path [line] (function) -- (block);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4264" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T10:17:28.597" Title="Styling the text placed on \path [line] using \tikzstyle." Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;style&gt;&lt;path&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13598" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13604" CreationDate="2011-03-16T10:05:50.677" Score="2" ViewCount="96" Body="&lt;p&gt;I find the &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Century_Type_Family#Century_Schoolbook&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Century Schoolbook&lt;/a&gt; family very legible for online documentation. However, I am unsure what &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/sansseriffonts.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;sans serif&lt;/a&gt; (for typesetting, e.g., LaTeX package names) and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/typewriterfonts.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;monospace&lt;/a&gt; (for typesetting code) counterparts to choose for use with this typeface.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which fonts, in your opinion, could (and could not) be used with Century Schoolbook?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3104" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T11:42:00.167" Title="Which sans serif and monospace fonts suit Century Schoolbook?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;style&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="13599" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-16T10:11:39.570" Score="1" ViewCount="99" Body="&lt;p&gt;From the answer to my other question &quot; &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/13554/define-something-like-lim-but-for-another-name/13557#13557&quot;&gt;define something like \lim but for another name&lt;/a&gt;&quot;, I tried:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\ext{\qopname\relax m{ext}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\ext}{\qopname\relax m{ext}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In &quot; &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/655/what-is-the-difference-between-def-and-newcommand&quot;&gt;What is the difference between \def and \newcommand?&lt;/a&gt;&quot;, it is said that they are basically the same and &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; is a bit more clever and does some extra checks. But it suggests that they should behave in just the same way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But actually they do not. For the &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt; case, it seems to add extra spacing around &lt;code&gt;\ext&lt;/code&gt; when I use it (just like &lt;code&gt;\lim&lt;/code&gt; would). And &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; does not.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why? What exactly is the different behavior for those more generally?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2272" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T19:08:08.970" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T19:08:08.970" ClosedDate="2011-03-16T14:07:54.667" Title="Different spacing caused by \newcommand and \def" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;" CommentCount="13" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13600" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13597" CreationDate="2011-03-16T10:17:28.597" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The key line is the &lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&lt;/code&gt; one.  It currently reads:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}[node distance = 3cm, auto]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To get the effect that you want, it should read:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}[node distance = 3cm,every node/.style={rectangle,fill=white}]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This produces:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/jeWFz.png&quot; alt=&quot;labels on lines&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Although it's worth pointing out that some of your nodes overlap so would need a little adjustment to avoid that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a little explanation of the differences.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You wanted a &quot;default&quot; style that matches anything that doesn't already have a style.  I don't know if this is exactly possible, but a close run is to define a default style that sets up how things that aren't specified in later styles are done.  The difference is whether the local style &lt;em&gt;completely&lt;/em&gt; overrides the default or only overrides the pieces that it specifies.  (Actually, my limited experience of CSS is that the latter is the standard behaviour there as well.)  So we set up a default node style with the &lt;code&gt;every node/.style={...}&lt;/code&gt; syntax.  We say that we want all our nodes to be rectangles and to be filled with white.  Since your custom styles all specify a shape and a fill colour, this doesn't propagate to any of them, but does influence the labels.  We can see this in action if we add the &lt;code&gt;font=\tiny&lt;/code&gt; key to the default style.  If we only do this, &lt;em&gt;all&lt;/em&gt; the nodes have tiny text.  If we add &lt;code&gt;font=\normalsize&lt;/code&gt; to the custom styles then they resume their former size.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The other difference is the word &lt;code&gt;auto&lt;/code&gt;.  This influences how a node on a line is positioned.  If given, then for a node specified on a line, as in &lt;code&gt;\path (0,0) -- node {a} (1,0);&lt;/code&gt; then the node is shifted above the line (though &quot;above&quot; can mean &quot;below&quot; if the line is upside-down!) (adding the key &lt;code&gt;swap&lt;/code&gt; swaps it).  Removing this ensures that the labels now are actually &lt;em&gt;on&lt;/em&gt; the line which is what you wanted.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To avoid the clashes, you can use the &lt;code&gt;pos=.X&lt;/code&gt; syntax to shift the nodes proportionally along their lines.  I'd also shrink the text (&lt;code&gt;font=\tiny&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;font=\small&lt;/code&gt;), otherwise you can't see the line behind the word &quot;References&quot;.  Here's that version:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/a3Q7A.png&quot; alt=&quot;slightly modified version of the above&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And here's the full code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{standalone}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{arrows}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;% Define block styles&#xA;\tikzstyle{decision} = [diamond, draw, fill=blue!20, &#xA;    text width=4.5em, text badly centered, node distance=3cm, inner sep=0pt]&#xA;\tikzstyle{block} = [rectangle, draw, fill=blue!20, &#xA;    text width=5em, text centered, rounded corners, minimum height=4em,font=\normalsize]&#xA;\tikzstyle{line} = [draw, -latex']&#xA;\tikzstyle{line node} = [draw, fill=white, font=\tiny ]&#xA;\tikzstyle{cloud} = [draw, ellipse,fill=red!20, node distance=3cm,&#xA;    minimum height=2em]&#xA;&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[node distance = 3cm,every node/.style={rectangle,fill=white,font=\tiny}]&#xA;    % Place nodes.&#xA;    \node [] (_split01) {};&#xA;    \node [block, left of=_split01, node distance = 2cm]    (program) {Program};&#xA;    \node [block, right of=_split01, node distance = 2cm]   (unit) {Unit};&#xA;&#xA;    \node [block, below of=_split01]                        (procedure) {Procedure};&#xA;    \node [block, left of=procedure]                        (entrypoint) {Entry Point};&#xA;    \node [block, right of=procedure]                       (function) {Function};&#xA;&#xA;    \node [block, below of=procedure]                       (block) {Block};&#xA;&#xA;    \node [block, below of=block]                           (statement) {Statement};&#xA;&#xA;    \node [below of=statement] (_split02) {};&#xA;    \node [block, left of=_split02, node distance = 2cm]    (assignment) {Assignment Statement};&#xA;    \node [block, right of=_split02, node distance = 2cm]   (expression) {Expression Statement};&#xA;&#xA;    % Connect nodes.&#xA;    \path [line] (program) -- node {References} (unit);&#xA;    \path [line] (program) -- node[pos=.3] {Defines and Calls} (entrypoint);&#xA;    \path [line] (program) -- node[pos=.7] {Defines} (procedure);&#xA;    \path [line] (program) -- node[pos=.3] {Defines} (function);&#xA;    \path [line] (unit) -- node[pos=.3] {Defines} (procedure);&#xA;    \path [line] (unit) -- node {Defines} (function);&#xA;    \path [line] (entrypoint) -- (block);&#xA;    \path [line] (procedure) -- (block);&#xA;    \path [line] (function) -- (block);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T10:17:28.597" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13601" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13593" CreationDate="2011-03-16T10:22:15.963" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;TeX engines&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are currently five engines (binaries) which can process TeX input, although not all are used to the same extent&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Knuth's TeX ('TeX-82'), as described in &lt;em&gt;The TeXbook&lt;/em&gt;. This is of course the definitive TeX, but is only used as the standard engine in modern TeX distributions if you are using the plain format only (&lt;em&gt;i.e.&lt;/em&gt; for &lt;code&gt;tex &amp;lt;somefile&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; but nothing else).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;e-TeX, released in the late 1990s. This adds a number of additional primitives to TeX, for example &lt;code&gt;\unexpanded&lt;/code&gt;, and bidirectional typesetting extension called &lt;code&gt;TeX--XeT&lt;/code&gt;. The e-TeX extensions are incorporated into all of the newer engines, and so e-TeX itself is not widely used: people use one of the newer engines, in the main. See the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=etex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;UK FAQ entry on e-TeX&lt;/a&gt; for another view.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;pdfTeX, which incorporates e-TeX and then adds a number of (mainly) PDF-related primitives. pdfTeX can produce both DVI and PDF output (something people often miss due to the engine name). pdfTeX is used as the default engine for modern TeX systems, so when you do for example &lt;code&gt;latex&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; it is actually pdfTeX that is the binary doing the work. Once again, there is a &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=whatpdftex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;UK FAQ on pdfTeX&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;XeTeX, which incorporates e-TeX, works with native UTF-8 input and can access system fonts. XeTeX includes some of the pdfTeX primitives, but not currently all of them (sometimes the names also vary!). XeTeX uses system-dependent libraries to access system fonts, which does make this very easy to do.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;LuaTeX, which was originally aimed to be v2 of pdfTeX, but is now a somewhat separate approach. LuaTeX once again incorporates the e-TeX extensions, uses native UTF-8 input and also includes the Lua scripting engine. It has some of the pdfTeX primitives, but others have been dropped in favour of using Lua scripting. LuaTeX can access system fonts using Lua, rather than by building libraries into the binary. LuaTeX also incorporates some ideas from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=omegaleph&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Omega and Aleph&lt;/a&gt; like multidirectional typesetting. (Omega and Aleph were earlier attempts to extend TeX for non-Latin script work and bidirectional typesetting.)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you can see, both XeTeX and LuaTeX are native UTF-8 engines, with XeTeX having been around longer and being probably the more widely-used for bidirectional work at present. Both make it easy to use UTF-8 input and system fonts. See &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/36/&quot;&gt;Differences between LuaTeX, ConTeXt and XeTeX&lt;/a&gt; for more on this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="729" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T11:37:54.010" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T11:37:54.010" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-03-16T10:22:15.963" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="13602" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13594" CreationDate="2011-03-16T10:33:59.910" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yet another way of including custom symbols is by composing new ones through superimposing glyphs, which is demonstrated in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/symbols/comprehensive/symbols-a4.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;symbols-a4&lt;/a&gt; manual on page 103.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's an example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\starcup}{$\sqcup$\kern-0.58em{$\star$}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which gives:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/owpuz.png&quot; alt=&quot;starcup is an all new glyph&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As Martin Scharrer points out, the use of ex or em as a unit for kerning respects the font size. You can also use (as I did in the first revision of this example) points for absolute positioning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1052" LastEditorUserId="1052" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T10:59:59.597" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T10:59:59.597" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="13603" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-16T10:46:29.820" Score="3" ViewCount="58" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;... let me count the ways.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  I can test it with &lt;code&gt;\if&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\ifx&lt;/code&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  and &lt;code&gt;\show&lt;/code&gt; its &lt;code&gt;\meaning&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And there I stop, both in my knowledge and my poetic ability (though some might argue that the latter never started).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background:&lt;/strong&gt; I'm still trying to get my head around the statement of what &lt;code&gt;\noexpand&lt;/code&gt; does:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\noexpand&lt;/code&gt; &lt;em&gt;temporarily&lt;/em&gt; sets the next token to &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The purpose of setting it to &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt; seems to be that since &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt; is not expandable, the next token does not get expanded the next time that TeX tries to expand it.  But it &lt;em&gt;does&lt;/em&gt; get expanded the time after that, so that seems to be the meaning of &quot;temporarily&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But is the fact that it is temporarily set to &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt; detectable?  To test this, I want to examine what TeX thinks &lt;code&gt;\noexpand\foo&lt;/code&gt; is, but that &quot;temporarily&quot; keeps getting in the way: it's all a bit quantum since the act of observing a &lt;code&gt;\noexpand\foo&lt;/code&gt; seems to change it in some way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anyway, so I want to build a test suite to see if the value of &lt;code&gt;\noexpand\foo&lt;/code&gt; is detectable in a significant way and for that, I need to know all the ways that I can get at its value, such as conditionals and &lt;code&gt;\show&lt;/code&gt;.  And that's my question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Question:&lt;/strong&gt; What ways are there of examining a macro or active token in TeX which reveal something about what it points/expands to?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T12:25:38.820" Title="How do I examine a token?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;expansion&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13604" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13598" CreationDate="2011-03-16T11:42:00.167" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ironic that you find Century Schoolbook suitable for online documentation, as it was developed nearly 100 years ago for school textbooks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;While googling I found &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.esperfonto.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;esperfonto&lt;/a&gt;, which has a search box to help pair fonts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;They &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.esperfonto.com/search.html?typeface=&amp;amp;body=on&amp;amp;sans=on&amp;amp;workswith=Century+Schoolbook&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;suggest&lt;/a&gt; Arial, Helvetica, or Frutiger Humanist 777 for sans fonts.  They don't suggest monospace pairs, though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The Frutiger family is not free.  I tried Century Schoolbook, Helvetica, and Courier, and it seems to look pretty good.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is a sample document (requires &lt;code&gt;xelatex&lt;/code&gt;) to test your selections:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\title{Font Test}&#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\setmainfont{Century Schoolbook}&#xA;\setsansfont{Helvetica}&#xA;\setmonofont{Courier}&#xA;\usepackage{sectsty}&#xA;\allsectionsfont{\sffamily}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;&#xA;This article uses the \textsf{blindtext} package to typeset dummy text.  The preamble is:&#xA;&#xA;\begin{verbatim}&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\title{Font Test}&#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\setmainfont{Century Schoolbook}&#xA;\setsansfont{Arial}&#xA;\usepackage{sectsty}&#xA;\setmonofont{Courier}&#xA;\allsectionsfont{\sffamily}&#xA;\end{verbatim}&#xA;\blinddocument&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T11:42:00.167" />
  <row Id="13605" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13592" CreationDate="2011-03-16T11:45:42.953" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Instead of &lt;code&gt;\everydisplay&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\everymath&lt;/code&gt; could be used. This applies to &lt;code&gt;gather&lt;/code&gt; as well. To avoid coloring of inline math, you could check if you are within &lt;code&gt;gather&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt; similar to amsmath's own checks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Complete example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath,color}&#xA;\newcommand*{\eqcolor}{\color{blue}}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\everymath{%&#xA;  \ifingather@ \eqcolor%&#xA;    \else \ifinalign@ \eqcolor&#xA;      \fi&#xA;  \fi&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{gather*}&#xA;1+\cos x&#xA;\end{gather*}&#xA;\begin{align*}&#xA;1+\cos x&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;\centering $1 + \cos x$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/wPS82.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you can see, inline math is not colored. Regarding other displayed math: instead of &lt;code&gt;equation&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\[ ... \]&lt;/code&gt; you could use &lt;code&gt;gather&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;gather*&lt;/code&gt;, respectively. This could be done in the preamble, without changes to equation environments in the text, such as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\equation\gather&#xA;\let\endequation\endgather&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T11:45:42.953" />
  <row Id="13606" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13615" CreationDate="2011-03-16T11:46:15.840" Score="4" ViewCount="48" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would basically like to produce some kind of combination of an enumerate and a description environment. Manually &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{description}&#xA;\item[1. Item bla] \hfill \\&#xA; Some text bla bla&#xA;\item[2. Item bla] \hfill \\&#xA; Some more text bla bla&#xA;\end{description}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;pretty much gives what I want. Each item should contain a counter together with a description (both equally formatted, e.g. bold) and some associated text starting on the next line.&#xA;So actually something like (sub)section heading plus text. But with separate counters and indentation etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there some nice package that will produce such formatting? Or would I need to somehow define a custom list structure?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2304" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T12:31:46.423" Title="Automatically number a description list" Tags="&lt;lists&gt;&lt;enumerate&gt;&lt;description&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13607" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13592" CreationDate="2011-03-16T12:00:25.997" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you just say &lt;code&gt;\everydisplay{\color{blue}}&lt;/code&gt;, then the previous content of it gets erased and you will have these kind of problems. The right way to use &lt;code&gt;\everydisplay&lt;/code&gt; is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\everydisplay\expandafter{\the\everydisplay \color{blue}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then no problem should happen.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2716" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T12:00:25.997" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13608" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-16T12:04:01.890" Score="0" ViewCount="83" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/9335/is-there-a-way-to-make-standard-latex-pdf-output-look-good-on-screen-as-well&quot;&gt;Is there a way to make standard LaTex PDF output look good &lt;em&gt;on screen&lt;/em&gt; as well&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to make colored rows in my table but for some reason table borders become invisible on some places when I apply color. For example the leftmost&#xA;vertical border becomes invisible when I open my pdf output. In fact, when I zoom in, then the top horizontal border becomes invisible, too.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using MikTeX 2.9 and pdfLateX to produce output. It seems that the color for some reason covers the border on some places. Here is some code that produces the table which should have the leftmost vertical border but it doesn't. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{colortbl}&#xA;\usepackage[croatian]{babel}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|l|c|}&#xA;\hline&#xA;\rowcolor[gray]{0.95} one&amp;amp;two\\&#xA;\rowcolor[gray]{0.95} three&amp;amp;four\\&#xA;\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anyone know how to solve this problem?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4268" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-22T13:55:52.723" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T13:55:52.723" ClosedDate="2011-03-22T16:45:54.387" Title="Problem with losing some table borders when using colors" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;color&gt;" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="13609" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13617" CreationDate="2011-03-16T12:05:27.100" Score="1" ViewCount="83" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a nice detailed bib file, but the output shows more less, than I want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@book{konstruktionselemente,&#xA;  title={{Konstruktionselemente des Maschinenbaus~2: Grundlagen von Maschinenelementen f{\&quot;u}r Antriebsaufgaben}},&#xA;  author={\textsc{Steinhilper}, Waldemar and \textsc{Sauer}, Bernd},&#xA;  series={6. Auflage},&#xA;  publisher={Springer-Lehrbuch}&#xA;  year={2008},&#xA;  isbn={978-3-540-76653-7},&#xA;  url={http://www.springer.com/engineering/mechanical+eng/book/978-3-540-76653-7},&#xA;  pages={30-45}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What should I do, to write out all informations from the bib file? How can I controll what should be visible?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3097" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-20T23:12:44.230" LastActivityDate="2011-03-20T23:12:44.230" Title="BibTeX -- how to write more information in the output" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;biblatex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13610" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13612" CreationDate="2011-03-16T12:12:34.163" Score="0" ViewCount="41" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/6440/raggedleft-and-raggedright-simultaneously&quot;&gt;Raggedleft and raggedright simultaneously&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How to only align some part of line to right? e.g.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Q. Who created TeX? [1]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Over here the &lt;code&gt;[1]&lt;/code&gt; should be aligned to right but rest of the question should be aligned left as usual.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3864" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T12:14:17.040" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T12:22:42.780" ClosedDate="2011-03-16T18:09:09.843" Title="How to only align some part of line to right?" Tags="&lt;horizontal-alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13611" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13590" CreationDate="2011-03-16T12:14:38.027" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This would be a solution using the    &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/varioref.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;varioref&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package, as Martin mentioned:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;\usepackage{varioref}&#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel} &#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\label{text1start}\blindtext[5]\label{text1stop}&#xA;\label{text2start}\blindtext[2]\label{text2stop}&#xA;&#xA;See \vpagerefrange{text1start}{text1stop} and \vpagerefrange{text2start}{text2stop}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's output in this case:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/IVimT.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3735" LastEditorUserId="3735" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T12:23:59.533" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T12:23:59.533" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13612" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13610" CreationDate="2011-03-16T12:22:42.780" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/6440/raggedleft-and-raggedright-simultaneously/6441#6441&quot;&gt;solved&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3864" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T12:22:42.780" />
  <row Id="13613" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13603" CreationDate="2011-03-16T12:25:38.820" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hoping that I understand the question, the options are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\show&lt;/code&gt;, which displays the meaning of a token in the terminal. For registers, this shows the register number rather than the content of the register. Primitives give you an identity, for example &lt;code&gt;\show = \show&lt;/code&gt;, whereas for macros you get the expansion.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\showthe&lt;/code&gt;, which displays the content of a register at the terminal.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\meaning&lt;/code&gt;, which places very similar information in the input stream, with category codes for all tokens 'other' except for spaces. This is useful for both displaying the meaning of macros and for various tests and tokenization tricks. For example, LaTeX uses &lt;code&gt;\meaning&lt;/code&gt; to sanitize category codes (although nowadays &lt;code&gt;\scantokens&lt;/code&gt; might be a better choice.)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ifx&lt;/code&gt;, which does a comparison based on the meaning of two tokens. The two do not have to be &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt; to one another, but do have to be identically-defined for the test to be true. So something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\testa{stuff}&#xA;\def\testb{stuff}&#xA;\ifx\testa\testb&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is true but &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\testa{stuff}&#xA;\long\def\testb{stuff}&#xA;\ifx\testa\testb&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is false.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\if&lt;/code&gt;, which tests if two unexpandable tokens are identical, ignoring category codes. The two tokens business means that &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\test{aa}&#xA;\if\test\SomeOtherThing&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will compare the two &lt;code&gt;a&lt;/code&gt; characters here, and that &lt;code&gt;\SomeOtherThing&lt;/code&gt; is part of the &lt;code&gt;true&lt;/code&gt; branch.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T12:25:38.820" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13614" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-16T12:28:59.810" Score="0" ViewCount="51" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I create a new symbol by carefully overlaying and repositioning two existing symbols in the box that tex allocates for a single symbol?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3825" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T12:28:59.810" Title="combining existing symbols" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13615" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13606" CreationDate="2011-03-16T12:31:46.423" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;From an earlier question, try &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/enumitem/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;enumitem&lt;/a&gt;. In the example below, the &lt;code&gt;pifont&lt;/code&gt; package is only needed for the first example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/rZNQs.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{enumitem}&#xA;\usepackage{pifont}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{itemize}[label=\ding{212}]&#xA;\item First&#xA;\item Second&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;\newcommand\litem[1]{\item{\bfseries #1,\\}}&#xA;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;\litem{Lo primero que ten\'{\i}a el Quijote} lanza en astillero,&#xA;\litem{Lo segundo} adarna antigua,&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3345" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T12:31:46.423" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13616" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13618" CreationDate="2011-03-16T12:33:26.343" Score="1" ViewCount="69" Body="&lt;p&gt;Desired effect is this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ePv0L.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But my document is this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/AVNuu.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;my code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;From paragraph 1: \\&#xA;\textbf{Q1}\quad The writer calls the advertising industry ‘universal’. What phrase is used later in the paragraph to echo this idea? \hfill [1] \\ \\&#xA;From paragraph 2: \\&#xA;\textbf{Q2}\quad (a) How do we realise early in the paragraph that the writer does not regard advertisements as simply ways of \textquoteleft{}relaying necessary information\textquoteright{}? \hfill [1] \\ \\&#xA;(b) The cafe owner \textquoteleft{}might be tempted\textquoteright{} to add to his advertisement. What does he hope to achieve by doing this? \hfill [1] \\ \\&#xA;(c) Explain \textbf{in your own words} why the writer feels that the world of advertising is such a dangerous place for ordinary people. \hfill [2] \\ \\&#xA;\textbf{Q3}\quad Why do you think that the writer finds it surprising that advertising methods are similar throughout the world? \hfill [1] \\ \\&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3864" LastEditorUserId="3864" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T13:11:03.940" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T13:28:49.150" Title="How to align multiple lines on same indent?" Tags="&lt;horizontal-alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13617" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13609" CreationDate="2011-03-16T12:50:00.730" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's  how to do it using &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/biblatex.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;biblatex&lt;/a&gt; and its &lt;code&gt;\footfullcite&lt;/code&gt; macro. I added the missing comma in your &lt;code&gt;.bib&lt;/code&gt; file and also removed some formatting macros.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[ngerman]{babel}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[style=authortitle]{biblatex}&#xA;&#xA;% last name of authors in small caps&#xA;\renewcommand*{\mkbibnamelast}[1]{\textsc{#1}}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{biblatextest.bib}&#xA;@book{konstruktionselemente,&#xA;  title={Konstruktionselemente des Maschinenbaus~2: Grundlagen von Maschinenelementen für Antriebsaufgaben},&#xA;  author={Steinhilper, Waldemar and Sauer, Bernd},&#xA;  edition={6},&#xA;  publisher={Springer-Lehrbuch},&#xA;  year={2008},&#xA;  isbn={978-3-540-76653-7},&#xA;  url={http://www.springer.com/engineering/mechanical+eng/book/978-3-540-76653-7},&#xA;  pages={30-45},&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\addbibresource{biblatextest.bib}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Some text.\footfullcite{konstruktionselemente}&#xA;&#xA;\printbibliography&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: While I still recommend biblatex, simply adding the missing comma in your &lt;code&gt;.bib&lt;/code&gt; file may be the right answer for you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T13:18:46.320" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T13:18:46.320" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13618" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13616" CreationDate="2011-03-16T13:00:15.633" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;With the help of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/enumitem&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;enumitem&lt;/a&gt; package you can easily achieve what you want:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{enumitem}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\noindent&#xA;From paragraph 1:&#xA;\begin{enumerate}[label={\bfseries Q\arabic*},leftmargin=*]&#xA;  \item The writer calls the advertising industry ‘universal’. What phrase is used later in the paragraph to echo this idea? \hfill [1]&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;From paragraph 2:&#xA;\begin{enumerate}[label={\bfseries Q\arabic*},resume,leftmargin=*]&#xA;  \item&#xA;  \begin{enumerate}&#xA;    \item How do we realise early in the paragraph that the writer does not regard advertisements as simply ways of \textquoteleft relaying necessary information\textquoteright ? \hfill [1]&#xA;    \item The cafe owner \textquoteleft might be tempted\textquoteright to add to his advertisement. What does he hope to achieve by doing this? \hfill [1]&#xA;    \item Explain \textbf{in your own words} why the writer feels that the world of advertising is such a dangerous place for ordinary people. \hfill [2]&#xA;  \end{enumerate}&#xA;  \item Why do you think that the writer finds it surprising that advertising methods are similar throughout the world? \hfill [1]&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastEditorUserId="3954" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T13:28:49.150" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T13:28:49.150" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="13619" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13616" CreationDate="2011-03-16T13:08:01.200" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;\item&#xA;\begin{enumerate}[(a)]&#xA;\item bla bla&#xA;\item bla bla&#xA;\item bla bla&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;\item  bla bla&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1999" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T13:08:01.200" />
  <row Id="13620" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13860" CreationDate="2011-03-16T13:26:21.287" Score="0" ViewCount="140" Body="&lt;p&gt;I tried to search for the solution, but I couldn't even find references to this problem. I'm trying to use Aquamacs+AUCTeX as my LaTeX editor. One of the major features available in this setting is the inline preview. For me it doesn't work. I'll try to provide the relevant information. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;GNU Emacs 23.2.50.1 (i386-apple-darwin9.8.0, NS apple-appkit-949.54)&#xA;   of 2010-08-18 on braeburn.aquamacs.org - Aquamacs Distribution 2.1&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;with &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mac OS 10.6.6&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And this is my &lt;code&gt;.emacs&lt;/code&gt; file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Assigns org-mode to .org files&#xA;(require 'org-install)&#xA;(add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(&quot;\\.org$&quot; . org-mode))&#xA;(define-key global-map &quot;\C-cl&quot; 'org-store-link)&#xA;(define-key global-map &quot;\C-ca&quot; 'org-agenda)&#xA;(setq org-log-done t)&#xA;&#xA;;; Make use of refTeX in org-mode&#xA;(defun org-mode-reftex-setup ()&#xA;(load-library &quot;reftex&quot;)&#xA;(and (buffer-file-name)&#xA;(file-exists-p (buffer-file-name))&#xA;(reftex-parse-all))&#xA;(define-key org-mode-map (kbd &quot;C-c )&quot;) 'reftex-citation)&#xA;)&#xA;(add-hook 'org-mode-hook 'org-mode-reftex-setup)&#xA;&#xA;;; Set LaTeXmk the default LaTeX compiler&#xA;;;(setq org-latex-to-pdf-process (list &quot;latexmk -f -pdf %s&quot;))&#xA;&#xA;;;(add-hook 'TeX-mode-hook '(lambda () (setq TeX-command-default &quot;LaTeXmk&quot;)))&#xA;&#xA;;; Enable LaTeX-math-mode by default&#xA;(add-hook 'LaTeX-mode-hook 'LaTeX-math-mode)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried to use it with a simple example like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Well what do you say? Here's the first formula $x^2=1$.&#xA;It seems not to be working...&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then &lt;code&gt;C-c C-p C-d&lt;/code&gt; produced nothing but a no-entrance sign beside the formula. In this &lt;a href=&quot;http://dl.dropbox.com/u/9709624/previewTest.zip&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;zip&lt;/a&gt; file I included all the related files I gathered.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Did any of you encountered this issue? Hints tips and fixing methods are welcomed! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="412" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T06:19:30.080" Title="Aquamacs + AUCTeX inline preview" Tags="&lt;emacs&gt;&lt;auctex&gt;&lt;inline&gt;&lt;aquamacs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="13621" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13628" CreationDate="2011-03-16T13:29:40.267" Score="2" ViewCount="40" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to submit an article to a journal that requires all references to volumes to appear in roman numerals before the page reference, e.g.:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;William Shakespeare, &lt;em&gt;Complete Works&lt;/em&gt;, III, 25.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the regular 'volume' field, a simple&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareFieldFormat{volume}{\RN{#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;can takes care of this. This does not affect &lt;code&gt;\volcite&lt;/code&gt; and related commands, however. I am far from an expert, and don't know how to go about this. Any advice?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4269" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T13:54:39.317" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T13:59:17.627" Title="Using roman numerals for \volcite in BibLaTeX" Tags="&lt;biblatex&gt;&lt;citing&gt;&lt;roman&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13622" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-16T13:28:27.550" Score="5" ViewCount="226" Body="&lt;p&gt;In LaTeX, we can say something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&quot;See equation \ref{eq} on page \pageref{eq}...&quot;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any way to do:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&quot;See equation \ref{eq} in chapter \chapterref{eq}...&quot;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4270" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T14:31:30.503" LastActivityDate="2011-03-20T01:09:11.590" Title="Chapter ref with LaTeX" Tags="&lt;cross-referencing&gt;" AnswerCount="8" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="13623" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13622" CreationDate="2011-03-16T13:34:04.110" Score="-1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use labels to sections and subsections, then refer to them like you'd refer to any other float, see below: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section{Introduction}&#xA;\subsection{Background}&#xA;\label{sec:bg}&#xA;&#xA;tesagahgshlgasghagö as seen in \ref{sec:bg} ......&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4271" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T13:34:04.110" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13624" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13639" CreationDate="2011-03-16T13:39:04.647" Score="1" ViewCount="29" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to combine several &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt;-environments but reset the alignment at some point.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esp., I want to combine these:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{align*}&#xA;&amp;amp; \lim(\emptyset) = \ext(\emptyset), \lim(\Sigma^* a_1 \Sigma^* a_2 \dotsb a_n \Sigma^*) = \ext(\Sigma^* a_1 \Sigma^* a_2 \dotsb a_n \Sigma^*) \text{(see above)}&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;\begin{align*}&#xA;&amp;amp; \lim( \neg ( \Sigma^* a_1 \Sigma^* a_2 \dotsb a_n \Sigma^* ) ) &amp;amp; = &amp;amp; \{ \alpha \in \Sigma^\omega | \exists^\omega n : \alpha [0,n] \notin \Sigma^* a_1 \Sigma^* a_2 \dotsb a_n \Sigma^* \} \\&#xA;&amp;amp; &amp;amp; = &amp;amp; \{ \alpha \in \Sigma^\omega | \forall n: \alpha [0,n] \notin \Sigma^* a_1 \Sigma^* a_2 \dotsb a_n \Sigma^* \} \\&#xA;&amp;amp; &amp;amp; = &amp;amp; \neg \ext( \Sigma^* a_1 \Sigma^* a_2 \dotsb a_n \Sigma^* )&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But the should not share a common alignment. (Edit: Actually, they should share the same outermost left alignment but nothing more.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to combine them because it otherwise adds an empty line/space between them but I don't want that. Or is there any other way I can avoid that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2272" LastEditorUserId="2272" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T13:48:50.147" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T14:56:37.827" Title="combine several align-environments" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;amsmath&gt;&lt;align&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13625" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13631" CreationDate="2011-03-16T13:48:20.193" Score="3" ViewCount="141" Body="&lt;p&gt;On &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/13558/how-to-put-two-images-next-to-each-other-with-a-and-b-labels&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt; a comment by Martin H says, that one should forget about the &lt;code&gt;subfigure&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;subfig&lt;/code&gt; packages and use &lt;code&gt;subcaption&lt;/code&gt;. As &lt;code&gt;subfig&lt;/code&gt; replaces &lt;code&gt;subfigure&lt;/code&gt;, no argument there.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am currently using &lt;code&gt;subfig&lt;/code&gt; for displaying my subfigures and quite content with it. So I am wondering, what the advantages of using &lt;code&gt;subcaption&lt;/code&gt; instead would be or if and &lt;strong&gt;why&lt;/strong&gt; the use of &lt;code&gt;subcaption&lt;/code&gt; is generally preferable to &lt;code&gt;subfig&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3735" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T18:47:10.777" Title="subcaption vs. subfig" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;captions&gt;&lt;subfloats&gt;&lt;subcaption&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="13626" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13622" CreationDate="2011-03-16T13:49:03.130" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/hyperref&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;Hyperref&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; offers &lt;code&gt;\autoref&lt;/code&gt; which will turn &lt;code&gt;\autoref{chap:foo}&lt;/code&gt; into &quot;chapter &lt;em&gt;X&lt;/em&gt;&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\chapter{Foo}&#xA;\label{chap:foo}&#xA;&#xA;This is the beginning of \autoref{chap:foo}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Produces:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/RqoUK.png&quot; alt=&quot;chapter foo&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To edit how hyperref references appear, see answers to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/823/215&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/cleverref&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;Cleverref&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; is another package that offers this sort of functionality.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/LaTeX/Labels_and_Cross-referencing&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;The LaTeX wikibook&lt;/a&gt; has details on various cross-referencing options.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T15:19:06.357" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T15:19:06.357" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13627" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13665" CreationDate="2011-03-16T13:56:19.330" Score="1" ViewCount="79" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I get multiple stacked plots (&lt;code&gt;ybar stacked&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;stack plots=y&lt;/code&gt;) in one diagram, such that there are multiple stacked bars for the same x-coordinate, each slightly shifted? Is there a way to reset pgfplot's zero levels after an &lt;code&gt;\addplot&lt;/code&gt; command, such that the next &lt;code&gt;\addplot[xhshift=...]&lt;/code&gt; doesn't add something to the current stack, but rather starts a fresh stack?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;FWIW, overlaying two plots with &lt;code&gt;scale only axis&lt;/code&gt; won't help; I need this to work with &lt;code&gt;groupplot&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4272" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T18:12:54.817" Title="pgfplots: Multiple (shifted) stacked plots in one diagram" Tags="&lt;pgfplots&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13628" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13621" CreationDate="2011-03-16T13:59:17.627" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;What follows is a hack with possible adverse effects.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[style=authortitle]{biblatex}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\patchcmd{\blx@volcite@vol}{\ppspace#1}{\ppspace\RN{#1}}{}{}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{biblatextest.bib}&#xA;@book{Sha,&#xA;  author={Shakespeare, William},&#xA;  title={Complete Works},&#xA;  date={1590/1611},&#xA;  volumes={99},&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\addbibresource{biblatextest.bib}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Some text \avolcite{3}[25]{Sha}.&#xA;&#xA;\printbibliography&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T13:59:17.627" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13629" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13633" CreationDate="2011-03-16T14:01:35.313" Score="1" ViewCount="18" Body="&lt;p&gt;In this example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{align*}&#xA;&amp;amp; \lim( \neg ( \Sigma^* a_1 \Sigma^* a_2 \dotsb a_n \Sigma^* ) ) &amp;amp; = &amp;amp; \{ \alpha \in \Sigma^\omega | \exists^\omega n : \alpha [0,n] \notin \Sigma^* a_1 \Sigma^* a_2 \dotsb a_n \Sigma^* \} \\&#xA;&amp;amp; &amp;amp; = &amp;amp; \{ \alpha \in \Sigma^\omega | \forall n: \alpha [0,n] \notin \Sigma^* a_1 \Sigma^* a_2 \dotsb a_n \Sigma^* \} \\&#xA;&amp;amp; &amp;amp; = &amp;amp; \neg \ext( \Sigma^* a_1 \Sigma^* a_2 \dotsb a_n \Sigma^* )&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is a huge space between &lt;code&gt;\lim( \neg ( \Sigma^* a_1 \Sigma^* a_2 \dotsb a_n \Sigma^* ) )&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;=&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why? How can I avoid that? I actually want to have the &lt;code&gt;=&lt;/code&gt; right next to it, as if I wouldn't have used &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2272" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T14:18:29.060" Title="alignment in align-env: what is aligned in what way?" Tags="&lt;amsmath&gt;&lt;align&gt;&lt;alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="13630" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13622" CreationDate="2011-03-16T14:02:18.917" Score="-1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;refstyle&lt;/code&gt; package has this functionality. It will correctly reference an Appendix also if your label is such. You can also link it to &lt;code&gt;varioref&lt;/code&gt;. Please read the documentaion.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\usepackage[nokeyprefix]{refstyle}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\mainmatter&#xA;\chapter{First chapter}\label{chp:Chp1}&#xA;\Eqref{eq:Einst} in \chapref{chp:Chp1} and \eqref{eq:Feyn} in \chapref{chp:App1} it is ...&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;  E=mc^2 \label{eq:Einst}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&#xA;\appendix&#xA;\chapter{First Appendix}\label{chp:App1}&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;  e^{i\pi}-1 = 0 \label{eq:Feyn}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This gives:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/d3RqO.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1683" LastEditorUserId="1683" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T15:09:23.123" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T15:09:23.123" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13631" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13625" CreationDate="2011-03-16T14:04:14.843" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;subfig&lt;/code&gt; is not working properly with &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt;. The author of the caption package wrote &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.latex-community.org/forum/viewtopic.php?f=45&amp;amp;t=8710&amp;amp;start=0#p33579&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Please note that the hyperref support within the subfig package is broken.&#xA;  You could give my subcaption package a try instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Internet or Usenet search for subfig+hyperref would show compatibility and functionality issues, I guess we don't need to create an example for it here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T14:04:14.843" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="13632" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13622" CreationDate="2011-03-16T14:06:56.450" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can solve this using the package &lt;code&gt;nameref&lt;/code&gt; (which you don't have to load, if you use &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{nameref}&#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel} &#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Testsection}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;x=y &#xA;\label{eq:test}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&#xA;See equation  \ref{eq:test}  in  section \nameref{eq:test}.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/6UPGa.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: I just noted, that if you also have a &lt;code&gt;\subsection{text}&lt;/code&gt; then &lt;code&gt;\nameref&lt;/code&gt;would refer to this rather than the section. If I find the solution to this, I'll supplement it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3735" LastEditorUserId="3735" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T14:29:20.580" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T14:29:20.580" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13633" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13629" CreationDate="2011-03-16T14:18:29.060" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You're not using the &lt;code&gt;align*&lt;/code&gt; environment correctly: There's way too many &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt;s in your code. You need only &lt;em&gt;one&lt;/em&gt; &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; &lt;em&gt;before&lt;/em&gt; the &lt;code&gt;=&lt;/code&gt; sign:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\DeclareMathOperator\ext{ext}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{align*}&#xA;\lim( \neg ( \Sigma^* a_1 \Sigma^* a_2 \dotsb a_n \Sigma^* ) )&#xA; &amp;amp;= \{ \alpha \in \Sigma^\omega | \exists^\omega n : \alpha [0,n] \notin \Sigma^* a_1 \Sigma^* a_2 \dotsb a_n \Sigma^* \} \\&#xA; &amp;amp;= \{ \alpha \in \Sigma^\omega | \forall n: \alpha [0,n] \notin \Sigma^* a_1 \Sigma^* a_2 \dotsb a_n \Sigma^* \} \\&#xA; &amp;amp;= \neg \ext( \Sigma^* a_1 \Sigma^* a_2 \dotsb a_n \Sigma^* )&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that a few more things could be improved in your code: The outer parentheses of the &lt;code&gt;\lim&lt;/code&gt; could be larger (use &lt;code&gt;\bigl(&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\bigr)&lt;/code&gt;), and the &lt;code&gt;{|}&lt;/code&gt; of the two sets could be larger, too (use &lt;code&gt;\bigl\{&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\bigm|&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\bigr\}&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T14:18:29.060" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="13634" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13637" CreationDate="2011-03-16T14:23:13.783" Score="3" ViewCount="86" Body="&lt;p&gt;E.g., I have this set:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\{ \alpha \in \Sigma^\omega | \exists^\omega n : \alpha [0,n] \notin \Sigma^* a_1 \Sigma^* a_2 \dotsb a_n \Sigma^* \}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here, I use &lt;code&gt;|&lt;/code&gt; as the separator for the condition part. But LaTeX doesn't add any spaces around it, thus it looks a bit strange/wrong. I could manually add some space here but I wondered if there is some more &quot;correct&quot; way. E.g. also to make it behave similar as &lt;code&gt;:&lt;/code&gt; (which I actually want to behave different here; in this case, &lt;code&gt;:&lt;/code&gt; adds too much space in front of it for my taste).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2272" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T14:27:25.703" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T15:07:21.030" Title="Define pretty sets in LaTeX; esp., how to do the condition-separator?" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;amsmath&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="13635" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13680" CreationDate="2011-03-16T14:27:12.953" Score="11" ViewCount="119" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm writing up some lecture notes for a math course in LaTeX (using the book class so far, but I may change that), and as I do so possible homework exercises occur to me which I want to include in the notes.  I haven't decided whether to put exercises at the end of each section or the end of each chapter, and in either case exercises may need to move along with associated text if I change my mind about the organization of topics.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I &lt;em&gt;don't&lt;/em&gt; want to intersperse the problems throughout the text, which would of course be the technically simplest solution.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ideally, it would be nice to be able to handle this in more or less the following way: in the .tex file, immediately after the text about topic A, I write &lt;code&gt;\exercise{Problem about A}&lt;/code&gt;, which produces no immediate output.  At some later point, I write &lt;code&gt;\exerciseshere&lt;/code&gt;, which produces an enumerated list, with a heading like &quot;Exercises&quot;, of all the exercises since the previous &lt;code&gt;\exerciseshere&lt;/code&gt;.  Alternatively, a command in the preamble allows me to set whether a list of exercises is produced automatically at the end of each section or the end of each chapter (keeping in mind that if there are no exercises, nothing should be done).  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Added:&lt;/strong&gt; It would also be good to be able to include a &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt; in an exercise, which could be used to refer to its counter in the enumerated list.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can something like this be implemented?  Or is there even already a package that does it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;P.S. I couldn't come up with a very informative title or tag for this question.  Please feel free to retitle or retag.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="206" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T18:42:55.540" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T22:41:27.913" Title="Exercises in lecture notes without predetermined placement" Tags="&lt;book-design&gt;&lt;exercises&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="13636" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13650" CreationDate="2011-03-16T14:32:24.543" Score="7" ViewCount="71" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi, I have a document with some tabulars one after the other.  I want the tabulars begin on a new page if there is very little room left on the actual page, like 1/4th.  Otherwise, there should not be a pagebreak.  So I need some kind of conditional \pagebreak, how can I do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4196" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T15:06:37.020" Title="pagebreak if only 1/4th of the page left?" Tags="&lt;layout&gt;&lt;page-breaking&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="13637" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13634" CreationDate="2011-03-16T14:32:26.207" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I sometimes do something a little more evil&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{memoir}&#xA;\usepackage{mathtools}&#xA;\DeclarePairedDelimiterX\Set[2]{\lbrace}{\rbrace}%&#xA; { #1 \,\delimsize|\, #2 }&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\[&#xA;\Set*{ x }{ x&amp;gt;0 }&#xA;\]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and thus hide the symbol inside the construction. Both a starred and non-starred &lt;code&gt;\Set&lt;/code&gt; is created with &lt;code&gt;\Set*&lt;/code&gt; autoscaling braces and vertical line is used.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3929" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T14:32:26.207" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="13638" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13647" CreationDate="2011-03-16T14:40:04.143" Score="6" ViewCount="79" Body="&lt;p&gt;In this math code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\exists^\omega n : \alpha [0,n] \notin A&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;it adds some empty space before and after &lt;code&gt;:&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to avoid/remove the space before it. How?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2272" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T17:47:25.657" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T17:47:25.657" Title="remove additional space before `:`" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="13639" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13624" CreationDate="2011-03-16T14:42:06.683" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;code&gt;aligned&lt;/code&gt; environment inside &lt;code&gt;align*&lt;/code&gt;. Note that I added a &lt;code&gt;\&amp;nbsp;&lt;/code&gt; before &lt;code&gt;\lim&lt;/code&gt; and before &lt;code&gt;\text&lt;/code&gt; so that you get a space there. (This gives an overfull &lt;code&gt;\hbox&lt;/code&gt;, but that's another thing.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\DeclareMathOperator\ext{ext}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{align*}&#xA;&amp;amp; \lim(\emptyset) = \ext(\emptyset), \&#xA;  \lim(\Sigma^* a_1 \Sigma^* a_2 \dotsb a_n \Sigma^*)&#xA;  = \ext(\Sigma^* a_1 \Sigma^* a_2 \dotsb a_n \Sigma^*)\ \text{(see above)}, \\&#xA;&amp;amp; \begin{aligned}&#xA;  \lim( \neg ( \Sigma^* a_1 \Sigma^* a_2 \dotsb a_n \Sigma^* ) )&#xA;   &amp;amp;= \{ \alpha \in \Sigma^\omega | \exists^\omega n : \alpha [0,n] \notin \Sigma^* a_1 \Sigma^* a_2 \dotsb a_n \Sigma^* \} \\&#xA;   &amp;amp;= \{ \alpha \in \Sigma^\omega | \forall n: \alpha [0,n] \notin \Sigma^* a_1 \Sigma^* a_2 \dotsb a_n \Sigma^* \} \\&#xA;   &amp;amp;= \neg \ext( \Sigma^* a_1 \Sigma^* a_2 \dotsb a_n \Sigma^* )&#xA;  \end{aligned}&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T14:56:37.827" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T14:56:37.827" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="13640" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13622" CreationDate="2011-03-16T14:42:56.107" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As meep.meep already posted the &lt;code&gt;nameref&lt;/code&gt; can be used to reference to the name of the chapter. However, to get it right you need to label and reference the chapter manually and not use the label of the equation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{report}&#xA;\usepackage{nameref}&#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel} &#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{Introduction}\label{chap:intro}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;  E = m\cdot c^2 \label{eq:emcsq}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{Other}\label{chap:other}&#xA;&#xA;% By name: &quot;See equation 1.1 in chapter Introduction.&quot;&#xA;See equation~\ref{eq:emcsq} in chapter~\nameref{chap:intro}.&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% By number: &quot;See equation 1.1 in chapter 1.&quot;&#xA;See equation~\ref{eq:emcsq} in chapter~\ref{chap:intro}.&#xA;&#xA;% Or both: &quot;See equation 1.1 in chapter 1 ``Introduction''.&quot;&#xA;See equation~\ref{eq:emcsq} in chapter~\ref{chap:intro} ``\nameref{chap:intro}''.&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;~&lt;/code&gt; before &lt;code&gt;\ref&lt;/code&gt; is to prevent a line break just at this position.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T14:42:56.107" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="13641" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13646" CreationDate="2011-03-16T14:43:54.450" Score="7" ViewCount="78" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to define two versions of the command &lt;code&gt;\Set&lt;/code&gt;, depending if I provide one or two parameters. I.e. like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\Set}[1]{\bigl\{ #1 \bigr\}}&#xA;\newcommand{\Set}[2]{\bigl\{ #1 \bigm| #2 \bigr\}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But that doesn't work. It complains about the redefinition of the command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2272" LastEditorUserId="2272" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T14:50:03.463" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T15:50:47.457" Title="Define same command with different amount of parameters" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="13642" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13638" CreationDate="2011-03-16T14:44:31.393" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$\exists^\omega n \mathalpha{:\,} \alpha [0,n] \notin A$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T14:44:31.393" />
  <row Id="13643" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13620" CreationDate="2011-03-16T14:44:52.750" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not an expert on preview-latex, but this works fine on my Aquamacs 2.1 installation. Some thoughts:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I believe it is preferable to load the preview package when using preview-latex&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{preview}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Check the docs for options applicable to your situation, though not loading it does not appear to prevent previews being generated.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I believe preview-latex uses ghostscript to generate the preview images that are rendered in emacs. Assume that you have ghostscript installed and it's in your emacs exec-path?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I recently had an issue with displaying previews that I found to be related to using recent versions of ghostscript. Applying the patch found &lt;a href=&quot;https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=646632&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; to the preview.el packaged with Aquamacs fixed the issue I was having. However, I do not see any errors in your archive that are similar to those that led me to this fix, so possibly this is not your issue.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4274" LastEditorUserId="4274" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T14:56:22.757" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T14:56:22.757" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="13645" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13668" CreationDate="2011-03-16T14:47:45.680" Score="0" ViewCount="120" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm looking for a tool to draw vectorized digital logical circuits. I first wanted to use Circuitikz, but found out that their are only two input lines for AND and OR gates. Are there any options to use a LaTeX package where gates have more input lines. Or are there some usefull tools that can produce vectorized pdf files. I need these tools for a course I'm writing about digital electronics and processors.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;thanks in advance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2601" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T19:18:12.623" Title="Drawing vectorized digital logic circuits" Tags="&lt;circuitikz&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13646" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13641" CreationDate="2011-03-16T14:48:30.013" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can't &quot;overload&quot; macros in TeX like functions in other programming languages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can either define the macro to use a normal optional argument for one of the two parameters or define a special macro which looks ahead if a opening brace follows. The &lt;code&gt;xparse&lt;/code&gt; package can help you defining one:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{xparse}&#xA;&#xA;\NewDocumentCommand\Set{mg}{%&#xA;    \ensuremath{\bigl\{ #1 \IfNoValueTF{#2}{}{\bigm| #2} \bigr\}}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\[&#xA;\Set{A}{B}&#xA;\Set{A}&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here the &lt;code&gt;m&lt;/code&gt; in the definition stand for &lt;em&gt;mandatory argument&lt;/em&gt; and the &lt;code&gt;g&lt;/code&gt; for &lt;em&gt;optional argument delimited by a TeX group&lt;/em&gt;, i.e. &lt;code&gt;{}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T15:50:47.457" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T15:50:47.457" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="13647" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13638" CreationDate="2011-03-16T14:51:30.530" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;\colon&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;:&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/n150E.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T15:11:49.640" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T15:11:49.640" />
  <row Id="13649" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-16T14:59:39.127" Score="2" ViewCount="82" Body="&lt;p&gt;Are there any portable minimal latex/xelatex distributions? I know of MikTeX portable, but at 130MBs it is far from minimal. Alternatively, can I easily make my own distribution?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I would like to have is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ability to compile a pre-defined type of XeTeX document&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Just the required packages included&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Size under 5MB, ideally under 2MB&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any ideas?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1688" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T14:59:39.127" Title="Portable minimal distribution" Tags="&lt;distributions&gt;" CommentCount="13" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13650" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13636" CreationDate="2011-03-16T15:06:37.020" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/needspace&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;needspace&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package is very useful for that. Write for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\needspace{.25\textheight}&#xA;\begin{tabular}&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If there's not enough space as requested, approximately, a page break would be inserted. There's further a command &lt;code&gt;\Needspace&lt;/code&gt; which is exact but less efficient. A starred version &lt;code&gt;\Needspace*&lt;/code&gt; works flush bottom instead of ragged bottom which is the behavior of the non-starred command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T15:06:37.020" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13651" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13634" CreationDate="2011-03-16T15:07:21.030" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You should use &lt;code&gt;\mid&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;|&lt;/code&gt;. And use &lt;code&gt;\colon&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;:&lt;/code&gt; after the existential quantifier (although I would just put a thinspace).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4087" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T15:07:21.030" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="13652" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13622" CreationDate="2011-03-16T15:20:50.193" Score="-1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Put these commands in the preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\chap}[1]{\hyperref[#1]{Chapter \ref{#1}}}&#xA;\newcommand{\Chap}[1]{\hyperref[#1]{Chapter \ref{#1}}, \nameref{#1}}&#xA;\newcommand{\chaps}[2]{\hyperref[#1]{Chapters \ref{#1} \&amp;amp; \ref{#2}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;then the text looks something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;In \chap{C4} we proved that... and in \chaps{C2}{C1} we claimed that...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;etc...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1999" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T15:20:50.193" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13653" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-16T15:45:46.027" Score="3" ViewCount="87" Body="&lt;p&gt;I encountered an issue when using the &lt;code&gt;backref=page&lt;/code&gt; option of the hyperref package together with the natbib package with the options &lt;code&gt;square,sort&amp;amp;compress,numbers&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;If the natbib package compresses a range of references, the middle references does not show the backreference after compiling (latex,bibtex,latex,latex).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See the following short example:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}  &#xA;\usepackage[square,sort&amp;amp;compress,numbers]{natbib}  &#xA;\usepackage[backref=page]{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}  &#xA;\cite{foo,bar,hole}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{thebibliography}{ab}  &#xA;\bibitem{foo} foo&#xA;&#xA;\bibitem{bar} bar&#xA;&#xA;\bibitem{hole} hole&#xA;&#xA;\end{thebibliography}  &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4276" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T15:47:36.057" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T03:10:47.250" Title="hyperref with the backref=page option" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;hyperref&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13654" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-16T15:48:47.250" Score="0" ViewCount="52" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi, I'm trying to create a Layout for user manuals for a couple of software applications we made.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One important aspect of the layout is that it must use TrueType fonts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In my .lyx documents, I found a &quot;\use_non_text_fonts true&quot; line, and I added to my layout, but it doesn't work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Where and how I must declare this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4277" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T17:07:53.833" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T17:07:53.833" Title="LyX Layout for TrueType Fonts" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;lyx&gt;" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="13655" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13348" CreationDate="2011-03-16T15:54:06.360" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The latest version of &lt;code&gt;biblatex-apa&lt;/code&gt; (2.6 or above) now fixes this problem, so you should update. &lt;code&gt;biblatex-apa&lt;/code&gt; now provides two commands: &lt;code&gt;\fullcite&lt;/code&gt; which makes an inline reference (with no hanging indent) and &lt;code&gt;\fullcitebib&lt;/code&gt; which makes a fake bibliography entry, with a hanging indent.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are making a categorised bibliography for a CV, for example, there are better ways to achieve this than using multiple &lt;code&gt;\fullcitebib&lt;/code&gt; commands.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To make an annotated bibliography using &lt;code&gt;\fullcitebib&lt;/code&gt; commands you could do the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[american]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{csquotes}&#xA;\usepackage[style=apa]{biblatex}&#xA;\DeclareLanguageMapping{american}{american-apa}&#xA;\bibliography{biblatex-examples}&#xA;&#xA;\newcounter{bibnum}&#xA;\DeclareCiteCommand{\fullcitebib}&#xA;  {\renewenvironment*{thebibliography}&#xA;  {\list&#xA;     {\stepcounter{bibnum}\thebibnum.\ }&#xA;     {\setlength{\leftmargin}{1.65\bibhang}&#xA;      %&#xA;      \setlength{\itemindent}{-\bibhang}%&#xA;      \setlength{\itemsep}{\bibitemsep}%&#xA;      \setlength{\parsep}{\bibparsep}}}&#xA;  {\endlist}&#xA;  \renewcommand{\finalnamedelim}{\ifnum\value{liststop}&amp;gt;2 \finalandcomma\fi\addspace\&amp;amp;\space}%&#xA;  \begin{thebibliography}\thebibitem}&#xA;  {\usedriver&#xA;    {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}}&#xA;    {\thefield{entrytype}}\finentry}&#xA;  {\thebibitem}&#xA;  {\end{thebibliography}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\fullcitebib{glashow}&#xA;&#xA;Some annotations.&#xA;&#xA;\fullcitebib{herrmann}&#xA;&#xA;Some annotations&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ANuhL.png&quot; alt=&quot;output of code&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T17:11:28.807" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T17:11:28.807" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13656" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11838" CreationDate="2011-03-16T16:21:10.600" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As an interim solution to this question, I've settled on using the \matrix command to position coordinates.  Eventually I would like to see a simple graphical utility or other such parser that can take a VHDL template or schematic symbol and automatically generate the source-code for the IC, using the following as a template:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%% An IC is essentially a matrix with connection points (coordinates) at its upper, lower, left and right edges.&#xA;%% The matrix command facilitates this nicely using nodes combined with the label option&#xA;%% The matrix command for any IC can be placed in a custom command for reuse: &#xA;%% Use the folllowing as a template&#xA;\newcommand{\drawff}[2]{%&#xA;    \matrix (DFF#1) [draw,very thick,inner sep=0pt,outer sep=0pt,column sep=2pt,label distance=0.6ex, &#xA;        font=\sffamily\scriptsize,&#xA;        ampersand replacement=\&amp;amp;] at #2 {&#xA;            % Top Row:&#xA;            \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \node [coordinate,label=270:R] (R#1) {}; \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp;\\&#xA;            % Left and right rows:&#xA;            \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \\[1ex]&#xA;            \node [coordinate,label=0:D] (D#1) {};&#xA;            \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \node [coordinate,label=180:Q] (Q#1) {}; \\[6ex]&#xA;            \node [coordinate,label=0:CE] (CE#1) {};&#xA;            \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \\&#xA;            \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp;&#xA;                \node [coordinate,label=180:$\overline{\text{Q}}$] (Qb#1) {}; \\&#xA;            \node [label=0:$\large &amp;gt;$,anchor=west] (CLK#1) {};&#xA;            \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \\[1ex]&#xA;            % Bottom row:&#xA;            \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \node [coordinate,label=90:S] (S#1) {}; \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp; \&amp;amp;\\&#xA;    } ;&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Once the symbols are defined, graphical software that manipulates a grid can define coordinates where ICs and I/O markers are to be placed.  The output of this software should look something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{[start chain=placements]&#xA;%% Place the parts&#xA;&#xA;% D registers, with labels&#xA;%% Step 1: anchor placement (a graphical editor should be able to handle this)&#xA;    \foreach \m in {0,...,\N}&#xA;        \node [coordinate] (tlDFF\m) at ($ 3*(\m,0) $) {};&#xA;&#xA;% 'Reset' port label&#xA;    \path (tlDFF0) +(-2,+2.5) coordinate (reset)   node [anchor=east] {reset};&#xA;&#xA;% 'Set' port label&#xA;    \path (tlDFF0) +(-2,-2.5) coordinate (set)   node [anchor=east] {set};&#xA;&#xA;% Clock port label&#xA;    \path (tlDFF0) +(-2,-3) coordinate (clock) node [anchor=east] {clock};&#xA;&#xA;% Clock enable port label&#xA;    \path (tlDFF0) +(-2,-3.5) coordinate (clocken)   node [anchor=east] {clock enable};&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The third task would be simply to place the appropriate symbols at the coordinates.  This is just a matter of picking unique names, and placing the shape as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\foreach \m in {0,...,\N}&#xA;    \drawff{\m}{(tlDFF\m)};&#xA;&#xA;%% annotate the ics as desired&#xA;\foreach \m in {0,...,\N}&#xA;    \node [fit=(DFF\m),font=\sffamily\scriptsize] {Bit \#\m};&#xA;&#xA;%% Place input and output ports, junctions, etc:&#xA;    % data in- and output port&#xA;    \path [ultra thick] (D0) -- +(-1,0) node [anchor=east] (in0) {input} ;&#xA;    \path [ultra thick] (Q\N) -- +(1,0) node [anchor=west] (out\N) {output};&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, connect the nets with wires. The graphical routine need only be able to identify what coordinate is being referenced when the user clicks on a specific location in the image.  Drawing can be accomplished using the \chainin command, similar to that shown below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{[start chain=nets]&#xA;%% Connect the nets&#xA;&#xA;% Connect reset lines&#xA;    \chainin (reset);&#xA;    {[start branch=reset] &#xA;        \foreach \m in {0,...,\N} &#xA;            \chainin (R\m) [join=with reset by {hv path,tip}];&#xA;    }&#xA;&#xA;% Connect FFs (Q1 with D1, etc.)    &#xA;\chainin (in0);&#xA;\chainin (D0) [join= by ultra thick];&#xA;&#xA;    \foreach \m in {1,...,\N} {[start branch=qd\p\m] % Note that it starts with 1, not 0&#xA;        \chainin (Q\p);&#xA;        \chainin (D\m) [join=by ultra thick];&#xA;        \global\let\p\m&#xA;    }&#xA;&#xA;\chainin (Q\N);&#xA;\chainin (out\N) [join= by ultra thick];&#xA;&#xA;% Connect set lines&#xA;    \chainin (set);&#xA;    {[start branch=set] &#xA;        \foreach \m in {0,...,\N} &#xA;            \chainin (S\m) [join=with set by {hv path,tip}];&#xA;    }&#xA;&#xA;% Connect clock lines&#xA;    \chainin (clock);&#xA;    {[start branch=clk]&#xA;        \foreach \m in {0,...,\N} &#xA;            \chainin (CLK\m) [join=with clock by {Z path=-0.55,tip}];&#xA;    }&#xA;&#xA;% Connect clock-enable lines&#xA;    \chainin (clocken);&#xA;    {[start branch=clken]&#xA;        \foreach \m in {0,...,\N}  &#xA;            \chainin (CE\m) [join=with clocken by {Z path=-0.75,tip}];    &#xA;    }&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any reports of progress in this matter are appreciated!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3090" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T16:21:10.600" />
  <row Id="13658" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13700" CreationDate="2011-03-16T16:56:01.570" Score="0" ViewCount="42" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Lyx how do I find and replace words with latex code (ERT)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="978" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T02:26:19.617" Title="In Lyx find a word and replace with ERT" Tags="&lt;lyx&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="13659" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13653" CreationDate="2011-03-16T17:02:17.937" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Delete the auxiliary files. Supress the option &lt;code&gt;sort&amp;amp;compress&lt;/code&gt; and then compile your document as many times as needed in order to generate the citations with their back references; then, add the &lt;code&gt;sort&amp;amp;compress&lt;/code&gt; option and compile once more to sort and compress the citation list.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T17:02:17.937" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13660" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1863" CreationDate="2011-03-16T17:25:18.180" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I had some funny behaviour with &lt;code&gt;pgfpages&lt;/code&gt; until I moved it after &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt;, but I'm not sure exactly what the issue was. I'm trying to replicate it, but I can't seem to get it to work at all now!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T17:25:18.180" />
  <row Id="13661" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13664" CreationDate="2011-03-16T17:45:50.673" Score="0" ViewCount="56" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have downloaded the zip file from &lt;code&gt;http://mirror.ctan.org/fonts/urw/classico/uop.zip&lt;/code&gt; and unzipped the content into &lt;code&gt;/usr/local/texlive/texmf-local/&lt;/code&gt; and then run:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$ sudo texhash&#xA;texhash: Updating /usr/local/texlive/2010/../texmf-local/ls-R... &#xA;texhash: Updating /usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf/ls-R... &#xA;texhash: Updating /usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-config/ls-R... &#xA;texhash: Updating /usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/ls-R... &#xA;texhash: Updating /usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-var/ls-R... &#xA;texhash: Done.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Followed by:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$ sudo updmap-sys --enable Map=uop.map&#xA;updmap: This is updmap, version $Id: updmap 17423 2010-03-11 17:53:34Z karl $&#xA;updmap: using transcript file `/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-var/web2c/updmap.log'&#xA;updmap: initial config file is `/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-config/web2c/updmap.cfg'&#xA;updmap: configuration (updmap.cfg) unchanged. Map files will not be recreated.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However when I try using &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand*\sfdefault{uop}&lt;/code&gt; I get: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;[...]&#xA;kpathsea: Running mktexpk --mfmode / --bdpi 600 --mag 0+432/600 --dpi 432 uopr8r&#xA;mktexpk: don't know how to create bitmap font for uopr8r.&#xA;mktexpk: perhaps uopr8r is missing from the map file.&#xA;kpathsea: Appending font creation commands to missfont.log.&#xA;&#xA;!pdfTeX error: pdflatex (file uopr8r): Font uopr8r at 432 not found&#xA;==&amp;gt; Fatal error occurred, no output PDF file produced!&#xA;[...]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It feels wrong that updmap-sys said: &lt;code&gt;configuration (updmap.cfg) unchanged. Map files will not be recreated.&lt;/code&gt; But I feel that I have followed the instructions and don't know what I can do differently. Can anyone help me with this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="298" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T18:04:55.573" Title="installing URW Classico on Mac OS texlive 2010" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;installing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="13" />
  <row Id="13663" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-16T17:57:49.243" Score="0" ViewCount="33" Body="&lt;p&gt;In my bibliography I have a reference to a talk and another reference to the cartoons rendering of the concepts covered in the first talk.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My solution is to cite both entries in the text and to put a reference in the addendum field of the cartoons rendering:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@ONLINE{Pink2010,&#xA;    author = {Daniel Pink},&#xA;    title = {Drive: The surprising truth about what motivates us},&#xA;    url = {http://comment.rsablogs.org.uk/2010/04/08/rsa-animate-drive/},&#xA;    addendum = {Versione cartoon di \cite{Pink2010a}}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;@ONLINE{Pink2010a,&#xA;    author = {Daniel Pink},&#xA;    title = {Drive},&#xA;    url = {http://www.thersa.org/events/vision/vision-videos/dan-pink-drive}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this the correct way to enter these references?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4060" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T17:57:49.243" Title="How to cite within a reference entry using biblatex" Tags="&lt;biblatex&gt;" />
  <row Id="13664" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13661" CreationDate="2011-03-16T18:04:55.573" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In general the source of this problems is a mix of updmap-sys and updmap commands. updmap creates local map-files (and I think also cfg-files) which hides the system wide map-files created by updmap-sys.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could at first try to disable and then to reenable the map-file to force updmap-sys to generate map-files. Then check if you document actually use this new map-file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T18:04:55.573" CommentCount="13" />
  <row Id="13665" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13627" CreationDate="2011-03-16T18:12:54.817" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I assume you want &quot;stacked and clustered bar charts&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following solution is not the most elegant, but it works quite well. It basically resets the stacked plot variables and starts stacking the following plots. I haven't found a way to properly reset the zero levels for the first plot after the reset command, that's why I use an invisible plot with the &lt;code&gt;forget plot&lt;/code&gt; option that has zero values at all coordinates. This does not interrupt the style cycle, but unfortunately it requires hard coding the coordinates and won't work if you don't know the number of bar stacks beforehand.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Plenty of room for improvement, but it's a start and might be enough for you to get the job done.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplots}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand\resetstackedplots{&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\pgfplots@stacked@isfirstplottrue&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\addplot [forget plot,draw=none] coordinates{(1,0) (2,0) (3,0)};&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{axis}[ybar stacked,&#xA;xtick=data,&#xA;ymin=0,&#xA;enlarge x limits=0.5]&#xA;\addplot +[xshift=-.2cm] coordinates {(1,1) (2,1.75) (3,0.5)};&#xA;\addplot +[xshift=-.2cm] coordinates {(1,0.5) (2,2.5) (3,1.5)};&#xA;&#xA;\resetstackedplots&#xA;&#xA;\addplot  +[xshift=.2cm]coordinates {(1,1.2) (2,1.5) (3,0.3)};&#xA;\addplot  +[xshift=.2cm] coordinates {(1,0.5) (2,2) (3,1.5)};&#xA;\addplot  +[xshift=.2cm] coordinates {(1,0.2) (2,0.1) (3,0.3)};&#xA;\end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/GaivQ.png&quot; alt=&quot;stacked and clustered bar chart&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T18:12:54.817" />
  <row Id="13666" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13711" CreationDate="2011-03-16T18:57:54.513" Score="9" ViewCount="144" Body="&lt;p&gt;When the &lt;code&gt;microtype&lt;/code&gt; package is loaded a &lt;code&gt;quote&lt;/code&gt; environment which starts with punctuation marks is inconsistent &quot;indented&quot;. The first line in the following minimal example is unaffected, i.e. at the same place as without the package, but the next two lines are pushed to the left. I realize that it is a &lt;em&gt;feature&lt;/em&gt; of the &lt;code&gt;microtype&lt;/code&gt; package to push punctuation marks into the margin, but here it looks quite ugly because it isn't consistent. The first line is most likely different because of the included &lt;code&gt;\item&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;\begin{quote}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to get the indention consistent? Can I temporarly disable this feature of &lt;code&gt;microtype&lt;/code&gt; just for this environment? I'm having such code in some package manuals where some verbatim code lines which start with &quot;punctuation&quot; like &lt;code&gt;{&lt;/code&gt; inside a &lt;code&gt;quote&lt;/code&gt; environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{microtype}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;\begin{quote}&#xA;    ()\\&#xA;    ()\\&#xA;    ()&#xA;\end{quote}&#xA;text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/4BHOt.png&quot; alt=&quot;Result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T20:44:40.853" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T09:03:29.647" Title="Microtype and quote environment leads to different indent of first line" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;lists&gt;&lt;punctuation&gt;&lt;microtype&gt;&lt;quoting&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13667" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-16T19:01:12.967" Score="1" ViewCount="76" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm writing an academic report and it is required that I include my figure/picture references (almost exclusively URLs).  Already tried to use BibLatex to make sub-bibliographies but that proved to be too unstable.&#xA;Does anyone have an idea on how to solve this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4278" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-20T14:43:26.717" LastActivityDate="2011-03-20T14:43:26.717" Title="Figure reference management" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="13668" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13645" CreationDate="2011-03-16T19:18:12.623" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;An example for the TikZ logic gates with four inputs:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{circuits.logic.US}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[circuit logic US]&#xA;  \node[and gate, inputs={normal,inverted,normal,inverted}] (A) {};&#xA;  \draw (A.input 1 -| -1,0) -- (A.input 1)&#xA;        (A.input 2 -| -1,0) -- (A.input 2)&#xA;        (A.input 3 -| -1,0) -- (A.input 3)&#xA;        (A.input 4 -| -1,0) -- (A.input 4)&#xA;        ;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/tMHb6.png&quot; alt=&quot;logicgate&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For more information, see PGF/TikZ 2.10 manual, section 29.3&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T19:18:12.623" />
  <row Id="13669" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-16T20:13:21.530" Score="1" ViewCount="141" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm a bit confused about all possible package to draw electrical circuits. I'm new to drawing these diagrams (although I'm well known to TikZ).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a better package than circuitikz? I found it's documentation a bit confusing. But above all, it doesn't seem to be aiming it the &lt;strong&gt;ultimate consistency&lt;/strong&gt; I'm looking for (oh god, how I love consistency). Even the code isn't consistent (to my TikZ-used eyes at least).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is someone using another package that does the trick (perhaps a TikZ library I don't know of)? I'd like to keep on using TikZ though, so don't stray too far.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PS: this is not a &lt;em&gt;diss&lt;/em&gt; for the Circuitikz package. It's been the best packege I found to draw circuitz so far and seems to do quite well. It just hasn't got the ulimate tweaking abilities I want. (If it does, please enlighten me!) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3127" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T15:45:30.993" Title="Better alternative to Circuitikz?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;circuitikz&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="13670" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13666" CreationDate="2011-03-16T20:42:06.207" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Main &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/microtype&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;microtype&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; features can be enabled or disabled on the fly using the &lt;code&gt;\microtypesetup&lt;/code&gt; command. In this case we need to locally disable character protrusion:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{microtype}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{example}{\microtypesetup{protrusion=false}%&#xA;  \begin{quote}}{\end{quote}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;\begin{example}&#xA;    ()\\&#xA;    ()\\&#xA;    ()&#xA;\end{example}&#xA;text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This will, of course, have effect on all characters, be it &lt;code&gt;()&lt;/code&gt; or any other symbol. An interesting task would be to &lt;em&gt;selectively&lt;/em&gt; disable this feature if it should be kept enabled for symbols other than &lt;code&gt;()&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3104" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T20:42:06.207" />
  <row Id="13671" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-16T20:51:31.780" Score="6" ViewCount="102" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have two unaligned nodes &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;|AAAAAAA|&#xA;&#xA;        |B|&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and I want to have the node with the B aligned to the left of the node with AAAs and below it&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;|AAAAAAA|&#xA;&#xA;|B|&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can this be done?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4283" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T20:56:22.880" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T22:24:33.720" Title="How can I align two nodes to the left in TikZ?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;nodes&gt;&lt;alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13672" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13671" CreationDate="2011-03-16T20:55:40.747" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;anchor=west&lt;/code&gt; for both nodes. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\node[anchor=west] (1) at (0,1) {AAAAAAAA};&#xA;\node[anchor=west] (2) at (0,0) {B};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4087" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T20:55:40.747" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13673" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13671" CreationDate="2011-03-16T21:05:20.093" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can position &quot;B&quot; below and left of &quot;AAA&quot; without having to know the position of it using the &lt;code&gt;positioning&lt;/code&gt; library:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{positioning}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \node [draw] (A) at (4,5) {AAAA};&#xA;    \node [draw,below=of A.west,anchor=west] (B) {B};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Gives:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;  &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/c5QDQ.png&quot; alt=&quot;Result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T21:05:20.093" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13674" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13666" CreationDate="2011-03-16T21:16:42.413" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd define my own &lt;code&gt;microtype&lt;/code&gt;-safe environment to consistently have protrusion everywhere. Adjust the &lt;code&gt;3em&lt;/code&gt; to your needs:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{microtype}&#xA;\newenvironment{mtsafequote}&#xA;    {\par\bgroup\leftskip=3em\rightskip=3em\noindent\ignorespaces}&#xA;    {\par\egroup\noindent}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;\begin{mtsafequote}&#xA;    ()\\&#xA;    ()\\&#xA;    ()&#xA;\end{mtsafequote}&#xA;text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T21:16:42.413" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13675" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13685" CreationDate="2011-03-16T21:40:51.717" Score="4" ViewCount="69" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to generate a a graph with dot/graphviz. Is it possible to include it within *TeX and be compiled at *TeX compile time?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've read about TikZ, but it's not the same syntax, is it possible to translate a dot file to tikz?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2042" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T22:50:00.247" Title="Use Graphviz within *TeX" Tags="&lt;graph&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="13676" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-16T22:14:40.380" Score="4" ViewCount="67" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to put this note on my bibliography. Preferably between the heading and the \bibitems. How can I do that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\noindent On long term, articles that are published merely as web pages can be&#xA;          accessed via the ``way back machine'' of           &#xA;          \url{http://www.archive.org}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4284" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T00:01:45.600" Title="A short note on the bibliography" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="13677" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-16T20:21:10.067" Score="6" ViewCount="142" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/6171/wrapping-long-lines-that-contain-no-spaces&quot;&gt;Wrapping long lines that contain no spaces&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm writing a report (in LaTeX) in cryptology and I have to work with very large numbers.&#xA;I want those big numbers to be on multi-lines, I mean when I write my big number, and after compiling, LaTeX puts this big number on a single line, but we can only read the beginning of this number.&#xA;How to print the big number on multi-lines automatically ? Is there a tag to use or something else?&#xA;Thanks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T22:36:42.430" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T10:43:31.477" ClosedDate="2011-03-17T09:28:47.673" Title="Splitting very big numbers over several lines" Tags="&lt;line-breaking&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13678" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13677" CreationDate="2011-03-16T20:31:40.890" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could just use &lt;code&gt;\newline&lt;/code&gt; or its alias &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; within the number to force a linebreak.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3247" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T20:31:40.890" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13679" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13671" CreationDate="2011-03-16T22:24:33.720" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you want to scale the picture, you need to use the Michael's solution and if you don't need to scale the picture you can use the Martin's solution. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T22:24:33.720" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="13680" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13635" CreationDate="2011-03-16T22:35:07.360" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't know any package that can do this out of the box, though I suspect that there are several packages that could be “abused” to give that effect. However, it is also not too hard to implement this directly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsthm}&#xA;&#xA;\theoremstyle{remark}&#xA;\newtheorem{ExInternal}{Exercise}[section]&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\let\@exercises\@empty%&#xA;\newcommand\exercise[2][]{%&#xA;    \g@addto@macro\@exercises{%&#xA;        \begin{ExInternal}[#1]%&#xA;            #2%&#xA;        \end{ExInternal}%&#xA;    }%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\exerciseshere{%&#xA;    \subsection*{Exercises}&#xA;    \@exercises%&#xA;    \global\let\@exercises\@empty%&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Prime Numbers}&#xA;&#xA;A \emph{prime number} is a positive integer other than $1$ that is only divisible by $1$ and itself.&#xA;&#xA;\exercise[Euclid's Theorem]{\label{ex:euclid}Show that there are infinitely many prime numbers.}&#xA;&#xA;As you will show in Exercise \ref{ex:euclid}, there are infinitely many primes.&#xA;The number of primes that are smaller than a given natural number $n$ is denoted $\pi(n)$.&#xA;\exercise{Find an asymptotic formula for $\pi(n)$. \emph{Hint:} You might find Exercise \ref{ex:zeta} helpful.}&#xA;&#xA;\exerciseshere&#xA;&#xA;\section{Zeta function}&#xA;&#xA;The zeta function is given by $\zeta(s) = \sum_{n=1}^\infty n^{-s}$, where $s$ is a complex number with real part bigger than $1$.&#xA;\exercise{\label{ex:zeta}Extend $\zeta$ as far as possible and find all zeros of the function.}%&#xA;For example $\zeta(2) = \frac{\pi^2}{6}$.&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\exerciseshere&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some explanations:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The actual exercises are typeset using a theorem environment called &lt;code&gt;ExInternal&lt;/code&gt;, which is defined at the top. You can of course change it to suit your needs. The advantage of theorem environments is that they take care of the numbering.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The command &lt;code&gt;\exercise&lt;/code&gt; wraps an &lt;code&gt;ExInternal&lt;/code&gt; environment around its argument and adds the result to the end of &lt;code&gt;\@exercises&lt;/code&gt; (via the internal LaTeX macro &lt;code&gt;\g@addto@macro&lt;/code&gt;). It also takes an optional argument that is passed as the optional argument to the theorem environment.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Finally, &lt;code&gt;\exerciseshere&lt;/code&gt; prints a heading (you probably want to change that to suit your needs), then whatever is in &lt;code&gt;\@exercises&lt;/code&gt; and afterwards empties &lt;code&gt;\@exercises&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/FXE1t.png&quot; alt=&quot;example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T22:41:27.913" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T22:41:27.913" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13681" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-16T00:39:08.517" Score="6" ViewCount="156" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to define a command that puts a red box around an equation with yellow highlighting.  I have the basics working pretty well. What I am unable to figure out is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;How to keep the alignment of the equations on the equal sign.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Be able to have the alignment character within the call to highlight box.  That is, I would really prefer to be able to say something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\highlightbox{g &amp;amp;= f}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;instead of what I resorted to doing below.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is what I have so far:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{color}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}&#xA;\usepackage{amsfonts}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\highlightbox}[1]{%&#xA;    \setlength{\fboxrule}{6pt}\fcolorbox{red}{yellow}{#1}\quad%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{align*}&#xA;   \highlightbox{a} &amp;amp;\highlightbox{= b} \\&#xA;                 c  &amp;amp;              = d \\&#xA;                 e  &amp;amp;              = f  \\&#xA;   \highlightbox{g} &amp;amp;\highlightbox{= f} \\&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-18T07:28:10.210" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T17:23:42.880" Title="Highlight an equation within an align environment" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;align&gt;&lt;boxes&gt;&lt;highlighting&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="13682" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13681" CreationDate="2011-03-16T04:19:45.373" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is rather an ugly hack:  I used &lt;code&gt;tikz&lt;/code&gt; package to create a node around the left and right side of the equation in align, using &lt;code&gt;remember picture&lt;/code&gt; option to remember the size and location of the nodes.  Then I drew the box with another tikz picture with the &lt;code&gt;overlay&lt;/code&gt; option. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem with that is &lt;code&gt;tikz&lt;/code&gt; will draw the box &lt;em&gt;over&lt;/em&gt; the text in the equation, so I had to use the remembered position of the nodes to recreate the nodes again.  There must be a better way to do that. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}&#xA;\usepackage{amsfonts}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{calc}&#xA;&#xA;\tikzstyle{nd} = [anchor=base, inner sep=0pt]&#xA;\tikzstyle{ndpic} = [remember picture, baseline, every node/.style={nd}]&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{align*}&#xA;   \tikz[ndpic]{\node(left) {$a$};} &amp;amp;= \tikz[ndpic]{\node (right) {$b$};} \\&#xA;                 c  &amp;amp;              = d \\&#xA;                 e  &amp;amp;              = f  \\&#xA;         \tikz[ndpic]{\node(left1) {$\displaystyle \lim_{x\to 0}\frac{\sin x}{x}$};} &amp;amp;= \tikz[ndpic]{\node (right1)&#xA;         {$\displaystyle \int_{-\pi}^\pi \frac{\sqrt{x^2 - 1}}{2x}\;dx$};} \\&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[overlay, remember picture]&#xA;   \draw[very thick, red, fill=yellow] ($ (left.south west)+(-.1,-.1) $)&#xA;   rectangle ($ (right.north east)+(.1,.1) $);&#xA;   \node[nd] at (left.base) {$a$};&#xA;   \node[nd] at (right.base) {$b$};&#xA;   \node[nd] at ($ (right.base)!.5!(left.base) $) {$=$};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[overlay, remember picture]&#xA;   \draw[very thick, red, fill=yellow] ($ (left1.south west)+(-.1,-.2) $)&#xA;   rectangle ($ (right1.north east)+(.1,.1) $);&#xA;   \node[nd] at (left1.base) {$\displaystyle \lim_{x\to 0}\frac{\sin x}{x}$};&#xA;   \node[nd] at (right1.base) {$\displaystyle \int_{-\pi}^\pi \frac{\sqrt{x^2 - 1}}{2x}\;dx$};&#xA;   \node[nd] at ($ (right1.base west)!.5!(left1.base east) $) {$=$};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/wHUZl.png&quot; alt=&quot;result of the above code&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T04:19:45.373" />
  <row Id="13683" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13677" CreationDate="2011-03-16T22:45:56.147" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can insert manual &quot;word split markers&quot; (not sure if this is the correct latex term), e.g. &lt;code&gt;\-&lt;/code&gt; after every single digit, then latex will be able to split the number where ever needed. Maybe it is possible to make a latex macro to do this, but I do not know enough latex to do this, so I will use the commandline instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,10pt]{scrartcl}&#xA;\usepackage{xltxtra}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;$\pi \approx \frac{22}{7} = NUMBER\ldots$&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Running the command&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;echo &quot;scale=200; 22/7&quot; | bc -l | tr -d '\012\\' | sed 's/\(.\)/\1\\-/g' | xclip -i&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and then pasting in the clipboard content replacing NUMBER above gives the following output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;π ≈ 22/7 = 3.1428571428571428571428571428571428571428571428571428571428571-&#xA;428571428571428571428571428571428571428571428571428571428571428571428571428-&#xA;5714285714285714285714285714285714285714285714285714285714285714...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The command to add &lt;code&gt;\-&lt;/code&gt; after every single digit is &lt;code&gt;sed 's/\(.\)/\1\\-/g'&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2100" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T22:45:56.147" />
  <row Id="13684" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13676" CreationDate="2011-03-16T22:48:27.110" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For the standard document classes, you can redefine &lt;code&gt;\thebibliography&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{url}&#xA;&#xA;\let\theOLDbibliography\thebibliography&#xA;\renewcommand{\thebibliography}[1]{\theOLDbibliography{#1}%&#xA;  \item[]\noindent On long term, articles that are published merely as web pages can be&#xA;          accessed via the ``way back machine'' of           &#xA;          \url{http://www.archive.org}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{thebibliography}{9}&#xA;  \bibitem{one} First bibitem.&#xA;\end{thebibliography}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The classes of the KOMA-Script bunddle offer the &lt;code&gt;\setbibpreamble&lt;/code&gt; which implements this feature. The memoir document class offer the analogous &lt;code&gt;\prebibhook&lt;/code&gt; command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastEditorUserId="3954" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-16T23:44:43.787" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T23:44:43.787" />
  <row Id="13685" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13675" CreationDate="2011-03-16T22:50:00.247" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;a href=&quot;http://fauskes.net/code/dot2tex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;dot2tex&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T22:50:00.247" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13686" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13677" CreationDate="2011-03-16T23:10:27.197" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've written a small macro that automatically inserts &lt;code&gt;\-&lt;/code&gt; after each digit of a given number, as proposed by hlovdal:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\@bignumber#1#2{%&#xA;  \ifx#2\end&#xA;    #1\let\next\@gobble&#xA;  \else&#xA;    #1\hspace{0pt plus 1pt}\let\next\@bignumber&#xA;  \fi&#xA;  \next#2}&#xA;\newcommand{\bignumber}[1]{\@bignumber#1\end}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With this definition, you can write &lt;code&gt;\bignumber{123456....}&lt;/code&gt;, which should print the number and perform suitable linebreaks automatically.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: Replaced &lt;code&gt;\-&lt;/code&gt; by &lt;code&gt;\hspace{0pt plus 1pt}&lt;/code&gt;. This omits the hyphen at the end of a line and avoids overfull hboxes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4087" LastEditorUserId="4087" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-17T10:43:31.477" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T10:43:31.477" />
  <row Id="13687" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13267" CreationDate="2011-03-16T23:40:19.483" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you're using one of the AMS document classes (amsart or amsbook) or saying &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{amsthm}&lt;/code&gt;, you can define a new theoremstyle, two parameters of which are the skip above the theorem and the skip below the theorem.  For example, I like my theorems to use slanted type in the body instead of italics, and so I use the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newtheoremstyle{slplain}% name&#xA;  {.5\baselineskip\@plus.2\baselineskip\@minus.2\baselineskip}% Space above&#xA;  {.5\baselineskip\@plus.2\baselineskip\@minus.2\baselineskip}% Space below&#xA;  {\slshape}% Body font&#xA;  {}%Indent amount (empty = no indent, \parindent = para indent)&#xA;  {\bfseries}%  Thm head font&#xA;  {.}%       Punctuation after thm head&#xA;  { }%      Space after thm head: &quot; &quot; = normal interword space;&#xA;        %       \newline = linebreak&#xA;  {}%       Thm head spec&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\theoremstyle{slplain}&#xA;\newtheorem{thm}[equation]{Theorem}  % Numbered with the equation counter&#xA;\newtheorem{cor}[equation]{Corollary}     &#xA;\newtheorem{lem}[equation]{Lemma}         &#xA;\newtheorem{prop}[equation]{Proposition}  &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Almost all of the parameters I used for that &lt;code&gt;\newtheoremstyle&lt;/code&gt; command are exactly the ones used for the plain theoremstyle in amsart, except that I changed the body font from &lt;code&gt;\itshape&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\slshape&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As noted in the comments, the second and third parameters to the &lt;code&gt;\newtheoremstyle&lt;/code&gt; command are the space above and the space below.  You can change those to whatever you like (and even change the &lt;code&gt;\slshape&lt;/code&gt; that I use back to &lt;code&gt;\itshape&lt;/code&gt; if that's what you prefer).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2754" LastActivityDate="2011-03-16T23:40:19.483" />
  <row Id="13688" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13677" CreationDate="2011-03-16T23:54:07.007" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There's a very nice package for this, &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/seqsplit&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;seqsplit&lt;/a&gt; designed originally for DNA/RNA sequences, but eminently usable for your purposes too.  From the documentation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{seqsplit}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;$\pi = \seqsplit{%&#xA;3.&#xA;1415926535 8979323846 2643383279 5028841971 6939937510 5820974944 5923078164&#xA;0628620899 8628034825 3421170679 8214808651 3282306647 0938446095 5058223172&#xA;5359408128 4811174502 8410270193 8521105559 6446229489 5493038196 4428810975&#xA;6659334461 2847564823 3786783165 2712019091 4564856692 3460348610 4543266482&#xA;1339360726 0249141273 7245870066 0631558817 4881520920 9628292540 9171536436&#xA;7892590360 0113305305 4882046652 1384146951 9415116094 3305727036 5759591953&#xA;0921861173 8193261179 3105118548 0744623799 6274956735 1885752724 8912279381&#xA;8301194912 9833673362 4406566430 8602139494 6395224737 1907021798 6094370277&#xA;0539217176 2931767523 8467481846 7669405132 0005681271 4526356082 7785771342&#xA;7577896091 7363717872 1468440901 2249534301 4654958537 1050792279 6892589235} &#xA;\ldots$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/UFMvC.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-17T00:01:51.853" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T00:01:51.853" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13689" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13676" CreationDate="2011-03-17T00:01:45.600" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's how to do it using biblatex:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{biblatex}&#xA;&#xA;\defbibnote{mynote}{On long term, articles that are published merely as web pages can be&#xA;    accessed via the ``way back machine'' of \url{http://www.archive.org}}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{biblatextest.bib}&#xA;@misc{A01,&#xA;  author = {Author, A.},&#xA;  year = {2001},&#xA;  title = {Alpha},&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\addbibresource{biblatextest.bib}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\nocite{*}&#xA;&#xA;\printbibliography[prenote=mynote]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T00:01:45.600" />
  <row Id="13690" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-17T00:07:53.783" Score="1" ViewCount="62" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Background&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A manual with chapters, sections, subsections, and sub-subsections. Using KOMA Script v2.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Problem&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The spacing between the heading title and its number is too close to the number in some cases:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/DNrxC.png&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After reading the tocloft package, I do not see how to adjust the spacing between the heading title and the number.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Question&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How do you increase the space before the section title a consistent amount?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Ideas&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tried including the following package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[tocindentauto]{tocstyle}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tried setting linewidth:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setlength{\linewidth}{15em}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tried setting the dottedtocline:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand*{\l@section}{\@dottedtocline{1}{4.5em}{5.3em}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The last attempt looks promising, but it is tricky to adjust the margins correctly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;References&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/7415/roman-numerals-become-too-wide-in-table-of-contents&quot;&gt;Roman numerals become “too wide” in table of contents&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mail-archive.com/lyx-users@lists.lyx.org/msg10853.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.mail-archive.com/lyx-users@lists.lyx.org/msg10853.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2148" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-17T00:24:05.447" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T00:28:48.647" Title="Extra space for numbered titles in table of contents" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;koma-script&gt;&lt;tocloft&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="13691" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13690" CreationDate="2011-03-17T00:22:51.017" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For me, tocstyle produces correct horizontal spacing with both standard and KOMA-script classes. Try to compile my example with three or even four LaTeX runs -- maybe the makefile you use doesn't recognize that tocstyle needs yet another LaTeX run to calculate the ToC spacing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrreprt}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tocstyle}&#xA;&#xA;\setcounter{tocdepth}{3}&#xA;\setcounter{secnumdepth}{3}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;&#xA;\setcounter{chapter}{100}&#xA;\chapter{bla}&#xA;\setcounter{section}{200}&#xA;\section{blubb}&#xA;\setcounter{subsection}{300}&#xA;\subsection{foo}&#xA;\setcounter{subsubsection}{400}&#xA;\subsubsection{bar}&#xA;&#xA;Some text.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T00:22:51.017" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="13692" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13690" CreationDate="2011-03-17T00:23:35.330" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Adjust the title margins individually:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand{\l@section}{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.6em}}&#xA;\renewcommand{\l@subsection}{\@dottedtocline{2}{4.0em}{3.6em}}&#xA;\renewcommand{\l@subsubsection}{\@dottedtocline{3}{7.4em}{4.5em}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If there was a way to do this relative to the old values (by adding spacing), rather than writing over the old values, that would be nice to know. The result:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/hkOYS.png&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2148" LastEditorUserId="2148" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-17T00:28:48.647" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T00:28:48.647" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13693" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13681" CreationDate="2011-03-17T00:43:49.913" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/mathtools&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;mathtools&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package provides an &lt;code&gt;Aboxed&lt;/code&gt; command, that allows one to make a box across an alignment. By redefining that slightly, you can get the desired effect:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{color}&#xA;\usepackage{mathtools}&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}&#xA;\usepackage{amsfonts}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\@Aboxed#1&amp;amp;#2\ENDDNE{%&#xA;  \settowidth\@tempdima{$\displaystyle#1{}$}%&#xA;  \addtolength\@tempdima{\fboxsep}%&#xA;  \addtolength\@tempdima{\fboxrule}%&#xA;  \global\@tempdima=\@tempdima&#xA;  \kern\@tempdima&#xA;  &amp;amp;&#xA;  \kern-\@tempdima&#xA;  \fcolorbox{red}{yellow}{$\displaystyle #1#2$}&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{align*}&#xA;              \Aboxed{a &amp;amp;= b}  &amp;amp;        c  &amp;amp;= d \\&#xA;                 c  &amp;amp;    = d   &amp;amp; \Aboxed{i &amp;amp;= k} \\&#xA;                 e  &amp;amp;    = f   &amp;amp;        g  &amp;amp;= h  \\&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I basically copied the definition of &lt;code&gt;Aboxed&lt;/code&gt; from &lt;code&gt;mathtools.dtx&lt;/code&gt; and changed the last line of the definition from &lt;code&gt;\boxed&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\fcolorbox{...&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="586" LastEditorUserId="586" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-19T17:23:42.880" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T17:23:42.880" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13694" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-17T00:51:51.197" Score="0" ViewCount="64" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using the memoir class to write my master thesis. It's math related so there are lot's of Theorems, Definitions and stuff. I know how to customize theorems by using &lt;code&gt;amsthm&lt;/code&gt;.&#xA;e.g. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newtheoremstyle{mainth}&#xA;{11pt}% hSpace abovei&#xA;{11pt}% hSpace belowi&#xA;{\itshape}% hBody fonti&#xA;{}% hIndent amounti1&#xA;{\ttfamily\bfseries}% hTheorem head fonti&#xA;{ }% hPunctuation after theorem headi&#xA;{\newline}% hSpace after theorem headi2&#xA;{ }% hTheorem head spec&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to give my document an elegant and modern look. Therefor I played a bit with the &lt;code&gt;\newtheoremstyle&lt;/code&gt; options, but I couldn't get a satisfying solution. E.g. I don't know what fonts are available, what space suits the memoir look,...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Has somebody examples of nice looking customized theoremstyles. Like Theorem, Definition, Remark.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks a lot. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4285" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-17T01:06:25.487" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T04:15:42.660" Title="Memoir sutiable amsthm customization" Tags="&lt;memoir&gt;&lt;theorems&gt;&lt;amsthm&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13695" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-17T01:38:15.500" Score="1" ViewCount="61" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm sure this question has a simple answer that I'm missing: I'm trying to use pgfplots to put two graphs right next to each other with no space in between.  I thought I could do this by using the \pgfresetboundingbox command found in the manual.  However, LaTeX gives me an undefined control sequence error on this command.  What am I doing wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{axis}[&#xA;ylabel={$\hat{\delta}$},&#xA;xlabel={$x$}&#xA;]&#xA;\addplot table[x index=0, y index=2, header=false]{probset1.txt};&#xA;\end{axis}&#xA;\pgfresetboundingbox&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\hspace{0cm}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{axis}[&#xA;xlabel={$x$},&#xA;ytick=\empty&#xA;]&#xA;\addplot table[x index=0, y index=3, header=false]{probset1.txt};&#xA;\end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4286" LastEditorUserId="3104" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-17T08:02:13.647" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T08:02:13.647" Title="\pgfresetboundingbox is undefined control sequence?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;pgfplots&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13696" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13699" CreationDate="2011-03-17T01:49:30.803" Score="10" ViewCount="112" Body="&lt;p&gt;I had to cross out a sentence and I did it the following way, which is kinda sloppy. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$ \rlap{\textbf{-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------}}%&#xA;{\mbox{Its derivative should be}}$ $2z + 2\bar{z} =4Re[z]$ So are its critical points all over the real axis? &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is there a better way to do this and get the same result?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4287" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-17T02:56:56.707" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T12:40:41.633" Title="Crossing out sentences" Tags="&lt;text-decorations&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13697" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-17T02:09:59.697" Score="3" ViewCount="41" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have some legitimate data sets that overload the memory available to TeX. Of course the recommended step is to cut the number of data points instead of changing the &quot;main memory size&quot;. (In my case the overflow occurs a the &lt;code&gt;axis&lt;/code&gt; level since it is mainly the number of coexisting curves what produces the overflow.) The question is, does anybody found a rule of thumb of what is the size of the dataset that takes the whole default memory available?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is the number of points what can tell if the memory will be full? Is the number of characters enclosed in a &lt;code&gt;coordinates&lt;/code&gt; environment? Is the number of points multiplied by the number of curves to draw a given point in the data?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To be specific, what is the maximum number of points that can be plotted in a &lt;code&gt;no markers&lt;/code&gt; style?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The idea is that one can (e.g. programmaticaly) tell in advance if a certain set can be plotted and depending on that resample the data.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1871" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T02:09:59.697" Title="How can one predict pgfplots memory overload?" Tags="&lt;pgfplots&gt;" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13698" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-10T20:00:18.793" Score="8" ViewCount="111" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not completely new to LaTeX but I'm not used to work with special layout schemes, so that's why I thought it was a good idea to post my question here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Momently I'm trying to create an article witch has a layout as shown in this&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://img821.imageshack.us/img821/5475/articlez.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;picture&lt;/a&gt;: &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/A5eoQ.png&quot; alt=&quot;three coloumns, with the two outer surrounding the middle&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I'm kind off clueless on how to achieve something like that.&#xA;Anyone who can push me in the right direction?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-17T10:46:53.067" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T10:46:53.067" Title="LaTeX: Textbox within article" Tags="&lt;layout&gt;&lt;two-column&gt;&lt;shapepar&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13699" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13696" CreationDate="2011-03-17T02:25:13.353" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the either the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/ulem&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;ulem&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package or the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/soul&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;soul&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[normalem]{ulem} % either use this (simple) or&#xA;\usepackage{soul} % use this (many fancier options)&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;% ulem command&#xA;\sout{Its derivative should be $2z + 2\bar{z} =4Re[z]$ So are its critical points all over the real axis?} &#xA;&#xA;% soul command&#xA;\st{Its derivative should be $2z + 2\bar{z} =4Re[z]$ So are its critical points all over the real axis?} &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ybKSy.png&quot; alt=&quot;output of code&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T02:25:13.353" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13700" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13658" CreationDate="2011-03-17T02:26:19.617" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't think there is a way to do that in LyX 1.6, but in LyX 2.0, which is supposed to be released pretty soon, and which is currently available as a release candidate version, this is very easy with &quot;Advanced search&quot;.  You can pretty much search for any formatted text or even math, and replace them with anything else. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T02:26:19.617" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13701" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13653" CreationDate="2011-03-17T03:10:47.250" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Make the following patch to natbib.sty:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;--- natbib.sty.old 2009-07-23 10:44:10.000000000 -0400&#xA;+++ natbib.sty  2009-11-01 17:07:53.309765500 -0500&#xA;@@ -408,6 +408,7 @@&#xA;         \@ifnum{\NAT@nm=\@tempcnta}{%&#xA;          \@ifnum{\NAT@merge&amp;gt;\@ne}{}{\NAT@last@yr@mbox}%&#xA;         }{%&#xA;+           \Hy@backout{\@citeb\@extra@b@citeb}%&#xA;           \advance\@tempcnta by\@ne&#xA;           \@ifnum{\NAT@nm=\@tempcnta}{%&#xA;             \ifx\NAT@last@yr\relax&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have reported this to the authors of hyperref and natbib. Heiko (author of hyperref) wants this to be fixed in natbib, because this is too deeply buried in the natbib code for him to feel comfortable patching it. Patrick (author of natbib) has not responded to my emails....&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T03:10:47.250" />
  <row Id="13702" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13666" CreationDate="2011-03-17T03:26:58.290" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Martin, here is the kernel of what is needed. I think you are better qualified than I am to wrap this up into a nicely robust redefined &lt;code&gt;quote&lt;/code&gt; environment (or maybe fix it at the &lt;code&gt;list&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\item&lt;/code&gt; level):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{quote}&#xA;    \quitvmode\kern\dimexpr-0.001em*\the\lpcode\font`(\relax()\\&#xA;    ()\\&#xA;    ()&#xA;\end{quote}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T03:26:58.290" />
  <row Id="13703" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13622" CreationDate="2011-03-17T03:44:29.160" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can do this with the &lt;code&gt;zref&lt;/code&gt; package. Here is an example use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\usepackage{zref-user}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\zref@newprop{chapter}{\thechapter}&#xA;\zref@newprop{chaptertype}{\@chapapp}% as suggested by Danie Els&#xA;\zref@addprop{main}{chapter,chaptertype}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\chapter{ch1}&#xA;  ch1&#xA;\chapter{ch2}&#xA;  ch2&#xA;  \begin{equation}\zlabel{x1}&#xA;     x=1&#xA;  \end{equation}&#xA;\chapter{ch3}&#xA;  See equation~\zref{x1} in chapter~\zref[chapter]{x1}.&#xA;  Or, Danie's suggestion (in case you move equations between&#xA;  chapters and appendices): &#xA;  See equation~\zref{x1} in \zref[chaptertype]{x1}~\zref[chapter]{x1}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastEditorUserId="627" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-18T12:11:24.237" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T12:11:24.237" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="13704" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13694" CreationDate="2011-03-17T04:15:42.660" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You have the families, shapes, and weights of the fonts you already are using, or you can use new fonts.  If you want to use TrueType fonts it's easier to switch to &lt;code&gt;xelatex&lt;/code&gt; from &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt;.  Then the limits are only what you can procure.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/thmtools&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;thmtools&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package for even fancier theorems.  It sits over &lt;code&gt;amsthm&lt;/code&gt; and provides boxed theorems, shaded backgrounds, really anything you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Rather than ask for everyone's favorites, pick one that you like and try to emulate it.  Leaf through your mathematical library to find styles you like.  If you can't figure out how to match a particular style, ask a question here.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T04:15:42.660" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13705" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-17T05:26:32.307" Score="1" ViewCount="71" Body="&lt;p&gt;It looks like there is an incompatibility between &lt;code&gt;afterpage&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;classicthesis&lt;/code&gt; :(&#xA;I successfully run this example: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/11471/how-to-wrap-text-around-landscape-page&quot;&gt;How to wrap text around landscape page&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But as soon as I incorporate it in my classic thesis document it does not work anymore (float error)… Any idea on how to fix this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3204" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-17T10:50:47.197" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T13:17:16.060" ClosedDate="2011-03-21T13:58:21.283" Title="Incompatibility between classicthesis and afterpage" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;errors&gt;&lt;afterpage&gt;&lt;classicthesis&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="13706" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2845" CreationDate="2011-03-17T05:44:10.107" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just comment out \include{chap3}. The way I understand it, the purpose of \includeonly is when you'd like to include just one or two things, it's simpler to use \includeonly than to comment out a bunch of lines. But if you're keeping everything and just including one thing, why use a special command just to exclude something?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3723" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T05:44:10.107" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13707" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13695" CreationDate="2011-03-17T06:25:53.907" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Two approaches: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Include the axes in the same &lt;code&gt;tikzpicture&lt;/code&gt; and place them using the axis nodes &lt;code&gt;south east&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;south west&lt;/code&gt;, which lie on the corners of the axes.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Reset the bounding box as you suggested (probably after updating your &lt;code&gt;pgf&lt;/code&gt;), then set the axis as the new bounding box.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's example code for both methods:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplots}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{axis}[anchor=south east,&#xA;width=5cm,&#xA;ylabel={$\hat{\delta}$},&#xA;xlabel={$x$}&#xA;]&#xA;\addplot coordinates {(1,1) (2,1.5)};&#xA;\end{axis}&#xA;\begin{axis}[anchor=south west,&#xA;width=5cm,&#xA;xlabel={$x$},&#xA;ytick=\empty&#xA;]&#xA;\addplot coordinates {(1,1.4) (2,1.1)};&#xA;\end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{axis}[&#xA;width=5cm,&#xA;ylabel={$\hat{\delta}$},&#xA;xlabel={$x$}&#xA;]&#xA;\addplot coordinates {(1,1) (2,1.5)};&#xA;\end{axis}\pgfresetboundingbox&#xA;\useasboundingbox&#xA;(current axis.below south west)&#xA;rectangle (current axis.north east);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}%&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{axis}[&#xA;width=5cm,&#xA;xlabel={$x$},&#xA;ytick=\empty&#xA;]&#xA;\addplot coordinates {(1,1.4) (2,1.1)};&#xA;\end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/pN9Aa.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastEditorUserId="2552" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-17T07:44:23.503" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T07:44:23.503" />
  <row Id="13708" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13485" CreationDate="2011-03-17T07:41:54.440" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Well, I played with this for quite a few hours, and I guess it's only fair to share my findings with anyone else who might be interested.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's what I found: Martin's code works great if you want to use the &lt;code&gt;python&lt;/code&gt; environment, with &lt;code&gt;\begin{python}...\end{python}&lt;/code&gt;. He uncommented a line:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\lstnewenvironment{python}[1][]{&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then he stuck in a &lt;code&gt;#1&lt;/code&gt; at the end (to use the option), and added a &lt;code&gt;}&lt;/code&gt;. But that brace is not the brace the LaTeX is talking about in the error. It's only needed &lt;i&gt;after&lt;/i&gt; you add the aforementioned line, where you open a brace.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem with this is that it only works if you want to use the &lt;code&gt;python&lt;/code&gt; environment. But if you want to use &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt; to include complete python files, as I do, this does not work. &lt;code&gt;\lstnewenvironment&lt;/code&gt; overrides &lt;code&gt;\lstinputlisting&lt;/code&gt;, which is why I had it commented out in the first place.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In any case, you can use it if you want the environment, or you can leave it out. Or figure out a way to use both at the same time. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After installing a new install of TexLive-full, I got the the thing to work--but only in the sterile environment of a trial document. When I put it into the document I'm working on, I ran into the same issues I started with. Evidently, it's some kind of clash  with something else in the document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lots of trial and error tells me that it's the use of the &lt;code&gt;setspace&lt;/code&gt; package that's interfering with... something. I can't for the life of me figure out what. It does work in a simple document. Weird.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In any case, taking out &lt;code&gt;setspace&lt;/code&gt; means you have to also take out &lt;code&gt;\setstretch{1}&lt;/code&gt;, but it's not such a big deal.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks to those who answered. I appreciate it. And Martin, good point about &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; vs. &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt;. I didn't realize that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3723" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-17T09:24:57.383" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T09:24:57.383" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13709" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13710" CreationDate="2011-03-17T08:27:30.790" Score="3" ViewCount="85" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am looking to update my version of &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt; to 3.10 (which supports nonstandard slide aspect ratios), however the Ubuntu main repository only has version 3.07. I was not able to locate &lt;code&gt;tlmgr&lt;/code&gt;. Is there some other repository that I can include in synaptic to get the latest versions of packages or some other way to manage packages short of manually replacing files?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Further information:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;TeXLive 2009-10&lt;/code&gt; on Ubuntu 10.10&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1052" LastEditorUserId="1052" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-17T08:32:31.330" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T09:43:50.950" Title="Non-repository management of TeXLive packages on Ubuntu" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;texlive&gt;&lt;ubuntu&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13710" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13709" CreationDate="2011-03-17T08:38:49.357" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ubuntu (and many other Linux distributions) repackages TeX Live without &lt;code&gt;tlmgr&lt;/code&gt;, the idea being that the Linux package manager is then in charge of what gets installed. Unfortunately, they also ship a rather old TeX Live (currently TeX Live 2009 when the release version is TeX Live 2010). So there is no way to install updated packages using the system as set up by Ubuntu. You'll need to either (1) do a local installation of &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt; or (2) &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1092/how-to-install-vanilla-texlive-on-debian-or-ubuntu&quot;&gt;install TeX Live 2010 outside of the Ubuntu package manager&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-17T08:47:39.893" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T08:47:39.893" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="13711" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13666" CreationDate="2011-03-17T09:03:29.647" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The suggested solution from the author of microtype is this: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{microtype}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand*\protrudeleft[1]{%&#xA;    {\everypar{}%&#xA;     \setbox\z@\vbox{\noindent#1}%&#xA;     \vbadness=\@M&#xA;     \splittopskip=\z@&#xA;     \global\setbox\z@=\vsplit\z@ to \baselineskip&#xA;     \unvbox\z@ \global\setbox\z@=\lastbox&#xA;    }%&#xA;    \ifhbox\z@&#xA;      \leavevmode&#xA;      \kern\leftmarginkern\z@&#xA;    \fi&#xA;    #1}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;text&#xA;\begin{quote}&#xA;    \protrudeleft()\\&#xA;    ()\\&#xA;    ()&#xA;\end{quote}&#xA;text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;text&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Attention: You will perhaps have to put the argument of \protrudeleft in braces if is not a like here a simple character.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T09:03:29.647" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="13712" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-17T09:04:22.850" Score="1" ViewCount="40" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want get a enumerate list has shape &lt;em&gt;01&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;02&lt;/em&gt;, etc. The LaTeX code&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{enumitem}&#xA;\usepackage{numprint}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\nplpadding{2}&#xA;\begin{enumerate}[label=\numprint{\theenumi}]&#xA;\item Hello, world!&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is good, but&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{enumitem}&#xA;\usepackage{numprint}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\nplpadding{2}&#xA;\begin{enumerate}[label=\numprint{\theenumi},leftmargin=*]&#xA;\item Hello, world!&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;not.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4198" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-17T09:06:04.033" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T09:06:04.033" Title="`enumitem` package can't be used in conjunction with `numprint` (or how to set enumerate item has the type of 01, 02, etc.)" Tags="&lt;lists&gt;&lt;enumerate&gt;&lt;enumitem&gt;&lt;numprint&gt;" />
  <row Id="13713" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13709" CreationDate="2011-03-17T09:14:01.070" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you are just interested in a newer version of beamer, you can also install beamer in your home directory (I believe the default path under Ubuntu is &lt;code&gt;~/texmf&lt;/code&gt;). See Section 2.3 of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/beamer/doc/beameruserguide.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;beamer user manual&lt;/a&gt; on how to do that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4087" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T09:14:01.070" />
  <row Id="13714" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13709" CreationDate="2011-03-17T09:43:50.950" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Debian has latex-beamer for 2.10 in unstable. You could rebuild it on your machine, or possibly just install the binary directly. (See &lt;a href=&quot;http://packages.qa.debian.org/l/latex-beamer.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Debian latex-beamer package page &lt;/a&gt; for more information. Click on the unstable version on the left for downloads.) It doesn't have much by way of dependencies. It is also possible that some more recent version of Ubuntu has 2.10. You didn't specify which version of Ubuntu you are using.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, building or updating Debian/Ubuntu packages is not really that hard, if you are willng to do a little work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;# apt-cache policy latex-beamer&#xA;latex-beamer:&#xA;  Installed: 3.07-2&#xA;  Candidate: 3.07-2&#xA;  Version table:&#xA;     3.10-1 0&#xA;         50 http://debian.csail.mit.edu/debian/ unstable/main i386 Packages&#xA; *** 3.07-2 0&#xA;        500 http://debian.csail.mit.edu/debian/ squeeze/main i386 Packages&#xA;        100 /var/lib/dpkg/status&#xA;&#xA;Package: latex-beamer&#xA;[...]&#xA;Version: 3.10-1&#xA;Depends: pgf (&amp;gt;= 1.00-1), latex-xcolor (&amp;gt;= 2.00-1), texlive-latex-base&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3406" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T09:43:50.950" />
  <row Id="13715" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13716" CreationDate="2011-03-17T10:01:56.350" Score="2" ViewCount="71" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want latex not to give warnings for overfull hboxes up to some maximum of say 2 pts. How to achieve this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4291" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T11:22:28.327" Title="How to suppress overfull hbox warnings up to some maximum?" Tags="&lt;warnings&gt;&lt;hbox&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="13716" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13715" CreationDate="2011-03-17T10:27:20.267" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Tested it, works! See also &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/TeX/hfuzz&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this Wiki&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\hfuzz=5.002pt &#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;looooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooong&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where &lt;code&gt;\hfuzz=length&lt;/code&gt; is a parameter that allows hbox's to be overfull by &lt;code&gt;length&lt;/code&gt; before an overfull error occurs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3735" LastEditorUserId="3735" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-17T11:22:28.327" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T11:22:28.327" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13717" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13698" CreationDate="2011-03-17T10:43:43.070" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Such things are not easy with LaTeX, so be warned.&#xA;There is the &lt;code&gt;shapepar&lt;/code&gt; package which allows you to shape paragraphs and also make cutouts. The problem is that you have to make a cutout from both columns!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following code cuts the same paragraph out twice. Note that the text is set twice but the first time in white. Also you will run into trouble / more required effort if your cutout should span multiple paragraphs in the columns!&#xA;Also the second column (which can be switched to with &lt;code&gt;\newpage&lt;/code&gt; because the two columns are kind of the &quot;pages&quot; on one) need to start with an paragraph. I tried to use &lt;code&gt;afterpage&lt;/code&gt; (package and macro) to place the second cut-out automatically at the beginning of the second column, but it didn't work. The text was placed correctly but the cutout wasn't done.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[twocolumn]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{shapepar}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;\usepackage{afterpage}&#xA;&#xA;\title{Twocolumn and parshape}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;&#xA;\cutout {r} (5pt,100pt) \shapepar {\squareshape}&#xA;{\color{white}\blindtext}\par&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\lipsum[4]&#xA;&#xA;\newpage&#xA;%\afterpage&#xA;\cutout {l} (-5pt,100pt) \shapepar {\squareshape}&#xA;\blindtext\par&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\lipsum[4]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Result:&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/0UeKM.png&quot; alt=&quot;Result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T10:43:43.070" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13718" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-17T10:47:08.587" Score="2" ViewCount="61" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&#xA;I try to create an english bibliography in TexShop on Mac. What I want is a bibliography formatted in plaindin like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[1] Woods, W. A.: What’s in a Link:&#xA;  Foundations for Semantic Networks. In:&#xA;  Bobrow, D. G. (eds.) ; Collins, A.&#xA;  (eds.): Representation and&#xA;  Understanding. Academic Press, 1975,&#xA;  S. 35–82&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, the output I get is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[1] Woods, W. A.: What’s in a Link:&#xA;  Foundations for Semantic Networks. In:&#xA;  Bobrow, D. G. (Hrsg.) ; Collins, A.&#xA;  (Hrsg.): Representation and&#xA;  Understanding. Academic Press, 1975,&#xA;  S. 35–82&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note, that the difference is &quot;eds.&quot; and &quot;Hrsg.&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The code of my .tex document is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt,a4paper,oneside,openright]{report}&#xA; \begin{document}&#xA; Test \cite{Woods:75a}&#xA; \bibliography{mylit}&#xA; \bibliographystyle{plaindin} &#xA; \end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The content of mylit.bib is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@incollection{Woods:75a,&#xA;    Author = {Woods, W. A.},&#xA;    Booktitle = {Representation and Understanding},&#xA;    Editor = {Bobrow, D. G. and Collins, A.},&#xA;    Pages = {35--82},&#xA;    Publisher = {Academic Press},&#xA;    Title = {What's in a Link: Foundations for Semantic Networks},&#xA;    Year = {1975}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, why do I get the german format? The system language of my computer is german. Can I change the bibliography language to english, or set the default langauge to english for latex?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks for your help,&#xA;Mirko&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4293" LastEditorUserId="1052" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-17T10:59:23.143" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T11:34:41.200" Title="English bibliography style" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;languages&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="13719" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13747" CreationDate="2011-03-17T11:21:51.490" Score="3" ViewCount="122" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to draw a collection of nodes / paths. However, I'm too lazy to position them manually, I would like to specify their position along a given path. How can I do that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here a picture of what I did so far.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/CXlJ3.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I want the points and labels to follow a curved path instead of a straight line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The picture was produce by the following code, which unfortunately relies on a glitch. Namely, this only works when the &lt;code&gt;\path&lt;/code&gt; commands are straight lines between two points. If I add more points, the guiding path is being drawn as well, which is not my intention.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\draw (0,0) circle (2);&#xA;\path (135:2.2) node[anchor=east] {$Y$};&#xA;&#xA;\def\mynode#1{node [pos=#1,after node path={(\tikzlastnode) +(0,-0.3) circle (0.05)}]}&#xA;\def\y#1#2{\mynode{#1} {$y_{#2}$}}&#xA;&#xA;\path (0,-1) -- (-1.5,1.5)&#xA;    \foreach \num/\pos in {1/0, 3/0.3, 5/0.53}&#xA;        {\y{\pos}{\num}}&#xA;    \foreach \pos in {0.7,0.75,0.8,0.82}&#xA;        {\mynode{\pos} {}}&#xA;    [fill];&#xA;\path (0,-1) -- (1.5,1.5)&#xA;    \foreach \num/\pos in {2/0.2, 4/0.45}&#xA;        {\y{\pos}{\num}}&#xA;    \foreach \pos in {0.6,0.7,0.75,0.8,0.82}&#xA;        {\mynode{\pos} {}}&#xA;    [fill];&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1959" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T18:13:21.313" Title="Drawing paths/nodes along a path in Tikz" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;nodes&gt;&lt;path&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="13720" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13718" CreationDate="2011-03-17T11:34:41.200" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As you may know DIN is the &quot;Deutsche Institut fuer Normung&quot;. I guess that the intention of this style was to work for German texts only and there is no language support added.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If this is the only problem you have with this style, find the file plaindin.bst on your system, copy and rename it and but it in the same folder as your tex-file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Open the file (assume we named it myplain.bst) and search&amp;amp; replace all occurrences of Hrsg. with eds. Save it and adjust your style to:&lt;code&gt;\bibliographystyle{myplain}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/HFgwa.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to go a step further, simple styles like this one can be created fairly straightforward in biblatex. This would give you the full control, but might be a bit much for this little problem here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="632" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T11:34:41.200" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13721" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-17T11:35:31.930" Score="7" ViewCount="83" Body="&lt;p&gt;I just got told, in the comments to my answer to the question &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1092/how-to-install-vanilla-texlive-on-debian-or-ubuntu/1110#1110&quot;&gt;How to install &amp;quot;vanilla&amp;quot; TeXLive on Debian or Ubuntu?&lt;/a&gt;, that I shouldn't set the environment variable &lt;code&gt;$TEXMFCNF&lt;/code&gt; if I install TeXLive myself (rather than letting my distribution do it for me).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I checked, and on one machine where I've installed TL2010 on top of an existing Ubuntu distribution then I hadn't set &lt;code&gt;$TEXMFCNF&lt;/code&gt; and everything had been working just fine.  On another machine, I had set &lt;code&gt;$TEXMFCNF&lt;/code&gt; (and everything had been working just fine as well).  The difference between the two machines is that on the first I have admin rights and so installed TL2010 in to &lt;code&gt;/usr/local/&lt;/code&gt; whereas on the other I don't and so installed TL2010 in to &lt;code&gt;$HOME/local/&lt;/code&gt;.  When I set and unset &lt;code&gt;$TEXMFCNF&lt;/code&gt; on the second machine then I get different answers for &lt;code&gt;kpsewhich texmf.cnf&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;em&gt;but&lt;/em&gt; the two answers are in the same basic place.  So it seems that &lt;code&gt;kpsewhich&lt;/code&gt; can figure out where &lt;code&gt;texmf.cnf&lt;/code&gt; is based on ... what?  I'm not sure what information &lt;code&gt;kpathsea&lt;/code&gt; has to deduce the location of &lt;code&gt;texmf.cnf&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With $TEXMFCNF set to &lt;code&gt;$HOME/local/texlive/2010/texmf/web2c/&lt;/code&gt; then &lt;code&gt;kpsewhich texmf.cnf&lt;/code&gt; reports &lt;code&gt;$HOME/local/texlive/2010/texmf/web2c/texmf.cnf&lt;/code&gt;.  With it unset, then &lt;code&gt;kpsewhich&lt;/code&gt; reports &lt;code&gt;/somewhere/else/texlive/2010/texmf.cnf&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;but&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;code&gt;$HOME/local&lt;/code&gt; is a symlink to &lt;code&gt;/somewhere/else&lt;/code&gt; so these are in the same installation of TL2010.  &lt;code&gt;kpsewhich&lt;/code&gt; itself is in &lt;code&gt;$HOME/local/bin&lt;/code&gt; but the file there is actually a symlink to somewhere in the TL texmf-tree.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lastly, I have no idea why I started setting &lt;code&gt;$TEXMFCNF&lt;/code&gt;.  The reason why is lost in the mists of time.  I suspect that it is because once long ago I was happy with the TeX installation provided for me except that I didn't like the value of the home texmf tree, so I had my own &lt;code&gt;texmf.cnf&lt;/code&gt; which overrode this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, to the question(s):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;(the main one): Is setting &lt;code&gt;$TEXMFCNF&lt;/code&gt; good, bad, or ugly?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;(the what's-going-on one): How does &lt;code&gt;kpathsea&lt;/code&gt; even start knowing where to look?  As in, it has to find a configuration file somewhere telling it where to find all the other stuff, so how does it deduce where to find it?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(To focus thoughts on that last one, I can well believe that &lt;code&gt;kpsewhich&lt;/code&gt; can deduce something from its location; so if I &lt;em&gt;copied&lt;/em&gt; &lt;code&gt;kpsewhich&lt;/code&gt; in to &lt;code&gt;$HOME/local/bin&lt;/code&gt; rather than symlinked then would that break everything?)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-17T20:32:30.480" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T21:07:49.477" Title="What is $TEXMFCNF for?" Tags="&lt;installing&gt;&lt;file-lookup&gt;&lt;kpathsea&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13722" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13725" CreationDate="2011-03-17T11:55:22.183" Score="2" ViewCount="60" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have this math code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[&#xA;\bigwedge_{i,j \in \underline{n},\atop { i \neq j,\atop k,l \in \underline{|\sigma|}}} x_{i,k} \neq x_{j,l} \wedge&#xA;\bigwedge_{i \in \underline{n},\atop k \in \underline{|\sigma|-1}} x_{i,k+1} = x_{i,k} + 1 \wedge&#xA;\bigwedge_{i \in \underline{n},\atop k \in \underline{|\sigma|}} Q_{\sigma_k} x_{i,k}&#xA;\]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The vertical space around &lt;code&gt;\bigwedge&lt;/code&gt; is quite huge and it looks a bit odd. I would like to have the &quot;content&quot; of the &lt;code&gt;\bigwedge&lt;/code&gt; (e.g. &lt;code&gt;x_{i,k}\neq...&lt;/code&gt;) much more close to it, then maybe the &lt;code&gt;\wedge&lt;/code&gt; slightly more separated from the content and more close to the next &lt;code&gt;\bigwedge&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I do that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2272" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T14:02:10.207" Title="spacing with wedge and bigwedge with bigger index" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;amsmath&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="13723" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-17T12:06:30.733" Score="0" ViewCount="29" Body="&lt;p&gt;as discussed in &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/13479/difference-between-paragraph-and-subparagraph-in-scrreprt&quot;&gt;Difference between \paragraph and \subparagraph in scrreprt?&lt;/a&gt;, my formatting does not make a difference between \paragraph, as the proposed &lt;a href=&quot;https://groups.google.com/group/de.comp.text.tex/browse_thread/thread/734e28e161f3ffd/716a82ea1983c100?hl=de&amp;amp;ie=UTF-8&amp;amp;oe=utf-8&amp;amp;q=koma+subparagraph+author%3aschwarz#716a82ea1983c100&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;workaround&lt;/a&gt; does have no effect, if the option &lt;code&gt;halfparskip&lt;/code&gt;is active (and I want to use it).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(example see below)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My &lt;strong&gt;questions&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;What do you think about changing the &lt;code&gt;\subparagraph&lt;/code&gt;so that it's title is not fat, but just italic?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;And what about removing the skip above a &lt;code&gt;\subparagraph&lt;/code&gt;, so that it remains visually attached to the text block before?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;I tried to show how both options could look like in a very quick and dirty example (see below), as I don't know how to redefine the &lt;code&gt;\subparagraph&lt;/code&gt; properly&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt, a4paper,  halfparskip&#xA;]{scrreprt}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[ngerman]{babel}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\textblock}{Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat, sed diam voluptua. At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum. Stet clita kasd gubergren, no sea takimata sanctus est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet. &#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\paragraph{Paragraph1} \textblock&#xA;&#xA;\subparagraph{Subparagraph1} \textblock&#xA;&#xA;\textblock&#xA;&#xA;\subsubsection*{now with fixed subparagraph:}&#xA;&#xA;\hspace{\parindent}\hspace{\parindent} &#xA;\makeatletter &#xA;\newlength{\myindent} &#xA;\setlength{\myindent}{\parindent} &#xA;\renewcommand\subparagraph{\@startsection{subparagraph}{5}{\myindent}% &#xA;  {3.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus .2ex}% &#xA;  {-1em}% &#xA;  {\raggedsection\normalfont\sectfont\nobreak\size@subparagraph}% &#xA;} &#xA;&#xA;\paragraph{Par2}    \textblock&#xA;&#xA;\subparagraph{SubPar2}  \textblock&#xA;&#xA;\subsubsection*{What would you think about that?}&#xA;&#xA;\paragraph{Par3}&#xA;\textblock&#xA;\\\emph{SubPar3} \hspace{1mm} \textblock&#xA;&#xA;\subsubsection*{\dots or that?}&#xA;&#xA;\paragraph{Par4}&#xA;\textblock\smallskip&#xA;\\\emph{SubPar4} \hspace{1mm} \textblock&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4009" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T12:06:30.733" Title="typographic question for changed formatting of \subparagraph{}" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;formatting&gt;&lt;koma-script&gt;" />
  <row Id="13724" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13696" CreationDate="2011-03-17T12:40:41.633" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can also use PDF annotations with the &lt;a href=&quot;http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/pdfcomment.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pdfcomment&lt;/a&gt; package. Then you can also add a comment/note.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{pdfcomment}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\pdfmarkupcomment[markup=StrikeOut,color=red,author=Approximist]{Its derivative should be $2z + 2\bar{z} =4Re[z]$ So are its critical points all over the real axis?}{comment}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/XhFYh.png&quot; alt=&quot;\pdfmarkupcomment example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3190" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T12:40:41.633" />
  <row Id="13725" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13722" CreationDate="2011-03-17T12:51:07.710" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can decrease the spacing around the &lt;code&gt;\bigwedge&lt;/code&gt; by putting the subscripts in the &lt;code&gt;\mathclap&lt;/code&gt; command from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/mathtools&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;mathtools&lt;/a&gt; package.  This puts its argument in a zero-width box which is centred at the desired location.  This also has the effect of putting the &lt;code&gt;\wedge&lt;/code&gt; nearer the &lt;code&gt;\bigwedge&lt;/code&gt;.  If you want it nearer still then there's probably a better way than just using negative spacing (&lt;code&gt;\!&lt;/code&gt;) but certainly that does do the trick.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I suspect that if the symbols weren't such funny shapes then that space between &lt;code&gt;\wedge&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\bigwedge&lt;/code&gt; wouldn't be so noticeable.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Z3NEf.png&quot; alt=&quot;wedges&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{standalone}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{mathtools}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\[&#xA;\bigwedge_{i,j \in \underline{n},\atop { i \neq j,\atop k,l \in \underline{|\sigma|}}} x_{i,k} \neq x_{j,l} \wedge&#xA;\bigwedge_{i \in \underline{n},\atop k \in \underline{|\sigma|-1}} x_{i,k+1} = x_{i,k} + 1 \wedge&#xA;\bigwedge_{i \in \underline{n},\atop k \in \underline{|\sigma|}} Q_{\sigma_k} x_{i,k}&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;\[&#xA;\bigwedge_{\mathclap{i,j \in \underline{n},\atop { i \neq j,\atop k,l \in \underline{|\sigma|}}}} x_{i,k} \neq x_{j,l} \wedge&#xA;\bigwedge_{\mathclap{i \in \underline{n},\atop k \in \underline{|\sigma|-1}}} x_{i,k+1} = x_{i,k} + 1 \wedge&#xA;\bigwedge_{\mathclap{i \in \underline{n},\atop k \in \underline{|\sigma|}}} Q_{\sigma_k} x_{i,k}&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;\[&#xA;\bigwedge_{\mathclap{i,j \in \underline{n},\atop { i \neq j,\atop k,l \in \underline{|\sigma|}}}} x_{i,k} \neq x_{j,l} \wedge&#xA;\bigwedge_{\mathclap{i \in \underline{n},\atop k \in \underline{|\sigma|-1}}} x_{i,k+1} = x_{i,k} + 1 \wedge\!\!&#xA;\bigwedge_{\mathclap{i \in \underline{n},\atop k \in \underline{|\sigma|}}} Q_{\sigma_k} x_{i,k}&#xA;\]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T12:51:07.710" />
  <row Id="13726" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13727" CreationDate="2011-03-17T13:00:15.590" Score="6" ViewCount="120" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using the Beamer class and would like to redefine &lt;code&gt;\emph&lt;/code&gt; to use &lt;code&gt;\bfseries&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\itshape&lt;/code&gt;. I have tried the following command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand&amp;lt;&amp;gt;{\emph}[1]{{\only#2{\bfseries}#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but I get the following error&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! LaTeX Error: Command \beamerx@\emph already defined.&#xA;          Or name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I cannot understand: Why is it a problem that &lt;code&gt;\emph&lt;/code&gt; already is defined when I am using &lt;code&gt;\&lt;i&gt;re&lt;/i&gt;newcommand&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4294" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-17T13:29:04.427" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T16:57:40.937" Title="How to redefine the \emph command in Beamer?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;text-decorations&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13727" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13726" CreationDate="2011-03-17T13:21:33.063" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Looking at the code, I'd say that this was a bug.  Beamer defines a wrapper around the &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand&lt;/code&gt; environments which step in when they are called with a following &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;.  But the new &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand&lt;/code&gt; seems to do the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Save the original definition&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Call the modified &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now the modified &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; calls internally calls the original &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; but what it &lt;em&gt;ought&lt;/em&gt; to do here is now call the original &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand&lt;/code&gt;.  (The error message, by the way, is because the original &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; is not called on the command specified, in this case &lt;code&gt;\emph&lt;/code&gt;, but again there's a level of wrapping on top to deal with the overlay stuff.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, to fix this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Email the beamer maintainers informing them that you think you've found a bug.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;You &lt;em&gt;could&lt;/em&gt; use the following code to temporarily fix this problem.  Basically, I've just copied out the code that handles &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; and replace &quot;new&quot; by &quot;renew&quot; at all instances, &lt;em&gt;however&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Email the beamer maintainers to say that fixing this bug reveals one or two more!  When I use the above code then I get a few errors about commands not being defined.  My interpretation of this is that beamer does a few redefinitions (at the &lt;code&gt;\begin{document}&lt;/code&gt; time) using &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand&lt;/code&gt;.  With the old version, if the command-to-be-redefined is &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; currently defined then this goes through just fine.  However, with the new version then if the command-to-be-redefined is not currently defined then this produces errors!  (The guilty commands are &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\pgfuseimage&lt;/code&gt;.)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anyway, here's the fix.  Use at your own risk:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\renewcommand{\@ifnextchar&amp;lt;{\beamer@renewcom}{\beamer@origrenewcommand}}&#xA;\def\beamer@renewcom&amp;lt;&amp;gt;{\@star@or@long\beamer@renew@command}&#xA;\def\beamer@renew@command#1{\@ifnextchar[{\beamer@@renewcom{#1}}{\beamer@renewcomnoopt&#xA;{#1}{0}}}&#xA;\def\beamer@@renewcom#1[#2]{\@ifnextchar[{\beamer@renewcomopt{#1}{#2}}{\beamer@renewcomnoopt{#1}{#2}}}&#xA;\long\def\beamer@renewcomnoopt#1#2#3{%&#xA;  \ifnum#2=0\relax%&#xA;    \expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{\expandafter\beamer@sortzero\expandafter{\csname beamerx@\string#1\endcsname}}%&#xA;  \else&#xA;    \expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{\expandafter\beamer@sort\expandafter{\csname beamerx@\string#1\endcsname}{#2}}%&#xA;  \fi%&#xA;  \beamer@argscount=#2\relax%&#xA;  \advance\beamer@argscount by 1\relax%&#xA;  \expandafter\renewcommand\csname beamerx@\string#1\endcsname[\beamer@argscount]{#3}%&#xA;}&#xA;\long\def\beamer@renewcomopt#1#2[#3]#4{%&#xA;  \expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{\expandafter\beamer@presort\expandafter{\csname beamerx@\string#1\endcsname}{#2}{#3}}%&#xA;  \beamer@argscount=#2\relax%&#xA;  \advance\beamer@argscount by 1\relax%&#xA;  \expandafter\renewcommand\csname beamerx@\string#1\endcsname[\beamer@argscount]{#4}%&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(&lt;strong&gt;Added in edit&lt;/strong&gt;): I made a mistake in the above code: it doesn't save the original version of the command which the beamer version of &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand&lt;/code&gt; does.  Also, due to the conflicts, I thought that actually it would be better to define a command &lt;code&gt;\myrenewcommand&lt;/code&gt; which does the command.  So the code below may be better.  It's probably still nowhere near perfect - for example, I don't know if the &lt;code&gt;\@star@or@long&lt;/code&gt; is appropriate for &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand&lt;/code&gt;s.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anyway, here's version 2 wrapped up in a MWE:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;% http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/13726/86&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\myrenewcommand{\@ifnextchar&amp;lt;{\beamer@myrenewcom}{\beamer@origrenewcommand}}&#xA;\def\beamer@myrenewcom&amp;lt;&amp;gt;{\@star@or@long\beamer@myrenew@command}&#xA;\def\beamer@myrenew@command#1{%&#xA;  \expandafter\def\expandafter\beamer@name\expandafter{\csname @orig\string#1\endcsname}%&#xA;  \expandafter\let\beamer@name=#1\relax%&#xA;\@ifnextchar[{\beamer@@myrenewcom{#1}}{\beamer@myrenewcomnoopt&#xA;{#1}{0}}}&#xA;\def\beamer@@myrenewcom#1[#2]{\@ifnextchar[{\beamer@myrenewcomopt{#1}{#2}}{\beamer@myrenewcomnoopt{#1}{#2}}}&#xA;\long\def\beamer@myrenewcomnoopt#1#2#3{%&#xA;  \ifnum#2=0\relax%&#xA;    \expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{\expandafter\beamer@sortzero\expandafter{\csname beamerx@\string#1\endcsname}}%&#xA;  \else&#xA;    \expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{\expandafter\beamer@sort\expandafter{\csname beamerx@\string#1\endcsname}{#2}}%&#xA;  \fi%&#xA;  \beamer@argscount=#2\relax%&#xA;  \advance\beamer@argscount by 1\relax%&#xA;  \expandafter\renewcommand\csname beamerx@\string#1\endcsname[\beamer@argscount]{#3}%&#xA;}&#xA;\long\def\beamer@myrenewcomopt#1#2[#3]#4{%&#xA;  \expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{\expandafter\beamer@presort\expandafter{\csname beamerx@\string#1\endcsname}{#2}{#3}}%&#xA;  \beamer@argscount=#2\relax%&#xA;  \advance\beamer@argscount by 1\relax%&#xA;  \expandafter\renewcommand\csname beamerx@\string#1\endcsname[\beamer@argscount]{#4}%&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\myrenewcommand&amp;lt;&amp;gt;{\emph}[1]{{\only#2{\bfseries}#1}}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand&amp;lt;&amp;gt;{\test}[1]{{\only#2{\bfseries}#1}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;Some \emph{emphasised} text&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastEditorUserId="86" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-17T13:35:50.027" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T13:35:50.027" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="13728" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-17T13:42:38.677" Score="2" ViewCount="52" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need to add a copyright notice to my paper, and do not want it to break the layout, so I want to place it into the footer/header area of the initial page. Text may be multi-line. It should be displayed on the first page &lt;em&gt;only&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3867" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T14:01:54.773" Title="Multi-line footer for single page" Tags="&lt;header-footer&gt;&lt;copyright&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="13729" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13728" CreationDate="2011-03-17T14:01:54.773" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would use a different approach and use the &lt;code&gt;eso-pic&lt;/code&gt; package to place something globally on the first page &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3929" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T14:01:54.773" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13730" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13722" CreationDate="2011-03-17T14:02:10.207" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could also hide the width of the subscripts, which has more or less the same effect as mathclap, I suppose:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$$&#xA;  \let\hw=\hidewidth&#xA;  \let\ul=\underline&#xA;  \bigwedge_{\hw i,j\in\ul n,\hw\atop{\hw i\neq j\hw\atop\hw k,l\in\ul{|\sigma|}\hw}}&#xA;    x_{i,k}\neq x_{j,l}\wedge&#xA;    \bigwedge_{\hw i\in\ul n,\hw\atop\hw k\in\ul{|\sigma|-1}\hw}&#xA;    x_{i,k+1}=x_{i,k}+1\wedge\bigwedge_{\hw i\in\ul n,\hw\atop\hw k\in\ul{|\sigma|}\hw}&#xA;    Q_{\sigma_k} x_{i,k}&#xA;$$&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/f4p4Q.png&quot; alt=&quot;hidewidth&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T14:02:10.207" />
  <row Id="13731" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13669" CreationDate="2011-03-17T14:02:37.160" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;how about &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.its.dal.ca/ctan/graphics/pstricks/contrib/pst-circ/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pst-circ&lt;/a&gt;. It modifies the way you can compile your latex document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastEditorUserId="371" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-17T15:45:30.993" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T15:45:30.993" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13732" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-17T14:25:30.123" Score="1" ViewCount="67" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a problem with controlling spaces between different object and environment. In my MWE you can see I use &lt;code&gt;quote&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\footnote&lt;/code&gt; on the one page. Unfortunatelly when I use them lines on adjoining pages (on even and odd pages) don't harmonize (as you can see).&#xA;I try to set spaces between text and quotations by using &lt;code&gt;\vspace&lt;/code&gt;s but it doesn't want to work always. Sometimes it's ok, but sometimes last line goes to the next page. I try to make (I think I try) the space between text and footer more flexible, but it doesn't work as I want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Do you know what is the best way to control it?&#xA;I don't want to use &lt;code&gt;\raggedbottom&lt;/code&gt;, because I want my columns to be equal.&#xA;Thank you for any help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PS. Do you know if there is any package to show a grid in my document?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[&#xA;  centering,&#xA;  top=12mm,&#xA;  headheight=14pt,&#xA;  headsep=11pt,&#xA;  includeheadfoot,&#xA;  papersize={160mm,235mm},&#xA;  text={125mm,190.7mm},&#xA;]{geometry}&#xA;&#xA;\setlength{\parskip}{0pt}&#xA;\setlength{\parindent}{14pt} &#xA;\setlength\floatsep{12pt plus 12pt minus 2pt} &#xA;&#xA;\clubpenalty10000 &#xA;\widowpenalty10000&#xA;&#xA;\sloppy &#xA;&#xA;\setlength{\skip\footins}{11pt plus 11pt minus 4pt}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{footmisc} &#xA;\setlength{\footnotesep}{0pt} &#xA;&#xA;\frenchspacing&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;%-----------------------------------------------------------------------------&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\fontsize{11}{14}\selectfont&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;&#xA;\begin{quote}&#xA;\small Some text Some text Some text Some text Some text Some text Some text Some text Some text &#xA;\end{quote}&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum[1]\footnote{Some text Some text Some text Some text Some text Some  text Some text Some text Some text Some text Some text Some text Some text Some text Some text Some text Some text Some text Some text }&#xA;&#xA;\begin{quote}&#xA;\small Some text Some text Some text Some text Some text Some text Some text Some text Some text Some text Some text Some text Some text Some text Some text Some text Some text Some text Some text &#xA;\end{quote}&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum[1-3]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3506" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-20T10:13:44.910" LastActivityDate="2011-03-20T10:13:44.910" Title="How to control spaces between objects?" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;grids&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13733" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13787" CreationDate="2011-03-17T14:31:25.283" Score="3" ViewCount="96" Body="&lt;p&gt;i have two tables, each of them has 4 columns. one is just below the other. i want to know how to make every column of the below table have same width of the column of the above table. it looks like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;|-------|-------|-------|-------|&#xA;|       |       |       |       |&#xA;|-------|-------|-------|-------|&#xA;|       |       |       |       |&#xA;|-------|-------|-------|-------|&#xA;|       |       |       |       |&#xA;|-------|-------|-------|-------|&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;some space lines are here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;|-------|-------|-------|-------|&#xA;|       |       |       |       |&#xA;|-------|-------|-------|-------|&#xA;|       |       |       |       |&#xA;|-------|-------|-------|-------|&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;adding one more &lt;code&gt;hline&lt;/code&gt; will make one table &lt;code&gt;septable&lt;/code&gt;, which it looks like two tables with good vertical alignment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}[b]{|c|c|c|c|}&#xA;\hline&#xA;\textbf{Item-No.} &amp;amp; \textbf{name} &amp;amp; \textbf{cross section} &amp;amp; \textbf{grade}\\&#xA;\hline&#xA;\textbf{W1} &amp;amp; Z-column &amp;amp; HN350x175 -- 346x174 &amp;amp; Q235\\&#xA;\hline&#xA;\textbf{W17} &amp;amp; Horiz. support transversal hoist beam &amp;amp; HW100x100 &amp;amp; Q235\\&#xA;\hline&#xA;\hline&#xA;\textbf{P11} &amp;amp; longitudinal hoist beam &amp;amp; HN300x150 -- 300x150 &amp;amp; Q235\\&#xA;\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but one more thing, how to add &lt;code&gt;vertical spacing&lt;/code&gt; between the tables?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3253" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-18T10:31:55.187" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T10:31:55.187" Title="Two tables vertically align" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="13734" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13736" CreationDate="2011-03-17T14:49:10.410" Score="1" ViewCount="42" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have some long text (a single sentence) which I want to put inside a math environment. But my text just goes accros the page margin and ignores the textwidth specification given in the preamble. &#xA;Here is a toy example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\setlength{\textwidth}{500pt}&#xA;\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}&#xA;\setlength{\textheight}{8in}&#xA;\usepackage{latexsym,amssymb}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath,array}&#xA;\usepackage[margin=1in,headsep=2.5cm]{geometry}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{math}&#xA;2+1=3\\&#xA;2+2=4\\ &#xA;{\text{This is some very very very very very very very very very very very &#xA;very very very very very very very very long text in math environment.}} &#xA;\end{math}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Obviously I could just break the line manually but there should be some better way of Latex doing that automatically?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4268" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T15:16:40.027" Title="Text crossing the page margin in math environment" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;margins&gt;&lt;textwidth&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="13735" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13737" CreationDate="2011-03-17T15:13:37.820" Score="1" ViewCount="30" Body="&lt;p&gt;I wish to make the list of authors show up as centered, uppercase and listed vertically on my titlepage. My documentclass contains a section like this&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{center}&#xA;...&#xA;\renewcommand{\and}{\\}\MakeUppercase{\@author}&#xA;...&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but this particular combination or linebreaks, MakeUppercase and centering causes an error; &lt;code&gt;\@icentercr doesn't match its definition&lt;/code&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A minimal example would be&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\newcommand{\text}{Foo \\ Bar}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA; \MakeUppercase{\mytext}&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2199" LastEditorUserId="2199" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-17T15:43:56.410" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T15:52:59.137" Title="Centering and MakeUppercase with linebreaks." Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;errors&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="13736" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13734" CreationDate="2011-03-17T15:16:40.027" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;math&lt;/code&gt; environment is for inline math, I would not use it for multiline math. Also, I would not force multiline text into a math environment. I would leave the math environment, print the text, start a math environment again. A math environment is not the best place for long text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Your example can be fixed using &lt;code&gt;\parbox&lt;/code&gt;, such as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{math}&#xA;2+1=3\\&#xA;2+2=4\\ &#xA;\parbox{\textwidth}{This is some very ... very long text in math environment.}&#xA;\end{math}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This way there would be line breaks with full justification.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I would either end math mode or use a displayed math environment. You are already using amsmath. In this case I recommend to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;use an &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt; environment or alike,&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;use &lt;code&gt;\intertext&lt;/code&gt; to temporarily escape the math environment for long text,&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;use &lt;code&gt;\text&lt;/code&gt; just for short text within math.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T15:16:40.027" />
  <row Id="13737" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13735" CreationDate="2011-03-17T15:26:45.870" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The TeX command &lt;code&gt;\uppercase&lt;/code&gt; works without error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\uppercase{Foo \\ Bar}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Output is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;FOO&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;BAR&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If the LaTeX command would work, I would prefer it over a TeX command, but as it doesn't work here we could go deeper to a TeX command. Perhaps you are interested in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/textcase&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;textcase&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package, which also helps to overcome some case-changing problems.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using &lt;code&gt;textcase&lt;/code&gt; the line break can be protected;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{center}&#xA;\renewcommand{\and}{\NoCaseChange{\\}}&#xA;\MakeTextUppercase{\@author}&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-17T15:52:59.137" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T15:52:59.137" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13738" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-17T15:35:24.370" Score="0" ViewCount="103" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/7032/good-way-to-make-textcircled-numbers&quot;&gt;Good way to make \textcircled numbers?&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there an easy way to get an circle around  a symbol in math mode?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4011" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T15:35:24.370" ClosedDate="2011-03-18T10:35:00.100" Title="Circle around symbol" Tags="&lt;circles&gt;" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="13739" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13745" CreationDate="2011-03-17T16:02:56.913" Score="12" ViewCount="230" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm surprised I don't see this addressed quickly with a Google search, but I don't see it there or on this site.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anyone know of a Windows logo symbol in LaTeX?  I used &lt;a href=&quot;http://detexify.kirelabs.org/classify.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Dextify&lt;/a&gt;, but couldn't find it there.  I would think this has been asked many times, alas.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I might as well let you know the reason, too.  I'm writing instructions for a procedure for Windows, and it includes help with a shortcut (Windows Key + Escape key) that I would like to illustrate to make it foolproof.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance for your help!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3372" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T17:53:16.343" Title="Is the Windows logo available?" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;windows&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="13740" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13739" CreationDate="2011-03-17T16:08:38.507" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm assuming you're looking for something like this: &lt;kbd&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/AeKuQ.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/kbd&gt; + &lt;kbd&gt;Esc&lt;/kbd&gt;. Just include the logo as a picture using &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T16:08:38.507" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="13741" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13578" CreationDate="2011-03-17T16:50:35.547" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Thanks to Phil and Gonzalo for their answers.  I took aspects from both, so &lt;em&gt;don't vote my answer up without voting theirs up too&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I used both Gonzalo's suggestion to adjust &lt;code&gt;postheadspace&lt;/code&gt; (to &lt;code&gt;0pt&lt;/code&gt;) in the &lt;code&gt;proof&lt;/code&gt; environment, and Phil's suggestion to “backspace.”  Rather than use a global variable as Phil did, I used a temporary box so that the negative interword space would be the same width as the interword space in the theorem's head font.  If there is another way or existing macro which does the same thing, let me know.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{amsthm}&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}&#xA;\usepackage{thmtools}&#xA;&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\declaretheoremstyle[&#xA;    headfont=\bfseries,&#xA;    notefont=\normalfont,&#xA;    bodyfont=\itshape,&#xA;    headpunct=\newline,&#xA;    headformat={%&#xA;        \makebox[0pt][r]{\NAME\ \NUMBER\ }\setbox0\hbox{\ }\hspace{-\the\wd0}\NOTE%&#xA;    },&#xA;]{theorem}&#xA;&#xA;\declaretheorem[style=theorem]{theorem}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% I need to undeclare the proof environment that amsthm provides but I can't use \renewenvironment&#xA;\let\proof\relax&#xA;\let\endproof\relax&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\declaretheoremstyle[&#xA;    headfont=\scshape,&#xA;    notefont=\itshape,&#xA;    bodyfont=\normalfont,&#xA;    headpunct={},&#xA;    postheadspace={0pt},&#xA;    headformat={%&#xA;        \makebox[0pt][r]{\NAME\ }\setbox0\hbox{\ }\hspace{-\the\wd0}\NOTE},&#xA;]{proof}&#xA;&#xA;\declaretheorem[&#xA;    style=proof,&#xA;    qed=\qedsymbol&#xA;]{proof}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{theorem}[The Fundamental Theorem of Calculus]&#xA;Let $f$ be an integrable function on $[a,b]$ and define&#xA;\[&#xA;    g(x) = \int_a^x f(t) \,dt.&#xA;\]&#xA;If $f$ is continuous at $x$ in $(a,b)$, then $g$ is differentiable at $x$ and&#xA;\[&#xA;    g'(x) = f(x).&#xA;\] &#xA;\end{theorem}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{proof}&#xA;Let $h&amp;gt;0$ be given so that $x+h &amp;lt; b$ (The case $h&amp;lt;0$ is treated similarly).  We have&#xA;\[&#xA;    \frac{g(x+h) - g(x)}{h} =   \frac{1}{h} \int_x^{x+h} f(t)\,dt.&#xA;\]&#xA;Let $M_h$ be the maximum value of $f$ on $[x,x+h]$, and let $m_h$ the minimum value of $f$ on $[x,x+h]$.  We have&#xA;\[&#xA;    m_h \cdot h \leq \int_x^{x+h}f(t)\,dt \leq M_h \cdot h&#xA;\]&#xA;So&#xA;\[&#xA;    m_h \leq \frac{g(x+h) - g(x)}{h} \leq M_h.&#xA;\]&#xA;Since $f$ is continuous at $x$, as $h\to 0$, both $m_h$ and $M_h$ tend to $f(x)$. &#xA;\end{proof}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/KCkIT.png&quot; alt=&quot;solved output&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It still doesn't look great with notes in the &lt;code&gt;proof&lt;/code&gt; environment.  I think there's another hard-coded space.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm looking forward to Ulrich's update. :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-17T17:39:12.927" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T17:39:12.927" />
  <row Id="13742" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13789" CreationDate="2011-03-17T16:51:12.223" Score="16" ViewCount="220" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think I know the meanings of &lt;code&gt;\baselineskip&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\lineskip&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\lineskiplimit&lt;/code&gt; in TeX, I also know &lt;code&gt;\baselineskip&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\baselinestretch&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\linespread&lt;/code&gt; and the second argument of &lt;code&gt;\fontsize&lt;/code&gt; in LaTeX. However, I get confused when I meet the phrase 'double spacing' and &lt;code&gt;setspace&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The question is, which dimension is doubled? Is it &lt;code&gt;\baselineskip&lt;/code&gt;, or the skip between bottom and top of the two lines (somethin like &lt;code&gt;\lineskip&lt;/code&gt;), or some dimension else?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I read the article about &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Leading&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;leading&lt;/a&gt; in Wikipedia. It seems that the original meaning of &lt;code&gt;leading&lt;/code&gt; is &lt;code&gt;\lineskip&lt;/code&gt;. In Bringhurst's book (&lt;em&gt;The Elements Of Typographic Style&lt;/em&gt;), &lt;code&gt;\baselineskip&lt;/code&gt; is called a basic leading, total leading, while &lt;code&gt;\lineskip&lt;/code&gt; is the added leading, but they are never doubled.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In LaTeX, the basic total leading is the second argument of &lt;code&gt;\fontsize&lt;/code&gt;, which is set to &lt;code&gt;\baselineskip&lt;/code&gt;. For example, normal font size is 10pt with 12pt of &lt;code&gt;\baselineskip&lt;/code&gt;. So, does double spacing mean &lt;code&gt;\linespread{2}&lt;/code&gt;? Or it implies a 10pt + 2x(12pt-2pt) = 14pt of TeX's &lt;code&gt;\baselineskip&lt;/code&gt;, say, &lt;code&gt;\linespread{1.16667}&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Microsoft Word tells me it should be the former. 'Double' line spacing means &lt;code&gt;\linespread{2}&lt;/code&gt; in LaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/HkIV3.png&quot; alt=&quot;single spacing VS double spacing in MS Word&quot;&gt; (In word, font size 10pt, single spacing gets 12pt baseline skip; doulbe spacing gets 24pt)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;setspace.sty&lt;/code&gt; tells me both are wrong. &lt;code&gt;\doublespacing&lt;/code&gt; is defined as &lt;code&gt;\setstretch{1.667}&lt;/code&gt;. (The value is slightly changed to fit different &lt;code&gt;\baselinespace&lt;/code&gt;)&#xA;That is to say, 'double spacing' means the baseline skip is double length of &lt;em&gt;font size&lt;/em&gt;. (1.667x12pt = 20pt = 2x10pt.) Why?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/sAqVr.png&quot; alt=&quot;single spacing VS double spacing with setspace&quot;&gt;(Using &lt;code&gt;setspace&lt;/code&gt;, font size 10pt, &lt;code&gt;\singlespacing&lt;/code&gt; gets 12pt baseline skip; &lt;code&gt;\doublespacing&lt;/code&gt; gets 20pt)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The more I read, the more confused I get. Can anyone help me to clearfy the concept?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="3735" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-18T11:01:56.617" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T16:59:21.090" Title="What does 'double spacing' mean?" Tags="&lt;line-spacing&gt;&lt;typography&gt;&lt;setspace&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="13743" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13726" CreationDate="2011-03-17T16:57:40.937" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If all you want to do is have &lt;code&gt;\emph&lt;/code&gt; embolden its text, you could do:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\emph\textbf&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Each macro is overlay-specification aware and has the same “signature.”  So just alias one for the other.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T16:57:40.937" />
  <row Id="13744" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-17T17:21:23.620" Score="6" ViewCount="125" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to know if there is a way to separate table / content for table style (think CSS).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Like to have only data specification &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}&#xA;H1 &amp;amp; H2 &amp;amp; H3 &amp;amp; h4 \\&#xA;V1 &amp;amp; V2 &amp;amp; V3 &amp;amp; V4 \\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And then have the style somewhere to have the heading bold, the line filled, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4296" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-17T18:11:25.570" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T17:40:01.937" Title="How to separate table content and table style" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;color&gt;&lt;style&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13745" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13739" CreationDate="2011-03-17T17:24:18.780" Score="14" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Indeed, there doesn't seem to be a Windows symbol neither in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/comprehensive&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;comprehensive LaTeX symbol list&lt;/a&gt; nor in Unicode. This symbol is in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wingdings&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;WingDings&lt;/a&gt; font, but it is not available everywhere. Hence it appears one must use an external logo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The German Wikipedia has a nice outline, monochrome &lt;a href=&quot;http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Datei%3aWindows_3_logo_simplified.svg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Windows logo&lt;/a&gt;. It can be converted to an &lt;code&gt;.eps&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;.pdf&lt;/code&gt; and then included in the document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{keystroke}&#xA;&#xA;% Lower the picture a little to match the text baseline&#xA;\newcommand{\WindowsLogo}{\raisebox{-0.1em}{%&#xA;  \includegraphics[height=0.8em]{Windows_3_logo_simplified}}}&#xA;\newcommand{\WinKey}{\keystroke{\WindowsLogo}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Press \WinKey+\keystroke{E} to open Windows Explorer.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/I5lG6.png&quot; alt=&quot;Result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3104" LastEditorUserId="3104" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-17T17:33:01.703" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T17:33:01.703" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13746" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13739" CreationDate="2011-03-17T17:45:36.070" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using XeLaTeX, you can make use of the free TrueType font &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dafont.com/illustrate-it.font&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Illustrate IT&lt;/a&gt;, which offers a large collection of product symbols:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\newcommand{\winlogoblack}{{\fontspec{illustrate-it.ttf}c}}&#xA;\newcommand{\winlogowhite}{{\fontspec{illustrate-it.ttf}d}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;    Filled logo: \winlogoblack. Empty logo: \winlogowhite.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Jwv2k.png&quot; alt=&quot;Output result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3323" LastEditorUserId="3323" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-17T17:53:16.343" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T17:53:16.343" />
  <row Id="13747" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13719" CreationDate="2011-03-17T18:13:21.313" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You might want to take a look at the &lt;code&gt;decorations.markings&lt;/code&gt; library. It allows you to execute arbitrary code at specified distances along a path:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{decorations.markings}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[&#xA;  decoration={&#xA;    markings,&#xA;    mark=between positions 0.25 and 0.75 step 0.125 with {\node [yshift=0.3cm] {$y_\pgfkeysvalueof{/pgf/decoration/mark info/sequence number}$};},&#xA;    mark=between positions 0.125 and 0.875 step 0.125 with {\fill (0pt,0pt) circle (2pt);},&#xA;  }&#xA;]&#xA;\path [postaction={decorate}] (0,0) .. controls (2,-1) .. (4,1) [in=40];&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/RGjJv.png&quot; alt=&quot;path decorated with markings&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T18:13:21.313" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13748" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13744" CreationDate="2011-03-17T18:27:58.857" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can separate content and format in (La)TeX by defining your own logical format macros which are then (re)defined to the physical format macros required for each particular table.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example the following table is used coded once but can be used with different styles. Normally the table might be in a user document or in a &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; file on its own and the styles could be placed in &lt;code&gt;.sty&lt;/code&gt; files.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\usepackage{booktabs}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\DEMOTABLE{%&#xA;\begin{tabular}{1234} \beforeheading&#xA;\heading{H1}&amp;amp;\heading{H2}&amp;amp;\heading{H3}&amp;amp;\heading{h4}\\\afterheading&#xA;V1 &amp;amp; V2 &amp;amp; V3 &amp;amp; V4 \\\normalline&#xA;V1 &amp;amp; V2 &amp;amp; V3 &amp;amp; V4 \\\normalline&#xA;V1 &amp;amp; V2 &amp;amp; V3 &amp;amp; V4 \\\lastline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;% Default&#xA;\newcolumntype{1}{l}&#xA;\newcolumntype{2}{l}&#xA;\newcolumntype{3}{l}&#xA;\newcolumntype{4}{l}&#xA;\newcommand*\heading{}&#xA;\newcommand*\beforeheading{}&#xA;\newcommand*\afterheading{}&#xA;\newcommand*\normalline{}&#xA;\newcommand*\lastline{}&#xA;&#xA;\par\bigskip\noindent&#xA;Default:\\[\smallskipamount]&#xA;\DEMOTABLE&#xA;&#xA;% All rules&#xA;\newcolumntype{1}{|l}&#xA;\newcolumntype{2}{|l}&#xA;\newcolumntype{3}{|l}&#xA;\newcolumntype{4}{|l|}&#xA;\renewcommand*\heading{\bfseries}&#xA;\renewcommand*\beforeheading{\hline}&#xA;\renewcommand*\afterheading{\hline}&#xA;\renewcommand*\normalline{\hline}&#xA;\renewcommand*\lastline{\hline}&#xA;&#xA;\par\bigskip\noindent&#xA;Rules:\\[\smallskipamount]&#xA;\DEMOTABLE&#xA;&#xA;% Nice looking rules, centered cells&#xA;\newcolumntype{1}{c}&#xA;\newcolumntype{2}{c}&#xA;\newcolumntype{3}{c}&#xA;\newcolumntype{4}{c}&#xA;\renewcommand*\heading[1]{\bfseries\MakeUppercase{#1}}&#xA;\renewcommand*\beforeheading{\toprule}&#xA;\renewcommand*\afterheading{\midrule}&#xA;\renewcommand*\normalline{}&#xA;\renewcommand*\lastline{\bottomrule}&#xA;&#xA;\par\bigskip\noindent&#xA;Nice:\\[\smallskipamount]&#xA;\DEMOTABLE&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Result:&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/tfywh.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T18:27:58.857" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="13749" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-17T19:06:59.247" Score="2" ViewCount="68" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using TexShop and because there is nothing like a navigation (or at least I don't know how to create it) and my document comprises about 200-300 pages, I try to build my own navigation in the footer of my PDF-file by using the package &lt;code&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/code&gt; and the &lt;code&gt;\nameref&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem is that my headlines are very long. I used the short title to cut them down, but now my ToC is cut down as well. I wonder if there is a possibility to use the short title just for &lt;code&gt;\nameref&lt;/code&gt; while putting the full title in the ToC.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If someone knows a solution it would be really great. Thanks in advance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hi again,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;as you ask for the minimal code. Here it is (I hope it is minimal, am relatively new to this things):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[colorlinks,cross-references,bookmarks=true]{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr} &#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;\lfoot{\nameref{S:A}, \nameref{S:B}, \nameref{S:C}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\newpage&#xA;&#xA;\section[Intro]{Vorbemerkung}\label{S:A}&#xA;\newpage&#xA;&#xA;\section[Paul]{Paul ist ein Mann von Format}\label{S:B}&#xA;\newpage&#xA;&#xA;\section[Klaus]{Klaus}\label{S:C}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;@Caramdir: My TexShop displays the document in his own pdf which enables me to switch from this pdf to the tex file and back by clicking &quot;apple + mouse&quot; and is one of my navigation tools which works as follows: I go to the toc of my pdf, by hyperlink I get to the section I want and there I click &quot;apple + mouse&quot; in the document to get exactly to the same point in the tex document. Many steps I know, but I see no other way. By placing hypertext in the header I can improve this process because I can easily jump back close to the toc (exactly to the first chapter).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &quot;apple + mouse&quot;-option doesn't work when I open the document with other programs and thats why your suggestion doesn't help in this case.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4299" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-17T20:17:10.017" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T01:05:40.647" Title="Short title that is not displayed in the ToC {hyperref}" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="13750" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13721" CreationDate="2011-03-17T19:23:43.717" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A partial answer: The file &lt;code&gt;/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf/web2c/texmf.cnf&lt;/code&gt; (on my system) contains the lines&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% This definition isn't used from this .cnf file itself (that would be&#xA;% paradoxical), but the compile-time default in paths.h is built from it.&#xA;% The SELFAUTO* variables are set automatically from the location of&#xA;% argv[0], in kpse_set_program_name.&#xA;% &#xA;% This main texmf.cnf file is installed, for a release YYYY, in a&#xA;% directory such as /usr/local/texlive/YYYY/texmf/web2c/texmf.cnf.&#xA;% Since this file is subject to future updates, the TeX Live installer&#xA;% or human administrator may also create a file&#xA;% /usr/local/texlive/YYYY/texmf.cnf; any settings in this latter file&#xA;% will take precedence over the distributed one under texmf/web2c.&#xA;% &#xA;% For security reasons, it is better not to include . in this path.&#xA;%&#xA;TEXMFCNF = {$SELFAUTOLOC,$SELFAUTODIR,$SELFAUTOPARENT}{,{/share/texmf{-local,}/web2c}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That first paragraph confirms that, yes, &lt;code&gt;kpsewhich&lt;/code&gt; uses its own location to find everything.  (I also tested your suggestion of copying &lt;code&gt;kpsewhich&lt;/code&gt; to a new place and seeing that it couldn't find anything.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt; Further info: I tried setting $TEXMFCNF (it hadn't been set on my system).  With $TEXMFCNF set to a list of directories, kpsewhich would look &lt;em&gt;only&lt;/em&gt; in those directories for texmf.cnf.  You can see this by setting $TEXMFCNF to a list of directories none of which contain texmf.cnf; if you then run &lt;code&gt;kpsewhich texmf.cnf&lt;/code&gt;, it complains that it couldn't find texmf.cnf in any of those directories.  Thus, if you set $TEXMFCNF, you need to be sure it includes all of the directories that contain a texmf.cnf that you want kpsewhich to search.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2754" LastEditorUserId="2754" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-17T21:07:49.477" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T21:07:49.477" />
  <row Id="13751" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13749" CreationDate="2011-03-17T20:19:20.147" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you want to keep the contents of the mandatory argument of the sectional units in the ToC while using the contents of the optional argument in the headers/footers, you need to redefine the commands &lt;code&gt;\@part&lt;/code&gt; (which controls the information for parts), &lt;code&gt;\@chapter&lt;/code&gt; (which controls the information for chapters) and  &lt;code&gt;\@sect&lt;/code&gt; (which controls the information for the other sectional units). Here's an example code of the redefinition (the lines between &lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\makeatother&lt;/code&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\usepackage[colorlinks,bookmarks=true]{hyperref}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr} &#xA;\pagestyle{fancy} &#xA;\lfoot{\nameref{S:A}, \nameref{S:B}, \nameref{S:C}}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\@part[#1]#2{%&#xA;    \ifnum \c@secnumdepth &amp;gt;-2\relax&#xA;      \refstepcounter{part}%&#xA;      \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{\thepart\hspace{1em}#2}%&#xA;    \else&#xA;      \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{#2}%&#xA;    \fi&#xA;    \markboth{}{}%&#xA;    {\centering&#xA;     \interlinepenalty \@M&#xA;     \normalfont&#xA;     \ifnum \c@secnumdepth &amp;gt;-2\relax&#xA;       \huge\bfseries \partname~\thepart&#xA;       \par&#xA;       \vskip 20\p@&#xA;     \fi&#xA;     \Huge \bfseries #2\par}%&#xA;    \@endpart}&#xA;\def\@chapter[#1]#2{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth &amp;gt;\m@ne&#xA;                       \if@mainmatter&#xA;                         \refstepcounter{chapter}%&#xA;                         \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}%&#xA;                         \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}%&#xA;                                   {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}#2}%&#xA;                       \else&#xA;                         \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#2}%&#xA;                       \fi&#xA;                    \else&#xA;                      \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#2}%&#xA;                    \fi&#xA;                    \chaptermark{#1}%&#xA;                    \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}%&#xA;                    \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}%&#xA;                    \if@twocolumn&#xA;                      \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{#2}]%&#xA;                    \else&#xA;                      \@makechapterhead{#2}%&#xA;                      \@afterheading&#xA;                    \fi}&#xA;\def\@sect#1#2#3#4#5#6[#7]#8{%&#xA;  \ifnum #2&amp;gt;\c@secnumdepth&#xA;    \let\@svsec\@empty&#xA;  \else&#xA;    \refstepcounter{#1}%&#xA;    \protected@edef\@svsec{\@seccntformat{#1}\relax}%&#xA;  \fi&#xA;  \@tempskipa #5\relax&#xA;  \ifdim \@tempskipa&amp;gt;\z@&#xA;    \begingroup&#xA;      #6{%&#xA;        \@hangfrom{\hskip #3\relax\@svsec}%&#xA;          \interlinepenalty \@M #8\@@par}%&#xA;    \endgroup&#xA;    \csname #1mark\endcsname{#7}%&#xA;    \addcontentsline{toc}{#1}{%&#xA;      \ifnum #2&amp;gt;\c@secnumdepth \else&#xA;        \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}%&#xA;      \fi&#xA;      #8}%&#xA;  \else&#xA;    \def\@svsechd{%&#xA;      #6{\hskip #3\relax&#xA;      \@svsec #8}%&#xA;      \csname #1mark\endcsname{#7}%&#xA;      \addcontentsline{toc}{#1}{%&#xA;        \ifnum #2&amp;gt;\c@secnumdepth \else&#xA;          \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}%&#xA;        \fi&#xA;        #8}}%&#xA;  \fi&#xA;  \@xsect{#5}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\part[Short part title]{A part title not so short}&#xA;\chapter[Short title]{A really really really really really really really long title}&#xA;\section[Intro]{Vorbemerkung}\label{S:A} \newpage&#xA;&#xA;\section[Paul]{Paul ist ein Mann von Format}\label{S:B} \newpage&#xA;&#xA;\section[Klaus]{Klaus}\label{S:C}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastEditorUserId="3954" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-18T01:05:40.647" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T01:05:40.647" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13752" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-17T20:19:41.183" Score="2" ViewCount="147" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to replace entries in a csv list, where the list parser can be &lt;strong&gt;arbitrary&lt;/strong&gt; (eg: &lt;code&gt;,;:|&lt;/code&gt;). An example follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\x{r;s;t;x;y;z}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this list I want to efficiently replace &lt;code&gt;r,t,x&lt;/code&gt; by &lt;code&gt;a,b,c&lt;/code&gt; via, say,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\replaceentries\x{r;s;t}{a;b;c}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I may also end up with unbalanced pairs, like in&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\replaceentries\x{r;s;t}{a;b;c;d;e}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and I don't want &lt;code&gt;TeX&lt;/code&gt; to complain.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please has anyone solved this problem before, or perhaps found a solution in a package? Otherwise, I think I can give it a try, but why reinvent the wheel? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="994" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-17T20:31:41.963" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T21:31:32.643" Title="Replacing entries in a csv list" Tags="&lt;lists&gt;&lt;strings&gt;" AnswerCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13753" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13752" CreationDate="2011-03-17T20:29:41.203" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The xstring package provides such features :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{xstring}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\def\x{r;s;t;x;y;z}&#xA;\StrSubstitute\x{r;s;t}{a;b;c}[\x]&#xA;\meaning\x&#xA;&#xA;\def\x{r;s;t;x;y;z}&#xA;\StrSubstitute\x{r;s;t}{a;b;c;d;e;f;g}[\x]&#xA;\meaning\x&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[edit]: sorry, Ahmed, I misunderstood what you exactly wanted!&#xA;I hope this code is better:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{xstring}&#xA;\newcommand\replaceentries[4][;]{%&#xA;    \def\listremaining{#3#1}\def\substremaining{#4#1}%&#xA;    \saveexpandmode\expandarg&#xA;    \loop&#xA;    \unless\ifx\empty\listremaining&#xA;        \StrBefore\listremaining{\noexpand#1}[\currentitem]%&#xA;        \StrBehind\listremaining{\noexpand#1}[\listremaining]%&#xA;        \StrBefore\substremaining{\noexpand#1}[\currentsubst]%&#xA;        \StrBehind\substremaining{\noexpand#1}[\substremaining]%&#xA;        \StrSubstitute#2\currentitem\currentsubst[#2]%&#xA;    \repeat&#xA;    \restoreexpandmode}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\def\x{r;s;t;x;y;z}&#xA;\replaceentries\x{x;y;z}{a;b;c}&#xA;\meaning\x&#xA;&#xA;\def\x{r!s!t!x!y!z}&#xA;\replaceentries[!]\x{t!x!z}{A!B!C!D!E}&#xA;\meaning\x&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4164" LastEditorUserId="4164" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-17T21:14:55.203" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T21:14:55.203" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="13754" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13759" CreationDate="2011-03-17T20:50:58.467" Score="5" ViewCount="113" Body="&lt;p&gt;The documents that I type include lots of references to complex numbers and their complex conjugates, such as &lt;code&gt;$j, \overline{j}$&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would find it lots easier to be able to type something as &lt;code&gt;\*j&lt;/code&gt; to denote &lt;code&gt;\overline{j}&lt;/code&gt;. Then &lt;code&gt;\*&lt;/code&gt; would work very much like an accent, applying only to the next symbol if no curly braces are present.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, using &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\*}[1]{\overline{#1}}&lt;/code&gt; doesn't yield satisfactory results at all: &lt;code&gt;(x^\*j)&lt;/code&gt; yields &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/8JWJD.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ideas?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1551" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-18T21:07:33.060" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T21:07:33.060" Title="Defining new accents in LaTeX" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;accents&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="13" />
  <row Id="13755" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8345" CreationDate="2011-03-17T21:24:21.587" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use either of the environments &lt;code&gt;filecontents&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;filecontents*&lt;/code&gt;.  Each of those takes one required argument, the name of the file to be created, and then then it creates that file with the contents of the environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The unstarred version adds a few lines of comments at the beginning of the file describing how the file was created, the starred version doesn't add anything to the contents of the environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You use these environments &lt;em&gt;before&lt;/em&gt; the &lt;code&gt;\documentclass&lt;/code&gt; command.  That is, you'd beging your latex file with, e.g.,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{filecontents*}{myotherstuff.aux}&#xA;\newlabel{\whatever}...&#xA;...&#xA;\end{filecontents*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and your &lt;code&gt;\documentclass&lt;/code&gt; command comes after that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2754" LastEditorUserId="2754" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-19T18:08:27.673" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T18:08:27.673" />
  <row Id="13756" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13761" CreationDate="2011-03-17T22:02:32.147" Score="5" ViewCount="79" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to define a quote environment such that after the quote on the right occurs the author with page number. My solution is yet the redefinition of the quote environment&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{amsthm} % pushQED, popQED&#xA;\newenvironment{aquote}[1]{%&#xA;  \pushQED{#1}%&#xA;  \begin{quote}&#xA;}{%&#xA;  \par\nointerlineskip\noindent\hfill(\popQED)%&#xA;  \end{quote}%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;with the following result:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ZcSNl.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The drawback is the &lt;code&gt;parskip&lt;/code&gt; in front of the author, which wastes some space in the first quote, but is right in the second one. If I change my command to:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{aquote}[1]{%&#xA;  \pushQED{#1}%&#xA;  \begin{quote}&#xA;}{%&#xA;  \noindent\hfill(\popQED)%&#xA;  \end{quote}%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I get the following result:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/m0LFr.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now the placement of the author's name in the first quote is perfect, but in the second quote I want a &lt;code&gt;parskip&lt;/code&gt; in front, like in my first example. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I find out, whether the line has enough space to put the author without a &lt;code&gt;parskip&lt;/code&gt; behind or if there is not enough space to introduce a &lt;code&gt;parskip&lt;/code&gt; to put the author on the next line?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4300" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-17T22:37:01.463" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T23:01:35.230" Title="Quote environment with reference at the end right" Tags="&lt;environments&gt;&lt;line-breaking&gt;&lt;quoting&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13757" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13732" CreationDate="2011-03-17T22:13:13.383" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Not really an answer to your main question, but as for your PS: getting a baseline grid on the page can be accomplished as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage{color}&#xA;\usepackage{calc}&#xA;\usepackage{eso-pic}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\definecolor{grid}{gray}{0.8}&#xA;\newlength{\topline}&#xA;\setlength{\topline}{\paperheight}&#xA;\addtolength{\topline}{-1in}&#xA;\addtolength{\topline}{-\voffset-\topmargin-\headheight-\headsep-\topskip}&#xA;\newcounter{nlines}&#xA;\setcounter{nlines}{\textheight / \baselineskip}&#xA;\AtBeginDocument{&#xA;\AddToShipoutPicture{%&#xA;    \color{grid}&#xA;    \multiput(0,\strip@pt\topline)%&#xA;    (0,-\strip@pt\baselineskip){\value{nlines}}%&#xA;        {\line(1,0){\strip@pt\paperwidth}}%&#xA;}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum[1-4]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4086" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T22:13:13.383" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="13758" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13752" CreationDate="2011-03-17T22:31:44.930" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;unbonpetit's answer appears short and beautiful (many thanks for your effort!), but that is because &lt;code&gt;xstring&lt;/code&gt; is in the background. In the meantime, I obtained a solution based on the API of the &lt;code&gt;catoptions&lt;/code&gt; package. It first normalizes the lists. Sorry about the possibly unfamiliar commands.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\robust@def*\replaceoneelement{\cpt@testopt\@replaceoneelement{,}}&#xA;\robust@def\@replaceoneelement[#1]#2#3#4{%&#xA;  \if@checklp\cpt@checklistparser{#1}\relax\fi&#xA;  \begingroup&#xA;  \def\@tempa##1{%&#xA;    \def\@replace####1#1##1#1####2\cpt@nil{\def#2{####1#1#4#1####2}}%&#xA;    \edef\@tempa{%&#xA;      {\detokenize{#1##1#1}}{\detokenize{#1}\cptoxdetok{#2}\detokenize{#1}}}%&#xA;    \expandafter\xifinsetFT\@tempa{}{%&#xA;      \expandafter\@replace\expandafter#1#2#1\cpt@nil&#xA;      \trimoneparser{#1}{#2}%&#xA;    }%&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \if@twincall&#xA;    \edef\@tempb{\unexpanded{#3}}%&#xA;  \else&#xA;    \@csvnormalize#1#2%&#xA;    \edef\@tempb{\xp@despace{#3}}%&#xA;  \fi&#xA;  \expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\@tempb}%&#xA;  \exitgroupdef#2%&#xA;}&#xA;\robust@def*\replaceelements{\cpt@testopt\@replaceelements{,}}&#xA;\robust@def\@replaceelements[#1]#2#3#4{%&#xA;  \begingroup&#xA;  \cpt@csvnormalize#1#2%&#xA;  \edef\@tempa{\unexpanded{#3}}%&#xA;  \cpt@csvnormalize#1\@tempa&#xA;  \edef\@tempb{\unexpanded{#4}}%&#xA;  \cpt@csvnormalize#1\@tempb&#xA;  \def\@tempc##1#1##2\cpt@unique##3#1##4\cpt@unique{%&#xA;    \@replaceoneelement[#1]#2{##1}{##3}%&#xA;    \ifblankTF{##2}{}{\ifblankTF{##4}{}{\@tempc##2\cpt@unique##4\cpt@unique}}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \@checklpfalse\@twincalltrue&#xA;  \cptexpandsecond\@tempc{%&#xA;    \expandcsonce\@tempa#1\cpt@unique\expandcsonce\@tempb#1\cpt@unique&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \exitgroupdef#2%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="994" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-18T08:32:30.340" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T08:32:30.340" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13759" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13754" CreationDate="2011-03-17T22:45:22.980" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the specific application that you mention, you can simply double the braces in the definition of &lt;code&gt;\*&lt;/code&gt;. Namely,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\renewcommand{\*}[1]{{\overline{#1}}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\[&#xA;(x^\*j)&#xA;\]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The default behaviour of &lt;code&gt;^&lt;/code&gt; is that it expands what follows until it cannot anymore. Once that happens, &lt;code&gt;^&lt;/code&gt; will grab whatever is the next &quot;token&quot;, and put it as an exponent. With your definition of &lt;code&gt;\*&lt;/code&gt;, the expansion transforms &lt;code&gt;(x^\*j)&lt;/code&gt; into &lt;code&gt;(x^\overline{j})&lt;/code&gt;. Then TeX cannot expand &lt;code&gt;\overline&lt;/code&gt; more, so it puts &lt;code&gt;\overline&lt;/code&gt; as the exponent of &lt;code&gt;x&lt;/code&gt;. But that's not going to work, because &lt;code&gt;\overline&lt;/code&gt; takes an argument. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With the extra set of braces, the same expression expands to &lt;code&gt;(x^{\overline{j}})&lt;/code&gt;, and the whole expression is in braces. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would advise against that solution though, and instead type &lt;code&gt;$(x^{\*j})$&lt;/code&gt;, keeping your previous definition. You should not rely on the fact that &lt;code&gt;^&lt;/code&gt; expands its argument before grabbing it: some packages change that behaviour.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-18T08:06:10.503" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T08:06:10.503" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13760" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13765" CreationDate="2011-03-17T22:52:27.450" Score="5" ViewCount="44" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to use &lt;code&gt;autoref&lt;/code&gt; from the &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; package to create a reference to a floating listing as provided by minted. This code&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{book}&#xA;\usepackage{minted}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\chapter{My chapter}&#xA;Take a look at the code in \autoref{lst:mylisting}.&#xA;\begin{listing}[htb]&#xA;  \begin{minted}{erlang}&#xA;    foo&#xA;    bar&#xA;  \end{minted}&#xA;  \caption{My listing}&#xA;  \label{lst:mylisting}&#xA;\end{listing}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;should produce something like &lt;code&gt;Listing 1.1&lt;/code&gt; with a link around it.&#xA;I don't want to use &lt;code&gt;Listing~\ref{lst:mylisting}&lt;/code&gt;, because it wouldn't be consistent with all the other links produced by &lt;code&gt;autoref&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any ideas?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="577" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T23:07:03.187" Title="Use autoref with minted and its listing environment" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;minted&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="13761" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13756" CreationDate="2011-03-17T22:57:09.617" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There's a nice &lt;code&gt;\signed&lt;/code&gt; macro that serves this purpose on page 106 of the TeXbook; here's a little variation used to build the &lt;code&gt;aquote&lt;/code&gt; environment which behaves as expected;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;&#xA;\def\signed #1{{\leavevmode\unskip\nobreak\hfil\penalty50\hskip2em&#xA;  \hbox{}\nobreak\hfil(#1)%&#xA;  \parfillskip=0pt \finalhyphendemerits=0 \endgraf}}&#xA;&#xA;\newsavebox\mybox&#xA;\newenvironment{aquote}[1]&#xA;  {\savebox\mybox{#1}\begin{quote}}&#xA;  {\signed{\usebox\mybox}\end{quote}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{aquote}{Bourbaki}&#xA;This is a case where the name fits in nicely with the quote so the name will appear in the same line.&#xA;\end{aquote}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{aquote}{Nicolas Bourbaki}&#xA;This is a case where the name won't fit in nicely with the quote, and in this case the name will be moved to the next line.&#xA;\end{aquote}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's the result:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/D34Th.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T22:57:09.617" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13763" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-17T23:02:08.147" Score="4" ViewCount="95" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to insert a stripey ball in TikZ, i.e. a filled-in circle that looks like this one. Would you know a clever solution for doing that? Thanks in advance for any help!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/guz2T.png&quot; alt=&quot;stripy ball&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="11" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-18T01:18:21.087" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T04:56:24.610" Title="Stripey balls in tikz" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13765" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13760" CreationDate="2011-03-17T23:07:03.187" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The trick is to define a macro called &lt;code&gt;\listingname&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\listingautorefname&lt;/code&gt; which stores the name &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; should use for the reference. In your case, adding the line&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\providecommand*{\listingautorefname}{Listing}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;produces correct references.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3323" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T23:07:03.187" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13766" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13768" CreationDate="2011-03-17T23:47:20.930" Score="1" ViewCount="42" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I want to draw a diagram explaining names of digit places ('hundreds'  'tens' 'ones'). I want blank lines with these labels underneath. I'm thinking qtree might be an idea (4 top branches being the blank lines with 1 branch coming off each for the labels). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am curious is anyone knows an easier way. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks a lot!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3961" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T00:05:55.190" Title="Create Diagram - 4 blank horizontal lines in a row - Labels underneath w/lines or arrows pointing" Tags="&lt;diagrams&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="13768" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13766" CreationDate="2011-03-18T00:05:55.190" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One option would be to use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/pgf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;PGF/TikZ&lt;/a&gt;; something along these lines:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{positioning}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\HuTeOn{%&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[node distance= 0.5cm and 1cm]&#xA;  \node (h) {\rule{1.5cm}{0.4pt}};&#xA;  \node[right= of h] (t) {\rule{1.5cm}{0.4pt}};&#xA;  \node[right= of t] (o) {\rule{1.5cm}{0.4pt}};&#xA;  \node[below = of h] (nh) {hundreds};&#xA;  \node[below = of t] (nt) {tens};&#xA;  \node[below = of o] (no) {ones};&#xA;  \foreach \i in {h,t,o}&#xA;    \draw[-&amp;gt;] (n\i) -- (\i);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\HuTeOn&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T00:05:55.190" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13769" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-18T01:20:25.190" Score="4" ViewCount="54" Body="&lt;p&gt;While reading one of Lev's &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/13666/microtype-and-quote-environment-leads-to-different-indent-of-first-line/13702#13702&quot;&gt;answers&lt;/a&gt;, I encountered a pdfTeX primitive &lt;code&gt;\quitvmode&lt;/code&gt; that I have never noticed before.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The pdfTeX manual states that this causes TeX to leave (internal) vertical mode and enter horizontal mode&amp;mdash;the mode in which TeX is building paragraphs. This is the purpose of the plain TeX and LaTeX macro &lt;code&gt;\leavevmode&lt;/code&gt;. The manual states that this does so without any bad interaction with &lt;code&gt;\everypar&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The only examples I can think of where this would be useful are horribly contrived. For example,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\everypar{\foo}&#xA;\def\foo#1{{\tt\string#1}}&#xA;\leavevmode foo&#xA;&#xA;\quitvmode bar&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;produces&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/8AgG6.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which is more or less what I'd expect, but this use of &lt;code&gt;\everypar&lt;/code&gt; is really silly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;What is an actual use where using &lt;code&gt;\quitvmode&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\leavevmode&lt;/code&gt; matters?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T02:56:09.780" Title="Use case for pdfTeX's \quitvmode" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;primitives&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13770" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-18T01:28:59.847" Score="8" ViewCount="118" Body="&lt;p&gt;I create Sunday Bulletins (aka service leaflets) for an Episcopal Church each week.  Currently, I use the MS Publisher (PITA)  I also do some web design using Ruby.  While a physics undergrad, I learned just enough LaTeX to be dangerous, and to fall in love with well set text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Bulletins are very regular, and I would like to use TeX along with some Ruby on Rails front end to produce the bulletin each week instead.  I have tried to set this up using my limited LaTeX knowledge, but it feels like I am working against the grain and the code is a mess.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;My Questions&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Given the following should I start with raw Tex, continue to use LaTeX or use some other macro package?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Where should I go to learn TeX as a programming language rather then just a mark-up tool so I can automate some of these items?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Bulletin Design Requirements&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The design of the bulleting is set, its design being part of the congregation's culture.  I have updated it a little for modern typography, but I need to follow the basic pattern (i.e. I cannot easily adapt to something else already out there).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Most of the document consists of a heading line that describes the part of the service (e.g. First Reading, Gospel Hymn, Closing Prayer) followed by a block of text or music.  The heading quite often has some detail on the right margin. (e.g. Mark 2:1-14, Hymnal 342)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The bulleting is printed directly form the computer on 8.5 X 14&quot; (legal) paper in a 2-up booklet format. It then gets folded in half, collated and stapled in the center. size can range from 1 to 7 sheets but is usually 3 or 4.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Some music is printed directly into the bulletin in the form of tiff images.  These images occasionally need to be split across multiple pages. (In publisher I insert the image twice and crop the bottom off one and the top off the other).  I already use Lilypad, and would like to use it more frequently if I could embed music notation directly in the text, but re-typesetting music is slow and error prone so some images will stay for the foreseeable future.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Each page has a 7/8&quot; gutter left of the main text that has short instructions in it (e.g &lt;em&gt;All stand&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Celebrant&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;All&lt;/em&gt;). This text is aligned either with a heading, or the start of a paragraph.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;A &lt;strong&gt;Lot&lt;/strong&gt; of the text is &quot;poetic,&quot; that is, line breaks and indentation are significant.  I have this text with tabs and and Line Feeds already, but it took me hours to reset it in LaTeX and there are 1000's of lines that have to be reset. This is what ended up making my last attempt fail.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I need a lot of control over where line breaks occur.  Unlike a book, this form can tolerate quite a bit of difference in the size of the bottom margin, but there are certain places where text simply cannot break.  If there is a chance to manually adjust page breaks all the better.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4302" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-20T00:16:58.877" LastActivityDate="2011-03-20T00:16:58.877" Title="what TeX package(s) should I use for a Church Bulletin" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;documentclass-writing&gt;&lt;document-configuration&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13771" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13779" CreationDate="2011-03-18T01:37:36.080" Score="6" ViewCount="56" Body="&lt;p&gt;pdfTeX version 1.40.0 introduced the primitive &lt;code&gt;\pdfprimitive&lt;/code&gt; which the manual describes as follows.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;This command executes the primitive meaning of the following control sequence, if it has been redeﬁned &#xA;  or made undeﬁned. If the following control sequence is undeﬁned and never was a primitive, nothing &#xA;  happens and no error is raised. If the control sequence was initially expandable, &lt;code&gt;\pdfprimitive&lt;/code&gt; expands &#xA;  either. Otherwise &lt;code&gt;\pdfprimitive&lt;/code&gt; doesn’t expand.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I think &amp;ldquo;either&amp;rdquo; should be &amp;ldquo;too.&amp;rdquo;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Is there a way to &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt; a control sequence to the primitive version?&lt;/strong&gt; Something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\input\relax&#xA;\pdfletprimitive\input\input&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The idea being that &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; could be restored to its original meaning (at least locally). Obviously&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\input\pdfprimitive\input&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is not going to work just as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\expandafter\let\expandafter\input\pdfprimitive\input&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is not going to work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T06:47:42.553" Title="\let a control sequence to a redefined primitive" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;primitives&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13772" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13744" CreationDate="2011-03-18T01:50:42.977" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is possible to insert automatically the macros that Martin uses in his solution, by using &lt;code&gt;\aftergroup&lt;/code&gt; recursively. Somewhat tricky. In the code below, I define &lt;code&gt;\newtabulartype&lt;/code&gt;, which allows you to define a tabular environment which treats specially the first row, and can have other rows treated specially. At the end of the day, a table can look as follows, with &lt;code&gt;\Nobel&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;\doubleNobel&lt;/code&gt; as semantic markup for physicist who won the prize. Changing &lt;code&gt;plaintabular&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;coloredtabular&lt;/code&gt; changes the style with no need to change the body of the table.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{plaintabular}&#xA;Surname        &amp;amp; First name       &amp;amp; Country &amp;amp; Dates            \\&#xA;Amp\`ere       &amp;amp; Andr\'e-Marie    &amp;amp; France  &amp;amp; 1775--1836       \\&#xA;\AA ngstr\&quot;om  &amp;amp; Anders Jonas     &amp;amp; Sweden  &amp;amp; 1814--1874       \\&#xA;Avogadro       &amp;amp; Amedeo           &amp;amp; Italy   &amp;amp; 1776--1856       \\&#xA;\doubleNobel Bardeen &amp;amp; John       &amp;amp; USA     &amp;amp; 1908--1991       \\&#xA;\Nobel Becquerel &amp;amp; Henri          &amp;amp; France  &amp;amp; 1852--1908       \\&#xA;Bell           &amp;amp; Alexander Graham &amp;amp; UK      &amp;amp; 1847--1922       \\&#xA;\Nobel Bethe   &amp;amp; Hans             &amp;amp; Germany, USA &amp;amp; 1906--2005  \\&#xA;Bhabha         &amp;amp; Homi J.          &amp;amp; India   &amp;amp; 1909--1966       \\&#xA;\end{plaintabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then you can define one environment for each kind of tabular that you want to have, and changing the definition of that environment in the preamble will change the tables in your whole document consistently.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here comes the code. Mostly the part with user commands is documented. The rest, not.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\usepackage{xparse}&#xA;\usepackage{booktabs}&#xA;\usepackage{colortbl}&#xA;&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOn&#xA;&#xA;% ===== Parsing the definition of a new table type.&#xA;% We find any &quot;\repeat&quot; and make sure that it is treated properly&#xA;% (not sure that it is...), then pass the result to&#xA;% \tabstyle_table_gset_aux:nnnnnn, which sets up the environment.&#xA;% &#xA;\cs_new:Npn \tabstyle_table_gset:nnnnnn #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6{&#xA;  \tl_if_in:nnTF {#3}{\repeat} {&#xA;    \tabstyle_table_gset_repeat:w #3 \q_stop &#xA;    {\tabstyle_table_gset_aux:nnnnnn {#1} {#2}} {#4} {#5}{#6}&#xA;  } {&#xA;    \tabstyle_table_gset_aux:nnnnnn {#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}&#xA;  }&#xA;}&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \tabstyle_table_gset_repeat:w #1 \repeat #2 \q_stop #3 {&#xA;  #3 {#1 #2 \repeat #2}}&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \tabstyle_table_gset_aux:nnnnnn #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6 {&#xA;  \renewenvironment{#1} #2 {&#xA;    \g_tabstyle_restore_tl &#xA;    #4&#xA;    \tabular{#3} #5&#xA;  }&#xA;  {\tex_crcr:D#6\endtabular}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% ===== Doing rows&#xA;% Essentially the trick is \def\foo{\aftergroup\foo \foo}&#xA;% which repeats \foo in each cell. However, that needs to be stopped,&#xA;% and stopping it is not so easy. We redefine \\ to do that,&#xA;% but then, \\ must restore its previous definition afterwards.&#xA;% Also, \\ should not be assigned to globally, and we thus have to &#xA;% painfully reassign it at every cell (inside the definition of \foo,&#xA;% thus).&#xA;\tl_new:N \g_tabstyle_restore_tl &#xA;\cs_new:Npn \tabstyle_row_style_new:Nnnn #1 #2 #3 #4 {&#xA;  \exp_args:Nno\newcommand{#1}{\cs:w tabstyle_row_the_\cs_to_str:N #1\cs_end:}&#xA;  \cs_new:cpn {tabstyle_row_before_ \cs_to_str:N #1}{#2}&#xA;  \cs_new:cpn {tabstyle_row_cell_ \cs_to_str:N #1}{#3}&#xA;  \cs_new:cpn {tabstyle_row_after_ \cs_to_str:N #1}{#4}&#xA;  \tl_gput_right:Nn \g_tabstyle_restore_tl {&#xA;    \cs_gset:cpn {tabstyle_row_the_\cs_to_str:N #1} {&#xA;      \tabstyle_row_first:N #1&#xA;    }&#xA;  }&#xA;}&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \tabstyle_row_first:N #1 {&#xA;  \use:c{tabstyle_row_before_\cs_to_str:N #1}&#xA;  \cs_gset:cpn {tabstyle_row_the_\cs_to_str:N #1} {\tabstyle_row_repeat:N #1}&#xA;  \use:c{tabstyle_row_the_\cs_to_str:N #1}&#xA;}&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \tabstyle_row_repeat:N #1 {&#xA;  \cs_set_eq:NN \tabstyle_old_newline: \\&#xA;  \cs_set:Npx \\{&#xA;    \exp_not:n {&#xA;      \cs_gset:cpn {tabstyle_row_the_\cs_to_str:N #1} {&#xA;        \tabstyle_row_restore:N #1}&#xA;      \cs_set_eq:NN \\ \tabstyle_old_newline:&#xA;      \\&#xA;    }&#xA;    \exp_not:c {tabstyle_row_after_\cs_to_str:N #1}&#xA;  }&#xA;  \exp_args:Nc \tex_aftergroup:D {tabstyle_row_the_\cs_to_str:N #1}&#xA;  \int_compare:nT{\etex_currentgrouptype:D = 14}{&#xA;    \use:c{tabstyle_row_cell_\cs_to_str:N #1}&#xA;  }&#xA;  \tex_ignorespaces:D&#xA;}&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \tabstyle_row_restore:N #1 {&#xA;  \cs_gset:cpn {tabstyle_row_the_\cs_to_str:N #1} {\tabstyle_row_first:N #1}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% ======== Document Commands&#xA;% \newtabulartype{mytabular}[3][FOO]{crl} [&amp;lt;assignments&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;first row&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;end&amp;gt;}&#xA;% defines an environment, &quot;mytabular&quot;, which takes three arguments:&#xA;% one optional, with default &quot;FOO&quot;, and two mandatory. The next thing&#xA;% is the preamble, &quot;crl&quot; here, then &amp;lt;assignments&amp;gt; are local definitions&#xA;% which can change how the tabular will appear (executed before the &#xA;% beginnnig of the tabular), then a row type for the first line of the&#xA;% tabular, and finally, what to put at the end of the tabular.&#xA;% &#xA;\NewDocumentCommand{\newtabulartype}{ m l m O{} m m } {&#xA;  \newenvironment{#1}{}{}&#xA;  \tabstyle_table_gset:nnnnnn {#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}&#xA;%&#xA;% A row style is defined by something to put before, something &#xA;% to put in each cell, and something to put at the end. And of course,&#xA;% the name, a single control sequence.&#xA;\NewDocumentCommand{\newrowstyle}{m m m m}{&#xA;  \tabstyle_row_style_new:Nnnn #1{#2}{#3}{#4}}&#xA;&#xA;% ======== Repeating columns&#xA;% These two lines allow repeated preambles, which I recommend when &#xA;% building a template for many tables (of varying sizes). Just&#xA;% put `\repeat` somewhere, and everything after that point will be&#xA;% repeated over and over again as much as is needed.&#xA;% &#xA;\newcolumntype{\repeat}{!{\span\tabstyle_repeat_from_here:}}&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \tabstyle_repeat_from_here: #1 &amp;amp; { #1 &amp;amp;&amp;amp; }&#xA;% End of the &quot;package&quot; code.&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOff&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% ==============================&#xA;% Defining the style of your tables goes as follows: define &#xA;% some row types, and then define an environment with a given&#xA;% setup. You can pass arguments to the tabular type, although I &#xA;% have not used it there.&#xA;&#xA;% === Example&#xA;% First define a few styles for rows, here:&#xA;% - \plaintitlerow, simply bold face, for the header&#xA;% - \scshaperow, to get smallcaps&#xA;% - \strongrow, to get boldface.&#xA;\newrowstyle{\plaintitlerow}{}{\bfseries}{}&#xA;\newrowstyle{\scshaperow}{}{\scshape}{}&#xA;\newrowstyle{\strongrow}{}{\upshape\bfseries}{}&#xA;% Then setup the environment &quot;plaintabular&quot;. No argument,&#xA;% the first column is in italics, and then we have the &#xA;% alignment rlrlrl, etc. Also, define that &quot;\Nobel&quot; should&#xA;% be smallcaps (style of row that we defined above), and&#xA;% &quot;\doubleNobel&quot; should be boldface. The title row is as &#xA;% defined above, in bold.&#xA;% &#xA;\newtabulartype{plaintabular}{&amp;gt;{\itshape}\repeat rl}&#xA;     [\let\Nobel\scshaperow \let\doubleNobel\strongrow]&#xA;     {\plaintitlerow}{}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% Second, a more fancy tabular. Define styles for rows,&#xA;% title with a \toprule and \midrule (see the booktabs package),&#xA;% and text typeset in \bfseries\large.&#xA;% &#xA;% Instead of using font changes, we can use colors, thanks to&#xA;% the colortbl package. In each cell of a line with &#xA;% \grayrow, place \cellcolor[gray]{0.8}. In each cell of &#xA;% a row with \bluerow, place the relevant color change.&#xA;% [Note that the colortbl package in fact provides a \rowcolor&#xA;% command, but this example is meant to showcase this code :D]&#xA;\newrowstyle{\nicetitlerow}{\toprule}{\bfseries\large}{\midrule}&#xA;\newrowstyle{\grayrow}{}{\cellcolor[gray]{0.8}}{}&#xA;\newrowstyle{\bluerow}{}{\cellcolor[rgb]{0.6,0.6,1}}{}&#xA;% &#xA;% Finally, we set up the tabular: first column in italics, centered,&#xA;% then repeatedly centered. We now define \Nobel to be in gray and&#xA;% \doubleNobel to be in blue, with the row types defined above.&#xA;% Also, the header will use the \nicetitlerow style, and we end the&#xA;% table with \bottomrule.&#xA;\newtabulartype{coloredtabular}{&amp;gt;{\itshape}c\repeat c}&#xA;     [\let\Nobel\grayrow   \let\doubleNobel\bluerow]&#xA;     {\nicetitlerow}{\bottomrule}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% Two tables with the same content, different environments.&#xA;% &#xA;\begin{table}\centering&#xA;\begin{plaintabular}&#xA;Surname        &amp;amp; First name       &amp;amp; Country &amp;amp; Dates            \\&#xA;Amp\`ere       &amp;amp; Andr\'e-Marie    &amp;amp; France  &amp;amp; 1775--1836       \\&#xA;\AA ngstr\&quot;om  &amp;amp; Anders Jonas     &amp;amp; Sweden  &amp;amp; 1814--1874       \\&#xA;Avogadro       &amp;amp; Amedeo           &amp;amp; Italy   &amp;amp; 1776--1856       \\&#xA;\doubleNobel Bardeen &amp;amp; John       &amp;amp; USA     &amp;amp; 1908--1991       \\&#xA;\Nobel Becquerel &amp;amp; Henri          &amp;amp; France  &amp;amp; 1852--1908       \\&#xA;Bell           &amp;amp; Alexander Graham &amp;amp; UK      &amp;amp; 1847--1922       \\&#xA;\Nobel Bethe   &amp;amp; Hans             &amp;amp; Germany, USA &amp;amp; 1906--2005  \\&#xA;Bhabha         &amp;amp; Homi J.          &amp;amp; India   &amp;amp; 1909--1966       \\&#xA;\end{plaintabular}&#xA;\caption{Well known physicists. Nobel laureates are indicated&#xA;  by small capitals. Bardeen received the prize twice. (These have been randomly chosen on the Wikipedia page \texttt{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List\_of\_physicists}.)}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{table}\centering&#xA;\begin{coloredtabular}&#xA;Surname        &amp;amp; First name       &amp;amp; Country &amp;amp; Dates            \\&#xA;Amp\`ere       &amp;amp; Andr\'e-Marie    &amp;amp; France  &amp;amp; 1775--1836       \\&#xA;\AA ngstr\&quot;om  &amp;amp; Anders Jonas     &amp;amp; Sweden  &amp;amp; 1814--1874       \\&#xA;Avogadro       &amp;amp; Amedeo           &amp;amp; Italy   &amp;amp; 1776--1856       \\&#xA;\doubleNobel Bardeen &amp;amp; John       &amp;amp; USA     &amp;amp; 1908--1991       \\&#xA;\Nobel Becquerel &amp;amp; Henri          &amp;amp; France  &amp;amp; 1852--1908       \\&#xA;Bell           &amp;amp; Alexander Graham &amp;amp; UK      &amp;amp; 1847--1922       \\&#xA;\Nobel Bethe   &amp;amp; Hans             &amp;amp; Germany, USA &amp;amp; 1906--2005  \\&#xA;Bhabha         &amp;amp; Homi J.          &amp;amp; India   &amp;amp; 1909--1966       \\&#xA;\end{coloredtabular}&#xA;\caption{Well known physicists. Colored rows correspond to Nobel laureates. (The choice of physicists is mostly arbitrary, among people cited in \texttt{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List\_of\_physicists}.)}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to grab the whole cell and apply some control sequence to it, rather than just changing font, you can use Martin Scharrer's &lt;code&gt;collcell&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastEditorUserId="2707" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-18T17:40:01.937" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T17:40:01.937" />
  <row Id="13773" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13770" CreationDate="2011-03-18T02:12:05.770" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Without seeing all of the actual specifications, it's hard to tell exactly how much of this is very difficult to do in LaTeX or very easy. However, I would think that most can be done without too much trouble.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would recommend looking into the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/memoir&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; document class. It has extensive capabilities for customising almost anything you would need in a document, and has very good facilities for setting verse. It also has extensive facilities for putting text into margins. The documentaion is also extremely complete and can serve as a guide to document formatting generally.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Either you can use the class directly or you can build your own custom class using memoir as a base. I would start by producing a mockup of the document formatting using the memoir class, and then work to turn that into a custom class file by adding semantic markup macros for the various kinds of logical parts of the documents.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can easily insert your TIFF images directly using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/graphicx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;graphicx&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package, although if you have a way to recreate the images in a scalable format such as PDF that would be better.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you know, LilyPad can integrate well with LaTeX, so as you move to turning more of your music into LilyPad the integration will become cleaner.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With respect to automation, you don't need to learn TeX to do automation: you can automate things with LaTeX just as easily.  There are also a number of packages for dealing with external data sources: &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/datatool&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;datatool&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; for importing spreadsheet type data, and &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/latexdb&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;latexdb&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; for interface with an SQL database.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On a related note, but not necessarily directly useful, is the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/cgi-bin/ctanPackageInformation.py?id=songs&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;songs&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package, which can produce songbooks.  This might give you some code to use for some aspects of the formatting.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Having said all of this, I would urge you also to think of how long &lt;em&gt;you&lt;/em&gt; are going to be around to keep this all going.  Once you leave, it's not going to be easy to get someone else to carry on with the fruits of all your labour.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-20T00:14:01.983" LastActivityDate="2011-03-20T00:14:01.983" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13775" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13769" CreationDate="2011-03-18T02:56:09.780" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Discussion &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ntg.nl/pipermail/ntg-pdftex/2006-February/thread.html#2043&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;. Take-home message seems to be &quot;it's not really necessary with etex, but etex wasn't universally available when this was introduced in July 2004&quot;. Seems spurious to me, since if extensions to tex were needed, why should a pdftex extension preferable to an etex one? Anyway, the conclusion was that the primitive was already in use, so it shouldn't be removed lest something breaks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T02:56:09.780" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13776" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13763" CreationDate="2011-03-18T04:56:24.610" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can declare a pattern and then apply it to the circle. This is quite easy to do, but you need to know the PGF commands for generating graphics. See section 78 ”Patterns” in the manual (v2.10).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{patterns}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\pgfdeclarepatternformonly{stripes}&#xA;{\pgfpointorigin}{\pgfpoint{1cm}{1cm}}&#xA;{\pgfpoint{1cm}{1cm}}&#xA;{&#xA;    \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfpoint{0cm}{0cm}}&#xA;    \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpoint{1cm}{1cm}}&#xA;    \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpoint{1cm}{0.5cm}}&#xA;    \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpoint{0.5cm}{0cm}}&#xA;    \pgfpathclose%&#xA;    \pgfusepath{fill}&#xA;    \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfpoint{0cm}{0.5cm}}&#xA;    \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpoint{0cm}{1cm}}&#xA;    \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpoint{0.5cm}{1cm}}&#xA;    \pgfpathclose%&#xA;    \pgfusepath{fill}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \filldraw[pattern=stripes, pattern color=black!60]&#xA;        (0,0) circle[radius=1cm];&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/W9wpE.png&quot; alt=&quot;result in Acrobat&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Every tile in the pattern looks like &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/eKyXr.png&quot; alt=&quot;tile&quot;&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The unfortunate disadvantage of patterns is that they are not always rendered correctly. For example, there might be small white stripes where the boxes of the patters border. The picture above was taken with Adobe Acrobat at 125% zoom level. Evince renders it the following way (it seems to rasterize the pattern, hence the fuzziness):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/O7ZvQ.png&quot; alt=&quot;result in Evince&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T04:56:24.610" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13777" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13492" CreationDate="2011-03-18T05:04:20.800" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using the minimal example of Alexander, I cannot reproduce this problem. With &lt;code&gt;\listfiles&lt;/code&gt; in my preamble, my log file is below.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Make sure you have fully updated all of your packages through &lt;code&gt;tlmgr&lt;/code&gt; (or ‘TeX Live Utility’ on a Mac) or the MiKTeX package manager.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;This is XeTeX, Version 3.1415926-2.2-0.9997.4 (TeX Live 2010)&#xA; \write18 enabled.&#xA;entering extended mode&#xA;(./small.tex&#xA;LaTeX2e &#xA;Babel  and hyphenation patterns for english, dumylang, nohyphenation, ge&#xA;rman-x-2009-06-19, ngerman-x-2009-06-19, afrikaans, ancientgreek, ibycus, arabi&#xA;c, armenian, basque, bulgarian, catalan, pinyin, coptic, croatian, czech, danis&#xA;h, dutch, ukenglish, usenglishmax, esperanto, estonian, ethiopic, farsi, finnis&#xA;h, french, galician, german, ngerman, swissgerman, monogreek, greek, hungarian,&#xA; icelandic, assamese, bengali, gujarati, hindi, kannada, malayalam, marathi, or&#xA;iya, panjabi, tamil, telugu, indonesian, interlingua, irish, italian, kurmanji,&#xA; lao, latin, latvian, lithuanian, mongolian, mongolianlmc, bokmal, nynorsk, pol&#xA;ish, portuguese, romanian, russian, sanskrit, serbian, slovak, slovenian, spani&#xA;sh, swedish, turkish, turkmen, ukrainian, uppersorbian, welsh, loaded.&#xA;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/article.cls&#xA;Document Class: article 2007/10/19 v1.4h Standard LaTeX document class&#xA;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/size10.clo))&#xA;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/xelatex/xunicode/xunicode.sty)&#xA;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/xltxtra/xltxtra.sty&#xA;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/oberdiek/ifluatex.sty)&#xA;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/ifxetex/ifxetex.sty)&#xA;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fontspec/fontspec.sty&#xA;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/expl3/expl3.sty&#xA;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/expl3/l3names.sty)&#xA;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/etex-pkg/etex.sty)&#xA;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/expl3/l3basics.sty)&#xA;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/expl3/l3expan.sty)&#xA;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/expl3/l3tl.sty)&#xA;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/expl3/l3int.sty)&#xA;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/expl3/l3quark.sty)&#xA;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/expl3/l3seq.sty)&#xA;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/expl3/l3toks.sty)&#xA;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/expl3/l3prg.sty)&#xA;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/expl3/l3clist.sty)&#xA;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/expl3/l3token.sty)&#xA;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/expl3/l3prop.sty)&#xA;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/expl3/l3msg.sty)&#xA;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/expl3/l3io.sty)&#xA;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/expl3/l3skip.sty)&#xA;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/expl3/l3box.sty)&#xA;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/expl3/l3keyval.sty)&#xA;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/expl3/l3keys.sty)&#xA;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/expl3/l3precom.sty)&#xA;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/expl3/l3xref.sty)&#xA;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/expl3/l3file.sty)&#xA;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/expl3/l3fp.sty)&#xA;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/expl3/l3luatex.sty)&#xA;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/expl3/l3font.sty)&#xA;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/calc.sty))&#xA;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/xpackages/xbase/xparse.sty)&#xA;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/kastrup/binhex.tex)&#xA;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/xkeyval/xkeyval.sty&#xA;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/xkeyval/xkeyval.tex&#xA;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/xkeyval/keyval.tex)))&#xA;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fontspec/fontspec-patches.sty&#xA;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fixltx2e.sty))&#xA;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fontenc.sty&#xA;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/euenc/eu1enc.def)&#xA;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/euenc/eu1lmr.fd))&#xA;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/fontspec/fontspec.cfg))&#xA;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/realscripts/realscripts.sty)&#xA;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/metalogo/metalogo.sty&#xA;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/graphicx.sty&#xA;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/graphics.sty&#xA;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/trig.sty)&#xA;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/latexconfig/graphics.cfg)&#xA;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/xelatex/xetex-def/xetex.def)))))&#xA;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/xelatex/xecyr/xecyr.sty)&#xA;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/babel/babel.sty&#xA;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/babel/russianb.ldf&#xA;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/babel/babel.def)&#xA;&#xA;Package babel Warning: No input encoding specified for Russian language on inpu&#xA;t line 136.&#xA;&#xA;) (/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/babel/english.ldf))&#xA;(./small.aux) [1] (./small.aux)&#xA;&#xA; *File List*&#xA; article.cls    2007/10/19 v1.4h Standard LaTeX document class&#xA;  size10.clo    2007/10/19 v1.4h Standard LaTeX file (size option)&#xA;xunicode.sty    2010/11/06 v0.96 provides access to latin accents and many othe&#xA;r characters in Unicode lower plane&#xA; xltxtra.sty    2010/09/20 v0.5e Improvements for the &quot;XeLaTeX&quot; format&#xA;ifluatex.sty    2010/03/01 v1.3 Provides the ifluatex switch (HO)&#xA; ifxetex.sty    2010/09/12 v0.6 Provides ifxetex conditional&#xA;fontspec.sty    2011/02/26 v2.1f Advanced font selection for XeLaTeX/LuaLaTeX&#xA;   expl3.sty    2011/02/17 v2156 L3 Experimental code bundle wrapper&#xA; l3names.sty    2011/01/08 v2122 L3 Experimental Naming Scheme for TeX Primitiv&#xA;es&#xA;    etex.sty    1998/03/26 v2.0 eTeX basic definition package (PEB)&#xA;l3basics.sty    2011/02/26 v2158 L3 Experimental basic definitions&#xA; l3expan.sty    2010/09/20 v2037 L3 Experimental Argument Expansion module&#xA;    l3tl.sty    2011/03/07 v2184 L3 Experimental Token Lists&#xA;   l3int.sty    2011/03/06 v2178 L3 Experimental Integer module&#xA; l3quark.sty    2011/03/03 v2172 L3 Experimental Quark Commands&#xA;   l3seq.sty    2010/03/29 v1879 L3 Experimental sequences and stacks&#xA;  l3toks.sty    2010/09/20 v2037 L3 Experimental Token Registers&#xA;   l3prg.sty    2011/03/06 v2178 L3 Experimental control structures&#xA; l3clist.sty    2011/03/06 v2178 L3 Experimental comma separated lists&#xA; l3token.sty    2011/02/16 v2151 L3 Experimental token investigation and manipu&#xA;lation&#xA;  l3prop.sty    2010/11/23 v2087 L3 Experimental Property Lists&#xA;   l3msg.sty    2010/10/02 v2052 L3 Experimental LaTeX Messages module&#xA;    l3io.sty    2010/10/03 v2063 L3 Experimental i/o module&#xA;  l3skip.sty    2011/02/15 v2149 L3 Experimental skip registers&#xA;   l3box.sty    2011/03/06 v2178 L3 Experimental Box module&#xA;l3keyval.sty    2010/04/11 v1890 L3 Experimental keyval processing&#xA;  l3keys.sty    2010/11/11 v2082 L3 Experimental key-value support&#xA;l3precom.sty    2010/02/09 v1793 L3 Experimental precompilation module&#xA;  l3xref.sty    2011/02/16 v2151 L3 Experimental cross referencing&#xA;  l3file.sty    2010/03/21 v1853 L3 Experimental file loading&#xA;    l3fp.sty    2011/03/06 v2178 L3 Experimental floating-point operations&#xA;l3luatex.sty    2010/07/18 v1985 L3 Experimental LuaTeX functions&#xA;  l3font.sty    2011/03/03 v2175 L3 Experimental Font Loading&#xA;    calc.sty    2007/08/22 v4.3 Infix arithmetic (KKT,FJ)&#xA;  xparse.sty    2011/01/23 v2136 Generic document command parser&#xA; xkeyval.sty    2008/08/13 v2.6a package option processing (HA)&#xA; xkeyval.tex    2008/08/13 v2.6a key=value parser (HA)&#xA;fontspec-patches.sty    2011/02/26 v2.1f Advanced font selection for XeLaTeX/Lu&#xA;aLaTeX&#xA;fixltx2e.sty    2006/09/13 v1.1m fixes to LaTeX&#xA; fontenc.sty&#xA;  eu1enc.def    2010/05/27 v0.1h Experimental Unicode font encodings&#xA;  eu1lmr.fd    2009/10/30 v1.6 Font defs for Latin Modern&#xA;fontspec.cfg&#xA;realscripts.sty    2010/09/30 v0.3 Access OpenType subscripts and superscripts&#xA;metalogo.sty    2010/05/29 v0.12 Extended TeX logo macros&#xA;graphicx.sty    1999/02/16 v1.0f Enhanced LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)&#xA;graphics.sty    2009/02/05 v1.0o Standard LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)&#xA;    trig.sty    1999/03/16 v1.09 sin cos tan (DPC)&#xA;graphics.cfg    2010/04/23 v1.9 graphics configuration of TeX Live&#xA;   xetex.def    2009/11/22 v0.94 LaTeX color/graphics driver for XeTeX (RRM/JK)&#xA;&#xA;   xecyr.sty    2008/03/08 v1.0 Definitions for Cyrillic Babel/XeLaTeX compatib&#xA;ility&#xA;   babel.sty    2008/07/06 v3.8l The Babel package&#xA;russianb.ldf    2008/03/21 v1.1r Russian support from the babel system&#xA; english.ldf    2005/03/30 v3.3o English support from the babel system&#xA; ***********&#xA;&#xA; )&#xA;Output written on small.pdf (1 page).&#xA;SyncTeX written on small.synctex.gz&#xA;Transcript written on small.log.&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T05:04:20.800" />
  <row Id="13778" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13625" CreationDate="2011-03-18T06:15:47.650" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Pro subcaption:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;subfig's hyperref support contains bugs (which is clearly a problem of subfig and not of hyperref) while the subcaption package (hopefully ;-)) works fine with hyperref.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The subcaption package offers enhanced hyperref support, &lt;code&gt;\subref*&lt;/code&gt; will behave like &lt;code&gt;\ref*&lt;/code&gt; (offered by the hyperref package), &lt;code&gt;\autoref&lt;/code&gt; will work out-of-the-box, and the caption options &lt;code&gt;hypcap=&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;hypcapspace=&lt;/code&gt; will work for sub-captions, too.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The subfig package breaks the starred version of \ContinuedFloat offered by the caption package while the subcaption package does not.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The subcaption package is more &quot;in touch&quot; with the caption package, supporting more common options like &lt;code&gt;list=on&lt;/code&gt; etc., and offering similar commands to &lt;code&gt;\caption&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\captionbox&lt;/code&gt;, and the &lt;code&gt;figure&lt;/code&gt; environment: &lt;code&gt;\subcaption&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\subcaptionbox&lt;/code&gt;, and the &lt;code&gt;subfigure&lt;/code&gt; environment. (Please note that &lt;code&gt;\captionbox&lt;/code&gt; is not avail yet but will be offered by the very next version 3.2 of the caption package.)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The subcaption package supports the beamer document class while the subfig package does not.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Offers more ways to place and align sub-captions, e.g. &lt;code&gt;\subcaption&lt;/code&gt; could be used to place a sub-caption (left or right) beside the figure.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\subcaptionbox&lt;/code&gt; offers more optional arguments than &lt;code&gt;\subfloat&lt;/code&gt;, e.g. for giving the box a specific width.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Pro subfig:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The subcaption package needs the caption package while the usage of the caption package is optional in subfig. (The subfig package offers the option &lt;code&gt;subfig=false&lt;/code&gt;.) Because of that the subfig package could also be used with document classes which are incompatible to the caption package.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The subcaption package does not offer top and bottom margins (yet) while the subfig package does. So when using the subcaption package one have to do the vertical spacing between sub-figures manually by using the &lt;code&gt;\vspace&lt;/code&gt; command or similar.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please note that I'm the author of the caption &amp;amp; subcaption package, so this list is far from being objective ;-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But is the use of subcaption generally preferable to subfig? IMHO no, because the subfig package is a fine (and well documented) one, and if one is contented with the subfig package there is no need to switch.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2574" LastEditorUserId="2574" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-18T18:47:10.777" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T18:47:10.777" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13779" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13771" CreationDate="2011-03-18T06:47:42.553" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;No, I'm afraid not. When you &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt; the original definition of primitive to something, the original meaning is no longer available as an accessible token. &lt;code&gt;\pdfprimitive&lt;/code&gt; can be used to access the internal definition of the primitive, but that is not the same as 'regenerating' the accessible token. The nearest you can get is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\&amp;lt;primitive&amp;gt;{\pdfprimitive\&amp;lt;primitive&amp;gt;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;for expandable primitives or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\protected\def\&amp;lt;primitive&amp;gt;{\pdfprimitive\&amp;lt;primitive&amp;gt;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;for non-expandable ones.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T06:47:42.553" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13780" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-18T08:05:13.623" Score="0" ViewCount="67" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a thesis with header+footer on each page created using the &lt;code&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/code&gt;    package.&#xA;On one page I have an oversized table which is rotated using the &lt;code&gt;lscape&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can the header and footer for this page only also be rotated such that they are the same direction as the table? MWE below.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,12pt,twoside]{book}&#xA;\usepackage{pdflscape}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;&#xA;\fancyhf{}&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy} &#xA;\fancyhead[CO,CE]{This is my heading}&#xA;\fancyfoot[LE,RO]{This if my footer: \thepage}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{landscape}&#xA;    \centering&#xA;    \begin{table}&#xA;        \begin{tabular}{ll}&#xA;                1 &amp;amp; 2 \\&#xA;                3 &amp;amp; 4 \\&#xA;        \end{tabular}&#xA;    \end{table}&#xA;\end{landscape}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4159" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-28T15:30:05.920" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T15:30:05.920" Title="Rotate one whole page 90degrees in a document including header and footer created with fancyhdr" Tags="&lt;header-footer&gt;&lt;fancyhdr&gt;&lt;rotating&gt;&lt;landscape&gt;" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="13781" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13791" CreationDate="2011-03-18T08:09:43.910" Score="4" ViewCount="75" Body="&lt;p&gt;Suppose you have a short document (including a fancy header) which occupies only a small part of a DIN A4 page, like in this example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper, 12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage[top=2cm,hmargin=2.2cm]{geometry}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;\fancyhf{}&#xA;\fancyhead[R]{\small \today}&#xA;\fancyhead[L]{\small  header}&#xA;\fancyfoot[C]{}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA; short text  short text  short text short text  short&#xA;text  short text  short text  short text  short text  short&#xA;text  short text short text  short text  short text  short&#xA;text short text  short text  short text  short text  short&#xA;text  short text  short text  short text  short text end of the text&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Suppose I want to print this text 50 times. To save paper I would print it and use a photocopier to copy this text incl. fancy header several times to one sheet of paper. Now my question is, if there is a simple LaTeX way to do this, i.e. in the above example, have as much copies of all text from fancy header to &quot;end of the text&quot; automatically on a DIN A4 sheet as fit on it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4011" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T11:30:35.397" Title="Multiple copies of short page on one sheet of paper" Tags="&lt;paper-size&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13782" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13770" CreationDate="2011-03-18T08:15:27.387" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;May be &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/papertex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;paperTeX&lt;/a&gt; could help you. According to README in CTAN:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;This class allows LaTeX users to create a newspaper using LaTeX.&#xA;  This class was created together with a Perl script in order to create&#xA;  a publication automatically. paperTeX will help you to create your own&#xA;  publication with a newspaper style.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;This package provides commands to create the front page as well as the&#xA;  inner pages of a newspaper. There are also various configuration commands&#xA;  which let the user set up his/her own style.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think the Perl script is not there, but I understand you could also use Ruby.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1952" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T08:15:27.387" />
  <row Id="13783" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13492" CreationDate="2011-03-18T08:52:18.900" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I had the same problem with MiKTeX. After reinstalling &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt; using package manager, the problem went away. Initial &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt; version was packaged sometime in 2010. Newly installed one is from 28-2-2011.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also update all MiKTeX packages from command line. Go to &lt;code&gt;MiKTeX\bin&lt;/code&gt; directory and then you can run:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;mpm --find-updates &amp;gt; packages-to-be-updated.txt&#xA;mpm --update-some=packages-to-be-updated.txt&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1688" LastEditorUserId="1688" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-18T09:30:03.800" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T09:30:03.800" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13784" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-18T08:56:12.810" Score="0" ViewCount="71" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have an enumerate item that is found at the ending of one page but as it is long it SHOULD continue onto the next page BUT it is crossing through the footer and the page end so half of the item text has disappeared! I am using &lt;code&gt;enumitem&lt;/code&gt; package and need a solution to this.... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3864" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-18T12:50:53.097" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T12:50:53.097" Title="How to continue enumerate item text on to next page" Tags="&lt;lists&gt;&lt;enumerate&gt;&lt;enumitem&gt;" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13785" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-18T09:09:36.207" Score="3" ViewCount="92" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a possibility to change the order of photo and name in the &lt;code&gt;moderncv&lt;/code&gt; class using &lt;code&gt;\moderncvtheme[blue]{casual}&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Right now it looks like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;PRE&gt;&#xA;PHOTOPHOTO&#xA;PHOTOPHOTO&#xA;PHOTOPHOTO&#xA;PHOTOPHOTO&#xA;PHOTOPHOTO                      FirstName LastName&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;_&lt;/em&gt;__&lt;em&gt;_&lt;/em&gt;__&lt;em&gt;_&lt;/em&gt;__&lt;em&gt;_&lt;/em&gt;__&lt;em&gt;_&lt;/em&gt;__&lt;em&gt;_&lt;/em&gt;__&lt;em&gt;_&lt;/em&gt;__&lt;em&gt;_&lt;/em&gt;__&lt;em&gt;_&lt;/em&gt;__&lt;em&gt;_&lt;/em&gt;__&lt;em&gt;_&lt;/em&gt;__&lt;em&gt;_&lt;/em&gt;__&lt;em&gt;_&lt;/em&gt;__&lt;em&gt;_&lt;/em&gt;__&lt;em&gt;_&lt;/em&gt;__&lt;em&gt;_&lt;/em&gt;__&lt;em&gt;_&lt;/em&gt;_&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/PRE&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But actually I want it to look like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;PRE&gt;&#xA;                                        PHOTOPHOTO&#xA;                                        PHOTOPHOTO&#xA;                                        PHOTOPHOTO&#xA;                                        PHOTOPHOTO&#xA;FirstName LastName                      PHOTOPHOTO&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;_&lt;/em&gt;__&lt;em&gt;_&lt;/em&gt;__&lt;em&gt;_&lt;/em&gt;__&lt;em&gt;_&lt;/em&gt;__&lt;em&gt;_&lt;/em&gt;__&lt;em&gt;_&lt;/em&gt;__&lt;em&gt;_&lt;/em&gt;__&lt;em&gt;_&lt;/em&gt;__&lt;em&gt;_&lt;/em&gt;__&lt;em&gt;_&lt;/em&gt;__&lt;em&gt;_&lt;/em&gt;__&lt;em&gt;_&lt;/em&gt;__&lt;em&gt;_&lt;/em&gt;__&lt;em&gt;_&lt;/em&gt;__&lt;em&gt;_&lt;/em&gt;__&lt;em&gt;_&lt;/em&gt;__&lt;em&gt;_&lt;/em&gt;_&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/PRE&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I do that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4306" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-18T11:10:08.493" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T11:10:08.493" Title="Modify moderncv header" Tags="&lt;moderncv&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="13786" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13785" CreationDate="2011-03-18T09:41:13.473" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You just need to change the &lt;code&gt;\maketitle&lt;/code&gt; command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% reverse the name and photo&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;% maketitle&#xA;\renewcommand*{\maketitle}{%&#xA;  {%&#xA;    {\firstnamestyle{\@firstname}~\familynamestyle{\@familyname}}}%&#xA;    \hfill%&#xA;    \ifthenelse{\isundefined{\@photo}}%&#xA;      {}%&#xA;      {{\color{firstnamecolor}\framebox{\includegraphics[width=\@photowidth]{\@photo}}}\\[-.35em]}%&#xA;    {\color{firstnamecolor}\rule{\textwidth}{.25ex}\\[2.5em]}%&#xA;% optional quote&#xA;  \ifthenelse{\isundefined{\@quote}}%&#xA;    {}%&#xA;    {{\centering{}\begin{minipage}{\quotewidth}\centering\quotestyle{\@quote}\end{minipage}\\[2.5em]}}%&#xA;  \par}% to avoid weird spacing bug at the first section if no blank line is left after \maketitle&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The hardest part is determining where to put this block of code.  The &lt;code&gt;\maketitle&lt;/code&gt; command is defined not in &lt;code&gt;moderncv.cls&lt;/code&gt;, but in the theme (package) file such as &lt;code&gt;moderncvthemecasual.sty&lt;/code&gt;.  Moreover, the implementation of &lt;code&gt;\moderncvtheme&lt;/code&gt; makes sure that this theme package is not loaded until the &lt;em&gt;end&lt;/em&gt; of the preamble.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So if you want to do this once, put it in your cv TeX file, but it has to go &lt;em&gt;after &lt;code&gt;\begin{document}&lt;/code&gt; and before &lt;code&gt;\maketitle&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;strong&gt;not&lt;/strong&gt; in the preamble).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to do this more than once, you could copy the file &lt;code&gt;moderncvthemecasual.sty&lt;/code&gt; and add a package option.  If this is beyond your expertise you may want to email the developers and see if they'll consider it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T09:41:13.473" />
  <row Id="13787" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13733" CreationDate="2011-03-18T10:28:57.923" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The simplest way to add some vertical space between the two logical tables while having the same column width is to only use one real table and add the vertical white space as &lt;code&gt;\multicolumn&lt;/code&gt; row which includes a &lt;code&gt;\vspace&lt;/code&gt; to make it as high as required. Note that the &lt;code&gt;\multicolumn&lt;/code&gt; is required to disable the vertical borders in the normal cells. Without this a simple empty cell with &lt;code&gt;\vspace&lt;/code&gt; would be enough.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can adjust the white space with the argument of &lt;code&gt;\vspace{&amp;lt;distance&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt;. The value wont be the exact distance because the cell &lt;code&gt;\strut&lt;/code&gt; is also in effect, which adds also a certain depth. If you need exact distances you have to calculate this in.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Example Code:&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}[b]{|c|c|c|c|}&#xA;\hline&#xA;\textbf{Item-No.} &amp;amp; \textbf{name} &amp;amp; \textbf{cross section} &amp;amp; \textbf{grade}\\&#xA;\hline&#xA;\textbf{W1} &amp;amp; Z-column &amp;amp; HN350x175 -- 346x174 &amp;amp; Q235\\&#xA;\hline&#xA;\textbf{W17} &amp;amp; Horiz. support transversal hoist beam &amp;amp; HW100x100 &amp;amp; Q235\\&#xA;\hline&#xA;%&#xA;\multicolumn{4}{c}{\vspace{1cm}}\\&#xA;%&#xA;\hline&#xA;\textbf{P11} &amp;amp; longitudinal hoist beam &amp;amp; HN300x150 -- 300x150 &amp;amp; Q235\\&#xA;\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Result:&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/1ZPxb.png&quot; alt=&quot;Result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T10:28:57.923" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="13788" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-18T10:58:56.400" Score="8" ViewCount="119" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm writing a bachelor in French and when I cited books in Russian and Greek the authors' surnames wasn't displayed in footnotes and in bibliography in  small caps, in the same text there are no such problems with surnames in Latin characters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried to add this code in preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;...&#xA;\newfontfamily\greekfont[Script=Greek,Mapping=tex-text]{CMU Serif}&#xA;\newfontfamily\russianfont[Script=Cyrillic,Mapping=tex-text]{CMU Serif}&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and in bibliography entries like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@Book{AlKarapan,&#xA;author = {{Α}λέξανδρος Κ. \textgreek{Καραπαναγοπούλου}},&#xA;title = {Η Μεγάλη Σύνοδος της Ορθοδόξου Ανατολικής Εκκλησίας},&#xA;publisher = {auto-édition},&#xA;year = {\hbox{1990--1998}},&#xA;volumes = {6},&#xA;address = {Αθήνα}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;@Inbook{CypinIstorijaRPC,&#xA;author = {{В}ладислав \textrussian{Цыпин}},&#xA;title = {История Русской Церкви 1917--1997},&#xA;chapter = {VIII},&#xA;publisher = {Издательство Спасо-Преображенского Валаамского монастыря},&#xA;address = {Москва},&#xA;date = {1997},&#xA;urldate = {2010-10-25},&#xA;url = {http://old.pravoslavie.by/podpod.asp?id=135&amp;amp;Session=10}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And I've got this:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/H9Ku7.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;in footnotes&quot;&gt;&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/QCzNt.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;in the bibliography&quot;&gt;&#xA; I don't know if it's right technically but it works for me. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anybody have better ideas? All improvements and innovations ARE WELCOMED. :)))&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3763" LastEditorUserId="3763" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-18T17:22:33.847" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T18:34:45.700" Title="To make the russians and greeks authors' surnames in small caps in biblatex" Tags="&lt;biblatex&gt;&lt;footnotes&gt;&lt;small-caps&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="13789" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13742" CreationDate="2011-03-18T10:59:54.030" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I had this discussion once with a friend who had a printers education (Sorry, don't know the right english term). I don't remember the details, but basically she said that the &lt;code&gt;setspace&lt;/code&gt; package doesn't calculate the line spacing correctly by it's universally defined formula. According to her, &lt;code&gt;\linespread{2}&lt;/code&gt; sets the spaces correctly. However, I myself prefer &lt;code&gt;setspace&lt;/code&gt; while working with a 1.5 line space, because I think it looks better. Maybe that was also the authors' intention. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I would be happy if a more sophisticated answer comes along .)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3735" LastEditorUserId="3735" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-18T12:08:46.423" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T12:08:46.423" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13790" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-18T11:04:03.587" Score="1" ViewCount="73" Body="&lt;p&gt;I really like the appearance of the short list of contents, introduced in the &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt; manual. What I want is a short list of figures command changing the LoF style similarly. Centered captions followed by page numbers, without these dots in between.&#xA;I was trying to adopt the code of the short toc command, but it didn't work out.&#xA;Here is the shorttoc command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass [a4paper,11pt,oneside]{memoir}&#xA;\setsecnumdepth{section}&#xA;\setcounter{tocdepth}{3}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%&#xA;%%%% Short and long ToC&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand*{\setupshorttoc}{%&#xA;  \renewcommand*{\contentsname}{Short contents}&#xA;  \let\oldchangetocdepth\changetocdepth&#xA;  \let\oldprecistoctext\precistoctext&#xA;  \renewcommand{\precistoctext}[1]{}&#xA;  \let\oldcftchapterfillnum\cftchapterfillnum&#xA;  \renewcommand*{\changetocdepth}[1]{}&#xA;  \setcounter{tocdepth}{0}% chapters&#xA;  \renewcommand*{\cftchapterfont}{\hfill\sffamily}&#xA;  \renewcommand*{\cftchapterpagefont}{\normalfont}&#xA;  \renewcommand*{\cftchapterleader}{ \textperiodcentered\space}&#xA;  \renewcommand*{\cftchapterafterpnum}{\cftparfillskip}&#xA;%%  \setpnumwidth{0em}&#xA;%%  \setpnumwidth{1.5em}&#xA;  \renewcommand*{\cftchapterfillnum}[1]{%&#xA;    {\cftchapterleader}\nobreak&#xA;    \hbox to 1.5em{\cftchapterpagefont ##1\hfil}\cftchapterafterpnum\par}&#xA;  \setrmarg{0.3\textwidth}&#xA;  \setlength{\unitlength}{\@tocrmarg}&#xA;  \addtolength{\unitlength}{1.5em}&#xA;  \let\oldcftpartformatpnum\cftpartformatpnum&#xA;  \renewcommand*{\cftpartformatpnum}[1]{%&#xA;    \hbox to\unitlength{{\cftpartpagefont ##1}}}&#xA;  \let\oldcftbookformatpnum\cftbookformatpnum&#xA;  \renewcommand*{\cftbookformatpnum}[1]{%&#xA;    \hbox to\unitlength{{\cftbookpagefont ##1}}}}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*{\setupparasubsecs}{%&#xA;  \let\oldnumberline\numberline&#xA;  \renewcommand*{\cftsubsectionfont}{\itshape}&#xA;  \renewcommand*{\cftsubsectionpagefont}{\itshape}&#xA;  \renewcommand{\l@subsection}[2]{&#xA;    \ifnum\c@tocdepth &amp;gt; 1\relax&#xA;      \def\numberline####1{\textit{####1}~}%&#xA;      \leftskip=\cftsubsectionindent&#xA;      \rightskip=\@tocrmarg&#xA;%%      \advance\rightskip 0pt plus \hsize % uncomment this for raggedright&#xA;%%      \advance\rightskip 0pt plus 2em    % uncomment this for semi-ragged&#xA;      \parfillskip=\fill&#xA;      \ifhmode ,\ \else\noindent\fi&#xA;      \ignorespaces&#xA;      {\cftsubsectionfont ##1}~{\cftsubsectionpagefont##2}%&#xA;       \let\numberline\oldnumberline\ignorespaces&#xA;    \fi}}&#xA;&#xA;\AtEndDocument{\addtocontents{toc}{\par}}%%% OK&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*{\setupmaintoc}{%&#xA;  \renewcommand{\contentsname}{Inhaltsverzeichnis}&#xA;  \let\changetocdepth\oldchangetocdepth&#xA;  \let\precistoctext\oldprecistoctext&#xA;  \let\cftchapterfillnum\oldcftchapterfillnum&#xA;  \addtodef{\cftchapterbreak}{\par}{}&#xA;  \renewcommand*{\cftchapterfont}{\normalfont\sffamily}&#xA;  \renewcommand*{\cftchapterleader}{\sffamily\cftdotfill{\cftchapterdotsep}}&#xA;  \renewcommand*{\cftchapterafterpnum}{}&#xA;  \renewcommand{\cftchapterbreak}{\par\addpenalty{-\@highpenalty}}&#xA;  \setpnumwidth{2.55em}&#xA;  \setrmarg{3.55em}&#xA;  \setcounter{tocdepth}{2}&#xA;  \let\cftpartformatpnum\oldcftpartformatpnum&#xA;  \addtodef{\cftpartbreak}{\par}{}&#xA;  \let\cftbookformatpnum\oldcftbookformatpnum&#xA;  \addtodef{\cftbookbreak}{\par}{}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\setupshorttoc&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;&#xA;\setupparasubsecs&#xA;\setupmaintoc&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\setlength{\unitlength}{1pt}&#xA;%%%%%% Test&#xA;\chapter{Chaper 1}&#xA;\section{Section2}&#xA;\subsection{Subsection3}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{Chapter 2}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Section2}&#xA;\section{Section1}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And here is something I tried.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass [a4paper,11pt,oneside]{memoir}\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand*{\setupshortlof}{%&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand*{\contentsname}{ShortLof}&#xA;\let\oldchangelofdepth\changelofdepth&#xA;\let\oldprecisloftext\precisloftext&#xA;\renewcommand{\precisloftext}[1]{}&#xA;\let\oldcftchapterfillnum\cftchapterfillnum&#xA;% \renewcommand*{\changelofdepth}[1]{}&#xA;%\setcounter{tocdepth}{0}% chapters&#xA;\renewcommand*{\cftchapterfont}{\hfill\sffamily}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\cftchapterpagefont}{\normalfont}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\cftchapterleader}{ \textperiodcentered\space}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\cftchapterafterpnum}{\cftparfillskip}&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\clearpage&#xA;\setupshortlof&#xA;\listoffigures&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This doesn't work at all. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Has anyone here already done such a thing or knows how to do it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4285" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-19T15:39:11.173" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T15:39:11.173" Title="Short List of Figures in Memoir" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;memoir&gt;&lt;tocloft&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13791" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13781" CreationDate="2011-03-18T11:13:03.263" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I do not know an fully automatically way, but it is possible to do it manually with minimal adjustments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;First way:&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Reduce the height of the page to the minimal height by replacing &lt;code&gt;a4paper&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;pagewidth=21cm,pageheight=4cm&lt;/code&gt; (here 21cm is the A4 width and 4cm depends on the text content and margin requirements).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[top=2cm,hmargin=2.2cm,paperwidth=21cm,paperheight=4cm]{geometry}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then create a second small LaTeX document which includes the PDF of the first using the &lt;code&gt;pdfpages&lt;/code&gt; pages and places it multiple times on one page:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pdfpages}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\includepdf[page={1,1,1,1,1,1,1},nup=1x7]{mainfile}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This places the first document (called &lt;code&gt;mainfile.tex/.pdf&lt;/code&gt; here) seven times on page. Adjust both the number of &lt;code&gt;1,&lt;/code&gt; and the number of &lt;code&gt;nup=1x&lt;/code&gt; to the real number which fit on one page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Example Result:&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/J41LI.png&quot; alt=&quot;Result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Second way:&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could create the headers using normal text instead so it can be repeated over the page. A tabular would be adequate here. Putting the main text into one multi-column cell also prevents page breaks inside the text. &#xA;The the text could be repeated using a loop. Adjust the &lt;code&gt;\vspace&lt;/code&gt;s and the repeat numbers to fit your requirements.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper, 12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage[top=2cm,hmargin=2.2cm]{geometry}&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\newcount\num&#xA;\loop\ifnum\num&amp;lt;7&#xA;\par\noindent&#xA;\begin{tabular}{@{}l@{}r@{}}&#xA;    \small \today &amp;amp; header \\&#xA;    \hline\noalign{\vspace{.5cm}}&#xA;    \multicolumn{2}{@{}p{\linewidth}@{}}{%&#xA;\hspace*{\parindent}% if par indent is required&#xA; short text  short text  short text short text  short&#xA;text  short text  short text  short text  short text  short&#xA;text  short text short text  short text  short text  short&#xA;text short text  short text  short text  short text  short&#xA;text  short text  short text  short text  short text end of the text&#xA;}&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\par\vspace{1cm}%&#xA;\advance\num by 1&#xA;\repeat&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-18T11:30:35.397" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T11:30:35.397" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="13792" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13069" CreationDate="2011-03-18T11:51:44.740" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In PDFTeX/XeTeX colouring is done by inserting pdfliteral nodes around coloured items, these nodes would then interfere with mark positioning in this case, something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;base&amp;gt;&amp;lt;start-color&amp;gt;&amp;lt;mark&amp;gt;&amp;lt;stop-color&amp;gt;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;LuaTeX can use an alternate mechanism thanks to its &quot;attribute&quot; registers; attributes is a way to annotate input without interfering with pdfliterals and likes and can be employed for many things including colouring. But attributes is a low level mechanism and need to be employed by higher level packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In ConTeXt, attributes are used out of box, so it just works:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\definefontfeature[hebrew][arabic][script=hebr]&#xA;\definefont[hebrew][name:sblhebrew*hebrew]&#xA;&#xA;\starttext&#xA;\textdir TRT&#xA;\hebrew&#xA;\color[red]{א}\color[blue]{֣}\color[green]{֚}ב\color[blue]{ָ}\color[green]{ג}֦ד\color[green]{֘}&#xA;\stoptext&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/z47ti.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In LuaLaTeX you need &lt;code&gt;luacolor&lt;/code&gt; to use the attributes mechanism, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{luacolor}&#xA;&#xA;\newfontface\hebrew[Script=Hebrew]{SBL Hebrew}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\luatextextdir TRT&#xA;\hebrew&#xA;\textcolor{red}{א}\textcolor{blue}{֣}\textcolor{green}{֚}ב\textcolor{blue}{ָ}\textcolor{green}{ג}֦ד\textcolor{green}{֘}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But it seems that &lt;code&gt;luacolor&lt;/code&gt; is incompatible with &lt;code&gt;luaotfload&lt;/code&gt; package which breaks mark positioning (regardless of actual use of colours), someone should report this to &lt;code&gt;luacolor&lt;/code&gt; author.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;P.S. I don't have Arial here and the only font I've with those marks is SBL Hebrew, so I used it for testing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T11:51:44.740" />
  <row Id="13793" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-18T11:55:05.413" Score="5" ViewCount="114" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt; command &lt;code&gt;\alt&amp;lt;*overlay specification*&amp;gt;{foo}{bar}&lt;/code&gt; will insert &lt;code&gt;foo&lt;/code&gt; if the current slide is within the given overlay specification, and &lt;code&gt;bar&lt;/code&gt; otherwise.  It's equivalent to &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\only&amp;lt;*overlay specification*&amp;gt;{foo}\only&amp;lt;*complementary overlay specification*&amp;gt;{bar}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is a sample document using it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;\begin{align*}&#xA;y &amp;amp;= \frac{(x^2+1)\sqrt{x+3}}{x-1} \\&#xA;\ln y &amp;amp;= \ln (x^2+1) + \frac{1}{2} \ln(x+3) - \ln(x-1) \\&#xA;\frac{1}{y} \frac{dy}{dx}&#xA;      &amp;amp;= \frac{2x}{x^2+1} + \frac{1}{2(x+3)} - \frac{1}{x-1}&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;So&#xA;\[&#xA;\begin{split}&#xA;\frac{dy}{dx} &amp;amp;= \left(\frac{2x}{x^2+1} + \frac{1}{2(x+3)} - \frac{1}{x-1}&#xA;\right)&#xA;\alt&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;{\frac{(x^2+1)\sqrt{x+3}}{x-1}}{y}&#xA;\end{split}&#xA;\]&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is very useful and saves typing.  But if one of the alternatives is larger than the other, it leads to jiggling slides.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I would like is a overlay-specification-aware command &lt;code&gt;\altvisible&lt;/code&gt; that would take the same amount of space on each slide.  So it would have to insert a box as big as the bigger of the two, and then set the correct material.  So the above document with &lt;code&gt;\altvisible&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\alt&lt;/code&gt; would not jiggle.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any takers?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T23:59:34.380" Title="Beamer alt command like visible instead of like only" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13794" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13798" CreationDate="2011-03-18T11:59:25.110" Score="4" ViewCount="64" Body="&lt;p&gt;For some reasons I have to install a 64-bit RPM based Linux (Fedora or SUSE) beside a 32-bit Debian-based Linux (Ubuntu or Arch) on my machine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to use same TeXLive Installation from both OSs. Am I able to introduce the texmf directory of Ubuntu (&lt;code&gt;/usr/local/.../texmf-dist&lt;/code&gt;?) to Fedora or vice versa? How?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2035" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-18T12:10:51.010" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T13:04:33.313" Title="How to use same texmf directory with different operating systems?" Tags="&lt;installing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="13795" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13793" CreationDate="2011-03-18T12:21:27.173" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is the definition of &lt;code&gt;alt&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;beamerbaseoverlay.sty&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\alt{\@ifnextchar&amp;lt;{\beamer@alt}{\beamer@alttwo}}&#xA;\long\def\beamer@alttwo#1#2{\beamer@ifnextcharospec{\beamer@altget{#1}{#2}}{#1}}&#xA;\long\def\beamer@altget#1#2&amp;lt;#3&amp;gt;{%&#xA;  \def\beamer@doifnotinframe{#2}\def\beamer@doifinframe{#1}%&#xA;  {\beamer@masterdecode{#3}}\beamer@donow}&#xA;\long\def\beamer@alt&amp;lt;#1&amp;gt;#2#3{%&#xA;  \def\beamer@doifnotinframe{#3}\def\beamer@doifinframe{#2}%&#xA;  {\beamer@masterdecode{#1}}\beamer@donow}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Weirdly, &lt;code&gt;\uncover&lt;/code&gt; is defined in terms of &lt;code&gt;\alt&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\uncover}{\alt{\beamer@fakeinvisible}{\beamer@makecovered}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I suspect that putting &lt;code&gt;\beamer@fakeinvisible&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\beamer@makeuncovered&lt;/code&gt; at some point in a definition like that of &lt;code&gt;\alt&lt;/code&gt; should work? But I couldn't work out where exactly to fit it in.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T12:21:27.173" />
  <row Id="13796" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13797" CreationDate="2011-03-18T12:25:22.143" Score="1" ViewCount="97" Body="&lt;p&gt;I try to include a 3d model in a PDF file, but I get the error message: &quot;A 3D data parsing error has occurred.&quot;, when I try to display it in Acrobat Reader 9.3 under Ubuntu 10.10.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I translated the tex file that you can find in the zip file under &lt;a href=&quot;http://meshlab.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php/U3D_support&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://meshlab.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php/U3D_support&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I figure that there are the following error sources:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;U3D file is corrupt or incompatible&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;the movie15 package is too old or incompatible&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;the tex file does not use the right options&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am currently unable to create my own u3d files with MeshLab and I did not find any other example files on the internet.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I already &quot;replaced&quot; the movie15.sty that is inside the zip file with movie15.sty that is shipping with Ubuntu.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would be very greatful if someone could point me in the right direction.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For your convinience the beginning of the tex file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[3D]{movie15}&#xA;\usepackage[UKenglish]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage[colorlinks=true]{hyperref} &#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\title{Embedding interactive 3D object in a PDF using MeshLab and U3D}&#xA;\author{Visual Computing Group - ISTI - CNR\\ \href{http://vcg.isti.cnr.it}{http://vcg.isti.cnr.it}}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;\includemovie[&#xA;    poster,&#xA;    toolbar, %same as `controls'&#xA;    label=lau.u3d,&#xA;    text=(lau.u3d),&#xA;    3Daac=60, 3Droll=0, 3Dc2c=0 745.639 0, 3Droo=745.639, 3Dcoo=22.607 -1618.68 -149.864,&#xA;    3Dlights=CAD,&#xA;    3Drender=Wireframe&#xA;]{\linewidth}{\linewidth}{Laurana.u3d}&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1325" LastEditorUserId="1119" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-18T17:53:41.043" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T17:53:41.043" Title="3d model cannot be displayed (movie15, pdflatex)" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;movie15&gt;&lt;u3d&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13797" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13796" CreationDate="2011-03-18T12:50:57.637" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It appears that the U3D file that you have is incompatible with the version of Adobe Reader you are using. From my testing, your U3D file works fine with Adobe Acrobat Pro 9.0 but not with Adobe Reader 9.4.2. Furthermore, opening the U3D file in Photoshop and exporting again back to U3D produces a file that can be used without problems with Adobe Reader 9.4.2. So it's clearly an incompatibility problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1119" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T12:50:57.637" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13798" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13794" CreationDate="2011-03-18T12:57:01.917" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You should be able to share the &lt;code&gt;texmf-dist&lt;/code&gt; directory between different OSs. If you install TeXLive manually using the official installer than there shouldn't be a problem. However, if you install it using the Linux packages provided by the distributions problems might occur when one wants to update the LaTeX packages there. Only sharing &lt;code&gt;texmf-dist&lt;/code&gt; seems to be a good idea so that the binaries are kept separated. However, this is not really necessary because 32-bit and 64-bit are AFAIK kept separately in different subfolders of &lt;code&gt;bin/&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You need to install TeXLive on one distribution. Then you mount the partition where &lt;code&gt;/usr/local&lt;/code&gt; is located under the other distribution (e.g. to &lt;code&gt;/mount/otherdistri&lt;/code&gt;) and either create an symbolic link from &lt;code&gt;/usr/local/.../texmf-dist&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;/mount/otherdistri/usr/local/.../texmf-dist&lt;/code&gt; or use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;mount --bind /mount/otherdistri/usr/local/.../texmf-dist /usr/local/.../texmf-dist&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to virtually mount the directory there. You can place these mount instructions into the &lt;code&gt;/etc/fstab&lt;/code&gt; config file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-18T13:04:33.313" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T13:04:33.313" />
  <row Id="13799" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-17T14:23:15.040" Score="3" ViewCount="57" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using LaTeX, and I have a large table in my report, the height of table is a little more than half of the paper. all the text after the table will go to the next page, and in this page just the table remain and a lot of space after and before the table!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-18T14:01:12.057" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T14:01:12.057" Title="Large table is placed on extra page" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;size&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13800" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13799" CreationDate="2011-03-17T14:46:49.910" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This line will solve your problem:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\floatpagefraction}{0.8}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" LastActivityDate="2011-03-17T14:46:49.910" />
  <row Id="13801" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-18T13:49:18.960" Score="5" ViewCount="45" Body="&lt;p&gt;A use case is simple, say you write a computer science text book for pirates. Then, each time you mention a term, you may need to mention its English equivalent. So, instead of writing,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; Ye first proggie today will be ``Ahoy, World!''&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You would like to write: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; Ye first \term{proggie} today will be ``\term{Ahoy}, World}!''&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where, in a separate file, you make a list of all terms, and their English equivalent, e.g. &lt;code&gt;\termdef{ahoy}{hello}&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;\termdef{proggie}{program}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\term&lt;/code&gt; macro (use of the word in context) should do the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Add a footnote of the English equivalent.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Add itself to a Pirates-to-English dictionary&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Add itself to an English-to-pirate dictionary.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, it seems as if the &lt;code&gt;glossaries&lt;/code&gt; package can almost do that. The main difficulty is in dealing with word forms. &lt;code&gt;glossaries&lt;/code&gt; can do plurals, but the Pirates language has many more word forms, e.g., you could write in your term definitions file, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;`\termdef{progie}{program}`&#xA;`\termdef{progee}{program}`&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or better yet, instead of defining all possible word forms, have the text mention the principal formthe text, refer to the principal form of the word.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;After writing the \term[progie]{progee}, you have to compile it.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I would like is that the the first footnote includes the principal word form, not the current variant. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, I am not sure as to how I should use the package to produce two glossaries instead of one, each with its own sorting.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(A &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/6123/using-the-glossaries-package-in-other-languages&quot;&gt;previous question&lt;/a&gt; dealt with a similar topic (Icelandic vs. Pirates), but the difficulties remain: first footnote should mention the principal form of the word, and the issue of producing two glossaries instead of one.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3391" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T12:14:26.640" Title="Package and/or macro for producing a bi-lingual dictionary/glossary?" Tags="&lt;glossaries&gt;&lt;dictionary&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="13802" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13811" CreationDate="2011-03-18T13:54:09.960" Score="2" ViewCount="43" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to make use of two bibtex libraries in the same document for my thesis:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;one for books (filename: literatur.bib)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;one for internet resources (filename: internetquellen.bib)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but on running bibtex, I always get the following errormessage:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Processing: Thesis.aux&#xA;&#xA;This is BibTeX, Version 0.99d (TeX Live 2010)&#xA;&#xA;The style file: geralpha.bst&#xA;&#xA;Database file #1: internetquellen.bib&#xA;&#xA;Warning--I didn't find a database entry for &quot;unlockinandroid&quot;&#xA;&#xA;Found 0 errors, and 1 warnings in 0 runs&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;...which leaves the conclusion that the literatur.bib is not processed (the key &quot;unlockinandroid&quot; is in the literatur.bib ), although in my thesis.tex I have it declared before the &quot;internetquellen.bib&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\addchap{Listings}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand{\bibname}{Bibliography}&#xA;\bibliographystylelit{geralpha}&#xA;\bibliographylit{literatur}&#xA;\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{Bibliography}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand{\bibname}{Internet Resources}&#xA;\bibliographystyle{geralpha}&#xA;\bibliography{internetquellen}&#xA;\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{Internet Resources}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My literatur.bib looks like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@book{unlockinandroid,&#xA;    Author = {W. Frank Ableson, Robi Sen, and Chris King},&#xA;    Date-Added = {2011-03-15 15:40:31 +0100},&#xA;    Date-Modified = {2011-03-18 12:35:41 +0100},&#xA;    Keywords = {Android, Book},&#xA;    Publisher = {Manning Publications Co.},&#xA;    Title = {Unlocking Android - a developer's guide},&#xA;    Year = {2009}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any directions for solving this would be appreciated:)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4281" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-18T14:34:57.897" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T14:46:47.663" Title="Make use of two BibTeX libraries in one document" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="13803" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13742" CreationDate="2011-03-18T13:59:50.300" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I do find the discussion rather pointless. The old &lt;code&gt;doublespace&lt;/code&gt; package decided that &quot;doublespacing&quot; means twice the &lt;code&gt;\baselineskip&lt;/code&gt;.  &lt;code&gt;setspace&lt;/code&gt;decided that &quot;&lt;code&gt;% one and a half spacing is 1.5 x pt size&lt;/code&gt;&quot; and &quot;&lt;code&gt;% double spacing is 2 x pt size&lt;/code&gt;&quot;. Perhaps the author of &lt;code&gt;setspace&lt;/code&gt;thought that as double spacing is already bad enough this would minimize the damage. Whatever is the reason of the settings in &lt;code&gt;setspace&lt;/code&gt;: If you want other values, it is easy enough to adjust them. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T13:59:50.300" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13804" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13799" CreationDate="2011-03-18T13:59:58.407" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your table is two large to fit onto a normal page of text and is therefore placed on a &quot;float page&quot;, i.e. a page which only contains material from &lt;code&gt;table&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;figure&lt;/code&gt; (or custom defined) float environments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to place such a large table on a normal page you can either modify the appropriate settings (see &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/11366/how-can-i-get-the-figures-not-to-be-pushed-to-the-end-of-the-document/11382#11382&quot;&gt;How can I get the figures not to be pushed to the end of the document?&lt;/a&gt;). Increasing the &lt;code&gt;\floatpagefraction&lt;/code&gt; already mentioned by Forrest  allows larger tables on normal text pages. It states which fraction of the page a table or figure can consume before placed on an extra page.&#xA;You can also add &lt;code&gt;!&lt;/code&gt; into the optional placement specifier of the &lt;code&gt;table&lt;/code&gt; environment, i.e. &lt;code&gt;\begin{table}[!ht]&lt;/code&gt;, to overwrite/ignore this settings for the specific table.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T13:59:58.407" />
  <row Id="13805" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13806" CreationDate="2011-03-18T14:05:56.877" Score="2" ViewCount="88" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to install fonts easily from a tar.gz file?  I'm looking to install &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.math.leidenuniv.nl/~gill/prodint.tgz&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.math.leidenuniv.nl/~gill/prodint.tgz&lt;/a&gt;.  The README states:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Copy &quot;&lt;code&gt;prodint.tfm&lt;/code&gt;&quot; and &quot;&lt;code&gt;prodint.pfb&lt;/code&gt;&quot; where the LaTeX fonts live.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Add to your &quot;&lt;code&gt;fonts.map&lt;/code&gt;&quot; (usually in &quot;&lt;code&gt;/usr/share/texmf/dvips/config&lt;/code&gt;&quot;)&#xA;  the entry:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;prodint prodint &amp;lt; prodint.pfb&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Copy &quot;&lt;code&gt;prodint.sty&lt;/code&gt;&quot; where LaTeX can see it.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Execute `&lt;code&gt;mktexlsr&lt;/code&gt;' or whatever you need to do to update the ls-R file.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;&lt;code&gt;prodint.sty&lt;/code&gt;&quot; defines the product-integral symbol in three sizes:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\prodi   ----- text&#xA;\Prodi   ----- display&#xA;\PRODI   ----- big&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;check &quot;&lt;code&gt;prodint.ps&lt;/code&gt;&quot; to see how these look like. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;You can generate &quot;&lt;code&gt;prodint.ps&lt;/code&gt;&quot; without installing the LaTeX &lt;code&gt;prodint&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;files by typing&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;latex prodint; dvips -o prodint.ps -P prodint prodint&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;in this directory.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm on Ubuntu, and I'd like a process to install this easily whenever I'm on a new computer.    Or can I create a LaTeX package somehow so I can have this font installed easily? Additional information about further definition that I need to define in my LaTeX source file to get it working is here &lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.contextgarden.net/Product_integral&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://wiki.contextgarden.net/Product_integral&lt;/a&gt;.  I'd like to be able to do something like &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{prodint}&lt;/code&gt; and be able to use the commands.  Let me know if this is possible.  Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4308" LastEditorUserId="4087" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-20T15:45:07.140" LastActivityDate="2011-03-20T15:45:07.140" Title="Install font easily - product integral?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;installing&gt;&lt;ubuntu&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13806" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13805" CreationDate="2011-03-18T14:21:05.930" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is a quick and dirty bash script to copy the files into the local TeX tree and call the commands to activate the configuration. If you save the file as &lt;code&gt;installprodint&lt;/code&gt; in the directory where you put &lt;code&gt;prodint.tgz&lt;/code&gt;, run it using &lt;code&gt;sudo bash installprodint&lt;/code&gt; from this directory.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;#!/bin/bash&#xA;texdir=$(kpsewhich -expand-var='$TEXMFLOCAL' | sed 's/:.*//')&#xA;tar -xzf ./prodint.tgz&#xA;mkdir -p $texdir/fonts/map/dvips/prodint&#xA;cp prodint/*.map $texdir/fonts/map/dvips/prodint&#xA;mkdir -p $texdir/fonts/tfm/public/prodint&#xA;cp prodint/*.tfm $texdir/fonts/tfm/public/prodint&#xA;mkdir -p $texdir/fonts/type1/public/prodint&#xA;cp prodint/*.pfb $texdir/fonts/type1/public/prodint&#xA;mkdir -p $texdir/tex/latex/prodint&#xA;cp prodint/*.sty $texdir/tex/latex/prodint&#xA;rm -rf prodint&#xA;mktexlsr&#xA;updmap-sys --enable Map=prodint.map&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The cleaner way is to build a Debian package (also usable with Ubuntu) that installs the font and the necessary style files. See &lt;a href=&quot;https://wiki.ubuntu.com/PackagingGuide/Complete&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; how to make a Debian/Ubuntu package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I wonder why the package is not on CTAN. Maybe you could ask the author of the package to put the package on CTAN so it can be included in TeX Live.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4087" LastEditorUserId="4087" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-18T15:23:14.300" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T15:23:14.300" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13807" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13808" CreationDate="2011-03-18T14:23:43.830" Score="6" ViewCount="59" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here are a few cases in which one could use such a list:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Is there a &quot;prepend&quot; version of &quot;\g@addto@macro&quot;? A &quot;local&quot; version?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;What's the most efficient way of gobbling n characters?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Can I use LaTeX's internal macros to define my own starred commands&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;etc. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3391" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T14:30:09.400" Title="Is there a list of general use LaTeX kernel macros?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;latex-general&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="13808" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13807" CreationDate="2011-03-18T14:30:09.400" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;etoolbox&lt;/code&gt; gives you local and global prepending macros &lt;code&gt;\pre&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\gpre&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\epre&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\xpre&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I would say use a version of &lt;code&gt;\@gobble&lt;/code&gt; which takes &lt;em&gt;n&lt;/em&gt; arguments. If you need to gobble more than 9 characters/tokens let the first macro expand to a second gobble macro. See &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/13192/benchmarking-various-operations-of-tex/13208#13208&quot;&gt;Benchmarking various operations of TeX&lt;/a&gt; for an discussion about this.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Yes, sure you can, see &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4790/documentation-reference-for-latex-internal-commands/10465#10465&quot;&gt;macros2e&lt;/a&gt; in  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4790/documentation-reference-for-latex-internal-commands/&quot;&gt;Documentation reference for LaTeX internal commands?&lt;/a&gt; for a list of useful internal macros.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T14:30:09.400" />
  <row Id="13809" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13812" CreationDate="2011-03-18T14:31:57.073" Score="7" ViewCount="91" Body="&lt;p&gt;Say, I have a table which doesn't fit on one page. Say, I don't want to use any special table types or so but want to solve the problem by using the &lt;code&gt;\resizebox&lt;/code&gt;-command and keep my ratio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If by using &lt;code&gt;\resizebox{\texwidth}{!}{...}&lt;/code&gt; the table fits, then my problem is solved. But if the table is still too long, my instinct would be to use &lt;code&gt;\resizebox{!}{\textheight}{...}&lt;/code&gt; instead. Allowing some space for my caption I would have to adjust the height to about &lt;code&gt;0.9\textheight&lt;/code&gt; to be sure for a single line caption. But in my example I have ta adjust to approx. &lt;code&gt;0.48\textheight&lt;/code&gt; to get rid of all warnings and fit the table on the page. This seems very odd to me. What am I missing?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{table}[htbp]&#xA;\centering&#xA;%   \resizebox{\textwidth}{!}{&#xA;    \resizebox{!}{0.48\textheight}{&#xA;        \begin{tabular}{|lll|}\hline&#xA;            TextTextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText\\&#xA;            TextTextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText\\&#xA;            TextTextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText\\&#xA;            TextTextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText\\&#xA;            TextTextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText\\&#xA;            TextTextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText\\&#xA;            TextTextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText\\&#xA;            TextTextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText\\&#xA;            TextTextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText\\&#xA;            TextTextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText\\&#xA;            TextTextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText\\&#xA;            TextTextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText\\&#xA;            TextTextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText\\&#xA;            TextTextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText\\&#xA;            TextTextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText\\&#xA;            TextTextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText\\&#xA;            TextTextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText\\&#xA;            TextTextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText\\&#xA;            TextTextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText\\&#xA;            TextTextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText\\&#xA;            TextTextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText\\&#xA;            TextTextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText\\&#xA;            TextTextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText\\&#xA;            TextTextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText\\&#xA;            TextTextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText\\&#xA;            TextTextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText\\&#xA;            TextTextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText\\&#xA;            TextTextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText\\&#xA;            TextTextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText\\&#xA;            TextTextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText\\&#xA;            TextTextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText\\&#xA;            TextTextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText\\&#xA;            TextTextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText\\&#xA;            TextTextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText\\&#xA;            TextTextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText\\&#xA;            TextTextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText\\&#xA;            TextTextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText\\&#xA;            TextTextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText\\&#xA;            TextTextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText\\&#xA;            TextTextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText\\&#xA;            TextTextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText\\&#xA;            TextTextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText\\&#xA;            TextTextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText\\&#xA;            TextTextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText\\&#xA;            TextTextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText\\&#xA;            TextTextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText\\&#xA;            TextTextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText &amp;amp; TextTextTextTextText\\ \hline&#xA;        \end{tabular}}&#xA;    \caption{test}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3735" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T09:05:26.010" Title="Resizing a table by textheight" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;size&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13810" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13793" CreationDate="2011-03-18T14:33:54.250" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Maybe &lt;code&gt;\vphantom&lt;/code&gt; could help? The following code defines a macro &lt;code&gt;\altvphantom&lt;/code&gt; which uses the normal &lt;code&gt;\alt&lt;/code&gt; command and additionally inserts &lt;code&gt;\vphantom{&amp;lt;first argument&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\vphantom{&amp;lt;second argument&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt; to ensure a consistent vertical spacing and to prevent the jiggling:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand&amp;lt;&amp;gt;{\altvphantom}[2]{\alt#3{#1}{#2}\vphantom{#1}\vphantom{#2}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Just add this line to your document and replace &lt;code&gt;\alt&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;{...}{...}&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;\altvphantom{...}{...}&lt;/code&gt;, and the preceding lines will stop moving around.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;UPDATE:&lt;/strong&gt; If you do not want the last line to move left and right either, you can say &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{mathtools}&lt;/code&gt; in the preamble and change the &quot;&lt;code&gt;\alt&lt;/code&gt;-line&quot; to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\altvphantom&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;{\mathrlap{\frac{(x^2+1)\sqrt{x+3}}{x-1}}}{\mathrlap{y}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another possibilty would be to use the &lt;code&gt;fleqn&lt;/code&gt; option: If you use &lt;code&gt;\documentclass[fleqn]{beamer}&lt;/code&gt;, all the equations will flush left, which solves the problem with the moving line, too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3323" LastEditorUserId="3323" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-18T15:45:27.760" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T15:45:27.760" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="13811" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13802" CreationDate="2011-03-18T14:34:44.523" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;From the macros &lt;code&gt;\bibliographystylelit&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\bibliographylit&lt;/code&gt;, I infer that you are using the &lt;code&gt;multibib&lt;/code&gt; package. If I am correct, the following quote from p. 1 of the multibib documentation is relevant:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Citations to each bibliography are&#xA;  collected in a new auxiliary file to&#xA;  be processed by BibTEX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In other words, if your main file is thesis.tex, you will have to run &lt;code&gt;bibtex thesis&lt;/code&gt; as well as &lt;code&gt;bibtex lit&lt;/code&gt; after the first LaTeX run (p. 4). This is &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; done automatically by editors like TeXnicCenter or TeXworks; you have to use either the command line or write a batch file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-18T14:46:47.663" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T14:46:47.663" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13812" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13809" CreationDate="2011-03-18T14:54:19.103" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You are running into the common problem of confusing the &lt;em&gt;height&lt;/em&gt; and the &lt;em&gt;totalheight&lt;/em&gt; of things in TeX. For some reason which also surprised me the baseline of the table is the the middle of the table, so that the lower half is part of the &lt;em&gt;depth&lt;/em&gt; of the resulting TeX box. The &lt;code&gt;\resizebox&lt;/code&gt; scales the box &lt;em&gt;height&lt;/em&gt;, not the &lt;em&gt;totalheight&lt;/em&gt; (height+depth) to the given value.&#xA;To scale the totalheight use the &lt;code&gt;*&lt;/code&gt; version. You can also use &lt;code&gt;\dimexpr&lt;/code&gt; (see also &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/11346/doing-maths-with-distance-values-in-latex-source-code/11347#11347&quot;&gt;Doing maths with distance values in LaTeX source code&lt;/a&gt;) or the &lt;code&gt;calc&lt;/code&gt; package to subtract e.g. two lines from the height:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\resizebox*{!}{\dimexpr\textheight-2\baselineskip\relax}{%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also note that placing a large table in a macro argument is very inefficient and doesn't allow the usage of &lt;code&gt;\verb&lt;/code&gt; etc. in the table. You can use the &lt;code&gt;\adjustbox&lt;/code&gt; macro or &lt;code&gt;adjustbox&lt;/code&gt; environment from the relative new &lt;code&gt;adjustbox&lt;/code&gt; package (written by me) to scale any content instead. Both read the content as box not as argument and avoid the mentioned drawbacks:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{adjustbox}&#xA;% [...]&#xA;&#xA;\begin{adjustbox}{totalheight=\textheight-2\baselineskip}&#xA;  \begin{tabular}{...}&#xA;     ...&#xA;  \end{tabular}&#xA;\end{adjustbox}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;adjustbox&lt;/code&gt; environment and macro accepts all options of the &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt; macro. This includes &lt;code&gt;height&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;totalheight&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that &lt;code&gt;adjustbox&lt;/code&gt; uses &lt;code&gt;pgfmath&lt;/code&gt; to parse the given dimensions, so you can use all math supported by this package. However do not use &lt;code&gt;\dimexpr&lt;/code&gt; directly because it &lt;a href=&quot;http://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&amp;amp;aid=3165954&amp;amp;group_id=142562&amp;amp;atid=752792&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;isn't supported by &lt;code&gt;pgfmath&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-26T09:05:26.010" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T09:05:26.010" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13813" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13814" CreationDate="2011-03-18T15:23:25.500" Score="1" ViewCount="27" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a mathematical set notation that I want to display inline in a paragraph of text. However, when I write this, the output is not very beautiful:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$\{ (w_j,\dots,w_{j+n-1}) | 0 \leq j \leq k-1-n\}$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The curly braces look a bit too small, but it's bearable. What's worse is the spacing, I think: the curly braces are too close to the opening parenthesis on the left side and the &quot;n&quot; on the right side. The same with the pipe symbol in the middle: it's practically glued to the closing parenthesis and the &quot;0&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Overall the tight spacing makes the definition difficult to read. So I wonder if there is a &quot;better&quot; way to write the above set, so that the output is more esthetically pleasing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2628" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T15:40:58.583" Title="Spacing of characters in a mathematical set, displayed inline in paragraph" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;inline&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13814" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13813" CreationDate="2011-03-18T15:40:58.583" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;\left\{ ... \mid ... \right\}&lt;/code&gt;. The spacing of the curly braces looks fine to me, but if you insist on more spacing you can add a &lt;code&gt;\,&lt;/code&gt; between the &lt;code&gt;\left\{&lt;/code&gt; and the &lt;code&gt;(&lt;/code&gt;. So, the complete equation becomes&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$\left\{ (w_j,\dots,w_{j+n-1}) \mid 0 \leq j \leq k-1-n \right\}$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or, with the extra spacing&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$\left\{\, (w_j,\dots,w_{j+n-1}) \mid 0 \leq j \leq k-1-n\,\right\}$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4086" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T15:40:58.583" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13815" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13819" CreationDate="2011-03-18T15:59:17.837" Score="0" ViewCount="47" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to use kpfonts but with the standard mathfrak?&#xA;At first I thought it was nice to have a more readable font, but now I feel like the original one was actually better!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="704" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T16:44:52.187" Title="kpfonts with eufrak" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="13816" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13838" CreationDate="2011-03-18T16:03:16.183" Score="3" ViewCount="61" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have the following pgfplots code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{axis}[domain=-8:2]&#xA;\foreach \i in {-10,-9.8,...,10} {\addplot+[smooth] {-x/\i+\i};}%&#xA;\end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I need several line-plots in order for the parabolic pattern to emerge, hence the for loop with a 0.2 increment. Unfortunately, this gives me the &lt;code&gt;dimension too large&lt;/code&gt; error. What can I do?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2795" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T20:03:02.823" Title="Dimension too large while plotting with pgfplots" Tags="&lt;errors&gt;&lt;pgfplots&gt;&lt;dimensions&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13817" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13821" CreationDate="2011-03-18T16:10:37.723" Score="6" ViewCount="92" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a fraction with sums above and under the line. How can I convince LaTeX to write the indices of the sums &lt;em&gt;under&lt;/em&gt; the sigma instead of next to it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{displaymath}&#xA;  \frac{\sum_{s \in S} s^2}{\sum_{p \in P} p^2}&#xA;\end{displaymath}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2628" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T16:16:05.580" Title="Sums in math mode: how to display index under the sigma sign?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="13818" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13817" CreationDate="2011-03-18T16:14:02.533" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{displaymath}&#xA;  \frac{\displaystyle\sum_{s \in S} s^2}{\displaystyle\sum_{p \in P} p^2}&#xA;\end{displaymath}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2754" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T16:14:02.533" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13819" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13815" CreationDate="2011-03-18T16:14:21.103" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you refer to Euler Fraktur as the &quot;standard mathfrak&quot;, it should be as easy as loading the eufrak package after the kpfonts package and undefining &lt;code&gt;\mathfrak&lt;/code&gt; inbetween.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{kpfonts}&#xA;\let\mathfrak\undefined&#xA;\usepackage{eufrak}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: Corrected solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4087" LastEditorUserId="4087" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-18T16:39:31.550" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T16:39:31.550" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="13821" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13817" CreationDate="2011-03-18T16:16:05.580" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{displaymath}&#xA;  \frac{\sum\limits_{s \in S} s^2}{\sum\limits_{p \in P} p^2}&#xA;\end{displaymath}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4087" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T16:16:05.580" />
  <row Id="13822" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13752" CreationDate="2011-03-18T16:19:12.280" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Why not do it without any package? The code is not much more complicated:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand\if@instr[2]{%&#xA;    \def\if@instr@i##1#2##2\@nil{\ifx\if@instr@i##2\expandafter\@secondoftwo\else\expandafter\@firstoftwo\fi}%&#xA;    \expandafter\if@instr@i#1\@@nil#2\if@instr@i\@nil}&#xA;\newcommand\subst@[3]{%&#xA;    \def\subst@i##1#2##2\@nil{\def#1{##1#3##2}\subst@#1{#2}{#3}}%&#xA;    \if@instr#1{#2}{\expandafter\subst@i#1\@nil}\relax}&#xA;\newcommand\split@at[4]{%&#xA;    \def\split@at@i##1#2##2\@nil{\def#3{##1}\def#4{##2}}%&#xA;    \expandafter\split@at@i#1\@nil}&#xA;\newcommand\replaceentries[4][;]{%&#xA;    \def\listremaining{#3#1}\def\substremaining{#4#1}%&#xA;    \loop&#xA;    \unless\ifx\empty\listremaining&#xA;    \split@at\listremaining{#1}\currentitem\listremaining&#xA;    \split@at\substremaining{#1}\currentsubst\substremaining&#xA;    \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\subst@&#xA;    \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter#2%&#xA;    \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\expandafter\currentitem\expandafter}\expandafter{\currentsubst}%&#xA;    \repeat}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\def\x{a;b;c;d;e;f;g;h}&#xA;\replaceentries\x{a;c;f}{J;K;L}&#xA;\x&#xA;&#xA;\def\x{r!s!t!x!y!z}&#xA;\replaceentries[!]\x{t!x!z}{A!B!C!D!E}&#xA;\x&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4164" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T16:19:12.280" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13823" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13742" CreationDate="2011-03-18T16:43:27.673" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm pretty sure the origin of 'double spacing' is from the time of mechanical typewriters. I've learned touch typing on my mother's machine: You had a &quot;carriage return&quot; lever that &lt;em&gt;returned&lt;/em&gt; the &lt;em&gt;carriage&lt;/em&gt; (so that you could start at the beginning of the line again) and that at the same time moved the paper (in two distinct steps) forward to the next line. Since one of those &quot;steps&quot; is half a line, you could produce both 1.5 line spacing and double line spacing. In this sense 'double spacing' means doubling the distance between the baselines.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-18T16:59:21.090" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T16:59:21.090" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13824" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13815" CreationDate="2011-03-18T16:44:52.187" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{kpfonts}&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareMathAlphabet\mathfrak{U}{euf}{m}{n}&#xA;\SetMathAlphabet\mathfrak{bold}{U}{euf}{b}{n}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T16:44:52.187" />
  <row Id="13825" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13826" CreationDate="2011-03-18T16:54:58.370" Score="1" ViewCount="46" Body="&lt;p&gt;My monospaced font in Xetex is Courier New, but appears too thin on screen.  I can switch to the bold version, but that's too heavy.  Is there is a way with Xetex and fontspec to add some weight to a font?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setmonofont{Courier New}       % too thin&#xA;\setmonofont{Courier New Bold}  % too heavy&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks for any advice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2528" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T17:06:11.963" Title="Adding weight to a font in xetex" Tags="&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;fontspec&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13826" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13825" CreationDate="2011-03-18T17:06:11.963" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, but it's not typographically the best idea ever: see &lt;code&gt;FakeBold&lt;/code&gt; in the manual. Alternatively, check out different monospace fonts such as 'Inconsolata’ — much better, IMO, than Courier. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T17:06:11.963" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13827" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13744" CreationDate="2011-03-18T17:26:47.993" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;ConTeXt makes this really easy. For example, to reproduce the example provided by Martin Scharrer, you can use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\startsetups table:default&#xA;  \setupTABLE[each][each][width=2em, height=2em, align={middle,midddle}, frame=off]&#xA;\stopsetups&#xA;&#xA;\startsetups table:framed&#xA;  \setupTABLE[each][each][width=2em, height=2em, align={middle,midddle}, frame=on]&#xA;\stopsetups&#xA;&#xA;\startsetups table:ruled&#xA;  \setupTABLE[each][each][width=2em, height=2em, align={middle,midddle}, frame=off]&#xA;  \setupTABLE[r][1][topframe=on, rulethickness=2bp]&#xA;  \setupTABLE[r][2][topframe=on, rulethickness=0.5bp]&#xA;  \setupTABLE[r][last][bottomframe=on, rulethickness=2bp]&#xA;\stopsetups&#xA;&#xA;\starttext&#xA;&#xA;\setups{table:ruled}&#xA;% Change the argument to get different styles.&#xA;\startTABLE&#xA;  \NC H1 \NC H2 \NC H3 \NC H4 \NC \NR&#xA;  \NC V1 \NC V2 \NC V3 \NC V4 \NC \NR&#xA;  \NC V1 \NC V2 \NC V3 \NC V4 \NC \NR&#xA;  \NC V1 \NC V2 \NC V3 \NC V4 \NC \NR&#xA;  \NC V1 \NC V2 \NC V3 \NC V4 \NC \NR&#xA;\stopTABLE&#xA;&#xA;\stoptext&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T17:26:47.993" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="13828" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13892" CreationDate="2011-03-18T17:28:38.787" Score="3" ViewCount="51" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to draw a simple colored table with 4 columns. First row is a multicolumn row which spans columns one and two. There is one doublespace between columns 2 and 3. When i apply color (blue in this case) to multicolumn 1&amp;amp;2 it actually crosses the doublerule separator which is not what I want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any ideas how to solve this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is the code which produces the table.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{colortbl}&#xA;\usepackage[margin=1in,headsep=2.5cm]{geometry}&#xA;&#xA;\setlength{\textwidth}{500pt}&#xA;\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}&#xA;\setlength{\doublerulesep}{4pt}&#xA;\setlength{\extrarowheight}{3pt}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}&#xA;{ &amp;gt;{\columncolor[gray]{0.8}}b{79pt}&#xA;  &amp;gt;{\columncolor[gray]{0.8}}b{145pt}||&#xA;  &amp;gt;{\columncolor[gray]{0.8}}b{79pt} &#xA;  &amp;gt;{\columncolor[gray]{0.8}}b{145pt}  }&#xA;\multicolumn{2}{&amp;gt;{\cellcolor{blue}}l}{SOME TEXT GOES HERE}&amp;amp; &amp;amp; \\&#xA;\textbf{E-mail:} &amp;amp; test@example.com &amp;amp; \textbf{Name:} &amp;amp; My Name\\&#xA;\hline \hline&#xA;\textbf{Date:} &amp;amp; 18.3.2011 &amp;amp; \textbf{ID number:} &amp;amp; 1234567\\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/OLnC6.png&quot; alt=&quot;result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4268" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-19T17:24:15.017" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T17:34:30.667" Title="Color running over the doublerule separator in a table" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;color&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13830" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13793" CreationDate="2011-03-18T17:55:13.087" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Following up the discussion of diabonas answer, here my suggestion. The idea to use phantom boxes seems the way to go. Here the two alternatives are boxed so that they can be measured. The code could be improved to detect the mode (text, math, display math, etc.) by itself and avoid the re-boxing which happens in the phantom commands.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\newcommand&amp;lt;&amp;gt;\Alt[2]{{%&#xA;    \sbox0{$\displaystyle #1$}%&#xA;    \sbox1{$\displaystyle #2$}%&#xA;    \alt#3%&#xA;        {\rlap{\usebox0}\vphantom{\usebox1}\hphantom{\ifnum\wd0&amp;gt;\wd1 \usebox0\else\usebox1\fi}}%&#xA;        {\rlap{\usebox1}\vphantom{\usebox0}\hphantom{\ifnum\wd0&amp;gt;\wd1 \usebox0\else\usebox1\fi}}%&#xA;}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;\begin{align*}&#xA;y &amp;amp;= \frac{(x^2+1)\sqrt{x+3}}{x-1} \\&#xA;\ln y &amp;amp;= \ln (x^2+1) + \frac{1}{2} \ln(x+3) - \ln(x-1) \\&#xA;\frac{1}{y} \frac{dy}{dx}&#xA;      &amp;amp;= \frac{2x}{x^2+1} + \frac{1}{2(x+3)} - \frac{1}{x-1}&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;So&#xA;\[&#xA;\begin{split}&#xA;\frac{dy}{dx} &amp;amp;= \left(\frac{2x}{x^2+1} + \frac{1}{2(x+3)} - \frac{1}{x-1}&#xA;\right)&#xA;\Alt&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;{\frac{(x^2+1)\sqrt{x+3}}{x-1}}{y}&#xA;\end{split}&#xA;\]&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here the version which checks the mode and math-style automatically. It works in all math and text modes:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;% Detect mode. mathpalette is used to detect the used math style&#xA;\renewcommand&amp;lt;&amp;gt;\Alt[2]{%&#xA;    \begingroup&#xA;    \ifmmode&#xA;        \expandafter\mathpalette&#xA;        \expandafter\math@Alt&#xA;    \else&#xA;        \expandafter\make@Alt&#xA;    \fi&#xA;    {{#1}{#2}{#3}}%&#xA;    \endgroup&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% Un-brace the second argument (required because \mathpalette reads the three arguments as one&#xA;\newcommand\math@Alt[2]{\math@@Alt{#1}#2}&#xA;&#xA;% Set the two arguments in boxes. The math style is given by #1. \m@th sets \mathsurround to 0.&#xA;\newcommand\math@@Alt[3]{%&#xA;    \setbox\z@ \hbox{$\m@th #1{#2}$}%&#xA;    \setbox\@ne\hbox{$\m@th #1{#3}$}%&#xA;    \@Alt&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% Un-brace the argument&#xA;\newcommand\make@Alt[1]{\make@@Alt#1}&#xA;&#xA;% Set the two arguments into normal boxes&#xA;\newcommand\make@@Alt[2]{%&#xA;    \sbox\z@ {#1}%&#xA;    \sbox\@ne{#2}%&#xA;    \@Alt&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% Place one of the two boxes using \rlap and place a \phantom box with the maximum of the two boxes&#xA;\newcommand\@Alt[1]{%&#xA;    \alt#1%&#xA;        {\rlap{\usebox0}}%&#xA;        {\rlap{\usebox1}}%&#xA;    \setbox\tw@\null&#xA;    \ht\tw@\ifnum\ht\z@&amp;gt;\ht\@ne\ht\z@\else\ht\@ne\fi&#xA;    \dp\tw@\ifnum\dp\z@&amp;gt;\dp\@ne\dp\z@\else\dp\@ne\fi&#xA;    \wd\tw@\ifnum\wd\z@&amp;gt;\wd\@ne\wd\z@\else\wd\@ne\fi&#xA;    \box\tw@&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;% Test the different modes and math styles&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;Display:&#xA;\[&#xA;\begin{split}&#xA;\frac{dy}{dx} &amp;amp;= \left(\frac{2x}{x^2+1} + \frac{1}{2(x+3)} - \frac{1}{x-1}&#xA;\right)&#xA;\Alt&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;{\frac{(x^2+1)\sqrt{x+3}}{x-1}}{y}.&#xA;\end{split}&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;In-Text:&#xA;\(&#xA;\frac{dy}{dx} = \left(\frac{2x}{x^2+1} + \frac{1}{2(x+3)} - \frac{1}{x-1}&#xA;\right)&#xA;\Alt&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;{\frac{(x^2+1)\sqrt{x+3}}{x-1}}{y}.&#xA;\)&#xA;&#xA;Subscript:&#xA;\(&#xA;\frac{dy}{dx} = \left(\frac{2x}{x^2+1} + \frac{1}{2(x+3)} - \frac{1}{x-1}&#xA;\right) X_{\Alt&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;{\frac{(x^2+1)\sqrt{x+3}}{x-1}}{y}}.&#xA;\)&#xA;\[&#xA;\frac{dy}{dx} = \left(\frac{2x}{x^2+1} + \frac{1}{2(x+3)} - \frac{1}{x-1}&#xA;\right) X_{\Alt&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;{\frac{(x^2+1)\sqrt{x+3}}{x-1}}{y}}.&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;Sub-Subscript:&#xA;\(&#xA;\frac{dy}{dx} = \left(\frac{2x}{x^2+1} + \frac{1}{2(x+3)} - \frac{1}{x-1}&#xA;\right) X_{X_{\Alt&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;{\frac{(x^2+1)\sqrt{x+3}}{x-1}}{y}}}.&#xA;\)&#xA;\[&#xA;\frac{dy}{dx} = \left(\frac{2x}{x^2+1} + \frac{1}{2(x+3)} - \frac{1}{x-1}&#xA;\right) X_{X_{\Alt&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;{\frac{(x^2+1)\sqrt{x+3}}{x-1}}{y}}}.&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;Text-mode:&#xA;XXXX  \Alt&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;{aaaaa}{Ag}.&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The dots at the end are to visualize the constant width only.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/WfkL6.png&quot; alt=&quot;Result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-18T23:59:34.380" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T23:59:34.380" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13831" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13833" CreationDate="2011-03-18T18:05:36.973" Score="6" ViewCount="104" Body="&lt;p&gt;Whenever I try to number my theorems according to the section they are in, they all end up having the same number. I tried the other numbering schemes to see what they do, and the only one that gives different numbers is when I point back to the theorem before it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is my code for all three numbering schemes:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}&#xA;\usepackage{amsthm}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\section{numbered by section}&#xA;\theoremstyle{plain}\newtheorem{fst}{Theorem}[section]&#xA;\begin{fst}\end{fst}&#xA;\theoremstyle{plain}\newtheorem{snd}{Theorem}[section]&#xA;\begin{snd}\end{snd}&#xA;&#xA;\section{counted}&#xA;\theoremstyle{plain}\newtheorem{athm}{Theorem}&#xA;\begin{athm}\end{athm}&#xA;\theoremstyle{plain}\newtheorem{bthm}{Theorem}&#xA;\begin{bthm}\end{bthm}&#xA;&#xA;\section{numbered by name of first theorem}&#xA;\theoremstyle{plain}\newtheorem{thma}{Theorem}[section]&#xA;\begin{thma}\end{thma}&#xA;\theoremstyle{plain}\newtheorem{thmb}[thma]{Theorem}&#xA;\begin{thmb}\end{thmb}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is what that gives me:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/0maoc.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you can see, in the first two sections, the theorems did not count properly. What should I be doing differently? While the last version works, I would really like to be able to use the other two. Everything I look up says this is how to do it, so I'm not sure what else to try.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4311" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-18T18:09:38.373" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T18:28:54.747" Title="Why is LaTeX giving all of my theorems the same number?" Tags="&lt;theorems&gt;&lt;counters&gt;&lt;amsthm&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13832" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13816" CreationDate="2011-03-18T18:07:09.077" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the middle of the loop &lt;code&gt;\i&lt;/code&gt;=0, so that there will be a division by zero. Mathematics generally does not like that (though interestingly the code compiles on my computer). So you have to split the loop into two loops, excluding zero:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplots}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{axis}[domain=-8:2]&#xA;    \foreach \i in {-10,-9.8,...,-0.2} {\addplot+[smooth] {-x/\i+\i};}%&#xA;    \foreach \i in {0.2,0.4,...,10} {\addplot+[smooth] {-x/\i+\i};}%&#xA;\end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/VBzul.png&quot; alt=&quot;result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T18:07:09.077" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13833" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13831" CreationDate="2011-03-18T18:28:54.747" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;So, you found the solution already. If you want different theorem environments to share a counter, use the third numbering scheme. However, why do you define a new theoremstyle for each of your theorems? It suffices to define one for each kind of &quot;theorem-like&quot; environment and use it throughout. For example,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\theoremstyle{plain}&#xA;\newtheorem{definition}{Definition}[section]&#xA;\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}[section]&#xA;&#xA;\begin{definition}&#xA;A definition.&#xA;\end{definition}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{theorem}&#xA;The first theorem.&#xA;\end{theorem}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{theorem}&#xA;The second theorem.&#xA;\end{theorem}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to use the same counter for definitions and theorems, use &lt;code&gt;\newtheorem{theorem}[definition]{Theorem}&lt;/code&gt; instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4087" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T18:28:54.747" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="13834" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13835" CreationDate="2011-03-18T19:04:34.133" Score="8" ViewCount="164" Body="&lt;p&gt;As in &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/12856/tikz-finite-grid-with-character-in-each-cell&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;, the code&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\draw[step=0.5cm,color=gray] (-1,-1) grid (1,1);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;gives me a nice finite 4x4 grid. But when I choose a different starting point, like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\draw[step=0.5cm,color=gray] (2,2) grid (4,4);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;then the left and the bottom border of the grid disappears. What is the problem and how can I fix it so that I have all the borders? I know I can draw a rectangle there, but I assume there is some cleaner solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4312" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-19T15:55:33.467" LastActivityDate="2011-03-20T19:11:00.237" Title="Missing TikZ grid borders" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;grids&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="13835" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13834" CreationDate="2011-03-18T19:24:04.933" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.switch.ch/ftp/mirror/tex/graphics/pgf/base/doc/generic/pgf/pgfmanual.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pgfmanual&lt;/a&gt; it says on p. 145 that&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;due to rounding errors, the &quot;last&quot;&#xA;  lines of a grid may be omitted. In&#xA;  this case, you have to add an epsilon&#xA;  to the corner points&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this case, you will have to subtract an epsilon, i.e. a very small value, from the corner point. Something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\draw[step=0.5cm,color=gray] (2-0.001,2-0.001) grid (4,4);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will work without any visible artefacts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T19:24:04.933" />
  <row Id="13836" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-18T19:37:24.777" Score="2" ViewCount="55" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using Stata to run some simultions, and my data change every time I run my do file.  My data have a discontinuity that changes with each run and I'd like a curly brace that reflects the size of the discontinuity.  I thought I could do this by having Stata write to file the following info, where the numbers change with every run:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\draw[decorate,decoration={brace},thick] (axis cs:0.1,0.846) to&#xA;       node[midway,right] (bracket) {0.339}&#xA;       (axis cs:0.1,0.507);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And then using an \insert{&lt;em&gt;filename&lt;/em&gt;} command to call that, as below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplots}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{axis}[&#xA;ylabel={$\hat{\delta}$},&#xA;xlabel={$x$},&#xA;xmin=-4.5,&#xA;xmax=4.5&#xA;]&#xA;\addplot coordinates {(-4.5,0) (0,.507)};&#xA;\addplot coordinates {(0,.8456) (4.5,1)};&#xA;\insert{filename};&#xA;\end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I receive the following error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;ERROR: Missing number, treated as zero.&#xA;&#xA;--- TeX said ---&#xA;&amp;lt;to be read again&amp;gt; &#xA;               {&#xA;l.39 \insert{&#xA;         _filename_};&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any ideas?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4286" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T19:55:01.350" Title="how to use \insert{_file_} to include tikz \draw command?" Tags="&lt;pgfplots&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="13837" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13836" CreationDate="2011-03-18T19:55:01.350" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\insert&lt;/code&gt;.  I'm not sure what &lt;code&gt;\insert&lt;/code&gt; does, so I don't know why that doesn't work (&lt;code&gt;\show\insert&lt;/code&gt; helpfully says &lt;code&gt;\insert=\insert&lt;/code&gt;), but &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; &lt;em&gt;does&lt;/em&gt; work so use that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{standalone}&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplots}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{axis}[&#xA;ylabel={$\hat{\delta}$},&#xA;xlabel={$x$},&#xA;xmin=-4.5,&#xA;xmax=4.5&#xA;]&#xA;\addplot coordinates {(-4.5,0) (0,.507)};&#xA;\addplot coordinates {(0,.8456) (4.5,1)};&#xA;\input{pgfplotsinsertion};&#xA;\end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Result:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/k5vQz.png&quot; alt=&quot;inserted file&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T19:55:01.350" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="13838" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13816" CreationDate="2011-03-18T20:03:02.823" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Besides the obvious 1/0 division, the question is not about math but about TeX, i.e. why pgfplots fails. pgfplots probably complains because whatever internal represenation of 1/0 is &quot;too large&quot; to be plotted. The solution is to use &lt;code&gt;restrict y to domain&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplots}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{axis}[domain=-8:2, restrict y to domain=-10:10]&#xA;\foreach \i in {-10,-9.8,...,10} {\addplot+[no markers, solid, smooth] {-x/\i+\i};}%&#xA;\end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Having said that, it is anyway dangerous to allow a division by zero in general.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/vjwsG.png&quot; alt=&quot;emerging parabola&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1871" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T20:03:02.823" />
  <row Id="13839" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13752" CreationDate="2011-03-18T20:30:28.457" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is a variation on unbonpetit's latest solution:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{catoptions}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;&#xA;\newif\ifsubstall&#xA;\newcommand\subst@[3]{%&#xA;  % Substitute all occurrences of #2 in #1 by #3.&#xA;  % I didn't need this, but in general it is important.&#xA;  % There is, however, need for a guard, in case we&#xA;  % don't need to substitute all the occurrences.&#xA;  \def\subst@i##1#2##2\@nil{%&#xA;    \def#1{##1#3##2}%&#xA;    \ifboolFT{substall}{}{\subst@#1{#2}{#3}}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \oifinsetFT{#2}{#1}{}{\expandafter\subst@i#1\@nil}%&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand\split@at[3]{%&#xA;  \def\split@at@i##1#3##2\@@nil{\def#2{##1}\def#1{##2}}%&#xA;  \expandafter\split@at@i#1\@@nil&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand\replaceentries[4][;]{%&#xA;  \def\listremaining{#3#1}\def\substremaining{#4#1}%&#xA;  \@tempswatrue&#xA;  % \substremaining may run out before \listremaining. Hence&#xA;  \loop&#xA;  \ifx\@empty\listremaining\@tempswafalse\else&#xA;    \ifx\@empty\substremaining\@tempswafalse\fi\fi&#xA;  \if@tempswa&#xA;  \split@at\listremaining\currentitem{#1}%&#xA;  \split@at\substremaining\currentsubst{#1}%&#xA;  % We can avoid a chain of \expandafters here:&#xA;  \cptexpandtwoargsonce{\subst@#2}\currentitem\currentsubst&#xA;  \repeat&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\substalltrue&#xA;\def\x{a;b;c;d;e;a;f;g;h}&#xA;\replaceentries\x{a;c;f}{A;C;F}&#xA;\x&#xA;&#xA;\def\x{r!s!t!x!y!r!z}&#xA;\replaceentries[!]\x{r!x!z}{R!X!Z!D!E}&#xA;\x&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="994" LastEditorUserId="994" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-21T21:31:32.643" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T21:31:32.643" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13840" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13841" CreationDate="2011-03-18T20:34:39.953" Score="3" ViewCount="92" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to use TeX to hyphenate paragraphs of text--and only to hyphenate. My goal is to show hyphenated text on a webpage, with &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;shy;&lt;/code&gt; entities where a possible word break could happen.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I'd like to get contents of an hbox of a paragraph after hyphenation in some machine-parseable format.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I could firstly put my paragraph into a box register, e.g. with &lt;code&gt;\setbox42=\hbox{Hyphenate me please}&lt;/code&gt;, then I force the hyphenation algorithm to do its job (how?), then I show the contents of page with &lt;code&gt;\showlists&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have read the TeXbook, but I don't know how to force hyphenation to happen.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any ideas?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1582" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-19T17:30:39.593" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T17:30:39.593" Title="Using TeX for hyphenation only" Tags="&lt;hyphenation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13841" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13840" CreationDate="2011-03-18T20:52:22.760" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The command&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\showhyphens{Hyphenate me please}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will produce&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in paragraph at lines 20--20&#xA;[] \OT1/cmr/m/n/10 Hy-phen-ate me please&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in the .log file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2754" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T20:52:22.760" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13842" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-18T20:59:03.143" Score="0" ViewCount="171" Body="&lt;p&gt;The following may interest the LaTeX3 Team, but I would first like to hear the views of other people (especially that I haven't followed every line of implementation of &lt;code&gt;graphicx&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following function in the &lt;code&gt;graphicx&lt;/code&gt; package has two points of worry, in my experience and view, anyway:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The local group found in it is perhaps meant to localize the contents of \toks0, but this can slow down &lt;code&gt;\setkeys&lt;/code&gt; if &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/xkeyval&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;xkeyval&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;'s &lt;code&gt;\setkeys&lt;/code&gt; is used, which is often the case these days.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The contents of &lt;code&gt;\toks0&lt;/code&gt; may change (if by a novice programmer) from the time it is built in this macro and the time it is invoked later (after &lt;code&gt;\setkeys&lt;/code&gt;). Another token register (or macro) would have been preferred. Moreover, the conditional in this macro is left open for too long, in my view, and TeX has to keep track of it. Because of pointers and possible re-entrance, &lt;code&gt;xkeyval&lt;/code&gt;'s &lt;code&gt;\setkeys&lt;/code&gt; can be quite expensive.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\Gin@ii[#1]#2{%&#xA;    \def\@tempa{[}\def\@tempb{#2}%&#xA;    \ifx\@tempa\@tempb&#xA;      \def\@tempa{\Gin@iii[#1][}%&#xA;      \expandafter\@tempa&#xA;    \else&#xA;      \begingroup&#xA;       \@tempswafalse&#xA;       \toks@{\Ginclude@graphics{#2}}%&#xA;       \setkeys{Gin}{#1}%&#xA;       \Gin@esetsize&#xA;       \the\toks@&#xA;      \endgroup&#xA;    \fi&#xA;} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="994" LastEditorUserId="4087" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-19T15:25:57.680" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T21:34:35.303" ClosedDate="2011-03-19T17:56:55.583" Title="The graphicx package" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;tex-core&gt;&lt;xkeyval&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="13843" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-18T21:07:10.400" Score="1" ViewCount="69" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I set how much vertical spacing is put between my equation and the curly bracket used in underbrace?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As an example, I feel like the following just puts the brace too close to the equation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\underbrace{c = a + b}_{\text{my equation}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Many thanks...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4316" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-18T21:17:46.673" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T08:31:39.730" Title="Vertical spacing with underbrace command" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;braces&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="13844" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13846" CreationDate="2011-03-18T21:08:23.063" Score="2" ViewCount="96" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to draw a few pictures &lt;strong&gt;in line&lt;/strong&gt; using tikz. I added a few pictures for your understanding. The first pictures is fine, but in the second is some kind of line break which I don't want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/M8dQk.png&quot; alt=&quot;1&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/NMFLt.png&quot; alt=&quot;2&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;strong&gt;code&lt;/strong&gt; I'm using is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usepackage[active,tightpage]{preview}&#xA;\setlength\PreviewBorder{5pt}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \begin{preview}&#xA;&#xA;    \begin{tikzpicture}[font=\sffamily]&#xA;      % draw 1&#xA;    \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \hspace*{10pt}&#xA;    \begin{tikzpicture}[font=\sffamily]&#xA;      % draw 2&#xA;    \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \hspace*{10pt}&#xA;    \begin{tikzpicture}[font=\sffamily]&#xA;      % draw 3&#xA;    \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \end{preview}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Do you have any ideas how to draw these pictures in line?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3299" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-18T21:53:09.607" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T22:56:22.243" Title="Draw multiple tikz pictures in line" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13845" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13847" CreationDate="2011-03-18T21:09:28.290" Score="3" ViewCount="62" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcounter{Def}&#xA;\newcommand{\printDef}{\thechapter.\thesection.\theDef}&#xA;\newenvironment{Expl}&#xA;{\small\narrower\medskip\stepcounter{Def}\noindent\ignorespaces \textsc{Example \printDef.}}&#xA;{\par\normalsize\medskip}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And then:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{Expl} \label{myref}&#xA;blahblahblah&#xA;\end{Expl}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Suppose the current section is 2.4, then it will print something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Example 2.4.1.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, when I do &lt;code&gt;\ref{myref}&lt;/code&gt;, it will just print 2.4.  The 1 is totally gone!  Could anyone please help?  Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4270" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-19T09:41:06.920" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T09:41:06.920" Title="Define command so that \label works properly" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;cross-referencing&gt;&lt;labels&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="13846" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13844" CreationDate="2011-03-18T21:36:44.377" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;TeX will treat &quot;end-of-line&quot; as additional white space—and these white spaces allow line breaks. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does it help to add &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt; after &lt;code&gt;\end{tikzpicture}&lt;/code&gt; and after &lt;code&gt;\hspace*{10pt}&lt;/code&gt;? This should disable the white space caused by end-of-line tokens.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1537" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-18T22:56:22.243" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T22:56:22.243" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13847" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13845" CreationDate="2011-03-18T21:47:01.253" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You need to change some of the code to make it work:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;You should redefine &lt;code&gt;\theDef&lt;/code&gt; instead of using &lt;code&gt;\printDef&lt;/code&gt;. It is used in internal code. You can add the old definition as &lt;code&gt;\arabic{Def}&lt;/code&gt; which prints the counter value as normal (i.e. arabic) number.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;\refstepcounter&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\stepcounter&lt;/code&gt;. This sets the internal macro &lt;code&gt;\@currentlabel&lt;/code&gt; which is used by &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt;. Then the then current value of &lt;code&gt;\theDef&lt;/code&gt; will be used in the &lt;code&gt;\ref&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Note that depending on the used document-class the &lt;code&gt;\thesection&lt;/code&gt; macro already includes &lt;code&gt;\thechapter&lt;/code&gt;. With e.g. &lt;code&gt;report&lt;/code&gt; the chapter number would be printed twice. (I disabled it therefore in the example).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\ignorespaces&lt;/code&gt; should be at the very end to be effective.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;You don'y need to  change the font back to normal at the end because all changes are only local to the environment content anyway.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;You should add an explicit &lt;code&gt;\par&lt;/code&gt; at the beginning and place the &lt;code&gt;\medskip&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\noindent&lt;/code&gt; just after it. They work at the current locations as well but this way it is much cleaner.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The working code looks like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{report}&#xA;&#xA;\newcounter{Def}&#xA;\renewcommand{\theDef}{%\thechapter.&#xA;    \thesection.\arabic{Def}}&#xA;\newenvironment{Expl}&#xA;{\par\medskip\noindent\small\narrower\refstepcounter{Def}\textsc{Example~\theDef.}\ignorespaces}&#xA;{\par\medskip}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\chapter{Test}&#xA;\chapter{Test}&#xA;\section{A}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{Expl}\label{test}&#xA;    Test&#xA;\end{Expl}&#xA;&#xA;See \ref{test}.&#xA;&#xA;\begin{Expl}\label{test2}&#xA;    Test2&#xA;\end{Expl}&#xA;&#xA;See \ref{test2}.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T21:47:01.253" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13848" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13842" CreationDate="2011-03-18T22:12:32.363" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have been using the following patch:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*\@pdf@strcmp[2]{%&#xA;  \@nameuse{@\ifnum\pdfstrcmp{\detokenize{#1}}%&#xA;  {\detokenize{#2}}=\z@ first\else second\fi oftwo}%&#xA;}&#xA;\def\Gin@ii[#1]#2{%&#xA;  \@pdf@strcmp[{#2}{%&#xA;    \Gin@iii[#1][%&#xA;  }{%&#xA;    \begingroup&#xA;    \@tempswafalse&#xA;    \toks@{\Ginclude@graphics{#2}}%&#xA;    \setkeys{Gin}{#1}%&#xA;    \Gin@esetsize&#xA;    \the\toks@&#xA;    \endgroup&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="994" LastEditorUserId="994" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-21T21:34:35.303" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T21:34:35.303" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13849" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13859" CreationDate="2011-03-18T22:17:19.700" Score="6" ViewCount="104" Body="&lt;p&gt;So I am creating documents that have a mixture of paragraphs of text intermingled with numbered questions. I have been creating these using the 'exam' class. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I decided to set the default spacing between my paragraphs and notice that in the exam class I have no paragraphs once I begin the 'question' environment. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This being said I plan on spending a decent amount of time on many documents and I am a little worried that I will regret using the 'exam' class. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What factors do people bring into their decision to choose a particular class for a particular document? How do you keep the greatest amount of flexibility if you decide to modify your documents in the future? (I know that is a very broad question). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3961" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-19T06:05:55.880" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T06:05:55.880" Title="How do you determine what class to use?" Tags="&lt;documentclass&gt;&lt;article&gt;&lt;exam&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="13850" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13849" CreationDate="2011-03-18T22:29:42.683" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is a bit of a non-answer, but the underlying point may be useful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As far as I am able, I &lt;em&gt;don't&lt;/em&gt; choose a class to use.  The majority of my documents are articles intended for publication in a journal.  When I start writing the article, I don't usually have a particular journal in mind.  But when I submit the article, I often find that the journal I do choose wants the article to use its &quot;House Style&quot;, usually in the form of a class file.  So if my article depends very much on a particular class, then I would have considerable hassle reformatting it to fit the new class.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In fact, I've gotten so fed up of this process that I've written a &quot;wrapper&quot; class which makes it easy to swap in and out the various journal classes whilst leaving my document unchanged.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So my advice is: do your best not to rely on any functionality provided by a class if there is any chance that you will want to change class at a later stage.  If you find yourself needing some particular functionality that is provided by a certain class, then of course use that class.  But then needing that functionality is sufficient reason to make a choice (and stick by it), and sufficient reason not to change your mind later on.  In other words, making a choice for a &lt;em&gt;positive&lt;/em&gt; reason is fine, but making a choice just because you feel that you ought to is not.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(In my ideal universe, classes would not provide any functionality - that would be provided by packages.  Classes would be much more like CSS stylefiles and would just change how things looked.  While I'm dreaming, I'd like a pony too.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2011-03-18T22:29:42.683" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13851" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13852" CreationDate="2011-03-18T22:58:56.873" Score="4" ViewCount="83" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have lots of LaTeX files, and my AucTeX has been set up to automatically open up all *.tex files in LaTeX-mode.  But more recently I've started using ConTeXt, and for those files (which also end in .tex) I'd like to use ConTeXt-mode.  Is there any way of embedding something in the file which will tell Emacs to open up the correct mode?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can start a file with, for example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;-*- mode: context; -*-&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which works well, but even if it's the very first line in the file, ConTeXt still parses it and writes it to the output, although it comes way before &lt;code&gt;\starttext&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anybody have any better suggestions?  I suppose the sensible thing would be to move all ConTeXt files into one directory tree, and set up a &lt;code&gt;.dir-locals.el&lt;/code&gt; file in that directory, which would tell Emacs to open up all .tex files using ConTeXt mode.  But I'd still like to be able to do it on a file-by-file basis.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;FWIW, I'm using Linux.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3628" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T01:40:23.160" Title="Getting Emacs to choose between LaTeX/ConTeXt mode depending on file?" Tags="&lt;emacs&gt;&lt;auctex&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13852" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13851" CreationDate="2011-03-19T00:34:15.360" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Can't you simply put a &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt; in front of this line?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using this in the last some lines of my files, for example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%%% Local Variables: &#xA;%%% mode: latex&#xA;%%% TeX-master: &quot;spezialisierung&quot;&#xA;%%% End: &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% -*- mode: context; -*-&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in the first line should work, too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3335" LastEditorUserId="3335" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-19T01:05:12.167" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T01:05:12.167" />
  <row Id="13853" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13851" CreationDate="2011-03-19T01:40:23.160" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As an alternative to manually setting the &lt;code&gt;mode&lt;/code&gt; file local variable (which is preferred because it does not rely on heuristics), AucTeX automatically recognizes the TeX format! It knows about LaTeX (detected via &lt;code&gt;\documentclass&lt;/code&gt;), ConTeXt (detected via &lt;code&gt;\starttext&lt;/code&gt;) and Plain TeX. For example, you can do the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Create a file &lt;code&gt;abc.tex&lt;/code&gt;. AucTeX starts in LaTeX mode by default.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Enter &lt;code&gt;\starttext&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Hit &lt;code&gt;C-c C-n&lt;/code&gt; to force reparsing of the buffer.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;AucTeX automatically detects that you plan to write a ConTeXt document and switches to ConTeXt mode.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Hit &lt;code&gt;M-x add-file-local-variable RET mode RET RET&lt;/code&gt; to add the mode as a file-local variable. Then the file will always trigger ConTeXt mode even if the auto-recognition fails.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T01:40:23.160" />
  <row Id="13854" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-19T02:26:20.240" Score="2" ViewCount="46" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am working on a translation. The original text has marginal notes, and I also need footnotes for commentary.&#xA;Some of it needs to be tabulated in big two-column tables.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I use &lt;code&gt;\longtable&lt;/code&gt; because &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;it spreads tables nicely on several pages, &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;it accommodates footnotes (something table does not).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Problem: &#xA;&lt;code&gt;\marginpar&lt;/code&gt; doesn't work with &lt;code&gt;\longtable&lt;/code&gt;, so the marginal notes won't appear when called, but show up the next time you use &lt;code&gt;\marginpar&lt;/code&gt; in plain text thus shifting the whole marginal notes.&#xA;How can I get marginal notes while in a table environment?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondary problem: it would be very nice to use footnotes in marginal notes (that would be counted as a normal footnote, and appear at the bottom of the page).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4317" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-19T12:37:56.217" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T12:37:56.217" Title="Margin notes *and* footnotes in a table environment" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;footnotes&gt;&lt;longtable&gt;&lt;marginpar&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="13855" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13854" CreationDate="2011-03-19T03:26:45.950" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ha!&#xA;I found the solution: it's called &lt;code&gt;\marginnotes&lt;/code&gt; an extention on &lt;code&gt;\marginpar&lt;/code&gt;.&#xA;It works with &lt;code&gt;longtable&lt;/code&gt; and accomodates footnotes inside margin notes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4317" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-19T12:33:41.957" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T12:33:41.957" />
  <row Id="13856" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13870" CreationDate="2011-03-19T03:31:42.140" Score="6" ViewCount="132" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi all, I am in the following situation: I need to have some text on the first line of a paragraph indented to the normal paragraph indentation point, then I need &lt;em&gt;further text on that same line&lt;/em&gt;, as well as all subsequent lines in the paragraph, to be indented to a specific horizontal location (in my case, 2 inches). How can I achieve this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: None of the solutions take into account that I need &lt;strong&gt;further text on the first line&lt;/strong&gt; to be indented to the same length as additional lines. Your answers get me almost there, but not quite.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/wWKgW.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;sample&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4318" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-19T23:42:01.280" LastActivityDate="2011-03-20T02:39:21.733" Title="Paragraph indented to absolute horizontal position." Tags="&lt;indentation&gt;&lt;paragraphs&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13857" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13842" CreationDate="2011-03-19T03:32:30.223" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I had many gripes with &lt;code&gt;xkeyval&lt;/code&gt; (see &lt;a href=&quot;http://groups.google.com/group/comp.text.tex/browse_frm/thread/2a27fd37c8d0bd77&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;CTT&lt;/a&gt; among others). In the end I have reverted back to the original definition.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\origsetkeys#1#2{%    Original def&#xA;  \def\KV@prefix{KV@#1@}%&#xA;  \let\@tempc\relax&#xA;  \KV@do#2,\relax,}&#xA;&#xA;\def\Gin@ii[#1]#2{%&#xA;    \def\@tempa{[}\def\@tempb{#2}%&#xA;    \ifx\@tempa\@tempb&#xA;      \def\@tempa{\Gin@iii[#1][}%&#xA;      \expandafter\@tempa&#xA;    \else&#xA;     \begingroup&#xA;       \@tempswafalse&#xA;       \toks@{\Ginclude@graphics{#2}}%&#xA;       \origsetkeys{Gin}{#1}%&amp;lt;----------&#xA;       \Gin@esetsize&#xA;       \the\toks@&#xA;     \endgroup&#xA;     \fi}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1683" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-19T15:47:25.877" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T15:47:25.877" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13858" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-19T04:38:48.343" Score="1" ViewCount="43" Body="&lt;p&gt;I created a figure with four subfigures (two rows of two subfigures) where each subfigure has a caption below the subfigure.  Strangely, the captions for the subfigures in the top row are partially covered by the subfigures in the second row.  I can't seem to figure out why that is or how to fix it.  An example of the code is given below.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}[ht!]&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;\subfigure[$k$~$=$~0.1]{\label{fig:1}\includegraphics[scale=0.4]{Fig1}}&#xA;\subfigure[$k$~$=$~0.5]{\label{fig:2}\includegraphics[scale=0.4]{Fig2}} \\&#xA;\subfigure[$k$~$=$~1.0]{\label{fig:3}\includegraphics[scale=0.4]{Fig3}}&#xA;\subfigure[$k$~$=$~2.0]{\label{fig:4}\includegraphics[scale=0.4]{Fig4}} &#xA;\end{center}&#xA;\caption{Plots.}&#xA;\label{fig:Figs}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4320" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T07:55:31.933" Title="Cut-Off Subfigure Captions" Tags="&lt;subfloats&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="13859" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13849" CreationDate="2011-03-19T05:07:06.647" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It really sounds like the exam class is not only overkill for what you want, but it's also forcing your formatting to look like something you don't want.  If all you want is to be able to list questions, possibly with parts, then all you need is to set up the code to create those environments.  Here's a complete latex file that shows how to do that:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;%--------------------------------------------------------------------&#xA;\newcounter{question}&#xA;\setcounter{question}{0}&#xA;\newenvironment{questions}{%&#xA;  \list{\thequestion.}%&#xA;  {%&#xA;    % We don't say \usecounter because we don't want the counter&#xA;    % to be reset at the start of the environment:&#xA;    \def\question{\refstepcounter{question}\item}%&#xA;    \settowidth{\leftmargin}{10.\hskip\labelsep}%&#xA;    \labelwidth\leftmargin\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;{%&#xA;  \endlist&#xA;}%&#xA;&#xA;\newcounter{partno}&#xA;\renewcommand\thepartno{\alph{partno}}&#xA;\newenvironment{parts}{%&#xA;  \list{(\thepartno)}%&#xA;  {%&#xA;    \def\part{\item}%&#xA;    \usecounter{partno}%&#xA;    \settowidth{\leftmargin}{(m)\hskip\labelsep}%&#xA;    \labelwidth\leftmargin\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep&#xA;  }%&#xA;}%&#xA;{%&#xA;  \endlist&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;%--------------------------------------------------------------------&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Here's some text. Here's some text. Here's some text. Here's some&#xA;text. Here's some text. Here's some text. Here's some text. Here's&#xA;some text. Here's some text. Here's some text. Here's some&#xA;text. Here's some text. Here's some text. Here's some text.&#xA;&#xA;\begin{questions}&#xA;  \question \label{first} Why is there air?&#xA;  \question \label{second} What if there were no air?&#xA;  \begin{parts}&#xA;    \part \label{balloon} Describe the effect on the balloon industry.&#xA;    \part \label{aircraft} Describe the effect on the aircraft industry.&#xA;  \end{parts}&#xA;\end{questions}&#xA;That was question~\ref{first} and question~\ref{second}.&#xA;Question~\ref{second} had parts \ref{balloon} and \ref{aircraft}.&#xA;&#xA;Here's some text. Here's some text. Here's some text. Here's some&#xA;text. Here's some text. Here's some text. Here's some text. Here's&#xA;some text. Here's some text. Here's some text. Here's some&#xA;text. Here's some text. Here's some text. Here's some text.&#xA;&#xA;\begin{questions}&#xA;  \question \label{grant} Who's buried in Grant's tomb?&#xA;  \question \label{another} What was the color of George Washington's&#xA;  white horse?&#xA;  \question \label{yetanother} What was the color of the bus driver's&#xA;  eyes?&#xA;\end{questions}&#xA;That was questions~\ref{grant} through \ref{yetanother}.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You'll notice that this questions environment doesn't reset the question counter every time you enter.  That is, after you've listed some questions, you should end the questions environment.  When you later want to list more questions, the next questions environment you create will continue the question numbering from the point where the last one stopped.  That way the formatting of the list of questions won't interfere with the formatting of the material in in between the various collections of questions.  If you &lt;em&gt;want&lt;/em&gt; the next questions environment to begin with question number 1 again, you should insert &lt;code&gt;\setcounter{question}{0}&lt;/code&gt; before the &lt;code&gt;\begin{questions}&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2754" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T05:07:06.647" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13860" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13620" CreationDate="2011-03-19T06:19:30.080" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Perhaps try exiting from pdf mode (&lt;code&gt;C-C C-t C-p&lt;/code&gt;) and then generating previews (&lt;code&gt;C-c C-p C-d&lt;/code&gt;). I believe that this results in the previews (which are png images by default) being generated from dvi rather from pdf.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(It still seems to me like the underlying issue with generating previews in pdf-mode is something related to ghostscript. However, your original zip file did not appear to contain any errors to help track the issue down.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4274" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T06:19:30.080" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13861" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13856" CreationDate="2011-03-19T07:50:28.847" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Like this (Plain)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\hsize=.7\hsize&#xA;\parindent=20pt&#xA;\def\lipsum{Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet. }&#xA;\lipsum\lipsum\lipsum\lipsum\lipsum\lipsum&#xA;\lipsum\lipsum\lipsum\lipsum\lipsum\lipsum&#xA;&#xA;\leftskip=2in&#xA;\lipsum\lipsum\lipsum\lipsum\lipsum\lipsum&#xA;\lipsum\lipsum\lipsum\lipsum\lipsum\lipsum&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/8pFMO.png&quot; alt=&quot;skips&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Depending on what you want, you could also use &lt;code&gt;\hoffset&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T07:50:28.847" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13862" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13858" CreationDate="2011-03-19T07:55:31.933" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It seems that the borders of the figures itself are not correct. An easy way to check this is to surround each one with a &lt;code&gt;\fbox&lt;/code&gt;, e.g. replacing &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics[scale=0.4]{Fig1}&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;\fbox{\includegraphics[scale=0.4]{Fig1}}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Something different: I recommend using &lt;code&gt;\centering&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\begin{center}...\end{center}&lt;/code&gt; because the latter one will produce unwanted vertical space between figure contents and caption.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2574" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T07:55:31.933" />
  <row Id="13863" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13875" CreationDate="2011-03-19T08:04:56.790" Score="11" ViewCount="235" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm wondering if anyone has seen a package for drawing (qualitative) molecular orbital splitting diagrams in LaTeX? Or if there exist any packages that can be easily re-purposed to this task?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Otherwise, I think I'll have a go at it in TikZ.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Example&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Cropped from a &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File%3aMolek%C3%BClorbital-Sauerstoff.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;graphic on Wikipedia by 'orci'&lt;/a&gt; - I suspect it was drawn manually due to the slight misalignment of various elements)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/KN0yh.png&quot; alt=&quot;An example MO splitting diagram cropped from a graphic on wikipedia by 'orci'&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Having a go at it in TikZ&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I decided to try doing this in TikZ and have prepared a MO diagram for dioxygen (&lt;em&gt;prior attempt at much simpler dihydrogen below&lt;/em&gt;) - this is the kind of scheme I'm going for.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/J1c75.png&quot; alt=&quot;elaborated MO diagram of oxygen S=1 state&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are at least three problems with this approach:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;It's not very general and I don't know any strategies to make it arbitrarily extensible (e.g. stacking energy levels etc like in the example diagram.) &lt;strong&gt;Partially addressed&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The H, H_{2} labels are not aligned at the baseline of each H, so the H_{2} is slightly higher than the other two. &lt;strong&gt;Solved, thanks @Matthew Leingang&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The coordinates, whilst text-proportionate, are all hard coded and I would like to know how to make this diagram scalable in terms of a total width, total height and separation of the split levels. &lt;strong&gt;Addressed using (probably too many) variables and in-coordinate calculation&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please help me improve this probably pretty naive approach.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Specification&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/k97kn.png&quot; alt=&quot;annotated MO diagram&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;MO diagrams can be drawn in a variety of different ways. In the simplest case, such as for either O2 or H2 here, the left column represents the orbitals of one atom as horizontal lines, arranged vertically in order of their relative energies. The right column does the same for the other atom. In this case the example picture represents orbitals as boxes for clarity as several orbitals can have the same energy, which is what occurs in the case of the 3x 2p orbitals and the pi_x, pi_y orbitals. In this situation they are shown side by side. Orbitals may have zero, one or two (antiparallel) electrons. It is fairly common to simply see orbitals represented as horizontal lines rather than boxes. Lines connect the orbitals to indicate the contribution of the atomic orbitals to a molecular orbital.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The center column shows the molecular orbitals generated from the combination of the atomic orbitals, which can either be additive (in which case the relative energy drops, giving a bonding orbital) or subtractive (in which case the relative energy increases with respect to the atomic orbitals, i.e. an antibonding orbital). As this diagram is qualitative only, the splitting can be treated as symmetric.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Source&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usepackage{textcomp}&#xA;\usepackage[version=3]{mhchem}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\moup}{\textuparrow}&#xA;\newcommand{\modown}{\textdownarrow}&#xA;\newcommand{\moupdown}{\textuparrow\textdownarrow}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=1]&#xA;&#xA;\def\sbaseline{0em};&#xA;\def\pbaseline{14em};&#xA;\def\ssplit{6em};&#xA;\def\psplit{12em};&#xA;\def\pextend{5em};&#xA;\def\psso{4em};&#xA;\def\pxyoffset{1em};&#xA;\def\mwidth{3em};&#xA;\def\hsep{2em};&#xA;&#xA;\tikzstyle{split} = [densely dashed,draw=gray]&#xA;\tikzstyle{orbital} = [rectangle, rounded corners, fill=white, draw=black, minimum width=3.5ex, minimum height=3.5ex]&#xA;\tikzstyle{label}   = [rectangle, minimum width=3.5ex, node distance=3.5ex]&#xA;&#xA;%1s splitting&#xA;\draw        (\mwidth/-2-\hsep*2,\sbaseline)            -- (\mwidth/-2-\hsep  ,\sbaseline);&#xA;\draw[split] (\mwidth/-2-\hsep  ,\sbaseline)            -- (\mwidth/-2        ,\sbaseline+\ssplit/2);&#xA;\draw        (\mwidth/-2        ,\sbaseline+\ssplit/2)  -- (\mwidth/2         ,\sbaseline+\ssplit/2);&#xA;\draw[split] (\mwidth/2         ,\sbaseline+\ssplit/2)  -- (\mwidth/2+\hsep   ,\sbaseline);&#xA;\draw        (\mwidth/2+\hsep   ,\sbaseline)            -- (\mwidth/+2+\hsep*2,\sbaseline);&#xA;\draw[split] (\mwidth/-2-\hsep  ,\sbaseline)            -- (\mwidth/-2        ,\sbaseline+\ssplit/-2);&#xA;\draw        (\mwidth/-2        ,\sbaseline+\ssplit/-2) -- (\mwidth/2         ,\sbaseline+\ssplit/-2);&#xA;\draw[split] (\mwidth/2         ,\sbaseline+\ssplit/-2) -- (\mwidth/2+\hsep   ,\sbaseline);&#xA;&#xA;%left 1s&#xA;\draw[] (-\mwidth-\hsep,0em) node[orbital] (l1s) {\moupdown};&#xA;\node[label, below of=l1s] (l1sl) {$2s$};&#xA;&#xA;%right 1s&#xA;\draw[] (\mwidth+\hsep,0em) node[orbital] (r1s) {\moupdown};&#xA;\node[label, below of=r1s] (r1sl) {$2s$};&#xA;&#xA;%sigma bonding&#xA;\draw[] (0em,\ssplit/-2) node[orbital] (sb) {\moupdown};&#xA;\node[label, below of=sb]  (sbl) {$\sigma$};&#xA;\node[label, left of=sb, node distance = 9ex] {\tiny{\color{gray}{$\Psi_{a}+\Psi_{b}$}}};&#xA;&#xA;%sigma antibonding&#xA;\draw[] (0em,\ssplit/2) node[orbital] (sa) {\moupdown};&#xA;\node[label, below of=sa] (sal) {$\sigma^{*}$};&#xA;\node[label, left of=sa, node distance = 9ex] {\tiny{\color{gray}{$\Psi_{a}-\Psi_{b}$}}};&#xA;&#xA;%orbital labels&#xA;\node[label, below of=l1sl, node distance=6em]   (a)    {\smash[b]{\ce{O_{a}}}};&#xA;\node[label, right of=a   , node distance=\mwidth+\hsep]   (ab)   {\smash[b]{\ce{{O2}}}};&#xA;\node[label, right of=a   , node distance=\mwidth*2+\hsep*2]  (b)    {\smash[b]{\ce{O_{b}}}};&#xA;&#xA;%Title&#xA;\node[label, below of=ab  , node distance=3em]   (desc) {Dioxygen ($|S|=1$)};&#xA;&#xA;%2p splitting&#xA;\draw        (\mwidth/-2-\hsep*2-\pextend,\pbaseline)            -- (\mwidth/-2-\hsep  ,\pbaseline);&#xA;\draw[split] (\mwidth/-2-\hsep  ,\pbaseline)            -- (\mwidth/-2        ,\pbaseline+\psplit/2);&#xA;\draw        (\mwidth/-2        ,\pbaseline+\psplit/2)  -- (\mwidth/2         ,\pbaseline+\psplit/2);&#xA;\draw[split] (\mwidth/2         ,\pbaseline+\psplit/2)  -- (\mwidth/2+\hsep   ,\pbaseline);&#xA;\draw        (\mwidth/2+\hsep   ,\pbaseline)            -- (\mwidth/+2+\hsep*2+\pextend,\pbaseline);&#xA;\draw[split] (\mwidth/-2-\hsep  ,\pbaseline)            -- (\mwidth/-2        ,\pbaseline+\psplit/-2);&#xA;\draw        (\mwidth/-2        ,\pbaseline+\psplit/-2) -- (\mwidth/2         ,\pbaseline+\psplit/-2);&#xA;\draw[split] (\mwidth/2         ,\pbaseline+\psplit/-2) -- (\mwidth/2+\hsep   ,\pbaseline);&#xA;&#xA;\draw[split] (\mwidth/-2-\hsep  ,\pbaseline)            -- (\mwidth/-2        ,\pbaseline-\psso+\psplit/2);&#xA;\draw        (\mwidth/-2        ,\pbaseline-\psso+\psplit/2)  -- (\mwidth/2         ,\pbaseline-\psso+\psplit/2);&#xA;\draw[split] (\mwidth/2         ,\pbaseline-\psso+\psplit/2)  -- (\mwidth/2+\hsep   ,\pbaseline);&#xA;\draw[split] (\mwidth/-2-\hsep  ,\pbaseline)            -- (\mwidth/-2        ,\pbaseline+\psso+\psplit/-2);&#xA;\draw        (\mwidth/-2        ,\pbaseline+\psso+\psplit/-2) -- (\mwidth/2         ,\pbaseline+\psso+\psplit/-2);&#xA;\draw[split] (\mwidth/2         ,\pbaseline+\psso+\psplit/-2) -- (\mwidth/2+\hsep   ,\pbaseline);&#xA;&#xA;%left 2p&#xA;\draw[] (-\mwidth-\hsep,\pbaseline) node[orbital] (l2pa) {\moupdown};&#xA;\node[orbital, left of=l2pa] (l2pb) {\moup};&#xA;\node[orbital, left of=l2pb] (l2pc) {\moup};&#xA;&#xA;\node[label, below of=l2pb] (l2pl) {$2p$};&#xA;&#xA;%right 2p&#xA;&#xA;\draw[] (\mwidth+\hsep,\pbaseline) node[orbital] (r2pa) {\moupdown};&#xA;\node[orbital, right of=r2pa] (r2pb) {\moup};&#xA;\node[orbital, right of=r2pb] (r2pc) {\moup};&#xA;&#xA;\node[label, below of=r2pb] (r2pl) {$2p$};&#xA;&#xA;%sigmap bonding&#xA;\draw[] (0em,\pbaseline+\psplit/-2) node[orbital] (spb) {\moupdown};&#xA;\node[label, below of=spb]  (spbl) {$\sigma$};&#xA;&#xA;%sigmap antibonding&#xA;\draw[] (0em,\pbaseline+\psplit/2) node[orbital] (spab) {};&#xA;\node[label, below of=spab]  (spabl) {$\sigma^{*}$};&#xA;&#xA;%pi antibonding levels&#xA;\draw[] (-\pxyoffset,\pbaseline+\psso-\psplit/2) node[orbital] (ppabx) {\moupdown};&#xA;\node[label, below of=ppabx]  (ppabxl) {$\pi_{x}$};&#xA;\draw[] (+\pxyoffset,\pbaseline+\psso-\psplit/2) node[orbital] (ppaby) {\moupdown};&#xA;\node[label, below of=ppaby]  (ppabyl) {$\pi_{y}$};&#xA;&#xA;%pi antibonding levels&#xA;\draw[] (-\pxyoffset,\pbaseline-\psso+\psplit/2) node[orbital] (ppbx) {\moup};&#xA;\node[label, below of=ppbx]  (ppbxl) {$\pi^{*}_{x}$};&#xA;\draw[] (+\pxyoffset,\pbaseline-\psso+\psplit/2) node[orbital] (ppby) {\moup};&#xA;\node[label, below of=ppby]  (ppbyl) {$\pi^{*}_{y}$};&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1052" LastEditorUserId="1052" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-19T15:24:11.173" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T23:17:13.140" Title="Molecular orbital diagrams in LaTeX?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;diagrams&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="13864" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13843" CreationDate="2011-03-19T08:31:39.730" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can put a &lt;code&gt;\strut&lt;/code&gt; just before &lt;code&gt;c&lt;/code&gt; to enlarge the depth of your equation and if you still find the curly bracket too close, you can also define your own &quot;strut&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\newcommand*\mystrut[1]{\vrule width0pt height0pt depth#1\relax}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;$\underbrace{c = a + b}_{\text{my equation}}$&#xA;$\underbrace{\strut c = a + b}_{\text{my equation}}$&#xA;$\underbrace{\mystrut{1.5ex}c = a + b}_{\text{my equation}}$&#xA;$\underbrace{\mystrut{2.5ex}c = a + b}_{\text{my equation}}$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4164" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T08:31:39.730" />
  <row Id="13865" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-19T09:20:17.147" Score="3" ViewCount="109" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to use Latex on my blog, but I could not configure how. Has anyone done it before? Any feedback or related information would be greatly appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4322" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T11:04:09.547" Title="How to use Latex on blogspot?" Tags="&lt;latex-general&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="13866" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13867" CreationDate="2011-03-19T09:56:29.143" Score="13" ViewCount="248" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the LateX companion, the authors recommend to use the package &lt;code&gt;ifthen&lt;/code&gt; for complex conditional.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But in this &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/5894/latex-conditional-expression/5896#5896&quot;&gt;answer&lt;/a&gt; Will Robertson doesn't mention it, and in the comments, Philipp says that the package is obsolete.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The question is in which way &lt;code&gt;ifthen&lt;/code&gt; is obsolete and what are the risk to use it in a document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3172" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T14:46:08.073" Title="Why is the ifthen package obsolete ?" Tags="&lt;conditionals&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13867" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13866" CreationDate="2011-03-19T10:11:55.103" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The main reason why people may consider &lt;code&gt;ifthen&lt;/code&gt; obsolete (last version of 2001/05/26) is that it is superseded by e.g. &lt;code&gt;etoolbox&lt;/code&gt;, which uses the advanced possibilities of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=etex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;eTeX&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. Using these allows faster processing. You still can use &lt;code&gt;ifthen&lt;/code&gt; for your existing and new documents if you like and I don't think there is a risk in doing so. &#xA;However for new code, especially new packages which use a lot of boolean expression using the more modern alternatives is recommended.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T10:11:55.103" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="13868" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13865" CreationDate="2011-03-19T11:04:09.547" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would say use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mathjax.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;MathJax&lt;/a&gt;.  It's a AJAX engine for LaTeX syntax that now is distributed by a CDN so you don't have to upload a single file to your blogspot account.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Googling &quot;install mathjax blogspot&quot; led me to a page &lt;a href=&quot;http://mnnttl.blogspot.com/2011/02/latex-on-blogger.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;“LaTeX using MathJax on Blogger”&lt;/a&gt;, which seems to have instructions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;To enable MathJax, just drop in&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;script type=&quot;text/javascript&quot; src=&quot;http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest/MathJax.js&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;MathJax.Hub.Config({&#xA; extensions: [&quot;tex2jax.js&quot;,&quot;TeX/AMSmath.js&quot;,&quot;TeX/AMSsymbols.js&quot;],&#xA; jax: [&quot;input/TeX&quot;, &quot;output/HTML-CSS&quot;],&#xA; tex2jax: {&#xA;     inlineMath: [ ['$','$'], [&quot;\\(&quot;,&quot;\\)&quot;] ],&#xA;     displayMath: [ ['$$','$$'], [&quot;\\[&quot;,&quot;\\]&quot;] ],&#xA; },&#xA; &quot;HTML-CSS&quot;: { availableFonts: [&quot;TeX&quot;] }&#xA;});&#xA;&amp;lt;/script&amp;gt;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;after the header (&lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;head&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;) in the Blogger template (Design→Edit HTML→Edit Template). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See the MathJax pages for more information about configuring and using it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T11:04:09.547" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13869" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13856" CreationDate="2011-03-19T11:45:43.253" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The TeX primitive &lt;code&gt;\parshape&lt;/code&gt; can do what you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\dimen0\hsize&#xA;\advance\dimen0 by -2in&#xA;\parshape=2 0pt \hsize 2in \dimen0&#xA;Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna&#xA;aliquam erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation ullamcorper suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip ex&#xA;ea commodo consequat. Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate velit esse molestie consequat, vel illum dolore&#xA;eu feugiat nulla facilisis at vero eros et accumsan et iusto odio dignissim qui blandit praesent luptatum zzril delenit augue&#xA;duis dolore te feugait nulla facilisi. Nam liber tempor cum soluta nobis eleifend option congue nihil imperdiet doming id quod&#xA;mazim placerat facer possim assum. Typi non habent claritatem insitam; est usus legentis in iis qui facit eorum claritatem.&#xA;Investigationes demonstraverunt lectores legere me lius quod ii legunt saepius. Claritas est etiam processus dynamicus, qui&#xA;sequitur mutationem consuetudium lectorum. Mirum est notare quam littera gothica, quam nunc putamus parum claram, anteposuerit&#xA;litterarum formas humanitatis per seacula quarta decima et quinta decima. Eodem modo typi, qui nunc nobis videntur parum&#xA;clarifiant sollemnes in futurum.&#xA;&#xA;Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna&#xA;aliquam erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation ullamcorper suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip ex&#xA;ea commodo consequat. Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate velit esse molestie consequat, vel illum dolore&#xA;eu feugiat nulla facilisis at vero eros et accumsan et iusto odio dignissim qui blandit praesent luptatum zzril delenit augue&#xA;duis dolore te feugait nulla facilisi. Nam liber tempor cum soluta nobis eleifend option congue nihil imperdiet doming id quod&#xA;mazim placerat facer possim assum. Typi non habent claritatem insitam; est usus legentis in iis qui facit eorum claritatem.&#xA;Investigationes demonstraverunt lectores legere me lius quod ii legunt saepius. Claritas est etiam processus dynamicus, qui&#xA;sequitur mutationem consuetudium lectorum. Mirum est notare quam littera gothica, quam nunc putamus parum claram, anteposuerit&#xA;litterarum formas humanitatis per seacula quarta decima et quinta decima. Eodem modo typi, qui nunc nobis videntur parum&#xA;clarifiant sollemnes in futurum.&#xA;&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(this is a plain tex example; if you wanted it in LaTeX just copy and paste it between &lt;code&gt;\begin{document}...\end{document}&lt;/code&gt; but omit &lt;code&gt;\bye&lt;/code&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/7toCH.png&quot; alt=&quot;sample code output&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Parshapes are documented in the TeXBook.  Google found me a &lt;a href=&quot;http://books.google.com/books?id=rstheMEAf2gC&amp;amp;pg=PA107&amp;amp;lpg=PA107&amp;amp;dq=parshape&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=TTSzVpaPho&amp;amp;sig=EY_hWnV6GajTGgasoZddCHfJ8Us&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;ei=tJGETfbGN8jDgQefy-XBCA&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;oi=book_result&amp;amp;ct=result&amp;amp;resnum=7&amp;amp;ved=0CD4Q6AEwBg#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=parshape&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;passage in &lt;em&gt;The Advanced TeXBook&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; which also helps.  The basic usage is that &lt;code&gt;\parshape&lt;/code&gt; expects a number then a sequence of pairs of dimensions.  Each pair of dimensions represents the indentation and width of each line.  The number at the beginning is the index of the pair which should be used once the sequence of pairs is exhausted.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first two lines of the sample set the temporary dimension &lt;code&gt;\dimen0&lt;/code&gt; to the default paragraph width &lt;code&gt;\hsize&lt;/code&gt; minus 2 inches.  The &lt;code&gt;\parshape&lt;/code&gt; line says that the first line should be a normal line (no indentation, width &lt;code&gt;\hsize&lt;/code&gt;), the second should be indented by 2 in and &lt;code&gt;\hsize&lt;/code&gt;- 2 in wide (so it ends at the same place as above), and subsequent lines should follow the specification for the second line.  Apparently the regular first line paragraph indentation comes after the parshape is applied, so you don't need to adjust the first line for that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Notice that &lt;code&gt;\parshape&lt;/code&gt; applies only to the current paragraph.  If you want &lt;em&gt;every&lt;/em&gt; paragraph to be set that way, use the &lt;code&gt;\everypar&lt;/code&gt; token register.  Replace line 3 above to read&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\everypar{\parshape=2 0pt \hsize 2in \dimen0}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T11:45:43.253" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13870" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13856" CreationDate="2011-03-19T11:47:12.340" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/hanging&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;hanging&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package to do this:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{hanging}&#xA;\newcommand{\lipsum}{Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer&#xA; adipiscing elit. Ut purus elit, vestibulum ut, placerat ac,&#xA; adipiscing vitae, felis.}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum\lipsum\par&#xA;\hangpara{2in}{1}&#xA;\indent\lipsum\lipsum&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/udjOb.png&quot; alt=&quot;output of code&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If what you need is more like a list, you can use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/enumitem&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;enumitem&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package to define a description environment.  This seems to be closer to what you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{enumitem}&#xA;\setdescription{style=sameline,leftmargin=2in}&#xA;\newcommand{\lipsum}{Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer&#xA;  adipiscing elit. Ut purus elit, vestibulum ut, placerat ac,&#xA;  adipiscing vitae, felis.}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{description}&#xA;\item[A description]\lipsum&#xA;\item[Another description]\lipsum&#xA;\end{description}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Wd4qW.png&quot; alt=&quot;output of code&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-20T02:39:21.733" LastActivityDate="2011-03-20T02:39:21.733" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13871" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13801" CreationDate="2011-03-19T12:14:26.640" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is a partial answer, redefine &lt;code&gt;glossaries&lt;/code&gt; internal (?) control sequence &lt;code&gt;\glsdisplayfirst&lt;/code&gt; to (a) display the current word form, and (b) to place a footnote with the root form. Here is how:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand\glsdisplayfirst[4]{#1\footnote{\glslabel=#2}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that the &lt;code&gt;\glslabel&lt;/code&gt; control sequence provides the root form of the word. The following definition will make it easy to use any word form in your text:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\newterm[2]{\newglossaryentry{#1}{name=#1,description=#2}}&#xA;\newcommand\term[2][\relax]{\ifx#1\relax\gls{#2}\else\glsdisp{#1}{#2}\fi}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is a full example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{glossaries}&#xA;    \renewcommand\glsdisplayfirst[4]{#1\footnote{\glslabel=#2}}&#xA;    \newcommand\newterm[2]{\newglossaryentry{#1}{name=#1,description=#2}}&#xA;\newcommand\term[2][\relax]{%&#xA;    \ifx#1\relax&#xA;        \gls{#2}%&#xA;    \else&#xA;        \glsdisp{#1}{#2}%&#xA;    \fi&#xA;}&#xA;    \makeglossaries&#xA;&#xA;\newterm{ahoy}{hello}&#xA;\newterm{progee}{program}&#xA;\newterm{picaroon}{pirate}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section{Programming for \term[picaroon]{Picaroons}}&#xA;   Ye first \term[progee]{proggie} today will be ``\term[ahoy]{Ahoy}, World!''.&#xA;Nice \term{progee}, ain't it?&#xA;&#xA;\printglossaries&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/RAk6N.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Output&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I still do not know how to automatically create the inverse dictionary.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3391" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T12:14:26.640" />
  <row Id="13872" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-19T13:19:54.047" Score="2" ViewCount="79" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm looking for a good business plan LaTeX template for a web startup. In my opinion it shouldn't have a standing out &quot;classic&quot; look - for example, fonts like Caslon, Garamond or Computer Modern ooze too much authority for a small company in my eyes; however, I'm open to everything.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any suggestions / pointers greatly appreciated!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4323" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T13:19:54.047" Title="Is there a good business plan template?" Tags="&lt;templates&gt;" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="13873" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-19T13:36:10.667" Score="1" ViewCount="74" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using lua/xe/latex to generate a logo as a PDF and convert it to an SVG using pdf2svg for use on a web page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like to have a transparent background for the PDF and SVG.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The transparent package seems to work only on text colours but not on the background. I have read that the TikZ/PDF suite will allow transparent backgrounds at&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.latex-community.org/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&amp;amp;t=697&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.latex-community.org/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&amp;amp;t=697&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and need to investigate that further.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Meanwhile, I thought I should find out if there is a simple and easy solution like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;\pagecolor{transparent}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;that may be invoked with some package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;FWIW, I have previously gone down the road of converting the PDF to a PNG and adding transparency to the background colour(s) using the ImageMagick suite. I do not want to go down that path again: hence my attempt at generating an SVG logo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1636" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T13:36:10.667" Title="Background transparency for PDF/SVG" Tags="&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;background&gt;&lt;svg&gt;&lt;transparency&gt;" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13874" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13877" CreationDate="2011-03-19T13:49:44.473" Score="11" ViewCount="220" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to learn more about typesetting, the accepted best practices, rules and tricks used in books, letters, resumes etc. For example, what are the usual left and right margins? Line spacing? When to use what type of justification?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any good books or links?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4323" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-19T16:15:28.847" LastActivityDate="2011-03-20T10:35:00.117" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-03-19T15:15:37.597" Title="Are there any good general typesetting books / references?" Tags="&lt;book-design&gt;&lt;typography&gt;&lt;books&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="5" />
  <row Id="13875" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13863" CreationDate="2011-03-19T13:52:01.960" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I started doing an example on the basis of your first example picture, but hopefully you can adapt the ideas.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When constructing TikZ figures, I often find the libraries &lt;em&gt;matrix&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;chains&lt;/em&gt; very helpful. And also thinking about the picture one small piece at a time.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So while waiting for our resident TikZ-deity Jake to show up with something much more elegant, I'd like to present my take on the first example picture (Plain-TeX):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\input tikz&#xA;\let\up\uparrow \let\down\downarrow % just to shorten a little&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{chains,matrix}&#xA;\tikzpicture[&#xA;  a/.style={on chain,join,draw,rounded corners,minimum size=1.5em,inner sep=1pt},&#xA;  r/.style={a,text=red},&#xA;  every scope/.style={start chain,node distance=1mm}&#xA;  ]&#xA;  \matrix[matrix of nodes,column sep=1.5em,row sep=1.5ex] (mx) {&#xA;    &amp;amp;\scope[xshift=1em]\coordinate[a](A);&#xA;      \node[a,label=below:$\sigma_\rho^*$]{};&#xA;      \coordinate[a](C);\endscope\\&#xA;    &amp;amp;\scope\coordinate[a](D);&#xA;      \node[r,label=below:$\pi_x^*$]{$\up$};&#xA;      \node[r,label=below:$\pi_y^*$]{$\up$};&#xA;      \coordinate[a](G);\endscope\\&#xA;    \scope\node[a]{$\up$}; \node[a]{$\up$}; \node[a]{$\up\,\down$};&#xA;      \coordinate[a](H);\endscope&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&#xA;      \scope\coordinate[a](I);&#xA;        \node[a]{$\up\,\down$}; \node[a]{$\down$}; \node[a]{$\down$};\endscope\\&#xA;    &amp;amp;\scope\coordinate[a](J);&#xA;      \node[a,label=below:$\pi_x$]{$\up\,\down$};&#xA;      \node[a,label=below:$\pi_y$]{$\up\,\down$};&#xA;      \coordinate[a](K);\endscope\\&#xA;    &amp;amp;\scope[xshift=1em]\coordinate[a](L);&#xA;      \node[a,label=below:$\sigma_\rho$]{$\up\,\down$};&#xA;      \coordinate[a](N);\endscope\\&#xA;  };&#xA;&#xA;  \draw (H)--(A) (H)--(D) (H)--(J) (H)--(L)&#xA;        (I)--(C) (I)--(G) (I)--(K) (I)--(N);&#xA;&#xA;\endtikzpicture&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/9hRBa.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I &lt;em&gt;think&lt;/em&gt; you could separate the drawing of the chain to outside of the matrix, and be able to branch things.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastEditorUserId="1410" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-19T18:44:49.867" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T18:44:49.867" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="13876" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13874" CreationDate="2011-03-19T14:03:15.570" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Online resources&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As a LaTeX user, I'm also interested in typesetting practices. Here are some links, I listed on my blog earlier:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.nbcs.rutgers.edu/~hedrick/typography/typography.janson-syntax.107514.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Guidelines for typography&lt;/a&gt; among other &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.nbcs.rutgers.edu/~hedrick/typography/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Typography Resources&lt;/a&gt; collected by Charles Hedrick&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ilovetypography.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;iLT - iLoveTypography&lt;/a&gt; - inspiring articles concerning typography&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.journalofelectronicpublishing.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;JEP - Journal of Electronic Publishing&lt;/a&gt; - research and discussion about contemporary publishing practices&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.slanted.de/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;slanted&lt;/a&gt; - German mag, typography and design&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://typographica.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;typographica&lt;/a&gt; - journal of typography featuring news, observations and commentaries on fonts and typographic design&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.planet-typography.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Planet typography&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Edit:&lt;/em&gt; in German, perhaps useful though, directly connected to LaTeX:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ips.cs.tu-bs.de/struck/unitext/typographie.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Typographic rules and their implementation in LaTeX&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-19T14:16:55.650" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T14:16:55.650" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-03-19T15:15:37.597" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13877" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13874" CreationDate="2011-03-19T14:08:29.650" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Book Recommendations&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://rads.stackoverflow.com/amzn/click/0881792063&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;The Elements of Typographic Style&lt;/a&gt; by Robert Bringhurst. (Christian Lindig: This is a classic and if you only read one book I'd say it should be this one.) (lockstep: Emphasis on book design, plus a chapter about well-designed fonts.)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://rads.stackoverflow.com/amzn/click/0321127307&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;The Complete Manual on Typography&lt;/a&gt; by James Felici.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://rads.stackoverflow.com/amzn/click/1568989695&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Thinking with Type&lt;/a&gt; by Elen Lipton.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://rads.stackoverflow.com/amzn/click/0201703394&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Stop Stealing Sheep &amp;amp; Find Out How Type Works&lt;/a&gt; by Erik Spiekermann. (Christian Lindig: A small and useful book, less about technicalities and more about good taste and providing an overview.) (lockstep: I wouldn't recommend this one -- it does provide an overview, but is completely lacking with regard to technical details.)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://rads.stackoverflow.com/amzn/click/2711748510&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Règles typographiques et normes : Mise en pratique avec LaTeX&lt;/a&gt; by David Carella; french book.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All links go to Amazon where you can find in-depth reviews.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3083" LastEditorUserId="3172" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-20T10:35:00.117" LastActivityDate="2011-03-20T10:35:00.117" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-03-19T15:15:37.597" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13879" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13790" CreationDate="2011-03-19T14:15:21.043" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Thx so far. This one works fine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass [a4paper,11pt,oneside]{memoir} &#xA;%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%&#xA;%%% Short LoF&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand*{\setupshortlof}{%&#xA;\renewcommand*{\listfigurename}{ShortLof}&#xA;%\let\oldchangelofdepth\changelofdepth&#xA;%\let\oldcftfigurefillnum\cftfigurefillnum&#xA;\renewcommand*{\cftfigurefont}{\hfill\sffamily}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\cftfigurepagefont}{\normalfont}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\cftfigureleader}{ \textperiodcentered\space}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\cftfigureafterpnum}{\cftparfillskip}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\cftfigurefillnum}[1]{%&#xA;{\cftfigureleader}\nobreak&#xA;\hbox to 1.5em{\cftfigurepagefont ##1\hfil}\cftfigureafterpnum\par}&#xA;\setrmarg{0.3\textwidth}&#xA;\setlength{\unitlength}{\@tocrmarg}&#xA;\addtolength{\unitlength}{1.5em}&#xA;\let\oldcftpartformatpnum\cftpartformatpnum&#xA; \renewcommand*{\cftpartformatpnum}[1]{%&#xA;\hbox to\unitlength{{\cftpartpagefont ##1}}}&#xA; \let\oldcftbookformatpnum\cftbookformatpnum&#xA; \renewcommand*{\cftbookformatpnum}[1]{%&#xA; \hbox to\unitlength{{\cftbookpagefont ##1}}}&#xA; }&#xA; \makeatother&#xA; \begin{document}&#xA;&#xA; \clearpage&#xA; \setupshortlof&#xA; \listoffigures&#xA; \chapter{Chaper1}&#xA; \section{Section1}&#xA; \begin{figure}&#xA; \caption{Test1}%&#xA; \label{Test1}%&#xA; \end{figure}&#xA;&#xA; \begin{figure}&#xA;  \caption{Test2}%&#xA;  \label{Test2}%&#xA; \end{figure}&#xA;&#xA; \begin{figure}&#xA; \caption{Test3}%&#xA; \label{Test3}%&#xA; \end{figure}&#xA;&#xA; \end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now I'd like to get rid of the figure numbers. I don't want them to be displayed in the LoF. How can I do this? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4285" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T14:15:21.043" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13880" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13790" CreationDate="2011-03-19T14:43:19.787" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Add the following to your definition of &lt;code&gt;\setupshortlof&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand*{\cftfigurepresnum}{\expandafter\@gobbletwo\@gobble}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T14:43:19.787" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13881" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13856" CreationDate="2011-03-19T14:45:13.140" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;yet another variation using tex primitives within a latex wrapper:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;&#xA;\indent\hangindent2in&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;this isn't as &quot;pure&quot; latex as the &lt;code&gt;hanging&lt;/code&gt; package, but it's compact and pretty easy to remember.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="579" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T14:45:13.140" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13882" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13866" CreationDate="2011-03-19T14:46:08.073" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;From my experience in various forums and newsgroups, &lt;code&gt;ifthen&lt;/code&gt; often seems to do more harm than good, especially when used by newbies. The main &lt;code&gt;\ifthenelse&lt;/code&gt; command is fragile, so something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section{\ifthenelse{\equal{a}{a}}{b}{c}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;doesn't work. The comparison is not expandable, so that the command &quot;possibly has only limited usefulness for macro code writers&quot; (quoted from the &lt;code&gt;ifthen&lt;/code&gt; manual). Plus I find the syntax quite cumbersome compared to e.g.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ifstrequal{a}{a}{b}{c}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is not a diss of the &lt;code&gt;ifthen&lt;/code&gt; package; its weaknesses are known and unavoidable because it had to be compatible to an older macro package and was written long before e-TeX was implemented. I just conclude that for many problems there exist solutions with fewer problems. If you want to use the &lt;code&gt;ifthen&lt;/code&gt; package, then that is fine, but you should know about its limitations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T14:46:08.073" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13884" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13874" CreationDate="2011-03-19T15:43:25.887" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/memdesign&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;memdesign&lt;/a&gt; package used to be part of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/memoir&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;memoir class&lt;/a&gt; but has been spun off. It has a lot of notes about book design.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T15:43:25.887" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-03-19T15:43:25.887" />
  <row Id="13885" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-19T15:55:10.410" Score="9" ViewCount="95" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a section that is devoted to the proof of a theorem, and hence I used&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section{Proof of Theorem~\ref{thm}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, because of the headers that are capitalized, it asks for \ref{THM} when producing the header, and I get an obvious error. What is the proper way to handle such a case? Below is a MWE:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{amsbook}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\newtheorem{thm}{Theorem}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\chapter{First Chapter}&#xA;\section{The Theorem}&#xA;\begin{thm}[Lipsum Theorem]&#xA;\label{thm}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\end{thm}&#xA;\section{Proof of Theorem~\ref{thm}}&#xA;\lipsum[1-23]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When compiling I get:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;LaTeX Warning: Reference `THM' on page 3 undefined on input line 14.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(each time it produces a header), and the header shows&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;`2. PROOF OF THEOREM ??'&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4008" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-19T16:12:42.250" LastActivityDate="2011-03-20T01:55:56.137" Title="Reference undefined in \section with amsbook" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;cross-referencing&gt;&lt;header-footer&gt;&lt;amsbook&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13886" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13885" CreationDate="2011-03-19T16:10:00.483" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Since &lt;code&gt;amsbook&lt;/code&gt; uses a macro &lt;code&gt;\uppercasenonmath&lt;/code&gt;, which doesn't capitalize math expressions, you could use the trick to enter math mode for the reference:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section{Proof of Theorem~$\text{\ref{thm}}$}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Works fine for me: in the body text, in the table of contents and in the page header.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T16:10:00.483" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="13887" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13885" CreationDate="2011-03-19T16:12:45.677" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A workaround is to define a new macro that contains the expanded reference and use this macro in the section title:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\edef\mythmref{\ref{thm}}&#xA;\section{Proof of Theorem~\mythmref}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4087" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T16:12:45.677" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="13888" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13788" CreationDate="2011-03-19T16:25:49.277" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;With biblatex, you can change appearance of a surname by redefining command \mkbibnamelast.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand\mkbibnamelast[1]{\textsc{#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Complete example for xelatex:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{polyglossia}&#xA;\setmainlanguage{french}&#xA;\setotherlanguages{czech,greek,russian}&#xA;\usepackage[style=authoryear,babel=other,backend=biber]{biblatex}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;&#xA;\setmainfont[Mapping=tex-text]{CMU Serif}&#xA;\renewcommand\mkbibnamelast[1]{\textsc{#1}}&#xA;&#xA;\bibliography{test}&#xA;\newfontfamily\greekfont[Script=Greek,Mapping=tex-text]{CMU Serif}&#xA;\newfontfamily\russianfont[Script=Cyrillic,Mapping=tex-text]{CMU Serif}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Example one\footfullcite{AlKarapan}, example two\footfullcite{CypinIstorijaRPC} and latin surname\footfullcite{ooo}&#xA;\printbibliography&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and bib file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@Book{AlKarapan,&#xA;author = {Καραπαναγοπούλου, Αλέξανδρος Κ.},&#xA;title = {Η Μεγάλη Σύνοδος της Ορθοδόξου Ανατολικής Εκκλησίας},&#xA;publisher = {auto-édition},&#xA;year = {\hbox{1990--1998}},&#xA;volumes = {6},&#xA;address = {Αθήνα},&#xA;hyphenation={greek}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;@Inbook{CypinIstorijaRPC,&#xA;author = {Владислав Цыпин},&#xA;title = {История Русской Церкви 1917--1997},&#xA;chapter = {VIII},&#xA;publisher = {Издательство Спасо-Преображенского Валаамского монастыря},&#xA;address = {Москва},&#xA;date = {1997},&#xA;urldate = {2010-10-25},&#xA;url = {http://old.pravoslavie.by/podpod.asp?id=135&amp;amp;Session=10},&#xA;hyphenation={russian}&#xA;}&#xA;@Inbook{ooo,&#xA;author = {Petr Nikl},&#xA;title = {Nějaký titulek},&#xA;chapter = {VIII},&#xA;publisher = {Academia},&#xA;address = {Praha},&#xA;date = {1997},&#xA;hyphenation={czech}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Result:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/kgCGL.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/wYHAB.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2891" LastEditorUserId="2891" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-19T18:34:45.700" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T18:34:45.700" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="13889" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9363" CreationDate="2011-03-19T16:41:06.853" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.math.uiuc.edu/~hildebr/tex/bibliographies.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.math.uiuc.edu/~hildebr/tex/bibliographies.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;...tilde symbol (~), which without special coding gets interpreted as a blank space, and therefore needs to be escaped by a backslash (\~) or replaced by the math &quot;twiddle&quot; symbol $\sim$. Fortunately, there is a package, &quot;url&quot;, that provides a painless way to typeset URL's. To use this package available, add&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;\usepackage{url}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;near the beginning of the document, and enclose any web and email addresses in the document in &quot;\url{...}&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;\url{http://www.math.drofnats.edu/~gauss}&#xA;\url{gauss@math.drofnats.edu}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;...&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I hope this could help you in typewriting a regular tilde character.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4325" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T16:41:06.853" />
  <row Id="13890" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13885" CreationDate="2011-03-19T17:07:18.273" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you don't feel like hacking around and don't mind just circumventing your problem: a theorem can have multiple labels, so give it &lt;code&gt;\label{THM}&lt;/code&gt; as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1860" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T17:07:18.273" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13891" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13840" CreationDate="2011-03-19T17:23:36.030" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I had the exact same idea once and started writing it up into a package to output html and PDF from the same input file... But I ran out of time to finish it. In fact, I'm not even sure what state it was in when I left it; the code is here: &lt;a href=&quot;https://github.com/wspr/miter&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;https://github.com/wspr/miter&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In short, the idea is to use the soul package to determine where the hyphenation points are. This uses a similar idea to \showhyphens but is rather more flexible.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Let me know if you manage to get anything working from all this; I'd be interested to see the results. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T17:23:36.030" />
  <row Id="13892" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13828" CreationDate="2011-03-19T17:23:46.063" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You have to add &lt;code&gt;||&lt;/code&gt; at the end of the second argument of &lt;code&gt;\multicolumn&lt;/code&gt; as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{colortbl}&#xA;\usepackage[margin=1in,headsep=2.5cm]{geometry}&#xA;&#xA;\setlength{\textwidth}{500pt}&#xA;\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}&#xA;\setlength{\doublerulesep}{4pt}&#xA;\setlength{\extrarowheight}{3pt}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}&#xA;{ &amp;gt;{\columncolor[gray]{0.8}}b{79pt}&#xA;  &amp;gt;{\columncolor[gray]{0.8}}b{145pt}||&#xA;  &amp;gt;{\columncolor[gray]{0.8}}b{79pt} &#xA;  &amp;gt;{\columncolor[gray]{0.8}}b{145pt}  }&#xA;\multicolumn{2}{&amp;gt;{\cellcolor{blue}}l||}{SOME TEXT GOES HERE}&amp;amp; &amp;amp; \\&#xA;\textbf{E-mail:} &amp;amp; test@example.com &amp;amp; \textbf{Name:} &amp;amp; My Name\\&#xA;\hline \hline&#xA;\textbf{Date:} &amp;amp; 18.3.2011 &amp;amp; \textbf{ID number:} &amp;amp; 1234567\\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/fU4ry.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-19T17:34:30.667" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T17:34:30.667" />
  <row Id="13893" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12848" CreationDate="2011-03-19T18:03:25.930" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As long as you don't want the equations to be numbered, you can use the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{amsart}&#xA;&#xA;%--------------------------------------------------------------------&#xA;\newenvironment{shiftequation}&#xA;{%&#xA;  \par\noindent\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}&#xA;  \begin{equation*}&#xA;}&#xA;{%&#xA;  \end{equation*}&#xA;  \end{minipage}&#xA;}&#xA;%--------------------------------------------------------------------&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Here's some text. Here's some text. Here's some text. Here's some&#xA;text. Here's some text. Here's some text. Here's some text. Here's&#xA;some text. Here's some text.&#xA;\begin{equation*}&#xA;  \sin^{2} x + \cos^{2} x =&#xA;  \int_{0}^{1} \bigl(\sin x + \cos x\bigr)^{4}\, dx +&#xA;  \int_{-1}^{1} \bigl(\log(x^{3}) + \sin^{5} (x^{5})\bigr)^{4}\,dx&#xA;\end{equation*}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;\item Here's some text. Here's some text. Here's some text. Here's&#xA;  some text. Here's some text. Here's some text. Here's some&#xA;  text. Here's some text. Here's some text.&#xA;  \begin{shiftequation}&#xA;  \sin^{2} x + \cos^{2} x =&#xA;  \int_{0}^{1} \bigl(\sin x + \cos x\bigr)^{4}\, dx +&#xA;  \int_{-1}^{1} \bigl(\log(x^{3}) + \sin^{5} (x^{5})\bigr)^{4}\,dx&#xA;  \end{shiftequation}&#xA;\item Here's some text. Here's some text. Here's some text. Here's&#xA;  some text. Here's some text. Here's some text. Here's some&#xA;  text. Here's some text. Here's some text.&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alas, if you try the same thing with a numbered display (i.e., changing &lt;code&gt;equation*&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;equation&lt;/code&gt;), then the equation numbers line up with the left margin of the text inside the &lt;code&gt;enumerate&lt;/code&gt; environment, rather than with the left edge of the overall text area.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2754" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T18:03:25.930" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13894" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13834" CreationDate="2011-03-19T18:10:33.600" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the pgfmanual, we can read &quot;Note that due to rounding errors, the “last” lines of a grid may be omitted.&quot; More precisely, the first lines may be omitted because for the &quot;last&quot; ones, there is a test in the algorithm to recover these lines in the macro &lt;code&gt;\pgf@pathgrid&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\advance\pgf@y by-0.01pt\relax%&#xA;\ifdim\pgf@y&amp;lt;\pgf@yb%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example the next code draws all the lines &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture} &#xA;\draw[step=.5cm,color=gray] (2,2) grid (3.9999,3.9999);&#xA;  \draw[fill=red](0,0) circle (1pt);  &#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An idea to avoid the problem described by the OP, is  to modify the macro and to add a test for the first lines : I used &lt;code&gt;\pgf@xx and \pgf@yy&lt;/code&gt; I think that it's  not a big problem. The &quot;rounding problem&quot; begins with the next lines&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  \pgf@yy=\pgf@ya\relax% added&#xA;  \advance\pgf@yy-0.01pt\relax% added &#xA;  \ifdim\pgf@y&amp;lt;\pgf@yy% modified &#xA;    \advance\pgf@y by\pgf@yc%&#xA;  \fi%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The complete code is &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\pgfkeys{&#xA;  /pgf/stepx/.initial=1cm,&#xA;  /pgf/stepy/.initial=1cm,&#xA;  /pgf/step/.code={\pgf@process{#1}\pgfkeysalso{/pgf/stepx/.expanded=\the\pgf@x,/pgf/stepy/.expanded=\the\pgf@y}},&#xA;  /pgf/step/.value required&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\pgfpathgrid{\pgfutil@ifnextchar[{\pgf@pathgrid}{\pgf@pathgrid[]}}&#xA;\def\pgf@pathgrid[#1]#2#3{%&#xA;  \pgfset{#1}%&#xA;  \pgfmathsetlength\pgf@xc{\pgfkeysvalueof{/pgf/stepx}}%&#xA;  \pgfmathsetlength\pgf@yc{\pgfkeysvalueof{/pgf/stepy}}%&#xA;  \pgf@process{#3}%&#xA;  \pgf@xb=\pgf@x%&#xA;  \pgf@yb=\pgf@y%&#xA;  \pgf@process{#2}%&#xA;  \pgf@xa=\pgf@x\relax%&#xA;  \pgf@ya=\pgf@y\relax%&#xA;  {%&#xA;    % compute bounding box&#xA;    % first corner&#xA;    \pgf@x=\pgf@xb%&#xA;    \pgf@y=\pgf@yb%&#xA;    \pgf@pos@transform{\pgf@x}{\pgf@y}%&#xA;    \pgf@protocolsizes{\pgf@x}{\pgf@y}%&#xA;    % second corner&#xA;    \pgf@x=\pgf@xb%&#xA;    \pgf@y=\pgf@ya%&#xA;    \pgf@pos@transform{\pgf@x}{\pgf@y}%&#xA;    \pgf@protocolsizes{\pgf@x}{\pgf@y}%&#xA;    % third corner&#xA;    \pgf@x=\pgf@xa%&#xA;    \pgf@y=\pgf@yb%&#xA;    \pgf@pos@transform{\pgf@x}{\pgf@y}%&#xA;    \pgf@protocolsizes{\pgf@x}{\pgf@y}%&#xA;    % fourth corner&#xA;    \pgf@x=\pgf@xa%&#xA;    \pgf@y=\pgf@ya%&#xA;    \pgf@pos@transform{\pgf@x}{\pgf@y}%&#xA;    \pgf@protocolsizes{\pgf@x}{\pgf@y}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \c@pgf@counta=\pgf@y\relax%&#xA;  \c@pgf@countb=\pgf@yc\relax%&#xA;  \divide\c@pgf@counta by\c@pgf@countb\relax% rounding problem begins here&#xA;  \pgf@y=\c@pgf@counta\pgf@yc\relax% &#xA;  \pgf@yy=\pgf@ya\relax% added&#xA;  \advance\pgf@yy-0.01pt\relax% added &#xA;  \ifdim\pgf@y&amp;lt;\pgf@yy% modified the problem appears here !!&#xA;    \advance\pgf@y by\pgf@yc%&#xA;  \fi%&#xA;  \loop% horizontal lines&#xA;    {%&#xA;      \pgf@xa=\pgf@x%&#xA;      \pgf@ya=\pgf@y%&#xA;      \pgf@pos@transform{\pgf@xa}{\pgf@ya}&#xA;      \pgfsyssoftpath@moveto{\the\pgf@xa}{\the\pgf@ya}%&#xA;      \pgf@xa=\pgf@xb%&#xA;      \pgf@ya=\pgf@y%&#xA;      \pgf@pos@transform{\pgf@xa}{\pgf@ya}&#xA;      \pgfsyssoftpath@lineto{\the\pgf@xa}{\the\pgf@ya}%&#xA;    }%&#xA;    \advance\pgf@y by\pgf@yc%&#xA;  \ifdim\pgf@y&amp;lt;\pgf@yb%&#xA;  \repeat%&#xA;  \advance\pgf@y by-0.01pt\relax%&#xA;  \ifdim\pgf@y&amp;lt;\pgf@yb%&#xA;    {%&#xA;      \pgf@xa=\pgf@x%&#xA;      \pgf@ya=\pgf@y%&#xA;      \pgf@pos@transform{\pgf@xa}{\pgf@ya}&#xA;      \pgfsyssoftpath@moveto{\the\pgf@xa}{\the\pgf@ya}%&#xA;      \pgf@xa=\pgf@xb%&#xA;      \pgf@ya=\pgf@y%&#xA;      \pgf@pos@transform{\pgf@xa}{\pgf@ya}&#xA;      \pgfsyssoftpath@lineto{\the\pgf@xa}{\the\pgf@ya}%&#xA;    }%&#xA;  \fi%&#xA;  \c@pgf@counta=\pgf@x\relax%&#xA;  \c@pgf@countb=\pgf@xc\relax%&#xA;  \divide\c@pgf@counta by\c@pgf@countb\relax%&#xA;  \pgf@x=\c@pgf@counta\pgf@xc\relax%&#xA;  \pgf@xx=\pgf@xa\relax% added &#xA;  \advance\pgf@xx-0.01pt\relax% added &#xA;  \ifdim\pgf@x&amp;lt;\pgf@xx% modified, &#xA;    \advance\pgf@x by\pgf@xc%&#xA;  \fi%&#xA;  \loop% vertical lines&#xA;    {%&#xA;      \pgf@xc=\pgf@x%&#xA;      \pgf@yc=\pgf@ya%&#xA;      \pgf@pos@transform{\pgf@xc}{\pgf@yc}&#xA;      \pgfsyssoftpath@moveto{\the\pgf@xc}{\the\pgf@yc}%&#xA;      \pgf@xc=\pgf@x%&#xA;      \pgf@yc=\pgf@yb%&#xA;      \pgf@pos@transform{\pgf@xc}{\pgf@yc}&#xA;      \pgfsyssoftpath@lineto{\the\pgf@xc}{\the\pgf@yc}%&#xA;    }%&#xA;    \advance\pgf@x by\pgf@xc%&#xA;  \ifdim\pgf@x&amp;lt;\pgf@xb%&#xA;  \repeat%&#xA;  \advance\pgf@x by-0.01pt\relax%&#xA;  \ifdim\pgf@x&amp;lt;\pgf@xb%&#xA;    {%&#xA;      \pgf@xc=\pgf@x%&#xA;      \pgf@yc=\pgf@ya%&#xA;      \pgf@pos@transform{\pgf@xc}{\pgf@yc}&#xA;      \pgfsyssoftpath@moveto{\the\pgf@xc}{\the\pgf@yc}%&#xA;      \pgf@xc=\pgf@x%&#xA;      \pgf@yc=\pgf@yb%&#xA;      \pgf@pos@transform{\pgf@xc}{\pgf@yc}&#xA;      \pgfsyssoftpath@lineto{\the\pgf@xc}{\the\pgf@yc}%&#xA;    }%&#xA;  \fi%&#xA;}&#xA; \makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture} &#xA;\draw[step=.5cm,color=gray] (2,2) grid (4,4);&#xA;\draw[fill=red](4,4) circle (1pt); &#xA;\end{tikzpicture}    &#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\draw[step=0.3cm,color=gray] (0,0) grid (1,1);&#xA;    \draw[red](0,0)--(1,1);        &#xA;  \draw[fill=red](0,0) circle (1pt);  &#xA;\end{tikzpicture} &#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\draw[step=0.3cm,color=gray] (1,1) grid (2,2);&#xA;  \draw[red](1,1)--(2,2); &#xA;    \draw[fill=red](1,1) circle (1pt);        &#xA;\end{tikzpicture}     &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now the pgfmanual before discribes the &lt;code&gt;rounding problem&lt;/code&gt;, gives :&#xA;&quot;It is important to note that the grid is always “phased” such that it contains the point (0, 0) if that point happens to be inside the rectangle. Thus, the grid does not always have an intersection at the corner points; this occurs only if the corner points are multiples of the stepping.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So if we examine the code, we can see that if you want the first lines of the grid at the intersection of the corner point (left down), the possibility is to draw a grid from the (0,0) corner and then to move the grid&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture} &#xA;  \draw[step=0.5cm,shift={(2,2)}] (0,0) grid (2,2);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can compare &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture} &#xA;  \draw[step=0.3cm,shift={(1,1)}] (0,0) grid (1,1);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture} &#xA;  \draw[step=0.3cm] (1,1) grid (2,2);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastEditorUserId="3144" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-20T19:11:00.237" LastActivityDate="2011-03-20T19:11:00.237" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="13895" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-19T19:52:52.920" Score="4" ViewCount="73" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to generate a multi-column table that wraps within columns of the document, and splits across pages.  There are a couple of similar questions here&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/6400/how-do-i-create-a-really-long-table-in-a-two-column-layout&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;How do I create a really long table in a two column layout?&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/10390/two-column-longtable-or-tabular&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;Two-column longtable or tabular&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But neither seem really to resolve the problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Criteria:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The table/list will be generated with a loop, with an arbitraty number of rows.&#xA;It should split over pages.&#xA;It should be usable in a multicols environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The closest solution seems to be to use a list instead of a table, but this has the problem of lining up the top rows when the list is wrapped in a multicols environment.  Below is a sample document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[margin=1in]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor,array}&#xA;\usepackage{multicol}&#xA;\usepackage{ifthen,enumitem}&#xA;\def\stnum{30} % number of items&#xA;\newcolumntype{C}{&amp;gt;{\centering}p{.5in}}&#xA;&#xA;\setlist{nolistsep}&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\enlargethispage{3\baselineskip}&#xA;\begin{multicols*}{2}&#xA;\begin{enumerate}[label={\bfseries\arabic*.\qquad},leftmargin=1.3in]&#xA;\item[Item \#]&#xA;\whiledo{\value{enumi}&amp;lt;\stnum}{&#xA;\item \begin{tabular}{CC}T &amp;amp; F\end{tabular}&#xA;\item[]{\color{black!20}\rule{1.5in}{3ex}}&#xA;}&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;\end{multicols*}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The main problem is how to line up the rows properly (as if this were a table.) A secondary problem would be to have the equivalent of a repeated column header when the columns wrap.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a partial picture of the output of the document above:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/KDgj7.png&quot; alt=&quot;output of code&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-27T12:56:41.190" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T12:56:41.190" Title="multicolumn long table or enumeration" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;lists&gt;&lt;enumerate&gt;&lt;multicol&gt;" />
  <row Id="13896" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-19T14:12:08.927" Score="5" ViewCount="87" Body="&lt;p&gt;When using &lt;code&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/code&gt;, how do you remove the top horizontal rule? &#xA;I do not want a header at all, just a footer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is what I do now:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;&#xA;\lfoot{text}&#xA;\cfoot{text 2}&#xA;\rfoot{text 3}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-20T06:10:59.057" LastActivityDate="2011-03-20T06:10:59.057" Title="fancyheader rule issue" Tags="&lt;fancyhdr&gt;&lt;rules&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13897" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13896" CreationDate="2011-03-19T20:10:24.557" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are various examples in the &lt;code&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/code&gt; documentation of redefining the &lt;code&gt;\headrulewidth&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\fancyhf{} % sets both header and footer to nothing&#xA;\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0pt}&#xA;% your new footer definitions here&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will do what you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T20:10:24.557" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13899" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-19T20:19:07.893" Score="0" ViewCount="71" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3587/how-can-i-use-bibtex-to-cite-a-web-page&quot;&gt;How can I use BibTeX to cite a web page?&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hi I want to reference in bibtex the Python Programming Language&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;@MISC{Python,&#xA;  title = &quot;The Python Language&quot;,&#xA;  url   = &quot;http://www.python.org&quot;,&#xA;  note   = &quot;http://www.python.org&quot;&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Gives Errors and undefined references. What is the best way to solve it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4329" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T20:19:07.893" ClosedDate="2011-03-20T10:15:32.527" Title="How to reference websites / programming languages ?" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;bibtex&gt;&lt;url&gt;" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13900" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13901" CreationDate="2011-03-19T20:36:24.957" Score="4" ViewCount="59" Body="&lt;p&gt;With the style file gSCS2e.cls, found at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tandf.co.uk/journals/authors/gscslatex.zip&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tandf.co.uk/journals/authors/gscslatex.zip&lt;/a&gt; as well as the algorithm package, if I compile the following LaTeX document, the Algorithm counter seems to be broken. It is stuck at 1 and does not increment. Specifically, the final words in my example document are &quot;This is Algorithm 1&quot; repeated twice. The Algorithm counter increments within a section, however. I get the expected results with other style files, so there is probably something wrong with the style file. I was not successful in obtaining a solution from the journal. I am sure this is well beyond my knowledge, hence I'm asking for help here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The journal proofs do not show this problem. I initially thought they had fixed the problem in a more recent version of the class file, but after repeated requests and much confusion, I think it is possible that someone hand-edited the output. At any rate, I have never seen a version of this class file more recent than the version I have been using all along, namely, 2.4 (&quot;First released 2008/05/02&quot;). Unfortunately this is a real problem for me because I cannot circulate preprints with this brokenness.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{gSCS2e}&#xA;\usepackage{algorithm, algpseudocode}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\title{Title}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;&#xA;\section{First section}&#xA;\begin{algorithm}&#xA;\caption{First algorithm}&#xA;\label{first}&#xA;\begin{algorithmic}[1]&#xA;\State some stuff&#xA;\end{algorithmic}&#xA;\end{algorithm}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Second section}&#xA;\begin{algorithm}&#xA;\caption{Second algorithm}&#xA;\label{second}&#xA;\begin{algorithmic}[1]&#xA;\State some more stuff&#xA;\end{algorithmic}&#xA;\end{algorithm}&#xA;&#xA;This is Algorithm~\ref{first}. This is Algorithm~\ref{second}.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3406" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T21:50:55.210" Title="Algorithm counter is broken with journal style file" Tags="&lt;journal-publishing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="13901" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13900" CreationDate="2011-03-19T21:11:56.053" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The algorithm counter is reset at each section. That's because the &lt;code&gt;gSCS2e&lt;/code&gt; class defines an algorithm environment. This uses a counter with the same name &lt;code&gt;algorithm&lt;/code&gt; which is bound to the &lt;code&gt;section&lt;/code&gt; counter. From &lt;code&gt;gSCS2e.cls&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newtheorem{algorithm}{\global\algorithmtrue{\bf\algorithmname}}[section]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could remove that dependency, for example using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/chngcntr&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;chngcntr&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package. This package provides commands for setting and removing relationships of counters, i.e. it allows to customize if a counter is reset when another counter is incremented, or not.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{chngcntr}&#xA;\counterwithout{algorithm}{section}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-19T21:50:55.210" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T21:50:55.210" CommentCount="12" />
  <row Id="13902" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13904" CreationDate="2011-03-19T22:01:22.573" Score="5" ViewCount="68" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello, I'm using the &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt; class and this code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}{|c|l|}\hline&#xA;\includegraphics[scale=0.4]{2_1} &amp;amp;  hey ho \\ \hline &#xA;s &amp;amp; ho  hey \\ \hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and I get this output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/yTy3J.png&quot; alt=&quot;tabular_image&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I make the &quot;hey ho&quot; text stay on top of it's cell? I'd like for it to stay attached to the top horizontal line, not the bottom one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried substituting it with &lt;code&gt;\vtop{\hbox{hey ho}}&lt;/code&gt; (only hint I could google up) but the result is the same.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4330" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-19T22:08:10.177" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T22:40:47.123" Title="Text positiong in cell (tabular)" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="13904" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13902" CreationDate="2011-03-19T22:22:25.900" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;While &lt;code&gt;\vtop&lt;/code&gt; goes into the right direction applying it to &quot;hey ho&quot; doesn't help because the image causes the cell to be very high while the &lt;em&gt;baseline&lt;/em&gt; (the logical line where the text sits on) is at the bottom of the image. This places the text in the other cell of the same row at the bottom. A way to fix this is to lower the image below the baseline, which in turn will make the text raise.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;code&gt;\raisebox{&amp;lt;length&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;content&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt; macro to raise or lower the image. I would say lower it to the &lt;code&gt;\height&lt;/code&gt; of the image minus the height of the text (given by &lt;code&gt;\ht\strutbox&lt;/code&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The &lt;code&gt;demo&lt;/code&gt; mode is used here so the image is not required to compile the file. A black box is shown instead. Just remove the stuff for your file.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\PassOptionsToPackage{demo}{graphicx}&#xA;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|c|l|}\hline&#xA;    \raisebox{\dimexpr\ht\strutbox-\height\relax}{\includegraphics[draft,height=2cm,width=5cm,scale=0.4]{2_1}} &amp;amp; hey ho \\ \hline &#xA;s &amp;amp; ho  hey \\ \hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/StbsH.png&quot; alt=&quot;Result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-19T22:40:47.123" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T22:40:47.123" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13905" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13622" CreationDate="2011-03-19T22:28:44.363" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I can see two somewhat manual ways to do it:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;1) Introducing an additional counter, that passes the number of the chapter containing the equation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% in preamble&#xA;\newcounter{einst-chap}&#xA;&#xA;% around the equation&#xA;E=mc^2 \label{einst} \setcounter{einst-chap}{\value{chapter}}&#xA;&#xA;% and to reference&#xA;See equation \ref{einst} in chapter \arabic{einst-chap}...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, you have to take care of the format (eg. you'd have to type &lt;code&gt;\Roman{einst-chap}&lt;/code&gt; if you had chapter I, chapter II etc.), which makes this solution not fully automatic.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2) Storing the adequate value of &lt;code&gt;\thechapter&lt;/code&gt; (which includes the format as well as possible superdivisions, eg. chapter A#3), using &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% just after the equation&#xA;\edef\einstChap{\thechapter}&#xA;&#xA;% and to reference&#xA;See equation \ref{einst} in chapter \einstChap...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4331" LastEditorUserId="4331" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-20T01:09:11.590" LastActivityDate="2011-03-20T01:09:11.590" />
  <row Id="13906" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13863" CreationDate="2011-03-19T23:07:36.063" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/13863/molecular-orbital-diagrams-in-latex/13875#13875&quot;&gt;morbusg's approach&lt;/a&gt; is awesome, and for most molecular orbitals that can sensibly be drawn with such pretty rectangles, it should be all one could wish for.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In some cases, however, it can become necessary to have finer control over the vertical position of the atom/molecule orbitals (for example, in nitric oxide the 2p-orbitals of oxygen have a higher energy level than those of nitrogen, &lt;a href=&quot;http://books.google.com/books?id=Fb59En-lF9sC&amp;amp;lpg=PP1&amp;amp;pg=PA61#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;according to a chemistry textbook&lt;/a&gt;). Having all orbitals in one matrix makes it a bit hard to adjust vertical positions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Building on morbusg's approach, here's one that uses individual matrices for each energy level. The matrices aren't used for actually placing the orbitals, but rather in order to access the nice &lt;code&gt;\execute at begin cell={&amp;lt;some code&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt; functionality that allows us to enclose the orbitals in &lt;code&gt;scope&lt;/code&gt;s that in turn start &lt;code&gt;chain&lt;/code&gt;s. The horizontal spacing is done using those chains, the vertical positioning happens by using &lt;code&gt;yshift&lt;/code&gt;s.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{chains,matrix}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\moup}{$\uparrow$}&#xA;\newcommand{\modown}{$\downarrow$}&#xA;\newcommand{\moupdown}{$\uparrow\,\downarrow$}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[&#xA;  a/.style={on chain,join,draw,rounded corners,minimum size=1.5em,inner sep=1pt},&#xA;  r/.style={a,text=red},&#xA;  % Style for molecular orbital matrices&#xA;  mo/.style={inner sep=-\pgflinewidth,label distance=0.3em,label position=below},&#xA;  % Adjustments for left atom&#xA;  left atom/.style={execute at begin cell={\begin{scope}},&#xA;    execute at end cell={\coordinate[a];\end{scope}},mo,xshift=-1.5cm,matrix anchor=base east},&#xA;  % Adjustments for right atom&#xA;  right atom/.style={execute at begin cell={\begin{scope}\coordinate[a];},&#xA;    execute at end cell={\end{scope}},mo,xshift=1.5cm,matrix anchor=base west},&#xA;  % Adjustments for molecular orbitals&#xA;  molecule/.style={execute at begin cell={\begin{scope}\coordinate[a,inner sep=2cm];},&#xA;    execute at end cell={\coordinate[a];\end{scope}},mo,anchor=base},&#xA;  % Morbusg's scope-chain magic&#xA;  every scope/.style={start chain,node distance=1mm},&#xA;  ]&#xA;&#xA;\matrix[molecule,yshift=2cm] (as) { % Antibonding Sigma&#xA;    \node[a,label=$\sigma_\rho^*$]{}; \\};&#xA;&#xA;\matrix[molecule,yshift=0.8cm] (ap) {  % Antibonding Pi&#xA;    \node[a,label=$\pi_x^*$]{\moup};&#xA;    \node[a,label=$\pi_y^*$]{}; \\};&#xA;&#xA;\matrix[molecule,yshift=-0.8cm] (bp) { % Bonding Pi&#xA;      \node[a,label=$\pi_x$]{\moupdown};&#xA;      \node[a,label=$\pi_y$]{\moupdown}; \\};&#xA;&#xA;\matrix[molecule,yshift=-2cm] (bs) { % Bonding Sigma&#xA;    \node[a,label=$\sigma_\rho$]{\moupdown}; \\};&#xA;&#xA;\matrix [left atom,yshift=-0.4cm] (la){ % Left Atom&#xA;    \node[a]{\moup}; \node[a]{\moup}; \node[a]{\moup};\\};&#xA;&#xA;\matrix [right atom,yshift=0.5cm] (ra) { % Right Atom&#xA;   \node[a]{\moupdown}; \node[a]{\modown}; \node[a]{\modown}; \\};&#xA;&#xA;\draw [densely dashed] (la.base east) -- (bs.base west)&#xA;  (bs.base east) -- (ra.base west) -- (as.base east)&#xA;  (as.base west) -- (la.base east) -- (bp.base west)&#xA;  (bp.base east) -- (ra.base west) -- (ap.base east)&#xA;  (ap.base west) -- (la.base east);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/5SgBp.png&quot; alt=&quot;nitric oxide molecular orbital diagram&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastEditorUserId="2552" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-19T23:17:13.140" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T23:17:13.140" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13907" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13930" CreationDate="2011-03-19T23:23:32.343" Score="7" ViewCount="115" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there maybe a way to define the order of columns oneself? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Say I have &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}{ l l l }&#xA;  A1 &amp;amp; C1 &amp;amp; B1 \\&#xA;  A2 &amp;amp; C2 &amp;amp; B2 \\&#xA;  A3 &amp;amp; C3 &amp;amp; B3 \\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but really want &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}{ l l l }&#xA;  A1 &amp;amp; B1 &amp;amp; C1 \\&#xA;  A2 &amp;amp; B2 &amp;amp; C2 \\&#xA;  A3 &amp;amp; B3 &amp;amp; C3 \\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and would like to avoid having to move all the content.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1236" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-19T23:34:13.157" LastActivityDate="2011-03-20T12:14:39.547" Title="Control order of columns in table" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13908" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13856" CreationDate="2011-03-19T23:47:57.590" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Taking into account the EDIT to the original questin, you could use two &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt;s or a &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; (if page breaks won't occur inside the indented text); the following code shows these options:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\newlength\mylen&#xA;\setlength\mylen{\textwidth}&#xA;\addtolength\mylen{-2in}&#xA;\addtolength\mylen{-\parindent}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;some text before the minipages&#xA;&#xA;\begin{minipage}[t]{2in}&#xA;first line of text&#xA;\end{minipage}%&#xA;\begin{minipage}[t]{\mylen}&#xA;some more text \lipsum[1]&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;&#xA;\newpage&#xA;&#xA;some text before the table&#xA;&#xA;\noindent\begin{tabular}{@{\hspace*{\parindent}}p{2in}@{}p{\mylen}@{}}&#xA;first line of text &amp;amp; some more text \lipsum[1]&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If page breaks are to be allowed, you could load the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/longtable&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;longtable&lt;/a&gt; package and use &lt;code&gt;longtable&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An image of the result using minipages:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/fs9M9.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T23:47:57.590" />
  <row Id="13910" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13223" CreationDate="2011-03-20T00:15:43.963" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I find a way finally. It is not a light solution, but it looks better.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/wFSDn.png&quot; alt=&quot;Hannover with slide numbers&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My code is below. Maybe someone else also need it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\title[Hack Hannover]{Hannover with slide numbers}&#xA;\author[Beamer]{Beamer}&#xA;\usetheme{Hannover}&#xA;\def\swidth{1.6cm}&#xA;\setbeamersize{sidebar width left=\swidth}&#xA;\setbeamertemplate{sidebar left}&#xA;{&#xA;  {\usebeamerfont{title in sidebar}%&#xA;    \vskip1.5em%&#xA;    \usebeamercolor[fg]{title in sidebar}%&#xA;    \insertshorttitle[width=\swidth,center,respectlinebreaks]\par%&#xA;    \vskip1.25em%&#xA;  }%&#xA;  {%&#xA;    \usebeamercolor[fg]{author in sidebar}%&#xA;    \usebeamerfont{author in sidebar}%&#xA;    \insertshortauthor[width=\swidth,center,respectlinebreaks]\par%&#xA;    \vskip1.25em%&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \hbox to2cm{\hss\insertlogo\hss}&#xA;  \vskip1.25em%&#xA;  \insertverticalnavigation{\swidth}%&#xA;  \vfill&#xA;  \hbox to2cm{\hskip0.6cm\usebeamerfont{subsection in&#xA;      sidebar}\strut\usebeamercolor[fg]{subsection in&#xA;      sidebar}\inserttotalframenumber-\insertframenumber\hfill}%&#xA;  \vskip3pt%&#xA;}%&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Introduction}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;\item Abel&#xA;\item Baker&#xA;\item Charlie&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Conclusions}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;\item Abel&#xA;\item Baker&#xA;\item Charlie&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1967" LastActivityDate="2011-03-20T00:15:43.963" />
  <row Id="13911" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13885" CreationDate="2011-03-20T01:55:56.137" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could define &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\ref&lt;/code&gt; to lowercase their argument before using it, as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\expandafter\def\expandafter\label\expandafter#\expandafter1\expandafter{\expandafter\lowercase\expandafter{\label{#1}}}&#xA;\expandafter\def\expandafter\ref\expandafter#\expandafter1\expandafter{\expandafter\lowercase\expandafter{\ref{#1}}}&#xA;\expandafter\def\expandafter\eqref\expandafter#\expandafter1\expandafter{\expandafter\lowercase\expandafter{\eqref{#1}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then, label names become case insensitive.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastActivityDate="2011-03-20T01:55:56.137" />
  <row Id="13912" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-20T04:03:25.390" Score="2" ViewCount="121" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm pretty new in LaTeX and I'm currently writing my BSc Report. &#xA;Does anyone happen to know how I can insert my uni logo on the front cover of my report? &#xA;I'm using&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[final,letterpaper,twoside,11pt]{report}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I will appreciate it guys! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4335" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-20T07:44:12.867" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T20:27:04.393" Title="How to insert an image in front cover of a Report in LaTeX" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;titlepage&gt;&lt;report&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13913" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13912" CreationDate="2011-03-20T05:10:22.593" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you use the memoir class with the report option (which is supposedly the same as using the report class) you'll get much more control over the title page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[report,letterpaper,twoside,11pt,final]{memoir}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\author{Totzke Zwack}&#xA;\title{The Unspoken Truth}&#xA;\date{\today}&#xA;\renewcommand{\maketitlehookd}{%&#xA;  \begin{center}&#xA;    \fbox{uni-logo}&#xA;  \end{center}}&#xA;%&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA; \frontmatter&#xA; \maketitle&#xA; \mainmatter&#xA; \lipsum[1]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2003" LastActivityDate="2011-03-20T05:10:22.593" />
  <row Id="13914" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13926" CreationDate="2009-08-01T17:32:02.220" Score="7" ViewCount="148" Body="&lt;p&gt;My LaTeX document is acting strangely. Here is a simplified version of it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\newpage&#xA;&#xA;\addcontentsline{toc}{part}{A Part of My Document}&#xA;\include{includedfile}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And in &lt;code&gt;includedfile.tex&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section{My Section Title}&#xA;Quack.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Clearly, in the table of contents, the heading for the part should precede the one for the section, but it doesn't! What's wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="9" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-20T07:38:24.180" LastActivityDate="2011-03-20T09:38:48.840" Title="LaTeX TOC numbering problem" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;" AnswerCount="6" />
  <row Id="13915" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13914" CreationDate="2009-08-01T17:54:38.040" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It works for me when I replace &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt; by &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt; is for chapters (it forces a &lt;code&gt;\clearpage&lt;/code&gt; or something like that), so I never use it in practice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="78" LastActivityDate="2009-08-01T17:54:38.040" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13916" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13914" CreationDate="2009-08-01T18:03:24.263" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try moving the addcontentsline above the tableofcontents:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Updated:&lt;/strong&gt; incorrect ordering occurs if &lt;code&gt;\addcontentsline&lt;/code&gt; is on the same level as &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt;. A workaround is to have the &lt;code&gt;\addcontentsline&lt;/code&gt; in the included file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\newpage&#xA;\include{includedfile}&#xA;\include{some-other-file}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;contents of &lt;code&gt;includedfile.tex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\addcontentsline{toc}{part}{First Part of My Document}&#xA;\section{My Section Title}&#xA;Quack.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" LastActivityDate="2009-08-01T19:52:49.253" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13917" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13914" CreationDate="2009-08-01T19:31:41.527" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;What if you replace&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\addcontentsline{toc}{part}{A Part of My Document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\part{A Part of My Document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2405" LastActivityDate="2009-08-01T19:31:41.527" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13918" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13914" CreationDate="2009-08-01T20:58:40.727" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you try the file&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\newpage&#xA;\part{A Part of My Document}&#xA;\addcontentsline{toc}{part}{About A Part of My Document}&#xA;\include{includedfile}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You may get a clue as to what is happening. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The /addcontentsline instruction is&#xA;  normally invoked automatically by the&#xA;  document sectioning commands... If you&#xA;  do not want a heading number (starred&#xA;  form) but you do want an entry in the&#xA;  .toc file, you can use&#xA;  \addcontentsline with or without&#xA;  \numberline ... (Mittelbach and Goosens&#xA;  (2004), see below)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hence, for example,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\newpage&#xA;\part*{A Part of My Document}&#xA;\addcontentsline{toc}{part}{About A Part of My Document}&#xA;\include{includedfile}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does this produce what you want?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Section 2.3 of Mittelbach and Goosens (2004), &lt;em&gt;The LaTeX Companion (2nd edn)&lt;/em&gt; has lots on this, if you want more details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastActivityDate="2009-08-01T20:58:40.727" />
  <row Id="13919" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13914" CreationDate="2009-08-01T22:20:22.497" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is a tricky little issue. It turns out that &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt; differs from &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; in an important way; it doesn't just add a couple of &lt;code&gt;\clearpage&lt;/code&gt;s. I think the right solution is to make a custom &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt; command which functions almost like the usual one:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\myinclude}[1]{\clearpage\input{#1}\clearpage}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When you use &lt;code&gt;\addcontentsline&lt;/code&gt;, directly or indirectly, it writes a line on the &lt;code&gt;aux&lt;/code&gt; file saying &quot;write this and that to the &lt;code&gt;toc&lt;/code&gt; file&quot;. Then it reads the &lt;code&gt;aux&lt;/code&gt; file and follows that instruction. When you run latex &lt;strong&gt;again&lt;/strong&gt;, the &lt;code&gt;toc&lt;/code&gt; file has the right stuff in it and you get a nice table of contents.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But the tex &lt;code&gt;\write&lt;/code&gt; command has some sort of delay to it (that I don't understand). When you use &lt;code&gt;\addcontentsline&lt;/code&gt; several times in a row, it doesn't matter because they all go on the write stack in the right order. But here's the tricky part: when you use &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt;, it makes a &lt;strong&gt;separate&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;code&gt;aux&lt;/code&gt; file for the file you're including and &lt;strong&gt;immediately&lt;/strong&gt; writes a command in the main &lt;code&gt;aux&lt;/code&gt; file saying &quot;go look at that other &lt;code&gt;aux&lt;/code&gt; file for instructions&quot; (with no weird delay). So if you use &lt;code&gt;\include&lt;/code&gt; immediately after an &lt;code&gt;\addcontentsline&lt;/code&gt;, the &quot;go look at the other &lt;code&gt;aux&lt;/code&gt; file&quot; command gets written &lt;strong&gt;before&lt;/strong&gt; the &quot;write some stuff in the &lt;code&gt;toc&lt;/code&gt; file&quot; command. So all the contents entries from the included file get written first!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="44" LastActivityDate="2009-08-01T22:20:22.497" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13920" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13912" CreationDate="2011-03-20T05:55:44.983" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;graphicx&lt;/code&gt; package provides &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt; to include images on the cover or inside the document. And the &lt;code&gt;titlepage&lt;/code&gt; environment specifies your cover page. (Since this is a recurring problem at institutions, your advisor  probably has examples for such cover pages. But a lot of bad code gets passed around this way.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{report}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx} &#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{titlepage}&#xA;    \centering&#xA;    \vfill&#xA;    {\bfseries\Large&#xA;        Performance Report\\&#xA;        First Quarter 2011\\&#xA;        \vskip2cm&#xA;        A. Uthor\\&#xA;    }    &#xA;    \vfill&#xA;    \includegraphics[width=4cm]{logo.jpg} % also works with logo.pdf&#xA;    \vfill&#xA;    \vfill&#xA;\end{titlepage}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\vfill&lt;/code&gt;s adjust the vertical spacing. Think about them this way: each &lt;code&gt;\vfill&lt;/code&gt; will expand vertically &lt;em&gt;the same amount&lt;/em&gt; until the entire page is filled. Because there are two &lt;code&gt;\vfill&lt;/code&gt;s at the bottom, title and logo will not be vertically centered but rather shifted towards the top. Using &lt;code&gt;\vfill&lt;/code&gt; is much simpler than using absolute dimensions and works with all page dimensions. (I still used &lt;code&gt;\vskip2cm&lt;/code&gt; to specify the distance between title and author, though.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3083" LastEditorUserId="3083" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-21T20:27:04.393" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T20:27:04.393" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13921" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13922" CreationDate="2011-03-20T06:39:51.667" Score="5" ViewCount="143" Body="&lt;p&gt;Suppose I have a directory containing a bunch of LaTeX source files, and I want to input all of them into a single main file. I could do this by saying &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\input{dir/file1.tex}&#xA;\input{dir/file2.tex}&#xA;\input{dir/file3.tex}&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there some way to input all of files in the directory &quot;dir&quot; using a single command? This is useful, for example, if I want to keep adding files to the directory &quot;dir&quot; but don't want to have to remember to add further \input commands to the main file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="23" LastEditorUserId="3083" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-20T06:53:15.697" LastActivityDate="2011-03-20T20:57:21.487" Title="Inputting multiple files in LaTeX" Tags="&lt;input&gt;&lt;automation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="13922" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13921" CreationDate="2011-03-20T06:51:20.160" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;My suggestion is to create one file with all the &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; lines automatically and use &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; to include this file (and hence, all desired files) into your main document. The best way to keep everything up to date would be a Makefile. On a Unix system you can use this command line to create the file with the input lines:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;ls dir/*.tex | awk '{printf &quot;\\input{%s}\n&quot;, $1}' &amp;gt; inputs.tex&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You would only update &lt;code&gt;inputs.tex&lt;/code&gt; once in a while (or automatically) but always use &lt;code&gt;\input{inputs.tex}&lt;/code&gt; in your main document. The beauty of using &lt;code&gt;ls&lt;/code&gt; (or &lt;code&gt;find&lt;/code&gt;) is that you can combine naming some files explicitly and others using shell (glob) patterns to control what files are included in what order.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Makefile&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The GNU Make Makefile rule to do this automatically would look like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;.PHONY: all&#xA;all:   inputs.tex&#xA;&#xA;inputs.tex: $(wildcard dir/*.tex)&#xA;  ls dir/*.tex | awk '{printf &quot;\\input{%s}\n&quot;, $1}' &amp;gt; inputs.tex&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A call to &lt;code&gt;make&lt;/code&gt; would trigger updating the &lt;code&gt;all&lt;/code&gt; target, which in turn would update &lt;code&gt;inputs.tex&lt;/code&gt; if any of the included TeX files has changed or a new one was added.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Shell Escapes&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Reading about shell escapes in PDFLaTeX in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/7653/how-to-iterate-through-the-name-of-files-in-a-folder&quot;&gt;solution&lt;/a&gt; mentioned by &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/users/3406/faheem-mitha&quot;&gt;Faheem Mitha&lt;/a&gt;, here is another idea: one could also execute the command line mentioned above from within the LaTeX source file and read &lt;code&gt;\input{inputs.tex}&lt;/code&gt; after that. However, I haven't tried this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3083" LastEditorUserId="3083" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-20T14:09:13.737" LastActivityDate="2011-03-20T14:09:13.737" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13923" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-20T06:53:29.580" Score="5" ViewCount="105" Body="&lt;p&gt;In my document (due to combind both Chinese and English), all (, ), [, ], etc., are all too low. Is it posibble to raise all (, ), [, ], or any characters user defines to desire height? (for ex. If I want to raise all 'z' for 3pt?)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you so much!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3936" LastActivityDate="2011-03-20T08:30:44.070" Title="How to raise a character in the whole document?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;characters&gt;&lt;raise&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13924" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-19T17:46:48.710" Score="1" ViewCount="41" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to create two psframes at same height using the following code&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pstricks}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\psframe(-3,-1)(5.5,3) %frame1&#xA;\psframe(5.5,-1)(14,3) %frame2&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;given that Y coordinates are same still I can't get them at same height.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can this be done?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-20T16:46:20.727" LastActivityDate="2011-03-20T16:46:20.727" Title="two psframe at same height using pstricks" Tags="&lt;pstricks&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="13925" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13923" CreationDate="2011-03-20T08:30:44.070" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As a suggestion, you can define a command to output the parens/brackets in your own format. This is inspired by &lt;code&gt;csquotes&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A demostration:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{xeCJK}&#xA;\setmainfont{Latin Modern Roman}&#xA;\setCJKmainfont{MingLiU}&#xA;\newcommand*\enbracket[2][0.1ex]{%&#xA;  \raisebox{#1}{[}#2\raisebox{#1}{]}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\Large [漢字] \enbracket{漢字}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/rQM2z.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-03-20T08:30:44.070" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13926" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13914" CreationDate="2011-03-20T09:38:48.840" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The delaying issue several people have mentioned is that TeX delays all &lt;code&gt;\write&lt;/code&gt; commands until &lt;code&gt;\shipout&lt;/code&gt; time. If for some reason, you need an immediate &lt;code&gt;\write&lt;/code&gt;, you can use &lt;code&gt;\immediate\write&lt;/code&gt;. To that end, here's a simple new macro that acts like &lt;code&gt;\addcontentsline&lt;/code&gt;, but writes to the aux file immediately.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\newcommand\immediateaddcontentsline[3]{%&#xA;        \begingroup&#xA;        \let\origwrite\write&#xA;        \def\write{\immediate\origwrite}%&#xA;        \addcontentsline{#1}{#2}{#3}%&#xA;        \endgroup&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\newpage&#xA;&#xA;\immediateaddcontentsline{toc}{part}{A Part of My Document}&#xA;\include{includedfile}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-03-20T09:38:48.840" />
  <row Id="13927" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-19T18:18:18.460" Score="1" ViewCount="101" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4145/workflow-for-converting-latex-into-open-office-ms-word-format&quot;&gt;Workflow for converting LaTeX into Open Office / MS Word Format&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What ways can you convert a LaTeX file to a Word document?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What resources/articles exist to help get this done?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-20T10:25:29.520" LastActivityDate="2011-03-20T10:25:29.520" ClosedDate="2011-03-20T10:25:45.637" Title="LaTeX to Word converter" Tags="&lt;conversion&gt;&lt;msword&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13928" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13927" CreationDate="2011-03-19T18:29:37.860" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;someone has allready done &lt;a href=&quot;http://ubuntuforums.org/showthread.php?t=1033441&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;that&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T18:29:37.860" />
  <row Id="13929" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13927" CreationDate="2011-03-19T18:31:44.270" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;a href=&quot;http://johnmacfarlane.net/pandoc/&quot;&gt;pandoc&lt;/a&gt; to &quot;export&quot; the LaTeX file to a format that is readable by Word.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One way would be to use pandoc for LaTeX to RTF, then open the RTF in word, and use &quot;save as&quot; to get it into the final state.  Word doesn't have the same kind of support for complex layouts, beautiful typography, etc. that LaTeX does, so the layout will not likely render the same; you might have to re-format parts of the page going into Word.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The basic command to do this is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;pandoc -s INPUT.tex -o OUTPUT.rtf&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure how it'll render the RTF, depending on your layouts, etc. so their may be a more suitable output type than RTF, depending on what filetypes Word supports, and the nature of your LaTeX.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Pandoc can output to plain text, markdown, reStructuredText, HTML, LaTeX, ConTeXt, PDF, RTF, DocBook XML, OpenDocument XML, ODT, GNU Texinfo, MediaWiki markup, textile, groff man pages, Emacs org-mode, EPUB ebooks, and S5 and Slidy HTML slide shows.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also experiment with pandoc using its &lt;a href=&quot;http://johnmacfarlane.net/pandoc/try&quot;&gt;online demo&lt;/a&gt;, though that won't support any LaTeX extensions you might be using.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The key is finding a filetype that will render well, and then seeing how it looks when opened in Word; some experimentation will be needed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastActivityDate="2011-03-19T18:31:44.270" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="13930" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13907" CreationDate="2011-03-20T11:22:42.943" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using @MartinScharrer's rather new &lt;code&gt;collcell&lt;/code&gt; package, we can collect the body of each cell and save it with a given label, then typeset the cells in a different order, calling each label. Namely, the code below defines two column types: &lt;code&gt;s{&amp;lt;label&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt; (for save) and &lt;code&gt;o{&amp;lt;label&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt; (for output).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One drawback is that you need to put a whole bunch of &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; at the end of each line to allow typesetting to occur (as many &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;&lt;/code&gt; as you have columns). This can also be used to e.g. double one column, or remove one column.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{collcell}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\newcelltoksifnew}[1]{%&#xA;  \expandafter\ifx\csname cell@toks@#1\endcsname\relax&#xA;  \expandafter\newtoks\csname cell@toks@#1\endcsname&#xA;  \fi}&#xA;\newcolumntype{s}[1]{%&#xA;  &amp;gt;{\unskip\newcelltoksifnew{#1}%&#xA;    \collectcell{\global\csname cell@toks@#1\endcsname}}%&#xA;  c%&#xA;  &amp;lt;{\endcollectcell}%&#xA;  @{}%&#xA;}&#xA;\newcolumntype{o}[1]{%&#xA;  &amp;gt;{\the\csname cell@toks@#1\endcsname}%&#xA;  c%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{table}\centering&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|}&#xA;  a  &amp;amp;  c  &amp;amp;  b  \\&#xA;AAAAA&amp;amp;CCCCC&amp;amp;BBBBB&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{s{A}s{B}s{C}|o{A}|o{C}|o{B}|}&#xA;  a  &amp;amp;  b  &amp;amp;  c  &amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\\&#xA;AAAAA&amp;amp;BBBBB&amp;amp;CCCCC&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&amp;amp;&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\caption{Comparing two tables to see that the spacing is not affected.}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastActivityDate="2011-03-20T11:22:42.943" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="13931" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13907" CreationDate="2011-03-20T12:14:39.547" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another method would be to swap to column using a string manipulation package, let's say &lt;code&gt;xstring&lt;/code&gt; ;). Of course, swapping 2 columns is not reorder all of them!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The \swapcol command must be written at the begining of every row in which you want to swap the content of 2 cells. The last row must be ended with a &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is the tricky code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{xstring}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\def\expaddtocs#1#2{%&#xA;    \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\def\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;    #1\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\expandafter#1#2}}&#xA;\def\swapcol#1#2#3\\{%&#xA;    \ifnum#1&amp;gt;#2 \def\colinf{#2}\def\colsup{#1}%&#xA;    \else \def\colinf{#1}\def\colsup{#2}\fi&#xA;    \noexpandarg \let\swaprow\empty \iffalse{\fi\ifnum0=`}\fi&#xA;    \expandafter\StrBefore\expandafter[\number\numexpr\colinf-1]{#3&amp;amp;}&amp;amp;[\beforecol]%&#xA;    \ifx\beforecol\empty\else\expaddtocs\swaprow{\beforecol&amp;amp;}\fi&#xA;    \StrBehind[\colinf]{&amp;amp;#3&amp;amp;}&amp;amp;[\aftercol]%&#xA;    \expandafter\StrBefore\expandafter{\aftercol}&amp;amp;[\colA]%&#xA;    \expandafter\StrBehind\expandafter{\aftercol}&amp;amp;[\aftercol]%&#xA;    \expandafter\StrBefore\expandafter[\number\numexpr\colsup-\colinf-1\expandafter]\expandafter{\aftercol}&amp;amp;[\intercol]%&#xA;    \StrBehind[\colsup]{&amp;amp;#3}&amp;amp;[\aftercol]%&#xA;    \expandafter\StrBefore\expandafter{\aftercol&amp;amp;}&amp;amp;[\colB]%&#xA;    \expandafter\StrBehind\expandafter{\aftercol}&amp;amp;[\aftercol]%&#xA;    \expaddtocs\swaprow{\colB&amp;amp;}%&#xA;    \ifx\intercol\empty\else\expaddtocs\swaprow{\intercol&amp;amp;}\fi&#xA;    \expaddtocs\swaprow{\colA}%&#xA;    \ifx\aftercol\empty\else\expaddtocs\swaprow{\noexpand&amp;amp;}\fi&#xA;    \expaddtocs\swaprow{\aftercol\\}%&#xA;    \ifnum0=`{\fi\iffalse}\fi \swaprow}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{ccccc}&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; 4 &amp;amp; 5 \\&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; 4 &amp;amp; 5 \\&#xA;1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; 4 &amp;amp; 5 \\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\qquad&#xA;\begin{tabular}{ccccc}&#xA;\swapcol{2}{5}1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; 4 &amp;amp; 5 \\&#xA;\swapcol{2}{5}1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; 4 &amp;amp; 5 \\&#xA;\swapcol{2}{5}1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; 4 &amp;amp; 5 \\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|}&#xA;  a  &amp;amp;  c  &amp;amp;  b  \\&#xA;AAAAA&amp;amp;CCCCC&amp;amp;BBBBB&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\qquad&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|}&#xA;\swapcol{1}{2}  a  &amp;amp;  c  &amp;amp;  b  \\&#xA;\swapcol{1}{2}AAAAA&amp;amp;CCCCC&amp;amp;BBBBB\\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4164" LastActivityDate="2011-03-20T12:14:39.547" />
  <row Id="13932" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13924" CreationDate="2011-03-20T13:23:31.920" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your minimal example produces this output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/scJIh.png&quot; alt=&quot;frames&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The frames have the same height. Perhaps your previewer has a problem with displaying the output. Try another one, look at the PostScript output and perhaps the PDF version. DVI viewer often don't show the correct PostScript output. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-03-20T13:23:31.920" />
  <row Id="13933" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13952" CreationDate="2011-03-20T13:53:21.060" Score="5" ViewCount="184" Body="&lt;p&gt;I really like CircuiTikZ for drawing diagrams in my LaTeX documents. However I mostly draw mechanical and not electronic systems, which is why I'm looking for some similar way to draw mechanical systems. What I want is something to draw masses, springs, dampers and ground (boundary condition). The diagrams here (page 16) is a typical example: &lt;a href=&quot;http://books.google.co.uk/books?id=SeC8hvI2QywC&amp;amp;lpg=PR9&amp;amp;dq=vibration%20dynamics&amp;amp;pg=PA16#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=vibration%20dynamics&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://books.google.co.uk/books?id=SeC8hvI2QywC&amp;amp;lpg=PR9&amp;amp;dq=vibration%20dynamics&amp;amp;pg=PA16#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=vibration%20dynamics&amp;amp;f=false&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anybody got some suggestions or am I out of luck?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2233" LastActivityDate="2011-03-20T23:23:43.677" Title="Drawing Mechanical Systems in LaTeX" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;diagrams&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13934" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13935" CreationDate="2011-03-20T15:47:37.510" Score="4" ViewCount="79" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can one trick LaTeX to believe that a given page is odd instead of even?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or alternatively call the odd-page header in a previously defined pagestyle?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\thispagestyle{Somehow-define-that-i-want-odd-page-style-from-&quot;fancy&quot;} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The document class used is &lt;code&gt;book&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4342" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-20T20:58:53.517" LastActivityDate="2011-03-20T20:58:53.517" Title="How to force a page to be odd" Tags="&lt;header-footer&gt;&lt;page-numbering&gt;&lt;page-style&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="13935" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13934" CreationDate="2011-03-20T16:11:28.290" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Very simple — just insert &lt;code&gt;\cleardoublepage&lt;/code&gt;, which will start a new odd page (inserting a blank page before if necessary).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some structuring commands in the &lt;code&gt;book&lt;/code&gt; document class insert &lt;code&gt;\cleardoublepage&lt;/code&gt; by themselves if the &lt;code&gt;openright&lt;/code&gt; option (on by default) is enabled, such as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\frontmatter&#xA;\mainmatter&#xA;\backmatter&#xA;\part&#xA;\chapter&#xA;…&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3104" LastActivityDate="2011-03-20T16:11:28.290" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13937" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13933" CreationDate="2011-03-20T17:28:04.790" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As Jake said, it's fairly easy to draw these using the existing TikZ tools.  Here's a diagram of a coupled pendulum that I use in my lectures.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/xzl6a.png&quot; alt=&quot;coupled pendula&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{standalone}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{decorations.pathmorphing}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\draw[ultra thick,blue] (0,0) -- (1,-3);&#xA;\fill[green!50!black] (1,-3) circle (.4);&#xA;\draw[-&amp;gt;,thick,red!50!green] (1,-3) -- (-.5,-3.5);&#xA;\draw[ultra thick,blue] (0,0) -- (-2,-4);&#xA;\fill[green!50!black] (-2,-4) circle (.3);&#xA;\draw[-&amp;gt;,thick,red!50!green] (-2,-4) -- (-1,-4.5);&#xA;\draw[thick,orange] (-1,-2) -- (-.8,-2) (.5,-2) -- (.667,-2);&#xA;\draw[thick,orange,decorate,decoration={coil,aspect=0.7,amplitude=5}] (-.8,-2) -- (.5,-2);&#xA;\draw[&amp;lt;-&amp;gt;,thick,red!50!green] (-1,-2.5) -- (.667,-2.5);&#xA;\fill (0,0) circle (.2);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The bit to notice is the spring.  As Jake said in his comment, this is done by replacing the path by a coil.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2011-03-20T17:28:04.790" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13938" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13940" CreationDate="2011-03-20T17:48:03.660" Score="9" ViewCount="145" Body="&lt;p&gt;Say I have &lt;code&gt;$x\xrightarrow{\rm mb}y$&lt;/code&gt; as in the first line below, but I want a negation symbol like the one defined in &lt;code&gt;\nrightarrow&lt;/code&gt;, as in the second line, but extendable. Does anyone know how I can do that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/is3y6.png&quot; alt=&quot;sample&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4346" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-20T18:20:33.013" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T09:37:08.023" Title="How do I create the negated arrow on \xrightarrow?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;arrows&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="13939" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-20T17:54:18.387" Score="3" ViewCount="62" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello, when I compile this code the process &quot;pdflatex&quot; takes up 100% of one of my CPU and doesn't stop... I'm probably passing wrong arguments to overlayarea, since I have no idea what they should do (the Beamer_Guide doesn't mention them)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;            \begin{tabular}{c}&#xA;                    \begin{overlayarea}{\textwidth}{0cm}&#xA;                            \only&amp;lt;1&amp;gt;{hi}&#xA;                            \only&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;{there}&#xA;                    \end{overlayarea}&#xA;            \end{tabular}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, why does this clog my CPU and what are the two arguments in overlayarea supposed to do?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4330" LastActivityDate="2011-03-20T17:54:18.387" Title="beamer, overlayarea and table" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;overlays&gt;" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="13940" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13938" CreationDate="2011-03-20T18:06:44.163" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yet another revision!  Here are a few different ways to achieve the same end, including the promised TikZ solution (which, although seemingly longer and a bit of an overload if you're not already using TikZ in a document, does actually &lt;em&gt;draw&lt;/em&gt; an arrow rather than sticking a load of hyphens on top of each other).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{standalone}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb} % for \diagup&#xA;\usepackage{mathtools}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz} % for tikz solution&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\slashedarrowfill@#1#2#3#4#5{%&#xA;  $\m@th\thickmuskip0mu\medmuskip\thickmuskip\thinmuskip\thickmuskip&#xA;   \relax#5#1\mkern-7mu%&#xA;   \cleaders\hbox{$#5\mkern-2mu#2\mkern-2mu$}\hfill&#xA;   \mathclap{#3}\mathclap{#2}%&#xA;   \cleaders\hbox{$#5\mkern-2mu#2\mkern-2mu$}\hfill&#xA;   \mkern-7mu#4$%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\rightslashedarrowfilla@{%&#xA;  \slashedarrowfill@\relbar\relbar{\raisebox{1.2pt}{$\scriptscriptstyle\diagup$}}\rightarrow}&#xA;\newcommand\xslashedrightarrowa[2][]{%&#xA;  \ext@arrow 0055{\rightslashedarrowfilla@}{#1}{#2}}&#xA;&#xA;\def\rightslashedarrowfillb@{%&#xA;  \slashedarrowfill@\relbar\relbar/\rightarrow}&#xA;\newcommand\xslashedrightarrowb[2][]{%&#xA;  \ext@arrow 0055{\rightslashedarrowfillb@}{#1}{#2}}&#xA;&#xA;\def\rightslashedarrowfillc@{%&#xA;  \slashedarrowfill@\relbar\relbar{\raisebox{.12em}{\tiny/}}\rightarrow}&#xA;\newcommand\xslashedrightarrowc[2][]{%&#xA;  \ext@arrow 0055{\rightslashedarrowfillc@}{#1}{#2}}&#xA;&#xA;\pgfdeclareshape{slash underlined}&#xA;{&#xA;  \inheritsavedanchors[from=rectangle] % this is nearly a circle&#xA;  \inheritanchorborder[from=rectangle]&#xA;  \inheritanchor[from=rectangle]{north}&#xA;  \inheritanchor[from=rectangle]{north west}&#xA;  \inheritanchor[from=rectangle]{north east}&#xA;  \inheritanchor[from=rectangle]{center}&#xA;  \inheritanchor[from=rectangle]{west}&#xA;  \inheritanchor[from=rectangle]{east}&#xA;  \inheritanchor[from=rectangle]{mid}&#xA;  \inheritanchor[from=rectangle]{mid west}&#xA;  \inheritanchor[from=rectangle]{mid east}&#xA;  \inheritanchor[from=rectangle]{base}&#xA;  \inheritanchor[from=rectangle]{base west}&#xA;  \inheritanchor[from=rectangle]{base east}&#xA;  \inheritanchor[from=rectangle]{south}&#xA;  \inheritanchor[from=rectangle]{south west}&#xA;  \inheritanchor[from=rectangle]{south east}&#xA;  \inheritanchorborder[from=rectangle]&#xA;  \foregroundpath{&#xA;% store lower right in xa/ya and upper right in xb/yb&#xA;    \southwest \pgf@xa=\pgf@x \pgf@ya=\pgf@y&#xA;    \northeast \pgf@xb=\pgf@x \pgf@yb=\pgf@y&#xA;    \pgf@xc=\pgf@xa&#xA;    \advance\pgf@xc by .5\pgf@xb&#xA;    \pgf@yc=\pgf@ya&#xA;    \advance\pgf@xc by -1.3pt&#xA;    \advance\pgf@yc by -1.8pt&#xA;    \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfqpoint{\pgf@xc}{\pgf@yc}}&#xA;    \advance\pgf@xc by  2.6pt&#xA;    \advance\pgf@yc by  3.6pt&#xA;    \pgfpathlineto{\pgfqpoint{\pgf@xc}{\pgf@yc}}&#xA;    \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfqpoint{\pgf@xa}{\pgf@ya}}&#xA;    \pgfpathlineto{\pgfqpoint{\pgf@xb}{\pgf@ya}}&#xA; }&#xA;}&#xA;\tikzset{nomorepostaction/.code=\let\tikz@postactions\pgfutil@empty}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\xslashedrightarrowd[2][]{%&#xA;  \mathrel{\tikz[baseline=-.7ex] \path node[slash underlined,draw,-&amp;gt;,anchor=south] {\(\scriptstyle #2\)} node[anchor=north] {\(\scriptstyle #1\)};}}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\(\begin{matrix}&#xA;A \nrightarrow C \\[6pt]&#xA;A \xslashedrightarrowa[abcdefg]{abcdefg} C\\[6pt]&#xA;A \xslashedrightarrowb[abcdefg]{abcdefg} C\\[6pt]&#xA;A \xslashedrightarrowc[abcdefg]{abcdefg} C\\[12pt]&#xA;A \xslashedrightarrowd[abcdefg]{abcdefg} C&#xA;\end{matrix}&#xA;\)&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Results:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/3Cxp0.png&quot; alt=&quot;slashed arrows again&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastEditorUserId="86" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-21T09:37:08.023" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T09:37:08.023" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="13941" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12878" CreationDate="2011-03-20T20:14:34.207" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Amir, it seems as if the old fashioned cp1255/babel are not so robust.&#xA;Here is an example using xetex. Perhaps you can start from it and work backwards to cp1255 and babel.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{listings}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\usepackage{polyglossia}&#xA;\setmainlanguage{hebrew}&#xA;\setmainlanguage{english}&#xA;&#xA;\lstset{language=Matlab,backgroundcolor=\color{blue}}&#xA;\setmainfont{Comic Sans MS}&#xA;&#xA;\newfontfamily\hebrewfont[Script=Hebrew]{Ezra SIL}&#xA;   \newfontfamily\listingsfont[&#xA;            Extension=.otf,&#xA;            UprightFont=*-Regular,&#xA;            BoldFont=*-Bold,&#xA;            ItalicFont=*-Italic,&#xA;            BoldItalicFont=*-BoldItalic,&#xA;]{UMTypewriter}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\let\ttfamily=\listingsfont&#xA;&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle={\footnotesize\ttfamily}]&#xA;&amp;gt;&amp;gt; x(6)&#xA;ans =&#xA;     9&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;&#xA;\LR{&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}[basicstyle={\footnotesize\ttfamily}]&#xA;&amp;gt;&amp;gt; x(6)&#xA;ans =&#xA;     9&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\lstdefinestyle{numbered}{&#xA;    backgroundcolor=\color{blue!20},&#xA;    numbers=right,&#xA;    stepnumber=1,&#xA;    numbersep=-6pt,&#xA;    xleftmargin=3ex,&#xA;    xrightmargin=3ex,&#xA;    numberblanklines=false,&#xA;    numberstyle=\tiny\bf,&#xA;    frame=trBL,&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{lstlisting}[style=numbered]&#xA;&amp;gt;&amp;gt; x(6)&#xA;ans =&#xA;     9&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/6Vcas.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Output&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3391" LastActivityDate="2011-03-20T20:14:34.207" />
  <row Id="13943" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13921" CreationDate="2011-03-20T20:57:21.487" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use package &lt;a href=&quot;http://az.ctan.org/pkg/bashful&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;bashful&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; to do it from within LaTeX, e.g., using gniourf_gniourf  suggestion, you would write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{bashful}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\bash[stdoutFile=inputs.tex]&#xA;{ shopt -s nullglob; for file in dir/*.tex; do echo &quot;\\input{$file}&quot;; done; } &#xA;\END&#xA;\input{inputs.tex}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3391" LastActivityDate="2011-03-20T20:57:21.487" />
  <row Id="13944" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13947" CreationDate="2011-03-20T21:16:13.627" Score="5" ViewCount="63" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using the alpha bibliography style, citations are sorted by the citation key. I'd like to use the same style of authors-year citation keys (e.g., [CP92]) but have the bibliography sorted by author's lastname instead of the alphabetically by the citation key itself. This would keep the same papers by the same first author together.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, alpha would produce the following sorted order:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;[Cha81] D. Chaum. Untraceable...&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;[CL04] J. Camenisch and A. Lysyanskaya. Signature...&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;[CP92] D. Chaum and T. Pedersen. Wallet...&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Whereas, abbr would produce the following sorted order:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;[1] J. Camenisch and A. Lysyanskaya. Signature...&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;[2] D. Chaum. Untraceable...&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;[3] D. Chaum and T. Pedersen. Wallet...&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am looking for the same sorting as abbr but maintaining the citation key style of alpha.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to achieve this hybrid style?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3738" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-20T23:14:51.873" LastActivityDate="2011-03-20T23:14:51.873" Title="Sort by author in Alpha bibliography" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;biblatex&gt;&lt;sorting&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13945" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13946" CreationDate="2011-03-20T21:49:42.660" Score="5" ViewCount="40" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I try to cite a book in such a way&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{theorem}[\cite[p.~90]{bibitem}]&#xA;Theorem body.&#xA;\end{theorem}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've got an error because of multiple use of &lt;code&gt;[&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;]&lt;/code&gt;. Is it possible to cite in such a way in theorem argument? Would be great if it could be done without redefine of &lt;code&gt;\cite&lt;/code&gt; command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4347" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-20T22:36:02.227" LastActivityDate="2011-03-20T22:36:02.227" Title="Cite in theorem environment argument" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;errors&gt;&lt;citing&gt;&lt;optional-arguments&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="13946" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13945" CreationDate="2011-03-20T21:55:10.547" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you need to pass a &lt;code&gt;]&lt;/code&gt; inside an optional argument, just enclose the argument in figure braces:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{theorem}[{\cite[p.~90]{bibitem}}]&#xA;Theorem body.&#xA;\end{theorem}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Without this, it's the &lt;code&gt;\cite[p.~90&lt;/code&gt; (everything up to the first &lt;code&gt;]&lt;/code&gt;) that gets passed as the argument, while the remaining text is typeset afterwards.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3104" LastActivityDate="2011-03-20T21:55:10.547" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13947" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13944" CreationDate="2011-03-20T22:08:32.683" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you're willing to switch to &lt;a href=&quot;http://ftp.univie.ac.at/packages/tex/help/Catalogue/entries/biblatex.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;biblatex&lt;/a&gt;, here's how to do it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[style=alphabetic,sorting=nty]{biblatex}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.bib}&#xA;@misc{C,&#xA;  author = {Chaum, D.},&#xA;  year = {1981},&#xA;  title = {Untraceable \dots},&#xA;}    &#xA;@misc{CL,&#xA;  author = {Camenisch, J. and Lysyanskaya, A.},&#xA;  year = {2004},&#xA;  title = {Signature \dots},&#xA;}&#xA;@misc{CP,&#xA;  author = {Chaum, D. and Pedersen, T.},&#xA;  year = {1992},&#xA;  title = {Wallet \dots},&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\addbibresource{\jobname.bib}&#xA;&#xA;\nocite{*}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\printbibliography&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-20T22:25:41.630" LastActivityDate="2011-03-20T22:25:41.630" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13948" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13977" CreationDate="2011-03-20T22:38:10.447" Score="4" ViewCount="57" Body="&lt;p&gt;Situation: a poem in the &lt;code&gt;verse&lt;/code&gt; environment of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/verse/verse.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;verse&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package, while the entire page is set with the &lt;code&gt;twocolumn&lt;/code&gt; option. Line numbering is enabled via &lt;code&gt;\poemlines{1}&lt;/code&gt; and set to the left by &lt;code&gt;\verselinenumbersleft&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Problem: The line numbers of the right column appear on the very left, while those of the left column don't show up at all (They might be covered by the right column's numbers?).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How do I get the line numbers of the right column to appear in between the two columns? (Hoping this would result in the reappearance of the left column numbers)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a MWE:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[twocolumn]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{verse}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{verse}&#xA;\poemlines{1}&#xA;\verselinenumbersleft&#xA;aaa\\aaa\\aaa\\\newpage{}aaa\\aaa\\aaa\\&#xA;\end{verse}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: &lt;code&gt;\poemlines{1}&lt;/code&gt; means every line is to be numbered, the &lt;code&gt;\newpage{}&lt;/code&gt; serves simply to make the WE a MWE ... the problem is the same without it and with many more verses/lines instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/efS7J.png&quot; alt=&quot;Output&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4012" LastEditorUserId="4012" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-20T22:59:21.787" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T13:30:21.160" Title="verselinenumbersleft with twocolumn" Tags="&lt;two-column&gt;&lt;line-numbering&gt;&lt;poetry&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="13949" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14004" CreationDate="2011-03-20T22:55:35.863" Score="8" ViewCount="175" Body="&lt;p&gt;I pass a bunch of numbers into a custom command defined via &lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\mycmd}[1]{...}&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\mycmd{1.12}&#xA;\mycmd{5.32}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\mycmd&lt;/code&gt; uses the number to draw a certain figure. On top of that, I would like to print the number in &lt;code&gt;\mycmd&lt;/code&gt;, but with a comma instead of a decimal point: &lt;code&gt;1,12&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;5,32&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any suggestion would be appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1236" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T20:13:54.360" Title="Replace . (period) by , (comma) in numbers" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;formatting&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13950" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13949" CreationDate="2011-03-20T23:06:12.353" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This can be done using the &lt;code&gt;siunitx&lt;/code&gt; package. Use the &lt;code&gt;\num&lt;/code&gt; macro with the &lt;code&gt;output-decimal-marker={,}&lt;/code&gt; option. The option can also be set globally using &lt;code&gt;\sisetup{output-decimal-marker={,}}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{siunitx}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\num[output-decimal-marker={,}]{123.45}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-20T23:06:12.353" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="13951" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13949" CreationDate="2011-03-20T23:16:09.720" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There's a number of possible solutions; two of them: 1) Use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/isonums&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;isonums&lt;/a&gt; package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{isonums}&#xA;\newcommand\mycmd[1]{$#1$}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\mycmd{5.32}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2) If you are using &lt;code&gt;babel&lt;/code&gt;, you could use the &lt;code&gt;spanish&lt;/code&gt; option and select it to typeset your number (the &lt;code&gt;spanish&lt;/code&gt; option, by default uses the comma as the decimal separator):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[spanish,english]{babel}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\mycmd[1]{$\selectlanguage{spanish}#1$}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\mycmd{5.32}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, if &lt;code&gt;spanish&lt;/code&gt; is the only option for babel, then &lt;code&gt;\selectlanguage{spanish}&lt;/code&gt; is superfluous.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastActivityDate="2011-03-20T23:16:09.720" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="13952" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13933" CreationDate="2011-03-20T23:23:43.677" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Inspired by Andrew Stacey's pretty drawing, here's a take on two of the pictures you linked to. Once you start with drawing stuff like this, you'll pretty quickly accumulate your own library of elements, and every successive drawing will be easier.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{calc,patterns,decorations.pathmorphing,decorations.markings}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[every node/.style={draw,outer sep=0pt,thick}]&#xA;\tikzstyle{spring}=[thick,decorate,decoration={zigzag,pre length=0.3cm,post length=0.3cm,segment length=6}]&#xA;\tikzstyle{dampener}=[thick,decoration={markings,  &#xA;  mark connection node=dmp,&#xA;  mark=at position 0.5 with &#xA;  {&#xA;    \node (dmp) [thick,inner sep=0pt,transform shape,rotate=-90,minimum width=15pt,minimum height=3pt,draw=none] {};&#xA;    \draw [thick] ($(dmp.north east)+(2pt,0)$) -- (dmp.south east) -- (dmp.south west) -- ($(dmp.north west)+(2pt,0)$);&#xA;    \draw [thick] ($(dmp.north)+(0,-5pt)$) -- ($(dmp.north)+(0,5pt)$);&#xA;  }&#xA;}, decorate]&#xA;\tikzstyle{ground}=[fill,pattern=north east lines,draw=none,minimum width=0.75cm,minimum height=0.3cm]&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\node (M) [minimum width=3.5cm,minimum height=2cm] {mass, $m$};&#xA;&#xA;\node (ground1) at (M.south) [ground,yshift=-1.5cm,xshift=-1.25cm,anchor=north] {};&#xA;\draw (ground1.north west) -- (ground1.north east);&#xA;\draw [spring] (ground1.north) -- ($(M.south east)!(ground1.north)!(M.south west)$);&#xA;&#xA;\node (ground2) at (M.south) [ground,yshift=-1.5cm,anchor=north] {};&#xA;\draw (ground2.north west) -- (ground2.north east);&#xA;\draw [dampener] (ground2.north) -- ($(M.south east)!(ground2.north)!(M.south west)$);&#xA;&#xA;\node (ground3) at (M.south) [ground,yshift=-1.5cm,xshift=1.25cm,anchor=north] {};&#xA;\draw (ground3.north west) -- (ground3.north east);&#xA;\draw [spring] (ground3.north) -- ($(M.south east)!(ground3.north)!(M.south west)$);&#xA;&#xA;\draw [-latex,ultra thick] (M.north) ++(0,0.2cm) -- +(0,1cm);&#xA;&#xA;\begin{scope}[xshift=7cm]&#xA;\node (M) [minimum width=1cm, minimum height=2.5cm] {$m$};&#xA;&#xA;\node (ground) [ground,anchor=north,yshift=-0.25cm,minimum width=1.5cm] at (M.south) {};&#xA;\draw (ground.north east) -- (ground.north west);&#xA;\draw [thick] (M.south west) ++ (0.2cm,-0.125cm) circle (0.125cm)  (M.south east) ++ (-0.2cm,-0.125cm) circle (0.125cm);&#xA;&#xA;\node (wall) [ground, rotate=-90, minimum width=3cm,yshift=-3cm] {};&#xA;\draw (wall.north east) -- (wall.north west);&#xA;&#xA;\draw [spring] (wall.170) -- ($(M.north west)!(wall.170)!(M.south west)$);&#xA;\draw [dampener] (wall.10) -- ($(M.north west)!(wall.10)!(M.south west)$);&#xA;&#xA;\draw [-latex,ultra thick] (M.east) ++ (0.2cm,0) -- +(1cm,0);&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/bC6d7.png&quot; alt=&quot;springs and stuff&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastActivityDate="2011-03-20T23:23:43.677" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13953" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13954" CreationDate="2011-03-20T23:26:48.147" Score="6" ViewCount="95" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am getting some colleagues to migrate from Word to LaTeX for technical documents, but old habits die hard.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am looking for a way to compile each LaTeX document partially without document tags, so that each document can be previewed easily, while still being capable of inclusion in a larger document which will in fact have a document tag. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to have document tags in all documents (read .tex files) to allow fragment compilation, then suppress them once an inclusion is performed?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4350" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-21T08:46:52.327" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T08:46:52.327" Title="Compiling partial documents (without document tags)" Tags="&lt;compiling&gt;&lt;documentclass&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="13954" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13953" CreationDate="2011-03-20T23:40:31.113" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I assume you mean the &lt;code&gt;document&lt;/code&gt; environment (&lt;code&gt;\begin{document}&lt;/code&gt; ... &lt;code&gt;\end{document}&lt;/code&gt;) and the preamble with &quot;document tags&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Technically you need them in any compilable LaTeX document. There are some packages which allow you to ignore the preamble (incl. &lt;code&gt;{document}&lt;/code&gt;) of included sub-files. A simple one is the &lt;code&gt;docmute&lt;/code&gt; package. Extended features (like coping the sub-preambles to the main one) are provided by the &lt;code&gt;standalone&lt;/code&gt; package and class, which however targets more the inclusion of diagrams which should be also compilable standalone, but is also suitable for sub-documents.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Simple create the other documents as normal including a &lt;code&gt;\documentclass&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;document&lt;/code&gt; environment, and then load the &lt;code&gt;docmute&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;standalone&lt;/code&gt; package in the main document. These redefine &lt;code&gt;\documentclass&lt;/code&gt; etc. so that they are ignored.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is also the &lt;code&gt;combine&lt;/code&gt; class and accompanied packages, which might be also useful for you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-20T23:40:31.113" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13955" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13957" CreationDate="2011-03-21T01:22:54.983" Score="4" ViewCount="89" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to write a user guide in LaTeX, and I want to layout my page in a way that I can put in a left margin for comments / notes on the corresponding lines of text in the main portion of the page (eg. a pcture of an exclamation mark and some words of caution to the reader about something said in the content on the right).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Furthermore it would be nice if I could somehow get a thin line separating the margin and the main body of text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've tried playing around with minipage, but I don't know how to specify the placement of the columns: I can't make the &quot;margin&quot; column align to the left side of the page, minipage always splits the page in half.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EG:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;          |  main content of the page&#xA;          |  ctd.....................&#xA;! Warning |  ctd.....................&#xA;          |  ctd.....................&#xA;          |  ctd.....................&#xA;? Note    |  ctd.....................&#xA;          |  ctd.....................&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4352" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-21T02:17:31.947" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T02:18:32.243" Title="Making a line-separated left-margin in LaTeX" Tags="&lt;margins&gt;&lt;layout&gt;&lt;page-style&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="13956" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13955" CreationDate="2011-03-21T01:42:03.080" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;\marginpar&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Here's a paragraph.&#xA;\marginpar{\raggedright Warning! That paragraph is only one sentence long!}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If this is really a two-column document with margin notes, then you may want to look at the &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt; class as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3345" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T01:42:03.080" />
  <row Id="13957" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13955" CreationDate="2011-03-21T02:04:56.160" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One possible solution would be to use the space reserved for marginal notes to place the comments/notes and to use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/background&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;background&lt;/a&gt; package to place the vertical rule separating the text from the notes/comments; a little example (feel free to adapt and improve my example to suit your needs):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{marginnote}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{background}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}% just to generate filler text&#xA;&#xA;% settings for the vertical line&#xA;\SetBgScale{1}&#xA;\SetBgColor{black}&#xA;\SetBgAngle{0}&#xA;\SetBgHshift{-0.52\textwidth}&#xA;\SetBgVshift{-1mm}&#xA;\SetBgContents{\rule{0.4pt}{\textheight}}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*\Note{%&#xA;  \marginnote[\textcolor{blue}{\raggedright{\LARGE ?}\ Note }]{}%&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand*\Warn{%&#xA;  \marginnote[\textcolor{red}{\raggedright{\LARGE !}\ Warning }]{}%&#xA;}&#xA;\reversemarginpar&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;some test text\Note{sdfasdfdsfsd} \lipsum[1]&#xA;\Warn{sdfasdfdsfsd} \lipsum[1]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A portion of the resulting document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/A8sxM.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastEditorUserId="3954" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-21T02:18:32.243" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T02:18:32.243" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13958" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14034" CreationDate="2011-03-21T03:02:26.473" Score="6" ViewCount="212" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to build a custom calendar using some features of TikZ. My starting point was a piece of code available in a comment of texample.net. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like to know if it is possible to mark some days with symbols different than circles. If you compile the code below, you will see that circles can be easily inserted in the calendar. Now I would like to know if someone could show me how to insert diamonds or triangles or squares and if possible filled with some color.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you in advance for your help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{lscape,tikz}&#xA;\usepackage[brazil]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[margin=1in, paperwidth=15.8in, paperheight=8.5in]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath,color,graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{amsfonts}&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}&#xA;\definecolor{Red}{cmyk}{0,1,1,0}&#xA;\def\red{\color{Red}}&#xA;\definecolor{Blue}{cmyk}{1,1,0,0}&#xA;\def\blue{\color{Blue}}&#xA;&#xA;%%in preamble:&#xA;%&#xA;\Huge&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{arrows,shapes}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{positioning,calendar,er}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{decorations.markings}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{shapes.geometric}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\calrow}[1]{\node[anchor=base east](seg){S};&#xA;\node[base right=of seg](ter){T}; \node[base right=of ter](qua){Q};&#xA;\node[base right=of qua](qui){Q}; \node[base right=of qui](sex){\ \!S};&#xA;\node[base right=of sex](sab){\ \!S}; \node[base right=of sab](dom){D};&#xA;\node[black,above=of qui]{\textbf{#1}};}&#xA;\newcommand{\calperiod}[1]{\calendar[dates=\the\year-#1-01 to \the\year-#1-last]&#xA;if(Sunday) [red] \holidays;}&#xA;\newcommand{\holidays}{% holidays in Italy&#xA;if (equals=01-15) {\draw (-0.348,0.135) circle (9.0pt);}%&#xA;if (equals=01-06) [black!50]%&#xA;if (equals=04-04) [black!50]%&#xA;if (equals=04-05) [black!50]%&#xA;if (equals=04-25) [black!50]%&#xA;if (equals=05-01) [black!50]%&#xA;if (equals=05-01) [black!50]%&#xA;if (equals=06-02) {\draw (-0.25,0.135) circle (9.0pt);}%&#xA;if (equals=08-15) [black!50]%&#xA;if (equals=11-01) [black!50]%&#xA;if (equals=12-08) [black!50]%&#xA;if (equals=12-25) [black!50]%&#xA;if (equals=12-26) [black!50]%&#xA;}&#xA;\colorlet{darkgreen}{green!50!black}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;[every calendar/.style={week list}]&#xA;%\node[star,draw,minimum size=.4cm,star point ratio=1.0,thick] at (calendar-\the\year-08-29){};&#xA;\sffamily&#xA;\matrix[%&#xA;row 1/.style={black,node distance=.3ex},%&#xA;row 3/.style={black,node distance=.3ex},&#xA;column sep=1ex,%&#xA;draw=black,thick,rounded corners=30pt,%&#xA;postaction={decorate,decoration={markings,mark=at position 0.51 with&#xA;{\node[fill=white,text=black,font={\bfseries\Large}] (year) {\the\year};}}}&#xA;% year on frame: decorations.markings library&#xA;]{%&#xA;% first row: week day and month&#xA;\calrow{Janeiro} &amp;amp; \calrow{Fevereiro} &amp;amp; \calrow{Março} &amp;amp;&#xA;\calrow{Abril} &amp;amp; \calrow{Maio} &amp;amp; \calrow{Junho} \\&#xA;% second row: calendar&#xA;\calperiod{01} &amp;amp; \calperiod{02} &amp;amp; \calperiod{03} &amp;amp;&#xA;\calperiod{04} &amp;amp; \calperiod{05} &amp;amp; \calperiod{06} \\[0.4cm]&#xA;% third row: week day and month&#xA;\calrow{Julho} &amp;amp; \calrow{Agosto} &amp;amp; \calrow{Setembro} &amp;amp;&#xA;\calrow{Outubro} &amp;amp; \calrow{Novembro} &amp;amp; \calrow{Dezembro} \\&#xA;% forth row: calendar&#xA;\calperiod{07} &amp;amp; \calperiod{08} &amp;amp; \calperiod{09} &amp;amp;&#xA;\calperiod{10} &amp;amp; \calperiod{11} &amp;amp; \calperiod{12} \\&#xA;};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt; Edition. &lt;/strong&gt; To clean up the code, I remove the repetitions  pointed out by Ulrike Fischer as well some useless comments. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="394" LastEditorUserId="394" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-22T04:13:10.660" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T09:55:16.537" Title="Custom calendar using TikZ" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;calendar&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="13959" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3971" CreationDate="2011-03-21T04:42:43.990" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The encoding for &lt;code&gt;\ell&lt;/code&gt; has changed in newer versions of the MinionPro font. The encoding in the LaTeX package still points at the old glyph code. To fix this, edit the base-MinionPro-ab.enc file. (In Windows, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.voidtools.com&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Search Everything&lt;/a&gt; is very helpful for this task.) Simply replace the text &lt;code&gt;afii61289&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;uni2113&lt;/code&gt; and your script &lt;code&gt;\ell&lt;/code&gt; characters will magically reappear. This works either before or after the LaTeX font is installed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4354" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-21T09:07:00.750" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T09:07:00.750" />
  <row Id="13960" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13965" CreationDate="2011-03-21T04:53:20.963" Score="8" ViewCount="95" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to introduce parts of a &lt;code&gt;tikzpicture&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;\pause&lt;/code&gt; or similar in Beamer without resorting to incrementally redrawing the &lt;code&gt;tikzpicture&lt;/code&gt; over multiple frames?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Intercalating TikZ draw commands with &lt;code&gt;\pause&lt;/code&gt; commands creates new frames, but introduces (or in my case, using &lt;code&gt;\setbeamercovered{highly dynamic}&lt;/code&gt;, fades in) the entire &lt;code&gt;tikzpicture&lt;/code&gt;, which sort of makes sense, as the interior of a &lt;code&gt;tikzpicture&lt;/code&gt; is not the normal environment for &lt;code&gt;\pause&lt;/code&gt; commands.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1052" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T08:06:26.433" Title="Beamer \pause with TikZ" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;pause&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13961" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13964" CreationDate="2011-03-21T05:44:22.050" Score="5" ViewCount="85" Body="&lt;p&gt;I used &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; to make bookmarks. After reading &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt;'s manual, I got this example and it worked:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section{Pythagoras:  \texorpdfstring{$ a^2 + b^2 = c^2 $}{ a\texttwosuperior\ + b\texttwosuperior\ =  c\texttwosuperior}}  &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Referring to this example, I used the following but it didn't work:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\subsection{Wind load \texorpdfstring{$\mathsf{Z^{STAAD}}$ -- Direction}{Z\textsuperscript{STAAD} -- Direction}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is anything wrong with my code or is there any other method to include superscripts in bookmarks, or is it impossible at all?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3253" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-21T09:14:31.133" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T09:14:31.133" Title="Use hyperref to make bookmarks; how to include superscript" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;bookmarks&gt;&lt;superscripts&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="13962" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-21T06:45:57.653" Score="1" ViewCount="60" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using the &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt; package in a collaborative (which means I can't jettison the use of natbib entirely) document. I want to get citations in numeric form in both the text and bibliography, i.e I'd like a reference to Jones et al to appear as &lt;code&gt;[15]&lt;/code&gt; in the text and &lt;code&gt;[15] Jones et al ...&lt;/code&gt; in the bibliography. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using the &lt;code&gt;numbers&lt;/code&gt; option to natbib gets me the former, but with the &lt;code&gt;plainnat&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;abbrvnat&lt;/code&gt; bibliography style I'm unable to get the latter. In fact I have to use &lt;code&gt;abbrv&lt;/code&gt; and deal with some minor warnings. While I can get what I want to work, I'm wondering if I'm just not doing the right thing to get the desired behavior without kludging. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update&lt;/strong&gt;: In response to the comment, I tried to create an MWE, and realized that the problem is possibly coming from a different source. This is part of a grant proposal, and so the references need to be separated from the main text. So the original document called &lt;code&gt;a.tex&lt;/code&gt; contains &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[numbers]{natbib}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\citep{something}&#xA;&#xA;\bibliographystyle{plainnat}&#xA;\bibliography{bibfile.bib}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and the file &lt;code&gt;references.tex&lt;/code&gt; contained&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\input{a.bbl}   &#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I compile a.tex directly to PDF, the referencing works fine. But if I compile it, and then compile references.tex to PDF, I get an author-year bibliography listing in references.pdf.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'll reiterate that there are other ways to do this (for example, I use the &lt;code&gt;pdfpages&lt;/code&gt; package in my own documents to strip out the references). But for now I'm stuck with this setup, so I'd like to solve the problem with minimal change in workflow. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="103" LastEditorUserId="103" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-21T08:37:57.747" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T08:37:57.747" Title="Getting natbib to use numerical keys in bibliography" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;natbib&gt;" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="13963" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-21T06:53:52.617" Score="1" ViewCount="89" Body="&lt;p&gt;Please see the below image, what is the TeX code for the left most symbol? It is like &lt;code&gt;\omegaup&lt;/code&gt;, but looked thinner and a little italic. I have looked it through the file &lt;code&gt;symbols-a4.pdf&lt;/code&gt; and didn't find it. If it is really in the file, please point it out and forgive my careless.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/qdBdy.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;one symbol like omegaup&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3253" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-21T07:20:20.903" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T09:16:48.807" Title="One symbol like \omegaup" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="13964" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13961" CreationDate="2011-03-21T08:02:26.770" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/hyperref&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; needs only text to include in the PDF bookmarks. &lt;code&gt;\textsuperscript&lt;/code&gt; expands to something that's not simple text — it contains executable TeX commands and as such can't be simply turned into a sequence of letters. You'll have to replace it with a solution that only contains regular symbols.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First approach: use ASCII characters to approximate the needed effect:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\subsection{Wind load \texorpdfstring{$\mathsf{Z^{STAAD}}$ -- Direction}%&#xA;  {Z\^STAAD -- Direction}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another approach would be to use &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Subscript_and_superscript#Unicode&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Unicode superscript symbols&lt;/a&gt; at the risk  that some PDF viewers won't have the needed font support to display this. But there doesn't seem to be an uppercase superscript letter S, so this is not applicable here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, a bit of advice if I may: don't use math, abbreviations and other non-readable things in headings unless really needed. For example, instead of&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section{Proof that $\forall n \in \mathbb N (n &amp;gt; 1 \implies n =&#xA;  p_1^{\alpha_1}p_2^{\alpha_2}\ldots p_k^{\alpha_k})$}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section{Proof that any natural number greater than 1 can be&#xA;  represented as a product of prime numbers}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3104" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T08:02:26.770" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13965" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13960" CreationDate="2011-03-21T08:06:26.433" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The easiest way to do this that I have found is to provide overlay specifications to the elements of the picture.  The basic commands, &lt;code&gt;\path&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\draw&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\node&lt;/code&gt; and so forth are all overlay-aware.  The one thing to be ware of is that the bounding box might jump around a bit as different parts of the drawing are put in or taken out.  However, once you're aware of that then it's easy to fix.  Either specify the bounding box at the start (using the &lt;code&gt;\useasboundingbox&lt;/code&gt;) or litter your drawing with lots of &lt;code&gt;\coordinate&lt;/code&gt;s which are there all the time but only use them on specific slides.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a fairly detailed example with the &lt;code&gt;\useasboundingbox&lt;/code&gt; technique.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\useasboundingbox (-5.2,-3.1) rectangle (5.2,3.1);&#xA;\fill[gray!25] (-5.2,-3.1) rectangle (-0.2,3.1);&#xA;\draw[ultra thick,red] (-5,0) -- (-0.4,0);&#xA;\draw[ultra thick] (-2.7,-3) -- (-2.7,3);&#xA;\foreach \t in {-1.5,-1.4,...,1.5} {&#xA;\pgfmathsetmacro{\l}{abs(\t/1.5)}&#xA;\pgfmathsetmacro{\m}{1 - \l}&#xA;\definecolor{currentcolor}{rgb}{\l,0,\m}&#xA;\draw[color=currentcolor] (-5,\t) -- (-0.4,\t);&#xA;};&#xA;\foreach \t in {1.6,1.7,...,3} {&#xA;\pgfmathsetmacro{\l}{2-abs(\t/1.5)}&#xA;\pgfmathsetmacro{\m}{1 - \l}&#xA;\definecolor{currentcolor}{rgb}{\l,0,\m}&#xA;\draw&amp;lt;.(4)-&amp;gt;[color=currentcolor] (-5,\t) -- (-0.4,\t);&#xA;\draw&amp;lt;.(4)-&amp;gt;[color=currentcolor] (-5,-\t) -- (-0.4,-\t);&#xA;};&#xA;\fill&amp;lt;.(2)-&amp;gt;[gray!25] (5.2,-3.1) rectangle (0.2,3.1);&#xA;\draw&amp;lt;.(2)-&amp;gt;[ultra thick,red] (5,0) -- (0.4,0);&#xA;\draw&amp;lt;.(2)-&amp;gt;[ultra thick] (2.7,-3) -- (2.7,3);&#xA;\foreach \t in {-2,-1.9,...,2} {&#xA;\pgfmathsetmacro{\l}{abs(\t/2)}&#xA;\pgfmathsetmacro{\m}{1 - \l}&#xA;\pgfmathsetmacro{\x}{2.3*cos(90*\t)};&#xA;\pgfmathsetmacro{\y}{2.3*sin(90*\t)};&#xA;\definecolor{currentcolor}{rgb}{\l,0,\m}&#xA;\draw&amp;lt;.(3)-&amp;gt;[color=currentcolor] (2.7,0) -- +(\x,\y);&#xA;};&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\visible&amp;lt;2-&amp;gt;{\(z \mapsto e^{z}\)}&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First frame:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/3r5Pa.png&quot; alt=&quot;first frame of exponential&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Last frame:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/lbhwz.png&quot; alt=&quot;last frame of exponential&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(If there's a specific situation that you need help figuring out, either edit the question to include the code or ask a new question about it.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T08:06:26.433" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13966" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13963" CreationDate="2011-03-21T09:16:48.807" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It looks like a &lt;em&gt;w&lt;/em&gt; to me.&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T09:16:48.807" />
  <row Id="13967" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13970" CreationDate="2011-03-21T09:52:33.487" Score="5" ViewCount="95" Body="&lt;p&gt;In &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt;, I would like to be able to use the tilde character &lt;code&gt;~&lt;/code&gt; in the name of a command sequence. I tried with adjusting catcodes. While this was successful with the standard &lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt; class, it failed with &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Working &lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt; example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\section{cs with tilde}&#xA;&#xA;\catcode`\~=12%&#xA;&#xA;\expandafter\def\csname cswith~\endcsname{foo}&#xA;cs value:\csname cswith~\endcsname.&#xA;&#xA;\catcode`\~=13%&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Beamer example producing &lt;code&gt;Missing \endcsname inserted&lt;/code&gt; error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}{cs with tilde}&#xA;&#xA;\catcode`\~=12%&#xA;&#xA;\expandafter\def\csname cswith~\endcsname{foo}&#xA;cs value:\csname cswith~\endcsname.&#xA;&#xA;\catcode`\~=13%&#xA;&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What am I doing wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1053" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-26T11:19:28.797" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T12:25:50.497" Title="Using tilde `~` in csname in Beamer" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;tilde&gt;&lt;catcodes&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="9" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13968" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13973" CreationDate="2011-03-21T10:12:07.323" Score="4" ViewCount="148" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am preparing a poster with LaTeX using &lt;code&gt;beamerposter&lt;/code&gt;, following the examples of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www-i6.informatik.rwth-aachen.de/~dreuw/latexbeamerposter.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;beamerposter site&lt;/a&gt;. In these examples, the title is &lt;em&gt;themed&lt;/em&gt; with a background color. I would like to have the title framed in a box with a double border, each border with a different color. The following picture should explain it (zoom of the upper left corner of the poster):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/igKaX.png&quot; alt=&quot;example header&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In order to achieve this, I tried with a &lt;code&gt;beamercolorbox&lt;/code&gt; or an &lt;code&gt;\fcolorbox&lt;/code&gt;, but I could not create a border like above.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  \setlength{\fboxrule}{4pt}&#xA;  \setlength{\fboxsep}{1pt}&#xA;  \fcolorbox{white}{blue}{&#xA;    \colorbox{white}{&#xA;      Hello test&#xA;    }&#xA;  }&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I create a box with a &lt;em&gt;configurable&lt;/em&gt; border? I say &lt;em&gt;configurable&lt;/em&gt; because I would like to control its thickness and color.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;I have managed to &lt;em&gt;almost&lt;/em&gt; do this with tikz box, a minipage and another box. I think this might be a over-complicated solution. &#xA;The question remains open since I am still having trouble with the border to the right, it disappears due to the width of the minipage.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\definecolor{ltsiBlue1}{rgb}{0.0,0.4,1.0}&#xA;\tikzstyle{titleouterbox} = [draw=ltsiBlue1, fill=white, line width=3pt,&#xA;    rectangle, inner sep=3pt, inner ysep=3pt]&#xA;\tikzstyle{titleinnerbox} = [draw=white, fill=ltsiBlue1, line width=3pt, &#xA;    text=white, rectangle, inner sep=13pt, inner ysep=13pt]&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\node [titleouterbox] (box){%&#xA;    \begin{minipage}{1.0\textwidth}&#xA;      \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;        \node [titleinnerbox] (box){%&#xA;          \begin{minipage}{1.0\textwidth}&#xA;            hello test&#xA;          \end{minipage}&#xA;        };&#xA;      \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \end{minipage}&#xA;};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="146" LastEditorUserId="146" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-21T11:13:43.543" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T12:52:48.390" Title="Preparing a beamer poster: how to create a border box?" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;color&gt;&lt;boxes&gt;&lt;posters&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13969" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13958" CreationDate="2011-03-21T10:13:35.513" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can change the TikZ-drawing command inside &lt;code&gt;if (equals=01-15) {\draw (-0.348,0.135) circle (9.0pt);}&lt;/code&gt; (e.g. on line 52) to something that suits you, but need to fiddle with the placement.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A filled circle can be done with &lt;code&gt;{\fill [semitransparent,red] (-.25,.2) circle (.25);}&lt;/code&gt;. If you take a look at the &quot;decoration&quot;-section in the TikZ-Manual, you should be able to draw anything you want over the day you choose.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="828" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T10:13:35.513" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13970" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13967" CreationDate="2011-03-21T10:28:36.363" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As Hendik Vogt already mentioned (by citing me) in the question comments this doesn't work because &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt; actually reads the content as macro argument and therefore the catcode change comes to late.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One way to solve this is already mentioned by Ulrike Fischer: use the &lt;code&gt;[fragile]&lt;/code&gt; option to make &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt; process the &lt;code&gt;frame&lt;/code&gt; content in a way which allows catcode changes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could also define all the code you require outside the frame as a macro while the catcode changes are in effect and then simply use that macro inside the frame. The catcode is important when the &lt;code&gt;~&lt;/code&gt; is &lt;em&gt;read&lt;/em&gt; not when it is executed/processed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I would solve it quite simple: Use &lt;code&gt;\string~&lt;/code&gt; instead to get &lt;code&gt;~&lt;/code&gt; as a string:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}{cs with tilde}&#xA;&#xA;\expandafter\def\csname cswith\string~\endcsname{foo}%&#xA;cs value:\csname cswith\string~\endcsname.&#xA;&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or even simpler: Redefine &lt;code&gt;~&lt;/code&gt; locally to produce &lt;code&gt;\string~&lt;/code&gt;. Then you have to type less if you need it more often. However, any normal &lt;code&gt;~&lt;/code&gt; inside the frame or used by macros will not work as usual anymore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}{cs with tilde}&#xA;&#xA;\def~{\string~}%&#xA;\expandafter\def\csname cswith~\endcsname{foo}%&#xA;cs value:\csname cswith~\endcsname.&#xA;&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-29T12:25:50.497" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T12:25:50.497" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13971" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13972" CreationDate="2011-03-21T10:49:22.843" Score="4" ViewCount="95" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a simple table with 2 multirow cells. However when I apply background color, it covers&#xA;the lower portion of the multirow cells and cuts through the middle of my text entry which is obviously not what I want. Can someone please tell me what I'm doing wrong here? Also notice that I'm using \vspace to move my text entry 1mm up in the multirow cells because it wasn't centered. It was closer to the lower border. There is probably a better way of doing this. Below is my code and output table that I'm getting with it:&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Fx4g5.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{latexsym,amssymb}&#xA;\usepackage{colortbl}&#xA;\usepackage[margin=1in,headsep=2.5cm]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{multirow}&#xA;&#xA;\definecolor{mycolor}{rgb}{0.92,0.95,0.86}&#xA;\arrayrulecolor{white}&#xA;&#xA;\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}&#xA;\setlength{\doublerulesep}{2pt}&#xA;\setlength{\extrarowheight}{3pt}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}&#xA;{ &amp;gt;{\columncolor{mycolor}}b{79pt}&#xA;&amp;gt;{\columncolor{mycolor}}b{145pt}|| &#xA;&amp;gt;{\columncolor{mycolor}}b{79pt}&#xA;&amp;gt;{\columncolor{mycolor}}b{145pt} }&#xA;\multicolumn{2}{&amp;gt;{\cellcolor{mycolor}}l||}{\textbf{STUDENT DATA}}&amp;amp; &#xA;\multirow{2}{*}{{\vspace{-1mm}\textbf{Name:}}} &amp;amp; \multirow{2}{*}{\vspace{-1mm}MyName}\\&#xA;\textbf{E-mail:} &amp;amp; test@example.com &amp;amp;  &amp;amp; \\&#xA;\hline \hline&#xA;\textbf{Date:} &amp;amp; 21.3.2011 &amp;amp; \textbf{Student ID:} &amp;amp; 3836127\\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}  &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4268" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T11:08:32.023" Title="Color running over text in multirow column" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;color&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="13972" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13971" CreationDate="2011-03-21T11:08:32.023" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is because the lower cells of the &lt;code&gt;\multirow&lt;/code&gt; are filled after the text was typeset. To solve this you need to place the text in the lower cells and raise it, e.g. using &lt;code&gt;\raisebox&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{latexsym,amssymb}&#xA;\usepackage{colortbl}&#xA;\usepackage[margin=1in,headsep=2.5cm]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{multirow}&#xA;&#xA;\definecolor{mycolor}{rgb}{0.92,0.95,0.86}&#xA;\arrayrulecolor{white}&#xA;&#xA;\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}&#xA;\setlength{\doublerulesep}{2pt}&#xA;\setlength{\extrarowheight}{3pt}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}&#xA;{ &amp;gt;{\columncolor{mycolor}}b{79pt}&#xA;&amp;gt;{\columncolor{mycolor}}b{145pt}|| &#xA;&amp;gt;{\columncolor{mycolor}}b{79pt}&#xA;&amp;gt;{\columncolor{mycolor}}b{145pt} }&#xA;\multicolumn{2}{&amp;gt;{\cellcolor{mycolor}}l||}{\textbf{STUDENT DATA}}&amp;amp;&amp;amp;\\&#xA;\textbf{E-mail:} &amp;amp; test@example.com &amp;amp; \raisebox{1.6ex}[1.6ex]{\textbf{Name:}} &amp;amp; \raisebox{1.6ex}[1.6ex]{MyName}\\&#xA;\hline \hline&#xA;\textbf{Date:} &amp;amp; 21.3.2011 &amp;amp; \textbf{Student ID:} &amp;amp; 3836127\\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please also make sure to provide &lt;em&gt;minimal&lt;/em&gt; examples. Half the code here is not required to demonstrate the issue and therefore finding the issue takes longer as necessary. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T11:08:32.023" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13973" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13968" CreationDate="2011-03-21T12:52:48.390" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have finally managed to do this with the &lt;code&gt;double&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;double distance&lt;/code&gt; parameters of a tkiz style:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\definecolor{ltsiBlue1}{rgb}{0.0,0.4,1.0} % #0066ff&#xA;\tikzstyle{titlebox} = [draw=white, double=ltsiBlue1, double distance=2pt, &#xA;                        fill=ltsiBlue1, line width=3pt, text=white, rectangle, &#xA;                        inner sep=13pt, inner ysep=13pt]&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\node [titlebox] (box){%&#xA;  Hello world&#xA;};&#xA;\end{tkizpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is the output, after some heavy butchering of one of the examples of &lt;code&gt;beamerposter&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/v3Efc.png&quot; alt=&quot;test output&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="146" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T12:52:48.390" />
  <row Id="13974" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13975" CreationDate="2011-03-21T12:53:16.747" Score="3" ViewCount="86" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi, below is a (long, non-working) minimal example for use of pdftricks with the memoir document class.  It is based directly on the (shorter, working) minimal example of use of pdftricks found at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/pipermail/macostex-archives/2009-June/040498.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.tug.org/pipermail/macostex-archives/2009-June/040498.html&lt;/a&gt;.  I get an error as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Undefined control sequence.&#xA;\psinputs -&amp;gt;\verbatimwrite &#xA;                           {tmp.inputs}&#xA;l.28   \begin{psinputs}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any help is appreciated!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[article, a4paper, 12pt, twoside]{memoir}&#xA;&#xA;\setlrmarginsandblock{23mm}{23mm}{*}&#xA;\setulmarginsandblock{23mm}{28mm}{*}&#xA;\setheadfoot{\onelineskip}{2\onelineskip}&#xA;\setheaderspaces{*}{1mm}{*}&#xA;\checkandfixthelayout&#xA;\setcounter{secnumdepth}{1}&#xA;\setsecindent{1cm}&#xA;\let\footruleskip\relax % for compatibility of memoir and fancyhdr&#xA;\let\sl\ttfamily        % for compatibility of memoir and blindtext (silly, but it works) ha ha \ttfamily&#xA;\let\sc\scshape&#xA;\let\bf\bfseries&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;\fancyhead{}&#xA;\fancyfoot{}&#xA;\cfoot{\thepage}&#xA;\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0pt}&#xA;%%% End of memoir stuff&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{ifpdf}&#xA;\ifpdf%&#xA;  \usepackage{pdftricks}&#xA;  \begin{psinputs}&#xA;    \usepackage{pstricks}&#xA;    \usepackage{pst-plot}&#xA;    \usepackage{pstricks-add} % &amp;lt;- added this line!&#xA;  \end{psinputs}&#xA;\else&#xA;  \usepackage{pstricks}&#xA;  \usepackage{pst-plot}&#xA;  \usepackage{pstricks-add} % &amp;lt;- added this line!&#xA;  \newenvironment{pdfpic}{}{}&#xA;\fi&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document} &#xA;\centering&#xA;\begin{pdfpic}&#xA;\begin{pspicture}(-1,-1)(6,6)&#xA;\psaxes[showOriginTick=false,showorigin=false,Dx=2,Dy=2,subticks=2](6,6)&#xA;\end{pspicture}&#xA;\end{pdfpic}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4357" LastEditorUserId="4357" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-22T02:15:39.350" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T02:15:39.350" Title="Use of pdftricks with memoir" Tags="&lt;memoir&gt;&lt;verbatim&gt;&lt;pdftricks&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13975" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13974" CreationDate="2011-03-21T13:00:55.323" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Add &lt;code&gt;\DisemulatePackage{moreverb}&lt;/code&gt; to the preamble, btw: you can reintroduce &lt;code&gt;\sc&lt;/code&gt; using the &lt;code&gt;oldfontcommands&lt;/code&gt; class option&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3929" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T13:00:55.323" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13977" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13948" CreationDate="2011-03-21T13:30:21.160" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For some reason, the line numbers are getting pushed &lt;em&gt;waaaay&lt;/em&gt; over to the left in &lt;code&gt;twocolumn&lt;/code&gt;. Anyway, this sort of works:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[twocolumn]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{verse}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{verse}&#xA;\poemlines{1}&#xA;\setlength{\vrightskip}{-9cm}&#xA;\verselinenumbersleft&#xA;aaa\\aaa\\aaa\\\newpage{}&#xA;aaa\\aaa\\aaa\\&#xA;\end{verse}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\vrightskip&lt;/code&gt; tells the environment how far over to typeset the line numbers. All I've done is nudge it back onto the page. Some tweaking may be required depending on how far over you want the numbers and so on. &lt;code&gt;-10cm&lt;/code&gt; moves the numbers more right, &lt;code&gt;-8cm&lt;/code&gt; moves it more to the left.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T13:30:21.160" />
  <row Id="13978" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14565" CreationDate="2011-03-21T14:05:16.220" Score="7" ViewCount="93" Body="&lt;p&gt;The default parindent in KOMA &lt;code&gt;scrartcl&lt;/code&gt; is too small for me. I remember reading somewhere that just changing &lt;code&gt;\parindent&lt;/code&gt; directly is not wise, since it also affects other things (like &lt;code&gt;itemize&lt;/code&gt; etc). And I think I read that using something like the &lt;code&gt;parskip&lt;/code&gt; package is better. Now, the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/parskip&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;parskip&lt;/code&gt; package&lt;/a&gt; documentation says that the KOMA script classes provide similar functionality. But I can't see where in the KOMA guide it discusses changing the indentation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does KOMA script offer a better way of doing this, or should I just modify parindent directly?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-30T12:11:45.493" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T12:11:45.493" Title="Increasing paragraph indentation in KOMA script" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;indentation&gt;&lt;koma-script&gt;&lt;parskip&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13979" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4250" CreationDate="2011-03-21T14:14:36.270" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Putting a nil node is not tricky but rather good maths. Adding manually some space would be ugly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In pstree you manipulate (ordered) n-ary trees so there is no notion of left or right child node. You can only give a list of child nodes (ordered). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Think of how you will implement binary trees (t := () | (t, t)) with ordered n-ary trees (t := list of trees). The two following &lt;strong&gt;binary trees&lt;/strong&gt; are different.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  *          *&#xA; /     !=     \&#xA;*              *&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;While they are equal as n-ary trees. You need to explicitly encode the skip of the left child node to simulate that in n-ary trees. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The pstree creators proposed you a distinguished &lt;code&gt;\Tn&lt;/code&gt; node (nil node) for that purpose.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pstree{\TR{a}}{&#xA;  \Tn&#xA;  \TR{b}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Just like when a missing information is an information. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4359" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T14:14:36.270" />
  <row Id="13980" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11006" CreationDate="2011-03-21T15:15:57.237" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/rotating/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;rotating&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; then the default, for two-sided documents, is to rotate the page according to the page number. I think this is exactly what you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately &lt;code&gt;rotating&lt;/code&gt; doesn't do the same thing as &lt;code&gt;pdflscape&lt;/code&gt;, in that the pages are not rotated in the PDF viewer. I found &lt;a href=&quot;http://groups.google.com/group/comp.text.tex/msg/02c39273e57ab4cb&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this related&lt;/a&gt; newsgroup message, but I don't believe there was ever a resolution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But you say you're most concerned with the final printed output anyway, so I think &lt;code&gt;rotating&lt;/code&gt; should be fine for your purposes?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1672" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T15:15:57.237" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13981" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13982" CreationDate="2011-03-21T15:55:51.253" Score="3" ViewCount="53" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to avoid left space from equations previewed with preview package?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage[active,tightpage,displaymath]{preview}&#xA;\setlength\PreviewBorder{5pt}%&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\[x=3+y^2\]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The result is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/60sgM.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like a clipped (cropped?) equation. Is it possible?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Do you know a better solution to extract equations as images?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1952" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-21T15:59:21.287" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T16:08:35.677" Title="Crop equations with preview package" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;external-images&gt;&lt;preview&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="13982" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13981" CreationDate="2011-03-21T16:03:12.530" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/pdfcrop&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pdfcrop&lt;/a&gt; Perl script.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T16:03:12.530" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13983" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13981" CreationDate="2011-03-21T16:08:35.677" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The left space is caused by the display style. You could use in-text style (&lt;code&gt;$ ... $&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\( ... \)&lt;/code&gt;) instead and use &lt;code&gt;\displaystyle&lt;/code&gt; in it to get the same result without the space. You need to wrap the equation manually in a &lt;code&gt;preview&lt;/code&gt; environment:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage[active,tightpage]{preview}&#xA;\setlength\PreviewBorder{5pt}%&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{preview}&#xA;$\displaystyle x=3+y^2$&#xA;\end{preview}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Even shorter would be the use of the &lt;code&gt;standalone&lt;/code&gt; class which uses &lt;code&gt;preview&lt;/code&gt; internally. Note that the &lt;code&gt;border&lt;/code&gt; option is only available since v0.4 2011/02/28. Before that you would need to set &lt;code&gt;\PreviewBorder&lt;/code&gt; manually.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[border=5pt]{standalone}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;$\displaystyle x=3+y^2$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T16:08:35.677" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13984" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14101" CreationDate="2011-03-21T17:09:17.643" Score="0" ViewCount="55" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/utils/bibtool/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;bibtool&lt;/a&gt; to extract bibliography information from an aux file. I'm using this MWE:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{foo.bib}&#xA;@Book{dickens,&#xA;    author={Charles Dickens},&#xA;    title={A Tale of Two Cities},&#xA;    year=1859,&#xA;    publisher={Chapman and Hall}&#xA;  }&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;\usepackage[style=verbose]{biblatex}&#xA;\bibliography{foo}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\cite{dickens}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I run:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;bibtool -x test.aux -o refs.bib&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I get the following errors:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;*** BibTool WARNING:  (line 2 in ./test-blx.bib): 23 non-space characters ignored.&#xA;&#xA;*** BibTool WARNING:  (line 9 in ./test-blx.bib): 168 non-space characters ignored.&#xA;&#xA;@Control{biblatex-control,&#xA;_^&#xA;*** BibTool ERROR:  (line 9 in ./test-blx.bib): Unknown entry type&#xA;&#xA;*** BibTool WARNING: Skiping to next '@'&#xA;&#xA;*** BibTool WARNING:  (line 5 in ./foo.bib): 96 non-space characters ignored.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My &lt;code&gt;test.aux&lt;/code&gt; is as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\relax &#xA;\bibstyle{biblatex}&#xA;\bibdata{test-blx,foo}&#xA;\citation{biblatex-control}&#xA;\citation{dickens}&#xA;\@writefile{toc}{\boolfalse {citerequest}\boolfalse {citetracker}\boolfalse {pagetracker}\boolfalse {backtracker}\relax }&#xA;\@writefile{lof}{\boolfalse {citerequest}\boolfalse {citetracker}\boolfalse {pagetracker}\boolfalse {backtracker}\relax }&#xA;\@writefile{lot}{\boolfalse {citerequest}\boolfalse {citetracker}\boolfalse {pagetracker}\boolfalse {backtracker}\relax }&#xA;\abx@aux@page{1}{1}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I presume this problem is because this tool has been written for bibtex rather than biblatex. Is there a way to use this tool to extract the information, or is there a way to extract the bibliography information I need?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T14:25:34.257" Title="Using bibtool with biblatex" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;biblatex&gt;&lt;bibtool&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="13985" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13986" CreationDate="2011-03-21T16:17:35.147" Score="6" ViewCount="88" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want a 'b' with an arrow on top, enclosed in angle brackets.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\left&amp;lt;\overrightarrow{b}\right&amp;gt;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;gives angle brackets which are far too high.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;\overrightarrow{b}&amp;gt;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;gives  far too much horizontal space between the brackets and the &lt;code&gt;\overrightarrow{b}&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\left&amp;lt;\smash{\overrightarrow}\right&amp;gt;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;makes that formula look good, but the upper end of the 'b' touches the line above.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So what I want is basically a &lt;code&gt;\smash&lt;/code&gt; that only affects the brackets, but not e.g. line spacing. Is this possible?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4361" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-21T17:26:21.273" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T20:03:21.763" Title="How to make \left&lt;\overrightarrow{b}\right&gt; look good?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;arrows&gt;&lt;brackets&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13986" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13985" CreationDate="2011-03-21T17:15:48.740" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; are less than and greater than. If you use them where TeX expects delimiters (such as after &lt;code&gt;\left&lt;/code&gt;, then you get angle brackets instead. I suspect what you want is just&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\langle\overrightarrow{b}\rangle&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which produces &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/W0MLg.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T17:15:48.740" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13987" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13985" CreationDate="2011-03-21T17:29:30.553" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;What about&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\left&amp;lt;\smash{\overrightarrow{b}}\vphantom{b}\right&amp;gt;\vphantom{\overrightarrow{b}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is probably going to give the same result as TH.'s answer, but it illustrates the technique to get what you want: a &lt;em&gt;b&lt;/em&gt; with an arrow on top which is treated for the purpose of expanding delimiters as a plain &lt;em&gt;b&lt;/em&gt;.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt; You are right about the line spacing--the &lt;code&gt;\smash&lt;/code&gt;ed &lt;code&gt;\overrightarrow{b}&lt;/code&gt; will run over the line above.  I've added another &lt;code&gt;\vphantom&lt;/code&gt; to stretch the line after the delimiter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-21T20:03:21.763" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T20:03:21.763" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13988" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13991" CreationDate="2011-03-21T17:30:39.383" Score="2" ViewCount="57" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am looking for a two-column solution: The left column contains one table, the right column several tables. I was thinking of using &lt;code&gt;parbox&lt;/code&gt;es as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\parbox[t]{2cm}{\vspace{0pt}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{ccc}&#xA;x &amp;amp; x &amp;amp; x\\&#xA;x &amp;amp; x &amp;amp; x\\&#xA;x &amp;amp; x &amp;amp; x\\&#xA;x &amp;amp; x &amp;amp; x\\&#xA;x &amp;amp; x &amp;amp; x&#xA;\end{tabular}}&#xA;\hfill &#xA;\parbox[t]{2cm}{\vspace{0pt}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{ccc}&#xA;x &amp;amp; x &amp;amp; x\\&#xA;x &amp;amp; x &amp;amp; x&#xA;\end{tabular}\\[1em]&#xA;\begin{tabular}{ccc}&#xA;x &amp;amp; x &amp;amp; x &#xA;\end{tabular}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But this creates a nasty space between whatever comes before the two columns. Without &lt;code&gt;\vspace{0pt}&lt;/code&gt;, the two first tables in both columns are not top-aligned. I am looking for a top-aligned solution without the extra space before the two columns.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://img860.imageshack.us/img860/460/69568852.png&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1236" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T17:45:06.763" Title="Top-align two parboxes with tables" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;&lt;parbox&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13989" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13985" CreationDate="2011-03-21T17:32:49.413" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;use &lt;code&gt;\big&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\left&lt;/code&gt;/ &lt;code&gt;\right&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$\big&amp;lt;\overrightarrow{b}\big&amp;gt;$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T17:32:49.413" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13990" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13974" CreationDate="2011-03-21T17:42:56.047" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;use the package &lt;code&gt;auto-pst-pdf&lt;/code&gt;instead of &lt;code&gt;pdftricks&lt;/code&gt;. It really simplyfies the use of PSTricks:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;...&#xA;\usepackage{auto-pst-pdf}&#xA;\usepackage{pstricks-add} % &amp;lt;- added this line!&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document} &#xA;\centering&#xA;&#xA;\begin{pspicture}(-1,-1)(6,6)&#xA;\psaxes[showOriginTick=false,showorigin=false,Dx=2,Dy=2,subticks=2](6,6)&#xA;\end{pspicture}&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;run it as usual with &lt;code&gt;pdflatex -shell-escape &amp;lt;file.tex&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T17:42:56.047" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13991" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13988" CreationDate="2011-03-21T17:45:06.763" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Suppress the &lt;code&gt;\vspace{0pt}&lt;/code&gt; commands and use the optional argument to control the position of the &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt;s:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;&#xA;\noindent\parbox[t]{2cm}{%&#xA;  \begin{tabular}[t]{ccc}&#xA;    x &amp;amp; x &amp;amp; x\\&#xA;    x &amp;amp; x &amp;amp; x\\&#xA;    x &amp;amp; x &amp;amp; x\\&#xA;    x &amp;amp; x &amp;amp; x\\&#xA;    x &amp;amp; x &amp;amp; x&#xA;  \end{tabular}&#xA;}\hfill&#xA;\parbox[t]{2cm}{%&#xA;  \begin{tabular}[t]{ccc}&#xA;    x &amp;amp; x &amp;amp; x\\&#xA;    x &amp;amp; x &amp;amp; x&#xA;  \end{tabular}\\[1em]&#xA;  \begin{tabular}{ccc}&#xA;    x &amp;amp; x &amp;amp; x &#xA;  \end{tabular}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/s8FPA.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T17:45:06.763" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13992" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13994" CreationDate="2011-03-21T17:50:32.547" Score="6" ViewCount="59" Body="&lt;p&gt;Let's say I want to use the &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt;-environment in a &lt;code&gt;newenvironment&lt;/code&gt; like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{mequation}{\align}{\endalign}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This works fine. However, what if I want to use the starred version of &lt;code&gt;align*&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{mequation}{\align*}{\endalign*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Doesn't seem to work.. Any ideas?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2795" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T17:55:41.827" Title="Starred equivalent in newenvironment" Tags="&lt;environments&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13993" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4250" CreationDate="2011-03-21T17:50:52.420" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;use &lt;code&gt;\Tn&lt;/code&gt; for a &quot;null node&quot; ... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pst-tree}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\pstree[levelsep=25pt]{\Tcircle{10}}{&#xA;    \pstree{\Tcircle{1}}{&#xA;        \Tn&#xA;        \pstree{\Tcircle{5}}{\Tcircle{4}{\Tn}}&#xA;    }&#xA;    \pstree{\Tcircle{16}}{&#xA;        \Tn&#xA;        \pstree{\Tcircle{17}}{&#xA;            \Tn&#xA;            \Tcircle{21}&#xA;        }&#xA;    }&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/a0oY2.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T17:50:52.420" />
  <row Id="13994" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13992" CreationDate="2011-03-21T17:55:41.827" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;*&lt;/code&gt; cannot be used for the name of a control sequence. You must use the &lt;code&gt;\csname&lt;/code&gt;...&lt;code&gt;\endcsname&lt;/code&gt; pair here :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{mequation}{\csname align*\endcsname}{\csname endalign*\endcsname}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4164" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T17:55:41.827" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="13995" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-21T18:09:07.040" Score="1" ViewCount="93" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using algorithm2e package but my algorithm does not fit in only one page. Is there any way to split it over two pages, even if manually?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If doing it manually, we can use two algorithm environments, but there are some issues:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1) Maintain the line counting - OK, this can be done by calling the package with noresetcount&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2) Remove the caption from the first/second algorithm (depending if we want the caption in the beginning or end) -- how to do it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;3) Take care of the vertical lines of the indentation, that is, I expect them to &quot;cross&quot; the pages -- how to do it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2295" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T21:00:15.367" Title="How to split algorithm2e over two pages" Tags="&lt;algorithm2e&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="13996" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-21T18:03:07.773" Score="0" ViewCount="154" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4118/whats-the-quickest-and-easiest-way-to-write-2nd-3rd-etc-in-latex&quot;&gt;What&amp;#39;s the quickest and easiest way to write &amp;ldquo;2nd&amp;rdquo; &amp;ldquo;3rd&amp;rdquo; etc in LaTeX&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a standard/best practice for typesetting &quot;nth&quot; in LaTeX?  Right now I've got &lt;code&gt;$n$th&lt;/code&gt;, but that looks a bit weird, with the math-mode &lt;i&gt;n&lt;/i&gt; right next to the standard-text th.  I've also considered &lt;code&gt;$n^\text{th}$&lt;/code&gt; (which really seems like too much work).  I'm sure there's some ridiculously simple solution--I just haven't found it yet.  Can you please clue me in?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-29T17:01:06.400" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T17:01:06.400" ClosedDate="2011-03-21T18:27:21.937" Title="Typesetting &quot;nth&quot; in LaTeX" Tags="&lt;numbering&gt;&lt;superscripts&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="13997" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13996" CreationDate="2011-03-21T18:08:28.767" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In mathematical texts it is normal to write &lt;code&gt;$n$th&lt;/code&gt;. If you want it in superscript (not usual for mathematics AFAIK) you could use &lt;code&gt;$n^{\text{th}}$&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1427" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T18:08:28.767" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13998" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13958" CreationDate="2011-03-21T18:33:31.840" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;What a complicated example! And why do you load babel and tikz twice?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Beside this it is easy to draw something else:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{calendar,shapes}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;&#xA;\calendar (K) [dates=2011-01-01 to 2011-03-30,week list,&#xA; month label above left,month yshift=45pt, &#xA; month code={\node (mo)[anchor=west,yshift=-2pt,xshift=-1pt]{\tiny Mo};&#xA;             \node (di) at (mo.center)[every month,anchor=center,xshift= \tikz@lib@cal@xshift]{\tiny&#xA;             Di};}&#xA;             ];&#xA;&#xA;\draw[black](K-2011-01-01) node[starburst,draw]{};&#xA;&#xA;\draw[black](K-2011-02-15) node[regular polygon, regular polygon&#xA;sides=6,draw]{~};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastEditorUserId="2388" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-22T08:29:33.987" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T08:29:33.987" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="13999" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13469" CreationDate="2011-03-21T18:58:59.133" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;My money is on a name clash of &lt;code&gt;\@result&lt;/code&gt;. There's a suspicious&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\@call #1#2-&amp;gt;\let \@cont =#2\bgroup \@result ={}#1&#xA;#1&amp;lt;-\@subtree &#xA;#2&amp;lt;-\@Tree &#xA;{\let}&#xA;{begin-group character {}&#xA;&#xA;\@result -&amp;gt;&#xA;{the character =}&#xA;Missing character: There is no = in font nullfont!&#xA;{begin-group character {}&#xA;{end-group character }}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in the log. Without having checked right now, I conjecture that TikZ has a token register of that name, while cleveref uses it as a macro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1860" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T18:58:59.133" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-03-23T16:37:32.670" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="14000" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14003" CreationDate="2011-03-21T19:17:31.910" Score="6" ViewCount="56" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have the following code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\newtheorem{thm}{Theorem}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{thm} \label{mythm}&#xA;   \begin{enumerate}&#xA;      \item &#xA;   \end{enumerate}&#xA;\end{thm}&#xA;&#xA;\ref{mythm}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The ref prints the right number. However, when I click on it, it will lead me to a wrong page (basically, to the beginning of the document).  pdflatex also has some warning.  If I add $ $ between &lt;code&gt;\begin{thm}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\begin{enumerate}&lt;/code&gt;, the problem disappears, but now, the enumeration starts a new line.  Is there any way to fix this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4270" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-21T19:24:36.560" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T19:49:32.287" Title="Enumerate after \label" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;cross-referencing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="14001" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13469" CreationDate="2011-03-21T19:22:32.127" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A solution :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in  tikz-qtree.tex you can replace &lt;code&gt;\@result&lt;/code&gt; by &lt;code&gt;\qt@result&lt;/code&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T19:22:32.127" />
  <row Id="14002" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13048" CreationDate="2011-03-21T19:23:11.203" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is a fairly different method than the previous one, so I'm posting it separately. The idea here is to make &lt;code&gt;(&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;)&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;[&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;]&lt;/code&gt; active in the whole document. Of course, that breaks &lt;em&gt;everything&lt;/em&gt;, so we need to repair it by redefining the interface of every command that we use which takes optional arguments. I chose the syntax to be as close to &lt;code&gt;xparse&lt;/code&gt; as possible. For instance,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ChangeCommandInterface {\section} {t*d[]m} {s{#1}, o{#2}, m{#3}}%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will redefine &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt; to take three arguments: an optional star (&lt;code&gt;t*&lt;/code&gt;), an optional argument delimited by &lt;em&gt;active&lt;/em&gt; brackets (&lt;code&gt;d[]&lt;/code&gt;), and a mandatory argument (&lt;code&gt;m&lt;/code&gt;). Then the argument is reconstructed with the correct catcodes (we could also use that to swap arguments): in &lt;code&gt;xparse&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;s&lt;/code&gt; means optional star, and here we put a star if and only if &lt;code&gt;#1&lt;/code&gt; is true (meaning that there was initially a star). Similarly, &lt;code&gt;o{#2}&lt;/code&gt; will mean &quot;put &lt;code&gt;#2&lt;/code&gt; as an optional argument, enclosed in (normal) brackets&quot;, and if there was no argument &lt;code&gt;#2&lt;/code&gt;, then put no optional argument.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The example document, followed by the code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% We put the body of the file here, and call it later using \input.&#xA;% Of course you can put the rest of this code in a style file&#xA;% and \usepackage{...} it in a normal document.&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{\jobname-body.tex}&#xA;  \documentclass{article}&#xA;  \usepackage{amsthm}&#xA;  \usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;  \newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}&#xA;  \begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;  \tableofcontents&#xA;  \section[Short title]{Long title}&#xA;&#xA;  \begin{theorem}&#xA;    Test theorem (yes, I'm not inspired \textbf{(at all)}).&#xA;    \begin{align*}&#xA;      a\left[ \frac{ \sqrt[3]{c} }{ \sqrt[2]{d} } \right] \\&#xA;    \end{align*}&#xA;  \end{theorem}&#xA;&#xA;  \end{document}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\RequirePackage{xparse}&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOn&#xA;&#xA;% We define functions to store the arguments into a token list&#xA;% for use later. Each type of argument has its own &quot;put&quot; function&#xA;% &#xA;\tl_new:N \l_PWparse_args_tl&#xA;&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \PWparse_put_cmd:N #1 {&#xA;  \tl_set:Nn \l_PWparse_args_tl {#1} }&#xA;\cs_generate_variant:Nn \PWparse_put_cmd:N {c}&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \PWparse_put_saved_cmd:N #1 {&#xA;  \PWparse_put_cmd:c {PWparse_saved_cmd_ \cs_to_str:N #1} }&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \PWparse_save_cmd:N #1 {&#xA;  \cs_new_eq:cN {PWparse_saved_cmd_ \cs_to_str:N #1} #1}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \PWparse_put_arg:n #1 {&#xA;  \tl_put_right:Nn \l_PWparse_args_tl {#1}}&#xA;&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \PWparse_put_targ:Nn #1 #2 {&#xA;  \IfBooleanT {#2} { \exp_args:No \PWparse_put_arg:n {\token_to_str:N #1} }&#xA;}&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \PWparse_put_sarg:n #1 { \PWparse_put_targ:Nn * {#1} }&#xA;&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \PWparse_put_Darg:NNnn #1 #2 #3 #4 {&#xA;  \IfNoValueTF {#4} {&#xA;    \PWparse_put_Darg_aux:oon {\token_to_str:N #1} {\token_to_str:N #2} {#3} &#xA;  }{&#xA;    \PWparse_put_Darg_aux:oon {\token_to_str:N #1} {\token_to_str:N #2} {#4}&#xA;  }&#xA;}&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \PWparse_put_Darg_aux:nnn #1 #2 #3 {&#xA;  \PWparse_put_arg:n {#1 #3 #2} }&#xA;\cs_generate_variant:Nn \PWparse_put_Darg_aux:nnn {oo}&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \PWparse_put_Oarg:nn #1 #2 {\PWparse_put_Darg:NNnn [ ] {#1} {#2} }&#xA;&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \PWparse_put_darg:NNn #1 #2 #3 {&#xA;  \IfNoValueF {#3} { \PWparse_put_Darg:NNnn #1 #2 {} {#3} } }&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \PWparse_put_oarg:n #1 {\PWparse_put_darg:NNn [ ] {#1} }&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \PWparse_put_uarg:nn #1 #2 {&#xA;  \PWparse_put_arg:n { #2 #1 } }&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \PWparse_put_marg:n #1 {&#xA;  \PWparse_put_arg:n { {#1} }}&#xA;\cs_new_eq:NN \PWparse_put_larg:n \PWparse_put_arg:n&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \PWparse_put_garg:n #1 {&#xA;  \IfNoValueF {#1} {\PWparse_put_marg:n {#1}} }&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \PWparse_put_Garg:nn #1 #2 {&#xA;  \IfNoValueTF {#2} {&#xA;    \PWparse_put_marg:n {#1}&#xA;  } {&#xA;    \PWparse_put_marg:n {#2}&#xA;  }&#xA;}&#xA;\cs_new_eq:NN \PWparse_put_Darg:w \PWparse_put_Darg:NNnn&#xA;\cs_new_eq:NN \PWparse_put_darg:w \PWparse_put_darg:NNn&#xA;\cs_new_eq:NN \PWparse_put_garg:w \PWparse_put_garg:n&#xA;\cs_new_eq:NN \PWparse_put_larg:w \PWparse_put_larg:n&#xA;\cs_new_eq:NN \PWparse_put_marg:w \PWparse_put_marg:n&#xA;\cs_new_eq:NN \PWparse_put_oarg:w \PWparse_put_oarg:n&#xA;\cs_new_eq:NN \PWparse_put_Oarg:w \PWparse_put_Oarg:nn&#xA;\cs_new_eq:NN \PWparse_put_sarg:w \PWparse_put_sarg:n&#xA;\cs_new_eq:NN \PWparse_put_targ:w \PWparse_put_targ:Nn&#xA;\cs_new_eq:NN \PWparse_put_uarg:w \PWparse_put_uarg:nn&#xA;\cs_new:Npn \PWparse_put_one_arg:N #1 {\use:c{PWparse_put_ #1 arg:w}}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% To change the interface of a command, we save it (equivalent &#xA;% of the primitive \let), and then treat arguments one at a time).&#xA;% &#xA;\cs_new:Npn \ChangeCommandInterface #1 #2 #3 {&#xA;  \PWparse_save_cmd:N #1&#xA;  \DeclareDocumentCommand{#1}{#2}{%&#xA;    \PWparse_put_saved_cmd:N #1&#xA;    \clist_map_inline:nn {#3} {\PWparse_put_one_arg:N ####1}&#xA;    \l_PWparse_args_tl&#xA;  }&#xA;}&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOff&#xA;&#xA;\begingroup&#xA;  \catcode`\[=13\catcode`\]=13\relax&#xA;  \catcode`\(=13\catcode`\)=13\relax&#xA;  \AtBeginDocument{%&#xA;    \catcode`\[=13\catcode`\]=13\relax&#xA;    \catcode`\(=13\catcode`\)=13\relax&#xA;    \def[{\ifmmode\string [\else\textup{\string [}\fi}%&#xA;    \def]{\ifmmode\string ]\else\textup{\string ]}\fi}%&#xA;    \def({\ifmmode\string (\else\textup{\string (}\fi}%&#xA;    \def){\ifmmode\string )\else\textup{\string )}\fi}%&#xA;    %&#xA;    % Complete the list below with your own commands.&#xA;    \ChangeCommandInterface {\section}    {t*d[]m} {s{#1}, o{#2}, m{#3}}%&#xA;    \ChangeCommandInterface {\subsection} {t*d[]m} {s{#1}, o{#2}, m{#3}}%&#xA;    \ChangeCommandInterface {\sqrt}       {d[]m}   {o{#1}, m{#2}}%&#xA;  }&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\input\jobname-body.tex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T19:23:11.203" />
  <row Id="14003" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14000" CreationDate="2011-03-21T19:36:10.900" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;code&gt;\phantomsection&lt;/code&gt; command from &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\usepackage{amsthm}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\newtheorem{thm}{Theorem}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{thm}\phantomsection \label{mythm}&#xA;   \begin{enumerate}&#xA;      \item &#xA;   \end{enumerate}&#xA;\end{thm}&#xA;&#xA;\ref{mythm}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another option would be to use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/ntheorem&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ntheorem&lt;/a&gt; package instead of &lt;code&gt;amsthm&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\usepackage{ntheorem}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\newtheorem{thm}{Theorem}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\mbox{}\newpage&#xA;\begin{thm}&#xA;\label{mythm}&#xA;   \begin{enumerate}&#xA;      \item&#xA;   \end{enumerate}&#xA;\end{thm}&#xA;&#xA;\newpage&#xA;\ref{mythm}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastEditorUserId="3954" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-21T19:49:32.287" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T19:49:32.287" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14004" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13949" CreationDate="2011-03-21T19:49:34.020" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm sure the &lt;code&gt;siunitx&lt;/code&gt; package is the way to go because it will catch all corner cases. Out of curiosity, here is a simple solution that uses TeX's pattern matching capabilities. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\def\usecomma#1.#2{#1,#2}&#xA;\newcommand\mycmd[1]{\usecomma #1}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;    \obeylines&#xA;    1.12 $\to$ \mycmd{1.12}&#xA;    5.32 $\to$ \mycmd{5.32}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that it won't work if you pass an argument that has no dot, like &lt;code&gt;\mycmd{2}&lt;/code&gt;. Is this too simple and there is something else that I have overlooked?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3083" LastEditorUserId="3083" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-21T20:13:54.360" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T20:13:54.360" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="14005" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12001" CreationDate="2011-03-21T20:06:45.347" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;ConTeXt now supports &lt;code&gt;\startsection&lt;/code&gt; ... &lt;code&gt;\stopsection&lt;/code&gt; environments. This allows for a more key-value driven syntax:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\startsection&#xA;     [ title={Section title},&#xA;       reference=sec:test,&#xA;       marking={Page mark},&#xA;       bookmark={Bookmark text},&#xA;     ]&#xA;&#xA; ....&#xA;&#xA;\stopsection&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is also possible to add unused keys, say &lt;code&gt;author={Chapter Author}&lt;/code&gt; and then use that value while typesetting the chapter heading.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T20:06:45.347" />
  <row Id="14006" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-21T20:26:30.837" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Debugging is covered to some extent by &lt;em&gt;Chapter 27: Recovery from Errors&lt;/em&gt; in &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www-cs-faculty.stanford.edu/~uno/abcde.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;The TeXbook&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For a general definition see &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Debugging&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Debugging&lt;/a&gt;  on Wikipedia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-21T20:44:11.283" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T20:44:11.283" />
  <row Id="14007" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-21T20:26:30.837" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="is about finding the cause of errors or wrong results in (La)TeX code/documents using a methodical approach." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-21T20:44:11.313" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T20:44:11.313" />
  <row Id="14008" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14009" CreationDate="2011-03-21T20:33:36.730" Score="5" ViewCount="84" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have some section headings occupying two lines and I'm not satisfied with the way xelatex breaks the heading. If I manually add \\ the output looks fine, but I get the following warning:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;[hyperref] Token not allowed in a PDF string (PDFDocEncoding): removing `\\'. &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My code looks like that:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section{this is a very long title I \\ want to break manually}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to have a line-break there without the warning?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1481" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T20:39:50.103" Title="How to put a line-break in section heading?" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;line-breaking&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="14009" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14008" CreationDate="2011-03-21T20:39:50.103" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;\texorpdfstring&lt;/code&gt;; the first argument can contain (La)TeX code and the second one (text only), will be used for the bookmarks (you might also want to use the optional argument of &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt; to get the proper result in the ToC):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section[this is a very long title I want to break manually]{\texorpdfstring{this is a very long title I\\ want to break manually}{this is a very long title I want to break manually}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T20:39:50.103" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14010" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14012" CreationDate="2011-03-21T20:40:15.333" Score="3" ViewCount="94" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have the following Chemistry equation:   &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;2LiOH(s) + CO2(g) -&gt; Li2CO3(s) + H2O  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And I have the following LaTeX code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ce{2LiOH_{(s)} + CO_{2(g)} -&amp;gt; Li_{2}CO_{3(s)}+ H_{2}O_{(g)}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I can't get it to render properly. It displays like this:    &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/BU52I.png&quot; alt=&quot;Equation&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Look at the arrow. What other parameters do I need?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3573" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-21T20:48:47.533" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T20:53:56.167" Title="Chemistry Equations " Tags="&lt;arrows&gt;&lt;chemstyle&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="14011" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14010" CreationDate="2011-03-21T20:47:16.593" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use &lt;code&gt;\rightarrow&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;-&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;, if that doesn't work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\ce{2LiOH_{(s)} + CO_{2(g)} {\rightarrow} Li_{2}CO_{3(s)}+ H_{2}O_{(g)}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since you are writing chemistry, you might be interested in the command &lt;code&gt;\chemarrow&lt;/code&gt; provided by the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/chemarrow&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;chemarrow&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-21T20:53:56.167" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T20:53:56.167" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="14012" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14010" CreationDate="2011-03-21T20:49:18.110" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Can you please post a &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.minimalbeispiel.de/mini-en.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;MWE&lt;/a&gt;? I can't reproduce your problem; the following simple code&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{mhchem}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \ce{2LiOH_{(s)} + CO_{2(g)} -&amp;gt; Li_{2}CO_{3(s)}+ H_{2}O_{(g)}}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;gives me:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/WKWNy.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perhaps you are using some outdated package(s)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T20:49:18.110" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="14013" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13995" CreationDate="2011-03-21T21:00:15.367" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you don't have to use algorithm2e, you should have a look at the listings package, which supports listings on multiple pages:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/listings/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/listings/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1481" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T21:00:15.367" />
  <row Id="14014" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14020" CreationDate="2011-03-21T23:08:03.980" Score="5" ViewCount="58" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have the following code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \begin{axis}[domain=0:40]&#xA;    \addplot {x};&#xA;    \def\a{\pgfmathparse{1+1}\pgfmathresult}&#xA;    %\draw (\a,20)--(axis cs:20,0);&#xA;    \node at (axis cs:30,30) {\a};&#xA;  \end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The node gives me the correct output, while the draw command won't work as expected. Why?&#xA;(Uncommenting &lt;code&gt;\draw&lt;/code&gt; breaks the code.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2795" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-22T09:15:40.203" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T09:15:40.203" Title="Use a variable as a coordinate in pgfplots" Tags="&lt;pgfplots&gt;" AnswerCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="14015" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-21T23:26:29.997" Score="1" ViewCount="72" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are lots of sets of instructions for using oldstyle numbers (e.g. &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2852/utilizing-oldstyle-figures-without-resorting-to-oldstylenums&quot;&gt;Utilizing oldstyle figures without resorting to \oldstylenums&lt;/a&gt;) but what might I do to turn them off completely?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The detailed story is that I'm using the Kurier font and &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; with the &lt;code&gt;frenchlinks&lt;/code&gt; option, so that citations are rendered in small caps, which the font thinks of as oldstylenums.  So far I even managed to use the &lt;code&gt;cite&lt;/code&gt; package to substitute a typewriter font:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand\@citess[1]{{\ttfamily [#1]}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand\@citess[1]{{\rmfamily [#1]}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;just supplies the same oldstylenums I'm trying to get rid of.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4357" LastEditorUserId="4087" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-21T23:32:55.877" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T23:32:55.877" Title="How to turn off oldstyle numbers" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;oldstylenums&gt;" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="14016" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14014" CreationDate="2011-03-21T23:37:08.960" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I can't really say why, but the following works fine:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pgfmathparse{1+1}\let\a=\pgfmathresult&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2795" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T23:37:08.960" />
  <row Id="14017" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14014" CreationDate="2011-03-21T23:37:55.277" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you use &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathsetmacro{\a}{1+1}&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\def\a{\pgfmathparse{1+1}\pgfmathresult}&lt;/code&gt;, it will work. I don't know why your code doesn't work, though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastActivityDate="2011-03-21T23:37:55.277" />
  <row Id="14018" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-21T23:42:44.030" Score="3" ViewCount="47" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there any way to control the minimum threshold for crossrefs in a bibliography other than using command line arguments?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;ftp://ftp.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxFAQ.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;FAQ&lt;/a&gt; says that it is not possible to control this in the .bst in version 0.99c. Is there a way (in version 0.99d) to control this either in the .bib or .tex?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cross referencing is handy so I'd rather not copy the relevant fields into each of the entries.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T09:15:42.193" Title="-min-crossrefs in .bib" Tags="&lt;bibtex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="14019" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14025" CreationDate="2011-03-21T23:44:11.883" Score="2" ViewCount="62" Body="&lt;p&gt;I can't seem to get XeLaTeX to load OpenType fonts using &lt;code&gt;\fontspec&lt;/code&gt;. Section 4.2 of the &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fontspec&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;documentation&lt;/a&gt; says that I need to load OpenType fonts by filename rather than font name, but when I compile the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[letterpaper]{scrartcl}&#xA;&#xA;    \usepackage{xltxtra}&#xA;&#xA;    \fontspec[Path = /home/[MYHOME]/.fonts/]{lmroman10-regular.otf}&#xA;    \begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;    0123456789.&#xA;&#xA;    The quick brown fox jumped over the lazy dogs.&#xA;&#xA;    ``firefly''&#xA;&#xA;    \end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;XeLaTeX generates the following errors:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; [XeLaTeX] finished with exit code 1&#xA;&#xA;./xelatexbase.tex:12:Undefined control sequence ... /home/[MYHOME]/.fonts/{lmroman10-regular.otf}&#xA;&#xA;./xelatexbase.tex:12:Package xkeval Error: 'Path' undefined in families 'options' ... /home/[MYHOME]/.fonts/ &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've verified that &lt;code&gt;lmroman10-regular.otf&lt;/code&gt; is in &lt;code&gt;/home/[MYHOME]/.fonts/&lt;/code&gt;. I must be doing something wrong with the Path argument, and I suspect it's something simple, but I don't see what. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've posted the minimal example that generates this error, but documents using &lt;code&gt;\fontspec&lt;/code&gt; with arguments that more closely track the examples in section 4 of the documentation do the same. The document compiles when I comment out &lt;code&gt;\fontspec&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This on Ubuntu 10.10 with the latest full installation of TexLive from the repositories.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4365" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-22T02:46:32.053" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T02:46:32.053" Title="xkeyval error when I try to use fontspec and OpenType fonts in XeLaTeX" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;fontspec&gt;&lt;ubuntu&gt;&lt;xkeyval&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="14020" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14014" CreationDate="2011-03-21T23:46:35.737" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathparse&lt;/code&gt; macro is not expandable and can't be used inside coordinates. Placing &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathresult&lt;/code&gt; behind it, inside another macro like &lt;code&gt;\a&lt;/code&gt; or on its own doesn't change anything on that. You need to place the result, like &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathresult&lt;/code&gt;, which is expandable in the coordinates. However &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathresult&lt;/code&gt; is overwritten by &lt;em&gt;any&lt;/em&gt; internal math operation and therefor should not be used!&#xA;Either use &lt;code&gt;\let\a=\pgfmathresult&lt;/code&gt; (the &lt;code&gt;=&lt;/code&gt; is optional) or &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathsetmacro{\a}{1+1}&lt;/code&gt; (recommended) as already posted by you and Jake, respectively, or &lt;code&gt;\edef\a{\pgfmathresult}&lt;/code&gt; to store the current value of &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathresult&lt;/code&gt; into &lt;code&gt;\a&lt;/code&gt; which then can be used safely inside an coordinate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The reason why your original &lt;code&gt;\a&lt;/code&gt; works inside the node content (&lt;code&gt;{\a}&lt;/code&gt;) is that this part is typeset as a box. The content of a box do not need to be fully expandable, but is executed, i.e. the &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathparse&lt;/code&gt; is executed as normal and then &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathresult&lt;/code&gt; is typeset right away before it can be changed by any other code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-22T00:10:54.450" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T00:10:54.450" />
  <row Id="14021" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14024" CreationDate="2011-03-22T00:38:25.087" Score="3" ViewCount="63" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I extract only the x or y part of a predefined coordinate?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For instance, let's say we have&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\coordinate (A) at (1,2);&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And I want to use the x part of &lt;code&gt;(A)&lt;/code&gt; like this&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\draw (x of A,3)--(0,0);&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2795" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T02:17:07.113" Title="Extract the x/y part from a coordinate in pgfplots" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;pgfplots&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="14022" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-22T01:03:56.963" Score="3" ViewCount="72" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a big problem. I want to print an book with reportages. Every reportage has a headline (created by the section command), a teaser and an article. The teaser should be &#xA;wrapped text and should be at the same level as the article. This works when I leave out the section-command as in the first \teaser. As soon as I add the section line the teaser and the reportage level diverges. Has anyone an idea how to fix this problem?&#xA;    Here an example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{wrapfig}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\teaser}[1]{\begin{wrapfigure}{l}{0.5\textwidth}\textbf{#1}\end{wrapfigure}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\teaser{sdfaasdfasdf asfasfa asdfasdf asdfasf  asfasfasdfaasdfasdf aasdfasf }&#xA; asfasfasdfaasdfasdf asdfasdf asdfasf  asfasfasdfaasdfasdf asdfasdf asdfasf  asfasfasdfaasdfasdf asdfasdf asdfasf  asfasfasdfaasdfassdfasf  asfasfasdfaasdfasdf asdfasdf asdfasf  asfasfasdfaasdfasdf asdfasdf asdfasf  asfasfasdfaasdfasdf asdfasdf asdfasf  asfasfasdfaasdfasdf&#xA;&#xA; \section{adf}&#xA;\teaser{sdfaasdfasdf asfasfa asdfasdf asdfasf  asfasfasdfaasdfasdf aasdfasf }&#xA; asfasfasdfaasdfasdf asdfasdf asdfasf  asfasfasdfaasdfasdf asdfasdf asdfasf  asfasfasdfaasdfasdf asdfasdf asdfasf  asfasfasdfaasdfassdfasf  asfasfasdfaasdfasdf asdfasdf asdfasf  asfasfasdfaasdfasdf asdfasdf asdfasf  asfasfasdfaasdfasdf asdfasdf asdfasf  asfasfasdfaasdfasdf&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4299" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-22T06:38:47.710" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T14:48:09.507" Title="Wrapped figure diverges from text level after sections" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;&lt;wrapfigure&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="14023" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14022" CreationDate="2011-03-22T02:11:46.900" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't know what's causing the odd behaviour; however, you can prevent it using a convenient vertical skip; this is not an optimum solution, since it will produce undesired results if, for example, the &lt;code&gt;\teaser&lt;/code&gt; command starts a new page. However, since you said your reportages will always start with a headline (created with the &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt; command), you could give it a try:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{wrapfig}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\teaser}[1]{%&#xA;  \begin{wrapfigure}{l}{0.5\textwidth}\vspace*{-1\baselineskip}%&#xA;  \textbf{#1}\end{wrapfigure}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Test section}&#xA;\teaser{teaser text teaser text teaser text teaser text teaser text teaser text} text text text  text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text text&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/MCD1W.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T02:11:46.900" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14024" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14021" CreationDate="2011-03-22T02:17:07.113" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not aware of any direct syntax to do that (though I would love to have one). You can however use the &lt;code&gt;let&lt;/code&gt; operation (section 14.15 in the TikZ v2.10 manual):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\draw let \p1 = (A) in (\x1,3) -- (0,0); &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T02:17:07.113" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="14025" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14019" CreationDate="2011-03-22T02:46:07.657" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It works for me with a fully updated Tex Live 2010. &lt;em&gt;Do not&lt;/em&gt; use the Ubuntu texlive packages when you want to use &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt; (or any other modern packages). The version in Ubuntu are now more than a year and a half old, and thus have many bugs that have long since been fixed. &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/texlive/quickinstall.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Install TeX Live directly&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are a few other things worth pointing out:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The manual says (in section 4.2)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[You may have fonts outside of] your system’s font directories. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As &lt;code&gt;~/.fonts&lt;/code&gt; is a system font directory, you can load fonts by name from there.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I think &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt; loads the Latin Modern fonts by default. If you want to load them explicitly it is more convenient to load them from your systems TEXMF tree (TeX Live should include those fonts).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\fontspec&lt;/code&gt; in the preamble doesn't affect anything, as it changes the current font, and there is no current font in the preamble. Use &lt;code&gt;\setmainfont&lt;/code&gt; instead.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;In summary, to load the LM Roman 10 font explicitly from the TeX Live font dirs you should use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setmainfont[&#xA;  Extension = .otf,&#xA;  UprightFont = *-regular,&#xA;  BoldFont = *-bold,&#xA;  ItalicFont = *-italic,&#xA;  BoldItalicFont = *-bolditalic,&#xA;]{lmroman10}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that the TeX Live font directories are searched automatically. You should probably do analogous things with &lt;code&gt;\setsansfont&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\setmonofont&lt;/code&gt;. Also, you will probably want to add the &lt;code&gt;Ligatures=TeX&lt;/code&gt; option.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[Remark: XeLaTeX from MikTeX and LuaLaTeX on all systems can load fonts from the TEXMF tree by name.]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T02:46:07.657" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14026" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14022" CreationDate="2011-03-22T03:32:57.477" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can replicate your output using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.pkg/titlesec&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package instead of &lt;code&gt;wrapfig&lt;/code&gt;.  The only puzzle with this code is that with no text after a section, the vertical spacing of the following subsection heading is wrong.  This is fixed by inserting &lt;code&gt;\leavevmode&lt;/code&gt; in between the section and the subsection.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{titlesec}&#xA;\usepackage[nopar]{lipsum} % for dummy text.&#xA;&#xA;\titleformat{\subsection}[wrap] {\normalfont\bfseries\filright} {}{0em}{}&#xA;\titlespacing*{\subsection} {.5\textwidth}{0ex}{1pc}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\section{A section}&#xA;\leavevmode % required if no text between \section and \subsection&#xA;\subsection{Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit.}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/8tzkJ.png&quot; alt=&quot;output&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-22T03:44:51.473" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T03:44:51.473" />
  <row Id="14027" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14028" CreationDate="2011-03-22T07:58:21.300" Score="3" ViewCount="57" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have an equation consisting of two parts and would like to use subequation for that.&#xA;Here's the code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{subequations}&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;\operatorname{min}_{a,b,c} &#xA;\frac{1}{2}\mathbf{w}^{T}\mathbf{w} + C \sum_{i=1}^{l}\xi_{i} &#xA;&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;y_{i}\left(\mathbf{w}^{T}\phi(x_{i})+b\right)&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&#xA;\end{subequations}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm getting an error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;final.tex:118:Missing $ inserted.&#xA;final.tex:118:Display math should end with $$.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can anybody help with that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1262" LastEditorUserId="3104" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-22T08:04:45.023" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T08:05:47.490" Title="using subequations" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;errors&gt;&lt;amsmath&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="14028" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14027" CreationDate="2011-03-22T08:05:47.490" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Paragraph breaks (which are produced by empty lines, too) don't quite work in math mode. Once you remove the empty line, the code compiles fine:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{subequations}&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;  \operatorname{min}_{a,b,c} &#xA;  \frac{1}{2}\mathbf{w}^{T}\mathbf{w} + C \sum_{i=1}^{l}\xi_{i} &#xA;\end{equation}    &#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;  y_{i}\left(\mathbf{w}^{T}\phi(x_{i})+b\right)&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;\end{subequations}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3104" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T08:05:47.490" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="14029" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14033" CreationDate="2011-03-22T08:33:08.627" Score="2" ViewCount="80" Body="&lt;p&gt;There's literally nothing on the internet showing how these work in conjunction with one another. I would really appreciate even the simplest example of a Rnw document that you would run with Sweave() in R. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you could provide a title, a simple plot, centered on the page, and a page number. Please, lets see how you would do it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;TIA.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4367" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T13:06:43.580" Title="Sweave, Beamer and ggplot2" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;sweave&gt;&lt;r&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="14030" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-22T08:33:19.330" Score="0" ViewCount="75" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm attempting to output EPS figures when using MikTeX 2.8 under Windows XP, and am following &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/8641/export-eps-figures-from-tikz&quot;&gt;a related StackExchange thread&lt;/a&gt;.  My problem is that I can't get the bare example given there to run.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The code I'm using was copied from that thread verbatim:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;% set up externalization&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{external}&#xA;\tikzset{external/system call={latex \tikzexternalcheckshellescape -halt-on-error&#xA;-interaction=batchmode -jobname &quot;\image&quot; &quot;\texsource&quot; &amp;amp;&amp;amp; &#xA;dvips -o &quot;\image&quot;.ps &quot;\image&quot;.dvi}}&#xA;\tikzexternalize[shell escape=-enable-write18] % MikTeX uses a -enable-write18 instead of --shell-escape.&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\draw (0,0) circle (1cm);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When running I get the following error message:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;This is pdfTeX, Version 3.1415926-1.40.10 (MiKTeX 2.8)&#xA;entering extended mode&#xA;(C:/junk/untitled-2.tex&#xA;LaTeX2e &amp;lt;2009/09/24&amp;gt;&#xA;. . .&#xA;[Loading MPS to PDF converter (version 2006.09.02).]&#xA;)&#xA;===== 'mode=convert with system call': Invoking 'latex -halt-on-error -interaction=batchmode -jobname &quot;untitled-2-figure0&quot; &quot;\def\tikzexternalrealjob{untitled-2}\input{untitled-2}&quot; &amp;amp;&amp;amp; dvips -o &quot;untitled-2-figure0&quot;.ps &quot;untitled-2-figure0&quot;.dvi' ========&#xA;&#xA;! Package tikz Error: Sorry, the system call 'latex -halt-on-error -interaction=batchmode -jobname &quot;untitled-2-figure0&quot; &quot;\def\tikzexternalrealjob{untitled-2}\input{untitled-2}&quot; &amp;amp;&amp;amp; dvips -o &quot;untitled-2-figure0&quot;.ps &quot;untitled-2-figure0&quot;.dvi' did NOT result in a usable output file 'untitled-2-figure0' (expected one of .pdf:.jpg:.jpeg:.png:). Please verify that you have enabled system calls. For pdflatex, this is 'pdflatex -shell-escape'. Sometimes it is also named 'write 18' or something like that. Or maybe the command simply failed? Error messages can be found in 'untitled-2-figure0.log'. If you continue now, I'll try to typeset the picture.&#xA;See the tikz package documentation for explanation.&#xA;Type  H &amp;lt;return&amp;gt;  for immediate help.&#xA; ...                                              &#xA;&#xA;l.14 \end{tikzpicture}    &#xA;&#xA;?     &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can someone help me over this hurdle?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4368" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T08:33:19.330" Title="Attempt to export eps figures from TikZ fails" Tags="&lt;eps&gt;" CommentCount="15" />
  <row Id="14031" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-22T08:51:29.677" Score="10" ViewCount="161" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/12666/tajik-language-in-latex&quot;&gt;Tajik language in LaTeX&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With a friend, I would like to develop LaTeX in Lao (a language that is close to Thai). There is already a thaitex Babel set so I guess it should not be that difficult. But I am a total novice in developing languages for LaTeX, so I don't even know at which kind of files I should look. Can someone give me some clues?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4369" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-23T00:17:04.737" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T00:17:04.737" Title="LaTeX for the Lao language" Tags="&lt;languages&gt;&lt;thai&gt;" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="14032" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14018" CreationDate="2011-03-22T09:15:42.193" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't know about BibTeX 0.99d, but there's biblatex 1.3a. &lt;code&gt;:-)&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[%&#xA;  mincrossrefs=99,% Default: 2&#xA;]{biblatex}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.bib}&#xA;@incollection{A01,&#xA;  crossref = {Z99},&#xA;  author = {Author, A.},&#xA;  year = {2001},&#xA;  title = {Alpha},&#xA;}&#xA;@incollection{B02,&#xA;  crossref = {Z99},&#xA;  author = {Buthor, B.},&#xA;  year = {2002},&#xA;  title = {Bravo},&#xA;}&#xA;@collection{Z99,&#xA;  editor = {Zuthor, Z.},&#xA;  year = {1999},&#xA;  title = {Zulu},&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\addbibresource{\jobname.bib}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Some text \autocite{A01,B02}.&#xA;&#xA;\printbibliography&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T09:15:42.193" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14033" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14029" CreationDate="2011-03-22T09:54:09.373" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is an example where I shamelessly copied some &lt;a href=&quot;http://stats.stackexchange.com/questions/7899/complex-regression-plot-in-r/7911#7911&quot;&gt;R code&lt;/a&gt; from Cross-Validated. It can be compiled in many ways, but personally I used&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;R CMD Sweave 1.Rnw&#xA;pdflatex 1.tex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where &lt;code&gt;1.Rnw&lt;/code&gt; actually reads:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,11pt]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\title{A sample Sweave demo}&#xA;\author{Author name}&#xA;\date{}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\SweaveOpts{engine=R,eps=FALSE,pdf=TRUE,strip.white=all}&#xA;\SweaveOpts{prefix=TRUE,prefix.string=fig-,include=TRUE}&#xA;\setkeys{Gin}{width=0.6\textwidth}&#xA;&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;&#xA;&amp;lt;&amp;lt;echo=false&amp;gt;&amp;gt;=&#xA;set.seed(101)&#xA;library(ggplot2)&#xA;library(ellipse)&#xA;@&#xA;&#xA;&amp;lt;&amp;lt;&amp;gt;&amp;gt;=&#xA;n &amp;lt;- 1000&#xA;x &amp;lt;- rnorm(n, mean=2)&#xA;y &amp;lt;- 1.5 + 0.4*x + rnorm(n)&#xA;df &amp;lt;- data.frame(x=x, y=y)&#xA;&#xA;# take a bootstrap sample&#xA;df &amp;lt;- df[sample(nrow(df), nrow(df), rep=TRUE),]&#xA;&#xA;xc &amp;lt;- with(df, xyTable(x, y))&#xA;df2 &amp;lt;- cbind.data.frame(x=xc$x, y=xc$y, n=xc$number)&#xA;df.ell &amp;lt;- as.data.frame(with(df, ellipse(cor(x, y), &#xA;                                         scale=c(sd(x),sd(y)), &#xA;                                         centre=c(mean(x),mean(y)))))&#xA;p1 &amp;lt;- ggplot(data=df2, aes(x=x, y=y)) + &#xA;  geom_point(aes(size=n), alpha=.6) + &#xA;  stat_smooth(data=df, method=&quot;loess&quot;, se=FALSE, color=&quot;green&quot;) + &#xA;  stat_smooth(data=df, method=&quot;lm&quot;) +&#xA;  geom_path(data=df.ell, colour=&quot;green&quot;, size=1.2)&#xA;@&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;  \centering&#xA;&amp;lt;&amp;lt;fig=true,echo=false&amp;gt;&amp;gt;=&#xA;print(p1)&#xA;@&#xA;\caption{Here goes the caption.}&#xA;\label{fig:p1}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With Beamer, you just have to replace the first line with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[t,ucs,12pt,xcolor=dvipsnames]{beamer}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or add whatever customizations you want, replace &lt;code&gt;\maketitle&lt;/code&gt; with something like &lt;code&gt;\frame{\titlepage}&lt;/code&gt;, and then enclose every code chunks with a &lt;code&gt;\begin{frame}[fragile] ... \end{frame}&lt;/code&gt; statement. Compilation goes the same way as aforementioned.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Code chunks can be customized using, e.g. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DefineVerbatimEnvironment{Sinput}{Verbatim}&#xA;{formatcom = {\color{Sinput}},fontsize=\scriptsize} &#xA;\DefineVerbatimEnvironment{Soutput}{Verbatim}&#xA;{formatcom = {\color{Soutput}},fontsize=\footnotesize}&#xA;\DefineVerbatimEnvironment{Scode}{Verbatim}&#xA;{formatcom = {\color{Scode}},fontsize=\small} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It requires &lt;code&gt;fancyvrb&lt;/code&gt; and needs to be somewhere after the &lt;code&gt;\begin{document}&lt;/code&gt;. Personally, I hold in an external configuration file, among other stuff,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\definecolor{Sinput}{rgb}{0.75,0.19,0.19}&#xA;\definecolor{Soutput}{rgb}{0,0,0}&#xA;\definecolor{Scode}{rgb}{0.75,0.19,0.19}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is a snapshot:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/nmAPJ.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2580" LastEditorUserId="2580" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-22T13:06:43.580" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T13:06:43.580" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="14034" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13958" CreationDate="2011-03-22T09:55:16.537" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you modify the placement of the days slightly, you can easily add shapes without having to place the shapes using trial and error to find the right coordinates. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;By adding&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; every day/.style={anchor=base},&#xA;  day text={\%d=},rounded corners=0,anchor=base,text height=1ex,text depth=-0.5ex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to the &lt;code&gt;calendar options&lt;/code&gt; you align the days in such a way that you can then just add &lt;code&gt;\node&lt;/code&gt;s to the days you want to highlight, without any fiddling around. &lt;code&gt;day text={\%d=}&lt;/code&gt; takes care of making single digit days as wide as two digit ones.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;By using &lt;code&gt;\node[anchor=base,xshift=0.5ex](seg){S};&lt;/code&gt; to print the first weekday letter, all the weekdays will align nicely with the days.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After these adjustments, you can highlight individual days using things like &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;if (equals=01-10) {\node [fill=yellow,draw,star] {};}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in the &lt;code&gt;\holidays&lt;/code&gt; macro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's the full adjusted code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{lscape,tikz}&#xA;\usepackage[brazil]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[margin=1in, paperwidth=15.8in, paperheight=8.5in]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath,color,graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{amsfonts}&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}&#xA;\definecolor{Red}{cmyk}{0,1,1,0}&#xA;\def\red{\color{Red}}&#xA;\definecolor{Blue}{cmyk}{1,1,0,0}&#xA;\def\blue{\color{Blue}}&#xA;&#xA;%%in preamble:&#xA;%&#xA;\Huge&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{arrows,shapes}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{positioning,calendar,er}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{decorations.markings}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{shapes.geometric}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\calrow}[1]{\node[anchor=base,xshift=0.5ex](seg){S}; % Shift first weekday&#xA;\node[base right=of seg](ter){T}; \node[base right=of ter](qua){Q};&#xA;\node[base right=of qua](qui){Q}; \node[base right=of qui](sex){\ \!S};&#xA;\node[base right=of sex](sab){\ \!S}; \node[base right=of sab](dom){D};&#xA;\node[black,above=of qui]{\textbf{#1}};}&#xA;\newcommand{\calperiod}[1]{\calendar[dates=\the\year-#1-01 to \the\year-#1-last,&#xA;  every day/.style={anchor=base}, % Center days&#xA;  day text={\%d=},rounded corners=0,anchor=base,text height=1ex,text depth=-0.5ex] % Make node placement easier&#xA;if(Sunday) [red] \holidays;}&#xA;\newcommand{\holidays}{&#xA;if (equals=01-15) {\node [draw,regular polygon,regular polygon sides=3] {};}&#xA;if (equals=01-20) {\node [draw,cloud] {};}&#xA;if (equals=01-10) {\node [fill=yellow,draw,star] {};}&#xA;if (equals=01-06) [black!50]%&#xA;if (equals=04-04) [black!50]%&#xA;if (equals=04-05) [black!50]%&#xA;if (equals=04-25) [black!50]%&#xA;if (equals=05-01) [black!50]%&#xA;if (equals=05-01) [black!50]%&#xA;if (equals=06-02) {\draw (-0.25,0.135) circle (9.0pt);}%&#xA;if (equals=08-15) [black!50]%&#xA;if (equals=11-01) [black!50]%&#xA;if (equals=12-08) [black!50]%&#xA;if (equals=12-25) [black!50]%&#xA;if (equals=12-26) [black!50]%&#xA;}&#xA;\colorlet{darkgreen}{green!50!black}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;[every calendar/.style={week list}]&#xA;%\node[star,draw,minimum size=.4cm,star point ratio=1.0,thick] at (calendar-\the\year-08-29){};&#xA;\sffamily&#xA;\matrix[%&#xA;row 1/.style={black,node distance=.3ex},%&#xA;row 3/.style={black,node distance=.3ex},&#xA;column sep=1ex,%&#xA;draw=black,thick,rounded corners=30pt,%&#xA;postaction={decorate,decoration={markings,mark=at position 0.51 with&#xA;{\node[fill=white,text=black,font={\bfseries\Large}] (year) {\the\year};}}}&#xA;% year on frame: decorations.markings library&#xA;]{%&#xA;% first row: week day and month&#xA;\calrow{Janeiro} &amp;amp; \calrow{Fevereiro} &amp;amp; \calrow{Março} &amp;amp;&#xA;\calrow{Abril} &amp;amp; \calrow{Maio} &amp;amp; \calrow{Junho} \\&#xA;% second row: calendar&#xA;\calperiod{01} &amp;amp; \calperiod{02} &amp;amp; \calperiod{03} &amp;amp;&#xA;\calperiod{04} &amp;amp; \calperiod{05} &amp;amp; \calperiod{06} \\[0.4cm]&#xA;% third row: week day and month&#xA;\calrow{Julho} &amp;amp; \calrow{Agosto} &amp;amp; \calrow{Setembro} &amp;amp;&#xA;\calrow{Outubro} &amp;amp; \calrow{Novembro} &amp;amp; \calrow{Dezembro} \\&#xA;% forth row: calendar&#xA;\calperiod{07} &amp;amp; \calperiod{08} &amp;amp; \calperiod{09} &amp;amp;&#xA;\calperiod{10} &amp;amp; \calperiod{11} &amp;amp; \calperiod{12} \\&#xA;};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/dUYuv.png&quot; alt=&quot;calendar with shapes&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T09:55:16.537" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14035" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-22T10:19:25.467" Score="10" ViewCount="104" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is the reverse question of &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/8513/how-to-find-out-where-a-macro-is-defined&quot;&gt;How to find out where a macro is defined?&lt;/a&gt; (and &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4327/where-do-i-find-out-how-a-command-environment-is-defined&quot;&gt;Where do I find out how a command/environment is defined?&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3777/how-to-find-a-package-name-by-a-command-name&quot;&gt;How to find a package name by a command name?&lt;/a&gt;) and is inspired by the fact that the resolution of &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/13469/error-with-cleveref-enumerate-tikz-qtree&quot;&gt;Error with cleveref + enumerate + tikz-qtree&lt;/a&gt; turned out to be a name clash between two packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can see the use of a script that would take a package (for &lt;em&gt;some&lt;/em&gt; variant of TeX) and produce a list of all the stuff it defines, with the idea that comparing two of these would help in the hunt for namespace collisions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;First Question:&lt;/strong&gt; Does such a script exist?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If the answer to that is &quot;No&quot;, then it shouldn't be too hard to write such a script; the key is to figure out where things are defined.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Second Question:&lt;/strong&gt; What are the &lt;strong&gt;main&lt;/strong&gt; ways in which assignments are made?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Note that this could easily be specific to flavour of TeX used.)  The word &quot;main&quot; is there because the purpose of such a script is not to be a &lt;em&gt;necessary and sufficient&lt;/em&gt; test but a quick test to eliminate obvious possibilities.  In particular, a package author who does something like &lt;code&gt;\let\mydef\def \mydef\something{else}&lt;/code&gt; is probably knowledgeable enough that they are aware of the potential for namespace collisions and know how to avoid them.  But &lt;code&gt;\expandafter\def\csname s()mewe1rd c()mm@nd\endcsname&lt;/code&gt; should probably be allowed for.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T12:55:28.860" Title="Can we easily find all the commands, tokens, whatevers defined by a package?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="14036" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14035" CreationDate="2011-03-22T10:35:24.357" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't think such a script exists.&#xA;The closest thing I know of is &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/texdef&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;(la)texdef&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; which got recently published by me. It shows you the definition of (a) macro/s on the command line. The package(s) and class can be provided as option. If you suspect one macro name to be used by two packages it allows you to check if it is getting defined by both.&#xA;I'm planning to add some option to detect the source file of the definition using my package &lt;code&gt;filehook&lt;/code&gt; as demonstrated by Leo Liu in his answer to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/8513/how-to-find-out-where-a-macro-is-defined/8523#8523&quot;&gt;How to find out where a macro is defined?&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It could also be extended or forked to produce the output you want. I wouldn't go down the route of parsing TeX code, but instead creating a TeX file by the script (as &lt;code&gt;(la)texdef&lt;/code&gt; does) and redefine &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt; and friends to print the macro name. Something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\origdef\def&#xA;\origdef\def#1{%&#xA;  \message{DEF: #1^^J}%&#xA;  \origdef#1%&#xA;}&#xA;% Same for \edef, \gdef, \xdef and \let&#xA;\documentclass{$CLASS}&#xA;\usepackage{$PACKAGE}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The output can be then formatted by the script, sorted and presented to the user. Adding an option which automatically compares the macros defined by two packages would also not be to complicated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another idea would be to use &lt;code&gt;\tracingassigns&lt;/code&gt; and parse the output. It might be simpler and more precise. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-22T10:41:11.587" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T10:41:11.587" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="14037" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11746" CreationDate="2011-03-22T10:36:29.370" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;With &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt;, you can simply use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\citeyearpar[see IBM][]{International-Business-Machines:2011aa}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1967" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T10:36:29.370" />
  <row Id="14038" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14039" CreationDate="2011-03-22T10:44:49.327" Score="3" ViewCount="87" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I combine the tabbing and itemize environments so that I'll have a list in which I can use tabstops?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;- It would be nice             foo    bar&#xA;- If I could get this working  baz    quuz&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know I could just use an ordinary tabbing environment and fake the first &quot;column&quot; to always display a bullet point, but I'm sure there is a more standard solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2628" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-22T10:50:36.677" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T12:28:25.790" Title="Tabbing inside itemize (or itemize inside tabbing)" Tags="&lt;lists&gt;&lt;itemize&gt;&lt;tabbing&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="14039" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14038" CreationDate="2011-03-22T11:26:58.267" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;What about a table environment or &lt;code&gt;longtable&lt;/code&gt; for breaking across pages.  Use the &lt;code&gt;listliketab&lt;/code&gt; package &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{listliketab}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\storestyleof{itemize}&#xA;\begin{listliketab}&#xA;    \begin{tabular}{Llll}&#xA;        \textbullet &amp;amp;  It would be nice            &amp;amp; foo  &amp;amp;  bar   \\&#xA;        \textbullet &amp;amp;  If I could get this working &amp;amp; baz  &amp;amp;  quuz  \\&#xA;    \end{tabular}&#xA;\end{listliketab}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It has the advantage that you can use &lt;code&gt;p&lt;/code&gt; columns to wrap long lines, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1683" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T11:26:58.267" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14040" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7027" CreationDate="2011-03-22T11:40:46.770" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One workaround would be to install a font creation program which allows you to create a plain &lt;code&gt;.otf&lt;/code&gt; version of the font. E.g. &lt;a href=&quot;http://fontforge.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;fontforge&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This can be done by loading the &lt;code&gt;.dfont&lt;/code&gt; file in fontforge and selecting &lt;code&gt;Generate Fonts&lt;/code&gt; with the &lt;code&gt;OpenType (CFF)&lt;/code&gt; option.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that OS X apparently does not like fonts having the same name as a system font, so before converting it, you should have to rename the font using &lt;code&gt;Element&lt;/code&gt; → &lt;code&gt;Font Info&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The resulting &lt;code&gt;.otf&lt;/code&gt; file is then ready to be found by luaotfload (you can even put it into the same directory as your &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; file as to minimise OS confusion).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Note that this process might or might not be forbidden by local law or license agreements.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1154" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T11:40:46.770" />
  <row Id="14041" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14035" CreationDate="2011-03-22T12:45:12.330" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;First question&lt;/strong&gt; : I think No&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Second Question&lt;/strong&gt; : You give some examples but some macros can be defined by a package like xkeyval and the macro &lt;code&gt;\define@cmdkey&lt;/code&gt;. There are other packages that work the same way as xkeyval. The method used is &lt;code&gt;\csname ...\endcsname&lt;/code&gt;but the names of the macros are built with sometimes prefix and suffix; this is not easy to trace&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T12:45:12.330" />
  <row Id="14042" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6941" CreationDate="2011-03-22T12:52:25.150" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Finally! Using a combination of &lt;code&gt;\autocap&lt;/code&gt;, the &lt;code&gt;shortauthor&lt;/code&gt; field and the &lt;code&gt;sortkey&lt;/code&gt; field does the trick:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Always typeset as &quot;Al-Ghazali&quot; for in text-citations;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Typeset as &quot;Al-Ghazali&quot; resp. &quot;al-Ghazali&quot; in the bibliography, in accordance with the chosen naming scheme;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Sorted under &quot;Ghazali&quot; in the bibliography.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[style=authoryear]{biblatex}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.bib}&#xA;@misc{B02,&#xA;  author = {Buthor, B.},&#xA;  year = {2002},&#xA;  title = {Bravo},&#xA;}&#xA;@misc{Gha07,&#xA;  author = {\autocap{a}l-Ghazali, Abu Hamid},&#xA;  shortauthor = {Al-Ghazali},&#xA;  sortkey = {Ghazali},&#xA;  year = {2007},&#xA;  title = {Gulf},&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\addbibresource{\jobname.bib}&#xA;&#xA;\nocite{*}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Some text \autocite{Gha07}. \Citeauthor{Gha07} showed that \dots&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{first-last}&#xA;&#xA;\printbibliography[title={References with ``firstname--lastname'' scheme}]&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{last-first}&#xA;&#xA;\printbibliography[title={References with ``lastname--firstname'' scheme}]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-25T13:36:19.080" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T13:36:19.080" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14044" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14046" CreationDate="2011-03-22T13:53:09.917" Score="1" ViewCount="43" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/9015/line-break-in-lines-with-colons&quot;&gt;Line break in lines with colons&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have Perl package name defined as command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\newcommand{\myperlpackage}{\texttt{XXXXX::YYYYY::ZZZZZ}}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I tell LaTeX to hyphen package name after double colon but without any hyphen char eg.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;XXXXX::-&#xA;YYYYY::ZZZZZ&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;should be&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;XXXXX::&#xA;YYYYY::ZZZZZ&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3926" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T14:21:52.710" ClosedDate="2011-03-22T22:57:52.233" Title="Hyphenation in Perl package names" Tags="&lt;hyphenation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="14045" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14050" CreationDate="2011-03-22T13:55:27.887" Score="7" ViewCount="92" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to switch to &lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt; but despite the rather minimal changes suggested in some &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/5091/what-to-do-to-switch-to-biblatex&quot;&gt;answers&lt;/a&gt; to switching from &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt;, there's really a lot that seems to need changing. For example, the &quot;In:&quot; needs to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/10682/suppress-in-biblatex&quot;&gt;go&lt;/a&gt;. The order of entries &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/12806/guidelines-for-customizing-biblatex-styles&quot;&gt;needs&lt;/a&gt; to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/6743/biblatex-changing-the-order-of-entries&quot;&gt;change&lt;/a&gt;. The book edition field needs to change as well as move. Basically, there's a lot more to do than suggested in the answers to the first question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a simple way that I can start with a biblatex style that behaves exactly like plainnat (modulo the incompatible changes to the various fields like edition) and then tweak it from there?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's not worth my time right now (deadlines, you understand) to start from numeric-comp and then try to figure out what needs to change in order to match plainnat. This is exacerbated by needing to have two slightly different versions of the .bib (again, for things like edition) to test for differences.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T16:31:13.277" Title="A biblatex style that's like plainnat" Tags="&lt;biblatex&gt;&lt;natbib&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14046" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14044" CreationDate="2011-03-22T14:01:23.657" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I usually define a command &lt;code&gt;\dbr&lt;/code&gt; for discretionary breakpoints like this:&#xA;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand\dbr{\disretionary{}{}{}}&lt;/code&gt;. Then you can write &lt;code&gt;XXXX::\dbr YYYY::\dbr ZZZZ&lt;/code&gt;, which should have the effect you desire.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To explain, &lt;code&gt;\discretionary&amp;lt;arg1&amp;gt;&amp;lt;arg2&amp;gt;&amp;lt;arg3&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; tells TeX that a line break is permissible and that it should put &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;arg1&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; before the breakpoint, &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;arg2&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; after the breakpoint (in the next line), and &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;arg3&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; in the case that no line break is performed. See the TeXbook (page 95) for more details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4087" LastEditorUserId="4087" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-22T14:21:52.710" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T14:21:52.710" />
  <row Id="14047" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7027" CreationDate="2011-03-22T14:31:11.133" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've followed the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ntg.nl/pipermail/dev-luatex/2011-February/004122.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;instructions&lt;/a&gt; provided on the [Dev-luatex] mailing, and it seems to work, after you replace &lt;code&gt;dfont = &quot;truetype dictionary&quot;&lt;/code&gt; by &lt;code&gt;dfont = &quot;truetype fonts&quot;&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;otfl-luat-dum.lua&lt;/code&gt; (fire up a Terminal window, and then &lt;code&gt;find /usr/local -name &quot;otfl-luat-dum.lua&quot;&lt;/code&gt; to locate this file under your TeXLive root directory). Your example then compile fine and &lt;code&gt;pdffonts&lt;/code&gt; said:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;name                                 type              emb sub uni object ID&#xA;------------------------------------ ----------------- --- --- --- ---------&#xA;BKOWUW+Monaco                        CID TrueType      yes yes yes      4  0&#xA;JFRMQG+LMRoman10-Regular             CID Type 0C       yes yes yes      5  0&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2580" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T14:31:11.133" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-03-22T22:01:18.483" />
  <row Id="14048" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14022" CreationDate="2011-03-22T14:48:09.507" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The space is &lt;code&gt;\intextsep&lt;/code&gt;. It is inserted before every wrapfig. You don't see it in the first teaser because it is at the start of a page where such vertical spaces disappear. &lt;code&gt;intextsep&lt;/code&gt; is declared/defined by the latex format and it is used in floats which are inserted with &quot;h&quot; in the text. So if you set it globally to 0pt it will affect such floats too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T14:48:09.507" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14049" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12435" CreationDate="2011-03-22T15:41:01.687" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've submitted the bug to LaTeX bugs database and this is now fixed in TeXLive.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3172" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T15:41:01.687" />
  <row Id="14050" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14045" CreationDate="2011-03-22T16:31:13.277" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm afraid the short answer is: Simple, &lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt;, exactly like &lt;code&gt;plainnat&lt;/code&gt; -- choose two out of three.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Longer answer: As soon as you provide exact specifications in what way, say, the &lt;code&gt;numeric-comp&lt;/code&gt; style needs to be modified in order to pass as an exact &lt;code&gt;plainnat&lt;/code&gt; replica, it should be possible to provide these modifications. (There's also the possibility that a custom style is a better starting point.) However, if you have to meet a deadline right now, I would advise to postpone the switch to &lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T16:31:13.277" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14052" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-22T17:49:11.930" Score="8" ViewCount="203" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have been looking around for quite some time trying to find a way for a PDF (created using XeTeX) to adjust the date accordingly by the date it was printed - not compiled. I am familiar with &lt;code&gt;\date&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\datedate&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;datenumber&lt;/code&gt; &amp;amp; &lt;code&gt;datetime&lt;/code&gt; packages, etc. but these are not what I want. I also found a page in tex.stackexchange.com, which I mostly do not understand ( &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/12304/date-of-file-creation&quot;&gt;Date of file creation&lt;/a&gt; ) that was getting closer to what I want but not exactly. Oh, by the way, it would be great if it was platform independent as not all employees have the same computer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The idea here is to create time-sheets for employees that they can print off before work and have the date automatically created for them. Here is the rough (really) draft of the time sheet (most of the comments are me playing around with some new-to-me techniques involving the &lt;code&gt;pgf&lt;/code&gt;/&lt;code&gt;tikz&lt;/code&gt; packages - irrelevant):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks very much and hope it is clear!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt,onecolumn,usenames,dvipsnames]{amsart}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usepackage{pgf}&#xA;\usepackage{pgfkeys}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{&#xA;  chains,&#xA;  arrows,&#xA;  shapes.misc,&#xA;  shapes.arrows,&#xA;  matrix,&#xA;  positioning,&#xA;  scopes,&#xA;  decorations.pathmorphing,&#xA;  shadows%&#xA;}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{snakes}&#xA;\usepackage[hmargin=1.5cm, vmargin=1.50cm]{geometry}&#xA;\geometry{top=0.5cm}&#xA;\geometry{left=0.5cm}&#xA;\geometry{right=0.5cm}&#xA;\usepackage{bbding}&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath,fp}&#xA;\usepackage{algorithm2e}&#xA;\usepackage{eurosym}&#xA;\usepackage{color,graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec,xltxtra,xunicode}&#xA;\defaultfontfeatures{Mapping=tex-text}&#xA;\setromanfont[Mapping=tex-text]{Hoefler Text}&#xA;\setsansfont[Scale=MatchLowercase,Mapping=tex-text]{Gill Sans}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\definecolor{linkcolour}{HTML}{FF0080}&#xA;\definecolor{shade}{HTML}{D4D7FE}&#xA;\definecolor{text1}{HTML}{2b2b2b}       &#xA;\definecolor{headings}{HTML}{701112} &#xA;\hypersetup{    colorlinks,breaklinks,&#xA;            urlcolor=linkcolour, &#xA;            linkcolor=linkcolour}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}           &#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;\fancyhf{}&#xA;\rfoot{\color{headings} {\sffamily Last update: \today}. Typeset with X\LaTeX}&#xA;\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0pt}&#xA;\usepackage{titlesec}               &#xA;\titleformat{\section}&#xA;    {\color{headings}&#xA;        \scshape \Large\raggedright}{}{0em}{}[\color{blue}\titlerule]&#xA;\titlespacing{\section}{0pt}{0pt}{5pt}&#xA;\usepackage[yyyymmdd,hhmmss]{datetime}&#xA;\usepackage{datenumber}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;\rfoot{Compiled on \today\ at \currenttime}&#xA;\cfoot{}&#xA;\lfoot{Page \thepage}&#xA;\usepackage{ifthen}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\color{text1} &#xA;&#xA;\centering&#xA;\par{\centering{&#xA;{ \addfontfeature{LetterSpace=20.0}\fontsize{20}{20}\selectfont \scshape {\underline{To Do $\backslash$ Did}} }}&#xA;}\\[6mm]    &#xA;{\color{white} \hrule} &#xA;&#xA;\begin{minipage}[t]{0.25\textwidth}&#xA;    \section{Timeline}&#xA;        \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;            \draw[snake](0,40pt) -- (0,0);&#xA;            \draw (0,20pt) node[left=10pt]{\datedate};&#xA;            \draw (0,10pt) node[left=10pt]{Worked On:};&#xA;&#xA;            \draw(0 pt, 0 pt) -- (0 pt, -600 pt);&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;                \foreach \y [count=\yi] in {-30,-54,...,-570}{&#xA;&#xA;                \draw (3 pt, \y pt) -- ( -3pt, \y pt);          &#xA;                \draw (0 pt, .1\y pt) -- (-60 pt,  .1\y + 1 pt ) node[midway,above]{[\hspace{1.5cm}]};  &#xA;                \draw (0 pt, 0.1\y pt) -- (100 pt, 0.1\y + 20 pt) node[midway,sloped,below]{};&#xA;                }&#xA;&#xA;        \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;\hfill&#xA;\begin{minipage}[t]{0.25\textwidth}&#xA;    \vspace{21mm}&#xA;        \foreach \a/\b/\z [count=\ai,count=\bi,count=\zi] in {1,...,23}&#xA;            {&#xA;            \ifthenelse{\ai&amp;lt;13}&#xA;                {&#xA;                \ifthenelse{\isodd{\ai}}&#xA;                    {                                                               &#xA;                    \FPdiv\c{\ai}{2} \FPadd\c{\c}{6} \FPupn\c{\c{} 0 round} $\FPprint\c$: &#xA;                        \ifthenelse{\bi=2}&#xA;                            {$30$}&#xA;                            {$00$}&#xA;                    }&#xA;                    {                                                               &#xA;                    \FPdiv\c{\ai}{2}    \FPadd\c{\c}{6}    \FPupn\c{\c{} 0 round}    $\FPprint\c$:$30$&#xA;                    } to &#xA;                        \ifthenelse{\isodd{\zi}}&#xA;                            {&#xA;                            \FPdiv\c{\zi}{2}    \FPadd\c{\c}{6}    \FPupn\c{\c{} 0 round}    $\FPprint\c$:$30$&#xA;                            }&#xA;                            {&#xA;                            \FPdiv\c{\zi}{2}    \ifthenelse{\zi&amp;lt;12}{\FPadd\c{\c}{7}}{\FPadd\c{\c}{-5}}    \FPupn\c{\c{} 0 round}    $\FPprint\c$: %interior \ifthenelse takes care of 12:30 - 1:00&#xA;                                \ifthenelse{\zi=1}&#xA;                                {$30$}&#xA;                                {$00$}&#xA;                            }&#xA;                            \\\\&#xA;                }&#xA;                {&#xA;                \ifthenelse{\isodd{\ai}}&#xA;                    {                                                               &#xA;                    \FPdiv\c{\ai}{2}    \FPadd\c{\c}{-6}    \FPupn\c{\c{} 0 round}    $\FPprint\c$:$00$&#xA;                    }&#xA;                    {                                                               &#xA;                    \FPdiv\c{\ai}{2}    \FPadd\c{\c}{-6}    \FPupn\c{\c{} 0 round} $\FPprint\c$: &#xA;                        \ifthenelse{\bi=2}&#xA;                        {$00$}&#xA;                        {$30$}&#xA;                    }  --&#xA;                        \ifthenelse{\isodd{\zi}}&#xA;                            {&#xA;                            \FPdiv\c{\zi}{2} \FPadd\c{\c}{-6} \FPupn\c{\c{} 0 round} $\FPprint\c$:$30$&#xA;                            }&#xA;                            {&#xA;                            \FPdiv\c{\zi}{2}    \ifthenelse{\zi&amp;lt;12}{\FPadd\c{\c}{7}}{\FPadd\c{\c}{-5}}    \FPupn\c{\c{} 0 round}    $\FPprint\c$: %interior \ifthenelse takes care of 12:30 - 1:00&#xA;                                \ifthenelse{\zi=1}&#xA;                                {$30$}&#xA;                                {$00$}&#xA;                            }&#xA;                            \\\\                        &#xA;                }&#xA;            }   &#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;\hfill&#xA;\begin{minipage}[t]{0.38\textwidth}&#xA;    \section{Description}&#xA;        \begin{enumerate}&#xA;        \item Move old tires and wheels into grey round bin north of shop.&#xA;        \item Move small LP tanks into quonset&#xA;        \item Drill and tap threads into quonset door frame&#xA;        \item Wire brush wheel and mount two tires for water trailer&#xA;        \item Clean up paint gun (air)&#xA;        \item Clean up yard of garbage and lumber&#xA;        \item Stack wood by container on west side of quonset&#xA;        \end{enumerate}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\newpage&#xA;\begin{minipage}[t]{0.45\textwidth} &#xA;&#xA;    \section{Timeline}&#xA;&#xA;        \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;            \draw[snake] (0,40pt) -- (0,0);&#xA;            \draw (0,20pt) node[left=10pt] {Prior to sale. $\Bigg\{$};&#xA;&#xA;            \draw (0 pt,0 pt) -- (0 pt,-400 pt);&#xA;            \foreach \y in {40,0,-40,-80, -120, -160, -200, -240}&#xA;            \draw (3pt, \y pt) -- ( -3pt, \y pt);&#xA;&#xA;            \draw (0,0) node[left=10pt] {XX/XX/2011};&#xA;&#xA;            \draw (0 pt,-40 pt) node[left=10pt] {XX/XX/2011};&#xA;            \draw (0 pt, -40 pt) -- (40:4) node[midway,sloped,below]{start of .}; &#xA;            \draw (0 pt, -40 pt) node[below=0pt]{\hspace{4cm} Pur};&#xA;            \draw (0 pt, -40 pt) node[below=10pt]{\hspace{4cm} arm, };&#xA;&#xA;            \draw (0 pt, -80 pt) node[left=10pt] {XX/XX/2011}; &#xA;&#xA;            \draw (0 pt, -120 pt) node[left=10pt] {XX/XX/2011};&#xA;&#xA;            \draw (0 pt, -160 pt) node[left=10pt] {XX/XX/2011};&#xA;&#xA;            \draw (0 pt, -200 pt) node[left=10pt] {XX/XX/2011};&#xA;&#xA;        \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end{minipage} %END of left-hand side minipage&#xA;\hfill&#xA;\begin{minipage}[t]{0.51\textwidth}&#xA;    \section{Timeline Specifics}&#xA;        \vspace{60pt}&#xA;&#xA;        \begin{tikzpicture}[every on chain/.style=join,every join/.style=-&amp;gt;,node distance=2mm and 1cm]&#xA;        { [start chain=trunk]&#xA;        \node[on chain]{A};&#xA;        \node [on chain] {B};&#xA;        { [start branch=numbers going below]&#xA;        \node [on chain] {1};&#xA;        \node [on chain] {2};&#xA;        \node [on chain] {3};&#xA;        }&#xA;        { [start branch=greek going above]&#xA;        \node [on chain] {$\alpha$};&#xA;        \node [on chain] {$\beta$};&#xA;        \node [on chain] {$\gamma$};&#xA;        }&#xA;        \node [on chain,join=with trunk/numbers-end,join=with trunk/greek-end] {C};&#xA;        { [start branch=symbols going below]&#xA;        \node [on chain] {$\star$};&#xA;        \node [on chain] {$\circ$};&#xA;        \node [on chain] {$\int$};&#xA;        }&#xA;        }&#xA;        \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;        \makeatletter&#xA;        \tikzset{join/.code=\tikzset{after node path={%&#xA;        \ifx\tikzchainprevious\pgfutil@empty\else(\tikzchainprevious)%&#xA;        edge[every join]#1(\tikzchaincurrent)\fi}}}&#xA;        \makeatother&#xA;&#xA;        \tikzset{&amp;gt;=stealth',every on chain/.append style={join},&#xA;                 every join/.style={-&amp;gt;}}&#xA;        \centering&#xA;&#xA;        \begin{tikzpicture}[start chain] {&#xA;            \node[on chain] {$0$};&#xA;                \node[on chain] {$A$} ;&#xA;                \node[on chain, join={node[above] {$\scriptstyle\varphi$}}] {$B$};&#xA;                \node[on chain, join={node[above] {$\scriptstyle\psi$}}] {$C$};&#xA;                \node[on chain] {$0$}; }&#xA;        \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;        \bigskip&#xA;&#xA;        \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;            \matrix (m) [matrix of math nodes, row sep=3em, column sep=3em]&#xA;                { 0 &amp;amp; A  &amp;amp; B  &amp;amp; C  &amp;amp; 0 \\&#xA;                0 &amp;amp; A' &amp;amp; B' &amp;amp; C' &amp;amp; 0 \\ };&#xA;            { [start chain] \chainin (m-1-1);&#xA;                \chainin (m-1-2);&#xA;                { [start branch=A] \chainin (m-2-2)&#xA;                [join={node[right] {$\scriptstyle\eta_1$}}];}&#xA;                \chainin (m-1-3) [join={node[above] {$\scriptstyle\varphi$}}];&#xA;                { [start branch=B] \chainin (m-2-3)&#xA;                [join={node[right] {$\scriptstyle\eta_2$}}];}&#xA;                \chainin (m-1-4) [join={node[above] {$\scriptstyle\psi$}}];&#xA;                { [start branch=C] \chainin (m-2-4)&#xA;                [join={node[right] {$\scriptstyle\eta_3$}}];}&#xA;                \chainin (m-1-5); }&#xA;            { [start chain] \chainin (m-2-1);&#xA;                \chainin (m-2-2);&#xA;                \chainin (m-2-3) [join={node[above] {$\scriptstyle\varphi'$}}];&#xA;                \chainin (m-2-4) [join={node[above] {$\scriptstyle\psi'$}}];&#xA;                \chainin (m-2-5); }&#xA;        \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;\vspace{10pt}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4377" LastEditorUserId="627" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-22T21:23:06.637" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T21:23:06.637" Title="Having a LaTeX PDF display the date the document was printed, not compiled..." Tags="&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;compiling&gt;&lt;datetime&gt;&lt;printing&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="14053" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14052" CreationDate="2011-03-22T18:00:16.663" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Placing the compile or other date into the document at compile time is easy. It's just another text. However, this text can't be changed by the PDF viewer for the print-out! So these two things are completely different.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The only way I see this done is to add some PDF form field into your document which is updated using embedded JavaScript when (i.e. just before) the PDF is printed. You should look into this direction. For example AFAIK the &lt;code&gt;movie15&lt;/code&gt; package places JavaScript into the PDF (not that it does what you need).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You might end up to need to write the JavaScript code by yourself. You could ask e.g. at &lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com&quot;&gt;http://stackoverflow.com&lt;/a&gt; how to update a PDF text field with the date when the PDF is to be printed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-22T18:12:40.473" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T18:12:40.473" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="14054" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10015" CreationDate="2011-03-22T18:22:20.093" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think that org-mode is great if your notes will not have a lot of math.  You can easily export to HTML and to LaTeX and include references from your bibtex file.  This page seems like a good intro for the type of stuff you want to do:  &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mfasold.net/blog/2009/02/using-emacs-org-mode-to-draft-papers/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.mfasold.net/blog/2009/02/using-emacs-org-mode-to-draft-papers/&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;I use org-mode a lot, and I think it's great, though I use it mostly for plaintext outlines.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, if you have a lot of math in your notes, I'd recommend taking a look at LyX (www.lyx.org). It's almost a front-end for LaTeX, but it has its own file-format. It can export beautiful LaTeX code when you need it, and with LyX 2.0 (just released), the HTML export for math has gotten quite good. You can get emacs key-bindings, if you're an emacs guy. I keep all my notes in LyX format.  One (of many) nice features of LyX that's relevant when you're taking notes from a PDF is the ability to easily copy/paste screenshots into your LyX document: when I'm reading a paper and get to a big equation block or an interesting paragraph that I want to refer to without retyping, I capture the relevant region as an image to the clipboard, do a paste in LyX, at which point LyX prompts me for a location and filename in which to save the graphic.  The code for including the saved graphic file is automatically generated, and the graphic appears inline in the document. Interacting with bibtex databases is very nice in LyX, and there are many external bibtex management programs that interface with LyX. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4379" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T18:22:20.093" />
  <row Id="14055" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-22T18:49:54.073" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-22T18:49:54.073" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T18:49:54.073" />
  <row Id="14056" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-22T18:49:54.073" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="Typesetting languages of the Tai family, e.g. Thai and Lao, with *TeX. " OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-22T18:50:59.910" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T18:50:59.910" />
  <row Id="14057" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14052" CreationDate="2011-03-22T18:53:50.890" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Compiling to PostScript via &lt;code&gt;dvips&lt;/code&gt; rather than PDF would give you a slightly better chance to obtain the current date directly from within the document while it is being printed -- see &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/PostScript_FAQ#How_to_get_date_and_time.3F&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this FAQ&lt;/a&gt;. A PostScript document, unlike a PDF document, is really a program that is being executed by the printer and hence it could emit slightly different pages every time it is printed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, not all PostScript versions support this feature such that it's availability would depend on the printer being used. I would also have some doubts about the accuracy of date and time read from the printer. Taken together, this does not seem to be a viable solution for your use case.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3083" LastEditorUserId="3083" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-22T19:03:15.063" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T19:03:15.063" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14058" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14052" CreationDate="2011-03-22T19:26:50.423" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/tdclock&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;tdclock&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package offers an easy way to insert the current date and time into a PDF document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tdclock}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\initclock&#xA;Date: \tddate&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mind the &lt;code&gt;\initclock&lt;/code&gt; at the beginning of the document, then you'll be able to display the current time and date with the macros &lt;code&gt;\tdclock&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\tddate&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\tdtime&lt;/code&gt;, ... (see the &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/tdclock/tdclock-doc.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;documentation&lt;/a&gt; for more details).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3323" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T19:26:50.423" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="14059" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-22T19:37:12.523" Score="3" ViewCount="93" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to make a large assortment of VERY basic graphs for including in my documents. (squares with the sides labeled, circles, etc...). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It seems the TiKZ package is what I want to use. Does anyone know of a point and click type editor for a Macintosh I can use to generate code for TiKZ. I found I can do this with geogebra, but it does not seem suited for what I am trying to do. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3961" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-22T19:59:15.890" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T19:59:15.890" Title="Looking for a 'high level' Graphics editor for Mac. Then convert diagram to TiKZ code." Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;editors&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="14060" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14059" CreationDate="2011-03-22T19:53:37.190" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have no experience with any particular graphic editor with the ability to generate a TikZ code, but you might want to look through &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/resources/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this page&lt;/a&gt;, especially the section &quot;Tools that generate PGF/TikZ code&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4363" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T19:53:37.190" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14061" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14092" CreationDate="2011-03-22T19:57:19.403" Score="5" ViewCount="127" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a matrix where some cells have nodes while others don't, with rows and columns of varying size depending on the biggest nodes in them. In this matrix, I would like to have the background of rows and columns in the matrix with alternate colors. &#xA;How can this be done?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's an example of a matrix to be coloured:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{matrix}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\matrix [matrix of nodes,&#xA;         row sep=2mm,&#xA;         column sep=1mm,&#xA;         nodes={draw, thick, circle, inner sep=1pt}] (ma)&#xA; {&#xA;   &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; &amp;amp;[2mm]|[gray]|1\\&#xA;   &amp;amp; &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp;|[gray]|2\\&#xA;   |[gray]|2 &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp;|[gray]|2\\[4mm]&#xA;   3 &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; 3\\&#xA; };&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4283" LastEditorUserId="86" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-22T21:32:30.323" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T17:58:51.143" Title="How can I set the background color of the rows and columns of a matrix node in Tikz?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;color&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="14062" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14064" CreationDate="2011-03-22T19:58:29.387" Score="3" ViewCount="45" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure what I'm doing wrong, I'm trying to create a line of bits with labels. I'm trying to do this with an array:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$\begin{array}{c|ccccccc}&#xA;&#xA;\mbox{L1} &amp;amp; \mbox{L2} &amp;amp; \mbox{L3} &amp;amp; \mbox{L4} &amp;amp; \mbox{L5} &amp;amp; \mbox{L6} &amp;amp; \mbox{L7} &amp;amp; \mbox{L8}&#xA;0 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 1 &#xA;&#xA;\end{array}$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However this doesn't work, I get the error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Extra alignment tab has been changed to \cr.&#xA;&amp;lt;recently read&amp;gt; \endtemplate &#xA;&#xA;l.705 0 &amp;amp;&#xA;          0 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 1 \end{array}$&#xA;? &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It does work if I only have one row.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is going wrong? I'm compiling with pdfLaTeX. Alternatively if there's a better way to do this (I'm trying to label a row of bits so that the distances between the 1s and 0s remains constant) let me know.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1574" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-22T19:59:56.543" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T20:04:24.917" Title="Array problem, can only have one row." Tags="&lt;errors&gt;&lt;arrays&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="14063" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14069" CreationDate="2011-03-22T20:01:23.237" Score="9" ViewCount="94" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a book project written in LaTeX, and I have found that quite a number of the hyphenations that TeX produced are wrong. It would be quite painful to scan the document for all hyphenation points, so I am looking for a tool that will collect all hyphenations from the document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have read about &lt;code&gt;hyphen-show&lt;/code&gt;, but apparently it reads DVI files. I use LuaTeX to directly produce PDF, and that will probably mean that that tool is of no help to me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3110" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T21:53:19.987" Title="Check all hyphenations within a document" Tags="&lt;hyphenation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="14064" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14062" CreationDate="2011-03-22T20:04:24.917" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You have to break line after &lt;code&gt;\mbox{L8}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following is compiled without any errors:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;$\begin{array}{c | c c c c c c c}&#xA;\mbox{L1} &amp;amp; \mbox{L2} &amp;amp; \mbox{L3} &amp;amp; \mbox{L4} &amp;amp; \mbox{L5} &amp;amp; \mbox{L6} &amp;amp; \mbox{L7} &amp;amp; \mbox{L8}\\&#xA;0 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 1 &#xA;\end{array}$&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4363" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T20:04:24.917" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14065" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-22T20:10:08.527" Score="3" ViewCount="41" Body="&lt;p&gt;I manage my acronyms using the &lt;code&gt;glossaries&lt;/code&gt; package. My minimal example is as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[ngerman]{scrartcl}&#xA;\usepackage[ngerman]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage[acronym,shortcuts]{glossaries}&#xA;\makeglossaries&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\newacronym{max}{max.}{maximal}&#xA;\printglossary[type=\acronymtype]&#xA;&#xA;Der \ac{max} Genuss (\textit{should be} maximale (max.) \textit{on first use})   \newline&#xA;Ein \ac{max} Genuss (\textit{should be} maximaler (max.) \textit{on first use})  \newline&#xA;Den \ac{max} Genuss (\textit{should be} maximalen (max.) \textit{on first use})  \newline&#xA;Der \ac{max} Genuss (maximale)&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The base form of the acronym is &lt;em&gt;maximal&lt;/em&gt;. On first use &lt;code&gt;glossaries&lt;/code&gt; gives the output &lt;em&gt;base form (abbr.) = maximal (max.)&lt;/em&gt;.   Sadly, in german you cannot be sure that you need the base form on first use. As the definition of &lt;code&gt;\newacronym&lt;/code&gt; is equal to &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newglossaryentry{⟨label ⟩}{type=\acronymtype, &#xA;name={ ⟨abbrv ⟩}, &#xA;description={⟨long ⟩}, &#xA;text={⟨abbrv ⟩}, &#xA;first={⟨long ⟩ (⟨abbrv ⟩)}, &#xA;plural={⟨abbrv ⟩\glspluralsuffix}, &#xA;firstplural={ long \glspluralsuffix\space (abbrv \glspluralsuffix)}, &#xA;⟨key-val list ⟩} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I could just redefine the &lt;code&gt;⟨long ⟩&lt;/code&gt;-part of the &lt;code&gt;first&lt;/code&gt; argument to the desired output. In this MWE, it would work just fine as I know which modification of &lt;em&gt;maximal&lt;/em&gt; is the first. But my real file is much more voluminous and I won't really know which one is the first used modification in advance. So, when finishing I would have to search the whole document whether the first uses of all acronyms are correct.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, I am searching for a way to implement that he modifications like &lt;em&gt;maximale, maximaler, maximales, maximalen,...&lt;/em&gt; on first use and only on first use, like&lt;code&gt;\acfirst{max}{way it is displayed if it's the first use}&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I already tried to work with the &lt;code&gt;user1, ... ,user6&lt;/code&gt; entries, but this modifies every use, not just if it's the first. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This question is related to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/6123/using-the-glossaries-package-in-other-languages&quot;&gt;this one&lt;/a&gt;, but unfortunately not quite so easy to solve.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3735" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T20:10:08.527" Title="Customizing the first use of acronyms generated by glossaries" Tags="&lt;languages&gt;&lt;glossaries&gt;" />
  <row Id="14066" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14052" CreationDate="2011-03-22T20:10:44.757" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you had a clock on the pdf that kept time using JavaScript, then any time you printed it the paper would have the time printed, right?  It reminds me of a &lt;a href=&quot;http://old.nabble.com/clock-on-presentation-td11700070.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;discussion we had on latex-beamer&lt;/a&gt; ages ago about putting a ticking clock on a presentation.  There was a &lt;a href=&quot;http://old.nabble.com/Re%3a-Analog-ticking-clock-in-PDFLaTeX-p13419871.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;posted solution&lt;/a&gt; with a &lt;a href=&quot;http://pcmap.unizar.es/numerico/software&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;link that appears dead now&lt;/a&gt;, but some code was traded around in the thread (from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;powerdot&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package) which may help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T20:10:44.757" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14067" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14061" CreationDate="2011-03-22T20:45:04.510" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;code&gt;every odd column&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;every even column&lt;/code&gt; and their analogous for rows (described in Section 17.3.3 &lt;strong&gt;Cell Styles and Options&lt;/strong&gt; of the pgf manual)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A little example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{matrix}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\matrix (mymtrx) [matrix of nodes,%&#xA;  minimum size=10mm,%&#xA;  every odd column/.style={nodes={fill=red!60}},%&#xA;  every even column/.style={nodes={fill=blue!30}},%&#xA;  execute at empty cell=\node {\vphantom{23}};%&#xA;]&#xA;{&#xA;  8 &amp;amp; 327 &amp;amp; &amp;amp; -35 \\&#xA; 65 &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; -3 \\&#xA;  &amp;amp; 125 &amp;amp; 64 &amp;amp; 38 \\&#xA;};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/C532A.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T20:45:04.510" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="14068" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14063" CreationDate="2011-03-22T21:18:51.027" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/findhyph/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;findhyph&lt;/a&gt;.  How it works is you set &lt;code&gt;\tracingparagraphs=1&lt;/code&gt; when processing your TeX, and then run a perl script on the log file to extract all hyphenations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T21:18:51.027" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14069" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14063" CreationDate="2011-03-22T21:53:19.987" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've made a small Python program &lt;a href=&quot;http://stp.lingfil.uu.se/~starback/tex/find-hyphs.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;find-hyphs&lt;/a&gt; that collects info about all hyphenations in a text file. For one-column pdf files it works fairly well with the output of &lt;code&gt;pdftotext -layout&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4381" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T21:53:19.987" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14070" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14061" CreationDate="2011-03-22T21:57:48.623" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think that this is possible, assuming that I'm interpreting what you want correctly.  TikZ allows you to execute some arbitrary code at the start of a node, and the current column and row numbers are hidden away in two counters &lt;code&gt;\pgfmatrixcurrentcolumn&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\pgfmatrixcurrentrow&lt;/code&gt;.  So using those, and a little &lt;code&gt;pgfmath&lt;/code&gt; wizardry, I came up with the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{standalone}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{matrix}&#xA;\colorlet{nodebg}{blue}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \matrix [matrix of nodes,&#xA;             row sep=2mm,&#xA;             column sep=1mm,&#xA;             nodes={&#xA;                    execute at begin node={&#xA;        \pgfmathparse{Mod(\pgfmatrixcurrentrow + \pgfmatrixcurrentcolumn,2) ? &quot;blue&quot; : &quot;red&quot;}&#xA;        \xglobal\colorlet{nodebg}{\pgfmathresult}},&#xA;         preaction={fill=nodebg},&#xA;         draw, thick, circle, inner sep=1pt}] (ma)&#xA;     { &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; &amp;amp;[2mm]|[gray]|1\\&#xA;       &amp;amp; &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp;|[gray]|2\\&#xA;      |[gray]|2 &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp;|[gray]|2\\[4mm]&#xA;       3 &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; 3\\&#xA;      }; \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(&lt;strong&gt;Warning:&lt;/strong&gt; I'm using &lt;code&gt;PGF2.10&lt;/code&gt;.  I don't know if any of the stuff I'm using in the above is new in that version.)  I'm not sure why I needed to specify the &lt;code&gt;fill&lt;/code&gt; as a &lt;code&gt;preaction&lt;/code&gt;, all I know is that when I took that out, the nodes where the colour was specified in the matrix got obliterated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's the result:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/pcXl2.png&quot; alt=&quot;coloured nodes&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;By using more complicated mathematical expressions, more variation would be possible.  Or the colour specification could be more complicated, as &lt;code&gt;xcolor&lt;/code&gt; allows blending of colours.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T21:57:48.623" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14071" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14072" CreationDate="2011-03-22T22:07:40.163" Score="4" ViewCount="46" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to create a pmatrix whose components are rather complicated fractions (Christoffel symbols), and the line spacing is too small making the whole thing a bit cramped and hard to read. Is there any easy way to increase the spacing (about 1.5 the default would be perfect)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4382" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T22:27:59.473" Title="Line spacing in pmatrix" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;matrices&gt;&lt;line-spacing&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="14072" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14071" CreationDate="2011-03-22T22:26:41.237" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could redefine &lt;code&gt;\arraystretch&lt;/code&gt;. This can be made locally, within a group or environment. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begingroup&#xA;\renewcommand*{\arraystretch}{1.5}&#xA;% your pmatrix expression&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a redefinition of an internal &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; LaTeX macro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand*\env@matrix[1][\arraystretch]{%&#xA;  \edef\arraystretch{#1}%&#xA;  \hskip -\arraycolsep&#xA;  \let\@ifnextchar\new@ifnextchar&#xA;  \array{*\c@MaxMatrixCols c}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After putting this in your preamble, you can write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{pmatrix}[1.5]&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;vary the value as you like, with &lt;code&gt;pmatrix&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;vmatrix&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;bmatrix&lt;/code&gt; and alike, or use it without the optional argument as usually.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I used it similar in my &lt;a href=&quot;http://texblog.net/latex-archive/maths/amsmath-matrix/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;blog&lt;/a&gt; some years ago.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T22:26:41.237" />
  <row Id="14073" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14071" CreationDate="2011-03-22T22:27:59.473" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;By redefining &lt;code&gt;\arraystretch&lt;/code&gt; you can change the vertical space between the all rows; using the optional argument for &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; you can control the vertical space for individual lines:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\[&#xA;\begin{pmatrix}&#xA;  \dfrac{a}{b} &amp;amp; c\\&#xA;  \dfrac{a}{b} &amp;amp; d\\&#xA;  \dfrac{a}{b} &amp;amp; e&#xA;\end{pmatrix}&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;\[&#xA;\renewcommand\arraystretch{2}&#xA;\begin{pmatrix}&#xA;  \dfrac{a}{b} &amp;amp; c\\&#xA;  \dfrac{a}{b} &amp;amp; d\\&#xA;  \dfrac{a}{b} &amp;amp; e&#xA;\end{pmatrix}&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;\[&#xA;\begin{pmatrix}&#xA;  \dfrac{a}{b} &amp;amp; c \\[1em]&#xA;  \dfrac{a}{b} &amp;amp; d\\[2em]&#xA;  \dfrac{a}{b} &amp;amp; e&#xA;\end{pmatrix}&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastActivityDate="2011-03-22T22:27:59.473" />
  <row Id="14074" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-22T23:41:21.873" Score="8" ViewCount="165" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am an occasional LaTeX user and have used it for a number of personal projects, including trying to write a technical book. To that end, I have no problems. Late last year, I was volunteered to assist with the editing and production of an academic journal for the church organisation that I am licensed through. I have previously published formal documents using Macs and InDesign software, but no longer have those resources. I do have Linux and LaTeX and an appreciation for the high quality output it generates.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have seen many references to using provided style sheets to submit single articles to journals, but I want to be the journal that writers submit their articles to.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are there any open-source, free or even commercially available journal document classes available for someone to use to publish their own academic journal?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4384" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T14:50:16.117" Title="Self-publishing an academic journal" Tags="&lt;journal-publishing&gt;&lt;journal&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14075" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-23T00:06:51.690" Score="7" ViewCount="190" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm a mathematics student and a newbie latex-user, and would start to collect my favourite problems in a problem book written in latex, dividing the content in two parts: the first, with the labeled problems, with the source of the problems, the origin et cetera; the second part, with the respective solutions. &#xA;Obviously I would do my best, with the two parts hyperlinked and an index, aiming to create a good document for others students.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have yet no idea how to do it in a pretty and efficent way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm looking for a template, a similar .tex document where to see how to do it without having to read a lot of manuals.&#xA;Any suggestion?&#xA;Thanks &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4036" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-23T00:40:39.403" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T13:16:45.060" Title="How to write a mathematics problem book" Tags="&lt;templates&gt;&lt;book-design&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="14076" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14077" CreationDate="2011-03-23T01:10:24.397" Score="3" ViewCount="64" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have the following macro&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\softChapter}[1]{&#xA;&#xA;    %Create chapter&#xA;    \chapter*{#1}&#xA;&#xA;    %Add it to TOC&#xA;    \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}&#xA;&#xA;    %Reset section counter, to avoid precedent section&#xA;    %from interfering&#xA;    \setcounter {section} {0}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I do want it have to do, an unumbered chapter, expect for one thing. The sections under i start, with 0, so my section are 0.X.X. I want my section to be. X.X&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4296" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-23T06:17:34.387" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T06:17:34.387" Title="Unumbered chapter causing 0.X.X section" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;numbering&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="14077" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14076" CreationDate="2011-03-23T01:18:25.377" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/chngcntr&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;chngcntr&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package to change the dependence between the chapter and section counters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\counterwithout{section}{chapter}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This will have the desired effect.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T01:18:25.377" />
  <row Id="14078" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14116" CreationDate="2011-03-23T04:30:23.343" Score="1" ViewCount="72" Body="&lt;p&gt;An array is to be displayed in a Beamer presentation with some elements constant across all slides in the frame. Other array elements, however, must change with the overlay in the frame and are of non-constant height and width. It would seem desirable to reserve an unchanging amount of room for each variable array entry with something akin to &lt;code&gt;\overlayarea&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\overprint&lt;/code&gt; within the array itself, but this has so far failed to work. The commands which do work like &lt;code&gt;\temporal&lt;/code&gt; end up changing the positioning of the entire array between slides. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a preferred and/or elegant solution to this problem within Beamer? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4400" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-23T06:40:59.287" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T18:14:02.803" Title="Changing elements of arrays in Beamer without shifting the unchanging elements." Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;overlays&gt;&lt;arrays&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="14079" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14074" CreationDate="2011-03-23T05:58:30.940" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd recommend to develop your own style files with a professional TeX/LaTeX developer (which, I am sure, you could find here). Three reasons: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Copyrights. You don't want to risk running into copyright problems by using and modifying existing styles. I understand that you asked for free styles but experience tells me that you end up modifying them and it's often not clear whether that is covered. All these problems don't come up right at the beginning but only when there is some success and others feel they contributed without receiving enough credit.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Marketing. You want to stand out to attract authors. A completely generic layout gives the (false) impression to authors that they could very well just put their paper on their own website.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Customization. You probably have your own ideas about meta data that you want to record and special requirements coming from your field of study for which you need special commands or environments anyway.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Having been in a similar situation I can report that developing our own style files paid huge dividends. Our documents look better, LaTeX code is much more robust, and we receive praise from authors. For anyone curious, you can find our Open Access publications in computer science here: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dagstuhl.de/en/publications/lipics&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Leibniz International Proceedings in Computer Science (LIPIcs)&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Addendum: to be fair, it took us a while before we reached this point where we developed our own style, obtained DOIs, obtained ISBNs, organized long-term archival, set up an editorial board, and so on. It was done by a colleague who had worked for a scientific publisher and had clear ideas about this. I think it's perfectly fine to start small but if you are serious, you will have to think about these aspects at some point. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3083" LastEditorUserId="3083" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-23T14:50:16.117" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T14:50:16.117" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14080" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14081" CreationDate="2011-03-23T07:49:15.787" Score="4" ViewCount="90" Body="&lt;p&gt;The following is a small example to use &lt;code&gt;flalign&lt;/code&gt; environment to generate equation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{txfonts}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;The formula is:&#xA;\begin{flalign*}&#xA;  \lambdaup &amp;amp;= \lambdaup_1 + \lambdaup_2\\&#xA;\end{flalign*}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The output aligns at the center:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;The formula is&#xA;                  lambda = lambda_1 + lambda_2&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I make the alignment to the left, using &lt;code&gt;flalign&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;alignat&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt; environment? I mean:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;The formula is&#xA;lambda = lambda_1 + lambda_2&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;According to Michael's comment, adding option &lt;code&gt;[fleqn]&lt;/code&gt; to package &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; and setting &lt;code&gt;\mathindent=0.0pt&lt;/code&gt; will solve the problem. But this will make all equations align to the left. How can I make the function &lt;code&gt;locally&lt;/code&gt; to some environment instead of the whole article?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3253" LastEditorUserId="3253" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-23T09:21:38.257" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T09:21:38.257" Title="Use flalign or alignat or align or similar environment to align to the left" Tags="&lt;align&gt;&lt;horizontal-alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="14081" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14080" CreationDate="2011-03-23T08:23:32.350" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use Flalign instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;The formula is&#xA;\begin{flalign*}&#xA;a &amp;amp;= b+c &amp;amp;\\&#xA;  &amp;amp;= 1+1 &amp;amp;\\&#xA;  &amp;amp;= 2  &amp;amp;&#xA;\end{flalign*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4374" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T08:23:32.350" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="14082" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14074" CreationDate="2011-03-23T08:31:16.190" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Perhaps the paper &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/pracjourn/2007-4/verfaille/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;A new package for conference proceedings&lt;/a&gt; in &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.org/pracjourn/2010-2/toc.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;PracTeX Journal&lt;/a&gt; can help you to design the format.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1952" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T08:31:16.190" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14083" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-23T08:33:25.220" Score="1" ViewCount="30" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using LyX to write a draft, using &lt;code&gt;IEEEtran&lt;/code&gt; document format (two columns).&#xA;The problem is with the address/affiliation line, that appears only in one columns, and not spanning the two columns (like in the authors line).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any suggestions how to resolve that issue?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4389" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-23T08:40:39.850" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T08:40:39.850" Title="How span columns in 'address field' on LyX?" Tags="&lt;lyx&gt;&lt;ieeetran&gt;" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14084" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14080" CreationDate="2011-03-23T08:34:39.947" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The trick is to give amsmath the parameter &lt;code&gt;fleqn&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[fleqn]{amsmath}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: This produces a slightly different output than &lt;code&gt;flalign*&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4363" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T08:34:39.947" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14085" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-23T09:53:27.400" Score="1" ViewCount="83" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using the &lt;code&gt;\sc&lt;/code&gt; command as &lt;code&gt;{\sc Tight}&lt;/code&gt; but I can't see (on the monitor and when printed) it in acrobat reader but only with okular. Do you know why?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4391" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-23T09:59:13.333" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T11:22:21.260" Title="\sc not printed" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;printing&gt;&lt;acrobat&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14086" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14089" CreationDate="2011-03-23T10:05:49.917" Score="1" ViewCount="51" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm submitting to ACS Nano using the &lt;code&gt;achemso&lt;/code&gt; class. I use an external &lt;code&gt;.bib&lt;/code&gt; file.&#xA;Is it normal that the bibitems that are treated as &lt;code&gt;@Review&lt;/code&gt; are not formatted the same as &lt;code&gt;@Article&lt;/code&gt;? For the latter, it includes the journal name, while for the Review, it omits the journal and it puts the title italic instead...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Geim, A. K.; Novoselov, K. S. The rise of graphene. &lt;em&gt;Nature Materials&lt;/em&gt; 2007, &lt;em&gt;6&lt;/em&gt;, 183–191.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Neto, A. H. C.; Guinea, F.; Peres, N. M. R.; Novoselov, K. S.; Geim, A. K. &lt;em&gt;The electronic properties of graphene&lt;/em&gt;, 2009.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With the second being the review...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="660" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-23T11:28:01.590" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T11:28:01.590" Title="Reviews not same format as Articles in achemso" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="14087" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14255" CreationDate="2011-03-23T10:12:56.967" Score="2" ViewCount="81" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello. I'm trying to see the &quot;text boundaries&quot; of an &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.springer.com/computer/lncs?SGWID=0-164-6-793341-0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LNCS&lt;/a&gt; document to check whether my floats fit, as the package &lt;a href=&quot;http://iaus249.nju.edu.cn/Proceedings/pagefram.sty&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pageframe&lt;/a&gt; offers to do. I can't get it to work, unfortunately.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentstyle[pageframe]{book}&lt;/code&gt; wouldn't fit here, afaik since &lt;code&gt;\documentclass{llncs}&lt;/code&gt; is how I should declare the document.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[pageframe]{llncs}&lt;/code&gt; seems to ignore it.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{pageframe}&lt;/code&gt; complains about &lt;code&gt;\paperheight&lt;/code&gt; but I don't seem to be able to set that length.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Has anybody managed to use this package or to otherwise have the text box of a LNCS document displayed ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3962" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-25T18:16:18.743" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T12:32:21.633" Title="Show pageframe for LNCS article class" Tags="&lt;margins&gt;&lt;crop&gt;&lt;lncs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="14088" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12722" CreationDate="2011-03-23T10:18:01.923" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I happily use &lt;code&gt;\email{my.self,my.boss@university.edu}&lt;/code&gt; here. Afaik, this is the default, although I've seen &lt;code&gt;\email{my.self | my.boss@university.edu}&lt;/code&gt; as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3962" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T10:18:01.923" />
  <row Id="14089" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14086" CreationDate="2011-03-23T10:40:39.187" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Tame the BeaST&lt;/a&gt;, pp. 14--15, &lt;code&gt;@review&lt;/code&gt; is not a standard BibTeX type. Also, &lt;code&gt;achemso.bst&lt;/code&gt; does not make provisions for such a type. My guess is that your &lt;code&gt;@review&lt;/code&gt; bibitem is treated (and formatted) as &lt;code&gt;@misc&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T10:40:39.187" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="14090" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14093" CreationDate="2011-03-23T10:49:09.463" Score="5" ViewCount="83" Body="&lt;p&gt;How to avoid widow and orphan lines, while also avoiding too large gaps appearing between the paragraphs on the previous page?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I figure that to strongly discourage widows and orphans, one would use a high but not infinite &lt;code&gt;\widowpenalty&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\clubpenalty&lt;/code&gt; value, such as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\clubpenalty=9996&#xA;\widowpenalty=8500&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This in turn makes TeX to stretch the spaces between the paragraphs on the previous page, and one tries to strike the balance with penalties, so that the extra paragraph gaps are usually not noticeable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However sometimes the difference on facing pages is really noticeable, are there other techniques or internals penalties to avoid this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What are the manual correction techniques apart from &lt;code&gt;\raggedbottom&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\enlargethispage&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="831" LastEditorUserId="4087" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-23T11:12:24.280" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T11:12:24.280" Title="Large gaps between paragaphs VS avoiding widows / orphans" Tags="&lt;paragraphs&gt;&lt;widows&gt;&lt;orphans&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="14091" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14087" CreationDate="2011-03-23T10:57:38.423" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is possible to use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/pgf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;PGF/TikZ&lt;/a&gt; to draw a rectangle around the text area (or the whole page etc.).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I modified my answer to &#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/12125/stretching-a-framebox-over-the-whole-page/12128#12128&quot;&gt;Stretching a framebox over the whole page&lt;/a&gt; so it draws the rectangle around the full text area.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In my test it works well with the &lt;code&gt;llncs&lt;/code&gt; class and others. You can place it in the footer then it is inserted on any page. Note that the rectangle goes to the baseline of the last line, i.e. the lower parts of the text go below it. That's normal and shouldn't be a problem in your case.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{llncs}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0pt}&#xA;\renewcommand{\footrulewidth}{0pt}&#xA;&#xA;\rfoot{%&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[overlay,remember picture]&#xA;    % Helper nodes&#xA;    \path (current page.north west) ++(\hoffset, -\voffset)&#xA;        node[anchor=north west, shape=rectangle, inner sep=0, minimum width=\paperwidth, minimum height=\paperheight]&#xA;        (pagearea) {};&#xA;%&#xA;    \path (pagearea.north west) ++(1in+\currentsidemargin,-1in-\topmargin-\headheight-\headsep)&#xA;        node[anchor=north west, shape=rectangle, inner sep=0, minimum width=\textwidth, minimum height=\textheight]&#xA;        (textarea) {};&#xA;%&#xA;    % Framebox&#xA;    \draw (textarea.north west) rectangle (textarea.south east);&#xA;    %&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}%&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand{\currentsidemargin}{%&#xA;  \ifodd\value{page}%&#xA;    \oddsidemargin%&#xA;  \else%&#xA;    \evensidemargin%&#xA;  \fi%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum[1-100]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/IaTdp.png&quot; alt=&quot;Result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T10:57:38.423" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14092" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14061" CreationDate="2011-03-23T11:07:00.663" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I misunderstood the question with my &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/14061/how-can-i-set-the-background-color-of-the-rows-and-columns-of-a-matrix-node-in-ti/14070#14070&quot;&gt;first answer&lt;/a&gt;.  I'm going to leave that up there anyway, but now that I (think I) understand the question, here's a different answer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'll put the picture first:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/EP5G5.png&quot; alt=&quot;backgrounded matrix in TikZ&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's the code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{standalone}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{matrix,fit,calc}&#xA;&#xA;\pgfdeclarelayer{back}&#xA;\pgfsetlayers{back,main}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \matrix [matrix of nodes, row sep=2mm, column sep=1mm,  nodes={draw, thick, circle, inner sep=1pt}] (ma)&#xA;     { &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; &amp;amp;[2mm]|[gray]|1\\&#xA;       &amp;amp; &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp;|[gray]|2\\&#xA;      |[gray]|2 &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp;|[gray]|2\\[4mm]&#xA;       3 &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; 3\\&#xA;      };&#xA;\node[inner sep=0pt,fit=(ma-1-2) (ma-1-4)] (ma-row-1) {};&#xA;\node[inner sep=0pt,fit=(ma-2-3) (ma-2-4)] (ma-row-2) {};&#xA;\node[inner sep=0pt,fit=(ma-3-1) (ma-3-4)] (ma-row-3) {};&#xA;\node[inner sep=0pt,fit=(ma-4-1) (ma-4-4)] (ma-row-4) {};&#xA;\node[inner sep=0pt,fit=(ma-3-1) (ma-4-1)] (ma-col-1) {};&#xA;\node[inner sep=0pt,fit=(ma-1-2)] (ma-col-2) {};&#xA;\node[inner sep=0pt,fit=(ma-2-3)] (ma-col-3) {};&#xA;\node[inner sep=0pt,fit=(ma-1-4) (ma-2-4) (ma-3-4) (ma-4-4)] (ma-col-4) {};&#xA;\coordinate (ma-col-edge-1) at (ma.west);&#xA;\coordinate (ma-col-edge-2) at ($(ma-col-1.west)!.5!(ma-col-2.east)$);&#xA;\coordinate (ma-col-edge-3) at ($(ma-col-2.west)!.5!(ma-col-3.east)$);&#xA;\coordinate (ma-col-edge-4) at ($(ma-col-3.west)!.5!(ma-col-4.east)$);&#xA;\coordinate (ma-col-edge-5) at (ma.east);&#xA;\coordinate (ma-row-edge-1) at (ma.north);&#xA;\coordinate (ma-row-edge-2) at ($(ma-row-1.south)!.5!(ma-row-2.north)$);&#xA;\coordinate (ma-row-edge-3) at ($(ma-row-2.south)!.5!(ma-row-3.north)$);&#xA;\coordinate (ma-row-edge-4) at ($(ma-row-3.south)!.5!(ma-row-4.north)$);&#xA;\coordinate (ma-row-edge-5) at (ma.south);&#xA;\begin{pgfonlayer}{back}&#xA;\foreach \i in {1,...,4}&#xA;\foreach \j in {1,...,4} {&#xA;  \pgfmathparse{Mod(\i + \j,2) ? &quot;red&quot; : &quot;blue&quot;}&#xA;  \colorlet{sqbg}{\pgfmathresult}&#xA;  \pgfmathparse{int(\i+1)}&#xA;  \edef\ii{\pgfmathresult}&#xA;  \pgfmathparse{int(\j+1)}&#xA;  \edef\jj{\pgfmathresult}&#xA;  \fill[sqbg] (ma-col-edge-\i |- ma-row-edge-\j) rectangle (ma-col-edge-\ii |- ma-row-edge-\jj);&#xA;}&#xA;\end{pgfonlayer}&#xA; \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(It is probably longer than it needs to be.)  The problem is that without digging deep in to the internals of PGF, it's difficult (if not impossible) to know what size the matrix is going to be until it is all laid out, making it difficult to put in the backgrounds as each node is put in place.  So we don't.  We wait until the matrix has been computed and put in the backgrounds &lt;em&gt;afterwards&lt;/em&gt;.  To ensure that they are genuine backgrounds, we use PGF's layering capabilities.  This ensures that the backgrounds are put &lt;em&gt;behind&lt;/em&gt; the matrix.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The next step is to get them the right size.  We can't simply put a rectangle around each node for two reasons: not every square &lt;em&gt;has&lt;/em&gt; a node, and the nodes don't necessarily fill their places.  Nonetheless, the positions of the nodes still give us enough information to figure out where to put the rectangles so that they do line up.  The way that we find this information is as follows.  We start by putting a rectangle around all the nodes in a particular row or column (this uses the &lt;code&gt;fit&lt;/code&gt; library; this also has to be done manually as not all the entries in the matrix have nodes so not all the labels are used - if there were an easy way to test a label to see if it is associated to a node then this could be automated).  Looking at a row, then the lower edge of the rectangle tells us the minimum coordinate of all the nodes in that row.  Similarly, the upper edge of the rectangle containing the row below tells us the maximum coordinate of all the nodes in &lt;em&gt;that&lt;/em&gt; row.  We split the difference and plant a coordinate node at that point.  This tells us where the horizontal line dividing these two rows should be.  We repeat this for each row and column.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then for each cell, we look at the dividing lines on each side and use those to fill a rectangle (of the appropriate colour).  Say that we are in cell (2,3).  Then we look at the coordinate between rows 1 and 2 and the coordinate between columns 2 and 3.  We then intersect the horizontal line through the first with the vertical line through the second.  This gives us the coordinate of the upper-left corner of that cell.  In a similar fashion, we get the coordinate of the lower-right corner of that cell.  This is enough to draw the rectangle.  (Doing these calculations requires the &lt;code&gt;calc&lt;/code&gt; library.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update:&lt;/strong&gt; Jake wanted a more automatic method, so here it is.  The command &lt;code&gt;\labelcells{matrix label}{num of rows}{num of cols}&lt;/code&gt; puts a rectangular node on each matrix cell with label &lt;code&gt;matrix label-cell-i-j&lt;/code&gt; and size such that the rectangles exactly tile the matrix.  These can then be used to paint the backgrounds, or whatever.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{standalone}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{matrix,fit,calc}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand{\labelcells}[3]{%&#xA;% #1 = matrix name&#xA;% #2 = number of rows&#xA;% #3 = number of columns&#xA;\foreach \labelcell@i in {1,...,#2} {&#xA;     \def\labelcell@rownodes{}&#xA;     \foreach \labelcell@j in {1,...,#3} {&#xA;      \pgfutil@ifundefined{pgf@sh@ns@#1-\labelcell@i-\labelcell@j}{}{&#xA;           \xdef\labelcell@rownodes{\labelcell@rownodes\space(#1-\labelcell@i-\labelcell@j)}&#xA;         }&#xA;       }&#xA;       \node[inner sep=0pt,fit=\labelcell@rownodes] (#1-row-\labelcell@i) {};&#xA;     }&#xA;     \foreach \labelcell@j in {1,...,#3} {&#xA;     \def\labelcell@colnodes{}&#xA;     \foreach \labelcell@i in {1,...,#2} {&#xA;      \pgfutil@ifundefined{pgf@sh@ns@#1-\labelcell@i-\labelcell@j}{}{&#xA;           \xdef\labelcell@colnodes{\labelcell@colnodes\space(#1-\labelcell@i-\labelcell@j)}&#xA;         }&#xA;       }&#xA;       \node[inner sep=0pt,fit=\labelcell@colnodes] (#1-col-\labelcell@j) {};&#xA;     }&#xA;&#xA;\coordinate (#1-col-edge-1) at (#1.west);&#xA;\foreach \labelcell@i in {2,...,#3} {&#xA;  \pgfmathparse{int(\labelcell@i - 1)}&#xA;  \edef\labelcell@j{\pgfmathresult}&#xA;\coordinate (#1-col-edge-\labelcell@i) at ($(#1-col-\labelcell@j.west)!.5!(#1-col-\labelcell@i.east)$);&#xA;}&#xA;\pgfmathparse{int(#3+1)}&#xA;\edef\labelcell@j{\pgfmathresult}&#xA;\coordinate (#1-col-edge-\labelcell@j) at (#1.east);&#xA;&#xA;\coordinate (#1-row-edge-1) at (#1.north);&#xA;\foreach \labelcell@i in {2,...,#2} {&#xA;  \pgfmathparse{int(\labelcell@i - 1)}&#xA;  \edef\labelcell@j{\pgfmathresult}&#xA;\coordinate (#1-row-edge-\labelcell@i) at ($(#1-row-\labelcell@j.south)!.5!(#1-row-\labelcell@i.north)$);&#xA;}&#xA;\pgfmathparse{int(#2+1)}&#xA;\edef\labelcell@j{\pgfmathresult}&#xA;\coordinate (#1-row-edge-\labelcell@j) at (#1.south);&#xA;&#xA;\foreach \labelcell@i in {1,...,#2}&#xA;  \foreach \labelcell@j in {1,...,#3} {&#xA;  \pgfmathparse{int(\labelcell@i+1)}&#xA;  \edef\labelcell@ii{\pgfmathresult}&#xA;  \pgfmathparse{int(\labelcell@j+1)}&#xA;  \edef\labelcell@jj{\pgfmathresult}&#xA;    \node[inner sep=0pt,fit=(#1-col-edge-\labelcell@i |- #1-row-edge-\labelcell@j) (#1-col-edge-\labelcell@ii |- #1-row-edge-\labelcell@jj)]  (#1-cell-\labelcell@i-\labelcell@j) {};&#xA;}&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\pgfdeclarelayer{back}&#xA;\pgfsetlayers{back,main}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\matrix [matrix of nodes, row sep=2mm, column sep=1mm, nodes={draw, thick, circle, inner sep=1pt}] (ma)&#xA;     { &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; &amp;amp;[2mm]|[gray]|1\\&#xA;       &amp;amp; &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp;|[gray]|2\\&#xA;      |[gray]|2 &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp;|[gray]|2\\[4mm]&#xA;       3 &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; 3\\&#xA;      };&#xA;\labelcells{ma}{4}{4}&#xA;\begin{pgfonlayer}{back}&#xA;\foreach \i in {1,...,4}&#xA;\foreach \j in {1,...,4} {&#xA;  \pgfmathparse{Mod(\i + \j,2) ? &quot;red&quot; : &quot;blue&quot;}&#xA;  \colorlet{sqbg}{\pgfmathresult}&#xA;       \fill[sqbg] (ma-cell-\i-\j.north west) rectangle (ma-cell-\i-\j.south east);&#xA;}&#xA;\end{pgfonlayer}&#xA; \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastEditorUserId="86" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-23T13:00:40.653" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T13:00:40.653" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="14093" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14090" CreationDate="2011-03-23T11:10:23.470" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can try to set &lt;code&gt;\looseness=1&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\looseness=-1&lt;/code&gt; to make certain paragraphs one line longer or shorter, respectively. This is described in the TeXbook on page 103-104.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4087" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T11:10:23.470" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="14094" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14085" CreationDate="2011-03-23T11:22:21.260" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As Martin said in the comments, you shouldn't really use &lt;code&gt;\sc&lt;/code&gt; any more. Use one of &lt;code&gt;\textsc{foo}&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;{\scshape foo}&lt;/code&gt;. If this doesn't work, perhaps you need to specify a font encoding to make it work. If you're using a non-standard font, it might be that you need to add &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&lt;/code&gt; or the like to your preamble.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Without some more information on what font you're using, whether you're using LaTeX, XeTeX or what have you, we can't really help you further.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T11:22:21.260" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="14095" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-23T11:28:36.513" Score="15" ViewCount="170" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I want to add support for a new language to TeX and friends. What do I need to do to achieve this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;We have had questions about &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/14031/latex-for-the-lao-language&quot;&gt;Lao&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1547/new-language-hyphenation&quot;&gt;Asturian&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/816/215&quot;&gt;Cyrillic&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/12666/tajik-language-in-latex&quot;&gt;Tajik&lt;/a&gt;, but this CW question is supposed to be &lt;em&gt;general&lt;/em&gt; non-specific advice about adding language support.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-31T09:38:39.667" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T09:38:39.667" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-03-23T11:33:07.310" Title="Creating resources for a currently unsupported language" Tags="&lt;languages&gt;" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="14097" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14038" CreationDate="2011-03-23T12:28:25.790" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could employ the &lt;code&gt;tabto&lt;/code&gt; package for this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tabto}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;    \begin{itemize}&#xA;        \item It wouild be nice            \tabto{6cm} foo \tabto{7cm} bar&#xA;        \item If I could get this working  \tabto{6cm} baz \tabto{7cm} quuz &#xA;    \end{itemize}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's not entirely perfect though, as &lt;code&gt;tabto&lt;/code&gt; does not always get the baseline right. In some occasions I had to use &lt;code&gt;\raisebox&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\strut&lt;/code&gt;s to fix this. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3751" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T12:28:25.790" />
  <row Id="14098" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-23T07:52:59.127" Score="6" ViewCount="179" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using this program &quot;Scientific Workplace&quot;, which seems to have a proprietary-non-standard version of LaTeX, i.e., a version that cannot be readily interpreted by standard Latex readers; I uploaded a &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; workplace file to someone who has a LaTeX reader, and no matter how he tried to open it, all he got was a garbled mess.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anyone know how to go around this, i.e., does anyone now if there is a special way of saving a file in Sci Workplace, or some other trick so that a Sci. Workplace-version Latex file can be  read by standard LaTeX readers?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-23T16:21:50.670" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T17:42:59.073" Title="LaTeX from Scientific Workplace" Tags="&lt;latex-general&gt;&lt;conversion&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14099" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14098" CreationDate="2011-03-23T13:33:43.880" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;SWP users have to re-save their work as &lt;code&gt;Portable LaTeX&lt;/code&gt; in order for it to be compilable using normal LaTeX dists. and even then there may be packages in the preabmle that are not found in normal LaTeX dists. These can often bjust be deleted (the document still compiles without them)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3929" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T13:33:43.880" />
  <row Id="14100" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3457" CreationDate="2011-03-23T14:24:16.410" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another page talking about this problem:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/1788598/how-to-force-two-figures-to-stay-on-the-same-page-in-latex&quot;&gt;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/1788598/how-to-force-two-figures-to-stay-on-the-same-page-in-latex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4395" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T14:24:16.410" />
  <row Id="14101" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13984" CreationDate="2011-03-23T14:25:34.257" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I found an answer to this. Change &lt;code&gt;\bibstyle&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;plain&lt;/code&gt; in your &lt;code&gt;.aux&lt;/code&gt; file, and delete the &lt;code&gt;\citation{biblatex-control}&lt;/code&gt; line. &lt;code&gt;bibtool&lt;/code&gt; should now be able to read your bibliography as per usual. (You might also want to remove &lt;code&gt;test-blx.bib&lt;/code&gt; from the &lt;code&gt;\bibdata&lt;/code&gt; thing, I can't remember if it works without that)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T14:25:34.257" />
  <row Id="14102" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-23T15:16:48.977" Score="9" ViewCount="109" Body="&lt;p&gt;When working with MacTeX 2010, I noticed that xelatex generates files considerably smaller than pdflatex on the same input.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Even with the small example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt]{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Test&#xA;\end{document}  &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;pdflatex generates a pdf-file around 10KB, while xelatex produces one around 2KB. With larger projects, I was still able to reduce the size by a factor of 2 with no noticable changes in the output.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anyone know what causes the difference in the file size?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4396" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T15:37:06.570" Title="File size difference between xelatex and pdflatex" Tags="&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;pdftex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="14103" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14102" CreationDate="2011-03-23T15:37:06.570" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For you minimal example it is the font format which makes the difference. This can be seen by comparing the PDFs in an editor which supports binary (like vim).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also &lt;code&gt;pdffonts&lt;/code&gt; is helpful:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;xelatex: (1874 bytes compressed, 2444 bytes uncompressed)&#xA;name                                 type              emb sub uni object ID&#xA;------------------------------------ ----------------- --- --- --- ---------&#xA;ZOJBFE+CMR10                         Type 1C           yes yes no       6  0&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;pdflatex: (10785 bytes compressed, 11677 bytes uncompressed)&#xA;name                                 type              emb sub uni object ID&#xA;------------------------------------ ----------------- --- --- --- ---------&#xA;SLFVOY+CMR10                         Type 1            yes yes no       2  0&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://linux.die.net/man/1/pdffonts&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;pdffonts&lt;/code&gt; manual&lt;/a&gt; states that &quot;Type 1C&quot; is the &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/PostScript_fonts#Compact_Font_Format&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Compact Font Format (CFF)&lt;/a&gt; which is as the name says more compact.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;With larger projects, I was still able to reduce the size by a factor of 2 with no noticeable changes in the output.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It depends on what font you are using and what you mean with &quot;larger&quot;. I recently figured out that changing to T1 increase a 9-page manual (&lt;code&gt;ydoc&lt;/code&gt; package) from 217K to 323K. Changing to the &lt;code&gt;libertine&lt;/code&gt; font makes 482K out of it. See &#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/2198/2975&quot;&gt;How to create small final PDF files for the Internet&lt;/a&gt; for tips on how to reduce the file size.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T15:37:06.570" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14104" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-23T16:20:28.513" Score="2" ViewCount="82" Body="&lt;p&gt;Normally, my captions stay with the table&lt;br&gt;&#xA;(cannot remember my exact example - couldn't replicate it - but I am now using the &lt;code&gt;booktabs&lt;/code&gt; package anyway so let us take this one just in case this one is easy to solve...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can you see any reason here why the caption may not be &quot;glued&quot; to the table?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;I want the caption to definitely stay on the same page (and in this case above the table)  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,10pt]{scrartcl}&#xA;\usepackage{booktabs}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\usepackage{dcolumn}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{table}&#xA;\caption{Investment overview}\label{tab:Invest}&#xA;\centering&#xA;\begin{tabular}{@{\raggedright}p{4.5cm}@{\kern-30pt}*{6}{&amp;gt;{\small}r}@{}}\toprule&#xA;\textit{Alternative 1}  &amp;amp;  Time of     &amp;amp; Year\\[-2pt]&#xA;                        &amp;amp;  investment  &amp;amp; 2006 &amp;amp; 2007 &amp;amp; 2008 &amp;amp; 2008 &amp;amp; 2010 \\ \bottomrule&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3992" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-23T20:57:00.157" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T20:57:00.157" Title="How to &quot;glue&quot; the caption to the table (stay on the same page as the table)" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;captions&gt;&lt;page-breaking&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="14105" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14104" CreationDate="2011-03-23T16:28:54.750" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the shown example the caption will always be on the same page as the table (&lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt;) because they are inside a &lt;code&gt;table&lt;/code&gt; float which doesn't allow page breaks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Possibilities why the caption could move:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;You do not place them into a &lt;code&gt;table&lt;/code&gt; float, e.g. because you want to place them at a specific position and do not want them to float. In this case (actually all cases) it is a good idea to not have an empty line between &lt;code&gt;\caption&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}&lt;/code&gt; because this adds a paragraph between both!&#xA;Also you can place both then into a box, e.g. inside a &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt; environment which will glue them together so that they are not split across pages.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;You are using a special style for &lt;code&gt;table&lt;/code&gt;, like the ones provided by the &lt;code&gt;float&lt;/code&gt; package. Then the caption will be placed at the position defined by the style, not by your code. However, the caption would still be always at the same page as the content.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T16:28:54.750" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="14107" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14108" CreationDate="2011-03-23T17:00:45.497" Score="5" ViewCount="107" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is a hypothetical scenario. I want to make a beamer presentation and a handout for that presentation. I start my file as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newif\ifhandout&#xA;\handouttrue&#xA;\ifhandout&#xA;\PassOptionsToClass{handout}{beamer}&#xA;\fi&#xA;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;&#xA;\ifhandout&#xA;\usepackage{pgfpages}&#xA;\pgfpagesuselayout{4 on 1}[a4paper,landscape,border shrink=5mm]&#xA;\fi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, what I'd like to add to this conditional-fu is a command that tells LaTeX to compile to &lt;code&gt;handout-\jobname.pdf&lt;/code&gt; if the relevant statement is true. Is this sort of thing possible, or can I only do this from the command line?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've not added the beamer tag because this is not a question about beamer. I couldn't think of any other tags that this might fall under.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-23T17:04:47.857" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T18:30:42.387" Title="Telling LaTeX where to compile to from inside your document?" Tags="&lt;compiling&gt;&lt;conditionals&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="14108" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14107" CreationDate="2011-03-23T17:24:56.453" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Depending on your environment, you could try doing it the other way around: have &lt;code&gt;presentation.tex&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;presentation-handout.tex&lt;/code&gt;, the latter being a symlink to the former, and inspect &lt;code&gt;\jobname&lt;/code&gt; to decide. Or have a wrapper file for the handut that does a few &lt;code&gt;\RequirePackages&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\AtBeginDocuments&lt;/code&gt;, this depends a lot on how  much you need.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1860" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T17:24:56.453" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14109" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-23T17:42:29.767" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;amsart&lt;/code&gt; uses the same input tagging scheme as &lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt;, with some differences in the organization of title, author, and other top matter.  In addition, it incorporates the &lt;code&gt;amsthm&lt;/code&gt; conventions, &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;amsfonts&lt;/code&gt; (extra symbols and Euler alphabets).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An article prepared with unmodified &lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&lt;/code&gt; can have the class replaced by &lt;code&gt;amsart&lt;/code&gt; with minimal file changes to produce an article in the AMS journal style.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="579" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-23T17:45:57.867" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T17:45:57.867" />
  <row Id="14110" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-23T17:42:29.767" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="a document class provided by AMS, roughly equivalent to `article`, but conforming to AMS journal style" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="579" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-23T17:46:00.580" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T17:46:00.580" />
  <row Id="14111" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-23T17:47:10.177" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;amsbook&lt;/code&gt; uses the same input tagging scheme as &lt;code&gt;book&lt;/code&gt;, and is intended for preparation of monographs and other documents with chapters.  In addition, it incorporates the &lt;code&gt;amsthm&lt;/code&gt; conventions, &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;amsfonts&lt;/code&gt; (extra symbols and Euler alphabets).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A monograph prepared with unmodified &lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&lt;/code&gt; can have the class replaced by &lt;code&gt;amsbook&lt;/code&gt; with minimal file changes to produce a book in the AMS style.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="579" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-23T17:49:56.367" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T17:49:56.367" />
  <row Id="14112" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-23T17:47:10.177" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="a document class provided by AMS, roughly equivalent to `book`, but conforming to AMS monograph style&#xD;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="579" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-23T17:49:43.603" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T17:49:43.603" />
  <row Id="14113" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14121" CreationDate="2011-03-23T17:50:17.253" Score="16" ViewCount="207" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to tell TeX to avoid breaking the page after the first word of a sentence?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;...&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  ...&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  He was quite dead. Apparently his neck had been&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  broken. The lightning flashed for a third time, and&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  his face leaped upon me. I sprang to my feet. It&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  (text continues on next page)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And then you have to turn the page for the rest of the sentence. It's not in a line on it's own so it can't be penalized like an orphan line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can TeX be told, to resolve these by, say, breaking the page before that first word?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Note:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Although the answers given below are very informative, the general consensus had been that the best practice is to leave this for the proofreaders to spot, and then fix manually.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="831" LastEditorUserId="831" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-25T08:33:18.667" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T23:21:30.873" Title="Avoiding a page break after the first word of a sentence" Tags="&lt;page-breaking&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="3" />
  <row Id="14114" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14061" CreationDate="2011-03-23T17:58:51.143" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is an alternative solution, by explicitly comparing the x and y values of the node borders and finding the min/max for each row and column. The code is basically just a bunch of nested &lt;code&gt;\foreach&lt;/code&gt; loops (made unreadable by added &lt;code&gt;ck@&lt;/code&gt;'s to avoid name clashes). The drawback of this method is that it doesn't take added whitespace (e.g. via &lt;code&gt;\\[4mm]&lt;/code&gt;) into account. It wouldn't be too hard to add that though (by comparing with &lt;code&gt;xmin&lt;/code&gt;/&lt;code&gt;ymax&lt;/code&gt; of the next column/row).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/25YNW.png&quot; alt=&quot;result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{matrix}&#xA;&#xA;\pgfdeclarelayer{back}&#xA;\pgfsetlayers{back,main}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;% draw a checkerboard in the background of a matrix&#xA;% #1: name of the matrix&#xA;% #2: rows in the matrix&#xA;% #3: columns in the matrix&#xA;% #4: row sep&#xA;% #5: column sep&#xA;% #6: first color&#xA;% #7: second color&#xA;\newcommand\checkermatrix[7]{&#xA;    \def\ck@rows{#2}&#xA;    \def\ck@cols{#3}&#xA;    \begin{pgfonlayer}{back}&#xA;        \foreach \ck@row in {1,...,\ck@rows} {&#xA;            % find minimum and maximum y coordinate for the row&#xA;            \pgfextracty\pgf@ya{\pgfpointanchor{#1}{north}}&#xA;            \edef\ck@ymin{\the\pgf@ya}&#xA;            \pgfextracty\pgf@ya{\pgfpointanchor{#1}{south}}&#xA;            \edef\ck@ymax{\the\pgf@ya}&#xA;            \foreach \ck@col in {1,...,\ck@cols} {&#xA;                \pgfutil@ifundefined{pgf@sh@ns@#1-\ck@row-\ck@col}{}{&#xA;                    \pgfextracty\pgf@ya{\pgfpointanchor{#1-\ck@row-\ck@col}{south}}&#xA;                    \pgfmathparse{min(\ck@ymin,\the\pgf@ya)}&#xA;                    \xdef\ck@ymin{\pgfmathresult}&#xA;                    \pgfextracty\pgf@ya{\pgfpointanchor{#1-\ck@row-\ck@col}{north}}&#xA;                    \pgfmathparse{max(\ck@ymax,\the\pgf@ya)}&#xA;                    \xdef\ck@ymax{\pgfmathresult}&#xA;                }&#xA;            }&#xA;            % adjust for row separation&#xA;            \pgfmathsetmacro{\ck@ymin}{\ck@ymin - #4/2}&#xA;            \pgfmathsetmacro{\ck@ymax}{\ck@ymax + #4/2}&#xA;&#xA;            % loop through nodes in the row&#xA;            \foreach \ck@col in {1,...,\ck@cols} {&#xA;                % find x coordinates of the boundary&#xA;                \pgfextractx\pgf@xa{\pgfpointanchor{#1}{east}}&#xA;                \edef\ck@xmin{\the\pgf@xa}&#xA;                \pgfextractx\pgf@xa{\pgfpointanchor{#1}{west}}&#xA;                \edef\ck@xmax{\the\pgf@xa}&#xA;                \foreach \ck@rrow in {1,...,\ck@rows} {&#xA;                    \pgfutil@ifundefined{pgf@sh@ns@#1-\ck@rrow-\ck@col}{}{&#xA;                        \pgfextractx\pgf@xa{\pgfpointanchor{#1-\ck@rrow-\ck@col}{west}}&#xA;                        \pgfmathparse{min(\ck@xmin,\the\pgf@xa)}&#xA;                        \xdef\ck@xmin{\pgfmathresult}&#xA;                        \pgfextractx\pgf@xa{\pgfpointanchor{#1-\ck@rrow-\ck@col}{east}}&#xA;                        \pgfmathparse{max(\ck@xmax,\the\pgf@xa)}&#xA;                        \xdef\ck@xmax{\pgfmathresult}&#xA;                    }&#xA;                }&#xA;                % adjust for col separation&#xA;                \pgfmathsetmacro{\ck@xmin}{\ck@xmin - #5/2}&#xA;                \pgfmathsetmacro{\ck@xmax}{\ck@xmax + #5/2}&#xA;&#xA;                % define color&#xA;                \pgfmathparse{Mod(\ck@row + \ck@col,2) ? &quot;#6&quot; : &quot;#7&quot;}&#xA;                \colorlet{sqbg}{\pgfmathresult}&#xA;&#xA;                \fill[sqbg] (\ck@xmin*1pt,\ck@ymin*1pt) rectangle (\ck@xmax*1pt, \ck@ymax*1pt);&#xA;            }&#xA;        } &#xA;    \end{pgfonlayer}&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\matrix [matrix of nodes,&#xA;         row sep=2mm,&#xA;         column sep=1mm,&#xA;         nodes={draw, thick, circle, inner sep=1pt},&#xA;         cells={fill=red}] (ma)&#xA; {&#xA;   &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; &amp;amp;[2mm]|[gray]|1\\&#xA;   &amp;amp; &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp;|[gray]|2\\&#xA;   |[gray]|2 &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp;|[gray]|222\\[4mm]&#xA;   3 &amp;amp; &amp;amp; &amp;amp; 3\\&#xA; };&#xA;&#xA;\checkermatrix{ma}{4}{4}{2mm}{1mm}{red}{blue}&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T17:58:51.143" />
  <row Id="14115" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14113" CreationDate="2011-03-23T18:00:31.110" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I never heard about some automatic feature which does that.&#xA;You can of course use &lt;code&gt;~&lt;/code&gt; (unbreakable space) between the first and second word of the particular or every sentence. Then (La)TeX will never break the line at this point.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Better would be to add &lt;code&gt;\nopagebreak&lt;/code&gt; between this words. However doing so in every sentence is much more obstructive than &lt;code&gt;~&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-23T18:45:43.917" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T18:45:43.917" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14116" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14078" CreationDate="2011-03-23T18:14:02.803" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here the definition plus demonstration code of &lt;code&gt;\Temporal&lt;/code&gt;.&#xA;It works like &lt;code&gt;\temporal&lt;/code&gt; but uses boxes like the &lt;code&gt;\Alt&lt;/code&gt; suggested by me in &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/13793&quot;&gt;Beamer alt command like visible instead of like only&lt;/a&gt;. In addition I added an optional argument which can be used to align the narrower alternatives to the left, middle or right (&lt;code&gt;[l]&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;[c]&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;[r]&lt;/code&gt;). This was necessary to support centered array cells.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;% Detect mode. mathpalette is used to detect the used math style&#xA;\renewcommand&amp;lt;&amp;gt;\Temporal[4][l]{%&#xA;    \begingroup&#xA;    \ifmmode&#xA;        \expandafter\mathpalette&#xA;        \expandafter\math@Temporal&#xA;    \else&#xA;        \expandafter\make@Temporal&#xA;    \fi&#xA;    {{#2}{#3}{#4}{#1}{#5}}%&#xA;    \endgroup&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% Un-brace the second argument (required because \mathpalette reads the three arguments as one&#xA;\newcommand\math@Temporal[2]{\math@@Temporal{#1}#2}&#xA;&#xA;% Set the three arguments in boxes. The math style is given by #1. \m@th sets \mathsurround to 0.&#xA;\newcommand\math@@Temporal[4]{%&#xA;    \setbox\z@ \hbox{$\m@th #1{#2}$}%&#xA;    \setbox\@ne\hbox{$\m@th #1{#3}$}%&#xA;    \setbox\tw@\hbox{$\m@th #1{#4}$}%&#xA;    \@Temporal&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% Un-brace the argument&#xA;\newcommand\make@Temporal[1]{\make@@Temporal#1}&#xA;&#xA;% Set the two arguments into normal boxes&#xA;\newcommand\make@@Temporal[3]{%&#xA;    \sbox\z@ {#1}%&#xA;    \sbox\@ne{#2}%&#xA;    \sbox\tw@{#3}%&#xA;    \@Temporal&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% Place one of the two boxes using \rlap and place a \phantom box with the maximum of the two boxes&#xA;\newcommand\@Temporal[2]{%&#xA;    \setbox\@tempboxa\null&#xA;    \ht\@tempboxa&#xA;    \ifnum\ht\z@&amp;gt;\ht\@ne&#xA;        \ifnum\ht\z@&amp;gt;\ht\tw@&#xA;            \ht\z@&#xA;        \else&#xA;            \ht\tw@&#xA;        \fi&#xA;    \else&#xA;        \ifnum\ht\@ne&amp;gt;\ht\tw@&#xA;            \ht\@ne&#xA;        \else&#xA;            \ht\tw@&#xA;        \fi&#xA;    \fi&#xA;    \dp\@tempboxa&#xA;    \ifnum\dp\z@&amp;gt;\dp\@ne&#xA;        \ifnum\dp\z@&amp;gt;\dp\tw@&#xA;            \dp\z@&#xA;        \else&#xA;            \dp\tw@&#xA;        \fi&#xA;    \else&#xA;        \ifnum\dp\@ne&amp;gt;\dp\tw@&#xA;            \dp\@ne&#xA;        \else&#xA;            \dp\tw@&#xA;        \fi&#xA;    \fi&#xA;    \wd\@tempboxa&#xA;    \ifnum\wd\z@&amp;gt;\wd\@ne&#xA;        \ifnum\wd\z@&amp;gt;\wd\tw@&#xA;            \wd\z@&#xA;        \else&#xA;            \wd\tw@&#xA;        \fi&#xA;    \else&#xA;        \ifnum\wd\@ne&amp;gt;\wd\tw@&#xA;            \wd\@ne&#xA;        \else&#xA;            \wd\tw@&#xA;        \fi&#xA;    \fi&#xA;    % The \hfil's center the content. Remove one or both of them to right or left align them:&#xA;    \rlap{\hbox to \wd\@tempboxa{%&#xA;        \ifx l#1\else\hfil\fi&#xA;        \temporal#2%&#xA;            {\box\z@}%&#xA;            {\box\@ne}%&#xA;            {\box\tw@}%&#xA;        \ifx r#1\else\hfil\fi&#xA;    }}%&#xA;    \box\@tempboxa&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;% Test the different modes and math styles&#xA;\begin{frame}&amp;lt;1-3&amp;gt;&#xA;Display:&#xA;\[&#xA;\begin{split}&#xA;\frac{dy}{dx} &amp;amp;= \left(\frac{2x}{x^2+1} + \frac{1}{2(x+3)} - \frac{1}{x-1}&#xA;\right)&#xA;\Temporal&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;{\frac{(x^2+1)\sqrt{x+3}}{x-1}}{y}{\int_x^y z}.&#xA;\end{split}&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;In-Text:&#xA;\(&#xA;\frac{dy}{dx} = \left(\frac{2x}{x^2+1} + \frac{1}{2(x+3)} - \frac{1}{x-1}&#xA;\right)&#xA;\Temporal&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;{\frac{(x^2+1)\sqrt{x+3}}{x-1}}{y}{\int_x^y z}.&#xA;\)&#xA;&#xA;Subscript:&#xA;\(&#xA;\frac{dy}{dx} = \left(\frac{2x}{x^2+1} + \frac{1}{2(x+3)} - \frac{1}{x-1}&#xA;\right) X_{\Temporal&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;{\frac{(x^2+1)\sqrt{x+3}}{x-1}}{y}{\int_x^y z}}.&#xA;\)&#xA;\[&#xA;\frac{dy}{dx} = \left(\frac{2x}{x^2+1} + \frac{1}{2(x+3)} - \frac{1}{x-1}&#xA;\right) X_{\Temporal&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;{\frac{(x^2+1)\sqrt{x+3}}{x-1}}{y}{\int_x^y z}}.&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;Sub-Subscript:&#xA;\(&#xA;\frac{dy}{dx} = \left(\frac{2x}{x^2+1} + \frac{1}{2(x+3)} - \frac{1}{x-1}&#xA;\right) X_{X_{\Temporal&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;{\frac{(x^2+1)\sqrt{x+3}}{x-1}}{y}{\int_x^y z}}}.&#xA;\)&#xA;\[&#xA;\frac{dy}{dx} = \left(\frac{2x}{x^2+1} + \frac{1}{2(x+3)} - \frac{1}{x-1}&#xA;\right) X_{X_{\Temporal&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;{\frac{(x^2+1)\sqrt{x+3}}{x-1}}{y}{\int_x^y z}}}.&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;Text-mode:&#xA;XXXX  \Temporal&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;{aaaaa}{Ag}{AAAA}.&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\begin{frame}&amp;lt;1-3&amp;gt;&#xA;    \[ \left(&#xA;    \begin{array}{ccc}&#xA;        \Temporal&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;[r]{\frac{(x^2+1)\sqrt{x+3}}{x-1}}{y}{\int_x^y z} &amp;amp; &#xA;        \Temporal&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;[c]{\frac{(x^2+1)\sqrt{x+3}}{x-1}}{y}{\int_x^y z} &amp;amp; &#xA;        \Temporal&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;[l]{\frac{(x^2+1)\sqrt{x+3}}{x-1}}{y}{\int_x^y z} \\&#xA;        \Temporal&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;[l]{\frac{(x^2+1)\sqrt{x+3}}{x-1}}{y}{\int_x^y z} &amp;amp; &#xA;        \Temporal&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;[c]{\frac{(x^2+1)\sqrt{x+3}}{x-1}}{y}{\int_x^y z} &amp;amp; &#xA;        \Temporal&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;[r]{\frac{(x^2+1)\sqrt{x+3}}{x-1}}{y}{\int_x^y z} \\&#xA;        \Temporal&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;[c]{&amp;lt;2}{=2}{&amp;gt;2} &amp;amp;&#xA;        \Temporal&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;{\int x}{\iint x}{\oint x} \\&#xA;    \end{array}&#xA;        \right)&#xA;    \]&#xA;&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/QMs7U.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slide 1&quot;&gt;&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/59WAD.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slide 2&quot;&gt;&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/pxwLP.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slide 3&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(the size differences in the images is due to different cropping)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T18:14:02.803" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="14117" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14107" CreationDate="2011-03-23T18:30:42.387" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can't change the jobname from inside the document. (Ok, you could do some &lt;code&gt;\write18&lt;/code&gt; trickery to compile the document with a different compiler instance...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The simplest thing to do would to create a wrapper file for the handout:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% handout.tex&#xA;\PassOptionsToClass{handout}{beamer}&#xA;\input{presenation}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Where &lt;code&gt;presentation.tex&lt;/code&gt; is your presentation file. Then you get &lt;code&gt;presentation.pdf&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;handout.pdf&lt;/code&gt;. Note that if you use these commands on the command line the jobname will be the one of the &lt;code&gt;\input&lt;/code&gt; file. You would need to use &lt;code&gt;-jobname&lt;/code&gt; to change that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T18:30:42.387" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="14118" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14113" CreationDate="2011-03-23T18:31:35.500" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A possible, but non-TeX resolution could be to &lt;code&gt;sed&lt;/code&gt; the text source this way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;sed 's/\([\!?\.&quot;'&quot;'&quot;'] \+\)\([^ ]\+\) \+/\1\2\\nopagebreak\\ /g' file.tex &amp;gt; file.sed.tex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's a bit of an insecure trick, but it will turn&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;&quot;I was walking through the roads to clear my brain,&quot; he said. &quot;And suddenly--fire, earthquake, death!&quot; He relapsed into silence, with his chin now sunken almost to his knees. Presently he began waving his hand. &quot;All the work--all the Sunday schools--What have we done--what has Weybridge done?&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Into:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;&quot;I was walking through the roads to clear my brain,&quot; he\nopagebreak\ said. &quot;And\nopagebreak\ suddenly--fire, earthquake, death!&quot; He\nopagebreak\ relapsed into silence, with his chin now sunken almost to his knees. Presently\nopagebreak\ he began waving his hand. &quot;All\nopagebreak\ the work--all the Sunday schools--What have we done--what has Weybridge done?&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(It doesn't change the first `&quot;I was...&quot; because the line (and the paragraph) begins there)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="831" LastEditorUserId="831" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-23T19:33:46.380" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T19:33:46.380" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="14119" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-23T18:47:01.917" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;These class are used for publishing Springer's Lecture Notes in Computer Science and related publications. They are &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.springer.com/computer/lncs?SGWID=0-164-6-793341-0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;available from Springer Verlag's website&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-23T18:47:14.230" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T18:47:14.230" />
  <row Id="14120" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-23T18:47:01.917" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="Questions about the Lecture Notes in Computer Science document classes from Springer." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-23T18:47:16.693" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T18:47:16.693" />
  <row Id="14121" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14113" CreationDate="2011-03-23T19:32:24.090" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT&lt;/strong&gt;: I forgot to mention that although this whole answer works in simple cases, it is a bad idea to rely on it for anything serious, since it can break in many different ways. Typically, catcode changes are a bad idea...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT&lt;/strong&gt;: Lev Bishop pointed out that inserting &lt;code&gt;\nopagebreak&lt;/code&gt; after each first word of a sentence is too much, because it will forbid line breaks after each line containing the first word of a sentence. Here, I fixed this problem by using the auxiliary file, and checking the page number on both sides of the space following the first word of the sentence.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is also possible to make &lt;code&gt;.&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;!&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;?&lt;/code&gt; active, let them read the next word and place &lt;code&gt;\nopagebreak&lt;/code&gt; after the first word of each sentence (except the first one of a paragraph). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thing are more complicated if we still want to use &lt;code&gt;.&lt;/code&gt; in dimensions (e.g., &lt;code&gt;width=3.4cm&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt;). Also, the last punctuation of a paragraph needs special treatment (in particular when the paragraph does not quite finish with that punctuation (e.g. quotes)...).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hopefully, the code below works. Currently, I've inserted &lt;code&gt;*&lt;/code&gt; after &lt;code&gt;\nopagebreak&lt;/code&gt;, just to visualize the places where a &lt;code&gt;\nopagebreak&lt;/code&gt; is inserted. Of course, remove it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a5paper]{article}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;% \begin{macro}&#xA;% The code below inserts &quot;\eos@text&quot; each time a space following the&#xA;% first word of the sentence falls on the separation between two pages.&#xA;%    \begin{macrocode}&#xA;\newcommand{\eos@text}{\nopagebreak[4]*}&#xA;%    \end{macrocode}&#xA;% \end{macro}&#xA;% &#xA;% \begin{macro}{\eos@active,\eos@active@text}&#xA;%   &#xA;%   &quot;#1&quot; is the character (&quot;.&quot;, &quot;!&quot;, &quot;?&quot;) that ended the sentence.&#xA;%   We distinguih various cases depending on the following non-space &#xA;%   character, &quot;#2&quot;. In every case, we start by putting the&#xA;%   punctuation &quot;#1&quot; back.&#xA;%   &#xA;%   If &quot;#2&quot; is a digit, we assume that we are in the middle of a&#xA;%   number such as &quot;width=5.3em&quot; in, say, &quot;\includegraphics&quot;.&#xA;%   (This is only relevant for &quot;.&quot;, though.)&#xA;%   &#xA;%   If &quot;#2&quot; is &quot;\par&quot;, that means that the punctuation is the last &#xA;%   one in the paragraph, so we can safely do nothing.&#xA;%   &#xA;%   If &quot;#2&quot; is a quote, we need to treat things differently. (Here&#xA;%   we actually pretend that the quote is in fact the end-of-sentence.)&#xA;%   &#xA;%   Finally, in every other case, we grab the first word and place&#xA;%   a non-breakable space afterwards.&#xA;%   &#xA;%   In each case, we put back what directly followed the punctuation&#xA;%   right after our test.&#xA;% &#xA;%   \begin{macrocode}&#xA;\newcommand{\eos@active}[2]{%&#xA;  #1%&#xA;  \ifnum9&amp;lt;1#2\space &#xA;  \else&#xA;    \ifx\par#2%&#xA;    \else&#xA;      \ifx'#2%&#xA;        \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;        \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\eos@active&#xA;      \else&#xA;        \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;        \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\eos@active@text&#xA;      \fi&#xA;    \fi&#xA;  \fi&#xA;  #2%&#xA;}&#xA;%    \end{macrocode}&#xA;%    Grabbing the following word: the first &quot;\newcommand&quot; checks that&#xA;%    the command is not already defined. Then we define it through &quot;\def&quot;&#xA;%    because its argument is a bit more complicated than usual, delimited&#xA;%    by a space. Also to note is the initial space (before &quot;#1&quot;): that &#xA;%    was lost in our test, and we put it back.&#xA;%    &#xA;%    Earlier, we were putting a &quot;\nopagebreak&quot; after that first word,&#xA;%    but now, we do something more tricky, only putting a &quot;\nopagebreak&quot;&#xA;%    if at the previous run of LaTeX there was a page break there.&#xA;%    &#xA;%    \begin{macrocode}&#xA;\newcommand{\eos@active@text}{}&#xA;\def\eos@active@text#1 { #1\eos@space}&#xA;%    \end{macrocode}&#xA;% \end{macro}&#xA;&#xA;% \begin{macro}{\eos@space}&#xA;%   As Lev Bishop mentions, putting &quot;\nopagebreak&quot; forbids a page break&#xA;%   after the current line. So we don't want to always insert a page &#xA;%   break! The test \emph{is} crazy\ldots Too lazy to explain the &#xA;%   details. &quot;\count0&quot; is the page number, &quot;\write&quot; rather than &#xA;%   &quot;\immediate\write&quot; in order to get the page number when typeset&#xA;%   rather than when read. &quot;\csname eos@mark@\the\count0\endcsname&quot;&#xA;%   creates a control sequence (equal to relax) corresponding to the&#xA;%   page number. And the test &quot;\eos@pagetest&quot; checks whether the&#xA;%   control sequence corresponding to the page \emph{after} the space&#xA;%   is already defined. If it is, we write something to the aux file.&#xA;%   &#xA;%   &#xA;%   \begin{macrocode}&#xA;\newcount\eos@current&#xA;\newcount\eos@pageno&#xA;\newcommand{\eos@space}{%&#xA;  \advance\eos@current by\@ne&#xA;  \write\@mainaux{\relax&#xA;    \expandafter\@gobble\csname eos@mark@\the\count0\endcsname}%&#xA;  \csname eos@\romannumeral\eos@current\endcsname&#xA;  \space&#xA;  \write\expandafter\@mainaux\expandafter{%&#xA;    \expandafter\eos@pagetest\expandafter{\romannumeral\eos@current}\relax}%&#xA;}&#xA;%   \end{macrocode}&#xA;% \end{macro}&#xA;% &#xA;% \begin{macro}{\eos@pagetest}&#xA;%   If the page number is a brand new page number (i.e. if &#xA;%   &quot;\csname eos@mark@\the\count0\endcsname&quot; is not yet defined),&#xA;%   we write something to the aux file. Otherwise, we don't do anything.&#xA;%    \begin{macrocode}&#xA;\newcommand{\eos@pagetest}[1]{%&#xA;  \unless\ifcsname eos@mark@\the\count0\endcsname&#xA;  \noexpand\eos@rewrite{\gdef\csname eos@#1\endcsname{\noexpand\eos@text}}%&#xA;  \fi&#xA;}%&#xA;\newcommand{\eos@rewrite}[1]{#1%&#xA;  \ifx\usepackage\documentclass&#xA;  \expandafter\@gobble&#xA;  \else&#xA;  \expandafter\AtBeginDocument&#xA;  \fi&#xA;  {\immediate\write\@mainaux{\unexpanded{\eos@rewrite{#1}}}}%&#xA;}&#xA;%    \end{macrocode}&#xA;%    &quot;\eos@rewrite&quot; is meant for use in the aux file, and &#xA;%    rewrites itself to the aux file. The test is very bad, &#xA;%    checks whether we are reading the aux file at the start&#xA;%    or the end of the document (any better test?).&#xA;%&#xA;%    If we didn't rewrite, a space that changes page would lead&#xA;%    to inserting &quot;\nopagebreak[4]&quot;, but at the next run that would&#xA;%    prevent a page break. Then the space would no longer be at the&#xA;%    change of a page. So it would not insert &quot;\nopagebreak[4]&quot; for&#xA;%    the next run. Thus, in the next run, the space would (probably)&#xA;%    be at the change of pages again, etc. &#xA;%    &#xA;%    So we make that &quot;\nopagebreak&quot; resilient. If you need to reset &#xA;%    all of this, just delete the .aux file.&#xA;% \end{macro}&#xA;%  &#xA;&#xA;% \begin{macro}{\activate@eos}&#xA;%     It's better to make &quot;.&quot;, &quot;!&quot;, &quot;?&quot; at &quot;\begin{document}&quot;.&#xA;%     For that we define &quot;\activate@eos&quot; which makes its &#xA;%     argument active, and defines it to be an end-of-sentence (&quot;eos&quot;).&#xA;%     \begin{macrocode}&#xA;\newcommand{\activate@eos}[1]{%&#xA;  \begingroup&#xA;  \lccode`\~`#1\space&#xA;  \lowercase{%&#xA;    \endgroup&#xA;    \catcode`#1=13\relax&#xA;    \newcommand{~}{\eos@active{#1}}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;\AtBeginDocument{%&#xA;  \activate@eos{.}%&#xA;  \activate@eos{!}%&#xA;  \activate@eos{?}%&#xA;}&#xA;%     \end{macrocode}&#xA;%   Am I missing a possible end-of-sentence marker?&#xA;% \end{document}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;% ==========================================================&#xA;% Just for demonstration&#xA;\usepackage[text={5cm,36pt}]{geometry}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;% We repeat the text until it fills 10 pages.&#xA;\loop\ifnum\count0&amp;lt;10\relax &#xA;Greetings. He will. Will he? No, he won't. Maybe not, anyways. Although, perhaps. And that changes. Constantly. Is it worth? It really is not. Short sentences, why? To test better. Make sure it works!&#xA;&#xA;I'm lazy. So copy. And paste. Repeating the same. Many times. Of course! Just a bit more.&#xA;&#xA;\repeat&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastEditorUserId="2707" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-25T23:21:30.873" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T23:21:30.873" CommentCount="17" />
  <row Id="14122" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-23T19:49:51.983" Score="2" ViewCount="70" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm a markdown user, and am just getting my feet wet in latex for PDF creation.  I'm using Pandoc and MikTex on Windows 7.  The following command gives me a nice PDF document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;markdown2pdf myfile.text&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How do I change the styles of the PDF?  (Page margin, font size, etc).  I've tried using the &quot;-V&quot; option to add styling information...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;markdown2pdf -V fontsize=18pt myfile.text&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;...But it doesn't make any difference in the resulting PDF file.  What am I doing wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4402" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T20:04:36.847" Title="How do I change styles in markdown2pdf?" Tags="&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;miktex&gt;&lt;windows&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14123" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14122" CreationDate="2011-03-23T20:04:36.847" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There exists a templating system that comes with &lt;code&gt;pandoc&lt;/code&gt;, as described in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://johnmacfarlane.net/pandoc/README.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;User Guide&lt;/a&gt;, but see the &lt;a href=&quot;http://johnmacfarlane.net/pandoc/README.html#templates&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Templates&lt;/a&gt; section.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.kieranhealy.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Kieran Healy&lt;/a&gt; has some &lt;a href=&quot;https://github.com/kjhealy/pandoc-templates&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;nice templates&lt;/a&gt; that you could try first, before building your own.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2580" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T20:04:36.847" />
  <row Id="14124" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14125" CreationDate="2011-03-23T21:31:51.950" Score="3" ViewCount="56" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using KOMA script and the &lt;code&gt;subfig&lt;/code&gt; package like this&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper,BCOR10mm,DIV11,toc=listof]{scrbook}&#xA;\usepackage[caption=false, font=footnotesize, justification=RaggedRight]{subfig}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;caption=false&lt;/code&gt; option is added in order to retain caption handling from &lt;code&gt;scrbook&lt;/code&gt;. Now I would like to prevent entries for some figures from appearing in my LOF. a) Because I have some &lt;code&gt;\ContinuedFloat&lt;/code&gt; figures and b) because I don't want figures from the appendices to appear in the LOF.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now I know that I can suppress a LOF entry by leaving the optional caption argument empty like this&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\caption[]{Bla bla}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but only IF I load the &lt;code&gt;caption&lt;/code&gt; package or remove the &lt;code&gt;caption=false&lt;/code&gt; option from the &lt;code&gt;subfig&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now doing this unfortunately messes up some of my subfloat captions where space is tight. I could try fixing these manually, but maybe there is an alternative. So here are my two questions (the second one corresponding to the manually editing option..):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Is there a way to suppress selected figures from appearing in the LOF without using the &lt;code&gt;caption&lt;/code&gt; package while still numbering the figures?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;What would be the command(s) from the &lt;code&gt;caption&lt;/code&gt; package that I could use to set the indent for selected (!) subfloat captions to zero, i.e. such that the second line starts without any indent?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: Add minimal example for the second question.&#xA;Ok, so here is a minimal example of how I would like to change the indentation of a certain subfloat caption. Normally it's all indented such that the subfloat label (a) stands on its on and that's fine. Just for some certain subfloats I'd like to save space and start the second line completely left aligned.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper,BCOR10mm,DIV11,toc=listof]{scrbook}&#xA;\usepackage[font=footnotesize, justification=RaggedRight]{subfig}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}[p]&#xA;\centering&#xA;  \subfloat[aaa aaa aaa aaa aaa aaa \newline&#xA;  This should be left aligned with no indent.]%&#xA;  {%&#xA;    \label{fig:a}%&#xA;    \rule{0.48\linewidth}{0.48\linewidth}&#xA;%     \includegraphics[width=0.48\linewidth]{}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \subfloat[bbb bbb bbb bbb bbb bbb \newline&#xA;  This should be left aligned with no indent.]%&#xA;  {%&#xA;    \label{fig:b}%&#xA;    \rule{0.48\linewidth}{0.48\linewidth}&#xA;%     \includegraphics[width=0.48\linewidth]{\rule{1in}{1cm}}%&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \caption[Bla]{Bla Bla}&#xA;  \label{fig:example}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2304" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-24T07:48:48.183" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T07:48:48.183" Title="Subfig, KOMA script, caption - how to suppress some list of figures entries?" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;captions&gt;&lt;subfloats&gt;&lt;koma-script&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14125" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14124" CreationDate="2011-03-23T21:54:29.767" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would go with the &lt;code&gt;caption&lt;/code&gt; package; using the &lt;code&gt;list=no&lt;/code&gt; option you can suppress the entries in the LoF for a particular figure or for a group of figures; using the &lt;code&gt;plain&lt;/code&gt; format (for the subfigures) you can achieve the desired format for their captions; an example (if this change should only affect selected subfigures, remove the line &lt;code&gt;\captionsetup[subfigure]{format=plain}&lt;/code&gt; from the preamble and include it in the corresponding &lt;code&gt;figure&lt;/code&gt; environment(s)):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper,BCOR10mm,DIV11,toc=listof]{scrbook}&#xA;\usepackage[caption=false, font=footnotesize, justification=RaggedRight]{subfig}&#xA;\usepackage{caption}&#xA;&#xA;\captionsetup[subfigure]{format=plain}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\listoffigures&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{Test}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;  \caption{A figure with a caption and its entry in the LoF}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;% this particular figure will be numbered and labeled but won't have entry in the LoF&#xA;  \captionsetup{list=no}&#xA;  \caption{A figure with a caption without entry in the LoF}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;  \caption{Another figure with a caption and its entry in the LoF}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;\centering&#xA;  \subfloat[text text text  text text text text text text This is left aligned with no indent.]%&#xA;  {%&#xA;    \label{fig:a}%&#xA;    \rule{0.48\linewidth}{0.48\linewidth}&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \subfloat[text text text  text text text text text text This is left aligned with no indent.]%&#xA;  {%&#xA;    \label{fig:b}%&#xA;    \rule{0.48\linewidth}{0.48\linewidth}&#xA;  }%&#xA;  \caption[Bla]{A figure with two subfigures}&#xA;  \label{fig:example}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{Test two}&#xA;\captionsetup[figure]{list=no}&#xA;% all figures from this point on will be numbered and labeled but won't have entry in the LoF&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;  \caption{A second figure with a caption without entry in the LoF}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;  \caption{A third figure with a caption without entry in the LoF}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Moreover, if it's not too late (there's no deadline involved), I would suggest you to change to the &lt;code&gt;subcaption&lt;/code&gt; package instead of &lt;code&gt;subfig&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: I've added the adjustemnts needed to have the requested format for the subfigure captions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastEditorUserId="3954" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-23T23:07:25.300" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T23:07:25.300" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="14126" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-23T22:19:59.933" Score="2" ViewCount="83" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm in the market for a good package for typesetting quotations from the bible. Got any suggestions?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1189" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T22:25:42.500" Title="Good (latex) package for typesetting bible quotations?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="14127" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14129" CreationDate="2011-03-23T22:24:21.367" Score="3" ViewCount="92" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do I do something like this in LaTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;X: a, b, c,  &#xA;   e, f, g&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="849" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-24T08:30:08.447" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T08:30:08.447" Title="How do I align text?" Tags="&lt;horizontal-alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14128" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14126" CreationDate="2011-03-23T22:25:42.500" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/bibleref&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;bibleref&lt;/a&gt; package could be an option.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T22:25:42.500" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14129" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14127" CreationDate="2011-03-23T22:36:28.013" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are many ways in which you can produce tabular material; the basic options are the &lt;code&gt;tabbing&lt;/code&gt; environment, the &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; environment, and the &lt;code&gt;arrray&lt;/code&gt; environment; depending in your intent, you can choose which one to use. Here's a little example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabbing}&#xA;X \=  a \= b \= c \\&#xA; \&amp;gt; d \&amp;gt; e \&amp;gt; f&#xA;\end{tabbing}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{cccc}&#xA;  X: &amp;amp; a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c \\&#xA;  &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e &amp;amp; f&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\[&#xA;\begin{array}{cccc}&#xA;  X: &amp;amp; a &amp;amp; b &amp;amp; c \\&#xA;  &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e &amp;amp; f&#xA;\end{array}&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The above options are explained in any basic LaTeX manual.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastActivityDate="2011-03-23T22:36:28.013" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14130" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14132" CreationDate="2011-03-24T01:06:14.207" Score="3" ViewCount="36" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have the following code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath, amssymb, amsthm, graphicx, textcomp}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;d^2(A,B)=\begin{cases}&#xA;(a_1-b_1)^2(1+m^2) &amp;amp;&amp;amp;\text{if $AB$ has slope $m$} \\&#xA;(a_2-b_2)^2 &amp;amp;&amp;amp;\text{if $AB$ is a vertical line}&#xA;\end{cases}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but I get this output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Lgz5o.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to get the text on the right after the formulas, so that there are only two lines? Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1191" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-24T07:40:57.720" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T07:40:57.720" Title="How can I flush text left in the cases environment?" Tags="&lt;positioning&gt;&lt;cases&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="14131" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14168" CreationDate="2011-03-24T01:14:47.427" Score="1" ViewCount="89" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have the following code, where the size of the cube marks is set to &lt;code&gt;\x&lt;/code&gt; inside a &lt;code&gt;foreach&lt;/code&gt; loop: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA; \begin{axis}[axis lines=none]&#xA;  \newlength{\mylen}&#xA;  \foreach \x in {1,2,...,10} {&#xA;  \setlength{\mylen}{\x pt}&#xA;    \addplot3[only marks,scatter,mark=cube*,mark size=\mylen] coordinates {(\x*5,10*\x,3*\x)};&#xA;    };&#xA;\end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This results in an empty plot - i.e. it doesn't work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, if we set the length for &lt;code&gt;mylen&lt;/code&gt; (to a constant) &lt;em&gt;before&lt;/em&gt; the foreach-loop, it works just fine. That might be a clue. Any ideas?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, how can can I manipulate the length inside the &lt;code&gt;\setlength&lt;/code&gt; command to for instance &lt;code&gt;\setlength{\mylen}{2*\x+10 pt}&lt;/code&gt; ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2795" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-24T16:04:22.760" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T16:05:39.873" Title="pgfplots: setlength inside foreach" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;pgfplots&gt;&lt;loops&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14132" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14130" CreationDate="2011-03-24T01:25:18.777" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You are using two alignment characters on each row; only one of those can be used on each line of a &lt;code&gt;cases&lt;/code&gt; environment; if you want to increase the separation between the math expressions and the annotations, you can use &lt;code&gt;\quad&lt;/code&gt;, or &lt;code&gt;\qquad&lt;/code&gt;, or &lt;code&gt;\hspace&lt;/code&gt; with an appropriate value:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath, amssymb, amsthm, graphicx, textcomp}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\[&#xA;  d^2(A,B)=&#xA;  \begin{cases}&#xA;    (a_1-b_1)^2(1+m^2), &amp;amp;\text{if $AB$ has slope $m$}  \\&#xA;    (a_2-b_2)^2, &amp;amp;\text{if $AB$ is a vertical line}&#xA;  \end{cases}&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;\[&#xA;  d^2(A,B)=&#xA;  \begin{cases}&#xA;    (a_1-b_1)^2(1+m^2), &amp;amp;\qquad\text{if $AB$ has slope $m$}  \\&#xA;    (a_2-b_2)^2, &amp;amp;\qquad\text{if $AB$ is a vertical line}&#xA;  \end{cases}&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T01:25:18.777" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14133" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14160" CreationDate="2011-03-24T02:51:11.943" Score="3" ViewCount="166" Body="&lt;p&gt;I took the following figure from &lt;a href=&quot;http://json.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;JSON&lt;/a&gt; official site.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/AKiUe.gif&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a package to do it easily?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anyway, what is the name of this diagram?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T14:15:35.713" Title="Is there a package in either PSTricks or Tikz to draw the following diagram?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;pstricks&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="14134" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-24T02:54:21.147" Score="2" ViewCount="52" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using &lt;code&gt;svmono&lt;/code&gt; package and &lt;code&gt;\renewcommand\tablename\{Tab.}&lt;/code&gt;.  When I use table, the caption shows “Tab.1 Bah Bah”. But if I use longtable, the caption shows “Tab.2: Bah bah”. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How to remove colon as “Tab 2 Bah bah”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Many Thank&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4407" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-24T05:00:51.630" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T08:35:36.117" Title="How to remove colon(:) on longtable suffix caption" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;captions&gt;&lt;longtable&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="14135" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-24T03:18:32.093" Score="15" ViewCount="260" Body="&lt;p&gt;I attempted to redefine the &lt;code&gt;document&lt;/code&gt; environment as follows, but get a complaint that:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;LaTeX Error: \begin{MYdocument} on input line 13 ended by \end{document}.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\newtoks{\SpecialText} &#xA;\SpecialText={Text to be printed after begin document}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{MYdocument}{%&#xA;  \begin{document}{}&#xA;  Note: \the\SpecialText&#xA;}{%&#xA;  \end{document}&#xA;} &#xA;&#xA;\begin{MYdocument}&#xA; ... file contents ...&#xA;\end{MYdocument}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want this to produce the following output&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Note: Text to be printed after begin document&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;... file contents ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I could do this by just slightly modifiying the environment that would be preferrable so that I could just use &lt;code&gt;\begin{document} ... \end{document}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4301" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-24T09:52:24.127" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T11:27:16.687" Title="How to automatically add text immediately after \begin{document}" Tags="&lt;environments&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14136" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14135" CreationDate="2011-03-24T03:28:44.627" Score="24" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;code&gt;\AtBeginDocument&lt;/code&gt; command before the &lt;code&gt;\begin{document}&lt;/code&gt; line to queue up code (even multiple pieces of code) so that it it executed when that line is hit.  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.loria.fr/general/new/clsguide.html#Sec%3adelays&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Here's a reference&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3087" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T03:28:44.627" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14137" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14113" CreationDate="2011-03-24T04:54:07.187" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;(This is not really an answer, but it is much too long for a comment).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are several answers already given that use various methods to insert &lt;code&gt;\nopagebreak&lt;/code&gt; after the first word of a sentence. Unfortunately, none of these will work very well, because they will both &lt;em&gt;inhibit too many pagebreaks&lt;/em&gt; and simultaneously &lt;em&gt;not inhibit all the desired pagebreaks&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To see that the former is true, we need to realize that &lt;code&gt;\nopagebreak&lt;/code&gt; is effectively equivalent to &lt;code&gt;\vadjust{\penalty10000}&lt;/code&gt;. In other words, this will attempt to prohibit any page break following a line containing the first word of a sentence (ie, not just those lines where the first word of a sentence is the last word of the line).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To see that the latter is true, we need to realize that TeX will insert various penalties into the vertical list by itself under specific circumstances. A probably incomplete list: &lt;code&gt;\interlinepenalty&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\clubpenalty&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\widowpenalty&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\brokenpenalty&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\displaywidowpenalty&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\predisplaypenalty&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\postdisplaypenalty&lt;/code&gt;. If one of these circumstances comes up, and the corresponding penalty is less than 10000, then there still might be a break (when there are 2 or more consecutive penalties, TeX is allowed to break at any one of them that it finds convenient).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is likely possible to achieve what you want using a special marker value for the penalty that is then treated specially by the output routine (similar to how plain tex &lt;code&gt;\supereject&lt;/code&gt; puts a penalty of -20000 that is treated specially by its output routine). It can probably also be done using LuaTeX, but the solutions given so far will not do what you want (at least, not reliably). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T04:54:07.187" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14138" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14134" CreationDate="2011-03-24T06:29:01.967" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You have to modify &lt;code&gt;\LT@makecaption&lt;/code&gt;. Add this to the preamble of your LaTeX document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\LT@makecaption#1#2#3{%&#xA;  \LT@mcol\LT@cols c{\hbox to\z@{\hss\parbox[t]\LTcapwidth{%&#xA;    \sbox\@tempboxa{#1{#2 }#3}%&#xA;    \ifdim\wd\@tempboxa&amp;gt;\hsize&#xA;      #1{#2 }#3%&#xA;    \else&#xA;      \hbox to\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}%&#xA;    \fi&#xA;    \endgraf\vskip\baselineskip}%&#xA;  \hss}}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4363" LastEditorUserId="4363" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-24T06:52:11.720" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T06:52:11.720" />
  <row Id="14139" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="674" CreationDate="2011-03-24T07:46:32.997" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Back in the day, people only used passive voice in formal papers, but now active voice is becoming more acceptable. Find a few sentences where you wrote in passive voice and rewrite them in active voice (this usually improves readability too). Also remember to never use a long word when a short one will do. Also, try shrinking any images or graphs by around 10% (but don't do this if it makes them unclear).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4409" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T07:46:32.997" />
  <row Id="14140" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14134" CreationDate="2011-03-24T08:35:36.117" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the highly configurable &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/caption&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;caption&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{longtable}&#xA;\usepackage{caption}&#xA;&#xA;\captionsetup{labelsep=space}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{longtable}{l}&#xA;  \caption{I am a caption} \\&#xA;  Test&#xA;\end{longtable}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3104" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T08:35:36.117" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14141" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14133" CreationDate="2011-03-24T08:35:50.390" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am sure you can find an example on &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texample.net/tikz/examples/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;www.texample.net&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;that you can modify to suit your needs. I am not aware of a package that does precesily the job.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4411" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T08:35:50.390" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14142" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14098" CreationDate="2011-03-24T08:39:33.197" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Consider switching to the TexWorks editor that is included in the TexLive distribution. Using that editor and the TexLive distribution would not pose the problem you describe.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4411" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T08:39:33.197" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14143" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14133" CreationDate="2011-03-24T08:53:18.963" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;No package but a  tutorial: Diagrams as Simple Graphs in the pgfmanual page 60. You only need to change (modify) some styles&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T08:53:18.963" />
  <row Id="14144" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-24T09:12:59.563" Score="2" ViewCount="94" Body="&lt;p&gt;Good to see this: &quot;Documents built on scrreprt are highly customizable&quot; (Stefan Kottwitz in his answer &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/1204/how-to-customize-the-standard-report-template/1219#1219&quot;&gt;How to customize the standard report template&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My question:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;I want to make the top and bottom page margins smaller, by 1,5 cm each so that more lines fit on the page - how do I do this? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does the following answer apply to scrreprt, too? &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/367/how-do-i-change-my-margins-and-spacing-to-fit-the-phd-thesis-requirements-of-univ/369#369&quot;&gt;How do I change my margins and spacing to fit the PhD thesis requirements of University XYZ?&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3992" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-24T17:13:53.797" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T17:13:53.797" Title="Make more lines fit on the page in the scrreprt class" Tags="&lt;margins&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="14145" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14147" CreationDate="2011-03-24T09:48:20.333" Score="11" ViewCount="76" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to do something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\sometext}{\input{somefile.txt}}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This works, but requires inputting the file every time the macro is used in the document.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like to know a way of forcing the file to be read when the macro is defined, so that when the macro is called in the document, it only represents the text, and not the command to read the text in.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3888" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-24T10:05:01.563" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T21:29:52.637" Title="How do I create a macro which reads the content of a file when the macro is defined?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;input&gt;&lt;external-file&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="14146" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14135" CreationDate="2011-03-24T09:51:01.863" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As already stated by Aaron, &lt;code&gt;\AtBeginDocument{&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt; can be used to place code &quot;at the begin of the document&quot;. This hook is executed after the old &lt;code&gt;.aux&lt;/code&gt; is read in and the new one is opened, but before the preamble is officially closed.&#xA;Therefore the code can still load packages &lt;em&gt;and&lt;/em&gt; add already type-settable material which writes into the &lt;code&gt;.aux&lt;/code&gt; file, like sectioning commands. So it is actually executed with one foot in the preamble and the other one in the document body.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;etoolbox&lt;/code&gt; package provides &lt;code&gt;\AfterEndPreamble{&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt; (and other useful hooks) which is executed after the preamble is closed, so e.g. all preamble-only macros are disabled etc. Actually it is executed at the very end of &lt;code&gt;\begin{document}&lt;/code&gt;, only followed by an &lt;code&gt;\ignorespaces&lt;/code&gt;. I personally would prefer &lt;code&gt;\AfterEndPreamble&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\AtBeginDocument&lt;/code&gt; (already heavily used by packages) to add code at the very beginning of the document body.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-24T11:27:16.687" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T11:27:16.687" />
  <row Id="14147" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14145" CreationDate="2011-03-24T10:03:12.767" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can read the content of a file into a macro with Heiko Oberdiek's &lt;code&gt;catchfile&lt;/code&gt; package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\CatchFileDef{\sometext}{somefile.txt}{&amp;lt;setup&amp;gt;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This will read the file like a normal TeX file, i.e. it can include macros etc. The &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;setup&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; argument can be empty for files read normally but can include special code to e.g. read the file content verbatim or with special handling of line endings etc. A good candidate here is &lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&lt;/code&gt; if the file contains macros with &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt; in their names.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Verbatim mode can be set using &lt;code&gt;\let\do\@makeother\dospecials&lt;/code&gt;. You might want also to add &lt;code&gt;\@noligs&lt;/code&gt; to disable ligatures. The text should then be typeset using &lt;code&gt;\verbatim@font&lt;/code&gt; (which is identical to &lt;code&gt;\normalfont\ttfamily&lt;/code&gt;). Otherwise some symbols (like &lt;code&gt;_&lt;/code&gt;) will not be displayed correctly. The above commands need &lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&lt;/code&gt; to be used before the &lt;code&gt;\Catchfile&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\makeatother&lt;/code&gt; afterwards.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to preserve line endings use &lt;code&gt;\obeylines&lt;/code&gt;. You should also add &lt;code&gt;\obeyspaces&lt;/code&gt; if you want the spaces being print normally not with a special symbol. Also &lt;code&gt;\frenchspacing&lt;/code&gt; can be added to avoid the larger space after dots.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\CatchFileDef{\sometext}{somefile.txt}{\let\do\@makeother\dospecials\@noligs\obeyspaces\frenchspacing\relax}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;% Verbatim text requires a suitable font:&#xA;\texttt{\sometext}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Make sure that the last command in &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;setup&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; isn't an assignment like &lt;code&gt;...\endlinechar=-1}&lt;/code&gt;. You need to add an &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt; then, otherwise TeX will expand the internal commands of &lt;code&gt;\CatchFileDef&lt;/code&gt; to look for the rest of the number. I mentioned that to the author already and an internal &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt; will be added in the next version.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-24T21:29:52.637" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T21:29:52.637" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14148" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14149" CreationDate="2011-03-24T10:03:31.467" Score="2" ViewCount="74" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Package pgf Warning: Your graphic driver pgfsys-xetex.def does not support patterns. &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;.tex:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt]{article}‎&#xA;‎%\usepackage{pgfplots}‎‎&#xA;\usepackage{‎tikz‎‎}‎‎&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{arrows,backgrounds,positioning,fit,‎petri}‎&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{decorations.shapes}‎‎‎&#xA;‎‎\usetikzlibrary{patterns} % LATEX and plain TEX when using Tik Z\usetikzlibrary[‎patterns]‎‎‎&#xA;‎\begin{document}‎&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\draw[pattern color=red,pattern=fivepointed stars] (0,0) circle (1cm);&#xA;\draw[pattern color=blue,pattern=fivepointed stars] (0,0) rectangle (3,1);&#xA;\end{‎tikzpicture}‎&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\def\mypath{(0,0) -- +(0,1) arc (180:0:1.5cm) -- +(0,-1)}&#xA;\fill [red] \mypath;&#xA;\pattern[pattern color=white,pattern=bricks] \mypath;&#xA;\end{‎tikzpicture}‎‎&#xA;‎‎‎‎‎‎\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Log&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;   This is XeTeX, Version 3.1415926-2.2-0.9997.4 (Web2C 2010) (format=xelatex 2011.3.23) 24 MAR 2011 13:41&#xA;entering extended mode&#xA;restricted \write18 enabled.&#xA;%&amp;amp;-line parsing enabled.&#xA;**tikz-patterns.tex&#xA;(./tikz-patterns.tex&#xA;LaTeX2e &amp;lt;2009/09/24&amp;gt;&#xA;Babel &amp;lt;v3.8l&amp;gt; and hyphenation patterns for english, dumylang, nohyphenation, ge&#xA;rman-x-2009-06-19, ngerman-x-2009-06-19, afrikaans, ancientgreek, ibycus, arabi&#xA;c, armenian, basque, bulgarian, catalan, pinyin, coptic, croatian, czech, danis&#xA;h, dutch, ukenglish, usenglishmax, esperanto, estonian, ethiopic, farsi, finnis&#xA;h, french, galician, german, ngerman, swissgerman, monogreek, greek, hungarian,&#xA;icelandic, assamese, bengali, gujarati, hindi, kannada, malayalam, marathi, or&#xA;iya, panjabi, tamil, telugu, indonesian, interlingua, irish, italian, kurmanji,&#xA;lao, latin, latvian, lithuanian, mongolian, mongolianlmc, bokmal, nynorsk, pol&#xA;ish, portuguese, romanian, russian, sanskrit, serbian, slovak, slovenian, spani&#xA;sh, swedish, turkish, turkmen, ukrainian, uppersorbian, welsh, loaded.&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/article.cls&#xA;Document Class: article 2007/10/19 v1.4h Standard LaTeX document class&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/size10.clo&#xA;File: size10.clo 2007/10/19 v1.4h Standard LaTeX file (size option)&#xA;)&#xA;\c@part=\count80&#xA;\c@section=\count81&#xA;\c@subsection=\count82&#xA;\c@subsubsection=\count83&#xA;\c@paragraph=\count84&#xA;\c@subparagraph=\count85&#xA;\c@figure=\count86&#xA;\c@table=\count87&#xA;\abovecaptionskip=\skip41&#xA;\belowcaptionskip=\skip42&#xA;\bibindent=\dimen102&#xA;)&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz.sty&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/pgf/basiclayer/pgf.sty&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/pgf/utilities/pgfrcs.sty&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/utilities/pgfutil-common.tex&#xA;\pgfutil@everybye=\toks14&#xA;)&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/utilities/pgfutil-latex.def&#xA;\pgfutil@abb=\box26&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/ms/everyshi.sty&#xA;Package: everyshi 2001/05/15 v3.00 EveryShipout Package (MS)&#xA;))&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/utilities/pgfrcs.code.tex&#xA;Package: pgfrcs 2010/10/25 v2.10 (rcs-revision 1.24)&#xA;))&#xA;Package: pgf 2008/01/15 v2.10 (rcs-revision 1.12)&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/pgf/basiclayer/pgfcore.sty&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/graphicx.sty&#xA;Package: graphicx 1999/02/16 v1.0f Enhanced LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/keyval.sty&#xA;Package: keyval 1999/03/16 v1.13 key=value parser (DPC)&#xA;\KV@toks@=\toks15&#xA;)&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/graphics.sty&#xA;Package: graphics 2009/02/05 v1.0o Standard LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/trig.sty&#xA;Package: trig 1999/03/16 v1.09 sin cos tan (DPC)&#xA;)&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/latexconfig/graphics.cfg&#xA;File: graphics.cfg 2010/04/23 v1.9 graphics configuration of TeX Live&#xA;)&#xA;Package graphics Info: Driver file: xetex.def on input line 91.&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/xelatex/xetex-def/xetex.def&#xA;File: xetex.def 2009/11/22 v0.94 LaTeX color/graphics driver for XeTeX (RRM/JK)&#xA;))&#xA;\Gin@req@height=\dimen103&#xA;\Gin@req@width=\dimen104&#xA;)&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/pgf/systemlayer/pgfsys.sty&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/systemlayer/pgfsys.code.tex&#xA;Package: pgfsys 2010/06/30 v2.10 (rcs-revision 1.37)&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/utilities/pgfkeys.code.tex&#xA;\pgfkeys@pathtoks=\toks16&#xA;\pgfkeys@temptoks=\toks17&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/utilities/pgfkeysfiltered.code.tex&#xA;\pgfkeys@tmptoks=\toks18&#xA;))&#xA;\pgf@x=\dimen105&#xA;\pgf@y=\dimen106&#xA;\pgf@xa=\dimen107&#xA;\pgf@ya=\dimen108&#xA;\pgf@xb=\dimen109&#xA;\pgf@yb=\dimen110&#xA;\pgf@xc=\dimen111&#xA;\pgf@yc=\dimen112&#xA;\w@pgf@writea=\write3&#xA;\r@pgf@reada=\read1&#xA;\c@pgf@counta=\count88&#xA;\c@pgf@countb=\count89&#xA;\c@pgf@countc=\count90&#xA;\c@pgf@countd=\count91&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/systemlayer/pgf.cfg&#xA;File: pgf.cfg 2008/05/14 (rcs-revision 1.7)&#xA;)&#xA;Package pgfsys Info: Driver file for pgf: pgfsys-xetex.def on input line 900.&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/systemlayer/pgfsys-xetex.def&#xA;File: pgfsys-xetex.def 2010/02/16 (rcs-revision 1.3)&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/systemlayer/pgfsys-common-pdf.def&#xA;File: pgfsys-common-pdf.def 2008/05/19 (rcs-revision 1.10)&#xA;)&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/systemlayer/pgfsys-common-pdf-via-d&#xA;vi.def&#xA;File: pgfsys-common-pdf-via-dvi.def 2008/05/19 (rcs-revision 1.7)&#xA;)))&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/systemlayer/pgfsyssoftpath.code.tex&#xA;File: pgfsyssoftpath.code.tex 2008/07/18 (rcs-revision 1.7)&#xA;\pgfsyssoftpath@smallbuffer@items=\count92&#xA;\pgfsyssoftpath@bigbuffer@items=\count93&#xA;)&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/systemlayer/pgfsysprotocol.code.tex&#xA;File: pgfsysprotocol.code.tex 2006/10/16 (rcs-revision 1.4)&#xA;)) (c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/xcolor/xcolor.sty&#xA;Package: xcolor 2007/01/21 v2.11 LaTeX color extensions (UK)&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/latexconfig/color.cfg&#xA;File: color.cfg 2007/01/18 v1.5 color configuration of teTeX/TeXLive&#xA;)&#xA;Package xcolor Info: Driver file: xetex.def on input line 225.&#xA;Package xcolor Info: Model `cmy' substituted by `cmy0' on input line 1337.&#xA;Package xcolor Info: Model `RGB' extended on input line 1353.&#xA;Package xcolor Info: Model `HTML' substituted by `rgb' on input line 1355.&#xA;Package xcolor Info: Model `Hsb' substituted by `hsb' on input line 1356.&#xA;Package xcolor Info: Model `tHsb' substituted by `hsb' on input line 1357.&#xA;Package xcolor Info: Model `HSB' substituted by `hsb' on input line 1358.&#xA;Package xcolor Info: Model `Gray' substituted by `gray' on input line 1359.&#xA;Package xcolor Info: Model `wave' substituted by `hsb' on input line 1360.&#xA;)&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/basiclayer/pgfcore.code.tex&#xA;Package: pgfcore 2010/04/11 v2.10 (rcs-revision 1.7)&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/math/pgfmath.code.tex&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/math/pgfmathcalc.code.tex&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/math/pgfmathutil.code.tex)&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/math/pgfmathparser.code.tex&#xA;\pgfmath@dimen=\dimen113&#xA;\pgfmath@count=\count94&#xA;\pgfmath@box=\box27&#xA;\pgfmath@toks=\toks19&#xA;\pgfmath@stack@operand=\toks20&#xA;\pgfmath@stack@operation=\toks21&#xA;)&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/math/pgfmathfunctions.code.tex&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/math/pgfmathfunctions.basic.code.te&#xA;x)&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/math/pgfmathfunctions.trigonometric&#xA;.code.tex)&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/math/pgfmathfunctions.random.code.t&#xA;ex)&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/math/pgfmathfunctions.comparison.co&#xA;de.tex)&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/math/pgfmathfunctions.base.code.tex&#xA;)&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/math/pgfmathfunctions.round.code.te&#xA;x)&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/math/pgfmathfunctions.misc.code.tex&#xA;))) (c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/math/pgfmathfloat.code.tex&#xA;\c@pgfmathroundto@lastzeros=\count95&#xA;))&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/basiclayer/pgfcorepoints.code.tex&#xA;File: pgfcorepoints.code.tex 2010/04/09 (rcs-revision 1.20)&#xA;\pgf@picminx=\dimen114&#xA;\pgf@picmaxx=\dimen115&#xA;\pgf@picminy=\dimen116&#xA;\pgf@picmaxy=\dimen117&#xA;\pgf@pathminx=\dimen118&#xA;\pgf@pathmaxx=\dimen119&#xA;\pgf@pathminy=\dimen120&#xA;\pgf@pathmaxy=\dimen121&#xA;\pgf@xx=\dimen122&#xA;\pgf@xy=\dimen123&#xA;\pgf@yx=\dimen124&#xA;\pgf@yy=\dimen125&#xA;\pgf@zx=\dimen126&#xA;\pgf@zy=\dimen127&#xA;)&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/basiclayer/pgfcorepathconstruct.cod&#xA;e.tex&#xA;File: pgfcorepathconstruct.code.tex 2010/08/03 (rcs-revision 1.24)&#xA;\pgf@path@lastx=\dimen128&#xA;\pgf@path@lasty=\dimen129&#xA;)&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/basiclayer/pgfcorepathusage.code.te&#xA;x&#xA;File: pgfcorepathusage.code.tex 2008/04/22 (rcs-revision 1.12)&#xA;\pgf@shorten@end@additional=\dimen130&#xA;\pgf@shorten@start@additional=\dimen131&#xA;)&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/basiclayer/pgfcorescopes.code.tex&#xA;File: pgfcorescopes.code.tex 2010/09/08 (rcs-revision 1.34)&#xA;\pgfpic=\box28&#xA;\pgf@hbox=\box29&#xA;\pgf@layerbox@main=\box30&#xA;\pgf@picture@serial@count=\count96&#xA;)&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/basiclayer/pgfcoregraphicstate.code&#xA;.tex&#xA;File: pgfcoregraphicstate.code.tex 2008/04/22 (rcs-revision 1.9)&#xA;\pgflinewidth=\dimen132&#xA;)&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/basiclayer/pgfcoretransformations.c&#xA;ode.tex&#xA;File: pgfcoretransformations.code.tex 2009/06/10 (rcs-revision 1.11)&#xA;\pgf@pt@x=\dimen133&#xA;\pgf@pt@y=\dimen134&#xA;\pgf@pt@temp=\dimen135&#xA;)&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/basiclayer/pgfcorequick.code.tex&#xA;File: pgfcorequick.code.tex 2008/10/09 (rcs-revision 1.3)&#xA;)&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/basiclayer/pgfcoreobjects.code.tex&#xA;File: pgfcoreobjects.code.tex 2006/10/11 (rcs-revision 1.2)&#xA;)&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/basiclayer/pgfcorepathprocessing.co&#xA;de.tex&#xA;File: pgfcorepathprocessing.code.tex 2008/10/09 (rcs-revision 1.8)&#xA;)&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/basiclayer/pgfcorearrows.code.tex&#xA;File: pgfcorearrows.code.tex 2008/04/23 (rcs-revision 1.11)&#xA;)&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/basiclayer/pgfcoreshade.code.tex&#xA;File: pgfcoreshade.code.tex 2008/11/23 (rcs-revision 1.13)&#xA;\pgf@max=\dimen136&#xA;\pgf@sys@shading@range@num=\count97&#xA;)&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/basiclayer/pgfcoreimage.code.tex&#xA;File: pgfcoreimage.code.tex 2010/03/25 (rcs-revision 1.16)&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/basiclayer/pgfcoreexternal.code.tex&#xA;File: pgfcoreexternal.code.tex 2010/09/01 (rcs-revision 1.17)&#xA;\pgfexternal@startupbox=\box31&#xA;))&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/basiclayer/pgfcorelayers.code.tex&#xA;File: pgfcorelayers.code.tex 2010/08/27 (rcs-revision 1.2)&#xA;)&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/basiclayer/pgfcoretransparency.code&#xA;.tex&#xA;File: pgfcoretransparency.code.tex 2008/01/17 (rcs-revision 1.2)&#xA;)&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/basiclayer/pgfcorepatterns.code.tex&#xA;File: pgfcorepatterns.code.tex 2009/07/02 (rcs-revision 1.3)&#xA;)))&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/modules/pgfmoduleshapes.code.tex&#xA;File: pgfmoduleshapes.code.tex 2010/09/09 (rcs-revision 1.13)&#xA;\pgfnodeparttextbox=\box32&#xA;)&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/modules/pgfmoduleplot.code.tex&#xA;File: pgfmoduleplot.code.tex 2010/10/22 (rcs-revision 1.8)&#xA;)&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/pgf/compatibility/pgfcomp-version-0-65.st&#xA;y&#xA;Package: pgfcomp-version-0-65 2007/07/03 v2.10 (rcs-revision 1.7)&#xA;\pgf@nodesepstart=\dimen137&#xA;\pgf@nodesepend=\dimen138&#xA;)&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/pgf/compatibility/pgfcomp-version-1-18.st&#xA;y&#xA;Package: pgfcomp-version-1-18 2007/07/23 v2.10 (rcs-revision 1.1)&#xA;)) (c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/pgf/utilities/pgffor.sty&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/pgf/utilities/pgfkeys.sty&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/utilities/pgfkeys.code.tex))&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/utilities/pgffor.code.tex&#xA;Package: pgffor 2010/03/23 v2.10 (rcs-revision 1.18)&#xA;\pgffor@iter=\dimen139&#xA;\pgffor@skip=\dimen140&#xA;\pgffor@stack=\toks22&#xA;\pgffor@toks=\toks23&#xA;))&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/tikz.code.tex&#xA;Package: tikz 2010/10/13 v2.10 (rcs-revision 1.76)&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/libraries/pgflibraryplothandlers.co&#xA;de.tex&#xA;File: pgflibraryplothandlers.code.tex 2010/05/31 v2.10 (rcs-revision 1.15)&#xA;\pgf@plot@mark@count=\count98&#xA;\pgfplotmarksize=\dimen141&#xA;)&#xA;\tikz@lastx=\dimen142&#xA;\tikz@lasty=\dimen143&#xA;\tikz@lastxsaved=\dimen144&#xA;\tikz@lastysaved=\dimen145&#xA;\tikzleveldistance=\dimen146&#xA;\tikzsiblingdistance=\dimen147&#xA;\tikz@figbox=\box33&#xA;\tikz@tempbox=\box34&#xA;\tikztreelevel=\count99&#xA;\tikznumberofchildren=\count100&#xA;\tikznumberofcurrentchild=\count101&#xA;\tikz@fig@count=\count102&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/modules/pgfmodulematrix.code.tex&#xA;File: pgfmodulematrix.code.tex 2010/08/24 (rcs-revision 1.4)&#xA;\pgfmatrixcurrentrow=\count103&#xA;\pgfmatrixcurrentcolumn=\count104&#xA;\pgf@matrix@numberofcolumns=\count105&#xA;)&#xA;\tikz@expandcount=\count106&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzli&#xA;brarytopaths.code.tex&#xA;File: tikzlibrarytopaths.code.tex 2008/06/17 v2.10 (rcs-revision 1.2)&#xA;)))&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzli&#xA;braryarrows.code.tex&#xA;File: tikzlibraryarrows.code.tex 2008/01/09 v2.10 (rcs-revision 1.1)&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/libraries/pgflibraryarrows.code.tex&#xA;File: pgflibraryarrows.code.tex 2008/10/27 v2.10 (rcs-revision 1.9)&#xA;\arrowsize=\dimen148&#xA;))&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzli&#xA;brarybackgrounds.code.tex&#xA;File: tikzlibrarybackgrounds.code.tex 2010/02/08 v2.10 (rcs-revision 1.2)&#xA;\pgf@layerbox@background=\box35&#xA;\pgf@layerboxsaved@background=\box36&#xA;)&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzli&#xA;brarypositioning.code.tex&#xA;File: tikzlibrarypositioning.code.tex 2008/10/06 v2.10 (rcs-revision 1.7)&#xA;)&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzli&#xA;braryfit.code.tex&#xA;File: tikzlibraryfit.code.tex 2008/06/21 v2.10 (rcs-revision 1.3)&#xA;)&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzli&#xA;brarypetri.code.tex&#xA;File: tikzlibrarypetri.code.tex 2008/06/18 v2.10 (rcs-revision 1.2)&#xA;)&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzli&#xA;brarydecorations.shapes.code.tex&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzli&#xA;brarydecorations.code.tex&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/modules/pgfmoduledecorations.code.t&#xA;ex&#xA;\pgfdecoratedcompleteddistance=\dimen149&#xA;\pgfdecoratedremainingdistance=\dimen150&#xA;\pgfdecoratedinputsegmentcompleteddistance=\dimen151&#xA;\pgfdecoratedinputsegmentremainingdistance=\dimen152&#xA;\pgf@decorate@distancetomove=\dimen153&#xA;\pgf@decorate@repeatstate=\count107&#xA;\pgfdecorationsegmentamplitude=\dimen154&#xA;\pgfdecorationsegmentlength=\dimen155&#xA;)&#xA;\tikz@lib@dec@box=\box37&#xA;)&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/libraries/decorations/pgflibrarydec&#xA;orations.shapes.code.tex))&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/frontendlayer/tikz/libraries/tikzli&#xA;brarypatterns.code.tex&#xA;File: tikzlibrarypatterns.code.tex 2008/01/15 v2.10 (rcs-revision 1.2)&#xA;(c:/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pgf/libraries/pgflibrarypatterns.code.t&#xA;ex&#xA;File: pgflibrarypatterns.code.tex 2008/03/03 v2.10 (rcs-revision 1.13)&#xA;)) (./tikz-patterns.aux)&#xA;\openout1 = `tikz-patterns.aux'.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OML/cmm/m/it on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for T1/cmr/m/n on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OT1/cmr/m/n on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OMS/cmsy/m/n on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OMX/cmex/m/n on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for U/cmr/m/n on input line 7.&#xA;LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 7.&#xA;ABD: EveryShipout initializing macros&#xA;Package pgf Warning: Your graphic driver pgfsys-xetex.def does not support patt&#xA;erns. This warning is given only once on input line 9.&#xA;[1&#xA;] (./tikz-patterns.aux) )&#xA;Here is how much of TeX's memory you used:&#xA;9748 strings out of 494522&#xA;202180 string characters out of 3159442&#xA;235815 words of memory out of 3000000&#xA;12838 multiletter control sequences out of 15000+200000&#xA;3640 words of font info for 14 fonts, out of 3000000 for 9000&#xA;670 hyphenation exceptions out of 8191&#xA;56i,5n,57p,460b,357s stack positions out of 5000i,500n,10000p,200000b,50000s&#xA;Output written on tikz-patterns.pdf (1 page).&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4412" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-24T11:50:15.773" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T11:50:15.773" Title="Package pgf Warning: Your graphic driver pgfsys-xetex.def does not support patt erns." Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;warnings&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="14149" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14148" CreationDate="2011-03-24T10:21:40.260" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You are using XeLaTeX which seems not to support patterns in TikZ.&#xA;It works well when the font macros are removed and the document is compiled with &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My tip: Compile the TikZ picture as a standalone file using pdfLaTeX (e.g. using the &lt;code&gt;standalone&lt;/code&gt; class) and include it as a PDF image into the main document which can be compiled using XeLaTeX. This should work as long you don't have anything XeTeX specific (like special fonts) in the TikZ picture. If you need that and patterns in the same picture you might be just out of luck.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;code&gt;standalone&lt;/code&gt; class to compile the TikZ Picture to a tight PDF suitable to be included to your document: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% tikzpic.tex  -- compile with pdflatex which supports patterns&#xA;\documentclass{standalone}&#xA;%\usepackage{pgfplots}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{arrows,backgrounds,positioning,fit,petri}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{decorations.shapes}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{patterns}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\draw[pattern color=red,pattern=fivepointed stars] (0,0) circle (1cm);&#xA;\draw[pattern color=blue,pattern=fivepointed stars] (0,0) rectangle (3,1);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\def\mypath{(0,0) -- +(0,1) arc (180:0:1.5cm) -- +(0,-1)}&#xA;\fill [red] \mypath;&#xA;\pattern[pattern color=white,pattern=bricks] \mypath;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The main file can be compiled with XeLaTeX to allow the Persian font you are using:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{graphics}&#xA;\usepackage{xepersian}&#xA;\settextfont[Scale=1.1]{XB Zar}&#xA;\setdigitfont{Yas}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Text including Persian language ...&#xA;&#xA;% include picture&#xA;\includegraphics{tikzpic}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-24T10:42:49.517" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T10:42:49.517" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="14151" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-24T10:46:18.703" Score="0" ViewCount="61" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/279/how-do-i-ensure-that-figures-appear-in-the-section-theyre-associated-with&quot;&gt;How do I ensure that figures appear in the section they&amp;#39;re associated with?&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/279/how-do-i-ensure-that-figures-appear-in-the-section-theyre-associated-with/282#282&quot;&gt;How do I ensure that figures appear in the section they&amp;#39;re associated with?&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;thanks, @Rob Hyndman &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;@all:&#xA;does this also apply to &lt;code&gt;\subsubsection&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3992" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T10:46:18.703" ClosedDate="2011-03-24T12:24:53.417" Title="\subsubsection &lt;-- How do I ensure that figures appear in the section they're associated with?" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;page-breaking&gt;&lt;sections-paragraphs&gt;" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14152" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14154" CreationDate="2011-03-24T10:56:33.203" Score="9" ViewCount="66" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to underline alpha's and beta's, but at the same level. I mean, I don't want &lt;img src=&quot;http://www.latp.univ-mrs.fr/~audoux/images/wrong2.png&quot; width=&quot;35&quot; height=&quot;35&quot;&gt;&#xA; but &lt;img src=&quot;http://www.latp.univ-mrs.fr/~audoux/images/right2.png&quot; width=&quot;35&quot; height=&quot;35&quot;&gt;. Maybe there is already a command that make it but I couldn't find it. The second image was obtained with the following command :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$\newlength{\espa}&#xA;\settowidth{\espa}{$\alpha$}\rlap{\underline{\hspace{\espa}}}\alpha,&#xA;\settowidth{\espa}{$\beta$}\rlap{\underline{\hspace{\espa}}}\beta$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which is hardly working but not totally. In normal math mode, no pbm. In scriptsize (or tiny or anything else) math mode, no pbm. But if I am in math mode within an exponent, then the &lt;code&gt;\settowidth&lt;/code&gt; command does not seem to take into account that I am in sciptsize mode and, as a matter of fact, the underline is too long (&lt;em&gt;e.g.&lt;/em&gt; &lt;img src=&quot;http://www.latp.univ-mrs.fr/~audoux/images/error2.png&quot; width=&quot;25&quot; height=&quot;15&quot;&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any idea ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4369" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-24T11:00:09.540" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T11:07:25.040" Title="Underline at the same level" Tags="&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;&lt;fontsize&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14153" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14144" CreationDate="2011-03-24T10:57:39.557" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think it's better to use the package &quot;typearea&quot; or to use some facilities directly inside the class &lt;code&gt;scrreprt&lt;/code&gt;. In Koma-script documentation (scrguien.pdf or scrguide.pdf), you have paragraphs about &quot;Paper Formats&quot;. It's not a good idea to remove 1.5cm without adapting the height and the size of page.&#xA;You need to look at the DIV option :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,DIV=12]{scrreprt}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also look at the option &lt;code&gt;BCOR&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastEditorUserId="3144" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-24T13:09:02.923" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T13:09:02.923" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="14154" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14152" CreationDate="2011-03-24T11:07:25.040" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$\underline{\smash{\beta}}$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will do the trick.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1424" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T11:07:25.040" />
  <row Id="14155" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14236" CreationDate="2011-03-24T12:00:51.603" Score="3" ViewCount="63" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am currently generating my bibliography as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[autocite=footnote,style=verbose-trad1]{biblatex}&#xA;\let\cite\autocite&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This generates full citations in footnotes, with optional pre- and post-notes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Depressingly, it looks like I'll have to regress to bibTeX for a journal thing, so to make things run smoothly, I'd like to put my house in order before sending off the manuscript.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So what are my options? What &lt;code&gt;\bibliographystyle&lt;/code&gt; should I use so that I get full citations with the &lt;code&gt;\cite&lt;/code&gt; command? Is there a way to get references as footnotes with bibtex?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or do I have to sed-fu my way to changing my &lt;code&gt;\cite&lt;/code&gt;s into &lt;code&gt;\footnote\cite&lt;/code&gt;s with the pre/post notes shifted as needed?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-29T12:15:57.560" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T12:15:57.560" Title="recreating biblatex option autocite=footnote,style=verbose-trad1 in bibtex" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="14156" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14133" CreationDate="2011-03-24T12:57:39.807" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I believe these are called &quot;syntax diagrams&quot;.  I don't know about a package, but there is a tool called &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/syngen/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;syngen&lt;/a&gt; on ctan that will generate those.  It uses LaTeX picture environment, so the results are not as good looking as if you used tikz or pstricks, but maybe you could modify the code to produce some tikz code instead. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T12:57:39.807" />
  <row Id="14157" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-24T13:28:11.670" Score="4" ViewCount="72" Body="&lt;p&gt;For my lecture slides in beamer I would like to establish a section-framenumber numbering scheme. For this purpose I reset frame counter in &lt;code&gt;\AtBeginSection&lt;/code&gt; and redefine the &lt;code&gt;\insertframenumber&lt;/code&gt; command to reflect the new numbering scheme:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\insertframenumber}{\thesection-\theframenumber}&#xA;\AtBeginSection{\setcounter{framenumber}{0}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This works pretty well. However, I have not succeeded in getting cross-references right in this respect, that is to refer to some labeled &lt;code&gt;\frame[label=interesting]&lt;/code&gt; as section-framenumber. Apparently, there is no way to, given the label, extract the section number:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand{\insertframenumber}{\thesection-\theframenumber}&#xA;\setbeamertemplate{headline}[text line]{This is frame: \insertframenumber}&#xA;\AtBeginSection{\setcounter{framenumber}{0}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\section{One}&#xA;\begin{frame}{First Frame in Section One}&#xA;  Slide content\par&#xA;  \pause&#xA;  More content&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;\begin{frame}[label=interesting]{Second Frame in Section One -- The one to crossref to}&#xA;  Slide content&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Two}&#xA;\begin{frame}{First Frame in Section Two}&#xA;&#xA;  Now I want to crossref to interesting slide by section-framenumber (that is, somehow generate \textbf{1-2}) &#xA;  \begin{itemize}&#xA;    \item \textbackslash{}ref yields: \ref{interesting}, apparently that is the frame number&#xA;    \item \textbackslash{}page yields: \pageref{interesting}, apparently that is the PDF page number&#xA;    \item \textbackslash{}autoref yields: \autoref{interesting}, apparently that is the frame number again&#xA;    \item nothing there that yields \textbackslash{}thesection of our target label?&#xA;  \end{itemize}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I took a look at the generated &lt;code&gt;.aux&lt;/code&gt;-file. I am not really good in deciphering &lt;code&gt;.aux&lt;/code&gt;-files; however, as I read it, beamer does not even store there the section number (1 in this case) the label belongs to:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;...&#xA;\newlabel{interesting&amp;lt;1&amp;gt;}{{2}{3}{One\relax }{Doc-Start}{}}&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So am I out of luck here?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt; I am now considering looking into the &lt;code&gt;zref&lt;/code&gt; package to solve my problem. The challenge will probably be to get it integrated with the &lt;code&gt;label=mylabel&lt;/code&gt; frame option, which implicitly generates those helpful &quot;overlay&quot; labels (&lt;code&gt;mylabel&amp;lt;1&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;mylabel&amp;lt;2&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;...&lt;/code&gt;) to refer to individual slides of a frame.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any hints or ideas still are more than welcome :-)  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3751" LastEditorUserId="3751" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-31T20:27:04.773" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T20:27:04.773" Title="How to cross-reference to sections in beamer" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;cross-referencing&gt;" />
  <row Id="14158" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-24T13:37:01.760" Score="12" ViewCount="170" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am writing a paper, and I would like to be able to find out automatically how many times each reference is cited. This could either be appended to the references in a printed version, or outputted as a separate file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've seen &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/12679/check-if-an-entry-is-cited-multiple-times&quot;&gt;this previous question&lt;/a&gt;, but it focusses on checking each reference at the point of citation, while I want to do an overall count.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The reasons are twofold. Firstly, to see if any references are being 'overcited'. Secondly, if space becomes an issue, to be able to see easily which references are only being cited once and could potentially be removed with minimum fuss.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3588" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-27T17:03:18.463" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T17:03:18.463" Title="Can I count number of times each reference is cited?" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;citing&gt;&lt;counters&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="14159" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14158" CreationDate="2011-03-24T13:53:37.830" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you're willing to switch to &lt;a href=&quot;http://ftp.univie.ac.at/packages/tex/help/Catalogue/entries/biblatex.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;biblatex&lt;/a&gt;, you may use the &lt;code&gt;citecounter&lt;/code&gt; feature that was added in v1.3.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[citecounter=true]{biblatex}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand{\finentrypunct}{%&#xA;  \addperiod\space&#xA;  (Cited \arabic{citecounter} times)%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.bib}&#xA;@misc{A01,&#xA;  author = {Author, A.},&#xA;  year = {2001},&#xA;  title = {Alpha},&#xA;}&#xA;@misc{B02,&#xA;  author = {Buthor, B.},&#xA;  year = {2002},&#xA;  title = {Bravo},&#xA;}&#xA;@misc{C03,&#xA;  author = {Cuthor, C.},&#xA;  year = {2003},&#xA;  title = {Charlie},&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\addbibresource{\jobname.bib}&#xA;&#xA;\nocite{*}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Some text \autocite{A01}.&#xA;&#xA;Some text \autocite{B02}.&#xA;&#xA;Some text \autocite{A01}.&#xA;&#xA;\printbibliography&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-24T20:00:06.847" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T20:00:06.847" />
  <row Id="14160" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14133" CreationDate="2011-03-24T14:15:35.713" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;that are so-called railroad diagrams for the syntax and can be set with simple nodes and loops:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pst-node}&#xA;\def\CBox#1{\pscirclebox[fillcolor=green!20,fillstyle=solid]{\bfseries#1}}&#xA;\def\PBox#1{\psframebox[fillcolor=green!20,fillstyle=solid]{\bfseries\tabular{c}#1\endtabular}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{pspicture}(0,-5)(13,1)&#xA;\psset{linewidth=1.5pt,linearc=0.3}\psline{|-|}(13,0)&#xA;\psforeach{\iA}{0,1,..,13}{\pnode(\iA,0){O\iA}}&#xA;\ncloop[angleB=180,loopsize=-1]{O0}{O2}\ncput{\CBox{--}}&#xA;\rput(3,0){\CBox{0}}&#xA;\ncloop[angleB=180,loopsize=-1.75]{O2}{O6}\ncput[npos=2.3]{\PBox{digit\\1-9}}&#xA;\rput(5.5,-2.5){\rnode{A}{\PBox{digit}}}\ncloop[angleB=180,loopsize=0.75]{A}{A}&#xA;\ncloop[angleB=180,loopsize=0.75]{O6}{O9}&#xA;\end{pspicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/AfzyI.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T14:15:35.713" />
  <row Id="14161" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14158" CreationDate="2011-03-24T14:17:27.840" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;code&gt;backref&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;pagebackref&lt;/code&gt; options to &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; to get links to section or page numbers after each reference in the bibliography if you don't want to switch to biblatex.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T14:17:27.840" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="14162" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14171" CreationDate="2011-03-24T14:52:44.227" Score="5" ViewCount="55" Body="&lt;p&gt;luaotfload uses an internal database that gets updated with &lt;code&gt;mkluatexfontdb&lt;/code&gt;. So it knows about a lot of fonts installed on my computer. How can I query this database? Something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;luatexfontdb --list-fonts-on-my-computer-that-are-in-your-database&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="243" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T16:21:22.890" Title="How do I get a list of all available fonts for luaotfload?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;luatex&gt;&lt;luaotfload&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="14163" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14144" CreationDate="2011-03-24T14:57:59.107" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I wouldn't call the class-inherent features of KOMA-script &quot;better&quot; than &lt;code&gt;geometry&lt;/code&gt; -- KOMA-script offers a typographically sound default layout plus minor customization abilities, while &lt;code&gt;geometry&lt;/code&gt; allows for a multitude of layouts (including some that are outright ugly).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As @Altermundus pointed out, one way to make more lines fit on the page is by setting KOMA-script's &lt;code&gt;DIV&lt;/code&gt; option to, say, 12 (with 10 being the default value for A4 paper and a basic font size of 11pt). However, this will not only increase the number of lines, but also the length of single lines, which in turn will at some point hamper legibility. An alternative solution is to use &lt;code&gt;geometry&lt;/code&gt; to increase the height, but not the width of the text area -- i.e, a layout that features different proportions of height vs. width for the paper size and the text area. Here's an example that combines A4 paper with a golden ratio text area:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrreprt}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[hscale=0.69,vscale=0.79,heightrounded,includehead]{geometry}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;\pagestyle{headings}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\blinddocument&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T14:57:59.107" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14164" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14172" CreationDate="2011-03-24T15:16:00.440" Score="4" ViewCount="61" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am new to LaTeX, and I want to create a command that will display my previous positions formatted appropriately in a resume.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The format I am looking for is this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;02.07.2009 - 02.07.2010           Soft Dev, IVM Corp&#xA;                                  Sunset, California, USA&#xA;&#xA;                                  Duties included blah blah,&#xA;                                  blah.&#xA;&#xA;03.07.2009 - 04.07.2010           Tech Spport, SupOrT inc.&#xA;                                  Sunset, California, USA&#xA;&#xA;                                  Responsibilities and duties included blah blah,&#xA;                                  blah, and then blah, but somtimes blah and blah,&#xA;                                  and MySQL blah and C# and Java blah Python.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where everything on the right should be aligned.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think I need a command that looks like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;position(dateFrom, dateTo, position, location)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and then somehow also align the &lt;strong&gt;responsibilities/duties&lt;/strong&gt; section.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ok here is what I got so far:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\position#1-#2 #3@#4{\noindent#1 --- #2: \textbf{#4}, \em{#3}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which allows me to use it like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\position 02.07.2008-02.08.2008 {Software Developer}@{Supre Core Computing Inc.}&#xA;\position 22.12.2005-12.01.2007 {Support}@{Telephony  Inc.}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I still don't know how to make the position (i.e. software developer) align with the following position (support).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4415" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-24T18:58:52.943" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T18:58:52.943" Title="Position line in a resume" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;formatting&gt;&lt;positioning&gt;&lt;resume&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="14165" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14169" CreationDate="2011-03-24T15:22:58.257" Score="4" ViewCount="58" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to flushright captions of theorem envrionments? For example consider the following code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{amsmath} %&#xA;\usepackage{amsfonts} %&#xA;\usepackage{amsthm}%&#xA;\theoremstyle{definition} %&#xA;\newtheorem{au}{testtheorem} %&#xA;\newtheorem*{au*}{testtheorem} %&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{testtheorem}[Caption]&#xA;Some text&#xA;\end{testtheorem}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now I want that caption is printed at the right side of the page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it also possible to remove the period after the caption?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4011" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-24T17:37:09.123" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T21:32:20.080" Title="flushright of theorem captions" Tags="&lt;horizontal-alignment&gt;&lt;theorems&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="14166" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14417" CreationDate="2011-03-24T15:33:44.207" Score="3" ViewCount="64" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to include some Erlang code samples in a document using the &lt;code&gt;minted&lt;/code&gt; package which include the &lt;code&gt;?&lt;/code&gt; operator to denote a message being received from a process. The code&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{minted}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{minted}{erlang}&#xA;A ! Msg1,&#xA;receive&#xA;    A ? Msg2 -&amp;gt;&#xA;        ok&#xA;\end{minted}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;produces the following output:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/COzTZ.png&quot; alt=&quot;LaTeX output&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;with the &lt;code&gt;?&lt;/code&gt; operator being treated differently to the &lt;code&gt;!&lt;/code&gt; operator, and having a red box drawn around it. How can I remove this box and have it treated in the same way as the &lt;code&gt;!&lt;/code&gt; operator? I presumed pygmentize would treat them similarly in this context. Is there any way I can check that this assertion is true, and if it's not, modify how pygmentize treats it accordingly?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="181" LastEditorUserId="181" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-28T11:44:20.103" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T13:59:37.933" Title="Red box drawn around question-mark operator in minted Erlang code" Tags="&lt;highlighting&gt;&lt;minted&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="14167" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14131" CreationDate="2011-03-24T15:58:22.033" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The problem seems to be that the &lt;code&gt;\addplot&lt;/code&gt; command doesn't interpret its options when it is encountered but only afterwards when the plot is drawn.&#xA;This means that the current value of &lt;code&gt;\x&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\mylen&lt;/code&gt; inside the loop is not used but the latest value before or after it. The loop content is executed inside a group, so that changes don't survive afterwards.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In your case all plots where drawn using &lt;code&gt;mark size=\mylen&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;\mylen&lt;/code&gt; having the default value of 0pt. The solution is to expand the value manually beforehand and call &lt;code&gt;\addplot&lt;/code&gt; with the expanded value. You actually don't need the length for this. If you want to use it exchange &lt;code&gt;\x&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;\the\mylen&lt;/code&gt; in the &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt; part:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplots}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA; \begin{axis}[axis lines=none]&#xA;  \foreach \x in {1,2,...,10} {&#xA;        \edef\PLOT{\noexpand\addplot3[only marks,scatter,mark=cube*,mark size=\x pt]}&#xA;        \PLOT coordinates {(\x*5,10*\x,3*\x)};&#xA;    };&#xA; \end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Next time PLEASE provide a full compilable, but minimal example. I never used &lt;code&gt;pgfplots&lt;/code&gt; before and had to guess the preamble. Here it turned out to be pretty simple but it can be quite complicated with PGF/TikZ when many libraries are required.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T15:58:22.033" />
  <row Id="14168" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14131" CreationDate="2011-03-24T15:59:11.720" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You should use the &lt;code&gt;\pgfplotsinvokeforeach{list}{command}&lt;/code&gt; command for this, instead of the usual &lt;code&gt;\foreach&lt;/code&gt;. That makes sure the parameter is passed to the &lt;code&gt;\addplot&lt;/code&gt; options expanded, so when the plots are actually drawn (which does not happen immediately, I believe), they include the correct parameter:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplots}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA; \begin{axis}[axis lines=none]&#xA;  \pgfplotsinvokeforeach{1,2,...,10} {&#xA;    \addplot3[only marks,scatter,mark=cube*,mark size=#1 pt] coordinates {(#1*5,10*#1,3*#1)};&#xA;    };&#xA;\end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastEditorUserId="2552" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-24T16:05:39.873" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T16:05:39.873" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="14169" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14165" CreationDate="2011-03-24T16:12:52.520" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/ntheorem&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ntheorem&lt;/a&gt; package you can easile create a new theorem style that behaves as expected; a little example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath} %&#xA;\usepackage[amsmath]{ntheorem}%&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newtheoremstyle{mystyle}%&#xA;  {\item[\rlap{\vbox{\hbox{\hskip\labelsep \theorem@headerfont%&#xA;          ##1\ ##2\theorem@separator}\hbox{\strut}}}]}%}&#xA;  {\item[\hskip\labelsep \theorem@headerfont ##1\ ##2\theorem@separator]%&#xA;    \hfill{\normalfont(##3)}\newline}&#xA;\newtheoremstyle{nonumbermystyle}%&#xA;  {\item[\rlap{\vbox{\hbox{\hskip\labelsep \theorem@headerfont%&#xA;          ##1\theorem@separator}\hbox{\strut}}}]}%}&#xA;  {\item[\hskip\labelsep \theorem@headerfont ##1\theorem@separator]%&#xA;    \hfill{\normalfont(##3)}\newline}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\theoremstyle{mystyle}&#xA;\newtheorem{au}{Theorem} %&#xA;\newtheorem*{nnau}{Theorem} %&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{au}[Caption]&#xA;Some text&#xA;\end{au}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{nnau}[Caption]&#xA;Some text&#xA;\end{nnau}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastEditorUserId="3954" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-24T21:32:20.080" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T21:32:20.080" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="14170" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-24T16:20:09.740" Score="1" ViewCount="80" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/8625/force-figure-placement-in-text&quot;&gt;Force figure placement in text&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hi! I'm trying to insert an image in latex with some text around:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Here is our image: &#xA;    \begin{figure}[h!]&#xA;    \centering&#xA;    \includegraphics[width=0.5\textwidth]{idefA0.jpg}&#xA;    \caption{IDEF0} &#xA;    \end{figure} &#xA;Here is some text!&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd like to insert image and 'Here is some image' on the same page, but when i'm trying to compile pdf I get: &lt;code&gt;Warning! !h changed to !ht&lt;/code&gt; and places an image on the next page, and &lt;code&gt;here is some text&lt;/code&gt; goes right after &lt;code&gt;Here is some image&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4418" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-24T17:03:43.363" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T17:03:43.363" ClosedDate="2011-03-24T18:35:44.847" Title="Insert image in latex" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;floats&gt;&lt;positioning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="14171" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14162" CreationDate="2011-03-24T16:21:22.890" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could open the database in your editor. It is called otfl-names.lua and should be in one of your texmf-trees in &lt;code&gt;\luatex-cache\generic\names&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is also not very difficult to make lists based on otfl-names.lua. E.g.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{luacode,luaotfload}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{luacode}&#xA;myfonts=dofile(fonts.names.path.localdir..'/otfl-names.lua')&#xA;&#xA;for i,v in ipairs(myfonts.mappings) do&#xA; tex.print(v.familyname..', '..v.fontname..'\\par')&#xA;end&#xA;&#xA;\end{luacode}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T16:21:22.890" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="14172" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14164" CreationDate="2011-03-24T16:31:44.843" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are several options here. You can use &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt;s to define your command, as the following example suggests:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\newlength\mylena&#xA;\newlength\mylenb&#xA;\setlength\mylena{4cm}&#xA;\setlength\mylenb{\textwidth}&#xA;\addtolength\mylenb{-\mylena}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\Position[2]{%&#xA;  \noindent\begin{minipage}[t]{\mylena}#1\end{minipage}%&#xA;  \begin{minipage}[t]{\mylenb}#2\end{minipage}\par\vspace{1em}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\Position{02.07.2009 --- 02.07.2010}{Soft Dev, IVM Corp Sunset, California, USA\\[0.5em]&#xA;Duties included blah blah, blah.}&#xA;&#xA;\Position{03.07.2009 --- 04.07.2010}{Tech Spport, SupOrT inc. Sunset, California, USA\\[0.5em]&#xA; Responsibilities and duties included blah blah, blah, and then blah, but somtimes blah and blah,&#xA; and MySQL blah and C\# and Java blah Python.}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There's a number of classes already designed to typeset CVs, perhaps you would be interested in some of them: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.laqee.unal.edu.co/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html#applications&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Writing applications for a job/CV&lt;/a&gt;; I personally recommend you &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.laqee.unal.edu.co/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/moderncv.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;moderncv&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastEditorUserId="3954" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-24T16:40:54.337" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T16:40:54.337" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="14174" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14170" CreationDate="2011-03-24T16:55:28.783" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Note that you can place text (and any other material in general) into the &lt;code&gt;figure&lt;/code&gt; environment together with the actual image.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So you could write:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}[h!]&#xA;Here is our image: &#xA;\centering&#xA;\includegraphics[width=0.5\textwidth]{idefA0.jpg}&#xA;\caption{IDEF0} &#xA;\end{figure} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You have to check the spacing between the text and image by yourself, e.g. by adding a &lt;code&gt;\par\medskip&lt;/code&gt; between them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to place your image in a certain position in your text you shouldn't use a floating environment (or you can use the &lt;code&gt;[H]&lt;/code&gt; option as Jake mentioned).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can write (using the &lt;code&gt;caption&lt;/code&gt; package):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Here is our image: &#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;\includegraphics[width=0.5\textwidth]{idefA0.jpg}&#xA;\captionof{figure}{IDEF0} &#xA;\end{center} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T16:55:28.783" />
  <row Id="14175" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14176" CreationDate="2011-03-24T17:13:01.210" Score="1" ViewCount="64" Body="&lt;p&gt;Why can't I define an environment, that encloses another &lt;code&gt;tabularx&lt;/code&gt; environment inside it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, why can't I do this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{customTabular}{&#xA;    % This is the begin code&#xA;    \begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{l l X}&#xA;}&#xA;{&#xA;    % This is the end code&#xA;    \end{customTabular}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and then use it like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{customTabular}&#xA;        Blah &amp;amp; Blah &amp;amp; Blah\\&#xA;\end{customeTabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4415" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-24T17:22:13.597" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T20:00:48.177" Title="Create environment inside another environment?" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;environments&gt;&lt;tabularx&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="14176" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14175" CreationDate="2011-03-24T17:21:26.250" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; extensions are all based on hacking TeX's alignment system which requires some expansion intricacies (that's as much as I understand about it).  One trick which sometimes works is to use the control sequences one level below the LaTeX abstraction.  This works:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tabularx}&#xA;\newenvironment{customTabular}{&#xA;    % This is the begin code&#xA;    \begingroup&#xA;    \tabularx{\linewidth}{l l X}&#xA;}&#xA;{&#xA;    % This is the end code&#xA;    \endtabularx&#xA;    \endgroup&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{customTabular}&#xA;        Blah &amp;amp; Blah &amp;amp; Blah\\&#xA;\end{customTabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt;: The &lt;code&gt;\begingroup&lt;/code&gt;...&lt;code&gt;\endgroup&lt;/code&gt; are in there because &lt;code&gt;\begin{tabularx}&lt;/code&gt; begins a group &lt;em&gt;then&lt;/em&gt; expands &lt;code&gt;\tabularx&lt;/code&gt;.  But since &lt;code&gt;\begin{customTabular}&lt;/code&gt; begins its own group you don't need it for this simple case.  I suppose if you wanted to have extra code after &lt;code&gt;\endtabular&lt;/code&gt; that would not be affected by the contents of the environment you would need it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-24T20:00:48.177" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T20:00:48.177" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="14177" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10724" CreationDate="2011-03-24T17:41:24.630" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just add the following additional directive to myDoc.tex&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% rubber: watch myDoc.glo&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Even so one problem remains, if you rename the glossaryentry (e.g. from &quot;test&quot; to &quot;test2&quot;) you have to manually run makeglossaries before calling rubber, because myDoc.gls still contains the old entry &quot;test&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And another side effect, if you compile into a different directory with --into, you have the add the directory to the directive. So calling&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;rubber --into=tmp myDoc.tex&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;needs these directives:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% rubber: onchange tmp/myDoc.glo 'makeglossaries myDoc'&#xA;% rubber: watch tmp/myDoc.glo&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1481" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T17:41:24.630" />
  <row Id="14178" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14098" CreationDate="2011-03-24T17:42:59.073" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Even without saving as Portable LaTeX, SWP files will compile provided TeX has access to the file TCILatex. When saved as Portable LaTeX, they will compile on any system that has access to the standard AMS packages and graphicx. And some of us know &quot;real LaTeX&quot; but prefer not to work in TeX code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4420" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T17:42:59.073" />
  <row Id="14179" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14164" CreationDate="2011-03-24T17:53:36.293" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are also some pre-made CV document classes like &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/moderncv&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;moderncv&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. See also this &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/keyword/vita&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;list of packages with the keyword vita.&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;moderncv&lt;/code&gt; has a &lt;code&gt;\cventry&lt;/code&gt; command that takes 6 arguments, the first of which is set like you want the date to be. So:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\cventry{2000--2007}{Acme entreprise}{Duties included...}{}{}{}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Would set Acme entreprises in bold and &lt;code&gt;Duties...&lt;/code&gt; in italics, with the dates to the left. Check out the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/moderncv/examples&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;template.tex&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; for pointers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T17:53:36.293" />
  <row Id="14180" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-24T18:13:18.610" Score="1" ViewCount="89" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am having a problem with &lt;code&gt;\subcaption&lt;/code&gt; labeling subfigures (c) and (d) instead (a) and (b). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't know where the problem originates from. I have many figures that contain two subfigures and most of them are labelled correctly, i.e. (a) and (b). But for some particular locations within the code, the labels come out as (c) and (d), no matter which figures how I use. I tried reverting to using &lt;code&gt;\subfigure&lt;/code&gt; instead but the labels also come out as (c) and (d) instead of (a) and (b) at those particular locations within the code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Below is the block of code that I use to have two figures placed next to each other with subcaptions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Many thanks for your help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[bf]{caption}&#xA;\usepackage[hypcap=true]{subcaption}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}[h] &#xA;    \centering&#xA;    \subcaptionbox{Figure a\label{fig:a}}&#xA;        {\includegraphics[width=0.45\textwidth]{figure-a}}&#xA;    \subcaptionbox{Figure b\label{fig:b}}&#xA;        {\includegraphics[width=0.45\textwidth]{figure-b}}&#xA;    \caption{Figure a and b}&#xA;    \label{fig:figure}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: The following code is the shortest reproduction of the problem I could achieve. I cut down my original document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{report}&#xA;%Declaring packages for use&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage[bf]{caption} %Bold equation and figure captions&#xA;\usepackage[hypcap=true]{subcaption}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\chapter{Intro}&#xA;\section{The first chapter}&#xA;&#xA;If we remove this big figure then no bad labeling&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}[tbhp]&#xA;    \centering&#xA;    \Large K&#xA;    \caption{big figure}&#xA;    \label{fig:big}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\section{MIS}&#xA;If we remove this than no bad labeling&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;    \begin{minipage}[b]{.5\linewidth}&#xA;        \centering\large A&#xA;        \subcaption{A subfigure}\label{fig:1a}&#xA;    \end{minipage}%&#xA;    \begin{minipage}[b]{.5\linewidth}&#xA;        \centering\large B&#xA;        \subcaption{Another subfigure}\label{fig:1b}&#xA;    \end{minipage}&#xA;    \caption{A figure}\label{fig:1}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{Some chapter}&#xA;\section{Some Section}&#xA;Some section&#xA;&#xA;\subsection{Transfer}&#xA;If we remove this then no bad labeling&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}[tbhp]&#xA;    \centering&#xA;    \Large K&#xA;    \caption{big figure}&#xA;    \label{fig:big}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\subsection{BAD LABELING HAPPENS HERE}&#xA;&#xA;Here is the bad labeling&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;    \begin{minipage}[b]{.5\linewidth}&#xA;        \centering\large A&#xA;        \subcaption{A subfigure}\label{fig:1abad}&#xA;    \end{minipage}%&#xA;    \begin{minipage}[b]{.5\linewidth}&#xA;        \centering\large B&#xA;        \subcaption{Another subfigure}\label{fig:1bbad}&#xA;    \end{minipage}&#xA;    \caption{A figure}\label{fig:bad}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2031" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-24T21:49:02.440" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T06:58:50.737" Title="Subcaption: wrong subfigure labels" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;subfloats&gt;&lt;subcaption&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="14181" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14182" CreationDate="2011-03-24T18:46:30.157" Score="10" ViewCount="98" Body="&lt;p&gt;I see that in documentation for many LaTeX packages authors keep track of changes with a &lt;code&gt;\changes{}&lt;/code&gt; macro, which then produces a nice index style list of changes. I would like to do the same for edits to my PhD thesis. Is there a way to use this facility, or a similar one, outside the &lt;code&gt;ltxdoc&lt;/code&gt; document class?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3540" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-24T21:44:59.230" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T21:44:59.230" Title="Keep track of changes in LaTeX document" Tags="&lt;changes&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="14182" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14181" CreationDate="2011-03-24T19:12:52.640" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;ltxdoc&lt;/code&gt; document class loads the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/doc&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;doc&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package for the core functionality. The package can be used in other document classes too:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{doc}&#xA;\RecordChanges&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\changes{v1}{2011/03/24}{Initial version}&#xA;Test&#xA;&#xA;\PrintChanges&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Process the &lt;code&gt;.glo&lt;/code&gt; file with:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;gt; makeindex -s gglo.ist -o &amp;lt;name&amp;gt;.gls &amp;lt;name&amp;gt;.glo&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For more information refer to the &lt;code&gt;doc&lt;/code&gt; manual (it can be compiled from the LaTeX2e sources).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3104" LastEditorUserId="3104" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-24T19:22:14.400" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T19:22:14.400" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14183" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14184" CreationDate="2011-03-24T19:13:31.097" Score="5" ViewCount="35" Body="&lt;p&gt;The editor asked me to use the following format. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Reference&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  1. Author, blah blah&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Instead of &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Reference&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  [1] Author, blah blah ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Even though in the main text, [1] style has been used. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Smith [1] has proposed ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Reference&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  1. Smith, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is what I want. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Could you please advise how I can do the above?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4421" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-24T19:18:46.787" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T19:18:46.787" Title="How to use 1. (number followed by dot) format instead of [1] format in bibliography" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="14184" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14183" CreationDate="2011-03-24T19:18:03.020" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Add the following to the preamble of your document:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand\@biblabel[1]{#1.}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T19:18:03.020" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14185" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14194" CreationDate="2011-03-24T19:26:55.387" Score="1" ViewCount="46" Body="&lt;p&gt;I the &quot;algorithm&quot; environment, when a function call spans multiple lines, I would like to have its arguments aligned, like so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;MyFunction(long_arg_name0,&#xA;           long_arg_name1,&#xA;           long_arg_name2);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I achieve this effect?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;(second) EDIT&lt;/strong&gt;: Here's a minimal example that fails to achieve the desired effect:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{algorithmicx}&#xA;\usepackage{algpseudocode}&#xA;\usepackage{algorithm}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{algorithm}[t]&#xA;\begin{algorithmic}&#xA;  \While{true}&#xA;  \State MyLongWindedFunction(LongArgument0,\\ LongArgument1,\\ LongArgument2,\\ LongArgument3)&#xA;  \EndWhile&#xA;\end{algorithmic}&#xA;\end{algorithm}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I stick the standard alignment marker '&amp;amp;' between the arguments, I get the error message:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Misplaced alignment tab character &amp;amp;.&#xA;l.10   \State MyLongWindedFunction(LongArgument0,&amp;amp;&#xA;                                               \\ LongArgument1, &amp;amp;\\ Lon...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2224" LastEditorUserId="2224" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-28T18:48:14.940" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T19:56:07.660" Title="Aligning function arguments in &quot;algorithm&quot; environment." Tags="&lt;listings&gt;&lt;alignment&gt;&lt;algorithms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14186" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14200" CreationDate="2011-03-24T19:34:21.293" Score="7" ViewCount="59" Body="&lt;p&gt;When using &lt;code&gt;\write18&lt;/code&gt; to execute shell commands, there are some cases where lots of backslash strings, and other 'special' LaTeX characters are required in the commandline to be executed (e.g. if a regular-expression is needed, or when using awk).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It would be convenient to have a way of typing the command exactly as it should appear when used on the commandline (i.e. without needing to use &lt;code&gt;\string&lt;/code&gt;, etc.), and having it parsed verbatim, and given as an argument to &lt;code&gt;\write18&lt;/code&gt;.  What ways are there of accomplishing this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3888" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T14:18:13.643" Title="How can I provide a verbatim (unescaped) commandline for executing with \write18?" Tags="&lt;verbatim&gt;&lt;write18&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="14187" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14189" CreationDate="2011-03-24T20:00:44.267" Score="1" ViewCount="37" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need help with my term paper. When I quote with &lt;code&gt;\cite[px]{author}&lt;/code&gt;, I want to remove the comma between the author and the pagenumber (px).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I get this: (author, px)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I need this: (author px)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's the file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{scrartcl}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{geometry}                % See geometry.pdf to learn the layout options.     There are lots.&#xA;&#xA;\geometry{a4paper, top=25mm, left=35mm, right=35mm, bottom=25mm}                 &#xA;\usepackage{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}&#xA;\usepackage{epstopdf}&#xA;\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[english]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{ulem}&#xA;\usepackage{enumitem}&#xA;\usepackage{stmaryrd}&#xA;\usepackage{makeidx}&#xA;\makeindex&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\numberwithin{equation}{section}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\usepackage{underlin}&#xA;\usepackage{qtree}&#xA;\usepackage{tipa}&#xA;\usepackage{natbib}&#xA;\usepackage{subfigure}&#xA;\usepackage{ifthen}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand\@cite[2]{&#xA;({ #1\ifthenelse{\boolean{@tempswa}}{ \nolinebreak[3] #2}{}})&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareGraphicsRule{.tif}{png}{.png}{`convert #1 `dirname #1`/`basename #1 .tif`.png}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\newpage                                        % Activate to display a given date or no date&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\newcommand{\attrib}[1]{\nopagebreak{\raggedleft\footnotesize #1\par}}                  &#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\thispagestyle{empty}&#xA;\newpage    &#xA;\section{Introduction}&#xA;As a young author &quot;who was yet to find a public he was cautious about immediately   identifying himself with a work hat he himself regarded as shocking&quot;&#xA;\cite[x]{Ziff}&#xA;\setcounter{page}{1}&#xA;\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{1.50}\normalsize&#xA;&#xA;\newpage&#xA;\begin{thebibliography}{------}&#xA;&#xA;\bibitem[Ziff]{Ziff}&#xA;Ziff, Larzer. &quot;Introduction&quot; \textit{Maggie: A Girl of the Streets and Other Tales of New York.} Stephen Crane. London: Penguin Books, 2000. vii-xxv. &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Okay, here I added all the usepackages and the part of the bibliography that is relevant for the example I gave you above in the section. The output is a comma between the author Ziff and the pagenumber x. I would like to remove the comma so that the new output is (Ziff x) and not (Ziff, x). I hope you can help me!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4422" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-24T21:54:02.203" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T21:54:02.203" Title="Comma between author and pagenumber" Tags="&lt;formatting&gt;&lt;citing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="14188" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14190" CreationDate="2011-03-24T20:02:12.227" Score="2" ViewCount="66" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/312/correctly-typesetting-a-tilde&quot;&gt;Correctly typesetting a tilde&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can show ~(tilde) in normal text, using text as follows,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{quote}&#xA;\verb|~|&#xA;\end{quote}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But the problem is when I try to put this in footnote{}. Error will be thrown, how should I do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4423" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-24T21:12:13.410" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T21:12:13.410" ClosedDate="2011-03-25T05:41:23.283" Title="How to show ~(tilde) in footnote?" Tags="&lt;footnotes&gt;&lt;tilde&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="14189" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14187" CreationDate="2011-03-24T20:06:09.513" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;EDIT: Since you are using &lt;code&gt;natbib&lt;/code&gt;, simply add this to the preamble of your document (somewhere after &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{natbib}&lt;/code&gt; and before &lt;code&gt;\begin{document}&lt;/code&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setcitestyle{notesep={  }}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastEditorUserId="3954" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-24T21:10:39.507" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T21:10:39.507" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14190" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14188" CreationDate="2011-03-24T20:07:51.810" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;code&gt;\~{}&lt;/code&gt; for a tilde. Example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;Hi here\footnote{My character is ``\~{}'' and \texttt{I can also typset&#xA;it in this font: ``\~{}''}.}.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The group &lt;code&gt;{}&lt;/code&gt; is quite important after the &lt;code&gt;\~&lt;/code&gt;, otherwise LaTeX will think it's an accent to put on the next character.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4008" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T20:07:51.810" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14191" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14199" CreationDate="2011-03-24T20:27:03.117" Score="7" ViewCount="32" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm writing up my thesis right now, using memoir, and I have a problem with abstracts.  Each chapter - besides the intro and conclusion - is an article published in a journal, and has its own abstract (which is in addition to the abstract at the beginning of the thesis).  I like the way the abstract environment \begin{abstract}... typesets the abstracts for each chapter, but they show up as unnumbered chapters in the table of contents.  If I use \abstractnum to force numbering it just numbers the abstracts as chapters;  what I'd really like is for them to be numbered as sections:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;2 Great chapter title&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;2.1 Abstract ....&lt;br&gt;&#xA;2.2 Introduction ....&lt;br&gt;&#xA;[...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've been up one side of Google and down the other to no avail, and I can't find anything in the memoir manual. Is there a simple way to do this in memoir, or do I have make the abstracts \section{}s and live with it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Update:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've been playing more and I can get the behaviour I want in individual chapters if I muck with the section numbering and add to the toc manually:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{abstract}&#xA;\addtocounter{section}{1}&#xA;\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\numberline{\thesection}Abstract}&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But now I've got the opposite problem:  I put the thesis abstract in the table of contents using \abstractintoc before the thesis abstract, but now the chapter abstracts show up twice, once as an unnumbered chapter and once as the properly numbered section:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;2 Great chapter title&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;Abstract&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;2.1 Abstract..&lt;br&gt;&#xA;2.2 Introduction...  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Maybe it's easier to solve the problem when it's this way instead?    &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update&lt;/strong&gt;: Following Stefan's awesome answer:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The minimal example you provided didn't quite work, Stefan, because I still need the thesis abstract and I need it unnumbered.  But here's a minimal example that does work for me:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{memoir}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand*{\num@bs}{\section{\abstractname}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\listfiles&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\clearpage&#xA;\abstractintoc&#xA;\begin{abstract}&#xA;Here's the thesis abstract.  Should be unnumbered.&#xA;\end{abstract}&#xA;&#xA;\abstractnum&#xA;\chapter{One}&#xA;\begin{abstract}&#xA;    Here is the chapter abstract.  Should be (and is) numbered.  &#xA;\end{abstract}&#xA;\section{Introduction}&#xA;Text follows.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Seems to work for me, so I'm going to go with that. :-) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4424" LastEditorUserId="4424" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-24T21:26:52.347" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T21:26:52.347" Title="In memoir, can I number abstracts as sections in the toc?" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;memoir&gt;&lt;abstract&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14192" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-24T20:38:36.703" Score="1" ViewCount="80" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't use MiKTeX or any other package managers. I usually install new styles/libraries by adding the .sty file to the same directory as the .tex file and compile using pdflatex.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I figured out I have pgf version 2.0 and want to upgrade to version 2.10. I already tried doing texhash, but that didn't seem to change anything.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can someone help me out? I don't wish to install any MiKTex-like software.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4425" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-24T21:39:12.120" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T22:12:12.820" Title="Upgrading PGF without tex-package manager" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;installing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14194" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14185" CreationDate="2011-03-24T20:40:54.273" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One possible solution would be to calculate the length of the string that preceeds the alignment point (in this case, the string &lt;code&gt;MyLongWindedFunction(&lt;/code&gt; ) and then use this length to add the necessary horizontal space:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{algorithmicx}&#xA;\usepackage{algpseudocode}&#xA;\usepackage{algorithm}&#xA;&#xA;\newlength\mylen&#xA;\settowidth\mylen{MyLongWindedFunction(}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{algorithm}[t]&#xA;\begin{algorithmic}&#xA;  \State MyLongWindedFunction(LongArgument0,\\\hspace{\mylen}LongArgument1,\\\hspace{\mylen}LongArgument2,\\\hspace{\mylen}LongArgument3)&#xA;\end{algorithmic}&#xA;\end{algorithm}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To answer the EDIT in the original question: simply add &lt;code&gt;\parindent&lt;/code&gt; (the indentation used in the algorithm) to the length &lt;code&gt;\mylen&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{algorithmicx}&#xA;\usepackage{algpseudocode}&#xA;\usepackage{algorithm}&#xA;&#xA;\newlength\mylen&#xA;\settowidth\mylen{MyLongWindedFunction(}&#xA;\addtolength\mylen{\parindent}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{algorithm}[t]&#xA;\begin{algorithmic}&#xA;  \While{true}&#xA;  \State MyLongWindedFunction(LongArgument0,\\\hspace*{\mylen}LongArgument1,\\\hspace*{\mylen}LongArgument2,\\\hspace*{\mylen}LongArgument3)&#xA;  \EndWhile&#xA;\end{algorithmic}&#xA;\end{algorithm}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastEditorUserId="3954" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-28T19:56:07.660" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T19:56:07.660" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="14196" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14188" CreationDate="2011-03-24T20:01:19.880" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;How about &lt;code&gt;\textasciitilde&lt;/code&gt; ? It works for me. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1754" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T20:01:19.880" />
  <row Id="14197" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14188" CreationDate="2011-03-24T20:01:59.393" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just use the &lt;code&gt;\textasciitilde&lt;/code&gt; command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T20:01:59.393" />
  <row Id="14198" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14188" CreationDate="2011-03-24T20:06:41.280" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;\footnote{foo \~{} bar} works for me. If you want it in \verb style, but a \texttt around.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4442" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T20:06:41.280" />
  <row Id="14199" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14191" CreationDate="2011-03-24T20:52:17.667" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Besides calling &lt;code&gt;\abstractnum&lt;/code&gt;, you can redefine &lt;code&gt;\num@bs&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand*{\num@bs}{\section{\abstractname}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's originally defined in &lt;code&gt;memoir.cls&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\num@bs}{\chapter{\abstractname}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Instead of simply redefining this internal macro, you could create your own abstract environment using &lt;code&gt;\renewenvironment{abstract}{...}&lt;/code&gt; and calling &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt; within.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As said in the comment, here's a minimal example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{memoir}&#xA;\abstractnum&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand*{\num@bs}{\section{\abstractname}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\listfiles&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\chapter{One}&#xA;\begin{abstract}&#xA;   Here is the abstract.&#xA;\end{abstract}&#xA;Text follows.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/9OXPV.png&quot; alt=&quot;abstract as section&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-24T21:05:11.757" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T21:05:11.757" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="14200" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14186" CreationDate="2011-03-24T21:23:49.247" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can try&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\write18{\unexpanded{...}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In order to avoid doubled &lt;code&gt;#&lt;/code&gt; marks and to use &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt;, you can define&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\exec{\begingroup\setexeccatcodes\innerexec}&#xA;\def\setexeccatcodes{\catcode`\#=12 \catcode`\%=12 }&#xA;\def\innerexec#1{\immediate\write18{\unexpanded{#1}}\endgroup}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However you can't use \exec in the argument of another command, because this freezes category codes. Should you need it, one has to work also with \scantokens. Braces must be balanced, but this should not be a problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4427" LastEditorUserId="4427" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-25T14:18:13.643" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T14:18:13.643" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14201" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14203" CreationDate="2011-03-24T22:02:31.217" Score="5" ViewCount="42" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using &lt;code&gt;ntheorem&lt;/code&gt; (mostly for &lt;code&gt;thmmarks&lt;/code&gt;), and I'd like to change the font used for the theorem name.  Specifically, I'd like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{theorem}[Name of theorem]&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to generate &quot;Theorem 1 (Name of theorem)&quot; with only &quot;Theorem 1&quot; in bold (I think this is the default style in &lt;code&gt;amsthm&lt;/code&gt;).  Is there any easy way to do this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{ntheorem}&#xA;\theoremstyle{plain}&#xA;\theorembodyfont{\itshape}&#xA;\theoremheaderfont{\normalfont\bfseries}&#xA;\theoremseparator{.}&#xA;\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{theorem}[Name of theorem]&#xA;$1 + 1 = 2$.&#xA;\end{theorem}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4428" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-24T22:25:48.570" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T22:29:53.697" Title="ntheorem and theoremname" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;theorems&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14202" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14192" CreationDate="2011-03-24T22:12:12.820" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The solution was to manually delete all files referring to the old version of pgf in the /usr/share/texmf folder. Then I manually copied all the files under the /tex directory in pgf_2.10.tds into the corresponding /usr/share/texmf folder. Then I ran texhash multiple times.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the end, the library that I wanted to add worked, and compilation worked, and the result looks good.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4425" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T22:12:12.820" />
  <row Id="14203" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14201" CreationDate="2011-03-24T22:27:17.587" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;you can modify the plain style as you wish as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{ntheorem}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;%--------------------------------&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewtheoremstyle{plain}%&#xA;{\item[\hskip\labelsep \theorem@headerfont ##1\ ##2 \theorem@separator]}%&#xA;{\item[\hskip\labelsep \theorem@headerfont ##1\ ##2\ \normalfont\textcolor{red}{##3}  \theorem@separator]}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;%------------------------------------&#xA;\theoremstyle{plain}&#xA;\theorembodyfont{\itshape}&#xA;\theoremheaderfont{\normalfont\bfseries}&#xA;\theoremseparator{.}&#xA;\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}&#xA;%------------------------------------&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{theorem}[Name of theorem]&#xA;$1 + 1 = 2$.&#xA;\end{theorem}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastActivityDate="2011-03-24T22:27:17.587" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="14205" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14206" CreationDate="2011-03-24T22:56:46.347" Score="3" ViewCount="33" Body="&lt;p&gt;For some weird reason the following code gives me the wrong plot&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplots}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{axis}&#xA; \addplot+[jump mark left,samples at={2.5,5,...,20}] {floor(x/2.5)};&#xA;\end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/yUOo7.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;the resulting plot&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Clearly, at for instance &lt;code&gt;x=15&lt;/code&gt;, y should equal to 6. Is this a bug?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Added:&lt;/strong&gt; I've noticed that the &lt;code&gt;floor()&lt;/code&gt; function is superfluous in this case - the &lt;code&gt;jump  mark left&lt;/code&gt; option works just like a floor function, which produces the correct graph. Still, this does not justify the above erroneous example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2795" LastEditorUserId="2795" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-24T23:20:05.920" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T00:14:01.843" Title="Pgfplots jump mark error when plotting a floor function" Tags="&lt;pgfplots&gt;&lt;pgfmath&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="14206" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14205" CreationDate="2011-03-25T00:14:01.843" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd guess that this is a floating point rounding error (even though &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathparse{floor(((5-2.5)*6)/2.5)}\pgfmathresult&lt;/code&gt; correctly prints 6.0). Calculations done using TeX's dimensions have poor precision. One way to fix it is to add a small number to the argument of floor:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplots}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\begin{axis}&#xA; \addplot+[jump mark left,samples at={2.5,5,...,20}] {floor(x/2.5+0.0001)};&#xA;\end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/y9DD1.png&quot; alt=&quot;result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T00:14:01.843" />
  <row Id="14208" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-25T02:30:58.427" Score="11" ViewCount="177" Body="&lt;p&gt;In proximity theory, we use &lt;code&gt;\delta&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\ll&lt;/code&gt; as binary relations on the power set of a set X.  How can one display NOT &lt;code&gt;\delta&lt;/code&gt; or NOT &lt;code&gt;\ll&lt;/code&gt; similar to how we can do &lt;code&gt;\not\in&lt;/code&gt;.  Using &lt;code&gt;\not\delta&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\not\ll&lt;/code&gt; place the strike-through in bad positions over the &lt;code&gt;\delta&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\ll&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For NOT &lt;code&gt;\delta&lt;/code&gt;, I am currently using&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\!\!\not\!\delta&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For NOT &lt;code&gt;\ll&lt;/code&gt;, I am using&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;\hskip 0.4mm \not \hskip -0.4mm \ll&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are a few problems here.  Sometimes the placement of the &quot;not&quot; over the &quot;delta&quot; is a little off but it varies throughout the pages.  Also, at the end of the line, I may get the &lt;code&gt;\not&lt;/code&gt; appearing at the end of the current line and the &lt;code&gt;\delta&lt;/code&gt; appearing at the beginning of the next line.  I have not noticed this issue with my defininition of NOT &lt;code&gt;\ll&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is the best way to define these symbols?  How can one make sure that the &quot;not&quot; is on the same line as the &quot;delta&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4432" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-25T10:53:58.180" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T10:53:58.180" Title="How to type NOT \delta and NOT \ll" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="14209" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14210" CreationDate="2011-03-25T02:32:28.020" Score="1" ViewCount="42" Body="&lt;p&gt;So I am doing a homework assignment. The homework is selected numbers from various pages of the textbook. So I can not use a ordered list, ie. 1, 2, 3, ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I was looking at some ways to separate and give my solutions a heading. The best I could find was &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{xca}&#xA;\textbf {24 Page 45}&#xA;    ...&#xA;\end{xca}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but that dosn't look very good since it puts a period after &quot;excercise&quot;. I have attached a picture. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am either looking to get rid of the fullstop, or some alternate way. It would be best that if I create a pdf (and a table of contents) to go along with it, it should have the title as a clickable link. But if thats too complicated, help me remove the fullstop. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am using Lyx. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/91UZw.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="776" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-25T06:21:54.140" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T06:21:54.140" Title="removing the full stop after &quot;excercise&quot;" Tags="&lt;numbering&gt;&lt;punctuation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14210" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14209" CreationDate="2011-03-25T03:57:51.643" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Not sure how the &lt;code&gt;xca&lt;/code&gt; environment is defined (maybe you could add the relevant bit from the preamble), but maybe &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{xca}[24 Page 45]&#xA;    ...&#xA;\end{xca}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;displays nicely.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If it is just solutions to exercises, you could also do &lt;code&gt;\section*{Exercise 24, Page 45}&lt;/code&gt; instead of the environment (or &lt;code&gt;\subsection&lt;/code&gt;). This is what I usually do when typesetting solutions to assignments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T03:57:51.643" />
  <row Id="14211" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14208" CreationDate="2011-03-25T04:08:09.603" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think you want the macro &lt;code&gt;\mathrlap&lt;/code&gt; to overlap the slash on the symbol you are negating:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{mathtools}&#xA;\newcommand{\NOTDelta}{\!\!\not\!\Delta}&#xA;\newcommand{\NOTll}{\hskip 0.4mm \not \hskip -0.4mm \ll}&#xA;\newcommand{\notDelta}{\mathrel{\mathrlap{\not}\Delta}}&#xA;\newcommand{\notll}{\mathrel{\mathrlap{\;\;\not}\ll}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{align*}&#xA;    A &amp;amp;\not\Delta B     &amp;amp; A &amp;amp;\not\ll B \\&#xA;    A &amp;amp;\NOTDelta  B     &amp;amp; A &amp;amp;\NOTll  B \\&#xA;    A &amp;amp;\notDelta  B     &amp;amp; A &amp;amp;\notll  B&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/AbqxP.png&quot; alt=&quot;sample code&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\mathrel&lt;/code&gt; command spaces your symbol as if it were a binary relation.  Without it your symbols get pushed too close together.  And the &lt;code&gt;\mathrlap&lt;/code&gt; command sets its contents in a box of width zero, with the rest overlapping to the right.   &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-25T09:01:29.837" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T09:01:29.837" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="14212" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14208" CreationDate="2011-03-25T05:15:19.133" Score="18" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just use Heiko Oberdiek's &lt;code&gt;centernot&lt;/code&gt; package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{centernot}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;$a\centernot\ll b \centernot\Delta c$&#xA;&#xA;$a\centernot\longrightarrow b$&#xA;&#xA;$a\centernot{\xrightarrow{1234567}} b$&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/iPUK4.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T05:15:19.133" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="14213" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14186" CreationDate="2011-03-25T06:17:56.467" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;egreg has an answered for the typical case where e-TeX is available. In the original TeX-82 program you'd do effectively the same using a token register&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newtoks\mytoks&#xA;\mytoks{&amp;lt;commands-go-here&amp;gt;}&#xA;\immediate\write18{\the\mytoks}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(This works because token registers are only expanded once in &lt;code&gt;\write&lt;/code&gt; contexts, in analogy to their behaviour inside &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt;. The &lt;code&gt;\unexpanded&lt;/code&gt; solution effectively does the same thing without needing the assignment operation.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T06:17:56.467" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="14214" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14208" CreationDate="2011-03-25T08:24:56.513" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Leo Liu told you a great way to define the symbols; I'd like to explain the odd behaviour you observed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sometimes the placement of the &quot;not&quot; over the &quot;delta&quot; is a little off but it varies throughout the pages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The reason for this is that &lt;code&gt;\not&lt;/code&gt; is a &lt;em&gt;relational&lt;/em&gt; symbol, and TeX inserts a &lt;code&gt;\thickmuskip&lt;/code&gt; between an ordinary and a relational symbol (which gives nice spacing). Now &lt;code&gt;\thickmuskip&lt;/code&gt; usually is a skip of &lt;code&gt;5.0mu plus 5.0mu&lt;/code&gt;, which means: It's at least 5 &lt;code&gt;mu&lt;/code&gt; units wide, but it can &lt;em&gt;stretch&lt;/em&gt; an additional 5 &lt;code&gt;mu&lt;/code&gt; units, depending on how full the current line is.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, if you type &lt;code&gt;$a \!\!\not\!\delta b$&lt;/code&gt;, then TeX puts this &lt;code&gt;\thickmuskip&lt;/code&gt; before the &lt;code&gt;\not&lt;/code&gt; symbol &lt;em&gt;and also before the&lt;/em&gt; &lt;code&gt;\delta&lt;/code&gt;. The stretchability of this latter skip causes the placement of the &quot;not&quot; over the &quot;delta&quot; to vary throughout the pages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Also, at the end of the line, I may get the &lt;code&gt;\not&lt;/code&gt; appearing at the end of the current line and the &lt;code&gt;\delta&lt;/code&gt; appearing at the beginning of the next line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If a relational symbol (like &lt;code&gt;\not&lt;/code&gt;) is followed by a skip like &lt;code&gt;\!&lt;/code&gt; (or by an ordinary symbol), TeX allows a line break in between. (TeXnically this is achieved by putting a &lt;code&gt;\penalty 500&lt;/code&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I have not noticed this issue with my defininition of NOT &lt;code&gt;\ll&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The issue with the undesired line break can also happen with your definition of NOT &lt;code&gt;\ll&lt;/code&gt;. The variation of the placement of the &quot;not&quot;, however, does not happen: The reason is that &lt;em&gt;both&lt;/em&gt; &lt;code&gt;\not&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\ll&lt;/code&gt; are relational symbols, and TeX doesn't put any space between two relational symbols.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T08:24:56.513" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14215" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-25T08:33:28.810" Score="5" ViewCount="119" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know that a pgfplots cycle list can be created with &lt;code&gt;\pgfplotscreateplotcyclelist&lt;/code&gt;. However, the examples given in the pgfplots manual explicitly list all the items. I am wondering if it is possible to create a cycle list by looping through a table (potentially loaded from a file). This is very useful when there are large number of &lt;code&gt;\addplot&lt;/code&gt; and each needs a special style. Any idea how to do this? Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4436" LastEditorUserId="2552" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-25T08:44:36.777" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T14:03:28.893" Title="How to create pgfplots cycle list from a table?" Tags="&lt;pgfplots&gt;&lt;pgfplotstables&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14216" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8612" CreationDate="2011-03-25T08:56:53.450" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is now the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/filemod&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;filemod&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package which can return the file modification date of any file (which can be found by TeX). It is based on the &lt;code&gt;\pdffilemoddate&lt;/code&gt; macro. It works with pdf(La)TeX and Lua(La)TeX, but not with Xe(La)TeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want the time when the main file was last changed use &lt;code&gt;\jobname&lt;/code&gt; as filename in the macros below. If you really want the compile time you can&#xA;use the macros with a trick:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\edef\pdfilemoddate#1{\pdfcreationdate}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and then keep the &lt;code&gt;{&amp;lt;filename&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt; argument empty.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can print, i.e. typeset the date, time and timezone using&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\filemodprint{&amp;lt;filename&amp;gt;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Only the date or time+timezone are printed with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\filemodprintdate{&amp;lt;filename&amp;gt;}&#xA;\filemodprinttime{&amp;lt;filename&amp;gt;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;They use the &lt;code&gt;\thefilemoddate&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\thefilemodtime&lt;/code&gt; to format the result.&#xA;These macro get &lt;code&gt;{&amp;lt;YYYY&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;MM&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;DD&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;{&amp;lt;HH&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;mm&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;SS&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;TZ&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt; as arguments, respectively. You can redefine these to print the date or time in a custom format. There is also &lt;code&gt;\thefilemod&lt;/code&gt; for &lt;code&gt;\filemodprint&lt;/code&gt; which gets all seven arguments and by default calls the other two macros.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also create your own macro with seven arguments and use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\filemodparse{\mymacro}{&amp;lt;filename&amp;gt;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then the timezone would be &lt;code&gt;#7&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T08:56:53.450" />
  <row Id="14217" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-25T09:14:03.530" Score="5" ViewCount="54" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm looking for a way to handle date/times with different time zones. For example in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/svn-multi&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;svn-multi&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/filemod&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;filemod&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; a date and time with a timezone is returned. I like to be able to compare times in different time zones and convert from one time zone to another one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem here is that different time zones change to &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Daylight_saving_time_around_the_world&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;daylight saving time&lt;/a&gt; (DST) on different dates. So converting one date from a couple of month back to another time zone would have to take the potential different DST in both time zone &lt;em&gt;for that date&lt;/em&gt; into account.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know about the packages like &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/datenumber&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;datenumber&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/datetime&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;datetime&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/advdate&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;advdate&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, but didn't see a functionality like this. The solution would need to be able to detect the usual time zone strings and map them to the offsets.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-25T09:54:33.057" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T09:54:33.057" Title="Handling different time zones" Tags="&lt;datetime&gt;&lt;comparison&gt;" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="14218" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-25T09:27:39.857" Score="0" ViewCount="37" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/11095/how-to-write-latex-with-braces-or-any-other-tex-related-logo&quot;&gt;How to write (La)TeX  (with braces) [or any other TeX-related logo]&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have one of the oddest questions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know of the macros &lt;code&gt;\LaTeX&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\TeX&lt;/code&gt; that typesets LaTeX and TeX in proper styling. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to know if there is a similar macro for XeTeX and BiBTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2042" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T09:27:39.857" ClosedDate="2011-03-25T09:47:39.570" Title="Proper style macros." Tags="&lt;style&gt;" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14219" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14233" CreationDate="2011-03-25T09:30:09.070" Score="1" ViewCount="107" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi. Being a PhD student, I have written/will write several papers. Most of them share a common bibliography file and some styles, so I created a directory tree like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;publications/&#xA;    bibliography/biblio.bib&#xA;    templates/&#xA;        ....&#xA;    conferences/&#xA;        &amp;lt;name of conference&amp;gt;/&amp;lt;name of article&amp;gt;/&amp;lt;article files (tex etc.)&amp;gt;&#xA;    journals/&#xA;        &amp;lt;name of journal&amp;gt;/&amp;lt;name of article&amp;gt;/&amp;lt;article files (tex etc.)&amp;gt;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem is that each paper contains references to the parent directories, so it must be compiled inside this environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am now thinking of creating independent directories, i.e., moving bibliography and templates inside each directory.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How did you solve this problem? Which layout do you use?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT&lt;/strong&gt;: I'd also like to move them to other computers, using a version control system and two computers that can work using the VCS.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2317" LastEditorUserId="2317" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-26T15:09:54.433" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T18:37:10.333" Title="Directory organization with multiple papers that share files" Tags="&lt;templates&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="14220" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-25T09:35:52.223" Score="3" ViewCount="74" Body="&lt;p&gt;This question was originally a duplicate of &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/9740/215&quot;&gt;How can I add vertical space to a beamercolorbox to make it align with another one?&lt;/a&gt;. The response to that question was to add a vertical space according to the largest column, as Seamus explains in the comments. I would like, however, to do this in an automatic way. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I rephrase my question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First, here is the original question, which I leave with minor modifications so that the motivation remains clear. Then, I will analyze and explain the new, rephrased question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Original question&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When using the &lt;code&gt;columns&lt;/code&gt; environment in beamer, I sometimes find myself with these situation: two columns with some contents (like a &lt;code&gt;block&lt;/code&gt;) whose height are different. The result is that each element appears with its height:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think that if both columns had the same height (the max of all columns), the presentation would be more elegant (at least with the presentation that I am currently creating). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Normally I add some &lt;code&gt;\vspace&lt;/code&gt; with a length determined by trial-and-error. Needless to say, this is an annoying process. I would like to force the contents of a &lt;code&gt;column&lt;/code&gt; to have the same height as the largest column.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The example above was generated by this code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;&#xA;\usetheme{Darmstadt}&#xA;\usefonttheme[onlylarge]{structurebold}&#xA;\setbeamerfont*{frametitle}{size=\normalsize,series=\bfseries}&#xA;\setbeamertemplate{navigation symbols}{}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}{A frame}&#xA;  \begin{columns}[T]&#xA;    \begin{column}{0.5\linewidth}&#xA;      \begin{block}{A block}&#xA;        Hello&#xA;      \end{block}&#xA;    \end{column}&#xA;    \begin{column}{0.5\linewidth}&#xA;      \begin{block}{Another block}&#xA;        This one has a larger height since it has an itemize&#xA;        \begin{itemize}&#xA;        \item item a&#xA;        \item item b&#xA;        \end{itemize}&#xA;      \end{block}&#xA;    \end{column}&#xA;  \end{columns}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;New question&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have examined &lt;code&gt;beamerbaserequires.sty&lt;/code&gt; looking for the definition of the &lt;code&gt;columns&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;column&lt;/code&gt; environment. In order to resize each column, I think it is necessary to rewrite part of the code, since a &lt;code&gt;column&lt;/code&gt; is implemented as a &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt; without a height parameter. My new question is, as the title says, &lt;strong&gt;How to modify &lt;code&gt;columns/column&lt;/code&gt; environments so they resize automatically to the largest column ?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My first thoughts on how to achieve this are the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Resizing each &lt;code&gt;column&lt;/code&gt; to the largest one may not be possible with one pass. It is only when the &lt;code&gt;columns&lt;/code&gt; environment is closed that we could know the correct size and at that time it is too late to modify each column.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;At the code that &quot;closes&quot; a &lt;code&gt;column&lt;/code&gt; could add a vertical space equal to the size of the largest &lt;code&gt;column&lt;/code&gt; so far.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The size of the largest column could be written and read from the aux file or some other temporal file, so that, in a second pass, all columns are resized correctly.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;These guidelines are probably incorrect, implausible or too difficult to implement, since I  have nearly no experience coding in TeX/LaTeX. Any comments regarding these ideas are welcome as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PS.&#xA;I hesitate whether this question has become too specific (or even too broad), or if it should become a community wiki...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="146" LastEditorUserId="146" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-28T10:53:03.330" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T10:53:03.330" Title="How to modify columns/column environments so they resize automatically to the largest column ?" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;columns&gt;" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="14221" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14292" CreationDate="2011-03-25T09:50:54.543" Score="2" ViewCount="52" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm working on a chapter style: &lt;a href=&quot;http://dl.dropbox.com/u/521832/leaf.noshadow.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;link&lt;/a&gt; (pdf)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to use a different image at different positions in each chapter, sometimes even hanging into the title line (after the text), &lt;em&gt;but the title line should always stay at the same height on the page&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How to define a chapter style that can be controlled this way? For both the &lt;strong&gt;book&lt;/strong&gt; and the &lt;strong&gt;memoir&lt;/strong&gt; documentclass.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The book I'm working on is in &lt;strong&gt;book&lt;/strong&gt; class, but I'd like to use this in some other projects which are in the memoir kingdom.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="831" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T12:20:16.340" Title="Varying images at varying positions in Book and Memoir class chapter styles" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;memoir&gt;&lt;chapters&gt;&lt;positioning&gt;&lt;books&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14222" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14223" CreationDate="2011-03-25T09:58:09.257" Score="2" ViewCount="70" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\psline[origin={1,2}](3;45)&lt;/code&gt; draws a line &lt;code&gt;3&lt;/code&gt; units long at an angle of &lt;code&gt;45 degrees&lt;/code&gt; starting from the point &lt;code&gt;(1,2)&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is the TikZ equivalent for &lt;code&gt;\psline[origin={1,2}](3;45)&lt;/code&gt; ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-25T10:09:52.867" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T11:11:45.963" Title="What is the TikZ equivalent for \psline[origin={1,2}](3;45) ?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="14223" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14222" CreationDate="2011-03-25T10:05:32.683" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can specify polar coordinates using the &lt;code&gt;(angle:radius)&lt;/code&gt; syntax, so a line at an angle of 45 degree and length 3 is &lt;code&gt;(45:3)&lt;/code&gt;.  But as a bare coordinate, this is centred at the origin.  So we need to shift it using either &lt;code&gt;+&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;++&lt;/code&gt; (depending on whether we want to shift the point from which we compute the &lt;em&gt;next&lt;/em&gt; point as well).  Thus:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{standalone}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tikz \draw (0,0) (1,2) --  +(45:3) -- +(90:2);&#xA;\tikz \draw (0,0) (1,2) -- ++(45:3) -- +(90:2);&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In both, the &lt;code&gt;(45:3)&lt;/code&gt; is relative to the point &lt;code&gt;(1,2)&lt;/code&gt; (as requested) but in the first the &lt;code&gt;(90:2)&lt;/code&gt; is also relative to the point &lt;code&gt;(1,2)&lt;/code&gt; as opposed to the second where it is relative to the point specified by &lt;code&gt;(45:3)&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Result (sort of, see below):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/NEAKs.png&quot; alt=&quot;tikz angles&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I hope that the circles aren't distracting.  They're there to emphasise where the specified points are.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(&lt;strong&gt;Added in Edit&lt;/strong&gt;) The details on polar coordinates is in Section 13.2.1 (&lt;em&gt;Canvas, XYZ, and Polar Coordinate Systems&lt;/em&gt;) of the pgfmanual (in my version, which is PGF2.10, polar coordinates are on p125).  In looking up this reference, I noticed a subtlety about polar coordinates.  There are two versions: &lt;code&gt;canvas polar&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;xyz polar&lt;/code&gt;.  In the latter, one is allowed to predefine an &lt;em&gt;x&lt;/em&gt; vector and a &lt;em&gt;y&lt;/em&gt; vector which will be taken as the new &lt;em&gt;x&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;y&lt;/em&gt; vectors for any subsequent non-canvas coordinate calculations.  So &lt;code&gt;canvas polar&lt;/code&gt; is &lt;em&gt;always&lt;/em&gt; with respect to the canvas whereas &lt;code&gt;xyz polar&lt;/code&gt; is with respect to the current coordinate system in use.  The subtlety is that the &lt;em&gt;implicit&lt;/em&gt; form of specifying a polar coordinate, as &lt;code&gt;(angle:radius)&lt;/code&gt; contains within it a way of choosing whether to be &lt;code&gt;canvas polar&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;xyz polar&lt;/code&gt;.  If the &lt;code&gt;radius&lt;/code&gt; contains an explicit unit then it is &lt;code&gt;canvas polar&lt;/code&gt;, otherwise it is &lt;code&gt;xyz polar&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Most of the time this will be of no concern.  In particular, if you don't mess with the &lt;em&gt;x&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;y&lt;/em&gt; vectors, the two are equivalent.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(&lt;strong&gt;Added in second edit&lt;/strong&gt;) As requested, grid lines, plus (automatic!) coordinates.  The &lt;em&gt;actual&lt;/em&gt; code to produce the diagram was:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{standalone}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\tikzset{c/.style={insert path={node[fill,circle] {} node[above left] {(\pgfmathparse{\pgf@x * 0.03514598035}\pgfmathprintnumber{\pgfmathresult},\pgfmathparse{\pgf@y * 0.03514598035}\pgfmathprintnumber{\pgfmathresult})}}}}&#xA;\tikzset{ce/.style={c,insert path=(current bounding box.south west) grid (current bounding box.north east)}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tikz \draw[ce] (0,0)[c] (1,2)[c] --  +(45:3)[c] -- +(90:2)[ce];&#xA;\tikz \draw (0,0)[c] (1,2)[c] -- ++(45:3)[c] -- +(90:2)[ce];&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The factor &lt;code&gt;0.03514598035&lt;/code&gt; is (apparently) the conversion from TeX points to cm)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastEditorUserId="86" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-25T11:11:45.963" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T11:11:45.963" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="14224" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14222" CreationDate="2011-03-25T10:06:44.623" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It would be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\draw (1,2) -- +(45:3);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It starts at (1,2). The &lt;code&gt;--&lt;/code&gt; means that a line should be drawn (without only a &quot;move&quot; is done). The &lt;code&gt;+&lt;/code&gt; means that the next coordinate is relative to the current one and &lt;code&gt;(45:3)&lt;/code&gt; stands for the angle and the length.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T10:06:44.623" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14225" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14230" CreationDate="2011-03-25T10:21:34.853" Score="9" ViewCount="145" Body="&lt;p&gt;In PSTricks, we can toggle the grids easily by &lt;code&gt;showgrid=[false/true]&lt;/code&gt;. How to do it in TikZ? Doing as follows is tedious.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\tikzpicture&#xA;&#xA;\draw[gray,very thin] (-4,-2) grid (4,2);&#xA;\foreach \x in {-4,...,4}&#xA;  \draw[red] (\x,-1.9) -- (\x,-2.1) node [below] {\x};&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\foreach \y in {-2,...,2}&#xA;  \draw[red] (-3.9,\y) -- (-4.1,\y) node [right] {\y};&#xA;&#xA;\draw (0,0) circle (2);&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\endtikzpicture&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there the easiest way to toggle (show/hide) navigational grids in TikZ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Edit&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The navigation needs not only the grids but also the labeling numbers. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="2099" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-25T14:30:58.770" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T11:42:14.020" Title="Is there the easiest way to toggle (show/hide) navigational grids in TikZ?" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="14226" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14225" CreationDate="2011-03-25T10:32:28.010" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There doesn't &lt;em&gt;appear&lt;/em&gt; to be an &lt;code&gt;every grid/.style={}&lt;/code&gt; option, so what you could do is define a new style to put on each grid which you can then toggle in the preamble.  Something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{standalone}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tikzset{grid/.style={gray,very thin,opacity=1}}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\draw[grid] (0,0) grid (4,4);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then changing the opacity to 0 effectively removes the grid.  I chose to implement it by changing the opacity rather than the draw colour as if it is &lt;em&gt;drawn&lt;/em&gt; in the background colour then this will still draw over anything already existing, whereas making it fully transparent shows through anything underneath.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One could easily make this in to a command or an &lt;code&gt;\if&lt;/code&gt; to be executed, maybe toggle it with the &lt;code&gt;draft&lt;/code&gt; option, but just changing a &lt;code&gt;1&lt;/code&gt; to a &lt;code&gt;0&lt;/code&gt; seems simple enough to me!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T10:32:28.010" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14227" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14229" CreationDate="2011-03-25T10:53:17.993" Score="6" ViewCount="96" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am translating a C++ program into pseudo-code using the &lt;code&gt;algorithmicx&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Do you know how I can represent the C bitwise operator like the shifts (&amp;lt;&amp;lt; and &gt;&gt;) ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Until now I used power of 2 but it's not very convenient.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3623" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-25T11:23:07.327" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T15:05:55.997" Title="Bitwise operator in pseudo-code" Tags="&lt;pseudocode&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="14228" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14227" CreationDate="2011-03-25T10:58:21.607" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For symbols, you can use &lt;code&gt;\ll&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\gg&lt;/code&gt; for shifting, and &lt;code&gt;\lll&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\ggg&lt;/code&gt; for rotating.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;$a\land b$, $a\lor b$, $\lnot a$, $a\oplus b$&#xA;&#xA;$a\ll b$, $a\gg b$, $a\lll b$, $a\ggg b$&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/DcMPV.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also define some functions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\DeclareMathOperator\shl{shl}% shift left&#xA;\DeclareMathOperator\shr{shr}% shift right&#xA;\DeclareMathOperator\rol{rol}% rotate left&#xA;\DeclareMathOperator\ror{ror}% rotate right&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and use &lt;code&gt;$\shl(a,n)$&lt;/code&gt; etc. in the algorithm.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastEditorUserId="2674" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-25T11:12:47.107" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T11:12:47.107" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="14229" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14227" CreationDate="2011-03-25T11:16:51.257" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Pseudocode has a different purpose compared to the actual programs. It should convey ideas, not implementation, and as such should be as close to the natural language as possible. Therefore I think it's not good to introduce programming language-specific syntax in the algorithm listing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I suggest one of these options:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;continue using &lt;code&gt;algorithmicx&lt;/code&gt; and select a human-readable name for the operation: &lt;code&gt;\State $x \gets \Call{ShiftLeft}{x, 3}$&lt;/code&gt;;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/listings&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package and typeset the actual C++ program with comments.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3104" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T11:16:51.257" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14230" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14225" CreationDate="2011-03-25T11:19:01.590" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could define a &lt;code&gt;showgrid&lt;/code&gt; style (or better &lt;code&gt;show grid&lt;/code&gt; to following the TikZ naming scheme) which executes some code at the end of the picture which draws the grid relative to the current bounding box.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Update: I now figured out that the &lt;code&gt;backgrounds&lt;/code&gt; library already provides this as &lt;code&gt;show background grid&lt;/code&gt; or as &lt;code&gt;gridded&lt;/code&gt;. You might want to add &lt;code&gt;tight background&lt;/code&gt; to not add extra space around your picture.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However adding the numbers requires extra code anyway. So here my final solution including numbers. The trick is to round to the next lower left and upper right corner on the grid using PGF code and then use a &lt;code&gt;\foreach&lt;/code&gt; loop for the labeling.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update 2:&lt;/strong&gt; I added the requested options to select the positions of the labels. See the example code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I converted it now to the format of a TikZ library which can be loaded using&#xA;&lt;code&gt;\usetikzlibrary{showgrid}&lt;/code&gt; and put it &lt;a href=&quot;http://latex.scharrer-online.de/general/wiki/showgrid&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;on my website&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Download&lt;/strong&gt;:&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;[&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href=&quot;http://latex.scharrer-online.de/general/downloads/tikzlibraryshowgrid.code.tex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TikZ Library&lt;/a&gt;&amp;nbsp;] &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; [&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href=&quot;http://latex.scharrer-online.de/general/downloads/showgridexample.tex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Example&lt;/a&gt;&amp;nbsp;]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{calc}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{backgrounds}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newif\if@showgrid@grid&#xA;\newif\if@showgrid@left&#xA;\newif\if@showgrid@right&#xA;\newif\if@showgrid@below&#xA;\newif\if@showgrid@above&#xA;\tikzset{%&#xA;    every show grid/.style={},&#xA;    show grid/.style={execute at end picture={\@showgrid{grid=true,#1}}},%&#xA;    show grid/.default={true},&#xA;    show grid/.cd,&#xA;    labels/.style={font={\sffamily\small},help lines},&#xA;    xlabels/.style={},&#xA;    ylabels/.style={},&#xA;    keep bb/.code={\useasboundingbox (current bounding box.south west) rectangle (current bounding box.north west);},&#xA;    true/.style={left,below},&#xA;    false/.style={left=false,right=false,above=false,below=false,grid=false},&#xA;    none/.style={left=false,right=false,above=false,below=false},&#xA;    all/.style={left=true,right=true,above=true,below=true},&#xA;    grid/.is if=@showgrid@grid,&#xA;    left/.is if=@showgrid@left,&#xA;    right/.is if=@showgrid@right,&#xA;    below/.is if=@showgrid@below,&#xA;    above/.is if=@showgrid@above,&#xA;    false,&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\def\@showgrid#1{%&#xA;    \begin{scope}[every show grid,show grid/.cd,#1]&#xA;    \if@showgrid@grid&#xA;    \begin{pgfonlayer}{background}&#xA;    \draw [help lines]&#xA;        (current bounding box.south west) grid&#xA;        (current bounding box.north east);&#xA;%&#xA;    \pgfpointxy{1}{1}%&#xA;    \edef\xs{\the\pgf@x}%&#xA;    \edef\ys{\the\pgf@y}%&#xA;    \pgfpointanchor{current bounding box}{south west}&#xA;    \edef\xa{\the\pgf@x}%&#xA;    \edef\ya{\the\pgf@y}%&#xA;    \pgfpointanchor{current bounding box}{north east}&#xA;    \edef\xb{\the\pgf@x}%&#xA;    \edef\yb{\the\pgf@y}%&#xA;    \pgfmathtruncatemacro\xbeg{ceil(\xa/\xs)}&#xA;    \pgfmathtruncatemacro\xend{floor(\xb/\xs)}&#xA;    \if@showgrid@below&#xA;    \foreach \X in {\xbeg,...,\xend} {&#xA;        \node [below,show grid/labels,show grid/xlabels] at (\X,\ya) {\X};&#xA;    }&#xA;    \fi&#xA;    \if@showgrid@above&#xA;    \foreach \X in {\xbeg,...,\xend} {&#xA;        \node [above,show grid/labels,show grid/xlabels] at (\X,\yb) {\X};&#xA;    }&#xA;    \fi&#xA;    \pgfmathtruncatemacro\ybeg{ceil(\ya/\ys)}&#xA;    \pgfmathtruncatemacro\yend{floor(\yb/\ys)}&#xA;    \if@showgrid@left&#xA;    \foreach \Y in {\ybeg,...,\yend} {&#xA;        \node [left,show grid/labels,show grid/ylabels] at (\xa,\Y) {\Y};&#xA;    }&#xA;    \fi&#xA;    \if@showgrid@right&#xA;    \foreach \Y in {\ybeg,...,\yend} {&#xA;        \node [right,show grid/labels,show grid/ylabels] at (\xb,\Y) {\Y};&#xA;    }&#xA;    \fi&#xA;    \end{pgfonlayer}&#xA;    \fi&#xA;    \end{scope}&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;%\tikzset{showgrid} % would enable it globally&#xA;\tikzset{every show grid/.style={show grid/keep bb}}%  Keep the original bounding box!&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\noindent&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \draw (3,2) -- +(45:3);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\hspace{1cm}%&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[show grid=false]&#xA;    \draw (3,2) -- +(45:3);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\hspace{1cm}%&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[show grid]&#xA;    \draw (3,2) -- +(45:3);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\hspace{1cm}%&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[show grid=true]&#xA;    \draw (3,2) -- +(45:3);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\par\bigskip\bigskip\bigskip\noindent&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[show grid=left]&#xA;    \draw (3,2) -- +(45:3);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\hspace{1cm}%&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[show grid=right]&#xA;    \draw (3,2) -- +(45:3);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\hspace{1cm}%&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[show grid=above]&#xA;    \draw (3,2) -- +(45:3);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\hspace{1cm}%&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[show grid=below]&#xA;    \draw (3,2) -- +(45:3);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\par\bigskip\bigskip\bigskip\noindent&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[show grid={left,right}]&#xA;    \draw (3,2) -- +(45:3);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\hspace{1cm}%&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[show grid={right,above}]&#xA;    \draw (3,2) -- +(45:3);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\hspace{1cm}%&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[show grid={above,below}]&#xA;    \draw (3,2) -- +(45:3);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\hspace{1cm}%&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[show grid={below,right}]&#xA;    \draw (3,2) -- +(45:3);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Result: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/4mng8.png&quot; alt=&quot;Result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;New:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/6HmW2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-26T11:42:14.020" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T11:42:14.020" CommentCount="12" />
  <row Id="14231" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14219" CreationDate="2011-03-25T12:20:21.273" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Put them in your local TDS tree.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Suppose you are using TeX Live, you can put &lt;code&gt;foo.bib&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;/texmf-local/bibtex/bib/*&lt;/code&gt;, and put &lt;code&gt;foo.sty&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;foo.cls&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;foo.tex&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;/texmf-local/tex/latex/*&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After that, run &lt;code&gt;texhash&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T12:20:21.273" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="14233" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14219" CreationDate="2011-03-25T12:40:19.670" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If your filesystem supports it, you can use symbolic links, having a structure like that:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;publications/&#xA;    bibliography/biblio.bib&#xA;    ....&#xA;    paper1/&#xA;        paper1.tex&#xA;        biblio.bib -&amp;gt; ../bibliography/biblio.bib&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The main advantage of this structure is, that you can just put the folder paper1 into an archive and have all data necessary for building the paper in there. I use tar for that task with the h option, which dereferences the symlink and puts the actual file into the archive:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;tar cvzfh paper1.tar.gz paper1/&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT:&lt;/strong&gt; Using a VCS is possible with that structure, if your VCS supports symlinks, i.e. it does NOT follow the symlink and store the actual file, but the symlink itself (SVN does this for example). You have to put the common files such as the bibliography into the VCS as well. For using it from another machine, you would have to checkout your common files and the paperX you want to work on. The symlinks from the paperX directory should be preserved.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I haven't tested it myself, but it should work at least if you only use systems with symlink support and of course a symlink-aware VCS.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT2:&lt;/strong&gt;  One issue I've forgot, you have to create a relative symlink such as &lt;code&gt;biblio.bib -&amp;gt; ../bibliography/biblio.bib&lt;/code&gt;. If you create an absolute one such as &lt;code&gt;/home/user/publications/bibliography/biblio.bib&lt;/code&gt; you need the same absolute path on every machine. So to have it more portable, use relative symlinks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1481" LastEditorUserId="1481" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-26T16:52:01.590" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T16:52:01.590" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14234" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14235" CreationDate="2011-03-25T12:48:57.297" Score="1" ViewCount="70" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have renewed the section number so that it doesn't display anything&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\thesection}{}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;now the problem is that LaTeX is still reserving space for the section number although isn't displaying it, i.e., the section name is indented to the right and it doesn't cover up the space where the section number was supposed to be?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3864" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-25T13:25:58.690" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T13:25:58.690" Title="How to delete space of empty &quot;section number&quot;" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;numbering&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14235" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14234" CreationDate="2011-03-25T13:11:04.883" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Don't do this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;\section*&lt;/code&gt; instead, or globally set &lt;code&gt;\setcounter{secnumdepth}{0}&lt;/code&gt; to remove section numbering.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T13:11:04.883" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14236" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14155" CreationDate="2011-03-25T13:24:52.210" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The way I see it, the tricky part is not &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt;ting &lt;code&gt;\cite&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\footcite&lt;/code&gt;, but emulating the full citation and ibidem mechanisms of &lt;code&gt;verbose-trad1&lt;/code&gt;. The &lt;a href=&quot;ftp://indian.cse.msu.edu/pub/mirrors/CTAN/help/Catalogue/entries/jurabib.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;jurabib&lt;/a&gt; package, which is not maintained anymore, seems to have served as a model for numerous &lt;code&gt;biblatex&lt;/code&gt; features. Here's an example using &lt;code&gt;jurabib&lt;/code&gt; that comes at least close to &lt;code&gt;verbose-trad1&lt;/code&gt; (a lot of minor formatting is still missing).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[%&#xA;  citefull=first,%&#xA;  ibidem=strictdoublepage,&#xA;  authorformat=citationreversed,%&#xA;  titleformat=colonsep,%&#xA;]{jurabib}&#xA;&#xA;\AtBeginDocument{%&#xA;  \let\cite\footcite&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareRobustCommand{\biblnfont}{\normalfont}&#xA;\DeclareRobustCommand{\bibfnfont}{\normalfont}&#xA;\DeclareRobustCommand{\bibelnfont}{\normalfont}&#xA;\DeclareRobustCommand{\bibefnfont}{\normalfont}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.bib}&#xA;@article{Bli74,&#xA;  author = {Blinder, Alan S.},&#xA;  year = {1974},&#xA;  title = {The economics of brushing teeth},&#xA;  journal = {Journal of Political Economy},&#xA;  volume = {82},&#xA;  number = {4},&#xA;  pages = {887--891},&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Some text.\cite{Bli74}&#xA;&#xA;Some text.\cite[p.~887]{Bli74}&#xA;&#xA;\bibliographystyle{jurabib}&#xA;\bibliography{\jobname}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T13:24:52.210" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14237" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14246" CreationDate="2011-03-25T13:44:19.907" Score="6" ViewCount="110" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hey guys, I tried to google the solution, but I didn't find any solution to this. I am using beamer,xelatex to prepare a slide. When I use \underbrace, the brace doesn't show, instead, a crappy symbol is out there. As I am a new user, the image is here: &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/NJeBv.png&quot; alt=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/8Vl2a.png&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the package I used here is &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{lastpage}&#xA;\usepackage{graphicx,graphics}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}&#xA;\usepackage{url}&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{amsfonts}&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec,xltxtra,xunicode}&#xA;\usepackage{unicode-math}&#xA;\usepackage{algorithm}&#xA;\usepackage{algorithmic}&#xA;\usepackage{mathtools}&#xA;%\defaultfontfeatures{Mapping=tex-text}&#xA;\setromanfont[Mapping=tex-text]{Hoefler Text}&#xA;\setsansfont[Scale=MatchLowercase,Mapping=tex-text]{Gill Sans}&#xA;\setmonofont[Scale=MatchLowercase]{Andale Mono}&#xA;\setmathfont{Cambria Math}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you in advance. I think the problem might be the font.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;@Matthew, The minimal file is here:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dl.dropbox.com/u/12266601/Problem/Bugg%20Illustration.tex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;The buggy page&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The version of XeLaTeX is,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;XeTeX 3.1415926-2.2-0.9997.4 (TeX Live 2010)&#xA;kpathsea version 6.0.0&#xA;Copyright 2010 SIL International and Jonathan Kew.&#xA;There is NO warranty.  Redistribution of this software is&#xA;covered by the terms of both the XeTeX copyright and&#xA;the Lesser GNU General Public License.&#xA;For more information about these matters, see the file&#xA;named COPYING and the XeTeX source.&#xA;Primary author of XeTeX: Jonathan Kew.&#xA;Compiled with ICU version 4.4 [with modifications for XeTeX]&#xA;Compiled with zlib version 1.2.3; using 1.2.3&#xA;Compiled with FreeType2 version 2.3.11; using 2.3.11&#xA;Using Mac OS X Carbon, Cocoa &amp;amp; QuickTime frameworks&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3679" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-25T17:34:43.307" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T20:12:57.133" Title="\underbrace symbol is wrong" Tags="&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;braces&gt;&lt;unicode-math&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="12" />
  <row Id="14238" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14239" CreationDate="2011-03-25T13:41:57.963" Score="1" ViewCount="47" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a document with a main heading followed by a picture with some contact information to the right of it. After that the other subheadings continue.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/80qXm.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to do the same in LaTeX. Which I am actually quite familiar with. Which method would you recommend to get the same layout using LaTeX? I really want to use this layout.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4447" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-25T13:48:40.137" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T14:48:38.583" Title="Text (preferably centered with the first line in bold) to the side of included graphics in LaTeX" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;positioning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14239" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14238" CreationDate="2011-03-25T13:46:35.877" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I’m not sure what exactly you want but if it’s simply a picture side by side with some text, then two minipages will help:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\noindent&#xA;\begin{minipage}{0.5\textwidth}&#xA;  \centering&#xA;  \includegraphics{…}&#xA;\end{minipage}%&#xA;\begin{minipage}{0.5\textwidth}&#xA;  \centering&#xA;  Some text&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Be sure not to leave any space between the two minipages though (hence the &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt; comment at the end of the first), otherwise the minipages won’t fit and be broken apart.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastEditorUserId="42" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-25T14:48:38.583" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T14:48:38.583" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14240" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14249" CreationDate="2011-03-25T13:55:58.953" Score="2" ViewCount="59" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I use latex for writing papers and I would like to bring more control over my progress - in other words - count lines and words. But I always forget to check how many words I have before I start modifying a file. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am using SVN to store latex files so I thought that maybe somebody wrote a script or a command line program  that would inform me on commit what is a different between old and new version of a file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4441" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-25T13:58:23.210" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T15:27:31.510" Title="Count words difference between newest and old .tex file on SVN commit" Tags="&lt;revision-control&gt;&lt;subversion&gt;&lt;word-count&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="14241" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14243" CreationDate="2011-03-25T14:42:13.503" Score="9" ViewCount="84" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using the &lt;code&gt;acmsmall&lt;/code&gt; template and my inline formulas are being broken at equal signs and arrows; how can I prevent them from being typeset like that globally (i.e. without having to put tildes everywhere)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/UgJC9.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Screenshot&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4444" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-25T15:36:55.183" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T15:36:55.183" Title="How can I prevent LaTeX from breaking inline formulas globally?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;line-breaking&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="14243" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14241" CreationDate="2011-03-25T14:57:13.460" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Increase the penalty for line breaks at relation symbols and binary operators:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\relpenalty=9999&#xA;\binoppenalty=9999&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you simply include these commands in your preamble (between &lt;code&gt;\documentclass{...}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\begin{document}&lt;/code&gt;), it will prevent line breaks in most cases, but in extreme situations, they can still be broken. If you set&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\relpenalty=10000&#xA;\binoppenalty=10000&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;equations will &lt;em&gt;never&lt;/em&gt; be broken - this may, however, destroy your layout!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3323" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T14:57:13.460" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14244" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14241" CreationDate="2011-03-25T14:59:15.327" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\mbox{$equation$}&lt;/code&gt; is not an answer, unfortunately: the spacing in the equation doesn't grow or shrink together with the other spaces in the line. The &quot;correct&quot; answer is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$LHS=\nobreak RHS$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;TeX will choose another break point, if there is one, or warn about an &lt;code&gt;Overfull \hbox&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Diabonas's answer shows how to avoid such breaks globally, and correctly warns about the dangers of doing so.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4427" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T14:59:15.327" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14245" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14227" CreationDate="2011-03-25T15:05:55.997" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I advise against Andrey’s solution. He is right that in general pseudocode should be independent of a specific machine or language.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But this breaks down with bit operations. Bit operations &lt;em&gt;do&lt;/em&gt; suggest a specific underlying architecture, and the bit operators follow an established nomenclature.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You don’t make the code more readable by ignoring this convention – in fact, you do the opposite.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have the following commands defined in my thesis template:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*\BitAnd{\mathrel{\&amp;amp;}}&#xA;\newcommand*\BitOr{\mathrel{|}}&#xA;\newcommand*\ShiftLeft{\ll}&#xA;\newcommand*\ShiftRight{\gg}&#xA;\newcommand*\BitNeg{\ensuremath{\mathord{\sim}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The command names follow the naming convention of the &lt;code&gt;algorithmicx&lt;/code&gt; package which I can recomment for typesetting algorithms.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That said, you should second-guess your reason for using bit operations in the first place – often they are only used to achieve specific optimisations, in which case they have no place in a pseudo-code. On the other hand, sometimes (and it sounds as if this may be the case for you) they have a legitimate purpose.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T15:05:55.997" />
  <row Id="14246" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14237" CreationDate="2011-03-25T15:15:20.793" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm afraid this is a &lt;a href=&quot;https://github.com/wspr/unicode-math/issues/169&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;known problem&lt;/a&gt; and I don't have a workaround for you at the moment. Would it be possible for you to use LuaLaTeX instead of XeLaTeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-25T17:26:44.900" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T17:26:44.900" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="14247" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-25T15:21:24.273" Score="5" ViewCount="142" Body="&lt;p&gt;TeX inserts &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt; when it suddenly finds &lt;code&gt;\else&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\fi&lt;/code&gt; while expanding a conditional (eg, looking for a number). &lt;em&gt;TeX by Topic&lt;/em&gt; says much. But how do you get rid of the &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt; in a situation like the following fictitious example? eTeX's &lt;code&gt;\dimexpr&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\numexpr&lt;/code&gt; do vanish &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt; but perhaps not in a situation like the following.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\edef\x{%&#xA;  \ifnum0=0\fi\ifnum\z@=\z@&#xA;    \expandafter\@firstoftwo\else&#xA;      \expandafter\@secondoftwo\fi{x}{y}%&#xA;} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;(Edited in from 'answer')&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Martin, The &lt;code&gt;\@empty&lt;/code&gt; may linger even in full expansion contexts: &lt;code&gt;\noexpand&lt;/code&gt; makes expandable commands recoverable &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt;. Moreover, at least 1/2 of the time one is not interested in full expansion or printing, but in a one- or two-step expansion. The outcome may even be immediately detokenized. So any extra &lt;code&gt;\@empty&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\space&lt;/code&gt; intended as an 'artificial' stopper will linger in the definition in situations where a non-expandable token is found before the artificial stopper. The following illustrates the point of Bruno, which I had been aware of:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\test@cond#1\fi{%&#xA;  #1\noexpand\@empty&#xA;    \expandafter\@firstoftwo\else&#xA;    \expandafter\@secondoftwo\fi{x}{y}%&#xA;}&#xA;\edef\x{\test@cond\ifnum\z@=\z@\fi}&#xA;\edef\x{\test@cond\if xx\fi}&#xA;\edef\x{\test@cond\ifnum0=0\fi}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have found a tricky solution involving &lt;code&gt;\iffirstisspace&lt;/code&gt; macro, and &lt;code&gt;\romannumeral&lt;/code&gt; too offers a way out.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="994" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-30T08:56:30.467" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T08:56:30.467" Title="How to vanish \relax inserted by TeX itself" Tags="&lt;tex-core&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="14248" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14240" CreationDate="2011-03-25T15:26:04.557" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Visual &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Diff&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;diff&lt;/a&gt;-based tools are a nice way of viewing those differences. &lt;code&gt;diff&lt;/code&gt; itself should give you enough information, but if you want something more informative (or easier to visualise), I suggest tools like &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.caffeinated.me.uk/kompare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Kompare&lt;/a&gt; (screenshot &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.caffeinated.me.uk/kompare/screenshot.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="440" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T15:26:04.557" />
  <row Id="14249" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14240" CreationDate="2011-03-25T15:27:31.510" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could change the SVN_EDITOR as described in the second answer here: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/983026/how-do-i-create-a-svn-commit-message-template-and-hook-to-verify&quot;&gt;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/983026/how-do-i-create-a-svn-commit-message-template-and-hook-to-verify&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and dynamically create/alter the template doing additionally sth. like &lt;code&gt;wc myfile &amp;gt;&amp;gt; svn-commit.tmp&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4442" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T15:27:31.510" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="14250" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14276" CreationDate="2011-03-25T15:29:31.467" Score="2" ViewCount="85" Body="&lt;p&gt;Does anyone have a good template for a &lt;code&gt;LaTeX&lt;/code&gt; style cubicle or Desk Tags. The format of the tag can be as follows: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;Name&lt;/code&gt; &#xA;&lt;code&gt;Designation&lt;/code&gt;&#xA;&lt;code&gt;Misc Info&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4168" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-25T15:31:09.060" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T00:40:56.107" Title="Template for Cubicle Tags (Desk Tags) in LaTeX" Tags="&lt;templates&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="14251" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1814" CreationDate="2011-03-25T15:31:29.640" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can try &lt;a href=&quot;http://manas.tungare.name/software/isbn-to-bibtex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt; [http://manas.tungare.name/software/isbn-to-bibtex/] &lt;code&gt;ISBN&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;BibTex&lt;/code&gt; it fetches data from Amazon! I hope it helps. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4168" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T15:31:29.640" />
  <row Id="14252" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14247" CreationDate="2011-03-25T16:19:57.517" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;TeX stops looking for a number e.g. when it finds a space which is then consumed.&#xA;Therefore your example could be fixed like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\edef\x{%&#xA;  \ifnum0=0 \fi\ifnum\z@=\z@&#xA;    \expandafter\@firstoftwo\else&#xA;      \expandafter\@secondoftwo\fi{x}{y}%&#xA;} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, in the general case it might not be so easy:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\edef\x{%&#xA;  \ifnum\macroa=\macrob \fi\ifnum\z@=\z@&#xA;    \expandafter\@firstoftwo\else&#xA;      \expandafter\@secondoftwo\fi{x}{y}%&#xA;} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If &lt;code&gt;\macrob&lt;/code&gt; doesn't end with a space the relax is still inserted. Adding a normal space after it is of course removed like any other space after command sequences. Adding an explicit &lt;code&gt;\space&lt;/code&gt; would work as long &lt;code&gt;\macrob&lt;/code&gt; doesn't end with one, otherwise it will not be removed and be part of the definition.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here helps eTeX with &lt;code&gt;\numexpr&lt;/code&gt; which can be used with &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt; as an end-marker:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\edef\x{%&#xA;  \ifnum\macroa=\numexpr\macrob\relax\fi\ifnum\z@=\z@&#xA;    \expandafter\@firstoftwo\else&#xA;      \expandafter\@secondoftwo\fi{x}{y}%&#xA;} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then &lt;code&gt;\macrob&lt;/code&gt; works independent if it contains a trailing space or not.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I think the answer to your question &quot;How to vanish &lt;code&gt;\relax&lt;/code&gt; inserted by TeX itself&quot; is: don't let TeX insert one in the first place by avoiding the situation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T16:19:57.517" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="14253" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14263" CreationDate="2011-03-25T17:18:43.470" Score="3" ViewCount="50" Body="&lt;p&gt;i have a problem with the grouping options of pgfplots.groupplots. besides the labels i have also units defined. with the option &lt;code&gt;xlabels at=edge bottom&lt;/code&gt; only the label but not the unit is moved to the bottom of the group (same with ylabels).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pgfplotsset{&#xA;    use units,&#xA;    x unit=s, x unit prefix={}, % 5.3.1 p227&#xA;    y unit=\unitfrac{rad}{s}, y unit prefix={},&#xA;    xlabel=time,&#xA;    ylabel=frequency $\omega$,&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{groupplot}[&#xA;    group style={&#xA;     group name=my plots,&#xA;        group size=2 by 2,&#xA;        xlabels at=edge bottom,&#xA;        ylabels at=edge left,&#xA;    },&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;any ideas how to put also the unit to the bottom?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4419" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T21:43:42.450" Title="grouping options problem in pgfplots.groupplots" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;pgfplots&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="14254" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14259" CreationDate="2011-03-25T17:59:25.633" Score="5" ViewCount="55" Body="&lt;p&gt;To me, orphans -- page breaks after the first line of a paragraph -- are tolerable in the normal text body, and so I leave TeX's default settings (&lt;code&gt;\clubpenalty=150&lt;/code&gt;) alone. On the other hand, I want to get rid of orphans at the start of &lt;code&gt;quote&lt;/code&gt;/&lt;code&gt;quotation&lt;/code&gt; environments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;My first (naïve?) attempt was to define a new environment based on &lt;code&gt;quote&lt;/code&gt; and set &lt;code&gt;\clubpenalty=10000&lt;/code&gt; within this environment; this still produced orphans.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;After rummaging through the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/texlive/Contents/live/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/source2e.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LaTeX2e sources&lt;/a&gt;, I tried to embed &lt;code&gt;\@afterheading&lt;/code&gt; (p. 287) into my custom environment; this resulted in an error message.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Finally (and out of sheer desparation), I inserted &lt;code&gt;\@nobreaktrue&lt;/code&gt; (which is used in &lt;code&gt;\@afterheading&lt;/code&gt;) into my custom environment; this &lt;em&gt;worked&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This poses the following questions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Why did my attempt at locally redefining &lt;code&gt;\clubpenalty&lt;/code&gt; fail?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;What does &lt;code&gt;\@nobreaktrue&lt;/code&gt; do? Are there adverse effects?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If the latter is the case, what is the proper way to avoid orphans at the start of &lt;code&gt;quote&lt;/code&gt;/&lt;code&gt;quotation&lt;/code&gt; environments?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{report}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[latin]{babel}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{blindtext}&#xA;&#xA;\setlength{\textwidth}{350pt}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{failednoorphanquote}{\begin{quote}\clubpenalty=10000\relax}{\end{quote}}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newenvironment{noorphanquote}{\begin{quote}\@nobreaktrue}{\end{quote}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{bla}&#xA;&#xA;\blindtext[3]&#xA;&#xA;\begin{quote}&#xA;\blindtext&#xA;\end{quote}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{blubb}&#xA;&#xA;\blindtext[3]&#xA;&#xA;\begin{failednoorphanquote}&#xA;\blindtext&#xA;\end{failednoorphanquote}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{foo}&#xA;&#xA;\blindtext[3]&#xA;&#xA;\begin{noorphanquote}&#xA;\blindtext&#xA;\end{noorphanquote}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: In response to @Martin Scharrer's answer: I'm looking for a solution that (unlike &lt;code&gt;\Needspace&lt;/code&gt;) does not make implicit assumptions about the vertical space above the &lt;code&gt;quote&lt;/code&gt; environment. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-25T18:42:47.483" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T20:19:24.113" Title="Avoiding orphans at the start of quote/quotation environments" Tags="&lt;page-breaking&gt;&lt;quoting&gt;&lt;orphans&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="14255" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14087" CreationDate="2011-03-25T18:14:30.693" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/showframe&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;showframe&lt;/a&gt; package can help with this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{showframe}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="344" LastEditorUserId="344" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-27T12:32:21.633" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T12:32:21.633" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="14256" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14254" CreationDate="2011-03-25T18:30:26.673" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I can't answer why &lt;code&gt;\clubpenalty&lt;/code&gt; fails and &lt;code&gt;\@nobreaktrue&lt;/code&gt; works, but here an alternative solution:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;code&gt;needspace&lt;/code&gt; package to force a pagebreak before the quote if the space isn't enough for two lines:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{needspace}&#xA;\newenvironment{noorphanquote}{\Needspace*{3\baselineskip}\begin{quote}}{\end{quote}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here &lt;code&gt;3\baselineskip&lt;/code&gt; is used for the skip above the quote plus two lines. You might want to refine this value.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T18:30:26.673" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="14257" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14258" CreationDate="2011-03-25T19:32:25.213" Score="9" ViewCount="138" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am aware of the difference between using &lt;code&gt;\(...\)&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;$...$&lt;/code&gt; (in moving arguments, for example), and yes, I've read the answers to this question: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/510/are-and-preferable-to&quot;&gt;Are \( and \) preferable to $?&lt;/a&gt;). I also know the definition of &lt;code&gt;\(&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\)&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \def\({\relax\ifmmode\@badmath\else$\fi}&#xA; \def\){\relax\ifmmode\ifinner$\else\@badmath\fi\else\@badmath\fi}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(taken from Section 55.2 of  &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/texlive/Contents/live/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/source2e.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;source2e.pdf&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My question here is: couldn't &lt;code&gt;\(&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\)&lt;/code&gt; have been defined as robust commands in the LaTeX kernel? Is there any (non trivial) reason explaining why they were defined as fragile commands?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastEditorUserId="627" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-25T22:34:28.480" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T22:54:47.163" Title="Why \( and \) were not defined as robust commands in the first place?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;syntax&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="14258" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14257" CreationDate="2011-03-25T19:49:47.010" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Since the &lt;code&gt;fixltx2e&lt;/code&gt; package ends with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\MakeRobust\(&#xA;\MakeRobust\)&#xA;\MakeRobust\[&#xA;\MakeRobust\]&#xA;\MakeRobust\makebox&#xA;\MakeRobust\savebox&#xA;\MakeRobust\framebox&#xA;\MakeRobust\parbox&#xA;\MakeRobust\rule&#xA;\MakeRobust\raisebox&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;it is probably safe to say that it was simply a mistake that was left around because the kernel can't change at this point. It's also worth pointing out that this is covered in Section 4 in the &lt;code&gt;fixltx2e&lt;/code&gt; documentation titled &amp;ldquo;Fixes added for 2005/12/01.&amp;rdquo;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-25T22:54:47.163" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T22:54:47.163" />
  <row Id="14259" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14254" CreationDate="2011-03-25T20:12:30.967" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\@nobreaktrue&lt;/code&gt; is the correct way to do this. The reason it works is that the &lt;code&gt;quote&lt;/code&gt; environment eventually does something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\everypar{%&#xA;    \if@nobreak&#xA;        \@nobreakfalse&#xA;        \clubpenalty=10000&#xA;    \else&#xA;        \clubpenalty=150&#xA;    \fi&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;so your &lt;code&gt;\clubpenalty&lt;/code&gt; is being overridden.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To answer your other questions, &lt;code&gt;\@nobreaktrue&lt;/code&gt; expands to &lt;code&gt;\global\let\if@nobreak\iftrue&lt;/code&gt;. There are no adverse effects because if it is true, then it is immediately (globally) set back to false as soon as the paragraph has started.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-25T20:19:24.113" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T20:19:24.113" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14260" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14237" CreationDate="2011-03-25T20:12:57.133" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As you're already using so many packages (!), perhaps you wouldn't mind adding one more to the list as a temporary fix to get you an underbrace whilst the experts work on squashing the bug.  The package in question is TikZ.  Here's a drop-in replacement for &lt;code&gt;\underbrace&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{decorations.pathreplacing}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\underbrace#1{\@ifnextchar_{\tikz@@underbrace{#1}}{\tikz@@underbrace{#1}_{}}}&#xA;\def\tikz@@underbrace#1_#2{\tikz[baseline=(a.east)] {\node (a) {\(#1\)}; \draw[ultra thick,line cap=round,decorate,decoration={brace,amplitude=5pt}] (a.south east) -- node[below,inner sep=7pt] {\(\scriptstyle #2\)} (a.south west);}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And here is the result:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/jT3px.png&quot; alt=&quot;replacement underbrace&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(When testing this, I commented out a load of your packages, and I had to use a different maths font; hopefully none of that will have made a difference to this command.  The thickness can be customised.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's the command &quot;live&quot; in your code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{decorations.pathreplacing}&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec,xltxtra,xunicode}&#xA;\usepackage{unicode-math}&#xA;\usepackage{mathtools}&#xA;\setmathfont{xits-math.otf}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\underbrace#1{\@ifnextchar_{\tikz@@underbrace{#1}}{\tikz@@underbrace{#1}_{}}}&#xA;\def\tikz@@underbrace#1_#2{\tikz[baseline=(a.east)] {\node (a) {\(#1\)}; \draw[ultra thick,line cap=round,decorate,decoration={brace,amplitude=5pt}] (a.south east) -- node[below,inner sep=7pt] {\(\scriptstyle #2\)} (a.south west);}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\frametitle{Problem}&#xA;&#xA;if we assume $g(x) = -k'(x)$, that is $G(\mathbf{x}) = c_{g,d}g(||\mathbf{x}||^2)$&#xA;\[&#xA;\hat{\nabla} f_{h,k}(\mathbf{x}) = \underbrace{\frac{2c_{k,d}}{nh^{d+2}} \left[ \sum_{i=1}^n g\left( \left|\left| \frac{\mathbf{x-x_i}}{h}\right|\right|^2\right)\right]}_{\mbox{$\color{red} \hat{f}_{h,G}(\mathbf{x})$}}\underbrace{\left[ \frac{\sum_{i=1}^n \mathbf{x_i} g\left( \left|\left| \frac{\mathbf{x-x_i}}{h}\right|\right|^2\right)}{ \sum_{i=1}^n g\left( \left|\left| \frac{\mathbf{x-x_i}}{h}\right|\right|^2\right)} - \mathbf{x}\right]}_{\color{red} \emph{\mbox{Mean Shift, $\mathbf{m}_{h,G}(\mathbf{x})$}}}&#xA;\]&#xA;which yields the mean shift update rule, &#xA;\[&#xA;\mathbf{m}_{h,G}(\mathbf{x}) = \frac{1}{2}h^2c \frac{\hat{\nabla}f_{h,K}(\mathbf{x})}{\hat{f}_{h,G}(\mathbf{x})} = \mathbf{y}_{j+1} - \mathbf{y}_j&#xA;\]&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T20:12:57.133" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14261" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14262" CreationDate="2011-03-25T20:27:25.033" Score="5" ViewCount="108" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need to generate PNG images of Latin characters and AMS symbols with transparent background. Each image should be exactly in dimensions of its box. I know It's possible with LaTeX because I see online LaTeX formula editors can generate such pictures. Currently I can generate only dvi and pdf files in known paper sizes (a4,letter ...). size of output must be bounded to its content and output must be in png format with transparent background.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I wish do this using a program. because there are thousands of characters and symbols that I need their LaTeX-produced images. Please tell me if there are CLI solutions or not. Also some of characters can only produced by XeTeX and XeLaTeX (characters of non-latin scripts)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2035" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T21:29:02.727" Title="Howto generate png images of characters using LaTeX" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14262" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14261" CreationDate="2011-03-25T20:40:18.153" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;How about using &lt;code&gt;dvipng&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\newcount\n&#xA;\parindent=0pt&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\n=1&#xA;\loop\ifnum\n&amp;lt;256&#xA;        \char\n&#xA;        \advance\n by 1&#xA;        \newpage&#xA;\repeat&#xA;\char0&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then run &lt;code&gt;latex l; dvipng l; mv l256.png l0.png&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Obviously, this only solves part of the problem, but it should demonstrate how to handle the ones that can be done with dvi output.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T20:40:18.153" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14263" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14253" CreationDate="2011-03-25T20:50:19.343" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit: Simple solution:&lt;/strong&gt; If you just need to get this working and don't want to fiddle with the library code, you can just switch off the units for individual plots by using &lt;code&gt;\nextgroupplot [x unit={}]&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;y unit={}&lt;/code&gt; or both, depending on which plot is next.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&quot;Proper&quot; Solution:&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;It seems like these two libraries are just not aware of each other, so you'll have to make some adjustments to the &lt;code&gt;groupplots&lt;/code&gt; code. The labels are set right in the main chunk of code, unfortunately, so you can't get away with just redefining some small macros.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the file &lt;code&gt;tikzlibrarypgfplots.units.code.tex&lt;/code&gt; you have to replace the two occurrences of the line&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pgfplots@glob@TMPa,/pgfplots/group/plot c\pgfplots@column r\pgfplots@row/.append style={/pgfplots/xlabel={}}}%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;with &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pgfplots@glob@TMPa,/pgfplots/group/plot c\pgfplots@column r\pgfplots@row/.append style={/pgfplots/xlabel={}}%&#xA;\ifpgfplots@units@use&#xA;  \pgfplots@glob@TMPa,/pgfplots/group/plot c\pgfplots@column r\pgfplots@row/.append style={/pgfplots/x unit={}}&#xA;\fi}%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and the two occurrences of the line&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pgfplots@glob@TMPa,/pgfplots/group/plot c\pgfplots@column r\pgfplots@row/.append style={/pgfplots/ylabel={}}}%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\pgfplots@glob@TMPa,/pgfplots/group/plot c\pgfplots@column r\pgfplots@row/.append style={/pgfplots/ylabel={}}%&#xA;\ifpgfplots@units@use&#xA;  \pgfplots@glob@TMPa,/pgfplots/group/plot c\pgfplots@column r\pgfplots@row/.append style={/pgfplots/y unit={}}&#xA;\fi}%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This will work with or without the &lt;code&gt;units&lt;/code&gt; library, and with all combinations of &lt;code&gt;edge bottom&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;edge top&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;edge left&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;edge right&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's an example of the behaviour of the modified library:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplots}&#xA;\usepgfplotslibrary{groupplots,units}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\pgfplotsset{&#xA;    use units,&#xA;    x unit=s, x unit prefix={}, % 5.3.1 p227&#xA;    y unit=m, y unit prefix=k,&#xA;    xlabel=time,&#xA;    ylabel=frequency $\omega$,&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{groupplot}[&#xA;    group style={&#xA;     group name=my plots,&#xA;        group size=2 by 2,&#xA;        xlabels at=edge bottom,&#xA;        ylabels at=edge left&#xA;    },height=4cm, width=4cm]&#xA;\nextgroupplot&#xA;\addplot coordinates {(0,0) (1,1) (2,2)};&#xA;\nextgroupplot&#xA;\addplot coordinates {(0,2) (1,1) (2,0)};&#xA;\nextgroupplot&#xA;\addplot coordinates {(0,2) (1,1) (2,1)};&#xA;\nextgroupplot&#xA;\addplot coordinates {(0,2) (1,1) (1,0)};&#xA;\end{groupplot}&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Mdqm4.png&quot; alt=&quot;pgfplots with units and patched groupplots library&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastEditorUserId="2552" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-25T21:43:42.450" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T21:43:42.450" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14264" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14261" CreationDate="2011-03-25T20:53:09.893" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To generate PDF pages which are only as big as the printed content you can use the &lt;code&gt;preview&lt;/code&gt; package or the &lt;code&gt;standalone&lt;/code&gt; class which is using it.&#xA;For your purpose I recommend using &lt;code&gt;preview&lt;/code&gt; directly in a loop and then use Image Magick's &lt;code&gt;convert&lt;/code&gt; to convert the PDFs in multiple PNGs:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% chars.tex&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pgffor}&#xA;\usepackage[active,tightpage]{preview}&#xA;\setlength{\PreviewBorder}{0pt}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\foreach \n in {0,...,255} {%&#xA;  \begin{preview}\char\n\end{preview}%&#xA;}%&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;pdflatex chars.tex&#xA;convert -density 600 chars.pdf -quality 90 chars.png&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However you should be aware that characters can swap over their official bounding box, so the images might cut of some material. You might try to add some &lt;code&gt;\PreviewBorder&lt;/code&gt; to it and use &lt;code&gt;pdfcrop&lt;/code&gt; before the conversion to PNG.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T20:53:09.893" />
  <row Id="14265" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-25T20:55:50.733" Score="3" ViewCount="75" Body="&lt;p&gt;Does anyone have experience installing the &lt;a href=&quot;http://home.gna.org/gregorio/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;gregorio&lt;/a&gt; packages to work in Ubuntu using the non-repo TexLive? Gregorio isn't packaged on CTAN as far as I could tell, and I don't know enough to be able to figure out how to make the TexLive install see the various fonts and whatnot that are required.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3770" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-25T20:57:28.153" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T22:23:11.910" Title="Gregorio+Ubuntu+TexLive" Tags="&lt;installing&gt;&lt;texlive&gt;&lt;gregorio&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="14266" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14215" CreationDate="2011-03-25T21:06:58.380" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've started on something, but it's not working yet. I'm posting this here in the hopes that someone with deeper understanding of LaTeX might be able to help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following code uses &lt;code&gt;pgfplotstable&lt;/code&gt; to read a file and save it in a macro with each line separated by &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt;, which is the input format &lt;code&gt;\pgfplotscreateplotcyclelist&lt;/code&gt; expects. However, using the macro instead of the normal &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt;-separated list fails with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;! Undefined control sequence.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  -&gt;\let \reserved@e&lt;br&gt;&#xA;                         \relax \let \reserved@f \relax \@ifstar {\let&#xA;  \reserv...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I suspect it's something to do with how/if/that the macro is expanded...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplots}&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplotstable}&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{cyclelist.txt}&#xA;green&#xA;pink&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;\pgfplotstableread{cyclelist.txt}{\cyclelist}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\pgfplotstabletypeset[begin table={},end table={},skip coltypes,display columns/0/.style={string type},write to macro=\listmacro,typeset=false]\cyclelist&#xA;\show\listmacro % To show that the macro contents are what \pgfplotscreateplotcyclelist expects&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\pgfplotscreateplotcyclelist{newcycle}{\listmacro}&#xA;%\pgfplotscreateplotcyclelist{newcycle}{green\\pink\\} % This works fine, as expected&#xA;&#xA;\begin{axis}[cycle list name=newcycle]&#xA;\addplot {x^2};&#xA;\end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T21:06:58.380" />
  <row Id="14267" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14261" CreationDate="2011-03-25T21:29:02.727" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Not a LaTeX-solution, but if you have the characters you want to generate available as a TrueType or OTF font, you can use ImageMagick directly, in this case to generate images for codepoints 00C0 through 00C7 for Latin Modern Roman 10pt:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;for (( i=192; i&amp;lt;200; i++ )); do&#xA;    codepoint=`printf %04x $i`&#xA;    env LC_CTYPE=en_US.utf8 printf &quot;\u$codepoint&quot; \&#xA;         | convert -background transparent -fill black -pointsize 10 \&#xA;         -font /usr/share/texmf/fonts/opentype/public/lm/lmroman10-regular.otf \&#xA;         label:@- $codepoint.png&#xA;done&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4086" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T21:29:02.727" />
  <row Id="14268" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-25T22:14:10.493" Score="5" ViewCount="65" Body="&lt;p&gt;This question is not on how to manually install packages but how to install packages automatically via script. This question is not about MikTeX or the limited tex package management in certain linux distributions (e.g.Ubuntu). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This question is about the cases where those management tools are not available or when we don't want to mess with them or where they are not sufficient.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Question: Is there a script or tool that can install an arbitrary package by downloading it and installing it in the local tree?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The closest I got to that is the following script (which has lots of drawbacks):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;PACKAGE=$1&#xA;mkdir -p ~/texmf&#xA;cd ~/texmf&#xA;wget http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/$PACKAGE.zip&#xA;unzip $PACKAGE.zip&#xA;mkdir -p tex/latex/$PACKAGE&#xA;cd $PACKAGE&#xA;for a in *.dtx; do if [ -a $a ]; then latex $a; fi; done &#xA;for a in *.ins; do if [ -a $a ]; then latex $a; fi; done &#xA;cd -&#xA;cp -vf $PACKAGE/*.{sty,def,cls,cfg} tex/latex/$PACKAGE&#xA;texhash&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is pretty generic BUT the drawbacks include: not error resilient, does not track dependencies, it doesn't work for all packages (works with most), it can produce a mess of files sometimes if the script fails, it doesn't work for packages outside of &lt;code&gt;contrib&lt;/code&gt;. Also it doesn't work for complicated packages and bundles.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The idea is to be able to just type, for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$ install_package pdfcomment &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Improvements to this script, or alternative tools or scripts are greatly appreciated. I'll be really happy for example, if it works for all these packages that are not available in the cluster (i.e. no root access) I use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;xkeyval oberdiek pgf pgfplots acrotex movie15 datetime filecontents&#xA;changepage paralist textcase placeins cool coollist coolstr coolstr&#xA;forloop bbm type1cm lastpage pdfmarginpar standalone tufte-latex ifpdf&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT&lt;/strong&gt;: Thanks Seamus for the answer, it seems that a more robust script for TDS prepackaged packages is the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$PACKAGE=$1&#xA;mkdir -p ~/texmf&#xA;cd ~/texmf&#xA;wget http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/install/macros/latex/contrib/$PACKAGE.tds.zip&#xA;unzip $PACKAGE.tds.zip&#xA;texhash&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(not all packages have a TDS version.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1871" LastEditorUserId="1871" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-26T00:18:26.080" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T00:54:40.660" Title="Is there a tool/script available to simply install packages locally?" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;installing&gt;&lt;automation&gt;&lt;script&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14269" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14268" CreationDate="2011-03-25T22:24:50.887" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A lot of the time, the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/tds&quot;&gt;TDS&lt;/a&gt; is a good option. You download &lt;code&gt;package.tds.zip&lt;/code&gt; put it in your local texmf tree and unzip it. It puts all the files exactly where you want them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This doesn't track dependencies, however.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T22:24:50.887" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="14270" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14273" CreationDate="2011-03-25T22:32:46.647" Score="3" ViewCount="57" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do I get the text does not break the line?&#xA;I have&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\node[align=left,text width=3cm] {Contemplando a contemporaneidade};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/RpxoN.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but i need&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/i02As.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1940" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-26T15:31:18.257" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T15:31:18.257" Title="Text without hyphenation with Tikz" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;horizontal-alignment&gt;&lt;hyphenation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14271" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14270" CreationDate="2011-03-25T22:41:11.670" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Increase the value for &lt;code&gt;text width&lt;/code&gt; conveniently.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T22:41:11.670" />
  <row Id="14272" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14275" CreationDate="2011-03-25T22:42:09.583" Score="3" ViewCount="69" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use beside captions placed in a large margin area.  Sometimes, the caption text is taller than the figure and this causes too much vertical space around the figure.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd like the effective height of the figure to ignore the height of the caption text in the margin.  Just some vertical space around the figure as if the caption was not present.  Because the caption is over in the margin, it's fine if caption text vertically overlaps the body text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can this be done?  I'd like a way to do this such a that I do not need to hand tune each instance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[EDIT 1] Fixed example code that only worked under xetex.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[EDIT 2] Updated sample problem PDF and showed fixed version using TH's cool &lt;code&gt;\smashcaption&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Many Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a really extreme example of the problem:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;%%&#xA;% Set page layout geometry&#xA;% The asymmetric option keeps the margin notes always on the same side of the page which is the way Tufte does it.&#xA;\usepackage[&#xA;    letterpaper,&#xA;    asymmetric,&#xA;    includemp,&#xA;    headheight=0.5in, % needs to be big enough for the Intel logo graphic&#xA;    left=1.25in,&#xA;    width=6.75in,&#xA;    marginparsep=0.25in,&#xA;    marginparwidth=2in,&#xA;    bottom=1in,&#xA;    top=1in,&#xA;    nofoot,&#xA;    includehead]&#xA;    {geometry}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage{floatrow}&#xA;&#xA;\floatsetup[figure]&#xA;    {&#xA;    floatwidth=\linewidth,&#xA;    capposition=beside,&#xA;    capbesideposition={right,center},&#xA;    capbesideframe=yes,&#xA;    capbesidewidth=\marginparwidth,&#xA;    capbesidesep=quad,&#xA;    floatrowsep=qquad&#xA;    }&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\begin{figure}[ht]&#xA;  \centering&#xA;  \rule{8cm}{1cm}&#xA;  \caption{Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Ut purus&#xA;elit, vestibulum ut, placerat ac, adipiscing vitae, felis. Curabitur dictum&#xA;gravida mauris. Nam arcu libero, nonummy eget, consectetuer id, vulputate&#xA;a, magna. Donec vehicula augue eu neque. Pellentesque habitant morbi&#xA;tristique senectus et netus et malesuada fames ac turpis egestas. Mauris.}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\lipsum[2]&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's what it looks like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Ic2vn.png&quot; alt=&quot;problem before&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now with TH's &lt;code&gt;\smashcaption&lt;/code&gt; fix:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/SQW1e.png&quot; alt=&quot;Fixed version&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2528" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-26T22:25:59.320" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T22:25:59.320" Title="Want figure height to ignore side caption height" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;&lt;captions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="14273" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14270" CreationDate="2011-03-25T22:44:44.217" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Or don't specify the text width at all, just add a line break at the appropriate position.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\node[align=left] {Contemplando a\\contemporaneidade};&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="586" LastActivityDate="2011-03-25T22:44:44.217" />
  <row Id="14274" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14287" CreationDate="2011-03-25T23:01:21.280" Score="5" ViewCount="87" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like do get the nice oldstyle-numbers in my entire document. (Would there be a reason not to want them anywhere in a literature paper?) I use pdfTeX 1.40.11 via MiKTeX 2.9 and Latin Modern (&lt;code&gt;lmodern&lt;/code&gt;) as a font. It seems like I should go for &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/cfr-lm/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;cfr-lm&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package, or are there alternatives?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What do I have do to to get &lt;code&gt;cfr-lm&lt;/code&gt; working? The &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/cfr-lm/doc/fonts/cfr-lm/cfr-lm.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;installation description&lt;/a&gt; unfortunately isn't suited for MiKTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My standard documentclass is &lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt;. Here are some of the packages I load by default, in case they make any difference:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[english,ngerman]{babel}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{lmodern}&#xA;\usepackage[babel]{microtype}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4012" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-27T01:43:14.350" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T01:43:14.350" Title="Oldstylenums with Latin Modern (MiKTeX 2.9)" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;installing&gt;&lt;miktex&gt;&lt;oldstylenums&gt;&lt;latin-modern&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14275" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14272" CreationDate="2011-03-25T23:19:56.003" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Commenting out the line that causes your example to not compile, here's a solution. Define a new macro &lt;code&gt;\smashcaption&lt;/code&gt; as follows.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand*\smashcaption{&#xA;        \def\FR@makecaption##1##2{%&#xA;                \vbox to\z@{%&#xA;                        \vss&#xA;                        \captionfont&#xA;                        {\captionlabelfont##1}\caption@lsep##2%&#xA;                        \par&#xA;                        \vss&#xA;                }%&#xA;        }%&#xA;        \caption&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now replace &lt;code&gt;\caption&lt;/code&gt; in your code with &lt;code&gt;\smashcaption&lt;/code&gt; and you get what I believe you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-26T21:29:38.103" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T21:29:38.103" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="14276" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14250" CreationDate="2011-03-26T00:05:55.047" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There's a &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/flashcards&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;flashcards&lt;/a&gt; class on MiKTeX, TeX Live, and on CTAN that is originally for printing onto index cards, but section 4 of the documentation talks about adapting it for arbitrary card sizes. Section 2.3 shows how to print cards with an upper-left header, the main contents centered, and a lower-right footer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[custom-tags,fronts,frame]{flashcards}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\cardfrontstyle{headings}&#xA;\cardfrontfoot{Footer}&#xA;\begin{flashcard}[Header]{Center}&#xA;This goes on the back of the card.&#xA;\end{flashcard}&#xA;&#xA;\cardfrontfoot{Second Footer}&#xA;\begin{flashcard}[Second Header]{Second Center}&#xA;This goes on the back of the card.&#xA;\end{flashcard}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;plus in custom-tags.cfg (copied from avery5388.cfg included with class):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1996/12/01]&#xA;\ProvidesFile{custom-tags.cfg}&#xA;\newcommand{\cardpapermode}{portrait}&#xA;\newcommand{\cardpaper}{letterpaper}&#xA;\newcommand{\cardrows}{4}&#xA;\newcommand{\cardcolumns}{1}&#xA;\setlength{\cardheight}{2.0in}&#xA;\setlength{\cardwidth}{6.5in}&#xA;\setlength{\topoffset}{1.0in}&#xA;\setlength{\oddoffset}{0.25in}&#xA;\setlength{\evenoffset}{0.25in}&#xA;&#xA;\endinput&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;produces:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/2sFgg.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3345" LastEditorUserId="3345" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-26T00:40:56.107" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T00:40:56.107" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14278" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-26T02:18:56.320" Score="6" ViewCount="128" Body="&lt;p&gt;What rules does TeX or LaTeX follows when typesetting the document?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I mean is there a set of rules, in English typography, that dictates how to typeset books etc.. For example how many different types of titles are there, how to align titles with respect to text...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is such a work in Russian publishing-typography called &lt;a href=&quot;http://diamondsteel.ru/useful/handbook/&quot;&gt;Handbook for publisher and author&lt;/a&gt;. Is there something like this in English?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4415" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-26T03:05:54.723" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T04:37:07.393" Title="Which typesetting-typography rules does TeX follow?" Tags="&lt;typography&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="14279" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14278" CreationDate="2011-03-26T02:40:02.137" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The standard Latex classes is biased towards the American styles, but there are a number of class files for the European type rules, e.g. the Koma script classes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.chicagomanualofstyle.org/home.html&quot;&gt;Chicago Manual of Style&lt;/a&gt; is a very good reference for the American typographic rules. For the British rules have a look at the &lt;a href=&quot;http://rads.stackoverflow.com/amzn/click/0198605641&quot;&gt;The Oxford Style Manual&lt;/a&gt;.  Robert Bringhurst's &lt;a href=&quot;http://rads.stackoverflow.com/amzn/click/0881791326&quot;&gt;&quot;the elements of typographic style&quot;&lt;/a&gt; is one of the best books I have ever read.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Have a look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Style_guide&quot;&gt;wikipedia&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1683" LastEditorUserId="1683" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-26T03:00:35.880" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T03:00:35.880" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14280" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14286" CreationDate="2011-03-26T03:17:42.197" Score="3" ViewCount="71" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a bunch of tokens with default values. I need to test each of these and print a message in case they are still the default value. I am able to do this manually as shown below. Now when I attempt to write a macro for this I run into problems. I want to be able to report the name of the token that was not set so attempted to pass in the name of the token and use &lt;code&gt;\the\#1&lt;/code&gt; to get the value.  I am thinking there is someting basic I am missing and have tried a bunch of things but still am not able to make this work. Any ideas?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{ifthen}&#xA;&#xA;\newtoks{\MyParameter}&#xA;\MyParameter={X}         % Set default value&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\TestIfGivenValue}[2]{%&#xA;\ifthenelse{\equal{\the\#1}{#2}}{%&#xA;\warningbox{B: Please set the value of $backslash$#1}%&#xA;}{%&#xA;    B: Yes, the \textbackslash MyParameter has a non default value. &#xA;}}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;% Manual method: works great&#xA;\ifthenelse{\equal{\the\MyParameter}{X}}{%&#xA;    A: Please set the value of \textbackslash MyParameter \\%&#xA;}{&#xA;    A: Yes, the \textbackslash MyParameter has a non default value. &#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% Now attempt to wrap this in a new command&#xA;\TestIfGivenValue{MyParameter}{X}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4301" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-27T10:20:48.800" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T10:20:48.800" Title="How to test if the value of a token is not a specific value" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="14281" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-26T03:24:58.660" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;(Definition from &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Typography&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questions tagged &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/typography&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged 'typography'&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;typography&lt;/a&gt; deal with the implementation of good typography through TeX and questions about what constitutes good typography in the first place.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The question &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/13874/are-there-any-good-general-typesetting-books-references&quot;&gt;“Are there any good general typesetting books / references?”&lt;/a&gt; list resources about the art of typography.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-26T07:15:56.127" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T07:15:56.127" />
  <row Id="14282" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-26T03:24:58.660" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="Typography is the art and technique of arranging type, type design, and modifying type glyphs." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-26T07:15:58.683" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T07:15:58.683" />
  <row Id="14283" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14295" CreationDate="2011-03-26T03:32:17.940" Score="5" ViewCount="107" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can create lines with variable thickness (line width) in Tikz?&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/vG02L.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1940" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T13:35:33.423" Title="Trait with variable thickness" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="14284" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14278" CreationDate="2011-03-26T04:37:07.393" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think there's some confusion.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There aren't set-in-stone rules, that is, there is not a universal &quot;set of typography rules that dictates how to typeset books, etc.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Each publishing house decides on their typography rules.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Granted, there are some &quot;general rules&quot; widely acknowledged&quot; but by that same propertie, they are not specific-detaild and there are always cases where the opposite is needed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The Chicago Manual and the alike, dictate rules to follow a specific style, but those are not &quot;universal typography rules&quot; that apply to all books.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, LaTeX rules define a default style for the base classes, but you can adjust it to pretty much any other (different) style&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4453" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T04:37:07.393" />
  <row Id="14286" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14280" CreationDate="2011-03-26T07:21:27.370" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;TeX has to see names as 'tokens': you can't put &lt;code&gt;\#1&lt;/code&gt; and expect TeX to turn it into a control sequence. So you should either do&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\TestIfGivenValue}[2]{%&#xA;\ifthenelse{\equal{\the#1}{#2}}{%&#xA;\warningbox{B: Please set the value of \noexpand#1}%&#xA;}{%&#xA;    %B: Yes, #1 has a non default value. &#xA;}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and use it with the control sequence: &lt;code&gt;\TestIfGivenValue\myvalue{something}&lt;/code&gt;, or construct the name using &lt;code&gt;\csname&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\TestIfGivenValue}[2]{%&#xA;\ifthenelse{\equal{\expandafter\the\csname#1\endcsname}{#2}}{%&#xA;\warningbox{B: Please set the value of \expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname}%&#xA;}{%&#xA;    %B: Yes, #1 has a non default value. &#xA;}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which will work as: &lt;code&gt;\TestIfGivenValue{myvalue}{something}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\csname ... \endcsname&lt;/code&gt; construct turns &lt;code&gt;myvalue&lt;/code&gt; into the &lt;em&gt;token&lt;/em&gt; &lt;code&gt;\myvalue&lt;/code&gt;, which is what TeX needs to see for everything to work. I've also used &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt; in the second version of the answer, to make sure that &lt;code&gt;\the&lt;/code&gt; 'sees' the correct input.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T07:21:27.370" CommentCount="10" />
  <row Id="14287" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14274" CreationDate="2011-03-26T10:11:43.817" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Although the &lt;code&gt;cfr-lm&lt;/code&gt; package is included in MiKTeX 2.9, the &quot;map&quot; files that include information necessary for TeX to use this font still need to be updated. Do the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;In the command prompt, run &lt;code&gt;initexmf --edit-config-file updmap&lt;/code&gt;; this opens &lt;code&gt;updmap.cfg&lt;/code&gt; (usually in notepad);&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Add the line &lt;code&gt;Map clm.map&lt;/code&gt; at the end of &lt;code&gt;updmap.cfg&lt;/code&gt; (and save the file);&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;In the command prompt, run &lt;code&gt;updmap&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note: Part 4 of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/fonts/fontinstall.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Installing TeX fonts&lt;/a&gt; gives similar advice; however, running &lt;code&gt;updmap&lt;/code&gt; is replaced by running &lt;code&gt;initexmf --mkmaps&lt;/code&gt;. Anyway, the first method worked for me (MiKTeX 2.9, single-user install).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="4012" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-26T11:43:11.980" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T11:43:11.980" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="14288" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-26T10:20:31.100" Score="0" ViewCount="42" Body="&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I want to fit this table on a portrait format page  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;and make the columns that show numbers to be of equal width  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;however, type 3 has a longer name than the others, hence  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;setting the column heads diagonally might help me fit the longer name in&lt;br&gt;&#xA;so that condition 1. can be fulfilled&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;this example &lt;strong&gt;does not work&lt;/strong&gt; &#xA;and I seem to need some advice on how to combine &lt;code&gt;\rotatebox&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;\multicolumn&lt;/code&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or maybe you have a different idea altogether how I can solve this with conditions 1. and 2.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,10pt]{scrartcl} \usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} \usepackage{babel} \usepackage[T1]{fontenc} \usepackage{booktabs} \usepackage{array} \usepackage{dcolumn} \usepackage{graphicx}  &#xA;\begin{document}  &#xA;\begin{table}  &#xA;\centering  &#xA;\caption{Caption text}  &#xA;\begin{tabular}{ | l | p{0.45cm} | p{0.45cm} | p{0.45cm} | p{0.45cm} | p{0.45cm} | p{0.45cm} | p{0.45cm} | p{0.45cm} | p{0.45cm} | p{0.45cm} | p{0.45cm} | p{0.45cm} |}  &#xA;\hline  &#xA; &amp;amp; \multicolumn{2}{*}{\rotatebox{60}{Type 1}} &amp;amp; \multicolumn{2}{*}{\rotatebox{60}{Type 2}} &amp;amp; \multicolumn{2}{*}{\rotatebox{60}{Type 3 longer text}} &amp;amp; \multicolumn{2}{*}{\rotatebox{60}{Type 4}} &amp;amp; \multicolumn{2}{*}{\rotatebox{60}{Type 5}} &amp;amp; \multicolumn{2}{*}{\rotatebox{60}{Type 6}}\\\hline  &#xA;\multicolumn{13}{|l|}{\textsc{\textbf{row title bold}}} \\ \hline  &#xA;Criterium 1 &amp;amp; 5 &amp;amp; 10 &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; 6 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 5 &amp;amp; 10 &amp;amp; 5 &amp;amp; 10 &amp;amp; 5 &amp;amp; 10 \\ \hline  &#xA;Criterium 2 &amp;amp; 4 &amp;amp; 8 &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; 6 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 4 &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; 6 &amp;amp; 4 &amp;amp; 8 &amp;amp; 4 &amp;amp; 8 \\ \hline  &#xA;\multicolumn{13}{|l|}{\textsc{\textbf{row title bold}}} \\ \hline  &#xA;Criterium 3 &amp;amp; 5 &amp;amp; 5 &amp;amp; 5 &amp;amp; 5 &amp;amp; 4 &amp;amp; 4 &amp;amp; 5 &amp;amp; 5 &amp;amp; 5 &amp;amp; 5 &amp;amp; 5 &amp;amp; 5 \\ \hline  &#xA;Criterium 4 &amp;amp; 5 &amp;amp; 5 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 1 \\ \hline  &#xA;\textbf{\textsc {Sum}} &amp;amp;  &amp;amp; \textbf{84} &amp;amp; &amp;amp; \textbf{56} &amp;amp; &amp;amp; \textbf{50}&amp;amp; &amp;amp;  \textbf{53}&amp;amp; &amp;amp; \textbf{51}&amp;amp; &amp;amp; \textbf{51} \\ \hline  &#xA;\end{tabular}  &#xA;\label{tab:Label text}  &#xA;\end{table}  &#xA;\end{document}  &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4456" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-26T10:28:55.003" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T11:51:13.840" Title="How combine make diagonal column heads in table with multicolumn headers" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14289" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14288" CreationDate="2011-03-26T11:51:13.840" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just use &lt;code&gt;tabularx&lt;/code&gt;. I didn't change much of the contents of the table.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tabularx}&#xA;\newcolumntype{R}{&amp;gt;{\raggedleft\arraybackslash}X}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{table}&#xA;\newcommand\MC[1]{\multicolumn{2}{X|}{#1}}&#xA;\centering&#xA;\caption{Caption text}&#xA;\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{|l|*{12}{R|}}&#xA;\hline&#xA; &amp;amp; \MC{Type~1} &amp;amp; \MC{Type~2} &amp;amp; \MC{Type~3 longer text}&#xA; &amp;amp; \MC{Type~4} &amp;amp; \MC{Type~5} &amp;amp; \MC{Type~6}\\\hline&#xA;\multicolumn{13}{|l|}{\textsc{\textbf{row title bold}}} \\ \hline&#xA;Criterium 1 &amp;amp; 5 &amp;amp; 10 &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; 6 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 5 &amp;amp; 10 &amp;amp; 5 &amp;amp; 10 &amp;amp; 5 &amp;amp; 10 \\ \hline&#xA;Criterium 2 &amp;amp; 4 &amp;amp; 8 &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; 6 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 4 &amp;amp; 3 &amp;amp; 6 &amp;amp; 4 &amp;amp; 8 &amp;amp; 4 &amp;amp; 8 \\ \hline&#xA;\multicolumn{13}{|l|}{\textsc{\textbf{row title bold}}} \\ \hline&#xA;Criterium 3 &amp;amp; 5 &amp;amp; 5 &amp;amp; 5 &amp;amp; 5 &amp;amp; 4 &amp;amp; 4 &amp;amp; 5 &amp;amp; 5 &amp;amp; 5 &amp;amp; 5 &amp;amp; 5 &amp;amp; 5 \\ \hline&#xA;Criterium 4 &amp;amp; 5 &amp;amp; 5 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 1 \\ \hline&#xA;\textbf{\textsc{Sum}}&#xA; &amp;amp;&amp;amp; \textbf{84} &amp;amp;&amp;amp; \textbf{56} &amp;amp;&amp;amp; \textbf{50}&#xA; &amp;amp;&amp;amp; \textbf{53} &amp;amp;&amp;amp; \textbf{51} &amp;amp;&amp;amp; \textbf{51} \\ \hline&#xA;\end{tabularx}&#xA;\label{tab:Label text}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/E3mMQ.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2674" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T11:51:13.840" />
  <row Id="14290" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-26T12:12:25.650" Score="1" ViewCount="107" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using XeLaTeX in TeX Live suites 2010 and everything was going well before I did an upgrade via TeX Live Manager minutes ago. Now every document I compile gets a &quot;File not found&quot; error as the title suggests. But actually &lt;code&gt;fontspec.sty&lt;/code&gt; is lying well under &lt;code&gt;texlive\2010\tex\latex\fontspec&lt;/code&gt; so I don't understand why it complains about that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anyone have the same situation?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4457" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-26T12:17:32.023" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T17:55:21.170" Title="XeLaTeX does not find fontspec any longer after TeXLive update" Tags="&lt;xetex&gt;&lt;errors&gt;&lt;installing&gt;&lt;fontspec&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="14291" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-26T12:14:26.057" Score="0" ViewCount="36" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using latex and would like to include a picture I drew using emacs artist-mode as a figure. I tried the verbatim environment but it gets annoyed cause chars like + are not escaped, etc. What's the best solution to this besides having me escape all the characters in the picture?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4140" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-26T12:31:43.893" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T12:31:43.893" Title="Including emacs artist-mode picture as a figure" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;verbatim&gt;" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="14292" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14221" CreationDate="2011-03-26T12:20:16.340" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Following up daleif's suggestion, using &lt;code&gt;\AddToShipoutPicture*&lt;/code&gt; from the &lt;code&gt;eso-pic&lt;/code&gt; package we don't need to tinker with the chapter styles at all:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx}&#xA;\graphicspath{{./src-images/}}&#xA;\usepackage{eso-pic}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{Hello World}&#xA;\AddToShipoutPicture*{%&#xA;  % By default, eso-pic's zero coordinate is in the lower left corner&#xA;  \put(\LenToUnit{3.5in},\LenToUnit{5.5in}){%&#xA;    \includegraphics[height=25mm,keepaspectratio]{leaf.png}%&#xA;  }&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="831" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T12:20:16.340" />
  <row Id="14293" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14075" CreationDate="2011-03-26T13:16:45.060" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have elaborated my own answers2 package for my textbook. It is made from &lt;a href=&quot;http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/answers&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;answers.sty&lt;/a&gt; and provides hyperlinks as you need. I could share my code with you but I am too lasy to put it on ctan.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3831" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T13:16:45.060" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14294" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14296" CreationDate="2011-03-26T13:23:41.297" Score="4" ViewCount="75" Body="&lt;p&gt;I recently asked &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/14261/howto-generate-png-images-of-characters-using-latex&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt; question. The solution worked for me but I have a problem. cropped images are as small as possible. I would like to have a gif that bounds to borders of &lt;code&gt;box&lt;/code&gt; of the equation. so I add &lt;code&gt;\boxed&lt;/code&gt; to all my equations. Now sizes are good but I don't know how do I remove black borders around equation. Probably changing its color to white will help. [?]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2035" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-26T13:44:35.000" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T14:15:57.333" Title="Change border color of a  \boxed equation?" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;color&gt;&lt;boxes&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="14295" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14283" CreationDate="2011-03-26T13:30:16.593" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is possible but it's not easy and the control of the line width is not very fine but it's an idea and I think it's possible to get a better code. The code below is from an idea of Mark Wibrow to change the color of a line. I modified the code to change the  width but if you only want to change the color this code is perfect :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{decorations}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;&#xA;\pgfkeys{/pgf/decoration/.cd,&#xA;         start color/.store in =\startcolor,&#xA;         end color/.store in   =\endcolor&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\pgfdeclaredecoration{width and color change}{initial}{&#xA; \state{initial}[width=0pt, next state=line, persistent precomputation={%&#xA;   \pgfmathdivide{50}{\pgfdecoratedpathlength}%&#xA;   \let\increment=\pgfmathresult%&#xA;   \def\x{0}%&#xA; }]{}&#xA; \state{line}[width=.5pt,   persistent postcomputation={%&#xA;     \pgfmathadd@{\x}{\increment}%&#xA;     \let\x=\pgfmathresult%&#xA;   }]{%&#xA;   \pgfsetlinewidth{\x/40*0.075pt+\pgflinewidth}%&#xA;   \pgfsetarrows{-}%&#xA;   \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfpointorigin}%&#xA;   \pgfpathlineto{\pgfqpoint{.75pt}{0pt}}%&#xA;   \pgfsetstrokecolor{\endcolor!\x!\startcolor}%&#xA;   \pgfusepath{stroke}%&#xA; }&#xA; \state{final}{%&#xA;   \pgfsetlinewidth{\pgflinewidth}%&#xA;   \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfpointorigin}%&#xA;   \color{\endcolor!\x!\startcolor}%&#xA;   \pgfusepath{stroke}% &#xA; }&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\tikz\draw[ line width=.4pt, decoration={width and color change,   &#xA;start color=yellow, end color=red}, decorate] (0cm,0cm) arc&#xA;(0:120:4cm) ;                                           &#xA;&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To modifiy this code you need to adapt &lt;code&gt;\pgfsetlinewidth{\x/40*0.075pt+\pgflinewidth}&lt;/code&gt;&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Ftey3.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastEditorUserId="3144" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-26T13:35:33.423" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T13:35:33.423" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14296" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14294" CreationDate="2011-03-26T13:42:18.813" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could redefine the &lt;code&gt;\boxed&lt;/code&gt; command. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\boxed}[1]{\textcolor{\boxedcolor}{%&#xA;  \fbox{\normalcolor\m@th$\displaystyle#1$}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's originally defined in &lt;code&gt;amsmath.sty&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\boxed}[1]{\fbox{\m@th$\displaystyle#1$}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a complete minimal example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\newcommand*{\boxedcolor}{red}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand{\boxed}[1]{\textcolor{\boxedcolor}{%&#xA;  \fbox{\normalcolor\m@th$\displaystyle#1$}}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;text&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;\boxed{1+1=2}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;text&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T13:42:18.813" />
  <row Id="14297" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14294" CreationDate="2011-03-26T14:07:12.943" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Set a border for the preview.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrartcl}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage[active,displaymath,tightpage]{preview}&#xA;\setlength\PreviewBorder{10pt}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\[y=x\]&#xA;\begin{align} g(x)=x^2 \end{align}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T14:07:12.943" />
  <row Id="14298" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14294" CreationDate="2011-03-26T14:15:57.333" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another idea of Herbert  in mathmode.pdf for coloured boxes is to use package empheq (now in the mh bundle) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath,empheq}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA; \[&#xA;  f(x)=\int_1^{\infty}\frac{1}{x^2}\,\mathrm{d}x=1 &#xA; \]&#xA;\begin{empheq}[box={\color{white}\fboxsep=10pt\fbox}]{align}&#xA;\color{red}&#xA;f(x)=\int_1^{\infty}\frac{1}{x^2}\,\mathrm{d}x=1&#xA;\end{empheq} &#xA;&#xA;\begin{empheq}[box={\fboxsep=10pt\fbox}]{align}&#xA;\color{red}&#xA;f(x)=\int_1^{\infty}\frac{1}{x^2}\,\mathrm{d}x=1&#xA;\end{empheq}  &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/P7OJn.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T14:15:57.333" />
  <row Id="14299" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-26T14:24:14.520" Score="4" ViewCount="97" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do you count the number of word occurrences in your tex files? The reason I do this is to easier recognize words I use too much in a text. At the moment I use the following one-liner in the bash.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;cat *.tex | sed 's/[[:space:]|[:punct:]]\+/\n/g' | sort | uniq -c | sort -n&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What it does is, output all .tex-Files with &lt;code&gt;cat&lt;/code&gt;, substitute the whitespaces and punctuations with a line-break using &lt;code&gt;sed&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;sort&lt;/code&gt; the output, count the unique words and &lt;code&gt;sort&lt;/code&gt; it again after the number output by &lt;code&gt;uniq -c&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One of the problems I have with that approach is, that words that belong together but are divided by a whitespace are counted separately. So for example &quot;New York&quot; you get k occurrences of New and n occurrences of York, mixing with other occurrences of New and York.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT:&lt;/strong&gt; Another problem is of course, how do you recognize word inflection such as declension and conjugation? But that's probably something way out of scope of a one-liner, or does anyone have an idea how to cope with that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT2:&lt;/strong&gt; As Hendrik and Joseph pointed out, that's not really TeX-related, but perhaps somebody finds it useful :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1481" LastEditorUserId="1481" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-27T13:28:33.113" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T13:28:33.113" Title="How do you count number of word occurrences?" Tags="&lt;word-count&gt;" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="14300" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14302" CreationDate="2011-03-26T14:35:10.090" Score="3" ViewCount="46" Body="&lt;p&gt;I create superscripts for indexes for notes manually with &lt;code&gt;\raisebox&lt;/code&gt;. What I don't like is that Latex changes the line spacing to fit a manual superscript into a line. For instance: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}\usepackage{setspace}\begin{document}&#xA;\scriptsize&#xA;\parbox{3cm}{&#xA;\begin{spacing}{0.8}&#xA;TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST &#xA;TEST TEST TEST {\tiny\raisebox{3pt}{b}}TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST &#xA;TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST\end{spacing}}&#xA;\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ &#xA;\parbox{3cm}{&#xA;\begin{spacing}{0.8}&#xA;TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST &#xA;TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST &#xA;TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST\end{spacing}}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;creates (without the black lines)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://img199.imageshack.us/img199/6239/58953139.png&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Left &lt;code&gt;\parbox&lt;/code&gt; with manual superscript (-&gt; too much spacing in line before the superscript), right &lt;code&gt;\parbox&lt;/code&gt; without (-&gt; equal spacing). &#xA;How can I get rid of the extra spacing in the left &lt;code&gt;\parbox&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;code&gt;\raisebox&lt;/code&gt; can be replaced if there is a better way. It is ok if the superscript overlaps with the text in the previous line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1236" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T22:50:25.430" Title="Prevent extra spacing between lines from \raisebox" Tags="&lt;line-spacing&gt;&lt;superscripts&gt;&lt;raise&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="14301" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14300" CreationDate="2011-03-26T14:42:32.833" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Generally, you could use &lt;code&gt;\smash&lt;/code&gt; to remove a height, such as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{\tiny\raisebox{3pt}{\smash{b}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T14:42:32.833" />
  <row Id="14302" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14300" CreationDate="2011-03-26T14:43:38.853" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You need to use the (first) optional argument of &lt;code&gt;\raisebox&lt;/code&gt; to compensate. It allows you to tell LaTeX how high the raised box officially is. So setting it to 0pt would ignore its height. There is also a second optional argument which determines the depth. The dimensions &lt;code&gt;\height&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\width&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\depth&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\totalheight&lt;/code&gt; can be used in all three arguments and hold the original dimensions of the content.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}\usepackage{setspace}\begin{document}&#xA;\scriptsize&#xA;\parbox{3cm}{&#xA;\begin{spacing}{0.8}&#xA;TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST &#xA;TEST TEST TEST {\tiny\raisebox{3pt}[0pt]{b}}TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST &#xA;TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST\end{spacing}}&#xA;\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ &#xA;\parbox{3cm}{&#xA;\begin{spacing}{0.8}&#xA;TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST &#xA;TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST &#xA;TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST\end{spacing}}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-26T22:50:25.430" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T22:50:25.430" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="14303" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14300" CreationDate="2011-03-26T14:51:01.330" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Why don't you simply use &lt;code&gt;\textsuperscript&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{setspace}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\scriptsize&#xA;&#xA;\parbox{3cm}{&#xA;\begin{spacing}{0.8}&#xA;TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST &#xA;TEST TEST TEST \textsuperscript{\smash{b}}TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST &#xA;TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST\end{spacing}}&#xA;\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ &#xA;\parbox{3cm}{&#xA;\begin{spacing}{0.8}&#xA;TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST &#xA;TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST &#xA;T    EST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST TEST\end{spacing}}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T14:51:01.330" />
  <row Id="14304" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14305" CreationDate="2011-03-26T15:21:20.977" Score="4" ViewCount="37" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; and all of my math symbols are appearing using &lt;code&gt;$ $&lt;/code&gt; block but &lt;code&gt;\varnothing&lt;/code&gt; is undefined. &lt;code&gt;\emptyset&lt;/code&gt; &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/4lOPd.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt; works but its symbol is a bit different than &lt;code&gt;\varnothing&lt;/code&gt; &lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/A3v5W.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note: images taken from LaTeX wikibook.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3864" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T15:23:36.793" Title="\varnothing 'undefined control sequence'" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;amsmath&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="14305" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14304" CreationDate="2011-03-26T15:23:36.793" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You need to load the &lt;code&gt;amssymb&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T15:23:36.793" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14306" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14309" CreationDate="2011-03-26T15:35:27.563" Score="4" ViewCount="89" Body="&lt;p&gt;Following &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/80/latex-template-for-resume-curriculum-vitae/89#89&quot;&gt;the excellent advice in this site&lt;/a&gt;, I have started using &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/moderncv/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;moderncv&lt;/a&gt; for writing the new version of my CV.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately, after converting to PDF, my http links work (clicking on them refer to the site), but they are formatted as normal text without underline ad blue color.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Following some searches, I've tried:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\hypersetup{linkcolor=blue} &#xA;\href{http://www.wikibooks.org}{wikibooks home}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And some other tags, but nothing seems to work. Any idea how to format the links?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Minimal working example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper]{moderncv}&#xA;\moderncvtheme[blue]{casual}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}                   % replace by the encoding you are using&#xA;\usepackage[scale=0.8]{geometry}&#xA;\firstname{Adam}&#xA;\familyname{Matan}&#xA;\email{adam@matan.name}                      % optional, remove the line if not wanted&#xA;\homepage{www.matan.name}                % optional, remove the line if not wanted&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand*{\bibliographyitemlabel}{\@biblabel{\arabic{enumiv}}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;\section{Professional network}&#xA;&#xA;% ********************************************&#xA;% ***********      Link part       *********** &#xA;% ********************************************&#xA;&#xA;\cvline{Linkedin.com}        {\small \href{http://www.linkedin.com/in/adamatan}             {Adam Matan}   - Professional profile and links.    }&#xA;\cvline{Stackoverflow.com}   {\small \href{http://stackoverflow.com/users/51197/adam-matan} {Adam Matan}   - My software questions and answers. } &#xA;\cvline{twitter.com}         {\small \href{http://twitter.com/justnoticed}                  {@justnoticed} - My tech tweets.}&#xA;&#xA;% ********************************************&#xA;% ***********     /Link part       *********** &#xA;% ********************************************&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand{\listitemsymbol}{-} % change the symbol for lists&#xA;% Publications from a BibTeX file without multibib\renewcommand*{\bibliographyitemlabel}{\@biblabel{\arabic{enumiv}}}% for BibTeX numerical labels&#xA;\nocite{*}&#xA;\bibliographystyle{plain}&#xA;\bibliography{publications}       % 'publications' is the name of a BibTeX file&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="547" LastEditorUserId="547" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-26T17:38:11.220" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T23:31:09.697" Title="Link formatting: colors, underlines in CV" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;color&gt;&lt;links&gt;&lt;moderncv&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14307" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14308" CreationDate="2011-03-26T15:45:40.410" Score="4" ViewCount="45" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to define a command &lt;code&gt;\mydef&lt;/code&gt; that does something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\mydef{\foo{bar}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;produces&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\foo{bar} \verb|\foo=bar|&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\mydef}[1]{\def #1}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;does the first bit, but I don't seem to be able to use verbatim in a command - how do I access the contents of &lt;code&gt;#1&lt;/code&gt;? In this context I would be happy if I could just discard the first character...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4460" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-26T15:51:18.610" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T15:59:10.350" Title="Printing verbatim command inputs in commands" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;verbatim&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="14308" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14307" CreationDate="2011-03-26T15:59:10.350" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;code&gt;\string&lt;/code&gt; to print the command as string and &lt;code&gt;\strip@prefix&lt;/code&gt; in combination with &lt;code&gt;\meaning&lt;/code&gt; to display the macro content:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand*{\mydef}[2]{%&#xA;    \def#1{#2}%&#xA;    {\ttfamily\string#1=\expandafter\strip@prefix\meaning#1}%&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\mydef\foo{bar}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T15:59:10.350" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="14309" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14306" CreationDate="2011-03-26T16:04:38.723" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;That is because &lt;code&gt;moderncv.cls&lt;/code&gt; sets &lt;code&gt;pdfborder&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;0 0 0&lt;/code&gt; at the beginning of the document; here's the relevant code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\AtEndPreamble{&#xA;  \@ifpackageloaded{CJK}&#xA;    {\RequirePackage[CJKbookmarks]{hyperref}}&#xA;    {\RequirePackage[pdftex]{hyperref}}&#xA;  \AtBeginDocument{&#xA;    \hypersetup{&#xA;      breaklinks,&#xA;      baseurl       = http://,&#xA;      pdfborder     = 0 0 0,&#xA;      pdfpagemode   = UseNone,% do not show thumbnails or bookmarks on opening&#xA;%      pdfstartview  = FitH,&#xA;      pdfstartpage  = 1,&#xA;      pdfcreator    = \LaTeX{} with `moderncv' package,&#xA;      pdfproducer   = \LaTeX{},&#xA;      bookmarksopen = true,&#xA;      pdfauthor     = \@firstname~\@familyname,&#xA;      pdftitle      = \@title,&#xA;      pdfsubject    = \@firstname~\@familyname,&#xA;      pdfkeywords   = \@firstname~\@familyname{} curriculum vit\ae{}}}&#xA;  \pagenumbering{arabic}% has to be issued after loading hyperref&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The only solution that comes to my mind is to make a local copy of &lt;code&gt;moderncv.cls&lt;/code&gt; saving it with a different name (&lt;code&gt;mymoderncv.cls&lt;/code&gt;, for example); then, edit &lt;code&gt;mymoderncv.cls&lt;/code&gt; and change &lt;code&gt;pdfborder = 0 0 0&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;pdfborder = 0 0 1&lt;/code&gt; (and make all the other changes that you want); in your document you now use the class &lt;code&gt;mymoderncv&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;moderncv&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: now I understand the request a little bit better (I hope); initially I thought that all the urls should have a colored border and I proposed some solution, now I see that it's just about some urls being colored. Taking this into account, I offer another solution which doesn't involve editing &lt;code&gt;moderncv.cls&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I defined a new command &lt;code&gt;\Colorhref&lt;/code&gt; with one optional argument (the color for the urls, default=&lt;code&gt;cyan&lt;/code&gt;) and two mandatory arguments that will be passed to the standard &lt;code&gt;\href&lt;/code&gt; command (&lt;code&gt;\Colorhref&lt;/code&gt; also takes care of the change in font size). In your document you can use &lt;code&gt;\Colorhref&lt;/code&gt; if you want your url with color and &lt;code&gt;\href&lt;/code&gt; otherwise. Use the standard &lt;code&gt;moderncv&lt;/code&gt; class:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper]{moderncv}&#xA;\moderncvtheme[blue]{casual}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[scale=0.8]{geometry}&#xA;\firstname{Adam}&#xA;\familyname{Matan}&#xA;\email{adam@matan.name}&#xA;\homepage{www.matan.name}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\Colorhref[3][cyan]{\href{#2}{\small\color{#1}#3}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;\section{Professional network}&#xA;&#xA;\cvline{Linkedin.com}        {\Colorhref{http://www.linkedin.com/in/adamatan}             {Adam Matan}   - Professional profile and links.    }&#xA;\cvline{Stackoverflow.com}   {\small\href{http://stackoverflow.com/users/51197/adam-matan} {Adam Matan}   - My software questions and answers. } &#xA;\cvline{twitter.com}         {\Colorhref[red]{http://twitter.com/justnoticed}{@justnoticed} - My tech tweets.}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's the result of the compilation of the above example code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/v4Ui4.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastEditorUserId="3954" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-26T23:31:09.697" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T23:31:09.697" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="14310" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14313" CreationDate="2011-03-26T16:13:22.167" Score="7" ViewCount="132" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm reading a document created with TeX, and it has rather nice chapter headings. Does anyone know how this was done?&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/1k2Gl.png&quot; alt=&quot;Fancy Chapter Headings&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ok, I've got quite far using TikZ, the only thing I haven't got is the number extending into the margin:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{titlesec}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{calc} &#xA;&#xA;\titleformat{\chapter}[display]&#xA;{}&#xA;{\hfill \tikz[remember picture] \node[] (nr) {\fontsize{20}{70}\selectfont\color{black}\textsc{Chapter~~} \fontsize{60}{70}\selectfont\color{black}\thechapter};&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[overlay,remember picture]&#xA;\coordinate (rightborder) at ($(nr)+(100,0)$);&#xA;\coordinate (right) at ($(nr.east) + (0.5,0)$);&#xA;\draw[line width=4.5em] (right) -- (rightborder);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}}&#xA;{-1ex}&#xA;{\filleft\fontsize{30}{50}\selectfont}&#xA;[\vspace{-1ex}]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1574" LastEditorUserId="1574" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-26T16:52:40.947" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T17:37:31.347" Title="Fancy Chapter Headings" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;chapters&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="14311" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14310" CreationDate="2011-03-26T16:41:56.013" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can create this effect using a &lt;code&gt;\rlap{}&lt;/code&gt; box in a ragged-left chapter line. The huge number could be zoomed using &lt;code&gt;graphics&lt;/code&gt; and the black box can be simply created using &lt;code&gt;\rule&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt; package to adjust the &lt;code&gt;\chapter&lt;/code&gt; style to use this code (I adapted Stefan Kottwitz's solution of &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/13496/center-aligning-chapters/13498#13498&quot;&gt;Center aligning chapters&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;\usepackage{graphics}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{titlesec}&#xA;\titleformat{\chapter}[display]&#xA;  {\normalfont\Large\raggedleft}&#xA;  {\MakeUppercase{\chaptertitlename}%&#xA;    \rlap{ \resizebox{!}{1.5cm}{\thechapter} \rule{5cm}{1.5cm}}}&#xA;  {10pt}{\Huge}&#xA;\titlespacing*{\chapter}{0pt}{30pt}{20pt}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\setcounter{chapter}{2}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{Implementation}&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The rule width of 5cm is just a guess. You could calculate the exact value but simply using a large enough value works as well. Any overhang over the page is not shown anyway.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/nvQAR.png&quot; alt=&quot;Result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-26T16:52:24.023" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T16:52:24.023" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="14313" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14310" CreationDate="2011-03-26T17:37:31.347" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's the &lt;em&gt;Veelo&lt;/em&gt; chapterstyle from the &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt; class.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2848" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T17:37:31.347" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14314" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14315" CreationDate="2011-03-26T18:12:36.400" Score="3" ViewCount="38" Body="&lt;p&gt;I found these rows of code in &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/5905/changing-the-font-in-the-toc/5914#5914&quot;&gt;this thread:&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\cftchapterfont}{\normalfont\sffamily}   &#xA;\renewcommand{\cftsectionfont}{\normalfont\sffamily} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which changes the font for the listings but not for the numbers. Are there a different set of commands for doing that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="298" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-26T18:24:38.623" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T18:24:38.623" Title="Changing the font of the numbers in the ToC in the memoir class" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;memoir&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="14315" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14314" CreationDate="2011-03-26T18:16:40.937" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Page 164 of the memoir manual provides the answer:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\cftchapterpagefont}{\normalfont\sffamily}   &#xA;\renewcommand{\cftsectionpagefont}{\normalfont\sffamily} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T18:16:40.937" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14316" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14219" CreationDate="2011-03-26T18:37:10.333" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;What I did was a combination of Leo's and Bruno's answers: I placed the database itself in a version-controlled directory, and placed a symbolic link to it in the non-version-controlled home TEXMF tree:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;cd &quot;$(kpsewhich --var-value=TEXMFHOME)&quot;&#xA;mkdir -p bibtex/bib&#xA;cd bibtex/bib&#xA;ln -s ~/publications/bibliography/biblio.bib&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="345" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T18:37:10.333" />
  <row Id="14317" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14328" CreationDate="2011-03-26T20:18:11.160" Score="4" ViewCount="107" Body="&lt;p&gt;After finding &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/4954/table-of-equations&quot;&gt;Table of Equations&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.latex-community.org/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&amp;amp;t=428&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.latex-community.org/forum/viewtopic.php?f=5&amp;amp;t=428&lt;/a&gt;, I set about making a &lt;em&gt;List of Equations&lt;/em&gt; for my document. The catch here is that we already have a working draft and its hundreds of pages and contains dozens of equations. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The above links describe how to use &lt;strong&gt;tocloft&lt;/strong&gt; to add the &lt;em&gt;List of Equations&lt;/em&gt;, but both require following each equation with a tag such as &lt;code&gt;\myequations{Display name}&lt;/code&gt;. To avoid having to add this for all of our equations, I redefined &lt;code&gt;equation&lt;/code&gt; to automatically include our &lt;code&gt;\myequations{}&lt;/code&gt; command: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\let\oldequation = \equation&#xA;\let\endoldequation = \endequation&#xA;\renewenvironment{equation}{&#xA;    \begin{oldequation}&#xA;}{&#xA;    \end{oldequation}&#xA;    \myequations{\@currentlabelname}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I proceeded with the &lt;strong&gt;tocloft&lt;/strong&gt;-specific code which is directly based on the above links, ending with:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{tocloft}&#xA;\newcommand{\listequationsname}{List of Equations}&#xA;\newlistof{myequations}{equ}{\listequationsname}&#xA;&#xA;% myequation takes in its display name&#xA;\newcommand{\myequations}[1]{&#xA;&#xA;% display name is printed&#xA;\addcontentsline{equ}{myequations}{\protect\numberline{\theequation}#1}\par}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then all &lt;code&gt;\equation&lt;/code&gt;s will appear automatically in the &lt;em&gt;List of Equations&lt;/em&gt;. That's great, but there is one &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;problem&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Each &lt;code&gt;\equation&lt;/code&gt;s displayed name in the &lt;em&gt;List of Equations&lt;/em&gt; is not its own &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt; (eg. &quot;Torque&quot;) but instead is the name of the &lt;code&gt;\subsection&lt;/code&gt; in which it appears (such that dozens of equations have the name of &quot;DC Motor Operation,&quot; etc.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any ideas? What can I replace &lt;code&gt;\@currentlabelname&lt;/code&gt; with to drop in the name of the &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt; for the equation? A simple one looks like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{equation}&#xA;\tau=F\times r&#xA;\label{eq:Torque}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;FWIW, I am actually doing this in Lyx but that doesn't seem to be the source of my problems. In fact, if there is a more elegant solution for Lyx, I'm all ears.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Example in LaTeX:&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[english]{article}&#xA;\setcounter{secnumdepth}{2}&#xA;\setcounter{tocdepth}{2}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage[unicode=true, pdfusetitle,&#xA; bookmarks=true,bookmarksnumbered=false,bookmarksopen=false,&#xA; breaklinks=false,pdfborder={0 0 0},backref=false,colorlinks=false]&#xA; {hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\numberwithin{equation}{section}&#xA;&#xA;% we use this for our refernces as well&#xA;\AtBeginDocument{\renewcommand{\ref}[1]{\mbox{\autoref{#1}}}}&#xA;&#xA;% redefinition of \equation for convenience&#xA;\let\oldequation = \equation&#xA;\let\endoldequation = \endequation&#xA;\renewenvironment{equation}{&#xA;\begin{oldequation}&#xA;}{&#xA;\end{oldequation}&#xA;\myequations{\@currentlabelname}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;% try to make a List of Equations, &#xA;% error is most likely in the @currentlabelname above&#xA;\usepackage{tocloft}&#xA;\newcommand{\listequationsname}{List of Equations} &#xA;\newlistof{myequations}{equ}{\listequationsname} &#xA;\newcommand{\myequations}[1]{ &#xA;\addcontentsline{equ}{myequations}{\protect\numberline{\theequation}#1}\par}&#xA;\setlength{\cftmyequationsnumwidth}{3em}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tableofcontents{}&#xA;\listofmyequations&#xA;&#xA;\section{Brushless Motor Fundamentals}&#xA;\subsubsection{DC Motor Operation}&#xA;Torque is generated in DC motors from the magnetic force, &#xA;also known as the Lorentz force, which is produced when an&#xA;electric current is passed through a coil in a magnetic field. &#xA;This force is given by \ref{eq:Force}.&#xA;&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;F=q[E+(v\times B)]&#xA;\label{eq:Force}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;where F is the force perpendicular to the coil, &#xA;E is the electric field in the coil, &#xA;v is the velocity of the charged particles in the coil, &#xA;and B is the magnetic field. From mechanics, torque is &#xA;&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;\tau=F\times r\label{eq:Torque}\end{equation}&#xA;If the electrical force in \ref{eq:Force} is ignored, &#xA;and the remaining magnetic force is used in \ref{eq:Torque}, &#xA;with the assumption that v is perpendicular to B, we find that&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;\tau=qvBrsin\theta&#xA;\label{eq:Magnetic}\end{equation}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[FIXED - Thank you &lt;strong&gt;Mike Renfro&lt;/strong&gt;] Equations 2.1 - 2.9 display correctly in the &lt;em&gt;List of Equations&lt;/em&gt; but after the equation number hits 2.10 the last digit ('ones' digit) overlaps with the  beginning of the display name.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4464" LastEditorUserId="4464" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-26T21:50:27.290" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T01:35:16.550" Title="List of Equations / Table of Equations" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;tocloft&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="14318" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14317" CreationDate="2011-03-26T20:29:23.680" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I couldn't come up with a minimal working example in regular LaTeX yet.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for (2), try setting &lt;code&gt;\cftmyequationsnumwidth&lt;/code&gt; to a larger value (see tocloft manual, section 2.3).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3345" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T20:29:23.680" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="14319" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-26T21:09:42.490" Score="8" ViewCount="131" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a &quot;nice&quot; way to change the color of individual bullet points?&#xA;For example imagine a list like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{itemize}&#xA;  \item A&#xA;  \begin{itemize}&#xA;    \item pro 1&#xA;    \item con 1&#xA;    \item pro 2&#xA;  \end{itemize}&#xA;  \item B&#xA;  \begin{itemize}&#xA;    \item pro 3&#xA;    \item con 2&#xA;    \item con 3&#xA;  \end{itemize}&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I make pro bullets green and cons bullets red?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;BTW.: I use the &lt;code&gt;circle&lt;/code&gt; innertheme&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4465" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-26T21:24:21.290" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T19:43:47.187" Title="beamer: change individual bullet color for pros and cons list" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;lists&gt;&lt;color&gt;&lt;itemize&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="14320" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-26T21:39:45.293" Score="1" ViewCount="79" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to decide whether to choose &lt;a href=&quot;http://trackchanges.sourceforge.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;trackchanges&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/latexdiff&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;latexdiff&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; for corrections on my thesis. Can anyone tell me their views? I have had problems with &lt;code&gt;latexdiff&lt;/code&gt; choking on equations (is there any easy way out of that?).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When someone says &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&quot;compile it with track-change option&quot;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;do they mean specifically trackchange or could it also be for latexdiff?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1026" LastEditorUserId="1026" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-26T22:21:43.977" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T22:21:43.977" Title="trackchanges VS latexdiff" Tags="&lt;latexdiff&gt;&lt;changes&gt;" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="14321" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14322" CreationDate="2011-03-26T22:26:49.300" Score="2" ViewCount="34" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a simple and robust way to achieve what is illustrated by the two black arrows below, i.e., shifting the title in a right-aligned column right by a fixed amount.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://img291.imageshack.us/img291/2841/65977924.png&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}\usepackage{array}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{l&amp;gt;{\raggedleft}p{3.5cm}@{}}&#xA;Coltitle1 &amp;amp; Coltitle2 \tabularnewline&#xA;AB &amp;amp; 5 \tabularnewline&#xA;A &amp;amp; 11 \tabularnewline&#xA;AC &amp;amp; 10 \tabularnewline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{l&amp;gt;{\raggedleft}p{3.5cm}@{}}&#xA;Coltitle1 &amp;amp; LongColtitle2 \tabularnewline&#xA;AB &amp;amp; 5 \tabularnewline&#xA;A &amp;amp; 11 \tabularnewline&#xA;AC &amp;amp; 10 \tabularnewline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd like to avoid bad box(es)-warnings.  Also, I would prefer (=not absolutely necessary) if the right end of the table would stay where it is, i.e., directly adjacent to the numbers. I.e.,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Coltitl|e2         instead of       Coltitle2|&#xA;      5|                                  5  |&#xA;     10|                                 10  |&#xA;    ...|                                  ...|&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where  &lt;code&gt;|&lt;/code&gt; marks the right end of the table.     &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1236" LastEditorUserId="1236" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-26T22:33:01.213" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T22:37:44.097" Title="Shifting text out of tabular cell" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;cell&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="14322" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14321" CreationDate="2011-03-26T22:37:44.097" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can say&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makebox[\dimexpr(\width-2em)][l]{LongColTitle2}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, the table width will not take into account the shift. That may be done with a suitable table preamble such as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}{l&amp;gt;{\raggedleft}p{3.5cm}@{\hspace{2em}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4427" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T22:37:44.097" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14323" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14317" CreationDate="2011-03-26T23:40:18.777" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is a modified version of your example. The main change is that I redefine &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt; within equation environments:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[english]{article}&#xA;\setcounter{secnumdepth}{2}&#xA;\setcounter{tocdepth}{2}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage[unicode=true, pdfusetitle,&#xA; bookmarks=true,bookmarksnumbered=false,bookmarksopen=false,&#xA; breaklinks=false,pdfborder={0 0 0},backref=false,colorlinks=false]&#xA; {hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\numberwithin{equation}{section}&#xA;&#xA;% we use this for our refernces as well&#xA;\AtBeginDocument{\renewcommand{\ref}[1]{\mbox{\autoref{#1}}}}&#xA;&#xA;% redefinition of \equation for convenience&#xA;\let\oldequation = \equation&#xA;\let\endoldequation = \endequation&#xA;\AtBeginDocument{\let\oldlabel = \label}% \AtBeginDocument because hyperref redefines \label&#xA;\newcommand{\mynewlabel}[1]{\myequations{#1}\oldlabel{#1}}&#xA;\renewenvironment{equation}{%&#xA;\oldequation&#xA;\let\label\mynewlabel&#xA;}{\endoldequation}&#xA;&#xA;% try to make a List of Equations,&#xA;% error is most likely in the @currentlabelname above&#xA;\usepackage{tocloft}&#xA;\newcommand{\listequationsname}{List of Equations}&#xA;\newlistof{myequations}{equ}{\listequationsname}&#xA;\newcommand{\myequations}[1]{%&#xA;\addcontentsline{equ}{myequations}{\protect\numberline{\theequation}#1}}&#xA;\setlength{\cftmyequationsnumwidth}{3em}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tableofcontents{}&#xA;\listofmyequations&#xA;&#xA;\section{Brushless Motor Fundamentals}&#xA;\subsubsection{DC Motor Operation}&#xA;Torque is generated in DC motors from the magnetic force,&#xA;also known as the Lorentz force, which is produced when an&#xA;electric current is passed through a coil in a magnetic field.&#xA;This force is given by \ref{eq:Force}.&#xA;&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;F=q[E+(v\times B)]&#xA;\label{eq:Force}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;where F is the force perpendicular to the coil,&#xA;E is the electric field in the coil,&#xA;v is the velocity of the charged particles in the coil,&#xA;and B is the magnetic field. From mechanics, torque is&#xA;&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;\tau=F\times r\label{eq:Torque}\end{equation}&#xA;If the electrical force in \ref{eq:Force} is ignored,&#xA;and the remaining magnetic force is used in \ref{eq:Torque},&#xA;with the assumption that v is perpendicular to B, we find that&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;\tau=qvBrsin\theta&#xA;\label{eq:Magnetic}\end{equation}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T23:40:18.777" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="14324" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14325" CreationDate="2011-03-26T23:42:49.720" Score="2" ViewCount="40" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've checked out related questions &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2832/how-can-i-have-two-tables-side-by-side&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;, and found similar answers via &lt;a href=&quot;http://texblog.wordpress.com/2007/08/01/placing-figurestables-side-by-side-minipage/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Google&lt;/a&gt;, and still can't figure out why the following code does not produce two side-by-side tables. They are narrow enough to fit on the page, but for any variation of textwidth, using either parbox or minipage, I always get the tables stacked vertically on top of each other instead of left to right.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I must be missing something obvious, but this is driving me nuts. What have I done wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[margin=1in]{geometry}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{table}[h]&#xA; \begin{minipage}{0.4\textwidth}&#xA;  \centering&#xA;  \begin{tabular}{|l|l|c|}\hline&#xA;    Site &amp;amp; Species &amp;amp; Abundance \\\hline&#xA;    S1 &amp;amp; A.rubrum &amp;amp; 25 \\&#xA;    S1 &amp;amp; A.saccharum &amp;amp; 5 \\&#xA;    S2 &amp;amp; Q.rubrum &amp;amp; 45 \\\hline&#xA;  \end{tabular}&#xA;  \caption{Long-form data}&#xA;  \label{tab:long-form}&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{minipage}{0.5\textwidth}&#xA; \centering&#xA; \begin{tabular}{|l|c|c|c|}\hline&#xA;  Sites &amp;amp; A.rubrum &amp;amp; A.sacch &amp;amp; Q.rubrum \\\hline&#xA;  S1    &amp;amp; 25 &amp;amp; 5 &amp;amp; 0 \\&#xA;  S2    &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 45 \\\hline&#xA; \end{tabular}&#xA; \caption{Wide-form data}&#xA; \label{tab:wide-form}&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3197" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-27T08:04:07.070" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T08:04:07.070" Title="Problem with side-by-side tables" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;floats&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14325" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14324" CreationDate="2011-03-26T23:46:48.143" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The empty line between the &lt;code&gt;minipage&lt;/code&gt;s generates a new paragraph. This pushes the second one down. Simply remove that line or end it with &lt;code&gt;%&lt;/code&gt; will avoid the paragraph.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-26T23:46:48.143" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14326" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2347" CreationDate="2011-03-27T01:07:46.910" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I solved this with the &lt;em&gt;needspace&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;titlesec&lt;/em&gt; packages, as in:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;\usepackage{titlesec}&#xA;\usepackage{needspace}&#xA;...&#xA;\titleformat{\section}&#xA;{\needspace{1in}\Large\bfseries}{\thesection}{1em}{}&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hardcoding 1in is crude -- should probably be a multiple of line height.&#xA;At any rate, this works great in my documents without the need for hand tuning each section.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2528" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T01:07:46.910" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="14327" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14330" CreationDate="2011-03-27T01:13:33.287" Score="1" ViewCount="29" Body="&lt;p&gt;Trackchange for latex on sourceforge seems to have a problem with citations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\change{text 1 \cite{Fels\_81}pad1}{text2 \cite{Fels\_81} pad2}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;creates a problem due to the brackets encountered. Is there a work around to this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1026" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-27T01:15:30.057" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T02:34:59.217" Title="trackchange and citations" Tags="&lt;characters&gt;&lt;changes&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14328" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14317" CreationDate="2011-03-27T01:35:16.550" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's a modified version of Lev Bishop's code; I used the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/xstring&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;xstring&lt;/a&gt; package to remove the string &quot;eq:&quot; from the labels:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[english]{article}&#xA;\setcounter{secnumdepth}{2}&#xA;\setcounter{tocdepth}{2}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{tocloft}&#xA;\usepackage{xstring}&#xA;\usepackage[unicode=true, pdfusetitle,&#xA; bookmarks=true,bookmarksnumbered=false,bookmarksopen=false,&#xA; breaklinks=false,pdfborder={0 0 0},backref=false,colorlinks=false]&#xA; {hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\numberwithin{equation}{section}&#xA;&#xA;% we use this for our refernces as well&#xA;\AtBeginDocument{\renewcommand{\ref}[1]{\mbox{\autoref{#1}}}}&#xA;&#xA;% redefinition of \equation for convenience&#xA;\let\oldequation = \equation&#xA;\let\endoldequation = \endequation&#xA;\AtBeginDocument{\let\oldlabel = \label}% \AtBeginDocument because hyperref redefines \label&#xA;\newcommand{\mynewlabel}[1]{%&#xA;  \StrBehind{#1}{eq:}[\Str]% remove &quot;eq:&quot; from labels&#xA;  \myequations{\Str}\oldlabel{#1}}&#xA;  \renewenvironment{equation}{%&#xA;  \oldequation&#xA;  \let\label\mynewlabel&#xA;}{\endoldequation}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\listequationsname}{List of Equations}&#xA;\newlistof{myequations}{equ}{\listequationsname}&#xA;\newcommand{\myequations}[1]{%&#xA;      \addcontentsline{equ}{myequations}{\protect\numberline{\theequation}#1}}&#xA;\setlength{\cftmyequationsnumwidth}{3em}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;\listofmyequations&#xA;&#xA;\section{Brushless Motor Fundamentals}&#xA;\subsubsection{DC Motor Operation}&#xA;Torque is generated in DC motors from the magnetic force,&#xA;also known as the Lorentz force, which is produced when an&#xA;electric current is passed through a coil in a magnetic field.&#xA;This force is given by \ref{eq:Force}.&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;  F=q[E+(v\times B)]&#xA;  \label{eq:Force}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;where $F$ is the force perpendicular to the coil,&#xA;$E$ is the electric field in the coil,&#xA;$v$ is the velocity of the charged particles in the coil,&#xA;and $B$ is the magnetic field. From mechanics, torque is&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;  \tau=F\times r&#xA;  \label{eq:Torque}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;If the electrical force in \ref{eq:Force} is ignored,&#xA;and the remaining magnetic force is used in \ref{eq:Torque},&#xA;with the assumption that $v$ is perpendicular to $B$, we find that&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;      \tau=qvBrsin\theta&#xA;  \label{eq:Magnetic}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T01:35:16.550" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14329" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-27T01:46:01.697" Score="2" ViewCount="62" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi, I'm running TeXnicCenter 1.0 and have just started in LaTeX. I have managed to get text in, get a lot of the formatting commands working and have rendered to pdf. It's awesome. My problem is packages, specifically wasysym. I have been googling and tried:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;placing wasysym.sty in C:\Program Files (x86)\MiKTeX 2.8\tex\latex\wasysym&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;placing wasysym.sty in the folder containing &#xA;the document file&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;running Refresh FNDB from mo.exe - I get a permission denied error.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;No matter what happens, whenever I try to render a file containing \usepackage{wasysym} it refuses to render. I don't know enough about the error messages to work out what's happening. Can someone please help? Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PS I don't have trouble with standard/built-in packages like parskip etc. Just when I tried to install wasysym it threw a tantrum.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4470" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-27T02:08:29.000" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T02:08:29.000" Title="Problems installing LaTeX packages" Tags="&lt;installing&gt;&lt;miktex&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="14330" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14327" CreationDate="2011-03-27T02:04:02.177" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try enclosing the &lt;code&gt;\cite&lt;/code&gt; commands inside curly braces: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\change{text 1 {\cite{Fels\_81}}pad1}{text2 {\cite{Fels\_81}} pad2}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would suggest you not to use underscores in the argument of &lt;code&gt;\cite&lt;/code&gt;. I would use something like &lt;code&gt;Fels-81&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;Fels\_81&lt;/code&gt;; the latter produced some errors in the example I built to test the problem; of course, you'll have to change the keys used in your bibliographical entries accordingly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastEditorUserId="3954" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-27T02:34:59.217" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T02:34:59.217" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14331" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14329" CreationDate="2011-03-27T02:05:51.453" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As @Gonzalo Medina has pointed out, wasysym is included im MiKTeX. Even if it wasn't, you should &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; manually place files in C:\Program Files (x86)\MiKTeX 2.8 -- either use the package manager, or place all necessary files in your working folder (as a temporary solution) or a local TEXMF tree.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One possible reason for the &quot;permission denied&quot; error you mentioned is that your operating system is Windows 7 and you try to run the package manager and/or the FNDB refresh as normal user. Run it as administrator instead -- this option should be selectable under (Right-click) Properties/Compatibility. (Those may not be the exact labellings -- I'm using a German Win7.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T02:05:51.453" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14332" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14319" CreationDate="2011-03-27T03:25:46.443" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can define new commands based on &lt;code&gt;\item&lt;/code&gt; and use its optional argument to obtain colored bullets; I don't know if this is &quot;nice&quot;, though:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*\MyPitem{%&#xA;  \item[\color{green}\scalebox{0.9}{\textbullet}]}&#xA;\newcommand*\MyCitem{%&#xA;  \item[\color{red}\scalebox{0.9}{\textbullet}]}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;\begin{itemize}&#xA;  \item A&#xA;  \begin{itemize}&#xA;    \MyPitem pro 1&#xA;    \MyCitem con 1&#xA;    \MyPitem pro 2&#xA;  \end{itemize}&#xA;  \item B&#xA;  \begin{itemize}&#xA;    \MyPitem pro 3&#xA;    \MyCitem con 2&#xA;    \MyCitem con 3&#xA;  \end{itemize}&#xA;\end{itemize}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/e5CR4.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T03:25:46.443" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="14333" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-27T03:34:59.553" Score="3" ViewCount="84" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am currently a university student studying engineering. I have been a user of LaTeX for a few years now and cannot work out how to solve the following issue.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Australia, there are standards which describe the way in which referencing within technical drawings should be done. I am trying to create a method within LaTeX to allow me to create a set of drawings (all TikZ pictures) where sections, elevations and details can all be navigated between within the document (using the hyperref package). Unfortunately, I am currently receiving an error stating that the labels are undefined and thus the referencing breaks down. I think this is because the labels are not being associated with a 'figure' type environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ideally, these links would appear as text that, when clicked, would take the viewer to the page on which the section is shown. In addition, and if possible, it would also be great if reference could be made to the page on which the section is shown.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have included below a minimal example that shows my thoughts. Perhaps someone has already managed to solve this issue.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{report}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz,hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;     \node at ( 20 mm , 20 mm ) {Hello World!\label{hello}} ;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\newpage&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;     \node at (20 mm , 20 mm ) {Reference\ref{hello}};&#xA;     % This (hopefully) would make it possible to link&#xA;     % from Page X to Y within the .pdf document.&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you to everyone who takes the time to read this and I look forward to receiving your response.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4473" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-27T04:06:37.010" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T11:09:33.680" Title="TikZ Document Navigation (\label and \ref commands)" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;cross-referencing&gt;&lt;labels&gt;&lt;navigation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="14334" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14180" CreationDate="2011-03-27T06:58:50.737" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As pointed out by Gonzalo Medina in a comment, the problem is due to an outdated version of the &lt;code&gt;subcaption&lt;/code&gt; package. Updating the &lt;code&gt;caption&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;subcaption&lt;/code&gt; sty files solves the problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1235" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T06:58:50.737" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-03-27T06:58:50.737" />
  <row Id="14335" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14333" CreationDate="2011-03-27T07:10:17.263" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The problem is perhaps the reference number. In this case you can use &lt;code&gt;\pageref&lt;/code&gt;. With &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt;, you can use &lt;code&gt;\ref{...}&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{report}    &#xA;\usepackage{tikz,hyperref}    &#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;     \node[draw] at ( 20 mm , 20 mm ) {Hello World!\label{hello}} ;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture} &#xA;\newpage&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;     \node[draw] at (20 mm , 20 mm ) {Reference: \pageref{hello}};&#xA;     % This (hopefully) would make it possible to link&#xA;     % from Page X to Y within the .pdf document.&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}    &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and with &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{report}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz,hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section{}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;     \node[draw] at ( 20 mm , 20 mm ) {Hello World!\label{hello}} ;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture} &#xA;\newpage&#xA;&#xA;\section{}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;     \node[draw] at (20 mm , 20 mm ) {Reference: \ref{hello}};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}   &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/RAQxJ.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastEditorUserId="3144" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-27T11:09:33.680" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T11:09:33.680" />
  <row Id="14336" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-04-09T05:13:14.890" Score="7" ViewCount="69" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm programming a presentation in LaTeX using the beamer package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, it defaults to 4:3 aspect ratio slides, while everything I use is 16:9 -- is there an easy way to change this using a command or two?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T09:10:22.777" Title="LaTeX beamer presentation-package 16:9 aspect ratio?" Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="14337" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14336" CreationDate="2010-04-09T06:25:24.343" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.math.umbc.edu/~rouben/beamer/quickstart-Z-H-24.html#node_sec_24&quot;&gt;A Beamer Quickstart&lt;/a&gt;, &quot;The size of a Beamer slide is 128mm by 96mm. These dimensions are fixed and should not be changed.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, there is a &lt;a href=&quot;http://www-i6.informatik.rwth-aachen.de/~dreuw/latexbeamerposter.php#169-slides&quot;&gt;beamerposter&lt;/a&gt; package which allows a 16:9 ratio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastActivityDate="2010-04-09T06:25:24.343" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14338" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14336" CreationDate="2010-04-09T06:53:24.953" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As already mentioned, the size is fixed to a ration of 4:3. However, you can decrease the right and left margin like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{beamerthemesplit}&#xA;&#xA;\setbeamersize{text margin left=0.1em}  % &amp;lt;- like this&#xA;\setbeamersize{text margin right=0.1em} % &amp;lt;- like this&#xA;&#xA;\title{The title of this presentation}&#xA;\author{Bart Kiers}&#xA;\date{\today}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;  \frame{\titlepage}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which will make your slides look like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://img684.imageshack.us/img684/4677/wide.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;instead of:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://img127.imageshack.us/img127/9148/small.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And as neilfws mentioned, try the &lt;code&gt;beamerposter&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{beamerthemesplit}&#xA;\usepackage[orientation=landscape,size=custom,width=16,height=9,scale=0.5,debug]{beamerposter} &#xA;&#xA;\title{The title of this presentation}&#xA;\author{Bart Kiers}&#xA;\date{\today}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;  \frame{\titlepage}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;produces:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://img9.imageshack.us/img9/4146/wide2m.png&quot; alt=&quot;alt text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1168" LastActivityDate="2010-04-09T07:01:49.627" />
  <row Id="14339" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14336" CreationDate="2010-12-22T20:06:07.183" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It looks like current version of beamer supports aspectration option.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[aspectratio=169]{beamer}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;should do exactly that. Other possible values are: 1610, 149, 54, 43 and 32.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastActivityDate="2010-12-22T20:06:07.183" />
  <row Id="14340" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14333" CreationDate="2011-03-27T09:29:09.687" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You want to be able to navigate from one drawing to the other one using hyperlinks, right? In this case you should use the macros of the &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; package directly, i.e. &lt;code&gt;\hypertarget{&amp;lt;label&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;target text&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\hyperlink{&amp;lt;label&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;link text&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt;, and not the implicit ones added to &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\ref&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{report}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz,hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \node [draw] at ( 20 mm , 20 mm ) {\hypertarget{hello}{Hello World!}} ;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\newpage&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \node [draw] at (20 mm , 20 mm ) {\hyperlink{hello}{Reference}};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then &quot;Reference&quot; is a hyperlink to &quot;Hello World&quot;. By default a colored frame is added around it. You can change that using the &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; options as described in the manual.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One problem here is that the hyper-anchor is at the &lt;em&gt;baseline&lt;/em&gt; of the &quot;Hello World&quot; text. So if you jump there you actually don't see the text, because it is just above the top of the window. I normally fix this by putting the &lt;code&gt;\hypertarget&lt;/code&gt; with empty text into a &lt;code&gt;\raisebox&lt;/code&gt; with 0pt official height and raising it an amount over the text. Then the link jumps to a display which shows the target text just below the top of the window:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{report}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tikz,hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \node [draw] at ( 20 mm , 20 mm ) {\raisebox{3ex}[0pt]{\hypertarget{hello}{}}Hello World!} ;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\newpage&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \node [draw] at (20 mm , 20 mm ) {\hyperlink{hello}{Reference\strut}};&#xA;     % This (hopefully) would make it possible to link&#xA;     % from Page X to Y within the .pdf document.&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T09:29:09.687" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="14341" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14346" CreationDate="2011-03-27T09:38:20.163" Score="1" ViewCount="41" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm an absolute newbie to TeX. I'm trying to get the section numbers of a section to be at the end of the title. In other words, something like &quot;Question 4.2&quot;. Instead I get &quot;4.2 Question 4.2&quot; which is not great. Also, the numbers should follow with indentation. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Question 4.2&#xA;  4.2.1 ....&#xA;  4.2.2 ....&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any ideas how I can accomplish this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4475" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-27T10:02:22.717" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T10:05:06.693" Title="Section numbers behind section title" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;titlesec&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="14342" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-05-20T18:05:56.127" Score="6" ViewCount="49" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to generate a PDF of user-submitted text using LaTeX. To handle crazy user input, I first thought about using the &lt;code&gt;verbatim&lt;/code&gt; package, but of course it doesn't break up too long lines. Is there some package that works similar to &lt;code&gt;verbatim&lt;/code&gt; (i.e., accept any input) but formats the text nicely?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-27T10:10:05.410" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T10:10:05.410" Title="Verbatim environment that can break too long lines?" Tags="&lt;line-breaking&gt;&lt;verbatim&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="14343" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14342" CreationDate="2010-05-20T19:06:01.563" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;code&gt;\def\@xobeysp{ }&lt;/code&gt; in the preamble of your document to make all spaces regular (breaking) spaces. This will not hyphenate or break ultra-long words, though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To format the text nicely, you can use the &lt;code&gt;Verbatim&lt;/code&gt; environment, in the &lt;code&gt;fancyvrb&lt;/code&gt; package:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{Verbatim}[formatcom=\sffamily]&#xA;  Hello world hello world hello world&#xA;  Test&#xA;\end{Verbatim}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;&lt;sub&gt;Will print the text in a Sans-seriF font family.&lt;/sub&gt;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Though (I'm sorry!) the &lt;code&gt;\def\@xobeysp{ }&lt;/code&gt; won't work with the &lt;code&gt;Verbatim&lt;/code&gt; environment... So you must choose between the two.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2586" LastActivityDate="2010-05-20T19:06:01.563" />
  <row Id="14344" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14342" CreationDate="2010-11-13T14:06:24.173" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Depending on what you exactly need, this might be sufficient: we reset all special characters to catcode other, in particular \, { and } lose their meaning. This will make it pretty hard to inject LaTeX code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand\saferead[1]{%&#xA;  \bgroup&#xA;  \let\do\@makeother&#xA;  \dospecials\catcode`\ 10&#xA;  \input{#1}%&#xA;  \egroup &#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;And to show it, we input ourselves: \saferead{test.tex}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1860" LastActivityDate="2010-11-13T14:06:24.173" />
  <row Id="14345" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14342" CreationDate="2011-03-26T12:37:06.997" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{spverbatim}&#xA;...&#xA;&#xA;\begin{spverbatim}&#xA;This is a very long line.1&#xA;&#xA;\end{spverbatim}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;spverbatim&lt;/code&gt; package enables LaTEX to break lines at spaces within verbatim&#xA;text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-27T10:06:19.907" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T10:06:19.907" />
  <row Id="14346" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14341" CreationDate="2011-03-27T10:05:06.693" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can change the format of the sections using the &lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt; package.&#xA;The indention of the subsections can also be done with it. However, I'm not 100% sure what you exactly mean with &lt;em&gt;Also, the numbers should follow with indentation.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{book}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{titlesec}&#xA;&#xA;\titleformat{\section}{\normalfont \Large \bfseries}&#xA;{Question\ \thesection}{2.3ex plus .2ex}{}&#xA;\titlespacing{\subsection}{2em}{*1}{*1}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{X}&#xA;&#xA;\section{A}&#xA;\subsection{a}&#xA;\subsection{b}&#xA;\section{B}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Result:&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/OYBlo.png&quot; alt=&quot;Result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T10:05:06.693" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14347" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14342" CreationDate="2011-03-27T10:09:07.580" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;listings&lt;/code&gt; package provides you with a verbatim environment which can break lines:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{lstlistings}[breaklines]&#xA;  User text&#xA;\end{lstlistings}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If the user text is in an external file you can also use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\lstinputlistings[breaklines]{filename}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T10:09:07.580" />
  <row Id="14348" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14349" CreationDate="2011-03-27T10:09:58.447" Score="4" ViewCount="147" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am actually writing a master thesis in LaTeX but I didn't really like the default page style of the document style book. Therefore I tried to make my own page style and I resized manually the margins. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now comes the question: is there a best ratio of number of letters per line (I count a space as a letter), and number of lines per page if the size of the page is a classical A4 format in order to get the text as readable as possible? Also what should be the best size of the police?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have not really find a precise information on this subject so far. Moreover, I tried to determine for myself those ratios using books and articles, but it seems that those ratios differ widely depending on the size of the pages, on the publisher, on the author...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Actually, a page of my thesis counts between 70 and 75 letters per line (in 12pt) and between 38 and 42 lines per page. However I am not totally satisfied of those settings. On the one hand, I think that a page is too heavy to read with these settings (which maybe depends also a bit on the size of the letters), on the other hand I want a page to contain enough informations: somehow I don't want a reader to have to turn continuously the pages, since this &quot;breaks&quot; the reading.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know that one could always argue that this is a subjective question, but I am almost sure that there are very accurate such ratios and that this question has already been studied scientifically.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anyone know a good reference for this problem?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As usual, thanks in advance!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4224" LastEditorUserId="4224" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-27T10:23:05.757" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T12:49:24.627" Title="Best ratios letters per line and lines per page" Tags="&lt;margins&gt;&lt;typography&gt;&lt;fontsize&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="14349" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14348" CreationDate="2011-03-27T10:19:12.000" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;See these &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/13874/are-there-any-good-general-typesetting-books-references/13877#13877&quot;&gt;book recommendations for typography&lt;/a&gt; and especially the book by Robert Bringhurst because it covers book design in detail.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For a general text, the number of characters per line is about 2.5 alphabets, that is around 65 to 75 characters. However, line length depends of the purpose of a text. Text that is meant to be read quicker (like a newspaper) will have shorter lines. And you won't be surprised that legal texts often have longer lines -- making them harder to read.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3083" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T10:19:12.000" />
  <row Id="14350" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14348" CreationDate="2011-03-27T10:36:26.587" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Some other ressources and one recommendation. I think it's not a good idea to change the geometry of the page. Typography is a real work and it's not so easy. &#xA;Two ressources not indicated in the link of Christian : &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Tufte class &lt;a href=&quot;http://code.google.com/p/tufte-latex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://code.google.com/p/tufte-latex/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Koma-script &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first one is an original work inspired from Tufte's ideas. You don't have to manage the problem with width of a line and how many characters per line. The second is a very fine work especially for occidental countries about how to design a document (Learn : &quot;how to use the DIV option&quot;) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastEditorUserId="3144" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-27T12:36:27.027" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T12:36:27.027" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="14351" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-27T10:52:28.467" Score="2" ViewCount="103" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to use small caps roman numbers for chapter numbering using &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt;. So far I have tried the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[oneside]{memoir}&#xA;\usepackage[osf]{mathpazo}&#xA;&#xA;\def\thechapter{{\scshape\roman{chapter}}}&#xA;\renewcommand{\cftchapterpresnum}{\fontfamily{pplx}\selectfont\bfseries}&#xA;\renewcommand{\cftchapterpagefont}{\fontfamily{pplx}\selectfont\bfseries}&#xA;\renewcommand{\cftsectionpagefont}{\fontfamily{pplx}\selectfont}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{The number 4 is more than 2}&#xA;&#xA;\section{The number 4 is}&#xA;    If I write chapter \ref{anotherChapter} like this is looks oki.&#xA;    But the number in the header is a small i not a \textsc{i} and same&#xA;    thing in the table of content and the chapter header\dots&#xA;\section{More than 4}&#xA;    Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Curabitur&#xA;    tempus facilisis nunc, sit amet suscipit ligula fermentum ac. Ut&#xA;    fringilla, elit eget facilisis venenatis, risus massa viverra sem, a&#xA;    placerat massa odio a mauris&#xA;\chapter{Another chapter}&#xA;    \label{anotherChapter}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However this is not quite fixing it everywhere. It looks good in section listings in the table of content but not in the chapter listings and it looks good in references to the chapter but not in the chapter nor section headings. What more do I need to do?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT:&lt;/strong&gt; I was trying to make a minimal example but it got a bit too minimal. In my project I am using sans serif for figure captions and after I tried the first version of Lockstep's answer I got this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[oneside]{memoir}&#xA;\usepackage[osf]{mathpazo}&#xA;\usepackage{helvet}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand*{\thechapter}{%&#xA;\fontfamily{ppl}\selectfont&#xA;\textsc{\roman{chapter}}%&#xA;\fontfamily{pplj}\selectfont&#xA;}&#xA;\renewcommand{\cftchapterpagefont}{\fontfamily{pplj}\selectfont\bfseries}&#xA;\renewcommand{\cftsectionpagefont}{\fontfamily{pplj}\selectfont}&#xA;\captionnamefont{\sffamily\scshape\small}&#xA;\captiontitlefont{\sffamily\small}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{The number 4 is more than 2}&#xA;&#xA;\section{The number 4 is}&#xA;    If I write chapter \ref{anotherChapter} like this is&#xA;    looks oki.&#xA;    But the number in the header is a small i not a \textsc{i} and same&#xA;    thing in the table of content and the chapter header\dots&#xA;    \begin{figure}&#xA;        \caption{Lorem ipsum}&#xA;        \center \LARGE LOREM IPSUM&#xA;    \end{figure}&#xA;\section{More than 4}&#xA;    Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Curabitur&#xA;    tempus facilisis nunc, sit amet suscipit ligula fermentum ac. Ut&#xA;    fringilla, elit eget facilisis venenatis, risus massa viverra sem, a&#xA;    placerat massa odio a mauris&#xA;\chapter{Another chapter}&#xA;    \label{anotherChapter}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Notice that the font for the number in the figure caption now is the wrong one. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="298" LastEditorUserId="298" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-28T13:21:50.940" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T14:41:46.580" Title="Using small caps roman for chapter number with memoir class" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;memoir&gt;&lt;small-caps&gt;&lt;mathpazo&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="14352" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14354" CreationDate="2011-03-27T11:04:14.270" Score="3" ViewCount="38" Body="&lt;p&gt;Following on from &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3327/subsection-numbers-in-memoir&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt;, having numbered my subsections, how can I get them to appear in the ToC?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1574" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-27T13:04:30.220" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T13:04:30.220" Title="Subsections in the ToC when using memoir" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;numbering&gt;&lt;memoir&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="14353" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14352" CreationDate="2011-03-27T11:09:39.560" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;code&gt;\setcounter{tocdepth}{2}&lt;/code&gt;. The value is similar to &lt;code&gt;secnumdepth&lt;/code&gt;'s.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T11:09:39.560" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14354" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14352" CreationDate="2011-03-27T11:11:41.820" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\maxtocdepth&lt;/code&gt; Sets which headings level should show up in the table of content so if I understand you right you want to write:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\maxtocdepth{subsection}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="298" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T11:11:41.820" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14355" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-27T11:13:46.013" Score="1" ViewCount="63" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to draw some points with TikZ.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using this code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=0.5]&#xA;\draw (4.0,2.4492) -- (4.8984,-4.0);&#xA;\draw (4.0,2.4492) -- (-4.0,-7.347);&#xA;\draw (4.0,2.4492) -- (-9.796,4.0);&#xA;\draw (4.8984,-4.0) -- (-4.0,-7.347);&#xA;\draw (4.8984,-4.0) -- (-9.796,4.0);&#xA;\draw (-4.0,-7.347) -- (-9.796,4.0);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm generated this code with a Python program using OpenGL. In my render all this are done perfectly: a perfect square with diagonals, but in latex with TikZ I'm getting the first point of the square not aligned (sorry i can't post images yet). Some helps?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Added an image for you (with grid and origin marked):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/3xDWo.png&quot; alt=&quot;rendered by pdfLaTeX&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4478" LastEditorUserId="344" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-27T12:42:46.047" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T12:42:46.047" ClosedDate="2011-03-27T16:24:10.137" Title="Problem handling coordinates in tikzpictures" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="14356" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14351" CreationDate="2011-03-27T12:15:36.840" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;osf&lt;/code&gt; option of &lt;code&gt;mathpazo&lt;/code&gt; switches to the &lt;code&gt;pplj&lt;/code&gt; font family to display oldstyle figures -- but &lt;code&gt;pplj&lt;/code&gt; (contrary to &lt;code&gt;ppl&lt;/code&gt;) does not feature bold small caps, and so your roman numerals are simply displayed in bold. Because you need a combination of bold small caps and bold oldstyle figures for things like &quot;[Section] i.1&quot;, the solution is to switch to &lt;code&gt;ppl&lt;/code&gt; and back to &lt;code&gt;pplj&lt;/code&gt; within the definition of &lt;code&gt;\thechapter&lt;/code&gt;. (You may also want to switch to &lt;code&gt;pplj&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;pplx&lt;/code&gt; for ToC page numbers.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[oneside]{memoir}&#xA;\usepackage[osf]{mathpazo}&#xA;\usepackage{helvet}&#xA;\usepackage{etoolbox}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand*{\thechapter}{%&#xA;  \ifdefstring{\f@family}{phv}{%&#xA;    \textsc{\roman{chapter}}%&#xA;  }{%&#xA;    \fontfamily{ppl}\selectfont&#xA;    \textsc{\roman{chapter}}%&#xA;    \fontfamily{pplj}\selectfont&#xA;  }%&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\captionnamefont{\sffamily\scshape\small}&#xA;\captiontitlefont{\sffamily\small}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{The number 4 is more than 2}&#xA;&#xA;\section{The number 4 is}&#xA;    If I write chapter \ref{anotherChapter} like this is&#xA;    looks oki.&#xA;    But the number in the header is a small i not a \textsc{i} and same&#xA;    thing in the table of content and the chapter header\dots&#xA;    \begin{figure}&#xA;        \caption{Lorem ipsum}&#xA;        \center \LARGE LOREM IPSUM&#xA;    \end{figure}&#xA;\section{More than 4}&#xA;    Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Curabitur&#xA;    tempus facilisis nunc, sit amet suscipit ligula fermentum ac. Ut&#xA;    fringilla, elit eget facilisis venenatis, risus massa viverra sem, a&#xA;    placerat massa odio a mauris&#xA;\chapter{Another chapter}&#xA;    \label{anotherChapter}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: Example updated in order to switch only to &lt;code&gt;ppl&lt;/code&gt; if the current font family is &lt;code&gt;pplj&lt;/code&gt;. The additional code is based on &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/14377/how-can-i-test-for-the-current-font/14382#14382&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt; answer from Mike Renfro; for some reason (expansion?) I had to replace the &lt;code&gt;ifthen&lt;/code&gt; package with &lt;code&gt;etoolbox&lt;/code&gt; to make it work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT 2: I don't know why my test for &lt;code&gt;pplj&lt;/code&gt; partially fails. Anyhow, a test for &lt;code&gt;phv&lt;/code&gt; (Helvetica) succeeds. :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-28T14:41:46.580" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T14:41:46.580" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="14357" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14290" CreationDate="2011-03-27T12:37:49.507" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;OK, I fixed it. Just copy the folder &lt;code&gt;texlive\2010\tex\latex\fontspec&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;texlive\2010\texmf-dist\tex\latex\fontspec&lt;/code&gt;. There will be some other similar errors though. If it said &quot;&lt;strong&gt;! Package graphics Error: No driver specified.&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;, copy &lt;code&gt;texlive\2010\tex\latex\latexconfig\graphics.cfg&lt;/code&gt; to the folder &lt;code&gt;texlive\2010\texmf-dist\tex\latex\graphics&lt;/code&gt;. If it still doesn't work, do some database refresh job in &lt;code&gt;tlmgr&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4457" LastEditorUserId="4457" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-27T17:55:21.170" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T17:55:21.170" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14358" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14348" CreationDate="2011-03-27T12:49:24.627" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/ctan/macros/latex/contrib/memoir/memman.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Memoir Users' Guide&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, section 2.4 &quot;The Typeblock&quot; cites and summarises Bringhurst's work, and provides a couple of useful tips and macros.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="344" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T12:49:24.627" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14360" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12562" CreationDate="2011-03-27T13:37:31.787" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;At first: such missing accented chars can always be constructed if they don't exist, after all what you want is simply an ü with a bar above it. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The main problem is how to construct them. A look in xunicode.sty shows &lt;code&gt;\=&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\textdieresisoverline&lt;/code&gt;. As default they are mapped to the char U+01D6, but one can undeclare them and test what happens. Actually their result don't look good with your font, so I guess you will have to stick to something like the following &lt;code&gt;\mybar&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\DeclareTextCommand{\mybar}{EU1}[1]&#xA;   {\leavevmode\setbox\z@\hbox{#1}\dimen@\ht\z@%&#xA;    \rlap{\raise1.1\dimen@\hbox{\kern0.1\wd\z@\rule{0.8\wd\z@}{0.4pt}}}#1}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;&#xA;\UndeclareUTFcomposite[\UTFencname]{x01D6}{\textdieresisoverline}{u}&#xA;\UndeclareUTFcomposite[\UTFencname]{x01D6}{\=}{\&quot;u}&#xA;&#xA;\setmainfont{TeX Gyre Termes}&#xA;\setsansfont{Times New Roman}&#xA;\setmonofont{Linux Libertine O}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA; %Tex Gyre&#xA;\noindent&#xA;direct: ^^^^01d6\\&#xA;mybar: \mybar{ü}\\&#xA;textdieresisoverline: \textdieresisoverline{u}\\&#xA;\textbackslash=: \={ü}&#xA;&#xA;%Times&#xA;\sffamily&#xA;\noindent&#xA;direct: ^^^^01d6\\&#xA;mybar: \mybar{ü}\\&#xA;textdieresisoverline: \textdieresisoverline{u}\\&#xA;\textbackslash=: \={ü}&#xA;&#xA;\ttfamily %Linux&#xA;\noindent&#xA;direct: ^^^^01d6\\&#xA;mybar: \mybar{ü}\\&#xA;textdieresisoverline: \textdieresisoverline{u}\\&#xA;\textbackslash=: \={ü}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T13:37:31.787" />
  <row Id="14361" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-27T14:07:29.753" Score="4" ViewCount="88" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've done all of the searching that I can, and I think I've read the right answer, but am too dumb to know that I read it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can't seem to figure out the magic tricks to get Lua modules, installed by luarocks or by any other means, to show up in LuaLaTeX. So here is a minimal:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%!TEX TS-program = lualatex&#xA;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{luatexbase}&#xA;\usepackage{luacode}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;    \directlua{package.path = &quot;~/.luarocks/share/lua/5.1/?.lua;~/.luarocks/share/lua/5.1/?/init.lua;&quot; .. package.path }&#xA;&#xA;    \directlua{require('pl')}&#xA;    \directlua{require('htk')}&#xA;&#xA;    \directlua{tex.sprint(package.path)}&#xA;&#xA;    the standard approximation $\pi = \directlua{tex.sprint(math.pi)}$&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In installed &lt;code&gt;htk&lt;/code&gt; using luarocks with the command &lt;code&gt;luarocks --local install HTK&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;. The Penlight module was installed the same way, except with &lt;code&gt;penlight&lt;/code&gt;. Penlight uses the &quot;pl/submodulename&quot; scheme and htk uses just &quot;htk.lua&quot; in the &lt;code&gt;~/.luarocks/share/lua/5.1&#xA;&lt;/code&gt; directory.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The log output is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;./luamoduleload.tex:9: LuaTeX error &amp;lt;\directlua &amp;gt;:1: module 'pl' not found:&#xA;    no field package.preload['pl']&#xA;    [luatexbase.loader] Search failed&#xA;    [kpse lua searcher] file not found: 'pl'&#xA;    [kpse C searcher] file not found: 'pl'&#xA;stack traceback:&#xA;    [C]: in function 'require'&#xA;    &amp;lt;\directlua &amp;gt;:1: in main chunk.&#xA;l.9     \directlua{require('pl')}&#xA;&#xA;The lua interpreter ran into a problem, so the&#xA;remainder of this lua chunk will be ignored.&#xA;&#xA;./luamoduleload.tex:10: LuaTeX error &amp;lt;\directlua &amp;gt;:1: module 'htk' not found:&#xA;    no field package.preload['htk']&#xA;    [luatexbase.loader] Search failed&#xA;    [kpse lua searcher] file not found: 'htk'&#xA;    [kpse C searcher] file not found: 'htk'&#xA;stack traceback:&#xA;    [C]: in function 'require'&#xA;    &amp;lt;\directlua &amp;gt;:1: in main chunk.&#xA;l.10    \directlua{require('htk')}&#xA;&#xA;The lua interpreter ran into a problem, so the&#xA;remainder of this lua chunk will be ignored.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Would more of the log file be helpful?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In truth, if i just knew where to instal the lua modules that I want to use, I'd be a happy camper, especially if I don't need to do any magic tricks to get stand-alone lua scripts to work outside of LuaLaTeX.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please let me know if I can be any clearer or if I'm not reading the right fine manuals. :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;-Andrew&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="659" LastEditorUserId="659" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-28T22:43:44.960" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T22:43:44.960" Title="Installing Lua Modules for use in LuaLaTeX" Tags="&lt;luatex&gt;&lt;modules&gt;&lt;lua&gt;" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="14362" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14421" CreationDate="2011-03-27T14:26:12.977" Score="3" ViewCount="96" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to use &lt;code&gt;pgfplots&lt;/code&gt; to create a 2D plot with 3 variables, the third one being plotted as a color gradient. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=0.75]&#xA;\begin{axis}[xlabel=Selta,ylabel={Hitastig $[\si{\celsius}]$},colorbar,colormap/greenyellow]&#xA;\addplot[mesh,ultra thick]&#xA;    table[x=S,y=POT_T,z=DB, col sep=semicolon]{287.csv};&#xA;\legend{Stöð 287}&#xA;\end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've been looking all over in the pgfplots manual, but I have somehow overlooked how to plot the z variable as the color gradient, this code automatically assumes the y variable is to be plotted.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It always seems problems like these are something incredibly easy that was overlooked, so I hope this will be solved in no time.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance :).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Although I found the answer to this specific problem, there is another very related matter I'd like an answer to, mods correct me if this should be a separate question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd like to reverse the colorbar, and have found the code to do so is to put &lt;code&gt;colorbar style={z dir=reverse}&lt;/code&gt; into the axis options. But as per the previous answer I can't use z as the variable name (or can I?) and &lt;code&gt;pgfplots&lt;/code&gt; doesn't accept  &lt;code&gt;colorbar style={point meta dir=reverse}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How would this be achieved, or how to answer the previous question in a way that lets you reverse the colorbar?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1614" LastEditorUserId="1614" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-27T16:20:19.493" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T15:03:43.260" Title="How to plot a third variable (z) on pgfplot as a color gradient" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;pgfplots&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="14363" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14362" CreationDate="2011-03-27T15:49:22.767" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This answers the original part of the question:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I finally found out what I have to do. Seems like I have to name the third variable &lt;code&gt;meta&lt;/code&gt; and add &lt;code&gt;meta point=explicit&lt;/code&gt; to the &lt;code&gt;addplot&lt;/code&gt; options. I also see that it's possible to add your own range to the colorbar by adding &lt;code&gt;point meta min={value}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;point meta max={value}&lt;/code&gt; and get something like this code&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=0.75]&#xA;\begin{axis}[xlabel=Selta,ylabel={Hitastig $[\si{\celsius}]$},colorbar,colormap/cool]&#xA;\addplot[scatter,point meta=explicit,ultra thick,point meta min={1}, point meta max={700}]&#xA;    table[x=S,y=POT_T, meta=DB, col sep=semicolon]{287.csv};&#xA;\legend{Stöð 287}&#xA;\end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;P.S. Is it ok to answer your own question like this when you finally find the answer?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1614" LastEditorUserId="1614" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-27T16:47:50.377" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T16:47:50.377" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="14364" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14365" CreationDate="2011-03-27T16:13:09.257" Score="2" ViewCount="34" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to cross-reference between different &lt;code&gt;.tex&lt;/code&gt; files, just because I want to put every chapters separately.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Let's say in file &lt;code&gt;chapterI.tex&lt;/code&gt; I have &lt;code&gt;\label{a}&lt;/code&gt; and I want to access this in file &lt;code&gt;chapterII.tex&lt;/code&gt; using something like &lt;code&gt;\ref{a}&lt;/code&gt;. How to do this exactly in LaTeX, moreover if &lt;code&gt;LEd&lt;/code&gt; have an easy feature to cover this, it will be better (I have put those both files in the same project).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I found another question with similar title, but I just didn't really understand. It's here: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3221/cross-reference-between-latex-files&quot;&gt;Cross reference between latex files&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3559" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T16:22:06.880" Title="cross reference between files in LEd" Tags="&lt;cross-referencing&gt;&lt;external-file&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="14365" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14364" CreationDate="2011-03-27T16:22:06.880" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;code&gt;xr&lt;/code&gt; package to reference to other LaTeX document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So in &lt;code&gt;chapterII.tex&lt;/code&gt; you say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{xr}&#xA;\externaldocument{chapterI}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And then can use &lt;code&gt;\ref{a}&lt;/code&gt; like normal.&#xA;You can also add a prefix:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\externaldocument[I-]{chapterI}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;then you can reference it as &lt;code&gt;\ref{I-a}&lt;/code&gt; which is useful if you have identical label names in different chapters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that the normal &lt;code&gt;xr&lt;/code&gt; doesn't add hyperlinks. It only adds the label text. The &lt;code&gt;zref&lt;/code&gt; package can be used for this. It provides the &lt;code&gt;zref-xr&lt;/code&gt; subpackage which gives you the same functionality and should work fine with &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; (after all both packages are from the same author).&#xA;You only need to replace &lt;code&gt;\externaldocument&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;\zexternaldocument&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T16:22:06.880" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14366" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14319" CreationDate="2011-03-27T16:46:18.520" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's a more &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt; way to do things.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The idea is to make an &quot;action&quot; environment that changes the bullet colour.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\useinnertheme{circles}&#xA;\newenvironment{proenv}{\only{\setbeamercolor{local structure}{fg=green}}}{}&#xA;\newenvironment{conenv}{\only{\setbeamercolor{local structure}{fg=red}}}{}&#xA;\begin{document} &#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}&#xA;  \frametitle{Some pros and cons}&#xA;    \begin{itemize}&#xA;      \item&amp;lt;pro@1-&amp;gt; A pro item&#xA;      \item&amp;lt;con@1-&amp;gt; A con item&#xA;      \item A neutral  item&#xA;    \end{itemize}&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The syntax of adding the action requires you to specify the slide range that the action will apply to; you should set this to &lt;code&gt;1-&lt;/code&gt; (which means slide 1 and all further slides) otherwise the colour will change back to the default colour theme if you are uncovering any parts of the slide.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/9gjhV.png&quot; alt=&quot;output of code&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-27T19:43:47.187" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T19:43:47.187" />
  <row Id="14367" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-27T17:11:18.803" Score="0" ViewCount="67" Body="&lt;p&gt;I recently obtained the MathTimes Pro 2 font from PCTex, and I'm having some trouble getting it to work; I use MacTex 2010.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've blindly followed the instructions posted on PCTex here: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pctex.com/kb/74.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.pctex.com/kb/74.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, when I attempt to use the package, I get the following error message:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/article.cls&#xA;&#xA;Document Class: article 2007/10/19 v1.4h Standard LaTeX document class&#xA;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/size10.clo))&#xA;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fontenc.sty&#xA;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t1enc.def))&#xA;(/usr/local/texlive/2010/../texmf-local/tex/latex/mtpro2/mtpro2.sty)&#xA;(./Fonts.aux) [1{/usr/local/texlive/2010/texmf-var/fonts/map/pdftex/updmap/pdft&#xA;ex.map}] (./Fonts.aux)&#xA;kpathsea: Running mktexpk --mfmode / --bdpi 600 --mag 1+0/600 --dpi 600 mt2syt&#xA;mktexpk: don't know how to create bitmap font for mt2syt.&#xA;mktexpk: perhaps mt2syt is missing from the map file.&#xA;kpathsea: Appending font creation commands to missfont.log.&#xA; )&#xA;!pdfTeX error: /usr/texbin/pdflatex (file mt2syt): Font mt2syt at 600 not found&#xA;&#xA; ==&amp;gt; Fatal error occurred, no output PDF file produced!&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've searched relentlessly for a solution, but I can't seem to find one (or make one work). Does anyone have any ideas?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4482" LastEditorUserId="3104" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-27T17:14:03.153" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T17:14:03.153" Title="Trouble Installing MathTimes Pro 2 (MacTex)" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;installing&gt;&lt;texlive&gt;&lt;mactex&gt;" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="14368" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-27T17:11:34.573" Score="2" ViewCount="54" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/12344/separate-long-math-text-under-sum-symbol-into-different-lines&quot;&gt;Separate long math text under sum symbol into different lines?&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to produce a product which has two subindices. Like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\[ \phi_n(X)=\prod_{z\in \mu_n \\ z \textup{primitive}} (X-z) \]&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That doesn't work: the &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; is not recognized.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1403" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T17:19:30.840" ClosedDate="2011-03-27T18:43:03.637" Title="Multiple subscripts" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="14369" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14371" CreationDate="2011-03-27T17:16:05.483" Score="4" ViewCount="89" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm quite new to LaTeX (I've used it at university for some basic formulas and ready to use templates) and I'm getting again into it for graphics stuffs: I love its clearness.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to make a tabular list of figures done with TikZ. Here my template:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tabular}{ l c r }&#xA;&#xA;    \begin{tabular}{c}&#xA;        \begin{tikzpicture}[scale=0.5]&#xA;            \draw blablabla&#xA;        \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;        \\&#xA;        Description 1 blabla&#xA;    \end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;    &amp;amp;&#xA;&#xA;    ... and so on&#xA;&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have 27 figures. I have no need for particular page numbers but I think that 9 images fit in 1 page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The impagination seems broken: only 1 page and after 4 lines of figures (12 figures) it goes out of page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I hope it's clear also without a screenshot -&#xA;what could it be?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4478" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-28T07:10:33.597" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T07:10:33.597" Title="Problem in visualizing tabular with TikZ" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;tables&gt;&lt;page-breaking&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="14370" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14368" CreationDate="2011-03-27T17:19:30.840" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The line break &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; doesn't work inside math like that. You can use e.g. &lt;code&gt;\shortstack&lt;/code&gt; to stack the indices:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\[ \phi_n(X)=\prod_{\shortstack{$\scriptstyle z\in \mu_n $\\$\scriptstyle z \textup{primitive}$}} (X-z) \]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T17:19:30.840" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14371" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14369" CreationDate="2011-03-27T17:24:08.807" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; can't be broken over multiple pages. You need to either use one of the multi-page replacements like &lt;code&gt;supertabular&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;longtable&lt;/code&gt; or do it without the outer &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt;. You could simply put &lt;code&gt;\hfill&lt;/code&gt;s between the three inner &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt;s per line. This would give you then &lt;code&gt;lcr&lt;/code&gt; orientation and would allow for page breaks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T17:24:08.807" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14372" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-27T18:11:46.637" Score="6" ViewCount="117" Body="&lt;p&gt;My equations are a little too large for the normal &lt;code&gt;eqnarray&lt;/code&gt; environment, so I've been using the &lt;code&gt;\small&lt;/code&gt; delimiters around the &lt;code&gt;\begin{eqnarray} ... \end{eqnarray}&lt;/code&gt;. Unfortunately, this causes the the equation numbering to follow in size. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to reduce the size of an equation without reducing its numbering?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4107" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-27T18:14:30.947" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T19:35:47.787" Title="Use of { \small } in the equation environment." Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;fontsize&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="14373" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14372" CreationDate="2011-03-27T18:54:19.473" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;if you are using &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; (although since you're using &lt;code&gt;eqnarray&lt;/code&gt; you may not be), you can force the equation numbers to always be the same size by adding this code to your preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand{\maketag@@@}[1]{\hbox{\m@th\normalsize\normalfont#1}}%&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but there's another way if you only need one equation number per display.  put your display, unnumbered, inside a minipage and reduce the size of the minipage by using &lt;code&gt;\scalebox{...}&lt;/code&gt; from the &lt;code&gt;graphicx&lt;/code&gt; package.  then wrap the scaled minipage in &lt;code&gt;\begin{equation} ... \end{equation}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;em&gt;that&lt;/em&gt; will apply a nornal-sized equation number.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="579" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T18:54:19.473" />
  <row Id="14374" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14372" CreationDate="2011-03-27T19:35:47.787" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can redefine &lt;code&gt;\@eqnnum&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document} &#xA;&#xA; \begin{eqnarray} 2x+3 \end{eqnarray} &#xA;&#xA; \makeatletter &#xA; \def\@eqnnum{{\normalsize \normalcolor (\theequation)}} &#xA;  \makeatother&#xA;&#xA;{ \small \begin{eqnarray} 2x+3 \end{eqnarray} } &#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/ArLI0.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T19:35:47.787" />
  <row Id="14375" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14376" CreationDate="2011-03-27T20:19:28.947" Score="3" ViewCount="88" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using a template that I can't/shouldn't modify. This template forces that every time a new paragraph begins, there is an indentation added. In some rare cases this is just looking really ugly and that's why I'd like to avoid this indentation. Is there any way to do this without changing the template?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3316" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-28T13:17:40.100" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T13:17:40.100" Title="How to disable automatic indentation on new paragraphs?" Tags="&lt;templates&gt;&lt;indentation&gt;&lt;paragraphs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14376" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14375" CreationDate="2011-03-27T20:23:59.320" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can avoid the paragraph indention for specific paragraphs with the &lt;code&gt;\noindent&lt;/code&gt; macro. If you want to disable it globally you could use &lt;code&gt;\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}&lt;/code&gt;. However, I would not recommend changing it globally in your case, because that's effectively changes the template, even if the actual file isn't modified.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-27T20:34:06.897" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T20:34:06.897" />
  <row Id="14377" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-27T20:36:53.623" Score="7" ViewCount="124" Body="&lt;p&gt;The situation is the following, I have one font &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; with one feature and another font &lt;em&gt;b&lt;/em&gt; with another feature and I am writing a command that if the current font is a need to switch to font &lt;em&gt;b&lt;/em&gt; but if the font is &lt;em&gt;c&lt;/em&gt; needs to do nothing. Basically:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;if currentfont is a set font b&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can this be accomplished?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT:&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;Okey I will admit that I asked this question because I was working on a solution for &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/14351/using-small-caps-roman-for-chapter-number-with-memoir-class&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt; and I thought this if else question was a separate question (was I wrong?) but now I am stuck for real... I have spent some time trying to follow the suggestions from the answers here but I keep failing. This example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[oneside]{memoir}&#xA;    \usepackage[osf]{mathpazo}&#xA;    \usepackage{helvet}&#xA;    \usepackage{ifthen}&#xA;&#xA;    \makeatletter&#xA;    \renewcommand*{\thechapter}{%&#xA;        \ifthenelse{%&#xA;            \equal{\f@family}{pplj}%&#xA;    }%    &#xA;    {%&#xA;        {\fontfamily{ppl}\selectfont%&#xA;        \textsc{\roman{chapter}}}%&#xA;    }%&#xA;    {%&#xA;        \textsc{\roman{chapter}}%&#xA;    }%&#xA;}%&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\renewcommand{\cftchapterpagefont}{\fontfamily{pplj}\selectfont\bfseries}&#xA;\renewcommand{\cftsectionpagefont}{\fontfamily{pplj}\selectfont}&#xA;\captionnamefont{\sffamily\scshape\small}&#xA;\captiontitlefont{\sffamily\small}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{The number 4 is more than 2}&#xA;&#xA;\section{The number 4 is}&#xA;    If I write chapter \ref{anotherChapter} like this is&#xA;    looks oki.&#xA;    But the number in the header is a small i not a \textsc{i} and same&#xA;    thing in the table of content and the chapter header\dots&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;    \caption{Lorem ipsum}&#xA;    \center \LARGE LOREM IPSUM&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\section{More than 4}&#xA;Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Curabitur&#xA;tempus facilisis nunc, sit amet suscipit ligula fermentum ac. Ut&#xA;fringilla, elit eget facilisis venenatis, risus massa viverra sem, a&#xA;placerat massa odio a mauris&#xA;\chapter{Another chapter}&#xA;\label{anotherChapter}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Gives this error (edited):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Undefined control sequence.&#xA;&amp;lt;argument&amp;gt; \equal &#xA;                  {\f@family }{pplj}&#xA;l.29 \chapter{The number 4 is more than 2}&#xA;&#xA;?&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Seems I have gotten myself into a lot of trouble using these old style numbers... What am I doing wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="298" LastEditorUserId="298" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-29T08:01:33.867" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T08:01:33.867" Title="How can I test for the current font?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;conditionals&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="14378" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14377" CreationDate="2011-03-27T20:46:18.357" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can access the current font using the &lt;code&gt;\font&lt;/code&gt; command, i.e. using &lt;code&gt;\the\font&lt;/code&gt; which expand to e.g. &lt;code&gt;\OT1/cmr/m/n/10&lt;/code&gt; for the normal &lt;em&gt;Computer Modern&lt;/em&gt; font.&#xA;You could save the expansion texts of font &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; and the compare it to the result of &lt;code&gt;\the\font&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using TeX if-switches:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% switch to font 'a'&#xA;% Save expansion text:&#xA;\edef\fonta{\the\font}&#xA;%&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand*{\iffonta}{%&#xA;   \begingroup&#xA;   \edef\currentfont{\the\font}%&#xA;   \ifx\currentfont\fonta&#xA;      \endgroup&#xA;      \expandafter\@firstoftwo&#xA;   \else&#xA;      \endgroup&#xA;      \expandafter\@secondoftwo&#xA;   \fi&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then you can use &lt;code&gt;\iffonta{&amp;lt;yes&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;no&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt; afterwards. Alternatively simply add the required code directly in the macro and don't use the &lt;code&gt;\expandafter\@firstoftwo&lt;/code&gt;/&lt;code&gt;\expandafter\@secondoftwo&lt;/code&gt; part:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand*{\changetofontaiffontb}{%&#xA;   \begingroup&#xA;   \edef\currentfont{\the\font}%&#xA;   \ifx\currentfont\fonta&#xA;      \endgroup&#xA;      % change to font b&#xA;   \else&#xA;      \endgroup&#xA;   \fi&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T20:46:18.357" />
  <row Id="14379" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14381" CreationDate="2011-03-27T20:55:14.527" Score="3" ViewCount="39" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using the following document structure based on KOMA script classes and styles&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper,BCOR10mm,DIV11,toc=listof]{scrbook}&#xA;\usepackage[nouppercase,headsepline]{scrpage2}&#xA;\pagestyle{scrheadings}&#xA;\clearscrheadfoot&#xA;\automark[section]{chapter}&#xA;\chead{\headmark}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(plus some more stuff I'm not listing here). This works very well in general. But I do have an unnumbered chapter like this&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Bla bla}&#xA;  \chapter*{Bla bla}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and I want its title (no number) to appear in the heading of right pages (left pages blank as there are no numbered sections in this chapter). As was to be expected, this does not work out of the box, it currently lists the name of the previous chapter (list of figures).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I make it work? Would a manually issued &lt;code&gt;\markboth{}{Bla bla}&lt;/code&gt; be the right way to go? From the KOMA script documentation I'm not quite sure how that would interfere with the automark stuff.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2304" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T21:28:21.427" Title="KOMA script - Page heading for unnumbered chapter vs. automark" Tags="&lt;header-footer&gt;&lt;koma-script&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="14380" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14369" CreationDate="2011-03-27T21:00:27.627" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If I understand you correctly you might also consider using the &lt;code&gt;subfig&lt;/code&gt; package and make something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{subfig}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;\centering&#xA;\subfloat[Something]{&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=4]&#xA;\draw (0,0) -- (0,1) -- (1,1) -- (1,0) -- (0,0); &#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;}&#xA;\subfloat[Something]{&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=4]&#xA;\draw (0,0) -- (0,1) -- (1,1) -- (1,0) -- (0,0); &#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;}&#xA;\subfloat[Something]{&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=4]&#xA;\draw (0,0) -- (0,1) -- (1,1) -- (1,0) -- (0,0); &#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;} \\&#xA;\subfloat[Something]{&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=4]&#xA;\draw (0,0) -- (0,1) -- (1,1) -- (1,0) -- (0,0); &#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;}&#xA;\subfloat[Something]{&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=4]&#xA;\draw (0,0) -- (0,1) -- (1,1) -- (1,0) -- (0,0); &#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;}&#xA;\subfloat[Something]{&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=4]&#xA;\draw (0,0) -- (0,1) -- (1,1) -- (1,0) -- (0,0); &#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;} \\&#xA;\subfloat[Something]{&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=4]&#xA;\draw (0,0) -- (0,1) -- (1,1) -- (1,0) -- (0,0); &#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;}&#xA;\subfloat[Something]{&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=4]&#xA;\draw (0,0) -- (0,1) -- (1,1) -- (1,0) -- (0,0); &#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;}&#xA;\subfloat[Something]{&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=4]&#xA;\draw (0,0) -- (0,1) -- (1,1) -- (1,0) -- (0,0); &#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;}&#xA;\caption{something}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;\ContinuedFloat&#xA;\centering&#xA;\subfloat[Something]{&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=4]&#xA;\draw (0,0) -- (0,1) -- (1,1) -- (1,0) -- (0,0); &#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;}&#xA;\subfloat[Something]{&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=4]&#xA;\draw (0,0) -- (0,1) -- (1,1) -- (1,0) -- (0,0); &#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;}&#xA;\subfloat[Something]{&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=4]&#xA;\draw (0,0) -- (0,1) -- (1,1) -- (1,0) -- (0,0); &#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;} \\&#xA;\subfloat[Something]{&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=4]&#xA;\draw (0,0) -- (0,1) -- (1,1) -- (1,0) -- (0,0); &#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;}&#xA;\subfloat[Something]{&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=4]&#xA;\draw (0,0) -- (0,1) -- (1,1) -- (1,0) -- (0,0); &#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;}&#xA;\subfloat[Something]{&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=4]&#xA;\draw (0,0) -- (0,1) -- (1,1) -- (1,0) -- (0,0); &#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;} \\&#xA;\subfloat[Something]{&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=4]&#xA;\draw (0,0) -- (0,1) -- (1,1) -- (1,0) -- (0,0); &#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;}&#xA;\subfloat[Something]{&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=4]&#xA;\draw (0,0) -- (0,1) -- (1,1) -- (1,0) -- (0,0); &#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;}&#xA;\subfloat[Something]{&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=4]&#xA;\draw (0,0) -- (0,1) -- (1,1) -- (1,0) -- (0,0); &#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This makes 2 pages of &lt;code&gt;tikz&lt;/code&gt; boxes, with continuous caption numbering. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1614" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T21:00:27.627" />
  <row Id="14381" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14379" CreationDate="2011-03-27T21:16:23.600" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;With the KOMA-Script classes &lt;code&gt;scrbook&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;scrreprt&lt;/code&gt; you can use &lt;code&gt;\chaptermark{...}&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\sectionmark&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\chaptermarkformat{...}&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\sectionmarkformat{...}&lt;/code&gt; to set and format the running headings. A little example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper,BCOR10mm,DIV11,toc=listof]{scrbook}&#xA;\usepackage[nouppercase,headsepline]{scrpage2}&#xA;\pagestyle{scrheadings}&#xA;\clearscrheadfoot&#xA;\automark[section]{chapter}&#xA;\chead{\headmark}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{A numbered chapter}&#xA;\section{Test section}&#xA;\lipsum[1-5]&#xA;\chapter*{A chapter without number}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\chaptermarkformat}{}&#xA;\renewcommand*{\sectionmarkformat}{}&#xA;\chaptermark{}&#xA;\sectionmark{A chapter without number}&#xA;\lipsum[1-30]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastEditorUserId="3954" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-27T21:28:21.427" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T21:28:21.427" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="14382" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14377" CreationDate="2011-03-27T21:23:09.497" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Similar to Martin's example, and depending on what exactly you want to test for, you can do something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{ifthen}&#xA;\usepackage{helvet}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand{\showfont}{encoding: \f@encoding{},&#xA;  family: \f@family{},&#xA;  series: \f@series{},&#xA;  shape: \f@shape{},&#xA;  size: \f@size{}&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand{\iffont}[3]{\ifthenelse{\equal{\f@family}{#1}}{#2}{#3}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\showfont&#xA;&#xA;\iffont{cmr}{&#xA;  Font was cmr, switching to Helvetica.&#xA;  \renewcommand{\familydefault}{\sfdefault} \normalfont&#xA;}{&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;Here's another line of text.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to get&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/wvoAD.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Change the &lt;code&gt;\f@family&lt;/code&gt; in the &lt;code&gt;\iffont&lt;/code&gt; command to whatever other font attribute you want to check for if needed. Reference: &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/doc/fntguide.pdf&quot;&gt;LaTeX2e Font Selection&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3345" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T21:23:09.497" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="14383" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-27T22:09:56.053" Score="4" ViewCount="97" Body="&lt;p&gt;Some of you may be familiar with Detexify (http://detexify.kirelabs.org). I have a prototype of the next version online at&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://sketch-a-char.kirelabs.org&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://sketch-a-char.kirelabs.org&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like to ask you – the TeX-using community – if this seems to be the right direction. I will answer some questions that might come up right away:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;How is this version better than the last?:&lt;/strong&gt; Users can vote for and against training samples (much like answers here on stackexchange). This should help to identify the best samples which are then used in the recognition.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Why would I train a symbol and vote on samples?&lt;/strong&gt;: The recognitions gets better the better the samples are. Also you get karma points if other users upvote your samples.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;How can I train a symbol?&lt;/strong&gt;: You need to log in (with a Twitter Account) to be able to train symbols.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;How can I vote for a sample?&lt;/strong&gt;: You need to log in (with a Twitter Account) to be able to vote for a sample.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Do you want to hijack my twitter account?:&lt;/strong&gt; No – I just don't want anonymous samples. I just want to make sure that you are... someone.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So the most visible change is that samples are curated by the community. There are other changes summarized &lt;a href=&quot;http://detexify.posterous.com/update-on-detexify&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I appreciate any comment/criticism.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4484" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-27T22:14:15.197" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T22:14:15.197" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-03-27T22:32:41.630" ClosedDate="2011-03-28T15:32:48.243" Title="Future development of Detexify - am I heading in the right direction?" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;tools&gt;&lt;online&gt;" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="14384" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14265" CreationDate="2011-03-27T22:23:11.910" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;After looking into install.py, it seems that everything is at its place. Check that in the definition of TexliveDirs, at the beginning of the file, there is a pointer to the &quot;texmf-local&quot; directory.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You find the right value by saying, at the command line&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;kpsewhich -var-value TEXMFLOCAL&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If the answer is not in that definition, put it there. For example, on&#xA;Mac OS X there's not the right one. :(&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Run the installation with suitable privileges:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;sudo make install&#xA;sudo ./install.py&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;are the correct way to put things in the right places (in the instructions the lines are those preceded by &lt;code&gt;#&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'll give a try on a Ubuntu machine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4427" LastActivityDate="2011-03-27T22:23:11.910" />
  <row Id="14385" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-27T22:46:28.410" Score="2" ViewCount="57" Body="&lt;p&gt;Let's say that I want to cancel the denominator of a fraction and also assign him a value. Something like that &lt;code&gt;\cancel{2}\cdot\dfrac{9}{\cancelto{2}{4}}&lt;/code&gt;.&#xA;The problem here is that the fraction doesn't look good at all after that. So I need a &lt;code&gt;cancelto&lt;/code&gt; command that creates a downward arrow. Is there any way to do it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4486" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-27T22:48:43.977" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T02:02:37.430" Title="cancel package downward arrow" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;arrows&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="14386" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14388" CreationDate="2011-03-27T23:19:23.073" Score="6" ViewCount="100" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a general way to change the font of a particular symbol without switching packages?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, suppose I'm using Computer Modern for my entire document, but I want the &quot;subset&quot; operator to look as it does in mathabx.  How can I redefine it to appear in this way?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4482" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-27T23:22:40.233" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T09:14:10.020" Title="Importing a Single Symbol From a Different Font" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14388" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14386" CreationDate="2011-03-28T01:01:35.830" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There's sort of a general way, but it involves knowing your way around the various bits of the other font packages.  You can then take just the bits you need.  So for your particular example, you could do the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;% Setup the matha font (from mathabx.sty)&#xA;\DeclareFontFamily{U}{matha}{\hyphenchar\font45}&#xA;\DeclareFontShape{U}{matha}{m}{n}{&#xA;      &amp;lt;5&amp;gt; &amp;lt;6&amp;gt; &amp;lt;7&amp;gt; &amp;lt;8&amp;gt; &amp;lt;9&amp;gt; &amp;lt;10&amp;gt; gen * matha&#xA;      &amp;lt;10.95&amp;gt; matha10 &amp;lt;12&amp;gt; &amp;lt;14.4&amp;gt; &amp;lt;17.28&amp;gt; &amp;lt;20.74&amp;gt; &amp;lt;24.88&amp;gt; matha12&#xA;      }{}&#xA;\DeclareSymbolFont{matha}{U}{matha}{m}{n}&#xA;&#xA;% Define a subset character from that font (from mathabx.dcl)&#xA;% to completely replace the \subset character, you can replace&#xA;% \varsubset with \subset&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\varsubset}{3}{matha}{&quot;80}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Computer Modern subset&#xA;\[&#xA;A \subset B&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;\texttt{mathabx} subset&#xA;&#xA;\[&#xA;A \varsubset B&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This code is copied from the &lt;code&gt;mathabx&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/AK466.png&quot; alt=&quot;sample&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T01:01:35.830" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="14389" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14403" CreationDate="2011-03-28T04:49:07.393" Score="0" ViewCount="25" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to set-up the column width of a &lt;code&gt;bordermatrix&lt;/code&gt; with the usual &lt;code&gt;\setlength{\arraycolsep}{0pt}&lt;/code&gt; command (usual in the sense that it works for usual matrices) without success: what should I use instead?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="371" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-28T08:20:21.363" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T08:20:21.363" Title="bordermatrix with thinner columns" Tags="&lt;bordermatrix&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="14390" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14392" CreationDate="2011-03-28T04:55:10.243" Score="5" ViewCount="96" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm working on an exam document class where the user enters in questions something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\multiplechoice{Question}&#xA;{Answer #1}&#xA;{Answer #2}&#xA;{Answer #3}&#xA;{Answer #4}&#xA;{Correct answer}&#xA;{Explanation}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd like to process this information in various ways in one LaTeX run (to create an answer sheet, key, and the test itself), so the questions need to be stored in a macro. The awkwardness comes when one defines:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\sectionA}[1]{\newcommand{\putsectionA}{#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and then asks the user to put 15 questions as an argument to \sectionA. I'd much rather have those questions be the contents of an environment, like so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{sectionA}&#xA;lots of questions&#xA;\end{sectionA}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mostly because I find it much easier to keep track of environment declarations than curly brackets. Is it possible to have the contents of an environment get packaged up into a macro?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The solution would seem to be to us the &lt;code&gt;environ&lt;/code&gt; package, but it doesn't seem to be working. Here's what I'm trying:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{environ}&#xA;\NewEnviron{foo}{\edef\foot{\BODY}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{foo}&#xA;  Store This&#xA;\end{foo}&#xA;\foot&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However when running this code &lt;code&gt;\foot&lt;/code&gt; remains undefined. It actually seems impossible to define any macro using &lt;code&gt;environ&lt;/code&gt;. Even when not using &lt;code&gt;\BODY&lt;/code&gt;. For example, replacing the definition above with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\NewEnviron{foo}{\newcommand{\foot}{Print me}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;still fails. I've also tried &lt;code&gt;\Collect@Body&lt;/code&gt; from the &lt;code&gt;environ&lt;/code&gt; package with similar results. Does &lt;code&gt;\NewEnvrion&lt;/code&gt; somehow prohibit defining new commands?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4491" LastEditorUserId="4491" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-28T08:01:21.363" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T08:25:10.353" Title="How can one pass the contents of a LaTeX environment to a macro?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;environments&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="14391" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14385" CreationDate="2011-03-28T05:01:46.310" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To change the arrow direction you need to rewrite most of the internals of the &lt;code&gt;cancel&lt;/code&gt; package. I would NOT recommend that, because it is very complicated code.  May be you can try some other options such as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{equation}&#xA;\bcancel{2}\cdot\dfrac{9}{{\bcancel{4}}^2_{}}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{equation}&#xA;\cancel{2}\cdot\dfrac{9}{{\cancel{4}\rule{0pt}{2.ex}}^{\;2}_{}}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1683" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T05:01:46.310" />
  <row Id="14392" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14390" CreationDate="2011-03-28T05:12:10.483" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;environ&lt;/code&gt; package gives you access to the environment body over the &lt;code&gt;\BODY&lt;/code&gt; macro. You can copy it e.g. using &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\NewEnviron{sectionA}{\global\let\putsectionA\BODY}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\NewEnviron{sectionA}{\xdef\putsectionA{\BODY}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\xdef&lt;/code&gt; is like a global &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt; but doesn't check if the command existed before and expands its content before the definition. This is important because the definition of &lt;code&gt;\BODY&lt;/code&gt; will of course change after the environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-28T08:25:10.353" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T08:25:10.353" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14393" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-28T05:41:29.207" Score="5" ViewCount="73" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to keep track of all the &lt;code&gt;\AddRef&lt;/code&gt; commands in a document and then process them one at a time, for instance print them in the document on one line per value.  It seems that this should be doable as the functionality is not that different than list of figures that, but I can' seem to get this to work.  I did not even attempt the foreach command required at the end of the file so if someone knows how to do that that would be appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\newtoks{\Ref}&#xA;\newcommand{\AddRef}[1]{%&#xA;    \let\OldRef=\the\Ref\relax&#xA;    \let\Ref=\the\OldRef{#1}\relax&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\AddRef{Ref 1}&#xA;\AddRef{Ref 2}&#xA;\AddRef{Ref 3}&#xA;&#xA;The list of Ref are:&#xA;\the\Ref&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At the end, I would like to process the list, say to print a line at a time:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ref 1 &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ref 2 &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ref 3&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4301" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-28T05:50:09.187" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T07:55:43.480" Title="How keep a running list of strings and then process them one at a time" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;foreach&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="14394" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14393" CreationDate="2011-03-28T05:53:35.927" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\let\OldRef=\the\Ref&lt;/code&gt; doesn't work because &lt;code&gt;\OldRef&lt;/code&gt; is then simply a copy of &lt;code&gt;\the&lt;/code&gt;. Also note that &lt;code&gt;\Ref&lt;/code&gt; here stands for &lt;code&gt;\toks&amp;lt;number&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; and coping it using &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt; would only let both macros point to the same token register.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can accumulate code using the &lt;code&gt;\g@addto@macro&lt;/code&gt; macro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\Ref{}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand{\AddRef}[1]{%&#xA;    \g@addto@macro\Ref{{#1}}%&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This redefines a macro, which is less efficient than using a token register, but this should be OK in your case.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Instead of using a &lt;em&gt;for&lt;/em&gt; loop I would simply add the required macros as part of the definition of &lt;code&gt;\Ref&lt;/code&gt;, so that you simply have to use the macro. The ToC and List of Figures is generated by writing such code into an external file instead. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T05:53:35.927" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14395" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14400" CreationDate="2011-03-28T07:22:52.670" Score="3" ViewCount="54" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to display vectors as bold &lt;em&gt;and&lt;/em&gt; italic. The command &lt;code&gt;\mathbf&lt;/code&gt; sets the letters non-italic. I also googled a bit and stumbled upon &lt;code&gt;\mathbf{\em y}&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\mathbfit{y}&lt;/code&gt;, which all didn't work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I hope someone can help me on this.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2273" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-28T08:29:41.653" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T08:29:41.653" Title="Bold italic vectors" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="14398" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14395" CreationDate="2011-03-28T07:37:22.517" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The answer depends on the math fonts you are actually using. For the standard fonts and as long as you use only letters and numbers this should work:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrartcl}&#xA;\DeclareMathAlphabet      {\mathbfit}{OML}{cmm}{b}{it}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;$a=\mathbfit{a}$&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T07:37:22.517" />
  <row Id="14399" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14390" CreationDate="2011-03-28T07:49:20.697" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the environ package. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T07:49:20.697" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14400" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14395" CreationDate="2011-03-28T07:50:10.177" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It depends on the math font, but the &lt;code&gt;bm&lt;/code&gt; package can handle most of them. The usage is then &lt;code&gt;$\bm{y}$&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1683" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T07:50:10.177" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14401" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14393" CreationDate="2011-03-28T07:55:43.480" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\newcommand\AddRefList{}&#xA;\newcommand\AddRef[1]{\edef\AddRefList{\AddRefList#1\endgraf}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\AddRef{Ref 1}&#xA;\AddRef{Ref 2}&#xA;\AddRef{Ref 3}&#xA;&#xA;The list of Ref are:&#xA;&#xA;\AddRefList&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T07:55:43.480" />
  <row Id="14402" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-28T07:56:45.887" Score="0" ViewCount="49" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&#xA;    I have an eps file: &quot;model.eps&quot; here:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://petitlien.fr/my_test_file&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://petitlien.fr/my_test_file&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The content preview is here:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://apercu.petitlien.fr/my_test_file&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://apercu.petitlien.fr/my_test_file&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I wish to make label replacements in the eps file using the psfrag commands as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\psfrag{A}{$m$}&#xA;\psfrag{B}{$k$}&#xA;\psfrag{Y}{inner boundary}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is relatively easy to do with the psfrag package loaded such as in:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[dvips]{graphicx,color}&#xA;\usepackage{psfrag}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\thispagestyle{empty}&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;\psfrag{A}{$m$}&#xA;\psfrag{B}{$k$}&#xA;\psfrag{Y}{inner boundary}&#xA;\includegraphics{E:/test/model.eps}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But the above code will create an A4 paper with the figure in the middle. I don't want this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I would like to have is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;An new EPS file with the labels replaced by the psfrag commands. This new EPS file must have the same bounding box as the file &quot;model.eps&quot;. This means if in GSView, I activate options &gt; EPS Clip, then I must just see a tight bounding box around the new EPS file as in &quot;model.eps&quot;. So this will result in a standalone EPS file with the labels properly replaced.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;A method to convert this EPS file say to a PDF file but with the resulting file having the same &quot;bounding box&quot; size as the EPS file.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Psfrag is a wonderful tool and it would be great to be able to produce a standalone EPS with a tight bounding box and with all appropriate labels included via Psfrag. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you for any suggestions and answers&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have been looking at psfragger&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/psfragger&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/psfragger&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but it doesn't work. It is not maintained anymore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;A solution&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The standalone package seems to work fine. I can obtain a tight pdf file through latex &gt; dvips &gt; ps2pdf.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{standalone}&#xA;\usepackage[dvips]{graphicx,color}&#xA;\usepackage{psfrag}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\psfrag{A}{$m$}&#xA;\psfrag{B}{$k,c$}&#xA;\psfrag{Y}{inner stator bore}&#xA;\includegraphics{E:/test/jeffcott.eps}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However the ps generated in the process (with dvips) does not appear well. Any reason for that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="993" LastEditorUserId="993" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-29T04:42:39.043" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T04:42:39.043" Title="EPS file with tight BB &amp; Psfrag labels" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;eps&gt;&lt;psfrag&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="14403" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14389" CreationDate="2011-03-28T08:11:24.020" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\quad&lt;/code&gt; is used as seperator.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;{\let\quad\thinspace &#xA;$\bordermatrix{%&#xA;   &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 2 \cr&#xA; 0 &amp;amp; A &amp;amp; B &amp;amp; C \cr&#xA; 1 &amp;amp; d &amp;amp; e &amp;amp; f \cr&#xA; 2 &amp;amp; 1 &amp;amp; 2 &amp;amp; 3 \cr&#xA;}$}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T08:11:24.020" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14404" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-28T08:59:55.493" Score="-1" ViewCount="112" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have just found this site and I am intersting what is LaTeX and is that the right way to type it? Also what is it used for, I was reading it has something about typeset but what is that and how do I use it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4494" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T08:59:55.493" ClosedDate="2011-03-28T10:24:13.517" Title="What is LaTeX?." Tags="&lt;latex-general&gt;" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14405" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14411" CreationDate="2011-03-28T09:09:09.210" Score="6" ViewCount="146" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to learn the LaTeX3 syntax. One of the questions I have come up with is how to define a variable, i. e. a macro without arguments in TeX parlance, with local scope within a group.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In TeX a &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt;'ed macro is local to the group where it was defined. If &lt;code&gt;\tl_new:Nn&lt;/code&gt; is the LaTeX3 counterpart of &lt;code&gt;\def\...{...}&lt;/code&gt;, I expect the variable &lt;code&gt;\world&lt;/code&gt; to be local to the group as well, but the following code compiles without error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{expl3}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOn&#xA;\group_begin:&#xA;  \tl_new:Nn\world{world!}&#xA;  %\def\world{world!}&#xA;\group_end:&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOff&#xA;&#xA;hello \world&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why is &lt;code&gt;\world&lt;/code&gt; visible outside the group?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1053" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-28T10:24:02.057" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T05:14:23.457" Title="LaTeX3: how to define a variable locally" Tags="&lt;latex3&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="14406" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14386" CreationDate="2011-03-28T09:14:10.020" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There's another way to cope with a single symbol without wasting a precious math alphabet resource (there are only 16 of them).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{pifont}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand\Pimathsymbol[3][\mathord]{%&#xA;  #1{\@Pimathsymbol{#2}{#3}}}&#xA;\def\@Pimathsymbol#1#2{\mathchoice&#xA;  {\@Pim@thsymbol{#1}{#2}\tf@size}&#xA;  {\@Pim@thsymbol{#1}{#2}\tf@size}&#xA;  {\@Pim@thsymbol{#1}{#2}\sf@size}&#xA;  {\@Pim@thsymbol{#1}{#2}\ssf@size}}&#xA;\def\@Pim@thsymbol#1#2#3{%&#xA;  \mbox{\fontsize{#3}{#3}\Pisymbol{#1}{#2}}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After these one can choose a particular symbol and give it a sensible name, for example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\varsubset}{\Pimathsymbol[\mathbin]{matha}{&quot;80}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The optional argument gives the type of the symbol, in this case a binary operation symbol; the first mandatory argument is the name of the font family and the second one the number of the symbol's slot in the font.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately, mathabx doesn't provide &lt;code&gt;.fd&lt;/code&gt; files, so one has also to declare the family as explained in Alan's answer, but, since now the mathabx are also in Type1 format, one may scale them:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\DeclareFontFamily{U}{matha}{\hyphenchar\font45}&#xA;\DeclareFontShape{U}{matha}{m}{n}{&#xA;  &amp;lt;-6&amp;gt; matha5 &amp;lt;6-7&amp;gt; matha6 &amp;lt;7-8&amp;gt; matha7&#xA;  &amp;lt;8-9&amp;gt; matha8 &amp;lt;9-10&amp;gt; matha9&#xA;  &amp;lt;10-12&amp;gt; matha10 &amp;lt;12-&amp;gt; matha12&#xA;  }{}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any symbol in any font may be used in math and it will scale properly in subscripts and superscripts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4495" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T09:14:10.020" />
  <row Id="14407" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14405" CreationDate="2011-03-28T09:40:57.480" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\tl_new:Nn&lt;/code&gt; expands to &lt;code&gt;\chk_if_free_cs:N#1\cs_gset_nopar:Npn#1{#2}&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\cs_gset_nopar:Npn&lt;/code&gt; is &lt;code&gt;\gdef&lt;/code&gt;. So it gives you a global definition.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T09:40:57.480" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="14408" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-28T09:41:18.330" Score="2" ViewCount="77" Body="&lt;p&gt;With the package &lt;code&gt;array&lt;/code&gt;, I want to define a new column type for my tables with the command&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcolumntype{U}{&amp;gt;{\switchon}{l}&amp;lt;{\switchoff}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, the command I’d like to use is not a switch but a plain, unary macro like &lt;code&gt;\emph&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\textsc&lt;/code&gt;, so I must define &lt;code&gt;\switchon&lt;/code&gt; such that&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{\switchon some text}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will be equivalent to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\macro{some text}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(if it must be, I could live with &lt;code&gt;\switchon some text \switchoff&lt;/code&gt; but I think this is not necessary.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Converting a switch to a macro (e.g. &lt;code&gt;\em&lt;/code&gt; to &lt;code&gt;\emph&lt;/code&gt;) is pretty simple but how would I do it the other way round?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It seems, I also have to fight this problem which does not seem to allow for an explicit &lt;code&gt;\switchoff&lt;/code&gt; (because I need to support the X column type of &lt;code&gt;tabularx&lt;/code&gt; and it does not seem to work well together with &lt;code&gt;newcolumntype&lt;/code&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\tabularxcolumn}[1]{&amp;gt;{\theswitch}m{#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Where &lt;code&gt;\theswitch&lt;/code&gt; must be some (sensible) combination of &lt;code&gt;\lowercase&lt;/code&gt; and other font macros. &lt;code&gt;\lowercase&lt;/code&gt; has no ‘switch’ version (I think) which makes things a bit complicated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1154" LastEditorUserId="1154" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-29T14:50:45.777" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T14:50:45.777" Title="Convert macro with one argument to switch" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="14409" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14408" CreationDate="2011-03-28T09:42:50.553" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Define a macro like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\switchon#1\switchoff{\foo{#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;perhaps.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T09:42:50.553" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="14410" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14408" CreationDate="2011-03-28T09:48:29.113" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;code&gt;collcell&lt;/code&gt; package to feed the cell content to a macro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{collcell}&#xA;&#xA;\newcolumntype{U}{&amp;gt;{\collectcell\macro}{l}&amp;lt;{\endcollectcell}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then &lt;code&gt;\macro&lt;/code&gt; will receive the cell content as only argument, i.e. &lt;code&gt;#1&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If the macro should be simply &lt;code&gt;\emph&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\textsc&lt;/code&gt; you can use the &quot;switch&quot; versions directly. For &lt;code&gt;\emph&lt;/code&gt; it would be &lt;code&gt;\em&lt;/code&gt; and for &lt;code&gt;\textsc&lt;/code&gt; it is &lt;code&gt;\scshape&lt;/code&gt;. See e.g. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~rf10/pstex/latexcommands.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~rf10/pstex/latexcommands.htm&lt;/a&gt; for a table of such macros.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-28T10:24:44.790" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T10:24:44.790" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="14411" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14405" CreationDate="2011-03-28T10:08:31.857" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\tl_new:XXXX&lt;/code&gt; is not like &lt;code&gt;\def&lt;/code&gt; but more like &lt;code&gt;\newcommand&lt;/code&gt;: it declares a new command to hold content. The content is filled with &lt;code&gt;\tl_set&lt;/code&gt; and there a local and a global variants exist:&#xA;eg. &lt;code&gt;\tl_gset:Nn&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\tl_set:Nn&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Btw: Your example doesn't work for me, I get&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Undefined control sequence.&#xA;l.10 \begin_group&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;with a recent &lt;code&gt;expl3&lt;/code&gt; from miktex updated 2 days ago.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-28T10:13:46.210" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T10:13:46.210" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14412" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14405" CreationDate="2011-03-28T10:35:11.677" Score="8" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;To answer the implicit question here (‘why is this the case?’), all of the &lt;code&gt;\«variable»_new:N&lt;/code&gt; commands create global registers or macros. So for consistency so does &lt;code&gt;\tl_new:Nn&lt;/code&gt;. We discussed adding also &lt;code&gt;\«variable»_new_local:N&lt;/code&gt; (see etex.sty for an example of local registers in TeX) but decided that the benefits didn't outweigh the downsides:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Nice to have local registers (but not necessary)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Against:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Complicates the syntax and documentation, since we'd then need to explain when/why you'd want to use them.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I liked the idea of writing&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\group_begin:&#xA;  \int_new:N \l_track_loop_int&#xA;  ...&#xA;  « do stuff with \l_track_loop_int »&#xA;  ...&#xA;\group_end:&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but in the end the &lt;strong&gt;big&lt;/strong&gt; problem was:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Local macros behave differently from local registers, which would kill consistency between the &lt;code&gt;tl&lt;/code&gt; datatype and all others like &lt;code&gt;int&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;dim&lt;/code&gt;, etc. (And we weren't about to write an allocation system for macros, since efficiency would suffer for very little upside.)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As an example, if the &lt;code&gt;\«var»_new_local:N&lt;/code&gt; allocators existed:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\group_begin:&#xA;&#xA;  \tl_new_local:N \foo&#xA;  \tl_gset:Nn \foo {hello}&#xA;&#xA;  \dim_new_local:N \baz&#xA;  \dim_gset:Nn \baz {1pt}&#xA;&#xA;\group_end:&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In such a construction, &lt;code&gt;\foo&lt;/code&gt; would still be available after the group, whereas &lt;code&gt;\baz&lt;/code&gt; would not. (Note that globally setting a local variable is perfectly valid.) This was a sufficiently major edge case (in my mind) to definitively decide against the idea.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So the recommended system is to formally declare all variables you intend on using (either lumped together at the beginning of the package or interleaved as you first use them). There's no technical problem, however, with using &lt;code&gt;\tl_set:Nn&lt;/code&gt; within a group to create a scratch macro if you need.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-29T05:14:23.457" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T05:14:23.457" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="14414" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-28T12:03:23.400" Score="5" ViewCount="69" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am creating a big composite book &lt;code&gt;\documentclass[A4,twocolumn]{book}&lt;/code&gt;. I need wrapped floating figures (and tables) over both columns.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know the enviroment &lt;code&gt;figure*&lt;/code&gt;, but the full width of a page is so big. There are a lot of figures with small one-column overlaps - using &lt;code&gt;figure*&lt;/code&gt; will result in an enormous increase in the number of pages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirror.math.ku.edu/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/multiple-span.txt&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;How to use wrapfig to span multiple columns&lt;/a&gt; I read about using &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/wrapfig/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;wrapfig&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; to do it, but it isn't an easy way to do it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there some another solution?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Lorem ipsum   Lorem ipsum&#xA;et dolorem    et dolorem&#xA;amenbat aqu   amenbat aqu&#xA;+-----------------+ Lorem &#xA;|                 | ipsum&#xA;|      figure     | et dolo-&#xA;|                 | rem ame-&#xA;+-----------------+ bat Lo-&#xA;Lorem ipsum   rem ipsum &#xA;et dolorem    et dolorem &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4497" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-28T21:55:03.300" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T21:55:03.300" Title="Floating wrapped figure in a twocolumn page" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;two-column&gt;&lt;wrapfigure&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14415" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14423" CreationDate="2011-03-28T11:44:17.563" Score="3" ViewCount="142" Body="&lt;p&gt;If the first line on a page happens to be the first line of a paragraph at the same time, I would like not to indent it (just as if it is the first line of a section). Is there a way to do this automatically? I don't want to use &lt;code&gt;\noindent&lt;/code&gt; command, because if this line moves elsewhere, I want to indent it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks ahead for help!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4500" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-28T13:13:50.853" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T23:36:13.927" Title="How not to indent the very first line on a page in LaTeX?" Tags="&lt;page-breaking&gt;&lt;indentation&gt;&lt;paragraphs&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="14416" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14414" CreationDate="2011-03-28T13:41:22.587" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Only possible for one column&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,twocolumn]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{cutwin}&#xA;\usepackage[demo]{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand\windowpagestuff{%%&#xA;\includegraphics[height=10\normalbaselineskip,&#xA;                 width=0.9\linewidth]{foo}}&#xA;\opencutleft&#xA;&#xA;\begin{cutout}{4}{0pt}{0.3\linewidth}{11}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\end{cutout}&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/5mQ2C.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T13:41:22.587" />
  <row Id="14417" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14166" CreationDate="2011-03-28T13:59:37.933" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Normally the red box indicates syntax errors in your source code (here Erlang). However, the language specific parsers used by Pygments (which in turn is used by minted) are incomplete. Apparently the Erlang parser cannot cope with the question mark as an identifier.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The best course of action is to file a bug with the maintainer of the Erlang lexer, &lt;a href=&quot;http://jerith.za.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Jeremy Thurgood&lt;/a&gt; or the Pocoo team who maintain Pygments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or you can fix the error yourself in your local Pygments installation by modifying &lt;code&gt;pygments/lexers/functional.py&lt;/code&gt; – the error is probably just a missing question mark on &lt;a href=&quot;https://bitbucket.org/birkenfeld/pygments-main/src/1f1e54e42045/pygments/lexers/functional.py#cl-659&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;line 659&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T13:59:37.933" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14418" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14215" CreationDate="2011-03-28T14:03:28.893" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The reason why Jake's solution doesn't work is that the &lt;code&gt;\listmacro&lt;/code&gt; isn't expanded before the &lt;code&gt;pgfplotscreateplotcyclelist&lt;/code&gt; macro searches for the &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; separators. Therefore the whole macro is taken as one setting and the included &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; are expanded as part of the setting which causes an error (line breaks in settings don't make much sense).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So in order to make it work you have to manually expand &lt;code&gt;\listmacro&lt;/code&gt; first and than feed it to &lt;code&gt;\pgfplotscreateplotcyclelist&lt;/code&gt;. There are multiple ways to do this. Here a way which uses eTeX's &lt;code&gt;\unexpanded&lt;/code&gt; inside &lt;code&gt;\edef&lt;/code&gt; to expand the &lt;code&gt;\listmacro&lt;/code&gt; only once, otherwise the &lt;code&gt;\\&lt;/code&gt; are expanded to early and cause also errors. I defined a new macro &lt;code&gt;\pgfplotscreateplotcyclelistfrommacro&lt;/code&gt; which expands the second argument and then calls &lt;code&gt;\pgfplotscreateplotcyclelist&lt;/code&gt;. Feel free to rename it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Based on Jake's code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplots}&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplotstable}&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*{\pgfplotscreateplotcyclelistfrommacro}[2]{%&#xA;    \begingroup&#xA;    % Expands the second argument once. The `\A` is only temporary used&#xA;    % and therefore in a group&#xA;    \edef\A{\noexpand\pgfplotscreateplotcyclelist{#1}{\unexpanded\expandafter{#2}}}%&#xA;    \expandafter&#xA;    \endgroup\A&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{cyclelist.txt}&#xA;green&#xA;pink&#xA;purple&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;\pgfplotstableread{cyclelist.txt}{\cyclelist}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\pgfplotstabletypeset[begin table={},end table={},skip coltypes,display columns/0/.style={string type},write to macro=\listmacro,typeset=false]\cyclelist&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\pgfplotscreateplotcyclelistfrommacro{newcycle}{\listmacro}&#xA;\begin{axis}[cycle list name=newcycle]&#xA;\addplot {x^2};&#xA;\addplot {x^4};&#xA;\addplot {x^6};&#xA;\end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T14:03:28.893" />
  <row Id="14419" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-28T14:45:25.300" Score="0" ViewCount="99" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am a big fan of LyX(I find typing up in TeX directly really annoying, I like being able to see my formulas), however are there any other programs that make it a lot easier to TeX too? I just want to see if there are others too so I can try them out. I am looking for LaTeX software which will work on Linux-Ubuntu. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(If it generates the PDF view directly that is a plus.. I know there is a paid versions that works that way)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4501" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T21:14:30.697" Title="LyX type software" Tags="&lt;soft-question&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14420" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-28T14:54:10.757" Score="10" ViewCount="139" Body="&lt;p&gt;I happen to read more documents on my (android) phone, including scientific papers from the arXiv (where the TeX source is available). Obviously, such a narrow screen is not well suited to read papers made with the usual \documentclasses .&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is the best way to compile a LaTeX document in order to read it easily on a small screen (smart phone or e-book reader) ? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1913" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T19:45:07.770" Title="Is there a document class optimized for small screens (i.e. phone screens)" Tags="&lt;documentclass&gt;&lt;ebook&gt;&lt;screen&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="4" />
  <row Id="14421" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14362" CreationDate="2011-03-28T14:58:03.470" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Adding to your answer: You can &quot;fake&quot; the reversed colorbar by rotating it and putting the labels on the other side. A colorbar is essentially another axis, so all the styles you get with normal axes can be used.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplots}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[scale=0.75]&#xA;\begin{axis}[colorbar,colormap/cool,&#xA;  colorbar style={xshift=1cm,&#xA;    yticklabel pos=left,&#xA;    yticklabel style={anchor=west},&#xA;    rotate=180}]&#xA;\addplot[scatter,point meta=explicit,ultra thick,point meta min={1}, point meta max={700}]&#xA;    table[x=S,y=POT_T, meta=DB, col sep=semicolon]{&#xA;      S;POT_T;DB&#xA;      0;0;650&#xA;      1;0.5;400&#xA;      2;2;150&#xA;};&#xA;\end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/D9tDD.png&quot; alt=&quot;axis with pseudo-reversed colorbar&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastEditorUserId="2552" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-28T15:03:43.260" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T15:03:43.260" />
  <row Id="14422" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14419" CreationDate="2011-03-28T15:00:10.160" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You may want to look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texmacs.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TeXmacs&lt;/a&gt;.  It is not exactly like LyX, it is not actually a frontend for LaTeX, but it can export LaTeX code, and it is heavily inspired by LaTeX. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T15:00:10.160" />
  <row Id="14423" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14415" CreationDate="2011-03-28T15:09:30.373" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;First, I don't think this is a great idea. One problem is that if the previous paragraph ended with a full line, there will be no clue that there is a paragraph break (I suppose you could avoid this by setting &lt;code&gt;\parfillskip=3em plus1fil&lt;/code&gt; to ensure an unfilled final line).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anyway, to answer your question, this will be very tricky, because TeX generates paragraphs before it looks at page breaking, so by the time it knows that the first line starts on a new page it is too late to do anything about it. You will need to write something into the aux file at the beginning of each paragraph (using &lt;code&gt;\everypar&lt;/code&gt;) that you can read back on subsequent runs to determine if this paragraph starts a new page, and if it does, to remove the indent. Unfortunately, the new linebreaks may now change the page breaking and you may need to retex repeatedly, and there is no guarantee that this process will converge.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: here is the core of a solution, to show that it is possible. It will produce a bunch of errors the first time you compile it, and it doesn't redefine &lt;code&gt;\everypar&lt;/code&gt; in a way that plays well with other packages, but it shows the basic idea.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT 2: fixed the code up a little (the previous version removed the indent for the first paragraph of the page, no matter if it started on first line of page or not)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\raggedbottom % to allow short pages&#xA;\addtolength{\topskip}{0pt plus 10pt} % to help allow short pages&#xA;\newcounter{parno}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand{\newparb}[2]{\global\@namedef{mypar@b#1}{#2}}&#xA;\newcommand{\newpare}[2]{\global\@namedef{mypar@e#1}{#2}}&#xA;\newpare{0}{0}&#xA;\let\oldpar\par&#xA;\def\par{\oldpar\protected@write\@auxout{}{\string\newpare{\theparno}{\thepage}}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum} % for dummy text&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\interlinepenalty=1000 % just for example, to encourage paragraphs to start on new pages&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\everypar={%&#xA;    \stepcounter{parno}%&#xA;    \ifnum \@nameuse{mypar@b\theparno}=\@nameuse{mypar@e\@arabic{\numexpr\value{parno}-1}}%&#xA;    \else\setbox0\lastbox\fi&#xA;    \protected@write\@auxout{}{\string\newparb{\theparno}{\thepage}}%&#xA;}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\lipsum[1-60]% dummy text&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastEditorUserId="627" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-28T23:15:13.783" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T23:15:13.783" />
  <row Id="14424" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14419" CreationDate="2011-03-28T15:17:29.030" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You may want to look at Gummi ( &lt;a href=&quot;http://gummi.midnightcoding.org/?page_id=4&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://gummi.midnightcoding.org/?page_id=4&lt;/a&gt; ). It works well on ubuntu and compiles the code you write WHILE you write.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4502" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T15:17:29.030" />
  <row Id="14425" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14427" CreationDate="2011-03-28T15:27:47.040" Score="4" ViewCount="34" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using the &lt;code&gt;tgschola&lt;/code&gt; package which provides the TeX Gyre Schola font. When I run a tex file containing an itemize environment through pdflatex, I get the following warning:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;[Font] Font shape `OMS/qcs/m/n' undefined using `OMS/cmsy/m/n' instead for symbol    `textbullet'. (page 1)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way of fixing the warning?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3413" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T15:41:15.350" Title="TG Schola - missing symbol `textbullet`" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="14426" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14428" CreationDate="2011-03-28T15:31:41.240" Score="5" ViewCount="63" Body="&lt;p&gt;I switched from using the standard AMS theorem package to &lt;code&gt;ntheorem&lt;/code&gt; so I can put alternative end marks on theorem environments (I want my examples to have an end mark, but not the same one as proofs).  However, this seems to be causing another problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Many of my examples have subtitles, by which I mean I start them with&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;code&gt;\begin{example}[subtitle]&lt;/code&gt;,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;where the subtitle is some description of the example.  Some of these subtitles are long enough that they need multiple lines, which works fine with the standard AMS environment.  On the other hand ntheorem seems to try to set the subtitle all on one line, giving an overfull &lt;code&gt;\hbox&lt;/code&gt; whenever it is long enough that it should span multiple lines (I'm not talking a character or two wider than it knows how to deal with like a usual overfull &lt;code&gt;\hbox&lt;/code&gt;, I mean they go through the whole margin and off the page).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This can be reproduced by  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}  &#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage[thmmarks,amsmath,amsthm,thref]{ntheorem}&#xA;\newtheorem{example}{Example}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{example}[blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah]&#xA;Content&#xA;\end{example}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this a bug in &lt;code&gt;ntheorem&lt;/code&gt; or am I doing something wrong?  Perhaps this is an abuse of the subtitle field.  Is there a simple fix?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(P.S. I'm new to tex.stackexchange -- mostly a user of MathOverflow -- so I am not sure what tags are appropriate.  Please retag as you see fit.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4503" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-28T15:40:32.717" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T17:45:43.513" Title="Overfull \hbox produced by ntheorem subtitles" Tags="&lt;theorems&gt;&lt;hbox&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14427" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14425" CreationDate="2011-03-28T15:41:15.350" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Load the package textcomp. &lt;code&gt;\usepackage{textcomp}&lt;/code&gt;. Then &lt;code&gt;\textbullet&lt;/code&gt; will use TS1 encoding. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T15:41:15.350" />
  <row Id="14428" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14426" CreationDate="2011-03-28T15:49:58.370" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;No; it's not a bug, although it could be considered a bad design choice; &lt;code&gt;ntheorem&lt;/code&gt; uses the optional argument of &lt;code&gt;\item&lt;/code&gt; to typeset the theorem header (name, number and annotation), and that causes the problem (I guess that the package author thought that an annotation shouldn't be too long). You can define your own style, imitating the existing &lt;code&gt;plain&lt;/code&gt; style but modifying the undesired behaviour, so that you can now have annotations spanning several lines; the definition would be something along these lines, I used a checkmark (&lt;code&gt;\Checkmark&lt;/code&gt; from &lt;code&gt;bbding&lt;/code&gt;) as the endmark:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{bbding}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage[thmmarks,amsmath,amsthm,thref]{ntheorem}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newtheoremstyle{Myplain}%&#xA;  {\item[\hskip\labelsep \theorem@headerfont ##1\ ##2\theorem@separator]}%&#xA;  {\item[\hskip\labelsep \theorem@headerfont ##1\ ##2]\theorem@headerfont (##3)\theorem@separator\newline\normalfont\itshape}&#xA;\newtheoremstyle{nonumberMyplain}%&#xA;  {\item[\theorem@headerfont\hskip\labelsep ##1\theorem@separator]}%&#xA;  {\item[\theorem@headerfont\hskip \labelsep ##1]\theorem@headerfont (##3)\theorem@separator\newline\normalfont\itshape}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\theoremstyle{Myplain}&#xA;\theoremsymbol{\Checkmark}&#xA;\newtheorem{example}{Example}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{example}[blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah]&#xA;Content&#xA;\end{example}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another option would be to use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/thmtools&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;thmtools&lt;/a&gt; package which doesn't use &lt;code&gt;\item&lt;/code&gt; to build its theorem-like structures, thus providing an easier solution (the same checkmark was used in this example):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsthm}&#xA;\usepackage{thmtools}&#xA;\usepackage{bbding}&#xA;\declaretheoremstyle[&#xA;  spaceabove=6pt, spacebelow=6pt,&#xA;  headfont=\normalfont\bfseries,&#xA;  notefont=\mdseries\bfseries,&#xA;  qed=\Checkmark,&#xA;  notebraces={(}{)},&#xA;  bodyfont=\itshape,&#xA;]{mystyle}&#xA;\declaretheorem[style=mystyle]{Example}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{Example}[blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah]&#xA;Content&#xA;\end{Example}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastEditorUserId="3954" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-28T17:45:43.513" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T17:45:43.513" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="14429" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-28T15:50:01.870" Score="3" ViewCount="98" Body="&lt;p&gt;I wrote my thesis in Latex and so far I always compiled with pdflatex .. the thesis is 150 pages with many pictures and graphs. The resulting pdf file is 40 MB.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, I'm facing the problem that for administrative purposes they need it in a file which shouldn't exceed 30 MB in size (don't ask me why). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I reduce the size of the output PDF? I don't mind loosing a bit of quality in the images but I don't seem to find any way of doing that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4343" LastEditorUserId="73" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-28T16:24:46.860" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T18:09:30.083" Title="pdftex reduce pdf size: reduce image quality?" Tags="&lt;pdftex&gt;&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;size&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="14430" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14419" CreationDate="2011-03-28T15:56:22.943" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Install emacs with auctex, then you can see your equations also in preview.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T15:56:22.943" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="14431" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14415" CreationDate="2011-03-28T16:00:35.733" Score="-1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Right at the begining of the line that you don't want to indent, type:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\noindent&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\section{Introduction}&#xA;\noindent&#xA;This is the introduction.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4504" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T16:00:35.733" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14432" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14435" CreationDate="2011-03-28T16:45:42.933" Score="2" ViewCount="49" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I use the tikz.spy library in order to magnify a part of my pgfplots plot with the use of grids, there are both the original grid and the magnified grid in the magnified area. screenshot: &lt;img src=&quot;http://files.droplr.com/files/55004911/YHwt.Plots-Spy-Grid.png&quot; height=&quot;300&quot;&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;a part of the code looks like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture} [spy using outlines={circle, magnification=3, size=2cm, connect spies}]&#xA;&#xA;\begin{axis}[grid=major,axis on top, ... ]&#xA;&#xA;\addplot ...&#xA;&#xA;\begin{scope}[fill=white]&#xA;    \spy[green!70!black,size=5cm] on (10.9,9.1) in node [right] at (3,6);&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;&#xA;\end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to have only the magnified grid in the magnified area (e.g. to set the opacity of magnified area? The &lt;code&gt;fill=white&lt;/code&gt; command seems to has no effect. I tried the same with the &lt;code&gt;opacity&lt;/code&gt; property. &lt;code&gt;spy using overlay&lt;/code&gt; doesn't help neither. Another way would be to have the grid only in the magnified area, but I have no idea how to do. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anyone has a solution?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4419" LastEditorUserId="1402" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-28T17:17:14.230" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T17:17:14.230" Title="tikz spy library with pgfplots: opacity and grid" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;pgfplots&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14433" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14429" CreationDate="2011-03-28T16:48:42.063" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is a package called &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/graphics/degrade&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot; title=&quot;degrade&quot;&gt;degrade&lt;/a&gt; that compresses &lt;code&gt;.jpg&lt;/code&gt; files (I've never used it, though). It may be just as easy to compress the files yourself, using suitable graphics software. It's usually just a question of opening the file, selecting &lt;code&gt;save as&lt;/code&gt; choosing the &lt;code&gt;jpeg&lt;/code&gt; format and adjusting the quality. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't know much about &lt;code&gt;.png&lt;/code&gt; files. You could convert them into &lt;code&gt;.jpg&lt;/code&gt; files.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's usually best to avoid converting &lt;code&gt;.eps&lt;/code&gt; files into &lt;code&gt;.jpg&lt;/code&gt; files, especially if they contain text or formulae. As it happens, I've been working on a program that can reduce the size of &lt;code&gt;.eps&lt;/code&gt; files in some circumstances. It's not quite finished yet, but if you have any &lt;code&gt;.eps&lt;/code&gt; files that are large, I would be interested in seeing them. My email address is on my homepage (click on my name and follow the link). Alternatively you could put them somewhere on the web where I can download them.   &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2417" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T16:48:42.063" />
  <row Id="14434" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14420" CreationDate="2011-03-28T17:00:04.520" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There's a discussion about that topic including some suggestions/workarounds at &lt;a href=&quot;http://mobileread.com/forums/showthread.php?t=57861&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://mobileread.com/forums/showthread.php?t=57861&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One option could be to use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/memoir/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Memoir&lt;/a&gt; package, which offers an ebook option for the paper size.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1481" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T17:00:04.520" />
  <row Id="14435" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14432" CreationDate="2011-03-28T17:06:36.057" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You have to supply the &lt;code&gt;fill=white&lt;/code&gt; option to the &quot;in-node&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplots}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{spy,backgrounds}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture} [spy using outlines={circle, magnification=3, size=2cm, connect spies}]&#xA;\begin{axis}[grid=major,axis on top,width=14cm]&#xA;\addplot +[mark=none] {0.1*x^2};&#xA;&#xA;\begin{scope}&#xA;    \spy[green!70!black,size=5cm] on (10.9,8) in node [fill=white] at (6,7);&#xA;\end{scope}&#xA;&#xA;\end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/BePVH.png&quot; alt=&quot;spy node with filled background&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T17:06:36.057" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14436" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-28T17:14:22.853" Score="3" ViewCount="83" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am starting my dissertation and I am searching for a simple yet nice template. I found a collection &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/326/latex-templates-for-writing-a-thesis&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; but I want to make sure I find a template that meets some of these perhaps unreasonable requirements:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Output can an be easily converted into MS Word. I know, heresy! The thing is that I need to interact with non-LaTeX people who like to use MS Word trackchanges. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Output can be easily converted into XHTML. I like to publish my writings on the web, in XHTML. For example, this is conversion from &lt;a href=&quot;http://web.media.mit.edu/~andresmh/publications/computers_cant_give_credit/monroy-hernandez_et_al_chi2011.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;PDF&lt;/a&gt; to &lt;a href=&quot;http://web.media.mit.edu/~andresmh/publications/computers_cant_give_credit/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;XHTML&lt;/a&gt; had to be done manually since the automatic converters would choke with the two-column layout. So I'd like to avoid manual translation as much as possible.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Easily switch between one to two column layout. I'm new to LaTeX but the way I understand LaTeX stylesheets is that it is very similar to the relationship between HTML and CSS. If this is the case, then I assume it is not very difficult to simply switch stylesheets to go from 1 to 2 columns layout without having to change any of the content of the .tex file. Is this a fair representation of the situation?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1647" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-28T17:38:18.527" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T19:08:01.330" Title="Dissertation workflow/template or how to work on LaTeX while interacting with people who don't use LaTeX" Tags="&lt;style&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="14437" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14441" CreationDate="2011-03-28T18:01:44.927" Score="4" ViewCount="67" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I define a tabular with two columns in LaTeX, where the first column fills 30% of the page width and the second column fills the rest?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4505" LastEditorUserId="1235" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-28T18:47:07.117" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T18:47:07.117" Title="Relative column width in LaTeX" Tags="&lt;two-column&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="14438" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14429" CreationDate="2011-03-28T18:09:30.083" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As described in my answer to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2198/how-to-create-small-final-pdf-files-for-the-internet&quot;&gt;the other question about shrinking pdf files&lt;/a&gt; you can use pdfsizeopt to do lossless compression of your pdf. If it turns out to be necessary to do lossy compression, then adobe acrobat professional has a &quot;PDF optimzer&quot; tool that can do this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T18:09:30.083" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="14439" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14436" CreationDate="2011-03-28T18:09:54.897" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For (1) and (2) I recommend looking at the &lt;code&gt;tex4ht&lt;/code&gt; program.  It converts LaTeX to (X)HTML and to OpenOffice format, which can then be further converted to Word (I believe).  As you know at the outset that this is what you intend to do then you can ensure that you always use packages and so forth that are known to be compatible with &lt;code&gt;tex4ht&lt;/code&gt; (I don't know which are or aren't).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(As a side note, it's even possible to configure a decent editor to use &lt;code&gt;tex4ht + firefox&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;pdflatex + xpdf&lt;/code&gt; so the workflow is pretty much the same when using &lt;code&gt;tex4ht&lt;/code&gt; as when using ordinary &lt;code&gt;TeX&lt;/code&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An alternative (which I don't recommend) would be to write your document in a markup format which can be converted to LaTeX or to (X)HTML or to Word/OpenOffice.  The reason I don't recommend that is that for a large document, the programming capabilities of LaTeX are &lt;strong&gt;so&lt;/strong&gt; convenient that it is a pain to have to do without.  (I speak from experience, I'm a contributor to the nLab project where we write entries in Markdown+iTeX; from this source, it's easy to produce both XHTML+MathML and LaTeX, but having to write $\mathbb{R}$ every time instead of just \R really gets annoying!)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This isn't the right forum for advice, but I'm going to throw some in for free.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Write documents for a specific medium.&lt;/strong&gt;  That is, don't take the &lt;em&gt;same&lt;/em&gt; document and put it on paper and on the web.  By all means, use &lt;em&gt;bits&lt;/em&gt; in common, but what works on the web is not what works on paper and vice versa.  (And by &quot;paper&quot; I also mean &quot;PDF&quot; to be read online.  I read a PDF on the screen much as I read an article on paper, but I read a web page in a totally different way.)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Remember your collaborators, and be nice to them.&lt;/strong&gt; Don't define or use a load of obscure macros.  Define &lt;em&gt;nice&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;useful&lt;/em&gt;, and &lt;em&gt;obvious&lt;/em&gt; ones, and put in plenty of comments to show what they do (which is also useful for yourself 6 months later when you try to remember why you defined something in such an obscure way).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'll leave (3) to someone who knows more about that than I do (which is just about anyone...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T18:09:54.897" />
  <row Id="14440" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14437" CreationDate="2011-03-28T18:11:52.553" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could try something likes this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\noindent\begin{tabular}{p{\dimexpr.3\textwidth}p{\dimexpr.7\textwidth-4\tabcolsep}}&#xA;some text some text some text &amp;amp;  some text some text some text text text text text text text text text text   text text text text text text text text text   text text text text text text text text text   text text text text text text text text text &#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first column takes 30% of the &lt;code&gt;\textwidth&lt;/code&gt;; the second column takes &lt;code&gt;.7\textwidth&lt;/code&gt; minus 4 times &lt;code&gt;\tabcolsep&lt;/code&gt; (the space between the column and its contents).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T18:11:52.553" />
  <row Id="14441" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14437" CreationDate="2011-03-28T18:14:03.450" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/tabularx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;tabularx&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{tabularx}&#xA;...&#xA;\noindent%&#xA;\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{p{.3\textwidth}X}&#xA;...&#xA;\end{tabularx}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;tabularx&lt;/code&gt; has the advantage, that you can specify the whole width and use &lt;code&gt;X&lt;/code&gt; type columns which fill up the remaining space.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T18:14:03.450" />
  <row Id="14443" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-28T18:40:39.807" Score="1" ViewCount="34" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I make the first subsection under a section start on &quot;d&quot;? I currently have the following code to get a,b,c,d...:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\thesubsection}{\alph{subsection}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and I tried this to make it start on &quot;d&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setcounter{\thesubsection}{4}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but that did not work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ideas?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4506" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T18:45:56.080" Title="How to increase counter for \subsection" Tags="&lt;counters&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14444" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14443" CreationDate="2011-03-28T18:45:00.520" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;that should be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\setcounter{subsection}{3}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T18:45:00.520" />
  <row Id="14445" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14443" CreationDate="2011-03-28T18:45:56.080" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are two things at play here. Counters and their representation. The representation does not need to be numbers, could be letters or a series of symbols.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You need &lt;code&gt;\setcounter{&amp;lt;countername&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;value&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Next remember that &lt;code&gt;\subsection&lt;/code&gt; increases the &lt;code&gt;subsection&lt;/code&gt; counter, thus &lt;code&gt;\setcounter{subsection}{3}&lt;/code&gt; will give you a &lt;code&gt;d&lt;/code&gt; next time &lt;code&gt;\subsection&lt;/code&gt; is executed&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3929" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T18:45:56.080" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14447" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14437" CreationDate="2011-03-28T18:08:08.733" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This can be done using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/LaTeX/Tables#The_tabularx_package_-_simple_column_stretching&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;tabularx&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T18:08:08.733" />
  <row Id="14448" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-28T17:49:51.740" Score="1" ViewCount="55" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to renew the section command so each section will follow by a fully two columns tabular.&#xA;it seems that it should be like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\section}[1]&#xA;{ &#xA;\hfill\newline {#1}:\newline &#xA;\begin{tabular}{ll}&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the problem is &lt;code&gt;\end{tabular}&lt;/code&gt; which I don't know where should I put it without need of something like &lt;em&gt;endsection&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;any idea?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4505" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-28T21:23:28.867" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T21:23:28.867" Title="renew section command with tabular sections" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;sectioning&gt;" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="14449" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14453" CreationDate="2011-03-28T18:59:30.260" Score="1" ViewCount="55" Body="&lt;p&gt;Most standard styles highlight theorems and definitions using italics. Now this is something I really would like to avoid in my thesis (and generally). Unfortunately, if I just remove this &quot;feature&quot;, I am left with the problem that it isn't obvious anymore where a theorem ends and the normal body text continues. I am wondering whether there is a not-too-complicated way to make theorem environments visually like quote environments, i. e. greater horizontal offset. What should I do?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An additional question in case this is too easy: What if I don't just want a greater horizontal offset, but also a vertical line on the level of the normal offset going all the way down until the end of the theorem?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4507" LastEditorUserId="2693" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-28T19:47:54.343" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T19:47:54.343" Title="Theorems and Definitions as quotes" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;environments&gt;&lt;theorems&gt;&lt;style&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14450" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14436" CreationDate="2011-03-28T19:08:01.330" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For number three, it may help to the of latex preamble as approximately equal to html's css style sheet. I keep my preambles in their own files, then input them into a master document while also \input'ing the content in the same master file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1222" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T19:08:01.330" />
  <row Id="14451" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14456" CreationDate="2011-03-28T19:23:43.530" Score="1" ViewCount="73" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.matthewjmiller.net/howtos/customized-cover-letter-scripts/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Matthew J. Miller's&lt;/a&gt; cover letter template - &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The PDF looks like &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.matthewjmiller.net/files/cover_letters/cover_example.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt;; however when I typeset the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.matthewjmiller.net/files/cover_letters/cover_example.tex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;template&lt;/a&gt; at the first instance, I see that the date is misplaced and I am not able to figure out the solution. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="849" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T20:41:33.297" Title="Cover Letter Template" Tags="&lt;letters&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="14453" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14449" CreationDate="2011-03-28T19:41:47.327" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For the first question, you can define a new environment using the &lt;code&gt;quote&lt;/code&gt; environment and some therem-like structure from, for example, the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/amsthm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;amsthm&lt;/a&gt; package; for the second question, the &lt;code&gt;leftbar&lt;/code&gt; environment from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/framed&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;framed&lt;/a&gt; package can be useful. A little example that you can use as starting point:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsthm}&#xA;\usepackage{framed}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\theoremstyle{definition}&#xA;\newtheorem{theo}{Theorem}&#xA;\newenvironment{Qtheorem}[1][]&#xA;  {\quote\begin{theo}[#1]}&#xA;  {\end{theo}\endquote}&#xA;\newenvironment{Btheorem}[1][]&#xA;  {\begin{theo}[#1]\begin{leftbar}}&#xA;  {\end{leftbar}\end{theo}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\begin{Qtheorem}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\end{Qtheorem}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\begin{Btheorem}&#xA;\lipsum[1]&#xA;\end{Btheorem}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T19:41:47.327" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="14454" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14420" CreationDate="2011-03-28T19:45:07.770" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;you can specify your own paper size:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{geometry}&#xA;\geometry{papersize={&amp;lt;width&amp;gt;,&amp;lt;height&amp;gt;},margin=5mm}&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T19:45:07.770" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="14455" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14451" CreationDate="2011-03-28T20:32:24.507" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The handling of the date in that template isn't great. I feel like the document class &lt;em&gt;letter&lt;/em&gt; is much better. A nice reference can be found here:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://brunogirin.blogspot.com/2009/02/using-latex-letter-document-class.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://brunogirin.blogspot.com/2009/02/using-latex-letter-document-class.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4508" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T20:32:24.507" />
  <row Id="14456" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14451" CreationDate="2011-03-28T20:41:33.297" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I didn't find any hint in the &lt;code&gt;newlfm&lt;/code&gt; documentation about that particular placement for the date; the only available options are &lt;code&gt;left&lt;/code&gt; (the default) and &lt;code&gt;right&lt;/code&gt;, but none of those will place the date aligned with the &lt;code&gt;\namefrom&lt;/code&gt; block; one possible solution would be to use the &lt;code&gt;dateno&lt;/code&gt; class option to suppress the date that is automatically included and then, include it manually using the &lt;code&gt;\namefrom&lt;/code&gt; block:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt,stdletter,dateno]{newlfm}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and then:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\addrfrom{\today\\[20pt]%&#xA;    439 Coordinated Science Laboratory\\&#xA;    1308 West Main Street\\&#xA;    Urbana, IL 61801&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T20:41:33.297" />
  <row Id="14457" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1264" CreationDate="2011-03-28T20:51:37.777" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use otl2latex.py which converts Vim Outliner documents into TeX files ready for compiling. You can find it on google code &lt;a href=&quot;http://code.google.com/p/otl2latex/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://code.google.com/p/otl2latex/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4509" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T20:51:37.777" />
  <row Id="14458" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14486" CreationDate="2011-03-28T21:12:59.310" Score="3" ViewCount="57" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to have both the &lt;code&gt;axis on top&lt;/code&gt; and the grid on the very bottom (or somewhere in between some other planes/lines/...) of a plot?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example figure with &lt;code&gt;axis on top=true&lt;/code&gt; but the grid on top is ugly:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://files.droplr.com/files/55004911/S0kx.axis-on-top.png&quot; height=&quot;200&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example figure with &lt;code&gt;axis on top=false&lt;/code&gt; and the grid looks nice (the blue plane is only 50% opaque) but the axis looks quite bad.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://files.droplr.com/files/55004911/EYJn.axis-on-top-false.png&quot; height=&quot;200&quot;&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is a tiny code example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article} \usepackage{pgfplots} &#xA;\begin{document} \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \begin{axis}[grid=major,axis x line=bottom,axis y line=left] %axis on top&#xA;    \addplot+[mark=none,fill=yellow,draw=red] {0.1*x^2} \closedcycle;&#xA;    \end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture} \end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can anyone put the axis to the top without having the grid on top?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4419" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T09:15:42.547" Title="tikz/pgfplots advanced z-order axis/grid" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;pgfplots&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="14459" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14419" CreationDate="2011-03-28T21:14:30.697" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The commercial software you are thinking of is Mackichan's Scientific Word/Workplace. The current version only works under Windows, but they have announced that the next version will work natively under Windows, Linux, and Mac OS/X. As far as I know, LyX and SW/SWP are the only programs that allow you to avoid typing TeX code.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4420" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T21:14:30.697" />
  <row Id="14460" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12234" CreationDate="2011-03-28T21:58:59.317" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I had a very dirty answer, but I found theneater solution below while reading the documentation of the &lt;code&gt;array&lt;/code&gt; package. In particular, this is inspired from how the &lt;code&gt;*&lt;/code&gt; column specifier is defined there.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The idea is to introduce the new column type &lt;code&gt;\expand&lt;/code&gt; (&lt;code&gt;\newcolumntype&lt;/code&gt; sets up most of the necessary ingredients), and then redefine &lt;code&gt;\NC@rewrite@\expand&lt;/code&gt; to expand the next token with &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt;, and then continue the action that &lt;code&gt;array&lt;/code&gt; is doing at that time (namely finding user-defined column types and replacing them by their definition).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcolumntype{\expand}{}&#xA;\long\@namedef{NC@rewrite@\string\expand}{\expandafter\NC@find}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\def\mypream{c|*{2}{c|||}}&#xA;\begin{tabular}{c\expand\mypream cc}&#xA;    a   &amp;amp; b   &amp;amp; d     &amp;amp;e   &amp;amp; f     &amp;amp; apsdoi \\&#xA;    cde &amp;amp; def &amp;amp; erasd &amp;amp;arp &amp;amp; sefoi &amp;amp; wp     &#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2707" LastEditorUserId="2707" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-28T23:22:37.787" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T23:22:37.787" />
  <row Id="14461" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-28T22:08:27.553" Score="0" ViewCount="18" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm writing paper and having some problems with the LEd editor. I need to do spellcheck (english) and editor seems to have one built-in. When i click to spellcheck (or press ctrl+f7) it says &quot;end of spellchecking&quot;, without doing it. Can you give me advice how to do this? I would love to have working spellcheck in my Tex editor.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4511" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T22:08:27.553" Title="Spellcheck in a LEd editor" Tags="&lt;spelling&gt;" />
  <row Id="14462" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-28T22:43:10.697" Score="0" ViewCount="22" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need a list of own publications inside a c.v. which is an appendix to my actual document. I'm using currvita for a simple c.v. and I'm trying to employ multibib as suggested in the currvita manual to get the publication list like this (my .bib file is called bibliography.bib)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper,BCOR10mm,DIV11,toc=listof]{scrbook}&#xA;\usepackage{multibib}&#xA;\usepackage[ManyBibs]{currvita}&#xA;\newcites{cv}{Publikationen}&#xA;\bibliographystyle{hep}&#xA;\bibliographystylecv{hep}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;%lots of stuff and citations&#xA;\bibliobgraphy{bibliography}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{cv}{}&#xA;\begin{cvlist}{Publikationen}&#xA; \nocitecv{cite1,cite2,cite3}&#xA; \item \bibliographycv{bibliography}&#xA;\end{cvlist}&#xA;&#xA;\end{cv} &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The normal bibliography works without a problem and there is no actual error when compiling, but a warning&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;No file cv.bbl&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and the publication list is not created.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why is it trying to look for cv.bbl? Or: why is it not created?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2304" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T22:57:55.363" Title="currvita, multibib &amp; scrbook - multibib does not work" Tags="&lt;bibliographies&gt;&lt;koma-script&gt;&lt;multibib&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="14463" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14458" CreationDate="2011-03-28T22:51:28.233" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Well, you could plot it twice, first with the grid, and again without it, but with axis on top.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article} &#xA;\usepackage{pgfplots} &#xA;\begin{document} &#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \begin{axis}[grid=major,enlargelimits=false] &#xA;    \addplot+[mark=none,fill=yellow,draw=red] {0.1*x^2} \closedcycle;&#xA;    \end{axis}&#xA;     \begin{axis}[axis on top=true,enlargelimits=false] &#xA;    \addplot+[mark=none,fill=yellow,draw=red] {0.1*x^2} \closedcycle;&#xA;    \end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture} &#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I hope there is an other way as this requires plotting twice, but as far as I could tell there doesn't seem to be an easy way to separate the axis from the grid, but I could easily be wrong as I'm new to &lt;code&gt;pgfplots&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, in a pinch, I think this will yield your desired results.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1614" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T22:51:28.233" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14464" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14462" CreationDate="2011-03-28T22:57:55.363" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ok. Stupid me.&#xA;My tex-Editor (Kile) does not automatically generate the bbl files from the aux in this special situation. Manually issuing &lt;code&gt;bibtex cv.aux&lt;/code&gt; has been sufficient.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2304" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T22:57:55.363" />
  <row Id="14465" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14467" CreationDate="2011-03-28T23:08:01.737" Score="5" ViewCount="82" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's in the title -- I am looking for a macro to insert spaces. I would like to call &lt;code&gt;\mycmd{032911}&lt;/code&gt; to get &lt;code&gt;03 29 11&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1236" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T23:11:25.760" Title="Macro to take {032911} and return 03 29 11" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="14466" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-28T23:09:44.060" Score="0" ViewCount="26" Body="&lt;p&gt;For my master degree thesis I'm using a quite complicated latex template.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The relevant part of the template is here: &lt;a href=&quot;http://pastie.org/1728702&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://pastie.org/1728702&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Probably this wasn't a good idea since I cannot understand how to put the text in the captions just below the &quot;Figure #&quot;.&#xA;The text in the caption is aligned as in the figure in this page: &lt;a href=&quot;http://i56.tinypic.com/2pqwbyx.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://i56.tinypic.com/2pqwbyx.png&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using the &lt;em&gt;scrbook&lt;/em&gt; class. I tried to remove the caption package but nothing changed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What am I missing?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2731" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T00:11:44.333" Title="Caption alignment" Tags="&lt;captions&gt;&lt;alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14467" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14465" CreationDate="2011-03-28T23:11:25.760" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\mycmd#1{\dostartmycmd#1\dostopmycmd}&#xA;&#xA;\def\dostartmycmd#1#2#3#4#5#6\dostopmycmd&#xA;    {#1#2\space&#xA;     #3#4\space&#xA;     #5#6}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T23:11:25.760" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="14468" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14470" CreationDate="2011-03-28T23:14:28.173" Score="1" ViewCount="39" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have the following text:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;The example shown in figure \ref{fg:package_normal} shows the scope of the class \textit{org.\-argouml.\-kernel.\-ProfileConfiguration} (\textit{Having}).&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately the name ProfileConfiguration is so long that it is longer than the textwidth. That's why I added those &lt;code&gt;\-&lt;/code&gt; to indicate that it should be hyphenated earlier. But this does not work. So how can I correct it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;EDIT&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is a complete example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[formal]{seal_thesis}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;The example shown in figure \ref{fg:package_normal} shows the scope of the class \textit{org.\-argouml.\-kernel.\-ProfileConfiguration} (\textit{Having}).&#xA;&#xA;Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat, sed diam voluptua. At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum. Stet clita kasd gubergren, no sea takimata sanctus est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat, sed diam voluptua. At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum. Stet clita kasd gubergren, no sea takimata sanctus est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And here is the template:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%%&#xA;%% This is file `seal_thesis.cls'.&#xA;%%&#xA;%% This file is the seal thesis class files. All thesis at seal should&#xA;%% be written using this style file.&#xA;%%&#xA;%% \CharacterTable&#xA;%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z&#xA;%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z&#xA;%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9&#xA;%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \&quot;     Hash (number) \#&#xA;%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&amp;amp;&#xA;%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)&#xA;%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,&#xA;%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/&#xA;%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \&amp;lt;&#xA;%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \&amp;gt;     Question mark \?&#xA;%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\&#xA;%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_&#xA;%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|&#xA;%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}&#xA;\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]&#xA;\ProvidesClass{seal_thesis}&#xA;              [2005/02/10 v1.0e&#xA; seal LaTeX thesis class]&#xA;&#xA;\LoadClass[10pt,twoside,a4paper]{book}&#xA;\RequirePackage{graphicx}&#xA;\RequirePackage{listings}&#xA;\RequirePackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;&#xA;\newif\ifformal&#xA;\formalfalse&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareOption{formal}{%&#xA;\formaltrue&#xA;}&#xA;\ProcessOptions&#xA;% Using Palatino font&#xA;\renewcommand{\rmdefault}{ppl}&#xA;\renewcommand{\sfdefault}{phv}&#xA;\renewcommand{\ttdefault}{pcr}&#xA;&#xA;\setlength{\textwidth}{15cm}&#xA;\setlength{\textheight}{21.3cm}&#xA;\setlength{\evensidemargin}{-6mm}&#xA;\addtolength{\oddsidemargin}{4mm}&#xA;&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;\renewcommand{\chaptermark}[1]{\markboth{\chaptername\ \thechapter.\ \ #1}{}}&#xA;\renewcommand{\sectionmark}[1]{\markright{\thesection \ \ #1}}&#xA;\fancyhf{}&#xA;\fancyhead[LE,RO]{\fontfamily{pfr}\selectfont\small\bfseries\thepage}&#xA;\fancyhead[LO]{\fontfamily{pfr}\selectfont\rightmark}&#xA;\fancyhead[RE]{\fontfamily{pfr}\selectfont\leftmark}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0.4pt}&#xA;\renewcommand{\footrulewidth}{0pt}&#xA;\fancypagestyle{plain}{&#xA;  \fancyhead{}&#xA;  \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0pt}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\def\thesisType#1{\gdef\@thesisType{#1}}&#xA;\def\subtitle#1{\gdef\@subtitle{#1}}&#xA;\def\home#1{\gdef\@home{#1}}&#xA;\def\country#1{\gdef\@country{#1}}&#xA;\def\legi#1{\gdef\@legi{#1}}&#xA;\def\prof#1{\gdef\@prof{#1}}&#xA;\def\assistent#1{\gdef\@assistent{#1}}&#xA;\def\email#1{\gdef\@email{#1}}&#xA;\def\url#1{\gdef\@url{#1}}&#xA;\def\begindate#1{\gdef\@begindate{#1}}&#xA;\def\enddate#1{\gdef\@enddate{#1}}&#xA;&#xA;\gdef\@thesisType{No Thesis Type given}&#xA;\gdef\@title{No Title given}&#xA;\gdef\@subtitle{missing}&#xA;\gdef\@date{No Date given}&#xA;\gdef\@home{No Home given}&#xA;\gdef\@country{No Country given}&#xA;\gdef\@legi{No Legi given}&#xA;\gdef\@prof{No Professor given}&#xA;\gdef\@assistent{No Assisten(s) given}&#xA;\gdef\@email{missing}&#xA;\gdef\@url{missing}&#xA;\gdef\@begindate{No Begin Date given}&#xA;\gdef\@enddate{No End Date given}&#xA;\def\missing{missing}&#xA;&#xA;\newif\ifsubtitle&#xA;\subtitletrue&#xA;\newif\ifemail&#xA;\emailtrue&#xA;\newif\ifurl&#xA;\urltrue&#xA;&#xA;\newlength{\normaltopmargin}&#xA;\setlength\normaltopmargin{\topmargin}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand\maketitle{%&#xA;  \ifformal&#xA;  \ifx\@subtitle\missing&#xA;    \subtitlefalse&#xA;  \fi&#xA;  \ifx\@email\missing&#xA;    \emailfalse&#xA;  \fi&#xA;  \ifx\@url\missing&#xA;    \urlfalse&#xA;  \fi&#xA;  \newpage&#xA;  \thispagestyle{empty}&#xA;  \begingroup&#xA;  \fontfamily{pfr}\selectfont&#xA;  \begin{flushright}%&#xA;    \vspace*{50\p@}&#xA;    {\fontsize{24}{0}\selectfont \@thesisType}&#xA;    \vskip -9\p@&#xA;    \vbox{\hrule height0.25pt width\textwidth}&#xA;    \vskip -2\p@&#xA;    {\fontsize{9}{0}\selectfont \@date}&#xA;    \vskip 20\p@&#xA;    {\fontfamily{pfr}\fontsize{48}{0}\selectfont\bfseries \@title}&#xA;    \ifsubtitle&#xA;      \vskip 5\p@&#xA;      {\fontsize{24}{0}\selectfont \@subtitle}&#xA;    \fi&#xA;    \vfill&#xA;    {\fontsize{24}{0}\selectfont\bfseries \@author}&#xA;    \vskip -2\p@&#xA;    {\fontsize{9}{0}\selectfont of \@home,\ \@country \ (\@legi)}&#xA;    \vskip 35\p@&#xA;    {\fontsize{10}{0}\selectfont\bfseries supervised by}&#xA;    \vskip 4\p@&#xA;    {\fontsize{12}{0}\selectfont \@prof\\[2\p@] \@assistent}&#xA; \end{flushright}%&#xA; \vskip 87\p@&#xA; \parindent \z@&#xA; \includegraphics[width=7cm]{logo_inf}\hfill\includegraphics[width=3.5cm]{seal_bw}&#xA; \endgroup&#xA; \clearpage\thispagestyle{empty}\cleardoublepage&#xA;  \fi&#xA;  \thispagestyle{empty}&#xA;  \begingroup&#xA;  \fontfamily{pfr}\selectfont&#xA;  \begin{flushright}%&#xA;    \vspace*{50\p@}&#xA;    {\fontsize{24}{0}\selectfont \@thesisType}&#xA;    \vskip -9\p@&#xA;    \vbox{\hrule height0.25pt width\textwidth}&#xA;    \vskip 31\p@&#xA;    {\fontsize{48}{0}\selectfont\bfseries \@title}&#xA;    \ifsubtitle&#xA;      \vskip 5\p@&#xA;      {\fontsize{24}{0}\selectfont \@subtitle}&#xA;    \fi&#xA;    \vfill&#xA;    {\fontsize{24}{0}\selectfont\bfseries \@author}&#xA; \end{flushright}%&#xA; \vskip 174\p@&#xA; \parindent \z@&#xA; \includegraphics[width=7cm]{logo_inf}\hfill\includegraphics[width=3.5cm]{seal_bw}&#xA; \endgroup&#xA; \clearpage\thispagestyle{empty}&#xA; \normalfont&#xA; \vspace*{\fill}&#xA; \noindent&#xA; \hspace{-0.9em}&#xA; \begin{tabular}{ll}&#xA;   {\bf \@thesisType} &amp;amp; \\[4\p@]&#xA;   {\bf Author:} &amp;amp; \@author \ifemail , \@email\fi\\[4\p@]&#xA;   \ifurl&#xA;   {\bf URL:} &amp;amp; \@url \\[4\p@]&#xA;   \fi&#xA;   {\bf Project period:} &amp;amp; \@begindate \ - \@enddate \\[4\p@]&#xA; \end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA; \vskip 4\p@&#xA; \noindent Software Evolution \&amp;amp; Architecture Lab\\[2\p@]&#xA; \noindent Department of Informatics, University of Zurich%&#xA;}&#xA;\def\@maketitle{%&#xA;  \newpage&#xA;  \thispagestyle{empty}&#xA;  \begingroup&#xA;  \fontfamily{pfr}\selectfont&#xA;  \begin{flushright}%&#xA;    \vspace*{50\p@}&#xA;    {\fontsize{24}{0}\selectfont \@thesisType}&#xA;    \vskip -9\p@&#xA;    \vbox{\hrule height0.25pt width\textwidth}&#xA;    \vskip -2\p@&#xA;    {\fontsize{9}{0}\selectfont \@date}&#xA;    \vskip 20\p@&#xA;    {\fontsize{48}{0}\selectfont\bfseries \@title}&#xA;    \ifsubtitle&#xA;      \vskip 5\p@&#xA;      {\fontsize{24}{0}\selectfont \@subtitle}&#xA;    \fi&#xA;    \vfill&#xA;    {\fontsize{24}{0}\selectfont\bfseries \@author}&#xA;    \vskip -2\p@&#xA;    {\fontsize{9}{0}\selectfont of \@home,\ \@country \ (\@legi)}&#xA;    \vskip 35\p@&#xA;    {\fontsize{10}{0}\selectfont\bfseries supervised by}&#xA;    \vskip 4\p@&#xA;    {\fontsize{12}{0}\selectfont \@prof\\[2\p@] \@assistent}&#xA; \end{flushright}%&#xA; \vskip 87\p@&#xA; \parindent \z@&#xA; \includegraphics[width=7cm]{logo_inf}\hfill\includegraphics[width=3.5cm]{seal_bw}&#xA; \endgroup&#xA; \clearpage\thispagestyle{empty}\cleardoublepage&#xA;  \thispagestyle{empty}&#xA;  \begingroup&#xA;  \fontfamily{pfr}\selectfont&#xA;  \begin{flushright}%&#xA;    \vspace*{50\p@}&#xA;    {\fontsize{24}{0}\selectfont \@thesisType}&#xA;    \vskip -9\p@&#xA;    \vbox{\hrule height0.25pt width\textwidth}&#xA;    \vskip 31\p@&#xA;    {\fontsize{48}{0}\selectfont\bfseries \@title}&#xA;    \ifsubtitle&#xA;      \vskip 5\p@&#xA;      {\fontsize{24}{0}\selectfont \@subtitle}&#xA;    \fi&#xA;    \vfill&#xA;    {\fontsize{24}{0}\selectfont\bfseries \@author}&#xA; \end{flushright}%&#xA; \vskip 174\p@&#xA; \parindent \z@&#xA; \includegraphics[width=7cm]{logo_inf}\hfill\includegraphics[width=3.5cm]{seal_bw}&#xA; \endgroup&#xA; \clearpage\thispagestyle{empty}&#xA; \normalfont&#xA; \vspace*{\fill}&#xA; \noindent&#xA; \hspace{-0.9em}&#xA; \begin{tabular}{ll}&#xA;   {\bf \@thesisType} &amp;amp; \\[4\p@]&#xA;   {\bf Author:} &amp;amp; \@author \ifemail , \@email\fi\\[4\p@]&#xA;   \ifurl&#xA;   {\bf URL:} &amp;amp; \@url \\[4\p@]&#xA;   \fi&#xA;   {\bf Project period:} &amp;amp; \@begindate \ - \@enddate \\[4\p@]&#xA; \end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA; \vskip 4\p@&#xA; \noindent Software Evolution \&amp;amp; Architecture Lab\\[2\p@]&#xA; \noindent Department of Informatics, University of Zurich&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;%\def\ps@sealheadings{\let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo&#xA;%       \let\@oddfoot\@empty\let\@evenfoot\@empty&#xA;%       \let\@mkboth\markboth&#xA;%   \def\@evenhead{\vbox{\hbox&#xA;%       {\llap{\parbox[b]{\textwidth}{\fontfamily{pfr}\selectfont\bfseries\thepage}}\hfil&#xA;%       {\rlap{\parbox[b]{50pt}{\fontfamily{pfr}\selectfont\leftmark}}}}&#xA;%         \hrule height0.4pt width\textwidth}}&#xA;%   \def\@oddhead{\vbox{\hbox to \textwidth{%&#xA;%         \fontfamily{pfr}\selectfont{\rightmark}\hfil\bfseries\thepage}\vskip 1.5pt plus 0pt minus 1.5pt%&#xA;%         \hrule height0.4pt width\textwidth}}&#xA;%   \def\chaptermark##1{\markboth{\@chapapp \ \thechapter.\ \ ##1}{}}%&#xA;%   \def\sectionmark##1{\markright{\thesection \ \ ##1}}}&#xA;&#xA;%\ps@fancyheadings&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand\chapter{\if@openright&#xA;                        \clearpage\thispagestyle{empty}\cleardoublepage&#xA;                    \else&#xA;                        \clearpage&#xA;                    \fi&#xA;                    \thispagestyle{empty}%&#xA;                    \global\@topnum\z@&#xA;                    \@afterindentfalse&#xA;                    \secdef\@chapter\@schapter}&#xA;\def\@chapter[#1]#2{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth &amp;gt;\m@ne&#xA;                       \if@mainmatter&#xA;                         \refstepcounter{chapter}%&#xA;                         \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}%&#xA;                         \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}%&#xA;                                   {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}#1}%&#xA;                       \else&#xA;                         \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}%&#xA;                       \fi&#xA;                    \else&#xA;                      \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}%&#xA;                    \fi&#xA;                    \chaptermark{#1}%&#xA;                    \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}%&#xA;                    \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}%&#xA;                    \if@twocolumn&#xA;                      \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{#2}]%&#xA;                    \else&#xA;                      \@makechapterhead{#2}%&#xA;                      \@afterheading&#xA;                    \fi}&#xA;&#xA;\def\@makechapterhead#1{%&#xA;  \vspace*{50\p@}%&#xA;  {\parindent \z@ \raggedright&#xA;    \ifnum \c@secnumdepth &amp;gt;\m@ne&#xA;      \if@mainmatter&#xA;        \hfill{\fontfamily{pfr}\fontsize{22}{0}\selectfont\bfseries \@chapapp\space \thechapter}%&#xA;        \par\nobreak&#xA;        \vbox{\hrule height0.25pt width\textwidth}&#xA;        \par\nobreak&#xA;        \vskip 15\p@&#xA;      \fi&#xA;    \fi&#xA;    \interlinepenalty\@M&#xA;    \flushright{\fontfamily{pfr}\fontsize{32}{0}\selectfont\bfseries #1}\par\nobreak&#xA;    \vskip 40\p@&#xA;  }}&#xA;\def\@schapter#1{\if@twocolumn&#xA;                   \@topnewpage[\@makeschapterhead{#1}]%&#xA;                 \else&#xA;                   \@makeschapterhead{#1}%&#xA;                   \@afterheading&#xA;                 \fi}&#xA;\def\@makeschapterhead#1{%&#xA;  \vspace*{50\p@}%&#xA;  {\parindent \z@ \raggedright&#xA;    \interlinepenalty\@M&#xA;    \vbox{\hrule height0.4pt width\textwidth}&#xA;    \flushright{\fontfamily{pfr}\fontsize{32}{0}\selectfont\bfseries #1}\par\nobreak&#xA;    \vskip 40\p@&#xA;  }}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}%&#xA;                                   {-3.8ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}%&#xA;                                   {2.3ex \@plus.2ex}%&#xA;                                   {\fontfamily{pfr}\selectfont\LARGE\bfseries}}&#xA;\renewcommand\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}%&#xA;                                     {-3.3ex\@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}%&#xA;                                     {1.5ex \@plus .2ex}%&#xA;                                     {\fontfamily{pfr}\selectfont\Large\bfseries}}&#xA;\renewcommand\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}%&#xA;                                     {-3.3ex\@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}%&#xA;                                     {1.5ex \@plus .2ex}%&#xA;                                     {\fontfamily{pfr}\selectfont\large\bfseries}}&#xA;\renewcommand\paragraph{\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{\z@}%&#xA;                                    {3.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}%&#xA;                                    {-1em}%&#xA;                                    {\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries}}&#xA;\renewcommand\subparagraph{\@startsection{subparagraph}{5}{\parindent}%&#xA;                                       {3.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus .2ex}%&#xA;                                       {-1em}%&#xA;                                      {\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries}}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand\labelitemi{\tiny\raisebox{1.5pt}{$\m@th\bullet$}}&#xA;&#xA;%%\def\fnum@figure{{\bfseries\fontfamily{pfr}\selectfont %%\figurename\nobreakspace\thefigure}}&#xA;%%\def\fnum@table{{\bfseries\fontfamily{pfr}\selectfont %%\tablename\nobreakspace\thetable}}&#xA;\long\def\@makecaption#1#2{%&#xA;  \vskip\abovecaptionskip&#xA;  \sbox\@tempboxa{{\bfseries\fontfamily{pfr}\selectfont{#1}}: \fontfamily{pfr}\selectfont{#2}}%&#xA;  \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa &amp;gt;\hsize&#xA;    {\bfseries\fontfamily{pfr}\selectfont{#1}}: \fontfamily{pfr}\selectfont{#2}\par&#xA;  \else&#xA;    \global \@minipagefalse&#xA;    \hb@xt@\hsize{\box\@tempboxa}%&#xA;  \fi&#xA;  \vskip\belowcaptionskip}&#xA;&#xA;% new contenttable for lists and tables&#xA;\renewcommand\listoffigures{%&#xA;    \newpage&#xA;    \section*{\listfigurename}&#xA;        \@starttoc{lof}%&#xA;}&#xA;\renewcommand\listoftables{%&#xA;    \section*{\listtablename}&#xA;        \@starttoc{lot}%&#xA;}&#xA;\renewcommand\lstlistoflistings{%&#xA;    \section*{List of \lstlistlistingname}&#xA;        \@starttoc{lol}%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand\bibname{References}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{abstract}{%&#xA;  \chapter*{Abstract}}&#xA;  {}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{zusammenfassung}{%&#xA;  \chapter*{Zusammenfassung}}{}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{acknowledgements}{%&#xA;  \chapter*{Acknowledgements}}{}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\endinput&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3316" LastEditorUserId="3316" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-28T23:23:59.153" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T23:58:44.000" Title="Hyphenation not working as expected" Tags="&lt;hyphenation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="14469" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14415" CreationDate="2011-03-28T23:36:13.927" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;ConTeXt provides a &lt;code&gt;\beforeeverypagebody&lt;/code&gt; token list that are executed, well, before a page body is constructed. There is also a &lt;code&gt;\aftereverypagebody&lt;/code&gt; which is executed after the page body is constructed; and &lt;code&gt;\beforeeveryshipout&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\aftereveryshipout&lt;/code&gt; that are executed before and after a page is shipped.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To do what you want, you just need to add&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\appendtoks \noindentation \to \everybeforepagebody&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For some reason, this does not work on the very first page. However, you can just add a &lt;code&gt;\noindentation&lt;/code&gt; to get rid of the indent on the first page. Thus, the following gives what you want:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\appendtoks \noindentation \to \everybeforepagebody&#xA;&#xA;\setupindenting[big,yes]&#xA;&#xA;\starttext \noindentation&#xA;&#xA;\input knuth &#xA;&#xA;\page&#xA;\input knuth&#xA;&#xA;\stoptext&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T23:36:13.927" />
  <row Id="14470" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14468" CreationDate="2011-03-28T23:58:44.000" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You need to either rephrase the sentence or locally increase the tolerance for the problematic paragraph. This will enable LaTeX to hyphenate at the hyphenation points you set and not make an overful line. However, it will not look optimal.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{\tolerance=10000 The example shown in&#xA;figure \ref{fg:package_normal} shows&#xA;the scope of the class&#xA;\textit{org.\-argouml.\-kernel.\-ProfileConfiguration}&#xA;(\textit{Having}).\par}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="565" LastActivityDate="2011-03-28T23:58:44.000" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14471" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14466" CreationDate="2011-03-29T00:11:44.333" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Since you are already loading the caption package you could try:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\captionsetup[figure]{%&#xA;  labelsep=newline,&#xA;  format=plain,&#xA;  indention=0pt&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="565" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T00:11:44.333" />
  <row Id="14472" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-29T00:12:22.897" Score="0" ViewCount="52" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've been told that to edit a .tex file with LyX, I'll have to import the .tex file, do my editing etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then if I want to turn it into a .pdf file, I have to export it as DVI then convert it somehow with something called pdflatex? I'm not too sure about this part can anyone help me out? This is my first time using LaTeX...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I click on File &gt; Export, I don't know why the OK command is disabled when I try to select DVI format... do I have to install additional plugins? Sorry, I'm a new user so I can't post any screenshots, but I've uploaded it to imgur: &lt;a href=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/tNVKz.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://i.imgur.com/tNVKz.png&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4514" LastEditorUserId="4514" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-29T12:06:44.463" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T12:06:44.463" Title="First time LaTeX with Lyx user need help converting to PDF" Tags="&lt;pdf&gt;&lt;lyx&gt;" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="14473" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14498" CreationDate="2011-03-29T01:21:40.420" Score="5" ViewCount="418" Body="&lt;p&gt;Word processors are getting better these days, and I'm wondering if latex was a solution in the past for a buggy Microsoft word, and it programmically gave you the options to do formatting.  I'm just starting out with Latex, and I find it quite good.  I don't want to be working or learning an outdated technology (if it is).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4515" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T17:43:09.137" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-03-29T08:14:10.017" Title="Is Latex... Outdated?" Tags="&lt;latex-general&gt;" AnswerCount="6" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="14474" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-29T01:25:11.260" Score="1" ViewCount="55" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there any way to plot a line graph where each series is plotted with two alternating colors? For example, say I was plotting the population of bees over time and I wanted the line to alternate between black and yellow.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4516" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-29T10:47:42.983" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T10:47:42.983" Title="Two color line in gnuplot" Tags="&lt;color&gt;&lt;gnuplot&gt;&lt;plot&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="14475" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-29T01:38:30.407" Score="5" ViewCount="94" Body="&lt;p&gt;I defined a command &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\done}{\color[RGB]{124, 124, 255}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to use it as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\item \done la-la&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;instead of &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\item {\done la-la}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It bothers me to put brackets all the time.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;So basically I want &lt;code&gt;\done&lt;/code&gt; to have a scope only within &lt;code&gt;\item&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1643" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-29T10:43:43.780" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T16:38:36.740" Title="Is there a way for a command to have a scope within item?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;lists&gt;&lt;grouping&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="14476" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14473" CreationDate="2011-03-29T02:16:54.973" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A question like this is of course open to discussion, and all I can offer here is mo own personal opinion and experience, but IMHO TeX is definitely not outdated.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is true that word processors are getting better and better, and as they develop they will implement more and more features of TeX.  In fact, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.texmacs.org/&quot;&gt;TeXmacs&lt;/a&gt; implements most of the typesetting algorithms TeX does, and you can create certain type of documents in it that are impossible or nearly impossible to recognize from documents created by TeX.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem for me is all these tools lack the flexibility and extensibility of TeX. If I want to create a new type of document, or change a look of an existing one, it is relatively easy to do in TeX.  I can create new document class, or write a simple or not so simple package, and then I can use it over and over again. Some word processors are also extensible and programmable, TeXmacs for example can be extended in scheme, but you have to learn another language to do that, while in TeX you use the same language to for the extensions as for the actual document, which I believe makes it much easier.  Just compare the number of different packages for TeX with the number of plugins for TeXmacs, or layout files for LyX. I generally find word processors very limiting when trying to do new things. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Other great advantage of TeX for me is the fact that I can do all my editing in the same text editor I use to write code.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are many things about TeX that could perhaps be done better, especially now when we have much more computing power, memory and other resources available.  TeX may be eventually replaced by another programmatic system, that will perhaps use a more powerful or more mainstream programming language.  Any such system, however, will have an uphill battle to fight, as it will have to replicate huge number of existing TeX formats, modules, document classes and packages, as well as existing TeX development environments (one reason I am not using ConTeXt more is that there is no equivalent of vim-latex for it.  Now imagine a completely different language.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In addition to all that, there is fairly good amount of active development going on in TeX, with new engines (XeTeX, LuaTeX), formats (ConTeXt, LaTeX3), powerful packages (for example pgf/tikz and related tools). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T02:16:54.973" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-03-29T08:14:10.017" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14477" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14475" CreationDate="2011-03-29T02:18:38.750" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This answer is to be considered somehow experimental; I defined three commands: &lt;code&gt;\Mfitem&lt;/code&gt; (to be used exclusively in the first item of the list), &lt;code&gt;\Mitem&lt;/code&gt; (to be used exclusively for items different from the first and the last one) and &lt;code&gt;\Mlitem&lt;/code&gt; (to be used exclusively for the last item of the list). &lt;code&gt;\Mfitem&lt;/code&gt; simply invokes &lt;code&gt;\item&lt;/code&gt; and begins a group (without closing it); &lt;code&gt;\Mitem&lt;/code&gt; ends a group, opens another one, and then invokes &lt;code&gt;\item&lt;/code&gt; (thanks to Caramdir for suggesting this order), and &lt;code&gt;\Mlitem&lt;/code&gt; closes the last group before invoking &lt;code&gt;\item&lt;/code&gt;. An example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\Mfitem{\begingroup\item}&#xA;\newcommand\Mitem{\endgroup\begingroup\item}&#xA;\newcommand\Mlitem{\endgroup\item}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;  \Mfitem \bfseries a&#xA;  \Mitem \itshape b&#xA;  \Mitem \scshape c&#xA;  \Mlitem d&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: Following a suggestion by Caramdir, here's another option: to define a new environment using &lt;code&gt;environment&lt;/code&gt; but adding &lt;code&gt;\begingroup&lt;/code&gt; at the beginning and &lt;code&gt;\endgroup&lt;/code&gt; at the end; now the commands &lt;code&gt;\Mfitem&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\Mlitem&lt;/code&gt; are no longer necessary:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{Lenumerate}&#xA;  {\enumerate\begingroup}&#xA;  {\endgroup\endenumerate}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\Mitem{\endgroup\begingroup\item}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{Lenumerate}&#xA;  \Mitem \bfseries a&#xA;  \Mitem \itshape b&#xA;  \Mitem \scshape c&#xA;  \Mitem d&#xA;\end{Lenumerate}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-29T16:38:36.740" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T16:38:36.740" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="14478" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14479" CreationDate="2011-03-29T02:44:22.753" Score="6" ViewCount="49" Body="&lt;p&gt;I haven't had this problem before so I'm not quite sure what's happening, but my title is running off to the right side of the page. This is my code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{assymb}&#xA;\usepackage{wasysym}&#xA;\usepackage[top=2cm, bottom=1.3cm, left=2cm, right=2cm]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{tensor}&#xA;\usepackage{enumitem}&#xA;\usepackage{outlines}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\title{\vspace{0.9in}\underline{Chapter 13 - Chromosomal Rearrangements \&amp;amp; Changes in Chromosome Number}}&#xA;\date{}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;\thispagestyle{empty}&#xA;\pagestyle{empty}&#xA;\vspace*{-1.5cm}&#xA;&#xA;%some text&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is my title too long or is there a genuine problem with my code? I don't think the title length is a factor as it should then just go to the next line. I would really appreciate any help. Thanks in advance!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2844" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-29T06:03:09.313" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T06:03:09.313" Title="Title running off the page!" Tags="&lt;line-breaking&gt;&lt;text-decorations&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="14479" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14478" CreationDate="2011-03-29T02:50:32.340" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\underline&lt;/code&gt; doesn't admit line breaks; you could use &lt;code&gt;\uline&lt;/code&gt; from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/ulem&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ulem&lt;/a&gt; package instead. Load the package in the preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[normalem]{ulem}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(&lt;code&gt;normalem&lt;/code&gt; will prevent &lt;code&gt;\emph&lt;/code&gt; commands from showing up as underlined instead of as italics) and then:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\uline{Chapter 13 - Chromosomal Rearrangements \&amp;amp; Changes in Chromosome Number}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastEditorUserId="3954" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-29T03:16:43.800" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T03:16:43.800" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="14481" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-29T04:47:26.857" Score="1" ViewCount="57" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is a follow-up of the question &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/14402/eps-file-with-tight-bb-psfrag-labels&quot;&gt;EPS file with tight BB &amp;amp; Psfrag labels&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have this file named &lt;code&gt;model.eps&lt;/code&gt; (see further below on how to get the file) and I am replacing the labels on the figure using &lt;code&gt;psfrag&lt;/code&gt; commands. If I compile the file &lt;code&gt;test3.tex&lt;/code&gt; using &lt;code&gt;latex&lt;/code&gt; &gt; &lt;code&gt;dvips&lt;/code&gt; &gt; &lt;code&gt;ps2pdf&lt;/code&gt;, the resulting file is well-cropped and is the same as the size of the file &lt;code&gt;model.eps&lt;/code&gt;. I am using the &lt;code&gt;standalone&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However I would like an EPS file instead of a PDF file. With &lt;code&gt;dvips&lt;/code&gt; I can get a PS file. I tried the command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;dvips -D7200 -E test3.dvi -o test3.ps&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;making sure to use the &lt;code&gt;-E&lt;/code&gt; switch in order to get a tight bounding box.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The resulting PS file (&lt;code&gt;test3.ps&lt;/code&gt;) is not properly tight bounded on the left as you can see.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What am I doing wrong and how can I correct this fault?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All the files are in the folder &lt;code&gt;tightbounding&lt;/code&gt; here at &#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://petitlien.fr/my_test_file&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://petitlien.fr/my_test_file&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you for any suggestions...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;----&#xA;Update&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Running epstool:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E:\new&gt;epstool --bbox --copy test3.ps outfile.eps&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;DSC Information&#xA;At line 9033:&#xA;                     /9j/4AAQSkZJRgABAgEASABIAAD/7QAsUGhvdG9zaG9w&#xA;IDMuMAA4QklNA+0AAAAAABAASAAAAAEA&amp;#xA;AQBIAAAAAQAB/+4ADkFkb2JlAGTAAAAAAf/bAIQABgQ&#xA;EBAUEBgUFBgkGBQYJCwgGBggLDAoKCwoK&amp;#xA;DBAMDAwMDAwQDA4PEA8ODBMTFBQTExwbGxscHx8fHx&#xA;8fHx8fHwEHBwcNDA0YE&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lines in DSC documents must be shorter than 255 characters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;C:\Program Files\gs\gs9.01\bin\gswin32c.exe&quot;  -dNOPAUSE -dBATCH -sDEVICE=bbox&#xA; -c &quot;&amp;lt;&gt; setpagedevice&quot; -f &quot;c:\doc&#xA;ume~1\yogcal\locals~1\temp\gsviewa01924&quot;&#xA;GPL Ghostscript 9.01 (2011-02-07)&#xA;Copyright (C) 2010 Artifex Software, Inc.  All rights reserved.&#xA;This software comes with NO WARRANTY: see the file PUBLIC for details.&#xA;%%BoundingBox: 0 0 0 0&#xA;%%HiResBoundingBox: 0.000000 0.000000 0.000000 0.000000&#xA;OK&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;I'm getting the bounding box as 0 0 0 0. Why?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="993" LastEditorUserId="993" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-29T14:32:13.817" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T14:32:13.817" Title="Tight bounding box for EPS" Tags="&lt;eps&gt;&lt;psfrag&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14482" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14473" CreationDate="2011-03-29T06:24:08.820" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Although it is not polite to answer a question with a question, let me do that. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Just imagine that you want to change the font in your entire MS Word document. How to do that in all the formulas at once? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3831" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T06:24:08.820" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-03-29T08:14:10.017" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14483" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14481" CreationDate="2011-03-29T06:42:18.423" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The dvips manual states that it will not look at included graphics when calculating the bounding box. Perhaps you could add a white framed box around the figure?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3941" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T06:42:18.423" />
  <row Id="14484" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14481" CreationDate="2011-03-29T07:07:44.473" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;install the program &lt;code&gt;epstool&lt;/code&gt;, available for Windows and Linux and then run&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;epstool --bbox --copy infile.eps outfile.eps&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;then &lt;code&gt;outfile.eps&lt;/code&gt; should have a correct bounding box.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T07:07:44.473" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14485" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14475" CreationDate="2011-03-29T07:14:17.043" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Reset the color with &lt;code&gt;\item&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\newcommand\done{\color[RGB]{124, 124, 255}}&#xA;\let\Item\item&#xA;\renewcommand\item{\normalcolor\Item}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{enumerate}&#xA;\item \done la-la&#xA;\item foo&#xA;\item \done la-la&#xA;\end{enumerate}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T07:14:17.043" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="14486" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14458" CreationDate="2011-03-29T08:17:40.330" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;We can make use of the &lt;code&gt;after end axis/.code&lt;/code&gt; key here to redraw the axis lines after everything else is done. The macro for drawing the axes (and grid lines, tick marks and tick labels) is the internal macro &lt;code&gt;pgfplots@draw@axis&lt;/code&gt;, so we need to make it available by assigning a new name without &lt;code&gt;@&lt;/code&gt; first. Then we can define a new style that initially sets the axis lines, tick marks and tick labels to transparent, and uses the &lt;code&gt;after end axis/.code&lt;/code&gt; to reset the opaqueness, hide the grid and call &lt;code&gt;pgfplots@draw@axis&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This looks a bit intimidating at first, but once the style &lt;code&gt;axis lines on top&lt;/code&gt; is defined, all you have to do in the axis itself is use the style.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{pgfplots} &#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter \newcommand{\pgfplotsdrawaxis}{\pgfplots@draw@axis} \makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\pgfplotsset{axis line on top/.style={&#xA;  axis line style=transparent,&#xA;  ticklabel style=transparent,&#xA;  tick style=transparent,&#xA;  axis on top=false,&#xA;  after end axis/.code={&#xA;    \pgfplotsset{axis line style=opaque,&#xA;      ticklabel style=opaque,&#xA;      tick style=opaque,&#xA;      grid=none}&#xA;    \pgfplotsdrawaxis}&#xA;  }&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \begin{axis}[grid=major,axis x line=bottom,axis y line=left,axis line on top]&#xA;    \addplot+[mark=none,fill=yellow,draw=red] {0.1*x^2} \closedcycle;&#xA;    \end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/K6Jvt.png&quot; alt=&quot;axis with grid behind, axis lines on top&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastEditorUserId="2552" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-29T09:15:42.547" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T09:15:42.547" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14487" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14473" CreationDate="2011-03-29T08:23:19.253" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Apart from the things already said, the possibility to split the document into multiple files, reference external sources (e.g. images) and store it in VCS is a huge advantage over binary or even xml based file formats.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4442" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T08:23:19.253" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-03-29T08:23:19.253" />
  <row Id="14488" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14490" CreationDate="2011-03-29T08:30:02.553" Score="2" ViewCount="44" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using the &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt; class to write my master thesis that should be printed on A4 paper. Altough I'm quite happy with the configuration I did for many aspects of the document, I'm still confused with the settings concerning the page size and the textblock size.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now I just kepts this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt,a4paper]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My main question is: what's the best way to configure the size of the textblock in &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt; ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Should I use the &lt;code&gt;geometry&lt;/code&gt; package ? Is there a good resource where I can observe common settings ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In addition I'm a bit confused what the effects of &lt;code&gt;a4paper&lt;/code&gt; really is: the margins are so large that it didn't seem to really consider it is a A4 paper size.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At the same time I'm wondering if 11pt is a good choice for a long document (100 - 150 pages) that will be read mainly from paper (I guess the font size is less important when you read from the screen).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="827" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T08:38:31.113" Title="Memoir class and textblock configuration for A4 paper" Tags="&lt;memoir&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="14489" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14474" CreationDate="2011-03-29T08:35:37.837" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Plot the concerned dataset first as a solid yellow line and then as a dashed black line. See the Gnuplot manual for the necessary settings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T08:35:37.837" />
  <row Id="14490" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14488" CreationDate="2011-03-29T08:38:31.113" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Please read the memoir manual, it explaines all your questions. There is no need for the geometry package, memoir has its own macros for changing margins (the large default margins are LaTeX tradition)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3929" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T08:38:31.113" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14491" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14493" CreationDate="2011-03-29T08:59:06.873" Score="3" ViewCount="85" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to display a fairly complex table using Latex. Here is what I want it to look like (formatting, alignment, borders, columnspan, and rowspan). I would also like the columns to be fixed width (or at least have all the columns after the first one be the same width). Here is what I want it to look like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/kzWAB.png&quot; alt=&quot;Table-Goal&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is what I have so far:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/75E4O.png&quot; alt=&quot;Table-Current&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And here is the code for it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}[H]&#xA;\centerline{&#xA;{\small&#xA;\begin{tabular}{|p{1in}|p{.5in}|p{.5in}|p{.5in}|p{.5in}|}&#xA;\hline&#xA;\multirow{3}{*}{\textbf{A}} &amp;amp; \multicolumn{2}{c}{\textbf{B}} &amp;amp; \multicolumn{2}{c|}{\textbf{C}} \\&#xA;&amp;amp; Wrap Text 1 &amp;amp; Wrap Text 2 &amp;amp; Wrap Text 1 &amp;amp; Wrap Text 2 \\&#xA;\hline&#xA;\textbf{Heading 1}  &amp;amp;  1 &amp;amp;  2 &amp;amp;  3 &amp;amp;  4 \\&#xA;\hline&#xA;\textbf{Heading 2}  &amp;amp;  2 &amp;amp;  3 &amp;amp;  4 &amp;amp;  5 \\&#xA;\hline&#xA;\textbf{Heading 3}  &amp;amp;  3 &amp;amp;  4 &amp;amp;  5 &amp;amp;  6 \\&#xA;\hline&#xA;\textbf{Total}      &amp;amp;  6 &amp;amp;  9 &amp;amp; 12 &amp;amp; 15 \\&#xA;\hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;}&#xA;}&#xA;\caption{Still Not Working}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm pretty stuck at this point. Whenever I fix one issue it seems to make it impossible to fix the others. Any help would be greatly appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3997" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T09:26:53.370" Title="Complex Table Layout" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;formatting&gt;&lt;alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14492" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14524" CreationDate="2011-03-29T09:18:16.193" Score="2" ViewCount="88" Body="&lt;p&gt;If an expression &lt;code&gt;$A = B$&lt;/code&gt; (or say, &lt;code&gt;$A \leq B$&lt;/code&gt;) occurs in a sentence and there is only enough space in the current line to accommodate &lt;code&gt;$A$&lt;/code&gt;, LaTeX will place the equals sign beyond the margin and cause an overfull &lt;code&gt;hbox&lt;/code&gt;, rather than wrapping it into the next line along with &lt;code&gt;B&lt;/code&gt;. Is there any way to change this behavior?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: Happens with other operators as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: Example added:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[american,12pt]{book}&#xA;\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}&#xA;\usepackage{babel}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb,amsthm}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;For each $n$, $\sum_{l(x) = n} \lambda(x) = 1$ and hence $\sum_{x \in \{0,1\}^{*}} \lambda(x) = \infty$ but&#xA;$\sum_{l(x) = n} L(x) = 2^{-n-1}$ and hence $\sum_{x \in \mathbb{N}} L(x) = 1$.&#xA;Blah Blah Blah Blah Blah Blah Blah Blah Blah&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4522" LastEditorUserId="4522" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-29T15:16:10.083" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T21:50:20.120" Title="Wrapping relational operators" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;line-breaking&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="14493" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14491" CreationDate="2011-03-29T09:26:53.370" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Replicating your image:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}[H]&#xA;    \centerline{&#xA;    {\small&#xA;    \begin{tabular}{|p{1in}|p{.5in}|p{.5in}|p{.5in}|p{.5in}|}&#xA;        \hline&#xA;        \multirow{3}{*}{\textbf{A}} &amp;amp; &#xA;        \multicolumn{2}{c}{\textbf{B}} &amp;amp;&#xA;        \multicolumn{2}{|c|}{\textbf{C}} \\&#xA;        &amp;amp; &#xA;        \multicolumn{1}{p{1in}}{Wrap Text 1} &amp;amp; &#xA;        \multicolumn{1}{p{1in}}{Wrap Text 2} &amp;amp;&#xA;        \multicolumn{1}{|p{1in}}{Wrap Text 1} &amp;amp;&#xA;        \multicolumn{1}{p{1in}|}{Wrap Text 1}  \\&#xA;        \hline&#xA;        \textbf{Heading 1}  &amp;amp;  1 &amp;amp;  2 &amp;amp;  3 &amp;amp;  4 \\&#xA;        \hline&#xA;        \textbf{Heading 2}  &amp;amp;  2 &amp;amp;  3 &amp;amp;  4 &amp;amp;  5 \\&#xA;        \hline&#xA;        \textbf{Heading 3}  &amp;amp;  3 &amp;amp;  4 &amp;amp;  5 &amp;amp;  6 \\&#xA;        \hline&#xA;        \textbf{Total}      &amp;amp;  6 &amp;amp;  9 &amp;amp; 12 &amp;amp; 15 \\&#xA;        \hline&#xA;    \end{tabular}&#xA;    }&#xA;    }&#xA;    \caption{Working, but with many rules}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The clue is to check the |'s in the &lt;code&gt;multicolumn&lt;/code&gt; format specifiers carefully, to fix any missing rules.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I prefer the layout below, it contains no vertical rules, and less horizontal rules. In general, I find it to be preferable to use as few rules as possible in tables. The example uses the &lt;code&gt;booktabs&lt;/code&gt; package, for better-looking rules in tables.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}[H]&#xA;    \centerline{&#xA;    {\small&#xA;    \begin{tabular}{p{1in}rrrr}&#xA;        \toprule&#xA;        &amp;amp; \multicolumn{2}{c}{\bfseries{B}}&#xA;        &amp;amp; \multicolumn{2}{c}{\bfseries{C}} \\&#xA;        \cmidrule(r){2-3} \cmidrule(l){4-5}&#xA;        \bfseries{A}&#xA;        &amp;amp; \multicolumn{1}{p{1in}}{Wrap Text 1}&#xA;        &amp;amp; \multicolumn{1}{p{1in}}{Wrap Text 2}&#xA;        &amp;amp; \multicolumn{1}{p{1in}}{Wrap Text 1}&#xA;        &amp;amp; \multicolumn{1}{p{1in}}{Wrap Text 2}  \\ \midrule&#xA;        \textbf{Heading 1}  &amp;amp;  1 &amp;amp;  2 &amp;amp;  3 &amp;amp;  4 \\&#xA;        \textbf{Heading 2}  &amp;amp;  2 &amp;amp;  3 &amp;amp;  4 &amp;amp;  5 \\&#xA;        \textbf{Heading 3}  &amp;amp;  3 &amp;amp;  4 &amp;amp;  5 &amp;amp;  6 \\&#xA;        \textbf{Total}      &amp;amp;  6 &amp;amp;  9 &amp;amp; 12 &amp;amp; 15 \\&#xA;        \bottomrule&#xA;    \end{tabular}&#xA;    }&#xA;    }&#xA;    \caption{Working, with less rules}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4086" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T09:26:53.370" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="14494" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14473" CreationDate="2011-03-29T10:51:20.607" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;One big factor in the future-proofness of TeX is its use in the academic environment.  The apprenticeship of young scholars under established ones passes down not just the scientific methods but the technological ones.  I realized this when emceeing a recent undergraduate mathematics research symposium. The talks in more biological fields were done in PowerPoint, but the ones in theoretical physics, combinatorics, knot theory, etc., were in LaTeX beamer.  Between talks I remarked that it was good to see TeX is safe for another generation. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T10:51:20.607" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-03-29T10:51:20.607" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="14495" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14497" CreationDate="2011-03-29T11:09:15.367" Score="2" ViewCount="36" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need to use a certain document class (acm_proc_article-sp) that introduces vertical space between paragraphs. I want to remove or at least reduce that space, which I am unable to.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is a minimal file to reproduce the problem:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{acm_proc_article-sp}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Introduction}&#xA;&#xA;Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Integer lobortis sagittis  libero, et mattis arcu vehicula at. Morbi a hendrerit diam. Quisque quis rhoncus mauris. &#xA;&#xA;Nulla tempor molestie aliquet. Nulla quis sapien sapien, non egestas dui. Phasellus consectetur blandit orci, ut viverra urna dapibus sit amet. &#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now I tried to change the vertical space by using &lt;code&gt;\partopsep&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\parskip&lt;/code&gt; and also tried using the package &lt;code&gt;parskip&lt;/code&gt;. No change at all.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know this is a very specific question as it is related probably to this document class only, yet being relatively new to LaTeX I have no ideas where to go from here. Any help is highly appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4523" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-29T11:12:54.813" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T11:43:30.237" Title="Remove/Reduce vertical space between paragraphs for acm_proc_article-sp" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;paragraphs&gt;&lt;parskip&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14496" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8308" CreationDate="2011-03-29T11:23:08.070" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you want to use LaTeX, you could get the mk4ht package, and use this to convert LaTeX documents to open office format, and open these in Word (2007+) and have the best of both worlds.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That being said, if you have the JDK installed on your system (at least in Ubuntu) this breaks, and you need to use htlatex to convert TeX to html and thus to Open Office and hence to word. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3477" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T11:23:08.070" />
  <row Id="14497" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14495" CreationDate="2011-03-29T11:43:30.237" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I found a copy of the relevant class file &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.acm.org/sigs/publications/acm_proc_article-sp.cls/view&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;; assuming that this is the same as the one that you are using, the culprit is the following comment:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\parskip 0pt        % Extra vertical space between paragraphs.&#xA;                    % Set to 0pt outside sections, to keep section heads&#xA;                    % uniformly spaced.  The value of parskip is set&#xA;                    % to leading value _within_ sections.&#xA;                    % 12 Jan 2000 gkmt&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sure enough, looking further down in the document we find that in the definition of the section commands, &lt;code&gt;\parskip&lt;/code&gt; gets reset.  For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\@ssect#1#2#3#4#5{%&#xA;  \@tempskipa #3\relax&#xA;  \ifdim \@tempskipa&amp;gt;\z@&#xA;    \begingroup&#xA;      #4{%&#xA;        \@hangfrom{\hskip #1}%&#xA;          \interlinepenalty \@M #5\@@par}%&#xA;    \endgroup&#xA;  \else&#xA;    \def\@svsechd{#4{\hskip #1\relax #5}}%&#xA;  \fi&#xA;  \vskip -10.5pt  %gkmt, 7 jan 00 -- had been -14pt, now set to parskip&#xA;  \@xsect{#3}\parskip=10.5pt} % within the starred section, parskip = leading 12 Jan 2000 gkmt&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That innocuous &lt;code&gt;\parskip=10.5pt&lt;/code&gt; at the end means that every time a &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\subsection&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\subsubsection&lt;/code&gt;, or &lt;code&gt;\paragraph&lt;/code&gt; command is used then &lt;code&gt;\parskip&lt;/code&gt; gets reset to &lt;code&gt;10.5pt&lt;/code&gt;.  (The command &lt;code&gt;\@sect&lt;/code&gt; has the same ending.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So to reduce &lt;code&gt;\parskip&lt;/code&gt;, you need to reduce it each time that you start a section or otherwise.  Depending on your needs, a variety of strategies are possible.  The simplest would be to have a copy of the class file in the same directory as the TeX file and simply edit out that extra &lt;code&gt;\parskip=10.5pt&lt;/code&gt; (actually, edit out both of them: one from &lt;code&gt;\@ssect&lt;/code&gt; and one from &lt;code&gt;\@sect&lt;/code&gt;).  If you need to leave the class file pristine for some reason, then you can redefine these commands in your preamble.  The simplest would be to simply copy out the definitions from the class file with the appropriate modifications to &lt;code&gt;\parskip&lt;/code&gt;.  If you do this, then the copied definitions need to be sandwiched between &lt;code&gt;\makeatletter ... \makeatother&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to be a bit more fancy, you could have the &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt; commands remember what &lt;code&gt;\parskip&lt;/code&gt; is when they are called, then reset it at the end.  This would involve hacking &lt;em&gt;three&lt;/em&gt; commands from the class file, since the command &lt;code&gt;\@startsection&lt;/code&gt; &lt;em&gt;also&lt;/em&gt; messes with &lt;code&gt;\parskip&lt;/code&gt;.  So it would be something like (not tested!):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\let\orig@startsection=\@startsection&#xA;\let\orig@ssect=\@ssect&#xA;\let\orig@sect=\@sect&#xA;\newskip\orig@parskip&#xA;\orig@parskip\parskip % just for safety's sake!&#xA;&#xA;\def\@startsection{%&#xA; \orig@parskip\parskip%&#xA; \orig@startsection}&#xA;&#xA;\def\@ssect#1#2#3#4#5{%&#xA; \orig@ssect{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}%&#xA; \parskip\orig@parskip}&#xA;&#xA;\def\@sect#1#2#3#4#5#6[#7]#8{%&#xA; \orig@sect{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}[#7]{#8}%&#xA; \parskip\orig@parskip}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T11:43:30.237" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14498" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14473" CreationDate="2011-03-29T11:47:29.627" Score="13" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are three aspects.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The first is the &lt;strong&gt;superior typesetting&lt;/strong&gt; that LaTeX delivers. As long as no word processor approximates LaTeX’ algorithm for paragraph breaks, the latter will have its place in producing professional layouts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Just compare a page of text written in LaTeX and Microsoft Word (or any other word processor) in the same font. The LaTeX-set text will look far superior because it will be more evenly distributed on the page, use word breaks more judiciously and if microtypography is enabled this will even have a stronger effect. There is simply no question that LaTeX delivers something unique here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;LaTeX cannot be replaced by a word processor here, only by a DTP (desktop publishing) system. Modern DTPs exist but are prohibitively expensive for most people.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The second is &lt;strong&gt;mode of operation&lt;/strong&gt;: in LaTeX, I &lt;em&gt;program&lt;/em&gt; my documents. This is fundamentally different from the usage of word processors or “modern” DTPs. But it’s not necessarily inferior.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quite the opposite: I’d argue that it’s superior once you have learned the basics because it will always be vastly more powerful and faster to use. In fact, modern word processors provide complex scripting engines (VBScript) with huge libraries to allow users to automate certain processes. Most of what these engines offer comes for free in TeX and is &lt;em&gt;vastly&lt;/em&gt; simpler to use.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The third is &lt;strong&gt;modernity of underlying technologies&lt;/strong&gt;. Here LaTeX has some weaknesses compared to other systems and programming languages. TeX is pre-Unicode and the Unicode support that was grafted on is still causing trouble. Likewise, TeX lacks almost all features of modern programming languages. Foremost among these is the lack of a good module system. This makes package writing really painful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In all these aspects LaTeX is indeed woefully outdated (although it gets better with XeTeX, LuaTeX and LaTeX3). But as long as there are no alternatives, TeX remains the only choice.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastEditorUserId="42" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-30T17:43:09.137" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T17:43:09.137" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-03-29T11:47:29.627" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14499" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14475" CreationDate="2011-03-29T12:14:10.510" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Bulding on Gonzalo's solution, you can alter the definition of &lt;code&gt;\item&lt;/code&gt; within the &lt;code&gt;Lenumerate&lt;/code&gt; environment and behavior outside it will be as normal.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{Lenumerate}{%&#xA;  \begingroup&#xA;  \let\latexsaveditem\item&#xA;  \renewcommand{\item}{\endgroup\begingroup\latexsaveditem}&#xA;  \enumerate\begingroup%&#xA;}{%&#xA;  \endgroup\endenumerate\endgroup%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{Lenumerate}&#xA;  \item \bfseries a&#xA;  \item \itshape b&#xA;  \item \scshape c&#xA;  \item d&#xA;\end{Lenumerate}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T12:14:10.510" />
  <row Id="14500" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14473" CreationDate="2011-03-29T12:53:56.083" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;all answers so far are good reasons to continue using TeX. one advantage &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; yet mentioned (and which will no doubt be seen as a disadvantage by many individual users) is the fact that it is batch-oriented, and reliably generates the same output from the same input in successive iterations.  hence it is admirably suited to production use for a technical publisher, in particular for journals.  when authors submitting manuscripts to such a publisher have followed the publisher's guidelines and used the provided document classes, errors and misunderstandings are minimized and the resulting publication emerges faster and more accurately than when using other tools.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;technical typesetting is such a small niche market that it has always been called &quot;penalty copy&quot;. nobody is going to make a financial killing by developing a commercial tool, so the incentive to do so is very low.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="579" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T12:53:56.083" CommunityOwnedDate="2011-03-29T12:53:56.083" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14501" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-29T12:55:17.740" Score="2" ViewCount="28" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sorry, it's me again. Gonzalo has hinted me to the very nice leftbar environment in the framed package, which I now use for definitions, theorems and similar environment. Now I've got a new problem: Footnotes (\footnote) from inside the leftbar environment are not shown! The label is there, but there is no footnote with the corresponding number.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;According to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/7854/footnote-in-math-environment&quot;&gt;this here&lt;/a&gt; and similar sources, this can be fixed by using \footnotemark and \footnotetext. The problem is: I'm using SWP and would like to have the \footnote command for footnotes. I thought of something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\footnote}[1]{\footnotemark \footnotetext{#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But \footnotemark and \footnotetext need a label. So what I would like the most is someting like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\renewcommand{\footnote}[1]{\footnotemark[some arbitrary string &quot;x&quot; that cannot collide with an &quot;x&quot; from a different footnotemark] \footnotetext[&quot;x&quot;]{#1}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've tried to use #1 itself as &quot;x&quot;, but this spits out errors (not surprisingly, given that it is non-sanitized LaTeX). Is there a trick here, or is my syntax wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: My renewcommand is stupid anyway. The trick is to have the \footnotetext come &lt;em&gt;after the end&lt;/em&gt; of the leftbar environment. Is there a way to get this through renewcommand?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4507" LastEditorUserId="4507" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-29T13:13:31.187" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T13:13:31.187" Title="Making \footnote work in leftbar environment" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;environments&gt;&lt;footnotes&gt;&lt;framed&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="14502" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14501" CreationDate="2011-03-29T13:10:07.373" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/manyfoot&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;manyfoot&lt;/a&gt; package; a little example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{manyfoot}&#xA;\usepackage{framed}&#xA;&#xA;\DeclareNewFootnote{B}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;text text\footnote{a standard footnote.}&#xA;\begin{leftbar}&#xA;text text\FootnoteB{*}{text}&#xA;\end{leftbar} &#xA;\FootnotetextB{*}{a footnote with a manual mark.}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The package documentation explains all the options that the package gives you to customize the footnotes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T13:10:07.373" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="14503" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14505" CreationDate="2011-03-29T13:14:27.503" Score="3" ViewCount="62" Body="&lt;p&gt;I wish to use an upright mu character in various places in my document, and so I've put the following in my preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% textcomp, for its upright mu&#xA;\usepackage{textcomp}&#xA;% some user macros&#xA;\newcommand{\murm}{\hbox{\textmu}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is fine in both text and math mode, except when I try to place the mu in sub/superscript positions, and its size remains unchanged. Is there any way to resize it to fit its environment within math mode?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4528" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T13:52:59.657" Title="How can the \textmu symbol be used in math mode and resize correctly?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;hbox&gt;&lt;greek&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="14504" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14503" CreationDate="2011-03-29T13:19:07.163" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Why don't you use &lt;code&gt;\upmu&lt;/code&gt; from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/upgreek&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;upgreek&lt;/a&gt; package? It will resize automatically in math mode.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T13:19:07.163" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14505" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14503" CreationDate="2011-03-29T13:23:38.543" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;code&gt;\mathchoice&lt;/code&gt; to give four different definitions of the macro dependent if it is in display, in-text, script or scriptscript mode. (See also &lt;code&gt;\mathpalette&lt;/code&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\murm}{%&#xA;    \mathchoice&#xA;        {\hbox{\normalsize\textmu}}&#xA;        {\hbox{\normalsize\textmu}}&#xA;        {\hbox{\scriptsize\textmu}}&#xA;        {\hbox{\tiny\textmu}}%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The whole expression should actually be wrapped into &lt;code&gt;\ensuremath&lt;/code&gt; (&lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; package) or use &lt;code&gt;\ifmmode&lt;/code&gt; manually to avoid errors if used in text-mode:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\murm}{%&#xA;  \ifmmode&#xA;    \mathchoice&#xA;        {\hbox{\normalsize\textmu}}&#xA;        {\hbox{\normalsize\textmu}}&#xA;        {\hbox{\scriptsize\textmu}}&#xA;        {\hbox{\tiny\textmu}}%&#xA;  \else&#xA;    \textmu&#xA;  \fi&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-29T13:52:59.657" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T13:52:59.657" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="14506" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14507" CreationDate="2011-03-29T13:30:25.407" Score="2" ViewCount="27" Body="&lt;p&gt;In order to fill the area between two complex curves I use tables and the &lt;code&gt;vertcat&lt;/code&gt; command (see &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/7914/fill-between-two-curves-in-pgfplots&quot;&gt;Fill between two curves in pgfplots.&lt;/a&gt;). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now I don't want the plotted area to appear in my legend, just the two curves. Is there any command to prevent the yellow area plot from being added to my legend?  this could be a minimal example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article} \usepackage{pgfplots} &#xA;\begin{document} \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \begin{axis}[area style,axis on top]&#xA;    \addplot+[mark=none,fill=yellow,draw=none] {0.1*x^2} \closedcycle;&#xA;    \addplot[mark=none,draw=red,line legend] {0.1*x^2};&#xA;    \addplot[mark=none,draw=blue,line legend] {0.0*x^2};&#xA;    \legend{red curve,blue curve};&#xA;    % \legend{\empty,red curve,blue curve};&#xA;  \end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture} \end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With this &lt;code&gt;legend{...}&lt;/code&gt;-command the last plot is skipped, an additional &lt;code&gt;\empty&lt;/code&gt; doesn't help, too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sadly, drawing the first to plots together with &lt;code&gt;fill=yellow,draw=red&lt;/code&gt; is not an option for me. Does anybody know any inside hacks? As far as I know, there is no command shown in the manual. Thanks in advance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4419" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T13:32:41.103" Title="pgfplots: prevent single plot from being listed in legend" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;pgfplots&gt;&lt;legend&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="14507" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14506" CreationDate="2011-03-29T13:32:41.103" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Adding the option &lt;code&gt;forget plot&lt;/code&gt; to the plot you do not want shown does the trick.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article} \usepackage{pgfplots} &#xA;\begin{document} \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \begin{axis}[area style,axis on top]&#xA;    \addplot+[mark=none,fill=yellow,draw=none,forget plot] {0.1*x^2} \closedcycle;&#xA;    \addplot[mark=none,draw=red,line legend] {0.1*x^2};&#xA;    \addplot[mark=none,draw=blue,line legend] {0.0*x^2};&#xA;    \legend{red curve,blue curve};&#xA;  \end{axis}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture} \end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/L1UxS.png&quot; alt=&quot;forget plot pgfplots&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2552" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T13:32:41.103" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14508" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14509" CreationDate="2011-03-29T13:58:20.373" Score="3" ViewCount="67" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sometimes when I'm reviewing my document and rearranging images and tables, It would be sometimes great to see the page margins.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any easy way to print the page margins when reviewing a document?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3316" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-29T18:57:29.013" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T18:57:29.013" Title="Print page margins of a document" Tags="&lt;margins&gt;&lt;page-style&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="14509" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14508" CreationDate="2011-03-29T14:12:40.797" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can achieve this by activating the &lt;code&gt;showframe&lt;/code&gt; option of the &lt;code&gt;geometry&lt;/code&gt; package. If you don’t want the package to modify your page layout, you additionally need to pass the &lt;code&gt;pass&lt;/code&gt; option:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[showframe, pass]{geometry}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="42" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T14:12:40.797" />
  <row Id="14510" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14511" CreationDate="2011-03-29T14:49:08.753" Score="3" ViewCount="61" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it possible to put the list of figures and tables onto one page? I only have two tables in my thesis, so having it on an extra page looks quite bad.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've read about the &lt;code&gt;tocloft&lt;/code&gt; package and tried to use it. It moved both lists onto one page, but they're no longer shown in the table of contents.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So is there a way to get &lt;code&gt;\listoffigures&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\listoftables&lt;/code&gt; on the same page while preserving the toc entry for them?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1481" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-30T07:10:02.143" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T07:10:02.143" Title="How to show \listoffigures and \listoftables on one page and in the toc?" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;page-breaking&gt;&lt;tocloft&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="14511" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14510" CreationDate="2011-03-29T14:56:52.610" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can temporally disable the &lt;code&gt;\clearpage&lt;/code&gt; (and/or &lt;code&gt;\cleardoublepage&lt;/code&gt;) command which generates the page break at the beginning of the second &lt;code&gt;\listof...&lt;/code&gt; command:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\listoffigures&#xA;\begingroup&#xA;\let\clearpage\relax&#xA;\listoftables&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You might need to manually adjust the spacing before the second headline.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However without a &lt;a href=&quot;http://meta.tex.stackexchange.com/questions/228/ive-just-been-told-i-have-to-write-a-minimal-example-what-is-that&quot;&gt;minimal example&lt;/a&gt; that shows your used class and packages I can't test it. It works with the default &lt;code&gt;book&lt;/code&gt; class, but then the LoF and LoT aren't added to the ToC in any case.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-29T15:03:05.743" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T15:03:05.743" />
  <row Id="14512" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14514" CreationDate="2011-03-29T15:37:39.263" Score="5" ViewCount="105" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sometimes I don't need to have a specific picture size, but for layout reasons I would like to scale the image that the rest of the page is filled. How can I achieve that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3316" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-29T15:46:06.607" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T16:51:12.403" Title="How to define a figure size so that is consume the rest of a page?" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;vertical-alignment&gt;&lt;scaling&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="14513" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14529" CreationDate="2011-03-29T15:43:45.097" Score="0" ViewCount="38" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&#xA;I don't like the way Lyx typesets my documents. Letters look jagged around the edges. When I click Document&gt;Settings&gt;Fonts the only options I have available are Default, Roman, Sans Serif and Typewriter. Any suggestions?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4529" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T01:43:50.433" Title="Lyx change font" Tags="&lt;lyx&gt;" AnswerCount="3" />
  <row Id="14514" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14512" CreationDate="2011-03-29T16:02:33.773" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use TikZ for that. In allows you to calculate the amount of the rest of the page. Note that this needs two compiler runs to work. &#xA;Here my solution for &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/12125/stretching-a-framebox-over-the-whole-page/12128#12128&quot;&gt;Stretching a framebox over the whole page&lt;/a&gt; adapted to include an image instead of a frame-box. Because this isn't 100% trivial for beginners (of LaTeX and/or TikZ) I think this isn't a duplicate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrartcl}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{calc}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\currentsidemargin}{%&#xA;  \ifodd\value{page}%&#xA;    \oddsidemargin%&#xA;  \else%&#xA;    \evensidemargin%&#xA;  \fi%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum[1]% dummy text&#xA;\par\bigskip \noindent&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[overlay,remember picture]&#xA;    % Helper nodes&#xA;    \path (current page.north west) ++(\hoffset, -\voffset)&#xA;        node[anchor=north west, shape=rectangle, inner sep=0, minimum width=\paperwidth, minimum height=\paperheight]&#xA;        (pagearea) {};&#xA;&#xA;    \path (pagearea.north west) ++(1in+\currentsidemargin,-1in-\topmargin-\headheight-\headsep)&#xA;        node[anchor=north west, shape=rectangle, inner sep=0, minimum width=\textwidth, minimum height=\textheight]&#xA;        (textarea) {};&#xA;&#xA;    % Image&#xA;    \path let \p0 = (0,0), \p1 = (textarea.south) in&#xA;        node [inner sep=0pt,outer sep=0pt,anchor=north west] {%&#xA;            \pgfmathsetmacro\imgheight{\y0-\y1}%&#xA;            \includegraphics[height=\imgheight pt]{image}%&#xA;        };&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\newpage&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You might add &lt;code&gt;width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio&lt;/code&gt; to the &lt;code&gt;\includegraphics&lt;/code&gt; options to ensure that the image isn't scaled wider than the text width.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that above code doesn't work inside a float because the &lt;code&gt;tikzpicture&lt;/code&gt; is kind of anchored to the page and the float isn't by definition. The use of a non-floating environment is therefore required. In this specific case the figure should not float anyway. The best solution I can image is to place the caption as part of the &lt;code&gt;tikzpicture&lt;/code&gt; using &lt;code&gt;\captionof{float}{...}&lt;/code&gt; of the &lt;code&gt;caption&lt;/code&gt; environment. Otherwise the &lt;code&gt;tikpicture&lt;/code&gt; will overlay the caption.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following code places the caption at the very end of the page (i.e. text area of the page) and scales the image so that it goes from the current position to the top of the caption plus &lt;code&gt;\abovecaptionskip&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrartcl}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usepackage{caption}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{calc}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\currentsidemargin}{%&#xA;  \ifodd\value{page}%&#xA;    \oddsidemargin%&#xA;  \else%&#xA;    \evensidemargin%&#xA;  \fi%&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\lipsum[1]% dummy text&#xA;\begin{center}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}[overlay,remember picture]&#xA;    % Helper nodes&#xA;    \path (current page.north west) ++(\hoffset, -\voffset)&#xA;        node[anchor=north west, shape=rectangle, inner sep=0, minimum width=\paperwidth, minimum height=\paperheight]&#xA;        (pagearea) {};&#xA;&#xA;    \path (pagearea.north west) ++(1in+\currentsidemargin,-1in-\topmargin-\headheight-\headsep)&#xA;        node[anchor=north west, shape=rectangle, inner sep=0, minimum width=\textwidth, minimum height=\textheight]&#xA;        (textarea) {};&#xA;&#xA;    % Image&#xA;    \node [anchor=south west,outer sep=0pt,inner sep=0pt,text width=\textwidth] (caption) at (textarea.south west) {%&#xA;        \captionof{figure}{Text}%&#xA;    };&#xA;    \path let \p0 = (0,0), \p1 = (caption.north) in&#xA;        node [inner sep=0pt,outer sep=0pt,anchor=north] {%&#xA;            \pgfmathsetmacro\imgheight{\y0-\y1-\abovecaptionskip}%&#xA;            \includegraphics[height=\imgheight pt]{image}%&#xA;       }&#xA;       [use as bounding box](\x0,\y0) rectangle (\x1,\y1);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}%&#xA;\end{center}&#xA;\newpage&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-29T16:51:12.403" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T16:51:12.403" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14515" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12010" CreationDate="2011-03-29T16:44:08.790" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I search how to avoid the use of remember picture with the Jake's solution.&#xA;I find this : &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\fbox{\begin{tikzpicture}[invclip/.style={insert path={(-1,-1) rectangle (2,2)}}]&#xA; % a rectangle is necessary&#xA;&#xA;\path coordinate (A) at (0,0)&#xA;      coordinate (B) at (1,0)&#xA;      coordinate (C) at (1,1);&#xA;&#xA;\begin{pgfinterruptboundingbox} % useful to avoid the rectangle in the bounding box&#xA;\path[clip] (A) -- (B) -- (C) -- cycle [invclip];&#xA;\end{pgfinterruptboundingbox}  &#xA;&#xA;\draw[thick] (A) circle (2mm)&#xA;             (B) circle (2mm)&#xA;             (C) circle (2mm);&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;( I added &lt;code&gt;fbox&lt;/code&gt; to verify the bounding box)&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/JfN1w.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T16:44:08.790" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="14516" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-29T14:12:37.713" Score="1" ViewCount="100" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to find a TeX system for the following Windows version:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Windows Server Datacenter&lt;br&gt;&#xA;      Copyright 2007 Microsoft Corperation&lt;br&gt;&#xA;      Service Pack 2&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried with MiKTeX but seems it is not compatible with this version.&#xA;Any suggestion would be great.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The server is Amazon aws cloud server. And that's the operation system details I can find on the server. &#xA;(&lt;em&gt;Windows Server Datacenter&#xA;Copyright 2007 Microsoft Corperation&#xA;Service Pack 2&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And this is the error it  throws when I try to install MiKTeX&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;The operation could not be completed for the following reason:&#xA;Windows API error 2: The system cannot find the file specified.&#xA;Details: C:\Programe Files\MiKTeX2.9\tpm\pakages\a%comb.tpm&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-30T12:29:30.937" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T12:29:30.937" Title="TeX system for Windows server" Tags="&lt;windows&gt;&lt;distributions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14518" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14519" CreationDate="2011-03-29T18:41:52.827" Score="6" ViewCount="72" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a macro that calculates the year and months from a given start date and the current date.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So let's say I have 05/02/2010 (the start date), then it should do the following:  Today - 05/02/2010 =&gt; &lt;em&gt;1 year, 1 month&lt;/em&gt;.  It guess you could add the days as well, but I don't really need that at the moment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using xelatex if that helps at all.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4531" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-29T18:47:10.843" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T19:27:24.600" Title="Difference between two dates" Tags="&lt;datetime&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14519" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14518" CreationDate="2011-03-29T19:05:42.067" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;datenumber&lt;/code&gt; package allows you to calculate date differences and return the difference as number of days. You still need to make years and month out of it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Starting of the example &lt;code&gt;\daydifftoday&lt;/code&gt; in the manual:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{datenumber}&#xA;&#xA;\newcounter{dateone}&#xA;\newcounter{datetwo}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\difftoday}[3]{%&#xA;      \setmydatenumber{dateone}{\the\year}{\the\month}{\the\day}%&#xA;      \setmydatenumber{datetwo}{#1}{#2}{#3}%&#xA;      \addtocounter{datetwo}{-\thedateone}%&#xA;      \the\numexpr-\thedatetwo/365\relax\space year(s),&#xA;      \the\numexpr(-\thedatetwo - (-\thedatetwo/365)*365)/30\relax\space month(s)&#xA;} &#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\difftoday{2010}{02}{01}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This code could be further refined to check if the difference is less than a year, one year or more than one year to display &quot;year(s)&quot; accordantly. The same counts for the month:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{datenumber}&#xA;\usepackage{calc}&#xA;&#xA;\newcounter{datetoday}&#xA;\newcounter{diffyears}&#xA;\newcounter{diffmonths}&#xA;\newcounter{diffdays}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\difftoday}[3]{%&#xA;      \setmydatenumber{datetoday}{\the\year}{\the\month}{\the\day}%&#xA;      \setmydatenumber{diffdays}{#1}{#2}{#3}%&#xA;      \addtocounter{diffdays}{-\thedatetoday}%&#xA;      \ifnum\value{diffdays}&amp;gt;0&#xA;        \def\diffbefore{in }%&#xA;        \def\diffafter{}%&#xA;      \else&#xA;        \def\diffbefore{}%&#xA;        \def\diffafter{ago}%&#xA;        \setcounter{diffdays}{-\value{diffdays}}%&#xA;      \fi&#xA;      \setcounter{diffyears}{\value{diffdays}/365}%&#xA;      \setcounter{diffdays}{\value{diffdays}-365*\value{diffyears}}%&#xA;      \setcounter{diffmonths}{\value{diffdays}/30}%&#xA;      \setcounter{diffdays}{\value{diffdays}-30*\value{diffmonths}}%&#xA;      %&#xA;      \diffbefore&#xA;      \ifnum\value{diffyears}=0&#xA;      \else&#xA;        \ifnum\value{diffyears}&amp;gt;1&#xA;            \thediffyears\space years,&#xA;        \else&#xA;            \thediffyears\space year,&#xA;        \fi&#xA;      \fi&#xA;      \ifnum\value{diffmonths}=0&#xA;      \else&#xA;        \ifnum\value{diffmonths}&amp;gt;1&#xA;            \thediffmonths\space months&#xA;        \else&#xA;            \thediffmonths\space month&#xA;        \fi&#xA;      \fi&#xA;      \diffafter&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\difftoday{2011}{02}{01}&#xA;&#xA;\difftoday{2010}{02}{01}&#xA;&#xA;\difftoday{2009}{02}{01}&#xA;&#xA;\difftoday{2009}{01}{01}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\difftoday{2012}{02}{01}&#xA;&#xA;\difftoday{2012}{12}{01}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This gives:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;1 month ago&#xA;1 year, 1 month ago&#xA;2 years, 1 month ago&#xA;2 years, 2 months ago&#xA;in 10 months&#xA;in 1 year, 8 months&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This should be fine when the accuracy is months (which are taken as 30 days each). Exact days would require to take the different number of days per month and leap years into account.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-29T19:27:24.600" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T19:27:24.600" />
  <row Id="14520" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14533" CreationDate="2011-03-29T20:24:37.800" Score="4" ViewCount="75" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to have my LaTeX document be self-contained, that is, if I move to another computer I'd like all of my non-standard packages to work without first installing them. For simple enough packages I can put the &lt;code&gt;.sty&lt;/code&gt; files into the base directory, but this seems like a clunky solution. I can put the packages in a subdirectory but I sometimes than I get dependency errors like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; LaTeX Warning: You have requested package style_files/placeins&#xA; but the package provides `placeins'.&#xA;&#xA; (/usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/tools/array.sty)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a right way (tm) to do this, or should I install every package I need on every computer I use?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="352" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T00:11:11.277" Title="Bundle packages with a document" Tags="&lt;packages&gt;&lt;latex-general&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14521" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14520" CreationDate="2011-03-29T20:59:09.937" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Apart from placing them into the document directory and installing them into the main directory you can also create a own &lt;code&gt;texmf&lt;/code&gt; directory structure which is automatically searched by (La)TeX. Under Unix/Linux OSs it is normally &lt;code&gt;~/texmf&lt;/code&gt; (i.e. the directory &lt;code&gt;texmf&lt;/code&gt; in your home directory). With Windows+MikTeX it is IIRC &lt;code&gt;c:\\localtexmf&lt;/code&gt;. There LaTeX packages are normally placed in the directories &lt;code&gt;./tex/latex/&amp;lt;package name&amp;gt;/&lt;/code&gt; like in the main tree. So e.g. &lt;code&gt;placeins&lt;/code&gt; would be in &lt;code&gt;~/texmf/tex/latex/placeins/placeins.sty&lt;/code&gt;. You don't have to create subfolders for every package, but the &lt;code&gt;tex/latex&lt;/code&gt; part should be kept.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could just create a &lt;code&gt;~/texmf/tex/latex/mystuff&lt;/code&gt; directory and place all the extra packages you use in there. Then you only need to synchronize/copy the &lt;code&gt;~/texmf&lt;/code&gt; folder to any computer you use. (La)TeX will pick them up there automatically without any warnings or errors.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PS:&#xA;On the other side I simply recommend you to install TeXLive manually (i.e. not using the OS provided packages, like the one of Ubuntu) and completely. The used size (about 2.8GB) shouldn't be a problem with modern hard drive sizes and it saves you these and other issues.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T20:59:09.937" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14522" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14523" CreationDate="2011-03-29T21:15:00.460" Score="2" ViewCount="27" Body="&lt;p&gt;And again I have another problem I just can't figure out. I defined a listing with some XML code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{lstlisting}[captionpos=b, caption=XML detection strategy for Refused Parent Bequest, label=lst:refused_parent_bequest]&#xA; &amp;lt;strategy name=&quot;Refused Parent Bequest&quot; ...&amp;gt;&#xA;    &amp;lt;gate type=&quot;AND&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;      &amp;lt;gate type=&quot;OR&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;        &amp;lt;gate type=&quot;AND&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;          &amp;lt;rule&amp;gt;&#xA;            &amp;lt;metric&amp;gt;NProtM&amp;lt;/metric&amp;gt;&#xA;            &amp;lt;comparison&amp;gt;greater than&amp;lt;/comparison&amp;gt;&#xA;            &amp;lt;value&amp;gt;10&amp;lt;/value&amp;gt;&#xA;          &amp;lt;/rule&amp;gt;&#xA;          &amp;lt;rule&amp;gt;&#xA;            &amp;lt;metric&amp;gt;BUR&amp;lt;/metric&amp;gt;&#xA;            &amp;lt;comparison&amp;gt;smaller than&amp;lt;/comparison&amp;gt;&#xA;            &amp;lt;value&amp;gt;0.33&amp;lt;/value&amp;gt;&#xA;          &amp;lt;/rule&amp;gt;&#xA;        &amp;lt;/gate&amp;gt;&#xA;        &amp;lt;rule&amp;gt;&#xA;          &amp;lt;metric&amp;gt;BOvR&amp;lt;/metric&amp;gt;&#xA;          &amp;lt;comparison&amp;gt;smaller than&amp;lt;/comparison&amp;gt;&#xA;          &amp;lt;value&amp;gt;0.33&amp;lt;/value&amp;gt;&#xA;        &amp;lt;/rule&amp;gt;&#xA;      &amp;lt;/gate&amp;gt;&#xA;      &amp;lt;gate type=&quot;AND&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;        &amp;lt;gate type=&quot;OR&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;          &amp;lt;rule&amp;gt;&#xA;            &amp;lt;metric&amp;gt;AMW&amp;lt;/metric&amp;gt;&#xA;            &amp;lt;comparison&amp;gt;greater than&amp;lt;/comparison&amp;gt;&#xA;            &amp;lt;value&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/value&amp;gt;&#xA;          &amp;lt;/rule&amp;gt;&#xA;          &amp;lt;rule&amp;gt;&#xA;            &amp;lt;metric&amp;gt;WMC&amp;lt;/metric&amp;gt;&#xA;            &amp;lt;comparison&amp;gt;greater than&amp;lt;/comparison&amp;gt;&#xA;            &amp;lt;value&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/value&amp;gt;&#xA;          &amp;lt;/rule&amp;gt;&#xA;        &amp;lt;/gate&amp;gt;&#xA;        &amp;lt;rule&amp;gt;&#xA;          &amp;lt;metric&amp;gt;NOM&amp;lt;/metric&amp;gt;&#xA;          &amp;lt;comparison&amp;gt;greater than&amp;lt;/comparison&amp;gt;&#xA;          &amp;lt;value&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/value&amp;gt;&#xA;        &amp;lt;/rule&amp;gt;&#xA;      &amp;lt;/gate&amp;gt;&#xA;    &amp;lt;/gate&amp;gt;&#xA;  &amp;lt;/strategy&amp;gt;&#xA;\end{lstlisting}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Very near to this I also defined a table. Now the problem is the listing starts on the first page, the there is a page break, then there is the table and then the listing continues. How can I force the layout to not interrupt my listing?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3316" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T21:38:37.750" Title="How to avoid that listings are interrupted by floats?" Tags="&lt;listings&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="14523" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14522" CreationDate="2011-03-29T21:38:37.750" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can adjust the placing of floats the following ways:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For once you could add &lt;code&gt;\FloatBarrier&lt;/code&gt; from the &lt;code&gt;placeins&lt;/code&gt; package before the listing to flush all previous floats. This wont help if the &lt;code&gt;table&lt;/code&gt; is defined just after it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\suppressfloats&lt;/code&gt; macro allows you to suppress floats on the current page. You could add it before the listing inside an &lt;code&gt;\afterpage{...}&lt;/code&gt; (&lt;code&gt;afterpage&lt;/code&gt; package) so that it counts for the second page of the listing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is also the &lt;code&gt;flafter&lt;/code&gt; package which makes floats only appear after their definition. This should handle a &lt;code&gt;table&lt;/code&gt; defined shortly after the listing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T21:38:37.750" />
  <row Id="14524" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14492" CreationDate="2011-03-29T21:50:20.120" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There's really no way to typeset &quot;correctly&quot; that paragraph. Sending the equals sign on the new line is not an option, in my opinion. Such problematic paragraphs can be typeset only modifying the text. Sorry if this is not an answer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can say&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;... $\sum_{l(x) = n} L(x)\break = 2^{-n-1}$ ...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but don't tell anybody that I've advised you to do so. :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4427" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T21:50:20.120" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14525" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8659" CreationDate="2011-03-29T21:54:55.983" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You should not combine &lt;code&gt;CJK&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;XeLaTeX&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;code&gt;CJK&lt;/code&gt; is designed for &lt;code&gt;LaTeX&lt;/code&gt;, you need to install the fonts for &lt;code&gt;TeX&lt;/code&gt; system, which is not very easy. &lt;code&gt;xeCJK&lt;/code&gt; is a xe-version of &lt;code&gt;CJK&lt;/code&gt;, used mainly by simplified Chinese. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;XeLaTeX&lt;/code&gt; support instinct CJK fonts itself. xeCJK is of course more sophiscated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{article}%save as utf-8, run xelatex&#xA;\usepackage{fontspec}&#xA;&#xA;\setmainfont[Mapping=tex-text]{ＭＳ Ｐ明朝}%I changed the font&#xA;\XeTeXlinebreaklocale &quot;ja&quot; % linebreak, otherwise all will in one line&#xA;\XeTeXlinebreakskip = 0pt plus 1pt minus 0.1pt  &#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;すべての人間は、生れながらにして自由であり、かつ、尊厳と権利とについて平等である。人間 は、理性と良心とを授けられており、互いに同胞の精神をもって行動しなければならない。&#xA;&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2404" LastEditorUserId="2404" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-29T22:01:05.370" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T22:01:05.370" />
  <row Id="14526" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-29T22:29:22.820" Score="1" ViewCount="23" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have the following code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; \textit{WMC \textgreater   average}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But the text looks like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;WMC &gt;average&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It does not even change if I add even more spaces. So what am I doing wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3316" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T22:35:56.083" Title="Spaces behind \textgreater not working as expected" Tags="&lt;formatting&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="14527" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14540" CreationDate="2011-03-29T22:33:25.463" Score="2" ViewCount="59" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to make a left-sided margin note. As per the LaTeX wiki, I tried using &lt;code&gt;\reversemarginpar&lt;/code&gt; but that didn't solve anything--it didn't make a margin note at all. I also tried &lt;code&gt;\marginpar[left text/right text]{%my text}&lt;/code&gt; to no avail. I tried using two other packages, &lt;code&gt;marginnote&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;mparhack&lt;/code&gt;, but again, those didn't solve my problem. I'd post my code, but since I'm having issues with my laptop's internet, I'm using my iPad to access the internet. Maybe there are some pre-reqs that I'm not incorporating (perhaps I have to further define something in the preamble...), but I would appreciate any help and also an example of how to use the margin command successfully in LaTeX. Thanks in advance!  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I managed to connect to the ethernet, so here's my code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}&#xA;\usepackage{wasysym}&#xA;\usepackage[top=2cm, bottom=1.3cm, left=2.5cm, right=2.5cm]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{tensor}&#xA;\usepackage{enumitem}&#xA;\usepackage{outlines}&#xA;\usepackage{ulem}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;  \title{\vspace{-0.9in}\uline{Chapter 13 - Chromosomal Rearrangements and Changes in Chromosome Number}}&#xA;  \author{A. Uthor}&#xA;  \date{}  &#xA;  \maketitle&#xA;  \thispagestyle{empty}&#xA;  \pagestyle{empty}&#xA;  \vspace*{-1.5cm}&#xA;&#xA;\section*{\Large Types:}&#xA;\begin{outline}[enumerate]&#xA;\1 Duplications&#xA;\1 Deletions&#xA;\1 Inversions&#xA;\1 Translocations&#xA;\end{outline}&#xA;&#xA;%some text I deleted just to keep this short&#xA;&#xA;\textbf{semisterility} $\rightarrow$ diminished fertility of translocation heterozygotes by at least 50\%&#xA;\reversemarginpar{Why does Mendel's 2$\mathrm{^{nd}}$ require viability of offspring?}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2844" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-30T09:09:01.523" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T09:09:01.523" Title="How do I get the margin note to appear on the left?" Tags="&lt;positioning&gt;&lt;marginpar&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" />
  <row Id="14528" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14526" CreationDate="2011-03-29T22:35:56.083" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is because &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=xspace&quot;&gt;commands gobble spaces&lt;/a&gt;. The simple work around is to type &lt;code&gt;\textgreater{}&lt;/code&gt; to terminate the command, which will restore the space after the command. See the linked TeX FAQ entry for other possible solutions. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T22:35:56.083" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14529" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14513" CreationDate="2011-03-29T22:50:13.293" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;In 2.0 (beta) you’ll simply have to change the font in the respective drop down menus for ‘roman’, ‘sans serif’ and ‘typewriter’. I don’t know if it is the same in earlier versions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1154" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T22:50:13.293" />
  <row Id="14530" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="45" CreationDate="2011-03-29T22:57:40.607" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would suggest using the regional compilation feature in AucTex. Of course you have to be using Emacs. First mark the region you need to compile, it can be 1 or several frames, then C-c C-r to compile, again to view. The full compilation only happens when you want to get the whole document. If there's anything that I think help most I learnt during making slides, it's the regional compilation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4534" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T22:57:40.607" />
  <row Id="14531" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9574" CreationDate="2011-03-29T23:28:47.380" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;After a lot of trial and error, I'v come up with what seems to be a solution. I suspect that my approach is rather long-winded and offers room for improvement.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Rummaging through &lt;code&gt;endnotes.sty&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;pagenote.sty&lt;/code&gt;, I noticed that &lt;code&gt;endnotes&lt;/code&gt; provided for writing more data in the &lt;code&gt;.ent&lt;/code&gt; file (an auxiliary file that contains the text of endnotes). Basically, parts of the &lt;code&gt;\refstepcounter&lt;/code&gt; mechanism (especially &lt;code&gt;\edef\@currentlabel&lt;/code&gt;) were &quot;sourced out&quot;. I experimented with &lt;code&gt;pagenote&lt;/code&gt;'s single occurence of &lt;code&gt;\refstepcounter&lt;/code&gt; in order to write data into the auxiliary file and at some point was partially successfull -- cross-references for pagenotes kind-of worked, but resetting the &lt;code&gt;pagenote&lt;/code&gt; counter for new chapters/sections (the default behaviour without the &lt;code&gt;continuous&lt;/code&gt; package option) was broken.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My currrent approach is to create a new counter that &quot;mirrors&quot; the &lt;code&gt;pagenote&lt;/code&gt; counter. Every time the &lt;code&gt;\@wrpnote&lt;/code&gt; macro increments the original counter, it also writes &lt;code&gt;\refstepcounter{pnotemirror}&lt;/code&gt; into the &lt;code&gt;.ent&lt;/code&gt; auxiliary file, and every time the value of the original counter is 0 (i.e., has been reset by a &lt;code&gt;\chapter&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\section&lt;/code&gt; command), the &quot;mirror&quot; counter is also reset. Clumsy, but it seems to work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrartcl}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[%&#xA;  continuous% Default: pagenote counter is reset with new chapters/sections&#xA;]{pagenote}&#xA;\makepagenote&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{etoolbox}&#xA;&#xA;\newcounter{pnotemirror}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand{\@wrpnote}[2][]{%&#xA;  \ifnumequal{\value{pagenote}}{0}% NEW&#xA;    {\@pnwrite\@notefile{}{\string\setcounter{pnotemirror}{0}}}% NEW&#xA;    {}% NEW&#xA;  \refstepcounter{pagenote}%&#xA;  \notenumintext{\thepagenote}%&#xA;  \ifpnhaschapter&#xA;    \ifnum\value{pnotesavechap}=\value{chapter}\else&#xA;      \setcounter{pnotesavechap}{\value{chapter}}%&#xA;      \addtonotes{\pagenotesubhead{\thechapter}{\f@rtoc}}%&#xA;    \fi&#xA;  \else&#xA;    \ifnum\value{pnotesavechap}=\value{section}\else&#xA;      \setcounter{pnotesavechap}{\value{section}}%&#xA;      \addtonotes{\pagenotesubhead{\thesection}{}}%&#xA;    \fi&#xA;  \fi&#xA;  \@pnwrite\@notefile{}&#xA;%     {\string\noteentry{\thepagenote}{#1}{#2}{\thepage}}% DELETED&#xA;    {\string\refstepcounter{pnotemirror}\string\noteentry{\thepagenote}{#1}{#2}{\thepage}}% NEW&#xA;  \endgroup&#xA;  \@esphack}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\section{foo}&#xA;&#xA;Text\pagenote{Page note.\label{test1}}&#xA;Text\pagenote{See note \ref{test1}.}&#xA;Text\pagenote{Another page note.\label{test2}}&#xA;Text\pagenote{See note \ref{test2}.}&#xA;&#xA;\section{bar}&#xA;&#xA;Text\pagenote{Page note.\label{test3}}&#xA;Text\pagenote{See note \ref{test3}.}&#xA;Text\pagenote{Another page note.\label{test4}}&#xA;Text\pagenote{See note \ref{test4}.}&#xA;&#xA;\printnotes&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: The &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt; class emulates the functionality of the &lt;code&gt;pagenote&lt;/code&gt; package and therefore suffers from the same bug. Because &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt; uses different macro names, for the sake of convenience here's a &quot;patch&quot; for &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt; (to be added in the document preamble):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{etoolbox}&#xA;&#xA;\newcounter{pnotemirror}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\renewcommand{\m@m@wrpnote}[2][]{%&#xA;  \@ifmtarg{#1}{%&#xA;    \ifnumequal{\value{pagenote}}{0}%&#xA;      {\m@m@pnwrite\@notefile{}{\string\setcounter{pnotemirror}{0}}}%&#xA;      {}%&#xA;    \refstepcounter{pagenote}%&#xA;    \notenumintext{\thepagenote}}{}%&#xA;  \ifm@mpn@new@chap&#xA;    \global\m@mpn@new@chapfalse&#xA;    \addtonotes{\string\pagenotesubhead{\@chapapp}{\thechapter}{\pnchap}}%&#xA;  \fi&#xA;  \ifm@mpn@new@schap&#xA;    \global\m@mpn@new@schapfalse&#xA;    \addtonotes{\string\pagenotesubhead{\@chapapp}{}{\pnschap}}%&#xA;  \fi&#xA;  \m@m@pnwrite\@notefile{}&#xA;    {\string\refstepcounter{pnotemirror}\string\noteentry{\thepagenote}{#1}{#2}{\thepage}}%&#xA;  \endgroup&#xA;  \@esphack}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-30T08:45:34.780" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T08:45:34.780" />
  <row Id="14532" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5461" CreationDate="2011-03-29T23:43:10.987" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I feel your pain there. The regular arrow head is almost invisible.&#xA;You can declare your own arrow head using &lt;code&gt;\pgfarrowsdeclare&lt;/code&gt;. You can modify the example below using commands from chapters 71 and 74 of the pgf manual. This is a simpler version of the example from chapter 74, which I latexified a bit while I was at it. Hope that helps. The idea behind declaring your own length is that it's going to scale with line thickness when you do it this way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newlength{\arrowsize}  &#xA;\pgfarrowsdeclare{biggertip}{biggertip}{  &#xA;  \setlength{\arrowsize}{0.4pt}  &#xA;  \addtolength{\arrowsize}{.5\pgflinewidth}  &#xA;  \pgfarrowsrightextend{0}  &#xA;  \pgfarrowsleftextend{-5\arrowsize}  &#xA;}{  &#xA;  \setlength{\arrowsize}{0.4pt}  &#xA;  \addtolength{\arrowsize}{.5\pgflinewidth}  &#xA;  \pgfpathmoveto{\pgfpoint{-5\arrowsize}{4\arrowsize}}  &#xA;  \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpointorigin}  &#xA;  \pgfpathlineto{\pgfpoint{-5\arrowsize}{-4\arrowsize}}  &#xA;  \pgfusepathqstroke  &#xA;}  &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To use your arrow afterwards, say something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\draw[-biggertip] (0,0) -- (0,1);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4139" LastActivityDate="2011-03-29T23:43:10.987" />
  <row Id="14533" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14520" CreationDate="2011-03-30T00:11:11.277" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Take a look at Scott Pakin's scripts on CTAN under &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/bundledoc/&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;bundledoc&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.  &lt;code&gt;bundledoc&lt;/code&gt; is a perl script that gathers all the dependent files to processing a single file and puts them in a single directory, then zips it up for easy transport.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T00:11:11.277" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14534" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14516" CreationDate="2011-03-30T00:24:54.000" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to the &lt;a href=&quot;http://miktex.org/2.9/setup&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;MiKTeX 2.9 setup page&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The following Windows platforms are&#xA;  supported:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Windows 7&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Windows Vista with Service Pack 2 (all editions except Starter Edition)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Windows XP with Service Pack 3 (all editions except Starter Edition)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Windows Server 2008 R2&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Windows Server 2008 with Service Pack 2&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Windows Server 2003 R2&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Windows Server 2003 with Service Pack 2&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't know what &quot;Windows Server Datacenter, copyright 2007&quot; means, but I would suspect if MiKTeX installs in all of these it should install in yours.  Have you tried it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T00:24:54.000" />
  <row Id="14535" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14513" CreationDate="2011-03-30T00:34:10.110" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Perhaps the answer to the question &quot;The fonts are bad in the exported PDF, what can I do?&quot; in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://wiki.lyx.org/FAQ/PDF&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LyX FAQ&lt;/a&gt; will help you. I suspect that you are using the default computer modern fonts, which are bitmap fonts optimized for printing, but they will look bad on the screen.  You need to switch to vector fonts if you want to produce document that will look good when viewed on screen. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T00:34:10.110" />
  <row Id="14536" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14513" CreationDate="2011-03-30T01:43:50.433" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;We solved this for our report by switching to &lt;code&gt;Latin Modern&lt;/code&gt;... use &lt;strong&gt;Latin Modern Roman&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;Latin Modern Sans&lt;/strong&gt;, and &lt;strong&gt;Latin Modern Typewriter&lt;/strong&gt; and see if you see an improvement---we did!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(this is under the same Document&gt;Settings&gt;Fonts window)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4464" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T01:43:50.433" />
  <row Id="14538" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-30T01:50:49.413" Score="5" ViewCount="48" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have declared a couple of &lt;code&gt;if&lt;/code&gt; commands of the form&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newif\iffinal&#xA;\newif\ifsolutions&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now I want to write about it in the same document! So I want to write something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\iffinal&#xA;&#xA;    (...)&#xA;&#xA;    \begin{verbatim}&#xA;&#xA;        \iffinal&#xA;        \ifsolutions&#xA;&#xA;    \end{verbatim}&#xA;&#xA;    (...)&#xA;&#xA;\fi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;that displays the syntax of the commands, but I keep getting the following error&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Incomplete \iffalse; all text was ignored after line [NUMBER]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;whenever I include my verbatim environment within the scope of a condition that is commented out like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;%\iffinal&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If the condition is not commented out:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\iffinal&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the verbatim environment works fine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;line [NUMBER]&lt;/code&gt; is the last plasce where I used one of my declared &lt;code&gt;if&lt;/code&gt; conditions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4536" LastEditorUserId="4536" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-30T01:57:47.147" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T20:29:43.643" Title="In the verbatim environment, how can I display an 'if' statement I declared as '\ifcondition'?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;errors&gt;&lt;verbatim&gt;&lt;conditionals&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="14539" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-30T02:33:13.680" Score="2" ViewCount="190" Body="&lt;p&gt;As I said in the title, isn't TeX &quot;similar&quot; to &lt;em&gt;static&lt;/em&gt; web pages? Can you accomplish the same things with both, or is TeX limited to words?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why would one prefer HTML and CSS over TeX, or vice versa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2930" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-30T03:40:46.480" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T11:02:26.853" Title="Isn't TeX similar to HTML+CSS?" Tags="&lt;html&gt;&lt;tex-general&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14540" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14527" CreationDate="2011-03-30T02:33:49.180" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\reversemarginpar&lt;/code&gt; command cannot be used to typeset the marginal notes; as Willie Wong mentioned in a comment, all &lt;code&gt;\reversemarginpar&lt;/code&gt; does is to force all subsequent marginal notes to be put on the opposite side. To typeset your marginal notes, you can use the standard &lt;code&gt;\marginpar&lt;/code&gt; command or, even better, you can use the &lt;code&gt;\marginnote&lt;/code&gt; command provided by the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/marginnote&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;marginnote&lt;/a&gt; package: an example including some of your code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}&#xA;\usepackage{wasysym}&#xA;\usepackage[top=2cm, bottom=1.3cm, left=2.5cm, right=2.5cm]{geometry}&#xA;\usepackage{tensor}&#xA;\usepackage{enumitem}&#xA;\usepackage{outlines}&#xA;\usepackage{ulem}&#xA;\usepackage{marginnote}&#xA;&#xA;\reversemarginpar&#xA;&#xA;\title{\vspace{-0.9in}\uline{Chapter 13 - Chromosomal Rearrangements and Changes in Chromosome Number}}&#xA;\author{A. Uthor}&#xA;\date{}  &#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\section*{\Large Types:}&#xA;\begin{outline}[enumerate]&#xA;\1 Duplications&#xA;\1 Deletions&#xA;\1 Inversions&#xA;\1 Translocations&#xA;\end{outline}&#xA;&#xA; \textbf{semisterility} $\rightarrow$ diminished fertility of translocation heterozygotes by at least 50\% \marginnote{Why does Mendel's 2$\mathrm{^{nd}}$ require viability of offspring?}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You must compile several times to see the marginal note in its final position.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On a side note, can I ask you why do you use the &lt;code&gt;outlines&lt;/code&gt; package? It is not part of TeX Live or MiKTeX, and the &lt;code&gt;enumitem&lt;/code&gt; package (which you are also loading) offers you more possibilities (in my opinion) to customize your lists.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastEditorUserId="3954" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-30T02:49:24.290" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T02:49:24.290" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="14541" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14510" CreationDate="2011-03-30T03:05:22.110" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/memoir/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;memoir&lt;/a&gt;'s default &lt;code&gt;\listoffigures&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\listoftables&lt;/code&gt; commands don't put themselves on separate pages:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{memoir}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\tableofcontents*&#xA;\listoftables&#xA;\listoffigures&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{Introduction}&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;\centering&#xA;Some fake content&#xA;\caption{A first fake figure}%&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{figure}&#xA;\centering&#xA;Some fake content&#xA;\caption{A second fake figure}%&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{table}&#xA;\centering&#xA;\begin{tabular}{lcr}&#xA;More &amp;amp; fake &amp;amp; content&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\caption{A first fake table}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{table}&#xA;\centering&#xA;\begin{tabular}{lcr}&#xA;More &amp;amp; fake &amp;amp; content&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\caption{A second fake table}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/3vM9o.png&quot; alt=&quot;Default memoir ToC, LoF, LoT&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I won't go so far as to recommend memoir for everything, but if you're writing a thesis, and are already looking at &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/tocloft/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tocloft&lt;/a&gt; and similar packages, you may end up piecing together a sizable portion of what memoir already provides in one class. I have a style for my university based on memoir, and the lines of code required to maintain the style requirements is easily half of what the previous style file had. How much of that improvement is due to memoir itself, and how much is from replacing old explicit code with newer CTAN packages, I can't say.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3345" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T03:05:22.110" />
  <row Id="14542" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14547" CreationDate="2011-03-30T03:25:28.210" Score="3" ViewCount="59" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to get three tables side by side using minipage. In spite of my horrific efforts my tables keep stacking on top of each other instead of standing beside what drives me mad. Can anybody spot a mistake here?&#xA;Cheers&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt]{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{minipage}[b]{0.33\linewidth}\centering&#xA;\begin{tabular}{ | c | c |}&#xA;\hline&#xA;\textbf{Feat. id} &amp;amp; \textbf{F-Measure} \\ \hline&#xA;0 &amp;amp; 0.4286 \\ \hline&#xA;17 &amp;amp; 0.3973 \\ \hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\label{tab:singlebest}&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{minipage}[b]{0.33\linewidth}\centering&#xA;\begin{tabular}{ | c | c |}&#xA;\hline&#xA;\textbf{Feat. id} &amp;amp; \textbf{F-Measure} \\ \hline&#xA;25 &amp;amp; 0.4494 \\ \hline&#xA;11 &amp;amp; 0.4457 \\ \hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\label{tab:twobest}&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{minipage}[b]{0.33\linewidth}\centering&#xA;\begin{tabular}{ | c | c |}&#xA;\hline&#xA;\textbf{Feat. id} &amp;amp; \textbf{F-Measure} \\ \hline&#xA;18 &amp;amp; 0.4595 \\ \hline&#xA;19 &amp;amp; 0.4565 \\ \hline&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;\label{tab:threebest}&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1262" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-30T05:49:07.963" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T05:55:00.200" Title="tables side-by-side using minipage" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;positioning&gt;&lt;minipage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14543" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14539" CreationDate="2011-03-30T03:45:58.270" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;No. You have pretty much no control over how pages break with HTML+CSS (or if you have, please share how). Besides, you are comparing apples to oranges: TeX is a typesetting system, HTML+CSS isn't. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That said, you &lt;em&gt;can&lt;/em&gt; make, with some effort, typographically appealing documents in HTML+CSS with the help of, for example, a &lt;a href=&quot;http://code.google.com/p/hyphenator/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Hyphenator&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://webtypography.net/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;some info on the basics&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T03:45:58.270" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="14544" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14546" CreationDate="2011-03-30T04:19:19.190" Score="2" ViewCount="48" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Declaring appendices, an unnecessary blank page is created immediately after.  Leaving a 1-page break before the first appendix!?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;How can this blank page be removed.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;MWE below.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[toc,page]{appendix}&#xA;    \documentclass[twoside]{book} &#xA;    \usepackage[toc,page]{appendix}&#xA;&#xA;     \begin{document}&#xA;        \begin{appendices}&#xA;            \section{My first section}  &#xA;        \end{appendices}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4159" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-30T07:11:33.907" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T07:11:33.907" Title="Remove unnecessary blank page after creating an appendix" Tags="&lt;appendices&gt;&lt;blank-page&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="14545" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14510" CreationDate="2011-03-30T05:29:25.230" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just an afterthough. For documents with few tables and figures I usualy bundle them together in one command &lt;code&gt;\listofillustrations&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\makeatletter&#xA;\providecommand\phantomsection{}% for hyperref&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\listofillustrations{%&#xA;    \chapter*{List of Illustrations}%&#xA;    \phantomsection&#xA;    \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{List of Illustrations}%&#xA;    \section*{Figures}%&#xA;    \phantomsection&#xA;    \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\protect\numberline{}Figures}%&#xA;    \@starttoc{lof}%&#xA;    \bigskip&#xA;    \section*{Tables}%&#xA;    \phantomsection&#xA;    \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\protect\numberline{}Tables}%&#xA;    \@starttoc{lot}}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are using an &lt;code&gt;article&lt;/code&gt; class you can use &lt;code&gt;\section*&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\subsection*&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1683" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T05:29:25.230" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14546" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14544" CreationDate="2011-03-30T05:29:36.947" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Add &lt;code&gt;\makeatletter\@openrightfalse\makeatother&lt;/code&gt; to the preamble.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4363" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T05:29:36.947" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14547" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14542" CreationDate="2011-03-30T05:49:58.643" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are a number of problems here:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The open line between the &lt;code&gt;minipages&lt;/code&gt; results in a new paragraph. Comment it out or remove it.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The &lt;code&gt;label&lt;/code&gt; commands will refere to the previous section or chaper and not the table as intended. Put everyting inside a &lt;code&gt;table&lt;/code&gt; environment and use &lt;code&gt;\caption&lt;/code&gt; commands to activate the correct labels.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Your tables are to wide for the environments. You can cheat a little bit by putting a wide box inside a zero sized box.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is and example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{table}&#xA;\centering&#xA;\makebox[0pt][c]{\parbox{1.2\textwidth}{%&#xA;    \begin{minipage}[b]{0.32\hsize}\centering&#xA;        \begin{tabular}{ | c | c |}&#xA;           \hline&#xA;           \textbf{Feat. id} &amp;amp; \textbf{F-Measure} \\ \hline&#xA;           0 &amp;amp; 0.4286 \\ \hline&#xA;           17 &amp;amp; 0.3973 \\ \hline&#xA;        \end{tabular}&#xA;        \caption{xxx}&#xA;        \label{tab:singlebest}&#xA;    \end{minipage}&#xA;    \hfill&#xA;    \begin{minipage}[b]{0.32\hsize}\centering&#xA;        \begin{tabular}{ | c | c |}&#xA;           \hline&#xA;           \textbf{Feat. id} &amp;amp; \textbf{F-Measure} \\ \hline&#xA;           25 &amp;amp; 0.4494 \\ \hline&#xA;           11 &amp;amp; 0.4457 \\ \hline&#xA;        \end{tabular}&#xA;        \caption{xxxx}&#xA;        \label{tab:twobest}&#xA;    \end{minipage}&#xA;    \hfill&#xA;    \begin{minipage}[b]{0.32\hsize}\centering&#xA;        \begin{tabular}{ | c | c |}&#xA;           \hline&#xA;           \textbf{Feat. id} &amp;amp; \textbf{F-Measure} \\ \hline&#xA;           18 &amp;amp; 0.4595 \\ \hline&#xA;           19 &amp;amp; 0.4565 \\ \hline&#xA;        \end{tabular}&#xA;        \caption{xxxx}&#xA;        \label{tab:threebest}&#xA;    \end{minipage}%&#xA;}}&#xA;\end{table}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1683" LastEditorUserId="1683" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-30T05:55:00.200" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T05:55:00.200" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14548" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14552" CreationDate="2011-03-30T07:10:17.417" Score="1" ViewCount="76" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I have an equation extending into the&#xA;right margin and off the page.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I have many equations.  For this&#xA;equation only, I would like to shift&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;it to the left.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;MWE below.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[twoside]{book}                           &#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}                                      &#xA;     \begin{document}&#xA;        \begin{equation}&#xA;                \text{Some big equation}&#xA;        \end{equation}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is an example of an equation I wish to shift left horizontally as it is too far to the right.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,12pt,twoside]{book}                      &#xA;&#xA;        \newcommand{\MyLeftRoundBracket}{(}                                                                         &#xA;        \newcommand{\MyRightRoundBracket}{)}                                                                        &#xA;        \newcommand{\MyLeftSquareBracket}{[}                                                                        &#xA;        \newcommand{\MyRightSquareBracket}{]} &#xA;&#xA;        \usepackage{amsmath}                                      &#xA;&#xA;     \begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;                \begin{align}\label{eq:CIR_Expected_Return_Variance_Spread}&#xA;     ^{Spread}_{CIR}\sigma^2(X^L,X^U,c) &amp;amp;= -{(c-X^L+X^U)^2 \over {_{CIR}\theta_1}^2} {1 \over \Bigg \MyLeftSquareBracket \frac{\partial \Phi}{\partial a}\Big(0,\frac{2 {_{CIR}\theta_1} {_{CIR}\theta_2}}{{_{CIR}\theta_3}},\frac{2&#xA;   {_{CIR}\theta_1} X^L}{{_{CIR}\theta_3}}\Big)-}  \cdots  \notag \\&#xA;&amp;amp;\qquad {1 \over &#xA;        \frac{\partial \Phi}{\partial a}\Big(0,\frac{2 {_{CIR}\theta_1} {_{CIR}\theta_2}}{{_{CIR}\theta_3}},\frac{2 {_{CIR}\theta_1}&#xA;   X^U}{{_{CIR}\theta_3}}\Big) -\frac{\partial \Psi}{\partial a}\Big(0,\frac{2 {_{CIR}\theta_1} {_{CIR}\theta_2}}{{_{CIR}\theta_3}},\frac{2 {_{CIR}\theta_1} X^L}{{_{CIR}\theta_3}}\Big) + }  \cdots  \notag        \\&#xA;   &amp;amp; \qquad\qquad {1 \over \frac{\partial \Psi}{\partial a}\Big(0,\frac{2 {_{CIR}\theta_1}&#xA;   {_{CIR}\theta_2}}{{_{CIR}\theta_3}}, \frac{2 {_{CIR}\theta_1} X^U}{{_{CIR}\theta_3}}\Big) \Bigg \MyRightSquareBracket^3 } &#xA;\times      \notag  \\&#xA;&amp;amp;\qquad \Bigg [ \frac{\partial \Phi}{\partial a}\Big(0,\frac{2 {_{CIR}\theta_1}  {_{CIR}\theta_2}}{{_{CIR}\theta_3}},\frac{2 {_{CIR}\theta_1}&#xA;   X^L}{{_{CIR}\theta_3}}\Big)^2-\frac{\partial \Phi}{\partial a}\Big(0,\frac{2 {_{CIR}\theta_1} {_{CIR}\theta_2}}{{_{CIR}\theta_3}},\frac{2 {_{CIR}\theta_1}&#xA;   X^U}{{_{CIR}\theta_3}}\Big)^2 + \notag \\&#xA;&amp;amp;\qquad   \frac{\partial \Phi^2}{\partial a^2}\Big(0,\frac{2 {_{CIR}\theta_1} {_{CIR}\theta_2}}{{_{CIR}\theta_3}},\frac{2 {_{CIR}\theta_1}&#xA;   X^U}{{_{CIR}\theta_3}}\Big)-\frac{\partial \Phi^2}{\partial a^2}\Big(0,\frac{2 {_{CIR}\theta_1} {_{CIR}\theta_2}}{{_{CIR}\theta_3}},\frac{2 {_{CIR}\theta_1} X^L}{{_{CIR}\theta_3}}\Big)+ \notag \\&#xA;&amp;amp;\qquad  \frac{\partial \Psi}{\partial a}\Big(0,\frac{2&#xA;   {_{CIR}\theta_1} {_{CIR}\theta_2}}{{_{CIR}\theta_3}},\frac{2 {_{CIR}\theta_1} X^L}{{_{CIR}\theta_3}}\Big)^2-\frac{\partial \Psi^2}{\partial a^2}\Big(0,\frac{2 {_{CIR}\theta_1} {_{CIR}\theta_2}}{{_{CIR}\theta_3}},\frac{2 {_{CIR}\theta_1}&#xA;   X^L}{{_{CIR}\theta_3}}\Big)-         \notag \\&#xA;&amp;amp;\qquad   \frac{\partial \Psi}{\partial a}\Big(0,\frac{2 {_{CIR}\theta_1} {_{CIR}\theta_2}}{{_{CIR}\theta_3}},\frac{2 {_{CIR}\theta_1} X^U}{{_{CIR}\theta_3}}\Big)^2+\frac{\partial \Psi^2}{\partial a^2}\Big(0,\frac{2 {_{CIR}\theta_1}&#xA;   {_{CIR}\theta_2}}{{_{CIR}\theta_3}},\frac{2 {_{CIR}\theta_1} X^U}{{_{CIR}\theta_3}}\Big)\Bigg ]&#xA;   \end{align}              &#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4159" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-30T11:10:19.693" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T11:10:19.693" Title="How to shift one equation only towards the left margin" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;margins&gt;&lt;amsmath&gt;&lt;horizontal-alignment&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="14549" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-30T07:39:33.887" Score="0" ViewCount="12" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm sorry my english is bad.&#xA;how to add a shorcut at toolbar in lyx??&#xA;so that If I klick the shorcut, I can connect to the TortoiseSVN,&#xA;just shorcut(seemlessly)&#xA;thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4537" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T07:39:33.887" Title="how to make a shortcut at toolbar in lyx?" Tags="&lt;lyx&gt;" />
  <row Id="14551" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14539" CreationDate="2011-03-30T08:47:33.750" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;TeX is a Turing complete programming language. I didn't saw any browser plugins yet written only using HTML and CSS. There are hundreds of from small till giant packages for (La)TeX, like PSTricks and TikZ. Ok, you could draw your vector graphics with SGML, but please compare the code required for that and e.g. &lt;code&gt;tikz&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;TeX includes algorithm for line and page breaking and HTML+CSS does not. Compare a PDF produced with DocBookXML compiled with Apache FOP to PDF, or simply a website printed to PDF and one made using LaTeX, then you can see the difference in typesetting quality.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;TeX allows for automatically generation of e.g. table of contents and other lists. This doesn't work with HTML+CSS out-of-the-box. Same counts for references and citations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;....&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T08:47:33.750" />
  <row Id="14552" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14548" CreationDate="2011-03-30T08:53:21.623" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;![\documentclass[twoside]{book}                           &#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}                                      &#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA; \hspace*{-10cm}   \text{Some big equation}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;       \text{Some big equation}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;\end{document}]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/wo2wa.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,12pt,twoside]{book}                      &#xA;&#xA;        \newcommand{\MyLeftRoundBracket}{(}                                                                         &#xA;        \newcommand{\MyRightRoundBracket}{)}                                                                        &#xA;        \newcommand{\MyLeftSquareBracket}{[}                                                                        &#xA;        \newcommand{\MyRightSquareBracket}{]} &#xA;&#xA;        \usepackage{amsmath}                                      &#xA;&#xA;     \begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;  \hspace*{-3cm}\vbox{\begin{align}\label{eq:CIR_Expected_Return_Variance_Spread}&#xA;       ^{Spread}_{CIR}\sigma^2(X^L,X^U,c) &amp;amp;= -{(c-X^L+X^U)^2 \over {_{CIR}\theta_1}^2} {1 \over \Bigg \MyLeftSquareBracket \frac{\partial \Phi}{\partial a}\Big(0,\frac{2 {_{CIR}\theta_1} {_{CIR}\theta_2}}{{_{CIR}\theta_3}},\frac{2&#xA;     {_{CIR}\theta_1} X^L}{{_{CIR}\theta_3}}\Big)-}  \cdots  \notag \\&#xA;  &amp;amp;\qquad {1 \over &#xA;          \frac{\partial \Phi}{\partial a}\Big(0,\frac{2 {_{CIR}\theta_1} {_{CIR}\theta_2}}{{_{CIR}\theta_3}},\frac{2 {_{CIR}\theta_1}&#xA;     X^U}{{_{CIR}\theta_3}}\Big) -\frac{\partial \Psi}{\partial a}\Big(0,\frac{2 {_{CIR}\theta_1} {_{CIR}\theta_2}}{{_{CIR}\theta_3}},\frac{2 {_{CIR}\theta_1} X^L}{{_{CIR}\theta_3}}\Big) + }  \cdots  \notag        \\&#xA;     &amp;amp; \qquad\qquad {1 \over \frac{\partial \Psi}{\partial a}\Big(0,\frac{2 {_{CIR}\theta_1}&#xA;     {_{CIR}\theta_2}}{{_{CIR}\theta_3}}, \frac{2 {_{CIR}\theta_1} X^U}{{_{CIR}\theta_3}}\Big) \Bigg \MyRightSquareBracket^3 } &#xA;  \times      \notag  \\&#xA;  &amp;amp;\qquad \Bigg [ \frac{\partial \Phi}{\partial a}\Big(0,\frac{2 {_{CIR}\theta_1}  {_{CIR}\theta_2}}{{_{CIR}\theta_3}},\frac{2 {_{CIR}\theta_1}&#xA;     X^L}{{_{CIR}\theta_3}}\Big)^2-\frac{\partial \Phi}{\partial a}\Big(0,\frac{2 {_{CIR}\theta_1} {_{CIR}\theta_2}}{{_{CIR}\theta_3}},\frac{2 {_{CIR}\theta_1}&#xA;     X^U}{{_{CIR}\theta_3}}\Big)^2 + \notag \\&#xA;  &amp;amp;\qquad   \frac{\partial \Phi^2}{\partial a^2}\Big(0,\frac{2 {_{CIR}\theta_1} {_{CIR}\theta_2}}{{_{CIR}\theta_3}},\frac{2 {_{CIR}\theta_1}&#xA;     X^U}{{_{CIR}\theta_3}}\Big)-\frac{\partial \Phi^2}{\partial a^2}\Big(0,\frac{2 {_{CIR}\theta_1} {_{CIR}\theta_2}}{{_{CIR}\theta_3}},\frac{2 {_{CIR}\theta_1} X^L}{{_{CIR}\theta_3}}\Big)+ \notag \\&#xA;  &amp;amp;\qquad  \frac{\partial \Psi}{\partial a}\Big(0,\frac{2&#xA;     {_{CIR}\theta_1} {_{CIR}\theta_2}}{{_{CIR}\theta_3}},\frac{2 {_{CIR}\theta_1} X^L}{{_{CIR}\theta_3}}\Big)^2-\frac{\partial \Psi^2}{\partial a^2}\Big(0,\frac{2 {_{CIR}\theta_1} {_{CIR}\theta_2}}{{_{CIR}\theta_3}},\frac{2 {_{CIR}\theta_1}&#xA;     X^L}{{_{CIR}\theta_3}}\Big)-         \notag \\&#xA;  &amp;amp;\qquad   \frac{\partial \Psi}{\partial a}\Big(0,\frac{2 {_{CIR}\theta_1} {_{CIR}\theta_2}}{{_{CIR}\theta_3}},\frac{2 {_{CIR}\theta_1} X^U}{{_{CIR}\theta_3}}\Big)^2+\frac{\partial \Psi^2}{\partial a^2}\Big(0,\frac{2 {_{CIR}\theta_1}&#xA;     {_{CIR}\theta_2}}{{_{CIR}\theta_3}},\frac{2 {_{CIR}\theta_1} X^U}{{_{CIR}\theta_3}}\Big)\Bigg ]&#xA;     \end{align}  }            &#xA;&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/RXSAk.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;    &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastEditorUserId="3144" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-30T08:59:43.410" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T08:59:43.410" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14553" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-30T08:54:10.203" Score="0" ViewCount="27" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am having some very large longtables in my LaTeX document. When I use the article document class the compile time is ok, however, when shifting to the memoir class the compile time becomes huge!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any suggestions?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Below is an example of a table I include.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;% latex table generated in R 2.12.2 by xtable 1.5-6 package&#xA;% Wed Mar 30 10:16:51 2011&#xA;\begin{longtable}{rll}&#xA;  \hline&#xA; &amp;amp; 200806 &amp;amp; 200807 \\ &#xA;  \hline&#xA;  \scriptsize{(Intercept)} &amp;amp; $\overset{0.00}{\underset{\left[-10.26,-7.21\right]}{\textbf{-8.73}}}$ &amp;amp; $\overset{0.00}{\underset{\left[-10.68,-7.41\right]}{\textbf{-9.04}}}$ \\ &#xA;  \scriptsize{VAR1G2} &amp;amp; $\overset{0.69}{\underset{\left[-0.87,0.58\right]}{\textbf{-0.15}}}$ &amp;amp; $\overset{0.92}{\underset{\left[-0.72,0.65\right]}{\textbf{-0.04}}}$ \\ &#xA;  \scriptsize{VAR1G3} &amp;amp; $\overset{0.00}{\underset{\left[0.22,0.93\right]}{\textbf{0.57}}}$ &amp;amp; $\overset{0.00}{\underset{\left[0.23,0.94\right]}{\textbf{0.59}}}$ \\ &#xA;  \scriptsize{VAR1G4} &amp;amp; $\overset{0.77}{\underset{\left[-0.89,0.67\right]}{\textbf{-0.11}}}$ &amp;amp; $\overset{0.79}{\underset{\left[-0.89,0.68\right]}{\textbf{-0.11}}}$ \\ &#xA;  \scriptsize{VAR1G5} &amp;amp; $\overset{0.09}{\underset{\left[-0.09,1.15\right]}{\textbf{0.53}}}$ &amp;amp; $\overset{0.02}{\underset{\left[0.14,1.31\right]}{\textbf{0.72}}}$ \\ &#xA;  \scriptsize{VAR1G6} &amp;amp; $\overset{0.18}{\underset{\left[-0.18,0.97\right]}{\textbf{0.39}}}$ &amp;amp; $\overset{0.22}{\underset{\left[-0.22,0.96\right]}{\textbf{0.37}}}$ \\ &#xA;  \scriptsize{VAR1MISSING} &amp;amp; $\overset{0.31}{\underset{\left[-0.68,2.17\right]}{\textbf{0.74}}}$ &amp;amp; $\overset{0.33}{\underset{\left[-0.71,2.13\right]}{\textbf{0.71}}}$ \\ &#xA;  \scriptsize{VAR2G2} &amp;amp; $\overset{0.09}{\underset{\left[-0.05,0.70\right]}{\textbf{0.33}}}$ &amp;amp; $\overset{0.11}{\underset{\left[-0.07,0.68\right]}{\textbf{0.31}}}$ \\ &#xA;  \scriptsize{VAR2G3} &amp;amp; $\overset{0.25}{\underset{\left[-0.23,0.91\right]}{\textbf{0.34}}}$ &amp;amp; $\overset{0.15}{\underset{\left[-0.15,0.97\right]}{\textbf{0.41}}}$ \\ &#xA;  \scriptsize{VAR2G4} &amp;amp; $\overset{0.86}{\underset{\left[-0.89,1.07\right]}{\textbf{0.09}}}$ &amp;amp; $\overset{0.60}{\underset{\left[-0.67,1.16\right]}{\textbf{0.24}}}$ \\ &#xA;  \scriptsize{VAR2MISSING} &amp;amp; $\overset{0.98}{\underset{\left[-967.26,941.78\right]}{\textbf{-12.74}}}$ &amp;amp; $\overset{0.99}{\underset{\left[-2594.87,2565.48\right]}{\textbf{-14.69}}}$ \\ &#xA;  \scriptsize{VAR3G2} &amp;amp; $\overset{1.00}{\underset{\left[-5202.60,5180.55\right]}{\textbf{-11.02}}}$ &amp;amp; $\overset{1.00}{\underset{\left[-13074.91,13048.90\right]}{\textbf{-13.00}}}$ \\ &#xA;  \scriptsize{VAR4G2} &amp;amp; $\overset{0.00}{\underset{\left[0.36,1.61\right]}{\textbf{0.99}}}$ &amp;amp; $\overset{0.00}{\underset{\left[0.38,1.61\right]}{\textbf{1.00}}}$ \\ &#xA;  \scriptsize{VAR5G2} &amp;amp; $\overset{0.00}{\underset{\left[0.95,1.87\right]}{\textbf{1.41}}}$ &amp;amp; $\overset{0.00}{\underset{\left[0.88,1.83\right]}{\textbf{1.35}}}$ \\ &#xA;  \scriptsize{VAR5G3} &amp;amp; $\overset{0.00}{\underset{\left[1.54,2.34\right]}{\textbf{1.94}}}$ &amp;amp; $\overset{0.00}{\underset{\left[1.56,2.37\right]}{\textbf{1.97}}}$ \\ &#xA;  \scriptsize{VAR5G4} &amp;amp; $\overset{0.00}{\underset{\left[0.86,1.98\right]}{\textbf{1.42}}}$ &amp;amp; $\overset{0.00}{\underset{\left[0.98,2.13\right]}{\textbf{1.56}}}$ \\ &#xA;  \scriptsize{VAR6G2} &amp;amp; $\overset{0.00}{\underset{\left[0.19,0.83\right]}{\textbf{0.51}}}$ &amp;amp; $\overset{0.01}{\underset{\left[0.11,0.76\right]}{\textbf{0.44}}}$ \\ &#xA;  \scriptsize{VAR7G2} &amp;amp; $\overset{0.00}{\underset{\left[-3.84,-1.04\right]}{\textbf{-2.44}}}$ &amp;amp; $\overset{0.95}{\underset{\left[-497.88,467.66\right]}{\textbf{-15.11}}}$ \\ &#xA;  \scriptsize{VAR7G3} &amp;amp; $\overset{0.00}{\underset{\left[-1.91,-0.92\right]}{\textbf{-1.42}}}$ &amp;amp; $\overset{0.00}{\underset{\left[-1.83,-0.84\right]}{\textbf{-1.34}}}$ \\ &#xA;  \scriptsize{VAR7G4} &amp;amp; $\overset{0.00}{\underset{\left[-1.48,-0.52\right]}{\textbf{-1.00}}}$ &amp;amp; $\overset{0.00}{\underset{\left[-1.42,-0.46\right]}{\textbf{-0.94}}}$ \\ &#xA;  \scriptsize{VAR8G2} &amp;amp; $\overset{0.00}{\underset{\left[1.27,2.19\right]}{\textbf{1.73}}}$ &amp;amp; $\overset{0.00}{\underset{\left[1.28,2.20\right]}{\textbf{1.74}}}$ \\ &#xA;  \scriptsize{VAR9G2} &amp;amp; $\overset{0.94}{\underset{\left[-0.43,0.40\right]}{\textbf{-0.02}}}$ &amp;amp; $\overset{0.99}{\underset{\left[-0.42,0.42\right]}{\textbf{0.00}}}$ \\ &#xA;  \scriptsize{VAR9G3} &amp;amp; $\overset{0.99}{\underset{\left[-2274.02,2249.63\right]}{\textbf{-12.20}}}$ &amp;amp; $\overset{1.00}{\underset{\left[-6084.76,6055.89\right]}{\textbf{-14.44}}}$ \\ &#xA;  \scriptsize{VAR9MISSING} &amp;amp; $\overset{0.92}{\underset{\left[-0.52,0.58\right]}{\textbf{0.03}}}$ &amp;amp; $\overset{0.84}{\underset{\left[-0.63,0.51\right]}{\textbf{-0.06}}}$ \\ &#xA;  \scriptsize{VAR10G2} &amp;amp; $\overset{0.99}{\underset{\left[-1575.07,1549.00\right]}{\textbf{-13.04}}}$ &amp;amp; $\overset{0.99}{\underset{\left[-4359.12,4328.30\right]}{\textbf{-15.41}}}$ \\ &#xA;  \scriptsize{VAR10MISSING} &amp;amp; $\overset{0.08}{\underset{\left[-1.52,0.09\right]}{\textbf{-0.72}}}$ &amp;amp; $\overset{0.10}{\underset{\left[-1.49,0.13\right]}{\textbf{-0.68}}}$ \\ &#xA;  \scriptsize{VAR11G2} &amp;amp; $\overset{0.03}{\underset{\left[0.11,1.92\right]}{\textbf{1.02}}}$ &amp;amp; $\overset{0.18}{\underset{\left[-0.31,1.64\right]}{\textbf{0.66}}}$ \\ &#xA;  \scriptsize{VAR12G2} &amp;amp; $\overset{0.62}{\underset{\left[-0.77,1.30\right]}{\textbf{0.26}}}$ &amp;amp; $\overset{0.21}{\underset{\left[-0.37,1.66\right]}{\textbf{0.64}}}$ \\ &#xA;  \scriptsize{VAR13G2} &amp;amp; $\overset{0.99}{\underset{\left[-3029.47,3075.88\right]}{\textbf{23.20}}}$ &amp;amp; $\overset{1.00}{\underset{\left[-8768.75,8819.38\right]}{\textbf{25.31}}}$ \\ &#xA;  \scriptsize{VAR14M} &amp;amp; $\overset{0.72}{\underset{\left[-0.21,0.31\right]}{\textbf{0.05}}}$ &amp;amp; $\overset{0.66}{\underset{\left[-0.20,0.32\right]}{\textbf{0.06}}}$ \\ &#xA;  \scriptsize{VAR15G2} &amp;amp; $\overset{0.09}{\underset{\left[-2.30,0.17\right]}{\textbf{-1.07}}}$ &amp;amp; $\overset{0.35}{\underset{\left[-1.98,0.70\right]}{\textbf{-0.64}}}$ \\ &#xA;  \scriptsize{VAR15G3} &amp;amp; $\overset{0.42}{\underset{\left[-1.66,0.69\right]}{\textbf{-0.48}}}$ &amp;amp; $\overset{0.75}{\underset{\left[-1.52,1.09\right]}{\textbf{-0.22}}}$ \\ &#xA;  \scriptsize{VAR15G4} &amp;amp; $\overset{0.24}{\underset{\left[-2.21,0.54\right]}{\textbf{-0.83}}}$ &amp;amp; $\overset{0.34}{\underset{\left[-2.31,0.79\right]}{\textbf{-0.76}}}$ \\ &#xA;  \scriptsize{VAR15G5} &amp;amp; $\overset{0.62}{\underset{\left[-1.53,0.92\right]}{\textbf{-0.31}}}$ &amp;amp; $\overset{0.81}{\underset{\left[-1.16,1.49\right]}{\textbf{0.17}}}$ \\ &#xA;  \scriptsize{VAR15MISSING} &amp;amp; $\overset{0.26}{\underset{\left[-1.62,0.43\right]}{\textbf{-0.60}}}$ &amp;amp; $\overset{0.60}{\underset{\left[-1.49,0.86\right]}{\textbf{-0.32}}}$ \\ &#xA;  \scriptsize{VAR16G2} &amp;amp; $\overset{0.23}{\underset{\left[-0.69,0.17\right]}{\textbf{-0.26}}}$ &amp;amp; $\overset{0.27}{\underset{\left[-0.68,0.19\right]}{\textbf{-0.25}}}$ \\ &#xA;  \scriptsize{VAR17G2} &amp;amp; $\overset{0.86}{\underset{\left[-0.58,0.69\right]}{\textbf{0.06}}}$ &amp;amp; $\overset{0.83}{\underset{\left[-0.57,0.71\right]}{\textbf{0.07}}}$ \\ &#xA;  \scriptsize{VAR17MISSING} &amp;amp; $\overset{0.00}{\underset{\left[-2.10,-0.76\right]}{\textbf{-1.43}}}$ &amp;amp; $\overset{0.00}{\underset{\left[-2.03,-0.70\right]}{\textbf{-1.36}}}$ \\ &#xA;  \scriptsize{VAR18G2} &amp;amp; $\overset{0.66}{\underset{\left[-0.35,0.22\right]}{\textbf{-0.06}}}$ &amp;amp; $\overset{0.72}{\underset{\left[-0.34,0.23\right]}{\textbf{-0.05}}}$ \\ &#xA;  \scriptsize{VAR18MISSING} &amp;amp; $\overset{0.95}{\underset{\left[-1.11,1.18\right]}{\textbf{0.03}}}$ &amp;amp; $\overset{0.89}{\underset{\left[-1.07,1.23\right]}{\textbf{0.08}}}$ \\ &#xA;  \scriptsize{VAR19G2} &amp;amp; $\overset{0.00}{\underset{\left[2.17,2.93\right]}{\textbf{2.55}}}$ &amp;amp; $\overset{0.00}{\underset{\left[2.12,2.87\right]}{\textbf{2.49}}}$ \\ &#xA;  \scriptsize{VAR19MISSING} &amp;amp; $\overset{0.97}{\underset{\left[-561.96,539.16\right]}{\textbf{-11.40}}}$ &amp;amp; $\overset{0.99}{\underset{\left[-1505.45,1478.61\right]}{\textbf{-13.42}}}$ \\ &#xA;  \scriptsize{VAR20G2} &amp;amp; $\overset{0.20}{\underset{\left[-0.32,1.49\right]}{\textbf{0.59}}}$ &amp;amp; $\overset{0.26}{\underset{\left[-0.40,1.47\right]}{\textbf{0.53}}}$ \\ &#xA;  \scriptsize{VAR20G3} &amp;amp; $\overset{0.01}{\underset{\left[0.20,1.44\right]}{\textbf{0.82}}}$ &amp;amp; $\overset{0.01}{\underset{\left[0.22,1.47\right]}{\textbf{0.84}}}$ \\ &#xA;  \scriptsize{VAR20MISSING} &amp;amp; $\overset{0.96}{\underset{\left[-537.51,563.62\right]}{\textbf{13.05}}}$ &amp;amp; $\overset{0.98}{\underset{\left[-1477.01,1507.05\right]}{\textbf{15.02}}}$ \\ &#xA;   \hline&#xA;\hline&#xA;\caption{A very long table.}&#xA;\end{longtable}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4411" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-30T08:56:24.027" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T08:56:24.027" Title="Long tables in memoir class gives very long compile time" Tags="&lt;tables&gt;&lt;compiling&gt;&lt;memoir&gt;&lt;longtable&gt;" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="14554" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14555" CreationDate="2011-03-30T09:15:45.193" Score="1" ViewCount="37" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm typesetting a large document (phdthesis) with pdflatex and I'm using &lt;code&gt;KOMAscript&lt;/code&gt;and the &lt;code&gt;scrreprt&lt;/code&gt;document class.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I was very surprised as I saw a heading (&lt;code&gt;\subsubsection&lt;/code&gt;) standing at the bottom of a page without any text below!&#xA;This is really bad style and it seems to happen to others also (see &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/2347/avoiding-page-breaks-shortly-after-section-subsection-headings&quot;&gt;How can one keep a \section{} from being at the end of a page in LaTeX?&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/512967/how-can-one-keep-a-section-from-being-at-the-end-of-a-page-in-latex&quot;&gt;Avoiding page breaks shortly after section/subsection headings&lt;/a&gt;), but in my case the pagebreak is directly after the heading - there are not even 2 lines of text attached...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It seems to have to do with the many and big floats in this chapter and I think I'll have to adjust that manually, when the text is complete and editing is finished.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I wonder if &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt; should not at least print a warning about that in the log file (I could not find any warnings concerning that), if it feels impelled to do such ugly things...&#xA;And I use the &lt;code&gt;\raggedbottom&lt;/code&gt;-option (as I also had problems with very big spacing between large paragraphs), so I had hoped that this would avoid such &quot;orphans&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;setting the penalties to 1000 did not change anything:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\widowpenalty=1000&#xA;\clubpenalty=1000&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;---------- &lt;em&gt;edit:&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I now know where it comes from, but not how to avoid it:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;I have defined a command to quickly add &lt;code&gt;fixme&lt;/code&gt;notes to the document with &lt;code&gt;\N{Note}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;It is defined as &lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\N}[1]{\fxfatal*[inline=true,nomargin]{/#1/}{}}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;... and I used it directly after the problematic section command like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\subsubsection{Title of the section}&#xA;\N{note about what to change in that section later} And now starts the normal text of the section...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I move the note &lt;code&gt;\N{...}&lt;/code&gt; to another place, e. g. after the first sentence of the section, the pagebreak is before the section title.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Question:&lt;/strong&gt; Is there anything I can do to redefine the \N{} command to avoid that behavior?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It would be difficult to construct a minimal example in this case, so my &lt;strong&gt;question&lt;/strong&gt; is:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;1) why is there no warning?&#xA;2) I would consider a lonely heading much worse than a page which has some empty white space at the bottom - how can I make pdflatex &quot;know&quot; that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My preamble has become quite complex with the time - I have left out all &quot;simple&quot; newcommands etc. and tried only to keep things which might interfere with my questions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt, a4paper,  &#xA;twoside, autooneside,&#xA;headinclude, footexclude, &#xA;liststotoc, bibtotoc,&#xA;tablecaptionabove, noonelinecaption, headsepline, halfparskip &#xA;]{scrreprt}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{svn-multi}&#xA;\svnidlong&#xA;%(...)&#xA;&#xA;\areaset[8mm]{15.5cm}{25.2cm} &#xA;&#xA;\setkomafont{sectioning}{\normalfont\normalcolor\bfseries} &#xA;\addtokomafont{captionlabel}{\bfseries} &#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[UKenglish, ngerman]{babel} &#xA;\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[TS1, T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\usepackage{aecompl}&#xA;\usepackage[ngerman, iso]{isodate}&#xA;\isodate&#xA;\usepackage{datetime} &#xA;\usepackage[version=3]{mhchem} &#xA;\usepackage[caption=false, format=hang]{subfig} &#xA;\usepackage{pdflscape} &#xA;\usepackage[stable]{footmisc} &#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[automark]{scrpage2} &#xA;\pagestyle{scrheadings}&#xA;\automark[section]{chapter}&#xA;\cfoot{\footnotesize Rev.~\svnrev{} (\svnfilerev) \\vom \svnyear-\svnmonth-\svnday \ \svnhour:\svnminute:\svnsecond} &#xA;\ifoot{\footnotesize erstellt:\\\today{} \currenttime} &#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref} &#xA;\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} &#xA;\usepackage{color} &#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath} &#xA; \usepackage{amstext} &#xA;\usepackage{amssymb} &#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{array} &#xA;\usepackage{tabularx} &#xA;\usepackage{longtable}&#xA;\usepackage{booktabs} &#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[numbers, sort&amp;amp;compress]{natbib} &#xA;\usepackage[]{rotating} &#xA;\usepackage{url} &#xA;\usepackage[tight]{units} &#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[color]{showkeys} &#xA;\renewcommand*\showkeyslabelformat[1]{\fbox{\normalfont\tiny\ttfamily#1}} &#xA;\definecolor{refkey}{cmyk}{0.26,0,0.76,0}%{gray}{0.5} &#xA;\definecolor{labelkey}{cmyk}{0.26,0,0.76,0}%{gray}{0.5}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[draft]{fixme} &#xA;\fxsetup{theme=color, inline, targetlayout=color, author=} &#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{paralist}&#xA;&#xA;\deffootnote[1em]{1em}{1em} {\textsuperscript{\thefootnotemark} }&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\setcapindent{1cm}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\setlength{\@fptop}{0pt}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;% Alter some LaTeX defaults for better treatment of figures:&#xA;%Quelle: http://mintaka.sdsu.edu/GF/bibliog/latex/floats.html&#xA;    % See p.105 of &quot;TeX Unbound&quot; for suggested values.&#xA;    % See pp. 199-200 of Lamport's &quot;LaTeX&quot; book for details.&#xA;    %   General parameters, for ALL pages:&#xA;    \renewcommand{\topfraction}{0.9}    % max fraction of floats at top&#xA;    \renewcommand{\bottomfraction}{0.8} % max fraction of floats at bottom&#xA;    %   Parameters for TEXT pages (not float pages):&#xA;    \setcounter{topnumber}{3}&#xA;    \setcounter{bottomnumber}{2}&#xA;    \setcounter{totalnumber}{4}     % 2 may work better&#xA;    \setcounter{dbltopnumber}{2}    % for 2-column pages&#xA;    \renewcommand{\dbltopfraction}{0.9} % fit big float above 2-col. text&#xA;    \renewcommand{\textfraction}{0.07}  % allow minimal text w. figs&#xA;    %   Parameters for FLOAT pages (not text pages):&#xA;    \renewcommand{\floatpagefraction}{0.8}  % require fuller float pages&#xA;    % N.B.: floatpagefraction MUST be less than topfraction !!&#xA;    \renewcommand{\dblfloatpagefraction}{0.8}   % require fuller float pages&#xA;    % remember to use [htp] or [htpb] for placement&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4009" LastEditorUserId="4009" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-30T09:46:13.233" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T09:46:13.233" Title="Heading at the bottom of the page" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;&lt;page-breaking&gt;&lt;orphans&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="14555" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14554" CreationDate="2011-03-30T09:32:22.447" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If there is a page break in your document this means that something in your code allows or asks for it. So why should pdflatex complain? It is only executing your code. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Last time that I saw this problem it was due to color commands in the section title (but it shouldn't happen in new KOMA versions). So try at first to remove the color commands from your &lt;code&gt;\setkomafont{sectioning}&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another possibility is that the text behind the title allows the page break. E.g. longtables could be a problem. In this case the package needspace can help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T09:32:22.447" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="14556" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14557" CreationDate="2011-03-30T10:16:51.333" Score="1" ViewCount="43" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is what I have at the head of my tex document (article):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\title{Some Article}&#xA;\author{John Doe}&#xA;&#xA;\date{\today}&#xA;&#xA;\documentclass[pdftex,12pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{setspace}&#xA;\usepackage[textwidth=16cm,textheight=24cm]{geometry}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\maketitle&#xA;. . .&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to add a subtext below the title. As shown in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/LaTeX/Title_Creation&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;practical example given here&lt;/a&gt; I want to have the author's name on the left  side, and supervisor's name on the right side. How can I do it? I tried the example from the above link, but, while compiling, it shows the error: &lt;code&gt;document begin is not specified&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2155" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T10:47:44.643" Title="Adding more items on tex article title section" Tags="&lt;layout&gt;&lt;titlepage&gt;&lt;article&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="14557" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14556" CreationDate="2011-03-30T10:24:01.293" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can create your own title page using the &lt;code&gt;titlepage&lt;/code&gt; environment (as shown by the linked page you posted). One important thing to note is that it replaces the &lt;code&gt;\maketitle&lt;/code&gt; command, i.e. it has to be placed after the &lt;code&gt;\begin{document}&lt;/code&gt; not before. I think this is your problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also for articles you would need to disable the page break at the end of the &lt;code&gt;titlepage&lt;/code&gt; environment (See also &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/3639/2975&quot;&gt;Preventing page break after title page&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here some working example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{setspace}&#xA;\usepackage[textwidth=16cm,textheight=24cm]{geometry}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{titlepage}&#xA;    \begin{center}&#xA;        \vspace*{5cm}%&#xA;        {\huge The Title}\\[1cm]&#xA;        {\Large The SubTitle}\\[1cm]&#xA;        %...&#xA;    \end{center}&#xA;    \let\newpage\relax% Avoid following page break&#xA;\end{titlepage}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-30T10:47:44.643" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T10:47:44.643" />
  <row Id="14558" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-30T10:32:26.203" Score="0" ViewCount="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello&#xA;I'm trying to create my own layout&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm using thmbox package for theorems, and I want to use the title feature.&#xA;I'm using LyX  as my editor, and I've created a layout file defining several styles using newboxtheorem-s. is there any way to make lyx understand that the layout takes a parameter and create a wysiwyg environment for it?&#xA;Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2286" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T10:32:26.203" Title="Using thmbox's title with lyx" Tags="&lt;lyx&gt;&lt;layout&gt;" />
  <row Id="14559" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-30T10:47:58.547" Score="3" ViewCount="67" Body="&lt;p&gt;Are there any available themes for &lt;code&gt;moderncv&lt;/code&gt; other than &lt;em&gt;classic&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;casual&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I googled it but no luck.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4505" LastEditorUserId="4505" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-30T10:53:30.740" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T11:00:55.303" Title="moderncv themes" Tags="&lt;style&gt;&lt;moderncv&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="14560" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14539" CreationDate="2011-03-30T10:50:55.923" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Without considering JavaScript, it is a bit different to compare, because one is then restricted to the features which CSS and the HTML box model provide. Layout-wise, this means that you cannot do automated positioning of characters, which depend on the position of other things of your layout. You cannot, e.g. use proper margin notes or automated footnotes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, in principle these things could be arranged by the author, if – and that is a strong ‘if’ – one were writing for only one interpretation of one browser with a certain font.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;HTML alone is (theoretically) much stronger in the semantic interpretation of data than is tex, but this is not relevant for the typographic representation. (It is of course indirectly connected to the representation by typographic &lt;em&gt;conventions&lt;/em&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When adding JavaScript, however, one can in principle add all* of the features which tex offers, though it may look a bit nasty and involves a lot of DOM hacking. Note that JavaScript may especially also be used to create embedded graphics or help with automatic hyphenation and mathematical formulae. It may involve more files to be loaded but that’s true for tex as well.&#xA;And also, it will take a longer time to render just as tex takes its time to create a complicated page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Still, it is really complicated to produce cross-browser and cross-system compliant documents this way, which is one reason that no such complicated framework has evolved yet. (Another reason is that it is not needed &lt;em&gt;that&lt;/em&gt; badly.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;*: One feature which is hard to add, is proper font support on the scripting level. With current techniques, it is especially hard to get e.g. kerning information or OTF glyphs out of the font files – all of that is being handled by the browser and even the most advanced and specialised web design will need to rely on the browser’s mapping between unicode character and OTF glyph. This will most probably change at some point in the future as the typographic techniques converge. (See: &lt;a href=&quot;http://hacks.mozilla.org/2010/11/firefox-4-font-feature-support/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://hacks.mozilla.org/2010/11/firefox-4-font-feature-support/&lt;/a&gt; )&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1154" LastEditorUserId="1154" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-30T11:02:26.853" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T11:02:26.853" />
  <row Id="14561" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14559" CreationDate="2011-03-30T10:58:06.087" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is also the &lt;code&gt;empty&lt;/code&gt; theme. You can relatively easily create you own theme, though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are not satisfied with the output of &lt;code&gt;moderncv&lt;/code&gt;, I suggest using one of these: &lt;a href=&quot;http://rpi.edu/dept/arc/training/latex/resumes/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://rpi.edu/dept/arc/training/latex/resumes/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4363" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T10:58:06.087" />
  <row Id="14562" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14559" CreationDate="2011-03-30T11:00:55.303" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The themes for &lt;code&gt;moderncv&lt;/code&gt; are located in files named &lt;code&gt;moderncvtheme&amp;lt;name&amp;gt;.sty&lt;/code&gt; which are loaded by &lt;code&gt;moderncv&lt;/code&gt; as sub-packages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are only three of these files included with &lt;code&gt;moderncv&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;moderncvthemecasual.sty&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;moderncvthemeclassic.sty&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;moderncvthemeempty.sty&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;empty&lt;/code&gt; theme is only minimal and doesn't include a real theme. There are no other files on CTAN which this names nor could I find others with a Google search. There is a possibility to create own themes, but no one seems to have posted one online yet. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T11:00:55.303" />
  <row Id="14564" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-30T11:48:36.833" Score="8" ViewCount="95" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to accomplish this effect with LaTeX:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/RfBYF.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have a slight idea of how to do that using \left{ and \right} on math mode but I’m not sure. If there’s a package that helps to do that, coding would be much easier and code would be much more beautiful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4541" LastEditorUserId="7" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-30T12:02:31.207" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T12:53:18.450" Title="Wrap text round brackets" Tags="&lt;formatting&gt;" AnswerCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="14565" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13978" CreationDate="2011-03-30T12:02:13.797" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The main reason why &quot;playing with &lt;code&gt;\parskip&lt;/code&gt; is a bad idea&quot; is that this length also affects list environments. Quoting from Mittelbach (1989), &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb10-4/tb26mitt.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;With LateX into the Nineties&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, section 3.1 &quot;Implementation desasters&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The generic list environment is one of&#xA;  the central modules of the LaTeX&#xA;  implementation. It is used internally&#xA;  by most standard environments provided&#xA;  by LaTeX; even environments such as&#xA;  &lt;code&gt;center&lt;/code&gt; are handled as a special kind&#xA;  of list [...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;An actual conceptual bug was the decision to add the value of &lt;code&gt;\parskip&lt;/code&gt;&#xA;  to all vertical spacing parameters,&#xA;  even when it is used in places where&#xA;  no paragraph ends. This means that&#xA;  changing this parameter influences the&#xA;  layout in unexpected places, which in&#xA;  turn means that other parameters must&#xA;  be adjusted unnecessarily to&#xA;  compensate for this undesired side&#xA;  effect.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The last sentence describes what the &lt;code&gt;parskip&lt;/code&gt; package, the options of the same name of the &lt;code&gt;KOMA-script&lt;/code&gt; classes and the &lt;code&gt;\abnormalparskip&lt;/code&gt; macro of the &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt; class do: Besides setting &lt;code&gt;\parskip&lt;/code&gt; to a positive value (and, with the exception of &lt;code&gt;memoir&lt;/code&gt;, setting &lt;code&gt;\parindent&lt;/code&gt; to zero), they adjust the spacing before and after lists.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why does &lt;code&gt;KOMA-script&lt;/code&gt;have so many options for &lt;code&gt;parskip&lt;/code&gt;? You may choose between a vertical space equal to &lt;code&gt;\baselineskip&lt;/code&gt; (&lt;code&gt;full&lt;/code&gt;) or &lt;code&gt;0.5\baselineskip&lt;/code&gt; (&lt;code&gt;half&lt;/code&gt;). You may also choose the minimum amount of whitespace to be left at the end of the last line of a paragraph (up to &lt;code&gt;0.33\linewidth&lt;/code&gt;); such whitespace increases the perceptibility of the start of a new paragraph.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Regarding &lt;code&gt;\parindent&lt;/code&gt;: As Ulrike has explained, changing this length is not a problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T12:02:13.797" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14566" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14573" CreationDate="2011-03-30T12:03:26.807" Score="4" ViewCount="54" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a couple of pictures in my work so I started to build them extern in order to increase build speed. But I don't want to externalize all of them, I want a few little pictures to be build on-the-fly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I found an interesting &lt;a href=&quot;http://goo.gl/CwSl3&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;changelog&lt;/a&gt; on sourceforge (maybe the source code for a manual) where it says&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;how to disable the externalization partially with &lt;code&gt;|\tikzset{external/|\declareandlabel{export}|=false}|&lt;/code&gt; or completely with &lt;code&gt;|\tikzexternaldisable|,&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but that didn' work for me. I activate externalization with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\tikzexternalize[prefix=figures/,figure list=true] &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;so what kind of command could either externalize only flagged graphics or prevent flagged graphics from being externalized?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4419" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T12:29:33.133" Title="tikzexternalize only (or not) for flagged graphics" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="14567" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-30T12:12:08.053" Score="-2" ViewCount="120" Body="&lt;p&gt;In a similar vein to this &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/8308/make-ms-word-document-look-like-it-has-been-typeset-in-latex&quot;&gt;question&lt;/a&gt;, can I make my web page look like is was typeset in latex. I know it won't be possible to replicate the latex look exactly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a CSS file which will control typefaces/font-sizes/margins etc to give the unmistakable latex &quot;look&quot;? (as far as practicable)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The layout would probably have to be single column, as a HTML page can scroll indefinitely. So things like page breaks/page-numbers might be irrelevant in this context.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know I could simply replace my HTML file with links to latex set PDFs, but that is not want I want to do.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm already using mathJax for my equations. I guess what I am really looking for are appropriate CSS settings for the common tags &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;body&amp;gt;,&amp;lt;h1&amp;gt;,&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;,&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;,&amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; etc, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4542" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-30T20:45:52.963" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T20:45:52.963" ClosedDate="2011-03-30T22:15:27.387" Title="Is there a CSS file to make my Webpage &quot;look like&quot; latex ouput" Tags="&lt;style&gt;&lt;html&gt;" CommentCount="8" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="14568" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14564" CreationDate="2011-03-30T12:13:06.877" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Fairly simple&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{memoir}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;He is being $\left\{\parbox{4.5em}{a nuisance\\nauggty}\right\}$ again&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;memoir is not relevant, just the default class in my editor&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3929" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T12:13:06.877" />
  <row Id="14569" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14564" CreationDate="2011-03-30T12:18:52.283" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would write something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\multilines#1{$\left\{\vcenter{\vbox{\parse@arg#1\\\parse@arg\@nil}}\right\}$}&#xA;\def\parse@arg#1\\#2\@nil{\hbox{#1}\ifx\parse@arg#2\else\def\next{\parse@arg#2\@nil}\expandafter\next\fi}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;He is being \multilines{a nuisance\\naughty} again.&#xA;&#xA;\TeX{} is \multilines{great\\powerful\\sooo easy}.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4164" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T12:18:52.283" />
  <row Id="14570" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-30T12:22:22.843" Score="7" ViewCount="103" Body="&lt;p&gt;Within a larger document with lots of formulas, I use a self-defined &quot;Example&quot; environement for illustrational purposes from time to time. In order to better set it apart from the rest of the text, I have decided to use another font family within those example surroundings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But - and here's my problem - the code I use only changes the text font. How can I use another math font for the formulas within the defined enviromenent?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{Ex}{\fontfamily{ppl}\selectfont\par\vspace{1ex}\begin{quote}\textbf{Example: }}{\end{quote}\par}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance for any help!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: More details regarding my question. Let me illustrate it with an example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;[Here's some default-formatted text]&#xA;    \begin{Example}&#xA;     [some example text I want in another font family]&#xA;     \begin{equation}&#xA;      and now I need a formula within the example-environement set in a different style than the standard layout to underline it's still part of the example-surrounding&#xA;     \end{equation}&#xA;     [maybe some more text within the example]&#xA;    \end{Example}&#xA;    [And now back to the main body of the text set once again in the default layout]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I hope this clarifies (rather than confuses) my question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4544" LastEditorUserId="4544" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-30T13:02:04.447" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T20:46:06.030" Title="Change math font only in some parts of a document?" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;mathmode&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="14571" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14564" CreationDate="2011-03-30T12:22:34.043" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;A bit late to the party, but:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\newcommand{\options}[1]&#xA;{\(\left\{\mbox{%&#xA;    \begin{tabular}{@{}l@{}}&#xA;        #1&#xA;    \end{tabular}}%&#xA;\right\}\)}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;He is being $\left\{\mbox{\begin{tabular}{@{}l@{}} a nuisance \\ naughty&#xA;\end{tabular}}\right\}$ again.&#xA;&#xA;It can be used with \options{ more \\ many \\ lots of }&#xA;alternatives!&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Uses &lt;code&gt;tabular&lt;/code&gt; inside &lt;code&gt;mbox&lt;/code&gt;, inside display-math containing auto-sizing brackets. I used &lt;code&gt;@{}l@{}&lt;/code&gt; as column specifier, to suppress some spacing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4086" LastEditorUserId="4086" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-30T12:28:51.200" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T12:28:51.200" />
  <row Id="14572" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12722" CreationDate="2011-03-30T12:27:12.100" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Not sure if it is what you are looking for, but for a recent &lt;code&gt;llncs&lt;/code&gt;-based paper I used something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage{url}&#xA;\urldef{\mailsa}\path|author1@someinst.something|&#xA;\urldef{\mailsb}\path|author2@someotherinst.something|&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in the preamble, and after the &lt;code&gt;mainmatter&lt;/code&gt;, the &lt;code&gt;institute&lt;/code&gt; commands reads&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\institute{affiliation goes here\\ \mailsa\\ \mailsb}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2580" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T12:27:12.100" />
  <row Id="14573" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14566" CreationDate="2011-03-30T12:29:33.133" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are a couple of ways to turn on and off the externalisation stuff.  To globally switch it off, use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\tikzexternaldisable&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and then to turn it back on again,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\tikzexternalenable&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An alternative way of doing that is to use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\tikzset{external/export=false}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\tikset{external/export=true}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;These two methods use slightly different ways of disabling: the second is &quot;lighter&quot; than the first.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To disable externalisation for an individual picture, use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\tikzset{external/export next=false}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One thing to be ware of when enabling/disabling externalisation is that if you don't name the pictures explicitly then they are assigned names in numerical sequence.  This means that if you put a new picture in the middle (or enable/disable externalisation for one in the middle) then all the following ones will be out of sequence.  But &lt;em&gt;TikZ won't know that&lt;/em&gt; so you have to tell it yourself (the easiest way is by deleting the relevant image files).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A quick experiment shows that if you want to externalise &lt;em&gt;most&lt;/em&gt; but to switch it off for one or two, then use the &lt;code&gt;\tikzset{external/export next=false}&lt;/code&gt; command just before.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to externalise only one or two, then you need to switch it on just before and off again just after (using one of the two methods given above).  It seems that if it is disabled using &lt;code&gt;\tikzset{external/export=false}&lt;/code&gt; then it cannot be turned back on for a &lt;em&gt;single&lt;/em&gt; picture using &lt;code&gt;\tikzset{external/export next=true}&lt;/code&gt; (which would have been nice).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T12:29:33.133" />
  <row Id="14574" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14564" CreationDate="2011-03-30T12:52:04.023" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;another possibility is to use the &lt;code&gt;array&lt;/code&gt; environment:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;He is being&#xA;{\arraycolsep=0pt $\left\{&#xA; \begin{array}{l} \mbox{a nuisance}\\ \mbox{naughty} \end{array}&#xA; \right\}$}&#xA;again.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the &lt;code&gt;\arraycolsep&lt;/code&gt; has to be localized, otherwise it will apply to the entire document from that point on.  if you are already using the &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; package, you can use &lt;code&gt;\text&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;\mbox&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="579" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T12:52:04.023" />
  <row Id="14575" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14564" CreationDate="2011-03-30T12:53:18.450" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's two TikZ solutions!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/8QtsF.png&quot; alt=&quot;TikZ bracketing text&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And here's the code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{standalone}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{matrix}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{decorations.pathreplacing}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\bracketwrap}[2][]{%&#xA;\tikz[baseline=0pt] \node[anchor=east,align=left,left delimiter=\{,right delimiter=\},#1] (a) at (0,.5ex) {#2};}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand{\altbracketwrap}[2][]{%&#xA;\tikz[baseline=0pt] {\node[anchor=east,align=left,#1] (a) at (0,.5ex) {#2}; \draw[line width=1pt,decorate,decoration={brace,amplitude=4},line cap=round] (a.north east) -- (a.south east); \draw[line width=1pt,decorate,decoration={brace,amplitude=4},line cap=round] (a.south west) -- (a.north west);}}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;He is being \bracketwrap{a nuisance\\naughty} again&#xA;&#xA;He is being \bracketwrap[inner sep=0pt]{a nuisance\\naughty} again&#xA;&#xA;He is being \bracketwrap[inner sep=10pt]{a nuisance\\naughty} again&#xA;&#xA;He is being \bracketwrap[text=red]{a nuisance\\naughty} again&#xA;&#xA;He is being \bracketwrap[align=center]{a nuisance\\naughty} again&#xA;&#xA;He is being \bracketwrap[align=right]{a nuisance\\naughty} again&#xA;&#xA;He is being \altbracketwrap{a nuisance\\naughty} again&#xA;&#xA;He is being \altbracketwrap[inner sep=0pt]{a nuisance\\naughty} again&#xA;&#xA;He is being \altbracketwrap[inner sep=10pt]{a nuisance\\naughty} again&#xA;&#xA;He is being \altbracketwrap[text=red]{a nuisance\\naughty} again&#xA;&#xA;He is being \altbracketwrap[align=center]{a nuisance\\naughty} again&#xA;&#xA;He is being \altbracketwrap[align=right]{a nuisance\\naughty} again&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;matrix&lt;/code&gt; library in TikZ defines a couple of keys &lt;code&gt;left delimiter&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;right delimiter&lt;/code&gt; which specify left and right delimiters.  These can be applied to almost any node, not just matrices.  The first set of examples uses these.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I find that &lt;em&gt;sometimes&lt;/em&gt; I can see the pieces that the extensible braces are made from (look at the third example of the image above), so the second set actually draws the braces using the &lt;code&gt;decorations.pathreplacing&lt;/code&gt; library.  You lose the nice tapering at the ends and middle of the braces, but at least the braces are continuous.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T12:53:18.450" />
  <row Id="14576" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14582" CreationDate="2011-03-30T13:37:03.810" Score="6" ViewCount="134" Body="&lt;p&gt;for typesetting tables with design of experiments, I have to typeset strings like &quot;+ - + +&quot;, - - - +&quot;, etc. in a column of a table to represent the so called pattern of the experimental run (sometimes they also contain &quot;a&quot;, &quot;A&quot; and &quot;0&quot; (zero)).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, the width of the &quot;+&quot; and &quot;-&quot; sign are very different in the used font (standard font in KOMA script class scrreprt) and a sequence of 2 or 3 dashes creates one long or very long dash....&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I'm searching for a way to easily typeset e. g. &quot;+ - - - + -&quot; with a little spacing between the characters and (if possible) that several different strings composed of the same number of characters (&quot;+&quot; or &quot;-&quot;, &quot;a&quot;, &quot;A&quot; and &quot;0&quot;) would be aligned with each other, when they are in the same column of a table.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I hope I could make clear what I need, some examples how it shall NOT look are found here:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/YZkQH.png&quot; alt=&quot;bad example&quot;&gt;&#xA;in line 9 it should be &quot;+ - -&quot; and in 10 &quot;- - +&quot;, line 5 should be &quot;- - -&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It looks a little better, if I insert &lt;code&gt;\,&lt;/code&gt; between the characters, but as the widths are different, it is still not aligned:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/dC5x3.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sure, I could split it up in centered columns like &lt;code&gt;- &amp;amp; + &amp;amp; - &amp;amp; - &amp;amp; ...&lt;/code&gt;, but the tables are already complicated enough and I do not want to add 3 to 7 columns...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anybody have an idea how to solve that?&#xA;Maybe a command that parses the string like --+--++ and typesets it with a &quot;constant spacing&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;------- edit:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;added math mode for &quot;+&quot; and &quot;-&quot;, looks better now, but not perfect:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/D3hFt.png&quot; alt=&quot;math mode for plus and minus&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;    \documentclass[11pt, a4paper%,  halfparskip&#xA;    ]{scrreprt}&#xA;&#xA;    \usepackage{booktabs}&#xA;&#xA;    \begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{cccccccc}&#xA;\midrule&#xA;         1 &amp;amp;        $+$$+$$-$           \\&#xA;         2 &amp;amp;        $+$$-$$+$           \\&#xA;         3 &amp;amp;        $-$$+$$+$           \\&#xA;         4 &amp;amp;        000                  \\&#xA;         5 &amp;amp;        $-$$-$$-$               \\&#xA;         6 &amp;amp;       000               \\&#xA;\midrule&#xA;         7 &amp;amp;        $-$$+$$-$               \\&#xA;         8 &amp;amp;       000                \\&#xA;         9 &amp;amp;        $+$$-$$-$               \\&#xA;        10 &amp;amp;        $-$$-$$+$           \\&#xA;        11 &amp;amp;        $+$$+$$+$           \\&#xA;        12 &amp;amp;        000             \\ &#xA;\midrule&#xA;        13 &amp;amp;        000                  \\&#xA;        14 &amp;amp;        00a                   \\&#xA;        15 &amp;amp;        00A                   \\&#xA;        16 &amp;amp;        0A0                 \\&#xA;        17 &amp;amp;        A00                   \\&#xA;        18 &amp;amp;        0a0                  \\&#xA;        19 &amp;amp;        a00                  \\&#xA;        20 &amp;amp;        000                  \\&#xA;\toprule&#xA;\end{tabular}  &#xA;&#xA;    \end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;example and further question about side-effects:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I used the solution of Michel and it looks good, but there is one thing I'm not sure about:&#xA;Is it possible that it changes the free space between columns?&#xA;I have the impression that the first 3 columns are closer together than the rest...&#xA;How can I fix that?&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/25OVA.png&quot; alt=&quot;solution with side effects?!&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4009" LastEditorUserId="4009" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-30T19:36:01.127" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T19:36:01.127" Title="Typeset a series of characters with eqal distances?" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;spacing&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="14577" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14576" CreationDate="2011-03-30T13:41:03.650" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Make sure you typeset them it &lt;strong&gt;math-mode&lt;/strong&gt;, i.e. &lt;code&gt;$-$&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;$+$&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Be aware that it makes a difference if you use a single math-mode or separate ones for them. The last sign has different spacing in the first case because it &#xA;is taken as an unary sign but the others are operators.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Compare the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;$-$$-$$-$$+$$+$$+$&#xA;&#xA;$+$$+$$+$$+$$+$$+$&#xA;&#xA;$-$$-$$-$$-$$-$$-$&#xA;&#xA;$---+++$&#xA;&#xA;$++++++$&#xA;&#xA;$------$&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Result:&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/8AnbD.png&quot; alt=&quot;Result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the alignment with the other signs &lt;code&gt;a&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;A&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;0&lt;/code&gt; I would recommend that you make macros for all and set the width manually the one of the widest (should be &lt;code&gt;$+$&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This can be done either with &lt;code&gt;\hbox to &amp;lt;length&amp;gt;{\hss &amp;lt;sign&amp;gt;\hss}&lt;/code&gt; (TeX) or using &lt;code&gt;\makebox[&amp;lt;length&amp;gt;][c]{&amp;lt;sign&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt; (LaTeX). The width is provided by &lt;code&gt;\settowidth{&amp;lt;length register&amp;gt;}{&amp;lt;content&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt, a4paper]{scrreprt}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{booktabs}&#xA;&#xA;\newlength{\slength}&#xA;\settowidth{\slength}{$+$}&#xA;\newcommand*{\Sz}{\makebox[\slength][c]{0}}&#xA;\newcommand*{\SA}{\makebox[\slength][c]{A}}&#xA;\newcommand*{\Sa}{\makebox[\slength][c]{a}}&#xA;\newcommand*{\Sp}{\makebox[\slength][c]{$+$}}&#xA;\newcommand*{\Sm}{\makebox[\slength][c]{$-$}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{cc}&#xA;\toprule&#xA;         1 &amp;amp;  \Sp\Sp\Sm  \\&#xA;         2 &amp;amp;  \Sp\Sm\Sp  \\&#xA;         3 &amp;amp;  \Sm\Sp\Sp  \\&#xA;         4 &amp;amp;  \Sz\Sz\Sz  \\&#xA;         5 &amp;amp;  \Sm\Sm\Sm  \\&#xA;         6 &amp;amp;  \Sz\Sz\Sz  \\&#xA;\midrule&#xA;         7 &amp;amp;  \Sm\Sp\Sm  \\&#xA;         8 &amp;amp;  \Sz\Sz\Sz  \\&#xA;         9 &amp;amp;  \Sp\Sm\Sm  \\&#xA;        10 &amp;amp;  \Sm\Sm\Sp  \\&#xA;        11 &amp;amp;  \Sp\Sp\Sp  \\&#xA;        12 &amp;amp;  \Sz\Sz\Sz  \\&#xA;\midrule&#xA;        13 &amp;amp;  \Sz\Sz\Sz  \\&#xA;        14 &amp;amp;  \Sz\Sz\Sa  \\&#xA;        15 &amp;amp;  \Sz\Sz\SA  \\&#xA;        16 &amp;amp;  \Sz\SA\Sz  \\&#xA;        17 &amp;amp;  \SA\Sz\Sz  \\&#xA;        18 &amp;amp;  \Sz\Sa\Sz  \\&#xA;        19 &amp;amp;  \Sa\Sz\Sz  \\&#xA;        20 &amp;amp;  \Sz\Sz\Sz  \\&#xA;\bottomrule&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Result:&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/1d879.png&quot; alt=&quot;Result 2&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-30T15:13:26.003" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T15:13:26.003" CommentCount="11" />
  <row Id="14578" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14576" CreationDate="2011-03-30T13:41:06.823" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;An easy way to achieve this would be to typeset the plusses and minuses in a monospace font with &lt;code&gt;\verb|+-+-|&lt;/code&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are however &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/203/215&quot;&gt;issues&lt;/a&gt; with verbatim text which you might run into...&#xA;Another solution might be to use &lt;code&gt;\texttt&lt;/code&gt; and macros for your plusses etc. Here's an example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\newcommand\p{+}&#xA;\newcommand\m{-{}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\texttt{++---++}&#xA;&#xA;\texttt{\p\p\m\m\m\p\p}&#xA;&#xA;\texttt{++\m\m aA0}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You need to use a macro like this for the minus sign because otherwise they get turned into en-dashes if you use the &lt;code&gt;fontenc&lt;/code&gt; package. This should also mono-space letters easily.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-30T15:59:33.180" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T15:59:33.180" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="14579" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-30T14:17:30.500" Score="4" ViewCount="69" Body="&lt;p&gt;The code looks something like:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;        $$  &#xA;        If \ abs(dx) = abs(dy) \  then \\&#xA;            step = abs(dx)\\&#xA;        else \\&#xA;            step = abs(dy)\\&#xA;        $$&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want the '\\' to behave as in normal way (newline) but it does not display a newline.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4546" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-30T17:29:18.400" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T17:29:18.400" Title="Newline in equations" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;equations&gt;&lt;line-breaking&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="14580" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-30T14:40:52.630" Score="1" ViewCount="41" Body="&lt;p&gt;Luaotfload has problems finding a font that is installed in my texmf tree. The source:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\input luaotfload.sty&#xA;\font\myfont={CMU Sans Serif Demi Condensed} at 10pt&#xA;\myfont&#xA;foo&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The font is in &lt;code&gt;texmf-dist/fonts/opentype/public/cm-unicode/cmunssdc.otf&lt;/code&gt; and kpsewhich finds it. What can I do now?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: a sister font &lt;code&gt;{CMU Sans Serif Bold Extended Oblique}&lt;/code&gt; works fine. Same directory...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="243" LastEditorUserId="243" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-30T15:01:33.940" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T16:18:34.200" Title="luaotfload can't find font &quot;CMU Sans Serif Demi Condensed&quot;" Tags="&lt;luaotfload&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="14581" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14580" CreationDate="2011-03-30T14:54:54.443" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Well at first look in otfl-names.lua if the font is there and if you are using the correct name. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If the font is not there, the folder is not cached. Why and what to do about it depends on your system. &lt;code&gt;mkluatexfontdb --help&lt;/code&gt; says: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Fonts are searched in directories on Windows or Linux that have been&#xA;searched with fontconfig.&#xA;&#xA;On Mac OS X, only fonts located in the following standard font locations are&#xA;included in the font database:&#xA;    ~/Library/Fonts          /Library/Fonts&#xA;    /System/Library/Fonts    /Network/Library/Fonts&#xA;In particular, fonts installed in other locations with &quot;Font Book&quot; will not&#xA;be available.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T14:54:54.443" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="14582" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14576" CreationDate="2011-03-30T15:00:12.613" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}&#xA;\newlength{\stretchlen}\setlength{\stretchlen}{1em}&#xA;\def\splitterm{\_}&#xA;\newcommand{\stretchit}[1]{\leavevmode\realstretch#1\_}&#xA;\def\realstretch#1{%&#xA;    \def\temp{#1}%&#xA;    \ifx\temp\splitterm&#xA;    \else&#xA;    \hbox to \stretchlen{\hss#1\hss}\expandafter\realstretch&#xA;\fi}&#xA;\stretchit{abcd}\par&#xA;\stretchit{----}\par&#xA;\stretchit{++++}\par&#xA;\stretchit{-+-+}\par&#xA;\stretchit{0aA+}\par&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\stretchit&lt;/code&gt; appends an underscore to its argument and passes it to &lt;code&gt;\realstretch&lt;/code&gt;, which recursively 'eats' one letter at a time, and typesets it centered in an &lt;code&gt;\hbox&lt;/code&gt; stretched to &lt;code&gt;\stretchlen&lt;/code&gt;. All letters are thus equally wide, and since they are centered, aligned nicely.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;--- &lt;strong&gt;solution for the question:&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[10pt, a4paper    ]{scrreprt}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{booktabs}&#xA;\usepackage{collcell}&#xA;\usepackage{array}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}&#xA;\newlength{\stretchlen}\setlength{\stretchlen}{1em}&#xA;\def\splitterm{\_}&#xA;\newcommand{\stretchit}[1]{\leavevmode\realstretch#1\_}&#xA;\def\realstretch#1{%&#xA;    \def\temp{#1}%&#xA;    \ifx\temp\splitterm&#xA;    \else&#xA;    \hbox to \stretchlen{\hss#1\hss}\expandafter\realstretch&#xA;\fi}&#xA;&#xA;without the stretchit command&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{cccccccc}&#xA;\midrule&#xA;         1 &amp;amp;        ++-             \\&#xA;         2 &amp;amp;        +-+             \\&#xA;         3 &amp;amp;        -++             \\&#xA;         4 &amp;amp;        000                  \\&#xA;         5 &amp;amp;        ---                 \\&#xA;         6 &amp;amp;       000               \\&#xA;\midrule&#xA;         7 &amp;amp;        -+-                 \\&#xA;         8 &amp;amp;       000                \\&#xA;         9 &amp;amp;        +--                 \\&#xA;        10 &amp;amp;        --+             \\&#xA;        11 &amp;amp;        +++             \\&#xA;        12 &amp;amp;        000             \\ &#xA;\midrule&#xA;        13 &amp;amp;        000                  \\&#xA;        14 &amp;amp;        00a                   \\&#xA;        15 &amp;amp;        00A                   \\&#xA;        16 &amp;amp;        0A0                 \\&#xA;        17 &amp;amp;        A00                   \\&#xA;        18 &amp;amp;        0a0                  \\&#xA;        19 &amp;amp;        a00                  \\&#xA;        20 &amp;amp;        000                  \\&#xA;\toprule&#xA;\end{tabular}  &#xA;&#xA;\medskip&#xA;&#xA;\emph{with} the stretchit command&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{c&amp;gt;{\collectcell\stretchit}c&amp;lt;{\endcollectcell}ccccccc}&#xA;\midrule&#xA;         1 &amp;amp;        ++-             \\&#xA;         2 &amp;amp;        +-+             \\&#xA;         3 &amp;amp;        -++             \\&#xA;         4 &amp;amp;        000                  \\&#xA;         5 &amp;amp;        ---                 \\&#xA;         6 &amp;amp;       000               \\&#xA;\midrule&#xA;         7 &amp;amp;        -+-                 \\&#xA;         8 &amp;amp;       000                \\&#xA;         9 &amp;amp;        +--                 \\&#xA;        10 &amp;amp;        --+             \\&#xA;        11 &amp;amp;        +++             \\&#xA;        12 &amp;amp;        000             \\ &#xA;\midrule&#xA;        13 &amp;amp;        000                  \\&#xA;        14 &amp;amp;        00a                   \\&#xA;        15 &amp;amp;        00A                   \\&#xA;        16 &amp;amp;        0A0                 \\&#xA;        17 &amp;amp;        A00                   \\&#xA;        18 &amp;amp;        0a0                  \\&#xA;        19 &amp;amp;        a00                  \\&#xA;        20 &amp;amp;        000                  \\&#xA;\toprule&#xA;\end{tabular}  &#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4086" LastEditorUserId="4009" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-30T19:29:02.477" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T19:29:02.477" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="14583" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14579" CreationDate="2011-03-30T15:08:51.727" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I agree with the comments above that &lt;code&gt;algorithms&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;algorithmic&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;lstlisting&lt;/code&gt; packages are probably best for this kind of work, but in the case you want to only do something fairly simple, and you don't want to learn new package, you can use some of the &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; environments, for example like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath} &#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\If{\text{If }}&#xA;\newcommand\Then{\text{ then }}&#xA;\newcommand\Else{\text{else }}&#xA;\DeclareMathOperator\abs{abs}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{alignat*}{3}&#xA;   &amp;amp;\If &amp;amp; \abs(dx) &amp;amp;= \abs(dy) &amp;amp;&amp;amp; \Then \\&#xA;   &amp;amp;&amp;amp; step &amp;amp;= \abs(dx) \\&#xA;   &amp;amp;\Else \\&#xA;   &amp;amp;&amp;amp; step &amp;amp;= \abs(dy)&#xA;\end{alignat*}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It will look like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/CCoeb.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T15:08:51.727" />
  <row Id="14584" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14576" CreationDate="2011-03-30T15:22:06.057" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;one possible form to typeset your table would be to use a table column for each character:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[11pt, a4paper]{scrreprt}&#xA;\usepackage{booktabs}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\Pl{${}+{}$}&#xA;\newcommand\Mi{${}-{}$}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tabular}{cc@{\hspace{-2pt}}c@{\hspace{-2pt}}c}&#xA;  \toprule&#xA;  1 &amp;amp; \Pl &amp;amp; \Pl &amp;amp; \Mi \\&#xA;  4 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 0 \\&#xA; 12 &amp;amp; a &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; A \\&#xA; 15 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; 0 &amp;amp; A \\&#xA;  \bottomrule&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/Q7lgO.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T15:22:06.057" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14585" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14586" CreationDate="2011-03-30T15:22:47.853" Score="4" ViewCount="78" Body="&lt;p&gt;Why does this not work? Not using LaTex and Tikz very much I don't see it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\coordinate (Zero)  at (0,0);&#xA;\coordinate[label=below:cell a] (vertexA) at (0, 10);&#xA;\coordinate[label={above right:cell b}, label={below right:cell c}] &#xA;           (vertexB) at (5, 8);&#xA;\coordinate(vertexC) at (2.5, 0);&#xA;\coordinate(vertexD) at (12, 4);&#xA;&#xA;\coordinate (centroidCellA) at  ($ 1/3*((vertexA)+(vertexB)+(vertexC)) $);&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I get&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;! Package pgf Error: No shape named (vertexA is known.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4081" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-30T17:28:45.887" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T17:28:45.887" Title="TIKZ Coordinate calculations question" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;calculations&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="14586" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14585" CreationDate="2011-03-30T15:59:36.713" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The syntax for coordinate calculations is &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;factor&amp;gt;*&amp;lt;coordinate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;modifiers&amp;gt;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem is that &lt;code&gt;(vertexA)+(vertexB)+(vertexC)&lt;/code&gt; is not a coordinate.  You have to tell &lt;code&gt;tikz&lt;/code&gt; that you want it to calculate the coordinate at &lt;code&gt;(vertexA)+(vertexB)+(vertexC)&lt;/code&gt;.  This will work:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\coordinate (centroidCellA) at  ($ 1/3*($(vertexA)+(vertexB)+(vertexC)$) $);&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(You can nest coordinate calculations).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="396" LastEditorUserId="396" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-30T16:08:42.173" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T16:08:42.173" CommentCount="6" />
  <row Id="14588" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14580" CreationDate="2011-03-30T16:02:38.693" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have no explanation for the strange behaviour of &lt;code&gt;luaotfload&lt;/code&gt; at all, but for me (TeX Live 2010, Windows), the font is loaded when using exactly the same font name as &lt;code&gt;fc-list&lt;/code&gt; does, which is &lt;code&gt;CMU Sans Serif Demi Condensed:style=DemiCondensed&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\input luaotfload.sty&#xA;\font\myfont={CMU Sans Serif Demi Condensed:style=DemiCondensed} at 10pt&#xA;\myfont&#xA;foo&#xA;\bye&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;works fine for me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3323" LastEditorUserId="3323" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-30T16:18:34.200" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T16:18:34.200" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14589" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14585" CreationDate="2011-03-30T16:23:36.600" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Jan's answer is perfect. Another possibility is &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrartcl}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{calc}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document} &#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;  \coordinate(vertexA) at (0, 10);&#xA;  \coordinate (vertexB) at (5, 8);&#xA;  \coordinate(vertexC) at (2.5, 0);&#xA;&#xA;  %\coordinate (centroidCellA) at  ($ 1/3*($(vertexA)+(vertexB)+(vertexC)$) $);&#xA;  \coordinate (centroidCellA) at (barycentric cs:vertexA=1 ,vertexB=1,vertexC=1); &#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T16:23:36.600" />
  <row Id="14590" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14579" CreationDate="2011-03-30T16:46:48.460" Score="-2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The best choice is the verbatim environment: you don't have to use array or align like you did usually in mathmode, in verbatim, everything is WYSIWYG, plus the font is monospace automatically.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3670" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T16:46:48.460" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14591" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14592" CreationDate="2011-03-30T17:09:51.410" Score="2" ViewCount="73" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am wondering how I can link an equation in LaTeX, I mean when I click on the link then I'll be directed to that specific equation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4549" LastEditorUserId="213" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-30T17:28:11.537" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T18:24:57.587" Title="How to link an equation in LaTeX" Tags="&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;equations&gt;&lt;cross-referencing&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14592" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14591" CreationDate="2011-03-30T17:16:49.677" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the standard &lt;code&gt;\label{key}&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;\ref{key}&lt;/code&gt; (or, if &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; has been loaded, &lt;code&gt;\eqref{key}&lt;/code&gt; to automatically include the parenthesis in the reference) mechanism; &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt; assigns a &quot;key&quot; (a string of characters and/or digits and/or punctuation) to the element (a sectioning command, one of the environments &lt;code&gt;equation&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;figure&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;table&lt;/code&gt;, the theorem-like structures, etc.); &lt;code&gt;\ref&lt;/code&gt; typesets the &quot;number&quot; associated to the key. There's also &lt;code&gt;\pageref{key}&lt;/code&gt; to typeset the number of the page where the &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt; command was used.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/hyperref&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;hyperref&lt;/a&gt; package will automatically generate customizable hyperlinks in your document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A little example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{hyperref}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{equation}\label{eq:test}&#xA;  a=b&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;\eqref{eq:test}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You'll have to compile twice to generate the cross-references.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastEditorUserId="3954" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-30T18:24:57.587" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T18:24:57.587" CommentCount="7" />
  <row Id="14593" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14591" CreationDate="2011-03-30T17:16:58.290" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;you need to use an environment -- like &lt;code&gt;equation&lt;/code&gt; or many of the environments in &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt; -- that can be numbered and take a &lt;code&gt;\label&lt;/code&gt;.  then using the &lt;code&gt;hyperref&lt;/code&gt; package and &lt;code&gt;\ref{&lt;/code&gt;&lt;em&gt;label-value&lt;/em&gt;&lt;code&gt;}&lt;/code&gt; (or, better, &lt;code&gt;amsmath&lt;/code&gt;'s &lt;code&gt;\eqref&lt;/code&gt;) there will be hyperlinks in your pdf output.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="579" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T17:16:58.290" />
  <row Id="14594" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-30T17:27:40.063" Score="5" ViewCount="119" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm a sucker for the fancy section markers (commonly called vignettes or ornaments). For an example, look at the beautiful symbol beneath the {TeX} logo on this site, or this flourish below&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/LPA4q.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;example flourish&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, all the solutions I've seen involve the use of a dingbat font. Are there any solutions out there that use TikZ? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Related&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/12491/where-can-i-find-vignettes-to-separate-sections&quot;&gt;Where can I find vignettes to separate sections?&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/11320/end-of-paragraph-with-ornament&quot;&gt;End of paragraph with ornament&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="352" LastEditorUserId="352" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-30T18:23:01.957" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T20:00:28.097" Title="Looking for TikZ flourishes and vignettes" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;decorations&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="14595" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14597" CreationDate="2011-03-30T17:57:44.520" Score="2" ViewCount="50" Body="&lt;p&gt;In LaTeX, is it possible to create an empty box that has exactly the dimensions of some content given?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\emptybox{abc}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;would insert an empty box of the size as if &quot;abc&quot; was printed there.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="247" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T18:12:24.363" Title="Create empty box sized according to imaginary content" Tags="&lt;boxes&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="14596" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-30T17:58:03.633" Score="3" ViewCount="37" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi, everybody, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to create a package for myself, that prints custom glyphs (some glyphs for instance that I made up). How do I go with this? I see there're many packages with, for instance, Egyptian glyphs. How are they created? Can you give me step-bystep, something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I need to draw all the symbols in .png or some vector format&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I need to use some software to bind this symbols to commands and put it in package&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Use it in LaTeX file&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank for any help!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4551" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T17:58:03.633" Title="How to create package with custom symbols (i.e. glyphs)" Tags="&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;packages&gt;" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14597" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14595" CreationDate="2011-03-30T18:03:33.230" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use a phantom: &lt;code&gt;\phantom{abc}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\phantom&lt;/code&gt; makes an invisible box whose height, depth and width are the same as those of the string used in the argument. There's also &lt;code&gt;\vphantom&lt;/code&gt;, which makes an invisible box whose height and depth are the same as those of the string used in the argument, but the width is zero. Finally, &lt;code&gt;\hphantom&lt;/code&gt; has the width of the string used in the argument, but its height and depth are zero.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastEditorUserId="3954" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-30T18:12:24.363" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T18:12:24.363" />
  <row Id="14599" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14614" CreationDate="2011-03-30T19:04:32.887" Score="3" ViewCount="68" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am attempting to draw two related exact sequences in the same tikz picture, for alignment purposes.  I currently have wrapped the tikzpicture environment in an equation environment, so that both have the same number.  Ideally, I would like to have separate equation numbers; is there a way to do this? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{amsart}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{matrix,arrows}&#xA;\newcommand\Z[2]{\ensuremath{\mathfrak  Z^{(#1)}_{#2}}}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;   \begin{equation}&#xA;      \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;         [description/.style={fill=white,inner sep=2pt},baseline=(current bounding box.center)]&#xA;         \matrix (m) [matrix of math nodes, row sep=1em, column sep=1.5em, text height=1.5ex, text depth=0.25ex]&#xA;         {&#xA;         0 &amp;amp; \Omega^k_X                &amp;amp; \Z k k &amp;amp; \Z k {k-1} &amp;amp; \cdots &amp;amp; \Z k 1 &amp;amp; \Z k 0 &amp;amp; 0\phantom .\\&#xA;         0 &amp;amp; \Lambda^k \mathcal E^\vee &amp;amp; \Z k k &amp;amp; \Z k {k-1} &amp;amp; \cdots &amp;amp; \Z k 1 &amp;amp; \Z k 0 &amp;amp; 0.\\&#xA;         };&#xA;         \foreach \a in {2,3,...,8} {&#xA;         \pgfmathsubtract{\a}{1}&#xA;         \draw[-&amp;gt;] (m-1-\pgfmathresult) -- (m-1-\a);&#xA;         \draw[-&amp;gt;] (m-2-\pgfmathresult) -- (m-2-\a);&#xA;         };&#xA;      \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;   \end{equation}&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1772" LastEditorUserId="1772" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-30T20:45:21.753" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T21:14:11.593" Title="Multiple equation numbers for a tikz picture" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;equations&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14600" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11320" CreationDate="2011-03-30T19:49:22.583" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you want to use &quot;ornements&quot; to make a frame (cadre in french),  some links very interesting in french, you have some sources and some explanations to install fonts :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://jacques-andre.fr/fontex/ornements-charte.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://jacques-andre.fr/fontex/ornements-charte.pdf&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://jacques-andre.fr/ed/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://jacques-andre.fr/ed/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://jacques-andre.fr/faqtypo/orn/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://jacques-andre.fr/faqtypo/orn/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://jacques-andre.fr/fontex/casseaux.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://jacques-andre.fr/fontex/casseaux.pdf&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can find a lot of documents on this site&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastEditorUserId="3144" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-30T19:54:28.460" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T19:54:28.460" />
  <row Id="14601" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14605" CreationDate="2011-03-30T19:49:42.520" Score="2" ViewCount="43" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to use pgf's math operations to refer to matrix coodinates in tikz.  This works for the second coordinate, but apparently miraculously:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{matrix,arrows}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;   \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;      [description/.style={fill=white,inner sep=2pt},baseline=(current bounding box.center)]&#xA;      \matrix (m) [matrix of math nodes, row sep=1em, column sep=1.5em, text height=1.5ex, text depth=0.25ex]&#xA;      {&#xA;      0 &amp;amp; \Omega^k_X                &amp;amp; Z k k &amp;amp; Z k {k-1} &amp;amp; \cdots &amp;amp; Z k 1 &amp;amp; Z k 0 &amp;amp; 0\phantom .\\&#xA;      0 &amp;amp; \Lambda^k \mathcal E^\vee &amp;amp; Z k k &amp;amp; Z k {k-1} &amp;amp; \cdots &amp;amp; Z k 1 &amp;amp; Z k 0 &amp;amp; 0.\\&#xA;      };&#xA;      \foreach \a in {2,3,...,8} {&#xA;      \pgfmathsetmacro{\myresult}{\a-1}&#xA;      \draw[-&amp;gt;] (m-1-\myresult) -- (m-1-\a);&#xA;      \draw[-&amp;gt;] (m-2-\myresult) -- (m-2-\a);&#xA;      };&#xA;   \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following, however, fails spectacularly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{matrix,arrows}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;   \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;      [description/.style={fill=white,inner sep=2pt},baseline=(current bounding box.center)]&#xA;      \matrix (m) [matrix of math nodes, row sep=1em, column sep=1.5em, text height=1.5ex, text depth=0.25ex]&#xA;      { &#xA;      0 \\&#xA;      \Omega^k_X  \\&#xA;      Z k k \\&#xA;      Z k {k-1} \\&#xA;      cdots \\&#xA;      Z k 1 \\&#xA;      Z k 0 \\&#xA;      };&#xA;      \foreach \a in {2,3,...,7} {&#xA;      \pgfmathsetmacro{\myresult}{\a-1}&#xA;      \draw[-&amp;gt;] (m-\myresult-1) -- (m-\a-1);&#xA;      };&#xA;   \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Apparently, this is because \myresult is 1.0, 2.0, etc, and tikz does not like.  An otherwise fruitless google search turned up \pgfmathfloatint, but tikz barfs on \usetikzlibrary{fpu}.  Is there any way to turn 1.0 into 1?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1772" LastEditorUserId="1772" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-30T20:14:10.580" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T20:14:10.580" Title="Referring to tikz matrix coordinates using pgf mathematics operations" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14602" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14604" CreationDate="2011-03-30T19:57:45.967" Score="5" ViewCount="69" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm using quite a few &lt;code&gt;\colorbox&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\colorfbox&lt;/code&gt; in a document but they weren't sitting at the same heights (because some words contained g and this seemed to push the box down.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The solution I found (in another stackoverflow question actually) was to use &lt;code&gt;\strut&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Only problem with that is that it defaulted to being very high.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I couldn't figure out how to shrink the height (I'm very new to Latex) and was wondering if there's a simple way to specify the height of the &lt;code&gt;\strut&lt;/code&gt; command?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example I have &lt;code&gt;\colorbox{newredred}{{\color{white}{\strut\tt fun}}}&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is what I'm asking possible? Please remember, I'm very new to LaTeX and don't really understand much about the renewing commands or setting custom commands.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4554" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-30T20:14:28.673" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T13:58:54.997" Title="Set \strut height" Tags="&lt;colorbox&gt;&lt;strut&gt;" AnswerCount="5" />
  <row Id="14604" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14602" CreationDate="2011-03-30T20:04:50.853" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For example :&#xA;&lt;code&gt;#1 the height #2 the depth&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\mystrut(#1,#2){\vrule height #1pt depth #2pt width 0pt}   &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;example :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrartcl}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}   &#xA;  \def\mystrut(#1,#2){\vrule height #1pt depth #2pt width 0pt}    &#xA;  \fbox{\mystrut(18,10) qk}  &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/oAfqv.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-30T20:15:33.320" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T20:15:33.320" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14605" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14601" CreationDate="2011-03-30T20:05:08.037" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathtruncatemacro&lt;/code&gt; which works like &lt;code&gt;\pgfmathsetmacro&lt;/code&gt; but truncates the result to an integer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;BTW: The reason why &lt;code&gt;m-1-\myresult&lt;/code&gt; works but &lt;code&gt;m-\myresult-1&lt;/code&gt; isn't is because the first one will expand to &lt;code&gt;m-1-2.0&lt;/code&gt; which is iterpreted as node &lt;code&gt;m-1-2&lt;/code&gt; with anchor &lt;code&gt;0&lt;/code&gt; (the &lt;code&gt;.&lt;/code&gt; is a node.anchor separator). The &lt;code&gt;0&lt;/code&gt; and any other number is taken as an angle, i.e. 0 degree (see also my answer to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/10289/how-to-draw-lines-between-nodes-that-point-at-the-node-center-but-stop-at-the-no/10292#10292&quot;&gt;How to draw lines between nodes that point at the node center, but stop at the nodes edge&lt;/a&gt;). So it kind of works.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The second form &lt;code&gt;m-\myresult-1&lt;/code&gt; will expand to &lt;code&gt;m-2.0-1&lt;/code&gt; which is taken as node &lt;code&gt;m-2&lt;/code&gt; and anchor &lt;code&gt;0-1&lt;/code&gt;, where both most likely don't exit. The node might be, but there is no anchor with that name.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-30T20:11:25.850" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T20:11:25.850" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="14606" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14602" CreationDate="2011-03-30T20:10:13.510" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If the problem is exactly that some words contain &lt;code&gt;g&lt;/code&gt; and some do not, then why not add &lt;code&gt;\vphantom{g}&lt;/code&gt; to each box? This makes it as though each box contains &lt;code&gt;g&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T20:10:13.510" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14607" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14602" CreationDate="2011-03-30T20:20:05.597" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Besides Lev Bishop's suggestion (inluding aldo an &lt;code&gt;f&lt;/code&gt; in the &lt;code&gt;\vphantom&lt;/code&gt; to compensate the height), you could also control the separation between the text and the box using &lt;code&gt;\fboxsep&lt;/code&gt;. The following code shows two new commands, both using a redefinition of &lt;code&gt;\fboxsep&lt;/code&gt;; the first one uses the &lt;code&gt;\vphantom&lt;/code&gt; approach and the second one, uses &lt;code&gt;\strut&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\MyColorBox[1]{%&#xA;  \setlength\fboxsep{2pt}% change according to your needs&#xA;  \colorbox{red}{\textcolor{white}{\ttfamily\vphantom{fg}#1}}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\MyColorBoxT[1]{%&#xA;  \setlength\fboxsep{0pt}% change according to your needs&#xA;  \colorbox{red}{\textcolor{white}{\strut\ttfamily#1}}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\MyColorBox{fun}\MyColorBox{gun}&#xA;&#xA;\MyColorBoxT{fun}\MyColorBoxT{gun}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T20:20:05.597" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14608" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14602" CreationDate="2011-03-30T20:20:56.097" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\strut&lt;/code&gt; command adds the maximal height and depth of the current font size. Both together equal the current baselineskip, i.e. the distance between two lines. To explain this in short: There is an invisible line where all the letters sit on, the baseline, some letters like &quot;g&quot; have a depth and go below that line. Two lines are separated between there baselines by the baselineskip. With a normal 10pt font the baselineskip is 12pt. Added a &lt;code&gt;\strut&lt;/code&gt; makes the whole box 12pt in size (inside the framebox + the frameboxsep).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could insert a smaller &lt;code&gt;\strut&lt;/code&gt; by changing the font size locally, e.g.:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\colorbox{newredred}{{\color{white}{\ttfamily{\small\strut}fun}}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However then it isn't garanteed anymore that &lt;code&gt;\strut&lt;/code&gt; will make all boxes have the same total height.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T20:20:56.097" />
  <row Id="14609" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14538" CreationDate="2011-03-30T20:29:43.643" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;When TeX encounters an &lt;code&gt;\if&lt;/code&gt; and the test is false, it starts looking for the matching &lt;code&gt;\fi&lt;/code&gt; without expanding anything inbetween and ignoring any braces (as expanding might have side-effects). From TeX by Topic (&lt;code&gt;texdoc texbytopic&lt;/code&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\if... ... \fi&lt;/code&gt; and the result of the&#xA;  test is false. After the test TeX will&#xA;  start skipping material without&#xA;  expansion, without counting braces,&#xA;  but balancing nested conditionals,&#xA;  until a &lt;code&gt;\fi&lt;/code&gt; token is encountered. If&#xA;  the &lt;code&gt;\fi&lt;/code&gt; is not found an error message&#xA;  results at the end of the file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;    &lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;Incomplete \if...; all text was ignored after line ...&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;where the line&#xA;  number indicated is that of the line&#xA;  where TEX started skipping, that is,&#xA;  where the conditional occurred.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So in your case, TeX encounters the &lt;code&gt;\iffinal&lt;/code&gt; and starts looking for the matching &lt;code&gt;\fi&lt;/code&gt;. Since &lt;code&gt;\begin{verbatim}&lt;/code&gt; is not expanded, its catcode trickery never gets applied, so that TeX sees the two &lt;code&gt;\if&lt;/code&gt;s inside the verbatim environment. It matches the &lt;code&gt;\ifsolutions&lt;/code&gt; with the &lt;code&gt;\fi&lt;/code&gt; and the two other &lt;code&gt;\if&lt;/code&gt;s don't match with anything, prompting the error.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The solution is to add two &lt;code&gt;\fi&lt;/code&gt;s after the verbatim in such a way that they don't do anything. One possibility is &lt;code&gt;{\def\foo{\fi\fi}}&lt;/code&gt; (the braces are there so that the assignment is gets reverted immediately):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\newif\iffinal&#xA;\newif\ifsolutions&#xA;\finaltrue&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\iffinal&#xA;    (...)&#xA;    \begin{verbatim}&#xA;        \iffinal&#xA;        \ifsolutions&#xA;    \end{verbatim}&#xA;    {\def\foo{\fi\fi}}&#xA;    (...)&#xA;\fi&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are of course other ways to achieve the same goal. For example inventing a new comment character:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{\catcode`@=14&#xA;@\fi\fi&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T20:29:43.643" />
  <row Id="14610" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14570" CreationDate="2011-03-30T20:46:06.030" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can do this using the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/unicode-math&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;unicode math&lt;/a&gt; package.  You need to use &lt;code&gt;xelatex&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;lualatex&lt;/code&gt; for this to work (rather than just &lt;code&gt;pdflatex&lt;/code&gt;).  As a rather simple example, the following switches from italic to upright font within the example environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{minimal}&#xA;\usepackage{unicode-math}&#xA;&#xA;\setmathfont{xits-math.otf}&#xA;&#xA;\newenvironment{example}{\par\textbf{Example:}\setmathfont[math-style=upright]{xits-math.otf}}{\par}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\[&#xA;  E = m c^2&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;\begin{example}&#xA;A famous equation is&#xA;%&#xA;\[&#xA;  E = m c^2&#xA;\]&#xA;\end{example}&#xA;&#xA;\[&#xA;  E = m c^2&#xA;\]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(You need to have the STIX fonts for this particular example to work.)  This produces:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/AoCmo.png&quot; alt=&quot;changing maths font&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For more on the syntax, I recommend that you read the unicode-math documentation.  I should also warn you that changing the font several times in a document &lt;em&gt;can&lt;/em&gt; slow down the compilation time considerably.  It &lt;em&gt;might&lt;/em&gt; not, I'm not sure exactly what it is that causes the slow-down, but on some documents where I change maths font a lot then I find that I have to disable the font changing when writing the document and only enable it for the final run.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T20:46:06.030" />
  <row Id="14611" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14646" CreationDate="2011-03-30T21:03:47.200" Score="1" ViewCount="75" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Lyx I would like to convert greyed out text into comments.  The Lyx environment is &lt;code&gt;lyxgreyedout&lt;/code&gt;.  I have considered switching to another IDE already and it is not an acceptable solution.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The website below does something similar I think but I don't quite follow it:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mail-archive.com/lyx-users@lists.lyx.org/msg79368.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.mail-archive.com/lyx-users@lists.lyx.org/msg79368.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If there is some alternate way of allowing comments to show up in a draft but not the final product in Lyx, please let me know.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="978" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-31T03:05:17.543" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T07:42:37.193" Title="In Lyx turn greyed out text into comments" Tags="&lt;environments&gt;&lt;lyx&gt;&lt;comments&gt;&lt;draft&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14612" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14611" CreationDate="2011-03-30T21:28:56.033" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use the &lt;code&gt;comment&lt;/code&gt; package and then &lt;code&gt;\excludecomment{gray}&lt;/code&gt; to redefine the &lt;code&gt;gray&lt;/code&gt; environment to be ignored.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;\newenvironment{gray}{\color{gray}}{}&#xA;\usepackage{comment}&#xA;\excludecomment{gray}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;...&#xA;\begin{gray}&#xA;    Text&#xA;\end{gray}&#xA;...&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is also &lt;code&gt;\includecomment{&amp;lt;env&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt; to define an environment which is simply included. See my answer to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/5076/whether-its-possible-to-keep-translation-together-with-original-text/9964#9964&quot;&gt;Whether it&amp;#39;s possible to keep translation together with original text?&lt;/a&gt; for an example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T21:28:56.033" CommentCount="16" />
  <row Id="14613" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14652" CreationDate="2011-03-30T21:41:10.770" Score="9" ViewCount="130" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do I draw a triangle in tikz with &quot;point colours&quot; so that every point in the triangle is coloured according to the weighted (by distance) average colour of the corners.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="512" LastActivityDate="2011-04-01T02:11:06.373" Title="Tikz triangle with point colours" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="14614" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14599" CreationDate="2011-03-30T21:48:20.723" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I guess that there are two ways to do this.  Either to have two numbered equations (possibly in, say, an &lt;code&gt;align&lt;/code&gt; environment), each with its own &lt;code&gt;tikzpicture&lt;/code&gt;, and try to align the relevant parts of the &lt;code&gt;tikzpicture&lt;/code&gt;s, or to emulate the equation numbering inside the &lt;code&gt;tikzpicture&lt;/code&gt;.  I've chosen the latter approach here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First, the result.  The first two lines are your original exact sequence in the &lt;code&gt;equation&lt;/code&gt; environment.  The second two are where I've embedded the equation numbers inside the &lt;code&gt;tikzpicture&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/BEued.png&quot; alt=&quot;tikz equation numbering with labels&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now the code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{amsart}&#xA;\thispagestyle{empty}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{matrix,arrows}&#xA;\newcommand\Z[2]{\ensuremath{\mathfrak  Z^{(#1)}_{#2}}}&#xA;&#xA;% labeling, we assume that we are centred on the line&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newlength{\tikz@label@eqnlen}&#xA;\newcommand{\tikzlabel}[2][]{%&#xA;  \pgfgetlastxy{\tikz@label@x}{\tikz@label@y}%&#xA;  \path (current bounding box.north east);&#xA;  \pgfgetlastxy{\tikz@label@nex}{\tikz@label@ney}%&#xA;  \path (current bounding box.north west);&#xA;  \pgfgetlastxy{\tikz@label@nwx}{\tikz@label@nwy}%&#xA;  \pgfmathsetlength{\tikz@label@eqnlen}{(\textwidth - (\tikz@label@nex - \tikz@label@nwx))/2 - (\tikz@label@nwx - \tikz@label@x)}&#xA;  \begin{pgfinterruptboundingbox}&#xA;  \path (\tikz@label@x,\tikz@label@y) ++(-\tikz@label@eqnlen,0)  node[anchor=west,inner sep=0pt,#1] {\refstepcounter{equation}(\theequation)};&#xA;  \end{pgfinterruptboundingbox}&#xA;  \def\@currentlabel{\theequation}&#xA;\ltx@label{#2}}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;   \begin{equation}&#xA;\label{eq:orig}&#xA;      \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;         [baseline=(current bounding box.center)]&#xA;         \matrix (m) [matrix of math nodes, row sep=1em, column sep=1.5em, text height=1.5ex, text depth=0.25ex]&#xA;         {&#xA;         0 &amp;amp; \Omega^k_X                &amp;amp; \Z k k &amp;amp; \Z k {k-1} &amp;amp; \cdots &amp;amp; \Z k 1 &amp;amp; \Z k 0 &amp;amp; 0\phantom .\\&#xA;         0 &amp;amp; \Lambda^k \mathcal E^\vee &amp;amp; \Z k k &amp;amp; \Z k {k-1} &amp;amp; \cdots &amp;amp; \Z k 1 &amp;amp; \Z k 0 &amp;amp; 0.\\&#xA;         };&#xA;         \foreach \a in {2,3,...,8} {&#xA;         \pgfmathsubtract{\a}{1}&#xA;         \draw[-&amp;gt;] (m-1-\pgfmathresult) -- (m-1-\a);&#xA;         \draw[-&amp;gt;] (m-2-\pgfmathresult) -- (m-2-\a);&#xA;         };&#xA;      \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;   \end{equation}&#xA;&#xA;   \begin{equation*}&#xA;      \begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;         [baseline=(current bounding box.center)]&#xA;         \matrix (m) [matrix of math nodes, row sep=1em, column sep=1.5em, text height=1.5ex, text depth=0.25ex]&#xA;         {&#xA;         0 &amp;amp; \Omega^k_X                &amp;amp; \Z k k &amp;amp; \Z k {k-1} &amp;amp; \cdots &amp;amp; \Z k 1 &amp;amp; \Z k 0 &amp;amp; 0\phantom .\\&#xA;         0 &amp;amp; \Lambda^k \mathcal E^\vee &amp;amp; \Z k k &amp;amp; \Z k {k-1} &amp;amp; \cdots &amp;amp; \Z k 1 &amp;amp; \Z k 0 &amp;amp; 0.\\&#xA;         };&#xA;         \foreach \a in {2,3,...,8} {&#xA;         \pgfmathsubtract{\a}{1}&#xA;         \draw[-&amp;gt;] (m-1-\pgfmathresult) -- (m-1-\a);&#xA;         \draw[-&amp;gt;] (m-2-\pgfmathresult) -- (m-2-\a);&#xA;         };&#xA;         \foreach \b in {1,2} {&#xA;           \path (m-\b-1.west);&#xA;           \tikzlabel{eq:se\b}&#xA;         }&#xA;      \end{tikzpicture}&#xA;   \end{equation*}&#xA;&#xA;Let's refer to \eqref{eq:se1} and \eqref{eq:se2}; but not to \eqref{eq:orig}.&#xA;\end{document} &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The complicated bit is working out where to put the equation numbers.  We measure the current bounding box to get the width, then subtract that from the textwidth, and divide by two.  This gives us the distance from the bounding box to the left margin (since the equation will be centred).  However, we need to work from the edge of the leftmost node in the matrix (to get the right height) and that isn't necessarily at the edge of the bounding box.  So we correct for that.  We can therefore locate the lefthand margin at the right height and place our equation number where we want it.  The other bit of magic is the &lt;code&gt;pgfinterruptboundingbox&lt;/code&gt; (a trick I learnt from Jake) to remove the equation numbering from the bounding box calculation, thus ensuring that the exact sequence remains centred.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Added in Edit:&lt;/strong&gt; I've added labelling capability, and refactored it into a separate command.  The syntax is that &lt;code&gt;\tikzlabel[node options]{label}&lt;/code&gt; will add an equation number at the left margin on a level with the last point used, and set &lt;code&gt;label&lt;/code&gt; to point to it (so that &lt;code&gt;\ref{label}&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\eqref{label}&lt;/code&gt; work as they should).  So in this example, we &quot;use&quot; the point &lt;code&gt;(m-\b-1.west)&lt;/code&gt; before calling it.  (An alternative would be to feed that point to the &lt;code&gt;\tikzlabel&lt;/code&gt; command.)  The optional &lt;code&gt;node options&lt;/code&gt; get added to the node that places the label.  So the label can be coloured, repositioned (for example, if the vertical alignment isn't quite right), or anythinged.  The default is to use the &lt;code&gt;west&lt;/code&gt; anchor with &lt;code&gt;inner sep=0pt&lt;/code&gt;, but any extra options are placed last so can override these.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's best to place labels last since we have to essentially guess where the left margin is based on the bounding box and can only know the bounding box at the current state of play (I've seen something somewhere that puts code at the end of the picture, this would be a good use of that, but I've not used that myself yet so I'll need to experiment to get it right).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastEditorUserId="86" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-31T21:14:11.593" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T21:14:11.593" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14616" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14618" CreationDate="2011-03-30T22:25:29.203" Score="8" ViewCount="78" Body="&lt;p&gt;In response to &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/14611/215&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt; I thought the obvious thing to do was the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\newif\iffoo&#xA;\newenvironment{foobar}{\iffoo}{\fi}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{foobar}&#xA;  Here is text&#xA;\end{foobar}&#xA;Here is more text&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This doesn't work: &lt;code&gt;! Incomplete \iffalse; all text was ignored after line 5.&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If, however, I add a &lt;code&gt;\footrue&lt;/code&gt; to the preamble it compiles fine. Adding &lt;code&gt;\foofalse&lt;/code&gt; does not make it work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Could someone explain this behaviour? This sort of thing is possible: the &lt;code&gt;comment&lt;/code&gt; package does exactly this. I am not asking how to achieve this behaviour. My question is: why doesn't this thing work in LaTeX &quot;out of the box&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-30T22:56:02.247" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T03:41:50.917" Title="Environments with conditionals in: why doesn't this work?" Tags="&lt;environments&gt;&lt;conditionals&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14618" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14616" CreationDate="2011-03-30T22:50:45.150" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;TeX is skipping all input tokens (macros, characters, ...) after a conditional which is logical &lt;em&gt;false&lt;/em&gt; but looks at every one to see if it is a &lt;code&gt;\fi&lt;/code&gt; token (i.e. &lt;code&gt;\fi&lt;/code&gt; or any macro &lt;code&gt;\let&lt;/code&gt; to it; see also &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/12015/what-is-an-if&quot;&gt;What is an if?&lt;/a&gt;). It doesn't expand macros. So the &lt;code&gt;\fi&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;\end{foobar}&lt;/code&gt; is never seen, just &lt;code&gt;\end&lt;/code&gt; followed by the tokens &lt;code&gt;{&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;f&lt;/code&gt;, ..., &lt;code&gt;r&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;}&lt;/code&gt;. However after a logical true &lt;code&gt;if&lt;/code&gt; the tokens are processed as normal and TeX simply remembers to take the next &lt;code&gt;\fi&lt;/code&gt; it encounters on the way as the end of the currently processed &lt;em&gt;if&lt;/em&gt;-branch.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\newif\iffoo&#xA;\let\foobar=\iffalse&#xA;\let\endfoobar=\fi&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\foobar&#xA;  Here is text&#xA;\endfoobar&#xA;Here is more text&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;would work, but there is no way to make that work with LaTeX style environments. The &lt;code&gt;comment&lt;/code&gt; package skips everything verbatim to the &lt;code&gt;\end{comment}&lt;/code&gt; marker (which is also read verbatim!).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastActivityDate="2011-03-30T22:50:45.150" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14619" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14613" CreationDate="2011-03-30T23:30:55.997" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Only for the fun but perhaps it's possible with postcript macros 84.2.3 General (Functional) Shadings of pgfmanual cvs. The code is very slow to compile a better will be to draw triangles (node)  instead of circles. The Caramdir's answer proves  that my idea was fine. I use the comment to change my answer, always for the fun ...This is perhaps always wrong but it's a more correct answer than my first one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrartcl}&#xA;\usepackage[usenames,dvipsnames]{xcolor}  &#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document} &#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\coordinate(A) at (0, 0);&#xA;\coordinate(B) at (1, 0);&#xA;\coordinate(C) at (60:1);&#xA;&#xA;\foreach \x in {0.05,0.1,...,.95} &#xA;\foreach \y in {0.05,0.1,...,.95}&#xA;\foreach \z in {0.05,0.1,...,.95}&#xA;{\definecolor{mycolor}{rgb}{\x, \y, \z}      &#xA;\coordinate (mypoint) at (barycentric cs:A=\x,B=\y,C=\z);&#xA;\path[fill=mycolor] (mypoint) circle (.04); }&#xA;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/84g5O.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastEditorUserId="3144" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-31T07:19:51.347" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T07:19:51.347" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="14620" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-31T00:52:25.930" Score="7" ViewCount="68" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have generated PDFs with figures that have hyperlinks (hyperref to websites, \href) in them. When I compile these figures standalone the hyperlinks work. But when I try to include these PDFs (as figures, not the sources) with \includegraphics the links are lost and only the image is inserted in the document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to include (includegraphics?) a PDF such that its original links work in the master document?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This question has to do with the externalization (e.g. tikz or pgfplots), which also suffers from these drawbacks, i.e. hyper-references are lost.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1871" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T07:30:45.123" Title="How to preserve hyperlinks in included pdf?" Tags="&lt;graphics&gt;&lt;hyperref&gt;&lt;external-images&gt;" AnswerCount="2" FavoriteCount="0" />
  <row Id="14621" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14626" CreationDate="2011-03-31T00:54:02.300" Score="2" ViewCount="25" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would really like to get a multiline equation with text explaining each step.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've got close with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{equation*}&#xA;\begin{split}&#xA;    A \simeq &amp;amp; B  \mbox{[Lemma 8.35(iii)]} \\&#xA;      \simeq &amp;amp; C \mbox{[exactness of first column - see Ex. 5.3]} \\&#xA;      etc&#xA;\end{split}&#xA;\end{equation*} `&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I can't get tab spacing between the equation and the message box. Maybe an mbox is not the best way?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4559" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-31T01:09:05.940" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T01:37:42.147" Title="Multiline equation and text" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;multline&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="14622" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-31T01:00:27.500" Score="4" ViewCount="72" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possible Duplicate:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/6443/conditioning-behaviour-of-a-macro-on-whether-on-top-of-a-new-page&quot;&gt;Conditioning behaviour of a macro on whether on top of a new page&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have two paragraphs with some separator (rule) between them. I want to make this separator appear only if it does not end or start the page (in which case it is just redundant). Is there some package with conditionals I can use? In pseudocode, I need something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\if (less than \baselineskip till the end of page)&#xA;    \pagebreak&#xA;\else \if (page just started)&#xA;    % do nothing&#xA;\else&#xA;    \rule&#xA;\fi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The package &lt;code&gt;needspace&lt;/code&gt; provides functionality close to the first conditional, but it does not export any conditionals, and, unfortunately, I am not that good in TeX to extract them from package myself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1464" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-31T06:19:06.093" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T09:13:11.640" ClosedDate="2011-03-31T16:11:48.827" Title="Condition to determine if current line ends or starts the page" Tags="&lt;page-breaking&gt;&lt;conditionals&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14623" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-31T01:03:16.993" Score="6" ViewCount="57" Body="&lt;p&gt;How does one get the symbol &lt;code&gt;\S&lt;/code&gt; to appear before a number in &lt;code&gt;\section{}&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4107" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-31T06:23:00.930" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T06:23:00.930" Title="Section Symbol and Number" Tags="&lt;sectioning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="14624" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14623" CreationDate="2011-03-31T01:18:38.500" Score="6" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/titlesec&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package to change the formatting of section headings easily.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{titlesec}&#xA;\titleformat{\section}{\normalfont\Large\bfseries}{\S\thesection}{1em}{}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\section{A section}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2693" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T01:18:38.500" />
  <row Id="14625" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14385" CreationDate="2011-03-31T01:26:17.743" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;With the help of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/pgf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;TikZ&lt;/a&gt; you can define a command to cancel an expression using a downward arrow:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrartcl}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{cancel}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{calc}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*\canc[1]{%&#xA;  \mathchoice&#xA;    {\scriptstyle#1}&#xA;    {\scriptstyle#1}&#xA;    {\scriptscriptstyle#1}&#xA;    {\scriptscriptstyle#1}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand*\Dcancelto[2][0]{%&#xA;  \kern9pt%&#xA;  \begin{tikzpicture}[baseline=(current bounding box.center).anchor=west]&#xA;    \node[anchor=east,inner sep=2pt] (a) {#2};&#xA;    \draw[-&amp;gt;] ($(a.north west)+(1pt,-2pt)$) -- ($(a.south east)+(0pt,2pt)$) node at ($(a.south east)+(4pt,1pt)$) {$\canc{#1}$};&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document} &#xA;&#xA;\[ \Dcancelto[1]{7} \]&#xA;&#xA;\[ \frac{1}{\Dcancelto[2]{4}} \]&#xA;&#xA;\[ \frac{89}{\Dcancelto[0]{4367}} \]&#xA;&#xA;\[ \cancel{2}\cdot\dfrac{9}{\Dcancelto[2]{4}} \]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's the result:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/pRtvw.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastEditorUserId="3954" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-31T02:02:37.430" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T02:02:37.430" />
  <row Id="14626" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14621" CreationDate="2011-03-31T01:37:42.147" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/amsmath&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;amsmath&lt;/a&gt; package offers a number of environments that can achieve what you want: here's an example (with annotations flushed right, and with annotations two quads appart from the equations):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{align*}&#xA;    A &amp;amp; \simeq B  \tag{[Lemma 8.35(iii)]} \\&#xA;        &amp;amp; \simeq C  \tag{[exactness of first column - see Ex. 5.3]}&#xA;\end{align*} `&#xA;&#xA;\begin{alignat*}{2}&#xA;  A &amp;amp;\simeq B   &amp;amp;\qquad &amp;amp; \text{[Lemma 8.35(iii)]} \\&#xA;      &amp;amp;\simeq C   &amp;amp;\qquad &amp;amp; \text{[exactness of first column - see Ex. 5.3]}&#xA;\end{alignat*} `&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T01:37:42.147" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14628" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2010-11-03T09:26:04.333" Score="2" ViewCount="44" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to enter a Chinese (Simplified) Characters in a TeX doc that is rendered by XeTeX and have the Pinyin transcription automatically added below the according characters. So, I only enter the Chinese characters and the Pinyin should be looked up through a library.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have seen that ChinesePod does something similar, so I imagined that someone else must have thought of that and written something for TeX already. Do you know any tools/packages for that for TeX?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is a picture of how it should look like: &lt;a href=&quot;http://cl.ly/35Lr&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://cl.ly/35Lr&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-31T03:02:22.350" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T03:02:22.350" Title="Latex: Pinyin below Chinese characters" Tags="&lt;languages&gt;&lt;cjk&gt;" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="14629" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-31T02:38:04.290" Score="-1" ViewCount="65" Body="&lt;p&gt;what are the best latex templates you have found so far for books?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4560" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-31T03:00:40.697" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T03:00:40.697" ClosedDate="2011-03-31T16:13:04.210" Title="book tex templates" Tags="&lt;templates&gt;&lt;book-design&gt;" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="14630" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14613" CreationDate="2011-03-31T02:55:38.517" Score="10" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;PGF provides functional shadings. The following works by calculating the barycentric coordinates of a equilateral triangle from the Cartesian coordinates (see &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Barycentric_coordinate_system_%28mathematics%29#Converting_to_barycentric_coordinates&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt;) and using those as the RGB color.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{shadings}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\pgfdeclarefunctionalshading{rgbtriangle}&#xA;{\pgfpointorigin}{\pgfpoint{100bp}{86.60bp}}{}{&#xA;    % y coordinate is on top of the stack, x below it&#xA;    % divide both by 100 to get numbers in [0,1]&#xA;    100 div exch 100 div exch&#xA;    % save a copy of the coordinates&#xA;    2 copy&#xA;    % calculate red amount&#xA;    0.5774 mul add neg 1 add&#xA;    % bring copy of the coordinates to the top&#xA;    3 1 roll&#xA;    % calculate green amount&#xA;    0.5774 mul neg add &#xA;    % calculate blue as (1-red-green)&#xA;    2 copy&#xA;    add 1 sub neg&#xA;}&#xA;\clip[shift={(-50bp,{-25bp*sqrt(3)})}] (0,0) -- (50bp,{50bp*sqrt(3)}) -- (100bp,0) -- cycle;&#xA;\pgfuseshading{rgbtriangle}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/NbLvE.png&quot; alt=&quot;result in Adobe&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The PGF manual has a warning:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;These shadings are the least portable&#xA;  of all and they put the heaviest&#xA;  burden of the renderer. They are slow&#xA;  and, possibly, will not print&#xA;  correctly!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In fact, Evince (and probably most Linux pdf viewers) renders the above document as &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/R3Umy.png&quot; alt=&quot;result in Evince&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I keep playing around with this. The most portable solution seems to be the one by Altermundus. Here it is encapsulated into a macro and with some optimizations&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{standalone}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{calc}&#xA;\begin{document} &#xA;&#xA;% arguments:&#xA;%   number of subdivision (optional)&#xA;%   side length&#xA;\newcommand\colortriangle[2][50]{&#xA;    \begin{scope}[shift={({-#2/2},{-sqrt(3)/6*#2})}]&#xA;        \coordinate(A) at (0, 0);&#xA;        \coordinate(B) at (#2, 0);&#xA;        \coordinate(C) at (60:#2);&#xA;        \clip (A) -- (B) -- (C) -- cycle;&#xA;        \pgfmathsetmacro\delta{1/#1}&#xA;        \pgfmathsetmacro\r{\delta*1.2*#2}&#xA;        \edef\r{\r pt}&#xA;        \foreach \x in {0,\delta,...,1} {&#xA;            \pgfmathsetmacro\t{1-\x}&#xA;            \foreach \y in {0,\delta,...,\t} {&#xA;                \pgfmathsetmacro\z{1-\x-\y}&#xA;                \definecolor{mycolor}{rgb}{\x, \y, \z}      &#xA;                \coordinate (mypoint) at (barycentric cs:A=\x,B=\y,C=\z); &#xA;                \path[fill=mycolor] (mypoint) rectangle ($(mypoint)+(\r,\r)$);&#xA;            }&#xA;        }&#xA;    \end{scope}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \colortriangle[40]{4cm}&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For sufficiently small many subdivision, the triangle looks passably smooth and should render correctly in most PDF viewers. It does however draw O(subdivisions²) rectangles and compilation time scales accordingly. So you might want to use the externalization library of TikZ. The above example compiles in about 2.9s on my computer and produces&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/eOTxj.png&quot; alt=&quot;result&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-04-01T02:11:06.373" LastActivityDate="2011-04-01T02:11:06.373" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14631" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14616" CreationDate="2011-03-31T03:29:41.707" Score="7" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Martin gave a very nice answer explaining why it doesn't work. Here's a way to get what you want (assuming your minimal example shows what you want and not just the problem) using Will's &lt;code&gt;environ&lt;/code&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{environ}&#xA;\newif\iffoo&#xA;\NewEnviron{foobar}{\iffoo\expandafter\BODY\fi}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{foobar}&#xA;Here is some foobar text 1.&#xA;\end{foobar}&#xA;\footrue&#xA;\begin{foobar}&#xA;Here is some foobar text 2.&#xA;\end{foobar}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that I replaced &lt;code&gt;\newenvironment&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;\NewEnviron&lt;/code&gt; and that the body of the environment is stored in the &lt;code&gt;\BODY&lt;/code&gt; macro. This way, the environment checks &lt;code&gt;\iffoo&lt;/code&gt; before expanding &lt;code&gt;\BODY&lt;/code&gt;. If &lt;code&gt;\iffoo&lt;/code&gt; is false, then it skips tokens until it sees &lt;code&gt;\fi&lt;/code&gt; which it can do without expanding anything else.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The &lt;code&gt;\expandafter&lt;/code&gt; is only important if the last thing in the &lt;code&gt;foobar&lt;/code&gt; environment is going to be looking at following tokens.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="647" LastEditorUserId="647" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-31T03:41:50.917" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T03:41:50.917" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14632" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14620" CreationDate="2011-03-31T03:31:01.463" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;It seems that pdftex always drops all PDF annotations (which includes hyperlinks) from the included file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The PDF format itself makes it rather difficult to do otherwise. PDF annotations are laid out in a completely different way to how the rest of the content of the page is constructed. They live on a different layer and they are positioned using a different (page-absolute) coordinate system. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="627" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T03:31:01.463" CommentCount="0" />
  <row Id="14633" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14687" CreationDate="2011-03-31T03:57:48.603" Score="4" ViewCount="62" Body="&lt;p&gt;Note I'm not actually planning on writing any, for instance, Russian prose or even any Russian words. It's just that, on paper, I've always had the habit of denoting sets by uppercase roman letters, sets of sets by script letters and, when the need arises, sets of sets of sets by uppercase Cyrillic letters. Is there some package I can load which will allow me to typeset (in LaTeX math mode) Cyrillic letters much as I would typeset Greek letters? ie. $\Zhe$ to produce an uppercase zhe. Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4561" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-31T04:01:52.103" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T21:02:54.217" Title="What packages will let me use Cyrillic characters in math mode?" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;symbols&gt;&lt;cyrillic&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14634" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-31T04:22:56.203" Score="5" ViewCount="81" Body="&lt;p&gt;Does anyone know of a package or macro that handles decimal long division?  For example, I want to convert 3/8 to a decimal and show all of the steps.  I found a macro for longdiv that works great for integers, but was wondering if anyone knew of something that worked with decimals.  If this doesn't exist yet, how would I go about writing something to do this?  Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1595" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T11:56:22.607" Title="Decimal Long Division" Tags="&lt;mathmode&gt;&lt;packages&gt;" AnswerCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" />
  <row Id="14636" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-31T07:16:15.630" Score="1" ViewCount="55" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's a good &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/3397/how-do-i-get-chaptername-to-appear-in-the-table-of-contents&quot;&gt;solution&lt;/a&gt;.&#xA;But could you help me to change it a little bit. For example using &lt;code&gt;report&lt;/code&gt; style in text I wrote:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{report}&#xA;\usepackage{tocloft,calc}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand\chaptername{Introduction}&#xA;\renewcommand\cftchappresnum{\chaptername\space}&#xA;\setlength{\cftchapnumwidth}{2cm}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand{\thechapter}{}&#xA;\renewcommand{\thesection}%&#xA;{\Roman{section}.}&#xA;  \pagenumbering{roman}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand\chaptername{Introduction}&#xA; \chapter{Les initiatives}&#xA; \section{Bla bla bla1}&#xA; \section{Bla bla bla2}&#xA;\clearpage&#xA;&#xA;\pagenumbering{arabic}&#xA;&#xA;\setcounter{chapter}{0} \setcounter{section}{0}&#xA;\renewcommand{\chaptername}{Chapter}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{Les décisions}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Could you please tell me how to make the table of content like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Preface..................................i&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Introduction. Les initiatives ............v&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I.Bla bla bla1..........................vi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;II.Bla bla bla2.........................vii&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Chapitre 1. Les décisions ................1&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;1.1 Bla bla bla3 ........................6&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;1.2 Bla bla bla4 ........................7&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Chapitre 2. Les conférence ...............10&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Conclusion ...............................30&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Appendix A ...............................35&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Bibliographie ............................40&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The code from answer above works fine, but it needs some changes for me, and I can't handle it well. &#xA;Thank you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3763" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-31T12:27:04.497" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T12:27:04.497" Title="How to get the chapter name and other TOC data in the table of contents?" Tags="&lt;table-of-contents&gt;&lt;chapters&gt;&lt;tocloft&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="14637" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14620" CreationDate="2011-03-31T07:30:45.123" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can not simply mix two PDF files. You have to preserve PDF document structure. In the simply case links (PDF annotations) are dropped.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can try the &lt;a href=&quot;http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/pax.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;PAX&lt;/a&gt; project, which trys to extract and reinsert the PDF annotations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3190" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T07:30:45.123" />
  <row Id="14638" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-31T07:34:03.203" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;PSTricks is a set of macros that allow the inclusion of PostScript drawings directly inside TeX or LaTeX code. It is originally the work of Professor Timothy Van Zandt and in recent years it has been maintained by Denis Girou, Sebastian Rahtz and Herbert Voss.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="1994" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-31T07:38:55.400" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T07:38:55.400" />
  <row Id="14639" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-31T07:34:03.203" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="A set of macros that allow the inclusion of PostScript drawings directly inside TeX or LaTeX code." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="1994" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-31T07:38:52.953" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T07:38:52.953" />
  <row Id="14640" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-31T07:35:29.757" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;GNU Emacs&lt;/a&gt; is an extensible, customizable text editor.  Begun in the mid-1970s as TECO, it was re-written using C and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/manual/html_node/elisp/index.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Emacs Lisp&lt;/a&gt; to provide portability and an extendable interface.  It continues to be actively developed today.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Emacs provides context-sensitive editing modes with syntax coloring, is self documenting, has full Unicode support and extensions to do most anything.  Die-hard Emacs users do most everything from within Emacs: write code, compile, run, debug, read/compose email, browse the web, do project planning, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Useful Links&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;A &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/emacs-paper.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;paper&lt;/a&gt; by RMS describing the design of Emacs&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.emacswiki.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Emacs Wiki&lt;/a&gt;, a collaborative wiki for extensions to Emacs&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Wikipedia's &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Emacs&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Emacs page&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;A &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/tour/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tour of Emacs&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Emacs &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/emacs-faq.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;FAQ&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.h-online.com/open/features/Emacs-the-birth-of-the-GPL-969471.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;History of Emacs and GPL&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Wisdom from the stack&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/48006/is-it-worth-investing-time-in-learning-to-use-emacs&quot;&gt;Is it worth investing time in learning to use emacs?&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/269812/how-to-quickly-get-started-at-using-and-learning-emacs&quot;&gt;How to quickly get started at using and learning Emacs&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com/questions/2582555/emacs-without-lisp&quot;&gt;Emacs without lisp&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Stack Overflow &lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com/tags/emacs-lisp/info&quot;&gt;emacs-lisp&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com/tags/emacs/info&quot;&gt;elisp&lt;/a&gt; tags&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="1994" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-31T08:06:24.810" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T08:06:24.810" />
  <row Id="14641" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-31T07:35:29.757" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="GNU Emacs is an extensible, customizable text editor written primarily in Emacs Lisp." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="1994" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-31T08:06:22.737" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T08:06:22.737" />
  <row Id="14642" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-31T07:36:43.000" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;OS X is based upon the NeXTSTEP/OPENSTEP OSes developed in the 1980s and 1990s by NeXT Inc., which Apple purchased in 1996.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mac OS X consists of a Mach/BSD-based kernel, userland primarily based on FreeBSD, and additional frameworks (written in C, C++ and Objective-C) providing user interface and application-level services.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="1994" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-31T08:06:14.267" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T08:06:14.267" />
  <row Id="14643" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-31T07:36:43.000" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="Mac OS X is the flagship operating system from Apple Inc. It was the successor to Mac OS 9 and here the 'X' means 10." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="1994" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-31T08:06:13.470" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T08:06:13.470" />
  <row Id="14644" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-31T07:37:59.847" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The program runs on all major computers and operating systems (GNU/Linux, Unix, Microsoft Windows, Mac OS X and others). It is a program with a fairly long history, dating back to 1986. This software is not distributed under the GPL license, opting for its own open source license instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="1994" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-31T08:06:20.677" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T08:06:20.677" />
  <row Id="14645" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-31T07:37:59.847" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="Gnuplot is a portable command-line driven graphing utility for linux, OS/2, MS Windows, OSX, VMS, and many other platforms." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="1994" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-31T08:06:16.560" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T08:06:16.560" />
  <row Id="14646" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14611" CreationDate="2011-03-31T07:42:37.193" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You might also consider using PDF annotations with the &lt;a href=&quot;http://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/pdfcomment.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pdfcomment&lt;/a&gt; package.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There's a Lyx module, which at least partly supports pdfcomment. You can use the &lt;code&gt;final&lt;/code&gt; option to switch off the comments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a &lt;a href=&quot;http://blog.ibd.com/howto/getting-commentsannotations-in-lyx-to-show-up-in-pdf/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;blog&lt;/a&gt; post, how to make it work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3190" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T07:42:37.193" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14647" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-31T07:56:30.057" Score="2" ViewCount="51" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Could you tell me what should I do to be able to insert multipages, side by side listings in Latex document?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have already tried with &lt;code&gt;\begin{minipage}&lt;/code&gt;, but it doesn't work with multipages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT:&#xA;@Matthew Leingang: by multipages I mean listings in verbatim environment which don't fit into one page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is my preamble:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper,11pt]{article}&#xA;\usepackage[utf8x]{inputenc}    &#xA;\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx}&#xA;\usepackage{indentfirst}&#xA;&#xA;\setlength{\textheight}{24cm}&#xA;\setlength{\textwidth}{15.92cm}&#xA;\setlength{\footskip}{10mm}&#xA;\setlength{\oddsidemargin}{0mm}&#xA;\setlength{\evensidemargin}{0mm}&#xA;\setlength{\topmargin}{0mm}&#xA;\setlength{\headsep}{5mm}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter &#xA;\def\thesection{\arabic{section}.}&#xA;\def\thesubsection{\thesection\arabic{subsection}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\usepackage{amssymb}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[pdfpagemode=None,bookmarksopen=false,colorlinks=true,linkcolor=blue]{hyperref}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like to add Python listings, two, side by side. I have already tried something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{figure}[ht]&#xA;\begin{minipage}[b]{0.5\linewidth}&#xA;\centering&#xA;\begin{verbatim}&#xA;%many lines with Python code&#xA;\end{verbatim}&#xA;\caption{default}&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;\hspace{0.5cm}&#xA;\begin{minipage}[b]{0.5\linewidth}&#xA;\centering&#xA;\begin{verbatim}&#xA;%many lines with Python code&#xA;\end{verbatim}&#xA;\caption{default}&#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;\end{figure}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but above code doesn't work with listings that are longer than one page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4563" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-04-01T01:01:58.967" LastActivityDate="2011-04-01T01:01:58.967" Title="Multipages side by side listings" Tags="&lt;listings&gt;&lt;page-breaking&gt;" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="14648" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14634" CreationDate="2011-03-31T08:00:00.780" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;With a french presentation (options for other countries will be in the next version 0.3):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[]{article}&#xA;\usepackage{xlop}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\opdiv{3}{8}  &#xA;&#xA;\opdiv{22}{7} &#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/HVb7Z.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastEditorUserId="3144" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-31T11:56:22.607" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T11:56:22.607" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="14649" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1859" CreationDate="2011-03-31T08:04:16.113" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;For the matrix macro, I've been using the following, although anything from other commenters will do:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newcommand{\mat}[4]{\left(&#xA;\begin{array}{cc}&#xA;#1 &amp;amp; #2 \\&#xA;#3 &amp;amp; #4 \\  &#xA;\end{array}&#xA;\right)&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then &lt;code&gt;\mat{a}{b}{c}{d}&lt;/code&gt; produces the matrix with rows (a, b) and (c, d). Insert this in the preamble.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then you want to enable the autocompletion of this new command. &#xA;Here is how to do this for TeX Works.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First, locate the file tw-latex.txt in the completion folder TeXworks resource directory; in Ubuntu, it is ~/.TeXworks/completion, on other systems, refer to &lt;a href=&quot;http://code.google.com/p/texworks/wiki/TipsAndTricks#Locating_and_customizing_TeXworks_resources&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the manual&lt;/a&gt;. Edit it as administrator (it's read-only by default on Linux).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Somewhere in the file (in alphabetical order, ideally), add the following line:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\mat{#INS#}{•}{•}{•}#RET#&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This will add the Tab and Ctrl+Tab autocompletion for your new \mat command.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alternatively, in TeX Works you can define an autocompletion macro like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\mat:=\left(\begin{array}{cc}#INS# &amp;amp; • \\• &amp;amp; • \\ \end{array}\right)#RET#&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This will auto-expand \mat to the whole construction. This method has an advantage of working in all TeX documents without you having to define the \mat command in the preamble, or having to include the style file.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, it is ugly, TeX-Works specific,&#xA;and needs autocomplete (whereas with the \mat defined via \newcommand, you can type it on your own efficiently). Hence this method is probably not preferred in this case, but it still may be useful for other constructions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To modify autocompletion rules to your liking, refer to &lt;a href=&quot;http://code.google.com/p/texworks/wiki/CodeCompletion&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this section of the manual&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4564" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T08:04:16.113" />
  <row Id="14650" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14633" CreationDate="2011-03-31T08:09:44.050" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;There may be a better way to do this, but here at least is &lt;em&gt;one&lt;/em&gt; way.  The required glyphs are all in the STIX fonts, so far as I can determine, and the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/unicode-math&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;unicode math&lt;/a&gt; package can be used to use the STIX fonts in mathematics.  The catch is that the authors of &lt;code&gt;unicode-math&lt;/code&gt; don't seem to have allowed for the possibility of (easily) using arbitrary glyphs.  A bit of digging and experimenting leads to the following code.  Hopefully, one of the authors of &lt;code&gt;unicode-math&lt;/code&gt; (or &lt;code&gt;fontspec&lt;/code&gt;) will stop by and clean it up a bit!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's the (idea of) the code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{standalone}&#xA;\usepackage{unicode-math}&#xA;\setmathfont{xits-math.otf}&#xA;&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOn&#xA;\newcommand{\mathcyrillic}[2]{%&#xA;\chardef#1=#2&#xA;\um_set_mathcode:nnnn{#1}{\mathalpha}{\um_symfont_tl}{#2}}&#xA;\ExplSyntaxOff&#xA;&#xA;\mathcyrillic{\Tse}{&quot;0426}&#xA;\mathcyrillic{\Che}{&quot;0427}&#xA;\mathcyrillic{\Sha}{&quot;0428}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\(\Sha \Che \Tse\)&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Obviously, one has to fill in the rest of the desired characters in the alphabet.  You can get the unicode numbers of the Cyrillic letters at &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cyrillic_%28Unicode_block%29&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this wikipedia page&lt;/a&gt;.  The numbers are in hex, so need to be prefixed by a double-quote mark: &lt;code&gt;&quot;&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Result:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/9dRlO.png&quot; alt=&quot;Cyrillic in maths&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Caveats:&lt;/strong&gt; you need a font with the glyphs (STIX is pretty comprehensive), and you need to use XeLaTeX or LuaLaTeX for the &lt;code&gt;unicode-math&lt;/code&gt; package to work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T08:09:44.050" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14651" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14636" CreationDate="2011-03-31T08:24:02.603" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your request to use &quot;Introduction&quot; as &lt;code&gt;\chaptername&lt;/code&gt; for one chapter makes things a little bit complicated, but here we go:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{report}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}&#xA;\usepackage[french]{babel}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{tocloft}&#xA;\renewcommand\cftchappresnum{\chaptername\space}&#xA;\setlength{\cftchapnumwidth}{2.5cm}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{biblatex}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.bib}&#xA;@misc{A01,&#xA;  author = {Author, A.},&#xA;  year = {2001},&#xA;  title = {Alpha},&#xA;}&#xA;\end{filecontents}&#xA;&#xA;\addbibresource{\jobname.bib}&#xA;&#xA;\nocite{*}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\pagenumbering{roman}&#xA;\renewcommand{\thechapter}{}&#xA;\renewcommand{\thesection}{\Roman{section}}&#xA;&#xA;\tableofcontents&#xA;&#xA;\chapter*{Preface}&#xA;\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Preface}&#xA;&#xA;\renewcommand{\chaptername}{Introduction}&#xA;\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\renewcommand\protect\chaptername{Introduction}}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{Les initiatives}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Bla bla bla1}&#xA;\section{Bla bla bla2}&#xA;&#xA;\clearpage&#xA;\pagenumbering{arabic}&#xA;\renewcommand{\thechapter}{\arabic{chapter}}&#xA;\renewcommand{\thesection}{\thechapter.\arabic{section}}&#xA;\setcounter{chapter}{0}&#xA;\setcounter{section}{0}&#xA;\renewcommand{\chaptername}{Chapitre}&#xA;\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\renewcommand\protect\chaptername{Chapitre}}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{Les décisions}&#xA;&#xA;\section{Bla bla bla1}&#xA;\section{Bla bla bla2}&#xA;&#xA;\appendix&#xA;\renewcommand{\chaptername}{\appendixname}&#xA;\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\renewcommand\protect\chaptername{\appendixname}}&#xA;&#xA;\chapter{foo}&#xA;&#xA;\printbibliography[heading=bibintoc]&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;By the way, if you want &lt;code&gt;\pagenumbering{roman}&lt;/code&gt; for the introductory chapters, you could use the &lt;code&gt;book&lt;/code&gt; class and its &lt;code&gt;\frontmatter&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\mainmatter&lt;/code&gt; commmands.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The filecontents environment is only used to include some external files directly into the example, so that it compiles. It is not necessary for the solution.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT Added &lt;code&gt;\setcounter{section}{0}&lt;/code&gt; in the MWE.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-31T11:22:33.150" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T11:22:33.150" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14652" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14613" CreationDate="2011-03-31T08:30:47.447" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I feel that the other answers given are perhaps a little overcomplicated!  If you want the triangle &lt;em&gt;exact&lt;/em&gt; then maybe they are the best way to go.  But if you want something that just looks about right, then there is a much simpler way to do this using &lt;em&gt;ordinary&lt;/em&gt; fadings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(&lt;strong&gt;Added in edit:&lt;/strong&gt; I've updated this a little to try to correct the colour bias.  The red colour is now &lt;em&gt;correct&lt;/em&gt; and the green/blue are &lt;em&gt;relatively correct&lt;/em&gt;.  That is, the green and blue are correct at the bottom of the triangle, but as you move up the sides then some blue gets mixed in with the green and vice-versa.  However, before it gets too noticeable, the red swamps the picture so it's actually quite close to the Real Thing.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's the result:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/EpzSY.png&quot; alt=&quot;RGB triangle in TikZ&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's the code:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{standalone}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{fadings}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;\fill[green] (90:4) -- (210:4) -- (-30:4) -- cycle;&#xA;\fill[blue,path fading=west] (90:4) -- (210:4) -- (-30:4) -- cycle;&#xA;\fill[red,path fading=south] (90:4) -- (210:4) -- (-30:4) -- cycle;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastEditorUserId="86" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-31T13:41:00.067" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T13:41:00.067" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="14653" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-31T08:39:46.043" Score="1" ViewCount="51" Body="&lt;p&gt;My purpose is that&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;every page except title page has same header and footer.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;for title page,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;==&gt; it has &lt;code&gt;exactly same footer&lt;/code&gt; with that of other page.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;==&gt; and it has &lt;code&gt;completely different header&lt;/code&gt; with that of other page.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;By default, title page will switch to &lt;code&gt;plain&lt;/code&gt; pagestyle. Then we can define whatever in it. In my case, since title page has same footer with that of other page, I first define a pagestyle for whole article, then redefine a different header in title page. This header is only local to title page and won't influence the header of other pages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After defining my own header &lt;code&gt;leftheadertitlepage&lt;/code&gt; for title page, the footer of title page &lt;code&gt;disappeared&lt;/code&gt;. If I used &lt;code&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/code&gt;'s header, e.g., &lt;code&gt;\fancyhead[L]{whatever}&lt;/code&gt;, the footer of title page will be there as I desire. In both cases, the header and footer for other pages are OK. So how to make title page have my own header and a general footer of whole article?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Following is a small example. Please help check.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[titlepage,a4paper]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{calc}&#xA;\usepackage[demo]{graphics}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;\renewcommand{\footrulewidth}{0.4pt}&#xA;\rfoot{\thepage}&#xA;\cfoot{}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{titlepage}&#xA;\thispagestyle{fancy}&#xA;\fancyhead{}&#xA;\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0pt}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\leftheadertitlepage{%&#xA;\begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l}&#xA;\begin{minipage}[b]{0.6\textwidth}&#xA;\includegraphics{test} &#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;Energietechnik GmbH \\&#xA;Gesch\&quot;{a}ftsbereich\\&#xA;Energietechnik\\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;}&#xA;\settototalheight\headheight{\maxof{\leftheadertitlepage}}&#xA;\lhead{\leftheadertitlepage}&#xA;&#xA;\textbf{\Huge{title page}}&#xA;\pagebreak&#xA;\end{titlepage}&#xA;\lhead{}&#xA;\chead{demo}&#xA;whatever&#xA;\newpage&#xA;demo&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3253" LastEditorUserId="3253" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-04-01T03:13:02.507" LastActivityDate="2011-04-01T03:13:02.507" Title="Header or footer of title page differs with that of main text" Tags="&lt;header-footer&gt;&lt;titlepage&gt;&lt;fancyhdr&gt;" AnswerCount="2" />
  <row Id="14654" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-31T09:38:10.057" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.r-project.org&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot; title=&quot;R project homepage&quot;&gt;R is an open source programming language and software environment&lt;/a&gt; for statistical computing and graphics. It is an implementation of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://lib.stat.cmu.edu/S/Spoetry/Tutor/slanguage.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;S programming language&lt;/a&gt; combined with lexical scoping semantics inspired by &lt;a href=&quot;http://stackoverflow.com/tags/scheme/info&quot; title=&quot;Scheme on StackOverflow&quot;&gt;Scheme&lt;/a&gt;.  R was created by &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.stat.auckland.ac.nz/~ihaka/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Ross Ihaka&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://gentleman.fhcrc.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Robert Gentleman&lt;/a&gt; and is now developed by the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.r-project.org/contributors.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;R Development Core Team&lt;/a&gt;.  It is easily extended through a packaging system on &lt;a href=&quot;http://cran.r-project.org&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot; title=&quot;CRAN The Comprehensive R Archive Network&quot;&gt;CRAN&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Resources:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.r-project.org&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot; title=&quot;R project homepage&quot;&gt;R homepage&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://chat.stackoverflow.com/rooms/106/r&quot;&gt;R tag chat&lt;/a&gt; on Stack Overflow&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="1994" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-31T09:43:13.377" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T09:43:13.377" />
  <row Id="14655" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-31T09:38:10.057" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="R is an open source programming language and software environment for statistical computing and graphics. It is an implementation of the S programming language combined with lexical scoping semantics inspired by Scheme." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-31T16:18:08.637" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T16:18:08.637" />
  <row Id="14656" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-31T09:38:54.080" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-31T09:38:54.080" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T09:38:54.080" />
  <row Id="14657" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-31T09:38:54.080" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="IDE is an acronym for Integrated Development Environment." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="1994" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-31T09:43:10.240" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T09:43:10.240" />
  <row Id="14658" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-31T09:40:14.440" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;h1&gt;Extensible Markup Language (XML)&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;XML (Extensible Markup Language) is a set of rules for encoding documents in machine-readable form. It is defined in the XML 1.0 Specification produced by the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.w3.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;W3C&lt;/a&gt;, and several other related specifications, all gratis open standards.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/XML&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;From Wikipedia.&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="1994" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-31T09:43:29.930" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T09:43:29.930" />
  <row Id="14659" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-31T09:40:14.440" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="XML (Extensible Markup Language) is a set of rules for encoding documents in machine-readable form. It is defined in the XML 1.0 Specification produced by the W3C, and several other related specifications, all gratis open standards." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="1994" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-31T09:43:32.160" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T09:43:32.160" />
  <row Id="14660" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-31T09:41:02.583" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;SVG, short for Scalable Vector Graphics, is a language used for describing two-dimensional vector graphics. It's originally an XML based format, but can also be included inline in HTML using HTML parsing rules.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sample svg file&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;svg xmlns=&quot;http://www.w3.org/2000/svg&quot; viewBox=&quot;0 0 800 600&quot;&amp;gt;&#xA;  &amp;lt;style&amp;gt;&#xA;    circle { fill: fuchsia; stroke: black; stroke-width:2 }&#xA;    text { font: 12px sans-serif }&#xA;  &amp;lt;/style&amp;gt;&#xA;  &amp;lt;circle cx=&quot;30&quot; cy=&quot;20&quot; r=&quot;10&quot;/&amp;gt;&#xA;  &amp;lt;text x=&quot;10&quot; y=&quot;40&quot; transform=&quot;rotate(15)&quot;&amp;gt;Rotated text&amp;lt;/text&amp;gt;&#xA;&amp;lt;/svg&amp;gt;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Useful links&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.w3.org/Graphics/SVG/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;W3C Scalable Vector Graphics home page&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.w3.org/Graphics/SVG/IG/resources/svgprimer.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;An SVG Primer for Today's Browsers&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://svgboilerplate.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;SVG Boilerplate&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://xn--dahlstrm-t4a.net/links/bookmarks.php/ed/svg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;A collection of svg examples&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="1994" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-31T09:43:21.100" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T09:43:21.100" />
  <row Id="14661" PostTypeId="3" CreationDate="2011-03-31T09:41:02.583" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="SVG, short for Scalable Vector Graphics, is a language used for describing two-dimensional vector graphics." OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="1994" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-31T09:43:23.877" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T09:43:23.877" />
  <row Id="14662" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14653" CreationDate="2011-03-31T09:44:33.750" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The problem is that &lt;code&gt;\leftheadertitlepage&lt;/code&gt; is defined only within the &lt;code&gt;titlepage&lt;/code&gt; environment, while &lt;code&gt;\lhead&lt;/code&gt; sets an interal macro &lt;em&gt;globally&lt;/em&gt;.  So after of the titlepage &lt;code&gt;fancyhdr&lt;/code&gt; wants to but &lt;code&gt;\leftheadertitlepage&lt;/code&gt; in the left head but doesn't know what that means anymore!  Hence the &lt;code&gt;undefined control sequence&lt;/code&gt; error.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To fix this, move the definition of &lt;code&gt;\leftheadertitlepage&lt;/code&gt; to thepreamble.  Then it will compile without difficulty.  But you will also find the code from &lt;code&gt;\leftheadertitlepage&lt;/code&gt; on pages after the title page.  To shut that off just put &lt;code&gt;\lhead&lt;/code&gt; after the titlepage is over.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is your rearranged file:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[titlepage,a4paper]{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{calc}&#xA;\usepackage[demo]{graphics}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{fancyhdr}&#xA;\pagestyle{fancy}&#xA;\renewcommand{\footrulewidth}{0.4pt}&#xA;\fancyfoot[R] {\thepage}&#xA;\fancyfoot[C] {}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\leftheadertitlepage{%&#xA;\begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l}&#xA;\begin{minipage}[b]{0.6\textwidth}&#xA;\includegraphics{test} &#xA;\end{minipage}&#xA;Energietechnik GmbH \\&#xA;Gesch\&quot;{a}ftsbereich\\&#xA;Energietechnik\\&#xA;\end{tabular}&#xA;}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{titlepage}&#xA;\thispagestyle{fancy}&#xA;\fancyhead{}&#xA;\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0pt}&#xA;&#xA;\settototalheight\headheight{\maxof{\leftheadertitlepage}}&#xA;\lhead{\leftheadertitlepage}&#xA;&#xA;title page&#xA;\pagebreak&#xA;\end{titlepage}&#xA;\lhead{}% to shut off the placement of `\leftheadertitlepage`&#xA;&#xA;whatever&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure what it is you exactly want on the title page, but this allows to the document to compile without errors so you can take it to the next step.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T09:44:33.750" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14664" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14653" CreationDate="2011-03-31T09:56:45.897" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The title page will by default, switch to the &lt;code&gt;plain&lt;/code&gt; pagestyle. So what you should really do, instead of forcing the title page style to your own style, is redefine the the plain footer and plain header to be what you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But having now seen Matthew's answer and the compiled code, I'm not sure why you want to put that stuff as a &lt;em&gt;header&lt;/em&gt; rather than just put the tabular, picture and so on in a minipage at the top of your title page?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;KOMA script offers nice facilities to define headers and footers that can differ on the first page of a chapter. For example, say you wanted &quot;Foo&quot; written at the top of every page, apart from the first page of each chapter:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrbook}&#xA;\usepackage{scrpage2}&#xA;\pagestyle{scrheadings}&#xA;\chead[]{Foo}&#xA;\usepackage{lipsum}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\chapter{The Chapter}&#xA;\lipsum&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See p.64 ff. of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/scrguien.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;KOMA manual&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T09:56:45.897" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14665" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-31T10:20:05.293" Score="0" ViewCount="45" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to split the following equation in two parts. Very basic thing, seems to be. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{equation}&#xA;\zeta_k(x) = \frac{\sin (\frac{1}{2} (x - x_0)) \cdots \sin(\frac{1}{2} (x-x_{k-1}))}&#xA;{ \sin ( \frac{1}{2} (x_k - x_0)) \cdots \sin(\frac{1}{2} (x_k - x_{k-1}))} %&#xA;%&#xA;\frac{\sin ( \frac{1}{2} (x - x_{k+1})) \cdots %&#xA;\sin(\frac{1}{2} (x - x_{2n}))}{\sin(\frac{1}{2} (x_k - x_{k+1})) \cdots %&#xA;\sin(\frac{1}{2} (x_k - x_{2n}))}&#xA;\label{eq3}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I inserted amsmath package and tried with begin split and so on but can not get to the point where I separate the equation into two lines, one that contains&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\zeta_k(x) = \frac{\sin (\frac{1}{2} (x - x_0)) \cdots \sin(\frac{1}{2} (x-x_{k-1}))}&#xA;{ \sin ( \frac{1}{2} (x_k - x_0)) \cdots \sin(\frac{1}{2} (x_k - x_{k-1}))} %&#xA;%&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and the other that contains&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\frac{\sin ( \frac{1}{2} (x - x_{k+1})) \cdots %&#xA;\sin(\frac{1}{2} (x - x_{2n}))}{\sin(\frac{1}{2} (x_k - x_{k+1})) \cdots %&#xA;\sin(\frac{1}{2} (x_k - x_{2n}))}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;any suggestions?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4567" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T10:30:57.483" Title="Split equation problem" Tags="&lt;equations&gt;&lt;line-breaking&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="14666" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14665" CreationDate="2011-03-31T10:30:57.483" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd use (memoir not relevant)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass[a4paper]{memoir}&#xA;\usepackage{amsmath}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{equation}&#xA;\begin{split}&#xA;\zeta_k(x) ={} &amp;amp; \frac{\sin (\frac{1}{2} (x - x_0)) \cdots&#xA;  \sin(\frac{1}{2} (x-x_{k-1}))} { \sin ( \frac{1}{2} (x_k - x_0))&#xA;  \cdots \sin(\frac{1}{2} (x_k - x_{k-1}))} %&#xA; %&#xA;\\&#xA;&amp;amp; \times \frac{\sin ( \frac{1}{2} (x - x_{k+1})) \cdots %&#xA;  \sin(\frac{1}{2} (x - x_{2n}))}{\sin(\frac{1}{2} (x_k -&#xA;  x_{k+1})) \cdots %&#xA;  \sin(\frac{1}{2} (x_k - x_{2n}))}&#xA;\end{split}&#xA;\label{eq3}&#xA;\end{equation}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3929" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T10:30:57.483" />
  <row Id="14667" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-31T11:34:34.777" Score="9" ViewCount="184" Body="&lt;p&gt;In HTML, there's the distinction between &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;em&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; as semantic markup and &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; as its pure-formatting equivalent.  LaTeX has the same distinction: &lt;code&gt;\emph&lt;/code&gt; is semantic markup, rendered using &lt;code&gt;\textit&lt;/code&gt;.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;HTML also includes an analogous distinction between &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;.  Does LaTeX define a semantic command (e.g. &lt;code&gt;\strong{...}&lt;/code&gt;, but that doesn't exist) that gets rendered using &lt;code&gt;\textbf&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: on very similar lines, does LaTeX define a semantic command like &lt;code&gt;\quote{...}&lt;/code&gt; that will render using quotation marks (of some preferred type)?  (HTML has &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;q&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4173" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T13:15:41.023" Title="Does LaTeX define a semantic equivalent of \textbf ?" Tags="&lt;semantics&gt;" AnswerCount="5" />
  <row Id="14668" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14667" CreationDate="2011-03-31T11:41:08.490" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The answer to your first question is &quot;no, but it's easy to do it&quot;. Just add &lt;code&gt;\let\strong\textbf&lt;/code&gt; to your preamble.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The second question's answer is &quot;no, but there's a package that does it in a very clever way&quot;. The &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/csquotes&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;csquotes&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; defines &lt;code&gt;\enquote&lt;/code&gt; which does what you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T11:41:08.490" />
  <row Id="14669" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14667" CreationDate="2011-03-31T11:44:02.293" Score="12" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;\emph&lt;/code&gt; doesn't render always as &lt;code&gt;\textit&lt;/code&gt;. It switches between upright and italic as you can see if you nest &lt;code&gt;\emph&lt;/code&gt;commands:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;abc \emph{some text \emph{emph} some text}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And there is no similar command which switches between bold and normal, but it would be easy to define. Simply copy the definition of &lt;code&gt;\em&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\emph&lt;/code&gt; from latex.ltx.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T11:44:02.293" CommentCount="4" />
  <row Id="14670" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14667" CreationDate="2011-03-31T11:47:21.590" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;As Seamus and Ulrike have pointed out, the LaTeX core does not define &lt;code&gt;\strong&lt;/code&gt; or another semantic command that uses &lt;code&gt;\textbf&lt;/code&gt;. The &lt;code&gt;beamer&lt;/code&gt; class, however, does something that comes close: In addition to &lt;code&gt;\emph&lt;/code&gt;, it defines &lt;code&gt;\alert&lt;/code&gt; which displays its argument in red color.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T11:47:21.590" />
  <row Id="14671" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-31T12:04:26.593" Score="4" ViewCount="85" Body="&lt;p&gt;It seems that I can not do anything to update this outdated TeXlive+Kile system.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;********:~/TeX$ texhash&#xA;texhash: /usr/local/share/texmf/ls-R: no write permission. Skipping...&#xA;texhash: /var/lib/texmf/ls-R-TEXMFMAIN: no write permission. Skipping...&#xA;texhash: /var/lib/texmf/ls-R-TEXLIVE: no write permission. Skipping...&#xA;texhash: /var/lib/texmf/ls-R: no write permission. Skipping...&#xA;texhash: Done.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2404" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T14:20:40.423" Title="Can I install new packages for texlive" Tags="&lt;texlive&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" />
  <row Id="14672" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7798" CreationDate="2011-03-31T12:14:01.327" Score="1" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;arsclassica&lt;/code&gt; loads &lt;code&gt;titlesec&lt;/code&gt;, and the chapter title format is improved by replacing &lt;code&gt;block&lt;/code&gt; with &lt;code&gt;hang&lt;/code&gt; when using the &lt;code&gt;\titleformat&lt;/code&gt; macro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{scrreprt}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{arsclassica}&#xA;&#xA;\titleformat{\chapter}[hang]% &quot;hang&quot; instead of &quot;block&quot;&#xA;    {\normalfont\Large\sffamily}%&#xA;    {{\color{halfgray}\chapterNumber\thechapter%&#xA;    \hspace{10pt}\vline}  }{10pt}%&#xA;    {\spacedallcaps}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\chapter{This is multi lane chapter title}&#xA;See how the second line of the chapter title goes under the chapter number which looks bad.&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T12:14:01.327" />
  <row Id="14673" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-31T12:38:49.553" Score="4" ViewCount="76" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am writing pseudo code in the algorithmic environment. It is quite long and doesn't fit on one single page. Instead of it continuing on the next page, it is cut off. I tried inserting it into a figure environment, but the problem persists. Is there a solution to have the code continue on the next page?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1026" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-31T13:19:01.630" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T13:19:01.630" Title="Pseudo code to be spread over multiple pages?" Tags="&lt;floats&gt;&lt;page-breaking&gt;&lt;pseudocode&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="14674" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14667" CreationDate="2011-03-31T12:45:25.060" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;I believe the absence of &lt;code&gt;\strong&lt;/code&gt; (or the decision to use italic font for &lt;code&gt;\emph&lt;/code&gt;) is a conscious one to discourage writers from using bold font in running text. The reason for this is that LaTeX tries to set paragraphs in such a way to obtain an equal level of 'grey', which looks better, and is easier on the eyes. For the same reason, underlining and letterspacing are not implemented by default, since they too affect text greyness.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that this of course raises a somewhat philosophical point: should a typesetting engine 'protect' its users from making a (typographically speaking) bad decision, or should they allow the user to do most anything they would want, up to the typographical equivalent of shooting oneself in the foot? I have the feeling that LaTeX mostly adheres to the philosophy of protecting the user---just look at how difficult it is (by default) to change all the typographical settings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course this is essentially a non-answer ;) but I still wanted to make the point.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4086" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T12:45:25.060" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14675" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14673" CreationDate="2011-03-31T12:50:39.720" Score="4" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you do not want the algorithm to float, just use the &lt;code&gt;algorithmic&lt;/code&gt; environment without the &lt;code&gt;algorithm&lt;/code&gt; environment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Otherwise, you can use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/algorithmicx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;algorithmicx&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; package. It allows breaking long algorithms in parts, preserving line numbers and indentation. You can also combine this with &lt;a href=&quot;http://ctan.org/pkg/caption&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;caption&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt;'s &lt;code&gt;\ContinuedFloat&lt;/code&gt; to get proper algorithm numbering:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\usepackage{algorithm,algpseudocode}&#xA;\usepackage{caption}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{algorithm}&#xA;  \caption{My algorithm}&#xA;  \begin{algorithmic}[1]&#xA;    \Procedure{Euclid}{$a,b$}\Comment{The g.c.d. of a and b}&#xA;      \State $r\gets a\bmod b$&#xA;      \While{$r\not=0$}\Comment{We have the answer if r is 0}&#xA;        \State $a\gets b$&#xA;        \State $b\gets r$&#xA;&#xA;        \algstore{myalg}&#xA;  \end{algorithmic}&#xA;\end{algorithm}&#xA;&#xA;\clearpage&#xA;&#xA;\begin{algorithm}&#xA;  \ContinuedFloat&#xA;  \caption{My algorithm (continued)}&#xA;  \begin{algorithmic}&#xA;      \algrestore{myalg}&#xA;&#xA;        \State $r\gets a\bmod b$&#xA;      \EndWhile\label{euclidendwhile}&#xA;      \State \textbf{return} $b$\Comment{The gcd is b}&#xA;    \EndProcedure&#xA;  \end{algorithmic}&#xA;\end{algorithm}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;(The algorithm example is taken from &lt;code&gt;algorithmicx&lt;/code&gt;'s documentation.)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3104" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T12:50:39.720" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14676" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14667" CreationDate="2011-03-31T12:55:29.560" Score="9" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can define your own &lt;code&gt;\strong&lt;/code&gt; command which switches between strong and normal text like &lt;code&gt;\emph&lt;/code&gt; does with italic:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\newcommand{\strong}[1]{\@strong{#1}}&#xA;\newcommand{\@@strong}[1]{\textbf{\let\@strong\@@@strong#1}}&#xA;\newcommand{\@@@strong}[1]{\textnormal{\let\@strong\@@strong#1}}&#xA;\let\@strong\@@strong&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Text \strong{strong text \strong{strong2 \strong{st-\strong{st}-st}  yyy } xxxx} after&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/W9NlA.png&quot; alt=&quot;Result1&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or you can define different levels of &quot;strong&quot; using a counter:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{xcolor}&#xA;&#xA;\newcounter{stronglevel}&#xA;\setcounter{stronglevel}{1}&#xA;\newcommand{\strong}[1]{%&#xA;    \csname strong\roman{stronglevel}\endcsname{{%&#xA;        \advance\value{stronglevel} by 1\relax&#xA;        #1%&#xA;    }}%&#xA;}&#xA;\newcommand{\strongi}[1]{\textbf{#1}}&#xA;\newcommand{\strongii}[1]{{\blendcolors*{!50!red}\color{.}#1}}&#xA;\newcommand{\strongiii}[1]{\textsf{#1}}&#xA;\newcommand{\strongiv}[1]{{\blendcolors*{!50!red}\color{.}#1}}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;Text \strong{strong text \strong{strong2 \strong{st-\strong{st}-st}  yyy } xxxx} after \strong{next}.&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/2TgVY.png&quot; alt=&quot;Result2&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="2975" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-31T13:15:41.023" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T13:15:41.023" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14677" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14602" CreationDate="2011-03-31T13:58:54.997" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could also use &lt;code&gt;\mathstrut&lt;/code&gt;, which is slightly smaller, instead of &lt;code&gt;\strut&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1410" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T13:58:54.997" />
  <row Id="14678" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14671" CreationDate="2011-03-31T14:20:40.423" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;install the file in &lt;code&gt;~/texmf/tex/latex/&amp;lt;package name&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; then it will be found by&#xA;the system without running &lt;code&gt;texhash&lt;/code&gt;. You can controll the &lt;code&gt;TEXMFHOME&lt;/code&gt; value by&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;echo $TEXMFHOME&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;it should point to your home directory &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2478" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T14:20:40.423" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="14679" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14680" CreationDate="2011-03-31T14:43:24.847" Score="2" ViewCount="39" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I stretch the spacing between consecutive lines in an &lt;code&gt;align*&lt;/code&gt; environment? I have a few lines with &lt;code&gt;\frac&lt;/code&gt;s in which both the numerator and the denominator consist of textual phrases, not math symbols, and the result looks too cluttered.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{align*}&#xA;X &amp;amp;= \frac{\textit{Some text here}}{\textit{And some text here}}\\&#xA;Y &amp;amp;= \frac{\textit{Will make everything}}{\textit{Look too close together}}&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2628" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T15:18:20.320" Title="amsmath align environment: row spacing" Tags="&lt;spacing&gt;&lt;amsmath&gt;&lt;align&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="14680" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14679" CreationDate="2011-03-31T14:53:22.063" Score="3" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could add space manually like so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{align*}&#xA;X &amp;amp;= \frac{\textit{Some text here}}{\textit{And some text here}}\\[1em]&#xA;Y &amp;amp;= \frac{\textit{Will make everything}}{\textit{Look too close together}}&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;change &lt;code&gt;[1em]&lt;/code&gt; to suit how much space you want.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks to Ian Thompson in the comments for pointing me to this slightly more elegant solution. If you want to add a little extra spacing to every row of an align:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begingroup&#xA;\addtolength{\jot}{1em}&#xA;\begin{align*}&#xA;X &amp;amp;= \frac{\textit{Some text here}}{\textit{And some text here}}\\&#xA;Y &amp;amp;= \frac{\textit{Will make everything}}{\textit{Look too close together}}&#xA;\end{align*}&#xA;\endgroup&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\begingroup&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\endgroup&lt;/code&gt; are to keep the extra alignment local to the environment. If you want all align environments to have the extra spacing, add &lt;code&gt;\addtolength{\jot}{1em}&lt;/code&gt; to your preamble instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="215" LastEditorUserId="215" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-31T15:18:20.320" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T15:18:20.320" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="14681" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="14682" CreationDate="2011-03-31T16:37:05.213" Score="7" ViewCount="62" Body="&lt;p&gt;With PGF/TikZ one can produce fadings, like &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{fadings}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \fill[green,path fading=south] (90:4) -- (210:4) -- (-30:4) -- cycle;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/U4RvM.png&quot; alt=&quot;fading example&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now I would like to rotate this picture by 120°, so that the fading starts at the left corner. TikZ has a &lt;code&gt;fading angle&lt;/code&gt; key, so that I thought the following should work:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\usepackage{tikz}&#xA;\usetikzlibrary{fadings}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\begin{tikzpicture}&#xA;    \fill[green,path fading=south, fading angle=120] (90:4) -- (210:4) -- (-30:4) -- cycle;&#xA;\end{tikzpicture}&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To my surprise, this produces the following picture:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/xquHa.png&quot; alt=&quot;rotated fading&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that the fading doesn't start immediately at the corner and doesn't fade all the way to white (the upper vertex is at 25% saturation and the right one at 33%).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is going on here and how can I produce the correct rotated picture?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="83" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T17:55:38.303" Title="Rotating a TikZ fading." Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="14682" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14681" CreationDate="2011-03-31T17:55:38.303" Score="5" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The thing to remember about fadings is that they work by putting a rectangle behind the object, fading the &lt;strong&gt;rectangle&lt;/strong&gt; and then clipping to the object.  If you fade a rectangle with &lt;code&gt;fade angle=120&lt;/code&gt; then you'll see that it does get to white, but only in the upper right corner of the rectangle, which isn't seen by the triangle.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One way to get the fading to rotate correctly is to apply a canvas transformation.  Of course, this can get a bit tricky working out all the coordinates!  But as you can see below, this does work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The images below are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The triangle rotated using a coordinate transformation (this one is first so I don't have to worry about the origin of rotation!) so the special options are &lt;code&gt;transform canvas={rotate=120},path fading=south&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The result of putting just &lt;code&gt;rotate=120&lt;/code&gt;: viz, the triangle is rotated but the fading isn't.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The original: &lt;code&gt;path fading=south&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The rotated fading: &lt;code&gt;path fading=south,fading angle=120&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The rectangular version of that, showing that the fading &lt;em&gt;does&lt;/em&gt; fade to white&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://i.imgur.com/WVcW0.png&quot; alt=&quot;tikz fadings&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="86" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T17:55:38.303" />
  <row Id="14683" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-31T18:16:27.707" Score="11" ViewCount="83" Body="&lt;p&gt;Assume that I want to define a new environment that is a variant of an existing one. For example, I seek an &lt;code&gt;italicquote&lt;/code&gt; environment that acts like the &lt;code&gt;quote&lt;/code&gt; environment but displays its contents in italic. The approach endorsed in section A.1.3 of the &lt;em&gt;LaTeX Companion&lt;/em&gt; is to write the internal environment as one would use it in the text body, i.e.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{italicquote}{%&#xA;  \begin{quote}%&#xA;  \itshape&#xA;}{%&#xA;  \end{quote}%&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, in &lt;a href=&quot;http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/12749/defining-my-own-description-environment/12750#12750&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt; answer Martin Scharrer advocates writing the internal environment into its plain form, i.e. transforming my example into&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\newenvironment{italicquote}{%&#xA;  \quote&#xA;  \itshape&#xA;}{%&#xA;  \endquote&#xA;}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;His reasoning:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The internal environment is written&#xA;  into the plain form [...] to avoid&#xA;  confusing error messages when&#xA;  [&lt;code&gt;\end{italicquote}&lt;/code&gt;] is missing. In&#xA;  this case the last &lt;code&gt;\begin&lt;/code&gt; would be&#xA;  the one of the internal macro and its&#xA;  name would be printed in the error&#xA;  message instead of the one written in&#xA;  the source file. This isn't a problem&#xA;  for your own small environments, but&#xA;  important if they are used by other&#xA;  people.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is the second way of defining &quot;derived&quot; environments to be preferred without exception? If yes, why did the &lt;em&gt;LaTeX Companion&lt;/em&gt; use the first way? If no, in what situations should one prefer to write &lt;code&gt;\begin{quote}&lt;/code&gt; ... &lt;code&gt;\end{quote}&lt;/code&gt; in my example environment?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="510" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-31T22:04:57.240" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T22:04:57.240" Title="Defining environments based on other ones: What's the right way?" Tags="&lt;environments&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="2" />
  <row Id="14684" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14683" CreationDate="2011-03-31T19:10:21.287" Score="11" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;The reason I got told to use the &quot;plain form&quot; for inner environments was, as already quoted in the question, that if the normal &lt;code&gt;\begin&lt;/code&gt;/&lt;code&gt;\end&lt;/code&gt; form is used and the last &lt;code&gt;\end{&amp;lt;outer env&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt; is missing or misplaced the error message includes the name of the last &lt;em&gt;inner&lt;/em&gt; &lt;code&gt;\begin{&amp;lt;env&amp;gt;}&lt;/code&gt;. A user might not be aware that the outer environment uses this environment internally and can get confused. Because it can be part of several used environments the error doesn't give that much information where to look (except the line number, which might be all what you need if you stick with one &lt;code&gt;\begin&lt;/code&gt; per line).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Let us look at the definitions of &lt;code&gt;\begin&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;\end&lt;/code&gt; to see what the exact difference between the two forms are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\begin#1{%&#xA;  \@ifundefined{#1}%&#xA;    {\def\reserved@a{\@latex@error{Environment #1 undefined}\@eha}}%&#xA;    {\def\reserved@a{\def\@currenvir{#1}%&#xA;     \edef\@currenvline{\on@line}%&#xA;     \csname #1\endcsname}}%&#xA;  \@ignorefalse&#xA;  \begingroup\@endpefalse\reserved@a}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So &lt;code&gt;\begin&lt;/code&gt; checks for if &lt;code&gt;#1&lt;/code&gt; (the environment name) exists as macro and reports an error if not. Otherwise the current list and the name is saved. The latter as &lt;code&gt;\@currenvir&lt;/code&gt;. This is done inside a group opened with &lt;code&gt;\begingroup&lt;/code&gt;. The &lt;code&gt;@ignore&lt;/code&gt; switch is for ignoring spaces afterwards and the &lt;code&gt;@endpe&lt;/code&gt; is &quot;to suppress the paragraph indentation in text immediately following a paragraphmaking environment&quot; (source2e).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\end#1{%&#xA;  \csname end#1\endcsname\@checkend{#1}%&#xA;  \expandafter\endgroup\if@endpe\@doendpe\fi&#xA;  \if@ignore\@ignorefalse\ignorespaces\fi}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\end&lt;/code&gt; macro executes &lt;code&gt;\end&amp;lt;envname&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;. It then checks using &lt;code&gt;\@checkend&lt;/code&gt; if the given name is equal to the one used by the last opened &lt;code&gt;\begin&lt;/code&gt;. If both aren't equal an error message is printed. It then executes the &lt;code&gt;\@doendpe&lt;/code&gt; code to suppress paragraph indentation if enabled and closes the group. Spaces might then be ignored if that was enabled.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Let's look at the differences: As seen in the above code description the things which are done in addition if the normal LaTeX form is used are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The existence is checked.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;A group is added.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The environment name is saved.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The number of the line where the environment starts is saved.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Spaces can be ignored afterwards.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;A paragraph indention can be avoided.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Do we need these things for inner environments?:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Not really, it should be known if the inner environment exists or not.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;There is already a group added by the outer environment and &lt;em&gt;almost never&lt;/em&gt; an extra group is needed. One exception are &lt;em&gt;verbatim&lt;/em&gt; and other special environments which can't be nested without extra precaution anyway. There might be some non-verbatim environments which require a inner group for themselves, but these should not rely on the one added by &lt;code&gt;\begin&lt;/code&gt;/&lt;code&gt;\end&lt;/code&gt;, but add it explicitly. Anyway, the group could be added manually if required.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;That's the one thing which should be directly avoided.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Already saved by the outer environment.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Can be done by the outer environment and is needed because &lt;code&gt;\end{xxx}&lt;/code&gt; ends with &lt;code&gt;}&lt;/code&gt; so it doesn't removes spaces. The plain form &lt;code&gt;\endxxx&lt;/code&gt; however does and therefore doesn't require that. An explicit &lt;code&gt;\ignorespaces&lt;/code&gt; could be added if someone insists.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;This point is one of the main important one, which I just found out about while writing this answer: the fact that the paragraph should be indented or not. This seems to be set to true in the begin-code of some environments and is executed and set back to false inside &lt;code&gt;\end&lt;/code&gt;. So if the plain version is used it will move to the outer &lt;code&gt;\end&lt;/code&gt; which might or might not be the right thing. I would recommend to set the switch &lt;code&gt;@endpe&lt;/code&gt; manually at the end to the proper value to avoid issues. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Conclusion:&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There should be no issues with using the plain form for inner environments as long as the expected paragraph indention is handled. They have the benefit of generating meaningful error messages and are also slightly faster and do not generate (normally) unnecessary subgroups. Special care might be required for special inner environments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2975" LastEditorUserId="86" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-31T19:29:51.903" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T19:29:51.903" CommentCount="2" />
  <row Id="14685" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-31T20:00:50.033" Score="8" ViewCount="55" Body="&lt;p&gt;Any command sequence can be used to delimit a macro parameter. Even one that has not been defined. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\YY#1,#2\@@{#1,#2}&#xA;&#xA;\YY123,2345\@@&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will happily work, even if the macro &lt;code&gt;\@@&lt;/code&gt; has not been defined.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the LaTeX source there is an unusual macro, where the name of the macro itself was used as a delimiter. In simple terms the example below works, with no errors.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\def\XX#1,#2\XX{#1,#2}&#xA;&#xA;\XX12,13\XX&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Does this offer any memory or speed advantage or any other advantage for that matter?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Short MWE for experimentation is listed below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{article}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\YY#1,#2\@@{#1,#2}&#xA;\YY123,2345\@@&#xA;&#xA;\def\XX#1,#2\XX{#1,#2}&#xA;\XX12,13\XX&#xA;&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="963" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T20:00:50.033" Title="Delimiting a macro argument with the macro itself" Tags="&lt;macros&gt;&lt;programming&gt;" CommentCount="9" />
  <row Id="14686" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-31T20:47:07.287" Score="0" ViewCount="12" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have an installation of Texlive on a Windows 7 system.  &lt;code&gt;TEXMFHOME&lt;/code&gt; is set to &lt;code&gt;C:/texlive/whb/texmf&lt;/code&gt;.  When I run &lt;code&gt;mktexpk --mfmode cx --bdpi 300 --mag 1+180/300 --dpi 480 cmr12&lt;/code&gt; it finds the fonts in the &lt;code&gt;TEXMFHOME&lt;/code&gt; tree ok, but it places the results in &lt;code&gt;C:/Users/Bill/.texlive2010/texmf-var/fonts/pk/cx/public/cm/cmr12.480pk&lt;/code&gt;.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is a problem for me because I want to use this with Mediawiki on a server and the user there will be the &lt;code&gt;IIS_USERS&lt;/code&gt; account.  When I try to run under IIS, &lt;code&gt;mktxpk&lt;/code&gt; fails trying to create the directory: &#xA;&lt;code&gt;C:/Windows/system32/config/systemprofile/.texlive2010/texmf-var&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there some way to tell &lt;code&gt;mktexpk&lt;/code&gt; to place the fonts under &lt;code&gt;TEXMFHOME&lt;/code&gt;?  Or some other specific directory tree?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4574" LastEditorUserId="510" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-31T20:57:31.327" LastActivityDate="2011-04-01T00:46:52.273" Title="On Windows 7 install mktexpk places fonts under \users\userid......" Tags="&lt;fonts&gt;&lt;texlive&gt;" AnswerCount="1" />
  <row Id="14687" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14633" CreationDate="2011-03-31T21:02:54.217" Score="2" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you use only a few cyrillic letters and only in text size, the simplest way is to say&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[T2A,T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\newcommand{\Zhe}{\mbox{\usefont{T2A}{\rmdefault}{m}{n}\CYRZH}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you need them also in subscripts or superscripts, it's possible to use &lt;code&gt;\mathchoice&lt;/code&gt; for getting them:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[T2A,T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\makeatletter&#xA;\def\easycyrsymbol#1{\mathord{\mathchoice&#xA;  {\mbox{\fontsize\tf@size\z@\usefont{T2A}{\rmdefault}{m}{n}#1}}&#xA;  {\mbox{\fontsize\tf@size\z@\usefont{T2A}{\rmdefault}{m}{n}#1}}&#xA;  {\mbox{\fontsize\sf@size\z@\usefont{T2A}{\rmdefault}{m}{n}#1}}&#xA;  {\mbox{\fontsize\ssf@size\z@\usefont{T2A}{\rmdefault}{m}{n}#1}}&#xA;}}&#xA;\makeatother&#xA;\newcommand{\Ze}{\easycyrsymbol{\CYRZ}}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This makes available \Ze at all sizes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The names to use are easy: just add &lt;code&gt;\cyr&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;\CYR&lt;/code&gt; in front of the letter's English transliteration. For instance, the lowercase &quot;shcha&quot; is &lt;code&gt;\cyrshch&lt;/code&gt;, the uppercase is &lt;code&gt;\CYRSHCH&lt;/code&gt;. This is called the character's LICR (LaTeX internal character representation).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another solution, useful if you need the entire repertory without wasting too much resources is to say&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[T2A,T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\DeclareSymbolFont{cyrillic}{T2A}{cmr}{m}{n}&#xA;\DeclareMathSymbol{\Sha}{\mathalpha}{cyrillic}{216}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;since the Sha has that position in the T2A encoding; this can be deduced from the definitions in the file &lt;code&gt;t2aenc.def&lt;/code&gt;. By using some sorcery, we can directly use the LICR name of the characters:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\usepackage[T2A,T1]{fontenc}&#xA;\DeclareSymbolFont{cyrillic}{T2A}{cmr}{m}{n}&#xA;\def\makecyrsymbol#1#2{%&#xA;  \begingroup\edef\temp{\endgroup&#xA;    \noexpand\DeclareMathSymbol{\noexpand#1}&#xA;    {\noexpand\mathalpha}{cyrillic}%&#xA;    {\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter&#xA;     \calccyr\expandafter\meaning\csname T2A\string#2\endcsname\end}}%&#xA;  \temp}&#xA;\expandafter\def\expandafter\calccyr\string\char#1\end{#1}&#xA;&#xA;\makecyrsymbol\Zhe\CYRZH&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The command &lt;code&gt;\makecyrsymbol&lt;/code&gt; has two arguments: the first one is the desired name for the symbol, the second one is the internal LaTeX name for the cyrillic letter. With that last line we have defined \Zhe as a math command in all sizes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;code&gt;\usepackage[T2A,T1]{fontenc}&lt;/code&gt; line is necessary for resetting the document's main encoding to &lt;code&gt;T1&lt;/code&gt;; use &lt;code&gt;OT1&lt;/code&gt;, instead of &lt;code&gt;T1&lt;/code&gt; if you don't need accented letters because your language is English. I have prefixed with that line each of the four solutions: pick your preferred one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4427" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T21:02:54.217" CommentCount="1" />
  <row Id="14688" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-31T21:33:45.010" Score="2" ViewCount="37" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hello,&#xA;  Is there an option that I can use within &lt;code&gt;\begin{frame}... \end{frame}&lt;/code&gt; so that the enclosed text always appears at same location on different beamer slides?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ideally, I want something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\begin{frame}{slide title}&#xA;some-option{\bf mytext} &#xA;.....&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I want is that no matter what &quot;mytext&quot; is, and no matter what the stuff following it is &quot;....&quot;, &quot;mytext&quot; is always placed at same location: just below the title, at the right corner.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried using &lt;code&gt;\hspace{..}\vspace{..}{\bf mytext}&lt;/code&gt;, but I need to change the space values in every single slide manually. And even then, the placement looks only approximately same on slides (visually).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4575" LastEditorUserId="83" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-04-01T00:58:48.437" LastActivityDate="2011-04-01T00:58:48.437" Title="Put variable text at a fixed location on every beamer slide." Tags="&lt;beamer&gt;&lt;positioning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" />
  <row Id="14689" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="14688" CreationDate="2011-03-31T22:09:53.700" Score="0" ViewCount="" Body="&lt;p&gt;With the help of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ctan.org/pkg/textpos&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;textpos&lt;/a&gt; package you can define a command that puts its argument at an absolute position; an example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;\documentclass{beamer}&#xA;\usepackage[absolute,overlay]{textpos}&#xA;\usepackage{everypage}&#xA;&#xA;\newcommand\MyText[1]{%&#xA;  \begin{textblock*}{5cm}(.7\textwidth,1cm)%&#xA;    #1&#xA;  \end{textblock*}&#xA;}&#xA;\begin{document}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}{First frame}&#xA;\MyText{\bfseries Text for the first frame}&#xA;Some test text&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\begin{frame}{Second frame}&#xA;\MyText{\itshape Text for the second frame}&#xA;Some test text&#xA;\end{frame}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&#xA;\end{document}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3954" LastEditorUserId="3954" LastEditorDisplayName="" LastEditDate="2011-03-31T23:10:23.927" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T23:10:23.927" />
  <row Id="14690" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2011-03-31T23:41:45.077" Score="0" ViewCount="20" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Tikz there is an opportunity to draw logical gates,... I was wondering if it is possible (and easy) to make custom components, like a CMOS-transistor, a Multiplexer, flip-flop,... Perhaps these components also exists. However I was wondering how it is possible to make them myself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Additionally I have noticed you can of course define anchor points to these components. Like (AND.input 1). How are these anchors defined?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2601" LastActivityDate="2011-03-31T23:41:45.077" Title="Creating custom electronic components in TikZ" Tags="&lt;tikz-pgf&gt;&lt;nodes&gt;&lt;circuitikz&gt;" />
</posts>